From 5344f4cb267e35cd112aea6f445f1046a5ac0a9c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Warwick Allison Date: Fri, 17 Jul 2009 10:21:27 +1000 Subject: unwarn --- examples/phonon/musicplayer/mainwindow.cpp | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/examples/phonon/musicplayer/mainwindow.cpp b/examples/phonon/musicplayer/mainwindow.cpp index af2b637..7ec86ecf 100644 --- a/examples/phonon/musicplayer/mainwindow.cpp +++ b/examples/phonon/musicplayer/mainwindow.cpp @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ void MainWindow::metaStateChanged(Phonon::State newState, Phonon::State /* oldSt QMessageBox::warning(this, tr("Error opening files"), metaInformationResolver->errorString()); while (!sources.isEmpty() && - !(sources.takeLast() == metaInformationResolver->currentSource())); + !(sources.takeLast() == metaInformationResolver->currentSource())) /* loop */; return; } -- cgit v0.12 From 82d0395ad1ef78eee67ebfe74e8976e620f82356 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Alan Alpert Date: Thu, 13 Aug 2009 17:37:04 +1000 Subject: Compile with QT_KEYPAD_NAVIGATION defined Also, try not to regress in functionality (which the last compile fix did just a little) Reviewed-by: Thomas Hartmann --- src/gui/widgets/qdatetimeedit.cpp | 5 ++--- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qdatetimeedit.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qdatetimeedit.cpp index ae3af31..2900d39 100644 --- a/src/gui/widgets/qdatetimeedit.cpp +++ b/src/gui/widgets/qdatetimeedit.cpp @@ -1086,6 +1086,7 @@ void QDateTimeEdit::keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent *event) //hide cursor d->edit->d_func()->setCursorVisible(false); + d->edit->d_func()->control->setCursorBlinkPeriod(0); d->setSelected(0); } } @@ -1106,9 +1107,7 @@ void QDateTimeEdit::keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent *event) //hide cursor d->edit->d_func()->setCursorVisible(false); - if (d->edit->d_func()->cursorTimer > 0) - killTimer(d->edit->d_func()->cursorTimer); - d->edit->d_func()->cursorTimer = 0; + d->edit->d_func()->control->setCursorBlinkPeriod(0); d->setSelected(0); oldCurrent = 0; -- cgit v0.12 From ff14068a565396789bf43d4fbc752a643ebcb357 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Thomas Hartmann Date: Thu, 13 Aug 2009 09:59:05 +0200 Subject: fix tab and hold for Windows CE and scrollbars Task-number: 258378 Reviewed-by: Maurice --- src/gui/widgets/qscrollbar.cpp | 6 ++++++ 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+) diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qscrollbar.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qscrollbar.cpp index 390d1b8..37525e2 100644 --- a/src/gui/widgets/qscrollbar.cpp +++ b/src/gui/widgets/qscrollbar.cpp @@ -431,6 +431,12 @@ void QScrollBarPrivate::init() q->setSizePolicy(sp); q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_OwnSizePolicy, false); q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_OpaquePaintEvent); + +#if !defined(QT_NO_CONTEXTMENU) && defined(Q_WS_WINCE) + if (!q->style()->styleHint(QStyle::SH_ScrollBar_ContextMenu, 0, q)) { + q->setContextMenuPolicy(Qt::PreventContextMenu); + } +#endif } #ifndef QT_NO_CONTEXTMENU -- cgit v0.12 From b31ba48ffb7ee54949d7a5895de4e18a4e48ee5c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Thierry Bastian Date: Thu, 13 Aug 2009 10:34:30 +0200 Subject: QPropertyAnimation: refactor of the default-value code --- src/corelib/animation/qpropertyanimation.cpp | 5 +++ src/corelib/animation/qvariantanimation.cpp | 65 +++++++++++----------------- src/corelib/animation/qvariantanimation_p.h | 4 +- 3 files changed, 33 insertions(+), 41 deletions(-) diff --git a/src/corelib/animation/qpropertyanimation.cpp b/src/corelib/animation/qpropertyanimation.cpp index 598e994..51fd387 100644 --- a/src/corelib/animation/qpropertyanimation.cpp +++ b/src/corelib/animation/qpropertyanimation.cpp @@ -294,6 +294,11 @@ void QPropertyAnimation::updateState(QAbstractAnimation::State oldState, // update the default start value if (oldState == Stopped) { d->setDefaultStartValue(d->target->property(d->propertyName.constData())); + //let's check if we have a start value and an end value + if (d->direction == Forward && !startValue().isValid() && !d->defaultStartEndValue.isValid()) + qWarning("QPropertyAnimation::updateState: starting an animation without start value"); + if (d->direction == Backward && !endValue().isValid() && !d->defaultStartEndValue.isValid()) + qWarning("QPropertyAnimation::updateState: starting an animation without end value"); } } else if (hash.value(key) == this) { hash.remove(key); diff --git a/src/corelib/animation/qvariantanimation.cpp b/src/corelib/animation/qvariantanimation.cpp index e647318..fc11815 100644 --- a/src/corelib/animation/qvariantanimation.cpp +++ b/src/corelib/animation/qvariantanimation.cpp @@ -220,52 +220,39 @@ void QVariantAnimationPrivate::updateInterpolator() */ void QVariantAnimationPrivate::recalculateCurrentInterval(bool force/*=false*/) { - // can't interpolate if we have only 1 key value - if ((keyValues.count() + (defaultStartValue.isValid() ? 1 : 0)) <=1) + // can't interpolate if we don't have at least 2 values + if ((keyValues.count() + (defaultStartEndValue.isValid() ? 1 : 0)) < 2) return; const qreal progress = easing.valueForProgress(((duration == 0) ? qreal(1) : qreal(currentTime) / qreal(duration))); - if (force || progress < currentInterval.start.first || progress > currentInterval.end.first) { + //0 and 1 are still the boundaries + if (force || (currentInterval.start.first > 0 && progress < currentInterval.start.first) + || (currentInterval.end.first < 1 && progress > currentInterval.end.first)) { //let's update currentInterval QVariantAnimation::KeyValues::const_iterator it = qLowerBound(keyValues.constBegin(), - keyValues.constEnd(), - qMakePair(progress, QVariant()), - animationValueLessThan); - if (it == keyValues.constEnd()) { - if (direction == QVariantAnimation::Backward && defaultStartValue.isValid()) { - --it; - if (it->first == 1) { - //we have an end value (item with progress = 1) - currentInterval.start = *(it-1); - currentInterval.end = *it; - } else if (direction == QVariantAnimation::Backward && defaultStartValue.isValid()) { - //the default start value should be used as the default end value - currentInterval.start = *it; - currentInterval.end = qMakePair(qreal(1), defaultStartValue); - } else { - ///This should not happen - } - } - } else if (it == keyValues.constBegin()) { - if (it+1 != keyValues.constEnd() && (it->first == progress || it->first == 0)) { - //the item pointed to by it is the start element in the range - //we also test if the current element is for progress 0 (ie the real start) because - //some easing curves might get the progress below 0. + keyValues.constEnd(), + qMakePair(progress, QVariant()), + animationValueLessThan); + if (it == keyValues.constBegin()) { + //the item pointed to by it is the start element in the range + if (it->first == 0 && keyValues.count() > 1) { currentInterval.start = *it; currentInterval.end = *(it+1); - } else if (defaultStartValue.isValid()) { - if (direction == QVariantAnimation::Forward) { - //we should have an end value - currentInterval.start = qMakePair(qreal(0), defaultStartValue); - currentInterval.end = *it; - } else { - //we should have a start value - currentInterval.start = *it; - currentInterval.end = qMakePair(qreal(1), defaultStartValue); - } } else { - ///this should not happen + currentInterval.start = qMakePair(qreal(0), defaultStartEndValue); + currentInterval.end = *it; + } + } else if (it == keyValues.constEnd()) { + --it; //position the iterator on the last item + if (it->first == 1 && keyValues.count() > 1) { + //we have an end value (item with progress = 1) + currentInterval.start = *(it-1); + currentInterval.end = *it; + } else { + //we use the default end value here + currentInterval.start = *it; + currentInterval.end = qMakePair(qreal(1), defaultStartEndValue); } } else { currentInterval.start = *(it-1); @@ -329,9 +316,9 @@ void QVariantAnimationPrivate::setValueAt(qreal step, const QVariant &value) recalculateCurrentInterval(/*force=*/true); } -void QVariantAnimationPrivate::setDefaultStartValue(const QVariant &value) +void QVariantAnimationPrivate::setDefaultStartEndValue(const QVariant &value) { - defaultStartValue = value; + defaultStartEndValue = value; recalculateCurrentInterval(/*force=*/true); } diff --git a/src/corelib/animation/qvariantanimation_p.h b/src/corelib/animation/qvariantanimation_p.h index 9c9d25b..ef57a4c 100644 --- a/src/corelib/animation/qvariantanimation_p.h +++ b/src/corelib/animation/qvariantanimation_p.h @@ -76,14 +76,14 @@ public: return q->d_func(); } - void setDefaultStartValue(const QVariant &value); + void setDefaultStartEndValue(const QVariant &value); int duration; QEasingCurve easing; QVariantAnimation::KeyValues keyValues; QVariant currentValue; - QVariant defaultStartValue; + QVariant defaultStartEndValue; //this is used to keep track of the KeyValue interval in which we currently are struct -- cgit v0.12 From bd2cc45fefb024f91f9c0736c5abfe853e49b540 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Thierry Bastian Date: Thu, 13 Aug 2009 10:47:32 +0200 Subject: Fix compile issue for animation framework --- src/corelib/animation/qpropertyanimation.cpp | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/src/corelib/animation/qpropertyanimation.cpp b/src/corelib/animation/qpropertyanimation.cpp index 51fd387..0c1feee 100644 --- a/src/corelib/animation/qpropertyanimation.cpp +++ b/src/corelib/animation/qpropertyanimation.cpp @@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ void QPropertyAnimation::updateState(QAbstractAnimation::State oldState, hash.insert(key, this); // update the default start value if (oldState == Stopped) { - d->setDefaultStartValue(d->target->property(d->propertyName.constData())); + d->setDefaultStartEndValue(d->target->property(d->propertyName.constData())); //let's check if we have a start value and an end value if (d->direction == Forward && !startValue().isValid() && !d->defaultStartEndValue.isValid()) qWarning("QPropertyAnimation::updateState: starting an animation without start value"); -- cgit v0.12 From bf6cf7cd8723f05037c461106e4dc8da75889509 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Prasanth Ullattil Date: Thu, 13 Aug 2009 10:55:49 +0200 Subject: Fix compiler warning We need to remove Zm200 from compiler flags before adding Zm1200 Reviewed-by: Marius Storm-Olsen --- demos/boxes/boxes.pro | 6 ++++-- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/demos/boxes/boxes.pro b/demos/boxes/boxes.pro index 33f1f14..59c9132 100644 --- a/demos/boxes/boxes.pro +++ b/demos/boxes/boxes.pro @@ -42,6 +42,8 @@ wince*: { } win32-msvc* { - QMAKE_CXXFLAGS += /Zm1200 - QMAKE_CFLAGS += /Zm1200 + QMAKE_CXXFLAGS -= -Zm200 + QMAKE_CFLAGS -= -Zm200 + QMAKE_CXXFLAGS += -Zm1200 + QMAKE_CFLAGS += -Zm1200 } -- cgit v0.12 From 7f1cba82a377d79ddb2fd2c40e1782ae9fc125f6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Morten Sorvig Date: Thu, 13 Aug 2009 12:37:39 +0200 Subject: Pick a suitable default architecture for qmake-based applications. If the Qt package contains one of x86 and x86_64, pick that one. If it contains both then use the compiler default. Make a similiar decision for PowerPC-based systems. Note that this logic assumes that Qt has been configured with an architecture that is usable on the system. Reviewed-by: Marius Storm-Olsen --- mkspecs/features/mac/default_post.prf | 16 ++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 16 insertions(+) diff --git a/mkspecs/features/mac/default_post.prf b/mkspecs/features/mac/default_post.prf index ea9e9bd..210a704 100644 --- a/mkspecs/features/mac/default_post.prf +++ b/mkspecs/features/mac/default_post.prf @@ -1,2 +1,18 @@ load(default_post) !no_objective_c:CONFIG += objective_c + +# Pick a suitable default architecture for qmake-based applications. +# If the Qt package contains one of x86 and x86_64, pick that one. If it +# contains both then use the compiler default. Make a similiar decision for +# PowerPC-based systems. Note that this logic assumes that Qt has been +# configured with an architecture that is usable on the system. +message(hei $$QT_CONFIG ) +qt:!isEmpty(QT_CONFIG) { + contains(QMAKE_HOST.arch, ppc) { + !contains(QT_CONFIG, ppc64):contains(QT_CONFIG, ppc):CONFIG += ppc + contains(QT_CONFIG, ppc64):!contains(QT_CONFIG, ppc):CONFIG += ppc64 + } else { + !contains(QT_CONFIG, x86_64):contains(QT_CONFIG, x86):CONFIG += x86 + contains(QT_CONFIG, x86_64):!contains(QT_CONFIG, x86):CONFIG += x86_64 + } +} -- cgit v0.12 From c090e68c25f6c5ffeac33ba81e50147800200b59 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Thierry Bastian Date: Thu, 13 Aug 2009 13:06:03 +0200 Subject: Fix to autotest of QDockWidget Mac needs a bit more time to update the widgets when they are redocked --- tests/auto/qdockwidget/tst_qdockwidget.cpp | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/tests/auto/qdockwidget/tst_qdockwidget.cpp b/tests/auto/qdockwidget/tst_qdockwidget.cpp index e0548a7..686f62f 100644 --- a/tests/auto/qdockwidget/tst_qdockwidget.cpp +++ b/tests/auto/qdockwidget/tst_qdockwidget.cpp @@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ void tst_QDockWidget::visibilityChanged() QCOMPARE(spy.count(), 0); mw.addDockWidget(Qt::RightDockWidgetArea, &dw2); - qApp->processEvents(); + QTest::qWait(200); QCOMPARE(spy.count(), 1); QCOMPARE(spy.at(0).at(0).toBool(), true); } -- cgit v0.12 From 200f20d1503b6739f05916b606168da67726ffa6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Morten Sorvig Date: Thu, 13 Aug 2009 13:08:46 +0200 Subject: Remove yet another forgotten debug message. --- mkspecs/features/mac/default_post.prf | 1 - 1 file changed, 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/mkspecs/features/mac/default_post.prf b/mkspecs/features/mac/default_post.prf index 210a704..4999762 100644 --- a/mkspecs/features/mac/default_post.prf +++ b/mkspecs/features/mac/default_post.prf @@ -6,7 +6,6 @@ load(default_post) # contains both then use the compiler default. Make a similiar decision for # PowerPC-based systems. Note that this logic assumes that Qt has been # configured with an architecture that is usable on the system. -message(hei $$QT_CONFIG ) qt:!isEmpty(QT_CONFIG) { contains(QMAKE_HOST.arch, ppc) { !contains(QT_CONFIG, ppc64):contains(QT_CONFIG, ppc):CONFIG += ppc -- cgit v0.12 From f8d84ba4bfc71550879c117f96289ce80d74b7db Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Kavindra Devi Palaraja Date: Thu, 13 Aug 2009 15:05:18 +0200 Subject: Doc - Some cleanup on the documentation of QWebElement Reviewed-By: Simon Hausmann --- src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/Api/qwebelement.cpp | 378 +++++++++++++--------- 1 file changed, 220 insertions(+), 158 deletions(-) diff --git a/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/Api/qwebelement.cpp b/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/Api/qwebelement.cpp index 1dfb409..dd90f39 100644 --- a/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/Api/qwebelement.cpp +++ b/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/Api/qwebelement.cpp @@ -53,45 +53,57 @@ public: /*! \class QWebElement \since 4.6 - \brief The QWebElement class provides convenient access to DOM elements in a QWebFrame. + \brief The QWebElement class provides convenient access to DOM elements in + a QWebFrame. - QWebElement is the main class to easily access to the document model. - The document model is represented by a tree-like structure of DOM elements. - The root of the tree is called the document element and can be accessed using QWebFrame::documentElement(). - You can reach specific elements using findAll() and findFirst(); the elements - are identified through CSS selectors. + A QWebElement object allows easy access to the document model, represented + by a tree-like structure of DOM elements. The root of the tree is called + the document element and can be accessed using + QWebFrame::documentElement(). + + Specific elements can be accessed using findAll() and findFirst(). These + elements are identified using CSS selectors. The code snippet below + demonstrates the use of findAll(). \snippet webkitsnippets/webelement/main.cpp FindAll - The first list contains all \c span elements in the document. The second list contains - \c span elements that are children of \c p, classified with \c intro. + The first list contains all \c span elements in the document. The second + list contains \c span elements that are children of \c p, classified with + \c intro. - Using findFirst() is more efficient than calling findAll() and extracting the first element - only in the returned list. + Using findFirst() is more efficient than calling findAll(), and extracting + the first element only in the list returned. - Alternatively you can manually traverse the document using firstChild() and nextSibling(): + Alternatively you can traverse the document manually using firstChild() and + nextSibling(): \snippet webkitsnippets/webelement/main.cpp Traversing with QWebElement - The underlying content of QWebElement is explicitly shared. Creating a copy of a QWebElement - does not create a copy of the content. Instead, both instances point to the same element. + The underlying content of QWebElement is explicitly shared. Creating a copy + of a QWebElement does not create a copy of the content. Instead, both + instances point to the same element. - The element's attributes can be read using attribute() and modified with setAttribute(). + The element's attributes can be read using attribute() and modified with + setAttribute(). - The contents of child elements can be converted to plain text with toPlainText() and to - XHTML using toInnerXml(). To also include the element's tag in the output, use toOuterXml(). + The contents of child elements can be converted to plain text with + toPlainText(); to XHTML using toInnerXml(). To include the element's tag in + the output, use toOuterXml(). - It is possible to replace the contents using setPlainText() and setInnerXml(). To replace - the element itself and its contents, use setOuterXml(). + It is possible to replace the contents of child elements using + setPlainText() and setInnerXml(). To replace the element itself and its + contents, use setOuterXml(). - In the JavaScript DOM interfaces, elements can have additional functions depending on their - type. For example an HTML form element can be triggered to submit the entire form to the - web server using the submit() function. A list of these special functions can be obtained - in QWebElement using functions(); they can be invoked using callFunction(). + In the JavaScript DOM interfaces, elements can have additional functions + depending on their type. For example, an HTML form element can be triggered + to submit the entire form to the web server using the submit() function. A + list of these special functions can be obtained in QWebElement using + functions(); they can be invoked using callFunction(). - Similarly element specific properties can be obtained using scriptableProperties() and - read/written using scriptableProperty()/setScriptableProperty(). + Similarly, element specific properties can be obtained using + scriptableProperties() and read or written using scriptableProperty() or + setScriptableProperty(). */ /*! @@ -156,7 +168,7 @@ QWebElement &QWebElement::operator=(const QWebElement &other) } /*! - Destroys the element. The underlying DOM element is not destroyed. + Destroys the element. However, the underlying DOM element is not destroyed. */ QWebElement::~QWebElement() { @@ -176,7 +188,7 @@ bool QWebElement::operator!=(const QWebElement& o) const } /*! - Returns true if the element is a null element; false otherwise. + Returns true if the element is a null element; otherwise returns false. */ bool QWebElement::isNull() const { @@ -184,13 +196,16 @@ bool QWebElement::isNull() const } /*! - Returns a new list of child elements matching the given CSS selector \a selectorQuery. - If there are no matching elements, an empty list is returned. + Returns a new list of child elements matching the given CSS selector + \a selectorQuery. If there are no matching elements, an empty list is + returned. - \l{http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-CSS2/selector.html#q1}{Standard CSS2 selector} syntax is - used for the query. + \l{http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-CSS2/selector.html#q1}{Standard CSS2 selector} + syntax is used for the query. \note This search is performed recursively. + + \sa findFirst() */ QList QWebElement::findAll(const QString &selectorQuery) const { @@ -212,12 +227,15 @@ QList QWebElement::findAll(const QString &selectorQuery) const } /*! - Returns the first child element that matches the given CSS selector \a selectorQuery. + Returns the first child element that matches the given CSS selector + \a selectorQuery. - \l{http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-CSS2/selector.html#q1}{Standard CSS2 selector} syntax is - used for the query. + \l{http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-CSS2/selector.html#q1}{Standard CSS2 selector} + syntax is used for the query. \note This search is performed recursively. + + \sa findAll() */ QWebElement QWebElement::findFirst(const QString &selectorQuery) const { @@ -231,6 +249,8 @@ QWebElement QWebElement::findFirst(const QString &selectorQuery) const Replaces the existing content of this element with \a text. This is equivalent to setting the HTML innerText property. + + \sa toPlainText() */ void QWebElement::setPlainText(const QString &text) { @@ -245,6 +265,8 @@ void QWebElement::setPlainText(const QString &text) element. This is equivalent to reading the HTML innerText property. + + \sa setPlainText() */ QString QWebElement::toPlainText() const { @@ -254,11 +276,13 @@ QString QWebElement::toPlainText() const } /*! - Replaces the contents of this element as well as its own tag with \a markup. - The string may contain HTML or XML tags, which is parsed and formatted - before insertion into the document. + Replaces the contents of this element as well as its own tag with + \a markup. The string may contain HTML or XML tags, which is parsed and + formatted before insertion into the document. \note This is currently only implemented for (X)HTML elements. + + \sa toOuterXml(), toInnerXml(), setInnerXml() */ void QWebElement::setOuterXml(const QString &markup) { @@ -272,9 +296,11 @@ void QWebElement::setOuterXml(const QString &markup) /*! Returns this element converted to XML, including the start and the end - tag of this element and its attributes. + tags as well as its attributes. - \note This is currently only implemented for (X)HTML elements. + \note This is currently implemented for (X)HTML elements only. + + \sa setOuterXml(), setInnerXml(), toInnerXml() */ QString QWebElement::toOuterXml() const { @@ -285,11 +311,13 @@ QString QWebElement::toOuterXml() const } /*! - Replaces the content of this element with \a markup. - The string may contain HTML or XML tags, which is parsed and formatted - before insertion into the document. + Replaces the contents of this element with \a markup. The string may + contain HTML or XML tags, which is parsed and formatted before insertion + into the document. - \note This is currently only implemented for (X)HTML elements. + \note This is currently implemented for (X)HTML elements only. + + \sa toInnerXml(), toOuterXml(), setOuterXml() */ void QWebElement::setInnerXml(const QString &markup) { @@ -302,10 +330,11 @@ void QWebElement::setInnerXml(const QString &markup) } /*! - Returns the XML between the start and the end tag of this - element. + Returns the XML content between the element's start and end tags. - \note This is currently only implemented for (X)HTML elements. + \note This is currently implemented for (X)HTML elements only. + + \sa setInnerXml(), setOuterXml(), toOuterXml() */ QString QWebElement::toInnerXml() const { @@ -316,8 +345,10 @@ QString QWebElement::toInnerXml() const } /*! - Adds an attribute called \a name with the value \a value. If an attribute - with the same name exists, its value is replaced by \a value. + Adds an attribute with the given \a name and \a value. If an attribute with + the same name exists, its value is replaced by \a value. + + \sa attribute(), attributeNS(), setAttributeNS() */ void QWebElement::setAttribute(const QString &name, const QString &value) { @@ -328,9 +359,11 @@ void QWebElement::setAttribute(const QString &name, const QString &value) } /*! - Adds an attribute called \a name in the namespace described with \a namespaceUri - with the value \a value. If an attribute with the same name exists, its value is - replaced by \a value. + Adds an attribute with the given \a name in \a namespaceUri with \a value. + If an attribute with the same name exists, its value is replaced by + \a value. + + \sa attributeNS(), attribute(), setAttribute() */ void QWebElement::setAttributeNS(const QString &namespaceUri, const QString &name, const QString &value) { @@ -341,8 +374,10 @@ void QWebElement::setAttributeNS(const QString &namespaceUri, const QString &nam } /*! - Returns the attributed called \a name. If the attribute does not exist \a defaultValue is - returned. + Returns the attribute with the given \a name. If the attribute does not + exist, \a defaultValue is returned. + + \sa setAttribute(), setAttributeNS(), attributeNS() */ QString QWebElement::attribute(const QString &name, const QString &defaultValue) const { @@ -355,8 +390,10 @@ QString QWebElement::attribute(const QString &name, const QString &defaultValue) } /*! - Returns the attributed called \a name in the namespace described with \a namespaceUri. - If the attribute does not exist \a defaultValue is returned. + Returns the attribute with the given \a name in \a namespaceUri. If the + attribute does not exist, \a defaultValue is returned. + + \sa setAtributeNS(), setAttribute(), attribute() */ QString QWebElement::attributeNS(const QString &namespaceUri, const QString &name, const QString &defaultValue) const { @@ -369,7 +406,10 @@ QString QWebElement::attributeNS(const QString &namespaceUri, const QString &nam } /*! - Returns true if this element has an attribute called \a name; otherwise returns false. + Returns true if this element has an attribute with the given \a name; + otherwise returns false. + + \sa attribute(), setAttribute() */ bool QWebElement::hasAttribute(const QString &name) const { @@ -379,8 +419,10 @@ bool QWebElement::hasAttribute(const QString &name) const } /*! - Returns true if this element has an attribute called \a name in the namespace described - with \a namespaceUri; otherwise returns false. + Returns true if this element has an attribute with the given \a name, in + \a namespaceUri; otherwise returns false. + + \sa attributeNS(), setAttributeNS() */ bool QWebElement::hasAttributeNS(const QString &namespaceUri, const QString &name) const { @@ -390,7 +432,9 @@ bool QWebElement::hasAttributeNS(const QString &namespaceUri, const QString &nam } /*! - Removes the attribute called \a name from this element. + Removes the attribute with the given \a name from this element. + + \sa attribute(), setAttribute(), hasAttribute() */ void QWebElement::removeAttribute(const QString &name) { @@ -401,8 +445,10 @@ void QWebElement::removeAttribute(const QString &name) } /*! - Removes the attribute called \a name in the namespace described with \a namespaceUri - from this element. + Removes the attribute with the given \a name, in \a namespaceUri, from this + element. + + \sa attributeNS(), setAttributeNS(), hasAttributeNS() */ void QWebElement::removeAttributeNS(const QString &namespaceUri, const QString &name) { @@ -413,7 +459,10 @@ void QWebElement::removeAttributeNS(const QString &namespaceUri, const QString & } /*! - Returns true if the element has any attributes defined; otherwise returns false; + Returns true if the element has any attributes defined; otherwise returns + false; + + \sa attribute(), setAttribute() */ bool QWebElement::hasAttributes() const { @@ -424,6 +473,8 @@ bool QWebElement::hasAttributes() const /*! Returns the geometry of this element, relative to its containing frame. + + \sa tagName() */ QRect QWebElement::geometry() const { @@ -434,6 +485,8 @@ QRect QWebElement::geometry() const /*! Returns the tag name of this element. + + \sa geometry() */ QString QWebElement::tagName() const { @@ -443,7 +496,8 @@ QString QWebElement::tagName() const } /*! - Returns the namespace prefix of the element or an empty string if the element has no namespace prefix. + Returns the namespace prefix of the element. If the element has no\ + namespace prefix, empty string is returned. */ QString QWebElement::prefix() const { @@ -453,8 +507,8 @@ QString QWebElement::prefix() const } /*! - If the element uses namespaces, this function returns the local name of the element; - otherwise it returns an empty string. + Returns the local name of the element. If the element does not use + namespaces, an empty string is returned. */ QString QWebElement::localName() const { @@ -464,7 +518,8 @@ QString QWebElement::localName() const } /*! - Returns the namespace URI of this element or an empty string if the element has no namespace URI. + Returns the namespace URI of this element. If the element has no namespace + URI, an empty string is returned. */ QString QWebElement::namespaceUri() const { @@ -474,8 +529,8 @@ QString QWebElement::namespaceUri() const } /*! - Returns the parent element of this element or a null element if this element - is the root document element. + Returns the parent element of this elemen. If this element is the root + document element, a null element is returned. */ QWebElement QWebElement::parent() const { @@ -485,9 +540,9 @@ QWebElement QWebElement::parent() const } /*! - Returns the first child element of this element. + Returns the element's first child. - \sa lastChild() previousSibling() nextSibling() + \sa lastChild(), previousSibling(), nextSibling() */ QWebElement QWebElement::firstChild() const { @@ -503,9 +558,9 @@ QWebElement QWebElement::firstChild() const } /*! - Returns the last child element of this element. + Returns the element's last child. - \sa firstChild() previousSibling() nextSibling() + \sa firstChild(), previousSibling(), nextSibling() */ QWebElement QWebElement::lastChild() const { @@ -521,9 +576,9 @@ QWebElement QWebElement::lastChild() const } /*! - Returns the next sibling element of this element. + Returns the element's next sibling. - \sa firstChild() previousSibling() lastChild() + \sa firstChild(), previousSibling(), lastChild() */ QWebElement QWebElement::nextSibling() const { @@ -539,9 +594,9 @@ QWebElement QWebElement::nextSibling() const } /*! - Returns the previous sibling element of this element. + Returns the element's previous sibling. - \sa firstChild() nextSibling() lastChild() + \sa firstChild(), nextSibling(), lastChild() */ QWebElement QWebElement::previousSibling() const { @@ -557,7 +612,7 @@ QWebElement QWebElement::previousSibling() const } /*! - Returns the document this element belongs to. + Returns the document which this element belongs to. */ QWebElement QWebElement::document() const { @@ -570,8 +625,8 @@ QWebElement QWebElement::document() const } /*! - Returns the web frame this elements is a part of. If the element is - a null element null is returned. + Returns the web frame which this element is a part of. If the element is a + null element, null is returned. */ QWebFrame *QWebElement::webFrame() const { @@ -647,7 +702,7 @@ static bool setupScriptObject(WebCore::Element* element, ScriptObject& object, S } /*! - Executes the \a scriptSource with this element as the `this' object. + Executes \a scriptSource with this element as \c this object. \sa callFunction() */ @@ -680,9 +735,10 @@ QVariant QWebElement::evaluateScript(const QString& scriptSource) /*! Calls the function with the given \a name and \a arguments. - The underlying DOM element that QWebElement wraps may have dedicated functions depending - on its type. For example a form element can have the "submit" function, that would submit - the form to the destination specified in the HTML. + The underlying DOM element that QWebElement wraps may have dedicated + functions, depending on its type. For example, a form element can have the + \c submit function, that would submit the form to the destination specified + in the HTML. \sa functions() */ @@ -713,7 +769,7 @@ QVariant QWebElement::callFunction(const QString &name, const QVariantList &argu /*! Returns a list of function names this element supports. - The function names returned are the same functions that are callable from the DOM + The function names returned are the same functions callable from the DOM element's JavaScript binding. \sa callFunction() @@ -763,14 +819,14 @@ QStringList QWebElement::functions() const } /*! - Returns the value of the element's \a name property. + Returns the value of the element's \a name property. If no such property + exists, an invalid QVariant is returned. - If no such property exists, the returned variant is invalid. + The return value's property has the same value as the corresponding + property in the element's JavaScript binding with the same name. - The return property has the same value as the corresponding property - in the element's JavaScript binding with the same name. - - Information about all available properties is provided through scriptProperties(). + Information about all available properties is provided through + scriptProperties(). \sa setScriptableProperty(), scriptableProperties() */ @@ -797,10 +853,11 @@ QVariant QWebElement::scriptableProperty(const QString &name) const /*! Sets the value of the element's \a name property to \a value. - Information about all available properties is provided through scriptProperties(). + Information about all available properties is provided through + scriptProperties(). - Setting the property will affect the corresponding property - in the element's JavaScript binding with the same name. + Setting the property will affect the corresponding property in the + element's JavaScript binding with the same name. \sa scriptableProperty(), scriptableProperties() */ @@ -827,8 +884,8 @@ void QWebElement::setScriptableProperty(const QString &name, const QVariant &val /*! Returns a list of property names this element supports. - The function names returned are the same properties that are accessible from the DOM - element's JavaScript binding. + The function names returned are the same properties that are accessible + from the DOM element's JavaScript binding. \sa setScriptableProperty(), scriptableProperty() */ @@ -894,10 +951,12 @@ QStringList QWebElement::scriptableProperties() const This enum describes how QWebElement's styleProperty resolves the given property name. - \value IgnoreCascadingStyles Return the property value as it is defined - in the element, without respecting style inheritance and other CSS rules. - \value RespectCascadingStyles The property's value is determined using - the inheritance and importance rules defined in the document's stylesheet. + \value IgnoreCascadingStyles Return the property value as it is defined in + the element, without respecting style inheritance and other CSS + rules. + \value RespectCascadingStyles The property's value is determined using the + inheritance and importance rules defined in the document's + stylesheet. */ /*! @@ -907,17 +966,17 @@ QStringList QWebElement::scriptableProperties() const This enum describes the priority newly set CSS properties should have when set using QWebElement::setStyleProperty(). - \value NormalStylePriority Define the property without important - priority even if "!important" is explicitly set in \a value. - \value DeclaredStylePriority Define the property respecting the - priority specified in \a value. - \value ImportantStylePriority Define the property to have - an important priority, this is equal to appending "!important" to the value. + \value NormalStylePriority Define the property without important priority + even if "!important" is explicitly set in \a value. + \value DeclaredStylePriority Define the property respecting the priority + specified in \a value. + \value ImportantStylePriority Define the property to have an important + priority. This is equal to appending "!important" to the value. */ /*! - Returns the value of the style named \a name or an empty string if such one - does not exist. + Returns the value of the style with the given \a name. If a style with + \name does not exist, an empty string is returned. If \a rule is IgnoreCascadingStyles, the value defined inside the element (inline in CSS terminology) is returned. @@ -925,14 +984,17 @@ QStringList QWebElement::scriptableProperties() const if \a rule is RespectCascadingStyles, the actual style applied to the element is returned. - In CSS, the cascading part has to do with which CSS rule has priority and - is thus applied. Generally speaking, the last defined rule has priority, - thus an inline style rule has priority over an embedded block style rule, - which in return has priority over an external style rule. + In CSS, the cascading part depends on which CSS rule has priority and is + thus applied. Generally, the last defined rule has priority. Thus, an + inline style rule has priority over an embedded block style rule, which + in return has priority over an external style rule. + + If the "!important" declaration is set on one of those, the declaration + receives highest priority, unless other declarations also use the + "!important" declaration. Then, the last "!important" declaration takes + predecence. - If the !important declaration is set on one of those, the declaration gets - highest priority, unless other declarations also use the !important - declaration, in which the last !important declaration takes predecence. + \sa setStyleProperty() */ QString QWebElement::styleProperty(const QString &name, ResolveRule rule) const { @@ -981,9 +1043,9 @@ QString QWebElement::styleProperty(const QString &name, ResolveRule rule) const } /*! - Sets the value of the style named \a name to \a value. + Sets the value of the style with the given \a name to \a value. - Setting a value, doesn't necessarily mean that it will become the applied + Setting a value, does not necessarily mean that it will become the applied value, due to the fact that the style property's value might have been set earlier with priority in external or embedded style declarations. @@ -998,7 +1060,8 @@ QString QWebElement::styleProperty(const QString &name, ResolveRule rule) const Using NormalStylePriority as \a priority, the property will have normal priority, and any "!important" declaration will be ignored. On the other hand, using ImportantStylePriority sets the important priority even when - not explicit passed in \a value. + it is not explicitly passed in \a value. + By using DeclaredStylePriority as \a priority the property will respect the priority specified in \a value. */ @@ -1035,7 +1098,8 @@ void QWebElement::setStyleProperty(const QString &name, const QString &value, St } /*! - Returns the computed value for style named \a name or an empty string if the style has no such name. + Returns the computed value for style with the given \a name. If a style + with \name does not exist, an empty string is returned. */ QString QWebElement::computedStyleProperty(const QString &name) const { @@ -1083,7 +1147,8 @@ QStringList QWebElement::classes() const } /*! - Returns true if this element has a class called \a name; otherwise returns false. + Returns true if this element has a class with the given \a name; otherwise + returns false. */ bool QWebElement::hasClass(const QString &name) const { @@ -1092,7 +1157,7 @@ bool QWebElement::hasClass(const QString &name) const } /*! - Adds the specified class \a name to the element. + Adds the specified class with the given \a name to the element. */ void QWebElement::addClass(const QString &name) { @@ -1105,7 +1170,7 @@ void QWebElement::addClass(const QString &name) } /*! - Removes the specified class \a name from the element. + Removes the specified class with the given \a name from the element. */ void QWebElement::removeClass(const QString &name) { @@ -1118,8 +1183,8 @@ void QWebElement::removeClass(const QString &name) } /*! - Adds the specified class \a name if it is not present, - removes it if it is already present. + Adds the specified class with the given \a name if it is not present. If + the class is already present, it will be removed. */ void QWebElement::toggleClass(const QString &name) { @@ -1134,11 +1199,11 @@ void QWebElement::toggleClass(const QString &name) } /*! - Appends \a element as the element's last child. + Appends the given \a element as the element's last child. - If \a element is the child of another element, it is re-parented - to this element. If \a element is a child of this element, then - its position in the list of children is changed. + If \a element is the child of another element, it is re-parented to this + element. If \a element is a child of this element, then its position in + the list of children is changed. Calling this function on a null element does nothing. @@ -1178,9 +1243,9 @@ void QWebElement::appendInside(const QString &markup) /*! Prepends \a element as the element's first child. - If \a element is the child of another element, it is re-parented - to this element. If \a element is a child of this element, then - its position in the list of children is changed. + If \a element is the child of another element, it is re-parented to this + element. If \a element is a child of this element, then its position in + the list of children is changed. Calling this function on a null element does nothing. @@ -1227,10 +1292,10 @@ void QWebElement::prependInside(const QString &markup) /*! - Inserts \a element before this element. + Inserts the given \a element before this element. - If \a element is the child of another element, it is re-parented - to the parent of this element. + If \a element is the child of another element, it is re-parented to the + parent of this element. Calling this function on a null element does nothing. @@ -1274,10 +1339,10 @@ void QWebElement::prependOutside(const QString &markup) } /*! - Inserts \a element after this element. + Inserts the given \a element after this element. - If \a element is the child of another element, it is re-parented - to the parent of this element. + If \a element is the child of another element, it is re-parented to the + parent of this element. Calling this function on a null element does nothing. @@ -1342,11 +1407,10 @@ QWebElement QWebElement::clone() const } /*! - Removes this element from the document and returns a reference - to this. + Removes this element from the document and returns a reference to it. - The element is still valid after removal, and can be inserted into - other parts of the document. + The element is still valid after removal, and can be inserted into other + parts of the document. \sa removeChildren(), removeFromDocument() */ @@ -1362,8 +1426,7 @@ QWebElement &QWebElement::takeFromDocument() } /*! - Removes this element from the document and makes this - a null element. + Removes this element from the document and makes it a null element. \sa removeChildren(), takeFromDocument() */ @@ -1414,9 +1477,10 @@ static RefPtr findInsertionPoint(PassRefPtr root) } /*! - Enclose the contents of this element in \a element as the child - of the deepest descendant element within the structure of the - first element provided. + Encloses the contents of this element with \a element. This element becomes + the child of the deepest descendant within \a element. + + ### illustration \sa encloseWith() */ @@ -1446,9 +1510,8 @@ void QWebElement::encloseContentsWith(const QWebElement &element) } /*! - Enclose the contents of this element in the result of parsing - \a markup as the child of the deepest descendant element within - the structure of the first element provided. + Encloses the contents of this element with the result of parsing \a markup. + This element becomes the child of the deepest descendant within \a markup. \sa encloseWith() */ @@ -1490,9 +1553,8 @@ void QWebElement::encloseContentsWith(const QString &markup) } /*! - Enclose this element in \a element as the child of the deepest - descendant element within the structure of the first element - provided. + Encloses this element with \a element. This element becomes the child of + the deepest descendant within \a element. \sa replace() */ @@ -1523,8 +1585,8 @@ void QWebElement::encloseWith(const QWebElement &element) } /*! - Enclose this element in the result of parsing \a markup, - as the last child. + Encloses this element with the result of parsing \a markup. This element + becomes the child of the deepest descendant within \a markup. \sa replace() */ @@ -1569,8 +1631,7 @@ void QWebElement::encloseWith(const QString &markup) /*! Replaces this element with \a element. - It is not possible to replace the , , or - elements using this method. + This method will not replace the , or elements. \sa encloseWith() */ @@ -1586,8 +1647,7 @@ void QWebElement::replace(const QWebElement &element) /*! Replaces this element with the result of parsing \a markup. - It is not possible to replace the , , or - elements using this method. + This method will not replace the , or elements. \sa encloseWith() */ @@ -1603,11 +1663,13 @@ void QWebElement::replace(const QString &markup) /*! \fn inline bool QWebElement::operator==(const QWebElement& o) const; - Returns true if this element points to the same underlying DOM object than \a o; otherwise returns false. + Returns true if this element points to the same underlying DOM object as + \a o; otherwise returns false. */ /*! \fn inline bool QWebElement::operator!=(const QWebElement& o) const; - Returns true if this element points to a different underlying DOM object than \a o; otherwise returns false. + Returns true if this element points to a different underlying DOM object + than \a o; otherwise returns false. */ -- cgit v0.12 From be4c288579314e2c11bd284d03a45007c2d3b300 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Martin Smith Date: Thu, 13 Aug 2009 15:08:24 +0200 Subject: qdoc: Disabled reporting the NOTIFY signal until I know what it broke. Task-number: 259071 --- tools/qdoc3/cppcodeparser.cpp | 5 ++--- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/cppcodeparser.cpp b/tools/qdoc3/cppcodeparser.cpp index ca12e92..ebe5ec9 100644 --- a/tools/qdoc3/cppcodeparser.cpp +++ b/tools/qdoc3/cppcodeparser.cpp @@ -1724,9 +1724,6 @@ bool CppCodeParser::matchProperty(InnerNode *parent) value = "?"; } - /* - Task 259071 requires work here. See gui/widgets/qdatetime.h, for example. - */ if (key == "READ") tre->addPropertyFunction(property, value, PropertyNode::Getter); else if (key == "WRITE") @@ -1737,9 +1734,11 @@ bool CppCodeParser::matchProperty(InnerNode *parent) property->setDesignable(value.toLower() == "true"); else if (key == "RESET") tre->addPropertyFunction(property, value, PropertyNode::Resetter); +#if 0 else if (key == "NOTIFY") { tre->addPropertyFunction(property, value, PropertyNode::Notifier); } +#endif } match(Tok_RightParen); return true; -- cgit v0.12 From e9b6e85b43bd233f16668dcb91da36e6dc31d4ff Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Frans Englich Date: Thu, 13 Aug 2009 15:27:41 +0200 Subject: Fix auto test xmlpatternsschemats by adjusting build dependencies. --- tests/auto/auto.pro | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/tests/auto/auto.pro b/tests/auto/auto.pro index d7f27bd..dd188cd 100644 --- a/tests/auto/auto.pro +++ b/tests/auto/auto.pro @@ -444,6 +444,7 @@ SUBDIRS += checkxmlfiles \ xmlpatternsdiagnosticsts.depends = xmlpatternsxqts xmlpatternsview.depends = xmlpatternsxqts xmlpatternsxslts.depends = xmlpatternsxqts +xmlpatternsschemats.depends = xmlpatternsxqts } unix:!embedded:contains(QT_CONFIG, dbus):SUBDIRS += \ -- cgit v0.12 From 547af9bf8a2ec074a698f0b92ec9e2a1a935eb14 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Prasanth Ullattil Date: Thu, 13 Aug 2009 15:30:59 +0200 Subject: Fix qmake warnings Removed the src/common.pri includes Reviewed-by: Trust Me --- tools/xmlpatterns/xmlpatterns.pro | 2 -- tools/xmlpatternsvalidator/xmlpatternsvalidator.pro | 2 -- 2 files changed, 4 deletions(-) diff --git a/tools/xmlpatterns/xmlpatterns.pro b/tools/xmlpatterns/xmlpatterns.pro index 9c1aac1..1c5ab2c 100644 --- a/tools/xmlpatterns/xmlpatterns.pro +++ b/tools/xmlpatterns/xmlpatterns.pro @@ -27,5 +27,3 @@ HEADERS = main.h \ qapplicationargumentparser.cpp \ qcoloringmessagehandler_p.h \ qcoloroutput_p.h - -include(../src/common.pri) diff --git a/tools/xmlpatternsvalidator/xmlpatternsvalidator.pro b/tools/xmlpatternsvalidator/xmlpatternsvalidator.pro index dd5bd37..8491129 100644 --- a/tools/xmlpatternsvalidator/xmlpatternsvalidator.pro +++ b/tools/xmlpatternsvalidator/xmlpatternsvalidator.pro @@ -15,5 +15,3 @@ CONFIG -= app_bundle SOURCES = main.cpp HEADERS = main.h - -include(../src/common.pri) -- cgit v0.12 From ff01481900f1d19d392c8ed8fe0f3b5c85751b8e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Andreas Aardal Hanssen Date: Thu, 13 Aug 2009 12:20:52 +0200 Subject: Fix focus proxy deletion bugs/crashes in QGraphicsItem. This change would have been much simpler if either QGraphicsItem inherited QObject, or if we had some similar QPointer-like class that supported QGraphicsItem. The issue is this: Each item can delegate another item to be its focus proxy. That item can be a parent or child, or something completely unrelated. Either of the two items can be deleted independently. The former solution was to store backpointers in a map in the scene. Problem is, the items may not be in a scene when this happens, they may be removed from the scene, and the items may be moved between two scenes. The bad part about this fix is that it adds another pointer to QGraphicsItemPrivate. Reviewed-by: Shane Kearns --- src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem.cpp | 29 +++++++++++++----- src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem_p.h | 2 ++ src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsscene.cpp | 6 +--- src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsscene_p.h | 1 - tests/auto/qgraphicsitem/tst_qgraphicsitem.cpp | 42 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 5 files changed, 66 insertions(+), 14 deletions(-) diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem.cpp b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem.cpp index c3e5501..537dab7 100644 --- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem.cpp +++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem.cpp @@ -1196,10 +1196,12 @@ QGraphicsItem::~QGraphicsItem() Q_ASSERT(d_ptr->children.isEmpty()); } - if (d_ptr->scene) + if (d_ptr->scene) { d_ptr->scene->d_func()->removeItemHelper(this); - else + } else { + d_ptr->resetFocusProxy(); d_ptr->setParentItemHelper(0); + } if (d_ptr->transformData) { for(int i = 0; i < d_ptr->transformData->graphicsTransforms.size(); ++i) { @@ -2613,13 +2615,11 @@ void QGraphicsItem::setFocusProxy(QGraphicsItem *item) } QGraphicsItem *lastFocusProxy = d_ptr->focusProxy; + if (lastFocusProxy) + lastFocusProxy->d_ptr->focusProxyRefs.removeOne(&d_ptr->focusProxy); d_ptr->focusProxy = item; - if (d_ptr->scene) { - if (lastFocusProxy) - d_ptr->scene->d_func()->focusProxyReverseMap.remove(lastFocusProxy, this); - if (item) - d_ptr->scene->d_func()->focusProxyReverseMap.insert(item, this); - } + if (item) + item->d_ptr->focusProxyRefs << &d_ptr->focusProxy; } /*! @@ -4626,6 +4626,19 @@ void QGraphicsItemPrivate::clearSubFocus() /*! \internal + Sets the focusProxy pointer to 0 for all items that have this item as their + focusProxy. ### Qt 5: Use QPointer instead. +*/ +void QGraphicsItemPrivate::resetFocusProxy() +{ + for (int i = 0; i < focusProxyRefs.size(); ++i) + *focusProxyRefs.at(i) = 0; + focusProxyRefs.clear(); +} + +/*! + \internal + Tells us if it is a proxy widget */ bool QGraphicsItemPrivate::isProxyWidget() const diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem_p.h b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem_p.h index 982cdfc..c654d4f 100644 --- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem_p.h +++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem_p.h @@ -398,6 +398,7 @@ public: void setSubFocus(); void clearSubFocus(); + void resetFocusProxy(); inline QTransform transformToParent() const; inline void ensureSortedChildren(); @@ -419,6 +420,7 @@ public: int siblingIndex; int depth; QGraphicsItem *focusProxy; + QList focusProxyRefs; QGraphicsItem *subFocusItem; Qt::InputMethodHints imHints; diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsscene.cpp b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsscene.cpp index bdd1ac6..2178850 100644 --- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsscene.cpp +++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsscene.cpp @@ -494,11 +494,7 @@ void QGraphicsScenePrivate::removeItemHelper(QGraphicsItem *item) item->d_func()->scene = 0; // Unregister focus proxy. - QMultiHash::iterator it = focusProxyReverseMap.find(item); - while (it != focusProxyReverseMap.end() && it.key() == item) { - it.value()->d_ptr->focusProxy = 0; - it = focusProxyReverseMap.erase(it); - } + item->d_ptr->resetFocusProxy(); // Remove from parent, or unregister from toplevels. if (QGraphicsItem *parentItem = item->parentItem()) { diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsscene_p.h b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsscene_p.h index 8b53306..836522d 100644 --- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsscene_p.h +++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsscene_p.h @@ -131,7 +131,6 @@ public: QGraphicsWidget *activeWindow; int activationRefCount; void setFocusItemHelper(QGraphicsItem *item, Qt::FocusReason focusReason); - QMultiHash focusProxyReverseMap; QList popupWidgets; void addPopup(QGraphicsWidget *widget); diff --git a/tests/auto/qgraphicsitem/tst_qgraphicsitem.cpp b/tests/auto/qgraphicsitem/tst_qgraphicsitem.cpp index eadf8b7..a623b50 100644 --- a/tests/auto/qgraphicsitem/tst_qgraphicsitem.cpp +++ b/tests/auto/qgraphicsitem/tst_qgraphicsitem.cpp @@ -280,6 +280,7 @@ private slots: void autoDetectFocusProxy(); void subFocus(); void reverseCreateAutoFocusProxy(); + void focusProxyDeletion(); // task specific tests below me void task141694_textItemEnsureVisible(); @@ -7516,5 +7517,46 @@ void tst_QGraphicsItem::reverseCreateAutoFocusProxy() QVERIFY(text2->hasFocus()); } +void tst_QGraphicsItem::focusProxyDeletion() +{ + QGraphicsRectItem *rect = new QGraphicsRectItem; + QGraphicsRectItem *rect2 = new QGraphicsRectItem; + rect->setFocusProxy(rect2); + QCOMPARE(rect->focusProxy(), (QGraphicsItem *)rect2); + + delete rect2; + QCOMPARE(rect->focusProxy(), (QGraphicsItem *)0); + + rect2 = new QGraphicsRectItem; + rect->setFocusProxy(rect2); + delete rect; // don't crash + + rect = new QGraphicsRectItem; + rect->setFocusProxy(rect2); + QGraphicsScene *scene = new QGraphicsScene; + scene->addItem(rect); + scene->addItem(rect2); + delete rect2; + QCOMPARE(rect->focusProxy(), (QGraphicsItem *)0); + + rect2 = new QGraphicsRectItem; + QTest::ignoreMessage(QtWarningMsg, "QGraphicsItem::setFocusProxy: focus proxy must be in same scene"); + rect->setFocusProxy(rect2); + QCOMPARE(rect->focusProxy(), (QGraphicsItem *)0); + scene->addItem(rect2); + rect->setFocusProxy(rect2); + QCOMPARE(rect->focusProxy(), (QGraphicsItem *)rect2); + delete rect; // don't crash + + rect = new QGraphicsRectItem; + rect2 = new QGraphicsRectItem; + rect->setFocusProxy(rect2); + QCOMPARE(rect->focusProxy(), (QGraphicsItem *)rect2); + scene->addItem(rect); + scene->addItem(rect2); + rect->setFocusProxy(rect2); + delete scene; // don't crash +} + QTEST_MAIN(tst_QGraphicsItem) #include "tst_qgraphicsitem.moc" -- cgit v0.12 From a55a7e06727610683a61461adfd144046d669b46 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Thomas Hartmann Date: Thu, 13 Aug 2009 15:52:51 +0200 Subject: clucene compiles on Windows CE now reimplmenting some missing C functions Task-number: 214990 Reviewed-by: kh --- src/3rdparty/clucene/src/CLucene/StdHeader.cpp | 2 ++ src/3rdparty/clucene/src/CLucene/StdHeader.h | 10 ++++++++++ src/3rdparty/clucene/src/CLucene/config/define_std.h | 3 +++ src/3rdparty/clucene/src/CLucene/config/repl_tchar.h | 20 ++++++++++++++++++++ src/3rdparty/clucene/src/CLucene/util/Misc.cpp | 10 ++++++++++ .../clucene/src/CLucene/util/fileinputstream.cpp | 5 +++++ 6 files changed, 50 insertions(+) diff --git a/src/3rdparty/clucene/src/CLucene/StdHeader.cpp b/src/3rdparty/clucene/src/CLucene/StdHeader.cpp index 9813a58..d64c51f 100644 --- a/src/3rdparty/clucene/src/CLucene/StdHeader.cpp +++ b/src/3rdparty/clucene/src/CLucene/StdHeader.cpp @@ -17,8 +17,10 @@ #if defined(_CLCOMPILER_MSVC) && defined(_DEBUG) # define CRTDBG_MAP_ALLOC # include +#ifndef UNDER_CE # include #endif +#endif CL_NS_USE(util) diff --git a/src/3rdparty/clucene/src/CLucene/StdHeader.h b/src/3rdparty/clucene/src/CLucene/StdHeader.h index d267d03..fbb3fd9 100644 --- a/src/3rdparty/clucene/src/CLucene/StdHeader.h +++ b/src/3rdparty/clucene/src/CLucene/StdHeader.h @@ -58,8 +58,10 @@ extern int _lucene_counter_break; //can set a watch on this #if defined(_CL_HAVE_UNISTD_H) #include #elif defined(_CL_HAVE_IO_H) && defined(_CL_HAVE_DIRECT_H) +#ifndef UNDER_CE #include #include +#endif #else #error "Neither unistd.h or (io.h & direct.h) were available" #endif @@ -75,7 +77,11 @@ extern int _lucene_counter_break; //can set a watch on this #if defined(_CL_STAT_MACROS_BROKEN) #error "Haven't implemented STAT_MACROS_BROKEN fix yet" #elif defined(_CL_HAVE_SYS_STAT_H) +#ifdef UNDER_CE + #include +#else #include +#endif #else #error "Haven't implemented platforms with no sys/stat.h" #endif @@ -179,13 +185,17 @@ extern int _lucene_counter_break; //can set a watch on this #include "CLucene/config/repl_tchar.h" #if defined(_CL_HAVE_ERRNO_H) +#ifndef UNDER_CE #include +#endif #else #error "Haven't implemented platforms with no errno.h" #endif #if defined(_CL_HAVE_FCNTL_H) +#ifndef UNDER_CE #include +#endif #else #error "Haven't implemented platforms with no fcntl.h" #endif diff --git a/src/3rdparty/clucene/src/CLucene/config/define_std.h b/src/3rdparty/clucene/src/CLucene/config/define_std.h index 3f92117..22a0790 100644 --- a/src/3rdparty/clucene/src/CLucene/config/define_std.h +++ b/src/3rdparty/clucene/src/CLucene/config/define_std.h @@ -72,6 +72,9 @@ #else #define _CL_HAVE_UNISTD_H #endif +#ifdef UNDER_CE +#undef _CL_HAVE_SYS_TIMEB_H +#endif //////////////////////////////////////////////// //now for individual functions. some compilers diff --git a/src/3rdparty/clucene/src/CLucene/config/repl_tchar.h b/src/3rdparty/clucene/src/CLucene/config/repl_tchar.h index d562cc8..ba8aef5 100644 --- a/src/3rdparty/clucene/src/CLucene/config/repl_tchar.h +++ b/src/3rdparty/clucene/src/CLucene/config/repl_tchar.h @@ -93,6 +93,26 @@ #endif #else //HAVE_TCHAR_H #include + +#ifdef UNDER_CE +#include +#define _i64tot i64tot +inline TCHAR* i64tot(__int64 value, TCHAR* str, int radix) +{ + QT_USE_NAMESPACE + _tcscpy(str, (TCHAR *) QString::number(value, radix).utf16()); + return str; +} + +#define _tcstoi64 tcstoi64 +inline __int64 tcstoi64(const TCHAR *nptr, TCHAR **endptr, int base) +{ + QT_USE_NAMESPACE + bool ok; + return QString::fromUtf16((ushort*) nptr).toInt(&ok, base); +} + +#endif //some tchar headers miss these... #ifndef _tcstoi64 diff --git a/src/3rdparty/clucene/src/CLucene/util/Misc.cpp b/src/3rdparty/clucene/src/CLucene/util/Misc.cpp index cb2efe2..42e3fd0 100644 --- a/src/3rdparty/clucene/src/CLucene/util/Misc.cpp +++ b/src/3rdparty/clucene/src/CLucene/util/Misc.cpp @@ -24,10 +24,15 @@ # include #endif +#ifdef UNDER_CE +#include +#endif + CL_NS_DEF(util) uint64_t Misc::currentTimeMillis() { +#ifndef UNDER_CE #if defined(_CLCOMPILER_MSVC) || defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__BORLANDC__) struct _timeb tstruct; _ftime(&tstruct); @@ -41,6 +46,11 @@ uint64_t Misc::currentTimeMillis() return (((uint64_t) tstruct.tv_sec) * 1000) + tstruct.tv_usec / 1000; #endif +#else //UNDER_CE + QT_USE_NAMESPACE + QTime t = QTime::currentTime(); + return t.second() * 1000 + t.msec(); +#endif //UNDER_CE } // #pragma mark -- char related utils diff --git a/src/3rdparty/clucene/src/CLucene/util/fileinputstream.cpp b/src/3rdparty/clucene/src/CLucene/util/fileinputstream.cpp index 3803dfd..9125d84 100644 --- a/src/3rdparty/clucene/src/CLucene/util/fileinputstream.cpp +++ b/src/3rdparty/clucene/src/CLucene/util/fileinputstream.cpp @@ -25,7 +25,10 @@ */ #include "jstreamsconfig.h" #include "fileinputstream.h" + +#ifndef UNDER_CE #include +#endif #include namespace jstreams { @@ -39,7 +42,9 @@ FileInputStream::FileInputStream(const char *filepath, int32_t buffersize) { error = "Could not read file '"; error += filepath; error += "': "; +#ifndef UNDER_CE error += strerror(errno); +#endif status = Error; return; } -- cgit v0.12 From b4db217bf195bda7ade32bda79be65b5d31e1c0e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Thomas Hartmann Date: Thu, 13 Aug 2009 15:54:51 +0200 Subject: Assistant compiles on Windows CE no official support Task-number: 214990 Reviewed-by: kh --- tools/assistant/compat/mainwindow.cpp | 2 ++ tools/assistant/tools/assistant/remotecontrol.cpp | 6 ++++++ 2 files changed, 8 insertions(+) diff --git a/tools/assistant/compat/mainwindow.cpp b/tools/assistant/compat/mainwindow.cpp index 353efdb..13b555e 100644 --- a/tools/assistant/compat/mainwindow.cpp +++ b/tools/assistant/compat/mainwindow.cpp @@ -401,6 +401,7 @@ QString MainWindow::urlifyFileName(const QString &fileName) return name; } +#ifndef QT_NO_PRINTER class PrintThread : public QThread { QPrinter _printer; @@ -436,6 +437,7 @@ protected: _document = 0; } }; +#endif //QT_NO_PRINTER void MainWindow::on_actionFilePrint_triggered() { diff --git a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/remotecontrol.cpp b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/remotecontrol.cpp index b72d7e8..7867ba0 100644 --- a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/remotecontrol.cpp +++ b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/remotecontrol.cpp @@ -78,6 +78,8 @@ void StdInListenerWin::run() bool ok = true; char chBuf[4096]; DWORD dwRead; + +#ifndef Q_WS_WINCE HANDLE hStdin, hStdinDup; hStdin = GetStdHandle(STD_INPUT_HANDLE); @@ -89,6 +91,10 @@ void StdInListenerWin::run() 0, false, DUPLICATE_SAME_ACCESS); CloseHandle(hStdin); +#else + HANDLE hStdinDup; + hStdinDup = stdin; +#endif while (ok) { ok = ReadFile(hStdinDup, chBuf, 4096, &dwRead, NULL); -- cgit v0.12 From 1e6e479037670518630b3c234bd47ed39fa08dd2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Thomas Hartmann Date: Thu, 13 Aug 2009 15:55:57 +0200 Subject: fixing autotests for Windows CE (deployment - QHelp) Task-number: 214990 Reviewed-by: Joerg --- tests/auto/qhelpcontentmodel/tst_qhelpcontentmodel.pro | 16 +++++++++++++++- tests/auto/qhelpenginecore/tst_qhelpenginecore.cpp | 2 ++ tests/auto/qhelpenginecore/tst_qhelpenginecore.pro | 17 ++++++++++++++++- 3 files changed, 33 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/tests/auto/qhelpcontentmodel/tst_qhelpcontentmodel.pro b/tests/auto/qhelpcontentmodel/tst_qhelpcontentmodel.pro index 7cd8d51..889aac9 100644 --- a/tests/auto/qhelpcontentmodel/tst_qhelpcontentmodel.pro +++ b/tests/auto/qhelpcontentmodel/tst_qhelpcontentmodel.pro @@ -3,6 +3,20 @@ SOURCES += tst_qhelpcontentmodel.cpp CONFIG += help -DEFINES += SRCDIR=\\\"$$PWD\\\" DEFINES += QT_USE_USING_NAMESPACE !contains(QT_BUILD_PARTS, tools): DEFINES += QT_NO_BUILD_TOOLS + +wince*: { + DEFINES += SRCDIR=\\\"./\\\" + QT += network + addFiles.sources = $$PWD/data/*.* + addFiles.path = data + clucene.sources = $$QT_BUILD_TREE/lib/QtCLucene*.dll + + DEPLOYMENT += addFiles + DEPLOYMENT += clucene + + DEPLOYMENT_PLUGIN += qsqlite +} else { + DEFINES += SRCDIR=\\\"$$PWD\\\" +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tests/auto/qhelpenginecore/tst_qhelpenginecore.cpp b/tests/auto/qhelpenginecore/tst_qhelpenginecore.cpp index 499c367..d765c25 100644 --- a/tests/auto/qhelpenginecore/tst_qhelpenginecore.cpp +++ b/tests/auto/qhelpenginecore/tst_qhelpenginecore.cpp @@ -98,6 +98,8 @@ void tst_QHelpEngineCore::init() // defined in profile m_path = QLatin1String(SRCDIR); + m_path = QFileInfo(m_path).absoluteFilePath(); + m_colFile = m_path + QLatin1String("/data/col.qhc"); if (QFile::exists(m_colFile)) QDir::current().remove(m_colFile); diff --git a/tests/auto/qhelpenginecore/tst_qhelpenginecore.pro b/tests/auto/qhelpenginecore/tst_qhelpenginecore.pro index 11fca8e..27ebd0f 100644 --- a/tests/auto/qhelpenginecore/tst_qhelpenginecore.pro +++ b/tests/auto/qhelpenginecore/tst_qhelpenginecore.pro @@ -3,6 +3,21 @@ SOURCES += tst_qhelpenginecore.cpp CONFIG += help QT += sql -DEFINES += SRCDIR=\\\"$$PWD\\\" + DEFINES += QT_USE_USING_NAMESPACE !contains(QT_BUILD_PARTS, tools): DEFINES += QT_NO_BUILD_TOOLS + +wince*: { + DEFINES += SRCDIR=\\\"./\\\" + QT += network + addFiles.sources = $$PWD/data/*.* + addFiles.path = data + clucene.sources = $$QT_BUILD_TREE/lib/QtCLucene*.dll + + DEPLOYMENT += addFiles + DEPLOYMENT += clucene + + DEPLOYMENT_PLUGIN += qsqlite +} else { + DEFINES += SRCDIR=\\\"$$PWD\\\" +} -- cgit v0.12 From 9f13cde554e1a56fade3b9b298b264c54b1ef4b9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Paul Olav Tvete Date: Thu, 13 Aug 2009 16:20:27 +0200 Subject: Use the correct font for QLineEdit We don't get a FontChange event initially, so the control ended up with the default font instead. Reviewed-by: Andreas --- src/gui/widgets/qlineedit_p.cpp | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qlineedit_p.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qlineedit_p.cpp index 5950d85..08fce9b 100644 --- a/src/gui/widgets/qlineedit_p.cpp +++ b/src/gui/widgets/qlineedit_p.cpp @@ -138,6 +138,7 @@ void QLineEditPrivate::init(const QString& txt) { Q_Q(QLineEdit); control = new QLineControl(txt); + control->setFont(q->font()); QObject::connect(control, SIGNAL(textChanged(const QString &)), q, SIGNAL(textChanged(const QString &))); QObject::connect(control, SIGNAL(textEdited(const QString &)), -- cgit v0.12 From e2bb75e66f7ef9dda6fae489ebbb30ffb5e9e37e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Thierry Bastian Date: Thu, 13 Aug 2009 16:57:51 +0200 Subject: Fix coverity warnings for unreachable code, break missing and uninitialized members in constructors --- src/corelib/kernel/qvariant.cpp | 1 + src/gui/kernel/qkde.cpp | 2 -- src/gui/styles/qcommonstyle.cpp | 3 +-- src/gui/widgets/qmainwindow.cpp | 4 +--- 4 files changed, 3 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-) diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qvariant.cpp b/src/corelib/kernel/qvariant.cpp index dfed4db..b26cfdd 100644 --- a/src/corelib/kernel/qvariant.cpp +++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qvariant.cpp @@ -658,6 +658,7 @@ static bool convert(const QVariant::Private *d, QVariant::Type t, void *result, break; case QVariant::Url: *str = v_cast(d)->toString(); + break; default: return false; } diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qkde.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qkde.cpp index 23de838..98bf0a0 100644 --- a/src/gui/kernel/qkde.cpp +++ b/src/gui/kernel/qkde.cpp @@ -139,8 +139,6 @@ QString QKde::kdeStyle() return QLatin1String("plastique"); else return QLatin1String("windows"); - - return QString(); } /*!\internal diff --git a/src/gui/styles/qcommonstyle.cpp b/src/gui/styles/qcommonstyle.cpp index d4940d6..cce35b7 100644 --- a/src/gui/styles/qcommonstyle.cpp +++ b/src/gui/styles/qcommonstyle.cpp @@ -5196,8 +5196,7 @@ int QCommonStyle::styleHint(StyleHint sh, const QStyleOption *opt, const QWidget ret = Qt::ToolButtonIconOnly; #ifdef Q_WS_X11 { - Q_D(const QCommonStyle); - static int buttonStyle = d->lookupToolButtonStyle(); + static int buttonStyle = d_func()->lookupToolButtonStyle(); return buttonStyle; } #endif diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qmainwindow.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qmainwindow.cpp index 9243217..88059a0 100644 --- a/src/gui/widgets/qmainwindow.cpp +++ b/src/gui/widgets/qmainwindow.cpp @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ class QMainWindowPrivate : public QWidgetPrivate Q_DECLARE_PUBLIC(QMainWindow) public: inline QMainWindowPrivate() - : layout(0), toolButtonStyle(Qt::ToolButtonIconOnly) + : layout(0), explicitIconSize(false), toolButtonStyle(Qt::ToolButtonIconOnly) #ifdef Q_WS_MAC , useHIToolBar(false) #endif @@ -107,8 +107,6 @@ void QMainWindowPrivate::init() layout = new QMainWindowLayout(q); const int metric = q->style()->pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_ToolBarIconSize, 0, q); iconSize = QSize(metric, metric); - explicitIconSize = false; - q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_Hover); } -- cgit v0.12 From a2cc46c89e73d089f333423f8382eb7582699e39 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Thiago Macieira Date: Wed, 12 Aug 2009 11:52:15 +0200 Subject: Internal doc: explain how QSharedPointer works --- src/corelib/tools/qsharedpointer.cpp | 266 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ src/corelib/tools/qsharedpointer_impl.h | 57 ++++--- 2 files changed, 305 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-) diff --git a/src/corelib/tools/qsharedpointer.cpp b/src/corelib/tools/qsharedpointer.cpp index e3e1db6..60c7db4 100644 --- a/src/corelib/tools/qsharedpointer.cpp +++ b/src/corelib/tools/qsharedpointer.cpp @@ -107,6 +107,249 @@ cases, since they have the same functionality. See \l{QWeakPointer#tracking-qobject} for more information. + \section1 Optional pointer tracking + + A feature of QSharedPointer that can be enabled at compile-time for + debugging purposes is a pointer tracking mechanism. When enabled, + QSharedPointer registers in a global set all the pointers that it tracks. + This allows one to catch mistakes like assigning the same pointer to two + QSharedPointer objects. + + This function is enabled by defining the \tt{QT_SHAREDPOINTER_TRACK_POINTERS} + macro before including the QSharedPointer header. + + It is safe to use this feature even with code compiled without the + feature. QSharedPointer will ensure that the pointer is removed from the + tracker even from code compiled without pointer tracking. + + Note, however, that the pointer tracking feature has limitations on + multiple- or virtual-inheritance (that is, in cases where two different + pointer addresses can refer to the same object). In that case, if a + pointer is cast to a different type and its value changes, + QSharedPointer's pointer tracking mechanism mail fail to detect that the + object being tracked is the same. + + \omit + \secton1 QSharedPointer internals + + QSharedPointer is in reality implemented by two ancestor classes: + QtSharedPointer::Basic and QtSharedPointer::ExternalRefCount. The reason + for having that split is now mostly legacy: in the beginning, + QSharedPointer was meant to support both internal reference counting and + external reference counting. + + QtSharedPointer::Basic implements the basic functionality that is shared + between internal- and external-reference counting. That is, it's mostly + the accessor functions into QSharedPointer. Those are all inherited by + QSharedPointer, which adds another level of shared functionality (the + constructors and assignment operators). The Basic class has one member + variable, which is the actual pointer being tracked. + + QtSharedPointer::ExternalRefCount implements the actual reference + counting and introduces the d-pointer for QSharedPointer. That d-pointer + itself is shared with with other QSharedPointer objects as well as + QWeakPointer. + + The reason for keeping the pointer value itself outside the d-pointer is + because of multiple inheritance needs. If you have two QSharedPointer + objects of different pointer types, but pointing to the same object in + memory, it could happen that the pointer values are different. The \tt + differentPointers autotest exemplifies this problem. The same thing could + happen in the case of virtual inheritance: a pointer of class matching + the virtual base has different address compared to the pointer of the + complete object. See the \tt virtualBaseDifferentPointers autotest for + this problem. + + The d pointer is of type QtSharedPointer::ExternalRefCountData for simple + QSharedPointer objects, but could be of a derived type in some cases. It + is basically a reference-counted reference-counter. + + \section2 d-pointer + \section3 QtSharedPointer::ExternalRefCountData + + This class is basically a reference-counted reference-counter. It has two + members: \tt strongref and \tt weakref. The strong reference counter is + controlling the lifetime of the object tracked by QSharedPointer. a + positive value indicates that the object is alive. It's also the number + of QSharedObject instances that are attached to this Data. + + When the strong reference count decreases to zero, the object is deleted + (see below for information on custom deleters). The strong reference + count can also exceptionally be -1, indicating that there are no + QSharedPointers attached to an object, which is tracked too. The only + case where this is possible is that of + \l{QWeakPointer#tracking-qobject}{QWeakPointers tracking a QObject}. + + The weak reference count controls the lifetime of the d-pointer itself. + It can be thought of as an internal/intrusive reference count for + ExternalRefCountData itself. This count is equal to the number of + QSharedPointers and QWeakPointers that are tracking this object. (In case + the object tracked derives from QObject, this number is increased by 1, + since QObjectPrivate tracks it too). + + ExternalRefCountData is a virtual class: it has a virtual destructor and + a virtual destroy() function. The destroy() function is supposed to + delete the object being tracked and return true if it does so. Otherwise, + it returns false to indicate that the caller must simply call delete. + This allows the normal use-case of QSharedPointer without custom deleters + to use only one 12- or 16-byte (depending on whether it's a 32- or 64-bit + architecture) external descriptor structure, without paying the price for + the custom deleter that it isn't using. + + \section3 QtSharedPointer::ExternalRefCountDataWithDestroyFn + + This class is not used directly, per se. It only exists to enable the two + classes that derive from it. It adds one member variable, which is a + pointer to a function (which returns void and takes an + ExternalRefCountData* as a parameter). It also overrides the destroy() + function: it calls that function pointer with \tt this as parameter, and + returns true. + + That means when ExternalRefCountDataWithDestroyFn is used, the \tt + destroyer field must be set to a valid function that \b will delete the + object tracked. + + This class also adds an operator delete function to ensure that simply + calls the global operator delete. That should be the behaviour in all + compilers already, but to be on the safe side, this class ensures that no + funny business happens. + + On a 32-bit architecture, this class is 16 bytes in size, whereas it's 24 + bytes on 64-bit. (On Itanium where function pointers contain the global + pointer, it can be 32 bytes). + + \section3 QtSharedPointer::ExternalRefCountWithCustomDeleter + + This class derives from ExternalRefCountDataWithDestroyFn and is a + template class. As template parameters, it has the type of the pointer + being tracked (\tt T) and a \tt Deleter, which is anything. It adds two + fields to its parent class, matching those template parameters: a member + of type \tt Deleter and a member of type \tt T*. + + The purpose of this class is to store the pointer to be deleted and the + deleter code along with the d-pointer. This allows the last strong + reference to call any arbitrary function that disposes of the object. For + example, this allows calling QObject::deleteLater() on a given object. + The pointer to the object is kept here to avoid the extra cost of keeping + the deleter in the generic case. + + This class is never instantiated directly: the constructors and + destructor are private. Only the create() function may be called to + return an object of this type. See below for construction details. + + The size of this class depends on the size of \tt Deleter. If it's an + empty functor (i.e., no members), ABIs generally assign it the size of 1. + But given that it's followed by a pointer, up to 3 or 7 padding bytes may + be inserted: in that case, the size of this class is 16+4+4 = 24 bytes on + 32-bit architectures, or 24+8+8 = 40 bytes on 64-bit architectures (48 + bytes on Itanium with global pointers stored). If \tt Deleter is a + function pointer, the size should be the same as the empty structure + case, except for Itanium where it may be 56 bytes due to another global + pointer. If \tt Deleter is a pointer to a member function (PMF), the size + will be even bigger and will depend on the ABI. For architectures using + the Itanium C++ ABI, a PMF is twice the size of a normal pointer, or 24 + bytes on Itanium itself. In that case, the size of this structure will be + 16+8+4 = 28 bytes on 32-bit architectures, 24+16+8 = 48 bytes on 64-bit, + and 32+24+8 = 64 bytes on Itanium. + + (Values for Itanium consider an LP64 architecture; for ILP32, pointers + are 32-bit in length, function pointers are 64-bit and PMF are 96-bit, so + the sizes are slightly less) + + \section3 QtSharedPointer::ExternalRefCountWithContiguousData + + This class also derives from ExternalRefCountDataWithDestroyFn and it is + also a template class. The template parameter is the type \tt T of the + class which QSharedPointer tracks. It adds only one member to its parent, + which is of type \tt T (the actual type, not a pointer to it). + + The purpose of this class is to lay the \tt T object out next to the + reference counts, saving one memory allocation per shared pointer. This + is particularly interesting for small \tt T or for the cases when there + are few if any QWeakPointer tracking the object. This class exists to + implement the QSharedPointer::create() call. + + Like ExternalRefCountWithCustomDeleter, this class is never instantiated + directly. This class also provides a create() member that returns the + pointer, and hides its constructors and destructor. (With C++0x, we'd + delete them). + + The size of this class depends on the size of \tt T. + + \section3 Instantiating ExternalRefCountWithCustomDeleter and ExternalRefCountWithContiguousData + + Like explained above, these classes have private constructors. Moreover, + they are not defined anywhere, so trying to call \tt{new ClassType} would + result in a compilation or linker error. Instead, these classes must be + constructed via their create() methods. + + Instead of instantiating the class by the normal way, the create() method + calls \tt{operator new} directly with the size of the class, then calls + the parent class's constructor only (ExternalRefCountDataWithDestroyFn). + This ensures that the inherited members are initialised properly, as well + as the virtual table pointer, which must point to + ExternalRefCountDataWithDestroyFn's virtual table. That way, we also + ensure that the virtual destructor being called is + ExternalRefCountDataWithDestroyFn's. + + After initialising the base class, the + ExternalRefCountWithCustomDeleter::create() function initialises the new + members directly, by using the placement \tt{operator new}. In the case + of the ExternalRefCountWithContiguousData::create() function, the address + to the still-uninitialised \tt T member is saved for the callee to use. + The member is only initialised in QSharedPointer::create(), so that we + avoid having many variants of the internal functions according to the + arguments in use for calling the constructor. + + When initialising the parent class, the create() functions pass the + address of the static deleter() member function. That is, when the + virtual destroy() is called by QSharedPointer, the deleter() functions + are called instead. These functiosn static_cast the ExternalRefCountData* + parameter to their own type and execute their deletion: for the + ExternalRefCountWithCustomDeleter::deleter() case, it runs the user's + custom deleter, then destroys the deleter; for + ExternalRefCountWithContiguousData::deleter, it simply calls the \tt T + destructor directly. + + By not calling the constructor of the derived classes, we avoid + instantiating their virtual tables. Since these classes are + template-based, there would be one virtual table per \tt T and \tt + Deleter type. (This is what Qt 4.5 did) + + Instead, only one non-inline function is required per template, which is + the deleter() static member. All the other functions can be inlined. + What's more, the address of deleter() is calculated only in code, which + can be resolved at link-time if the linker can determine that the + function lies in the current application or library module (since these + classes are not exported, that is the case for Windows or for builds with + \tt{-fvisibility=hidden}). + + In contrast, a virtual table would require at least 3 relocations to be + resolved at module load-time, per module where these classes are used. + (In the Itanium C++ ABI, there would be more relocations, due to the + RTTI) + + \section3 Modifications due to pointer-tracking + + To ensure that pointers created with pointer-tracking enabled get + un-tracked when destroyed, even if destroyed by code compiled without the + feature, QSharedPointer modifies slightly the instructions of the + previous sections. + + When ExternalRefCountWithCustomDeleter or + ExternalRefCountWithContiguousData are used, their create() functions + will set the ExternalRefCountDataWithDestroyFn::destroyer function + pointer to safetyCheckDeleter() instead. These static member functions + simply call internalSafetyCheckRemove2() before passing control to the + normal deleter() function. + + If neither custom deleter nor QSharedPointer::create() are used, then + QSharedPointer uses a custom deleter of its own: the normalDeleter() + function, which simply calls \tt delete. By using a custom deleter, the + safetyCheckDeleter() procedure described above kicks in. + + \endomit + \sa QSharedDataPointer, QWeakPointer */ @@ -182,6 +425,29 @@ QWeakPointers created from QObject should never be passed to code that hasn't been recompiled. + \omit + \secton1 QWeakPointer internals + + QWeakPointer shares most of its internal functionality with + \l{QSharedPointer#qsharedpointer-internals}{QSharedPointer}, so see that + class's internal documentation for more information. + + QWeakPointer requires an external reference counter in order to operate. + Therefore, it is incompatible by design with \l QSharedData-derived + classes. + + It has a special QObject constructor, which works by calling + QtSharedPointer::ExternalRefCountData::getAndRef, which retrieves the + d-pointer from QObjectPrivate. If one isn't set yet, that function + creates the d-pointer and atomically sets it. + + If getAndRef needs to create a d-pointer, it sets the strongref to -1, + indicating that the QObject is not shared: QWeakPointer is used only to + determine whether the QObject has been deleted. In that case, it cannot + be upgraded to QSharedPointer (see the previous section). + + \endomit + \sa QSharedPointer */ diff --git a/src/corelib/tools/qsharedpointer_impl.h b/src/corelib/tools/qsharedpointer_impl.h index ba479f9..cbeb79f 100644 --- a/src/corelib/tools/qsharedpointer_impl.h +++ b/src/corelib/tools/qsharedpointer_impl.h @@ -115,6 +115,9 @@ namespace QtSharedPointer { template struct RemovePointer > { typedef T Type; }; template struct RemovePointer > { typedef T Type; }; + // This class provides the basic functionality of a pointer wrapper. + // Its existence is mostly legacy, since originally QSharedPointer + // could also be used for internally-refcounted objects. template class Basic { @@ -155,6 +158,12 @@ namespace QtSharedPointer { Type *value; }; + // This class is the d-pointer of QSharedPointer and QWeakPointer. + // + // It is a reference-counted reference counter. "strongref" is the inner + // reference counter, and it tracks the lifetime of the pointer itself. + // "weakref" is the outer reference counter and it tracks the lifetime of + // the ExternalRefCountData object. struct ExternalRefCountData { QBasicAtomicInt weakref; @@ -168,6 +177,9 @@ namespace QtSharedPointer { inline ExternalRefCountData(Qt::Initialization) { } virtual inline ~ExternalRefCountData() { Q_ASSERT(!weakref); Q_ASSERT(strongref <= 0); } + // overridden by derived classes + // returns false to indicate caller should delete the pointer + // returns true in case it has already done so virtual inline bool destroy() { return false; } #ifndef QT_NO_QOBJECT @@ -178,18 +190,8 @@ namespace QtSharedPointer { }; // sizeof(ExternalRefCount) = 12 (32-bit) / 16 (64-bit) - template - struct CustomDeleter - { - Deleter deleter; - T *ptr; - - inline CustomDeleter(T *p, Deleter d) : deleter(d), ptr(p) {} - }; - // sizeof(CustomDeleter) = sizeof(Deleter) + sizeof(void*) - // for Deleter = function pointer: 8 (32-bit) / 16 (64-bit) - // for Deleter = PMF: 12 (32-bit) / 24 (64-bit) (GCC) - + // This class extends ExternalRefCountData with a pointer + // to a function, which is called by the destroy() function. struct ExternalRefCountWithDestroyFn: public ExternalRefCountData { typedef void (*DestroyerFn)(ExternalRefCountData *); @@ -204,13 +206,26 @@ namespace QtSharedPointer { }; // sizeof(ExternalRefCountWithDestroyFn) = 16 (32-bit) / 24 (64-bit) + // This class extends ExternalRefCountWithDestroyFn and implements + // the static function that deletes the object. The pointer and the + // custom deleter are kept in the "extra" member. template struct ExternalRefCountWithCustomDeleter: public ExternalRefCountWithDestroyFn { typedef ExternalRefCountWithCustomDeleter Self; - typedef ExternalRefCountWithDestroyFn Parent; - typedef CustomDeleter Next; - Next extra; + typedef ExternalRefCountWithDestroyFn BaseClass; + + struct CustomDeleter + { + Deleter deleter; + T *ptr; + + inline CustomDeleter(T *p, Deleter d) : deleter(d), ptr(p) {} + }; + CustomDeleter extra; + // sizeof(CustomDeleter) = sizeof(Deleter) + sizeof(void*) + // for Deleter = function pointer: 8 (32-bit) / 16 (64-bit) + // for Deleter = PMF: 12 (32-bit) / 24 (64-bit) (GCC) static inline void deleter(ExternalRefCountData *self) { @@ -218,7 +233,7 @@ namespace QtSharedPointer { executeDeleter(realself->extra.ptr, realself->extra.deleter); // delete the deleter too - realself->extra.~Next(); + realself->extra.~CustomDeleter(); } static void safetyCheckDeleter(ExternalRefCountData *self) { @@ -236,8 +251,8 @@ namespace QtSharedPointer { Self *d = static_cast(::operator new(sizeof(Self))); // initialize the two sub-objects - new (&d->extra) Next(ptr, userDeleter); - new (d) Parent(destroy); // can't throw + new (&d->extra) CustomDeleter(ptr, userDeleter); + new (d) BaseClass(destroy); // can't throw return d; } @@ -247,6 +262,10 @@ namespace QtSharedPointer { ~ExternalRefCountWithCustomDeleter(); }; + // This class extends ExternalRefCountWithDestroyFn and adds a "T" + // member. That way, when the create() function is called, we allocate + // memory for both QSharedPointer's d-pointer and the actual object being + // tracked. template struct ExternalRefCountWithContiguousData: public ExternalRefCountWithDestroyFn { @@ -289,6 +308,8 @@ namespace QtSharedPointer { ~ExternalRefCountWithContiguousData(); }; + // This is the main body of QSharedPointer. It implements the + // external reference counting functionality. template class ExternalRefCount: public Basic { -- cgit v0.12 From 07fcb3b032526e76086d7f75dad01b867233b5d5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Thiago Macieira Date: Thu, 13 Aug 2009 14:59:40 +0200 Subject: Add QIntegerForSize<1> and QIntegerForSize<2>. Undocumented, but maybe they're useful somewhere. It doesn't hurt to add them. --- src/corelib/global/qglobal.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/src/corelib/global/qglobal.h b/src/corelib/global/qglobal.h index 7076a1e..5a2c329 100644 --- a/src/corelib/global/qglobal.h +++ b/src/corelib/global/qglobal.h @@ -848,6 +848,8 @@ typedef quint64 qulonglong; && sizeof(void *) == sizeof(qptrdiff) */ template struct QIntegerForSize; +template <> struct QIntegerForSize<1> { typedef quint8 Unsigned; typedef qint8 Signed; }; +template <> struct QIntegerForSize<2> { typedef quint16 Unsigned; typedef qint16 Signed; }; template <> struct QIntegerForSize<4> { typedef quint32 Unsigned; typedef qint32 Signed; }; template <> struct QIntegerForSize<8> { typedef quint64 Unsigned; typedef qint64 Signed; }; template struct QIntegerForSizeof: QIntegerForSize { }; -- cgit v0.12 From 942abf1a3ba60a60207a213dbeb383904f97e47d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Joerg Bornemann Date: Thu, 13 Aug 2009 17:30:02 +0200 Subject: fixing return values _wchmod on Windows CE _wchmod returns 0 on success and -1 on error. Our Windows CE implementation did it wrong. Thanks to Konstantin Ritt for spotting this! Reviewed-by: mauricek --- src/corelib/io/qfsfileengine_win.cpp | 2 +- src/corelib/kernel/qfunctions_wince.cpp | 7 ++++--- 2 files changed, 5 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) diff --git a/src/corelib/io/qfsfileengine_win.cpp b/src/corelib/io/qfsfileengine_win.cpp index 3394a00..ba93a94 100644 --- a/src/corelib/io/qfsfileengine_win.cpp +++ b/src/corelib/io/qfsfileengine_win.cpp @@ -1706,7 +1706,7 @@ bool QFSFileEngine::setPermissions(uint perms) #if !defined(Q_OS_WINCE) ret = ::_wchmod((wchar_t*)d->filePath.utf16(), mode) == 0; #else - ret = ::_wchmod((wchar_t*)d->longFileName(d->filePath).utf16(), mode); + ret = ::_wchmod((wchar_t*)d->longFileName(d->filePath).utf16(), mode) == 0; #endif return ret; } diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qfunctions_wince.cpp b/src/corelib/kernel/qfunctions_wince.cpp index 2b5d4fe..77f680a 100644 --- a/src/corelib/kernel/qfunctions_wince.cpp +++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qfunctions_wince.cpp @@ -292,13 +292,14 @@ bool qt_wince__chmod(const char *file, int mode) bool qt_wince__wchmod(const wchar_t *file, int mode) { + BOOL success = FALSE; // ### Does not work properly, what about just adding one property? if(mode&_S_IWRITE) { - return SetFileAttributes(file, FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL); + success = SetFileAttributes(file, FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL); } else if((mode&_S_IREAD) && !(mode&_S_IWRITE)) { - return SetFileAttributes(file, FILE_ATTRIBUTE_READONLY); + success = SetFileAttributes(file, FILE_ATTRIBUTE_READONLY); } - return false; + return success ? 0 : -1; } HANDLE qt_wince_CreateFileA(LPCSTR filename, DWORD access, DWORD share, LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES attr, DWORD dispo, DWORD flags, HANDLE tempFile) -- cgit v0.12 From f82a226607b079b360c88afbe0423d990071b0ba Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Thierry Bastian Date: Thu, 13 Aug 2009 17:37:05 +0200 Subject: Fix coverity warnings --- src/gui/itemviews/qabstractitemview.cpp | 1 + src/gui/itemviews/qlistview.cpp | 3 ++- src/gui/itemviews/qtreeview.cpp | 9 ++++----- src/gui/itemviews/qtreeview_p.h | 2 +- 4 files changed, 8 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-) diff --git a/src/gui/itemviews/qabstractitemview.cpp b/src/gui/itemviews/qabstractitemview.cpp index 769ccef..4f32ecc 100644 --- a/src/gui/itemviews/qabstractitemview.cpp +++ b/src/gui/itemviews/qabstractitemview.cpp @@ -73,6 +73,7 @@ QAbstractItemViewPrivate::QAbstractItemViewPrivate() currentlyCommittingEditor(0), pressedModifiers(Qt::NoModifier), pressedPosition(QPoint(-1, -1)), + pressedAlreadySelected(false), viewportEnteredNeeded(false), state(QAbstractItemView::NoState), editTriggers(QAbstractItemView::DoubleClicked|QAbstractItemView::EditKeyPressed), diff --git a/src/gui/itemviews/qlistview.cpp b/src/gui/itemviews/qlistview.cpp index 945d5e7..1870a3b 100644 --- a/src/gui/itemviews/qlistview.cpp +++ b/src/gui/itemviews/qlistview.cpp @@ -1968,7 +1968,8 @@ QListViewPrivate::QListViewPrivate() modeProperties(0), column(0), uniformItemSizes(false), - batchSize(100) + batchSize(100), + showElasticBand(false) { } diff --git a/src/gui/itemviews/qtreeview.cpp b/src/gui/itemviews/qtreeview.cpp index cbe1d2a..539a642 100644 --- a/src/gui/itemviews/qtreeview.cpp +++ b/src/gui/itemviews/qtreeview.cpp @@ -2797,15 +2797,14 @@ int QTreeView::indexRowSizeHint(const QModelIndex &index) const if (isRightToLeft()) { start = (start == -1 ? count - 1 : start); - end = (end == -1 ? 0 : end); + end = 0; } else { start = (start == -1 ? 0 : start); - end = (end == -1 ? count - 1 : end); + end = count - 1; } - int tmp = start; - start = qMin(start, end); - end = qMax(tmp, end); + if (end < start) + qSwap(end, start); int height = -1; QStyleOptionViewItemV4 option = d->viewOptionsV4(); diff --git a/src/gui/itemviews/qtreeview_p.h b/src/gui/itemviews/qtreeview_p.h index d17016f..1bbba89 100644 --- a/src/gui/itemviews/qtreeview_p.h +++ b/src/gui/itemviews/qtreeview_p.h @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ public: uniformRowHeights(false), rootDecoration(true), itemsExpandable(true), sortingEnabled(false), expandsOnDoubleClick(true), - allColumnsShowFocus(false), current(0), + allColumnsShowFocus(false), current(0), spanning(false), animationsEnabled(false), columnResizeTimerID(0), autoExpandDelay(-1), hoverBranch(-1), geometryRecursionBlock(false) {} -- cgit v0.12 From e2eaf3cd9ce752fe88d2705111f28a5ad4a336ab Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Frans Englich Date: Thu, 13 Aug 2009 18:10:20 +0200 Subject: Fix build, by adjusting according to how test QProcess is. --- tests/auto/qtextcodec/test/test.pro | 17 ++++++++++++++++- 1 file changed, 16 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/tests/auto/qtextcodec/test/test.pro b/tests/auto/qtextcodec/test/test.pro index 9c07e76..99f94d4 100644 --- a/tests/auto/qtextcodec/test/test.pro +++ b/tests/auto/qtextcodec/test/test.pro @@ -1,6 +1,21 @@ load(qttest_p4) -TARGET = ../tst_qtextcodec + SOURCES += ../tst_qtextcodec.cpp + +!wince*: { +TARGET = ../tst_qtextcodec + +win32: { + CONFIG(debug, debug|release) { + TARGET = ../../debug/tst_qtextcodec +} else { + TARGET = ../../release/tst_qtextcodec + } +} +} else { + TARGET = tst_qtextcodec +} + wince*: { addFiles.sources = ../*.txt addFiles.path = . -- cgit v0.12 From 8de0b23ad3a49569d25f2fba803c622689581c19 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Ritt Konstantin Date: Thu, 13 Aug 2009 18:44:33 +0200 Subject: remove needless resolvings in qfsfileengine_win.cpp OpenProcessToken and SetFilePointerEx are present in all versions since NT4.0; use them if Q_OS_WINCE is not defined Merge-request: 1167 Reviewed-by: Joerg Bornemann --- src/corelib/io/qfsfileengine_win.cpp | 84 +++++++++++++----------------------- 1 file changed, 31 insertions(+), 53 deletions(-) diff --git a/src/corelib/io/qfsfileengine_win.cpp b/src/corelib/io/qfsfileengine_win.cpp index ba93a94..d7d1684 100644 --- a/src/corelib/io/qfsfileengine_win.cpp +++ b/src/corelib/io/qfsfileengine_win.cpp @@ -119,12 +119,8 @@ typedef PVOID (WINAPI *PtrFreeSid)(PSID); static PtrFreeSid ptrFreeSid = 0; static TRUSTEE_W currentUserTrusteeW; -typedef BOOL (WINAPI *PtrOpenProcessToken)(HANDLE, DWORD, PHANDLE ); -static PtrOpenProcessToken ptrOpenProcessToken = 0; typedef BOOL (WINAPI *PtrGetUserProfileDirectoryW)(HANDLE, LPWSTR, LPDWORD); static PtrGetUserProfileDirectoryW ptrGetUserProfileDirectoryW = 0; -typedef BOOL (WINAPI *PtrSetFilePointerEx)(HANDLE, LARGE_INTEGER, PLARGE_INTEGER, DWORD); -static PtrSetFilePointerEx ptrSetFilePointerEx = 0; QT_END_INCLUDE_NAMESPACE @@ -204,14 +200,10 @@ void QFSFileEnginePrivate::resolveLibs() } FreeLibrary(versionHnd); } - ptrOpenProcessToken = (PtrOpenProcessToken)GetProcAddress(advapiHnd, "OpenProcessToken"); - HINSTANCE userenvHnd = LoadLibraryW(L"userenv"); + HINSTANCE userenvHnd = LoadLibraryW(L"userenv"); if (userenvHnd) { ptrGetUserProfileDirectoryW = (PtrGetUserProfileDirectoryW)GetProcAddress(userenvHnd, "GetUserProfileDirectoryW"); } - HINSTANCE kernelHnd = LoadLibraryW(L"kernel32"); - if (kernelHnd) - ptrSetFilePointerEx = (PtrSetFilePointerEx)GetProcAddress(kernelHnd, "SetFilePointerEx"); } #endif } @@ -596,34 +588,27 @@ qint64 QFSFileEnginePrivate::nativePos() const if (fileHandle == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) return 0; -#if !defined(QT_NO_LIBRARY) && !defined(Q_OS_WINCE) - QFSFileEnginePrivate::resolveLibs(); - if (!ptrSetFilePointerEx) { -#endif - LARGE_INTEGER filepos; - filepos.HighPart = 0; - DWORD newFilePointer = SetFilePointer(fileHandle, 0, &filepos.HighPart, FILE_CURRENT); - if (newFilePointer == 0xFFFFFFFF && GetLastError() != NO_ERROR) { - thatQ->setError(QFile::UnspecifiedError, qt_error_string()); - return 0; - } - - // Note: This is the case for MOC, UIC, qmake and other - // bootstrapped tools, and for Windows CE. - filepos.LowPart = newFilePointer; - return filepos.QuadPart; -#if !defined(QT_NO_LIBRARY) && !defined(Q_OS_WINCE) - } - +#if !defined(Q_OS_WINCE) LARGE_INTEGER currentFilePos; LARGE_INTEGER offset; offset.QuadPart = 0; - if (!ptrSetFilePointerEx(fileHandle, offset, ¤tFilePos, FILE_CURRENT)) { + if (!::SetFilePointerEx(fileHandle, offset, ¤tFilePos, FILE_CURRENT)) { thatQ->setError(QFile::UnspecifiedError, qt_error_string()); return 0; } return qint64(currentFilePos.QuadPart); +#else + LARGE_INTEGER filepos; + filepos.HighPart = 0; + DWORD newFilePointer = SetFilePointer(fileHandle, 0, &filepos.HighPart, FILE_CURRENT); + if (newFilePointer == 0xFFFFFFFF && GetLastError() != NO_ERROR) { + thatQ->setError(QFile::UnspecifiedError, qt_error_string()); + return 0; + } + + filepos.LowPart = newFilePointer; + return filepos.QuadPart; #endif } @@ -632,39 +617,32 @@ qint64 QFSFileEnginePrivate::nativePos() const */ bool QFSFileEnginePrivate::nativeSeek(qint64 pos) { - Q_Q(const QFSFileEngine); - QFSFileEngine *thatQ = const_cast(q); + Q_Q(QFSFileEngine); if (fh || fd != -1) { // stdlib / stdio mode. return seekFdFh(pos); } -#if !defined(QT_NO_LIBRARY) && !defined(Q_OS_WINCE) - QFSFileEnginePrivate::resolveLibs(); - if (!ptrSetFilePointerEx) { -#endif - DWORD newFilePointer; - LARGE_INTEGER *li = reinterpret_cast(&pos); - newFilePointer = SetFilePointer(fileHandle, li->LowPart, &li->HighPart, FILE_BEGIN); - if (newFilePointer == 0xFFFFFFFF && GetLastError() != NO_ERROR) { - thatQ->setError(QFile::PositionError, qt_error_string()); - return false; - } - - // Note: This is the case for MOC, UIC, qmake and other - // bootstrapped tools, and for Windows CE. - return true; -#if !defined(QT_NO_LIBRARY) && !defined(Q_OS_WINCE) - } - +#if !defined(Q_OS_WINCE) LARGE_INTEGER currentFilePos; LARGE_INTEGER offset; offset.QuadPart = pos; - if (ptrSetFilePointerEx(fileHandle, offset, ¤tFilePos, FILE_BEGIN) == 0) { - thatQ->setError(QFile::UnspecifiedError, qt_error_string()); + if (!::SetFilePointerEx(fileHandle, offset, ¤tFilePos, FILE_BEGIN)) { + q->setError(QFile::UnspecifiedError, qt_error_string()); + return false; + } + + return true; +#else + DWORD newFilePointer; + LARGE_INTEGER *li = reinterpret_cast(&pos); + newFilePointer = SetFilePointer(fileHandle, li->LowPart, &li->HighPart, FILE_BEGIN); + if (newFilePointer == 0xFFFFFFFF && GetLastError() != NO_ERROR) { + q->setError(QFile::PositionError, qt_error_string()); return false; } + return true; #endif } @@ -1044,10 +1022,10 @@ QString QFSFileEngine::homePath() QString ret; #if !defined(QT_NO_LIBRARY) QFSFileEnginePrivate::resolveLibs(); - if (ptrOpenProcessToken && ptrGetUserProfileDirectoryW) { + if (ptrGetUserProfileDirectoryW) { HANDLE hnd = ::GetCurrentProcess(); HANDLE token = 0; - BOOL ok = ::ptrOpenProcessToken(hnd, TOKEN_QUERY, &token); + BOOL ok = ::OpenProcessToken(hnd, TOKEN_QUERY, &token); if (ok) { DWORD dwBufferSize = 0; // First call, to determine size of the strings (with '\0'). -- cgit v0.12 From a208436c0370dd92401647c15d48b22965f531ee Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Ritt Konstantin Date: Thu, 13 Aug 2009 18:44:35 +0200 Subject: use BuildTrusteeWithSid instead of BuildTrusteeWithName Get current user SID from the token of the current process and use it to fill UserTrustee with BuildTrusteeWithSid; Remove workaround for buggy secur32.dll version. Merge-request: 1167 Reviewed-by: Joerg Bornemann --- src/corelib/io/qfsfileengine_win.cpp | 65 ++++++++---------------------------- 1 file changed, 13 insertions(+), 52 deletions(-) diff --git a/src/corelib/io/qfsfileengine_win.cpp b/src/corelib/io/qfsfileengine_win.cpp index d7d1684..0619fa6 100644 --- a/src/corelib/io/qfsfileengine_win.cpp +++ b/src/corelib/io/qfsfileengine_win.cpp @@ -111,8 +111,6 @@ typedef BOOL (WINAPI *PtrAllocateAndInitializeSid)(PSID_IDENTIFIER_AUTHORITY, BY static PtrAllocateAndInitializeSid ptrAllocateAndInitializeSid = 0; typedef VOID (WINAPI *PtrBuildTrusteeWithSidW)(PTRUSTEE_W, PSID); static PtrBuildTrusteeWithSidW ptrBuildTrusteeWithSidW = 0; -typedef VOID (WINAPI *PtrBuildTrusteeWithNameW)(PTRUSTEE_W, unsigned short*); -static PtrBuildTrusteeWithNameW ptrBuildTrusteeWithNameW = 0; typedef DWORD (WINAPI *PtrGetEffectiveRightsFromAclW)(PACL, PTRUSTEE_W, OUT PACCESS_MASK); static PtrGetEffectiveRightsFromAclW ptrGetEffectiveRightsFromAclW = 0; typedef PVOID (WINAPI *PtrFreeSid)(PSID); @@ -150,61 +148,24 @@ void QFSFileEnginePrivate::resolveLibs() ptrLookupAccountSidW = (PtrLookupAccountSidW)GetProcAddress(advapiHnd, "LookupAccountSidW"); ptrAllocateAndInitializeSid = (PtrAllocateAndInitializeSid)GetProcAddress(advapiHnd, "AllocateAndInitializeSid"); ptrBuildTrusteeWithSidW = (PtrBuildTrusteeWithSidW)GetProcAddress(advapiHnd, "BuildTrusteeWithSidW"); - ptrBuildTrusteeWithNameW = (PtrBuildTrusteeWithNameW)GetProcAddress(advapiHnd, "BuildTrusteeWithNameW"); ptrGetEffectiveRightsFromAclW = (PtrGetEffectiveRightsFromAclW)GetProcAddress(advapiHnd, "GetEffectiveRightsFromAclW"); ptrFreeSid = (PtrFreeSid)GetProcAddress(advapiHnd, "FreeSid"); } - if (ptrBuildTrusteeWithNameW) { - HINSTANCE versionHnd = LoadLibraryW(L"version"); - if (versionHnd) { - typedef DWORD (WINAPI *PtrGetFileVersionInfoSizeW)(LPCWSTR lptstrFilename,LPDWORD lpdwHandle); - PtrGetFileVersionInfoSizeW ptrGetFileVersionInfoSizeW = (PtrGetFileVersionInfoSizeW)GetProcAddress(versionHnd, "GetFileVersionInfoSizeW"); - typedef BOOL (WINAPI *PtrGetFileVersionInfoW)(LPCWSTR lptstrFilename,DWORD dwHandle,DWORD dwLen,LPVOID lpData); - PtrGetFileVersionInfoW ptrGetFileVersionInfoW = (PtrGetFileVersionInfoW)GetProcAddress(versionHnd, "GetFileVersionInfoW"); - typedef BOOL (WINAPI *PtrVerQueryValueW)(const LPVOID pBlock,LPCWSTR lpSubBlock,LPVOID *lplpBuffer,PUINT puLen); - PtrVerQueryValueW ptrVerQueryValueW = (PtrVerQueryValueW)GetProcAddress(versionHnd, "VerQueryValueW"); - if(ptrGetFileVersionInfoSizeW && ptrGetFileVersionInfoW && ptrVerQueryValueW) { - DWORD fakeHandle; - DWORD versionSize = ptrGetFileVersionInfoSizeW(L"secur32.dll", &fakeHandle); - if(versionSize) { - LPVOID versionData; - versionData = malloc(versionSize); - if(ptrGetFileVersionInfoW(L"secur32.dll", 0, versionSize, versionData)) { - UINT puLen; - VS_FIXEDFILEINFO *pLocalInfo; - if(ptrVerQueryValueW(versionData, L"\\", (void**)&pLocalInfo, &puLen)) { - WORD wVer1, wVer2, wVer3, wVer4; - wVer1 = HIWORD(pLocalInfo->dwFileVersionMS); - wVer2 = LOWORD(pLocalInfo->dwFileVersionMS); - wVer3 = HIWORD(pLocalInfo->dwFileVersionLS); - wVer4 = LOWORD(pLocalInfo->dwFileVersionLS); - // It will not work with secur32.dll version 5.0.2195.2862 - if(!(wVer1 == 5 && wVer2 == 0 && wVer3 == 2195 && (wVer4 == 2862 || wVer4 == 4587))) { - HINSTANCE userHnd = LoadLibraryW(L"secur32"); - if (userHnd) { - typedef BOOL (WINAPI *PtrGetUserNameExW)(EXTENDED_NAME_FORMAT nameFormat, ushort* lpBuffer, LPDWORD nSize); - PtrGetUserNameExW ptrGetUserNameExW = (PtrGetUserNameExW)GetProcAddress(userHnd, "GetUserNameExW"); - if(ptrGetUserNameExW) { - static wchar_t buffer[258]; - DWORD bufferSize = 257; - ptrGetUserNameExW(NameSamCompatible, (ushort*)buffer, &bufferSize); - ptrBuildTrusteeWithNameW(¤tUserTrusteeW, (ushort*)buffer); - } - FreeLibrary(userHnd); - } - } - } - } - free(versionData); - } - } - FreeLibrary(versionHnd); - } - HINSTANCE userenvHnd = LoadLibraryW(L"userenv"); - if (userenvHnd) { - ptrGetUserProfileDirectoryW = (PtrGetUserProfileDirectoryW)GetProcAddress(userenvHnd, "GetUserProfileDirectoryW"); + if (ptrBuildTrusteeWithSidW) { + // Create TRUSTEE for current user + HANDLE hnd = ::GetCurrentProcess(); + HANDLE token = 0; + if (::OpenProcessToken(hnd, TOKEN_QUERY, &token)) { + TOKEN_USER tu; + DWORD retsize; + if (::GetTokenInformation(token, TokenUser, &tu, sizeof(tu), &retsize)) + ptrBuildTrusteeWithSidW(¤tUserTrusteeW, tu.User.Sid); + ::CloseHandle(token); } } + HINSTANCE userenvHnd = LoadLibraryW(L"userenv"); + if (userenvHnd) + ptrGetUserProfileDirectoryW = (PtrGetUserProfileDirectoryW)GetProcAddress(userenvHnd, "GetUserProfileDirectoryW"); #endif } } -- cgit v0.12 From 0d36864727007671b0ee01ab501fec0988c71011 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Ritt Konstantin Date: Thu, 13 Aug 2009 18:44:37 +0200 Subject: create world TRUSTEE only once in QFSFileEngine (Win) Don't re-create world TRUSTEE everytime in getPermissions() Merge-request: 1167 Reviewed-by: Joerg Bornemann --- src/corelib/io/qfsfileengine_win.cpp | 45 ++++++++++++++++++------------------ 1 file changed, 23 insertions(+), 22 deletions(-) diff --git a/src/corelib/io/qfsfileengine_win.cpp b/src/corelib/io/qfsfileengine_win.cpp index 0619fa6..e500d67 100644 --- a/src/corelib/io/qfsfileengine_win.cpp +++ b/src/corelib/io/qfsfileengine_win.cpp @@ -107,15 +107,12 @@ typedef DWORD (WINAPI *PtrGetNamedSecurityInfoW)(LPWSTR, SE_OBJECT_TYPE, SECURIT static PtrGetNamedSecurityInfoW ptrGetNamedSecurityInfoW = 0; typedef BOOL (WINAPI *PtrLookupAccountSidW)(LPCWSTR, PSID, LPWSTR, LPDWORD, LPWSTR, LPDWORD, PSID_NAME_USE); static PtrLookupAccountSidW ptrLookupAccountSidW = 0; -typedef BOOL (WINAPI *PtrAllocateAndInitializeSid)(PSID_IDENTIFIER_AUTHORITY, BYTE, DWORD, DWORD, DWORD, DWORD, DWORD, DWORD, DWORD, DWORD, PSID*); -static PtrAllocateAndInitializeSid ptrAllocateAndInitializeSid = 0; typedef VOID (WINAPI *PtrBuildTrusteeWithSidW)(PTRUSTEE_W, PSID); static PtrBuildTrusteeWithSidW ptrBuildTrusteeWithSidW = 0; typedef DWORD (WINAPI *PtrGetEffectiveRightsFromAclW)(PACL, PTRUSTEE_W, OUT PACCESS_MASK); static PtrGetEffectiveRightsFromAclW ptrGetEffectiveRightsFromAclW = 0; -typedef PVOID (WINAPI *PtrFreeSid)(PSID); -static PtrFreeSid ptrFreeSid = 0; static TRUSTEE_W currentUserTrusteeW; +static TRUSTEE_W worldTrusteeW; typedef BOOL (WINAPI *PtrGetUserProfileDirectoryW)(HANDLE, LPWSTR, LPDWORD); static PtrGetUserProfileDirectoryW ptrGetUserProfileDirectoryW = 0; @@ -146,10 +143,8 @@ void QFSFileEnginePrivate::resolveLibs() if (advapiHnd) { ptrGetNamedSecurityInfoW = (PtrGetNamedSecurityInfoW)GetProcAddress(advapiHnd, "GetNamedSecurityInfoW"); ptrLookupAccountSidW = (PtrLookupAccountSidW)GetProcAddress(advapiHnd, "LookupAccountSidW"); - ptrAllocateAndInitializeSid = (PtrAllocateAndInitializeSid)GetProcAddress(advapiHnd, "AllocateAndInitializeSid"); ptrBuildTrusteeWithSidW = (PtrBuildTrusteeWithSidW)GetProcAddress(advapiHnd, "BuildTrusteeWithSidW"); ptrGetEffectiveRightsFromAclW = (PtrGetEffectiveRightsFromAclW)GetProcAddress(advapiHnd, "GetEffectiveRightsFromAclW"); - ptrFreeSid = (PtrFreeSid)GetProcAddress(advapiHnd, "FreeSid"); } if (ptrBuildTrusteeWithSidW) { // Create TRUSTEE for current user @@ -162,6 +157,19 @@ void QFSFileEnginePrivate::resolveLibs() ptrBuildTrusteeWithSidW(¤tUserTrusteeW, tu.User.Sid); ::CloseHandle(token); } + + typedef BOOL (WINAPI *PtrAllocateAndInitializeSid)(PSID_IDENTIFIER_AUTHORITY, BYTE, DWORD, DWORD, DWORD, DWORD, DWORD, DWORD, DWORD, DWORD, PSID*); + PtrAllocateAndInitializeSid ptrAllocateAndInitializeSid = (PtrAllocateAndInitializeSid)GetProcAddress(advapiHnd, "AllocateAndInitializeSid"); + typedef PVOID (WINAPI *PtrFreeSid)(PSID); + PtrFreeSid ptrFreeSid = (PtrFreeSid)GetProcAddress(advapiHnd, "FreeSid"); + if (ptrAllocateAndInitializeSid && ptrFreeSid) { + // Create TRUSTEE for Everyone (World) + SID_IDENTIFIER_AUTHORITY worldAuth = { SECURITY_WORLD_SID_AUTHORITY }; + PSID pWorld = 0; + if (ptrAllocateAndInitializeSid(&worldAuth, 1, SECURITY_WORLD_RID, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, &pWorld)) + ptrBuildTrusteeWithSidW(&worldTrusteeW, pWorld); + ptrFreeSid(pWorld); + } } HINSTANCE userenvHnd = LoadLibraryW(L"userenv"); if (userenvHnd) @@ -1332,7 +1340,7 @@ QAbstractFileEngine::FileFlags QFSFileEnginePrivate::getPermissions() const enum { ReadMask = 0x00000001, WriteMask = 0x00000002, ExecMask = 0x00000020 }; resolveLibs(); - if(ptrGetNamedSecurityInfoW && ptrAllocateAndInitializeSid && ptrBuildTrusteeWithSidW && ptrGetEffectiveRightsFromAclW && ptrFreeSid) { + if(ptrGetNamedSecurityInfoW && ptrBuildTrusteeWithSidW && ptrGetEffectiveRightsFromAclW) { QString fname = filePath.endsWith(QLatin1String(".lnk")) ? readLink(filePath) : filePath; DWORD res = ptrGetNamedSecurityInfoW((wchar_t*)fname.utf16(), SE_FILE_OBJECT, @@ -1374,21 +1382,14 @@ QAbstractFileEngine::FileFlags QFSFileEnginePrivate::getPermissions() const ret |= QAbstractFileEngine::ExeGroupPerm; } { //other (world) - // Create SID for Everyone (World) - SID_IDENTIFIER_AUTHORITY worldAuth = { SECURITY_WORLD_SID_AUTHORITY }; - PSID pWorld = 0; - if(ptrAllocateAndInitializeSid(&worldAuth, 1, SECURITY_WORLD_RID, 0,0,0,0,0,0,0, &pWorld)) { - ptrBuildTrusteeWithSidW(&trustee, pWorld); - if(ptrGetEffectiveRightsFromAclW(pDacl, &trustee, &access_mask) != ERROR_SUCCESS) - access_mask = (ACCESS_MASK)-1; // ### - if(access_mask & ReadMask) - ret |= QAbstractFileEngine::ReadOtherPerm; - if(access_mask & WriteMask) - ret |= QAbstractFileEngine::WriteOtherPerm; - if(access_mask & ExecMask) - ret |= QAbstractFileEngine::ExeOtherPerm; - } - ptrFreeSid(pWorld); + if(ptrGetEffectiveRightsFromAclW(pDacl, &worldTrusteeW, &access_mask) != ERROR_SUCCESS) + access_mask = (ACCESS_MASK)-1; // ### + if(access_mask & ReadMask) + ret |= QAbstractFileEngine::ReadOtherPerm; + if(access_mask & WriteMask) + ret |= QAbstractFileEngine::WriteOtherPerm; + if(access_mask & ExecMask) + ret |= QAbstractFileEngine::ExeOtherPerm; } LocalFree(pSD); } -- cgit v0.12 From 98fb13e3ef2627664642c21f34d11c10537379f7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Ritt Konstantin Date: Thu, 13 Aug 2009 18:44:39 +0200 Subject: remove unneeded distinction between Windows and Windows CE Merge-request: 1167 Reviewed-by: Joerg Bornemann --- src/corelib/io/qfsfileengine_win.cpp | 6 +----- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 5 deletions(-) diff --git a/src/corelib/io/qfsfileengine_win.cpp b/src/corelib/io/qfsfileengine_win.cpp index e500d67..4bae9f4 100644 --- a/src/corelib/io/qfsfileengine_win.cpp +++ b/src/corelib/io/qfsfileengine_win.cpp @@ -1643,12 +1643,8 @@ bool QFSFileEngine::setPermissions(uint perms) if (mode == 0) // not supported return false; -#if !defined(Q_OS_WINCE) - ret = ::_wchmod((wchar_t*)d->filePath.utf16(), mode) == 0; -#else ret = ::_wchmod((wchar_t*)d->longFileName(d->filePath).utf16(), mode) == 0; -#endif - return ret; + return ret; } bool QFSFileEngine::setSize(qint64 size) -- cgit v0.12 From 2a5f0086fd45c92fe8fffc35db7a360c3e51778e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: David Boddie Date: Thu, 13 Aug 2009 18:58:14 +0200 Subject: Doc: Updated the version number of the latest Unicode specification. Task-number: 259091 Reviewed-by: Trust Me --- doc/src/unicode.qdoc | 24 ++++++++++-------------- 1 file changed, 10 insertions(+), 14 deletions(-) diff --git a/doc/src/unicode.qdoc b/doc/src/unicode.qdoc index 439070a..b4ba26a 100644 --- a/doc/src/unicode.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/unicode.qdoc @@ -71,22 +71,18 @@ \section1 The Standard - The current version of the standard is 4.0.0. + The current version of the standard is \l{http://www.unicode.org/versions/Unicode5.1.0/}{Unicode 5.1.0}. - \list - - \i \link http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0321185781/trolltech/t - The Unicode Standard, version 4.0.\endlink See also - \link http://www.unicode.org/unicode/standard/versions/ - its home page.\endlink - \i \link http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0201616335/trolltech/t - The Unicode Standard, version 3.2.\endlink - \i \link http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0201473459/trolltech/t - The Unicode Standard, version 2.0.\endlink See also the - \link http://www.unicode.org/unicode/reports/tr8.html 2.1 - update\endlink and - \link http://www.unicode.org/unicode/standard/versions/enumeratedversions.html#Unicode 2.1.9 the 2.1.9 data files\endlink at www.unicode.org. + Previous printed versions of the specification: + \list + \o \l{http://www.amazon.com/Unicode-Standard-Version-5-0-5th/dp/0321480910/trolltech/t}{The Unicode Standard, Version 5.0} + \o \l{http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0321185781/trolltech/t}{The Unicode Standard, version 4.0} + \o \l{http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0201616335/trolltech/t}{The Unicode Standard, version 3.2} + \o \l{http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0201473459/trolltech/t}{The Unicode Standard, version 2.0} \mdash + see also the \l{http://www.unicode.org/unicode/reports/tr8.html}{2.1 update} and + \l{http://www.unicode.org/unicode/standard/versions/enumeratedversions.html#Unicode 2.1.9}{the 2.1.9 data files} at + \l{http://www.unicode.org}. \endlist \section1 Unicode in Qt -- cgit v0.12 From 48de4b1b7b8ec0980e28e1d1642132c553001859 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Alessandro Portale Date: Thu, 13 Aug 2009 19:51:59 +0200 Subject: Compile fix. tst_qobject deleteQObjectWhenDeletingEvent needs QtGui. --- tests/auto/qobject/tst_qobject.pro | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/tests/auto/qobject/tst_qobject.pro b/tests/auto/qobject/tst_qobject.pro index 9b2fec1..0500ea2 100644 --- a/tests/auto/qobject/tst_qobject.pro +++ b/tests/auto/qobject/tst_qobject.pro @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ load(qttest_p4) SOURCES += tst_qobject.cpp -QT = core network +QT = core network gui contains(QT_CONFIG, qt3support):DEFINES+=QT_HAS_QT3SUPPORT wince*: { -- cgit v0.12 From 47603b9873071fa9463ce2bed01b4998ed340d7e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Alessandro Portale Date: Thu, 13 Aug 2009 19:58:46 +0200 Subject: Removed a few bogus includes --- tests/auto/qcolumnview/qcolumnview.pro | 4 ---- tests/auto/qdesktopservices/qdesktopservices.pro | 4 ---- tests/auto/qfilesystemmodel/qfilesystemmodel.pro | 3 --- 3 files changed, 11 deletions(-) diff --git a/tests/auto/qcolumnview/qcolumnview.pro b/tests/auto/qcolumnview/qcolumnview.pro index 00e3880..754f06f 100644 --- a/tests/auto/qcolumnview/qcolumnview.pro +++ b/tests/auto/qcolumnview/qcolumnview.pro @@ -1,8 +1,4 @@ CONFIG += qttest_p4 -include(../src/qcolumnview.pri) - SOURCES += tst_qcolumnview.cpp TARGET = tst_qcolumnview - - diff --git a/tests/auto/qdesktopservices/qdesktopservices.pro b/tests/auto/qdesktopservices/qdesktopservices.pro index 537b105..05110bb 100644 --- a/tests/auto/qdesktopservices/qdesktopservices.pro +++ b/tests/auto/qdesktopservices/qdesktopservices.pro @@ -2,7 +2,3 @@ CONFIG += qttest_p4 SOURCES += tst_qdesktopservices.cpp TARGET = tst_qdesktopservices - -include(../src/qdesktopservices.pri) - - diff --git a/tests/auto/qfilesystemmodel/qfilesystemmodel.pro b/tests/auto/qfilesystemmodel/qfilesystemmodel.pro index 55f3b5c..1daae04 100644 --- a/tests/auto/qfilesystemmodel/qfilesystemmodel.pro +++ b/tests/auto/qfilesystemmodel/qfilesystemmodel.pro @@ -1,8 +1,5 @@ CONFIG += qttest_p4 -include(../../src/qfiledialog.pri) -include(../../../../modeltest/modeltest.pri) - QT = core gui SOURCES += tst_qfilesystemmodel.cpp -- cgit v0.12 From 5a3d956ae19ad411d13c7db28eb7705f4ffaad9d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Kurt Korbatits Date: Fri, 14 Aug 2009 08:59:56 +1000 Subject: Fixed audio auto tests. Handle platforms that don't have backends. Reviewed-by: Bill King --- tests/auto/qaudiodeviceid/tst_qaudiodeviceid.cpp | 60 ++++++---- .../auto/qaudiodeviceinfo/tst_qaudiodeviceinfo.cpp | 114 +++++++++++++------ tests/auto/qaudioinput/tst_qaudioinput.cpp | 61 ++++++---- tests/auto/qaudiooutput/tst_qaudiooutput.cpp | 123 ++++++++++++--------- 4 files changed, 229 insertions(+), 129 deletions(-) diff --git a/tests/auto/qaudiodeviceid/tst_qaudiodeviceid.cpp b/tests/auto/qaudiodeviceid/tst_qaudiodeviceid.cpp index 8f8d6a6..f87500c 100644 --- a/tests/auto/qaudiodeviceid/tst_qaudiodeviceid.cpp +++ b/tests/auto/qaudiodeviceid/tst_qaudiodeviceid.cpp @@ -56,41 +56,61 @@ public: tst_QAudioDeviceId(QObject* parent=0) : QObject(parent) {} private slots: + void initTestCase(); void checkNull(); void checkEquality(); + +private: + bool available; }; -void tst_QAudioDeviceId::checkNull() +void tst_QAudioDeviceId::initTestCase() { - // Default constructed is null. - QAudioDeviceId deviceId0; - QVERIFY(deviceId0.isNull()); + // Only perform tests if audio output device exists! + QList devices = QAudioDeviceInfo::deviceList(QAudio::AudioOutput); + if(devices.size() > 0) + available = true; + else { + qWarning()<<"NOTE: no audio output device found, no test will be performed"; + available = false; + } +} - // Null is transferred - QAudioDeviceId deviceId1(deviceId0); - QVERIFY(deviceId1.isNull()); +void tst_QAudioDeviceId::checkNull() +{ + if(available) { + // Default constructed is null. + QAudioDeviceId deviceId0; + QVERIFY(deviceId0.isNull()); + + // Null is transferred + QAudioDeviceId deviceId1(deviceId0); + QVERIFY(deviceId1.isNull()); + } } void tst_QAudioDeviceId::checkEquality() { - QAudioDeviceId deviceId0; - QAudioDeviceId deviceId1; + if(available) { + QAudioDeviceId deviceId0; + QAudioDeviceId deviceId1; - // Null ids are equivalent - QVERIFY(deviceId0 == deviceId1); - QVERIFY(!(deviceId0 != deviceId1)); + // Null ids are equivalent + QVERIFY(deviceId0 == deviceId1); + QVERIFY(!(deviceId0 != deviceId1)); - deviceId1 = QAudioDeviceInfo::defaultOutputDevice(); + deviceId1 = QAudioDeviceInfo::defaultOutputDevice(); - // Different - QVERIFY(deviceId0 != deviceId1); - QVERIFY(!(deviceId0 == deviceId1)); + // Different + QVERIFY(deviceId0 != deviceId1); + QVERIFY(!(deviceId0 == deviceId1)); - // Same - deviceId0 = deviceId1; + // Same + deviceId0 = deviceId1; - QVERIFY(deviceId0 == deviceId1); - QVERIFY(!(deviceId0 != deviceId1)); + QVERIFY(deviceId0 == deviceId1); + QVERIFY(!(deviceId0 != deviceId1)); + } } QTEST_MAIN(tst_QAudioDeviceId) diff --git a/tests/auto/qaudiodeviceinfo/tst_qaudiodeviceinfo.cpp b/tests/auto/qaudiodeviceinfo/tst_qaudiodeviceinfo.cpp index 72121a7..47f3d00 100644 --- a/tests/auto/qaudiodeviceinfo/tst_qaudiodeviceinfo.cpp +++ b/tests/auto/qaudiodeviceinfo/tst_qaudiodeviceinfo.cpp @@ -55,6 +55,7 @@ public: tst_QAudioDeviceInfo(QObject* parent=0) : QObject(parent) {} private slots: + void initTestCase(); void checkAvailableDefaultInput(); void checkAvailableDefaultOutput(); void outputList(); @@ -69,89 +70,134 @@ private slots: void nearest(); private: + bool available; QAudioDeviceInfo* device; }; +void tst_QAudioDeviceInfo::initTestCase() +{ + // Only perform tests if audio output device exists! + QList devices = QAudioDeviceInfo::deviceList(QAudio::AudioOutput); + if(devices.size() > 0) + available = true; + else { + qWarning()<<"NOTE: no audio output device found, no test will be performed"; + available = false; + } +} + void tst_QAudioDeviceInfo::checkAvailableDefaultInput() { - QVERIFY(!QAudioDeviceInfo::defaultInputDevice().isNull()); + // Only perform tests if audio input device exists! + bool storeAvailable = available; + QList devices = QAudioDeviceInfo::deviceList(QAudio::AudioInput); + if(devices.size() > 0) + available = true; + else { + qWarning()<<"NOTE: no audio input device found, no test will be performed"; + available = false; + } + if(available) + QVERIFY(!QAudioDeviceInfo::defaultInputDevice().isNull()); + available = storeAvailable; } void tst_QAudioDeviceInfo::checkAvailableDefaultOutput() { - QVERIFY(!QAudioDeviceInfo::defaultOutputDevice().isNull()); + if(available) + QVERIFY(!QAudioDeviceInfo::defaultOutputDevice().isNull()); } void tst_QAudioDeviceInfo::outputList() { - QList devices = QAudioDeviceInfo::deviceList(QAudio::AudioOutput); - QVERIFY(devices.size() > 0); - device = new QAudioDeviceInfo(devices.at(0), this); + if(available) { + QList devices = QAudioDeviceInfo::deviceList(QAudio::AudioOutput); + QVERIFY(devices.size() > 0); + device = new QAudioDeviceInfo(devices.at(0), this); + } } void tst_QAudioDeviceInfo::codecs() { - QStringList avail = device->supportedCodecs(); - QVERIFY(avail.size() > 0); + if(available) { + QStringList avail = device->supportedCodecs(); + QVERIFY(avail.size() > 0); + } } void tst_QAudioDeviceInfo::channels() { - QList avail = device->supportedChannels(); - QVERIFY(avail.size() > 0); + if(available) { + QList avail = device->supportedChannels(); + QVERIFY(avail.size() > 0); + } } void tst_QAudioDeviceInfo::sampleSizes() { - QList avail = device->supportedSampleSizes(); - QVERIFY(avail.size() > 0); + if(available) { + QList avail = device->supportedSampleSizes(); + QVERIFY(avail.size() > 0); + } } void tst_QAudioDeviceInfo::byteOrders() { - QList avail = device->supportedByteOrders(); - QVERIFY(avail.size() > 0); + if(available) { + QList avail = device->supportedByteOrders(); + QVERIFY(avail.size() > 0); + } } void tst_QAudioDeviceInfo::sampleTypes() { - QList avail = device->supportedSampleTypes(); - QVERIFY(avail.size() > 0); + if(available) { + QList avail = device->supportedSampleTypes(); + QVERIFY(avail.size() > 0); + } } void tst_QAudioDeviceInfo::frequencies() { - QList avail = device->supportedFrequencies(); - QVERIFY(avail.size() > 0); + if(available) { + QList avail = device->supportedFrequencies(); + QVERIFY(avail.size() > 0); + } } void tst_QAudioDeviceInfo::isformat() { - QAudioFormat format; - format.setFrequency(44100); - format.setChannels(2); - format.setSampleType(QAudioFormat::SignedInt); - format.setByteOrder(QAudioFormat::LittleEndian); - format.setSampleSize(16); - format.setCodec("audio/pcm"); - - // Should always be true for these format - QVERIFY(device->isFormatSupported(format)); + if(available) { + QAudioFormat format; + format.setFrequency(44100); + format.setChannels(2); + format.setSampleType(QAudioFormat::SignedInt); + format.setByteOrder(QAudioFormat::LittleEndian); + format.setSampleSize(16); + format.setCodec("audio/pcm"); + + // Should always be true for these format + QVERIFY(device->isFormatSupported(format)); + } } void tst_QAudioDeviceInfo::preferred() { - QAudioFormat format = device->preferredFormat(); - QVERIFY(format.frequency() == 44100); - QVERIFY(format.channels() == 2); + if(available) { + QAudioFormat format = device->preferredFormat(); + QVERIFY(format.frequency() == 44100); + QVERIFY(format.channels() == 2); + } } void tst_QAudioDeviceInfo::nearest() { - QAudioFormat format1, format2; - format1.setFrequency(8000); - format2 = device->nearestFormat(format1); - QVERIFY(format2.frequency() == 44100); + if(available) { + QAudioFormat format1, format2; + format1.setFrequency(8000); + format2 = device->nearestFormat(format1); + QVERIFY(format2.frequency() == 44100); + } } QTEST_MAIN(tst_QAudioDeviceInfo) diff --git a/tests/auto/qaudioinput/tst_qaudioinput.cpp b/tests/auto/qaudioinput/tst_qaudioinput.cpp index 891d1c4..6f1d568 100644 --- a/tests/auto/qaudioinput/tst_qaudioinput.cpp +++ b/tests/auto/qaudioinput/tst_qaudioinput.cpp @@ -60,6 +60,7 @@ private slots: void pullFile(); private: + bool available; QAudioFormat format; QAudioInput* audio; }; @@ -73,46 +74,62 @@ void tst_QAudioInput::initTestCase() format.setByteOrder(QAudioFormat::LittleEndian); format.setSampleType(QAudioFormat::UnSignedInt); - audio = new QAudioInput(format, this); + // Only perform tests if audio input device exists! + QList devices = QAudioDeviceInfo::deviceList(QAudio::AudioInput); + if(devices.size() > 0) + available = true; + else { + qWarning()<<"NOTE: no audio input device found, no test will be performed"; + available = false; + } + + if(available) + audio = new QAudioInput(format, this); } void tst_QAudioInput::settings() { - QAudioFormat f = audio->format(); - - QVERIFY(format.channels() == f.channels()); - QVERIFY(format.frequency() == f.frequency()); - QVERIFY(format.sampleSize() == f.sampleSize()); - QVERIFY(format.codec() == f.codec()); - QVERIFY(format.byteOrder() == f.byteOrder()); - QVERIFY(format.sampleType() == f.sampleType()); + if(available) { + QAudioFormat f = audio->format(); + + QVERIFY(format.channels() == f.channels()); + QVERIFY(format.frequency() == f.frequency()); + QVERIFY(format.sampleSize() == f.sampleSize()); + QVERIFY(format.codec() == f.codec()); + QVERIFY(format.byteOrder() == f.byteOrder()); + QVERIFY(format.sampleType() == f.sampleType()); + } } void tst_QAudioInput::notifyInterval() { - QVERIFY(audio->notifyInterval() == 1000); // Default + if(available) { + QVERIFY(audio->notifyInterval() == 1000); // Default - audio->setNotifyInterval(500); - QVERIFY(audio->notifyInterval() == 500); // Custom + audio->setNotifyInterval(500); + QVERIFY(audio->notifyInterval() == 500); // Custom - audio->setNotifyInterval(1000); // reset + audio->setNotifyInterval(1000); // reset + } } void tst_QAudioInput::pullFile() { - QFile filename(SRCDIR "test.raw"); - filename.open( QIODevice::WriteOnly | QIODevice::Truncate ); + if(available) { + QFile filename(SRCDIR "test.raw"); + filename.open( QIODevice::WriteOnly | QIODevice::Truncate ); - QSignalSpy readSignal(audio, SIGNAL(notify())); - audio->start(&filename); + QSignalSpy readSignal(audio, SIGNAL(notify())); + audio->start(&filename); - QTest::qWait(5000); + QTest::qWait(5000); - QVERIFY(readSignal.count() > 0); - QVERIFY(audio->totalTime() > 0); + QVERIFY(readSignal.count() > 0); + QVERIFY(audio->totalTime() > 0); - audio->stop(); - filename.close(); + audio->stop(); + filename.close(); + } } QTEST_MAIN(tst_QAudioInput) diff --git a/tests/auto/qaudiooutput/tst_qaudiooutput.cpp b/tests/auto/qaudiooutput/tst_qaudiooutput.cpp index 2c3f662..0552aa4 100644 --- a/tests/auto/qaudiooutput/tst_qaudiooutput.cpp +++ b/tests/auto/qaudiooutput/tst_qaudiooutput.cpp @@ -63,6 +63,7 @@ private slots: void pushFile(); private: + bool available; QAudioFormat format; QAudioOutput* audio; }; @@ -76,79 +77,95 @@ void tst_QAudioOutput::initTestCase() format.setByteOrder(QAudioFormat::LittleEndian); format.setSampleType(QAudioFormat::UnSignedInt); + // Only perform tests if audio output device exists! + QList devices = QAudioDeviceInfo::deviceList(QAudio::AudioOutput); + if(devices.size() > 0) + available = true; + else { + qWarning()<<"NOTE: no audio output device found, no test will be performed"; + available = false; + } audio = new QAudioOutput(format, this); } void tst_QAudioOutput::settings() { - QAudioFormat f = audio->format(); - - QVERIFY(format.channels() == f.channels()); - QVERIFY(format.frequency() == f.frequency()); - QVERIFY(format.sampleSize() == f.sampleSize()); - QVERIFY(format.codec() == f.codec()); - QVERIFY(format.byteOrder() == f.byteOrder()); - QVERIFY(format.sampleType() == f.sampleType()); + if(available) { + QAudioFormat f = audio->format(); + + QVERIFY(format.channels() == f.channels()); + QVERIFY(format.frequency() == f.frequency()); + QVERIFY(format.sampleSize() == f.sampleSize()); + QVERIFY(format.codec() == f.codec()); + QVERIFY(format.byteOrder() == f.byteOrder()); + QVERIFY(format.sampleType() == f.sampleType()); + } } void tst_QAudioOutput::notifyInterval() { - QVERIFY(audio->notifyInterval() == 1000); // Default + if(available) { + QVERIFY(audio->notifyInterval() == 1000); // Default - audio->setNotifyInterval(500); - QVERIFY(audio->notifyInterval() == 500); // Custom + audio->setNotifyInterval(500); + QVERIFY(audio->notifyInterval() == 500); // Custom - audio->setNotifyInterval(1000); // reset + audio->setNotifyInterval(1000); // reset + } } void tst_QAudioOutput::pullFile() { - QFile filename(SRCDIR "4.wav"); - QVERIFY(filename.exists()); - filename.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly); - - QSignalSpy readSignal(audio, SIGNAL(notify())); - audio->setNotifyInterval(100); - audio->start(&filename); - - QTestEventLoop::instance().enterLoop(1); - // 4.wav is a little less than 700ms, so notify should fire 6 times! - QVERIFY(readSignal.count() >= 6); - QVERIFY(audio->totalTime() == 692250); - - audio->stop(); - filename.close(); + if(available) { + QFile filename(SRCDIR "4.wav"); + QVERIFY(filename.exists()); + filename.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly); + + QSignalSpy readSignal(audio, SIGNAL(notify())); + audio->setNotifyInterval(100); + audio->start(&filename); + + QTestEventLoop::instance().enterLoop(1); + // 4.wav is a little less than 700ms, so notify should fire 6 times! + QVERIFY(readSignal.count() >= 6); + QVERIFY(audio->totalTime() == 692250); + + audio->stop(); + filename.close(); + } } void tst_QAudioOutput::pushFile() { - QFile filename(SRCDIR "4.wav"); - QVERIFY(filename.exists()); - filename.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly); - - const qint64 fileSize = filename.size(); - - QIODevice* feed = audio->start(0); - - char* buffer = new char[fileSize]; - filename.read(buffer, fileSize); - - qint64 counter=0; - qint64 written=0; - while(written < fileSize) { - written+=feed->write(buffer+written,fileSize-written); - QTest::qWait(20); - counter++; + if(available) { + QFile filename(SRCDIR "4.wav"); + QVERIFY(filename.exists()); + filename.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly); + + const qint64 fileSize = filename.size(); + + QIODevice* feed = audio->start(0); + + char* buffer = new char[fileSize]; + filename.read(buffer, fileSize); + + qint64 counter=0; + qint64 written=0; + while(written < fileSize) { + written+=feed->write(buffer+written,fileSize-written); + QTest::qWait(20); + counter++; + } + QTestEventLoop::instance().enterLoop(1); + + QVERIFY(written == fileSize); + QVERIFY(audio->totalTime() == 692250); + + audio->stop(); + filename.close(); + delete [] buffer; + delete audio; } - QTestEventLoop::instance().enterLoop(1); - - QVERIFY(written == fileSize); - QVERIFY(audio->totalTime() == 692250); - - audio->stop(); - filename.close(); - delete [] buffer; - delete audio; } QTEST_MAIN(tst_QAudioOutput) -- cgit v0.12 From 4b1b93f3f97de70af316052bc38048f52631b9e4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Keith Isdale Date: Fri, 14 Aug 2009 15:36:07 +1000 Subject: qmake's include function now supports three arguments The second and third arguments to qmake's include function are optional Task-number: 259398 Reviewed-by: Stian Sandvik Thomassen --- tools/linguist/shared/profileevaluator.cpp | 6 ++++-- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/tools/linguist/shared/profileevaluator.cpp b/tools/linguist/shared/profileevaluator.cpp index b062dec..16eba4f 100644 --- a/tools/linguist/shared/profileevaluator.cpp +++ b/tools/linguist/shared/profileevaluator.cpp @@ -2145,10 +2145,12 @@ ProItem::ProItemReturn ProFileEvaluator::Private::evaluateConditionalFunction( if (m_skipLevel && !m_cumulative) return ProItem::ReturnFalse; QString parseInto; - if (args.count() == 2) { + // the third optional argument to include() controls warnings + // and is not used here + if ((args.count() == 2) || (args.count() == 3)) { parseInto = args[1]; } else if (args.count() != 1) { - q->logMessage(format("include(file) requires one or two arguments.")); + q->logMessage(format("include(file) requires one, two or three arguments.")); return ProItem::ReturnFalse; } QString fileName = args.first(); -- cgit v0.12 From b98b7d305ffebb700e471bd64a7dee59d947e056 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Warwick Allison Date: Fri, 14 Aug 2009 16:27:08 +1000 Subject: QT_NO_URL_CAST_FROM_STRING, like QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII --- src/corelib/io/qurl.cpp | 23 +++++++++++++++++++++++ src/corelib/io/qurl.h | 5 +++++ 2 files changed, 28 insertions(+) diff --git a/src/corelib/io/qurl.cpp b/src/corelib/io/qurl.cpp index 79cd2f0..2841bac 100644 --- a/src/corelib/io/qurl.cpp +++ b/src/corelib/io/qurl.cpp @@ -4024,6 +4024,29 @@ QString QUrlPrivate::createErrorString() } /*! + \macro QT_NO_URL_CAST_FROM_STRING + \relates QUrl + + Disables automatic conversions from QString (or char *) to QUrl. + + Compiling your code with this define is useful when you have a lot of + code that uses QString for file names and you wish to convert it to + use QUrl for network transparency. In any code that uses QUrl, it can + help avoid missing QUrl::resolved() calls, and other misuses of + QString to QUrl conversions. + + \oldcode + url = filename; // probably not what you want + \newcode + url = QUrl::fromLocalFile(filename); + url = baseurl.resolved(QUrl(filename)); + \endcode + + \sa QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII +*/ + + +/*! Constructs a URL by parsing \a url. \a url is assumed to be in human readable representation, with no percent encoding. QUrl will automatically percent encode all characters that are not allowed in a URL. diff --git a/src/corelib/io/qurl.h b/src/corelib/io/qurl.h index f72c45d..479c8b3 100644 --- a/src/corelib/io/qurl.h +++ b/src/corelib/io/qurl.h @@ -81,12 +81,17 @@ public: Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(FormattingOptions, FormattingOption) QUrl(); +#ifdef QT_NO_URL_CAST_FROM_STRING + explicit +#endif QUrl(const QString &url); QUrl(const QString &url, ParsingMode mode); // ### Qt 5: merge the two constructors, with mode = TolerantMode QUrl(const QUrl ©); QUrl &operator =(const QUrl ©); +#ifndef QT_NO_URL_CAST_FROM_STRING QUrl &operator =(const QString &url); +#endif ~QUrl(); void setUrl(const QString &url); -- cgit v0.12 From c80302a19f43ed1c39675a979762499fc589743a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Warwick Allison Date: Fri, 14 Aug 2009 16:37:10 +1000 Subject: spel --- src/gui/painting/qpainter.cpp | 10 +++++----- src/gui/painting/qpainterpath.h | 4 ++-- src/gui/styles/qmacstyle_mac.mm | 10 +++++----- tests/auto/qfontmetrics/tst_qfontmetrics.cpp | 4 ++-- 4 files changed, 14 insertions(+), 14 deletions(-) diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qpainter.cpp b/src/gui/painting/qpainter.cpp index 2ccb0c5..0762138 100644 --- a/src/gui/painting/qpainter.cpp +++ b/src/gui/painting/qpainter.cpp @@ -7487,8 +7487,8 @@ void qt_format_text(const QFont &fnt, const QRectF &_r, QFontMetricsF fm(fnt); QString text = str; int offset = 0; -start_lenghtVariant: - bool hasMoreLenghtVariants = false; +start_lengthVariant: + bool hasMoreLengthVariants = false; // compatible behaviour to the old implementation. Replace // tabs by spaces bool has_tab = false; @@ -7510,7 +7510,7 @@ start_lenghtVariant: has_tab = true; } else if (chr == QChar(ushort(0x9c))) { // string with multiple length variants - hasMoreLenghtVariants = true; + hasMoreLengthVariants = true; break; } } @@ -7634,9 +7634,9 @@ start_lenghtVariant: } QRectF bounds = QRectF(r.x() + xoff, r.y() + yoff, width, height); - if (hasMoreLenghtVariants && !(tf & Qt::TextLongestVariant) && !r.contains(bounds)) { + if (hasMoreLengthVariants && !(tf & Qt::TextLongestVariant) && !r.contains(bounds)) { offset++; - goto start_lenghtVariant; + goto start_lengthVariant; } if (brect) *brect = bounds; diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qpainterpath.h b/src/gui/painting/qpainterpath.h index 1adf315..e320c0b 100644 --- a/src/gui/painting/qpainterpath.h +++ b/src/gui/painting/qpainterpath.h @@ -298,9 +298,9 @@ inline void QPainterPath::lineTo(qreal x, qreal y) lineTo(QPointF(x, y)); } -inline void QPainterPath::arcTo(qreal x, qreal y, qreal w, qreal h, qreal startAngle, qreal arcLenght) +inline void QPainterPath::arcTo(qreal x, qreal y, qreal w, qreal h, qreal startAngle, qreal arcLength) { - arcTo(QRectF(x, y, w, h), startAngle, arcLenght); + arcTo(QRectF(x, y, w, h), startAngle, arcLength); } inline void QPainterPath::arcMoveTo(qreal x, qreal y, qreal w, qreal h, qreal angle) diff --git a/src/gui/styles/qmacstyle_mac.mm b/src/gui/styles/qmacstyle_mac.mm index 8736769..08b6ad8 100644 --- a/src/gui/styles/qmacstyle_mac.mm +++ b/src/gui/styles/qmacstyle_mac.mm @@ -4635,12 +4635,12 @@ void QMacStyle::drawComplexControl(ComplexControl cc, const QStyleOptionComplex // no longer possible to move it, second the up/down buttons are removed when // there is not enough space for them. if (cc == CC_ScrollBar) { - const int scrollBarLenght = (slider->orientation == Qt::Horizontal) + const int scrollBarLength = (slider->orientation == Qt::Horizontal) ? slider->rect.width() : slider->rect.height(); const QMacStyle::WidgetSizePolicy sizePolicy = widgetSizePolicy(widget); - if (scrollBarLenght < scrollButtonsCutoffSize(thumbIndicatorCutoff, sizePolicy)) + if (scrollBarLength < scrollButtonsCutoffSize(thumbIndicatorCutoff, sizePolicy)) tdi.attributes &= ~kThemeTrackShowThumb; - if (scrollBarLenght < scrollButtonsCutoffSize(scrollButtonsCutoff, sizePolicy)) + if (scrollBarLength < scrollButtonsCutoffSize(scrollButtonsCutoff, sizePolicy)) tdi.enableState = kThemeTrackNothingToScroll; } @@ -5109,9 +5109,9 @@ QStyle::SubControl QMacStyle::hitTestComplexControl(ComplexControl cc, // The arrow buttons are not drawn if the scroll bar is to short, // exclude them from the hit test. - const int scrollBarLenght = (sb->orientation == Qt::Horizontal) + const int scrollBarLength = (sb->orientation == Qt::Horizontal) ? sb->rect.width() : sb->rect.height(); - if (scrollBarLenght < scrollButtonsCutoffSize(scrollButtonsCutoff, widgetSizePolicy(widget))) + if (scrollBarLength < scrollButtonsCutoffSize(scrollButtonsCutoff, widgetSizePolicy(widget))) sbi.enableState = kThemeTrackNothingToScroll; sbi.viewsize = sb->pageStep; diff --git a/tests/auto/qfontmetrics/tst_qfontmetrics.cpp b/tests/auto/qfontmetrics/tst_qfontmetrics.cpp index f827bfc..9a743ef 100644 --- a/tests/auto/qfontmetrics/tst_qfontmetrics.cpp +++ b/tests/auto/qfontmetrics/tst_qfontmetrics.cpp @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ private slots: void elidedText(); void veryNarrowElidedText(); void averageCharWidth(); - void elidedMultiLenght(); + void elidedMultiLength(); }; tst_QFontMetrics::tst_QFontMetrics() @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ void tst_QFontMetrics::averageCharWidth() QVERIFY(fmf.averageCharWidth() != 0); } -void tst_QFontMetrics::elidedMultiLenght() +void tst_QFontMetrics::elidedMultiLength() { QString text1 = "Long Text 1\x9cShorter\x9csmall"; QString text1_long = "Long Text 1"; -- cgit v0.12 From c57c204a63168e875e513d299bb152c0a1ab0094 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Warwick Allison Date: Fri, 14 Aug 2009 16:56:46 +1000 Subject: Fix MLS test "sm"+ellipsis (...) is same length as "small" in some fonts --- tests/auto/qfontmetrics/tst_qfontmetrics.cpp | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/tests/auto/qfontmetrics/tst_qfontmetrics.cpp b/tests/auto/qfontmetrics/tst_qfontmetrics.cpp index 9a743ef..9ffbc05 100644 --- a/tests/auto/qfontmetrics/tst_qfontmetrics.cpp +++ b/tests/auto/qfontmetrics/tst_qfontmetrics.cpp @@ -218,8 +218,9 @@ void tst_QFontMetrics::elidedMultiLength() QCOMPARE(fm.elidedText(text1,Qt::ElideRight, width_short), text1_short); QCOMPARE(fm.elidedText(text1,Qt::ElideRight, width_short - 1), text1_small); + // Not even wide enough for "small" - should use ellipsis QChar ellipsisChar(0x2026); - QString text1_el = QString::fromLatin1("sm") + ellipsisChar; + QString text1_el = QString::fromLatin1("s") + ellipsisChar; int width_small = fm.width(text1_el); QCOMPARE(fm.elidedText(text1,Qt::ElideRight, width_small + 1), text1_el); -- cgit v0.12 From 0d58e2e27fba91a1310bca2fa8650700b1281afe Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: hjk Date: Fri, 14 Aug 2009 09:11:08 +0200 Subject: Add stringbuilder auto test to auto.pro Reviewed-by: trustme --- tests/auto/auto.pro | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/tests/auto/auto.pro b/tests/auto/auto.pro index dd188cd..585f461 100644 --- a/tests/auto/auto.pro +++ b/tests/auto/auto.pro @@ -316,6 +316,7 @@ SUBDIRS += \ qstatusbar \ qstl \ qstring \ + qstringbuilder \ qstringmatcher \ qstringlist \ qstringlistmodel \ -- cgit v0.12 From f3879071f7976bcda3a6e8eed4ca284e80a1a3f9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Peter Yard Date: Mon, 3 Aug 2009 10:46:53 +1000 Subject: Make Qt::NoGesture visible. Needed for QGesture subclassing. --- doc/src/classes/qnamespace.qdoc | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/doc/src/classes/qnamespace.qdoc b/doc/src/classes/qnamespace.qdoc index 2ccc639..48f18d0 100644 --- a/doc/src/classes/qnamespace.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/classes/qnamespace.qdoc @@ -2742,7 +2742,7 @@ This enum type describes the state of a gesture. - \omitvalue NoGesture + \value NoGesture Initial state \value GestureStarted A continuous gesture has started. \value GestureUpdated A gesture continues. \value GestureFinished A gesture has finished. -- cgit v0.12 From ff30df236f4f58f69eb7e56685aa7f8b979629f9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Peter Yard Date: Fri, 14 Aug 2009 17:35:50 +1000 Subject: Gesture Overview Documentation Overview of QGesture class and reference to QStandardGestures Gesture overview using ImageViewer example to demonstrate use of class by implementer. --- doc/src/gestures.qdoc | 170 +++++++++ doc/src/snippets/gestures/qgesture.cpp | 283 ++++++++++++++ doc/src/snippets/gestures/qgesture.h | 101 +++++ doc/src/snippets/gestures/qstandardgestures.cpp | 483 ++++++++++++++++++++++++ doc/src/snippets/gestures/qstandardgestures.h | 126 +++++++ 5 files changed, 1163 insertions(+) create mode 100644 doc/src/gestures.qdoc create mode 100644 doc/src/snippets/gestures/qgesture.cpp create mode 100644 doc/src/snippets/gestures/qgesture.h create mode 100644 doc/src/snippets/gestures/qstandardgestures.cpp create mode 100644 doc/src/snippets/gestures/qstandardgestures.h diff --git a/doc/src/gestures.qdoc b/doc/src/gestures.qdoc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..49a9ae3 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/src/gestures.qdoc @@ -0,0 +1,170 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +** +** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies). +** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com) +** +** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit. +** +** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$ +** No Commercial Usage +** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed. +** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions +** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the +** Beta Release License Agreement. +** +** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage +** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser +** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software +** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the +** packaging of this file. Please review the following information to +** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements +** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html. +** +** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain +** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL +** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this +** package. +** +** GNU General Public License Usage +** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU +** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software +** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the +** packaging of this file. Please review the following information to +** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be +** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html. +** +** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please +** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact. +** $QT_END_LICENSE$ +** +****************************************************************************/ + +/*! + \page gestures-overview.html + \startpage index.html Qt Reference Documentation + + \title Gestures Programming + \ingroup howto + \brief An overview of the Qt support for Gesture programming. + + The QGesture class provides the ability to form gestures from a series + of events independent of the input method. A gesture could be a particular + movement of a mouse, a touch screen action, or a series of events from + some other source. The nature of the input, the interpretation + of the gesture and the action taken are the choice of the implementing + developer. + + \tableofcontents + + + \section1 Creating Your Own Gesture Recognizer + + QGesture is a base class for a user defined gesture recognizer class. In + order to implement the recognizer you will need to subclass the + QGesture class and implement the pure virtual function \l{QGesture::filterEvent()}{filterEvent()}. Once + you have implemented the \l{QGesture::filterEvent()}{filterEvent()} function to + make your own recognizer you can process events. A sequence of events may, + according to your own rules, represent a gesture. The events can be singly + passed to the recognizer via the \l{QGesture::filterEvent()}{filterEvent()} function or as a stream of + events by specifying a parent source of events. The events can be from any + source and could result in any action as defined by the user. The source + and action need not be graphical though that would be the most likely + scenario. To find how to connect a source of events to automatically feed into the recognizer see QGesture. + + Recognizers based on QGesture can emit any of the following signals: + + \snippet doc/src/snippets/gestures/qgesture.h qgesture-signals + + These signals are emitted when the state changes with the call to + \l{QGesture::updateState()}{updateState()}, more than one signal may + be emitted when a change of state occurs. There are four GestureStates + + \table + \header \o New State \o Description \o QGesture Actions on Entering this State + \row \o Qt::NoGesture \o Initial value \o emit \l {QGesture::cancelled()}{cancelled()} + \row \o Qt::GestureStarted \o A continuous gesture has started \o emit \l{QGesture::started()}{started()} and emit \l{QGesture::triggered()}{triggered()} + \row \o Qt::GestureUpdated \o A gesture continues \o emit \l{QGesture::triggered()}{triggered()} + \row \o Qt::GestureFinished \o A gesture has finished. \o emit \l{QGesture::finished()}{finished()} + \endtable + + \note \l{QGesture::started()}{started()} can be emitted if entering any + state greater than NoGesture if NoGesture was the previous state. This + means that your state machine does not need to explicitly use the + Qt::GestureStarted state, you can simply proceed from NoGesture to + Qt::GestureUpdated to emit a \l{QGesture::started()}{started()} signal + and a \l{QGesture::triggered()}{triggered()} signal. + + You may use some or all of these states when implementing the pure + virtual function \l{QGesture::filterEvent()}{filterEvent()}. + \l{QGesture::filterEvent()}{filterEvent()} will usually implement a + state machine using the GestureState enums, but the details of which + states are used is up to the developer. + + You may also need to reimplement the virtual function \l{QGesture::reset()}{reset()} + if internal data or objects need to be re-initialized. The function must + conclude with a call to \l{QGesture::updateState()}{updateState()} to + change the current state to Qt::NoGesture. + + \section1 An Example, ImageViewer + + To illustrate how to use QGesture we will look at the ImageViewer + example. This example uses QPanGesture, standard gesture, and an + implementation of TapAndHoldGesture. Note that TapAndHoldGesture is + platform dependent. + + \snippet doc/src/snippets/gestures/imageviewer/tapandholdgesture.cpp tapandhold-reset + + In ImageViewer we see that the ImageWidget class uses two gestures: + \l QPanGesture and TapAndHoldGesture. The + QPanGesture is a standard gesture which is part of Qt. + TapAndHoldGesture is defined and implemented as part of the example. + The ImageWidget listens for signals from the gestures, but is not + interested in the \l{QGesture::started()}{started()} signal. + + \snippet doc/src/snippets/gestures/imageviewer/imagewidget.h imagewidget-slots + + TapAndHoldGesture uses QTouchEvent events and mouse events to detect + start, update and end events that can be mapped onto the GestureState + changes. The implementation in this case uses a timer as well. If the + timeout event occurs a given number of times after the start of the gesture + then the gesture is considered to have finished whether or not the + appropriate touch or mouse event has occurred. Also if a large jump in + the position of the event occurs, as calculated by the \l {QPoint::manhattanLength()}{manhattanLength()} + call, then the gesture is cancelled by calling \l{QGesture::reset()}{reset()} + which tidies up and uses \l{QGesture::updateState()}{updateState()} to + change state to NoGesture which will result in the \l{QGesture::cancelled()}{cancelled()} + signal being emitted by the recognizer. + + ImageWidget handles the signals by connecting the slots to the signals, + although \c cancelled() is not connected here. + + \snippet doc/src/snippets/gestures/imageviewer/imagewidget.cpp imagewidget-connect + + These functions in turn will have to be aware of which gesture + object was the source of the signal since we have more than one source + per slot. This is easily done by using the QObject::sender() function + as shown here + + \snippet doc/src/snippets/gestures/imageviewer/imagewidget.cpp imagewidget-triggered-1 + + As \l{QGesture::triggered()}{triggered()} signals are handled by + gestureTriggered() there may be position updates invoking calls to, + for example, goNextImage(), this will cause a change in the image + handling logic of ImageWidget and a call to updateImage() to display + the changed state. + + Following the logic of how the QEvent is processed we can summmarize + it as follows: + \list + \o filterEvent() becomes the event filter of the parent ImageWidget object for a QPanGesture object and a + TapAndHoldGesture object. + \o filterEvent() then calls updateState() to change states + \o updateState() emits the appropriate signal(s) for the state change. + \o The signals are caught by the defined slots in ImageWidget + \o The widget logic changes and an update() results in a paint event. + \endlist + + + +*/ + diff --git a/doc/src/snippets/gestures/qgesture.cpp b/doc/src/snippets/gestures/qgesture.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..79dcae1 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/src/snippets/gestures/qgesture.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,283 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +** +** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies). +** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com) +** +** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit. +** +** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$ +** No Commercial Usage +** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed. +** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions +** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the +** Beta Release License Agreement. +** +** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage +** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser +** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software +** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the +** packaging of this file. Please review the following information to +** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements +** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html. +** +** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain +** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL +** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this +** package. +** +** GNU General Public License Usage +** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU +** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software +** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the +** packaging of this file. Please review the following information to +** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be +** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html. +** +** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please +** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact. +** $QT_END_LICENSE$ +** +****************************************************************************/ + +#include "qgesture.h" +#include +#include "qgraphicsitem.h" + +QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE + + +class QEventFilterProxyGraphicsItem : public QGraphicsItem +{ +public: + QEventFilterProxyGraphicsItem(QGesture *g) + : gesture(g) + { + } + bool sceneEventFilter(QGraphicsItem *, QEvent *event) + { + return gesture ? gesture->filterEvent(event) : false; + } + QRectF boundingRect() const { return QRectF(); } + void paint(QPainter*, const QStyleOptionGraphicsItem*, QWidget*) { } + +private: + QGesture *gesture; +}; + +/*! + \class QGesture + \since 4.6 + + \brief The QGesture class is the base class for implementing custom + gestures. + + This class represents both an object that recognizes a gesture out of a set + of input events (a gesture recognizer), and a gesture object itself that + can be used to get extended information about the triggered gesture. + + The class has a list of properties that can be queried by the user to get + some gesture-specific parameters (for example, an offset of a Pan gesture). + + Usually gesture recognizer implements a state machine, storing its state + internally in the recognizer object. The recognizer receives input events + through the \l{QGesture::}{filterEvent()} virtual function and decides + whether the event should change the state of the recognizer by emitting an + appropriate signal. + + Input events should be either fed to the recognizer one by one with a + filterEvent() function, or the gesture recognizer should be attached to an + object it filters events for by specifying it as a parent object. The + QGesture object installs itself as an event filter to the parent object + automatically, the unsetObject() function should be used to remove an event + filter from the parent object. To make a + gesture that operates on a QGraphicsItem, both the appropriate QGraphicsView + should be passed as a parent object and setGraphicsItem() functions should + be used to attach a gesture to a graphics item. + + This is a base class, to create a custom gesture type, you should subclass + it and implement its pure virtual functions. + + \sa QPanGesture +*/ + +/*! \fn bool QGesture::filterEvent(QEvent *event) + + Parses input \a event and emits a signal when detects a gesture. + + In your reimplementation of this function, if you want to filter the \a + event out, i.e. stop it being handled further, return true; otherwise + return false; + + This is a pure virtual function that needs to be implemented in subclasses. +*/ + +/*! \fn void QGesture::started() + + The signal is emitted when the gesture is started. Extended information + about the gesture is contained in the signal sender object. + + In addition to started(), a triggered() signal should also be emitted. +*/ + +/*! \fn void QGesture::triggered() + + The signal is emitted when the gesture is detected. Extended information + about the gesture is contained in the signal sender object. +*/ + +/*! \fn void QGesture::finished() + + The signal is emitted when the gesture is finished. Extended information + about the gesture is contained in the signal sender object. +*/ + +/*! \fn void QGesture::cancelled() + + The signal is emitted when the gesture is cancelled, for example the reset() + function is called while the gesture was in the process of emitting a + triggered() signal. Extended information about the gesture is contained in + the sender object. +*/ + + +/*! + Creates a new gesture handler object and marks it as a child of \a parent. + + The \a parent object is also the default event source for the gesture, + meaning that the gesture installs itself as an event filter for the \a + parent. + + \sa setGraphicsItem() +*/ +QGesture::QGesture(QObject *parent) + : QObject(*new QGesturePrivate, parent) +{ + if (parent) + parent->installEventFilter(this); +} + +/*! \internal + */ +QGesture::QGesture(QGesturePrivate &dd, QObject *parent) + : QObject(dd, parent) +{ + if (parent) + parent->installEventFilter(this); +} + +/*! + Destroys the gesture object. +*/ +QGesture::~QGesture() +{ +} + +/*! \internal + */ +bool QGesture::eventFilter(QObject *receiver, QEvent *event) +{ + Q_D(QGesture); + if (d->graphicsItem && receiver == parent()) + return false; + return filterEvent(event); +} + +/*! + \property QGesture::state + + \brief The current state of the gesture. +*/ + +/*! + Returns the gesture recognition state. + */ +Qt::GestureState QGesture::state() const +{ + return d_func()->state; +} + +/*! + Sets this gesture's recognition state to \a state and emits appropriate + signals. + + This functions emits the signals according to the old state and the new + \a state, and it should be called after all the internal properties have been + initialized. + + \sa started(), triggered(), finished(), cancelled() + */ +void QGesture::updateState(Qt::GestureState state) +{ + Q_D(QGesture); + if (d->state == state) { + if (state == Qt::GestureUpdated) + emit triggered(); + return; + } + const Qt::GestureState oldState = d->state; + d->state = state; + if (state != Qt::NoGesture && oldState > state) { + // comparing the state as ints: state should only be changed from + // started to (optionally) updated and to finished. + qWarning("QGesture::updateState: incorrect new state"); + return; + } + if (oldState == Qt::NoGesture) + emit started(); + if (state == Qt::GestureUpdated) + emit triggered(); + else if (state == Qt::GestureFinished) + emit finished(); + else if (state == Qt::NoGesture) + emit cancelled(); + + if (state == Qt::GestureFinished) { + // gesture is finished, so we reset the internal state. + d->state = Qt::NoGesture; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the \a graphicsItem the gesture is filtering events for. + + The gesture will install an event filter to the \a graphicsItem and + redirect them to the filterEvent() function. + + \sa graphicsItem() +*/ +void QGesture::setGraphicsItem(QGraphicsItem *graphicsItem) +{ + Q_D(QGesture); + if (d->graphicsItem && d->eventFilterProxyGraphicsItem) + d->graphicsItem->removeSceneEventFilter(d->eventFilterProxyGraphicsItem); + d->graphicsItem = graphicsItem; + if (!d->eventFilterProxyGraphicsItem) + d->eventFilterProxyGraphicsItem = new QEventFilterProxyGraphicsItem(this); + if (graphicsItem) + graphicsItem->installSceneEventFilter(d->eventFilterProxyGraphicsItem); +} + +/*! + Returns the graphics item the gesture is filtering events for. + + \sa setGraphicsItem() +*/ +QGraphicsItem* QGesture::graphicsItem() const +{ + return d_func()->graphicsItem; +} + +/*! \fn void QGesture::reset() + + Resets the internal state of the gesture. This function might be called by + the filterEvent() implementation in a derived class, or by the user to + cancel a gesture. The base class implementation calls + updateState(Qt::NoGesture) which emits the cancelled() + signal if the state() of the gesture indicated it was active. +*/ +void QGesture::reset() +{ + updateState(Qt::NoGesture); +} + +QT_END_NAMESPACE diff --git a/doc/src/snippets/gestures/qgesture.h b/doc/src/snippets/gestures/qgesture.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..beb3de0 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/src/snippets/gestures/qgesture.h @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +** +** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies). +** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com) +** +** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit. +** +** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$ +** No Commercial Usage +** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed. +** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions +** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the +** Beta Release License Agreement. +** +** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage +** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser +** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software +** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the +** packaging of this file. Please review the following information to +** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements +** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html. +** +** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain +** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL +** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this +** package. +** +** GNU General Public License Usage +** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU +** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software +** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the +** packaging of this file. Please review the following information to +** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be +** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html. +** +** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please +** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact. +** $QT_END_LICENSE$ +** +****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef QGESTURE_H +#define QGESTURE_H + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +QT_BEGIN_HEADER + +QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE + +QT_MODULE(Gui) + +class QGraphicsItem; +class QGesturePrivate; +class Q_GUI_EXPORT QGesture : public QObject +{ + Q_OBJECT + Q_DECLARE_PRIVATE(QGesture) + + Q_PROPERTY(Qt::GestureState state READ state) + +public: + explicit QGesture(QObject *parent = 0); + ~QGesture(); + + virtual bool filterEvent(QEvent *event) = 0; + + void setGraphicsItem(QGraphicsItem *); + QGraphicsItem *graphicsItem() const; + + Qt::GestureState state() const; + +protected: + QGesture(QGesturePrivate &dd, QObject *parent); + bool eventFilter(QObject*, QEvent*); + + virtual void reset(); + void updateState(Qt::GestureState state); + +//! [qgesture-signals] +Q_SIGNALS: + void started(); + void triggered(); + void finished(); + void cancelled(); +//! [qgesture-signals] + +private: + friend class QWidget; +}; + +QT_END_NAMESPACE + +QT_END_HEADER + +#endif // QGESTURE_H diff --git a/doc/src/snippets/gestures/qstandardgestures.cpp b/doc/src/snippets/gestures/qstandardgestures.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..47f3146 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/src/snippets/gestures/qstandardgestures.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,483 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +** +** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies). +** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com) +** +** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit. +** +** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$ +** No Commercial Usage +** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed. +** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions +** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the +** Beta Release License Agreement. +** +** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage +** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser +** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software +** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the +** packaging of this file. Please review the following information to +** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements +** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html. +** +** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain +** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL +** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this +** package. +** +** GNU General Public License Usage +** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU +** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software +** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the +** packaging of this file. Please review the following information to +** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be +** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html. +** +** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please +** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact. +** $QT_END_LICENSE$ +** +****************************************************************************/ + +#include "qstandardgestures.h" +#include "qstandardgestures_p.h" + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE + +#ifdef Q_WS_WIN +QWidgetPrivate *qt_widget_private(QWidget *widget); +#endif + +/*! + \class QPanGesture + \since 4.6 + + \brief The QPanGesture class represents a Pan gesture, + providing additional information related to panning. +*/ + +/*! + Creates a new Pan gesture handler object and marks it as a child of \a + parent. + + On some platform like Windows it's necessary to provide a non-null widget + as \a parent to get native gesture support. +*/ +QPanGesture::QPanGesture(QWidget *parent) + : QGesture(*new QPanGesturePrivate, parent) +{ + if (parent) { + QApplicationPrivate *qAppPriv = QApplicationPrivate::instance(); + qAppPriv->widgetGestures[parent].pan = this; +#ifdef Q_WS_WIN + qt_widget_private(parent)->winSetupGestures(); +#endif + } +} + +/*! \internal */ +bool QPanGesture::event(QEvent *event) +{ + switch (event->type()) { + case QEvent::ParentAboutToChange: + if (QWidget *w = qobject_cast(parent())) { + QApplicationPrivate::instance()->widgetGestures[w].pan = 0; +#ifdef Q_WS_WIN + qt_widget_private(w)->winSetupGestures(); +#endif + } + break; + case QEvent::ParentChange: + if (QWidget *w = qobject_cast(parent())) { + QApplicationPrivate::instance()->widgetGestures[w].pan = this; +#ifdef Q_WS_WIN + qt_widget_private(w)->winSetupGestures(); +#endif + } + break; + default: + break; + } + +#if defined(Q_OS_MAC) && !defined(QT_MAC_USE_COCOA) + Q_D(QPanGesture); + if (event->type() == QEvent::Timer) { + const QTimerEvent *te = static_cast(event); + if (te->timerId() == d->panFinishedTimer) { + killTimer(d->panFinishedTimer); + d->panFinishedTimer = 0; + d->lastOffset = QSize(0, 0); + updateState(Qt::GestureFinished); + } + } +#endif + + return QObject::event(event); +} + +bool QPanGesture::eventFilter(QObject *receiver, QEvent *event) +{ +#ifdef Q_WS_WIN + Q_D(QPanGesture); + if (receiver->isWidgetType() && event->type() == QEvent::NativeGesture) { + QNativeGestureEvent *ev = static_cast(event); + QApplicationPrivate *qAppPriv = QApplicationPrivate::instance(); + QApplicationPrivate::WidgetStandardGesturesMap::iterator it; + it = qAppPriv->widgetGestures.find(static_cast(receiver)); + if (it == qAppPriv->widgetGestures.end()) + return false; + if (this != it.value().pan) + return false; + Qt::GestureState nextState = Qt::NoGesture; + switch(ev->gestureType) { + case QNativeGestureEvent::GestureBegin: + // next we might receive the first gesture update event, so we + // prepare for it. + d->state = Qt::NoGesture; + return false; + case QNativeGestureEvent::Pan: + nextState = Qt::GestureUpdated; + event->accept(); + break; + case QNativeGestureEvent::GestureEnd: + if (state() == Qt::NoGesture) + return false; // some other gesture has ended + nextState = Qt::GestureFinished; + break; + default: + return false; + } + if (state() == Qt::NoGesture) { + d->lastOffset = d->totalOffset = QSize(); + } else { + d->lastOffset = QSize(ev->position.x() - d->lastPosition.x(), + ev->position.y() - d->lastPosition.y()); + d->totalOffset += d->lastOffset; + } + d->lastPosition = ev->position; + updateState(nextState); + return true; + } +#endif + return QGesture::eventFilter(receiver, event); +} + +/*! \internal */ +bool QPanGesture::filterEvent(QEvent *event) +{ + Q_D(QPanGesture); + if (!event->spontaneous()) + return false; + const QTouchEvent *ev = static_cast(event); + if (event->type() == QEvent::TouchBegin) { + QTouchEvent::TouchPoint p = ev->touchPoints().at(0); + d->lastPosition = p.pos().toPoint(); + d->lastOffset = d->totalOffset = QSize(); + } else if (event->type() == QEvent::TouchEnd) { + if (state() != Qt::NoGesture) { + if (!ev->touchPoints().isEmpty()) { + QTouchEvent::TouchPoint p = ev->touchPoints().at(0); + const QPoint pos = p.pos().toPoint(); + const QPoint lastPos = p.lastPos().toPoint(); + const QPoint startPos = p.startPos().toPoint(); + d->lastOffset = QSize(pos.x() - lastPos.x(), pos.y() - lastPos.y()); + d->totalOffset = QSize(pos.x() - startPos.x(), pos.y() - startPos.y()); + } + updateState(Qt::GestureFinished); + } + reset(); + } else if (event->type() == QEvent::TouchUpdate) { + QTouchEvent::TouchPoint p = ev->touchPoints().at(0); + const QPoint pos = p.pos().toPoint(); + const QPoint lastPos = p.lastPos().toPoint(); + const QPoint startPos = p.startPos().toPoint(); + d->lastOffset = QSize(pos.x() - lastPos.x(), pos.y() - lastPos.y()); + d->totalOffset = QSize(pos.x() - startPos.x(), pos.y() - startPos.y()); + if (d->totalOffset.width() > 10 || d->totalOffset.height() > 10 || + d->totalOffset.width() < -10 || d->totalOffset.height() < -10) { + updateState(Qt::GestureUpdated); + } + } +#ifdef Q_OS_MAC + else if (event->type() == QEvent::Wheel) { + // On Mac, there is really no native panning gesture. Instead, a two + // finger pan is delivered as mouse wheel events. Otoh, on Windows, you + // either get mouse wheel events or pan events. We have decided to make this + // the Qt behaviour as well, meaning that on Mac, wheel + // events will be masked away when listening for pan events. +#ifndef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA + // In Carbon we receive neither touch-, nor pan gesture events. + // So we create pan gestures by converting wheel events. After all, this + // is how things are supposed to work on mac in the first place. + const QWheelEvent *wev = static_cast(event); + int offset = wev->delta() / -120; + d->lastOffset = wev->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal ? QSize(offset, 0) : QSize(0, offset); + + if (state() == Qt::NoGesture) { + d->totalOffset = d->lastOffset; + } else { + d->totalOffset += d->lastOffset; + } + + killTimer(d->panFinishedTimer); + d->panFinishedTimer = startTimer(200); + updateState(Qt::GestureUpdated); +#endif + return true; + } +#endif + return false; +} + +/*! \internal */ +void QPanGesture::reset() +{ + Q_D(QPanGesture); + d->lastOffset = d->totalOffset = QSize(); + d->lastPosition = QPoint(); +#if defined(Q_OS_MAC) && !defined(QT_MAC_USE_COCOA) + if (d->panFinishedTimer) { + killTimer(d->panFinishedTimer); + d->panFinishedTimer = 0; + } +#endif + QGesture::reset(); +} + +/*! + \property QPanGesture::totalOffset + + Specifies a total pan offset since the start of the gesture. +*/ +QSize QPanGesture::totalOffset() const +{ + Q_D(const QPanGesture); + return d->totalOffset; +} + +/*! + \property QPanGesture::lastOffset + + Specifies a pan offset since the last time the gesture was + triggered. +*/ +QSize QPanGesture::lastOffset() const +{ + Q_D(const QPanGesture); + return d->lastOffset; +} + + +/*! + \class QPinchGesture + \since 4.6 + + \brief The QPinchGesture class represents a Pinch gesture, + providing additional information related to zooming and/or rotation. +*/ + +/*! + Creates a new Pinch gesture handler object and marks it as a child of \a + parent. + + On some platform like Windows it's necessary to provide a non-null widget + as \a parent to get native gesture support. +*/ +QPinchGesture::QPinchGesture(QWidget *parent) + : QGesture(*new QPinchGesturePrivate, parent) +{ + if (parent) { + QApplicationPrivate *qAppPriv = QApplicationPrivate::instance(); + qAppPriv->widgetGestures[parent].pinch = this; +#ifdef Q_WS_WIN + qt_widget_private(parent)->winSetupGestures(); +#endif + } +} + +/*! \internal */ +bool QPinchGesture::event(QEvent *event) +{ + switch (event->type()) { + case QEvent::ParentAboutToChange: + if (QWidget *w = qobject_cast(parent())) { + QApplicationPrivate::instance()->widgetGestures[w].pinch = 0; +#ifdef Q_WS_WIN + qt_widget_private(w)->winSetupGestures(); +#endif + } + break; + case QEvent::ParentChange: + if (QWidget *w = qobject_cast(parent())) { + QApplicationPrivate::instance()->widgetGestures[w].pinch = this; +#ifdef Q_WS_WIN + qt_widget_private(w)->winSetupGestures(); +#endif + } + break; + default: + break; + } + return QObject::event(event); +} + +bool QPinchGesture::eventFilter(QObject *receiver, QEvent *event) +{ +#ifdef Q_WS_WIN + Q_D(QPinchGesture); + if (receiver->isWidgetType() && event->type() == QEvent::NativeGesture) { + QNativeGestureEvent *ev = static_cast(event); + QApplicationPrivate *qAppPriv = QApplicationPrivate::instance(); + QApplicationPrivate::WidgetStandardGesturesMap::iterator it; + it = qAppPriv->widgetGestures.find(static_cast(receiver)); + if (it == qAppPriv->widgetGestures.end()) + return false; + if (this != it.value().pinch) + return false; + Qt::GestureState nextState = Qt::NoGesture; + switch(ev->gestureType) { + case QNativeGestureEvent::GestureBegin: + // next we might receive the first gesture update event, so we + // prepare for it. + d->state = Qt::NoGesture; + d->scaleFactor = d->lastScaleFactor = 1; + d->rotationAngle = d->lastRotationAngle = 0; + d->startCenterPoint = d->centerPoint = d->lastCenterPoint = QPoint(); + d->initialDistance = 0; + return false; + case QNativeGestureEvent::Rotate: + d->lastRotationAngle = d->rotationAngle; + d->rotationAngle = -1 * GID_ROTATE_ANGLE_FROM_ARGUMENT(ev->argument); + nextState = Qt::GestureUpdated; + event->accept(); + break; + case QNativeGestureEvent::Zoom: + if (d->initialDistance != 0) { + d->lastScaleFactor = d->scaleFactor; + int distance = int(qint64(ev->argument)); + d->scaleFactor = (qreal) distance / d->initialDistance; + } else { + d->initialDistance = int(qint64(ev->argument)); + } + nextState = Qt::GestureUpdated; + event->accept(); + break; + case QNativeGestureEvent::GestureEnd: + if (state() == Qt::NoGesture) + return false; // some other gesture has ended + nextState = Qt::GestureFinished; + break; + default: + return false; + } + if (d->startCenterPoint.isNull()) + d->startCenterPoint = d->centerPoint; + d->lastCenterPoint = d->centerPoint; + d->centerPoint = static_cast(receiver)->mapFromGlobal(ev->position); + updateState(nextState); + return true; + } +#endif + return QGesture::eventFilter(receiver, event); +} + +/*! \internal */ +bool QPinchGesture::filterEvent(QEvent *event) +{ + Q_UNUSED(event); + return false; +} + +/*! \internal */ +void QPinchGesture::reset() +{ + Q_D(QPinchGesture); + d->scaleFactor = d->lastScaleFactor = 0; + d->rotationAngle = d->lastRotationAngle = 0; + d->startCenterPoint = d->centerPoint = d->lastCenterPoint = QPoint(); + QGesture::reset(); +} + +/*! + \property QPinchGesture::scaleFactor + + Specifies a scale factor of the pinch gesture. +*/ +qreal QPinchGesture::scaleFactor() const +{ + return d_func()->scaleFactor; +} + +/*! + \property QPinchGesture::lastScaleFactor + + Specifies a previous scale factor of the pinch gesture. +*/ +qreal QPinchGesture::lastScaleFactor() const +{ + return d_func()->lastScaleFactor; +} + +/*! + \property QPinchGesture::rotationAngle + + Specifies a rotation angle of the gesture. +*/ +qreal QPinchGesture::rotationAngle() const +{ + return d_func()->rotationAngle; +} + +/*! + \property QPinchGesture::lastRotationAngle + + Specifies a previous rotation angle of the gesture. +*/ +qreal QPinchGesture::lastRotationAngle() const +{ + return d_func()->lastRotationAngle; +} + +/*! + \property QPinchGesture::centerPoint + + Specifies a center point of the gesture. The point can be used as a center + point that the object is rotated around. +*/ +QPoint QPinchGesture::centerPoint() const +{ + return d_func()->centerPoint; +} + +/*! + \property QPinchGesture::lastCenterPoint + + Specifies a previous center point of the gesture. +*/ +QPoint QPinchGesture::lastCenterPoint() const +{ + return d_func()->lastCenterPoint; +} + +/*! + \property QPinchGesture::startCenterPoint + + Specifies an initial center point of the gesture. Difference between the + startCenterPoint and the centerPoint is the distance at which pinching + fingers has shifted. +*/ +QPoint QPinchGesture::startCenterPoint() const +{ + return d_func()->startCenterPoint; +} + +QT_END_NAMESPACE + +#include "moc_qstandardgestures.cpp" + diff --git a/doc/src/snippets/gestures/qstandardgestures.h b/doc/src/snippets/gestures/qstandardgestures.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8b5421b --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/src/snippets/gestures/qstandardgestures.h @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +** +** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies). +** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com) +** +** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit. +** +** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$ +** No Commercial Usage +** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed. +** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions +** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the +** Beta Release License Agreement. +** +** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage +** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser +** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software +** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the +** packaging of this file. Please review the following information to +** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements +** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html. +** +** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain +** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL +** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this +** package. +** +** GNU General Public License Usage +** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU +** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software +** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the +** packaging of this file. Please review the following information to +** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be +** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html. +** +** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please +** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact. +** $QT_END_LICENSE$ +** +****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef QSTANDARDGESTURES_H +#define QSTANDARDGESTURES_H + +#include +#include + +#include + +QT_BEGIN_HEADER + +QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE + +QT_MODULE(Gui) + +class QPanGesturePrivate; +class Q_GUI_EXPORT QPanGesture : public QGesture +{ + Q_OBJECT + Q_DECLARE_PRIVATE(QPanGesture) + + Q_PROPERTY(QSize totalOffset READ totalOffset) + Q_PROPERTY(QSize lastOffset READ lastOffset) + +public: + QPanGesture(QWidget *parent); + + bool filterEvent(QEvent *event); + + QSize totalOffset() const; + QSize lastOffset() const; + +protected: + void reset(); + +private: + bool event(QEvent *event); + bool eventFilter(QObject *receiver, QEvent *event); + + friend class QWidget; +}; + +class QPinchGesturePrivate; +class Q_GUI_EXPORT QPinchGesture : public QGesture +{ + Q_OBJECT + Q_DECLARE_PRIVATE(QPinchGesture) + + Q_PROPERTY(qreal scaleFactor READ scaleFactor) + Q_PROPERTY(qreal lastScaleFactor READ lastScaleFactor) + + Q_PROPERTY(qreal rotationAngle READ rotationAngle) + Q_PROPERTY(qreal lastRotationAngle READ lastRotationAngle) + + Q_PROPERTY(QPoint startCenterPoint READ startCenterPoint) + Q_PROPERTY(QPoint lastCenterPoint READ lastCenterPoint) + Q_PROPERTY(QPoint centerPoint READ centerPoint) + +public: + QPinchGesture(QWidget *parent); + + bool filterEvent(QEvent *event); + void reset(); + + QPoint startCenterPoint() const; + QPoint lastCenterPoint() const; + QPoint centerPoint() const; + + qreal scaleFactor() const; + qreal lastScaleFactor() const; + + qreal rotationAngle() const; + qreal lastRotationAngle() const; + +private: + bool event(QEvent *event); + bool eventFilter(QObject *receiver, QEvent *event); + + friend class QWidget; +}; + +QT_END_NAMESPACE + +QT_END_HEADER + +#endif // QSTANDARDGESTURES_H -- cgit v0.12 From 01fe6ce423cb334c8f22766a75f8bf8d2b861a42 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Peter Yard Date: Fri, 14 Aug 2009 17:42:46 +1000 Subject: Fix trailing space in snippet file for gesture documentation. --- doc/src/snippets/gestures/qstandardgestures.cpp | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/doc/src/snippets/gestures/qstandardgestures.cpp b/doc/src/snippets/gestures/qstandardgestures.cpp index 47f3146..fbeb050 100644 --- a/doc/src/snippets/gestures/qstandardgestures.cpp +++ b/doc/src/snippets/gestures/qstandardgestures.cpp @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ bool QPanGesture::filterEvent(QEvent *event) } #ifdef Q_OS_MAC else if (event->type() == QEvent::Wheel) { - // On Mac, there is really no native panning gesture. Instead, a two + // On Mac, there is really no native panning gesture. Instead, a two // finger pan is delivered as mouse wheel events. Otoh, on Windows, you // either get mouse wheel events or pan events. We have decided to make this // the Qt behaviour as well, meaning that on Mac, wheel -- cgit v0.12 From 73063d966da614f83ee3a8c66be5e0b6615608c4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Simon Hausmann Date: Fri, 14 Aug 2009 10:04:10 +0200 Subject: Fix WebKit import into src/3rdparty/webkit Exclude platform/wince and platform/graphics/haiku Reviewed-by: Trust me --- util/webkit/mkdist-webkit | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) diff --git a/util/webkit/mkdist-webkit b/util/webkit/mkdist-webkit index 5c80e73..0845744 100755 --- a/util/webkit/mkdist-webkit +++ b/util/webkit/mkdist-webkit @@ -110,6 +110,7 @@ excluded_directories="$excluded_directories WebCore/platform/graphics/win" excluded_directories="$excluded_directories WebCore/platform/graphics/skia" excluded_directories="$excluded_directories WebCore/platform/graphics/chromium" excluded_directories="$excluded_directories WebCore/platform/graphics/wince" +excluded_directories="$excluded_directories WebCore/platform/graphics/haiku" excluded_directories="$excluded_directories WebCore/platform/image-decoders/bmp" excluded_directories="$excluded_directories WebCore/platform/image-decoders/gif" @@ -135,6 +136,8 @@ excluded_directories="$excluded_directories WebCore/accessibility/wx" excluded_directories="$excluded_directories WebCore/storage/wince" excluded_directories="$excluded_directories WebCore/platform/wx" +excluded_directories="$excluded_directories WebCore/platform/wince" + excluded_directories="$excluded_directories WebKit/gtk" excluded_directories="$excluded_directories WebKit/win" excluded_directories="$excluded_directories WebKit/wx" -- cgit v0.12 From 96de7e8d3eec1672b1c414893e0304157e4c3b7d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Thierry Bastian Date: Fri, 14 Aug 2009 09:49:14 +0200 Subject: QTextFormat: better use QVariant::userType over QVariant::type it was even a bug when checking against QMetaType::Float because Float is a user type so it could never be true --- src/gui/text/qtextformat.cpp | 30 +++++++++++++++--------------- 1 file changed, 15 insertions(+), 15 deletions(-) diff --git a/src/gui/text/qtextformat.cpp b/src/gui/text/qtextformat.cpp index 9a2f49b6..8e9b892 100644 --- a/src/gui/text/qtextformat.cpp +++ b/src/gui/text/qtextformat.cpp @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ private: static uint variantHash(const QVariant &variant) { - switch (variant.type()) { + switch (variant.userType()) { case QVariant::Invalid: return 0; case QVariant::Bool: return variant.toBool(); case QVariant::Int: return variant.toInt(); @@ -852,7 +852,7 @@ bool QTextFormat::boolProperty(int propertyId) const if (!d) return false; const QVariant prop = d->property(propertyId); - if (prop.type() != QVariant::Bool) + if (prop.userType() != QVariant::Bool) return false; return prop.toBool(); } @@ -868,7 +868,7 @@ int QTextFormat::intProperty(int propertyId) const if (!d) return 0; const QVariant prop = d->property(propertyId); - if (prop.type() != QVariant::Int) + if (prop.userType() != QVariant::Int) return 0; return prop.toInt(); } @@ -885,7 +885,7 @@ qreal QTextFormat::doubleProperty(int propertyId) const if (!d) return 0.; const QVariant prop = d->property(propertyId); - if (prop.type() != QVariant::Double && prop.type() != QMetaType::Float) + if (prop.userType() != QVariant::Double && prop.userType() != QMetaType::Float) return 0.; return qVariantValue(prop); } @@ -902,7 +902,7 @@ QString QTextFormat::stringProperty(int propertyId) const if (!d) return QString(); const QVariant prop = d->property(propertyId); - if (prop.type() != QVariant::String) + if (prop.userType() != QVariant::String) return QString(); return prop.toString(); } @@ -920,7 +920,7 @@ QColor QTextFormat::colorProperty(int propertyId) const if (!d) return QColor(); const QVariant prop = d->property(propertyId); - if (prop.type() != QVariant::Color) + if (prop.userType() != QVariant::Color) return QColor(); return qvariant_cast(prop); } @@ -937,7 +937,7 @@ QPen QTextFormat::penProperty(int propertyId) const if (!d) return QPen(Qt::NoPen); const QVariant prop = d->property(propertyId); - if (prop.type() != QVariant::Pen) + if (prop.userType() != QVariant::Pen) return QPen(Qt::NoPen); return qvariant_cast(prop); } @@ -954,7 +954,7 @@ QBrush QTextFormat::brushProperty(int propertyId) const if (!d) return QBrush(Qt::NoBrush); const QVariant prop = d->property(propertyId); - if (prop.type() != QVariant::Brush) + if (prop.userType() != QVariant::Brush) return QBrush(Qt::NoBrush); return qvariant_cast(prop); } @@ -984,13 +984,13 @@ QVector QTextFormat::lengthVectorProperty(int propertyId) const if (!d) return vector; const QVariant prop = d->property(propertyId); - if (prop.type() != QVariant::List) + if (prop.userType() != QVariant::List) return vector; QList propertyList = prop.toList(); for (int i=0; i(var)); } @@ -1078,7 +1078,7 @@ int QTextFormat::objectIndex() const if (!d) return -1; const QVariant prop = d->property(ObjectIndex); - if (prop.type() != QVariant::Int) // #### + if (prop.userType() != QVariant::Int) // #### return -1; return prop.toInt(); } @@ -1654,9 +1654,9 @@ void QTextCharFormat::setUnderlineStyle(UnderlineStyle style) QString QTextCharFormat::anchorName() const { QVariant prop = property(AnchorName); - if (prop.type() == QVariant::StringList) + if (prop.userType() == QVariant::StringList) return prop.toStringList().value(0); - else if (prop.type() != QVariant::String) + else if (prop.userType() != QVariant::String) return QString(); return prop.toString(); } @@ -1672,9 +1672,9 @@ QString QTextCharFormat::anchorName() const QStringList QTextCharFormat::anchorNames() const { QVariant prop = property(AnchorName); - if (prop.type() == QVariant::StringList) + if (prop.userType() == QVariant::StringList) return prop.toStringList(); - else if (prop.type() != QVariant::String) + else if (prop.userType() != QVariant::String) return QStringList(); return QStringList(prop.toString()); } -- cgit v0.12 From c73fd7261abb861699022247342dc98a09e8cbac Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Simon Hausmann Date: Fri, 14 Aug 2009 10:09:19 +0200 Subject: Simplify WebKit import into src/3rdparty/webkit Limit the changelog to WebKit/qt. Reviewed-by: Trust me --- util/webkit/mkdist-webkit | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/util/webkit/mkdist-webkit b/util/webkit/mkdist-webkit index 0845744..b5c0460 100755 --- a/util/webkit/mkdist-webkit +++ b/util/webkit/mkdist-webkit @@ -336,9 +336,9 @@ EOT if [ -d "$repository/.git" -a -n "$lastImportRevison" ]; then echo >>commitlog.txt - echo "Changes in WebKit since the last update:" >>commitlog.txt + echo "Changes in WebKit/qt since the last update:" >>commitlog.txt echo >>commitlog.txt - git --git-dir=$repository/.git ls-files | egrep "ChangeLog$" | xargs git --git-dir=$repository/.git diff $lastImportRevison $rev -- | sed -n -e "s,^\+\(.*\),\1,p" >>commitlog.txt + git --git-dir=$repository/.git diff $lastImportRevison $rev -- WebKit/qt/ChangeLog | sed -n -e "s,^\+\(.*\),\1,p" >>commitlog.txt fi echo "Changes:" -- cgit v0.12 From 8d87d877f96a1b59cb410287a21206ca218af7dc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Harald Fernengel Date: Fri, 14 Aug 2009 11:52:10 +0200 Subject: Deleted freetype 2.3.6 --- src/3rdparty/freetype/ChangeLog | 3368 ---- src/3rdparty/freetype/ChangeLog.20 | 2613 --- src/3rdparty/freetype/ChangeLog.21 | 9439 ----------- src/3rdparty/freetype/ChangeLog.22 | 2837 ---- src/3rdparty/freetype/Jamfile | 203 - src/3rdparty/freetype/Jamrules | 71 - src/3rdparty/freetype/Makefile | 34 - src/3rdparty/freetype/README | 64 - src/3rdparty/freetype/README.CVS | 50 - src/3rdparty/freetype/autogen.sh | 61 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/README | 110 - .../amiga/include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h | 55 - .../amiga/include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h | 160 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/makefile | 284 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/makefile.os4 | 287 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/smakefile | 291 - .../freetype/builds/amiga/src/base/ftdebug.c | 279 - .../freetype/builds/amiga/src/base/ftsystem.c | 522 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/ansi/ansi-def.mk | 74 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/ansi/ansi.mk | 21 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/atari/ATARI.H | 16 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/atari/FNames.SIC | 37 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/atari/FREETYPE.PRJ | 32 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/atari/README.TXT | 51 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/beos/beos-def.mk | 76 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/beos/beos.mk | 19 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/beos/detect.mk | 41 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/ansi-cc.mk | 80 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/bcc-dev.mk | 78 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/bcc.mk | 78 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/emx.mk | 77 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/gcc-dev.mk | 95 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/gcc.mk | 77 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/intelc.mk | 85 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/unix-lcc.mk | 83 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/visualage.mk | 76 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/visualc.mk | 82 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/watcom.mk | 81 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/win-lcc.mk | 81 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/detect.mk | 154 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/dos/detect.mk | 142 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/dos/dos-def.mk | 45 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/dos/dos-emx.mk | 21 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/dos/dos-gcc.mk | 21 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/dos/dos-wat.mk | 20 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/exports.mk | 76 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/freetype.mk | 361 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/link_dos.mk | 42 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/link_std.mk | 42 - .../freetype/builds/mac/FreeType.m68k_cfm.make.txt | 202 - .../freetype/builds/mac/FreeType.m68k_far.make.txt | 201 - .../builds/mac/FreeType.ppc_carbon.make.txt | 202 - .../builds/mac/FreeType.ppc_classic.make.txt | 203 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/README | 403 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/ascii2mpw.py | 24 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/ftlib.prj.xml | 1194 -- src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/ftmac.c | 1600 -- src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/modules.mk | 79 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/newline | 1 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/os2/detect.mk | 73 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/os2/os2-def.mk | 44 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/os2/os2-dev.mk | 30 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/os2/os2-gcc.mk | 26 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/symbian/bld.inf | 66 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/symbian/freetype.mmp | 136 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/toplevel.mk | 245 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/aclocal.m4 | 7912 ---------- src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/config.guess | 1526 -- src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/config.sub | 1669 -- src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/configure | 15767 ------------------- src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/configure.ac | 540 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/configure.raw | 540 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/detect.mk | 91 - .../freetype/builds/unix/freetype-config.in | 157 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/freetype2.in | 11 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/freetype2.m4 | 192 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/ft-munmap.m4 | 32 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/ft2unix.h | 61 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/ftconfig.h | 262 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/ftconfig.in | 349 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/ftsystem.c | 421 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/install-sh | 519 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/install.mk | 97 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/ltmain.sh | 7874 --------- src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/mkinstalldirs | 161 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/unix-cc.in | 113 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/unix-def.in | 81 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/unix-dev.mk | 26 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/unix-lcc.mk | 24 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/unix.mk | 62 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/unixddef.mk | 45 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/vms/ftconfig.h | 338 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/vms/ftsystem.c | 321 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/detect.mk | 183 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/ftdebug.c | 248 - .../freetype/builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsp | 396 - .../freetype/builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsw | 29 - .../freetype/builds/win32/visualc/freetype.sln | 31 - .../freetype/builds/win32/visualc/freetype.vcproj | 2155 --- .../freetype/builds/win32/visualc/index.html | 37 - .../freetype/builds/win32/visualce/freetype.dsp | 396 - .../freetype/builds/win32/visualce/freetype.dsw | 29 - .../freetype/builds/win32/visualce/freetype.vcproj | 13861 ---------------- .../freetype/builds/win32/visualce/index.html | 47 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-bcc.mk | 28 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-bccd.mk | 26 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-dev.mk | 32 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-gcc.mk | 31 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-icc.mk | 28 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-intl.mk | 28 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-lcc.mk | 24 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-mingw32.mk | 33 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-vcc.mk | 28 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-wat.mk | 28 - src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/win32-def.mk | 46 - src/3rdparty/freetype/configure | 100 - src/3rdparty/freetype/devel/ft2build.h | 41 - src/3rdparty/freetype/devel/ftoption.h | 672 - src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/CHANGES | 3148 ---- src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/CUSTOMIZE | 150 - src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/DEBUG | 199 - src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/FTL.TXT | 169 - src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/GPL.TXT | 340 - src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL | 89 - src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL.ANY | 139 - src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL.CROSS | 135 - src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL.GNU | 159 - src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL.MAC | 32 - src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL.UNIX | 96 - src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL.VMS | 62 - src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/LICENSE.TXT | 28 - src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/MAKEPP | 5 - src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/PATENTS | 27 - src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/PROBLEMS | 77 - src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/TODO | 40 - src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/TRUETYPE | 40 - src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/UPGRADE.UNIX | 137 - src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/VERSION.DLL | 132 - src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/formats.txt | 154 - src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/raster.txt | 635 - src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/README | 5 - .../docs/reference/ft2-base_interface.html | 3425 ---- .../freetype/docs/reference/ft2-basic_types.html | 1160 -- .../freetype/docs/reference/ft2-bdf_fonts.html | 254 - .../docs/reference/ft2-bitmap_handling.html | 264 - .../docs/reference/ft2-cache_subsystem.html | 1165 -- .../freetype/docs/reference/ft2-cid_fonts.html | 102 - .../freetype/docs/reference/ft2-computations.html | 828 - .../freetype/docs/reference/ft2-font_formats.html | 79 - .../freetype/docs/reference/ft2-gasp_table.html | 137 - .../docs/reference/ft2-glyph_management.html | 633 - .../freetype/docs/reference/ft2-glyph_stroker.html | 924 -- .../docs/reference/ft2-glyph_variants.html | 263 - .../freetype/docs/reference/ft2-gx_validation.html | 352 - src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-gzip.html | 90 - .../docs/reference/ft2-header_file_macros.html | 816 - .../freetype/docs/reference/ft2-incremental.html | 393 - .../freetype/docs/reference/ft2-index.html | 279 - .../freetype/docs/reference/ft2-lcd_filtering.html | 145 - .../docs/reference/ft2-list_processing.html | 479 - src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-lzw.html | 90 - .../freetype/docs/reference/ft2-mac_specific.html | 364 - .../docs/reference/ft2-module_management.html | 622 - .../docs/reference/ft2-multiple_masters.html | 507 - .../freetype/docs/reference/ft2-ot_validation.html | 204 - .../docs/reference/ft2-outline_processing.html | 1086 -- .../freetype/docs/reference/ft2-pfr_fonts.html | 202 - .../freetype/docs/reference/ft2-raster.html | 602 - .../freetype/docs/reference/ft2-sfnt_names.html | 186 - .../docs/reference/ft2-sizes_management.html | 160 - .../docs/reference/ft2-system_interface.html | 411 - src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-toc.html | 203 - .../docs/reference/ft2-truetype_engine.html | 128 - .../docs/reference/ft2-truetype_tables.html | 1213 -- .../freetype/docs/reference/ft2-type1_tables.html | 518 - .../docs/reference/ft2-user_allocation.html | 43 - .../freetype/docs/reference/ft2-version.html | 209 - .../freetype/docs/reference/ft2-winfnt_fonts.html | 274 - src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/release | 166 - .../freetype/include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h | 415 - .../freetype/include/freetype/config/ftheader.h | 768 - .../freetype/include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h | 32 - .../freetype/include/freetype/config/ftoption.h | 671 - .../freetype/include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h | 180 - src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/freetype.h | 3706 ----- src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftbbox.h | 94 - src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftbdf.h | 200 - src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftbitmap.h | 206 - src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftcache.h | 1121 -- .../freetype/include/freetype/ftchapters.h | 102 - src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftcid.h | 98 - src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/fterrdef.h | 239 - src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/fterrors.h | 206 - src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftgasp.h | 113 - src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftglyph.h | 575 - src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftgxval.h | 358 - src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftgzip.h | 102 - src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftimage.h | 1246 -- src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftincrem.h | 349 - src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftlcdfil.h | 166 - src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftlist.h | 273 - src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftlzw.h | 99 - src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftmac.h | 274 - src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftmm.h | 378 - src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftmodapi.h | 441 - src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftmoderr.h | 155 - src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftotval.h | 203 - src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftoutln.h | 526 - src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftpfr.h | 172 - src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftrender.h | 234 - src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftsizes.h | 159 - src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftsnames.h | 170 - src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftstroke.h | 716 - src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftsynth.h | 73 - src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftsystem.h | 346 - src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/fttrigon.h | 350 - src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/fttypes.h | 587 - src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftwinfnt.h | 274 - src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftxf86.h | 80 - .../freetype/include/freetype/internal/autohint.h | 205 - .../freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftcalc.h | 178 - .../freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftdebug.h | 250 - .../freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftdriver.h | 248 - .../freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftgloadr.h | 168 - .../freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftmemory.h | 368 - .../freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h | 875 - .../freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftrfork.h | 196 - .../freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftserv.h | 328 - .../freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftstream.h | 539 - .../freetype/include/freetype/internal/fttrace.h | 134 - .../freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftvalid.h | 150 - .../freetype/include/freetype/internal/internal.h | 50 - .../freetype/include/freetype/internal/pcftypes.h | 56 - .../freetype/include/freetype/internal/psaux.h | 871 - .../freetype/include/freetype/internal/pshints.h | 687 - .../include/freetype/internal/services/svbdf.h | 57 - .../include/freetype/internal/services/svcid.h | 49 - .../include/freetype/internal/services/svgldict.h | 60 - .../include/freetype/internal/services/svgxval.h | 72 - .../include/freetype/internal/services/svkern.h | 51 - .../include/freetype/internal/services/svmm.h | 79 - .../include/freetype/internal/services/svotval.h | 55 - .../include/freetype/internal/services/svpfr.h | 66 - .../include/freetype/internal/services/svpostnm.h | 58 - .../include/freetype/internal/services/svpscmap.h | 129 - .../include/freetype/internal/services/svpsinfo.h | 60 - .../include/freetype/internal/services/svsfnt.h | 80 - .../include/freetype/internal/services/svttcmap.h | 78 - .../include/freetype/internal/services/svtteng.h | 53 - .../include/freetype/internal/services/svttglyf.h | 48 - .../include/freetype/internal/services/svwinfnt.h | 50 - .../include/freetype/internal/services/svxf86nm.h | 55 - .../freetype/include/freetype/internal/sfnt.h | 762 - .../freetype/include/freetype/internal/t1types.h | 252 - .../freetype/include/freetype/internal/tttypes.h | 1543 -- src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/t1tables.h | 504 - src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ttnameid.h | 1146 -- src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/tttables.h | 756 - src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/tttags.h | 100 - src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ttunpat.h | 59 - src/3rdparty/freetype/include/ft2build.h | 39 - src/3rdparty/freetype/modules.cfg | 245 - src/3rdparty/freetype/objs/README | 2 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/Jamfile | 25 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/Jamfile | 39 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afangles.c | 292 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afangles.h | 7 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afcjk.c | 1508 -- src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afcjk.h | 58 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afdummy.c | 62 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afdummy.h | 43 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/aferrors.h | 40 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afglobal.c | 289 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afglobal.h | 67 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afhints.c | 1264 -- src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afhints.h | 333 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afindic.c | 134 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afindic.h | 41 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/aflatin.c | 2168 --- src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/aflatin.h | 209 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/aflatin2.c | 2286 --- src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/aflatin2.h | 40 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afloader.c | 535 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afloader.h | 73 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afmodule.c | 97 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afmodule.h | 37 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/aftypes.h | 349 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afwarp.c | 338 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afwarp.h | 64 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/autofit.c | 40 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/module.mk | 23 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/rules.mk | 78 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/Jamfile | 50 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftapi.c | 121 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftbase.c | 38 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftbbox.c | 659 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftbdf.c | 88 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftbitmap.c | 630 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftcalc.c | 873 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftcid.c | 63 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftdbgmem.c | 998 -- src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftdebug.c | 246 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftgasp.c | 61 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftgloadr.c | 394 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftglyph.c | 688 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftgxval.c | 129 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftinit.c | 163 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftlcdfil.c | 351 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftmac.c | 1130 -- src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftmm.c | 202 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftnames.c | 94 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftobjs.c | 4198 ----- src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftotval.c | 83 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftoutln.c | 1090 -- src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftpatent.c | 281 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftpfr.c | 132 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftrfork.c | 811 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftstream.c | 845 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftstroke.c | 2010 --- src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftsynth.c | 159 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftsystem.c | 301 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/fttrigon.c | 546 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/fttype1.c | 94 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftutil.c | 501 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftwinfnt.c | 51 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftxf86.c | 40 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/rules.mk | 90 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/Jamfile | 29 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/README | 148 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/bdf.c | 34 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/bdf.h | 295 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c | 850 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/bdfdrivr.h | 76 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/bdferror.h | 44 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/bdflib.c | 2472 --- src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/module.mk | 34 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/rules.mk | 80 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/Jamfile | 43 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcache.c | 31 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcbasic.c | 811 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftccache.c | 592 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftccache.h | 317 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftccback.h | 90 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftccmap.c | 413 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcerror.h | 40 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcglyph.c | 211 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcglyph.h | 322 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcimage.c | 163 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcimage.h | 107 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcmanag.c | 732 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcmanag.h | 175 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcmru.c | 357 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcmru.h | 247 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcsbits.c | 401 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcsbits.h | 98 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/rules.mk | 78 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/Jamfile | 29 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cff.c | 29 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffcmap.c | 224 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffcmap.h | 69 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffdrivr.c | 585 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffdrivr.h | 39 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cfferrs.h | 41 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffgload.c | 2701 ---- src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffgload.h | 202 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffload.c | 1605 -- src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffload.h | 79 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffobjs.c | 962 -- src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffobjs.h | 181 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffparse.c | 843 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffparse.h | 69 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cfftoken.h | 97 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cfftypes.h | 274 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/module.mk | 23 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/rules.mk | 72 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/Jamfile | 29 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/ciderrs.h | 40 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidgload.c | 433 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidgload.h | 51 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidload.c | 644 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidload.h | 53 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidobjs.c | 480 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidobjs.h | 154 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidparse.c | 226 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidparse.h | 123 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidriver.c | 198 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidriver.h | 39 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidtoken.h | 103 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/module.mk | 23 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/rules.mk | 70 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/type1cid.c | 29 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/Jamfile | 33 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/README | 532 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvalid.c | 46 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvalid.h | 107 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvbsln.c | 333 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvcommn.c | 1758 --- src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvcommn.h | 560 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxverror.h | 51 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvfeat.c | 344 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvfeat.h | 172 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvfgen.c | 482 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvjust.c | 630 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvkern.c | 876 -- src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvlcar.c | 223 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmod.c | 285 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmod.h | 46 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort.c | 285 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort.h | 93 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort0.c | 137 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort1.c | 258 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort2.c | 282 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort4.c | 125 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort5.c | 226 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx.c | 183 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx.h | 67 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx0.c | 103 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx1.c | 274 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx2.c | 285 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx4.c | 55 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx5.c | 217 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvopbd.c | 217 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvprop.c | 301 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvtrak.c | 277 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/module.mk | 23 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/rules.mk | 94 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/Jamfile | 16 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/adler32.c | 48 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/ftgzip.c | 682 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/infblock.c | 387 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/infblock.h | 36 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/infcodes.c | 250 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/infcodes.h | 31 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/inffixed.h | 151 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/inflate.c | 273 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/inftrees.c | 465 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/inftrees.h | 63 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/infutil.c | 86 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/infutil.h | 98 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/rules.mk | 75 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/zconf.h | 278 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/zlib.h | 830 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/zutil.c | 181 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/zutil.h | 215 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/lzw/Jamfile | 16 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/lzw/ftlzw.c | 413 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/lzw/ftzopen.c | 398 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/lzw/ftzopen.h | 171 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/lzw/rules.mk | 70 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/Jamfile | 29 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/module.mk | 23 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvalid.c | 31 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvalid.h | 77 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvbase.c | 318 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvcommn.c | 1086 -- src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvcommn.h | 437 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otverror.h | 43 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvgdef.c | 219 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvgpos.c | 1013 -- src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvgpos.h | 36 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvgsub.c | 584 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvjstf.c | 258 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvmath.c | 450 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvmod.c | 267 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvmod.h | 39 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/rules.mk | 78 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/Jamfile | 29 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/README | 114 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/module.mk | 34 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcf.c | 36 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcf.h | 237 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcfdrivr.c | 674 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcfdrivr.h | 44 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcferror.h | 40 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcfread.c | 1267 -- src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcfread.h | 45 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcfutil.c | 104 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcfutil.h | 55 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/rules.mk | 80 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/Jamfile | 29 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/module.mk | 23 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfr.c | 29 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrcmap.c | 167 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrcmap.h | 46 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrdrivr.c | 207 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrdrivr.h | 39 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrerror.h | 40 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrgload.c | 828 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrgload.h | 49 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrload.c | 938 -- src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrload.h | 118 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrobjs.c | 576 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrobjs.h | 96 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrsbit.c | 680 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrsbit.h | 36 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrtypes.h | 362 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/rules.mk | 73 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/Jamfile | 31 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/afmparse.c | 960 -- src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/afmparse.h | 87 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/module.mk | 23 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psaux.c | 34 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psauxerr.h | 41 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psauxmod.c | 139 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psauxmod.h | 38 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psconv.c | 474 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psconv.h | 71 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psobjs.c | 1692 -- src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psobjs.h | 212 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/rules.mk | 73 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/t1cmap.c | 341 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/t1cmap.h | 105 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/t1decode.c | 1475 -- src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/t1decode.h | 64 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/Jamfile | 29 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/module.mk | 23 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshalgo.c | 2302 --- src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshalgo.h | 255 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshglob.c | 750 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshglob.h | 196 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshinter.c | 28 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshmod.c | 121 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshmod.h | 39 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshnterr.h | 40 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshrec.c | 1215 -- src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshrec.h | 176 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/rules.mk | 72 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/Jamfile | 29 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/module.mk | 23 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/psmodule.c | 565 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/psmodule.h | 38 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/psnamerr.h | 41 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/psnames.c | 25 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/pstables.h | 4090 ----- src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/rules.mk | 70 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/Jamfile | 29 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/ftmisc.h | 83 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/ftraster.c | 3382 ---- src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/ftraster.h | 46 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/ftrend1.c | 273 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/ftrend1.h | 44 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/module.mk | 23 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/raster.c | 26 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/rasterrs.h | 41 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/rules.mk | 69 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/Jamfile | 29 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/module.mk | 23 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/rules.mk | 76 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/sfdriver.c | 618 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/sfdriver.h | 38 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/sferrors.h | 41 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/sfnt.c | 41 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/sfobjs.c | 1116 -- src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/sfobjs.h | 54 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttbdf.c | 250 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttbdf.h | 46 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttcmap.c | 3123 ---- src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttcmap.h | 85 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttkern.c | 292 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttkern.h | 52 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttload.c | 1185 -- src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttload.h | 112 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttmtx.c | 466 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttmtx.h | 55 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttpost.c | 521 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttpost.h | 46 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttsbit.c | 1502 -- src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttsbit.h | 79 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttsbit0.c | 996 -- src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/Jamfile | 29 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/ftgrays.c | 1986 --- src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/ftgrays.h | 57 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/ftsmerrs.h | 41 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/ftsmooth.c | 467 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/ftsmooth.h | 49 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/module.mk | 27 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/rules.mk | 69 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/smooth.c | 26 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/Jamfile | 5 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/apinames.c | 443 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/cordic.py | 79 - .../freetype/src/tools/docmaker/content.py | 582 - .../freetype/src/tools/docmaker/docbeauty.py | 113 - .../freetype/src/tools/docmaker/docmaker.py | 106 - .../freetype/src/tools/docmaker/formatter.py | 188 - .../freetype/src/tools/docmaker/sources.py | 347 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/docmaker/tohtml.py | 527 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/docmaker/utils.py | 132 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/ftrandom/Makefile | 35 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/ftrandom/README | 48 - .../freetype/src/tools/ftrandom/ftrandom.c | 659 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/glnames.py | 5282 ------- src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/test_afm.c | 157 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/test_bbox.c | 160 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/test_trig.c | 236 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/Jamfile | 29 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/module.mk | 23 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/rules.mk | 72 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/truetype.c | 36 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttdriver.c | 418 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttdriver.h | 38 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/tterrors.h | 40 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttgload.c | 1976 --- src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttgload.h | 49 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttgxvar.c | 1539 -- src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttgxvar.h | 182 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttinterp.c | 7837 --------- src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttinterp.h | 311 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttobjs.c | 943 -- src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttobjs.h | 459 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttpload.c | 523 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttpload.h | 75 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/Jamfile | 29 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/module.mk | 23 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/rules.mk | 73 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1afm.c | 385 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1afm.h | 54 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1driver.c | 313 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1driver.h | 38 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1errors.h | 40 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1gload.c | 422 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1gload.h | 46 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1load.c | 2233 --- src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1load.h | 102 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1objs.c | 568 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1objs.h | 171 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1parse.c | 484 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1parse.h | 135 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1tokens.h | 134 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/type1.c | 33 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/Jamfile | 29 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/module.mk | 23 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/rules.mk | 69 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42drivr.c | 232 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42drivr.h | 38 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42error.h | 40 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42objs.c | 647 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42objs.h | 124 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42parse.c | 1167 -- src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42parse.h | 90 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42types.h | 54 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/type42.c | 25 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/winfonts/Jamfile | 16 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/winfonts/fnterrs.h | 41 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/winfonts/module.mk | 23 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/winfonts/rules.mk | 65 - src/3rdparty/freetype/src/winfonts/winfnt.c | 1130 -- src/3rdparty/freetype/src/winfonts/winfnt.h | 167 - src/3rdparty/freetype/version.sed | 5 - src/3rdparty/freetype/vms_make.com | 1286 -- 650 files changed, 282668 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/ChangeLog delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/ChangeLog.20 delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/ChangeLog.21 delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/ChangeLog.22 delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/Jamfile delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/Jamrules delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/Makefile delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/README delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/README.CVS delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/autogen.sh delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/README delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/makefile delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/makefile.os4 delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/smakefile delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/src/base/ftdebug.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/src/base/ftsystem.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/ansi/ansi-def.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/ansi/ansi.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/atari/ATARI.H delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/atari/FNames.SIC delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/atari/FREETYPE.PRJ delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/atari/README.TXT delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/beos/beos-def.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/beos/beos.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/beos/detect.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/ansi-cc.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/bcc-dev.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/bcc.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/emx.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/gcc-dev.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/gcc.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/intelc.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/unix-lcc.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/visualage.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/visualc.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/watcom.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/win-lcc.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/detect.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/dos/detect.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/dos/dos-def.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/dos/dos-emx.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/dos/dos-gcc.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/dos/dos-wat.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/exports.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/freetype.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/link_dos.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/link_std.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/FreeType.m68k_cfm.make.txt delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/FreeType.m68k_far.make.txt delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/FreeType.ppc_carbon.make.txt delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/FreeType.ppc_classic.make.txt delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/README delete mode 100755 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/ascii2mpw.py delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/ftlib.prj.xml delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/ftmac.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/modules.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/newline delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/os2/detect.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/os2/os2-def.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/os2/os2-dev.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/os2/os2-gcc.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/symbian/bld.inf delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/symbian/freetype.mmp delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/toplevel.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/aclocal.m4 delete mode 100755 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/config.guess delete mode 100755 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/config.sub delete mode 100755 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/configure delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/configure.ac delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/configure.raw delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/detect.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/freetype-config.in delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/freetype2.in delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/freetype2.m4 delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/ft-munmap.m4 delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/ft2unix.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/ftconfig.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/ftconfig.in delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/ftsystem.c delete mode 100755 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/install-sh delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/install.mk delete mode 100755 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/ltmain.sh delete mode 100755 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/mkinstalldirs delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/unix-cc.in delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/unix-def.in delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/unix-dev.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/unix-lcc.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/unix.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/unixddef.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/vms/ftconfig.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/vms/ftsystem.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/detect.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/ftdebug.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsp delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsw delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/visualc/freetype.sln delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/visualc/freetype.vcproj delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/visualc/index.html delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/visualce/freetype.dsp delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/visualce/freetype.dsw delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/visualce/freetype.vcproj delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/visualce/index.html delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-bcc.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-bccd.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-dev.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-gcc.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-icc.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-intl.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-lcc.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-mingw32.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-vcc.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-wat.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/win32-def.mk delete mode 100755 src/3rdparty/freetype/configure delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/devel/ft2build.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/devel/ftoption.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/CHANGES delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/CUSTOMIZE delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/DEBUG delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/FTL.TXT delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/GPL.TXT delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL.ANY delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL.CROSS delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL.GNU delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL.MAC delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL.UNIX delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL.VMS delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/LICENSE.TXT delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/MAKEPP delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/PATENTS delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/PROBLEMS delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/TODO delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/TRUETYPE delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/UPGRADE.UNIX delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/VERSION.DLL delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/formats.txt delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/raster.txt delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/README delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-base_interface.html delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-basic_types.html delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-bdf_fonts.html delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-bitmap_handling.html delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-cache_subsystem.html delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-cid_fonts.html delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-computations.html delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-font_formats.html delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-gasp_table.html delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-glyph_management.html delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-glyph_stroker.html delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-glyph_variants.html delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-gx_validation.html delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-gzip.html delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-header_file_macros.html delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-incremental.html delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-index.html delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-lcd_filtering.html delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-list_processing.html delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-lzw.html delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-mac_specific.html delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-module_management.html delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-multiple_masters.html delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-ot_validation.html delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-outline_processing.html delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-pfr_fonts.html delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-raster.html delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-sfnt_names.html delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-sizes_management.html delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-system_interface.html delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-toc.html delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-truetype_engine.html delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-truetype_tables.html delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-type1_tables.html delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-user_allocation.html delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-version.html delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-winfnt_fonts.html delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/release delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/config/ftheader.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/config/ftoption.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/freetype.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftbbox.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftbdf.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftbitmap.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftcache.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftchapters.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftcid.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/fterrdef.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/fterrors.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftgasp.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftglyph.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftgxval.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftgzip.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftimage.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftincrem.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftlcdfil.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftlist.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftlzw.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftmac.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftmm.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftmodapi.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftmoderr.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftotval.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftoutln.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftpfr.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftrender.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftsizes.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftsnames.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftstroke.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftsynth.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftsystem.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/fttrigon.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/fttypes.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftwinfnt.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftxf86.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/autohint.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftcalc.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftdebug.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftdriver.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftgloadr.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftmemory.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftrfork.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftserv.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftstream.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/fttrace.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftvalid.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/internal.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/pcftypes.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/psaux.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/pshints.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svbdf.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svcid.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svgldict.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svgxval.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svkern.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svmm.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svotval.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svpfr.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svpostnm.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svpscmap.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svpsinfo.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svsfnt.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svttcmap.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svtteng.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svttglyf.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svwinfnt.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svxf86nm.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/sfnt.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/t1types.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/tttypes.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/t1tables.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ttnameid.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/tttables.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/tttags.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ttunpat.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/ft2build.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/modules.cfg delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/objs/README delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/Jamfile delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/Jamfile delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afangles.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afangles.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afcjk.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afcjk.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afdummy.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afdummy.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/aferrors.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afglobal.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afglobal.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afhints.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afhints.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afindic.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afindic.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/aflatin.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/aflatin.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/aflatin2.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/aflatin2.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afloader.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afloader.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afmodule.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afmodule.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/aftypes.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afwarp.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afwarp.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/autofit.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/module.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/rules.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/Jamfile delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftapi.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftbase.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftbbox.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftbdf.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftbitmap.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftcalc.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftcid.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftdbgmem.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftdebug.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftgasp.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftgloadr.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftglyph.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftgxval.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftinit.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftlcdfil.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftmac.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftmm.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftnames.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftobjs.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftotval.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftoutln.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftpatent.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftpfr.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftrfork.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftstream.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftstroke.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftsynth.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftsystem.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/fttrigon.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/fttype1.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftutil.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftwinfnt.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftxf86.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/rules.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/Jamfile delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/README delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/bdf.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/bdf.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/bdfdrivr.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/bdferror.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/bdflib.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/module.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/rules.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/Jamfile delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcache.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcbasic.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftccache.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftccache.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftccback.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftccmap.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcerror.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcglyph.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcglyph.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcimage.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcimage.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcmanag.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcmanag.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcmru.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcmru.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcsbits.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcsbits.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/rules.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/Jamfile delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cff.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffcmap.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffcmap.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffdrivr.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffdrivr.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cfferrs.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffgload.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffgload.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffload.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffload.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffobjs.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffobjs.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffparse.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffparse.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cfftoken.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cfftypes.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/module.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/rules.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/Jamfile delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/ciderrs.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidgload.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidgload.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidload.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidload.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidobjs.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidobjs.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidparse.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidparse.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidriver.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidriver.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidtoken.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/module.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/rules.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/type1cid.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/Jamfile delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/README delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvalid.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvalid.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvbsln.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvcommn.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvcommn.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxverror.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvfeat.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvfeat.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvfgen.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvjust.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvkern.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvlcar.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmod.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmod.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort0.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort1.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort2.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort4.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort5.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx0.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx1.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx2.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx4.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx5.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvopbd.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvprop.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvtrak.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/module.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/rules.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/Jamfile delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/adler32.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/ftgzip.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/infblock.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/infblock.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/infcodes.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/infcodes.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/inffixed.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/inflate.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/inftrees.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/inftrees.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/infutil.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/infutil.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/rules.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/zconf.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/zlib.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/zutil.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/zutil.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/lzw/Jamfile delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/lzw/ftlzw.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/lzw/ftzopen.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/lzw/ftzopen.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/lzw/rules.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/Jamfile delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/module.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvalid.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvalid.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvbase.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvcommn.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvcommn.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otverror.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvgdef.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvgpos.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvgpos.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvgsub.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvjstf.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvmath.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvmod.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvmod.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/rules.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/Jamfile delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/README delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/module.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcf.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcf.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcfdrivr.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcfdrivr.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcferror.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcfread.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcfread.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcfutil.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcfutil.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/rules.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/Jamfile delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/module.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfr.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrcmap.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrcmap.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrdrivr.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrdrivr.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrerror.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrgload.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrgload.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrload.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrload.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrobjs.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrobjs.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrsbit.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrsbit.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrtypes.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/rules.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/Jamfile delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/afmparse.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/afmparse.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/module.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psaux.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psauxerr.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psauxmod.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psauxmod.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psconv.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psconv.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psobjs.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psobjs.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/rules.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/t1cmap.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/t1cmap.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/t1decode.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/t1decode.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/Jamfile delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/module.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshalgo.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshalgo.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshglob.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshglob.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshinter.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshmod.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshmod.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshnterr.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshrec.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshrec.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/rules.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/Jamfile delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/module.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/psmodule.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/psmodule.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/psnamerr.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/psnames.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/pstables.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/rules.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/Jamfile delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/ftmisc.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/ftraster.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/ftraster.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/ftrend1.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/ftrend1.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/module.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/raster.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/rasterrs.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/rules.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/Jamfile delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/module.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/rules.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/sfdriver.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/sfdriver.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/sferrors.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/sfnt.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/sfobjs.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/sfobjs.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttbdf.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttbdf.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttcmap.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttcmap.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttkern.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttkern.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttload.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttload.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttmtx.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttmtx.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttpost.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttpost.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttsbit.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttsbit.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttsbit0.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/Jamfile delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/ftgrays.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/ftgrays.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/ftsmerrs.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/ftsmooth.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/ftsmooth.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/module.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/rules.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/smooth.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/Jamfile delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/apinames.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/cordic.py delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/docmaker/content.py delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/docmaker/docbeauty.py delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/docmaker/docmaker.py delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/docmaker/formatter.py delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/docmaker/sources.py delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/docmaker/tohtml.py delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/docmaker/utils.py delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/ftrandom/Makefile delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/ftrandom/README delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/ftrandom/ftrandom.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/glnames.py delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/test_afm.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/test_bbox.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/test_trig.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/Jamfile delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/module.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/rules.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/truetype.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttdriver.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttdriver.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/tterrors.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttgload.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttgload.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttgxvar.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttgxvar.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttinterp.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttinterp.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttobjs.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttobjs.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttpload.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttpload.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/Jamfile delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/module.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/rules.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1afm.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1afm.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1driver.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1driver.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1errors.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1gload.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1gload.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1load.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1load.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1objs.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1objs.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1parse.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1parse.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1tokens.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/type1.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/Jamfile delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/module.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/rules.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42drivr.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42drivr.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42error.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42objs.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42objs.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42parse.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42parse.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42types.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/type42.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/winfonts/Jamfile delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/winfonts/fnterrs.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/winfonts/module.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/winfonts/rules.mk delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/winfonts/winfnt.c delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/winfonts/winfnt.h delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/version.sed delete mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/vms_make.com diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/ChangeLog b/src/3rdparty/freetype/ChangeLog deleted file mode 100644 index 8096136..0000000 --- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/ChangeLog +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3368 +0,0 @@ -2008-06-10 Werner Lemberg - - * Version 2.3.6 released. - ========================= - - - Tag sources with `VER-2-3-6'. - - * docs/CHANGES, docs/VERSION.DLL: Update documentation and bump - version number to 2.3.6. - - * README, Jamfile (RefDoc), builds/win32/visualc/index.html, - builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsp, - builds/win32/visualc/freetype.vcproj, - builds/win32/visualce/index.html, - builds/win32/visualce/freetype.dsp, - builds/win32/visualce/freetype.vcproj: s/2.3.5/2.3.6/, s/235/236/. - - * include/freetype/freetype.h (FREETYPE_PATCH): Set to 6. - - * builds/unix/configure.raw (version_info): Set to 9:17:3. - - - * include/freetype/internal/psaux.h (T1_BuilderRec): Remove `scale_x' - and `scale_y'. - * src/cff/cffgload.h (CFF_Builder): Remove `scale_x' and `scale_y'. - - - * src/cff/cffparse.c: Include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H. - * src/cff/cffobjs.h: Include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_HINTS_H. - -2008-06-10 Werner Lemberg - - * src/base/ftobjs.c (open_face): Check `clazz->init_face' and - `clazz->done_face'. - -2008-06-09 VaDiM - - Support debugging on WinCE. From Savannah patch #6536; this fixes - bug #23497. - - * builds/win32/ftdebug.c (OutputDebugStringEx): New function/macro - as a replacement for OutputDebugStringA (which WinCE doesn't have). - Update all callers. - (ft_debug_init) [_WIN32_CE]: WinCE apparently doesn't have - environment variables. - -2008-06-09 Werner Lemberg - - * README.CVS: Updated. - - * builds/unix/configure.raw, builds/unix/freetype-config.in: Updated - for newer versions of autoconf and friends. - -2008-06-08 Werner Lemberg - - * src/type1/t1parse.h (T1_ParserRec): Make `base_len' and - `private_len' unsigned. - - * src/type1/t1parse.c (read_pfb_tag): Make `asize' unsigned and read - it as such. - (T1_New_Parser, T1_Get_Private_Dict): Make `size' unsigned. - - - * src/base/ftstream.c (FT_Stream_Skip): Reject negative values. - - - * src/type1/t1load.c (parse_blend_design_positions): Check `n_axis' - for sane value. - Fix typo. - - - * src/psaux/psobjs.c (ps_table_add): Check `idx' correctly. - - - * src/truetype/ttinterp (Ins_SHC): Use BOUNDS() to check - `last_point'. - - - * src/sfnt/ttload.c (tt_face_load_max_profile): Limit - `maxTwilightPoints'. - -2008-06-06 Werner Lemberg - - * src/truetype/ttinterp.c (Ins_IP): Handle case `org_dist == 0' - correctly. This fixes glyphs `t' and `h' of Arial Narrow at 12ppem. - -2008-06-03 Werner Lemberg - - * include/freetype/ftcache.h (FTC_FaceID): Change type back to - FT_Pointer. Reported by Ian Britten . - -2008-06-02 Werner Lemberg - - Emit header info for defined FreeType objects in reference. - - * src/tools/docmaker/content.py (re_header_macro): New regexp. - (ContentProcessor::__init__): Initialize new dictionary `headers'. - (DocBlock::__init__): Collect macro header definitions. - - * src/tools/docmaker/tohtml.py (header_location_header, - header_location_footer): New strings. - (HtmlFormatter::__init__): Pass `headers' dictionary. - (HtmlFormatter::print_html_field): Don't emit paragraph tags. - (HtmlFormatter::print_html_field_list): Emit empty paragraph. - (HtmlFormatter::block_enter): Emit header info. - -2008-06-01 Werner Lemberg - - * include/freetype/config/ftheader.h (FT_UNPATENTED_HINTING_H, - FT_INCREMENTAL_H): Added. - -2008-05-28 Werner Lemberg - - * src/tools/docmaker/sources.py (SourceBlock::__init__): While - looking for markup tags, return immediately as soon a single one is - found. - -2008-05-28 Werner Lemberg - - * src/truetype/ttinterp.c (Ins_MD): The MD instruction also uses - original, unscaled input values. Confirmed by Greg Hitchcock from - Microsoft. - -2008-05-27 Werner Lemberg - - * src/tools/docmaker/tohtml.py (block_footer_start, - block_footer_middle): Beautify output. - -2008-05-25 Werner Lemberg - - * src/raster/ftraster.c (fc_black_render): Return 0 when we are - trying to render into a zero-width/height bitmap, not an error code. - - * src/truetype/ttgload.c (load_truetype_glyph): Move initialization - of the graphics state for subglyphs to... - (TT_Hint_Glyph): This function. - Hinting instructions for a composite glyph apparently refer to the - just hinted subglyphs, not the unhinted, unscaled outline. This - seems to fix Savannah bugs #20973 and (at least partially) #23310. - -2008-05-20 suzuki toshiya - - * src/base/ftmac.c (FT_New_Face_From_Suitcase): Check if valid - `aface' is returned by FT_New_Face_From_FOND(). The patch was - proposed by an anonymous reporter of Savannah bug #23204. - -2008-05-18 Werner Lemberg - - * src/pshinter/pshalgo.c (ps_hints_apply): Reset scale values after - correction for pixel boundary. Without this patch, the effect can - be cumulative under certain circumstances, making glyphs taller and - taller after each call. This fixes Savannah bug #19976. - -2008-05-18 Werner Lemberg - - * src/base/ftdebug.c (FT_Message, FT_Panic): Send output to stderr. - This fixes Savannah bug #23280. - - * docs/CHANGES: Updated. - -2008-05-18 David Turner - - * src/psnames/psmodule.c (ft_wgl_extra_unicodes, - ft_wgl_extra_glyph_names, ft_wgl_extra_glyph_name_offsets, - ps_check_wgl_name, ps_check_wgl_unicode): Use `static' to make - declarations non-global. - - * src/type1/t1load.c: Add missing comment. - -2008-05-17 Sam Hocevar - - * src/truetype/ttgload.c (TT_Load_Simple_Glyph): Handle zero-contour - glyphs correctly. Patch from Savannah bug #23277. - -2008-05-16 Werner Lemberg - - * docs/CHANGES: Updated. - -2008-05-16 Sergey Tolstov - - Improve support for WGL4 encoded fonts. - - * src/psnames/psmodule.c (WGL_EXTRA_LIST_SIZE): New macro. - (ft_wgl_extra_unicodes, ft_wgl_extra_glyph_names, - ft_wgl_extra_glyph_name_offsets): New arrays. - (ps_check_wgl_name, ps_check_wgl_unicode): New functions. - (ps_unicodes_init): Use them to add additional Unicode mappings. - -2008-05-15 Werner Lemberg - - * src/psaux/t1decode.c (t1_decoder_parse_charstrings) - : `closepath' without a path is a no-op, not an error - (cf. the PS reference manual). - - Reported by Martin McBride. - -2008-05-15 Werner Lemberg - - * builds/toplevel.mk (CONFIG_GUESS, CONFIG_SUB): Updated. - -2008-05-15 Werner Lemberg - - * src/type1/t1load.c (parse_subrs): Accept fonts with a subrs array - which contains a single but empty entry. This is technically - invalid (since it must end with `return'), but... - - Reported by Martin McBride. - -2008-05-14 Werner Lemberg - - Finish fix of scaling bug of CID-keyed CFF subfonts. - - * include/freetype/internal/ftcalc.h, src/base/ftcalc.c - (FT_Matrix_Multiply_Scaled, FT_Vector_Transform_Scaled): New - functions. - - * src/cff/cffobjs.h (CFF_Internal): New struct. It is used to - provide global hinting data for both the top-font and all subfonts - (with proper scaling). - - * src/cff/cffobjs.c (cff_make_private_dict): New function, using - code from `cff_size_init'. - (cff_size_init, cff_size_done, cff_size_select, cff_size_request): - Use CFF_Internal and handle subfonts. - (cff_face_init): Handle top-dict and subfont matrices correctly; - apply some heuristic in case of unlikely matrix concatenation - results. This has been discussed with people from Adobe (thanks - goes mainly to David Lemon) who confirm that the CFF specs are fuzzy - and not correct. - - * src/cff/cffgload.h (cff_decoder_prepare): Add `size' argument. - - * src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_builder_init): Updated. - (cff_decoder_prepare): Handle hints globals for subfonts. - Update all callers. - (cff_slot_load): Handling scaling of subfonts properly. - - * src/cff/cffparse.c (cff_parse_fixed_dynamic): New function. - (cff_parse_font_matrix): Use it. - - * src/cff/cfftypes.h (CFF_FontDictRec): Make `units_per_em' - FT_ULong. - - * docs/CHANGES: Document it. - -2008-05-13 Werner Lemberg - - * src/winfonts/winfnt.c (fnt_face_get_dll_font, FNT_Face_Init): - Handle case `face_index < 0'. - * docs/CHANGES: Document it. - -2008-05-04 Werner Lemberg - - First steps to fix the scaling bug of CID-keyed CFF subfonts, - reported by Ding Li on 2008/03/28 on freetype-devel. - - * src/base/cff/cffparse.c (power_tens): New array. - (cff_parse_real): Rewritten to introduce a fourth parameter which - returns the `scaling' of the real number so that we have no - precision loss. This is not used yet. - Update all callers. - (cff_parse_fixed_thousand): Replace with... - (cff_parse_fixed_scaled): This function. Update all callers. - -2008-05-03 Werner Lemberg - - * src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Load_Glyph): Call the auto-hinter without - transformation since it recursively calls FT_Load_Glyph. This fixes - Savannah bug #23143. - -2008-04-26 Werner Lemberg - - * include/freetype/internal/psaux.h (T1_BuilderRec): Mark `scale_x' - and `scale_y' as obsolete since they aren't used. - * src/psaux/psobjs.c (t1_builder_init): Updated. - - * src/cff/cffgload.h (CFF_Builder): Mark `scale_x' and `scale_y' as - obsolete since they aren't used. - * src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_builder_init): Updated. - -2008-04-14 Werner Lemberg - - * src/pcf/pcfdrivr.c (PCF_Face_Init): Protect call to - `FT_Stream_OpenLZW' with `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_LZ'. From Savannah - bug #22909. - -2008-04-13 Werner Lemberg - - * src/psaux/psconv.c (PS_Conv_ToFixed): Increase precision if - integer part is zero. - -2008-04-01 Werner Lemberg - - Fix compilation with g++ 4.1 (with both `single' and `multi' - targets). - - * src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Open_Face): Don't define a variable in block - which is crossed by a `goto'. - - * src/otvalid/otvalid.h (otv_MATH_validate): Add prototype. - -2008-03-31 Werner Lemberg - - Fix support for subsetted CID-keyed CFFs. - - * include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED, - FT_IS_CID_KEYED): New macros. - - * src/cff/cffobjs.c (cff_face_init): Set number of glyphs to the - maximum CID value in CID-keyed CFFs. - Handle FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED flag. - - * docs/CHANGES: Document it. - - - Fix CFF font matrix calculation and improve precision. - - * src/cff/cffparse.c (cff_parse_real): Increase precision if integer - part is zero. - (cff_parse_font_matrix): Simplify computation of `units_per_em'; - this prevents overflow also. - - - Support FT_Get_CID_Registry_Ordering_Supplement for PS CID fonts. - - * src/cid/cidriver.c: Include FT_SERVICE_CID_H. - (cid_get_ros): New function. - (cid_service_cid_info): New service structure. - (cid_services): Register it. - -2008-03-23 Werner Lemberg - - Adjustments for Visual C++ 8.0, as reported by Rainer Deyke. - - * builds/compiler/visualc.mk (CFLAGS): Remove /W5. - (ANSIFLAGS): Add _CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE. - -2008-03-21 Laurence Darby - - * src/type1/t1objs.c (T1_Face_Init): Use `/Weight'. Patch from - Savannah bug #22675. - -2008-03-13 Derek Clegg - - * src/truetype/ttgxvar.c (TT_Get_MM_Var): Fix named style loop. - Patch from Savannah bug #22541. - -2008-03-03 Masatoshi Kimura - - * src/sfnt/ttcmap.c (tt_cmap14_char_map_nondef_binary, - tt_cmap14_find_variant): Return correct value. - (tt_cmap14_variant_chars): Fix check for `di'. - -2008-02-29 Wermer Lemberg - - * docs/CHANGES: Updated. - -2008-02-29 Wolf - - Add build support for symbian platform. From Savannah bug #22440. - - * builds/symbian/*: New files. - -2008-02-21 suzuki toshiya - - * src/base/ftmac.c (parse_fond): Fix a bug of PostScript font name - synthesis. For any face of a specified FOND, always the name for - the first face was used. Except of a FOND that refers multiple - Type1 font files, wrong synthesized font names are not used at all, - so this is an invisible bug. A few limit checks are added too. - - * builds/mac/ftmac.c: Ditto. - -2008-02-21 suzuki toshiya - - * builds/unix/configure.raw: Split compiler option to link Carbon - frameworks to one option for CoreServices framework and another - option for ApplicationServices framework. The split options can be - managed by GNU libtool to avoid unrequired duplication when FreeType - is linked with other applications. Suggested by Daniel Macks, - Savannah bug #22366. - -2008-02-18 Victor Stinner - - * src/truetype/ttinterp.c (Ins_IUP): Check number of points. Fix - from Savannah bug #22356. - -2008-02-17 Jonathan Blow - - * src/autofit/afloader.c (af_loader_load_g, af_loader_load_glyph): - Check for valid callback pointers. - -2008-02-15 suzuki toshiya - - * src/base/ftmac.c (FT_New_Face_From_SFNT): Check the sfnt resource - handle by its value instead of ResError(), fix provided by Deron - Kazmaier. According to the Resource Manager Reference, - GetResource(), Get1Resource(), GetNamedResource(), - Get1NamedResource() and RGetResource() set noErr but return NULL - handle when they can not find the requested resource. These - functions never return undefined values, so it is sufficient to - check if the handle is not NULL. - - * builds/mac/ftmac.c (FT_New_Face_From_SFNT): Ditto. - -2008-02-14 suzuki toshiya - - * src/base/ftbase.c: is replaced by "ftmac.c" as other - inclusion styles. Now it always includes src/base/ftmac.c; - builds/mac/ftmac.c is never included in any configuration. - - * builds/unix/configure.raw: Print warning if configure is executed - with options to specify Carbon functionalities explicitly. - - * docs/INSTALL.MAC: Note that legacy builds/mac/ftmac.c is not - included automatically and manual replacement is required. - -2008-02-11 Werner Lemberg - - * builds/modules.mk (CLOSE_MODULE, REMOVE_MODULE), builds/detect.mk - (dos_setup), builds/freetype.mk (clean_project_dos, - distclean_project_dos): Don't use \ but $(SEP). Reported by Duncan - Murdoch. - -2008-01-18 Sylvain Pasche - - * src/base/ftlcdfil.c (_ft_lcd_filter_legacy): Updated comment to - mention intra-pixel algorithm. - - * include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_Render_Mode): Mention that - FT_Library_SetLcdFilter can be used to reduce fringes. - -2008-01-16 Werner Lemberg - - * src/raster/ftraster.c (ft_black_render): Check `outline' before - using it. Reported by Allan Yang. - -2008-01-12 Werner Lemberg - - * src/raster/ftraster.c (FT_CONFIG_OPTION_5_GRAY_LEVELS): Remove. - -2008-01-12 Allan Yang, Jian Hua - SH - - * src/raster/ftraster.c (ft_black_init) - [FT_RASTER_OPTION_ANTI_ALIASING]: Fix compilation. - -2008-01-10 Werner Lemberg - - * src/truetype/ttgload.c (load_truetype_glyph): Handle the case - where the number of contours in a simple glyph is zero (and which - does contain an entry in the `glyf' table). This fixes Savannah bug - #21990. - -2008-01-04 suzuki toshiya - - Formatting suggested by Sean McBride. - - * builds/mac/ftmac.c: Formatting (tab expanded). - * src/autofit/afindic.c: Ditto. - * src/base/ftcid.c: Ditto. - * src/base/ftmac.c: Ditto. - -2007-12-30 Werner Lemberg - - * src/smooth/ftgrays.c (gray_raster_render): Check `outline' - correctly. - -2007-12-21 suzuki toshiya - - Improvement of POSIX resource-fork accessor to load unsorted - references in a resource. In HelveLTMM (resource-fork PostScript - Type1 font bundled with Mac OS X since 10.3.x), the appearance order - of PFB chunks is not sorted; sorting the chunks by reference IDs is - required. - - * include/freetype/internal/ftrfork.h (FT_RFork_Ref): New structure - type to store a pair of reference ID and offset to the chunk. - - * src/base/ftrfork.c (ft_raccess_sort_ref_by_id): New function to - sort FT_RFork_Ref by their reference IDs. - - (FT_Raccess_Get_DataOffsets): Returns an array of offsets that is - sorted by reference ID. - -2007-12-14 Werner Lemberg - - * src/cff/cffparse.c (cff_parse_real): Don't apply `power_ten' - division too early; otherwise the most significant digit(s) of the - final result are lost as the value is truncated to an integer. This - fixes Savannah bug #21794 (where the patch has been posted too). - -2007-12-06 Fix <4d876b82@gmail.com> - - Pass options from one configure script to another as-is (not - expanded). This is needed for options like - --includedir='${prefix}/include'. - - * builds/unix/detect.mk, configure: Prevent argument expansion in - call to the (real) `configure' script. - -2007-12-06 Werner Lemberg - - * src/truetype/ttgload.c (load_truetype_glyph): Fix compilation if - TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER isn't defined. - -2007-12-06 Werner Lemberg - - There exist CFFs which contain opcodes for the Type 1 operators - `hsbw' and `closepath' which are both invalid in Type 2 charstrings. - However, it doesn't harm to support them. - - * src/cff/cffgload.c (CFF_Operator): Add `cff_op_hsbw' and - `cff_op_closepath.' - (cff_argument_counts): Ditto. - - (cff_decoder_parse_charstrings): Handle Type 1 opcodes 9 (closepath) - and 13 (hsbw) which are invalid in Type 2 charstrings. - -2007-12-06 suzuki toshiya - - * src/base/ftrfork.c (raccess_guess_darwin_newvfs): New function to - support new pathname syntax `..namedfork/rsrc' to access a resource - fork on Mac OS X. The legacy syntax `/rsrc' does not work on - case-sensitive HFS+. - (raccess_guess_darwin_hfsplus): Fix a bug in the calculation of - buffer size to store a pathname. - * include/freetype/internal/ftrfork.h: Increment the number of - resource fork guessing rule. - -2007-12-06 suzuki toshiya - - * builds/unix/configure.raw: Improve the compile tests to search - Carbon functions. - * builds/mac/ftmac.c: Import fixes for Carbon incompatibilities - proposed by Sean McBride from src/base/ftmac.c (see 2007-11-16). - -2007-12-06 suzuki toshiya - - The documents and comments for Mac OS X are improved by Sean - McBride. - - * src/base/ftmac.c: Fix a comment. - * include/freetype/ftmac.h: Ditto. - * docs/INSTALL.MAC: Improve English and add comment on lowest - system version specified by MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET. - -2007-12-04 Werner Lemberg - - * src/cff/cffload.c (cff_subfont_load): Don't use logical OR to - concatenate error codes. - * src/sfnt/ttsbit.c (Load_SBit_Range): Ditto. - -2007-12-04 Graham Asher - - * src/truetype/ttobjs.c (tt_face_init): Don't use logical OR to - concatenate error codes. - -2007-12-04 Sean McBride - - * src/pfr/pfrgload.c (pfr_glyph_load_compound): Remove compiler - warning. - -2007-11-20 suzuki toshiya - - Fix MacOS legacy font support by Masatake Yamato on Mac OS X. It is - not working since 2.3.5. In FT_Open_New(), if FT_New_Stream() - cannot mmap() the specified file and cannot seek to head of the - specified file, it returns NULL stream and FT_Open_New() returns the - error immediately. On MacOS, most legacy MacOS fonts fall into such - a scenario because their data forks are zero-sized and cannot be - sought. To proceed to guessing of resource fork fonts, the - functions for legacy MacOS font must properly handle the NULL stream - returned by FT_New_Stream(). - - * src/base/ftobjs.c (IsMacBinary): Return error - FT_Err_Invalid_Stream_Operation immediately when NULL stream is - passed. - (FT_Open_Face): Even when FT_New_Stream() returns an error, proceed - to fallback. Originally, legacy MacOS font is tested in the cases - of FT_Err_Invalid_Stream_Operation (occurs when data fork is empty) - or FT_Err_Unknown_File_Format (occurs when AppleSingle header or - .dfont header is combined). Now the case of - FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Stream is included. - - * src/base/ftrfork.c (FT_Raccess_Guess): When passed stream is NULL, - skip FT_Stream_Seek(), which seeks to the head of stream, and - proceed to unit testing of raccess_guess_XXX(). FT_Stream_Seek() - for a NULL stream causes a Bus error on Mac OS X. - (raccess_guess_apple_double): Return FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Stream - immediately if passed stream is NULL. - (raccess_guess_apple_single): Ditto. - -2007-11-16 suzuki toshiya - - Fix for Carbon incompatibilities since Mac OS X 10.5, - proposed by Sean McBride. - - * doc/INSTALL.MAC: Comment on MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET. - - * include/freetype/ftmac.h: Deprecate FT_New_Face_From_FOND and - FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name. Since Mac OS X 10.5, calling - Carbon functions from a forked process is classified as unsafe - by Apple. All Carbon-dependent functions should be deprecated. - - * src/base/ftmac.c: Use essential header files - and instead of - all-in-one header file . - - Include and replace HFS_MAXPATHLEN by Apple - genuine macro PATH_MAX. - - Add fallback macro for kATSOptionFlagsUnRestrictedScope which - is not found in Mac OS X 10.0. - - Multi-character constants ('POST', 'sfnt' etc) are replaced by - 64bit constants calculated by FT_MAKE_TAG() macro. - - For the index in the segment of resource fork, new portable - type ResourceIndex is introduced for better compatibility. - This type is since Mac OS X 10.5, so it is defined as short - when built on older platforms. - - (FT_ATSFontGetFileReference): If build target is only the systems - 10.5 and newer, it calls Apple genuine ATSFontGetFileReference(). - - (FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name): Return an error if system is 10.5 - and newer or 64bit platform, because legacy type FSSpec type is - removed completely. - - (FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec): Ditto. - -2007-11-01 Werner Lemberg - - * src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (sfnt_done_face): Check `sfnt' everywhere. This - fixes Savannah bug #21485. - -2007-10-29 Daniel Svoboda - - * src/winfonts/winfnt.c (FNT_Face_Init): Check first that the driver - can handle the font at all, then check `face_index'. Otherwise, the - driver might return the wrong error code. This fixes Savannah bug - #21468. - -2007-10-21 Werner Lemberg - - * src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (sfnt_load_face): Support bit 9 and prepare - support for bit 8 of the `fsSelection' field in the `OS/2' table. - MS is already using this; hopefully, this becomes part of OpenType - 1.5. - Prepare also support for `name' IDs 21 (WWS_FAMILY) and 22 - (WWS_SUBFAMILY). - -2007-10-20 Werner Lemberg - - * src/tools/docmaker/tohtml.py (html_header_2): Fix typo. - Add `td.left' element to CSS. - (toc_section_enter): Use it. - -2007-10-18 David Turner - - * include/freetype/freetype.h, src/base/ftobjs.c: Rename API - functions related to cmap type 14 support to the - `FT_Object_ActionName' scheme: - - FT_Get_Char_Variant_index -> FT_Face_GetCharVariantIndex - FT_Get_Char_Variant_IsDefault -> FT_Face_GetCharVariantIsDefault - FT_Get_Variant_Selectors -> FT_Face_GetVariantSelectors - FT_Get_Variants_Of_Char -> FT_Face_GetVariantsOfChar - FT_Get_Chars_Of_Variant -> FT_Face_GetCharsOfVariant - - Update documentation accordingly. - - * src/sfnt/ttcmap.c: Stronger cmap 14 validation. - Make the code a little more consistent with FreeType coding - conventions and modify the cmap14 functions that returned a newly - allocated array to use a persistent vector from the TT_CMap14 object - instead. - - (TT_CMap14Rec): Provide array and auxiliary data for result. - (tt_cmap14_done, tt_cmap14_ensure): New functions. - - (tt_cmap14_init, tt_cmap14_validate, tt_cmap14_char_map_def_binary, - tt_cmap14_char_map_nondef_binary, tt_cmap14_find_variant, - tt_cmap14_char_var_index, tt_cmap14_variants, - tt_cmap14_char_variants, tt_cmap14_def_char_count, - tt_cmap14_get_def_chars, tt_cmap14_get_nondef_chars, - tt_cmap14_variant_chars, tt_cmap14_class_rec): Updated and improved. - -2007-10-15 George Williams - - Add support for cmap type 14. - - * devel/ftoption.h, include/freetype/config/ftoption.h - (TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_14): New macro. - - * include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h (FT_CMap_CharVarIndexFunc, - FT_CMap_CharVarIsDefaultFunc, FT_CMap_VariantListFunc, - FT_CMap_CharVariantListFunc, FT_CMap_VariantCharListFunc): New - support function prototypes. - (FT_CMap_ClassRec): Add them. - Update all users. - - * include/freetype/ttnameid.h (TT_APPLE_ID_VARIANT_SELECTOR): New - macro. - - * include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_Get_Char_Variant_Index, - FT_Get_Char_Variant_IsDefault, FT_Get_Variant_Selectors, - FT_Get_Variants_Of_Char, FT_Get_Chars_Of_Variant): New API - functions. - - * src/base/ftobjs.c (find_variant_selector_charmap): New auxiliary - function. - (FT_Set_Charmap): Disallow cmaps of type 14. - (FT_Get_Char_Variant_Index, FT_Get_Char_Variant_IsDefault, - FT_Get_Variant_Selectors, FT_Get_Variants_Of_Char, - FT_Get_Chars_Of_Variant): New API functions. - - * src/sfnt/ttcmap.c (TT_PEEK_UINT24, TT_NEXT_UINT24): New macros. - - (TT_CMap14Rec, tt_cmap14_init, tt_cmap14_validate, - tt_cmap14_char_index, tt_cmap14_char_next, tt_cmap14_get_info, - tt_cmap14_char_map_def_binary, tt_cmap14_char_map_nondef_binary, - tt_cmap14_find_variant, tt_cmap14_char_var_index, - tt_cmap14_char_var_isdefault, tt_cmap14_variants, - tt_cmap14_char_variants, tt_cmap14_def_char_count, - tt_cmap14_get_def_chars, tt_cmap14_get_nondef_chars, - tt_cmap14_variant_chars, tt_cmap14_class_rec): New functions and - structures for cmap 14 support. - (tt_cmap_classes): Register tt_cmap14_class_rec. - (tt_face_build_cmaps): One more error message. - - * docs/CHANGES: Mention cmap 14 support. - -2007-10-01 Werner Lemberg - - * src/base/ftobjs.c (find_unicode_charmap): If search for a UCS-4 - charmap fails, do the loop again while searching a UCS-2 charmap. - This favours MS charmaps over Apple ones. - -2007-08-29 suzuki toshiya - - * src/base/ftmac.c: Introduction of abstract `short' data types, - ResFileRefNum and ResID. These types were introduced for Copland, - then backported to MPW. The variables exchanged with FileManager - QuickDraw frameworks are redefined by these data types. Patch was - proposed by Sean McBride. - * builds/mac/ftmac.c: Ditto. - -2007-08-18 Werner Lemberg - - * src/otvalid/otvcmmn.c (otv_x_y_ux_sy): Skip context glyphs. Found - by Imran Yousaf. Fixes Savannah bug #20773. - - (otv_Lookup_validate): Correct handling of LookupType. Found by - Imran Yousaf. Fixes Savannah bug #20782. - -2007-08-17 George Williams - - * src/otvalid/otvgsub.c (otv_SingleSubst_validate): Fix handling of - SingleSubstFormat1. - -2007-08-11 suzuki toshiya - - * builds/unix/configure.raw: Fix a bug which sets CC_BUILD by - ${build-gcc} (unchecked) instead of by ${build}-gcc (checked). - Found by Ryan Hill. - -2007-08-11 George Williams - - * src/otvalid/otvcommn.c, src/otvalid/otvcommn.h - (otv_Coverage_validate): Add fourth argument to pass an expected - count value. Update all users. - Check glyph IDs. - (otv_ClassDef_validate): Check `StartGlyph'. - - * src/otvalid/otvgsub.c (otv_SingleSubst_validate): More glyph ID - checks. - - * src/otvalid/otvmath.c (otv_MathConstants_validate): There are only - 56 constants. - (otv_GlyphAssembly_validate, otv_MathGlyphConstruction_validate): - Check glyph IDs. - -2007-08-08 Werner Lemberg - - * src/otvalid/otvbase.c, src/otvalid/otvcommn.c, - src/otvalid/otvgdef.c, src/otvalid/otvgpos.c, src/otvalid/otvgsub.c, - src/otvalid/otvjstf.c: s/FT_INVALID_DATA/FT_INVALID_FORMAT/ where - appropriate. Reported by George. - - * include/freetype/internal/fttrace.h: Define `trace_otvmath'. - - * src/otvalid/rules.mk (OTV_DRV_SRC): Add otvmath.c. - - * docs/CHANGES: Updated. - -2007-08-08 George Williams - - Add `MATH' validating support to otvalid module. - - * include/freetype/tttags.h (TTAG_MATH): New macro. - * include/freetype/ftotval.h (FT_VALIDATE_MATH): New macro. - (FT_VALIDATE_OT): Updated. - - * src/otvalid/otmath.c: New file. - - * src/otvalid/otvalid.c: Include otvmath.c. - * src/otvalid/otvmod.c (otv_validate): Handle `MATH' table. - -2007-08-04 Werner Lemberg - - * builds/unix/configure.raw: Add call to AC_LIBTOOL_WIN32_DLL. - Fixes Savannah bug #20686. - -2007-08-03 Werner Lemberg - - * src/psnames/psmodule.c: Fix usage of - FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES macro. Reported by Graham Asher. - -2007-07-31 suzuki toshiya - - * src/base/ftmac.c (open_face_from_buffer): The argument - `driver_name' is typed as `const char*' to match with the - callers in FT_New_Face_From_LWFN and FT_New_Face_From_SFNT. - This is same with open_face_from_buffer in src/base/ftobjs.c. - Found and fixed by Sean McBride. - -2007-07-28 Werner Lemberg - - * src/raster/ftraster.c (count_table): Make it conditional. - * src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_New_Library): Check FT_RENDER_POOL_SIZE with - a preprocessor statement. - -2007-07-27 Werner Lemberg - - * src/base/ftoutln.c (FT_Outline_Translate): Check `outline' before - first usage. From Savannah patch #6115. - -2007-07-16 Werner Lemberg - - * docs/CHANGES: Updated. - -2007-07-16 Derek Clegg - - Add new service for getting the ROS from a CID font. - - * include/freetype/config/ftheader.h (FT_CID_H): New macro. - * include/freetype/ftcid.h: New file. - - * include/freetype/internal/ftserv.h (FT_SERVIVE_CID_H): New macro. - * include/freetype/internal/services/svcid.h: New file. - - * src/base/ftcid.c: New file. - - * src/cff/cffdrivr.c: Include FT_SERVICE_CID_H. - (cff_get_ros): New function. - (cff_service_cid_info): New service structure. - (cff_services): Register it. - - * src/cff/cffload.c (cff_font_done): Free registry and ordering. - - * src/cff/cfftypes.h (CFF_FontRec): Add `registry' and `ordering'. - - * modules.cfg (BASE_EXTENSIONS): Add ftcid.c. - -2007-07-11 Derek Clegg - - Add support for postscript name service to CFF driver. - - * src/cff/cffdrivr.c: Include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_NAME_H. - (cff_get_ps_name): New function. - (cff_service_ps_name): New service structure. - (cff_services): Register it. - -2007-07-07 Werner Lemberg - - * src/base/ftglyph.c (FT_Glyph_Copy): Fix initialization of - `target'. Reported by Sean McBride. - -2007-07-06 Werner Lemberg - - * src/pfr/pfrcmap.c: Include pfrerror.h. - - * src/autofit/afindic.c: Add some external declarations to pacify - `make multi' compilation. - - * src/cid/cidgload.c (cid_load_glyph): Pacify compiler. - - * src/cff/cffdrivr.c (cff_ps_get_font_info), src/cff/cffobjs.c - (cff_strcpy), include/freetype/internal/ftmemory.h (FT_MEM_STRDUP), - src/autofit/aflatin.c (af_latin_hints_compute_edges), - src/autofit/afcjk.c (af_cjk_hints_compute_edges), src/sfnt/ttmtx.c - (tt_face_get_metrics), src/base/ftobjs.c (open_face) - [FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]: Fix compilation with C++ compiler. - - * docs/release: Mention test compilation targets. - -2007-07-04 Werner Lemberg - - * docs/PROBLEMS: Mention that some PS based fonts can't be - handled correctly by FreeType. - - * src/truetype/ttgload.c (load_truetype_glyph): Always allow a - recursion depth of 1. This was the maximum value in TrueType 1.0, - and some older fonts don't set this field correctly. - - * src/gxvalid/gxvmort1.c - (gxv_mort_subtable_type1_substTable_validate): Fix tracing message. - -2007-07-03 Werner Lemberg - - * src/autofit/aflatin.c (af_latin_metrics_init_blues): Initialize - `round' to pacify compiler. - -2007-07-02 Werner Lemberg - - - * Version 2.3.5 released. - ========================= - - - Tag sources with `VER-2-3-5'. - - * docs/CHANGES, docs/VERSION.DLL: Update documentation and bump - version number to 2.3.5. - - * README, Jamfile (RefDoc), builds/win32/visualc/index.html, - builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsp, - builds/win32/visualc/freetype.vcproj, - builds/win32/visualce/index.html, - builds/win32/visualce/freetype.dsp, - builds/win32/visualce/freetype.vcproj: s/2.3.4/2.3.5/, s/234/235/. - - * include/freetype/freetype.h (FREETYPE_PATCH): Set to 5. - - * builds/unix/configure.raw (version_info): Set to 9:16:3. - -2007-07-01 David Turner - - * include/freetype/freetype.h, src/base/ftpatent.c - (FT_Face_SetUnpatentedHinting): New function to dynamically change - the setting after a face is created. - - * src/truetype/ttgload.c (TT_Load_Simple_Glyph): Fix a small bug - that created distortions in the bytecode interpreter results. - -2007-06-30 David Turner - - * src/truetype/ttinterp.c (Ins_IUP): Add missing variable - initialization. - - * src/autofit/aflatin.c (af_latin_metric_init_blues): Get rid of an - infinite loop in the case of degenerate fonts. - -2007-06-26 Rahul Bhalerao - - Add autofit module for Indic scripts. This currently just reuses - the CJK-specific functions. - - * include/freetype/config/ftoption.h (AF_CONFIG_OPTION_INDIC): New - macro. - * devel/ftoption.h: Synchronize with - include/freetype/config/ftoption.h. - - * src/autofit/afindic.c, src/autofit/afindic.h: New files. - - * src/autofit/afglobal.c, src/autofit/aftypes.h, - src/autofit/autofit.c: Updated. - - * src/autofit/Jamfile (_sources), * src/autofit/rules.mk - (AUTOF_DRV_SRC): Updated. - -2007-06-23 David Turner - - * src/truetype/ttgload.c (TT_Load_Simple): Fix change from - 2007-06-16 that prevented the TrueType module from loading most - glyphs. - -2007-06-20 Werner Lemberg - - * src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_slot_load): Fix logic of 2007-05-28 - change. - -2007-06-19 Werner Lemberg - - * src/type1/t1load.c (parse_encoding): Handle one more error. - -2007-06-19 Dmitry Timoshkov - - * src/winfonts/winfnt.c (fnt_face_get_dll_font): Return error - FNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format if file format was recognized but - the file doesn't contain any FNT(NE) or RT_FONT(PE) resources. - Add verbose debug logs to make it easier to debug failing load - attempts. - (FNT_Face_Init): A single FNT font can't contain more than 1 face, - so return an error if requested face index is > 0. - Do not do further attempt to load fonts if a previous attempt has - failed but returned error FNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format, i.e., the - file format has been recognized but no fonts found in the file. - -2007-07-19 suzuki toshiya - - * src/base/ftmac.c: Apply patches proposed by Sean McBride. - (FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name): Insert FT_UNUSED macros to fix - the compiler warnings against unused arguments. - (FT_ATSFontGetFileReference): Ditto. - (FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name): Ditto. - (FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec): Ditto. - (lookup_lwfn_by_fond): Fix wrong comment. - Replace `const StringPtr' by more appropriate type - `ConstStr255Param'. - FSRefMakePathPath always returns UTF8 POSIX pathname in - Mach-O, thus HFS pathname support is dropped. - (count_faces): Remove HLock and HUnlock which is not - required on Mac OS X anymore. - (FT_New_Face_From_SFNT): Ditto. - (FT_New_Face_From_FOND): Ditto. - * builds/mac/ftmac.c: Synchronize to src/base/ftmac.c, - except of HFS pathname support and HLock/HUnlock. - They are required on classic CFM environment. - -2007-06-18 Werner Lemberg - - * src/psaux/psobjs.c (ps_parser_skip_PS_token): Remove incorrect - assertion. - (ps_parser_to_bytes): Fix error message. - - * src/type42/t42objs.c (T42_Open_Face): Handle one more error. - * src/type42/t42parse.c (t42_parse_sfnts): s/alloc/allocated/. - Don't allow mixed binary and hex strings. - Handle string_size == 0 and string_buf == 0. - (t42_parse_encoding): Handle one more error. - -2007-06-18 Werner Lemberg - - * src/psaux/psobjs.c (ps_tofixedarray, ps_tocoordarray): Fix exit - logic. - (ps_parser_load_field) : Skip delimiters - correctly. - (ps_parser_load_field_table): Use `fields->array_max' instead of - T1_MAX_TABLE_ELEMENTS to limit the number of arguments. - - * src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_decoder_prepare): Fix change from - 2007-06-06. - -2007-06-17 Werner Lemberg - - * src/tools/ftrandom.c (font_size): New global variable. - (TestFace): Use it. - (main): Handle new option `--size' to set `font_size'. - (Usage): Updated. - - * src/winfonts/winfnt.c (fnt_face_get_dll_font): Exit in case of - invalid font. - (FNT_Load_Glyph): Protect against invalid bitmap width. - -2007-06-16 David Turner - - * src/smooth/ftgrays.c (gray_find_cell, gray_set_cell, gray_hline): - Prevent integer overflows when rendering very large outlines. - - * src/truetype/ttgload.c (TT_Load_Simple_Glyph): Check the - well-formedness of the contours array when loading a glyph. - - * src/truetype/ttinterp.c (TT_Load_Context): Initialize `zp0', `zp1', - and `zp2'. - (Ins_IP): Check argument ranges to reject bogus operations properly. - (IUP_WorkerRec): Add `max_points' member. - (_iup_worker_interpolate): Check argument ranges. - (Ins_IUP): Ignore empty outlines. - -2007-06-16 Dmitry Timoshkov - - * src/winfonts/winfnt.h: Add necessary structures for PE resource - parsing. - (WinPE32_HeaderRec): New structure. - (WinPE32_SectionRec): New structure. - (WinPE_RsrcDirRec): New structure. - (WinPE_RsrcDirEntryRec): New structure. - (WinPE_RsrcDataEntryRec): New structure. - (FNT_FontRec): Remove unused `size_shift' field. - - * src/winfonts/winfnt.c (fnt_face_get_dll_font): Add support for - loading bitmap .fon files in PE format. - -2007-06-15 Dmitry Timoshkov - - * builds/win32/ftdebug.c: Unify debug level handling with other - platforms. - -2007-06-14 Dmitry Timoshkov - - * builds/win32/ftdebug.c (FT_Message): Send debug output to the - console as well as to the debugger. - -2007-06-14 Werner Lemberg - - * src/autofit/aflatin.c (af_latin_uniranges): Expand structure to - cover all ranges which could possibly be handled by the aflatin - module (since the default fallback for unknown ranges is now the - afcjk module). It might be necessary to fine-tune this further by - splitting off modules for Greek, Cyrillic, or other blocks. - -2007-06-11 David Turner - - * src/autofit/aflatin.c (af_latin_hints_link_segments): Fix - incorrect segment linking computation. This was the root cause of - Savannah bug #19565. - - - * src/autofit/* [FT_OPTION_AUTOFIT2]: Some very experimental changes - to improve the Latin auto-hinter. Note that the new code is - disabled by default since it is not stabilized yet. - - * src/autofit/aflatin2.c, src/autofit/aflatin2.h: New files - (disabled currently). - - * src/autofit/afhints.c: Remove dead code. - (af_axis_hints_new_edge): Add argument to handle segment directions. - (af_edge_flags_to_string): New function. - (af_glyph_hints_dump_segments, af_glyph_hints_dump_edges): Handle - option flags. - (af_glyph_hints_reload): Add argument to handle inflections. - Simplify. - (af_direction_compute): Fine tuning. - (af_glyph_hints_align_edge_points): Fix logic. - (af_glyph_hints_align_strong_points): Do linear search for small - edge counts. - (af_glyph_hints_align_weak_points): Skip any touched neighbors. - (af_iup_shift): Handle zero `delta'. - - * src/autofit/afhints.h: Updated. - (AF_SORT_SEGMENTS): New macro (disabled). - (AF_AxisHintsRec) [AF_SORT_SEGMENTS]: New member `mid_segments'. - - * src/autofit/afglobal.c (af_face_globals_get_metrics): Add - argument to pass option flags for handling scripts. - * src/autofit/afglobal.h: Updated. - - * src/autofit/afcjk.c: Updated. - * src/autofit/aflatin.c: Updated. - (af_latin_metrics_scale_dim): Don't reduce scale by 2%. - - (af_latin_hints_compute_segments) [AF_HINT_METRICS]: Remove dead code. - (af_latin_hints_compute_edges) [AF_HINT_METRICS]: Remove dead code. - Don't set `edge->dir' - (af_latin_hint_edges): Add more logging. - - * src/autofit/afloader.c: Updated. - -2007-06-11 Werner Lemberg - - * docs/CHANGES: Document FT_Face_CheckTrueTypePatents. - -2007-06-10 David Turner - - * src/truetype/ttgload.c (TT_Load_Simple_Glyph): Slight speed-up to - the TrueType glyph loader. - - * include/freetype/config/ftoption.h: Clarify documentation - regarding unpatented hinting. - - - Add new `FT_Face_CheckTrueTypePatents' API. - - * include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_Face_CheckTrueTypePatents): New - declaration. - - * include/freetype/internal/services/svttglyf.h, - src/base/ftpatent.c: New files. - - * include/freetype/internal/ftserv.h (FT_SERVICE_TRUETYPE_GLYF_H): - New macro. - - * src/truetype/ttdriver.c: Include FT_SERVICE_TRUETYPE_GLYF_H and - `ttpload.h'. - (tt_service_truetype_glyf): New service structure. - (tt_services): Register it. - - * modules.cfg (BASE_EXTENSIONS), src/base/Jamfile (_sources): Add - `ftpatent.c'. - -2007-06-08 Werner Lemberg - - * src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (sfnt_load_face): Undo change from 2007-04-28. - Fonts without a cmap must be handled correctly by FreeType (anything - else would be a bug). - - - * src/psaux/t1decode.c (t1_decoder_parse_charstrings) - [FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE]: Improve tracing message. - -2007-06-07 Werner Lemberg - - * src/sfnt/ttsbit0.c (tt_sbit_decoder_init, - tt_sbit_decoder_load_image): Protect against integer overflows. - - - * src/pfr/pfrgload.c (pfr_glyph_load_simple): More bounding checks - for `x_control' and `y_control'. - -2007-06-06 Werner Lemberg - - * src/base/ftoutln.c (FT_Outline_Decompose): Check `last'. - - - * src/pfr/pfrcmap.c (pfr_cmap_init): Convert assertion into normal - FreeType error. - - - * src/winfonts/winfnt.c (fnt_face_get_dll_font): Do a rough check of - `font_count'. - - - * src/type1/t1load.c (parse_font_matrix): Check `temp_scale'. - - - * src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_decoder_prepare): Change return type to - `FT_Error'. - Check `fd_index'. - (cff_slot_load): Updated. - * src/cff/cffgload.h: Updated. - -2007-06-05 Werner Lemberg - - * src/pfr/pfrgload.c (pfr_glyph_done): Comment out unused code. - (pfr_glyph_load_simple): Convert assertion into normal FreeType - error. - Check `idx'. - (pfr_glyph_load_compound, pfr_glyph_curve_to, pfr_glyph_line_to): - Convert assertion into normal FreeType error. - - * src/pfr/pfrtypes.h (PFR_GlyphRec): Comment out unused code. - - - * src/winfonts/winfnt.c (FNT_Face_Init): Check `family_size'. - - - * src/psaux/psobjs.c (ps_tocoordarray, ps_tofixedarray): Return -1 - in case of parsing error. - (ps_parser_load_field): Updated. - - * src/type1/t1load.c (parse_font_matrix): Updated. - -2007-06-04 Werner Lemberg - - * src/cid/cidgload.c (cid_load_glyph): Check `fd_select'. - - * src/tools/ftrandom/Makefile: Depend on `libfreetype.a'. - -2007-06-03 Werner Lemberg - - * src/tools/ftrandom/*: Add the `ftrandom' test program written by - George Williams (with some modifications). - -2007-06-03 Werner Lemberg - - * src/base/ftobjs.c (destroy_charmaps), src/type1/t1objs.c - (T1_Face_Done), src/winfonts/winfnt.c (FNT_Face_Done): Check for - face == NULL. Suggested by Graham Asher. - -2007-06-03 Ismail Dönmez - - * src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Request_Metrics): Fix compiler warning. - -2007-06-02 Werner Lemberg - - * include/freetype/fterrdef.h (FT_Err_Corrupted_Font_Header, - FT_Err_Corrupted_Font_Glyphs): New error codes for BDF files. - - * src/bdf/bdflib.c (bdf_load_font): Use them. - - * src/bdf/bdflib.c (_bdf_parse_start): Check `FONT' better. - -2007-06-01 Werner Lemberg - - * src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Request_Metrics), src/cache/ftccmap.c - (FTC_CMapCache_Lookup): Remove unused code. - -2007-06-01 Sean McBride - - * src/truetype/ttinterp.c (Null_Vector, NULL_Vector): Removed, - unused. - -2007-06-01 Werner Lemberg - - * src/cid/cidparse.c (cid_parser_new): Don't continue second search - pass for `StartData' if an error has occurred. - Exit properly if no `StartData' has been seen at all. - - * builds/unix/ftsystem.c (FT_Stream_Open): Don't use ULONG_MAX but - LONG_MAX to avoid compiler warning. Suggested by Sean McBride. - -2007-05-30 Werner Lemberg - - * src/type1/t1load.c (parse_subrs, parse_charstrings): Protect - against too small binary data strings. - - * src/bdf/bdflib.c (_bdf_parse_glyphs): Check `STARTCHAR' better. - -2007-05-28 David Turner - - * src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_slot_load): Do not apply the identity - transformation. This significantly reduces the loading time of CFF - glyphs. - - * docs/CHANGES: Updated. - - * src/autofit/afglobal.c (AF_SCRIPT_LIST_DEFAULT): Change default - hinting script to CJK, since it works well with more scripts than - latin. Thanks to Rahul Bhalerao for pointing - this out! - -2007-05-25 Werner Lemberg - - * docs/CHANGES: Updated. - -2007-05-24 Werner Lemberg - - * src/truetype/ttobjs.h (tt_size_ready_bytecode): Move declaration - into TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER preprocessor block. - -2007-05-24 Graham Asher - - * src/truetype/ttobjs.c (tt_size_ready_bytecode) - [!TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER]: Removed. Unused. - -2007-05-22 David Turner - - * src/truetype/ttgload.c (load_truetype_glyph): Fix last change to - avoid crashes in case the bytecode interpreter is not used. - - - Avoid heap blowup with very large .Z font files. This fixes - Savannah bug #19910. - - * src/lzw/ftzopen.h (FT_LzwStateRec): Remove `in_cursor', - `in_limit', `pad', `pad_bits', and `in_buff' members. - Add `buf_tab', `buf_offset', `buf_size', `buf_clear', and - `buf_total' members. - - * src/lzw/ftzopen.c (ft_lzwstate_get_code): Rewritten. It now takes - only one argument. - (ft_lzwstate_refill, ft_lzwstate_reset, ft_lzwstate_io): Updated. - -2007-05-20 Ismail Dönmez - - * src/pshinter/pshrec.c (ps_mask_table_set_bits): Add `const'. - (ps_dimension_set_mask_bits): Remove `const'. - -2007-05-19 Werner Lemberg - - * src/sfnt/ttmtx.c (tt_face_get_metrics) - [!FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS]: Another type-punning fix. - -2007-05-19 Derek Clegg - - Savannah patch #5929. - - * include/freetype/tttables.h, src/base/ftobjcs.c - (FT_Get_CMap_Format): New function. - - * include/freetype/internal/services/svttcmap.c (TT_CMapInfo): Add - `format' member. - * src/sfnt/ttcmap.c (tt_cmap{0,2,4,6,8,10,12}_get_info): Set - cmap_info->format. - -2007-05-19 Werner Lemberg - - * src/truetype/ttgload.c (load_truetype_glyph): Save graphics state - before handling subglyphs so that it can be reinitialized each time. - This fixes Savannah bug #19859. - -2007-05-16 Werner Lemberg - - * src/cache/ftccache.c (ftc_node_mru_link, ftc_node_mru_unlink), - src/cache/ftccache.h (FTC_CACHE_LOOKUP_CMP), src/cache/ftcglyph.h - (FTC_GCACHE_LOOKUP_CMP), src/pshinter/pshmod.c (ps_hinter_init), - src/sfnt/ttmtx.c (tt_face_load_hmtx, tt_face_load_hhea, - tt_face_get_metrics): Fix type-punning issues. - -2007-05-15 David Turner - - * include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h, - include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h: As suggested by Graham Asher, - ensure that ft_isalnum, ft_isdigit, etc., use hard-coded values - instead on relying on the locale-dependent functions provided by - . - -2007-05-15 Graham Asher - - * src/autofit/afcjk.c (af_cjk_hints_compute_edges): Remove unused - variable. - * src/autofit/afloader.c (af_loader_load_g): Ditto. - - * src/base/ftobjs.c (ft_validator_error): Use `ft_jmp_buf'. - (open_face_from_buffer): Initialize `stream'. - (FT_Request_Metrics): Remove unused variable. - Remove redundant `break' statements. - (FT_Get_Track_Kerning): Remove unused variable. - - * src/psaux/afmparse.c (afm_parse_track_kern, afm_parse_kern_pairs, - afm_parse_kern_data): Remove redundant - `break' statements. - (afm_parser_parse): Ditto. - Don't use uninitialized variables. - - * src/psnames/psmodule.c (VARIANT_BIT): Define as unsigned long. - Use `|' operator instead of `^' to set it. - Update all users. - - * src/sfnt/ttcmap.c (tt_face_build_cmaps): Use `ft_jmp_buf'. - * src/sfnt/ttkern.c (tt_face_load_kern): Remove unused variable. - - * src/truetype/ttgload.c (TT_Load_Simple_Glyph): Remove redundant - comparison. - (TT_Process_Simple_Glyph): Use FT_UInt for `n_points' and `i'. - (TT_Load_Glyph): Remove unused variable. - -2007-05-13 Derek Clegg - - * src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_New_Library): Only allocate rendering pool - if FT_RENDER_POOL_SIZE is > 0. From Savannah patch #5928. - -2007-05-11 David Turner - - * src/cache/ftbasic.c, include/freetype/ftcache.h - (FTC_ImageCache_LookupScaler, FTC_SBit_Cache_LookupScaler): Two new - functions that allow us to look up glyphs using an FTC_Scaler object - to specify the size, making it possible to use fractional pixel - sizes. - - * src/truetype/ttobjs.c (tt_size_ready_bytecode): Set - `size->cvt_ready'. Reported by Boris Letocha. - -2007-05-09 Graham Asher - - * src/truetype/ttinterp.c (Ins_IP), src/autofit/aflatin.c - (af_latin_metrics_scale_dim): Fix compiler warnings. - -2007-05-06 Werner Lemberg - - * builds/win32/visualce/freetype.sln: Removed, as requested by - Vincent. - -2007-05-04 Vincent RICHOMME - - * builds/win32/visualce/*: Add Visual C++ project files for Pocket - PC targets. - - * docs/CHANGES: Document them. - -2007-05-04 - - * builds/unix/ftsystem.c (FT_Stream_Open): Handle return value 0 of - mmap (which might happen on some RTOS). From Savannah patch #5909. - -2007-05-03 Werner Lemberg - - * src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Set_Char_Size): Simplify code. - * include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_Set_Char_Size): Update - documentation. - -2007-04-28 Victor Stinner - - * src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (sfnt_load_face): Check error code after loading - `cmap'. - -2007-04-27 Werner Lemberg - - * src/truetype/ttgload.c (TT_Load_Simple_Glyph): Check for negative - number of points in contours. Problem reported by Victor Stinner - . - (TT_Process_Simple_Glyph): Synchronize variable types. - -2007-04-26 Werner Lemberg - - * src/base/ftglyph.c (FT_Glyph_Copy): Always set second argument to - zero in case of error. This fixes Savannah bug #19689. - -2007-04-25 Boris Letocha - - * src/truetype/ttobjs.c: Fix a typo that created a speed regression - in the TrueType bytecode loader. - -2007-04-10 Martin Horak - - * src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (sfnt_load_face) [FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]: - Ignore `hhea' table. This fixes Savannah bug #19261. - -2007-04-09 Werner Lemberg - - - * Version 2.3.4 released. - ========================= - - - Tag sources with `VER-2-3-4'. - - * docs/CHANGES, docs/VERSION.DLL: Update documentation and bump - version number to 2.3.4. - - * README, Jamfile (RefDoc), builds/win32/visualc/index.html, - builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsp, - builds/win32/visualc/freetype.vcproj: s/2.3.3/2.3.4/, s/233/234/. - - * include/freetype/freetype.h (FREETYPE_PATCH): Set to 4. - - * builds/unix/configure.raw (version_info): Set to 9:15:3. - -2007-04-09 Martin Horak - - * src/truetype/ttgload.c (load_truetype_glyph): Save and restore - memory stream to avoid a crash with the incremental memory - interface (Savannah bug #19260). - -2007-04-06 David Turner - - * src/base/ftbimap.c (ft_bitmap_assure_buffer): Fix buffer-overwrite bug - (Savannah bug #19536). - -2007-04-04 Werner Lemberg - - - * Version 2.3.3 released. - ========================= - - - Tag sources with `VER-2-3-3'. - - * docs/CHANGES: Mention CVE-2007-1351. - -2007-04-03 David Turner - - * src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Set_Char_Size): As suggested by James Cloos, - if one of the resolution values is 0, treat it as if it were the - same as the other value. - -2007-04-02 David Turner - - Add special code to detect `extra-light' fonts and do not snap their - stem widths too much to avoid bizarre hinting effects. - - * src/autofit/aflatin.h (AF_LatinAxisRec): Add `standard_width' and - `extra_light' members. - - * src/autofit/aflatin.c (af_latin_metrics_init_widths): Initialize - them. - (af_latin_metrics_scale_dim): Set `extra_light'. - (af_latin_compute_stem_width): Use `extra_light'. - -2007-03-28 David Turner - - * src/base/ftbitmap.c (ft_bitmap_assure_buffer): Fix zero-ing of the - padding. - -2007-03-28 Werner Lemberg - - * src/bdf/bdflib.c (setsbit, sbitset): Handle values >= 128 - gracefully. - (_bdf_set_default_spacing): Increase `name' buffer size to 256 and - issue an error for longer names. This fixes CVE-2007-1351. - (_bdf_parse_glyphs): Limit allowed number of glyphs in font to the - number of code points in Unicode. - - * builds/win32/visualc/index.html, - builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsp, - builds/win32/visualc/freetype.vcproj, README: s/2.3.2/2.3.3/, - s/232/233/. - - * docs/CHANGES: Mention ftdiff. - -2007-03-26 David Turner - - * src/truetype/ttinterp.c [FIX_BYTECODE]: Remove it and - corresponding code. - (Ins_MD): Last regression fix. - - * src/autofit/aflatin.c (af_latin_metrics_init_blues): Fix blues - computations in order to ignore single-point contours. These are - never rasterized and correspond in certain fonts to mark-attach - points that are very far from the glyph's real outline, ruining the - computation. - - * src/autofit/afloader.c (af_loader_load_g): In the case of - monospaced fonts, always set `rsb_delta' and `lsb_delta' to 0. - Otherwise code that uses them will most certainly ruin the fixed - advance property. - - * docs/CHANGES, docs/VERSION.DLL, README, Jamfile (RefDoc): Update - documentation and bump version number to 2.3.3. - - * include/freetype/freetype.h (FREETYPE_PATCH): Set to 3. - - * builds/unix/configure.raw (version_info): Set to 9:14:3. - -2007-03-26 suzuki toshiya - - * builds/unix/ftconfig.in: Disable Carbon framework dependency on - 64bit ABI on Mac OS X 10.4.x (ppc & i386). Found by Sean McBride. - * builds/vms/ftconfig.h: Ditto. - * include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h: Ditto. - -2007-03-22 suzuki toshiya - - * builds/unix/ftsystem.c (FT_Stream_Open): Temporary fix to prevent - 32bit unsigned long overflow by 64bit filesize on LP64 platform, as - proposed by Sean McBride: - http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/freetype-devel/2007-03/msg00032.html - -2007-03-22 suzuki toshiya - - * builds/unix/ftconfig.in: Suppress SGI compiler's warning against - setjmp, proposed by Sean McBride: - http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/freetype-devel/2007-03/msg00032.html - -2007-03-19 suzuki toshiya - - * builds/unix/configure.raw: Dequote `OS_INLINE' in comment of - conftest.c, to avoid unexpected shell evaluation. Possibly it is a - bug or undocumented behaviour of autoconf. - -2007-03-18 David Turner - - * src/truetype/ttinterp.c (Ins_MDRP): Another bytecode regression - fix; testing still needed. - - * src/truetype/ttinterp.c (Ins_MD): Another bytecode regression fix. - -2007-03-17 David Turner - - * src/truetype/ttinterp.c (Ins_IP): Fix wrong handling of the - (undocumented) twilight zone special case. - -2007-03-09 Werner Lemberg - - - * Version 2.3.2 released. - ========================= - - - Tag sources with `VER-2-3-2'. - - * builds/win32/visualc/index.html, - builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsp, - builds/win32/visualc/freetype.vcproj, README: s/2.3.1/2.3.2/, - s/231/232/. - -2007-03-08 David Turner - - * docs/CHANGES, docs/VERSION.DLL: Updated for upcoming release. - - * builds/unix/configure.raw (version_info): Set to 9:13:3. - - * include/freetype/freetype.h (FREETYPE_PATCH): Set to 2. - - * README, Jamfile (RefDoc): s/2.3.1/2.3.2/. - - * src/base/ftutil.c (ft_mem_strcpyn): Fix a bug that prevented the - function to work properly, over-writing user-provided buffers in - some cases. Reported by James Cloos . - - -2007-03-05 Werner Lemberg - - * include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h (ft_strstr): New wrapper - macro for `strstr'. - - * src/truetype/ttobjs.c (tt_face_init): Use ft_strstr for scanning - `trick_names', as suggested by Ivan Nincic. - -2007-03-05 David Turner - - * src/base/ftinit.c (FT_Init_FreeType): Fix a small memory leak in - case FT_Init_FreeType fails for some reason. Problem reported by - Maximilian Schwerin . - - * src/truetype/ttobs.c (tt_size_init_bytecode): Clear the `x_ppem' - and `y_ppem' fields of the `TT_Size.metrics' structure, not those of - `TT_Size.root.metrics'. Problem reported by Daniel Glöckner - . - - * src/type1/t1afm.c (T1_Read_PFM): Read kerning values as 16-bit - signed values, not unsigned ones. Problem reported by Johannes - Walther . - -2007-02-21 David Turner - - * src/pshinter/pshalgo.c (psh_hint_align): Fix a bug in the hinting - of small and ghost stems in the Postscript interpreter. - -2007-02-20 suzuki toshiya - - * src/base/ftmac.c (FT_GetFileRef_From_Mac_ATS_Name): Fix memory - leak, patch by "Jjgod Jiang" . - * builds/mac/ftmac.c (FT_GetFileRef_From_Mac_ATS_Name): Ditto. - -2007-02-16 Werner Lemberg - - * src/truetype/ttinterp.c (Ins_MD): Remove unused variable. - * src/autofit/aflatin.c (af_latin_hints_link_segments): Ditto. - -2007-02-14 David Turner - - It seems that the following changes fix most of the known - interpreter problems with my fonts, but more testing is needed, - though. - - * src/truetype/ttinterp.c (FIX_BYTECODE): Activate. - (TT_MulFix14): Rewrite. - (Ins_MD, Ins_MDRP, Ins_IP) [FIX_BYTECODE]: Improved and updated. - (Ins_MIRP): Ditto. - -2007-02-12 Werner Lemberg - - * src/truetype/ttinterp.c (Project_x, Project_y): Remove compiler - warnings. - - * src/pcf/pcfread.c (pcf_interpret_style), src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c - (bdf_interpret_style): Ditto. - -2007-02-12 David Turner - - Simplify projection and dual-projection code interface. - - * src/truetype/ttinterp.h (TT_Project_Func): Use `FT_Pos', not - FT_Vector' as argument type. - * src/truetype/ttinterp.c (CUR_Func_project, CUR_Func_dualproj): - Updated. - (CUR_fast_project, CUR_fast_dualproj): New macros. - (Project, Dual_Project, Project_x, Project_y): Updated. - (Ins_GC, Ins_SCFS, Ins_MDAP, Ins_MIAP, Ins_IP): Use new `fast' - macros. - - - * src/autofit/afloader.c (af_loader_load_g): Improve spacing - adjustments for the non-light auto-hinted modes. Gets rid of - `inter-letter spacing is too wide' problems. - - * src/autofit/aflatin.c (af_latin_hints_link_segments, - af_latin_hints_compute_edges): Slight optimization of the segment - linker and better handling of serif segments to get rid of broken - `9' in Arial at 9pt (96dpi). - - - Introduce new string functions and the corresponding macros to get - rid of various uses of strcpy and other `evil' functions, as well as - to simplify a few things. - - * include/freetype/internal/ftmemory.h (ft_mem_strdup, ft_mem_dup, - ft_mem_strcpyn): New declarations. - (FT_MEM_STRDUP, FT_STRDUP, FT_MEM_DUP, FT_DUP, FT_STRCPYN): New - macros. - * src/base/ftutil.c (ft_mem_dup, ft_mem_strdup, ft_mem_strcpyn): New - functions. - - * src/bfd/bfddrivr.c (bdf_interpret_style, BDF_Face_Init), - src/bdf/bdflib.c (_bdf_add_property), src/pcf/pcfread.c - (pcf_get_properties, pcf_interpret_style, pcf_load_font), - src/cff/cffdrivr.c (cff_get_glyph_name), src/cff/cffload.c - (cff_index_get_sid_string), src/cff/cffobjs.c (cff_strcpy), - src/sfnt/sfdriver.c (sfnt_get_glyph_name), src/type1/t1driver.c - (t1_get_glyph_name), src/type42/t42drivr.c (t42_get_glyph_name, - t42_get_name_index): Use new functions and simplify code. - - * builds/mac/ftmac.c (FT_FSPathMakeSpec): Don't use FT_MIN. - -2007-02-11 Werner Lemberg - - * src/autofit/afloader.c (af_loader_load_g): Don't change width for - non-spacing glyphs. - -2007-02-07 Tom Parker - - * src/cff/cffdrivr.c (cff_get_name_index): Protect against NULL - pointer. - -2007-02-05 suzuki toshiya - - * include/freetype/ftmac.h (FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE): - Introduce __attribute((deprecated))__ to warn functions - which use non-ANSI data types in its interfaces. - (FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name): Deprecated, using FSSpec. - (FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name): Deprecated, using FSSpec. - (FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec): Deprecated, using FSSpec. - (FT_New_Face_From_FSRef): Deprecated, using FSRef. - - * src/base/ftmac.c: Predefine FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE as void - to avoid warning in building FreeType. - * builds/mac/ftmac.c: Ditto. - -2007-02-05 suzuki toshiya - - * src/base/ftbase.c: Fix to use builds/mac/ftmac.c, if configured - `--with-fsspec' etc. Replace #include "ftmac.c" with - #include . - -2007-02-05 suzuki toshiya - - * include/freetype/ftmac.h (FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name): - Introduced as replacement of FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name. - * src/base/ftmac.c (FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name): Ditto. - (FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name): Rewritten as wrapper of - FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name. - * builds/mac/ftmac.c: Ditto. - -2007-02-05 suzuki toshiya - - * include/freetype/ftmac.h: Fixed wrong comment: FSSpec of - FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name, FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name are - for passing to FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec. - -2007-02-05 suzuki toshiya - - * builds/unix/configure.raw: Check whether Mac OS X system headers - can be built under ANSI C mode. - - * src/base/ftmac.c (OS_INLINE): Redefine OS_INLINE by a version - compatible to ANSI C in case system headers are ANSI C incompatible. - * builds/mac/ftmac.c (OS_INLINE): Ditto. - -2007-02-01 Werner Lemberg - - * include/freetype/ttnameid.h (TT_MS_LANGID_DZONGHKA_BHUTAN): - Explain why applications shouldn't use it. Found by Alexei. - -2007-02-01 Alexei Podtelezhnikov - - * builds/unix/freetype2.m4 (AC_CHECK_FT2): Fix spelling of warning - message. - - * src/gxvalid/gxvmort1.c - (gxv_mort_subtable_type1_substTable_validate): Fix debugging - message. - -2007-01-31 Werner Lemberg - - - * Version 2.3.1 released. - ========================= - - - Tag sources with `VER-2-3-1-FINAL'. - - * builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsp, - builds/win32/visualc/freetype.vcproj: s/230/231/. - * builds/win32/visualc/index.html: s/221/231/. - - * vms_make.com: Add `ftgasp'. - -2007-01-30 David Turner - - Tag sources with VER-2-3-1 to prepare release. - - * include/freetype/freetype.h (FREETYPE_PATCH): Set to 1. - - * docs/VERSION.DLL, docs/release, README, Jamfile (RefDoc): - s/2.3.0/2.3.1/. - - * builds/unix/configure.raw (version_info): Set to 9:12:3. - - - * src/autofit/aftypes.h (AF_USE_WARPER), src/autofit/afloader.c - (af_loader_load_g): Disable the warper (i.e., the light hinting - improvements) to make a 2.3.1 bugfix release before introducing a - new feature. This should give us more time to tune and improve the - warper for the next release. - - * docs/CHANGES: Update accordingly. - -2007-01-25 David Turner - - For light auto-hinting, improve glyph advance widths and resurrect - normal/full hinting to its normal quality. - - * src/autofit/afhints.h (AF_GlyphHintsRec): New members `xmin_delta' - and `xmax_delta'. - * src/autofit/afhints.c (af_glyph_hints_reload): Reset `xmin_delta' - and `xmax_delta'. - - * src/autofit/afloader.c (af_loader_load_g) : Replace - preprocessor conditional with if-clause, handling both light and - normal mode. - - * src/autofit/afwarp.c (AF_WarpScore): Fine-tune again. - (af_warper_compute): Handle `xmin_delta' and `xmax_delta'. - -2007-01-25 Werner Lemberg - - * docs/release: Updated -- Savannah uses a new uploading scheme. - -2007-01-25 David Turner - - * src/cff/cffload.c (cff_index_get_pointers): Improve previous fix. - - * src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_decoder_parse_charstrings) - : Fix sanity check for empty - functions. - - * docs/CHANGES: Document light auto-hinting improvement. - -2007-01-25 Werner Lemberg - - * src/cff/cffload.c (cff_index_get_pointers): Handle last entry - correctly in a sanity check. Since this function is only used to - load local and global functions, any charstring that called the last - local/global function would fail otherwise. This fixes Savannah bug - #18867. - - * docs/CHANGES: Document it. - -2007-01-23 David Turner - - * src/truetype/ttobjs.c (tt_size_ready_bytecode): Fix typo that - prevented compilation when disabling both the unpatented and the - bytecode interpreter in the TrueType font driver. - - - Fix and enable the warper to improve `light' hinting mode. This is - not necessarily a final version, but it seems to work well. - - * src/autofit/aflatin.c (af_latin_hints_init) [AF_USE_WARPER]: - Disable code. - (af_latin_hints_apply) [AF_USE_WARPER]: Handle FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT. - * src/autofit/aftypes.h: Activate AF_USE_WARPER. - - * src/autofit/afwarp.c (AF_WarpScore): Tune table. - (af_warper_compute_line_best): Fix array size of `scores'. - (af_warper_compute): Better handling of border cases. - * src/autofit/afwarp.h (AF_WarperRec): Remove unused members `X1' - and `X2'. - -2007-01-21 Werner Lemberg - - * ChangeLog: Split off older entries into... - * ChangeLog.22: This new file. - -2007-01-21 Werner Lemberg - - * docs/CHANGES: Document SHZ fix. - -2007-01-21 George Williams - - * src/truetype/ttinterp.c (Ins_SHZ): SHZ doesn't move phantom - points. - -2007-01-21 Werner Lemberg - - * src/sfnt/ttmtx.c (tt_face_get_metrics) - [!FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS]: Fix limit check. - -2007-01-17 Werner Lemberg - - - * Version 2.3.0 released. - ========================= - - - Tag sources with `VER-2-3-0-FINAL'. - -2007-01-17 Werner Lemberg - - * docs/release: Updated. - -2007-01-16 David Turner - - * src/autofit/aflatin.c (af_latin_hints_compute_segments), - src/cff/cffdriver.c (cff_ps_get_font_info), src/truetype/ttobjs.c - (tt_face_init), src/truetype/ttinterp.c (Ins_SHC): Fix compiler - warnings. - -2007-01-15 Detlef Würkner - - * builds/amiga/makefile, builds/amiga/makefile.os4, - builds/amiga/smakefile: Add `ftgasp.c' and `ftlcdfil.c'. - - * builds/amiga/include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h: Synchronize. - -2007-01-14 Detlef Würkner - - Fix various compiler warnings. - - * src/truetype/ttdriver.c (tt_size_select), src/cff/cffobjs.h, - src/cff/cffobjs.c (cff_size_request), src/type42/t42objs.h: - s/index/strike_index/. - * src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Match_Size): s/index/size_index/. - - * src/gxvalid/gxvmorx5.c - (gxv_morx_subtable_type5_InsertList_validate): s/index/table_index/. - - * src/truetype/ttinterp.c (Compute_Point_Displacement), - src/pcf/pcfread.c (pcf_seek_to_table_type): Avoid possibly - uninitialized variables. - -2007-01-13 suzuki toshiya - - * docs/CHANGES, docs/INSTALL.MAC: Improvements. - -2007-01-13 Werner Lemberg - - * src/type1/t1afm.c (T1_Read_Metrics): MS Windows allows PFM - versions up to 0x3FF without complaining. - -2007-01-13 Derek Clegg - - Add FT_Get_PS_Font_Info interface to CFF driver. - - * src/cff/cfftypes.h: Include FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H. - (CFF_FontRec): Add `font_info' field. - - * src/cff/cffload.c: Include FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H. - (cff_font_done): Free font->font_info if necessary. - - * src/cff/cffdrvr.c (cff_ps_get_font_info): New function. - (cff_service_ps_info): Register cff_ps_get_font_info. - -2007-01-13 Werner Lemberg - - * src/base/ftoutln.c (FT_Outline_Get_Orientation): Fix compilation - with C++ compiler. - - * src/autofit/afhints.c (af_glyph_hints_dump_segments, - af_glyph_hints_dump_edges): Ditto. - - * src/base/rules.mk (BASE_SRC): Remove ftgasp.c (it's already in - `modules.cfg'). - - * src/sfnt/ttsbit0.h: Remove. - - * src/sfnt/rules.mk (SFNT_DRV_SRC): Don't include ttsbit0.c. - -2007-01-12 David Turner - - * src/base/ftbitmap.c (ft_bitmap_assure_buffer): Fix memory stomping - bug in the bitmap emboldener if the pitch of the source bitmap is - much larger than its width. - - * src/truetype/ttinterp.c (Update_Max): Fix aliasing-related - compilation warning. - -2007-01-12 Werner Lemberg - - * builds/unix/install-sh, builds/unix/mkinstalldirs: Updated from - `automake' CVS module from sources.redhat.com. - -2007-01-11 Werner Lemberg - - * src/type1/t1load.c (is_space): Removed. - (parse_encoding, parse_charstrings): Use IS_PS_DELIM. - (parse_charstrings): Use IS_PS_TOKEN. - - - * autogen.sh: Avoid bash specific syntax. - -2007-01-11 David Turner - - * docs/CHANGES: Small update. - - * builds/unix/configure.raw (version_info): Set to 9:11:3. - - * src/base/ftobjs.c (IsMacResource): Fix a small bug that caused a - crash with some Mac OS X .dfont files. Submitted by Masatake - Yamato. - - * autogen.sh: Small fix to get it working on Mac OS X properly: - The issue is that GNU libtool is called `glibtool' on this platform, - and we must call `glibtoolize', since `libtoolize' doesn't exist. - -2007-01-10 David Turner - - * all-sources: Tag all sources with VER-2-3-0-RC1 and - VER-2-3-0. - - * Jamfile (RefDoc), README, builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsp, - builds/win32/visualc/freetype.vcproj, docs/VERSION.DLL: Update - version number to 2.3.0. - - * include/freetype/freetype.h (FREETYPE_MINOR): Set to 3. - (FREETYPE_PATCH): Set to 0. - - * include/freetype/ftchapters.h, include/freetype/ftgasp.h, - include/freetype/ftlcdfil.h: Update reference documentation with - GASP support and LCD filtering sections. - - * src/pshinter/pshalgo.c (psh_glyph_compute_inflections): Fix a typo - which created an endless loop with some malformed font files. - -2007-01-10 Derek Clegg - - * src/type1/t1load.c (T1_Get_MM_Var): Always return fixed point - values. - -2007-01-08 David Turner - - * docs/CHANGES: Updated. - - * include/freetype/ftgasp.h, src/base/ftgasp.c: New files which add - a new API `FT_Get_Gasp' to return entries of the `gasp' table - corresponding to a given character pixel size. - - * src/sfnt/ttload.c (tt_face_load_gasp): Add version check for the - `gasp' table, in order to avoid potential problems with later - versions. - - * include/freetype/config/ftheader.h (FT_GASP_H): New macro for - . - - * src/base/rules.mk (BASE_SRC), src/base/Jamfile (_sources), - modules.cfg (BASE_EXTENSIONS), builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsp, - builds/win32/visualc/freetype.vcproj: Add src/base/ftgasp.c to the - default build. - -2007-01-07 Werner Lemberg - - * src/cid/cidparse.c (cid_parser_new): Improve error message for - Type 11 fonts. - Scan for `/sfnts' token. - -2007-01-07 Werner Lemberg - - * src/cid/cidparse.c (cid_parser_new): Reject Type 11 fonts. - -2007-01-06 Werner Lemberg - - * src/cff/cffload.c (cff_index_init): Remove unused variable. - (cff_index_read_offset): s/perror/errorp/ to avoid global shadowing. - -2007-01-04 David Turner - - * src/pfr/pfrobjs.c (pfr_face_init): Detect non-scalable fonts - correctly. This fixes Savannah bug #17876. - - - Do not allocate interpreter-specific tables in memory if we are not - going to load glyphs with the bytecode interpreter anyway. - - * src/truetype/ttgload.c (tt_loader_init): Load execution context - only if glyph is hinted. - Updated. - * src/truetype/ttobjs.h (TT_SizeRec): Add members `bytecode_ready' - and `cvs_ready'. - Add `tt_size_ready_bytecode' declaration. - * src/truetype/ttobjs.c (tt_size_done_bytecode, - tt_size_init_bytecode, tt_size_ready_bytecode): New functions. - (tt_size_init): Move most code into `tt_size_init_bytecode'. - (tt_size_done): Move most code into `tt_size_done_bytecode'. - (tt_size_reset): Move some code to `tt_size_ready_bytecode'. - - - Don't extract the metrics table from the SFNT font file. Instead, - reparse it on each glyph load. The runtime difference is not - noticeable, and it can save a lot of heap memory when memory-mapped - files are not used. - - * include/freetype/internal/tttypes.h (TT_FaceRec): Add members - `horz_metrics_offset' and `vert_metrics_ofset'. - * src/sfnt/ttmtx.c (tt_face_load_hmtx, tt_face_get_metrics): - Updated. - - - * src/sfnt/ttcmap.c (tt_cmap4_validate): Slight optimization. - - - Do not load the CFF index offsets into memory, since this wastes a - *lot* of heap memory with large Asian CFF fonts. There is no - significant performance loss. - - * src/cff/cffload.h: Add `cff_charset_cid_to_gindex' declaration. - * src/cff/cfftypes.h (CFF_IndexRec): Add fields `start' and - `data_size'. - (CFF_CharsetRec): Add field `num_glyphs'. - - * src/cff/cffload.c (cff_index_read_offset, cff_index_load_offsets, - cff_charset_cid_to_gindex): New functions. - (cff_new_index): Renamed to... - (cff_index_init): This. Update all callers. - Updated -- some code has been moved to `cff_index_load_offsets'. - (cff_done_index): Renamed to... - (cff_index_done): This. Update all callers. - (cff_index_get_pointers, cff_index_access_element): Updated to use - stream offsets. - (cff_charset_compute_cids): Set `num_glyphs' field. - (cff_encoding_load): Updated. - - * src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_slot_load): Updated. - -2007-01-04 David Turner - - * docs/INSTALL.UNIX: Simplify some parts, add reference to - autogen.sh and pointer to README.CVS. - - * README.CVS: Add common problem description and solution - when running autogen.sh. - - * docs/INSTALL: Add reference to MacOS X. - - * docs/MAKEPP, docs/INSTALL.MAC: New documentation files. - - * docs/TODO: Remove obsolete items. - - * src/raster/ftraster.c: (TRaster_Instance): Replace it with... - (TWorker): This. - Remove `count_table' and `memory'. - Make `grays' a pointer. - (TRaster): New structure. - (count_table): New static array. - (RAS_ARGS, RAS_ARG, RAS_VARS, RAS_VAR, FT_UNUSED_RASTER, cur_ras, - Vertical_Gray_Sweep_Step, ft_black_new, ft_black_done, - ft_black_set_mode, ft_black_render): Updated. - (ft_black_init): Don't initialize `count_table'. - (ft_black_reset): Use the render pool. This saves about 6KB of - heap space for each FT_Library instance. - - * src/smooth/ftgrays.c (TRaster): Replaced with... - (TWorker): This. - Remove `memory'. - (TRaster): New structure. - - (RAS_ARG_, RAS_ARG, RAS_VAR_, RAS_VAR, ras, gray_render_line, - gray_move_to, gray_line_to, gray_conic_to, gray_cubic_to, - gray_render_span, gray_raster_render): Updated. - (gray_raster_reset): Use the render pool. This saves about 6KB of - heap space for each FT_Library instance. - - * src/sfnt/sfobjs.c, src/sfnt/ttkern.c, src/sfnt/ttkern.h, - src/sfnt/ttmtx.c, src/sfnt/ttsbit.c, src/sfnt/ttsbit.h, - src/truetype/ttpload.c, include/freetype/config/ftoption.h: Remove - FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY macro (and code for !FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY) since - the optimization is no longer experimental. - - * src/pshinter/pshalgo.c (psh_glyph_interpolate_normal_points): - Remove a typo that results in no hinting and a memory leak with some - large Asian CFF fonts. - - * src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Done_Library): Remove a subtle memory leak - which happens when FT_Done_Library is called with still opened - CFF_Faces in it. We need to close all faces before destroying the - modules, or else some bad things (memory leaks) may happen. - -2007-01-02 Werner Lemberg - - * src/gxvalid/gxvkern.c (gxv_kern_subtable_fmt0_pairs_validate): - Remove compiler warning. - -2007-01-02 David Turner - - * src/sfnt/sfobjs.c: Add documentation comment. - -2006-12-31 Masatake YAMATO - - * src/gxvalid/gxvkern.c (gxv_kern_subtable_fmt0_pairs_validate): New - function. - Check uniqueness of the gid pairs. - (gxv_kern_subtable_fmt0_validate): Move some code to - `gxv_kern_subtable_fmt0_pairs_validate'. - -2006-12-22 David Turner - - * src/autofit/aflatin.c, src/truetype/ttgload.c: Remove compiler - warnings. - - * builds/win32/visualc/freetype.vcproj: Add _CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE - to avoid deprecation warnings with Visual C++ 8. - -2006-12-16 Anders Kaseorg - - * src/base/ftlcdfil.c (FT_Library_SetLcdFilter) - [FT_FORCE_LIGHT_LCD_FILTER]: Fix typo. - -2006-12-15 suzuki toshiya - - * include/freetype/internal/services/svotval.h: Add `volatile' to - sync with the modification by Jens Claudius on 2006-08-22; cf. - http://cvs.savannah.gnu.org/viewcvs/freetype/freetype2/src/otvalid/otvmod.c?r1=1.4&r2=1.5 - -2006-12-15 suzuki toshiya - - * src/base/ftmac.c: Specialized for Mac OS X only. - * builds/unix/ftconfig.in: Fixed for ppc64 missing Carbon framework. - * builds/unix/configure.raw: Ditto. When explicit switches for - FSSpec/FSRef/QuickDraw/ATS availability are given to configure, - builds/mac/ftmac.c is used instead of default src/base/ftmac.c. - -2006-12-15 suzuki toshiya - - * builds/mac/ftmac.c: Copied src/base/ftmac.c for legacy system. - * builds/mac/FreeType.m68k_cfm.make.txt: Fix to use builds/mac/ftmac.c - instead of src/base/ftmac.c - * builds/mac/FreeType.ppc_carbon.make.txt: Ditto. - * builds/mac/FreeType.ppc_classic.make.txt: Ditto. - * builds/mac/FreeType.m68k_far.make.txt: Ditto, and exclude gxvalid.c - that cannot be built at present. - -2006-12-15 suzuki toshiya - - * src/base/ftobjs.c: Improvement of resource fork handler for - POSIX, cf. - http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/freetype-devel/2006-10/msg00025.html - (Mac_Read_sfnt_Resource): Count only `sfnt' resource of suitcase font - format or .dfont, to simulate the face index number counted by ftmac.c. - (IsMacResource): Return the number of scalable faces correctly. - -2006-12-10 Werner Lemberg - - * builds/toplevel.mk (version): Protect against `distclean' target. - -2006-12-09 Werner Lemberg - - * builds/*/*def.mk, builds/*/detect.mk (CAT): Define to either `cat' - or `type'. - - * builds/freetype.mk (version): Extracted from freetype.h, using - GNU make's built-in string functions. - (refdoc): Use $(version) instead of static version number. - -2006-12-08 Werner Lemberg - - * builds/toplevel.mk (dist): Extract version number from freetype.h. - -2006-12-08 Vladimir Volovich - - * src/tools/apinames (State): Remove final comma in structure -- xlc - v5 under AIX 4.3 doesn't like this. - -2006-12-07 David Turner - - * src/autofit/afloader.c (af_loader_load_g): Small adjustment - to the spacing of auto-fitted glyphs. This only impacts rare - cases (e.g., Arial Bold at rather small character sizes). - -2006-12-03 Werner Lemberg - - * src/sfnt/rules.mk (SFNT_DRV_SRC): Add ttsbit0.c. - -2006-12-01 Werner Lemberg - - * src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (tt_face_get_name): All Unicode strings are - encoded in UTF-16BE. Patch from Rajeev Pahuja . - (tt_name_entry_ascii_from_ucs4): Removed. - - - * include/freetype/ftxf86.h: Fix and extend comment so that it - appears in the documentation. - - * include/freetype/ftchapters.h: Add `font_format' section. - - - * src/tools/docmaker/tohtml.py (HtmlFormatter::index_exit): Add link - to TOC in index page. - -2006-11-28 David Turner - - * src/smooth/ftgrays.c (gray_raster_render): Return 0 when we are - trying to render into a zero-width/height bitmap, not an error code. - - * src/truetype/ttobjs.c (tt_face_init): Fix typo in previous patch. - - * src/smooth/ftgrays.c: Remove hard-coded error values; use FreeType - ones instead. - - * src/autofit/afhints.c (af_glyph_hints_dump_segments): Remove unused - variable. - -2006-11-26 Pierre Hanser - - * src/truetype/ttobjs.c (tt_face_init): Protect against NULL pointer. - -2006-11-25 David Turner - - * src/autofit/afhints.c (af_glyph_hints_dump_points, - af_glyph_hints_dump_segments, af_glyph_hints_dumpedges) [!AF_DEBUG]: - Add stubs to link the `ftgrid' test program when debugging is - disabled in the auto-hinter. - -2006-11-23 David Turner - - * src/autofit/afhints.c, src/autofit/afhints.h, src/autofit/aflatin.c, - src/autofit/aftypes.h: Miscellaneous auto-hinter improvements. - - * src/autofit/afhints.c (af_glyph_hints_dump_segments) [AF_DEBUG]: - Emit more sensible information. - - * src/autofit/afhints.h (AF_SegmentRec): Add `height' member. - - * src/autofit/aflatin.c (af_latin_metrics_scale_dim): Improve - rounding of blue values. - (af_latin_hints_compute_segments): Hint segment heights. - (af_latin_hints_link_segments): Reduce `len_score' value. - (af_latin_hints_compute_edges): Increase `segment_length_threshold' - value and use `height' member for comparisons. - (af_latin_hint_edges): Extend logging message. - Improve handling of remaining edges. - -2006-11-22 Werner Lemberg - - Fix Savannah bug #15553. - - * src/truetype/ttgload.c (tt_loader_init): Re-execute the CVT - program after a change from mono to grayscaling (and vice versa). - Use correct constant for comparison to get `exec->grayscale'. - -2006-11-18 Werner Lemberg - - Because FT_Load_Glyph expects CID values for CID-keyed fonts, the - test for a valid glyph index must be deferred to the font drivers. - This patch fixes Savannah bug #18301. - - * src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Load_Glyph): Don't check `glyph_index'. - * src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c (BDF_Glyph_Load), src/cff/cffgload.c - (cff_slot_load), src/cid/cidgload.c (cid_slot_load_glyph), - src/pcf/pcfdrivr.c (PCF_Glyph_Load), src/pfr/pfrobjs.c - (pfr_slot_load), src/truetype/ttdriver.c (Load_Glyph), - src/type1/t1gload.c (T1_Load_Glyph), src/winfonts/winfnt.c - (FNT_Load_Glyph): Check validity of `glyph_index'. - -2006-11-13 David Turner - - * src/truetype/ttinterp.c (FIX_BYTECODE): Undefine. The interpreter - `enhancements' are still too buggy for general use. - - * src/base/ftlcdfil.c: Add support for FT_FORCE_LIGHT_LCD_FILTER and - FT_FORCE_LEGACY_LCD_FILTER at compile time. Define these macros - when building the library to change the default LCD filter to be - used. This is only useful for experimentation. - - * include/freetype/ftlcdfil.h: Update documentation. - -2006-11-10 David Turner - - * src/smooth/ftsmooth.c: API change for the LCD - filter. The FT_LcdFilter value is an enumeration describing which - filter to apply, with new values FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT and - FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY (the latter implements the LibXft original - algorithm which produces strong color fringes for everything - except very-well hinted text). - - * include/freetype/ftlcdfil.h (FT_Library_SetLcdFilter): Change - second parameter to an enum type. - - * src/base/ftlcdfil.c (USE_LEGACY): Define. - (_ft_lcd_filter): Rename to... - (_ft_lcd_filter_fir): This. - Update parameters. - (_ft_lcd_filter_legacy) [USE_LEGACY]: New filter function. - (FT_Library_Set_LcdFilter): Update parameters. - Handle new filter modes. - - * include/internal/ftobjs.h: Include FT_LCD_FILTER_H. - (FT_Bitmap_LcdFilterFunc): Change third argument to `FT_Library'. - (FT_LibraryRec) [FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING]: Add filtering - callback and update other fields. - - * src/smooth/ftsmooth.c (ft_smooth_render_generic) - [FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING]: Update. - Other minor improvements. - - * src/autofit/aflatin.c: Various tiny improvements that drastically - improve the handling of serif fonts and of LCD/LCD_V hinting modes. - (af_latin_hints_compute_edges): Fix typo. - (af_latin_compute_stem_width): Take better care of diagonal stems. - -2006-11-09 David Turner - - * src/pshinter/pshalgo.c (psh_glyph_compute_inflections): Fix - typo which created a variable-used-before-initialized bug. - -2006-11-07 Zhe Su - - * src/base/ftsynth.c (FT_GlyphSlot_Embolden): Handle vertical layout - also. - -2006-11-03 Werner Lemberg - - * src/base/ftcalc.c: Don't use `long long' but `FT_Int64'. - -2006-11-02 David Turner - - Add a few tweaks to better handle serif fonts. - Add more debugging messages. - - * src/autofit/aflatin.c (af_latin_hints_compute_edges): Ignore - segments that are less than 1.5 pixels high. This gets rid of - *many* corner cases with serifs. - (af_latin_align_linked_edge): Add logging message. - (af_latin_hint_edges): Use AF_HINTS_DO_BLUES. - Add logging messages. - Handle AF_EDGE_FLAG flag specially. - - * src/autofit/afmodule.c [AF_DEBUG]: Add _af_debug, - _af_debug_disable_blue_hints, and _af_debug_hints variables. - - * src/autofit/aftypes.h (AF_LOG) [AF_DEBUG]: Use _af_debug. - Update external declarations. - (af_corner_orientation, af_corner_is_flat): Replaced by... - - * include/freetype/internal/ftcalc.h (ft_corner_orientation, - ft_corner_is_flat): These declarations. - - * src/autofit/afangles.c (af_corner_orientation, af_corner_is_flat): - Comment out. Replaced by... - - * src/base/ftcalc.h (ft_corner_orientation, ft_corner_is_flat): - These functions. Update all callers. - (FT_Add64) [!FT_LONG64]: Simplify. - - * src/autofit/afhints.c: Include FT_INTERNAL_CALC_H. - (af_direction_compute): Add a missing FT_ABS call. This bug caused - production of garbage by missing lots of segments. - - * src/autofit/afhints.h (AF_HINTS_DO_BLUES): New macro. - - * src/autofit/afloader.c (af_loader_init, af_loader_done) - [AF_DEBUG]: Set _af_debug_hints. - - - * src/pshinter/pshalgo.c: Include FT_INTERNAL_CALC_H. - (psh_corner_is_flat, psh_corner_orientation): Use ft_corner_is_flat - and ft_corner_orientation. - - - * src/gzip/inftrees.c (huft_build): Remove compiler warning. - -2006-10-24 Werner Lemberg - - * src/cff/cffload.c (cff_encoding_load): Remove unused variable. - - * src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Select_Charmap): Disallow FT_ENCODING_NONE - as argument. - -2006-10-23 Zhe Su - - * src/base/ftoutln.c (FT_Outline_Get_Orientation): Re-implement to - better deal with broken Asian fonts with strange glyphs, having - self-intersections and other peculiarities. The used algorithm is - based on the nonzero winding rule. - -2006-10-23 David Turner - - Speed up the CFF font loader. With some large CFF fonts, - FT_Open_Face is now more than three times faster. - - * src/cff/cffload.c (cff_get_offset): Removed. - (cff_new_index): Inline functionality of `cff_get_offset'. - (cff_charset_compute_cids, cff_charset_free_cids): New functions. - (cff_charset_done): Call `cff_charset_free_cids'. - (cff_charset_load): Call `cff_charset_compute_cids'. - (cff_encoding_load) : Ditto, to replace inefficient loop. - - * src/sfnt/ttmtx.c (tt_face_load_hmtx): Replace calls to FT_GET_XXX - with FT_NEXT_XXX. - - - Speed up the Postscript hinter, with more than 100% speed increase - on my machine. - - * src/pshinter/pshalgo.c (psh_corner_is_flat, - psh_corner_orientation): New functions. - (psh_glyph_compute_inflections): Merge loops for efficiency. - Use `psh_corner_orientation'. - (psh_glyph_init): Use `psh_corner_is_flat'. - (psh_hint_table_find_strong_point): Renamed to... - (psh_hint_table_find_strong_points): This. - Rewrite, adding argument to handle all points at once. - Update all callers. - (PSH_MAX_STRONG_INTERNAL): New macro. - (psh_glyph_interpolate_normal_points): Rewrite for efficiency. - -2006-10-15 suzuki toshiya - - * src/base/ftmac.c (FT_New_Face_From_FOND): Initialize variable - `error' with FT_Err_Ok. - -2006-10-14 suzuki toshiya - - * docs/INSTALL.CROSS: New document file for cross-building. - - * builds/unix/configure.raw: Preliminary cross-building support. - Find native C compiler and pass it by CC_BUILD, and - find suffix for native executable and pass it by EXEEXT_BUILD. - Also suffix for target executable is passed by EXEEXT. - - * builds/unix/unix-cc.in (CCraw_build, E_BUILD): New variables to - build `apinames' which runs on building system. They are set by - CC_BUILD and EXEEXT_BUILD. - - * builds/exports.mk (APINAMES_EXE): Change the extension for - apinames from the suffix for target (E) to that for building host - (E_BUILD). - -2006-10-12 Werner Lemberg - - * docs/INSTALL.UNX, docs/UPGRADE.UNX: Renamed to... - * docs/INSTALL.UNIX, docs/UPGRADE.UNIX: This. Update all documents - which reference those files. - -2006-10-12 suzuki toshiya - - * builds/unix/configure.raw (FT2_EXTRA_LIBS): New variable. It is - embedded in freetype2.pc and freetype-config. Use it to record - Carbon dependency of MacOSX. - - * builds/unix/freetype2.in: Embed FT2_EXTRA_LIBS. - - * builds/unix/freetype-config.in: Ditto. - -2006-10-11 Werner Lemberg - - * devel/ftoption.h (FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING): Define for - development. - -2006-10-03 Jens Claudius - - * include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h: Cast away volatileness from - argument to ft_setjmp. - - * include/freetype/internal/ftvalid.h: Add comment that - ft_validator_run must not be used. - -2006-10-01 Werner Lemberg - - * src/base/ftbase.c: Undo change from 2006-09-30. - - * src/base/rules.mk (BASE_SRC): Remove `ftlcdfil.c'. - -2006-09-30 David Turner - - * include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h (FT_Face_InternalRec): - s/unpatented_hinting/ignore_unpatented_hinter/. - Update all callers. - - * src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Load_Glyph): Refine the algorithm whether - auto-hinting shall be used or not. - - * src/truetype/ttobjs.c (tt_face_init): Ditto. - -2006-09-30 Werner Lemberg - - * src/base/rules.mk (BASE_SRC): Remove `ftapi.c' (which is no longer - in use). - - * src/base/ftbase.c: Include `ftlcdfil.c'. - -2006-09-29 Werner Lemberg - - * src/sfnt/ttcmap.c (tt_cmap4_char_map_binary): Fix algorithm for - overlapping segments. Bug reported by Stefan Koch. - -2006-09-28 David Turner - - Fix a bug in the automatic unpatented hinting support which prevents - normal bytecode hinting to work properly. - - * include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h (FT_Face_InternalRec): - s/force_autohint/unpatented_hinting/. Update all callers. - - * src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Load_Glyph): Updated code. - - * src/autofit/aftypes.h (AF_DEBUG): Undefine to get rid of traces. - -2006-09-27 David Turner - - * include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_FREETYPE_PATCH): Set to 2. - - - Add a new API to support color filtering of subpixel glyph bitmaps. - In a default build, the function `FT_Library_SetLcdFilter' returns - `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature'; you need to #define - FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING in ftoption.h to compile the - real implementation. - - * include/freetype/ftlcdfil.h, src/base/ftlcdfil.c: New files. - - * include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h (FT_Bitmap_LcdFilterFunc): New - typedef. - (FT_LibraryRec) [FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING]: New members - `lcd_filter_weights' and `lcd_filter'. - - * src/smooth/ftsmooth.c (ft_smooth_render_generic): Remove arguments - `hmul' and `vmul'. - - Handle subpixel rendering. - Simplify function. - (ft_smooth_render_lcd): Use `FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD'. - (ft_smooth_render_lcd_v): Use `FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V'. - - * include/freetype/config/ftheader.h (FT_LCD_FILTER_H): New macro, - pointing to . - - * src/base/Jamfile (_sources), src/base/rules.mk (BASE_SRC), - vms_make.com: Add `ftlcdfil.c' to the list of compiled source files. - - * modules.cfg (BASE_EXTENSIONS): Add ftlcdfil.c. - -2006-09-26 David Bustin - - * src/pfr/pfrobjs.c (pfr_face_get_kerning): Skip adjustment bytes - correctly. Reported as Savannah bug #17843. - -2006-09-26 David Turner - - * src/autofit/afhints.h (AF_HINTS_DO_HORIZONTAL, - AF_HINTS_DO_VERTICAL, AF_HINTS_DO_ADVANCE): New macros to disable - horizontal and vertical hinting for the purpose of debugging the - auto-fitter. - - * src/autofit/afmodule.c (_af_debug_disable_horz_hints, - _af_debug_disable_vert_hints) [AF_DEBUG]: New global variables. - - * src/autofit/aftypes.h [AF_DEBUG]: Declare above variables. - - * include/freetype/config/ftoption.h, devel/ftoption.h - (FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING): New macro to control whether - we want to compile LCD-optimized rendering code (à la ClearType) or - not. The macro *must* be disabled in default builds of the library - for patent reasons. - - * src/smooth/ftsmooth.c (ft_smooth_render_generic): Disable - LCD-specific rendering when FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING - isn't defined at compile time. This only changes the content of the - rendered glyph to match the one of normal gray-level rendering, - hence clients should not need to be modified. - - * docs/CHANGES: Updated. - -2006-09-18 Garrick Meeker - - * src/base/ftmac.c (FT_New_Face_From_FOND): Fall back to SFNT if - LWFN fails and both are available. - -2006-09-11 David Turner - - * src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (tt_face_get_name): Support some fonts which - report their English names through an Apple Roman - (platform,encoding) pair, with language_id != English. - - If the font uses another name entry with language_id == English, it - will be selected correctly, though. - - * src/truetype/ttobjs.c (tt_face_init): Add unpatented hinting - selection for `mingli.ttf'. - -2006-09-05 Werner Lemberg - - * src/truetype/ttpload.c (tt_face_load_hdmx): Handle `record_size' - values which have the upper two bytes set to 0xFF instead of 0x00 - (as it happens in at least two CJKV fonts, `HAN NOM A.ttf' and - `HAN NOM B.ttf'). - - * src/smooth/ftgrays.c [GRAYS_USE_GAMMA]: Really remove all code. - -2006-09-05 David Turner - - Minor source cleanups and optimizations. - - * src/smooth/ftgrays.c (GRAYS_COMPACT): Removed. - (TRaster): Remove `count_ex' and `count_ey'. - (gray_find_cell): Remove 2nd and 3rd argument. - (gray_alloc_cell): Merged with `gray_find_cell'. - (gray_record_cell): Simplify. - (gray_set_cell): Rewrite. - (gray_start_cell): Apply offsets to `ras.ex' and `ras.ey'. - (gray_render_span): Don't use FT_MEM_SET for small values. - (gray_dump_cells) [DEBUG_GRAYS]: New function. - (gray_sweep): Avoid buffer overwrites when to drawing the end of a - bitmap scanline. - (gray_convert_glyph): Fix speed-up. - -2006-09-04 David Turner - - * src/smooth/ftgrays.c (gray_convert_glyphs): Make it work with - 64bit processors. - -2006-09-03 Werner Lemberg - - * devel/ftoption.h: Synchronize with - include/freetype/config/ftoption.h. - - * src/smooth/ftgrays.c (gray_record_cell): Remove shadowing - variable declaration. - (gray_convert_glyph): Fix compiler warnings. - -2006-09-01 David Turner - - * src/truetype/ttobjs.c (tt_face_init): Update the TrueType loader - to recognize a few fonts that require the automatic unpatented - loader. - - * src/smooth/ftgrays.c: Optmize the performance of the anti-aliased - rasterizer. The speed improvement is between 15% and 25%, depending - on the font data. - - (GRAYS_USE_GAMMA, GRAYS_COMPACT): Removed, and all associated code. - (TCell): Redefine. - (TRaster): New members `buffer', `buffer_size', `ycells', `ycount'. - (gray_init_cells): Updated. - (gray_find_cell, gray_alloc_cell): New functions. - (gray_record_cell): Rewritten to use `gray_find_cell' and - `gray_alloc_cell'. - (PACK, LESS_THAN, SWAP_CELLS, DEBUG_SORT, QUICK_SORT, SHELL_SORT, - QSORT_THRESHOLD): - Removed. - (gray_shell_sort, gray_quick_sort, gray_check_sort, - gray_dump_cells): Removed. - (gray_sweep): Rewritten. - (gray_convert_glyph): Rewrite code which used one of the sorting - functions. - (gray_raster_render): Updated. - -2006-08-29 Dr. Werner Fink - - * configure: Make it possible to handle configure options which - have strings containing spaces. - -2006-08-27 David Turner - - * include/freetype/config/ftoption.h (TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER): - New macro, defined if either TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER - or TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING is defined. - - * include/freetype/internal/ftcalc.h, src/base/ftcalc.c, - src/truetype/truetype.c, src/truetype/ttdriver.c, - src/truetype/ttgload.c, src/truetype/ttgload.h, - src/truetype/ttinterp.c, src/truetype/ttobjs.c, - src/truetype/ttobjs.h, src/truetype/ttpload.c, src/type42/t42drivr.c: - s/TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER/TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER/. - - * include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h (FT_Face_InternalRec): New - member `force_autohint'. - - * src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Load_Glyph): Use `force_autohint'. - - * src/truetype/ttobjs.c (tt_face_init): Prepare code for testing - against a list of font names which need the bytecode interpreter. - -2006-08-27 Jens Claudius - - Fix miscellaneous compiler warnings. - - * include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h: Close comment with `*/' to - avoid `/* in comment' compiler warning. - - * src/base/ftdbgmem.c (ft_mem_table_get_source): Turn cast - `(FT_UInt32)(void*)' into `(FT_UInt32)(FT_PtrDist)(void*)' since on - 64-bit platforms void* is larger than FT_UInt32. - - * src/base/ftobjs.c (t_validator_error): Cast away - volatileness of argument to ft_longjmp. Spotted by Werner - `Putzfrau' Lemberg. - - * src/bdf/bdflib.c (bdf_load_font): Initialize local - variable `lineno'. - - * src/gxvalid/gxvmod.c (classic_kern_validate): Mark local variable - `error' as volatile. - -2006-08-27 Werner Lemberg - - * builds/unix/ftconfig.in: Synchronize with main ftconfig.h. - Reported by Jens. - -2006-08-22 Jens Claudius - - Fix for previous commit, which caused many compiler warnings/errors - about addresses of volatile objects passed as function arguments as - non-volatile pointers. - - * include/freetype/internal/ftvalid.h: Make FT_Validator typedef a - pointer to a volatile object. - - * src/gxvalid/gxvmod.c (gxv_load_table): Make function argument - `table' a pointer to a volatile object. - - * src/otvalid/otvmod.c (otv_load_table): Make function argument - `table' a pointer to a volatile object. - -2006-08-18 Jens Claudius - - * src/gxvalid/gxvmod.c (GXV_TABLE_DECL): Mark local variable `_sfnt' - as volatile since it must keep its value across a call to ft_setjmp. - (gxv_validate): Same for local variables `memory' and `valid'. - (classic_kern_validate): Same for local variables `memory', - `ckern', and `valid'. - - * src/otvalid/otvmod.c (otv_validate): Same for function parameter - `face' and local variables `base', `gdef', `gpos', `gsub', `jstf', - and 'valid'. - - * src/sfnt/ttcmap.c (tt_face_build_cmaps): Same for local variable - `cmap'. - -2006-08-16 David Turner - - * src/cid/cidgload.c (cid_slot_load_glyph): Remove compiler - warnings. - - * src/base/ftobjs.c (ft_validator_run): Disable function; it is - buggy by design. Always return -1. - - - Improvements to native TrueType hinting. This is a first try, - controlled by the FIX_BYTECODE macro in src/truetype/ttinterp.c. - - * include/freetype/internal/ftgloadr.h (FT_GlyphLoadRec): Add member - `extra_points2'. - - * include/freetype/internal/tttypes.h (TT_GlyphZoneRec): Add member - `orus'. - - * src/base/ftgloadr.c (FT_GlyphLoader_Reset, - FT_GlyphLoader_Adjust_Points, FT_GlyphLoader_CreateExtra, - FT_GlyphLoader_CheckPoints, FT_GlyphLoader_CopyPoints): Updated to - handle `extra_points2'. - - * src/truetype/ttgload.c (tt_prepare_zone): Handle `orus'. - Remove compiler warning. - (cur_to_arg): Remove macro. - (TT_Hint_Glyph): Updated. - (TT_Process_Simple_Glyph): Handle `orus'. - - * src/truetype/ttinterp.c (FIX_BYTECODE): New macro. - (Ins_MD, Ins_MDRP, Ins_IP) [FIX_BYTECODE]: Handle `orus'. - (LOC_Ins_IUP): Renamed to... - (IUP_WorkerRec): This. - Add `orus' member. - (Shift): Renamed to... - (_iup_worker_shift): This. - Updated. - (Interp): Renamed to... - (_iup_worker_interpolate): This. - Updated to handle `orus'. - (Ins_IUP): Updated. - - * src/truetype/ttobjs.c (tt_glyphzone_done, tt_glyphzone_new): - Handle `orus'. - -2006-08-15 suzuki toshiya - - * modules.cfg (BASE_EXTENSIONS): Compile in ftgxval.c by default to - build ftvalid in ft2demos. This has been inadvertedly changed - 2006-08-13. - -2006-08-15 suzuki toshiya - - `ft_validator_run' wrapping `setjmp' can cause a crash, as found by - Jens: - http://lists.nongnu.org/archive/html/freetype-devel/2006-08/msg00004.htm. - - * src/otvalid/otvmod.c: Replace `ft_validator_run' by `ft_setjmp'. - It reverts the change introduced on 2005-08-20. - - * src/gxvalid/gxvmod.c: Ditto. - -2006-08-13 Jens Claudius - - * finclude/freetype/internal/psaux.h: (T1_TokenType): Add - T1_TOKEN_TYPE_KEY. - (T1_FieldRec): Add `dict'. - (T1_FIELD_DICT_FONTDICT, T1_FIELD_DICT_PRIVATE): New macros. - (T1_NEW_XXX, T1_FIELD_XXX): Update to take the dictionary where a PS - keyword is expected as an additional argument. - - * src/cid/cidload.c: (cid_field_records): Adjust invocations of - T1_FIELD_XXX. - - * src/cid/cidtoken.h: Adjust invocations of T1_FIELD_XXX. - - * src/psaux/psobjs.c: Add macro FT_COMPONENT for tracing. - (ps_parser_to_token): Report a PostScript key as T1_TOKEN_TYPE_KEY, - not T1_TOKEN_TYPE_ANY. - (ps_parser_load_field): Make sure a token that should be a string or - name is really a string or name. - Avoid memory leak if a keyword has been already encountered and its - value is overwritten. - * src/type1/t1load.c: (t1_keywords): Adjust invocations of - T1_FIELD_XXX. - (parse_dict): Ignore keywords that occur in the wrong dictionary - (e.g., in `Private' instead of `FontDict'). - - * src/type1/t1tokens.h: Adjust invocations of T1_FIELD_XXX. - - * src/type42/t42parse.c: (t42_keywords): Adjust invocations of - T1_FIELD_XXX. - -2006-07-18 Jens Claudius - - Move creation of field `buildchar' of T1_DecoderRec out of - `t1_decoder_init' and let the caller of `t1_decoder_init' take care - of it. - - Call the finisher for T1_Decoder in `cid_face_compute_max_advance' - and `T1_Compute_Max_Advance'. - - * include/freetype/internal/psaux.h (T1_DecoderRec): Remove field - `face', add `len_buildchar'. - - * include/freetype/internal/t1types.h (T1_FaceRec): Add field - `buildchar'. - - * src/cid/cidgload.c (cid_face_compute_max_advance): Call finisher - for T1_Decoder. - (cid_slot_load_glyph): Do not ignore failure when initializing the - T1_Decoder. - - * src/psaux/t1decode.c (t1_decoder_parse_charstrings): Updated. - (t1_decoder_init): Remove initialization of fields `buildchar' and - `len_buildchar'. - (t1_decoder_done): Remove deallocation of field `buildchar'. - - * freetype/src/type1/t1gload.c (T1_Compute_Max_Advance): Initialize - T1_Decoder's `buildchar' and `len_buildchar'; call finisher for - T1_Decoder. - (T1_Load_Glyph): Initialize T1_Decoder's `buildchar' and - `len_buildchar'; make sure to call finisher for T1_Decoder even in - case of error. - - * src/type1/t1load.c (T1_Open_Face): Allocate new field `buildchar' - of T1_FaceRec. - - * src/type1/t1objs.c (T1_Face_Done): Free new field `buildchar' of - T1_FaceRec. - -2006-07-14 Jens Claudius - - * include/freetype/internal/psaux.h: New macros IS_PS_NEWLINE, - IS_PS_SPACE, IS_PS_SPECIAL, IS_PS_DELIM, IS_PS_DIGIT, IS_PS_XDIGIT, - and IS_PS_BASE85 (from src/psaux/psconv.h). - (T1_FieldLocation): Add T1_FIELD_LOCATION_LOADER, - T1_FIELD_LOCATION_FACE, and T1_FIELD_LOCATION_BLEND. - (T1_DecoderRec): New fields `buildchar' and `face'. - (IS_PS_TOKEN): New macro. - - * include/freetype/internal/t1types.h (T1_FaceRec): New fields - `ndv_idx', `cdv_idx', and `len_buildchar'. - - * include/freetype/t1tables.h (PS_BlendRec): New fields - `default_design_vector' and `num_default_design_vector'. - - * src/psaux/psconv.h: Move macros IS_PS_NEWLINE, IS_PS_SPACE, - IS_PS_SPECIAL, IS_PS_DELIM, IS_PS_DIGIT, IS_PS_XDIGIT, and - IS_PS_BASE85 to include/freetype/internal/psaux.h. - - * src/psaux/psobjs.c (ps_parser_to_token_array): Allow `token' - argument to be NULL if we want only to count the number of tokens. - (ps_tocoordarray): Allow `coords' argument to be NULL if we just - want to skip the array. - (ps_tofixedarray): Allow `values' argument to be NULL if we just - want to skip the array. - - * src/psaux/t1decode.c (t1_decoder_parse_charstrings): Add support - for (partially commented out) othersubrs 19-25, 27, and 28. - (t1_decoder_init): Initialize new fields `face' and `buildchar'. - (t1_decoder_done): Release new field `buildchar'. - - * src/type1/t1load.c (parse_buildchar, parse_private): New - functions. - (t1_keywords): Register them. - (t1_allocate_blend): Updated. - (t1_load_keyword): Handle field types T1_FIELD_LOCATION_LOADER, - T1_FIELD_LOCATION_FACE and T1_FIELD_LOCATION_BLEND. - (parse_dict): Remove `keyword_flags' argument. - Use new macro IS_PS_TOKEN. - Changed function so that later PostScript definitions override - earlier ones. - (t1_init_loader): Initialize new field `keywords_encountered'. - (T1_Open_Face): Initialize new fields `ndv_idx', `cdv_idx', and - `len_buildchar'. - Remove `keywords_flags'. - - * src/type1/t1load.h (T1_LoaderRect): New field - `keywords_encountered'. - (T1_PRIVATE, T1_FONTDIR_AFTER_PRIVATE): New macros. - - * src/type1/t1tokens.h [!T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_MM_SUPPORT]: New - entries for parsing /NDV, /CDV, and /DesignVector. - -2006-07-07 Werner Lemberg - - Add many checks to protect against malformed PCF files. - - * src/pcf/pcfdrivr.c (PCF_Face_Done): Protect against NULL pointers. - (PCF_Face_Init): Add calls to PCF_Face_Done in case of errors. - - * src/pcf/pcfread.c (pcf_read_TOC): Protect against malformed table - data and check that tables don't overlap (using a simple - bubblesort). - (PCF_METRIC_SIZE, PCF_COMPRESSED_METRIC_SIZE, PCF_PROPERTY_SIZE): - New macros which give the size of data structures in the data - stream. - (pcf_get_properties): Use rough estimates to get array size limits. - Assign `face->nprops' and `face->properties' earlier so that a call - to PCF_Face_Done can do the clean-up in case of error. - Protect against invalid string offsets. - (pcf_get_metrics): Clean up code. - Adjust tracing message levels. - Use rough estimate to get array size limit. - (pcf_get_bitmaps): Clean up code. - Adjust tracing message levels. - Use rough estimates to get offset limits. - (pcf_get_encodings): Adjust tracing message level. - (pcf_get_accel): Clean up code. - -2006-06-26 Werner Lemberg - - * src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c (BDF_Face_Init): Handle fonts correctly which - don't have a POINT_SIZE property. This fixes Savannah bug #16914. - -2006-06-26 Jens Claudius - - * src/psaux/t1decode.c (T1_Operator, t1_args_count): Add opcode 15. - (t1_decoder_parse_charstrings): Operator with - opcode 15 pops its two arguments. - Handle the case where the pops of an othersubr may be part of a - subroutine. - Handle unknown othersubrs gracefully: count their operands and let - the following pop operators push the operands as the results onto - the Type1 stack. - Improve handling of setcurrentpoint opcode. - -2006-06-25 Jens Claudius - - The Type 1 parser now skips over top-level procedures as required - for a `Simplified Parser'. This makes the parser more robust as it - doesn't poke around in PostScript code. Additionally, it makes the - FontDirectory hackery in src/type1/t1load.c unnecessary. - - * src/psaux/psobjs.c (IS_OCTAL_DIGIT): New macro. - (skip_literal_string): Add FT_Error as return value. - Handle escapes better. - (skip_string): Add FT_Error as return value. - Don't set `parser->error' but return error code directly. - (skip_procedure): New function. - (ps_parser_skip_PS_token): Handle procedures. - Update code. - (ps_parser_to_token): Update code. - (ps_parser_load_field_table): Handle bbox entries also. - - * src/type1/t1load.c (parse_dict): Remove FontDirectory hackery. - Add commented-out code for synthetic fonts. - -2006-06-24 Eugeniy Meshcheryakov - - Fix two hinting bugs as reported in - http://lists.nongnu.org/archive/html/freetype-devel/2006-06/msg00057.html. - - * include/freetype/internal/tttypes.h (TT_GlyphZoneRec): Add - `first_point' member. - - * src/truetype/ttgload.c (tt_prepare_zone): Initialize - `first_point'. - (TT_Process_Composite_Glyph): Always untouch points. - - * src/truetype/ttinterp.c (Ins_SHC): Fix computation of - `first_point' and `last_point' in case of composite glyphs. - (Ins_IUP): Fix computation of `end_point'. - -2006-06-22 suzuki toshiya - - Insert EndianS16_BtoN and EndianS32_BtoN as workaround for Intel - Mac. The original patch was written by David Sachitano and Lawrence - Coopet, and modified by Sean McBride for MPW compatibility. Only - required data are converted; unused data are left in big endian. - - * src/base/ftmac.c: Include for byteorder macros for non - Mac OS X platforms. - (OS_INLINE): Undefine before definition. - (count_faces_sfnt): Insert EndianS16_BtoN to parse the header of - FontAssociation table in FOND resource. - (count_faces_scalable): Insert EndianS16_BtoN to parse the header - and fontSize at each entry of FontAssociation table in FOND - resource. - (parse_fond): Insert EndianS16_BtoN and EndianS32_BtoN to parse - ffStylOff of FamilyRecord header of FOND resource, the header, - fontSize, fontID at each entry of FontAssociation table, and - StyleMapping table. - (count_faces): Call `HUnlock' after all FOND utilization. - -2006-06-08 suzuki toshiya - - Public API of TrueTypeGX, OpenType, and classic kern table validator - should return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if validation service - is unavailable (disabled in `modules.cfg'). It is originally - suggested by David Turner, cf. - http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/freetype-devel/2005-11/msg00078.html - - * src/base/ftgxval.c (FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate): Return - FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature if TrueTypeGX validation service is - unavailable. - (FT_ClassicKern_Validate): Return FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature if - classic kern table validation service is unavailable. - - * src/base/ftotval.c (FT_OpenType_Validate): Return - FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature if OpenType validation service is - unavailable. - -2006-06-08 Werner Lemberg - - * src/bdf/bdflib.c (bdf_load_font): Fix memory leaks in case of - errors. - -2006-06-07 David Turner - - * src/type1/t1afm.c (KERN_INDEX): Make it more robust. - (T1_Read_Metrics): Fix memory leak which happened when the metrics - file doesn't have kerning pairs. This fixes Savannah bug #16768. - -2006-06-06 David Turner - - Fix memory leak described in Savannah bug #16759. - - We change `ps_unicodes_init' so that it also takes a - `free_glyph_name' callback to release the glyph names returned by - `get_glyph_name' - - * include/freetype/internal/services/svpscmap.h (PS_Glyph_NameFunc): - Renamed to ... - (PS_GetGlyphNameFunc): This. - (PS_FreeGlyphNameFunc): New typedef. - (PS_Unicodes_InitFunc): Add variable for PS_FreeGlyphNameFunc. - - * src/cff/cffcmap.c (cff_sid_to_glyph_name): Use `TT_Face' for first - argument. - (cff_sid_free_glyph_name): New function. - (cff_cmap_unicode_init): Updated. - - * src/psaux/t1cmap.c (t1_cmap_unicode_init): Updated. - - * src/psnames/psmodule.c (ps_unicodes_init): Add variable for - PS_FreeGlyphNameFunc and use it. - - -2006-06-04 David Turner - - * src/base/ftutil.c (ft_mem_qrealloc): Fix the function to accept - `item_size == 0' as well -- though this sounds weird, it can - theoretically happen. This fixes Savannah bug #16669. - - * src/pfr/pfrobjs.c (pfr_face_init): Fix the computation - of `face->num_glyphs' which missed the last glyph, due to - the offset-by-1 computation, since the PFR format doesn't - guarantee that glyph index 0 corresponds to the `missing - glyph. This fixes Savannah bug #16668. - -2006-05-25 Werner Lemberg - - * builds/unix/unix-cc.in (LINK_LIBRARY): Don't comment out - `-no-undefined'. Reported by Christian Biesinger. - -2006-05-19 Brian Weed - - * builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsp: Release libraries no longer - have debug information, and debug libraries use `C7 compatible' - debug info. - -2006-05-19 suzuki toshiya - - Apply patch by Derek Clegg to fix two memory leaks in the MacOS - resource fork handler. This fixes Savannah bug #16631. - - * src/base/ftobjs.c (load_face_in_embedded_rfork): Replace - `FT_Stream_Close' by `FT_Stream_Free' to fix memory leak. - - * src/base/ftrfrk.c (raccess_guess_linux_double_from_file_name): - Replace `FT_Stream_Close' by `FT_Stream_Free' to fix memory leak. - -2006-05-19 suzuki toshiya - - * build/unix/configure.raw: Add a fallback to disable Carbon - dependency, if configured with no options on Mac OS X. - -2006-05-19 suzuki toshiya - - * src/base/ftmac.c (open_face_from_buffer): Deallocate stream when - its content cannot be parsed as supported font. This fixes - the second part of Savannah bug #16590. - -2006-05-18 Werner Lemberg - - * src/truetype/ttgload.c (TT_Load_Composite_Glyph) - [FT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER]: Make it compilable again. - -2006-05-17 David Turner - - This is a major patch used to drastically improve the performance of - loading glyphs. This both speeds up loading the glyph vectors - themselves and the auto-fitter module. - - We now use inline assembler code with GCC to implement `FT_MulFix', - which is probably the most important function related to the - engine's performance. - - The resulting speed-up is about 25%. - - - * include/freetype/internal/tttypes.h (TT_LoaderRec): Add fields - `cursor' and `limit'. - - * src/autofit/afangles.c (af_corner_is_flat, af_corner_orientation): - New functions. - (AF_ATAN_BITS, af_arctan, af_angle_atan): Comment out. - [TEST]: Remove. - - * src/autofit/afcjk.c (AF_Script_UniRangeRec): Comment out test - code. - - * src/autofit/afhints.c (af_axis_hints_new_segment): Don't call - `FT_ZERO' - (af_direction_compute, af_glyph_hints_compute_inflections): Rewritten. - (af_glyph_hints_reload: Rewrite recognition of weak points. - - * src/autofit/aflatin.c (af_latin_hints_compute_segments): Move - constant values out of the loops. - - * src/autofit/aftypes.h: Updated. - - * src/base/ftcalc.c (FT_MulFix): Use inline assembler code. - - * src/base/ftoutln.c (FT_Outline_Get_Orientation): Use vector - product to get orientation. - - * src/gzip/ftgzip.c (ft_get_uncompressed_size): New function. - (FT_Stream_OpenGzip): Use it to handle small files directly in - memory. - - * src/psaux/psconv.c (PS_Conv_ASCIIHexDecode, PS_ConvEexecDecode): - Improve performance. - - * src/truetype/ttgload.c (TT_Access_Glyph_Frame): Set `cursor' and - `limit'. - - (TT_Load_Glyph_Header, TT_Load_Simple_Glyph, - TT_Load_Composite_Glyph): Updated. Add threshold to protect against - exceedingly large values of number of contours. Speed up by - reducing the number of loops. - - * src/type1/t1gload.c (T1_Load_Glyph): Don't apply unit matrix. - - - * src/cache/ftccmap.c (FTC_CMapCache_Lookup): Change the threshold - used to detect rogue clients from 4 to 16. This is to prevent some - segmentation faults with fonts like `KozMinProVI-Regular.otf' which - comes from the Japanese Adobe Reader Asian Font pack. - -2007-05-17 Werner Lemberg - - * src/cff/cffload.c (cff_font_done): Deallocate subfont array. This - fixes the first part of Savannah bug #16590. - -2006-05-16 Werner Lemberg - - * docs/PROBLEMS: Updated icl issues. - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -Copyright 2006, 2007, 2008 by -David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. - -This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified, -and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license, -LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you -indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it -fully. - - -Local Variables: -version-control: never -coding: utf-8 -End: diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/ChangeLog.20 b/src/3rdparty/freetype/ChangeLog.20 deleted file mode 100644 index 8fcc5e7..0000000 --- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/ChangeLog.20 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2613 +0,0 @@ -2002-02-09 Werner Lemberg - - * README: Fix typo. - * docs/CHANGES: Minor fixes. - - - * Version 2.0.8 released. - ========================= - - -2002-02-08 David Turner - - * docs/CHANGES: Updating for 2.0.8. - - * include/freetype/freetype.h: Setting `PATCH_LEVEL' to 8 and - removing `FT_Get_Next_Char' from the API (temporarily). - - * include/freetype/freetype.h: Adding comments to FT_Get_Next_Char; - note that this function might temporarily be removed for the 2.0.8 - release. - -2002-02-07 David Turner - - * src/pcf/pcfread.c (pcf_load_font): Removed immature support of - the AVERAGE_WIDTH property. - -2002-02-06 David Turner - - * src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (SFNT_Load_Face): Since many fonts embedded in - PDF documents do not include 'cmap', 'post' and 'name' tables, the - SFNT face loader has been changed to not immediately report an - error if these are not present. - - Note that the specification _requires_ these tables, but Adobe - seems to ignore it completely. - - * src/sfnt/ttcmap.c: Removing compiler warnings. - - * src/pcf/pcfread.c (pcf_read_TOC): Use FT_UInt. - (pcf_parse_metric, pcf_parse_compressed_metric): Removed. Code - is now in ... - (pcf_get_metric): Here. - (pcfSeekToType): Renamed to ... - (pcf_seek_to_table_type): This. - Use FT_Int. - (pcfHasType): Renamed to ... - (pcf_has_table_type): This. - Use FT_Int. - (find_property): Renamed to ... - (pcf_find_property): This. - Use FT_Int. - (pcf_get_bitmaps, pcf_get_encodings): Handle invalid PCF fonts - better (delaying format checks out of FT_Access_Frame .. - FT_Forget_Frame blocks to avoid leaving the stream in an incorrect - state when encountering an invalid PCF font). - - * src/pcf/pcfdriver.c (PCF_Done_Face): Renamed to ... - (PCF_Face_Done): This. - (PCF_Init_Face): Renamed to ... - (PCF_Face_Init): This. - (PCF_Get_Char_Index): Renamed to ... - (PCF_Char_Get_Index): This. - (PCF_Get_Next_Char): Renamed to ... - (PCF_Char_Get_Next): This. - (pcf_driver_class): Updated. - - * src/pcf/pcf.h (PCF_Done_Face): Removed. - -2002-02-06 Detlef Würkner - - * src/pcf/pcfdriver.c (FT_Done_Face): Fixed small memory leak. - - * src/pcf/pcfread.c (pcf_load_font): Now handles the `AVERAGE_WIDTH' - property to return correct character pixel (width/height) pairs for - embedded bitmaps. - -2002-02-04 Keith Packard - - Adding the function `FT_Get_Next_Char', doing the obvious thing - w.r.t. the selected charmap. - - * include/freetype/freetype.h: Add prototype. - * include/freetype/internal/ftdriver.h: Add `FTDriver_getNextChar' - typedef. - (FT_Driver_Class): Use it. - * include/freetype/internal/psnames.h: Add `PS_Next_Unicode_Func' - typedef. - (PSNames_Interface): Use it. - * include/freetype/internal/tttypes.h: Add `TT_CharNext_Func' - typedef. - (TT_CMapTable): Use it. - - * src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Get_Next_Char): New function, implementing - high-level API. - * src/cff/cffdrivr.c (cff_get_next_char): New function. - (cff_driver_class): Add it. - * src/cid/cidriver.c (Cid_Get_Next_Char): New function. - (t1cid_driver_class): Add it. - * src/pcf/pcfdriver.c (PCF_Get_Next_Char): New function. - (pcf_driver_class): Add it. - * src/psnames/psmodule.c (PS_Next_Unicode): New function. - (psnames_interface): Add it. - * src/sfnt/ttcmap.c (code_to_next0, code_to_next2, code_to_next4, - code_to_next6, code_to_next_8_12, code_to_next_10): New auxiliary - functions. - (TT_CharMap_Load): Use them. - * src/truetype/ttdriver.c (Get_Next_Char): New function. - (tt_driver_class): Add it. - * src/type1/t1driver.c (Get_Next_Char): New function. - (t1_driver_class): Add it. - * src/winfonts/winfnt.c (FNT_Get_Next_Char): New function. - (winfnt_driver_class): Add it. - - * src/pcf/pcfread.c (pcf_load_font): For now, report Unicode for - Unicode and Latin 1 encodings. - -2002-02-02 Keith Packard - - * builds/unix/freetype-config.in: Add missing `fi'. - - - * Version 2.0.7 released. - ========================= - - -2002-02-01 David Turner - - * include/freetype/freetype.h: Increasing FREETYPE_PATCH to 7 - for the new release. - -2002-01-31 David Turner - - * README, README.UNX, docs/CHANGES: Updating documentation for the - 2.0.7 release. - -2002-01-30 David Turner - - * INSTALL: Moved to ... - * docs/INSTALL: Here to avoid conflicts with the `install' script on - Windows, where the filesystem doesn't preserve case. - -2002-01-29 David Turner - - * configure: Fixed the script. It previously didn't accept more - than one argument correctly. For example, when typing: - - ./configure --disable-shared --disable-nls - - the `--disable-nls' was incorrectly sent to the `make' program. - -2002-01-29 Werner Lemberg - - * README.UNX: Fix typo. - * builds/unix/install.mk (uninstall): Fix library name for libtool. - -2002-01-28 Francesco Zappa Nardelli - - * src/pcf/pcfdriver.c (PCF_Done_Face): Fix incorrect destruction of - the face object (face->toc.tables, face->root.family_name, - face->root.available_size, face->charset_encoding, - face->charset_registry are now freed). Thanks to Niels Moseley. - -2002-01-28 Roberto Alameda - - * src/type1/t1load.c (parse_encoding): Set `loader->num_chars'. - -2002-01-28 Werner Lemberg - - * src/type1/t1load.c (parse_subrs, parse_charstrings): Use copy - of `base' string for decrypting to not modify the original data. - Based on a patch by Jakub Bogusz . - -2002-01-27 Giuliano Pochini - - * src/smooth/ftgrays.c (gray_render_scanline): Fix bug which caused - bad rendering of thin lines (less than one pixel thick). - -2002-01-25 Werner Lemberg - - * src/cff/cffdrivr.c (cff_get_name_index): Make last patch work - actually. - -2002-01-25 Martin Zinser - - * src/cache/ftccache.c (ftc_node_done, ftc_node_destroy): Fix - compilation warnings. - * src/base/descrip.mms (OBJS): Add `ftmm.obj'. - * src/cache/descrip.mms (ftcache.obj): Dependencies added. - -2002-01-25 WANG Yi - - * src/cff/cffdrivr.c (cff_get_name_index): Fix deallocation bug. - -2002-01-21 Antoine Leca - - * docs/PATENTS: Typo fixed (thanks to Detlef `Hawkeye' Würkner) in - the URL for the online resource. - -2002-01-18 Ian Brown - - * builds/win32/ftdebug.c: New file. - * builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsp: Updated. - -2002-01-18 Detlef Würkner - - * builds/amiga/src/base/ftsystem.c: Updated for AmigaOS 3.9. - * builds/amiga/README: Updated. - -2002-01-18 Ian Brown - - * builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsp: Updated. - -2002-01-13 Werner Lemberg - - * builds/unix/freetype2.a4: The script was still buggy. - * builds/unix/freetype-config.in: Make it really work for any install - prefix. - -2002-01-10 Werner Lemberg - - * builds/unix/freetype2.a4: Fix some serious bugs. - -2002-01-09 David Turner - - * builds/unix/configure.ac: Build top-level Jamfile. - -2002-01-09 Maxim Shemanarev - - * src/smooth/ftgrays.c (gray_render_line): Small optimization to - the smooth anti-aliased renderer that deals with vertical segments. - This results in a 5-7% speedup in rendering speed. - -2002-01-08 David Turner - - Added some wrapper scripts to make the installation more - Unix-friendly. - - * configure, install: New files. - - * INSTALL, README.UNX: Updated installation documentation to use the - new 'configure' and 'install' scripts. - -2002-01-07 David Turner - - - * Version 2.0.6 released. - ========================= - - - * docs/BUGS, docs/CHANGES: Updating documentation for 2.0.6 release. - - * src/tools/docmaker.py: Fixed HTML quoting in sources. - (html_format): Replaced with ... - (html_quote): New function. - (html_quote0): New function. - (DocCode::dump_html): Small improvement. - (DocParagraph::dump, DocBlock::html): Use html_quote0 and html_quote. - - * include/freetype/config/ftoption.h: Setting default options for - a release build (debugging off, bytecode interpreter off). - - * src/base/ftobjs.c, src/base/ftoutln.c, src/cache/ftccmap.c, - src/cff/cffload.c, src/cff/cffobjs.c, src/pshinter/pshalgo2.c, - src/sfnt/ttload.c, src/sfnt/ttsbit.c: Removing small compiler - warnings (in pedantic compilation modes). - -2002-01-05 David Turner - - * src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_align_linked_edge): Modified computation - of auto-hinted stem widths; this avoids color fringes in - `ClearType-like' rendering. - - * src/truetype/ttgload.c (TT_Load_Glyph_Header, - TT_Load_Simple_Glyph, TT_Load_Composite_Glyph, load_truetype_glyph): - Modified the TrueType loader to make it more paranoid; this avoids - nasty buffer overflows in the case of invalid glyph data (as - encountered in the output of some buggy font converters). - -2002-01-04 David Turner - - * README.UNX: Added special README file for Unix users. - - * builds/unix/ftsystem.c (FT_New_Stream): Fixed typo. - - * src/base/ftobjs.c: Added #include FT_OUTLINE_H to get rid - of compiler warnings. - - * src/base/ftoutln.c (FT_Outline_Check): Remove compiler warning. - -2002-01-03 Werner Lemberg - - * src/type1/t1objs.c (T1_Face_Init): Add cast to avoid compiler - warning. - -2002-01-03 Keith Packard - - * builds/unix/ftsystem.c (FT_New_Stream): Added a fix to ensure that - all FreeType input streams are closed in child processes of a `fork' - on Unix systems. This is important to avoid (potential) access - control issues. - -2002-01-03 David Turner - - * src/type1/t1objs.c (T1_Face_Init): Fixed a bug that crashed the - library when dealing with certain weird fonts like `Stalingrad', in - `sadn.pfb' (this font has no full font name entry). - - * src/base/ftoutln.c, include/freetype/ftoutln.h (FT_Outline_Check): - New function to check the consistency of outline data. - - * src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Load_Glyph): Use `FT_Outline_Check' to - ensure that loaded glyphs are valid. This allows certain fonts like - `tt1095m_.ttf' to be loaded even though it appears they contain - really funky glyphs. - - There still is a bug there, though. - - * src/truetype/ttgload.c (load_truetype_glyph): Fix error condition. - -2001-12-30 David Turner - - * src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_hinter_load): Fix advance width - computation of auto-hinted glyphs. This noticeably improves the - spacing of letters in KDE and Gnome. - -2001-12-25 Antoine Leca - - * builds/dos/detect.mk: Correcting the order for Borland compilers: - 16-bit bcc was never selected, always overridden by 32-bit bcc32. - -2001-12-22 Francesco Zappa Nardelli - - * src/pfc/pcfread.c (pcf_load_font): Handle property `POINT_SIZE' - and fix incorrect computation of `available_sizes'. - -2001-12-22 David Turner - - * src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_hinter_load): Auto-hinted glyphs had an - incorrect glyph advance in the case of mono-width fonts (like - Courier, Andale Mono, and others). - -2001-12-22 Detlef Würkner - - * builds/amiga/*: Adaptations to latest changes. - Support added for MorphOS. - -2001-12-22 Werner Lemberg - - * src/pshinter/pshrec.c (FT_COMPONENT): Redefine to `trace_pshrec'. - (ps_mask_table_merge, ps_hints_open, ps_hints_stem, - ps_hints_t1stem3, ps_hints_t2mask, ps_hints_t2counter): Fix - FT_ERROR messages. - * src/pshinter/pshalgo1.c (FT_COMPONENT): Define as - `trace_pshalgo1'. - * src/pshinter/pshalgo2.c (FT_COMPONENT): Define as - `trace_pshalgo2'. - * include/freetype/internal/ftdebug.h (FT_Trace): Updated. - - * docs/modules.txt: New file. - -2001-12-21 David Turner - - * src/pshinter/pshrec.c (ps_hints_t2mask, ps_hints_t2counter): - Ignore invalid `hintmask' and `cntrmask' operators (instead of - returning an error). Glyph 2028 of the CFF font `MSung-Light-Acro' - couldn't be rendered otherwise (it seems its charstring is buggy, - though this requires more analysis). - (FT_COMPONENT): Define. - - * src/cff/cffgload.c (CFF_Parse_CharStrings), src/psaux/t1decode.c - (T1_Decoder_Parse_Charstrings), src/pshinter/pshalgo2.c (*), Fixed a - bug where the X and Y axis where inverted in the postscript hinter. - This caused problem when displaying on non-square surfaces. - - * src/pshinter/pshalgo2.c: s/vertical/dimension/. - - * src/pshinter/pshglob.c (psh_globals_new): Replaced a floating - point constant with a fixed-float equivalent. For some reasons not - all compilers are capable of directly computing a floating pointer - constant casted to FT_Fixed, and will link a math library instead. - -2001-12-20 Werner Lemberg - - * src/cache/ftccache.c (ftc_node_destroy, ftc_cache_lookup): Fix - tracing strings. - * src/cache/ftccmap.c (ftc_cmap_family_init): Ditto. - * src/cache/ftcmanag.c (ftc_family_table_alloc, - ftc_family_table_free, FTC_Manager_Check): Ditto. - * src/cache/ftcsbits.c (ftc_sbit_node_load): Ditto. - - * src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Done_Library): Remove compiler warning. - -2001-12-20 David Turner - - Added PostScript hinter support to the CFF and CID drivers. - - * include/freetype/internal/cfftypes.h (CFF_Font): New member - `pshinter'. - * src/cff/cffload.c (CFF_Get_Standard_Encoding): New function. - * src/cff/cffload.h: Updated. - * src/cff/cffgload.c (CFF_Init_Builder): Renamed to ... - (CFF_Builder_Init): This. - Added new argument `hinting'. - (CFF_Done_Builder): Renamed to ... - (CFF_Builder_Done): This. - (CFF_Init_Decoder): Added new argument `hinting'. - (CFF_Parse_CharStrings): Implement vstem support. - (CFF_Load_Glyph): Updated. - Add hinting support. - (cff_lookup_glyph_by_stdcharcode): Use CFF_Get_Standard_Encoding(). - (cff_argument_counts): Updated. - * src/cff/cffgload.h: Updated. - * src/cff/cffobjs.c: Include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_HINTS_H. - (CFF_Size_Get_Globals_Funcs, CFF_Size_Done, CFF_Size_Init, - CFF_Size_Reset, CFF_GlyphSlot_Done, CFF_GLyphSlot_Init): New - functions. - (CFF_Init_Face): Renamed to ... - (CFF_Face_Init): This. - Add hinter support. - (CFF_Done_Face): Renamed to ... - (CFF_Face_Done): This. - (CFF_Init_Driver): Renamed to ... - (CFF_Driver_Init): This. - (CFF_Done_Driver): Renamed to ... - (CFF_Driver_Done): This. - * src/cff/cffobjs.h: Updated. - * src/cff/cffdrivr.c (cff_driver_class): Updated. - - * include/freetype/internal/t1types.h (CID_FaceRec): New member - `pshinter'. - * src/cid/cidgload.c (CID_Load_Glyph): Add hinter support. - * src/cid/cidobjs.c: Include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_HINTS_H. - (CID_GlyphSlot_Done, CID_GlyphSlot_Init, CID_Size_Get_Globals_Funcs, - CID_Size_Done, CID_Size_Init, CID_Size_Reset): New functions. - (CID_Done_Face): Renamed to ... - (CID_Face_Done): This. - (CID_Init_Face): Renamed to ... - (CID_Face_Init): This. - Add hinting support. - (CID_Init_Driver): Renamed to ... - (CID_Driver_Init): This. - (CID_Done_Driver): Renamed to ... - (CID_Driver_Done): This. - * src/cid/cidobjs.h: Updated. - * src/cidriver.c: Updated. - - * src/pshinter/pshrec.c (t2_hint_stems): Fixed. - - * src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Done_Library): Fixed a stupid bug that - crashed the library on exit. - - * src/type1/t1gload.c (T1_Load_Glyph): Enable font matrix - transformation of hinted glyphs. - - * src/cid/cidload.c (cid_read_subrs): Fix error condition. - - * src/cid/cidobjs.c (CID_Face_Done): Fixed a memory leak; the subrs - routines were never released when CID faces were destroyed. - - * src/cff/cffload.h, src/cff/cffload.c, src/cff/cffgload.c: Updated - to move the definition of encoding tables back within `cffload.c' - instead of making them part of a shared header (causing problems in - `multi' builds). This reverts change 2001-08-08. - - * docs/CHANGES: Updated for 2.0.6 release. - * docs/TODO: Added `stem3 and counter hints support' to the TODO - list for the Postscript hinter. - * docs/BUGS: Closed the AUTOHINT-NO-SBITS bug. - -2001-12-19 David Turner - - * include/freetype/cache/ftcache.h: Added comments to indicate that - some of the exported functions should only be used by applications - that need to implement custom cache types. - - * src/truetype/ttgload.c (cur_to_org, org_to_cur): Fixed a nasty bug - that prevented composites from loading correctly, due to missing - parentheses around macro parameters. - - * src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (SFNT_Load_Face): Make the `post' and `name' - tables optional to load PCL fonts properly. - - * src/truetype/ttgload.c (TT_Load_Glyph), src/base/ftobjs.c - (FT_Load_Glyph), include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_LOAD_SBITS_ONLY): - `Fixed' the bug that prevented embedded bitmaps to be loaded when - the auto-hinter is used. This actually is a hack but will be enough - until the internal re-design scheduled for FreeType 2.1. - - * src/raster/ftrend1.c (ft_raster1_render): Fixed a nasty outline - shifting bug in the monochrome renderer. - - * README: Updated version numbers to 2.0.6. - -2001-12-17 Werner Lemberg - - * src/truetype/ttgload.c (load_truetype_glyph): Fix test for invalid - glyph header. - -2001-12-15 Werner Lemberg - - * src/base/ftglyph.c (FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap): Remove compiler warning. - * include/freetype/ftcache.h (FTC_Node_Unref): Removed. It is - already in ftcmanag.h. - * src/cache/ftcsbits.c (ftc_sbit_node_load): Remove unused variable - `gfam'. - * src/cache/ftcmanag.c (ftc_family_table_alloc, - * ftc_family_table_free): Use FT_EXPORT_DEF. - * include/freetype/cache/ftcmanag.h: Updated. - * src/cache/ftccache.c (ftc_node_destroy): Use FT_EXPORT_DEF. - * src/cache/ftccmap.c (ftc_cmap_node_init): Remove unused variable - `cfam'. - Remove compiler warning. - (FTC_CMapCache_Lookup): Remove compiler warnings. - (ftc_cmap_family_init): Ditto. - (FTC_CMapCache_Lookup): Ditto. - - * builds/unix/configure.ac: Increase `version_info' to 8:0:2. - * builds/unix/configure: Regenerated. - -2001-12-14 Werner Lemberg - - * builds/mac/README: Updated. - -2001-12-14 Scott Long - - * src/truetype/ttgload.c (load_truetype_glyph): Fixing crash when - dealing with invalid fonts (i.e. glyph size < 10 bytes). - -2001-12-14 Sam Latinga - - * builds/mac/freetype.make: A new Makefile to build with MPW on - MacOS classic. - -2001-12-14 David Turner - - * src/truetype/ttgload.c (TT_Load_Glyph), src/type1/t1gload.c - (T1_Load_Glyph), src/cid/cidgload.c (CID_Load_Glyph), - src/cff/cffgload.c (CFF_Load_Glyph): Fixed a serious bug common to - all font drivers (the advance width was never hinted when it - should). - - * include/freetype/freetype.h (FREETYPE_PATCH): New macro. - * src/base/ftdbgmem.c (debug_mem_dummy) [!FT_DEBUG_MEMORY]: Don't - use `extern' keyword. - -2001-12-12 David Turner - - * src/pshinter/pshglob.c (psh_blues_scale_zones, psh_blues_snap_stem - psh_globals_new): Adding correct BlueScale/BlueShift support, plus - family blues processing. - * src/pshinter/pshglob.h (PSH_BluesRec): Updated. - - Started adding support for the Postscript hinter in the CFF module. - - * src/cff/cffgload.c: Include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_HINTS_H. - (CFF_Parse_CharStrings): Implement it. - * src/cff/cffgload.h: Updated. - -2001-12-12 Werner Lemberg - - * builds/unix/freetype2.m4: Some portability fixes. - -2001-12-11 Jouk Jansen - - * src/base/descrip.mms (OBJS): Add ftdebug.obj. - -2001-12-11 Werner Lemberg - - * src/sfnt/ttload.c (TT_Load_Generic_Header): Typos. - -2001-12-11 David Turner - - * builds/unix/freetype-config.in: Modified the script to prevent - passing `-L/usr/lib' to gcc. - - * docs/FTL.TXT: Simple fix (change `LICENSE.TXT' to `FTL.TXT'). - - * builds/unix/freetype2.m4: New file for checking configure paths. - We need to install it in $(prefix)/share/aclocal/freetype2.m4 but I - didn't modify builds/unix/install.mk yet. - - * INSTALL: Updated the instructions to build shared libraries with - Jam. They were simply wrong. - - * src/base/fttrigon.c (FT_Cos): Fixed a small bug that caused - slightly improper results for `FT_Cos' and `FT_Sin' (example: - FT_Sin(0) == -1!). - -2001-12-11 Detlef Würkner - - * include/freetype/internal/ftstream.h (GET_LongLE, GET_ULongLE): - Fixed incorrect argument types. - -2001-12-10 Francesco Zappa Nardelli - - * src/pcf/pcfdriver.c (PCF_Init_Face): Allow Xft to use PCF fonts - by setting the `face->metrics.max_advance' correctly. - -2001-12-07 David Turner - - * include/freetype/cache/ftccmap.h, src/cache/ftccmap.c: Added new - charmap cache. - * src/cache/ftcache.c: Updated. - - * src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_hinter_hint_edges): s/UNUSED/FT_UNUSED/. - -2001-12-06 Leonard Rosenthol - - Added support for reading .dfont files on Mac OS X. Also added a - new routine which looks up a given font by name in the Mac OS and - returns the disk file where it resides. - - * src/base/ftmac.c: Include and . - (is_dfont): New auxiliary function. - (FT_New_Face_From_dfont): New function. - (FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name): New exported function. - (FT_New_Face): Updated. - * include/freetype/ftmac.h: Updated. - -2001-12-06 David Turner - - * src/cache/Jamfile, src/cache/rules.mk: Updated. - -2001-12-06 Werner Lemberg - - * INSTALL: Small update. - -2001-12-05 David Turner - - * src/base/ftglyph.c (FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap): Re-ordered code for - debugging purposes. - Comment out use of `origin'. - - * src/smooth/ftsmooth.c (ft_smooth_render): Fixed a nasty hidden bug - where outline shifting wasn't correctly undone after bitmap - rasterization. This created problems with certain glyphs (like '"' - of certain fonts) and the cache system. - - * src/pshinter/pshalgo1.c (psh1_hint_table_init): Fix typo. - * src/pshinter/pshalgo2.c (psh2_hint_table_init): Fix typo. - (ps2_hints_apply): Small fix. - -2001-12-05 David Turner - - * src/pshinter/pshalgo2.c (psh2_hint_table_init), - src/pshinter/pshalgo1.c (psh1_hint_table_init): Removed compiler - warnings. - - * include/freetype/ftcache.h, include/freetype/cache/*, src/cache/*: - Yet another massive rewrite of the caching sub-system in order to - both increase performance and allow simpler cache sub-classing. As - an example, the code for the image and sbit caches is now much - simpler. - - I still need to update the documentation in - www/freetype2/docs/cache.html to reflect the new design though. - - * include/freetype/config/ftheader.h (FT_CACHE_CHARMAP_H): New - macro. - (FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_CACHE_H): Updated. - -2001-12-05 David Krause - - * docs/license.txt: s/X Windows/X Window System/. - -2001-12-04 Werner Lemberg - - * src/raster/ftraster.c: Fix definition condition of MEM_Set(). - * src/smooth/ftgrays.c (M_Y): Change value to 192. - * src/base/ftdbgmem.c (ft_mem_table_destroy): Fix printf() parameter. - Remove unused variable. - * src/cache/ftcimage.c (ftc_image_node_init, - ftc_image_node_compare): Remove unused variables. - * src/cache/ftcsbits.c (ftc_sbit_node_weight): Remove unused - variable. - * src/raster/ftraster.c (MEM_Set): Move definition down to avoid - compiler warning. - * src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_hinter_hint_edges): Use UNUSED() to - avoid compiler warnings. - * src/pcf/pcfread.c (tableNames): Use `const'. - (pcf_read_TOC): Change counter name to avoid compiler warning. - Use `const'. - * src/pshinter/pshrec.c (ps_hints_close): Remove redundant - declaration. - * src/pshinter/pshalgo1.c (psh1_hint_table_init): Rename variables - to avoid shadowing. - * src/pshinter/pshalgo2.c (psh2_hint_table_activate_mask): Ditto. - * src/type1/t1objs.h: Remove double declarations of `T1_Size_Init()' - and `T1_Size_Done()'. - -2001-11-20 Antoine Leca - - * include/freetype/ttnameid.h: Added some new Microsoft language - codes and LCIDs as found in MSDN (Passport SDK). Also added - comments about the meaning of bit 57 of the `OS/2' table - (TT_UCR_SURROGATES) which (with OpenType v.1.3) now means `there is - a character beyond 0xFFFF in this font'. Thanks to Detlef Würkner - for noticing this. - -2001-11-20 David Turner - - * src/pshinter/{pshalgo2.c, pshalgo1.c}: Fixed stupid bug in sorting - routine that created nasty alignment artefacts. - - * src/pshinter/pshrec.c, tests/gview.c: Debugging updates. - - * src/smooth/ftgrays.c: De-activated experimental gamma support. - Apparently, `optimal' gamma tables depend on the monitor type, - resolution and general karma, so it's better to compute them outside - of the rasterizer itself. - (gray_convert_glyph): Use `volatile' keyword. - -2001-10-29 David Turner - - Adding experimental `gamma' support. This produces smoother glyphs - at small sizes for very little cost. - - * src/smooth/ftgrays.c (grays_init_gamma): New function. - (gray_raster_new): Use it. - - Various fixes to the auto-hinter. They merely improve the output of - sans-serif fonts. Note that there are still problems with serifed - fonts and composites (accented characters). - - * src/autohint/ahglyph.c (ah_outline_load, - ah_outline_link_segments): Implement it. - Fix typos. - (ah_outline_save, ah_outline_compute_segments): Fix typos. - * src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_align_serif_edge): New argument - `vertical'. Implement improvement. - (ah_hint_edges_3, ah_hinter_hint_edges): Implement it. - Fix typos. - (ah_hinter_align_strong_points, ah_hinter_align_weak_points): Fix - typos. - (ah_hinter_load): Set `ah_debug_hinter' if DEBUG_HINTER is defined. - * src/autohint/ahmodule.c: Implement support for DEBUG_HINTER macro. - * src/autohint/ahtypes.h: Ditto. - (AH_Hinter): Remove `disable_horz_edges' and `disable_vert_edges' - (making them global as `ah_debug_disable_horz' and - `ah_debug_disable_vert'). - Fix typos. - - * tests/gview.c: Updated the debugging glyph viewer to show the - hints generated by the `autohint' module. - -2001-10-27 David Turner - - * src/cache/ftcchunk.c (ftc_chunk_cache_lookup): Fixed a bug that - considerably lowered the performance of the abstract chunk cache. - -2001-10-26 David Turner - - * include/freetype/ftcache.h, include/freetype/cache/*.h, - src/cache/*.c: Major re-design of the cache sub-system to provide - better performance as well as an `Acquire'/`Release' API. Seems to - work well here, but probably needs a bit more testing. - -2001-10-26 Leonard Rosenthol - - * builds/mac/README: Updated to reflect my taking over the project - and that is now being actively maintained. - - * src/base/ftmac.c (parse_fond): Applied patches from Paul Miller - to support loading a face other than the - first from a FOND resource. - (FT_New_Face_From_FOND): Updated. - -2001-10-25 Leonard Rosenthol - - * builds/mac/ftlib.prj: Update of CodeWarrior project file for Mac - OS for latest version (7) of CWPro and for recent changes to the FT - source tree. - -2001-10-25 David Turner - - * include/freetype/config/ftoption.h: Updated comments to explain - precisely how to use project-specific macro definitions without - modifying this file manually. - - (FT_CONFIG_FORCE_INT64): Define. - - (FT_DEBUG_MEMORY): New macro. - -2001-10-24 Tom Kacvinsky - - * builds/unix/ftsystem.c (FT_New_Memory): Added a missing `{'. - -2001-10-23 David Turner - - * include/freetype/internal/ftmemory.h, src/base/ftdbgmem.c: - Improvements to the memory debugger to report more information in - case of errors. Also, some allocations that occurred through REALLOC - couldn't be previously caught correctly. - - * src/autohint/ahglyph.c (ah_outline_compute_segments, - ah_outline_compute_edges), src/raster/ftraster.c (ft_black_new), - src/smooth/ftgrays.c (gray_render_span, gray_raster_new): Replaced - liberal uses of memset() by the MEM_Set() macro. - -2001-10-23 David Turner - - * src/raster/ftraster.c (Update): Removed to be inlined in ... - (Sort): Updated. - -2001-10-22 David Turner - - * builds/unix/ftsystem.c (FT_New_Memory, FT_Done_Memory), - builds/vms/ftsystem.c (FT_New_Memory, FT_Done_Memory), - builds/amiga/ftsystem.c (FT_New_Memory, FT_Done_Memory), - src/base/ftdbgmem.c: Updated the memory debugger and - platform-specific implementations of `ftsystem' in order to be able - to debug memory allocations on Unix, VMS and Amiga too! - - * src/pshinter/pshalgo2.c (psh2_hint_table_record_mask): Removed - some bogus warnings. - - * include/freetype/internal/ftmemory.h, src/base/ftdbgmem.c: - Modified the debugging memory manager to report the location (source - file name + line number) where leaked memory blocks are allocated in - the source file. - - * src/base/ftdbgmem.c: New debugging memory manager. You must - define the FT_DEBUG_MEMORY macro in `ftoption.h' to enable it. It - will record every memory block allocated and report simple errors - like memory leaks and double deletes. - - * src/base/Jamfile: Include ftdbgmem. - * src/base/rules.mk: Ditto. - * src/base/ftbase.c: Include ftdbgmem.c. - - * include/freetype/config/ftoption.h: Added the FT_DEBUG_MEMORY - macro definition. - - * src/base/ftsystem.c (FT_New_Memory, FT_Done_Memory): Modified the - base component to use the debugging memory manager when the macro - FT_DEBUG_MEMORY is defined. - -2001-10-21 Tom Kacvinsky - - * src/cff/cffload.c (CFF_Done_Font): Free subfonts array only if - we are working with a CID keyed CFF font. Otherwise, a variable - that was never allocated memory might freed. This is a correction - to the previous patch for freeing subfonts. - -2001-10-21 Tom Kacvinsky - - * src/cff/cffload.c (CFF_Done_Font): Free the subfonts array to - avoid a memory leak. - -2001-10-21 David Turner - - * src/pshinter/pshalgo2.c, src/pshinter/pshalgo1.c, - src/pshinter/pshglob.c: Removing compiler warnings in pedantic modes - (in multi-object compilation mode, mainly). - -2001-10-20 Tom Kacvinsky - - * src/type1/t1load.c (parse_encoding): Add a test to make sure - that custom encodings (i.e., neither StandardEncoding nor - ExpertEncoding) are not loaded twice when the Type 1 font is - synthetic. - - * src/type1/t1load.c (parse_font_name, parse_subrs): Added a test - for when loading synthetic fonts to make sure that the font name - and subroutines are not loaded twice. This is to remove a memory - leak that occurred because the original memory blocks for these - objects were not deallocated when the objects were parsed the - second time. - -2001-10-19 David Turner - - * src/smooth/ftgrays.c, src/pshinter/pshglob.h, - src/pshinter/pshrec.c, src/pshinter/pshalgo2.c: Getting rid of - compiler warnings. - - * src/pshinter/module.mk, src/pshinter/rules.mk: Adding control - files to build the PostScript hinter with the `old' build system. - -2001-10-19 Jacob Jansen - - * descrip.mms, src/pshinter/descrip.mms: Updates to the VMS build - files. - -2001-10-18 David Turner - - * src/psnames/pstables.h, src/tools/glnames.py: Rewrote the - `glnames.py' script used to generate the `pstables.h' header file. - The old one contained a serious bug that made FreeType return - incorrect glyph names for certain glyphs. - - * src/truetype/ttdriver.c (Set_Char_Sizes): Changing computation of - pixel size from character size to use rounding. This is an - experiment to see whether this gives values similar to Windows for - scaled ascent/descent/etc. - - * src/base/ftcalc.c (FT_Div64by32): Changed the implementation - slightly since the original code was mis-compiled on Mac machines - using the MPW C compiler. - - * src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Realloc): When a memory block was grown - through FT_Realloc(), the new bytes were not set to 0, which created - some strange bugs in the PostScript hinter. - (destroy_face): Don't deallocate unconditionally. - - * src/cid/cidgload.c (CID_Compute_Max_Advance, CID_Load_Glyph): - Adding support to new PostScript hinter. - - * include/freetype/internal/psglobal.h, - include/freetype/internal/pshints.h, - include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h, src/pshinter/Jamfile, - src/pshinter/pshalgo.h, src/pshinter/pshalgo1.h, - src/pshinter/pshalgo1.c, src/pshinter/pshalgo2.h, - src/pshinter/pshalgo2.c, src/pshinter/pshglob.h, - src/pshinter/pshglob.c, src/pshinter/pshinter.c, - src/pshinter/pshmod.c, src/pshinter/pshmod.h, src/pshinter/pshrec.c, - src/pshinter/pshrec.h: Adding new PostScript hinter module. - - * include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h, - include/freetype/internal/internal.h, - include/freetype/internal/psaux.h, - include/freetype/internal/t1types.h, src/psaux/psobjs.c, - src/psaux/psobjs.h, src/psaux/t1decode.h, src/psaux/t1decode.c, - src/type1/t1driver.c, src/type1/t1gload.c, src/type1/t1objs.c, - src/type1/t1objs.h: Updates to use the new PostScript hinter. - - * tests/Jamfile, tests/gview.c: Adding a new glyph hinting - viewer/debugger to the source tree. Note that you will _not_ be - able to compile it since it depends on an unavailable graphics - library named `Nirvana' to render vector images. - -2001-10-17 David Turner - - - * Version 2.0.5 released. - ========================= - - - * include/freetype/freetype.h, include/internal/ftobjs.h, - src/base/ftobjs.c, src/type1/t1driver.c: Adding a new function named - 'FT_Get_Postscript_Name' to retrieve the PostScript name of a given - font. Should work with all formats except pure CFF/CEF fonts (this - will be added soon). - - * src/cid/cidriver (cid_get_postscript_name): New function. - (CID_Get_Interface): Handle `postscript_name' interface. - - * src/sfnt/sfdriver.c (get_sfnt_postscript_name): New function. - (SFNT_Get_Interface): Handle `postscript_name' interface. - - * src/type1/t1driver.c (t1_get_ps_name): New function. - (Get_Interface): Handle `postscript_name' interface. - - * README, docs/CHANGES: Updated for 2.0.5 release. - -2001-10-08 David Turner - - Fixed a bug in `glnames.py' that prevented it from generating - correct glyph names tables. This resulted in the unavailability of - certain glyphs like `Cacute', `cacute' and `lslash' in Unicode - charmaps, even if these were present in the font (causing problems - for Polish users). - - * src/tools/glnames.py (mac_standard_names): Fixed. - (t1_standard_strings): Some fixes and renamed to ... - (sid_standard_names): This. - (t1_expert_encoding): Fixed. - (the_adobe_glyph_list): Renamed to ... - (adobe_glyph_names): This. - (the_adobe_glyphs): Renamed to ... - (adobe_glyph_values): This. - (dump_mac_indices, dump_glyph_list, dump_unicode_values, main): - Updated. - * src/psnames/pstables.h: Regenerated. - * src/psnames/psmodule.c (PS_Unicode_Value): Fix offset. - Fix return value. - Use `sid_standard_table' and `ps_names_to_unicode' instead of - `t1_standard_glyphs' and `names_to_unicode'. - (PS_Macintosh_Name): Use `ps_glyph_names' instead of - `standard_glyph_names'. - (PS_Standard_Strings): Use `sid_standard_names' instead of - `t1_standard_glyphs'. - - * doc/BUGS, doc/TODO: New documents. - -2001-10-07 Richard Barber - - * src/cache/ftlru.c (FT_Lru_Lookup_Node): Fixed a bug that prevented - correct LRU behaviour. - -2001-10-07 David Turner - - setjmp() and longjmp() are now used for rollback (i.e. when memory - pool overflow occurs). - - Function names are now all uniformly prefixed with `gray_'. - - * src/smooth/ftgrays.c: Include . - (ErrRaster_MemoryOverflow): New macro. - (TArea): New type to store area values in each cell (using `int' was - too small on 16-bit systems). is included to properly - get the needed data type. - (TCell, TRaster): Use it. - (TRaster): New element `jump_buffer'. - (gray_compute_cbox): Use `RAS_ARG' as the only parameter and get - `outline' from it. - (gray_record_cell): Use longjmp(). - (gray_set_cell): Use gray_record_cell() for error handling. - (gray_render_line, gray_render_conic, gray_render_cubic): Simplify. - (gray_convert_glyph_inner): New function, using setjmp(). - (gray_convert_glyph): Use it. - -2001-10-07 David Turner - - Provide a public API to manage multiple size objects for a given - FT_Face in the new header file `ftsizes.h'. - - * include/freetype/ftsizes.h: New header file, - * include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h: Use it. - Remove declarations of FT_New_Size and FT_Done_Size (moved to - ftsizes.h). - * include/freetype/config/ftheader.h (FT_SIZES_H): New macro. - * src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Activate_Size): New function. - * src/cache/ftcmanag.c: Include ftsizes.h. - (ftc_manager_init_size, ftc_manager_flush_size): Use - FT_Activate_Size. - -2001-09-20 Detlef Würkner - - * builds/amiga/*: Added port to Amiga with the SAS/C compiler. - -2001-09-15 Detlef Würkner - - * src/type1/t1afm.c (T1_Done_AFM): Free `afm'. - -2001-09-10 Yao Zhang - - * src/sfnt/ttcmap.c (code_to_index2): Handle code values with - hi-byte == 0 correctly. - -2001-09-10 Werner Lemberg - - * builds/link-std.mk ($(PROJECT_LIBRARY)): Fix typo. - -2001-08-30 Martin Muskens - - * src/type1/t1load.c (parse_font_matrix): A new way to compute the - units per EM with greater accuracy (important for embedded T1 fonts - in PDF documents that were automatically generated from TrueType - ones). - - * src/type1/t1load.c (is_alpha): Now supports `+' in font names; - this is used in embedded fonts. - - * src/psaux/psobjs.c (PS_Table_Add): Fixed a reallocation bug that - generated a dangling pointer reference. - -2001-08-30 Anthony Feik - - * src/type1/t1afm.c (T1_Read_Afm): Now correctly sets the flag - FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING when appropriate for Type1 + AFM files. - -2001-08-25 Werner Lemberg - - * src/sfnt/ttload.c (TT_Load_CMap): Fix frame length of - `cmap_rec_fields'. - - * include/freetype/fterrors.h [!FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS]: - Undefine FT_ERR_BASE before defining again. - -2001-08-22 Werner Lemberg - - * src/truetype/ttinterp.h: Fix prototype of TT_Move_Func. - -2001-08-21 Werner Lemberg - - * builds/dos/dos-def.mk (NO_OUTPUT): Don't use `&>' but `>'. - -2001-08-21 David Turner - - * include/freetype/config/ftoption.h: Changed the default setting - for FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS to undefined, since it breaks - source compatibility in a few cases. Updated the comment to explain - that too. - -2001-08-17 Martin Muskens - - * src/base/ftcalc.c (FT_MulDiv): Fixed serious typo. - -2001-08-12 Werner Lemberg - - Updating to OpenType 1.3. - - * include/freetype/internal/tttypes.h (TT_CMap0, TT_CMap2, TT_CMap4, - TT_CMap6): Adding field `language'. - (TT_CMapTable): Removing field `language'. - Type of `length' field changed to FT_ULong. - Adding fields for cmaps format 8, 10, and 12. - (TT_CMapGroup): New auxiliary structure. - (TT_CMap8_12, TT_CMap10): New structures. - * include/freetype/tttables.h (TT_HoriHeader, TT_VertHeader): - Removed last element of `Reserved' array. - * include/freetype/ttnameid.h (TT_PLATFORM_CUSTOM, TT_MS_ID_UCS_4, - TT_NAME_ID_CID_FINDFONT_NAME): New macros. - - * src/sfnt/ttcmap.c (TT_CharMap_Load): Updated loading of `language' - field to the new structures. - Fixed freeing of arrays in case of unsuccessful loads. - Added support for loading format 8, 10, and 12 cmaps. - (TT_CharMap_Free): Added support for freeing format 8, 10, and 12 - cmaps. - (code_to_index4): Small improvement. - (code_to_index6): Ditto. - (code_to_index8_12, code_to_index10): New functions. - * src/sfnt/ttload.c (TT_Load_Metrics_Header): Updated to new - structure. - (TT_Load_CMap): Ditto. - - * src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (tt_encodings): Add MS UCS4 table (before MS - Unicode). - -2001-08-11 Werner Lemberg - - * src/type1/t1driver.c (t1_get_name_index): Fix compiler warning. - -2001-08-09 Tom Kacvinsky - - * src/cff/cffdrivr.c (get_cff_glyph_name): Renamed to - cff_get_glyph_name for consistency. - - (cff_get_glyph_index): Minor documentation change. - - * src/type1/t1driver.c (t1_get_name_index): New function used in - Get_Interface as the function returned when the `name_index' - function is requested. - - (get_t1_glyph_name): Renamed to t1_get_glyph_name for consistency. - -2001-08-08 Tom Kacvinsky - - * src/cff/cffload.c: Removed definitions of cff_isoadobe_charset, - cff_expert_charset, cff_expertsubset_charset, cff_standard_encoding, - and cff_expert_encoding arrays to cffload.h. - - * src/cff/cffload.h: Added definitions of cff_isoadobe_charset, - cff_expert_charset, cff_expertsubset_charset, cff_standard_encoding, - and cff_expert_encoding arrays. - - * src/cff/cffdrivr.c (cff_get_name_index): New function, returned - when `cff_get_interface' is called with a request for the - `name_index' function. - - (cff_get_interface): Modified so that it returns the function - `cff_get_name_index' when the `name_index' function is requested. - - * src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Get_Name_Index): New function, used to - return a glyph index for a given glyph name only if the driver - supports glyph names. - - * include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h (FT_Name_Index_Requester): - New function pointer type definition used in the function - FT_Get_Name_Index. - - * include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_Get_Name_Index): Added - documentation and prototype. - -2001-07-26 Werner Lemberg - - * builds/cygwin/*: Removed. Use the unix stuff instead. - -2001-07-26 Jouk Jansen - - * builds/vms/ftconfig.h (FT_CALLBACK_DEF): Updated to change dated - 2001-06-27. - -2001-07-17 Werner Lemberg - - * include/freetype/internal/psaux.h (PS_Table): Use FT_Offset for - `cursor' and `capacity'. - * src/psaux/psobjc.c (reallocate_t1_table): Use FT_Long for second - parameter. - (PS_Table_Add): Use FT_Offset for `new_size'. - - Add support for version 0.5 maxp tables. - - * src/sfnt/ttload.c (TT_Load_MaxProfile): Implement it. - (TT_Load_OS2): Initialize some values. - -2001-07-13 Werner Lemberg - - * src/base/ftsynth.c: Include ftcalc.h unconditionally. - -2001-07-07 David Turner - - * src/truetype/ttgload.c, src/truetype/ttinterp.c, src/pcf/pcfread: - Removed pedantic compiler warnings when the bytecode interpreter is - compiled in. - -2001-07-03 Werner Lemberg - - * src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_hinter_align_weak_points): Remove - unused variable `edges'. - (ah_hinter_load): Remove unused variables `old_width' and - `new_width'. - * src/cid/cidload.c (cid_decrypt): Use `U' for constant (again). - * src/psaux/psobjs.c (T1_Decrypt): Ditto. - * src/type1/t1parse.c (T1_Get_Private_Dict): Ditto. - -2001-06-28 David Turner - - * include/internal/ftstream.h: Modified the definitions - of the FT_GET_XXXX and NEXT_XXXX macros for 16-bit correctness. - -2001-06-26 Werner Lemberg - - * src/cid/cidload.c, src/cid/cidload.h (cid_decrypt): Use FT_Offset - instead of FT_Int as type for `length' parameter. - * include/freetype/internal/psaux.h (PSAux_Interface): Updated. - -2001-06-27 Wolfgang Domröse - - * src/psaux/psobjs.c, src/psaux/psobjs.h (T1_Decrypt): Use FT_Offset - instead of FT_Int as type for `length' parameter. - - - * Version 2.0.4 released. - ========================= - - -2001-06-27 David Turner - - * builds/unix/ftconfig.in: Changed the definition of the - FT_CALLBACK_DEF macro. - - * include/freetype/ftconfig.h, src/*/*.c: Changed the definition and - use of the FT_CALLBACK_DEF macro in order to support 16-bit - compilers. - - * builds/unix/ftconfig.in: Changed the definition of the - FT_CALLBACK_DEF macro. - - * src/sfnt/ttload.c (TT_Load_Kern): The kern table loader now ensures - that the kerning table is correctly sorted (some problem fonts don't - have a correct kern table). - -2001-06-26 Wolfgang Domröse - - * include/freetype/internal/ftstream.h (FT_GET_OFF3_LE): Fix typo. - -2001-06-24 David Turner - - * src/base/ftcalc.c (ft_div64by32): Fixed the source to work - correctly on 16-bit systems. - -2001-06-23 Anthony Fok - - * debian/*: Added Debian package build directory for 2.0.4. - -2001-06-22 David Turner - - * docs/PATENTS: Added patents disclaimer. This one was missing! - - * docs/CHANGES, docs/todo: Updated for the upcoming 2.0.4 release. - -2001-06-20 Werner Lemberg - - * include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h: Add two more `L's to - constants. - Add missing semicolons. - - * builds/toplevel.mk: Do similar change as for - builds/unix/detect.mk. - - * include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_ENC_TAG): New version to make it - easier to redefine. - * include/freetype/ftimage.h (FT_IMAGE_TAG): Ditto. - - * src/pcf/pcfread.c (pcf_get_encodings): Add cast. - -2001-06-19 David Turner - - * builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsp, builds/win32/visualc/index.html: - Updated the Visual C++ project (for the 2.0.4 release). - - * builds/unix/detect.mk: Added rule for AIX detection (which uses - /usr/sbin/init instead of /sbin/init). - - * include/freetype/fterrors.h, src/*/*err*.h: Updated some of the - error macros to simplify handling of new error scheme. - -2001-06-19 Werner Lemberg - - * include/freetype/fttypes.h (FT_ERROR_MODULE): New macro. - -2001-06-19 David Turner - - Removing _lots_ of compiler warnings when the most pedantic warning - levels of Visual C++ and Borland C++ are used. Too many files to be - listed here, but FT2 now compiles without warnings with VC++ and the - `/W4' warning level (lint-style). - - * include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_New_Memory_Face): Updated - documentation. - * include/freetype/fttypes.h (FT_BOOL): New macro. - * include/freetype/internal/ftdebug.h: Add #pragma for Visual C++ - to suppress warning. - * include/freetype/internal/ftstream.h (FT_GET_SHORT_{BE,LE}, - FT_GET_OFF3_{BE,LE}, FT_GET_LONG_{BE,LE}): New macros. - (NEXT_*): Use them. - * src/autohint/ahglobal.c: Include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H. - (FT_New_Memory_Face): Add `const' to function declaration. - -2001-06-18 Werner Lemberg - - Minor cleanups to remove compiler warnings. - - * include/freetype/cache/ftcmanag.h (FTC_MAX_BYTES_DEFAULT): Use - `L' for constant. - * include/freetype/config/ftoption.h (FT_RENDER_POOL_SIZE): Ditto. - * src/base/ftcalc.c (FT_MulDiv): Use `L' for constant. - * src/base/ftglyph.c (FT_Glyph_Get_CBox): Remove `error' variable. - * src/base/fttrigon.c (ft_trig_arctan_table): Use `L' for constants. - * src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Done_Size): Fix return value. - (FT_Set_Char_Size, FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes, FT_Get_Kerning): Remove - unused `memory' variable. - * src/autohint/ahglyph.c (ah_get_orientation): Use `L' for constant. - * src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_hint_edges_3, - ah_hinter_align_edge_points): Remove unused `before' and `after' - variables. - (ah_hinter_align_weak_points): Remove unused `edge_limit' variable. - (ah_hinter_load): Remove unused `new_advance', `start_contour', - and `metrics' variables. - * src/cff/cffload.c (CFF_Load_Encoding): Remove dead code to avoid - compiler warning. - * src/cff/cffobjs.c (CFF_Init_Face): Remove unused `base_offset' - variable. - * src/cff/cffgload.c (CFF_Parse_CharStrings): Remove unused - `outline' variable. - (cff_compute_bias): Use `U' for constant. - * src/cid/cidload.c (cid_decrypt): Ditto. - * src/psaux/psobjs.c (T1_Decrypt): Ditto. - * src/psaux/t1decode.c (T1_Decoder_Parse_CharStrings): Ditto. - * src/sfnt/ttload.c (TT_Load_Kern): Remove unused `version' - variable. - * src/sfnt/ttsbit.c (TT_Load_SBit_Image): Remove unused `top' - variable. - * src/truetype/ttgload.c (load_truetype_glyph): Remove unused - `num_contours' and `ins_offset' variables. - (compute_glyph_metrics): Remove unused `Top' and `x_scale' - variables. - (TT_Load_Glyph): Remove unused `memory' variable. - * src/smooth/ftgrays.c (grays_raster_render): Use `L' for constants. - -2001-06-18 Werner Lemberg - - Make the new error scheme source compatible with older FT versions - by introducing another layer. - - * include/freetype/fterrors.h (FT_ERRORDEF_, FT_NOERRORDEF_): New - macros. - (FT_NOERRORDEF): Removed. - * include/*/*err*.h: Use FT_ERRORDEF_ and FT_NOERRORDEF_. - -2001-06-16 Werner Lemberg - - * include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_ENC_TAG): New macro. - (FT_Encoding_): Use it. - * include/freetype/ftimage.h (FT_IMAGE_TAG): Define it - conditionally. - -2001-06-14 David Turner - - Modified the TrueType interpreter to let it use the new - trigonometric functions provided in `fttrigon.h'. This gets rid of - some old 64-bit computation routines, as well as many warnings when - compiling the library with the `long long' 64-bit integer type. - - * include/freetype/config/ftoption.h: Undefine - FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_CALCS. - * include/freetype/internal/ftcalc.h: Rearrange use of - FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_CALCS. - * src/base/ftcalc.c: Add declaration of FT_Int64 if - FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_CALCS isn't defined. - * src/truetype/ttinterp.c: Use FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H. - (Norm): Add a special version if FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_CALCS isn't - defined. - (Current_Ratio, Normalize): Simplify code. - -2001-06-11 Mike Owens - - * src/base/ftcalc.c (FT_MulDiv, FT_DivFix, FT_Sqrt64): Remove - compiler warnings. - -2001-06-08 Werner Lemberg - - * builds/unix/configure.in: Renamed to ... - * builds/unix/configure.ac: This to make sure that autoconf 2.50 is - needed. - Run `autoupdate' on it. - Increase `version_info' to 7:0:1. - * builds/unix/configure: Regenerated. - -2001-06-08 David Turner - - * src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_hinter_load_glyph): Fixed a bug that - corrupted transformed glyphs that were auto-hinted (the transform - was applied twice). - - Fixed a bug that returned an invalid linear width for composite - TrueType glyphs. - - * include/internal/tttypes.h (TT_Loader_): Two new elements `linear' - and `linear_def'. - * src/truetype/ttgload.c (load_truetype_glyph, - compute_glyph_metrics): Use it. - - * include/fttypes.h (FT_ERROR_BASE): New macro. - * src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Open_Face, FT_Render_Glyph_Internal): Use it - to make source code work with the new error scheme implemented by - Werner. - * src/base/ftoutln.c (FT_Outline_Render): Ditto. - -2001-06-07 Werner Lemberg - - Updating to libtool 1.4.0 and autoconf 2.50. - - * builds/unix/ltconfig: Removed. - * builds/unix/ltmain.sh, builds/unix/configure.in, - builds/unix/aclocal.m4: Updated. - * builds/unix/configure: Regenerated. - -2001-06-06 Werner Lemberg - - Complete redesign of error codes. Please check ftmoderr.h for more - details. - - * include/freetype/internal/cfferrs.h, - include/freetype/internal/tterrors.h, - include/freetype/internal/t1errors.h: Removed. Replaced with files - local to the module. All extra error codes have been moved to - `fterrors.h'. - - * src/sfnt/ttpost.h: Move error codes to `fterrors.h'. - - * src/autohint/aherrors.h, src/cache/ftcerror.h, src/cff/cfferrs.h, - src/cid/ciderrs.h, src/pcf/pcferror.h, src/psaux/psauxerr.h, - src/psnames/psnamerr.h, src/raster/rasterrs.h, src/sfnt/sferrors.h, - src/smooth/ftsmerrs.h, src/truetype/tterrors.h, - src/type1/t1errors.h, src/winfonts/fnterrs.h: New files defining the - error names for the module it belongs to. - - * include/freetype/ftmoderr.h: New file, defining the module error - offsets. Its structure is similar to `fterrors.h'. - - * include/freetype/fterrors.h (FT_NOERRORDEF): New macro. - (FT_ERRORDEF): Redefined to use module error offsets. - All internal error codes are now public; unused error codes have - been removed, some are new. - - * include/freetype/config/ftheader.h (FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H): New - macro. - * include/freetype/config/ftoption.h - (FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS): New macro. - - All other source files have been updated to use the new error codes; - some already existing (internal) error codes local to a module have - been renamed to give them the same name as in the base module. - - All make files have been updated to include the local error files. - -2001-06-06 Werner Lemberg - - * src/cid/cidtokens.h: Replaced with... - * src/cid/cidtoken.h: This file for 8+3 consistency. - - * src/raster/ftraster.c: Use macros for header file names. - - * src/include/freetype/tttables.h (TT_HoriHeader_, TT_VertHeader_): - Fix length of `Reserved' array. Note that this isn't the real fix - since recent OpenType specs have introduced a `CaretOffset' field - instead of the first reserved byte. - -2001-05-29 Werner Lemberg - - * INSTALL: Minor fixes. - - - * Version 2.0.3 released. - ========================= - - -2001-05-29 David Turner - - * INSTALL, docs/CHANGES: Updated. - -2001-05-25 David Turner - - Moved several documents from the top-level to the `docs' directory. - - * src/base/ftcalc.c (FT_DivFix): Small fix to return value. - -2001-05-16 David Turner - - * src/truetype/ttgload.c (load_truetype_glyph): Fixed a bug in the - composite loader. Spotted by Keith Packard. - * src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_GlyphLoader_Check_Points, - FT_GlyphLoader_Check_Subglyphs): Ditto. - -2001-05-14 David Turner - - Fixed the incorrect blue zone computations, and improved the - composite support. Note that these changes result in improved - rendering, while sometimes introducing their own artefacts. This is - probably the last big change to the autohinter before the - introduction of a complete replacement. - - * src/autohint/ahglobal.c (sort_values): Fix loop. - * src/autohint/ahglyph.c: Removed some obsolete code. - (ah_outline_compute_edges): Modify code to set the ah_edge_round - flag. - (ah_outline_compute_blue_edges): Add code to compute active blue - zones. - * src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_hinter_glyph_load): Change load_flags - value. - - * src/base/ftcalc.c (FT_DivFix): Fixed a bug in the 64-bit code that - created incorrect scale factors! - (FT_Round_Fix, FT_CeilFix, FT_FloorFix): Minor improvements. - -2001-05-12 Werner Lemberg - - * include/freetype/ftbbox.h: FTBBOX_H -> __FTBBOX_H__. - * include/freetype/fttrigon.h: __FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H__ -> - __FTTRIGON_H__. - Include FT_FREETYPE_H. - Beautified; added copyright. - * src/base/fttrigon.c: Beautified; added copyright. - -2001-05-11 David Turner - - * src/cff/cffparse.c (cff_parse_font_matrix), src/cid/cidload.c - (parse_font_matrix), src/type1/t1load.c (parse_font_matrix): Fixed - the incorrect EM size computation. - - * include/freetype/fttrigon.h, src/base/fttrigon.c: New files, - adding trigonometric functions to the core API (using Cordic - algorithms). - * src/base/ftbase.c, src/base/Jamfile, src/base/rules.mk: Use them. - - * builds/newline: New file. - * builds/top_level.mk, builds/detect.mk: Use it. This fixes - problems with Make on Windows 2000, as well as problems when `make - distclean' is invoked on a non-Unix platform when there is no - `config.mk' in the current directory. - - * builds/freetype.mk: Fixed a problem with object deletions under - Dos/Windows/OS/2 systems. - - Added new directory to hold tools and test programs. - - * docs/docmaker.py, docs/glnames.py: Moved to... - * src/tools/docmaker.py, src/tools/glnames.py: This place. - * src/tools/cordic.py: New file used to compute arctangent table - needed by fttrigon.c. - * src/tools/test_bbox.c, src/tools/test_trig.c: New test files. - - * src/tools/docmaker.py: Improved the script to add the current date - at the footer of each web page (useful to distinguish between - versions). - - * Jamfile: Fixed incorrect HDRMACRO argument. - - * TODO: Removed the cubic arc bbox computation note, since it has been - fixed recently. - * src/base/ftbbox.c (test_cubic_zero): Renamed to... - (test_cubic_extrema): This function. Use `UL' for unsigned long - constants. - - * include/freetype/t1tables.h, include/freetype/config/ftoption.h: - Formatting. - -2001-05-10 David Turner - - * src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Open_Face): Fixed a small memory leak - which happened when trying to open 0-size font files! - -2001-05-09 Werner Lemberg - - * include/freetype/internal/ftcalc.h: Move declaration of - FT_SqrtFixed() out of `#ifdef FT_LONG64'. - -2001-05-08 Francesco Zappa Nardelli - - * src/pcfdriver.c (PCF_Load_Glyph): Fixed incorrect bitmap width - computation. - -2001-05-08 David Turner - - * docs/docmaker.py: Updated the DocMaker script in order to add - command line options (--output,--prefix,--title), fix the erroneous - line numbers reported during errors and warnings, and other - formatting issues. - - * src/base/ftcalc.c (FT_MulDiv, FT_MulFix, FT_DivFix): Various tiny - fixes related to rounding in 64-bits routines and - pseudo-`optimizations'. - -2001-04-27 David Turner - - * src/base/ftbbox.c (BBox_Cubic_Check): Fixed the coefficient - normalization algorithm (invalid final bit position, and invalid - shift computation). - -2001-04-26 Werner Lemberg - - * builds/unix/config.guess, builds/unix/config.sub: Updated to - latest versions from gnu.org. - - * builds/compiler/gcc-dev.mk: Add `-Wno-long-long' flag. - - * include/freetype/internal/ftcalc.h: Define FT_SqrtFixed() - unconditionally. - * src/base/ftbbox.c: Include FT_INTERNAL_CALC_H. - Fix compiler warnings. - * src/base/ftcalc.c: Fix (potential) compiler warnings. - -2001-04-26 David Turner - - * src/base/ftcalc.c (FT_SqrtFixed): Corrected/optimized the 32-bit - fixed-point square root computation. It is now used even with - 64-bits integers, as it is _much_ faster than calling FT_Sqrt64 :-) - - * src/base/ftbbox.c: Removed invalid `#include FT_BEZIER_H' line. - -2001-04-25 David Turner - - * src/base/ftbbox.c (BBox_Cubic_Check): Rewrote function to use - direct computations with 16.16 values instead of sub-divisions. It - is now slower, but proves a point :-) - - * src/raster/ftraster.c, src/smooth/ftgrays.c, src/base/ftbbox.c: - Fixed the Bézier stack depths. - - * src/base/ftcalc.c (FT_MulFix): Minor rounding fix. - - * builds/beos: Added BeOS-specific files to the old build system - (no changes were necessary to support BeOS in the Jamfile though). - -2001-04-20 David Turner - - * ftconfig.h, ftoption.h: Updated `ftconfig.h' to detect 64-bit int - types on platforms where Autoconf is not available). Also removed - FTCALC_USE_LONG_LONG and replaced it with - FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64. - - * builds/win32/freetype.dsp: Updated the Visual C++ project file. - Doesn't create a DLL yet. - - * cffgload.c: Removed a compilation warning. - -2001-04-10 Tom Kacvinsky - - * t1load.c (parse_charstrings): Changed code for placing .notdef - glyph into slot 0 so that we no longer have a memory access - violation. - - * t1load.h: In structure T1_Loader, added swap_table (of type - PS_Table) to facilitate placing the .notdef glyph into slot 0. - -2001-04-10 Francesco Zappa Nardelli - - * src/pcf/pcfdriver.c (PCF_Get_Char_Index): Fix return value. - -2001-04-09 Laurence Withers - - * builds/dos/detect.mk: Add support for bash. - -2001-04-05 Werner Lemberg - - * builds/os2/*.mk: These files have been forgotten to update to - the structure of similar makefiles. - * builds/dos/*.mk: Ditto. - * builds/ansi/*.mk: Ditto. - - * builds/win32/win32-def.mk (BUILD): Fix typo. - - * builds/compiler/*.mk (CLEAN_LIBRARY): Don't use NO_OUTPUT. - This is already used in the link_*.mk files. - -2001-04-03 Werner Lemberg - - * src/*/Jamfile: Slight changes to make files more cryptic. - -2001-04-03 Werner Lemberg - - * Jamfile, src/Jamfile, src/*/Jamfile: Formatted. Slight changes - to give files identical structure. - -2001-04-02 Werner Lemberg - - * CHANGES: Reformatted, minor fixes. - * TODO: Updated. - * README: Formatting. - * include/freetype/freetype.h: Formatting. - - * Jamfile: Fix typo. - - * src/cff/cffparse.c: Move error code #defines to... - * include/freetype/internal/cfferrs.h: This file. - * src/cff/cffdrivr.c, src/cff/cffobjs.c, src/cff/cffload.c: Replaced - `FT_Err_*' with `CFF_Err_*'. - * src/cid/cidparse.c: Replaced `FT_Err_*' with `T1_Err_*'. - * src/psaux/psobjs.c, src/psaux/t1decode.c: Ditto. - * src/sfnt/sfobcs.c, src/sfnt/ttload.c: Replaced `FT_Err_*' with - `TT_Err_*'. - * src/truetype/ttgload.c, src/truetype/ttobjs.c: Ditto. - * src/type1/t1gload.c, src/type1/t1load.c, src/type1/t1objs.c, - src/type1/t1parse.c: Replaced `FT_Err_*' with `T1_Err_*'. - - * include/freetype/internal/cfferrs.h: Add - `CFF_Err_Unknown_File_Format'. - * include/freetype/internal/t1errors.h: Add - `T1_Err_Unknown_File_Format'. - * include/freetype/internal/tterrors.h: Add - `TT_Err_Unknown_File_Format'. - - * src/cff/cffload.h: Add `cff_*_encoding' and `cff_*_charset' - references. - * src/psaux/psobjs.c: Include `FT_INTERNAL_TYPE1_ERRORS_H'. - - * src/cff/cffobjs.c (CFF_Init_Face, CFF_Done_Face): Use - FT_LOCAL_DEF. - * src/cid/cidobjs.c (CID_Done_Driver): Ditto. - * src/trutype/ttobjs.c (TT_Init_Face, TT_Done_Face, TT_Init_Size): - Ditto. - * src/type1/t1objs.c (T1_Done_Driver): Ditto. - * src/pcf/pcfdriver.c (PCF_Done_Face): Ditto. - * src/pcf/pcf.h: Use FT_LOCAL for `PCF_Done_Face'. - -2001-04-02 Tom Kacvinsky - - * src/sfnt/ttload.c (TT_Load_Metrics): Fix an improper pointer - dereference. Submitted by Herbert Duerr . - -2001-03-26 Tom Kacvinsky - - * include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h: Changed hexadecimal - constants to use suffix U to avoid problems with HP-UX's c89 - compiler. Submitted by G.W. Lucas . - -2001-03-24 David Turner - - * Jamrules, Jamfile, src/Jamfile, src/*/Jamfile: Adding jamfiles to - the source tree. See www.freetype.org/jam/index.html for details. - - - * Version 2.0.2 released. - ========================= - - -2001-03-20 Werner Lemberg - - * builds/win32/detekt.mk: Fix .PHONY target for Intel compiler. - -2001-03-20 David Turner - - * include/freetype/config/ftheader.h, include/freetype/ftsnames.h: - Renamed `ftnames.h' to `ftsnames.h', and FT_NAMES_H to - FT_SFNT_NAMES_H. - - * docs/docmaker.py: Added generation of INDEX link in table of - contents. - - * INSTALL, docs/BUILD: Updated documentation to indicate that the - compilation process has changed slightly (no more `src' required in - the include path). - - * builds/*/*-def.mk: Changed the objects directory from `obj' to - `objs'. - - * include/freetype/config/ftheader.h: Removed obsolete macros like - FT_SOURCE_FILE, etc. and added cache-specific macro definitions that - were previously defined in . Added comments to - be included in a new API Reference section. - - * src/*/*: Removed the use of FT_SOURCE_FILE, etc. Now, each - component needs to add its own directory to the include path at - compile time. Modified all `rules.mk' and `descrip.mms' - accordingly. - -2001-03-20 Werner Lemberg - - * builds/unix/configure.in: Add $ft_version. - * builds/unix/freetype-config.in: Use it. - * builds/unix/configure: Updated. - -2001-03-19 Tom Kacvinsky - - * src/type1/t1load.c (parse_font_matrix): Assign the units per em - value an unsigned short value, first by shifting right 16 bits, - then by casting the results to FT_UShort. - - * src/cff/cffparse.c (cff_parse_font_bbox): Assign the units per em - value an unsigned short value, first by shifting right 16 bits, - then by casting the results to FT_UShort. - -2001-03-17 David Turner - - * src/cid/cidobjs.c, src/cid/cidload.c, src/pcf/pcfread.c, - src/type1/t1load.c, src/type1/t1objs.c: Added a few casts to remove - compiler warnings in pedantic modes. - - * include/config/ft2build.h, include/config/ftheader.h: The file - `ft2build.h' was renamed to `ftheader.h' to avoid conflicts with the - top-level . - - * include/config/ftheader.h: Added new section describing the #include - macros. - -2001-03-17 Tom Kacvinsky - - * src/cff/cffparse.c (cff_parse_font_bbox): Obtain rounded FT_Fixed - values for the bounding box numbers. - - * src/cff/cffobjs.c (CFF_Init_Face): When processing a CFF/CEF font, - set `root->ascender' (`root->descender') to the integer part of - `root->bbox.yMax' (`root->bbox.yMin', respectively). - -2001-03-16 Tom Kacvinsky - - * src/cff/cffdrivr.c (get_cff_glyph_name): New function. Used in - cff_get_interface to facilitate getting a glyph name for glyph index - via FT_Get_Glyph_Name(). - - (cff_get_interface): Added support for getting a glyph name via the - `glyph_name' module interface. Uses the new function - get_cff_glyph_name(). - Submitted by Sander van der Wal . - - * src/cff/cffobjs.c (CFF_Init_Face): Logical or the face flags with - FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES only if FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_GLYPH_NAMES is - not defined. This is to add support for getting a glyph name from a - glyph index via FT_Get_Glyph_Name(). - Submitted by Sander van der Wal . - - * src/cff/cffgload.c (CFF_Parse_CharStrings): Added support for - deprecated operator `dotsection'. - Submitted by Sander van der Wal . - -2001-03-12 Werner Lemberg - - * src/psaux/t1decode.c (T1_Decoder_Parse_Charstrings): Fix error - messages. - - * INSTALL, docs/BUILD: We need GNU make 3.78.1 or newer. - -2001-03-12 Tom Kacvinsky - - * include/freetype/internal/psaux.h: Changed the lenIV member of - the T1_Decoder_ struct to be an FT_Int instead of an FT_UInt. - - * src/psaux/t1decode.c (T1_Decoder_Parse_Charstrings): Adjust - for lenIV seed bytes at the start of a decrypted subroutine. - - * src/cid/cidload.c (cid_read_subrs): Decrypt subroutines only - if lenIV >= 0. - - * src/cid/cidgload.c (cid_load_glyph): Decrypt charstrings only - if lenIV >= 0. - -2001-03-11 Werner Lemberg - - * TODO: Updated. - - * src/pcf/pcfread.c: Put READ_Fields() always in a conditional to - avoid compiler warnings. - -2001-03-10 Tom Kacvinsky - - * TODO: New file. - - * include/freetype/freetype.h: Added prototypes and notes for - three new functions: FT_RoundFix, FT_CeilFix, and FT_FloorFix. - * src/base/ftcalc.c (FT_RoundFix, FT_CeilFix, FT_FloorFix): Added - implementation code. - - * src/cid/cidobjs.c (CID_Init_Face): Use calculated units_per_EM, - and if that is not available, default to 1000 units per EM. Changed - assignment code for ascender and descender values. - * src/cid/cidload.c (parse_font_matrix): Added units_per_EM - processing. - (parse_font_bbox): Changed to use FT_Fixed number handling. - - * src/type1/t1objs.c (T1_Init_Face): Changed the assignment code - for ascender, descender, and max_advance_width. - * src/type1/t1load.c (parse_font_bbox): Changed to use FT_Fixed - number handling. - -2001-03-10 Henrik Grubbström - - * src/*/*.c: Added many casts to make code more 64bit-safe. - -2001-03-07 Werner Lemberg - - * INSTALL, docs/BUILD: We need GNU make 3.78 or newer. - -2001-03-07 Tom Kacvinsky - - * src/type1/t1objs.c (T1_Init_Face): Minor correction: We must wait - until parse_font_bbox is changed before we use logical shift rights - in the assignments of `root->ascender', `root->descender', and - `root->max_advance_width'. - - (T1_Done_Face): Free `char_name' table to avoid a memory leak. - Submitted by Sander van der Wal . - -2001-03-05 Tom Kacvinsky - - * src/cff/cffgload.c (CFF_Load_Glyph): Set glyph control data to the - the Type 2 glyph charstring (used by conversion programs). - Submitted by Ha Shao . - -2001-03-04 Antoine Leca - - * include/freetype/ttnameid.h: Correct a stupid typo which prevented - correct compilation (TT_MS_LANGID_TIGRIGNA_ETHIOPIA appeared twice). - -2001-03-04 Werner Lemberg - - * src/autohint/ahtypes.h (AH_Hinter): Add elements - `disable_horz_edges', `disable_vert_edges'. - * src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_hint_edges_3, ah_hinter_hint_edges): Use - them (and remove static variables with the same names). - * src/pcf/pcfutil.c (BitOrderInvert): Add `const'. - * docs/glnames.py: Updated to latest pstables.h changes. - - * builds/unix/detect.mk: Add test for Hurd. - * builds/hurd/detect.mk: Removed. - -2001-03-04 Sander van der Wal - - * src/psnames/pstables.h: Add more `const'. - * src/pcf/pcfutil.c: Ditto. - -2001-03-04 Werner Lemberg - - * src/base/ftglyph.c (FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap): Fixing typo - (FT_Glyph_Done -> FT_Done_Glyph). - -2001-03-01 Antoine Leca - - * include/freetype/ttnameid.h: Added some new Microsoft language - codes and LCIDs as found in Office Xp. - -2001-02-28 David Turner - - * builds/hurd/detect.mk: New file. Added support to detect the GNU - Hurd operating system as Unix-like. Fix submitted by Anthony Fok - . - - * src/type1/t1gload.c (T1_Load_Glyph): Set glyph control data to the - the Type 1 glyph charstring (used by conversion programs). - Submitted by Ha Shao . - -2001-02-22 David Turner - - * src/base/ftgrays.c (grays_sweep): The function didn't exit - immediately if `num_cells' was 0 as it should. Thanks to Boris for - finding this out. - - * src/base/ftglyph.c (FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap): Fixed memory leak when - bitmap rendering fails (thanks to Graham Asher). - -2001-02-13 Werner Lemberg - - * docs/docmaker.py (DocSection::add_element): Use - `self.print_error()'. - - * builds/unix/config.{guess,sub}: Updated (from ftp.gnu.org). - -2001-02-13 David Turner - - * docs/docmaker.py, include/freetype/*.h: Updated the DocMaker - script to support chapters and section block ordering. Updated the - public header files accordingly. - - * src/base/ftglyph.c (FT_Glyph_Copy): Advance width and glyph format - were not correctly copied. - -2001-02-08 Tom Kacvinsky - - * src/cff/cffparse.c (cff_parse_font_matrix): Removed an - unnecessary fprintf( stderr, ... ). - -2001-02-07 Tom Kacvinsky - - * src/type1/t1objs.c (T1_Init_Face): Added code to get the - units_per_EM from the value assigned in parse_font_matrix, if - available. Default to 1000 if not available. - - * src/cff/cffparse.c (cff_parse_font_matrix): Added logic to get - the units_per_EM from the FontMatrix. - - (cff_parse_fixed_thousand): New function. Gets a real number from - the CFF font, but multiplies by 1000 (this is to avoid rounding - errors when placing this real number into a 16.16 fixed number). - - (cff_parse_real): Added code so that the integer part is moved - into the high sixteen bits of the 16.16 fixed number. - - * src/cff/cffobjs.c (CFF_Init_Face): Added logic to get the units - per EM from the CFF dictionary, if available. - - * include/freetype/internal/cfftypes.h: In struct CFF_Font_Dict_, - added a units_per_em member to facilitate passing of units_per_em - from function cff_parse_font_matrix. - - * src/type1/t1load.c (is_alpha): Make `-' a legal alphanumeric - character. This is so that font names with `-' are fully parsed, - etc... - -2001-02-02 Werner Lemberg - - * src/psaux/psobjs.c (shift_elements): Remove if clause (which is - obsolete now). - - (reallocate_t1_table, PS_Table_Done): Replace REALLOC() with ALLOC() - + MEM_Copy() to avoid a memory bug. - -2001-02-01 David Turner - - * docs/docmaker.py: Improved the index sorting routine to place - capital letters before small ones. Added the `' marker to - section blocks in order to give the order of blocks. - -2001-01-30 Antoine Leca - - * include/freetype/ttnameid.h: Latest updates to Microsoft language - ID codes. - -2001-01-24 Tom Kacvinsky - - * src/cff/t1load.c (parse_font_matrix): Added heuristic to get - units_per_EM from the font matrix. - - (parse_dict): Deleted test to see whether the FontInfo keyword has - been seen. Deletion of this test allows fonts without FontInfo - dictionaries to be parsed by the Type 1 driver. - - (T1_Open_Face): Deleted empty subroutines array test to make sure - fonts with no subroutines still are parsed. - -2001-01-17 Francesco Zappa Nardelli - - * src/pcfread.c (pcf_get_properties, pcf_get_metrics, - pcf_get_bitmaps): Fix compiler errors. - -2001-01-11 David Turner - - * src/pcf/pcfread.c: Removed some compilation warnings related - to comparison of signed vs. unsigned integers. - - * include/freetype/internal/ftdebug.h: Changed the debug trace - constants from trace_t2xxxx to trace_cffxxxx to be able to compile - the CFF driver in debug mode. - -2001-01-11 Matthew Crosby - - * builds/unix/freetype-config.in: Fix problems with separate - --prefix and --exec-prefix. - -2001-01-11 David Turner - - * docs/docmaker.py: Added cross-references generation as well as - more robust handling of pathname wildcard matching. - -2001-01-10 Werner Lemberg - - * docs/docmaker.py: Minor improvements to reduce unwanted spaces - and empty lines in output. - -2001-01-09 David Turner - - * docs/docmaker.py: Improved script to generate table of contents - and index pages. It also supports wildcards on non Unix systems. - - * include/freetype/*.h, include/freetype/cache/*.h: Updated comments - to include section definitions/delimitations for the API Reference - generator. - - * include/freetype/freetype.h: Moved declaration of - `FT_Generic_Finalizer' and the `FT_Generic' structure to... - * include/freetype/fttypes.h: here. - -2001-01-04 Werner Lemberg - - * include/freetype/ttnameid.h: Updated Unicode code range comments. - -2001-01-03 Tom Kacvinsky - - * src/cff/rules.mk: Use cffgload.{c,h} instead of t2gload.{c,h}. - - * include/freetype/internal/internal.h: Changed to use cfftypes.h - (cfferrs.h) instead of t2types.h (t2errors.h, respectively). - - * include/freetype/internal/cfftypes.h: Merged in changes from - t2types.h and made this the canonical `types' header for the CFF - driver. - - * include/freetype/internal/t2types.h: This file was merged with - cfftypes.h and is no longer necessary. - - * include/freetype/internal/t2errors.h: Renamed to cfferrs.h. - - * src/cff/cffobjs.c, src/cff/cffobjs.h, src/cff/cffparse.c, - src/cff/cffdrivr.c, src/cff/cff.c, src/cff/cffload.c, - src/cff/cffgload.c, src/cff/cffgload.h: Changed to use - cffgload.{c,h} instead of t2gload.{c,h}. All occurrences of t2_ - (T2_) were replaced with cff_ (CFF_, respectively). - - * src/cff/t2gload.h: Renamed cffgload.h. - - * src/cff/t2gload.c: Renamed cffgload.c - -2000-01-02 Jouk Jansen - - * builds/vms: Support files for VMS architecture added. - * descrip.mms, src/*/descrip.mms: VMS makefiles added. - * README.VMS: New file. - -2000-01-01 Werner Lemberg - - * LICENSE.TXT: Added info about PCF driver license. - -2001-01-01 Francesco Zappa Nardelli - - * src/pcf/*: New driver module for PCF font format (used in - X Window System). - * include/freetype/internal/ftdebug.h (FT_Trace): Added values for - PCF driver. - * include/freetype/internal/pcftypes.h: New file. - * include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h: Added PCF driver module. - -2001-01-01 Werner Lemberg - - * src/winfonts/winfnt.c (FNT_Get_Char_Index): Fix parameter type. - -2000-12-31 Werner Lemberg - - * builds/modules.mk (clean_module_list): Fixed deletion of module - file in case `make make_module_list' is called before `make setup'. - -2000-12-30 Werner Lemberg - - * src/cff/cffload.c (CFF_Load_Charset): Improved error messages. - (CFF_Load_Charset, CFF_Load_Encoding): Remove unnecessary variable - definition. - -2000-12-30 Tom Kacvinsky - - * include/freetype/internal/t2types.h, - include/freetype/internal/cfftypes.h: Changed the structures for - CFF_Encoding and CFF_Encoding for the new implementations of the - charset and encoding parsers in the CFF driver. - - * src/cff/t2gload.c (t2_lookup_glyph_by_stdcharcode, - t2_operator_seac): Added these functions for use in implementing the - seac emulation provided by the Type 2 endchar operator. - (T2_Parse_CharStrings): Added seac emulation for the endchar - operator. - - * src/cff/cffload.c (CFF_Load_Encoding, CFF_Load_Charset, - CFF_Done_Encoding, CFF_Done_Charset): Extended to load and parse the - charset/encoding tables, and free the memory used by them when the - CFF driver is finished with them. Added tables - - cff_isoadobe_charset - cff_expert_charset - cff_expertsubset_charset - cff_standard_encoding - cff_expert_encoding - - so that the encoding/charset parser can handle predefined encodings and - charsets. - -2000-12-24 Tom Kacvinsky - - * src/cff/t2gload.c (T2_Load_Glyph): Added code so that the font - transform is applied. - - * src/cff/cffparse.c (cff_parse_font_matrix): Added code so that - the font matrix numbers are scaled by 1/(matrix->yy). Also, the - offset vector now contains integer values instead of 16.16 fixed - numbers. - -2000-12-22 Tom Kacvinsky - - * src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_hinter_load_glyph): - Removed unnecessary comments and commented-out code. - -2000-12-21 David Turner - - * src/cid/cidafm.c, src/cid/cidafm.h: removed un-needed files, - we'll work on supporting CID AFM files later I guess :-) - -2000-12-21 Tom Kacvinsky - - * src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_hinter_load, ah_hinter_load_glyph): - Changed so that fonts with a non-standard FontMatrix render - correctly. Previously, the first glyph rendered from such a - font did not have the transformation matrix applied. - -2000-12-17 Werner Lemberg - - * *.mk: Added lots of `.PHONY' targets. - -2000-12-17 Karsten Fleischer - - * *.mk: Implemented `platform' target to disable auto-detection. - -2000-12-14 Werner Lemberg - - * docs/design/modules.html: Removed. Covered by design-*.html. - - * INSTALL: Added info about makepp. - -2000-12-14 David Turner - - Added support for clipped direct rendering in the smooth renderer. - This should not break binary compatibility of existing applications. - - * include/freetype/fttypes.h, include/freetype/ftimage.h: Move - definition of the FT_BBox structure from the former to the latter. - * include/freetype/ftimage.h: Add `ft_raster_flag_clip' value to - FT_Raster_Flag enumeration. - Add `clip_box' element to FT_Raster_Params structure. - * src/smooth/ftgrays.c (grays_convert_glyph): Implement it. - - * INSTALL: Updated installation instructions on Win32, listing the - new `make setup list' target used to list supported - compilers/targets. - - * src/raster/ftraster.c (ft_black_render): Test for unsupported - direct rendering before testing arguments. - -2000-12-13 David Turner - - * include/freetype/config/ft2build.h, - include/freetype/internal/internal.h: Fixed header inclusion macros - to use direct definitions. This is the only way to do these things - in a portable way :-( The rest of the code should follow shortly - though everything compiles now. - - * builds/compiler/intelc.mk, builds/compiler/watcom.mk: New files. - - * builds/win32/detect.mk: Added support for the Intel C/C++ - compiler, as well as _preliminary_ (read: doesn't work!) support for - Watcom. Also added a new setup target. Type `make setup list' for - a list of supported command-line compilers on Win32. - - * src/base/ftdebug.c: Added dummy symbol to avoid empty file if - conditionals are off. - -2000-12-13 Werner Lemberg - - * builds/unix/ftsystem.c: Fixed typos. Fixed inclusion of wrong - ftconfig.h file. - -2000-12-12 Werner Lemberg - - * include/freetype/config/ft2build.h (FT2_ROOT, FT2_CONFIG_ROOT): - Removed. ANSI C doesn't (explicitly) allow macro expansion in - arguments using `##'. - (FT2_PUBLIC_FILE, FT2_CONFIG_FILE, FT2_INTERNAL_FILE): Use directory - names directly. Make them configurable. Use `##' to strip leading - and trailing spaces from arguments. - - * builds/unix/ft2unix.h: Adapted. - - * src/base/ftsystem.c (ft_alloc, ft_realloc, ft_free, ft_io_stream, - ft_close_stream): Use FT_CALLBACK_DEF. - - * builds/unix/ftsystem.c: Use new header scheme. - (FT_Done_Memory): Use free() from FT_Memory structure. - - * src/base/ftinit.c, src/base/ftmac.c: Header scheme fixes. - -2000-12-11 Werner Lemberg - - * include/freetype/config/ft2build.h (FT2_CONFIG_ROOT, - FT2_PUBLIC_FILE, FT2_CONFIG_FILE, FT2_INTERNAL_FILE, - FT_SOURCE_FILE): Use `##' operator to be really ANSI C compliant. - -2000-12-09 Werner Lemberg - - * builds/unix/detect.mk: Remove unused USE_CFLAGS variable. - -2000-12-08 Werner Lemberg - - * */*.h: Changed body inclusion macro names to start and end with - `__' (those which haven't converted yet). Fixed minor conversion - issues. - - * src/winfonts/winfnt.c: Updated to new header inclusion scheme. - - * src/truetype/ttinterp.c: Remove unused CALC_Length() macro. - -2000-12-07 David Turner - - * */*.[ch]: Changed source files to adhere to the new - header inclusion scheme. Not completely tested but works for now - here. - - * src/cff/t2driver.c: Renamed and updated to... - * src/cff/cffdrivr.c: New file. - * src/cff/t2driver.h: Renamed and updated to... - * src/cff/cffdrivr.h: New file. - * src/cff/t2load.c: Renamed and updated to... - * src/cff/cffload.c: New file. - * src/cff/t2load.h: Renamed and updated to... - * src/cff/cffload.h: New file. - * src/cff/t2objs.c: Renamed and updated to... - * src/cff/cffobjs.c: New file. - * src/cff/t2objs.h: Renamed and updated to... - * src/cff/cffobjs.h: New file. - * src/cff/t2parse.c: Renamed and updated to... - * src/cff/cffparse.c: New file. - * src/cff/t2parse.h: Renamed and updated to... - * src/cff/cffparse.h: New file. - * src/cff/t2tokens.h: Renamed and updated to... - * src/cff/cfftoken.h: New file. - - * src/cff/cff.c, src/cff/rules.mk: Updated. - -2000-12-06 David Turner - - * src/cache/ftlru.c (FT_Lru_Done): Fixed memory leak. - -2000-12-06 Werner Lemberg - - * builds/module.mk: Replaced `xxx #' with `xxx$(space). - * builds/os2/detekt.mk, builds/win32/detekt.mk: Moved comment to - avoid trailing spaces in variable. - * builds/freetype.mk: Use $(D) instead of $D to make statement more - readable. - - * docs/docmaker.py: Formatting. - -2000-12-05 David Turner - - * src/psaux/psauxmod.c: Fixed a broken inclusion of component - header files (an FT_FLAT_COMPILE test was missing). - - * src/cache/ftcmanag.c (FTC_Manager_Done): Fixed a bug that caused - an occasional crash when the function was called (due to a dangling - pointer). - - * src/base/ftsystem.c (FT_Done_Memory): Fixed an obvious bug: - The ANSI `free()' function was called instead of `memory->free()'. - - * docs/docmaker.py: Added section filtering, multi-page generation - (index page generation is still missing though). - -2000-12-04 David Turner - - * builds/unix/install.mk, builds/unix/ft2unix.h: The file `ft2unix.h' - is now installed as for Unix systems. Note that we - still use the `freetype2/freetype' installation path for now. - - * */*.[ch]: Now using as the default build and setup - configuration file in all public headers. Internal source files - still need some changes though. - - * builds/devel/ft2build.h, builds/devel/ftoption.h: Created a new - directory to hold all development options for both the Unix and - Win32 developer builds. - - * builds/win32/detect.mk, builds/win32/w32-bccd.mk, - builds/win32/w32-dev.mk: Changed the developer build targets to - `devel-gcc' and `devel-bcc' in order to be able to develop with the - Borland C++ compiler. - -2000-12-01 David Turner - - - * Version 2.0.1 released. - ========================= - - - * builds/unix/configure.in, builds/unix/configure, - builds/cygwin/configure.in, builds/cygwin/configure: Setting - `version_info' to 6:1:0 for the 2.0.1 release. - - * CHANGES: Added a summary of changes between 2.0.1 and 2.0. - - * builds/unix/ftconfig.in, builds/cygwin/ftconfig.in: Changes - to allow compilation under Unix with the Unix-specific config - files. - -2000-12-01 Werner Lemberg - - * INSTALL: Revised. - * builds/compiler/bcc-dev.mk, builds/compiler/visualage.mk, - builds/compiler/bcc.mk, builds/win32/w32-bcc.mk, - builds/win32/w32-bccd.mk: Revised. - * include/freetype/config/ftbuild.h, - include/freetype/internal/internal.h: Revised. - * include/freetype/ftimage.h: Updated to new header inclusion scheme. - -2000-11-30 Werner Lemberg - - * builds/toplevel.mk (.PHONY): Adding `distclean'. - * builds/unix/detect.mk (.PHONY): Adding `devel', `unix', `lcc', - `setup'. - -2000-11-30 David Turner - - * INSTALL: Slightly updated the quick starter documentation to - include IDE compilation, prevent against BSD Make, and specify `make - setup' instead of a single `make' for build configuration. - - * include/config/ftbuild.h, include/internal/internal.h: Added new - configuration files used to determine the location of all public, - configuration, and internal header files for FreeType 2. Modified - all headers under `include/freetype' to reflect this change. Note - that we still need to change the library source files themselves - though. - - * builds/compiler/bcc.mk, builds/compiler/bcc-dev.mk, - builds/win32/w32-bcc.mk, builds/win32/w32-bccd.mk, - builds/win32/detect.mk: Added new files to support compilation with - the free Borland C++ command-line compiler. Modified the detection - rules to recognize the new `bcc32' target in `make setup bcc32'. - - * src/sfnt/ttcmap.c, src/sfnt/ttpost.c, src/sfnt/ttsbit.c, - src/truetype/ttobjs.c, src/truetype/ttgload.c, - src/truetype/ttinterp.c: Fixed a few comparisons that Borland C++ - didn't really like. Basically, this compiler complains when FT_UInt - is compared to FT_UShort (apparently, it promotes `UShort' to `Int' - in these cases). - -2000-11-30 Tom Kacvinsky - - * t2objs.c (T2_Init_Face): Added calculation of `face->height' for - pure CFF fonts. - - * t1objs.c (T1_Init_Face): Fixed computation of `face->height'. - -2000-11-29 David Turner - - * src/base/ftbbox.c (BBox_Conic_Check): Fixed a really stupid - bug in the formula used to compute the conic Bézier extrema - of non-monotonous arcs. - -2000-11-29 Werner Lemberg - - * src/base/ftcalc.c (FT_SqrtFixed), src/base/ftobjs.c - (FT_Set_Renderer): Use FT_EXPORT_DEF. - * src/cache/ftcimage.c (FTC_Image_Cache_Lookup), - src/cache/ftcmanag.c (FTC_Manager_Done, FTC_Manager_Reset, - FTC_Manager_Lookup_Face, FTC_Manager_Lookup_Size, - FTC_Manager_Register_Cache), src/cache/ftcsbits.c - (FTC_SBit_Cache_Lookup): Ditto. - - * src/include/freetype/cache/ftcglyph.h (FTC_GlyphNode_Init), - src/include/freetype/ftmac.h (FT_New_Face_From_FOND): Use FT_EXPORT. - -2000-11-29 Werner Lemberg - - * src/sfnt/sfdriver.c: Include ttsbit.h and ttpost.h only - conditionally. - - * src/truetype/ttdriver.c (Set_Char_Sizes, Set_Pixel_Sizes): Set - `size->strike_index' only conditionally. - - * src/type1/t1driver.c, src/type1/t1objs.c: Include t1afm.h only - conditionally. - - * src/winfonts/winfnt.h: Move all type definitions to... - * src/include/freetype/internal/fnttypes.h: New file. - * src/winfonts/winfnt.c: Use it. - -2000-11-29 ??? ??? - - * include/freetype/internal/ftdebug.h: Replaced FT_CAT and FT_XCAT - with a direct solution (which also satisfies picky compilers). - -2000-11-28 YAMANO-UCHI Hidetoshi - - * src/truetype/ttobjs.c (TT_Init_Size): Fix #ifdef's to work with - disabled interpreter also. - - * src/base/ftnames.c (FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count): Fix incorrect - parentheses. - -2000-11-26 Tom Kacvinsky - - * src/cff/t2gload.c (T2_Parse_CharStrings): Added logic to glyph - width setting code to take into account even/odd argument counts - and glyph width operand before endchar/hmoveto/vmoveto. - -2000-11-26 Werner Lemberg - - * builds/ansi/ansi.mk: Fix inclusion order of files. - -2000-11-26 Keith Packard - - * src/type1/t1objs.c (T1_Init_Face): Compute style flags. - -2000-11-26 Werner Lemberg - - * builds/compiler/ansi-cc.mk (CLEAN_LIBRARY): Fix rule and - conditional. - -2000-11-23 Werner Lemberg - - * src/type1/t1load.c (parse_subrs, parse_charstrings): Use decrypt - function from PSAux module. - - * src/type1/t1parse.c (T1_Done_Parse): Renamed to... - (T1_Finalize_Parser): New function (to avoid name clash with a - function in the PSAux module). - (T1_Decrypt): Removed since it is duplicated in the PSAux module. - (T1_Get_Private_Dict): Added `psaux' as new parameter; use decrypt - function from PSAux module. - - * src/type1/t1parse.h: Adapted. - -2000-11-22 Tom Kacvinsky - - * src/cff/t2objs.c (T2_Init_Face): For pure CFF fonts, set - `root->num_faces' to `cff->num_faces' and set `units_per_EM' - to 1000. - - * src/cff/t2parse.c (parse_t2_real): Fixed real number parsing - loop. - - * src/cff/t2load.c (T2_Get_String): Called T2_Get_Name with a - sid that was off by one. - -2000-11-16 David Turner - - * src/autohint/ahtypes.h (AH_Hinter): Added new fields to control - auto-hinting of synthetic Type 1 fonts. - - * src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_hinter_load, ah_hinter_load_glyph): - Added auto-hinting support of synthetic Type 1 fonts. - -2000-11-12 Tom Kacvinsky - - * src/sfnt/ttload.c (TT_LookUp_Table, TT_Load_Generic_Table): Change - tracing output. - - * src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (SFNT_Load_Face): Set boolean variable - `has-outline' to true only if the font has a `glyf' or `CFF ' table. - -2000-11-11 Werner Lemberg - - * builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsp: Fix raster1->raster and - type1z->type1. - -2000-11-11 Tom Kacvinsky - - * builds/unix/freetype-config.in, builds/cygwin/freetype-config.in: - Added a --libtool option. When freetype-config --libtool is - invoked, the absolute path to the libtool convenience library - is returned. - -2000-11-11 Werner Lemberg - - * builds/cygwin/cygwin-def.in: Same fix as previous. - -2000-11-10 Tom Kacvinsky - - * builds/unix/unix-def.in: Add - - INSTALL_PROGRAM := @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ - INSTALL_SCRIPT := @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ - - so that installation of freetype-config does not fail. - -2000-11-10 Werner Lemberg - - * builds/cygwin/freetype-config.in, builds/unix/freetype-config.in: - Move test down for empty --exec-prefix. - Fix --version. - - * builds/cygwin/install.mk, builds/unix/install.mk: Use - $(INSTALL_SCRIPT) for installation of freetype-config. - - * builds/cygwin/install.mk: Fix clean target names. - -2000-11-09 David Turner - - - * Version 2.0 released. - ======================= - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -Copyright 2000, 2001, 2002, 2007 by -David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. - -This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified, -and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license, -LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you -indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it -fully. - - -Local Variables: -version-control: never -coding: utf-8 -End: diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/ChangeLog.21 b/src/3rdparty/freetype/ChangeLog.21 deleted file mode 100644 index 3a1bcf0..0000000 --- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/ChangeLog.21 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9439 +0,0 @@ -2005-06-08 Werner Lemberg - - - * Version 2.1.10 released. - ========================== - - - * src/pcf/readme: Renamed to... - * src/pcf/README: This. - -2005-06-07 Detlef Würkner - - * builds/amiga/*: Added copyright notes, reworked some comments. - -2005-06-05 Werner Lemberg - - * Add copyright notices to all files which don't have one. - - * docs/license.txt: Renamed to... - * docs/LICENSE.TXT: This. - * docs/FTL.txt: Renamed to... - * docs/FTL.TXT: This. - * docs/GPL.txt: Renamed to... - * docs/GPL.TXT: This. - - * docs/PATENTS: Slightly reworded. Suggested by Sylvain Beucler - . - -2005-06-04 Werner Lemberg - - * include/freetype/ftimage.h (FT_Outline_MoveToFunc, - FT_Outline_LineToFunc, FT_Outline_ConicToFunc, - FT_Outline_CubicToFunc, FT_Raster_RenderFunc), - include/freetype/ftrender.h (FT_Glyph_TransformFunc, - FT_Renderer_RenderFunc, FT_Renderer_TransformFunc): Don't use - `const' to stay compatible with FreeType 2.1.9. - -2005-06-01 Adam D. Moss - - * src/base/ftstroke.c (ft_stroker_inside): Revert `sigma' patch from - 2004-07-11; this gives much better results under normal - circumstances. - -2005-05-30 Chia I Wu - - * include/freetype/ftbitmap.h (FT_Bitmap_Embolden): Minor - documentation improvements. - - * include/freetype/ftoutln.h (FT_Outline_Embolden): Fix typos. - - * src/base/ftbitmap.c (FT_Bitmap_Embolden): Add support for bitmap - of pixel_mode FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2 or FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4. - If xstr is larger than 8 and bitmap is of pixel_mode - FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO, set xstr to 8 instead of returning error. - -2005-05-29 Chia I Wu - - * src/base/ftbitmap.c (FT_Bitmap_Embolden): Fix emboldening bitmap - of mode FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY. Also add support for mode - FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD and FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V. - (ft_bitmap_assure_buffer): FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD and FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V - should have ppb (pixel per byte) 1. - Zero the padding when there's no need to allocate memory. - - * src/base/ftsynth.c (FT_GlyphSlot_Embolden): Handle slot->advance - too. - More suited emboldening strength. - -2005-05-28 Chia I Wu - - * src/base/ftbitmap.c (FT_Bitmap_Embolden): Handle negative pitch. - Handle FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY with num_gray != 256. - Improve speed for FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY. - (ft_bitmap_assure_buffer): Accept FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD and - FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V. - -2005-05-27 Chia I Wu - - * src/base/ftsynth.c (FT_GlyphSlot_Embolden): Initialize `error'. - - * src/base/ftobjs.c (ft_cmap_done_internal): New function. - (FT_CMap_Done): Remove cmap from cmap list. - (destroy_charmaps, FT_CMap_New): Don't call FT_CMap_Done but - ft_cmap_done_internal. - -2005-05-26 Werner Lemberg - - * docs/GPL.txt: Update postal address of FSF. - -2005-05-26 Chia I Wu - - * include/freetype/ftbitmap.h (FT_Bitmap_Embolden): Improve - documentation. - - * src/base/ftsynth.c (FT_BOLD_THRESHOLD): Removed. - (FT_GlyphSlot_Embolden): Check whether slot is bitmap owner. - Always modify the metrics. - -2005-05-24 Werner Lemberg - - * docs/CHANGES: Updated. - -2005-05-24 Chia I Wu - - * include/freetype/ftbitmap.h (FT_Bitmap_Embolden): New declaration. - - * include/freetype/ftoutln.h (FT_Outline_Embolden): New declaration. - - * src/base/ftbitmap.c (ft_bitmap_assure_buffer): New auxiliary - function. - (FT_Bitmap_Embolden): New function. - - * src/base/ftoutln.c (FT_Outline_Embolden): New function. - - * src/base/ftsynth.c: Don't include FT_INTERNAL_CALC_H and - FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H but FT_BITMAP_H. - (FT_GlyphSlot_Embolden): Use FT_Outline_Embolden or - FT_Bitmap_Embolden. - -2005-05-24 Werner Lemberg - - * configure: Always remove config.mk, builds/unix/unix-def.mk, and - builds/unix/unix-cc.mk. This fixes repeated calls of the script. - Reported by Nelson Beebe and Behdad Esfahbod. - - * README.CVS: Mention file permissions. - -2005-05-23 Werner Lemberg - - * builds/amiga/makefile.os4 (WARNINGS), builds/compiler/gcc-dev.mk - (CFLAGS), builds/compiler/gcc.mk (CFLAGS): Remove - -fno-strict-aliasing. - - * src/sfnt/rules.mk (SFNT_DRV_SRC): Don't include ttsbit0.c -- - it is currently loaded from ttsbit.c. - -2005-05-23 Behdad Esfahbod - - Say you have `(Foo*)x' and want to assign, pass, or return it as - `(Bar*)'. If you simply say `x' or `(Bar*)x', then the C compiler - would warn you that type casting incompatible pointer types breaks - strict-aliasing. The solution is to cast to `(void*)' instead which - is the generic pointer type, so the compiler knows that it should - make no strict-aliasing assumption on `x'. But the problem with - `(void*)x' is that seems like in C++, unlike C, `void*' is not a - generic pointer type and assigning `void*' to `Bar*' without a cast - causes an error. The solution is to cast to `Bar*' too, with - `(Bar*)(void*)x' as the result -- this is what the patch does. - - * include/freetype/cache/ftccache.h (FTC_CACHE_LOOKUP_CMP), - include/freetype/cache/ftcmru.h (FTC_MRULIST_LOOKUP_CMP): Remove - cast on lvalue, use a temporary pointer instead. - Cast temporarily to (void*) to not break strict aliasing. - - * include/freetype/internal/ftmemory.h (FT_MEM_ALLOC, - FT_MEM_REALLOC, FT_MEM_QALLOC, FT_MEM_QREALLOC, FT_MEM_FREE), - src/base/ftglyph.c (FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap): Cast temporarily to (void*) - to not break strict aliasing. - - * src/base/ftinit.c (FT_USE_MODULE): Fix wrong type information. - - * builds/unix/configure.ac (XX_CFLAGS): Remove -fno-strict-aliasing. - -2005-05-23 David Turner - - Fix Savannah bug #12213 (incorrect behaviour of the cache sub-system - in low-memory conditions). - - * include/freetype/cache/ftccache.h (FTC_CACHE_TRYLOOP, - FTC_CACHE_TRYLOOP_END): New macros. - - * src/cache/ftccache.c (FTC_Cache_NewNode), src/cache/ftcsbits.c - (ftc_snode_compare): Use FT_CACHE_TRYLOOP and FTC_CACE_TRYLOOP_END. - -2005-05-23 Werner Lemberg - - * src/base/rules.mk (BASE_SRC): Don't add ftsynth.c here but... - (BASE_EXT_SRC): Here. - -2005-05-22 Werner Lemberg - - * src/base/ftrfork.c (raccess_guess_apple_generic): Mark - `version_number' and `entry_length' as unused. - (raccess_guess_linux_double_from_file_name): Remove `memory'. - (raccess_make_file_name): Mark `error' as unused. - - * src/bdf/bdflib.c (_bdf_parse_properties): Remove `memory'. - - * src/cid/cidobjs.c (cid_face_init): Remove `psnames'. - - * src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (sfnt_load_face): Remove `memory'. - - * src/truetype/ttgxvar.c (ft_var_readpackedpoints, - ft_var_readpackeddeltas, ft_var_load_avar): Mark `error' as unused. - - * src/base/rules.mk (BASE_SRC): Add ftsynth.c. - -2005-05-21 David Turner - - * src/base/ftsynth.c (FT_GlyphSlot_Embolden): Fix a bug that - produced unpleasant artefacts when trying to embolden very sharp - corners. - -2005-05-20 Werner Lemberg - - * docs/CHANGES: Updated. - -2005-05-20 Chia I Wu - - * src/base/ftbitmap.c: Don't include FT_FREETYPE_H and FT_IMAGE_H - but FT_BITMAP_H. - (FT_Bitmap_Copy): New function (from ftglyph.c). - - * include/freetype/ftbitmap.h (FT_Bitmap_Copy): New public - definition. - - * src/base/ftglyph.c: Include FT_BITMAP_H. - (ft_bitmap_copy): Move to ftbitmap.c. - (ft_bitmap_glyph_init): Remove `memory' variable. - Create new bitmap object if FT_GLYPH_OWN_BITMAP isn't set. - (ft_bitmap_glyph_copy): Use FT_Bitmap_Copy. - (ft_bitmap_glyph_done): Use FT_Bitmap_Done. - (ft_outline_glyph_init): Use FT_Outline_Copy. - - * src/base/ftoutln.c (FT_Outline_Copy): Handle source == target. - (FT_Outline_Done_Internal): Check for valid `memory' pointer. - (FT_Outline_Translate, FT_Outline_Reverse, FT_Outline_Render, - FT_Outline_Transform): Check for valid `outline' pointer. - - * src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_New_GlyphSlot): Prepend glyph slot to - face->glyph, otherwise a new second glyph slot cannot be created. - (FT_Done_GlyphSlot): Fix memory leak. - (FT_Open_Face): Updated -- face->glyph is already managed by - FT_New_GlyphSlot. - - * src/type42/t42objs.c (T42_GlyphSlot_Done): Updated. - -2005-05-20 Kirill Smelkov - - * include/freetype/ftimage.h (FT_Raster_Params), - include/freetype/ftoutln.h (FT_Outline_Translate, - FT_Outline_Transform), src/base/ftoutln.c (FT_Outline_Translate, - FT_Outline_Transform): Decorate parameters with `const' where - appropriate. - Update all callers. - - * src/raster/ftraster.c (ft_black_reset), src/smooth/ftgrays.c - (gray_raster_reset): Remove `const' from `pool_base' argument. - -2005-05-18 Kirill Smelkov - - * src/raster/ftmisc.h: New file. Only needed if ftraster.c is - compiled as stand-alone. - - * src/raster/ftraster.c: Add comment how to compile as stand-alone. - s/FT_CONFIG_OPTION_STATIC_RASTER/FT_STATIC_RASTER/. - s/TT_STATIC_RASTER/FT_STATIC_RASTER/. - [_STANDALONE_]: Include ftimage.h and ftmisc.h. - (FT_TRACE1, FT_TRACE6, ft_memset, FT_MEM_ZERO): Define - conditionally. - (Render_Glyph, Render_Gray_Glyph): Return Raster_Err_None (or - Raster_Err_Unsupported). - (ft_black_new) [_STANDALONE_]: Fix type of `the_raster'. - (ft_black_init, ft_black_reset, ft_black_set_mode, ft_black_render): - Use `ras', not `raster'. - (ft_black_done): Use FT_UNUSED_RASTER. - (Horizontal_Sweep_Init, Horizontal_Sweep_Step, - Horizontal_Gray_Sweep_Span): Use FT_UNUSED_RASTER. - -2005-05-18 Werner Lemberg - - * docs/announce: Start updating. - - * docs/CHANGES: Updated. - -2005-05-16 Vitaliy Pasternak - - * builds/win32/visualc/freetype.vcproj: Updated. - Exclude debug info for `Release' versions to reduce library size. - -2005-05-16 Werner Lemberg - - * src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Open_Face): Make it work as documented, this - is, ignore `aface' completely if face_index < 0. Reported by David - Osborn . - -2005-05-16 Kirill Smelkov - - * include/freetype/ftimage.h (FT_Outline_MoveToFunc, - FT_Outline_LineTo_Func, FT_Outline_ConicToFunc, - FT_Outline_CubicToFunc), src/smooth/ftgrays.c (gray_render_conic, - gray_render_cubic, gray_move_to, gray_line_to, gray_conic_to, - gray_cubic_to, gray_render_span, gray_sweep): Decorate parameters - with `const' where appropriate. - -2005-05-11 Kirill Smelkov - - * include/freetype/ftimage.h (FT_Raster_RenderFunc), - include/freetype/ftrender.h (FT_Glyph_TransformFunc, - FT_Renderer_Render_Func, FT_Renderer_TransformFunc), - src/base/ftglyph.c (ft_outline_glyph_transform), - src/raster/ftrend1.c (ft_raster1_transform, ft_raster1_render), - src/smooth/ftgrays.c (FT_Outline_Decompose, gray_raster_render), - src/smooth/ftsmooth.c (ft_smooth_transform, - ft_smooth_render_generic, ft_smooth_render, ft_smooth_render_lcd, - ft_smooth_render_lcd_v): Decorate parameters with `const' where - appropriate. - - * src/raster/ftraster.c (RASTER_RENDER_POOL): Removed. Obsolete. - (ft_black_render): Decorate parameters with `const' where - appropriate. - -2005-05-11 Werner Lemberg - - * src/sfnt/ttcmap.c (tt_cmap4_set_range): Fix typo (FT_PEEK_SHORT -> - FT_PEEK_USHORT) which caused crashes. Reported by Ismail Donmez - . - -2005-05-08 Werner Lemberg - - * include/freetype/internal/ftserv.h (FT_FACE_FIND_GLOBAL_SERVICE) - [__cplusplus]: Fix typo. - -2005-05-07 Werner Lemberg - - Handle unsorted SFNT type 4 cmaps correctly (reported by Dirck - Blaskey ). - - * src/sfnt/ttcmap.h (TT_CMap): Add member `unsorted'. - * src/sfnt/ttcmac.c: Use SFNT_Err_Ok where appropriate. - - (tt_cmap0_validate, tt_cmap2_validate, tt_cmap6_validate, - tt_cmap8_validate, tt_cmap10_validate, tt_cmap12_validate): Use - `FT_Error' as return type. - (tt_cmap4_validate): Use `FT_Error' as return type. - Return error code for unsorted cmap. - (tt_cmap4_char_index, tt_cmap4_char_next): Use old code for unsorted - cmaps. - (tt_face_build_cmaps): Set `unsorted' variable in cmap. - -2005-05-07 Werner Lemberg - - * src/truetype/ttpload.c (tt_face_get_location): Fix typo. - -2005-05-06 Werner Lemberg - - * src/cff/cffobjs.c (cff_face_init): Set ppem value in top - dictionary for SFNT-based CFF. - -2005-05-05 Werner Lemberg - - Handle malformed `loca' table entries. - - * docs/TODO: Add some bugs which should be fixed. - - * include/freetype/internal/tttypes.h (TT_FaceRec): Add `glyf_len' - element. - - * src/truetype/ttpload.c (tt_face_load_loca): Get length of `glyf' - table. - (tt_face_get_location): Fix computation of `asize' for malformed - `loca' entries. - -2005-05-01 David Turner - - * Jamfile: Remove `otvalid' from the list of compiled modules. - - * include/freetype/internal/ftserv.h: Add compiler pragmas to get - rid of annoying warnings with Visual C++ compiler in maximum warning - mode. - - * src/autofit/afhints.c, src/autofit/aflatin.c, src/base/ftstroke.c, - src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c, src/cache/ftcbasic.c, src/cache/ftccmap.c, - src/cache/ftcmanag.c, src/cff/cffload.c, src/cid/cidload.c, - src/lzw/zopen.c, src/otvalid/otvgdef.c, src/pcf/pcfread.c, - src/sfnt/sfobjs.c, src/truetype/ttgxvar.c: Remove compiler warnings. - -2005-04-28 Werner Lemberg - - * docs/TODO: Updated. - -2005-04-24 Werner Lemberg - - * src/otvalid/otvcommn.c - (otv_GSUBGPOS_have_MarkAttachmentType_flag): Handle table == 0. - -2005-04-16 Werner Lemberg - - * src/cff/cffobjs.c (cff_face_init): Set default upem value in top - font dict also. - Handle font matrix settings in subfonts. - - * src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_slot_load): Use the correct font matrix - for CID-keyed fonts with subfonts. - - * docs/formats.txt: Updated. - -2005-04-14 Kirill Smelkov - - * include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_Vector_Transform), - include/freetype/ftimage.h (FT_Raster_Params), - include/freetype/ftoutln.h, src/base/ftoutln.c (FT_Outline_Get_CBox, - FT_Outline_Copy, FT_Outline_Transform, FT_Vector_Transform, - FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap), src/raster/ftraster.c (ft_black_render), - src/smooth/ftgrays.c (gray_raster_render): Decorate parameters with - `const' where appropriate. - -2005-04-14 Werner Lemberg - - * src/type1/t1load.c (parse_charstrings): Catch this non-standard - beginning of the /CharStrings dictionary: - - /CharStrings 118 dict def - Private begin - CharStrings begin - - * src/sfnt/ttsbit0.c (tt_sbit_decoder_load_image): Fix arguments - to call of tt_sbit_decoder_load_bitmap. - -2005-04-13 Werner Lemberg - - * docs/TODO: Updated. - - * autogen.sh: Use `--force' for all commands. - -2005-04-09 Werner Lemberg - - * src/pshinter/pshalgo.c (ps_hints_apply): Change scaling values - only if `fitted' is not zero. - -2005-04-06 Werner Lemberg - - * src/truetype/ttgload.c (tt_face_get_metrics) [FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY]: - Fix typo which sometimes causes wrong metrics for the last glyph. - -2005-04-04 David Turner - - * devel/ftoption.h, include/freetype/config/ftoption.h - (FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY): Comment out this macro for the upcoming 2.1.10 - release. - (*_CHESTER_*): Removed. No longer used. - - * src/autofit/afhints.c (af_axis_hints_new_segment, - af_axis_hints_new_edge): Small tweak to use less heap memory. - -2005-04-03 Werner Lemberg - - * src/type1/t1parse.c (T1_New_Parser): Relax the check for a valid - first line in the font. - -2005-04-03 Werner Lemberg - - * docs/CHANGES, include/freetype/freetype.h: Improve documentation - of FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes and FT_Set_Char_Size. - -2005-03-26 Detlef Würkner - - * builds/amiga/src/base/ftsystem.c (ft_amiga_stream_io): Fix buffer - offsets after a large read. - -2005-03-26 Werner Lemberg - - * src/autofit/afglobal.c (af_face_globals_get_metrics): - s/index/gidx/. - - * src/sfnt/ttsbit0.c (tt_sbit_decoder_load_image): Fix compiler - warnings. - - * src/sfnt/rules.mk (SFNT_DRV_SRC): Add ttsbit0.c. - - * src/sfnt/ttsbit0.h: Dummy file for build with `make'. - -2005-03-26 Detlef Würkner - - Update of the Amiga port. - - * builds/amiga/makefile, builds/amiga/makefile.os4, - builds/amiga/smakefile: Included the base extension files - (ftbitmap.c, ftotval.c, ftpfr.c, ftstroke.c, ftxf86.c). - -2005-03-25 Detlef Würkner - - Update of the Amiga port. - - * builds/amiga/makefile, builds/amiga/smakefile: Handle new modules. - - * builds/amiga/makefile.os4: Makefile for AmigaOS4 SDK. - - * builds/amiga/README: Updated. - - * builds/amiga/include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h: Handle gcc for - AmigaOS4. - - * builds/amiga/include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h: Handle new - modules. - - * builds/amiga/src/base/ftdebug.c: Updated to current version of - default ftdebug.c. - Add various include files and macros to have proper support for - both AmigaOS4 and older AmigaOS versions. - Don't declare KVPrintF explicitly. - Replace getenv with GetVar. - Actually enable debugging code. - - * builds/amiga/src/base/ftsystem.c: Major rewrite. - -2005-03-23 Werner Lemberg - - * tests/*: Removed. - -2005-03-23 Werner Lemberg - - * docs/CHANGES, docs/INSTALL.ANY: Updated. - - * include/freetype/ftmoderr.h: Replace `Autohint' with `Autofit'. - Add `OTvalid'. - - * src/autofit/aferrors.h: New file. - - * src/autofit/afglobal.c, src/autofit/afhints.c, - src/autofit/aflatin.c, src/autofit/afloader.c: s/FT_Err_/AF_Err_/. - Include aferrors.h. - - * src/autofit/rules.mk (AUTOF_DRV_H): Include aferrors.h. - - * src/otvalid/otverror.h: s/FT_Mod_Err_OTV/FT_Mod_Err_OTvalid/. - -2005-03-22 David Turner - - * src/autohint/*: Removed. - * Jamfile: Updated. - -2005-03-15 David Turner - - * src/bdf/bdflib.c: Remove compiler warnings. - (hash_rehash, hash_init): Don't call FT_MEM_ZERO. - (_bdf_list_t): Add `memory' field. - (_bdf_list_init, _bdf_list_done, _bdf_list_ensure): New functions. - (_bdf_shift, _bdf_join): Rename to... - (_bdf_list_shift, _bdf_list_join): This. - (_bdf_split): Renamed to... - (_bdf_list_split): This. Use new functions. - (bdf_internal_readstream): Removed. - (NO_SKIP): New macro. - (_bdf_readstream): Rewritten. - (bdf_create_property, _bdf_add_comment): Improve allocation. - (_bdf_set_default_spacing, _bdf_parse_glyphs): Updated. Improve - allocation. - (_bdf_parse_properties, _bdf_parse_start): Updated. - (bdf_load_font): Updated to use new functions. - - * src/type1/t1parse.c (check_type1_format): New function. - (T1_New_Parser): Use it to check font header before allocating - anything on the heap. - - * src/type42/t42parse.c (t42_parser_init): Modify functions to check - the font header before allocating anything on the heap. - - * include/freetype/internal/ftmemory.h (FT_ARRAY_MAX, - FT_ARRAY_CHECK): New macros. - - * src/base/ftstream.c (FT_Stream_TryRead): New function. - * include/freetype/internal/ftstream.h: Updated. - - * src/pcf/pcfread.c (pcf_read_TOC), src/pcf/pcfutil.c - (BitOrderInvert, TwoByteSwap, FourByteSwap): Minor fixes and - simplifications. Try to protect the PCF driver from doing stupid - things with broken fonts. - - * src/lzw/ftlzw.c (FT_Stream_OpenLZW): Check the LZW header before - doing anything else. This avoids unnecessary heap allocations - (400KByte of heap memory for the LZW decoder). - - * src/gzip/ftgzip.c (FT_Stream_OpenGZip): Ditto for the gzip - decoder, although the code savings are smaller. - - * docs/CHANGES: Updated. - -2005-03-10 David Turner - - * src/tools/glnames.py: Add comment to explain the compression - being used for the Adobe Glyph List. - -2005-03-10 Werner Lemberg - - * src/truetype/ttpload.c (tt_face_load_cvt, tt_face_load_fpgm): - Fix serious typo which prevented correct TT rendering. - - * include/freetype/internal/ftmemory.h: Undo change from 2005-03-03. - To suppress warnings it is sufficient to use `-fno-strict-aliasing'. - -2005-03-10 Werner Lemberg - - * src/tools/glnames.py: Formatted. - Format output to be in sync with other FreeType code. - Import `re' and `os.path'. - (StringTable) <__init__>: Add parameter to initialize master table - name. - (StringTable) : Don't pass master table name. - (StringTable) : Emit explanatory comment. - Simplify and make output more human readable. - (t1_bias, glyph_list, adobe_glyph_names): Removed. Unused. - (main): Use `basename' for file name in header. - - * src/psnames/pstables.h: Regenerated. - -2005-03-09 David Turner - - * src/tools/glnames.py: Rewrite the generator for the `pstables.h' - header file which contains various constant tables related to glyph - names. It now uses a different, more compact storage scheme that - saves about 20KB. This also closes Savannah bug #12262. - - * src/psnames/pstables.h: Regenerated. - - * src/psnames/psmodule.c (ps_unicode_value): Use - `ft_get_adobe_glyph_index', a new function defined in `pstables.h'. - (ps_get_macintosh_name, ps_get_standard_strings): Updated. - - * src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Set_Char_Sizes): Handle fractional sizes - more carefully. This fixes Savannah bug #12263. - -2005-03-06 David Turner - - * src/otvalid/otvgsub.c, src/otvalid/otvgpos.c: Make static tables - constant. - - * src/autofit/aflatin.c (af_latin_metrics_init): Fix Savannah bug - #12212 (auto-hinter refuses to work if no Unicode charmap in font). - -2005-03-05 Werner Lemberg - - * autogen.sh: New script for bootstrapping. - - * README.CVS: New file which documents bootstrapping. - - * builds/unix/aclocal.m4, builds/unix/config.guess, - builds/unix/config.sub, builds/unix/configure, - builds/unix/ltmain.sh: Removed. - -2005-03-04 Werner Lemberg - - * src/base/ftutil.c: Include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H. - -2005-03-03 Werner Lemberg - - Various fixes for C and C++ compiling. - - * src/autofit/*: Add copyright messages. - - * src/autofit/afhints.c (af_glyph_hints_done): Don't use - `AF_Dimension' but `int' for loop counter. - - * src/autofit/aflatin.c (af_latin_metrics_init_widths): Don't use - `AF_Dimension' but `int' for loop counter. - Use proper enumeration value for `render_mode'. - (af_latin_metrics_scale_dim): Don't shadow variables. - (af_latin_hints_compute_segments): Use proper cast for `major_dir' - and `segment_dir'. - (af_latin_align_linked_edge, af_latin_hint_edges): Fix arguments of call to - `af_latin_compute_stem_width'. - (af_latin_hints_apply): Don't use `AF_Dimension' but `int' for loop - counter. - - * src/base/ftdbgmem.c (ft_mem_table_get_source, FT_DumpMemory): Use - proper cast for memory allocation. - - * src/cff/cffdrivr.c (cff_get_kerning): Use proper cast for - initialization of `sfnt'. - - * src/sfnt/sfdriver.c: Include `ttkern.h'. - - * src/sfnt/ttkern.c (tt_face_get_kerning): Don't shadow variables. - - * src/truetype/ttgload.c: Include `ttpload.h'. - -2005-03-03 David Turner - - * include/freetype/internal/ftmemory.h (FT_ALLOC, FT_REALLOC, - FT_QALLOC, FT_QREALLOC) [gcc >= 3.3]: Provide macro versions which - avoid compiler warnings. - (FT_NEW, FT_NEW_ARRAY, FT_RENEW_ARRAY, FT_QNEW, FT_QNEW_ARRAY, - FT_QRENEW_ARRAY, FT_ALLOC_ARRAY, FT_REALLOC_ARRAY): Updated. - - * include/freetype/internal/ftserv.h (FT_FACE_FIND_SERVICE, - FT_FACE_FIND_GLOBAL_SERVICE, FT_FACE_LOOKUP_SERVICE) [__cplusplus]: - Provide macro versions which avoid compiler warnings. - - * src/base/ftutil.c (ft_highpow2): New utility function. - - * include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h: Updated. - - * src/pfr/pfrload.c (pfr_get_gindex, pfr_compare_kern_pairs, - pfr_sort_kerning_pairs): Don't define if FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY is set. - (pfr_phy_font_done): Don't handle `kern_pairs' if FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY - is set. - (pfr_phy_font_load): Don't call `pfr_sort_kerning_pairs' if - FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY is set. - - * src/pfr/pfrobjs.c (pfr_slot_load): Comment out some code which - doesn't work with broken fonts. - (pfr_face_get_kerning) [FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY]: Implement. - - * src/pfr/pfrtypes.h (PFR_KernItemRec): Optimize member types. - (PFR_NEXT_KPAIR): New macro. - (PFR_PhyFontRec): Don't define `kern_pairs' if FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY is - set. - - * src/sfnt/ttsbit0.c (tt_sbit_decoder_load_image): Introduce - temporary variable to avoid gcc warning. - (tt_face_load_sbit_image): Mark unused variables with FT_UNUSED. - - * src/truetype/ttpload.c (tt_face_load_loca) [FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY]: - Remove redundant variable. - - * include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h: Moving the order of drivers to - speed up font loading. The PCF and BDF loaders are still slow and - consume far too much memory. - -2005-03-03 Werner Lemberg - - * devel/ftoption.h: Updated to recent changes. - -2005-03-02 Werner Lemberg - - * src/autofit/afdummy.c, src/autofit/afdummy.h - (af_dummy_script_class): Fix type. - - * src/autofit/aflatin.c, src/autofit/aflatin.h - (af_latin_script_class): Fix type. - - * src/autofit/rules.mk (AUTOF_DRV_SRC): Fix typo. - -2005-03-01 David Turner - - * src/sfnt/ttkern.c (tt_face_load_kern, tt_face_get_kerning), - src/sfnt/ttsbit0.c (tt_face_load_sbit_strikes, - tt_sbit_decoder_load_byte_aligned, tt_sbit_decoder_load_compound, - tt_sbit_decoder_load_image), src/sfnt/ttload.c - (tt_face_load_metrics): Remove compiler warnings - -- redundant variables, missing initializations, etc. - - * src/sfnt/ttsbit.h: Handle FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY. - - * src/autofit/rules.mk, src/autofit/module.mk, - src/autofit/afangles.h: New files. - - * src/autofit/afhints.c (af_axis_hints_new_segment, - af_axis_hints_new_edge): New functions. - (af_glyph_hints_done): Do proper deallocation. - (af_glyph_hints_reload): Only reallocate points array. This - drastically reduces heap usage. - - * src/autofit/afhints.h (AF_PointRec, AF_SegmentRec): Optimize - member types and positions. - (AF_AxisHintsRec): Add `max_segments' and `max_edges'. - (af_axis_hints_new_segment, af_axis_hints_new_edge): New prototypes. - - * src/autofit/aflatin.c (af_latin_metricsc_scale): Don't call - AF_SCALER_EQUAL_SCALES. - (af_latin_hints_compute_segments): Change return type to FT_Error. - Update all callers. - Improve segment allocation. - (af_latin_hints_compute_edges): Change return type to FT_Error. - Update all callers. - Improve edge allocation and link handling. - (af_latin_hints_detect_features): Change return type to FT_Error. - Update all callers. - - * src/autofit/aflatin.h: Updated. - - * src/autofit/afloader.c (af_loader_load_g) - : Assure axis->num_edges > 1. This fixes - a bug with certain fonts. - - * include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h: The auto-fitter is now the - only supported auto-hinting module. - - * include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h (FT_INT_MAX): New macro. - -2005-02-28 Werner Lemberg - - * src/truetype/ttpload.c (tt_face_load_loca): Fix typo. - - * src/sfnt/ttkern.c: Include `ttkern.h'. - (FT_COMPONENT): Updated. - - * include/freetype/internal/fttrace.h: Add entry for `ttkern'. - - * src/sfnt/ttsbit0.c: s/FT_Err_/SFNT_Err_/. - Decorate constants with `U' and `L' where necessary. - - * src/sfnt/ttcmap.c (tt_cmap4_next): Remove unused variable. - -2005-02-28 David Turner - - * src/base/ftdbgmem.c (FT_DumpMemory): Added sorting of memory - sources according to decreasing maximum cumulative allocations. - (ft_mem_source_compare): New auxiliary function. - - * src/sfnt/ttsbit0.c: New file, implementing a heap-optimized - embedded bitmap loader. - - * src/sfnt/ttsbit.c: Include `ft2build.h', FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H, - FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H, FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H. - Load `ttsbit0.c' if FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY is set, otherwise use - file contents. - (tt_face_load_sbit_strikes): Set up root fields to indicate the - strikes. This fixes Savannah bug #12107. - Use `static' keyword for `sbit_line_metrics_field', - `strike_start_fields', `strike_end_fields'. - - * include/freetype/internal/tttypes.h (TT_FaceRec): Define - `sbit_table', `sbit_table_size', `sbit_num_strikes' if - FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY is set. - Don't define `num_sbit_strikes' and `sbit_strikes' if - FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY is set. - - * src/cff/cffobjs.c (sbit_size_reset): Handle FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY. - - * src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (sfnt_load_face): Fixed bug that prevented - loading SFNT fonts without a `kern' table. - Properly pass root->face_flags. - Remove code for TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS. - - * src/sfnt/sfdriver.c (sfnt_interface) - [TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS]: Don't use `tt_find_sbit_image' - and `tt_load_sbit_metrics'. - - * src/sfnt/ttcmap.c: Optimize linear charmap scanning for Format 4. - (OPT_CMAP4): New macro. - (TT_CMap4Rec) [OPT_CMAP4]: New structure. - (tt_cmap4_init, tt_cmap4_set_range, tt_cmap4_next, tt_cmap4_reset) - [OPT_CMAP4]: New functions. - (tt_cmap4_char_next) [OPT_CMAP4]: Use `tt_cmap4_next' and - `tt_cmap4_reset'. - (tt_cmap4_class_rec) [OPT_CMAP4]: Use `TT_CMap4Rec' and - `tt_cmap4_init'. - - * src/truetype/ttobjs.c (Reset_SBit_Size): Handle - FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY. - - * src/autofit/afhints.h (AF_PointRec, AF_SegmentRec, AF_EdgeRec): - Optimize member types. - - * src/autofit/afloader.c (af_loader_done): Call - `af_glyph_hints_done'. - -2005-02-27 David Turner - - * src/sfnt/ttkern.c (tt_face_load_kern): Fix a small bug which - caused invalid (random) return values for the horizontal kerning. - -2005-02-25 David Turner - - Implement several memory optimizations to drastically reduce the - heap usage of FreeType, especially in the case of memory-mapped - files. The idea is to avoid loading and decoding tables in the - heap, and instead access the raw data whenever possible (i.e., when - it doesn't compromise performance). - - This has several benefits: For example, opening vera.ttf now uses - just a small amount of memory (even when the FT_Library footprint is - accounted for), until you start loading glyphs. Even then, you save - at least 20KB compared to the non-optimized case. Performance of - various operations, including open and close, has also been - dramatically improved. - - More optimizations to come, especially for the auto-hinter. - - * include/freetype/internal/sfnt.h (TT_Face_GetKerningFunc): New - function type. - (SFNT_Interface): Add it. - - * include/freetype/internal/tttypes.h (TT_HdmxEntryRec, TT_HdmxRec, - TT_Kern0_PairRec): Don't define if FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY is set. - (TT_FaceRec): Define `horz_metrics', `horz_metrics_size', - `vert_metrics', `vert_metrics_size', `hdmx_table', - `hdmx_table_size', `hdmx_record_count', `hdmx_record_size', - `hdmx_record_sizes', `kern_table', `kern_table_size, - `num_kern_tables', `kern_avail_bits', `kern_order_bits' if - FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY is set. - Don't define `hdmx', `num_kern_pairs', `kern_table_index', - `kern_pairs' if FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY is set. - - * src/base/ftdbgmem.c (ft_mem_table_set): Don't shadow variable. - Fix compiler warning. - - * src/cff/cffdrivr.c (Get_Kerning): Renamed to... - (cff_get_kerning): This. Simplify. - (cff_driver_class): Updated. - - * src/sfnt/Jamfile (_sources): Add `ttkern'. - * src/sfnt/rules.mk (SFNT_DRV_SRC): Add `ttkern.c'. - - * src/sfnt/sfdriver.c (sfnt_interface): Add `tt_face_get_kerning'. - - * src/sfnt/sfnt.c: Include `ttkern.c'. - - * src/sfnt/sfobjs.c: Include `ttkern.h'. - (sfnt_load_face): Consider the `kern' and `gasp' table as optional. - (sfnt_done_face): Call `tt_face_done_kern'. - Handle horizontal metrics for FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY. - - * src/sfnt/ttkern.c, src/sfnt/ttkern.h: New files. Code has been - taken from `ttload.c' and `ttload.h'. - Provide special versions of `tt_face_load_kern', - `tt_face_get_kerning', and `tt_face_done_kern' for - FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY. - - * src/sfnt/ttload.c (tt_face_load_metrics, tt_face_load_hdmx, - tt_face_free_hdmx): Provide version for FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY. - (tt_face_load_kern, tt_kern_pair_compare, TT_KERN_INDEX): Moved to - `ttkern.c'. - - * src/sfnt/ttload.h: Updated. - - * src/sfnt/ttsbit.c (sbit_metrics_field): Add `static' keyword. - - * src/truetype/ttdriver.c (Get_Kerning): Renamed to... - (tt_get_kerning): This. Simplify. - (tt_driver_class): Updated. - - * src/truetype/ttgload.c (TT_Get_Metrics): Renamed to... - (tt_face_get_metrics): This. Provide version for FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY. - Update all callers. - (Get_Advance_Widths): Replaced with... - (Get_Advance_WidthPtr): This. Provide version for - FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY. - Update all callers. - - * src/truetype/ttgload.h: Updated. - -2005-02-22 David Turner - - * src/base/ftdbgmem.c: Partly rewritten. Added the ability to list - all allocation sites in the memory debugger. Also a new function - FT_DumpMemory() was added. It is only available in builds with - FT_DEBUG_MEMORY defined, and you must declare it in your own code to - use it, i.e., with something like: - - extern void FT_DumpMemory( FT_Memory ); - - ... - - FT_DumpMemory( memory ); - - * include/freetype/config/ftoption.h - (TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER): Comment out definition -- - again. - (FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY): New configuration macro to control various - optimizations for reducing the heap footprint of memory-mapped - TrueType files. - - * include/freetype/internal/ftmemory.h (FT_ARRAY_ZERO): New - convenience macro. - - * include/freetype/internal/tttypes.h (TT_FaceRec) - [FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY]: Use optimized types for `num_locations' and - `glyph_locations'. - - * src/truetype/ttgload.c (load_truetype_glyph): Call - `tt_face_get_location'. - - * src/truetype/ttobjs.c (tt_face_init) - [FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]: Improve error handling. - (tt_face_done): Call `tt_face_done_loca'. - - * src/truetype/ttpload.c (tt_face_get_location, tt_face_done_loca): - New functions. If FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY is set, the locations table is - read directly from memory-mapped streams, instead of being decoded - into the heap. - (tt_face_load_loca) [FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY]: New implementation. - (tt_face_load_cvt, tt_face_load_fpgm): Only load table if the - bytecode interpreter is compiled in. - - * src/truetype/ttpload.h: Updated. - - * src/autohint/ahglyph.c (ah_outline_load): Improve allocation - logic. - -2005-02-20 Werner Lemberg - - * builds/unix/ltmain.sh: Regenerated with `libtoolize --force - --copy' from libtool 1.5.14. - * builds/unix/aclocal.m4: Regenerated with `aclocal -I .' from - automake 1.9.4. - - * builds/unix/config.guess, builds/unix/config.sub: Updated from - `config' CVS module at subversions.gnu.org. - - * builds/unix/install-sh, builds/unix/mkinstalldirs: Updated from - `texinfo' CVS module at subversions.gnu.org. - -2005-02-14 Werner Lemberg - - * src/cff/cffcmap.c (cff_cmap_unicode_init): Don't try to build - a cmap for a CID-keyed font which doesn't have SIDs. - -2005-02-13 Werner Lemberg - - * src/type1/t1load.c (read_binary_data): Return more meaningful - value. - (parse_encoding, parse_subrs, parse_charstrings, parse_dict): Check - parser error value after call to T1_Skip_PS_Token (where necessary). - - * src/type1/t1parse.c (T1_Get_Private_Dict): Check parser error - value after call to T1_Skip_PS_Token. - - * src/cid/cidparse.c (cid_parser_new): Check parser error value - after call to cid_parser_skip_PS_token. - - * src/type42/t42parse.c (t42_parse_encoding, t42_parse_sfnts, - t42_parse_charstrings, t42_parse_dict): Check parser error value - after call to T1_Skip_PS_Token (where necessary). - - * src/psaux/psobjc.c (skip_string, ps_parser_skip_PS_token, - ps_tobytes): Add error messages. - -2005-02-12 Werner Lemberg - - * configure: Output more variables to the created Makefile so that - it can be used for ft2demos also (if the FT2DEMOS variable is - defined). - -2005-02-10 David Turner - - * src/pfr/pfrgload.c (pfr_glyph_load): Fix an unbounded growing - dynamic array when loading a glyph from a PFR font (Savannah bug - #11921). - - * src/base/ftbitmap.c (FT_Bitmap_Convert): Small improvements to the - conversion function (mainly stupid optimization). - - * src/base/Jamfile: Adding ftbitmap.c to the list of compiled files. - -2005-02-10 Werner Lemberg - - * builds/unix/freetype-config.in: Add new flag `--ftversion' to - return the FreeType version. Suggested by George Williams - . - - * docs/CHANGES: Updated. - -2005-02-09 Werner Lemberg - - * src/otvalid/otvmod.c (otv_validate): Deallocate arrays in case - of error. Reported by YAMANO-UCHI Hidetoshi . - -2005-02-08 Werner Lemberg - - * src/psaux/t1decode.c (t1_decoder_parse_charstrings) - : Accept `T1_Parse_Have_Moveto' state also which can - happen in empty glyphs. Reported by Ian Brown - (Savannah bug #11856). - -2005-02-04 Werner Lemberg - - * src/otlayout/*: Removed. Obsolete. - -2004-12-28 Werner Lemberg - - * builds/unix/ltmain.sh: Regenerated with `libtoolize --force - --copy' from libtool 1.5.10. - * builds/unix/aclocal.m4: Regenerated with `aclocal -I .' from - automake 1.9.4. - * builds/unix/configure: Regenerated with autoconf 2.59b. - - * builds/unix/config.guess, builds/unix/config.sub: Updated from - `config' CVS module at subversions.gnu.org. - - * builds/unix/install-sh: Updated from - `texinfo' CVS module at subversions.gnu.org. - - * builds/unix/ftsystem.c (FT_Stream_Open): Add proper cast for - ft_alloc. - Fix compiler warning. - -2004-12-27 Dirck Blaskey - - * src/cff/cffobjs.c (cff_face_init): Improve computation of - FT_STYLE_BOLD_FLAG. - -2004-12-27 Werner Lemberg - - * src/cff/cffobjs.c (cff_face_init): A CFF within an SFNT can have - only a single font. This is undocumented but has been verified on - the opentype list. - -2004-12-26 Werner Lemberg - - * Jamfile (FT2_COMPONENTS): Add `otvalid'. - -2004-12-25 Werner Lemberg - - * src/base/ftbitmap.c (FT_Bitmap_Convert): Fix compiler warning. - -2004-12-15 Werner Lemberg - - * vms_make.com: Add ftbitmap.obj. - -2004-12-14 Werner Lemberg - - * src/base/ftbitmap.c, include/freetype/ftbitmap.h: New files for - handling various bitmap formats. - - * include/freetype/config/ftheader.h (FT_BITMAP_H): New macro. - - * src/base/rules.mk (BASE_EXT_SRC): Add ftbitmap.c. - - * src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c (BDF_Glyph_Load): Don't convert bitmaps to 8bpp - but return them as-is. - - * docs/CHANGES: Mention new bitmap API. - * include/freetype/ftchapter.s: Updated. - -2004-12-11 Robert Clark - - * src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Get_Kerning): Make kerning amount - dependent on ppem by scaling down for ppem < 25, then do normal - rounding. This gives slightly better results than rounding towards - zero. - -2004-12-09 Werner Lemberg - - * src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Get_Kerning): Always round towards zero - for FT_KERNING_DEFAULT. This greatly enhances the kerning for - small ppem values. - -2004-12-08 Werner Lemberg - - * src/base/ftobjs.c (ft_glyphslot_clear): Reset `lsb_delta' and - `rsb_delta'. - -2004-12-05 Werner Lemberg - - * builds/unix/install.mk (install): Use $(OBJ_BUILD) for ftconfig.h. - -2004-12-03 Antoine Leca - - * include/freetype/ttnameid.h: Updated to latest - specifications from Microsoft. - -2004-11-26 Jouk Jansen - - * vms_make.com: Include ftbbox.c. - Fix `ccopt'. - Handle `otvalid' module. - Update `vmslib.dat' default values. - Fixes to `libs.opt'. - -2004-11-23 Anders Kaseorg - - * src/base/ftoutln.c (FT_OrientationExtremumRec, - ft_orientation_extremum_compute): Removed. - (FT_Outline_Get_Orientation): Rewritten, simplified. - - * src/autohint/ahglyph.c: Include FT_OUTLINE_H. - (ah_test_extremum, ah_get_orientation): Removed. - (ah_outline_load): Use FT_Outline_Get_Orientation. - - * src/base/ftsynth.c (ft_test_extrama, ft_get_orientation): Removed. - (FT_GlyphSlot_Embolden): Use FT_Outline_Get_Orientation. - -2004-11-23 Fernando Papa - - * src/truetype/ttinterp.h: Fix typo. - -2004-11-22 Antoine Leca - - * builds/win32/detect.mk: Corrected logic that detects Windows NT to - use the previous change even if win32 is forced. Corrected - detection of win32 on Win9X. - - * builds/dos/detect.mk: Added same correction as for win32 about - COPY on Windows NT. Detection of plain DOS 7.x. - -2004-11-22 Werner Lemberg - - * builds/detect.mk: Undo change from 2004-11-20. - * builds/win32/detect.mk: If the `OS' environment variable contains - `Windows_NT', use `cmd.exe /c copy' for copying files. - -2004-11-20 Werner Lemberg - - * builds/detect.mk (dos_setup): Use `cmd.exe' for copying - $(CONFIG_MK) to force lowercase file name under Windows. - -2004-11-19 Werner Lemberg - - Fix a serious bug in the TT hinter. - - * src/truetype/ttgload.c (TT_Process_Simple_Glyph): Don't shift - points vertically before hinting. - - * docs/CHANGES: Updated. - - * src/cache/ftcglyph.c (FTC_GNode_UnselectFamily, - FTC_GCache_Lookup): A new try to fix comparison with zero. - -2004-11-16 Werner Lemberg - - * builds/unix/configure.ac: Add `-fno-strict-aliasing' if gcc is - used. - * builds/unix/configure: Regenerated. - * builds/unix/config.guess, builds/unix/config.sub: Updated from - `config' CVS module at subversions.gnu.org. - -2004-11-16 Dr. Martin P.J. Zinser - - * src/cache/ftcglyph.c (FTC_GNode_UnselectFamily, - FTC_GCache_Lookup): Fix comparison with zero. - - * docs/INSTALL.VMS: Updated. - - * vms_make.com: Updated. All `descrip.mms' files are now created - automatically. - - * src/*/descrip.mms: Removed. - -2004-11-16 Owen Taylor - - * builds/unix/freetype-config.in: Suppress -L$libdir for - /usr/lib64 as well as /usr/lib. (Reported by Dan Winship - - https://bugzilla.redhat.com/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=139199) - -2004-11-11 Werner Lemberg - - * src/cff/cffdrivr.c (cff_service_ps_info): Updated. - * src/cid/cidriver.c (cid_service_ps_info): Updated. - * src/type42/t42drivr.c (t42_ps_get_font_private): New function. - (t42_service_ps_info): Updated. - - * src/type42/t42parse.c (t42_parse_dict): Remove compiler warning. - -2004-11-11 David Bevan - - Add new function FT_Get_PS_Font_Private(). - - * include/freetype/internal/services/svpsinfo.h - (PS_GetFontPrivateFunc): New service function. - - * include/freetype/t1tables.h, src/base/fttype1.c - (FT_Get_PS_Font_Private): New function. - - * src/type1/t1driver.c (t1_ps_get_font_private): New function. - (t1_service_ps_info): Updated. - -2004-10-13 Werner Lemberg - - * include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h: Include `stddef.h'. - (ft_ptrdiff_t): Define. - - * include/freetype/fttypes.h (FT_PtrDist): Use `ft_ptrdiff_t'. - - * src/cid/cidload.c (cid_parse_dict), src/type1/t1load.c - (parse_dict): Fix compiler warning. - -2004-10-11 Joshua Neal - - * src/sfnt/ttcmap.c (tt_face_build_cmaps): Check for pointer - overflow. - - * src/sfnt/ttload.c (tt_face_load_hdmx): Protect against bad input. - Don't use FT_QNEW_ARRAY but FT_NEW_ARRAY to make deallocation work - in case of failure. - - * src/sfnt/ttsbit.c (Load_SBit_Range): Check range intervals. - (tt_face_load_sbit_strikes): Allocate `strike_sbit_ranges' after - frame test. - - * src/truetype/ttgload.c (TTLoad_Simple_Glyph): Add assertion for - `flag'. - -2004-10-09 Werner Lemberg - - * docs/CHANGES: Updated. - -2004-10-09 Boris Letocha - - Fix handling of NPUSHW if skipped in data stream. - - * src/truetype/ttinterp.c (opcode_length): Set value for NPUSHW - to -2. - (SkipCode, TT_RunIns): Use opcode_length value for computation of - bytes to be skipped. - -2004-09-10 Jouk Jansen - - * vms_make.com: Updated. - -2004-09-09 Werner Lemberg - - Adding OpenType validation module. The code is based on the - (unfinished) `otlayout' module but has been heavily modified to make - it much more compact. - - * src/otvalid/*: New module. - - * include/freetype/ftotval.h, src/base/ftotval.c, - include/freetype/internal/services/svotval.h: New files. - - * include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h: Add otv_module_class. - * include/freetype/config/ftheader.h (FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H): New - macro. - * include/freetype/internal/ftserv.h - (FT_SERVICE_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H): New macro. - * include/freetype/internal/fttrace.h (otvmodule, otvcommon, - otvbase, otvgdef, otvgpos, otvgsub, otvjstf): New trace components. - - * include/freetype/ftchapters.h: Updated. - - * src/base/Jamfile (Library), src/base/descrip.mms (OBJS), - src/base/rules.mk (BASE_EXT_SRC): Updated. - - * docs/CHANGES: Updated. - -2004-09-08 Werner Lemberg - - * src/tools/docmaker/sources.py (re_source_block_format2) : - Use lookahead assertion to not match `*/'. This removes spurious - insertions of `/' in the HTML output. - -2004-09-07 Werner Lemberg - - * src/truetype/ttgxvar.c (TT_Vary_Get_Glyph_Deltas): Fix call to - FT_NEW_ARRAY. - -2004-09-04 Werner Lemberg - - * include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h: Don't include - FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H. - (FT_Validator, FT_ValidationLevel, FT_ValidatorRec, FT_VALIDATOR, - ft_validator_init, ft_validator_run, ft_validator_error, FT_INVALID, - FT_INVALID_TOO_SHORT, FT_INVALID_OFFSET, FT_INVALID_FORMAT, - FT_INVALID_GLYPH_ID, FT_INVALID_DATA): Move to... - - * include/freetype/internal/ftvalid.h: New file. - Make FT_INVALID return module-specific error codes. - - * include/freetype/internal/internal.h (FT_INTERNAL_VALIDATE_H): New - macro. - - * include/freetype/fterrors.h: Undefine FT_ERR_PREFIX only if - FT_KEEP_ERR_PREFIX isn't defined. - - * src/base/ftobjs.c: Include FT_INTERNAL_VALIDATE_H. - - * src/sfnt/ttcmap.h: Don't include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H but - FT_INTERNAL_VALIDATE_H. - - * src/sfnt/ttcmap.c: Don't include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H but - FT_INTERNAL_VALIDATE_H. - Include sferrors.h before FT_INTERNAL_VALIDATE_H. - s/FT_Err_Ok/SFNT_Err_Ok/. - - * src/sfnt/sferrors.h: Define FT_KEEP_ERR_PREFIX. - - * src/type1/t1afm.c: Include t1errors.h. - -2004-09-03 Werner Lemberg - - * src/base/ftdebug.c (ft_debug_init): Highest debug level is 7, - not 6. - * docs/DEBUG: Updated. - -2004-08-30 Werner Lemberg - - * include/freetype/tttags.h (TTAG_BASE, TTAG_GDEF, TTAG_GPOS, - TTAG_JSTF): New tags. - - * include/freetype/fttypes.h (FT_Bytes, FT_Tag): New typedefs. - (FT_Int): Add `signed'. - -2004-08-29 Werner Lemberg - - * src/otlayout/otlgpos.c (otl_gpos_subtable_validate): Add argument - to pass number of lookups. - Update all callers. - Don't call otl_lookup_list_validate but otl_lookup_validate. - (otl_gpos_validate): Call otl_lookup_list_validate instead of - otl_gpos_subtable_validate. - - * src/otlayout/otlgpos.h: Updated. - - * src/otlayout/otljstf.c (otl_jstf_max_validate): Add argument to - pass number of lookups. - Update all callers. - - - * src/cff/cffparse.c (cff_parse_real): s/exp/exponent/ to avoid - compiler warning. - - - * src/sfnt/ttcmap0.c, src/sfnt/ttcmap0.h: Renamed to... - * src/sfnt/ttcmap.c, src/sfnt/ttcmap.h: This. - * src/sfnt/Jamfile, src/sfnt/rules.mk, src/sfnt/sfdriver.c, - src/sfnt/sfnt.c, src/sfnt/sfobjs.c: Updated. - - - * builds/compiler/gcc-dev.mk (CFLAGS): Don't add `-Wnested-externs' - if compiler is g++ (v3.3.3 emits a warning otherwise). - -2004-08-28 Werner Lemberg - - * src/otlayout/otlgpos.c (otl_value_length): Return number of bytes, - not number of 16bit entities. - (otl_gpos_lookup2_validate): Check class definition tables for - format 2. - Fix loop for format 2. - (otl_liga_mark2_validate): Fix offset for otl_anchor_validate. - -2004-08-27 Werner Lemberg - - * src/base/ftmac.c: Don't include truetype/ttobjs.h. - Don't include type1/t1objs.h. - (FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec) [!__MWERKS__]: Remove compiler warnings. - -2004-08-27 Mathieu Malaterre - - * src/base/ftmac.c: Handle OS_INLINE for xlc compiler also. - -2004-08-27 Werner Lemberg - - * src/otlayout/otlayout.h: Add copyright. - (OTL_INVALID_OFFSET): Removed. - - * src/otlayout/otlgdef.h: Include otlayout.h. - Comment out inclusion of otltable.h. - - * src/otlayout/otlgpos.c (otl_gpos_lookup4_validate): Fix call - to otl_base_array_validate. - (otl_liga_mark2_validate): Fix `for' loop. - - * src/otlayout/otlgsub.c (otl_ligature_validate): Check `glyph_id', - not components array. - - * src/otlcommn.c (otl_lookup_get_count, otl_feature_get_count): - Comment out. - (otl_lookup_list_get_count, otl_feature_list_get_count): Activate. - (otl_feature_list_validate, otl_gsubgpos_get_lookup_count): - s/otl_lookup_get_count/otl_lookup_list_get_count/. - (otl_script_list_validate): - s/otl_feature_get_count/otl_feature_list_get_count/. - (otl_script_validate): Call otl_lang_validate for default language. - - * src/otlayout/otlcommn.h: Updated. - -2004-08-16 Werner Lemberg - - * src/otlayout/otlgpos.c (otl_gpos_lookup1_validate, - otl_gpos_lookup2_validate, otl_gpos_lookup3_validate, - otl_gpos_lookup4_validate, otl_gpos_lookup5_validate, - otl_gpos_lookup6_validate, otl_gpos_lookup9_validate, - otl_gpos_validate): Update - function arguments. - (otl_gpos_lookup7_validate, otl_gpos_lookup8_validate): Update - function arguments. - Handle NULL offsets correctly. - Check sequence and lookup indices for format 3. - (otl_pos_rule_validate, otl_chain_pos_rule_validate): Add argument - to pass lookup count. - Check sequence and glyph indices. - (otl_gpos_subtable_validate): Update function arguments. - Update callers. - - * src/otlayout/otlgpos.h: Updated. - - * src/otlayout/otlgsub.c (otl_gsub_lookup1_validate, - otl_gsub_lookup3_validate, otl_gsub_lookup8_validate): Update - function arguments. - Add glyph index checks. - (otl_sequence_validate, otl_alternate_set_validate, - otl_ligature_validate): Add argument to pass glyph count. - Update callers. - Add glyph index check. - (otl_gsub_lookup2_validate, otl_gsub_lookup4_validate): Update - function arguments. - (otl_ligature_set_validate): Add argument to pass glyph count. - Update caller. - (otl_sub_class_rule_validate, - otl_sub_class_rule_set_validate): Removed. - (otl_sub_rule_validate, otl_chain_sub_rule_validate): Add argument - to pass lookup count. - Update callers. - Add lookup index check. - (otl_sub_rule_set_validate, otl_chain_sub_rule_set_validate): Add - argument to pass lookup count. - Update callers. - (otl_gsub_lookup5_validate): Update function arguments. - Handle NULL offsets correctly. - Don't call otl_sub_class_rule_set_validate but - otl_sub_rule_set_validate. - Check sequence and lookup indices for format 3. - (otl_gsub_lookup6_validate): Update function arguments. - Handle NULL offsets correctly. - Check sequence and lookup indices for format 3. - (otl_gsub_lookup7_validate, otl_gsub_validate): Update function - arguments. - - * src/otlayout/otlgsub.h: Updated. - - * src/otlayout/otlbase.c (otl_base_validate): Handle NULL offsets - correctly. - - * src/otlayout/otlcommn.c (otl_class_definition_validate): Fix - compiler warning. - (otl_coverage_get_first, otl_coverage_get_last): New functions. - (otl_lookup_validate): Add arguments to pass lookup and glyph - counts. - Update callers. - (otl_lookup_list_validate): Add argument to pass glyph count. - Update callers. - - * src/otlayout/otlcommn.h: Updated. - - * src/otlayout/otljstf.c (otl_jstf_extender_validate, - otl_jstf_max_validate, otl_jstf_script_validate, - otl_jstf_priority_validate, otl_jstf_lang_validate): Add parameter - to validate glyph indices. - Update callers. - (otl_jstf_validate): Add parameter which specifies number of glyphs - in font. - - * src/otlayout/otljstf.h: Updated. - -2004-08-15 Werner Lemberg - - * src/otlayout/otlgpos.c (otl_liga_mark2_validate): Add parameter - to handle possible NULL values properly. - Update all callers. - -2004-08-15 Werner Lemberg - - * src/otlayout/gpos.c: Rename counting variables to be more - meaningful. - Add copyright. - (otl_liga_attach_validate): Renamed to... - (otl_liga_mark2_validate): This. - Update all callers. - (otl_mark2_array_validate): Removed. - (otl_gpos_lookup6_validate): Call otl_liga_mark2_validate, not - otl_mark2_array_validate. - (otl_pos_class_set_validate, otl_pos_class_rule_validate): Removed. - (otl_gpos_lookup7_validate): Complete code for format 2. - (otl_chain_pos_class_rule_validate, - otl_chain_pos_class_set_validate): Removed. - (otl_gpos_lookup8_validate): Don't call - otl_chain_pos_class_set_validate but - otl_chain_pos_rule_set_validate. - Simplify some code. - - * src/otlayout/otlgpos.h: Add copyright. - -2004-08-14 Werner Lemberg - - * src/otlayout/otljstf.c (otl_jstf_gsub_mods_validate): Removed. - (otl_jstf_gpos_mods_validate): Renamed to... - (otl_jstf_gsubgpos_mods_validate): This. - Test whether lookup_count is zero. - (otl_jstf_priority_validate): Use otl_jstf_gsubgpos_mods_validate. - (otl_jstf_validate): Initialize gsub_lookup_count and - gpos_lookup_count if gsub or gpos is zero. - - * src/otlayout/otlgsub.c: Rename counting variables to be more - meaningful. - Add copyright. - (otl_gsub_lookup1_validate): Simplify code. - (otl_gsub_lookup2_validate, otl_gsub_lookup3_validate, - otl_gsub_lookup4_validate, otl_gsub_lookup7_validate): Remove unused - variables. - (otl_gsub_lookup5_validate): Remove unused variable. - Fix call to otl_sub_rule_set_validate and - otl_sub_class_rule_set_validate. - (otl_chain_sub_class_rule_validate, - otl_chain_sub_class_set_validate): Removed. - (otl_gsub_lookup6_validate): Remove unused variable. - Fix call to otl_chain_sub_rule_set_validate. - (otl_gsub_lookup7_validate): Handle lookup type 8 also. - (otl_gsub_lookup8_validate: New function. - (otl_gsub_lookup1_apply, otl_gsub_lookup2_apply, - otl_gsub_lookup3_apply): Commented out. - (otl_gsub_validate_funcs): Add otl_gsub_lookup7_validate and - otl_gsub_lookup8_validate. - (otl_gsub_validate): Updated. - - * src/otlayout/otlgsub.h: Add copyright. - - * src/otlayout/otlcommn.c, src/otlayout/otlcommn.h - (otl_coverage_get_index): Comment out. - -2004-08-13 Werner Lemberg - - * src/otlayout/otlcommn.c (otl_gsubgpos_get_lookup_count): New - function. - * src/otlayout/otlcommn.h: Updated. - - * src/otlayout/otlbase.c: Rename counting variables to be more - meaningful. - Add copyright message. - * src/otlayout/otlbase.h: Add copyright message. - - * src/otlayout/otlgdef.c: Rename counting variables to be more - meaningful. - Add copyright message. - Use OTL_CHECK everywhere. - (otl_caret_value_validate): Remove unused variable. - (otl_gdef_validate): All tables are optional. - * src/otlayout/otlgdef.h: Add copyright message. - - * src/otlayout/otljstf.c: Rename counting variables to be more - meaningful. - Add copyright message. - (otl_jstf_gsub_mods_validate, otl_jstf_gpos_mods_validate): Add - parameter to pass lookup count. - Update all callers. - Check lookup array. - (otl_jstf_max_validate): - s/otl_gpos_subtable_check/otl_gpos_subtable_validate/. - (otl_jstf_priority_validate, otl_jstf_lang_validate, - otl_jstf_script_validate): Add two parameters to pass lookup counts. - Update all callers. - (otl_jstf_validate): Add two parameters to pass GPOS and GSUB - table offsets; use otl_gsubgpos_get_lookup_count to convert extract - lookup counts. - Fix typo. - * src/otlayout/otljstf.h: Updated. - Add copyright message. - - * src/otlayout/otlgpos.c (otl_gpos_subtable_validate): New function. - (otl_gpos_validate): Use it. - * src/otlayout/otlgpos.h: Updated. - -2004-08-13 Werner Lemberg - - * src/otlayout/otcommn.c: Use OTL_CHECK everywhere. - (otl_coverage_validate): Initialize `p', - s/count/num_glyphs/. - s/start_cover/start_coverage/. - (otl_coverage_get_index): Return OTL_Long, not OTL_Int. - Remove unused variables. - (otl_class_definition_validate): s/count/num_glyphs/. - Remove unused variables. - (otl_class_definition_get_value, otl_device_table_get_start, - otl_device_table_get_end, otl_device_table_get_delta, - otl_lookup_get_table, otl_lookup_list_get_count, - otl_lookup_list_get_lookup, otl_lookup_list_get_table, - otl_feature_get_lookups, otl_feature_list_get_count, - otl_feature_list_get_feature, otl_lang_get_count, - otl_lang_get_req_feature, otl_lang_get_features): Commented out - temporarily until we really need it. - (otl_lookup_validate): Removed. - (otl_lookup_table_validate): Renamed to ... - (otl_lookup_validate): This. Update callers. - (otl_lookup_list_validate): Remove already commented out definition - and move the other definition up. - (otl_feature_validate): Add parameter to pass number of lookups. - Update callers. - Check lookup indices. - (otl_feature_list_validate): Add parameter to pass lookup table. - Update callers. - (otl_lang_validate): Add parameter to pass number of features. - Update callers. - Handle req_feature and check feature indices. - (otl_script_validate): Add parameter to pass number of features. - Update callers. - (otl_script_list_validate): Add parameter to pass feature table. - Update callers. - - * src/otlayout/otcommn.h: s/LOCALDEF/LOCAL/. - Comment out the same functions as in otcommn.c. - (otl_script_list_get_script): Removed. - - * src/otlayout/otlgsub.c (otl_gsub_lookup1_apply): Change `index' to - type OTL_Long. - (otl_gsub_lookup2_apply, otl_gsub_lookup3_apply): Change `index' to - type OTL_Long. - Fix test. - (otl_gsub_validate): Fix order of validation. - - * src/otlayout/otlgpos.c (otl_gpos_validate): Fix order of - validation. - -2004-08-12 Werner Lemberg - - Make otlayout module compile (without actually working). - - * src/otlayout/*: s/OTL_Valid/OTL_Validator/. - s/NULL/0/. - - * src/otlayout/otlayout.h: Fix various typos. - (OTL_Bool): New typedef. - (OTL_Int, OTL_Long, OTL_Int16, OTL_Int32): Use `signed' keyword. - (OTL_Err_InvalidArgument): Removed. - (OTL_Err_InvalidData, OTL_Err_InvalidSize): New enum values. - (OTL_MAKE_TAG): Add missing parenthesis. - (OTL_INVALID_DATA): Use OTL_Err_InvalidData. - (OTL_INVALID_TOO_SHORT): Use OTL_Err_InvalidSize. - (OTL_INVALID_FORMAT, OTL_INVALID_OFFSET): New macros. - - * src/otlayout/otlgpos.c: s/FT_/OTL_/. - s/OTL_Short/OTL_Int16/. - (otl_gpos_pairset_validate): Add return type. - (otl_base_array_validate): Fix call to otl_anchor_validate. - (otl_liga_array_validate): Fix call to otl_liga_attach_validate. - (otl_gpos_lookup5_validate): Fix typos. - (otl_gpos_lookup6_validate): Fix call to otl_mark2_array_validate. - (otl_gpos_lookup7_validate): Comment out unfinished code. - Fix typos. - - * src/otlayout/otlgsub.c: Add forward declaration for - otl_gsub_validate_funcs. - (otl_gsub_lookup1_apply, otl_gsub_lookup2_apply, - otl_gsub_lookup3_apply): Fix call to otl_parser_check_property. - s/otl_coverage_lookup/otl_coverage_get_index/. - (otl_ligature_validate): Add missing variable declaration. - (otl_sub_rule_validate): Fix typo. - (otl_sub_class_rule_validate): Add missing variable declaration. - Fix typo. - (otl_gsub_lookup5_validate): Fix typo. - (otl_gsub_lookup6_validate): Fix call to - otl_chain_sub_class_set_validate. - (otl_gsub_validate_funcs): Don't use `const'. - - * src/otlayout/otlcommn.c (otl_class_definition_get_value, - otl_device_table_validate, otl_device_table_get_delta, - otl_lookup_validate, otl_script_validate): Add missing - variable declarations. - (otl_lookup_list_validate): Comment out first definition. - (otl_lookup_list_foreach, otl_feature_list_foreach): Comment out. - (otl_feature_list_validate): - s/otl_feature_table_validate/otl_feature_validate/. - (otl_script_list_validate): - s/otl_script_table_validate/otl_script_validate/. - - * src/otlayout/otlcommn.h: Comment out first declaration. - (otl_lookup_list_foreach, otl_feature_list_foreach): Comment out. - - * src/otlayout/otlbase.c (otl_base_coord_validate): Fix call to - otl_device_table_validate. - (otl_base_script_validate): Add missing variable declarations. - (otl_base_script_list_validate): Fix call to - otl_base_script_validate. - (otl_axis_table_validate): Fix calls to otl_base_tag_list_validate - and otl_base_script_list_validate. - (otl_base_validate): Fix calls to otl_axis_table_validate. - - * src/otlayout/otlgdef.c (otl_attach_list_validate): Fix call to - otl_attach_point_validate. - (otl_caret_value_validate): Add missing variable declaration. - Fix call to otl_device_table_validate. - (otl_ligature_glyph_validate): Fix call to otl_caret_value_validate. - (otl_ligature_caret_list_validate): Fix call to - otl_ligature_glyph_validate. - (otl_gdef_validate): Fix calls to otl_class_definition_validate, - otl_attach_list_validate, otl_ligature_caret_list_validate, and - otl_class_definition_validate. - - * src/otlayout/otltable.h (otl_table_validate, otl_table_init, - otl_table_set_script): Comment out. - - * src/otlayout/otlparse.h (OTL_ParserRec): - s/OTL_Alternate/OTL_GSUB_Alternate/. - (OTL_ParseError): Add OTL_Err_Parser_Memory and - OTL_Err_Parser_Internal. - (otl_parser_error): Fix typo. - (otl_parser_check_property): Remove third argument. - - * src/otlayout/otlparse.c (otl_string_ensure): - s/OTL_Parse_Err_Memory/OTL_Err_Parser_Memory/. - (OTL_STRING_ENSURE, otl_parser_error, otl_parser_get_index, - otl_parser_replace_1, otl_parser_replace_n): Fix typos. - (OTL_PARSER_UNCOVERED): Removed. - (otl_parser_check_property): Remove third argument. - - * src/otlayout/otljstf.c (otl_jstf_priority_validate): Add missing - variable declaration. - - * src/otlayout/otlutils.h (OTL_MEM_REALLOC): Fix typo. - -2004-08-11 Danny - - * src/base/ftstream.c (FT_Stream_Close): Don't reset stream->close - to NULL. This allows custom close functions to delete the FT_STREAM - object. - -2004-08-11 Werner Lemberg - - Add API to get information about SFNT tables. - - * include/freetype/internal/services/svsfnt.h - (FT_SFNT_Table_Info_Func): New typedef. - (SFNT_Table): Add it. - - * src/base/ftobjs (FT_Sfnt_Table_Info): New function. - - * include/freetype/tttables.h: Updated. - - * src/sfnt/sfdriver.c (sfnt_table_info): New function. - (sfnt_service_sfnt_table): Add it. - - * docs/CHANGES: Updated. - - - * include/freetype/freetype.h (FREETYPE_PATCH): Set to 10. - - * builds/unix/configure.ac (version_info): Set to 9:8:3. - * builds/unix/configure: Updated. - - * builds/win32/visualc/index.html, - builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsp, - builds/win32/visualc/freetype.vcproj: s/219/2110/, s/2.1.9/2.1.10/. - - * builds/freetype.mk (refdoc), README, Jamfile (RefDoc): - s/2.1.9/2.1.10/. - - * docs/CHANGES, docs/VERSION.DLL: Updated. - -2004-08-11 Detlef Würkner - - * src/base/ftrfork.c (FT_Raccess_Guess) - [!FT_CONFIG_OPTION_GUESSING_EMBEDDED_FORK]: Remove compiler - warnings. - -2004-08-06 Adam Piotrowski - - * src/pfr/pfrload.c (pfr_sort_kerning_pairs): Single-byte - adjustments are unsigned, not signed. - -2004-08-05 David Turner - - `Activate' gray-scale specifing hinting within the TrueType - bytecode interpreter. This is an experimental feature which - should probably be made optional. - - * src/truetype/ttgload.c (TT_Process_Simple_Glyph, - load_truetype_glyph): Move the code to set the pedantic_hinting flag - to... - (TT_Load_Glyph): Here. - Set `grayscale' flag except for `FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO'. - - * src/truetyep/ttinterp.c (Ins_GETINFO): Return MS rasterizer - version 1.7. - Return rotation and stretching info only if glyph is rotated or - stretched, respectively. - Handle grayscale info. - - * src/truetype/ttinterp.h (TT_ExecContextRec): Add `grayscale' - member. - -2004-08-02 George Williams - - * src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Attach_File): Initialize `open.stream'. - -2004-08-01 Werner Lemberg - - * docs/CHANGES: Updated. - -2004-08-01 George Williams - - FreeType now can read kerning values from PFM files. - - * src/type1/t1afm.c (T1_Done_AFM): Renamed to... - (T1_Done_Metrics): This. - Update all callers. - (T1_Read_AFM): Make it static. - Don't enter and leave a frame. - (LITTLE_ENDIAN_USHORT, LITTLE_ENDIAN_UINT): New macros. - (T1_Read_PFM): New function. - (T1_Read_Metrics): New higher-level function to be used instead of - T1Read_AFM. - Update all callers. - -2004-07-31 Werner Lemberg - - * src/pcf/pcfread (pcf_load_font), src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c - (BDF_Face_Init), src/truetype/ttgxvar (TT_Get_MM_Var, - tt_face_vary_cvt): Fix compiler warnings. - -2004-07-26 Søren Sandmann - - * src/pcf/pcfread.c (pcf_interpret_style): Always allocate memory for - face->style_name. - * src/pcf/pcfdrivr.c (PCF_Face_Done): Free `style_name'. - -2004-07-26 Darren J Longhorn - - * include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h (FT_SIZEOF_LONG): Recognize - five-byte `long' (which is avoided then). - -2004-07-25 Detlef Würkner - - * src/pcf/pcfdrivr.c (PCF_Set_Pixel_Size): Compare heights, not - ppem values. - (PCF_Set_Point_Size): Don't call PCF_Set_Pixel_Size but provide own - code to compare ppem values. - * src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c (BDF_Set_Pixel_Size): Compare heights, not - ppem values. - (BDF_Set_Point_Size): Don't call BDF_Set_Pixel_Size but provide own - code to compare ppem values. - -2004-07-25 Kornfeld Eliyahu Peter - - * src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (sfnt_load_face): Handle - TT_NAME_ID_PREFERRED_FAMILY and TT_NAME_ID_PREFERRED_SUBFAMILY. - -2004-07-24 Derek B. Noonburg - - * src/cff/cffload.c (cff_font_load): Always create inverse mapping. - Even if the charstring count is the same as the CID count, it is - still possible that the font uses a different CID -> GID mapping. - -2004-07-23 Werner Lemberg - - * src/truetype/ttobjs.c (tt_face_init): Accept 0x00020000 format tag - found in some Arphic fonts made for Chinese version of Windows 3.1. - -2004-07-17 David Turner - - Fixed a dangling pointer bug in the cache code that happened in very - rare cases, i.e., when a new family object was destroyed by an - out-of-memory condition during a glyph node initialization. The - function FTC_Cache_Lookup would flush the cache and restart the - lookup with a bad pointer. - - * include/freetype/cache/ftcglyph.h (FTC_FAMILY_TREE): New macro. - (FTC_GCACHE_LOOKUP_CMP): Use it. - Handle reference count in `num_nodes' correctly. - - * src/cache/ftcglyph.c (FTC_GNode_UnselectFamily): Use - FTC_FAMILY_FREE. - (FTC_GCache_Lookup): Handle reference count in `num_nodes' correctly. - - * src/cache/ftcmanag.c (FTC_Manager_FlushN): Fixed a cache flushing - bug. - - * src/truetype/ttinterp.c (Normalize): Fixed a bug that caused - long and unnecessary delays while normalizing huge vectors. - -2004-07-15 Werner Lemberg - - * docs/CHANGES: Updated. - - * src/base/ftstroke.c (FT_Stroker_ParseOutline): Fix compiler - warning. - -2004-07-15 David Turner - - * src/base/ftstroke.c (FT_Stroker_ParseOutline): Single points - are not stroked, preventing a bug with pala.ttf and other - fonts. - - * include/freetype/ftstroke.h: Updating documentation comments. - -2004-07-13 Werner Lemberg - - * src/base/ftstroke.c (ft_stroke_border_reverse): Removed. Unused. - -2004-07-12 David Turner - - * src/base/ftstroke.c (ft_stroke_border_close): Add second parameter - to indicate reversion of points. - Update all callers. - (ft_stroke_border_reverse): Fix initialization of `point1' and - `tag1'. - - * src/cache/ftcsbits.c (ftc_snode_load): Fixing advance computation - for transformed glyphs. - -2004-07-11 David Turner - - Fix bugs that prevented the stroker to correctly generate stroked - paths from closed paths, i.e., nearly all glyphs in vectorial fonts. - - The code is still _very_ buggy though; treat with special care. - - * src/base/ftstroke.c (FT_STROKE_TAG_BEGIN_END): New macro. - (ft_stroke_border_reverse): New function. - (ft_stroker_inside): Remove local variable `sigma'; use different - threshold. - (ft_stroker_add_reverse_left): Switch begin/end tags if necessary. - (FT_Stroker_EndSubPath): Call ft_stroker_inside and - ft_stroke_border_reverse. - -2004-06-26 Peter Kovar - - * src/truetype/ttgload.c (load_truetype_glyph): Fix typo. - -2004-06-25 Werner Lemberg - - * src/type1/t1afm.c (afm_atoindex): Fix boundary test. Reported - by Dirck Blaskey. - -2004-06-24 David Turner - - - * Version 2.1.9 released. - ========================= - - - * src/truetype/ttgload.c, src/truetype/ttxgvar.c: Removing - compiler warnings. - -2004-06-23 Werner Lemberg - - * include/freetype/internal/ftmemory.h [FT_DEBUG_MEMORY]: Declare - FT_QAlloc_Debug and FT_QRealloc_Debug. - - * src/base/ftutil.c (FT_QAlloc): Fix error and debug messages. - (FT_QRealloc): Call FT_QAlloc if original pointer is NULL. - Fix error message. - -2004-06-23 David Turner - - * include/freetype/internal/ftmemory.h, src/base/ftutil.c - (FT_QAlloc, FT_QRealloc), src/base/ftdbgmem.c (FT_QAlloc_Debug, - FT_QRealloc_Debug): New functions that perform allocation without - zero-ing out the corresponding blocks. - - * include/freetype/internal/ftmemory.h (FT_MEM_QALLOC, - FT_MEM_QREALLOC, FT_MEM_QNEW, FT_MEM_QNEW_ARRAY, - FT_MEM_QRENEW_ARRAY, FT_QALLOC, FT_QREALLOC, FT_QNEW, FT_QNEW_ARRAY, - FT_QRENEW_ARRAY): New macros. - - * src/base/ftstream.c (FT_Stream_EnterFrame): Use FT_QALLOC. - * src/gzip/ftgzip.c (FT_Stream_OpenGzip): Use FT_QNEW_ARRAY. - * src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (tt_face_get_name): Use FT_QNEW_ARRAY. - - * src/sfnt/ttload.c (tt_face_load_directory, tt_face_load_metrics, - tt_face_load_gasp): Use FT_QNEW_ARRAY. - (tt_face_load_kern): Use FT_QNEW_ARRAY. - Small optimization in the kerning table verifier; this speeds up - TrueType face opening by about 7%. - (tt_face_load_hdmx): Use FT_QNEW_ARRAY and FT_QALLOC. - - * include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h: Changed the order of modules, - putting TrueType and Type 1 first. This dramatically improves the - performance of face open/close operations. For example, putting the - TrueType driver first in the list results in a 5x speedup when - opening `Vera.ttf'. - - The very problem is that both the PCF and BDF drivers do a lot more - than necessary to detect that they cannot handle a font file. - -2004-06-22 Werner Lemberg - - * src/pcf/pcfread.c (pcf_read_TOC, pcf_get_properties, - pcf_get_metrics, pcf_get_bitmaps, pcf_get_encodings): Improve - debugging messages. - - * src/pcf/pcfdrivr.c (FT_COMPOMENT): Move up. - (PCF_Face_Init): Simplify code. - - * src/bdf/bdfdrivr.h (BDF_FaceRec): New element `default_glyph'. - - * src/bdf/bdflib.c (_bdf_add_property, _bdf_parse_start), - src/bdf/bdf.h (bdf_font_t): s/default_glyph/default_char/. - - * src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c (BDF_Face_Init): Fix number of glyphs. - Set `default_glyph'. - (BDF_Glyph_Load): Use `default_glyph' for undefined glyph. - - * docs/CHANGES: Updated. - -2004-06-21 Werner Lemberg - - * docs/CHANGES: Updated. - -2004-06-21 David Turner - - * src/truetype/ttgload.c (TT_Process_Simple_Glyph, - load_truetype_glyph): Don't access (unrounded) - `TT_Size.root.metrics' but (rounded) `TT_Size.metrics'. This fixes - a scaling bug that caused incorrect rendering when the bytecode - interpreter was enabled. - -2004-06-14 Huw D M Davies - - * src/winfonts/winfnt.c (FNT_Face_Init): Set x_ppem and y_ppem - based on pixel_width and pixel_height. - (FNT_Size_Set_Pixels): Updated. - -2004-06-14 Werner Lemberg - - * src/lzw/zopen.c: Comment out inclusion of signal.h and unistd.h. - Reported by Hyvärinen Jyrki Juhani. - -2004-06-11 Werner Lemberg - - * docs/CHANGES: Updated. - -2004-06-10 David Turner - - * src/base/ftobject.c, src/base/fthash.c, src/base/ftexcept.c, - src/base/ftsysio.c, src/base/ftsysmem.c, src/base/ftlist.c: Removed. - Obsolete. - - * src/raster/ftraster.c (Alignment, PAlignment): New union to fix - problems with 64bit systems. - (AlignProfileSize): Use it. - -2004-06-08 David Turner - - * include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_GlyphMetrics): Move `lsb_delta' - and `rsb_delta' elements to... - (FT_GlyphSlotRec): Here to retain binary compatibility with older - FreeType versions. - Update all users. - - * src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (tt_face_get_name): Remove compiler warning. - - * src/winfonts/winfnt.c (FNT_Load_Glyph): Add missing initialization - of slot->metrics.width and slot->metrics.height when loading a - Windows FNT glyph. Thanks to Huw Davies. - - * include/freetype/cache/ftcmru.h (FTC_MruNode_CompareFunc): Change - return type to FT_Bool. - - * src/cache/ftbasic.c (ftc_basic_family_compare): Change return - type to FT_Bool. - - * src/cache/ftccache.c (FTC_Cache_Init, ftc_cache_init): Make - the former call the latter, not vice versa. - (FTC_Cache_Done, ftc_cache_done): Ditto. - - * src/cache/ftcglyph.c (FTC_GNode_Compare, ftc_gnode_compare): Make - the former call the latter, not vice versa. - (FTC_GCache_Init, ftc_gcache_init): Ditto. - (FTC_GCache_Done, ftc_gcache_done): Ditto. - - * src/cache/ftcimage.c (FTC_INode_Free, ftc_inode_free): Make the - former call the latter, not vice versa. - (FTC_INode_Weight, ftc_inode_weight): Ditto. - - * src/cache/ftcmanag.c (ftc_size_node_compare, - ftc_size_node_compare_faceid, ftc_face_node_compare): Change return - type to FT_Bool. - - * src/cache/ftcsbits.c (FTC_SNode_Free, ftc_snode_free): Make the - former call the latter, not vice versa. - (FTC_SNode_Weight, ftc_snode_weight): Ditto. - (FTC_SNode_Compare, ftc_snode_compare): Ditto. - - * src/cache/ftcsbits.c: Fix some bugs and inefficiencies in the cache - sub-system. - -2004-06-05 Werner Lemberg - - * src/autofit/afloader.c (af_loader_load_g): Set `lsb_delta' and - `rsb_delta' in slot->metrics and tune side bearings slightly. - -2004-06-04 Werner Lemberg - - * docs/CHANGES: Updated. - -2004-06-04 David Chester - - Improve inter-letter spacing for autohinted glyphs. - - * include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_Glyph_Metrics): Add elements - `lsb_delta' and `rsb_delta'. - - * src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_hinter_load): Set `lsb_delta' and - `rsb_delta' in slot->metrics and tune side bearings slightly. - -2004-06-04 David Turner - - * src/autofit/*: Important fixes to the auto-fitter. The output - now seems to be 100% equivalent to the auto-hinter, while being - about 2% faster (which proves that script-specific algorithm - selection isn't a performance problem). - - To test it, change `autohint' to `autofit' in - and recompile. - - A few more testing is needed before making this the official - auto-hinting module. - -2004-06-02 Werner Lemberg - - * src/truetype/ttgload.c (compute_glyph_metrics): Fix compiler - warnings. - -2004-06-01 Werner Lemberg - - * src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (tt_face_get_name): Make sure that an English - name record for the Apple platform is preferred to a non-English - entry for the Microsoft platform. Problem reported by HANDA - Ken'ichi. - -2004-05-19 George Williams - - * src/type1/t1load.c (mm_axis_unmap, mm_weights_unmap): New - auxiliary functions. - (T1_Get_MM_Var): Provide axis tags. - Use mm_axis_unmap and mm_weights_unmap to provide default values - for design and normalized axis coordinates. - - * include/freetype/t1tables.h (PS_DesignMapRec): Change type of - `design_points' to FT_Long. - Update all users. - -2004-05-17 Werner Lemberg - - * src/base/ftbbox.c (BBox_Conic_Check): Fix boundary cases. - Reported by Mikey Anbary . - -2004-05-15 Werner Lemberg - - * src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (sfnt_done_face): Free face->postscript_name. - -2004-05-15 George Williams - - * src/sfnt/ttload.c (tt_face_load_max_profile): Always set - face->root.num_glyphs. - -2004-05-14 Masatake YAMATO - George Williams - - * src/sfnt/ttload.c (sfnt_dir_check): Handle `bhed' properly. - -2004-05-14 Werner Lemberg - - * src/cache/ftcbasic.c (ftc_basic_family_compare, - ftc_basic_family_init, ftc_basic_family_get_count, - ftc_basic_family_load_bitmap, ftc_basic_family_load_glyph, - ftc_basic_gnode_compare_faceid): Adjust parameters and return types - to prototypes given in header files from include/freetype/cache. - Use casts to proper types locally. - (ftc_basic_image_family_class, ftc_basic_image_cache_class, - ftc_basic_sbit_family_class, ftc_basic_sbit_cache_class): Remove - casts. - - * src/cache/ftccback.h: Adjust parameters and return types to - prototypes given in header files from include/freetype/cache. - - * src/cache/ftcimage.c (ftc_inode_free, ftc_inode_new, - ftc_inode_weight): Adjust parameters and return types to prototypes - given in header files from include/freetype/cache. Use casts to - proper types locally. - - * src/cache/ftcsbits.c (ftc_snode_free, ftc_snode_new, - ftc_snode_weight, ftc_snode_compare): Adjust parameters and return - types to prototypes given in header files from - include/freetype/cache. Use casts to proper types locally. - - * src/cache/ftccmap.c (ftc_cmap_node_free, ftc_cmap_node_new, - ftc_cmap_node_weight, ftc_cmap_node_compare, - ftc_cmap_node_remove_faceid): Adjust parameters and return types to - prototypes given in header files from include/freetype/cache. Use - casts to proper types locally. - (ftc_cmap_cache_class): Remove casts. - - * src/cache/ftcglyph.c (ftc_gnode_compare, ftc_gcache_init, - ftc_gcache_done): Adjust parameters and return types to prototypes - given in header files from include/freetype/cache. Use casts to - proper types locally. - - * src/cache/ftcmanag.c (ftc_size_node_done, ftc_size_node_compare, - ftc_size_node_init, ftc_size_node_reset, - ftc_size_node_compare_faceid, ftc_face_node_init, - ftc_face_node_done, ftc_face_node_compare: Adjust parameters and - return types to prototypes given in header files from - include/freetype/cache. Use casts to proper types locally. - - (ftc_size_list_class, ftc_face_list_class): Remove casts. - -2004-05-13 Werner Lemberg - - * src/autohint/ahmodule.c (ft_autohinter_init, ft_autohinter_done): - Use FT_Module as parameter and do a cast to FT_AutoHinter locally. - (autohint_module_class): Remove casts. - - * src/base/ftglyph.c (ft_bitmap_glyph_init, ft_bitmap_glyph_copy, - ft_bitmap_glyph_done, ft_bitmap_glyph_bbox, ft_outline_glyph_init, - ft_outline_glyph_done, ft_outline_glyph_copy, - ft_outline_glyph_transform, ft_outline_glyph_bbox, - ft_outline_glyph_prepare): Use FT_Glyph as parameter and do a cast - to FT_XXXGlyph locally. - Use FT_CALLBACK_DEF throughout. - (ft_bitmap_glyph_class, ft_outline_glyph_class): Remove casts. - - * src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c (bdf_cmap_init, bdf_cmap_done, - bdf_cmap_char_index, bdf_cmap_char_next): Use FT_CMap as parameter - and do a cast to BDF_CMap locally. - (bdf_cmap_class): Remove casts. - -2004-05-12 Werner Lemberg - - * src/cff/cffgload.h (CFF_Builder): Remove `error'. - * src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_decoder_parse_charstrings): Replace - `Memory_Error' with `Fail' und update all users. - -2004-05-11 Werner Lemberg - - * include/freetype/internal/psaux.h (T1_ParseState): New - enumeration. - (T1_BuilderRec): Replace `path_begun' with `parse_state'. - Remove `error'. - * src/psaux/t1decode.c (t1_decoder_parse_charstrings): Replace - `Memory_Error' with `Fail' and update all users. - Don't use `builder->error'. - Replace `path_begun' with `parse_state' and check parsing states. - - * src/psaux/psobjs.c (t1_builder_init, t1_builder_start_point): - Replace `path_begun' with `parse_state' and check parsing states. - -2004-05-10 George Williams - - * src/truetype/ttxgvar.c (ft_var_load_avar): Do free arrays in case - of error -- `avar' is optional so we can't rely on tt_done_blend - being called automatically. - -2004-05-09 George Williams - - * src/truetype/ttxgvar.c (ft_var_load_avar, ft_var_load_gvar): Fix - error handling. - -2004-05-07 Werner Lemberg - - * src/pfr/pfrobjs.c, src/pfr/pfrobjs.h (pfr_face_init, - pfr_face_done, pfr_face_get_kerning, pfr_slot_init, pfr_slot_done, - pfr_slot_load): Don't use PFR_XXX but FT_XXX arguments which are - typecast to the proper PFR_XXX types within the function. - Update code accordingly. - - * src/pfr/pfrdrivr.c (pfr_get_kerning, pfr_get_advance, - pfr_get_metrics, pfr_get_service): Don't use PFR_XXX but FT_XXX - arguments which are typecast to the proper PFR_XXX types within the - function. - Update code accordingly. - Use FT_CALLBACK_DEF throughout. - (pfr_metrics_service_rec, pfr_driver_class): Remove casts. - -2004-05-06 Masatake YAMATO - - * src/truetype/ttgxvar.c (ft_var_load_gvar): Use FT_FACE_STREAM. - (*): Rename local variable OffsetToData to offsetToData. - -2004-05-06 Werner Lemberg - - * src/cff/cffobjs.c (cff_size_done, cff_size_init, cff_size_reset, - cff_slot_done, cff_slot_init, cff_face_init, cff_face_done): Access - root fields directly. - * src/cff/cffdrivr.c (Load_Glyph): Access root fields directly. - - * src/truetype/ttgload.c (TT_Process_Simple_Glyph): Save current - frame before calling TT_Vary_Get_Glyph_Deltas. - - * src/pcf/pcfdrivr.c (PCF_CMapRec): Rename `cmap' to `root' for - consistency. - (pcf_cmap_init, pcf_cmap_done, pcf_cmap_char_index, - pcf_cmap_char_next): Don't use PCF_XXX but FT_XXX arguments which - are typecast to the proper PCF_XXX types within the function. - Update code accordingly. - (pcf_cmap_class): Remove casts. - (PCF_Face_Done, PCF_Face_Init, PCF_Set_Pixel_Size): Don't use - PCF_XXX but FT_XXX arguments which are typecast to the proper - PCF_XXX types within the function. - Update code accordingly. - Use FT_CALLBACK_DEF throughout. - (PCF_Set_Point_Size): New wrapper function. - (PCF_Glyph_Load, pcf_driver_requester): Use FT_CALLBACK_DEF. - (pcf_driver_class): Remove casts. - -2004-05-04 Steve Hartwell - - * src/truetype/ttobjs.c (tt_driver_done): Fix typo. - -2004-05-04 Werner Lemberg - - * src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c (BDF_Face_Done, BDF_Face_Init, - BDF_Set_Pixel_Size): Don't use BDF_XXX but FT_XXX arguments which - are typecast to the proper BDF_XXX types within the function. - Update code accordingly. - Use FT_CALLBACK_DEF throughout. - (BDF_Set_Point_Size): New wrapper function. - (bdf_driver_class): Remove casts. - - * src/cff/cffdrivr.c (Get_Kerning, Load_Glyph, cff_get_interface): - Don't use CFF_XXX but FT_XXX arguments which are typecast to the - proper CFF_XXX types within the function. - Update code accordingly. - Use FT_CALLBACK_DEF throughout. - (cff_driver_class): Remove casts. - - * src/cff/cffobjs.h, src/cff/cffobjs.c (cff_size_done, - cff_size_init, cff_size_reset, cff_slot_done, cff_slot_init, - cff_face_init, cff_face_done, cff_driver_init, cff_driver_done): - Don't use CFF_XXX but FT_XXX arguments which are typecast to the - proper CFF_XXX types within the function. - Update code accordingly. - (cff_point_size_reset): New wrapper function. - - * src/cid/cidobjs.h, src/cid/cidobjs.c (cid_slot_done, - cid_slot_init, cid_size_done, cid_size_init, cid_size_reset, - cid_face_done, cid_face_init, cid_driver_init, cid_driver_done): - Don't use CID_XXX but FT_XXX arguments which are typecast to the - proper CID_XXX types within the function. - Update code accordingly. - (cid_point_size_reset): New wrapper function. - - * src/cid/cidgload.c, src/cid/cidgload.h (cid_slot_load_glyph): - Don't use CID_XXX but FT_XXX arguments which are typecast to the - proper CID_XXX types within the function. - Update code accordingly. - - * src/cid/cidriver.c (cid_get_interface): - Don't use CID_XXX but FT_XXX arguments which are typecast to the - proper CID_XXX types within the function. - Update code accordingly. - Use FT_CALLBACK_DEF. - (t1cid_driver_class): Remove casts. - - * src/truetype/ttdriver.c (tt_get_interface): Use FT_CALLBACK_DEF. - * src/truetype/ttgxvar.c (ft_var_load_avar): Don't free non-local - variables (this is done later). - (ft_var_load_avar): Fix call to FT_FRAME_ENTER. - (TT_Get_MM_Var): Fix size for `fvar_fields'. - (TT_Vary_Get_Glyph_Deltas): Handle deallocation of local variables - correctly. - - * src/base/ftdbgmem.c (ft_mem_debug_realloc): Don't abort if - current size is zero. - -2004-05-03 Steve Hartwell - - * src/truetype/ttobjs.h, src/truetype/ttobjs.c (tt_face_init, - tt_face_done, tt_size_init, tt_size_done, tt_driver_init, - tt_driver_done): Don't use TT_XXX but FT_XXX arguments which are - typecast to the proper TT_XXX types within the function. - Update code accordingly. - - * src/truetype/ttdriver.c (Get_Kerning, Set_Char_Sizes, - Set_Pixel_Sizes, Load_Glyph, tt_get_interface): Don't use TT_XXX but - FT_XXX arguments which are typecast to the proper TT_XXX types - within the function. - Update code accordingly. - (tt_driver_class): Remove casts. - -2004-05-02 Werner Lemberg - - * src/sfnt/ttload.c (tt_face_free_names): Check that `table->names' - is not NULL. Reported by Gordon Childs . - -2004-04-29 Werner Lemberg - - * docs/formats.txt: Add more information on PFR format. - -2004-04-28 Werner Lemberg - - * docs/formats.txt: New file. - * docs/CHANGES: Updated. - -2004-04-28 Masatake YAMATO - - * include/freetype/internal/tttypes.h (GX_BlendRec_) - [TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT]: Fix a typo. - - * src/truetype/ttgxvar.h (GX_BlendRec_): Fix a typo. - -2004-04-27 Masatake YAMATO - - * src/truetype/ttgxvar.h: Use FT_LOCAL instead of FT_LOCAL_DEF - for function declarations. - -2004-04-25 George Williams - - * src/truetype/ttgxvar.c (ft_var_apply_tuple): Fix typo. - -2004-04-25 Werner Lemberg - - * src/truetype/Jamfile, docs/CHANGES: Updated. - -2004-04-24 Werner Lemberg - - * src/pcf/pcfdrivr.c: Revert change from 2004-04-17. - * src/pcf/pcfutil.c: Use FT_LOCAL_DEF. - * src/pcf/pcfutil.h: Include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H. - Use FT_BEGIN_HEADER and FT_END_HEADER. - Use FT_LOCAL. - -2004-04-24 George Williams - - Add support for Apple's distortable font technology (in GX fonts). - - * devel/ftoption.h, include/freetype/config/ftoption.h - (TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT): New macro. - - * include/freetype/ftmm.h (FT_Var_Axis, FT_Var_Named_Style, - FT_MM_Var): New structures. - (FT_Get_MM_Var, FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates, - FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates): New function declarations. - - * include/freetype/internal/services/svmm.h (FT_Get_MM_Var_Func, - FT_Set_Var_Design_Func): New typedefs. - Update MultiMasters service. - - * include/freetype/internal/tttypes.h - [TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT]: Include FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H. - (GX_Blend) [TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT]: New typedef. - (TT_Face) [TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT]: New members `doblend' - and `blend'. - - * include/freetype/tttags.h (TTAG_avar, TTAG_cvar, TTAG_gvar): New - macros. - - * include/freetype/internal/fttrace.h: Add `ttgxvar'. - - * src/base/ftmm.c (FT_Get_MM_Var, FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates, - FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates): New functions. - - * src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (sfnt_load_face) - [TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT]: Set FT_FACE_FLAG_MULTIPLE_MASTERS - flag for GX var fonts. - - * src/truetype/ttgxvar.c, src/truetype/ttgxvar.h: New files. - - * src/truetype/truetype.c [TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT]: Include - ttgxvar.c. - - * src/truetype/ttdriver.c [TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT]: Include - FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H, FT_SERVICE_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H, and ttgxvar.h. - (tt_service_gx_multi_masters) [TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT]: - New service. - (tt_services) [TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT]: Updated. - - * src/truetype/ttgload.c [TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT]: Include - ttgxvar.h. - (TT_Process_Simple_Glyph, load_truetype_glyph) - [TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT] :Support GX var fonts. - - * src/truetype/ttobjs.c [TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT]: Include - ttgxvar.h. - (tt_done_face) [TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT]: Call - tt_done_blend. - - * src/truetype/ttpload.c [TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT]: Include - ttgxvar.h. - (tt_face_load_cvt) [TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT]: Call - tt_face_vary_cvt. - - * src/truetype/rules.mk (TT_DRV_SRC): Add ttgxvar.c. - - * src/type1/t1driver.c (t1_service_multi_masters): Add T1_Get_MM_Var - and T1_Set_Var_Design. - - * src/type1/t1load.c (FT_INT_TO_FIXED, FT_FIXED_TO_INT): New macros. - (T1_Get_MM_Var, T1_Set_Var_Design): New functions. - - * src/type1/t1load.h (T1_Get_MM_Var, T1_Set_Var_Design): New - function declarations. - -2004-04-23 Werner Lemberg - - * include/freetype/ftcache.h (FT_Get_CharMap_Index): Rename - declaration and move to... - * include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_Get_Charmap_Index): Here. - (FREETYPE_PATCH): Set to 9. - - * src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Get_Charmap_Index): New function. - - * builds/unix/configure.ac (version_info): Set to 9:7:3. - * builds/unix/configure: Updated. - - * builds/win32/visualc/index.html, - builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsp, - builds/win32/visualc/freetype.vcproj: s/218/219/. - - * builds/freetype.mk (refdoc), README, Jamfile (RefDoc): - s/2.1.8/2.1.9/. - - * docs/CHANGES, docs/VERSION.DLL: Updated. - -2004-04-21 Werner Lemberg - - * src/cff/cffparse.c (cff_parser_run), src/psaux/psobjs.c - (ps_parser_load_field): Use FT_CHAR_BIT. - -2004-04-21 David Turner - - - * Version 2.1.8 released. - ========================= - - - * src/cff/cffobjs.c (cff_face_init): Fix a small memory leak. - - * src/autofit/afloader.c (af_loader_load_g), src/autofit/afmodule.c - (af_autofitter_load_glyph), src/base/ftdebug.c (FT_Trace_Get_Name): - Remove compiler warnings. - - * src/autofit/aftypes.h: Undefine AF_DEBUG. - - * src/lzw/zopen.c (rmask), src/pcf/pcfdrivr.c (pcf_service_bdf, - pcf_services), src/pcf/pcfread.c (tableNames), src/psaux/psobjs.c - (ft_char_table), src/type42/t42drivr.c (t42_service_glyph_dict, - t42_service_ps_font_name): Decorate data arrays with `const' to - avoid populating the `.data' segment. - - * src/lzw/Jamfile: New file. - -2004-04-20 Werner Lemberg - - * src/psaux/psobjs.c (T1Radix): Renamed to... - (ps_radix): This. - Update current cursor position. - - * docs/CHANGES: Updated. - -2004-04-18 Werner Lemberg - - * src/truetype/ttgload.c, src/truetype/ttgload.h (TT_Load_Glyph), - src/ttdriver.c (Load_Glyph): Change type of `glyph_index' to - FT_UInt. From Lex Warners. - -2004-04-17 Chisato Yamauchi - - * src/sfnt/ttload.c (tt_face_load_sfnt_header): Really fix change - from 2004-03-19. - - * src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c (BDF_Face_Init): Use `ft_strlen'. - - * src/pcf/pcfutil.c, src/pcf/pcfutil.h: Decorate functions with - `static'. - Remove unused function `RepadBitmap'. - * src/pcf/pcfdrivr.c: Don't include pcfutil.h. - -2004-04-16 Werner Lemberg - - * builds/unix/freetype-config.in (usage): Fix and improve usage - information. - -2004-04-15 Werner Lemberg - - * builds/unix/ftconfig.in, builds/vms/ftconfig.h: Define - FT_CHAR_BIT. - - * src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Load_Glyph): Don't apply autohinting if - glyph is vertically distorted or mirrored. - - * src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_slot_load): Handle zero `size' properly - for embedded bitmaps. - - * docs/CHANGES: Updated. - -2004-04-15 bytesoftware - - * include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h, src/base/ftstream.c - (FT_Stream_ReadFields): More fixes using FT_CHAR_BIT. - -2004-04-14 Werner Lemberg - - * include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h (FT_CHAR_BIT): New macro. - -2004-04-14 Alex Strelnikov - - * src/cache/ftcsbits.c (ftc_snode_load): Initialize `*asize' in case - of error. - -2004-04-14 Werner Lemberg - - * src/base/ftmac.c [__GNUC__]: Define OS_INLINE. - * builds/unix/configure.ac: Don't try to remove `-ansi' compilation - switch on the Mac. - - * builds/unix/ltmain.sh: Regenerated with `libtoolize --force - --copy' from libtool 1.5.6. - * builds/unix/aclocal.m4: Regenerated with `aclocal -I .' from - automake 1.8a. - * builds/unix/configure: Regenerated with autoconf 2.59a. - -2004-04-13 Werner Lemberg - - * include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h: Use CHAR_BIT to define - size of FT_SIZEOF_xxx. - -2004-04-12 Chisato Yamauchi - - * include/freetype/internal/sfnt.h (TT_Find_SBit_Image_Func, - TT_Load_SBit_Metrics_Func): New typedefs. - (SFNT_Interface): Add find_sbit_image and load_sbit_metrics. - - * src/sfnt/sfdriver.c (sfnt_interface): Updated. - * src/sfnt/ttsbit.h (tt_find_sbit_image, tt_load_sbit_metrics): New - declarations. - * src/sfnt/ttsbit.c (find_sbit_image): Renamed to... - (tt_find_sbit_image): This. - Updated all callers. - (load_sbit_metrics): Renamed to... - (tt_load_sbit_metrics): This. - Updated all callers. - -2004-04-12 Werner Lemberg - - * configure: Accept makepp also. - - * builds/unix/detect.mk: Use proper path to unix-def.mk. - * builds/unix/unix-def.in (BUILD_DIR, PLATFORM): Remove. - * builds/unix/unix.mk (BUILD_DIR, PLATFORM): Define. - Use BUILD_DIR. - - * docs/INSTALL, docs/INSTALL.GNU, docs/INSTALL.UNX: Update - documentation on makepp. - -2004-04-11 Werner Lemberg - - * src/lzw/zopen.c: Don't include sys/param.h and sys/stat.h. - -2004-04-10 Werner Lemberg - - * src/lzw/ftlzw.c: Include zopen.h dependent on - FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_LZW. - - * src/base/ftdebug.c: s/index/idx/ to avoid compiler warnings. - -2004-04-02 Werner Lemberg - - * builds/unix/ltmain.sh: Regenerated with `libtoolize --force - --copy' from libtool 1.5.2. - * builds/unix/aclocal.m4: Regenerated with `aclocal -I .' from - automake 1.8a. - * builds/unix/configure: Regenerated with autoconf 2.59a. - -2004-04-01 Werner Lemberg - - * builds/unix/ft-munmap.m4 (FT_MUNMAP_PARAM): Fix arguments of - AC_COMPILE_IFELSE. - * builds/unix/aclocal.m4: Regenerated with `aclocal -I .' from - automake 1.8a. - * builds/unix/configure: Regenerated with autoconf 2.59a. - * builds/unix/config.guess, builds/unix/config.sub: Updated from - `config' CVS module at subversions.gnu.org. - * builds/unix/install-sh, builds/unix/mkinstalldirs: Updated from - `texinfo' CVS module at subversions.gnu.org. - * builds/freetype.mk (refdoc): Updated. - -2004-03-31 Werner Lemberg - - Handle broken FNT files which don't have a trailing NULL byte - in the face name string. - - * src/winfonts/winfnt.h (FNT_FontRec): New member `family_name'. - * src/winfonts/winfnt.c (fnt_font_done): Free font->family_name. - (FNT_Face_Init): Append a final zero byte to the font face name. - -2004-03-30 Werner Lemberg - - * src/sfnt/ttload.c (tt_face_load_sfnt_header): Fix change from - 2004-03-19. - -2004-03-27 Werner Lemberg - - * src/base/descrip.mms (OBJS): Add ftbbox.obj. - -2004-03-26 George Williams - - Add vertical phantom points. - - * include/freetype/internal/tttypes.h (TT_LoaderRec): Add - `top_bearing', `vadvance', `pp3', and `pp4'. - - * src/autofit/afloader.c (af_loader_load_g): Handle two more points. - - * src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_hinter_load): Handle two more points. - * src/truetype/ttgload.c (Get_VMetrics): New function. - (TT_Load_Simple_Glyph, TT_Process_Simple_Glyph): Handle two more - points. - (load_truetype_glyph): Use Get_VMetrics. - Handle two more points. - (compute_glyph_metrics): Thanks to vertical phantom points we now - can always compute `advance_height' and `top_bearing'. - * src/truetype/ttobjs.h (TT_SubglyphRec): Add vertical phantom - points. - - - * src/autohint/ahglyph.c (ah_outline_load): Fix allocation of - `news'. - -2004-03-21 Werner Lemberg - - * src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c (BDF_Glyph_Load): Fix left side bearing. - -2004-03-20 Steve Hartwell - - * src/cache/ftcmru.c (FTC_MruList_RemoveSelection): Handle a NULL - value for `selection' as `select all'. - -2004-03-19 Steve Hartwell - - * src/sfnt/ttload.c (tt_face_load_sfnt_header): Reject face_index - values > 0 if loading non-TTC fonts. - - * src/base/ftmac.c (open_face_from_buffer): Set positive face_index - to zero before calling FT_Open_Face. - - * docs/CHANGES: Updated. - -2004-03-04 Werner Lemberg - - * Jamfile, vms_make.com, builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsp, - builds/win32/visualc/freetype/vcproj, include/freetype/ftmoderr.h: - Add LZW module. - - * Jamfile.in: Removed. - - * docs/CHANGES: Updated. - - * include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h: s/MIN/FT_MIN/, s/MAX/FT_MAX/, - s/ABS/FT_ABS/. Updated all callers. - - * src/type1/t1load.c (parse_dict), src/pcf/pcfdrivr.c - (PCF_Face_Init): Use FT_ERROR_BASE. - -2004-03-04 Albert Chin - - Add support for PCF fonts compressed with LZW (extension .pcf.Z, - created with `compress'). - - * include/freetype/config/ftoption.h, devel/ftoption.h - (FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_LZW): New macro. - - * include/freetype/ftlzw.h: New file. - * include/freetype/config/ftheader.h (FT_LZW_H): New macro for - ftlzw.h. - - * src/lzw/*: New files. - - * src/pcf/pcfdrivr.c: Include FT_LZW_H. - (PCF_Face_Init): Try LZW also. - - * src/gzip/ftgzip.c: s/0/Gzip_Err_Ok/ where appropriate. - Beautify. - -2004-03-03 Werner Lemberg - - * src/pshinter/pshalgo.c (psh_hint_table_init): Simplify code. - -2004-03-02 Werner Lemberg - - Add embedded bitmap support to CFF driver. - - * src/cff/cffobjs.h (CFF_SizeRec): New structure. - - * src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_builder_init): Updated. - (cff_slot_load): Updated. - [TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS]: Load sbit. - - * src/cff/cffobjs.c (sbit_size_reset) - [TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS]: New function. - (cff_size_get_globals_funcs, cff_size_done, cff_size_init): Updated. - (cff_size_reset): Updated. - [TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS]: Call sbit_size_reset. - - * src/cff/cffdrivr.c (Load_Glyph): Updated. - (cff_driver_class): Use CFF_SizeRec. - - * docs/CHANGES: Updated. - -2004-03-01 Werner Lemberg - - * src/pshinter/pshglob.c (psh_globals_scale_widths): Don't use - FT_RoundFix but FT_PIX_ROUND. - (psh_blues_snap_stem): Don't use blue_shift but blue_threshold. - - * src/pshinter/pshalgo.c (PSH_STRONG_THRESHOLD_MAXIMUM): New macro. - (psh_glyph_find_string_points): Use PSH_STRONG_THRESHOLD_MAXIMUM. - (psh_glyph_find_blue_points): New function. Needed for fonts like - p052003l.pfb (URW Palladio L Roman) which have flex curves at the - base line within blue zones, but the flex curves aren't covered by - hints. - (ps_hints_apply): Use psh_glyph_find_blue_points. - -2004-02-27 Garrick Meeker - - * builds/unix/configure.ac: Fix compiler flags for - `--with-old-mac-fonts'. - * builds/unix/configure: Regenerated. - - * src/base/ftmac.c: s/TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON/!TARGET_API_MAC_OS8/. - (FT_New_Face_From_Resource): New function. - (FT_New_Face): Use FT_New_Face_From_Resource. - (FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec): Use FT_New_Face_From_Resource. - [__MWERKS__]: Don't include FSp_fopen.h. - -2004-02-26 Werner Lemberg - - * src/pshinter/pshglob.c (psh_globals_new): Fix value of - `dim->stdw.count'. - Don't assign default values to blue scale and blue shift. - -2004-02-25 Werner Lemberg - - * docs/CHANGES: Updated. - -2004-02-25 Garrick Meeker - Steve Hartwell - - Improve MacOS fond support. Provide a new API - `FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec' similar to `FT_New_Face'. - - * src/base/ftmac.c [__MWERKS__]: Include FSp_fpopen.h. - STREAM_FILE [__MWERKS__]: New macro. - (ft_FSp_stream_close, ft_FSp_stream_io) [__MWERKS__]: New functions. - (file_spec_from_path) [__MWERKS__]: Updated #if statement. - (get_file_type, make_lwfn_spec): Use `const' for argument. - (is_dfont) [TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON]: Removed. - (count_face_sfnt, count_faces): New functions. - (parse_fond): Do some range checking. - (read_lwfn): Change type of second argument. - No longer call FSpOpenResFile. - (OpenFileAsResource): New function. - (FT_New_Face_From_LWFN): Use `const' for second argument. - Use OpenFileAsResource. - (FT_New_Face_From_Suitcase): Change type of second argument. - No longer call FSpOpenResFile. - Loop over all resource indices. - (FT_New_Face_From_dfont) [TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON]: Removed. - (FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name): Use `const' for first argument. - (ResourceForkSize): Removed. - (FT_New_Face): Updated to use new functions. - (FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec): New function. - - * include/freetype/ftmac.h: Updated. - -2004-02-24 Malcolm Taylor - - * src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_hinter_load) : - Handle case where outline->num_vedges is zero while computing hinted - metrics. - -2004-02-24 Gordon Childs - - * src/cff/cffcmap.c (cff_cmap_unicode_init): Provide correct value - for `count'. - -2004-02-24 Werner Lemberg - - * include/freetype/t1tables.h (PS_PrivateRec): Add - `expansion_factor'. - - * src/pshinter/pshglob (psh_blues_scale_zones): Fix computation - of blues->no_overshoots -- `blues_scale' is stored with a - magnification of 1000, and `scale' returns fractional pixels. - - * src/type1/t1load.c (T1_Open_Face): Initialize `blue_shift', - `blue_fuzz', `expansion_factor', and `blue_scale' according to the - Type 1 specification. - - * src/type1/t1tokens.h: Handle `ExpansionFactor'. - - * docs/CHANGES: Updated. - -2004-02-24 Masatake YAMATO - - Provide generic access to MacOS resource forks. - - * src/base/ftrfork.c, include/freetype/internal/ftrfork.h: New - files. - - * src/base/ftobjs.c: Include FT_INTERNAL_RFORK_H. - (Mac_Read_POST_Resource, Mac_Read_sfnt_Resource): Remove arguments - `resource_listoffset' and `resource_data' and adapt code - accordingly. These values are calculated outside of the function - now. - Add new argument `offsets'. - (IsMacResource): Use `FT_Raccess_Get_HeaderInfo' and - `FT_Raccess_Get_DataOffsets'. - (load_face_in_embedded_rfork): New function. - (load_mac_face): Use load_face_in_embedded_rfork. - (ft_input_stream_new): Renamed to... - (FT_Stream_New): This. Use FT_BASE_DEF. Updated all callers. - (ft_input_stream_free): Renamed to... - (FT_Stream_Free): This. Use FT_BASE_DEF. Updated all callers. - - * src/base/ftbase.c: Include ftrfork.c. - - * src/base/rules.mk (BASE_SRC), src/base/Jamfile: Updated. - - * include/freetype/internal/internal.h (FT_INTERNAL_RFORK_H): - New macro. - - * include/freetype/internal/fttrace.h: Added `rfork' as a new - trace definition. - - * include/freetype/internal/ftstream.h: Declare FT_Stream_New and - FT_Stream_Free. - - * include/freetype/config/ftoption.h, devel/ftoption.h - (FT_CONFIG_OPTION_GUESSING_EMBEDDED_RFORK): New option. - - * include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h (ft_strrchr): New macro. - -2004-02-23 Werner Lemberg - - * docs/CHANGES: Updated. - - * include/freetype/internal/ftdebug.h: Include FT_FREETYPE_H. - -2004-02-23 Masatake YAMATO - - Provide a simple API to control FreeType's tracing levels. - - * include/freetype/internal/ftdebug.h (FT_Trace_Get_Count, - FT_Trace_Get_Name): New declarations. - - * src/base/ftdebug.c (FT_Trace_Get_Count, FT_Trace_Get_Name): New - functions. - -2004-02-23 David Turner - - * src/autofit/afhints.c, src/autofit/afhints.h, - src/autofit/aflatin.c, src/autofit/afloader.c, src/types.h: Grave - bugs have been fixed. The auto-fitter works, doesn't crash, but - still produces unexpected results... - -2004-02-21 Werner Lemberg - - * src/pshinter/pshalgo.c (PSH_STRONG_THRESHOLD): Changed to hold - the accepted shift for strong points in fractional pixels (which - is a heuristic value). - (psh_glyph_find_strong_points): Compute threshold for - psh_hint_table_find_strong_points. - (psh_hint_table_find_strong_point): Add parameter to pass threshold. - -2004-02-20 Werner Lemberg - - * src/pshinter/pshrec.c (ps_mask_table_set_bits): Don't call - ps_mask_table_alloc but ps_mask_table_last. - (ps_hints_t2mask): Use correct position and number for vertical - and horizontal hinter mask bits. - - * docs/CHANGES: Updated. - -2004-02-19 Werner Lemberg - - * src/base/ftstroke.c (FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder): Fix enum handling. - * src/cff/cffdrivr.c (cff_get_cmap_info): Remove compiler warning. - -2004-02-18 Werner Lemberg - - * include/freetype/freetype.h: Document FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX properly. - - * src/base/ftglyph.c (ft_bitmap_glyph_class, - ft_outline_glyph_class): Tag with FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF. - - * src/smooth/ftsmooth.c (ft_smooth_render): Handle - FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT. - -2004-02-17 Werner Lemberg - - Fix callback functions in cache module. - - * src/cache/ftccback.h: New file for callback declarations. - - * src/cache/ftcbasic.c (ftc_basic_family_compare, - ftc_basic_family_init, ftc_basic_family_get_count, - ftc_basic_family_load_bitmap, ftc_basic_family_load_glyph, - ftc_basic_gnode_compare_faceid): Use FT_CALLBACK_DEF. - (ftc_basic_image_family_class, ftc_basic_image_cache_class, - ftc_basic_sbit_family_class, ftc_basic_sbit_cache_class): - Use FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF and local wrapper functions. - - * src/cache/ftccache.c: Include ftccback.h. - (ftc_cache_init, ftc_cache_done): New wrapper functions which use - FT_LOCAL_DEF. - - * src/cache/ftccmap.c: Include ftccback.h. - (ftc_cmap_cache_class): Use local wrapper functions. - - * src/cache/ftcglyph.c: Include ftccback.h. - (ftc_gnode_compare, ftc_gcache_init, ftc_gcache_done): New wrapper - functions which use FT_LOCAL_DEF. - - * src/cache/ftcimage.c: Include ftccback.h. - (ftc_inode_free, ftc_inode_new, ftc_inode_weight): New wrapper - functions which use FT_LOCAL_DEF. - - * src/cache/ftcmanag.c (ftc_size_list_class, ftc_face_list_class): - Use FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF. - - * src/cache;/ftcsbits.c: Include ftccback.h. - (ftc_snode_free, ftc_snode_new, ftc_snode_weight, - ftc_snode_compare): New wrapper functions which use FT_LOCAL_DEF. - - * src/cache/rules.mk (CACHE_DRV_H): Add ftccback.h. - -2004-02-17 Masatake YAMATO - - * include/freetype/ftmac.h (FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name): Fix a typo - (FT_EXPORT_DEF -> FT_EXPORT). - - * include/freetype/ftxf86.h (FT_Get_X11_Font_Format): Ditto. - -2004-02-15 Werner Lemberg - - * src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Set_Char_Size): Fix typo. - -2004-02-14 Masatake YAMATO - - * builds/unix/ftsystem.c: Include errno.h. - (ft_close_stream): Renamed to... - (ft_close_stream_by_munmap): This. - (ft_close_stream_by_free): New function. - (FT_Stream_Open): Use fallback method if mmap fails. - Use proper function for closing the stream. - -2004-02-14 Werner Lemberg - - * src/type1/t1load.c (parse_dict): Initialize `start_binary'. - -2004-02-13 Robert Etheridge - - * src/type42/t42objs.c (T42_Face_Init), src/type1/t1objs.c - (T1_Face_Init), src/cid/cidobjs.c (cid_face_init): Fix computation - of underline_position and underline_thickness. - -2004-02-12 Werner Lemberg - - * src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Set_Char_Size): Return immediately if - ppem values don't change. Suggested by Graham Asher. - -2004-02-11 Werner Lemberg - - * src/cid/cidload.c (cid_face_open): Always allocate - face->cid_stream so that we can deallocate it safely. - -2004-02-10 Werner Lemberg - - Make the PS parser more tolerant w.r.t. non-standard font data. In - general, an error is only reported in case of a syntax error; a - wrong type is now simply ignored (if possible). To be independent - of the order of various MM-specific keywords, the parse_shared_dict - routine has been removed -- the PS parser is now capable to skip - this data. It no longer fails on parsing e.g. - - dup /WeightVector exch def - - Since the token following /WeightVector isn't `[' (starting an - array) it is simply ignored. - - * include/freetype/fterrdef.h: Define `FT_Err_Ignore' (0xA2) as a - new internal error value. - - * src/type1/t1load.c (parse_blend_axis_types, - parse_blend_design_positions, parse_blend_design_map): Return - T1_Err_Ignore if no proper array is following the keyword. - (parse_weight_vector): Use T1_ToTokenArray, initializing `blend' - structure, if necessary. - Return T1_Err_Ignore if no proper array is following the keyword. - (parse_shared_dict): Removed. - (parse_encoding): Set parser->root.error to return T1_Err_Ignore - if no result can be obtained. - Check for errors before accessing `elements' array. - (t1_keywords): Remove /shareddict. - (parse_dict): Reset error if t1_load_keyword returns T1_Err_Ignore. - Set keyword_flag only in case of success. - Check error code if skipping an unrecognized token. - (T1_Open_Face) [!T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_MM_SUPPORT]: Call T1_Done_Blend - if blend commands haven't set up a proper MM font. - - * src/psaux/psobjs.c (ps_parser_load_field_table): Remove special - code for synthetic fonts. - Return PSaux_Err_Ignore if no proper value has been found. - -2004-02-09 Werner Lemberg - - * src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_decoder_parse_charstrings) - : Preserve glyph width before calling - cff_operator_seac. - -2004-02-09 Martin Muskens - - * src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_decoder_parse_charstrings): Handle special - first argument for `hintmask' and `cntrmask' operators also. - -2004-02-08 Werner Lemberg - - * builds/unix/configure.in: Call AC_SUBST for `enable_shared', - `hardcode_libdir_flag_spec', and `wl'. - * builds/unix/configure: Regenerated. - - * builds/unix/freetype-config.in: Make --prefix and --exec-prefix - actually work. - Report a proper --rpath (or -R) value for --libs argument if a - shared library has been built. - - * docs/CHANGES: Updated. - -2004-02-07 Keith Packard - - * src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c (BDF_Face_Init, BDF_Set_Pixel_Size): Fix - computation of various vertical and horizontal metric values. - - * src/pcfdrivr.c (PCF_Set_Pixel_Size), src/pcfread (pcf_load_font): - Ditto. - -2004-02-07 Werner Lemberg - - * builds/win32/visualc/index.html, - builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsp, - builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsw, docs/CHANGES: Updated. - -2004-02-07 Vitaliy Pasternak - - * builds/win32/visualc/freetype.sln, - builds/win32/visualc/freetype.vcproj: New files for VS.NET 2003. - -2004-02-03 Werner Lemberg - - * include/freetype/cache/ftccache.h (FTC_CACHE_LOOKUP_CMP): - Initialize `node'. - * src/type1/t1load.c (parse_dict): Initialize `have_integer'. - -2004-02-02 Werner Lemberg - - * src/type1/t1load.c (parse_dict): Handle `RD' and `-|' commands - outside of /Subrs or /CharStrings. This can happen if there is - additional code manipulating those two arrays so that FreeType - doesn't recognize them properly. - (T1_Open_Face): Improve an error message. - -2004-02-01 Werner Lemberg - - * src/type1/t1load.c (parse_charstrings): Exit immediately if - there are no elements in /CharStrings. This is needed for fonts - like Optima-Oblique which not only define /CharStrings but access it - also. - -2004-02-01 David Turner - - * src/sfnt/Jamfile: Removing `ttcmap' from the list of sources. - - * include/freetype/cache/ftccache.h (FTC_CACHE_LOOKUP_CMP) - : Provide macro version which doesn't use inline code. - * include/freetype/cache/ftcglyph.h (FTC_GCACHE_LOOKUP_CMP) - : Ditto. - Use FTC_MRULIST_LOOKUP_CMP. - * include/freetype/cache/ftcmru.h (FTC_MRULIST_LOOKUP_CMP): New - macro. - (FTC_MRULIST_LOOKUP): Use it. - - * src/cache/Jamfile (_sources), src/cache/descrip.mms: Updated. - * src/cache/ftcbasic.c: Fix compiler warnings. - * src/cache/ftcmanag.c (FTC_Manager_LookupSize, - FTC_Manager_LookupFace) : Use FTC_MRULIST_LOOKUP_CMP. - * src/cache/ftcmru.c (FTC_MruList_Find): Fix a bug (found after - heavy testing). - - * Jamfile: Updating `refdoc' target, and adding `autohint' to the - list of modules to build. Both the autohinter and autofitter will - be built by default. But which one will be used is determined by - the content of `ftmodule.h'. - - * src/autofit/*: Many updates, but the code is still buggy... - -2004-01-31 Werner Lemberg - - * src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_operator_seac): Fix magnitude of - accent offset. - Update code similarly to the seac support for Type 1 fonts. - (cff_decoder_parse_charstrings) : Fix magnitude - of accent offset. - Don't hint glyphs twice if seac is emulated. - : Assign correct point tags. - * docs/CHANGES: Updated. - -2004-01-30 Werner Lemberg - - * src/type1/t1parse.c (T1_Get_Private_Dict): Use FT_MEM_MOVE, not - FT_MEM_COPY, for copying the private dict. - - * src/type1/t1load.c (parse_subrs): Assign number of subrs only - in first run. - (parse_charstrings): Parse /CharStrings in second run without - assigning values. - (parse_dict): Skip all /CharStrings arrays but the first. We need - this for non-standard fonts like `Optima' which have different - outlines depending on the resolution. Note that there is no - guarantee that we get fitting /Subrs and /CharStrings arrays; this - can only be done by a real PS interpreter. - -2004-01-29 Antoine Leca - - * builds/win32/visualc/index.html: New file, giving detailed - explanations about forcing CR+LF line endings for the VC++ project - files. - -2004-01-22 Garrick Meeker - - * src/cff/cffload.c (cff_subfont_load): Initialize `dict'. - -2004-01-22 Werner Lemberg - - Add support for the hexadecimal representation of binary data - started with `StartData' in CID-keyed Type 1 fonts. - - * include/freetype/internal/t1types.h (CID_FaceRec): Add new - members `binary_data' and `cid_stream'. - - * src/cid/cidload.c (cid_read_subrs): Use `face->cid_stream'. - (cid_hex_to_binary): New auxiliary function. - (cid_face_open): Add new argument `face_index' to return quickly - if less than zero. Updated all callers. - Call `cid_hex_to_binary', then open and assign memory stream to - `face->cid_stream' if `parser->binary_length' is non-zero. - * src/cid/cidload.h: Updated. - - * src/cid/cidobjs.c (cid_face_done): Free `binary_data' and - `cid_stream'. - - * src/cid/cidparse.c (cid_parser_new): Check arguments to - `StartData' and set parser->binary_length accordingly. - * src/cid/cidparse.h (CID_Parser): New member `binary_length'. - - * src/cid/cidgload.c (cid_load_glyph): Use `face->cid_stream'. - - * docs/CHANGES: Updated. - -2004-01-21 Werner Lemberg - - include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h (ft_atoi): Replaced with... - (ft_atol): This. - * src/base/ftdbgmem.c: s/atol/ft_atol/. - * src/type42/t42drivr.c: s/ft_atoi/ft_atol/. - -2004-01-20 Masatake YAMATO - - * include/freetype/ftcache.h: Delete duplicated definition of - FTC_FaceID. - - * src/cff/cffdrivr.c (cff_get_cmap_info): Call sfnt module's TT CMap - Info service function if the cmap comes from sfnt. Return 0 if the - cmap is sythesized in cff module. - -2004-01-20 David Turner - - * src/cache/ftcmanag.c (ftc_size_node_compare): Call - FT_Activate_Size. - -2004-01-20 Werner Lemberg - - * src/type1/t1parse.c (T1_Get_Private_Dict): Skip exactly one - CR, LF, or CR/LF after `eexec'. - -2004-01-18 David Turner - - * src/sfnt/ttsbit.c (tt_face_set_sbit_strike): Remove compiler - warning. - - * src/tools/docmaker/*: Updating beautifier tool. - -2004-01-15 David Turner - - * src/base/ftoutln.c (ft_orientation_extremum_compute): Fix - infinite loop bug. - - * include/freetype/ftstroke.h: Include FT_GLYPH_H. - (FT_Stroker_Rewind, FT_Glyph_Stroke, FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder): New - declarations. - - * src/base/ftstroke.c: Include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H. - (FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder): Inverse result. - (FT_Stroker_Rewind, FT_Glyph_Stroke, FT_GlyphStrokeBorder): New - functions. - (FT_Stroker_EndSubPath): Close path if needed. - (FT_Stroker_Set, FT_Stroker_ParseOutline): Use FT_Stroker_Rewind. - - * include/freetype/cache/ftcmanag.h (FTC_ScalerRec, - FTC_Manager_LookupSize): Moved to... - * include/freetype/ftcache.h (FTC_ScalerRec, - FTC_Manager_LookupSize): Here. - - * src/tools/docmaker/docbeauty.py: New file to beautify the - documentation comments (e.g., to convert them to single block border - mode). - * src/tools/docmaker/docmaker.py (file_exists, make_file_list): - Moved to... - * src/tools/docmaker/utils.py (file_exists, make_file_list): Here. - -2004-01-14 David Turner - - * include/freetype/internal/ftmemory.h (FT_ARRAY_COPY, - FT_ARRAY_MOVE): New macros to make copying arrays easier. - Updated all relevant code to use them. - -2004-01-14 Werner Lemberg - - * src/cff/cffload.c (cff_font_load): Load charstrings_index earlier. - Use number of charstrings as argument to CFF_Load_FD_Select (as - documented in the CFF specs). - -2004-01-13 Graham Asher - - * src/pshinter/pshalgo.c (psh_glyph_init): Move assignment of - `glyph->memory' up to free arrays properly in case of failure. - -2004-01-10 Masatake YAMATO - - Make `FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID' work with CFF. Bug reported by - Steve Hartwell . - - * src/cff/cffdrivr.c: Include FT_SERVICE_TT_CMAP_H. - (cff_services): Added an entry for FT_SERVICE_ID_TT_CMAP. - (cff_get_cmap_info): New function. - (cff_service_get_cmap_info) New entry for cff_services. - - * src/sfnt/ttcmap0.c: Exit loop after a format match has been found. - Suggested by Steve Hartwell . - -2004-01-03 Masatake YAMATO - - * src/base/ftobjs.c (destroy_charmaps): New function. - (destroy_face, open_face): Use `destroy_charmaps'. - -2004-01-01 Werner Lemberg - - * docs/CHANGES: Updated. - -2004-01-01 Michael Jansson - - * src/winfonts/winfnt.c (FNT_Size_Set_Pixels): Fix sign of - size->metrics.descender. - -2003-12-31 Wolfgang Domröse - - * src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_decoder_parse_charstrings) - [FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE]: Use `%ld' in FT_TRACE4. - : Change type of dx and dy to FT_Pos and remove - cast for accessing arguments. - -2003-12-31 Werner Lemberg - - * src/truetype/ttgload.c (TT_Load_Simple_Glyph): Revert previous - change. It's not necessary. - -2003-12-29 Smith Charles - - * src/truetype/ttgload.c (TT_Load_Simple_Glyph): Handle `repeated - flags set' correctly. - -2003-12-29 Werner Lemberg - - * src/cff/cffobjs.c (cff_face_init): Fix memory leak by deallocating - `full' and `weight' properly. - * src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_decoder_parse_charstrings) - [FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE]: Use `0x' as prefix for - tracing output. - -2003-12-26 Werner Lemberg - - * include/freetype/internal/sfnt.h (TT_Set_SBit_Strike_Func): - Use FT_UInt for ppem values. - * src/sfnt/ttsbit.c (tt_face_set_sbit_strike): Use FT_UInt for - ppem values. - * src/sfnt/ttsbit.h: Updated. - - * src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes): Don't allow ppem values - larger than -0FFFF. - -2003-12-25 Werner Lemberg - - * src/base/fttrigon.c, src/base/ftgloadr.c: Inlude - FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H. - - * src/base/ftstroke.c (FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder, - FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder): s/or/o/ to make it compile with - C++ compilers. - - * src/cache/ftcmru.c, include/freetype/cache/ftcmru.h: - s/select/selection/ to avoid compiler warning. - * src/cff/cffload.h: s/select/ftselect/ to avoid potential - compiler warning. - -2003-12-24 Werner Lemberg - - * src/cache/ftcsbits.c (FTC_SNode_Weight): - s/FTC_SBIT_ITEM_PER_NODE/FTC_SBIT_ITEMS_PER_NODE/. - -2003-12-24 David Turner - - * Fixed compilation problems in the cache sub-system. - - * Partial updates to src/autofit. - - * Jamfile (FT2_COMPONENTS): Add autofit module. - -2003-12-23 Werner Lemberg - - * src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_lookup_glyph_by_stdcharcode): Handle - CID-keyed fonts. - -2003-12-23 David Turner - - * include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h (FT_PAD_FLOOR, FT_PAD_ROUND, - FT_PAD_CEIL, FT_PIX_FLOOR, FT_PIX_ROUND, FT_CEIL): New macros. They - are used to avoid compiler warnings with very pedantic compilers. - Note that `(x) & -64' causes a warning if (x) is not signed. Use - `(x) & ~63' instead! - Updated all related code. - - Add support for extraction of `inside' and `outside' borders. - - * src/base/ftstroke.c (FT_StrokerBorder): New enumeration. - (FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder, FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder, - FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts, FT_Stroker_ExportBorder): New functions. - (FT_StrokeBorderRec): New boolean member `valid'. - (ft_stroke_border_get_counts): Updated. - * include/freetype/ftstroke.h: Updated. - -2003-12-22 Werner Lemberg - - * include/freetype/ftwinfnt.h (FT_WinFNT_ID_*): New definitions - to describe the `charset' field in FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec. - * src/winfonts/winfnt.c (FNT_Face_Init): Set encoding to - FT_ENCODING_NONE except for FT_WinFNT_ID_MAC. - - * include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_Encoding): Improve comment, - based on work by Detlef Würkner . - - * docs/CHANGES: Updated. - -2003-12-22 David Turner - - * include/freetype/ftcache.h, - include/freetype/cache/ftcmanag.h, - include/freetype/cache/ftccache.h, - include/freetype/cache/ftcmanag.h, - include/freetype/cache/ftcmru.h (added), - include/freetype/cache/ftlru.h (removed), - include/freetype/cache/ftcsbits.h, - include/freetype/cache/ftcimage.h, - include/freetype/cache/ftcglyph.h, - src/cache/ftcmru.c, - src/cache/ftcmanag.c, - src/cache/ftccache.c, - src/cache/ftcglyph.c, - src/cache/ftcimage.c, - src/cache/ftcsbits.c, - src/cache/ftccmap.c, - src/cache/ftcbasic.c (added), - src/cache/ftclru.c (removed): - - *Complete* rewrite of the cache sub-system to `solve' the - following points: - - - all public APIs have been moved to FT_CACHE_H, everything - under `include/freetype/cache' is only needed by client - applications that want to implement their own caches - - - a new function named FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID to deal - with the uninstallation of FaceIDs - - - the image and sbit cache are now abstract classes, that - can be extended much more easily by client applications - - - better performance in certain areas. Further optimizations - to come shortly anyway... - - - the FTC_CMapCache_Lookup function has changed its signature, - charmaps can now only be retrieved by index - - - FTC_Manager_Lookup_Face => FTC_Manager_LookupFace - FTC_Manager_Lookup_Size => FTC_Manager_LookupSize (still in - private header for the moment) - -2003-12-21 Werner Lemberg - - * src/type1/t1load.c (parse_dict): Stop parsing if `eexec' keyword - is encountered. - -2003-12-19 Werner Lemberg - - * src/cff/cfftypes.h (CFF_MAX_CID_FONTS): Increase to 32. For - example, the Japanese Hiragino font already contains 15 subfonts. - - * src/cff/cffload.c (cff_font_load): Deallocate `sids' array for - CID-keyed fonts. - - * devel/ftoption.h: Define FT_DEBUG_MEMORY. - -2003-12-18 Werner Lemberg - - * include/freetype/ttnameid.h (TT_ADOBE_ID_LATIN_1): New macro. - * src/type1/t1objs.c (T1_Face_Init): Use TT_ADOBE_ID* values. - -2003-12-18 Werner Lemberg - - * src/cff/cfftypes.h (CFF_FontRecDictRec): Change type of - `cid_count' to `FT_ULong'. - - * src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_slot_load): Take care of empty `cids' - array. - - * src/cff/cffload.c (cff_charset_done): Free `cids' array. - (cff_font_load): Create cids array only for CID-keyed fonts which - are subsetted. - - * src/cff/cffobjs.c (cff_face_init): Check the availability of - the PSNames modules for non-pure CFFs also. - Set FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES for a non-pure CFF also if it isn't - CID-keyed. - - * src/cff/rules.mk (CFF_DRV_H): Add cfftypes.h. - -2003-12-17 Werner Lemberg - - * src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (sfnt_init_face): Don't set - FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES if the font contains a version 3.0 `post' - table. - - * docs/CHANGES: Updated. - -2003-12-17 Masatake YAMATO - - Add new function FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID to extract the language ID - for TrueType/sfnt fonts. - - * include/freetype/internal/services/svttcmap.h: New file. - * include/freetype/internal/ftserv.h (FT_SERVICE_TT_CMAP_H): Add - svttcmap.h. - - * src/sfnt/sfdriver.c: Include ttcmap0.h. - (tt_service_get_cmap_info): New service. - (sfnt_services): Updated. - - * src/sfnt/ttcmap0.c (tt_cmap*_get_info): New functions. - (tt_cmap*_class_rec): Add tt_cmap*_get_info members. - (tt_get_cmap_info): New function. - * src/sfnt/ttcmap0.h: Include FT_SERVICE_TT_CMAP_H. - (TT_CMap_ClassRec): New field `get_cmap_info'. - (tt_get_cmap_info): New declaration. - - * src/base/ftobjs.c: Include FT_SERVICE_TT_CMAP_H. - (FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID): New function implementation. - * include/freetype/tttables.h (FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID): New - function declaration. - -2003-12-16 Werner Lemberg - - * src/sfnt/ttcmap.c, src/sfnt/ttcmap.h: Removed. Obsolete. - - * include/freetype/internal/sfnt.h (SFNT_Interface): Remove - obsolete fields `load_charmap' and `free_charmap'. - (TT_CharMap_Load_Func, TT_CharMap_Free_Func): Removed. - * src/sfnt/sfnt.c: Don't include ttcmap.c. - * src/sfnt/rules.mk (SFNT_DRV_SRC): Don't include ttcmap.c. - * src/sfnt/ttload.c: Don't include ttcmap.h. - * src/sfnt/sfdriver.c: Don't include ttcmap.h. - (sfnt_interface): Updated. - - * include/freetype/internal/tttypes.h (TT_TableDirRec, - TT_CMapDirRec, TT_CMapDirEntryRec, TT_CMap0, TT_CMap2SubHeaderRec, - TT_CMap2Rec, TT_CMap4Segment, TT_CMap4Rec, TT_CMap6, - TT_CMapGroupRec, TT_CMap8_12Rec, TT_CMap10Rec, TT_CharMap_Func, - TT_CharNext_Func, TT_CMapTableRec, TT_CharMapRec): Removed. - Obsolete. - * src/cff/cffobjs.h (CFF_CharMapRec): Removed. Obsolete. - -2003-12-15 Werner Lemberg - - * docs/CHANGES: Updated. - -2003-12-15 Wolfgang Domröse - - * builds/atari/*: New directory for building FreeType 2 on Atari - with the PureC compiler. - -2003-12-12 Wolfgang Domröse - - * src/type1/t1gload.c (T1_Parse_Glyph_And_Get_Char_String): Add - cast. - * src/cff/cffdrivr.c (cff_ps_has_glyph_names): Assure that return - value is either 0 or 1. - -2003-12-12 Werner Lemberg - - * src/cff/cffdrivr.c (cff_get_glyph_name): Improve error message. - (cff_get_name_index): Return if no PSNames service is available. - (cff_ps_has_glyph_names): Handle CID-keyed fonts correctly. - * src/cff/cfftypes.h (CFF_CharsetRec): New field `cids', used for - CID-keyed fonts. This is the inverse mapping of `sids'. - * src/cff/cffload.c (cff_charset_load): New argument `invert'. - Initialize charset->cids if `invert' is set. - (cff_font_load): In call to cff_charset_load, set `invert' to true - for CID-keyed fonts. - * src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_slot_load): Handle glyph index as CID - and map it to the real glyph index. - - * docs/CHANGES: Updated. - -2003-12-11 Werner Lemberg - - * src/cff/cffobjs.c (cff_face_init): Don't set - FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES for CID-keyed fonts. - Don't construct a cmap for CID-keyed fonts. - -2003-12-10 Werner Lemberg - - Use implementation specific SID value 0xFFFF to indicate that - a dictionary element is missing. - - * src/cff/cffload.c (cff_subfont_load): Initialize all fields - which hold SIDs to 0xFFFF. - (cff_index_get_sid_string): Handle SID value 0xFFFF. - Handle case where `psnames' is zero. - (cff_font_load): Updated. - Don't load encoding for CID-keyed CFFs. - - * src/cff/cffobjs.c (cff_face_init): Updated. - Don't check for PSNames module if font is CID-keyed. - Compute style name properly (using the same algorithm as in the - CID driver). - Fix computation of style flags. - - * src/cff/cfftoken.h: Comment out handling of base_font_name. - Rename `postscript' field to `embedded_postscript' - * src/cff/cfftypes.h (CFF_FontRecDictRec): Remove `base_font_name' - and `postscript'. - -2003-12-10 Detlef Würkner - - * src/pcf/pcfdrivr.c (pcf_get_charset_id): New function (a clone - of the similar BDF function). - (pcf_service_bdf): Use it. - -2003-12-09 Werner Lemberg - - * src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (sfnt_load_face): Set FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES - only if a `post' table is present. - -2003-12-09 George Williams - - * src/base/ftobjs.c (load_mac_face): Recent versions of Linux - support Mac's HFS+ file system, thus enable code to read /rsrc on - non-Macintosh platforms also. - -2003-12-08 Werner Lemberg - - * include/freetype/internal/psaux.h (PS_TableRec): Change type - of `lengths' to FT_PtrDist. - (T1_DecoderRec): Change type of `subrs_len' to FT_PtrDist. - * include/freetype/internal/t1types.h (T1_FontRec): Change type - of `subrs_len' and `charstrings_len' to FT_PtrDist. - - * src/base/ftobjs.c (Mac_Read_POST_Resource): Replace `junk' - variable with better solution. - (IsMacResource): Remove unused variable `map_len'. - Replace `junk' variable with better solution. - (FT_Open_Face) [!FT_MACINTOSH]: Add conditional - FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS. - -2003-12-08 Wolfgang Domröse - - * src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_hinter_hint_edges, - ah_hinter_align_strong_points): Add some casts. - - * src/base/ftoutln.c (FT_OrientationExtremumRec): Change type - of `pos' to FT_Long. - - * src/base/ftobjs.c (Mac_Read_POST_Resource, - Mac_Read_sfnt_Resource): Change type of `len' to FT_Long. - - * src/type42/t42parse.c (t42_parse_dict): Add cast for `n_keywords'. - -2003-12-07 Werner Lemberg - - * docs/raster.txt: New file, taken from FreeType 1 and completely - revised. - -2003-12-04 Masatake YAMATO - - * src/type1/t1driver.c (Get_Interface): Remove FT_UNUSED for - t1_interface. t1_interface is used. - -2003-11-27 David Turner - - * src/pfr/pfrdrivr.c (pfr_get_metrics): Revert incorrect change of - 2003-11-23: For PFR fonts, metrics->x_scale and metrics->y_scale are - the scaling values for outline units, not for metric units. - -2003-11-25 Werner Lemberg - - * src/base/ftcalc.c, include/freetype/internal/ftcalc.h - (FT_MulDiv_No_Round): Surround code with `#ifdef - TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER ... #endif'. - -2003-11-23 Werner Lemberg - - * src/base/ftcalc.c (FT_MulDiv_No_Round): New function (32 and - 64 bit version). - * include/freetype/internal/ftcalc.h: Updated. - - * src/truetype/ttinterp.c (TT_MULDIV_NO_ROUND): New macro. - (TT_INT64): Removed. - (DO_DIV): Use TT_MULDIV_NO_ROUND. - - * src/pfr/pfrdrivr.c (pfr_get_metrics): Directly use - metrics->x_scale and metrics->y_scale. - -2003-11-22 Rogier van Dalen - - * src/truetype/ttinterp.c (CUR_Func_move_orig): New macro. - (Direct_Move_Orig, Direct_Move_Orig_X, Direct_Move_Orig_Y): New - functions. Similar to Direct_Move, Direct_Move_X, and - Direct_Move_Y but without touching. - (Compute_Funcs): Use new functions. - - (Round_None, Round_To_Grid, Round_To_Half_Grid, Round_Down_To_Grid, - Round_Up_To_Grid, Round_To_Double_Grid, Round_Super, - Round_Super_45): Fix rounding of value zero. - - (DO_DIV): Don't use TT_MULDIV. - - (Ins_SHC): This instruction actually touches the points. - (Ins_MSIRP): Fix undocumented behaviour. - - * src/truetype/ttinterp.h (TT_ExecContextRec): Updated. - -2003-11-22 Werner Lemberg - - * docs/VERSION.DLL, docs/CHANGES: Updated. - - * src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Set_Char_Size): Make metrics->x_scale and - metrics->y_scale really precise. - - (FT_Load_Glyph): Update computation of linearHoriAdvance and - linearVertAdvance. - - * src/truetype/ttinterp.c (Update_Max): Use FT_REALLOC. - -2003-11-22 David Turner - - * src/autofit/*: More updates. - - * include/freetype/freetype.h (FREETYPE_PATCH): Set to 8. - * builds/unix/configure.ac (version_info): Set to 9:6:3. - * README: Updated. - -2003-11-13 John A. Boyd Jr. - - * src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c (bdf_interpret_style), src/pcf/pcfread.c - (pcf_interpret_style): Replace spaces with dashes in properties - SETWIDTH_NAME and ADD_STYLE_NAME to simplify parsing. - -2003-11-11 Werner Lemberg - - * docs/CHANGES: Updated. - -2003-11-11 John A. Boyd Jr. - - Handle SETWIDTH_NAME and ADD_STYLE_NAME properties for BDF and PCF - fonts. - - * src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c (bdf_interpret_style): New auxiliary function. - (BDF_Face_Init): Don't handle style properties but call - bdf_interpret_style. - - * src/pcf/pcfread.c (pcf_interpret_style): New auxiliary function. - (pcf_load_font): Don't handle style properties but call - pcf_interpret_style. - -2003-11-07 Werner Lemberg - - - * Version 2.1.7 released. - ========================= - - - * include/freetype/freetype.h (FREETYPE_PATCH): Set to 7. - - * builds/unix/ft2unix.h: Fix comments. - - * builds/unix/ftconfig.in: Synchronized with ANSI version. - Use `#undef' in templates as recommended in the autoconf - documentation. - Since real `#undef' lines don't survive during configuration, use - `/undef' instead; the postprocessing facility of the - AC_CONFIG_HEADERS autoconf macro converts them to `#undef'. - - * builds/unix/install.mk (install): Install Unix version of - `ftconfig.h'. - - * builds/unix/unix-cc.in (CFLAGS): Set FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H macro - to include the correct `ftconfig.h' file. - - * builds/unix/ft-munmap.m4 (FT_MUNMAP_DECL): Removed. - (FT_MUNMAP_PARAM): Updated syntax to autoconf 2.59. - - * builds/unix/freetype2.m4: Updated syntax to autoconf 2.59. - - * builds/unix/configure.ac: Use AC_CONFIG_HEADERS instead of - AC_CONFIG_HEADER to create ftconfig.h, and use second argument - to replace `/undef' with `#undef'. - Don't use FT_MUNMAP_DECL but AC_CHECK_DECLS to check for munmap. - Use AS_HELP_STRING in AC_ARG_WITH. - Update syntax to autoconf 2.59. - - * builds/unix/ltmain.sh: Regenerated with `libtoolize --force - --copy' from libtool 1.5. - * builds/unix/aclocal.m4: Regenerated with `aclocal -I .' from - automake 1.7.8. - * builds/unix/configure: Regenerated with autoconf 2.59. - * builds/unix/config.guess, builds/unix/config.sub: Updated from - `config' CVS module at subversions.gnu.org - * builds/unix/install-sh, builds/unix/mkinstalldirs: Updated from - `texinfo' CVS module at subversions.gnu.org. - - * builds/vms/ftconfig.h: Synchronized with ANSI version. - - * docs/CUSTOMIZE: Fix documentation error. - * docs/CHANGES, docs/VERSION.DLL, docs/release: Updated. - - * builds/freetype.mk (refdoc): Updated --title. - -2003-11-07 David Turner - - - * Version 2.1.6 released. - ========================= - - - * install: Removed. Obsolete. - -2003-11-04 Werner Lemberg - - * src/sfnt/sfdriver.c: Include FT_SERVICE_SFNT_H. - (sfnt_service_sfnt_table): New service. - (sfnt_services): Updated. - - * docs/license.txt: Reworded. - -2003-11-03 Werner Lemberg - - * include/freetype/*: Add a guard to all public header files which - load FT_FREETYPE_H to reject freetype.h from FreeType 1. - -2003-11-02 Patrick Welche - - * builds/unix/freetype2.m4, builds/unix/ft-munmap.m4: Protect - first argument of AC_DEFUN with brackets to avoid possible - expansion. - -2003-11-02 Werner Lemberg - - * include/freetype/cache/ftcglyph.h: Don't include stddef.h. - - * include/freetype/freetype.h: Fix check for ft2build.h. - -2003-11-01 Werner Lemberg - - * include/freetype/freetype.h: Check that ft2build.h has been - loaded first. - - * src/base/fttype1.c (FT_Get_PS_Font_Info): Fix incorrectly applied - patch. - -2003-10-31 Detlef Würkner - - * src/base/fttype1.c (FT_Get_PS_Font_Info, FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names): - Fix parameter order in calls to FT_FACE_FIND_SERVICE. - -2003-10-31 Werner Lemberg - - * include/freetype/internal/ftserv.h - (FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H): Removed. Unused. - - * src/type42/t42drivr.c (t42_services): Updated. - -2003-10-29 David Turner - - * include/freetype/internal/bdftypes.h: Removed. Obsolete. - * src/base/ftbdf.c: Updated. - - * include/freetype/internal/cfftypes.h: Moved to... - * src/cff/cfftypes.h: This place since no other module needs to - know about those types. - - * include/freetype/internal/t42types.h: Moved to... - * src/type42/t42types.h: This place since no other module needs to - know about those types. - - * include/freetype/internal/services/svbdf.h: Include FT_BDF_H. - - * include/freetype/internal/services/svpsname.h: Renamed to... - * include/freetype/internal/services/svpscmap.h: This. - Updated `FT_Service_PsNames' -> `FT_Service_PsCMaps' and - `POSTSCRIPT_NAMES' -> `POSTSCRIPT_CMAPS' everywhere. - - * include/freetype/internal/services/svpsinfo.h: New file, providing - PostScript info service. - - * include/freetype/internal/ftserv.h (FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_CMAPS_H, - FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_INFO_H): New macros for svpscmap.h and - svpsinfo.h. - * include/freetype/internal/internal.h (FT_INTERNAL_TYPE42_TYPES_H, - FT_INTERNAL_CFF_TYPES_H, FT_INTERNAL_BDF_TYPES_H): Removed. - - * src/base/fttype1.c: Don't include FT_INTERNAL_TYPE1_TYPES_H and - FT_INTERNAL_TYPE42_TYPES_H but FT_INTERNAL_SERVICE_H and - FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_INFO_H. - (FT_Get_PS_Font_Info, FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names): Use new - POSTSCRIPT_INFO service. - - * src/cff/cffdrivr.c: Include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_INFO_H. - (cff_ps_has_glyph_names): New function. - (cff_service_ps_info): New service. - (cff_services): Updated. - - * src/cff/cffload.h, src/cff/cffobjs.h, src/cff/cffparse.h: Don't - include FT_INTERNAL_CFF_TYPES_H but cfftypes.h directly. - - * src/cif/cidriver.c: Include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_INFO_H. - (cid_ps_get_font_info): New function. - (cid_service_ps_info): New service. - (cid_services): Updated. - - * src/type1/t1driver.c: Include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_INFO_H. - (t1_ps_get_font_info, t1_ps_has_glyph_names): New functions. - (t1_service_ps_info): New service. - (t1_services): Updated. - - * src/type42/t42drivr.c: Include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_INFO_H. - (t42_ps_get_font_info, t42_ps_has_glyph_names): New functions. - (t42_service_ps_info): New service. - - * src/type42/t42objs.h: Don't include FT_INTERNAL_TYPE42_TYPES_H - but t42types.h directly. - - * src/psnames/psmodule.c (psnames_interface, psnames_services): - Renamed to... - (pscmaps_interface, pscmaps_services): This. - Updated all users. - - - * src/gzip/infblock.c (inflate_blocks): Remove compiler warning. - -2003-10-22 Werner Lemberg - - * src/type1/t1load.c (parse_encoding): Handle `/Encoding [ ... ]'. - - * src/type1/t1parse.c (T1_Get_Private_Dict): Test whether `eexec' - is real. - - * src/type42/t42parse.c (t42_parse_encoding): Improve boundary - checking while parsing. - - * docs/CHANGES: Updated. - -2003-10-21 Josselin Mouette - - * include/freetype/internal/t1types.h (T1_FontRec): `paint_type' - and `stroke_width' aren't pointers. - - * src/type42/t42objs.c (T42_Face_Done), src/type1/t1objs.c - (T1_Face_Done): Don't free `paint_type' and `stroke_width'. - -2003-10-20 Graham Asher - - * src/winfonts/winfnt.c (fnt_cmap_class): Fix position of `const'. - -2003-10-19 Werner Lemberg - - * src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_hinter_load_glyph): Patch from - 2003-08-18 introduced a severe bug (FT_Render_Glyph was called - twice under some circumstances, causing strange results). This - is fixed now by clearing the FT_LOAD_RENDER bit of `load_flags'. - - * src/base/ftpfr.c (FT_Get_PFR_Metrics): Initialize `error'. - * src/psaux/psobjs.c (ps_tobytes): Initialize `n'. - * src/type42/t42parse.c (t42_parse_sfnts): Initialize `string_size'. - -2003-10-16 Werner Lemberg - - Completely revised Type 42 parser. It now handles both fonts - produced with ttftot42 (tested version 0.3.1) and - TrueTypeToType42.ps (tested version May 2001; it is necessary to - fix the broken header comment to be `%!PS-TrueTypeFont...'). - - * src/type42/t42objs.c (T42_GlyphSlot_Load): Change fourth - parameter to `FT_UInt'. - * src/type42/t42objs.h: Updated. - - * src/type42/t42parse.h (T42_ParserRec): Change type of `in_memory' - to FT_Bool. - (T42_Loader): Change type of `num_chars' and `num_glyphs' to - FT_UInt. - Add `swap_table' element. - * src/type42/t42parse.c (T42_KEYWORD_COUNT, T1_ToFixed, - T1_ToCoordArray, T1_ToTokenArray): Removed. - (T1_ToBytes): New macro. - (t42_is_alpha, t42_hexval): Removed. - (t42_is_space): Handle `\0'. - (t42_parse_encoding): Updated to use new PostScript parser routines - from psaux. - Handle `/Encoding [ ... ]' also. - (T42_Load_Status): New enumeration. - (t42_parse_sfnts): Updated to use new PostScript parser routines - from psaux. - (t42_parse_charstrings): Updated to use new PostScript parser - routines from psaux. - Handle `/CharStrings << ... >>' also. - Don't expect that /.notdef is the first element in dictionary. Copy - code from type1 module to handle this. - (t42_parse_dict): Updated to use new PostScript parser routines - from psaux. - Remove code for synthetic fonts (which can't occur in Type 42 - fonts). - (t42_loader_done): Release `swap_table'. - - * src/psaux/psobjs.c (skip_string): Increase `cur' properly. - - * src/type1/t1load.c (parse_charstrings): Make test for `.notdef' - faster. - -2003-10-15 Graham Asher - - * src/autohint/ahglobal.c (blue_chars), src/winfonts/winfnt.c - (fnt_cmap_class_rec, fnt_cmap_class), src/bdf/bdflib.c (empty, - _num_bdf_properties), src/gzip/infutil.c (inflate_mask), - src/gzip/inffixed.h (fixed_bl, fixed_bd, fixed_tl, fixed_td), - src/gzip/inftrees.h (inflate_trees_fixed), srf/gzip/inftrees.c - (inflate_trees_fixed): Decorate with more `const' to avoid - writable global variables which are disallowed on ARM. - -2003-10-08 Werner Lemberg - - * src/type1/t1load.c (parse_font_matrix, parse_charstrings): Remove - code specially for synthetic fonts; this is handled elsewhere. - (parse_encoding): Remove code specially for synthetic fonts; this is - handled elsewhere. - Improve boundary checking while parsing. - (parse_dict): Improve boundary checking while parsing. - Use ft_memcmp to simplify code. - -2003-10-07 Werner Lemberg - - * src/type1/t1load.c (parse_subrs, parse_dict): Handle synthetic - fonts properly. - (parse_charstrings): Copy correct number of characters into - `name_table'. - -2003-10-06 Werner Lemberg - - Heavy modification of the PS parser to handle comments and strings - correctly. This doesn't slow down the loading of PS fonts - significantly since charstrings aren't affected. - - * include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h (ft_xdigit): Renamed to... - (ft_isxdigit): This. Updated all callers. - (ft_isdigit): New alias to `isdigit'. - - * include/freetype/internal/psaux.h (PS_Parser_FuncsRec): Renamed - `skip_alpha' to `skip_PS_token'. - Add parameter to `to_bytes' and change some argument types. - - * src/psaux/psauxmod.c (ps_parser_funcs): Updated. - * src/psaux/psobjs.c (ft_char_table): New array to map character - codes (ASCII and EBCDIC) of digits to numbers. - (OP): New auxiliary macro holding either `>=' or `<' depending on - the character encoding. - (skip_comment): New function. - (skip_spaces): Use it. - (skip_alpha): Removed. - (skip_literal_string, skip_string): New functions. - (ps_parser_skip_PS_token): New function. This is a better - replacement of... - (ps_parser_skip_alpha): Removed. - (ps_parser_to_token, ps_parser_to_token_array): Updated. - (T1Radix): Rewritten, using `ft_char_table'. - (t1_toint): Renamed to... - (ps_toint): This. Update all callers. - Use `ft_char_table'. - (ps_tobytes): Add parameter to handle delimiters and change some - argument types. - Use `ft_char_table'. - (t1_tofixed): Renamed to... - (ps_tofixed): This. Update all callers. - Use `ft_char_table'. - (t1_tocoordarray): Renamed and updated to... - (ps_tocoordarray): This. Update all callers. - (t1_tofixedarray): Renamed and updated to... - (ps_tofixedarray): This. Update all callers. - (t1_tobool): Renamed to... - (ps_tobool): This. Update all callers. - (ps_parser_load_field): Updated. - (ps_parser_load_field_table): Use `T1_MAX_TABLE_ELEMENTS' - everywhere. - (ps_parser_to_int, ps_parser_to_fixed, ps_parser_to_coord_array, - ps_parser_to_fixed_array): Skip spaces. Updated. - (ps_parser_to_bytes): Add parameter to handle delimiters and change - some argument types. Updated. - * src/psaux/psobjs.h: Updated. - - * src/cid/cidload.c (cid_parse_dict): Updated. - * src/cid/cidparse.c (cid_parser_new): Check whether the `StartData' - token was really found. - * src/cid/cidparse.h (cid_parser_skip_alpha): Updated and renamed - to... - (cid_parser_skip_PS_token): This. - - * src/type1/t1parse.h (T1_ParserRec): Use `FT_Bool' for boolean - fields. - (T1_Skip_Alpha): Replaced with... - (T1_Skip_PS_Token): This new macro. - * src/type1/t1parse.c (hexa_value): Removed. - (T1_Get_Private_Dict): Use `ft_isxdigit' and - `psaux->ps_parser_funcs_to_bytes' for handling ASCII hexadecimal - encoding. - After decrypting, replace the four random bytes at the beginning - with whitespace. - * src/type1/t1load.c (t1_allocate_blend): Use proper error values. - (parser_blend_design_positions, parse_blend_design_map, - parse_weight_vector): Updated. - (is_space): Handle `\f' also. - (is_name_char): Removed. - (read_binary_data): Updated. - (parse_encoding): Use `ft_isdigit'. - Updated. - (parse_subrs): Updated. - (TABLE_EXTEND): New macro. - (parse_charstrings): Updated. - Provide a workaround for buggy fonts which have more entries in the - /CharStrings dictionary then expected; the function now adds some - slots and skips entries which still exceed the new limit. - (parse_dict): Updated. - Terminate on the token `closefile'. - - * src/type42/t42parse.c (T1_Skip_Alpha): Replaced with... - (T1_Skip_PS_Token): This new macro. Updated all callers. - (t42_parse_encoding): Use `ft_isdigit'. - - - * src/base/ftmm.c (ft_face_get_mm_service): Return FT_Err_OK if - success. - -2003-10-05 Werner Lemberg - - * include/freetype/ftmodule.h: Renamed to... - * include/freetype/ftmodapi.h: This to avoid duplicate file names. - * include/freetype/config/ftheader.h (FT_MODULE_H): Updated. - -2003-10-04 Werner Lemberg - - * src/base/ftoutln.c (FT_OrientationExtremumRec, - FT_Outline_Get_Orientation): Trivial typo fixes to make it compile. - -2003-10-02 Markus F.X.J. Oberhumer - - * src/winfonts/winfnt.c (FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec): `color_table_offset' - has four bytes, not two. - Fix all users. - (fnt_font_load, FNT_Load_Glyph): Add more font validity tests. - -2003-10-01 David Turner - - * src/autofit/*: Adding first source files of the new multi-script - `auto-fitter'. - - * include/freetype/ftoutln.h (FT_Orientation): New enumeration. - (FT_Outline_Get_Orientation): New declaration. - - * src/base/ftoutln.c (FT_OrientationExtremumRec): New structure. - (ft_orientation_extremum_compute): New auxiliary function. - (FT_Outline_Get_Orientation): New function to compute the fill - orientation of a given glyph outline. - - * include/freetype/internal/ftserv.h (FT_FACE_LOOKUP_SERVICE): Fixed - trivial bug which could crash the font engine when a cached service - pointer was retrieved. - -2003-09-30 Werner Lemberg - - * src/cid/cidload.c (cid_parse_dict): Skip token if no keyword is - found. - - * src/type1/t1parse.c (IS_T1_WHITESPACE, IS_T1_LINESPACE, - IS_T1_SPACE): Removed. - (PFB_Tag): Removed. - (read_pfb_tag): Don't use PFB_Tag. - - * src/type42/t42parse.c (t42_is_space): Handle `\f' also. - (t42_parse_encoding): Handle synthetic fonts. - -2003-09-29 Werner Lemberg - - * include/freetype/internal/t1types.h: Don't include - FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H but FT_INTERNAL_SERVICE_H. - * src/truetype/ttobjs.c: Don't include - FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H. - -2003-09-29 David Turner - - Added new service to handle glyph name dictionaries, replacing the - old internal header named `psnames.h' by `services/svpsname.h'. - Note that this is different from `services/svpostnm.h' which only - handles the retrieval of PostScript font names for a given face. - (Should we merge these two services into a single header?) - - * include/freetype/internal/psnames.h: Removed. Most of its - contents is moved to... - * include/freetype/internal/services/svpsname.h: New file. - - * include/freetype/internal/services/svpostnm.h - (FT_SERVICE_ID_POSTSCRIPT_NAME): Replaced with... - (FT_SERVICE_ID_POSTSCRIPT_FONT_NAME): New macro. - (PsName): Service named changed to... - (PsFontName): This. - Updated `FT_Service_PsName' -> `FT_Service_PsFontName' and - `POSTSCRIPT_NAME' -> `POSTSCRIPT_FONT_NAME' everywhere. - - * include/freetype/internal/internal.h - (FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H): Removed. - * include/freetype/internal/psaux.h: Include - FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H. - (T1_DecoderRec): Updated type of `psnames'. - * include/freetype/internal/t1types.h: Don't include - FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H but FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H. - Include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H. - * include/freetype/internal/t42types.h: Don't include - FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H. - * include/freetype/internal/tttypes.h (TT_FaceRec): Updated. - - * include/freetype/internal/ftserv.h (FT_FACE_FIND_SERVICE): Changed - order of parameters. All callers updated. - (FT_FACE_FIND_GLOBAL_SERVICE): New macro to look up a service - globally, checking all modules. - (FT_ServiceCacheRec): Updated. - (FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H): New macro for accessing - `svpsname.h'. - - * include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h, src/base/ftobjs.c - (ft_module_get_service): New function. - - * src/cff/cffdrivr.c: Don't include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H - but FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H. - (cff_get_glyph_name, cff_get_name_index): Use new POSTSCRIPT_NAMES - service. - * src/cff/cffcmap.c (cff_cmap_unicode_init): Updated. - * src/cff/cffload.c, src/cff/cffload.h: Don't include - FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H but FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H. - (cff_index_get_sid_string): Updated. - * src/cff/cffobjs.c: Don't include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H - but FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H. - (cff_face_init): Use new POSTSCRIPT_NAMES service. - * src/cff/cffobjs.h: Don't include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H - but FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H. - - * src/cid/cidobjs.c: Don't include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H - but FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H. - (cid_face_init): Use new POSTSCRIPT_NAMES service. - * src/cid/cidriver.c: Don't include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H. - - * src/psaux/t1cmap.c (t1_cmap_std_init, t1_cmap_unicode_init): Use - new POSTSCRIPT_NAMES service. - * src/psaux/t1decode.h (t1_lookup_glyph_by_stdcharcode, - t1_decode_init): Use new POSTSCRIPT_NAMES service. - * src/psaux/t1cmap.h, src/psaux/t1decode.h: Dont' include - FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H. - - * src/psnames/psmodule.c: Don't include - FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H but FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H. - (ps_build_unicode_table): Renamed to... - (ps_unicodes_init): This. - (ps_lookup_unicode): Renamed to... - (ps_unicodes_char_index): This. - (ps_next_unicode): Renamed to... - (ps_unicodes_char_next): This. - (psnames_interface): Updated. - (psnames_services): New services list. - (psnames_get_service): New function. - (psnames_module_class): Updated. - - * src/sfnt/sfobjs.c: Don't include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H - but FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H. - (sfnt_init_face): Use new POSTSCRIPT_NAMES service. - * src/sfnt/ttpost.c: Don't include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H - but FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H. - (tt_face_get_ps_name): Updated. - - * src/truetype/ttobjs.c: Don't include - FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H but FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H. - - * src/type1/t1driver.c: Don't include - FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H but FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H. - * src/type1/t1objs.c: Don't include - FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H but FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H. - (T1_Face_Init): Use new POSTSCRIPT_NAMES service. - - * src/type42/t42drivr.c (t42_get_ps_name): Renamed to... - (t42_get_ps_font_name): This. - (t42_service_ps_name): Renamed to... - (t42_service_ps_font_name): This. - (t42_services): Updated. - * src/type42/t42objs.c (T42_Face_Init): Use new POSTSCRIPT_NAMES - service. - * src/type42/t42objs.h: Don't include - FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H but FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H. - - - * src/base/ftglyph.c (FT_Get_Glyph): Don't access `slot' before - testing its validity. Reported by Henry Maddocks - . - -2003-09-21 Werner Lemberg - - * include/freetype/internal/ftserv.h (FT_FACE_FIND_SERVICE): - Fix compilation warning (s/pptr/Pptr/). - - * include/freetype/internal/internal.h (FT_INTERNAL_PFR_H, - FT_INTERNAL_FNT_TYPES_H): Removed. - -2003-09-21 David Turner - - Migrating the PFR and WINFNT drivers to the new service-based - internal API. - - * include/freetype/internal/fnttypes.h: Removed. Most of its data - are moved to winfnt.h and... - * include/freetype/internal/services/svwinfnt.h: New file. - - * include/freetype/internal/pfr.h: Removed. Most of its data are - moved to... - * include/freetype/internal/services/svpfr.h: New file. - - * include/freetype/internal/ftserv.h (FT_FACE_FIND_SERVICE, - FT_FACE_LOOKUP_SERVICE): Simplify fix of 2003-09-16 by removing - pointer type argument. - Updated all callers. - Update macro names of services header files. - - * src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Get_Name_Index): Simplified code. - - * src/base/ftpfr.c: Include FT_SERVICE_PFR_H instead of - FT_INTERNAL_PFR_H. - (ft_pfr_check, FT_Get_PFR_Metrics, FT_Get_PFR_Kerning, - FT_Get_PFR_Advance): Use services provided in `PFR_METRICS'. - - * src/base/ftwinfnt.c: Include FT_SERVICE_WINFNT_H instead of - FT_INTERNAL_FNT_TYPES_H. - (FT_Get_WinFNT_Header): Use service provided in `WINFNT'. - - * src/pfr/pfrdrivr.c: Include FT_SERVICE_PFR_H and - FT_SERVICE_XFREE86_NAME_H instead of FT_INTERNAL_PFR_H. - (pfr_service_bdf): Updated. - (pfr_services): New services list. - (pfr_get_service): New function. - (pfr_driver_class): Updated. - - * src/winfonts/winfnt.c: Include FT_SERVICE_WINFNT_H and - FT_SERVICE_XFREE86_NAME_H instead of FT_INTERNAL_FNT_TYPES_H. - (winfnt_get_header, winfnt_get_service): New functions. - (winfnt_service_rec): New structure providing WINFNT services. - (winfnt_services): New services list. - (winfnt_driver_class): Updated. - * src/winfonts/winfnt.h: Add most of the removed fnttypes.h data. - - * src/sfnt/sfdriver.c (sfnt_service_ps_name): Fix typo. - - * src/type1/t1driver.c (t1_service_ps_name): Fix typo. - - * src/cff/cffobjs.c, src/cid/cidobjs.c, src/pfr/pfrsbit.c, - src/psaux/psobjs.c, src/sfnt/sfobjs.c, src/truetype/ttobjs.c, - src/type1/t1objs.c, src/type42/t42objs.c: Removing various compiler - warnings. - -2003-09-19 David Bevan - - * src/type1/t1parse.c (pfb_tag_fields): Removed. - (read_pfb_tag): Fix code so that it doesn't fail on end-of-file - indicator (0x8003). - * docs/CHANGES: Updated. - -2003-09-16 Werner Lemberg - - * include/freetype/internal/ftserv.h (FT_FACE_FIND_SERVICE, - FT_FACE_LOOKUP_SERVICE): Add parameter to pass pointer type. - Ugly, I know, but this is needed for compilation with C++ -- - maybe someone knows a better solution? - Updated all callers. - - * src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Get_Name_Index, FT_Get_Glyph_Name): Remove - C++ compiler warnings. - - * src/base/ftbdf.c (FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID, FT_Get_BDF_Property): - Fix order of arguments passed to FT_FACE_FIND_SERVICE. - -2003-09-15 Werner Lemberg - - Avoid header files with identical names. - - * include/freetype/internal/services/bdf.h: Renamed to... - * include/freetype/internal/services/svbdf.h: This. - Add copyright notice. - * include/freetype/internal/services/glyfdict.h: Renamed to... - * include/freetype/internal/services/svgldict.h: This. - Add copyright notice. - * include/freetype/internal/services/multmast.h: Renamed to... - * include/freetype/internal/services/svmm.h: This. - Add copyright notice. - Add FT_BEGIN_HEADER and FT_END_HEADER. - * include/freetype/internal/services/sfnt.h: Renamed to... - * include/freetype/internal/services/svsfnt.h: This. - Add copyright notice. - * include/freetype/internal/services/postname.h: Renamed to... - * include/freetype/internal/services/svpostnm.h: This. - Add copyright notice. - * include/freetype/internal/services/xf86name.h: Renamed to... - * include/freetype/internal/services/svxf86nm.h: This. - Add copyright notice. - - * include/freetype/internal/ftserv.h: Add FT_BEGIN_HEADER and - FT_END_HEADER. - Add copyright notice. - Update macro names of services header files. - - * builds/freetype.mk (SERVICES_DIR): New variable. - (BASE_H): Add services header files. - -2003-09-11 Werner Lemberg - - * builds/toplevel.mk (distclean): Remove `builds/unix/freetype2.pc'. - - * src/cff/cffdrivr.c: Don't load headers twice. - - * include/freetype/internal/ftserv.h (FT_SERVICE_SFNT_H): New macro. - * src/base/ftobjs.c: Include FT_SERVICE_SFNT_H. - - * src/cff/cffcmap.c: Include `cfferrs.h'. - * src/pfr/pfrdrivr.c: Include `pfrerror.h'. - * src/sfnt/sfdriver.c: Include `sferrors.h'. - * src/psaux/psobjs.h: Add declaration for `ps_parser_to_bytes'. - -2003-09-11 David Turner - - Introducing the concept of `module services'. This is the first - step towards a massive simplification of the engine's internals, in - order to get rid of various numbers of hacks. - - Note that these changes will break source & binary compatibility for - authors of external font drivers. - - * include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h (FT_BEGIN_STMNT, FT_END_STMNT, - FT_DUMMY_STMNT): New macros. - - * include/freetype/internal/ftserv.h: New file, containing the new - structures and macros to provide `services'. - - * include/freetype/internal/internal.h (FT_INTERNAL_EXTENSION_H, - FT_INTERNAL_EXTEND_H, FT_INTERNAL_HASH_H, FT_INTERNAL_OBJECT_H): - Removed, obsolete. - (FT_INTERNAL_SERVICE_H): New macro for `ftserv.h'. - - * include/freetype/internal/services/bdf.h, - include/freetype/internal/services/glyfdict.h, - include/freetype/internal/services/postname.h, - include/freetype/internal/services/xf86name.h: New files. - - * include/freetype/ftmm.h (FT_Get_MM_Func, FT_Set_MM_Design_Func, - FT_Set_MM_Blend_Func): Function pointers moved (in modified form) - to... - * include/freetype/internal/services/multmast.h: New file. - - * include/freetype/internal/sfnt.h (SFNT_Interface): `get_interface' - is now of type `FT_Module_Requester'. - (SFNT_Get_Interface_Func, SFNT_Load_Table_Func): Function pointers - moved (in modified form) to... - * include/freetype/internal/services/sfnt.h: New file. - - * include/freetype/tttables.h (FT_Get_Sfnt_Table_Func): Function - pointer moved (in modified form) to `services/sfnt.h'. - - * include/freetype/ftmodule.h (FT_Module_Interface): Make it a - a typedef to `FT_Pointer'. - - * include/freetype/internal/tttypes.h (TT_FaceRec): Add - `postscript_name'. - * include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h (FT_Face_InternalRec): Remove - `postscript_name'. - Add `services' element. - (FT_LibraryRec): Remove `meta_class'. - - * src/base/ftbdf.c: Include FT_SERVICE_BDF_H. - (test_font_type): Removed. - (FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID, FT_Get_BDF_Property): Use services - provided in `FT_SERVICE_ID_BDF'. - - * src/base/ftmm.c: Include FT_SERVICE_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H. - (ft_face_get_mm_service): New auxiliary function to get services - from `FT_SERVICE_ID_MULTI_MASTERS'. - (FT_Get_Multi_Master, FT_Set_MM_Design_Coordinates, - FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates): Use `ft_face_get_mm_service'. - - * src/base/ftobjs.c: Include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_NAME_H and - FT_SERVICE_GLYPH_DICT_H. - (ft_service_list_lookup): New function to get a specific service. - (destroy_face): Updated. - (Mac_Read_POST_Resource): Simplify some code. - (IsMacResource): Fix warnings. - (FT_Get_Name_Index, FT_Get_Glyph_Name): Use services provided in - `FT_SERVICE_ID_GLYPH_DICT'. - (FT_Get_Postscript_Name): Use service provided in - `FT_SERVICE_ID_POSTSCRIPT_NAME'. - (FT_Get_Sfnt_Table, FT_Load_Sfnt_Table): Use services provided in - `FT_SERVICE_ID_SFNT_TABLE'. - - * src/base/ftxf86.c: Include FT_SERVICE_XFREE86_NAME_H. - (FT_Get_X11_Font_Format): Use service provided in - `FT_SERVICE_ID_XF86_NAME'. - - * src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c: Include FT_SERVICE_BDF_H and - FT_SERVICE_XFREE86_NAME_H. - (bdf_get_charset_id): New function. - (bdf_service_bdf): New structure providing BDF services. - (bdf_services): New services list. - (bdf_driver_requester): Use `ft_service_list_lookup'. - - * src/cff/cffdrivr.c: Include FT_SERVICE_XFREE86_NAME_H and - FT_SERVICE_GLYPH_DICT_H. - (cff_service_glyph_dict): New structure providing CFF services. - (cff_services): New services list. - (cff_get_interface): Use `ft_service_list_lookup'. - - * src/cid/cidriver.c: Include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_NAME_H and - FT_SERVICE_XFREE86_NAME_H. - (cid_service_ps_name): New structure providing CID services. - (cid_services): New services list. - (cid_get_interface): Use `ft_service_list_lookup'. - - * src/pcf/pcfdrivr.c: Include FT_SERVICE_BDF_H and - FT_SERVICE_XFREE86_NAME_H. - (pcf_service_bdf): New structure providing PCF services. - (pcf_services): New services list. - (pcf_driver_requester): Use `ft_service_list_lookup'. - - * src/sfnt/sfdriver.c: Include FT_SERVICE_GLYPH_DICT_H and - FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_NAME_H. - (get_sfnt_glyph_name): Renamed to... - (sfnt_get_glyph_name): This. - (get_sfnt_postscript_name): Renamed to... - (sfnt_get_ps_name): This. - Updated. - (sfnt_service_glyph_dict, sfnt_service_ps_name): New structures - providing services. - (sfnt_services): New services list. - (sfnt_get_interface): Use `ft_service_list_lookup'. - - * src/truetype/ttdriver.c: Include FT_SERVICE_XFREE86_NAME_H. - (tt_services): New services list. - (tt_get_interface): Use `ft_service_list_lookup'. - - * src/type1/t1driver.c: Include FT_SERVICE_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H, - FT_SERVICE_GLYPH_DICT_H, FT_SERVICE_XFREE86_NAME_H, and - FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_NAME_H. - (t1_service_glyph_dict, t1_service_ps_name, - t1_service_multi_masters): New structures providing Type 1 services. - (t1_services): New services list. - (Get_Interface): Use `ft_service_list_lookup'. - - * src/type42/t42drivr.c: Include FT_SERVICE_XFREE86_NAME_H, - FT_SERVICE_GLYPH_DICT_H, and FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_NAME_H. - (t42_service_glyph_dict, t42_service_ps_name): New strucures - providing Type 42 services. - (t42_services): New services list. - (T42_Get_Interface): Use `ft_service_list_lookup'. - - - * README, docs/CHANGES: Updating version numbers for 2.1.6, and - removing obsolete warnings in the documentation. - * include/freetype/freetype.h (FREETYPE_PATCH): Set to 6. - * builds/unix/configure.ac (version_info): Set to 9:5:3. - * builds/unix/configure: Regenerated. - - * include/freetype/internal/ftcore.h, - include/freetype/internal/ftexcept.h, - include/freetype/internal/fthash.h, - include/freetype/internal/ftobject.h: Removed. Obsolete. - -2003-09-09 David Turner - - Fixing PFR kerning support. The tables within the font file contain - (charcode,charcode) kerning pairs, we need to convert them to - (gindex,gindex). - - * src/base/ftpfr.c (ft_pfr_check): Fix serious typo. - * src/pfr/prfload.c: Remove dead code. - (pfr_get_gindex, pfr_compare_kern_pairs, pfr_sort_kerning_pairs): - New functions. - (pfr_phy_font_done): Free `kern_pairs'. - (pfr_phy_font_load): Call `pfr_sort_kerning_pairs'. - * src/pfr/pfrobjs.c (pfr_face_get_kerning): Fix kerning extraction. - * src/pfr/pfrtypes.h (PFR_KERN_PAIR_INDEX): New macro. - (PFR_KernPairRec): Make `kerning' an FT_Int. - (PFR_PhyFontRec): New element `kern_pairs'. - (PFR_KernFlags): Values of PFR_KERN_2BYTE_CHAR and - PFR_KERN_2BYTE_ADJ were erroneously reversed. - - * include/freetype/ftoption.h: Commenting out the macro - TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER. - -2003-09-02 David Turner - - - * Version 2.1.5 released. - ========================= - - -2003-08-31 Manish Singh - - * src/bdf/bdflib.c (_bdf_readstream): Don't use FT_MEM_COPY but - FT_MEM_MOVE. - -2003-08-30 Werner Lemberg - - * include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_ENCODING_SJIS, FT_ENCODING_GB2312, - FT_ENCODING_BIG5, FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG, FT_ENCODING_JOHAB): New - enumerations of FT_Encoding. The FT_ENCODING_MS_* variants except - FT_ENCODING_MS_SYMBOL are now deprecated. - Updated all users. - * docs/CHANGES: Document it. - -2003-08-27 Werner Lemberg - - * src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c (BDF_Face_Init): Accept lowercase characters - for spacing. - -2003-08-27 Mike FABIAN - - * src/pcf/pcfread.c (pcf_load_font), src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c - (BDF_Face_Init): Accept lowercase characters for slant and weight. - -2003-08-18 David Turner - - * include/freetype/config/ftoption.h: Disabling TrueType bytecode - interpreter until the UNPATENTED_HINTING works as advertised. - - * src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_hinter_load_glyph): Use `|' for - setting `load_flags'. - - * Jamfile: Adding the `refdoc' target to the Jamfile in order to - build the API Reference in `docs/reference' automatically. - - * include/freetype/t1tables.h (PS_FontInfoRec), src/cid/cidtoken.h, - src/type1/t1tokens.h, src/type42/t42parse.c: Resetting the types of - `italic_angle', `underline_position', and `underline_thickness' to - their previous values (i.e., long, short, and ushort) in order to - avoid breaking binary compatibility. - - * include/freetype/ttunpat.h: Fixing documentation comment. - - * include/freetype/config/ftoption.h, devel/ftoption.h - (TT_CONFIG_OPTION_OPTION_COMPILE_UNPATENTED_HINTING): Replaced - with... - (TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING): This. Updated all users. - (TT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_UNPATENTED_HINTING): Removed. - - * include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h (FT_DEBUG_HOOK_TYPE1): Removed. - (FT_DEBUG_HOOK_UNPATENTED_HINTING): New macro. Use this with - `FT_Set_Debug_Hook' to get the same effect as the removed - TT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_UNPATENTED_HINTING. - - * src/truetype/ttobjs.c (tt_face_init): Use - `FT_DEBUG_HOOK_UNPATENTED_HINTING'. - -2003-08-06 Werner Lemberg - - * src/type1/t1gload.c (T1_Load_Glyph), src/cff/cffgload.c - (cff_slot_load), src/cid/cidgload.c (cid_slot_load_glyph): Fix - previous change. - -2003-08-05 Werner Lemberg - - * src/type1/t1gload.c (T1_Load_Glyph), src/cff/cffgload.c - (cff_slot_load), src/cid/cidgload.c (cid_slot_load_glyph): Apply - font matrix to advance width also. - * docs/CHANGES: Updated. - -2003-07-26 Werner Lemberg - - * builds/unix/configure.ac (version_info): Set to 9:4:3. - * builds/unix/configure: Updated. - * docs/CHANGES, docs/VERSION.DLL: Updated. - - * include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_GlyphSlot): Change 2003-06-16 - also breaks binary compatibility. Reintroduce an unsigned integer - at the old position of `flags' called `reserved'. - -2003-07-25 Werner Lemberg - - Make API reference valid HTML 4.01 transitional. - - * src/tools/docmaker/tohtml.py (html_header_1): Add doctype - and charset. - (html_header_2): Fix style elements and add some more. - Fix syntax. - (block_header, block_footer, description_header, description_footer, - marker_header, marker_footer, source_header, source_footer, - chapter_header): Don't use
...
but `align=center' - table attribute. - (chapter_inter, chapter_footer): Add
  • and use special
      - class. - Use double quotes around table widths given in percent. - (keyword_prefix, keyword_suffix): Don't change font colour directly - but use a new class. - (section_synopsis_header, section_synopsis_footer): Don't change - colour. - (code_header, code_footer): Don't change font colour directly but - use a special 
       class.
-	(print_html_field):  gets the `valign' attribute, not .
-	(print_html_field_list): Ditto.
-	(index_exit): Don't use 
      ...
       but `align=center'
-	table attribute.
-	(section_enter): Ditto.
-	(toc_exit): Don't emit 
      .
-	(block_enter): Use 
      , not 
      .
-	(__init__): Fix tag order in self.html_footer.
-
-2003-07-25  David Turner  
-
-	This change reimplements fix from 2003-05-30 without breaking
-	binary compatibility.
-
-	* include/freetype/t1tables.h (PS_FontInfoRec): `italic_angle',
-	`is_fixed_pitch', `underline_position', `underline_thickness' are
-	reverted to be normal values.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/psaux.h (T1_FieldType): Remove
-	`T1_FIELD_TYPE_BOOL_P', `T1_FIELD_TYPE_INTEGER_P',
-	`T1_FIELD_TYPE_FIXED_P', `T1_FIELD_TYPE_FIXED_1000_P'.
-	(T1_FIELD_TYPE_BOOL_P, T1_FIELD_NUM_P, T1_FIELD_FIXED_P,
-	T1_FIELD_FIXED_1000_P): Removed.
-	(T1_FIELD_TYPE_BOOL): Renamed to...
-	(T1_FIELD_BOOL): New macro.  Updated all callers.
-
-	* src/type42/t42parse.c: `italic_angle', `is_fixed_pitch',
-	`underline_position', `underline_thickness', `paint_type',
-	`stroke_width' are reverted to be normal values.
-	(T42_KEYWORD_COUNT): New macro.
-	(t42_parse_dict): New array `keyword_flags' to mark that a value has
-	already been assigned to a dictionary entry.
-	* src/type42/t42objs.c (T42_Face_Init, T42_Face_Done): Updated.
-
-	* src/cid/cidtoken.h: `italic_angle', `is_fixed_pitch',
-	`underline_position', `underline_thickness' are reverted to be
-	normal values.
-	* src/cid/cidobjs.c (cid_face_done, cid_face_init): Updated.
-
-	* src/psaux/psobjs.c (ps_parser_load_field): Updated.
-
-	* src/type1/t1tokens.h: `italic_angle', `is_fixed_pitch',
-	`underline_position', `underline_thickness', `paint_type',
-	`stroke_width' are reverted to be normal values.
-	* src/type1/t1objs.c (T1_Face_Done, T1_Face_Init): Updated.
-	* src/type1/t1load.c (T1_FIELD_COUNT): New macro.
-	(parse_dict): Add parameter for keyword flags.
-	Record only first instance of a field.
-	(T1_Open_Face): New array `keyword_flags'.
-
-2003-07-24  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FREETYPE_PATCH): Set to 5.
-	* builds/unix/configure.ac (version_info): Set to 10:0:3.
-	* builds/unix/configure: Updated.
-	* builds/freetype.mk (refdoc): Fix --title.
-
-	* docs/CHANGES, docs/VERSION.DLL, README: Updated.
-
-	* src/tools/docmaker/sources.py (re_crossref): Fix regular
-	expression to handle trailing punctuation characters.
-	* src/tools/docmaker/tohtml.py (make_html_word): Updated.
-
-	* docs/release: New file.
-
-2003-07-23  YAMANO-UCHI Hidetoshi  
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/psaux.h (PS_Parser_FuncsRec): New
-	member function `to_bytes'.
-
-	* src/psaux/psauxmod.c (ps_parser_funcs): New member
-	`ps_parser_to_bytes'.
-	(psaux_module_class): Increase version to 0x20000L.
-
-	* src/psaux/psobjs.c (IS_T1_LINESPACE): Add \f.
-	(IS_T1_NULLSPACE): New macro.
-	(IS_T1_SPACE): Add it.
-	(skip_spaces, skip_alpha): New functions.
-	(ps_parser_skip_spaces, ps_parser_skip_alpha): Use them.
-	(ps_tobytes, ps_parser_to_bytes): New functions.
-
-2003-07-07  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* builds/freetype.mk (DOC_DIR): New variable.
-	(refdoc): Use *_DIR variables.
-	(distclean): Remove documentation files.
-
-	* builds/detect.mk (std_setup, dos_setup): Mention `make refdoc'.
-
-	* configure: Set DOC_DIR variable.
-
-2003-07-07  Patrik Hägglund  
-
-	* builds/freetype.mk (refdoc): New target to build the
-	documentation.
-	(.PHONY): Updated.
-
-	* include/freetype/freetype.h: Improve documentation of FT_CharMap.
-	* include/freetype/ftimage,h: Fix documentation of FT_OUTLINE_FLAGS.
-	* include/freetype/tttables.h: Document FT_Sfnt_Tag.
-
-2003-07-06  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c (BDF_Face_Init), src/pcf/pcfread.c
-	(pcf_load_font): Fix computation of height if PIXEL_SIZE property is
-	missing.
-
-2003-07-01  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/cache/ftcsbits.c (ftc_sbit_node_compare): Only add `size' if
-	there is no error.  Reported by Knut St. Osmundsen
-	.
-
-2003-06-30  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	A new try to synchronize bitmap font access.
-
-	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_Bitmap_Size): `height' is now
-	defined to return the baseline-to-baseline distance.  This was
-	already the value returned by the BDF and PCF drivers.
-
-	The `width' field now gives the average width.  I wasn't able to
-	find something better.  It should be taken as informative only.
-
-	New fields `size', `x_ppem', and `y_ppem'.
-
-	* src/pcf/pcfread.c (pcf_load_font): Updated to properly fill
-	FT_Bitmap_Size.
-	Do proper rounding and conversion from 72.27 to 72 points.
-
-	* src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c (BDF_Face_Init): Updated to properly fill
-	FT_Bitmap_Size.
-	Do proper rounding and conversion from 72.27 to 72 points.
-
-	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (sfnt_load_face): Updated to properly fill
-	FT_Bitmap_Size.
-
-	* src/winfonts/winfnt.c (FNT_Face_Init): Updated to properly fill
-	FT_Bitmap_Size.
-
-2003-06-29  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	Redesigning the FNT driver to return multiple faces, not multiple
-	strikes.  At least one font (app850.fon from WinME) contains
-	different FNT charmaps for its subfonts.  Consequently, the previous
-	design of having multiple bitmap strikes in a single font face fails
-	since we have only one charmap per face.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/fnttypes.h (FNT_Size_Rec): Removed.
-	(FNT_FaceRec): Remove `num_fonts' field and replace `fonts' with
-	`font'.
-
-	* src/base/ftwinfnt.c (FT_Get_WinFNT_Header): Updated.
-
-	* src/winfonts/winfnt.c (fnt_font_load): Don't set pixel_width equal
-	to pixel_height.
-	(fnt_face_done_fonts): Removed.
-	(fnt_face_get_dll_fonts): Renamed to...
-	(fnt_face_get_dll_font): This.  Add second function argument to
-	select face index.
-	Updated to load just one subfont.
-	(fnt_font_done, FNT_Face_Done): Updated.
-	(FNT_Face_Init): Handle `face_index'.
-	Updated.
-	(FNT_Size_Set_Pixels): Simplified; similar to BDF and PCF, the
-	bitmap width is now ignored.
-	(FNT_Load_Glyph): Updated.
-	Fix glyph index computation.
-	(winfnt_driver_class): Updated.
-
-2003-06-25  Owen Taylor  
-
-	* src/sfnt/ttload.c (tt_face_load_hdmx): Don't assign
-	num_records until we actually decide to load the table,
-	otherwise, we'll segfault in tt_face_free_hdmx.
-
-2003-06-24  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/cff/cffdrivr.c (cff_get_glyph_name): Protect against zero
-	glyph name pointer.  Reported by Mikey Anbary .
-
-2003-06-23  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/tools/glnames.py: Updated to AGL 2.0.
-	* src/psnames/pstables.h: Regenerated.
-
-2003-06-22  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* include/freetype/cache/ftcglyph.h, include/freetype/ttnameid.h,
-	src/base/ftcalc.c, src/base/fttrigon.c, src/cff/cffgload.c,
-	src/otlayout/otlgsub.c, src/pshinter/pshrec.c,
-	src/psnames/psmodule.c, src/sfnt/sfobjs.c, src/truetype/ttdriver.c:
-	Decorate constants with `U' and `L' if appropriate.
-
-	* include/freetype/ftmoderr.h: Updated to include recent module
-	additions.
-
-	* src/pshinter/pshnterr.h (FT_ERR_BASE): Define as
-	`FT_Mod_Err_PShinter'.
-	* src/type42/t42error.h (FT_ERR_BASE): Define as
-	`FT_Mod_Err_Type42'.
-
-	* src/pshinter/pshrec.h (PS_HINTS_MAGIC): Removed.  Not used.
-
-	* include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h [__MWERKS__]: Define FT_LONG64
-	and FT_INT64.
-
-2003-06-21  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/winfonts/winfnt.c (FNT_Load_Glyph): Use first_char in
-	computation of glyph_index.
-	(FNT_Size_Set_Pixels): To find a strike, first check pixel_height
-	only, then try to find a better hit by comparing pixel_width also.
-	Without this fix it isn't possible to access all strikes.
-	Also compute metrics.max_advance to be in sync with other bitmap
-	drivers.
-
-	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Set_Char_Size): Remove redundant code.
-	(FT_Set_Pixel_Size): Assign value to `metrics' after validation of
-	arguments.
-
-2003-06-20  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	Synchronize computation of height and width for bitmap strikes.  The
-	`width' field in the FT_Bitmap_Size structure is now only useful to
-	enumerate different strikes.  The `max_advance' field of the
-	FT_Size_Metrics structure should be used to get the (maximum) width
-	of a strike.
-
-	* src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c (BDF_Face_Init): Don't use AVERAGE_WIDTH for
-	computing `available_sizes->width' but make it always equal to
-	`available_sizes->height'.
-
-	* src/pcf/pcfread.c (pcf_load_font): Don't use RESOLUTION_X for
-	computing `available_sizes->width' but make it always equal to
-	`available_sizes->height'.
-
-	* src/truetype/ttdriver.c (Set_Pixel_Sizes): Pass only single
-	argument to function.
-
-	* src/psnames/psmodule.c (ps_unicode_value): Handle `.' after
-	`uniXXXX' and `uXXXX[X[X]]'.
-
-2003-06-19  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c: s/FT_Err_/BDF_Err/.
-	* src/cache/ftccache.c, src/cache/ftcsbits.c, src/cache/ftlru.c:
-	s/FT_Err_/FTC_Err_/.
-	* src/cff/cffcmap.c: s/FT_Err_/CFF_Err_/.
-	* src/pcf/pcfdrivr.c: s/FT_Err_/PCF_Err_/.
-	* src/psaux/t1cmap.c: Include psauxerr.h.
-	s/FT_Err_/PSaux_Err_/.
-	* src/pshinter/pshnterr.h: New file.
-	* src/pshinter/rules.mk: Updated.
-	* src/pshinter/pshalgo.c, src/pshinter/pshrec.c: Include pshnterr.h.
-	s/FT_Err_/PSH_Err_/.
-	* src/pfr/pfrdrivr.c, src/pfr/pfrobjs.c, src/pfr/pfrsbit.c:
-	s/FT_Err_/PFR_Err_/.
-	* src/sfnt/sfdriver.c, src/sfnt/sfobjs.c, src/sfnt/ttcmap0.c,
-	src/sfnt/ttload.c: s/FT_Err_/SFNT_Err_/.
-	* src/truetype/ttgload.c: s/FT_Err_/TT_Err_/.
-	* src/gzip/ftgzip.c: Load FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H and define
-	FT_ERR_PREFIX and FT_ERR_BASE.
-	s/FT_Err_/Gzip_Err_/.
-
-2003-06-19  Dirck Blaskey  
-
-	* src/cff/cffload (cff_encoding_load): `nleft' must be FT_UInt,
-	otherwise adding 1 might wrap the result.
-
-2003-06-18  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/psnames/psmodule.c (ps_unicode_value): Add support to
-	recognize `uXXXX[X[X]]' glyph names.
-	Don't handle glyph names starting with `uni' which have more than
-	four digits.
-
-2003-06-16  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_Open_Flags): Replaced with
-	#defines for the constants.
-	(FT_Open_Args): Change type of `flags' to FT_UInt.
-	(FT_GlyphSlot): Move `flags' to FT_Slot_Internal.
-
-	* include/freetype/ftimage.h (FT_Outline_Flags, FT_Raster_Flag):
-	Replaced with #defines for the constants.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h (FT_Slot_Internal): New
-	field `flags' (from FT_GlyphSlot).
-	Updated all affected source files.
-	(FT_GLYPH_OWN_BITMAP): New macro (from ftgloadr.h).
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/ftgloadr.h (FT_GLYPH_OWN_BITMAP): Moved
-	to ftobjs.h.
-
-	* src/base/ftglyph.c (FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap): Use dummy
-	FT_GlyphSlot_Internal object.
-
-2003-06-15  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* builds/compiler/gcc.mk, builds/compiler/gcc-dev.mk (CFLAGS):
-	Add -fno-strict-aliasing to get rid of zillion warnings from gcc
-	version 3.3.
-
-2003-06-14  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* include/freetype/ftglyph.h (ft_glyph_bbox_unscaled,
-	ft_glyph_bbox_subpixels, ft_glyph_bbox_gridfit,
-	ft_glyph_bbox_truncate, ft_glyph_bbox_pixels): Replaced with
-	FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED, FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS,
-	FT_GLYPH_BBIX_GRIDFIT, FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE, FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS.
-	The lowercase variants are now (deprecated aliases) to the uppercase
-	versions.
-	Updated all other files.
-
-	* include/freetype/ftmodule.h (ft_module_font_driver,
-	ft_module_renderer, ft_module_hinter, ft_module_styler,
-	ft_module_driver_scalable, ft_module_driver_no_outlines,
-	ft_module_driver_has_hinter): Replaced with FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER,
-	FT_MODULE_RENDERER, FT_MODULE_HINTER, FT_MODULE_STYLER,
-	FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE, FT_MODULE_DRIVER_NO_OUTLINES,
-	FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER.
-	The lowercase variants are now (deprecated aliases) to the uppercase
-	versions.
-	Updated all other files.
-
-	* src/base/ftglyph.c (FT_Glyph_Get_CBox): Handle bbox_mode better
-	as enumeration.
-
-	* src/pcf/pcfdrivr.c (pcf_driver_class), src/winfonts/winfnt.c
-	(winfnt_driver_class), src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c (bdf_driver_class): Add
-	the FT_MODULE_DRIVER_NO_OUTLINES flag.
-
-2003-06-13  Detlef Würkner  
-
-	* src/pfr/pfrobjs.c (pfr_slot_load): Apply font matrix.
-
-2003-06-13  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* builds/dos/detect.mk: Test not only for `Dos' but for `DOS' also.
-
-	* builds/dos/dos-emx.mk, builds/compiler/emx.mk: New files for
-	EMX gcc compiler.
-	* builds/dos/detect.mk: Add target `emx'.
-
-	* builds/compiler/watcom.mk (LINK_LIBRARY): GNU Make for DOS doesn't
-	like a trailing semicolon; add a dummy command.
-
-	* src/cid/cidload.c: Remove parse_font_bbox code (already enclosed
-	with #if 0 ... #endif).
-
-	* src/type1/t1tokens.h: Handle /FontName.
-	* src/type1/t1load.c (parse_font_name): Removed.
-	Remove parse_font_bbox code (already enclosed with #if 0 ...
-	#endif).
-
-	* src/type42/t42parse.c (t42_parse_font_name): Removed.
-	Remove t42_parse_font_bbox code (already enclosed with #if 0 ...
-	#endif).
-	(t42_keywords): Handle /FontName with T1_FIELD_KEY.
-
-2003-06-12  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/psaux.h (T1_FieldType): Add
-	T1_FIELD_TYPE_KEY.
-	(T1_FIELD_KEY): New macro.
-	* src/psaux/psobjs.c (ps_parser_load_field): Handle
-	T1_FIELD_TYPE_KEY.
-
-	* src/cid/cidtoken.h: Use T1_FIELD_KEY for /CIDFontName.
-
-2003-06-11  Alexander Malmberg  
-
-	* src/cache/ftlru.c (FT_LruList_Remove_Selection): Decrease
-	number of nodes.
-	(FT_LruList_Lookup): Fix assertion for out-of-memory case.
-
-2003-06-11  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/cid/cidload.c (cid_decrypt): Removed.
-	(cid_read_subrs): Use t1_decrypt from psaux module.
-	* src/cid/cidload.h: Updated.
-	* src/cid/cidgload.c (cid_load_glyph): Use t1_decrypt from psaux
-	module.
-
-2003-06-10  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/cid/cidobjs.c: Apply change 2003-05-31 from .
-	Compute style flags.
-	Fix computation of root->height.
-	* src/cid/cidtoken.h: Handle FontBBox.
-	* src/cid/cidload.c (cid_load_keyword): Handle
-	T1_FIELD_LOCATION_BBOX.
-	(parse_font_bbox): Commented out.
-	(cid_field_record): Comment out element for parsing FontBBox.
-
-	* src/type42/t42parse.c (t42_parse_font_bbox): Commented out.
-	(t42_keywords): Handle FontBBox with T1_FIELD_BBOX, not with
-	T1_FIELD_CALLBACK.
-	(t42_parse_font_bbox): Commented out.
-	(t42_load_keyword): Handle T1_FIELD_LOCATION_BBOX.
-	* src/type42/t42objs.c (T42_Face_Init): Apply change 2003-05-31
-	from .
-
-2003-06-09  George Williams  
-
-	* src/truetype/ttinterp.c (SetSuperRound) <0x30>: Follow Apple's
-	TrueType specification.
-	(Ins_MDRP, Ins_MIRP): Fix single width cut-in test.
-
-2003-06-09  Detlef Würkner  
-
-	* src/gzip/ftgzip.c: (inflate_mask): Replaced with...
-	(NO_INFLATE_MASK): This.
-	* src/gzip/infutil.h: Declare `inflate_mask' conditionally by
-	NO_INFLATE_MASK.
-
-2003-06-09  Alexis S. L. Carvalho  
-
-	* src/gzip/ftgzip.c (ft_gzip_file_fill_output): Handle Z_STREAM_END
-	correctly.
-
-2003-06-09  Wolfgang Domröse  
-
-	* src/pshinter/pshglob.c (psh_globals_new): Change calculation of
-	dim->stdw.count to avoid compiler problem.
-
-	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (TT_Load_Simple_Glyph): Move the block
-	variables to the beginning of the function to avoid compiler
-	problems.
-	Add casts necessary for 16bit compilers.
-
-2003-06-09  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/pfr/rules.mk (PFR_DRV_SRC): Add pfrsbit.c.
-	(PFR_DRV_H): Add pfrtypes.h.
-
-	* include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h: s/__MWKS__/__MWERKS__/.
-
-2003-06-08  Karl Schultz  
-
-	* src/pfr/pfrsbit.c (pfr_bitwriter_init): Change type of third
-	argument to FT_Bool.
-	(pfr_lookup_bitmap_data): Change type of third and fourth argument
-	to FT_UInt.  Updated caller.
-	(pfr_load_bitmap_bits): Change type of fourth argument to FT_Bool.
-
-2003-06-08  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	Completely revised FreeType's make management.
-
-	. In all makefiles `/' is used as the path separator.  The
-	  conversion to the real path separators is done as late as
-	  possible using $(subst ...).
-
-	. $(HOSTSEP) no longer exists.  Now, $(SEP) gives the path separator
-	  for the operating system, and the new $(COMPILER_SEP) the path
-	  separator for the compiler tools.
-
-	. $(BUILD) has been renamed to $(BUILD_DIR).  In general, all
-	  directory variables end with `_DIR'.  The variants ending in `_'
-	  (like `BASE_' have been removed).
-
-	The following ChangeLog entries only describe changes which are
-	not related to the redesign.
-
-	* builds/beos/beos-def.mk (BUILD_DIR): Fix typo.
-	* builds/compiler/watcom.mk (LINK_LIBRARY): Fix linker call to avoid
-	overlong arguments as suggested by J. Ali Harlow
-	.
-	* builds/dos/dos-wat.mk: New file.
-	* builds/freetype.mk (FREETYPE_H): Include header files from the
-	`devel' subdirectory.
-
-	* builds/os2/os2-dev.mk, builds/unix/unixddef.mk,
-	builds/unix/unixddef.mk, builds/win32/w32-bccd.mk,
-	builds/win32/w32-dev.mk (BUILD_DIR): Fix path.
-
-	* builds/unix/configure.ac, builds/unix/configure: Updated.
-	* builds/unix/unix-def.in (DISTCLEAN): Add `freetype2.pc'.
-
-2003-06-07  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/base/ftmac.c (FT_New_Face_From_SFNT): s/rlen/sfnt_size/ to
-	make it compile.
-
-	* devel/ftoption.h: Updated.
-
-2003-06-07  Detlef Würkner  
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/psaux.h, src/truetype/ttgload.h:
-	s/index/idx/ to fix compiler warnings.
-
-	* src/sfnt/ttcmap0.c (tt_face_build_cmaps): Use more `volatile' to
-	fix compiler warning.
-
-	* src/gzip/ftgzip.c (BUILDFIXED): Removed.
-	* src/gzip/inftrees.c (inflate_trees_fixed) [!BUILDFIXED]: Use
-	FT_UNUSED to remove compiler warning.
-
-2003-06-06  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* include/freetype/ftstroker.h: Renamed to...
-	* include/freetype/ftstroke.h: This.
-
-	* src/base/ftstroker.c: Renamed to...
-	* src/base/ftstroke.c: This.
-
-	* include/freetype/config/ftheader.h (FT_STROKER_H): Updated.
-
-	* src/base/descrip.mms, src/base/Jamfile, src/base/rules.mk:
-	Updated.
-
-	* src/pcf/pcfdriver.c: Renamed to...
-	* src/pcf/pcfdrivr.c: This.
-	* src/pcf/pcfdriver.h: Renamed to...
-	* src/pcf/pcfdrivr.h: This.
-
-	* src/pcf/Jamfile, src/pcf/rules.mk: Updated.
-
-2003-06-05  Wenlin Institute (Tom Bishop)  
-
-	* src/base/ftmac.c (file_spec_from_path) [TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON]:
-	Add `#if !defined(__MWERKS__)'.
-
-2003-06-05  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/psaux.h (T1_FieldType): Add
-	T1_FIELD_TYPE_FIXED_1000 and T1_FIELD_TYPE_FIXED_1000_P.
-	(T1_FIELD_FIXED_1000, T1_FIELD_FIXED_1000_P): New macros.
-	* src/psaux/psobjs.c (ps_parser_load_field): Handle
-	T1_FIELD_TYPE_FIXED_1000 and T1_FIELD_TYPE_FIXED_1000_P.
-
-	* src/cff/cffparse.c (cff_kind_fixed_thousand): New enumeration.
-	(CFF_FIELD_FIXED_1000): New macro.
-	(cff_parser_run): Handle cff_kind_fixed_thousand.
-	* src/cff/cfftoken.h: Use CFF_FIELD_FIXED_1000 for blue_scale.
-	* src/cff/cffload (cff_subfont_load): Fix default values of
-	expansion_factor and blue_scale.
-
-	* src/cif/cidtoken.h, src/type1/t1tokens.h: Use T1_FIELD_FIXED_1000
-	for blue_scale.
-
-	* src/pshinter/pshglob.c (psh_globals_new): Fix default value of
-	blue_scale.
-
-2003-06-04  Wolfgang Domröse  
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/ftdriver.h,
-	include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h,
-	include/freetype/internal/psaux.h, src/cid/cidgload.c,
-	src/psaux/psobjs.c, src/psaux/t1decode.c, src/psaux/psobjs.h,
-	src/pshinter/pshrec.c, src/pshinter/pshalgo.c,
-	src/psnames/psmodule.c, src/raster/ftraster.c, src/sfnt/sfobjs.c,
-	src/smooth/ftgrays.c, src/smooth/ftsmooth.c, src/truetype/ttobjs.c,
-	src/truetype/ttdriver.c, src/truetype/ttgload.c, src/type1/t1afm.c,
-	src/type1/t1gload.c, src/type1/t1gload.h, src/type1/t1load.c,
-	src/type1/t1objs.c, src/type42/t42parse.c, src/type42/t42parse.h:
-	Many casts and slight argument type changes to make it work with
-	a 16bit compiler.
-
-2003-06-04  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* include/freetype/config/ftoption.h: Defining
-	TT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_UNPATENTED_HINTING by default is a bad idea
-	since some fonts (e.g. Arial) produce worse results than without
-	hinting.  Reverted.
-
-2003-06-04  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (load_truetype_glyph)
-	[TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER]: Call
-	FT_GlyphLoader_CheckPoints before adding phantom points.  This fixes
-	a segfault bug with fonts (e.g. htst3.ttf) which have nested
-	subglyphs more than one level deep.  Reported by Anthony Fok.
-
-	* include/freetype/config/ftoption.h: Define
-	TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER,
-	TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPILE_UNPATENTED_HINTING, and
-	TT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_UNPATENTED_HINTING to make it the new
-	default.
-
-2003-06-03  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_hinter_hint_edges): Removed.  Just a
-	wrapper for ah_hint_edges.
-	(ah_hint_edges): Renamed to...
-	(ah_hinter_hint_edges): This.
-
-	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Set_Hint_Flags): Removed.  Unused.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h (FT_Face_InternalRec),
-	include/freetype/internal/psaux.h (T1_DecoderRec),
-	src/cff/cffgload.h (CFF_Builder): Remove `hint_flags' field.
-	Unused.
-
-	* src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_builder_init): Updated.
-	(cff_decoder_parse_charstrings) : Call hinter->apply
-	with decoder->hint_mode instead of builder->hint_flags.
-	* src/psaux/t1decode.c (t1_decoder_init): Updated.
-
-	* src/base/ftstroker.c (ft_stroke_border_export): s/index/idx/.
-
-	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (sfnt_load_face): Commented out code which
-	increased root->height by 15% if the line gap was zero.  There exist
-	fonts (containing e.g. form drawing characters) which intentionally
-	have a zero line gap value.
-
-	* src/truetype/ttinterp.c (Free_Project, CUR_Func_freeProj):
-	Removed.  Unused.
-	Updated all callers.
-
-2003-06-02  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/cff/cffobjs.c (cff_face_init): Use symbolic names for
-	Adobe specific encoding IDs (there was a wrong EID value for custom
-	encoding).
-
-	* src/cff/cffcmap.h (CFF_CMapStdRec): Remove `count'.
-	* src/cff/cffcmap.c (cff_cmap_encoding_init,
-	cff_cmap_encoding_done): Updated.
-	(cff_cmap_encoding_char_index, cff_cmap_encoding_char_next): Use
-	256 as limit for character code.
-
-2003-06-01  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/winfonts/winfnt.c (FNT_Load_Glyph): Revert change from
-	2003-03-20.
-
-2003-05-31  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* include/freetype/fttrigon.h (FT_Vector_Normalize): Removed.
-
-2003-05-31    
-
-	* src/type1/t1objs.c (T1_Face_Init): Improve algorithm for guessing
-	the font style by ignoring spaces and hyphens.
-
-	* builds/unix/freetype2.in: Fix `Version' field.
-
-2003-05-30  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	Avoid overwriting of numeric font dictionary entries for synthetic
-	fonts.  Additionally, some entries were handled as `integer' instead
-	of `number'.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/psaux.h (T1_FieldType): Add
-	T1_FIELD_TYPE_BOOL_P, T1_FIELD_TYPE_INTEGER_P, and
-	T1_FIELD_TYPE_FIXED_P.
-	(T1_FIELD_BOOL_P, T1_FIELD_NUM_P, T1_FIELD_FIXED_P): New macros.
-	* src/psaux/psobjs.c (ps_parser_load_field): Handle new field types.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/cfftypes.h (CFF_FontRecDict),
-	src/cff/cfftoken.h: Change type of underline_position and
-	underline_thickness to FT_Fixed.
-	* src/cff/cffload.c (cff_subfont_load): Fix default values of
-	underline_position and underline_thickness.
-	* src/cff/cffobjs.c (cff_face_init): Set underline_position
-	and underline_thickness in `root'.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/t1types.h (T1_Font): Change point_type
-	and stroke_width to pointers.
-	* include/freetype/t1tables.h (PS_FontInfo): Change italic_angle,
-	is_fixed_pitch, underline_position, and underline_thickness to
-	pointers.
-	* src/type1/t1tokens.h: Change italic_angle, is_fixed_pitch,
-	underline_position, and underline_thickness to pointers.  Change
-	the type of the latter two to `fixed'.
-	Change type of stroke_width to `fixed' and make it a pointer.
-	Change paint_type to pointer.
-	* src/type1/t1objs.c (T1_Face_Done): Updated.
-	(T1_Face_Init): Updated.
-	Fix assignment of underline_position and underline_thickness.
-
-	* src/cid/cidtoken.h: Change italic_angle, is_fixed_pitch,
-	underline_position, and underline_thickness to pointers.  Change
-	the type of the latter two to `fixed'.
-	Change type of stroke_width to `fixed'.
-	* src/cid/cidobjs.c (cid_face_done): Updated.
-	(cid_face_init): Updated.
-	Fix assignment of underline_position and underline_thickness.
-
-	* src/type42/t42parse.c: Change italic_angle, is_fixed_pitch,
-	underline_position, and underline_thickness to pointers.  Change the
-	type of the latter two to `fixed'.
-	Change type of stroke_width to `fixed' and make it a pointer.
-	Change paint_type to pointer.
-	* src/type42/t42objs.c (T42_Face_Init): Updated.
-	Fix assignment of underline_position and underline_thickness.
-	(T42_Face_Done): Updated.
-
-	* src/base/ftobjs.c (open_face_from_buffer): Fix compiler warning.
-	* src/pshinter/pshglob.c, src/pshinter/pshglob.h
-	(psh_globals_set_scale): Make it a local function.
-
-	* test/gview.c: Fix renaming ps3->ps typo.
-	Formatting.
-
-2003-05-29  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/pshinter/pshalgo1.[ch], src/pshinter/pshalgo2.[ch]: Removed.
-	* src/pshinter/pshalgo.h: Removed.
-
-	* src/pshinter/pshalgo3.[ch]: Renamed to...
-	* src/pshinter/pshalgo.[ch]: New files.
-	s/PSH3/PSH/.
-	s/psh3/psh/.
-	s/ps3/ps/.
-
-	* src/pshinter/pshrec.c, src/pshinter/pshinter.c: Updated.
-	* src/pshinter/rules.mk, src/pshinter/Jamfile: Updated.
-
-	* src/pshinter/pshglob.[ch] (psh_dimension_snap_width): Commented
-	out.
-
-	* tests/gview.c: Remove code for pshalgo1 and pshalgo2.
-	Updated.
-
-2003-05-28  Martin Zinser  
-
-	* vms_make.com: Reworked support for shareable images on VMS.  The
-	first version was kind of a hack; the current implementation of the
-	procedure to extract the required symbols is much cleaner.
-
-	Reworked creation of MMS files, avoiding a number of temporary files
-	which were created in the previous version.
-
-	Further work on creating descrip.mms files on the fly.
-
-	* builds/vms/descrip.mms, src/autohint/descrip.mms,
-	src/type1/descrip.mms: Removed.
-
-2003-05-28  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/pshinter/pshalgo3.c (psh3_glyph_compute_extrema): Skip
-	contours with only a single point to avoid segfault.
-
-	* src/base/ftglyph.c (FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap): Activate code for
-	handling `origin'.
-
-2003-05-24  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/autohint/ahtypes.h (AH_OPTION_NO_STRONG_INTERPOLATION):
-	Removed since unused.
-
-2003-05-21  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h (ft_strcat): New wrapper macro
-	for strcat.
-
-	* src/base/ftmac.c (create_lwfn_name): s/isupper/ft_isupper/.
-	(parse_font): s/memcpy/ft_memcpy/.
-	(is_dfont) [TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON]: s/memcmp/ft_memcmp/.
-	* src/base/ftobjs.c (load_mac_face) [FT_MACINTOSH]:
-	s/strlen/ft_strlen/.
-	s/strcat/ft_strcat/.
-	s/strcpy/ft_strcpy/.
-	* src/gzip/zutil.h: s/memset/ft_memset/.
-	s/memcmp/ft_memcmp/.
-
-	* src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c (BDF_Face_Init), src/pcf/pcfdriver.c
-	(PCF_Face_Init): Test for charset registry case-insensitively.
-
-	* src/gzip/ftgzip.c (ft_gzip_fil_io): Revert change from yesterday;
-	it has already been fixed differently.
-
-	* src/truetype/ttinterp.c (DO_SFVTL): Add missing braces around
-	if-clause.
-
-2003-05-21  Martin Zinser  
-
-	* t1load.c (parse_blend_axis_types): Fix compiler warning.
-
-	* descrip.mms: Removed.  Now created by...
-
-	* vms_make.com: New file.
-
-2003-05-21  Weiqi Gao  
-
-	* src/gzip/ftgzip.c (ft_gzip_file_io): Avoid zero value of `delta'
-	to prevent infinite loop.
-
-2003-05-21  Lars Clausen  
-
-	* docs/VERSION.DLL: Provide better autoconf snippet to check
-	FreeType version.
-
-2003-05-21  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/base/ftobjs.c (open_face): Free `internal' not
-	`face->internal' in case of error to avoid possible segfault.
-
-	* src/pshinter/pshalgo3.c (ps3_hints_apply): Check whether we
-	actually have an outline.
-
-2003-05-20  David Chester  
-
-	* src/pshinter/pshalgo3.c (ps3_hints_apply): Try to optimize
-	y_scale so that the top of non-capital letters is aligned on a pixel
-	boundary whenever possible.
-
-	* src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_hint_edges): Make sure that lowercase
-	m's maintain their symmetry.
-
-2003-05-20  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_hinter_load_glyph): Oops!  David's
-	patch from yesterday has been resolved already in a different
-	way.  Reverted.
-
-2003-05-19  David Chester  
-
-	* src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_hinter_load_glyph): Don't scale
-	y_scale locally but face->size->metrics.y_scale.
-
-2003-05-19  David Turner  
-
-	* src/sfnt/ttcmap0.c (tt_cmap4_char_next): Select proper start
-	value for `hi' to avoid infinite loop.
-
-2003-05-18  Yong Sun  
-
-	* src/raster/ftraster.c (Insert_Y_Turn): Fix overflow test.
-
-2003-05-18  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* include/freetype/config/ftoption.h [FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS]:
-	New macro.
-	* src/base/ftobjs.c: Use it to control mac font support on non-mac
-	platforms.
-
-2003-05-17  George Williams  
-
-	Implement partial support of Mac fonts on non-Mac platforms.
-
-	* src/base/ftobjs.c (memory_stream_close, new_memory_stream,
-	open_face_from_buffer, Mac_Read_POST_Resource,
-	Mac_Read_sfnt_Resource, IsMacResource, IsMacBinary, load_mac_face)
-	[!FT_MACINTOSH]: New functions.
-	(FT_Open_Face) [!FT_MACINTOSH]: Use load_mac_face.
-
-2003-05-17  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Load_Glyph): Scale linear advance width only
-	if FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE is set (otherwise we have a division by
-	zero since FNT and friends don't define `face->units_per_EM').
-
-2003-05-15  David Turner  
-
-	* src/base/fttrigon.c (FT_Vector_Rotate): Avoid rounding errors
-	for small values.
-
-2003-05-15  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/autohint/ahtypes.h (AH_PointRec): Remove unused `in_angle'
-	and `out_angle' fields.
-
-2003-05-14  George Williams  
-
-	* src/base/ftmac.c (FT_New_Face_From_SFNT): Handle CFF files also.
-
-2003-05-14  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* include/freetype/freetype.h: Fix typo in comment
-	(FT_HAS_FIXED_SIZES).
-
-2003-05-10  Dan Williams  
-
-	* builds/unix/aclocal.m4: Comment out definition of
-	`allow_undefined_flag' for Darwin 1.3.
-	* builds/unix/configure.ac: Add option --with-old-mac-fonts.
-	* builds/unix/ltmain.sh: Fix version numbering for Darwin 1.3.
-	* builds/unix/configure: Regenerated.
-
-	* include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h: Fix conditions for defining
-	`FT_MACINTOSH'.
-	* src/base/ftbase.c: Include `ftmac.c' conditionally.
-	* src/base/ftmac.c: Handle __GNUC__.
-
-2003-05-07  YAMANO-UCHI Hidetoshi  
-
-	* src/cid/cidload.c (is_alpha): Removed.
-	(cid_parse_dict): Use `cid_parser_skip_alpha' instead of `is_alpha'.
-
-2003-05-07  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/autohint/ahoptim.c, src/autohint/ahoptim.h: Obsolete, removed.
-
-2003-05-07  David Turner  
-
-	* src/autohint/ahglyph.c (ah_setup_uv): Exchange `for' loop and
-	`switch' statement to make it run faster.
-	(ah_outline_compute_segments): Reset `segment->score' and
-	`segment->link'.
-	(ah_outline_link_segments): Provide alternative code which does
-	the same but runs much faster.
-	Handle major direction also.
-	(ah_outline_compute_edges): Scale `edge_distance_threshold' down
-	after rounding instead of scaling comparison value in loop.
-
-	* src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_hinter_align_stong_points): Provide
-	alternative code which runs faster.
-	Handle `before->scale == 0'.
-
-	* src/autohint/ahtypes.h (AH_SegmentRec): Move some fields down.
-	(AH_EdgeRec): Move some fields in structure.
-	New field `scale'.
-
-	* src/sfnt/ttcmap0.c (tt_cmap4_char_next): Use binary search.
-
-2003-05-02  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/autohint/ahoptim.c (LOG): Renamed to...
-	(AH_OPTIM_LOG): This.
-	(AH_Dump_Springs): Fix log message format.
-
-	* src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_hint_edges_3): Renamed to...
-	(ah_hint_edges): This.
-
-2002-05-02  Keith Packard  
-
-	* src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c (BDF_Set_Pixel_Size): Initialize `max_advance'.
-
-2003-05-01  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/autohint/ahglyph.c (ah_test_extrema): Renamed to...
-	(ah_test_extremum): This.
-
-2003-04-28  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* builds/unix/configure.ac: Generate `freetype.pc' from
-	`freetype.in'.
-	* builds/unix/configure: Regenerated.
-	* builds/unix/install.mk (install, uninstall): Handle `freetype.pc'.
-
-2003-04-28  Gustavo J. A. M. Carneiro  
-
-	* builds/unix/freetype2.in: New file.  Contains building information
-	for the `pkg-config' package.
-
-2003-04-28  David Turner  
-
-	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Load_Glyph): Fix boundary check for
-	`glyph_index'.
-
-2003-04-25:  Graham Asher  
-
-	Added the optional unpatented hinting system for TrueType.  It
-	allows typefaces which need hinting to produce correct glyph forms
-	(e.g., Chinese typefaces from Dynalab) to work acceptably without
-	infringing Apple patents.  This system is compiled only if
-	TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPILE_UNPATENTED_HINTING is defined in
-	ftoption.h.
-
-	* include/freetype/ttunpat.h: New file.  Defines
-	FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING.
-
-	* include/freetype/config/ftheader.h (FT_TRUETYPE_UNPATENTED_H): New
-	macro to use when including ttunpat.h.
-
-	* include/freetype/config/ftoption.h
-	(TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPILE_UNPATENTED_HINTING,
-	TT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_UNPATENTED_HINTING): New configuration macros
-	(not defined, but in comments) for the unpatented hinting system.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/tttypes.h (TT_FaceRec)
-	[TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPILE_UNPATENTED_HINTING]: New element `FT_Bool
-	unpatented_hinting'.
-
-	* src/truetype/ttinterp.c (NO_APPLE_PATENT, APPLE_THRESHOLD):
-	Removed.
-	(GUESS_VECTOR): New macro.
-	(TT_Run_Context) [TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPILE_UNPATENTED_HINTING]:
-	Set `both_x_axis'.
-	(tt_default_graphics_state)
-	[TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPILE_UNPATENTED_HINTING]: Updated.
-	(Current_Ratio) [TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPILE_UNPATENTED_HINTING]:
-	Handle `unpatented_hinting'.
-	(Direct_Move) [NO_APPLE_PATENT]: Removed.
-	[TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPILE_UNPATENTED_HINTING]: Insert assertion.
-	(Project, FreeProject)
-	[TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPILE_UNPATENTED_HINTING]: Insert assertion.
-	(Compute_Funcs) [TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPILE_UNPATENTED_HINTING]:
-	Implement unpatented hinting.
-	(DO_SPVTCA, DO_SFVTCA, DO_SPVTL, DO_SFVTL, DO_SPVFS, DO_SFVFS,
-	Ins_SDPVTL): Call `GUESS_VECTOR'.
-	(DO_GPV, DO_GFV) [TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPILE_UNPATENTED_HINTING]:
-	Handle `unpatented_hinting'.
-	(Compute_Point_Displacement) [NO_APPLE_PATENT]: Removed.
-	[TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPILE_UNPATENTED_HINTING]: Implement unpatented
-	hinting.
-	(Move_Zp2_Point, Ins_SHPIX, Ins_DELTAP, Ins_DELTAC)
-	[TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPILE_UNPATENTED_HINTING]: Implement unpatented
-	hinting.
-	(TT_RunIns): Updated.
-
-	* src/truetype/ttobjs.c
-	[TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPILE_UNPATENTED_HINTING]: Include
-	FT_TRUETYPE_UNPATENTED_H.
-	(tt_face_init) [TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPILE_UNPATENTED_HINTING,
-	TT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_UNPATENTED_HINTING]: Check
-	FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING.
-
-	* src/truetype/ttobjs.h (TT_GraphicsState)
-	[TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPILE_UNPATENTED_HINTING]: Add `both_x_axis'.
-
-2003-04-25  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/bdf/bdflib.c (hash_bucket, hash_lookup): Use `const' for first
-	argument.
-	(bdf_get_font_property): Use `const' for third argument.
-	Updated all callers.
-	* src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c (BDF_Face_Init): Set pixel width and height
-	similar to the PCF driver.
-	* src/bdf/bdf.h (_hashnode): Use `const' for `key'.
-	Updated.
-
-	* src/gzip/ftgzip.c: C++ doesn't like that the array `inflate_mask'
-	is declared twice.  It is perhaps better to modify the zlib source
-	files directly instead of this hack.
-	(zcalloc, zfree, ft_gzip_stream_close, ft_gzip_stream_io): Add casts
-	to make build with g++ successful.
-
-2003-04-24  Manish Singh  
-
-	* src/cid/cidobjs.c (cid_face_init), src/type1/t1objs.c
-	(T1_Face_Init), src/type42/t42objs.c (T42_Face_Init): Split on `-'
-	also for searching the style name.
-
-2003-04-24  David Turner  
-
-	* src/pcf/pcfread.c (pcf_load_font): Fixed the computation of
-	face->num_glyphs.  We must increase the value by 1 to respect the
-	convention that glyph index 0 always corresponds to the `missing
-	glyph'.
-
-2003-04-24  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* builds/unix/unix-cc.in (CFLAGS): Add @CPPFLAGS@.
-
-2003-04-24  Dieter Baron  
-
-	* builds/unix/freetype-config.in (cflags): Emit FreeType 2's include
-	files first.  Otherwise there are conflicts with FreeType 1
-	installed simultaneously.
-
-2003-04-23  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	Fixing bugs reported by Nelson Beebe.
-
-	* src/base/ftstroker.c (FT_Stroker_ParseOutline): Remove unused
-	variable `in_path'.
-
-	* src/base/ftobjs (ft_glyphslot_set_bitmap): Change type of
-	second argument to `FT_Byte*'.
-	* include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h: Updated.
-
-	* src/bdf/bdflib.c (_bdf_readstream): Remove unused variable `res'.
-	(_bdf_parse_glyphs): Remove unused variable `next'.
-	Mark `call_data' as unused.
-
-	* src/cache/ftlru.c (FT_LruList_Lookup): Remove unused variable
-	`plast'.
-
-	* src/pcf/pcfread.c (pcf_seek_to_table_type): Slight recoding to
-	actually use `error'.
-	(pcf_load_font): Remove unused variable `avgw'.
-
-	* src/pfr/pfrobjs.c (pfr_face_get_kerning): Change return type
-	to `void'.
-	Mark `error' as unused.
-	* src/pfr/pfrobjs.h: Updated.
-	* src/pfr/pfrdrivr.c (pfr_get_kerning): Updated.
-
-	* src/sfnt/ttload.c (sfnt_dir_check): Remove unused variable
-	`format_tag'.
-
-	* src/sfnt/ttcmap0.c (tt_cmap6_validate, tt_cmap10_validate): Remove
-	unused variable `start'.
-	(tt_cmap10_char_next): Remove unused variable `result'
-
-	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (tt_face_get_name): Mark `error' as unused.
-
-	* src/sfnt/sfdriver.c (get_sfnt_postscript_name): Mark `error' as
-	unused.
-
-	* src/type1/t1objs.c (T1_Face_Init): Remove unused variable
-	`pshinter'.
-
-	* src/type1/t1gload.c (T1_Load_Glyph): Use `glyph_data_loaded'
-	only for FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL.
-
-2003-04-23  Akito Hirai  
-
-	* src/sfnt/ttcmap0.c (tt_cmap4_validate): Provide a weak variant
-	of the glyph ID bounding check if FT_VALIDATE_TIGHT is not active.
-	Without this change, many CJK fonts from Dynalab are rejected.
-
-2003-04-23  Joe Marcus Clarke  
-
-	* src/base/ftbdf.c (FT_Get_BDF_Property): Check for valid
-	`get_interface'.
-
-2003-04-23  Paul Miller  
-
-	* src/base/ftmac.c (parse_fond): Fix handling of style names.
-
-2003-04-23  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/pfr/pfrload.c (pfr_extra_item_load_font_id): Use FT_PtrDist
-	instead of FT_Uint for `len'.
-
-2003-04-22  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/gzip/ftgzip.c (zcalloc) [!FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB]:
-	Convert K&R format to modern C usage.
-	(FT_Stream_OpenGzip): Use long constant.
-
-2003-04-21  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/cache/ftccache.c (ftc_cache_lookup): Remove shadow declaration
-	of `manager'.
-
-2003-04-20  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* doc/INSTALL.UNX: Cleaned up.
-
-2003-04-09  Torrey Lyons  
-
-	* src/base/ftmac.c (open_face_from_buffer): Removed a double-free
-	bug that had nasty consequences when trying to open an `invalid'
-	font on a Mac.
-
-2003-04-09  Mike Fabian  
-
-	* src/bdf/bdfdrivr.h (BDF_encoding_el), src/pcf/pcf.h
-	(PCF_EncodingRec): Changed FT_Short to FT_UShort in order to be able
-	to access more than 32768 glyphs in fonts.
-
-2003-04-08  David Turner  
-
-
-	* Version 2.1.4 released.
-	=========================
-
-
-2003-04-03  Martin Muskens  
-
-	* src/type1/t1load.c (T1_Open_Face): Fixed the code to make it
-	handle special cases where a font only contains a `.notdef' glyph
-	(happens in PDF-embedded fonts).  Otherwise, FT_Panic was called.
-
-2003-03-27  David Turner  
-
-	* README: Udpated.
-
-	* README.UNX: Removed (now replaced by docs/INSTALL.UNX).
-
-	* src/pshinter/pshalgo3.c: The hinter now performs as in 2.1.3 and
-	will ignore stem quantization only when FT_LOAD_TARGET_SMOOTH is
-	used.
-	(psh3_dimension_quantize_len): Enabled.
-	(psh3_hint_align): Enable commented code.
-	(psh3_hint_align_light): Commented out.
-
-	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Set_Char_Size): Changed the default
-	computations to include rounding in all cases; this is required to
-	provide accurate kerning data when native TrueType hinting is
-	enabled.
-
-	* src/type1/t1load.c (is_name_char): The Type 1 loader now accepts
-	more general names according to the PostScript specification (the
-	previous one was too restrictive).
-	(parse_font_name, parse_encoding, parse_charstrings, parse_dict):
-	Use `is_name_char'.
-	(parse_subrs): Handle empty arrays.
-
-2003-03-20  David Turner  
-
-	Serious rewriting of the documentation.
-
-	* docs/BUGS, docs/BUILD: Removed.
-	* docs/DEBUG.TXT: Renamed to...
-	* docs/DEBUG: This.
-	* docs/CUSTOMIZE, docs/TRUETYPE, docs/UPGRADE.UNX: New files.
-	* docs/INSTALL.ANY, docs/INSTALL.UNX, docs/INSTALL.GNU New files,
-	containing platform specific information previously in INSTALL.
-	* docs/readme.vms: Renamed to...
-	* docs/INSTALL.VMS: This.
-
-	* docs/*: Updated.
-
-	Introduced three new functions to deal with glyph bitmaps within
-	FT_GlyphSlot objects:
-
-	  ft_glyphslot_free_bitmap
-	  ft_glyphslot_alloc_bitmap
-	  ft_glyphslot_set_bitmap
-
-	These functions are much more convenient to use than managing the
-	FT_GLYPH_OWN_BITMAP flag manually.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h (ft_glyphslot_free_bitmap,
-	ft_glyphslot_alloc_bitmap, ft_glyphslot_set_bitmap): New functions.
-	* src/base/ftobjs.c: Implement them.
-	(ft_glyphslot_done): Use ft_glyphslot_free_bitmap.
-
-	* src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c (BDF_Glyph_Load), src/pcf/pcfdriver.c
-	(PCF_Glyph_Load): Remove unused variable `memory'.
-	Use `ft_glyphslot_*' functions.
-	Don't set `FT_GLYPH_OWN_BITMAP'.
-
-	* src/pfr/pfrsbit.c (pfr_slot_load_bitmap): Use
-	`ft_glyphslot_alloc_bitmap'.
-
-	* src/sfnt/ttsbit.c (Load_SBit_Image): Change 5th argument to type
-	`FT_GlyphSlot'.
-	Adding argument `depth' to handle recursive calls.
-	Use `ft_glyphslot_alloc_bitmap'.
-	(tt_face_load_sbit_image): Remove unused variable `memory'.
-	Don't handle `FT_GLYPH_OWN_BITMAP'.
-	Update call to Load_SBit_Image.
-
-	* src/type42/t42objs.c (ft_glyphslot_clear): Renamed to...
-	(t42_glyphslot_clear): This.  Updated caller.
-	Call `ft_glyphslot_free_bitmap'.
-
-	* src/winfonts/winfnt.c (FNT_Load_Glyph): Use
-	`ft_glyphslot_set_bitmap'.
-	Don't handle `FT_GLYPH_OWN_BITMAP'.
-
-	* src/cache/ftlru.c (FT_LruList_Lookup): Fixed an invalid assertion
-	check.
-
-	* src/autohint/ahglyph.c (ah_outline_load): Add two scaling
-	arguments.
-	* src/autohint/ahglyph.h: Updated.
-	* src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_hinter_load): Updated.
-	* src/autohint/ahglobal.c (ah_hinter_compute_widths): Updated.
-
-	* src/cache/ftccache.c (ftc_family_done): Fixed small bug that could
-	crash the cache in rare circumstances (mostly with broken fonts).
-
-2003-03-15  David Turner  
-
-	* src/truetype/ttdriver.c (Set_Char_Sizes): Fixed a small rounding
-	bug.  Actually, it seems that previous versions of FreeType didn't
-	perform TrueType rounding exactly as appropriate.
-
-2003-03-14  David Turner  
-
-	* src/truetype/ttdriver.c (Set_Char_Sizes): Fixing the small
-	TrueType native rendering glitches; they came from a small rounding
-	error.
-
-2003-03-13  David Turner  
-
-	Added new environment variables to control memory debugging with
-	FreeType.  See the description of `FT2_DEBUG_MEMORY',
-	`FT2_ALLOC_TOTAL_MAX' and `FT2_ALLOC_COUNT_MAX' in DEBUG.TXT.
-
-	* src/base/ftdbgmem.c (FT_MemTableRec): Add `alloc_count',
-	`bound_total', `alloc_total_max', `bound_count', `alloc_count_max'.
-	(ft_mem_debug_alloc): Handle new variables.
-	(ft_mem_debug_init): s/FT_DEBUG_MEMORY/FT2_DEBUG_MEMORY/.
-	Handle new environment variables.
-	* docs/DEBUG.TXT: Updated.
-
-	Fixed the cache sub-system to correctly deal with out-of-memory
-	conditions.
-
-	* src/cache/ftccache.c (ftc_node_destroy): Comment out generic
-	check.
-	(ftc_cache_lookup): Implement loop.
-	* src/cache/ftccmap.c: Define FT_COMPONENT.
-	* src/cache/ftcsbits.c (ftc_sbit_node_load): Handle
-	FT_Err_Out_Of_Memory.
-	* src/cache/ftlru.c: Include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H.
-	(FT_LruList_Lookup): Implement loop.
-
-	* src/pfr/pfrobjs.c (pfr_face_done): Fix memory leak.
-	(pfr_face_init): Fixing compiler warnings.
-
-	* src/psaux/psobjs.c (reallocate_t1_table): Fixed a bug (memory
-	leak) that only happened when a try to resize an array would end in
-	an out-of-memory condition.
-
-	* src/smooth/ftgrays.c (gray_convert_glyph): Removed compiler
-	warnings / volatile bug.
-
-	* src/truetype/ttobjs.c (tt_glyphzone_done): Removed segmentation
-	fault that happened in tight memory environments.
-
-2003-02-28  Pixel  
-
-	* src/gzip/ftgzip.c (ft_gzip_file_done): Fixed memory leak: The ZLib
-	stream was not properly finalized.
-
-2003-02-25  Anthony Fok  
-
-	* src/cache/ftccmap.c: Include FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H.
-	(ftc_cmap_family_init): The cmap cache now
-	supports UCS-4 charmaps when available in Asian fonts.
-
-	* src/sfnt/ttload.c, src/base/ftobjs.c: Changed `asian' to `Asian'
-	in comments.
-
-2003-02-25  David Turner  
-
-	* src/gzip/ftgzip.c (ft_gzip_file_fill_output): Fixed a bug that
-	caused FreeType to loop endlessly when trying to read certain
-	compressed gzip files.  The following test reveals the bug:
-
-	  touch 0123456789 ; gzip 0123456789 ; ftdump 0123456789.gz
-
-	Several fixes to the PFR font driver:
-
-	- The list of available embedded bitmaps was not correctly set in
-	  the root FT_FaceRec structure describing the face.
-
-	- The glyph loader always tried to load the outlines when
-	  FT_LOAD_SBITS_ONLY was specified.
-
-	- The table loaded now scans for *undocumented* elements of a
-	  physical font's auxiliary data record.  This is necessary to
-	  retrieve the `real' family and style names.
-
-	NOTE THAT THESE CHANGES THE FAMILY NAME OF MANY PFR FONTS!
-
-	* src/pfr/pfrload.c (pfr_aux_name_load): New function.
-	(pfr_phy_font_done): Free `family_name' and `style_name' also.
-	Remove unused variables.
-	(pfr_phy_font_load): Extract useful information from the auxiliary
-	bytes.
-
-	* src/pfr/pfrobjs.c (pfr_face_done): Set pointers to NULL.
-	(pfr_face_init): Provide fallback values for `family_name' and
-	`style_name'.
-	Handle strikes.
-	(pfr_slot_load): Handle FT_LOAD_SBITS_ONLY.
-	* src/pfr/pfrtypes.h (PFR_PhyFontRec): Add fields `ascent',
-	`descent', `leading', `family_name', and `style_name'.
-
-	* src/truetype/ttdriver.c (Set_Char_Sizes): Fixed a rounding bug
-	when computing the scale factors for a given character size in
-	points with resolution.
-
-	* devel/ft2build.h, devel/ftoption.h: New files (in a new directory)
-	which are special development versions of include/ft2build.h and
-	include/freetype/config/ftoption.h, respectively.
-
-2003-02-18  David Turner  
-
-	Fixing the slight distortion problem that occurred due to the latest
-	auto-hinter changes.
-
-	* src/base/ftobjs.c (ft_recompute_scaled_metrics): Fix rounding.
-
-	* src/truetype/ttdriver.c (Set_Char_Sizes): New variable `metrics2'.
-	[!TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER]: Removed.
-
-	* src/truetype/ttobjs.h (TT_SizeRec): New field `metrics'.
-	* src/truetype/ttobjs.c (Reset_Outline_Size): Fix initialization of
-	`metrics'.
-	[FT_CONFIG_CHESTER_ASCENDER]: Code removed.
-	(Reset_SBit_Size): Fix initialization of `metrics'.
-
-	* src/truetype/ttinterp.c (TT_Load_Context): Fix initialization of
-	`exec->metrics'.
-
-	* src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_hinter_load): Disabled the advance width
-	`correction' which seemed to provide more trouble than benefits.
-
-2003-02-13  Graham Asher  
-
-	Changed the incremental loading interface in a way that makes it
-	simpler and allows glyph metrics to be changed (e.g., by adding a
-	constant, as required by CFF fonts) rather than just overridden.
-	This was required to make the GhostScript-to-FreeType bridge work.
-
-	* src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_slot_load) [FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]:
-	Allow metrics to be overridden.
-	* src/cid/cidgload.c (cid_load_glyph) [FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]:
-	Ditto.
-
-	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (load_truetype_glyph)
-	[FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]: Simplify.
-	(compute_glyph_metrics) [FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]: Code block
-	moved down.
-
-	* src/type1/t1gload.c (T1_Parse_Glyph_And_Get_Char_String)
-	[FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]: Updated.
-
-	* include/freetype/ftincrem.h: Updated.
-
-2003-01-31  David Turner  
-
-	* docs/CHANGES, docs/VERSION.DLL, docs/TODO: Updating documentation
-	for the 2.1.4 release.
-
-	* builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsp,
-	builds/win32/visualc/index.html: Updating the project file for
-	2.1.4.
-
-	* src/gzip/adler32.c, src/gzip/ftgzip.c, src/gzip/infblock.c,
-	src/gzip/infcodes.c, src/gzip/inflate.c, src/gzip/inftrees.c,
-	src/gzip/infutil.c: Removed old-style (K&R)function definitions.
-	This avoids warnings with Visual C++ at its most pedantic mode.
-
-	* src/pfr/pfrsbit.c: Removed compiler warnings.
-
-	* src/cache/ftccmap.c (ftc_cmap_family_init): Changed an FT_ERROR
-	into an FT_TRACE1 since it caused `ftview' and others to dump too
-	much junk when trying to display a waterfall with a font without a
-	Unicode charmap (e.g.  SYMBOL.TTF).
-
-	Implemented FT_CONFIG_CHESTER_BLUE_SCALE, corresponding to the last
-	patch from David Chester, but with a much simpler (and saner)
-	implementation.
-
-	* src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_hinter_load_glyph)
-	[FT_CONFIG_CHESTER_BLUE_SCALE]: Try to optimize the y_scale so that
-	the top of non-capital letters is aligned on a pixel boundary
-	whenever possible.
-
-	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Set_Char_Size)
-	[FT_CONFIG_CHESTER_BLUE_SCALE]: Round differently.
-	* src/truetype/ttdriver.c (Set_Char_Sizes)
-	[TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER]: Do some rounding only
-	if this macro is defined.
-
-	* src/truetype/ttobjs.c (Reset_Outline_Size)
-	[FT_CONFIG_CHESTER_ASCENDER]: Round differently.
-
-	* src/pshinter/pshalgo3.c: Improved the Postscript hinter.  Getting
-	rid of stem snapping seems to work well here (though the stems are
-	still slightly moved to increase contrast).
-	(psh3_dimension_quantize_len): Commented out.
-	(psh3_hint_align_light): New function.
-	(psh3_hint_align): Comment out some code.
-
-	THIS IMPROVES ANTI-ALIASED RENDERING, BUT MONOCHROME AND LCD MODES
-	STILL SUCK.
-
-2003-01-22  David Chester  
-
-	* src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_compute_stem_width): Small fix to the
-	stem width optimization.
-
-2003-01-22  David Turner  
-
-	Adding a new API `FT_Get_BDF_Property' to retrieve the BDF
-	properties of a given PCF or BDF font.
-
-	* include/freetype/ftbdf.h (FT_PropertyType): New enumeration.
-	(BDF_Property, BDF_PropertyRec): New structure.
-	FT_Get_BDF_Property): New function.
-	* include/freetype/internal/bdftypes.h: Include FT_BDF_H.
-	(BDF_GetPropertyFunc): New function pointer.
-
-	* src/base/ftbdf.c (test_font_type): New helper function.
-	(FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID): Use `test_font_type'.
-	(FT_Get_BDF_Property): New function.
-
-	* src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c: Include FT_BDF_H.
-	(bdf_get_bdf_property, bdf_driver_requester): New functions.
-	(bdf_driver_class): Use `bdf_driver_requester'.
-
-	* src/pcf/pcfdrivr.c: Include FT_BDF_H.
-	(pcf_get_bdf_property, pdc_driver_requester): New functions
-	(pcf_driver_class): Use `pcf_driver_requester'.
-
-	* src/pcf/pcfread.c: Include `pcfread.h'.
-	(pcf_find_property): Decorate it with FT_LOCAL_DEF.
-	* src/pcf/pcfread.h: New file, providing `pcf_find_property'.
-
-	* src/sfnt/ttload.c (sfnt_dir_check): Relaxed the `head' table size
-	verification to accept a few broken fonts who pad the size
-	incorrectly (the table should be padded, but its `size' field
-	shouldn't according to the specification).
-
-2003-01-18  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* builds/unix/ltmain.sh: Regenerated with `libtoolize --force
-	--copy' from libtool 1.4.3.
-	* builds/unix/aclocal.m4: Regenerated with `aclocal -I .' from
-	automake 1.7.1.
-	* builds/unix/configure: Regenerated with autoconf 2.54.
-	* builds/unix/config.guess, builds/unix/config.sub: Updated from
-	`config' CVS module at subversions.gnu.org.
-	* builds/unix/install-sh, builds/unix/mkinstalldirs: Updated from
-	`automake' CVS module at subversions.gnu.org.
-
-2003-01-15  David Turner  
-
-	* include/freetype/freetype.h: Fixed documentation for
-	FT_Size_Metrics.
-
-2003-01-15  James Su  
-
-	* src/gzip/ftgzip.c (ft_gzip_check_header): Bugfix: couldn't read
-	certain gzip-ed font files (typo: `&&' -> `&').
-
-2003-01-15  Huw D M Davies  
-
-	Added a Windows .FNT specific API (mostly for Wine).  Also fixed a
-	nasty bug in the header loader which would cause invalid memory
-	overwrites.
-
-	* include/freetype/config/ftheader.h (FT_WINFONTS_H): New macro
-	for ftwinfnt.h.
-	* include/freetype/internal/fnttypes.h: Include FT_WINFONTS_H.
-	(FNT_FontRec): Updated.
-	Move Windows FNT definition to...
-	* include/freetype/ftwinfnt.h: This new file.
-	(FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec): Rename `reserved2' to `reserved1'.
-	* src/base/ftwinfnt.c: New file, providing `FT_Get_WinFNT_Header'.
-	* src/winfonts/winfnt.c (winfnt_header_fields): Updated.
-	Rename `reserved2' to `reserved1'.
-	(fnt_font_load): Updated.
-
-	* src/base/Jamfile, src/base/descrip.mms, src/base/rules.mk:
-	Updated.
-
-2003-01-14  Graham Asher  
-
-	* include/freetype/ftglyph.h, src/base/ftglyph.c: Added `const' to
-	the type of the first argument to FT_Matrix_Multiply, which isn't
-	changed -- this adds documentation and convenience.
-
-2003-01-13  Graham Asher  
-
-	* src/sfnt/ttload.c (tt_face_load_metrics)
-	[FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]: TrueType typefaces without
-	horizontal metrics (without the `hmtx' table) are now tolerated if
-	an incremental interface has been specified that has a
-	get_glyph_metrics function, implying that metrics will be supplied
-	from outside.  This happens for certain Type 42 fonts passed from
-	GhostScript.
-
-2003-01-11  David Chester  
-
-	Patches to the auto-hinter in order to slightly improve the output.
-	Note that everything is controlled through the new
-	FT_CONFIG_OPTION_CHESTER_HINTS defined in `ftoption.h'.  There are
-	also individual FT_CONFIG_CHESTER_XXX macros to control individual
-	`features'.
-
-	Note that all improvements are enabled by default, but can be
-	tweaked for optimization and testing purposes.  The configuration
-	macros will most likely disappear in the short future.
-
-	* include/freetype/config/ftoption.h
-	(FT_CONFIG_OPTION_CHESTER_HINTS): New macro.
-	(FT_CONFIG_CHESTER_{SMALL_F,ASCENDER,SERIF,STEM,BLUE_SCALE})
-	[FT_CONFIG_OPTION_CHESTER_HINTS]: New macros to control individual
-	features.
-
-	* src/autohint/ahglobal.c (blue_chars) [FT_CONFIG_CHESTER_SMALL_F]:
-	Add blue zone for `fijkdbh'.
-	* src/autohint/ahglobal.h (AH_IS_TOP_BLUE)
-	[FT_CONFIG_CHESTER_SMALL_F]: Use `AH_BLUE_SMALL_F_TOP'.
-	* src/autohint/ahglyph.c (ah_outline_compute_edges)
-	[FT_CONFIG_CHESTER_SERIF]: Use `AH_EDGE_SERIF'.
-	(ah_outline_compute_blue_edges) [FT_CONFIG_CHESTER_SMALL_F]:
-	Increase threshold for `best_dist'.
-	* src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_compute_stem_width)
-	[FT_CONFIG_CHESTER_SERIF]: Provide new version for improved serif
-	handling.
-	(ah_align_linked_edge) [FT_CONFIG_CHESTER_SERIF]: Use special
-	version of `ah_compute_stem_width'.
-	(ah_hint_edges_3) [FT_CONFIG_CHESTER_STEM]: A new algorithm for stem
-	alignment when stem widths are less than 1.5 pixels wide centers the
-	stem slightly off-center of the center of a pixel (this increases
-	sharpness and consistency).
-	[FT_CONFIG_CHESTER_SERIF]: Use special version of
-	`ah_compute_stem_width'.
-	* src/autohint/ahtypes.h [FT_CONFIG_CHESTER_SMALL_F]: Add
-	`AH_BLUE_SMALL_F_TOP'.
-
-2003-01-11  David Turner  
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/fnttypes.h (WinFNT_HeaderRec): Increase
-	size of `reserved2' to avoid memory overwrites.
-
-2003-01-08  Huw Davies  
-
-	* src/winfonts/winfnt.c (winfnt_header_fields): Read 16 bytes into
-	`reserved2', not `reserved'.
-
-	* src/base/ftobjs.c (find_unicode_charmap): Fixed the error code
-	returned when the font doesn't contain a Unicode charmap.  This
-	allows FT2 to load `symbol.ttf' and a few others correctly since the
-	last release.
-	(open_face): Fix return value.
-
-2003-01-08  Owen Taylor  
-
-	Implemented the FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT hinting mode in the auto and
-	postscript hinters.
-
-	* src/autohint/ahtypes.h (AH_HinterRec): Add `do_stem_adjust'.
-	* src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_compute_stem_width): Handle
-	hinter->do_stem_adjust.
-	(ah_hinter_load_glyph): Set hinter->do_stem_adjust.
-
-	* src/pshinter/pshalgo3.h (PSH3_GlyphRec): Add `do_stem_adjust'.
-	* src/pshinter/pshalgo3.c (psh3_hint_align): Use `do_stem_adjust'.
-	(ps3_hints_apply): Handle FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT.
-
-	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_Render_Mode): Add
-	FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT.
-
-	* src/truetype/ttgload.c: Fixing the TrueType loader to handle
-	invalid composites correctly by limiting the recursion depth.
-	(TT_MAX_COMPOSITE_RECURSE): New macro.
-	(load_truetype_glyph): Add argument `recurse_count'.
-	Load a composite only if the numbers of contours is -1, emit error
-	otherwise.
-	(TT_Load_Glyph): Updated.
-
-2003-01-08  David Turner  
-
-	* Jamrules, Jamfile, Jamfile.in, src/*/Jamfile: Small changes to
-	support the compilation of FreeType 2 as part of larger projects
-	with their own configuration options (only with Jam).
-
-2003-01-07  David Turner  
-
-	* src/base/ftstroker.c: Probably the last bug-fixes to the stroker;
-	the API is likely to change, however.
-	(ft_stroke_border_close): Don't record empty paths.
-	(ft_stroke_border_get_counts): Increase `num_points' also in for loop.
-	(ft_stroke_border_export): Don't increase `write' twice in for loops.
-	(ft_stroker_outside): Handle `phi' together with `theta'.
-	(FT_Stroker_ParseOutline): New function.
-
-	* src/base/fttrigon.c (FT_Angle_Diff): Fixing function: It returned
-	invalid values for large negative angle differences (resulting in
-	incorrect stroker computations, among other things).
-
-	* src/cache/ftccache.c (ftc_node_hash_unlink): Removing incorrect
-	assertion, and changing code to avoid hash table size contraction.
-
-	* src/base/Jamfile, src/base/rules.mk, src/base/descrip.mms: Adding
-	`ftstroker' to default build, as optional component.
-
-2002-12-26  David Turner  
-
-	* src/gzip/adler32.c, src/gzip/infblock.c, src/gzip/inflate.c,
-	src/gzip/inftrees.c, src/gzip/zconf.h, src/gzip/zlib.h,
-	src/gzip/zutil.h: Updates to allow compilation without compiler
-	warnings with LCC-Win32.
-
-	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FREETYPE_PATCH): Set to 4.
-	* builds/unix/configure.ac (version_info): Increased to 9:3:3.
-	* builds/unix/configure: Regenerated.
-	* docs/VERSION.DLL: Updated.
-
-2002-12-23  Anthony Fok  
-
-	* builds/unix/configure.ac, builds/unix/unix-cc.in (LINK_LIBRARY),
-	builds/unix/unix-def.in (SYSTEM_ZLIB): Small fix to configure
-	sub-system on Unix to allow other programs to correctly link with
-	zlib when needed.
-
-2002-12-19  David Turner  
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/sfnt.h (SFNT_Load_Table_Func): New
-	function pointer.
-
-	* include/freetype/tttables.h (FT_Load_Sfnt_Table): New function.
-	* src/base/ftobjs.c: Implement it.
-
-	* src/sfnt/sfdriver.c (sfnt_get_interface): Handle `load_sfnt'
-	module request.
-
-2002-12-17  David Turner  
-
-	* src/base/ftobjs.c (find_unicode_charmap): Added some comments to
-	better explain what's happening there.
-	(open_face): Included Graham Asher's fix to prevent faces without
-	Unicode charmaps from loading.
-
-	* src/winfonts/winfnt.c: Included George Williams's fix to support
-	version 2 fonts correctly.
-	(winfnt_header_fields): Updated.
-	(fnt_font_load): Handle version 2 fonts.
-	(FNT_Load_Glyph): Updated.
-
-2002-12-16  David Turner  
-
-	* docs/VERSION.DLL: Updating document to better explain the
-	differences between the three version numbers being used on Unix, as
-	well as providing an autoconf fragment provided by Lars Clausen.
-
-	* src/smooth/ftgrays.c (gray_render_conic): Fixed small bug that
-	prevented Bézier arcs with negative vertical coordinates to be
-	rendered appropriately.
-
-2002-12-02  Antoine Leca  
-
-	* src/base/ftobjs.c: Modified the logic to get Unicode charmaps.
-	Now it loads UCS-4 charmaps when there is one.
-	(find_unicode_charmap): New function.
-	(open_face): Refer to the above one.
-	(FT_Select_Charmap): Idem.
-
-2002-11-29  Antoine Leca  
-
-	* include/freetype/ftgzip.h: Correct the name of the controlling
-	macro (was __FTXF86_H__ ...).
-
-2002-11-27  Vincent Caron  
-
-	* builds/unix/unix-def.in, builds/unix/freetype-config.in,
-	builds/unix/configure.ac, src/gzip/rules.mk, src/gzip/ftgzip.c
-	[FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB]: Adding support for system zlib
-	installations if available on the target platform (Unix only).
-
-2002-11-23  David Turner  
-
-	* src/cff/cffload.c (cff_charset_load, cff_encoding_load): Modified
-	charset loader to accept pre-defined charsets, even when the font
-	contains fewer glyphs.  Also enforced more checks to ensure that we
-	never overflow the character codes array in the encoding.
-
-2002-11-22  Antoine Leca  
-
-	* include/freetype/ttnameid.h: Updated to latest OpenType
-	specification.
-
-2002-11-18  David Turner  
-
-
-	* Version 2.1.3 released.
-	=========================
-
-
-2002-11-07  David Turner  
-
-	* src/cache/ftcsbit.c (ftc_sbit_node_load): Fixed a small bug that
-	caused problems with embedded bitmaps.
-
-	* src/otlayout/otlayout.h, src/otlyaout/otlconf.h,
-	src/otlayout/otlgsub.c, src/otlayout/otlgsub.h,
-	src/otlayout/otlparse.c, src/otlayout/otlparse.h,
-	src/otlayout/otlutils.h: Updating the OpenType Layout code, adding
-	support for the first GSUB lookups.  Nothing that really compiles
-	for now though.
-
-	* src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_align_serif_edge): Disabled serif stem
-	width quantization.  It produces slightly better shapes though this
-	is not distinguishable with many fonts.
-	Remove other dead code.
-
-	* src/Jamfile, src/*/Jamfile: Simplified.
-	Use $(FT2_SRC_DIR).
-
-2002-11-06  David Turner  
-
-	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT): New macro.
-	(FT_LOAD_TARGET, FT_LOAD_TARGET_MODE): Use `& 15' instead of `& 7'.
-
-2002-11-05  David Turner  
-
-	* include/freetype/config/ftoption.h, src/gzip/ftgzip.c: Added
-	support for the FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB option, used to specify
-	the use of system-wide zlib.
-
-	Note that this macro, as well as
-	TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER, is not #undef-ed anymore.
-	This allows the build system to define them depending on the
-	configuration (typically by adding -D flags at compile time).
-
-	* src/sfnt/ttcmap0.c (tt_face_build_cmaps): Removed compiler
-	warnings in optimized mode relative to the `volatile' local
-	variables.  This was not a compiler bug after all, but the fact that
-	a pointer to a volatile variable is not the same as a volatile
-	pointer to a variable :-)
-
-	The fix was to change
-	  `volatile FT_Byte* p'
-	into
-	  `FT_Byte* volatile p'.
-
-	* src/pfr/pfrload.c (pfr_phy_font_load), src/pfr/pfrdrivr.c
-	(pfr_get_metrics), src/gzip/inftrees.c: Removed compiler warnings in
-	optimized modes.
-
-	* src/gzip/*.[hc]: Modified our zlib copy in order to prevent
-	exporting any zlib function names outside of the component.  This
-	prevents linking problems on some platforms, when applications want
-	to link FreeType _and_ zlib together.
-
-2002-11-05  Juliusz  
-
-	* src/psaux/psobjs.c (ps_table_add): Modified increment loop in
-	order to implement exponential behaviour.
-
-2002-11-01  David Turner  
-
-	Added PFR-specific public API.  Fixed the kerning retrievel routine
-	(it returned invalid values when the outline and metrics resolution
-	differ).
-
-	* include/freetype/ftpfr.h, include/freetype/internal/pfr.h: New
-	files.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/internal.h (FT_INTERNAL_PFR_H): New
-	macro for pfr.h.
-
-	* src/base/ftpfr.c: New file.
-	* src/base/Jamfile, src/base/descrip.mms: Updated.
-
-	* src/pfr/pfrdrivr.c: Include FT_INTERNAL_PFR_H.
-	(pfr_get_kerning, pfr_get_advance, pfr_get_metrics): New functions.
-	(pfr_service_rec): New format interface.
-	(pfr_driver_class): Use `pfr_service_rec'.
-	Replace `pfr_face_get_kerning' with `pfr_get_kerning'.
-	* src/pfr/pfrobjs.c: Remove dead code.
-
-	* src/base/ftobjs.c (ft_glyphslot_clear): Small internal fix to
-	better support bitmap-based font formats.
-
-	* src/base/ftsynth.c (FT_GlyphSlot_Embolden): Fix handling of
-	`scale'.
-	Fix arguments to `FT_Vector_From_Polar'.
-
-2002-10-31  David Turner  
-
-	Add support for automatic handling of gzip-compressed PCF files.
-
-	* src/gzip/*: New files, taken from the zlib package (except
-	ftgzip.c).
-
-	* include/freetype/ftgzip.h, src/gzip/ftgzip.c: New files.
-	* include/freetype/config/ftheader.h (FT_GZIP_H): New macro for
-	`ftgzip.h'.
-
-	* src/pcf/pcfdriver.c: Include FT_GZIP_H and FT_ERRORS_H.
-	(PCF_Face_Init): If normal open fails, try to open gzip stream.
-	(PCF_Face_Done): Close gzip stream.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/pcftypes.h (PCF_Public_FaceRec),
-	src/pcf/pcf.h (PCF_FaceRec): Add `gzip_stream' and `gzip_source'.
-
-	* include/freetype/config/ftoption.h (FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_ZLIB):
-	New macro.
-	(T1_CONFIG_OPTION_DISABLE_HINTER, FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_CMAPS
-	FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_CONVENIENCE_FUNCS,
-	FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ALTERNATE_GLYPH_FORMATS): Removed.
-
-	(FT_EXPORT, FT_EXPORT_DEF, FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR,
-	FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE, FT_DEBUG_MEMORY): Comment out definitions so
-	that platform specific configuration file can override.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/ftstream.h: Include FT_SYSTEM_H.
-
-2002-10-30  David Turner  
-
-	* FreeType 2.1.3rc3 released.
-
-2002-10-25  David Turner  
-
-	* include/freetype/ftcache.h (FT_POINTER_TO_ULONG): New macro.
-	(FTC_FACE_ID_HASH): Rewritten, using FT_POINTER_TO_ULONG.
-
-2002-10-22  Giuseppe Ghibò  
-
-	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_Encoding): Fix entry for latin-2.
-
-2002-10-07  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_Open_Face): Use `const' for `args'
-	(suggested by Graham).
-	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Open_Face): Updated.
-	(ft_input_stream_new): Ditto.
-
-2002-10-05  David Turner  
-
-	Adding support for embedded bitmaps to the PFR driver, and rewriting
-	its kerning loader/handler to use all kerning pairs in a physical
-	font (and not just the first item).
-
-	* src/pfr/pfr.c: Include `pfrsbit.c'.
-	* src/pfr/pfrgload.c: Include `pfrsbit.h'.
-	* src/pfr/pfrload.c (pfr_extra_item_load_kerning_pairs): Rewritten.
-	(pfr_phy_font_done, pfr_phy_font_load): Updated.
-	* src/pfr/pfrobks.c: Include `pfrsbit.h'.
-	(pfr_face_init): Handle kerning and embedded bitmaps.
-	(pfr_slot_load): Load embedded bitmaps.
-	(PFR_KERN_INDEX): Removed.
-	(pfr_face_get_kerning): Rewritten.
-	* src/pfr/pfrsbit.c, src/pfr/pfrsbit.h: New files.
-	* src/pfr/pfrtypes.h (PFR_KernItemRec): New structure.
-	(PFR_KERN_INDEX): New macro.
-	(PFR_PhyFontRec): Add items for kerning and embedded bitmaps.
-	* src/pfr/Jamfile (_sources) [FT2_MULTI]: Add `pfrsbit'.
-
-	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Load_Glyph): Don't load bitmap fonts if
-	FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE is set.
-	Load embedded bitmaps only if FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP isn't set.
-
-	* src/tools/docmaker/content.py, src/tools/docmaker/sources.py,
-	src/tools/docmaker/tohtml.py: Fixing a few nasty bugs.
-
-	* src/sfnt/ttcmap0.c (tt_cmap4_validate): The validator for format 4
-	sub-tables is now capable of dealing with invalid `length' fields at
-	the start of the sub-table.  This allows fonts like `mg______.ttf'
-	(i.e.  Marriage) to return accurate charmaps.
-
-	* docs/CHANGES: Updated.
-
-2002-10-05  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/smooth/ftgrays.c (SUBPIXELS): Add cast to `TPos'.
-	Update all callers.
-	(TRUNC): Add cast to `TCoord'.
-	Update all callers.
-	(TRaster): Use `TPos' for min_ex, max_ex, min_ey, max_ey, and
-	last_ey.
-	Update all casts.
-	(gray_render_line): Fix casts for `p' and `first'.
-
-2002-10-02  Detlef Würkner  
-
-	* src/bdf/bdflib.c (bdf_load_font): Allocate the _bdf_parse_t
-	structure with FT_ALLOC instead of using the stack.
-
-2002-09-27  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/include/freetype/internal/tttypes.h (num_sbit_strikes,
-	num_sbit_scales): Use `FT_ULong'.
-	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (sfnt_load_face): Updated accordingly.
-	* src/sfnt/ttsbit.c (tt_face_set_sbit_strike): Ditto.
-	(find_sbit_image): Remove cast.
-	* src/raster/ftrend1.c (ft_raster1_render): Fix cast.
-
-2002-09-27  Wolfgang Domröse  
-
-	* src/sfnt/ttload.c (tt_face_load_names): Use cast.
-	* src/sfnt/ttcmap.c (code_to_next2): Use long constant.
-	(code_to_index4): Use cast.
-	(code_to_index8_12): Fix cast.
-	* src/sfnt/ttcmap0.c (tt_cmap4_char_next, tt_cmap8_char_index,
-	tt_cmap12_char_index): Use cast for `result'.
-	(tt_face_build_cmaps): Use cast.
-	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (tt_name_entry_ascii_from_ucs4): Use cast for
-	`code'.
-	(sfnt_load_face): Use FT_Int32 for `flags'.
-
-	* src/smooth/ftgrays.c (gray_render_scanline, gray_render_line,
-	gray_compute_cbox, gray_convert_glyph, gray_raster_reset): Add casts
-	to `TCoord' and `int'.
-	More 16bit fixes.
-	s/FT_Pos/TPos/.
-	* src/smooth/ftsmooth.c (ft_smooth_render_generic): Add casts.
-
-2002-09-26  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/sfnt/ttpost.c (load_post_names, tt_face_free_ps_names,
-	tt_face_get_ps_name): Replace switch statement with if clauses to
-	make it more portable.
-
-	* src/cff/cffobjs.c (cff_face_init): Ditto.
-
-	* include/freetype/ftmodule.h (FT_Module_Class): Use `FT_Long' for
-	`module_size'.
-	* include/freetype/ftrender.h (FT_Glyph_Class_): Use `FT_Long' for
-	`glyph_size'.
-
-	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Render_Glyph): Change second parameter to
-	`FT_Render_Mode'.
-	(FT_Render_Glyph_Internal): Change third parameter to
-	`FT_Render_Mode'.
-	* src/base/ftglyph.c (FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap): Change second parameter
-	to `FT_Render_Mode'.
-
-	* src/raster/ftrend1.c (ft_raster1_render): Change third parameter
-	to `FT_Render_Mode'.
-	* src/smooth/ftsmooth.c (ft_smooth_render, ft_smooth_render_lcd,
-	ft_smooth_render_lcd_v): Ditto.
-	(ft_smooth_render_generic): Change third and fifth parameter to
-	`FT_Render_Mode'.
-
-	* include/freetype/freetype.h, include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h,
-	include/freetype/ftglyph.h: Updated.
-
-	* src/cff/cffdrivr.c (Load_Glyph), src/pcf/pcfdriver.c
-	(PCF_Glyph_Load), src/pfr/pfrobjs.c (pfr_slot_load),
-	src/winfonts/winfnt.c (FNT_Load_Glyph), src/t42/t42objs.c
-	(T42_GlyphSlot_Load), src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c (BDF_Glyph_Load): Change
-	fourth parameter to `FT_Int32'.
-
-	* src/pfr/pfrobjs.c (pfr_face_init): Add two missing parameters
-	and declare them as unused.
-
-	* src/cid/cidparse.h (CID_Parser): Use FT_Long for `postscript_len'.
-
-	* src/psnames/psnames.h (PS_Unicode_Value_Func): Change return
-	value to FT_UInt32.
-	* src/psnames/psmodule.c (ps_unicode_value, ps_build_unicode_table):
-	Updated accordingly.
-
-2002-09-26  Wolfgang Domröse  
-
-	* src/cff/cffdrivr.c (Get_Kerning): Use FT_Long for `middle'.
-	(cff_get_glyph_name): Use cast for result of ft_strlen.
-	* src/cff/cffparse.c (cff_parse_real): User cast for assigning
-	`exp'.
-	* src/cff/cffload.c (cff_index_get_pointers): Use FT_ULong for
-	some local variables.
-	(cff_charset_load, cff_encoding_load): Use casts to FT_UInt for some
-	switch statements.
-	(cff_font_load): Use cast in call to CFF_Load_FD_Select.
-	* src/cff/cffobjs.c (cff_size_init): Use more casts.
-	(cff_face_init): Use FT_Int32 for `flags'.
-	* src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_operator_seac): Use cast for assigning
-	`adx' and `ady'.
-	(cff_decoder_parse_charstrings): Use FT_ULong for third parameter.
-	Use more casts.
-	* src/cff/cffcmap.c (cff_cmap_unicode_init): Use cast for `count'.
-
-	* src/cid/cidload.c (cid_read_subrs): Use FT_ULong for `len'.
-	* src/cid/cidgload.c (cid_load_glyph): Add missing cast for
-	`cid_get_offset'.
-
-	* src/psaux/t1decode.c (t1_decoder_parse_charstrings) <18>: Use
-	cast for `num_points'.
-	(t1_decoder_init): Use cast for assigning `decoder->num_glyphs'.
-
-	* src/base/ftdebug.c (ft_debug_init): Use FT_Int.
-	* include/freetype/internal/ftdriver.h (FT_Slot_LoadFunc): Use
-	`FT_Int32' for fourth parameter.
-	* src/base/ftobjs.c (open_face): Use cast for calling
-	clazz->init_face.
-
-	* src/raster/ftraster.c (Set_High_Precision): Use `1' instead of
-	`1L'.
-	(Finalize_Profile_Table, Line_Up, ft_black_init): Use casts.
-	* src/raster/ftrend1.c (ft_raster1_render): Ditto.
-
-	* src/sfnt/sfnt_dir_check: Compare `magic' with unsigned long
-	constant.
-
-2002-09-26  Detlef Würkner  
-
-	* builds/amiga/include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h: Updated.
-
-2002-09-25  David Turner  
-
-	* src/autohint/ahtypes.h (AH_HINT_METRICS): Disabling metrics
-	hinting in the auto-hinter.  This produces much better anti-aliased
-	text.
-
-	* docs/CHANGES: Updating the changes documentation.
-
-2002-09-25  Anthony Fok  
-
-	* src/sfnt/ttcmap0.c (tt_cmap4_validate, tt_cmap4_char_index,
-	tt_cmap4_char_next): Added support for opens___.ttf (it contains a
-	charmap that uses offset=0xFFFFU instead of 0x0000 to indicate a
-	missing glyph).
-
-2002-09-21  Wolfgang Domröse  
-
-	* src/truetype/ttdriver.c (Load_Glyph): Fourth parameter must be
-	FT_Int32.
-	* src/truetype/ttgload.c, src/truetype/ttgload.h (TT_Load_Glyph):
-	Ditto.
-
-2002-09-19  Wolfgang Domröse  
-
-	More 16bit fixes.
-
-	* src/autohint/ahglobal.c (sort_values): Use FT_Pos for `swap'.
-	(ah_hinter_compute_widths): Use FT_Pos for `dist'.
-	Use AH_MAX_WIDTHS.
-	* src/autohint/ahglyph.c (ah_outline_scale_blue_edges): Use FT_Pos
-	for `delta'.
-	(ah_outline_compute_edges): Replace some ints with FT_Int and
-	FT_Pos.
-	(ah_test_extrema): Clean up code.
-	(ah_get_orientation): Use 4 FT_Int variables instead of FT_BBox to
-	hold indices.
-	* src/autohint/ahtypes.h (AH_SegmentRec): Change type of `score'
-	to FT_Pos.
-
-2002-09-19  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* builds/unix/config.guess, builds/unix/config.sub: Updated to
-	recent versions.
-
-2002-09-18  David Turner  
-
-	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Library_Version): Bugfix.
-
-	* FreeType 2.1.3rc2 (release candidate 2) is released!
-
-2002-09-17  David Turner  
-
-	* include/freetype/freetype.h, include/freetype/ftimage.h,
-	include/freetype/ftstroker.h, include/freetype/ftsysio.h,
-	include/freetype/ftsysmem.h, include/freetype/ttnameid.h: Updating
-	the in-source documentation.
-
-	* src/tools/docmaker/tohtml.py: Updating the HTML formatter in the
-	DocMaker tool.
-
-	* src/tools/docmaker.py: Removed.
-
-2002-09-17  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	More 16bit fixes.
-
-	* src/psaux/psobjs.c (reallocate_t1_table): Use FT_Long for
-	second parameter.
-
-2002-09-16  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	16bit fixes from Wolfgang Domröse.
-
-	* src/type1/t1parse.h (T1_ParserRec): Change type of `base_len'
-	and `private_len' to FT_Long.
-	* src/type1/t1parse.c (T1_Get_Private_Dict): Remove cast for
-	`private_len'.
-	* src/type1/t1load.c: Use FT_Int cast for most calls of T1_ToInt.
-	Use FT_PtrDist where appropriate.
-	(parse_encoding): Use FT_Long for `count' and `n'.
-	(read_binary_data): Use FT_Long* for second parameter.
-	* src/type1/t1afm.c (afm_atoindex): Use FT_PtrDist.
-
-	* src/cache/ftcsbits.c (ftc_sbit_node_load): Remove unused label.
-	* src/pshinter/pshalgo3.c (psh3_hint_align): Remove unused variable.
-
-2002-09-14  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	Making ftgrays.c compile stand-alone again.
-
-	* include/freetype/ftimage.h: Include ft2build.h only if _STANDALONE_
-	isn't defined.
-	* src/smooth/ftgrays.c [_STANDALONE_]: Define ft_memset,
-	FT_BEGIN_HEADER, FT_END_HEADER.
-	(FT_MEM_ZERO): Define.
-	(TRaster) [GRAYS_USE_GAMMA]: Use `unsigned char' instead of FT_Byte.
-	(gray_render_span, gray_init_gamma): Don't use `FT_UInt'.
-	Don't cast with `FT_Byte'.
-	(grays_init_gamma): Don't use `FT_UInt'.
-
-2002-09-14  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/base/ftinit.c (FT_Add_Default_Modules): Improve error message.
-	* src/pcf/pcfdriver.c (PCF_Face_Done): Improve tracing message.
-	* include/freetype/config/ftoption.h (FT_MAX_MODULES): Increased
-	to 32.
-
-2002-09-10  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* builds/unix/configure.ac (version_info): Set to 9:2:3.
-	* builds/unix/configure: Regenerated.
-	* docs/VERSION.DLL: Updated.
-
-2002-09-09  David Turner  
-
-	* src/pshinter/pshalgo2.c (psh2_glyph_find_strong_points),
-	src/pshinter/pshalgo3.c (psh3_glyph_find_strong_points): Adding fix
-	to prevent seg fault when hints are provided in an empty glyph.
-
-	* src/cache/ftccache.i (GEN_CACHE_LOOKUP) [FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR]:
-	Removed conditional code.  This fixes a bug that prevented
-	compilation in debug mode of template instantiation.
-
-	* include/freetype/ftimage.h: Removed incorrect `zft_' definitions
-	and updated constants documentation comments.
-
-	* src/cff/cffparse.c (cff_parser_run): Fixed the CFF table loader.
-	It didn't accept empty arrays, and this prevented the loading of
-	certain fonts.
-
-	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_FaceRec): Updating documentation
-	comment.  The `descender' value is always *negative*, not positive.
-
-2002-09-09  Owen Taylor  
-
-	* src/pcf/pcfdriver.c (PCF_Glyph_Load): Fixing incorrect computation
-	of bitmap metrics.
-
-2002-09-08  David Turner  
-
-	Various updates to correctly support sub-pixel rendering.
-
-	* include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h: Add two renderers for LCD.
-
-	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Load_Glyph): Updated.
-
-	* src/smooth/ftsmooth.c (ft_smooth_render_lcd,
-	ft_smooth_render_lcd_v): Set FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD and
-	FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V, respectively.
-
-	* include/freetype/cache/ftcimage.h (FTC_ImageTypeRec): New
-	structure.
-	Updated all users.
-	(FTC_ImageDesc): Removed.
-	(FTC_ImageCache_Lookup): Second parameter is now of type
-	`FTC_ImageType'.
-	Updated all users.
-	(FTC_IMAGE_DESC_COMPARE): Updated and renamed to...
-	(FTC_IMAGE_TYPE_COMPARE): This.
-	(FTC_IMAGE_DESC_HASH): Updated and renamed to...
-	(FTC_IMAGE_TYPE_HASH): This.
-
-	* include/freetype/cache/ftcsbits.h (FTC_SBitRec): Field `num_grays'
-	replaced with `max_grays'.
-	`pitch' is now FT_Short.
-	(FTC_SBitCache_Lookup): Second parameter is now of type
-	`FTC_ImageType'.
-	Updated all users.
-
-	* src/cache/ftcimage.c (FTC_ImageQueryRec, FTC_ImageFamilyRec):
-	Updated.
-	(ftc_image_node_init): Updated.
-	Moved code to convert type flags to load flags to...
-	(FTC_Image_Cache_Lookup): This function.
-	(ftc_image_family_init): Updated.
-
-	* src/cache/ftcsbit.c (FTC_SBitQueryRec, FTC_SBitFamilyRec):
-	Updated.
-	(ftc_sbit_node_load): Updated.
-	Moved code to convert type flags to load flags to...
-	(FTC_SBitCache_Lookup): This function.
-
-	* src/autohint/ahtypes.h (AH_HinterRec): Replace `no_*_hints' with
-	`do_*_snapping'.
-	Update all users (with negation).
-	* src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_compute_stem_width): Fix threshold for
-	`dist' for `delta' < 40.
-
-	* src/pshinter/pshalgo3.h (PSH3_GlyphRec): Replace `no_*_hints' with
-	`do_*_snapping'.
-	Update all users (with negation).
-	* src/pshinter/pshalgo3.c (psh3_dimension_quantize_len): New
-	function.
-	(psh3_hint_align): Use it.
-	Improve hinting code.
-	[STRONGER]: Removed.
-	(STRONGER): Removed.
-
-	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_Set_Hint_Flags, FT_HINT_*):
-	Removed.
-
-2002-09-05  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/cid/cidobjs.c (CID_Size_Init): Renamed to...
-	(cid_size_init): This.
-	* src/psaux/psobjs.c (T1_Builder_Add_Point1): Renamed to...
-	(t1_builder_add_point1): This.
-
-	Updated all affected code.
-
-	* src/pshinter/pshalgo3.c (psh3_hint_align): Fix compiler warnings.
-	* src/type1/t1gload.c (T1_Compute_Max_Advance): Ditto.
-
-2002-09-04  David Turner  
-
-	* include/freetype/freetype.h: Corrected the definition of
-	ft_encoding_symbol to be FT_ENCODING_MS_SYMBOL (instead of
-	the erroneous FT_ENCODING_SYMBOL).
-
-	* builds/unix/unix-def.in (datadir): Initialize it (thanks to
-	Anthony Fok).
-
-2002-08-29  David Turner  
-
-	Slight modification to the Postscript hinter to slightly increase
-	the contrast of smooth hinting.  This is very similar to what the
-	auto-hinter does when it comes to stem width computations.  However,
-	it produces better results with well-hinted fonts.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/psaux.h (T1_Decoder_FuncsRec): Add hint
-	mode to `init' member function.
-	(T1_DecoderRec): Add hint mode.
-	* include/freetype/internal/pshints (T1_Hints_ApplyFunc,
-	T2_Hints_ApplyFunc): Pass `hint_mode', not `hint_flags'.
-	* src/psaux/t1decode.c (t1_decoder_init): Add hint mode argument.
-	* src/pshinter/pshalgo1.c (ps1_hints_apply): Pass hint mode, not
-	hint flags.
-	* src/pshinter/pshalgo2.c (ps2_hints_apply): Ditto.
-	* src/pshinter/pshalgo3.c (ps3_hints_apply): Ditto.
-	(STRONGER): New macro.
-	(psh3_hint_align, psh3_hint_table_align_hints): Pass `glyph' instead
-	of `hint_flags'.
-	Implement announced changes.
-	* src/pshinter/pshalgo3.h (PSH3_GlyphRec): Add flags to control
-	vertical and horizontal hints and snapping.
-
-	* README, docs/CHANGES: Updating for the 2.1.3 release.
-
-2002-08-27  David Turner  
-
-	* Massive re-formatting changes to many, many source files.  I don't
-	want to list them all here.  The operations performed were all
-	logical transformations of the sources:
-
-	- trying to convert all enums and constants to CAPITALIZED_STYLE,
-	  #with define definitions like
-
-	    #define my_old_constants   MY_NEW_CONSTANT
-
-	- big, big update of the documentation comments
-
-	* include/freetype/freetype.h, src/base/ftobjs.c,
-	src/smooth/ftsmooth.c, include/freetype/ftimage.h: Adding support
-	for LCD-optimized rendering though the new constants/enums:
-
-	  FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD, FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V
-	  FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD,  FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V
-
-	This is still work in progress, don't expect everything to work
-	correctly though most of the features have been implemented.
-
-	* Adding new FT_LOAD_XXX flags, used to specify both hinting and
-	rendering targets:
-
-	  FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL :: anti-aliased hinting & rendering
-	  FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO   :: monochrome bitmaps
-	  FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD    :: horizontal RGB/BGR decimated
-	                           hinting & rendering
-	  FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD_V  :: vertical RGB/BGR decimated
-	                           hinting & rendering
-
-	Note that FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL is 0, which means that the default
-	behaviour of the font engine is _unchanged_.
-
-	* include/freetype/ftimage.h
-	(FT_Outline_{Move,Line,Conic,Cubic}To_Func): Renamed to...
-	(FT_Outline_{Move,Line,Conic,Cubic}ToFunc): This.
-	(FT_Raster_Span_Func): Renamed to ...
-	(FT_SpanFunc): This.
-	(FT_Raster_{New,Done,Reset,Set_Mode,Render}_Func): Renamed to ...
-	(FT_Raster_{New,Done,Reset,SetMode,Render}Func}: This.
-
-	Updated all affected code.
-
-	* include/freetype/ftrender.h
-	(FT_Glyph_{Init,Done,Transform,BBox,Copy,Prepare}_Func): Renamed
-	to ...
-	(FT_Glyph_{Init,Done,Transform,GetBBox,Copy,Prepare}Func): This.
-	(FTRenderer_{render,transform,getCBox,setMode}): Renamed to ...
-	(FT_Renderer_{RenderFunc,TransformFunc,GetCBoxFunc,SeteModeFunc}):
-	This.
-
-	Updated all affected code.
-
-	* src/autohint/ahtypes.h (AH_Point, AH_Segment, AH_Edge, AH_Globals,
-	AH_Face_Globals, AH_Outline, AH_Hinter): These typedefs are now
-	pointers to the corresponding `*Rec' structures.  All source files
-	have been updated accordingly.
-
-	* src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_decoder_init): Add hint mode as parameter.
-	* src/cff/cffgload.h (CFF_Decoder): Add `hint_mode' element.
-
-	* src/cid/cidgload.c (CID_Compute_Max_Advance): Renamed to...
-	(cid_face_compute_max_advance): This.
-	(CID_Load_Glyph): Renamed to...
-	(cid_slot_load_glyph): This.
-	* src/cid/cidload.c (CID_Open_Face): Renamed to...
-	(cid_face_open): This.
-	* src/cid/cidobjs.c (CID_GlyphSlot_{Done,Init}): Renamed to...
-	(cid_slot_{done,init}): This.
-	(CID_Size_{Get_Globals_Funcs,Done,Reset): Renamed to...
-	(cid_size_{get_globals_funcs,done,reset): This.
-	(CID_Face_{Done,Init}): Renamed to...
-	(cid_face_{done,init}): This.
-	(CID_Driver_{Done,Init}: Renamed to...
-	(cid_driver_{done,init}: This.
-	* src/cid/cidparse.c (CID_{New,Done}_Parser): Renamed to...
-	(cid_parser_{new,done}): This.
-	* src/cid/cidparse.h (CID_Skip_{Spaces,Alpha}): Renamed to...
-	(cid_parser_skip_{spaces,alpha}): This.
-	(CID_To{Int,Fixed,CoordArray,FixedArray,Token,TokenArray}): Renamed
-	to...
-	(cid_parser_to_{int,fixed,coord_array,fixed_array,token,token_array}):
-	This.
-	(CID_Load_{Field,Field_Table): Renamed to...
-	(cid_parser_load_{field,field_table}): This.
-	* src/cid/cidriver.c (CID_Get_Interface): Renamed to...
-	(cid_get_interface): This.
-
-	Updated all affected code.
-
-	* src/psaux/psobjs.c (PS_Table_*): Renamed to...
-	(ps_table_*): This.
-	(T1_Builder_*): Renamed to...
-	(t1_builder_*): This.
-	* src/psaux/t1decode.c (T1_Decoder_*): Renamed to...
-	(t1_decoder_*): This.
-
-	* src/psnames/psmodule.c (PS_*): Renamed to...
-	(ps_*): This.
-
-	Updated all affected code.
-
-	* src/sfnt/sfdriver (SFNT_Get_Interface): Renamed to...
-	(sfnt_get_interface): This.
-	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (SFNT_*): Renamed to...
-	(sfnt_*): This.
-	* src/sfnt/ttcmap.c (TT_CharMap_{Load,Free}): Renamed to...
-	(tt_face_{load,free}_charmap): This.
-	* src/sfnt/ttcmap0.c (TT_Build_CMaps): Renamed to...
-	(tt_face_build_cmaps): This.
-	* src/sfnt/ttload.c (TT_*): Renamed to...
-	(tt_face_*): This.
-	* src/sfnt/ttpost.c (TT_Post_Default_Names): Renamed to...
-	(tt_post_default_names): This.
-	(Load_*): Renamed to...
-	(load_*): This.
-	(TT_*): Renamed to...
-	(tt_face_*): This.
-	* src/sfnt/ttsbit.c (TT_*): Renamed to...
-	(tt_face_*): This.
-	({Find,Load,Crop}_*): Renamed to...
-	({find,load,crop}_*): This.
-
-	Updated all affected code.
-
-	* src/smooth/ftsmooth.c (ft_smooth_render): Renamed to...
-	(ft_smooth_render_generic): This.
-	Make function more generic by adding vertical and horizontal scaling
-	factors.
-	(ft_smooth_render, ft_smooth_render_lcd, ft_smooth_render_lcd_v):
-	New functions.
-
-	(ft_smooth_locd_renderer_class, ft_smooth_lcdv_renderer_class): New
-	classes.
-
-	* src/truetype/ttobjs.c (TT_{Done,New}_GlyphZone): Renamed to...
-	(tt_glyphzone_{done,new}): This.
-	(TT_{Face,Size,Driver}_*): Renamed to...
-	(tt_{face,size,driver}_*): This.
-	* src/truetype/ttpload.c (TT_Load_Locations): Renamed to...
-	(tt_face_load_loca): This.
-	(TT_Load_Programs): Renamed to...
-	(tt_face_load_fpgm): This.
-	(TT_*): Renamed to...
-	(tt_face_*): This.
-
-2002-08-27  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* docs/VERSION.DLL: New file.
-
-2002-08-23  Graham Asher  
-
-	* src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_operator_seac)
-	[FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]: Incremental fonts (actually not
-	incremental in the case of CFF but just using callbacks to get glyph
-	recipes) pass the character code, not the glyph index, to the
-	get_glyph_data function; they have no valid charset table.
-
-	* src/cff/cffload.c (cff_font_load): Removed special cases for
-	FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL, which are no longer necessary; CFF
-	fonts provided via the incremental interface now have to conform
-	more closely to the CFF font format.
-
-	* src/cff/cffload.h (cff_font_load): Removed argument now unneeded.
-
-	* src/cff/cffobjs.c (cff_face_init): Changed call to cff_font_load
-	to conform with new signature.
-
-2002-08-22  David Turner  
-
-	* src/base/ftobject.c, src/base/ftsynth.c, src/base/ftstroker.c,
-	src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c: Removed compiler warnings.
-
-2002-08-21  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/pshinter/pshalgo3.c (psh3_glyph_compute_inflections,
-	psh3_glyph_compute_extrema, psh3_hint_table_find_strong_point): Fix
-	compiler warnings and resolve shadowing of local variables.
-
-2002-08-21  David Turner  
-
-	The automatic and Postscript hinter now automatically detect
-	inflection points in glyph outlines and treats them specially.  This
-	is very useful to prevent nasty effect like the disappearing
-	diagonals of `S' and `s' in many, many fonts.
-
-	* src/autohint/ahtypes.h (ah_flag_inflection): New macro.
-	* src/autohint/ahangles.c (ah_angle_diff): New function.
-	* src/autohint/ahangles.h: Updated.
-	* src/autohint/ahglyph.c (ah_outline_compute_inflections): New
-	function.
-	(ah_outline_detect_features): Use it.
-	* src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_hinter_align_strong_points)
-	[!AH_OPTION_NO_WEAK_INTERPOLATION]: Handle inflection.
-
-	* src/tools/docmaker/docmaker.py, src/tools/docmaker/utils.py,
-	src/tools/docmaker/tohtml.py: Updating the DocMaker tool.
-
-	* include/freetype/freetype.h: Changing the type of the `load_flags'
-	parameter from `FT_Int' to `FT_Int32', this in order to support more
-	options.  This should only break binary and/or source compatibility
-	on 16-bit platforms (Atari?).
-	(FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT): New macro.
-
-	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Load_Glyph): Updated.
-	Handle FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT.
-	(FT_Load_Char): Updated.
-
-	* src/pshinter/pshalgo3.c, src/base/ftobjs.c, src/base/ftobject.c,
-	src/autohint/ahglyph.c, include/freetype/freetype.h: Fixing typos
-	and removing compiler warnings.
-
-2002-08-20  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (TT_Get_Metrics): Add guard for k = 0.
-
-2002-08-20  David Turner  
-
-	* src/pshinter/pshalgo1.c, src/pshinter/pshalgo2.c,
-	src/pshinter/pshglob.c, src/pshinter/pshrec.c,
-	src/autohint/ahmodule.c [DEBUG_HINTER]: Removing compiler warnings
-	(only used in development builds anyway).
-
-	Improve support of local extrema and stem edge points.
-
-	* src/pshinter/pshalgo3.h (PSH3_Hint_TableRec): Use PSH3_ZoneRec
-	for `zones'.
-	(PSH3_DIR_UP, PSH3_DIR_DOWN): Exchange values.
-	(PSH3_DIR_HORIZONTAL, PSH3_DIR_VERTICAL): New macros.
-	(PSH3_DIR_COMPARE, PSH3_DIR_IS_HORIZONTAL, PSH3_IS_VERTICAL): New
-	macros.
-	(PSH3_POINT_INFLEX): New enum.
-	(psh3_point_{is,set}_{off,inflex}): New macros.
-	(PSH3_POINT_{EXTREMUM,POSITIVE,NEGATIVE,EDGE_MIN,EDGE_MAX): New
-	enum values.
-	(psh3_point_{is,set}_{extremum,positive,negative,edge_min,edge_max}):
-	New macros.
-	(PSH3_PointRec): New members `flags2' and `org_v'.
-	(PSH3_POINT_EQUAL_ARG, PSH3_POINT_ANGLE): New macros.
-
-	* src/pshinter/pshalgo3.c [DEBUG_HINTER]: Removing compiler
-	warnings.
-	(COMPUTE_INFLEXS): New macro.
-	(psh3_hint_align): Simplify some basic arithmetic computations.
-	(psh3_point_is_extremum): Removed.
-	(psh3_glyph_compute_inflections) [COMPUTE_INFLEXS]: New function.
-	(psh3_glyph_init) [COMPUTE_INFLEXS]: Use it.
-	(psh3_glyph_compute_extrema): New function.
-	(PSH3_STRONG_THRESHOLD): Increased to 30.
-	(psh3_hint_table_find_strong_point): Improved.
-	(psh3_glyph_find_strong_points,
-	psh3_glyph_interpolate_strong_points): Updated.
-	(psh3_hints_apply): Use psh3_glyph_compute_extrema.
-
-	* test/gview.c (draw_ps3_hint, ps3_draw_control_points): New
-	functions.
-	Other small updates.
-
-	* Jamfile: Small updates.
-
-2002-08-18  Arkadiusz Miskiewicz  
-
-	* builds/unix/install.mk (install, uninstall): Add $(DESTDIR) to
-	make life easier for package maintainers.
-
-2002-08-18  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/pcf/pcfdriver.c (PCF_Glyph_Load): Fix computation of
-	horiBearingX.
-	* src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c (BDF_GlyphLoad): Fix computation of
-	horiBearingY.
-
-2002-08-16  George Williams  
-
-	Add support for Apple composite glyphs.
-
-	* include/freetype/config/ftoption.h
-	(TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPONENT_OFFSET_SCALED): New macro.
-
-	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (OVERLAP_COMPOUND, SCALED_COMPONENT_OFFSET,
-	UNSCALED_COMPONENT_OFFSET): New macros for additional OpenType
-	glyph loading flags.
-	(load_truetype_glyph): Implement it.
-
-2002-08-16  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_free_glyph_data),
-	src/cff/cffload.c (cff_font_load): Use FT_UNUSED.
-
-2002-08-15  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/base/ftglyph.c (FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap): Initialize `error'.
-	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (SFNT_Load_Face): Fix compiler warning.
-
-2002-08-15  Graham Asher  
-
-	Implemented the incremental font loading system for the CFF driver.
-	Tested using the GhostScript-to-FreeType bridge (under development).
-
-	* src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_get_glyph_data, cff_free_glyph_data): New
-	functions.
-	(cff_operator_seac, cff_compute_max_advance, cff_slot_load): Use
-	them.
-	* src/cff/cffload.c (cff_font_load): Add `face' parameter.
-	Load charset and encoding only if there are glyphs.
-	[FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]: Incremental fonts don't need
-	character recipes.
-	* src/cff/cffload.h, src/cff/cffobjs.c: Updated.
-
-	* src/cid/cidgload.c (cid_load_glyph)
-	[FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]: Corrected the incremental font
-	loading implementation to use the new system introduced on
-	2002-08-01.
-
-2002-08-06  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/cff/cffcmap.c: Remove compiler warnings.
-	* src/cache/ftccache.c, src/cache/ftccache.i,
-	src/pfr/pfrload.c, src/pfr/pfrgload.c: s/index/idx/.
-	* src/cff/cffload.c: s/select/fdselect/.
-	* src/raster/ftraster.c: s/wait/waiting/.
-
-2002-08-01  Graham Asher  
-
-	* src/type1/t1load.c (T1_Open_Face): Tolerate a face with no
-	charstrings if there is an incremental loading interface.  Type 1
-	faces supplied by PostScript interpreters like GhostScript will
-	typically not provide any charstrings at load time, so this is
-	essential if they are to work.
-
-2002-08-01  Graham Asher  
-
-	Modified incremental loading interface to be closer to David's
-	preferences.  The header freetype.h is not now affected, the
-	interface is specified via an FT_Parameter, the pointer to the
-	interface is hidden in an internal part of the face record, and all
-	the definitions are in ftincrem.h.
-
-	* include/freetype/freetype.h [FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]:
-	Removed.
-	* include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h [FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]:
-	Include FT_INCREMENTAL_H.
-	(FT_Face_InternalRec) [FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]: Add
-	`incremental_interface'.
-
-	* src/base/ftobjs.c (open_face, FT_Open_Face)
-	[FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]: Updated.
-	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (SFNT_Load_Face) [FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]:
-	Updated.
-
-	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (load_truetype_glyph)
-	[FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]: Updated.
-	Free loaded glyph data properly.
-	(compute_glyph_metrics, TT_Load_Glyph)
-	[FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]: Updated.
-	* src/truetype/ttobjs.c (TT_Face_Init)
-	[FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]: Updated.
-
-	* src/type1/t1gload.c (T1_Parse_Glyph_And_Get_Char_String)
-	[FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]: Updated.
-	(T1_Parse_Glyph) [FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]: Updated.
-	Free loaded glyph data properly.
-	(T1_Load_Glyph): Updated.
-	[FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]: Free loaded glyph data properly.
-
-2002-07-30  David Turner  
-
-	* include/freetype/ftincrem.h: Adding new experimental header file
-	to demonstrate a `cleaner' API to support incremental font loading.
-
-	* include/freetype/config/ftheader.h (FT_INCREMENTAL_H): New macro.
-
-	* src/tools/docmaker/*: Adding new (more advanced) version of
-	the DocMaker tool, using Python's sophisticated regexps.
-
-2002-07-28  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	s/ft_memset/FT_MEM_SET/.
-	s/FT_MEM_SET/FT_MEM_ZERO/ where appropriate.
-
-2002-07-27  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/sfnt/ttload.c (sfnt_dir_check): Make it work with TTCs.
-
-2002-07-26  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (load_truetype_glyph)
-	[FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]: s/memset/ft_memset/.
-
-	* src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_hint_edges_3): Fix compiler warning.
-	* src/cff/cffload.c (cff_encoding_load): Remove `memory' variable.
-	* src/cff/cffcmap.c (cff_cmap_encoding_init): Remove `psnames'
-	variable.
-	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (load_truetype_glyph): Remove statement
-	without effect.
-	* src/truetype/ttdriver (Get_Char_Index, Get_Next_Char): Removed.
-
-	* src/pshinter/pshalgo3.c (psh3_hint_table_record,
-	psh3_hint_table_init, psh3_hint_table_activate_mask): Fix error
-	message.
-
-2002-07-24  Graham Asher  
-
-	* src/truetype/ttobjs.c: Fix for bug reported by Sven Neumann
-	[sven@gimp.org] on the FreeType development forum: `If
-	FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL is undefined (this is the default), the
-	TrueType loader crashes in line 852 of src/truetype/ttgload.c when
-	it tries to access face->glyph_locations.'
-
-2002-07-18  Graham Asher  
-
-	Added types and structures to support incremental typeface loading.
-	The FT_Incremental_Interface structure, defined in freetype.h, is
-	designed to be passed to FT_Open_Face to provide callback functions
-	to obtain glyph recipes and metrics, for fonts like those passed
-	from PostScript that do not necessarily provide all, or any, glyph
-	information, when first opened.
-
-	* include/freetype/config/ftoption.h (FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL):
-	New configuration macro to enable incremental face loading.  By
-	default it is not defined.
-
-	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_Basic_Glyph_Metrics,
-	FT_Get_Glyph_Data_Func, FT_Get_Glyph_Metrics_Func,
-	FT_Incremental_Interface_Funcs, FT_Incremental_Interface)
-	[FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]: New.
-	(FT_Open_Args, FT_FaceRec) [FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]: New field
-	`incremental_interface'.
-	(FT_Open_Flags) [FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]: New enum
-	`ft_open_incremental'.
-
-	* include/freetype/fttypes.h: Include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H.
-	(FT_Data): New structure to represent binary data.
-
-	* src/base/ftobjs.c (open_face) [FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]:
-	Add parameter for incremental loading.
-	(FT_Open_Face) [FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]: Use incremental
-	interface.
-
-	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (load_truetype_glyph)
-	[FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]: Added the incremental loading system
-	for the TrueType driver.
-	(compute_glyph_metrics): Return FT_Error.
-	[FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]: Check for overriding metrics.
-	(TT_Load_Glyph) [FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]: Don't look for
-	the glyph table while handling an incremental font.
-	Get glyph offset.
-
-	* src/truetype/ttobjs.c (TT_Face_Init)
-	[FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCOREMENTAL]: Added the incremental loading
-	system for the TrueType driver.
-
-	* src/cid/cidgload.c (cid_load_glyph)
-	[FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]: Added the incremental loading system
-	for the CID driver.
-
-	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (SFNT_Load_Face) [FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]:
-	Changes to support incremental Type 42 fonts: Assume a font has
-	glyphs if it has an incremental interface object.
-
-	* src/type1/t1gload.c (T1_Parse_Glyph): Renamed to...
-	(T1_Parse_Glyph_And_Get_Char_String): This.
-	[FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]: Added support for incrementally
-	loaded Type 1 faces.
-	(T1_Parse_Glyph): New function.
-	(T1_Load_Glyph): Updated.
-
-2002-07-17  David Turner  
-
-	Cleaning up the cache sub-system code; linear hashing is now the
-	default.
-
-	* include/freetype/cache/ftccache.h, src/cache/ftccache.i,
-	src/cache/ftccache.c [!FTC_CACHE_USE_LINEAR_HASHING]: Removed.
-	(FTC_CACHE_USE_LINEAR_HASHING: Removed also.
-
-	FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_CMAPS is now the default.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/ftdriver.h (FT_Driver_ClassRec): Remove
-	`get_char_index' and `get_next_char'.
-
-	* include/freetype/config/ftoption.h,
-	include/freetype/internal/tttypes.h, src/base/ftobjs.c,
-	src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c, src/cff/cffobjs.c, src/pcf/pcfdrivr.c,
-	src/pfr/pfrdrivr.c, src/sfnt/sfobjs.c, src/sfnt/ttcmap0.c,
-	src/sfnt/ttcmap0.h, src/sfnt/ttload.c, src/type1/t1objs.c,
-	src/type42/t42objs.c, src/winfonts/winfnt.c
-	[!FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_CMAPS]: Removed.  The new cmap code is now
-	the default.
-
-	* src/type42/t42objs.c (T42_CMap_CharIndex, T42_CMap_CharNext):
-	Removed.
-	* src/type42/t42objs.h: Updated.
-
-	* src/cid/cidriver.c (Cid_Get_Char_Index, Cid_Get_Next_Char):
-	Removed.
-	(t1_cid_driver_class): Updated.
-	* src/truetype/ttdriver.c (tt_driver_class): Updated.
-	* src/type1/t1driver.c (Get_Char_Index, Get_Next_Char): Removed
-	(t1_driver_class): Updated.
-	* src/type42/t42drivr.c (t42_driver_class): Updated.
-
-	* src/base/ftobjs.c (open_face): Select Unicode cmap by default.
-
-	* src/sfnt/ttload.c (TT_Load_SFNT_Header): Fixed a recent bug that
-	prevented OpenType fonts to be recognized by FreeType.
-
-2002-07-11  David Turner  
-
-	Changing the SFNT loader to check for SFNT-based font files
-	differently.  We now ignore the range `helper' fields and check the
-	`head' table's magic number instead.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/tttypes.h (SFNT_HeaderRec): Add `offset'
-	field.
-
-	* src/sfnt/ttload.c (sfnt_dir_check): New function.
-	(TT_Load_SFNT_HeaderRec): Renamed to...
-	(TT_Load_SFNT_Header): This.
-	Implement new functionality.
-	* src/sfnt/ttload.h: Updated.
-	* src/sfnt/sfdriver.c (sfnt_interface): Updated.
-
-	* src/base/ftobject.c, src/base/fthash.c: Updated object sub-system
-	and dynamic hash table implementation (still experimental, don't
-	use).
-	* include/freetype/internal/fthash.h: Updated.
-	* include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h (FT_LibraryRec): New member
-	`meta_class'.
-
-	Fixing a bug in the Type 1 loader that prevented valid font bounding
-	boxes to be loaded from multiple master fonts.
-
-	* include/freetype/t1tables.h (PS_BlendRec): Add `bboxes' field.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/psaux.h (T1_FieldType): Add
-	`T1_FIELD_TYPE_BBOX'.
-	(T1_FieldLocation): Add `T1_FIELD_LOCATION_BBOX'.
-	(T1_FIELD_BBOX): New macro.
-
-	* src/psaux/psobjs.c (PS_Parser_LoadField): Handle T1_FIELD_TYPE_BBOX.
-	* src/type1/t1load.c (t1_allocate_blend): Create blend->bboxes.
-	(T1_Done_Blend): Free blend->bboxes.
-	(t1_load_keyword): Handle T1_FIELD_LOCATION_BBOX.
-	(parse_font_bbox): Commented out.
-	(t1_keywords): Comment out `parse_font_bbox'.
-	* src/type1/t1tokens.h: Define `FontBBox' field.
-
-2002-07-10  David Turner  
-
-	* src/cff/cffobjs.c: Small fix to select the Unicode charmap by
-	default when needed.
-	Small fix to allow OpenType fonts to support Adobe charmaps when
-	needed.
-
-	* src/cff/cffcmap.c, src/cff/cffcmap.h: New files to support
-	charmaps for CFF fonts.
-
-	* src/cff/cff.c, src/cff/Jamfile, src/cff/rules.mk: Updated.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/cfftypes.h (CFF_EncodingRec): Use
-	fixed-length arrays for `sids' and `codes'.  Add `count' member.
-	(CFF_FontRec): Add `psnames' member.
-
-	* src/cff/cffdrivr.c, src/cff/cffload.c, src/cff/cffload.h,
-	src/cff/cffobjs.c, src/cff/cffobjs.h, src/cff/cffparse.c,
-	src/cffparse.h, src/cff/cffgload.c, src/cff/cffgload.h: Adding
-	support for CFF charmaps, reformatting the sources, and removing
-	some bugs in the Encoding and Charset loaders.
-	Many fonts renamed to use lowercase only:
-
-	  CFF_Builder_Init -> cff_builder_init
-	  CFF_Builder_Done -> cff_builder_done
-	  CFF_Init_Decoder -> cff_decoder_init
-	  CFF_Parse_CharStrings -> cff_decoder_parse_charstrings
-	  CFF_Load_Glyph -> cff_slot_load
-	  CFF_Init_Decoder -> cff_decoder_init
-	  CFF_Prepare_Decoder -> cff_decoder_prepare
-	  CFF_Get_Standard_Encoding -> cff_get_standard_encoding
-	  CFF_Access_Element -> cff_index_access_element
-	  CFF_Forget_Element -> cff_index_forget_element
-	  CFF_Get_Name -> cff_index_get_name
-	  CFF_Get_String -> cff_index_get_sid_string
-	  CFF_Get_FD -> cff_fd_select_get
-	  CFF_Done_Charset -> cff_charset_done
-	  CFF_Load_Charset -> cff_charset_load
-	  CFF_Done_Encoding -> cff_encoding_done
-	  CFF_Load_Encoding -> cff_encoding_load
-	  CFF_Done_SubFont -> cff_subfont_done
-	  CFF_Load_Font -> cff_font_load
-	  CFF_Done_Font -> cff_font_done
-	  CFF_Size_Get_Global_Funcs -> cff_size_get_global_funcs
-	  CFF_Size_Done -> cff_size_done
-	  CFF_Size_Init -> cff_size_init
-	  CFF_Size_Reset -> cff_size_reset
-	  CFF_GlyphSlot_Done -> cff_slot_done
-	  CFF_GlyphSlot_Init -> cff_slot_init
-	  CFF_StrCopy -> cff_strcpy
-	  CFF_Face_Init -> cff_face_init
-	  CFF_Face_Done -> cff_face_done
-	  CFF_Driver_Init -> cff_driver_init
-	  CFF_Driver_Done -> cff_driver_done
-	  CFF_Parser_Init -> cff_parser_init
-	  CFF_Parser_Run -> cff_parser_run
-
-	  add_point -> cff_builder_add_point
-	  add_point1 -> cff_builder_add_point1
-	  add_contour -> cff_builder_add_contour
-	  close_contour -> cff_builder_close_contour
-	  cff_explicit_index -> cff_index_get_pointers
-
-2002-07-09  Owen Taylor  
-
-	* src/pshinter/pshglob.c (psh_globals_new): Fixed a bug that
-	prevented the hinter from using correct standard width and height
-	values, resulting in hinting bugs with certain fonts (e.g. Utopia).
-
-2002-07-07  David Turner  
-
-	* src/base/ftglyph.c (FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap): Added code to return
-	successfully when the function is called with a bitmap glyph (the
-	previous code simply returned with an error).
-
-	* docs/DEBUG.TXT: Adding debugging support documentation.
-
-	* src/base/ftdebug.c (ft_debug_init), builds/win32/ftdebug.c
-	(ft_debug_init), builds/amiga/src/ftdebug.c (ft_debug_init): Changed
-	the syntax of the FT2_DEBUG environment variable used to control
-	debugging output (i.e. logging and error messages).  It must now
-	look like:
-
-	  any:6 memory:4 io:3   or
-	  any:6,memory:4,io:3   or
-	  any:6;memory:4;io:3
-
-2002-07-07  Owen Taylor  
-
-	* src/pshinter/pshglob.c (psh_blues_snap_stem): Adding support for
-	blue fuzz.
-	* src/pshinter/pshglob.h (PSH_BluesRec): Add `blue_fuzz' field.
-	* src/type1/t1load.c (T1_Open_Face): Initialize `blue_fuzz'.
-
-	Adding support for hinter-specific bit flags, and the new
-	FT_Set_Hint_Flags high-level API.
-
-	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_Set_Hint_Flags): New function.
-	(FT_HINT_NO_INTEGER_STEM, FT_HINT_NO_HSTEM_ALIGN,
-	FT_HINT_NO_VSTEM_ALIGN): New macros.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h (FT_Face_InternalRec): Add
-	`hint_flags' member.
-
-	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Set_Hint_Flags): New function.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/psaux.h (T1_DecoderRec): Add `hint_flags'
-	member.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/pshints.h (T1_Hints_ApplyFunc,
-	T2_Hints_ApplyFunc): Add parameter to pass hint flags.
-
-	* src/psaux/t1decode.c (T1_Decoder_Parse_Charstrings,
-	T1_Decoder_Init): Use decoder->hint_flags.
-	* src/cff/cffgload.h (CFF_Builder): Add `hint_flags' field.
-	* src/cff/cffgload.c (CFF_Builder_Init): Set builder->hint_flags.
-	(CFF_Parse_CharStrings): Updated.
-	* src/pshinter/pshalgo1.c (ps1_hints_apply): Add parameter to handle
-	hint flags (unused).
-	* src/pshinter/pshalgo1.h: Updated.
-	* src/pshinter/pshalgo2.c (ps2_hints_apply): Add parameter to handle
-	hint flags (unused).
-	* src/pshinter/pshalgo2.h: Updated.
-	* src/pshinter/pshalgo3.c (ps3_hints_apply): Add parameter to handle
-	hint flags.
-	* src/pshinter/pshalgo3.h: Updated.
-
-2002-07-04  David Turner  
-
-	* src/pfr/pfrobjs.c (pfr_slot_load): Fixed a small bug that returned
-	incorrect advances when the outline resolution was different from
-	the metrics resolution.
-
-	* src/autohint/ahhint.c: Removing compiler warnings.
-
-	* src/autohint/ahglyph.c: s/FT_MEM_SET/FT_ZERO/ where appropriate.
-	(ah_outline_link_segments): Slight improvements to the serif
-	detection code.  More work is needed though.
-
-2002-07-03  David Turner  
-
-	Small improvements to the automatic hinter.  Uneven stem-widths have
-	now disappeared and everything looks much better, even if there are
-	still issues with serifed fonts.
-
-	* src/autohint/ahtypes.h (AH_Globals): Added `stds' array.
-	* src/autohint/ahhint.c (OPTIM_STEM_SNAP): New #define.
-	(ah_snap_width): Commented out.
-	(ah_align_linked_edge): Renamed to...
-	(ah_compute_stem_width): This.
-	Don't allow uneven stem-widths.
-	(ah_align_linked_edge): New function.
-	(ah_align_serifed_edge): Don't strengthen serifs.
-	(ah_hint_edges_3, ah_hinter_scale_globals): Updated.
-
-2002-07-03  Owen Taylor  
-
-	Adding new algorithm based on Owen Taylor's recent work.
-
-	* src/pshinter/pshalgo3.c, src/pshinter/pshalgo3.h: New files.
-	* src/pshinter/pshalgo.h: Updated.
-	Use pshalgo3 by default.
-	* src/pshinter/pshinter.c: Include pshalgo3.c.
-
-	* src/pshinter/Jamfile, src/pshinter/rules.mk: Updated.
-
-2002-07-01  Owen Taylor  
-
-	* src/pshinter/pshalgo2.c (psh2_glyph_find_strong_points): Fix a bug
-	where, if a glyph has more than hint mask, the second mask gets
-	applied to points that should have been covered by the first mask.
-
-2002-07-01  Keith Packard  
-
-	* src/sfnt/ttcmap0.c (tt_cmap8_char_next, tt_cmap12_char_next):
-	Fixing the cmap 8 and 12 parsing routines.
-
-2002-07-01  David Turner  
-
-	* src/base/ftsynth.c: Include FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H.
-	(FT_Outline_Embolden): Renamed to...
-	(FT_GlyphSlot_Embolden): This.
-	Updated to new trigonometric functions.
-	(FT_Outline_Oblique): Renamed to...
-	(FT_GlyphSlot_Oblique): This.
-	(ft_norm): Removed.
-	* include/freetype/ftsynth.h: Updated.
-
-2002-06-26  David Turner  
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/ftobject.h: Updating the object
-	sub-system definitions (still experimental).
-
-	* src/base/fthash.c (ft_hash_remove): Fixing a small reallocation
-	bug.
-
-	* src/base/fttrigon.c (FT_Vector_From_Polar, FT_Angle_Diff): New
-	functions.
-	* include/freetype/fttrigon.h: Updated.
-
-
-	Adding path stroker component (work in progress).
-
-	* include/freetype/ftstroker.h, src/base/ftstroker.c: New files.
-	* src/base/Jamfile: Updated.
-
-	* include/freetype/config/ftheader.h (FT_STROKER_H): New macro.
-
-
-	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (TT_Load_Composite_Glyph),
-	src/base/ftoutln.c (FT_Vector_Transform): Fixed Werner's latest fix.
-	FT_Vector_Transform wasn't buggy, the TrueType composite loader was.
-
-2002-06-24  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FREETYPE_PATCH): Set to 3.
-
-2002-06-21  David Turner  
-
-
-	* Version 2.1.2 released.
-	=========================
-
-
-2002-06-21  Roberto Alameda  .
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/t42types.h (T42_Font): Removed since
-	it is already in t42objs.h.
-	(T42_Face): Use T1_FontRec.
-
-	* src/base/fttype1.c (FT_Get_PS_Font_Info): Updated.
-	(FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names): Check for type42 driver name also.
-	* src/type42/t42objs.h: Include FT_INTERNAL_TYPE42_TYPES_H.
-	(T42_Face): Removed since it is already in t42types.h.
-
-2002-06-21  Detlef Würkner  
-
-	* src/pfrgload.c (pfr_glyph_load_compound): Fix loading of composite
-	glyphs.
-
-2002-06-21  Sven Neumann  
-
-	* src/prf/pfrtypes.h (PFR_KernPair): New structure.
-	(PFR_PhyFont): Use it.
-	(PFR_KernFlags): New enumeration.
-	* src/pfr/pfrload.c (pfr_extra_item_load_kerning_pairs): New
-	function.
-	(pfr_phy_font_extra_items): Use it.
-	(pfr_phy_font_done): Updated.
-	* src/pfr/pfrobjs.c (pfr_face_init): Set kerning flag conditionally.
-	(pfr_face_get_kerning): New function.
-	* src/pfr/pfrobjs.h: Updated.
-	* src/pfr/pfrdrivr.c (pfr_driver_class): Updated.
-
-2002-06-21  David Turner  
-
-	* README, docs/CHANGES: Preparing the 2.1.2 release.
-
-2002-06-19  Detlef Würkner  
-
-	* src/base/fttype1.c: Include FT_INTERNAL_TYPE42_TYPES_H.
-	(t1_face_check_cast): Removed.
-	(FT_Get_PS_Font_Info): Make it work with CID and Type 42 drivers
-	also.
-
-2002-06-19  Sebastien BARRE  
-
-	* src/type42/t42parse.c (t42_parse_sfnts): Fix compiler warning.
-
-2002-06-19  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/base/ftoutln.c (FT_Vector_Transform): Fix serious typo
-	(xy <-> yx).
-	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (load_truetype_glyph): Replace `|' with
-	`||' to make code easier to read.
-
-2002-06-18  Roberto Alameda  .
-
-	* src/type42/t42objs.c (t42_check_size_change): Removed.
-	(T42_Size_SetChars, T42_Size_SetPixels): Use FT_Activate_Size
-	instead.
-	(T42_GlyphSlot_Load): Remove call to t42_check_size_change.
-
-2002-06-18  Detlef Würkner  
-
-	* src/psaux/t1cmap.c (t1_cmap_custom_char_index,
-	t1_cmap_custom_char_next): Fix index computation -- indices start
-	with 0 and not with cmap->first.
-
-	Provide default charmaps.
-
-	* src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c (BDF_Face_Init), src/pcf/pcfdriver.c
-	(PCF_Face_Init), src/pfr/pfrobjs.c (pfr_face_init),
-	src/type1/t1objs (T1_Face_Init), src/winfonts/winfnt.c
-	(FNT_Face_Init): Implement it.
-
-2002-06-17  Sven Neumann  
-
-	* src/pfr/pfrobjs.c (pfr_face_init): Fix typo.
-
-2002-06-16  Leonard Rosenthol  
-
-	Updated Win32/VC++ projects to include the new PFR driver.
-
-	* builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsp: Updated.
-
-2002-06-16  Anthony Fok  
-
-	Install freetype2.m4.
-
-	* builds/unix/install.mk (install, uninstall): Handle it.
-
-2002-06-16  Detlef Würkner  
-
-	Same fix for PFR driver.
-
-	* src/pfr/pfrcmap.c (pfr_cmap_char_index, pfr_cmap_char_next):
-	Increase return value by 1.
-	* src/pfr/pfrobjs.c (pfr_slot_load): Decrease index by 1.
-
-2002-06-15  Detlef Würkner  
-
-	Fix glyph indices to make index zero always the undefined glyph.
-
-	* src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c (bdf_cmap_init): Don't decrease
-	cmap->num_encodings.
-	(bdf_cmap_char_index, bdf_cmap_char_next, BDF_Get_Char_Index):
-	Increase result by 1 for normal cases.
-	(BDF_Glyph_Load): Decrease index by 1.
-
-	* src/pcf/pcfdriver.c (pcf_cmap_char_index, pcf_cmap_char_next,
-	PCF_Char_Get_Index): Increase result by 1 for normal cases.
-	(PCF_Glyph_Load): Decrease index by 1.
-	* src/pcf/pcfread.c (pcf_get_encodings): Don't decrease j for
-	allocating `encoding'.
-
-	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Load_Glyph, FT_Get_Glyph_Name): Fix
-	bounding tests.
-
-2002-06-14  Detlef Würkner  
-
-	Add new cmap support to BDF driver.
-
-	* src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c (BDF_CMapRec) [FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_CMAPS]:
-	New structure.
-	(bdf_cmap_init, bdf_cmap_done, bdf_cmap_char_index,
-	bdf_cmap_char_next) [FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_CMAPS]: New functions.
-	(BDF_Get_Char_Index) [!FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_CMAPS]: Use only
-	conditionally.
-	(BDF_Face_Init): Handle `AVERAGE_WIDTH' and `POINT_SIZE' keywords.
-	Implement new cmap handling.
-	(bdf_driver_class): Updated.
-
-2002-06-14  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* Makefile, configure, */*.mk, builds/unix/unix-def.in,
-	docs/CHANGES, docs/INSTALL: s/TOP/TOP_DIR/.
-
-2002-06-12  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/bdf/bdflib.c: s/FT_Short/short/ for consistency.
-
-2002-06-11  David Turner  
-
-	* builds/win32/ftdebug.c: Added a missing #endif.
-
-	* src/sfnt/ttload.c, src/bdf/bdflib.c: Removing compiler warnings.
-
-	Removed the bug in Type 42 driver that prevented un-hinted outlines
-	to be loaded.
-
-	* src/type42/t42objs.c (T42_Face_Init): Call FT_Done_Size.
-	(T42_Size_Init): Call FT_Activate_Size.
-	(t42_check_size_change): New function.
-	(T42_Size_SetChars, T42_Size_SetPixels): Use it.
-	(ft_glyphslot_clear): Replace FT_MEM_SET with FT_ZERO.
-	(T42_GlyphSlot_Load): Use t42_check_size_change.
-	Initialize more fields of `glyph'.
-
-	* builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsp: Updated.
-
-2002-06-09  David Turner  
-
-
-	* Version 2.1.1 released.
-	=========================
-
-
-2002-06-08  Juliusz Chroboczek  
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h, src/autohint/ahglyph.c,
-	src/base/ftobjs.c, src/sfnt/ttcmap0.c, src/smooth/ftgrays.c: Don't
-	use `setjmp', `longjmp', and `jmp_buf' but `ft_setjmp', `ft_longjmp',
-	and `ft_jmp_buf'.
-	Removed direct references to  and  when
-	appropriate, to eventually replace them with a
-	FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H.  Useful for the XFree86 Font Server
-	backend based on FT2.
-
-	* src/base/fttype1.c (FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names): Fix return value.
-
-2002-06-08  David Turner  
-
-	* src/pcf/pcfdriver.c (pcf_cmap_char_next): Fixed a bug that caused
-	the function to return invalid values.
-
-	* src/cache/ftccache.i: Removing a typo that prevented
-	the source's compilation.
-
-	* src/cache/ftccache.c (ftc_node_hash_unlink): Fixed a
-	bug that caused nasty memory overwrites.  The hash table's
-	buckets array wasn't correctly resized when shrunk.
-
-2002-06-08  Detlef Würkner  
-
-	* builds/amiga/smakefile, builds/amiga/makefile: Updated.
-
-2002-06-08  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/cache/ftccache.c (ftc_node_hash_unlink, ftc_node_hash_link)
-	[FTC_CACHE_USE_LINEAR_HASHING]: Fix returned error code.
-	Fix debugging messages.
-	* src/cache/ftccache.i (GEN_CACHE_LOOKUP): Move declaration of
-	`family' and `hash' up to make it compilable with g++.
-
-	* src/type42/t42error.h: New file.
-	* src/type42/t42drivr.c, src/type42/t42objs.c,
-	src/type42/t42parse.c: Use t42 error codes.
-	* src/type42/rules.mk: Updated.
-
-	* src/base/ftnames.c: Include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H.
-
-2002-06-08  David Turner  
-
-	* src/cache/ftccmap.c: GEN_CACHE_FAMILY_COMPARE,
-	GEN_CACHE_NODE_COMPARE, GEN_CACHE_LOOKUP) [FTC_CACHE_USE_INLINE]:
-	New macros.
-	(ftc_cmap_cache_lookup) [!FTC_CACHE_USE_INLINE]: Typedef to
-	ftc_cache_lookup.
-	(FTC_CMapCache_Lookup): Updated.
-
-	Adding various experimental optimizations to the cache manager.
-
-	* include/freetype/cache/ftccache.h (FTC_CACHE_USE_INLINE,
-	FTC_CACHE_USE_LINEAR_HASHING): New options.
-	(FTC_CacheRec) [FTC_CACHE_USE_LINEAR_HASHING]: New elements `p',
-	`mask', and `slack'.
-
-	* src/cache/ftccache.c (FTC_HASH_MAX_LOAD, FTC_HASH_MIN_LOAD,
-	FTC_HASH_SUB_LOAD) [FTC_CACHE_USE_LINEAR_HASHING,
-	FTC_HASH_INITIAL_SIZE]: New macros.
-	(ftc_node_mru_link, ftc_node_mru_up): Optimized.
-	(ftc_node_hash_unlink, ftc_node_hash_link)
-	[FTC_CACHE_USE_LINEAR_HASHING]: New variants.
-	(FTC_PRIMES_MIN, FTC_PRIMES_MAX, ftc_primes, ftc_prime_closest,
-	FTC_CACHE_RESIZE_TEST, ftc_cache_resize)
-	[!FTC_CACHE_USE_LINEAR_HASHING]: Define it conditionally.
-	(ftc_cache_init, ftc_cache_clear) [FTC_CACHE_USE_LINEAR_HASHING]:
-	Updated.
-	(ftc_cache_lookup) [FTC_CACHE_USE_LINEAR_HASHING]: Implement it.
-
-	* src/cache/ftccache.i: New file.
-
-	* src/cache/ftcsbits.c (GEN_CACHE_FAMILY_COMPARE,
-	GEN_CACHE_NODE_COMPARE, GEN_CACHE_LOOKUP) [FTC_CACHE_USE_INLINE]:
-	New macros.
-	(ftc_sbit_cache_lookup) [!FTC_CACHE_USE_INLINE]: Typedef to
-	ftc_cache_lookup.
-	(FTC_SBitCache_Lookup): Updated.
-
-	* src/type42/t42parse.c: Removing duplicate function.
-
-2002-06-07  Graham Asher  
-
-	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Render_Glyph_Internal): Changed definition
-	from FT_EXPORT_DEF to FT_BASE_DEF.
-
-2002-06-07  David Turner  
-
-	Fixed the bug that prevented the correct display of fonts with
-	`ftview'.
-
-	* src/type42/t42drivr.c: Split into...
-	* src/type42/t42drivr.h, src/type42/t42parse.c,
-	src/type42/t42parse.h, src/type42/t42objs.h, src/type42/t42objs.c,
-	src/type42/type42.c: New files.
-
-	(t42_get_glyph_name, t42_get_ps_name, t42_get_name_index): Use
-	`face->type1'.
-
-	(Get_Interface): Renamed to...
-	(T42_Get_Interface): This.
-	Updated.
-	(T42_Open_Face, T42_Face_Done): Updated.
-	(T42_Face_Init): Add new cmap support.
-	Updated.
-	(T42_Driver_Init, T42_Driver_Done, T42_Size_Init, T42_Size_Done,
-	T42_GlyphSlot_Init, T42_GlyphSlot_Done): Updated.
-	(Get_Char_Index, Get_Next_Char): Renamed to...
-	(T42_CMap_CharIndex, T42_CMap_CharNext): This.
-	Updated.
-	(T42_Char_Size, T42_Pixel_Size): Renamed to...
-	(T42_Size_SetChars, T42_Size_SetPixels): This.
-	(T42_Load_Glyph): Renamed to...
-	(T42_GlyphSlot_Load): This.
-
-	(t42_init_loader, t42_done_loader): Renamed to...
-	(t42_loader_init, t42_loader_done): This.
-	(T42_New_Parser, T42_Finalize_Parser): Renamed to...
-	(t42_parser_init, t42_parser_done): This.
-	(parse_dict): Renamed to...
-	(t42_parse_dict): This.
-	(is_alpha, is_space, hexval): Renamed to...
-	(t42_is_alpha, t42_is_space, t42_hexval): This.
-	(parse_font_name, parse_font_bbox, parse_font_matrix,
-	parse_encoding, parse_sfnts, parse_charstrings, parse_dict):
-	Renamed to...
-	(t42_parse_font_name, t42_parse_font_bbox, t42_parse_font_matrix,
-	t42_parse_encoding, t42_parse_sfnts, t42_parse_charstrings,
-	t42_parse_dict): This.
-	Updated.
-
-	(t42_keywords): Updated.
-
-	* src/type42/Jamfile, src/type42/descrip.mms: Updated.
-
-2002-06-03  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	Add 8bpp support to BDF driver.
-
-	* src/bdf/bdflib.c (_bdf_parse_start): Handle 8bpp.
-	* src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c (BDF_Glyph_Load): Ditto.
-	* src/bdf/README: Updated.
-
-2002-06-02  Detlef Würkner  
-
-	* src/pfr/pfrload.c (pfr_phy_font_done): Free `blue_values' array.
-
-2002-05-29  Detlef Würkner  
-
-	* src/bdf/bdflib.c (_bdf_readstream): Allocate `buf' dynamically.
-	(_bdf_parse_glyphs): Use correct size for allocating
-	`font->unencoded'.
-	(bdf_load_font): Free array conditionally.
-	Return proper error code in case of failure.
-	* src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c (BDF_Face_Init): Make it more robust against
-	unusual fonts.
-
-2002-05-29  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/bdf/descrip.mms, src/type42/descrip.mms: New files.
-	* descrip.mms (all): Updated.
-
-	* src/bdf/bdflib.c (_bdf_parse_glyphs): Fix typo which prevented
-	compilation.
-	* src/pshglob.c (psh_blues_scale_zones): Fix compiler warning.
-
-2002-05-28  Detlef Würkner  
-
-	* builds/amiga/makefile, builds/amiga/smakefile,
-	amiga/include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h: Updated to include
-	support for BDF and Type42 drivers.
-
-	* docs/modules.txt: Updated.
-
-2005-05-28  David Turner  
-
-	* docs/CHANGES: Updating file for next release (2.1.1).
-
-	* src/bdf/bdflib.c: Removing compiler warnings.
-
-	* include/freetype/ftxf86.h, src/base/ftxf86.c: New files.
-	They provide a new API (FT_Get_X11_Font_Format) to retrieve an
-	X11-compatible string describing the font format of a given face.
-	This was put in a new optional base source file, corresponding to a
-	new public header (named FT_XFREE86_H since this function should
-	only be used within the XFree86 font server IMO).
-
-	* include/freetype/config/ftheader.h (FT_XFREE86_H): New macro (not
-	documented yet).
-
-	* src/base/fttype1.c: New file, providing two new API functions
-	(FT_Get_PS_Font_Info and FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names).
-	* include/freetype/t1tables.h: Updated.
-
-	* src/base/Jamfile, src/base/rules.mk, src/base/descrip.mms:
-	Updating build control files for the new files `ftxf86.c' and
-	`fttype1.c' in src/base.
-
-	* src/pshinter/pshglob.c (psh_blues_scale_zones): Fixed a bug that
-	prevented family blue zones substitution from hapenning correctly.
-
-	* include/freetype/ftbdf.h FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID): Adding
-	documentation comment.
-
-2002-05-28  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/base/ftnames.c (FT_Get_Sfnt_Name): Don't use FT_STREAM_READ_AT
-	but FT_STREAM_READ.
-	Declare `stream' variable.
-
-	* src/bdf/bdflib.c (_bdf_parse_glyphs): Replace floating point math
-	with calls to `FT_MulDiv'.
-
-2002-05-28  David Turner  
-
-	Fixing the SFNT name table loader to support various buggy fonts.
-	It now ignores empty name entries, entries with invalid pointer
-	Offsets and certain fonts containing tables with broken
-	`storageOffset' fields.
-
-	Name strings are now loaded on demand, which reduces the memory
-	requirements for a given FT_Face tremendously (for example, the name
-	table of Arial.ttf is about 10Kb and contains 70 names).
-
-	This is a temporary fix.  The whole name table loader and interface
-	will be rewritten in a much more cleanly way shortly, once CSEH have
-	been introduced in the sources.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/tttypes.h (TT_NameEntryRec): Change
-	type of `stringOffset' to FT_ULong.
-	(TT_NameTableRec): Change type of `numNameRecords' and
-	`storageOffset' to FT_UInt.
-	Replace `storage' with `stream'.
-	* src/base/ftnames.c (FT_Get_Sfnt_Name): Load name on demand.
-	* src/sfnt/sfdriver.c (get_sfnt_postscript_name): Ditto.
-	Make code more robust.
-	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (TT_NameEntry_ConvertFunc): New typedef.
-	(tt_face_get_name): Use it.
-	Make code more robust.
-	* src/sfnt/ttload.c (TT_Load_Names): Use `static' for arrays.
-	Handle invalid `storageOffset' data better.
-	Set length fields to zero for invalid or ignored data.
-	Remove code within FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE.
-	(TT_Free_Names): Updated.
-
-2002-05-24  Tim Mooney  
-
-	* builds/unix/ft-munmap.m4: New file, extracted FT_MUNMAP_DECL and
-	FT_MUNMAP_PARAM from aclocal.m4 into here, so aclocal.m4 can be
-	rebuilt from sources.  Set macro serial to 1, and use third argument
-	to AC_DEFINE for our two custom symbols, so ftconfig.in could one day
-	be rebuilt with autoheader (not recommended now, ftconfig.in is a
-	custom source file)
-
-2002-05-22  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* include/freetype/config/ftheader.h (FT_BEZIER_H): Removed.
-	(FT_BDF_H): New macro for accessing `ftbdf.h'.
-
-	* src/type42/t42drivr.c (hexval): Fix typo.
-
-2002-05-21  Martin Muskens  
-
-	* src/psaux/psobjs.c (T1Radix): New function.
-	(t1_toint): Use it to handle numbers in radix format.
-
-	* src/psaux/t1decode.c (T1_Decoder_Parse_Charstrings): Add dummy
-	for undocumented, obsolete opcode 15.
-
-2002-05-21  David Turner  
-
-	* src/bdf/bdflib.c: Removed compiler warning, and changed all tables
-	to the `static const' storage specifier (instead of simply
-	`static').
-
-	* src/type42/t42drivr.c (hexval): Use more efficient code.
-	Removing compiler warnings.
-	* src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c: Removing compiler warnings.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/ftbdf.h, src/base/ftbdf.c,
-	src/base/descrip.mms, src/base/Jamfile, src/base/rules.mk
-	(FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID): New API to retrieve BDF-specific strings
-	from a face.  This is much cleaner than accessing the internal types
-	`BDF_Public_Face' defined in FT_INTERNAL_BDF_TYPES_H.
-
-2002-05-21  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/bdf/README: Mention Microsoft's SBIT tool.
-
-	* src/cff/cffdrivr.c, src/cid/cidriver.c, src/pcf/pcfdriver.c,
-	src/truetype/ttdriver.c, src/type1/t1driver.c,
-	src/winfonts/winfnt.c, src/type42/t42drivr.c, src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c
-	[FT_CONFIG_OPTION_DYNAMIC_DRIVERS]: Completely removed.  It has
-	been never used.
-
-2002-05-21  Roberto Alameda  .
-
-	* src/type42/t42drivr.c: s/T42_ENCODING_TYPE_/T1_ENCODING_TYPE_/.
-	(parse_font_matrix): Remove unnecessary code.
-	(parse_sfnts): Initialize some variables.
-	(t42_driver_class) [TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER]: Use
-	ft_module_driver_has_hinter conditionally.
-	Moved some type 42 specific structure definitions to...
-	* include/freetype/internal/t42types.h: New file.
-	* include/freetype/internal/internal.h (FT_INTERNAL_T42_TYPES_H):
-	New macro.
-
-2002-05-20  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* include/freetype/cache/ftcsbits.h (FTC_SBit): Added a new field
-	`num_grays' for specifying the number of used gray levels.
-	* src/cache/ftcsbits.c (ftc_sbit_node_load): Initialize it.
-
-2002-05-19  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	Adding a driver for BDF fonts written by Francesco Zappa Nardelli
-	.  Heavily modified by me to
-	better adapt it to FreeType, removing unneeded stuff.  Additionally,
-	it now supports Mark Leisher's BDF extension for anti-aliased
-	bitmap glyphs with 2 and 4 bpp.
-
-	* src/bdf/*: New driver.
-	* include/freetype/internal/bdftypes.h: New file.
-	* include/freetype/internal/fttrace.h: Added BDF driver components.
-	* include/freetype/fterrdef.h: Added error codes for BDF driver.
-	* include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h, src/Jamfile: Updated.
-	* include/freetype/internal/internal.h (FT_INTERNAL_BDF_TYPES_H):
-	New macro.
-
-	* include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h (ft_sprintf): New alias for
-	sprintf.
-
-2002-05-18  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/fttrace.h: Added Type 42 driver
-	component.
-	* src/type42/t42drivr.c: Use it.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/internal.h (FT_INTERNAL_PCF_TYPES_H):
-	New macro.
-
-2002-05-17  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/type42/Jamfile: New file.
-
-2002-05-14  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	Adding a driver for Type42 fonts written by Roberto Alameda
-	.
-
-	* src/type42/*: New driver.
-	* include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h, src/Jamfile: Updated.
-	* include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h (ft_xdigit, ft_memcmp,
-	ft_atoi): New aliases for xdigit, memcmp, and atoi, respectively.
-
-2002-05-12  Owen Taylor  
-
-	* src/sfnt/ttload.c (TT_LookUp_Table): Protect against tables
-	with a zero length value.
-
-2002-05-12  Michael Pfeiffer  
-
-	* builds/beos/beos.mk: Include `link-std.mk'.
-
-2002-05-12  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/type1/t1load.h (T1_Loader): Renamed to...
-	(T1_LoaderRec): This.
-	(T1_Loader): Now pointer to T1_LoaderRec.
-	* src/type1/t1load.c: Updated.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/t1types.h, src/type1/t1load.c,
-	src/type1/t1objs.c:
-	s/T1_ENCODING_TYPE_EXPORT/T1_ENCODING_TYPE_EXPERT/.
-
-2002-05-06  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* README: Add a note regarding libttf vs. libfreetype.
-
-2002-05-05  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	FreeType 2 can now be built in an external directory with the
-	configure script also.
-
-	* builds/freetype.mk (INCLUDES): Add `OBJ_DIR'.
-
-	* builds/unix/detect.mk (have_mk): New variable to test for
-	external build.
-	(unix-def.mk): Defined according to value of `have_mk'.
-	* builds/unix/unix.mk (have_mk): New variable to test for
-	external build.
-	Select include paths for unix-def.mk and unix-cc.mk according
-	to value of `have_mk'.
-	* builds/unix/unix-def.in (OBJ_BUILD): New variable.
-	(DISTCLEAN): Use it.
-	* builds/unix/unix-cc.in (LIBTOOL): Define default value only
-	if not yet defined.
-	* builds/unix/install.mk (install): Use `OBJ_BUILD' for installing
-	freetype-config.
-
-	* configure: Don't depend on bash features.
-	(ft2_dir, abs_curr_dir, abs_ft2_dir): New variables (code
-	partially taken from Autoconf).
-	Build a dummy Makefile if not building in source tree.
-
-	* docs/INSTALL: Document it.
-
-2002-05-04  David Turner  
-
-	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (TT_Load_Glyph): Finally fixing the last
-	bug that prevented FreeType 2.x and FreeType 1.x to produce
-	bit-by-bit identical monochrome glyph bitmaps with native TrueType
-	hinting.  The culprit was a single-bit flag that wasn't set
-	correctly by the TrueType glyph loader.
-
-	* src/otlayout/otlayout.h, src/otlayout/otlbase.c,
-	src/otlayout/otlbase.h, src/otlayout/otlconf.h,
-	src/otlayout/otlgdef.c, src/otlayout/otlgdef.h,
-	src/otlayout/otlgpos.c, src/otlayout/otlgpos.h,
-	src/otlayout/otlgsub.c, src/otlayout/otlgsub.h,
-	src/otlayout/otljstf.c, src/otlayout/otljstf.h,
-	src/otlayout/otltable.c, src/otlayout/otltable.h,
-	src/otlayout/otltags.h: New OpenType Layout source files.  The
-	module is still incomplete.
-
-2002-05-02  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/sfnt/ttcmap0.c (tt_cmap4_char_index): Fix serious typo
-	(0xFFFU -> 0xFFFFU).
-
-2002-05-01  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* docs/INSTALL: Fix URL of makepp.
-
-2002-05-01  David Turner  
-
-	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (tt_face_get_name): Fixing a bug that caused
-	FreeType to crash when certain broken fonts (e.g. `hya6gb.ttf')
-	were opened.
-
-	* src/sfnt/ttload.c (TT_Load_Names): Applied a small work-around to
-	manage fonts containing a broken name table (e.g. `hya6gb.ttf').
-
-	* src/sfnt/ttcmap0.c (tt_cmap4_validate): Fixed over-restrictive
-	validation test.  The charmap validator now accepts overlapping
-	ranges in format 4 charmaps.
-
-	* src/sfnt/ttcmap0.c (tt_cmap4_char_index): Switched to a binary
-	search algorithm.  Certain fonts contain more than 170 distinct
-	segments!
-
-	* include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h: Adding an alias for the `exit'
-	function.  This will be used in the near future to panic in case of
-	unexpected exception (which shouldn't happen in theory).
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/fthash.h, src/base/fthash.c: New files.
-	This is generic implementation of dynamic hash tables using a linear
-	algorithm (to get rid of `stalls' during resizes).  In the future
-	this will be used in at least three parts of the library: the cache
-	sub-system, the object sub-system, and the memory debugger.
-
-	* src/base/Jamfile: Updated.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/internal.h (FT_INTERNAL_HASH_H,
-	FT_INTERNAL_OBJECT_H): New macros.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/ftcore.h: New file to group all new
-	definitions related to exception handling and memory management.  It
-	is very likely that this file will disappear or be renamed in the
-	future.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/ftobject.h, include/freetype/ftsysmem.h:
-	Adding comments to better explain the object sub-system as well as
-	the new memory manager interface.
-
-2002-04-30  Wenlin Institute (Tom Bishop)  
-
-	* src/base/ftmac.c (p2c_str): Removed.
-	(file_spec_from_path) [TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON]: Added support for
-	OS X.
-	(is_dfont) [TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON]: Define only for OS X.
-	Handle `nameLen' <= 6 also.
-	(parse_fond): Remove unused variable `name_table'.
-	Use functionality of old p2c_str directly.
-	Add safety checks.
-	(read_lwfn): Initialize `size_p'.
-	Check for size_p == NULL.
-	(new_memory_stream, open_face_from_buffer): Updated to FreeType 2.1.
-	(FT_New_Face_From_LWFN): Remove unused variable `memory'.
-	Remove some dead code.
-	(FT_New_Face_From_SFNT): Remove unused variable `stream'.
-	(FT_New_Face_From_dfont) [TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON]: Define only for
-	OS X.
-	(FT_New_Face_From_FOND): Remove unused variable `error'.
-	(ResourceForkSize): New function.
-	(FT_New_Face): Use it.
-	Handle empty resource forks.
-	Conditionalize some code for OS X.
-	Add code to call normal loader as a fallback.
-
-2002-04-30  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	`interface' is reserved on the Mac.
-
-	* include/freetype/ftoutln.h, include/freetype/internal/sfnt.h,
-	src/base/ftoutln.c: s/interface/func_interface/.
-	* src/base/ftbbox.c (FT_Outline_Get_BBox):
-	s/interface/bbox_interface/.
-	* src/cff/cffdrivr.c: s/interface/module_interface/.
-	* src/cff/cffload.c, src/cff/cffload.h:
-	s/interface/psnames_interface/.
-	* src/cid/cidriver.c: s/interface/cid_interface/.
-	* src/sfnt/sfdriver.c: s/interface/module_interface/.
-	* src/smooth/ftgrays.c: s/interface/func_interface/.
-	* src/truetype/ttdriver.c: s/interface/tt_interface/.
-	* src/type1/t1driver.c: s/interface/t1_interface/.
-
-	Some more variable renames to avoid troubles on the Mac.
-
-	* src/raster/ftraster.c:
-	s/Unknown|Ascending|Descending|Flat/\1_State/.
-	* src/smooth/ftgrays.c: s/TScan/TCoord/.
-
-	Other changes for the Mac.
-
-	* include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h: Define FT_MACINTOSH for
-	Mac platforms.
-	* src/base/ftobjs.c: s/macintosh/FT_MACINTOSH/.
-
-	* src/raster/ftrend1.c (ft_raster1_render): Make `pitch' always
-	an even number.
-
-2002-04-29  Jouk Jansen  
-
-	* descrip.mms (all): Add pfr driver.
-
-2002-04-28  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/pfr/pfrerror.h: New file.
-	* include/freetype/ftmoderr.h: Add PFR error codes.
-	* src/pfr/pfrgload.c: Include pfrerror.h.
-	Use PCF error codes.
-	(pfr_extra_item_load_stem_snaps): Fix debug message.
-	* src/pfr/pfrgload.c: Include pfrerror.h.
-	Use PCF error codes.
-	(pfr_extra_item_load_bitmap_info, pfr_glyph_load_simple,
-	pfr_glyph_load_compound): Fix debug message.
-	* src/pfr/pfrobjs.c: Include pfrerror.h.
-	Use PCF error codes.
-	(pfr_face_init): Return PFR_Err_Unknown_File_Format.
-	* src/pfr/rules.mk (PFR_DRV_H): Include pfrerror.h.
-
-	* src/pcf/pcfdriver.c (PCF_Face_Init) [!FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_CMAPS]:
-	`root' -> `face->root'.
-	* src/sfnt/ttcmap0.c (TT_Build_CMaps) [!FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_CMAPS]:
-	Removed.
-	* src/sfnt/ttcmap0.c: Declare TT_Build_CMaps only for
-	FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_CMAPS.
-
-2002-04-27  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/cache/ftccache.c (ftc_cache_lookup),
-	src/cache/ftccmap.c (ftc_cmap_family_init),
-	src/cache/ftcmanag.c (ftc_family_table_alloc),
-	src/cache/ftcsbits.c (FTC_SBit_Cache_Lookup): Use FTC_Err_*.
-	src/cache/ftcimage.c (FTC_Image_Cache_Lookup): Use FTC_Err_*.
-	(FTC_ImageCache_Lookup): Fix handling of invalid arguments.
-
-2002-04-22  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* builds/unix/configure.ac: Set `version_info' to 9:1:3 (FT2
-	version 2.0.9 has 9:0:3).
-	* builds/unix/configure: Regenerated (using autoconf 2.53).
-
-2002-04-19  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/pfr/pfrload.c (pfr_extra_items_farse): Fix debug message.
-	(pfr_phy_font_load): s/size/Size/ for local variable to avoid
-	compiler warning.
-	* src/pfr/pfrobjs.c (pfr_face_init): Fix debug message.
-	(pfr_slot_load): Remove redundant local variable.
-
-2002-04-19  David Turner  
-
-	Adding a PFR font driver to the FreeType sources.  Note that it
-	doesn't support embedded bitmaps or kerning tables yet.
-
-	src/pfr/*: New files.
-
-	* include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h,
-	include/freetype/internal/fttrace.h, src/Jamefile: Updated.
-
-	* src/type1/t1gload.h (T1_Load_Glyph), src/type1/t1gload.c
-	(T1_Load_Glyph): Fixed incorrect parameter sign-ness in callback
-	function.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/ftmemory.h (FT_MEM_ZERO, FT_ZERO): New
-	macros.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/ftstream.h (FT_NEXT_OFF3, FT_NEXT_UOFF3,
-	FT_NEXT_OFF3_LE, FT_NEXT_UOFF3_LE): New macros to parse in-memory
-	24-bit integers.
-
-2002-04-18  David Turner  
-
-	* src/base/ftobjs.c, builds/win32/ftdebug.c,
-	builds/amiga/src/base/ftdebug.c: Version 2.1.0 couldn't be linked
-	against applications in Win32 and Amiga builds due to changes to
-	`src/base/ftdebug.c' that were not properly propagated to
-	`builds/win32' and `builds/amiga'.  This has been fixed.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/ftobject.h,
-	include/freetype/internal/ftexcept.h, include/freetype/ftsysmem.h,
-	include/freetype/ftsysio.h, src/base/ftsysmem.c, src/base/ftsysio.c:
-	New experimental files.
-
-2002-04-17  David Turner  
-
-
-	* Version 2.1.0 released.
-	=========================
-
-
-2002-04-17  Michael Jansson  
-
-	* src/type1/t1gload.c (T1_Compute_Max_Advance): Fixed a small bug
-	that prevented the function to return the correct value.
-
-2002-04-16  Francesco Zappa Nardelli  
-
-	* src/pcf/pcfread (pcf_get_accell): Fix parsing of accelerator
-	tables.
-
-2002-04-15  David Turner  
-
-	* docs/FTL.txt: Formatting.
-
-	* include/freetype/config/ftoption.h: Reduce the size of the
-	render pool from 32kByte to 16kByte.
-
-	* src/pcf/pcfread.c (pcf_seek_to_table_type): Remove compiler
-	warning.
-
-	* include/freetype/config/ftoption.h (FT_MAX_EXTENSIONS): Removed.
-
-	* docs/CHANGES: Preparing 2.1.0 release.
-
-2002-04-13  Werner LEMBERG  
-
-	* src/cff/cffgload.c (CFF_Parse_CharStrings): s/rand/Rand/ to avoid
-	compiler warning.
-
-2002-04-12  David Turner  
-
-	* README.UNX: Updated the Unix-specific quick-compilation guide to
-	warn about the GNU Make requirement at compile time.
-
-	* include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h,
-	include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h,
-	include/freetype/config/ftheader.h,
-	include/freetype/internal/ftmemory.h,
-	include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h,
-
-	src/autohint/ahoptim.c,
-
-	src/base/ftdbgmem.c, src/base/ftdebug.c, src/base/ftmac.c,
-	src/base/ftobjs.c, src/base/ftsystem.c,
-
-	src/cache/ftcimage.c, src/cache/ftcsbits.c,
-
-	src/cff/cffdriver.c, src/cff/cffload.c, src/cff/cffobjs.c,
-
-	src/cid/cidload.c, src/cid/cidparse.c, src/cid/cidriver.c,
-
-	src/pcf/pcfdriver.c, src/pcf/pcfread.c,
-
-	src/psaux/t1cmap.c, src/psaux/t1decode.c,
-
-	src/pshinter/pshalgo1.c, src/pshinter/pshalgo2.c,
-	src/pshinter/pshrec.c,
-
-	src/psnames/psmodule.c,
-
-	src/raster/ftraster.c,
-
-	src/sfnt/sfdriver.c, src/sfnt/ttload.c,
-
-	src/smooth/ftgrays.c,
-
-	src/type1/t1afm.c, src/type1/t1driver.c, src/type1/t1gload.c,
-	src/type1/t1load.c, src/type1/t1objs.c, src/type1/t1parse.c,
-
-	builds/unix/ftconfig.in, builds/vms/ftconfig.h,
-
-	builds/amiga/src/base/ftdebug.c:
-
-	Added the new configuration file `ftstdlib.h' used to define
-	aliases for all ISO C library functions used by the engine
-	(e.g. strlen, qsort, setjmp, etc.).
-
-	This eases the porting of FreeType 2 to environments like
-	XFree86 modules/extensions.
-
-	Also removed many #include , #include , etc.
-	from the engine's sources where they are not needed.
-
-	* src/sfnt/ttpost.c: Use macro name for psnames.h.
-
-2002-04-12  Vincent Caron  
-
-	* configure, builds/detect.mk: Updated the build system to print
-	a warning message in case GNU Make isn't used to build the library.
-
-2002-04-11  David Turner  
-
-	* README, docs/CHANGES, Jamfile.in: Updates for the 2.1.0 release.
-
-	* docs/FTL.txt: Updated license text to provide a preferred
-	disclaimer and adjust copyright dates/extents.
-
-	* include/freetype/cache/ftcglyph.h: Removing obsolete (and
-	confusing) comment.
-
-	* Jamfile.in: New file.
-
-2002-04-11  Maxim Shemanarev  
-
-	* src/smooth/ftgrays.c (gray_hline): Minor optimization.
-
-2002-04-02  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	Fixes from the stable branch:
-
-	* include/freetype/config/ftoption.h (FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_CALCS):
-	Removed.
-	[FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_CALCS]: Removed.
-	* include/freetype/internal/ftcalc.h, src/base/ftcalc.c
-	[FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_CALCS]: Removed.
-
-	* src/base/fttrigon.c (FT_Vector_Length): Change algorithm to match
-	output of FreeType 1.
-
-	* src/pshinter/pshglob.c (psh_globals_scale_widths): Fixed a small
-	bug that created un-even stem widths when hinting Postscript fonts.
-
-	* src/type1/t1driver.c, src/type1/t1parse.c: 16bit fixes.
-
-2002-04-01  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/truetype/ttgload.c: 16bit fixes.
-	(TT_Load_Simple_Glyph): Improve debug messages.
-	(load_truetype_glyph): Remove dead code.
-	* src/truetype/ttinterp.c: 16bit fixes.
-	* src/truetype/ttobjs.c: Ditto.
-
-	* include/freetype/ftsnames.h, include/freetype/internal/sfnt.h,
-	src/cff/cffload.h, src/psaux/psobjs.h, src/truetype/ttinterp.[ch],
-	src/sfnt/ttpost.h: s/index/idx/.
-
-2002-03-31  Yao Zhang  
-
-	* src/truetype/ttobjs.c (TT_Size_Init): Fix typo.
-
-2002-03-31  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/otlayout/otlcommn.c, src/otlayout/otlcommn.h: s/index/idx/.
-	* src/psaux/t1cmap.c: Ditto.
-	* src/sfnt/ttcmap0.c: Ditto.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/tttypes.h,
-	include/freetype/internal/sfnt.h (TT_Goto_Table_Func): Renamed to ...
-	(TT_Loader_GotoTableFunc): This.
-	* src/psaux/t1decode.c (T1_Decoder_Parse_Charstrings): Fix debug
-	messages.
-	* src/psnames/psmodule.c (psnames_interface)
-	[!FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ADOBE_GLYPH_LIST]: Fix typo.
-	* src/sfnt/sfdriver.c (get_sfnt_table): 16bit fix.
-	* src/sfnt/ttcmap.c: 16bit fixes (0xFFFF -> 0xFFFFU).
-	* src/sfnt/ttcmap0.c: 16bit fixes.
-	(TT_Build_CMaps): Simplify debug messages.
-	(tt_cmap12_char_next): Fix offset.
-	* src/sfnt/ttload.c (TT_Load_Names, TT_Load_CMap): Fix debug
-	messages.
-	(TT_Load_OS2): 16bit fix.
-
-2002-03-30  David Turner  
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/tttypes.h: Adding comments to some of
-	the TT_FaceRec fields.
-
-	* src/sfnt/ttcmap0.c (TT_Build_CMaps): Removed compiler warnings.
-
-	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (tt_name_entry_ascii_from_{utf16,ucs4,other}:
-	New functions.
-	(tt_face_get_name): Use them to properly extract an ascii font name.
-
-2002-03-30  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* include/freetype/t1tables.h (t1_blend_max): Fix typo.
-	* src/base/ftstream.c: Simplify FT_ERROR calls.
-	* src/cff/cffdrivr.c (cff_get_glyph_name): Fix debug message.
-
-	* src/cff/cffobjs.c (CFF_Driver_Init, CFF_Driver_Done)
-	[TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EXTEND_ENGINE]: Removed.
-	* src/cff/sfobjs.c (SFNT_Load_Face)
-	[TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EXTEND_ENGINE]: Ditto.
-	* src/truetype/ttobjs.c (TT_Init_Driver, TT_Done_Driver)
-	[TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EXTEND_ENGINE]: Ditto.
-
-	* src/truetype/ttdriver.c, src/truetype/ttobjs.c,
-	src/truetype/ttobjs.h: Renaming driver functions to the
-	FT__ scheme:
-
-	  TT_Init_Driver => TT_Driver_Init
-	  TT_Done_Driver => TT_Driver_Done
-	  TT_Init_Face   => TT_Face_Init
-	  TT_Done_Face   => TT_Face_Done
-	  TT_Init_Size   => TT_Size_Init
-	  TT_Done_Size   => TT_Size_Done
-	  TT_Reset_Size  => TT_Size_Reset
-
-2002-03-29  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* builds/vms/ftconfig.h: Rename LOCAL_DEF and LOCAL_FUNC to
-	FT_LOCAL and FT_LOCAL_DEF, respectively, as with other ftconfig.h
-	files.
-	* builds/unix/ftconfig.in: Add argument to FT_LOCAL and
-	FT_LOCAL_DEF.
-	* src/truetype/ttinterp.c: s/FT_Assert/FT_ASSERT/.
-	* builds/unix/configure.ac: Temporarily deactivate creation of
-	../../Jamfile.
-	* builds/unix/configure: Updated.
-
-2002-03-28  KUSANO Takayuki  
-
-	* src/sfnt/sfdriver.c (get_sfnt_postscript_name): Fix serious typos.
-
-2002-03-28  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/psaux.h (PSAux_ServiceRec): Fix
-	compiler warnings.
-	* include/freetype/internal/t1types.h (T1_FaceRec): Use `const' for
-	some members.
-	* src/base/ftapi.c (FT_New_Memory_Stream): Fix typos.
-	* src/psaux/t1cmap.c (t1_cmap_std_init, t1_cmap_unicode_init): Add
-	cast.
-	(t1_cmap_{standard,expert,custom,unicode}_class_rec): Use
-	`FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF'.
-	* src/psaux/t1cmap.h: Updated.
-	* src/sfnt/ttcmap0.c (TT_Build_CMaps): Use `ft_encoding_none'
-	instead of zero.
-	* src/type1/t1objs.c (T1_Face_Init): Use casts.
-
-2002-03-26  David Turner  
-
-	* src/sfnt/sfdriver.c, src/sfnt/sfobjs.c, src/sfnt/ttcmap0.c:
-	Fixed a small bug in the FT_CMaps support code.
-
-2002-03-25  David Turner  
-
-	* src/truetype/ttinterp.c (Norm): Replaced with...
-	(TT_VecLen): This.
-	(TT_MulFix14, TT_DotFix14): New functions.
-	(Project, Dual_Project, Free_Project, Compute_Point_Displacement,
-	Ins_SHPIX, Ins_MIAP, Ins_MIRP): Use them.
-	[FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_CALCS]: Removed all code.
-
-2002-03-22  David Turner  
-
-	* src/base/ftobjs.c, src/sfnt/ttcmap0.c, src/type1/t1objs.c:
-	Various fixes to make the FT_CMaps support work correctly (more
-	tests are still needed).
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h, src/sfnt/Jamfile,
-	src/sfnt/rules.mk, src/sfnt/sfnt.c, src/sfnt/sfobjs.c,
-	src/sfnt/ttload.c, src/sfnt/ttcmap0.c, src/sfnt/ttcmap0.h: Updated
-	the SFNT charmap support to use FT_CMaps.
-
-	* include/freetype/fterrdef.h: New file.
-	* include/freetype/fterrors.h: Include it.  It contains all error
-	codes.
-	* include/freetype/config/ftheader.h (FT_ERROR_DEFINITIONS_H): New
-	macro.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/ftmemory.h, and a lot of other files:
-	Changed the names of memory macros.  Examples:
-
-	  MEM_Set   => FT_MEM_SET
-	  MEM_Copy  => FT_MEM_COPY
-	  MEM_Move  => FT_MEM_MOVE
-
-	  ALLOC     => FT_ALLOC
-	  FREE      => FT_FREE
-	  REALLOC   = >FT_REALLOC
-
-	FT_NEW was introduced to allocate a new object from a _typed_
-	pointer.
-
-	Note that ALLOC_ARRAY and REALLOC_ARRAY have been replaced by
-	FT_NEW_ARRAY and FT_RENEW_ARRAY which take _typed_ pointer
-	arguments.
-
-	This results in _lots_ of sources being changed, but makes the code
-	more generic and less error-prone.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/ftstream.h, src/base/ftstream.c,
-	src/cff/cffload.c, src/pcf/pcfread.c, src/sfnt/ttcmap.c,
-	src/sfnt/ttcmap0.c, src/sfnt/ttload.c, src/sfnt/ttpost.c,
-	src/sfnt/ttsbit.c, src/truetype/ttgload.c, src/truetype/ttpload.c,
-	src/winfonts/winfnt.c: Changed the definitions of stream macros.
-	Examples:
-
-	  NEXT_Byte     => FT_NEXT_BYTE
-	  NEXT_Short    => FT_NEXT_SHORT
-	  NEXT_UShortLE => FT_NEXT_USHORT_LE
-	  READ_Short    => FT_READ_SHORT
-	  GET_Long      => FT_GET_LONG
-	  etc.
-
-	Also introduced the FT_PEEK_XXXX functions.
-
-	* src/cff/cffobjs.c (CFF_Build_Unicode_Charmap): Removed commented
-	out function.
-	(find_encoding): Removed.
-	(CFF_Face_Init): Remove charmap support.
-
-	* include/freetype/config/ftoption.h (FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_CMAPS,
-	TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT{0,2,4,6,8,10,12}): New macros to fine-tune
-	support of cmaps.
-
-2002-03-21  David Turner  
-
-	* src/base/ftobjs.c, src/pcf/pcfdriver.c, src/pcf/pcfread.c: Updated
-	to new FT_CMap definitions.
-
-	* src/psaux/t1cmap.h, src/psaux/t1cmap.c, src/type1/t1cmap.h,
-	src/type1/t1cmap.c: Updating and moving the Type 1 FT_CMap support
-	from `src/type1' to `src/psaux' since it is going to be shared by
-	the Type 1 and CID font drivers.
-
-	* src/psaux/Jamfile, src/psaux/psaux.c, src/psaux/psauxmod.c,
-	src/psaux/rules.mk, include/freetype/internal/psaux.h: Added support
-	for Type 1 FT_CMaps.
-
-2002-03-20  David Turner  
-
-	* src/base/ftgloadr.c (FT_GlyphLoader_CheckSubGlyphs): Fixed a
-	memory allocation bug that was due to un-careful renaming of the
-	FT_SubGlyph type.
-
-	* src/base/ftdbgmem.c (ft_mem_table_destroy): Fixed a small bug that
-	caused the library to crash with Electric Fence when memory
-	debugging is used.
-
-	* Renaming stream macros.  Examples:
-
-	  FILE_Skip    => FT_STREAM_SKIP
-	  FILE_Read    => FT_STREAM_READ
-	  ACCESS_Frame => FT_FRAME_ENTER
-	  FORGET_Frame => FT_FRAME_EXIT
-	  etc.
-
-	* src/sfnt/sfdriver.c (get_sfnt_postscript_name): Fixed memory leak.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h: Changing the definition of
-	FT_CMap_CharNextFunc slightly.
-
-	* src/cff/*.c: Updating CFF type definitions.
-
-2002-03-14  David Turner  
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/autohint.h, src/autohint/ahmodule.c,
-	src/base/ftapi.c, src/base/ftobjs.c: Updating the type definitions
-	for the auto-hinter module.
-
-	  FT_AutoHinter_Interface  => FT_AutoHinter_ServiceRec
-	  FT_AutoHinter_Interface* => FT_AutoHinter_Service
-	  etc.
-
-	  FT_AutoHinter_Get_Global_Func  => FT_AutoHinter_GlobalGetFunc
-	  FT_AutoHinter_Done_Global_Func => FT_AutoHinter_GlobalDoneFunc
-	  etc.
-
-	* ahloader.h [_STANDALONE_]: Removed all conditional code.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/cfftypes.h, src/cff/*.c: Updating the
-	type definitions of the CFF font driver.
-
-	  CFF_Font  => CFF_FontRec
-	  CFF_Font* => CFF_Font
-	  etc.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/fnttypes.h, src/winfonts/*.c: Updating
-	type definitions of the Windows FNT font driver.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/ftdriver.h,
-	include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h, src/base/ftapi.c,
-	src/base/ftobjs.c, src/cff/cffdrivr.c, src/cff/cffdrivr.h,
-	src/cid/cidriver.c, src/cid/cidriver.h, src/pcf/pcfdriver.c,
-	src/pcf/pcfdriver.h, src/truetype/ttdriver.c,
-	src/truetype/ttdriver.h, src/type1/t1driver.c, src/type1/t1driver.h,
-	src/winfonts/winfnt.c, src/winfonts/winfnt.h: Updating type
-	definitions for font drivers.
-
-	  FTDriver_initFace      => FT_Face_InitFunc
-	  FTDriver_initGlyphSlot => FT_Slot_InitFunc
-	  etc.
-
-	* src/cid/cidobjs.c (CID_Face_Init): Remove dead code.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h, src/base/ftobjs.c: Updated a
-	few face method definitions:
-
-	  FT_PSName_Requester     => FT_Face_GetPostscriptNameFunc
-	  FT_Glyph_Name_Requester => FT_Face_GetGlyphNameFunc
-	  FT_Name_Index_Requester => FT_Face_GetGlyphNameIndexFunc
-
-	* src/base/ftapi.c: New file.  It contains backwards compatibility
-	functions.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/psaux.h, src/cid/cidload.c,
-	src/cidtoken.h, src/psaux/psobjs.c, src/psaux/psobjs.h,
-	src/psaux/t1decode.c, stc/type1/t1load.c, src/type1/t1tokens.h:
-	Updated common PostScript type definitions.
-	Renamed all enumeration values like to uppercase variants:
-
-	  t1_token_any      => T1_TOKEN_TYPE_ANY
-	  t1_field_cid_info => T1_FIELD_LOCATION_CID_INFO
-	  etc.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/psglobals.h: Removed.
-	* include/freetype/internal/pshints.h, src/pshinter/pshglob.h:
-	Updated.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/tttypes.h,
-	include/freetype/internal/sfnt.h, src/base/ftnames.c,
-	src/cff/cffdrivr.c, src/sfnt/*.c, src/truetype/*.c: Updated
-	SFNT/TrueType type definitions.
-
-	* include/freetype/freetype.h, include/freetype/internal/ftgloadr.h:
-	Updating type definitions for the glyph loader.
-
-2002-03-13  Antoine Leca  
-
-	* include/freetype/config/ftoption.h: Changed the automatic
-	detection of Microsoft C compilers to automatically support 64-bit
-	integers only since revision 9.00 (i.e. >= Visual C++ 2.0).
-
-2002-03-08  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/base/ftutil.c (FT_Realloc): Use MEM_Set instead of memset.
-
-2002-03-07  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/base/ftdbgmem.c (ft_mem_table_resize, ft_mem_table_new,
-	ft_mem_table_set, ft_mem_debug_alloc, ft_mem_debug_free,
-	ft_mem_debug_realloc, ft_mem_debug_done, FT_Alloc_Debug,
-	FT_Realloc_Debug, FT_Free_Debug): Fix compiler warnings.
-	* src/base/ftcalc.c (FT_MulFix): Ditto.
-	* src/cff/cffdrivr.c (cff_get_name_index): Ditto.
-	* src/cff/cffobjs.c (CFF_Size_Get_Global_Funcs, CFF_Size_Init,
-	CFF_GlyphSlot_Init): Ditto.
-	* src/cid/cidobjs.c (CID_GlyphSlot_Init,
-	CID_Size_Get_Globals_Funcs): Ditto.
-	* src/type1/t1objs.c (T1_Size_Get_Globals_Funcs, T1_GlyphSlot_Init):
-	Ditto.
-	* src/pshinter/pshmod.c (pshinter_interface): Use `static const'.
-	* src/winfonts/winfnt.c (FNT_Get_Next_Char): Remove unused
-	variables.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/psaux.h (T1_Builder_Funcs): Renamed
-	to...
-	(T1_Builder_FuncsRec): This.
-	(T1_Builder_Funcs): New typedef.
-	(PSAux_Interface): Remove compiler warnings.
-	* src/psaux/psauxmod.c (t1_builder_funcs), src/psaux/psobjs.h
-	(t1_builder_funcs): Updated.
-
-	* src/pshinter/pshglob.h (PSH_Blue_Align): Replaced with ...
-	(PSH_BLUE_ALIGN_{NONE,TOP,BOT}): New defines.
-	(PSH_AlignmentRec): Updated.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/ftstream.h (GET_Char, GET_Byte): Fix
-	typo.
-	* include/freetype/internal/ftgloadr.h (FT_SubGlyph): Ditto.
-	* src/base/ftstream (FT_Get_Char): Rename to...
-	(FT_Stream_Get_Char): This.
-
-	* src/base/ftnames.c (FT_Get_Sfnt_Name): s/index/idx/ -- `index' is
-	a built-in function in gcc, causing warning messages with gcc 3.0.
-	* src/autohint/ahglyph.c (ah_outline_load): Ditto.
-	* src/autohint/ahglobal.c (ah_hinter_compute_blues): Ditto.
-	* src/cache/ftcmanag.c (ftc_family_table_alloc,
-	ftc_family_table_free, FTC_Manager_Done, FTC_Manager_Register_Cache):
-	Ditto.
-	* src/cff/cffload.c (cff_new_index, cff_done_index,
-	cff_explicit_index, CFF_Access_Element, CFF_Forget_Element,
-	CFF_Get_Name, CFF_Get_String, CFF_Load_SubFont, CFF_Load_Font,
-	CFF_Done_Font): Ditto.
-	* src/psaux/psobjs.c (PS_Table_Add, PS_Parser_LoadField): Ditto.
-	* src/psaux/t1decode.c (T1_Decoder_Parse_Charstrings): Ditto.
-	* src/pshinter/pshrec.c (ps_mask_test_bit, ps_mask_clear_bit,
-	ps_mask_set_bit, ps_dimension_add_t1stem, ps_hints_t1stem3,
-	* src/pshinter/pshalgo1.c (psh1_hint_table_record,
-	psh1_hint_table_record_mask, psh1_hint_table_activate_mask): Ditto.
-	* src/pshinter/pshalgo2.c (psh2_hint_table_record,
-	psh2_hint_table_record_mask, psh2_hint_table_activate_mask): Ditto.
-	* src/sfnt/ttpost.c (Load_Format_20, Load_Format_25,
-	TT_Get_PS_Name): Ditto.
-	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (TT_Get_Metrics, Get_HMetrics,
-	load_truetype_glyph): Ditto.
-	* src/type1/t1load.c (parse_subrs, T1_Open_Face): Ditto.
-	* src/type1/t1afm.c (T1_Get_Kerning): Ditto.
-	* include/freetype/cache/ftcmanag.h (ftc_family_table_free): Ditto.
-
-2002-03-06  David Turner  
-
-	* src/type1/t1objs.c (T1_Face_Init), src/cid/cidobjs.c
-	(CID_Face_Init): Fixed another bug related to the
-	ascender/descender/text height of Postscript fonts.
-
-	* src/pshinter/pshalgo2.c (print_zone): Renamed to ...
-	(psh2_print_zone): This.
-	* src/pshinter/pshalgo1.c (print_zone): Renamed to ...
-	(psh1_print_zone): This.
-
-	* include/freetype/freetype.h, include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h,
-	src/base/ftobjs.c: Adding the new FT_Library_Version API to return
-	the library's current version in dynamic links.
-	* src/base/ftinit.c (FT_Init_FreeType): Updated.
-
-2002-03-06  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/pshinter/pshglob.h (PSH_DimensionRec): s/std/stdw/.
-	* src/pshinter/pshglob.c (psh_global_scale_widths,
-	psh_dimension_snap_width, psh_globals_destroy, psh_globals_new):
-	Ditto.
-
-2002-03-05  David Turner  
-
-	* src/type1/t1objs.c (T1_Face_Init), src/cff/cffobjs.c
-	(CFF_Face_Init), src/cid/cidobjs.c (CID_Face_Init): Removing the bug
-	that returned global BBox values in 16.16 fixed format (instead of
-	integer font units).
-
-	* src/cid/cidriver.c (cid_get_postscript_name): Fixed a bug that
-	caused the CID driver to return Postscript font names with a leading
-	slash (`/') as in `/MOEKai-Regular'.
-
-	* src/sfnt/ttload.c (TT_Load_Names), src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (Get_Name),
-	src/sfnt/sfdriver.c (get_sfnt_postscript_name): Fixed the loader so
-	that it accepts broken fonts like `foxjump.ttf', which made FreeType
-	crash when trying to load them.
-
-	Also improved the name table parser to be able to load
-	Windows-encoded entries before Macintosh or Unicode ones, since it
-	seems some fonts don't have reliable values here anyway.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/psnames.h: Add typedef for
-	`PSNames_Service'.
-
-2002-03-05  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* builds/unix/aclocal.m4, builds/unix/ltmain.sh: Update to libtool
-	1.4.2.
-	Apply a small patch for AIX to make shared libraries work (this
-	patch is already in the CVS version of libtool).
-
-	* builds/unix/config.sub, builds/unix/config.guess: Updated to
-	recent versions.
-
-	* builds/unix/configure.ac: Fix typo
-	(AC_CONFIG_FILE->AC_CONFIG_FILES).
-
-	* builds/unix/configure: Regenerated.
-
-2002-02-28  David Turner  
-
-	* include/freetype/ftconfig.h: Changed `FT_LOCAL xxxx' to
-	`FT_LOCAL( xxxx )' everywhere in the source.  The same goes for
-	`FT_LOCAL_DEF xxxx' which is translated to `FT_LOCAL_DEF( xxxxx )'.
-
-	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FREETYPE_MINOR, FREETYPE_PATCH):
-	Changing version to 2.1.0 to indicate an unstable branch.
-	Added the declarations of FT_Get_First_Char and FT_Get_Next_Char.
-
-	* src/base/ftobjs.c: Implement FT_Get_First_Char and
-	FT_Get_Next_Char.
-
-	* include/freetype/t1tables.h: Renaming structure types.  This
-
-	  typedef  T1_Struct_
-	  {
-	  } T1_Struct;
-
-	becomes
-
-	  typedef  PS_StructRec_
-	  {
-	  } PS_StructRec, *PS_Struct;
-
-	  typedef PS_StructRec  T1_Struct;  /* backwards-compatibility */
-
-	Hence, we increase the coherency of the source code by effectively
-	using the `Rec' prefix for structure types.
-
-2002-02-27  David Turner  
-
-	* src/sfnt/ttload.c (TT_Load_Names): Simplifying and securing the
-	names table loader.  Invalid individual name entries are now handled
-	correctly.  This allows the loading of very buggy fonts like
-	`foxjump.ttf' without allocating tons of memory and causing crashes.
-
-	* src/otlayout/otlcommon.h, src/otlayout/otlcommon.c: Adding (still
-	experimental) code for OpenType Layout tables validation and
-	parsing.
-
-	* src/type1/t1cmap.h, src/type1/t1cmap.c: Adding (still
-	experimental) code for Type 1 charmap processing.
-
-	* src/sfnt/ttcmap0.c: New file.  It contains a new, still
-	experimental SFNT charmap processing support.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h: Adding validation support as
-	well as internal charmap object definitions (FT_CMap != FT_CharMap).
-
-2002-02-24  David Turner  
-
-	* Renaming stream functions to the FT__ scheme:
-
-	  FT_Seek_Stream    => FT_Stream_Seek
-	  FT_Skip_Stream    => FT_Stream_Skip
-	  FT_Read_Stream    => FT_Stream_Read
-	  FT_Read_Stream_At => FT_Stream_Read_At
-	  FT_Access_Frame   => FT_Stream_Enter_Frame
-	  FT_Forget_Frame   => FT_Stream_Exit_Frame
-	  FT_Extract_Frame  => FT_Stream_Extract_Frame
-	  FT_Release_Frame  => FT_Stream_Release_Frame
-	  FT_Get_XXXX       => FT_Stream_Get_XXXX
-	  FT_Read_XXXX      => FT_Stream_Read_XXXX
-
-	  FT_New_Stream( filename, stream ) =>
-	    FT_Stream_Open( stream, filename )
-
-	    (The function doesn't create the FT_Stream structure, it simply
-	    initializes it for reading.)
-
-	  FT_New_Memory_Stream( library, FT_Byte*  base, size, stream ) =>
-	    FT_Stream_Open_Memory( stream, const FT_Byte* base, size )
-
-	  FT_Done_Stream  => FT_Stream_Close
-	  FT_Stream_IO    => FT_Stream_IOFunc
-	  FT_Stream_Close => FT_Stream_CloseFunc
-
-	  ft_close_stream => ft_ansi_stream_close (in base/ftsystem.c only)
-	  ft_io_stream    => ft_ansi_stream_io    (in base/ftsystem.c only)
-
-	* src/base/ftutil.c: New file.  Contains all memory and list
-	management code (previously in `ftobjs.c' and `ftlist.c',
-	respectively).
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h: Moving all code related to
-	glyph loaders to ...
-	* include/freetype/internal/ftgloadr.h: This new file.
-	`FT_GlyphLoader' is now a pointer to the structure
-	`FT_GlyphLoaderRec'.
-	(ft_glyph_own_bitmap): Renamed to ...
-	(FT_GLYPH_OWN_BITMAP): This.
-	* src/base/ftobjs.c: Moving all code related to glyph loaders
-	to ...
-	* src/base/ftgloadr.c: This new file.
-
-2002-02-22  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/ftdebug.h (FT_Trace): Remove comma in
-	enum to avoid compiler warnings.
-
-2002-02-21  David Turner  
-
-	Modified the debug sub-system initialization.  Trace levels can now
-	be specified within the `FT2_DEBUG' environment variable.  See the
-	comments within `ftdebug.c' for more details.
-
-	* src/base/ftdebug.c: (FT_SetTraceLevel): Removed.
-	(ft_debug_init): New function.
-	(ft_debug_dummy): Removed.
-	Updated to changes in ftdebug.h
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/ftdebug.h: Always define
-	FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR if FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE is defined.
-	(FT_Assert): Renamed to ...
-	(FT_ASSERT): This.
-	Some stuff from ftdebug.h has been moved to ...
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/fttrace.h: New file, to define the trace
-	levels used for debugging.  It is used both to define enums and
-	toggle names for FT2_DEBUG.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/internal.h: Updated.
-
-	* src/base/ftobjs.c, src/base/ftstream.c: Updated.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/ftextend.h, src/base/ftextend.c:
-	Removed.  Both files are now completely obsolete.
-	* src/base/Jamfile, src/base/rules.mk: Updated.
-
-	* include/freetype/fterrors.h: Adding `#undef FT_ERR_CAT' and
-	`#undef FT_ERR_XCAT' to avoid warnings with certain compilers (like
-	LCC).
-
-	* src/pshinter/pshalgo2.c (print_zone): Renamed to ...
-	(psh2_print_zone): This to avoid errors during compilation of debug
-	library.
-
-	* src/smooth/ftgrays.c (FT_COMPONENT): Change definition to as
-	`trace_smooth'.
-
-2002-02-20  David Turner  
-
-	* README: Adding `devel@freetype.org' address for bug reports.
-
-2002-02-20  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* builds/unix/install.mk (check): New dummy target.
-	(.PHONY): Add it.
-
-2002-02-19  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* builds/freetype.mk (FT_CFLAGS): Use $(INCLUDE_FLAGS) first.
-
-	* src/cache/ftccache.c (ftc_cache_resize): Mark `error' as unused
-	to avoid compiler warning.
-	* src/cff/cffload.c (CFF_Get_String): Ditto.
-	* src/cff/cffobjs.c (CFF_StrCopy): Ditto.
-	* src/psaux/psobjs.c (PS_Table_Done): Ditto.
-	* src/pcf/pcfread.c (pcf_seek_to_table_type): Ditto.
-	* src/sfnt/sfdriver.c (get_sfnt_postscript_name): Ditto.
-	(pcf_get_bitmaps): The same for `sizebitmaps'.
-	* src/psaux/t1decode.c (T1_Decode_Parse_Charstrings): The same for
-	`orig_y'.
-	(t1operator_seac): Comment out more dead code.
-	* src/pshinter/pshalgo2.c (ps2_hints_apply): Add `DEBUG_HINTER'
-	conditional.
-	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (TT_Process_Simple_Glyph,
-	load_truetype_glyph): Add `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER'
-	conditional.
-
-2002-02-18  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/autohint/ahglyph.c (ah_outline_link_segments): Remove unused
-	variables.
-	* src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_align_serif_edge): Use FT_UNUSED instead
-	of UNUSED.
-	* src/autohint/ahmodule.c (ft_autohinter_reset): Ditto.
-	* src/pshinter/pshrec.c (ps_mask_table_merge): Fix typo in variable
-	swapping code.
-	* src/pshinter/pshglob.h (PSH_Blue_Align): Add PSH_BLUE_ALIGN_NONE.
-	* src/pshinter/pshglob.c (psh_blues_snap_stem): Use it.
-	* src/pshinter/pshalgo1.c (psh1_hint_table_optimize): Ditto.
-	* src/pshinter/pshalgo2.c (psh2_hint_align): Ditto.
-	* include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h (UNUSED): Removed.
-
-2002-02-10  Roberto Alameda  
-
-	Add support for ISOLatin1 PS encoding.
-
-	* include/freetype/freetype.h (ft_encoding_latin_1): New tag
-	(`lat1').
-	* include/freetype/internal/t1types.h (T1_Encoding_Type): Add
-	`t1_encoding_isolatin1'.
-	* src/type1/t1driver.c (Get_Char_Index, Get_Next_Char): Handle
-	ft_encoding_latin_1.
-	* src/type1/t1load.c (parse_encoding): Handle `ISOLatin1Encoding'.
-	* src/type1/t1objs.c (T1_Face_Init): Handle `t1_encoding_isolatin1'.
-
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2007 by
-David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-
-This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-fully.
-
-
-Local Variables:
-version-control: never
-coding: utf-8
-End:
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/ChangeLog.22 b/src/3rdparty/freetype/ChangeLog.22
deleted file mode 100644
index c042f21..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/ChangeLog.22
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2837 +0,0 @@
-2006-05-12  Werner Lemberg  
-
-
-	* Version 2.2.1 released.
-	=========================
-
-
-	Tag sources with `VER-2-2-1'.
-
-2006-05-12  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/tools/docmaker/sources.py (re_source_keywords): Add word
-	boundary markers.
-	* src/tools/docmaker/content.py (re_field): Allow `.' in field names
-	(but not at the beginning or end).
-	* src/tools/docmaker/tohtml.py (html_header_1): Use `utf-8' charset.
-	(block_footer): Split into...
-	(block_footer_start, block_footer_middle, block_footer_end): This to
-	add navigation buttons.
-	(HtmlFormatter::block_exit): Updated.
-
-	* include/freetype/*: Many minor documentation improvements (adding
-	links, spelling errors, etc.).
-
-2006-05-11  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* README: Minor updates.
-
-	* include/freetype/*: s/scale/scaling value/ where appropriate.
-	Many other minor documentation improvements.
-
-	* src/tools/docmaker/sources.py (re_italic, re_bold): Handle
-	trailing punctuation.
-	* src/tools/docmaker/tohtml.py (HtmlFormatter::make_html_word): Add
-	warning message for undefined cross references.
-	Update handling of re_italic and re_bold.
-
-2006-05-11  Masatake YAMATO  
-
-	* builds/unix/ftsystem.c (FT_Stream_Open): Check errno only if
-	read system call returns -1.
-	Remove a redundant parenthesis.
-
-2006-05-10  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* builds/unix/ftsystem.c (FT_Stream_Open): Avoid infinite loop if
-	given an empty, un-mmap()able file.  Reported and suggested fix in
-	Savannah bug #16555.
-
-	* builds/freetype.mk (refdoc): Write-protect the `docmaker'
-	directory to suppress generation of .pyc files.  According to the
-	Python docs there isn't a more elegant solution (currently).
-
-	* builds/toplevel.mk (dist): New target which builds .tar.gz,
-	.tar.bz2, and .zip files.  Note that the version number is still
-	hard-coded.
-	(do-dist): Sub-target of `dist'.
-	(CONFIG_GUESS, CONFIG_SUB): New variables.
-	(.PHONY): Updated.
-
-2006-05-09  Rajeev Pahuja  
-
-	* builds/win32/visualc/freetype.sln,
-	builds/win32/visualc/freetype.vcproj: Upgraded to VS.NET 2005 from
-	VS.NET 2003
-	Added files ftbbox.c, fttype1.c, ftwinfnt.c, ftsynth.c.
-
-	* builds/win32/visualc/index.html: Updated.
-
-2006-05-07  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	Put version information into the configure script.  Reported by Paul
-	Watson .
-
-	* builds/unix/configure.ac: Renamed to...
-	* builds/unix/configure.raw: This which now serves (with appropriate
-	modifications) as a template for configure.ac.
-
-	* version.sed: New script.
-
-	* autogen.sh: Generate configure.ac from configure.raw, using
-	FREETYPE_MAJOR, FREETYPE_MINOR, and FREETYPE_PATCH from freetype.h.
-
-2006-05-06  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FREETYPE_PATCH): Set to 1.
-
-	* builds/unix/configure.ac (version_info): Set to 9:10:3.
-
-	* builds/win32/visualc/index.html,
-	builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsp,
-	builds/win32/visualc/freetype.vcproj, builds/freetype.mk (refdoc),
-	Jamfile (RefDoc), README: s/220/221/, s/2.2.0/2.2.1/.
-	Minor updates.
-
-	* docs/CHANGES, docs/VERSION.DLL, docs/PROBLEMS, README.CVS:
-	Updated.
-
-	* builds/unix/install-sh: Updated from `texinfo' CVS module at
-	savannah.gnu.org.
-
-	* devel/ftoption.h: Synchronize with
-	include/freetype/config/ftoption.h.
-
-2006-05-04  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/lzw/ftlzw2.c: Renamed to...
-	* src/lzw/ftlzw.c: This.
-
-	* src/lzw/Jamfile, src/lzw/rules.mk: Updated.
-
-	* builds/mac/FreeType.m68k_cfm.make.txt,
-	builds/mac/FreeType.m68k_far.make.txt,
-	builds/mac/FreeType.ppc_carbon.make.txt,
-	builds/mac/FreeType.ppc_classic.make.txt: Updated.
-
-2006-05-03  David Turner  
-
-	Allow compilation again with C++ compilers.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/ftmemory.h (FT_ASSIGNP,
-	FT_ASSIGNP_INNER): New macros which do the actual assignment, and
-	which exist in two variants (for C and C++).
-	Update callers accordingly.
-
-2006-05-03  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* include/freetype/config/ftoption.h (FT_STRICT_ALIASING): Removed.
-
-2006-05-02  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/ftmemory.h: s/new/newsz/ (for C++).
-	(FT_ALLOC): Remove redundant redefinition.
-
-	* builds/compiler/gcc-dev.mk (CFLAGS) [g++]: Don't use
-	`-Wstrict-prototypes'.
-
-	* src/base/ftstream.c (FT_Stream_EnterFrame): Add cast.
-
-	* include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h (FT_BASE_DEF) [__cplusplus]:
-	Remove `extern'.
-
-2006-05-02  David Turner  
-
-	Update the memory management functions and macros to safely deal
-	with array size buffer overflows.  This corresponds to attempts to
-	allocate arrays that are too large.  For an example, consider the
-	following code:
-
-	  count = read_uint32_from_file(); array = malloc( sizeof ( Item ) *
-	  count ); for ( nn = 0; nn < count; nn++ )
-	    array[nn] = read_item_from_file();
-
-	If `count' is larger than `FT_UINT_MAX/sizeof(Item)', the
-	multiplication overflows, and the array allocated os smaller than
-	the data read from the file.  In this case, the heap will be
-	trashed, and this can be used as a denial-of-service attack, or make
-	the engine crash later.
-
-	The FT_ARRAY_NEW and FT_ARRAY_RENEW macros now ensure that the new
-	count is no larger than `FT_INT_MAX/item_size', otherwise a new
-	error code `FT_Err_Array_Too_Large' will be returned.
-
-	Note that the memory debugger now works again when FT_DEBUG_MEMORY
-	is defined.  FT_STRICT_ALIASING has disappeared; the corresponding
-	code is now the default.
-
-
-	* include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h (FT_BASE_DEF) [!__cplusplus]:
-	Don't use `extern'.
-
-	* include/freetype/fterrdef.h (FT_Err_Array_Too_Large): New error
-	code.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/ftmemory.h (FT_DEBUG_INNER)
-	[FT_DEBUG_MEMORY]: New macro.
-	(ft_mem_realloc, ft_mem_qrealloc): Pass new object size count also.
-	(ft_mem_alloc_debug, ft_mem_qalloc_debug, ft_mem_realloc_debug,
-	ft_mem_qrealloc_debug, ft_mem_free_debug): Removed.
-	(FT_MEM_ALLOC, FT_MEM_REALLOC, FT_MEM_QALLOC, FT_MEM_QREALLOC,
-	FT_MEM_FREE): Redefine.
-	(FT_MEM_NEW_ARRAY, FT_MEM_RENEW_ARRAY, FT_MEM_QNEW_ARRAY,
-	FT_MEM_QRENEW_ARRAY): Redefine.
-	(FT_ALLOC_MULT, FT_REALLOC_MULT, FT_MEM_QALLOC_MULT,
-	FT_MEM_QREALLOC_MULT): New macros.  Update callers where
-	appropriate.
-	(FT_MEM_SET_ERROR): Slightly redefine.
-
-
-	* src/base/ftdbgmem.c (_ft_debug_file, _ft_debug_lineno)
-	[FT_DEBUG_MEMORY]: New global variables, replacing...
-	(FT_MemTable_Rec) [FT_DEBUG_MEMORY]: Remove `filename' and
-	`line_no'.  Update all callers.
-	(ft_mem_debug_alloc) [FT_DEBUG_MEMORY]: Avoid possible integer
-	overflow.
-	(ft_mem_alloc_debug, ft_mem_realloc_debug, ft_mem_qalloc_debug,
-	ft_mem_qrealloc_debug, ft_mem_free_debug): Removed.
-
-	* src/base/ftmac.c (read_lwfn): Catch integer overflow.
-	* src/base/ftrfork.c (raccess_guess_darwin_hfsplus): Ditto.
-	* src/base/ftutil.c: Remove special code for FT_STRICT_ALIASING.
-	(ft_mem_alloc. ft_mem_realloc, ft_mem_qrealloc): Rewrite.
-
-
-	* include/freetype/ftstream.h (FT_FRAME_ENTER, FT_FRAME_EXIT,
-	FT_FRAME_EXTRACT, FT_FRAME_RELEASE): Use FT_DEBUG_INNER to report the
-	place where the frames were entered, extracted, exited or released
-	in the memory debugger.
-
-	* src/base/ftstream.c (FT_Stream_ReleaseFrame) [FT_DEBUG_MEMORY]:
-	Call ft_mem_free.
-	(FT_Stream_EnterFrame) [FT_DEBUG_MEMORY]: Use ft_mem_qalloc.
-	(FT_Stream_ExitFrame) [FT_DEBUG_MEMORY]: Use ft_mem_free.
-
-2006-04-30  suzuki toshiya  
-
-	* src/base/ftobjs.c (Mac_Read_POST_Resource): Correct pfb_pos
-	initialization, remove extra cast to copy to pfb_lenpos.  This fixes
-	parsing of PFB fonts with MacOS resource fork (bug introduced
-	2003-09-11).  Patch provided by Huib-Jan Imbens .
-
-2006-04-29  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	Further C library abstraction.  Based on a patch from
-	msn2@bidyut.com.
-
-	* include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h (FT_CHAR_BIT, FT_FILE,
-	ft_fopen, ft_fclose, ft_fseek, ft_ftell, ft_fread, ft_smalloc,
-	ft_scalloc, ft_srealloc, ft_sfree, ft_labs): New wrapper macros for
-	C library functions.  Update all users accordingly (and catch some
-	other places where the C library function was used instead of the
-	wrapper functions).
-
-	* src/base/ftsystem.c: Don't include stdio.h and stdlib.h.
-	* src/gzip/zutil.h [MSDOS && !(__TURBOC__ || __BORLANDC__)]: Don't
-	include malloc.h.
-
-
-	* builds/unix/unix-def.in (datarootdir): Define, for autoconf 2.59c
-	and forthcoming versions.
-
-2006-04-28  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/lzw/ftlzw.c, src/lzw/zopen.c, src/lzw/zopen.h: Removed,
-	obsolete.
-
-2006-04-27  yi luo  
-
-	* builds/win32/visualc/freetype.vcproj: Updated.
-
-2006-04-26  David Turner  
-
-
-	* Version 2.2 released.
-	=======================
-
-
-	Tag sources with `VER-2-2-0'.
-
-2006-04-26  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/psaux/psobjs.c (shift_elements): Don't use FT_Long but
-	FT_PtrDiff for `delta'.  Reported by Céline PILLET
-	.
-
-2006-04-21  David Turner  
-
-	* include/freetype/ftincrem.h: Documentation updates.
-	(FT_Incremental_Interface): New typedef.
-
-	* include/freetype/ftmodapi.h, include/freetype/ftglyph.h:
-	Documentation updates.
-
-	* include/freetype/freetype.h: Documentation update.
-	(FT_HAS_FAST_GLYPHS): Always set to 0.
-
-	* include/freetype/ftstroke.h, src/base/ftstroke.c (FT_Stroker_New):
-	Take an FT_Library argument instead of FT_Memory.
-
-	* src/sfnt/ttcmap.c: Remove compiler warnings (gcc-4.0.2).
-
-2006-04-13  David Turner  
-
-	* src/autofit/afloader.c (af_loader_init, af_loader_load_g): Remove
-	superfluous code in the auto-fitter's loader.
-
-2006-04-05  Detlef Würkner  
-
-	* builds/amiga/makefile, builds/amiga/makefile.os4,
-	builds/amiga/smakefile: Added FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY define.
-
-2006-04-03  luoyi  
-
-	* builds/compiler/intelc.mk (TE): New variable.
-	(ANSIFLAGS): Updated.
-
-2006-04-03  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* builds/exports.mk (clean_symbols_list, clean_apinames): Removed.
-	(CLEAN): Add $(EXPORTS_LIST) and $(APINAMES_EXE).
-	(.PHONY): Updated.
-
-	* configure.ac: Minor fixes to improve --help output.
-
-
-	* docs/PROBLEMS: New file.
-
-2006-04-01  David Turner  
-
-	* docs/CHANGES: Updated.
-
-	* include/freetype/ftcache.h, include/freetype/config/ftheader.h:
-	Update documentation comments.
-
-2006-04-01  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* builds/unix/install.mk (uninstall): Don't handle `cache'
-	directory which no longer exists.
-
-2006-03-29  Detlef Würkner  
-
-	* src/psaux/psconv.c: Changed some variables which are expected to
-	hold negative values from `char' to `FT_Char' to allow building with
-	a compiler where `char' is unsigned by default.
-
-2006-03-27  David Turner  
-
-	* src/sfnt/ttkern.c (tt_face_get_kerning): Fix a serious bug that
-	causes some programs to go into an infinite loop when dealing with
-	fonts that don't have a properly sorted kerning sub-table.
-
-2006-03-26  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/bdf/bdflib.c (ERRMSG4): New macro.
-	(_bdf_parse_glyphs): Handle invalid BBX values.
-
-	* include/freetype/fterrdef.h (FT_Err_Bbx_Too_Big): New error
-	macro.
-
-2006-03-23  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* docs/CHANGES: Updated.
-
-
-	* src/tools/docmaker/tohtml.py (html_header_2): Add horizontal
-	padding between table elements.
-	(html_header_1): The `DOCTYPE' comment must be in uppercase.
-	(make_html_para): Convert `...' quotations into real left and
-	right single quotes.
-	Use `para_header' and `para_footer'.
-
-	* src/tools/docmaker/sources.py (re_bold, re_italic): Accept "'"
-	also.
-
-2006-03-23  David Turner 
-
-	Add FT_Get_SubGlyph_Info API to retrieve subglyph data.  Note that
-	we do not expose the FT_SubGlyphRec structure.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/ftgloadr.h (FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAGS_*): Moved
-	to...
-	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAGS_*): Here.
-	(FT_Get_SybGlyph_Info): New declaration.
-
-	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Get_SubGlyph_Info): New function.
-
-
-	* src/autofit/afloader.c (af_loader_load_g): Compute lsb_delta and
-	rsb_delta correctly in edge cases.
-
-2006-03-22  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/cache/ftccache.c, (ftc_node_mru_up, FTC_Cache_Lookup)
-	[!FTC_INLINE]: Compile conditionally.
-	* src/cache/ftccache.h: Updated.
-
-	* src/cache/ftcglyph.c (FTC_GNode_Init, FTC_GNode_UnselectFamily,
-	FTC_GNode_Done, FTC_GNode_Compare, FTC_Family_Init, FTC_GCache_New):
-	s/FT_EXPORT/FT_LOCAL/.
-	(FTC_GCache_Init, FTC_GCache_Done): Commented out.
-	(FTC_GCache_Lookup) [!FTC_INLINE]: Compile conditionally.
-	s/FT_EXPORT/FT_LOCAL/.
-	* src/cache/ftcglyph.h: Updated.
-
-	* src/cache/ftcimage.c (FTC_INode_Free, FTC_INode_New):
-	s/FT_EXPORT/FT_LOCAL/.
-	(FTC_INode_Weight): Commented out.
-	* src/cache/ftcimage.h: Updated.
-
-	* src/cache/ftmanag.c (FTC_Manager_Compress,
-	FTC_Manager_RegisterCache, FTC_Manager_FlushN):
-	s/FT_EXPORT/FT_LOCAL/.
-	* src/cache/ftmanag.h: Updated.
-
-	* src/cache/ftcsbits.c (FTC_SNode_Free, FTC_SNode_New,
-	FTC_SNode_Compare): s/FT_EXPORT/FT_LOCAL/.
-	(FTC_SNode_Weight): Commented out.
-	* src/cache/ftcsbits.h: Updated.
-
-2006-03-22  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/cache/ftccache.c, src/cache/ftccache.h (FTC_Node_Destroy):
-	Remove, unused.
-
-	* src/cache/ftccmap.h: Remove, unused.
-
-	* src/cache/rules.mk (CACHE_DRV_H): Remove ftccmap.h.
-
-2006-03-21  Zhe Su  
-
-	* src/base/ftoutln.c (FT_Outline_Get_Orientation): Improve
-	algorithm.
-
-2006-03-21  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/cff/cfftypes.h (CFF_CharsetRec): Add `max_cid' member.
-
-	* src/cff/cffload.c (cff_charset_load): Set `charset->max_cid'.
-
-	* src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_slot_load): Change type of third parameter
-	to `FT_UInt'.
-	Check range of `glyph_index'.
-	* src/cff/cffgload.h: Updated.
-
-
-	* src/sfnt/ttcmap.c (tt_face_build_cmaps): Handle invalid offset
-	correctly.
-
-
-	* builds/freetype.mk (refdoc), docs/CHANGES, Jamfile (RefDoc),
-	README: s/2.1.10/2.2/.
-
-2006-03-21  David Turner  
-
-	* src/autofit/aflatin.c (af_latin_metrics_scale): Fix small bug
-	that crashes the auto-hinter (introduced by previous patch).
-
-2006-03-20  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* builds/freetype.mk (CACHE_DIR, CACHE_H): Remove.
-	(FREETYPE_H): Updated.
-
-	* src/cache/rules.mk (CACHE_H_DIR): Remove.
-	(CACHE_DRV_H): Updated.
-
-2006-03-20  David Turner  
-
-	* include/freetype/cache/ftccache.h,
-	include/freetype/cache/ftccmap.h, include/freetype/cache/ftcglyph.h
-	include/freetype/cache/ftcimage.h include/freetype/cache/ftcmanag.h
-	include/freetype/cache/ftcmru.h include/freetype/cache/ftcsbits.h:
-	Move to...
-
-	* src/cache/ftccache.h, src/cache/ftcglyph.h, src/cache/ftcimage.h,
-	src/cache/ftcsbits.h, src/cache/ftcmanag.h, src/cache/ftccmap.h,
-	src/cache/ftcmru.h: This new location.
-	Update declarations according to the changes in the corresponding
-	source files.
-
-	Note that these files are not used by FreeType clients; all public
-	APIs of the cache module have been already moved to
-	`include/freetype/ftcache.h', and all FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_XXXX_H
-	macros resolve to it.
-
-	Reason for the move is to allow modifications of the internals
-	without interferences with rogue clients.  Note that there are no
-	known clients that access the cache internals at the moment.
-
-	* builds/unix/install.mk (install): Don't install headers from
-	$(CACHE_H).
-	Remove `freetype/cache' from the target directory.
-
-	* include/freetype/config/ftheader.h (FT_CACHE_MANAGER_H,
-	FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_MRU_H, FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_MANAGER_H,
-	FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_CACHE_H, FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_GLYPH_H,
-	FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_IMAGE_H, FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_SBITS_H): Point to
-	FT_CACHE_H.
-
-	* src/cache/ftcbasic.c, src/cache/ftccache.h, src/cache/ftccback.h,
-	src/cache/ftccmap.c, src/cache/ftcglyph.c, src/cache/ftcglyph.h,
-	src/cache/ftcimage.c, src/cache/ftcimage.h, src/cache/ftcmanag.c,
-	src/cache/ftcmanag.h, src/cache/ftcmru.h, src/cache/ftcsbits.c,
-	src/cache/ftcsbits.h: Don't use the FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_XXX_H macros
-	but include the headers directly (which are now in `src/cache').
-
-	* src/cache/ftccache.c:  Don't use the FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_XXX_H
-	macros but include the headers directly.
-	(FTC_Cache_Init, FTC_Cache_Done, FTC_Cache_NewNode,
-	FTC_Cache_Lookup, FTC_Cache_RemoveFaceID): Declare as FT_LOCAL_DEF.
-
-	* src/cache/ftccache.c:  Don't use the FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_XXX_H
-	macros but include the headers directly.
-	(FTC_MruNode_Prepend, FTC_MruNode_Up, FTC_MruNode_Remove,
-	FTC_MruList_Init, FTC_MruList_Reset, FTC_MruList_Done,
-	FTC_MruList_New, FTC_MruList_Remove, FTC_MruList_RemoveSelection):
-	Declare as FT_LOCAL_DEF.
-	(FTC_MruListFind, FTC_MruList_Lookup) [!FTC_INLINE]: Compile
-	conditionally.
-	Declare as FT_LOCAL_DEF.
-
-
-	* builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsp: Update project file, add
-	missing base source files (ftstroke.c, ftxf86.c, etc.).
-
-
-	* src/autofit/afcjk.c, src/autofit/aflatin.c, src/base/ftobjs.c,
-	src/cff/cffobjs.c, src/cid/cidobjs.c, src/pfr/pfrobjs.c,
-	src/sfnt/sfobjs.c, src/sfnt/ttmtx.c, src/type1/t1afm.c,
-	src/type1/t1objs.c: Remove compiler warnings when building with
-	Visual C++ 6 and /W4.
-
-	* src/autofit/aflatin.c (af_latin_hints_init): Disable horizontal
-	hinting for italic/oblique fonts.
-
-
-
-	* src/truetype/ttpload.c, src/truetype/ttpload.h
-	(tt_face_get_device_metrics): Change second argument to `FT_UInt'.
-
-2006-03-06  David Turner  
-
-	* src/cache/ftcmanag.c (FTC_Manager_Lookup_Size): Prevent crashes in
-	Mozilla/FireFox print preview in Ubuntu Hoary.
-
-2006-02-28  Chia-I Wu  
-
-	* src/base/ftutil.c (ft_mem_qalloc) [FT_STRICT_ALIASING]: Do not
-	return error when size == 0.
-
-2006-02-28  Chia-I Wu  
-
-	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Done_Library): Remove modules in reverse
-	order so that type42 module is removed before truetype module.  This
-	avoids double free in some occasions.
-
-2006-02-28  David Turner  
-
-	* Release candidate VER-2-2-0-RC4.
-	----------------------------------
-
-	* docs/CHANGES: Documentation updates.
-
-2006-02-28  suzuki toshiya  
-
-	* modules.cfg (BASE_EXTENSIONS): Compile in ftgxval.c by default to
-	build ftvalid in ft2demos.  It works as dummy ABI if gxvalid is not
-	built.
-
-2006-02-27  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* include/freetype/cache/ftccache.h
-	[FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS]: Remove declaration of
-	ftc_node_done.
-
-	* src/cache/ftccache.c (ftc_node_destroy)
-	[!FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS]: Mark as FT_LOCAL_DEF.  This
-	should now fix all possible compilation options.
-
-2006-02-27  David Turner  
-
-	* src/base/ftutil.c (ft_mem_alloc, ft_mem_qalloc, ft_mem_realloc,
-	ft_mem_qrealloc): Return an error if a negative size is passed in
-	parameters.
-
-	* src/cache/ftccache.c (ftc_node_destroy): Mark as FT_BASE_DEF since
-	it needs to be exported for rogue clients.
-
-	* src/pshinter/pshglob.c (psh_blues_set_zones_0): Prevent problems
-	with malformed fonts which have an odd number of blue values (these
-	are broken according to the specs).
-
-	* src/cff/cffload.c (cff_subfont_load), src/type1/t1load.c
-	(T1_Open_Face): Modify the loaders to force even-ness of
-	`num_blue_values'.
-
-	(cff_index_access_element): Ignore invalid entries in index files.
-
-2006-02-27  Chia-I Wu  
-
-	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Set_Char_Size): Check the case where width
-	or height is 0.
-
-2006-02-27  suzuki toshiya  
-
-	* builds/mac/FreeType.m68k_cfm.make.txt,
-	builds/mac/FreeType.m68k_far.make.txt,
-	builds/mac/FreeType.ppc_carbon.make.txt,
-	builds/mac/FreeType.ppc_classic.make.txt: Update to new header
-	inclusion introduced on 2006-02-16.
-
-2006-02-27  Chia-I Wu  
-
-	* src/base/ftobjs.c (GRID_FIT_METRICS): New macro.
-	(ft_glyphslot_grid_fit_metrics, FT_Load_Glyph) [GRID_FIT_METRICS]:
-	Re-enable glyph metrics grid-fitting.  It is now done in the base
-	layer.
-	(FT_Set_Char_Size, FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes): Make sure the width and
-	height are not too small or too large, just like we were doing in
-	2.1.10.
-
-	* src/autofit/afloader.c (af_loader_load_g): The vertical metrics
-	are not scaled.
-
-2006-02-26  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* docs/release: Minor additions and clarifications.
-
-	* docs/CHANGES: Updated to reflect many fixes for backwards
-	compatibility.  Still incomplete.
-
-2006-02-26  David Turner  
-
-	* src/base/ftobjs.c (ft_recompute_scaled_metrics): Re-enable
-	conservative rounding of metrics to avoid breaking clients like
-	Pango (see http://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=327852).
-
-2006-02-25  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* devel/ftoption.h: Synchronize with
-	include/freetype/config/ftoption.h.
-
-	* src/cache/ftccache.c (ftc_node_destroy): Use FT_LOCAL_DEF (again).
-
-2006-02-25  David Turner  
-
-	Fix compiler warnings as well as C++ compilation problems.
-	Add missing prototypes.
-
-	* src/autofit/afcjk.c, src/base/ftobjs.c, src/base/ftutil.c,
-	src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c, src/cff/cffcmap.c, src/cff/cffobjs.c,
-	src/psaux/afmparse.c,, src/psaux/t1cmap.c, src/smooth/ftgrays.c
-	src/tools/apinames.c, src/truetype/ttdriver.c: Add various casts,
-	initialize variables, and decorate functions with FT_CALLBACK_DEF,
-	etc., to fix compiler warnings (and C++ compiling errors).
-
-	* src/cache/ftcbasic.c: Fix `-Wmissing-prototypes' warnings with
-	gcc.
-
-	* builds/unix/ftsystem.c: Don't include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H but
-	FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H.
-
-	* src/base/ftsystem.c: Include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H.
-
-	* include/freetype/config/ftheader.h (FT_PFR_H): New macro.
-
-	* include/freetype/config/ftoption.h (FT_STRICT_ALIASING): Don't
-	define for C++.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/services/svotval.h: Don't include
-	FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H but FT_INTERNAL_VALIDATE_H.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/services/svpfr.h: Include FT_PFR_H.
-
-	* src/gzip/ftgzip.c: Include FT_GZIP_H.
-
-	* src/lzw/ftlzw.c, src/lzw/ftlzw2.c: Include FT_LZW_H.
-
-	* src/sfnt/ttbdf.c (tt_face_load_bdf_props): Rearrange code.
-
-2006-02-24  Chia-I Wu  
-
-	* src/base/ftoutln.c (FT_OUTLINE_GET_CONTOUR, ft_contour_has,
-	ft_contour_enclosed, ft_outline_get_orientation): Commented out.  We
-	have to wait until `FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap' is stabilized.
-	(FT_Outline_Embolden): Use `FT_Outline_Get_Orientation'.
-
-2006-02-24  Chia-I Wu  
-
-	* include/freetype/ftbitmap.h (FT_Bitmap_Embolden): Update
-	documentation.
-
-	* include/freetype/ftsynth.h (FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap),
-	src/base/ftsynth.c (FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap): New function to make
-	sure a glyph slot owns its bitmap.  It is also marked experimental
-	and due to change.
-	(FT_GlyphSlot_Embolden): Undo the last change.  It turns out that
-	rendering the outline confuses some applications.
-
-2006-02-24  David Turner  
-
-	* Release candidate VER-2-2-0-RC3.
-	----------------------------------
-
-	* src/cache/ftcbasic.c: Correct compatibility hack bug.
-
-2006-02-24  Chia-I Wu  
-
-	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_Size_RequestRec): Change the type
-	of `width' and `height' to `FT_Long'.
-	(enum FT_Size_Request_Type), src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Request_Metrics):
-	New request type `FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_SCALES' to specify the scales
-	directly.
-
-2006-02-23  David Turner  
-
-	Two BDF patches from Debian libfreetype6 for 2.1.10.
-
-	* src/bdf/bdflib.c (_bdf_parse_glyphs): Fix a bug with zero-width
-	glyphs.
-	Fix a problem with large encodings.
-
-
-	Fix binary compatibility issues for gnustep-back (GNUstep backend
-	module) which still crashes under Sarge.
-
-	* src/cache/ftccmap.c (FTC_OldCMapType, FTC_OldCMapIdRec,
-	FTC_OldCMapDesc) [FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS]: New data
-	structures and enumerations.
-	(FTC_CMapCache_Lookup) [FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS]: New
-	compatibility code.
-
-	* src/cache/ftcbasic.c: Fix a silly bug that prevented our `hack' to
-	support rogue clients compiled against 2.1.7 to work correctly.
-	This probably explains the GNUstep crashes with the second release
-	candidate.
-
-2006-02-23  Chia-I Wu  
-
-	* include/freetype/ftoutln.h (enum FT_Orientation): New value
-	`FT_ORIENTATION_NONE'.
-
-	* src/base/ftoutln.c (FT_OUTLINE_GET_CONTOUR, ft_contour_has,
-	ft_contour_enclosed, ft_outline_get_orientation): Another version of
-	`FT_Outline_Get_Orientation'.  This version differs from the public
-	one in that each part (contour not enclosed in another contour) of the
-	outline is checked for orientation.
-	(FT_Outline_Embolden): Use `ft_outline_get_orientation'.
-
-	* src/base/ftsynth.c (FT_GlyphSlot_Embolden): Render the outline and
-	use bitmap's embolden routine when the outline one failed.
-
-2006-02-22  Chia-I Wu  
-
-	* modules.cfg: Compile in ftotval.c and ftxf86.c by default for ABI
-	compatibility.
-
-	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (sfnt_done_face): Fix a memory leak.
-
-	* src/sfnt/ttsbit0.c (tt_sbit_decoder_load_bit_aligned,
-	tt_sbit_decoder_load_byte_aligned) [FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY]: Fix sbit
-	loading.  (Only tested with bit aligned sbit with x_pos == 0.)
-
-	* src/truetype/ttpload.c (tt_face_load_hdmx,
-	tt_face_get_device_metrics) [FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY]: `hdmx' is not
-	actually used.
-
-2006-02-21  David Turner  
-
-	Add a new API named FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type to determine whether
-	we have a patented, unpatented, or unimplemented TrueType bytecode
-	interpreter.
-
-	The FT_Get_Module_Flags API was removed consequently.
-
-	* include/freetype/ftmodapi.h (FT_Module_Get_Flags): Removed.
-	Replaced with...
-	(FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type): This.
-	(FT_TrueTypeEngineType): New enumeration.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/ftserv.h (FT_SERVICE_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_H):
-	New macro.
-
-	* src/base/ftobjs.c: Include FT_SERVICE_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_H.
-	(FT_Module_Get_Flags): Removed.  Replaced with...
-	(FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type): This.
-
-	* src/truetype/ttdriver.c: Include FT_SERVICE_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_H.
-	(tt_service_truetype_engine): New service structure.
-	(tt_services): Register it.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/services/svtteng.h: New file.
-
-
-	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (sfnt_load_face): Fix silly bug that prevented
-	embedded bitmaps from being correctly listed and used.
-
-
-	* src/sfnt/ttmtx.c (tt_face_load_hmtx): Disable memory optimization
-	if FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS is used.  The is necessary because
-	libXfont is directly accessing the HMTX data, unfortunately.
-	Fix some compiler warnings.
-	(tt_face_get_metrics): Ditto.
-
-
-	* src/pfr/pfrsbit.c (pfr_slot_load_bitmap): Fix handling of
-	character advances.
-
-2006-02-20  David Turner  
-
-	Support binary compatibility with the X.Org server's Xfont library.
-	Note that this change unfortunately prevents memory optimizations
-	for the embedded bitmap loader.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/sfnt.h (SFNT_Interface): Move
-	`set_sbit_strike' and `load_sbit_metrics' fields to the location of
-	version 2.1.8.
-
-	* src/sfnt/sfdriver.c (tt_face_set_sbit_strike_stub): Call
-	FT_Size_Request.
-	(sfnt_interface): Updated.
-
-	* src/sfnt/ttsbit.c [FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS]: Don't load
-	ttsbit0.c.
-	(tt_load_sbit_metrics): Make `sbit_small_metrics_fields' static.
-
-	* src/sfnt/ttsbit.h: Updated.
-
-2006-02-17  David Turner  
-
-	* builds/unix/unix-cc.in (LINK_LIBRARY): Don't filter out exported
-	functions anymore.  This ensures that all FT_BASE internal functions
-	are available for dynamic linking.
-
-	* include/freetype/ftcache.h (FTC_IMAGE_TYPE_COMPARE,
-	FTC_IMAGE_TYPE_HASH), src/cache/ftcbasic.c (FTC_OldFontRec,
-	FTC_OldImageDescRec, FTC_ImageCache_Lookup, FTC_Image_Cache_New,
-	FTC_OldImage_Desc, FTC_OLD_IMAGE_FORMAT, ftc_old_image_xxx,
-	ftc_image_type_from_old_desc, FTC_Image_Cache_Lookup,
-	FTC_SBitCache_Lookup, FTC_SBit_Cache_New, FTC_SBit_Cache_Lookup)
-	[FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS]: Try to revive old functions of the
-	cache sub-system.  We try to recognize old legacy signatures with a
-	gross hack (hope it works).
-
-2006-02-17  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* devel/ftoption.h: Synchronize with
-	include/freetype/config/ftoption.h.
-
-2006-02-16  David Turner  
-
-	Massive changes to the internals to respect the internal object
-	layouts and exported functions of FreeType 2.1.7.  Note that the
-	cache sub-system cannot be fully retrofitted, unfortunately.
-
-	* include/freetype/config/ftoption.h
-	(FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS): New macro.
-
-	* include/freetype/ftcache.h, include/freetype/cache/ftccache.h,
-	include/freetype/cache/ftccmap.h,
-	include/freetype/internal/ftcalc.h,
-	include/freetype/internal/ftdriver.h,
-	include/freetype/internal/ftmemory.h,
-	include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h,
-	include/freetype/internal/psaux.h, include/freetype/internal/sfnt.h,
-	include/freetype/internal/t1types.h,
-	include/freetype/internal/tttypes.h, src/base/ftcalc.c,
-	src/base/ftdbgmem.c, src/base/ftobjs.c, src/base/ftutil.c,
-	src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c, src/cache/ftccache.c, src/cache/ftccback.h,
-	src/cache/ftcmanag.c, src/cff/cffdrivr.c, src/cid/cidriver.c,
-	src/pcf/pcfdrivr.c, src/pfr/pfrdrivr.c, src/psaux/psauxmod.c,
-	src/sfnt/sfdriver.c, src/truetype/ttdriver.c, src/type1/t1driver.c,
-	src/type1/t1objs.c, src/type42/t42drivr.c, src/winfonts/winfnt.c:
-	Use FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS to revive old functions and data
-	structures.
-
-	Move newly added structure elements to the end of the affected
-	structure and add stub fields (if FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS is
-	defined) to assure binary compatibility with older FreeType
-	versions.
-	Use FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS to add function stubs for old
-	functions:
-
-	  ft_stub_set_char_sizes
-	  ft_stub_set_pixel_sizes
-
-	Rename the following internal functions to provide the old function
-	names as stubs:
-
-	  FT_Alloc          -> ft_mem_alloc
-	  FT_QAlloc         -> ft_mem_qalloc
-	  FT_Realloc        -> ft_mem_realloc
-	  FT_QRealloc       -> ft_mem_qrealloc
-	  FT_Free           -> ft_mem_free
-	  FT_Alloc_Debug    -> ft_mem_alloc_debug
-	  FT_QAlloc_Debug   -> ft_mem_qalloc_debug
-	  FT_Realloc_Debug  -> ft_mem_realloc_debug
-	  FT_QRealloc_Debug -> ft_mem_qrealloc_debug
-	  FT_Free_Debug     -> ft_mem_free_debug
-
-2006-02-15  Chia-I Wu  
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h (FT_Face_InternalRec): Remove
-	unused `max_points' and `max_contours'.
-
-	* src/cid/cidobjs.c (cid_face_init), src/type1/t1objs.c
-	(T1_Face_Init), src/type42/t42objs.c (T42_Face_Init): Update.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/tttypes.h (TT_FaceRec): Remove unused
-	`max_components'.
-
-	* src/truetype/ttinterp.h (TT_ExecContextRec): Remove unused
-	`loadSize' and `loadStack'.
-
-	* src/truetype/ttinterp.c (TT_Done_Context, TT_Load_Context),
-	src/sfnt/ttload.c (tt_face_load_maxp): Update.
-
-	* src/cff/cffobjs.h (cff_size_select), src/sfnt/sfdriver.c
-	(sfnt_interface), src/truetype/ttdriver.c (tt_size_request): Fix
-	compiler errors/warnings when TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS is not
-	defined.
-
-	* src/sfnt/ttmtx.c (tt_face_load_hmtx, tt_face_get_metrics): Fix
-	possible segment faults for the non-FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY'ed versions.
-	(finally!)
-
-
-	For most OpenType tables, `tt_face_load_xxxx' simply loads the table
-	and `face->root' is set later in `sfnt_load_face'.  Here, we try to
-	make this work for _all_ tables.  Also improve tracing messages.
-
-	* src/sfnt/ttsbit.c, src/sfnt/ttsbit0.c, src/sfnt/ttload.c,
-	src/sfnt/ttmtx.c: all `tt_face_load_xxxx' should load the table and
-	then exit.  Error handling or setting face->root is done later in
-	`sfnt_load_face'.
-
-	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (sfnt_load_face): Work harder.
-	Mac bitmap-only fonts are not scalable.
-	Check that `face->header.Units_Per_EM' is not zero.
-	(LOAD_, LOADM_): Emit pretty trace messages.
-
-	* src/sfnt/ttsbit0.c (tt_face_load_strike_metrics): Read metrics
-	from `eblc'.
-
-	* src/sfnt/ttcmap.c (tt_face_build_cmaps), src/sfnt/ttpost.c
-	(load_format_20, load_format_25, tt_face_get_ps_name): Use
-	face->max_profile.numGlyphs, instead of face->root.num_glyphs.
-
-2006-02-14  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* include/freetype/ftoutln.h (FT_Outline_Embolden): Mention in
-	documentation that negative strength values are possible.
-	Give an example call.
-
-	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_GlyphSlotRec): Improve
-	documentation of `outline' field.
-
-	* src/sfnt/sfobjc.s: Inckude FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H.
-	* src/sfnt/sfdriver.c: Include ttmtx.h.
-
-	* src/autofit/afcjk.c: Include aftypes.h and aflatin.h.
-
-2006-02-14  Chia-I Wu  
-
-	* src/sfnt/ttmtx.c (tt_face_get_metrics): Typo.
-
-2006-02-14  Chia-I Wu  
-
-	* src/sfnt/ttmtx.c (tt_face_load_hhea, tt_face_load_hmtx): Simply
-	return error if table is missing.
-	Check table length in non-FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY'ed `tt_face_load_hmtx'.
-
-	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (sfnt_load_face): Take care of missing metrics
-	tables.  The last change makes Mac bitmap-only font not load and
-	this fixes it.
-
-	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (load_truetype_glyph): Fix compilation
-	error when FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL is defined.
-
-2006-02-13  Chia-I Wu  
-
-	Clean up the SFNT_Interface.  In this final pass, `load_hmtx' is
-	split from `load_hhea'.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/sfnt.h, src/sfnt/sfdriver.c,
-	src/sfnt/ttmtx.c, src/sfnt/ttmtx.h: Split `hmtx' from `hhea'.
-
-	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (sfnt_load_face): Update.
-
-2006-02-13  Chia-I Wu  
-
-	* src/sfnt/ttmtx.h, src/sfnt/ttmtx.c: Why are there two copies of
-	code...
-
-2006-02-13  Chia-I Wu  
-
-	Clean up the SFNT_Interface.  In this pass, we want to treat the
-	font directory (offset table and table directory) as a normal table
-	like the others.  This also means that TTCs are no longer recognized
-	there but in `init_face'.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/sfnt.h (SFNT_Interface),
-	src/sfnt/sfdriver.c: `load_sfnt_header' and `load_directory' are
-	combined and renamed to `load_font_dir'.
-
-	* src/sfnt/ttload.h, src/sfnt/ttload.c:
-	s/sfnt_dir_check/check_table_dir/.
-	`sfnt_init' is moved to sfobjs.c and renamed to `sfnt_open_font'.
-	`tt_face_load_sfnt_header' and `tt_face_load_directory' are combined
-	and renamed to `tt_face_load_font_dir'.
-
-	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (sfnt_init_face): Recognize TTC here.
-
-2006-02-13  Chia-I Wu  
-
-	Clean up the SFNT_Interface.  Table loading functions are now named
-	after the tables' tags; `hdmx' is TrueType-specific and thus the
-	code is moved to the truetype module; `get_metrics' is moved here
-	from the truetype module so that the code can be shared with the cff
-	module.
-
-	This pass involves no real changes.  That is, the code is moved
-	verbatim mostly.  The only exception is the return value of
-	`tt_face_get_metrics'.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/sfnt.h, src/sfnt/rules.mk,
-	src/sfnt/sfdriver.c, src/sfnt/sfnt.c, src/sfnt/sfobjs.c,
-	src/sfnt/ttload.c, src/sfnt/ttload.h, src/sfnt/ttsbit.c,
-	src/sfnt/ttsbit.h, src/sfnt/ttsbit0.c: Clean up the SFNT_Interface.
-
-	* src/sfnt/ttmtx.c, src/sfnt/ttmtx.h: New files.  Metrics-related
-	tables' loading and parsing code is moved to here.
-	Move `tt_face_get_metrics' here from the truetype module.  The
-	return value is changed from `void' to `FT_Error'.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/fttrace.h: New trace: ttmtx.
-
-	* src/truetype/ttpload.c, src/truetype/ttpload.h: `hdmx' loading and
-	parsing code is moved here.
-	New function `tt_face_load_prep' split from `tt_face_load_fpgm'.
-	`tt_face_load_fpgm' returns `FT_Err_Ok' if `fpgm' doesn't exist.
-
-	* src/cff/cffgload.c, src/cff/cffobjs.c: Update.
-
-	* src/truetype/ttgload.c, src/truetype/ttobjs.c: Update.
-
-2006-02-11  Chia-I Wu  
-
-	* src/autofit/afcjk.c (af_cjk_metrics_init): Fix a stupid bug...
-
-	* src/autofit/aflatin.c (af_latin_metrics_init_widths): Use
-	AF_LatinMetricsRec as the dummy metrics because we cast the metrics
-	to it later in `af_latin_hints_link_segments'.
-
-2006-02-11  Chia-I Wu  
-
-	* include/freetype/config/ftoption.h (AF_CONFIG_OPTION_CJK): #define
-	to enable autofit CJK script support.  (#define'd by default.)
-
-	* src/autofit/aflatin.h (AF_LATIN_CONSTANT): New macro.
-
-	* src/autofit/aflatin.c (af_latin_metrics_init_widths): Make sure
-	that `edge_distance_threshold' is always set.
-	(af_latin_hints_link_segments): Potential divide-by-zero bug.
-	Use latin constant in the scoring formula.
-
-	* src/autofit/afcjk.c: Minor updates due to the above three changes.
-
-	* docs/TODO, docs/CHANGES: Updated.
-
-2006-02-09  Chia-I Wu  
-
-	Introduce experimental autofit CJK module based on akito's autohint
-	patch.  You need to #define AF_MOD_CJK in afcjk.c to enable it.
-
-	* src/autofit/afglobal.c, src/autofit/afcjk.h, src/autofit/afcjk.c,
-	src/autofit/rules.mk, src/autofit/autofit.c, src/autofit/aftypes.h:
-	Add CJK module based on akito's autohint patch.
-
-	* src/autofit/afhints.h (AF_SegmentRec): New field `len' for the
-	overlap length of the segments.
-	(AF_SEGMENT_LEN, AF_SEGMENT_DIST): New macros.
-
-	* src/autofit/aflatin.h (af_latin_metrics_init_widths),
-	src/autofit/aflatin.c (af_latin_metrics_init_widths): Made
-	`FT_LOCAL'.
-	Use the character given by the caller.
-	(af_latin_metrics_init_widths, af_latin_hints_link_segments): Scale
-	the thresholds.
-
-	* src/autofit/afloader.c (af_loader_load_g): Respect
-	AF_SCALER_FLAG_NO_ADVANCE.
-
-2006-02-09  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/cid/cidparse.c (cid_parse_new): Remove shadowing variable.
-
-2006-02-09  suzuki toshiya  
-
-	* src/cid/cidparse.c (cid_parse_new): Fix for abnormally short or
-	broken CIDFont.  Reported by Taek Kwan(TK) Lee (see ft-devel
-	2005-11-02).
-
-2006-02-08  suzuki toshiya  
-
-	* builds/unix/configure.ac: Fix bug for `--with-old-mac-fonts'
-	option on UNIX platform.  It has been broken since 2006-01-11.
-
-2006-02-01  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/otvalid/module.mk: s/otvalid_module_class/otv_module_class/.
-	* src/gxvalid/module.mk: s/gxvalid_module_class/gxv_module_class/.
-
-	* builds/unix/unixddef.mk: Actually do define PLATFORM (fixing
-	change from 2006-01-31).
-	(TOP_DIR, OBJ_DIR): Update.
-
-	* builds/unix/install.mk (install): Fix path for ftmodule.h.
-
-	* Makefile, *.mk, builds/unix/unix-cc.in, builds/unix-def.in: Use
-	`?=' where appropriate.
-
-	* builds/detect.mk (TOP_DIR), builds/os2/os2-dev.mk (TOP_DIR),
-	builds/win32/w32-dev.mk (TOP_DIR): Removed.  Defined elsewhere.
-
-2006-01-31  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	Implement new, simplified module selection.  With GNU make it is now
-	sufficient to modify a single file, `modules.cfg', to control the
-	inclusion of modules and base extension files.
-
-	This change also fixes the creation of ftmodule.h; it now depends on
-	`modules.cfg' and thus is rebuilt only if necessary.
-
-	Finally, a version of `ftoption.h' in OBJ_DIR is preferred over the
-	default location.
-
-	* modules.cfg: New file.
-
-	* builds/freetype.mk: Don't include `modules.mk'.
-	Include all `rules.mk' files as specified in `modules.cfg'.
-	(FTOPTION_FLAG, FTOPTION_H): New variables.
-	(FT_CFLAGS): Add macro definition for FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H.
-	Add FTOPTION_FLAG.
-	($(FT_INIT_OBJ)): Don't use FT_MODULE_LIST.
-	(CONFIG_H): Add FTMODULE_H and FTOPTION_H.
-	(INCLUDES): Add DEVEL_DIR.
-	(INCLUDE_FLAGS, FTSYS_SRC, FTSYS_OBJ, FTDEBUG_SRC, FTDEBUG_OBJ,
-	OBJ_M, OBJ_S): Use `:=', not `='.
-	(remove_ftmodule_h): New phony target to delete `ftmodule.h'.
-	(distclean): Add remove_ftmodule_h.
-
-	* builds/modules.mk: (MODULE_LIST): Removed.
-	(make_module_list, clean_module_list): Replace targets
-	with...
-	(FTMODULE_H_INIT, FTMODULE_H_CREATE, FTMODULE_H_DONE): New
-	variables.  Reason for the change is that it is not possible to have
-	a phony prerequisite which is run only if the target file must be
-	rebuilt (phony prerequisites act like subroutines and are *always*
-	executed).  We only want to rebuild `ftmodule.h' if `module.cfg' is
-	changed.
-	Update all callers.
-	($FTMODULE_H)): Rule to create `ftmodule.h', depending on
-	`modules.cfg'.
-
-	* builds/toplevel.mk: Rewrite and simplify module handling.
-	(MODULES_CFG, FTMODULE_H): New variables.
-	Include MODULES_CFG.
-	(MODULES): New variable to include all `module.mk' and `rules.mk'
-	files.  We no longer use make's `wildcard' function for this.
-
-	* Makefile (USE_MODULES): Remove.  Update all users.
-	(OBJ_DIR): Define it here.
-
-	* src/*/module.mk: Change
-
-	    make_module_list: foo
-	    foo: ...
-
-	to
-
-	    FTMODULE_H_COMMANDS += FOO
-	    define FOO
-	    ...
-	    endef
-
-	in all files.  `FTMODULE_H_COMMANDS' is used in `FTMODULE_H_CREATE'.
-
-	* src/base/rules.mk (BASE_EXT_SRC): Use BASE_EXTENSIONS.
-
-	* builds/unix/detect.mk (setup): Always execute `configure' script.
-	(have_mk): Rename to...
-	(have_Makefile): This.
-	Don't use `strip' function.
-
-	* builds/unix/unix.mk: Include `install.mk' only if BUILD_PROJECT is
-	defined.
-	(have_mk): Don't use `strip' function.
-	Test for unix-def.mk in OBJ_DIR, not BUILD_DIR (and invert the test
-	accordingly).
-
-	* builds/unix/install.mk (install, uninstall): Handle `ftmodule.h'.
-
-	* builds/os2/os2-dev.mk, builds/unix/unix-dev.mk,
-	builds/win32/w32-bccd.mk, builds/win32/w32-dev.mk: Don't define
-	BUILD_DIR but DEVEL_DIR for development header files.
-
-	* builds/ansi/ansi-def.mk (TOP_DIR, OBJ_DIR),
-	builds/beos/beos-def.mk (TOP_DIR, OBJ_DIR), builds/unix/unix-def.in
-	(TOP_DIR, OBJ_DIR): Removed.  Defined elsewhere.
-
-	* builds/dos/dos-def.mk (OBJ_DIR), builds/os2/os2-def.mk (OBJ_DIR),
-	builds/win32/win32-def.mk (OBJ_DIR): Removed.  Defined elsewhere.
-
-	* builds/unix/unixddef.mk: Don't define BUILD_DIR but DEVEL_DIR for
-	development header files.
-	Don't define PLATFORM.
-
-	* configure: Copy `modules.cfg' to builddir if builddir != srcdir.
-	Update snippet taken from autoconf's m4sh.m4 to current CVS version.
-	Be more verbose.
-
-	* include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h: Add comments -- this file is
-	no longer used if FreeType is built with GNU make.
-
-	* docs/CHANGES, docs/CUSTOMIZE, docs/INSTALL, docs/INSTALL.ANY,
-	docs/INSTALL.GNU, docs/INSTALL.UNX: Document new build mechanism.
-	Other minor updates.
-
-	* modules.txt: Removed.  Contents included in `modules.cfg'.
-
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/ftmemory.h (FT_QAlloc_Debug,
-	FT_Free_Debug) [FT_STRICT_ALIASING]: Fix typos.
-
-	* src/base/ftdbgmem.c (FT_Alloc_Debug, FT_Realloc_Debug,
-	FT_QAlloc_Debug, FT_QRealloc_Debug, FT_Free_Debug)
-	[FT_STRICT_ALIASING]: Implement.
-
-2006-01-31  Chia-I Wu  
-
-	* src/cff/cffobjs.c (cff_face_init), src/cid/cidobjs.c
-	(cid_face_init), src/pfr/pfrobjs.c (pfr_face_init),
-	src/type1/t1objs.c (T1_Face_Init): Set face->height to MAX(1.2 *
-	units_per_EM, ascender - descender).
-
-2006-01-31  Chia-I Wu  
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/t1types.h (AFM_FontInfo),
-	src/psaux/afmparse.c, src/tools/test_afm.c: Read `FontBBox',
-	`Ascender', and `Descender' from an AFM.
-
-	* src/type1/t1afm.c (T1_Read_Metrics): Use the metrics from the AFM.
-
-	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_FaceRec): Mention that fields may
-	be changed after file attachment.
-
-2006-01-28  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/*/module.mk (.PHONY): Add.
-
-2006-01-27  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* README, docs/FTL.TXT: Fix email address for bug reports.
-	Other minor formatting.
-
-	* devel/ftoption.h: Synchronize with
-	include/freetype/config/ftoption.h.
-
-	* src/autofit/module.mk (add_autofit_module), src/bdf/module.mk
-	(add_bdf_module), src/type42/module.mk (add_type42_driver): Fix
-	whitespace.
-
-	* src/smooth/module.mk (add_smooth_renderer): Add lcd and lcdv
-	renderer classes.
-
-2006-01-27  David Turner  
-
-	* builds/unix/configure.ac: Fix build problem on Cygwin.
-
-	* builds/unix/install.mk (install): Don't install the internal
-	headers, and remove existing ones if found in the target install
-	directory.
-
-	* src/autofit/afwarp.c: Add simple #ifdef to prevent compilation
-	if the warp hinter isn't active (it shouldn't, still experimental).
-
-	* Jamfile, include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h: Remove `gxvalid'
-	and `otvalid' from the list of modules that are linked statically
-	to a given FreeType library.  Functionality has been moved to the
-	`ftvalid' CVS module.
-
-	Note also that current Make-based build system still compiles the
-	modules though.
-
-	* include/freetype/config/ftoption.h (FT_STRICT_ALIASING): New macro
-	which controls the definitions of the memory management functions to
-	avoid warnings with recent versions of GCC.  This macro is only here
-	to be disabled, in case we detect problems with the new scheme.
-
-	NOTE: Disable macro to use the memory debugger -- this will be fixed
-	      later!
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/ftmemory.h, src/base/ftutil.c (FT_Alloc,
-	FT_QAlloc, FT_Realloc, FT_QRealloc, FT_Free) [FT_STRICT_ALIASING]:
-	New versions.
-
-
-	* builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsp: Updating project file to
-	define FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY, and remove gxvalid + otvalid modules from
-	compilation.
-
-
-	* builds/freetype.mk (FT_CFLAGS), Jamfile (DEFINES): Define the
-	macro FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY when compiling the library.
-
-	* include/freetype/config/ftheader.h: Remove inclusions of internal
-	headers except if the macro FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY is defined.
-
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/psaux.h (AFM_KernPair, AFM_TrackKern,
-	AFM_FontInfo): Move structure declarations to...
-	* include/freetype/internal/t1types.h: This file.
-
-
-	* (many files): Fix compiler warnings.
-	Various minor reorganizations.
-
-
-	* src/cff/cffload.c (cff_font_done): Don't free static array
-	`subfonts'.
-
-	* src/otvalid/otvcommn.c (otv_ClassDef_validate),
-	src/otvalid/otvgpos.c (otv_x_sxy): Fix debugging information.
-
-
-	Get rid of writable static variables (i.e., the string table) in
-	afmparse, and fix compilation in FT2_MULTI mode.
-
-	* src/psaux/afmparse.c: Include ft2build.h and FT_FREETYPE_H.
-	(AFM_MAX_ARGUMENTS): Define...
-	* src/psaux/afmparse.h: Here.
-	* src/psaux/Jamfile (_sources): Add afmparse.
-
-	* src/psaux/psconv.c: Include psconv.h.
-
-	* src/type1/t1afm.c: Don't include FT_INTERNAL_TYPE1_TYPES_H but
-	FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_AUX_H.
-	* src/type1/t1afm.h: Include FT_INTERNAL_TYPE1_TYPES_H.
-
-2006-01-23  Chia-I Wu  
-
-	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_Select_Size): Rename the second
-	argument from `idx' to `strike_index'.
-	(FT_Size_Request_Type): Add FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_MAX to the end of
-	this enum.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h (FT_REQUEST_WIDTH,
-	FT_REQUEST_HEIGHT): New macros to get the width and height of a
-	request, in fractional pixels.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h (FT_Select_Metrics,
-	FT_Request_Metrics), src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Select_Metrics,
-	FT_Request_Metrics): New base functions to set the font metrics.  They
-	were part of FT_Select_Size/FT_Request_Size and are made independent
-	functions so that metrics are not set again and again.
-
-	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Select_Size, FT_Request_Size): Metrics are set
-	only when driver's size_select/size_request is NULL.  That is, drivers
-	should set the metrics themselves.
-	(FT_Match_Size): Round before matching.  This was what we did and it
-	does cause some problems without rounding.
-
-	* src/cff/cffobjs.c (cff_size_select), src/truetype/ttdriver.c
-	(tt_size_select): Set the font metrics.
-	s/index/strike_index/.
-	The scaled metrics are always preferred over strikes' metrics, even
-	when some strike is selected.  This is done because the strikes'
-	metrics are not reliable, e.g., the sign of the descender is wrong for
-	some fonts.
-
-	* src/cff/cffobjs.c (cff_size_request), src/truetype/ttdriver.c
-	(tt_size_request): Set the font metrics.
-	Call cff_size_select/tt_size_select when some strike is matched.
-
-	* src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c, src/cff/cffobjs.c, src/cid/cidobjs.c,
-	src/pcf/pcfdrivr.c, src/truetype/ttdriver.c, src/type1/t1objs.c,
-	src/type1/t1objs.h, src/type42/t42objs.c, src/winfonts/winfnt.c:
-	Set the font metrics.
-	s/index/strike_index/.
-
-	* src/tools/test_afm.c, src/psaux/psconv.c: Older versions of these
-	files were committed.  Just a catch-up.
-	(PS_Conv_ToFixed): Remove the `goto'.
-	(PS_Conv_ASCIIHexDecode, PS_Conv_EexecDecode): Speed up a little.
-
-	* src/sfnt/ttsbit.c (tt_face_load_sbit_strikes,
-	tt_face_load_strike_metrics), src/sfnt/ttsbit0.c
-	(tt_face_load_sbit_strikes, tt_face_load_strike_metrics): The
-	advertised metrics in `available_sizes' are different from those
-	actually used.
-
-2006-01-23  Chia-I Wu  
-
-	* src/psaux/psaux.c src/psaux/psauxmod.c src/type1/t1driver.c: Make
-	AFM parser optional, controlled by `T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_AFM'.
-
-2006-01-22  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* builds/unix/install-sh, builds/unix/mkinstalldirs: Updated from
-	`texinfo' CVS module at savannah.gnu.org.
-
-2006-01-21  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/autofit/rules.mk (AUTOF_DRV_SRC): Add afwarp.c.
-
-	* src/autofit/afloader.c (af_loader_load_g): Move AF_USE_WARPER up
-	to avoid compiler warnings.
-
-	* src/autofit/afwarp.c (af_warper_compute_line_best): Remove
-	shadowing variable declarations.
-	Fix warning parameters and replace printf with AF_LOG.
-	(af_warper_compute): Remove unused variable.
-
-2006-01-20  David Turner  
-
-	Adding experimental implementation of `warp hinting' (new hinting
-	algorithm for gray-level and LCD rendering).  It is disabled by
-	default, you need to #define AF_USE_WARPER in aftypes.h.
-
-	* src/autofit/afhints.c (af_glyph_hints_scale_dim) [AF_USE_WARPER]:
-	New function.
-	* src/autofit/afhints.h: Updated.
-
-	* src/autofit/aflatin.c [AF_USE_WARPER]: Include afwarp.h.
-	(af_latin_hints_init) [AF_USE_WARPER]: Reset mode to
-	FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL if an LCD mode is selected.
-	(af_latin_hints_apply) [AF_USE_WARPER]: Call af_warper_compute
-	appropriately.
-
-	* src/autofit/afloader.c (af_loader_load_g) [!AF_USER_WARPER]:
-	Isolate code for adjusting metrics.
-
-	* src/autofit/aftypes.h (AF_USE_WARPER): New macro (commented out by
-	default).
-
-	* src/autofit/afwarp.c, src/autofit/afwarp.h: New files.
-
-	* src/autofit/autofit.c [AF_USE_WARPER]: Include afwarp.c.
-
-	* src/autofit/Jamfile (_sources): Add afwarp.
-
-2006-01-19  David Turner  
-
-	* src/sfnt/ttsbit0.c (tt_face_load_strike_metrics): Fix small bug
-	that prevented compilation when FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY is defined.
-
-2006-01-19  Brian Weed  
-
-	* builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsp: Updated.
-
-2006-01-17  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	Use pscmap service in CFF module.
-
-	* src/cff/cffcmap.c (cff_cmap_uni_pair_compare): Removed.
-	(cff_sid_to_glyph_name): New function.
-	(cff_cmap_unicode_init, cff_cmap_unicode_done,
-	cff_cmap_unicode_char_index, cff_cmap_unicode_char next): Use pscmap
-	service.
-	(cff_cmap_unicode_class_rec): Updated.
-	* src/cff/cffcmap.h (CFF_CMapUnicode, CFF_CMap_UniPair): Removed.
-
-
-	* src/psnames/psmodule.c (ps_unicodes_char_next): Fix `unicode'
-	return value.
-
-
-	* src/psaux/afmparse.c (afm_parser_read_vals): Use double casting
-	to avoid compiler warnings regarding type-punning.
-
-2006-01-16  Chia-I Wu  
-
-	* src/psaux/afmparse.c, src/psaux/afmparse.h: New files which
-	implement an AFM parser.
-
-	* src/psaux/psconv.c, src/psaux/psconv.h: New files to provide
-	conversion functions (e.g., PS real number => FT_Fixed) for the
-	PS_Parser and AFM_Parser.  Some of the functions are taken, with
-	some modifications, from the file psobjs.c.
-
-	* src/psaux/psobjs.c: Use functions from psconv.c.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/psaux.h, src/psaux/psauxmod.c: Add
-	`AFM_Parser' to the `psaux' service.
-
-	* src/psaux/psaux.c, src/psaux/rules.mk (PSAUX_DRV_SRC): Include
-	those new files.
-
-	* src/tools/test_afm.c: A test program for AFM parser.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/services/svkern.h: New file providing a
-	`Kerning' service.  It is currently only used to get the track
-	kerning information.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/ftserv.h (FT_SERVICE_KERNING_H): New
-	macro.
-
-	* src/type1/t1driver.c, src/type1/t1objs.c, src/type1/t1afm.c,
-	src/type1/t1afm.h: Update to use the AFM parser.
-	Provide the `Kerning' service.
-
-	* include/freetype/freetype.h, src/base/ftobjs.c: New API
-	`FT_Get_Track_Kerning'.
-
-2006-01-15  Chia-I Wu  
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h, src/base/ftobjs.c,
-	src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c, src/cff/cffgload.c, src/cid/cidgload.c,
-	src/pcf/pcfdrivr.c, src/type1/t1gload.c, src/winfonts/winfnt.c:
-	s/ft_fake_vertical_metrics/ft_synthesize_vertical_metrics/.
-
-	* docs/CHANGES: Mention that vertical metrics are synthesized for
-	fonts not having this info.
-
-2006-01-15  Chia-I Wu  
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h (ft_fake_vertical_metrics),
-	src/base/ftobjs.c (ft_fake_vertical_metrics): New function to fake
-	vertical metrics.
-
-	* src/cff/cffgload.c, src/cid/cidgload.c, src/pcf/pcfdrivr.c,
-	src/type1/t1gload.c, src/winfonts/winfnt.c: Fake vertical metrics,
-	which are monotone.
-
-	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (compute_glyph_metrics): Some fixes and
-	formattings in vertical metrics faking.  There is still room for
-	improvements (and so does the CFF module).
-
-2006-01-15  Chia-I Wu  
-
-	* src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c (BDF_Glyph_Load), src/pcf/pcfdrivr.c
-	(PCF_Glyph_Load), src/winfonts/winfnt.c (FNT_Load_Glyph): Don't set
-	the linear advance fields as they are only used by the outline
-	glyphs.
-
-	* include/freetype/freetype.h: Documentation updates and
-	clarifications.
-	The meaning of FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT is changed so that no real
-	change need be made to the code.
-
-	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Load_Glyph): Resolve flag dependencies and
-	decide whether to use the auto-hinter according to documentation.
-	There should to be no real difference.
-	Some checks (e.g., is text height positive?) after the glyph is
-	loaded.
-	(FT_Select_Size, FT_Request_Size): Scales are set to wrong values.
-	Be careful that scales won't be negative.
-
-2006-01-14  Chia-I Wu  
-
-	* docs/CHANGES: Mention the size selection change.
-
-	* src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c (BDF_Size_Request, BDF_Size_Select),
-	src/pcf/pcfdrivr.c (PCF_Size_Request, PCF_Size_Select),
-	src/winfonts/winfnt.c (FNT_Size_Request, FNT_Size_Select): Do size
-	matching for requests of type NOMINAL and REAL_DIM.
-
-	* src/winfonts/winfnt.c (FNT_Face_Init): Print trace message when
-	`pixel_height' is used for nominal height.
-
-	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Request_Size): Call `FT_Match_Size' if the
-	face is bitmap only and driver doesn't provide `request_size'.  This
-	is added merely for completion as no driver satisfies the conditions.
-
-2006-01-13  Chia-I Wu  
-
-	Introduce new size selection interface.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/ftdriver.h (struct FT_Driver_ClassRec):
-	Replace `set_char_sizes' and `set_pixel_sizes' by `request_size' and
-	`select_size'.
-
-	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_Select_Size, FT_Size_Request_Type,
-	FT_Size_Request, FT_Request_Size, FT_Select_Size), src/base/ftobjs.c
-	(FT_Select_Size, FT_Request_Size): API additions to export the new
-	size selection interface.
-
-	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Set_Char_Size, FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes): Use
-	`FT_Request_Size'.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h (FT_Match_Size),
-	src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Match_Size): New function to match a size
-	request against `available_sizes'.  Drivers supporting bitmap strikes
-	can use this function to implement `request_size'.
-
-	* src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c, src/cid/cidobjs.c, src/cid/cidobjs.h,
-	src/cid/cidriver.c, src/pcf/pcfdrivr.c, src/type1/t1driver.c,
-	src/type1/t1objs.c, src/type1/t1objs.h, src/type42/t42drivr.c,
-	src/type42/t42objs.c, src/type42/t42objs.h, src/winfonts/winfnt.c:
-	Update to new size selection interface.
-
-	* src/cff/cffdrivr.c, src/cff/cffgload.c, src/cff/cffobjs.c,
-	src/cff/cffobjs.h, src/truetype/ttdriver.c, src/truetype/ttgload.c,
-	src/truetype/ttobjs.c, src/truetype/ttobjs.h: Update to new size
-	selection interface.
-	Make `strike_index' FT_ULong and always defined.
-	Use `load_strike_metrics' provided by SFNT interface.
-
-2006-01-13  Chia-I Wu  
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/sfnt.h (SFNT_Interface): New method
-	`load_strike_metrics' used to load the strike's metrics.
-
-	* src/sfnt/sfdriver.c, src/sfnt/ttsbit.c, src/sfnt/ttsbit.h,
-	src/sfnt/ttsbit0.c: New function `tt_face_load_strike_metrics'.
-
-	* src/pfr/pfrobjs.c (pfr_face_init): Set FT_Bitmap_Size correctly.
-
-	* src/winfonts/winfnt.c (FNT_Face_Init): Use `nominal_point_size' for
-	nominal size unless it is obviously incorrect.
-
-	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_Bitmap_Size): Update the comments on
-	FNT driver.
-
-2006-01-12  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	Prepare use of pscmap service within CFF module.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/services/svpscmap.h: Include
-	FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H.
-	(PS_Unicode_Index_Func): Removed.  Unused.
-	(PS_Macintosh_Name_Func): Renamed to...
-	(PS_Macintosh_NameFunc): This.
-	Update all callers.
-	(PS_Adobe_Std_Strings_Func): Renamed to...
-	(PS_Adobe_Std_StringsFunc): This.
-	Update all callers.
-	(PS_UnicodesRec): This is the former `PS_Unicodes' structure.
-	Add `cmap' member.
-	Update all callers.
-	(PS_Unicodes): This is now a typedef'd pointer to PS_UnicodesRec.
-	Update all callers.
-	(PS_Glyph_NameFunc): New typedef.
-	(PS_Unicodes_InitFunc): Change arguments to expect a function
-	and generic data pointer which returns a glyph name from a given
-	index.
-
-	* src/psnames/psmodule.c (ps_unicodes_init, ps_unicodes_char_index,
-	ps_unicodes_char_next, pscmaps_interface): Updated.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/t1types.h (T1_FaceRec): Updated.
-
-	* src/psaux/t1cmap.h (T1_CmapStdRec): Updated.
-	(T1_CmapUnicode, T1_CmapUnicodeRec): Removed.
-
-	* src/psaux/t1cmap.c (t1_get_glyph_name): New callback function.
-	(t1_cmap_unicode_init, t1_cmap_unicode_done,
-	t1_cmap_unicode_char_index, t1_cmap_unicode_char_next,
-	t1_cmap_unicode_class_rec): Updated.
-
-	* src/type42/t42types.h (T42_FaceRec): Updated.
-
-2006-01-11  suzuki toshiya  
-
-	* include/freetype/ftmac.h: Add declaration of new functions
-	FT_New_Face_From_FSRef and FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name that
-	were introduced by the jumbo patch on  2006-01-11.
-
-2006-01-11  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	Fix Savannah bug #15056 and use pscmap service in psaux module.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/services/svpscmap.h (PS_UniMap): Use
-	FT_UInt32 for `glyph_index'.
-	(PS_Unicodes_InitFunc): Use FT_String for `glyph_names'.
-	(PS_Unicodes_CharIndexFunc): Use FT_UInt32 for `unicode'.
-	(PS_Unicodes_CharNextFunc): Make second argument a pointer to
-	FT_UInt32.
-
-	* src/psnames/psmodule.c (VARIANT_BIT, BASE_GLYPH): New macros.
-	(ps_unicode_value): Set VARIANT_BIT in return value if glyph is a
-	variant glyph (this is, it has non-leading `.' in its name).
-	(compare_uni_maps): Sort base glyphs before variant glyphs.
-	(ps_unicodes_init): Use FT_String for `glyph_names' argument.
-	Reallocate only if number of used entries is much smaller.
-	Updated to handle variant glyphs.
-	(ps_unicodes_char_index, ps_unicodes_char_next): Prefer base glyphs
-	over variant glyphs.
-	Simplify code.
-
-	* src/psaux/t1cmap.c (t1_cmap_uni_pair_compare): Removed.
-	(t1_cmap_unicode_init, t1_cmap_unicode_char_index,
-	t1_cmap_unicode_char_next): Use pscmap service.
-	(t1_cmap_unicode_done): Updated.
-
-	* src/psaux/t1cmap.h (T1_CMapUniPair): Removed.
-	(T1_CMapUnicode): Use PS_Unicodes structure.
-
-2006-01-11  suzuki toshiya  
-
-	Jumbo patch to fix `deprecated' warning of cross-build for Tiger on
-	Intel, as reported by Sean McBride  on
-	2005-08-24.
-
-	* src/base/ftmac.c: Heavy change to build without deprecated Carbon
-	functions on Tiger.
-
-	* builds/unix/configure.ac: Add options and autochecks for Carbon
-	functions availabilities, for MacOS X.
-
-	* builds/mac/ascii2mpw.py: Add converter for character `\305'.
-	* builds/mac/FreeType.m68k_{far|cfm}.make.txt: Add conditional
-	macros to avoid unavailable functions.
-	ftmac.c must be compiled without `-strict ansi', because it disables
-	cpp macro to use ToolBox system call.
-
-	* builds/mac/FreeType.ppc_{classic|carbon}.make.txt: Add conditional
-	macros to avoid unavailable functions.
-
-	* builds/mac/README: Detailed notes on function availabilities.
-
-	* docs/CHANGES: Notes about (possible) incompatibilities.
-
-2006-01-08  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* docs/CHANGES: Updated.
-
-2006-01-08  Huw D M Davies  
-
-	* include/freetype/ftmodapi.h (FT_Module_Get_Flags): New
-	declaration.
-
-	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Module_Get_Flags): New function.
-
-2006-01-07  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/pcf/pcfread.c (pcf_get_bitmaps): Remove unused variable
-	`bitmaps'.  Reported by Yu Lei .
-
-	* src/base/ftutil.c (ft_highpow2): s/FT_BASE/FT_BASE_DEF/.
-	Reported by Niels Boldt .
-
-2005-12-28  suzuki toshiya  
-
-	* src/sfnt/sfnt/ttbdf.c: Add newline '\n' to the end of file, for
-	MPW compiler.
-
-2005-12-23  David Turner  
-
-	* Jamfile (RefDoc), docs/reference/README: Fix it so that `jam
-	refdoc' works correctly to generate the API reference in
-	`docs/reference'.
-
-	* src/tools/docmaker/tohtml.py (print_html_field,
-	print_html_field_list): Update to output nicer fields lists in the
-	API reference.
-
-	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Load_Glyph): FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT now
-	forces auto-hinting.
-
-	* freetype/freetype.h: Updating the documentation for
-	FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX and FT_Render_Mode values.
-
-2005-12-23  suzuki toshiya  
-
-	* src/base/ftmac.c (FT_New_Face_From_Suitcase): Count scalable faces
-	in supported formats (sfnt, LWFN) only, and ignore bitmap faces in
-	unsupported formats (fbit, NFNT).  The number of available faces are
-	passed via face->num_faces.  If bitmap faces are embedded in sfnt
-	resource, face->num_fixed_size is correctly set.  In public API,
-	FT_New_Face() and FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec() count the faces as
-	FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name(), which ignores NFNT resources.
-
-	* doc/CHANGES: Mention the changes.
-
-2005-12-17  Chia-I Wu  
-
-	* src/truetype/ttinterp.c (Update_Max): Set current size of buffer
-	correctly (so that memory debug system won't panic).
-
-2005-12-16  Chia-I Wu  
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h (ft_glyphslot_grid_fit_metrics),
-	src/base/ftobjs.c (ft_glyphslot_grid_fit_metrics): Removed.
-
-	* src/base/ftobjs.c (ft_recompute_scaled_metrics): Do not round.
-
-	* src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_slot_load), src/cid/cidgload.c
-	(cid_slot_load_glyph), src/truetype/ttgload.c (compute_glyph_metrics),
-	src/type1/t1gload.c (T1_Load_Glyph): Do not round glyph metrics.
-
-	* doc/CHANGES: Mention the changes.
-
-2005-12-13  David Turner  
-
-	Change the implementation of the LIGHT hinting mode to completely
-	disable horizontal hinting.  This is an experimental effort to
-	integrate David Chester's latest patch without affecting the other
-	hinting modes as well.
-
-	Note that this doesn't force auto-hinting for all fonts, however.
-
-	* src/autofit/afhints.c (af_glyph_hints_reload): Don't set
-	scaler_fiags here but...
-	(af_glyph_hints_rescale): Here.
-
-	* src/autofit/aflatin.c (af_latin_hints_init): Disable horizontal
-	hinting for `light' hinting mode.
-
-
-	* Jamfile: Small fix to ensure that ftexport.sym is placed into the
-	same location as other generated objects (i.e., within the `objs'
-	directory of the current directory).
-
-
-	Add support for an embedded `BDF ' table within SFNT-based bitmap
-	font files.  This is used to store atoms & properties from the
-	original BDF fonts that were used to generate the font file.
-
-	The feature is controlled by TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF within
-	`ftoption.h' and is used to implement FT_Get_BDF_Property for these
-	font files.
-
-	At the moment, this is still experimental, the BDF table format
-	isn't cast into stone yet.
-
-	* include/freetype/config/ftoption.h (TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF): New
-	macro.
-
-	* include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h (ft_memchr): New macro.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/tttypes.h (TT_BDFRec, TT_BDF)
-	[TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF]: New structure.
-	(TT_FaceRec) [TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF]: New member `bdf'.
-
-	* include/freetype/ttags.h (TTAG_BDF): New macro.
-
-	* src/sfnt/Jamfile (_sources): Add ttbdf.
-
-	* src/sfnt/rules.mk (SFNT_DRV_SRC): Add ttbdf.c.
-
-	* src/sfnt/sfdriver.c [TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF]: Include ttbdf.h and
-	FT_SERVICE_BDF_H.
-	(sfnt_get_charset_it) [TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF]: New function.
-	(sfnt_service_bdf) [TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF]: New service.
-	(sfnt_services) [TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF]: Add sfnt_service_bdf.
-
-	* src/sfnt/sfnt.c [TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF]: Include ttbdf.c.
-
-	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c [TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF]: Include ttbdf.h.
-	(sfnt_done_face) [TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF]: Call
-	tt_face_free_bdf_props.
-
-	* src/sfnt/ttbdf.h, src/sfnt/ttbdf.c: New files.
-
-2005-12-07  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/sfnt/sfobjc.c (sfnt_init_face): Move tag check to...
-	* src/sfnt/ttload.c (sfnt_init): Here, before handling TTCs.
-
-2005-12-06  Chia-I Wu  
-
-	* src/truetype/ttobjs.c (tt_size_init): size->ttmetrics.valid is
-	initialized twice.
-	size->strike_index is not initialized.
-
-2005-12-02  Taek Kwan(TK) Lee  
-
-	* src/type42/t42objs.c (T42_Face_Init): Replace call to
-	FT_New_Memory_Face with call to FT_Open_Face to pass `params'.
-
-2005-11-30  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* docs/CHANGES: Document ftdump's `-v' option.
-	Document latest charmap code changes.
-
-	* src/sfnt/ttcmap.c, src/sfnt/ttcmap.h:
-	s/TT_CMAP_FLAG_OVERLAPPED/TT_CMAP_FLAG_OVERLAPPING/.
-
-2005-11-30  Chia-I Wu  
-
-	* src/sfnt/ttcmap.c (tt_cmap4_char_map_binary,
-	tt_cmap12_char_map_binary): Fix compiler warnings.
-
-2005-11-29  Chia-I Wu  
-
-	Major update to distinguish between unsorted and overlapping
-	segments for cmap format 4.  For overlapping but sorted segments,
-	which is previously considered unsorted, we still use binary search.
-
-	* src/sfnt/ttcmap.h (TT_CMapRec_): Replace `unsorted' by `flags'.
-	(TT_CMAP_FLAG_UNSORTED, TT_CMAP_FLAG_OVERLAPPED): New macros.
-
-	* src/sfnt/ttcmap.c (OPT_CMAP4): Removed as it is always defined.
-	(TT_CMap4Rec_): Remove `old_charcode' and `table_length'.
-	(tt_cmap4_reset): Removed.
-	(tt_cmap4_init): Updated accordingly.
-	(tt_cmap4_next): Updated accordingly.
-	Take care of overlapping segments.
-	(tt_cmap4_validate): Make sure the subtable is large enough.
-	Do not check glyph_ids because some fonts set the length wrongly.
-	Also, if all segments have offset 0, glyph_ids is always invalid.
-	It does not cause any problem so far only because the check misses
-	equality.
-	Distinguish between unsorted and overlapping segments.
-	(tt_cmap4_char_map_linear, tt_cmap4_char_map_binary): New functions
-	to do `charcode => glyph index' by linear/binary search.
-	(tt_cmap4_char_index, tt_cmap4_char_next): Use
-	tt_cmap4_char_map_linear and tt_cmap4_char_map_binary.
-	(tt_face_build_cmaps): Treat the return value of validator as flags
-	for cmap.
-
-2005-11-29  Chia-I Wu  
-
-	* src/sfnt/ttcmap.c (TT_CMap12Rec_, tt_cmap12_init, tt_cmap12_next):
-	New structures and functions for fast `next char'.
-	(tt_cmap12_char_map_binary): New function to do `charcode => glyph
-	index' by binary search.
-	(tt_cmap12_char_index, tt_cmap12_char_next): Use
-	tt_cmap12_char_map_binary.
-	(tt_face_build_cmaps): Check table and offset correctly (equality is
-	missing).
-
-2005-11-15  Detlef Würkner  
-
-	* builds/amiga/smakefile: Adjusted the compiler options
-	to the current sources, now really builds the gxvalid, gzip
-	and psnames modules.
-
-	* builds/amiga/src/base/ftsystem.c: The assumed Seek() position
-	in the file cache was off by one byte which could cause false
-	errors in font files.
-
-2005-11-24  suzuki toshiya  
-
-	* builds/mac/FreeType.m68k_far.make.txt,
-	builds/mac/FreeType.m68k_cfm.make.txt,
-	builds/mac/FreeType.ppc_classic.make.txt,
-	builds/mac/FreeType.ppc_carbon.make.txt:
-	Updated for MPW to build all available modules.
-
-2005-11-21  HÃ¥vard Wall  
-
-	* src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c (bdf_interpret_style, BDF_Face_Done): Fix small
-	memory leak.
-
-2005-11-21  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/sfnt/ttload.c (sfnt_init): Add tracing message.
-
-2005-11-21  Chia-I Wu  
-
-	* src/sfnt/ttsbit0.c (tt_sbit_decoder_load_image): Image_offset was
-	added twice to image_start if image_format was 2 or 5.
-
-2005-11-21  Chia-I Wu  
-
-	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (sfnt_init_face): Check that format_tag is known
-	before loading the table directory.
-
-	* src/sfnt/ttload.c (tt_face_load_sfnt_header,
-	tt_face_load_directory): Delay sfnt_dir_check from
-	tt_face_load_sfnt_header to tt_face_load_directory.
-
-2005-11-20  Chia-I Wu  
-
-	* src/sfnt/ttload.c (sfnt_dir_check): Clean up and return correct
-	error code.
-	(sfnt_init): New function to fill in face->ttc_header.  A non-TTC font
-	is synthesized into a TTC font with one offset table.
-	(tt_face_load_sfnt_header): Use sfnt_init.
-	Fix an invalid access if the font is TTC and face_index is -1.
-
-2005-11-18  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/sfnt/ttload.c (tt_face_load_metrics): Ignore excess number
-	of metrics instead of aborting.  Patch suggested by Derek Noonburg.
-
-	* src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_slot_load), src/cid/cidgload.c
-	(cid_slot_load_glyph), src/type1/t1gload.c (T1_Load_Glyph): Scale
-	the glyph properly if no hinter is available.
-
-	* docs/CHANGES: Mention scaling bug.
-
-2005-11-18  susuzki toshiya  
-
-	* include/freetype/ftgxval.h, src/base/ftgxval.c
-	(FT_TrueTypeGX_Free, FT_ClassicKern_Free): New functions to free
-	buffers allocated by gxvalid module.
-	* include/freetype/ftotval.h, src/base/ftotval.c
-	(FT_OpenType_Free): New function to free buffer allocated by
-	otvalid module.
-
-2005-11-18  Chia-I Wu  
-
-	* builds/unix/ftsystem.c (FT_Stream_Open, FT_New_Memory,
-	FT_Done_Memory), builds/vms/ftsystem.c (FT_Stream_Open, FT_New_Memory,
-	FT_Done_Memory), builds/win32/ftdebug.c (FT_Message, FT_Panic):
-	s/FT_EXPORT/FT_BASE/.
-
-2005-11-17  Detlef Würkner  
-
-	* builds/amiga/src/base/ftdebug.c (FT_Trace_Get_Count,
-	FT_Trace_Get_Name, FT_Message, FT_Panic),
-	builds/amiga/src/base/ftsystem.c (FT_New_Memory, FT_Done_Memory,
-	FT_Stream_Open): s/FT_EXPORT/FT_BASE/.
-
-2005-11-17  Detlef Würkner  
-
-	* builds/amiga/makefile, builds/amiga/makefile.os4,
-	builds/amiga/smakefile,
-	builds/amiga/include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h: Updated the Amiga
-	build files (added support for the gxvalid module).
-
-2005-11-17  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	Add vertical metrics support to OpenType CFF outlines.  Based on a
-	patch from Mike Moening .
-
-	* src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_face_get_vertical_metrics): New function.
-	(cff_slot_load): Use cff_face_get_vertical_metrics.
-
-	* docs/CHANGES: Updated.
-
-2005-11-17  Chia-I Wu  
-
-	* src/base/ftcalc.c (FT_MulTo64): Commented out.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/ftcalc.h (FT_SqrtFixed),
-	src/base/ftcalc.c (FT_SqrtFixed),
-	include/freetype/internal/ftdebug.h (FT_Trace_Get_Count,
-	FT_Trace_Get_Name, FT_Message, FT_Panic), src/base/ftdebug.c
-	(FT_Trace_Get_Count, FT_Trace_Get_Name, FT_Message, FT_Panic),
-	include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h (FT_New_Memory, FT_Done_Memory),
-	include/freetype/internal/ftstream.h (FT_Stream_Open),
-	src/base/ftsystem.c (FT_New_Memory, FT_Done_Memory, FT_Stream_Open):
-	s/FT_EXPORT/FT_BASE/.
-
-	* builds/exports.mk: Manually add TT_New_Context to EXPORTS_LIST
-	too.
-
-2005-11-15  David Turner  
-
-	* src/base/fttrigon.c (ft_trig_prenorm): Fix a bug that created
-	invalid computations, resulting in very weird bugs in TrueType
-	bytecode hinted fonts.
-
-	* src/truetype/ttinterp.c (FT_UNUSED_EXEC): Don't perform a
-	structure copy each time.
-
-2005-11-11  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/cache/ftccache.c (FTC_Cache_Clear), src/cache/ftcmanag.c
-	(FTC_Manager_Check): Remove FT_EXPORT_DEF tag.
-
-	* src/base/ftcalc.c (FT_Add64): Remove FT_EXPORT_DEF tag.
-	(FT_Div64by32, FT_Sqrt32): Commented out.  Unused.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/ftcalc.h (SQRT_32): Removed.  Unused.
-	(FT_Sqrt32): Commented out.  Unused.
-
-	* include/freetype/cache/ftccache.h:
-	s/ftc_node_destroy/FTC_Node_Destroy/.
-
-	* src/cache/ftccback.h (ftc_node_destroy): New declaration.
-
-	* src/cache/ftccache.c (ftc_node_destroy): Use FT_LOCAL_DEF tag.
-	(FTC_Node_Destroy): New exported wrapper function for
-	ftc_node_destroy.
-
-	* src/cache/ftcmanag.c: Include ftccback.c.
-
-2005-11-10  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/autofit/afangles.c, src/autofit/aftypes.h (af_angle_diff):
-	Comment out.  Unused.
-
-	* builds/exports.mk ($(EXPORTS_LIST)): Add TT_RunIns.
-
-2005-11-10  Christian Biesinger  
-
-	* builds/beos/beos.mk: Call beos-def.mk before anything else to
-	define the separator.
-
-	* builds/unix/unix-cc.in (LINK_LIBRARY): Add `-no-undefined' flag.
-
-2005-11-07  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/type1/t1afm.c (T1_Read_PFM): Zero offset means `no kerning
-	table available'.  From Sergey Tolstov .
-
-2005-11-03  Ville Syrjälä  
-
-	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Open_Face): Avoid possible memory leak.
-
-2005-11-02  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	Make compiling instructions in docs/CUSTOMIZE work again.
-
-	* builds/unix/unix-cc.in (CPPFLAGS): New variable.
-	(CFLAGS): Don't include @CPPFLAGS@.
-	* builds/freetype.mk (FT_CFLAGS): Add CPPFLAGS.
-
-2005-10-28  David Turner  
-
-	Update build system to support the generation of a list of exported
-	symbols or Windows .DEF files by parsing the public headers with the
-	`apinames' tool located in src/tools/apinames.c.
-
-	Only tested on Unix at the moment.  On Windows, the .DEF file is
-	generated but isn't used yet to generate a DLL.
-
-	* builds/exports.mk: New file.
-
-	* builds/freetype.mk: Include exports.mk.
-	(dll): New target.
-	(clean_project_dos): Fix rule.
-
-	* builds/compiler/visualc.mk (TE), builds/dos/dos-def.mk (E),
-	builds/os2/os2-def.mk (E), builds/win32/win32-def.mk (E): New
-	variables for controlling executable extensions.
-
-	* builds/unix/unix-cc.in (EXPORTS_LIST, CCexe),
-	builds/win32/w32-bcc.mk, builds/win32/w32-gcc.mk,
-	builds/win32/w32-icc.mk, builds/win32/w32-icc.mk,
-	builds/win32/w32-mingw32.mk, builds/win32/w32-vcc,
-	builds/win32/w32-wat.mk (EXPORTS_LIST, EXPORT_OPTIONS,
-	APINAMES_OPTIONS): New targets for controlling the `apinames' tool.
-
-	* Jamfile (GenExportSymbols): Updated.
-
-
-	* src/pfr/pfrtypes.h, src/pfr/pfrload.c, src/pfr/pfrobjs.c
-	[!FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY]: Fold memory optimization code into
-	FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY chunks for better maintainability and simplicity.
-
-
-	* src/base/fttrigon.c (ft_trig_prenorm), src/base/ftcalc.c
-	(FT_MulFix): Performance optimizations.
-
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/ftgloadr.h (FT_GLYPHLOADER_CHECK_P,
-	FT_GLYPHLOADER_CHECK_C, FT_GLYPHLOADER_CHECK_POINTS): New macros for
-	checking points and contours.  Update callers to use
-	FT_GLYPHLOADER_CHECK_POINTS instead of FT_GlyphLoader_CheckPoints
-	at profile-detected hot-spots.
-
-	* src/base/ftgloadr.c (FT_GlyphLoader_CheckPoints): Set `adjust'
-	to 0 to not call `AdjustPoints' every time.
-
-
-	* src/autofit/aftypes.h (AF_ANGLE_DIFF): New macro to inline
-	FT_Angle_Diff.
-
-	* src/autofit/afhints.c (af_direction_compute): Re-implement.
-	(af_glyph_hints_compute_inflections, af_glyph_hints_reload): Use
-	AF_ANGLE_DIFF to speed up the detection of inflexions.
-
-
-	* src/tools/apinames.c: Include .
-	(OutputFormat): New enumeration.
-	(names_dump): Add two parameters to control output format and DLL
-	name.
-	(names_dump_windef): Removed.  Code folded into `names_dump'.
-	(read_header_file): Use isalnum, not isalpha.  Otherwise function
-	names with digits aren't read correctly.
-	(usage): Updated.
-	(main): New option `-o' to control output file name.
-	New option `-d' to indicate DLL file name.
-	Extend `-w' flag to handle Borland and Watcom compilers and linkers.
-
-2005-10-28  suzuki toshiya  
-
-	* builds/mac/ftlib.prj, builds/mac/freetype.mak: Removed.
-	ftlib.prj is unmaintained and incompatible with current tree.
-	freetype.mak is unrecoverably broken.
-
-	* builds/mac/ftlib.prj.xml: Added.
-	Generated by Metrowerks CodeWarrior 9.0.
-
-	* builds/mac/FreeType.m68k_far.make.txt,
-	builds/mac/FreeType.m68k_cfm.make.txt,
-	builds/mac/FreeType.ppc_classic.make.txt,
-	builds/mac/FreeType.ppc_carbon.make.txt: Added.
-	Skeleton files of MPW makefiles.
-
-	* builds/mac/ascii2mpw.py: Added.
-	Python script to make MPW makefile from skeleton.
-
-	* builds/mac/README: Updated.
-	Almost rewritten to use new files.
-
-2005-10-28  suzuki toshiya  
-
-	* src/base/ftmac.c: Fix invalid casts from NULL to integer typed
-	variables.  Advised by David Turner, Masatake YAMATO, Sean McBride,
-	and George Williams.
-
-2005-10-27  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* include/freetype/ftsysmem.h, include/freetype/ftsysio.h: Removed.
-	Obsolete.
-
-2005-10-25  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/sfnt/sfdriver.c (sfnt_interface): Move out
-	`tt_face_get_kerning' from a #ifdef clause.  Reported by Tony J.
-	Ibbs .
-
-2005-10-23  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/base/ftdbgmem.c (ft_mem_debug_realloc): Make it compile with
-	C++.
-
-2005-10-21  David Turner  
-
-	* src/base/ftdbgmem.c (ft_mem_table_set, ft_mem_debug_realloc):
-	Another realloc memory counting bug fix.
-
-	* src/tools/Jamfile: Add missing file.
-
-	* src/lzw/Jamfile: Fix incorrect source file reference.
-
-2005-10-20  David Turner  
-
-	* src/base/ftdbgmem.c (ft_mem_table_set, ft_mem_table_remove,
-	ft_mem_debug_alloc, ft_mem_debug_free, ft_mem_debug_realloc): Fixes
-	to better account for memory reallocations.
-
-	* src/lzw/ftlzw2.c, src/lzw/ftzopen.h, src/lzw/ftzopen.c,
-	src/lzw/rules.mk: First version of LZW loader re-implementation.
-	Apparently, this saves about 330 KB of heap memory when loading
-	timR24.pcf.Z.
-
-2005-10-20  Chia-I Wu  
-
-	* include/freetype/ftbitmap.h (FT_Bitmap_Copy, FT_Bitmap_Embolden),
-	src/base/ftbdf.c (FT_Get_BDF_Property), src/cache/ftcmru.c
-	(FTC_MruList_Reset, FTC_MruList_Done, FTC_MruList_Lookup): Fix
-	FT_EXPORT/FT_EXPORT_DEF tagging.
-
-2005-10-19  Chia-I Wu  
-
-	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (TT_Load_Glyph): Allow size->ttmetrics to
-	be invalid when FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE is set.
-
-2005-10-17  David Turner  
-
-	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Open_Face): Don't call FT_New_GlyphSlot and
-	FT_New_Size if we are opening a face with face_index < 0 (which is
-	only used for testing the format).
-
-	* src/gxvalid/gxvmort0.c (gxv_mort_subtable_type0_entry_validate):
-	Remove compiler warning.
-
-2005-10-16  David Turner  
-
-	* src/tools/apinames.c: Add new tool to extract public API function
-	names from header files.
-
-2005-10-05  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	Add FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTER to indicate that a specific font driver has
-	a hinting engine of its own.
-
-	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTER): New macro.
-
-	* src/cff/cffobjs.c (cff_face_init), src/cid/cidobjs.c
-	(cid_face_init), src/truetype/ttobjs.c (tt_face_init)
-	[TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER], src/type1/t1objs.c
-	(T1_Face_Init), src/type42/t42objs.c (T42_Face_Init)
-	[TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER]: Update face flags.
-
-	* docs/CHANGES: Document it.
-
-2005-09-27  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* builds/unix/freetype2.m4: Add license exception so that the file
-	can be used in any other autoconf script.
-
-2005-09-26  David Turner  
-
-	* src/autofit/aflatin.c (af_latin_compute_stem_width): Fix bad
-	computation of the `vertical' flag, causing ugly things in LCD mode
-	and others.
-
-2005-09-23  David Turner  
-
-	* src/autofit/aflatin.c (af_latin_hints_init): Fix a bug that
-	prevented internal hint mode bitflags from being computed correctly.
-
-	* src/base/Jamfile: Adding src/base/ftgxval.c.
-
-	* src/gxvalid/gxvbsln.c, src/gxvalid/gxvcommn.c,
-	src/gxvalid/gxvfeat.c, src/gxvalid/gxvjust.c, src/gxvalid/gxvkern.c,
-	src/gxvalid/gxvlcar.c, src/gxvalid/gxvmort.c,
-	src/gxvalid/gxvmort0.c, src/gxvalid/gxvmort1.c,
-	src/gxvalid/gxvmort2.c, src/gxvalid/gxvmort4.c,
-	src/gxvalid/gxvmort5.c, src/gxvalid/gxvmorx.c,
-	src/gxvalid/gxvmorx0.c, src/gxvalid/gxvmorx1.c,
-	src/gxvalid/gxvmorx2.c, src/gxvalid/gxvmorx5.c,
-	src/gxvalid/gxvopbd.c, src/gxvalid/gxvprop.c,
-	src/truetype/ttgload.c: Remove _many_ compiler warnings when
-	compiling with Visual C++ at maximum level (/W4).
-
-	* src/autofit/afangles.c (af_angle_atan): Replaced CORDIC-based
-	implementation with one using lookup tables.  This simple thing
-	speeds up glyph loading by 18%, according to ftbench!
-
-	* src/sfnt/sfdriver.c (sfnt_get_interface): Don't check for
-	`get_sfnt' and `load_sfnt' module interfaces.
-
-2005-09-22  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* docs/CHANGES: Mention SING Glyphlet support.
-
-2005-09-22  David Turner  
-
-	* src/base/Jamfile: Disable compilation of ftgxval module
-	temporarily.
-
-2005-09-19  David Somers  
-
-	* src/sfnt/ttload.c (sfnt_dir_check): Modified to allow a
-	font to have no `head' table if tables `SING' and `META' are
-	present; this is to support `SING Glyphlet'.
-
-	`SING Glyphlet' is an extension to OpenType developed by Adobe
-	primarily to facilitate adding supplemental glyphs to an OpenType
-	font (with emphasis on, but not necessarily limited to, gaiji to a
-	CJK font).  A SING Glyphlet Font is an OpenType font that contains
-	the outline(s), either in a `glyf' or `CFF' table, for a glyph;
-	`cmap', `BASE', and `GSUB' tables are present with the same format
-	and functionaliy as a regular OpenType font; there are no `name',
-	`head', `OS/2', and `post' tables; there are two new tables, `SING'
-	which contains details about the glyphlet, and `META' which contains
-	metadata.
-
-	Further information on the SING Glyphlet format can be found at:
-
-	  http://www.adobe.com/products/indesign/sing_gaiji.html
-
-	* include/freetype/ttags.h (TTAG_SING, TTAG_META): New macros for
-	the OpenType tables `SING' and `META'.  These two tables are used in
-	SING Glyphlet Format fonts.
-
-2005-09-09  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (sfnt_load_face): Reactivate code to set
-	FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING which has been commented out erroneously.
-
-	* docs/CHANGES: Document it.
-
-2005-09-05  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	Fixes for `make multi' and using C++ compiler.
-
-	* src/gxvalid/gxvcommn.c (gxv_set_length_by_ushort_offset,
-	gxv_set_length_by_ulong_offset, gxv_array_getlimits_byte,
-	gxv_array_getlimits_ushort): Declare with FT_LOCAL_DEF.
-	(gxv_compare_ranges): Make it static.
-	(gxv_LookupTable_fmt0_validate, gxv_LookupTable_fmt2_validate,
-	gxv_LookupTable_fmt4_validate, gxv_LookupTable_fmt6_validate,
-	gxv_LookupTable_fmt8_validate, gxv_LookupTable_validate): Improve
-	trace messages.
-	(gxv_StateArray_validate, gxv_XStateArray_validate): s/class/clazz/.
-	(GXV_STATETABLE_HEADER_SIZE, GXV_STATEHEADER_SIZE,
-	GXV_XSTATETABLE_HEADER_SIZE, GXV_XSTATEHEADER_SIZE): Move to
-	gxvcommn.h.
-
-	* src/gxvalid/gxvcommn.h: Add prototypes for
-	gxv_StateTable_subtable_setup, gxv_XStateTable_subtable_setup,
-	gxv_XStateTable_validate, gxv_array_getlimits_byte,
-	gxv_array_getlimits_ushort, gxv_set_length_by_ushort_offset,
-	gxv_set_length_by_ulong_offset, gxv_odtect_add_range,
-	gxv_odtect_validate.
-	(GXV_STATETABLE_HEADER_SIZE, GXV_STATEHEADER_SIZE,
-	GXV_XSTATETABLE_HEADER_SIZE, GXV_XSTATEHEADER_SIZE): Moved from
-	gxvcommn.c.
-
-	* src/gxvalid/gxvbsln.c (gxv_bsln_LookupValue_validate,
-	gxv_bsln_parts_fmt1_validate): Improve trace messages.
-
-	* src/gxvalid/gxvfeat.c: Split off predefined registry stuff to...
-	* src/gxvalid/gxvfeat.h: New file.
-
-	* src/gxvalid/gxvjust.c (gxv_just_wdc_entry_validate): Improve trace
-	message.
-
-	* src/gxvalid/gxvkern.c (GXV_kern_Dialect): Add KERN_DIALECT_UNKNOWN.
-	(gxv_kern_subtable_fmt1_valueTable_load,
-	gxv_kern_subtable_fmt1_subtable_setup,
-	gxv_kern_subtable_fmt1_entry_validate): Fix C++ compiler errors.
-	(gxv_kern_coverage_validate): Use KERN_DIALECT_UNKWOWN.
-	Improve trace message.
-	(gxv_kern_validate_generic): Fix C++ compiler error.
-	Improve trace message.
-	(gxv_kern_validate_classic): Fix C++ compiler error.
-
-	* src/gxvalid/gxvmort0.c (gxv_mort_subtable_type0_validate): Declare
-	with FT_LOCAL_DEF.
-
-	* src/gxvalid/gxvmort1.c
-	(gxv_mort_subtable_type1_substitutionTable_load,
-	gxv_mort_subtable_type1_subtable_setup): Fix C++ compiler errors.
-	(gxv_mort_subtable_type1_substTable_validate): Improve trace
-	message.
-	(gxv_mort_subtable_type1_validate): Declare with FT_LOCAL_DEF.
-
-	* src/gxvalid/gxvmort2.c (gxv_mort_subtable_type2_opttable_load,
-	gxv_mort_subtable_type2_subtable_setup,
-	gxv_mort_subtable_type2_ligActionOffset_validate,
-	gxv_mort_subtable_type2_ligatureTable_validate): Fix C++ compiler
-	errors.
-	(gxv_mort_subtable_type2_validate): Declare with FT_LOCAL_DEF.
-
-	* src/gxvalid/gxvmort4.c (gxv_mort_subtable_type4_validate): Declare
-	with FT_LOCAL_DEF.
-
-	* src/gxvalid/gxvmort5.c (gxv_mort_subtable_type5_subtable_setup,
-	gxv_mort_subtable_type5_InsertList_validate): Fix C++ compiler
-	errors.
-	(gxv_mort_subtable_type5_validate): Declare with FT_LOCAL_DEF.
-
-	* src/gxvalid/gxvmort.c: Include gxvfeat.h.
-	(gxv_mort_featurearray_validate, gxv_mort_coverage_validate):
-	Declare with FT_LOCAL_DEF.
-	(gxv_mort_subtables_validate, gxv_mort_validate): Improve trace
-	messages.
-
-	* src/gxvalid/gxvmort.h (gxv_mort_feature_validate): Remove.
-
-	* src/gxvalid/gxvmorx0.c (gxv_morx_subtable_type0_validate): Declare
-	with FT_LOCAL_DEF.
-
-	* src/gxvalid/gxvmorx1.c
-	(gxv_morx_subtable_type1_substitutionTable_load,
-	gxv_morx_subtable_type1_subtable_setup,
-	gxv_morx_subtable_type1_entry_validate,
-	gxv_morx_subtable_type1_substitutionTable_validate): Fix C++
-	compiler errors.
-	(gxv_morx_subtable_type1_validate): Declare with FT_LOCAL_DEF.
-
-	* src/gxvalid/gxvmorx2.c (gxv_morx_subtable_type2_opttable_load,
-	gxv_morx_subtable_type2_subtable_setup,
-	gxv_morx_subtable_type2_ligActionIndex_validate,
-	gxv_morx_subtable_type2_ligatureTable_validate): Fix C++ compiler
-	errors.
-	(gxv_morx_subtable_type2_validate): Declare with FT_LOCAL_DEF.
-	Fix typo.
-
-	* src/gxvalid/gxvmorx4.c (gxv_morx_subtable_type4_validate): Declare
-	with FT_LOCAL_DEF.
-
-	* src/gxvalid/gxvmorx5.c (gxv_morx_subtable_type5_insertionGlyph_load,
-	gxv_morx_subtable_type5_subtable_setup): Fix C++ compiler error.
-	(gxv_morx_subtable_type5_validate): Declare with FT_LOCAL_DEF.
-
-	* src/gxvalid/gxvmorx.c (gxv_morx_subtables_validate,
-	gxv_morx_validate): Improve trace message.
-
-	* src/gxvalid/gxvopbd.c (gxv_opbd_LookupFmt4_transit): Fix compiler
-	warnings.
-	(gxv_opbd_validate): Improve trace message.
-
-	* src/gxvalid/gxvprop.c: Decorate constants with `U' and `L' where
-	appropriate.
-	(gxv_prop_zero_advance_validate, gxv_prop_validate): Improve trace
-	message.
-
-	* src/gxvalid/gxvtrak.c (gxv_trak_trackTable_validate): Remove unused
-	parameter.  Update all callers.
-	(gxv_trak_validate): Improve trace message.
-
-	* rules.mk (GXV_DRV_H): Add gxvfeat.h.
-
-2005-09-01  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/gxvalid/gxvbsln.c (GXV_BSLN_VALUE_EMPTY): Add `U'.
-
-	* src/gxvalid/gxmort1.c (GXV_MORT_SUBTABLE_TYPE1_HEADER_SIZE),
-	src/gxvalid/gxmort2.c (GXV_MORT_SUBTABLE_TYPE2_HEADER_SIZE): Fix
-	typo.
-
-	* src/gxvalid/gxvmorx0.c, src/gxvalid/gxvmorx1.c,
-	src/gxvalid/gxvmorx2.c, src/gxvalid/gxvmorx4.c,
-	src/gxvalid/gxvmorx5.c, src/gxvalid/gxvmort.c: Improve trace
-	messages.
-	Decorate constants with `U' and `L' where appropriate.
-	Fix compiler warnings.
-
-2005-08-31  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (load_truetype_glyph): Fix typo.
-
-	* src/gxvalid/gxvbsln.c (gxv_bsln_validate): Fix trace message.
-
-	* src/gxvalid/gxvcommn.c (gxv_odtect_add_range): Use `const'.
-
-	* src/gxvalid/gxvfeat.c, src/gxvalid/gxvjust.c,
-	src/gxvalid/gxvkern.c, src/gxvalid/gxvlcar.c, src/gxvalid/gxvmod.c,
-	src/gxvalid/gxvmort0.c, src/gxvalid/gxvmort1.c,
-	src/gxvalid/gxvmort2.c, src/gxvalid/gxvmort4.c,
-	src/gxvalid/gxvmort5.c, src/gxvalid/gxvmort.c: Improve trace
-	messages.
-	Decorate constants with `U' and `L' where appropriate.
-	Fix compiler warnings.
-
-2005-08-30  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/gxvalid/README: Revised.
-	* src/gxvalid/gxvbsln.c: Fix compiler warnings.
-	* src/gxvalid/gxvcommn.c: Fix compiler warnings.
-	(gxv_XEntryTable_validate, gxv_compare_ranges): Remove unused
-	parameter.  Update all callers.
-	Improve trace messages.
-	Some formatting.
-
-2005-08-29  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* include/freetype/freetype.h, include/freetype/ftchapters.h: Add
-	a preliminary section with some explanations about user allocation.
-
-	* src/tools/docmaker/tohtml.py (HtmlFormatter.section_enter):
-	Don't abort if there are no data types, functions, etc., in a
-	section.
-	Print synopsis only if we have a data type, function, etc.
-
-	* docs/INSTALL.ANY, docs/INSTALL, docs/INSTALL.UNX, docs/CUSTOMIZE,
-	docs/INSTALL.GNU, docs/TRUETYPE, docs/DEBUG, docs/UPGRADE.UNX,
-	docs/VERSION.DLL, docs/formats.txt: Revised, formatted.
-
-2005-08-28  George Williams  
-
-	* src/truetype/ttgload.c [TT_MAX_COMPOSITE_RECURSE]: Removed.
-	(load_truetype_glyph): Limit recursion depth by `maxComponentDepth'.
-
-2005-08-25  J. Ali Harlow  
-
-	* builds/unix/freetype2.in (CFlags): Add missing directory.
-
-2005-08-24  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* docs/CHANGES: Mention gxvalid module.
-
-2005-08-23  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/autofit/aflatin.c (af_latin_metrics_scale): Initialize
-	render mode properly.  Reported by chris@dokein.co.uk.
-
-2005-08-23  suzuki toshiya  
-
-	Add gxvalid module to validate TrueType GX/AAT tables.
-
-	Modifications on existing files:
-
-	* Jamfile: Register gxvalid module.
-	* src/base/Jamfile: Register ftgxval.c.
-	* src/base/rule.mk: Register ftgxval.c.
-	* docs/INSTALL.ANY: Register gxvalid/gxvalid.c.
-
-	* include/freetype/config/ftheader.h (FT_GX_VALIDATE_H): New macro
-	to include gxvalid header file.
-	* include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h: Register gxv_module_class.
-
-	* include/freetype/ftchapters.h: Add comment about gx_validation.
-	* include/freetype/ftotval.h: Change keyword FT_VALIDATE_XXX
-	to FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX to co-exist with gxvalid.
-	* include/freetype/tttags.h: Add tags for TrueType GX/AAT tables.
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/ftserv.h (FT_SERVICE_GX_VALIDATE_H): New
-	macro for gxvalid service.
-	* include/freetype/internal/fttrace.h: Add trace facilities for
-	gxvalid.
-
-	New files on existing directories:
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/services/svgxval.h: Registration of
-	validation service for TrueType GX/AAT and classic kern table.
-	* include/freetype/ftgxval.h: Public API definition to use gxvalid.
-	* src/base/ftgxval.c: Public API of gxvalid.
-
-	New files under src/gxvalid/:
-
-	* src/gxvalid/Jamfile src/gxvalid/README src/gxvalid/module.mk
-	src/gxvalid/rules.mk src/gxvalid/gxvalid.c src/gxvalid/gxvalid.h
-	src/gxvalid/gxvbsln.c src/gxvalid/gxvcommn.c src/gxvalid/gxvcommn.h
-	src/gxvalid/gxverror.h src/gxvalid/gxvfeat.c src/gxvalid/gxvfgen.c
-	src/gxvalid/gxvjust.c src/gxvalid/gxvkern.c src/gxvalid/gxvlcar.c
-	src/gxvalid/gxvmod.c src/gxvalid/gxvmod.h src/gxvalid/gxvmort.c
-	src/gxvalid/gxvmort.h src/gxvalid/gxvmort0.c src/gxvalid/gxvmort1.c
-	src/gxvalid/gxvmort2.c src/gxvalid/gxvmort4.c src/gxvalid/gxvmort5.c
-	src/gxvalid/gxvmorx.c src/gxvalid/gxvmorx.h src/gxvalid/gxvmorx0.c
-	src/gxvalid/gxvmorx1.c src/gxvalid/gxvmorx2.c src/gxvalid/gxvmorx4.c
-	src/gxvalid/gxvmorx5.c src/gxvalid/gxvopbd.c src/gxvalid/gxvprop.c
-	src/gxvalid/gxvtrak.c: New files, gxvalid body.
-
-2005-08-21  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (TT_Load_Glyph): Only translate outline
-	to (0,0) if bit 1 of the `head' table isn't set.  This improves
-	rendering of buggy fonts.
-
-2005-08-20  Chia I Wu  
-
-	* src/truetype/ttdriver.c (Load_Glyph): Don't check the validity of
-	ttmetrics here.  TrueType fonts with only sbits always have
-	ttmetrics.valid set to false.
-
-	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (TT_Load_Glyph): Check that ttmetrics is
-	valid before loading outline glyph.
-
-	* src/cache/ftcimage.c (FTC_INode_New): Fix a memory leak.
-
-2005-08-20  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/sfnt/ttload.c (tt_face_load_metrics_header): Ignore missing
-	`hhea' table for SFNT Mac fonts.  Change based on a patch by
-	mpsuzuki@hiroshima-u.ac.jp.
-
-2005-08-20  Masatake YAMATO  
-
-	* src/otvalid/otvmod.c (otv_validate): Use ft_validator_run instead
-	of ft_setjmp.
-
-2005-08-19  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (load_truetype_glyph): Fix compiler
-	warnings.
-
-2005-08-16  Chia I Wu  
-
-	* src/truetype/ttinterp.c, src/truetype/ttinterp.h: Update copyright
-	messages.
-
-2005-08-16  Chia I Wu  
-
-	* src/truetype/ttinterp.c, src/truetype/ttinterp.h: Remove original
-	TT_Done_Context and rename TT_Destroy_Context to TT_Done_Context
-	with slight changes.
-	Update all callers.
-	(TT_New_Context): Now takes TT_Driver argument directly.
-	Update all callers.
-
-	* src/truetype/ttobjs.h (tt_slot_init): New function.
-	* src/truetype/ttobjs.c (tt_driver_init): Initialize execution
-	context here.
-	(tt_slot_init): New function to create extra points for the internal
-	glyph loader.  We then use it directly, instead of face's glyph
-	loader, when loading glyph.
-
-	* src/truetype/ttdriver.c (tt_driver_class): Use tt_slot_init for
-	glyph slot initialization.
-	(Load_Glyph): Load flag dependencies are handled here.  Return error
-	if size is NULL.
-
-	* src/truetype/ttgload.c: Heavy cleanup and refactoring.
-	(org_to_cur): Removed.
-	(TT_Load_Simple_Glyph): Call FT_GlyphLoader_CheckPoints.
-	(TT_Hint_Glyph): New function to hint a zone, prepared by caller.
-	(TT_Process_Simple_Glyph): s/load/loader/.
-	Use loader->pp values instead of recalculation.
-	Use TT_Hint_Glyph.
-	No need to save/restore loader->stream before and after
-	TT_Vary_Get_Glyph_Deltas now.
-	(TT_LOADER_SET_PP): New macro to calculate and set the four phantom
-	points.
-	(load_truetype_glyph): Never set exec->glyphSize to 0.  This closes
-	Savannah bug #13107.
-	Forget glyph frame before calling TT_Process_Simple_Glyph.
-	Use TT_LOADER_SET_PP.
-	Scale all four phantom points.
-	Split off some functionality to ...
-	(TT_Process_Composite_Component, TT_Process_Composite_Glyph): These
-	new functions.
-	(TT_Load_Glyph): Set various fields of `glyph' here, not in
-	load_truetype_glyph and compute_glyph_metrics.
-	Split off some functionality to ...
-	(load_sbit_image, tt_loader_init): These new functions.
-	(compute_glyph_metrics): Call FT_Outline_Get_CBox.
-
-2005-08-08  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* docs/INSTALL.ANY: Updated.
-
-2005-08-05  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_builder_close_contour),
-	src/psaux/psobjs.c (t1_builder_close_contour): Protect against
-	zero `outline' pointer.
-
-	* src/base/ftgloadr.c (FT_GlyphLoader_Add): Protect against zero
-	`loader' address.
-
-2005-08-03  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/sfnt/sfdriver.c (sfnt_interface) [FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY]:
-	Reactivate pointers to tt_find_sbit_image and tt_load_sbit_metrics
-	to make X work again.
-
-2005-08-02  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/otvalid/otvcommn.h: Remove dead code.
-
-2005-07-31  Chia I Wu  
-
-	* src/truetype/ttobjs.h (tt_size_run_fpgm, tt_size_run_prep): New
-	functions.
-
-	* src/truetype/ttobjs.c (tt_size_run_fpgm, tt_size_run_prep): New
-	functions.
-	(tt_size_init): Add 4, instead of 2, (phantom) points to twilight
-	zone.
-	Move code that runs fpgm to tt_size_run_fpgm.
-	(Reset_Outline_Size): Move code that runs prep to tt_size_run_prep.
-	(tt_glyphzone_new): Allocate right size of arrays.
-	Set max_points and max_contours properly.
-
-2005-07-26  Chia I Wu  
-
-	* src/truetype/ttdriver.c (Set_Char_Sizes): Avoid unnecessary
-	computations and clean up.
-
-	* src/truetype/ttobjs.h (struct TT_SizeRec_): Comment on the
-	internal copy of metrics.
-
-2005-07-12  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* include/freetype/ftoutln.h (FT_Outline_Embolden): Fix prototype.
-	Reported by Xerxes.
-
-2005-07-04  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/ftmemory.h (FT_REALLOC_ARRAY): Fix typo.
-	Reported by Brett Hutley.
-
-2005-06-30  David Turner  
-
-	* src/sfnt/ftbitmap.c, src/truetype/ttgload.c, src/sfnt/ttcmap.c:
-	Removing compiler warnings (Visual C++ /W4).
-
-
-	Implement a work-around for broken C preprocessor in Visual C++ (it
-	has been confirmed by the MS developers that it is indeed a bug
-	which won't be fixed in the very near future).
-
-	* Jamfile (FT2_COMPONENTS): Include otvalid (again).
-
-	* src/otvalid/otvcommn.h (OTV_NAME, OTV_FUNC): New macros.
-	(OTV_NEST1, OTV_NEST2, OTV_NEST3): Use OTV_NAME and OTV_FUNC to
-	avoid argument expansion by argument prescan.
-	Append `Func' to all affected macros and change them to take just a
-	single argument.  Example: `AttachList' is renamed to
-	`AttachListFunc'.
-
-	* src/otvalid/otvgdef.c, src/otvalid/otvgpos.c,
-	src/otvalid/otvgsub.c, src/otvjstf.c: Append `Func' to macros
-	affected by the changes to OTV_NESTx and modify them to take just a
-	single argument.
-
-2005-06-20  Chia I Wu  
-
-	* include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h, src/base/ftobjs.c: New function
-	ft_glyphslot_grid_fit_metrics.
-
-	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (compute_glyph_metrics): Use
-	ft_glyphslot_grid_fit_metrics.
-
-	* src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_slot_load), src/cid/cidgload.c
-	(cid_slot_load_glyph), src/type1/t1gload.c (T1_Load_Glyph): Use
-	ft_glyphslot_grid_fit_metrics.
-	FT_Outline_Get_CBox is called twice.
-
-	* src/base/ftsynth.c (FT_GlyphSlot_Embolden): Modify metrics to more
-	reasonable values when emboldening outline glyphs.  The theoretic
-	ones are unrealistic.
-
-2005-06-16  Chia I Wu  
-
-	* src/base/ftoutln.c (FT_Outline_Embolden): Strength should be
-	halved.
-
-	* src/base/ftsynth.c (FT_GlyphSlot_Embolden): Change the default
-	strength.
-	Don't increase slot->advance.y.
-
-2005-06-16  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FREETYPE_MINOR): Set to 2.
-	(FREETYPE_PATCH): Set to 0.
-
-	* builds/unix/configure.ac (version_info): Set to 9:9:3.
-	Currently, we are still binary compatible.
-
-	* builds/win32/visualc/index.html,
-	builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsp,
-	builds/win32/visualc/freetype.vcproj: s/219/2110/, s/2.1.9/2.1.10/.
-
-	* builds/freetype.mk (refdoc), README, Jamfile (RefDoc):
-	s/2.1.9/2.1.10/.
-
-	* docs/CHANGES, docs/VERSION.DLL: Updated.
-
-	* ChangeLog: Split off older entries into...
-	* ChangeLog.20, ChangeLog.21: These new files.
-
-2005-06-15  Kirill Smelkov  
-
-	The next release will be 2.2.0, so don't worry about source code
-	backwards compatibility.
-
-	* include/freetype/ftimage.h (FT_Outline_MoveToFunc,
-	FT_Outline_LineToFunc, FT_Outline_ConicToFunc,
-	FT_Outline_CubicToFunc, FT_SpanFunc, FT_Raster_RenderFunc),
-	include/freetype/ftrender.h (FT_Glyph_TransformFunc,
-	FT_Renderer_RenderFunc, FT_Renderer_TransformFunc): Decorate
-	parameters with `const' where appropriate.
-
-2005-06-15  Chia I Wu  
-
-	* src/sfnt/ttsbit.c (tt_face_load_sbit_image): Compute vertBearingY
-	to make glyphs centered vertically.
-
-	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (compute_glyph_metrics): Compute
-	vertBearingY to make glyphs centered vertically.
-	Fix some bugs in vertical metrics:
-
-	  . loader->pp3.y and loader->pp4.y are in 26.6 format, not in font
-	    units.
-	  . As we use the glyph's cbox to calculate the top bearing now
-	    there is no need to adjust `top'.
-
-2005-06-15  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* src/otvalid/otvcommn.h (OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE): Use FT_UShort to be
-	in sync with OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET.  Reported by YAMATO Masatake.
-
-2005-06-13  Werner Lemberg  
-
-	* docs/release: Update.
-
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-Copyright 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by
-David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-
-This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-fully.
-
-
-Local Variables:
-version-control: never
-coding: utf-8
-End:
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/Jamfile b/src/3rdparty/freetype/Jamfile
deleted file mode 100644
index eeaad3f..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/Jamfile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,203 +0,0 @@
-# FreeType 2 top Jamfile.
-#
-# Copyright 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-# The HDRMACRO is already defined in FTJam and is used to add
-# the content of certain macros to the list of included header
-# files.
-#
-# We can compile FreeType 2 with classic Jam however thanks to
-# the following code
-#
-if ! $(JAM_TOOLSET)
-{
-  rule HDRMACRO
-  {
-    # nothing
-  }
-}
-
-
-# We need to invoke a SubDir rule if the FT2 source directory top is not the
-# current directory.  This allows us to build FreeType 2 as part of a larger
-# project easily.
-#
-if $(FT2_TOP) != $(DOT)
-{
-  SubDir  FT2_TOP ;
-}
-
-
-# The following macros define the include directory, the source directory,
-# and the final library name (without library extensions).  They can be
-# replaced by other definitions when the library is compiled as part of
-# a larger project.
-#
-
-# Name of FreeType include directory during compilation.
-# This is relative to FT2_TOP.
-#
-FT2_INCLUDE_DIR ?= include ;
-
-# Name of FreeType source directory during compilation.
-# This is relative to FT2_TOP.
-#
-FT2_SRC_DIR ?= src ;
-
-# Name of final library, without extension.
-#
-FT2_LIB ?= $(LIBPREFIX)freetype ;
-
-
-# Define FT2_BUILD_INCLUDE to point to your build-specific directory.
-# This is prepended to FT2_INCLUDE_DIR.  It can be used to specify
-# the location of a custom  which will point to custom
-# versions of `ftmodule.h' and `ftoption.h', for example.
-#
-FT2_BUILD_INCLUDE ?= ;
-
-# The list of modules to compile on any given build of the library.
-# By default, this will contain _all_ modules defined in FT2_SRC_DIR.
-#
-# IMPORTANT: You'll need to change the content of `ftmodule.h' as well
-#            if you modify this list or provide your own.
-#
-FT2_COMPONENTS ?= autofit    # auto-fitter
-                  base       # base component (public APIs)
-                  bdf        # BDF font driver
-                  cache      # cache sub-system
-                  cff        # CFF/CEF font driver
-                  cid        # PostScript CID-keyed font driver
-                  gzip       # support for gzip-compressed files
-                  lzw        # support for LZW-compressed files
-                  pcf        # PCF font driver
-                  pfr        # PFR/TrueDoc font driver
-                  psaux      # common PostScript routines module
-                  pshinter   # PostScript hinter module
-                  psnames    # PostScript names handling
-                  raster     # monochrome rasterizer
-                  smooth     # anti-aliased rasterizer
-                  sfnt       # SFNT-based format support routines
-                  truetype   # TrueType font driver
-                  type1      # PostScript Type 1 font driver
-                  type42     # PostScript Type 42 (embedded TrueType) driver
-                  winfonts   # Windows FON/FNT font driver
-                  ;
-
-
-# Don't touch.
-#
-FT2_INCLUDE  = $(FT2_BUILD_INCLUDE)
-               [ FT2_SubDir $(FT2_INCLUDE_DIR) ] ;
-
-FT2_SRC      = [ FT2_SubDir $(FT2_SRC_DIR) ] ;
-
-# Location of API Reference Documentation
-#
-if $(DOC_DIR)
-{
-  DOC_DIR = $(DOCDIR:T) ;
-}
-else
-{
-  DOC_DIR = docs/reference ;
-}
-
-
-# Only used by FreeType developers.
-#
-if $(DEBUG_HINTER)
-{
-  CCFLAGS += -DDEBUG_HINTER ;
-}
-
-
-# We need `freetype2/include' in the current include path in order to
-# compile any part of FreeType 2.
-#: updating documentation for upcoming release
-
-HDRS += $(FT2_INCLUDE) ;
-
-
-# We need to #define FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY so that our sources find the
-# internal headers
-#
-DEFINES += FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY ;
-
-# Uncomment the following line if you want to build individual source files
-# for each FreeType 2 module.  This is only useful during development, and
-# is better defined as an environment variable anyway!
-#
-# FT2_MULTI = true ;
-
-
-# The file  is used to define macros that are
-# later used in #include statements.  It needs to be parsed in order to
-# record these definitions.
-#
-HDRMACRO  [ FT2_SubDir  include freetype config ftheader.h ] ;
-HDRMACRO  [ FT2_SubDir  include freetype internal internal.h ] ;
-
-
-# Now include the Jamfile in `freetype2/src', used to drive the compilation
-# of each FreeType 2 component and/or module.
-#
-SubInclude  FT2_TOP $(FT2_SRC_DIR) ;
-
-# Handle the generation of the `ftexport.sym' file which contain the list
-# of exported symbols.  This can be used on Unix by libtool.
-#
-SubInclude FT2_TOP $(FT2_SRC_DIR) tools ;
-
-rule GenExportSymbols
-{
-  local  apinames = apinames$(SUFEXE) ;
-  local  headers  = [ Glob $(2) : *.h ] ;
-
-  LOCATE on $(1) = $(ALL_LOCATE_TARGET) ;
-
-  APINAMES on $(1) = apinames$(SUFEXE) ;
-
-  Depends            $(1) : $(apinames) $(headers) ;
-  GenExportSymbols1  $(1) : $(headers) ;
-  Clean              clean : $(1) ;
-}
-
-actions GenExportSymbols1 bind APINAMES
-{
-  $(APINAMES) $(2) > $(1)
-}
-
-GenExportSymbols  ftexport.sym : include/freetype include/freetype/cache ;
-
-# Test files (hinter debugging).  Only used by FreeType developers.
-#
-if $(DEBUG_HINTER)
-{
-  SubInclude FT2_TOP tests ;
-}
-
-rule RefDoc
-{
-  Depends  $1 : all ;
-  NotFile  $1 ;
-  Always   $1 ;
-}
-
-actions RefDoc
-{
-  python $(FT2_SRC)/tools/docmaker/docmaker.py --prefix=ft2 --title=FreeType-2.3.6 --output=$(DOC_DIR) $(FT2_INCLUDE)/freetype/*.h $(FT2_INCLUDE)/freetype/config/*.h
-}
-
-RefDoc  refdoc ;
-
-
-# end of top Jamfile
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/Jamrules b/src/3rdparty/freetype/Jamrules
deleted file mode 100644
index d8d1c7e..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/Jamrules
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
-# FreeType 2 JamRules.
-#
-# Copyright 2001, 2002, 2003 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-# This file contains the Jam rules needed to build the FreeType 2 library.
-# It is shared by all Jamfiles and is included only once in the build
-# process.
-#
-
-
-# Call SubDirHdrs on a list of directories.
-#
-rule AddSubDirHdrs
-{
-  local x ;
-
-  for x in $(<)
-  {
-    SubDirHdrs $(x) ;
-  }
-}
-
-
-# Determine prefix of library file.  We must use "libxxxxx" on Unix systems,
-# while all other simply use the real name.
-#
-if $(UNIX)
-{
-  LIBPREFIX ?= lib ;
-}
-else
-{
-  LIBPREFIX ?= "" ;
-}
-
-# FT2_TOP contains the location of the FreeType source directory.  You can
-# set it to a specific value if you want to compile the library as part of a
-# larger project.
-#
-FT2_TOP ?= $(DOT) ;
-
-# Define a new rule used to declare a sub directory of the Nirvana source
-# tree.
-#
-rule FT2_SubDir
-{
-  if $(FT2_TOP) = $(DOT)
-  {
-    return [ FDirName  $(<) ] ;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return [ FDirName  $(FT2_TOP) $(<) ] ;
-  }
-}
-
-# We also set ALL_LOCATE_TARGET in order to place all object and library
-# files in "objs".
-#
-ALL_LOCATE_TARGET ?= [ FT2_SubDir  objs ] ;
-
-
-# end of Jamrules
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/Makefile b/src/3rdparty/freetype/Makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index c1fa16c..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/Makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 build system -- top-level Makefile
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2002, 2006 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-# Project names
-#
-PROJECT       := freetype
-PROJECT_TITLE := FreeType
-
-# The variable TOP_DIR holds the path to the topmost directory in the project
-# engine source hierarchy.  If it is not defined, default it to `.'.
-#
-TOP_DIR ?= .
-
-# The variable OBJ_DIR gives the location where object files and the
-# FreeType library are built.
-#
-OBJ_DIR ?= $(TOP_DIR)/objs
-
-
-include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/toplevel.mk
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/README b/src/3rdparty/freetype/README
deleted file mode 100644
index a6ab092..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/README
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
-  Special notes to Unix users
-  ===========================
-
-  Please  read  the file  `docs/UPGRADE.UNIX'.  It contains  important
-  information regarding the installation  of FreeType on Unix systems,
-  especially GNU based operating systems like GNU/Linux.
-
-  FreeType 2's  library is called `libfreetype',  FreeType 1's library
-  is called `libttf'.  They are *not* compatible!
-
-
-  FreeType 2.3.6
-  ==============
-
-  Please   read   the  docs/CHANGES   file,   it  contains   IMPORTANT
-  INFORMATION.
-
-  Read the files `docs/INSTALL' for installation instructions.
-
-  The FreeType 2 API reference is located in `docs/reference'; use the
-  file   `ft2-doc.html'   as   the   top  entry   point.    Additional
-  documentation is available as a separate package from our sites.  Go
-  to
-
-    http://download.savannah.gnu.org/releases/freetype/
-
-  and download one of the following files.
-
-    freetype-doc-2.3.6.tar.bz2
-    freetype-doc-2.3.6.tar.gz
-    ftdoc236.zip
-
-
-  Bugs
-  ====
-
-  Please report bugs  by e-mail to `freetype-devel@nongnu.org'.  Don't
-  forget to  send a  detailed explanation of  the problem --  there is
-  nothing  worse than  receiving a  terse message  that only  says `it
-  doesn't work'.
-
-  Alternatively, you may submit a bug report at
-
-    https://savannah.nongnu.org/bugs/?group=freetype
-
-
-  Enjoy!
-
-
-    The FreeType Team
-
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-Copyright 2006, 2007, 2008 by
-David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-
-This  file is  part of  the FreeType  project, and  may only  be used,
-modified,  and distributed  under the  terms of  the  FreeType project
-license,  LICENSE.TXT.  By  continuing to  use, modify,  or distribute
-this file you  indicate that you have read  the license and understand
-and accept it fully.
-
-
---- end of README ---
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/README.CVS b/src/3rdparty/freetype/README.CVS
deleted file mode 100644
index 2764ae9..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/README.CVS
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-The CVS  archive doesn't  contain pre-built configuration  scripts for
-UNIXish platforms.  To generate them say
-
-  sh autogen.sh
-
-which in turn depends on the following packages:
-
-  automake (1.10.1)
-  libtool (2.2.4)
-  autoconf (2.62)
-
-The versions given  in parentheses are known to  work.  Newer versions
-should work too, of course.   Note that autogen.sh also sets up proper
-file permissions for the `configure' and auxiliary scripts.
-
-A very common problem is that this script complains that the `aclocal'
-program doesn't accept a `--force' option:
-
-  generating `configure.ac'
-  running `aclocal -I . --force'
-  aclocal: unrecognized option -- `--force'
-  Try `aclocal --help' for more information.
-  error while running `aclocal -I . --force'
-
-This  means that  your version  of the  automake package  is  too old.
-Please update it before trying to build FreeType.
-
-
-For static builds which  don't use platform specific optimizations, no
-configure script is necessary at all; saying
-
-  make setup ansi
-  make
-
-should work on all platforms which have GNU make (or makepp).
-
-
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-Copyright 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by
-David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-
-This  file is  part of  the FreeType  project, and  may only  be used,
-modified,  and distributed  under the  terms of  the  FreeType project
-license,  LICENSE.TXT.  By  continuing to  use, modify,  or distribute
-this file you  indicate that you have read  the license and understand
-and accept it fully.
-
-
---- end of README.CVS ---
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/autogen.sh b/src/3rdparty/freetype/autogen.sh
deleted file mode 100644
index d8fb5b2..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/autogen.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/sh
-
-# Copyright 2005, 2006, 2007 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-run ()
-{
-  echo "running \`$*'"
-  eval $*
-
-  if test $? != 0 ; then
-    echo "error while running \`$*'"
-    exit 1
-  fi
-}
-
-if test ! -f ./builds/unix/configure.raw; then
-  echo "You must be in the same directory as \`autogen.sh'."
-  echo "Bootstrapping doesn't work if srcdir != builddir."
-  exit 1
-fi
-
-# This sets freetype_major, freetype_minor, and freetype_patch.
-eval `sed -nf version.sed include/freetype/freetype.h`
-
-# We set freetype-patch to an empty value if it is zero.
-if test "$freetype_patch" = ".0"; then
-  freetype_patch=
-fi
-
-cd builds/unix
-
-echo "generating \`configure.ac'"
-sed -e "s;@VERSION@;$freetype_major$freetype_minor$freetype_patch;" \
-    < configure.raw > configure.ac
-
-# On MacOS X, the GNU libtool is named `glibtool'.
-HOSTOS=`uname`
-LIBTOOLIZE=libtoolize
-if test "$HOSTOS"x = Darwinx; then
-  LIBTOOLIZE=glibtoolize
-fi
-
-run aclocal -I . --force
-run $LIBTOOLIZE --force --copy
-run autoconf --force
-
-chmod +x mkinstalldirs
-chmod +x install-sh
-
-cd ../..
-
-chmod +x ./configure
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/README b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/README
deleted file mode 100644
index 2b8f8e8..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/README
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,110 +0,0 @@
-
-README for the builds/amiga subdirectory.
-
-Copyright 2005 by
-Werner Lemberg and Detlef Würkner.
-
-This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-fully.
-
-
-The makefile.os4 is for the AmigaOS4 SDK.  To use it, type
-"make -f makefile.os4", it produces a link library libft2_ppc.a.
-
-The makefile is for ppc-morphos-gcc-2.95.3-bin.tgz (gcc 2.95.3 hosted on
-68k-Amiga producing MorphOS-PPC-binaries from http://www.morphos.de).
-To use it, type "make assign", then "make"; it produces a link library
-libft2_ppc.a.
-
-The smakefile is a makefile for Amiga SAS/C 6.58 (no longer available,
-latest sold version was 6.50, updates can be found in Aminet).  It is
-based on the version found in the sourcecode of ttf.library 0.83b for
-FreeType 1.3.1 from Richard Griffith (ragriffi@sprynet.com,
-http://ragriffi.home.sprynet.com).
-
-You will also need the latest include files and amiga.lib from the
-Amiga web site (http://www.amiga.com/3.9/download/NDK3.9.lha) for
-AmigaOS 3.9; the generated code should work under AmigaOS 2.04 and up.
-
-To use it, call "smake assign" and then "smake" from the builds/amiga
-directory.  The results are:
-
-- A link library "ft2_680x0.lib" (where x depends on the setting of
-  the CPU entry in the smakefile) containing all FreeType2 parts
-  except of the init code, debugging code, and the system interface
-  code.
-
-- ftsystem.o, an object module containing the standard version of the
-  system interface code which uses fopen() fclose() fread() fseek()
-  ftell() malloc() realloc() and free() from lib:sc.lib (not pure).
-
-- ftsystempure.o, an object module containing the pure version of the
-  system interface code which uses Open() Close() Read() Seek()
-  ExamineFH() AsmAllocPooled() AsmFreePooled() etc.  This version can
-  be used in both normal programs and in Amiga run-time shared system
-  librarys (can be linked with lib:libinit.o, no copying of DATA and
-  BSS hunks for each OpenLibrary() necessary).  Source code is in
-  src/base/ftsystem.c.
-
-- ftdebug.o, an object module containing the standard version of the
-  debugging code which uses vprintf() and exit() (not pure).
-  Debugging can be turned on in FT:include/freetype/config/ftoption.h
-  and with FT_SetTraceLevel().
-
-- ftdebugpure.o, an object module containing the pure version of the
-  debugging code which uses KVPrintf() from lib:debug.lib and no
-  exit().  For debugging of Amiga run-time shared system libraries.
-  Source code is in src/base/ftdebug.c.
-
-- NO ftinit.o.  Because linking with a link library should result in
-  linking only the needed object modules in it, but standard
-  ftsystem.o would force ALL FreeType2 modules to be linked to your
-  program, I decided to use a different scheme: You must #include
-  FT:src/base/ftinit.c in your sourcecode and specify with #define
-  statements which modules you need.  See
-  include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h.
-
-
-To use in your own programs:
-
-- Insert the #define and #include statements from top of
-  include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h in your source code and uncomment
-  the #define statements for the FreeType2 modules you need.
-
-- You can use either PARAMETERS=REGISTER or PARAMETERS=STACK for
-  calling the FreeType2 functions, because the link library and the
-  object files are compiled with PARAMETERS=BOTH.
-
-- "smake assign" (assign "FT:" to the FreeType2 main directory).
-
-- Compile your program.
-
-- Link with either ftsystem.o or ftsystempure.o, if debugging enabled
-  with either ftdebug.o or (ftdebugpure.o and lib:debug.lib), and with
-  ft2_680x0.lib as link library.
-
-
-To adapt to other compilers:
-
-- The standard ANSI C maximum length of 31 significant characters in
-  identifiers is not enough for FreeType2.  Check if your compiler has
-  a minimum length of 40 significant characters or can be switched to
-  it.  "idlen=40" is the option for SAS/C.  Setting #define
-  HAVE_LIMIT_ON_IDENTS in an include file may also work (not tested).
-
-- Make sure that the include directory in builds/amiga is searched
-  before the normal FreeType2 include directory, so you are able to
-  replace problematic include files with your own version (same may be
-  useful for the src directory).
-
-- An example of how to replace/workaround a problematic include file
-  is include/config/ftconfig.h; it changes a #define that would
-  prevent SAS/C from generating XDEF's where it should do that and
-  then includes the standard FreeType2 include file.
-
-Local Variables:
-coding: latin-1
-End:
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h
deleted file mode 100644
index c2c2ac8..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftconfig.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Amiga-specific configuration file (specification only).              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2005, 2006, 2007 by                                          */
-/*  Werner Lemberg and Detlef Würkner.                                     */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-/*
- * This is an example how to override the default FreeType2 header files
- * with Amiga-specific changes. When the compiler searches this directory
- * before the default directory, we can do some modifications.
- *
- * Here we must change FT_EXPORT_DEF so that SAS/C does
- * generate the needed XDEFs.
- */
-
-#if 0
-#define FT_EXPORT_DEF( x )  extern  x
-#endif
-
-#undef FT_EXPORT_DEF
-#define FT_EXPORT_DEF( x )  x
-
-/* Now include the original file */
-#ifndef __MORPHOS__
-#ifdef __SASC
-#include "FT:include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h"
-#else
-#include "/FT/include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h"
-#endif
-#else
-/* We must define that, it seems that
- * lib/gcc-lib/ppc-morphos/2.95.3/include/syslimits.h is missing in
- * ppc-morphos-gcc-2.95.3-bin.tgz (gcc for 68k producing MorphOS PPC elf
- * binaries from http://www.morphos.de)
- */
-#define _LIBC_LIMITS_H_
-#include "/FT/include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h"
-#endif
-
-/*
-Local Variables:
-coding: latin-1
-End:
-*/
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h
deleted file mode 100644
index c8a5bee..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,160 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftmodule.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Amiga-specific FreeType module selection.                            */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2005 by                                                      */
-/*  Werner Lemberg and Detlef Würkner.                                     */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-/*
- * To avoid that all your programs include all FreeType modules,
- * you copy the following piece of source code into your own
- * source file and specify which modules you really need in your
- * application by uncommenting the appropriate lines.
- */
-/*
-//#define FT_USE_AUTOFIT // autofitter
-//#define FT_USE_RASTER  // monochrome rasterizer
-//#define FT_USE_SMOOTH  // anti-aliasing rasterizer
-//#define FT_USE_TT      // truetype font driver
-//#define FT_USE_T1      // type1 font driver
-//#define FT_USE_T42     // type42 font driver
-//#define FT_USE_T1CID   // cid-keyed type1 font driver  // no cmap support
-//#define FT_USE_CFF     // opentype font driver
-//#define FT_USE_BDF     // bdf bitmap font driver
-//#define FT_USE_PCF     // pcf bitmap font driver
-//#define FT_USE_PFR     // pfr font driver
-//#define FT_USE_WINFNT  // windows .fnt|.fon bitmap font driver
-//#define FT_USE_OTV     // opentype validator
-//#define FT_USE_GXV     // truetype gx validator
-#include "FT:src/base/ftinit.c"
-*/
-
-/* Make sure that the needed support modules are built in.
- * Dependencies can be found by searching for FT_Get_Module.
- */
-
-#ifdef FT_USE_T42
-#define FT_USE_TT
-#endif
-
-#ifdef FT_USE_TT
-#define FT_USE_SFNT
-#endif
-
-#ifdef FT_USE_CFF
-#define FT_USE_SFNT
-#define FT_USE_PSHINT
-#define FT_USE_PSNAMES
-#endif
-
-#ifdef FT_USE_T1
-#define FT_USE_PSAUX
-#define FT_USE_PSHINT
-#define FT_USE_PSNAMES
-#endif
-
-#ifdef FT_USE_T1CID
-#define FT_USE_PSAUX
-#define FT_USE_PSHINT
-#define FT_USE_PSNAMES
-#endif
-
-#ifdef FT_USE_PSAUX
-#define FT_USE_PSNAMES
-#endif
-
-#ifdef FT_USE_SFNT
-#define FT_USE_PSNAMES
-#endif
-
-/* Now include the modules */
-
-#ifdef FT_USE_AUTOFIT
-FT_USE_MODULE(autofit_module_class)
-#endif
-
-#ifdef FT_USE_TT
-FT_USE_MODULE(tt_driver_class)
-#endif
-
-#ifdef FT_USE_T1
-FT_USE_MODULE(t1_driver_class)
-#endif
-
-#ifdef FT_USE_CFF
-FT_USE_MODULE(cff_driver_class)
-#endif
-
-#ifdef FT_USE_T1CID
-FT_USE_MODULE(t1cid_driver_class)
-#endif
-
-#ifdef FT_USE_PFR
-FT_USE_MODULE(pfr_driver_class)
-#endif
-
-#ifdef FT_USE_T42
-FT_USE_MODULE(t42_driver_class)
-#endif
-
-#ifdef FT_USE_WINFNT
-FT_USE_MODULE(winfnt_driver_class)
-#endif
-
-#ifdef FT_USE_PCF
-FT_USE_MODULE(pcf_driver_class)
-#endif
-
-#ifdef FT_USE_PSAUX
-FT_USE_MODULE(psaux_module_class)
-#endif
-
-#ifdef FT_USE_PSNAMES
-FT_USE_MODULE(psnames_module_class)
-#endif
-
-#ifdef FT_USE_PSHINT
-FT_USE_MODULE(pshinter_module_class)
-#endif
-
-#ifdef FT_USE_RASTER
-FT_USE_MODULE(ft_raster1_renderer_class)
-#endif
-
-#ifdef FT_USE_SFNT
-FT_USE_MODULE(sfnt_module_class)
-#endif
-
-#ifdef FT_USE_SMOOTH
-FT_USE_MODULE(ft_smooth_renderer_class)
-FT_USE_MODULE(ft_smooth_lcd_renderer_class)
-FT_USE_MODULE(ft_smooth_lcdv_renderer_class)
-#endif
-
-#ifdef FT_USE_OTV
-FT_USE_MODULE(otv_module_class)
-#endif
-
-#ifdef FT_USE_BDF
-FT_USE_MODULE(bdf_driver_class)
-#endif
-
-#ifdef FT_USE_GXV
-FT_USE_MODULE(gxv_module_class)
-#endif
-
-/*
-Local Variables:
-coding: latin-1
-End:
-*/
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/makefile b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index 24e8545..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,284 +0,0 @@
-#
-# Makefile for FreeType2 link library using ppc-morphos-gcc-2.95.3-bin.tgz
-# (gcc 2.95.3 hosted on 68k-Amiga producing MorphOS-PPC-binaries from
-# http://www.morphos.de)
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 2005, 2006, 2007 by
-# Werner Lemberg and Detlef Würkner.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-#
-# to build from the builds/amiga directory call
-#
-#  make assign
-#  make
-#
-# Your programs source code should start with this
-# (uncomment the parts you do not need to keep the program small):
-# ---8<---
-#define FT_USE_AUTOFIT // autofitter
-#define FT_USE_RASTER  // monochrome rasterizer
-#define FT_USE_SMOOTH  // anti-aliasing rasterizer
-#define FT_USE_TT      // truetype font driver
-#define FT_USE_T1      // type1 font driver
-#define FT_USE_T42     // type42 font driver
-#define FT_USE_T1CID   // cid-keyed type1 font driver
-#define FT_USE_CFF     // opentype font driver
-#define FT_USE_BDF     // bdf bitmap font driver
-#define FT_USE_PCF     // pcf bitmap font driver
-#define FT_USE_PFR     // pfr font driver
-#define FT_USE_WINFNT  // windows .fnt|.fon bitmap font driver
-#define FT_USE_OTV     // opentype validator
-#define FT_USE_GXV     // truetype gx validator
-#include "FT:src/base/ftinit.c"
-# ---8<---
-#
-# link your programs with libft2_ppc.a and either ftsystem.ppc.o or ftsystempure.ppc.o
-# (and either ftdebug.ppc.o or ftdebugpure.ppc.o if you enabled FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR or
-# FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE in include/freetype/config/ftoption.h).
-
-all:	libft2_ppc.a ftsystem.ppc.o ftsystempure.ppc.o
-
-assign:
-	assign FT: //
-
-FTSRC = /FT/src
-
-CC =     ppc-morphos-gcc
-AR =     ppc-morphos-ar rc
-RANLIB = ppc-morphos-ranlib
-LD =     ppc-morphos-ld
-CFLAGS = -DFT2_BUILD_LIBRARY -O2 -I/emu/emulinclude/includegcc -I/emu/include -Iinclude -I$(FTSRC) -I/FT/include
-
-#
-# FreeType2 library base
-#
-ftbase.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/base/ftbase.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
-
-ftinit.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/base/ftinit.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
-
-ftsystem.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/base/ftsystem.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
-
-# pure version for use in run-time library etc
-ftsystempure.ppc.o: src/base/ftsystem.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
-
-ftdebug.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/base/ftdebug.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
-
-# pure version for use in run-time library etc
-ftdebugpure.ppc.o: src/base/ftdebug.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
-
-#
-# FreeType2 library base extensions
-#
-ftbbox.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/base/ftbbox.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
-
-ftbdf.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/base/ftbdf.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
-
-ftbitmap.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/base/ftbitmap.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
-
-ftgasp.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/base/ftgasp.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
-
-ftglyph.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/base/ftglyph.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
-
-ftgxval.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/base/ftgxval.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
-
-ftlcdfil.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/base/ftlcdfil.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
-
-ftmm.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/base/ftmm.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
-
-ftotval.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/base/ftotval.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
-
-ftpfr.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/base/ftpfr.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
-
-ftstroke.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/base/ftstroke.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
-
-ftsynth.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/base/ftsynth.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
-
-fttype1.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/base/fttype1.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
-
-ftwinfnt.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/base/ftwinfnt.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
-
-ftxf86.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/base/ftxf86.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
-
-#
-# FreeType2 library autofitting module
-#
-autofit.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/autofit/autofit.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
-
-#
-# FreeType2 library postscript hinting module
-#
-pshinter.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/pshinter/pshinter.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
-
-#
-# FreeType2 library PS support module
-#
-psaux.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/psaux/psaux.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
-
-#
-# FreeType2 library PS glyph names module
-#
-psnames.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/psnames/psnames.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
-
-#
-# FreeType2 library monochrome raster module
-#
-raster.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/raster/raster.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
-
-#
-# FreeType2 library anti-aliasing raster module
-#
-smooth.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/smooth/smooth.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
-
-#
-# FreeType2 library 'sfnt' module
-#
-sfnt.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/sfnt/sfnt.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
-
-#
-# FreeType2 library glyph and image caching system
-#
-ftcache.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/cache/ftcache.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
-
-#
-# FreeType2 library OpenType font driver
-#
-cff.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/cff/cff.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
-
-#
-# FreeType2 library TrueType font driver
-#
-truetype.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/truetype/truetype.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
-
-#
-# FreeType2 library Type1 font driver
-#
-type1.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/type1/type1.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
-
-#
-# FreeType2 library Type42 font driver
-#
-type42.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/type42/type42.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
-
-#
-# FreeType2 library CID-keyed Type1 font driver
-#
-type1cid.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/cid/type1cid.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
-
-#
-# FreeType2 library BDF bitmap font driver
-#
-bdf.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/bdf/bdf.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
-
-#
-# FreeType2 library PCF bitmap font driver
-#
-pcf.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/pcf/pcf.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
-
-#
-# FreeType2 library gzip support for compressed PCF bitmap fonts
-#
-gzip.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/gzip/ftgzip.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
-
-#
-# FreeType2 library compress support for compressed PCF bitmap fonts
-#
-lzw.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/lzw/ftlzw.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
-
-#
-# FreeType2 library PFR font driver
-#
-pfr.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/pfr/pfr.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
-
-#
-# FreeType2 library Windows FNT/FON bitmap font driver
-#
-winfnt.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/winfonts/winfnt.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
-
-#
-# FreeType2 library TrueTypeGX Validator
-#
-gxvalid.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/gxvalid/gxvalid.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
-
-#
-# FreeType2 library OpenType validator
-#
-otvalid.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/otvalid/otvalid.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
-
-BASEPPC = ftbase.ppc.o ftbbox.ppc.o ftbdf.ppc.o ftbitmap.ppc.o      \
-	  ftgasp.ppc.o ftglyph.ppc.o ftgxvalid.ppc.o ftlcdfil.ppc.o \
-	  ftmm.ppc.o ftotval.ppc.o ftpfr.ppc.o ftstroke.ppc.o       \
-	  ftsynth.ppc.o fttype1.ppc.o ftwinfnt.ppc.o ftxf86.ppc.o
-
-DEBUGPPC = ftdebug.ppc.o ftdebugpure.ppc.o
-
-AFITPPC = autofit.ppc.o
-
-GXVPPC = gxvalid.ppc.o
-
-OTVPPC = otvalid.ppc.o
-
-PSPPC = psaux.ppc.o psnames.ppc.o pshinter.ppc.o
-
-RASTERPPC = raster.ppc.o smooth.ppc.o
-
-FONTDPPC = cff.ppc.o type1.ppc.o type42.ppc.o type1cid.ppc.o truetype.ppc.o\
-	   bdf.ppc.o pcf.ppc.o pfr.ppc.o winfnt.ppc.o
-
-libft2_ppc.a:    $(BASEPPC) $(AFITPPC) $(GXVPPC) $(OTVPPC) $(PSPPC) $(RASTERPPC) sfnt.ppc.o ftcache.ppc.o $(FONTDPPC) gzip.ppc.o lzw.ppc.o
-	$(AR) $@ $(BASEPPC) $(AFITPPC) $(GXVPPC) $(OTVPPC) $(PSPPC) $(RASTERPPC) sfnt.ppc.o ftcache.ppc.o $(FONTDPPC) gzip.ppc.o lzw.ppc.o
-	-@ ($(RANLIB) $@ || true) >/dev/null 2>&1
-
-#Local Variables:
-#coding: latin-1
-#End:
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/makefile.os4 b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/makefile.os4
deleted file mode 100644
index 6853c9f..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/makefile.os4
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,287 +0,0 @@
-#
-# Makefile for FreeType2 link library using gcc 4.0.3 from the
-# AmigaOS4 SDK
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 2005, 2006, 2007 by
-# Werner Lemberg and Detlef Würkner.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-# to build from the builds/amiga directory call
-#
-#  make -f makefile.os4
-#
-# Your programs source code should start with this
-# (uncomment the parts you do not need to keep the program small):
-# ---8<---
-#define FT_USE_AUTOFIT // autofitter
-#define FT_USE_RASTER  // monochrome rasterizer
-#define FT_USE_SMOOTH  // anti-aliasing rasterizer
-#define FT_USE_TT      // truetype font driver
-#define FT_USE_T1      // type1 font driver
-#define FT_USE_T42     // type42 font driver
-#define FT_USE_T1CID   // cid-keyed type1 font driver
-#define FT_USE_CFF     // opentype font driver
-#define FT_USE_BDF     // bdf bitmap font driver
-#define FT_USE_PCF     // pcf bitmap font driver
-#define FT_USE_PFR     // pfr font driver
-#define FT_USE_WINFNT  // windows .fnt|.fon bitmap font driver
-#define FT_USE_OTV     // opentype validator
-#define FT_USE_GXV     // truetype gx validator
-#include "FT:src/base/ftinit.c"
-# ---8<---
-#
-# link your programs with libft2_ppc.a and either ftsystem.ppc.o or ftsystempure.ppc.o
-# (and either ftdebug.ppc.o or ftdebugpure.ppc.o if you enabled FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR or
-# FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE in include/freetype/config/ftoption.h).
-
-all:	assign libft2_ppc.a ftsystem.ppc.o ftsystempure.ppc.o
-
-assign:
-	assign FT: //
-
-CC =     ppc-amigaos-gcc
-AR =     ppc-amigaos-ar
-RANLIB = ppc-amigaos-ranlib
-
-DIRFLAGS  = -Iinclude -I/FT/src -I/FT/include -I/SDK/include
-
-WARNINGS = -Wall -W -Wundef -Wpointer-arith -Wbad-function-cast \
-	   -Waggregate-return -Wwrite-strings -Wshadow
-
-OPTIONS  = -DFT2_BUILD_LIBRARY -DNDEBUG -fno-builtin
-OPTIMIZE = -O2 -fomit-frame-pointer -fstrength-reduce -finline-functions
-
-CFLAGS   = -mcrt=clib2 $(DIRFLAGS) $(WARNINGS) $(FT2FLAGS) $(OPTIONS) $(OPTIMIZE)
-
-#
-# FreeType2 library base
-#
-ftbase.ppc.o: FT:src/base/ftbase.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/base/ftbase.c
-
-ftinit.ppc.o: FT:src/base/ftinit.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/base/ftinit.c
-
-ftsystem.ppc.o: FT:src/base/ftsystem.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/base/ftsystem.c
-
-# pure version for use in run-time library etc
-ftsystempure.ppc.o: src/base/ftsystem.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ src/base/ftsystem.c
-
-#
-# FreeType2 library base extensions
-#
-ftbbox.ppc.o: FT:src/base/ftbbox.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/base/ftbbox.c
-
-ftbdf.ppc.o: FT:src/base/ftbdf.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/base/ftbdf.c
-
-ftbitmap.ppc.o: FT:src/base/ftbitmap.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/base/ftbitmap.c
-
-ftdebug.ppc.o: FT:src/base/ftdebug.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/base/ftdebug.c
-
-# pure version for use in run-time library etc
-ftdebugpure.ppc.o: src/base/ftdebug.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ src/base/ftdebug.c
-
-ftgasp.ppc.o: FT:src/base/ftgasp.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/base/ftgasp.c
-
-ftglyph.ppc.o: FT:src/base/ftglyph.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/base/ftglyph.c
-
-ftgxval.ppc.o: FT:src/base/ftgxval.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/base/ftgxval.c
-
-ftlcdfil.ppc.o: FT:src/base/ftlcdfil.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/base/ftlcdfil.c
-
-ftmm.ppc.o: FT:src/base/ftmm.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/base/ftmm.c
-
-ftotval.ppc.o: FT:src/base/ftotval.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/base/ftotval.c
-
-ftpfr.ppc.o: FT:src/base/ftpfr.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/base/ftpfr.c
-
-ftstroke.ppc.o: FT:src/base/ftstroke.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/base/ftstroke.c
-
-ftsynth.ppc.o: FT:src/base/ftsynth.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/base/ftsynth.c
-
-fttype1.ppc.o: FT:src/base/fttype1.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/base/fttype1.c
-
-ftwinfnt.ppc.o: FT:src/base/ftwinfnt.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/base/ftwinfnt.c
-
-ftxf86.ppc.o: FT:src/base/ftxf86.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/base/ftxf86.c
-
-#
-# FreeType2 library autofitting module
-#
-autofit.ppc.o: FT:src/autofit/autofit.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/autofit/autofit.c
-
-#
-# FreeType2 library postscript hinting module
-#
-pshinter.ppc.o: FT:src/pshinter/pshinter.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/pshinter/pshinter.c
-
-#
-# FreeType2 library PS support module
-#
-psaux.ppc.o: FT:src/psaux/psaux.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/psaux/psaux.c
-
-#
-# FreeType2 library PS glyph names module
-#
-psnames.ppc.o: FT:src/psnames/psnames.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/psnames/psnames.c
-
-#
-# FreeType2 library monochrome raster module
-#
-raster.ppc.o: FT:src/raster/raster.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/raster/raster.c
-
-#
-# FreeType2 library anti-aliasing raster module
-#
-smooth.ppc.o: FT:src/smooth/smooth.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/smooth/smooth.c
-
-#
-# FreeType2 library 'sfnt' module
-#
-sfnt.ppc.o: FT:src/sfnt/sfnt.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/sfnt/sfnt.c
-
-#
-# FreeType2 library glyph and image caching system
-#
-ftcache.ppc.o: FT:src/cache/ftcache.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/cache/ftcache.c
-
-#
-# FreeType2 library OpenType font driver
-#
-cff.ppc.o: FT:src/cff/cff.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/cff/cff.c
-
-#
-# FreeType2 library TrueType font driver
-#
-truetype.ppc.o: FT:src/truetype/truetype.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/truetype/truetype.c
-
-#
-# FreeType2 library Type1 font driver
-#
-type1.ppc.o: FT:src/type1/type1.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/type1/type1.c
-
-#
-# FreeType2 library Type42 font driver
-#
-type42.ppc.o: FT:src/type42/type42.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/type42/type42.c
-
-#
-# FreeType2 library CID-keyed Type1 font driver
-#
-type1cid.ppc.o: FT:src/cid/type1cid.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/cid/type1cid.c
-
-#
-# FreeType2 library BDF bitmap font driver
-#
-bdf.ppc.o: FT:src/bdf/bdf.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/bdf/bdf.c
-
-#
-# FreeType2 library PCF bitmap font driver
-#
-pcf.ppc.o: FT:src/pcf/pcf.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/pcf/pcf.c
-
-#
-# FreeType2 library gzip support for compressed PCF bitmap fonts
-#
-gzip.ppc.o: FT:src/gzip/ftgzip.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/gzip/ftgzip.c
-
-#
-# FreeType2 library compress support for compressed PCF bitmap fonts
-#
-lzw.ppc.o: FT:src/lzw/ftlzw.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/lzw/ftlzw.c
-
-#
-# FreeType2 library PFR font driver
-#
-pfr.ppc.o: FT:src/pfr/pfr.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/pfr/pfr.c
-
-#
-# FreeType2 library Windows FNT/FON bitmap font driver
-#
-winfnt.ppc.o: FT:src/winfonts/winfnt.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/winfonts/winfnt.c
-
-#
-# FreeType2 library TrueTypeGX Validator
-#
-gxvalid.ppc.o: FT:src/gxvalid/gxvalid.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -Wno-aggregate-return -o $@ /FT/src/gxvalid/gxvalid.c
-
-#
-# FreeType2 library OpenType validator
-#
-otvalid.ppc.o: FT:src/otvalid/otvalid.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/otvalid/otvalid.c
-
-BASE =  ftbase.ppc.o ftbbox.ppc.o ftbdf.ppc.o ftbitmap.ppc.o    \
-	ftgasp.ppc.o ftglyph.ppc.o ftgxval.ppc.o ftlcdfil.ppc.o \
-	ftmm.ppc.o ftotval.ppc.o ftpfr.ppc.o ftstroke.ppc.o     \
-	ftsynth.ppc.o fttype1.ppc.o ftwinfnt.ppc.o ftxf86.ppc.o
-
-DEBUG = ftdebug.ppc.o ftdebugpure.ppc.o
-
-AFIT = autofit.ppc.o
-
-GXV = gxvalid.ppc.o
-
-OTV = otvalid.ppc.o
-
-PS = psaux.ppc.o psnames.ppc.o pshinter.ppc.o
-
-RASTER = raster.ppc.o smooth.ppc.o
-
-FONTD = cff.ppc.o type1.ppc.o type42.ppc.o type1cid.ppc.o truetype.ppc.o\
-	bdf.ppc.o pcf.ppc.o pfr.ppc.o winfnt.ppc.o
-
-libft2_ppc.a:      $(BASE) $(AFIT) $(GXV) $(OTV) $(PS) $(RASTER) sfnt.ppc.o ftcache.ppc.o $(FONTD) gzip.ppc.o lzw.ppc.o
-	$(AR) r $@ $(BASE) $(AFIT) $(GXV) $(OTV) $(PS) $(RASTER) sfnt.ppc.o ftcache.ppc.o $(FONTD) gzip.ppc.o lzw.ppc.o
-	$(RANLIB) $@
-
-#Local Variables:
-#coding: latin-1
-#End:
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/smakefile b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/smakefile
deleted file mode 100644
index c9209f7..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/smakefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,291 +0,0 @@
-#
-# Makefile for FreeType2 link library using Amiga SAS/C 6.58
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 2005,2006, 2007 by
-# Werner Lemberg and Detlef Würkner.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-# to build from the builds/amiga directory call
-#
-#  smake assign
-#  smake
-#
-# Your programs source code should start with this
-# (uncomment the parts you do not need to keep the program small):
-# ---8<---
-#define FT_USE_AUTOFIT // autofitter
-#define FT_USE_RASTER  // monochrome rasterizer
-#define FT_USE_SMOOTH  // anti-aliasing rasterizer
-#define FT_USE_TT      // truetype font driver
-#define FT_USE_T1      // type1 font driver
-#define FT_USE_T42     // type42 font driver
-#define FT_USE_T1CID   // cid-keyed type1 font driver
-#define FT_USE_CFF     // opentype font driver
-#define FT_USE_BDF     // bdf bitmap font driver
-#define FT_USE_PCF     // pcf bitmap font driver
-#define FT_USE_PFR     // pfr font driver
-#define FT_USE_WINFNT  // windows .fnt|.fon bitmap font driver
-#define FT_USE_OTV     // opentype validator
-#define FT_USE_GXV     // truetype gx validator
-#include "FT:src/base/ftinit.c"
-# ---8<---
-#
-# link your programs with ft2_680x0.lib and either ftsystem.o or ftsystempure.o
-# (and either ftdebug.o or ftdebugpure.o if you enabled FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR or
-# FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE in include/freetype/config/ftoption.h).
-
-OBJBASE = ftbase.o ftbbox.o ftbdf.o ftbitmap.o ftgasp.o ftglyph.o  \
-	  ftgxval.o ftlcdfil.o ftmm.o ftotval.o ftpfr.o ftstroke.o \
-	  ftsynth.o fttype1.o ftwinfnt.o ftxf86.o
-
-OBJSYSTEM = ftsystem.o ftsystempure.o
-
-OBJDEBUG = ftdebug.o ftdebugpure.o
-
-OBJAFIT = autofit.o
-
-OBJGXV = gxvalid.o
-
-OBJOTV = otvalid.o
-
-OBJPS = psaux.o psnames.o pshinter.o
-
-OBJRASTER = raster.o smooth.o
-
-OBJSFNT = sfnt.o
-
-OBJCACHE = ftcache.o
-
-OBJFONTD = cff.o type1.o type42.o type1cid.o\
-	   truetype.o winfnt.o bdf.o pcf.o pfr.o
-
-CORE = FT:src/
-
-CPU       = 68000
-#CPU      = 68020
-#CPU      = 68030
-#CPU      = 68040
-#CPU      = 68060
-
-OPTIMIZER = optinlocal
-
-SCFLAGS = optimize opttime optsched strmerge data=faronly idlen=50 cpu=$(CPU)\
-	  idir=include/ idir=$(CORE) idir=FT:include/ nostackcheck nochkabort\
-	  noicons ignore=79,85,110,306 parameters=both define=FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY
-
-LIB  = ft2_$(CPU).lib
-
-# sample linker options
-OPTS = link lib=$(LIB),lib:sc.lib,lib:amiga.lib,lib:debug.lib\
-       smallcode smalldata noicons utillib
-
-# sample program entry
-#myprog: myprog.c ftsystem.o $(LIB)
-#	sc $< programname=$@ ftsystem.o $(SCFLAGS) $(OPTS)
-
-all:	$(LIB) $(OBJSYSTEM) $(OBJDEBUG)
-
-assign:
-	assign FT: //
-
-# uses separate object modules in lib to make for easier debugging
-# also, can make smaller programs if entire engine is not used
-ft2_$(CPU).lib:  $(OBJBASE) $(OBJAFIT) $(OBJOTV) $(OBJPS) $(OBJRASTER) $(OBJSFNT) $(OBJCACHE) $(OBJFONTD) lzw.o gzip.o
-	oml $@ r $(OBJBASE) $(OBJAFIT) $(OBJOTV) $(OBJPS) $(OBJRASTER) $(OBJSFNT) $(OBJCACHE) $(OBJFONTD) lzw.o gzip.o
-
-clean:
-	-delete \#?.o
-
-realclean: clean
-	-delete ft2$(CPU).lib
-
-#
-# freetype library base
-#
-ftbase.o: $(CORE)base/ftbase.c
-	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
-ftinit.o: $(CORE)base/ftinit.c
-	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
-ftsystem.o: $(CORE)base/ftsystem.c
-	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
-ftsystempure.o: src/base/ftsystem.c	## pure version for use in run-time library etc
-	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
-ftdebug.o: $(CORE)base/ftdebug.c
-	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
-ftdebugpure.o: src/base/ftdebug.c	## pure version for use in run-time library etc
-	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
-#
-# freetype library base extensions
-#
-ftbbox.o: $(CORE)base/ftbbox.c
-	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
-ftbdf.o: $(CORE)base/ftbdf.c
-	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
-ftbitmap.o: $(CORE)base/ftbitmap.c
-	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
-ftgasp.o: $(CORE)base/ftgasp.c
-	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
-ftglyph.o: $(CORE)base/ftglyph.c
-	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
-ftgxval.o: $(CORE)base/ftgxval.c
-	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
-ftlcdfil.o: $(CORE)base/ftlcdfil.c
-	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
-ftmm.o: $(CORE)base/ftmm.c
-	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
-ftotval.o: $(CORE)base/ftotval.c
-	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
-ftpfr.o: $(CORE)base/ftpfr.c
-	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
-ftstroke.o: $(CORE)base/ftstroke.c
-	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
-ftsynth.o: $(CORE)base/ftsynth.c
-	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
-fttype1.o: $(CORE)base/fttype1.c
-	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
-ftwinfnt.o: $(CORE)base/ftwinfnt.c
-	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
-ftxf86.o: $(CORE)base/ftxf86.c
-	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
-
-#
-# freetype library autofitter module
-#
-autofit.o: $(CORE)autofit/autofit.c
-	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
-
-#
-# freetype library PS hinting module
-#
-pshinter.o: $(CORE)pshinter/pshinter.c
-	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
-#
-# freetype library PS support module
-#
-psaux.o: $(CORE)psaux/psaux.c
-	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
-
-#
-# freetype library PS glyph names module
-#
-psnames.o: $(CORE)psnames/psnames.c
-	sc $(SCFLAGS) code=far objname=$@ $<
-
-#
-# freetype library monochrome raster module
-#
-raster.o: $(CORE)raster/raster.c
-	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
-
-#
-# freetype library anti-aliasing raster module
-#
-smooth.o: $(CORE)smooth/smooth.c
-	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
-
-#
-# freetype library 'sfnt' module
-#
-sfnt.o: $(CORE)sfnt/sfnt.c
-	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
-
-#
-# freetype library glyph and image caching system (still experimental)
-#
-ftcache.o: $(CORE)cache/ftcache.c
-	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
-
-#
-# freetype library OpenType font driver
-#
-cff.o: $(CORE)cff/cff.c
-	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
-
-#
-# freetype library TrueType font driver
-#
-truetype.o: $(CORE)truetype/truetype.c
-	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
-
-#
-# freetype library Type1 font driver
-#
-type1.o: $(CORE)type1/type1.c
-	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
-
-#
-# FreeType2 library Type42 font driver
-#
-type42.o: $(CORE)type42/type42.c
-	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
-
-#
-# freetype library CID-keyed Type1 font driver
-#
-type1cid.o: $(CORE)cid/type1cid.c
-	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
-#
-# freetype library CID-keyed Type1 font driver extensions
-#
-#cidafm.o: $(CORE)cid/cidafm.c
-#	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
-
-#
-# freetype library BDF bitmap font driver
-#
-bdf.o: $(CORE)bdf/bdf.c
-	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
-
-#
-# freetype library PCF bitmap font driver
-#
-pcf.o: $(CORE)pcf/pcf.c
-	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
-
-#
-# freetype library gzip support for compressed PCF bitmap fonts
-#
-gzip.o: $(CORE)gzip/ftgzip.c
-	sc $(SCFLAGS) define FAR objname=$@ $<
-
-#
-# freetype library compress support for compressed PCF bitmap fonts
-#
-lzw.o: $(CORE)lzw/ftlzw.c
-	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
-
-#
-# freetype library PFR font driver
-#
-pfr.o: $(CORE)pfr/pfr.c
-	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
-
-#
-# freetype library Windows FNT/FON bitmap font driver
-#
-winfnt.o: $(CORE)winfonts/winfnt.c
-	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
-
-#
-# freetype library TrueTypeGX validator
-#
-gxvalid.o: $(CORE)gxvalid/gxvalid.c
-	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
-
-#
-# freetype library OpenType validator
-#
-otvalid.o: $(CORE)otvalid/otvalid.c
-	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
-
-#Local Variables:
-#coding: latin-1
-#End:
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/src/base/ftdebug.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/src/base/ftdebug.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 5284e69..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/src/base/ftdebug.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,279 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftdebug.c                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Debugging and logging component (body).                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2004, 2005 by                               */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, Werner Lemberg and Detlef Würkner.       */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This component contains various macros and functions used to ease the */
-  /* debugging of the FreeType engine.  Its main purpose is in assertion   */
-  /* checking, tracing, and error detection.                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* There are now three debugging modes:                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* - trace mode                                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   Error and trace messages are sent to the log file (which can be the */
-  /*   standard error output).                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* - error mode                                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   Only error messages are generated.                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* - release mode:                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   No error message is sent or generated.  The code is free from any   */
-  /*   debugging parts.                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-/*
- * Based on the default ftdebug.c,
- * replaced vprintf() with KVPrintF(),
- * commented out exit(),
- * replaced getenv() with GetVar().
- */
-
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-#define __NOLIBBASE__
-#define __NOLOBALIFACE__
-#define __USE_INLINE__
-#include 
-#include 
-
-#ifndef __amigaos4__
-extern struct Library *DOSBase;
-#else
-extern struct DOSIFace *IDOS;
-#endif
-
-
-#include 
-#include FT_FREETYPE_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-
-
-#if defined( FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR )
-
-  /* documentation is in ftdebug.h */
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
-  FT_Message( const char*  fmt, ... )
-  {
-    va_list  ap;
-
-
-    va_start( ap, fmt );
-/*  vprintf( fmt, ap ); */
-    KVPrintF( fmt, ap );
-    va_end( ap );
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftdebug.h */
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
-  FT_Panic( const char*  fmt, ... )
-  {
-    va_list  ap;
-
-
-    va_start( ap, fmt );
-/*  vprintf( fmt, ap ); */
-    KVPrintF( fmt, ap );
-    va_end( ap );
-
-/*  exit( EXIT_FAILURE ); */
-  }
-
-#endif /* FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR */
-
-
-
-#ifdef FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE
-
-  /* array of trace levels, initialized to 0 */
-  int  ft_trace_levels[trace_count];
-
-
-  /* define array of trace toggle names */
-#define FT_TRACE_DEF( x )  #x ,
-
-  static const char*  ft_trace_toggles[trace_count + 1] =
-  {
-#include FT_INTERNAL_TRACE_H
-    NULL
-  };
-
-#undef FT_TRACE_DEF
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftdebug.h */
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Int )
-  FT_Trace_Get_Count( void )
-  {
-    return trace_count;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftdebug.h */
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( const char * )
-  FT_Trace_Get_Name( FT_Int  idx )
-  {
-    int  max = FT_Trace_Get_Count();
-
-
-    if ( idx < max )
-      return ft_trace_toggles[idx];
-    else
-      return NULL;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Initialize the tracing sub-system.  This is done by retrieving the    */
-  /* value of the `FT2_DEBUG' environment variable.  It must be a list of  */
-  /* toggles, separated by spaces, `;', or `,'.  Example:                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    export FT2_DEBUG="any:3 memory:7 stream:5"                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This requests that all levels be set to 3, except the trace level for */
-  /* the memory and stream components which are set to 7 and 5,            */
-  /* respectively.                                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* See the file  for details of the */
-  /* available toggle names.                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The level must be between 0 and 7; 0 means quiet (except for serious  */
-  /* runtime errors), and 7 means _very_ verbose.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
-  ft_debug_init( void )
-  {
-/*  const char*  ft2_debug = getenv( "FT2_DEBUG" ); */
-    char         buf[256];
-    const char*  ft2_debug = &buf[0];
-
-
-/*  if ( ft2_debug ) */
-    if ( GetVar( "FT2_DEBUG", (STRPTR)ft2_debug, 256, LV_VAR ) > 0 )
-    {
-      const char*  p = ft2_debug;
-      const char*  q;
-
-
-      for ( ; *p; p++ )
-      {
-        /* skip leading whitespace and separators */
-        if ( *p == ' ' || *p == '\t' || *p == ',' || *p == ';' || *p == '=' )
-          continue;
-
-        /* read toggle name, followed by ':' */
-        q = p;
-        while ( *p && *p != ':' )
-          p++;
-
-        if ( *p == ':' && p > q )
-        {
-          FT_Int  n, i, len = (FT_Int)( p - q );
-          FT_Int  level = -1, found = -1;
-
-
-          for ( n = 0; n < trace_count; n++ )
-          {
-            const char*  toggle = ft_trace_toggles[n];
-
-
-            for ( i = 0; i < len; i++ )
-            {
-              if ( toggle[i] != q[i] )
-                break;
-            }
-
-            if ( i == len && toggle[i] == 0 )
-            {
-              found = n;
-              break;
-            }
-          }
-
-          /* read level */
-          p++;
-          if ( *p )
-          {
-            level = *p++ - '0';
-            if ( level < 0 || level > 7 )
-              level = -1;
-          }
-
-          if ( found >= 0 && level >= 0 )
-          {
-            if ( found == trace_any )
-            {
-              /* special case for `any' */
-              for ( n = 0; n < trace_count; n++ )
-                ft_trace_levels[n] = level;
-            }
-            else
-              ft_trace_levels[found] = level;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-
-#else  /* !FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE */
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
-  ft_debug_init( void )
-  {
-    /* nothing */
-  }
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Int )
-  FT_Trace_Get_Count( void )
-  {
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( const char * )
-  FT_Trace_Get_Name( FT_Int  idx )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( idx );
-
-    return NULL;
-  }
-
-
-#endif /* !FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE */
-
-/*
-Local Variables:
-coding: latin-1
-End:
-*/
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/src/base/ftsystem.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/src/base/ftsystem.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 016f1e2..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/src/base/ftsystem.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,522 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftsystem.c                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Amiga-specific FreeType low-level system interface (body).           */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2005, 2006, 2007 by                         */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, Werner Lemberg and Detlef Würkner.       */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This file contains the Amiga interface used by FreeType to access     */
-  /* low-level, i.e. memory management, i/o access as well as thread       */
-  /* synchronisation.                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Maintained by Detlef Würkner                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Based on the original ftsystem.c,                                     */
-  /* modified to avoid fopen(), fclose(), fread(), fseek(), ftell(),       */
-  /* malloc(), realloc(), and free().                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Those C library functions are often not thread-safe or cant be        */
-  /* used in a shared Amiga library. If that's not a problem for you,       */
-  /* you can of course use the default ftsystem.c with C library calls     */
-  /* instead.                                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This implementation needs exec V39+ because it uses AllocPooled() etc */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-#define __NOLIBBASE__
-#define __NOGLOBALIFACE__
-#define __USE_INLINE__
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-#ifdef __amigaos4__
-extern struct ExecIFace *IExec;
-extern struct DOSIFace  *IDOS;
-#else
-extern struct Library   *SysBase;
-extern struct Library   *DOSBase;
-#endif
-
-#define IOBUF_SIZE 512
-
-/* structure that helps us to avoid
- * useless calls of Seek() and Read()
- */
-struct SysFile
-{
-  BPTR  file;
-  ULONG iobuf_start;
-  ULONG iobuf_end;
-  UBYTE iobuf[IOBUF_SIZE];
-};
-
-#ifndef __amigaos4__
-/* C implementation of AllocVecPooled (see autodoc exec/AllocPooled) */
-APTR
-Alloc_VecPooled( APTR   poolHeader,
-                 ULONG  memSize )
-{
-  ULONG  newSize = memSize + sizeof ( ULONG );
-  ULONG  *mem = AllocPooled( poolHeader, newSize );
-
-  if ( !mem )
-    return NULL;
-  *mem = newSize;
-  return mem + 1;
-}
-
-/* C implementation of FreeVecPooled (see autodoc exec/AllocPooled) */
-void
-Free_VecPooled( APTR  poolHeader,
-                APTR  memory )
-{
-  ULONG  *realmem = (ULONG *)memory - 1;
-
-  FreePooled( poolHeader, realmem, *realmem );
-}
-#endif
-
-#include 
-#include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-#include FT_SYSTEM_H
-#include FT_ERRORS_H
-#include FT_TYPES_H
-
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                       MEMORY MANAGEMENT INTERFACE                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* It is not necessary to do any error checking for the                  */
-  /* allocation-related functions.  This is done by the higher level       */
-  /* routines like ft_mem_alloc() or ft_mem_realloc().                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    ft_alloc                                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    The memory allocation function.                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    memory :: A pointer to the memory object.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    size   :: The requested size in bytes.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    The address of newly allocated block.                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void* )
-  ft_alloc( FT_Memory  memory,
-            long       size )
-  {
-#ifdef __amigaos4__
-    return AllocVecPooled( memory->user, size );
-#else
-    return Alloc_VecPooled( memory->user, size );
-#endif
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    ft_realloc                                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    The memory reallocation function.                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    memory   :: A pointer to the memory object.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    cur_size :: The current size of the allocated memory block.        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    new_size :: The newly requested size in bytes.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    block    :: The current address of the block in memory.            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    The address of the reallocated memory block.                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void* )
-  ft_realloc( FT_Memory  memory,
-              long       cur_size,
-              long       new_size,
-              void*      block )
-  {
-    void* new_block;
-
-#ifdef __amigaos4__
-    new_block = AllocVecPooled ( memory->user, new_size );
-#else
-    new_block = Alloc_VecPooled ( memory->user, new_size );
-#endif
-    if ( new_block != NULL )
-    {
-      CopyMem ( block, new_block,
-                ( new_size > cur_size ) ? cur_size : new_size );
-#ifdef __amigaos4__
-      FreeVecPooled ( memory->user, block );
-#else
-      Free_VecPooled ( memory->user, block );
-#endif
-    }
-    return new_block;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    ft_free                                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    The memory release function.                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    memory  :: A pointer to the memory object.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    block   :: The address of block in memory to be freed.             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
-  ft_free( FT_Memory  memory,
-           void*      block )
-  {
-#ifdef __amigaos4__
-    FreeVecPooled( memory->user, block );
-#else
-    Free_VecPooled( memory->user, block );
-#endif
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                     RESOURCE MANAGEMENT INTERFACE                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_io
-
-  /* We use the macro STREAM_FILE for convenience to extract the       */
-  /* system-specific stream handle from a given FreeType stream object */
-#define STREAM_FILE( stream )  ( (struct SysFile *)stream->descriptor.pointer )
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    ft_amiga_stream_close                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    The function to close a stream.                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    stream :: A pointer to the stream object.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
-  ft_amiga_stream_close( FT_Stream  stream )
-  {
-    struct SysFile* sysfile;
-
-    sysfile = STREAM_FILE( stream );
-    Close ( sysfile->file );
-    FreeMem ( sysfile, sizeof ( struct SysFile ));
-
-    stream->descriptor.pointer = NULL;
-    stream->size               = 0;
-    stream->base               = 0;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    ft_amiga_stream_io                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    The function to open a stream.                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    stream :: A pointer to the stream object.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    offset :: The position in the data stream to start reading.        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    buffer :: The address of buffer to store the read data.            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    count  :: The number of bytes to read from the stream.             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    The number of bytes actually read.                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( unsigned long )
-  ft_amiga_stream_io( FT_Stream       stream,
-                      unsigned long   offset,
-                      unsigned char*  buffer,
-                      unsigned long   count )
-  {
-    struct SysFile* sysfile;
-    unsigned long   read_bytes;
-
-    if ( count != 0 )
-    {
-      sysfile = STREAM_FILE( stream );
-
-      /* handle the seek */
-      if ( (offset < sysfile->iobuf_start) || (offset + count > sysfile->iobuf_end) )
-      {
-        /* requested offset implies we need a buffer refill */
-        if ( !sysfile->iobuf_end || offset != sysfile->iobuf_end )
-        {
-          /* a physical seek is necessary */
-          Seek( sysfile->file, offset, OFFSET_BEGINNING );
-        }
-        sysfile->iobuf_start = offset;
-        sysfile->iobuf_end = 0; /* trigger a buffer refill */
-      }
-
-      /* handle the read */
-      if ( offset + count <= sysfile->iobuf_end )
-      {
-        /* we have buffer and requested bytes are all inside our buffer */
-        CopyMem( &sysfile->iobuf[offset - sysfile->iobuf_start], buffer, count );
-        read_bytes = count;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        /* (re)fill buffer */
-        if ( count <= IOBUF_SIZE )
-        {
-          /* requested bytes is a subset of the buffer */
-          read_bytes = Read( sysfile->file, sysfile->iobuf, IOBUF_SIZE );
-          if ( read_bytes == -1UL )
-          {
-            /* error */
-            read_bytes = 0;
-          }
-          else
-          {
-            sysfile->iobuf_end = offset + read_bytes;
-            CopyMem( sysfile->iobuf, buffer, count );
-            if ( read_bytes > count )
-            {
-              read_bytes = count;
-            }
-          }
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          /* we actually need more than our buffer can hold, so we decide
-          ** to do a single big read, and then copy the last IOBUF_SIZE
-          ** bytes of that to our internal buffer for later use */
-          read_bytes = Read( sysfile->file, buffer, count );
-          if ( read_bytes == -1UL )
-          {
-            /* error */
-            read_bytes = 0;
-          }
-          else
-          {
-            ULONG bufsize;
-
-            bufsize = ( read_bytes > IOBUF_SIZE ) ? IOBUF_SIZE : read_bytes;
-            sysfile->iobuf_end = offset + read_bytes;
-            sysfile->iobuf_start = sysfile->iobuf_end - bufsize;
-            CopyMem( &buffer[read_bytes - bufsize] , sysfile->iobuf, bufsize );
-          }
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      read_bytes = 0;
-    }
-
-    return read_bytes;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftobjs.h */
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Stream_Open( FT_Stream    stream,
-                  const char*  filepathname )
-  {
-    struct FileInfoBlock*  fib;
-    struct SysFile*        sysfile;
-
-
-    if ( !stream )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Stream_Handle;
-
-#ifdef __amigaos4__
-    sysfile = AllocMem ( sizeof (struct SysFile ), MEMF_SHARED );
-#else
-    sysfile = AllocMem ( sizeof (struct SysFile ), MEMF_PUBLIC );
-#endif
-    if ( !sysfile )
-    {
-      FT_ERROR(( "FT_Stream_Open:" ));
-      FT_ERROR(( " could not open `%s'\n", filepathname ));
-
-      return FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource;
-    }
-    sysfile->file = Open( (STRPTR)filepathname, MODE_OLDFILE );
-    if ( !sysfile->file )
-    {
-      FreeMem ( sysfile, sizeof ( struct SysFile ));
-      FT_ERROR(( "FT_Stream_Open:" ));
-      FT_ERROR(( " could not open `%s'\n", filepathname ));
-
-      return FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource;
-    }
-
-    fib = AllocDosObject( DOS_FIB, NULL );
-    if ( !fib )
-    {
-      Close ( sysfile->file );
-      FreeMem ( sysfile, sizeof ( struct SysFile ));
-      FT_ERROR(( "FT_Stream_Open:" ));
-      FT_ERROR(( " could not open `%s'\n", filepathname ));
-
-      return FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource;
-    }
-    if ( !( ExamineFH( sysfile->file, fib ) ) )
-    {
-      FreeDosObject( DOS_FIB, fib );
-      Close ( sysfile->file );
-      FreeMem ( sysfile, sizeof ( struct SysFile ));
-      FT_ERROR(( "FT_Stream_Open:" ));
-      FT_ERROR(( " could not open `%s'\n", filepathname ));
-
-      return FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource;
-    }
-    stream->size = fib->fib_Size;
-    FreeDosObject( DOS_FIB, fib );
-
-    stream->descriptor.pointer = (void *)sysfile;
-    stream->pathname.pointer   = (char*)filepathname;
-    sysfile->iobuf_start       = 0;
-    sysfile->iobuf_end         = 0;
-    stream->pos                = 0;
-
-    stream->read  = ft_amiga_stream_io;
-    stream->close = ft_amiga_stream_close;
-
-    FT_TRACE1(( "FT_Stream_Open:" ));
-    FT_TRACE1(( " opened `%s' (%ld bytes) successfully\n",
-                filepathname, stream->size ));
-
-    return FT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-#ifdef FT_DEBUG_MEMORY
-
-  extern FT_Int
-  ft_mem_debug_init( FT_Memory  memory );
-
-  extern void
-  ft_mem_debug_done( FT_Memory  memory );
-
-#endif
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftobjs.h */
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Memory )
-  FT_New_Memory( void )
-  {
-    FT_Memory  memory;
-
-
-#ifdef __amigaos4__
-    memory = (FT_Memory)AllocVec( sizeof ( *memory ), MEMF_SHARED );
-#else
-    memory = (FT_Memory)AllocVec( sizeof ( *memory ), MEMF_PUBLIC );
-#endif
-    if ( memory )
-    {
-#ifdef __amigaos4__
-      memory->user = CreatePool( MEMF_SHARED, 16384, 16384 );
-#else
-      memory->user = CreatePool( MEMF_PUBLIC, 16384, 16384 );
-#endif
-      if ( memory->user == NULL )
-      {
-        FreeVec( memory );
-        memory = NULL;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        memory->alloc   = ft_alloc;
-        memory->realloc = ft_realloc;
-        memory->free    = ft_free;
-#ifdef FT_DEBUG_MEMORY
-        ft_mem_debug_init( memory );
-#endif
-      }
-    }
-
-    return memory;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftobjs.h */
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
-  FT_Done_Memory( FT_Memory  memory )
-  {
-#ifdef FT_DEBUG_MEMORY
-    ft_mem_debug_done( memory );
-#endif
-
-    DeletePool( memory->user );
-    FreeVec( memory );
-  }
-
-/*
-Local Variables:
-coding: latin-1
-End:
-*/
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/ansi/ansi-def.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/ansi/ansi-def.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 2c58572..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/ansi/ansi-def.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 configuration rules for a `normal' ANSI system
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003, 2006 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-DELETE    := rm -f
-CAT       := cat
-SEP       := /
-BUILD_DIR := $(TOP_DIR)/builds/ansi
-PLATFORM  := ansi
-
-
-# The directory where all library files are placed.
-#
-# By default, this is the same as $(OBJ_DIR); however, this can be changed
-# to suit particular needs.
-#
-LIB_DIR := $(OBJ_DIR)
-
-
-# The name of the final library file.  Note that the DOS-specific Makefile
-# uses a shorter (8.3) name.
-#
-LIBRARY := lib$(PROJECT)
-
-
-# Path inclusion flag.  Some compilers use a different flag than `-I' to
-# specify an additional include path.  Examples are `/i=' or `-J'.
-#
-I := -I
-
-
-# C flag used to define a macro before the compilation of a given source
-# object.  Usually it is `-D' like in `-DDEBUG'.
-#
-D := -D
-
-
-# The link flag used to specify a given library file on link.  Note that
-# this is only used to compile the demo programs, not the library itself.
-#
-L := -l
-
-
-# Target flag.
-#
-T := -o$(space)
-
-
-# C flags
-#
-#   These should concern: debug output, optimization & warnings.
-#
-#   Use the ANSIFLAGS variable to define the compiler flags used to enfore
-#   ANSI compliance.
-#
-CFLAGS ?= -c
-
-# ANSIFLAGS: Put there the flags used to make your compiler ANSI-compliant.
-#
-ANSIFLAGS :=
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/ansi/ansi.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/ansi/ansi.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 32b3bac..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/ansi/ansi.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 configuration rules for a `normal' pseudo ANSI compiler/system
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/ansi/ansi-def.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/compiler/ansi-cc.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/link_std.mk
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/atari/ATARI.H b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/atari/ATARI.H
deleted file mode 100644
index bb69138..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/atari/ATARI.H
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef ATARI_H
-#define ATARI_H
-
-#pragma warn -stu
-
-/* PureC doesn't like 32bit enumerations */
-
-#ifndef FT_IMAGE_TAG
-#define FT_IMAGE_TAG( value, _x1, _x2, _x3, _x4 ) value
-#endif /* FT_IMAGE_TAG */
-
-#ifndef FT_ENC_TAG
-#define FT_ENC_TAG( value, a, b, c, d ) value
-#endif /* FT_ENC_TAG */
-
-#endif /* ATARI_H */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/atari/FNames.SIC b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/atari/FNames.SIC
deleted file mode 100644
index f365717..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/atari/FNames.SIC
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-/* the following changes file names for PureC projects */
-
-if (argc > 0)
-{
-	ordner = argv[0];
-	if (basename(ordner) == "") /* ist Ordner */
-	{
-		ChangeFilenames(ordner);
-	}
-}
-
-proc ChangeFilenames(folder)
-local i,entries,directory,file;
-{
-	entries = filelist(directory,folder);
-	for (i = 0; i < entries; ++i)
-	{
-		file = directory[i,0];
-		if ((directory[i,3]&16) > 0) /* subdirectory */
-		{
-			ChangeFilenames(folder+file+"\\");
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			if ((stricmp(suffix(file),".h")==0)|(stricmp(suffix(file),".c")==0))
-			ChangeFilename(folder,file);
-		}
-	}
-}
-
-proc ChangeFilename(path,datei)
-local newfile,err;
-{
-	newfile=datei;
-	newfile[0]=(newfile[0] | 32) ^ 32;
-	err=files.rename("-q",path+datei,newfile);
-}
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/atari/FREETYPE.PRJ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/atari/FREETYPE.PRJ
deleted file mode 100644
index 4776a5b..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/atari/FREETYPE.PRJ
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-;FreeType project file
-
-FREETYPE.LIB
-
-.C [-K -P -R -A]
-.L [-J -V]
-.S
-
-=
-
-..\..\src\base\ftsystem.c
-..\..\src\base\ftdebug.c
-
-..\..\src\base\ftinit.c
-..\..\src\base\ftglyph.c
-..\..\src\base\ftmm
-..\..\src\base\ftbbox
-
-..\..\src\base\ftbase.c
-..\..\src\autohint\autohint.c
-;..\..\src\cache\ftcache.c
-..\..\src\cff\cff.c
-..\..\src\cid\type1cid.c
-..\..\src\psaux\psaux.c
-..\..\src\pshinter\pshinter.c
-..\..\src\psnames\psnames.c
-..\..\src\raster\raster.c
-..\..\src\sfnt\sfnt.c
-..\..\src\smooth\smooth.c
-..\..\src\truetype\truetype.c
-..\..\src\type1\type1.c
-..\..\src\type42\type42.c
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/atari/README.TXT b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/atari/README.TXT
deleted file mode 100644
index 04eec63..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/atari/README.TXT
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
-Compiling FreeType 2 with PureC compiler
-========================================
-
-[See below for a German version.]
-
-To compile FreeType 2 as a library the following changes must be applied:
-
-- All *.c files must start with an uppercase letter.
-  (In case GEMSCRIPT is available:
-  Simply drag the whole FreeType 2 directory to the file `FNames.SIC'.)
-
-- You have to change the INCLUDE directory in PureC's compiler options
-  to contain both the `INCLUDE' and `freetype2\include' directory.
-  Example:
-
-    INCLUDE;E:\freetype2\include
-
-- The file `freetype2/include/Ft2build.h' must be patched as follows to
-  include ATARI.H:
-
-    #ifndef __FT2_BUILD_GENERIC_H__
-    #define __FT2_BUILD_GENERIC_H__
-
-    #include "ATARI.H"
-
-
-
-Compilieren von FreeType 2 mit PureC
-====================================
-
-Um FreeType 2 als eine Bibliothek (library) zu compilieren, muss folgendes
-ge„ndert werden:
-
-- Alle *.c-files mssen mit einem GROSSBUCHSTABEN beginnen.
-  (Falls GEMSCRIPT zur Verfgung steht:
-  Den kompletten Ordner freetype2 auf die Datei `FNames.SIC' draggen.)
-
-- In den Compiler-Optionen von PureC muss das INCLUDE directory auf INCLUDE
-  und freetype2\include verweisen. Z.B.:
-
-    INCLUDE;E:\freetype2\include
-
-- In der Datei freetype2/include/Ft2build.h muss zu Beginn
-  ein #include "ATARI.H" wie folgt eingefgt werden:
-
-    #ifndef __FT2_BUILD_GENERIC_H__
-    #define __FT2_BUILD_GENERIC_H__
-
-    #include "ATARI.H"
-
---- end of README.TXT ---
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/beos/beos-def.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/beos/beos-def.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 4371a30..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/beos/beos-def.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 configuration rules for a BeOS system
-#
-# this is similar to the "ansi-def.mk" file, except for BUILD and PLATFORM
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003, 2006 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-DELETE    := rm -f
-CAT       := cat
-SEP       := /
-BUILD_DIR := $(TOP_DIR)/builds/beos
-PLATFORM  := beos
-
-
-# The directory where all library files are placed.
-#
-# By default, this is the same as $(OBJ_DIR); however, this can be changed
-# to suit particular needs.
-#
-LIB_DIR := $(OBJ_DIR)
-
-
-# The name of the final library file.  Note that the DOS-specific Makefile
-# uses a shorter (8.3) name.
-#
-LIBRARY := lib$(PROJECT)
-
-
-# Path inclusion flag.  Some compilers use a different flag than `-I' to
-# specify an additional include path.  Examples are `/i=' or `-J'.
-#
-I := -I
-
-
-# C flag used to define a macro before the compilation of a given source
-# object.  Usually it is `-D' like in `-DDEBUG'.
-#
-D := -D
-
-
-# The link flag used to specify a given library file on link.  Note that
-# this is only used to compile the demo programs, not the library itself.
-#
-L := -l
-
-
-# Target flag.
-#
-T := -o$(space)
-
-
-# C flags
-#
-#   These should concern: debug output, optimization & warnings.
-#
-#   Use the ANSIFLAGS variable to define the compiler flags used to enfore
-#   ANSI compliance.
-#
-CFLAGS ?= -c
-
-# ANSIFLAGS: Put there the flags used to make your compiler ANSI-compliant.
-#
-ANSIFLAGS :=
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/beos/beos.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/beos/beos.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index b5c8bda..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/beos/beos.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 configuration rules for a BeOS system
-#
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2002, 2005 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/beos/beos-def.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/compiler/ansi-cc.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/link_std.mk
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/beos/detect.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/beos/detect.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 24a0878..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/beos/detect.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 configuration file to detect an BeOS host platform.
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003, 2006 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-.PHONY: setup
-
-
-ifeq ($(PLATFORM),ansi)
-
-  ifdef BE_HOST_CPU
-
-    PLATFORM := beos
-
-  endif # test MACHTYPE beos
-endif
-
-ifeq ($(PLATFORM),beos)
-
-  DELETE      := rm -f
-  CAT         := cat
-  SEP         := /
-  BUILD_DIR   := $(TOP_DIR)/builds/beos
-  CONFIG_FILE := beos.mk
-
-  setup: std_setup
-
-endif   # test PLATFORM beos
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/ansi-cc.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/ansi-cc.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 3b668e2..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/ansi-cc.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 generic pseudo ANSI compiler
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003, 2006 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-# Compiler command line name
-#
-CC           := cc
-COMPILER_SEP := $(SEP)
-
-
-# The object file extension (for standard and static libraries).  This can be
-# .o, .tco, .obj, etc., depending on the platform.
-#
-O  := o
-SO := o
-
-# The library file extension (for standard and static libraries).  This can
-# be .a, .lib, etc., depending on the platform.
-#
-A  := a
-SA := a
-
-
-# Path inclusion flag.  Some compilers use a different flag than `-I' to
-# specify an additional include path.  Examples are `/i=' or `-J'.
-#
-I := -I
-
-
-# C flag used to define a macro before the compilation of a given source
-# object.  Usually it is `-D' like in `-DDEBUG'.
-#
-D := -D
-
-
-# The link flag used to specify a given library file on link.  Note that
-# this is only used to compile the demo programs, not the library itself.
-#
-L := -l
-
-
-# Target flag.
-#
-T := -o$(space)
-
-
-# C flags
-#
-#   These should concern: debug output, optimization & warnings.
-#
-#   Use the ANSIFLAGS variable to define the compiler flags used to enfore
-#   ANSI compliance.
-#
-CFLAGS ?= -c
-
-# ANSIFLAGS: Put there the flags used to make your compiler ANSI-compliant.
-#
-#  we assume the compiler is already strictly ANSI
-#
-ANSIFLAGS :=
-
-
-# Library linking
-#
-CLEAN_LIBRARY ?= $(DELETE) $(subst /,$(SEP),$(PROJECT_LIBRARY))
-LINK_LIBRARY   = $(AR) -r $@ $(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$(OBJECTS_LIST))
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/bcc-dev.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/bcc-dev.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index ba1a88a..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/bcc-dev.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
-#
-#  FreeType 2 Borland C++-specific with NO OPTIMIZATIONS + DEBUGGING
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003, 2006 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-# Compiler command line name
-#
-CC           := bcc32
-COMPILER_SEP := $(SEP)
-
-
-# The object file extension (for standard and static libraries).  This can be
-# .o, .tco, .obj, etc., depending on the platform.
-#
-O  := obj
-SO := obj
-
-# The library file extension (for standard and static libraries).  This can
-# be .a, .lib, etc., depending on the platform.
-#
-A  := lib
-SA := lib
-
-
-# Path inclusion flag.  Some compilers use a different flag than `-I' to
-# specify an additional include path.  Examples are `/i=' or `-J'.
-#
-I := -I
-
-
-# C flag used to define a macro before the compilation of a given source
-# object.  Usually it is `-D' like in `-DDEBUG'.
-#
-D := -D
-
-
-# The link flag used to specify a given library file on link.  Note that
-# this is only used to compile the demo programs, not the library itself.
-#
-L :=
-
-
-# Target flag -- no trailing space.
-#
-T := -o
-
-
-# C flags
-#
-#   These should concern: debug output, optimization & warnings.
-#
-#   Use the ANSIFLAGS variable to define the compiler flags used to enfore
-#   ANSI compliance.
-#
-CFLAGS ?= -q -c -y -d -v -Od -w-par -w-ccc -w-rch -w-pro -w-aus
-
-# ANSIFLAGS: Put there the flags used to make your compiler ANSI-compliant.
-#
-ANSIFLAGS := -A
-
-
-# Library linking
-#
-CLEAN_LIBRARY ?= $(DELETE) $(subst /,$(SEP),$(PROJECT_LIBRARY))
-LINK_LIBRARY   = tlib /u $(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $(OBJECTS_LIST:%=+%))
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/bcc.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/bcc.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 509cb72..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/bcc.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 Borland C++-specific rules
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003, 2006 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-# Compiler command line name
-#
-CC           := bcc32
-COMPILER_SEP := $(SEP)
-
-
-# The object file extension (for standard and static libraries).  This can be
-# .o, .tco, .obj, etc., depending on the platform.
-#
-O  := obj
-SO := obj
-
-# The library file extension (for standard and static libraries).  This can
-# be .a, .lib, etc., depending on the platform.
-#
-A  := lib
-SA := lib
-
-
-# Path inclusion flag.  Some compilers use a different flag than `-I' to
-# specify an additional include path.  Examples are `/i=' or `-J'.
-#
-I := -I
-
-
-# C flag used to define a macro before the compilation of a given source
-# object.  Usually it is `-D' like in `-DDEBUG'.
-#
-D := -D
-
-
-# The link flag used to specify a given library file on link.  Note that
-# this is only used to compile the demo programs, not the library itself.
-#
-L :=
-
-
-# Target flag -- no trailing space.
-#
-T := -o
-
-
-# C flags
-#
-#   These should concern: debug output, optimization & warnings.
-#
-#   Use the ANSIFLAGS variable to define the compiler flags used to enfore
-#   ANSI compliance.
-#
-CFLAGS ?= -c -q -y -d -v -Od -w-par -w-ccc -w-rch -w-pro -w-aus
-
-# ANSIFLAGS: Put there the flags used to make your compiler ANSI-compliant.
-#
-ANSIFLAGS := -A
-
-
-# Library linking
-#
-CLEAN_LIBRARY ?= $(DELETE) $(subst /,$(SEP),$(PROJECT_LIBRARY))
-LINK_LIBRARY   = tlib /u $(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $(OBJECTS_LIST:%=+%))
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/emx.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/emx.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index c237005..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/emx.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 emx-specific definitions
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 2003, 2006 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-# Compiler command line name
-#
-CC           := set GCCOPT="-ansi -pedantic"; gcc
-COMPILER_SEP := /
-
-
-# The object file extension (for standard and static libraries).  This can be
-# .o, .tco, .obj, etc., depending on the platform.
-#
-O  := o
-SO := o
-
-# The library file extension (for standard and static libraries).  This can
-# be .a, .lib, etc., depending on the platform.
-#
-A  := a
-SA := a
-
-
-# Path inclusion flag.  Some compilers use a different flag than `-I' to
-# specify an additional include path.  Examples are `/i=' or `-J'.
-#
-I := -I
-
-
-# C flag used to define a macro before the compilation of a given source
-# object.  Usually it is `-D' like in `-DDEBUG'.
-#
-D := -D
-
-
-# The link flag used to specify a given library file on link.  Note that
-# this is only used to compile the demo programs, not the library itself.
-#
-L := -l
-
-
-# Target flag.
-#
-T := -o$(space)
-
-# C flags
-#
-#   These should concern: debug output, optimization & warnings.
-#
-#   Use the ANSIFLAGS variable to define the compiler flags used to enfore
-#   ANSI compliance.
-#
-CFLAGS ?= -c -g -O6 -Wall
-
-# ANSIFLAGS: Put there the flags used to make your compiler ANSI-compliant.
-#
-ANSIFLAGS :=
-
-
-# Library linking
-#
-CLEAN_LIBRARY ?= $(DELETE) $(subst /,$(SEP),$(PROJECT_LIBRARY))
-LINK_LIBRARY   = $(foreach m,$(OBJECTS_LIST),$(AR) -r $@ $(m);) echo > nul
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/gcc-dev.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/gcc-dev.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index c63e126..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/gcc-dev.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 gcc-specific with NO OPTIMIZATIONS + DEBUGGING
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-# Compiler command line name
-#
-CC           := gcc
-COMPILER_SEP := /
-
-
-# The object file extension (for standard and static libraries).  This can be
-# .o, .tco, .obj, etc., depending on the platform.
-#
-O  := o
-SO := o
-
-# The library file extension (for standard and static libraries).  This can
-# be .a, .lib, etc., depending on the platform.
-#
-A  := a
-SA := a
-
-
-# Path inclusion flag.  Some compilers use a different flag than `-I' to
-# specify an additional include path.  Examples are `/i=' or `-J'.
-#
-I := -I
-
-
-# C flag used to define a macro before the compilation of a given source
-# object.  Usually it is `-D' like in `-DDEBUG'.
-#
-D := -D
-
-
-# The link flag used to specify a given library file on link.  Note that
-# this is only used to compile the demo programs, not the library itself.
-#
-L := -l
-
-
-# Target flag.
-#
-T := -o$(space)
-
-
-# C flags
-#
-#   These should concern: debug output, optimization & warnings.
-#
-#   Use the ANSIFLAGS variable to define the compiler flags used to enfore
-#   ANSI compliance.
-#
-ifndef CFLAGS
-  ifeq ($(findstring g++,$(CC)),)
-    nested_externs    := -Wnested-externs
-    strict_prototypes := -Wstrict-prototypes
-  endif
-
-  CFLAGS := -c -g -O0 \
-            -Wall \
-            -W \
-            -Wundef \
-            -Wshadow \
-            -Wpointer-arith \
-            -Wwrite-strings \
-            -Wredundant-decls \
-            -Wno-long-long \
-            $(nested_externs) \
-            $(strict_prototypes)
-endif
-
-# ANSIFLAGS: Put there the flags used to make your compiler ANSI-compliant.
-#
-ANSIFLAGS := -ansi -pedantic
-
-
-# Library linking
-#
-CLEAN_LIBRARY ?= $(DELETE) $(subst /,$(SEP),$(PROJECT_LIBRARY))
-LINK_LIBRARY   = $(AR) -r $@ $(OBJECTS_LIST)
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/gcc.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/gcc.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index e941443..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/gcc.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 gcc-specific definitions
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003, 2005, 2006 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-# Compiler command line name
-#
-CC           := gcc
-COMPILER_SEP := /
-
-
-# The object file extension (for standard and static libraries).  This can be
-# .o, .tco, .obj, etc., depending on the platform.
-#
-O  := o
-SO := o
-
-# The library file extension (for standard and static libraries).  This can
-# be .a, .lib, etc., depending on the platform.
-#
-A  := a
-SA := a
-
-
-# Path inclusion flag.  Some compilers use a different flag than `-I' to
-# specify an additional include path.  Examples are `/i=' or `-J'.
-#
-I := -I
-
-
-# C flag used to define a macro before the compilation of a given source
-# object.  Usually it is `-D' like in `-DDEBUG'.
-#
-D := -D
-
-
-# The link flag used to specify a given library file on link.  Note that
-# this is only used to compile the demo programs, not the library itself.
-#
-L := -l
-
-
-# Target flag.
-#
-T := -o$(space)
-
-# C flags
-#
-#   These should concern: debug output, optimization & warnings.
-#
-#   Use the ANSIFLAGS variable to define the compiler flags used to enfore
-#   ANSI compliance.
-#
-CFLAGS ?= -c -g -O6 -Wall
-
-# ANSIFLAGS: Put there the flags used to make your compiler ANSI-compliant.
-#
-ANSIFLAGS := -ansi -pedantic
-
-
-# Library linking
-#
-CLEAN_LIBRARY ?= $(DELETE) $(subst /,$(SEP),$(PROJECT_LIBRARY))
-LINK_LIBRARY   = $(AR) -r $@ $(OBJECTS_LIST)
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/intelc.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/intelc.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 413ce5b..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/intelc.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 Intel C/C++ definitions (VC++ compatibility mode)
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003, 2006 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-# compiler command line name
-#
-CC           := icl
-COMPILER_SEP := $(SEP)
-
-
-# The object file extension (for standard and static libraries).  This can be
-# .o, .tco, .obj, etc., depending on the platform.
-#
-O  := obj
-SO := obj
-
-
-# The library file extension (for standard and static libraries).  This can
-# be .a, .lib, etc., depending on the platform.
-#
-A  := lib
-SA := lib
-
-
-# Path inclusion flag.  Some compilers use a different flag than `-I' to
-# specify an additional include path.  Examples are `/i=' or `-J'.
-#
-I := /I
-
-
-# C flag used to define a macro before the compilation of a given source
-# object.  Usually it is `-D' like in `-DDEBUG'.
-#
-D := /D
-
-
-# The link flag used to specify a given library file on link.  Note that
-# this is only used to compile the demo programs, not the library itself.
-#
-L := /Fl
-
-
-# Target flag.
-#
-T := /Fo
-TE := /Fe
-
-
-# C flags
-#
-#   These should concern: debug output, optimization & warnings.
-#
-#   Use the ANSIFLAGS variable to define the compiler flags used to enfore
-#   ANSI compliance.
-#
-#   Note that the Intel C/C++ compiler version 4.5 complains about
-#   the use of FT_FIELD_OFFSET with "value must be arithmetic type"!
-#   This really looks like a bug in the compiler because the macro
-#   _does_ compute an arithmetic value, so we disable this warning
-#   with "/Qwd32".
-#
-CFLAGS ?= /nologo /c /Ox /G5 /W3 /Qwd32
-
-# ANSIFLAGS: Put there the flags used to make your compiler ANSI-compliant.
-#
-ANSIFLAGS := /Qansi_alias /Za
-
-# Library linking
-#
-#CLEAN_LIBRARY =
-LINK_LIBRARY = lib /nologo /out:$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $(OBJECTS_LIST))
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/unix-lcc.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/unix-lcc.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index d79f508..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/unix-lcc.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 Unix LCC specific definitions
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003, 2006 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-# Command line name
-#
-CC           := lcc
-COMPILER_SEP := $(SEP)
-
-
-# The object file extension (for standard and static libraries).  This can be
-# .o, .tco, .obj, etc., depending on the platform.
-#
-O  := o
-SO := o
-
-
-# The library file extension (for standard and static libraries).  This can
-# be .a, .lib, etc., depending on the platform.
-#
-A  := a
-SA := a
-
-
-# Path inclusion flag.  Some compilers use a different flag than `-I' to
-# specify an additional include path.  Examples are `/i=' or `-J'.
-#
-I := -I
-
-
-# C flag used to define a macro before the compilation of a given source
-# object.  Usually it is `-D' like in `-DDEBUG'.
-#
-D := -D
-
-
-# The link flag used to specify a given library file on link.  Note that
-# this is only used to compile the demo programs, not the library itself.
-#
-L := -l
-
-
-# Target flag.
-#
-T := -o$(space)
-
-
-# C flags
-#
-#   These should concern: debug output, optimization & warnings.
-#
-#   Use the ANSIFLAGS variable to define the compiler flags used to enfore
-#   ANSI compliance.
-#
-CFLAGS ?= -c -g
-
-# ANSIFLAGS: Put there the flags used to make your compiler ANSI-compliant.
-#
-#  LCC is pure ANSI anyway!
-#
-#  the "-A" flag simply increments verbosity about non ANSI code
-#
-ANSIFLAGS := -A
-
-
-# library linking
-#
-CLEAN_LIBRARY ?= $(DELETE) $(PROJECT_LIBRARY)
-LINK_LIBRARY   = $(AR) -r $@ $(OBJECTS_LIST)
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/visualage.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/visualage.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index c109659..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/visualage.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 Visual Age C++ specific definitions
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003, 2006 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-# command line compiler name
-#
-CC           := icc
-COMPILER_SEP := $(SEP)
-
-
-# The object file extension (for standard and static libraries).  This can be
-# .o, .tco, .obj, etc., depending on the platform.
-#
-O  := obj
-SO := obj
-
-
-# The library file extension (for standard and static libraries).  This can
-# be .a, .lib, etc., depending on the platform.
-#
-A  := lib
-SA := lib
-
-
-# Path inclusion flag.  Some compilers use a different flag than `-I' to
-# specify an additional include path.  Examples are `/i=' or `-J'.
-#
-I := /I
-
-
-# C flag used to define a macro before the compilation of a given source
-# object.  Usually it is `-D' like in `-DDEBUG'.
-#
-D := /D
-
-
-# The link flag used to specify a given library file on link.  Note that
-# this is only used to compile the demo programs, not the library itself.
-#
-L := /Fl
-
-
-# Target flag.
-#
-T := /Fo
-
-
-# C flags
-#
-#   These should concern: debug output, optimization & warnings.
-#
-CFLAGS ?= /Q- /Gd+ /O2 /G5 /W3 /C
-
-# ANSIFLAGS: Put there the flags used to make your compiler ANSI-compliant.
-#
-ANSI_FLAGS := /Sa
-
-
-# Library linking
-#
-#CLEAN_LIBRARY :=
-LINK_LIBRARY = lib /nologo /out:$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $(OBJECTS_LIST))
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/visualc.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/visualc.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 2e19ef8..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/visualc.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 Visual C++ definitions
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003, 2005, 2006, 2008 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-# compiler command line name
-#
-CC           := cl
-COMPILER_SEP := $(SEP)
-
-
-# The object file extension (for standard and static libraries).  This can be
-# .o, .tco, .obj, etc., depending on the platform.
-#
-O  := obj
-SO := obj
-
-
-# The library file extension (for standard and static libraries).  This can
-# be .a, .lib, etc., depending on the platform.
-#
-A  := lib
-SA := lib
-
-
-# Path inclusion flag.  Some compilers use a different flag than `-I' to
-# specify an additional include path.  Examples are `/i=' or `-J'.
-#
-I := /I
-
-
-# C flag used to define a macro before the compilation of a given source
-# object.  Usually it is `-D' like in `-DDEBUG'.
-#
-D := /D
-
-
-# The link flag used to specify a given library file on link.  Note that
-# this is only used to compile the demo programs, not the library itself.
-#
-L := /Fl
-
-
-# Target flag.
-#
-T := /Fo
-
-# Target executable flag
-#
-TE := /Fe
-
-# C flags
-#
-#   These should concern: debug output, optimization & warnings.
-#
-#   Use the ANSIFLAGS variable to define the compiler flags used to enfore
-#   ANSI compliance.
-#
-CFLAGS ?= /nologo /c /Ox /W3 /WX
-
-# ANSIFLAGS: Put there the flags used to make your compiler ANSI-compliant.
-#
-ANSIFLAGS := /Za /D_CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE
-
-
-# Library linking
-#
-#CLEAN_LIBRARY =
-LINK_LIBRARY  = lib /nologo /out:$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $(OBJECTS_LIST))
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/watcom.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/watcom.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 4db1e7f..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/watcom.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 Watcom-specific definitions
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003, 2006 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-# Compiler command line name
-#
-CC           := wcc386
-COMPILER_SEP := $(SEP)
-
-
-# The object file extension (for standard and static libraries).  This can be
-# .o, .tco, .obj, etc., depending on the platform.
-#
-O  := obj
-SO := obj
-
-
-# The library file extension (for standard and static libraries).  This can
-# be .a, .lib, etc., depending on the platform.
-#
-A  := lib
-SA := lib
-
-
-# Path inclusion flag.  Some compilers use a different flag than `-I' to
-# specify an additional include path.  Examples are `/i=' or `-J'.
-#
-I := -I=
-
-
-# C flag used to define a macro before the compilation of a given source
-# object.  Usually it is `-D' like in `-DDEBUG'.
-#
-D := -D
-
-
-# The link flag used to specify a given library file on link.  Note that
-# this is only used to compile the demo programs, not the library itself.
-#
-L := -l
-
-
-# Target flag.
-#
-T := -FO=
-
-
-# C flags
-#
-#   These should concern: debug output, optimization & warnings.
-#
-#   Use the ANSIFLAGS variable to define the compiler flags used to enfore
-#   ANSI compliance.
-#
-CFLAGS ?= -zq
-
-# ANSIFLAGS: Put there the flags used to make your compiler ANSI-compliant.
-#
-ANSIFLAGS := -za
-
-
-# Library linking
-#
-CLEAN_LIBRARY ?= $(DELETE) $(subst /,$(SEP),$(PROJECT_LIBRARY))
-LINK_LIBRARY   = $(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP), \
-                   wlib -q -n $@; \
-                   $(foreach m, $(OBJECTS_LIST), wlib -q $@ +$(m);) \
-                   echo > nul)
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/win-lcc.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/win-lcc.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 5d02d82..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/win-lcc.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 Win32-LCC specific definitions
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003, 2006 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-# Command line name
-#
-CC           := lcc
-COMPILER_SEP := $(SEP)
-
-
-# The object file extension (for standard and static libraries).  This can be
-# .o, .tco, .obj, etc., depending on the platform.
-#
-O  := obj
-SO := obj
-
-
-# The library file extension (for standard and static libraries).  This can
-# be .a, .lib, etc., depending on the platform.
-#
-A  := lib
-SA := lib
-
-
-# Path inclusion flag.  Some compilers use a different flag than `-I' to
-# specify an additional include path.  Examples are `/i=' or `-J'.
-#
-I := -I
-
-
-# C flag used to define a macro before the compilation of a given source
-# object.  Usually it is `-D' like in `-DDEBUG'.
-#
-D := -D
-
-
-# The link flag used to specify a given library file on link.  Note that
-# this is only used to compile the demo programs, not the library itself.
-#
-L := -Fl
-
-
-# Target flag.
-#
-T := -Fo
-
-
-# C flags
-#
-#   These should concern: debug output, optimization & warnings.
-#
-#   Use the ANSIFLAGS variable to define the compiler flags used to enfore
-#   ANSI compliance.
-#
-CFLAGS ?= -c -g2 -O
-
-# ANSIFLAGS: Put there the flags used to make your compiler ANSI-compliant.
-#
-#  LCC is pure ANSI anyway!
-#
-ANSIFLAGS :=
-
-
-# library linking
-#
-#CLEAN_LIBRARY :=
-LINK_LIBRARY = lcclib /out:$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $(OBJECTS_LIST))
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/detect.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/detect.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 987ae51..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/detect.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,154 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 host platform detection rules
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2006, 2008 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-# This sub-Makefile is in charge of detecting the current platform.  It sets
-# the following variables:
-#
-#   BUILD_DIR    The configuration and system-specific directory.  Usually
-#                `freetype/builds/$(PLATFORM)' but can be different for
-#                custom builds of the library.
-#
-# The following variables must be defined in system specific `detect.mk'
-# files:
-#
-#   PLATFORM     The detected platform.  This will default to `ansi' if
-#                auto-detection fails.
-#   CONFIG_FILE  The configuration sub-makefile to use.  This usually depends
-#                on the compiler defined in the `CC' environment variable.
-#   DELETE       The shell command used to remove a given file.
-#   COPY         The shell command used to copy one file.
-#   SEP          The platform-specific directory separator.
-#   COMPILER_SEP The separator used in arguments of the compilation tools.
-#   CC           The compiler to use.
-#
-# You need to set the following variable(s) before calling it:
-#
-#   TOP_DIR      The top-most directory in the FreeType library source
-#                hierarchy.  If not defined, it will default to `.'.
-
-# Set auto-detection default to `ansi' resp. UNIX-like operating systems.
-#
-PLATFORM     := ansi
-DELETE       := $(RM)
-COPY         := cp
-CAT          := cat
-SEP          := /
-
-BUILD_CONFIG := $(TOP_DIR)/builds
-
-# These two assignments must be delayed.
-BUILD_DIR    = $(BUILD_CONFIG)/$(PLATFORM)
-CONFIG_RULES = $(BUILD_DIR)/$(CONFIG_FILE)
-
-# We define the BACKSLASH variable to hold a single back-slash character.
-# This is needed because a line like
-#
-#   SEP := \
-#
-# does not work with GNU Make (the backslash is interpreted as a line
-# continuation).  While a line like
-#
-#   SEP := \\
-#
-# really defines $(SEP) as `\' on Unix, and `\\' on Dos and Windows!
-#
-BACKSLASH := $(strip \ )
-
-# Find all auto-detectable platforms.
-#
-PLATFORMS := $(notdir $(subst /detect.mk,,$(wildcard $(BUILD_CONFIG)/*/detect.mk)))
-.PHONY: $(PLATFORMS) ansi
-
-# Filter out platform specified as setup target.
-#
-PLATFORM := $(firstword $(filter $(MAKECMDGOALS),$(PLATFORMS)))
-
-# If no setup target platform was specified, enable auto-detection/
-# default platform.
-#
-ifeq ($(PLATFORM),)
-  PLATFORM := ansi
-endif
-
-# If the user has explicitly asked for `ansi' on the command line,
-# disable auto-detection.
-#
-ifeq ($(findstring ansi,$(MAKECMDGOALS)),)
-  # Now, include all detection rule files found in the `builds/'
-  # directories.  Note that the calling order of the various `detect.mk'
-  # files isn't predictable.
-  #
-  include $(wildcard $(BUILD_CONFIG)/*/detect.mk)
-endif
-
-# In case no detection rule file was successful, use the default.
-#
-ifndef CONFIG_FILE
-  CONFIG_FILE := ansi.mk
-  setup: std_setup
-  .PHONY: setup
-endif
-
-# The following targets are equivalent, with the exception that they use
-# a slightly different syntax for the `echo' command.
-#
-# std_setup: defined for most (i.e. Unix-like) platforms
-# dos_setup: defined for Dos-ish platforms like Dos, Windows & OS/2
-#
-.PHONY: std_setup dos_setup
-
-std_setup:
-	@echo ""
-	@echo "$(PROJECT_TITLE) build system -- automatic system detection"
-	@echo ""
-	@echo "The following settings are used:"
-	@echo ""
-	@echo "  platform                    $(PLATFORM)"
-	@echo "  compiler                    $(CC)"
-	@echo "  configuration directory     $(BUILD_DIR)"
-	@echo "  configuration rules         $(CONFIG_RULES)"
-	@echo ""
-	@echo "If this does not correspond to your system or settings please remove the file"
-	@echo "\`$(CONFIG_MK)' from this directory then read the INSTALL file for help."
-	@echo ""
-	@echo "Otherwise, simply type \`$(MAKE)' again to build the library,"
-	@echo "or \`$(MAKE) refdoc' to build the API reference (the latter needs python)."
-	@echo ""
-	@$(COPY) $(CONFIG_RULES) $(CONFIG_MK)
-
-
-# Special case for Dos, Windows, OS/2, where echo "" doesn't work correctly!
-#
-dos_setup:
-	@type builds$(SEP)newline
-	@echo $(PROJECT_TITLE) build system -- automatic system detection
-	@type builds$(SEP)newline
-	@echo The following settings are used:
-	@type builds$(SEP)newline
-	@echo   platformÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿ$(PLATFORM)
-	@echo   compilerÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿ$(CC)
-	@echo   configuration directoryÿÿÿÿÿÿ$(subst /,$(SEP),$(BUILD_DIR))
-	@echo   configuration rulesÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿ$(subst /,$(SEP),$(CONFIG_RULES))
-	@type builds$(SEP)newline
-	@echo If this does not correspond to your system or settings please remove the file
-	@echo '$(CONFIG_MK)' from this directory then read the INSTALL file for help.
-	@type builds$(SEP)newline
-	@echo Otherwise, simply type 'make' again to build the library.
-	@echo or 'make refdoc' to build the API reference (the latter needs python).
-	@type builds$(SEP)newline
-	@$(COPY) $(subst /,$(SEP),$(CONFIG_RULES) $(CONFIG_MK)) > nul
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/dos/detect.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/dos/detect.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 700a122..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/dos/detect.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,142 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 configuration file to detect a DOS host platform.
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003, 2004, 2006 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-.PHONY: setup
-
-
-ifeq ($(PLATFORM),ansi)
-
-  # Test for DJGPP by checking the DJGPP environment variable, which must be
-  # set in order to use the system (ie. it will always be present when the
-  # `make' utility is run).
-  #
-  # We test for the COMSPEC environment variable, then run the `ver'
-  # command-line program to see if its output contains the word `Dos' or
-  # `DOS'.
-  #
-  # If this is true, we are running a Dos-ish platform (or an emulation).
-  #
-  ifdef DJGPP
-    PLATFORM := dos
-  else
-    ifdef COMSPEC
-      is_dos := $(findstring DOS,$(subst Dos,DOS,$(shell ver)))
-
-      # We try to recognize a Dos session under OS/2.  The `ver' command
-      # returns `Operating System/2 ...' there, so `is_dos' should be empty.
-      #
-      # To recognize a Dos session under OS/2, we check COMSPEC for the
-      # substring `MDOS\COMMAND'
-      #
-      ifeq ($(is_dos),)
-        is_dos := $(findstring MDOS\COMMAND,$(COMSPEC))
-      endif
-
-      # We also try to recognize Dos 7.x without Windows 9X launched.
-      # See builds/win32/detect.mk for explanations about the logic.
-      #
-      ifeq ($(is_dos),)
-        ifdef winbootdir
-#ifneq ($(OS),Windows_NT)
-          # If win32 is available, do not trigger this test.
-          ifndef windir
-            is_dos := $(findstring Windows,$(strip $(shell ver)))
-          endif
-#endif
-        endif
-      endif
-
-    endif # test COMSPEC
-
-    ifneq ($(is_dos),)
-
-      PLATFORM := dos
-
-    endif # test Dos
-  endif # test DJGPP
-endif # test PLATFORM ansi
-
-ifeq ($(PLATFORM),dos)
-
-  # Use DJGPP (i.e. gcc) by default.
-  #
-  CONFIG_FILE := dos-gcc.mk
-  CC          ?= gcc
-
-  # additionally, we provide hooks for various other compilers
-  #
-  ifneq ($(findstring emx,$(MAKECMDGOALS)),)        # EMX gcc
-    CONFIG_FILE := dos-emx.mk
-    CC          := gcc
-    emx: setup
-    .PHONY: emx
-  endif
-
-  ifneq ($(findstring turboc,$(MAKECMDGOALS)),)     # Turbo C
-    CONFIG_FILE := dos-tcc.mk
-    CC          := tcc
-    turboc: setup
-    .PHONY: turboc
-  endif
-
-  ifneq ($(findstring watcom,$(MAKECMDGOALS)),)     # Watcom C/C++
-    CONFIG_FILE := dos-wat.mk
-    CC          := wcc386
-    watcom: setup
-    .PHONY: watcom
-  endif
-
-  ifneq ($(findstring borlandc,$(MAKECMDGOALS)),)   # Borland C/C++ 32-bit
-    CONFIG_FILE := dos-bcc.mk
-    CC          := bcc32
-    borlandc: setup
-    .PHONY: borlandc
-  endif
-
-  ifneq ($(findstring borlandc16,$(MAKECMDGOALS)),) # Borland C/C++ 16-bit
-    CONFIG_FILE := dos-bcc.mk
-    CC          := bcc
-    borlandc16: setup
-    .PHONY: borlandc16
-  endif
-
-  ifneq ($(findstring bash,$(SHELL)),)              # check for bash
-    SEP    := /
-    DELETE := rm
-    COPY   := cp
-    CAT    := cat
-    setup: std_setup
-  else
-    SEP    := $(BACKSLASH)
-    DELETE := del
-    CAT    := type
-
-    # Setting COPY is a bit trickier.  We can be running DJGPP on some
-    # Windows NT derivatives, like XP.  See builds/win32/detect.mk for
-    # explanations why we need hacking here.
-    #
-    ifeq ($(OS),Windows_NT)
-      COPY := cmd.exe /c copy
-    else
-      COPY := copy
-    endif  # test NT
-
-    setup: dos_setup
-  endif
-
-endif     # test PLATFORM dos
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/dos/dos-def.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/dos/dos-def.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 950f581..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/dos/dos-def.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 DOS specific definitions
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003, 2005, 2006 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-DELETE    := del
-CAT       := type
-SEP       := $(strip \ )
-BUILD_DIR := $(TOP_DIR)/builds/dos
-PLATFORM  := dos
-
-
-# The executable file extension (for tools), *with* leading dot.
-#
-E := .exe
-
-# The directory where all library files are placed.
-#
-# By default, this is the same as $(OBJ_DIR); however, this can be changed
-# to suit particular needs.
-#
-LIB_DIR := $(OBJ_DIR)
-
-# The name of the final library file.  Note that the DOS-specific Makefile
-# uses a shorter (8.3) name.
-#
-LIBRARY := $(PROJECT)
-
-
-# The NO_OUTPUT macro is used to ignore the output of commands.
-#
-NO_OUTPUT = > nul
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/dos/dos-emx.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/dos/dos-emx.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 6ea8f6d..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/dos/dos-emx.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 configuration rules for the EMX gcc compiler
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 2003 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/dos/dos-def.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/compiler/emx.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/link_dos.mk
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/dos/dos-gcc.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/dos/dos-gcc.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index e14255c..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/dos/dos-gcc.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 configuration rules for the DJGPP compiler
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/dos/dos-def.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/compiler/gcc.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/link_dos.mk
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/dos/dos-wat.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/dos/dos-wat.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index c763b16..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/dos/dos-wat.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 configuration rules for the Watcom C/C++ compiler
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 2003 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/dos/dos-def.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/compiler/watcom.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/link_dos.mk
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/exports.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/exports.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 5452b35..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/exports.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 exports sub-Makefile
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 2005, 2006 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-# DO NOT INVOKE THIS MAKEFILE DIRECTLY!  IT IS MEANT TO BE INCLUDED BY
-# OTHER MAKEFILES.
-
-
-# This sub-Makefile is used to compute the list of exported symbols whenever
-# the EXPORTS_LIST variable is defined by one of the platform or compiler
-# specific build files.
-#
-# EXPORTS_LIST contains the name of the `list' file, for example a Windows
-# .DEF file.
-#
-ifneq ($(EXPORTS_LIST),)
-
-  # CCexe is the compiler used to compile the `apinames' tool program
-  # on the host machine.  This isn't necessarily the same as the compiler
-  # which can be a cross-compiler for a different architecture, for example.
-  #
-  ifeq ($(CCexe),)
-    CCexe := $(CC)
-  endif
-
-  # TE acts like T, but for executables instead of object files.
-  ifeq ($(TE),)
-    TE := $T
-  endif
-
-  # The list of public headers we're going to parse.
-  PUBLIC_HEADERS := $(wildcard $(PUBLIC_DIR)/*.h)
-
-  # The `apinames' source and executable.  We use $E_BUILD as the host
-  # executable suffix, which *includes* the final dot.
-  #
-  # Note that $(APINAMES_OPTIONS) is empty, except for Windows compilers.
-  #
-  APINAMES_SRC := $(TOP_DIR)/src/tools/apinames.c
-  APINAMES_EXE := $(OBJ_DIR)/apinames$(E_BUILD)
-
-  $(APINAMES_EXE): $(APINAMES_SRC)
-	  $(CCexe) $(TE)$@ $<
-
-  .PHONY: symbols_list
-
-  symbols_list: $(EXPORTS_LIST)
-
-  # We manually add TT_New_Context and TT_RunIns, which are needed by TT
-  # debuggers, to the EXPORTS_LIST.
-  #
-  $(EXPORTS_LIST): $(APINAMES_EXE) $(PUBLIC_HEADERS)
-	  $(subst /,$(SEP),$(APINAMES_EXE)) -o$@ $(APINAMES_OPTIONS) $(PUBLIC_HEADERS)
-	  @echo TT_New_Context >> $(EXPORTS_LIST)
-	  @echo TT_RunIns >> $(EXPORTS_LIST)
-
-  $(PROJECT_LIBRARY): $(EXPORTS_LIST)
-
-  CLEAN += $(EXPORTS_LIST) \
-           $(APINAMES_EXE)
-
-endif
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/freetype.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/freetype.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 877bda2..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/freetype.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,361 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 library sub-Makefile
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-# DO NOT INVOKE THIS MAKEFILE DIRECTLY!  IT IS MEANT TO BE INCLUDED BY
-# OTHER MAKEFILES.
-
-
-# The following variables (set by other Makefile components, in the
-# environment, or on the command line) are used:
-#
-#   BUILD_DIR      The architecture dependent directory,
-#                  e.g. `$(TOP_DIR)/builds/unix'.  Added to INCLUDES also.
-#
-#   OBJ_DIR        The directory in which object files are created.
-#
-#   LIB_DIR        The directory in which the library is created.
-#
-#   DOC_DIR        The directory in which the API reference is created.
-#
-#   INCLUDES       A list of directories to be included additionally.
-#
-#   DEVEL_DIR      Development directory which is added to the INCLUDES
-#                  variable before the standard include directories.
-#
-#   CFLAGS         Compilation flags.  This overrides the default settings
-#                  in the platform-specific configuration files.
-#
-#   FTSYS_SRC      If set, its value is used as the name of a replacement
-#                  file for `src/base/ftsystem.c'.
-#
-#   FTDEBUG_SRC    If set, its value is used as the name of a replacement
-#                  file for `src/base/ftdebug.c'.  [For a normal build, this
-#                  file does nothing.]
-#
-#   FTMODULE_H     The file which contains the list of module classes for
-#                  the current build.  Usually, this is automatically
-#                  created by `modules.mk'.
-#
-#   BASE_OBJ_S
-#   BASE_OBJ_M     A list of base objects (for single object and multiple
-#                  object builds, respectively).  Set up in
-#                  `src/base/rules.mk'.
-#
-#   BASE_EXT_OBJ   A list of base extension objects.  Set up in
-#                  `src/base/rules.mk'.
-#
-#   DRV_OBJ_S
-#   DRV_OBJ_M      A list of driver objects (for single object and multiple
-#                  object builds, respectively).  Set up cumulatively in
-#                  `src//rules.mk'.
-#
-#   CLEAN
-#   DISTCLEAN      The sub-makefiles can append additional stuff to these two
-#                  variables which is to be removed for the `clean' resp.
-#                  `distclean' target.
-#
-#   TOP_DIR, SEP,
-#   COMPILER_SEP,
-#   LIBRARY, CC,
-#   A, I, O, T     Check `config.mk' for details.
-
-
-# The targets `objects' and `library' are defined at the end of this
-# Makefile after all other rules have been included.
-#
-.PHONY: single multi objects library refdoc
-
-# default target -- build single objects and library
-#
-single: objects library
-
-# `multi' target -- build multiple objects and library
-#
-multi: objects library
-
-
-# The FreeType source directory, usually `./src'.
-#
-SRC_DIR := $(TOP_DIR)/src
-
-# The directory where the base layer components are placed, usually
-# `./src/base'.
-#
-BASE_DIR := $(SRC_DIR)/base
-
-# Other derived directories.
-#
-PUBLIC_DIR   := $(TOP_DIR)/include/freetype
-INTERNAL_DIR := $(PUBLIC_DIR)/internal
-SERVICES_DIR := $(INTERNAL_DIR)/services
-CONFIG_DIR   := $(PUBLIC_DIR)/config
-
-# The documentation directory.
-#
-DOC_DIR ?= $(TOP_DIR)/docs/reference
-
-# The final name of the library file.
-#
-PROJECT_LIBRARY := $(LIB_DIR)/$(LIBRARY).$A
-
-
-# include paths
-#
-# IMPORTANT NOTE: The architecture-dependent directory must ALWAYS be placed
-#                 before the standard include list.  Porters are then able to
-#                 put their own version of some of the FreeType components
-#                 in the `freetype/builds/' directory, as these
-#                 files will override the default sources.
-#
-INCLUDES := $(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$(OBJ_DIR) \
-                                      $(DEVEL_DIR) \
-                                      $(BUILD_DIR) \
-                                      $(TOP_DIR)/include)
-
-INCLUDE_FLAGS := $(INCLUDES:%=$I%)
-
-
-# C flags used for the compilation of an object file.  This must include at
-# least the paths for the `base' and `builds/' directories;
-# debug/optimization/warning flags + ansi compliance if needed.
-#
-# $(INCLUDE_FLAGS) should come before $(CFLAGS) to avoid problems with
-# old FreeType versions.
-#
-# Note what we also define the macro FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY when building
-# FreeType.  This is required to let our sources include the internal
-# headers (something forbidden by clients).
-#
-# Finally, we define FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H so that the compiler uses the
-# generated version of `ftmodule.h' in $(OBJ_DIR).  If there is an
-# `ftoption.h' files in $(OBJ_DIR), define FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H too.
-#
-ifneq ($(wildcard $(OBJ_DIR)/ftoption.h),)
-  FTOPTION_H    := $(OBJ_DIR)/ftoption.h
-  FTOPTION_FLAG := $DFT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H=""
-endif
-
-FT_CFLAGS  = $(CPPFLAGS) \
-             $(INCLUDE_FLAGS) \
-             $(CFLAGS) \
-             $DFT2_BUILD_LIBRARY \
-             $DFT_CONFIG_MODULES_H="" \
-             $(FTOPTION_FLAG)
-FT_CC      = $(CC) $(FT_CFLAGS)
-FT_COMPILE = $(CC) $(ANSIFLAGS) $(FT_CFLAGS)
-
-
-# Include the `exports' rules file.
-#
-include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/exports.mk
-
-
-# Initialize the list of objects.
-#
-OBJECTS_LIST :=
-
-
-# Define $(PUBLIC_H) as the list of all public header files located in
-# `$(TOP_DIR)/include/freetype'.  $(BASE_H), and $(CONFIG_H) are defined
-# similarly.
-#
-# This is used to simplify the dependency rules -- if one of these files
-# changes, the whole library is recompiled.
-#
-PUBLIC_H   := $(wildcard $(PUBLIC_DIR)/*.h)
-BASE_H     := $(wildcard $(INTERNAL_DIR)/*.h) \
-              $(wildcard $(SERVICES_DIR)/*.h)
-CONFIG_H   := $(wildcard $(CONFIG_DIR)/*.h) \
-              $(wildcard $(BUILD_DIR)/freetype/config/*.h) \
-              $(FTMODULE_H) \
-              $(FTOPTION_H)
-DEVEL_H    := $(wildcard $(TOP_DIR)/devel/*.h)
-
-FREETYPE_H := $(PUBLIC_H) $(BASE_H) $(CONFIG_H) $(DEVEL_H)
-
-
-# ftsystem component
-#
-FTSYS_SRC ?= $(BASE_DIR)/ftsystem.c
-
-FTSYS_OBJ := $(OBJ_DIR)/ftsystem.$O
-
-OBJECTS_LIST += $(FTSYS_OBJ)
-
-$(FTSYS_OBJ): $(FTSYS_SRC) $(FREETYPE_H)
-	$(FT_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $<)
-
-
-# ftdebug component
-#
-FTDEBUG_SRC ?= $(BASE_DIR)/ftdebug.c
-
-FTDEBUG_OBJ := $(OBJ_DIR)/ftdebug.$O
-
-OBJECTS_LIST += $(FTDEBUG_OBJ)
-
-$(FTDEBUG_OBJ): $(FTDEBUG_SRC) $(FREETYPE_H)
-	$(FT_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $<)
-
-
-# Include all rule files from FreeType components.
-#
-include $(SRC_DIR)/base/rules.mk
-include $(patsubst %,$(SRC_DIR)/%/rules.mk,$(MODULES))
-
-
-# ftinit component
-#
-#   The C source `ftinit.c' contains the FreeType initialization routines.
-#   It is able to automatically register one or more drivers when the API
-#   function FT_Init_FreeType() is called.
-#
-#   The set of initial drivers is determined by the driver Makefiles
-#   includes above.  Each driver Makefile updates the FTINIT_xxx lists
-#   which contain additional include paths and macros used to compile the
-#   single `ftinit.c' source.
-#
-FTINIT_SRC := $(BASE_DIR)/ftinit.c
-FTINIT_OBJ := $(OBJ_DIR)/ftinit.$O
-
-OBJECTS_LIST += $(FTINIT_OBJ)
-
-$(FTINIT_OBJ): $(FTINIT_SRC) $(FREETYPE_H)
-	$(FT_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $<)
-
-
-# All FreeType library objects.
-#
-OBJ_M := $(BASE_OBJ_M) $(BASE_EXT_OBJ) $(DRV_OBJS_M)
-OBJ_S := $(BASE_OBJ_S) $(BASE_EXT_OBJ) $(DRV_OBJS_S)
-
-
-# The target `multi' on the Make command line indicates that we want to
-# compile each source file independently.
-#
-# Otherwise, each module/driver is compiled in a single object file through
-# source file inclusion (see `src/base/ftbase.c' or
-# `src/truetype/truetype.c' for examples).
-#
-BASE_OBJECTS := $(OBJECTS_LIST)
-
-ifneq ($(findstring multi,$(MAKECMDGOALS)),)
-  OBJECTS_LIST += $(OBJ_M)
-else
-  OBJECTS_LIST += $(OBJ_S)
-endif
-
-objects: $(OBJECTS_LIST)
-
-library: $(PROJECT_LIBRARY)
-
-dll: $(PROJECT_LIBRARY) exported_symbols
-
-.c.$O:
-	$(FT_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $<)
-
-
-ifneq ($(findstring refdoc,$(MAKECMDGOALS)),)
-  # poor man's `sed' emulation with make's built-in string functions
-  work := $(strip $(shell $(CAT) $(PUBLIC_DIR)/freetype.h))
-  work := $(subst |,x,$(work))
-  work := $(subst $(space),|,$(work))
-  work := $(subst \#define|FREETYPE_MAJOR|,$(space),$(work))
-  work := $(word 2,$(work))
-  major := $(subst |,$(space),$(work))
-  major := $(firstword $(major))
-
-  work := $(subst \#define|FREETYPE_MINOR|,$(space),$(work))
-  work := $(word 2,$(work))
-  minor := $(subst |,$(space),$(work))
-  minor := $(firstword $(minor))
-
-  work := $(subst \#define|FREETYPE_PATCH|,$(space),$(work))
-  work := $(word 2,$(work))
-  patch := $(subst |,$(space),$(work))
-  patch := $(firstword $(patch))
-
-  version := $(major).$(minor).$(patch)
-endif
-
-# We write-protect the docmaker directory to suppress generation
-# of .pyc files.
-#
-refdoc:
-	-chmod -w $(SRC_DIR)/tools/docmaker
-	python $(SRC_DIR)/tools/docmaker/docmaker.py \
-               --prefix=ft2                          \
-               --title=FreeType-$(version)           \
-               --output=$(DOC_DIR)                   \
-               $(PUBLIC_DIR)/*.h                     \
-               $(PUBLIC_DIR)/config/*.h              \
-               $(PUBLIC_DIR)/cache/*.h
-	-chmod +w $(SRC_DIR)/tools/docmaker
-
-
-.PHONY: clean_project_std distclean_project_std
-
-# Standard cleaning and distclean rules.  These are not accepted
-# on all systems though.
-#
-clean_project_std:
-	-$(DELETE) $(BASE_OBJECTS) $(OBJ_M) $(OBJ_S) $(CLEAN)
-
-distclean_project_std: clean_project_std
-	-$(DELETE) $(PROJECT_LIBRARY)
-	-$(DELETE) *.orig *~ core *.core $(DISTCLEAN)
-
-
-.PHONY: clean_project_dos distclean_project_dos
-
-# The Dos command shell does not support very long list of arguments, so
-# we are stuck with wildcards.
-#
-# Don't break the command lines with \; this prevents the "del" command from
-# working correctly on Win9x.
-#
-clean_project_dos:
-	-$(DELETE) $(subst /,$(SEP),$(OBJ_DIR)/*.$O $(CLEAN) $(NO_OUTPUT))
-
-distclean_project_dos: clean_project_dos
-	-$(DELETE) $(subst /,$(SEP),$(PROJECT_LIBRARY) $(DISTCLEAN) $(NO_OUTPUT))
-
-
-.PHONY: remove_config_mk remove_ftmodule_h
-
-# Remove configuration file (used for distclean).
-#
-remove_config_mk:
-	-$(DELETE) $(subst /,$(SEP),$(CONFIG_MK) $(NO_OUTPUT))
-
-# Remove module list (used for distclean).
-#
-remove_ftmodule_h:
-	-$(DELETE) $(subst /,$(SEP),$(FTMODULE_H) $(NO_OUTPUT))
-
-
-.PHONY: clean distclean
-
-# The `config.mk' file must define `clean_freetype' and
-# `distclean_freetype'.  Implementations may use to relay these to either
-# the `std' or `dos' versions from above, or simply provide their own
-# implementation.
-#
-clean: clean_project
-distclean: distclean_project remove_config_mk remove_ftmodule_h
-	-$(DELETE) $(subst /,$(SEP),$(DOC_DIR)/*.html $(NO_OUTPUT))
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/link_dos.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/link_dos.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index c37ac7e..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/link_dos.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-#
-#  Link instructions for Dos-like systems (Dos, Win32, OS/2)
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-ifdef BUILD_PROJECT
-
-  .PHONY: clean_project distclean_project
-
-  # Now include the main sub-makefile.  It contains all the rules used to
-  # build the library with the previous variables defined.
-  #
-  include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/$(PROJECT).mk
-
-  # The cleanup targets.
-  #
-  clean_project: clean_project_dos
-  distclean_project: distclean_project_dos
-
-  # This final rule is used to link all object files into a single library.
-  # this is compiler-specific
-  #
-  $(PROJECT_LIBRARY): $(OBJECTS_LIST)
-    ifdef CLEAN_LIBRARY
-	  -$(CLEAN_LIBRARY) $(NO_OUTPUT)
-    endif
-	  $(LINK_LIBRARY)
-
-endif
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/link_std.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/link_std.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 0bd2163..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/link_std.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-#
-#  Link instructions for standard systems
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-ifdef BUILD_PROJECT
-
-  .PHONY: clean_project distclean_project
-
-  # Now include the main sub-makefile.  It contains all the rules used to
-  # build the library with the previous variables defined.
-  #
-  include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/$(PROJECT).mk
-
-  # The cleanup targets.
-  #
-  clean_project: clean_project_std
-  distclean_project: distclean_project_std
-
-  # This final rule is used to link all object files into a single library.
-  # this is compiler-specific
-  #
-  $(PROJECT_LIBRARY): $(OBJECTS_LIST)
-    ifdef CLEAN_LIBRARY
-	  -$(CLEAN_LIBRARY) $(NO_OUTPUT)
-    endif
-	  $(LINK_LIBRARY)
-
-endif
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/FreeType.m68k_cfm.make.txt b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/FreeType.m68k_cfm.make.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 78d65d2..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/FreeType.m68k_cfm.make.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,202 +0,0 @@
-#   File:       FreeType.m68k_cfm.make
-#   Target:     FreeType.m68k_cfm
-#   Created:    Thursday, October 27, 2005 09:23:25 PM
-
-
-MAKEFILE        = FreeType.m68k_cfm.make
-\xA5MondoBuild\xA5    = {MAKEFILE}  # Make blank to avoid rebuilds when makefile is modified
-
-ObjDir          = :objs:
-Includes        =  \xB6
-				  -ansi strict \xB6
-				  -includes unix \xB6
-				  -i :include: \xB6
-				  -i :src: \xB6
-				  -i :include:freetype:config:
-
-Sym-68K         = -sym off
-
-COptions        = \xB6
-			-d HAVE_FSSPEC=1 \xB6
-			-d HAVE_FSREF=0 \xB6
-			-d HAVE_QUICKDRAW_TOOLBOX=1 \xB6
-			-d HAVE_QUICKDRAW_CARBON=0 \xB6
-			-d HAVE_ATS=0 \xB6
-			-d FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY \xB6
-			-d FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H="" \xB6
-			-d FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H="" \xB6
-			{Includes} {Sym-68K} -model cfmseg
-
-
-### Source Files ###
-
-SrcFiles        =  \xB6
-				  :builds:mac:ftmac.c \xB6
-				  :src:autofit:autofit.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:ftbase.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:ftbbox.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:ftbdf.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:ftbitmap.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:ftdebug.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:ftglyph.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:ftgxval.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:ftinit.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:ftmm.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:ftotval.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:ftpfr.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:ftstroke.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:ftsynth.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:ftsystem.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:fttype1.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:ftwinfnt.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:ftxf86.c \xB6
-				  :src:cache:ftcache.c \xB6
-				  :src:bdf:bdf.c \xB6
-				  :src:cff:cff.c \xB6
-				  :src:cid:type1cid.c \xB6
-#				  :src:gxvalid:gxvalid.c \xB6
-				  :src:gzip:ftgzip.c \xB6
-				  :src:lzw:ftlzw.c \xB6
-				  :src:otvalid:otvalid.c \xB6
-				  :src:pcf:pcf.c \xB6
-				  :src:pfr:pfr.c \xB6
-				  :src:psaux:psaux.c \xB6
-				  :src:pshinter:pshinter.c \xB6
-				  :src:psnames:psmodule.c \xB6
-				  :src:raster:raster.c \xB6
-				  :src:sfnt:sfnt.c \xB6
-				  :src:smooth:smooth.c \xB6
-				  :src:truetype:truetype.c \xB6
-				  :src:type1:type1.c \xB6
-				  :src:type42:type42.c \xB6
-				  :src:winfonts:winfnt.c
-
-
-### Object Files ###
-
-ObjFiles-68K    =  \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftmac.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}autofit.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftbase.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftbbox.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftbdf.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftbitmap.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftdebug.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftglyph.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftgxval.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftinit.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftmm.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftotval.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftpfr.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftstroke.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftsynth.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftsystem.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}fttype1.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftwinfnt.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftxf86.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftcache.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}bdf.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}cff.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}type1cid.c.o" \xB6
-#				  "{ObjDir}gxvalid.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftgzip.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftlzw.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}otvalid.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}pcf.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}pfr.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}psaux.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}pshinter.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}psmodule.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}raster.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}sfnt.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}smooth.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}truetype.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}type1.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}type42.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}winfnt.c.o"
-
-
-### Libraries ###
-
-LibFiles-68K    =
-
-
-### Default Rules ###
-
-.c.o  \xC4  .c  {\xA5MondoBuild\xA5}
-	{C} {depDir}{default}.c -o {targDir}{default}.c.o {COptions}
-
-
-### Build Rules ###
-
-"{ObjDir}ftmac.c.o" \xC4\xC4 :builds:mac:ftmac.c
-	{C} :builds:mac:ftmac.c -o "{ObjDir}ftmac.c.o" {COptions}
-
-FreeType.m68k_cfm    \xC4\xC4  FreeType.m68k_cfm.o
-
-FreeType.m68k_cfm.o  \xC4\xC4  {ObjFiles-68K} {LibFiles-68K} {\xA5MondoBuild\xA5}
-	Lib \xB6
-		-o {Targ} \xB6
-		{ObjFiles-68K} \xB6
-		{LibFiles-68K} \xB6
-		{Sym-68K} \xB6
-		-mf -d
-
-
-
-### Required Dependencies ###
-
-"{ObjDir}autofit.c.o" \xC4 :src:autofit:autofit.c
-"{ObjDir}ftbase.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftbase.c
-"{ObjDir}ftbbox.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftbbox.c
-"{ObjDir}ftbdf.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftbdf.c
-"{ObjDir}ftbitmap.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftbitmap.c
-"{ObjDir}ftdebug.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftdebug.c
-"{ObjDir}ftglyph.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftglyph.c
-"{ObjDir}ftgxval.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftgxval.c
-"{ObjDir}ftinit.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftinit.c
-# "{ObjDir}ftmac.c.o" \xC4 :builds:mac:ftmac.c
-"{ObjDir}ftmm.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftmm.c
-"{ObjDir}ftotval.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftotval.c
-"{ObjDir}ftpfr.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftpfr.c
-"{ObjDir}ftstroke.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftstroke.c
-"{ObjDir}ftsynth.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftsynth.c
-"{ObjDir}ftsystem.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftsystem.c
-"{ObjDir}fttype1.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:fttype1.c
-"{ObjDir}ftwinfnt.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftwinfnt.c
-"{ObjDir}ftxf86.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftxf86.c
-"{ObjDir}ftcache.c.o" \xC4 :src:cache:ftcache.c
-"{ObjDir}bdf.c.o" \xC4 :src:bdf:bdf.c
-"{ObjDir}cff.c.o" \xC4 :src:cff:cff.c
-"{ObjDir}type1cid.c.o" \xC4 :src:cid:type1cid.c
-# "{ObjDir}gxvalid.c.o" \xC4 :src:gxvalid:gxvalid.c
-"{ObjDir}ftgzip.c.o" \xC4 :src:gzip:ftgzip.c
-"{ObjDir}ftlzw.c.o" \xC4 :src:lzw:ftlzw.c
-"{ObjDir}otvalid.c.o" \xC4 :src:otvalid:otvalid.c
-"{ObjDir}pcf.c.o" \xC4 :src:pcf:pcf.c
-"{ObjDir}pfr.c.o" \xC4 :src:pfr:pfr.c
-"{ObjDir}psaux.c.o" \xC4 :src:psaux:psaux.c
-"{ObjDir}pshinter.c.o" \xC4 :src:pshinter:pshinter.c
-"{ObjDir}psmodule.c.o" \xC4 :src:psnames:psmodule.c
-"{ObjDir}raster.c.o" \xC4 :src:raster:raster.c
-"{ObjDir}sfnt.c.o" \xC4 :src:sfnt:sfnt.c
-"{ObjDir}smooth.c.o" \xC4 :src:smooth:smooth.c
-"{ObjDir}truetype.c.o" \xC4 :src:truetype:truetype.c
-"{ObjDir}type1.c.o" \xC4 :src:type1:type1.c
-"{ObjDir}type42.c.o" \xC4 :src:type42:type42.c
-"{ObjDir}winfnt.c.o" \xC4 :src:winfonts:winfnt.c
-
-
-### Optional Dependencies ###
-### Build this target to generate "include file" dependencies. ###
-
-Dependencies  \xC4  $OutOfDate
-	MakeDepend \xB6
-		-append {MAKEFILE} \xB6
-		-ignore "{CIncludes}" \xB6
-		-objdir "{ObjDir}" \xB6
-		-objext .o \xB6
-		{Includes} \xB6
-		{SrcFiles}
-
-
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/FreeType.m68k_far.make.txt b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/FreeType.m68k_far.make.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index c23dead..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/FreeType.m68k_far.make.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,201 +0,0 @@
-#   File:       FreeType.m68k_far.make
-#   Target:     FreeType.m68k_far
-#   Created:    Tuesday, October 25, 2005 03:34:05 PM
-
-
-MAKEFILE        = FreeType.m68k_far.make
-\xA5MondoBuild\xA5    = {MAKEFILE}  # Make blank to avoid rebuilds when makefile is modified
-
-ObjDir          = :objs:
-Includes        =  \xB6
-				  -includes unix \xB6
-				  -i :include: \xB6
-				  -i :src: \xB6
-				  -i :include:freetype:config:
-
-Sym-68K         = -sym off
-
-COptions        = \xB6
-			-d HAVE_FSSPEC=1 \xB6
-			-d HAVE_FSREF=0 \xB6
-			-d HAVE_QUICKDRAW_TOOLBOX=1 \xB6
-			-d HAVE_QUICKDRAW_CARBON=0 \xB6
-			-d HAVE_ATS=0 \xB6
-			-d FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY \xB6
-			-d FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H="" \xB6
-			-d FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H="" \xB6
-			{Includes} {Sym-68K} -model far
-
-
-### Source Files ###
-
-SrcFiles        =  \xB6
-				  :builds:mac:ftmac.c \xB6
-				  :src:autofit:autofit.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:ftbase.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:ftbbox.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:ftbdf.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:ftbitmap.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:ftdebug.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:ftglyph.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:ftgxval.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:ftinit.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:ftmm.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:ftotval.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:ftpfr.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:ftstroke.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:ftsynth.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:ftsystem.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:fttype1.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:ftwinfnt.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:ftxf86.c \xB6
-				  :src:cache:ftcache.c \xB6
-				  :src:bdf:bdf.c \xB6
-				  :src:cff:cff.c \xB6
-				  :src:cid:type1cid.c \xB6
-				  :src:gxvalid:gxvalid.c \xB6
-				  :src:gzip:ftgzip.c \xB6
-				  :src:lzw:ftlzw.c \xB6
-				  :src:otvalid:otvalid.c \xB6
-				  :src:pcf:pcf.c \xB6
-				  :src:pfr:pfr.c \xB6
-				  :src:psaux:psaux.c \xB6
-				  :src:pshinter:pshinter.c \xB6
-				  :src:psnames:psmodule.c \xB6
-				  :src:raster:raster.c \xB6
-				  :src:sfnt:sfnt.c \xB6
-				  :src:smooth:smooth.c \xB6
-				  :src:truetype:truetype.c \xB6
-				  :src:type1:type1.c \xB6
-				  :src:type42:type42.c \xB6
-				  :src:winfonts:winfnt.c
-
-
-### Object Files ###
-
-ObjFiles-68K    =  \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}autofit.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftbase.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftbbox.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftbdf.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftbitmap.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftdebug.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftglyph.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftgxval.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftinit.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftmac.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftmm.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftotval.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftpfr.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftstroke.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftsynth.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftsystem.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}fttype1.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftwinfnt.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftxf86.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftcache.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}bdf.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}cff.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}type1cid.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}gxvalid.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftgzip.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftlzw.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}otvalid.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}pcf.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}pfr.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}psaux.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}pshinter.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}psmodule.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}raster.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}sfnt.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}smooth.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}truetype.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}type1.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}type42.c.o" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}winfnt.c.o"
-
-
-### Libraries ###
-
-LibFiles-68K    =
-
-
-### Default Rules ###
-
-.c.o  \xC4  .c  {\xA5MondoBuild\xA5}
-	{C} {depDir}{default}.c -o {targDir}{default}.c.o {COptions} \xB6
-	-ansi strict
-
-### Build Rules ###
-
-"{ObjDir}ftmac.c.o" \xC4\xC4 :builds:mac:ftmac.c
-	{C} :builds:mac:ftmac.c -o "{ObjDir}ftmac.c.o" {COptions}
-
-FreeType.m68k_far    \xC4\xC4  FreeType.m68k_far.o
-
-FreeType.m68k_far.o  \xC4\xC4  {ObjFiles-68K} {LibFiles-68K} {\xA5MondoBuild\xA5}
-	Lib \xB6
-		-o {Targ} \xB6
-		{ObjFiles-68K} \xB6
-		{LibFiles-68K} \xB6
-		{Sym-68K} \xB6
-		-mf -d
-
-
-
-### Required Dependencies ###
-
-"{ObjDir}autofit.c.o" \xC4 :src:autofit:autofit.c
-"{ObjDir}ftbase.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftbase.c
-"{ObjDir}ftbbox.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftbbox.c
-"{ObjDir}ftbdf.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftbdf.c
-"{ObjDir}ftbitmap.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftbitmap.c
-"{ObjDir}ftdebug.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftdebug.c
-"{ObjDir}ftglyph.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftglyph.c
-"{ObjDir}ftgxval.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftgxval.c
-"{ObjDir}ftinit.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftinit.c
-# "{ObjDir}ftmac.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftmac.c
-"{ObjDir}ftmm.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftmm.c
-"{ObjDir}ftotval.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftotval.c
-"{ObjDir}ftpfr.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftpfr.c
-"{ObjDir}ftstroke.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftstroke.c
-"{ObjDir}ftsynth.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftsynth.c
-"{ObjDir}ftsystem.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftsystem.c
-"{ObjDir}fttype1.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:fttype1.c
-"{ObjDir}ftwinfnt.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftwinfnt.c
-"{ObjDir}ftxf86.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftxf86.c
-"{ObjDir}ftcache.c.o" \xC4 :src:cache:ftcache.c
-"{ObjDir}bdf.c.o" \xC4 :src:bdf:bdf.c
-"{ObjDir}cff.c.o" \xC4 :src:cff:cff.c
-"{ObjDir}type1cid.c.o" \xC4 :src:cid:type1cid.c
-"{ObjDir}gxvalid.c.o" \xC4 :src:gxvalid:gxvalid.c
-"{ObjDir}ftgzip.c.o" \xC4 :src:gzip:ftgzip.c
-"{ObjDir}ftlzw.c.o" \xC4 :src:lzw:ftlzw.c
-"{ObjDir}otvalid.c.o" \xC4 :src:otvalid:otvalid.c
-"{ObjDir}pcf.c.o" \xC4 :src:pcf:pcf.c
-"{ObjDir}pfr.c.o" \xC4 :src:pfr:pfr.c
-"{ObjDir}psaux.c.o" \xC4 :src:psaux:psaux.c
-"{ObjDir}pshinter.c.o" \xC4 :src:pshinter:pshinter.c
-"{ObjDir}psmodule.c.o" \xC4 :src:psnames:psmodule.c
-"{ObjDir}raster.c.o" \xC4 :src:raster:raster.c
-"{ObjDir}sfnt.c.o" \xC4 :src:sfnt:sfnt.c
-"{ObjDir}smooth.c.o" \xC4 :src:smooth:smooth.c
-"{ObjDir}truetype.c.o" \xC4 :src:truetype:truetype.c
-"{ObjDir}type1.c.o" \xC4 :src:type1:type1.c
-"{ObjDir}type42.c.o" \xC4 :src:type42:type42.c
-"{ObjDir}winfnt.c.o" \xC4 :src:winfonts:winfnt.c
-
-
-### Optional Dependencies ###
-### Build this target to generate "include file" dependencies. ###
-
-Dependencies  \xC4  $OutOfDate
-	MakeDepend \xB6
-		-append {MAKEFILE} \xB6
-		-ignore "{CIncludes}" \xB6
-		-objdir "{ObjDir}" \xB6
-		-objext .o \xB6
-		{Includes} \xB6
-		{SrcFiles}
-
-
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/FreeType.ppc_carbon.make.txt b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/FreeType.ppc_carbon.make.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index f8e2d66..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/FreeType.ppc_carbon.make.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,202 +0,0 @@
-#   File:       FreeType.ppc_carbon.make
-#   Target:     FreeType.ppc_carbon
-#   Created:    Friday, October 28, 2005 03:40:06 PM
-
-
-MAKEFILE        = FreeType.ppc_carbon.make
-\xA5MondoBuild\xA5    = {MAKEFILE}  # Make blank to avoid rebuilds when makefile is modified
-
-ObjDir          = :objs:
-Includes        =  \xB6
-				  -ansi strict \xB6
-				  -includes unix \xB6
-				  -i :include: \xB6
-				  -i :src: \xB6
-				  -i :include:freetype:config:
-
-Sym-PPC         = -sym off
-
-PPCCOptions     = \xB6
-			-d HAVE_FSSPEC=1 \xB6
-                        -d HAVE_FSREF=1 \xB6
-			-d HAVE_QUICKDRAW_TOOLBOX=1 \xB6
-			-d HAVE_QUICKDRAW_CARBON=1 \xB6
-                        -d HAVE_ATS=0 \xB6
-			-d FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY \xB6
-			-d FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H="" \xB6
-			-d FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H="" \xB6
-			{Includes} {Sym-PPC} -d TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON=1
-
-
-### Source Files ###
-
-SrcFiles        =  \xB6
-				  :builds:mac:ftmac.c \xB6
-				  :src:autofit:autofit.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:ftbase.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:ftbbox.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:ftbdf.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:ftbitmap.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:ftdebug.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:ftglyph.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:ftgxval.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:ftinit.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:ftmm.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:ftotval.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:ftpfr.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:ftstroke.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:ftsynth.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:ftsystem.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:fttype1.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:ftwinfnt.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:ftxf86.c \xB6
-				  :src:cache:ftcache.c \xB6
-				  :src:bdf:bdf.c \xB6
-				  :src:cff:cff.c \xB6
-				  :src:cid:type1cid.c \xB6
-				  :src:gxvalid:gxvalid.c \xB6
-				  :src:gzip:ftgzip.c \xB6
-				  :src:lzw:ftlzw.c \xB6
-				  :src:otvalid:otvalid.c \xB6
-				  :src:pcf:pcf.c \xB6
-				  :src:pfr:pfr.c \xB6
-				  :src:psaux:psaux.c \xB6
-				  :src:pshinter:pshinter.c \xB6
-				  :src:psnames:psmodule.c \xB6
-				  :src:raster:raster.c \xB6
-				  :src:sfnt:sfnt.c \xB6
-				  :src:smooth:smooth.c \xB6
-				  :src:truetype:truetype.c \xB6
-				  :src:type1:type1.c \xB6
-				  :src:type42:type42.c \xB6
-				  :src:winfonts:winfnt.c
-
-
-### Object Files ###
-
-ObjFiles-PPC    =  \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}autofit.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftbase.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftbbox.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftbdf.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftbitmap.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftdebug.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftglyph.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftgxval.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftinit.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftmac.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftmm.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftotval.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftpfr.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftstroke.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftsynth.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftsystem.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}fttype1.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftwinfnt.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftxf86.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftcache.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}bdf.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}cff.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}type1cid.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}gxvalid.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftgzip.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftlzw.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}otvalid.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}pcf.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}pfr.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}psaux.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}pshinter.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}psmodule.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}raster.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}sfnt.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}smooth.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}truetype.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}type1.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}type42.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}winfnt.c.x"
-
-
-### Libraries ###
-
-LibFiles-PPC    =
-
-
-### Default Rules ###
-
-.c.x  \xC4  .c  {\xA5MondoBuild\xA5}
-	{PPCC} {depDir}{default}.c -o {targDir}{default}.c.x {PPCCOptions}
-
-
-### Build Rules ###
-
-FreeType.ppc_carbon    \xC4\xC4  FreeType.ppc_carbon.o
-
-FreeType.ppc_carbon.o  \xC4\xC4  {ObjFiles-PPC} {LibFiles-PPC} {\xA5MondoBuild\xA5}
-	PPCLink \xB6
-		-o {Targ} \xB6
-		{ObjFiles-PPC} \xB6
-		{LibFiles-PPC} \xB6
-		{Sym-PPC} \xB6
-		-mf -d \xB6
-		-t 'XCOF' \xB6
-		-c 'MPS ' \xB6
-		-xm l
-
-
-
-### Required Dependencies ###
-
-"{ObjDir}ftmac.c.x" \xC4 :builds:mac:ftmac.c
-"{ObjDir}autofit.c.x" \xC4 :src:autofit:autofit.c
-"{ObjDir}ftbase.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:ftbase.c
-"{ObjDir}ftbbox.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:ftbbox.c
-"{ObjDir}ftbdf.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:ftbdf.c
-"{ObjDir}ftbitmap.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:ftbitmap.c
-"{ObjDir}ftdebug.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:ftdebug.c
-"{ObjDir}ftglyph.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:ftglyph.c
-"{ObjDir}ftgxval.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:ftgxval.c
-"{ObjDir}ftinit.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:ftinit.c
-"{ObjDir}ftmm.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:ftmm.c
-"{ObjDir}ftotval.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:ftotval.c
-"{ObjDir}ftpfr.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:ftpfr.c
-"{ObjDir}ftstroke.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:ftstroke.c
-"{ObjDir}ftsynth.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:ftsynth.c
-"{ObjDir}ftsystem.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:ftsystem.c
-"{ObjDir}fttype1.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:fttype1.c
-"{ObjDir}ftwinfnt.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:ftwinfnt.c
-"{ObjDir}ftxf86.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:ftxf86.c
-"{ObjDir}ftcache.c.x" \xC4 :src:cache:ftcache.c
-"{ObjDir}bdf.c.x" \xC4 :src:bdf:bdf.c
-"{ObjDir}cff.c.x" \xC4 :src:cff:cff.c
-"{ObjDir}type1cid.c.x" \xC4 :src:cid:type1cid.c
-"{ObjDir}gxvalid.c.x" \xC4 :src:gxvalid:gxvalid.c
-"{ObjDir}ftgzip.c.x" \xC4 :src:gzip:ftgzip.c
-"{ObjDir}ftlzw.c.x" \xC4 :src:lzw:ftlzw.c
-"{ObjDir}otvalid.c.x" \xC4 :src:otvalid:otvalid.c
-"{ObjDir}pcf.c.x" \xC4 :src:pcf:pcf.c
-"{ObjDir}pfr.c.x" \xC4 :src:pfr:pfr.c
-"{ObjDir}psaux.c.x" \xC4 :src:psaux:psaux.c
-"{ObjDir}pshinter.c.x" \xC4 :src:pshinter:pshinter.c
-"{ObjDir}psmodule.c.x" \xC4 :src:psnames:psmodule.c
-"{ObjDir}raster.c.x" \xC4 :src:raster:raster.c
-"{ObjDir}sfnt.c.x" \xC4 :src:sfnt:sfnt.c
-"{ObjDir}smooth.c.x" \xC4 :src:smooth:smooth.c
-"{ObjDir}truetype.c.x" \xC4 :src:truetype:truetype.c
-"{ObjDir}type1.c.x" \xC4 :src:type1:type1.c
-"{ObjDir}type42.c.x" \xC4 :src:type42:type42.c
-"{ObjDir}winfnt.c.x" \xC4 :src:winfonts:winfnt.c
-
-
-### Optional Dependencies ###
-### Build this target to generate "include file" dependencies. ###
-
-Dependencies  \xC4  $OutOfDate
-	MakeDepend \xB6
-		-append {MAKEFILE} \xB6
-		-ignore "{CIncludes}" \xB6
-		-objdir "{ObjDir}" \xB6
-		-objext .x \xB6
-		{Includes} \xB6
-		{SrcFiles}
-
-
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/FreeType.ppc_classic.make.txt b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/FreeType.ppc_classic.make.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 5c743fd..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/FreeType.ppc_classic.make.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,203 +0,0 @@
-#   File:       FreeType.ppc_classic.make
-#   Target:     FreeType.ppc_classic
-#   Created:    Thursday, October 27, 2005 07:42:43 PM
-
-
-MAKEFILE        = FreeType.ppc_classic.make
-\xA5MondoBuild\xA5    = {MAKEFILE}  # Make blank to avoid rebuilds when makefile is modified
-
-ObjDir          = :objs:
-Includes        =  \xB6
-				  -ansi strict \xB6
-				  -includes unix \xB6
-				  -i :include: \xB6
-				  -i :src: \xB6
-				  -i :include:freetype:config:
-
-Sym-PPC         = -sym off
-
-PPCCOptions     = \xB6
-                        -d HAVE_FSSPEC=1 \xB6
-                        -d HAVE_FSREF=0 \xB6
-                        -d HAVE_QUICKDRAW_TOOLBOX=1 \xB6
-                        -d HAVE_QUICKDRAW_CARBON=0 \xB6
-                        -d HAVE_ATS=0 \xB6
-			-d FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY \xB6
-			-d FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H="" \xB6
-			-d FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H="" \xB6
-			{Includes} {Sym-PPC}
-
-
-### Source Files ###
-
-SrcFiles        =  \xB6
-				  :builds:mac:ftmac.c \xB6
-				  :src:autofit:autofit.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:ftbase.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:ftbbox.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:ftbdf.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:ftbitmap.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:ftdebug.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:ftglyph.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:ftgxval.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:ftinit.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:ftmm.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:ftotval.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:ftpfr.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:ftstroke.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:ftsynth.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:ftsystem.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:fttype1.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:ftwinfnt.c \xB6
-				  :src:base:ftxf86.c \xB6
-				  :src:cache:ftcache.c \xB6
-				  :src:bdf:bdf.c \xB6
-				  :src:cff:cff.c \xB6
-				  :src:cid:type1cid.c \xB6
-				  :src:gxvalid:gxvalid.c \xB6
-				  :src:gzip:ftgzip.c \xB6
-				  :src:lzw:ftlzw.c \xB6
-				  :src:otvalid:otvalid.c \xB6
-				  :src:pcf:pcf.c \xB6
-				  :src:pfr:pfr.c \xB6
-				  :src:psaux:psaux.c \xB6
-				  :src:pshinter:pshinter.c \xB6
-				  :src:psnames:psmodule.c \xB6
-				  :src:raster:raster.c \xB6
-				  :src:sfnt:sfnt.c \xB6
-				  :src:smooth:smooth.c \xB6
-				  :src:truetype:truetype.c \xB6
-				  :src:type1:type1.c \xB6
-				  :src:type42:type42.c \xB6
-				  :src:winfonts:winfnt.c
-
-
-### Object Files ###
-
-ObjFiles-PPC    =  \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}autofit.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftbase.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftbbox.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftbdf.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftbitmap.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftdebug.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftglyph.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftgxval.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftinit.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftmac.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftmm.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftotval.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftpfr.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftstroke.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftsynth.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftsystem.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}fttype1.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftwinfnt.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftxf86.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftcache.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}bdf.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}cff.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}type1cid.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}gxvalid.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftgzip.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}ftlzw.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}otvalid.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}pcf.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}pfr.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}psaux.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}pshinter.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}psmodule.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}raster.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}sfnt.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}smooth.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}truetype.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}type1.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}type42.c.x" \xB6
-				  "{ObjDir}winfnt.c.x"
-
-
-### Libraries ###
-
-LibFiles-PPC    =
-
-
-### Default Rules ###
-
-.c.x  \xC4  .c  {\xA5MondoBuild\xA5}
-	{PPCC} {depDir}{default}.c -o {targDir}{default}.c.x {PPCCOptions}
-
-
-### Build Rules ###
-
-FreeType.ppc_classic    \xC4\xC4  FreeType.ppc_classic.o
-
-FreeType.ppc_classic.o  \xC4\xC4  {ObjFiles-PPC} {LibFiles-PPC} {\xA5MondoBuild\xA5}
-	PPCLink \xB6
-		-o {Targ} \xB6
-		{ObjFiles-PPC} \xB6
-		{LibFiles-PPC} \xB6
-		{Sym-PPC} \xB6
-		-mf -d \xB6
-		-t 'XCOF' \xB6
-		-c 'MPS ' \xB6
-		-xm l
-
-
-
-### Required Dependencies ###
-
-"{ObjDir}ftmac.c.x" \xC4 :builds:mac:ftmac.c
-"{ObjDir}autofit.c.x" \xC4 :src:autofit:autofit.c
-"{ObjDir}ftbase.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:ftbase.c
-"{ObjDir}ftbbox.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:ftbbox.c
-"{ObjDir}ftbdf.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:ftbdf.c
-"{ObjDir}ftbitmap.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:ftbitmap.c
-"{ObjDir}ftdebug.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:ftdebug.c
-"{ObjDir}ftglyph.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:ftglyph.c
-"{ObjDir}ftgxval.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:ftgxval.c
-"{ObjDir}ftinit.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:ftinit.c
-"{ObjDir}ftmm.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:ftmm.c
-"{ObjDir}ftotval.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:ftotval.c
-"{ObjDir}ftpfr.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:ftpfr.c
-"{ObjDir}ftstroke.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:ftstroke.c
-"{ObjDir}ftsynth.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:ftsynth.c
-"{ObjDir}ftsystem.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:ftsystem.c
-"{ObjDir}fttype1.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:fttype1.c
-"{ObjDir}ftwinfnt.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:ftwinfnt.c
-"{ObjDir}ftxf86.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:ftxf86.c
-"{ObjDir}ftcache.c.x" \xC4 :src:cache:ftcache.c
-"{ObjDir}bdf.c.x" \xC4 :src:bdf:bdf.c
-"{ObjDir}cff.c.x" \xC4 :src:cff:cff.c
-"{ObjDir}type1cid.c.x" \xC4 :src:cid:type1cid.c
-"{ObjDir}gxvalid.c.x" \xC4 :src:gxvalid:gxvalid.c
-"{ObjDir}ftgzip.c.x" \xC4 :src:gzip:ftgzip.c
-"{ObjDir}ftlzw.c.x" \xC4 :src:lzw:ftlzw.c
-"{ObjDir}otvalid.c.x" \xC4 :src:otvalid:otvalid.c
-"{ObjDir}pcf.c.x" \xC4 :src:pcf:pcf.c
-"{ObjDir}pfr.c.x" \xC4 :src:pfr:pfr.c
-"{ObjDir}psaux.c.x" \xC4 :src:psaux:psaux.c
-"{ObjDir}pshinter.c.x" \xC4 :src:pshinter:pshinter.c
-"{ObjDir}psmodule.c.x" \xC4 :src:psnames:psmodule.c
-"{ObjDir}raster.c.x" \xC4 :src:raster:raster.c
-"{ObjDir}sfnt.c.x" \xC4 :src:sfnt:sfnt.c
-"{ObjDir}smooth.c.x" \xC4 :src:smooth:smooth.c
-"{ObjDir}truetype.c.x" \xC4 :src:truetype:truetype.c
-"{ObjDir}type1.c.x" \xC4 :src:type1:type1.c
-"{ObjDir}type42.c.x" \xC4 :src:type42:type42.c
-"{ObjDir}winfnt.c.x" \xC4 :src:winfonts:winfnt.c
-
-
-
-### Optional Dependencies ###
-### Build this target to generate "include file" dependencies. ###
-
-Dependencies  \xC4  $OutOfDate
-	MakeDepend \xB6
-		-append {MAKEFILE} \xB6
-		-ignore "{CIncludes}" \xB6
-		-objdir "{ObjDir}" \xB6
-		-objext .x \xB6
-		{Includes} \xB6
-		{SrcFiles}
-
-
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/README b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/README
deleted file mode 100644
index edd57b1..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/README
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,403 +0,0 @@
-This folder contains
-
-  * Makefile skeltons for Apple MPW (Macintosh's Programmers Workshop)
-
-  * Python script to generate MPW makefile from skelton
-
-  * Metrowerks CodeWarrior 9.0 project file in XML format
-
-------------------------------------------------------------
-
-1. What is this
----------------
-
-Files in this directory are designed to build FreeType
-running on classic MacOS. To build FreeType running on
-Mac OS X, build as the system is UNIX.
-
-However, Mac OS X is most useful to manipulate files in
-vanilla FreeType to fit classic MacOS.
-
-The information about MacOS specific API is written in
-appendix of this document.
-
-2. Requirement
---------------
-
-You can use MPW: a free-charged developer environment
-by Apple, or CodeWarrior: a commercial developer
-environment by Metrowerks. GCC for MPW and Symantec
-"Think C" are not tested at present.
-
-
-  2-1. Apple MPW
-  --------------
-
-  Following C compilers are tested:
-
-      m68k target:	Apple SC  8.9.0d3e1
-      ppc  target:	Apple MrC 5.0.0d3c1
-
-  The final MPW-GM (official release on 1999/Dec) is too
-  old and cannot compile FreeType, because bundled C
-  compilers cannot search header files in sub directories.
-  Updating by the final MPW-PR (pre-release on 2001/Feb)
-  is required.
-
-  Required files are downloadable from:
-
-      http://developer.apple.com/tools/mpw-tools/index.html
-
-  Also you can find documents how to update by MPW-PR.
-
-  Python is required to restore MPW makefiles from the
-  skeltons. Python bundled to Mac OS X is enough. For
-  classic MacOS, MacPython is available:
-
-      http://homepages.cwi.nl/~jack/macpython/
-
-  MPW requires all files are typed by resource fork.
-  ResEdit bundled to MPW is enough. In Mac OS X,
-  /Developer/Tools/SetFile of DevTool is useful to
-  manipulate from commandline.
-
-  2-2. Metrowerks CodeWarriror
-  ----------------------------
-
-  XML project file is generated and tested by
-  CodeWarriror 9.0.  Older versions are not tested
-  at all. At present, static library for ppc target
-  is available in the project file.
-
-
-3. How to build
----------------
-
-  3-1. Apple MPW
-  --------------
-  Detailed building procedure by Apple MPW is
-  described in following.
-
-    3-1-1. Generate MPW makefiles from the skeltons
-    ------------------------------------------------
-
-    Here are 4 skeltons for following targets are
-    included.
-
-    - FreeType.m68k_far.make.txt
-      Ancient 32bit binary executable format for
-      m68k MacOS: System 6, with 32bit addressing
-      mode (far-pointer-model) So-called "Toolbox"
-      API is used.
-
-    - FreeType.m68k_cfm.make.txt
-      CFM binary executable format for m68k MacOS:
-      System 7. So-called "Toolbox" API is used.
-
-    - FreeType.ppc_classic.make.txt
-      CFM binary executable format for ppc MacOS:
-      System 7, MacOS 8, MacOS 9. So-called "Toolbox"
-      API is used.
-
-    - FreeType.ppc_classic.make.txt
-      CFM binary executable format for ppc MacOS:
-      MacOS 9. Carbon API is used.
-
-    At present, static library is only supported,
-    although targets except of m68k_far are capable
-    to use shared library.
-
-    MPW makefile syntax uses 8bit characters. To keep
-    from violating them during version control, here
-    we store skeltons in pure ASCII format. You must
-    generate MPW makefile by Python script ascii2mpw.py.
-
-    In Mac OS X terminal, you can convert as:
-
-	python builds/mac/ascii2mpw.py \
-		< builds/mac/FreeType.m68k_far.make.txt \
-		> FreeType.m68k_far.make
-
-    The skeltons are designed to use in the top
-    directory where there are builds, include, src etc.
-    You must name the generated MPW makefile by removing
-    ".txt" from source skelton name.
-
-    3-1-2. Add resource forks to related files
-    ------------------------------------------
-
-    MPW's Make and C compilers cannot recognize files
-    without resource fork. You have to add resource
-    fork to the files that MPW uses. In Mac OS X
-    terminal of the system, you can do as:
-
-	find . -name '*.[ch]' -exec \
-		/Developer/Tools/SetFile -a l -c "MPS " -t TEXT \{\} \;
-
-	find . -name '*.make' -exec \
-		/Developer/Tools/SetFile -a l -c "MPS " -t TEXT \{\} \;
-
-
-    3-1-3. Open MPW shell and build
-    -------------------------------
-
-    Open MPW shell and go to the top directory that
-    FreeType sources are extracted (MPW makefile must
-    be located in there), from "Set Directory" in
-    "Directory" menu.
-
-    Choose "Build" from "Build" menu, and type the
-    name of project by removing ".make" from MPW
-    makefile, as: FreeType.m68k_far
-
-    If building is successfully finished, you can find
-    built library in objs/ directory.
-
-
-  3-2. Metrowerks CodeWarrior
-  ---------------------------
-
-  Detailed building procedure by Metrowerks
-  CodeWarrior (CW) 9.0 is described in following.
-
-    3-2-1. Import XML project file
-    ------------------------------
-
-    CW XML project file is not ready for double-
-    click. Start CodeWarrior IDE, and choose
-    "Import project" in "File" menu. Choose XML
-    project file: builds/mac/ftlib.prj.xml.
-    In next, you will be asked where to save CW
-    native project file: you must choose
-    "builds/mac/ftlib.prj". The project file is
-    designed with relative path from there. After
-    CW native project file is generated, it is
-    automatically loaded, small project window
-    titled "ftlib.prj" is displayed.
-
-    3-2-2. Building
-    ---------------
-    Choose "Make" from "Project" menu. If building
-    is successfully finished, you can find built
-    library at objs/FreeTypeLib.
-
-4. TODO
--------
-
-  4-1. All modules should be included
-  -----------------------------------
-
-  At present, MPW makefiles and CW project file are
-  just updated versions of these by Leonard. Some
-  modules are added after the last maintenance, they
-  are not included.
-
-  4-2. Working test with ftdemos
-  ------------------------------
-
-  At present, MPW makefiles and CW project file can
-  build FreeType for classic MacOS. But their working
-  behaviours are not tested at all. Building ftdemos
-  for classic MacOS and working test is required.
-
-  4-3. Porting Jam onto MPW
-  -------------------------
-
-  FreeType uses Jam (and FT-Jam) for unified cross-
-  platform building tool. At present, Jam is not ported
-  to MPW. To update classic MacOS support easily,
-  building by Jam is expected on MPW.
-
-
-APPENDIX I
-----------
-
-  A-1. Framework dependencies
-  ---------------------------
-
-  src/base/ftmac.c adds two Mac-specific features to
-  FreeType. These features are based on MacOS libraries.
-
-  * accessing resource-fork font
-  The fonts for classic MacOS store their graphical data
-  in resource forks which cannot be accessed via ANSI C
-  functions. FreeType2 provides functions to handle such
-  resource fork fonts, they are based on File Manager
-  framework of MacOS. In addition, HFS and HFS+ file
-  system driver of Linux is supported. Following
-  functions are for this purpose.
-
-    FT_New_Face_From_Resource()
-    FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec()
-    FT_New_Face_From_FSRef()
-
-  * resolving font name to font file
-  The font menu of MacOS application prefers font name
-  written in FOND resource than sfnt resource. FreeType2
-  provides functions to find font file by name in MacOS
-  application, they are based on QuickDraw Font Manager
-  and Apple Type Service framework of MacOS.
-
-    FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name()
-    FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name()
-
-  Working functions for each MacOS are summarized as
-  following.
-
-  upto MacOS 6:
-    not tested (you have to obtain MPW 2.x)
-
-  MacOS 7.x, 8.x, 9.x (without CarbonLib):
-    FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name()
-    FT_New_Face_From_Resource()
-    FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec()
-
-  MacOS 9.x (with CarbonLib):
-    FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name()
-    FT_New_Face_From_Resource()
-    FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec()
-    FT_New_Face_From_FSRef()
-
-  Mac OS X upto 10.4.x:
-    FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name()     deprecated
-    FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec()      deprecated
-    FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name() deprecated?
-    FT_New_Face_From_FSRef()
-
-  A-2. Deprecated Functions
-  -------------------------
-
-    A-2-1. FileManager
-    ------------------
-
-    For convenience to write MacOS application, ftmac.c
-    provides functions to specify a file by FSSpec and FSRef,
-    because the file identification pathname had ever been
-    unrecommended method in MacOS programming.
-
-    Toward to MacOS X 10.4 & 5, Carbon functions using FSSpec
-    datatype is noticed as deprecated, and recommended to
-    migrate to FSRef datatype. The big differences of FSRef
-    against FSSpec are explained in Apple TechNotes 2078.
-
-    http://developer.apple.com/technotes/tn2002/tn2078.html
-
-    - filename length: the max length of file
-    name of FSRef is 255 chars (it is limit of HFS+),
-    that of FSSpec is 31 chars (it is limit of HFS).
-
-    - filename encoding: FSSpec is localized by
-    legacy encoding for each language system,
-    FSRef is Unicode enabled.
-
-    A-2-2. FontManager
-    ------------------
-
-    Following functions receive QuickDraw fontname:
-
-      FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name()
-
-    QuickDraw is deprecated and replaced by Quartz
-    since Mac OS X 10.4. They are still kept for
-    backward compatibility. By undefinition of
-    HAVE_QUICKDRAW in building, you can change these
-    functions to return FT_Err_Unimplemented always.
-
-    Replacement functions are added for migration.
-
-      FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name()
-
-    They are usable on Mac OS X only. On older systems,
-    these functions return FT_Err_Unimplemented always.
-
-    The detailed incompatibilities and possibility
-    of FontManager emulation without QuickDraw is
-    explained in
-
-      http://www.gyve.org/~mpsuzuki/ats_benchmark.html
-
-  A-3. Framework Availabilities
-  -----------------------------
-
-  The framework of MacOS are often revised, especially
-  when new format of binary executable is introduced.
-  Following table is the minimum version of frameworks
-  to use functions used in FreeType2. The table is
-  extracted from MPW header files for assembly language.
-
-  *** NOTE ***
-  The conditional definition of available data type
-  in MPW compiler is insufficient. You can compile
-  program using FSRef data type for older systems
-  (MacOS 7, 8) that don't know FSRef data type.
-
-
-                                      +-------------------+-----------------------------+
-           CPU                        |      mc680x0      |           PowerPC           |
-                                      +---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+
-  Binary Executable Format            | Classic | 68K-CFM | CFM     | CFM     | Mach-O  |
-                                      +---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+
-       Framework API                  | Toolbox | Toolbox | Toolbox | Carbon  | Carbon  |
-                                      +---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+
-
-                                      +---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+
-                                      |    ?(*) |Interface|Interface|CarbonLib|Mac OS X |
-                                      |         |Lib      |Lib      |         |         |
-* Files.h                             +---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+
-PBGetFCBInfoSync()                    |    o    | 7.1-    | 7.1-    | 1.0-    |    o    |
-FSMakeFSSpec()                        |    o    | 7.1-    | 7.1-    | 1.0-    |    o    |
-FSGetForkCBInfo()                     |    o    |   (**)  | 9.0-    | 1.0-    |    o    |
-FSpMakeFSRef()                        |    o    |   (**)  | 9.0-    | 1.0-    |    o    |
-FSGetCatalogInfo()                    |    o    |   (**)  | 9.0-    | 1.0-    |   -10.3 |
-FSPathMakeRef()                       |    x    |    x    |    x    | 1.1-    |   -10.3 |
-                                      +---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+
-
-                                      +---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+
-                                      |    ?(*) |Font     |Font     |CarbonLib|Mac OS X |
-                                      |         |Manager  |Manager  |         |         |
-* Fonts.h                             +---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+
-FMCreateFontFamilyIterator()          |    x    |    x    | 9.0-    | 1.0-    |   -10.3 |
-FMDisposeFontFamilyIterator()         |    x    |    x    | 9.0-    | 1.0-    |   -10.3 |
-FMGetNextFontFamily()                 |    x    |    x    | 9.0-    | 1.0-    |   -10.3 |
-FMGetFontFamilyName()                 |    x    |    x    | 9.0-    | 1.0-    |   -10.3 |
-FMCreateFontFamilyInstanceIterator()  |    x    |    x    | 9.0-    | 1.0-    |   -10.3 |
-FMDisposeFontFamilyInstanceIterator() |    x    |    x    | 9.0-    | 1.0-    |   -10.3 |
-FMGetNextFontFamilyInstance()         |    x    |    x    | 9.0-    | 1.0-    |   -10.3 |
-                                      +---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+
-
-                                      +---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+
-                                      |    -    |    -    |    -    |CarbonLib|Mac OS X |
-* ATSFont.h (***)                     +---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+
-ATSFontFindFromName()                 |    x    |    x    |    x    |    x    |    o    |
-ATSFontGetFileSpecification()         |    x    |    x    |    x    |    x    |    o    |
-                                      +---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+
-
-    (*)
-    In the "Classic": the original binary executable
-    format, these framework functions are directly
-    transformed to MacOS system call. Therefore, the
-    exact availability should be checked by running
-    system.
-
-    (**)
-    InterfaceLib is bundled to MacOS and its version
-    is usually equal to MacOS. There's no separate
-    update for InterfaceLib. It is supposed that
-    there's no InterfaceLib 9.x for m68k platforms.
-    In fact, these functions are FSRef dependent.
-
-    (***)
-    ATSUI framework is available on ATSUnicode 8.5 on
-    ppc Toolbox CFM, CarbonLib 1.0 too. But its base:
-    ATS font manager is not published in these versions.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------
-Last update: 2007-Feb-01, by Alexei Podtelezhnikov.
-
-Currently maintained by
-	suzuki toshiya, 
-Originally prepared by
-	Leonard Rosenthol, 
-	Just van Rossum, 
-
-This directory is now actively maintained as part of the FreeType Project.
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/ascii2mpw.py b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/ascii2mpw.py
deleted file mode 100755
index ad32b21..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/ascii2mpw.py
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bin/env python
-import sys
-import string
-
-if len( sys.argv ) == 1 :
-  for asc_line in sys.stdin.readlines():
-    mpw_line = string.replace(asc_line, "\\xA5", "\245")
-    mpw_line = string.replace(mpw_line, "\\xB6", "\266")
-    mpw_line = string.replace(mpw_line, "\\xC4", "\304")
-    mpw_line = string.replace(mpw_line, "\\xC5", "\305")
-    mpw_line = string.replace(mpw_line, "\\xFF", "\377")
-    mpw_line = string.replace(mpw_line, "\n",   "\r")
-    mpw_line = string.replace(mpw_line, "\\n",   "\n")
-    sys.stdout.write(mpw_line)
-elif sys.argv[1] == "-r" :
-  for mpw_line in sys.stdin.readlines():
-    asc_line = string.replace(mpw_line, "\n",   "\\n")
-    asc_line = string.replace(asc_line, "\r",   "\n")
-    asc_line = string.replace(asc_line, "\245", "\\xA5")
-    asc_line = string.replace(asc_line, "\266", "\\xB6")
-    asc_line = string.replace(asc_line, "\304", "\\xC4")
-    asc_line = string.replace(asc_line, "\305", "\\xC5")
-    asc_line = string.replace(asc_line, "\377", "\\xFF")
-    sys.stdout.write(asc_line)
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/ftlib.prj.xml b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/ftlib.prj.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index cbbc45e..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/ftlib.prj.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1194 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-]>
-
-
-    
-        
-            FreeTypeLib
-            
-
-                
-                UserSourceTrees
-
-                
-                AlwaysSearchUserPathstrue
-                InterpretDOSAndUnixPathstrue
-                RequireFrameworkStyleIncludesfalse
-                SourceRelativeIncludesfalse
-                UserSearchPaths
-                    
-                        SearchPath
-                            Path:
-                            PathFormatMacOS
-                            PathRootProject
-                        
-                        Recursivetrue
-                        FrameworkPathfalse
-                        HostFlagsAll
-                    
-                    
-                        SearchPath
-                            Path:::include:
-                            PathFormatMacOS
-                            PathRootProject
-                        
-                        Recursivetrue
-                        FrameworkPathfalse
-                        HostFlagsAll
-                    
-                    
-                        SearchPath
-                            Path:::src:
-                            PathFormatMacOS
-                            PathRootProject
-                        
-                        Recursivetrue
-                        FrameworkPathfalse
-                        HostFlagsAll
-                    
-                    
-                        SearchPath
-                            Path::
-                            PathFormatMacOS
-                            PathRootProject
-                        
-                        Recursivetrue
-                        FrameworkPathfalse
-                        HostFlagsAll
-                    
-                
-                SystemSearchPaths
-                    
-                        SearchPath
-                            Path:
-                            PathFormatMacOS
-                            PathRootCodeWarrior
-                        
-                        Recursivetrue
-                        FrameworkPathfalse
-                        HostFlagsAll
-                    
-                
-
-                
-                MWRuntimeSettings_WorkingDirectory
-                MWRuntimeSettings_CommandLine
-                MWRuntimeSettings_HostApplication
-                    Path
-                    PathFormatGeneric
-                    PathRootAbsolute
-                
-                MWRuntimeSettings_EnvVars
-
-                
-                LinkerMacOS PPC Linker
-                PreLinker
-                PostLinker
-                TargetnameFreeTypeLib
-                OutputDirectory
-                    Path:::objs:
-                    PathFormatMacOS
-                    PathRootProject
-                
-                SaveEntriesUsingRelativePathsfalse
-
-                
-                FileMappings
-                    
-                        FileTypeAPPL
-                        FileExtension
-                        Compiler
-                        EditLanguage
-                        Precompilefalse
-                        Launchabletrue
-                        ResourceFiletrue
-                        IgnoredByMakefalse
-                    
-                    
-                        FileTypeAppl
-                        FileExtension
-                        Compiler
-                        EditLanguage
-                        Precompilefalse
-                        Launchabletrue
-                        ResourceFiletrue
-                        IgnoredByMakefalse
-                    
-                    
-                        FileTypeMMLB
-                        FileExtension
-                        CompilerLib Import PPC
-                        EditLanguage
-                        Precompilefalse
-                        Launchablefalse
-                        ResourceFilefalse
-                        IgnoredByMakefalse
-                    
-                    
-                        FileTypeMPLF
-                        FileExtension
-                        CompilerLib Import PPC
-                        EditLanguage
-                        Precompilefalse
-                        Launchablefalse
-                        ResourceFilefalse
-                        IgnoredByMakefalse
-                    
-                    
-                        FileTypeMWCD
-                        FileExtension
-                        Compiler
-                        EditLanguage
-                        Precompilefalse
-                        Launchabletrue
-                        ResourceFiletrue
-                        IgnoredByMakefalse
-                    
-                    
-                        FileTypeRSRC
-                        FileExtension
-                        Compiler
-                        EditLanguage
-                        Precompilefalse
-                        Launchabletrue
-                        ResourceFiletrue
-                        IgnoredByMakefalse
-                    
-                    
-                        FileTypeTEXT
-                        FileExtension.bh
-                        CompilerBalloon Help
-                        EditLanguage
-                        Precompilefalse
-                        Launchablefalse
-                        ResourceFilefalse
-                        IgnoredByMakefalse
-                    
-                    
-                        FileTypeTEXT
-                        FileExtension.c
-                        CompilerMW C/C++ PPC
-                        EditLanguageC/C++
-                        Precompilefalse
-                        Launchablefalse
-                        ResourceFilefalse
-                        IgnoredByMakefalse
-                    
-                    
-                        FileTypeTEXT
-                        FileExtension.c++
-                        CompilerMW C/C++ PPC
-                        EditLanguageC/C++
-                        Precompilefalse
-                        Launchablefalse
-                        ResourceFilefalse
-                        IgnoredByMakefalse
-                    
-                    
-                        FileTypeTEXT
-                        FileExtension.cc
-                        CompilerMW C/C++ PPC
-                        EditLanguageC/C++
-                        Precompilefalse
-                        Launchablefalse
-                        ResourceFilefalse
-                        IgnoredByMakefalse
-                    
-                    
-                        FileTypeTEXT
-                        FileExtension.cp
-                        CompilerMW C/C++ PPC
-                        EditLanguageC/C++
-                        Precompilefalse
-                        Launchablefalse
-                        ResourceFilefalse
-                        IgnoredByMakefalse
-                    
-                    
-                        FileTypeTEXT
-                        FileExtension.cpp
-                        CompilerMW C/C++ PPC
-                        EditLanguageC/C++
-                        Precompilefalse
-                        Launchablefalse
-                        ResourceFilefalse
-                        IgnoredByMakefalse
-                    
-                    
-                        FileTypeTEXT
-                        FileExtension.exp
-                        Compiler
-                        EditLanguage
-                        Precompilefalse
-                        Launchablefalse
-                        ResourceFilefalse
-                        IgnoredByMakefalse
-                    
-                    
-                        FileTypeTEXT
-                        FileExtension.h
-                        CompilerMW C/C++ PPC
-                        EditLanguageC/C++
-                        Precompilefalse
-                        Launchablefalse
-                        ResourceFilefalse
-                        IgnoredByMaketrue
-                    
-                    
-                        FileTypeTEXT
-                        FileExtension.p
-                        CompilerMW Pascal PPC
-                        EditLanguage
-                        Precompilefalse
-                        Launchablefalse
-                        ResourceFilefalse
-                        IgnoredByMakefalse
-                    
-                    
-                        FileTypeTEXT
-                        FileExtension.pas
-                        CompilerMW Pascal PPC
-                        EditLanguage
-                        Precompilefalse
-                        Launchablefalse
-                        ResourceFilefalse
-                        IgnoredByMakefalse
-                    
-                    
-                        FileTypeTEXT
-                        FileExtension.pch
-                        CompilerMW C/C++ PPC
-                        EditLanguageC/C++
-                        Precompiletrue
-                        Launchablefalse
-                        ResourceFilefalse
-                        IgnoredByMakefalse
-                    
-                    
-                        FileTypeTEXT
-                        FileExtension.pch++
-                        CompilerMW C/C++ PPC
-                        EditLanguageC/C++
-                        Precompiletrue
-                        Launchablefalse
-                        ResourceFilefalse
-                        IgnoredByMakefalse
-                    
-                    
-                        FileTypeTEXT
-                        FileExtension.ppu
-                        CompilerMW Pascal PPC
-                        EditLanguage
-                        Precompiletrue
-                        Launchablefalse
-                        ResourceFilefalse
-                        IgnoredByMakefalse
-                    
-                    
-                        FileTypeTEXT
-                        FileExtension.r
-                        CompilerRez
-                        EditLanguageRez
-                        Precompilefalse
-                        Launchablefalse
-                        ResourceFilefalse
-                        IgnoredByMakefalse
-                    
-                    
-                        FileTypeTEXT
-                        FileExtension.s
-                        CompilerPPCAsm
-                        EditLanguage
-                        Precompilefalse
-                        Launchablefalse
-                        ResourceFilefalse
-                        IgnoredByMakefalse
-                    
-                    
-                        FileTypeXCOF
-                        FileExtension
-                        CompilerXCOFF Import PPC
-                        EditLanguage
-                        Precompilefalse
-                        Launchablefalse
-                        ResourceFilefalse
-                        IgnoredByMakefalse
-                    
-                    
-                        FileTypedocu
-                        FileExtension
-                        Compiler
-                        EditLanguage
-                        Precompilefalse
-                        Launchabletrue
-                        ResourceFiletrue
-                        IgnoredByMakefalse
-                    
-                    
-                        FileTypersrc
-                        FileExtension
-                        Compiler
-                        EditLanguage
-                        Precompilefalse
-                        Launchabletrue
-                        ResourceFiletrue
-                        IgnoredByMakefalse
-                    
-                    
-                        FileTypeshlb
-                        FileExtension
-                        CompilerPEF Import PPC
-                        EditLanguage
-                        Precompilefalse
-                        Launchablefalse
-                        ResourceFilefalse
-                        IgnoredByMakefalse
-                    
-                    
-                        FileTypestub
-                        FileExtension
-                        CompilerPEF Import PPC
-                        EditLanguage
-                        Precompilefalse
-                        Launchablefalse
-                        ResourceFilefalse
-                        IgnoredByMakefalse
-                    
-                    
-                        FileExtension.doc
-                        Compiler
-                        EditLanguage
-                        Precompilefalse
-                        Launchabletrue
-                        ResourceFilefalse
-                        IgnoredByMaketrue
-                    
-                    
-                        FileExtension.o
-                        CompilerXCOFF Import PPC
-                        EditLanguage
-                        Precompilefalse
-                        Launchablefalse
-                        ResourceFilefalse
-                        IgnoredByMakefalse
-                    
-                    
-                        FileExtension.ppob
-                        Compiler
-                        EditLanguage
-                        Precompilefalse
-                        Launchabletrue
-                        ResourceFiletrue
-                        IgnoredByMakefalse
-                    
-                    
-                        FileExtension.rsrc
-                        Compiler
-                        EditLanguage
-                        Precompilefalse
-                        Launchabletrue
-                        ResourceFiletrue
-                        IgnoredByMakefalse
-                    
-                
-
-                
-                CacheModDatestrue
-                DumpBrowserInfofalse
-                CacheSubprojectstrue
-                UseThirdPartyDebuggerfalse
-                BrowserGenerator1
-                DebuggerAppPath
-                    Path
-                    PathFormatGeneric
-                    PathRootAbsolute
-                
-                DebuggerCmdLineArgs
-                DebuggerWorkingDir
-                    Path
-                    PathFormatGeneric
-                    PathRootAbsolute
-                
-                CodeCompletionPrefixFileNameMacHeaders.c
-                CodeCompletionMacroFileNameMacOS_Carbon_C++_Macros.h
-
-                
-                ConsoleEncoding0
-                LogSystemMessagestrue
-                AutoTargetDLLsfalse
-                StopAtWatchpointstrue
-                PauseWhileRunningfalse
-                PauseInterval5
-                PauseUIFlags0
-                AltExePath
-                    Path
-                    PathFormatGeneric
-                    PathRootAbsolute
-                
-                StopAtTempBPOnLaunchtrue
-                CacheSymbolicstrue
-                TempBPFunctionNamemain
-                TempBPType0
-
-                
-                Enabledfalse
-                ConnectionName
-                DownloadPath
-                LaunchRemoteAppfalse
-                RemoteAppPath
-                CoreID0
-                JTAGClockSpeed8000
-                IsMultiCorefalse
-                OSDownloadfalse
-                UseGlobalOSDownloadfalse
-                OSDownloadConnectionName
-                OSDownloadPath
-                AltDownloadfalse
-                AltDownloadConnectionName
-
-                
-                OtherExecutables
-
-                
-                AnalyzerConnectionName
-
-                
-                CustomColor1
-                    Red0
-                    Green32767
-                    Blue0
-                
-                CustomColor2
-                    Red0
-                    Green32767
-                    Blue0
-                
-                CustomColor3
-                    Red0
-                    Green32767
-                    Blue0
-                
-                CustomColor4
-                    Red0
-                    Green32767
-                    Blue0
-                
-
-                
-                MWFrontEnd_C_cplusplus0
-                MWFrontEnd_C_checkprotos1
-                MWFrontEnd_C_arm0
-                MWFrontEnd_C_trigraphs0
-                MWFrontEnd_C_onlystdkeywords0
-                MWFrontEnd_C_enumsalwaysint0
-                MWFrontEnd_C_ansistrict1
-                MWFrontEnd_C_wchar_type1
-                MWFrontEnd_C_enableexceptions1
-                MWFrontEnd_C_dontreusestrings0
-                MWFrontEnd_C_poolstrings0
-                MWFrontEnd_C_dontinline0
-                MWFrontEnd_C_useRTTI1
-                MWFrontEnd_C_unsignedchars0
-                MWFrontEnd_C_autoinline0
-                MWFrontEnd_C_booltruefalse1
-                MWFrontEnd_C_inlinelevel0
-                MWFrontEnd_C_ecplusplus0
-                MWFrontEnd_C_defer_codegen0
-                MWFrontEnd_C_templateparser0
-                MWFrontEnd_C_c990
-                MWFrontEnd_C_bottomupinline1
-                MWFrontEnd_C_gcc_extensions0
-                MWFrontEnd_C_instance_manager0
-
-                
-                C_CPP_Preprocessor_EmitFiletrue
-                C_CPP_Preprocessor_EmitLinefalse
-                C_CPP_Preprocessor_EmitFullPathfalse
-                C_CPP_Preprocessor_KeepCommentsfalse
-                C_CPP_Preprocessor_PCHUsesPrefixTextfalse
-                C_CPP_Preprocessor_EmitPragmastrue
-                C_CPP_Preprocessor_KeepWhiteSpacefalse
-                C_CPP_Preprocessor_MultiByteEncodingencASCII_Unicode
-                C_CPP_Preprocessor_PrefixText/* settings imported from old "C/C++ Language" panel */
-
-#if !__option(precompile)
-#include "ftoption.h" /* was "Prefix file" */
-#endif
-
-
-                
-                MWWarning_C_warn_illpragma0
-                MWWarning_C_warn_emptydecl0
-                MWWarning_C_warn_possunwant0
-                MWWarning_C_warn_unusedvar1
-                MWWarning_C_warn_unusedarg1
-                MWWarning_C_warn_extracomma0
-                MWWarning_C_pedantic0
-                MWWarning_C_warningerrors0
-                MWWarning_C_warn_hidevirtual0
-                MWWarning_C_warn_implicitconv0
-                MWWarning_C_warn_notinlined0
-                MWWarning_C_warn_structclass0
-                MWWarning_C_warn_missingreturn0
-                MWWarning_C_warn_no_side_effect0
-                MWWarning_C_warn_resultnotused0
-                MWWarning_C_warn_padding0
-                MWWarning_C_warn_impl_i2f_conv0
-                MWWarning_C_warn_impl_f2i_conv0
-                MWWarning_C_warn_impl_s2u_conv0
-                MWWarning_C_warn_illtokenpasting0
-                MWWarning_C_warn_filenamecaps0
-                MWWarning_C_warn_filenamecapssystem0
-                MWWarning_C_warn_undefmacro0
-                MWWarning_C_warn_ptrintconv0
-
-                
-                MWMerge_MacOS_projectTypeApplication
-                MWMerge_MacOS_outputNameMerge Out
-                MWMerge_MacOS_outputCreator????
-                MWMerge_MacOS_outputTypeAPPL
-                MWMerge_MacOS_suppressWarning0
-                MWMerge_MacOS_copyFragments1
-                MWMerge_MacOS_copyResources1
-                MWMerge_MacOS_flattenResource0
-                MWMerge_MacOS_flatFileNamea.rsrc
-                MWMerge_MacOS_flatFileOutputPath
-                    Path:
-                    PathFormatMacOS
-                    PathRootProject
-                
-                MWMerge_MacOS_skipResources
-                    DLGX
-                    ckid
-                    Proj
-                    WSPC
-                
-
-                
-                FileLockedfalse
-                ResourcesMapIsReadOnlyfalse
-                PrinterDriverIsMultiFinderCompatiblefalse
-                Invisiblefalse
-                HasBundlefalse
-                NameLockedfalse
-                Stationeryfalse
-                HasCustomIconfalse
-                Sharedfalse
-                HasBeenInitedfalse
-                Label0
-                Comments
-                HasCustomBadgefalse
-                HasRoutingInfofalse
-
-                
-                MWCodeGen_PPC_structalignmentPPC_mw
-                MWCodeGen_PPC_tracebacktablesNone
-                MWCodeGen_PPC_processorGeneric
-                MWCodeGen_PPC_function_align4
-                MWCodeGen_PPC_tocdata1
-                MWCodeGen_PPC_largetoc0
-                MWCodeGen_PPC_profiler0
-                MWCodeGen_PPC_vectortocdata0
-                MWCodeGen_PPC_poolconst0
-                MWCodeGen_PPC_peephole0
-                MWCodeGen_PPC_readonlystrings0
-                MWCodeGen_PPC_linkerpoolsstrings0
-                MWCodeGen_PPC_volatileasm0
-                MWCodeGen_PPC_schedule0
-                MWCodeGen_PPC_altivec0
-                MWCodeGen_PPC_altivec_move_block0
-                MWCodeGen_PPC_strictIEEEfp0
-                MWCodeGen_PPC_fpcontract1
-                MWCodeGen_PPC_genfsel0
-                MWCodeGen_PPC_orderedfpcmp0
-
-                
-                MWCodeGen_MachO_structalignmentPPC_mw
-                MWCodeGen_MachO_profiler_enumOff
-                MWCodeGen_MachO_processorGeneric
-                MWCodeGen_MachO_function_align4
-                MWCodeGen_MachO_common0
-                MWCodeGen_MachO_boolisint0
-                MWCodeGen_MachO_peephole1
-                MWCodeGen_MachO_readonlystrings0
-                MWCodeGen_MachO_linkerpoolsstrings1
-                MWCodeGen_MachO_volatileasm0
-                MWCodeGen_MachO_schedule0
-                MWCodeGen_MachO_altivec0
-                MWCodeGen_MachO_vecmove0
-                MWCodeGen_MachO_fp_ieee_strict0
-                MWCodeGen_MachO_fpcontract1
-                MWCodeGen_MachO_genfsel0
-                MWCodeGen_MachO_fp_cmps_ordered0
-
-                
-                MWDisassembler_PPC_showcode1
-                MWDisassembler_PPC_extended1
-                MWDisassembler_PPC_mix0
-                MWDisassembler_PPC_nohex0
-                MWDisassembler_PPC_showdata1
-                MWDisassembler_PPC_showexceptions1
-                MWDisassembler_PPC_showsym0
-                MWDisassembler_PPC_shownames1
-
-                
-                GlobalOptimizer_PPC_optimizationlevelLevel0
-                GlobalOptimizer_PPC_optforSpeed
-
-                
-                MWLinker_PPC_linksym1
-                MWLinker_PPC_symfullpath1
-                MWLinker_PPC_linkmap0
-                MWLinker_PPC_nolinkwarnings0
-                MWLinker_PPC_dontdeadstripinitcode0
-                MWLinker_PPC_permitmultdefs0
-                MWLinker_PPC_linkmodeFast
-                MWLinker_PPC_code_foldingNone
-                MWLinker_PPC_initname
-                MWLinker_PPC_mainname
-                MWLinker_PPC_termname
-
-                
-                MWLinker_MacOSX_linksym1
-                MWLinker_MacOSX_symfullpath0
-                MWLinker_MacOSX_nolinkwarnings0
-                MWLinker_MacOSX_linkmap0
-                MWLinker_MacOSX_dontdeadstripinitcode0
-                MWLinker_MacOSX_permitmultdefs0
-                MWLinker_MacOSX_use_objectivec_semantics0
-                MWLinker_MacOSX_strip_debug_symbols0
-                MWLinker_MacOSX_split_segs0
-                MWLinker_MacOSX_report_msl_overloads0
-                MWLinker_MacOSX_objects_follow_linkorder0
-                MWLinker_MacOSX_linkmodeNormal
-                MWLinker_MacOSX_exportsReferencedGlobals
-                MWLinker_MacOSX_sortcodeNone
-                MWLinker_MacOSX_mainname
-                MWLinker_MacOSX_initname
-                MWLinker_MacOSX_code_foldingNone
-                MWLinker_MacOSX_stabsgenNone
-
-                
-                MWProject_MacOSX_typeExecutable
-                MWProject_MacOSX_outfile
-                MWProject_MacOSX_filecreator????
-                MWProject_MacOSX_filetypeMEXE
-                MWProject_MacOSX_vmaddress4096
-                MWProject_MacOSX_usedefaultvmaddr1
-                MWProject_MacOSX_flatrsrc0
-                MWProject_MacOSX_flatrsrcfilename
-                MWProject_MacOSX_flatrsrcoutputdir
-                    Path:
-                    PathFormatMacOS
-                    PathRootProject
-                
-                MWProject_MacOSX_installpath./
-                MWProject_MacOSX_dont_prebind0
-                MWProject_MacOSX_flat_namespace0
-                MWProject_MacOSX_frameworkversionA
-                MWProject_MacOSX_currentversion0
-                MWProject_MacOSX_flat_oldimpversion0
-                MWProject_MacOSX_AddrMode1
-
-                
-                MWPEF_exportsNone
-                MWPEF_libfolder0
-                MWPEF_sortcodeNone
-                MWPEF_expandbss0
-                MWPEF_sharedata0
-                MWPEF_olddefversion0
-                MWPEF_oldimpversion0
-                MWPEF_currentversion0
-                MWPEF_fragmentname
-                MWPEF_collapsereloads0
-
-                
-                MWProject_PPC_typeLibrary
-                MWProject_PPC_outfileFreeTypeLib
-                MWProject_PPC_filecreator????
-                MWProject_PPC_filetype????
-                MWProject_PPC_size0
-                MWProject_PPC_minsize0
-                MWProject_PPC_stacksize0
-                MWProject_PPC_flags0
-                MWProject_PPC_symfilename
-                MWProject_PPC_rsrcname
-                MWProject_PPC_rsrcheaderNative
-                MWProject_PPC_rsrctype????
-                MWProject_PPC_rsrcid0
-                MWProject_PPC_rsrcflags0
-                MWProject_PPC_rsrcstore0
-                MWProject_PPC_rsrcmerge0
-                MWProject_PPC_flatrsrc0
-                MWProject_PPC_flatrsrcoutputdir
-                    Path:
-                    PathFormatMacOS
-                    PathRootProject
-                
-                MWProject_PPC_flatrsrcfilename
-
-                
-                MWAssembler_PPC_auxheader0
-                MWAssembler_PPC_symmodeMac
-                MWAssembler_PPC_dialectPPC
-                MWAssembler_PPC_prefixfile
-                MWAssembler_PPC_typecheck0
-                MWAssembler_PPC_warnings0
-                MWAssembler_PPC_casesensitive0
-
-                
-                PList_OutputTypeFile
-                PList_OutputEncodingUTF-8
-                PList_PListVersion1.0
-                PList_Prefix
-                PList_FileFilenameInfo.plist
-                PList_FileDirectory
-                    Path:
-                    PathFormatMacOS
-                    PathRootProject
-                
-                PList_ResourceTypeplst
-                PList_ResourceID0
-                PList_ResourceName
-
-                
-                MWRez_Language_maxwidth80
-                MWRez_Language_scriptRoman
-                MWRez_Language_alignmentAlign1
-                MWRez_Language_filtermodeFilterSkip
-                MWRez_Language_suppresswarnings0
-                MWRez_Language_escapecontrolchars1
-                MWRez_Language_prefixname
-                MWRez_Language_filteredtypes'CODE' 'DATA' 'PICT'
-            
-            
-                
-                    Name
-                    ftsystem.c
-                    MacOS
-                    Text
-                    Debug
-                
-                
-                    Name
-                    ftbase.c
-                    MacOS
-                    Text
-                    Debug
-                
-                
-                    Name
-                    ftinit.c
-                    MacOS
-                    Text
-                    Debug
-                
-                
-                    Name
-                    sfnt.c
-                    MacOS
-                    Text
-                    Debug
-                
-                
-                    Name
-                    psnames.c
-                    MacOS
-                    Text
-                    Debug
-                
-                
-                    Name
-                    ftdebug.c
-                    MacOS
-                    Text
-                    Debug
-                
-                
-                    Name
-                    type1cid.c
-                    MacOS
-                    Text
-                    Debug
-                
-                
-                    Name
-                    cff.c
-                    MacOS
-                    Text
-                    Debug
-                
-                
-                    Name
-                    smooth.c
-                    MacOS
-                    Text
-                    Debug
-                
-                
-                    Name
-                    winfnt.c
-                    MacOS
-                    Text
-                    Debug
-                
-                
-                    Name
-                    truetype.c
-                    MacOS
-                    Text
-                    Debug
-                
-                
-                    Name
-                    ftmac.c
-                    MacOS
-                    Text
-                    Debug
-                
-                
-                    Name
-                    psaux.c
-                    MacOS
-                    Text
-                    
-                
-                
-                    Name
-                    ftcache.c
-                    MacOS
-                    Text
-                    
-                
-                
-                    Name
-                    ftglyph.c
-                    MacOS
-                    Text
-                    
-                
-                
-                    Name
-                    type1.c
-                    MacOS
-                    Text
-                    Debug
-                
-                
-                    Name
-                    pshinter.c
-                    MacOS
-                    Text
-                    Debug
-                
-                
-                    Name
-                    pcf.c
-                    MacOS
-                    Text
-                    Debug
-                
-                
-                    Name
-                    ftraster.c
-                    MacOS
-                    Text
-                    Debug
-                
-                
-                    Name
-                    ftrend1.c
-                    MacOS
-                    Text
-                    Debug
-                
-            
-            
-                
-                    Name
-                    ftsystem.c
-                    MacOS
-                
-                
-                    Name
-                    ftbase.c
-                    MacOS
-                
-                
-                    Name
-                    ftinit.c
-                    MacOS
-                
-                
-                    Name
-                    sfnt.c
-                    MacOS
-                
-                
-                    Name
-                    psnames.c
-                    MacOS
-                
-                
-                    Name
-                    ftdebug.c
-                    MacOS
-                
-                
-                    Name
-                    type1cid.c
-                    MacOS
-                
-                
-                    Name
-                    cff.c
-                    MacOS
-                
-                
-                    Name
-                    smooth.c
-                    MacOS
-                
-                
-                    Name
-                    winfnt.c
-                    MacOS
-                
-                
-                    Name
-                    truetype.c
-                    MacOS
-                
-                
-                    Name
-                    ftmac.c
-                    MacOS
-                
-                
-                    Name
-                    psaux.c
-                    MacOS
-                
-                
-                    Name
-                    ftcache.c
-                    MacOS
-                
-                
-                    Name
-                    ftglyph.c
-                    MacOS
-                
-                
-                    Name
-                    type1.c
-                    MacOS
-                
-                
-                    Name
-                    pshinter.c
-                    MacOS
-                
-                
-                    Name
-                    pcf.c
-                    MacOS
-                
-                
-                    Name
-                    ftraster.c
-                    MacOS
-                
-                
-                    Name
-                    ftrend1.c
-                    MacOS
-                
-            
-        
-    
-
-    
-        FreeTypeLib
-    
-
-    
-        base
-            
-                FreeTypeLib
-                Name
-                ftbase.c
-                MacOS
-            
-            
-                FreeTypeLib
-                Name
-                ftdebug.c
-                MacOS
-            
-            
-                FreeTypeLib
-                Name
-                ftglyph.c
-                MacOS
-            
-            
-                FreeTypeLib
-                Name
-                ftinit.c
-                MacOS
-            
-            
-                FreeTypeLib
-                Name
-                ftsystem.c
-                MacOS
-            
-            
-                FreeTypeLib
-                Name
-                ftmac.c
-                MacOS
-            
-        
-        ftmodules
-            
-                FreeTypeLib
-                Name
-                cff.c
-                MacOS
-            
-            
-                FreeTypeLib
-                Name
-                ftcache.c
-                MacOS
-            
-            
-                FreeTypeLib
-                Name
-                psaux.c
-                MacOS
-            
-            
-                FreeTypeLib
-                Name
-                psnames.c
-                MacOS
-            
-            
-                FreeTypeLib
-                Name
-                sfnt.c
-                MacOS
-            
-            
-                FreeTypeLib
-                Name
-                smooth.c
-                MacOS
-            
-            
-                FreeTypeLib
-                Name
-                truetype.c
-                MacOS
-            
-            
-                FreeTypeLib
-                Name
-                type1cid.c
-                MacOS
-            
-            
-                FreeTypeLib
-                Name
-                winfnt.c
-                MacOS
-            
-            
-                FreeTypeLib
-                Name
-                type1.c
-                MacOS
-            
-            
-                FreeTypeLib
-                Name
-                pshinter.c
-                MacOS
-            
-            
-                FreeTypeLib
-                Name
-                pcf.c
-                MacOS
-            
-            
-                FreeTypeLib
-                Name
-                ftraster.c
-                MacOS
-            
-            
-                FreeTypeLib
-                Name
-                ftrend1.c
-                MacOS
-            
-        
-    
-
-
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/ftmac.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/ftmac.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 6e91a8f..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/ftmac.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1600 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftmac.c                                                                */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Mac FOND support.  Written by just@letterror.com.                    */
-/*  Heavily Fixed by mpsuzuki, George Williams and Sean McBride            */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by       */
-/*  Just van Rossum, David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.     */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*
-    Notes
-
-    Mac suitcase files can (and often do!) contain multiple fonts.  To
-    support this I use the face_index argument of FT_(Open|New)_Face()
-    functions, and pretend the suitcase file is a collection.
-
-    Warning: fbit and NFNT bitmap resources are not supported yet.  In old
-    sfnt fonts, bitmap glyph data for each size is stored in each `NFNT'
-    resources instead of the `bdat' table in the sfnt resource.  Therefore,
-    face->num_fixed_sizes is set to 0, because bitmap data in `NFNT'
-    resource is unavailable at present.
-
-    The Mac FOND support works roughly like this:
-
-    - Check whether the offered stream points to a Mac suitcase file.  This
-      is done by checking the file type: it has to be 'FFIL' or 'tfil'.  The
-      stream that gets passed to our init_face() routine is a stdio stream,
-      which isn't usable for us, since the FOND resources live in the
-      resource fork.  So we just grab the stream->pathname field.
-
-    - Read the FOND resource into memory, then check whether there is a
-      TrueType font and/or(!) a Type 1 font available.
-
-    - If there is a Type 1 font available (as a separate `LWFN' file), read
-      its data into memory, massage it slightly so it becomes PFB data, wrap
-      it into a memory stream, load the Type 1 driver and delegate the rest
-      of the work to it by calling FT_Open_Face().  (XXX TODO: after this
-      has been done, the kerning data from the FOND resource should be
-      appended to the face: On the Mac there are usually no AFM files
-      available.  However, this is tricky since we need to map Mac char
-      codes to ps glyph names to glyph ID's...)
-
-    - If there is a TrueType font (an `sfnt' resource), read it into memory,
-      wrap it into a memory stream, load the TrueType driver and delegate
-      the rest of the work to it, by calling FT_Open_Face().
-
-    - Some suitcase fonts (notably Onyx) might point the `LWFN' file to
-      itself, even though it doesn't contains `POST' resources.  To handle
-      this special case without opening the file an extra time, we just
-      ignore errors from the `LWFN' and fallback to the `sfnt' if both are
-      available.
-  */
-
-
-#include 
-#include FT_FREETYPE_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
-
-#if defined( __GNUC__ ) || defined( __IBMC__ )
-  /* This is for Mac OS X.  Without redefinition, OS_INLINE */
-  /* expands to `static inline' which doesn't survive the   */
-  /* -ansi compilation flag of GCC.                         */
-#if !HAVE_ANSI_OS_INLINE
-#undef  OS_INLINE
-#define OS_INLINE   static __inline__
-#endif
-#include 
-#include 
-#include  /* PATH_MAX */
-#else
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-#endif
-
-#ifndef PATH_MAX
-#define PATH_MAX 1024 /* same with Mac OS X's syslimits.h */
-#endif
-
-#if defined( __MWERKS__ ) && !TARGET_RT_MAC_MACHO
-#include 
-#endif
-
-#define FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE
-
-#include FT_MAC_H
-
-  /* undefine blocking-macros in ftmac.h */
-#undef FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name
-#undef FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name
-#undef FT_New_Face_From_FOND
-#undef FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec
-#undef FT_New_Face_From_FSRef
-
-
-  /* FSSpec functions are deprecated since Mac OS X 10.4 */
-#ifndef HAVE_FSSPEC
-#if TARGET_API_MAC_OS8 || TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
-#define HAVE_FSSPEC  1
-#else
-#define HAVE_FSSPEC  0
-#endif
-#endif
-
-  /* most FSRef functions were introduced since Mac OS 9 */
-#ifndef HAVE_FSREF
-#if TARGET_API_MAC_OSX
-#define HAVE_FSREF  1
-#else
-#define HAVE_FSREF  0
-#endif
-#endif
-
-  /* QuickDraw is deprecated since Mac OS X 10.4 */
-#ifndef HAVE_QUICKDRAW_CARBON
-#if TARGET_API_MAC_OS8 || TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
-#define HAVE_QUICKDRAW_CARBON  1
-#else
-#define HAVE_QUICKDRAW_CARBON  0
-#endif
-#endif
-
-  /* AppleTypeService is available since Mac OS X */
-#ifndef HAVE_ATS
-#if TARGET_API_MAC_OSX
-#define HAVE_ATS  1
-#ifndef kATSOptionFlagsUnRestrictedScope /* since Mac OS X 10.1 */
-#define kATSOptionFlagsUnRestrictedScope kATSOptionFlagsDefault
-#endif
-#else
-#define HAVE_ATS  0
-#endif
-#endif
-
-  /* Some portable types are unavailable on legacy SDKs */
-#ifndef MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_5
-typedef short   ResourceIndex;
-#endif
-
-  /* Set PREFER_LWFN to 1 if LWFN (Type 1) is preferred over
-     TrueType in case *both* are available (this is not common,
-     but it *is* possible). */
-#ifndef PREFER_LWFN
-#define PREFER_LWFN  1
-#endif
-
-
-#if !HAVE_QUICKDRAW_CARBON  /* QuickDraw is deprecated since Mac OS X 10.4 */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name( const char*  fontName,
-                            FSSpec*      pathSpec,
-                            FT_Long*     face_index )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( fontName );
-    FT_UNUSED( pathSpec );
-    FT_UNUSED( face_index );
-
-    return FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
-  }
-
-#else
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name( const char*  fontName,
-                            FSSpec*      pathSpec,
-                            FT_Long*     face_index )
-  {
-    OptionBits            options = kFMUseGlobalScopeOption;
-
-    FMFontFamilyIterator  famIter;
-    OSStatus              status = FMCreateFontFamilyIterator( NULL, NULL,
-                                                               options,
-                                                               &famIter );
-    FMFont                the_font = 0;
-    FMFontFamily          family   = 0;
-
-
-    *face_index = 0;
-    while ( status == 0 && !the_font )
-    {
-      status = FMGetNextFontFamily( &famIter, &family );
-      if ( status == 0 )
-      {
-        int                           stat2;
-        FMFontFamilyInstanceIterator  instIter;
-        Str255                        famNameStr;
-        char                          famName[256];
-
-
-        /* get the family name */
-        FMGetFontFamilyName( family, famNameStr );
-        CopyPascalStringToC( famNameStr, famName );
-
-        /* iterate through the styles */
-        FMCreateFontFamilyInstanceIterator( family, &instIter );
-
-        *face_index = 0;
-        stat2       = 0;
-
-        while ( stat2 == 0 && !the_font )
-        {
-          FMFontStyle  style;
-          FMFontSize   size;
-          FMFont       font;
-
-
-          stat2 = FMGetNextFontFamilyInstance( &instIter, &font,
-                                               &style, &size );
-          if ( stat2 == 0 && size == 0 )
-          {
-            char  fullName[256];
-
-
-            /* build up a complete face name */
-            ft_strcpy( fullName, famName );
-            if ( style & bold )
-              ft_strcat( fullName, " Bold" );
-            if ( style & italic )
-              ft_strcat( fullName, " Italic" );
-
-            /* compare with the name we are looking for */
-            if ( ft_strcmp( fullName, fontName ) == 0 )
-            {
-              /* found it! */
-              the_font = font;
-            }
-            else
-              ++(*face_index);
-          }
-        }
-
-        FMDisposeFontFamilyInstanceIterator( &instIter );
-      }
-    }
-
-    FMDisposeFontFamilyIterator( &famIter );
-
-    if ( the_font )
-    {
-      FMGetFontContainer( the_font, pathSpec );
-      return FT_Err_Ok;
-    }
-    else
-      return FT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
-  }
-
-#endif /* HAVE_QUICKDRAW_CARBON */
-
-
-#if HAVE_ATS
-
-  /* Private function.                                         */
-  /* The FSSpec type has been discouraged for a long time,     */
-  /* unfortunately an FSRef replacement API for                */
-  /* ATSFontGetFileSpecification() is only available in        */
-  /* Mac OS X 10.5 and later.                                  */
-  static OSStatus
-  FT_ATSFontGetFileReference( ATSFontRef  ats_font_id,
-                              FSRef*      ats_font_ref )
-  {
-    OSStatus  err;
-
-#if !defined( MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_5 ) || \
-    MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_5
-    FSSpec    spec;
-
-
-    err = ATSFontGetFileSpecification( ats_font_id, &spec );
-    if ( noErr == err )
-      err = FSpMakeFSRef( &spec, ats_font_ref );
-#else
-    err = ATSFontGetFileReference( ats_font_id, ats_font_ref );
-#endif
-
-    return err;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  FT_GetFileRef_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char*  fontName,
-                                   FSRef*       ats_font_ref,
-                                   FT_Long*     face_index )
-  {
-    CFStringRef  cf_fontName;
-    ATSFontRef   ats_font_id;
-
-
-    *face_index = 0;
-
-    cf_fontName = CFStringCreateWithCString( NULL, fontName,
-                                             kCFStringEncodingMacRoman );
-    ats_font_id = ATSFontFindFromName( cf_fontName,
-                                       kATSOptionFlagsUnRestrictedScope );
-    CFRelease( cf_fontName );
-
-    if ( ats_font_id == 0 || ats_font_id == 0xFFFFFFFFUL )
-      return FT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
-
-    if ( noErr != FT_ATSFontGetFileReference( ats_font_id, ats_font_ref ) )
-      return FT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
-
-    /* face_index calculation by searching preceding fontIDs */
-    /* with same FSRef                                       */
-    {
-      ATSFontRef  id2 = ats_font_id - 1;
-      FSRef       ref2;
-
-
-      while ( id2 > 0 )
-      {
-        if ( noErr != FT_ATSFontGetFileReference( id2, &ref2 ) )
-          break;
-        if ( noErr != FSCompareFSRefs( ats_font_ref, &ref2 ) )
-          break;
-
-        id2--;
-      }
-      *face_index = ats_font_id - ( id2 + 1 );
-    }
-
-    return FT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-#endif
-
-#if !HAVE_ATS
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char*  fontName,
-                                    UInt8*       path,
-                                    UInt32       maxPathSize,
-                                    FT_Long*     face_index )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( fontName );
-    FT_UNUSED( path );
-    FT_UNUSED( maxPathSize );
-    FT_UNUSED( face_index );
-
-    return FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
-  }
-
-#else
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char*  fontName,
-                                    UInt8*       path,
-                                    UInt32       maxPathSize,
-                                    FT_Long*     face_index )
-  {
-    FSRef     ref;
-    FT_Error  err;
-
-
-    err = FT_GetFileRef_From_Mac_ATS_Name( fontName, &ref, face_index );
-    if ( FT_Err_Ok != err )
-      return err;
-
-    if ( noErr != FSRefMakePath( &ref, path, maxPathSize ) )
-      return FT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
-
-    return FT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-#endif /* HAVE_ATS */
-
-
-#if !HAVE_FSSPEC || !HAVE_ATS
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char*  fontName,
-                                FSSpec*      pathSpec,
-                                FT_Long*     face_index )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( fontName );
-    FT_UNUSED( pathSpec );
-    FT_UNUSED( face_index );
-
-    return FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
-  }
-
-#else
-
-  /* This function is deprecated because FSSpec is deprecated in Mac OS X. */
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char*  fontName,
-                                FSSpec*      pathSpec,
-                                FT_Long*     face_index )
-  {
-    FSRef     ref;
-    FT_Error  err;
-
-
-    err = FT_GetFileRef_From_Mac_ATS_Name( fontName, &ref, face_index );
-    if ( FT_Err_Ok != err )
-      return err;
-
-    if ( noErr != FSGetCatalogInfo( &ref, kFSCatInfoNone, NULL, NULL,
-                                    pathSpec, NULL ) )
-      return FT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
-
-    return FT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-#endif
-
-
-#if defined( __MWERKS__ ) && !TARGET_RT_MAC_MACHO
-
-#define STREAM_FILE( stream )  ( (FT_FILE*)stream->descriptor.pointer )
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
-  ft_FSp_stream_close( FT_Stream  stream )
-  {
-    ft_fclose( STREAM_FILE( stream ) );
-
-    stream->descriptor.pointer = NULL;
-    stream->size               = 0;
-    stream->base               = 0;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( unsigned long )
-  ft_FSp_stream_io( FT_Stream       stream,
-                    unsigned long   offset,
-                    unsigned char*  buffer,
-                    unsigned long   count )
-  {
-    FT_FILE*  file;
-
-
-    file = STREAM_FILE( stream );
-
-    ft_fseek( file, offset, SEEK_SET );
-
-    return (unsigned long)ft_fread( buffer, 1, count, file );
-  }
-
-#endif  /* __MWERKS__ && !TARGET_RT_MAC_MACHO */
-
-
-#if HAVE_FSSPEC && !HAVE_FSREF
-
-  /* isDirectory is a dummy to synchronize API with FSPathMakeRef() */
-  static OSErr
-  FT_FSPathMakeSpec( const UInt8*  pathname,
-                     FSSpec*       spec_p,
-                     Boolean       isDirectory )
-  {
-    const char  *p, *q;
-    short       vRefNum;
-    long        dirID;
-    Str255      nodeName;
-    OSErr       err;
-    FT_UNUSED( isDirectory );
-
-
-    p = q = (const char *)pathname;
-    dirID   = 0;
-    vRefNum = 0;
-
-    while ( 1 )
-    {
-      int  len = ft_strlen( p );
-
-
-      if ( len > 255 )
-        len = 255;
-
-      q = p + len;
-
-      if ( q == p )
-        return 0;
-
-      if ( 255 < ft_strlen( (char *)pathname ) )
-      {
-        while ( p < q && *q != ':' )
-          q--;
-      }
-
-      if ( p < q )
-        *(char *)nodeName = q - p;
-      else if ( ft_strlen( p ) < 256 )
-        *(char *)nodeName = ft_strlen( p );
-      else
-        return errFSNameTooLong;
-
-      ft_strncpy( (char *)nodeName + 1, (char *)p, *(char *)nodeName );
-      err = FSMakeFSSpec( vRefNum, dirID, nodeName, spec_p );
-      if ( err || '\0' == *q )
-        return err;
-
-      vRefNum = spec_p->vRefNum;
-      dirID   = spec_p->parID;
-
-      p = q;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  static OSErr
-  FT_FSpMakePath( const FSSpec*  spec_p,
-                  UInt8*         path,
-                  UInt32         maxPathSize )
-  {
-    OSErr   err;
-    FSSpec  spec = *spec_p;
-    short   vRefNum;
-    long    dirID;
-    Str255  parDir_name;
-
-
-    FT_MEM_SET( path, 0, maxPathSize );
-    while ( 1 )
-    {
-      int             child_namelen = ft_strlen( (char *)path );
-      unsigned char   node_namelen  = spec.name[0];
-      unsigned char*  node_name     = spec.name + 1;
-
-
-      if ( node_namelen + child_namelen > maxPathSize )
-        return errFSNameTooLong;
-
-      FT_MEM_MOVE( path + node_namelen + 1, path, child_namelen );
-      FT_MEM_COPY( path, node_name, node_namelen );
-      if ( child_namelen > 0 )
-        path[node_namelen] = ':';
-
-      vRefNum        = spec.vRefNum;
-      dirID          = spec.parID;
-      parDir_name[0] = '\0';
-      err = FSMakeFSSpec( vRefNum, dirID, parDir_name, &spec );
-      if ( noErr != err || dirID == spec.parID )
-        break;
-    }
-    return noErr;
-  }
-
-#endif /* HAVE_FSSPEC && !HAVE_FSREF */
-
-
-  static OSErr
-  FT_FSPathMakeRes( const UInt8*    pathname,
-                    ResFileRefNum*  res )
-  {
-
-#if HAVE_FSREF
-
-    OSErr  err;
-    FSRef  ref;
-
-
-    if ( noErr != FSPathMakeRef( pathname, &ref, FALSE ) )
-      return FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource;
-
-    /* at present, no support for dfont format */
-    err = FSOpenResourceFile( &ref, 0, NULL, fsRdPerm, res );
-    if ( noErr == err )
-      return err;
-
-    /* fallback to original resource-fork font */
-    *res = FSOpenResFile( &ref, fsRdPerm );
-    err  = ResError();
-
-#else
-
-    OSErr   err;
-    FSSpec  spec;
-
-
-    if ( noErr != FT_FSPathMakeSpec( pathname, &spec, FALSE ) )
-      return FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource;
-
-    /* at present, no support for dfont format without FSRef */
-    /* (see above), try original resource-fork font          */
-    *res = FSpOpenResFile( &spec, fsRdPerm );
-    err  = ResError();
-
-#endif /* HAVE_FSREF */
-
-    return err;
-  }
-
-
-  /* Return the file type for given pathname */
-  static OSType
-  get_file_type_from_path( const UInt8*  pathname )
-  {
-
-#if HAVE_FSREF
-
-    FSRef          ref;
-    FSCatalogInfo  info;
-
-
-    if ( noErr != FSPathMakeRef( pathname, &ref, FALSE ) )
-      return ( OSType ) 0;
-
-    if ( noErr != FSGetCatalogInfo( &ref, kFSCatInfoFinderInfo, &info,
-                                    NULL, NULL, NULL ) )
-      return ( OSType ) 0;
-
-    return ((FInfo *)(info.finderInfo))->fdType;
-
-#else
-
-    FSSpec  spec;
-    FInfo   finfo;
-
-
-    if ( noErr != FT_FSPathMakeSpec( pathname, &spec, FALSE ) )
-      return ( OSType ) 0;
-
-    if ( noErr != FSpGetFInfo( &spec, &finfo ) )
-      return ( OSType ) 0;
-
-    return finfo.fdType;
-
-#endif /* HAVE_FSREF */
-
-  }
-
-
-  /* Given a PostScript font name, create the Macintosh LWFN file name. */
-  static void
-  create_lwfn_name( char*   ps_name,
-                    Str255  lwfn_file_name )
-  {
-    int       max = 5, count = 0;
-    FT_Byte*  p = lwfn_file_name;
-    FT_Byte*  q = (FT_Byte*)ps_name;
-
-
-    lwfn_file_name[0] = 0;
-
-    while ( *q )
-    {
-      if ( ft_isupper( *q ) )
-      {
-        if ( count )
-          max = 3;
-        count = 0;
-      }
-      if ( count < max && ( ft_isalnum( *q ) || *q == '_' ) )
-      {
-        *++p = *q;
-        lwfn_file_name[0]++;
-        count++;
-      }
-      q++;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  static short
-  count_faces_sfnt( char*  fond_data )
-  {
-    /* The count is 1 greater than the value in the FOND.  */
-    /* Isn't that cute? :-)                                */
-
-    return EndianS16_BtoN( *( (short*)( fond_data +
-                                        sizeof ( FamRec ) ) ) ) + 1;
-  }
-
-
-  static short
-  count_faces_scalable( char*  fond_data )
-  {
-    AsscEntry*  assoc;
-    FamRec*     fond;
-    short       i, face, face_all;
-
-
-    fond     = (FamRec*)fond_data;
-    face_all = EndianS16_BtoN( *( (short *)( fond_data +
-                                             sizeof ( FamRec ) ) ) ) + 1;
-    assoc    = (AsscEntry*)( fond_data + sizeof ( FamRec ) + 2 );
-    face     = 0;
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < face_all; i++ )
-    {
-      if ( 0 == EndianS16_BtoN( assoc[i].fontSize ) )
-        face++;
-    }
-    return face;
-  }
-
-
-  /* Look inside the FOND data, answer whether there should be an SFNT
-     resource, and answer the name of a possible LWFN Type 1 file.
-
-     Thanks to Paul Miller (paulm@profoundeffects.com) for the fix
-     to load a face OTHER than the first one in the FOND!
-  */
-
-  static void
-  parse_fond( char*   fond_data,
-              short*  have_sfnt,
-              ResID*  sfnt_id,
-              Str255  lwfn_file_name,
-              short   face_index )
-  {
-    AsscEntry*  assoc;
-    AsscEntry*  base_assoc;
-    FamRec*     fond;
-
-
-    *sfnt_id          = 0;
-    *have_sfnt        = 0;
-    lwfn_file_name[0] = 0;
-
-    fond       = (FamRec*)fond_data;
-    assoc      = (AsscEntry*)( fond_data + sizeof ( FamRec ) + 2 );
-    base_assoc = assoc;
-
-    /* the maximum faces in a FOND is 48, size of StyleTable.indexes[] */
-    if ( 47 < face_index )
-      return;
-
-    /* Let's do a little range checking before we get too excited here */
-    if ( face_index < count_faces_sfnt( fond_data ) )
-    {
-      assoc += face_index;        /* add on the face_index! */
-
-      /* if the face at this index is not scalable,
-         fall back to the first one (old behavior) */
-      if ( EndianS16_BtoN( assoc->fontSize ) == 0 )
-      {
-        *have_sfnt = 1;
-        *sfnt_id   = EndianS16_BtoN( assoc->fontID );
-      }
-      else if ( base_assoc->fontSize == 0 )
-      {
-        *have_sfnt = 1;
-        *sfnt_id   = EndianS16_BtoN( base_assoc->fontID );
-      }
-    }
-
-    if ( EndianS32_BtoN( fond->ffStylOff ) )
-    {
-      unsigned char*  p = (unsigned char*)fond_data;
-      StyleTable*     style;
-      unsigned short  string_count;
-      char            ps_name[256];
-      unsigned char*  names[64];
-      int             i;
-
-
-      p += EndianS32_BtoN( fond->ffStylOff );
-      style = (StyleTable*)p;
-      p += sizeof ( StyleTable );
-      string_count = EndianS16_BtoN( *(short*)(p) );
-      p += sizeof ( short );
-
-      for ( i = 0; i < string_count && i < 64; i++ )
-      {
-        names[i] = p;
-        p       += names[i][0];
-        p++;
-      }
-
-      {
-        size_t  ps_name_len = (size_t)names[0][0];
-
-
-        if ( ps_name_len != 0 )
-        {
-          ft_memcpy(ps_name, names[0] + 1, ps_name_len);
-          ps_name[ps_name_len] = 0;
-        }
-        if ( style->indexes[face_index] > 1 &&
-             style->indexes[face_index] <= FT_MIN( string_count, 64 ) )
-        {
-          unsigned char*  suffixes = names[style->indexes[face_index] - 1];
-
-
-          for ( i = 1; i <= suffixes[0]; i++ )
-          {
-            unsigned char*  s;
-            size_t          j = suffixes[i] - 1;
-
-
-            if ( j < string_count && ( s = names[j] ) != NULL )
-            {
-              size_t  s_len = (size_t)s[0];
-
-
-              if ( s_len != 0 && ps_name_len + s_len < sizeof ( ps_name ) )
-              {
-                ft_memcpy( ps_name + ps_name_len, s + 1, s_len );
-                ps_name_len += s_len;
-                ps_name[ps_name_len] = 0;
-              }
-            }
-          }
-        }
-      }
-
-      create_lwfn_name( ps_name, lwfn_file_name );
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  static  FT_Error
-  lookup_lwfn_by_fond( const UInt8*      path_fond,
-                       ConstStr255Param  base_lwfn,
-                       UInt8*            path_lwfn,
-                       int               path_size )
-  {
-
-#if HAVE_FSREF
-
-    FSRef  ref, par_ref;
-    int    dirname_len;
-
-
-    /* Pathname for FSRef can be in various formats: HFS, HFS+, and POSIX. */
-    /* We should not extract parent directory by string manipulation.      */
-
-    if ( noErr != FSPathMakeRef( path_fond, &ref, FALSE ) )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    if ( noErr != FSGetCatalogInfo( &ref, kFSCatInfoNone,
-                                    NULL, NULL, NULL, &par_ref ) )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    if ( noErr != FSRefMakePath( &par_ref, path_lwfn, path_size ) )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    if ( ft_strlen( (char *)path_lwfn ) + 1 + base_lwfn[0] > path_size )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    /* now we have absolute dirname in path_lwfn */
-    if ( path_lwfn[0] == '/' )
-      ft_strcat( (char *)path_lwfn, "/" );
-    else
-      ft_strcat( (char *)path_lwfn, ":" );
-
-    dirname_len = ft_strlen( (char *)path_lwfn );
-    ft_strcat( (char *)path_lwfn, (char *)base_lwfn + 1 );
-    path_lwfn[dirname_len + base_lwfn[0]] = '\0';
-
-    if ( noErr != FSPathMakeRef( path_lwfn, &ref, FALSE ) )
-      return FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource;
-
-    if ( noErr != FSGetCatalogInfo( &ref, kFSCatInfoNone,
-                                    NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL ) )
-      return FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource;
-
-    return FT_Err_Ok;
-
-#else
-
-    int     i;
-    FSSpec  spec;
-
-
-    /* pathname for FSSpec is always HFS format */
-    if ( ft_strlen( (char *)path_fond ) > path_size )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    ft_strcpy( (char *)path_lwfn, (char *)path_fond );
-
-    i = ft_strlen( (char *)path_lwfn ) - 1;
-    while ( i > 0 && ':' != path_lwfn[i] )
-      i--;
-
-    if ( i + 1 + base_lwfn[0] > path_size )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    if ( ':' == path_lwfn[i] )
-    {
-      ft_strcpy( (char *)path_lwfn + i + 1, (char *)base_lwfn + 1 );
-      path_lwfn[i + 1 + base_lwfn[0]] = '\0';
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      ft_strcpy( (char *)path_lwfn, (char *)base_lwfn + 1 );
-      path_lwfn[base_lwfn[0]] = '\0';
-    }
-
-    if ( noErr != FT_FSPathMakeSpec( path_lwfn, &spec, FALSE ) )
-      return FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource;
-
-    return FT_Err_Ok;
-
-#endif /* HAVE_FSREF */
-
-  }
-
-
-  static short
-  count_faces( Handle        fond,
-               const UInt8*  pathname )
-  {
-    ResID     sfnt_id;
-    short     have_sfnt, have_lwfn;
-    Str255    lwfn_file_name;
-    UInt8     buff[PATH_MAX];
-    FT_Error  err;
-    short     num_faces;
-
-
-    have_sfnt = have_lwfn = 0;
-
-    HLock( fond );
-    parse_fond( *fond, &have_sfnt, &sfnt_id, lwfn_file_name, 0 );
-
-    if ( lwfn_file_name[0] )
-    {
-      err = lookup_lwfn_by_fond( pathname, lwfn_file_name,
-                                 buff, sizeof ( buff )  );
-      if ( FT_Err_Ok == err )
-        have_lwfn = 1;
-    }
-
-    if ( have_lwfn && ( !have_sfnt || PREFER_LWFN ) )
-      num_faces = 1;
-    else
-      num_faces = count_faces_scalable( *fond );
-
-    HUnlock( fond );
-    return num_faces;
-  }
-
-
-  /* Read Type 1 data from the POST resources inside the LWFN file,
-     return a PFB buffer.  This is somewhat convoluted because the FT2
-     PFB parser wants the ASCII header as one chunk, and the LWFN
-     chunks are often not organized that way, so we glue chunks
-     of the same type together. */
-  static FT_Error
-  read_lwfn( FT_Memory      memory,
-             ResFileRefNum  res,
-             FT_Byte**      pfb_data,
-             FT_ULong*      size )
-  {
-    FT_Error       error = FT_Err_Ok;
-    ResID          res_id;
-    unsigned char  *buffer, *p, *size_p = NULL;
-    FT_ULong       total_size = 0;
-    FT_ULong       old_total_size = 0;
-    FT_ULong       post_size, pfb_chunk_size;
-    Handle         post_data;
-    char           code, last_code;
-
-
-    UseResFile( res );
-
-    /* First pass: load all POST resources, and determine the size of */
-    /* the output buffer.                                             */
-    res_id    = 501;
-    last_code = -1;
-
-    for (;;)
-    {
-      post_data = Get1Resource( FT_MAKE_TAG( 'P', 'O', 'S', 'T' ),
-                                res_id++ );
-      if ( post_data == NULL )
-        break;  /* we are done */
-
-      code = (*post_data)[0];
-
-      if ( code != last_code )
-      {
-        if ( code == 5 )
-          total_size += 2; /* just the end code */
-        else
-          total_size += 6; /* code + 4 bytes chunk length */
-      }
-
-      total_size += GetHandleSize( post_data ) - 2;
-      last_code = code;
-
-      /* detect integer overflows */
-      if ( total_size < old_total_size )
-      {
-        error = FT_Err_Array_Too_Large;
-        goto Error;
-      }
-
-      old_total_size = total_size;
-    }
-
-    if ( FT_ALLOC( buffer, (FT_Long)total_size ) )
-      goto Error;
-
-    /* Second pass: append all POST data to the buffer, add PFB fields. */
-    /* Glue all consecutive chunks of the same type together.           */
-    p              = buffer;
-    res_id         = 501;
-    last_code      = -1;
-    pfb_chunk_size = 0;
-
-    for (;;)
-    {
-      post_data = Get1Resource( FT_MAKE_TAG( 'P', 'O', 'S', 'T' ),
-                                res_id++ );
-      if ( post_data == NULL )
-        break;  /* we are done */
-
-      post_size = (FT_ULong)GetHandleSize( post_data ) - 2;
-      code = (*post_data)[0];
-
-      if ( code != last_code )
-      {
-        if ( last_code != -1 )
-        {
-          /* we are done adding a chunk, fill in the size field */
-          if ( size_p != NULL )
-          {
-            *size_p++ = (FT_Byte)(   pfb_chunk_size         & 0xFF );
-            *size_p++ = (FT_Byte)( ( pfb_chunk_size >> 8  ) & 0xFF );
-            *size_p++ = (FT_Byte)( ( pfb_chunk_size >> 16 ) & 0xFF );
-            *size_p++ = (FT_Byte)( ( pfb_chunk_size >> 24 ) & 0xFF );
-          }
-          pfb_chunk_size = 0;
-        }
-
-        *p++ = 0x80;
-        if ( code == 5 )
-          *p++ = 0x03;  /* the end */
-        else if ( code == 2 )
-          *p++ = 0x02;  /* binary segment */
-        else
-          *p++ = 0x01;  /* ASCII segment */
-
-        if ( code != 5 )
-        {
-          size_p = p;   /* save for later */
-          p += 4;       /* make space for size field */
-        }
-      }
-
-      ft_memcpy( p, *post_data + 2, post_size );
-      pfb_chunk_size += post_size;
-      p += post_size;
-      last_code = code;
-    }
-
-    *pfb_data = buffer;
-    *size = total_size;
-
-  Error:
-    CloseResFile( res );
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* Finalizer for a memory stream; gets called by FT_Done_Face().
-     It frees the memory it uses. */
-  static void
-  memory_stream_close( FT_Stream  stream )
-  {
-    FT_Memory  memory = stream->memory;
-
-
-    FT_FREE( stream->base );
-
-    stream->size  = 0;
-    stream->base  = 0;
-    stream->close = 0;
-  }
-
-
-  /* Create a new memory stream from a buffer and a size. */
-  static FT_Error
-  new_memory_stream( FT_Library           library,
-                     FT_Byte*             base,
-                     FT_ULong             size,
-                     FT_Stream_CloseFunc  close,
-                     FT_Stream*           astream )
-  {
-    FT_Error   error;
-    FT_Memory  memory;
-    FT_Stream  stream;
-
-
-    if ( !library )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Library_Handle;
-
-    if ( !base )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    *astream = 0;
-    memory = library->memory;
-    if ( FT_NEW( stream ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    FT_Stream_OpenMemory( stream, base, size );
-
-    stream->close = close;
-
-    *astream = stream;
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* Create a new FT_Face given a buffer and a driver name. */
-  static FT_Error
-  open_face_from_buffer( FT_Library  library,
-                         FT_Byte*    base,
-                         FT_ULong    size,
-                         FT_Long     face_index,
-                         char*       driver_name,
-                         FT_Face*    aface )
-  {
-    FT_Open_Args  args;
-    FT_Error      error;
-    FT_Stream     stream;
-    FT_Memory     memory = library->memory;
-
-
-    error = new_memory_stream( library,
-                               base,
-                               size,
-                               memory_stream_close,
-                               &stream );
-    if ( error )
-    {
-      FT_FREE( base );
-      return error;
-    }
-
-    args.flags  = FT_OPEN_STREAM;
-    args.stream = stream;
-    if ( driver_name )
-    {
-      args.flags  = args.flags | FT_OPEN_DRIVER;
-      args.driver = FT_Get_Module( library, driver_name );
-    }
-
-    /* At this point, face_index has served its purpose;      */
-    /* whoever calls this function has already used it to     */
-    /* locate the correct font data.  We should not propagate */
-    /* this index to FT_Open_Face() (unless it is negative).  */
-
-    if ( face_index > 0 )
-      face_index = 0;
-
-    error = FT_Open_Face( library, &args, face_index, aface );
-    if ( error == FT_Err_Ok )
-      (*aface)->face_flags &= ~FT_FACE_FLAG_EXTERNAL_STREAM;
-    else
-      FT_Stream_Free( stream, 0 );
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* Create a new FT_Face from a file spec to an LWFN file. */
-  static FT_Error
-  FT_New_Face_From_LWFN( FT_Library    library,
-                         const UInt8*  pathname,
-                         FT_Long       face_index,
-                         FT_Face*      aface )
-  {
-    FT_Byte*       pfb_data;
-    FT_ULong       pfb_size;
-    FT_Error       error;
-    ResFileRefNum  res;
-
-
-    if ( noErr != FT_FSPathMakeRes( pathname, &res ) )
-      return FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource;
-
-    pfb_data = NULL;
-    pfb_size = 0;
-    error = read_lwfn( library->memory, res, &pfb_data, &pfb_size );
-    CloseResFile( res ); /* PFB is already loaded, useless anymore */
-    if ( error )
-      return error;
-
-    return open_face_from_buffer( library,
-                                  pfb_data,
-                                  pfb_size,
-                                  face_index,
-                                  "type1",
-                                  aface );
-  }
-
-
-  /* Create a new FT_Face from an SFNT resource, specified by res ID. */
-  static FT_Error
-  FT_New_Face_From_SFNT( FT_Library  library,
-                         ResID       sfnt_id,
-                         FT_Long     face_index,
-                         FT_Face*    aface )
-  {
-    Handle     sfnt = NULL;
-    FT_Byte*   sfnt_data;
-    size_t     sfnt_size;
-    FT_Error   error  = FT_Err_Ok;
-    FT_Memory  memory = library->memory;
-    int        is_cff;
-
-
-    sfnt = GetResource( FT_MAKE_TAG( 's', 'f', 'n', 't' ), sfnt_id );
-    if ( sfnt == NULL )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Handle;
-
-    sfnt_size = (FT_ULong)GetHandleSize( sfnt );
-    if ( FT_ALLOC( sfnt_data, (FT_Long)sfnt_size ) )
-    {
-      ReleaseResource( sfnt );
-      return error;
-    }
-
-    HLock( sfnt );
-    ft_memcpy( sfnt_data, *sfnt, sfnt_size );
-    HUnlock( sfnt );
-    ReleaseResource( sfnt );
-
-    is_cff = sfnt_size > 4 && sfnt_data[0] == 'O' &&
-                              sfnt_data[1] == 'T' &&
-                              sfnt_data[2] == 'T' &&
-                              sfnt_data[3] == 'O';
-
-    return open_face_from_buffer( library,
-                                  sfnt_data,
-                                  sfnt_size,
-                                  face_index,
-                                  is_cff ? "cff" : "truetype",
-                                  aface );
-  }
-
-
-  /* Create a new FT_Face from a file spec to a suitcase file. */
-  static FT_Error
-  FT_New_Face_From_Suitcase( FT_Library    library,
-                             const UInt8*  pathname,
-                             FT_Long       face_index,
-                             FT_Face*      aface )
-  {
-    FT_Error       error = FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource;
-    ResFileRefNum  res_ref;
-    ResourceIndex  res_index;
-    Handle         fond;
-    short          num_faces_in_res, num_faces_in_fond;
-
-
-    if ( noErr != FT_FSPathMakeRes( pathname, &res_ref ) )
-      return FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource;
-
-    UseResFile( res_ref );
-    if ( ResError() )
-      return FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource;
-
-    num_faces_in_res = 0;
-    for ( res_index = 1; ; ++res_index )
-    {
-      fond = Get1IndResource( FT_MAKE_TAG( 'F', 'O', 'N', 'D' ),
-                              res_index );
-      if ( ResError() )
-        break;
-
-      num_faces_in_fond  = count_faces( fond, pathname );
-      num_faces_in_res  += num_faces_in_fond;
-
-      if ( 0 <= face_index && face_index < num_faces_in_fond && error )
-        error = FT_New_Face_From_FOND( library, fond, face_index, aface );
-
-      face_index -= num_faces_in_fond;
-    }
-
-    CloseResFile( res_ref );
-    if ( FT_Err_Ok == error && NULL != aface )
-      (*aface)->num_faces = num_faces_in_res;
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftmac.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_New_Face_From_FOND( FT_Library  library,
-                         Handle      fond,
-                         FT_Long     face_index,
-                         FT_Face*    aface )
-  {
-    short     have_sfnt, have_lwfn = 0;
-    ResID     sfnt_id, fond_id;
-    OSType    fond_type;
-    Str255    fond_name;
-    Str255    lwfn_file_name;
-    UInt8     path_lwfn[PATH_MAX];
-    OSErr     err;
-    FT_Error  error = FT_Err_Ok;
-
-
-    GetResInfo( fond, &fond_id, &fond_type, fond_name );
-    if ( ResError() != noErr ||
-         fond_type != FT_MAKE_TAG( 'F', 'O', 'N', 'D' ) )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-
-    HLock( fond );
-    parse_fond( *fond, &have_sfnt, &sfnt_id, lwfn_file_name, face_index );
-    HUnlock( fond );
-
-    if ( lwfn_file_name[0] )
-    {
-      ResFileRefNum  res;
-
-
-      res = HomeResFile( fond );
-      if ( noErr != ResError() )
-        goto found_no_lwfn_file;
-
-#if HAVE_FSREF
-
-      {
-        UInt8  path_fond[PATH_MAX];
-        FSRef  ref;
-
-
-        err = FSGetForkCBInfo( res, kFSInvalidVolumeRefNum,
-                               NULL, NULL, NULL, &ref, NULL );
-        if ( noErr != err )
-          goto found_no_lwfn_file;
-
-        err = FSRefMakePath( &ref, path_fond, sizeof ( path_fond ) );
-        if ( noErr != err )
-          goto found_no_lwfn_file;
-
-        error = lookup_lwfn_by_fond( path_fond, lwfn_file_name,
-                                     path_lwfn, sizeof ( path_lwfn ) );
-        if ( FT_Err_Ok == error )
-          have_lwfn = 1;
-      }
-
-#elif HAVE_FSSPEC
-
-      {
-        UInt8     path_fond[PATH_MAX];
-        FCBPBRec  pb;
-        Str255    fond_file_name;
-        FSSpec    spec;
-
-
-        FT_MEM_SET( &spec, 0, sizeof ( FSSpec ) );
-        FT_MEM_SET( &pb,   0, sizeof ( FCBPBRec ) );
-
-        pb.ioNamePtr = fond_file_name;
-        pb.ioVRefNum = 0;
-        pb.ioRefNum  = res;
-        pb.ioFCBIndx = 0;
-
-        err = PBGetFCBInfoSync( &pb );
-        if ( noErr != err )
-          goto found_no_lwfn_file;
-
-        err = FSMakeFSSpec( pb.ioFCBVRefNum, pb.ioFCBParID,
-                            fond_file_name, &spec );
-        if ( noErr != err )
-          goto found_no_lwfn_file;
-
-        err = FT_FSpMakePath( &spec, path_fond, sizeof ( path_fond ) );
-        if ( noErr != err )
-          goto found_no_lwfn_file;
-
-        error = lookup_lwfn_by_fond( path_fond, lwfn_file_name,
-                                     path_lwfn, sizeof ( path_lwfn ) );
-        if ( FT_Err_Ok == error )
-          have_lwfn = 1;
-      }
-
-#endif /* HAVE_FSREF, HAVE_FSSPEC */
-
-    }
-
-    if ( have_lwfn && ( !have_sfnt || PREFER_LWFN ) )
-      error = FT_New_Face_From_LWFN( library,
-                                     path_lwfn,
-                                     face_index,
-                                     aface );
-    else
-      error = FT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
-
-  found_no_lwfn_file:
-    if ( have_sfnt && FT_Err_Ok != error )
-      error = FT_New_Face_From_SFNT( library,
-                                     sfnt_id,
-                                     face_index,
-                                     aface );
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* Common function to load a new FT_Face from a resource file. */
-  static FT_Error
-  FT_New_Face_From_Resource( FT_Library    library,
-                             const UInt8*  pathname,
-                             FT_Long       face_index,
-                             FT_Face*      aface )
-  {
-    OSType    file_type;
-    FT_Error  error;
-
-
-    /* LWFN is a (very) specific file format, check for it explicitly */
-    file_type = get_file_type_from_path( pathname );
-    if ( file_type == FT_MAKE_TAG( 'L', 'W', 'F', 'N' ) )
-      return FT_New_Face_From_LWFN( library, pathname, face_index, aface );
-
-    /* Otherwise the file type doesn't matter (there are more than  */
-    /* `FFIL' and `tfil').  Just try opening it as a font suitcase; */
-    /* if it works, fine.                                           */
-
-    error = FT_New_Face_From_Suitcase( library, pathname, face_index, aface );
-    if ( error == 0 )
-      return error;
-
-    /* let it fall through to normal loader (.ttf, .otf, etc.); */
-    /* we signal this by returning no error and no FT_Face      */
-    *aface = NULL;
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    FT_New_Face                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    This is the Mac-specific implementation of FT_New_Face.  In        */
-  /*    addition to the standard FT_New_Face() functionality, it also      */
-  /*    accepts pathnames to Mac suitcase files.  For further              */
-  /*    documentation see the original FT_New_Face() in freetype.h.        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_New_Face( FT_Library   library,
-               const char*  pathname,
-               FT_Long      face_index,
-               FT_Face*     aface )
-  {
-    FT_Open_Args  args;
-    FT_Error      error;
-
-
-    /* test for valid `library' and `aface' delayed to FT_Open_Face() */
-    if ( !pathname )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    error  = FT_Err_Ok;
-    *aface = NULL;
-
-    /* try resourcefork based font: LWFN, FFIL */
-    error = FT_New_Face_From_Resource( library, (UInt8 *)pathname,
-                                       face_index, aface );
-    if ( error != 0 || *aface != NULL )
-      return error;
-
-    /* let it fall through to normal loader (.ttf, .otf, etc.) */
-    args.flags    = FT_OPEN_PATHNAME;
-    args.pathname = (char*)pathname;
-    return FT_Open_Face( library, &args, face_index, aface );
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    FT_New_Face_From_FSRef                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    FT_New_Face_From_FSRef is identical to FT_New_Face except it       */
-  /*    accepts an FSRef instead of a path.                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This function is deprecated because Carbon data types (FSRef)         */
-  /* are not cross-platform, and thus not suitable for the freetype API.   */
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_New_Face_From_FSRef( FT_Library    library,
-                          const FSRef*  ref,
-                          FT_Long       face_index,
-                          FT_Face*      aface )
-  {
-
-#if !HAVE_FSREF
-
-    FT_UNUSED( library );
-    FT_UNUSED( ref );
-    FT_UNUSED( face_index );
-    FT_UNUSED( aface );
-
-    return FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
-
-#else
-
-    FT_Error      error;
-    FT_Open_Args  args;
-    OSErr   err;
-    UInt8   pathname[PATH_MAX];
-
-
-    if ( !ref )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    err = FSRefMakePath( ref, pathname, sizeof ( pathname ) );
-    if ( err )
-      error = FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource;
-
-    error = FT_New_Face_From_Resource( library, pathname, face_index, aface );
-    if ( error != 0 || *aface != NULL )
-      return error;
-
-    /* fallback to datafork font */
-    args.flags    = FT_OPEN_PATHNAME;
-    args.pathname = (char*)pathname;
-    return FT_Open_Face( library, &args, face_index, aface );
-
-#endif /* HAVE_FSREF */
-
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec is identical to FT_New_Face except it      */
-  /*    accepts an FSSpec instead of a path.                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This function is deprecated because Carbon data types (FSSpec)        */
-  /* are not cross-platform, and thus not suitable for the freetype API.   */
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec( FT_Library     library,
-                           const FSSpec*  spec,
-                           FT_Long        face_index,
-                           FT_Face*       aface )
-  {
-
-#if HAVE_FSREF
-
-    FSRef  ref;
-
-
-    if ( !spec || FSpMakeFSRef( spec, &ref ) != noErr )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-    else
-      return FT_New_Face_From_FSRef( library, &ref, face_index, aface );
-
-#elif HAVE_FSSPEC
-
-    FT_Error      error;
-    FT_Open_Args  args;
-    OSErr         err;
-    UInt8         pathname[PATH_MAX];
-
-
-    if ( !spec )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    err = FT_FSpMakePath( spec, pathname, sizeof ( pathname ) );
-    if ( err )
-      error = FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource;
-
-    error = FT_New_Face_From_Resource( library, pathname, face_index, aface );
-    if ( error != 0 || *aface != NULL )
-      return error;
-
-    /* fallback to datafork font */
-    args.flags    = FT_OPEN_PATHNAME;
-    args.pathname = (char*)pathname;
-    return FT_Open_Face( library, &args, face_index, aface );
-
-#else
-
-    FT_UNUSED( library );
-    FT_UNUSED( spec );
-    FT_UNUSED( face_index );
-    FT_UNUSED( aface );
-
-    return FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
-
-#endif /* HAVE_FSREF, HAVE_FSSPEC */
-
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/modules.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/modules.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index c4a882c..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/modules.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 modules sub-Makefile
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003, 2006, 2008 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-# DO NOT INVOKE THIS MAKEFILE DIRECTLY!  IT IS MEANT TO BE INCLUDED BY
-# OTHER MAKEFILES.
-
-
-# This file is in charge of handling the generation of the modules list
-# file.
-
-
-# Build the modules list.
-#
-$(FTMODULE_H): $(MODULES_CFG)
-	$(FTMODULE_H_INIT)
-	$(FTMODULE_H_CREATE)
-	$(FTMODULE_H_DONE)
-
-ifneq ($(findstring $(PLATFORM),dos win32 win16 os2),)
-  OPEN_MODULE   := @echo$(space)
-  CLOSE_MODULE  :=  >> $(subst /,$(SEP),$(FTMODULE_H))
-  REMOVE_MODULE := @-$(DELETE) $(subst /,$(SEP),$(FTMODULE_H))
-else
-  OPEN_MODULE   := @echo "
-  CLOSE_MODULE  := " >> $(FTMODULE_H)
-  REMOVE_MODULE := @-$(DELETE) $(FTMODULE_H)
-endif
-
-
-define FTMODULE_H_INIT
-$(REMOVE_MODULE)
-@-echo Generating modules list in $(FTMODULE_H)...
-$(OPEN_MODULE)/* This is a generated file. */$(CLOSE_MODULE)
-endef
-
-# It is no mistake that the final closing parenthesis is on the
-# next line -- it produces proper newlines during the expansion
-# of `foreach'.
-#
-define FTMODULE_H_CREATE
-$(foreach COMMAND,$(FTMODULE_H_COMMANDS),$($(COMMAND))
-)
-endef
-
-define FTMODULE_H_DONE
-$(OPEN_MODULE)/* EOF */$(CLOSE_MODULE)
-@echo done.
-endef
-
-
-# $(OPEN_DRIVER) & $(CLOSE_DRIVER) are used to specify a given font driver
-# in the `module.mk' rules file.
-#
-OPEN_DRIVER  := $(OPEN_MODULE)FT_USE_MODULE(
-CLOSE_DRIVER := )$(CLOSE_MODULE)
-
-ECHO_DRIVER      := @echo "* module:$(space)
-ECHO_DRIVER_DESC := (
-ECHO_DRIVER_DONE := )"
-
-# Each `module.mk' in the `src/*' subdirectories adds a variable with
-# commands to $(FTMODULE_H_COMMANDS).  Note that we can't use SRC_DIR here.
-#
--include $(patsubst %,$(TOP_DIR)/src/%/module.mk,$(MODULES))
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/newline b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/newline
deleted file mode 100644
index 8b13789..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/newline
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/os2/detect.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/os2/detect.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 47a40a2..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/os2/detect.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 configuration file to detect an OS/2 host platform.
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003, 2006 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-.PHONY: setup
-
-
-ifeq ($(PLATFORM),ansi)
-
-  ifdef OS2_SHELL
-
-    PLATFORM := os2
-
-  endif # test OS2_SHELL
-endif
-
-ifeq ($(PLATFORM),os2)
-
-  COPY   := copy
-  DELETE := del
-  CAT    := type
-  SEP    := $(BACKSLASH)
-
-  # gcc-emx by default
-  CONFIG_FILE := os2-gcc.mk
-
-  # additionally, we provide hooks for various other compilers
-  #
-  ifneq ($(findstring visualage,$(MAKECMDGOALS)),)     # Visual Age C++
-    CONFIG_FILE := os2-icc.mk
-    CC          := icc
-    visualage: setup
-    .PHONY: visualage
-  endif
-
-  ifneq ($(findstring watcom,$(MAKECMDGOALS)),)        # Watcom C/C++
-    CONFIG_FILE := os2-wat.mk
-    CC          := wcc386
-    watcom: setup
-    .PHONY: watcom
-  endif
-
-  ifneq ($(findstring borlandc,$(MAKECMDGOALS)),)      # Borland C++ 32-bit
-    CONFIG_FILE := os2-bcc.mk
-    CC          := bcc32
-    borlandc: setup
-    .PHONY: borlandc
-  endif
-
-  ifneq ($(findstring devel,$(MAKECMDGOALS)),)         # development target
-    CONFIG_FILE := os2-dev.mk
-    CC          := gcc
-    devel: setup
-    .PHONY: devel
-  endif
-
-  setup: dos_setup
-
-endif   # test PLATFORM os2
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/os2/os2-def.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/os2/os2-def.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 01cda92..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/os2/os2-def.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 OS/2 specific definitions
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003, 2005, 2006 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-DELETE    := del
-CAT       := type
-SEP       := $(strip \ )
-BUILD_DIR := $(TOP_DIR)/builds/os2
-PLATFORM  := os2
-
-# The executable file extension (for tools), *with* leading dot.
-#
-E := .exe
-
-# The directory where all library files are placed.
-#
-# By default, this is the same as $(OBJ_DIR); however, this can be changed
-# to suit particular needs.
-#
-LIB_DIR := $(OBJ_DIR)
-
-# The name of the final library file.  Note that the DOS-specific Makefile
-# uses a shorter (8.3) name.
-#
-LIBRARY := $(PROJECT)
-
-
-# The NO_OUTPUT macro is used to ignore the output of commands.
-#
-NO_OUTPUT = 2> nul
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/os2/os2-dev.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/os2/os2-dev.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 83da8de..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/os2/os2-dev.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 configuration rules for OS/2 + GCC
-#
-#   Development version without optimizations.
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003, 2006 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-DEVEL_DIR := $(TOP_DIR)/devel
-
-# include OS/2-specific definitions
-include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/os2/os2-def.mk
-
-# include gcc-specific definitions
-include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/compiler/gcc-dev.mk
-
-# include linking instructions
-include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/link_dos.mk
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/os2/os2-gcc.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/os2/os2-gcc.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 446073e..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/os2/os2-gcc.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 configuration rules for the OS/2 + gcc
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-# include OS/2-specific definitions
-include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/os2/os2-def.mk
-
-# include gcc-specific definitions
-include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/compiler/gcc.mk
-
-# include linking instructions
-include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/link_dos.mk
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/symbian/bld.inf b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/symbian/bld.inf
deleted file mode 100644
index e34b03c..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/symbian/bld.inf
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
-//
-// FreeType 2 project for the symbian platform
-//
-
-// Copyright 2008 by
-// David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-//
-// This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-// and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-// LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-// indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-// fully.
-
-PRJ_PLATFORMS
-DEFAULT
-
-PRJ_MMPFILES
-freetype.mmp
-
-PRJ_EXPORTS
-../../include/ft2build.h
-../../include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h	freetype/config/ftconfig.h
-../../include/freetype/config/ftheader.h	freetype/config/ftheader.h
-../../include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h	freetype/config/ftmodule.h
-../../include/freetype/config/ftoption.h	freetype/config/ftoption.h
-../../include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h	freetype/config/ftstdlib.h
-../../include/freetype/freetype.h		freetype/freetype.h
-../../include/freetype/ftbbox.h			freetype/ftbbox.h
-../../include/freetype/ftbdf.h			freetype/ftbdf.h
-../../include/freetype/ftbitmap.h		freetype/ftbitmap.h
-../../include/freetype/ftcache.h		freetype/ftcache.h
-../../include/freetype/ftchapters.h		freetype/ftchapters.h
-../../include/freetype/fterrdef.h		freetype/fterrdef.h
-../../include/freetype/fterrors.h		freetype/fterrors.h
-../../include/freetype/ftgasp.h			freetype/ftgasp.h
-../../include/freetype/ftglyph.h		freetype/ftglyph.h
-../../include/freetype/ftgxval.h		freetype/ftgxval.h
-../../include/freetype/ftgzip.h			freetype/ftgzip.h
-../../include/freetype/ftimage.h		freetype/ftimage.h
-../../include/freetype/ftincrem.h		freetype/ftincrem.h
-../../include/freetype/ftlcdfil.h		freetype/ftlcdfil.h
-../../include/freetype/ftlist.h			freetype/ftlist.h
-../../include/freetype/ftlzw.h			freetype/ftlzw.h
-../../include/freetype/ftmac.h			freetype/ftmac.h
-../../include/freetype/ftmm.h			freetype/ftmm.h
-../../include/freetype/ftmodapi.h		freetype/ftmodapi.h
-../../include/freetype/ftmoderr.h		freetype/ftmoderr.h
-../../include/freetype/ftotval.h		freetype/ftotval.h
-../../include/freetype/ftoutln.h		freetype/ftoutln.h
-../../include/freetype/ftpfr.h			freetype/ftpfr.h
-../../include/freetype/ftrender.h		freetype/ftrender.h
-../../include/freetype/ftsizes.h		freetype/ftsizes.h
-../../include/freetype/ftsnames.h		freetype/ftsnames.h
-../../include/freetype/ftstroke.h		freetype/ftstroke.h
-../../include/freetype/ftsynth.h		freetype/ftsynth.h
-../../include/freetype/ftsystem.h		freetype/ftsystem.h
-../../include/freetype/fttrigon.h		freetype/fttrigon.h
-../../include/freetype/fttypes.h		freetype/fttypes.h
-../../include/freetype/ftwinfnt.h		freetype/ftwinfnt.h
-../../include/freetype/ftxf86.h			freetype/ftxf86.h
-../../include/freetype/t1tables.h		freetype/t1tables.h
-../../include/freetype/ttnameid.h		freetype/ttnameid.h
-../../include/freetype/tttables.h		freetype/tttables.h
-../../include/freetype/tttags.h			freetype/tttags.h
-../../include/freetype/ttunpat.h		freetype/ttunpat.h
-
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/symbian/freetype.mmp b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/symbian/freetype.mmp
deleted file mode 100644
index 259ac87..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/symbian/freetype.mmp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,136 +0,0 @@
-//
-// FreeType 2 makefile for the symbian platform
-//
-
-// Copyright 2008 by
-// David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-//
-// This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-// and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-// LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-// indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-// fully.
-
-target 			freetype.lib
-targettype 		lib
-
-macro NDEBUG
-macro FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY
-
-sourcepath ..\..\src\autofit
-
-source autofit.c
-
-sourcepath ..\..\src\base
-
-source ftbase.c
-source ftbbox.c
-source ftbdf.c
-source ftbitmap.c
-source ftgasp.c
-source ftglyph.c
-source ftinit.c
-source ftmm.c
-source ftpfr.c
-source ftstroke.c
-source ftsynth.c
-source ftsystem.c
-source fttype1.c
-source ftwinfnt.c
-
-sourcepath ..\..\src\bdf
-
-source bdf.c
-
-sourcepath ..\..\src\cache
-
-source ftcache.c
-
-sourcepath ..\..\src\cff
-
-source cff.c
-
-sourcepath ..\..\src\cid
-
-source type1cid.c
-
-sourcepath ..\..\src\gzip
-
-source ftgzip.c
-
-sourcepath ..\..\src\lzw
-
-source ftlzw.c
-
-sourcepath ..\..\src\pcf
-
-source pcf.c
-
-sourcepath ..\..\src\pfr
-
-source pfr.c
-
-sourcepath ..\..\src\psaux
-
-source psaux.c
-
-sourcepath ..\..\src\pshinter
-
-source pshinter.c
-
-sourcepath ..\..\src\psnames
-
-source psmodule.c
-
-sourcepath ..\..\src\raster
-
-source raster.c
-
-sourcepath ..\..\src\sfnt
-
-source sfnt.c
-
-sourcepath ..\..\src\smooth
-
-source smooth.c
-
-sourcepath ..\..\src\truetype
-
-source truetype.c
-
-sourcepath ..\..\src\type1
-
-source type1.c
-
-sourcepath ..\..\src\type42
-
-source type42.c
-
-sourcepath ..\..\src\winfonts
-
-source winfnt.c
-
-
-systeminclude		..\..\include
-systeminclude		\epoc32\include\stdapis
-userinclude		..\..\src\autofit
-userinclude		..\..\src\bdf
-userinclude		..\..\src\cache
-userinclude		..\..\src\cff
-userinclude		..\..\src\cid
-userinclude		..\..\src\gxvalid
-userinclude		..\..\src\gzip
-userinclude		..\..\src\lzw
-userinclude		..\..\src\otvalid
-userinclude		..\..\src\pcf
-userinclude		..\..\src\pfr
-userinclude		..\..\src\psaux
-userinclude		..\..\src\pshinter
-userinclude		..\..\src\psnames
-userinclude		..\..\src\raster
-userinclude		..\..\src\sfnt
-userinclude		..\..\src\smooth
-userinclude		..\..\src\truetype
-userinclude		..\..\src\type1
-userinclude		..\..\src\type42
-userinclude		..\..\src\winfonts
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/toplevel.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/toplevel.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 57b5ca5..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/toplevel.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,245 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType build system -- top-level sub-Makefile
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2001, 2003, 2006, 2008 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-# This file is designed for GNU Make, do not use it with another Make tool!
-#
-# It works as follows:
-#
-# - When invoked for the first time, this Makefile includes the rules found
-#   in `PROJECT/builds/detect.mk'.  They are in charge of detecting the
-#   current platform.
-#
-#   A summary of the detection is displayed, and the file `config.mk' is
-#   created in the current directory.
-#
-# - When invoked later, this Makefile includes the rules found in
-#   `config.mk'.  This sub-Makefile defines some system-specific variables
-#   (like compiler, compilation flags, object suffix, etc.), then includes
-#   the rules found in `PROJECT/builds/PROJECT.mk', used to build the
-#   library.
-#
-# See the comments in `builds/detect.mk' and `builds/PROJECT.mk' for more
-# details on host platform detection and library builds.
-
-
-.PHONY: all dist distclean modules setup
-
-
-# The `space' variable is used to avoid trailing spaces in defining the
-# `T' variable later.
-#
-empty :=
-space := $(empty) $(empty)
-
-
-# The main configuration file, defining the `XXX_MODULES' variables.  We
-# prefer a `modules.cfg' file in OBJ_DIR over TOP_DIR.
-#
-ifndef MODULES_CFG
-  MODULES_CFG := $(TOP_DIR)/modules.cfg
-  ifneq ($(wildcard $(OBJ_DIR)/modules.cfg),)
-    MODULES_CFG := $(OBJ_DIR)/modules.cfg
-  endif
-endif
-
-
-# FTMODULE_H, as its name suggests, indicates where the FreeType module
-# class file resides.
-#
-FTMODULE_H ?= $(OBJ_DIR)/ftmodule.h
-
-
-include $(MODULES_CFG)
-
-
-# The list of modules we are using.
-#
-MODULES := $(FONT_MODULES)    \
-           $(HINTING_MODULES) \
-           $(RASTER_MODULES)  \
-           $(AUX_MODULES)
-
-
-CONFIG_MK ?= config.mk
-
-# If no configuration sub-makefile is present, or if `setup' is the target
-# to be built, run the auto-detection rules to figure out which
-# configuration rules file to use.
-#
-# Note that the configuration file is put in the current directory, which is
-# not necessarily $(TOP_DIR).
-
-# If `config.mk' is not present, set `check_platform'.
-#
-ifeq ($(wildcard $(CONFIG_MK)),)
-  check_platform := 1
-endif
-
-# If `setup' is one of the targets requested, set `check_platform'.
-#
-ifneq ($(findstring setup,$(MAKECMDGOALS)),)
-  check_platform := 1
-endif
-
-# Include the automatic host platform detection rules when we need to
-# check the platform.
-#
-ifdef check_platform
-
-  all modules: setup
-
-  include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/detect.mk
-
-  # This rule makes sense for Unix only to remove files created by a run
-  # of the configure script which hasn't been successful (so that no
-  # `config.mk' has been created).  It uses the built-in $(RM) command of
-  # GNU make.  Similarly, `nul' is created if e.g. `make setup win32' has
-  # been erroneously used.
-  #
-  # Note: This test is duplicated in `builds/unix/detect.mk'.
-  #
-  is_unix := $(strip $(wildcard /sbin/init) \
-                     $(wildcard /usr/sbin/init) \
-                     $(wildcard /hurd/auth))
-  ifneq ($(is_unix),)
-
-    distclean:
-	  $(RM) builds/unix/config.cache
-	  $(RM) builds/unix/config.log
-	  $(RM) builds/unix/config.status
-	  $(RM) builds/unix/unix-def.mk
-	  $(RM) builds/unix/unix-cc.mk
-	  $(RM) builds/unix/freetype2.pc
-	  $(RM) nul
-
-  endif # test is_unix
-
-  # IMPORTANT:
-  #
-  # `setup' must be defined by the host platform detection rules to create
-  # the `config.mk' file in the current directory.
-
-else
-
-  # A configuration sub-Makefile is present -- simply run it.
-  #
-  all: single
-
-  BUILD_PROJECT := yes
-  include $(CONFIG_MK)
-
-endif # test check_platform
-
-
-# We always need the list of modules in ftmodule.h.
-#
-all setup: $(FTMODULE_H)
-
-
-# The `modules' target unconditionally rebuilds the module list.
-#
-modules:
-	$(FTMODULE_H_INIT)
-	$(FTMODULE_H_CREATE)
-	$(FTMODULE_H_DONE)
-
-include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/modules.mk
-
-
-# This target builds the tarballs.
-#
-# Not to be run by a normal user -- there are no attempts to make it
-# generic.
-
-# we check for `dist', not `distclean'
-ifneq ($(findstring distx,$(MAKECMDGOALS)x),)
-  FT_H := include/freetype/freetype.h
-
-  major := $(shell sed -n 's/.*FREETYPE_MAJOR.*\([0-9]\+\)/\1/p' < $(FT_H))
-  minor := $(shell sed -n 's/.*FREETYPE_MINOR.*\([0-9]\+\)/\1/p' < $(FT_H))
-  patch := $(shell sed -n 's/.*FREETYPE_PATCH.*\([0-9]\+\)/\1/p' < $(FT_H))
-
-  version    := $(major).$(minor).$(patch)
-  winversion := $(major)$(minor)$(patch)
-endif
-
-dist:
-	-rm -rf tmp
-	rm -f freetype-$(version).tar.gz
-	rm -f freetype-$(version).tar.bz2
-	rm -f ft$(winversion).zip
-
-	for d in `find . -wholename '*/CVS' -prune \
-	                 -o -type f \
-	                 -o -print` ; do \
-	  mkdir -p tmp/$$d ; \
-	done ;
-
-	currdir=`pwd` ; \
-	for f in `find . -wholename '*/CVS' -prune \
-	                 -o -name .cvsignore \
-	                 -o -type d \
-	                 -o -print` ; do \
-	  ln -s $$currdir/$$f tmp/$$f ; \
-	done
-
-	@# Prevent generation of .pyc files.  Python follows (soft) links if
-	@# the link's directory is write protected, so we have temporarily
-	@# disable write access here too.
-	chmod -w src/tools/docmaker
-
-	cd tmp ; \
-	$(MAKE) devel ; \
-	$(MAKE) do-dist
-
-	chmod +w src/tools/docmaker
-
-	mv tmp freetype-$(version)
-
-	tar cfh - freetype-$(version) \
-	| gzip -c > freetype-$(version).tar.gz
-	tar cfh - freetype-$(version) \
-	| bzip2 -c > freetype-$(version).tar.bz2
-
-	@# Use CR/LF for zip files.
-	zip -lr ft$(winversion).zip freetype-$(version)
-
-	rm -fr freetype-$(version)
-
-
-# The locations of the latest `config.guess' and `config.sub' versions (from
-# GNU `config' CVS), relative to the `tmp' directory used during `make dist'.
-#
-CONFIG_GUESS = ~/git/config/config.guess
-CONFIG_SUB   = ~/git/config/config.sub
-
-
-# Don't say `make do-dist'.  Always use `make dist' instead.
-#
-.PHONY: do-dist
-
-do-dist: distclean refdoc
-	@# Without removing the files, `autoconf' and friends follow links.
-	rm -f builds/unix/aclocal.m4
-	rm -f builds/unix/configure.ac
-	rm -f builds/unix/configure
-
-	sh autogen.sh
-	rm -rf builds/unix/autom4te.cache
-
-	cp $(CONFIG_GUESS) builds/unix
-	cp $(CONFIG_SUB) builds/unix
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/aclocal.m4 b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/aclocal.m4
deleted file mode 100644
index f68c66c..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/aclocal.m4
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7912 +0,0 @@
-# generated automatically by aclocal 1.10.1 -*- Autoconf -*-
-
-# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004,
-# 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
-# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
-# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-# libtool.m4 - Configure libtool for the host system. -*-Autoconf-*-
-#
-#   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005,
-#                 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#   Written by Gordon Matzigkeit, 1996
-#
-# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives
-# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without
-# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-m4_define([_LT_COPYING], [dnl
-#   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005,
-#                 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#   Written by Gordon Matzigkeit, 1996
-#
-#   This file is part of GNU Libtool.
-#
-# GNU Libtool is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
-# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License,
-# if you distribute this file as part of a program or library that
-# is built using GNU Libtool, you may include this file under the
-# same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
-#
-# GNU Libtool is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with GNU Libtool; see the file COPYING.  If not, a copy
-# can be downloaded from http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html, or
-# obtained by writing to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
-# 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
-])
-
-# serial 56 LT_INIT
-
-
-# LT_PREREQ(VERSION)
-# ------------------
-# Complain and exit if this libtool version is less that VERSION.
-m4_defun([LT_PREREQ],
-[m4_if(m4_version_compare(m4_defn([LT_PACKAGE_VERSION]), [$1]), -1,
-       [m4_default([$3],
-		   [m4_fatal([Libtool version $1 or higher is required],
-		             63)])],
-       [$2])])
-
-
-# _LT_CHECK_BUILDDIR
-# ------------------
-# Complain if the absolute build directory name contains unusual characters
-m4_defun([_LT_CHECK_BUILDDIR],
-[case `pwd` in
-  *\ * | *\	*)
-    AC_MSG_WARN([Libtool does not cope well with whitespace in `pwd`]) ;;
-esac
-])
-
-
-# LT_INIT([OPTIONS])
-# ------------------
-AC_DEFUN([LT_INIT],
-[AC_PREREQ([2.58])dnl We use AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT
-AC_BEFORE([$0], [LT_LANG])dnl
-AC_BEFORE([$0], [LT_OUTPUT])dnl
-AC_BEFORE([$0], [LTDL_INIT])dnl
-m4_require([_LT_CHECK_BUILDDIR])dnl
-
-dnl Autoconf doesn't catch unexpanded LT_ macros by default:
-m4_pattern_forbid([^_?LT_[A-Z_]+$])dnl
-m4_pattern_allow([^(_LT_EOF|LT_DLGLOBAL|LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW|LT_MULTI_MODULE)$])dnl
-dnl aclocal doesn't pull ltoptions.m4, ltsugar.m4, or ltversion.m4
-dnl unless we require an AC_DEFUNed macro:
-AC_REQUIRE([LTOPTIONS_VERSION])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([LTSUGAR_VERSION])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([LTVERSION_VERSION])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([LTOBSOLETE_VERSION])dnl
-m4_require([_LT_PROG_LTMAIN])dnl
-
-dnl Parse OPTIONS
-_LT_SET_OPTIONS([$0], [$1])
-
-# This can be used to rebuild libtool when needed
-LIBTOOL_DEPS="$ltmain"
-
-# Always use our own libtool.
-LIBTOOL='$(SHELL) $(top_builddir)/libtool'
-AC_SUBST(LIBTOOL)dnl
-
-_LT_SETUP
-
-# Only expand once:
-m4_define([LT_INIT])
-])# LT_INIT
-
-# Old names:
-AU_ALIAS([AC_PROG_LIBTOOL], [LT_INIT])
-AU_ALIAS([AM_PROG_LIBTOOL], [LT_INIT])
-dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_LIBTOOL], [])
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_LIBTOOL], [])
-
-
-# _LT_CC_BASENAME(CC)
-# -------------------
-# Calculate cc_basename.  Skip known compiler wrappers and cross-prefix.
-m4_defun([_LT_CC_BASENAME],
-[for cc_temp in $1""; do
-  case $cc_temp in
-    compile | *[[\\/]]compile | ccache | *[[\\/]]ccache ) ;;
-    distcc | *[[\\/]]distcc | purify | *[[\\/]]purify ) ;;
-    \-*) ;;
-    *) break;;
-  esac
-done
-cc_basename=`$ECHO "X$cc_temp" | $Xsed -e 's%.*/%%' -e "s%^$host_alias-%%"`
-])
-
-
-# _LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS
-# ----------------------
-# It is okay to use these file commands and assume they have been set
-# sensibly after `m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])'.
-m4_defun([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS],
-[: ${CP="cp -f"}
-: ${MV="mv -f"}
-: ${RM="rm -f"}
-])# _LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS
-
-
-# _LT_SETUP
-# ---------
-m4_defun([_LT_SETUP],
-[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_BUILD])dnl
-_LT_DECL([], [host_alias], [0], [The host system])dnl
-_LT_DECL([], [host], [0])dnl
-_LT_DECL([], [host_os], [0])dnl
-dnl
-_LT_DECL([], [build_alias], [0], [The build system])dnl
-_LT_DECL([], [build], [0])dnl
-_LT_DECL([], [build_os], [0])dnl
-dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([LT_PATH_LD])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([LT_PATH_NM])dnl
-dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_LN_S])dnl
-test -z "$LN_S" && LN_S="ln -s"
-_LT_DECL([], [LN_S], [1], [Whether we need soft or hard links])dnl
-dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([LT_CMD_MAX_LEN])dnl
-_LT_DECL([objext], [ac_objext], [0], [Object file suffix (normally "o")])dnl
-_LT_DECL([], [exeext], [0], [Executable file suffix (normally "")])dnl
-dnl
-m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl
-m4_require([_LT_CHECK_SHELL_FEATURES])dnl
-m4_require([_LT_CMD_RELOAD])dnl
-m4_require([_LT_CHECK_MAGIC_METHOD])dnl
-m4_require([_LT_CMD_OLD_ARCHIVE])dnl
-m4_require([_LT_CMD_GLOBAL_SYMBOLS])dnl
-
-_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT([
-# See if we are running on zsh, and set the options which allow our
-# commands through without removal of \ escapes INIT.
-if test -n "\${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then
-   setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
-fi
-])
-if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then
-   setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
-fi
-
-_LT_CHECK_OBJDIR
-
-m4_require([_LT_TAG_COMPILER])dnl
-_LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH
-
-case $host_os in
-aix3*)
-  # AIX sometimes has problems with the GCC collect2 program.  For some
-  # reason, if we set the COLLECT_NAMES environment variable, the problems
-  # vanish in a puff of smoke.
-  if test "X${COLLECT_NAMES+set}" != Xset; then
-    COLLECT_NAMES=
-    export COLLECT_NAMES
-  fi
-  ;;
-esac
-
-# Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting.  It backslashifies
-# metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings.
-sed_quote_subst='s/\([["`$\\]]\)/\\\1/g'
-
-# Same as above, but do not quote variable references.
-double_quote_subst='s/\([["`\\]]\)/\\\1/g'
-
-# Sed substitution to delay expansion of an escaped shell variable in a
-# double_quote_subst'ed string.
-delay_variable_subst='s/\\\\\\\\\\\$/\\\\\\$/g'
-
-# Sed substitution to delay expansion of an escaped single quote.
-delay_single_quote_subst='s/'\''/'\'\\\\\\\'\''/g'
-
-# Sed substitution to avoid accidental globbing in evaled expressions
-no_glob_subst='s/\*/\\\*/g'
-
-# Global variables:
-ofile=libtool
-can_build_shared=yes
-
-# All known linkers require a `.a' archive for static linking (except MSVC,
-# which needs '.lib').
-libext=a
-
-with_gnu_ld="$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld"
-
-old_CC="$CC"
-old_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
-
-# Set sane defaults for various variables
-test -z "$CC" && CC=cc
-test -z "$LTCC" && LTCC=$CC
-test -z "$LTCFLAGS" && LTCFLAGS=$CFLAGS
-test -z "$LD" && LD=ld
-test -z "$ac_objext" && ac_objext=o
-
-_LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler])
-
-# Only perform the check for file, if the check method requires it
-test -z "$MAGIC_CMD" && MAGIC_CMD=file
-case $deplibs_check_method in
-file_magic*)
-  if test "$file_magic_cmd" = '$MAGIC_CMD'; then
-    _LT_PATH_MAGIC
-  fi
-  ;;
-esac
-
-# Use C for the default configuration in the libtool script
-LT_SUPPORTED_TAG([CC])
-_LT_LANG_C_CONFIG
-_LT_LANG_DEFAULT_CONFIG
-_LT_CONFIG_COMMANDS
-])# _LT_SETUP
-
-
-# _LT_PROG_LTMAIN
-# ---------------
-# Note that this code is called both from `configure', and `config.status'
-# now that we use AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS to generate libtool.  Notably,
-# `config.status' has no value for ac_aux_dir unless we are using Automake,
-# so we pass a copy along to make sure it has a sensible value anyway.
-m4_defun([_LT_PROG_LTMAIN],
-[m4_ifdef([AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE], [AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE([ltmain.sh])])dnl
-_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT([ac_aux_dir='$ac_aux_dir'])
-ltmain="$ac_aux_dir/ltmain.sh"
-])# _LT_PROG_LTMAIN
-
-
-
-# So that we can recreate a full libtool script including additional
-# tags, we accumulate the chunks of code to send to AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS
-# in macros and then make a single call at the end using the `libtool'
-# label.
-
-
-# _LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT([INIT-COMMANDS])
-# ----------------------------------------
-# Register INIT-COMMANDS to be passed to AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS later.
-m4_define([_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT],
-[m4_ifval([$1],
-          [m4_append([_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_INIT],
-                     [$1
-])])])
-
-# Initialize.
-m4_define([_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_INIT])
-
-
-# _LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL([COMMANDS])
-# ------------------------------
-# Register COMMANDS to be passed to AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS later.
-m4_define([_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL],
-[m4_ifval([$1],
-          [m4_append([_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS],
-                     [$1
-])])])
-
-# Initialize.
-m4_define([_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS])
-
-
-# _LT_CONFIG_SAVE_COMMANDS([COMMANDS], [INIT_COMMANDS])
-# -----------------------------------------------------
-m4_defun([_LT_CONFIG_SAVE_COMMANDS],
-[_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL([$1])
-_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT([$2])
-])
-
-
-# _LT_FORMAT_COMMENT([COMMENT])
-# -----------------------------
-# Add leading comment marks to the start of each line, and a trailing
-# full-stop to the whole comment if one is not present already.
-m4_define([_LT_FORMAT_COMMENT],
-[m4_ifval([$1], [
-m4_bpatsubst([m4_bpatsubst([$1], [^ *], [# ])],
-              [['`$\]], [\\\&])]m4_bmatch([$1], [[!?.]$], [], [.])
-)])
-
-
-
-
-
-# _LT_DECL([CONFIGNAME], VARNAME, VALUE, [DESCRIPTION], [IS-TAGGED?])
-# -------------------------------------------------------------------
-# CONFIGNAME is the name given to the value in the libtool script.
-# VARNAME is the (base) name used in the configure script.
-# VALUE may be 0, 1 or 2 for a computed quote escaped value based on
-# VARNAME.  Any other value will be used directly.
-m4_define([_LT_DECL],
-[lt_if_append_uniq([lt_decl_varnames], [$2], [, ],
-    [lt_dict_add_subkey([lt_decl_dict], [$2], [libtool_name],
-	[m4_ifval([$1], [$1], [$2])])
-    lt_dict_add_subkey([lt_decl_dict], [$2], [value], [$3])
-    m4_ifval([$4],
-	[lt_dict_add_subkey([lt_decl_dict], [$2], [description], [$4])])
-    lt_dict_add_subkey([lt_decl_dict], [$2],
-	[tagged?], [m4_ifval([$5], [yes], [no])])])
-])
-
-
-# _LT_TAGDECL([CONFIGNAME], VARNAME, VALUE, [DESCRIPTION])
-# --------------------------------------------------------
-m4_define([_LT_TAGDECL], [_LT_DECL([$1], [$2], [$3], [$4], [yes])])
-
-
-# lt_decl_tag_varnames([SEPARATOR], [VARNAME1...])
-# ------------------------------------------------
-m4_define([lt_decl_tag_varnames],
-[_lt_decl_filter([tagged?], [yes], $@)])
-
-
-# _lt_decl_filter(SUBKEY, VALUE, [SEPARATOR], [VARNAME1..])
-# ---------------------------------------------------------
-m4_define([_lt_decl_filter],
-[m4_case([$#],
-  [0], [m4_fatal([$0: too few arguments: $#])],
-  [1], [m4_fatal([$0: too few arguments: $#: $1])],
-  [2], [lt_dict_filter([lt_decl_dict], [$1], [$2], [], lt_decl_varnames)],
-  [3], [lt_dict_filter([lt_decl_dict], [$1], [$2], [$3], lt_decl_varnames)],
-  [lt_dict_filter([lt_decl_dict], $@)])[]dnl
-])
-
-
-# lt_decl_quote_varnames([SEPARATOR], [VARNAME1...])
-# --------------------------------------------------
-m4_define([lt_decl_quote_varnames],
-[_lt_decl_filter([value], [1], $@)])
-
-
-# lt_decl_dquote_varnames([SEPARATOR], [VARNAME1...])
-# ---------------------------------------------------
-m4_define([lt_decl_dquote_varnames],
-[_lt_decl_filter([value], [2], $@)])
-
-
-# lt_decl_varnames_tagged([SEPARATOR], [VARNAME1...])
-# ---------------------------------------------------
-m4_define([lt_decl_varnames_tagged],
-[_$0(m4_quote(m4_default([$1], [[, ]])),
-     m4_quote(m4_if([$2], [],
-		     m4_quote(lt_decl_tag_varnames),
-		  m4_quote(m4_shift($@)))),
-     m4_split(m4_normalize(m4_quote(_LT_TAGS))))])
-m4_define([_lt_decl_varnames_tagged], [lt_combine([$1], [$2], [_], $3)])
-
-
-# lt_decl_all_varnames([SEPARATOR], [VARNAME1...])
-# ------------------------------------------------
-m4_define([lt_decl_all_varnames],
-[_$0(m4_quote(m4_default([$1], [[, ]])),
-     m4_if([$2], [],
-	   m4_quote(lt_decl_varnames),
-	m4_quote(m4_shift($@))))[]dnl
-])
-m4_define([_lt_decl_all_varnames],
-[lt_join($@, lt_decl_varnames_tagged([$1],
-			lt_decl_tag_varnames([[, ]], m4_shift($@))))dnl
-])
-
-
-# _LT_CONFIG_STATUS_DECLARE([VARNAME])
-# ------------------------------------
-# Quote a variable value, and forward it to `config.status' so that its
-# declaration there will have the same value as in `configure'.  VARNAME
-# must have a single quote delimited value for this to work.
-m4_define([_LT_CONFIG_STATUS_DECLARE],
-[$1='`$ECHO "X$][$1" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'])
-
-
-# _LT_CONFIG_STATUS_DECLARATIONS
-# ------------------------------
-# We delimit libtool config variables with single quotes, so when
-# we write them to config.status, we have to be sure to quote all
-# embedded single quotes properly.  In configure, this macro expands
-# each variable declared with _LT_DECL (and _LT_TAGDECL) into:
-#
-#    ='`$ECHO "X$" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-m4_defun([_LT_CONFIG_STATUS_DECLARATIONS],
-[m4_foreach([_lt_var], m4_quote(lt_decl_all_varnames),
-    [m4_n([_LT_CONFIG_STATUS_DECLARE(_lt_var)])])])
-
-
-# _LT_LIBTOOL_TAGS
-# ----------------
-# Output comment and list of tags supported by the script
-m4_defun([_LT_LIBTOOL_TAGS],
-[_LT_FORMAT_COMMENT([The names of the tagged configurations supported by this script])dnl
-available_tags="_LT_TAGS"dnl
-])
-
-
-# _LT_LIBTOOL_DECLARE(VARNAME, [TAG])
-# -----------------------------------
-# Extract the dictionary values for VARNAME (optionally with TAG) and
-# expand to a commented shell variable setting:
-#
-#    # Some comment about what VAR is for.
-#    visible_name=$lt_internal_name
-m4_define([_LT_LIBTOOL_DECLARE],
-[_LT_FORMAT_COMMENT(m4_quote(lt_dict_fetch([lt_decl_dict], [$1],
-					   [description])))[]dnl
-m4_pushdef([_libtool_name],
-    m4_quote(lt_dict_fetch([lt_decl_dict], [$1], [libtool_name])))[]dnl
-m4_case(m4_quote(lt_dict_fetch([lt_decl_dict], [$1], [value])),
-    [0], [_libtool_name=[$]$1],
-    [1], [_libtool_name=$lt_[]$1],
-    [2], [_libtool_name=$lt_[]$1],
-    [_libtool_name=lt_dict_fetch([lt_decl_dict], [$1], [value])])[]dnl
-m4_ifval([$2], [_$2])[]m4_popdef([_libtool_name])[]dnl
-])
-
-
-# _LT_LIBTOOL_CONFIG_VARS
-# -----------------------
-# Produce commented declarations of non-tagged libtool config variables
-# suitable for insertion in the LIBTOOL CONFIG section of the `libtool'
-# script.  Tagged libtool config variables (even for the LIBTOOL CONFIG
-# section) are produced by _LT_LIBTOOL_TAG_VARS.
-m4_defun([_LT_LIBTOOL_CONFIG_VARS],
-[m4_foreach([_lt_var],
-    m4_quote(_lt_decl_filter([tagged?], [no], [], lt_decl_varnames)),
-    [m4_n([_LT_LIBTOOL_DECLARE(_lt_var)])])])
-
-
-# _LT_LIBTOOL_TAG_VARS(TAG)
-# -------------------------
-m4_define([_LT_LIBTOOL_TAG_VARS],
-[m4_foreach([_lt_var], m4_quote(lt_decl_tag_varnames),
-    [m4_n([_LT_LIBTOOL_DECLARE(_lt_var, [$1])])])])
-
-
-# _LT_TAGVAR(VARNAME, [TAGNAME])
-# ------------------------------
-m4_define([_LT_TAGVAR], [m4_ifval([$2], [$1_$2], [$1])])
-
-
-# _LT_CONFIG_COMMANDS
-# -------------------
-# Send accumulated output to $CONFIG_STATUS.  Thanks to the lists of
-# variables for single and double quote escaping we saved from calls
-# to _LT_DECL, we can put quote escaped variables declarations
-# into `config.status', and then the shell code to quote escape them in
-# for loops in `config.status'.  Finally, any additional code accumulated
-# from calls to _LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT is expanded.
-m4_defun([_LT_CONFIG_COMMANDS],
-[AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([LT_OUTPUT],
-	dnl If the libtool generation code has been placed in $CONFIG_LT,
-	dnl instead of duplicating it all over again into config.status,
-	dnl then we will have config.status run $CONFIG_LT later, so it
-	dnl needs to know what name is stored there:
-        [AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([libtool],
-            [$SHELL $CONFIG_LT || AS_EXIT(1)], [CONFIG_LT='$CONFIG_LT'])],
-    dnl If the libtool generation code is destined for config.status,
-    dnl expand the accumulated commands and init code now:
-    [AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([libtool],
-        [_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS], [_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS_INIT])])
-])#_LT_CONFIG_COMMANDS
-
-
-# Initialize.
-m4_define([_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS_INIT],
-[
-
-# The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout
-# if CDPATH is set.
-(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH
-
-sed_quote_subst='$sed_quote_subst'
-double_quote_subst='$double_quote_subst'
-delay_variable_subst='$delay_variable_subst'
-_LT_CONFIG_STATUS_DECLARATIONS
-LTCC='$LTCC'
-LTCFLAGS='$LTCFLAGS'
-compiler='$compiler_DEFAULT'
-
-# Quote evaled strings.
-for var in lt_decl_all_varnames([[ \
-]], lt_decl_quote_varnames); do
-    case \`eval \\\\\$ECHO "X\\\\\$\$var"\` in
-    *[[\\\\\\\`\\"\\\$]]*)
-      eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\`\\\$ECHO \\"X\\\$\$var\\" | \\\$Xsed -e \\"\\\$sed_quote_subst\\"\\\`\\\\\\""
-      ;;
-    *)
-      eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\$\$var\\\\\\""
-      ;;
-    esac
-done
-
-# Double-quote double-evaled strings.
-for var in lt_decl_all_varnames([[ \
-]], lt_decl_dquote_varnames); do
-    case \`eval \\\\\$ECHO "X\\\\\$\$var"\` in
-    *[[\\\\\\\`\\"\\\$]]*)
-      eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\`\\\$ECHO \\"X\\\$\$var\\" | \\\$Xsed -e \\"\\\$double_quote_subst\\" -e \\"\\\$sed_quote_subst\\" -e \\"\\\$delay_variable_subst\\"\\\`\\\\\\""
-      ;;
-    *)
-      eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\$\$var\\\\\\""
-      ;;
-    esac
-done
-
-# Fix-up fallback echo if it was mangled by the above quoting rules.
-case \$lt_ECHO in
-*'\\\[$]0 --fallback-echo"')dnl "
-  lt_ECHO=\`\$ECHO "X\$lt_ECHO" | \$Xsed -e 's/\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\[$]0 --fallback-echo"\[$]/\[$]0 --fallback-echo"/'\`
-  ;;
-esac
-
-_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_INIT
-])
-
-
-# LT_OUTPUT
-# ---------
-# This macro allows early generation of the libtool script (before
-# AC_OUTPUT is called), incase it is used in configure for compilation
-# tests.
-AC_DEFUN([LT_OUTPUT],
-[: ${CONFIG_LT=./config.lt}
-AC_MSG_NOTICE([creating $CONFIG_LT])
-cat >"$CONFIG_LT" <<_LTEOF
-#! $SHELL
-# Generated by $as_me.
-# Run this file to recreate a libtool stub with the current configuration.
-
-lt_cl_silent=false
-SHELL=\${CONFIG_SHELL-$SHELL}
-_LTEOF
-
-cat >>"$CONFIG_LT" <<\_LTEOF
-AS_SHELL_SANITIZE
-_AS_PREPARE
-
-exec AS_MESSAGE_FD>&1
-exec AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD>>config.log
-{
-  echo
-  AS_BOX([Running $as_me.])
-} >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
-
-lt_cl_help="\
-\`$as_me' creates a local libtool stub from the current configuration,
-for use in further configure time tests before the real libtool is
-generated.
-
-Usage: $[0] [[OPTIONS]]
-
-  -h, --help      print this help, then exit
-  -V, --version   print version number, then exit
-  -q, --quiet     do not print progress messages
-  -d, --debug     don't remove temporary files
-
-Report bugs to ."
-
-lt_cl_version="\
-m4_ifset([AC_PACKAGE_NAME], [AC_PACKAGE_NAME ])config.lt[]dnl
-m4_ifset([AC_PACKAGE_VERSION], [ AC_PACKAGE_VERSION])
-configured by $[0], generated by m4_PACKAGE_STRING.
-
-Copyright (C) 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-This config.lt script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-gives unlimited permision to copy, distribute and modify it."
-
-while test $[#] != 0
-do
-  case $[1] in
-    --version | --v* | -V )
-      echo "$lt_cl_version"; exit 0 ;;
-    --help | --h* | -h )
-      echo "$lt_cl_help"; exit 0 ;;
-    --debug | --d* | -d )
-      debug=: ;;
-    --quiet | --q* | --silent | --s* | -q )
-      lt_cl_silent=: ;;
-
-    -*) AC_MSG_ERROR([unrecognized option: $[1]
-Try \`$[0] --help' for more information.]) ;;
-
-    *) AC_MSG_ERROR([unrecognized argument: $[1]
-Try \`$[0] --help' for more information.]) ;;
-  esac
-  shift
-done
-
-if $lt_cl_silent; then
-  exec AS_MESSAGE_FD>/dev/null
-fi
-_LTEOF
-
-cat >>"$CONFIG_LT" <<_LTEOF
-_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS_INIT
-_LTEOF
-
-cat >>"$CONFIG_LT" <<\_LTEOF
-AC_MSG_NOTICE([creating $ofile])
-_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS
-AS_EXIT(0)
-_LTEOF
-chmod +x "$CONFIG_LT"
-
-# configure is writing to config.log, but config.lt does its own redirection,
-# appending to config.log, which fails on DOS, as config.log is still kept
-# open by configure.  Here we exec the FD to /dev/null, effectively closing
-# config.log, so it can be properly (re)opened and appended to by config.lt.
-if test "$no_create" != yes; then
-  lt_cl_success=:
-  test "$silent" = yes &&
-    lt_config_lt_args="$lt_config_lt_args --quiet"
-  exec AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD>/dev/null
-  $SHELL "$CONFIG_LT" $lt_config_lt_args || lt_cl_success=false
-  exec AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD>>config.log
-  $lt_cl_success || AS_EXIT(1)
-fi
-])# LT_OUTPUT
-
-
-# _LT_CONFIG(TAG)
-# ---------------
-# If TAG is the built-in tag, create an initial libtool script with a
-# default configuration from the untagged config vars.  Otherwise add code
-# to config.status for appending the configuration named by TAG from the
-# matching tagged config vars.
-m4_defun([_LT_CONFIG],
-[m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl
-_LT_CONFIG_SAVE_COMMANDS([
-  m4_define([_LT_TAG], m4_if([$1], [], [C], [$1]))dnl
-  m4_if(_LT_TAG, [C], [
-    # See if we are running on zsh, and set the options which allow our
-    # commands through without removal of \ escapes.
-    if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then
-      setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
-    fi
-
-    cfgfile="${ofile}T"
-    trap "$RM \"$cfgfile\"; exit 1" 1 2 15
-    $RM "$cfgfile"
-
-    cat <<_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile"
-#! $SHELL
-
-# `$ECHO "$ofile" | sed 's%^.*/%%'` - Provide generalized library-building support services.
-# Generated automatically by $as_me ($PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION
-# Libtool was configured on host `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`:
-# NOTE: Changes made to this file will be lost: look at ltmain.sh.
-#
-_LT_COPYING
-_LT_LIBTOOL_TAGS
-
-# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL CONFIG
-_LT_LIBTOOL_CONFIG_VARS
-_LT_LIBTOOL_TAG_VARS
-# ### END LIBTOOL CONFIG
-
-_LT_EOF
-
-  case $host_os in
-  aix3*)
-    cat <<\_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile"
-# AIX sometimes has problems with the GCC collect2 program.  For some
-# reason, if we set the COLLECT_NAMES environment variable, the problems
-# vanish in a puff of smoke.
-if test "X${COLLECT_NAMES+set}" != Xset; then
-  COLLECT_NAMES=
-  export COLLECT_NAMES
-fi
-_LT_EOF
-    ;;
-  esac
-
-  _LT_PROG_LTMAIN
-
-  # We use sed instead of cat because bash on DJGPP gets confused if
-  # if finds mixed CR/LF and LF-only lines.  Since sed operates in
-  # text mode, it properly converts lines to CR/LF.  This bash problem
-  # is reportedly fixed, but why not run on old versions too?
-  sed '/^# Generated shell functions inserted here/q' "$ltmain" >> "$cfgfile" \
-    || (rm -f "$cfgfile"; exit 1)
-
-  _LT_PROG_XSI_SHELLFNS
-
-  sed -n '/^# Generated shell functions inserted here/,$p' "$ltmain" >> "$cfgfile" \
-    || (rm -f "$cfgfile"; exit 1)
-
-  mv -f "$cfgfile" "$ofile" ||
-    (rm -f "$ofile" && cp "$cfgfile" "$ofile" && rm -f "$cfgfile")
-  chmod +x "$ofile"
-],
-[cat <<_LT_EOF >> "$ofile"
-
-dnl Unfortunately we have to use $1 here, since _LT_TAG is not expanded
-dnl in a comment (ie after a #).
-# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $1
-_LT_LIBTOOL_TAG_VARS(_LT_TAG)
-# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $1
-_LT_EOF
-])dnl /m4_if
-],
-[m4_if([$1], [], [
-    PACKAGE='$PACKAGE'
-    VERSION='$VERSION'
-    TIMESTAMP='$TIMESTAMP'
-    RM='$RM'
-    ofile='$ofile'], [])
-])dnl /_LT_CONFIG_SAVE_COMMANDS
-])# _LT_CONFIG
-
-
-# LT_SUPPORTED_TAG(TAG)
-# ---------------------
-# Trace this macro to discover what tags are supported by the libtool
-# --tag option, using:
-#    autoconf --trace 'LT_SUPPORTED_TAG:$1'
-AC_DEFUN([LT_SUPPORTED_TAG], [])
-
-
-# C support is built-in for now
-m4_define([_LT_LANG_C_enabled], [])
-m4_define([_LT_TAGS], [])
-
-
-# LT_LANG(LANG)
-# -------------
-# Enable libtool support for the given language if not already enabled.
-AC_DEFUN([LT_LANG],
-[AC_BEFORE([$0], [LT_OUTPUT])dnl
-m4_case([$1],
-  [C],			[_LT_LANG(C)],
-  [C++],		[_LT_LANG(CXX)],
-  [Java],		[_LT_LANG(GCJ)],
-  [Fortran 77],		[_LT_LANG(F77)],
-  [Fortran],		[_LT_LANG(FC)],
-  [Windows Resource],	[_LT_LANG(RC)],
-  [m4_ifdef([_LT_LANG_]$1[_CONFIG],
-    [_LT_LANG($1)],
-    [m4_fatal([$0: unsupported language: "$1"])])])dnl
-])# LT_LANG
-
-
-# _LT_LANG(LANGNAME)
-# ------------------
-m4_defun([_LT_LANG],
-[m4_ifdef([_LT_LANG_]$1[_enabled], [],
-  [LT_SUPPORTED_TAG([$1])dnl
-  m4_append([_LT_TAGS], [$1 ])dnl
-  m4_define([_LT_LANG_]$1[_enabled], [])dnl
-  _LT_LANG_$1_CONFIG($1)])dnl
-])# _LT_LANG
-
-
-# _LT_LANG_DEFAULT_CONFIG
-# -----------------------
-m4_defun([_LT_LANG_DEFAULT_CONFIG],
-[AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CXX],
-  [LT_LANG(CXX)],
-  [m4_define([AC_PROG_CXX], defn([AC_PROG_CXX])[LT_LANG(CXX)])])
-
-AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_F77],
-  [LT_LANG(F77)],
-  [m4_define([AC_PROG_F77], defn([AC_PROG_F77])[LT_LANG(F77)])])
-
-AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_FC],
-  [LT_LANG(FC)],
-  [m4_define([AC_PROG_FC], defn([AC_PROG_FC])[LT_LANG(FC)])])
-
-dnl The call to [A][M_PROG_GCJ] is quoted like that to stop aclocal
-dnl pulling things in needlessly.
-AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_GCJ],
-  [LT_LANG(GCJ)],
-  [AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([A][M_PROG_GCJ],
-    [LT_LANG(GCJ)],
-    [AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([LT_PROG_GCJ],
-      [LT_LANG(GCJ)],
-      [m4_ifdef([AC_PROG_GCJ],
-	[m4_define([AC_PROG_GCJ], defn([AC_PROG_GCJ])[LT_LANG(GCJ)])])
-       m4_ifdef([A][M_PROG_GCJ],
-	[m4_define([A][M_PROG_GCJ], defn([A][M_PROG_GCJ])[LT_LANG(GCJ)])])
-       m4_ifdef([LT_PROG_GCJ],
-	[m4_define([LT_PROG_GCJ], defn([LT_PROG_GCJ])[LT_LANG(GCJ)])])])])])
-
-AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([LT_PROG_RC],
-  [LT_LANG(RC)],
-  [m4_define([LT_PROG_RC], defn([LT_PROG_RC])[LT_LANG(RC)])])
-])# _LT_LANG_DEFAULT_CONFIG
-
-# Obsolete macros:
-AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_CXX], [LT_LANG(C++)])
-AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_F77], [LT_LANG(Fortran 77)])
-AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_FC], [LT_LANG(Fortran)])
-AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_GCJ], [LT_LANG(Java)])
-dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_CXX], [])
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_F77], [])
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_FC], [])
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_GCJ], [])
-
-
-# _LT_TAG_COMPILER
-# ----------------
-m4_defun([_LT_TAG_COMPILER],
-[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
-
-_LT_DECL([LTCC], [CC], [1], [A C compiler])dnl
-_LT_DECL([LTCFLAGS], [CFLAGS], [1], [LTCC compiler flags])dnl
-_LT_TAGDECL([CC], [compiler], [1], [A language specific compiler])dnl
-_LT_TAGDECL([with_gcc], [GCC], [0], [Is the compiler the GNU compiler?])dnl
-
-# If no C compiler was specified, use CC.
-LTCC=${LTCC-"$CC"}
-
-# If no C compiler flags were specified, use CFLAGS.
-LTCFLAGS=${LTCFLAGS-"$CFLAGS"}
-
-# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments.
-compiler=$CC
-])# _LT_TAG_COMPILER
-
-
-# _LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE
-# ------------------------
-# Check for compiler boilerplate output or warnings with
-# the simple compiler test code.
-m4_defun([_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE],
-[m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl
-ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext
-echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" >conftest.$ac_ext
-eval "$ac_compile" 2>&1 >/dev/null | $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' >conftest.err
-_lt_compiler_boilerplate=`cat conftest.err`
-$RM conftest*
-])# _LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE
-
-
-# _LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE
-# ----------------------
-# Check for linker boilerplate output or warnings with
-# the simple link test code.
-m4_defun([_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE],
-[m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl
-ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext
-echo "$lt_simple_link_test_code" >conftest.$ac_ext
-eval "$ac_link" 2>&1 >/dev/null | $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' >conftest.err
-_lt_linker_boilerplate=`cat conftest.err`
-$RM -r conftest*
-])# _LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE
-
-# _LT_REQUIRED_DARWIN_CHECKS
-# -------------------------
-m4_defun_once([_LT_REQUIRED_DARWIN_CHECKS],[
-  case $host_os in
-    rhapsody* | darwin*)
-    AC_CHECK_TOOL([DSYMUTIL], [dsymutil], [:])
-    AC_CHECK_TOOL([NMEDIT], [nmedit], [:])
-    AC_CHECK_TOOL([LIPO], [lipo], [:])
-    AC_CHECK_TOOL([OTOOL], [otool], [:])
-    AC_CHECK_TOOL([OTOOL64], [otool64], [:])
-    _LT_DECL([], [DSYMUTIL], [1],
-      [Tool to manipulate archived DWARF debug symbol files on Mac OS X])
-    _LT_DECL([], [NMEDIT], [1],
-      [Tool to change global to local symbols on Mac OS X])
-    _LT_DECL([], [LIPO], [1],
-      [Tool to manipulate fat objects and archives on Mac OS X])
-    _LT_DECL([], [OTOOL], [1],
-      [ldd/readelf like tool for Mach-O binaries on Mac OS X])
-    _LT_DECL([], [OTOOL64], [1],
-      [ldd/readelf like tool for 64 bit Mach-O binaries on Mac OS X 10.4])
-
-    AC_CACHE_CHECK([for -single_module linker flag],[lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod],
-      [lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod=no
-      if test -z "${LT_MULTI_MODULE}"; then
-	# By default we will add the -single_module flag. You can override
-	# by either setting the environment variable LT_MULTI_MODULE
-	# non-empty at configure time, or by adding -multi_module to the
-	# link flags.
-	rm -rf libconftest.dylib*
-	echo "int foo(void){return 1;}" > conftest.c
-	echo "$LTCC $LTCFLAGS $LDFLAGS -o libconftest.dylib \
--dynamiclib -Wl,-single_module conftest.c" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
-	$LTCC $LTCFLAGS $LDFLAGS -o libconftest.dylib \
-	  -dynamiclib -Wl,-single_module conftest.c 2>conftest.err
-        _lt_result=$?
-	if test -f libconftest.dylib && test ! -s conftest.err && test $_lt_result = 0; then
-	  lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod=yes
-	else
-	  cat conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
-	fi
-	rm -rf libconftest.dylib*
-	rm -f conftest.*
-      fi])
-    AC_CACHE_CHECK([for -exported_symbols_list linker flag],
-      [lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list],
-      [lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list=no
-      save_LDFLAGS=$LDFLAGS
-      echo "_main" > conftest.sym
-      LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-exported_symbols_list,conftest.sym"
-      AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([],[])],
-	[lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list=yes],
-	[lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list=no])
-	LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS"
-    ])
-    case $host_os in
-    rhapsody* | darwin1.[[012]])
-      _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;;
-    darwin1.*)
-      _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-flat_namespace ${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;;
-    darwin*) # darwin 5.x on 
-      # if running on 10.5 or later, the deployment target defaults
-      # to the OS version, if on x86, and 10.4, the deployment
-      # target defaults to 10.4. Don't you love it? 
-      case ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET-10.0},$host in
-	10.0,*86*-darwin8*|10.0,*-darwin[[91]]*)
-	  _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-undefined ${wl}dynamic_lookup' ;;
-	10.[[012]]*)
-	  _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-flat_namespace ${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;;
-	10.*)
-	  _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-undefined ${wl}dynamic_lookup' ;;
-      esac
-    ;;
-  esac
-    if test "$lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod" = "yes"; then
-      _lt_dar_single_mod='$single_module'
-    fi
-    if test "$lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list" = "yes"; then
-      _lt_dar_export_syms=' ${wl}-exported_symbols_list,$output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym'
-    else
-      _lt_dar_export_syms='~$NMEDIT -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}'
-    fi
-    if test "$DSYMUTIL" != ":"; then
-      _lt_dsymutil='~$DSYMUTIL $lib || :'
-    else
-      _lt_dsymutil=
-    fi
-    ;;
-  esac
-])
-
-
-# _LT_DARWIN_LINKER_FEATURES
-# --------------------------
-# Checks for linker and compiler features on darwin
-m4_defun([_LT_DARWIN_LINKER_FEATURES],
-[
-  m4_require([_LT_REQUIRED_DARWIN_CHECKS])
-  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
-  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no
-  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)=yes
-  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=unsupported
-  _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)=''
-  _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes
-  _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)="$_lt_dar_allow_undefined"
-  if test "$GCC" = "yes"; then
-    output_verbose_link_cmd=echo
-    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)="\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring $_lt_dar_single_mod${_lt_dsymutil}"
-    _LT_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)="\$CC \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib -bundle \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags${_lt_dsymutil}"
-    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="sed 's,^,_,' < \$export_symbols > \$output_objdir/\${libname}-symbols.expsym~\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring ${_lt_dar_single_mod}${_lt_dar_export_syms}${_lt_dsymutil}"
-    _LT_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)="sed -e 's,^,_,' < \$export_symbols > \$output_objdir/\${libname}-symbols.expsym~\$CC \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib -bundle \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags${_lt_dar_export_syms}${_lt_dsymutil}"
-    m4_if([$1], [CXX],
-[   if test "$lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod" != "yes"; then
-      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)="\$CC -r -keep_private_externs -nostdlib -o \${lib}-master.o \$libobjs~\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \${lib}-master.o \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring${_lt_dsymutil}"
-      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="sed 's,^,_,' < \$export_symbols > \$output_objdir/\${libname}-symbols.expsym~\$CC -r -keep_private_externs -nostdlib -o \${lib}-master.o \$libobjs~\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \${lib}-master.o \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring${_lt_dar_export_syms}${_lt_dsymutil}"
-    fi
-],[])
-  else
-  _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-  fi
-])
-
-# _LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX
-# -----------------------
-# Links a minimal program and checks the executable
-# for the system default hardcoded library path. In most cases,
-# this is /usr/lib:/lib, but when the MPI compilers are used
-# the location of the communication and MPI libs are included too.
-# If we don't find anything, use the default library path according
-# to the aix ld manual.
-m4_defun([_LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX],
-[m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl
-AC_LINK_IFELSE(AC_LANG_PROGRAM,[
-lt_aix_libpath_sed='
-    /Import File Strings/,/^$/ {
-	/^0/ {
-	    s/^0  *\(.*\)$/\1/
-	    p
-	}
-    }'
-aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"`
-# Check for a 64-bit object if we didn't find anything.
-if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then
-  aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"`
-fi],[])
-if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib"; fi
-])# _LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX
-
-
-# _LT_SHELL_INIT(ARG)
-# -------------------
-m4_define([_LT_SHELL_INIT],
-[ifdef([AC_DIVERSION_NOTICE],
-	     [AC_DIVERT_PUSH(AC_DIVERSION_NOTICE)],
-	 [AC_DIVERT_PUSH(NOTICE)])
-$1
-AC_DIVERT_POP
-])# _LT_SHELL_INIT
-
-
-# _LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH
-# -----------------------
-# Add some code to the start of the generated configure script which
-# will find an echo command which doesn't interpret backslashes.
-m4_defun([_LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH],
-[_LT_SHELL_INIT([
-# Check that we are running under the correct shell.
-SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}
-
-case X$lt_ECHO in
-X*--fallback-echo)
-  # Remove one level of quotation (which was required for Make).
-  ECHO=`echo "$lt_ECHO" | sed 's,\\\\\[$]\\[$]0,'[$]0','`
-  ;;
-esac
-
-ECHO=${lt_ECHO-echo}
-if test "X[$]1" = X--no-reexec; then
-  # Discard the --no-reexec flag, and continue.
-  shift
-elif test "X[$]1" = X--fallback-echo; then
-  # Avoid inline document here, it may be left over
-  :
-elif test "X`{ $ECHO '\t'; } 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' ; then
-  # Yippee, $ECHO works!
-  :
-else
-  # Restart under the correct shell.
-  exec $SHELL "[$]0" --no-reexec ${1+"[$]@"}
-fi
-
-if test "X[$]1" = X--fallback-echo; then
-  # used as fallback echo
-  shift
-  cat <<_LT_EOF
-[$]*
-_LT_EOF
-  exit 0
-fi
-
-# The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout
-# if CDPATH is set.
-(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH
-
-if test -z "$lt_ECHO"; then
-  if test "X${echo_test_string+set}" != Xset; then
-    # find a string as large as possible, as long as the shell can cope with it
-    for cmd in 'sed 50q "[$]0"' 'sed 20q "[$]0"' 'sed 10q "[$]0"' 'sed 2q "[$]0"' 'echo test'; do
-      # expected sizes: less than 2Kb, 1Kb, 512 bytes, 16 bytes, ...
-      if { echo_test_string=`eval $cmd`; } 2>/dev/null &&
-	 { test "X$echo_test_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; } 2>/dev/null
-      then
-        break
-      fi
-    done
-  fi
-
-  if test "X`{ $ECHO '\t'; } 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' &&
-     echo_testing_string=`{ $ECHO "$echo_test_string"; } 2>/dev/null` &&
-     test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then
-    :
-  else
-    # The Solaris, AIX, and Digital Unix default echo programs unquote
-    # backslashes.  This makes it impossible to quote backslashes using
-    #   echo "$something" | sed 's/\\/\\\\/g'
-    #
-    # So, first we look for a working echo in the user's PATH.
-
-    lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-    for dir in $PATH /usr/ucb; do
-      IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-      if (test -f $dir/echo || test -f $dir/echo$ac_exeext) &&
-         test "X`($dir/echo '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' &&
-         echo_testing_string=`($dir/echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` &&
-         test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then
-        ECHO="$dir/echo"
-        break
-      fi
-    done
-    IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-
-    if test "X$ECHO" = Xecho; then
-      # We didn't find a better echo, so look for alternatives.
-      if test "X`{ print -r '\t'; } 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' &&
-         echo_testing_string=`{ print -r "$echo_test_string"; } 2>/dev/null` &&
-         test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then
-        # This shell has a builtin print -r that does the trick.
-        ECHO='print -r'
-      elif { test -f /bin/ksh || test -f /bin/ksh$ac_exeext; } &&
-	   test "X$CONFIG_SHELL" != X/bin/ksh; then
-        # If we have ksh, try running configure again with it.
-        ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}
-        export ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL
-        CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/ksh
-        export CONFIG_SHELL
-        exec $CONFIG_SHELL "[$]0" --no-reexec ${1+"[$]@"}
-      else
-        # Try using printf.
-        ECHO='printf %s\n'
-        if test "X`{ $ECHO '\t'; } 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' &&
-	   echo_testing_string=`{ $ECHO "$echo_test_string"; } 2>/dev/null` &&
-	   test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then
-	  # Cool, printf works
-	  :
-        elif echo_testing_string=`($ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL "[$]0" --fallback-echo '\t') 2>/dev/null` &&
-	     test "X$echo_testing_string" = 'X\t' &&
-	     echo_testing_string=`($ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL "[$]0" --fallback-echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` &&
-	     test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then
-	  CONFIG_SHELL=$ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL
-	  export CONFIG_SHELL
-	  SHELL="$CONFIG_SHELL"
-	  export SHELL
-	  ECHO="$CONFIG_SHELL [$]0 --fallback-echo"
-        elif echo_testing_string=`($CONFIG_SHELL "[$]0" --fallback-echo '\t') 2>/dev/null` &&
-	     test "X$echo_testing_string" = 'X\t' &&
-	     echo_testing_string=`($CONFIG_SHELL "[$]0" --fallback-echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` &&
-	     test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then
-	  ECHO="$CONFIG_SHELL [$]0 --fallback-echo"
-        else
-	  # maybe with a smaller string...
-	  prev=:
-
-	  for cmd in 'echo test' 'sed 2q "[$]0"' 'sed 10q "[$]0"' 'sed 20q "[$]0"' 'sed 50q "[$]0"'; do
-	    if { test "X$echo_test_string" = "X`eval $cmd`"; } 2>/dev/null
-	    then
-	      break
-	    fi
-	    prev="$cmd"
-	  done
-
-	  if test "$prev" != 'sed 50q "[$]0"'; then
-	    echo_test_string=`eval $prev`
-	    export echo_test_string
-	    exec ${ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL-${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}} "[$]0" ${1+"[$]@"}
-	  else
-	    # Oops.  We lost completely, so just stick with echo.
-	    ECHO=echo
-	  fi
-        fi
-      fi
-    fi
-  fi
-fi
-
-# Copy echo and quote the copy suitably for passing to libtool from
-# the Makefile, instead of quoting the original, which is used later.
-lt_ECHO=$ECHO
-if test "X$lt_ECHO" = "X$CONFIG_SHELL [$]0 --fallback-echo"; then
-   lt_ECHO="$CONFIG_SHELL \\\$\[$]0 --fallback-echo"
-fi
-
-AC_SUBST(lt_ECHO)
-])
-_LT_DECL([], [SHELL], [1], [Shell to use when invoking shell scripts])
-_LT_DECL([], [ECHO], [1],
-    [An echo program that does not interpret backslashes])
-])# _LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH
-
-
-# _LT_ENABLE_LOCK
-# ---------------
-m4_defun([_LT_ENABLE_LOCK],
-[AC_ARG_ENABLE([libtool-lock],
-  [AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-libtool-lock],
-    [avoid locking (might break parallel builds)])])
-test "x$enable_libtool_lock" != xno && enable_libtool_lock=yes
-
-# Some flags need to be propagated to the compiler or linker for good
-# libtool support.
-case $host in
-ia64-*-hpux*)
-  # Find out which ABI we are using.
-  echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext
-  if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then
-    case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in
-      *ELF-32*)
-	HPUX_IA64_MODE="32"
-	;;
-      *ELF-64*)
-	HPUX_IA64_MODE="64"
-	;;
-    esac
-  fi
-  rm -rf conftest*
-  ;;
-*-*-irix6*)
-  # Find out which ABI we are using.
-  echo '[#]line __oline__ "configure"' > conftest.$ac_ext
-  if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then
-    if test "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes; then
-      case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in
-	*32-bit*)
-	  LD="${LD-ld} -melf32bsmip"
-	  ;;
-	*N32*)
-	  LD="${LD-ld} -melf32bmipn32"
-	  ;;
-	*64-bit*)
-	  LD="${LD-ld} -melf64bmip"
-	;;
-      esac
-    else
-      case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in
-	*32-bit*)
-	  LD="${LD-ld} -32"
-	  ;;
-	*N32*)
-	  LD="${LD-ld} -n32"
-	  ;;
-	*64-bit*)
-	  LD="${LD-ld} -64"
-	  ;;
-      esac
-    fi
-  fi
-  rm -rf conftest*
-  ;;
-
-x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu|x86_64-*linux*|ppc*-*linux*|powerpc*-*linux*| \
-s390*-*linux*|s390*-*tpf*|sparc*-*linux*)
-  # Find out which ABI we are using.
-  echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext
-  if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then
-    case `/usr/bin/file conftest.o` in
-      *32-bit*)
-	case $host in
-	  x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu)
-	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_i386_fbsd"
-	    ;;
-	  x86_64-*linux*)
-	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_i386"
-	    ;;
-	  ppc64-*linux*|powerpc64-*linux*)
-	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf32ppclinux"
-	    ;;
-	  s390x-*linux*)
-	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_s390"
-	    ;;
-	  sparc64-*linux*)
-	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf32_sparc"
-	    ;;
-	esac
-	;;
-      *64-bit*)
-	case $host in
-	  x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu)
-	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_x86_64_fbsd"
-	    ;;
-	  x86_64-*linux*)
-	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_x86_64"
-	    ;;
-	  ppc*-*linux*|powerpc*-*linux*)
-	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64ppc"
-	    ;;
-	  s390*-*linux*|s390*-*tpf*)
-	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_s390"
-	    ;;
-	  sparc*-*linux*)
-	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_sparc"
-	    ;;
-	esac
-	;;
-    esac
-  fi
-  rm -rf conftest*
-  ;;
-
-*-*-sco3.2v5*)
-  # On SCO OpenServer 5, we need -belf to get full-featured binaries.
-  SAVE_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
-  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -belf"
-  AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether the C compiler needs -belf], lt_cv_cc_needs_belf,
-    [AC_LANG_PUSH(C)
-     AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[]],[[]])],[lt_cv_cc_needs_belf=yes],[lt_cv_cc_needs_belf=no])
-     AC_LANG_POP])
-  if test x"$lt_cv_cc_needs_belf" != x"yes"; then
-    # this is probably gcc 2.8.0, egcs 1.0 or newer; no need for -belf
-    CFLAGS="$SAVE_CFLAGS"
-  fi
-  ;;
-sparc*-*solaris*)
-  # Find out which ABI we are using.
-  echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext
-  if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then
-    case `/usr/bin/file conftest.o` in
-    *64-bit*)
-      case $lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld in
-      yes*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_sparc" ;;
-      *)
-	if ${LD-ld} -64 -r -o conftest2.o conftest.o >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-	  LD="${LD-ld} -64"
-	fi
-	;;
-      esac
-      ;;
-    esac
-  fi
-  rm -rf conftest*
-  ;;
-esac
-
-need_locks="$enable_libtool_lock"
-])# _LT_ENABLE_LOCK
-
-
-# _LT_CMD_OLD_ARCHIVE
-# -------------------
-m4_defun([_LT_CMD_OLD_ARCHIVE],
-[AC_CHECK_TOOL(AR, ar, false)
-test -z "$AR" && AR=ar
-test -z "$AR_FLAGS" && AR_FLAGS=cru
-_LT_DECL([], [AR], [1], [The archiver])
-_LT_DECL([], [AR_FLAGS], [1])
-
-AC_CHECK_TOOL(STRIP, strip, :)
-test -z "$STRIP" && STRIP=:
-_LT_DECL([], [STRIP], [1], [A symbol stripping program])
-
-AC_CHECK_TOOL(RANLIB, ranlib, :)
-test -z "$RANLIB" && RANLIB=:
-_LT_DECL([], [RANLIB], [1],
-    [Commands used to install an old-style archive])
-
-# Determine commands to create old-style static archives.
-old_archive_cmds='$AR $AR_FLAGS $oldlib$oldobjs'
-old_postinstall_cmds='chmod 644 $oldlib'
-old_postuninstall_cmds=
-
-if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
-  case $host_os in
-  openbsd*)
-    old_postinstall_cmds="$old_postinstall_cmds~\$RANLIB -t \$oldlib"
-    ;;
-  *)
-    old_postinstall_cmds="$old_postinstall_cmds~\$RANLIB \$oldlib"
-    ;;
-  esac
-  old_archive_cmds="$old_archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$oldlib"
-fi
-_LT_DECL([], [old_postinstall_cmds], [2])
-_LT_DECL([], [old_postuninstall_cmds], [2])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [old_archive_cmds], [2],
-    [Commands used to build an old-style archive])
-])# _LT_CMD_OLD_ARCHIVE
-
-
-# _LT_COMPILER_OPTION(MESSAGE, VARIABLE-NAME, FLAGS,
-#		[OUTPUT-FILE], [ACTION-SUCCESS], [ACTION-FAILURE])
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------
-# Check whether the given compiler option works
-AC_DEFUN([_LT_COMPILER_OPTION],
-[m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl
-m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([$1], [$2],
-  [$2=no
-   m4_if([$4], , [ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext], [ac_outfile=$4])
-   echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext
-   lt_compiler_flag="$3"
-   # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or
-   # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end.
-   # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins
-   # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly.
-   # The option is referenced via a variable to avoid confusing sed.
-   lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \
-   -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \
-   -e 's: [[^ ]]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \
-   -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'`
-   (eval echo "\"\$as_me:__oline__: $lt_compile\"" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD)
-   (eval "$lt_compile" 2>conftest.err)
-   ac_status=$?
-   cat conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
-   echo "$as_me:__oline__: \$? = $ac_status" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
-   if (exit $ac_status) && test -s "$ac_outfile"; then
-     # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized
-     # So say no if there are warnings other than the usual output.
-     $ECHO "X$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' >conftest.exp
-     $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2
-     if test ! -s conftest.er2 || diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then
-       $2=yes
-     fi
-   fi
-   $RM conftest*
-])
-
-if test x"[$]$2" = xyes; then
-    m4_if([$5], , :, [$5])
-else
-    m4_if([$6], , :, [$6])
-fi
-])# _LT_COMPILER_OPTION
-
-# Old name:
-AU_ALIAS([AC_LIBTOOL_COMPILER_OPTION], [_LT_COMPILER_OPTION])
-dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_COMPILER_OPTION], [])
-
-
-# _LT_LINKER_OPTION(MESSAGE, VARIABLE-NAME, FLAGS,
-#                  [ACTION-SUCCESS], [ACTION-FAILURE])
-# ----------------------------------------------------
-# Check whether the given linker option works
-AC_DEFUN([_LT_LINKER_OPTION],
-[m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl
-m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([$1], [$2],
-  [$2=no
-   save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS"
-   LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $3"
-   echo "$lt_simple_link_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext
-   if (eval $ac_link 2>conftest.err) && test -s conftest$ac_exeext; then
-     # The linker can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized
-     # So say no if there are warnings
-     if test -s conftest.err; then
-       # Append any errors to the config.log.
-       cat conftest.err 1>&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
-       $ECHO "X$_lt_linker_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' > conftest.exp
-       $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2
-       if diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then
-         $2=yes
-       fi
-     else
-       $2=yes
-     fi
-   fi
-   $RM -r conftest*
-   LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS"
-])
-
-if test x"[$]$2" = xyes; then
-    m4_if([$4], , :, [$4])
-else
-    m4_if([$5], , :, [$5])
-fi
-])# _LT_LINKER_OPTION
-
-# Old name:
-AU_ALIAS([AC_LIBTOOL_LINKER_OPTION], [_LT_LINKER_OPTION])
-dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LINKER_OPTION], [])
-
-
-# LT_CMD_MAX_LEN
-#---------------
-AC_DEFUN([LT_CMD_MAX_LEN],
-[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
-# find the maximum length of command line arguments
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([the maximum length of command line arguments])
-AC_CACHE_VAL([lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len], [dnl
-  i=0
-  teststring="ABCD"
-
-  case $build_os in
-  msdosdjgpp*)
-    # On DJGPP, this test can blow up pretty badly due to problems in libc
-    # (any single argument exceeding 2000 bytes causes a buffer overrun
-    # during glob expansion).  Even if it were fixed, the result of this
-    # check would be larger than it should be.
-    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=12288;    # 12K is about right
-    ;;
-
-  gnu*)
-    # Under GNU Hurd, this test is not required because there is
-    # no limit to the length of command line arguments.
-    # Libtool will interpret -1 as no limit whatsoever
-    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=-1;
-    ;;
-
-  cygwin* | mingw*)
-    # On Win9x/ME, this test blows up -- it succeeds, but takes
-    # about 5 minutes as the teststring grows exponentially.
-    # Worse, since 9x/ME are not pre-emptively multitasking,
-    # you end up with a "frozen" computer, even though with patience
-    # the test eventually succeeds (with a max line length of 256k).
-    # Instead, let's just punt: use the minimum linelength reported by
-    # all of the supported platforms: 8192 (on NT/2K/XP).
-    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192;
-    ;;
-
-  amigaos*)
-    # On AmigaOS with pdksh, this test takes hours, literally.
-    # So we just punt and use a minimum line length of 8192.
-    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192;
-    ;;
-
-  netbsd* | freebsd* | openbsd* | darwin* | dragonfly*)
-    # This has been around since 386BSD, at least.  Likely further.
-    if test -x /sbin/sysctl; then
-      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`/sbin/sysctl -n kern.argmax`
-    elif test -x /usr/sbin/sysctl; then
-      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`/usr/sbin/sysctl -n kern.argmax`
-    else
-      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=65536	# usable default for all BSDs
-    fi
-    # And add a safety zone
-    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 4`
-    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \* 3`
-    ;;
-
-  interix*)
-    # We know the value 262144 and hardcode it with a safety zone (like BSD)
-    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=196608
-    ;;
-
-  osf*)
-    # Dr. Hans Ekkehard Plesser reports seeing a kernel panic running configure
-    # due to this test when exec_disable_arg_limit is 1 on Tru64. It is not
-    # nice to cause kernel panics so lets avoid the loop below.
-    # First set a reasonable default.
-    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=16384
-    #
-    if test -x /sbin/sysconfig; then
-      case `/sbin/sysconfig -q proc exec_disable_arg_limit` in
-        *1*) lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=-1 ;;
-      esac
-    fi
-    ;;
-  sco3.2v5*)
-    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=102400
-    ;;
-  sysv5* | sco5v6* | sysv4.2uw2*)
-    kargmax=`grep ARG_MAX /etc/conf/cf.d/stune 2>/dev/null`
-    if test -n "$kargmax"; then
-      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`echo $kargmax | sed 's/.*[[	 ]]//'`
-    else
-      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=32768
-    fi
-    ;;
-  *)
-    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`(getconf ARG_MAX) 2> /dev/null`
-    if test -n "$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len"; then
-      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 4`
-      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \* 3`
-    else
-      # Make teststring a little bigger before we do anything with it.
-      # a 1K string should be a reasonable start.
-      for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ; do
-        teststring=$teststring$teststring
-      done
-      SHELL=${SHELL-${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}}
-      # If test is not a shell built-in, we'll probably end up computing a
-      # maximum length that is only half of the actual maximum length, but
-      # we can't tell.
-      while { test "X"`$SHELL [$]0 --fallback-echo "X$teststring$teststring" 2>/dev/null` \
-	         = "XX$teststring$teststring"; } >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
-	      test $i != 17 # 1/2 MB should be enough
-      do
-        i=`expr $i + 1`
-        teststring=$teststring$teststring
-      done
-      # Only check the string length outside the loop.
-      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr "X$teststring" : ".*" 2>&1`
-      teststring=
-      # Add a significant safety factor because C++ compilers can tack on
-      # massive amounts of additional arguments before passing them to the
-      # linker.  It appears as though 1/2 is a usable value.
-      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 2`
-    fi
-    ;;
-  esac
-])
-if test -n $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len ; then
-  AC_MSG_RESULT($lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len)
-else
-  AC_MSG_RESULT(none)
-fi
-max_cmd_len=$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len
-_LT_DECL([], [max_cmd_len], [0],
-    [What is the maximum length of a command?])
-])# LT_CMD_MAX_LEN
-
-# Old name:
-AU_ALIAS([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_MAX_CMD_LEN], [LT_CMD_MAX_LEN])
-dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_MAX_CMD_LEN], [])
-
-
-# _LT_HEADER_DLFCN
-# ----------------
-m4_defun([_LT_HEADER_DLFCN],
-[AC_CHECK_HEADERS([dlfcn.h], [], [], [AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT])dnl
-])# _LT_HEADER_DLFCN
-
-
-# _LT_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF (ACTION-IF-TRUE, ACTION-IF-TRUE-W-USCORE,
-#                      ACTION-IF-FALSE, ACTION-IF-CROSS-COMPILING)
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------
-m4_defun([_LT_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF],
-[m4_require([_LT_HEADER_DLFCN])dnl
-if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then :
-  [$4]
-else
-  lt_dlunknown=0; lt_dlno_uscore=1; lt_dlneed_uscore=2
-  lt_status=$lt_dlunknown
-  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF
-[#line __oline__ "configure"
-#include "confdefs.h"
-
-#if HAVE_DLFCN_H
-#include 
-#endif
-
-#include 
-
-#ifdef RTLD_GLOBAL
-#  define LT_DLGLOBAL		RTLD_GLOBAL
-#else
-#  ifdef DL_GLOBAL
-#    define LT_DLGLOBAL		DL_GLOBAL
-#  else
-#    define LT_DLGLOBAL		0
-#  endif
-#endif
-
-/* We may have to define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW in the command line if we
-   find out it does not work in some platform. */
-#ifndef LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW
-#  ifdef RTLD_LAZY
-#    define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW		RTLD_LAZY
-#  else
-#    ifdef DL_LAZY
-#      define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW		DL_LAZY
-#    else
-#      ifdef RTLD_NOW
-#        define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW	RTLD_NOW
-#      else
-#        ifdef DL_NOW
-#          define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW	DL_NOW
-#        else
-#          define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW	0
-#        endif
-#      endif
-#    endif
-#  endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" void exit (int);
-#endif
-
-void fnord() { int i=42;}
-int main ()
-{
-  void *self = dlopen (0, LT_DLGLOBAL|LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW);
-  int status = $lt_dlunknown;
-
-  if (self)
-    {
-      if (dlsym (self,"fnord"))       status = $lt_dlno_uscore;
-      else if (dlsym( self,"_fnord")) status = $lt_dlneed_uscore;
-      /* dlclose (self); */
-    }
-  else
-    puts (dlerror ());
-
-    exit (status);
-}]
-_LT_EOF
-  if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_link) && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} 2>/dev/null; then
-    (./conftest; exit; ) >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD 2>/dev/null
-    lt_status=$?
-    case x$lt_status in
-      x$lt_dlno_uscore) $1 ;;
-      x$lt_dlneed_uscore) $2 ;;
-      x$lt_dlunknown|x*) $3 ;;
-    esac
-  else :
-    # compilation failed
-    $3
-  fi
-fi
-rm -fr conftest*
-])# _LT_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF
-
-
-# LT_SYS_DLOPEN_SELF
-# ------------------
-AC_DEFUN([LT_SYS_DLOPEN_SELF],
-[m4_require([_LT_HEADER_DLFCN])dnl
-if test "x$enable_dlopen" != xyes; then
-  enable_dlopen=unknown
-  enable_dlopen_self=unknown
-  enable_dlopen_self_static=unknown
-else
-  lt_cv_dlopen=no
-  lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
-
-  case $host_os in
-  beos*)
-    lt_cv_dlopen="load_add_on"
-    lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
-    lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes
-    ;;
-
-  mingw* | pw32*)
-    lt_cv_dlopen="LoadLibrary"
-    lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
-    ;;
-
-  cygwin*)
-    lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen"
-    lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
-    ;;
-
-  darwin*)
-  # if libdl is installed we need to link against it
-    AC_CHECK_LIB([dl], [dlopen],
-		[lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldl"],[
-    lt_cv_dlopen="dyld"
-    lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
-    lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes
-    ])
-    ;;
-
-  *)
-    AC_CHECK_FUNC([shl_load],
-	  [lt_cv_dlopen="shl_load"],
-      [AC_CHECK_LIB([dld], [shl_load],
-	    [lt_cv_dlopen="shl_load" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldld"],
-	[AC_CHECK_FUNC([dlopen],
-	      [lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen"],
-	  [AC_CHECK_LIB([dl], [dlopen],
-		[lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldl"],
-	    [AC_CHECK_LIB([svld], [dlopen],
-		  [lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-lsvld"],
-	      [AC_CHECK_LIB([dld], [dld_link],
-		    [lt_cv_dlopen="dld_link" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldld"])
-	      ])
-	    ])
-	  ])
-	])
-      ])
-    ;;
-  esac
-
-  if test "x$lt_cv_dlopen" != xno; then
-    enable_dlopen=yes
-  else
-    enable_dlopen=no
-  fi
-
-  case $lt_cv_dlopen in
-  dlopen)
-    save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
-    test "x$ac_cv_header_dlfcn_h" = xyes && CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -DHAVE_DLFCN_H"
-
-    save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS"
-    wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl eval LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $export_dynamic_flag_spec\"
-
-    save_LIBS="$LIBS"
-    LIBS="$lt_cv_dlopen_libs $LIBS"
-
-    AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether a program can dlopen itself],
-	  lt_cv_dlopen_self, [dnl
-	  _LT_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF(
-	    lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes, lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes,
-	    lt_cv_dlopen_self=no, lt_cv_dlopen_self=cross)
-    ])
-
-    if test "x$lt_cv_dlopen_self" = xyes; then
-      wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl eval LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $lt_prog_compiler_static\"
-      AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether a statically linked program can dlopen itself],
-	  lt_cv_dlopen_self_static, [dnl
-	  _LT_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF(
-	    lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=yes, lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=yes,
-	    lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=no,  lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=cross)
-      ])
-    fi
-
-    CPPFLAGS="$save_CPPFLAGS"
-    LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS"
-    LIBS="$save_LIBS"
-    ;;
-  esac
-
-  case $lt_cv_dlopen_self in
-  yes|no) enable_dlopen_self=$lt_cv_dlopen_self ;;
-  *) enable_dlopen_self=unknown ;;
-  esac
-
-  case $lt_cv_dlopen_self_static in
-  yes|no) enable_dlopen_self_static=$lt_cv_dlopen_self_static ;;
-  *) enable_dlopen_self_static=unknown ;;
-  esac
-fi
-_LT_DECL([dlopen_support], [enable_dlopen], [0],
-	 [Whether dlopen is supported])
-_LT_DECL([dlopen_self], [enable_dlopen_self], [0],
-	 [Whether dlopen of programs is supported])
-_LT_DECL([dlopen_self_static], [enable_dlopen_self_static], [0],
-	 [Whether dlopen of statically linked programs is supported])
-])# LT_SYS_DLOPEN_SELF
-
-# Old name:
-AU_ALIAS([AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN_SELF], [LT_SYS_DLOPEN_SELF])
-dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN_SELF], [])
-
-
-# _LT_COMPILER_C_O([TAGNAME])
-# ---------------------------
-# Check to see if options -c and -o are simultaneously supported by compiler.
-# This macro does not hard code the compiler like AC_PROG_CC_C_O.
-m4_defun([_LT_COMPILER_C_O],
-[m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl
-m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl
-m4_require([_LT_TAG_COMPILER])dnl
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext],
-  [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)],
-  [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)=no
-   $RM -r conftest 2>/dev/null
-   mkdir conftest
-   cd conftest
-   mkdir out
-   echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext
-
-   lt_compiler_flag="-o out/conftest2.$ac_objext"
-   # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or
-   # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end.
-   # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins
-   # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly.
-   lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \
-   -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \
-   -e 's: [[^ ]]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \
-   -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'`
-   (eval echo "\"\$as_me:__oline__: $lt_compile\"" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD)
-   (eval "$lt_compile" 2>out/conftest.err)
-   ac_status=$?
-   cat out/conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
-   echo "$as_me:__oline__: \$? = $ac_status" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
-   if (exit $ac_status) && test -s out/conftest2.$ac_objext
-   then
-     # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized
-     # So say no if there are warnings
-     $ECHO "X$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' > out/conftest.exp
-     $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' out/conftest.err >out/conftest.er2
-     if test ! -s out/conftest.er2 || diff out/conftest.exp out/conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then
-       _LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)=yes
-     fi
-   fi
-   chmod u+w . 2>&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
-   $RM conftest*
-   # SGI C++ compiler will create directory out/ii_files/ for
-   # template instantiation
-   test -d out/ii_files && $RM out/ii_files/* && rmdir out/ii_files
-   $RM out/* && rmdir out
-   cd ..
-   $RM -r conftest
-   $RM conftest*
-])
-_LT_TAGDECL([compiler_c_o], [lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o], [1],
-	[Does compiler simultaneously support -c and -o options?])
-])# _LT_COMPILER_C_O
-
-
-# _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS([TAGNAME])
-# ----------------------------------
-# Check to see if we can do hard links to lock some files if needed
-m4_defun([_LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS],
-[m4_require([_LT_ENABLE_LOCK])dnl
-m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl
-_LT_COMPILER_C_O([$1])
-
-hard_links="nottested"
-if test "$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)" = no && test "$need_locks" != no; then
-  # do not overwrite the value of need_locks provided by the user
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING([if we can lock with hard links])
-  hard_links=yes
-  $RM conftest*
-  ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no
-  touch conftest.a
-  ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>&5 || hard_links=no
-  ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no
-  AC_MSG_RESULT([$hard_links])
-  if test "$hard_links" = no; then
-    AC_MSG_WARN([`$CC' does not support `-c -o', so `make -j' may be unsafe])
-    need_locks=warn
-  fi
-else
-  need_locks=no
-fi
-_LT_DECL([], [need_locks], [1], [Must we lock files when doing compilation?])
-])# _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS
-
-
-# _LT_CHECK_OBJDIR
-# ----------------
-m4_defun([_LT_CHECK_OBJDIR],
-[AC_CACHE_CHECK([for objdir], [lt_cv_objdir],
-[rm -f .libs 2>/dev/null
-mkdir .libs 2>/dev/null
-if test -d .libs; then
-  lt_cv_objdir=.libs
-else
-  # MS-DOS does not allow filenames that begin with a dot.
-  lt_cv_objdir=_libs
-fi
-rmdir .libs 2>/dev/null])
-objdir=$lt_cv_objdir
-_LT_DECL([], [objdir], [0],
-         [The name of the directory that contains temporary libtool files])dnl
-m4_pattern_allow([LT_OBJDIR])dnl
-AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(LT_OBJDIR, "$lt_cv_objdir/",
-  [Define to the sub-directory in which libtool stores uninstalled libraries.])
-])# _LT_CHECK_OBJDIR
-
-
-# _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH([TAGNAME])
-# --------------------------------------
-# Check hardcoding attributes.
-m4_defun([_LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH],
-[AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to hardcode library paths into programs])
-_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)=
-if test -n "$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)" ||
-   test -n "$_LT_TAGVAR(runpath_var, $1)" ||
-   test "X$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)" = "Xyes" ; then
-
-  # We can hardcode non-existent directories.
-  if test "$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)" != no &&
-     # If the only mechanism to avoid hardcoding is shlibpath_var, we
-     # have to relink, otherwise we might link with an installed library
-     # when we should be linking with a yet-to-be-installed one
-     ## test "$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)" != no &&
-     test "$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)" != no; then
-    # Linking always hardcodes the temporary library directory.
-    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)=relink
-  else
-    # We can link without hardcoding, and we can hardcode nonexisting dirs.
-    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)=immediate
-  fi
-else
-  # We cannot hardcode anything, or else we can only hardcode existing
-  # directories.
-  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)=unsupported
-fi
-AC_MSG_RESULT([$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)])
-
-if test "$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)" = relink ||
-   test "$_LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)" = yes; then
-  # Fast installation is not supported
-  enable_fast_install=no
-elif test "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" = yes ||
-     test "$enable_shared" = no; then
-  # Fast installation is not necessary
-  enable_fast_install=needless
-fi
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_action], [0],
-    [How to hardcode a shared library path into an executable])
-])# _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH
-
-
-# _LT_CMD_STRIPLIB
-# ----------------
-m4_defun([_LT_CMD_STRIPLIB],
-[m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])
-striplib=
-old_striplib=
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether stripping libraries is possible])
-if test -n "$STRIP" && $STRIP -V 2>&1 | $GREP "GNU strip" >/dev/null; then
-  test -z "$old_striplib" && old_striplib="$STRIP --strip-debug"
-  test -z "$striplib" && striplib="$STRIP --strip-unneeded"
-  AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
-else
-# FIXME - insert some real tests, host_os isn't really good enough
-  case $host_os in
-  darwin*)
-    if test -n "$STRIP" ; then
-      striplib="$STRIP -x"
-      old_striplib="$STRIP -S"
-      AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
-    else
-      AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
-    fi
-    ;;
-  *)
-    AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
-    ;;
-  esac
-fi
-_LT_DECL([], [old_striplib], [1], [Commands to strip libraries])
-_LT_DECL([], [striplib], [1])
-])# _LT_CMD_STRIPLIB
-
-
-# _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER([TAG])
-# -----------------------------
-# PORTME Fill in your ld.so characteristics
-m4_defun([_LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER],
-[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
-m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl
-m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl
-m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([dynamic linker characteristics])
-m4_if([$1],
-	[], [
-if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-  case $host_os in
-    darwin*) lt_awk_arg="/^libraries:/,/LR/" ;;
-    *) lt_awk_arg="/^libraries:/" ;;
-  esac
-  lt_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | awk $lt_awk_arg | $SED -e "s/^libraries://" -e "s,=/,/,g"`
-  if $ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" | $GREP ';' >/dev/null ; then
-    # if the path contains ";" then we assume it to be the separator
-    # otherwise default to the standard path separator (i.e. ":") - it is
-    # assumed that no part of a normal pathname contains ";" but that should
-    # okay in the real world where ";" in dirpaths is itself problematic.
-    lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" | $SED -e 's/;/ /g'`
-  else
-    lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" | $SED  -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"`
-  fi
-  # Ok, now we have the path, separated by spaces, we can step through it
-  # and add multilib dir if necessary.
-  lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec=
-  lt_multi_os_dir=`$CC $CPPFLAGS $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS -print-multi-os-directory 2>/dev/null`
-  for lt_sys_path in $lt_search_path_spec; do
-    if test -d "$lt_sys_path/$lt_multi_os_dir"; then
-      lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec="$lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec $lt_sys_path/$lt_multi_os_dir"
-    else
-      test -d "$lt_sys_path" && \
-	lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec="$lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec $lt_sys_path"
-    fi
-  done
-  lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO $lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec | awk '
-BEGIN {RS=" "; FS="/|\n";} {
-  lt_foo="";
-  lt_count=0;
-  for (lt_i = NF; lt_i > 0; lt_i--) {
-    if ($lt_i != "" && $lt_i != ".") {
-      if ($lt_i == "..") {
-        lt_count++;
-      } else {
-        if (lt_count == 0) {
-          lt_foo="/" $lt_i lt_foo;
-        } else {
-          lt_count--;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  if (lt_foo != "") { lt_freq[[lt_foo]]++; }
-  if (lt_freq[[lt_foo]] == 1) { print lt_foo; }
-}'`
-  sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO $lt_search_path_spec`
-else
-  sys_lib_search_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib"
-fi])
-library_names_spec=
-libname_spec='lib$name'
-soname_spec=
-shrext_cmds=".so"
-postinstall_cmds=
-postuninstall_cmds=
-finish_cmds=
-finish_eval=
-shlibpath_var=
-shlibpath_overrides_runpath=unknown
-version_type=none
-dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so"
-sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib"
-need_lib_prefix=unknown
-hardcode_into_libs=no
-
-# when you set need_version to no, make sure it does not cause -set_version
-# flags to be left without arguments
-need_version=unknown
-
-case $host_os in
-aix3*)
-  version_type=linux
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname.a'
-  shlibpath_var=LIBPATH
-
-  # AIX 3 has no versioning support, so we append a major version to the name.
-  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-  ;;
-
-aix[[4-9]]*)
-  version_type=linux
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-  need_version=no
-  hardcode_into_libs=yes
-  if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
-    # AIX 5 supports IA64
-    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}'
-    shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  else
-    # With GCC up to 2.95.x, collect2 would create an import file
-    # for dependence libraries.  The import file would start with
-    # the line `#! .'.  This would cause the generated library to
-    # depend on `.', always an invalid library.  This was fixed in
-    # development snapshots of GCC prior to 3.0.
-    case $host_os in
-      aix4 | aix4.[[01]] | aix4.[[01]].*)
-      if { echo '#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 97)'
-	   echo ' yes '
-	   echo '#endif'; } | ${CC} -E - | $GREP yes > /dev/null; then
-	:
-      else
-	can_build_shared=no
-      fi
-      ;;
-    esac
-    # AIX (on Power*) has no versioning support, so currently we can not hardcode correct
-    # soname into executable. Probably we can add versioning support to
-    # collect2, so additional links can be useful in future.
-    if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
-      # If using run time linking (on AIX 4.2 or later) use lib.so
-      # instead of lib.a to let people know that these are not
-      # typical AIX shared libraries.
-      library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
-    else
-      # We preserve .a as extension for shared libraries through AIX4.2
-      # and later when we are not doing run time linking.
-      library_names_spec='${libname}${release}.a $libname.a'
-      soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-    fi
-    shlibpath_var=LIBPATH
-  fi
-  ;;
-
-amigaos*)
-  case $host_cpu in
-  powerpc)
-    # Since July 2007 AmigaOS4 officially supports .so libraries.
-    # When compiling the executable, add -use-dynld -Lsobjs: to the compileline.
-    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
-    ;;
-  m68k)
-    library_names_spec='$libname.ixlibrary $libname.a'
-    # Create ${libname}_ixlibrary.a entries in /sys/libs.
-    finish_eval='for lib in `ls $libdir/*.ixlibrary 2>/dev/null`; do libname=`$ECHO "X$lib" | $Xsed -e '\''s%^.*/\([[^/]]*\)\.ixlibrary$%\1%'\''`; test $RM /sys/libs/${libname}_ixlibrary.a; $show "cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a"; cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a || exit 1; done'
-    ;;
-  esac
-  ;;
-
-beos*)
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${shared_ext}'
-  dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so"
-  shlibpath_var=LIBRARY_PATH
-  ;;
-
-bsdi[[45]]*)
-  version_type=linux
-  need_version=no
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
-  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-  finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig $libdir'
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  sys_lib_search_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/X11/lib /usr/contrib/lib /lib /usr/local/lib"
-  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib"
-  # the default ld.so.conf also contains /usr/contrib/lib and
-  # /usr/X11R6/lib (/usr/X11 is a link to /usr/X11R6), but let us allow
-  # libtool to hard-code these into programs
-  ;;
-
-cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
-  version_type=windows
-  shrext_cmds=".dll"
-  need_version=no
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-
-  case $GCC,$host_os in
-  yes,cygwin* | yes,mingw* | yes,pw32*)
-    library_names_spec='$libname.dll.a'
-    # DLL is installed to $(libdir)/../bin by postinstall_cmds
-    postinstall_cmds='base_file=`basename \${file}`~
-      dlpath=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $dir/'\''\${base_file}'\''i; echo \$dlname'\''`~
-      dldir=$destdir/`dirname \$dlpath`~
-      test -d \$dldir || mkdir -p \$dldir~
-      $install_prog $dir/$dlname \$dldir/$dlname~
-      chmod a+x \$dldir/$dlname~
-      if test -n '\''$stripme'\'' && test -n '\''$striplib'\''; then
-        eval '\''$striplib \$dldir/$dlname'\'' || exit \$?;
-      fi'
-    postuninstall_cmds='dldll=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $file; echo \$dlname'\''`~
-      dlpath=$dir/\$dldll~
-       $RM \$dlpath'
-    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
-
-    case $host_os in
-    cygwin*)
-      # Cygwin DLLs use 'cyg' prefix rather than 'lib'
-      soname_spec='`echo ${libname} | sed -e 's/^lib/cyg/'``echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[[.]]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}'
-      sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib /lib/w32api /lib /usr/local/lib"
-      ;;
-    mingw*)
-      # MinGW DLLs use traditional 'lib' prefix
-      soname_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[[.]]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}'
-      sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | $GREP "^libraries:" | $SED -e "s/^libraries://" -e "s,=/,/,g"`
-      if $ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | [$GREP ';[c-zC-Z]:/' >/dev/null]; then
-        # It is most probably a Windows format PATH printed by
-        # mingw gcc, but we are running on Cygwin. Gcc prints its search
-        # path with ; separators, and with drive letters. We can handle the
-        # drive letters (cygwin fileutils understands them), so leave them,
-        # especially as we might pass files found there to a mingw objdump,
-        # which wouldn't understand a cygwinified path. Ahh.
-        sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e 's/;/ /g'`
-      else
-        sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED  -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"`
-      fi
-      ;;
-    pw32*)
-      # pw32 DLLs use 'pw' prefix rather than 'lib'
-      library_names_spec='`echo ${libname} | sed -e 's/^lib/pw/'``echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[[.]]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}'
-      ;;
-    esac
-    ;;
-
-  *)
-    library_names_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[[.]]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext} $libname.lib'
-    ;;
-  esac
-  dynamic_linker='Win32 ld.exe'
-  # FIXME: first we should search . and the directory the executable is in
-  shlibpath_var=PATH
-  ;;
-
-darwin* | rhapsody*)
-  dynamic_linker="$host_os dyld"
-  version_type=darwin
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-  need_version=no
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${major}$shared_ext ${libname}$shared_ext'
-  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${major}$shared_ext'
-  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
-  shlibpath_var=DYLD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  shrext_cmds='`test .$module = .yes && echo .so || echo .dylib`'
-m4_if([$1], [],[
-  sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec /usr/local/lib"])
-  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/usr/local/lib /lib /usr/lib'
-  ;;
-
-dgux*)
-  version_type=linux
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-  need_version=no
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname$shared_ext'
-  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  ;;
-
-freebsd1*)
-  dynamic_linker=no
-  ;;
-
-freebsd* | dragonfly*)
-  # DragonFly does not have aout.  When/if they implement a new
-  # versioning mechanism, adjust this.
-  if test -x /usr/bin/objformat; then
-    objformat=`/usr/bin/objformat`
-  else
-    case $host_os in
-    freebsd[[123]]*) objformat=aout ;;
-    *) objformat=elf ;;
-    esac
-  fi
-  version_type=freebsd-$objformat
-  case $version_type in
-    freebsd-elf*)
-      library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}'
-      need_version=no
-      need_lib_prefix=no
-      ;;
-    freebsd-*)
-      library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}$versuffix'
-      need_version=yes
-      ;;
-  esac
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  case $host_os in
-  freebsd2*)
-    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
-    ;;
-  freebsd3.[[01]]* | freebsdelf3.[[01]]*)
-    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
-    hardcode_into_libs=yes
-    ;;
-  freebsd3.[[2-9]]* | freebsdelf3.[[2-9]]* | \
-  freebsd4.[[0-5]] | freebsdelf4.[[0-5]] | freebsd4.1.1 | freebsdelf4.1.1)
-    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
-    hardcode_into_libs=yes
-    ;;
-  *) # from 4.6 on, and DragonFly
-    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
-    hardcode_into_libs=yes
-    ;;
-  esac
-  ;;
-
-gnu*)
-  version_type=linux
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-  need_version=no
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}${major} ${libname}${shared_ext}'
-  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  hardcode_into_libs=yes
-  ;;
-
-hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
-  # Give a soname corresponding to the major version so that dld.sl refuses to
-  # link against other versions.
-  version_type=sunos
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-  need_version=no
-  case $host_cpu in
-  ia64*)
-    shrext_cmds='.so'
-    hardcode_into_libs=yes
-    dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.so"
-    shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified.
-    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
-    soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-    if test "X$HPUX_IA64_MODE" = X32; then
-      sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/hpux32 /usr/local/lib/hpux32 /usr/local/lib"
-    else
-      sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/hpux64 /usr/local/lib/hpux64"
-    fi
-    sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec
-    ;;
-  hppa*64*)
-    shrext_cmds='.sl'
-    hardcode_into_libs=yes
-    dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl"
-    shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH # How should we handle SHLIB_PATH
-    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified.
-    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
-    soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-    sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/pa20_64 /usr/ccs/lib/pa20_64"
-    sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec
-    ;;
-  *)
-    shrext_cmds='.sl'
-    dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl"
-    shlibpath_var=SHLIB_PATH
-    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no # +s is required to enable SHLIB_PATH
-    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
-    soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-    ;;
-  esac
-  # HP-UX runs *really* slowly unless shared libraries are mode 555.
-  postinstall_cmds='chmod 555 $lib'
-  ;;
-
-interix[[3-9]]*)
-  version_type=linux
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-  need_version=no
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}'
-  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-  dynamic_linker='Interix 3.x ld.so.1 (PE, like ELF)'
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
-  hardcode_into_libs=yes
-  ;;
-
-irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
-  case $host_os in
-    nonstopux*) version_type=nonstopux ;;
-    *)
-	if test "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes; then
-		version_type=linux
-	else
-		version_type=irix
-	fi ;;
-  esac
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-  need_version=no
-  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}'
-  case $host_os in
-  irix5* | nonstopux*)
-    libsuff= shlibsuff=
-    ;;
-  *)
-    case $LD in # libtool.m4 will add one of these switches to LD
-    *-32|*"-32 "|*-melf32bsmip|*"-melf32bsmip ")
-      libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=32-bit;;
-    *-n32|*"-n32 "|*-melf32bmipn32|*"-melf32bmipn32 ")
-      libsuff=32 shlibsuff=N32 libmagic=N32;;
-    *-64|*"-64 "|*-melf64bmip|*"-melf64bmip ")
-      libsuff=64 shlibsuff=64 libmagic=64-bit;;
-    *) libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=never-match;;
-    esac
-    ;;
-  esac
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY${shlibsuff}_PATH
-  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
-  sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff} /usr/local/lib${libsuff}"
-  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff}"
-  hardcode_into_libs=yes
-  ;;
-
-# No shared lib support for Linux oldld, aout, or coff.
-linux*oldld* | linux*aout* | linux*coff*)
-  dynamic_linker=no
-  ;;
-
-# This must be Linux ELF.
-linux* | k*bsd*-gnu)
-  version_type=linux
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-  need_version=no
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
-  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-  finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -n $libdir'
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
-  # Some binutils ld are patched to set DT_RUNPATH
-  save_LDFLAGS=$LDFLAGS
-  save_libdir=$libdir
-  eval "libdir=/foo; wl=\"$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)\"; \
-       LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)\""
-  AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([],[])],
-    [AS_IF([ ($OBJDUMP -p conftest$ac_exeext) 2>/dev/null | grep "RUNPATH.*$libdir" >/dev/null],
-       [shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes])])
-  LDFLAGS=$save_LDFLAGS
-  libdir=$save_libdir
-
-  # This implies no fast_install, which is unacceptable.
-  # Some rework will be needed to allow for fast_install
-  # before this can be enabled.
-  hardcode_into_libs=yes
-
-  # Append ld.so.conf contents to the search path
-  if test -f /etc/ld.so.conf; then
-    lt_ld_extra=`awk '/^include / { system(sprintf("cd /etc; cat %s 2>/dev/null", \[$]2)); skip = 1; } { if (!skip) print \[$]0; skip = 0; }' < /etc/ld.so.conf | $SED -e 's/#.*//;/^[	 ]*hwcap[	 ]/d;s/[:,	]/ /g;s/=[^=]*$//;s/=[^= ]* / /g;/^$/d' | tr '\n' ' '`
-    sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib $lt_ld_extra"
-  fi
-
-  # We used to test for /lib/ld.so.1 and disable shared libraries on
-  # powerpc, because MkLinux only supported shared libraries with the
-  # GNU dynamic linker.  Since this was broken with cross compilers,
-  # most powerpc-linux boxes support dynamic linking these days and
-  # people can always --disable-shared, the test was removed, and we
-  # assume the GNU/Linux dynamic linker is in use.
-  dynamic_linker='GNU/Linux ld.so'
-  ;;
-
-netbsd*)
-  version_type=sunos
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-  need_version=no
-  if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then
-    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix'
-    finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir'
-    dynamic_linker='NetBSD (a.out) ld.so'
-  else
-    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}'
-    soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-    dynamic_linker='NetBSD ld.elf_so'
-  fi
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
-  hardcode_into_libs=yes
-  ;;
-
-newsos6)
-  version_type=linux
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
-  ;;
-
-*nto* | *qnx*)
-  version_type=qnx
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-  need_version=no
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
-  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
-  hardcode_into_libs=yes
-  dynamic_linker='ldqnx.so'
-  ;;
-
-openbsd*)
-  version_type=sunos
-  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/usr/lib"
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-  # Some older versions of OpenBSD (3.3 at least) *do* need versioned libs.
-  case $host_os in
-    openbsd3.3 | openbsd3.3.*)	need_version=yes ;;
-    *)				need_version=no  ;;
-  esac
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix'
-  finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir'
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then
-    case $host_os in
-      openbsd2.[[89]] | openbsd2.[[89]].*)
-	shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
-	;;
-      *)
-	shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
-	;;
-      esac
-  else
-    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
-  fi
-  ;;
-
-os2*)
-  libname_spec='$name'
-  shrext_cmds=".dll"
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-  library_names_spec='$libname${shared_ext} $libname.a'
-  dynamic_linker='OS/2 ld.exe'
-  shlibpath_var=LIBPATH
-  ;;
-
-osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
-  version_type=osf
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-  need_version=no
-  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/shlib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib/cmplrs/cc /usr/lib /usr/local/lib /var/shlib"
-  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec"
-  ;;
-
-rdos*)
-  dynamic_linker=no
-  ;;
-
-solaris*)
-  version_type=linux
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-  need_version=no
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
-  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
-  hardcode_into_libs=yes
-  # ldd complains unless libraries are executable
-  postinstall_cmds='chmod +x $lib'
-  ;;
-
-sunos4*)
-  version_type=sunos
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix'
-  finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/usr/etc" ldconfig $libdir'
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
-  if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
-    need_lib_prefix=no
-  fi
-  need_version=yes
-  ;;
-
-sysv4 | sysv4.3*)
-  version_type=linux
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
-  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  case $host_vendor in
-    sni)
-      shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
-      need_lib_prefix=no
-      runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
-      ;;
-    siemens)
-      need_lib_prefix=no
-      ;;
-    motorola)
-      need_lib_prefix=no
-      need_version=no
-      shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
-      sys_lib_search_path_spec='/lib /usr/lib /usr/ccs/lib'
-      ;;
-  esac
-  ;;
-
-sysv4*MP*)
-  if test -d /usr/nec ;then
-    version_type=linux
-    library_names_spec='$libname${shared_ext}.$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}.$major $libname${shared_ext}'
-    soname_spec='$libname${shared_ext}.$major'
-    shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  fi
-  ;;
-
-sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*)
-  version_type=freebsd-elf
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-  need_version=no
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}'
-  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
-  hardcode_into_libs=yes
-  if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
-    sys_lib_search_path_spec='/usr/local/lib /usr/gnu/lib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib /lib'
-  else
-    sys_lib_search_path_spec='/usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib'
-    case $host_os in
-      sco3.2v5*)
-        sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec /lib"
-	;;
-    esac
-  fi
-  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/usr/lib'
-  ;;
-
-tpf*)
-  # TPF is a cross-target only.  Preferred cross-host = GNU/Linux.
-  version_type=linux
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-  need_version=no
-  library_name_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
-  hardcode_into_libs=yes
-  ;;
-
-uts4*)
-  version_type=linux
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
-  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  ;;
-
-*)
-  dynamic_linker=no
-  ;;
-esac
-AC_MSG_RESULT([$dynamic_linker])
-test "$dynamic_linker" = no && can_build_shared=no
-
-variables_saved_for_relink="PATH $shlibpath_var $runpath_var"
-if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-  variables_saved_for_relink="$variables_saved_for_relink GCC_EXEC_PREFIX COMPILER_PATH LIBRARY_PATH"
-fi
- 
-if test "${lt_cv_sys_lib_search_path_spec+set}" = set; then
-  sys_lib_search_path_spec="$lt_cv_sys_lib_search_path_spec"
-fi
-if test "${lt_cv_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec+set}" = set; then
-  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$lt_cv_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec"
-fi
-
-_LT_DECL([], [variables_saved_for_relink], [1],
-    [Variables whose values should be saved in libtool wrapper scripts and
-    restored at link time])
-_LT_DECL([], [need_lib_prefix], [0],
-    [Do we need the "lib" prefix for modules?])
-_LT_DECL([], [need_version], [0], [Do we need a version for libraries?])
-_LT_DECL([], [version_type], [0], [Library versioning type])
-_LT_DECL([], [runpath_var], [0],  [Shared library runtime path variable])
-_LT_DECL([], [shlibpath_var], [0],[Shared library path variable])
-_LT_DECL([], [shlibpath_overrides_runpath], [0],
-    [Is shlibpath searched before the hard-coded library search path?])
-_LT_DECL([], [libname_spec], [1], [Format of library name prefix])
-_LT_DECL([], [library_names_spec], [1],
-    [[List of archive names.  First name is the real one, the rest are links.
-    The last name is the one that the linker finds with -lNAME]])
-_LT_DECL([], [soname_spec], [1],
-    [[The coded name of the library, if different from the real name]])
-_LT_DECL([], [postinstall_cmds], [2],
-    [Command to use after installation of a shared archive])
-_LT_DECL([], [postuninstall_cmds], [2],
-    [Command to use after uninstallation of a shared archive])
-_LT_DECL([], [finish_cmds], [2],
-    [Commands used to finish a libtool library installation in a directory])
-_LT_DECL([], [finish_eval], [1],
-    [[As "finish_cmds", except a single script fragment to be evaled but
-    not shown]])
-_LT_DECL([], [hardcode_into_libs], [0],
-    [Whether we should hardcode library paths into libraries])
-_LT_DECL([], [sys_lib_search_path_spec], [2],
-    [Compile-time system search path for libraries])
-_LT_DECL([], [sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec], [2],
-    [Run-time system search path for libraries])
-])# _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER
-
-
-# _LT_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX(TOOL)
-# --------------------------
-# find a file program which can recognize shared library
-AC_DEFUN([_LT_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX],
-[m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $1])
-AC_CACHE_VAL(lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD,
-[case $MAGIC_CMD in
-[[\\/*] |  ?:[\\/]*])
-  lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD" # Let the user override the test with a path.
-  ;;
-*)
-  lt_save_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD"
-  lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-dnl $ac_dummy forces splitting on constant user-supplied paths.
-dnl POSIX.2 word splitting is done only on the output of word expansions,
-dnl not every word.  This closes a longstanding sh security hole.
-  ac_dummy="m4_if([$2], , $PATH, [$2])"
-  for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do
-    IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
-    if test -f $ac_dir/$1; then
-      lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$ac_dir/$1"
-      if test -n "$file_magic_test_file"; then
-	case $deplibs_check_method in
-	"file_magic "*)
-	  file_magic_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "file_magic \(.*\)"`
-	  MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD"
-	  if eval $file_magic_cmd \$file_magic_test_file 2> /dev/null |
-	    $EGREP "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then
-	    :
-	  else
-	    cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2
-
-*** Warning: the command libtool uses to detect shared libraries,
-*** $file_magic_cmd, produces output that libtool cannot recognize.
-*** The result is that libtool may fail to recognize shared libraries
-*** as such.  This will affect the creation of libtool libraries that
-*** depend on shared libraries, but programs linked with such libtool
-*** libraries will work regardless of this problem.  Nevertheless, you
-*** may want to report the problem to your system manager and/or to
-*** bug-libtool@gnu.org
-
-_LT_EOF
-	  fi ;;
-	esac
-      fi
-      break
-    fi
-  done
-  IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-  MAGIC_CMD="$lt_save_MAGIC_CMD"
-  ;;
-esac])
-MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD"
-if test -n "$MAGIC_CMD"; then
-  AC_MSG_RESULT($MAGIC_CMD)
-else
-  AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
-fi
-_LT_DECL([], [MAGIC_CMD], [0],
-	 [Used to examine libraries when file_magic_cmd begins with "file"])dnl
-])# _LT_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX
-
-# Old name:
-AU_ALIAS([AC_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX], [_LT_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX])
-dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX], [])
-
-
-# _LT_PATH_MAGIC
-# --------------
-# find a file program which can recognize a shared library
-m4_defun([_LT_PATH_MAGIC],
-[_LT_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX(${ac_tool_prefix}file, /usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH)
-if test -z "$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD"; then
-  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
-    _LT_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX(file, /usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH)
-  else
-    MAGIC_CMD=:
-  fi
-fi
-])# _LT_PATH_MAGIC
-
-
-# LT_PATH_LD
-# ----------
-# find the pathname to the GNU or non-GNU linker
-AC_DEFUN([LT_PATH_LD],
-[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_BUILD])dnl
-m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl
-m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl
-
-AC_ARG_WITH([gnu-ld],
-    [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-gnu-ld],
-	[assume the C compiler uses GNU ld @<:@default=no@:>@])],
-    [test "$withval" = no || with_gnu_ld=yes],
-    [with_gnu_ld=no])dnl
-
-ac_prog=ld
-if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-  # Check if gcc -print-prog-name=ld gives a path.
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for ld used by $CC])
-  case $host in
-  *-*-mingw*)
-    # gcc leaves a trailing carriage return which upsets mingw
-    ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5 | tr -d '\015'` ;;
-  *)
-    ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5` ;;
-  esac
-  case $ac_prog in
-    # Accept absolute paths.
-    [[\\/]]* | ?:[[\\/]]*)
-      re_direlt='/[[^/]][[^/]]*/\.\./'
-      # Canonicalize the pathname of ld
-      ac_prog=`$ECHO "$ac_prog"| $SED 's%\\\\%/%g'`
-      while $ECHO "$ac_prog" | $GREP "$re_direlt" > /dev/null 2>&1; do
-	ac_prog=`$ECHO $ac_prog| $SED "s%$re_direlt%/%"`
-      done
-      test -z "$LD" && LD="$ac_prog"
-      ;;
-  "")
-    # If it fails, then pretend we aren't using GCC.
-    ac_prog=ld
-    ;;
-  *)
-    # If it is relative, then search for the first ld in PATH.
-    with_gnu_ld=unknown
-    ;;
-  esac
-elif test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for GNU ld])
-else
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for non-GNU ld])
-fi
-AC_CACHE_VAL(lt_cv_path_LD,
-[if test -z "$LD"; then
-  lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
-    IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
-    if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog" || test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exeext"; then
-      lt_cv_path_LD="$ac_dir/$ac_prog"
-      # Check to see if the program is GNU ld.  I'd rather use --version,
-      # but apparently some variants of GNU ld only accept -v.
-      # Break only if it was the GNU/non-GNU ld that we prefer.
-      case `"$lt_cv_path_LD" -v 2>&1 &1 /dev/null 2>&1; then
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ^x86 archive import|^x86 DLL'
-    lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='func_win32_libid'
-  else
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic file format pei*-i386(.*architecture: i386)?'
-    lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='$OBJDUMP -f'
-  fi
-  ;;
-
-darwin* | rhapsody*)
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-  ;;
-
-freebsd* | dragonfly*)
-  if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ > /dev/null; then
-    case $host_cpu in
-    i*86 )
-      # Not sure whether the presence of OpenBSD here was a mistake.
-      # Let's accept both of them until this is cleared up.
-      lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (FreeBSD|OpenBSD|DragonFly)/i[[3-9]]86 (compact )?demand paged shared library'
-      lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file
-      lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=`echo /usr/lib/libc.so.*`
-      ;;
-    esac
-  else
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-  fi
-  ;;
-
-gnu*)
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-  ;;
-
-hpux10.20* | hpux11*)
-  lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file
-  case $host_cpu in
-  ia64*)
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[[0-9]][[0-9]][[0-9]]|ELF-[[0-9]][[0-9]]) shared object file - IA64'
-    lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/hpux32/libc.so
-    ;;
-  hppa*64*)
-    [lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[0-9][0-9][0-9]|ELF-[0-9][0-9]) shared object file - PA-RISC [0-9].[0-9]']
-    lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/pa20_64/libc.sl
-    ;;
-  *)
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[[0-9]][[0-9]][[0-9]]|PA-RISC[[0-9]].[[0-9]]) shared library'
-    lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/libc.sl
-    ;;
-  esac
-  ;;
-
-interix[[3-9]]*)
-  # PIC code is broken on Interix 3.x, that's why |\.a not |_pic\.a here
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[[^/]]+(\.so|\.a)$'
-  ;;
-
-irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
-  case $LD in
-  *-32|*"-32 ") libmagic=32-bit;;
-  *-n32|*"-n32 ") libmagic=N32;;
-  *-64|*"-64 ") libmagic=64-bit;;
-  *) libmagic=never-match;;
-  esac
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-  ;;
-
-# This must be Linux ELF.
-linux* | k*bsd*-gnu)
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-  ;;
-
-netbsd*)
-  if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ > /dev/null; then
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[[^/]]+(\.so\.[[0-9]]+\.[[0-9]]+|_pic\.a)$'
-  else
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[[^/]]+(\.so|_pic\.a)$'
-  fi
-  ;;
-
-newos6*)
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [[0-9]][[0-9]]*-bit [[ML]]SB (executable|dynamic lib)'
-  lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file
-  lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/libnls.so
-  ;;
-
-*nto* | *qnx*)
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-  ;;
-
-openbsd*)
-  if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[[^/]]+(\.so\.[[0-9]]+\.[[0-9]]+|\.so|_pic\.a)$'
-  else
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[[^/]]+(\.so\.[[0-9]]+\.[[0-9]]+|_pic\.a)$'
-  fi
-  ;;
-
-osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-  ;;
-
-rdos*)
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-  ;;
-
-solaris*)
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-  ;;
-
-sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*)
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-  ;;
-
-sysv4 | sysv4.3*)
-  case $host_vendor in
-  motorola)
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [[0-9]][[0-9]]*-bit [[ML]]SB (shared object|dynamic lib) M[[0-9]][[0-9]]* Version [[0-9]]'
-    lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=`echo /usr/lib/libc.so*`
-    ;;
-  ncr)
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-    ;;
-  sequent)
-    lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/bin/file'
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [[0-9]][[0-9]]*-bit [[LM]]SB (shared object|dynamic lib )'
-    ;;
-  sni)
-    lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/bin/file'
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method="file_magic ELF [[0-9]][[0-9]]*-bit [[LM]]SB dynamic lib"
-    lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/lib/libc.so
-    ;;
-  siemens)
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-    ;;
-  pc)
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-    ;;
-  esac
-  ;;
-
-tpf*)
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-  ;;
-esac
-])
-file_magic_cmd=$lt_cv_file_magic_cmd
-deplibs_check_method=$lt_cv_deplibs_check_method
-test -z "$deplibs_check_method" && deplibs_check_method=unknown
-
-_LT_DECL([], [deplibs_check_method], [1],
-    [Method to check whether dependent libraries are shared objects])
-_LT_DECL([], [file_magic_cmd], [1],
-    [Command to use when deplibs_check_method == "file_magic"])
-])# _LT_CHECK_MAGIC_METHOD
-
-
-# LT_PATH_NM
-# ----------
-# find the pathname to a BSD- or MS-compatible name lister
-AC_DEFUN([LT_PATH_NM],
-[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([for BSD- or MS-compatible name lister (nm)], lt_cv_path_NM,
-[if test -n "$NM"; then
-  # Let the user override the test.
-  lt_cv_path_NM="$NM"
-else
-  lt_nm_to_check="${ac_tool_prefix}nm"
-  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix" && test "$build" = "$host"; then
-    lt_nm_to_check="$lt_nm_to_check nm"
-  fi
-  for lt_tmp_nm in $lt_nm_to_check; do
-    lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-    for ac_dir in $PATH /usr/ccs/bin/elf /usr/ccs/bin /usr/ucb /bin; do
-      IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-      test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
-      tmp_nm="$ac_dir/$lt_tmp_nm"
-      if test -f "$tmp_nm" || test -f "$tmp_nm$ac_exeext" ; then
-	# Check to see if the nm accepts a BSD-compat flag.
-	# Adding the `sed 1q' prevents false positives on HP-UX, which says:
-	#   nm: unknown option "B" ignored
-	# Tru64's nm complains that /dev/null is an invalid object file
-	case `"$tmp_nm" -B /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'` in
-	*/dev/null* | *'Invalid file or object type'*)
-	  lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm -B"
-	  break
-	  ;;
-	*)
-	  case `"$tmp_nm" -p /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'` in
-	  */dev/null*)
-	    lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm -p"
-	    break
-	    ;;
-	  *)
-	    lt_cv_path_NM=${lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm"} # keep the first match, but
-	    continue # so that we can try to find one that supports BSD flags
-	    ;;
-	  esac
-	  ;;
-	esac
-      fi
-    done
-    IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-  done
-  : ${lt_cv_path_NM=no}
-fi])
-if test "$lt_cv_path_NM" != "no"; then
-  NM="$lt_cv_path_NM"
-else
-  # Didn't find any BSD compatible name lister, look for dumpbin.
-  AC_CHECK_TOOLS(DUMPBIN, ["dumpbin -symbols" "link -dump -symbols"], :)
-  AC_SUBST([DUMPBIN])
-  if test "$DUMPBIN" != ":"; then
-    NM="$DUMPBIN"
-  fi
-fi
-test -z "$NM" && NM=nm
-AC_SUBST([NM])
-_LT_DECL([], [NM], [1], [A BSD- or MS-compatible name lister])dnl
-
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([the name lister ($NM) interface], [lt_cv_nm_interface],
-  [lt_cv_nm_interface="BSD nm"
-  echo "int some_variable = 0;" > conftest.$ac_ext
-  (eval echo "\"\$as_me:__oline__: $ac_compile\"" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD)
-  (eval "$ac_compile" 2>conftest.err)
-  cat conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
-  (eval echo "\"\$as_me:__oline__: $NM \\\"conftest.$ac_objext\\\"\"" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD)
-  (eval "$NM \"conftest.$ac_objext\"" 2>conftest.err > conftest.out)
-  cat conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
-  (eval echo "\"\$as_me:__oline__: output\"" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD)
-  cat conftest.out >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
-  if $GREP 'External.*some_variable' conftest.out > /dev/null; then
-    lt_cv_nm_interface="MS dumpbin"
-  fi
-  rm -f conftest*])
-])# LT_PATH_NM
-
-# Old names:
-AU_ALIAS([AM_PROG_NM], [LT_PATH_NM])
-AU_ALIAS([AC_PROG_NM], [LT_PATH_NM])
-dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_NM], [])
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_NM], [])
-
-
-# LT_LIB_M
-# --------
-# check for math library
-AC_DEFUN([LT_LIB_M],
-[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
-LIBM=
-case $host in
-*-*-beos* | *-*-cygwin* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-darwin*)
-  # These system don't have libm, or don't need it
-  ;;
-*-ncr-sysv4.3*)
-  AC_CHECK_LIB(mw, _mwvalidcheckl, LIBM="-lmw")
-  AC_CHECK_LIB(m, cos, LIBM="$LIBM -lm")
-  ;;
-*)
-  AC_CHECK_LIB(m, cos, LIBM="-lm")
-  ;;
-esac
-AC_SUBST([LIBM])
-])# LT_LIB_M
-
-# Old name:
-AU_ALIAS([AC_CHECK_LIBM], [LT_LIB_M])
-dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_CHECK_LIBM], [])
-
-
-# _LT_COMPILER_NO_RTTI([TAGNAME])
-# -------------------------------
-m4_defun([_LT_COMPILER_NO_RTTI],
-[m4_require([_LT_TAG_COMPILER])dnl
-
-_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)=
-
-if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-  _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)=' -fno-builtin'
-
-  _LT_COMPILER_OPTION([if $compiler supports -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions],
-    lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions,
-    [-fno-rtti -fno-exceptions], [],
-    [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)="$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1) -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions"])
-fi
-_LT_TAGDECL([no_builtin_flag], [lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag], [1],
-	[Compiler flag to turn off builtin functions])
-])# _LT_COMPILER_NO_RTTI
-
-
-# _LT_CMD_GLOBAL_SYMBOLS
-# ----------------------
-m4_defun([_LT_CMD_GLOBAL_SYMBOLS],
-[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([LT_PATH_NM])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([LT_PATH_LD])dnl
-m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl
-m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl
-m4_require([_LT_TAG_COMPILER])dnl
-
-# Check for command to grab the raw symbol name followed by C symbol from nm.
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([command to parse $NM output from $compiler object])
-AC_CACHE_VAL([lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe],
-[
-# These are sane defaults that work on at least a few old systems.
-# [They come from Ultrix.  What could be older than Ultrix?!! ;)]
-
-# Character class describing NM global symbol codes.
-symcode='[[BCDEGRST]]'
-
-# Regexp to match symbols that can be accessed directly from C.
-sympat='\([[_A-Za-z]][[_A-Za-z0-9]]*\)'
-
-# Define system-specific variables.
-case $host_os in
-aix*)
-  symcode='[[BCDT]]'
-  ;;
-cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
-  symcode='[[ABCDGISTW]]'
-  ;;
-hpux*)
-  if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
-    symcode='[[ABCDEGRST]]'
-  fi
-  ;;
-irix* | nonstopux*)
-  symcode='[[BCDEGRST]]'
-  ;;
-osf*)
-  symcode='[[BCDEGQRST]]'
-  ;;
-solaris*)
-  symcode='[[BDRT]]'
-  ;;
-sco3.2v5*)
-  symcode='[[DT]]'
-  ;;
-sysv4.2uw2*)
-  symcode='[[DT]]'
-  ;;
-sysv5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*)
-  symcode='[[ABDT]]'
-  ;;
-sysv4)
-  symcode='[[DFNSTU]]'
-  ;;
-esac
-
-# If we're using GNU nm, then use its standard symbol codes.
-case `$NM -V 2>&1` in
-*GNU* | *'with BFD'*)
-  symcode='[[ABCDGIRSTW]]' ;;
-esac
-
-# Transform an extracted symbol line into a proper C declaration.
-# Some systems (esp. on ia64) link data and code symbols differently,
-# so use this general approach.
-lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl="sed -n -e 's/^T .* \(.*\)$/extern int \1();/p' -e 's/^$symcode* .* \(.*\)$/extern char \1;/p'"
-
-# Transform an extracted symbol line into symbol name and symbol address
-lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address="sed -n -e 's/^: \([[^ ]]*\) $/  {\\\"\1\\\", (void *) 0},/p' -e 's/^$symcode* \([[^ ]]*\) \([[^ ]]*\)$/  {\"\2\", (void *) \&\2},/p'"
-lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix="sed -n -e 's/^: \([[^ ]]*\) $/  {\\\"\1\\\", (void *) 0},/p' -e 's/^$symcode* \([[^ ]]*\) \(lib[[^ ]]*\)$/  {\"\2\", (void *) \&\2},/p' -e 's/^$symcode* \([[^ ]]*\) \([[^ ]]*\)$/  {\"lib\2\", (void *) \&\2},/p'"
-
-# Handle CRLF in mingw tool chain
-opt_cr=
-case $build_os in
-mingw*)
-  opt_cr=`$ECHO 'x\{0,1\}' | tr x '\015'` # option cr in regexp
-  ;;
-esac
-
-# Try without a prefix underscore, then with it.
-for ac_symprfx in "" "_"; do
-
-  # Transform symcode, sympat, and symprfx into a raw symbol and a C symbol.
-  symxfrm="\\1 $ac_symprfx\\2 \\2"
-
-  # Write the raw and C identifiers.
-  if test "$lt_cv_nm_interface" = "MS dumpbin"; then
-    # Fake it for dumpbin and say T for any non-static function
-    # and D for any global variable.
-    # Also find C++ and __fastcall symbols from MSVC++,
-    # which start with @ or ?.
-    lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe="$AWK ['"\
-"     {last_section=section; section=\$ 3};"\
-"     /Section length .*#relocs.*(pick any)/{hide[last_section]=1};"\
-"     \$ 0!~/External *\|/{next};"\
-"     / 0+ UNDEF /{next}; / UNDEF \([^|]\)*()/{next};"\
-"     {if(hide[section]) next};"\
-"     {f=0}; \$ 0~/\(\).*\|/{f=1}; {printf f ? \"T \" : \"D \"};"\
-"     {split(\$ 0, a, /\||\r/); split(a[2], s)};"\
-"     s[1]~/^[@?]/{print s[1], s[1]; next};"\
-"     s[1]~prfx {split(s[1],t,\"@\"); print t[1], substr(t[1],length(prfx))}"\
-"     ' prfx=^$ac_symprfx]"
-  else
-    lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe="sed -n -e 's/^.*[[	 ]]\($symcode$symcode*\)[[	 ]][[	 ]]*$ac_symprfx$sympat$opt_cr$/$symxfrm/p'"
-  fi
-
-  # Check to see that the pipe works correctly.
-  pipe_works=no
-
-  rm -f conftest*
-  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-char nm_test_var;
-void nm_test_func(void);
-void nm_test_func(void){}
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-int main(){nm_test_var='a';nm_test_func();return(0);}
-_LT_EOF
-
-  if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then
-    # Now try to grab the symbols.
-    nlist=conftest.nm
-    if AC_TRY_EVAL(NM conftest.$ac_objext \| $lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe \> $nlist) && test -s "$nlist"; then
-      # Try sorting and uniquifying the output.
-      if sort "$nlist" | uniq > "$nlist"T; then
-	mv -f "$nlist"T "$nlist"
-      else
-	rm -f "$nlist"T
-      fi
-
-      # Make sure that we snagged all the symbols we need.
-      if $GREP ' nm_test_var$' "$nlist" >/dev/null; then
-	if $GREP ' nm_test_func$' "$nlist" >/dev/null; then
-	  cat <<_LT_EOF > conftest.$ac_ext
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-_LT_EOF
-	  # Now generate the symbol file.
-	  eval "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl"' < "$nlist" | $GREP -v main >> conftest.$ac_ext'
-
-	  cat <<_LT_EOF >> conftest.$ac_ext
-
-/* The mapping between symbol names and symbols.  */
-const struct {
-  const char *name;
-  void       *address;
-}
-lt__PROGRAM__LTX_preloaded_symbols[[]] =
-{
-  { "@PROGRAM@", (void *) 0 },
-_LT_EOF
-	  $SED "s/^$symcode$symcode* \(.*\) \(.*\)$/  {\"\2\", (void *) \&\2},/" < "$nlist" | $GREP -v main >> conftest.$ac_ext
-	  cat <<\_LT_EOF >> conftest.$ac_ext
-  {0, (void *) 0}
-};
-
-/* This works around a problem in FreeBSD linker */
-#ifdef FREEBSD_WORKAROUND
-static const void *lt_preloaded_setup() {
-  return lt__PROGRAM__LTX_preloaded_symbols;
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-_LT_EOF
-	  # Now try linking the two files.
-	  mv conftest.$ac_objext conftstm.$ac_objext
-	  lt_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
-	  lt_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
-	  LIBS="conftstm.$ac_objext"
-	  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)"
-	  if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_link) && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
-	    pipe_works=yes
-	  fi
-	  LIBS="$lt_save_LIBS"
-	  CFLAGS="$lt_save_CFLAGS"
-	else
-	  echo "cannot find nm_test_func in $nlist" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
-	fi
-      else
-	echo "cannot find nm_test_var in $nlist" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
-      fi
-    else
-      echo "cannot run $lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
-    fi
-  else
-    echo "$progname: failed program was:" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
-    cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-  fi
-  rm -rf conftest* conftst*
-
-  # Do not use the global_symbol_pipe unless it works.
-  if test "$pipe_works" = yes; then
-    break
-  else
-    lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe=
-  fi
-done
-])
-if test -z "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe"; then
-  lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl=
-fi
-if test -z "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl"; then
-  AC_MSG_RESULT(failed)
-else
-  AC_MSG_RESULT(ok)
-fi
-
-_LT_DECL([global_symbol_pipe], [lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe], [1],
-    [Take the output of nm and produce a listing of raw symbols and C names])
-_LT_DECL([global_symbol_to_cdecl], [lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl], [1],
-    [Transform the output of nm in a proper C declaration])
-_LT_DECL([global_symbol_to_c_name_address],
-    [lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address], [1],
-    [Transform the output of nm in a C name address pair])
-_LT_DECL([global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix],
-    [lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix], [1],
-    [Transform the output of nm in a C name address pair when lib prefix is needed])
-]) # _LT_CMD_GLOBAL_SYMBOLS
-
-
-# _LT_COMPILER_PIC([TAGNAME])
-# ---------------------------
-m4_defun([_LT_COMPILER_PIC],
-[m4_require([_LT_TAG_COMPILER])dnl
-_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)=
-
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $compiler option to produce PIC])
-m4_if([$1], [CXX], [
-  # C++ specific cases for pic, static, wl, etc.
-  if test "$GXX" = yes; then
-    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
-    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static'
-
-    case $host_os in
-    aix*)
-      # All AIX code is PIC.
-      if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
-	# AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor
-	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    amigaos*)
-      case $host_cpu in
-      powerpc)
-            # see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support
-            _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC'
-        ;;
-      m68k)
-            # FIXME: we need at least 68020 code to build shared libraries, but
-            # adding the `-m68020' flag to GCC prevents building anything better,
-            # like `-m68040'.
-            _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-m68020 -resident32 -malways-restore-a4'
-        ;;
-      esac
-      ;;
-
-    beos* | irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux* | osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
-      # PIC is the default for these OSes.
-      ;;
-    mingw* | cygwin* | os2* | pw32*)
-      # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being
-      # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example).
-      # Although the cygwin gcc ignores -fPIC, still need this for old-style
-      # (--disable-auto-import) libraries
-      m4_if([$1], [GCJ], [],
-	[_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-DDLL_EXPORT'])
-      ;;
-    darwin* | rhapsody*)
-      # PIC is the default on this platform
-      # Common symbols not allowed in MH_DYLIB files
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fno-common'
-      ;;
-    *djgpp*)
-      # DJGPP does not support shared libraries at all
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=
-      ;;
-    interix[[3-9]]*)
-      # Interix 3.x gcc -fpic/-fPIC options generate broken code.
-      # Instead, we relocate shared libraries at runtime.
-      ;;
-    sysv4*MP*)
-      if test -d /usr/nec; then
-	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=-Kconform_pic
-      fi
-      ;;
-    hpux*)
-      # PIC is the default for IA64 HP-UX and 64-bit HP-UX, but
-      # not for PA HP-UX.
-      case $host_cpu in
-      hppa*64*|ia64*)
-	;;
-      *)
-	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC'
-	;;
-      esac
-      ;;
-    *qnx* | *nto*)
-      # QNX uses GNU C++, but need to define -shared option too, otherwise
-      # it will coredump.
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC -shared'
-      ;;
-    *)
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC'
-      ;;
-    esac
-  else
-    case $host_os in
-      aix[[4-9]]*)
-	# All AIX code is PIC.
-	if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
-	  # AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
-	else
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-bnso -bI:/lib/syscalls.exp'
-	fi
-	;;
-      chorus*)
-	case $cc_basename in
-	cxch68*)
-	  # Green Hills C++ Compiler
-	  # _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)="--no_auto_instantiation -u __main -u __premain -u _abort -r $COOL_DIR/lib/libOrb.a $MVME_DIR/lib/CC/libC.a $MVME_DIR/lib/classix/libcx.s.a"
-	  ;;
-	esac
-	;;
-      dgux*)
-	case $cc_basename in
-	  ec++*)
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
-	    ;;
-	  ghcx*)
-	    # Green Hills C++ Compiler
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-pic'
-	    ;;
-	  *)
-	    ;;
-	esac
-	;;
-      freebsd* | dragonfly*)
-	# FreeBSD uses GNU C++
-	;;
-      hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
-	case $cc_basename in
-	  CC*)
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='${wl}-a ${wl}archive'
-	    if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then
-	      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='+Z'
-	    fi
-	    ;;
-	  aCC*)
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='${wl}-a ${wl}archive'
-	    case $host_cpu in
-	    hppa*64*|ia64*)
-	      # +Z the default
-	      ;;
-	    *)
-	      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='+Z'
-	      ;;
-	    esac
-	    ;;
-	  *)
-	    ;;
-	esac
-	;;
-      interix*)
-	# This is c89, which is MS Visual C++ (no shared libs)
-	# Anyone wants to do a port?
-	;;
-      irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
-	case $cc_basename in
-	  CC*)
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared'
-	    # CC pic flag -KPIC is the default.
-	    ;;
-	  *)
-	    ;;
-	esac
-	;;
-      linux* | k*bsd*-gnu)
-	case $cc_basename in
-	  KCC*)
-	    # KAI C++ Compiler
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='--backend -Wl,'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC'
-	    ;;
-	  icpc* | ecpc* )
-	    # Intel C++
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static'
-	    ;;
-	  pgCC* | pgcpp*)
-	    # Portland Group C++ compiler
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fpic'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
-	    ;;
-	  cxx*)
-	    # Compaq C++
-	    # Make sure the PIC flag is empty.  It appears that all Alpha
-	    # Linux and Compaq Tru64 Unix objects are PIC.
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared'
-	    ;;
-	  xlc* | xlC*)
-	    # IBM XL 8.0 on PPC
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-qpic'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-qstaticlink'
-	    ;;
-	  *)
-	    case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in
-	    *Sun\ C*)
-	      # Sun C++ 5.9
-	      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
-	      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
-	      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Qoption ld '
-	      ;;
-	    esac
-	    ;;
-	esac
-	;;
-      lynxos*)
-	;;
-      m88k*)
-	;;
-      mvs*)
-	case $cc_basename in
-	  cxx*)
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-W c,exportall'
-	    ;;
-	  *)
-	    ;;
-	esac
-	;;
-      netbsd*)
-	;;
-      *qnx* | *nto*)
-        # QNX uses GNU C++, but need to define -shared option too, otherwise
-        # it will coredump.
-        _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC -shared'
-        ;;
-      osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
-	case $cc_basename in
-	  KCC*)
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='--backend -Wl,'
-	    ;;
-	  RCC*)
-	    # Rational C++ 2.4.1
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-pic'
-	    ;;
-	  cxx*)
-	    # Digital/Compaq C++
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
-	    # Make sure the PIC flag is empty.  It appears that all Alpha
-	    # Linux and Compaq Tru64 Unix objects are PIC.
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared'
-	    ;;
-	  *)
-	    ;;
-	esac
-	;;
-      psos*)
-	;;
-      solaris*)
-	case $cc_basename in
-	  CC*)
-	    # Sun C++ 4.2, 5.x and Centerline C++
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Qoption ld '
-	    ;;
-	  gcx*)
-	    # Green Hills C++ Compiler
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-PIC'
-	    ;;
-	  *)
-	    ;;
-	esac
-	;;
-      sunos4*)
-	case $cc_basename in
-	  CC*)
-	    # Sun C++ 4.x
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-pic'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
-	    ;;
-	  lcc*)
-	    # Lucid
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-pic'
-	    ;;
-	  *)
-	    ;;
-	esac
-	;;
-      sysv5* | unixware* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | OpenUNIX*)
-	case $cc_basename in
-	  CC*)
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
-	    ;;
-	esac
-	;;
-      tandem*)
-	case $cc_basename in
-	  NCC*)
-	    # NonStop-UX NCC 3.20
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
-	    ;;
-	  *)
-	    ;;
-	esac
-	;;
-      vxworks*)
-	;;
-      *)
-	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared, $1)=no
-	;;
-    esac
-  fi
-],
-[
-  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
-    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static'
-
-    case $host_os in
-      aix*)
-      # All AIX code is PIC.
-      if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
-	# AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor
-	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    amigaos*)
-      case $host_cpu in
-      powerpc)
-            # see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support
-            _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC'
-        ;;
-      m68k)
-            # FIXME: we need at least 68020 code to build shared libraries, but
-            # adding the `-m68020' flag to GCC prevents building anything better,
-            # like `-m68040'.
-            _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-m68020 -resident32 -malways-restore-a4'
-        ;;
-      esac
-      ;;
-
-    beos* | irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux* | osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
-      # PIC is the default for these OSes.
-      ;;
-
-    mingw* | cygwin* | pw32* | os2*)
-      # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being
-      # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example).
-      # Although the cygwin gcc ignores -fPIC, still need this for old-style
-      # (--disable-auto-import) libraries
-      m4_if([$1], [GCJ], [],
-	[_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-DDLL_EXPORT'])
-      ;;
-
-    darwin* | rhapsody*)
-      # PIC is the default on this platform
-      # Common symbols not allowed in MH_DYLIB files
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fno-common'
-      ;;
-
-    hpux*)
-      # PIC is the default for IA64 HP-UX and 64-bit HP-UX, but
-      # not for PA HP-UX.
-      case $host_cpu in
-      hppa*64*|ia64*)
-	# +Z the default
-	;;
-      *)
-	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC'
-	;;
-      esac
-      ;;
-
-    interix[[3-9]]*)
-      # Interix 3.x gcc -fpic/-fPIC options generate broken code.
-      # Instead, we relocate shared libraries at runtime.
-      ;;
-
-    msdosdjgpp*)
-      # Just because we use GCC doesn't mean we suddenly get shared libraries
-      # on systems that don't support them.
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared, $1)=no
-      enable_shared=no
-      ;;
-
-    *nto* | *qnx*)
-      # QNX uses GNU C++, but need to define -shared option too, otherwise
-      # it will coredump.
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC -shared'
-      ;;
-
-    sysv4*MP*)
-      if test -d /usr/nec; then
-	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=-Kconform_pic
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    *)
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC'
-      ;;
-    esac
-  else
-    # PORTME Check for flag to pass linker flags through the system compiler.
-    case $host_os in
-    aix*)
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
-      if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
-	# AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor
-	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
-      else
-	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-bnso -bI:/lib/syscalls.exp'
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    mingw* | cygwin* | pw32* | os2*)
-      # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being
-      # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example).
-      m4_if([$1], [GCJ], [],
-	[_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-DDLL_EXPORT'])
-      ;;
-
-    hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
-      # PIC is the default for IA64 HP-UX and 64-bit HP-UX, but
-      # not for PA HP-UX.
-      case $host_cpu in
-      hppa*64*|ia64*)
-	# +Z the default
-	;;
-      *)
-	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='+Z'
-	;;
-      esac
-      # Is there a better lt_prog_compiler_static that works with the bundled CC?
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='${wl}-a ${wl}archive'
-      ;;
-
-    irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
-      # PIC (with -KPIC) is the default.
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared'
-      ;;
-
-    linux* | k*bsd*-gnu)
-      case $cc_basename in
-      icc* | ecc* | ifort*)
-	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static'
-        ;;
-      pgcc* | pgf77* | pgf90* | pgf95*)
-        # Portland Group compilers (*not* the Pentium gcc compiler,
-	# which looks to be a dead project)
-	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fpic'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
-        ;;
-      ccc*)
-        _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
-        # All Alpha code is PIC.
-        _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared'
-        ;;
-      xl*)
-	# IBM XL C 8.0/Fortran 10.1 on PPC
-	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-qpic'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-qstaticlink'
-	;;
-      *)
-	case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in
-	*Sun\ C*)
-	  # Sun C 5.9
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
-	  ;;
-	*Sun\ F*)
-	  # Sun Fortran 8.3 passes all unrecognized flags to the linker
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)=''
-	  ;;
-	esac
-	;;
-      esac
-      ;;
-
-    newsos6)
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
-      ;;
-
-    *nto* | *qnx*)
-      # QNX uses GNU C++, but need to define -shared option too, otherwise
-      # it will coredump.
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC -shared'
-      ;;
-
-    osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
-      # All OSF/1 code is PIC.
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared'
-      ;;
-
-    rdos*)
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared'
-      ;;
-
-    solaris*)
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
-      case $cc_basename in
-      f77* | f90* | f95*)
-	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Qoption ld ';;
-      *)
-	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,';;
-      esac
-      ;;
-
-    sunos4*)
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Qoption ld '
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-PIC'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
-      ;;
-
-    sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3*)
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
-      ;;
-
-    sysv4*MP*)
-      if test -d /usr/nec ;then
-	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-Kconform_pic'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    sysv5* | unixware* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | OpenUNIX*)
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
-      ;;
-
-    unicos*)
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared, $1)=no
-      ;;
-
-    uts4*)
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-pic'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
-      ;;
-
-    *)
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared, $1)=no
-      ;;
-    esac
-  fi
-])
-case $host_os in
-  # For platforms which do not support PIC, -DPIC is meaningless:
-  *djgpp*)
-    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=
-    ;;
-  *)
-    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)="$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)@&t@m4_if([$1],[],[ -DPIC],[m4_if([$1],[CXX],[ -DPIC],[])])"
-    ;;
-esac
-AC_MSG_RESULT([$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)])
-_LT_TAGDECL([wl], [lt_prog_compiler_wl], [1],
-	[How to pass a linker flag through the compiler])
-
-#
-# Check to make sure the PIC flag actually works.
-#
-if test -n "$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)"; then
-  _LT_COMPILER_OPTION([if $compiler PIC flag $_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1) works],
-    [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works, $1)],
-    [$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)@&t@m4_if([$1],[],[ -DPIC],[m4_if([$1],[CXX],[ -DPIC],[])])], [],
-    [case $_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1) in
-     "" | " "*) ;;
-     *) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=" $_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)" ;;
-     esac],
-    [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=
-     _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared, $1)=no])
-fi
-_LT_TAGDECL([pic_flag], [lt_prog_compiler_pic], [1],
-	[Additional compiler flags for building library objects])
-
-#
-# Check to make sure the static flag actually works.
-#
-wl=$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1) eval lt_tmp_static_flag=\"$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)\"
-_LT_LINKER_OPTION([if $compiler static flag $lt_tmp_static_flag works],
-  _LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works, $1),
-  $lt_tmp_static_flag,
-  [],
-  [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)=])
-_LT_TAGDECL([link_static_flag], [lt_prog_compiler_static], [1],
-	[Compiler flag to prevent dynamic linking])
-])# _LT_COMPILER_PIC
-
-
-# _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS([TAGNAME])
-# ----------------------------
-# See if the linker supports building shared libraries.
-m4_defun([_LT_LINKER_SHLIBS],
-[AC_REQUIRE([LT_PATH_LD])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([LT_PATH_NM])dnl
-m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl
-m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl
-m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl
-m4_require([_LT_CMD_GLOBAL_SYMBOLS])dnl
-m4_require([_LT_TAG_COMPILER])dnl
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries])
-m4_if([$1], [CXX], [
-  _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED '\''s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols'
-  case $host_os in
-  aix[[4-9]]*)
-    # If we're using GNU nm, then we don't want the "-C" option.
-    # -C means demangle to AIX nm, but means don't demangle with GNU nm
-    if $NM -V 2>&1 | $GREP 'GNU' > /dev/null; then
-      _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM -Bpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$ 2 == "T") || (\$ 2 == "D") || (\$ 2 == "B")) && ([substr](\$ 3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$ 3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols'
-    else
-      _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM -BCpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$ 2 == "T") || (\$ 2 == "D") || (\$ 2 == "B")) && ([substr](\$ 3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$ 3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols'
-    fi
-    ;;
-  pw32*)
-    _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)="$ltdll_cmds"
-  ;;
-  cygwin* | mingw*)
-    _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED -e '\''/^[[BCDGRS]][[ ]]/s/.*[[ ]]\([[^ ]]*\)/\1 DATA/;/^.*[[ ]]__nm__/s/^.*[[ ]]__nm__\([[^ ]]*\)[[ ]][[^ ]]*/\1 DATA/;/^I[[ ]]/d;/^[[AITW]][[ ]]/s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols'
-  ;;
-  *)
-    _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED '\''s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols'
-  ;;
-  esac
-  _LT_TAGVAR(exclude_expsyms, $1)=['_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_|_GLOBAL__F[ID]_.*']
-], [
-  runpath_var=
-  _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=
-  _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no
-  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)=
-  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)=
-  _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_needs_object, $1)=no
-  _LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=no
-  _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)=
-  _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED '\''s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols'
-  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)=no
-  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no
-  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=no
-  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)=
-  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld, $1)=
-  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=
-  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=no
-  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=unsupported
-  _LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)=no
-  _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=unknown
-  _LT_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)=
-  _LT_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)=
-  _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_new_cmds, $1)=
-  _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds, $1)=
-  _LT_TAGVAR(thread_safe_flag_spec, $1)=
-  _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)=
-  # include_expsyms should be a list of space-separated symbols to be *always*
-  # included in the symbol list
-  _LT_TAGVAR(include_expsyms, $1)=
-  # exclude_expsyms can be an extended regexp of symbols to exclude
-  # it will be wrapped by ` (' and `)$', so one must not match beginning or
-  # end of line.  Example: `a|bc|.*d.*' will exclude the symbols `a' and `bc',
-  # as well as any symbol that contains `d'.
-  _LT_TAGVAR(exclude_expsyms, $1)=['_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_|_GLOBAL__F[ID]_.*']
-  # Although _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is a valid symbol C name, most a.out
-  # platforms (ab)use it in PIC code, but their linkers get confused if
-  # the symbol is explicitly referenced.  Since portable code cannot
-  # rely on this symbol name, it's probably fine to never include it in
-  # preloaded symbol tables.
-  # Exclude shared library initialization/finalization symbols.
-dnl Note also adjust exclude_expsyms for C++ above.
-  extract_expsyms_cmds=
-
-  case $host_os in
-  cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
-    # FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time
-    # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
-    # Microsoft Visual C++.
-    if test "$GCC" != yes; then
-      with_gnu_ld=no
-    fi
-    ;;
-  interix*)
-    # we just hope/assume this is gcc and not c89 (= MSVC++)
-    with_gnu_ld=yes
-    ;;
-  openbsd*)
-    with_gnu_ld=no
-    ;;
-  esac
-
-  _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=yes
-  if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
-    # If archive_cmds runs LD, not CC, wlarc should be empty
-    wlarc='${wl}'
-
-    # Set some defaults for GNU ld with shared library support. These
-    # are reset later if shared libraries are not supported. Putting them
-    # here allows them to be overridden if necessary.
-    runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
-    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
-    _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic'
-    # ancient GNU ld didn't support --whole-archive et. al.
-    if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP 'no-whole-archive' > /dev/null; then
-      _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)="$wlarc"'--whole-archive$convenience '"$wlarc"'--no-whole-archive'
-    else
-      _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)=
-    fi
-    supports_anon_versioning=no
-    case `$LD -v 2>&1` in
-      *\ [[01]].* | *\ 2.[[0-9]].* | *\ 2.10.*) ;; # catch versions < 2.11
-      *\ 2.11.93.0.2\ *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; # RH7.3 ...
-      *\ 2.11.92.0.12\ *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; # Mandrake 8.2 ...
-      *\ 2.11.*) ;; # other 2.11 versions
-      *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;;
-    esac
-
-    # See if GNU ld supports shared libraries.
-    case $host_os in
-    aix[[3-9]]*)
-      # On AIX/PPC, the GNU linker is very broken
-      if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then
-	_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-	cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2
-
-*** Warning: the GNU linker, at least up to release 2.9.1, is reported
-*** to be unable to reliably create shared libraries on AIX.
-*** Therefore, libtool is disabling shared libraries support.  If you
-*** really care for shared libraries, you may want to modify your PATH
-*** so that a non-GNU linker is found, and then restart.
-
-_LT_EOF
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    amigaos*)
-      case $host_cpu in
-      powerpc)
-            # see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support
-            _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
-            _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)=''
-        ;;
-      m68k)
-            _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$RM $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)'
-            _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir'
-            _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
-        ;;
-      esac
-      ;;
-
-    beos*)
-      if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
-	_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported
-	# Joseph Beckenbach  says some releases of gcc
-	# support --undefined.  This deserves some investigation.  FIXME
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -nostart $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
-      else
-	_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
-      # _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1) is actually meaningless,
-      # as there is no search path for DLLs.
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported
-      _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no
-      _LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=yes
-      _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED -e '\''/^[[BCDGRS]][[ ]]/s/.*[[ ]]\([[^ ]]*\)/\1 DATA/'\'' | $SED -e '\''/^[[AITW]][[ ]]/s/.*[[ ]]//'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols'
-
-      if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then
-        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib'
-	# If the export-symbols file already is a .def file (1st line
-	# is EXPORTS), use it as is; otherwise, prepend...
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" = xEXPORTS; then
-	  cp $export_symbols $output_objdir/$soname.def;
-	else
-	  echo EXPORTS > $output_objdir/$soname.def;
-	  cat $export_symbols >> $output_objdir/$soname.def;
-	fi~
-	$CC -shared $output_objdir/$soname.def $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib'
-      else
-	_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    interix[[3-9]]*)
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E'
-      # Hack: On Interix 3.x, we cannot compile PIC because of a broken gcc.
-      # Instead, shared libraries are loaded at an image base (0x10000000 by
-      # default) and relocated if they conflict, which is a slow very memory
-      # consuming and fragmenting process.  To avoid this, we pick a random,
-      # 256 KiB-aligned image base between 0x50000000 and 0x6FFC0000 at link
-      # time.  Moving up from 0x10000000 also allows more sbrk(2) space.
-      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='sed "s,^,_," $export_symbols >$output_objdir/$soname.expsym~$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--retain-symbols-file,$output_objdir/$soname.expsym ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib'
-      ;;
-
-    gnu* | linux* | tpf* | k*bsd*-gnu)
-      tmp_diet=no
-      if test "$host_os" = linux-dietlibc; then
-	case $cc_basename in
-	  diet\ *) tmp_diet=yes;;	# linux-dietlibc with static linking (!diet-dyn)
-	esac
-      fi
-      if $LD --help 2>&1 | $EGREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null \
-	 && test "$tmp_diet" = no
-      then
-	tmp_addflag=
-	tmp_sharedflag='-shared'
-	case $cc_basename,$host_cpu in
-        pgcc*)				# Portland Group C compiler
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test  -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $ECHO \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive'
-	  tmp_addflag=' $pic_flag'
-	  ;;
-	pgf77* | pgf90* | pgf95*)	# Portland Group f77 and f90 compilers
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test  -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $ECHO \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive'
-	  tmp_addflag=' $pic_flag -Mnomain' ;;
-	ecc*,ia64* | icc*,ia64*)	# Intel C compiler on ia64
-	  tmp_addflag=' -i_dynamic' ;;
-	efc*,ia64* | ifort*,ia64*)	# Intel Fortran compiler on ia64
-	  tmp_addflag=' -i_dynamic -nofor_main' ;;
-	ifc* | ifort*)			# Intel Fortran compiler
-	  tmp_addflag=' -nofor_main' ;;
-	xl[[cC]]*)			# IBM XL C 8.0 on PPC (deal with xlf below)
-	  tmp_sharedflag='-qmkshrobj'
-	  tmp_addflag= ;;
-	esac
-	case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in
-	*Sun\ C*)			# Sun C 5.9
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive`new_convenience=; for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -z \"$conv\" || new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $ECHO \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive'
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_needs_object, $1)=yes
-	  tmp_sharedflag='-G' ;;
-	*Sun\ F*)			# Sun Fortran 8.3
-	  tmp_sharedflag='-G' ;;
-	esac
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC '"$tmp_sharedflag""$tmp_addflag"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
-
-        if test "x$supports_anon_versioning" = xyes; then
-          _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
-	    cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
-	    echo "local: *; };" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
-	    $CC '"$tmp_sharedflag""$tmp_addflag"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-version-script ${wl}$output_objdir/$libname.ver -o $lib'
-        fi
-
-	case $cc_basename in
-	xlf*)
-	  # IBM XL Fortran 10.1 on PPC cannot create shared libs itself
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='--whole-archive$convenience --no-whole-archive'
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)=
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld, $1)='-rpath $libdir'
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname -o $lib'
-	  if test "x$supports_anon_versioning" = xyes; then
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
-	      cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
-	      echo "local: *; };" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
-	      $LD -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname -version-script $output_objdir/$libname.ver -o $lib'
-	  fi
-	  ;;
-	esac
-      else
-        _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    netbsd*)
-      if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -o $lib'
-	wlarc=
-      else
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    solaris*)
-      if $LD -v 2>&1 | $GREP 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then
-	_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-	cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2
-
-*** Warning: The releases 2.8.* of the GNU linker cannot reliably
-*** create shared libraries on Solaris systems.  Therefore, libtool
-*** is disabling shared libraries support.  We urge you to upgrade GNU
-*** binutils to release 2.9.1 or newer.  Another option is to modify
-*** your PATH or compiler configuration so that the native linker is
-*** used, and then restart.
-
-_LT_EOF
-      elif $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
-      else
-	_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*)
-      case `$LD -v 2>&1` in
-        *\ [[01]].* | *\ 2.[[0-9]].* | *\ 2.1[[0-5]].*)
-	_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-	cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2
-
-*** Warning: Releases of the GNU linker prior to 2.16.91.0.3 can not
-*** reliably create shared libraries on SCO systems.  Therefore, libtool
-*** is disabling shared libraries support.  We urge you to upgrade GNU
-*** binutils to release 2.16.91.0.3 or newer.  Another option is to modify
-*** your PATH or compiler configuration so that the native linker is
-*** used, and then restart.
-
-_LT_EOF
-	;;
-	*)
-	  # For security reasons, it is highly recommended that you always
-	  # use absolute paths for naming shared libraries, and exclude the
-	  # DT_RUNPATH tag from executables and libraries.  But doing so
-	  # requires that you compile everything twice, which is a pain.
-	  if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
-	  else
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-	  fi
-	;;
-      esac
-      ;;
-
-    sunos4*)
-      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -assert pure-text -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-      wlarc=
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
-      ;;
-
-    *)
-      if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
-      else
-	_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-      fi
-      ;;
-    esac
-
-    if test "$_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)" = no; then
-      runpath_var=
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)=
-      _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)=
-      _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)=
-    fi
-  else
-    # PORTME fill in a description of your system's linker (not GNU ld)
-    case $host_os in
-    aix3*)
-      _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported
-      _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=yes
-      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$LD -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -bE:$export_symbols -T512 -H512 -bM:SRE~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $output_objdir/$soname'
-      # Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there
-      # are no directories specified by -L.
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
-      if test "$GCC" = yes && test -z "$lt_prog_compiler_static"; then
-	# Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a
-	# broken collect2.
-	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=unsupported
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    aix[[4-9]]*)
-      if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
-	# On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't
-	# have to do anything special.
-	aix_use_runtimelinking=no
-	exp_sym_flag='-Bexport'
-	no_entry_flag=""
-      else
-	# If we're using GNU nm, then we don't want the "-C" option.
-	# -C means demangle to AIX nm, but means don't demangle with GNU nm
-	if $NM -V 2>&1 | $GREP 'GNU' > /dev/null; then
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM -Bpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$ 2 == "T") || (\$ 2 == "D") || (\$ 2 == "B")) && ([substr](\$ 3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$ 3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols'
-	else
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM -BCpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$ 2 == "T") || (\$ 2 == "D") || (\$ 2 == "B")) && ([substr](\$ 3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$ 3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols'
-	fi
-	aix_use_runtimelinking=no
-
-	# Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal
-	# AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we
-	# need to do runtime linking.
-	case $host_os in aix4.[[23]]|aix4.[[23]].*|aix[[5-9]]*)
-	  for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do
-	  if (test $ld_flag = "-brtl" || test $ld_flag = "-Wl,-brtl"); then
-	    aix_use_runtimelinking=yes
-	    break
-	  fi
-	  done
-	  ;;
-	esac
-
-	exp_sym_flag='-bexport'
-	no_entry_flag='-bnoentry'
-      fi
-
-      # When large executables or shared objects are built, AIX ld can
-      # have problems creating the table of contents.  If linking a library
-      # or program results in "error TOC overflow" add -mminimal-toc to
-      # CXXFLAGS/CFLAGS for g++/gcc.  In the cases where that is not
-      # enough to fix the problem, add -Wl,-bbigtoc to LDFLAGS.
-
-      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)=''
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=':'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes
-      _LT_TAGVAR(file_list_spec, $1)='${wl}-f,'
-
-      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-	case $host_os in aix4.[[012]]|aix4.[[012]].*)
-	# We only want to do this on AIX 4.2 and lower, the check
-	# below for broken collect2 doesn't work under 4.3+
-	  collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2`
-	  if test -f "$collect2name" &&
-	   strings "$collect2name" | $GREP resolve_lib_name >/dev/null
-	  then
-	  # We have reworked collect2
-	  :
-	  else
-	  # We have old collect2
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=unsupported
-	  # It fails to find uninstalled libraries when the uninstalled
-	  # path is not listed in the libpath.  Setting hardcode_minus_L
-	  # to unsupported forces relinking
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir'
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=
-	  fi
-	  ;;
-	esac
-	shared_flag='-shared'
-	if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
-	  shared_flag="$shared_flag "'${wl}-G'
-	fi
-      else
-	# not using gcc
-	if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
-	# VisualAge C++, Version 5.5 for AIX 5L for IA-64, Beta 3 Release
-	# chokes on -Wl,-G. The following line is correct:
-	  shared_flag='-G'
-	else
-	  if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
-	    shared_flag='${wl}-G'
-	  else
-	    shared_flag='${wl}-bM:SRE'
-	  fi
-	fi
-      fi
-
-      # It seems that -bexpall does not export symbols beginning with
-      # underscore (_), so it is better to generate a list of symbols to export.
-      _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=yes
-      if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
-	# Warning - without using the other runtime loading flags (-brtl),
-	# -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library.
-	_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='-berok'
-        # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an
-        # empty executable.
-        _LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX
-        _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
-        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags `if test "x${allow_undefined_flag}" != "x"; then $ECHO "X${wl}${allow_undefined_flag}" | $Xsed; else :; fi` '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols $shared_flag"
-      else
-	if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib'
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)="-z nodefs"
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags ${wl}${allow_undefined_flag} '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols"
-	else
-	 # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an
-	 # empty executable.
-	 _LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX
-	 _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
-	  # Warning - without using the other run time loading flags,
-	  # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library.
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-bernotok'
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-berok'
-	  # Exported symbols can be pulled into shared objects from archives
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='$convenience'
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=yes
-	  # This is similar to how AIX traditionally builds its shared libraries.
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs ${wl}-bnoentry $compiler_flags ${wl}-bE:$export_symbols${allow_undefined_flag}~$AR $AR_FLAGS $output_objdir/$libname$release.a $output_objdir/$soname'
-	fi
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    amigaos*)
-      case $host_cpu in
-      powerpc)
-            # see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support
-            _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
-            _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)=''
-        ;;
-      m68k)
-            _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$RM $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)'
-            _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir'
-            _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
-        ;;
-      esac
-      ;;
-
-    bsdi[[45]]*)
-      _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)=-rdynamic
-      ;;
-
-    cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
-      # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
-      # Microsoft Visual C++.
-      # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is
-      # no search path for DLLs.
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)=' '
-      _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported
-      # Tell ltmain to make .lib files, not .a files.
-      libext=lib
-      # Tell ltmain to make .dll files, not .so files.
-      shrext_cmds=".dll"
-      # FIXME: Setting linknames here is a bad hack.
-      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -o $lib $libobjs $compiler_flags `$ECHO "X$deplibs" | $Xsed -e '\''s/ -lc$//'\''` -link -dll~linknames='
-      # The linker will automatically build a .lib file if we build a DLL.
-      _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_new_cmds, $1)='true'
-      # FIXME: Should let the user specify the lib program.
-      _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='lib -OUT:$oldlib$oldobjs$old_deplibs'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(fix_srcfile_path, $1)='`cygpath -w "$srcfile"`'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=yes
-      ;;
-
-    darwin* | rhapsody*)
-      _LT_DARWIN_LINKER_FEATURES($1)
-      ;;
-
-    dgux*)
-      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
-      ;;
-
-    freebsd1*)
-      _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-      ;;
-
-    # FreeBSD 2.2.[012] allows us to include c++rt0.o to get C++ constructor
-    # support.  Future versions do this automatically, but an explicit c++rt0.o
-    # does not break anything, and helps significantly (at the cost of a little
-    # extra space).
-    freebsd2.2*)
-      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags /usr/lib/c++rt0.o'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
-      ;;
-
-    # Unfortunately, older versions of FreeBSD 2 do not have this feature.
-    freebsd2*)
-      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
-      ;;
-
-    # FreeBSD 3 and greater uses gcc -shared to do shared libraries.
-    freebsd* | dragonfly*)
-      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
-      ;;
-
-    hpux9*)
-      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$RM $output_objdir/$soname~$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib'
-      else
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$RM $output_objdir/$soname~$LD -b +b $install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib'
-      fi
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
-
-      # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
-      # but as the default location of the library.
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
-      _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E'
-      ;;
-
-    hpux10*)
-      if test "$GCC" = yes -a "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-      else
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -b +h $soname +b $install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-      fi
-      if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
-	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld, $1)='+b $libdir'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
-	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
-	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes
-	_LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E'
-	# hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
-	# but as the default location of the library.
-	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    hpux11*)
-      if test "$GCC" = yes -a "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
-	case $host_cpu in
-	hppa*64*)
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	  ;;
-	ia64*)
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	  ;;
-	*)
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	  ;;
-	esac
-      else
-	case $host_cpu in
-	hppa*64*)
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	  ;;
-	ia64*)
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	  ;;
-	*)
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	  ;;
-	esac
-      fi
-      if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
-	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
-
-	case $host_cpu in
-	hppa*64*|ia64*)
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
-	  ;;
-	*)
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E'
-
-	  # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
-	  # but as the default location of the library.
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
-	  ;;
-	esac
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
-      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring" | $Xsed` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
-	# Try to use the -exported_symbol ld option, if it does not
-	# work, assume that -exports_file does not work either and
-	# implicitly export all symbols.
-        save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS"
-        LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -shared ${wl}-exported_symbol ${wl}foo ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}/dev/null"
-        AC_LINK_IFELSE(int foo(void) {},
-          _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring" | $Xsed` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations ${wl}-exports_file ${wl}$export_symbols -o $lib'
-        )
-        LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS"
-      else
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -exports_file $export_symbols -o $lib'
-      fi
-      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)='no'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
-      _LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)=yes
-      _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes
-      ;;
-
-    netbsd*)
-      if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'  # a.out
-      else
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -shared -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'      # ELF
-      fi
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
-      ;;
-
-    newsos6)
-      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
-      ;;
-
-    *nto* | *qnx*)
-      ;;
-
-    openbsd*)
-      if test -f /usr/libexec/ld.so; then
-	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
-	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
-	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes
-	if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-retain-symbols-file,$export_symbols'
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E'
-	else
-	  case $host_os in
-	   openbsd[[01]].* | openbsd2.[[0-7]] | openbsd2.[[0-7]].*)
-	     _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-	     _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir'
-	     ;;
-	   *)
-	     _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	     _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
-	     ;;
-	  esac
-	fi
-      else
-	_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    os2*)
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
-      _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported
-      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$ECHO "LIBRARY $libname INITINSTANCE" > $output_objdir/$libname.def~$ECHO "DESCRIPTION \"$libname\"" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$ECHO DATA >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$ECHO " SINGLE NONSHARED" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$ECHO EXPORTS >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~emxexp $libobjs >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$CC -Zdll -Zcrtdll -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $output_objdir/$libname.def'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_new_cmds, $1)='emximp -o $output_objdir/$libname.a $output_objdir/$libname.def'
-      ;;
-
-    osf3*)
-      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-	_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring" | $Xsed` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
-      else
-	_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' -expect_unresolved \*'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
-      fi
-      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)='no'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
-      ;;
-
-    osf4* | osf5*)	# as osf3* with the addition of -msym flag
-      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-	_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-msym ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring" | $Xsed` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
-      else
-	_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' -expect_unresolved \*'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -msym -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='for i in `cat $export_symbols`; do printf "%s %s\\n" -exported_symbol "\$i" >> $lib.exp; done; printf "%s\\n" "-hidden">> $lib.exp~
-	$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} ${wl}-input ${wl}$lib.exp $compiler_flags $libobjs $deplibs -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib~$RM $lib.exp'
-
-	# Both c and cxx compiler support -rpath directly
-	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-rpath $libdir'
-      fi
-      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)='no'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
-      ;;
-
-    solaris*)
-      _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' -z defs'
-      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-	wlarc='${wl}'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-z ${wl}text ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
-	  $CC -shared ${wl}-z ${wl}text ${wl}-M ${wl}$lib.exp ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp'
-      else
-	case `$CC -V 2>&1` in
-	*"Compilers 5.0"*)
-	  wlarc=''
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
-	  $LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -M $lib.exp -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~$RM $lib.exp'
-	  ;;
-	*)
-	  wlarc='${wl}'
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
-	  $CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -M $lib.exp -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp'
-	  ;;
-	esac
-      fi
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
-      case $host_os in
-      solaris2.[[0-5]] | solaris2.[[0-5]].*) ;;
-      *)
-	# The compiler driver will combine and reorder linker options,
-	# but understands `-z linker_flag'.  GCC discards it without `$wl',
-	# but is careful enough not to reorder.
-	# Supported since Solaris 2.6 (maybe 2.5.1?)
-	if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-z ${wl}allextract$convenience ${wl}-z ${wl}defaultextract'
-	else
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='-z allextract$convenience -z defaultextract'
-	fi
-	;;
-      esac
-      _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes
-      ;;
-
-    sunos4*)
-      if test "x$host_vendor" = xsequent; then
-	# Use $CC to link under sequent, because it throws in some extra .o
-	# files that make .init and .fini sections work.
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-      else
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -assert pure-text -Bstatic -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-      fi
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
-      ;;
-
-    sysv4)
-      case $host_vendor in
-	sni)
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes # is this really true???
-	;;
-	siemens)
-	  ## LD is ld it makes a PLAMLIB
-	  ## CC just makes a GrossModule.
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(reload_cmds, $1)='$CC -r -o $output$reload_objs'
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no
-        ;;
-	motorola)
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no #Motorola manual says yes, but my tests say they lie
-	;;
-      esac
-      runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
-      ;;
-
-    sysv4.3*)
-      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
-      _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='-Bexport'
-      ;;
-
-    sysv4*MP*)
-      if test -d /usr/nec; then
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
-	runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
-	hardcode_runpath_var=yes
-	_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=yes
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[[01]].[[10]]* | unixware7* | sco3.2v5.0.[[024]]*)
-      _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z,text'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
-      runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH'
-
-      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-      else
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6*)
-      # Note: We can NOT use -z defs as we might desire, because we do not
-      # link with -lc, and that would cause any symbols used from libc to
-      # always be unresolved, which means just about no library would
-      # ever link correctly.  If we're not using GNU ld we use -z text
-      # though, which does catch some bad symbols but isn't as heavy-handed
-      # as -z defs.
-      _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z,text'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z,nodefs'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-R,$libdir'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=':'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes
-      _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-Bexport'
-      runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH'
-
-      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-      else
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    uts4*)
-      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
-      ;;
-
-    *)
-      _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-      ;;
-    esac
-
-    if test x$host_vendor = xsni; then
-      case $host in
-      sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3* | sysv5*)
-	_LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-Blargedynsym'
-	;;
-      esac
-    fi
-  fi
-])
-AC_MSG_RESULT([$_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)])
-test "$_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)" = no && can_build_shared=no
-
-_LT_TAGVAR(with_gnu_ld, $1)=$with_gnu_ld
-
-_LT_DECL([], [libext], [0], [Old archive suffix (normally "a")])dnl
-_LT_DECL([], [shrext_cmds], [1], [Shared library suffix (normally ".so")])dnl
-_LT_DECL([], [extract_expsyms_cmds], [2],
-    [The commands to extract the exported symbol list from a shared archive])
-
-#
-# Do we need to explicitly link libc?
-#
-case "x$_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)" in
-x|xyes)
-  # Assume -lc should be added
-  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=yes
-
-  if test "$enable_shared" = yes && test "$GCC" = yes; then
-    case $_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1) in
-    *'~'*)
-      # FIXME: we may have to deal with multi-command sequences.
-      ;;
-    '$CC '*)
-      # Test whether the compiler implicitly links with -lc since on some
-      # systems, -lgcc has to come before -lc. If gcc already passes -lc
-      # to ld, don't add -lc before -lgcc.
-      AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether -lc should be explicitly linked in])
-      $RM conftest*
-      echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext
-
-      if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile) 2>conftest.err; then
-        soname=conftest
-        lib=conftest
-        libobjs=conftest.$ac_objext
-        deplibs=
-        wl=$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)
-	pic_flag=$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)
-        compiler_flags=-v
-        linker_flags=-v
-        verstring=
-        output_objdir=.
-        libname=conftest
-        lt_save_allow_undefined_flag=$_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)
-        _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=
-        if AC_TRY_EVAL(_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1) 2\>\&1 \| $GREP \" -lc \" \>/dev/null 2\>\&1)
-        then
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
-        else
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=yes
-        fi
-        _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=$lt_save_allow_undefined_flag
-      else
-        cat conftest.err 1>&5
-      fi
-      $RM conftest*
-      AC_MSG_RESULT([$_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)])
-      ;;
-    esac
-  fi
-  ;;
-esac
-
-_LT_TAGDECL([build_libtool_need_lc], [archive_cmds_need_lc], [0],
-    [Whether or not to add -lc for building shared libraries])
-_LT_TAGDECL([allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes],
-    [enable_shared_with_static_runtimes], [0],
-    [Whether or not to disallow shared libs when runtime libs are static])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [export_dynamic_flag_spec], [1],
-    [Compiler flag to allow reflexive dlopens])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [whole_archive_flag_spec], [1],
-    [Compiler flag to generate shared objects directly from archives])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [compiler_needs_object], [1],
-    [Whether the compiler copes with passing no objects directly])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [old_archive_from_new_cmds], [2],
-    [Create an old-style archive from a shared archive])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds], [2],
-    [Create a temporary old-style archive to link instead of a shared archive])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [archive_cmds], [2], [Commands used to build a shared archive])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [archive_expsym_cmds], [2])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [module_cmds], [2],
-    [Commands used to build a loadable module if different from building
-    a shared archive.])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [module_expsym_cmds], [2])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [with_gnu_ld], [1],
-    [Whether we are building with GNU ld or not])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [allow_undefined_flag], [1],
-    [Flag that allows shared libraries with undefined symbols to be built])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [no_undefined_flag], [1],
-    [Flag that enforces no undefined symbols])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_libdir_flag_spec], [1],
-    [Flag to hardcode $libdir into a binary during linking.
-    This must work even if $libdir does not exist])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld], [1],
-    [[If ld is used when linking, flag to hardcode $libdir into a binary
-    during linking.  This must work even if $libdir does not exist]])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_libdir_separator], [1],
-    [Whether we need a single "-rpath" flag with a separated argument])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_direct], [0],
-    [Set to "yes" if using DIR/libNAME${shared_ext} during linking hardcodes
-    DIR into the resulting binary])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_direct_absolute], [0],
-    [Set to "yes" if using DIR/libNAME${shared_ext} during linking hardcodes
-    DIR into the resulting binary and the resulting library dependency is
-    "absolute", i.e impossible to change by setting ${shlibpath_var} if the
-    library is relocated])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_minus_L], [0],
-    [Set to "yes" if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR
-    into the resulting binary])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_shlibpath_var], [0],
-    [Set to "yes" if using SHLIBPATH_VAR=DIR during linking hardcodes DIR
-    into the resulting binary])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_automatic], [0],
-    [Set to "yes" if building a shared library automatically hardcodes DIR
-    into the library and all subsequent libraries and executables linked
-    against it])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [inherit_rpath], [0],
-    [Set to yes if linker adds runtime paths of dependent libraries
-    to runtime path list])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [link_all_deplibs], [0],
-    [Whether libtool must link a program against all its dependency libraries])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [fix_srcfile_path], [1],
-    [Fix the shell variable $srcfile for the compiler])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [always_export_symbols], [0],
-    [Set to "yes" if exported symbols are required])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [export_symbols_cmds], [2],
-    [The commands to list exported symbols])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [exclude_expsyms], [1],
-    [Symbols that should not be listed in the preloaded symbols])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [include_expsyms], [1],
-    [Symbols that must always be exported])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [prelink_cmds], [2],
-    [Commands necessary for linking programs (against libraries) with templates])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [file_list_spec], [1],
-    [Specify filename containing input files])
-dnl FIXME: Not yet implemented
-dnl _LT_TAGDECL([], [thread_safe_flag_spec], [1],
-dnl    [Compiler flag to generate thread safe objects])
-])# _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS
-
-
-# _LT_LANG_C_CONFIG([TAG])
-# ------------------------
-# Ensure that the configuration variables for a C compiler are suitably
-# defined.  These variables are subsequently used by _LT_CONFIG to write
-# the compiler configuration to `libtool'.
-m4_defun([_LT_LANG_C_CONFIG],
-[m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl
-lt_save_CC="$CC"
-AC_LANG_PUSH(C)
-
-# Source file extension for C test sources.
-ac_ext=c
-
-# Object file extension for compiled C test sources.
-objext=o
-_LT_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext
-
-# Code to be used in simple compile tests
-lt_simple_compile_test_code="int some_variable = 0;"
-
-# Code to be used in simple link tests
-lt_simple_link_test_code='int main(){return(0);}'
-
-_LT_TAG_COMPILER
-# Save the default compiler, since it gets overwritten when the other
-# tags are being tested, and _LT_TAGVAR(compiler, []) is a NOP.
-compiler_DEFAULT=$CC
-
-# save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code
-_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE
-_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE
-
-if test -n "$compiler"; then
-  _LT_COMPILER_NO_RTTI($1)
-  _LT_COMPILER_PIC($1)
-  _LT_COMPILER_C_O($1)
-  _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS($1)
-  _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS($1)
-  _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER($1)
-  _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH($1)
-  LT_SYS_DLOPEN_SELF
-  _LT_CMD_STRIPLIB
-
-  # Report which library types will actually be built
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING([if libtool supports shared libraries])
-  AC_MSG_RESULT([$can_build_shared])
-
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build shared libraries])
-  test "$can_build_shared" = "no" && enable_shared=no
-
-  # On AIX, shared libraries and static libraries use the same namespace, and
-  # are all built from PIC.
-  case $host_os in
-  aix3*)
-    test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no
-    if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
-      archive_cmds="$archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$lib"
-      postinstall_cmds='$RANLIB $lib'
-    fi
-    ;;
-
-  aix[[4-9]]*)
-    if test "$host_cpu" != ia64 && test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = no ; then
-      test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no
-    fi
-    ;;
-  esac
-  AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_shared])
-
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build static libraries])
-  # Make sure either enable_shared or enable_static is yes.
-  test "$enable_shared" = yes || enable_static=yes
-  AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_static])
-
-  _LT_CONFIG($1)
-fi
-AC_LANG_POP
-CC="$lt_save_CC"
-])# _LT_LANG_C_CONFIG
-
-
-# _LT_PROG_CXX
-# ------------
-# Since AC_PROG_CXX is broken, in that it returns g++ if there is no c++
-# compiler, we have our own version here.
-m4_defun([_LT_PROG_CXX],
-[
-pushdef([AC_MSG_ERROR], [_lt_caught_CXX_error=yes])
-AC_PROG_CXX
-if test -n "$CXX" && ( test "X$CXX" != "Xno" &&
-    ( (test "X$CXX" = "Xg++" && `g++ -v >/dev/null 2>&1` ) ||
-    (test "X$CXX" != "Xg++"))) ; then
-  AC_PROG_CXXCPP
-else
-  _lt_caught_CXX_error=yes
-fi
-popdef([AC_MSG_ERROR])
-])# _LT_PROG_CXX
-
-dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
-dnl AC_DEFUN([_LT_PROG_CXX], [])
-
-
-# _LT_LANG_CXX_CONFIG([TAG])
-# --------------------------
-# Ensure that the configuration variables for a C++ compiler are suitably
-# defined.  These variables are subsequently used by _LT_CONFIG to write
-# the compiler configuration to `libtool'.
-m4_defun([_LT_LANG_CXX_CONFIG],
-[AC_REQUIRE([_LT_PROG_CXX])dnl
-m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl
-m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl
-
-AC_LANG_PUSH(C++)
-_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
-_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no
-_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_needs_object, $1)=no
-_LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no
-_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=no
-_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=no
-_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=unsupported
-_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)=no
-_LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)=no
-_LT_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=unknown
-_LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)=$old_archive_cmds
-_LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=no
-
-# Source file extension for C++ test sources.
-ac_ext=cpp
-
-# Object file extension for compiled C++ test sources.
-objext=o
-_LT_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext
-
-# No sense in running all these tests if we already determined that
-# the CXX compiler isn't working.  Some variables (like enable_shared)
-# are currently assumed to apply to all compilers on this platform,
-# and will be corrupted by setting them based on a non-working compiler.
-if test "$_lt_caught_CXX_error" != yes; then
-  # Code to be used in simple compile tests
-  lt_simple_compile_test_code="int some_variable = 0;"
-
-  # Code to be used in simple link tests
-  lt_simple_link_test_code='int main(int, char *[[]]) { return(0); }'
-
-  # ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set.
-  _LT_TAG_COMPILER
-
-  # save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code
-  _LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE
-  _LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE
-
-  # Allow CC to be a program name with arguments.
-  lt_save_CC=$CC
-  lt_save_LD=$LD
-  lt_save_GCC=$GCC
-  GCC=$GXX
-  lt_save_with_gnu_ld=$with_gnu_ld
-  lt_save_path_LD=$lt_cv_path_LD
-  if test -n "${lt_cv_prog_gnu_ldcxx+set}"; then
-    lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld=$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ldcxx
-  else
-    $as_unset lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld
-  fi
-  if test -n "${lt_cv_path_LDCXX+set}"; then
-    lt_cv_path_LD=$lt_cv_path_LDCXX
-  else
-    $as_unset lt_cv_path_LD
-  fi
-  test -z "${LDCXX+set}" || LD=$LDCXX
-  CC=${CXX-"c++"}
-  compiler=$CC
-  _LT_TAGVAR(compiler, $1)=$CC
-  _LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler])
-
-  if test -n "$compiler"; then
-    # We don't want -fno-exception when compiling C++ code, so set the
-    # no_builtin_flag separately
-    if test "$GXX" = yes; then
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)=' -fno-builtin'
-    else
-      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)=
-    fi
-
-    if test "$GXX" = yes; then
-      # Set up default GNU C++ configuration
-
-      LT_PATH_LD
-
-      # Check if GNU C++ uses GNU ld as the underlying linker, since the
-      # archiving commands below assume that GNU ld is being used.
-      if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
-        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
-        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
-
-        _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
-        _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic'
-
-        # If archive_cmds runs LD, not CC, wlarc should be empty
-        # XXX I think wlarc can be eliminated in ltcf-cxx, but I need to
-        #     investigate it a little bit more. (MM)
-        wlarc='${wl}'
-
-        # ancient GNU ld didn't support --whole-archive et. al.
-        if eval "`$CC -print-prog-name=ld` --help 2>&1" |
-	  $GREP 'no-whole-archive' > /dev/null; then
-          _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)="$wlarc"'--whole-archive$convenience '"$wlarc"'--no-whole-archive'
-        else
-          _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)=
-        fi
-      else
-        with_gnu_ld=no
-        wlarc=
-
-        # A generic and very simple default shared library creation
-        # command for GNU C++ for the case where it uses the native
-        # linker, instead of GNU ld.  If possible, this setting should
-        # overridden to take advantage of the native linker features on
-        # the platform it is being used on.
-        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -o $lib'
-      fi
-
-      # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
-      # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
-      # linking a shared library.
-      output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP "\-L"'
-
-    else
-      GXX=no
-      with_gnu_ld=no
-      wlarc=
-    fi
-
-    # PORTME: fill in a description of your system's C++ link characteristics
-    AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries])
-    _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=yes
-    case $host_os in
-      aix3*)
-        # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
-        _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-        ;;
-      aix[[4-9]]*)
-        if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
-          # On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't
-          # have to do anything special.
-          aix_use_runtimelinking=no
-          exp_sym_flag='-Bexport'
-          no_entry_flag=""
-        else
-          aix_use_runtimelinking=no
-
-          # Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal
-          # AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we
-          # need to do runtime linking.
-          case $host_os in aix4.[[23]]|aix4.[[23]].*|aix[[5-9]]*)
-	    for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do
-	      case $ld_flag in
-	      *-brtl*)
-	        aix_use_runtimelinking=yes
-	        break
-	        ;;
-	      esac
-	    done
-	    ;;
-          esac
-
-          exp_sym_flag='-bexport'
-          no_entry_flag='-bnoentry'
-        fi
-
-        # When large executables or shared objects are built, AIX ld can
-        # have problems creating the table of contents.  If linking a library
-        # or program results in "error TOC overflow" add -mminimal-toc to
-        # CXXFLAGS/CFLAGS for g++/gcc.  In the cases where that is not
-        # enough to fix the problem, add -Wl,-bbigtoc to LDFLAGS.
-
-        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)=''
-        _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
-        _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes
-        _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=':'
-        _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes
-        _LT_TAGVAR(file_list_spec, $1)='${wl}-f,'
-
-        if test "$GXX" = yes; then
-          case $host_os in aix4.[[012]]|aix4.[[012]].*)
-          # We only want to do this on AIX 4.2 and lower, the check
-          # below for broken collect2 doesn't work under 4.3+
-	  collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2`
-	  if test -f "$collect2name" &&
-	     strings "$collect2name" | $GREP resolve_lib_name >/dev/null
-	  then
-	    # We have reworked collect2
-	    :
-	  else
-	    # We have old collect2
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=unsupported
-	    # It fails to find uninstalled libraries when the uninstalled
-	    # path is not listed in the libpath.  Setting hardcode_minus_L
-	    # to unsupported forces relinking
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=
-	  fi
-          esac
-          shared_flag='-shared'
-	  if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
-	    shared_flag="$shared_flag "'${wl}-G'
-	  fi
-        else
-          # not using gcc
-          if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
-	  # VisualAge C++, Version 5.5 for AIX 5L for IA-64, Beta 3 Release
-	  # chokes on -Wl,-G. The following line is correct:
-	  shared_flag='-G'
-          else
-	    if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
-	      shared_flag='${wl}-G'
-	    else
-	      shared_flag='${wl}-bM:SRE'
-	    fi
-          fi
-        fi
-
-        # It seems that -bexpall does not export symbols beginning with
-        # underscore (_), so it is better to generate a list of symbols to
-	# export.
-        _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=yes
-        if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
-          # Warning - without using the other runtime loading flags (-brtl),
-          # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library.
-          _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='-berok'
-          # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an empty
-          # executable.
-          _LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX
-          _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
-
-          _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags `if test "x${allow_undefined_flag}" != "x"; then $ECHO "X${wl}${allow_undefined_flag}" | $Xsed; else :; fi` '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols $shared_flag"
-        else
-          if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)="-z nodefs"
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags ${wl}${allow_undefined_flag} '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols"
-          else
-	    # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an
-	    # empty executable.
-	    _LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
-	    # Warning - without using the other run time loading flags,
-	    # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library.
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-bernotok'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-berok'
-	    # Exported symbols can be pulled into shared objects from archives
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='$convenience'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=yes
-	    # This is similar to how AIX traditionally builds its shared
-	    # libraries.
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs ${wl}-bnoentry $compiler_flags ${wl}-bE:$export_symbols${allow_undefined_flag}~$AR $AR_FLAGS $output_objdir/$libname$release.a $output_objdir/$soname'
-          fi
-        fi
-        ;;
-
-      beos*)
-	if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported
-	  # Joseph Beckenbach  says some releases of gcc
-	  # support --undefined.  This deserves some investigation.  FIXME
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -nostart $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
-	else
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-	fi
-	;;
-
-      chorus*)
-        case $cc_basename in
-          *)
-	  # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-	  ;;
-        esac
-        ;;
-
-      cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
-        # _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1) is actually meaningless,
-        # as there is no search path for DLLs.
-        _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir'
-        _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported
-        _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no
-        _LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=yes
-
-        if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then
-          _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib'
-          # If the export-symbols file already is a .def file (1st line
-          # is EXPORTS), use it as is; otherwise, prepend...
-          _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" = xEXPORTS; then
-	    cp $export_symbols $output_objdir/$soname.def;
-          else
-	    echo EXPORTS > $output_objdir/$soname.def;
-	    cat $export_symbols >> $output_objdir/$soname.def;
-          fi~
-          $CC -shared -nostdlib $output_objdir/$soname.def $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib'
-        else
-          _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-        fi
-        ;;
-      darwin* | rhapsody*)
-        _LT_DARWIN_LINKER_FEATURES($1)
-	;;
-
-      dgux*)
-        case $cc_basename in
-          ec++*)
-	    # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-	    ;;
-          ghcx*)
-	    # Green Hills C++ Compiler
-	    # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-	    ;;
-          *)
-	    # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-	    ;;
-        esac
-        ;;
-
-      freebsd[[12]]*)
-        # C++ shared libraries reported to be fairly broken before
-	# switch to ELF
-        _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-        ;;
-
-      freebsd-elf*)
-        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
-        ;;
-
-      freebsd* | dragonfly*)
-        # FreeBSD 3 and later use GNU C++ and GNU ld with standard ELF
-        # conventions
-        _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=yes
-        ;;
-
-      gnu*)
-        ;;
-
-      hpux9*)
-        _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
-        _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
-        _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E'
-        _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
-        _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes # Not in the search PATH,
-				             # but as the default
-				             # location of the library.
-
-        case $cc_basename in
-          CC*)
-            # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
-            _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-            ;;
-          aCC*)
-            _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$RM $output_objdir/$soname~$CC -b ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib'
-            # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
-            # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
-            # linking a shared library.
-            #
-            # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from
-            # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them
-            # from the output so that they don't get included in the library
-            # dependencies.
-            output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`($CC -b $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1) | $EGREP "\-L"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; $ECHO "X$list" | $Xsed'
-            ;;
-          *)
-            if test "$GXX" = yes; then
-              _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$RM $output_objdir/$soname~$CC -shared -nostdlib -fPIC ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib'
-            else
-              # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
-              _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-            fi
-            ;;
-        esac
-        ;;
-
-      hpux10*|hpux11*)
-        if test $with_gnu_ld = no; then
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
-
-          case $host_cpu in
-            hppa*64*|ia64*)
-              ;;
-            *)
-	      _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E'
-              ;;
-          esac
-        fi
-        case $host_cpu in
-          hppa*64*|ia64*)
-            _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no
-            _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
-            ;;
-          *)
-            _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
-            _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes
-            _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes # Not in the search PATH,
-					         # but as the default
-					         # location of the library.
-            ;;
-        esac
-
-        case $cc_basename in
-          CC*)
-	    # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-	    ;;
-          aCC*)
-	    case $host_cpu in
-	      hppa*64*)
-	        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags'
-	        ;;
-	      ia64*)
-	        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags'
-	        ;;
-	      *)
-	        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags'
-	        ;;
-	    esac
-	    # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
-	    # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
-	    # linking a shared library.
-	    #
-	    # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from
-	    # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them
-	    # from the output so that they don't get included in the library
-	    # dependencies.
-	    output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`($CC -b $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1) | $GREP "\-L"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; $ECHO "X$list" | $Xsed'
-	    ;;
-          *)
-	    if test "$GXX" = yes; then
-	      if test $with_gnu_ld = no; then
-	        case $host_cpu in
-	          hppa*64*)
-	            _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags'
-	            ;;
-	          ia64*)
-	            _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags'
-	            ;;
-	          *)
-	            _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags'
-	            ;;
-	        esac
-	      fi
-	    else
-	      # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
-	      _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-	    fi
-	    ;;
-        esac
-        ;;
-
-      interix[[3-9]]*)
-	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no
-	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
-	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E'
-	# Hack: On Interix 3.x, we cannot compile PIC because of a broken gcc.
-	# Instead, shared libraries are loaded at an image base (0x10000000 by
-	# default) and relocated if they conflict, which is a slow very memory
-	# consuming and fragmenting process.  To avoid this, we pick a random,
-	# 256 KiB-aligned image base between 0x50000000 and 0x6FFC0000 at link
-	# time.  Moving up from 0x10000000 also allows more sbrk(2) space.
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='sed "s,^,_," $export_symbols >$output_objdir/$soname.expsym~$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--retain-symbols-file,$output_objdir/$soname.expsym ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib'
-	;;
-      irix5* | irix6*)
-        case $cc_basename in
-          CC*)
-	    # SGI C++
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -all -multigot $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
-
-	    # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using
-	    # "CC -ar", where "CC" is the IRIX C++ compiler.  This is
-	    # necessary to make sure instantiated templates are included
-	    # in the archive.
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -ar -WR,-u -o $oldlib $oldobjs'
-	    ;;
-          *)
-	    if test "$GXX" = yes; then
-	      if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
-	        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring" | $Xsed` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
-	      else
-	        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring" | $Xsed` -o $lib'
-	      fi
-	    fi
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes
-	    ;;
-        esac
-        _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
-        _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
-        _LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)=yes
-        ;;
-
-      linux* | k*bsd*-gnu)
-        case $cc_basename in
-          KCC*)
-	    # Kuck and Associates, Inc. (KAI) C++ Compiler
-
-	    # KCC will only create a shared library if the output file
-	    # ends with ".so" (or ".sl" for HP-UX), so rename the library
-	    # to its proper name (with version) after linking.
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='tempext=`echo $shared_ext | $SED -e '\''s/\([[^()0-9A-Za-z{}]]\)/\\\\\1/g'\''`; templib=`echo $lib | $SED -e "s/\${tempext}\..*/.so/"`; $CC $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags --soname $soname -o \$templib; mv \$templib $lib'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='tempext=`echo $shared_ext | $SED -e '\''s/\([[^()0-9A-Za-z{}]]\)/\\\\\1/g'\''`; templib=`echo $lib | $SED -e "s/\${tempext}\..*/.so/"`; $CC $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags --soname $soname -o \$templib ${wl}-retain-symbols-file,$export_symbols; mv \$templib $lib'
-	    # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
-	    # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
-	    # linking a shared library.
-	    #
-	    # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from
-	    # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them
-	    # from the output so that they don't get included in the library
-	    # dependencies.
-	    output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`$CC $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext -o libconftest$shared_ext 2>&1 | $GREP "ld"`; rm -f libconftest$shared_ext; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; $ECHO "X$list" | $Xsed'
-
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic'
-
-	    # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using
-	    # "CC -Bstatic", where "CC" is the KAI C++ compiler.
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -Bstatic -o $oldlib $oldobjs'
-	    ;;
-	  icpc* | ecpc* )
-	    # Intel C++
-	    with_gnu_ld=yes
-	    # version 8.0 and above of icpc choke on multiply defined symbols
-	    # if we add $predep_objects and $postdep_objects, however 7.1 and
-	    # earlier do not add the objects themselves.
-	    case `$CC -V 2>&1` in
-	      *"Version 7."*)
-	        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
-		_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
-		;;
-	      *)  # Version 8.0 or newer
-	        tmp_idyn=
-	        case $host_cpu in
-		  ia64*) tmp_idyn=' -i_dynamic';;
-		esac
-	        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared'"$tmp_idyn"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
-		_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared'"$tmp_idyn"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
-		;;
-	    esac
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive$convenience ${wl}--no-whole-archive'
-	    ;;
-          pgCC* | pgcpp*)
-            # Portland Group C++ compiler
-	    case `$CC -V` in
-	    *pgCC\ [[1-5]]* | *pgcpp\ [[1-5]]*)
-	      _LT_TAGVAR(prelink_cmds, $1)='tpldir=Template.dir~
-		rm -rf $tpldir~
-		$CC --prelink_objects --instantiation_dir $tpldir $objs $libobjs $compile_deplibs~
-		compile_command="$compile_command `find $tpldir -name \*.o | $NL2SP`"'
-	      _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='tpldir=Template.dir~
-		rm -rf $tpldir~
-		$CC --prelink_objects --instantiation_dir $tpldir $oldobjs$old_deplibs~
-		$AR $AR_FLAGS $oldlib$oldobjs$old_deplibs `find $tpldir -name \*.o | $NL2SP`~
-		$RANLIB $oldlib'
-	      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='tpldir=Template.dir~
-		rm -rf $tpldir~
-		$CC --prelink_objects --instantiation_dir $tpldir $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $convenience $postdep_objects~
-		$CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs `find $tpldir -name \*.o | $NL2SP` $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname -o $lib'
-	      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='tpldir=Template.dir~
-		rm -rf $tpldir~
-		$CC --prelink_objects --instantiation_dir $tpldir $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $convenience $postdep_objects~
-		$CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs `find $tpldir -name \*.o | $NL2SP` $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file ${wl}$export_symbols -o $lib'
-	      ;;
-	    *) # Version 6 will use weak symbols
-	      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname -o $lib'
-	      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file ${wl}$export_symbols -o $lib'
-	      ;;
-	    esac
-
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--rpath ${wl}$libdir'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test  -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $ECHO \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive'
-            ;;
-	  cxx*)
-	    # Compaq C++
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname  -o $lib ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols'
-
-	    runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-rpath $libdir'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
-
-	    # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
-	    # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
-	    # linking a shared library.
-	    #
-	    # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from
-	    # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them
-	    # from the output so that they don't get included in the library
-	    # dependencies.
-	    output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP "ld"`; templist=`$ECHO "X$templist" | $Xsed -e "s/\(^.*ld.*\)\( .*ld .*$\)/\1/"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; $ECHO "X$list" | $Xsed'
-	    ;;
-	  xl*)
-	    # IBM XL 8.0 on PPC, with GNU ld
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -qmkshrobj $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
-	    if test "x$supports_anon_versioning" = xyes; then
-	      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
-		cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
-		echo "local: *; };" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
-		$CC -qmkshrobj $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-version-script ${wl}$output_objdir/$libname.ver -o $lib'
-	    fi
-	    ;;
-	  *)
-	    case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in
-	    *Sun\ C*)
-	      # Sun C++ 5.9
-	      _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' -zdefs'
-	      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags'
-	      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-retain-symbols-file ${wl}$export_symbols'
-	      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir'
-	      _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive`new_convenience=; for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -z \"$conv\" || new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $ECHO \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive'
-	      _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_needs_object, $1)=yes
-
-	      # Not sure whether something based on
-	      # $CC $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext -o libconftest$shared_ext 2>&1
-	      # would be better.
-	      output_verbose_link_cmd='echo'
-
-	      # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using
-	      # "CC -xar", where "CC" is the Sun C++ compiler.  This is
-	      # necessary to make sure instantiated templates are included
-	      # in the archive.
-	      _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -xar -o $oldlib $oldobjs'
-	      ;;
-	    esac
-	    ;;
-	esac
-	;;
-
-      lynxos*)
-        # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
-	_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-	;;
-
-      m88k*)
-        # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
-        _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-	;;
-
-      mvs*)
-        case $cc_basename in
-          cxx*)
-	    # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-	    ;;
-	  *)
-	    # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-	    ;;
-	esac
-	;;
-
-      netbsd*)
-        if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable  -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $linker_flags'
-	  wlarc=
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir'
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
-	fi
-	# Workaround some broken pre-1.5 toolchains
-	output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP conftest.$objext | $SED -e "s:-lgcc -lc -lgcc::"'
-	;;
-
-      *nto* | *qnx*)
-        _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=yes
-	;;
-
-      openbsd2*)
-        # C++ shared libraries are fairly broken
-	_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-	;;
-
-      openbsd*)
-	if test -f /usr/libexec/ld.so; then
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -o $lib'
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
-	  if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-retain-symbols-file,$export_symbols -o $lib'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)="$wlarc"'--whole-archive$convenience '"$wlarc"'--no-whole-archive'
-	  fi
-	  output_verbose_link_cmd=echo
-	else
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-	fi
-	;;
-
-      osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
-        case $cc_basename in
-          KCC*)
-	    # Kuck and Associates, Inc. (KAI) C++ Compiler
-
-	    # KCC will only create a shared library if the output file
-	    # ends with ".so" (or ".sl" for HP-UX), so rename the library
-	    # to its proper name (with version) after linking.
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='tempext=`echo $shared_ext | $SED -e '\''s/\([[^()0-9A-Za-z{}]]\)/\\\\\1/g'\''`; templib=`echo "$lib" | $SED -e "s/\${tempext}\..*/.so/"`; $CC $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags --soname $soname -o \$templib; mv \$templib $lib'
-
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
-
-	    # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using
-	    # the KAI C++ compiler.
-	    case $host in
-	      osf3*) _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -Bstatic -o $oldlib $oldobjs' ;;
-	      *) _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -o $oldlib $oldobjs' ;;
-	    esac
-	    ;;
-          RCC*)
-	    # Rational C++ 2.4.1
-	    # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-	    ;;
-          cxx*)
-	    case $host in
-	      osf3*)
-	        _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*'
-	        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X${wl}-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
-	        _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
-		;;
-	      *)
-	        _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' -expect_unresolved \*'
-	        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -msym -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
-	        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='for i in `cat $export_symbols`; do printf "%s %s\\n" -exported_symbol "\$i" >> $lib.exp; done~
-	          echo "-hidden">> $lib.exp~
-	          $CC -shared$allow_undefined_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -msym -soname $soname ${wl}-input ${wl}$lib.exp  `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib~
-	          $RM $lib.exp'
-	        _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-rpath $libdir'
-		;;
-	    esac
-
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
-
-	    # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
-	    # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
-	    # linking a shared library.
-	    #
-	    # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from
-	    # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them
-	    # from the output so that they don't get included in the library
-	    # dependencies.
-	    output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP "ld" | $GREP -v "ld:"`; templist=`$ECHO "X$templist" | $Xsed -e "s/\(^.*ld.*\)\( .*ld.*$\)/\1/"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; $ECHO "X$list" | $Xsed'
-	    ;;
-	  *)
-	    if test "$GXX" = yes && test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
-	      _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*'
-	      case $host in
-	        osf3*)
-	          _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib ${allow_undefined_flag} $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring" | $Xsed` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
-		  ;;
-	        *)
-	          _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib ${allow_undefined_flag} $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-msym ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring" | $Xsed` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
-		  ;;
-	      esac
-
-	      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
-	      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
-
-	      # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
-	      # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
-	      # linking a shared library.
-	      output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP "\-L"'
-
-	    else
-	      # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
-	      _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-	    fi
-	    ;;
-        esac
-        ;;
-
-      psos*)
-        # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
-        _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-        ;;
-
-      sunos4*)
-        case $cc_basename in
-          CC*)
-	    # Sun C++ 4.x
-	    # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-	    ;;
-          lcc*)
-	    # Lucid
-	    # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-	    ;;
-          *)
-	    # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-	    ;;
-        esac
-        ;;
-
-      solaris*)
-        case $cc_basename in
-          CC*)
-	    # Sun C++ 4.2, 5.x and Centerline C++
-            _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc,$1)=yes
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' -zdefs'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G${allow_undefined_flag}  -h$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
-	      $CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} ${wl}-M ${wl}$lib.exp -h$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp'
-
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
-	    case $host_os in
-	      solaris2.[[0-5]] | solaris2.[[0-5]].*) ;;
-	      *)
-		# The compiler driver will combine and reorder linker options,
-		# but understands `-z linker_flag'.
-	        # Supported since Solaris 2.6 (maybe 2.5.1?)
-		_LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='-z allextract$convenience -z defaultextract'
-	        ;;
-	    esac
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes
-
-	    output_verbose_link_cmd='echo'
-
-	    # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using
-	    # "CC -xar", where "CC" is the Sun C++ compiler.  This is
-	    # necessary to make sure instantiated templates are included
-	    # in the archive.
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -xar -o $oldlib $oldobjs'
-	    ;;
-          gcx*)
-	    # Green Hills C++ Compiler
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-h $wl$soname -o $lib'
-
-	    # The C++ compiler must be used to create the archive.
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC $LDFLAGS -archive -o $oldlib $oldobjs'
-	    ;;
-          *)
-	    # GNU C++ compiler with Solaris linker
-	    if test "$GXX" = yes && test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
-	      _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-z ${wl}defs'
-	      if $CC --version | $GREP -v '^2\.7' > /dev/null; then
-	        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $LDFLAGS $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-h $wl$soname -o $lib'
-	        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
-		  $CC -shared -nostdlib ${wl}-M $wl$lib.exp -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp'
-
-	        # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
-	        # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
-	        # linking a shared library.
-	        output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP "\-L"'
-	      else
-	        # g++ 2.7 appears to require `-G' NOT `-shared' on this
-	        # platform.
-	        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G -nostdlib $LDFLAGS $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-h $wl$soname -o $lib'
-	        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
-		  $CC -G -nostdlib ${wl}-M $wl$lib.exp -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp'
-
-	        # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
-	        # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
-	        # linking a shared library.
-	        output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -G $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP "\-L"'
-	      fi
-
-	      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-R $wl$libdir'
-	      case $host_os in
-		solaris2.[[0-5]] | solaris2.[[0-5]].*) ;;
-		*)
-		  _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-z ${wl}allextract$convenience ${wl}-z ${wl}defaultextract'
-		  ;;
-	      esac
-	    fi
-	    ;;
-        esac
-        ;;
-
-    sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[[01]].[[10]]* | unixware7* | sco3.2v5.0.[[024]]*)
-      _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z,text'
-      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
-      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
-      runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH'
-
-      case $cc_basename in
-        CC*)
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	  ;;
-	*)
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	  ;;
-      esac
-      ;;
-
-      sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6*)
-	# Note: We can NOT use -z defs as we might desire, because we do not
-	# link with -lc, and that would cause any symbols used from libc to
-	# always be unresolved, which means just about no library would
-	# ever link correctly.  If we're not using GNU ld we use -z text
-	# though, which does catch some bad symbols but isn't as heavy-handed
-	# as -z defs.
-	_LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z,text'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z,nodefs'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
-	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
-	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-R,$libdir'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=':'
-	_LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes
-	_LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-Bexport'
-	runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH'
-
-	case $cc_basename in
-          CC*)
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	    ;;
-	  *)
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	    ;;
-	esac
-      ;;
-
-      tandem*)
-        case $cc_basename in
-          NCC*)
-	    # NonStop-UX NCC 3.20
-	    # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-	    ;;
-          *)
-	    # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
-	    _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-	    ;;
-        esac
-        ;;
-
-      vxworks*)
-        # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
-        _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-        ;;
-
-      *)
-        # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
-        _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
-        ;;
-    esac
-
-    AC_MSG_RESULT([$_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)])
-    test "$_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)" = no && can_build_shared=no
-
-    _LT_TAGVAR(GCC, $1)="$GXX"
-    _LT_TAGVAR(LD, $1)="$LD"
-
-    ## CAVEAT EMPTOR:
-    ## There is no encapsulation within the following macros, do not change
-    ## the running order or otherwise move them around unless you know exactly
-    ## what you are doing...
-    _LT_SYS_HIDDEN_LIBDEPS($1)
-    _LT_COMPILER_PIC($1)
-    _LT_COMPILER_C_O($1)
-    _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS($1)
-    _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS($1)
-    _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER($1)
-    _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH($1)
-
-    _LT_CONFIG($1)
-  fi # test -n "$compiler"
-
-  CC=$lt_save_CC
-  LDCXX=$LD
-  LD=$lt_save_LD
-  GCC=$lt_save_GCC
-  with_gnu_ld=$lt_save_with_gnu_ld
-  lt_cv_path_LDCXX=$lt_cv_path_LD
-  lt_cv_path_LD=$lt_save_path_LD
-  lt_cv_prog_gnu_ldcxx=$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld
-  lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld=$lt_save_with_gnu_ld
-fi # test "$_lt_caught_CXX_error" != yes
-
-AC_LANG_POP
-])# _LT_LANG_CXX_CONFIG
-
-
-# _LT_SYS_HIDDEN_LIBDEPS([TAGNAME])
-# ---------------------------------
-# Figure out "hidden" library dependencies from verbose
-# compiler output when linking a shared library.
-# Parse the compiler output and extract the necessary
-# objects, libraries and library flags.
-m4_defun([_LT_SYS_HIDDEN_LIBDEPS],
-[m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl
-# Dependencies to place before and after the object being linked:
-_LT_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(predeps, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)=
-
-dnl we can't use the lt_simple_compile_test_code here,
-dnl because it contains code intended for an executable,
-dnl not a library.  It's possible we should let each
-dnl tag define a new lt_????_link_test_code variable,
-dnl but it's only used here...
-m4_if([$1], [], [cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF
-int a;
-void foo (void) { a = 0; }
-_LT_EOF
-], [$1], [CXX], [cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF
-class Foo
-{
-public:
-  Foo (void) { a = 0; }
-private:
-  int a;
-};
-_LT_EOF
-], [$1], [F77], [cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF
-      subroutine foo
-      implicit none
-      integer*4 a
-      a=0
-      return
-      end
-_LT_EOF
-], [$1], [FC], [cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF
-      subroutine foo
-      implicit none
-      integer a
-      a=0
-      return
-      end
-_LT_EOF
-], [$1], [GCJ], [cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF
-public class foo {
-  private int a;
-  public void bar (void) {
-    a = 0;
-  }
-};
-_LT_EOF
-])
-dnl Parse the compiler output and extract the necessary
-dnl objects, libraries and library flags.
-if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then
-  # Parse the compiler output and extract the necessary
-  # objects, libraries and library flags.
-
-  # Sentinel used to keep track of whether or not we are before
-  # the conftest object file.
-  pre_test_object_deps_done=no
-
-  for p in `eval "$output_verbose_link_cmd"`; do
-    case $p in
-
-    -L* | -R* | -l*)
-       # Some compilers place space between "-{L,R}" and the path.
-       # Remove the space.
-       if test $p = "-L" ||
-          test $p = "-R"; then
-	 prev=$p
-	 continue
-       else
-	 prev=
-       fi
-
-       if test "$pre_test_object_deps_done" = no; then
-	 case $p in
-	 -L* | -R*)
-	   # Internal compiler library paths should come after those
-	   # provided the user.  The postdeps already come after the
-	   # user supplied libs so there is no need to process them.
-	   if test -z "$_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)"; then
-	     _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)="${prev}${p}"
-	   else
-	     _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)="${_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)} ${prev}${p}"
-	   fi
-	   ;;
-	 # The "-l" case would never come before the object being
-	 # linked, so don't bother handling this case.
-	 esac
-       else
-	 if test -z "$_LT_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1)"; then
-	   _LT_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1)="${prev}${p}"
-	 else
-	   _LT_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1)="${_LT_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1)} ${prev}${p}"
-	 fi
-       fi
-       ;;
-
-    *.$objext)
-       # This assumes that the test object file only shows up
-       # once in the compiler output.
-       if test "$p" = "conftest.$objext"; then
-	 pre_test_object_deps_done=yes
-	 continue
-       fi
-
-       if test "$pre_test_object_deps_done" = no; then
-	 if test -z "$_LT_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1)"; then
-	   _LT_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1)="$p"
-	 else
-	   _LT_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1)="$_LT_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1) $p"
-	 fi
-       else
-	 if test -z "$_LT_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1)"; then
-	   _LT_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1)="$p"
-	 else
-	   _LT_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1)="$_LT_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1) $p"
-	 fi
-       fi
-       ;;
-
-    *) ;; # Ignore the rest.
-
-    esac
-  done
-
-  # Clean up.
-  rm -f a.out a.exe
-else
-  echo "libtool.m4: error: problem compiling $1 test program"
-fi
-
-$RM -f confest.$objext
-
-# PORTME: override above test on systems where it is broken
-m4_if([$1], [CXX],
-[case $host_os in
-interix[[3-9]]*)
-  # Interix 3.5 installs completely hosed .la files for C++, so rather than
-  # hack all around it, let's just trust "g++" to DTRT.
-  _LT_TAGVAR(predep_objects,$1)=
-  _LT_TAGVAR(postdep_objects,$1)=
-  _LT_TAGVAR(postdeps,$1)=
-  ;;
-
-linux*)
-  case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in
-  *Sun\ C*)
-    # Sun C++ 5.9
-
-    # The more standards-conforming stlport4 library is
-    # incompatible with the Cstd library. Avoid specifying
-    # it if it's in CXXFLAGS. Ignore libCrun as
-    # -library=stlport4 depends on it.
-    case " $CXX $CXXFLAGS " in
-    *" -library=stlport4 "*)
-      solaris_use_stlport4=yes
-      ;;
-    esac
-
-    if test "$solaris_use_stlport4" != yes; then
-      _LT_TAGVAR(postdeps,$1)='-library=Cstd -library=Crun'
-    fi
-    ;;
-  esac
-  ;;
-
-solaris*)
-  case $cc_basename in
-  CC*)
-    # The more standards-conforming stlport4 library is
-    # incompatible with the Cstd library. Avoid specifying
-    # it if it's in CXXFLAGS. Ignore libCrun as
-    # -library=stlport4 depends on it.
-    case " $CXX $CXXFLAGS " in
-    *" -library=stlport4 "*)
-      solaris_use_stlport4=yes
-      ;;
-    esac
-
-    # Adding this requires a known-good setup of shared libraries for
-    # Sun compiler versions before 5.6, else PIC objects from an old
-    # archive will be linked into the output, leading to subtle bugs.
-    if test "$solaris_use_stlport4" != yes; then
-      _LT_TAGVAR(postdeps,$1)='-library=Cstd -library=Crun'
-    fi
-    ;;
-  esac
-  ;;
-esac
-])
-
-case " $_LT_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1) " in
-*" -lc "*) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no ;;
-esac
- _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_dirs, $1)=
-if test -n "${_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)}"; then
- _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_dirs, $1)=`echo " ${_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)}" | ${SED} -e 's! -L! !g' -e 's!^ !!'`
-fi
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [compiler_lib_search_dirs], [1],
-    [The directories searched by this compiler when creating a shared library])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [predep_objects], [1],
-    [Dependencies to place before and after the objects being linked to
-    create a shared library])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [postdep_objects], [1])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [predeps], [1])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [postdeps], [1])
-_LT_TAGDECL([], [compiler_lib_search_path], [1],
-    [The library search path used internally by the compiler when linking
-    a shared library])
-])# _LT_SYS_HIDDEN_LIBDEPS
-
-
-# _LT_PROG_F77
-# ------------
-# Since AC_PROG_F77 is broken, in that it returns the empty string
-# if there is no fortran compiler, we have our own version here.
-m4_defun([_LT_PROG_F77],
-[
-pushdef([AC_MSG_ERROR], [_lt_disable_F77=yes])
-AC_PROG_F77
-if test -z "$F77" || test "X$F77" = "Xno"; then
-  _lt_disable_F77=yes
-fi
-popdef([AC_MSG_ERROR])
-])# _LT_PROG_F77
-
-dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
-dnl AC_DEFUN([_LT_PROG_F77], [])
-
-
-# _LT_LANG_F77_CONFIG([TAG])
-# --------------------------
-# Ensure that the configuration variables for a Fortran 77 compiler are
-# suitably defined.  These variables are subsequently used by _LT_CONFIG
-# to write the compiler configuration to `libtool'.
-m4_defun([_LT_LANG_F77_CONFIG],
-[AC_REQUIRE([_LT_PROG_F77])dnl
-AC_LANG_PUSH(Fortran 77)
-
-_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
-_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no
-_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no
-_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=no
-_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=no
-_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)=no
-_LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)=no
-_LT_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=unknown
-_LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)=$old_archive_cmds
-_LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=no
-
-# Source file extension for f77 test sources.
-ac_ext=f
-
-# Object file extension for compiled f77 test sources.
-objext=o
-_LT_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext
-
-# No sense in running all these tests if we already determined that
-# the F77 compiler isn't working.  Some variables (like enable_shared)
-# are currently assumed to apply to all compilers on this platform,
-# and will be corrupted by setting them based on a non-working compiler.
-if test "$_lt_disable_F77" != yes; then
-  # Code to be used in simple compile tests
-  lt_simple_compile_test_code="\
-      subroutine t
-      return
-      end
-"
-
-  # Code to be used in simple link tests
-  lt_simple_link_test_code="\
-      program t
-      end
-"
-
-  # ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set.
-  _LT_TAG_COMPILER
-
-  # save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code
-  _LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE
-  _LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE
-
-  # Allow CC to be a program name with arguments.
-  lt_save_CC="$CC"
-  lt_save_GCC=$GCC
-  CC=${F77-"f77"}
-  compiler=$CC
-  _LT_TAGVAR(compiler, $1)=$CC
-  _LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler])
-  GCC=$G77
-  if test -n "$compiler"; then
-    AC_MSG_CHECKING([if libtool supports shared libraries])
-    AC_MSG_RESULT([$can_build_shared])
-
-    AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build shared libraries])
-    test "$can_build_shared" = "no" && enable_shared=no
-
-    # On AIX, shared libraries and static libraries use the same namespace, and
-    # are all built from PIC.
-    case $host_os in
-      aix3*)
-        test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no
-        if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
-          archive_cmds="$archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$lib"
-          postinstall_cmds='$RANLIB $lib'
-        fi
-        ;;
-      aix[[4-9]]*)
-	if test "$host_cpu" != ia64 && test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = no ; then
-	  test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no
-	fi
-        ;;
-    esac
-    AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_shared])
-
-    AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build static libraries])
-    # Make sure either enable_shared or enable_static is yes.
-    test "$enable_shared" = yes || enable_static=yes
-    AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_static])
-
-    _LT_TAGVAR(GCC, $1)="$G77"
-    _LT_TAGVAR(LD, $1)="$LD"
-
-    ## CAVEAT EMPTOR:
-    ## There is no encapsulation within the following macros, do not change
-    ## the running order or otherwise move them around unless you know exactly
-    ## what you are doing...
-    _LT_COMPILER_PIC($1)
-    _LT_COMPILER_C_O($1)
-    _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS($1)
-    _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS($1)
-    _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER($1)
-    _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH($1)
-
-    _LT_CONFIG($1)
-  fi # test -n "$compiler"
-
-  GCC=$lt_save_GCC
-  CC="$lt_save_CC"
-fi # test "$_lt_disable_F77" != yes
-
-AC_LANG_POP
-])# _LT_LANG_F77_CONFIG
-
-
-# _LT_PROG_FC
-# -----------
-# Since AC_PROG_FC is broken, in that it returns the empty string
-# if there is no fortran compiler, we have our own version here.
-m4_defun([_LT_PROG_FC],
-[
-pushdef([AC_MSG_ERROR], [_lt_disable_FC=yes])
-AC_PROG_FC
-if test -z "$FC" || test "X$FC" = "Xno"; then
-  _lt_disable_FC=yes
-fi
-popdef([AC_MSG_ERROR])
-])# _LT_PROG_FC
-
-dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
-dnl AC_DEFUN([_LT_PROG_FC], [])
-
-
-# _LT_LANG_FC_CONFIG([TAG])
-# -------------------------
-# Ensure that the configuration variables for a Fortran compiler are
-# suitably defined.  These variables are subsequently used by _LT_CONFIG
-# to write the compiler configuration to `libtool'.
-m4_defun([_LT_LANG_FC_CONFIG],
-[AC_REQUIRE([_LT_PROG_FC])dnl
-AC_LANG_PUSH(Fortran)
-
-_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
-_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no
-_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no
-_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=no
-_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=no
-_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)=no
-_LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)=no
-_LT_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=unknown
-_LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)=$old_archive_cmds
-_LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)=
-_LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=no
-
-# Source file extension for fc test sources.
-ac_ext=${ac_fc_srcext-f}
-
-# Object file extension for compiled fc test sources.
-objext=o
-_LT_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext
-
-# No sense in running all these tests if we already determined that
-# the FC compiler isn't working.  Some variables (like enable_shared)
-# are currently assumed to apply to all compilers on this platform,
-# and will be corrupted by setting them based on a non-working compiler.
-if test "$_lt_disable_FC" != yes; then
-  # Code to be used in simple compile tests
-  lt_simple_compile_test_code="\
-      subroutine t
-      return
-      end
-"
-
-  # Code to be used in simple link tests
-  lt_simple_link_test_code="\
-      program t
-      end
-"
-
-  # ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set.
-  _LT_TAG_COMPILER
-
-  # save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code
-  _LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE
-  _LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE
-
-  # Allow CC to be a program name with arguments.
-  lt_save_CC="$CC"
-  lt_save_GCC=$GCC
-  CC=${FC-"f95"}
-  compiler=$CC
-  GCC=$ac_cv_fc_compiler_gnu
-
-  _LT_TAGVAR(compiler, $1)=$CC
-  _LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler])
-
-  if test -n "$compiler"; then
-    AC_MSG_CHECKING([if libtool supports shared libraries])
-    AC_MSG_RESULT([$can_build_shared])
-
-    AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build shared libraries])
-    test "$can_build_shared" = "no" && enable_shared=no
-
-    # On AIX, shared libraries and static libraries use the same namespace, and
-    # are all built from PIC.
-    case $host_os in
-      aix3*)
-        test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no
-        if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
-          archive_cmds="$archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$lib"
-          postinstall_cmds='$RANLIB $lib'
-        fi
-        ;;
-      aix[[4-9]]*)
-	if test "$host_cpu" != ia64 && test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = no ; then
-	  test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no
-	fi
-        ;;
-    esac
-    AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_shared])
-
-    AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build static libraries])
-    # Make sure either enable_shared or enable_static is yes.
-    test "$enable_shared" = yes || enable_static=yes
-    AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_static])
-
-    _LT_TAGVAR(GCC, $1)="$ac_cv_fc_compiler_gnu"
-    _LT_TAGVAR(LD, $1)="$LD"
-
-    ## CAVEAT EMPTOR:
-    ## There is no encapsulation within the following macros, do not change
-    ## the running order or otherwise move them around unless you know exactly
-    ## what you are doing...
-    _LT_SYS_HIDDEN_LIBDEPS($1)
-    _LT_COMPILER_PIC($1)
-    _LT_COMPILER_C_O($1)
-    _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS($1)
-    _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS($1)
-    _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER($1)
-    _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH($1)
-
-    _LT_CONFIG($1)
-  fi # test -n "$compiler"
-
-  GCC=$lt_save_GCC
-  CC="$lt_save_CC"
-fi # test "$_lt_disable_FC" != yes
-
-AC_LANG_POP
-])# _LT_LANG_FC_CONFIG
-
-
-# _LT_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG([TAG])
-# --------------------------
-# Ensure that the configuration variables for the GNU Java Compiler compiler
-# are suitably defined.  These variables are subsequently used by _LT_CONFIG
-# to write the compiler configuration to `libtool'.
-m4_defun([_LT_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG],
-[AC_REQUIRE([LT_PROG_GCJ])dnl
-AC_LANG_SAVE
-
-# Source file extension for Java test sources.
-ac_ext=java
-
-# Object file extension for compiled Java test sources.
-objext=o
-_LT_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext
-
-# Code to be used in simple compile tests
-lt_simple_compile_test_code="class foo {}"
-
-# Code to be used in simple link tests
-lt_simple_link_test_code='public class conftest { public static void main(String[[]] argv) {}; }'
-
-# ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set.
-_LT_TAG_COMPILER
-
-# save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code
-_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE
-_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE
-
-# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments.
-lt_save_CC="$CC"
-lt_save_GCC=$GCC
-GCC=yes
-CC=${GCJ-"gcj"}
-compiler=$CC
-_LT_TAGVAR(compiler, $1)=$CC
-_LT_TAGVAR(LD, $1)="$LD"
-_LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler])
-
-# GCJ did not exist at the time GCC didn't implicitly link libc in.
-_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
-
-_LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)=$old_archive_cmds
-
-if test -n "$compiler"; then
-  _LT_COMPILER_NO_RTTI($1)
-  _LT_COMPILER_PIC($1)
-  _LT_COMPILER_C_O($1)
-  _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS($1)
-  _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS($1)
-  _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH($1)
-
-  _LT_CONFIG($1)
-fi
-
-AC_LANG_RESTORE
-
-GCC=$lt_save_GCC
-CC="$lt_save_CC"
-])# _LT_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG
-
-
-# _LT_LANG_RC_CONFIG([TAG])
-# -------------------------
-# Ensure that the configuration variables for the Windows resource compiler
-# are suitably defined.  These variables are subsequently used by _LT_CONFIG
-# to write the compiler configuration to `libtool'.
-m4_defun([_LT_LANG_RC_CONFIG],
-[AC_REQUIRE([LT_PROG_RC])dnl
-AC_LANG_SAVE
-
-# Source file extension for RC test sources.
-ac_ext=rc
-
-# Object file extension for compiled RC test sources.
-objext=o
-_LT_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext
-
-# Code to be used in simple compile tests
-lt_simple_compile_test_code='sample MENU { MENUITEM "&Soup", 100, CHECKED }'
-
-# Code to be used in simple link tests
-lt_simple_link_test_code="$lt_simple_compile_test_code"
-
-# ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set.
-_LT_TAG_COMPILER
-
-# save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code
-_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE
-_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE
-
-# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments.
-lt_save_CC="$CC"
-lt_save_GCC=$GCC
-GCC=
-CC=${RC-"windres"}
-compiler=$CC
-_LT_TAGVAR(compiler, $1)=$CC
-_LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler])
-_LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)=yes
-
-if test -n "$compiler"; then
-  :
-  _LT_CONFIG($1)
-fi
-
-GCC=$lt_save_GCC
-AC_LANG_RESTORE
-CC="$lt_save_CC"
-])# _LT_LANG_RC_CONFIG
-
-
-# LT_PROG_GCJ
-# -----------
-AC_DEFUN([LT_PROG_GCJ],
-[m4_ifdef([AC_PROG_GCJ], [AC_PROG_GCJ],
-  [m4_ifdef([A][M_PROG_GCJ], [A][M_PROG_GCJ],
-    [AC_CHECK_TOOL(GCJ, gcj,)
-      test "x${GCJFLAGS+set}" = xset || GCJFLAGS="-g -O2"
-      AC_SUBST(GCJFLAGS)])])[]dnl
-])
-
-# Old name:
-AU_ALIAS([LT_AC_PROG_GCJ], [LT_PROG_GCJ])
-dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
-dnl AC_DEFUN([LT_AC_PROG_GCJ], [])
-
-
-# LT_PROG_RC
-# ----------
-AC_DEFUN([LT_PROG_RC],
-[AC_CHECK_TOOL(RC, windres,)
-])
-
-# Old name:
-AU_ALIAS([LT_AC_PROG_RC], [LT_PROG_RC])
-dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
-dnl AC_DEFUN([LT_AC_PROG_RC], [])
-
-
-# _LT_DECL_EGREP
-# --------------
-# If we don't have a new enough Autoconf to choose the best grep
-# available, choose the one first in the user's PATH.
-m4_defun([_LT_DECL_EGREP],
-[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_EGREP])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_FGREP])dnl
-test -z "$GREP" && GREP=grep
-_LT_DECL([], [GREP], [1], [A grep program that handles long lines])
-_LT_DECL([], [EGREP], [1], [An ERE matcher])
-_LT_DECL([], [FGREP], [1], [A literal string matcher])
-dnl Non-bleeding-edge autoconf doesn't subst GREP, so do it here too
-AC_SUBST([GREP])
-])
-
-
-# _LT_DECL_SED
-# ------------
-# Check for a fully-functional sed program, that truncates
-# as few characters as possible.  Prefer GNU sed if found.
-m4_defun([_LT_DECL_SED],
-[AC_PROG_SED
-test -z "$SED" && SED=sed
-Xsed="$SED -e 1s/^X//"
-_LT_DECL([], [SED], [1], [A sed program that does not truncate output])
-_LT_DECL([], [Xsed], ["\$SED -e 1s/^X//"],
-    [Sed that helps us avoid accidentally triggering echo(1) options like -n])
-])# _LT_DECL_SED
-
-m4_ifndef([AC_PROG_SED], [
-# NOTE: This macro has been submitted for inclusion into   #
-#  GNU Autoconf as AC_PROG_SED.  When it is available in   #
-#  a released version of Autoconf we should remove this    #
-#  macro and use it instead.                               #
-
-m4_defun([AC_PROG_SED],
-[AC_MSG_CHECKING([for a sed that does not truncate output])
-AC_CACHE_VAL(lt_cv_path_SED,
-[# Loop through the user's path and test for sed and gsed.
-# Then use that list of sed's as ones to test for truncation.
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  for lt_ac_prog in sed gsed; do
-    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-      if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$lt_ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"; then
-        lt_ac_sed_list="$lt_ac_sed_list $as_dir/$lt_ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"
-      fi
-    done
-  done
-done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-lt_ac_max=0
-lt_ac_count=0
-# Add /usr/xpg4/bin/sed as it is typically found on Solaris
-# along with /bin/sed that truncates output.
-for lt_ac_sed in $lt_ac_sed_list /usr/xpg4/bin/sed; do
-  test ! -f $lt_ac_sed && continue
-  cat /dev/null > conftest.in
-  lt_ac_count=0
-  echo $ECHO_N "0123456789$ECHO_C" >conftest.in
-  # Check for GNU sed and select it if it is found.
-  if "$lt_ac_sed" --version 2>&1 < /dev/null | grep 'GNU' > /dev/null; then
-    lt_cv_path_SED=$lt_ac_sed
-    break
-  fi
-  while true; do
-    cat conftest.in conftest.in >conftest.tmp
-    mv conftest.tmp conftest.in
-    cp conftest.in conftest.nl
-    echo >>conftest.nl
-    $lt_ac_sed -e 's/a$//' < conftest.nl >conftest.out || break
-    cmp -s conftest.out conftest.nl || break
-    # 10000 chars as input seems more than enough
-    test $lt_ac_count -gt 10 && break
-    lt_ac_count=`expr $lt_ac_count + 1`
-    if test $lt_ac_count -gt $lt_ac_max; then
-      lt_ac_max=$lt_ac_count
-      lt_cv_path_SED=$lt_ac_sed
-    fi
-  done
-done
-])
-SED=$lt_cv_path_SED
-AC_SUBST([SED])
-AC_MSG_RESULT([$SED])
-])#AC_PROG_SED
-])#m4_ifndef
-
-# Old name:
-AU_ALIAS([LT_AC_PROG_SED], [AC_PROG_SED])
-dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
-dnl AC_DEFUN([LT_AC_PROG_SED], [])
-
-
-# _LT_CHECK_SHELL_FEATURES
-# ------------------------
-# Find out whether the shell is Bourne or XSI compatible,
-# or has some other useful features.
-m4_defun([_LT_CHECK_SHELL_FEATURES],
-[AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether the shell understands some XSI constructs])
-# Try some XSI features
-xsi_shell=no
-( _lt_dummy="a/b/c"
-  test "${_lt_dummy##*/},${_lt_dummy%/*},"${_lt_dummy%"$_lt_dummy"}, \
-      = c,a/b,, \
-    && eval 'test $(( 1 + 1 )) -eq 2 \
-    && test "${#_lt_dummy}" -eq 5' ) >/dev/null 2>&1 \
-  && xsi_shell=yes
-AC_MSG_RESULT([$xsi_shell])
-_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT([xsi_shell='$xsi_shell'])
-
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether the shell understands "+="])
-lt_shell_append=no
-( foo=bar; set foo baz; eval "$[1]+=\$[2]" && test "$foo" = barbaz ) \
-    >/dev/null 2>&1 \
-  && lt_shell_append=yes
-AC_MSG_RESULT([$lt_shell_append])
-_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT([lt_shell_append='$lt_shell_append'])
-
-if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-  lt_unset=unset
-else
-  lt_unset=false
-fi
-_LT_DECL([], [lt_unset], [0], [whether the shell understands "unset"])dnl
-
-# test EBCDIC or ASCII
-case `echo X|tr X '\101'` in
- A) # ASCII based system
-    # \n is not interpreted correctly by Solaris 8 /usr/ucb/tr
-  lt_SP2NL='tr \040 \012'
-  lt_NL2SP='tr \015\012 \040\040'
-  ;;
- *) # EBCDIC based system
-  lt_SP2NL='tr \100 \n'
-  lt_NL2SP='tr \r\n \100\100'
-  ;;
-esac
-_LT_DECL([SP2NL], [lt_SP2NL], [1], [turn spaces into newlines])dnl
-_LT_DECL([NL2SP], [lt_NL2SP], [1], [turn newlines into spaces])dnl
-])# _LT_CHECK_SHELL_FEATURES
-
-
-# _LT_PROG_XSI_SHELLFNS
-# ---------------------
-# Bourne and XSI compatible variants of some useful shell functions.
-m4_defun([_LT_PROG_XSI_SHELLFNS],
-[case $xsi_shell in
-  yes)
-    cat << \_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile"
-
-# func_dirname file append nondir_replacement
-# Compute the dirname of FILE.  If nonempty, add APPEND to the result,
-# otherwise set result to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT.
-func_dirname ()
-{
-  case ${1} in
-    */*) func_dirname_result="${1%/*}${2}" ;;
-    *  ) func_dirname_result="${3}" ;;
-  esac
-}
-
-# func_basename file
-func_basename ()
-{
-  func_basename_result="${1##*/}"
-}
-
-# func_dirname_and_basename file append nondir_replacement
-# perform func_basename and func_dirname in a single function
-# call:
-#   dirname:  Compute the dirname of FILE.  If nonempty,
-#             add APPEND to the result, otherwise set result
-#             to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT.
-#             value returned in "$func_dirname_result"
-#   basename: Compute filename of FILE.
-#             value retuned in "$func_basename_result"
-# Implementation must be kept synchronized with func_dirname
-# and func_basename. For efficiency, we do not delegate to
-# those functions but instead duplicate the functionality here.
-func_dirname_and_basename ()
-{
-  case ${1} in
-    */*) func_dirname_result="${1%/*}${2}" ;;
-    *  ) func_dirname_result="${3}" ;;
-  esac
-  func_basename_result="${1##*/}"
-}
-
-# func_stripname prefix suffix name
-# strip PREFIX and SUFFIX off of NAME.
-# PREFIX and SUFFIX must not contain globbing or regex special
-# characters, hashes, percent signs, but SUFFIX may contain a leading
-# dot (in which case that matches only a dot).
-func_stripname ()
-{
-  # pdksh 5.2.14 does not do ${X%$Y} correctly if both X and Y are
-  # positional parameters, so assign one to ordinary parameter first.
-  func_stripname_result=${3}
-  func_stripname_result=${func_stripname_result#"${1}"}
-  func_stripname_result=${func_stripname_result%"${2}"}
-}
-
-# func_opt_split
-func_opt_split ()
-{
-  func_opt_split_opt=${1%%=*}
-  func_opt_split_arg=${1#*=}
-}
-
-# func_lo2o object
-func_lo2o ()
-{
-  case ${1} in
-    *.lo) func_lo2o_result=${1%.lo}.${objext} ;;
-    *)    func_lo2o_result=${1} ;;
-  esac
-}
-
-# func_xform libobj-or-source
-func_xform ()
-{
-  func_xform_result=${1%.*}.lo
-}
-
-# func_arith arithmetic-term...
-func_arith ()
-{
-  func_arith_result=$(( $[*] ))
-}
-
-# func_len string
-# STRING may not start with a hyphen.
-func_len ()
-{
-  func_len_result=${#1}
-}
-
-_LT_EOF
-    ;;
-  *) # Bourne compatible functions.
-    cat << \_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile"
-
-# func_dirname file append nondir_replacement
-# Compute the dirname of FILE.  If nonempty, add APPEND to the result,
-# otherwise set result to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT.
-func_dirname ()
-{
-  # Extract subdirectory from the argument.
-  func_dirname_result=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$dirname"`
-  if test "X$func_dirname_result" = "X${1}"; then
-    func_dirname_result="${3}"
-  else
-    func_dirname_result="$func_dirname_result${2}"
-  fi
-}
-
-# func_basename file
-func_basename ()
-{
-  func_basename_result=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$basename"`
-}
-
-dnl func_dirname_and_basename
-dnl A portable version of this function is already defined in general.m4sh
-dnl so there is no need for it here.
-
-# func_stripname prefix suffix name
-# strip PREFIX and SUFFIX off of NAME.
-# PREFIX and SUFFIX must not contain globbing or regex special
-# characters, hashes, percent signs, but SUFFIX may contain a leading
-# dot (in which case that matches only a dot).
-# func_strip_suffix prefix name
-func_stripname ()
-{
-  case ${2} in
-    .*) func_stripname_result=`$ECHO "X${3}" \
-           | $Xsed -e "s%^${1}%%" -e "s%\\\\${2}\$%%"`;;
-    *)  func_stripname_result=`$ECHO "X${3}" \
-           | $Xsed -e "s%^${1}%%" -e "s%${2}\$%%"`;;
-  esac
-}
-
-# sed scripts:
-my_sed_long_opt='1s/^\(-[[^=]]*\)=.*/\1/;q'
-my_sed_long_arg='1s/^-[[^=]]*=//'
-
-# func_opt_split
-func_opt_split ()
-{
-  func_opt_split_opt=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$my_sed_long_opt"`
-  func_opt_split_arg=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$my_sed_long_arg"`
-}
-
-# func_lo2o object
-func_lo2o ()
-{
-  func_lo2o_result=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"`
-}
-
-# func_xform libobj-or-source
-func_xform ()
-{
-  func_xform_result=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e 's/\.[[^.]]*$/.lo/'`
-}
-
-# func_arith arithmetic-term...
-func_arith ()
-{
-  func_arith_result=`expr "$[@]"`
-}
-
-# func_len string
-# STRING may not start with a hyphen.
-func_len ()
-{
-  func_len_result=`expr "$[1]" : ".*" 2>/dev/null || echo $max_cmd_len`
-}
-
-_LT_EOF
-esac
-
-case $lt_shell_append in
-  yes)
-    cat << \_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile"
-
-# func_append var value
-# Append VALUE to the end of shell variable VAR.
-func_append ()
-{
-  eval "$[1]+=\$[2]"
-}
-_LT_EOF
-    ;;
-  *)
-    cat << \_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile"
-
-# func_append var value
-# Append VALUE to the end of shell variable VAR.
-func_append ()
-{
-  eval "$[1]=\$$[1]\$[2]"
-}
-
-_LT_EOF
-    ;;
-  esac
-])
-
-# Helper functions for option handling.                    -*- Autoconf -*-
-#
-#   Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#   Written by Gary V. Vaughan, 2004
-#
-# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives
-# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without
-# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# serial 6 ltoptions.m4
-
-# This is to help aclocal find these macros, as it can't see m4_define.
-AC_DEFUN([LTOPTIONS_VERSION], [m4_if([1])])
-
-
-# _LT_MANGLE_OPTION(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-NAME)
-# ------------------------------------------
-m4_define([_LT_MANGLE_OPTION],
-[[_LT_OPTION_]m4_bpatsubst($1__$2, [[^a-zA-Z0-9_]], [_])])
-
-
-# _LT_SET_OPTION(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-NAME)
-# ---------------------------------------
-# Set option OPTION-NAME for macro MACRO-NAME, and if there is a
-# matching handler defined, dispatch to it.  Other OPTION-NAMEs are
-# saved as a flag.
-m4_define([_LT_SET_OPTION],
-[m4_define(_LT_MANGLE_OPTION([$1], [$2]))dnl
-m4_ifdef(_LT_MANGLE_DEFUN([$1], [$2]),
-        _LT_MANGLE_DEFUN([$1], [$2]),
-    [m4_warning([Unknown $1 option `$2'])])[]dnl
-])
-
-
-# _LT_IF_OPTION(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-NAME, IF-SET, [IF-NOT-SET])
-# ------------------------------------------------------------
-# Execute IF-SET if OPTION is set, IF-NOT-SET otherwise.
-m4_define([_LT_IF_OPTION],
-[m4_ifdef(_LT_MANGLE_OPTION([$1], [$2]), [$3], [$4])])
-
-
-# _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-LIST, IF-NOT-SET)
-# -------------------------------------------------------
-# Execute IF-NOT-SET unless all options in OPTION-LIST for MACRO-NAME
-# are set.
-m4_define([_LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS],
-[m4_foreach([_LT_Option], m4_split(m4_normalize([$2])),
-	    [m4_ifdef(_LT_MANGLE_OPTION([$1], _LT_Option),
-		      [m4_define([$0_found])])])[]dnl
-m4_ifdef([$0_found], [m4_undefine([$0_found])], [$3
-])[]dnl
-])
-
-
-# _LT_SET_OPTIONS(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-LIST)
-# ----------------------------------------
-# OPTION-LIST is a space-separated list of Libtool options associated
-# with MACRO-NAME.  If any OPTION has a matching handler declared with
-# LT_OPTION_DEFINE, dispatch to that macro; otherwise complain about
-# the unknown option and exit.
-m4_defun([_LT_SET_OPTIONS],
-[# Set options
-m4_foreach([_LT_Option], m4_split(m4_normalize([$2])),
-    [_LT_SET_OPTION([$1], _LT_Option)])
-
-m4_if([$1],[LT_INIT],[
-  dnl
-  dnl Simply set some default values (i.e off) if boolean options were not
-  dnl specified:
-  _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [dlopen], [enable_dlopen=no
-  ])
-  _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [win32-dll], [enable_win32_dll=no
-  ])
-  dnl
-  dnl If no reference was made to various pairs of opposing options, then
-  dnl we run the default mode handler for the pair.  For example, if neither
-  dnl `shared' nor `disable-shared' was passed, we enable building of shared
-  dnl archives by default:
-  _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [shared disable-shared], [_LT_ENABLE_SHARED])
-  _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [static disable-static], [_LT_ENABLE_STATIC])
-  _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [pic-only no-pic], [_LT_WITH_PIC])
-  _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [fast-install disable-fast-install],
-  		   [_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL])
-  ])
-])# _LT_SET_OPTIONS
-
-
-
-# _LT_MANGLE_DEFUN(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-NAME)
-# -----------------------------------------
-m4_define([_LT_MANGLE_DEFUN],
-[[_LT_OPTION_DEFUN_]m4_bpatsubst(m4_toupper([$1__$2]), [[^A-Z0-9_]], [_])])
-
-
-# LT_OPTION_DEFINE(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-NAME, CODE)
-# -----------------------------------------------
-m4_define([LT_OPTION_DEFINE],
-[m4_define(_LT_MANGLE_DEFUN([$1], [$2]), [$3])[]dnl
-])# LT_OPTION_DEFINE
-
-
-# dlopen
-# ------
-LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [dlopen], [enable_dlopen=yes
-])
-
-AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN],
-[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [dlopen])
-AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete],
-[$0: Remove this warning and the call to _LT_SET_OPTION when you
-put the `dlopen' option into LT_INIT's first parameter.])
-])
-
-dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN], [])
-
-
-# win32-dll
-# ---------
-# Declare package support for building win32 dll's.
-LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [win32-dll],
-[enable_win32_dll=yes
-
-case $host in
-*-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32*)
-  AC_CHECK_TOOL(AS, as, false)
-  AC_CHECK_TOOL(DLLTOOL, dlltool, false)
-  AC_CHECK_TOOL(OBJDUMP, objdump, false)
-  ;;
-esac
-
-test -z "$AS" && AS=as
-_LT_DECL([], [AS],      [0], [Assembler program])dnl
-
-test -z "$DLLTOOL" && DLLTOOL=dlltool
-_LT_DECL([], [DLLTOOL], [0], [DLL creation program])dnl
-
-test -z "$OBJDUMP" && OBJDUMP=objdump
-_LT_DECL([], [OBJDUMP], [0], [Object dumper program])dnl
-])# win32-dll
-
-AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_WIN32_DLL],
-[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
-_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [win32-dll])
-AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete],
-[$0: Remove this warning and the call to _LT_SET_OPTION when you
-put the `win32-dll' option into LT_INIT's first parameter.])
-])
-
-dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_WIN32_DLL], [])
-
-
-# _LT_ENABLE_SHARED([DEFAULT])
-# ----------------------------
-# implement the --enable-shared flag, and supports the `shared' and
-# `disable-shared' LT_INIT options.
-# DEFAULT is either `yes' or `no'.  If omitted, it defaults to `yes'.
-m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_SHARED],
-[m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT], [m4_if($1, no, no, yes)])dnl
-AC_ARG_ENABLE([shared],
-    [AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-shared@<:@=PKGS@:>@],
-	[build shared libraries @<:@default=]_LT_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT[@:>@])],
-    [p=${PACKAGE-default}
-    case $enableval in
-    yes) enable_shared=yes ;;
-    no) enable_shared=no ;;
-    *)
-      enable_shared=no
-      # Look at the argument we got.  We use all the common list separators.
-      lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR,"
-      for pkg in $enableval; do
-	IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-	if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then
-	  enable_shared=yes
-	fi
-      done
-      IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-      ;;
-    esac],
-    [enable_shared=]_LT_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT)
-
-    _LT_DECL([build_libtool_libs], [enable_shared], [0],
-	[Whether or not to build shared libraries])
-])# _LT_ENABLE_SHARED
-
-LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [shared], [_LT_ENABLE_SHARED([yes])])
-LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [disable-shared], [_LT_ENABLE_SHARED([no])])
-
-# Old names:
-AC_DEFUN([AC_ENABLE_SHARED],
-[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], m4_if([$1], [no], [disable-])[shared])
-])
-
-AC_DEFUN([AC_DISABLE_SHARED],
-[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [disable-shared])
-])
-
-AU_DEFUN([AM_ENABLE_SHARED], [AC_ENABLE_SHARED($@)])
-AU_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_SHARED], [AC_DISABLE_SHARED($@)])
-
-dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_ENABLE_SHARED], [])
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_SHARED], [])
-
-
-
-# _LT_ENABLE_STATIC([DEFAULT])
-# ----------------------------
-# implement the --enable-static flag, and support the `static' and
-# `disable-static' LT_INIT options.
-# DEFAULT is either `yes' or `no'.  If omitted, it defaults to `yes'.
-m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_STATIC],
-[m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_STATIC_DEFAULT], [m4_if($1, no, no, yes)])dnl
-AC_ARG_ENABLE([static],
-    [AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-static@<:@=PKGS@:>@],
-	[build static libraries @<:@default=]_LT_ENABLE_STATIC_DEFAULT[@:>@])],
-    [p=${PACKAGE-default}
-    case $enableval in
-    yes) enable_static=yes ;;
-    no) enable_static=no ;;
-    *)
-     enable_static=no
-      # Look at the argument we got.  We use all the common list separators.
-      lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR,"
-      for pkg in $enableval; do
-	IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-	if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then
-	  enable_static=yes
-	fi
-      done
-      IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-      ;;
-    esac],
-    [enable_static=]_LT_ENABLE_STATIC_DEFAULT)
-
-    _LT_DECL([build_old_libs], [enable_static], [0],
-	[Whether or not to build static libraries])
-])# _LT_ENABLE_STATIC
-
-LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [static], [_LT_ENABLE_STATIC([yes])])
-LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [disable-static], [_LT_ENABLE_STATIC([no])])
-
-# Old names:
-AC_DEFUN([AC_ENABLE_STATIC],
-[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], m4_if([$1], [no], [disable-])[static])
-])
-
-AC_DEFUN([AC_DISABLE_STATIC],
-[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [disable-static])
-])
-
-AU_DEFUN([AM_ENABLE_STATIC], [AC_ENABLE_STATIC($@)])
-AU_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_STATIC], [AC_DISABLE_STATIC($@)])
-
-dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_ENABLE_STATIC], [])
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_STATIC], [])
-
-
-
-# _LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL([DEFAULT])
-# ----------------------------------
-# implement the --enable-fast-install flag, and support the `fast-install'
-# and `disable-fast-install' LT_INIT options.
-# DEFAULT is either `yes' or `no'.  If omitted, it defaults to `yes'.
-m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL],
-[m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL_DEFAULT], [m4_if($1, no, no, yes)])dnl
-AC_ARG_ENABLE([fast-install],
-    [AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-fast-install@<:@=PKGS@:>@],
-    [optimize for fast installation @<:@default=]_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL_DEFAULT[@:>@])],
-    [p=${PACKAGE-default}
-    case $enableval in
-    yes) enable_fast_install=yes ;;
-    no) enable_fast_install=no ;;
-    *)
-      enable_fast_install=no
-      # Look at the argument we got.  We use all the common list separators.
-      lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR,"
-      for pkg in $enableval; do
-	IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-	if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then
-	  enable_fast_install=yes
-	fi
-      done
-      IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-      ;;
-    esac],
-    [enable_fast_install=]_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL_DEFAULT)
-
-_LT_DECL([fast_install], [enable_fast_install], [0],
-	 [Whether or not to optimize for fast installation])dnl
-])# _LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL
-
-LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [fast-install], [_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL([yes])])
-LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [disable-fast-install], [_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL([no])])
-
-# Old names:
-AU_DEFUN([AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL],
-[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], m4_if([$1], [no], [disable-])[fast-install])
-AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete],
-[$0: Remove this warning and the call to _LT_SET_OPTION when you put
-the `fast-install' option into LT_INIT's first parameter.])
-])
-
-AU_DEFUN([AC_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL],
-[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [disable-fast-install])
-AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete],
-[$0: Remove this warning and the call to _LT_SET_OPTION when you put
-the `disable-fast-install' option into LT_INIT's first parameter.])
-])
-
-dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL], [])
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL], [])
-
-
-# _LT_WITH_PIC([MODE])
-# --------------------
-# implement the --with-pic flag, and support the `pic-only' and `no-pic'
-# LT_INIT options.
-# MODE is either `yes' or `no'.  If omitted, it defaults to `both'.
-m4_define([_LT_WITH_PIC],
-[AC_ARG_WITH([pic],
-    [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-pic],
-	[try to use only PIC/non-PIC objects @<:@default=use both@:>@])],
-    [pic_mode="$withval"],
-    [pic_mode=default])
-
-test -z "$pic_mode" && pic_mode=m4_default([$1], [default])
-
-_LT_DECL([], [pic_mode], [0], [What type of objects to build])dnl
-])# _LT_WITH_PIC
-
-LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [pic-only], [_LT_WITH_PIC([yes])])
-LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [no-pic], [_LT_WITH_PIC([no])])
-
-# Old name:
-AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PICMODE],
-[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [pic-only])
-AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete],
-[$0: Remove this warning and the call to _LT_SET_OPTION when you
-put the `pic-only' option into LT_INIT's first parameter.])
-])
-
-dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PICMODE], [])
-
-
-m4_define([_LTDL_MODE], [])
-LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LTDL_INIT], [nonrecursive],
-		 [m4_define([_LTDL_MODE], [nonrecursive])])
-LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LTDL_INIT], [recursive],
-		 [m4_define([_LTDL_MODE], [recursive])])
-LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LTDL_INIT], [subproject],
-		 [m4_define([_LTDL_MODE], [subproject])])
-
-m4_define([_LTDL_TYPE], [])
-LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LTDL_INIT], [installable],
-		 [m4_define([_LTDL_TYPE], [installable])])
-LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LTDL_INIT], [convenience],
-		 [m4_define([_LTDL_TYPE], [convenience])])
-
-# ltsugar.m4 -- libtool m4 base layer.                         -*-Autoconf-*-
-#
-#   Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#   Written by Gary V. Vaughan, 2004
-#
-# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives
-# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without
-# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# serial 5 ltsugar.m4
-
-# This is to help aclocal find these macros, as it can't see m4_define.
-AC_DEFUN([LTSUGAR_VERSION], [m4_if([0.1])])
-
-
-# lt_join(SEP, ARG1, [ARG2...])
-# -----------------------------
-# Produce ARG1SEPARG2...SEPARGn, omitting [] arguments and their
-# associated separator.
-# Needed until we can rely on m4_join from Autoconf 2.62, since all earlier
-# versions in m4sugar had bugs.
-m4_define([lt_join],
-[m4_if([$#], [1], [],
-       [$#], [2], [[$2]],
-       [m4_if([$2], [], [], [[$2]_])$0([$1], m4_shift(m4_shift($@)))])])
-m4_define([_lt_join],
-[m4_if([$#$2], [2], [],
-       [m4_if([$2], [], [], [[$1$2]])$0([$1], m4_shift(m4_shift($@)))])])
-
-
-# lt_car(LIST)
-# lt_cdr(LIST)
-# ------------
-# Manipulate m4 lists.
-# These macros are necessary as long as will still need to support
-# Autoconf-2.59 which quotes differently.
-m4_define([lt_car], [[$1]])
-m4_define([lt_cdr],
-[m4_if([$#], 0, [m4_fatal([$0: cannot be called without arguments])],
-       [$#], 1, [],
-       [m4_dquote(m4_shift($@))])])
-m4_define([lt_unquote], $1)
-
-
-# lt_append(MACRO-NAME, STRING, [SEPARATOR])
-# ------------------------------------------
-# Redefine MACRO-NAME to hold its former content plus `SEPARATOR'`STRING'.
-# Note that neither SEPARATOR nor STRING are expanded; they are appended
-# to MACRO-NAME as is (leaving the expansion for when MACRO-NAME is invoked).
-# No SEPARATOR is output if MACRO-NAME was previously undefined (different
-# than defined and empty).
-#
-# This macro is needed until we can rely on Autoconf 2.62, since earlier
-# versions of m4sugar mistakenly expanded SEPARATOR but not STRING.
-m4_define([lt_append],
-[m4_define([$1],
-	   m4_ifdef([$1], [m4_defn([$1])[$3]])[$2])])
-
-
-
-# lt_combine(SEP, PREFIX-LIST, INFIX, SUFFIX1, [SUFFIX2...])
-# ----------------------------------------------------------
-# Produce a SEP delimited list of all paired combinations of elements of
-# PREFIX-LIST with SUFFIX1 through SUFFIXn.  Each element of the list
-# has the form PREFIXmINFIXSUFFIXn.
-m4_define([lt_combine],
-[m4_if([$2], [], [],
-  [m4_if([$4], [], [],
-    [lt_join(m4_quote(m4_default([$1], [[, ]])),
-      lt_unquote(m4_split(m4_normalize(m4_foreach(_Lt_prefix, [$2],
-		   [m4_foreach(_Lt_suffix, lt_car([m4_shiftn(3, $@)]),
-			       [_Lt_prefix[]$3[]_Lt_suffix ])])))))])])dnl
-])
-
-
-# lt_if_append_uniq(MACRO-NAME, VARNAME, [SEPARATOR], [UNIQ], [NOT-UNIQ])
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Iff MACRO-NAME does not yet contain VARNAME, then append it (delimited
-# by SEPARATOR if supplied) and expand UNIQ, else NOT-UNIQ.
-m4_define([lt_if_append_uniq],
-[m4_ifdef([$1],
-	  [m4_if(m4_index([$3]m4_defn([$1])[$3], [$3$2$3]), [-1],
-		 [lt_append([$1], [$2], [$3])$4],
-		 [$5])],
-	  [lt_append([$1], [$2], [$3])$4])])
-
-
-# lt_dict_add(DICT, KEY, VALUE)
-# -----------------------------
-m4_define([lt_dict_add],
-[m4_define([$1($2)], [$3])])
-
-
-# lt_dict_add_subkey(DICT, KEY, SUBKEY, VALUE)
-# --------------------------------------------
-m4_define([lt_dict_add_subkey],
-[m4_define([$1($2:$3)], [$4])])
-
-
-# lt_dict_fetch(DICT, KEY, [SUBKEY])
-# ----------------------------------
-m4_define([lt_dict_fetch],
-[m4_ifval([$3],
-	m4_ifdef([$1($2:$3)], [m4_defn([$1($2:$3)])]),
-    m4_ifdef([$1($2)], [m4_defn([$1($2)])]))])
-
-
-# lt_if_dict_fetch(DICT, KEY, [SUBKEY], VALUE, IF-TRUE, [IF-FALSE])
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------
-m4_define([lt_if_dict_fetch],
-[m4_if(lt_dict_fetch([$1], [$2], [$3]), [$4],
-	[$5],
-    [$6])])
-
-
-# lt_dict_filter(DICT, [SUBKEY], VALUE, [SEPARATOR], KEY, [...])
-# --------------------------------------------------------------
-m4_define([lt_dict_filter],
-[m4_if([$5], [], [],
-  [lt_join(m4_quote(m4_default([$4], [[, ]])),
-           lt_unquote(m4_split(m4_normalize(m4_foreach(_Lt_key, lt_car([m4_shiftn(4, $@)]),
-		      [lt_if_dict_fetch([$1], _Lt_key, [$2], [$3], [_Lt_key ])])))))])[]dnl
-])
-
-# ltversion.m4 -- version numbers			-*- Autoconf -*-
-#
-#   Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#   Written by Scott James Remnant, 2004
-#
-# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives
-# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without
-# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# Generated from ltversion.in.
-
-# serial 2976 ltversion.m4
-# This file is part of GNU Libtool
-
-m4_define([LT_PACKAGE_VERSION], [2.2.4])
-m4_define([LT_PACKAGE_REVISION], [1.2976])
-
-AC_DEFUN([LTVERSION_VERSION],
-[macro_version='2.2.4'
-macro_revision='1.2976'
-_LT_DECL(, macro_version, 0, [Which release of libtool.m4 was used?])
-_LT_DECL(, macro_revision, 0)
-])
-
-# lt~obsolete.m4 -- aclocal satisfying obsolete definitions.    -*-Autoconf-*-
-#
-#   Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#   Written by Scott James Remnant, 2004.
-#
-# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives
-# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without
-# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# serial 4 lt~obsolete.m4
-
-# These exist entirely to fool aclocal when bootstrapping libtool.
-#
-# In the past libtool.m4 has provided macros via AC_DEFUN (or AU_DEFUN)
-# which have later been changed to m4_define as they aren't part of the
-# exported API, or moved to Autoconf or Automake where they belong.
-#
-# The trouble is, aclocal is a bit thick.  It'll see the old AC_DEFUN
-# in /usr/share/aclocal/libtool.m4 and remember it, then when it sees us
-# using a macro with the same name in our local m4/libtool.m4 it'll
-# pull the old libtool.m4 in (it doesn't see our shiny new m4_define
-# and doesn't know about Autoconf macros at all.)
-#
-# So we provide this file, which has a silly filename so it's always
-# included after everything else.  This provides aclocal with the
-# AC_DEFUNs it wants, but when m4 processes it, it doesn't do anything
-# because those macros already exist, or will be overwritten later.
-# We use AC_DEFUN over AU_DEFUN for compatibility with aclocal-1.6. 
-#
-# Anytime we withdraw an AC_DEFUN or AU_DEFUN, remember to add it here.
-# Yes, that means every name once taken will need to remain here until
-# we give up compatibility with versions before 1.7, at which point
-# we need to keep only those names which we still refer to.
-
-# This is to help aclocal find these macros, as it can't see m4_define.
-AC_DEFUN([LTOBSOLETE_VERSION], [m4_if([1])])
-
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LINKER_OPTION],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LINKER_OPTION])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_PROG_EGREP],		[AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_EGREP])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_SHELL_INIT],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_SHELL_INIT])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_PROG_LTMAIN],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_PROG_LTMAIN])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_TAGVAR],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_TAGVAR])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LTDL_ENABLE_INSTALL],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_ENABLE_INSTALL])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LTDL_PREOPEN],		[AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_PREOPEN])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_SYS_COMPILER],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_SYS_COMPILER])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LOCK],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LOCK])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_OLD_ARCHIVE],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_OLD_ARCHIVE])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_CC_C_O],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_CC_C_O])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_HARD_LINK_LOCKS], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_HARD_LINK_LOCKS])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_OBJDIR],		[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_OBJDIR])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LTDL_OBJDIR],		[AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_OBJDIR])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_HARDCODE_LIBPATH], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_HARDCODE_LIBPATH])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_LIB_STRIP],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_LIB_STRIP])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_PATH_MAGIC],		[AC_DEFUN([AC_PATH_MAGIC])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_PROG_LD_GNU],		[AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_LD_GNU])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_PROG_LD_RELOAD_FLAG],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_LD_RELOAD_FLAG])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_DEPLIBS_CHECK_METHOD],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_DEPLIBS_CHECK_METHOD])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_NO_RTTI], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_NO_RTTI])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_GLOBAL_SYMBOL_PIPE], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_GLOBAL_SYMBOL_PIPE])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_PIC], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_PIC])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_SHLIBS],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_SHLIBS])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_POSTDEP_PREDEP],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_POSTDEP_PREDEP])])
-m4_ifndef([LT_AC_PROG_EGREP],		[AC_DEFUN([LT_AC_PROG_EGREP])])
-m4_ifndef([LT_AC_PROG_SED],		[AC_DEFUN([LT_AC_PROG_SED])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_CC_BASENAME],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_CC_BASENAME])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE])])
-m4_ifndef([_AC_PROG_LIBTOOL],		[AC_DEFUN([_AC_PROG_LIBTOOL])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP],		[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_CHECK_DLFCN],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_CHECK_DLFCN])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_TAGCONFIG],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_TAGCONFIG])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_CXX],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_CXX])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_F77],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_F77])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_GCJ],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_GCJ])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_RC],		[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_RC])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_C_CONFIG],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_C_CONFIG])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_C_CONFIG],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_C_CONFIG])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_CXX_CONFIG],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_CXX_CONFIG])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_CXX_CONFIG],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_CXX_CONFIG])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_F77_CONFIG],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_F77_CONFIG])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_F77_CONFIG],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_F77_CONFIG])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_RC_CONFIG],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_RC_CONFIG])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_RC_CONFIG],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_RC_CONFIG])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_CONFIG],		[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_CONFIG])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_FILE_LTDLL_C],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_FILE_LTDLL_C])])
-
-m4_include([ft-munmap.m4])
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/config.guess b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/config.guess
deleted file mode 100755
index c7607c7..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/config.guess
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1526 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-# Attempt to guess a canonical system name.
-#   Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
-#   2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008
-#   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-timestamp='2008-04-14'
-
-# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-# (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-# 02110-1301, USA.
-#
-# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
-# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
-# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
-# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
-
-
-# Originally written by Per Bothner .
-# Please send patches to .  Submit a context
-# diff and a properly formatted ChangeLog entry.
-#
-# This script attempts to guess a canonical system name similar to
-# config.sub.  If it succeeds, it prints the system name on stdout, and
-# exits with 0.  Otherwise, it exits with 1.
-#
-# The plan is that this can be called by configure scripts if you
-# don't specify an explicit build system type.
-
-me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`
-
-usage="\
-Usage: $0 [OPTION]
-
-Output the configuration name of the system \`$me' is run on.
-
-Operation modes:
-  -h, --help         print this help, then exit
-  -t, --time-stamp   print date of last modification, then exit
-  -v, --version      print version number, then exit
-
-Report bugs and patches to ."
-
-version="\
-GNU config.guess ($timestamp)
-
-Originally written by Per Bothner.
-Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
-2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO
-warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
-
-help="
-Try \`$me --help' for more information."
-
-# Parse command line
-while test $# -gt 0 ; do
-  case $1 in
-    --time-stamp | --time* | -t )
-       echo "$timestamp" ; exit ;;
-    --version | -v )
-       echo "$version" ; exit ;;
-    --help | --h* | -h )
-       echo "$usage"; exit ;;
-    -- )     # Stop option processing
-       shift; break ;;
-    - )	# Use stdin as input.
-       break ;;
-    -* )
-       echo "$me: invalid option $1$help" >&2
-       exit 1 ;;
-    * )
-       break ;;
-  esac
-done
-
-if test $# != 0; then
-  echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2
-  exit 1
-fi
-
-trap 'exit 1' 1 2 15
-
-# CC_FOR_BUILD -- compiler used by this script. Note that the use of a
-# compiler to aid in system detection is discouraged as it requires
-# temporary files to be created and, as you can see below, it is a
-# headache to deal with in a portable fashion.
-
-# Historically, `CC_FOR_BUILD' used to be named `HOST_CC'. We still
-# use `HOST_CC' if defined, but it is deprecated.
-
-# Portable tmp directory creation inspired by the Autoconf team.
-
-set_cc_for_build='
-trap "exitcode=\$?; (rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null) && exit \$exitcode" 0 ;
-trap "rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null; exit 1" 1 2 13 15 ;
-: ${TMPDIR=/tmp} ;
- { tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d "$TMPDIR/cgXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` && test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp" ; } ||
- { test -n "$RANDOM" && tmp=$TMPDIR/cg$$-$RANDOM && (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) ; } ||
- { tmp=$TMPDIR/cg-$$ && (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) && echo "Warning: creating insecure temp directory" >&2 ; } ||
- { echo "$me: cannot create a temporary directory in $TMPDIR" >&2 ; exit 1 ; } ;
-dummy=$tmp/dummy ;
-tmpfiles="$dummy.c $dummy.o $dummy.rel $dummy" ;
-case $CC_FOR_BUILD,$HOST_CC,$CC in
- ,,)    echo "int x;" > $dummy.c ;
-	for c in cc gcc c89 c99 ; do
-	  if ($c -c -o $dummy.o $dummy.c) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
-	     CC_FOR_BUILD="$c"; break ;
-	  fi ;
-	done ;
-	if test x"$CC_FOR_BUILD" = x ; then
-	  CC_FOR_BUILD=no_compiler_found ;
-	fi
-	;;
- ,,*)   CC_FOR_BUILD=$CC ;;
- ,*,*)  CC_FOR_BUILD=$HOST_CC ;;
-esac ; set_cc_for_build= ;'
-
-# This is needed to find uname on a Pyramid OSx when run in the BSD universe.
-# (ghazi@noc.rutgers.edu 1994-08-24)
-if (test -f /.attbin/uname) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
-	PATH=$PATH:/.attbin ; export PATH
-fi
-
-UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -m) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_MACHINE=unknown
-UNAME_RELEASE=`(uname -r) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_RELEASE=unknown
-UNAME_SYSTEM=`(uname -s) 2>/dev/null`  || UNAME_SYSTEM=unknown
-UNAME_VERSION=`(uname -v) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_VERSION=unknown
-
-# Note: order is significant - the case branches are not exclusive.
-
-case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
-    *:NetBSD:*:*)
-	# NetBSD (nbsd) targets should (where applicable) match one or
-	# more of the tupples: *-*-netbsdelf*, *-*-netbsdaout*,
-	# *-*-netbsdecoff* and *-*-netbsd*.  For targets that recently
-	# switched to ELF, *-*-netbsd* would select the old
-	# object file format.  This provides both forward
-	# compatibility and a consistent mechanism for selecting the
-	# object file format.
-	#
-	# Note: NetBSD doesn't particularly care about the vendor
-	# portion of the name.  We always set it to "unknown".
-	sysctl="sysctl -n hw.machine_arch"
-	UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`(/sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || \
-	    /usr/sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || echo unknown)`
-	case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in
-	    armeb) machine=armeb-unknown ;;
-	    arm*) machine=arm-unknown ;;
-	    sh3el) machine=shl-unknown ;;
-	    sh3eb) machine=sh-unknown ;;
-	    sh5el) machine=sh5le-unknown ;;
-	    *) machine=${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown ;;
-	esac
-	# The Operating System including object format, if it has switched
-	# to ELF recently, or will in the future.
-	case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in
-	    arm*|i386|m68k|ns32k|sh3*|sparc|vax)
-		eval $set_cc_for_build
-		if echo __ELF__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \
-			| grep __ELF__ >/dev/null
-		then
-		    # Once all utilities can be ECOFF (netbsdecoff) or a.out (netbsdaout).
-		    # Return netbsd for either.  FIX?
-		    os=netbsd
-		else
-		    os=netbsdelf
-		fi
-		;;
-	    *)
-	        os=netbsd
-		;;
-	esac
-	# The OS release
-	# Debian GNU/NetBSD machines have a different userland, and
-	# thus, need a distinct triplet. However, they do not need
-	# kernel version information, so it can be replaced with a
-	# suitable tag, in the style of linux-gnu.
-	case "${UNAME_VERSION}" in
-	    Debian*)
-		release='-gnu'
-		;;
-	    *)
-		release=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*/\./'`
-		;;
-	esac
-	# Since CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM:
-	# contains redundant information, the shorter form:
-	# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM is used.
-	echo "${machine}-${os}${release}"
-	exit ;;
-    *:OpenBSD:*:*)
-	UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/OpenBSD.//'`
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    *:ekkoBSD:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-ekkobsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    *:SolidBSD:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-solidbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    macppc:MirBSD:*:*)
-	echo powerpc-unknown-mirbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    *:MirBSD:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-mirbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    alpha:OSF1:*:*)
-	case $UNAME_RELEASE in
-	*4.0)
-		UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $3}'`
-		;;
-	*5.*)
-	        UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $4}'`
-		;;
-	esac
-	# According to Compaq, /usr/sbin/psrinfo has been available on
-	# OSF/1 and Tru64 systems produced since 1995.  I hope that
-	# covers most systems running today.  This code pipes the CPU
-	# types through head -n 1, so we only detect the type of CPU 0.
-	ALPHA_CPU_TYPE=`/usr/sbin/psrinfo -v | sed -n -e 's/^  The alpha \(.*\) processor.*$/\1/p' | head -n 1`
-	case "$ALPHA_CPU_TYPE" in
-	    "EV4 (21064)")
-		UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;;
-	    "EV4.5 (21064)")
-		UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;;
-	    "LCA4 (21066/21068)")
-		UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;;
-	    "EV5 (21164)")
-		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev5" ;;
-	    "EV5.6 (21164A)")
-		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev56" ;;
-	    "EV5.6 (21164PC)")
-		UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca56" ;;
-	    "EV5.7 (21164PC)")
-		UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca57" ;;
-	    "EV6 (21264)")
-		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev6" ;;
-	    "EV6.7 (21264A)")
-		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev67" ;;
-	    "EV6.8CB (21264C)")
-		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;;
-	    "EV6.8AL (21264B)")
-		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;;
-	    "EV6.8CX (21264D)")
-		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;;
-	    "EV6.9A (21264/EV69A)")
-		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev69" ;;
-	    "EV7 (21364)")
-		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev7" ;;
-	    "EV7.9 (21364A)")
-		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev79" ;;
-	esac
-	# A Pn.n version is a patched version.
-	# A Vn.n version is a released version.
-	# A Tn.n version is a released field test version.
-	# A Xn.n version is an unreleased experimental baselevel.
-	# 1.2 uses "1.2" for uname -r.
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-osf`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/^[PVTX]//' | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'`
-	exit ;;
-    Alpha\ *:Windows_NT*:*)
-	# How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem?
-	# Should we change UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead
-	# of the specific Alpha model?
-	echo alpha-pc-interix
-	exit ;;
-    21064:Windows_NT:50:3)
-	echo alpha-dec-winnt3.5
-	exit ;;
-    Amiga*:UNIX_System_V:4.0:*)
-	echo m68k-unknown-sysv4
-	exit ;;
-    *:[Aa]miga[Oo][Ss]:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-amigaos
-	exit ;;
-    *:[Mm]orph[Oo][Ss]:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-morphos
-	exit ;;
-    *:OS/390:*:*)
-	echo i370-ibm-openedition
-	exit ;;
-    *:z/VM:*:*)
-	echo s390-ibm-zvmoe
-	exit ;;
-    *:OS400:*:*)
-        echo powerpc-ibm-os400
-	exit ;;
-    arm:RISC*:1.[012]*:*|arm:riscix:1.[012]*:*)
-	echo arm-acorn-riscix${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    arm:riscos:*:*|arm:RISCOS:*:*)
-	echo arm-unknown-riscos
-	exit ;;
-    SR2?01:HI-UX/MPP:*:* | SR8000:HI-UX/MPP:*:*)
-	echo hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxmpp
-	exit ;;
-    Pyramid*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:SMP_DC-OSx*:*:*)
-	# akee@wpdis03.wpafb.af.mil (Earle F. Ake) contributed MIS and NILE.
-	if test "`(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null`" = att ; then
-		echo pyramid-pyramid-sysv3
-	else
-		echo pyramid-pyramid-bsd
-	fi
-	exit ;;
-    NILE*:*:*:dcosx)
-	echo pyramid-pyramid-svr4
-	exit ;;
-    DRS?6000:unix:4.0:6*)
-	echo sparc-icl-nx6
-	exit ;;
-    DRS?6000:UNIX_SV:4.2*:7* | DRS?6000:isis:4.2*:7*)
-	case `/usr/bin/uname -p` in
-	    sparc) echo sparc-icl-nx7; exit ;;
-	esac ;;
-    sun4H:SunOS:5.*:*)
-	echo sparc-hal-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
-	exit ;;
-    sun4*:SunOS:5.*:* | tadpole*:SunOS:5.*:*)
-	echo sparc-sun-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
-	exit ;;
-    i86pc:SunOS:5.*:* | i86xen:SunOS:5.*:*)
-	echo i386-pc-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
-	exit ;;
-    sun4*:SunOS:6*:*)
-	# According to config.sub, this is the proper way to canonicalize
-	# SunOS6.  Hard to guess exactly what SunOS6 will be like, but
-	# it's likely to be more like Solaris than SunOS4.
-	echo sparc-sun-solaris3`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
-	exit ;;
-    sun4*:SunOS:*:*)
-	case "`/usr/bin/arch -k`" in
-	    Series*|S4*)
-		UNAME_RELEASE=`uname -v`
-		;;
-	esac
-	# Japanese Language versions have a version number like `4.1.3-JL'.
-	echo sparc-sun-sunos`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/'`
-	exit ;;
-    sun3*:SunOS:*:*)
-	echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    sun*:*:4.2BSD:*)
-	UNAME_RELEASE=`(sed 1q /etc/motd | awk '{print substr($5,1,3)}') 2>/dev/null`
-	test "x${UNAME_RELEASE}" = "x" && UNAME_RELEASE=3
-	case "`/bin/arch`" in
-	    sun3)
-		echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
-		;;
-	    sun4)
-		echo sparc-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
-		;;
-	esac
-	exit ;;
-    aushp:SunOS:*:*)
-	echo sparc-auspex-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    # The situation for MiNT is a little confusing.  The machine name
-    # can be virtually everything (everything which is not
-    # "atarist" or "atariste" at least should have a processor
-    # > m68000).  The system name ranges from "MiNT" over "FreeMiNT"
-    # to the lowercase version "mint" (or "freemint").  Finally
-    # the system name "TOS" denotes a system which is actually not
-    # MiNT.  But MiNT is downward compatible to TOS, so this should
-    # be no problem.
-    atarist[e]:*MiNT:*:* | atarist[e]:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*)
-        echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    atari*:*MiNT:*:* | atari*:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*)
-	echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
-        exit ;;
-    *falcon*:*MiNT:*:* | *falcon*:*mint:*:* | *falcon*:*TOS:*:*)
-        echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    milan*:*MiNT:*:* | milan*:*mint:*:* | *milan*:*TOS:*:*)
-        echo m68k-milan-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
-        exit ;;
-    hades*:*MiNT:*:* | hades*:*mint:*:* | *hades*:*TOS:*:*)
-        echo m68k-hades-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
-        exit ;;
-    *:*MiNT:*:* | *:*mint:*:* | *:*TOS:*:*)
-        echo m68k-unknown-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
-        exit ;;
-    m68k:machten:*:*)
-	echo m68k-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    powerpc:machten:*:*)
-	echo powerpc-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    RISC*:Mach:*:*)
-	echo mips-dec-mach_bsd4.3
-	exit ;;
-    RISC*:ULTRIX:*:*)
-	echo mips-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    VAX*:ULTRIX*:*:*)
-	echo vax-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    2020:CLIX:*:* | 2430:CLIX:*:*)
-	echo clipper-intergraph-clix${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    mips:*:*:UMIPS | mips:*:*:RISCos)
-	eval $set_cc_for_build
-	sed 's/^	//' << EOF >$dummy.c
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-#include   /* for printf() prototype */
-	int main (int argc, char *argv[]) {
-#else
-	int main (argc, argv) int argc; char *argv[]; {
-#endif
-	#if defined (host_mips) && defined (MIPSEB)
-	#if defined (SYSTYPE_SYSV)
-	  printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssysv\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
-	#endif
-	#if defined (SYSTYPE_SVR4)
-	  printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssvr4\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
-	#endif
-	#if defined (SYSTYPE_BSD43) || defined(SYSTYPE_BSD)
-	  printf ("mips-mips-riscos%sbsd\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
-	#endif
-	#endif
-	  exit (-1);
-	}
-EOF
-	$CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c &&
-	  dummyarg=`echo "${UNAME_RELEASE}" | sed -n 's/\([0-9]*\).*/\1/p'` &&
-	  SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy $dummyarg` &&
-	    { echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; }
-	echo mips-mips-riscos${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    Motorola:PowerMAX_OS:*:*)
-	echo powerpc-motorola-powermax
-	exit ;;
-    Motorola:*:4.3:PL8-*)
-	echo powerpc-harris-powermax
-	exit ;;
-    Night_Hawk:*:*:PowerMAX_OS | Synergy:PowerMAX_OS:*:*)
-	echo powerpc-harris-powermax
-	exit ;;
-    Night_Hawk:Power_UNIX:*:*)
-	echo powerpc-harris-powerunix
-	exit ;;
-    m88k:CX/UX:7*:*)
-	echo m88k-harris-cxux7
-	exit ;;
-    m88k:*:4*:R4*)
-	echo m88k-motorola-sysv4
-	exit ;;
-    m88k:*:3*:R3*)
-	echo m88k-motorola-sysv3
-	exit ;;
-    AViiON:dgux:*:*)
-        # DG/UX returns AViiON for all architectures
-        UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p`
-	if [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88100 ] || [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88110 ]
-	then
-	    if [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = m88kdguxelfx ] || \
-	       [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = x ]
-	    then
-		echo m88k-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	    else
-		echo m88k-dg-dguxbcs${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	    fi
-	else
-	    echo i586-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	fi
- 	exit ;;
-    M88*:DolphinOS:*:*)	# DolphinOS (SVR3)
-	echo m88k-dolphin-sysv3
-	exit ;;
-    M88*:*:R3*:*)
-	# Delta 88k system running SVR3
-	echo m88k-motorola-sysv3
-	exit ;;
-    XD88*:*:*:*) # Tektronix XD88 system running UTekV (SVR3)
-	echo m88k-tektronix-sysv3
-	exit ;;
-    Tek43[0-9][0-9]:UTek:*:*) # Tektronix 4300 system running UTek (BSD)
-	echo m68k-tektronix-bsd
-	exit ;;
-    *:IRIX*:*:*)
-	echo mips-sgi-irix`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/g'`
-	exit ;;
-    ????????:AIX?:[12].1:2)   # AIX 2.2.1 or AIX 2.1.1 is RT/PC AIX.
-	echo romp-ibm-aix     # uname -m gives an 8 hex-code CPU id
-	exit ;;               # Note that: echo "'`uname -s`'" gives 'AIX '
-    i*86:AIX:*:*)
-	echo i386-ibm-aix
-	exit ;;
-    ia64:AIX:*:*)
-	if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then
-		IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel`
-	else
-		IBM_REV=${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	fi
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV}
-	exit ;;
-    *:AIX:2:3)
-	if grep bos325 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-		eval $set_cc_for_build
-		sed 's/^		//' << EOF >$dummy.c
-		#include 
-
-		main()
-			{
-			if (!__power_pc())
-				exit(1);
-			puts("powerpc-ibm-aix3.2.5");
-			exit(0);
-			}
-EOF
-		if $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy`
-		then
-			echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"
-		else
-			echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.5
-		fi
-	elif grep bos324 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-		echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.4
-	else
-		echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2
-	fi
-	exit ;;
-    *:AIX:*:[456])
-	IBM_CPU_ID=`/usr/sbin/lsdev -C -c processor -S available | sed 1q | awk '{ print $1 }'`
-	if /usr/sbin/lsattr -El ${IBM_CPU_ID} | grep ' POWER' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-		IBM_ARCH=rs6000
-	else
-		IBM_ARCH=powerpc
-	fi
-	if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then
-		IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel`
-	else
-		IBM_REV=${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	fi
-	echo ${IBM_ARCH}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV}
-	exit ;;
-    *:AIX:*:*)
-	echo rs6000-ibm-aix
-	exit ;;
-    ibmrt:4.4BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*)
-	echo romp-ibm-bsd4.4
-	exit ;;
-    ibmrt:*BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*)            # covers RT/PC BSD and
-	echo romp-ibm-bsd${UNAME_RELEASE}   # 4.3 with uname added to
-	exit ;;                             # report: romp-ibm BSD 4.3
-    *:BOSX:*:*)
-	echo rs6000-bull-bosx
-	exit ;;
-    DPX/2?00:B.O.S.:*:*)
-	echo m68k-bull-sysv3
-	exit ;;
-    9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:1.*:*)
-	echo m68k-hp-bsd
-	exit ;;
-    hp300:4.4BSD:*:* | 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:2.*:*)
-	echo m68k-hp-bsd4.4
-	exit ;;
-    9000/[34678]??:HP-UX:*:*)
-	HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'`
-	case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in
-	    9000/31? )            HP_ARCH=m68000 ;;
-	    9000/[34]?? )         HP_ARCH=m68k ;;
-	    9000/[678][0-9][0-9])
-		if [ -x /usr/bin/getconf ]; then
-		    sc_cpu_version=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_CPU_VERSION 2>/dev/null`
-                    sc_kernel_bits=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_KERNEL_BITS 2>/dev/null`
-                    case "${sc_cpu_version}" in
-                      523) HP_ARCH="hppa1.0" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_0
-                      528) HP_ARCH="hppa1.1" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_1
-                      532)                      # CPU_PA_RISC2_0
-                        case "${sc_kernel_bits}" in
-                          32) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0n" ;;
-                          64) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w" ;;
-			  '') HP_ARCH="hppa2.0" ;;   # HP-UX 10.20
-                        esac ;;
-                    esac
-		fi
-		if [ "${HP_ARCH}" = "" ]; then
-		    eval $set_cc_for_build
-		    sed 's/^              //' << EOF >$dummy.c
-
-              #define _HPUX_SOURCE
-              #include 
-              #include 
-
-              int main ()
-              {
-              #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS)
-                  long bits = sysconf(_SC_KERNEL_BITS);
-              #endif
-                  long cpu  = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION);
-
-                  switch (cpu)
-              	{
-              	case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0"); break;
-              	case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1"); break;
-              	case CPU_PA_RISC2_0:
-              #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS)
-              	    switch (bits)
-              		{
-              		case 64: puts ("hppa2.0w"); break;
-              		case 32: puts ("hppa2.0n"); break;
-              		default: puts ("hppa2.0"); break;
-              		} break;
-              #else  /* !defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) */
-              	    puts ("hppa2.0"); break;
-              #endif
-              	default: puts ("hppa1.0"); break;
-              	}
-                  exit (0);
-              }
-EOF
-		    (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null) && HP_ARCH=`$dummy`
-		    test -z "$HP_ARCH" && HP_ARCH=hppa
-		fi ;;
-	esac
-	if [ ${HP_ARCH} = "hppa2.0w" ]
-	then
-	    eval $set_cc_for_build
-
-	    # hppa2.0w-hp-hpux* has a 64-bit kernel and a compiler generating
-	    # 32-bit code.  hppa64-hp-hpux* has the same kernel and a compiler
-	    # generating 64-bit code.  GNU and HP use different nomenclature:
-	    #
-	    # $ CC_FOR_BUILD=cc ./config.guess
-	    # => hppa2.0w-hp-hpux11.23
-	    # $ CC_FOR_BUILD="cc +DA2.0w" ./config.guess
-	    # => hppa64-hp-hpux11.23
-
-	    if echo __LP64__ | (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) |
-		grep __LP64__ >/dev/null
-	    then
-		HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w"
-	    else
-		HP_ARCH="hppa64"
-	    fi
-	fi
-	echo ${HP_ARCH}-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV}
-	exit ;;
-    ia64:HP-UX:*:*)
-	HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'`
-	echo ia64-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV}
-	exit ;;
-    3050*:HI-UX:*:*)
-	eval $set_cc_for_build
-	sed 's/^	//' << EOF >$dummy.c
-	#include 
-	int
-	main ()
-	{
-	  long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION);
-	  /* The order matters, because CPU_IS_HP_MC68K erroneously returns
-	     true for CPU_PA_RISC1_0.  CPU_IS_PA_RISC returns correct
-	     results, however.  */
-	  if (CPU_IS_PA_RISC (cpu))
-	    {
-	      switch (cpu)
-		{
-		  case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
-		  case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
-		  case CPU_PA_RISC2_0: puts ("hppa2.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
-		  default: puts ("hppa-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
-		}
-	    }
-	  else if (CPU_IS_HP_MC68K (cpu))
-	    puts ("m68k-hitachi-hiuxwe2");
-	  else puts ("unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2");
-	  exit (0);
-	}
-EOF
-	$CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy` &&
-		{ echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; }
-	echo unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2
-	exit ;;
-    9000/7??:4.3bsd:*:* | 9000/8?[79]:4.3bsd:*:* )
-	echo hppa1.1-hp-bsd
-	exit ;;
-    9000/8??:4.3bsd:*:*)
-	echo hppa1.0-hp-bsd
-	exit ;;
-    *9??*:MPE/iX:*:* | *3000*:MPE/iX:*:*)
-	echo hppa1.0-hp-mpeix
-	exit ;;
-    hp7??:OSF1:*:* | hp8?[79]:OSF1:*:* )
-	echo hppa1.1-hp-osf
-	exit ;;
-    hp8??:OSF1:*:*)
-	echo hppa1.0-hp-osf
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:OSF1:*:*)
-	if [ -x /usr/sbin/sysversion ] ; then
-	    echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1mk
-	else
-	    echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1
-	fi
-	exit ;;
-    parisc*:Lites*:*:*)
-	echo hppa1.1-hp-lites
-	exit ;;
-    C1*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C1*:*)
-	echo c1-convex-bsd
-        exit ;;
-    C2*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C2*:*)
-	if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc
-	then echo c32-convex-bsd
-	else echo c2-convex-bsd
-	fi
-        exit ;;
-    C34*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C34*:*)
-	echo c34-convex-bsd
-        exit ;;
-    C38*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C38*:*)
-	echo c38-convex-bsd
-        exit ;;
-    C4*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C4*:*)
-	echo c4-convex-bsd
-        exit ;;
-    CRAY*Y-MP:*:*:*)
-	echo ymp-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
-	exit ;;
-    CRAY*[A-Z]90:*:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} \
-	| sed -e 's/CRAY.*\([A-Z]90\)/\1/' \
-	      -e y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/ \
-	      -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
-	exit ;;
-    CRAY*TS:*:*:*)
-	echo t90-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
-	exit ;;
-    CRAY*T3E:*:*:*)
-	echo alphaev5-cray-unicosmk${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
-	exit ;;
-    CRAY*SV1:*:*:*)
-	echo sv1-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
-	exit ;;
-    *:UNICOS/mp:*:*)
-	echo craynv-cray-unicosmp${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
-	exit ;;
-    F30[01]:UNIX_System_V:*:* | F700:UNIX_System_V:*:*)
-	FUJITSU_PROC=`uname -m | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'`
-        FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'`
-        FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/ /_/'`
-        echo "${FUJITSU_PROC}-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}"
-        exit ;;
-    5000:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*)
-        FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'`
-        FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/ /_/'`
-        echo "sparc-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}"
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:BSD/386:*:* | i*86:BSD/OS:*:* | *:Ascend\ Embedded/OS:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    sparc*:BSD/OS:*:*)
-	echo sparc-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    *:BSD/OS:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    *:FreeBSD:*:*)
-	case ${UNAME_MACHINE} in
-	    pc98)
-		echo i386-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;;
-	    amd64)
-		echo x86_64-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;;
-	    *)
-		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;;
-	esac
-	exit ;;
-    i*:CYGWIN*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-cygwin
-	exit ;;
-    *:MINGW*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mingw32
-	exit ;;
-    i*:windows32*:*)
-    	# uname -m includes "-pc" on this system.
-    	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-mingw32
-	exit ;;
-    i*:PW*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-pw32
-	exit ;;
-    *:Interix*:[3456]*)
-    	case ${UNAME_MACHINE} in
-	    x86)
-		echo i586-pc-interix${UNAME_RELEASE}
-		exit ;;
-	    EM64T | authenticamd)
-		echo x86_64-unknown-interix${UNAME_RELEASE}
-		exit ;;
-	    IA64)
-		echo ia64-unknown-interix${UNAME_RELEASE}
-		exit ;;
-	esac ;;
-    [345]86:Windows_95:* | [345]86:Windows_98:* | [345]86:Windows_NT:*)
-	echo i${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mks
-	exit ;;
-    i*:Windows_NT*:* | Pentium*:Windows_NT*:*)
-	# How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem?
-	# It also conflicts with pre-2.0 versions of AT&T UWIN. Should we
-	# UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead of i386?
-	echo i586-pc-interix
-	exit ;;
-    i*:UWIN*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-uwin
-	exit ;;
-    amd64:CYGWIN*:*:* | x86_64:CYGWIN*:*:*)
-	echo x86_64-unknown-cygwin
-	exit ;;
-    p*:CYGWIN*:*)
-	echo powerpcle-unknown-cygwin
-	exit ;;
-    prep*:SunOS:5.*:*)
-	echo powerpcle-unknown-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
-	exit ;;
-    *:GNU:*:*)
-	# the GNU system
-	echo `echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}|sed -e 's,[-/].*$,,'`-unknown-gnu`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's,/.*$,,'`
-	exit ;;
-    *:GNU/*:*:*)
-	# other systems with GNU libc and userland
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-`echo ${UNAME_SYSTEM} | sed 's,^[^/]*/,,' | tr '[A-Z]' '[a-z]'``echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`-gnu
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:Minix:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-minix
-	exit ;;
-    arm*:Linux:*:*)
-	eval $set_cc_for_build
-	if echo __ARM_EABI__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \
-	    | grep -q __ARM_EABI__
-	then
-	    echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
-	else
-	    echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnueabi
-	fi
-	exit ;;
-    avr32*:Linux:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
-	exit ;;
-    cris:Linux:*:*)
-	echo cris-axis-linux-gnu
-	exit ;;
-    crisv32:Linux:*:*)
-	echo crisv32-axis-linux-gnu
-	exit ;;
-    frv:Linux:*:*)
-    	echo frv-unknown-linux-gnu
-	exit ;;
-    ia64:Linux:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
-	exit ;;
-    m32r*:Linux:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
-	exit ;;
-    m68*:Linux:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
-	exit ;;
-    mips:Linux:*:*)
-	eval $set_cc_for_build
-	sed 's/^	//' << EOF >$dummy.c
-	#undef CPU
-	#undef mips
-	#undef mipsel
-	#if defined(__MIPSEL__) || defined(__MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(MIPSEL)
-	CPU=mipsel
-	#else
-	#if defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__MIPSEB) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(MIPSEB)
-	CPU=mips
-	#else
-	CPU=
-	#endif
-	#endif
-EOF
-	eval "`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | sed -n '
-	    /^CPU/{
-		s: ::g
-		p
-	    }'`"
-	test x"${CPU}" != x && { echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu"; exit; }
-	;;
-    mips64:Linux:*:*)
-	eval $set_cc_for_build
-	sed 's/^	//' << EOF >$dummy.c
-	#undef CPU
-	#undef mips64
-	#undef mips64el
-	#if defined(__MIPSEL__) || defined(__MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(MIPSEL)
-	CPU=mips64el
-	#else
-	#if defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__MIPSEB) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(MIPSEB)
-	CPU=mips64
-	#else
-	CPU=
-	#endif
-	#endif
-EOF
-	eval "`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | sed -n '
-	    /^CPU/{
-		s: ::g
-		p
-	    }'`"
-	test x"${CPU}" != x && { echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu"; exit; }
-	;;
-    or32:Linux:*:*)
-	echo or32-unknown-linux-gnu
-	exit ;;
-    ppc:Linux:*:*)
-	echo powerpc-unknown-linux-gnu
-	exit ;;
-    ppc64:Linux:*:*)
-	echo powerpc64-unknown-linux-gnu
-	exit ;;
-    alpha:Linux:*:*)
-	case `sed -n '/^cpu model/s/^.*: \(.*\)/\1/p' < /proc/cpuinfo` in
-	  EV5)   UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev5 ;;
-	  EV56)  UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev56 ;;
-	  PCA56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;;
-	  PCA57) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;;
-	  EV6)   UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev6 ;;
-	  EV67)  UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev67 ;;
-	  EV68*) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;;
-        esac
-	objdump --private-headers /bin/sh | grep ld.so.1 >/dev/null
-	if test "$?" = 0 ; then LIBC="libc1" ; else LIBC="" ; fi
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu${LIBC}
-	exit ;;
-    parisc:Linux:*:* | hppa:Linux:*:*)
-	# Look for CPU level
-	case `grep '^cpu[^a-z]*:' /proc/cpuinfo 2>/dev/null | cut -d' ' -f2` in
-	  PA7*) echo hppa1.1-unknown-linux-gnu ;;
-	  PA8*) echo hppa2.0-unknown-linux-gnu ;;
-	  *)    echo hppa-unknown-linux-gnu ;;
-	esac
-	exit ;;
-    parisc64:Linux:*:* | hppa64:Linux:*:*)
-	echo hppa64-unknown-linux-gnu
-	exit ;;
-    s390:Linux:*:* | s390x:Linux:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-linux
-	exit ;;
-    sh64*:Linux:*:*)
-    	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
-	exit ;;
-    sh*:Linux:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
-	exit ;;
-    sparc:Linux:*:* | sparc64:Linux:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
-	exit ;;
-    vax:Linux:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-linux-gnu
-	exit ;;
-    x86_64:Linux:*:*)
-	echo x86_64-unknown-linux-gnu
-	exit ;;
-    xtensa*:Linux:*:*)
-    	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:Linux:*:*)
-	# The BFD linker knows what the default object file format is, so
-	# first see if it will tell us. cd to the root directory to prevent
-	# problems with other programs or directories called `ld' in the path.
-	# Set LC_ALL=C to ensure ld outputs messages in English.
-	ld_supported_targets=`cd /; LC_ALL=C ld --help 2>&1 \
-			 | sed -ne '/supported targets:/!d
-				    s/[ 	][ 	]*/ /g
-				    s/.*supported targets: *//
-				    s/ .*//
-				    p'`
-        case "$ld_supported_targets" in
-	  elf32-i386)
-		TENTATIVE="${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnu"
-		;;
-	  a.out-i386-linux)
-		echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuaout"
-		exit ;;
-	  "")
-		# Either a pre-BFD a.out linker (linux-gnuoldld) or
-		# one that does not give us useful --help.
-		echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuoldld"
-		exit ;;
-	esac
-	# Determine whether the default compiler is a.out or elf
-	eval $set_cc_for_build
-	sed 's/^	//' << EOF >$dummy.c
-	#include 
-	#ifdef __ELF__
-	# ifdef __GLIBC__
-	#  if __GLIBC__ >= 2
-	LIBC=gnu
-	#  else
-	LIBC=gnulibc1
-	#  endif
-	# else
-	LIBC=gnulibc1
-	# endif
-	#else
-	#if defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) || defined(__PGI) || defined(__SUNPRO_C) || defined(__SUNPRO_CC)
-	LIBC=gnu
-	#else
-	LIBC=gnuaout
-	#endif
-	#endif
-	#ifdef __dietlibc__
-	LIBC=dietlibc
-	#endif
-EOF
-	eval "`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | sed -n '
-	    /^LIBC/{
-		s: ::g
-		p
-	    }'`"
-	test x"${LIBC}" != x && {
-		echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-${LIBC}"
-		exit
-	}
-	test x"${TENTATIVE}" != x && { echo "${TENTATIVE}"; exit; }
-	;;
-    i*86:DYNIX/ptx:4*:*)
-	# ptx 4.0 does uname -s correctly, with DYNIX/ptx in there.
-	# earlier versions are messed up and put the nodename in both
-	# sysname and nodename.
-	echo i386-sequent-sysv4
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:UNIX_SV:4.2MP:2.*)
-        # Unixware is an offshoot of SVR4, but it has its own version
-        # number series starting with 2...
-        # I am not positive that other SVR4 systems won't match this,
-	# I just have to hope.  -- rms.
-        # Use sysv4.2uw... so that sysv4* matches it.
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv4.2uw${UNAME_VERSION}
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:OS/2:*:*)
-	# If we were able to find `uname', then EMX Unix compatibility
-	# is probably installed.
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-os2-emx
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:XTS-300:*:STOP)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-stop
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:atheos:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-atheos
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:syllable:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-syllable
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:LynxOS:2.*:* | i*86:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | i*86:LynxOS:4.0*:*)
-	echo i386-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:*DOS:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-msdosdjgpp
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:*:4.*:* | i*86:SYSTEM_V:4.*:*)
-	UNAME_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed 's/\/MP$//'`
-	if grep Novell /usr/include/link.h >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then
-		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-univel-sysv${UNAME_REL}
-	else
-		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv${UNAME_REL}
-	fi
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:*:5:[678]*)
-    	# UnixWare 7.x, OpenUNIX and OpenServer 6.
-	case `/bin/uname -X | grep "^Machine"` in
-	    *486*)	     UNAME_MACHINE=i486 ;;
-	    *Pentium)	     UNAME_MACHINE=i586 ;;
-	    *Pent*|*Celeron) UNAME_MACHINE=i686 ;;
-	esac
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}${UNAME_SYSTEM}${UNAME_VERSION}
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:*:3.2:*)
-	if test -f /usr/options/cb.name; then
-		UNAME_REL=`sed -n 's/.*Version //p' /dev/null >/dev/null ; then
-		UNAME_REL=`(/bin/uname -X|grep Release|sed -e 's/.*= //')`
-		(/bin/uname -X|grep i80486 >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i486
-		(/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium' >/dev/null) \
-			&& UNAME_MACHINE=i586
-		(/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pent *II' >/dev/null) \
-			&& UNAME_MACHINE=i686
-		(/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium Pro' >/dev/null) \
-			&& UNAME_MACHINE=i686
-		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sco$UNAME_REL
-	else
-		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv32
-	fi
-	exit ;;
-    pc:*:*:*)
-	# Left here for compatibility:
-        # uname -m prints for DJGPP always 'pc', but it prints nothing about
-        # the processor, so we play safe by assuming i386.
-	echo i386-pc-msdosdjgpp
-        exit ;;
-    Intel:Mach:3*:*)
-	echo i386-pc-mach3
-	exit ;;
-    paragon:*:*:*)
-	echo i860-intel-osf1
-	exit ;;
-    i860:*:4.*:*) # i860-SVR4
-	if grep Stardent /usr/include/sys/uadmin.h >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
-	  echo i860-stardent-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} # Stardent Vistra i860-SVR4
-	else # Add other i860-SVR4 vendors below as they are discovered.
-	  echo i860-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}  # Unknown i860-SVR4
-	fi
-	exit ;;
-    mini*:CTIX:SYS*5:*)
-	# "miniframe"
-	echo m68010-convergent-sysv
-	exit ;;
-    mc68k:UNIX:SYSTEM5:3.51m)
-	echo m68k-convergent-sysv
-	exit ;;
-    M680?0:D-NIX:5.3:*)
-	echo m68k-diab-dnix
-	exit ;;
-    M68*:*:R3V[5678]*:*)
-	test -r /sysV68 && { echo 'm68k-motorola-sysv'; exit; } ;;
-    3[345]??:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??A:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??/*:*:4.0:3.0 | 4400:*:4.0:3.0 | 4850:*:4.0:3.0 | SKA40:*:4.0:3.0 | SDS2:*:4.0:3.0 | SHG2:*:4.0:3.0 | S7501*:*:4.0:3.0)
-	OS_REL=''
-	test -r /etc/.relid \
-	&& OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid`
-	/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
-	  && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; }
-	/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \
-	  && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } ;;
-    3[34]??:*:4.0:* | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:*)
-        /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
-          && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4; exit; } ;;
-    m68*:LynxOS:2.*:* | m68*:LynxOS:3.0*:*)
-	echo m68k-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    mc68030:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*)
-	echo m68k-atari-sysv4
-	exit ;;
-    TSUNAMI:LynxOS:2.*:*)
-	echo sparc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    rs6000:LynxOS:2.*:*)
-	echo rs6000-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    PowerPC:LynxOS:2.*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:4.0*:*)
-	echo powerpc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    SM[BE]S:UNIX_SV:*:*)
-	echo mips-dde-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    RM*:ReliantUNIX-*:*:*)
-	echo mips-sni-sysv4
-	exit ;;
-    RM*:SINIX-*:*:*)
-	echo mips-sni-sysv4
-	exit ;;
-    *:SINIX-*:*:*)
-	if uname -p 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then
-		UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
-		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-sni-sysv4
-	else
-		echo ns32k-sni-sysv
-	fi
-	exit ;;
-    PENTIUM:*:4.0*:*) # Unisys `ClearPath HMP IX 4000' SVR4/MP effort
-                      # says 
-        echo i586-unisys-sysv4
-        exit ;;
-    *:UNIX_System_V:4*:FTX*)
-	# From Gerald Hewes .
-	# How about differentiating between stratus architectures? -djm
-	echo hppa1.1-stratus-sysv4
-	exit ;;
-    *:*:*:FTX*)
-	# From seanf@swdc.stratus.com.
-	echo i860-stratus-sysv4
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:VOS:*:*)
-	# From Paul.Green@stratus.com.
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-stratus-vos
-	exit ;;
-    *:VOS:*:*)
-	# From Paul.Green@stratus.com.
-	echo hppa1.1-stratus-vos
-	exit ;;
-    mc68*:A/UX:*:*)
-	echo m68k-apple-aux${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    news*:NEWS-OS:6*:*)
-	echo mips-sony-newsos6
-	exit ;;
-    R[34]000:*System_V*:*:* | R4000:UNIX_SYSV:*:* | R*000:UNIX_SV:*:*)
-	if [ -d /usr/nec ]; then
-	        echo mips-nec-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	else
-	        echo mips-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	fi
-        exit ;;
-    BeBox:BeOS:*:*)	# BeOS running on hardware made by Be, PPC only.
-	echo powerpc-be-beos
-	exit ;;
-    BeMac:BeOS:*:*)	# BeOS running on Mac or Mac clone, PPC only.
-	echo powerpc-apple-beos
-	exit ;;
-    BePC:BeOS:*:*)	# BeOS running on Intel PC compatible.
-	echo i586-pc-beos
-	exit ;;
-    BePC:Haiku:*:*)	# Haiku running on Intel PC compatible.
-	echo i586-pc-haiku
-	exit ;;
-    SX-4:SUPER-UX:*:*)
-	echo sx4-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    SX-5:SUPER-UX:*:*)
-	echo sx5-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    SX-6:SUPER-UX:*:*)
-	echo sx6-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    SX-7:SUPER-UX:*:*)
-	echo sx7-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    SX-8:SUPER-UX:*:*)
-	echo sx8-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    SX-8R:SUPER-UX:*:*)
-	echo sx8r-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    Power*:Rhapsody:*:*)
-	echo powerpc-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    *:Rhapsody:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    *:Darwin:*:*)
-	UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p` || UNAME_PROCESSOR=unknown
-	case $UNAME_PROCESSOR in
-	    unknown) UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc ;;
-	esac
-	echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-apple-darwin${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    *:procnto*:*:* | *:QNX:[0123456789]*:*)
-	UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p`
-	if test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = "x86"; then
-		UNAME_PROCESSOR=i386
-		UNAME_MACHINE=pc
-	fi
-	echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-${UNAME_MACHINE}-nto-qnx${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    *:QNX:*:4*)
-	echo i386-pc-qnx
-	exit ;;
-    NSE-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
-	echo nse-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    NSR-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
-	echo nsr-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    *:NonStop-UX:*:*)
-	echo mips-compaq-nonstopux
-	exit ;;
-    BS2000:POSIX*:*:*)
-	echo bs2000-siemens-sysv
-	exit ;;
-    DS/*:UNIX_System_V:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-${UNAME_SYSTEM}-${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    *:Plan9:*:*)
-	# "uname -m" is not consistent, so use $cputype instead. 386
-	# is converted to i386 for consistency with other x86
-	# operating systems.
-	if test "$cputype" = "386"; then
-	    UNAME_MACHINE=i386
-	else
-	    UNAME_MACHINE="$cputype"
-	fi
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-plan9
-	exit ;;
-    *:TOPS-10:*:*)
-	echo pdp10-unknown-tops10
-	exit ;;
-    *:TENEX:*:*)
-	echo pdp10-unknown-tenex
-	exit ;;
-    KS10:TOPS-20:*:* | KL10:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE4:TOPS-20:*:*)
-	echo pdp10-dec-tops20
-	exit ;;
-    XKL-1:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE5:TOPS-20:*:*)
-	echo pdp10-xkl-tops20
-	exit ;;
-    *:TOPS-20:*:*)
-	echo pdp10-unknown-tops20
-	exit ;;
-    *:ITS:*:*)
-	echo pdp10-unknown-its
-	exit ;;
-    SEI:*:*:SEIUX)
-        echo mips-sei-seiux${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    *:DragonFly:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-dragonfly`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`
-	exit ;;
-    *:*VMS:*:*)
-    	UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
-	case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in
-	    A*) echo alpha-dec-vms ; exit ;;
-	    I*) echo ia64-dec-vms ; exit ;;
-	    V*) echo vax-dec-vms ; exit ;;
-	esac ;;
-    *:XENIX:*:SysV)
-	echo i386-pc-xenix
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:skyos:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-skyos`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}` | sed -e 's/ .*$//'
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:rdos:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-rdos
-	exit ;;
-esac
-
-#echo '(No uname command or uname output not recognized.)' 1>&2
-#echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" 1>&2
-
-eval $set_cc_for_build
-cat >$dummy.c <
-# include 
-#endif
-main ()
-{
-#if defined (sony)
-#if defined (MIPSEB)
-  /* BFD wants "bsd" instead of "newsos".  Perhaps BFD should be changed,
-     I don't know....  */
-  printf ("mips-sony-bsd\n"); exit (0);
-#else
-#include 
-  printf ("m68k-sony-newsos%s\n",
-#ifdef NEWSOS4
-          "4"
-#else
-	  ""
-#endif
-         ); exit (0);
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined (__arm) && defined (__acorn) && defined (__unix)
-  printf ("arm-acorn-riscix\n"); exit (0);
-#endif
-
-#if defined (hp300) && !defined (hpux)
-  printf ("m68k-hp-bsd\n"); exit (0);
-#endif
-
-#if defined (NeXT)
-#if !defined (__ARCHITECTURE__)
-#define __ARCHITECTURE__ "m68k"
-#endif
-  int version;
-  version=`(hostinfo | sed -n 's/.*NeXT Mach \([0-9]*\).*/\1/p') 2>/dev/null`;
-  if (version < 4)
-    printf ("%s-next-nextstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version);
-  else
-    printf ("%s-next-openstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version);
-  exit (0);
-#endif
-
-#if defined (MULTIMAX) || defined (n16)
-#if defined (UMAXV)
-  printf ("ns32k-encore-sysv\n"); exit (0);
-#else
-#if defined (CMU)
-  printf ("ns32k-encore-mach\n"); exit (0);
-#else
-  printf ("ns32k-encore-bsd\n"); exit (0);
-#endif
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined (__386BSD__)
-  printf ("i386-pc-bsd\n"); exit (0);
-#endif
-
-#if defined (sequent)
-#if defined (i386)
-  printf ("i386-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0);
-#endif
-#if defined (ns32000)
-  printf ("ns32k-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0);
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined (_SEQUENT_)
-    struct utsname un;
-
-    uname(&un);
-
-    if (strncmp(un.version, "V2", 2) == 0) {
-	printf ("i386-sequent-ptx2\n"); exit (0);
-    }
-    if (strncmp(un.version, "V1", 2) == 0) { /* XXX is V1 correct? */
-	printf ("i386-sequent-ptx1\n"); exit (0);
-    }
-    printf ("i386-sequent-ptx\n"); exit (0);
-
-#endif
-
-#if defined (vax)
-# if !defined (ultrix)
-#  include 
-#  if defined (BSD)
-#   if BSD == 43
-      printf ("vax-dec-bsd4.3\n"); exit (0);
-#   else
-#    if BSD == 199006
-      printf ("vax-dec-bsd4.3reno\n"); exit (0);
-#    else
-      printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0);
-#    endif
-#   endif
-#  else
-    printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0);
-#  endif
-# else
-    printf ("vax-dec-ultrix\n"); exit (0);
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined (alliant) && defined (i860)
-  printf ("i860-alliant-bsd\n"); exit (0);
-#endif
-
-  exit (1);
-}
-EOF
-
-$CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy` &&
-	{ echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; }
-
-# Apollos put the system type in the environment.
-
-test -d /usr/apollo && { echo ${ISP}-apollo-${SYSTYPE}; exit; }
-
-# Convex versions that predate uname can use getsysinfo(1)
-
-if [ -x /usr/convex/getsysinfo ]
-then
-    case `getsysinfo -f cpu_type` in
-    c1*)
-	echo c1-convex-bsd
-	exit ;;
-    c2*)
-	if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc
-	then echo c32-convex-bsd
-	else echo c2-convex-bsd
-	fi
-	exit ;;
-    c34*)
-	echo c34-convex-bsd
-	exit ;;
-    c38*)
-	echo c38-convex-bsd
-	exit ;;
-    c4*)
-	echo c4-convex-bsd
-	exit ;;
-    esac
-fi
-
-cat >&2 < in order to provide the needed
-information to handle your system.
-
-config.guess timestamp = $timestamp
-
-uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
-uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
-uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
-uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
-
-/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
-/bin/uname -X     = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null`
-
-hostinfo               = `(hostinfo) 2>/dev/null`
-/bin/universe          = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null`
-/usr/bin/arch -k       = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null`
-/bin/arch              = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null`
-/usr/bin/oslevel       = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null`
-/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null`
-
-UNAME_MACHINE = ${UNAME_MACHINE}
-UNAME_RELEASE = ${UNAME_RELEASE}
-UNAME_SYSTEM  = ${UNAME_SYSTEM}
-UNAME_VERSION = ${UNAME_VERSION}
-EOF
-
-exit 1
-
-# Local variables:
-# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
-# time-stamp-start: "timestamp='"
-# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d"
-# time-stamp-end: "'"
-# End:
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/config.sub b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/config.sub
deleted file mode 100755
index 63bfff0..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/config.sub
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1669 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-# Configuration validation subroutine script.
-#   Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
-#   2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008
-#   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-timestamp='2008-04-14'
-
-# This file is (in principle) common to ALL GNU software.
-# The presence of a machine in this file suggests that SOME GNU software
-# can handle that machine.  It does not imply ALL GNU software can.
-#
-# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-# (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-# 02110-1301, USA.
-#
-# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
-# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
-# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
-# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
-
-
-# Please send patches to .  Submit a context
-# diff and a properly formatted ChangeLog entry.
-#
-# Configuration subroutine to validate and canonicalize a configuration type.
-# Supply the specified configuration type as an argument.
-# If it is invalid, we print an error message on stderr and exit with code 1.
-# Otherwise, we print the canonical config type on stdout and succeed.
-
-# This file is supposed to be the same for all GNU packages
-# and recognize all the CPU types, system types and aliases
-# that are meaningful with *any* GNU software.
-# Each package is responsible for reporting which valid configurations
-# it does not support.  The user should be able to distinguish
-# a failure to support a valid configuration from a meaningless
-# configuration.
-
-# The goal of this file is to map all the various variations of a given
-# machine specification into a single specification in the form:
-#	CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
-# or in some cases, the newer four-part form:
-#	CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
-# It is wrong to echo any other type of specification.
-
-me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`
-
-usage="\
-Usage: $0 [OPTION] CPU-MFR-OPSYS
-       $0 [OPTION] ALIAS
-
-Canonicalize a configuration name.
-
-Operation modes:
-  -h, --help         print this help, then exit
-  -t, --time-stamp   print date of last modification, then exit
-  -v, --version      print version number, then exit
-
-Report bugs and patches to ."
-
-version="\
-GNU config.sub ($timestamp)
-
-Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
-2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO
-warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
-
-help="
-Try \`$me --help' for more information."
-
-# Parse command line
-while test $# -gt 0 ; do
-  case $1 in
-    --time-stamp | --time* | -t )
-       echo "$timestamp" ; exit ;;
-    --version | -v )
-       echo "$version" ; exit ;;
-    --help | --h* | -h )
-       echo "$usage"; exit ;;
-    -- )     # Stop option processing
-       shift; break ;;
-    - )	# Use stdin as input.
-       break ;;
-    -* )
-       echo "$me: invalid option $1$help"
-       exit 1 ;;
-
-    *local*)
-       # First pass through any local machine types.
-       echo $1
-       exit ;;
-
-    * )
-       break ;;
-  esac
-done
-
-case $# in
- 0) echo "$me: missing argument$help" >&2
-    exit 1;;
- 1) ;;
- *) echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2
-    exit 1;;
-esac
-
-# Separate what the user gave into CPU-COMPANY and OS or KERNEL-OS (if any).
-# Here we must recognize all the valid KERNEL-OS combinations.
-maybe_os=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\2/'`
-case $maybe_os in
-  nto-qnx* | linux-gnu* | linux-dietlibc | linux-newlib* | linux-uclibc* | \
-  uclinux-uclibc* | uclinux-gnu* | kfreebsd*-gnu* | knetbsd*-gnu* | netbsd*-gnu* | \
-  storm-chaos* | os2-emx* | rtmk-nova*)
-    os=-$maybe_os
-    basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\1/'`
-    ;;
-  *)
-    basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/-[^-]*$//'`
-    if [ $basic_machine != $1 ]
-    then os=`echo $1 | sed 's/.*-/-/'`
-    else os=; fi
-    ;;
-esac
-
-### Let's recognize common machines as not being operating systems so
-### that things like config.sub decstation-3100 work.  We also
-### recognize some manufacturers as not being operating systems, so we
-### can provide default operating systems below.
-case $os in
-	-sun*os*)
-		# Prevent following clause from handling this invalid input.
-		;;
-	-dec* | -mips* | -sequent* | -encore* | -pc532* | -sgi* | -sony* | \
-	-att* | -7300* | -3300* | -delta* | -motorola* | -sun[234]* | \
-	-unicom* | -ibm* | -next | -hp | -isi* | -apollo | -altos* | \
-	-convergent* | -ncr* | -news | -32* | -3600* | -3100* | -hitachi* |\
-	-c[123]* | -convex* | -sun | -crds | -omron* | -dg | -ultra | -tti* | \
-	-harris | -dolphin | -highlevel | -gould | -cbm | -ns | -masscomp | \
-	-apple | -axis | -knuth | -cray)
-		os=
-		basic_machine=$1
-		;;
-	-sim | -cisco | -oki | -wec | -winbond)
-		os=
-		basic_machine=$1
-		;;
-	-scout)
-		;;
-	-wrs)
-		os=-vxworks
-		basic_machine=$1
-		;;
-	-chorusos*)
-		os=-chorusos
-		basic_machine=$1
-		;;
- 	-chorusrdb)
- 		os=-chorusrdb
-		basic_machine=$1
- 		;;
-	-hiux*)
-		os=-hiuxwe2
-		;;
-	-sco6)
-		os=-sco5v6
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
-		;;
-	-sco5)
-		os=-sco3.2v5
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
-		;;
-	-sco4)
-		os=-sco3.2v4
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
-		;;
-	-sco3.2.[4-9]*)
-		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/sco3.2./sco3.2v/'`
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
-		;;
-	-sco3.2v[4-9]*)
-		# Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer.
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
-		;;
-	-sco5v6*)
-		# Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer.
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
-		;;
-	-sco*)
-		os=-sco3.2v2
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
-		;;
-	-udk*)
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
-		;;
-	-isc)
-		os=-isc2.2
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
-		;;
-	-clix*)
-		basic_machine=clipper-intergraph
-		;;
-	-isc*)
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
-		;;
-	-lynx*)
-		os=-lynxos
-		;;
-	-ptx*)
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-sequent/'`
-		;;
-	-windowsnt*)
-		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/windowsnt/winnt/'`
-		;;
-	-psos*)
-		os=-psos
-		;;
-	-mint | -mint[0-9]*)
-		basic_machine=m68k-atari
-		os=-mint
-		;;
-esac
-
-# Decode aliases for certain CPU-COMPANY combinations.
-case $basic_machine in
-	# Recognize the basic CPU types without company name.
-	# Some are omitted here because they have special meanings below.
-	1750a | 580 \
-	| a29k \
-	| alpha | alphaev[4-8] | alphaev56 | alphaev6[78] | alphapca5[67] \
-	| alpha64 | alpha64ev[4-8] | alpha64ev56 | alpha64ev6[78] | alpha64pca5[67] \
-	| am33_2.0 \
-	| arc | arm | arm[bl]e | arme[lb] | armv[2345] | armv[345][lb] | avr | avr32 \
-	| bfin \
-	| c4x | clipper \
-	| d10v | d30v | dlx | dsp16xx \
-	| fido | fr30 | frv \
-	| h8300 | h8500 | hppa | hppa1.[01] | hppa2.0 | hppa2.0[nw] | hppa64 \
-	| i370 | i860 | i960 | ia64 \
-	| ip2k | iq2000 \
-	| m32c | m32r | m32rle | m68000 | m68k | m88k \
-	| maxq | mb | microblaze | mcore | mep | metag \
-	| mips | mipsbe | mipseb | mipsel | mipsle \
-	| mips16 \
-	| mips64 | mips64el \
-	| mips64octeon | mips64octeonel \
-	| mips64orion | mips64orionel \
-	| mips64r5900 | mips64r5900el \
-	| mips64vr | mips64vrel \
-	| mips64vr4100 | mips64vr4100el \
-	| mips64vr4300 | mips64vr4300el \
-	| mips64vr5000 | mips64vr5000el \
-	| mips64vr5900 | mips64vr5900el \
-	| mipsisa32 | mipsisa32el \
-	| mipsisa32r2 | mipsisa32r2el \
-	| mipsisa64 | mipsisa64el \
-	| mipsisa64r2 | mipsisa64r2el \
-	| mipsisa64sb1 | mipsisa64sb1el \
-	| mipsisa64sr71k | mipsisa64sr71kel \
-	| mipstx39 | mipstx39el \
-	| mn10200 | mn10300 \
-	| mt \
-	| msp430 \
-	| nios | nios2 \
-	| ns16k | ns32k \
-	| or32 \
-	| pdp10 | pdp11 | pj | pjl \
-	| powerpc | powerpc64 | powerpc64le | powerpcle | ppcbe \
-	| pyramid \
-	| score \
-	| sh | sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[23]e | sh[34]eb | sheb | shbe | shle | sh[1234]le | sh3ele \
-	| sh64 | sh64le \
-	| sparc | sparc64 | sparc64b | sparc64v | sparc86x | sparclet | sparclite \
-	| sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b | sparcv9v \
-	| spu | strongarm \
-	| tahoe | thumb | tic4x | tic80 | tron \
-	| v850 | v850e \
-	| we32k \
-	| x86 | xc16x | xscale | xscalee[bl] | xstormy16 | xtensa \
-	| z8k)
-		basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
-		;;
-	m6811 | m68hc11 | m6812 | m68hc12)
-		# Motorola 68HC11/12.
-		basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
-		os=-none
-		;;
-	m88110 | m680[12346]0 | m683?2 | m68360 | m5200 | v70 | w65 | z8k)
-		;;
-	ms1)
-		basic_machine=mt-unknown
-		;;
-
-	# We use `pc' rather than `unknown'
-	# because (1) that's what they normally are, and
-	# (2) the word "unknown" tends to confuse beginning users.
-	i*86 | x86_64)
-	  basic_machine=$basic_machine-pc
-	  ;;
-	# Object if more than one company name word.
-	*-*-*)
-		echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2
-		exit 1
-		;;
-	# Recognize the basic CPU types with company name.
-	580-* \
-	| a29k-* \
-	| alpha-* | alphaev[4-8]-* | alphaev56-* | alphaev6[78]-* \
-	| alpha64-* | alpha64ev[4-8]-* | alpha64ev56-* | alpha64ev6[78]-* \
-	| alphapca5[67]-* | alpha64pca5[67]-* | arc-* \
-	| arm-*  | armbe-* | armle-* | armeb-* | armv*-* \
-	| avr-* | avr32-* \
-	| bfin-* | bs2000-* \
-	| c[123]* | c30-* | [cjt]90-* | c4x-* | c54x-* | c55x-* | c6x-* \
-	| clipper-* | craynv-* | cydra-* \
-	| d10v-* | d30v-* | dlx-* \
-	| elxsi-* \
-	| f30[01]-* | f700-* | fido-* | fr30-* | frv-* | fx80-* \
-	| h8300-* | h8500-* \
-	| hppa-* | hppa1.[01]-* | hppa2.0-* | hppa2.0[nw]-* | hppa64-* \
-	| i*86-* | i860-* | i960-* | ia64-* \
-	| ip2k-* | iq2000-* \
-	| m32c-* | m32r-* | m32rle-* \
-	| m68000-* | m680[012346]0-* | m68360-* | m683?2-* | m68k-* \
-	| m88110-* | m88k-* | maxq-* | mcore-* | metag-* \
-	| mips-* | mipsbe-* | mipseb-* | mipsel-* | mipsle-* \
-	| mips16-* \
-	| mips64-* | mips64el-* \
-	| mips64octeon-* | mips64octeonel-* \
-	| mips64orion-* | mips64orionel-* \
-	| mips64r5900-* | mips64r5900el-* \
-	| mips64vr-* | mips64vrel-* \
-	| mips64vr4100-* | mips64vr4100el-* \
-	| mips64vr4300-* | mips64vr4300el-* \
-	| mips64vr5000-* | mips64vr5000el-* \
-	| mips64vr5900-* | mips64vr5900el-* \
-	| mipsisa32-* | mipsisa32el-* \
-	| mipsisa32r2-* | mipsisa32r2el-* \
-	| mipsisa64-* | mipsisa64el-* \
-	| mipsisa64r2-* | mipsisa64r2el-* \
-	| mipsisa64sb1-* | mipsisa64sb1el-* \
-	| mipsisa64sr71k-* | mipsisa64sr71kel-* \
-	| mipstx39-* | mipstx39el-* \
-	| mmix-* \
-	| mt-* \
-	| msp430-* \
-	| nios-* | nios2-* \
-	| none-* | np1-* | ns16k-* | ns32k-* \
-	| orion-* \
-	| pdp10-* | pdp11-* | pj-* | pjl-* | pn-* | power-* \
-	| powerpc-* | powerpc64-* | powerpc64le-* | powerpcle-* | ppcbe-* \
-	| pyramid-* \
-	| romp-* | rs6000-* \
-	| sh-* | sh[1234]-* | sh[24]a-* | sh[23]e-* | sh[34]eb-* | sheb-* | shbe-* \
-	| shle-* | sh[1234]le-* | sh3ele-* | sh64-* | sh64le-* \
-	| sparc-* | sparc64-* | sparc64b-* | sparc64v-* | sparc86x-* | sparclet-* \
-	| sparclite-* \
-	| sparcv8-* | sparcv9-* | sparcv9b-* | sparcv9v-* | strongarm-* | sv1-* | sx?-* \
-	| tahoe-* | thumb-* \
-	| tic30-* | tic4x-* | tic54x-* | tic55x-* | tic6x-* | tic80-* | tile-* \
-	| tron-* \
-	| v850-* | v850e-* | vax-* \
-	| we32k-* \
-	| x86-* | x86_64-* | xc16x-* | xps100-* | xscale-* | xscalee[bl]-* \
-	| xstormy16-* | xtensa*-* \
-	| ymp-* \
-	| z8k-*)
-		;;
-	# Recognize the basic CPU types without company name, with glob match.
-	xtensa*)
-		basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
-		;;
-	# Recognize the various machine names and aliases which stand
-	# for a CPU type and a company and sometimes even an OS.
-	386bsd)
-		basic_machine=i386-unknown
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	3b1 | 7300 | 7300-att | att-7300 | pc7300 | safari | unixpc)
-		basic_machine=m68000-att
-		;;
-	3b*)
-		basic_machine=we32k-att
-		;;
-	a29khif)
-		basic_machine=a29k-amd
-		os=-udi
-		;;
-    	abacus)
-		basic_machine=abacus-unknown
-		;;
-	adobe68k)
-		basic_machine=m68010-adobe
-		os=-scout
-		;;
-	alliant | fx80)
-		basic_machine=fx80-alliant
-		;;
-	altos | altos3068)
-		basic_machine=m68k-altos
-		;;
-	am29k)
-		basic_machine=a29k-none
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	amd64)
-		basic_machine=x86_64-pc
-		;;
-	amd64-*)
-		basic_machine=x86_64-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		;;
-	amdahl)
-		basic_machine=580-amdahl
-		os=-sysv
-		;;
-	amiga | amiga-*)
-		basic_machine=m68k-unknown
-		;;
-	amigaos | amigados)
-		basic_machine=m68k-unknown
-		os=-amigaos
-		;;
-	amigaunix | amix)
-		basic_machine=m68k-unknown
-		os=-sysv4
-		;;
-	apollo68)
-		basic_machine=m68k-apollo
-		os=-sysv
-		;;
-	apollo68bsd)
-		basic_machine=m68k-apollo
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	aux)
-		basic_machine=m68k-apple
-		os=-aux
-		;;
-	balance)
-		basic_machine=ns32k-sequent
-		os=-dynix
-		;;
-	blackfin)
-		basic_machine=bfin-unknown
-		os=-linux
-		;;
-	blackfin-*)
-		basic_machine=bfin-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		os=-linux
-		;;
-	c90)
-		basic_machine=c90-cray
-		os=-unicos
-		;;
-	convex-c1)
-		basic_machine=c1-convex
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	convex-c2)
-		basic_machine=c2-convex
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	convex-c32)
-		basic_machine=c32-convex
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	convex-c34)
-		basic_machine=c34-convex
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	convex-c38)
-		basic_machine=c38-convex
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	cray | j90)
-		basic_machine=j90-cray
-		os=-unicos
-		;;
-	craynv)
-		basic_machine=craynv-cray
-		os=-unicosmp
-		;;
-	cr16)
-		basic_machine=cr16-unknown
-		os=-elf
-		;;
-	crds | unos)
-		basic_machine=m68k-crds
-		;;
-	crisv32 | crisv32-* | etraxfs*)
-		basic_machine=crisv32-axis
-		;;
-	cris | cris-* | etrax*)
-		basic_machine=cris-axis
-		;;
-	crx)
-		basic_machine=crx-unknown
-		os=-elf
-		;;
-	da30 | da30-*)
-		basic_machine=m68k-da30
-		;;
-	decstation | decstation-3100 | pmax | pmax-* | pmin | dec3100 | decstatn)
-		basic_machine=mips-dec
-		;;
-	decsystem10* | dec10*)
-		basic_machine=pdp10-dec
-		os=-tops10
-		;;
-	decsystem20* | dec20*)
-		basic_machine=pdp10-dec
-		os=-tops20
-		;;
-	delta | 3300 | motorola-3300 | motorola-delta \
-	      | 3300-motorola | delta-motorola)
-		basic_machine=m68k-motorola
-		;;
-	delta88)
-		basic_machine=m88k-motorola
-		os=-sysv3
-		;;
-	dicos)
-		basic_machine=i686-pc
-		os=-dicos
-		;;
-	djgpp)
-		basic_machine=i586-pc
-		os=-msdosdjgpp
-		;;
-	dpx20 | dpx20-*)
-		basic_machine=rs6000-bull
-		os=-bosx
-		;;
-	dpx2* | dpx2*-bull)
-		basic_machine=m68k-bull
-		os=-sysv3
-		;;
-	ebmon29k)
-		basic_machine=a29k-amd
-		os=-ebmon
-		;;
-	elxsi)
-		basic_machine=elxsi-elxsi
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	encore | umax | mmax)
-		basic_machine=ns32k-encore
-		;;
-	es1800 | OSE68k | ose68k | ose | OSE)
-		basic_machine=m68k-ericsson
-		os=-ose
-		;;
-	fx2800)
-		basic_machine=i860-alliant
-		;;
-	genix)
-		basic_machine=ns32k-ns
-		;;
-	gmicro)
-		basic_machine=tron-gmicro
-		os=-sysv
-		;;
-	go32)
-		basic_machine=i386-pc
-		os=-go32
-		;;
-	h3050r* | hiux*)
-		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi
-		os=-hiuxwe2
-		;;
-	h8300hms)
-		basic_machine=h8300-hitachi
-		os=-hms
-		;;
-	h8300xray)
-		basic_machine=h8300-hitachi
-		os=-xray
-		;;
-	h8500hms)
-		basic_machine=h8500-hitachi
-		os=-hms
-		;;
-	harris)
-		basic_machine=m88k-harris
-		os=-sysv3
-		;;
-	hp300-*)
-		basic_machine=m68k-hp
-		;;
-	hp300bsd)
-		basic_machine=m68k-hp
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	hp300hpux)
-		basic_machine=m68k-hp
-		os=-hpux
-		;;
-	hp3k9[0-9][0-9] | hp9[0-9][0-9])
-		basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp
-		;;
-	hp9k2[0-9][0-9] | hp9k31[0-9])
-		basic_machine=m68000-hp
-		;;
-	hp9k3[2-9][0-9])
-		basic_machine=m68k-hp
-		;;
-	hp9k6[0-9][0-9] | hp6[0-9][0-9])
-		basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp
-		;;
-	hp9k7[0-79][0-9] | hp7[0-79][0-9])
-		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
-		;;
-	hp9k78[0-9] | hp78[0-9])
-		# FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp
-		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
-		;;
-	hp9k8[67]1 | hp8[67]1 | hp9k80[24] | hp80[24] | hp9k8[78]9 | hp8[78]9 | hp9k893 | hp893)
-		# FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp
-		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
-		;;
-	hp9k8[0-9][13679] | hp8[0-9][13679])
-		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
-		;;
-	hp9k8[0-9][0-9] | hp8[0-9][0-9])
-		basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp
-		;;
-	hppa-next)
-		os=-nextstep3
-		;;
-	hppaosf)
-		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
-		os=-osf
-		;;
-	hppro)
-		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
-		os=-proelf
-		;;
-	i370-ibm* | ibm*)
-		basic_machine=i370-ibm
-		;;
-# I'm not sure what "Sysv32" means.  Should this be sysv3.2?
-	i*86v32)
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
-		os=-sysv32
-		;;
-	i*86v4*)
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
-		os=-sysv4
-		;;
-	i*86v)
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
-		os=-sysv
-		;;
-	i*86sol2)
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
-		os=-solaris2
-		;;
-	i386mach)
-		basic_machine=i386-mach
-		os=-mach
-		;;
-	i386-vsta | vsta)
-		basic_machine=i386-unknown
-		os=-vsta
-		;;
-	iris | iris4d)
-		basic_machine=mips-sgi
-		case $os in
-		    -irix*)
-			;;
-		    *)
-			os=-irix4
-			;;
-		esac
-		;;
-	isi68 | isi)
-		basic_machine=m68k-isi
-		os=-sysv
-		;;
-	m68knommu)
-		basic_machine=m68k-unknown
-		os=-linux
-		;;
-	m68knommu-*)
-		basic_machine=m68k-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		os=-linux
-		;;
-	m88k-omron*)
-		basic_machine=m88k-omron
-		;;
-	magnum | m3230)
-		basic_machine=mips-mips
-		os=-sysv
-		;;
-	merlin)
-		basic_machine=ns32k-utek
-		os=-sysv
-		;;
-	mingw32)
-		basic_machine=i386-pc
-		os=-mingw32
-		;;
-	mingw32ce)
-		basic_machine=arm-unknown
-		os=-mingw32ce
-		;;
-	miniframe)
-		basic_machine=m68000-convergent
-		;;
-	*mint | -mint[0-9]* | *MiNT | *MiNT[0-9]*)
-		basic_machine=m68k-atari
-		os=-mint
-		;;
-	mips3*-*)
-		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'`
-		;;
-	mips3*)
-		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'`-unknown
-		;;
-	monitor)
-		basic_machine=m68k-rom68k
-		os=-coff
-		;;
-	morphos)
-		basic_machine=powerpc-unknown
-		os=-morphos
-		;;
-	msdos)
-		basic_machine=i386-pc
-		os=-msdos
-		;;
-	ms1-*)
-		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/ms1-/mt-/'`
-		;;
-	mvs)
-		basic_machine=i370-ibm
-		os=-mvs
-		;;
-	ncr3000)
-		basic_machine=i486-ncr
-		os=-sysv4
-		;;
-	netbsd386)
-		basic_machine=i386-unknown
-		os=-netbsd
-		;;
-	netwinder)
-		basic_machine=armv4l-rebel
-		os=-linux
-		;;
-	news | news700 | news800 | news900)
-		basic_machine=m68k-sony
-		os=-newsos
-		;;
-	news1000)
-		basic_machine=m68030-sony
-		os=-newsos
-		;;
-	news-3600 | risc-news)
-		basic_machine=mips-sony
-		os=-newsos
-		;;
-	necv70)
-		basic_machine=v70-nec
-		os=-sysv
-		;;
-	next | m*-next )
-		basic_machine=m68k-next
-		case $os in
-		    -nextstep* )
-			;;
-		    -ns2*)
-		      os=-nextstep2
-			;;
-		    *)
-		      os=-nextstep3
-			;;
-		esac
-		;;
-	nh3000)
-		basic_machine=m68k-harris
-		os=-cxux
-		;;
-	nh[45]000)
-		basic_machine=m88k-harris
-		os=-cxux
-		;;
-	nindy960)
-		basic_machine=i960-intel
-		os=-nindy
-		;;
-	mon960)
-		basic_machine=i960-intel
-		os=-mon960
-		;;
-	nonstopux)
-		basic_machine=mips-compaq
-		os=-nonstopux
-		;;
-	np1)
-		basic_machine=np1-gould
-		;;
-	nsr-tandem)
-		basic_machine=nsr-tandem
-		;;
-	op50n-* | op60c-*)
-		basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki
-		os=-proelf
-		;;
-	openrisc | openrisc-*)
-		basic_machine=or32-unknown
-		;;
-	os400)
-		basic_machine=powerpc-ibm
-		os=-os400
-		;;
-	OSE68000 | ose68000)
-		basic_machine=m68000-ericsson
-		os=-ose
-		;;
-	os68k)
-		basic_machine=m68k-none
-		os=-os68k
-		;;
-	pa-hitachi)
-		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi
-		os=-hiuxwe2
-		;;
-	paragon)
-		basic_machine=i860-intel
-		os=-osf
-		;;
-	parisc)
-		basic_machine=hppa-unknown
-		os=-linux
-		;;
-	parisc-*)
-		basic_machine=hppa-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		os=-linux
-		;;
-	pbd)
-		basic_machine=sparc-tti
-		;;
-	pbb)
-		basic_machine=m68k-tti
-		;;
-	pc532 | pc532-*)
-		basic_machine=ns32k-pc532
-		;;
-	pc98)
-		basic_machine=i386-pc
-		;;
-	pc98-*)
-		basic_machine=i386-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		;;
-	pentium | p5 | k5 | k6 | nexgen | viac3)
-		basic_machine=i586-pc
-		;;
-	pentiumpro | p6 | 6x86 | athlon | athlon_*)
-		basic_machine=i686-pc
-		;;
-	pentiumii | pentium2 | pentiumiii | pentium3)
-		basic_machine=i686-pc
-		;;
-	pentium4)
-		basic_machine=i786-pc
-		;;
-	pentium-* | p5-* | k5-* | k6-* | nexgen-* | viac3-*)
-		basic_machine=i586-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		;;
-	pentiumpro-* | p6-* | 6x86-* | athlon-*)
-		basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		;;
-	pentiumii-* | pentium2-* | pentiumiii-* | pentium3-*)
-		basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		;;
-	pentium4-*)
-		basic_machine=i786-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		;;
-	pn)
-		basic_machine=pn-gould
-		;;
-	power)	basic_machine=power-ibm
-		;;
-	ppc)	basic_machine=powerpc-unknown
-		;;
-	ppc-*)	basic_machine=powerpc-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		;;
-	ppcle | powerpclittle | ppc-le | powerpc-little)
-		basic_machine=powerpcle-unknown
-		;;
-	ppcle-* | powerpclittle-*)
-		basic_machine=powerpcle-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		;;
-	ppc64)	basic_machine=powerpc64-unknown
-		;;
-	ppc64-*) basic_machine=powerpc64-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		;;
-	ppc64le | powerpc64little | ppc64-le | powerpc64-little)
-		basic_machine=powerpc64le-unknown
-		;;
-	ppc64le-* | powerpc64little-*)
-		basic_machine=powerpc64le-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		;;
-	ps2)
-		basic_machine=i386-ibm
-		;;
-	pw32)
-		basic_machine=i586-unknown
-		os=-pw32
-		;;
-	rdos)
-		basic_machine=i386-pc
-		os=-rdos
-		;;
-	rom68k)
-		basic_machine=m68k-rom68k
-		os=-coff
-		;;
-	rm[46]00)
-		basic_machine=mips-siemens
-		;;
-	rtpc | rtpc-*)
-		basic_machine=romp-ibm
-		;;
-	s390 | s390-*)
-		basic_machine=s390-ibm
-		;;
-	s390x | s390x-*)
-		basic_machine=s390x-ibm
-		;;
-	sa29200)
-		basic_machine=a29k-amd
-		os=-udi
-		;;
-	sb1)
-		basic_machine=mipsisa64sb1-unknown
-		;;
-	sb1el)
-		basic_machine=mipsisa64sb1el-unknown
-		;;
-	sde)
-		basic_machine=mipsisa32-sde
-		os=-elf
-		;;
-	sei)
-		basic_machine=mips-sei
-		os=-seiux
-		;;
-	sequent)
-		basic_machine=i386-sequent
-		;;
-	sh)
-		basic_machine=sh-hitachi
-		os=-hms
-		;;
-	sh5el)
-		basic_machine=sh5le-unknown
-		;;
-	sh64)
-		basic_machine=sh64-unknown
-		;;
-	sparclite-wrs | simso-wrs)
-		basic_machine=sparclite-wrs
-		os=-vxworks
-		;;
-	sps7)
-		basic_machine=m68k-bull
-		os=-sysv2
-		;;
-	spur)
-		basic_machine=spur-unknown
-		;;
-	st2000)
-		basic_machine=m68k-tandem
-		;;
-	stratus)
-		basic_machine=i860-stratus
-		os=-sysv4
-		;;
-	sun2)
-		basic_machine=m68000-sun
-		;;
-	sun2os3)
-		basic_machine=m68000-sun
-		os=-sunos3
-		;;
-	sun2os4)
-		basic_machine=m68000-sun
-		os=-sunos4
-		;;
-	sun3os3)
-		basic_machine=m68k-sun
-		os=-sunos3
-		;;
-	sun3os4)
-		basic_machine=m68k-sun
-		os=-sunos4
-		;;
-	sun4os3)
-		basic_machine=sparc-sun
-		os=-sunos3
-		;;
-	sun4os4)
-		basic_machine=sparc-sun
-		os=-sunos4
-		;;
-	sun4sol2)
-		basic_machine=sparc-sun
-		os=-solaris2
-		;;
-	sun3 | sun3-*)
-		basic_machine=m68k-sun
-		;;
-	sun4)
-		basic_machine=sparc-sun
-		;;
-	sun386 | sun386i | roadrunner)
-		basic_machine=i386-sun
-		;;
-	sv1)
-		basic_machine=sv1-cray
-		os=-unicos
-		;;
-	symmetry)
-		basic_machine=i386-sequent
-		os=-dynix
-		;;
-	t3e)
-		basic_machine=alphaev5-cray
-		os=-unicos
-		;;
-	t90)
-		basic_machine=t90-cray
-		os=-unicos
-		;;
-	tic54x | c54x*)
-		basic_machine=tic54x-unknown
-		os=-coff
-		;;
-	tic55x | c55x*)
-		basic_machine=tic55x-unknown
-		os=-coff
-		;;
-	tic6x | c6x*)
-		basic_machine=tic6x-unknown
-		os=-coff
-		;;
-	tile*)
-		basic_machine=tile-unknown
-		os=-linux-gnu
-		;;
-	tx39)
-		basic_machine=mipstx39-unknown
-		;;
-	tx39el)
-		basic_machine=mipstx39el-unknown
-		;;
-	toad1)
-		basic_machine=pdp10-xkl
-		os=-tops20
-		;;
-	tower | tower-32)
-		basic_machine=m68k-ncr
-		;;
-	tpf)
-		basic_machine=s390x-ibm
-		os=-tpf
-		;;
-	udi29k)
-		basic_machine=a29k-amd
-		os=-udi
-		;;
-	ultra3)
-		basic_machine=a29k-nyu
-		os=-sym1
-		;;
-	v810 | necv810)
-		basic_machine=v810-nec
-		os=-none
-		;;
-	vaxv)
-		basic_machine=vax-dec
-		os=-sysv
-		;;
-	vms)
-		basic_machine=vax-dec
-		os=-vms
-		;;
-	vpp*|vx|vx-*)
-		basic_machine=f301-fujitsu
-		;;
-	vxworks960)
-		basic_machine=i960-wrs
-		os=-vxworks
-		;;
-	vxworks68)
-		basic_machine=m68k-wrs
-		os=-vxworks
-		;;
-	vxworks29k)
-		basic_machine=a29k-wrs
-		os=-vxworks
-		;;
-	w65*)
-		basic_machine=w65-wdc
-		os=-none
-		;;
-	w89k-*)
-		basic_machine=hppa1.1-winbond
-		os=-proelf
-		;;
-	xbox)
-		basic_machine=i686-pc
-		os=-mingw32
-		;;
-	xps | xps100)
-		basic_machine=xps100-honeywell
-		;;
-	ymp)
-		basic_machine=ymp-cray
-		os=-unicos
-		;;
-	z8k-*-coff)
-		basic_machine=z8k-unknown
-		os=-sim
-		;;
-	none)
-		basic_machine=none-none
-		os=-none
-		;;
-
-# Here we handle the default manufacturer of certain CPU types.  It is in
-# some cases the only manufacturer, in others, it is the most popular.
-	w89k)
-		basic_machine=hppa1.1-winbond
-		;;
-	op50n)
-		basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki
-		;;
-	op60c)
-		basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki
-		;;
-	romp)
-		basic_machine=romp-ibm
-		;;
-	mmix)
-		basic_machine=mmix-knuth
-		;;
-	rs6000)
-		basic_machine=rs6000-ibm
-		;;
-	vax)
-		basic_machine=vax-dec
-		;;
-	pdp10)
-		# there are many clones, so DEC is not a safe bet
-		basic_machine=pdp10-unknown
-		;;
-	pdp11)
-		basic_machine=pdp11-dec
-		;;
-	we32k)
-		basic_machine=we32k-att
-		;;
-	sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[34]eb | sh[1234]le | sh[23]ele)
-		basic_machine=sh-unknown
-		;;
-	sparc | sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b | sparcv9v)
-		basic_machine=sparc-sun
-		;;
-	cydra)
-		basic_machine=cydra-cydrome
-		;;
-	orion)
-		basic_machine=orion-highlevel
-		;;
-	orion105)
-		basic_machine=clipper-highlevel
-		;;
-	mac | mpw | mac-mpw)
-		basic_machine=m68k-apple
-		;;
-	pmac | pmac-mpw)
-		basic_machine=powerpc-apple
-		;;
-	*-unknown)
-		# Make sure to match an already-canonicalized machine name.
-		;;
-	*)
-		echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2
-		exit 1
-		;;
-esac
-
-# Here we canonicalize certain aliases for manufacturers.
-case $basic_machine in
-	*-digital*)
-		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/digital.*/dec/'`
-		;;
-	*-commodore*)
-		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/commodore.*/cbm/'`
-		;;
-	*)
-		;;
-esac
-
-# Decode manufacturer-specific aliases for certain operating systems.
-
-if [ x"$os" != x"" ]
-then
-case $os in
-        # First match some system type aliases
-        # that might get confused with valid system types.
-	# -solaris* is a basic system type, with this one exception.
-	-solaris1 | -solaris1.*)
-		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|solaris1|sunos4|'`
-		;;
-	-solaris)
-		os=-solaris2
-		;;
-	-svr4*)
-		os=-sysv4
-		;;
-	-unixware*)
-		os=-sysv4.2uw
-		;;
-	-gnu/linux*)
-		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|gnu/linux|linux-gnu|'`
-		;;
-	# First accept the basic system types.
-	# The portable systems comes first.
-	# Each alternative MUST END IN A *, to match a version number.
-	# -sysv* is not here because it comes later, after sysvr4.
-	-gnu* | -bsd* | -mach* | -minix* | -genix* | -ultrix* | -irix* \
-	      | -*vms* | -sco* | -esix* | -isc* | -aix* | -sunos | -sunos[34]*\
-	      | -hpux* | -unos* | -osf* | -luna* | -dgux* | -solaris* | -sym* \
-	      | -amigaos* | -amigados* | -msdos* | -newsos* | -unicos* | -aof* \
-	      | -aos* \
-	      | -nindy* | -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -ebmon* | -hms* | -mvs* \
-	      | -clix* | -riscos* | -uniplus* | -iris* | -rtu* | -xenix* \
-	      | -hiux* | -386bsd* | -knetbsd* | -mirbsd* | -netbsd* \
-	      | -openbsd* | -solidbsd* \
-	      | -ekkobsd* | -kfreebsd* | -freebsd* | -riscix* | -lynxos* \
-	      | -bosx* | -nextstep* | -cxux* | -aout* | -elf* | -oabi* \
-	      | -ptx* | -coff* | -ecoff* | -winnt* | -domain* | -vsta* \
-	      | -udi* | -eabi* | -lites* | -ieee* | -go32* | -aux* \
-	      | -chorusos* | -chorusrdb* \
-	      | -cygwin* | -pe* | -psos* | -moss* | -proelf* | -rtems* \
-	      | -mingw32* | -linux-gnu* | -linux-newlib* | -linux-uclibc* \
-	      | -uxpv* | -beos* | -mpeix* | -udk* \
-	      | -interix* | -uwin* | -mks* | -rhapsody* | -darwin* | -opened* \
-	      | -openstep* | -oskit* | -conix* | -pw32* | -nonstopux* \
-	      | -storm-chaos* | -tops10* | -tenex* | -tops20* | -its* \
-	      | -os2* | -vos* | -palmos* | -uclinux* | -nucleus* \
-	      | -morphos* | -superux* | -rtmk* | -rtmk-nova* | -windiss* \
-	      | -powermax* | -dnix* | -nx6 | -nx7 | -sei* | -dragonfly* \
-	      | -skyos* | -haiku* | -rdos* | -toppers* | -drops*)
-	# Remember, each alternative MUST END IN *, to match a version number.
-		;;
-	-qnx*)
-		case $basic_machine in
-		    x86-* | i*86-*)
-			;;
-		    *)
-			os=-nto$os
-			;;
-		esac
-		;;
-	-nto-qnx*)
-		;;
-	-nto*)
-		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|nto|nto-qnx|'`
-		;;
-	-sim | -es1800* | -hms* | -xray | -os68k* | -none* | -v88r* \
-	      | -windows* | -osx | -abug | -netware* | -os9* | -beos* | -haiku* \
-	      | -macos* | -mpw* | -magic* | -mmixware* | -mon960* | -lnews*)
-		;;
-	-mac*)
-		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|mac|macos|'`
-		;;
-	-linux-dietlibc)
-		os=-linux-dietlibc
-		;;
-	-linux*)
-		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|linux|linux-gnu|'`
-		;;
-	-sunos5*)
-		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos5|solaris2|'`
-		;;
-	-sunos6*)
-		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos6|solaris3|'`
-		;;
-	-opened*)
-		os=-openedition
-		;;
-        -os400*)
-		os=-os400
-		;;
-	-wince*)
-		os=-wince
-		;;
-	-osfrose*)
-		os=-osfrose
-		;;
-	-osf*)
-		os=-osf
-		;;
-	-utek*)
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	-dynix*)
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	-acis*)
-		os=-aos
-		;;
-	-atheos*)
-		os=-atheos
-		;;
-	-syllable*)
-		os=-syllable
-		;;
-	-386bsd)
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	-ctix* | -uts*)
-		os=-sysv
-		;;
-	-nova*)
-		os=-rtmk-nova
-		;;
-	-ns2 )
-		os=-nextstep2
-		;;
-	-nsk*)
-		os=-nsk
-		;;
-	# Preserve the version number of sinix5.
-	-sinix5.*)
-		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sinix|sysv|'`
-		;;
-	-sinix*)
-		os=-sysv4
-		;;
-        -tpf*)
-		os=-tpf
-		;;
-	-triton*)
-		os=-sysv3
-		;;
-	-oss*)
-		os=-sysv3
-		;;
-	-svr4)
-		os=-sysv4
-		;;
-	-svr3)
-		os=-sysv3
-		;;
-	-sysvr4)
-		os=-sysv4
-		;;
-	# This must come after -sysvr4.
-	-sysv*)
-		;;
-	-ose*)
-		os=-ose
-		;;
-	-es1800*)
-		os=-ose
-		;;
-	-xenix)
-		os=-xenix
-		;;
-	-*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*)
-		os=-mint
-		;;
-	-aros*)
-		os=-aros
-		;;
-	-kaos*)
-		os=-kaos
-		;;
-	-zvmoe)
-		os=-zvmoe
-		;;
-	-dicos*)
-		os=-dicos
-		;;
-	-none)
-		;;
-	*)
-		# Get rid of the `-' at the beginning of $os.
-		os=`echo $os | sed 's/[^-]*-//'`
-		echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': system \`$os\' not recognized 1>&2
-		exit 1
-		;;
-esac
-else
-
-# Here we handle the default operating systems that come with various machines.
-# The value should be what the vendor currently ships out the door with their
-# machine or put another way, the most popular os provided with the machine.
-
-# Note that if you're going to try to match "-MANUFACTURER" here (say,
-# "-sun"), then you have to tell the case statement up towards the top
-# that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating system.  Otherwise, code above
-# will signal an error saying that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating
-# system, and we'll never get to this point.
-
-case $basic_machine in
-        score-*)
-		os=-elf
-		;;
-        spu-*)
-		os=-elf
-		;;
-	*-acorn)
-		os=-riscix1.2
-		;;
-	arm*-rebel)
-		os=-linux
-		;;
-	arm*-semi)
-		os=-aout
-		;;
-        c4x-* | tic4x-*)
-        	os=-coff
-		;;
-	# This must come before the *-dec entry.
-	pdp10-*)
-		os=-tops20
-		;;
-	pdp11-*)
-		os=-none
-		;;
-	*-dec | vax-*)
-		os=-ultrix4.2
-		;;
-	m68*-apollo)
-		os=-domain
-		;;
-	i386-sun)
-		os=-sunos4.0.2
-		;;
-	m68000-sun)
-		os=-sunos3
-		# This also exists in the configure program, but was not the
-		# default.
-		# os=-sunos4
-		;;
-	m68*-cisco)
-		os=-aout
-		;;
-        mep-*)
-		os=-elf
-		;;
-	mips*-cisco)
-		os=-elf
-		;;
-	mips*-*)
-		os=-elf
-		;;
-	or32-*)
-		os=-coff
-		;;
-	*-tti)	# must be before sparc entry or we get the wrong os.
-		os=-sysv3
-		;;
-	sparc-* | *-sun)
-		os=-sunos4.1.1
-		;;
-	*-be)
-		os=-beos
-		;;
-	*-haiku)
-		os=-haiku
-		;;
-	*-ibm)
-		os=-aix
-		;;
-    	*-knuth)
-		os=-mmixware
-		;;
-	*-wec)
-		os=-proelf
-		;;
-	*-winbond)
-		os=-proelf
-		;;
-	*-oki)
-		os=-proelf
-		;;
-	*-hp)
-		os=-hpux
-		;;
-	*-hitachi)
-		os=-hiux
-		;;
-	i860-* | *-att | *-ncr | *-altos | *-motorola | *-convergent)
-		os=-sysv
-		;;
-	*-cbm)
-		os=-amigaos
-		;;
-	*-dg)
-		os=-dgux
-		;;
-	*-dolphin)
-		os=-sysv3
-		;;
-	m68k-ccur)
-		os=-rtu
-		;;
-	m88k-omron*)
-		os=-luna
-		;;
-	*-next )
-		os=-nextstep
-		;;
-	*-sequent)
-		os=-ptx
-		;;
-	*-crds)
-		os=-unos
-		;;
-	*-ns)
-		os=-genix
-		;;
-	i370-*)
-		os=-mvs
-		;;
-	*-next)
-		os=-nextstep3
-		;;
-	*-gould)
-		os=-sysv
-		;;
-	*-highlevel)
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	*-encore)
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	*-sgi)
-		os=-irix
-		;;
-	*-siemens)
-		os=-sysv4
-		;;
-	*-masscomp)
-		os=-rtu
-		;;
-	f30[01]-fujitsu | f700-fujitsu)
-		os=-uxpv
-		;;
-	*-rom68k)
-		os=-coff
-		;;
-	*-*bug)
-		os=-coff
-		;;
-	*-apple)
-		os=-macos
-		;;
-	*-atari*)
-		os=-mint
-		;;
-	*)
-		os=-none
-		;;
-esac
-fi
-
-# Here we handle the case where we know the os, and the CPU type, but not the
-# manufacturer.  We pick the logical manufacturer.
-vendor=unknown
-case $basic_machine in
-	*-unknown)
-		case $os in
-			-riscix*)
-				vendor=acorn
-				;;
-			-sunos*)
-				vendor=sun
-				;;
-			-aix*)
-				vendor=ibm
-				;;
-			-beos*)
-				vendor=be
-				;;
-			-hpux*)
-				vendor=hp
-				;;
-			-mpeix*)
-				vendor=hp
-				;;
-			-hiux*)
-				vendor=hitachi
-				;;
-			-unos*)
-				vendor=crds
-				;;
-			-dgux*)
-				vendor=dg
-				;;
-			-luna*)
-				vendor=omron
-				;;
-			-genix*)
-				vendor=ns
-				;;
-			-mvs* | -opened*)
-				vendor=ibm
-				;;
-			-os400*)
-				vendor=ibm
-				;;
-			-ptx*)
-				vendor=sequent
-				;;
-			-tpf*)
-				vendor=ibm
-				;;
-			-vxsim* | -vxworks* | -windiss*)
-				vendor=wrs
-				;;
-			-aux*)
-				vendor=apple
-				;;
-			-hms*)
-				vendor=hitachi
-				;;
-			-mpw* | -macos*)
-				vendor=apple
-				;;
-			-*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*)
-				vendor=atari
-				;;
-			-vos*)
-				vendor=stratus
-				;;
-		esac
-		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed "s/unknown/$vendor/"`
-		;;
-esac
-
-echo $basic_machine$os
-exit
-
-# Local variables:
-# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
-# time-stamp-start: "timestamp='"
-# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d"
-# time-stamp-end: "'"
-# End:
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/configure b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/configure
deleted file mode 100755
index a7efaf5..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/configure
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,15767 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
-# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62 for FreeType 2.3.6.
-#
-# Report bugs to .
-#
-# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
-# 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
-## --------------------- ##
-## M4sh Initialization.  ##
-## --------------------- ##
-
-# Be more Bourne compatible
-DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh
-if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-  emulate sh
-  NULLCMD=:
-  # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
-  # is contrary to our usage.  Disable this feature.
-  alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
-  setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
-else
-  case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in
-  *posix*) set -o posix ;;
-esac
-
-fi
-
-
-
-
-# PATH needs CR
-# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges.
-as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'
-as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'
-as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS
-as_cr_digits='0123456789'
-as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits
-
-as_nl='
-'
-export as_nl
-# Printing a long string crashes Solaris 7 /usr/bin/printf.
-as_echo='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\'
-as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo
-as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo
-if (test "X`printf %s $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then
-  as_echo='printf %s\n'
-  as_echo_n='printf %s'
-else
-  if test "X`(/usr/ucb/echo -n -n $as_echo) 2>/dev/null`" = "X-n $as_echo"; then
-    as_echo_body='eval /usr/ucb/echo -n "$1$as_nl"'
-    as_echo_n='/usr/ucb/echo -n'
-  else
-    as_echo_body='eval expr "X$1" : "X\\(.*\\)"'
-    as_echo_n_body='eval
-      arg=$1;
-      case $arg in
-      *"$as_nl"*)
-	expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)$as_nl";
-	arg=`expr "X$arg" : ".*$as_nl\\(.*\\)"`;;
-      esac;
-      expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)" | tr -d "$as_nl"
-    '
-    export as_echo_n_body
-    as_echo_n='sh -c $as_echo_n_body as_echo'
-  fi
-  export as_echo_body
-  as_echo='sh -c $as_echo_body as_echo'
-fi
-
-# The user is always right.
-if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
-  PATH_SEPARATOR=:
-  (PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 && {
-    (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
-      PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
-  }
-fi
-
-# Support unset when possible.
-if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-  as_unset=unset
-else
-  as_unset=false
-fi
-
-
-# IFS
-# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order.  Quoting is
-# there to prevent editors from complaining about space-tab.
-# (If _AS_PATH_WALK were called with IFS unset, it would disable word
-# splitting by setting IFS to empty value.)
-IFS=" ""	$as_nl"
-
-# Find who we are.  Look in the path if we contain no directory separator.
-case $0 in
-  *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;;
-  *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break
-done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-     ;;
-esac
-# We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND'
-# in which case we are not to be found in the path.
-if test "x$as_myself" = x; then
-  as_myself=$0
-fi
-if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then
-  $as_echo "$as_myself: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute file name" >&2
-  { (exit 1); exit 1; }
-fi
-
-# Work around bugs in pre-3.0 UWIN ksh.
-for as_var in ENV MAIL MAILPATH
-do ($as_unset $as_var) >/dev/null 2>&1 && $as_unset $as_var
-done
-PS1='$ '
-PS2='> '
-PS4='+ '
-
-# NLS nuisances.
-LC_ALL=C
-export LC_ALL
-LANGUAGE=C
-export LANGUAGE
-
-# Required to use basename.
-if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
-   test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then
-  as_expr=expr
-else
-  as_expr=false
-fi
-
-if (basename -- /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename -- / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then
-  as_basename=basename
-else
-  as_basename=false
-fi
-
-
-# Name of the executable.
-as_me=`$as_basename -- "$0" ||
-$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \
-	 X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
-	 X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
-$as_echo X/"$0" |
-    sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{
-	    s//\1/
-	    q
-	  }
-	  /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{
-	    s//\1/
-	    q
-	  }
-	  /^X\/\(\/\).*/{
-	    s//\1/
-	    q
-	  }
-	  s/.*/./; q'`
-
-# CDPATH.
-$as_unset CDPATH
-
-
-if test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" = x; then
-  if (eval ":") 2>/dev/null; then
-  as_have_required=yes
-else
-  as_have_required=no
-fi
-
-  if test $as_have_required = yes &&	 (eval ":
-(as_func_return () {
-  (exit \$1)
-}
-as_func_success () {
-  as_func_return 0
-}
-as_func_failure () {
-  as_func_return 1
-}
-as_func_ret_success () {
-  return 0
-}
-as_func_ret_failure () {
-  return 1
-}
-
-exitcode=0
-if as_func_success; then
-  :
-else
-  exitcode=1
-  echo as_func_success failed.
-fi
-
-if as_func_failure; then
-  exitcode=1
-  echo as_func_failure succeeded.
-fi
-
-if as_func_ret_success; then
-  :
-else
-  exitcode=1
-  echo as_func_ret_success failed.
-fi
-
-if as_func_ret_failure; then
-  exitcode=1
-  echo as_func_ret_failure succeeded.
-fi
-
-if ( set x; as_func_ret_success y && test x = \"\$1\" ); then
-  :
-else
-  exitcode=1
-  echo positional parameters were not saved.
-fi
-
-test \$exitcode = 0) || { (exit 1); exit 1; }
-
-(
-  as_lineno_1=\$LINENO
-  as_lineno_2=\$LINENO
-  test \"x\$as_lineno_1\" != \"x\$as_lineno_2\" &&
-  test \"x\`expr \$as_lineno_1 + 1\`\" = \"x\$as_lineno_2\") || { (exit 1); exit 1; }
-") 2> /dev/null; then
-  :
-else
-  as_candidate_shells=
-    as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in /bin$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  case $as_dir in
-	 /*)
-	   for as_base in sh bash ksh sh5; do
-	     as_candidate_shells="$as_candidate_shells $as_dir/$as_base"
-	   done;;
-       esac
-done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-
-      for as_shell in $as_candidate_shells $SHELL; do
-	 # Try only shells that exist, to save several forks.
-	 if { test -f "$as_shell" || test -f "$as_shell.exe"; } &&
-		{ ("$as_shell") 2> /dev/null <<\_ASEOF
-if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-  emulate sh
-  NULLCMD=:
-  # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
-  # is contrary to our usage.  Disable this feature.
-  alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
-  setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
-else
-  case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in
-  *posix*) set -o posix ;;
-esac
-
-fi
-
-
-:
-_ASEOF
-}; then
-  CONFIG_SHELL=$as_shell
-	       as_have_required=yes
-	       if { "$as_shell" 2> /dev/null <<\_ASEOF
-if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-  emulate sh
-  NULLCMD=:
-  # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
-  # is contrary to our usage.  Disable this feature.
-  alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
-  setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
-else
-  case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in
-  *posix*) set -o posix ;;
-esac
-
-fi
-
-
-:
-(as_func_return () {
-  (exit $1)
-}
-as_func_success () {
-  as_func_return 0
-}
-as_func_failure () {
-  as_func_return 1
-}
-as_func_ret_success () {
-  return 0
-}
-as_func_ret_failure () {
-  return 1
-}
-
-exitcode=0
-if as_func_success; then
-  :
-else
-  exitcode=1
-  echo as_func_success failed.
-fi
-
-if as_func_failure; then
-  exitcode=1
-  echo as_func_failure succeeded.
-fi
-
-if as_func_ret_success; then
-  :
-else
-  exitcode=1
-  echo as_func_ret_success failed.
-fi
-
-if as_func_ret_failure; then
-  exitcode=1
-  echo as_func_ret_failure succeeded.
-fi
-
-if ( set x; as_func_ret_success y && test x = "$1" ); then
-  :
-else
-  exitcode=1
-  echo positional parameters were not saved.
-fi
-
-test $exitcode = 0) || { (exit 1); exit 1; }
-
-(
-  as_lineno_1=$LINENO
-  as_lineno_2=$LINENO
-  test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" &&
-  test "x`expr $as_lineno_1 + 1`" = "x$as_lineno_2") || { (exit 1); exit 1; }
-
-_ASEOF
-}; then
-  break
-fi
-
-fi
-
-      done
-
-      if test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" != x; then
-  for as_var in BASH_ENV ENV
-	do ($as_unset $as_var) >/dev/null 2>&1 && $as_unset $as_var
-	done
-	export CONFIG_SHELL
-	exec "$CONFIG_SHELL" "$as_myself" ${1+"$@"}
-fi
-
-
-    if test $as_have_required = no; then
-  echo This script requires a shell more modern than all the
-      echo shells that I found on your system.  Please install a
-      echo modern shell, or manually run the script under such a
-      echo shell if you do have one.
-      { (exit 1); exit 1; }
-fi
-
-
-fi
-
-fi
-
-
-
-(eval "as_func_return () {
-  (exit \$1)
-}
-as_func_success () {
-  as_func_return 0
-}
-as_func_failure () {
-  as_func_return 1
-}
-as_func_ret_success () {
-  return 0
-}
-as_func_ret_failure () {
-  return 1
-}
-
-exitcode=0
-if as_func_success; then
-  :
-else
-  exitcode=1
-  echo as_func_success failed.
-fi
-
-if as_func_failure; then
-  exitcode=1
-  echo as_func_failure succeeded.
-fi
-
-if as_func_ret_success; then
-  :
-else
-  exitcode=1
-  echo as_func_ret_success failed.
-fi
-
-if as_func_ret_failure; then
-  exitcode=1
-  echo as_func_ret_failure succeeded.
-fi
-
-if ( set x; as_func_ret_success y && test x = \"\$1\" ); then
-  :
-else
-  exitcode=1
-  echo positional parameters were not saved.
-fi
-
-test \$exitcode = 0") || {
-  echo No shell found that supports shell functions.
-  echo Please tell bug-autoconf@gnu.org about your system,
-  echo including any error possibly output before this message.
-  echo This can help us improve future autoconf versions.
-  echo Configuration will now proceed without shell functions.
-}
-
-
-
-  as_lineno_1=$LINENO
-  as_lineno_2=$LINENO
-  test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" &&
-  test "x`expr $as_lineno_1 + 1`" = "x$as_lineno_2" || {
-
-  # Create $as_me.lineno as a copy of $as_myself, but with $LINENO
-  # uniformly replaced by the line number.  The first 'sed' inserts a
-  # line-number line after each line using $LINENO; the second 'sed'
-  # does the real work.  The second script uses 'N' to pair each
-  # line-number line with the line containing $LINENO, and appends
-  # trailing '-' during substitution so that $LINENO is not a special
-  # case at line end.
-  # (Raja R Harinath suggested sed '=', and Paul Eggert wrote the
-  # scripts with optimization help from Paolo Bonzini.  Blame Lee
-  # E. McMahon (1931-1989) for sed's syntax.  :-)
-  sed -n '
-    p
-    /[$]LINENO/=
-  ' <$as_myself |
-    sed '
-      s/[$]LINENO.*/&-/
-      t lineno
-      b
-      :lineno
-      N
-      :loop
-      s/[$]LINENO\([^'$as_cr_alnum'_].*\n\)\(.*\)/\2\1\2/
-      t loop
-      s/-\n.*//
-    ' >$as_me.lineno &&
-  chmod +x "$as_me.lineno" ||
-    { $as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-
-  # Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems
-  # (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the
-  # original and so on.  Autoconf is especially sensitive to this).
-  . "./$as_me.lineno"
-  # Exit status is that of the last command.
-  exit
-}
-
-
-if (as_dir=`dirname -- /` && test "X$as_dir" = X/) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-  as_dirname=dirname
-else
-  as_dirname=false
-fi
-
-ECHO_C= ECHO_N= ECHO_T=
-case `echo -n x` in
--n*)
-  case `echo 'x\c'` in
-  *c*) ECHO_T='	';;	# ECHO_T is single tab character.
-  *)   ECHO_C='\c';;
-  esac;;
-*)
-  ECHO_N='-n';;
-esac
-if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
-   test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then
-  as_expr=expr
-else
-  as_expr=false
-fi
-
-rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
-if test -d conf$$.dir; then
-  rm -f conf$$.dir/conf$$.file
-else
-  rm -f conf$$.dir
-  mkdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null
-fi
-if (echo >conf$$.file) 2>/dev/null; then
-  if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
-    as_ln_s='ln -s'
-    # ... but there are two gotchas:
-    # 1) On MSYS, both `ln -s file dir' and `ln file dir' fail.
-    # 2) DJGPP < 2.04 has no symlinks; `ln -s' creates a wrapper executable.
-    # In both cases, we have to default to `cp -p'.
-    ln -s conf$$.file conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null && test ! -f conf$$.exe ||
-      as_ln_s='cp -p'
-  elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
-    as_ln_s=ln
-  else
-    as_ln_s='cp -p'
-  fi
-else
-  as_ln_s='cp -p'
-fi
-rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.dir/conf$$.file conf$$.file
-rmdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null
-
-if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then
-  as_mkdir_p=:
-else
-  test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p
-  as_mkdir_p=false
-fi
-
-if test -x / >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-  as_test_x='test -x'
-else
-  if ls -dL / >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-    as_ls_L_option=L
-  else
-    as_ls_L_option=
-  fi
-  as_test_x='
-    eval sh -c '\''
-      if test -d "$1"; then
-	test -d "$1/.";
-      else
-	case $1 in
-	-*)set "./$1";;
-	esac;
-	case `ls -ld'$as_ls_L_option' "$1" 2>/dev/null` in
-	???[sx]*):;;*)false;;esac;fi
-    '\'' sh
-  '
-fi
-as_executable_p=$as_test_x
-
-# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name.
-as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
-
-# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name.
-as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
-
-
-
-
-# Check that we are running under the correct shell.
-SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}
-
-case X$lt_ECHO in
-X*--fallback-echo)
-  # Remove one level of quotation (which was required for Make).
-  ECHO=`echo "$lt_ECHO" | sed 's,\\\\\$\\$0,'$0','`
-  ;;
-esac
-
-ECHO=${lt_ECHO-echo}
-if test "X$1" = X--no-reexec; then
-  # Discard the --no-reexec flag, and continue.
-  shift
-elif test "X$1" = X--fallback-echo; then
-  # Avoid inline document here, it may be left over
-  :
-elif test "X`{ $ECHO '\t'; } 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' ; then
-  # Yippee, $ECHO works!
-  :
-else
-  # Restart under the correct shell.
-  exec $SHELL "$0" --no-reexec ${1+"$@"}
-fi
-
-if test "X$1" = X--fallback-echo; then
-  # used as fallback echo
-  shift
-  cat <<_LT_EOF
-$*
-_LT_EOF
-  exit 0
-fi
-
-# The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout
-# if CDPATH is set.
-(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH
-
-if test -z "$lt_ECHO"; then
-  if test "X${echo_test_string+set}" != Xset; then
-    # find a string as large as possible, as long as the shell can cope with it
-    for cmd in 'sed 50q "$0"' 'sed 20q "$0"' 'sed 10q "$0"' 'sed 2q "$0"' 'echo test'; do
-      # expected sizes: less than 2Kb, 1Kb, 512 bytes, 16 bytes, ...
-      if { echo_test_string=`eval $cmd`; } 2>/dev/null &&
-	 { test "X$echo_test_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; } 2>/dev/null
-      then
-        break
-      fi
-    done
-  fi
-
-  if test "X`{ $ECHO '\t'; } 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' &&
-     echo_testing_string=`{ $ECHO "$echo_test_string"; } 2>/dev/null` &&
-     test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then
-    :
-  else
-    # The Solaris, AIX, and Digital Unix default echo programs unquote
-    # backslashes.  This makes it impossible to quote backslashes using
-    #   echo "$something" | sed 's/\\/\\\\/g'
-    #
-    # So, first we look for a working echo in the user's PATH.
-
-    lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-    for dir in $PATH /usr/ucb; do
-      IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-      if (test -f $dir/echo || test -f $dir/echo$ac_exeext) &&
-         test "X`($dir/echo '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' &&
-         echo_testing_string=`($dir/echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` &&
-         test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then
-        ECHO="$dir/echo"
-        break
-      fi
-    done
-    IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-
-    if test "X$ECHO" = Xecho; then
-      # We didn't find a better echo, so look for alternatives.
-      if test "X`{ print -r '\t'; } 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' &&
-         echo_testing_string=`{ print -r "$echo_test_string"; } 2>/dev/null` &&
-         test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then
-        # This shell has a builtin print -r that does the trick.
-        ECHO='print -r'
-      elif { test -f /bin/ksh || test -f /bin/ksh$ac_exeext; } &&
-	   test "X$CONFIG_SHELL" != X/bin/ksh; then
-        # If we have ksh, try running configure again with it.
-        ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}
-        export ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL
-        CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/ksh
-        export CONFIG_SHELL
-        exec $CONFIG_SHELL "$0" --no-reexec ${1+"$@"}
-      else
-        # Try using printf.
-        ECHO='printf %s\n'
-        if test "X`{ $ECHO '\t'; } 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' &&
-	   echo_testing_string=`{ $ECHO "$echo_test_string"; } 2>/dev/null` &&
-	   test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then
-	  # Cool, printf works
-	  :
-        elif echo_testing_string=`($ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL "$0" --fallback-echo '\t') 2>/dev/null` &&
-	     test "X$echo_testing_string" = 'X\t' &&
-	     echo_testing_string=`($ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL "$0" --fallback-echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` &&
-	     test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then
-	  CONFIG_SHELL=$ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL
-	  export CONFIG_SHELL
-	  SHELL="$CONFIG_SHELL"
-	  export SHELL
-	  ECHO="$CONFIG_SHELL $0 --fallback-echo"
-        elif echo_testing_string=`($CONFIG_SHELL "$0" --fallback-echo '\t') 2>/dev/null` &&
-	     test "X$echo_testing_string" = 'X\t' &&
-	     echo_testing_string=`($CONFIG_SHELL "$0" --fallback-echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` &&
-	     test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then
-	  ECHO="$CONFIG_SHELL $0 --fallback-echo"
-        else
-	  # maybe with a smaller string...
-	  prev=:
-
-	  for cmd in 'echo test' 'sed 2q "$0"' 'sed 10q "$0"' 'sed 20q "$0"' 'sed 50q "$0"'; do
-	    if { test "X$echo_test_string" = "X`eval $cmd`"; } 2>/dev/null
-	    then
-	      break
-	    fi
-	    prev="$cmd"
-	  done
-
-	  if test "$prev" != 'sed 50q "$0"'; then
-	    echo_test_string=`eval $prev`
-	    export echo_test_string
-	    exec ${ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL-${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}} "$0" ${1+"$@"}
-	  else
-	    # Oops.  We lost completely, so just stick with echo.
-	    ECHO=echo
-	  fi
-        fi
-      fi
-    fi
-  fi
-fi
-
-# Copy echo and quote the copy suitably for passing to libtool from
-# the Makefile, instead of quoting the original, which is used later.
-lt_ECHO=$ECHO
-if test "X$lt_ECHO" = "X$CONFIG_SHELL $0 --fallback-echo"; then
-   lt_ECHO="$CONFIG_SHELL \\\$\$0 --fallback-echo"
-fi
-
-
-
-
-exec 7<&0 &1
-
-# Name of the host.
-# hostname on some systems (SVR3.2, Linux) returns a bogus exit status,
-# so uname gets run too.
-ac_hostname=`(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`
-
-#
-# Initializations.
-#
-ac_default_prefix=/usr/local
-ac_clean_files=
-ac_config_libobj_dir=.
-LIBOBJS=
-cross_compiling=no
-subdirs=
-MFLAGS=
-MAKEFLAGS=
-SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}
-
-# Identity of this package.
-PACKAGE_NAME='FreeType'
-PACKAGE_TARNAME='freetype'
-PACKAGE_VERSION='2.3.6'
-PACKAGE_STRING='FreeType 2.3.6'
-PACKAGE_BUGREPORT='freetype@nongnu.org'
-
-ac_unique_file="ftconfig.in"
-# Factoring default headers for most tests.
-ac_includes_default="\
-#include 
-#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
-# include 
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
-# include 
-#endif
-#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
-# include 
-# include 
-#else
-# ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
-#  include 
-# endif
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
-# if !defined STDC_HEADERS && defined HAVE_MEMORY_H
-#  include 
-# endif
-# include 
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H
-# include 
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
-# include 
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H
-# include 
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
-# include 
-#endif"
-
-ac_subst_vars='SHELL
-PATH_SEPARATOR
-PACKAGE_NAME
-PACKAGE_TARNAME
-PACKAGE_VERSION
-PACKAGE_STRING
-PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
-exec_prefix
-prefix
-program_transform_name
-bindir
-sbindir
-libexecdir
-datarootdir
-datadir
-sysconfdir
-sharedstatedir
-localstatedir
-includedir
-oldincludedir
-docdir
-infodir
-htmldir
-dvidir
-pdfdir
-psdir
-libdir
-localedir
-mandir
-DEFS
-ECHO_C
-ECHO_N
-ECHO_T
-LIBS
-build_alias
-host_alias
-target_alias
-version_info
-ft_version
-build
-build_cpu
-build_vendor
-build_os
-host
-host_cpu
-host_vendor
-host_os
-target
-target_cpu
-target_vendor
-target_os
-CC
-CFLAGS
-LDFLAGS
-CPPFLAGS
-ac_ct_CC
-EXEEXT
-OBJEXT
-CPP
-CC_BUILD
-EXEEXT_BUILD
-XX_CFLAGS
-XX_ANSIFLAGS
-RMF
-RMDIR
-INSTALL_PROGRAM
-INSTALL_SCRIPT
-INSTALL_DATA
-GREP
-EGREP
-FTSYS_SRC
-LIBZ
-FT2_EXTRA_LIBS
-SYSTEM_ZLIB
-AS
-DLLTOOL
-OBJDUMP
-LIBTOOL
-SED
-FGREP
-LD
-DUMPBIN
-ac_ct_DUMPBIN
-NM
-LN_S
-AR
-STRIP
-RANLIB
-lt_ECHO
-DSYMUTIL
-NMEDIT
-LIPO
-OTOOL
-OTOOL64
-hardcode_libdir_flag_spec
-wl
-build_libtool_libs
-LIBOBJS
-LTLIBOBJS'
-ac_subst_files=''
-ac_user_opts='
-enable_option_checking
-with_zlib
-with_old_mac_fonts
-with_fsspec
-with_fsref
-with_quickdraw_toolbox
-with_quickdraw_carbon
-with_ats
-enable_shared
-enable_static
-with_pic
-enable_fast_install
-with_gnu_ld
-enable_libtool_lock
-'
-      ac_precious_vars='build_alias
-host_alias
-target_alias
-CC
-CFLAGS
-LDFLAGS
-LIBS
-CPPFLAGS
-CPP'
-
-
-# Initialize some variables set by options.
-ac_init_help=
-ac_init_version=false
-ac_unrecognized_opts=
-ac_unrecognized_sep=
-# The variables have the same names as the options, with
-# dashes changed to underlines.
-cache_file=/dev/null
-exec_prefix=NONE
-no_create=
-no_recursion=
-prefix=NONE
-program_prefix=NONE
-program_suffix=NONE
-program_transform_name=s,x,x,
-silent=
-site=
-srcdir=
-verbose=
-x_includes=NONE
-x_libraries=NONE
-
-# Installation directory options.
-# These are left unexpanded so users can "make install exec_prefix=/foo"
-# and all the variables that are supposed to be based on exec_prefix
-# by default will actually change.
-# Use braces instead of parens because sh, perl, etc. also accept them.
-# (The list follows the same order as the GNU Coding Standards.)
-bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin'
-sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin'
-libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec'
-datarootdir='${prefix}/share'
-datadir='${datarootdir}'
-sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc'
-sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com'
-localstatedir='${prefix}/var'
-includedir='${prefix}/include'
-oldincludedir='/usr/include'
-docdir='${datarootdir}/doc/${PACKAGE_TARNAME}'
-infodir='${datarootdir}/info'
-htmldir='${docdir}'
-dvidir='${docdir}'
-pdfdir='${docdir}'
-psdir='${docdir}'
-libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib'
-localedir='${datarootdir}/locale'
-mandir='${datarootdir}/man'
-
-ac_prev=
-ac_dashdash=
-for ac_option
-do
-  # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it.
-  if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
-    eval $ac_prev=\$ac_option
-    ac_prev=
-    continue
-  fi
-
-  case $ac_option in
-  *=*)	ac_optarg=`expr "X$ac_option" : '[^=]*=\(.*\)'` ;;
-  *)	ac_optarg=yes ;;
-  esac
-
-  # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos.
-
-  case $ac_dashdash$ac_option in
-  --)
-    ac_dashdash=yes ;;
-
-  -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi)
-    ac_prev=bindir ;;
-  -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*)
-    bindir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu)
-    ac_prev=build_alias ;;
-  -build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=*)
-    build_alias=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \
-  | --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c)
-    ac_prev=cache_file ;;
-  -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \
-  | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*)
-    cache_file=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  --config-cache | -C)
-    cache_file=config.cache ;;
-
-  -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad)
-    ac_prev=datadir ;;
-  -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=*)
-    datadir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -datarootdir | --datarootdir | --datarootdi | --datarootd | --dataroot \
-  | --dataroo | --dataro | --datar)
-    ac_prev=datarootdir ;;
-  -datarootdir=* | --datarootdir=* | --datarootdi=* | --datarootd=* \
-  | --dataroot=* | --dataroo=* | --dataro=* | --datar=*)
-    datarootdir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -disable-* | --disable-*)
-    ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*disable-\(.*\)'`
-    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
-    expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
-      { $as_echo "$as_me: error: invalid feature name: $ac_useropt" >&2
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-    ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt
-    ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'`
-    case $ac_user_opts in
-      *"
-"enable_$ac_useropt"
-"*) ;;
-      *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--disable-$ac_useropt_orig"
-	 ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';;
-    esac
-    eval enable_$ac_useropt=no ;;
-
-  -docdir | --docdir | --docdi | --doc | --do)
-    ac_prev=docdir ;;
-  -docdir=* | --docdir=* | --docdi=* | --doc=* | --do=*)
-    docdir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -dvidir | --dvidir | --dvidi | --dvid | --dvi | --dv)
-    ac_prev=dvidir ;;
-  -dvidir=* | --dvidir=* | --dvidi=* | --dvid=* | --dvi=* | --dv=*)
-    dvidir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -enable-* | --enable-*)
-    ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*enable-\([^=]*\)'`
-    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
-    expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
-      { $as_echo "$as_me: error: invalid feature name: $ac_useropt" >&2
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-    ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt
-    ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'`
-    case $ac_user_opts in
-      *"
-"enable_$ac_useropt"
-"*) ;;
-      *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--enable-$ac_useropt_orig"
-	 ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';;
-    esac
-    eval enable_$ac_useropt=\$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \
-  | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \
-  | --exec | --exe | --ex)
-    ac_prev=exec_prefix ;;
-  -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \
-  | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \
-  | --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*)
-    exec_prefix=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -gas | --gas | --ga | --g)
-    # Obsolete; use --with-gas.
-    with_gas=yes ;;
-
-  -help | --help | --hel | --he | -h)
-    ac_init_help=long ;;
-  -help=r* | --help=r* | --hel=r* | --he=r* | -hr*)
-    ac_init_help=recursive ;;
-  -help=s* | --help=s* | --hel=s* | --he=s* | -hs*)
-    ac_init_help=short ;;
-
-  -host | --host | --hos | --ho)
-    ac_prev=host_alias ;;
-  -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*)
-    host_alias=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -htmldir | --htmldir | --htmldi | --htmld | --html | --htm | --ht)
-    ac_prev=htmldir ;;
-  -htmldir=* | --htmldir=* | --htmldi=* | --htmld=* | --html=* | --htm=* \
-  | --ht=*)
-    htmldir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \
-  | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc)
-    ac_prev=includedir ;;
-  -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \
-  | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*)
-    includedir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -infodir | --infodir | --infodi | --infod | --info | --inf)
-    ac_prev=infodir ;;
-  -infodir=* | --infodir=* | --infodi=* | --infod=* | --info=* | --inf=*)
-    infodir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -libdir | --libdir | --libdi | --libd)
-    ac_prev=libdir ;;
-  -libdir=* | --libdir=* | --libdi=* | --libd=*)
-    libdir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \
-  | --libexe | --libex | --libe)
-    ac_prev=libexecdir ;;
-  -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \
-  | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*)
-    libexecdir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -localedir | --localedir | --localedi | --localed | --locale)
-    ac_prev=localedir ;;
-  -localedir=* | --localedir=* | --localedi=* | --localed=* | --locale=*)
-    localedir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \
-  | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst | --locals)
-    ac_prev=localstatedir ;;
-  -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \
-  | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* | --locals=*)
-    localstatedir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m)
-    ac_prev=mandir ;;
-  -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*)
-    mandir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -nfp | --nfp | --nf)
-    # Obsolete; use --without-fp.
-    with_fp=no ;;
-
-  -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \
-  | --no-cr | --no-c | -n)
-    no_create=yes ;;
-
-  -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \
-  | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r)
-    no_recursion=yes ;;
-
-  -oldincludedir | --oldincludedir | --oldincludedi | --oldincluded \
-  | --oldinclude | --oldinclud | --oldinclu | --oldincl | --oldinc \
-  | --oldin | --oldi | --old | --ol | --o)
-    ac_prev=oldincludedir ;;
-  -oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedi=* | --oldincluded=* \
-  | --oldinclude=* | --oldinclud=* | --oldinclu=* | --oldincl=* | --oldinc=* \
-  | --oldin=* | --oldi=* | --old=* | --ol=* | --o=*)
-    oldincludedir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p)
-    ac_prev=prefix ;;
-  -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*)
-    prefix=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \
-  | --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p)
-    ac_prev=program_prefix ;;
-  -program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \
-  | --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*)
-    program_prefix=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \
-  | --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s)
-    ac_prev=program_suffix ;;
-  -program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \
-  | --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*)
-    program_suffix=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \
-  | --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \
-  | --program-transform-n | --program-transform- \
-  | --program-transform | --program-transfor \
-  | --program-transfo | --program-transf \
-  | --program-trans | --program-tran \
-  | --progr-tra | --program-tr | --program-t)
-    ac_prev=program_transform_name ;;
-  -program-transform-name=* | --program-transform-name=* \
-  | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \
-  | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \
-  | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \
-  | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \
-  | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \
-  | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*)
-    program_transform_name=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -pdfdir | --pdfdir | --pdfdi | --pdfd | --pdf | --pd)
-    ac_prev=pdfdir ;;
-  -pdfdir=* | --pdfdir=* | --pdfdi=* | --pdfd=* | --pdf=* | --pd=*)
-    pdfdir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -psdir | --psdir | --psdi | --psd | --ps)
-    ac_prev=psdir ;;
-  -psdir=* | --psdir=* | --psdi=* | --psd=* | --ps=*)
-    psdir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
-  | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
-    silent=yes ;;
-
-  -sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb)
-    ac_prev=sbindir ;;
-  -sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \
-  | --sbi=* | --sb=*)
-    sbindir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedi \
-  | --sharedstated | --sharedstate | --sharedstat | --sharedsta \
-  | --sharedst | --shareds | --shared | --share | --shar \
-  | --sha | --sh)
-    ac_prev=sharedstatedir ;;
-  -sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedi=* \
-  | --sharedstated=* | --sharedstate=* | --sharedstat=* | --sharedsta=* \
-  | --sharedst=* | --shareds=* | --shared=* | --share=* | --shar=* \
-  | --sha=* | --sh=*)
-    sharedstatedir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -site | --site | --sit)
-    ac_prev=site ;;
-  -site=* | --site=* | --sit=*)
-    site=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr)
-    ac_prev=srcdir ;;
-  -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*)
-    srcdir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -sysconfdir | --sysconfdir | --sysconfdi | --sysconfd | --sysconf \
-  | --syscon | --sysco | --sysc | --sys | --sy)
-    ac_prev=sysconfdir ;;
-  -sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdi=* | --sysconfd=* | --sysconf=* \
-  | --syscon=* | --sysco=* | --sysc=* | --sys=* | --sy=*)
-    sysconfdir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t)
-    ac_prev=target_alias ;;
-  -target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*)
-    target_alias=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb)
-    verbose=yes ;;
-
-  -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | -V)
-    ac_init_version=: ;;
-
-  -with-* | --with-*)
-    ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*with-\([^=]*\)'`
-    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
-    expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
-      { $as_echo "$as_me: error: invalid package name: $ac_useropt" >&2
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-    ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt
-    ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'`
-    case $ac_user_opts in
-      *"
-"with_$ac_useropt"
-"*) ;;
-      *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--with-$ac_useropt_orig"
-	 ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';;
-    esac
-    eval with_$ac_useropt=\$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -without-* | --without-*)
-    ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*without-\(.*\)'`
-    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
-    expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
-      { $as_echo "$as_me: error: invalid package name: $ac_useropt" >&2
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-    ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt
-    ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'`
-    case $ac_user_opts in
-      *"
-"with_$ac_useropt"
-"*) ;;
-      *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--without-$ac_useropt_orig"
-	 ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';;
-    esac
-    eval with_$ac_useropt=no ;;
-
-  --x)
-    # Obsolete; use --with-x.
-    with_x=yes ;;
-
-  -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \
-  | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i)
-    ac_prev=x_includes ;;
-  -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \
-  | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*)
-    x_includes=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \
-  | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l)
-    ac_prev=x_libraries ;;
-  -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \
-  | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*)
-    x_libraries=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -*) { $as_echo "$as_me: error: unrecognized option: $ac_option
-Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-    ;;
-
-  *=*)
-    ac_envvar=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x\([^=]*\)='`
-    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
-    expr "x$ac_envvar" : ".*[^_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
-      { $as_echo "$as_me: error: invalid variable name: $ac_envvar" >&2
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-    eval $ac_envvar=\$ac_optarg
-    export $ac_envvar ;;
-
-  *)
-    # FIXME: should be removed in autoconf 3.0.
-    $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: you should use --build, --host, --target" >&2
-    expr "x$ac_option" : ".*[^-._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
-      $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: invalid host type: $ac_option" >&2
-    : ${build_alias=$ac_option} ${host_alias=$ac_option} ${target_alias=$ac_option}
-    ;;
-
-  esac
-done
-
-if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
-  ac_option=--`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'`
-  { $as_echo "$as_me: error: missing argument to $ac_option" >&2
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-fi
-
-if test -n "$ac_unrecognized_opts"; then
-  case $enable_option_checking in
-    no) ;;
-    fatal) { $as_echo "$as_me: error: Unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&2
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ;;
-    *)     $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: Unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&2 ;;
-  esac
-fi
-
-# Check all directory arguments for consistency.
-for ac_var in	exec_prefix prefix bindir sbindir libexecdir datarootdir \
-		datadir sysconfdir sharedstatedir localstatedir includedir \
-		oldincludedir docdir infodir htmldir dvidir pdfdir psdir \
-		libdir localedir mandir
-do
-  eval ac_val=\$$ac_var
-  # Remove trailing slashes.
-  case $ac_val in
-    */ )
-      ac_val=`expr "X$ac_val" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)' \| "X$ac_val" : 'X\(.*\)'`
-      eval $ac_var=\$ac_val;;
-  esac
-  # Be sure to have absolute directory names.
-  case $ac_val in
-    [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* )  continue;;
-    NONE | '' ) case $ac_var in *prefix ) continue;; esac;;
-  esac
-  { $as_echo "$as_me: error: expected an absolute directory name for --$ac_var: $ac_val" >&2
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-done
-
-# There might be people who depend on the old broken behavior: `$host'
-# used to hold the argument of --host etc.
-# FIXME: To remove some day.
-build=$build_alias
-host=$host_alias
-target=$target_alias
-
-# FIXME: To remove some day.
-if test "x$host_alias" != x; then
-  if test "x$build_alias" = x; then
-    cross_compiling=maybe
-    $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: If you wanted to set the --build type, don't use --host.
-    If a cross compiler is detected then cross compile mode will be used." >&2
-  elif test "x$build_alias" != "x$host_alias"; then
-    cross_compiling=yes
-  fi
-fi
-
-ac_tool_prefix=
-test -n "$host_alias" && ac_tool_prefix=$host_alias-
-
-test "$silent" = yes && exec 6>/dev/null
-
-
-ac_pwd=`pwd` && test -n "$ac_pwd" &&
-ac_ls_di=`ls -di .` &&
-ac_pwd_ls_di=`cd "$ac_pwd" && ls -di .` ||
-  { $as_echo "$as_me: error: Working directory cannot be determined" >&2
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-test "X$ac_ls_di" = "X$ac_pwd_ls_di" ||
-  { $as_echo "$as_me: error: pwd does not report name of working directory" >&2
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-
-
-# Find the source files, if location was not specified.
-if test -z "$srcdir"; then
-  ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes
-  # Try the directory containing this script, then the parent directory.
-  ac_confdir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_myself" ||
-$as_expr X"$as_myself" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
-	 X"$as_myself" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
-	 X"$as_myself" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
-	 X"$as_myself" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
-$as_echo X"$as_myself" |
-    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
-	    s//\1/
-	    q
-	  }
-	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
-	    s//\1/
-	    q
-	  }
-	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
-	    s//\1/
-	    q
-	  }
-	  /^X\(\/\).*/{
-	    s//\1/
-	    q
-	  }
-	  s/.*/./; q'`
-  srcdir=$ac_confdir
-  if test ! -r "$srcdir/$ac_unique_file"; then
-    srcdir=..
-  fi
-else
-  ac_srcdir_defaulted=no
-fi
-if test ! -r "$srcdir/$ac_unique_file"; then
-  test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes && srcdir="$ac_confdir or .."
-  { $as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot find sources ($ac_unique_file) in $srcdir" >&2
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-fi
-ac_msg="sources are in $srcdir, but \`cd $srcdir' does not work"
-ac_abs_confdir=`(
-	cd "$srcdir" && test -r "./$ac_unique_file" || { $as_echo "$as_me: error: $ac_msg" >&2
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-	pwd)`
-# When building in place, set srcdir=.
-if test "$ac_abs_confdir" = "$ac_pwd"; then
-  srcdir=.
-fi
-# Remove unnecessary trailing slashes from srcdir.
-# Double slashes in file names in object file debugging info
-# mess up M-x gdb in Emacs.
-case $srcdir in
-*/) srcdir=`expr "X$srcdir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)' \| "X$srcdir" : 'X\(.*\)'`;;
-esac
-for ac_var in $ac_precious_vars; do
-  eval ac_env_${ac_var}_set=\${${ac_var}+set}
-  eval ac_env_${ac_var}_value=\$${ac_var}
-  eval ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set=\${${ac_var}+set}
-  eval ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value=\$${ac_var}
-done
-
-#
-# Report the --help message.
-#
-if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then
-  # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
-  # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.
-  cat <<_ACEOF
-\`configure' configures FreeType 2.3.6 to adapt to many kinds of systems.
-
-Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]...
-
-To assign environment variables (e.g., CC, CFLAGS...), specify them as
-VAR=VALUE.  See below for descriptions of some of the useful variables.
-
-Defaults for the options are specified in brackets.
-
-Configuration:
-  -h, --help              display this help and exit
-      --help=short        display options specific to this package
-      --help=recursive    display the short help of all the included packages
-  -V, --version           display version information and exit
-  -q, --quiet, --silent   do not print \`checking...' messages
-      --cache-file=FILE   cache test results in FILE [disabled]
-  -C, --config-cache      alias for \`--cache-file=config.cache'
-  -n, --no-create         do not create output files
-      --srcdir=DIR        find the sources in DIR [configure dir or \`..']
-
-Installation directories:
-  --prefix=PREFIX         install architecture-independent files in PREFIX
-                          [$ac_default_prefix]
-  --exec-prefix=EPREFIX   install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX
-                          [PREFIX]
-
-By default, \`make install' will install all the files in
-\`$ac_default_prefix/bin', \`$ac_default_prefix/lib' etc.  You can specify
-an installation prefix other than \`$ac_default_prefix' using \`--prefix',
-for instance \`--prefix=\$HOME'.
-
-For better control, use the options below.
-
-Fine tuning of the installation directories:
-  --bindir=DIR            user executables [EPREFIX/bin]
-  --sbindir=DIR           system admin executables [EPREFIX/sbin]
-  --libexecdir=DIR        program executables [EPREFIX/libexec]
-  --sysconfdir=DIR        read-only single-machine data [PREFIX/etc]
-  --sharedstatedir=DIR    modifiable architecture-independent data [PREFIX/com]
-  --localstatedir=DIR     modifiable single-machine data [PREFIX/var]
-  --libdir=DIR            object code libraries [EPREFIX/lib]
-  --includedir=DIR        C header files [PREFIX/include]
-  --oldincludedir=DIR     C header files for non-gcc [/usr/include]
-  --datarootdir=DIR       read-only arch.-independent data root [PREFIX/share]
-  --datadir=DIR           read-only architecture-independent data [DATAROOTDIR]
-  --infodir=DIR           info documentation [DATAROOTDIR/info]
-  --localedir=DIR         locale-dependent data [DATAROOTDIR/locale]
-  --mandir=DIR            man documentation [DATAROOTDIR/man]
-  --docdir=DIR            documentation root [DATAROOTDIR/doc/freetype]
-  --htmldir=DIR           html documentation [DOCDIR]
-  --dvidir=DIR            dvi documentation [DOCDIR]
-  --pdfdir=DIR            pdf documentation [DOCDIR]
-  --psdir=DIR             ps documentation [DOCDIR]
-_ACEOF
-
-  cat <<\_ACEOF
-
-System types:
-  --build=BUILD     configure for building on BUILD [guessed]
-  --host=HOST       cross-compile to build programs to run on HOST [BUILD]
-  --target=TARGET   configure for building compilers for TARGET [HOST]
-_ACEOF
-fi
-
-if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then
-  case $ac_init_help in
-     short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of FreeType 2.3.6:";;
-   esac
-  cat <<\_ACEOF
-
-Optional Features:
-  --disable-option-checking  ignore unrecognized --enable/--with options
-  --disable-FEATURE       do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no)
-  --enable-FEATURE[=ARG]  include FEATURE [ARG=yes]
-  --enable-shared[=PKGS]  build shared libraries [default=yes]
-  --enable-static[=PKGS]  build static libraries [default=yes]
-  --enable-fast-install[=PKGS]
-                          optimize for fast installation [default=yes]
-  --disable-libtool-lock  avoid locking (might break parallel builds)
-
-Optional Packages:
-  --with-PACKAGE[=ARG]    use PACKAGE [ARG=yes]
-  --without-PACKAGE       do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no)
-  --without-zlib          use internal zlib instead of system-wide
-  --with-old-mac-fonts    allow Mac resource-based fonts to be used
-  --with-fsspec           use obsolete FSSpec API of MacOS, if available
-                          (default=yes)
-  --with-fsref            use Carbon FSRef API of MacOS, if available
-                          (default=yes)
-  --with-quickdraw-toolbox
-                          use MacOS QuickDraw in ToolBox, if available
-                          (default=yes)
-  --with-quickdraw-carbon use MacOS QuickDraw in Carbon, if available
-                          (default=yes)
-  --with-ats              use AppleTypeService, if available (default=yes)
-  --with-pic              try to use only PIC/non-PIC objects [default=use
-                          both]
-  --with-gnu-ld           assume the C compiler uses GNU ld [default=no]
-
-Some influential environment variables:
-  CC          C compiler command
-  CFLAGS      C compiler flags
-  LDFLAGS     linker flags, e.g. -L if you have libraries in a
-              nonstandard directory 
-  LIBS        libraries to pass to the linker, e.g. -l
-  CPPFLAGS    C/C++/Objective C preprocessor flags, e.g. -I if
-              you have headers in a nonstandard directory 
-  CPP         C preprocessor
-
-Use these variables to override the choices made by `configure' or to help
-it to find libraries and programs with nonstandard names/locations.
-
-Report bugs to .
-_ACEOF
-ac_status=$?
-fi
-
-if test "$ac_init_help" = "recursive"; then
-  # If there are subdirs, report their specific --help.
-  for ac_dir in : $ac_subdirs_all; do test "x$ac_dir" = x: && continue
-    test -d "$ac_dir" ||
-      { cd "$srcdir" && ac_pwd=`pwd` && srcdir=. && test -d "$ac_dir"; } ||
-      continue
-    ac_builddir=.
-
-case "$ac_dir" in
-.) ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;;
-*)
-  ac_dir_suffix=/`$as_echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's|^\.[\\/]||'`
-  # A ".." for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
-  ac_top_builddir_sub=`$as_echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's|/[^\\/]*|/..|g;s|/||'`
-  case $ac_top_builddir_sub in
-  "") ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;;
-  *)  ac_top_build_prefix=$ac_top_builddir_sub/ ;;
-  esac ;;
-esac
-ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_pwd
-ac_abs_builddir=$ac_pwd$ac_dir_suffix
-# for backward compatibility:
-ac_top_builddir=$ac_top_build_prefix
-
-case $srcdir in
-  .)  # We are building in place.
-    ac_srcdir=.
-    ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir_sub
-    ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd ;;
-  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* )  # Absolute name.
-    ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix;
-    ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir
-    ac_abs_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;;
-  *) # Relative name.
-    ac_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
-    ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir
-    ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd/$srcdir ;;
-esac
-ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_top_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
-
-    cd "$ac_dir" || { ac_status=$?; continue; }
-    # Check for guested configure.
-    if test -f "$ac_srcdir/configure.gnu"; then
-      echo &&
-      $SHELL "$ac_srcdir/configure.gnu" --help=recursive
-    elif test -f "$ac_srcdir/configure"; then
-      echo &&
-      $SHELL "$ac_srcdir/configure" --help=recursive
-    else
-      $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: no configuration information is in $ac_dir" >&2
-    fi || ac_status=$?
-    cd "$ac_pwd" || { ac_status=$?; break; }
-  done
-fi
-
-test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit $ac_status
-if $ac_init_version; then
-  cat <<\_ACEOF
-FreeType configure 2.3.6
-generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62
-
-Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
-2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
-_ACEOF
-  exit
-fi
-cat >config.log <<_ACEOF
-This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
-running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.
-
-It was created by FreeType $as_me 2.3.6, which was
-generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62.  Invocation command line was
-
-  $ $0 $@
-
-_ACEOF
-exec 5>>config.log
-{
-cat <<_ASUNAME
-## --------- ##
-## Platform. ##
-## --------- ##
-
-hostname = `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`
-uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
-uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
-uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
-uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
-
-/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
-/bin/uname -X     = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null     || echo unknown`
-
-/bin/arch              = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null              || echo unknown`
-/usr/bin/arch -k       = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null       || echo unknown`
-/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
-/usr/bin/hostinfo      = `(/usr/bin/hostinfo) 2>/dev/null      || echo unknown`
-/bin/machine           = `(/bin/machine) 2>/dev/null           || echo unknown`
-/usr/bin/oslevel       = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null       || echo unknown`
-/bin/universe          = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null          || echo unknown`
-
-_ASUNAME
-
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  $as_echo "PATH: $as_dir"
-done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-} >&5
-
-cat >&5 <<_ACEOF
-
-
-## ----------- ##
-## Core tests. ##
-## ----------- ##
-
-_ACEOF
-
-
-# Keep a trace of the command line.
-# Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up.
-# Strip out --silent because we don't want to record it for future runs.
-# Also quote any args containing shell meta-characters.
-# Make two passes to allow for proper duplicate-argument suppression.
-ac_configure_args=
-ac_configure_args0=
-ac_configure_args1=
-ac_must_keep_next=false
-for ac_pass in 1 2
-do
-  for ac_arg
-  do
-    case $ac_arg in
-    -no-create | --no-c* | -n | -no-recursion | --no-r*) continue ;;
-    -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
-    | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
-      continue ;;
-    *\'*)
-      ac_arg=`$as_echo "$ac_arg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;;
-    esac
-    case $ac_pass in
-    1) ac_configure_args0="$ac_configure_args0 '$ac_arg'" ;;
-    2)
-      ac_configure_args1="$ac_configure_args1 '$ac_arg'"
-      if test $ac_must_keep_next = true; then
-	ac_must_keep_next=false # Got value, back to normal.
-      else
-	case $ac_arg in
-	  *=* | --config-cache | -C | -disable-* | --disable-* \
-	  | -enable-* | --enable-* | -gas | --g* | -nfp | --nf* \
-	  | -q | -quiet | --q* | -silent | --sil* | -v | -verb* \
-	  | -with-* | --with-* | -without-* | --without-* | --x)
-	    case "$ac_configure_args0 " in
-	      "$ac_configure_args1"*" '$ac_arg' "* ) continue ;;
-	    esac
-	    ;;
-	  -* ) ac_must_keep_next=true ;;
-	esac
-      fi
-      ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args '$ac_arg'"
-      ;;
-    esac
-  done
-done
-$as_unset ac_configure_args0 || test "${ac_configure_args0+set}" != set || { ac_configure_args0=; export ac_configure_args0; }
-$as_unset ac_configure_args1 || test "${ac_configure_args1+set}" != set || { ac_configure_args1=; export ac_configure_args1; }
-
-# When interrupted or exit'd, cleanup temporary files, and complete
-# config.log.  We remove comments because anyway the quotes in there
-# would cause problems or look ugly.
-# WARNING: Use '\'' to represent an apostrophe within the trap.
-# WARNING: Do not start the trap code with a newline, due to a FreeBSD 4.0 bug.
-trap 'exit_status=$?
-  # Save into config.log some information that might help in debugging.
-  {
-    echo
-
-    cat <<\_ASBOX
-## ---------------- ##
-## Cache variables. ##
-## ---------------- ##
-_ASBOX
-    echo
-    # The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
-(
-  for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 | sed -n '\''s/^\([a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=.*/\1/p'\''`; do
-    eval ac_val=\$$ac_var
-    case $ac_val in #(
-    *${as_nl}*)
-      case $ac_var in #(
-      *_cv_*) { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: Cache variable $ac_var contains a newline." >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: Cache variable $ac_var contains a newline." >&2;} ;;
-      esac
-      case $ac_var in #(
-      _ | IFS | as_nl) ;; #(
-      BASH_ARGV | BASH_SOURCE) eval $ac_var= ;; #(
-      *) $as_unset $ac_var ;;
-      esac ;;
-    esac
-  done
-  (set) 2>&1 |
-    case $as_nl`(ac_space='\'' '\''; set) 2>&1` in #(
-    *${as_nl}ac_space=\ *)
-      sed -n \
-	"s/'\''/'\''\\\\'\'''\''/g;
-	  s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\''\\2'\''/p"
-      ;; #(
-    *)
-      sed -n "/^[_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*=/p"
-      ;;
-    esac |
-    sort
-)
-    echo
-
-    cat <<\_ASBOX
-## ----------------- ##
-## Output variables. ##
-## ----------------- ##
-_ASBOX
-    echo
-    for ac_var in $ac_subst_vars
-    do
-      eval ac_val=\$$ac_var
-      case $ac_val in
-      *\'\''*) ac_val=`$as_echo "$ac_val" | sed "s/'\''/'\''\\\\\\\\'\'''\''/g"`;;
-      esac
-      $as_echo "$ac_var='\''$ac_val'\''"
-    done | sort
-    echo
-
-    if test -n "$ac_subst_files"; then
-      cat <<\_ASBOX
-## ------------------- ##
-## File substitutions. ##
-## ------------------- ##
-_ASBOX
-      echo
-      for ac_var in $ac_subst_files
-      do
-	eval ac_val=\$$ac_var
-	case $ac_val in
-	*\'\''*) ac_val=`$as_echo "$ac_val" | sed "s/'\''/'\''\\\\\\\\'\'''\''/g"`;;
-	esac
-	$as_echo "$ac_var='\''$ac_val'\''"
-      done | sort
-      echo
-    fi
-
-    if test -s confdefs.h; then
-      cat <<\_ASBOX
-## ----------- ##
-## confdefs.h. ##
-## ----------- ##
-_ASBOX
-      echo
-      cat confdefs.h
-      echo
-    fi
-    test "$ac_signal" != 0 &&
-      $as_echo "$as_me: caught signal $ac_signal"
-    $as_echo "$as_me: exit $exit_status"
-  } >&5
-  rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* &&
-    rm -f -r conftest* confdefs* conf$$* $ac_clean_files &&
-    exit $exit_status
-' 0
-for ac_signal in 1 2 13 15; do
-  trap 'ac_signal='$ac_signal'; { (exit 1); exit 1; }' $ac_signal
-done
-ac_signal=0
-
-# confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed.
-rm -f -r conftest* confdefs.h
-
-# Predefined preprocessor variables.
-
-cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
-#define PACKAGE_NAME "$PACKAGE_NAME"
-_ACEOF
-
-
-cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
-#define PACKAGE_TARNAME "$PACKAGE_TARNAME"
-_ACEOF
-
-
-cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
-#define PACKAGE_VERSION "$PACKAGE_VERSION"
-_ACEOF
-
-
-cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
-#define PACKAGE_STRING "$PACKAGE_STRING"
-_ACEOF
-
-
-cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
-#define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "$PACKAGE_BUGREPORT"
-_ACEOF
-
-
-# Let the site file select an alternate cache file if it wants to.
-# Prefer an explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones.
-ac_site_file1=NONE
-ac_site_file2=NONE
-if test -n "$CONFIG_SITE"; then
-  ac_site_file1=$CONFIG_SITE
-elif test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then
-  ac_site_file1=$prefix/share/config.site
-  ac_site_file2=$prefix/etc/config.site
-else
-  ac_site_file1=$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site
-  ac_site_file2=$ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site
-fi
-for ac_site_file in "$ac_site_file1" "$ac_site_file2"
-do
-  test "x$ac_site_file" = xNONE && continue
-  if test -r "$ac_site_file"; then
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&6;}
-    sed 's/^/| /' "$ac_site_file" >&5
-    . "$ac_site_file"
-  fi
-done
-
-if test -r "$cache_file"; then
-  # Some versions of bash will fail to source /dev/null (special
-  # files actually), so we avoid doing that.
-  if test -f "$cache_file"; then
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: loading cache $cache_file" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: loading cache $cache_file" >&6;}
-    case $cache_file in
-      [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) . "$cache_file";;
-      *)                      . "./$cache_file";;
-    esac
-  fi
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating cache $cache_file" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: creating cache $cache_file" >&6;}
-  >$cache_file
-fi
-
-# Check that the precious variables saved in the cache have kept the same
-# value.
-ac_cache_corrupted=false
-for ac_var in $ac_precious_vars; do
-  eval ac_old_set=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set
-  eval ac_new_set=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_set
-  eval ac_old_val=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value
-  eval ac_new_val=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_value
-  case $ac_old_set,$ac_new_set in
-    set,)
-      { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&2;}
-      ac_cache_corrupted=: ;;
-    ,set)
-      { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&2;}
-      ac_cache_corrupted=: ;;
-    ,);;
-    *)
-      if test "x$ac_old_val" != "x$ac_new_val"; then
-	# differences in whitespace do not lead to failure.
-	ac_old_val_w=`echo x $ac_old_val`
-	ac_new_val_w=`echo x $ac_new_val`
-	if test "$ac_old_val_w" != "$ac_new_val_w"; then
-	  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&2;}
-	  ac_cache_corrupted=:
-	else
-	  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: warning: ignoring whitespace changes in \`$ac_var' since the previous run:" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: warning: ignoring whitespace changes in \`$ac_var' since the previous run:" >&2;}
-	  eval $ac_var=\$ac_old_val
-	fi
-	{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO:   former value:  \`$ac_old_val'" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me:   former value:  \`$ac_old_val'" >&2;}
-	{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO:   current value: \`$ac_new_val'" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me:   current value: \`$ac_new_val'" >&2;}
-      fi;;
-  esac
-  # Pass precious variables to config.status.
-  if test "$ac_new_set" = set; then
-    case $ac_new_val in
-    *\'*) ac_arg=$ac_var=`$as_echo "$ac_new_val" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;;
-    *) ac_arg=$ac_var=$ac_new_val ;;
-    esac
-    case " $ac_configure_args " in
-      *" '$ac_arg' "*) ;; # Avoid dups.  Use of quotes ensures accuracy.
-      *) ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args '$ac_arg'" ;;
-    esac
-  fi
-done
-if $ac_cache_corrupted; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&2;}
-  { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: run \`make distclean' and/or \`rm $cache_file' and start over" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: run \`make distclean' and/or \`rm $cache_file' and start over" >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-fi
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-ac_ext=c
-ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
-ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
-ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
-ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
-
-
-
-
-
-# Don't forget to update docs/VERSION.DLL!
-
-version_info='9:17:3'
-
-ft_version=`echo $version_info | tr : .`
-
-
-
-# checks for system type
-
-ac_aux_dir=
-for ac_dir in "$srcdir" "$srcdir/.." "$srcdir/../.."; do
-  if test -f "$ac_dir/install-sh"; then
-    ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
-    ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install-sh -c"
-    break
-  elif test -f "$ac_dir/install.sh"; then
-    ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
-    ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install.sh -c"
-    break
-  elif test -f "$ac_dir/shtool"; then
-    ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
-    ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/shtool install -c"
-    break
-  fi
-done
-if test -z "$ac_aux_dir"; then
-  { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find install-sh or install.sh in \"$srcdir\" \"$srcdir/..\" \"$srcdir/../..\"" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot find install-sh or install.sh in \"$srcdir\" \"$srcdir/..\" \"$srcdir/../..\"" >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-fi
-
-# These three variables are undocumented and unsupported,
-# and are intended to be withdrawn in a future Autoconf release.
-# They can cause serious problems if a builder's source tree is in a directory
-# whose full name contains unusual characters.
-ac_config_guess="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.guess"  # Please don't use this var.
-ac_config_sub="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub"  # Please don't use this var.
-ac_configure="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/configure"  # Please don't use this var.
-
-
-# Make sure we can run config.sub.
-$SHELL "$ac_aux_dir/config.sub" sun4 >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
-  { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot run $SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot run $SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub" >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking build system type" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking build system type... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_build+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  ac_build_alias=$build_alias
-test "x$ac_build_alias" = x &&
-  ac_build_alias=`$SHELL "$ac_aux_dir/config.guess"`
-test "x$ac_build_alias" = x &&
-  { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot guess build type; you must specify one" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot guess build type; you must specify one" >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-ac_cv_build=`$SHELL "$ac_aux_dir/config.sub" $ac_build_alias` ||
-  { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: $SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub $ac_build_alias failed" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: $SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub $ac_build_alias failed" >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_build" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_build" >&6; }
-case $ac_cv_build in
-*-*-*) ;;
-*) { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: invalid value of canonical build" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: invalid value of canonical build" >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
-esac
-build=$ac_cv_build
-ac_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS='-'
-set x $ac_cv_build
-shift
-build_cpu=$1
-build_vendor=$2
-shift; shift
-# Remember, the first character of IFS is used to create $*,
-# except with old shells:
-build_os=$*
-IFS=$ac_save_IFS
-case $build_os in *\ *) build_os=`echo "$build_os" | sed 's/ /-/g'`;; esac
-
-
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking host system type" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking host system type... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_host+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test "x$host_alias" = x; then
-  ac_cv_host=$ac_cv_build
-else
-  ac_cv_host=`$SHELL "$ac_aux_dir/config.sub" $host_alias` ||
-    { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: $SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub $host_alias failed" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: $SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub $host_alias failed" >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-fi
-
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_host" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_host" >&6; }
-case $ac_cv_host in
-*-*-*) ;;
-*) { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: invalid value of canonical host" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: invalid value of canonical host" >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
-esac
-host=$ac_cv_host
-ac_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS='-'
-set x $ac_cv_host
-shift
-host_cpu=$1
-host_vendor=$2
-shift; shift
-# Remember, the first character of IFS is used to create $*,
-# except with old shells:
-host_os=$*
-IFS=$ac_save_IFS
-case $host_os in *\ *) host_os=`echo "$host_os" | sed 's/ /-/g'`;; esac
-
-
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking target system type" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking target system type... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_target+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test "x$target_alias" = x; then
-  ac_cv_target=$ac_cv_host
-else
-  ac_cv_target=`$SHELL "$ac_aux_dir/config.sub" $target_alias` ||
-    { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: $SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub $target_alias failed" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: $SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub $target_alias failed" >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-fi
-
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_target" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_target" >&6; }
-case $ac_cv_target in
-*-*-*) ;;
-*) { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: invalid value of canonical target" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: invalid value of canonical target" >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
-esac
-target=$ac_cv_target
-ac_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS='-'
-set x $ac_cv_target
-shift
-target_cpu=$1
-target_vendor=$2
-shift; shift
-# Remember, the first character of IFS is used to create $*,
-# except with old shells:
-target_os=$*
-IFS=$ac_save_IFS
-case $target_os in *\ *) target_os=`echo "$target_os" | sed 's/ /-/g'`;; esac
-
-
-# The aliases save the names the user supplied, while $host etc.
-# will get canonicalized.
-test -n "$target_alias" &&
-  test "$program_prefix$program_suffix$program_transform_name" = \
-    NONENONEs,x,x, &&
-  program_prefix=${target_alias}-
-
-
-# checks for programs
-
-ac_ext=c
-ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
-ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
-ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
-ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
-if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
-  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}gcc; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$CC"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}gcc"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
-if test -n "$CC"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5
-$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
-fi
-if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then
-  ac_ct_CC=$CC
-  # Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="gcc"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
-if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-  if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then
-    CC=""
-  else
-    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
-yes:)
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: In the future, Autoconf will not detect cross-tools
-whose name does not start with the host triplet.  If you think this
-configuration is useful to you, please write to autoconf@gnu.org." >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: In the future, Autoconf will not detect cross-tools
-whose name does not start with the host triplet.  If you think this
-configuration is useful to you, please write to autoconf@gnu.org." >&2;}
-ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
-esac
-    CC=$ac_ct_CC
-  fi
-else
-  CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC"
-fi
-
-if test -z "$CC"; then
-          if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
-    # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}cc", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}cc; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$CC"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}cc"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
-if test -n "$CC"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5
-$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
-  fi
-fi
-if test -z "$CC"; then
-  # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy cc; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$CC"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-  ac_prog_rejected=no
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    if test "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then
-       ac_prog_rejected=yes
-       continue
-     fi
-    ac_cv_prog_CC="cc"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then
-  # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it.
-  set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC
-  shift
-  if test $# != 0; then
-    # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one.
-    # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen
-    # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name.
-    shift
-    ac_cv_prog_CC="$as_dir/$ac_word${1+' '}$@"
-  fi
-fi
-fi
-fi
-CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
-if test -n "$CC"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5
-$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
-fi
-if test -z "$CC"; then
-  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
-  for ac_prog in cl.exe
-  do
-    # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$CC"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_CC="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
-if test -n "$CC"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5
-$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
-    test -n "$CC" && break
-  done
-fi
-if test -z "$CC"; then
-  ac_ct_CC=$CC
-  for ac_prog in cl.exe
-do
-  # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_prog"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
-if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
-  test -n "$ac_ct_CC" && break
-done
-
-  if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then
-    CC=""
-  else
-    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
-yes:)
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: In the future, Autoconf will not detect cross-tools
-whose name does not start with the host triplet.  If you think this
-configuration is useful to you, please write to autoconf@gnu.org." >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: In the future, Autoconf will not detect cross-tools
-whose name does not start with the host triplet.  If you think this
-configuration is useful to you, please write to autoconf@gnu.org." >&2;}
-ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
-esac
-    CC=$ac_ct_CC
-  fi
-fi
-
-fi
-
-
-test -z "$CC" && { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH
-See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH
-See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-
-# Provide some information about the compiler.
-$as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for C compiler version" >&5
-set X $ac_compile
-ac_compiler=$2
-{ (ac_try="$ac_compiler --version >&5"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_compiler --version >&5") 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }
-{ (ac_try="$ac_compiler -v >&5"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_compiler -v >&5") 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }
-{ (ac_try="$ac_compiler -V >&5"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_compiler -V >&5") 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }
-
-cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files
-ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files a.out a.out.dSYM a.exe b.out"
-# Try to create an executable without -o first, disregard a.out.
-# It will help us diagnose broken compilers, and finding out an intuition
-# of exeext.
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for C compiler default output file name" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for C compiler default output file name... " >&6; }
-ac_link_default=`$as_echo "$ac_link" | sed 's/ -o *conftest[^ ]*//'`
-
-# The possible output files:
-ac_files="a.out conftest.exe conftest a.exe a_out.exe b.out conftest.*"
-
-ac_rmfiles=
-for ac_file in $ac_files
-do
-  case $ac_file in
-    *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj ) ;;
-    * ) ac_rmfiles="$ac_rmfiles $ac_file";;
-  esac
-done
-rm -f $ac_rmfiles
-
-if { (ac_try="$ac_link_default"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_link_default") 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }; then
-  # Autoconf-2.13 could set the ac_cv_exeext variable to `no'.
-# So ignore a value of `no', otherwise this would lead to `EXEEXT = no'
-# in a Makefile.  We should not override ac_cv_exeext if it was cached,
-# so that the user can short-circuit this test for compilers unknown to
-# Autoconf.
-for ac_file in $ac_files ''
-do
-  test -f "$ac_file" || continue
-  case $ac_file in
-    *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj )
-	;;
-    [ab].out )
-	# We found the default executable, but exeext='' is most
-	# certainly right.
-	break;;
-    *.* )
-        if test "${ac_cv_exeext+set}" = set && test "$ac_cv_exeext" != no;
-	then :; else
-	   ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'`
-	fi
-	# We set ac_cv_exeext here because the later test for it is not
-	# safe: cross compilers may not add the suffix if given an `-o'
-	# argument, so we may need to know it at that point already.
-	# Even if this section looks crufty: it has the advantage of
-	# actually working.
-	break;;
-    * )
-	break;;
-  esac
-done
-test "$ac_cv_exeext" = no && ac_cv_exeext=
-
-else
-  ac_file=''
-fi
-
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_file" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_file" >&6; }
-if test -z "$ac_file"; then
-  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-{ { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: C compiler cannot create executables
-See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: C compiler cannot create executables
-See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
-   { (exit 77); exit 77; }; }
-fi
-
-ac_exeext=$ac_cv_exeext
-
-# Check that the compiler produces executables we can run.  If not, either
-# the compiler is broken, or we cross compile.
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether the C compiler works" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking whether the C compiler works... " >&6; }
-# FIXME: These cross compiler hacks should be removed for Autoconf 3.0
-# If not cross compiling, check that we can run a simple program.
-if test "$cross_compiling" != yes; then
-  if { ac_try='./$ac_file'
-  { (case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
-    cross_compiling=no
-  else
-    if test "$cross_compiling" = maybe; then
-	cross_compiling=yes
-    else
-	{ { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot run C compiled programs.
-If you meant to cross compile, use \`--host'.
-See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot run C compiled programs.
-If you meant to cross compile, use \`--host'.
-See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-    fi
-  fi
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5
-$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
-
-rm -f -r a.out a.out.dSYM a.exe conftest$ac_cv_exeext b.out
-ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save
-# Check that the compiler produces executables we can run.  If not, either
-# the compiler is broken, or we cross compile.
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether we are cross compiling" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking whether we are cross compiling... " >&6; }
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $cross_compiling" >&5
-$as_echo "$cross_compiling" >&6; }
-
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for suffix of executables" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for suffix of executables... " >&6; }
-if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }; then
-  # If both `conftest.exe' and `conftest' are `present' (well, observable)
-# catch `conftest.exe'.  For instance with Cygwin, `ls conftest' will
-# work properly (i.e., refer to `conftest.exe'), while it won't with
-# `rm'.
-for ac_file in conftest.exe conftest conftest.*; do
-  test -f "$ac_file" || continue
-  case $ac_file in
-    *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj ) ;;
-    *.* ) ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'`
-	  break;;
-    * ) break;;
-  esac
-done
-else
-  { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot compute suffix of executables: cannot compile and link
-See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot compute suffix of executables: cannot compile and link
-See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-fi
-
-rm -f conftest$ac_cv_exeext
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_exeext" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_exeext" >&6; }
-
-rm -f conftest.$ac_ext
-EXEEXT=$ac_cv_exeext
-ac_exeext=$EXEEXT
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for suffix of object files" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for suffix of object files... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_objext+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.o conftest.obj
-if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }; then
-  for ac_file in conftest.o conftest.obj conftest.*; do
-  test -f "$ac_file" || continue;
-  case $ac_file in
-    *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM ) ;;
-    *) ac_cv_objext=`expr "$ac_file" : '.*\.\(.*\)'`
-       break;;
-  esac
-done
-else
-  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-{ { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot compute suffix of object files: cannot compile
-See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot compute suffix of object files: cannot compile
-See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-fi
-
-rm -f conftest.$ac_cv_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_objext" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_objext" >&6; }
-OBJEXT=$ac_cv_objext
-ac_objext=$OBJEXT
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-#ifndef __GNUC__
-       choke me
-#endif
-
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
-if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } && {
-	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
-	 test ! -s conftest.err
-       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
-  ac_compiler_gnu=yes
-else
-  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-	ac_compiler_gnu=no
-fi
-
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu=$ac_compiler_gnu
-
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&6; }
-if test $ac_compiler_gnu = yes; then
-  GCC=yes
-else
-  GCC=
-fi
-ac_test_CFLAGS=${CFLAGS+set}
-ac_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether $CC accepts -g" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking whether $CC accepts -g... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_g+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  ac_save_c_werror_flag=$ac_c_werror_flag
-   ac_c_werror_flag=yes
-   ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no
-   CFLAGS="-g"
-   cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
-if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } && {
-	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
-	 test ! -s conftest.err
-       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
-  ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes
-else
-  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-	CFLAGS=""
-      cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
-if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } && {
-	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
-	 test ! -s conftest.err
-       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
-  :
-else
-  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-	ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag
-	 CFLAGS="-g"
-	 cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
-if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } && {
-	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
-	 test ! -s conftest.err
-       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
-  ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes
-else
-  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-
-fi
-
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-fi
-
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-fi
-
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-   ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&6; }
-if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then
-  CFLAGS=$ac_save_CFLAGS
-elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then
-  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-    CFLAGS="-g -O2"
-  else
-    CFLAGS="-g"
-  fi
-else
-  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-    CFLAGS="-O2"
-  else
-    CFLAGS=
-  fi
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_c89+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=no
-ac_save_CC=$CC
-cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-/* Most of the following tests are stolen from RCS 5.7's src/conf.sh.  */
-struct buf { int x; };
-FILE * (*rcsopen) (struct buf *, struct stat *, int);
-static char *e (p, i)
-     char **p;
-     int i;
-{
-  return p[i];
-}
-static char *f (char * (*g) (char **, int), char **p, ...)
-{
-  char *s;
-  va_list v;
-  va_start (v,p);
-  s = g (p, va_arg (v,int));
-  va_end (v);
-  return s;
-}
-
-/* OSF 4.0 Compaq cc is some sort of almost-ANSI by default.  It has
-   function prototypes and stuff, but not '\xHH' hex character constants.
-   These don't provoke an error unfortunately, instead are silently treated
-   as 'x'.  The following induces an error, until -std is added to get
-   proper ANSI mode.  Curiously '\x00'!='x' always comes out true, for an
-   array size at least.  It's necessary to write '\x00'==0 to get something
-   that's true only with -std.  */
-int osf4_cc_array ['\x00' == 0 ? 1 : -1];
-
-/* IBM C 6 for AIX is almost-ANSI by default, but it replaces macro parameters
-   inside strings and character constants.  */
-#define FOO(x) 'x'
-int xlc6_cc_array[FOO(a) == 'x' ? 1 : -1];
-
-int test (int i, double x);
-struct s1 {int (*f) (int a);};
-struct s2 {int (*f) (double a);};
-int pairnames (int, char **, FILE *(*)(struct buf *, struct stat *, int), int, int);
-int argc;
-char **argv;
-int
-main ()
-{
-return f (e, argv, 0) != argv[0]  ||  f (e, argv, 1) != argv[1];
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-for ac_arg in '' -qlanglvl=extc89 -qlanglvl=ansi -std \
-	-Ae "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE" "-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__"
-do
-  CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg"
-  rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
-if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } && {
-	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
-	 test ! -s conftest.err
-       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
-  ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=$ac_arg
-else
-  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-
-fi
-
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext
-  test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != "xno" && break
-done
-rm -f conftest.$ac_ext
-CC=$ac_save_CC
-
-fi
-# AC_CACHE_VAL
-case "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" in
-  x)
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: none needed" >&5
-$as_echo "none needed" >&6; } ;;
-  xno)
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: unsupported" >&5
-$as_echo "unsupported" >&6; } ;;
-  *)
-    CC="$CC $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89"
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&6; } ;;
-esac
-
-
-ac_ext=c
-ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
-ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
-ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
-ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
-
-ac_ext=c
-ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
-ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
-ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
-ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking how to run the C preprocessor" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking how to run the C preprocessor... " >&6; }
-# On Suns, sometimes $CPP names a directory.
-if test -n "$CPP" && test -d "$CPP"; then
-  CPP=
-fi
-if test -z "$CPP"; then
-  if test "${ac_cv_prog_CPP+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-      # Double quotes because CPP needs to be expanded
-    for CPP in "$CC -E" "$CC -E -traditional-cpp" "/lib/cpp"
-    do
-      ac_preproc_ok=false
-for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes
-do
-  # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc
-  # with a fresh cross-compiler works.
-  # Prefer  to  if __STDC__ is defined, since
-  #  exists even on freestanding compilers.
-  # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser,
-  # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case.
-  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-#ifdef __STDC__
-# include 
-#else
-# include 
-#endif
-		     Syntax error
-_ACEOF
-if { (ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null && {
-	 test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
-	 test ! -s conftest.err
-       }; then
-  :
-else
-  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-  # Broken: fails on valid input.
-continue
-fi
-
-rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
-
-  # OK, works on sane cases.  Now check whether nonexistent headers
-  # can be detected and how.
-  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-#include 
-_ACEOF
-if { (ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null && {
-	 test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
-	 test ! -s conftest.err
-       }; then
-  # Broken: success on invalid input.
-continue
-else
-  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-  # Passes both tests.
-ac_preproc_ok=:
-break
-fi
-
-rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
-
-done
-# Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped.
-rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
-if $ac_preproc_ok; then
-  break
-fi
-
-    done
-    ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP
-
-fi
-  CPP=$ac_cv_prog_CPP
-else
-  ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CPP" >&5
-$as_echo "$CPP" >&6; }
-ac_preproc_ok=false
-for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes
-do
-  # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc
-  # with a fresh cross-compiler works.
-  # Prefer  to  if __STDC__ is defined, since
-  #  exists even on freestanding compilers.
-  # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser,
-  # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case.
-  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-#ifdef __STDC__
-# include 
-#else
-# include 
-#endif
-		     Syntax error
-_ACEOF
-if { (ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null && {
-	 test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
-	 test ! -s conftest.err
-       }; then
-  :
-else
-  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-  # Broken: fails on valid input.
-continue
-fi
-
-rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
-
-  # OK, works on sane cases.  Now check whether nonexistent headers
-  # can be detected and how.
-  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-#include 
-_ACEOF
-if { (ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null && {
-	 test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
-	 test ! -s conftest.err
-       }; then
-  # Broken: success on invalid input.
-continue
-else
-  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-  # Passes both tests.
-ac_preproc_ok=:
-break
-fi
-
-rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
-
-done
-# Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped.
-rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
-if $ac_preproc_ok; then
-  :
-else
-  { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: C preprocessor \"$CPP\" fails sanity check
-See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: C preprocessor \"$CPP\" fails sanity check
-See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-fi
-
-ac_ext=c
-ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
-ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
-ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
-ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
-
-
-
-
-# checks for native programs to generate building tool
-
-if test ${cross_compiling} = yes; then
-  # Extract the first word of "${build}-gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy ${build}-gcc; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC_BUILD+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$CC_BUILD"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_CC_BUILD="$CC_BUILD" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_CC_BUILD="${build}-gcc"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-CC_BUILD=$ac_cv_prog_CC_BUILD
-if test -n "$CC_BUILD"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC_BUILD" >&5
-$as_echo "$CC_BUILD" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
-  test -z "${CC_BUILD}" && # Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC_BUILD+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$CC_BUILD"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_CC_BUILD="$CC_BUILD" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_CC_BUILD="gcc"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-CC_BUILD=$ac_cv_prog_CC_BUILD
-if test -n "$CC_BUILD"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC_BUILD" >&5
-$as_echo "$CC_BUILD" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
-  test -z "${CC_BUILD}" && # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy cc; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC_BUILD+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$CC_BUILD"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_CC_BUILD="$CC_BUILD" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-  ac_prog_rejected=no
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    if test "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then
-       ac_prog_rejected=yes
-       continue
-     fi
-    ac_cv_prog_CC_BUILD="cc"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then
-  # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it.
-  set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC_BUILD
-  shift
-  if test $# != 0; then
-    # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one.
-    # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen
-    # first if we set CC_BUILD to just the basename; use the full file name.
-    shift
-    ac_cv_prog_CC_BUILD="$as_dir/$ac_word${1+' '}$@"
-  fi
-fi
-fi
-fi
-CC_BUILD=$ac_cv_prog_CC_BUILD
-if test -n "$CC_BUILD"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC_BUILD" >&5
-$as_echo "$CC_BUILD" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
-  test -z "${CC_BUILD}" && { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find native C compiler" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot find native C compiler" >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for suffix of native executables" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for suffix of native executables... " >&6; }
-  rm -f a.* b.* a_out.exe conftest.*
-  echo > conftest.c "int main() { return 0;}"
-  ${CC_BUILD} conftest.c || { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: native C compiler is not working" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: native C compiler is not working" >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-  rm -f conftest.c
-  if test -x a.out -o -x b.out -o -x conftest; then
-    EXEEXT_BUILD=""
-  elif test -x a_out.exe -o -x conftest.exe; then
-    EXEEXT_BUILD=".exe"
-  elif test -x conftest.* ; then
-    EXEEXT_BUILD=`echo conftest.* | sed -n '1s/^.*\.//g'`
-  fi
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $EXEEXT_BUILD" >&5
-$as_echo "$EXEEXT_BUILD" >&6; }
-else
-  CC_BUILD=${CC}
-  EXEEXT_BUILD=${EXEEXT}
-fi
-
-
-if test ! -z ${EXEEXT_BUILD}; then
-  EXEEXT_BUILD=."${EXEEXT_BUILD}"
-fi
-
-
-
-
-
-# get compiler flags right
-
-if test "x$CC" = xgcc; then
-  XX_CFLAGS="-Wall"
-  XX_ANSIFLAGS="-pedantic -ansi"
-else
-  case "$host" in
-  *-dec-osf*)
-    CFLAGS=
-    XX_CFLAGS="-std1 -g3"
-    XX_ANSIFLAGS=
-    ;;
-  *)
-    XX_CFLAGS=
-    XX_ANSIFLAGS=
-    ;;
-  esac
-fi
-
-
-
-
-# auxiliary programs
-
-# Extract the first word of "rm", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy rm; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_RMF+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$RMF"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_RMF="$RMF" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_RMF="rm -f"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-RMF=$ac_cv_prog_RMF
-if test -n "$RMF"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $RMF" >&5
-$as_echo "$RMF" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
-# Extract the first word of "rmdir", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy rmdir; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_RMDIR+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$RMDIR"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_RMDIR="$RMDIR" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_RMDIR="rmdir"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-RMDIR=$ac_cv_prog_RMDIR
-if test -n "$RMDIR"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $RMDIR" >&5
-$as_echo "$RMDIR" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
-
-
-# Since this file will be finally moved to another directory we make
-# the path of the install script absolute.  This small code snippet has
-# been taken from automake's `ylwrap' script.
-
-# Find a good install program.  We prefer a C program (faster),
-# so one script is as good as another.  But avoid the broken or
-# incompatible versions:
-# SysV /etc/install, /usr/sbin/install
-# SunOS /usr/etc/install
-# IRIX /sbin/install
-# AIX /bin/install
-# AmigaOS /C/install, which installs bootblocks on floppy discs
-# AIX 4 /usr/bin/installbsd, which doesn't work without a -g flag
-# AFS /usr/afsws/bin/install, which mishandles nonexistent args
-# SVR4 /usr/ucb/install, which tries to use the nonexistent group "staff"
-# OS/2's system install, which has a completely different semantic
-# ./install, which can be erroneously created by make from ./install.sh.
-# Reject install programs that cannot install multiple files.
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for a BSD-compatible install" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for a BSD-compatible install... " >&6; }
-if test -z "$INSTALL"; then
-if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  # Account for people who put trailing slashes in PATH elements.
-case $as_dir/ in
-  ./ | .// | /cC/* | \
-  /etc/* | /usr/sbin/* | /usr/etc/* | /sbin/* | /usr/afsws/bin/* | \
-  ?:\\/os2\\/install\\/* | ?:\\/OS2\\/INSTALL\\/* | \
-  /usr/ucb/* ) ;;
-  *)
-    # OSF1 and SCO ODT 3.0 have their own names for install.
-    # Don't use installbsd from OSF since it installs stuff as root
-    # by default.
-    for ac_prog in ginstall scoinst install; do
-      for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-	if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-	  if test $ac_prog = install &&
-	    grep dspmsg "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-	    # AIX install.  It has an incompatible calling convention.
-	    :
-	  elif test $ac_prog = install &&
-	    grep pwplus "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-	    # program-specific install script used by HP pwplus--don't use.
-	    :
-	  else
-	    rm -rf conftest.one conftest.two conftest.dir
-	    echo one > conftest.one
-	    echo two > conftest.two
-	    mkdir conftest.dir
-	    if "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" -c conftest.one conftest.two "`pwd`/conftest.dir" &&
-	      test -s conftest.one && test -s conftest.two &&
-	      test -s conftest.dir/conftest.one &&
-	      test -s conftest.dir/conftest.two
-	    then
-	      ac_cv_path_install="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext -c"
-	      break 3
-	    fi
-	  fi
-	fi
-      done
-    done
-    ;;
-esac
-
-done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-rm -rf conftest.one conftest.two conftest.dir
-
-fi
-  if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then
-    INSTALL=$ac_cv_path_install
-  else
-    # As a last resort, use the slow shell script.  Don't cache a
-    # value for INSTALL within a source directory, because that will
-    # break other packages using the cache if that directory is
-    # removed, or if the value is a relative name.
-    INSTALL=$ac_install_sh
-  fi
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $INSTALL" >&5
-$as_echo "$INSTALL" >&6; }
-
-# Use test -z because SunOS4 sh mishandles braces in ${var-val}.
-# It thinks the first close brace ends the variable substitution.
-test -z "$INSTALL_PROGRAM" && INSTALL_PROGRAM='${INSTALL}'
-
-test -z "$INSTALL_SCRIPT" && INSTALL_SCRIPT='${INSTALL}'
-
-test -z "$INSTALL_DATA" && INSTALL_DATA='${INSTALL} -m 644'
-
-case "$INSTALL" in
-/*)
-  ;;
-*/*)
-  INSTALL="`pwd`/$INSTALL" ;;
-esac
-
-
-# checks for header files
-
-
-
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for grep that handles long lines and -e" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for grep that handles long lines and -e... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_path_GREP+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -z "$GREP"; then
-  ac_path_GREP_found=false
-  # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST
-  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  for ac_prog in grep ggrep; do
-    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-      ac_path_GREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"
-      { test -f "$ac_path_GREP" && $as_test_x "$ac_path_GREP"; } || continue
-# Check for GNU ac_path_GREP and select it if it is found.
-  # Check for GNU $ac_path_GREP
-case `"$ac_path_GREP" --version 2>&1` in
-*GNU*)
-  ac_cv_path_GREP="$ac_path_GREP" ac_path_GREP_found=:;;
-*)
-  ac_count=0
-  $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in"
-  while :
-  do
-    cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp"
-    mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in"
-    cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl"
-    $as_echo 'GREP' >> "conftest.nl"
-    "$ac_path_GREP" -e 'GREP$' -e '-(cannot match)-' < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break
-    diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break
-    ac_count=`expr $ac_count + 1`
-    if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_GREP_max-0}; then
-      # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one
-      ac_cv_path_GREP="$ac_path_GREP"
-      ac_path_GREP_max=$ac_count
-    fi
-    # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough
-    test $ac_count -gt 10 && break
-  done
-  rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;;
-esac
-
-      $ac_path_GREP_found && break 3
-    done
-  done
-done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  if test -z "$ac_cv_path_GREP"; then
-    { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: no acceptable grep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: no acceptable grep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-  fi
-else
-  ac_cv_path_GREP=$GREP
-fi
-
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_path_GREP" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_path_GREP" >&6; }
- GREP="$ac_cv_path_GREP"
-
-
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for egrep" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for egrep... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_path_EGREP+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if echo a | $GREP -E '(a|b)' >/dev/null 2>&1
-   then ac_cv_path_EGREP="$GREP -E"
-   else
-     if test -z "$EGREP"; then
-  ac_path_EGREP_found=false
-  # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST
-  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  for ac_prog in egrep; do
-    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-      ac_path_EGREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"
-      { test -f "$ac_path_EGREP" && $as_test_x "$ac_path_EGREP"; } || continue
-# Check for GNU ac_path_EGREP and select it if it is found.
-  # Check for GNU $ac_path_EGREP
-case `"$ac_path_EGREP" --version 2>&1` in
-*GNU*)
-  ac_cv_path_EGREP="$ac_path_EGREP" ac_path_EGREP_found=:;;
-*)
-  ac_count=0
-  $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in"
-  while :
-  do
-    cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp"
-    mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in"
-    cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl"
-    $as_echo 'EGREP' >> "conftest.nl"
-    "$ac_path_EGREP" 'EGREP$' < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break
-    diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break
-    ac_count=`expr $ac_count + 1`
-    if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_EGREP_max-0}; then
-      # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one
-      ac_cv_path_EGREP="$ac_path_EGREP"
-      ac_path_EGREP_max=$ac_count
-    fi
-    # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough
-    test $ac_count -gt 10 && break
-  done
-  rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;;
-esac
-
-      $ac_path_EGREP_found && break 3
-    done
-  done
-done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  if test -z "$ac_cv_path_EGREP"; then
-    { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: no acceptable egrep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: no acceptable egrep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-  fi
-else
-  ac_cv_path_EGREP=$EGREP
-fi
-
-   fi
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_path_EGREP" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_path_EGREP" >&6; }
- EGREP="$ac_cv_path_EGREP"
-
-
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for ANSI C header files" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for ANSI C header files... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_header_stdc+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
-if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } && {
-	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
-	 test ! -s conftest.err
-       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
-  ac_cv_header_stdc=yes
-else
-  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-	ac_cv_header_stdc=no
-fi
-
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-
-if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
-  # SunOS 4.x string.h does not declare mem*, contrary to ANSI.
-  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-#include 
-
-_ACEOF
-if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
-  $EGREP "memchr" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-  :
-else
-  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
-fi
-rm -f conftest*
-
-fi
-
-if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
-  # ISC 2.0.2 stdlib.h does not declare free, contrary to ANSI.
-  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-#include 
-
-_ACEOF
-if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
-  $EGREP "free" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-  :
-else
-  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
-fi
-rm -f conftest*
-
-fi
-
-if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
-  # /bin/cc in Irix-4.0.5 gets non-ANSI ctype macros unless using -ansi.
-  if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then
-  :
-else
-  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-#include 
-#include 
-#if ((' ' & 0x0FF) == 0x020)
-# define ISLOWER(c) ('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z')
-# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? 'A' + ((c) - 'a') : (c))
-#else
-# define ISLOWER(c) \
-		   (('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'i') \
-		     || ('j' <= (c) && (c) <= 'r') \
-		     || ('s' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z'))
-# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? ((c) | 0x40) : (c))
-#endif
-
-#define XOR(e, f) (((e) && !(f)) || (!(e) && (f)))
-int
-main ()
-{
-  int i;
-  for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
-    if (XOR (islower (i), ISLOWER (i))
-	|| toupper (i) != TOUPPER (i))
-      return 2;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest$ac_exeext
-if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext'
-  { (case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
-  :
-else
-  $as_echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-( exit $ac_status )
-ac_cv_header_stdc=no
-fi
-rm -rf conftest.dSYM
-rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-fi
-
-
-fi
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_stdc" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_header_stdc" >&6; }
-if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
-
-cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
-#define STDC_HEADERS 1
-_ACEOF
-
-fi
-
-# On IRIX 5.3, sys/types and inttypes.h are conflicting.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-for ac_header in sys/types.h sys/stat.h stdlib.h string.h memory.h strings.h \
-		  inttypes.h stdint.h unistd.h
-do
-as_ac_Header=`$as_echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh`
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_header... " >&6; }
-if { as_var=$as_ac_Header; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-$ac_includes_default
-
-#include <$ac_header>
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
-if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } && {
-	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
-	 test ! -s conftest.err
-       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
-  eval "$as_ac_Header=yes"
-else
-  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-	eval "$as_ac_Header=no"
-fi
-
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-fi
-ac_res=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_Header'}
-		 $as_echo "$as_val"'`
-	       { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_res" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; }
-if test `eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_Header'}
-		 $as_echo "$as_val"'` = yes; then
-  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
-#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
-_ACEOF
-
-fi
-
-done
-
-
-
-
-for ac_header in fcntl.h unistd.h
-do
-as_ac_Header=`$as_echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh`
-if { as_var=$as_ac_Header; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_header... " >&6; }
-if { as_var=$as_ac_Header; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-fi
-ac_res=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_Header'}
-		 $as_echo "$as_val"'`
-	       { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_res" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; }
-else
-  # Is the header compilable?
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking $ac_header usability" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking $ac_header usability... " >&6; }
-cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-$ac_includes_default
-#include <$ac_header>
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
-if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } && {
-	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
-	 test ! -s conftest.err
-       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
-  ac_header_compiler=yes
-else
-  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-	ac_header_compiler=no
-fi
-
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_compiler" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_header_compiler" >&6; }
-
-# Is the header present?
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking $ac_header presence" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking $ac_header presence... " >&6; }
-cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-#include <$ac_header>
-_ACEOF
-if { (ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null && {
-	 test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
-	 test ! -s conftest.err
-       }; then
-  ac_header_preproc=yes
-else
-  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-  ac_header_preproc=no
-fi
-
-rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_preproc" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_header_preproc" >&6; }
-
-# So?  What about this header?
-case $ac_header_compiler:$ac_header_preproc:$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in
-  yes:no: )
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&2;}
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;}
-    ac_header_preproc=yes
-    ;;
-  no:yes:* )
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: present but cannot be compiled" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: present but cannot be compiled" >&2;}
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&2;}
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: see the Autoconf documentation" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: see the Autoconf documentation" >&2;}
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header:     section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header:     section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&2;}
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&2;}
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&2;}
-    ( cat <<\_ASBOX
-## ---------------------------------- ##
-## Report this to freetype@nongnu.org ##
-## ---------------------------------- ##
-_ASBOX
-     ) | sed "s/^/$as_me: WARNING:     /" >&2
-    ;;
-esac
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_header... " >&6; }
-if { as_var=$as_ac_Header; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  eval "$as_ac_Header=\$ac_header_preproc"
-fi
-ac_res=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_Header'}
-		 $as_echo "$as_val"'`
-	       { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_res" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; }
-
-fi
-if test `eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_Header'}
-		 $as_echo "$as_val"'` = yes; then
-  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
-#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
-_ACEOF
-
-fi
-
-done
-
-
-
-# checks for typedefs, structures, and compiler characteristics
-
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for an ANSI C-conforming const" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for an ANSI C-conforming const... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_c_const+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-/* FIXME: Include the comments suggested by Paul. */
-#ifndef __cplusplus
-  /* Ultrix mips cc rejects this.  */
-  typedef int charset[2];
-  const charset cs;
-  /* SunOS 4.1.1 cc rejects this.  */
-  char const *const *pcpcc;
-  char **ppc;
-  /* NEC SVR4.0.2 mips cc rejects this.  */
-  struct point {int x, y;};
-  static struct point const zero = {0,0};
-  /* AIX XL C 1.02.0.0 rejects this.
-     It does not let you subtract one const X* pointer from another in
-     an arm of an if-expression whose if-part is not a constant
-     expression */
-  const char *g = "string";
-  pcpcc = &g + (g ? g-g : 0);
-  /* HPUX 7.0 cc rejects these. */
-  ++pcpcc;
-  ppc = (char**) pcpcc;
-  pcpcc = (char const *const *) ppc;
-  { /* SCO 3.2v4 cc rejects this.  */
-    char *t;
-    char const *s = 0 ? (char *) 0 : (char const *) 0;
-
-    *t++ = 0;
-    if (s) return 0;
-  }
-  { /* Someone thinks the Sun supposedly-ANSI compiler will reject this.  */
-    int x[] = {25, 17};
-    const int *foo = &x[0];
-    ++foo;
-  }
-  { /* Sun SC1.0 ANSI compiler rejects this -- but not the above. */
-    typedef const int *iptr;
-    iptr p = 0;
-    ++p;
-  }
-  { /* AIX XL C 1.02.0.0 rejects this saying
-       "k.c", line 2.27: 1506-025 (S) Operand must be a modifiable lvalue. */
-    struct s { int j; const int *ap[3]; };
-    struct s *b; b->j = 5;
-  }
-  { /* ULTRIX-32 V3.1 (Rev 9) vcc rejects this */
-    const int foo = 10;
-    if (!foo) return 0;
-  }
-  return !cs[0] && !zero.x;
-#endif
-
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
-if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } && {
-	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
-	 test ! -s conftest.err
-       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
-  ac_cv_c_const=yes
-else
-  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-	ac_cv_c_const=no
-fi
-
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_c_const" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_c_const" >&6; }
-if test $ac_cv_c_const = no; then
-
-cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
-#define const /**/
-_ACEOF
-
-fi
-
-# The cast to long int works around a bug in the HP C Compiler
-# version HP92453-01 B.11.11.23709.GP, which incorrectly rejects
-# declarations like `int a3[[(sizeof (unsigned char)) >= 0]];'.
-# This bug is HP SR number 8606223364.
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking size of int" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking size of int... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_sizeof_int+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then
-  # Depending upon the size, compute the lo and hi bounds.
-cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-$ac_includes_default
-int
-main ()
-{
-static int test_array [1 - 2 * !(((long int) (sizeof (int))) >= 0)];
-test_array [0] = 0
-
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
-if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } && {
-	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
-	 test ! -s conftest.err
-       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
-  ac_lo=0 ac_mid=0
-  while :; do
-    cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-$ac_includes_default
-int
-main ()
-{
-static int test_array [1 - 2 * !(((long int) (sizeof (int))) <= $ac_mid)];
-test_array [0] = 0
-
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
-if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } && {
-	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
-	 test ! -s conftest.err
-       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
-  ac_hi=$ac_mid; break
-else
-  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-	ac_lo=`expr $ac_mid + 1`
-			if test $ac_lo -le $ac_mid; then
-			  ac_lo= ac_hi=
-			  break
-			fi
-			ac_mid=`expr 2 '*' $ac_mid + 1`
-fi
-
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-  done
-else
-  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-	cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-$ac_includes_default
-int
-main ()
-{
-static int test_array [1 - 2 * !(((long int) (sizeof (int))) < 0)];
-test_array [0] = 0
-
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
-if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } && {
-	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
-	 test ! -s conftest.err
-       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
-  ac_hi=-1 ac_mid=-1
-  while :; do
-    cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-$ac_includes_default
-int
-main ()
-{
-static int test_array [1 - 2 * !(((long int) (sizeof (int))) >= $ac_mid)];
-test_array [0] = 0
-
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
-if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } && {
-	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
-	 test ! -s conftest.err
-       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
-  ac_lo=$ac_mid; break
-else
-  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-	ac_hi=`expr '(' $ac_mid ')' - 1`
-			if test $ac_mid -le $ac_hi; then
-			  ac_lo= ac_hi=
-			  break
-			fi
-			ac_mid=`expr 2 '*' $ac_mid`
-fi
-
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-  done
-else
-  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-	ac_lo= ac_hi=
-fi
-
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-fi
-
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-# Binary search between lo and hi bounds.
-while test "x$ac_lo" != "x$ac_hi"; do
-  ac_mid=`expr '(' $ac_hi - $ac_lo ')' / 2 + $ac_lo`
-  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-$ac_includes_default
-int
-main ()
-{
-static int test_array [1 - 2 * !(((long int) (sizeof (int))) <= $ac_mid)];
-test_array [0] = 0
-
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
-if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } && {
-	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
-	 test ! -s conftest.err
-       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
-  ac_hi=$ac_mid
-else
-  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-	ac_lo=`expr '(' $ac_mid ')' + 1`
-fi
-
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-done
-case $ac_lo in
-?*) ac_cv_sizeof_int=$ac_lo;;
-'') if test "$ac_cv_type_int" = yes; then
-     { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot compute sizeof (int)
-See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot compute sizeof (int)
-See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
-   { (exit 77); exit 77; }; }
-   else
-     ac_cv_sizeof_int=0
-   fi ;;
-esac
-else
-  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-$ac_includes_default
-static long int longval () { return (long int) (sizeof (int)); }
-static unsigned long int ulongval () { return (long int) (sizeof (int)); }
-#include 
-#include 
-int
-main ()
-{
-
-  FILE *f = fopen ("conftest.val", "w");
-  if (! f)
-    return 1;
-  if (((long int) (sizeof (int))) < 0)
-    {
-      long int i = longval ();
-      if (i != ((long int) (sizeof (int))))
-	return 1;
-      fprintf (f, "%ld", i);
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      unsigned long int i = ulongval ();
-      if (i != ((long int) (sizeof (int))))
-	return 1;
-      fprintf (f, "%lu", i);
-    }
-  /* Do not output a trailing newline, as this causes \r\n confusion
-     on some platforms.  */
-  return ferror (f) || fclose (f) != 0;
-
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest$ac_exeext
-if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext'
-  { (case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
-  ac_cv_sizeof_int=`cat conftest.val`
-else
-  $as_echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-( exit $ac_status )
-if test "$ac_cv_type_int" = yes; then
-     { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot compute sizeof (int)
-See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot compute sizeof (int)
-See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
-   { (exit 77); exit 77; }; }
-   else
-     ac_cv_sizeof_int=0
-   fi
-fi
-rm -rf conftest.dSYM
-rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-fi
-rm -f conftest.val
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_sizeof_int" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_sizeof_int" >&6; }
-
-
-
-cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
-#define SIZEOF_INT $ac_cv_sizeof_int
-_ACEOF
-
-
-# The cast to long int works around a bug in the HP C Compiler
-# version HP92453-01 B.11.11.23709.GP, which incorrectly rejects
-# declarations like `int a3[[(sizeof (unsigned char)) >= 0]];'.
-# This bug is HP SR number 8606223364.
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking size of long" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking size of long... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_sizeof_long+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then
-  # Depending upon the size, compute the lo and hi bounds.
-cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-$ac_includes_default
-int
-main ()
-{
-static int test_array [1 - 2 * !(((long int) (sizeof (long))) >= 0)];
-test_array [0] = 0
-
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
-if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } && {
-	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
-	 test ! -s conftest.err
-       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
-  ac_lo=0 ac_mid=0
-  while :; do
-    cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-$ac_includes_default
-int
-main ()
-{
-static int test_array [1 - 2 * !(((long int) (sizeof (long))) <= $ac_mid)];
-test_array [0] = 0
-
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
-if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } && {
-	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
-	 test ! -s conftest.err
-       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
-  ac_hi=$ac_mid; break
-else
-  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-	ac_lo=`expr $ac_mid + 1`
-			if test $ac_lo -le $ac_mid; then
-			  ac_lo= ac_hi=
-			  break
-			fi
-			ac_mid=`expr 2 '*' $ac_mid + 1`
-fi
-
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-  done
-else
-  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-	cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-$ac_includes_default
-int
-main ()
-{
-static int test_array [1 - 2 * !(((long int) (sizeof (long))) < 0)];
-test_array [0] = 0
-
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
-if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } && {
-	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
-	 test ! -s conftest.err
-       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
-  ac_hi=-1 ac_mid=-1
-  while :; do
-    cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-$ac_includes_default
-int
-main ()
-{
-static int test_array [1 - 2 * !(((long int) (sizeof (long))) >= $ac_mid)];
-test_array [0] = 0
-
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
-if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } && {
-	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
-	 test ! -s conftest.err
-       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
-  ac_lo=$ac_mid; break
-else
-  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-	ac_hi=`expr '(' $ac_mid ')' - 1`
-			if test $ac_mid -le $ac_hi; then
-			  ac_lo= ac_hi=
-			  break
-			fi
-			ac_mid=`expr 2 '*' $ac_mid`
-fi
-
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-  done
-else
-  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-	ac_lo= ac_hi=
-fi
-
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-fi
-
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-# Binary search between lo and hi bounds.
-while test "x$ac_lo" != "x$ac_hi"; do
-  ac_mid=`expr '(' $ac_hi - $ac_lo ')' / 2 + $ac_lo`
-  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-$ac_includes_default
-int
-main ()
-{
-static int test_array [1 - 2 * !(((long int) (sizeof (long))) <= $ac_mid)];
-test_array [0] = 0
-
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
-if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } && {
-	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
-	 test ! -s conftest.err
-       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
-  ac_hi=$ac_mid
-else
-  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-	ac_lo=`expr '(' $ac_mid ')' + 1`
-fi
-
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-done
-case $ac_lo in
-?*) ac_cv_sizeof_long=$ac_lo;;
-'') if test "$ac_cv_type_long" = yes; then
-     { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot compute sizeof (long)
-See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot compute sizeof (long)
-See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
-   { (exit 77); exit 77; }; }
-   else
-     ac_cv_sizeof_long=0
-   fi ;;
-esac
-else
-  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-$ac_includes_default
-static long int longval () { return (long int) (sizeof (long)); }
-static unsigned long int ulongval () { return (long int) (sizeof (long)); }
-#include 
-#include 
-int
-main ()
-{
-
-  FILE *f = fopen ("conftest.val", "w");
-  if (! f)
-    return 1;
-  if (((long int) (sizeof (long))) < 0)
-    {
-      long int i = longval ();
-      if (i != ((long int) (sizeof (long))))
-	return 1;
-      fprintf (f, "%ld", i);
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      unsigned long int i = ulongval ();
-      if (i != ((long int) (sizeof (long))))
-	return 1;
-      fprintf (f, "%lu", i);
-    }
-  /* Do not output a trailing newline, as this causes \r\n confusion
-     on some platforms.  */
-  return ferror (f) || fclose (f) != 0;
-
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest$ac_exeext
-if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext'
-  { (case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
-  ac_cv_sizeof_long=`cat conftest.val`
-else
-  $as_echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-( exit $ac_status )
-if test "$ac_cv_type_long" = yes; then
-     { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot compute sizeof (long)
-See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot compute sizeof (long)
-See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
-   { (exit 77); exit 77; }; }
-   else
-     ac_cv_sizeof_long=0
-   fi
-fi
-rm -rf conftest.dSYM
-rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-fi
-rm -f conftest.val
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_sizeof_long" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_sizeof_long" >&6; }
-
-
-
-cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
-#define SIZEOF_LONG $ac_cv_sizeof_long
-_ACEOF
-
-
-
-
-# checks for library functions
-
-# Here we check whether we can use our mmap file component.
-
-
-
-for ac_header in stdlib.h unistd.h
-do
-as_ac_Header=`$as_echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh`
-if { as_var=$as_ac_Header; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_header... " >&6; }
-if { as_var=$as_ac_Header; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-fi
-ac_res=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_Header'}
-		 $as_echo "$as_val"'`
-	       { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_res" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; }
-else
-  # Is the header compilable?
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking $ac_header usability" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking $ac_header usability... " >&6; }
-cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-$ac_includes_default
-#include <$ac_header>
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
-if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } && {
-	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
-	 test ! -s conftest.err
-       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
-  ac_header_compiler=yes
-else
-  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-	ac_header_compiler=no
-fi
-
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_compiler" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_header_compiler" >&6; }
-
-# Is the header present?
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking $ac_header presence" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking $ac_header presence... " >&6; }
-cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-#include <$ac_header>
-_ACEOF
-if { (ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null && {
-	 test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
-	 test ! -s conftest.err
-       }; then
-  ac_header_preproc=yes
-else
-  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-  ac_header_preproc=no
-fi
-
-rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_preproc" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_header_preproc" >&6; }
-
-# So?  What about this header?
-case $ac_header_compiler:$ac_header_preproc:$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in
-  yes:no: )
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&2;}
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;}
-    ac_header_preproc=yes
-    ;;
-  no:yes:* )
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: present but cannot be compiled" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: present but cannot be compiled" >&2;}
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&2;}
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: see the Autoconf documentation" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: see the Autoconf documentation" >&2;}
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header:     section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header:     section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&2;}
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&2;}
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&2;}
-    ( cat <<\_ASBOX
-## ---------------------------------- ##
-## Report this to freetype@nongnu.org ##
-## ---------------------------------- ##
-_ASBOX
-     ) | sed "s/^/$as_me: WARNING:     /" >&2
-    ;;
-esac
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_header... " >&6; }
-if { as_var=$as_ac_Header; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  eval "$as_ac_Header=\$ac_header_preproc"
-fi
-ac_res=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_Header'}
-		 $as_echo "$as_val"'`
-	       { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_res" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; }
-
-fi
-if test `eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_Header'}
-		 $as_echo "$as_val"'` = yes; then
-  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
-#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
-_ACEOF
-
-fi
-
-done
-
-
-for ac_func in getpagesize
-do
-as_ac_var=`$as_echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh`
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_func" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_func... " >&6; }
-if { as_var=$as_ac_var; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-/* Define $ac_func to an innocuous variant, in case  declares $ac_func.
-   For example, HP-UX 11i  declares gettimeofday.  */
-#define $ac_func innocuous_$ac_func
-
-/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
-    which can conflict with char $ac_func (); below.
-    Prefer  to  if __STDC__ is defined, since
-     exists even on freestanding compilers.  */
-
-#ifdef __STDC__
-# include 
-#else
-# include 
-#endif
-
-#undef $ac_func
-
-/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
-   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
-   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C"
-#endif
-char $ac_func ();
-/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
-    to always fail with ENOSYS.  Some functions are actually named
-    something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias.  */
-#if defined __stub_$ac_func || defined __stub___$ac_func
-choke me
-#endif
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-return $ac_func ();
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
-if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } && {
-	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
-	 test ! -s conftest.err
-       } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && {
-	 test "$cross_compiling" = yes ||
-	 $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext
-       }; then
-  eval "$as_ac_var=yes"
-else
-  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-	eval "$as_ac_var=no"
-fi
-
-rm -rf conftest.dSYM
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \
-      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
-fi
-ac_res=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_var'}
-		 $as_echo "$as_val"'`
-	       { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_res" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; }
-if test `eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_var'}
-		 $as_echo "$as_val"'` = yes; then
-  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
-#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_func" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
-_ACEOF
-
-fi
-done
-
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for working mmap" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for working mmap... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then
-  ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped=no
-else
-  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-$ac_includes_default
-/* malloc might have been renamed as rpl_malloc. */
-#undef malloc
-
-/* Thanks to Mike Haertel and Jim Avera for this test.
-   Here is a matrix of mmap possibilities:
-	mmap private not fixed
-	mmap private fixed at somewhere currently unmapped
-	mmap private fixed at somewhere already mapped
-	mmap shared not fixed
-	mmap shared fixed at somewhere currently unmapped
-	mmap shared fixed at somewhere already mapped
-   For private mappings, we should verify that changes cannot be read()
-   back from the file, nor mmap's back from the file at a different
-   address.  (There have been systems where private was not correctly
-   implemented like the infamous i386 svr4.0, and systems where the
-   VM page cache was not coherent with the file system buffer cache
-   like early versions of FreeBSD and possibly contemporary NetBSD.)
-   For shared mappings, we should conversely verify that changes get
-   propagated back to all the places they're supposed to be.
-
-   Grep wants private fixed already mapped.
-   The main things grep needs to know about mmap are:
-   * does it exist and is it safe to write into the mmap'd area
-   * how to use it (BSD variants)  */
-
-#include 
-#include 
-
-#if !defined STDC_HEADERS && !defined HAVE_STDLIB_H
-char *malloc ();
-#endif
-
-/* This mess was copied from the GNU getpagesize.h.  */
-#ifndef HAVE_GETPAGESIZE
-/* Assume that all systems that can run configure have sys/param.h.  */
-# ifndef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
-#  define HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H 1
-# endif
-
-# ifdef _SC_PAGESIZE
-#  define getpagesize() sysconf(_SC_PAGESIZE)
-# else /* no _SC_PAGESIZE */
-#  ifdef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
-#   include 
-#   ifdef EXEC_PAGESIZE
-#    define getpagesize() EXEC_PAGESIZE
-#   else /* no EXEC_PAGESIZE */
-#    ifdef NBPG
-#     define getpagesize() NBPG * CLSIZE
-#     ifndef CLSIZE
-#      define CLSIZE 1
-#     endif /* no CLSIZE */
-#    else /* no NBPG */
-#     ifdef NBPC
-#      define getpagesize() NBPC
-#     else /* no NBPC */
-#      ifdef PAGESIZE
-#       define getpagesize() PAGESIZE
-#      endif /* PAGESIZE */
-#     endif /* no NBPC */
-#    endif /* no NBPG */
-#   endif /* no EXEC_PAGESIZE */
-#  else /* no HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H */
-#   define getpagesize() 8192	/* punt totally */
-#  endif /* no HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H */
-# endif /* no _SC_PAGESIZE */
-
-#endif /* no HAVE_GETPAGESIZE */
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-  char *data, *data2, *data3;
-  int i, pagesize;
-  int fd;
-
-  pagesize = getpagesize ();
-
-  /* First, make a file with some known garbage in it. */
-  data = (char *) malloc (pagesize);
-  if (!data)
-    return 1;
-  for (i = 0; i < pagesize; ++i)
-    *(data + i) = rand ();
-  umask (0);
-  fd = creat ("conftest.mmap", 0600);
-  if (fd < 0)
-    return 1;
-  if (write (fd, data, pagesize) != pagesize)
-    return 1;
-  close (fd);
-
-  /* Next, try to mmap the file at a fixed address which already has
-     something else allocated at it.  If we can, also make sure that
-     we see the same garbage.  */
-  fd = open ("conftest.mmap", O_RDWR);
-  if (fd < 0)
-    return 1;
-  data2 = (char *) malloc (2 * pagesize);
-  if (!data2)
-    return 1;
-  data2 += (pagesize - ((long int) data2 & (pagesize - 1))) & (pagesize - 1);
-  if (data2 != mmap (data2, pagesize, PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE,
-		     MAP_PRIVATE | MAP_FIXED, fd, 0L))
-    return 1;
-  for (i = 0; i < pagesize; ++i)
-    if (*(data + i) != *(data2 + i))
-      return 1;
-
-  /* Finally, make sure that changes to the mapped area do not
-     percolate back to the file as seen by read().  (This is a bug on
-     some variants of i386 svr4.0.)  */
-  for (i = 0; i < pagesize; ++i)
-    *(data2 + i) = *(data2 + i) + 1;
-  data3 = (char *) malloc (pagesize);
-  if (!data3)
-    return 1;
-  if (read (fd, data3, pagesize) != pagesize)
-    return 1;
-  for (i = 0; i < pagesize; ++i)
-    if (*(data + i) != *(data3 + i))
-      return 1;
-  close (fd);
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest$ac_exeext
-if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext'
-  { (case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
-  ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped=yes
-else
-  $as_echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-( exit $ac_status )
-ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped=no
-fi
-rm -rf conftest.dSYM
-rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-fi
-
-
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped" >&6; }
-if test $ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped = yes; then
-
-cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
-#define HAVE_MMAP 1
-_ACEOF
-
-fi
-rm -f conftest.mmap
-
-if test "$ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped" != yes; then
-  FTSYS_SRC='$(BASE_DIR)/ftsystem.c'
-else
-  FTSYS_SRC='$(BUILD_DIR)/ftsystem.c'
-
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether munmap is declared" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking whether munmap is declared... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_have_decl_munmap+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-
-
-#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
-#include 
-#endif
-#include 
-
-
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-#ifndef munmap
-  (void) munmap;
-#endif
-
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
-if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } && {
-	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
-	 test ! -s conftest.err
-       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
-  ac_cv_have_decl_munmap=yes
-else
-  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-	ac_cv_have_decl_munmap=no
-fi
-
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_have_decl_munmap" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_have_decl_munmap" >&6; }
-if test $ac_cv_have_decl_munmap = yes; then
-
-cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
-#define HAVE_DECL_MUNMAP 1
-_ACEOF
-
-
-else
-  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
-#define HAVE_DECL_MUNMAP 0
-_ACEOF
-
-
-fi
-
-
-
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for munmap's first parameter type" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for munmap's first parameter type... " >&6; }
-   cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-
-       /* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-
-
-#include 
-#include 
-int munmap(void *, size_t);
-
-
-
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
-if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } && {
-	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
-	 test ! -s conftest.err
-       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: void *" >&5
-$as_echo "void *" >&6; }
-
-cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
-#define MUNMAP_USES_VOIDP /**/
-_ACEOF
-
-else
-  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-	{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: char *" >&5
-$as_echo "char *" >&6; }
-fi
-
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-
-fi
-
-
-
-
-for ac_func in memcpy memmove
-do
-as_ac_var=`$as_echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh`
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_func" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_func... " >&6; }
-if { as_var=$as_ac_var; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-/* Define $ac_func to an innocuous variant, in case  declares $ac_func.
-   For example, HP-UX 11i  declares gettimeofday.  */
-#define $ac_func innocuous_$ac_func
-
-/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
-    which can conflict with char $ac_func (); below.
-    Prefer  to  if __STDC__ is defined, since
-     exists even on freestanding compilers.  */
-
-#ifdef __STDC__
-# include 
-#else
-# include 
-#endif
-
-#undef $ac_func
-
-/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
-   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
-   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C"
-#endif
-char $ac_func ();
-/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
-    to always fail with ENOSYS.  Some functions are actually named
-    something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias.  */
-#if defined __stub_$ac_func || defined __stub___$ac_func
-choke me
-#endif
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-return $ac_func ();
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
-if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } && {
-	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
-	 test ! -s conftest.err
-       } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && {
-	 test "$cross_compiling" = yes ||
-	 $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext
-       }; then
-  eval "$as_ac_var=yes"
-else
-  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-	eval "$as_ac_var=no"
-fi
-
-rm -rf conftest.dSYM
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \
-      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
-fi
-ac_res=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_var'}
-		 $as_echo "$as_val"'`
-	       { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_res" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; }
-if test `eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_var'}
-		 $as_echo "$as_val"'` = yes; then
-  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
-#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_func" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
-_ACEOF
-
-fi
-done
-
-
-
-# Check for system zlib
-
-# don't quote AS_HELP_STRING!
-
-# Check whether --with-zlib was given.
-if test "${with_zlib+set}" = set; then
-  withval=$with_zlib;
-fi
-
-if test x$with_zlib != xno && test -z "$LIBZ"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for gzsetparams in -lz" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for gzsetparams in -lz... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_lib_z_gzsetparams+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
-LIBS="-lz  $LIBS"
-cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-
-/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
-   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
-   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C"
-#endif
-char gzsetparams ();
-int
-main ()
-{
-return gzsetparams ();
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
-if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } && {
-	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
-	 test ! -s conftest.err
-       } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && {
-	 test "$cross_compiling" = yes ||
-	 $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext
-       }; then
-  ac_cv_lib_z_gzsetparams=yes
-else
-  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-	ac_cv_lib_z_gzsetparams=no
-fi
-
-rm -rf conftest.dSYM
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \
-      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
-LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_z_gzsetparams" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_z_gzsetparams" >&6; }
-if test $ac_cv_lib_z_gzsetparams = yes; then
-  if test "${ac_cv_header_zlib_h+set}" = set; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for zlib.h" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for zlib.h... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_header_zlib_h+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_zlib_h" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_header_zlib_h" >&6; }
-else
-  # Is the header compilable?
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking zlib.h usability" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking zlib.h usability... " >&6; }
-cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-$ac_includes_default
-#include 
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
-if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } && {
-	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
-	 test ! -s conftest.err
-       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
-  ac_header_compiler=yes
-else
-  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-	ac_header_compiler=no
-fi
-
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_compiler" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_header_compiler" >&6; }
-
-# Is the header present?
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking zlib.h presence" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking zlib.h presence... " >&6; }
-cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-#include 
-_ACEOF
-if { (ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null && {
-	 test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
-	 test ! -s conftest.err
-       }; then
-  ac_header_preproc=yes
-else
-  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-  ac_header_preproc=no
-fi
-
-rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_preproc" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_header_preproc" >&6; }
-
-# So?  What about this header?
-case $ac_header_compiler:$ac_header_preproc:$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in
-  yes:no: )
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: zlib.h: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: zlib.h: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&2;}
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: zlib.h: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: zlib.h: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;}
-    ac_header_preproc=yes
-    ;;
-  no:yes:* )
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: zlib.h: present but cannot be compiled" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: zlib.h: present but cannot be compiled" >&2;}
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: zlib.h:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: zlib.h:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&2;}
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: zlib.h: see the Autoconf documentation" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: zlib.h: see the Autoconf documentation" >&2;}
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: zlib.h:     section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: zlib.h:     section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&2;}
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: zlib.h: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: zlib.h: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&2;}
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: zlib.h: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: zlib.h: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&2;}
-    ( cat <<\_ASBOX
-## ---------------------------------- ##
-## Report this to freetype@nongnu.org ##
-## ---------------------------------- ##
-_ASBOX
-     ) | sed "s/^/$as_me: WARNING:     /" >&2
-    ;;
-esac
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for zlib.h" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for zlib.h... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_header_zlib_h+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  ac_cv_header_zlib_h=$ac_header_preproc
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_zlib_h" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_header_zlib_h" >&6; }
-
-fi
-if test $ac_cv_header_zlib_h = yes; then
-  LIBZ='-lz'
-fi
-
-
-fi
-
-fi
-if test x$with_zlib != xno && test -n "$LIBZ"; then
-  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DFT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB"
-  LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $LIBZ"
-  SYSTEM_ZLIB=yes
-fi
-
-
-# Whether to use Mac OS resource-based fonts.
-
-# don't quote AS_HELP_STRING!
-
-# Check whether --with-old-mac-fonts was given.
-if test "${with_old_mac_fonts+set}" = set; then
-  withval=$with_old_mac_fonts;
-fi
-
-if test x$with_old_mac_fonts = xyes; then
-  orig_LDFLAGS="${LDFLAGS}"
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking CoreServices & ApplicationServices of Mac OS X" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking CoreServices & ApplicationServices of Mac OS X... " >&6; }
-  FT2_EXTRA_LIBS="-Wl,-framework,CoreServices -Wl,-framework,ApplicationServices"
-  LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $FT2_EXTRA_LIBS"
-  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-
-    /* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-
-
-#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__APPLE_CC__)
-# include 
-# include 
-#else
-# include 
-# include 
-#endif
-
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-
-
-        short res = 0;
-
-
-        UseResFile( res );
-
-
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
-if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } && {
-	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
-	 test ! -s conftest.err
-       } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && {
-	 test "$cross_compiling" = yes ||
-	 $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext
-       }; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: ok" >&5
-$as_echo "ok" >&6; }
-     { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking OS_INLINE macro is ANSI compatible" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking OS_INLINE macro is ANSI compatible... " >&6; }
-     orig_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
-     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $XX_CFLAGS $XX_ANSIFLAGS"
-     cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-
-       /* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-
-
-#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__APPLE_CC__)
-# include 
-# include 
-#else
-# include 
-# include 
-#endif
-
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-
-
-           /* OSHostByteOrder() is typed as OS_INLINE */
-           int32_t  os_byte_order = OSHostByteOrder();
-
-
-           if ( OSBigEndian != os_byte_order )
-             return 1;
-
-
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
-if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } && {
-	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
-	 test ! -s conftest.err
-       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: ok" >&5
-$as_echo "ok" >&6; }
-        CFLAGS="$orig_CFLAGS"
-        CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_ANSI_OS_INLINE=1"
-
-else
-  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-	{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no, ANSI incompatible" >&5
-$as_echo "no, ANSI incompatible" >&6; }
-        CFLAGS="$orig_CFLAGS"
-
-fi
-
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-else
-  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-	{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: not found" >&5
-$as_echo "not found" >&6; }
-     LDFLAGS="${orig_LDFLAGS}"
-     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DDARWIN_NO_CARBON"
-fi
-
-rm -rf conftest.dSYM
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \
-      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
-else
-  case x$target_os in
-  xdarwin*)
-        CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DDARWIN_NO_CARBON"
-    ;;
-  *) ;;
-  esac
-fi
-
-
-# Whether to use FileManager which is deprecated since Mac OS X 10.4.
-
-
-# Check whether --with-fsspec was given.
-if test "${with_fsspec+set}" = set; then
-  withval=$with_fsspec;
-fi
-
-if test x$with_fsspec = xno; then
-  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_FSSPEC=0"
-elif test x$with_old_mac_fonts = xyes -a x$with_fsspec != x; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking FSSpec-based FileManager" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking FSSpec-based FileManager... " >&6; }
-  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-
-    /* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-
-
-#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__APPLE_CC__)
-# include 
-# include 
-#else
-# include 
-# include 
-#endif
-
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-
-
-        FCBPBPtr          paramBlock;
-        short             vRefNum;
-        long              dirID;
-        ConstStr255Param  fileName;
-        FSSpec*           spec;
-
-
-        /* FSSpec functions: deprecated since Mac OS X 10.4 */
-        PBGetFCBInfoSync( paramBlock );
-        FSMakeFSSpec( vRefNum, dirID, fileName, spec );
-
-
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
-if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } && {
-	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
-	 test ! -s conftest.err
-       } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && {
-	 test "$cross_compiling" = yes ||
-	 $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext
-       }; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: ok" >&5
-$as_echo "ok" >&6; }
-     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_FSSPEC=1"
-else
-  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-	{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: not found" >&5
-$as_echo "not found" >&6; }
-     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_FSSPEC=0"
-fi
-
-rm -rf conftest.dSYM
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \
-      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
-fi
-
-
-# Whether to use FileManager in Carbon since MacOS 9.x.
-
-
-# Check whether --with-fsref was given.
-if test "${with_fsref+set}" = set; then
-  withval=$with_fsref;
-fi
-
-if test x$with_fsref = xno; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING:
-*** WARNING
-    FreeType2 built without FSRef API cannot load
-    data-fork fonts on MacOS, except of XXX.dfont.
-    " >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING:
-*** WARNING
-    FreeType2 built without FSRef API cannot load
-    data-fork fonts on MacOS, except of XXX.dfont.
-    " >&2;}
-  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_FSREF=0"
-elif test x$with_old_mac_fonts = xyes -a x$with_fsref != x; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking FSRef-based FileManager" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking FSRef-based FileManager... " >&6; }
-  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-
-    /* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-
-
-#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__APPLE_CC__)
-# include 
-# include 
-#else
-# include 
-# include 
-#endif
-
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-
-
-        short                vRefNum;
-        long                 dirID;
-        ConstStr255Param     fileName;
-
-        Boolean*             isDirectory;
-        UInt8*               path;
-        SInt16               desiredRefNum;
-        SInt16*              iterator;
-        SInt16*              actualRefNum;
-        HFSUniStr255*        outForkName;
-        FSVolumeRefNum       volume;
-        FSCatalogInfoBitmap  whichInfo;
-        FSCatalogInfo*       catalogInfo;
-        FSForkInfo*          forkInfo;
-        FSRef*               ref;
-
-#if HAVE_FSSPEC
-        FSSpec*              spec;
-#endif
-
-        /* FSRef functions: no need to check? */
-        FSGetForkCBInfo( desiredRefNum, volume, iterator,
-                         actualRefNum, forkInfo, ref,
-                         outForkName );
-        FSPathMakeRef( path, ref, isDirectory );
-
-#if HAVE_FSSPEC
-        FSpMakeFSRef ( spec, ref );
-        FSGetCatalogInfo( ref, whichInfo, catalogInfo,
-                          outForkName, spec, ref );
-#endif
-
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
-if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } && {
-	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
-	 test ! -s conftest.err
-       } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && {
-	 test "$cross_compiling" = yes ||
-	 $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext
-       }; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: ok" >&5
-$as_echo "ok" >&6; }
-     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_FSREF=1"
-else
-  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-	{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: not found" >&5
-$as_echo "not found" >&6; }
-     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_FSREF=0"
-fi
-
-rm -rf conftest.dSYM
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \
-      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
-fi
-
-
-# Whether to use QuickDraw API in ToolBox which is deprecated since
-# Mac OS X 10.4.
-
-
-# Check whether --with-quickdraw-toolbox was given.
-if test "${with_quickdraw_toolbox+set}" = set; then
-  withval=$with_quickdraw_toolbox;
-fi
-
-if test x$with_quickdraw_toolbox = xno; then
-  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_QUICKDRAW_TOOLBOX=0"
-elif test x$with_old_mac_fonts = xyes -a x$with_quickdraw_toolbox != x; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking QuickDraw FontManager functions in ToolBox" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking QuickDraw FontManager functions in ToolBox... " >&6; }
-  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-
-    /* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-
-
-#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__APPLE_CC__)
-# include 
-# include 
-#else
-# include 
-# include 
-#endif
-
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-
-
-        Str255     familyName;
-        SInt16     familyID   = 0;
-        FMInput*   fmIn       = NULL;
-        FMOutput*  fmOut      = NULL;
-
-
-        GetFontName( familyID, familyName );
-        GetFNum( familyName, &familyID );
-        fmOut = FMSwapFont( fmIn );
-
-
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
-if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } && {
-	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
-	 test ! -s conftest.err
-       } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && {
-	 test "$cross_compiling" = yes ||
-	 $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext
-       }; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: ok" >&5
-$as_echo "ok" >&6; }
-     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_QUICKDRAW_TOOLBOX=1"
-else
-  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-	{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: not found" >&5
-$as_echo "not found" >&6; }
-     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_QUICKDRAW_TOOLBOX=0"
-fi
-
-rm -rf conftest.dSYM
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \
-      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
-fi
-
-
-# Whether to use QuickDraw API in Carbon which is deprecated since
-# Mac OS X 10.4.
-
-
-# Check whether --with-quickdraw-carbon was given.
-if test "${with_quickdraw_carbon+set}" = set; then
-  withval=$with_quickdraw_carbon;
-fi
-
-if test x$with_quickdraw_carbon = xno; then
-  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_QUICKDRAW_CARBON=0"
-elif test x$with_old_mac_fonts = xyes -a x$with_quickdraw_carbon != x; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking QuickDraw FontManager functions in Carbon" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking QuickDraw FontManager functions in Carbon... " >&6; }
-  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-
-    /* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-
-
-#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__APPLE_CC__)
-# include 
-# include 
-#else
-# include 
-# include 
-#endif
-
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-
-
-        FMFontFamilyIterator          famIter;
-        FMFontFamily                  family;
-        Str255                        famNameStr;
-        FMFontFamilyInstanceIterator  instIter;
-        FMFontStyle                   style;
-        FMFontSize                    size;
-        FMFont                        font;
-        FSSpec*                       pathSpec;
-
-
-        FMCreateFontFamilyIterator( NULL, NULL, kFMUseGlobalScopeOption,
-                                    &famIter );
-        FMGetNextFontFamily( &famIter, &family );
-        FMGetFontFamilyName( family, famNameStr );
-        FMCreateFontFamilyInstanceIterator( family, &instIter );
-        FMGetNextFontFamilyInstance( &instIter, &font, &style, &size );
-        FMDisposeFontFamilyInstanceIterator( &instIter );
-        FMDisposeFontFamilyIterator( &famIter );
-        FMGetFontContainer( font, pathSpec );
-
-
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
-if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } && {
-	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
-	 test ! -s conftest.err
-       } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && {
-	 test "$cross_compiling" = yes ||
-	 $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext
-       }; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: ok" >&5
-$as_echo "ok" >&6; }
-     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_QUICKDRAW_CARBON=1"
-else
-  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-	{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: not found" >&5
-$as_echo "not found" >&6; }
-     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_QUICKDRAW_CARBON=0"
-fi
-
-rm -rf conftest.dSYM
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \
-      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
-fi
-
-
-# Whether to use AppleTypeService since Mac OS X.
-
-# don't quote AS_HELP_STRING!
-
-# Check whether --with-ats was given.
-if test "${with_ats+set}" = set; then
-  withval=$with_ats;
-fi
-
-if test x$with_ats = xno; then
-  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_ATS=0"
-elif test x$with_old_mac_fonts = xyes -a x$with_ats != x ; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking AppleTypeService functions" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking AppleTypeService functions... " >&6; }
-  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-
-    /* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-
-
-#include 
-
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-
-
-        FSSpec*  pathSpec;
-
-
-        ATSFontFindFromName( NULL, kATSOptionFlagsUnRestrictedScope );
-#if HAVE_FSSPEC
-        ATSFontGetFileSpecification( 0, pathSpec );
-#endif
-
-
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
-if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } && {
-	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
-	 test ! -s conftest.err
-       } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && {
-	 test "$cross_compiling" = yes ||
-	 $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext
-       }; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: ok" >&5
-$as_echo "ok" >&6; }
-     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_ATS=1"
-else
-  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-	{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: not found" >&5
-$as_echo "not found" >&6; }
-     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_ATS=0"
-fi
-
-rm -rf conftest.dSYM
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \
-      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
-fi
-
-case "$CFLAGS" in
-  *HAVE_FSSPEC* | *HAVE_FSREF* | *HAVE_QUICKDRAW* | *HAVE_ATS* )
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING:
-*** WARNING
-    FSSpec/FSRef/QuickDraw/ATS options are explicitly given,
-    thus it is recommended to replace src/base/ftmac.c by builds/mac/ftmac.c.
-    " >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING:
-*** WARNING
-    FSSpec/FSRef/QuickDraw/ATS options are explicitly given,
-    thus it is recommended to replace src/base/ftmac.c by builds/mac/ftmac.c.
-    " >&2;}
-    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS "'-I$(TOP_DIR)/builds/mac/'
-    ;;
-  *)
-    ;;
-esac
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-case `pwd` in
-  *\ * | *\	*)
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: Libtool does not cope well with whitespace in \`pwd\`" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: Libtool does not cope well with whitespace in \`pwd\`" >&2;} ;;
-esac
-
-
-
-macro_version='2.2.4'
-macro_revision='1.2976'
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-ltmain="$ac_aux_dir/ltmain.sh"
-
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for a sed that does not truncate output" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for a sed that does not truncate output... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_path_SED+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-            ac_script=s/aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa/bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb/
-     for ac_i in 1 2 3 4 5 6 7; do
-       ac_script="$ac_script$as_nl$ac_script"
-     done
-     echo "$ac_script" 2>/dev/null | sed 99q >conftest.sed
-     $as_unset ac_script || ac_script=
-     if test -z "$SED"; then
-  ac_path_SED_found=false
-  # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST
-  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  for ac_prog in sed gsed; do
-    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-      ac_path_SED="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"
-      { test -f "$ac_path_SED" && $as_test_x "$ac_path_SED"; } || continue
-# Check for GNU ac_path_SED and select it if it is found.
-  # Check for GNU $ac_path_SED
-case `"$ac_path_SED" --version 2>&1` in
-*GNU*)
-  ac_cv_path_SED="$ac_path_SED" ac_path_SED_found=:;;
-*)
-  ac_count=0
-  $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in"
-  while :
-  do
-    cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp"
-    mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in"
-    cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl"
-    $as_echo '' >> "conftest.nl"
-    "$ac_path_SED" -f conftest.sed < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break
-    diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break
-    ac_count=`expr $ac_count + 1`
-    if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_SED_max-0}; then
-      # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one
-      ac_cv_path_SED="$ac_path_SED"
-      ac_path_SED_max=$ac_count
-    fi
-    # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough
-    test $ac_count -gt 10 && break
-  done
-  rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;;
-esac
-
-      $ac_path_SED_found && break 3
-    done
-  done
-done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  if test -z "$ac_cv_path_SED"; then
-    { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: no acceptable sed could be found in \$PATH" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: no acceptable sed could be found in \$PATH" >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-  fi
-else
-  ac_cv_path_SED=$SED
-fi
-
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_path_SED" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_path_SED" >&6; }
- SED="$ac_cv_path_SED"
-  rm -f conftest.sed
-
-test -z "$SED" && SED=sed
-Xsed="$SED -e 1s/^X//"
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for fgrep" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for fgrep... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_path_FGREP+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if echo 'ab*c' | $GREP -F 'ab*c' >/dev/null 2>&1
-   then ac_cv_path_FGREP="$GREP -F"
-   else
-     if test -z "$FGREP"; then
-  ac_path_FGREP_found=false
-  # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST
-  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  for ac_prog in fgrep; do
-    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-      ac_path_FGREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"
-      { test -f "$ac_path_FGREP" && $as_test_x "$ac_path_FGREP"; } || continue
-# Check for GNU ac_path_FGREP and select it if it is found.
-  # Check for GNU $ac_path_FGREP
-case `"$ac_path_FGREP" --version 2>&1` in
-*GNU*)
-  ac_cv_path_FGREP="$ac_path_FGREP" ac_path_FGREP_found=:;;
-*)
-  ac_count=0
-  $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in"
-  while :
-  do
-    cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp"
-    mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in"
-    cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl"
-    $as_echo 'FGREP' >> "conftest.nl"
-    "$ac_path_FGREP" FGREP < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break
-    diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break
-    ac_count=`expr $ac_count + 1`
-    if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_FGREP_max-0}; then
-      # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one
-      ac_cv_path_FGREP="$ac_path_FGREP"
-      ac_path_FGREP_max=$ac_count
-    fi
-    # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough
-    test $ac_count -gt 10 && break
-  done
-  rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;;
-esac
-
-      $ac_path_FGREP_found && break 3
-    done
-  done
-done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  if test -z "$ac_cv_path_FGREP"; then
-    { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: no acceptable fgrep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: no acceptable fgrep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-  fi
-else
-  ac_cv_path_FGREP=$FGREP
-fi
-
-   fi
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_path_FGREP" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_path_FGREP" >&6; }
- FGREP="$ac_cv_path_FGREP"
-
-
-test -z "$GREP" && GREP=grep
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-# Check whether --with-gnu-ld was given.
-if test "${with_gnu_ld+set}" = set; then
-  withval=$with_gnu_ld; test "$withval" = no || with_gnu_ld=yes
-else
-  with_gnu_ld=no
-fi
-
-ac_prog=ld
-if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-  # Check if gcc -print-prog-name=ld gives a path.
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for ld used by $CC" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for ld used by $CC... " >&6; }
-  case $host in
-  *-*-mingw*)
-    # gcc leaves a trailing carriage return which upsets mingw
-    ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5 | tr -d '\015'` ;;
-  *)
-    ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5` ;;
-  esac
-  case $ac_prog in
-    # Accept absolute paths.
-    [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*)
-      re_direlt='/[^/][^/]*/\.\./'
-      # Canonicalize the pathname of ld
-      ac_prog=`$ECHO "$ac_prog"| $SED 's%\\\\%/%g'`
-      while $ECHO "$ac_prog" | $GREP "$re_direlt" > /dev/null 2>&1; do
-	ac_prog=`$ECHO $ac_prog| $SED "s%$re_direlt%/%"`
-      done
-      test -z "$LD" && LD="$ac_prog"
-      ;;
-  "")
-    # If it fails, then pretend we aren't using GCC.
-    ac_prog=ld
-    ;;
-  *)
-    # If it is relative, then search for the first ld in PATH.
-    with_gnu_ld=unknown
-    ;;
-  esac
-elif test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for GNU ld" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for GNU ld... " >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for non-GNU ld" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for non-GNU ld... " >&6; }
-fi
-if test "${lt_cv_path_LD+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -z "$LD"; then
-  lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
-    IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
-    if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog" || test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exeext"; then
-      lt_cv_path_LD="$ac_dir/$ac_prog"
-      # Check to see if the program is GNU ld.  I'd rather use --version,
-      # but apparently some variants of GNU ld only accept -v.
-      # Break only if it was the GNU/non-GNU ld that we prefer.
-      case `"$lt_cv_path_LD" -v 2>&1 &5
-$as_echo "$LD" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-test -z "$LD" && { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: no acceptable ld found in \$PATH" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: no acceptable ld found in \$PATH" >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld... " >&6; }
-if test "${lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  # I'd rather use --version here, but apparently some GNU lds only accept -v.
-case `$LD -v 2>&1 &5
-$as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" >&6; }
-with_gnu_ld=$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for BSD- or MS-compatible name lister (nm)" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for BSD- or MS-compatible name lister (nm)... " >&6; }
-if test "${lt_cv_path_NM+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$NM"; then
-  # Let the user override the test.
-  lt_cv_path_NM="$NM"
-else
-  lt_nm_to_check="${ac_tool_prefix}nm"
-  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix" && test "$build" = "$host"; then
-    lt_nm_to_check="$lt_nm_to_check nm"
-  fi
-  for lt_tmp_nm in $lt_nm_to_check; do
-    lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-    for ac_dir in $PATH /usr/ccs/bin/elf /usr/ccs/bin /usr/ucb /bin; do
-      IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-      test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
-      tmp_nm="$ac_dir/$lt_tmp_nm"
-      if test -f "$tmp_nm" || test -f "$tmp_nm$ac_exeext" ; then
-	# Check to see if the nm accepts a BSD-compat flag.
-	# Adding the `sed 1q' prevents false positives on HP-UX, which says:
-	#   nm: unknown option "B" ignored
-	# Tru64's nm complains that /dev/null is an invalid object file
-	case `"$tmp_nm" -B /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'` in
-	*/dev/null* | *'Invalid file or object type'*)
-	  lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm -B"
-	  break
-	  ;;
-	*)
-	  case `"$tmp_nm" -p /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'` in
-	  */dev/null*)
-	    lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm -p"
-	    break
-	    ;;
-	  *)
-	    lt_cv_path_NM=${lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm"} # keep the first match, but
-	    continue # so that we can try to find one that supports BSD flags
-	    ;;
-	  esac
-	  ;;
-	esac
-      fi
-    done
-    IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-  done
-  : ${lt_cv_path_NM=no}
-fi
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_path_NM" >&5
-$as_echo "$lt_cv_path_NM" >&6; }
-if test "$lt_cv_path_NM" != "no"; then
-  NM="$lt_cv_path_NM"
-else
-  # Didn't find any BSD compatible name lister, look for dumpbin.
-  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
-  for ac_prog in "dumpbin -symbols" "link -dump -symbols"
-  do
-    # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_DUMPBIN+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$DUMPBIN"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_DUMPBIN="$DUMPBIN" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_DUMPBIN="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-DUMPBIN=$ac_cv_prog_DUMPBIN
-if test -n "$DUMPBIN"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $DUMPBIN" >&5
-$as_echo "$DUMPBIN" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
-    test -n "$DUMPBIN" && break
-  done
-fi
-if test -z "$DUMPBIN"; then
-  ac_ct_DUMPBIN=$DUMPBIN
-  for ac_prog in "dumpbin -symbols" "link -dump -symbols"
-do
-  # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DUMPBIN+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$ac_ct_DUMPBIN"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DUMPBIN="$ac_ct_DUMPBIN" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DUMPBIN="$ac_prog"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-ac_ct_DUMPBIN=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DUMPBIN
-if test -n "$ac_ct_DUMPBIN"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_DUMPBIN" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_ct_DUMPBIN" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
-  test -n "$ac_ct_DUMPBIN" && break
-done
-
-  if test "x$ac_ct_DUMPBIN" = x; then
-    DUMPBIN=":"
-  else
-    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
-yes:)
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: In the future, Autoconf will not detect cross-tools
-whose name does not start with the host triplet.  If you think this
-configuration is useful to you, please write to autoconf@gnu.org." >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: In the future, Autoconf will not detect cross-tools
-whose name does not start with the host triplet.  If you think this
-configuration is useful to you, please write to autoconf@gnu.org." >&2;}
-ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
-esac
-    DUMPBIN=$ac_ct_DUMPBIN
-  fi
-fi
-
-
-  if test "$DUMPBIN" != ":"; then
-    NM="$DUMPBIN"
-  fi
-fi
-test -z "$NM" && NM=nm
-
-
-
-
-
-
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking the name lister ($NM) interface" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking the name lister ($NM) interface... " >&6; }
-if test "${lt_cv_nm_interface+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  lt_cv_nm_interface="BSD nm"
-  echo "int some_variable = 0;" > conftest.$ac_ext
-  (eval echo "\"\$as_me:7173: $ac_compile\"" >&5)
-  (eval "$ac_compile" 2>conftest.err)
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  (eval echo "\"\$as_me:7176: $NM \\\"conftest.$ac_objext\\\"\"" >&5)
-  (eval "$NM \"conftest.$ac_objext\"" 2>conftest.err > conftest.out)
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  (eval echo "\"\$as_me:7179: output\"" >&5)
-  cat conftest.out >&5
-  if $GREP 'External.*some_variable' conftest.out > /dev/null; then
-    lt_cv_nm_interface="MS dumpbin"
-  fi
-  rm -f conftest*
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_nm_interface" >&5
-$as_echo "$lt_cv_nm_interface" >&6; }
-
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether ln -s works" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking whether ln -s works... " >&6; }
-LN_S=$as_ln_s
-if test "$LN_S" = "ln -s"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5
-$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no, using $LN_S" >&5
-$as_echo "no, using $LN_S" >&6; }
-fi
-
-# find the maximum length of command line arguments
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking the maximum length of command line arguments" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking the maximum length of command line arguments... " >&6; }
-if test "${lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-    i=0
-  teststring="ABCD"
-
-  case $build_os in
-  msdosdjgpp*)
-    # On DJGPP, this test can blow up pretty badly due to problems in libc
-    # (any single argument exceeding 2000 bytes causes a buffer overrun
-    # during glob expansion).  Even if it were fixed, the result of this
-    # check would be larger than it should be.
-    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=12288;    # 12K is about right
-    ;;
-
-  gnu*)
-    # Under GNU Hurd, this test is not required because there is
-    # no limit to the length of command line arguments.
-    # Libtool will interpret -1 as no limit whatsoever
-    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=-1;
-    ;;
-
-  cygwin* | mingw*)
-    # On Win9x/ME, this test blows up -- it succeeds, but takes
-    # about 5 minutes as the teststring grows exponentially.
-    # Worse, since 9x/ME are not pre-emptively multitasking,
-    # you end up with a "frozen" computer, even though with patience
-    # the test eventually succeeds (with a max line length of 256k).
-    # Instead, let's just punt: use the minimum linelength reported by
-    # all of the supported platforms: 8192 (on NT/2K/XP).
-    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192;
-    ;;
-
-  amigaos*)
-    # On AmigaOS with pdksh, this test takes hours, literally.
-    # So we just punt and use a minimum line length of 8192.
-    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192;
-    ;;
-
-  netbsd* | freebsd* | openbsd* | darwin* | dragonfly*)
-    # This has been around since 386BSD, at least.  Likely further.
-    if test -x /sbin/sysctl; then
-      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`/sbin/sysctl -n kern.argmax`
-    elif test -x /usr/sbin/sysctl; then
-      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`/usr/sbin/sysctl -n kern.argmax`
-    else
-      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=65536	# usable default for all BSDs
-    fi
-    # And add a safety zone
-    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 4`
-    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \* 3`
-    ;;
-
-  interix*)
-    # We know the value 262144 and hardcode it with a safety zone (like BSD)
-    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=196608
-    ;;
-
-  osf*)
-    # Dr. Hans Ekkehard Plesser reports seeing a kernel panic running configure
-    # due to this test when exec_disable_arg_limit is 1 on Tru64. It is not
-    # nice to cause kernel panics so lets avoid the loop below.
-    # First set a reasonable default.
-    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=16384
-    #
-    if test -x /sbin/sysconfig; then
-      case `/sbin/sysconfig -q proc exec_disable_arg_limit` in
-        *1*) lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=-1 ;;
-      esac
-    fi
-    ;;
-  sco3.2v5*)
-    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=102400
-    ;;
-  sysv5* | sco5v6* | sysv4.2uw2*)
-    kargmax=`grep ARG_MAX /etc/conf/cf.d/stune 2>/dev/null`
-    if test -n "$kargmax"; then
-      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`echo $kargmax | sed 's/.*[	 ]//'`
-    else
-      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=32768
-    fi
-    ;;
-  *)
-    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`(getconf ARG_MAX) 2> /dev/null`
-    if test -n "$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len"; then
-      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 4`
-      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \* 3`
-    else
-      # Make teststring a little bigger before we do anything with it.
-      # a 1K string should be a reasonable start.
-      for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ; do
-        teststring=$teststring$teststring
-      done
-      SHELL=${SHELL-${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}}
-      # If test is not a shell built-in, we'll probably end up computing a
-      # maximum length that is only half of the actual maximum length, but
-      # we can't tell.
-      while { test "X"`$SHELL $0 --fallback-echo "X$teststring$teststring" 2>/dev/null` \
-	         = "XX$teststring$teststring"; } >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
-	      test $i != 17 # 1/2 MB should be enough
-      do
-        i=`expr $i + 1`
-        teststring=$teststring$teststring
-      done
-      # Only check the string length outside the loop.
-      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr "X$teststring" : ".*" 2>&1`
-      teststring=
-      # Add a significant safety factor because C++ compilers can tack on
-      # massive amounts of additional arguments before passing them to the
-      # linker.  It appears as though 1/2 is a usable value.
-      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 2`
-    fi
-    ;;
-  esac
-
-fi
-
-if test -n $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len ; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len" >&5
-$as_echo "$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: none" >&5
-$as_echo "none" >&6; }
-fi
-max_cmd_len=$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len
-
-
-
-
-
-
-: ${CP="cp -f"}
-: ${MV="mv -f"}
-: ${RM="rm -f"}
-
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether the shell understands some XSI constructs" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking whether the shell understands some XSI constructs... " >&6; }
-# Try some XSI features
-xsi_shell=no
-( _lt_dummy="a/b/c"
-  test "${_lt_dummy##*/},${_lt_dummy%/*},"${_lt_dummy%"$_lt_dummy"}, \
-      = c,a/b,, \
-    && eval 'test $(( 1 + 1 )) -eq 2 \
-    && test "${#_lt_dummy}" -eq 5' ) >/dev/null 2>&1 \
-  && xsi_shell=yes
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $xsi_shell" >&5
-$as_echo "$xsi_shell" >&6; }
-
-
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether the shell understands \"+=\"" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking whether the shell understands \"+=\"... " >&6; }
-lt_shell_append=no
-( foo=bar; set foo baz; eval "$1+=\$2" && test "$foo" = barbaz ) \
-    >/dev/null 2>&1 \
-  && lt_shell_append=yes
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_shell_append" >&5
-$as_echo "$lt_shell_append" >&6; }
-
-
-if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-  lt_unset=unset
-else
-  lt_unset=false
-fi
-
-
-
-
-
-# test EBCDIC or ASCII
-case `echo X|tr X '\101'` in
- A) # ASCII based system
-    # \n is not interpreted correctly by Solaris 8 /usr/ucb/tr
-  lt_SP2NL='tr \040 \012'
-  lt_NL2SP='tr \015\012 \040\040'
-  ;;
- *) # EBCDIC based system
-  lt_SP2NL='tr \100 \n'
-  lt_NL2SP='tr \r\n \100\100'
-  ;;
-esac
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $LD option to reload object files" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $LD option to reload object files... " >&6; }
-if test "${lt_cv_ld_reload_flag+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  lt_cv_ld_reload_flag='-r'
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_ld_reload_flag" >&5
-$as_echo "$lt_cv_ld_reload_flag" >&6; }
-reload_flag=$lt_cv_ld_reload_flag
-case $reload_flag in
-"" | " "*) ;;
-*) reload_flag=" $reload_flag" ;;
-esac
-reload_cmds='$LD$reload_flag -o $output$reload_objs'
-case $host_os in
-  darwin*)
-    if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-      reload_cmds='$LTCC $LTCFLAGS -nostdlib ${wl}-r -o $output$reload_objs'
-    else
-      reload_cmds='$LD$reload_flag -o $output$reload_objs'
-    fi
-    ;;
-esac
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking how to recognize dependent libraries" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking how to recognize dependent libraries... " >&6; }
-if test "${lt_cv_deplibs_check_method+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='$MAGIC_CMD'
-lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=
-lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='unknown'
-# Need to set the preceding variable on all platforms that support
-# interlibrary dependencies.
-# 'none' -- dependencies not supported.
-# `unknown' -- same as none, but documents that we really don't know.
-# 'pass_all' -- all dependencies passed with no checks.
-# 'test_compile' -- check by making test program.
-# 'file_magic [[regex]]' -- check by looking for files in library path
-# which responds to the $file_magic_cmd with a given extended regex.
-# If you have `file' or equivalent on your system and you're not sure
-# whether `pass_all' will *always* work, you probably want this one.
-
-case $host_os in
-aix[4-9]*)
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-  ;;
-
-beos*)
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-  ;;
-
-bsdi[45]*)
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [ML]SB (shared object|dynamic lib)'
-  lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/usr/bin/file -L'
-  lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/shlib/libc.so
-  ;;
-
-cygwin*)
-  # func_win32_libid is a shell function defined in ltmain.sh
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ^x86 archive import|^x86 DLL'
-  lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='func_win32_libid'
-  ;;
-
-mingw* | pw32*)
-  # Base MSYS/MinGW do not provide the 'file' command needed by
-  # func_win32_libid shell function, so use a weaker test based on 'objdump',
-  # unless we find 'file', for example because we are cross-compiling.
-  if ( file / ) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ^x86 archive import|^x86 DLL'
-    lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='func_win32_libid'
-  else
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic file format pei*-i386(.*architecture: i386)?'
-    lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='$OBJDUMP -f'
-  fi
-  ;;
-
-darwin* | rhapsody*)
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-  ;;
-
-freebsd* | dragonfly*)
-  if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ > /dev/null; then
-    case $host_cpu in
-    i*86 )
-      # Not sure whether the presence of OpenBSD here was a mistake.
-      # Let's accept both of them until this is cleared up.
-      lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (FreeBSD|OpenBSD|DragonFly)/i[3-9]86 (compact )?demand paged shared library'
-      lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file
-      lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=`echo /usr/lib/libc.so.*`
-      ;;
-    esac
-  else
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-  fi
-  ;;
-
-gnu*)
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-  ;;
-
-hpux10.20* | hpux11*)
-  lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file
-  case $host_cpu in
-  ia64*)
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[0-9][0-9][0-9]|ELF-[0-9][0-9]) shared object file - IA64'
-    lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/hpux32/libc.so
-    ;;
-  hppa*64*)
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[0-9][0-9][0-9]|ELF-[0-9][0-9]) shared object file - PA-RISC [0-9].[0-9]'
-    lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/pa20_64/libc.sl
-    ;;
-  *)
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[0-9][0-9][0-9]|PA-RISC[0-9].[0-9]) shared library'
-    lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/libc.sl
-    ;;
-  esac
-  ;;
-
-interix[3-9]*)
-  # PIC code is broken on Interix 3.x, that's why |\.a not |_pic\.a here
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[^/]+(\.so|\.a)$'
-  ;;
-
-irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
-  case $LD in
-  *-32|*"-32 ") libmagic=32-bit;;
-  *-n32|*"-n32 ") libmagic=N32;;
-  *-64|*"-64 ") libmagic=64-bit;;
-  *) libmagic=never-match;;
-  esac
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-  ;;
-
-# This must be Linux ELF.
-linux* | k*bsd*-gnu)
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-  ;;
-
-netbsd*)
-  if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ > /dev/null; then
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[^/]+(\.so\.[0-9]+\.[0-9]+|_pic\.a)$'
-  else
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[^/]+(\.so|_pic\.a)$'
-  fi
-  ;;
-
-newos6*)
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [ML]SB (executable|dynamic lib)'
-  lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file
-  lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/libnls.so
-  ;;
-
-*nto* | *qnx*)
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-  ;;
-
-openbsd*)
-  if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[^/]+(\.so\.[0-9]+\.[0-9]+|\.so|_pic\.a)$'
-  else
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[^/]+(\.so\.[0-9]+\.[0-9]+|_pic\.a)$'
-  fi
-  ;;
-
-osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-  ;;
-
-rdos*)
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-  ;;
-
-solaris*)
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-  ;;
-
-sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*)
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-  ;;
-
-sysv4 | sysv4.3*)
-  case $host_vendor in
-  motorola)
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [ML]SB (shared object|dynamic lib) M[0-9][0-9]* Version [0-9]'
-    lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=`echo /usr/lib/libc.so*`
-    ;;
-  ncr)
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-    ;;
-  sequent)
-    lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/bin/file'
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [LM]SB (shared object|dynamic lib )'
-    ;;
-  sni)
-    lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/bin/file'
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method="file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [LM]SB dynamic lib"
-    lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/lib/libc.so
-    ;;
-  siemens)
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-    ;;
-  pc)
-    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-    ;;
-  esac
-  ;;
-
-tpf*)
-  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
-  ;;
-esac
-
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_deplibs_check_method" >&5
-$as_echo "$lt_cv_deplibs_check_method" >&6; }
-file_magic_cmd=$lt_cv_file_magic_cmd
-deplibs_check_method=$lt_cv_deplibs_check_method
-test -z "$deplibs_check_method" && deplibs_check_method=unknown
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
-  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ar", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ar; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_AR+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$AR"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_AR="$AR" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_AR="${ac_tool_prefix}ar"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-AR=$ac_cv_prog_AR
-if test -n "$AR"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $AR" >&5
-$as_echo "$AR" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
-fi
-if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_AR"; then
-  ac_ct_AR=$AR
-  # Extract the first word of "ar", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy ar; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$ac_ct_AR"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR="$ac_ct_AR" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR="ar"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-ac_ct_AR=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR
-if test -n "$ac_ct_AR"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_AR" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_ct_AR" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-  if test "x$ac_ct_AR" = x; then
-    AR="false"
-  else
-    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
-yes:)
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: In the future, Autoconf will not detect cross-tools
-whose name does not start with the host triplet.  If you think this
-configuration is useful to you, please write to autoconf@gnu.org." >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: In the future, Autoconf will not detect cross-tools
-whose name does not start with the host triplet.  If you think this
-configuration is useful to you, please write to autoconf@gnu.org." >&2;}
-ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
-esac
-    AR=$ac_ct_AR
-  fi
-else
-  AR="$ac_cv_prog_AR"
-fi
-
-test -z "$AR" && AR=ar
-test -z "$AR_FLAGS" && AR_FLAGS=cru
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
-  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}strip", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}strip; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_STRIP+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$STRIP"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_STRIP="$STRIP" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_STRIP="${ac_tool_prefix}strip"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_STRIP
-if test -n "$STRIP"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $STRIP" >&5
-$as_echo "$STRIP" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
-fi
-if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_STRIP"; then
-  ac_ct_STRIP=$STRIP
-  # Extract the first word of "strip", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy strip; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="$ac_ct_STRIP" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="strip"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-ac_ct_STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP
-if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_STRIP" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_ct_STRIP" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-  if test "x$ac_ct_STRIP" = x; then
-    STRIP=":"
-  else
-    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
-yes:)
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: In the future, Autoconf will not detect cross-tools
-whose name does not start with the host triplet.  If you think this
-configuration is useful to you, please write to autoconf@gnu.org." >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: In the future, Autoconf will not detect cross-tools
-whose name does not start with the host triplet.  If you think this
-configuration is useful to you, please write to autoconf@gnu.org." >&2;}
-ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
-esac
-    STRIP=$ac_ct_STRIP
-  fi
-else
-  STRIP="$ac_cv_prog_STRIP"
-fi
-
-test -z "$STRIP" && STRIP=:
-
-
-
-
-
-
-if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
-  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_RANLIB+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="$RANLIB" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB
-if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $RANLIB" >&5
-$as_echo "$RANLIB" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
-fi
-if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"; then
-  ac_ct_RANLIB=$RANLIB
-  # Extract the first word of "ranlib", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy ranlib; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="$ac_ct_RANLIB" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="ranlib"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-ac_ct_RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB
-if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_RANLIB" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_ct_RANLIB" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-  if test "x$ac_ct_RANLIB" = x; then
-    RANLIB=":"
-  else
-    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
-yes:)
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: In the future, Autoconf will not detect cross-tools
-whose name does not start with the host triplet.  If you think this
-configuration is useful to you, please write to autoconf@gnu.org." >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: In the future, Autoconf will not detect cross-tools
-whose name does not start with the host triplet.  If you think this
-configuration is useful to you, please write to autoconf@gnu.org." >&2;}
-ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
-esac
-    RANLIB=$ac_ct_RANLIB
-  fi
-else
-  RANLIB="$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"
-fi
-
-test -z "$RANLIB" && RANLIB=:
-
-
-
-
-
-
-# Determine commands to create old-style static archives.
-old_archive_cmds='$AR $AR_FLAGS $oldlib$oldobjs'
-old_postinstall_cmds='chmod 644 $oldlib'
-old_postuninstall_cmds=
-
-if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
-  case $host_os in
-  openbsd*)
-    old_postinstall_cmds="$old_postinstall_cmds~\$RANLIB -t \$oldlib"
-    ;;
-  *)
-    old_postinstall_cmds="$old_postinstall_cmds~\$RANLIB \$oldlib"
-    ;;
-  esac
-  old_archive_cmds="$old_archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$oldlib"
-fi
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-# If no C compiler was specified, use CC.
-LTCC=${LTCC-"$CC"}
-
-# If no C compiler flags were specified, use CFLAGS.
-LTCFLAGS=${LTCFLAGS-"$CFLAGS"}
-
-# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments.
-compiler=$CC
-
-
-# Check for command to grab the raw symbol name followed by C symbol from nm.
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking command to parse $NM output from $compiler object" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking command to parse $NM output from $compiler object... " >&6; }
-if test "${lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-
-# These are sane defaults that work on at least a few old systems.
-# [They come from Ultrix.  What could be older than Ultrix?!! ;)]
-
-# Character class describing NM global symbol codes.
-symcode='[BCDEGRST]'
-
-# Regexp to match symbols that can be accessed directly from C.
-sympat='\([_A-Za-z][_A-Za-z0-9]*\)'
-
-# Define system-specific variables.
-case $host_os in
-aix*)
-  symcode='[BCDT]'
-  ;;
-cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
-  symcode='[ABCDGISTW]'
-  ;;
-hpux*)
-  if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
-    symcode='[ABCDEGRST]'
-  fi
-  ;;
-irix* | nonstopux*)
-  symcode='[BCDEGRST]'
-  ;;
-osf*)
-  symcode='[BCDEGQRST]'
-  ;;
-solaris*)
-  symcode='[BDRT]'
-  ;;
-sco3.2v5*)
-  symcode='[DT]'
-  ;;
-sysv4.2uw2*)
-  symcode='[DT]'
-  ;;
-sysv5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*)
-  symcode='[ABDT]'
-  ;;
-sysv4)
-  symcode='[DFNSTU]'
-  ;;
-esac
-
-# If we're using GNU nm, then use its standard symbol codes.
-case `$NM -V 2>&1` in
-*GNU* | *'with BFD'*)
-  symcode='[ABCDGIRSTW]' ;;
-esac
-
-# Transform an extracted symbol line into a proper C declaration.
-# Some systems (esp. on ia64) link data and code symbols differently,
-# so use this general approach.
-lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl="sed -n -e 's/^T .* \(.*\)$/extern int \1();/p' -e 's/^$symcode* .* \(.*\)$/extern char \1;/p'"
-
-# Transform an extracted symbol line into symbol name and symbol address
-lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address="sed -n -e 's/^: \([^ ]*\) $/  {\\\"\1\\\", (void *) 0},/p' -e 's/^$symcode* \([^ ]*\) \([^ ]*\)$/  {\"\2\", (void *) \&\2},/p'"
-lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix="sed -n -e 's/^: \([^ ]*\) $/  {\\\"\1\\\", (void *) 0},/p' -e 's/^$symcode* \([^ ]*\) \(lib[^ ]*\)$/  {\"\2\", (void *) \&\2},/p' -e 's/^$symcode* \([^ ]*\) \([^ ]*\)$/  {\"lib\2\", (void *) \&\2},/p'"
-
-# Handle CRLF in mingw tool chain
-opt_cr=
-case $build_os in
-mingw*)
-  opt_cr=`$ECHO 'x\{0,1\}' | tr x '\015'` # option cr in regexp
-  ;;
-esac
-
-# Try without a prefix underscore, then with it.
-for ac_symprfx in "" "_"; do
-
-  # Transform symcode, sympat, and symprfx into a raw symbol and a C symbol.
-  symxfrm="\\1 $ac_symprfx\\2 \\2"
-
-  # Write the raw and C identifiers.
-  if test "$lt_cv_nm_interface" = "MS dumpbin"; then
-    # Fake it for dumpbin and say T for any non-static function
-    # and D for any global variable.
-    # Also find C++ and __fastcall symbols from MSVC++,
-    # which start with @ or ?.
-    lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe="$AWK '"\
-"     {last_section=section; section=\$ 3};"\
-"     /Section length .*#relocs.*(pick any)/{hide[last_section]=1};"\
-"     \$ 0!~/External *\|/{next};"\
-"     / 0+ UNDEF /{next}; / UNDEF \([^|]\)*()/{next};"\
-"     {if(hide[section]) next};"\
-"     {f=0}; \$ 0~/\(\).*\|/{f=1}; {printf f ? \"T \" : \"D \"};"\
-"     {split(\$ 0, a, /\||\r/); split(a[2], s)};"\
-"     s[1]~/^[@?]/{print s[1], s[1]; next};"\
-"     s[1]~prfx {split(s[1],t,\"@\"); print t[1], substr(t[1],length(prfx))}"\
-"     ' prfx=^$ac_symprfx"
-  else
-    lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe="sed -n -e 's/^.*[	 ]\($symcode$symcode*\)[	 ][	 ]*$ac_symprfx$sympat$opt_cr$/$symxfrm/p'"
-  fi
-
-  # Check to see that the pipe works correctly.
-  pipe_works=no
-
-  rm -f conftest*
-  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-char nm_test_var;
-void nm_test_func(void);
-void nm_test_func(void){}
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-int main(){nm_test_var='a';nm_test_func();return(0);}
-_LT_EOF
-
-  if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }; then
-    # Now try to grab the symbols.
-    nlist=conftest.nm
-    if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$NM conftest.$ac_objext \| $lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe \> $nlist\"") >&5
-  (eval $NM conftest.$ac_objext \| $lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe \> $nlist) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } && test -s "$nlist"; then
-      # Try sorting and uniquifying the output.
-      if sort "$nlist" | uniq > "$nlist"T; then
-	mv -f "$nlist"T "$nlist"
-      else
-	rm -f "$nlist"T
-      fi
-
-      # Make sure that we snagged all the symbols we need.
-      if $GREP ' nm_test_var$' "$nlist" >/dev/null; then
-	if $GREP ' nm_test_func$' "$nlist" >/dev/null; then
-	  cat <<_LT_EOF > conftest.$ac_ext
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-_LT_EOF
-	  # Now generate the symbol file.
-	  eval "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl"' < "$nlist" | $GREP -v main >> conftest.$ac_ext'
-
-	  cat <<_LT_EOF >> conftest.$ac_ext
-
-/* The mapping between symbol names and symbols.  */
-const struct {
-  const char *name;
-  void       *address;
-}
-lt__PROGRAM__LTX_preloaded_symbols[] =
-{
-  { "@PROGRAM@", (void *) 0 },
-_LT_EOF
-	  $SED "s/^$symcode$symcode* \(.*\) \(.*\)$/  {\"\2\", (void *) \&\2},/" < "$nlist" | $GREP -v main >> conftest.$ac_ext
-	  cat <<\_LT_EOF >> conftest.$ac_ext
-  {0, (void *) 0}
-};
-
-/* This works around a problem in FreeBSD linker */
-#ifdef FREEBSD_WORKAROUND
-static const void *lt_preloaded_setup() {
-  return lt__PROGRAM__LTX_preloaded_symbols;
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-_LT_EOF
-	  # Now try linking the two files.
-	  mv conftest.$ac_objext conftstm.$ac_objext
-	  lt_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
-	  lt_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
-	  LIBS="conftstm.$ac_objext"
-	  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS$lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag"
-	  if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_link) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
-	    pipe_works=yes
-	  fi
-	  LIBS="$lt_save_LIBS"
-	  CFLAGS="$lt_save_CFLAGS"
-	else
-	  echo "cannot find nm_test_func in $nlist" >&5
-	fi
-      else
-	echo "cannot find nm_test_var in $nlist" >&5
-      fi
-    else
-      echo "cannot run $lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe" >&5
-    fi
-  else
-    echo "$progname: failed program was:" >&5
-    cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-  fi
-  rm -rf conftest* conftst*
-
-  # Do not use the global_symbol_pipe unless it works.
-  if test "$pipe_works" = yes; then
-    break
-  else
-    lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe=
-  fi
-done
-
-fi
-
-if test -z "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe"; then
-  lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl=
-fi
-if test -z "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: failed" >&5
-$as_echo "failed" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: ok" >&5
-$as_echo "ok" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-# Check whether --enable-libtool-lock was given.
-if test "${enable_libtool_lock+set}" = set; then
-  enableval=$enable_libtool_lock;
-fi
-
-test "x$enable_libtool_lock" != xno && enable_libtool_lock=yes
-
-# Some flags need to be propagated to the compiler or linker for good
-# libtool support.
-case $host in
-ia64-*-hpux*)
-  # Find out which ABI we are using.
-  echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext
-  if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }; then
-    case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in
-      *ELF-32*)
-	HPUX_IA64_MODE="32"
-	;;
-      *ELF-64*)
-	HPUX_IA64_MODE="64"
-	;;
-    esac
-  fi
-  rm -rf conftest*
-  ;;
-*-*-irix6*)
-  # Find out which ABI we are using.
-  echo '#line 8289 "configure"' > conftest.$ac_ext
-  if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }; then
-    if test "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes; then
-      case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in
-	*32-bit*)
-	  LD="${LD-ld} -melf32bsmip"
-	  ;;
-	*N32*)
-	  LD="${LD-ld} -melf32bmipn32"
-	  ;;
-	*64-bit*)
-	  LD="${LD-ld} -melf64bmip"
-	;;
-      esac
-    else
-      case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in
-	*32-bit*)
-	  LD="${LD-ld} -32"
-	  ;;
-	*N32*)
-	  LD="${LD-ld} -n32"
-	  ;;
-	*64-bit*)
-	  LD="${LD-ld} -64"
-	  ;;
-      esac
-    fi
-  fi
-  rm -rf conftest*
-  ;;
-
-x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu|x86_64-*linux*|ppc*-*linux*|powerpc*-*linux*| \
-s390*-*linux*|s390*-*tpf*|sparc*-*linux*)
-  # Find out which ABI we are using.
-  echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext
-  if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }; then
-    case `/usr/bin/file conftest.o` in
-      *32-bit*)
-	case $host in
-	  x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu)
-	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_i386_fbsd"
-	    ;;
-	  x86_64-*linux*)
-	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_i386"
-	    ;;
-	  ppc64-*linux*|powerpc64-*linux*)
-	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf32ppclinux"
-	    ;;
-	  s390x-*linux*)
-	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_s390"
-	    ;;
-	  sparc64-*linux*)
-	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf32_sparc"
-	    ;;
-	esac
-	;;
-      *64-bit*)
-	case $host in
-	  x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu)
-	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_x86_64_fbsd"
-	    ;;
-	  x86_64-*linux*)
-	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_x86_64"
-	    ;;
-	  ppc*-*linux*|powerpc*-*linux*)
-	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64ppc"
-	    ;;
-	  s390*-*linux*|s390*-*tpf*)
-	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_s390"
-	    ;;
-	  sparc*-*linux*)
-	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_sparc"
-	    ;;
-	esac
-	;;
-    esac
-  fi
-  rm -rf conftest*
-  ;;
-
-*-*-sco3.2v5*)
-  # On SCO OpenServer 5, we need -belf to get full-featured binaries.
-  SAVE_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
-  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -belf"
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether the C compiler needs -belf" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking whether the C compiler needs -belf... " >&6; }
-if test "${lt_cv_cc_needs_belf+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  ac_ext=c
-ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
-ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
-ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
-ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
-
-     cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
-if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } && {
-	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
-	 test ! -s conftest.err
-       } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && {
-	 test "$cross_compiling" = yes ||
-	 $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext
-       }; then
-  lt_cv_cc_needs_belf=yes
-else
-  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-	lt_cv_cc_needs_belf=no
-fi
-
-rm -rf conftest.dSYM
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \
-      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
-     ac_ext=c
-ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
-ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
-ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
-ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
-
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_cc_needs_belf" >&5
-$as_echo "$lt_cv_cc_needs_belf" >&6; }
-  if test x"$lt_cv_cc_needs_belf" != x"yes"; then
-    # this is probably gcc 2.8.0, egcs 1.0 or newer; no need for -belf
-    CFLAGS="$SAVE_CFLAGS"
-  fi
-  ;;
-sparc*-*solaris*)
-  # Find out which ABI we are using.
-  echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext
-  if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }; then
-    case `/usr/bin/file conftest.o` in
-    *64-bit*)
-      case $lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld in
-      yes*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_sparc" ;;
-      *)
-	if ${LD-ld} -64 -r -o conftest2.o conftest.o >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-	  LD="${LD-ld} -64"
-	fi
-	;;
-      esac
-      ;;
-    esac
-  fi
-  rm -rf conftest*
-  ;;
-esac
-
-need_locks="$enable_libtool_lock"
-
-
-  case $host_os in
-    rhapsody* | darwin*)
-    if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
-  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}dsymutil", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}dsymutil; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$DSYMUTIL"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL="$DSYMUTIL" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL="${ac_tool_prefix}dsymutil"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-DSYMUTIL=$ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL
-if test -n "$DSYMUTIL"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $DSYMUTIL" >&5
-$as_echo "$DSYMUTIL" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
-fi
-if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL"; then
-  ac_ct_DSYMUTIL=$DSYMUTIL
-  # Extract the first word of "dsymutil", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy dsymutil; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DSYMUTIL+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$ac_ct_DSYMUTIL"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DSYMUTIL="$ac_ct_DSYMUTIL" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DSYMUTIL="dsymutil"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-ac_ct_DSYMUTIL=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DSYMUTIL
-if test -n "$ac_ct_DSYMUTIL"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_DSYMUTIL" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_ct_DSYMUTIL" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-  if test "x$ac_ct_DSYMUTIL" = x; then
-    DSYMUTIL=":"
-  else
-    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
-yes:)
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: In the future, Autoconf will not detect cross-tools
-whose name does not start with the host triplet.  If you think this
-configuration is useful to you, please write to autoconf@gnu.org." >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: In the future, Autoconf will not detect cross-tools
-whose name does not start with the host triplet.  If you think this
-configuration is useful to you, please write to autoconf@gnu.org." >&2;}
-ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
-esac
-    DSYMUTIL=$ac_ct_DSYMUTIL
-  fi
-else
-  DSYMUTIL="$ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL"
-fi
-
-    if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
-  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}nmedit", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}nmedit; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$NMEDIT"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT="$NMEDIT" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT="${ac_tool_prefix}nmedit"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-NMEDIT=$ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT
-if test -n "$NMEDIT"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $NMEDIT" >&5
-$as_echo "$NMEDIT" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
-fi
-if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT"; then
-  ac_ct_NMEDIT=$NMEDIT
-  # Extract the first word of "nmedit", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy nmedit; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_NMEDIT+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$ac_ct_NMEDIT"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_NMEDIT="$ac_ct_NMEDIT" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_NMEDIT="nmedit"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-ac_ct_NMEDIT=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_NMEDIT
-if test -n "$ac_ct_NMEDIT"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_NMEDIT" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_ct_NMEDIT" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-  if test "x$ac_ct_NMEDIT" = x; then
-    NMEDIT=":"
-  else
-    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
-yes:)
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: In the future, Autoconf will not detect cross-tools
-whose name does not start with the host triplet.  If you think this
-configuration is useful to you, please write to autoconf@gnu.org." >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: In the future, Autoconf will not detect cross-tools
-whose name does not start with the host triplet.  If you think this
-configuration is useful to you, please write to autoconf@gnu.org." >&2;}
-ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
-esac
-    NMEDIT=$ac_ct_NMEDIT
-  fi
-else
-  NMEDIT="$ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT"
-fi
-
-    if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
-  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}lipo", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}lipo; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_LIPO+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$LIPO"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_LIPO="$LIPO" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_LIPO="${ac_tool_prefix}lipo"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-LIPO=$ac_cv_prog_LIPO
-if test -n "$LIPO"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $LIPO" >&5
-$as_echo "$LIPO" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
-fi
-if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_LIPO"; then
-  ac_ct_LIPO=$LIPO
-  # Extract the first word of "lipo", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy lipo; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_LIPO+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$ac_ct_LIPO"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_LIPO="$ac_ct_LIPO" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_LIPO="lipo"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-ac_ct_LIPO=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_LIPO
-if test -n "$ac_ct_LIPO"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_LIPO" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_ct_LIPO" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-  if test "x$ac_ct_LIPO" = x; then
-    LIPO=":"
-  else
-    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
-yes:)
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: In the future, Autoconf will not detect cross-tools
-whose name does not start with the host triplet.  If you think this
-configuration is useful to you, please write to autoconf@gnu.org." >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: In the future, Autoconf will not detect cross-tools
-whose name does not start with the host triplet.  If you think this
-configuration is useful to you, please write to autoconf@gnu.org." >&2;}
-ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
-esac
-    LIPO=$ac_ct_LIPO
-  fi
-else
-  LIPO="$ac_cv_prog_LIPO"
-fi
-
-    if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
-  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}otool", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}otool; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_OTOOL+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$OTOOL"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_OTOOL="$OTOOL" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_OTOOL="${ac_tool_prefix}otool"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-OTOOL=$ac_cv_prog_OTOOL
-if test -n "$OTOOL"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $OTOOL" >&5
-$as_echo "$OTOOL" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
-fi
-if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_OTOOL"; then
-  ac_ct_OTOOL=$OTOOL
-  # Extract the first word of "otool", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy otool; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$ac_ct_OTOOL"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL="$ac_ct_OTOOL" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL="otool"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-ac_ct_OTOOL=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL
-if test -n "$ac_ct_OTOOL"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_OTOOL" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_ct_OTOOL" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-  if test "x$ac_ct_OTOOL" = x; then
-    OTOOL=":"
-  else
-    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
-yes:)
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: In the future, Autoconf will not detect cross-tools
-whose name does not start with the host triplet.  If you think this
-configuration is useful to you, please write to autoconf@gnu.org." >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: In the future, Autoconf will not detect cross-tools
-whose name does not start with the host triplet.  If you think this
-configuration is useful to you, please write to autoconf@gnu.org." >&2;}
-ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
-esac
-    OTOOL=$ac_ct_OTOOL
-  fi
-else
-  OTOOL="$ac_cv_prog_OTOOL"
-fi
-
-    if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
-  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}otool64", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}otool64; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_OTOOL64+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$OTOOL64"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_OTOOL64="$OTOOL64" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_OTOOL64="${ac_tool_prefix}otool64"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-OTOOL64=$ac_cv_prog_OTOOL64
-if test -n "$OTOOL64"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $OTOOL64" >&5
-$as_echo "$OTOOL64" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
-fi
-if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_OTOOL64"; then
-  ac_ct_OTOOL64=$OTOOL64
-  # Extract the first word of "otool64", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy otool64; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL64+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$ac_ct_OTOOL64"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL64="$ac_ct_OTOOL64" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL64="otool64"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-ac_ct_OTOOL64=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL64
-if test -n "$ac_ct_OTOOL64"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_OTOOL64" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_ct_OTOOL64" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-  if test "x$ac_ct_OTOOL64" = x; then
-    OTOOL64=":"
-  else
-    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
-yes:)
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: In the future, Autoconf will not detect cross-tools
-whose name does not start with the host triplet.  If you think this
-configuration is useful to you, please write to autoconf@gnu.org." >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: In the future, Autoconf will not detect cross-tools
-whose name does not start with the host triplet.  If you think this
-configuration is useful to you, please write to autoconf@gnu.org." >&2;}
-ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
-esac
-    OTOOL64=$ac_ct_OTOOL64
-  fi
-else
-  OTOOL64="$ac_cv_prog_OTOOL64"
-fi
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for -single_module linker flag" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for -single_module linker flag... " >&6; }
-if test "${lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod=no
-      if test -z "${LT_MULTI_MODULE}"; then
-	# By default we will add the -single_module flag. You can override
-	# by either setting the environment variable LT_MULTI_MODULE
-	# non-empty at configure time, or by adding -multi_module to the
-	# link flags.
-	rm -rf libconftest.dylib*
-	echo "int foo(void){return 1;}" > conftest.c
-	echo "$LTCC $LTCFLAGS $LDFLAGS -o libconftest.dylib \
--dynamiclib -Wl,-single_module conftest.c" >&5
-	$LTCC $LTCFLAGS $LDFLAGS -o libconftest.dylib \
-	  -dynamiclib -Wl,-single_module conftest.c 2>conftest.err
-        _lt_result=$?
-	if test -f libconftest.dylib && test ! -s conftest.err && test $_lt_result = 0; then
-	  lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod=yes
-	else
-	  cat conftest.err >&5
-	fi
-	rm -rf libconftest.dylib*
-	rm -f conftest.*
-      fi
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod" >&5
-$as_echo "$lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod" >&6; }
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for -exported_symbols_list linker flag" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for -exported_symbols_list linker flag... " >&6; }
-if test "${lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list=no
-      save_LDFLAGS=$LDFLAGS
-      echo "_main" > conftest.sym
-      LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-exported_symbols_list,conftest.sym"
-      cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
-if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } && {
-	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
-	 test ! -s conftest.err
-       } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && {
-	 test "$cross_compiling" = yes ||
-	 $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext
-       }; then
-  lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list=yes
-else
-  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-	lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list=no
-fi
-
-rm -rf conftest.dSYM
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \
-      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
-	LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS"
-
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list" >&5
-$as_echo "$lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list" >&6; }
-    case $host_os in
-    rhapsody* | darwin1.[012])
-      _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;;
-    darwin1.*)
-      _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-flat_namespace ${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;;
-    darwin*) # darwin 5.x on
-      # if running on 10.5 or later, the deployment target defaults
-      # to the OS version, if on x86, and 10.4, the deployment
-      # target defaults to 10.4. Don't you love it?
-      case ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET-10.0},$host in
-	10.0,*86*-darwin8*|10.0,*-darwin[91]*)
-	  _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-undefined ${wl}dynamic_lookup' ;;
-	10.[012]*)
-	  _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-flat_namespace ${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;;
-	10.*)
-	  _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-undefined ${wl}dynamic_lookup' ;;
-      esac
-    ;;
-  esac
-    if test "$lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod" = "yes"; then
-      _lt_dar_single_mod='$single_module'
-    fi
-    if test "$lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list" = "yes"; then
-      _lt_dar_export_syms=' ${wl}-exported_symbols_list,$output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym'
-    else
-      _lt_dar_export_syms='~$NMEDIT -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}'
-    fi
-    if test "$DSYMUTIL" != ":"; then
-      _lt_dsymutil='~$DSYMUTIL $lib || :'
-    else
-      _lt_dsymutil=
-    fi
-    ;;
-  esac
-
-
-for ac_header in dlfcn.h
-do
-as_ac_Header=`$as_echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh`
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_header... " >&6; }
-if { as_var=$as_ac_Header; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-$ac_includes_default
-
-#include <$ac_header>
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
-if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } && {
-	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
-	 test ! -s conftest.err
-       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
-  eval "$as_ac_Header=yes"
-else
-  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-	eval "$as_ac_Header=no"
-fi
-
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-fi
-ac_res=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_Header'}
-		 $as_echo "$as_val"'`
-	       { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_res" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; }
-if test `eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_Header'}
-		 $as_echo "$as_val"'` = yes; then
-  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
-#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
-_ACEOF
-
-fi
-
-done
-
-
-
-# Set options
-enable_win32_dll=yes
-
-case $host in
-*-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32*)
-  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
-  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}as", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}as; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_AS+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$AS"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_AS="$AS" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_AS="${ac_tool_prefix}as"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-AS=$ac_cv_prog_AS
-if test -n "$AS"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $AS" >&5
-$as_echo "$AS" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
-fi
-if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_AS"; then
-  ac_ct_AS=$AS
-  # Extract the first word of "as", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy as; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AS+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$ac_ct_AS"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AS="$ac_ct_AS" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AS="as"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-ac_ct_AS=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AS
-if test -n "$ac_ct_AS"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_AS" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_ct_AS" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-  if test "x$ac_ct_AS" = x; then
-    AS="false"
-  else
-    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
-yes:)
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: In the future, Autoconf will not detect cross-tools
-whose name does not start with the host triplet.  If you think this
-configuration is useful to you, please write to autoconf@gnu.org." >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: In the future, Autoconf will not detect cross-tools
-whose name does not start with the host triplet.  If you think this
-configuration is useful to you, please write to autoconf@gnu.org." >&2;}
-ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
-esac
-    AS=$ac_ct_AS
-  fi
-else
-  AS="$ac_cv_prog_AS"
-fi
-
-  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
-  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}dlltool", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}dlltool; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_DLLTOOL+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$DLLTOOL"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_DLLTOOL="$DLLTOOL" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_DLLTOOL="${ac_tool_prefix}dlltool"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-DLLTOOL=$ac_cv_prog_DLLTOOL
-if test -n "$DLLTOOL"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $DLLTOOL" >&5
-$as_echo "$DLLTOOL" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
-fi
-if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_DLLTOOL"; then
-  ac_ct_DLLTOOL=$DLLTOOL
-  # Extract the first word of "dlltool", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy dlltool; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DLLTOOL+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$ac_ct_DLLTOOL"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DLLTOOL="$ac_ct_DLLTOOL" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DLLTOOL="dlltool"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-ac_ct_DLLTOOL=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DLLTOOL
-if test -n "$ac_ct_DLLTOOL"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_DLLTOOL" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_ct_DLLTOOL" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-  if test "x$ac_ct_DLLTOOL" = x; then
-    DLLTOOL="false"
-  else
-    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
-yes:)
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: In the future, Autoconf will not detect cross-tools
-whose name does not start with the host triplet.  If you think this
-configuration is useful to you, please write to autoconf@gnu.org." >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: In the future, Autoconf will not detect cross-tools
-whose name does not start with the host triplet.  If you think this
-configuration is useful to you, please write to autoconf@gnu.org." >&2;}
-ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
-esac
-    DLLTOOL=$ac_ct_DLLTOOL
-  fi
-else
-  DLLTOOL="$ac_cv_prog_DLLTOOL"
-fi
-
-  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
-  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}objdump", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}objdump; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$OBJDUMP"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP="$OBJDUMP" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP="${ac_tool_prefix}objdump"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-OBJDUMP=$ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP
-if test -n "$OBJDUMP"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $OBJDUMP" >&5
-$as_echo "$OBJDUMP" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
-fi
-if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP"; then
-  ac_ct_OBJDUMP=$OBJDUMP
-  # Extract the first word of "objdump", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy objdump; ac_word=$2
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OBJDUMP+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$ac_ct_OBJDUMP"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OBJDUMP="$ac_ct_OBJDUMP" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
-    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OBJDUMP="objdump"
-    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-fi
-fi
-ac_ct_OBJDUMP=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OBJDUMP
-if test -n "$ac_ct_OBJDUMP"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_OBJDUMP" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_ct_OBJDUMP" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-  if test "x$ac_ct_OBJDUMP" = x; then
-    OBJDUMP="false"
-  else
-    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
-yes:)
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: In the future, Autoconf will not detect cross-tools
-whose name does not start with the host triplet.  If you think this
-configuration is useful to you, please write to autoconf@gnu.org." >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: In the future, Autoconf will not detect cross-tools
-whose name does not start with the host triplet.  If you think this
-configuration is useful to you, please write to autoconf@gnu.org." >&2;}
-ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
-esac
-    OBJDUMP=$ac_ct_OBJDUMP
-  fi
-else
-  OBJDUMP="$ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP"
-fi
-
-  ;;
-esac
-
-test -z "$AS" && AS=as
-
-
-
-
-
-test -z "$DLLTOOL" && DLLTOOL=dlltool
-
-
-
-
-
-test -z "$OBJDUMP" && OBJDUMP=objdump
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-        enable_dlopen=no
-
-
-
-            # Check whether --enable-shared was given.
-if test "${enable_shared+set}" = set; then
-  enableval=$enable_shared; p=${PACKAGE-default}
-    case $enableval in
-    yes) enable_shared=yes ;;
-    no) enable_shared=no ;;
-    *)
-      enable_shared=no
-      # Look at the argument we got.  We use all the common list separators.
-      lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR,"
-      for pkg in $enableval; do
-	IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-	if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then
-	  enable_shared=yes
-	fi
-      done
-      IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-      ;;
-    esac
-else
-  enable_shared=yes
-fi
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-  # Check whether --enable-static was given.
-if test "${enable_static+set}" = set; then
-  enableval=$enable_static; p=${PACKAGE-default}
-    case $enableval in
-    yes) enable_static=yes ;;
-    no) enable_static=no ;;
-    *)
-     enable_static=no
-      # Look at the argument we got.  We use all the common list separators.
-      lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR,"
-      for pkg in $enableval; do
-	IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-	if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then
-	  enable_static=yes
-	fi
-      done
-      IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-      ;;
-    esac
-else
-  enable_static=yes
-fi
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-# Check whether --with-pic was given.
-if test "${with_pic+set}" = set; then
-  withval=$with_pic; pic_mode="$withval"
-else
-  pic_mode=default
-fi
-
-
-test -z "$pic_mode" && pic_mode=default
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-  # Check whether --enable-fast-install was given.
-if test "${enable_fast_install+set}" = set; then
-  enableval=$enable_fast_install; p=${PACKAGE-default}
-    case $enableval in
-    yes) enable_fast_install=yes ;;
-    no) enable_fast_install=no ;;
-    *)
-      enable_fast_install=no
-      # Look at the argument we got.  We use all the common list separators.
-      lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR,"
-      for pkg in $enableval; do
-	IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-	if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then
-	  enable_fast_install=yes
-	fi
-      done
-      IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-      ;;
-    esac
-else
-  enable_fast_install=yes
-fi
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-# This can be used to rebuild libtool when needed
-LIBTOOL_DEPS="$ltmain"
-
-# Always use our own libtool.
-LIBTOOL='$(SHELL) $(top_builddir)/libtool'
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-test -z "$LN_S" && LN_S="ln -s"
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then
-   setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
-fi
-
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for objdir" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for objdir... " >&6; }
-if test "${lt_cv_objdir+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  rm -f .libs 2>/dev/null
-mkdir .libs 2>/dev/null
-if test -d .libs; then
-  lt_cv_objdir=.libs
-else
-  # MS-DOS does not allow filenames that begin with a dot.
-  lt_cv_objdir=_libs
-fi
-rmdir .libs 2>/dev/null
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_objdir" >&5
-$as_echo "$lt_cv_objdir" >&6; }
-objdir=$lt_cv_objdir
-
-
-
-
-
-cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
-#define LT_OBJDIR "$lt_cv_objdir/"
-_ACEOF
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-case $host_os in
-aix3*)
-  # AIX sometimes has problems with the GCC collect2 program.  For some
-  # reason, if we set the COLLECT_NAMES environment variable, the problems
-  # vanish in a puff of smoke.
-  if test "X${COLLECT_NAMES+set}" != Xset; then
-    COLLECT_NAMES=
-    export COLLECT_NAMES
-  fi
-  ;;
-esac
-
-# Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting.  It backslashifies
-# metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings.
-sed_quote_subst='s/\(["`$\\]\)/\\\1/g'
-
-# Same as above, but do not quote variable references.
-double_quote_subst='s/\(["`\\]\)/\\\1/g'
-
-# Sed substitution to delay expansion of an escaped shell variable in a
-# double_quote_subst'ed string.
-delay_variable_subst='s/\\\\\\\\\\\$/\\\\\\$/g'
-
-# Sed substitution to delay expansion of an escaped single quote.
-delay_single_quote_subst='s/'\''/'\'\\\\\\\'\''/g'
-
-# Sed substitution to avoid accidental globbing in evaled expressions
-no_glob_subst='s/\*/\\\*/g'
-
-# Global variables:
-ofile=libtool
-can_build_shared=yes
-
-# All known linkers require a `.a' archive for static linking (except MSVC,
-# which needs '.lib').
-libext=a
-
-with_gnu_ld="$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld"
-
-old_CC="$CC"
-old_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
-
-# Set sane defaults for various variables
-test -z "$CC" && CC=cc
-test -z "$LTCC" && LTCC=$CC
-test -z "$LTCFLAGS" && LTCFLAGS=$CFLAGS
-test -z "$LD" && LD=ld
-test -z "$ac_objext" && ac_objext=o
-
-for cc_temp in $compiler""; do
-  case $cc_temp in
-    compile | *[\\/]compile | ccache | *[\\/]ccache ) ;;
-    distcc | *[\\/]distcc | purify | *[\\/]purify ) ;;
-    \-*) ;;
-    *) break;;
-  esac
-done
-cc_basename=`$ECHO "X$cc_temp" | $Xsed -e 's%.*/%%' -e "s%^$host_alias-%%"`
-
-
-# Only perform the check for file, if the check method requires it
-test -z "$MAGIC_CMD" && MAGIC_CMD=file
-case $deplibs_check_method in
-file_magic*)
-  if test "$file_magic_cmd" = '$MAGIC_CMD'; then
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for ${ac_tool_prefix}file" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for ${ac_tool_prefix}file... " >&6; }
-if test "${lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  case $MAGIC_CMD in
-[\\/*] |  ?:[\\/]*)
-  lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD" # Let the user override the test with a path.
-  ;;
-*)
-  lt_save_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD"
-  lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-  ac_dummy="/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH"
-  for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do
-    IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
-    if test -f $ac_dir/${ac_tool_prefix}file; then
-      lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$ac_dir/${ac_tool_prefix}file"
-      if test -n "$file_magic_test_file"; then
-	case $deplibs_check_method in
-	"file_magic "*)
-	  file_magic_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "file_magic \(.*\)"`
-	  MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD"
-	  if eval $file_magic_cmd \$file_magic_test_file 2> /dev/null |
-	    $EGREP "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then
-	    :
-	  else
-	    cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2
-
-*** Warning: the command libtool uses to detect shared libraries,
-*** $file_magic_cmd, produces output that libtool cannot recognize.
-*** The result is that libtool may fail to recognize shared libraries
-*** as such.  This will affect the creation of libtool libraries that
-*** depend on shared libraries, but programs linked with such libtool
-*** libraries will work regardless of this problem.  Nevertheless, you
-*** may want to report the problem to your system manager and/or to
-*** bug-libtool@gnu.org
-
-_LT_EOF
-	  fi ;;
-	esac
-      fi
-      break
-    fi
-  done
-  IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-  MAGIC_CMD="$lt_save_MAGIC_CMD"
-  ;;
-esac
-fi
-
-MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD"
-if test -n "$MAGIC_CMD"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $MAGIC_CMD" >&5
-$as_echo "$MAGIC_CMD" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
-
-
-
-if test -z "$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD"; then
-  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for file" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for file... " >&6; }
-if test "${lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  case $MAGIC_CMD in
-[\\/*] |  ?:[\\/]*)
-  lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD" # Let the user override the test with a path.
-  ;;
-*)
-  lt_save_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD"
-  lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-  ac_dummy="/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH"
-  for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do
-    IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
-    if test -f $ac_dir/file; then
-      lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$ac_dir/file"
-      if test -n "$file_magic_test_file"; then
-	case $deplibs_check_method in
-	"file_magic "*)
-	  file_magic_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "file_magic \(.*\)"`
-	  MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD"
-	  if eval $file_magic_cmd \$file_magic_test_file 2> /dev/null |
-	    $EGREP "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then
-	    :
-	  else
-	    cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2
-
-*** Warning: the command libtool uses to detect shared libraries,
-*** $file_magic_cmd, produces output that libtool cannot recognize.
-*** The result is that libtool may fail to recognize shared libraries
-*** as such.  This will affect the creation of libtool libraries that
-*** depend on shared libraries, but programs linked with such libtool
-*** libraries will work regardless of this problem.  Nevertheless, you
-*** may want to report the problem to your system manager and/or to
-*** bug-libtool@gnu.org
-
-_LT_EOF
-	  fi ;;
-	esac
-      fi
-      break
-    fi
-  done
-  IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-  MAGIC_CMD="$lt_save_MAGIC_CMD"
-  ;;
-esac
-fi
-
-MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD"
-if test -n "$MAGIC_CMD"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $MAGIC_CMD" >&5
-$as_echo "$MAGIC_CMD" >&6; }
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-fi
-
-
-  else
-    MAGIC_CMD=:
-  fi
-fi
-
-  fi
-  ;;
-esac
-
-# Use C for the default configuration in the libtool script
-
-lt_save_CC="$CC"
-ac_ext=c
-ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
-ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
-ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
-ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
-
-
-# Source file extension for C test sources.
-ac_ext=c
-
-# Object file extension for compiled C test sources.
-objext=o
-objext=$objext
-
-# Code to be used in simple compile tests
-lt_simple_compile_test_code="int some_variable = 0;"
-
-# Code to be used in simple link tests
-lt_simple_link_test_code='int main(){return(0);}'
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-# If no C compiler was specified, use CC.
-LTCC=${LTCC-"$CC"}
-
-# If no C compiler flags were specified, use CFLAGS.
-LTCFLAGS=${LTCFLAGS-"$CFLAGS"}
-
-# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments.
-compiler=$CC
-
-# Save the default compiler, since it gets overwritten when the other
-# tags are being tested, and _LT_TAGVAR(compiler, []) is a NOP.
-compiler_DEFAULT=$CC
-
-# save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code
-ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext
-echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" >conftest.$ac_ext
-eval "$ac_compile" 2>&1 >/dev/null | $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' >conftest.err
-_lt_compiler_boilerplate=`cat conftest.err`
-$RM conftest*
-
-ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext
-echo "$lt_simple_link_test_code" >conftest.$ac_ext
-eval "$ac_link" 2>&1 >/dev/null | $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' >conftest.err
-_lt_linker_boilerplate=`cat conftest.err`
-$RM -r conftest*
-
-
-if test -n "$compiler"; then
-
-lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag=
-
-if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-  lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag=' -fno-builtin'
-
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if $compiler supports -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking if $compiler supports -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions... " >&6; }
-if test "${lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions=no
-   ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext
-   echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext
-   lt_compiler_flag="-fno-rtti -fno-exceptions"
-   # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or
-   # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end.
-   # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins
-   # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly.
-   # The option is referenced via a variable to avoid confusing sed.
-   lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \
-   -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \
-   -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \
-   -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'`
-   (eval echo "\"\$as_me:9983: $lt_compile\"" >&5)
-   (eval "$lt_compile" 2>conftest.err)
-   ac_status=$?
-   cat conftest.err >&5
-   echo "$as_me:9987: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-   if (exit $ac_status) && test -s "$ac_outfile"; then
-     # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized
-     # So say no if there are warnings other than the usual output.
-     $ECHO "X$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' >conftest.exp
-     $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2
-     if test ! -s conftest.er2 || diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then
-       lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions=yes
-     fi
-   fi
-   $RM conftest*
-
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions" >&5
-$as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions" >&6; }
-
-if test x"$lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions" = xyes; then
-    lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag="$lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions"
-else
-    :
-fi
-
-fi
-
-
-
-
-
-
-  lt_prog_compiler_wl=
-lt_prog_compiler_pic=
-lt_prog_compiler_static=
-
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $compiler option to produce PIC" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for $compiler option to produce PIC... " >&6; }
-
-  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-    lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
-    lt_prog_compiler_static='-static'
-
-    case $host_os in
-      aix*)
-      # All AIX code is PIC.
-      if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
-	# AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor
-	lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic'
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    amigaos*)
-      case $host_cpu in
-      powerpc)
-            # see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support
-            lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC'
-        ;;
-      m68k)
-            # FIXME: we need at least 68020 code to build shared libraries, but
-            # adding the `-m68020' flag to GCC prevents building anything better,
-            # like `-m68040'.
-            lt_prog_compiler_pic='-m68020 -resident32 -malways-restore-a4'
-        ;;
-      esac
-      ;;
-
-    beos* | irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux* | osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
-      # PIC is the default for these OSes.
-      ;;
-
-    mingw* | cygwin* | pw32* | os2*)
-      # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being
-      # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example).
-      # Although the cygwin gcc ignores -fPIC, still need this for old-style
-      # (--disable-auto-import) libraries
-      lt_prog_compiler_pic='-DDLL_EXPORT'
-      ;;
-
-    darwin* | rhapsody*)
-      # PIC is the default on this platform
-      # Common symbols not allowed in MH_DYLIB files
-      lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fno-common'
-      ;;
-
-    hpux*)
-      # PIC is the default for IA64 HP-UX and 64-bit HP-UX, but
-      # not for PA HP-UX.
-      case $host_cpu in
-      hppa*64*|ia64*)
-	# +Z the default
-	;;
-      *)
-	lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC'
-	;;
-      esac
-      ;;
-
-    interix[3-9]*)
-      # Interix 3.x gcc -fpic/-fPIC options generate broken code.
-      # Instead, we relocate shared libraries at runtime.
-      ;;
-
-    msdosdjgpp*)
-      # Just because we use GCC doesn't mean we suddenly get shared libraries
-      # on systems that don't support them.
-      lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared=no
-      enable_shared=no
-      ;;
-
-    *nto* | *qnx*)
-      # QNX uses GNU C++, but need to define -shared option too, otherwise
-      # it will coredump.
-      lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC -shared'
-      ;;
-
-    sysv4*MP*)
-      if test -d /usr/nec; then
-	lt_prog_compiler_pic=-Kconform_pic
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    *)
-      lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC'
-      ;;
-    esac
-  else
-    # PORTME Check for flag to pass linker flags through the system compiler.
-    case $host_os in
-    aix*)
-      lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
-      if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
-	# AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor
-	lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic'
-      else
-	lt_prog_compiler_static='-bnso -bI:/lib/syscalls.exp'
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    mingw* | cygwin* | pw32* | os2*)
-      # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being
-      # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example).
-      lt_prog_compiler_pic='-DDLL_EXPORT'
-      ;;
-
-    hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
-      lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
-      # PIC is the default for IA64 HP-UX and 64-bit HP-UX, but
-      # not for PA HP-UX.
-      case $host_cpu in
-      hppa*64*|ia64*)
-	# +Z the default
-	;;
-      *)
-	lt_prog_compiler_pic='+Z'
-	;;
-      esac
-      # Is there a better lt_prog_compiler_static that works with the bundled CC?
-      lt_prog_compiler_static='${wl}-a ${wl}archive'
-      ;;
-
-    irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
-      lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
-      # PIC (with -KPIC) is the default.
-      lt_prog_compiler_static='-non_shared'
-      ;;
-
-    linux* | k*bsd*-gnu)
-      case $cc_basename in
-      icc* | ecc* | ifort*)
-	lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
-	lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC'
-	lt_prog_compiler_static='-static'
-        ;;
-      pgcc* | pgf77* | pgf90* | pgf95*)
-        # Portland Group compilers (*not* the Pentium gcc compiler,
-	# which looks to be a dead project)
-	lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
-	lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fpic'
-	lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic'
-        ;;
-      ccc*)
-        lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
-        # All Alpha code is PIC.
-        lt_prog_compiler_static='-non_shared'
-        ;;
-      xl*)
-	# IBM XL C 8.0/Fortran 10.1 on PPC
-	lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
-	lt_prog_compiler_pic='-qpic'
-	lt_prog_compiler_static='-qstaticlink'
-	;;
-      *)
-	case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in
-	*Sun\ C*)
-	  # Sun C 5.9
-	  lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC'
-	  lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic'
-	  lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
-	  ;;
-	*Sun\ F*)
-	  # Sun Fortran 8.3 passes all unrecognized flags to the linker
-	  lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC'
-	  lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic'
-	  lt_prog_compiler_wl=''
-	  ;;
-	esac
-	;;
-      esac
-      ;;
-
-    newsos6)
-      lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC'
-      lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic'
-      ;;
-
-    *nto* | *qnx*)
-      # QNX uses GNU C++, but need to define -shared option too, otherwise
-      # it will coredump.
-      lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC -shared'
-      ;;
-
-    osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
-      lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
-      # All OSF/1 code is PIC.
-      lt_prog_compiler_static='-non_shared'
-      ;;
-
-    rdos*)
-      lt_prog_compiler_static='-non_shared'
-      ;;
-
-    solaris*)
-      lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC'
-      lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic'
-      case $cc_basename in
-      f77* | f90* | f95*)
-	lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Qoption ld ';;
-      *)
-	lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,';;
-      esac
-      ;;
-
-    sunos4*)
-      lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Qoption ld '
-      lt_prog_compiler_pic='-PIC'
-      lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic'
-      ;;
-
-    sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3*)
-      lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
-      lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC'
-      lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic'
-      ;;
-
-    sysv4*MP*)
-      if test -d /usr/nec ;then
-	lt_prog_compiler_pic='-Kconform_pic'
-	lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic'
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    sysv5* | unixware* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | OpenUNIX*)
-      lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
-      lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC'
-      lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic'
-      ;;
-
-    unicos*)
-      lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
-      lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared=no
-      ;;
-
-    uts4*)
-      lt_prog_compiler_pic='-pic'
-      lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic'
-      ;;
-
-    *)
-      lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared=no
-      ;;
-    esac
-  fi
-
-case $host_os in
-  # For platforms which do not support PIC, -DPIC is meaningless:
-  *djgpp*)
-    lt_prog_compiler_pic=
-    ;;
-  *)
-    lt_prog_compiler_pic="$lt_prog_compiler_pic -DPIC"
-    ;;
-esac
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_prog_compiler_pic" >&5
-$as_echo "$lt_prog_compiler_pic" >&6; }
-
-
-
-
-
-
-#
-# Check to make sure the PIC flag actually works.
-#
-if test -n "$lt_prog_compiler_pic"; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if $compiler PIC flag $lt_prog_compiler_pic works" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking if $compiler PIC flag $lt_prog_compiler_pic works... " >&6; }
-if test "${lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works=no
-   ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext
-   echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext
-   lt_compiler_flag="$lt_prog_compiler_pic -DPIC"
-   # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or
-   # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end.
-   # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins
-   # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly.
-   # The option is referenced via a variable to avoid confusing sed.
-   lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \
-   -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \
-   -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \
-   -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'`
-   (eval echo "\"\$as_me:10307: $lt_compile\"" >&5)
-   (eval "$lt_compile" 2>conftest.err)
-   ac_status=$?
-   cat conftest.err >&5
-   echo "$as_me:10311: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-   if (exit $ac_status) && test -s "$ac_outfile"; then
-     # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized
-     # So say no if there are warnings other than the usual output.
-     $ECHO "X$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' >conftest.exp
-     $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2
-     if test ! -s conftest.er2 || diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then
-       lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works=yes
-     fi
-   fi
-   $RM conftest*
-
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works" >&5
-$as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works" >&6; }
-
-if test x"$lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works" = xyes; then
-    case $lt_prog_compiler_pic in
-     "" | " "*) ;;
-     *) lt_prog_compiler_pic=" $lt_prog_compiler_pic" ;;
-     esac
-else
-    lt_prog_compiler_pic=
-     lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared=no
-fi
-
-fi
-
-
-
-
-
-
-#
-# Check to make sure the static flag actually works.
-#
-wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl eval lt_tmp_static_flag=\"$lt_prog_compiler_static\"
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if $compiler static flag $lt_tmp_static_flag works" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking if $compiler static flag $lt_tmp_static_flag works... " >&6; }
-if test "${lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works=no
-   save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS"
-   LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $lt_tmp_static_flag"
-   echo "$lt_simple_link_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext
-   if (eval $ac_link 2>conftest.err) && test -s conftest$ac_exeext; then
-     # The linker can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized
-     # So say no if there are warnings
-     if test -s conftest.err; then
-       # Append any errors to the config.log.
-       cat conftest.err 1>&5
-       $ECHO "X$_lt_linker_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' > conftest.exp
-       $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2
-       if diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then
-         lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works=yes
-       fi
-     else
-       lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works=yes
-     fi
-   fi
-   $RM -r conftest*
-   LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS"
-
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works" >&5
-$as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works" >&6; }
-
-if test x"$lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works" = xyes; then
-    :
-else
-    lt_prog_compiler_static=
-fi
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext... " >&6; }
-if test "${lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o=no
-   $RM -r conftest 2>/dev/null
-   mkdir conftest
-   cd conftest
-   mkdir out
-   echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext
-
-   lt_compiler_flag="-o out/conftest2.$ac_objext"
-   # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or
-   # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end.
-   # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins
-   # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly.
-   lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \
-   -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \
-   -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \
-   -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'`
-   (eval echo "\"\$as_me:10412: $lt_compile\"" >&5)
-   (eval "$lt_compile" 2>out/conftest.err)
-   ac_status=$?
-   cat out/conftest.err >&5
-   echo "$as_me:10416: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-   if (exit $ac_status) && test -s out/conftest2.$ac_objext
-   then
-     # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized
-     # So say no if there are warnings
-     $ECHO "X$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' > out/conftest.exp
-     $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' out/conftest.err >out/conftest.er2
-     if test ! -s out/conftest.er2 || diff out/conftest.exp out/conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then
-       lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o=yes
-     fi
-   fi
-   chmod u+w . 2>&5
-   $RM conftest*
-   # SGI C++ compiler will create directory out/ii_files/ for
-   # template instantiation
-   test -d out/ii_files && $RM out/ii_files/* && rmdir out/ii_files
-   $RM out/* && rmdir out
-   cd ..
-   $RM -r conftest
-   $RM conftest*
-
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" >&5
-$as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" >&6; }
-
-
-
-
-
-
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext... " >&6; }
-if test "${lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o=no
-   $RM -r conftest 2>/dev/null
-   mkdir conftest
-   cd conftest
-   mkdir out
-   echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext
-
-   lt_compiler_flag="-o out/conftest2.$ac_objext"
-   # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or
-   # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end.
-   # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins
-   # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly.
-   lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \
-   -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \
-   -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \
-   -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'`
-   (eval echo "\"\$as_me:10467: $lt_compile\"" >&5)
-   (eval "$lt_compile" 2>out/conftest.err)
-   ac_status=$?
-   cat out/conftest.err >&5
-   echo "$as_me:10471: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-   if (exit $ac_status) && test -s out/conftest2.$ac_objext
-   then
-     # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized
-     # So say no if there are warnings
-     $ECHO "X$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' > out/conftest.exp
-     $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' out/conftest.err >out/conftest.er2
-     if test ! -s out/conftest.er2 || diff out/conftest.exp out/conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then
-       lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o=yes
-     fi
-   fi
-   chmod u+w . 2>&5
-   $RM conftest*
-   # SGI C++ compiler will create directory out/ii_files/ for
-   # template instantiation
-   test -d out/ii_files && $RM out/ii_files/* && rmdir out/ii_files
-   $RM out/* && rmdir out
-   cd ..
-   $RM -r conftest
-   $RM conftest*
-
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" >&5
-$as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" >&6; }
-
-
-
-
-hard_links="nottested"
-if test "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" = no && test "$need_locks" != no; then
-  # do not overwrite the value of need_locks provided by the user
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if we can lock with hard links" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking if we can lock with hard links... " >&6; }
-  hard_links=yes
-  $RM conftest*
-  ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no
-  touch conftest.a
-  ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>&5 || hard_links=no
-  ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $hard_links" >&5
-$as_echo "$hard_links" >&6; }
-  if test "$hard_links" = no; then
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: \`$CC' does not support \`-c -o', so \`make -j' may be unsafe" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: \`$CC' does not support \`-c -o', so \`make -j' may be unsafe" >&2;}
-    need_locks=warn
-  fi
-else
-  need_locks=no
-fi
-
-
-
-
-
-
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries... " >&6; }
-
-  runpath_var=
-  allow_undefined_flag=
-  always_export_symbols=no
-  archive_cmds=
-  archive_expsym_cmds=
-  compiler_needs_object=no
-  enable_shared_with_static_runtimes=no
-  export_dynamic_flag_spec=
-  export_symbols_cmds='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED '\''s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols'
-  hardcode_automatic=no
-  hardcode_direct=no
-  hardcode_direct_absolute=no
-  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=
-  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld=
-  hardcode_libdir_separator=
-  hardcode_minus_L=no
-  hardcode_shlibpath_var=unsupported
-  inherit_rpath=no
-  link_all_deplibs=unknown
-  module_cmds=
-  module_expsym_cmds=
-  old_archive_from_new_cmds=
-  old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds=
-  thread_safe_flag_spec=
-  whole_archive_flag_spec=
-  # include_expsyms should be a list of space-separated symbols to be *always*
-  # included in the symbol list
-  include_expsyms=
-  # exclude_expsyms can be an extended regexp of symbols to exclude
-  # it will be wrapped by ` (' and `)$', so one must not match beginning or
-  # end of line.  Example: `a|bc|.*d.*' will exclude the symbols `a' and `bc',
-  # as well as any symbol that contains `d'.
-  exclude_expsyms='_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_|_GLOBAL__F[ID]_.*'
-  # Although _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is a valid symbol C name, most a.out
-  # platforms (ab)use it in PIC code, but their linkers get confused if
-  # the symbol is explicitly referenced.  Since portable code cannot
-  # rely on this symbol name, it's probably fine to never include it in
-  # preloaded symbol tables.
-  # Exclude shared library initialization/finalization symbols.
-  extract_expsyms_cmds=
-
-  case $host_os in
-  cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
-    # FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time
-    # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
-    # Microsoft Visual C++.
-    if test "$GCC" != yes; then
-      with_gnu_ld=no
-    fi
-    ;;
-  interix*)
-    # we just hope/assume this is gcc and not c89 (= MSVC++)
-    with_gnu_ld=yes
-    ;;
-  openbsd*)
-    with_gnu_ld=no
-    ;;
-  esac
-
-  ld_shlibs=yes
-  if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
-    # If archive_cmds runs LD, not CC, wlarc should be empty
-    wlarc='${wl}'
-
-    # Set some defaults for GNU ld with shared library support. These
-    # are reset later if shared libraries are not supported. Putting them
-    # here allows them to be overridden if necessary.
-    runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
-    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
-    export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}--export-dynamic'
-    # ancient GNU ld didn't support --whole-archive et. al.
-    if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP 'no-whole-archive' > /dev/null; then
-      whole_archive_flag_spec="$wlarc"'--whole-archive$convenience '"$wlarc"'--no-whole-archive'
-    else
-      whole_archive_flag_spec=
-    fi
-    supports_anon_versioning=no
-    case `$LD -v 2>&1` in
-      *\ [01].* | *\ 2.[0-9].* | *\ 2.10.*) ;; # catch versions < 2.11
-      *\ 2.11.93.0.2\ *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; # RH7.3 ...
-      *\ 2.11.92.0.12\ *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; # Mandrake 8.2 ...
-      *\ 2.11.*) ;; # other 2.11 versions
-      *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;;
-    esac
-
-    # See if GNU ld supports shared libraries.
-    case $host_os in
-    aix[3-9]*)
-      # On AIX/PPC, the GNU linker is very broken
-      if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then
-	ld_shlibs=no
-	cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2
-
-*** Warning: the GNU linker, at least up to release 2.9.1, is reported
-*** to be unable to reliably create shared libraries on AIX.
-*** Therefore, libtool is disabling shared libraries support.  If you
-*** really care for shared libraries, you may want to modify your PATH
-*** so that a non-GNU linker is found, and then restart.
-
-_LT_EOF
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    amigaos*)
-      case $host_cpu in
-      powerpc)
-            # see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support
-            archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
-            archive_expsym_cmds=''
-        ;;
-      m68k)
-            archive_cmds='$RM $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)'
-            hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
-            hardcode_minus_L=yes
-        ;;
-      esac
-      ;;
-
-    beos*)
-      if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
-	allow_undefined_flag=unsupported
-	# Joseph Beckenbach  says some releases of gcc
-	# support --undefined.  This deserves some investigation.  FIXME
-	archive_cmds='$CC -nostart $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
-      else
-	ld_shlibs=no
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
-      # _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, ) is actually meaningless,
-      # as there is no search path for DLLs.
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
-      allow_undefined_flag=unsupported
-      always_export_symbols=no
-      enable_shared_with_static_runtimes=yes
-      export_symbols_cmds='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED -e '\''/^[BCDGRS][ ]/s/.*[ ]\([^ ]*\)/\1 DATA/'\'' | $SED -e '\''/^[AITW][ ]/s/.*[ ]//'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols'
-
-      if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then
-        archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib'
-	# If the export-symbols file already is a .def file (1st line
-	# is EXPORTS), use it as is; otherwise, prepend...
-	archive_expsym_cmds='if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" = xEXPORTS; then
-	  cp $export_symbols $output_objdir/$soname.def;
-	else
-	  echo EXPORTS > $output_objdir/$soname.def;
-	  cat $export_symbols >> $output_objdir/$soname.def;
-	fi~
-	$CC -shared $output_objdir/$soname.def $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib'
-      else
-	ld_shlibs=no
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    interix[3-9]*)
-      hardcode_direct=no
-      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
-      export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-E'
-      # Hack: On Interix 3.x, we cannot compile PIC because of a broken gcc.
-      # Instead, shared libraries are loaded at an image base (0x10000000 by
-      # default) and relocated if they conflict, which is a slow very memory
-      # consuming and fragmenting process.  To avoid this, we pick a random,
-      # 256 KiB-aligned image base between 0x50000000 and 0x6FFC0000 at link
-      # time.  Moving up from 0x10000000 also allows more sbrk(2) space.
-      archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib'
-      archive_expsym_cmds='sed "s,^,_," $export_symbols >$output_objdir/$soname.expsym~$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--retain-symbols-file,$output_objdir/$soname.expsym ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib'
-      ;;
-
-    gnu* | linux* | tpf* | k*bsd*-gnu)
-      tmp_diet=no
-      if test "$host_os" = linux-dietlibc; then
-	case $cc_basename in
-	  diet\ *) tmp_diet=yes;;	# linux-dietlibc with static linking (!diet-dyn)
-	esac
-      fi
-      if $LD --help 2>&1 | $EGREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null \
-	 && test "$tmp_diet" = no
-      then
-	tmp_addflag=
-	tmp_sharedflag='-shared'
-	case $cc_basename,$host_cpu in
-        pgcc*)				# Portland Group C compiler
-	  whole_archive_flag_spec='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test  -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $ECHO \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive'
-	  tmp_addflag=' $pic_flag'
-	  ;;
-	pgf77* | pgf90* | pgf95*)	# Portland Group f77 and f90 compilers
-	  whole_archive_flag_spec='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test  -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $ECHO \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive'
-	  tmp_addflag=' $pic_flag -Mnomain' ;;
-	ecc*,ia64* | icc*,ia64*)	# Intel C compiler on ia64
-	  tmp_addflag=' -i_dynamic' ;;
-	efc*,ia64* | ifort*,ia64*)	# Intel Fortran compiler on ia64
-	  tmp_addflag=' -i_dynamic -nofor_main' ;;
-	ifc* | ifort*)			# Intel Fortran compiler
-	  tmp_addflag=' -nofor_main' ;;
-	xl[cC]*)			# IBM XL C 8.0 on PPC (deal with xlf below)
-	  tmp_sharedflag='-qmkshrobj'
-	  tmp_addflag= ;;
-	esac
-	case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in
-	*Sun\ C*)			# Sun C 5.9
-	  whole_archive_flag_spec='${wl}--whole-archive`new_convenience=; for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -z \"$conv\" || new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $ECHO \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive'
-	  compiler_needs_object=yes
-	  tmp_sharedflag='-G' ;;
-	*Sun\ F*)			# Sun Fortran 8.3
-	  tmp_sharedflag='-G' ;;
-	esac
-	archive_cmds='$CC '"$tmp_sharedflag""$tmp_addflag"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
-
-        if test "x$supports_anon_versioning" = xyes; then
-          archive_expsym_cmds='echo "{ global:" > $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
-	    cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
-	    echo "local: *; };" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
-	    $CC '"$tmp_sharedflag""$tmp_addflag"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-version-script ${wl}$output_objdir/$libname.ver -o $lib'
-        fi
-
-	case $cc_basename in
-	xlf*)
-	  # IBM XL Fortran 10.1 on PPC cannot create shared libs itself
-	  whole_archive_flag_spec='--whole-archive$convenience --no-whole-archive'
-	  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=
-	  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld='-rpath $libdir'
-	  archive_cmds='$LD -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname -o $lib'
-	  if test "x$supports_anon_versioning" = xyes; then
-	    archive_expsym_cmds='echo "{ global:" > $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
-	      cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
-	      echo "local: *; };" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
-	      $LD -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname -version-script $output_objdir/$libname.ver -o $lib'
-	  fi
-	  ;;
-	esac
-      else
-        ld_shlibs=no
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    netbsd*)
-      if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then
-	archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -o $lib'
-	wlarc=
-      else
-	archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
-	archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    solaris*)
-      if $LD -v 2>&1 | $GREP 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then
-	ld_shlibs=no
-	cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2
-
-*** Warning: The releases 2.8.* of the GNU linker cannot reliably
-*** create shared libraries on Solaris systems.  Therefore, libtool
-*** is disabling shared libraries support.  We urge you to upgrade GNU
-*** binutils to release 2.9.1 or newer.  Another option is to modify
-*** your PATH or compiler configuration so that the native linker is
-*** used, and then restart.
-
-_LT_EOF
-      elif $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
-	archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
-	archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
-      else
-	ld_shlibs=no
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*)
-      case `$LD -v 2>&1` in
-        *\ [01].* | *\ 2.[0-9].* | *\ 2.1[0-5].*)
-	ld_shlibs=no
-	cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2
-
-*** Warning: Releases of the GNU linker prior to 2.16.91.0.3 can not
-*** reliably create shared libraries on SCO systems.  Therefore, libtool
-*** is disabling shared libraries support.  We urge you to upgrade GNU
-*** binutils to release 2.16.91.0.3 or newer.  Another option is to modify
-*** your PATH or compiler configuration so that the native linker is
-*** used, and then restart.
-
-_LT_EOF
-	;;
-	*)
-	  # For security reasons, it is highly recommended that you always
-	  # use absolute paths for naming shared libraries, and exclude the
-	  # DT_RUNPATH tag from executables and libraries.  But doing so
-	  # requires that you compile everything twice, which is a pain.
-	  if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
-	    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
-	    archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
-	    archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
-	  else
-	    ld_shlibs=no
-	  fi
-	;;
-      esac
-      ;;
-
-    sunos4*)
-      archive_cmds='$LD -assert pure-text -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-      wlarc=
-      hardcode_direct=yes
-      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-      ;;
-
-    *)
-      if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
-	archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
-	archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
-      else
-	ld_shlibs=no
-      fi
-      ;;
-    esac
-
-    if test "$ld_shlibs" = no; then
-      runpath_var=
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=
-      export_dynamic_flag_spec=
-      whole_archive_flag_spec=
-    fi
-  else
-    # PORTME fill in a description of your system's linker (not GNU ld)
-    case $host_os in
-    aix3*)
-      allow_undefined_flag=unsupported
-      always_export_symbols=yes
-      archive_expsym_cmds='$LD -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -bE:$export_symbols -T512 -H512 -bM:SRE~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $output_objdir/$soname'
-      # Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there
-      # are no directories specified by -L.
-      hardcode_minus_L=yes
-      if test "$GCC" = yes && test -z "$lt_prog_compiler_static"; then
-	# Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a
-	# broken collect2.
-	hardcode_direct=unsupported
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    aix[4-9]*)
-      if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
-	# On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't
-	# have to do anything special.
-	aix_use_runtimelinking=no
-	exp_sym_flag='-Bexport'
-	no_entry_flag=""
-      else
-	# If we're using GNU nm, then we don't want the "-C" option.
-	# -C means demangle to AIX nm, but means don't demangle with GNU nm
-	if $NM -V 2>&1 | $GREP 'GNU' > /dev/null; then
-	  export_symbols_cmds='$NM -Bpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$ 2 == "T") || (\$ 2 == "D") || (\$ 2 == "B")) && (substr(\$ 3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$ 3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols'
-	else
-	  export_symbols_cmds='$NM -BCpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$ 2 == "T") || (\$ 2 == "D") || (\$ 2 == "B")) && (substr(\$ 3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$ 3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols'
-	fi
-	aix_use_runtimelinking=no
-
-	# Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal
-	# AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we
-	# need to do runtime linking.
-	case $host_os in aix4.[23]|aix4.[23].*|aix[5-9]*)
-	  for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do
-	  if (test $ld_flag = "-brtl" || test $ld_flag = "-Wl,-brtl"); then
-	    aix_use_runtimelinking=yes
-	    break
-	  fi
-	  done
-	  ;;
-	esac
-
-	exp_sym_flag='-bexport'
-	no_entry_flag='-bnoentry'
-      fi
-
-      # When large executables or shared objects are built, AIX ld can
-      # have problems creating the table of contents.  If linking a library
-      # or program results in "error TOC overflow" add -mminimal-toc to
-      # CXXFLAGS/CFLAGS for g++/gcc.  In the cases where that is not
-      # enough to fix the problem, add -Wl,-bbigtoc to LDFLAGS.
-
-      archive_cmds=''
-      hardcode_direct=yes
-      hardcode_direct_absolute=yes
-      hardcode_libdir_separator=':'
-      link_all_deplibs=yes
-      file_list_spec='${wl}-f,'
-
-      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-	case $host_os in aix4.[012]|aix4.[012].*)
-	# We only want to do this on AIX 4.2 and lower, the check
-	# below for broken collect2 doesn't work under 4.3+
-	  collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2`
-	  if test -f "$collect2name" &&
-	   strings "$collect2name" | $GREP resolve_lib_name >/dev/null
-	  then
-	  # We have reworked collect2
-	  :
-	  else
-	  # We have old collect2
-	  hardcode_direct=unsupported
-	  # It fails to find uninstalled libraries when the uninstalled
-	  # path is not listed in the libpath.  Setting hardcode_minus_L
-	  # to unsupported forces relinking
-	  hardcode_minus_L=yes
-	  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
-	  hardcode_libdir_separator=
-	  fi
-	  ;;
-	esac
-	shared_flag='-shared'
-	if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
-	  shared_flag="$shared_flag "'${wl}-G'
-	fi
-      else
-	# not using gcc
-	if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
-	# VisualAge C++, Version 5.5 for AIX 5L for IA-64, Beta 3 Release
-	# chokes on -Wl,-G. The following line is correct:
-	  shared_flag='-G'
-	else
-	  if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
-	    shared_flag='${wl}-G'
-	  else
-	    shared_flag='${wl}-bM:SRE'
-	  fi
-	fi
-      fi
-
-      # It seems that -bexpall does not export symbols beginning with
-      # underscore (_), so it is better to generate a list of symbols to export.
-      always_export_symbols=yes
-      if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
-	# Warning - without using the other runtime loading flags (-brtl),
-	# -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library.
-	allow_undefined_flag='-berok'
-        # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an
-        # empty executable.
-        cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
-if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } && {
-	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
-	 test ! -s conftest.err
-       } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && {
-	 test "$cross_compiling" = yes ||
-	 $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext
-       }; then
-
-lt_aix_libpath_sed='
-    /Import File Strings/,/^$/ {
-	/^0/ {
-	    s/^0  *\(.*\)$/\1/
-	    p
-	}
-    }'
-aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"`
-# Check for a 64-bit object if we didn't find anything.
-if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then
-  aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"`
-fi
-else
-  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-
-fi
-
-rm -rf conftest.dSYM
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \
-      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
-if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib"; fi
-
-        hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
-        archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags `if test "x${allow_undefined_flag}" != "x"; then $ECHO "X${wl}${allow_undefined_flag}" | $Xsed; else :; fi` '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols $shared_flag"
-      else
-	if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
-	  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib'
-	  allow_undefined_flag="-z nodefs"
-	  archive_expsym_cmds="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags ${wl}${allow_undefined_flag} '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols"
-	else
-	 # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an
-	 # empty executable.
-	 cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
-if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } && {
-	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
-	 test ! -s conftest.err
-       } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && {
-	 test "$cross_compiling" = yes ||
-	 $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext
-       }; then
-
-lt_aix_libpath_sed='
-    /Import File Strings/,/^$/ {
-	/^0/ {
-	    s/^0  *\(.*\)$/\1/
-	    p
-	}
-    }'
-aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"`
-# Check for a 64-bit object if we didn't find anything.
-if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then
-  aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"`
-fi
-else
-  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-
-fi
-
-rm -rf conftest.dSYM
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \
-      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
-if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib"; fi
-
-	 hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
-	  # Warning - without using the other run time loading flags,
-	  # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library.
-	  no_undefined_flag=' ${wl}-bernotok'
-	  allow_undefined_flag=' ${wl}-berok'
-	  # Exported symbols can be pulled into shared objects from archives
-	  whole_archive_flag_spec='$convenience'
-	  archive_cmds_need_lc=yes
-	  # This is similar to how AIX traditionally builds its shared libraries.
-	  archive_expsym_cmds="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs ${wl}-bnoentry $compiler_flags ${wl}-bE:$export_symbols${allow_undefined_flag}~$AR $AR_FLAGS $output_objdir/$libname$release.a $output_objdir/$soname'
-	fi
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    amigaos*)
-      case $host_cpu in
-      powerpc)
-            # see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support
-            archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
-            archive_expsym_cmds=''
-        ;;
-      m68k)
-            archive_cmds='$RM $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)'
-            hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
-            hardcode_minus_L=yes
-        ;;
-      esac
-      ;;
-
-    bsdi[45]*)
-      export_dynamic_flag_spec=-rdynamic
-      ;;
-
-    cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
-      # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
-      # Microsoft Visual C++.
-      # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is
-      # no search path for DLLs.
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=' '
-      allow_undefined_flag=unsupported
-      # Tell ltmain to make .lib files, not .a files.
-      libext=lib
-      # Tell ltmain to make .dll files, not .so files.
-      shrext_cmds=".dll"
-      # FIXME: Setting linknames here is a bad hack.
-      archive_cmds='$CC -o $lib $libobjs $compiler_flags `$ECHO "X$deplibs" | $Xsed -e '\''s/ -lc$//'\''` -link -dll~linknames='
-      # The linker will automatically build a .lib file if we build a DLL.
-      old_archive_from_new_cmds='true'
-      # FIXME: Should let the user specify the lib program.
-      old_archive_cmds='lib -OUT:$oldlib$oldobjs$old_deplibs'
-      fix_srcfile_path='`cygpath -w "$srcfile"`'
-      enable_shared_with_static_runtimes=yes
-      ;;
-
-    darwin* | rhapsody*)
-
-
-  archive_cmds_need_lc=no
-  hardcode_direct=no
-  hardcode_automatic=yes
-  hardcode_shlibpath_var=unsupported
-  whole_archive_flag_spec=''
-  link_all_deplibs=yes
-  allow_undefined_flag="$_lt_dar_allow_undefined"
-  if test "$GCC" = "yes"; then
-    output_verbose_link_cmd=echo
-    archive_cmds="\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring $_lt_dar_single_mod${_lt_dsymutil}"
-    module_cmds="\$CC \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib -bundle \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags${_lt_dsymutil}"
-    archive_expsym_cmds="sed 's,^,_,' < \$export_symbols > \$output_objdir/\${libname}-symbols.expsym~\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring ${_lt_dar_single_mod}${_lt_dar_export_syms}${_lt_dsymutil}"
-    module_expsym_cmds="sed -e 's,^,_,' < \$export_symbols > \$output_objdir/\${libname}-symbols.expsym~\$CC \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib -bundle \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags${_lt_dar_export_syms}${_lt_dsymutil}"
-
-  else
-  ld_shlibs=no
-  fi
-
-      ;;
-
-    dgux*)
-      archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
-      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-      ;;
-
-    freebsd1*)
-      ld_shlibs=no
-      ;;
-
-    # FreeBSD 2.2.[012] allows us to include c++rt0.o to get C++ constructor
-    # support.  Future versions do this automatically, but an explicit c++rt0.o
-    # does not break anything, and helps significantly (at the cost of a little
-    # extra space).
-    freebsd2.2*)
-      archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags /usr/lib/c++rt0.o'
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
-      hardcode_direct=yes
-      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-      ;;
-
-    # Unfortunately, older versions of FreeBSD 2 do not have this feature.
-    freebsd2*)
-      archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-      hardcode_direct=yes
-      hardcode_minus_L=yes
-      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-      ;;
-
-    # FreeBSD 3 and greater uses gcc -shared to do shared libraries.
-    freebsd* | dragonfly*)
-      archive_cmds='$CC -shared -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
-      hardcode_direct=yes
-      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-      ;;
-
-    hpux9*)
-      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-	archive_cmds='$RM $output_objdir/$soname~$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib'
-      else
-	archive_cmds='$RM $output_objdir/$soname~$LD -b +b $install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib'
-      fi
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
-      hardcode_libdir_separator=:
-      hardcode_direct=yes
-
-      # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
-      # but as the default location of the library.
-      hardcode_minus_L=yes
-      export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-E'
-      ;;
-
-    hpux10*)
-      if test "$GCC" = yes -a "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
-	archive_cmds='$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-      else
-	archive_cmds='$LD -b +h $soname +b $install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-      fi
-      if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
-	hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
-	hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld='+b $libdir'
-	hardcode_libdir_separator=:
-	hardcode_direct=yes
-	hardcode_direct_absolute=yes
-	export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-E'
-	# hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
-	# but as the default location of the library.
-	hardcode_minus_L=yes
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    hpux11*)
-      if test "$GCC" = yes -a "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
-	case $host_cpu in
-	hppa*64*)
-	  archive_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	  ;;
-	ia64*)
-	  archive_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	  ;;
-	*)
-	  archive_cmds='$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	  ;;
-	esac
-      else
-	case $host_cpu in
-	hppa*64*)
-	  archive_cmds='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	  ;;
-	ia64*)
-	  archive_cmds='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	  ;;
-	*)
-	  archive_cmds='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	  ;;
-	esac
-      fi
-      if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
-	hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
-	hardcode_libdir_separator=:
-
-	case $host_cpu in
-	hppa*64*|ia64*)
-	  hardcode_direct=no
-	  hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-	  ;;
-	*)
-	  hardcode_direct=yes
-	  hardcode_direct_absolute=yes
-	  export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-E'
-
-	  # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
-	  # but as the default location of the library.
-	  hardcode_minus_L=yes
-	  ;;
-	esac
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
-      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-	archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring" | $Xsed` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
-	# Try to use the -exported_symbol ld option, if it does not
-	# work, assume that -exports_file does not work either and
-	# implicitly export all symbols.
-        save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS"
-        LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -shared ${wl}-exported_symbol ${wl}foo ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}/dev/null"
-        cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-int foo(void) {}
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
-if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } && {
-	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
-	 test ! -s conftest.err
-       } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && {
-	 test "$cross_compiling" = yes ||
-	 $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext
-       }; then
-  archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring" | $Xsed` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations ${wl}-exports_file ${wl}$export_symbols -o $lib'
-
-else
-  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-
-fi
-
-rm -rf conftest.dSYM
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \
-      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
-        LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS"
-      else
-	archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
-	archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -exports_file $export_symbols -o $lib'
-      fi
-      archive_cmds_need_lc='no'
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
-      hardcode_libdir_separator=:
-      inherit_rpath=yes
-      link_all_deplibs=yes
-      ;;
-
-    netbsd*)
-      if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then
-	archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'  # a.out
-      else
-	archive_cmds='$LD -shared -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'      # ELF
-      fi
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
-      hardcode_direct=yes
-      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-      ;;
-
-    newsos6)
-      archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-      hardcode_direct=yes
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
-      hardcode_libdir_separator=:
-      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-      ;;
-
-    *nto* | *qnx*)
-      ;;
-
-    openbsd*)
-      if test -f /usr/libexec/ld.so; then
-	hardcode_direct=yes
-	hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-	hardcode_direct_absolute=yes
-	if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then
-	  archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	  archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-retain-symbols-file,$export_symbols'
-	  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
-	  export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-E'
-	else
-	  case $host_os in
-	   openbsd[01].* | openbsd2.[0-7] | openbsd2.[0-7].*)
-	     archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-	     hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
-	     ;;
-	   *)
-	     archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	     hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
-	     ;;
-	  esac
-	fi
-      else
-	ld_shlibs=no
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    os2*)
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
-      hardcode_minus_L=yes
-      allow_undefined_flag=unsupported
-      archive_cmds='$ECHO "LIBRARY $libname INITINSTANCE" > $output_objdir/$libname.def~$ECHO "DESCRIPTION \"$libname\"" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$ECHO DATA >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$ECHO " SINGLE NONSHARED" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$ECHO EXPORTS >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~emxexp $libobjs >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$CC -Zdll -Zcrtdll -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $output_objdir/$libname.def'
-      old_archive_from_new_cmds='emximp -o $output_objdir/$libname.a $output_objdir/$libname.def'
-      ;;
-
-    osf3*)
-      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-	allow_undefined_flag=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*'
-	archive_cmds='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring" | $Xsed` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
-      else
-	allow_undefined_flag=' -expect_unresolved \*'
-	archive_cmds='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
-      fi
-      archive_cmds_need_lc='no'
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
-      hardcode_libdir_separator=:
-      ;;
-
-    osf4* | osf5*)	# as osf3* with the addition of -msym flag
-      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-	allow_undefined_flag=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*'
-	archive_cmds='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-msym ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring" | $Xsed` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
-	hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
-      else
-	allow_undefined_flag=' -expect_unresolved \*'
-	archive_cmds='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -msym -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
-	archive_expsym_cmds='for i in `cat $export_symbols`; do printf "%s %s\\n" -exported_symbol "\$i" >> $lib.exp; done; printf "%s\\n" "-hidden">> $lib.exp~
-	$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} ${wl}-input ${wl}$lib.exp $compiler_flags $libobjs $deplibs -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib~$RM $lib.exp'
-
-	# Both c and cxx compiler support -rpath directly
-	hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-rpath $libdir'
-      fi
-      archive_cmds_need_lc='no'
-      hardcode_libdir_separator=:
-      ;;
-
-    solaris*)
-      no_undefined_flag=' -z defs'
-      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-	wlarc='${wl}'
-	archive_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}-z ${wl}text ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	archive_expsym_cmds='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
-	  $CC -shared ${wl}-z ${wl}text ${wl}-M ${wl}$lib.exp ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp'
-      else
-	case `$CC -V 2>&1` in
-	*"Compilers 5.0"*)
-	  wlarc=''
-	  archive_cmds='$LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-	  archive_expsym_cmds='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
-	  $LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -M $lib.exp -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~$RM $lib.exp'
-	  ;;
-	*)
-	  wlarc='${wl}'
-	  archive_cmds='$CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	  archive_expsym_cmds='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
-	  $CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -M $lib.exp -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp'
-	  ;;
-	esac
-      fi
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
-      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-      case $host_os in
-      solaris2.[0-5] | solaris2.[0-5].*) ;;
-      *)
-	# The compiler driver will combine and reorder linker options,
-	# but understands `-z linker_flag'.  GCC discards it without `$wl',
-	# but is careful enough not to reorder.
-	# Supported since Solaris 2.6 (maybe 2.5.1?)
-	if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-	  whole_archive_flag_spec='${wl}-z ${wl}allextract$convenience ${wl}-z ${wl}defaultextract'
-	else
-	  whole_archive_flag_spec='-z allextract$convenience -z defaultextract'
-	fi
-	;;
-      esac
-      link_all_deplibs=yes
-      ;;
-
-    sunos4*)
-      if test "x$host_vendor" = xsequent; then
-	# Use $CC to link under sequent, because it throws in some extra .o
-	# files that make .init and .fini sections work.
-	archive_cmds='$CC -G ${wl}-h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-      else
-	archive_cmds='$LD -assert pure-text -Bstatic -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-      fi
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
-      hardcode_direct=yes
-      hardcode_minus_L=yes
-      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-      ;;
-
-    sysv4)
-      case $host_vendor in
-	sni)
-	  archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-	  hardcode_direct=yes # is this really true???
-	;;
-	siemens)
-	  ## LD is ld it makes a PLAMLIB
-	  ## CC just makes a GrossModule.
-	  archive_cmds='$LD -G -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-	  reload_cmds='$CC -r -o $output$reload_objs'
-	  hardcode_direct=no
-        ;;
-	motorola)
-	  archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-	  hardcode_direct=no #Motorola manual says yes, but my tests say they lie
-	;;
-      esac
-      runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH'
-      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-      ;;
-
-    sysv4.3*)
-      archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-      export_dynamic_flag_spec='-Bexport'
-      ;;
-
-    sysv4*MP*)
-      if test -d /usr/nec; then
-	archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-	hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-	runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
-	hardcode_runpath_var=yes
-	ld_shlibs=yes
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[01].[10]* | unixware7* | sco3.2v5.0.[024]*)
-      no_undefined_flag='${wl}-z,text'
-      archive_cmds_need_lc=no
-      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-      runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH'
-
-      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-	archive_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-      else
-	archive_cmds='$CC -G ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6*)
-      # Note: We can NOT use -z defs as we might desire, because we do not
-      # link with -lc, and that would cause any symbols used from libc to
-      # always be unresolved, which means just about no library would
-      # ever link correctly.  If we're not using GNU ld we use -z text
-      # though, which does catch some bad symbols but isn't as heavy-handed
-      # as -z defs.
-      no_undefined_flag='${wl}-z,text'
-      allow_undefined_flag='${wl}-z,nodefs'
-      archive_cmds_need_lc=no
-      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-R,$libdir'
-      hardcode_libdir_separator=':'
-      link_all_deplibs=yes
-      export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-Bexport'
-      runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH'
-
-      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-	archive_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-      else
-	archive_cmds='$CC -G ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-	archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    uts4*)
-      archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
-      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
-      ;;
-
-    *)
-      ld_shlibs=no
-      ;;
-    esac
-
-    if test x$host_vendor = xsni; then
-      case $host in
-      sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3* | sysv5*)
-	export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-Blargedynsym'
-	;;
-      esac
-    fi
-  fi
-
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ld_shlibs" >&5
-$as_echo "$ld_shlibs" >&6; }
-test "$ld_shlibs" = no && can_build_shared=no
-
-with_gnu_ld=$with_gnu_ld
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-#
-# Do we need to explicitly link libc?
-#
-case "x$archive_cmds_need_lc" in
-x|xyes)
-  # Assume -lc should be added
-  archive_cmds_need_lc=yes
-
-  if test "$enable_shared" = yes && test "$GCC" = yes; then
-    case $archive_cmds in
-    *'~'*)
-      # FIXME: we may have to deal with multi-command sequences.
-      ;;
-    '$CC '*)
-      # Test whether the compiler implicitly links with -lc since on some
-      # systems, -lgcc has to come before -lc. If gcc already passes -lc
-      # to ld, don't add -lc before -lgcc.
-      { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether -lc should be explicitly linked in" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking whether -lc should be explicitly linked in... " >&6; }
-      $RM conftest*
-      echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext
-
-      if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } 2>conftest.err; then
-        soname=conftest
-        lib=conftest
-        libobjs=conftest.$ac_objext
-        deplibs=
-        wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl
-	pic_flag=$lt_prog_compiler_pic
-        compiler_flags=-v
-        linker_flags=-v
-        verstring=
-        output_objdir=.
-        libname=conftest
-        lt_save_allow_undefined_flag=$allow_undefined_flag
-        allow_undefined_flag=
-        if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$archive_cmds 2\>\&1 \| $GREP \" -lc \" \>/dev/null 2\>\&1\"") >&5
-  (eval $archive_cmds 2\>\&1 \| $GREP \" -lc \" \>/dev/null 2\>\&1) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }
-        then
-	  archive_cmds_need_lc=no
-        else
-	  archive_cmds_need_lc=yes
-        fi
-        allow_undefined_flag=$lt_save_allow_undefined_flag
-      else
-        cat conftest.err 1>&5
-      fi
-      $RM conftest*
-      { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $archive_cmds_need_lc" >&5
-$as_echo "$archive_cmds_need_lc" >&6; }
-      ;;
-    esac
-  fi
-  ;;
-esac
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking dynamic linker characteristics" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking dynamic linker characteristics... " >&6; }
-
-if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-  case $host_os in
-    darwin*) lt_awk_arg="/^libraries:/,/LR/" ;;
-    *) lt_awk_arg="/^libraries:/" ;;
-  esac
-  lt_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | awk $lt_awk_arg | $SED -e "s/^libraries://" -e "s,=/,/,g"`
-  if $ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" | $GREP ';' >/dev/null ; then
-    # if the path contains ";" then we assume it to be the separator
-    # otherwise default to the standard path separator (i.e. ":") - it is
-    # assumed that no part of a normal pathname contains ";" but that should
-    # okay in the real world where ";" in dirpaths is itself problematic.
-    lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" | $SED -e 's/;/ /g'`
-  else
-    lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" | $SED  -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"`
-  fi
-  # Ok, now we have the path, separated by spaces, we can step through it
-  # and add multilib dir if necessary.
-  lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec=
-  lt_multi_os_dir=`$CC $CPPFLAGS $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS -print-multi-os-directory 2>/dev/null`
-  for lt_sys_path in $lt_search_path_spec; do
-    if test -d "$lt_sys_path/$lt_multi_os_dir"; then
-      lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec="$lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec $lt_sys_path/$lt_multi_os_dir"
-    else
-      test -d "$lt_sys_path" && \
-	lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec="$lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec $lt_sys_path"
-    fi
-  done
-  lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO $lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec | awk '
-BEGIN {RS=" "; FS="/|\n";} {
-  lt_foo="";
-  lt_count=0;
-  for (lt_i = NF; lt_i > 0; lt_i--) {
-    if ($lt_i != "" && $lt_i != ".") {
-      if ($lt_i == "..") {
-        lt_count++;
-      } else {
-        if (lt_count == 0) {
-          lt_foo="/" $lt_i lt_foo;
-        } else {
-          lt_count--;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  if (lt_foo != "") { lt_freq[lt_foo]++; }
-  if (lt_freq[lt_foo] == 1) { print lt_foo; }
-}'`
-  sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO $lt_search_path_spec`
-else
-  sys_lib_search_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib"
-fi
-library_names_spec=
-libname_spec='lib$name'
-soname_spec=
-shrext_cmds=".so"
-postinstall_cmds=
-postuninstall_cmds=
-finish_cmds=
-finish_eval=
-shlibpath_var=
-shlibpath_overrides_runpath=unknown
-version_type=none
-dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so"
-sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib"
-need_lib_prefix=unknown
-hardcode_into_libs=no
-
-# when you set need_version to no, make sure it does not cause -set_version
-# flags to be left without arguments
-need_version=unknown
-
-case $host_os in
-aix3*)
-  version_type=linux
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname.a'
-  shlibpath_var=LIBPATH
-
-  # AIX 3 has no versioning support, so we append a major version to the name.
-  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-  ;;
-
-aix[4-9]*)
-  version_type=linux
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-  need_version=no
-  hardcode_into_libs=yes
-  if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
-    # AIX 5 supports IA64
-    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}'
-    shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  else
-    # With GCC up to 2.95.x, collect2 would create an import file
-    # for dependence libraries.  The import file would start with
-    # the line `#! .'.  This would cause the generated library to
-    # depend on `.', always an invalid library.  This was fixed in
-    # development snapshots of GCC prior to 3.0.
-    case $host_os in
-      aix4 | aix4.[01] | aix4.[01].*)
-      if { echo '#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 97)'
-	   echo ' yes '
-	   echo '#endif'; } | ${CC} -E - | $GREP yes > /dev/null; then
-	:
-      else
-	can_build_shared=no
-      fi
-      ;;
-    esac
-    # AIX (on Power*) has no versioning support, so currently we can not hardcode correct
-    # soname into executable. Probably we can add versioning support to
-    # collect2, so additional links can be useful in future.
-    if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
-      # If using run time linking (on AIX 4.2 or later) use lib.so
-      # instead of lib.a to let people know that these are not
-      # typical AIX shared libraries.
-      library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
-    else
-      # We preserve .a as extension for shared libraries through AIX4.2
-      # and later when we are not doing run time linking.
-      library_names_spec='${libname}${release}.a $libname.a'
-      soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-    fi
-    shlibpath_var=LIBPATH
-  fi
-  ;;
-
-amigaos*)
-  case $host_cpu in
-  powerpc)
-    # Since July 2007 AmigaOS4 officially supports .so libraries.
-    # When compiling the executable, add -use-dynld -Lsobjs: to the compileline.
-    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
-    ;;
-  m68k)
-    library_names_spec='$libname.ixlibrary $libname.a'
-    # Create ${libname}_ixlibrary.a entries in /sys/libs.
-    finish_eval='for lib in `ls $libdir/*.ixlibrary 2>/dev/null`; do libname=`$ECHO "X$lib" | $Xsed -e '\''s%^.*/\([^/]*\)\.ixlibrary$%\1%'\''`; test $RM /sys/libs/${libname}_ixlibrary.a; $show "cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a"; cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a || exit 1; done'
-    ;;
-  esac
-  ;;
-
-beos*)
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${shared_ext}'
-  dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so"
-  shlibpath_var=LIBRARY_PATH
-  ;;
-
-bsdi[45]*)
-  version_type=linux
-  need_version=no
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
-  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-  finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig $libdir'
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  sys_lib_search_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/X11/lib /usr/contrib/lib /lib /usr/local/lib"
-  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib"
-  # the default ld.so.conf also contains /usr/contrib/lib and
-  # /usr/X11R6/lib (/usr/X11 is a link to /usr/X11R6), but let us allow
-  # libtool to hard-code these into programs
-  ;;
-
-cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
-  version_type=windows
-  shrext_cmds=".dll"
-  need_version=no
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-
-  case $GCC,$host_os in
-  yes,cygwin* | yes,mingw* | yes,pw32*)
-    library_names_spec='$libname.dll.a'
-    # DLL is installed to $(libdir)/../bin by postinstall_cmds
-    postinstall_cmds='base_file=`basename \${file}`~
-      dlpath=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $dir/'\''\${base_file}'\''i; echo \$dlname'\''`~
-      dldir=$destdir/`dirname \$dlpath`~
-      test -d \$dldir || mkdir -p \$dldir~
-      $install_prog $dir/$dlname \$dldir/$dlname~
-      chmod a+x \$dldir/$dlname~
-      if test -n '\''$stripme'\'' && test -n '\''$striplib'\''; then
-        eval '\''$striplib \$dldir/$dlname'\'' || exit \$?;
-      fi'
-    postuninstall_cmds='dldll=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $file; echo \$dlname'\''`~
-      dlpath=$dir/\$dldll~
-       $RM \$dlpath'
-    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
-
-    case $host_os in
-    cygwin*)
-      # Cygwin DLLs use 'cyg' prefix rather than 'lib'
-      soname_spec='`echo ${libname} | sed -e 's/^lib/cyg/'``echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}'
-      sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib /lib/w32api /lib /usr/local/lib"
-      ;;
-    mingw*)
-      # MinGW DLLs use traditional 'lib' prefix
-      soname_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}'
-      sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | $GREP "^libraries:" | $SED -e "s/^libraries://" -e "s,=/,/,g"`
-      if $ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $GREP ';[c-zC-Z]:/' >/dev/null; then
-        # It is most probably a Windows format PATH printed by
-        # mingw gcc, but we are running on Cygwin. Gcc prints its search
-        # path with ; separators, and with drive letters. We can handle the
-        # drive letters (cygwin fileutils understands them), so leave them,
-        # especially as we might pass files found there to a mingw objdump,
-        # which wouldn't understand a cygwinified path. Ahh.
-        sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e 's/;/ /g'`
-      else
-        sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED  -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"`
-      fi
-      ;;
-    pw32*)
-      # pw32 DLLs use 'pw' prefix rather than 'lib'
-      library_names_spec='`echo ${libname} | sed -e 's/^lib/pw/'``echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}'
-      ;;
-    esac
-    ;;
-
-  *)
-    library_names_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext} $libname.lib'
-    ;;
-  esac
-  dynamic_linker='Win32 ld.exe'
-  # FIXME: first we should search . and the directory the executable is in
-  shlibpath_var=PATH
-  ;;
-
-darwin* | rhapsody*)
-  dynamic_linker="$host_os dyld"
-  version_type=darwin
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-  need_version=no
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${major}$shared_ext ${libname}$shared_ext'
-  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${major}$shared_ext'
-  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
-  shlibpath_var=DYLD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  shrext_cmds='`test .$module = .yes && echo .so || echo .dylib`'
-
-  sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec /usr/local/lib"
-  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/usr/local/lib /lib /usr/lib'
-  ;;
-
-dgux*)
-  version_type=linux
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-  need_version=no
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname$shared_ext'
-  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  ;;
-
-freebsd1*)
-  dynamic_linker=no
-  ;;
-
-freebsd* | dragonfly*)
-  # DragonFly does not have aout.  When/if they implement a new
-  # versioning mechanism, adjust this.
-  if test -x /usr/bin/objformat; then
-    objformat=`/usr/bin/objformat`
-  else
-    case $host_os in
-    freebsd[123]*) objformat=aout ;;
-    *) objformat=elf ;;
-    esac
-  fi
-  version_type=freebsd-$objformat
-  case $version_type in
-    freebsd-elf*)
-      library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}'
-      need_version=no
-      need_lib_prefix=no
-      ;;
-    freebsd-*)
-      library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}$versuffix'
-      need_version=yes
-      ;;
-  esac
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  case $host_os in
-  freebsd2*)
-    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
-    ;;
-  freebsd3.[01]* | freebsdelf3.[01]*)
-    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
-    hardcode_into_libs=yes
-    ;;
-  freebsd3.[2-9]* | freebsdelf3.[2-9]* | \
-  freebsd4.[0-5] | freebsdelf4.[0-5] | freebsd4.1.1 | freebsdelf4.1.1)
-    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
-    hardcode_into_libs=yes
-    ;;
-  *) # from 4.6 on, and DragonFly
-    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
-    hardcode_into_libs=yes
-    ;;
-  esac
-  ;;
-
-gnu*)
-  version_type=linux
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-  need_version=no
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}${major} ${libname}${shared_ext}'
-  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  hardcode_into_libs=yes
-  ;;
-
-hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
-  # Give a soname corresponding to the major version so that dld.sl refuses to
-  # link against other versions.
-  version_type=sunos
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-  need_version=no
-  case $host_cpu in
-  ia64*)
-    shrext_cmds='.so'
-    hardcode_into_libs=yes
-    dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.so"
-    shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified.
-    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
-    soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-    if test "X$HPUX_IA64_MODE" = X32; then
-      sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/hpux32 /usr/local/lib/hpux32 /usr/local/lib"
-    else
-      sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/hpux64 /usr/local/lib/hpux64"
-    fi
-    sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec
-    ;;
-  hppa*64*)
-    shrext_cmds='.sl'
-    hardcode_into_libs=yes
-    dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl"
-    shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH # How should we handle SHLIB_PATH
-    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified.
-    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
-    soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-    sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/pa20_64 /usr/ccs/lib/pa20_64"
-    sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec
-    ;;
-  *)
-    shrext_cmds='.sl'
-    dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl"
-    shlibpath_var=SHLIB_PATH
-    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no # +s is required to enable SHLIB_PATH
-    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
-    soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-    ;;
-  esac
-  # HP-UX runs *really* slowly unless shared libraries are mode 555.
-  postinstall_cmds='chmod 555 $lib'
-  ;;
-
-interix[3-9]*)
-  version_type=linux
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-  need_version=no
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}'
-  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-  dynamic_linker='Interix 3.x ld.so.1 (PE, like ELF)'
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
-  hardcode_into_libs=yes
-  ;;
-
-irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
-  case $host_os in
-    nonstopux*) version_type=nonstopux ;;
-    *)
-	if test "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes; then
-		version_type=linux
-	else
-		version_type=irix
-	fi ;;
-  esac
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-  need_version=no
-  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}'
-  case $host_os in
-  irix5* | nonstopux*)
-    libsuff= shlibsuff=
-    ;;
-  *)
-    case $LD in # libtool.m4 will add one of these switches to LD
-    *-32|*"-32 "|*-melf32bsmip|*"-melf32bsmip ")
-      libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=32-bit;;
-    *-n32|*"-n32 "|*-melf32bmipn32|*"-melf32bmipn32 ")
-      libsuff=32 shlibsuff=N32 libmagic=N32;;
-    *-64|*"-64 "|*-melf64bmip|*"-melf64bmip ")
-      libsuff=64 shlibsuff=64 libmagic=64-bit;;
-    *) libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=never-match;;
-    esac
-    ;;
-  esac
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY${shlibsuff}_PATH
-  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
-  sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff} /usr/local/lib${libsuff}"
-  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff}"
-  hardcode_into_libs=yes
-  ;;
-
-# No shared lib support for Linux oldld, aout, or coff.
-linux*oldld* | linux*aout* | linux*coff*)
-  dynamic_linker=no
-  ;;
-
-# This must be Linux ELF.
-linux* | k*bsd*-gnu)
-  version_type=linux
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-  need_version=no
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
-  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-  finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -n $libdir'
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
-  # Some binutils ld are patched to set DT_RUNPATH
-  save_LDFLAGS=$LDFLAGS
-  save_libdir=$libdir
-  eval "libdir=/foo; wl=\"$lt_prog_compiler_wl\"; \
-       LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\""
-  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
-if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } && {
-	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
-	 test ! -s conftest.err
-       } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && {
-	 test "$cross_compiling" = yes ||
-	 $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext
-       }; then
-  if  ($OBJDUMP -p conftest$ac_exeext) 2>/dev/null | grep "RUNPATH.*$libdir" >/dev/null; then
-  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
-fi
-
-else
-  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-
-fi
-
-rm -rf conftest.dSYM
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \
-      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
-  LDFLAGS=$save_LDFLAGS
-  libdir=$save_libdir
-
-  # This implies no fast_install, which is unacceptable.
-  # Some rework will be needed to allow for fast_install
-  # before this can be enabled.
-  hardcode_into_libs=yes
-
-  # Append ld.so.conf contents to the search path
-  if test -f /etc/ld.so.conf; then
-    lt_ld_extra=`awk '/^include / { system(sprintf("cd /etc; cat %s 2>/dev/null", \$2)); skip = 1; } { if (!skip) print \$0; skip = 0; }' < /etc/ld.so.conf | $SED -e 's/#.*//;/^[	 ]*hwcap[	 ]/d;s/[:,	]/ /g;s/=[^=]*$//;s/=[^= ]* / /g;/^$/d' | tr '\n' ' '`
-    sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib $lt_ld_extra"
-  fi
-
-  # We used to test for /lib/ld.so.1 and disable shared libraries on
-  # powerpc, because MkLinux only supported shared libraries with the
-  # GNU dynamic linker.  Since this was broken with cross compilers,
-  # most powerpc-linux boxes support dynamic linking these days and
-  # people can always --disable-shared, the test was removed, and we
-  # assume the GNU/Linux dynamic linker is in use.
-  dynamic_linker='GNU/Linux ld.so'
-  ;;
-
-netbsd*)
-  version_type=sunos
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-  need_version=no
-  if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then
-    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix'
-    finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir'
-    dynamic_linker='NetBSD (a.out) ld.so'
-  else
-    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}'
-    soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-    dynamic_linker='NetBSD ld.elf_so'
-  fi
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
-  hardcode_into_libs=yes
-  ;;
-
-newsos6)
-  version_type=linux
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
-  ;;
-
-*nto* | *qnx*)
-  version_type=qnx
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-  need_version=no
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
-  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
-  hardcode_into_libs=yes
-  dynamic_linker='ldqnx.so'
-  ;;
-
-openbsd*)
-  version_type=sunos
-  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/usr/lib"
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-  # Some older versions of OpenBSD (3.3 at least) *do* need versioned libs.
-  case $host_os in
-    openbsd3.3 | openbsd3.3.*)	need_version=yes ;;
-    *)				need_version=no  ;;
-  esac
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix'
-  finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir'
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then
-    case $host_os in
-      openbsd2.[89] | openbsd2.[89].*)
-	shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
-	;;
-      *)
-	shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
-	;;
-      esac
-  else
-    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
-  fi
-  ;;
-
-os2*)
-  libname_spec='$name'
-  shrext_cmds=".dll"
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-  library_names_spec='$libname${shared_ext} $libname.a'
-  dynamic_linker='OS/2 ld.exe'
-  shlibpath_var=LIBPATH
-  ;;
-
-osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
-  version_type=osf
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-  need_version=no
-  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/shlib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib/cmplrs/cc /usr/lib /usr/local/lib /var/shlib"
-  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec"
-  ;;
-
-rdos*)
-  dynamic_linker=no
-  ;;
-
-solaris*)
-  version_type=linux
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-  need_version=no
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
-  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
-  hardcode_into_libs=yes
-  # ldd complains unless libraries are executable
-  postinstall_cmds='chmod +x $lib'
-  ;;
-
-sunos4*)
-  version_type=sunos
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix'
-  finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/usr/etc" ldconfig $libdir'
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
-  if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
-    need_lib_prefix=no
-  fi
-  need_version=yes
-  ;;
-
-sysv4 | sysv4.3*)
-  version_type=linux
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
-  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  case $host_vendor in
-    sni)
-      shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
-      need_lib_prefix=no
-      runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
-      ;;
-    siemens)
-      need_lib_prefix=no
-      ;;
-    motorola)
-      need_lib_prefix=no
-      need_version=no
-      shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
-      sys_lib_search_path_spec='/lib /usr/lib /usr/ccs/lib'
-      ;;
-  esac
-  ;;
-
-sysv4*MP*)
-  if test -d /usr/nec ;then
-    version_type=linux
-    library_names_spec='$libname${shared_ext}.$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}.$major $libname${shared_ext}'
-    soname_spec='$libname${shared_ext}.$major'
-    shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  fi
-  ;;
-
-sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*)
-  version_type=freebsd-elf
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-  need_version=no
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}'
-  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
-  hardcode_into_libs=yes
-  if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
-    sys_lib_search_path_spec='/usr/local/lib /usr/gnu/lib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib /lib'
-  else
-    sys_lib_search_path_spec='/usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib'
-    case $host_os in
-      sco3.2v5*)
-        sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec /lib"
-	;;
-    esac
-  fi
-  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/usr/lib'
-  ;;
-
-tpf*)
-  # TPF is a cross-target only.  Preferred cross-host = GNU/Linux.
-  version_type=linux
-  need_lib_prefix=no
-  need_version=no
-  library_name_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
-  hardcode_into_libs=yes
-  ;;
-
-uts4*)
-  version_type=linux
-  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
-  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
-  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  ;;
-
-*)
-  dynamic_linker=no
-  ;;
-esac
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $dynamic_linker" >&5
-$as_echo "$dynamic_linker" >&6; }
-test "$dynamic_linker" = no && can_build_shared=no
-
-variables_saved_for_relink="PATH $shlibpath_var $runpath_var"
-if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-  variables_saved_for_relink="$variables_saved_for_relink GCC_EXEC_PREFIX COMPILER_PATH LIBRARY_PATH"
-fi
-
-if test "${lt_cv_sys_lib_search_path_spec+set}" = set; then
-  sys_lib_search_path_spec="$lt_cv_sys_lib_search_path_spec"
-fi
-if test "${lt_cv_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec+set}" = set; then
-  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$lt_cv_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec"
-fi
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking how to hardcode library paths into programs" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking how to hardcode library paths into programs... " >&6; }
-hardcode_action=
-if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" ||
-   test -n "$runpath_var" ||
-   test "X$hardcode_automatic" = "Xyes" ; then
-
-  # We can hardcode non-existent directories.
-  if test "$hardcode_direct" != no &&
-     # If the only mechanism to avoid hardcoding is shlibpath_var, we
-     # have to relink, otherwise we might link with an installed library
-     # when we should be linking with a yet-to-be-installed one
-     ## test "$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, )" != no &&
-     test "$hardcode_minus_L" != no; then
-    # Linking always hardcodes the temporary library directory.
-    hardcode_action=relink
-  else
-    # We can link without hardcoding, and we can hardcode nonexisting dirs.
-    hardcode_action=immediate
-  fi
-else
-  # We cannot hardcode anything, or else we can only hardcode existing
-  # directories.
-  hardcode_action=unsupported
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $hardcode_action" >&5
-$as_echo "$hardcode_action" >&6; }
-
-if test "$hardcode_action" = relink ||
-   test "$inherit_rpath" = yes; then
-  # Fast installation is not supported
-  enable_fast_install=no
-elif test "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" = yes ||
-     test "$enable_shared" = no; then
-  # Fast installation is not necessary
-  enable_fast_install=needless
-fi
-
-
-
-
-
-
-  if test "x$enable_dlopen" != xyes; then
-  enable_dlopen=unknown
-  enable_dlopen_self=unknown
-  enable_dlopen_self_static=unknown
-else
-  lt_cv_dlopen=no
-  lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
-
-  case $host_os in
-  beos*)
-    lt_cv_dlopen="load_add_on"
-    lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
-    lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes
-    ;;
-
-  mingw* | pw32*)
-    lt_cv_dlopen="LoadLibrary"
-    lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
-    ;;
-
-  cygwin*)
-    lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen"
-    lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
-    ;;
-
-  darwin*)
-  # if libdl is installed we need to link against it
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for dlopen in -ldl" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for dlopen in -ldl... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
-LIBS="-ldl  $LIBS"
-cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-
-/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
-   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
-   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C"
-#endif
-char dlopen ();
-int
-main ()
-{
-return dlopen ();
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
-if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } && {
-	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
-	 test ! -s conftest.err
-       } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && {
-	 test "$cross_compiling" = yes ||
-	 $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext
-       }; then
-  ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=yes
-else
-  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-	ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=no
-fi
-
-rm -rf conftest.dSYM
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \
-      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
-LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&6; }
-if test $ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen = yes; then
-  lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldl"
-else
-
-    lt_cv_dlopen="dyld"
-    lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
-    lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes
-
-fi
-
-    ;;
-
-  *)
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for shl_load" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for shl_load... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_func_shl_load+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-/* Define shl_load to an innocuous variant, in case  declares shl_load.
-   For example, HP-UX 11i  declares gettimeofday.  */
-#define shl_load innocuous_shl_load
-
-/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
-    which can conflict with char shl_load (); below.
-    Prefer  to  if __STDC__ is defined, since
-     exists even on freestanding compilers.  */
-
-#ifdef __STDC__
-# include 
-#else
-# include 
-#endif
-
-#undef shl_load
-
-/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
-   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
-   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C"
-#endif
-char shl_load ();
-/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
-    to always fail with ENOSYS.  Some functions are actually named
-    something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias.  */
-#if defined __stub_shl_load || defined __stub___shl_load
-choke me
-#endif
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-return shl_load ();
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
-if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } && {
-	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
-	 test ! -s conftest.err
-       } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && {
-	 test "$cross_compiling" = yes ||
-	 $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext
-       }; then
-  ac_cv_func_shl_load=yes
-else
-  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-	ac_cv_func_shl_load=no
-fi
-
-rm -rf conftest.dSYM
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \
-      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_func_shl_load" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_func_shl_load" >&6; }
-if test $ac_cv_func_shl_load = yes; then
-  lt_cv_dlopen="shl_load"
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for shl_load in -ldld" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for shl_load in -ldld... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
-LIBS="-ldld  $LIBS"
-cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-
-/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
-   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
-   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C"
-#endif
-char shl_load ();
-int
-main ()
-{
-return shl_load ();
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
-if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } && {
-	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
-	 test ! -s conftest.err
-       } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && {
-	 test "$cross_compiling" = yes ||
-	 $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext
-       }; then
-  ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load=yes
-else
-  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-	ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load=no
-fi
-
-rm -rf conftest.dSYM
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \
-      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
-LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load" >&6; }
-if test $ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load = yes; then
-  lt_cv_dlopen="shl_load" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldld"
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for dlopen" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for dlopen... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_func_dlopen+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-/* Define dlopen to an innocuous variant, in case  declares dlopen.
-   For example, HP-UX 11i  declares gettimeofday.  */
-#define dlopen innocuous_dlopen
-
-/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
-    which can conflict with char dlopen (); below.
-    Prefer  to  if __STDC__ is defined, since
-     exists even on freestanding compilers.  */
-
-#ifdef __STDC__
-# include 
-#else
-# include 
-#endif
-
-#undef dlopen
-
-/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
-   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
-   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C"
-#endif
-char dlopen ();
-/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
-    to always fail with ENOSYS.  Some functions are actually named
-    something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias.  */
-#if defined __stub_dlopen || defined __stub___dlopen
-choke me
-#endif
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-return dlopen ();
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
-if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } && {
-	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
-	 test ! -s conftest.err
-       } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && {
-	 test "$cross_compiling" = yes ||
-	 $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext
-       }; then
-  ac_cv_func_dlopen=yes
-else
-  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-	ac_cv_func_dlopen=no
-fi
-
-rm -rf conftest.dSYM
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \
-      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_func_dlopen" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_func_dlopen" >&6; }
-if test $ac_cv_func_dlopen = yes; then
-  lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen"
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for dlopen in -ldl" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for dlopen in -ldl... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
-LIBS="-ldl  $LIBS"
-cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-
-/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
-   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
-   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C"
-#endif
-char dlopen ();
-int
-main ()
-{
-return dlopen ();
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
-if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } && {
-	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
-	 test ! -s conftest.err
-       } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && {
-	 test "$cross_compiling" = yes ||
-	 $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext
-       }; then
-  ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=yes
-else
-  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-	ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=no
-fi
-
-rm -rf conftest.dSYM
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \
-      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
-LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&6; }
-if test $ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen = yes; then
-  lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldl"
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for dlopen in -lsvld" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for dlopen in -lsvld... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
-LIBS="-lsvld  $LIBS"
-cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-
-/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
-   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
-   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C"
-#endif
-char dlopen ();
-int
-main ()
-{
-return dlopen ();
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
-if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } && {
-	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
-	 test ! -s conftest.err
-       } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && {
-	 test "$cross_compiling" = yes ||
-	 $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext
-       }; then
-  ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen=yes
-else
-  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-	ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen=no
-fi
-
-rm -rf conftest.dSYM
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \
-      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
-LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen" >&6; }
-if test $ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen = yes; then
-  lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-lsvld"
-else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for dld_link in -ldld" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking for dld_link in -ldld... " >&6; }
-if test "${ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
-LIBS="-ldld  $LIBS"
-cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-
-/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
-   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
-   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C"
-#endif
-char dld_link ();
-int
-main ()
-{
-return dld_link ();
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
-if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
-case "(($ac_try" in
-  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
-  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
-esac
-eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
-$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
-  (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } && {
-	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
-	 test ! -s conftest.err
-       } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && {
-	 test "$cross_compiling" = yes ||
-	 $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext
-       }; then
-  ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link=yes
-else
-  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-	ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link=no
-fi
-
-rm -rf conftest.dSYM
-rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \
-      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
-LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link" >&5
-$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link" >&6; }
-if test $ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link = yes; then
-  lt_cv_dlopen="dld_link" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldld"
-fi
-
-
-fi
-
-
-fi
-
-
-fi
-
-
-fi
-
-
-fi
-
-    ;;
-  esac
-
-  if test "x$lt_cv_dlopen" != xno; then
-    enable_dlopen=yes
-  else
-    enable_dlopen=no
-  fi
-
-  case $lt_cv_dlopen in
-  dlopen)
-    save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
-    test "x$ac_cv_header_dlfcn_h" = xyes && CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -DHAVE_DLFCN_H"
-
-    save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS"
-    wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl eval LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $export_dynamic_flag_spec\"
-
-    save_LIBS="$LIBS"
-    LIBS="$lt_cv_dlopen_libs $LIBS"
-
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether a program can dlopen itself" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking whether a program can dlopen itself... " >&6; }
-if test "${lt_cv_dlopen_self+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  	  if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then :
-  lt_cv_dlopen_self=cross
-else
-  lt_dlunknown=0; lt_dlno_uscore=1; lt_dlneed_uscore=2
-  lt_status=$lt_dlunknown
-  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF
-#line 13259 "configure"
-#include "confdefs.h"
-
-#if HAVE_DLFCN_H
-#include 
-#endif
-
-#include 
-
-#ifdef RTLD_GLOBAL
-#  define LT_DLGLOBAL		RTLD_GLOBAL
-#else
-#  ifdef DL_GLOBAL
-#    define LT_DLGLOBAL		DL_GLOBAL
-#  else
-#    define LT_DLGLOBAL		0
-#  endif
-#endif
-
-/* We may have to define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW in the command line if we
-   find out it does not work in some platform. */
-#ifndef LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW
-#  ifdef RTLD_LAZY
-#    define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW		RTLD_LAZY
-#  else
-#    ifdef DL_LAZY
-#      define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW		DL_LAZY
-#    else
-#      ifdef RTLD_NOW
-#        define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW	RTLD_NOW
-#      else
-#        ifdef DL_NOW
-#          define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW	DL_NOW
-#        else
-#          define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW	0
-#        endif
-#      endif
-#    endif
-#  endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" void exit (int);
-#endif
-
-void fnord() { int i=42;}
-int main ()
-{
-  void *self = dlopen (0, LT_DLGLOBAL|LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW);
-  int status = $lt_dlunknown;
-
-  if (self)
-    {
-      if (dlsym (self,"fnord"))       status = $lt_dlno_uscore;
-      else if (dlsym( self,"_fnord")) status = $lt_dlneed_uscore;
-      /* dlclose (self); */
-    }
-  else
-    puts (dlerror ());
-
-    exit (status);
-}
-_LT_EOF
-  if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_link) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} 2>/dev/null; then
-    (./conftest; exit; ) >&5 2>/dev/null
-    lt_status=$?
-    case x$lt_status in
-      x$lt_dlno_uscore) lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes ;;
-      x$lt_dlneed_uscore) lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes ;;
-      x$lt_dlunknown|x*) lt_cv_dlopen_self=no ;;
-    esac
-  else :
-    # compilation failed
-    lt_cv_dlopen_self=no
-  fi
-fi
-rm -fr conftest*
-
-
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_dlopen_self" >&5
-$as_echo "$lt_cv_dlopen_self" >&6; }
-
-    if test "x$lt_cv_dlopen_self" = xyes; then
-      wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl eval LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $lt_prog_compiler_static\"
-      { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether a statically linked program can dlopen itself" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking whether a statically linked program can dlopen itself... " >&6; }
-if test "${lt_cv_dlopen_self_static+set}" = set; then
-  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
-else
-  	  if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then :
-  lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=cross
-else
-  lt_dlunknown=0; lt_dlno_uscore=1; lt_dlneed_uscore=2
-  lt_status=$lt_dlunknown
-  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF
-#line 13359 "configure"
-#include "confdefs.h"
-
-#if HAVE_DLFCN_H
-#include 
-#endif
-
-#include 
-
-#ifdef RTLD_GLOBAL
-#  define LT_DLGLOBAL		RTLD_GLOBAL
-#else
-#  ifdef DL_GLOBAL
-#    define LT_DLGLOBAL		DL_GLOBAL
-#  else
-#    define LT_DLGLOBAL		0
-#  endif
-#endif
-
-/* We may have to define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW in the command line if we
-   find out it does not work in some platform. */
-#ifndef LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW
-#  ifdef RTLD_LAZY
-#    define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW		RTLD_LAZY
-#  else
-#    ifdef DL_LAZY
-#      define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW		DL_LAZY
-#    else
-#      ifdef RTLD_NOW
-#        define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW	RTLD_NOW
-#      else
-#        ifdef DL_NOW
-#          define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW	DL_NOW
-#        else
-#          define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW	0
-#        endif
-#      endif
-#    endif
-#  endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" void exit (int);
-#endif
-
-void fnord() { int i=42;}
-int main ()
-{
-  void *self = dlopen (0, LT_DLGLOBAL|LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW);
-  int status = $lt_dlunknown;
-
-  if (self)
-    {
-      if (dlsym (self,"fnord"))       status = $lt_dlno_uscore;
-      else if (dlsym( self,"_fnord")) status = $lt_dlneed_uscore;
-      /* dlclose (self); */
-    }
-  else
-    puts (dlerror ());
-
-    exit (status);
-}
-_LT_EOF
-  if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_link) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} 2>/dev/null; then
-    (./conftest; exit; ) >&5 2>/dev/null
-    lt_status=$?
-    case x$lt_status in
-      x$lt_dlno_uscore) lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=yes ;;
-      x$lt_dlneed_uscore) lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=yes ;;
-      x$lt_dlunknown|x*) lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=no ;;
-    esac
-  else :
-    # compilation failed
-    lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=no
-  fi
-fi
-rm -fr conftest*
-
-
-fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_dlopen_self_static" >&5
-$as_echo "$lt_cv_dlopen_self_static" >&6; }
-    fi
-
-    CPPFLAGS="$save_CPPFLAGS"
-    LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS"
-    LIBS="$save_LIBS"
-    ;;
-  esac
-
-  case $lt_cv_dlopen_self in
-  yes|no) enable_dlopen_self=$lt_cv_dlopen_self ;;
-  *) enable_dlopen_self=unknown ;;
-  esac
-
-  case $lt_cv_dlopen_self_static in
-  yes|no) enable_dlopen_self_static=$lt_cv_dlopen_self_static ;;
-  *) enable_dlopen_self_static=unknown ;;
-  esac
-fi
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-striplib=
-old_striplib=
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether stripping libraries is possible" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking whether stripping libraries is possible... " >&6; }
-if test -n "$STRIP" && $STRIP -V 2>&1 | $GREP "GNU strip" >/dev/null; then
-  test -z "$old_striplib" && old_striplib="$STRIP --strip-debug"
-  test -z "$striplib" && striplib="$STRIP --strip-unneeded"
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5
-$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
-else
-# FIXME - insert some real tests, host_os isn't really good enough
-  case $host_os in
-  darwin*)
-    if test -n "$STRIP" ; then
-      striplib="$STRIP -x"
-      old_striplib="$STRIP -S"
-      { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5
-$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
-    else
-      { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-    fi
-    ;;
-  *)
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
-$as_echo "no" >&6; }
-    ;;
-  esac
-fi
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-  # Report which library types will actually be built
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if libtool supports shared libraries" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking if libtool supports shared libraries... " >&6; }
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $can_build_shared" >&5
-$as_echo "$can_build_shared" >&6; }
-
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether to build shared libraries" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking whether to build shared libraries... " >&6; }
-  test "$can_build_shared" = "no" && enable_shared=no
-
-  # On AIX, shared libraries and static libraries use the same namespace, and
-  # are all built from PIC.
-  case $host_os in
-  aix3*)
-    test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no
-    if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
-      archive_cmds="$archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$lib"
-      postinstall_cmds='$RANLIB $lib'
-    fi
-    ;;
-
-  aix[4-9]*)
-    if test "$host_cpu" != ia64 && test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = no ; then
-      test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no
-    fi
-    ;;
-  esac
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $enable_shared" >&5
-$as_echo "$enable_shared" >&6; }
-
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether to build static libraries" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking whether to build static libraries... " >&6; }
-  # Make sure either enable_shared or enable_static is yes.
-  test "$enable_shared" = yes || enable_static=yes
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $enable_static" >&5
-$as_echo "$enable_static" >&6; }
-
-
-
-
-fi
-ac_ext=c
-ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
-ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
-ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
-ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
-
-CC="$lt_save_CC"
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-        ac_config_commands="$ac_config_commands libtool"
-
-
-
-
-# Only expand once:
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-# configuration file -- stay in 8.3 limit
-#
-# since #undef doesn't survive in configuration header files we replace
-# `/undef' with `#undef' after creating the output file
-
-ac_config_headers="$ac_config_headers ftconfig.h:ftconfig.in"
-
-
-# create the Unix-specific sub-Makefiles `builds/unix/unix-def.mk'
-# and `builds/unix/unix-cc.mk' that will be used by the build system
-#
-ac_config_files="$ac_config_files unix-cc.mk:unix-cc.in unix-def.mk:unix-def.in freetype-config freetype2.pc:freetype2.in"
-
-
-# re-generate the Jamfile to use libtool now
-#
-# AC_CONFIG_FILES([../../Jamfile:../../Jamfile.in])
-
-cat >confcache <<\_ACEOF
-# This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure
-# tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure
-# scripts and configure runs, see configure's option --config-cache.
-# It is not useful on other systems.  If it contains results you don't
-# want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
-#
-# config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it
-# the --recheck option to rerun configure.
-#
-# `ac_cv_env_foo' variables (set or unset) will be overridden when
-# loading this file, other *unset* `ac_cv_foo' will be assigned the
-# following values.
-
-_ACEOF
-
-# The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
-# but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient.
-# So, we kill variables containing newlines.
-# Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly,
-# and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars.
-(
-  for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 | sed -n 's/^\([a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=.*/\1/p'`; do
-    eval ac_val=\$$ac_var
-    case $ac_val in #(
-    *${as_nl}*)
-      case $ac_var in #(
-      *_cv_*) { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: Cache variable $ac_var contains a newline." >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: Cache variable $ac_var contains a newline." >&2;} ;;
-      esac
-      case $ac_var in #(
-      _ | IFS | as_nl) ;; #(
-      BASH_ARGV | BASH_SOURCE) eval $ac_var= ;; #(
-      *) $as_unset $ac_var ;;
-      esac ;;
-    esac
-  done
-
-  (set) 2>&1 |
-    case $as_nl`(ac_space=' '; set) 2>&1` in #(
-    *${as_nl}ac_space=\ *)
-      # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes (double-quote
-      # substitution turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \).
-      sed -n \
-	"s/'/'\\\\''/g;
-	  s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\\2'/p"
-      ;; #(
-    *)
-      # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes.
-      sed -n "/^[_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*=/p"
-      ;;
-    esac |
-    sort
-) |
-  sed '
-     /^ac_cv_env_/b end
-     t clear
-     :clear
-     s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*[{}].*\)$/test "${\1+set}" = set || &/
-     t end
-     s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*\)$/\1=${\1=\2}/
-     :end' >>confcache
-if diff "$cache_file" confcache >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else
-  if test -w "$cache_file"; then
-    test "x$cache_file" != "x/dev/null" &&
-      { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: updating cache $cache_file" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: updating cache $cache_file" >&6;}
-    cat confcache >$cache_file
-  else
-    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" >&6;}
-  fi
-fi
-rm -f confcache
-
-test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix
-# Let make expand exec_prefix.
-test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}'
-
-DEFS=-DHAVE_CONFIG_H
-
-ac_libobjs=
-ac_ltlibobjs=
-for ac_i in : $LIBOBJS; do test "x$ac_i" = x: && continue
-  # 1. Remove the extension, and $U if already installed.
-  ac_script='s/\$U\././;s/\.o$//;s/\.obj$//'
-  ac_i=`$as_echo "$ac_i" | sed "$ac_script"`
-  # 2. Prepend LIBOBJDIR.  When used with automake>=1.10 LIBOBJDIR
-  #    will be set to the directory where LIBOBJS objects are built.
-  ac_libobjs="$ac_libobjs \${LIBOBJDIR}$ac_i\$U.$ac_objext"
-  ac_ltlibobjs="$ac_ltlibobjs \${LIBOBJDIR}$ac_i"'$U.lo'
-done
-LIBOBJS=$ac_libobjs
-
-LTLIBOBJS=$ac_ltlibobjs
-
-
-
-: ${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status}
-ac_write_fail=0
-ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files
-ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files $CONFIG_STATUS"
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&6;}
-cat >$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
-#! $SHELL
-# Generated by $as_me.
-# Run this file to recreate the current configuration.
-# Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging
-# configure, is in config.log if it exists.
-
-debug=false
-ac_cs_recheck=false
-ac_cs_silent=false
-SHELL=\${CONFIG_SHELL-$SHELL}
-_ACEOF
-
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
-## --------------------- ##
-## M4sh Initialization.  ##
-## --------------------- ##
-
-# Be more Bourne compatible
-DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh
-if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-  emulate sh
-  NULLCMD=:
-  # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
-  # is contrary to our usage.  Disable this feature.
-  alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
-  setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
-else
-  case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in
-  *posix*) set -o posix ;;
-esac
-
-fi
-
-
-
-
-# PATH needs CR
-# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges.
-as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'
-as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'
-as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS
-as_cr_digits='0123456789'
-as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits
-
-as_nl='
-'
-export as_nl
-# Printing a long string crashes Solaris 7 /usr/bin/printf.
-as_echo='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\'
-as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo
-as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo
-if (test "X`printf %s $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then
-  as_echo='printf %s\n'
-  as_echo_n='printf %s'
-else
-  if test "X`(/usr/ucb/echo -n -n $as_echo) 2>/dev/null`" = "X-n $as_echo"; then
-    as_echo_body='eval /usr/ucb/echo -n "$1$as_nl"'
-    as_echo_n='/usr/ucb/echo -n'
-  else
-    as_echo_body='eval expr "X$1" : "X\\(.*\\)"'
-    as_echo_n_body='eval
-      arg=$1;
-      case $arg in
-      *"$as_nl"*)
-	expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)$as_nl";
-	arg=`expr "X$arg" : ".*$as_nl\\(.*\\)"`;;
-      esac;
-      expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)" | tr -d "$as_nl"
-    '
-    export as_echo_n_body
-    as_echo_n='sh -c $as_echo_n_body as_echo'
-  fi
-  export as_echo_body
-  as_echo='sh -c $as_echo_body as_echo'
-fi
-
-# The user is always right.
-if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
-  PATH_SEPARATOR=:
-  (PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 && {
-    (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
-      PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
-  }
-fi
-
-# Support unset when possible.
-if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-  as_unset=unset
-else
-  as_unset=false
-fi
-
-
-# IFS
-# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order.  Quoting is
-# there to prevent editors from complaining about space-tab.
-# (If _AS_PATH_WALK were called with IFS unset, it would disable word
-# splitting by setting IFS to empty value.)
-IFS=" ""	$as_nl"
-
-# Find who we are.  Look in the path if we contain no directory separator.
-case $0 in
-  *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;;
-  *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break
-done
-IFS=$as_save_IFS
-
-     ;;
-esac
-# We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND'
-# in which case we are not to be found in the path.
-if test "x$as_myself" = x; then
-  as_myself=$0
-fi
-if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then
-  $as_echo "$as_myself: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute file name" >&2
-  { (exit 1); exit 1; }
-fi
-
-# Work around bugs in pre-3.0 UWIN ksh.
-for as_var in ENV MAIL MAILPATH
-do ($as_unset $as_var) >/dev/null 2>&1 && $as_unset $as_var
-done
-PS1='$ '
-PS2='> '
-PS4='+ '
-
-# NLS nuisances.
-LC_ALL=C
-export LC_ALL
-LANGUAGE=C
-export LANGUAGE
-
-# Required to use basename.
-if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
-   test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then
-  as_expr=expr
-else
-  as_expr=false
-fi
-
-if (basename -- /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename -- / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then
-  as_basename=basename
-else
-  as_basename=false
-fi
-
-
-# Name of the executable.
-as_me=`$as_basename -- "$0" ||
-$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \
-	 X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
-	 X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
-$as_echo X/"$0" |
-    sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{
-	    s//\1/
-	    q
-	  }
-	  /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{
-	    s//\1/
-	    q
-	  }
-	  /^X\/\(\/\).*/{
-	    s//\1/
-	    q
-	  }
-	  s/.*/./; q'`
-
-# CDPATH.
-$as_unset CDPATH
-
-
-
-  as_lineno_1=$LINENO
-  as_lineno_2=$LINENO
-  test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" &&
-  test "x`expr $as_lineno_1 + 1`" = "x$as_lineno_2" || {
-
-  # Create $as_me.lineno as a copy of $as_myself, but with $LINENO
-  # uniformly replaced by the line number.  The first 'sed' inserts a
-  # line-number line after each line using $LINENO; the second 'sed'
-  # does the real work.  The second script uses 'N' to pair each
-  # line-number line with the line containing $LINENO, and appends
-  # trailing '-' during substitution so that $LINENO is not a special
-  # case at line end.
-  # (Raja R Harinath suggested sed '=', and Paul Eggert wrote the
-  # scripts with optimization help from Paolo Bonzini.  Blame Lee
-  # E. McMahon (1931-1989) for sed's syntax.  :-)
-  sed -n '
-    p
-    /[$]LINENO/=
-  ' <$as_myself |
-    sed '
-      s/[$]LINENO.*/&-/
-      t lineno
-      b
-      :lineno
-      N
-      :loop
-      s/[$]LINENO\([^'$as_cr_alnum'_].*\n\)\(.*\)/\2\1\2/
-      t loop
-      s/-\n.*//
-    ' >$as_me.lineno &&
-  chmod +x "$as_me.lineno" ||
-    { $as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-
-  # Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems
-  # (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the
-  # original and so on.  Autoconf is especially sensitive to this).
-  . "./$as_me.lineno"
-  # Exit status is that of the last command.
-  exit
-}
-
-
-if (as_dir=`dirname -- /` && test "X$as_dir" = X/) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-  as_dirname=dirname
-else
-  as_dirname=false
-fi
-
-ECHO_C= ECHO_N= ECHO_T=
-case `echo -n x` in
--n*)
-  case `echo 'x\c'` in
-  *c*) ECHO_T='	';;	# ECHO_T is single tab character.
-  *)   ECHO_C='\c';;
-  esac;;
-*)
-  ECHO_N='-n';;
-esac
-if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
-   test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then
-  as_expr=expr
-else
-  as_expr=false
-fi
-
-rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
-if test -d conf$$.dir; then
-  rm -f conf$$.dir/conf$$.file
-else
-  rm -f conf$$.dir
-  mkdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null
-fi
-if (echo >conf$$.file) 2>/dev/null; then
-  if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
-    as_ln_s='ln -s'
-    # ... but there are two gotchas:
-    # 1) On MSYS, both `ln -s file dir' and `ln file dir' fail.
-    # 2) DJGPP < 2.04 has no symlinks; `ln -s' creates a wrapper executable.
-    # In both cases, we have to default to `cp -p'.
-    ln -s conf$$.file conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null && test ! -f conf$$.exe ||
-      as_ln_s='cp -p'
-  elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
-    as_ln_s=ln
-  else
-    as_ln_s='cp -p'
-  fi
-else
-  as_ln_s='cp -p'
-fi
-rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.dir/conf$$.file conf$$.file
-rmdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null
-
-if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then
-  as_mkdir_p=:
-else
-  test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p
-  as_mkdir_p=false
-fi
-
-if test -x / >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-  as_test_x='test -x'
-else
-  if ls -dL / >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-    as_ls_L_option=L
-  else
-    as_ls_L_option=
-  fi
-  as_test_x='
-    eval sh -c '\''
-      if test -d "$1"; then
-	test -d "$1/.";
-      else
-	case $1 in
-	-*)set "./$1";;
-	esac;
-	case `ls -ld'$as_ls_L_option' "$1" 2>/dev/null` in
-	???[sx]*):;;*)false;;esac;fi
-    '\'' sh
-  '
-fi
-as_executable_p=$as_test_x
-
-# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name.
-as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
-
-# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name.
-as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
-
-
-exec 6>&1
-
-# Save the log message, to keep $[0] and so on meaningful, and to
-# report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their
-# values after options handling.
-ac_log="
-This file was extended by FreeType $as_me 2.3.6, which was
-generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62.  Invocation command line was
-
-  CONFIG_FILES    = $CONFIG_FILES
-  CONFIG_HEADERS  = $CONFIG_HEADERS
-  CONFIG_LINKS    = $CONFIG_LINKS
-  CONFIG_COMMANDS = $CONFIG_COMMANDS
-  $ $0 $@
-
-on `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`
-"
-
-_ACEOF
-
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
-# Files that config.status was made for.
-config_files="$ac_config_files"
-config_headers="$ac_config_headers"
-config_commands="$ac_config_commands"
-
-_ACEOF
-
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
-ac_cs_usage="\
-\`$as_me' instantiates files from templates according to the
-current configuration.
-
-Usage: $0 [OPTIONS] [FILE]...
-
-  -h, --help       print this help, then exit
-  -V, --version    print version number and configuration settings, then exit
-  -q, --quiet      do not print progress messages
-  -d, --debug      don't remove temporary files
-      --recheck    update $as_me by reconfiguring in the same conditions
-  --file=FILE[:TEMPLATE]
-                   instantiate the configuration file FILE
-  --header=FILE[:TEMPLATE]
-                   instantiate the configuration header FILE
-
-Configuration files:
-$config_files
-
-Configuration headers:
-$config_headers
-
-Configuration commands:
-$config_commands
-
-Report bugs to ."
-
-_ACEOF
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
-ac_cs_version="\\
-FreeType config.status 2.3.6
-configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62,
-  with options \\"`$as_echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/^ //; s/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`\\"
-
-Copyright (C) 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-This config.status script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it."
-
-ac_pwd='$ac_pwd'
-srcdir='$srcdir'
-INSTALL='$INSTALL'
-test -n "\$AWK" || AWK=awk
-_ACEOF
-
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
-# The default lists apply if the user does not specify any file.
-ac_need_defaults=:
-while test $# != 0
-do
-  case $1 in
-  --*=*)
-    ac_option=`expr "X$1" : 'X\([^=]*\)='`
-    ac_optarg=`expr "X$1" : 'X[^=]*=\(.*\)'`
-    ac_shift=:
-    ;;
-  *)
-    ac_option=$1
-    ac_optarg=$2
-    ac_shift=shift
-    ;;
-  esac
-
-  case $ac_option in
-  # Handling of the options.
-  -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r)
-    ac_cs_recheck=: ;;
-  --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | --ver | --ve | --v | -V )
-    $as_echo "$ac_cs_version"; exit ;;
-  --debug | --debu | --deb | --de | --d | -d )
-    debug=: ;;
-  --file | --fil | --fi | --f )
-    $ac_shift
-    case $ac_optarg in
-    *\'*) ac_optarg=`$as_echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;;
-    esac
-    CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES '$ac_optarg'"
-    ac_need_defaults=false;;
-  --header | --heade | --head | --hea )
-    $ac_shift
-    case $ac_optarg in
-    *\'*) ac_optarg=`$as_echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;;
-    esac
-    CONFIG_HEADERS="$CONFIG_HEADERS '$ac_optarg'"
-    ac_need_defaults=false;;
-  --he | --h)
-    # Conflict between --help and --header
-    { $as_echo "$as_me: error: ambiguous option: $1
-Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
-  --help | --hel | -h )
-    $as_echo "$ac_cs_usage"; exit ;;
-  -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
-  | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil | --si | --s)
-    ac_cs_silent=: ;;
-
-  # This is an error.
-  -*) { $as_echo "$as_me: error: unrecognized option: $1
-Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ;;
-
-  *) ac_config_targets="$ac_config_targets $1"
-     ac_need_defaults=false ;;
-
-  esac
-  shift
-done
-
-ac_configure_extra_args=
-
-if $ac_cs_silent; then
-  exec 6>/dev/null
-  ac_configure_extra_args="$ac_configure_extra_args --silent"
-fi
-
-_ACEOF
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
-if \$ac_cs_recheck; then
-  set X '$SHELL' '$0' $ac_configure_args \$ac_configure_extra_args --no-create --no-recursion
-  shift
-  \$as_echo "running CONFIG_SHELL=$SHELL \$*" >&6
-  CONFIG_SHELL='$SHELL'
-  export CONFIG_SHELL
-  exec "\$@"
-fi
-
-_ACEOF
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
-exec 5>>config.log
-{
-  echo
-  sed 'h;s/./-/g;s/^.../## /;s/...$/ ##/;p;x;p;x' <<_ASBOX
-## Running $as_me. ##
-_ASBOX
-  $as_echo "$ac_log"
-} >&5
-
-_ACEOF
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
-#
-# INIT-COMMANDS
-#
-
-
-# The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout
-# if CDPATH is set.
-(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH
-
-sed_quote_subst='$sed_quote_subst'
-double_quote_subst='$double_quote_subst'
-delay_variable_subst='$delay_variable_subst'
-macro_version='`$ECHO "X$macro_version" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-macro_revision='`$ECHO "X$macro_revision" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-AS='`$ECHO "X$AS" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-DLLTOOL='`$ECHO "X$DLLTOOL" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-OBJDUMP='`$ECHO "X$OBJDUMP" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-enable_shared='`$ECHO "X$enable_shared" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-enable_static='`$ECHO "X$enable_static" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-pic_mode='`$ECHO "X$pic_mode" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-enable_fast_install='`$ECHO "X$enable_fast_install" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-host_alias='`$ECHO "X$host_alias" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-host='`$ECHO "X$host" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-host_os='`$ECHO "X$host_os" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-build_alias='`$ECHO "X$build_alias" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-build='`$ECHO "X$build" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-build_os='`$ECHO "X$build_os" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-SED='`$ECHO "X$SED" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-Xsed='`$ECHO "X$Xsed" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-GREP='`$ECHO "X$GREP" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-EGREP='`$ECHO "X$EGREP" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-FGREP='`$ECHO "X$FGREP" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-LD='`$ECHO "X$LD" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-NM='`$ECHO "X$NM" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-LN_S='`$ECHO "X$LN_S" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-max_cmd_len='`$ECHO "X$max_cmd_len" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-ac_objext='`$ECHO "X$ac_objext" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-exeext='`$ECHO "X$exeext" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-lt_unset='`$ECHO "X$lt_unset" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-lt_SP2NL='`$ECHO "X$lt_SP2NL" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-lt_NL2SP='`$ECHO "X$lt_NL2SP" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-reload_flag='`$ECHO "X$reload_flag" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-reload_cmds='`$ECHO "X$reload_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-deplibs_check_method='`$ECHO "X$deplibs_check_method" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-file_magic_cmd='`$ECHO "X$file_magic_cmd" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-AR='`$ECHO "X$AR" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-AR_FLAGS='`$ECHO "X$AR_FLAGS" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-STRIP='`$ECHO "X$STRIP" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-RANLIB='`$ECHO "X$RANLIB" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-old_postinstall_cmds='`$ECHO "X$old_postinstall_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-old_postuninstall_cmds='`$ECHO "X$old_postuninstall_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-old_archive_cmds='`$ECHO "X$old_archive_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-CC='`$ECHO "X$CC" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-CFLAGS='`$ECHO "X$CFLAGS" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-compiler='`$ECHO "X$compiler" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-GCC='`$ECHO "X$GCC" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe='`$ECHO "X$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl='`$ECHO "X$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address='`$ECHO "X$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix='`$ECHO "X$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-objdir='`$ECHO "X$objdir" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-SHELL='`$ECHO "X$SHELL" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-ECHO='`$ECHO "X$ECHO" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-MAGIC_CMD='`$ECHO "X$MAGIC_CMD" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag='`$ECHO "X$lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-lt_prog_compiler_wl='`$ECHO "X$lt_prog_compiler_wl" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-lt_prog_compiler_pic='`$ECHO "X$lt_prog_compiler_pic" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-lt_prog_compiler_static='`$ECHO "X$lt_prog_compiler_static" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o='`$ECHO "X$lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-need_locks='`$ECHO "X$need_locks" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-DSYMUTIL='`$ECHO "X$DSYMUTIL" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-NMEDIT='`$ECHO "X$NMEDIT" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-LIPO='`$ECHO "X$LIPO" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-OTOOL='`$ECHO "X$OTOOL" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-OTOOL64='`$ECHO "X$OTOOL64" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-libext='`$ECHO "X$libext" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-shrext_cmds='`$ECHO "X$shrext_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-extract_expsyms_cmds='`$ECHO "X$extract_expsyms_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-archive_cmds_need_lc='`$ECHO "X$archive_cmds_need_lc" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-enable_shared_with_static_runtimes='`$ECHO "X$enable_shared_with_static_runtimes" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-export_dynamic_flag_spec='`$ECHO "X$export_dynamic_flag_spec" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-whole_archive_flag_spec='`$ECHO "X$whole_archive_flag_spec" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-compiler_needs_object='`$ECHO "X$compiler_needs_object" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-old_archive_from_new_cmds='`$ECHO "X$old_archive_from_new_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds='`$ECHO "X$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-archive_cmds='`$ECHO "X$archive_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-archive_expsym_cmds='`$ECHO "X$archive_expsym_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-module_cmds='`$ECHO "X$module_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-module_expsym_cmds='`$ECHO "X$module_expsym_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-with_gnu_ld='`$ECHO "X$with_gnu_ld" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-allow_undefined_flag='`$ECHO "X$allow_undefined_flag" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-no_undefined_flag='`$ECHO "X$no_undefined_flag" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-hardcode_libdir_separator='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_libdir_separator" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-hardcode_direct='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_direct" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-hardcode_direct_absolute='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_direct_absolute" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-hardcode_minus_L='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_minus_L" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-hardcode_shlibpath_var='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_shlibpath_var" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-hardcode_automatic='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_automatic" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-inherit_rpath='`$ECHO "X$inherit_rpath" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-link_all_deplibs='`$ECHO "X$link_all_deplibs" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-fix_srcfile_path='`$ECHO "X$fix_srcfile_path" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-always_export_symbols='`$ECHO "X$always_export_symbols" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-export_symbols_cmds='`$ECHO "X$export_symbols_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-exclude_expsyms='`$ECHO "X$exclude_expsyms" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-include_expsyms='`$ECHO "X$include_expsyms" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-prelink_cmds='`$ECHO "X$prelink_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-file_list_spec='`$ECHO "X$file_list_spec" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-variables_saved_for_relink='`$ECHO "X$variables_saved_for_relink" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-need_lib_prefix='`$ECHO "X$need_lib_prefix" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-need_version='`$ECHO "X$need_version" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-version_type='`$ECHO "X$version_type" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-runpath_var='`$ECHO "X$runpath_var" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-shlibpath_var='`$ECHO "X$shlibpath_var" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-shlibpath_overrides_runpath='`$ECHO "X$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-libname_spec='`$ECHO "X$libname_spec" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-library_names_spec='`$ECHO "X$library_names_spec" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-soname_spec='`$ECHO "X$soname_spec" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-postinstall_cmds='`$ECHO "X$postinstall_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-postuninstall_cmds='`$ECHO "X$postuninstall_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-finish_cmds='`$ECHO "X$finish_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-finish_eval='`$ECHO "X$finish_eval" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-hardcode_into_libs='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_into_libs" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-sys_lib_search_path_spec='`$ECHO "X$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='`$ECHO "X$sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-hardcode_action='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_action" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-enable_dlopen='`$ECHO "X$enable_dlopen" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-enable_dlopen_self='`$ECHO "X$enable_dlopen_self" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-enable_dlopen_self_static='`$ECHO "X$enable_dlopen_self_static" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-old_striplib='`$ECHO "X$old_striplib" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-striplib='`$ECHO "X$striplib" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
-
-LTCC='$LTCC'
-LTCFLAGS='$LTCFLAGS'
-compiler='$compiler_DEFAULT'
-
-# Quote evaled strings.
-for var in SED \
-GREP \
-EGREP \
-FGREP \
-LD \
-NM \
-LN_S \
-lt_SP2NL \
-lt_NL2SP \
-reload_flag \
-deplibs_check_method \
-file_magic_cmd \
-AR \
-AR_FLAGS \
-STRIP \
-RANLIB \
-CC \
-CFLAGS \
-compiler \
-lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe \
-lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl \
-lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address \
-lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix \
-SHELL \
-ECHO \
-lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag \
-lt_prog_compiler_wl \
-lt_prog_compiler_pic \
-lt_prog_compiler_static \
-lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o \
-need_locks \
-DSYMUTIL \
-NMEDIT \
-LIPO \
-OTOOL \
-OTOOL64 \
-shrext_cmds \
-export_dynamic_flag_spec \
-whole_archive_flag_spec \
-compiler_needs_object \
-with_gnu_ld \
-allow_undefined_flag \
-no_undefined_flag \
-hardcode_libdir_flag_spec \
-hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld \
-hardcode_libdir_separator \
-fix_srcfile_path \
-exclude_expsyms \
-include_expsyms \
-file_list_spec \
-variables_saved_for_relink \
-libname_spec \
-library_names_spec \
-soname_spec \
-finish_eval \
-old_striplib \
-striplib; do
-    case \`eval \\\\\$ECHO "X\\\\\$\$var"\` in
-    *[\\\\\\\`\\"\\\$]*)
-      eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\`\\\$ECHO \\"X\\\$\$var\\" | \\\$Xsed -e \\"\\\$sed_quote_subst\\"\\\`\\\\\\""
-      ;;
-    *)
-      eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\$\$var\\\\\\""
-      ;;
-    esac
-done
-
-# Double-quote double-evaled strings.
-for var in reload_cmds \
-old_postinstall_cmds \
-old_postuninstall_cmds \
-old_archive_cmds \
-extract_expsyms_cmds \
-old_archive_from_new_cmds \
-old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds \
-archive_cmds \
-archive_expsym_cmds \
-module_cmds \
-module_expsym_cmds \
-export_symbols_cmds \
-prelink_cmds \
-postinstall_cmds \
-postuninstall_cmds \
-finish_cmds \
-sys_lib_search_path_spec \
-sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec; do
-    case \`eval \\\\\$ECHO "X\\\\\$\$var"\` in
-    *[\\\\\\\`\\"\\\$]*)
-      eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\`\\\$ECHO \\"X\\\$\$var\\" | \\\$Xsed -e \\"\\\$double_quote_subst\\" -e \\"\\\$sed_quote_subst\\" -e \\"\\\$delay_variable_subst\\"\\\`\\\\\\""
-      ;;
-    *)
-      eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\$\$var\\\\\\""
-      ;;
-    esac
-done
-
-# Fix-up fallback echo if it was mangled by the above quoting rules.
-case \$lt_ECHO in
-*'\\\$0 --fallback-echo"')  lt_ECHO=\`\$ECHO "X\$lt_ECHO" | \$Xsed -e 's/\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\$0 --fallback-echo"\$/\$0 --fallback-echo"/'\`
-  ;;
-esac
-
-ac_aux_dir='$ac_aux_dir'
-xsi_shell='$xsi_shell'
-lt_shell_append='$lt_shell_append'
-
-# See if we are running on zsh, and set the options which allow our
-# commands through without removal of \ escapes INIT.
-if test -n "\${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then
-   setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
-fi
-
-
-    PACKAGE='$PACKAGE'
-    VERSION='$VERSION'
-    TIMESTAMP='$TIMESTAMP'
-    RM='$RM'
-    ofile='$ofile'
-
-
-
-
-_ACEOF
-
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
-
-# Handling of arguments.
-for ac_config_target in $ac_config_targets
-do
-  case $ac_config_target in
-    "libtool") CONFIG_COMMANDS="$CONFIG_COMMANDS libtool" ;;
-    "ftconfig.h") CONFIG_HEADERS="$CONFIG_HEADERS ftconfig.h:ftconfig.in" ;;
-    "unix-cc.mk") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES unix-cc.mk:unix-cc.in" ;;
-    "unix-def.mk") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES unix-def.mk:unix-def.in" ;;
-    "freetype-config") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES freetype-config" ;;
-    "freetype2.pc") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES freetype2.pc:freetype2.in" ;;
-
-  *) { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: invalid argument: $ac_config_target" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: invalid argument: $ac_config_target" >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
-  esac
-done
-
-
-# If the user did not use the arguments to specify the items to instantiate,
-# then the envvar interface is used.  Set only those that are not.
-# We use the long form for the default assignment because of an extremely
-# bizarre bug on SunOS 4.1.3.
-if $ac_need_defaults; then
-  test "${CONFIG_FILES+set}" = set || CONFIG_FILES=$config_files
-  test "${CONFIG_HEADERS+set}" = set || CONFIG_HEADERS=$config_headers
-  test "${CONFIG_COMMANDS+set}" = set || CONFIG_COMMANDS=$config_commands
-fi
-
-# Have a temporary directory for convenience.  Make it in the build tree
-# simply because there is no reason against having it here, and in addition,
-# creating and moving files from /tmp can sometimes cause problems.
-# Hook for its removal unless debugging.
-# Note that there is a small window in which the directory will not be cleaned:
-# after its creation but before its name has been assigned to `$tmp'.
-$debug ||
-{
-  tmp=
-  trap 'exit_status=$?
-  { test -z "$tmp" || test ! -d "$tmp" || rm -fr "$tmp"; } && exit $exit_status
-' 0
-  trap '{ (exit 1); exit 1; }' 1 2 13 15
-}
-# Create a (secure) tmp directory for tmp files.
-
-{
-  tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d "./confXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` &&
-  test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp"
-}  ||
-{
-  tmp=./conf$$-$RANDOM
-  (umask 077 && mkdir "$tmp")
-} ||
-{
-   $as_echo "$as_me: cannot create a temporary directory in ." >&2
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }
-}
-
-# Set up the scripts for CONFIG_FILES section.
-# No need to generate them if there are no CONFIG_FILES.
-# This happens for instance with `./config.status config.h'.
-if test -n "$CONFIG_FILES"; then
-
-
-ac_cr='
'
-ac_cs_awk_cr=`$AWK 'BEGIN { print "a\rb" }' /dev/null`
-if test "$ac_cs_awk_cr" = "a${ac_cr}b"; then
-  ac_cs_awk_cr='\\r'
-else
-  ac_cs_awk_cr=$ac_cr
-fi
-
-echo 'BEGIN {' >"$tmp/subs1.awk" &&
-_ACEOF
-
-
-{
-  echo "cat >conf$$subs.awk <<_ACEOF" &&
-  echo "$ac_subst_vars" | sed 's/.*/&!$&$ac_delim/' &&
-  echo "_ACEOF"
-} >conf$$subs.sh ||
-  { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-ac_delim_num=`echo "$ac_subst_vars" | grep -c '$'`
-ac_delim='%!_!# '
-for ac_last_try in false false false false false :; do
-  . ./conf$$subs.sh ||
-    { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-
-  if test `sed -n "s/.*$ac_delim\$/X/p" conf$$subs.awk | grep -c X` = $ac_delim_num; then
-    break
-  elif $ac_last_try; then
-    { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-  else
-    ac_delim="$ac_delim!$ac_delim _$ac_delim!! "
-  fi
-done
-rm -f conf$$subs.sh
-
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
-cat >>"\$tmp/subs1.awk" <<\\_ACAWK &&
-_ACEOF
-sed -n '
-h
-s/^/S["/; s/!.*/"]=/
-p
-g
-s/^[^!]*!//
-:repl
-t repl
-s/'"$ac_delim"'$//
-t delim
-:nl
-h
-s/\(.\{148\}\).*/\1/
-t more1
-s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/\\n"\\/
-p
-n
-b repl
-:more1
-s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"\\/
-p
-g
-s/.\{148\}//
-t nl
-:delim
-h
-s/\(.\{148\}\).*/\1/
-t more2
-s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"/
-p
-b
-:more2
-s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"\\/
-p
-g
-s/.\{148\}//
-t delim
-' >$CONFIG_STATUS || ac_write_fail=1
-rm -f conf$$subs.awk
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
-_ACAWK
-cat >>"\$tmp/subs1.awk" <<_ACAWK &&
-  for (key in S) S_is_set[key] = 1
-  FS = ""
-
-}
-{
-  line = $ 0
-  nfields = split(line, field, "@")
-  substed = 0
-  len = length(field[1])
-  for (i = 2; i < nfields; i++) {
-    key = field[i]
-    keylen = length(key)
-    if (S_is_set[key]) {
-      value = S[key]
-      line = substr(line, 1, len) "" value "" substr(line, len + keylen + 3)
-      len += length(value) + length(field[++i])
-      substed = 1
-    } else
-      len += 1 + keylen
-  }
-
-  print line
-}
-
-_ACAWK
-_ACEOF
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
-if sed "s/$ac_cr//" < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1; then
-  sed "s/$ac_cr\$//; s/$ac_cr/$ac_cs_awk_cr/g"
-else
-  cat
-fi < "$tmp/subs1.awk" > "$tmp/subs.awk" \
-  || { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not setup config files machinery" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: could not setup config files machinery" >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-_ACEOF
-
-# VPATH may cause trouble with some makes, so we remove $(srcdir),
-# ${srcdir} and @srcdir@ from VPATH if srcdir is ".", strip leading and
-# trailing colons and then remove the whole line if VPATH becomes empty
-# (actually we leave an empty line to preserve line numbers).
-if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then
-  ac_vpsub='/^[	 ]*VPATH[	 ]*=/{
-s/:*\$(srcdir):*/:/
-s/:*\${srcdir}:*/:/
-s/:*@srcdir@:*/:/
-s/^\([^=]*=[	 ]*\):*/\1/
-s/:*$//
-s/^[^=]*=[	 ]*$//
-}'
-fi
-
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
-fi # test -n "$CONFIG_FILES"
-
-# Set up the scripts for CONFIG_HEADERS section.
-# No need to generate them if there are no CONFIG_HEADERS.
-# This happens for instance with `./config.status Makefile'.
-if test -n "$CONFIG_HEADERS"; then
-cat >"$tmp/defines.awk" <<\_ACAWK ||
-BEGIN {
-_ACEOF
-
-# Transform confdefs.h into an awk script `defines.awk', embedded as
-# here-document in config.status, that substitutes the proper values into
-# config.h.in to produce config.h.
-
-# Create a delimiter string that does not exist in confdefs.h, to ease
-# handling of long lines.
-ac_delim='%!_!# '
-for ac_last_try in false false :; do
-  ac_t=`sed -n "/$ac_delim/p" confdefs.h`
-  if test -z "$ac_t"; then
-    break
-  elif $ac_last_try; then
-    { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not make $CONFIG_HEADERS" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: could not make $CONFIG_HEADERS" >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-  else
-    ac_delim="$ac_delim!$ac_delim _$ac_delim!! "
-  fi
-done
-
-# For the awk script, D is an array of macro values keyed by name,
-# likewise P contains macro parameters if any.  Preserve backslash
-# newline sequences.
-
-ac_word_re=[_$as_cr_Letters][_$as_cr_alnum]*
-sed -n '
-s/.\{148\}/&'"$ac_delim"'/g
-t rset
-:rset
-s/^[	 ]*#[	 ]*define[	 ][	 ]*/ /
-t def
-d
-:def
-s/\\$//
-t bsnl
-s/["\\]/\\&/g
-s/^ \('"$ac_word_re"'\)\(([^()]*)\)[	 ]*\(.*\)/P["\1"]="\2"\
-D["\1"]=" \3"/p
-s/^ \('"$ac_word_re"'\)[	 ]*\(.*\)/D["\1"]=" \2"/p
-d
-:bsnl
-s/["\\]/\\&/g
-s/^ \('"$ac_word_re"'\)\(([^()]*)\)[	 ]*\(.*\)/P["\1"]="\2"\
-D["\1"]=" \3\\\\\\n"\\/p
-t cont
-s/^ \('"$ac_word_re"'\)[	 ]*\(.*\)/D["\1"]=" \2\\\\\\n"\\/p
-t cont
-d
-:cont
-n
-s/.\{148\}/&'"$ac_delim"'/g
-t clear
-:clear
-s/\\$//
-t bsnlc
-s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"/p
-d
-:bsnlc
-s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/\\\\\\n"\\/p
-b cont
-' >$CONFIG_STATUS || ac_write_fail=1
-
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
-  for (key in D) D_is_set[key] = 1
-  FS = ""
-}
-/^[\t ]*#[\t ]*(define|undef)[\t ]+$ac_word_re([\t (]|\$)/ {
-  line = \$ 0
-  split(line, arg, " ")
-  if (arg[1] == "#") {
-    defundef = arg[2]
-    mac1 = arg[3]
-  } else {
-    defundef = substr(arg[1], 2)
-    mac1 = arg[2]
-  }
-  split(mac1, mac2, "(") #)
-  macro = mac2[1]
-  if (D_is_set[macro]) {
-    # Preserve the white space surrounding the "#".
-    prefix = substr(line, 1, index(line, defundef) - 1)
-    print prefix "define", macro P[macro] D[macro]
-    next
-  } else {
-    # Replace #undef with comments.  This is necessary, for example,
-    # in the case of _POSIX_SOURCE, which is predefined and required
-    # on some systems where configure will not decide to define it.
-    if (defundef == "undef") {
-      print "/*", line, "*/"
-      next
-    }
-  }
-}
-{ print }
-_ACAWK
-_ACEOF
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
-  { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not setup config headers machinery" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: could not setup config headers machinery" >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-fi # test -n "$CONFIG_HEADERS"
-
-
-eval set X "  :F $CONFIG_FILES  :H $CONFIG_HEADERS    :C $CONFIG_COMMANDS"
-shift
-for ac_tag
-do
-  case $ac_tag in
-  :[FHLC]) ac_mode=$ac_tag; continue;;
-  esac
-  case $ac_mode$ac_tag in
-  :[FHL]*:*);;
-  :L* | :C*:*) { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: Invalid tag $ac_tag." >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: Invalid tag $ac_tag." >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
-  :[FH]-) ac_tag=-:-;;
-  :[FH]*) ac_tag=$ac_tag:$ac_tag.in;;
-  esac
-  ac_save_IFS=$IFS
-  IFS=:
-  set x $ac_tag
-  IFS=$ac_save_IFS
-  shift
-  ac_file=$1
-  shift
-
-  case $ac_mode in
-  :L) ac_source=$1;;
-  :[FH])
-    ac_file_inputs=
-    for ac_f
-    do
-      case $ac_f in
-      -) ac_f="$tmp/stdin";;
-      *) # Look for the file first in the build tree, then in the source tree
-	 # (if the path is not absolute).  The absolute path cannot be DOS-style,
-	 # because $ac_f cannot contain `:'.
-	 test -f "$ac_f" ||
-	   case $ac_f in
-	   [\\/$]*) false;;
-	   *) test -f "$srcdir/$ac_f" && ac_f="$srcdir/$ac_f";;
-	   esac ||
-	   { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find input file: $ac_f" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot find input file: $ac_f" >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
-      esac
-      case $ac_f in *\'*) ac_f=`$as_echo "$ac_f" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; esac
-      ac_file_inputs="$ac_file_inputs '$ac_f'"
-    done
-
-    # Let's still pretend it is `configure' which instantiates (i.e., don't
-    # use $as_me), people would be surprised to read:
-    #    /* config.h.  Generated by config.status.  */
-    configure_input='Generated from '`
-	  $as_echo "$*" | sed 's|^[^:]*/||;s|:[^:]*/|, |g'
-	`' by configure.'
-    if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then
-      configure_input="$ac_file.  $configure_input"
-      { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating $ac_file" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: creating $ac_file" >&6;}
-    fi
-    # Neutralize special characters interpreted by sed in replacement strings.
-    case $configure_input in #(
-    *\&* | *\|* | *\\* )
-       ac_sed_conf_input=`$as_echo "$configure_input" |
-       sed 's/[\\\\&|]/\\\\&/g'`;; #(
-    *) ac_sed_conf_input=$configure_input;;
-    esac
-
-    case $ac_tag in
-    *:-:* | *:-) cat >"$tmp/stdin" \
-      || { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not create $ac_file" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: could not create $ac_file" >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ;;
-    esac
-    ;;
-  esac
-
-  ac_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$ac_file" ||
-$as_expr X"$ac_file" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
-	 X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
-	 X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
-	 X"$ac_file" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
-$as_echo X"$ac_file" |
-    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
-	    s//\1/
-	    q
-	  }
-	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
-	    s//\1/
-	    q
-	  }
-	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
-	    s//\1/
-	    q
-	  }
-	  /^X\(\/\).*/{
-	    s//\1/
-	    q
-	  }
-	  s/.*/./; q'`
-  { as_dir="$ac_dir"
-  case $as_dir in #(
-  -*) as_dir=./$as_dir;;
-  esac
-  test -d "$as_dir" || { $as_mkdir_p && mkdir -p "$as_dir"; } || {
-    as_dirs=
-    while :; do
-      case $as_dir in #(
-      *\'*) as_qdir=`$as_echo "$as_dir" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; #'(
-      *) as_qdir=$as_dir;;
-      esac
-      as_dirs="'$as_qdir' $as_dirs"
-      as_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_dir" ||
-$as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
-	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
-	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
-	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
-$as_echo X"$as_dir" |
-    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
-	    s//\1/
-	    q
-	  }
-	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
-	    s//\1/
-	    q
-	  }
-	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
-	    s//\1/
-	    q
-	  }
-	  /^X\(\/\).*/{
-	    s//\1/
-	    q
-	  }
-	  s/.*/./; q'`
-      test -d "$as_dir" && break
-    done
-    test -z "$as_dirs" || eval "mkdir $as_dirs"
-  } || test -d "$as_dir" || { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot create directory $as_dir" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot create directory $as_dir" >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }; }
-  ac_builddir=.
-
-case "$ac_dir" in
-.) ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;;
-*)
-  ac_dir_suffix=/`$as_echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's|^\.[\\/]||'`
-  # A ".." for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
-  ac_top_builddir_sub=`$as_echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's|/[^\\/]*|/..|g;s|/||'`
-  case $ac_top_builddir_sub in
-  "") ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;;
-  *)  ac_top_build_prefix=$ac_top_builddir_sub/ ;;
-  esac ;;
-esac
-ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_pwd
-ac_abs_builddir=$ac_pwd$ac_dir_suffix
-# for backward compatibility:
-ac_top_builddir=$ac_top_build_prefix
-
-case $srcdir in
-  .)  # We are building in place.
-    ac_srcdir=.
-    ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir_sub
-    ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd ;;
-  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* )  # Absolute name.
-    ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix;
-    ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir
-    ac_abs_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;;
-  *) # Relative name.
-    ac_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
-    ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir
-    ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd/$srcdir ;;
-esac
-ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_top_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
-
-
-  case $ac_mode in
-  :F)
-  #
-  # CONFIG_FILE
-  #
-
-  case $INSTALL in
-  [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_INSTALL=$INSTALL ;;
-  *) ac_INSTALL=$ac_top_build_prefix$INSTALL ;;
-  esac
-_ACEOF
-
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
-# If the template does not know about datarootdir, expand it.
-# FIXME: This hack should be removed a few years after 2.60.
-ac_datarootdir_hack=; ac_datarootdir_seen=
-
-ac_sed_dataroot='
-/datarootdir/ {
-  p
-  q
-}
-/@datadir@/p
-/@docdir@/p
-/@infodir@/p
-/@localedir@/p
-/@mandir@/p
-'
-case `eval "sed -n \"\$ac_sed_dataroot\" $ac_file_inputs"` in
-*datarootdir*) ac_datarootdir_seen=yes;;
-*@datadir@*|*@docdir@*|*@infodir@*|*@localedir@*|*@mandir@*)
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_file_inputs seems to ignore the --datarootdir setting" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_file_inputs seems to ignore the --datarootdir setting" >&2;}
-_ACEOF
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
-  ac_datarootdir_hack='
-  s&@datadir@&$datadir&g
-  s&@docdir@&$docdir&g
-  s&@infodir@&$infodir&g
-  s&@localedir@&$localedir&g
-  s&@mandir@&$mandir&g
-    s&\\\${datarootdir}&$datarootdir&g' ;;
-esac
-_ACEOF
-
-# Neutralize VPATH when `$srcdir' = `.'.
-# Shell code in configure.ac might set extrasub.
-# FIXME: do we really want to maintain this feature?
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
-ac_sed_extra="$ac_vpsub
-$extrasub
-_ACEOF
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
-:t
-/@[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*@/!b
-s|@configure_input@|$ac_sed_conf_input|;t t
-s&@top_builddir@&$ac_top_builddir_sub&;t t
-s&@top_build_prefix@&$ac_top_build_prefix&;t t
-s&@srcdir@&$ac_srcdir&;t t
-s&@abs_srcdir@&$ac_abs_srcdir&;t t
-s&@top_srcdir@&$ac_top_srcdir&;t t
-s&@abs_top_srcdir@&$ac_abs_top_srcdir&;t t
-s&@builddir@&$ac_builddir&;t t
-s&@abs_builddir@&$ac_abs_builddir&;t t
-s&@abs_top_builddir@&$ac_abs_top_builddir&;t t
-s&@INSTALL@&$ac_INSTALL&;t t
-$ac_datarootdir_hack
-"
-eval sed \"\$ac_sed_extra\" "$ac_file_inputs" | $AWK -f "$tmp/subs.awk" >$tmp/out \
-  || { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not create $ac_file" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: could not create $ac_file" >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-
-test -z "$ac_datarootdir_hack$ac_datarootdir_seen" &&
-  { ac_out=`sed -n '/\${datarootdir}/p' "$tmp/out"`; test -n "$ac_out"; } &&
-  { ac_out=`sed -n '/^[	 ]*datarootdir[	 ]*:*=/p' "$tmp/out"`; test -z "$ac_out"; } &&
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_file contains a reference to the variable \`datarootdir'
-which seems to be undefined.  Please make sure it is defined." >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_file contains a reference to the variable \`datarootdir'
-which seems to be undefined.  Please make sure it is defined." >&2;}
-
-  rm -f "$tmp/stdin"
-  case $ac_file in
-  -) cat "$tmp/out" && rm -f "$tmp/out";;
-  *) rm -f "$ac_file" && mv "$tmp/out" "$ac_file";;
-  esac \
-  || { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not create $ac_file" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: could not create $ac_file" >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
- ;;
-  :H)
-  #
-  # CONFIG_HEADER
-  #
-  if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then
-    {
-      $as_echo "/* $configure_input  */" \
-      && eval '$AWK -f "$tmp/defines.awk"' "$ac_file_inputs"
-    } >"$tmp/config.h" \
-      || { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not create $ac_file" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: could not create $ac_file" >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-    if diff "$ac_file" "$tmp/config.h" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-      { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_file is unchanged" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: $ac_file is unchanged" >&6;}
-    else
-      rm -f "$ac_file"
-      mv "$tmp/config.h" "$ac_file" \
-	|| { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not create $ac_file" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: could not create $ac_file" >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-    fi
-  else
-    $as_echo "/* $configure_input  */" \
-      && eval '$AWK -f "$tmp/defines.awk"' "$ac_file_inputs" \
-      || { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not create -" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: could not create -" >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-  fi
- ;;
-
-  :C)  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: executing $ac_file commands" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: executing $ac_file commands" >&6;}
- ;;
-  esac
-
-
-  case $ac_file$ac_mode in
-    "libtool":C)
-
-    # See if we are running on zsh, and set the options which allow our
-    # commands through without removal of \ escapes.
-    if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then
-      setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
-    fi
-
-    cfgfile="${ofile}T"
-    trap "$RM \"$cfgfile\"; exit 1" 1 2 15
-    $RM "$cfgfile"
-
-    cat <<_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile"
-#! $SHELL
-
-# `$ECHO "$ofile" | sed 's%^.*/%%'` - Provide generalized library-building support services.
-# Generated automatically by $as_me ($PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION
-# Libtool was configured on host `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`:
-# NOTE: Changes made to this file will be lost: look at ltmain.sh.
-#
-#   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005,
-#                 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#   Written by Gordon Matzigkeit, 1996
-#
-#   This file is part of GNU Libtool.
-#
-# GNU Libtool is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
-# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License,
-# if you distribute this file as part of a program or library that
-# is built using GNU Libtool, you may include this file under the
-# same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
-#
-# GNU Libtool is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with GNU Libtool; see the file COPYING.  If not, a copy
-# can be downloaded from http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html, or
-# obtained by writing to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
-# 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
-
-
-# The names of the tagged configurations supported by this script.
-available_tags=""
-
-# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL CONFIG
-
-# Which release of libtool.m4 was used?
-macro_version=$macro_version
-macro_revision=$macro_revision
-
-# Assembler program.
-AS=$AS
-
-# DLL creation program.
-DLLTOOL=$DLLTOOL
-
-# Object dumper program.
-OBJDUMP=$OBJDUMP
-
-# Whether or not to build shared libraries.
-build_libtool_libs=$enable_shared
-
-# Whether or not to build static libraries.
-build_old_libs=$enable_static
-
-# What type of objects to build.
-pic_mode=$pic_mode
-
-# Whether or not to optimize for fast installation.
-fast_install=$enable_fast_install
-
-# The host system.
-host_alias=$host_alias
-host=$host
-host_os=$host_os
-
-# The build system.
-build_alias=$build_alias
-build=$build
-build_os=$build_os
-
-# A sed program that does not truncate output.
-SED=$lt_SED
-
-# Sed that helps us avoid accidentally triggering echo(1) options like -n.
-Xsed="\$SED -e 1s/^X//"
-
-# A grep program that handles long lines.
-GREP=$lt_GREP
-
-# An ERE matcher.
-EGREP=$lt_EGREP
-
-# A literal string matcher.
-FGREP=$lt_FGREP
-
-# A BSD- or MS-compatible name lister.
-NM=$lt_NM
-
-# Whether we need soft or hard links.
-LN_S=$lt_LN_S
-
-# What is the maximum length of a command?
-max_cmd_len=$max_cmd_len
-
-# Object file suffix (normally "o").
-objext=$ac_objext
-
-# Executable file suffix (normally "").
-exeext=$exeext
-
-# whether the shell understands "unset".
-lt_unset=$lt_unset
-
-# turn spaces into newlines.
-SP2NL=$lt_lt_SP2NL
-
-# turn newlines into spaces.
-NL2SP=$lt_lt_NL2SP
-
-# How to create reloadable object files.
-reload_flag=$lt_reload_flag
-reload_cmds=$lt_reload_cmds
-
-# Method to check whether dependent libraries are shared objects.
-deplibs_check_method=$lt_deplibs_check_method
-
-# Command to use when deplibs_check_method == "file_magic".
-file_magic_cmd=$lt_file_magic_cmd
-
-# The archiver.
-AR=$lt_AR
-AR_FLAGS=$lt_AR_FLAGS
-
-# A symbol stripping program.
-STRIP=$lt_STRIP
-
-# Commands used to install an old-style archive.
-RANLIB=$lt_RANLIB
-old_postinstall_cmds=$lt_old_postinstall_cmds
-old_postuninstall_cmds=$lt_old_postuninstall_cmds
-
-# A C compiler.
-LTCC=$lt_CC
-
-# LTCC compiler flags.
-LTCFLAGS=$lt_CFLAGS
-
-# Take the output of nm and produce a listing of raw symbols and C names.
-global_symbol_pipe=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe
-
-# Transform the output of nm in a proper C declaration.
-global_symbol_to_cdecl=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl
-
-# Transform the output of nm in a C name address pair.
-global_symbol_to_c_name_address=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address
-
-# Transform the output of nm in a C name address pair when lib prefix is needed.
-global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix
-
-# The name of the directory that contains temporary libtool files.
-objdir=$objdir
-
-# Shell to use when invoking shell scripts.
-SHELL=$lt_SHELL
-
-# An echo program that does not interpret backslashes.
-ECHO=$lt_ECHO
-
-# Used to examine libraries when file_magic_cmd begins with "file".
-MAGIC_CMD=$MAGIC_CMD
-
-# Must we lock files when doing compilation?
-need_locks=$lt_need_locks
-
-# Tool to manipulate archived DWARF debug symbol files on Mac OS X.
-DSYMUTIL=$lt_DSYMUTIL
-
-# Tool to change global to local symbols on Mac OS X.
-NMEDIT=$lt_NMEDIT
-
-# Tool to manipulate fat objects and archives on Mac OS X.
-LIPO=$lt_LIPO
-
-# ldd/readelf like tool for Mach-O binaries on Mac OS X.
-OTOOL=$lt_OTOOL
-
-# ldd/readelf like tool for 64 bit Mach-O binaries on Mac OS X 10.4.
-OTOOL64=$lt_OTOOL64
-
-# Old archive suffix (normally "a").
-libext=$libext
-
-# Shared library suffix (normally ".so").
-shrext_cmds=$lt_shrext_cmds
-
-# The commands to extract the exported symbol list from a shared archive.
-extract_expsyms_cmds=$lt_extract_expsyms_cmds
-
-# Variables whose values should be saved in libtool wrapper scripts and
-# restored at link time.
-variables_saved_for_relink=$lt_variables_saved_for_relink
-
-# Do we need the "lib" prefix for modules?
-need_lib_prefix=$need_lib_prefix
-
-# Do we need a version for libraries?
-need_version=$need_version
-
-# Library versioning type.
-version_type=$version_type
-
-# Shared library runtime path variable.
-runpath_var=$runpath_var
-
-# Shared library path variable.
-shlibpath_var=$shlibpath_var
-
-# Is shlibpath searched before the hard-coded library search path?
-shlibpath_overrides_runpath=$shlibpath_overrides_runpath
-
-# Format of library name prefix.
-libname_spec=$lt_libname_spec
-
-# List of archive names.  First name is the real one, the rest are links.
-# The last name is the one that the linker finds with -lNAME
-library_names_spec=$lt_library_names_spec
-
-# The coded name of the library, if different from the real name.
-soname_spec=$lt_soname_spec
-
-# Command to use after installation of a shared archive.
-postinstall_cmds=$lt_postinstall_cmds
-
-# Command to use after uninstallation of a shared archive.
-postuninstall_cmds=$lt_postuninstall_cmds
-
-# Commands used to finish a libtool library installation in a directory.
-finish_cmds=$lt_finish_cmds
-
-# As "finish_cmds", except a single script fragment to be evaled but
-# not shown.
-finish_eval=$lt_finish_eval
-
-# Whether we should hardcode library paths into libraries.
-hardcode_into_libs=$hardcode_into_libs
-
-# Compile-time system search path for libraries.
-sys_lib_search_path_spec=$lt_sys_lib_search_path_spec
-
-# Run-time system search path for libraries.
-sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$lt_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec
-
-# Whether dlopen is supported.
-dlopen_support=$enable_dlopen
-
-# Whether dlopen of programs is supported.
-dlopen_self=$enable_dlopen_self
-
-# Whether dlopen of statically linked programs is supported.
-dlopen_self_static=$enable_dlopen_self_static
-
-# Commands to strip libraries.
-old_striplib=$lt_old_striplib
-striplib=$lt_striplib
-
-
-# The linker used to build libraries.
-LD=$lt_LD
-
-# Commands used to build an old-style archive.
-old_archive_cmds=$lt_old_archive_cmds
-
-# A language specific compiler.
-CC=$lt_compiler
-
-# Is the compiler the GNU compiler?
-with_gcc=$GCC
-
-# Compiler flag to turn off builtin functions.
-no_builtin_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag
-
-# How to pass a linker flag through the compiler.
-wl=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_wl
-
-# Additional compiler flags for building library objects.
-pic_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_pic
-
-# Compiler flag to prevent dynamic linking.
-link_static_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_static
-
-# Does compiler simultaneously support -c and -o options?
-compiler_c_o=$lt_lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o
-
-# Whether or not to add -lc for building shared libraries.
-build_libtool_need_lc=$archive_cmds_need_lc
-
-# Whether or not to disallow shared libs when runtime libs are static.
-allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes=$enable_shared_with_static_runtimes
-
-# Compiler flag to allow reflexive dlopens.
-export_dynamic_flag_spec=$lt_export_dynamic_flag_spec
-
-# Compiler flag to generate shared objects directly from archives.
-whole_archive_flag_spec=$lt_whole_archive_flag_spec
-
-# Whether the compiler copes with passing no objects directly.
-compiler_needs_object=$lt_compiler_needs_object
-
-# Create an old-style archive from a shared archive.
-old_archive_from_new_cmds=$lt_old_archive_from_new_cmds
-
-# Create a temporary old-style archive to link instead of a shared archive.
-old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds=$lt_old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds
-
-# Commands used to build a shared archive.
-archive_cmds=$lt_archive_cmds
-archive_expsym_cmds=$lt_archive_expsym_cmds
-
-# Commands used to build a loadable module if different from building
-# a shared archive.
-module_cmds=$lt_module_cmds
-module_expsym_cmds=$lt_module_expsym_cmds
-
-# Whether we are building with GNU ld or not.
-with_gnu_ld=$lt_with_gnu_ld
-
-# Flag that allows shared libraries with undefined symbols to be built.
-allow_undefined_flag=$lt_allow_undefined_flag
-
-# Flag that enforces no undefined symbols.
-no_undefined_flag=$lt_no_undefined_flag
-
-# Flag to hardcode \$libdir into a binary during linking.
-# This must work even if \$libdir does not exist
-hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=$lt_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec
-
-# If ld is used when linking, flag to hardcode \$libdir into a binary
-# during linking.  This must work even if \$libdir does not exist.
-hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld=$lt_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld
-
-# Whether we need a single "-rpath" flag with a separated argument.
-hardcode_libdir_separator=$lt_hardcode_libdir_separator
-
-# Set to "yes" if using DIR/libNAME\${shared_ext} during linking hardcodes
-# DIR into the resulting binary.
-hardcode_direct=$hardcode_direct
-
-# Set to "yes" if using DIR/libNAME\${shared_ext} during linking hardcodes
-# DIR into the resulting binary and the resulting library dependency is
-# "absolute",i.e impossible to change by setting \${shlibpath_var} if the
-# library is relocated.
-hardcode_direct_absolute=$hardcode_direct_absolute
-
-# Set to "yes" if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR
-# into the resulting binary.
-hardcode_minus_L=$hardcode_minus_L
-
-# Set to "yes" if using SHLIBPATH_VAR=DIR during linking hardcodes DIR
-# into the resulting binary.
-hardcode_shlibpath_var=$hardcode_shlibpath_var
-
-# Set to "yes" if building a shared library automatically hardcodes DIR
-# into the library and all subsequent libraries and executables linked
-# against it.
-hardcode_automatic=$hardcode_automatic
-
-# Set to yes if linker adds runtime paths of dependent libraries
-# to runtime path list.
-inherit_rpath=$inherit_rpath
-
-# Whether libtool must link a program against all its dependency libraries.
-link_all_deplibs=$link_all_deplibs
-
-# Fix the shell variable \$srcfile for the compiler.
-fix_srcfile_path=$lt_fix_srcfile_path
-
-# Set to "yes" if exported symbols are required.
-always_export_symbols=$always_export_symbols
-
-# The commands to list exported symbols.
-export_symbols_cmds=$lt_export_symbols_cmds
-
-# Symbols that should not be listed in the preloaded symbols.
-exclude_expsyms=$lt_exclude_expsyms
-
-# Symbols that must always be exported.
-include_expsyms=$lt_include_expsyms
-
-# Commands necessary for linking programs (against libraries) with templates.
-prelink_cmds=$lt_prelink_cmds
-
-# Specify filename containing input files.
-file_list_spec=$lt_file_list_spec
-
-# How to hardcode a shared library path into an executable.
-hardcode_action=$hardcode_action
-
-# ### END LIBTOOL CONFIG
-
-_LT_EOF
-
-  case $host_os in
-  aix3*)
-    cat <<\_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile"
-# AIX sometimes has problems with the GCC collect2 program.  For some
-# reason, if we set the COLLECT_NAMES environment variable, the problems
-# vanish in a puff of smoke.
-if test "X${COLLECT_NAMES+set}" != Xset; then
-  COLLECT_NAMES=
-  export COLLECT_NAMES
-fi
-_LT_EOF
-    ;;
-  esac
-
-
-ltmain="$ac_aux_dir/ltmain.sh"
-
-
-  # We use sed instead of cat because bash on DJGPP gets confused if
-  # if finds mixed CR/LF and LF-only lines.  Since sed operates in
-  # text mode, it properly converts lines to CR/LF.  This bash problem
-  # is reportedly fixed, but why not run on old versions too?
-  sed '/^# Generated shell functions inserted here/q' "$ltmain" >> "$cfgfile" \
-    || (rm -f "$cfgfile"; exit 1)
-
-  case $xsi_shell in
-  yes)
-    cat << \_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile"
-
-# func_dirname file append nondir_replacement
-# Compute the dirname of FILE.  If nonempty, add APPEND to the result,
-# otherwise set result to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT.
-func_dirname ()
-{
-  case ${1} in
-    */*) func_dirname_result="${1%/*}${2}" ;;
-    *  ) func_dirname_result="${3}" ;;
-  esac
-}
-
-# func_basename file
-func_basename ()
-{
-  func_basename_result="${1##*/}"
-}
-
-# func_dirname_and_basename file append nondir_replacement
-# perform func_basename and func_dirname in a single function
-# call:
-#   dirname:  Compute the dirname of FILE.  If nonempty,
-#             add APPEND to the result, otherwise set result
-#             to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT.
-#             value returned in "$func_dirname_result"
-#   basename: Compute filename of FILE.
-#             value retuned in "$func_basename_result"
-# Implementation must be kept synchronized with func_dirname
-# and func_basename. For efficiency, we do not delegate to
-# those functions but instead duplicate the functionality here.
-func_dirname_and_basename ()
-{
-  case ${1} in
-    */*) func_dirname_result="${1%/*}${2}" ;;
-    *  ) func_dirname_result="${3}" ;;
-  esac
-  func_basename_result="${1##*/}"
-}
-
-# func_stripname prefix suffix name
-# strip PREFIX and SUFFIX off of NAME.
-# PREFIX and SUFFIX must not contain globbing or regex special
-# characters, hashes, percent signs, but SUFFIX may contain a leading
-# dot (in which case that matches only a dot).
-func_stripname ()
-{
-  # pdksh 5.2.14 does not do ${X%$Y} correctly if both X and Y are
-  # positional parameters, so assign one to ordinary parameter first.
-  func_stripname_result=${3}
-  func_stripname_result=${func_stripname_result#"${1}"}
-  func_stripname_result=${func_stripname_result%"${2}"}
-}
-
-# func_opt_split
-func_opt_split ()
-{
-  func_opt_split_opt=${1%%=*}
-  func_opt_split_arg=${1#*=}
-}
-
-# func_lo2o object
-func_lo2o ()
-{
-  case ${1} in
-    *.lo) func_lo2o_result=${1%.lo}.${objext} ;;
-    *)    func_lo2o_result=${1} ;;
-  esac
-}
-
-# func_xform libobj-or-source
-func_xform ()
-{
-  func_xform_result=${1%.*}.lo
-}
-
-# func_arith arithmetic-term...
-func_arith ()
-{
-  func_arith_result=$(( $* ))
-}
-
-# func_len string
-# STRING may not start with a hyphen.
-func_len ()
-{
-  func_len_result=${#1}
-}
-
-_LT_EOF
-    ;;
-  *) # Bourne compatible functions.
-    cat << \_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile"
-
-# func_dirname file append nondir_replacement
-# Compute the dirname of FILE.  If nonempty, add APPEND to the result,
-# otherwise set result to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT.
-func_dirname ()
-{
-  # Extract subdirectory from the argument.
-  func_dirname_result=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$dirname"`
-  if test "X$func_dirname_result" = "X${1}"; then
-    func_dirname_result="${3}"
-  else
-    func_dirname_result="$func_dirname_result${2}"
-  fi
-}
-
-# func_basename file
-func_basename ()
-{
-  func_basename_result=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$basename"`
-}
-
-
-# func_stripname prefix suffix name
-# strip PREFIX and SUFFIX off of NAME.
-# PREFIX and SUFFIX must not contain globbing or regex special
-# characters, hashes, percent signs, but SUFFIX may contain a leading
-# dot (in which case that matches only a dot).
-# func_strip_suffix prefix name
-func_stripname ()
-{
-  case ${2} in
-    .*) func_stripname_result=`$ECHO "X${3}" \
-           | $Xsed -e "s%^${1}%%" -e "s%\\\\${2}\$%%"`;;
-    *)  func_stripname_result=`$ECHO "X${3}" \
-           | $Xsed -e "s%^${1}%%" -e "s%${2}\$%%"`;;
-  esac
-}
-
-# sed scripts:
-my_sed_long_opt='1s/^\(-[^=]*\)=.*/\1/;q'
-my_sed_long_arg='1s/^-[^=]*=//'
-
-# func_opt_split
-func_opt_split ()
-{
-  func_opt_split_opt=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$my_sed_long_opt"`
-  func_opt_split_arg=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$my_sed_long_arg"`
-}
-
-# func_lo2o object
-func_lo2o ()
-{
-  func_lo2o_result=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"`
-}
-
-# func_xform libobj-or-source
-func_xform ()
-{
-  func_xform_result=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.lo/'`
-}
-
-# func_arith arithmetic-term...
-func_arith ()
-{
-  func_arith_result=`expr "$@"`
-}
-
-# func_len string
-# STRING may not start with a hyphen.
-func_len ()
-{
-  func_len_result=`expr "$1" : ".*" 2>/dev/null || echo $max_cmd_len`
-}
-
-_LT_EOF
-esac
-
-case $lt_shell_append in
-  yes)
-    cat << \_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile"
-
-# func_append var value
-# Append VALUE to the end of shell variable VAR.
-func_append ()
-{
-  eval "$1+=\$2"
-}
-_LT_EOF
-    ;;
-  *)
-    cat << \_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile"
-
-# func_append var value
-# Append VALUE to the end of shell variable VAR.
-func_append ()
-{
-  eval "$1=\$$1\$2"
-}
-
-_LT_EOF
-    ;;
-  esac
-
-
-  sed -n '/^# Generated shell functions inserted here/,$p' "$ltmain" >> "$cfgfile" \
-    || (rm -f "$cfgfile"; exit 1)
-
-  mv -f "$cfgfile" "$ofile" ||
-    (rm -f "$ofile" && cp "$cfgfile" "$ofile" && rm -f "$cfgfile")
-  chmod +x "$ofile"
-
- ;;
-    "ftconfig.h":H) mv ftconfig.h ftconfig.tmp
-   sed 's|/undef|#undef|' < ftconfig.tmp > ftconfig.h
-   rm ftconfig.tmp ;;
-
-  esac
-done # for ac_tag
-
-
-{ (exit 0); exit 0; }
-_ACEOF
-chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS
-ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save
-
-test $ac_write_fail = 0 ||
-  { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: write failure creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: error: write failure creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-
-
-# configure is writing to config.log, and then calls config.status.
-# config.status does its own redirection, appending to config.log.
-# Unfortunately, on DOS this fails, as config.log is still kept open
-# by configure, so config.status won't be able to write to it; its
-# output is simply discarded.  So we exec the FD to /dev/null,
-# effectively closing config.log, so it can be properly (re)opened and
-# appended to by config.status.  When coming back to configure, we
-# need to make the FD available again.
-if test "$no_create" != yes; then
-  ac_cs_success=:
-  ac_config_status_args=
-  test "$silent" = yes &&
-    ac_config_status_args="$ac_config_status_args --quiet"
-  exec 5>/dev/null
-  $SHELL $CONFIG_STATUS $ac_config_status_args || ac_cs_success=false
-  exec 5>>config.log
-  # Use ||, not &&, to avoid exiting from the if with $? = 1, which
-  # would make configure fail if this is the last instruction.
-  $ac_cs_success || { (exit 1); exit 1; }
-fi
-if test -n "$ac_unrecognized_opts" && test "$enable_option_checking" != no; then
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: Unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: Unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&2;}
-fi
-
-
-# end of configure.raw
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/configure.ac b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/configure.ac
deleted file mode 100644
index ca8f92d..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/configure.ac
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,540 +0,0 @@
-# This file is part of the FreeType project.
-#
-# Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
-#
-# Copyright 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-AC_INIT([FreeType], [2.3.6], [freetype@nongnu.org], [freetype])
-AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([ftconfig.in])
-
-
-# Don't forget to update docs/VERSION.DLL!
-
-version_info='9:17:3'
-AC_SUBST([version_info])
-ft_version=`echo $version_info | tr : .`
-AC_SUBST([ft_version])
-
-
-# checks for system type
-
-AC_CANONICAL_BUILD
-AC_CANONICAL_HOST
-AC_CANONICAL_TARGET
-
-
-# checks for programs
-
-AC_PROG_CC
-AC_PROG_CPP
-AC_SUBST(EXEEXT)
-
-
-# checks for native programs to generate building tool
-
-if test ${cross_compiling} = yes; then
-  AC_CHECK_PROG(CC_BUILD, ${build}-gcc, ${build}-gcc)
-  test -z "${CC_BUILD}" && AC_CHECK_PROG(CC_BUILD, gcc, gcc)
-  test -z "${CC_BUILD}" && AC_CHECK_PROG(CC_BUILD, cc, cc, , , /usr/ucb/cc)
-  test -z "${CC_BUILD}" && AC_MSG_ERROR([cannot find native C compiler])
-
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for suffix of native executables])
-  rm -f a.* b.* a_out.exe conftest.*
-  echo > conftest.c "int main() { return 0;}"
-  ${CC_BUILD} conftest.c || AC_MSG_ERROR([native C compiler is not working])
-  rm -f conftest.c
-  if test -x a.out -o -x b.out -o -x conftest; then
-    EXEEXT_BUILD=""
-  elif test -x a_out.exe -o -x conftest.exe; then
-    EXEEXT_BUILD=".exe"
-  elif test -x conftest.* ; then
-    EXEEXT_BUILD=`echo conftest.* | sed -n '1s/^.*\.//g'`
-  fi
-  AC_MSG_RESULT($EXEEXT_BUILD)
-else
-  CC_BUILD=${CC}
-  EXEEXT_BUILD=${EXEEXT}
-fi
-
-
-if test ! -z ${EXEEXT_BUILD}; then
-  EXEEXT_BUILD=."${EXEEXT_BUILD}"
-fi
-AC_SUBST(CC_BUILD)
-AC_SUBST(EXEEXT_BUILD)
-
-
-
-# get compiler flags right
-
-if test "x$CC" = xgcc; then
-  XX_CFLAGS="-Wall"
-  XX_ANSIFLAGS="-pedantic -ansi"
-else
-  case "$host" in
-  *-dec-osf*)
-    CFLAGS=
-    XX_CFLAGS="-std1 -g3"
-    XX_ANSIFLAGS=
-    ;;
-  *)
-    XX_CFLAGS=
-    XX_ANSIFLAGS=
-    ;;
-  esac
-fi
-AC_SUBST([XX_CFLAGS])
-AC_SUBST([XX_ANSIFLAGS])
-
-
-# auxiliary programs
-
-AC_CHECK_PROG([RMF], [rm], [rm -f])
-AC_CHECK_PROG([RMDIR], [rmdir], [rmdir])
-
-
-# Since this file will be finally moved to another directory we make
-# the path of the install script absolute.  This small code snippet has
-# been taken from automake's `ylwrap' script.
-
-AC_PROG_INSTALL
-case "$INSTALL" in
-/*)
-  ;;
-*/*)
-  INSTALL="`pwd`/$INSTALL" ;;
-esac
-
-
-# checks for header files
-
-AC_HEADER_STDC
-AC_CHECK_HEADERS([fcntl.h unistd.h])
-
-
-# checks for typedefs, structures, and compiler characteristics
-
-AC_C_CONST
-AC_CHECK_SIZEOF([int])
-AC_CHECK_SIZEOF([long])
-
-
-# checks for library functions
-
-# Here we check whether we can use our mmap file component.
-
-AC_FUNC_MMAP
-if test "$ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped" != yes; then
-  FTSYS_SRC='$(BASE_DIR)/ftsystem.c'
-else
-  FTSYS_SRC='$(BUILD_DIR)/ftsystem.c'
-
-  AC_CHECK_DECLS([munmap],
-    [],
-    [],
-    [
-
-#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
-#include 
-#endif
-#include 
-
-    ])
-
-  FT_MUNMAP_PARAM
-fi
-AC_SUBST([FTSYS_SRC])
-
-AC_CHECK_FUNCS([memcpy memmove])
-
-
-# Check for system zlib
-
-# don't quote AS_HELP_STRING!
-AC_ARG_WITH([zlib],
-  AS_HELP_STRING([--without-zlib],
-                 [use internal zlib instead of system-wide]))
-if test x$with_zlib != xno && test -z "$LIBZ"; then
-  AC_CHECK_LIB([z], [gzsetparams], [AC_CHECK_HEADER([zlib.h], [LIBZ='-lz'])])
-fi
-if test x$with_zlib != xno && test -n "$LIBZ"; then
-  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DFT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB"
-  LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $LIBZ"
-  SYSTEM_ZLIB=yes
-fi
-
-
-# Whether to use Mac OS resource-based fonts.
-
-# don't quote AS_HELP_STRING!
-AC_ARG_WITH([old-mac-fonts],
-  AS_HELP_STRING([--with-old-mac-fonts],
-                 [allow Mac resource-based fonts to be used]))
-if test x$with_old_mac_fonts = xyes; then
-  orig_LDFLAGS="${LDFLAGS}"
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING([CoreServices & ApplicationServices of Mac OS X])
-  FT2_EXTRA_LIBS="-Wl,-framework,CoreServices -Wl,-framework,ApplicationServices"
-  LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $FT2_EXTRA_LIBS"
-  AC_LINK_IFELSE([
-    AC_LANG_PROGRAM([
-
-#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__APPLE_CC__)
-# include 
-# include 
-#else
-# include 
-# include 
-#endif
-
-      ],
-      [
-
-        short res = 0;
-
-
-        UseResFile( res );
-
-      ])],
-    [AC_MSG_RESULT([ok])
-     AC_MSG_CHECKING([OS_INLINE macro is ANSI compatible])
-     orig_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
-     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $XX_CFLAGS $XX_ANSIFLAGS"
-     AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([
-       AC_LANG_PROGRAM([
-
-#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__APPLE_CC__)
-# include 
-# include 
-#else
-# include 
-# include 
-#endif
-
-         ],
-         [
-
-           /* OSHostByteOrder() is typed as OS_INLINE */
-           int32_t  os_byte_order = OSHostByteOrder();
-
-
-           if ( OSBigEndian != os_byte_order )
-             return 1;
-
-         ])],
-       [AC_MSG_RESULT([ok])
-        CFLAGS="$orig_CFLAGS"
-        CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_ANSI_OS_INLINE=1"
-       ],
-       [AC_MSG_RESULT([no, ANSI incompatible])
-        CFLAGS="$orig_CFLAGS"
-       ])],
-    [AC_MSG_RESULT([not found])
-     LDFLAGS="${orig_LDFLAGS}"
-     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DDARWIN_NO_CARBON"])
-else
-  case x$target_os in
-  xdarwin*)
-    dnl AC_MSG_WARN([target system is MacOS but configured to build without Carbon])
-    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DDARWIN_NO_CARBON"
-    ;;
-  *) ;;
-  esac
-fi
-
-
-# Whether to use FileManager which is deprecated since Mac OS X 10.4.
-
-AC_ARG_WITH([fsspec],
-  AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fsspec],
-                 [use obsolete FSSpec API of MacOS, if available (default=yes)]))
-if test x$with_fsspec = xno; then
-  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_FSSPEC=0"
-elif test x$with_old_mac_fonts = xyes -a x$with_fsspec != x; then
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING([FSSpec-based FileManager])
-  AC_LINK_IFELSE([
-    AC_LANG_PROGRAM([
-
-#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__APPLE_CC__)
-# include 
-# include 
-#else
-# include 
-# include 
-#endif
-
-      ],
-      [
-
-        FCBPBPtr          paramBlock;
-        short             vRefNum;
-        long              dirID;
-        ConstStr255Param  fileName;
-        FSSpec*           spec;
-
-
-        /* FSSpec functions: deprecated since Mac OS X 10.4 */
-        PBGetFCBInfoSync( paramBlock );
-        FSMakeFSSpec( vRefNum, dirID, fileName, spec );
-
-      ])],
-    [AC_MSG_RESULT([ok])
-     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_FSSPEC=1"],
-    [AC_MSG_RESULT([not found])
-     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_FSSPEC=0"])
-fi
-
-
-# Whether to use FileManager in Carbon since MacOS 9.x.
-
-AC_ARG_WITH([fsref],
-  AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fsref],
-                 [use Carbon FSRef API of MacOS, if available (default=yes)]))
-if test x$with_fsref = xno; then
-  AC_MSG_WARN([
-*** WARNING
-    FreeType2 built without FSRef API cannot load
-    data-fork fonts on MacOS, except of XXX.dfont.
-    ])
-  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_FSREF=0"
-elif test x$with_old_mac_fonts = xyes -a x$with_fsref != x; then
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING([FSRef-based FileManager])
-  AC_LINK_IFELSE([
-    AC_LANG_PROGRAM([
-
-#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__APPLE_CC__)
-# include 
-# include 
-#else
-# include 
-# include 
-#endif
-
-      ],
-      [
-
-        short                vRefNum;
-        long                 dirID;
-        ConstStr255Param     fileName;
-
-        Boolean*             isDirectory;
-        UInt8*               path;
-        SInt16               desiredRefNum;
-        SInt16*              iterator;
-        SInt16*              actualRefNum;
-        HFSUniStr255*        outForkName;
-        FSVolumeRefNum       volume;
-        FSCatalogInfoBitmap  whichInfo;
-        FSCatalogInfo*       catalogInfo;
-        FSForkInfo*          forkInfo;
-        FSRef*               ref;
-
-#if HAVE_FSSPEC
-        FSSpec*              spec;
-#endif
-
-        /* FSRef functions: no need to check? */
-        FSGetForkCBInfo( desiredRefNum, volume, iterator,
-                         actualRefNum, forkInfo, ref,
-                         outForkName );
-        FSPathMakeRef( path, ref, isDirectory );
-
-#if HAVE_FSSPEC
-        FSpMakeFSRef ( spec, ref );
-        FSGetCatalogInfo( ref, whichInfo, catalogInfo,
-                          outForkName, spec, ref );
-#endif
-      ])],
-    [AC_MSG_RESULT([ok])
-     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_FSREF=1"],
-    [AC_MSG_RESULT([not found])
-     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_FSREF=0"])
-fi
-
-
-# Whether to use QuickDraw API in ToolBox which is deprecated since
-# Mac OS X 10.4.
-
-AC_ARG_WITH([quickdraw-toolbox],
-  AS_HELP_STRING([--with-quickdraw-toolbox],
-                 [use MacOS QuickDraw in ToolBox, if available (default=yes)]))
-if test x$with_quickdraw_toolbox = xno; then
-  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_QUICKDRAW_TOOLBOX=0"
-elif test x$with_old_mac_fonts = xyes -a x$with_quickdraw_toolbox != x; then
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING([QuickDraw FontManager functions in ToolBox])
-  AC_LINK_IFELSE([
-    AC_LANG_PROGRAM([
-
-#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__APPLE_CC__)
-# include 
-# include 
-#else
-# include 
-# include 
-#endif
-
-      ],
-      [
-
-        Str255     familyName;
-        SInt16     familyID   = 0;
-        FMInput*   fmIn       = NULL;
-        FMOutput*  fmOut      = NULL;
-
-
-        GetFontName( familyID, familyName );
-        GetFNum( familyName, &familyID );
-        fmOut = FMSwapFont( fmIn );
-
-      ])],
-    [AC_MSG_RESULT([ok])
-     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_QUICKDRAW_TOOLBOX=1"],
-    [AC_MSG_RESULT([not found])
-     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_QUICKDRAW_TOOLBOX=0"])
-fi
-
-
-# Whether to use QuickDraw API in Carbon which is deprecated since
-# Mac OS X 10.4.
-
-AC_ARG_WITH([quickdraw-carbon],
-  AS_HELP_STRING([--with-quickdraw-carbon],
-                 [use MacOS QuickDraw in Carbon, if available (default=yes)]))
-if test x$with_quickdraw_carbon = xno; then
-  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_QUICKDRAW_CARBON=0"
-elif test x$with_old_mac_fonts = xyes -a x$with_quickdraw_carbon != x; then
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING([QuickDraw FontManager functions in Carbon])
-  AC_LINK_IFELSE([
-    AC_LANG_PROGRAM([
-
-#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__APPLE_CC__)
-# include 
-# include 
-#else
-# include 
-# include 
-#endif
-
-      ],
-      [
-
-        FMFontFamilyIterator          famIter;
-        FMFontFamily                  family;
-        Str255                        famNameStr;
-        FMFontFamilyInstanceIterator  instIter;
-        FMFontStyle                   style;
-        FMFontSize                    size;
-        FMFont                        font;
-        FSSpec*                       pathSpec;
-
-
-        FMCreateFontFamilyIterator( NULL, NULL, kFMUseGlobalScopeOption,
-                                    &famIter );
-        FMGetNextFontFamily( &famIter, &family );
-        FMGetFontFamilyName( family, famNameStr );
-        FMCreateFontFamilyInstanceIterator( family, &instIter );
-        FMGetNextFontFamilyInstance( &instIter, &font, &style, &size );
-        FMDisposeFontFamilyInstanceIterator( &instIter );
-        FMDisposeFontFamilyIterator( &famIter );
-        FMGetFontContainer( font, pathSpec );
-
-      ])],
-    [AC_MSG_RESULT([ok])
-     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_QUICKDRAW_CARBON=1"],
-    [AC_MSG_RESULT([not found])
-     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_QUICKDRAW_CARBON=0"])
-fi
-
-
-# Whether to use AppleTypeService since Mac OS X.
-
-# don't quote AS_HELP_STRING!
-AC_ARG_WITH([ats],
-  AS_HELP_STRING([--with-ats],
-                 [use AppleTypeService, if available (default=yes)]))
-if test x$with_ats = xno; then
-  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_ATS=0"
-elif test x$with_old_mac_fonts = xyes -a x$with_ats != x ; then
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING([AppleTypeService functions])
-  AC_LINK_IFELSE([
-    AC_LANG_PROGRAM([
-
-#include 
-
-      ],
-      [
-
-        FSSpec*  pathSpec;
-
-
-        ATSFontFindFromName( NULL, kATSOptionFlagsUnRestrictedScope );
-#if HAVE_FSSPEC
-        ATSFontGetFileSpecification( 0, pathSpec );
-#endif
-
-      ])],
-    [AC_MSG_RESULT([ok])
-     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_ATS=1"],
-    [AC_MSG_RESULT([not found])
-     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_ATS=0"])
-fi
-
-case "$CFLAGS" in
-  *HAVE_FSSPEC* | *HAVE_FSREF* | *HAVE_QUICKDRAW* | *HAVE_ATS* )
-    AC_MSG_WARN([
-*** WARNING
-    FSSpec/FSRef/QuickDraw/ATS options are explicitly given,
-    thus it is recommended to replace src/base/ftmac.c by builds/mac/ftmac.c.
-    ])
-    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS "'-I$(TOP_DIR)/builds/mac/'
-    ;;
-  *)
-    ;;
-esac
-
-
-AC_SUBST([LIBZ])
-AC_SUBST([CFLAGS])
-AC_SUBST([LDFLAGS])
-AC_SUBST([FT2_EXTRA_LIBS])
-AC_SUBST([SYSTEM_ZLIB])
-
-
-LT_INIT(win32-dll)
-
-AC_SUBST([hardcode_libdir_flag_spec])
-AC_SUBST([wl])
-AC_SUBST([build_libtool_libs])
-
-
-# configuration file -- stay in 8.3 limit
-#
-# since #undef doesn't survive in configuration header files we replace
-# `/undef' with `#undef' after creating the output file
-
-AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([ftconfig.h:ftconfig.in],
-  [mv ftconfig.h ftconfig.tmp
-   sed 's|/undef|#undef|' < ftconfig.tmp > ftconfig.h
-   rm ftconfig.tmp])
-
-# create the Unix-specific sub-Makefiles `builds/unix/unix-def.mk'
-# and `builds/unix/unix-cc.mk' that will be used by the build system
-#
-AC_CONFIG_FILES([unix-cc.mk:unix-cc.in
-                 unix-def.mk:unix-def.in
-                 freetype-config
-                 freetype2.pc:freetype2.in])
-
-# re-generate the Jamfile to use libtool now
-#
-# AC_CONFIG_FILES([../../Jamfile:../../Jamfile.in])
-
-AC_OUTPUT
-
-# end of configure.raw
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/configure.raw b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/configure.raw
deleted file mode 100644
index 26a63c7..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/configure.raw
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,540 +0,0 @@
-# This file is part of the FreeType project.
-#
-# Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
-#
-# Copyright 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-AC_INIT([FreeType], [@VERSION@], [freetype@nongnu.org], [freetype])
-AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([ftconfig.in])
-
-
-# Don't forget to update docs/VERSION.DLL!
-
-version_info='9:17:3'
-AC_SUBST([version_info])
-ft_version=`echo $version_info | tr : .`
-AC_SUBST([ft_version])
-
-
-# checks for system type
-
-AC_CANONICAL_BUILD
-AC_CANONICAL_HOST
-AC_CANONICAL_TARGET
-
-
-# checks for programs
-
-AC_PROG_CC
-AC_PROG_CPP
-AC_SUBST(EXEEXT)
-
-
-# checks for native programs to generate building tool
-
-if test ${cross_compiling} = yes; then
-  AC_CHECK_PROG(CC_BUILD, ${build}-gcc, ${build}-gcc)
-  test -z "${CC_BUILD}" && AC_CHECK_PROG(CC_BUILD, gcc, gcc)
-  test -z "${CC_BUILD}" && AC_CHECK_PROG(CC_BUILD, cc, cc, , , /usr/ucb/cc)
-  test -z "${CC_BUILD}" && AC_MSG_ERROR([cannot find native C compiler])
-
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for suffix of native executables])
-  rm -f a.* b.* a_out.exe conftest.*
-  echo > conftest.c "int main() { return 0;}"
-  ${CC_BUILD} conftest.c || AC_MSG_ERROR([native C compiler is not working])
-  rm -f conftest.c
-  if test -x a.out -o -x b.out -o -x conftest; then
-    EXEEXT_BUILD=""
-  elif test -x a_out.exe -o -x conftest.exe; then
-    EXEEXT_BUILD=".exe"
-  elif test -x conftest.* ; then
-    EXEEXT_BUILD=`echo conftest.* | sed -n '1s/^.*\.//g'`
-  fi
-  AC_MSG_RESULT($EXEEXT_BUILD)
-else
-  CC_BUILD=${CC}
-  EXEEXT_BUILD=${EXEEXT}
-fi
-
-
-if test ! -z ${EXEEXT_BUILD}; then
-  EXEEXT_BUILD=."${EXEEXT_BUILD}"
-fi
-AC_SUBST(CC_BUILD)
-AC_SUBST(EXEEXT_BUILD)
-
-
-
-# get compiler flags right
-
-if test "x$CC" = xgcc; then
-  XX_CFLAGS="-Wall"
-  XX_ANSIFLAGS="-pedantic -ansi"
-else
-  case "$host" in
-  *-dec-osf*)
-    CFLAGS=
-    XX_CFLAGS="-std1 -g3"
-    XX_ANSIFLAGS=
-    ;;
-  *)
-    XX_CFLAGS=
-    XX_ANSIFLAGS=
-    ;;
-  esac
-fi
-AC_SUBST([XX_CFLAGS])
-AC_SUBST([XX_ANSIFLAGS])
-
-
-# auxiliary programs
-
-AC_CHECK_PROG([RMF], [rm], [rm -f])
-AC_CHECK_PROG([RMDIR], [rmdir], [rmdir])
-
-
-# Since this file will be finally moved to another directory we make
-# the path of the install script absolute.  This small code snippet has
-# been taken from automake's `ylwrap' script.
-
-AC_PROG_INSTALL
-case "$INSTALL" in
-/*)
-  ;;
-*/*)
-  INSTALL="`pwd`/$INSTALL" ;;
-esac
-
-
-# checks for header files
-
-AC_HEADER_STDC
-AC_CHECK_HEADERS([fcntl.h unistd.h])
-
-
-# checks for typedefs, structures, and compiler characteristics
-
-AC_C_CONST
-AC_CHECK_SIZEOF([int])
-AC_CHECK_SIZEOF([long])
-
-
-# checks for library functions
-
-# Here we check whether we can use our mmap file component.
-
-AC_FUNC_MMAP
-if test "$ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped" != yes; then
-  FTSYS_SRC='$(BASE_DIR)/ftsystem.c'
-else
-  FTSYS_SRC='$(BUILD_DIR)/ftsystem.c'
-
-  AC_CHECK_DECLS([munmap],
-    [],
-    [],
-    [
-
-#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
-#include 
-#endif
-#include 
-
-    ])
-
-  FT_MUNMAP_PARAM
-fi
-AC_SUBST([FTSYS_SRC])
-
-AC_CHECK_FUNCS([memcpy memmove])
-
-
-# Check for system zlib
-
-# don't quote AS_HELP_STRING!
-AC_ARG_WITH([zlib],
-  AS_HELP_STRING([--without-zlib],
-                 [use internal zlib instead of system-wide]))
-if test x$with_zlib != xno && test -z "$LIBZ"; then
-  AC_CHECK_LIB([z], [gzsetparams], [AC_CHECK_HEADER([zlib.h], [LIBZ='-lz'])])
-fi
-if test x$with_zlib != xno && test -n "$LIBZ"; then
-  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DFT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB"
-  LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $LIBZ"
-  SYSTEM_ZLIB=yes
-fi
-
-
-# Whether to use Mac OS resource-based fonts.
-
-# don't quote AS_HELP_STRING!
-AC_ARG_WITH([old-mac-fonts],
-  AS_HELP_STRING([--with-old-mac-fonts],
-                 [allow Mac resource-based fonts to be used]))
-if test x$with_old_mac_fonts = xyes; then
-  orig_LDFLAGS="${LDFLAGS}"
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING([CoreServices & ApplicationServices of Mac OS X])
-  FT2_EXTRA_LIBS="-Wl,-framework,CoreServices -Wl,-framework,ApplicationServices"
-  LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $FT2_EXTRA_LIBS"
-  AC_LINK_IFELSE([
-    AC_LANG_PROGRAM([
-
-#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__APPLE_CC__)
-# include 
-# include 
-#else
-# include 
-# include 
-#endif
-
-      ],
-      [
-
-        short res = 0;
-
-
-        UseResFile( res );
-
-      ])],
-    [AC_MSG_RESULT([ok])
-     AC_MSG_CHECKING([OS_INLINE macro is ANSI compatible])
-     orig_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
-     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $XX_CFLAGS $XX_ANSIFLAGS"
-     AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([
-       AC_LANG_PROGRAM([
-
-#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__APPLE_CC__)
-# include 
-# include 
-#else
-# include 
-# include 
-#endif
-
-         ],
-         [
-
-           /* OSHostByteOrder() is typed as OS_INLINE */
-           int32_t  os_byte_order = OSHostByteOrder();
-
-
-           if ( OSBigEndian != os_byte_order )
-             return 1;
-
-         ])],
-       [AC_MSG_RESULT([ok])
-        CFLAGS="$orig_CFLAGS"
-        CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_ANSI_OS_INLINE=1"
-       ],
-       [AC_MSG_RESULT([no, ANSI incompatible])
-        CFLAGS="$orig_CFLAGS"
-       ])],
-    [AC_MSG_RESULT([not found])
-     LDFLAGS="${orig_LDFLAGS}"
-     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DDARWIN_NO_CARBON"])
-else
-  case x$target_os in
-  xdarwin*)
-    dnl AC_MSG_WARN([target system is MacOS but configured to build without Carbon])
-    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DDARWIN_NO_CARBON"
-    ;;
-  *) ;;
-  esac
-fi
-
-
-# Whether to use FileManager which is deprecated since Mac OS X 10.4.
-
-AC_ARG_WITH([fsspec],
-  AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fsspec],
-                 [use obsolete FSSpec API of MacOS, if available (default=yes)]))
-if test x$with_fsspec = xno; then
-  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_FSSPEC=0"
-elif test x$with_old_mac_fonts = xyes -a x$with_fsspec != x; then
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING([FSSpec-based FileManager])
-  AC_LINK_IFELSE([
-    AC_LANG_PROGRAM([
-
-#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__APPLE_CC__)
-# include 
-# include 
-#else
-# include 
-# include 
-#endif
-
-      ],
-      [
-
-        FCBPBPtr          paramBlock;
-        short             vRefNum;
-        long              dirID;
-        ConstStr255Param  fileName;
-        FSSpec*           spec;
-
-
-        /* FSSpec functions: deprecated since Mac OS X 10.4 */
-        PBGetFCBInfoSync( paramBlock );
-        FSMakeFSSpec( vRefNum, dirID, fileName, spec );
-
-      ])],
-    [AC_MSG_RESULT([ok])
-     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_FSSPEC=1"],
-    [AC_MSG_RESULT([not found])
-     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_FSSPEC=0"])
-fi
-
-
-# Whether to use FileManager in Carbon since MacOS 9.x.
-
-AC_ARG_WITH([fsref],
-  AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fsref],
-                 [use Carbon FSRef API of MacOS, if available (default=yes)]))
-if test x$with_fsref = xno; then
-  AC_MSG_WARN([
-*** WARNING
-    FreeType2 built without FSRef API cannot load
-    data-fork fonts on MacOS, except of XXX.dfont.
-    ])
-  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_FSREF=0"
-elif test x$with_old_mac_fonts = xyes -a x$with_fsref != x; then
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING([FSRef-based FileManager])
-  AC_LINK_IFELSE([
-    AC_LANG_PROGRAM([
-
-#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__APPLE_CC__)
-# include 
-# include 
-#else
-# include 
-# include 
-#endif
-
-      ],
-      [
-
-        short                vRefNum;
-        long                 dirID;
-        ConstStr255Param     fileName;
-
-        Boolean*             isDirectory;
-        UInt8*               path;
-        SInt16               desiredRefNum;
-        SInt16*              iterator;
-        SInt16*              actualRefNum;
-        HFSUniStr255*        outForkName;
-        FSVolumeRefNum       volume;
-        FSCatalogInfoBitmap  whichInfo;
-        FSCatalogInfo*       catalogInfo;
-        FSForkInfo*          forkInfo;
-        FSRef*               ref;
-
-#if HAVE_FSSPEC
-        FSSpec*              spec;
-#endif
-
-        /* FSRef functions: no need to check? */
-        FSGetForkCBInfo( desiredRefNum, volume, iterator,
-                         actualRefNum, forkInfo, ref,
-                         outForkName );
-        FSPathMakeRef( path, ref, isDirectory );
-
-#if HAVE_FSSPEC
-        FSpMakeFSRef ( spec, ref );
-        FSGetCatalogInfo( ref, whichInfo, catalogInfo,
-                          outForkName, spec, ref );
-#endif
-      ])],
-    [AC_MSG_RESULT([ok])
-     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_FSREF=1"],
-    [AC_MSG_RESULT([not found])
-     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_FSREF=0"])
-fi
-
-
-# Whether to use QuickDraw API in ToolBox which is deprecated since
-# Mac OS X 10.4.
-
-AC_ARG_WITH([quickdraw-toolbox],
-  AS_HELP_STRING([--with-quickdraw-toolbox],
-                 [use MacOS QuickDraw in ToolBox, if available (default=yes)]))
-if test x$with_quickdraw_toolbox = xno; then
-  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_QUICKDRAW_TOOLBOX=0"
-elif test x$with_old_mac_fonts = xyes -a x$with_quickdraw_toolbox != x; then
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING([QuickDraw FontManager functions in ToolBox])
-  AC_LINK_IFELSE([
-    AC_LANG_PROGRAM([
-
-#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__APPLE_CC__)
-# include 
-# include 
-#else
-# include 
-# include 
-#endif
-
-      ],
-      [
-
-        Str255     familyName;
-        SInt16     familyID   = 0;
-        FMInput*   fmIn       = NULL;
-        FMOutput*  fmOut      = NULL;
-
-
-        GetFontName( familyID, familyName );
-        GetFNum( familyName, &familyID );
-        fmOut = FMSwapFont( fmIn );
-
-      ])],
-    [AC_MSG_RESULT([ok])
-     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_QUICKDRAW_TOOLBOX=1"],
-    [AC_MSG_RESULT([not found])
-     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_QUICKDRAW_TOOLBOX=0"])
-fi
-
-
-# Whether to use QuickDraw API in Carbon which is deprecated since
-# Mac OS X 10.4.
-
-AC_ARG_WITH([quickdraw-carbon],
-  AS_HELP_STRING([--with-quickdraw-carbon],
-                 [use MacOS QuickDraw in Carbon, if available (default=yes)]))
-if test x$with_quickdraw_carbon = xno; then
-  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_QUICKDRAW_CARBON=0"
-elif test x$with_old_mac_fonts = xyes -a x$with_quickdraw_carbon != x; then
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING([QuickDraw FontManager functions in Carbon])
-  AC_LINK_IFELSE([
-    AC_LANG_PROGRAM([
-
-#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__APPLE_CC__)
-# include 
-# include 
-#else
-# include 
-# include 
-#endif
-
-      ],
-      [
-
-        FMFontFamilyIterator          famIter;
-        FMFontFamily                  family;
-        Str255                        famNameStr;
-        FMFontFamilyInstanceIterator  instIter;
-        FMFontStyle                   style;
-        FMFontSize                    size;
-        FMFont                        font;
-        FSSpec*                       pathSpec;
-
-
-        FMCreateFontFamilyIterator( NULL, NULL, kFMUseGlobalScopeOption,
-                                    &famIter );
-        FMGetNextFontFamily( &famIter, &family );
-        FMGetFontFamilyName( family, famNameStr );
-        FMCreateFontFamilyInstanceIterator( family, &instIter );
-        FMGetNextFontFamilyInstance( &instIter, &font, &style, &size );
-        FMDisposeFontFamilyInstanceIterator( &instIter );
-        FMDisposeFontFamilyIterator( &famIter );
-        FMGetFontContainer( font, pathSpec );
-
-      ])],
-    [AC_MSG_RESULT([ok])
-     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_QUICKDRAW_CARBON=1"],
-    [AC_MSG_RESULT([not found])
-     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_QUICKDRAW_CARBON=0"])
-fi
-
-
-# Whether to use AppleTypeService since Mac OS X.
-
-# don't quote AS_HELP_STRING!
-AC_ARG_WITH([ats],
-  AS_HELP_STRING([--with-ats],
-                 [use AppleTypeService, if available (default=yes)]))
-if test x$with_ats = xno; then
-  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_ATS=0"
-elif test x$with_old_mac_fonts = xyes -a x$with_ats != x ; then
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING([AppleTypeService functions])
-  AC_LINK_IFELSE([
-    AC_LANG_PROGRAM([
-
-#include 
-
-      ],
-      [
-
-        FSSpec*  pathSpec;
-
-
-        ATSFontFindFromName( NULL, kATSOptionFlagsUnRestrictedScope );
-#if HAVE_FSSPEC
-        ATSFontGetFileSpecification( 0, pathSpec );
-#endif
-
-      ])],
-    [AC_MSG_RESULT([ok])
-     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_ATS=1"],
-    [AC_MSG_RESULT([not found])
-     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_ATS=0"])
-fi
-
-case "$CFLAGS" in
-  *HAVE_FSSPEC* | *HAVE_FSREF* | *HAVE_QUICKDRAW* | *HAVE_ATS* )
-    AC_MSG_WARN([
-*** WARNING
-    FSSpec/FSRef/QuickDraw/ATS options are explicitly given,
-    thus it is recommended to replace src/base/ftmac.c by builds/mac/ftmac.c.
-    ])
-    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS "'-I$(TOP_DIR)/builds/mac/'
-    ;;
-  *)
-    ;;
-esac
-
-
-AC_SUBST([LIBZ])
-AC_SUBST([CFLAGS])
-AC_SUBST([LDFLAGS])
-AC_SUBST([FT2_EXTRA_LIBS])
-AC_SUBST([SYSTEM_ZLIB])
-
-
-LT_INIT(win32-dll)
-
-AC_SUBST([hardcode_libdir_flag_spec])
-AC_SUBST([wl])
-AC_SUBST([build_libtool_libs])
-
-
-# configuration file -- stay in 8.3 limit
-#
-# since #undef doesn't survive in configuration header files we replace
-# `/undef' with `#undef' after creating the output file
-
-AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([ftconfig.h:ftconfig.in],
-  [mv ftconfig.h ftconfig.tmp
-   sed 's|/undef|#undef|' < ftconfig.tmp > ftconfig.h
-   rm ftconfig.tmp])
-
-# create the Unix-specific sub-Makefiles `builds/unix/unix-def.mk'
-# and `builds/unix/unix-cc.mk' that will be used by the build system
-#
-AC_CONFIG_FILES([unix-cc.mk:unix-cc.in
-                 unix-def.mk:unix-def.in
-                 freetype-config
-                 freetype2.pc:freetype2.in])
-
-# re-generate the Jamfile to use libtool now
-#
-# AC_CONFIG_FILES([../../Jamfile:../../Jamfile.in])
-
-AC_OUTPUT
-
-# end of configure.raw
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/detect.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/detect.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index e74af57..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/detect.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 configuration file to detect a UNIX host platform.
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-.PHONY: setup
-
-ifeq ($(PLATFORM),ansi)
-
-  # Note: this test is duplicated in "builds/toplevel.mk".
-  #
-  is_unix := $(strip $(wildcard /sbin/init) \
-                     $(wildcard /usr/sbin/init) \
-                     $(wildcard /hurd/auth))
-  ifneq ($(is_unix),)
-
-    PLATFORM := unix
-
-  endif # test is_unix
-endif # test PLATFORM ansi
-
-ifeq ($(PLATFORM),unix)
-  COPY   := cp
-  DELETE := rm -f
-  CAT    := cat
-
-  # If `devel' is the requested target, we use a special configuration
-  # file named `unix-dev.mk'.  It disables optimization and libtool.
-  #
-  ifneq ($(findstring devel,$(MAKECMDGOALS)),)
-    CONFIG_FILE := unix-dev.mk
-    CC          := gcc
-    devel: setup
-    .PHONY: devel
-  else
-
-    # If `lcc' is the requested target, we use a special configuration
-    # file named `unix-lcc.mk'.  It disables libtool for LCC.
-    #
-    ifneq ($(findstring lcc,$(MAKECMDGOALS)),)
-      CONFIG_FILE := unix-lcc.mk
-      CC          := lcc
-      lcc: setup
-      .PHONY: lcc
-    else
-
-      # If a Unix platform is detected, the configure script is called and
-      # `unix-def.mk' together with `unix-cc.mk' is created.
-      #
-      # Arguments to `configure' should be in the CFG variable.  Example:
-      #
-      #   make CFG="--prefix=/usr --disable-static"
-      #
-      # If you need to set CFLAGS or LDFLAGS, do it here also.
-      #
-      # Feel free to add support for other platform specific compilers in
-      # this directory (e.g. solaris.mk + changes here to detect the
-      # platform).
-      #
-      CONFIG_FILE := unix.mk
-      unix: setup
-      must_configure := 1
-      .PHONY: unix
-    endif
-  endif
-
-  have_Makefile := $(wildcard $(OBJ_DIR)/Makefile)
-
-      setup: std_setup
-  ifdef must_configure
-    ifneq ($(have_Makefile),)
-      # we are building FT2 not in the src tree
-	      $(TOP_DIR)/builds/unix/configure $(value CFG)
-    else
-	      cd builds/unix; ./configure $(value CFG)
-    endif
-  endif
-
-endif   # test PLATFORM unix
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/freetype-config.in b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/freetype-config.in
deleted file mode 100644
index a343522..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/freetype-config.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,157 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-#
-# Copyright 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-prefix=@prefix@
-exec_prefix=@exec_prefix@
-exec_prefix_set=no
-includedir=@includedir@
-libdir=@libdir@
-enable_shared=@build_libtool_libs@
-wl=@wl@
-hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='@hardcode_libdir_flag_spec@'
-
-usage()
-{
-  cat <&2
-fi
-
-while test $# -gt 0 ; do
-  case "$1" in
-  -*=*)
-    optarg=`echo "$1" | sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]*=//'`
-    ;;
-  *)
-    optarg=
-    ;;
-  esac
-
-  case $1 in
-  --prefix=*)
-    prefix=$optarg
-    local_prefix=yes
-    ;;
-  --prefix)
-    echo_prefix=yes
-    ;;
-  --exec-prefix=*)
-    exec_prefix=$optarg
-    exec_prefix_set=yes
-    local_prefix=yes
-    ;;
-  --exec-prefix)
-    echo_exec_prefix=yes
-    ;;
-  --version)
-    echo @ft_version@
-    exit 0
-    ;;
-  --ftversion)
-    major=`grep define @prefix@/include/freetype2/freetype/freetype.h \
-           | grep FREETYPE_MAJOR \
-           | sed 's/.*[ 	]\([0-9][0-9]*\).*/\1/'`
-    minor=`grep define @prefix@/include/freetype2/freetype/freetype.h \
-           | grep FREETYPE_MINOR \
-           | sed 's/.*[ 	]\([0-9][0-9]*\).*/\1/'`
-    patch=`grep define @prefix@/include/freetype2/freetype/freetype.h \
-           | grep FREETYPE_PATCH \
-           | sed 's/.*[ 	]\([0-9][0-9]*\).*/\1/'`
-    echo $major.$minor.$patch
-    exit 0
-    ;;
-  --cflags)
-    echo_cflags=yes
-    ;;
-  --libs)
-    echo_libs=yes
-    ;;
-  --libtool)
-    echo_libtool=yes
-    ;;
-  *)
-    usage 1 1>&2
-    ;;
-  esac
-  shift
-done
-
-if test "$local_prefix" = "yes" ; then
-  if test "$exec_prefix_set" != "yes" ; then
-    exec_prefix=$prefix
-  fi
-fi
-
-if test "$echo_prefix" = "yes" ; then
-  echo $prefix
-fi
-
-if test "$echo_exec_prefix" = "yes" ; then
-  echo $exec_prefix
-fi
-
-if test "$exec_prefix_set" = "yes" ; then
-  libdir=$exec_prefix/lib
-else
-  if test "$local_prefix" = "yes" ; then
-    includedir=$prefix/include
-    libdir=$prefix/lib
-  fi
-fi
-
-if test "$echo_cflags" = "yes" ; then
-  cflags="-I$includedir/freetype2"
-  if test "$includedir" != "/usr/include" ; then
-    echo $cflags -I$includedir
-  else
-    echo $cflags
-  fi
-fi
-
-if test "$echo_libs" = "yes" ; then
-  rpath=
-  if test "$enable_shared" = "yes" ; then
-    eval "rpath=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\""
-  fi
-  libs="-lfreetype @LIBZ@ @FT2_EXTRA_LIBS@"
-  if test "$libdir" != "/usr/lib" && test "$libdir" != "/usr/lib64"; then
-    echo -L$libdir $rpath $libs
-  else
-    echo $libs
-  fi
-fi
-
-if test "$echo_libtool" = "yes" ; then
-  convlib="libfreetype.la"
-  echo $libdir/$convlib
-fi
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/freetype2.in b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/freetype2.in
deleted file mode 100644
index 0d7aefa..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/freetype2.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-prefix=@prefix@
-exec_prefix=@exec_prefix@
-libdir=@libdir@
-includedir=@includedir@
-
-Name: FreeType 2
-Description: A free, high-quality, and portable font engine.
-Version: @ft_version@
-Requires:
-Libs: -L${libdir} -lfreetype @LIBZ@ @FT2_EXTRA_LIBS@
-Cflags: -I${includedir}/freetype2 -I${includedir}
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/freetype2.m4 b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/freetype2.m4
deleted file mode 100644
index d1da07d..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/freetype2.m4
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,192 +0,0 @@
-# Configure paths for FreeType2
-# Marcelo Magallon 2001-10-26, based on gtk.m4 by Owen Taylor
-#
-# Copyright 2001, 2003, 2007 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-#
-# As a special exception to the FreeType project license, this file may be
-# distributed as part of a program that contains a configuration script
-# generated by Autoconf, under the same distribution terms as the rest of
-# that program.
-#
-# serial 2
-
-# AC_CHECK_FT2([MINIMUM-VERSION [, ACTION-IF-FOUND [, ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND]]])
-# Test for FreeType 2, and define FT2_CFLAGS and FT2_LIBS.
-# MINIMUM-VERSION is what libtool reports; the default is `7.0.1' (this is
-# FreeType 2.0.4).
-#
-AC_DEFUN([AC_CHECK_FT2],
-  [# Get the cflags and libraries from the freetype-config script
-   #
-   AC_ARG_WITH([ft-prefix],
-     dnl don't quote AS_HELP_STRING!
-     AS_HELP_STRING([--with-ft-prefix=PREFIX],
-                    [Prefix where FreeType is installed (optional)]),
-     [ft_config_prefix="$withval"],
-     [ft_config_prefix=""])
-
-   AC_ARG_WITH([ft-exec-prefix],
-     dnl don't quote AS_HELP_STRING!
-     AS_HELP_STRING([--with-ft-exec-prefix=PREFIX],
-                    [Exec prefix where FreeType is installed (optional)]),
-     [ft_config_exec_prefix="$withval"],
-     [ft_config_exec_prefix=""])
-
-   AC_ARG_ENABLE([freetypetest],
-     dnl don't quote AS_HELP_STRING!
-     AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-freetypetest],
-                    [Do not try to compile and run a test FreeType program]),
-     [],
-     [enable_fttest=yes])
-
-   if test x$ft_config_exec_prefix != x ; then
-     ft_config_args="$ft_config_args --exec-prefix=$ft_config_exec_prefix"
-     if test x${FT2_CONFIG+set} != xset ; then
-       FT2_CONFIG=$ft_config_exec_prefix/bin/freetype-config
-     fi
-   fi
-
-   if test x$ft_config_prefix != x ; then
-     ft_config_args="$ft_config_args --prefix=$ft_config_prefix"
-     if test x${FT2_CONFIG+set} != xset ; then
-       FT2_CONFIG=$ft_config_prefix/bin/freetype-config
-     fi
-   fi
-
-   AC_PATH_PROG([FT2_CONFIG], [freetype-config], [no])
-
-   min_ft_version=m4_if([$1], [], [7.0.1], [$1])
-   AC_MSG_CHECKING([for FreeType -- version >= $min_ft_version])
-   no_ft=""
-   if test "$FT2_CONFIG" = "no" ; then
-     no_ft=yes
-   else
-     FT2_CFLAGS=`$FT2_CONFIG $ft_config_args --cflags`
-     FT2_LIBS=`$FT2_CONFIG $ft_config_args --libs`
-     ft_config_major_version=`$FT2_CONFIG $ft_config_args --version | \
-       sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\1/'`
-     ft_config_minor_version=`$FT2_CONFIG $ft_config_args --version | \
-       sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\2/'`
-     ft_config_micro_version=`$FT2_CONFIG $ft_config_args --version | \
-       sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\3/'`
-     ft_min_major_version=`echo $min_ft_version | \
-       sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\1/'`
-     ft_min_minor_version=`echo $min_ft_version | \
-       sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\2/'`
-     ft_min_micro_version=`echo $min_ft_version | \
-       sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\3/'`
-     if test x$enable_fttest = xyes ; then
-       ft_config_is_lt=""
-       if test $ft_config_major_version -lt $ft_min_major_version ; then
-         ft_config_is_lt=yes
-       else
-         if test $ft_config_major_version -eq $ft_min_major_version ; then
-           if test $ft_config_minor_version -lt $ft_min_minor_version ; then
-             ft_config_is_lt=yes
-           else
-             if test $ft_config_minor_version -eq $ft_min_minor_version ; then
-               if test $ft_config_micro_version -lt $ft_min_micro_version ; then
-                 ft_config_is_lt=yes
-               fi
-             fi
-           fi
-         fi
-       fi
-       if test x$ft_config_is_lt = xyes ; then
-         no_ft=yes
-       else
-         ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
-         ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
-         CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $FT2_CFLAGS"
-         LIBS="$FT2_LIBS $LIBS"
-
-         #
-         # Sanity checks for the results of freetype-config to some extent.
-         #
-         AC_RUN_IFELSE([
-             AC_LANG_SOURCE([[
-
-#include 
-#include FT_FREETYPE_H
-#include 
-#include 
-
-int
-main()
-{
-  FT_Library library;
-  FT_Error  error;
-
-  error = FT_Init_FreeType(&library);
-
-  if (error)
-    return 1;
-  else
-  {
-    FT_Done_FreeType(library);
-    return 0;
-  }
-}
-
-             ]])
-           ],
-           [],
-           [no_ft=yes],
-           [echo $ECHO_N "cross compiling; assuming OK... $ECHO_C"])
-
-         CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
-         LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
-       fi             # test $ft_config_version -lt $ft_min_version
-     fi               # test x$enable_fttest = xyes
-   fi                 # test "$FT2_CONFIG" = "no"
-
-   if test x$no_ft = x ; then
-     AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
-     m4_if([$2], [], [:], [$2])
-   else
-     AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
-     if test "$FT2_CONFIG" = "no" ; then
-       AC_MSG_WARN([
-
-  The freetype-config script installed by FreeType 2 could not be found.
-  If FreeType 2 was installed in PREFIX, make sure PREFIX/bin is in
-  your path, or set the FT2_CONFIG environment variable to the
-  full path to freetype-config.
-       ])
-     else
-       if test x$ft_config_is_lt = xyes ; then
-         AC_MSG_WARN([
-
-  Your installed version of the FreeType 2 library is too old.
-  If you have different versions of FreeType 2, make sure that
-  correct values for --with-ft-prefix or --with-ft-exec-prefix
-  are used, or set the FT2_CONFIG environment variable to the
-  full path to freetype-config.
-         ])
-       else
-         AC_MSG_WARN([
-
-  The FreeType test program failed to run.  If your system uses
-  shared libraries and they are installed outside the normal
-  system library path, make sure the variable LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-  (or whatever is appropriate for your system) is correctly set.
-         ])
-       fi
-     fi
-
-     FT2_CFLAGS=""
-     FT2_LIBS=""
-     m4_if([$3], [], [:], [$3])
-   fi
-
-   AC_SUBST([FT2_CFLAGS])
-   AC_SUBST([FT2_LIBS])])
-
-# end of freetype2.m4
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/ft-munmap.m4 b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/ft-munmap.m4
deleted file mode 100644
index 68b3361..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/ft-munmap.m4
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-## FreeType specific autoconf tests
-#
-# Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-# serial 2
-
-AC_DEFUN([FT_MUNMAP_PARAM],
-  [AC_MSG_CHECKING([for munmap's first parameter type])
-   AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([
-       AC_LANG_SOURCE([[
-
-#include 
-#include 
-int munmap(void *, size_t);
-
-       ]])
-     ],
-     [AC_MSG_RESULT([void *])
-      AC_DEFINE([MUNMAP_USES_VOIDP],
-        [],
-        [Define to 1 if the first argument of munmap is of type void *])],
-     [AC_MSG_RESULT([char *])])
-  ])
-
-# end of ft-munmap.m4
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/ft2unix.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/ft2unix.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 6a3b8d9..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/ft2unix.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ft2build.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Build macros of the FreeType 2 library.                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2003, 2006 by                                     */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This is a Unix-specific version of  that should be used   */
-  /* exclusively *after* installation of the library.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* It assumes that `/usr/local/include/freetype2' (or whatever is        */
-  /* returned by the `freetype-config --cflags' or `pkg-config --cflags'   */
-  /* command) is in your compilation include path.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* We don't need to do anything special in this release.  However, for   */
-  /* a future FreeType 2 release, the following installation changes will  */
-  /* be performed:                                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   - The contents of `freetype-2.x/include/freetype' will be installed */
-  /*     to `/usr/local/include/freetype2' instead of                      */
-  /*     `/usr/local/include/freetype2/freetype'.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   - This file will #include , instead    */
-  /*     of .                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   - The contents of `ftheader.h' will be processed with `sed' to      */
-  /*     replace all `' with `'.              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   - Adding `/usr/local/include/freetype2' to your compilation include */
-  /*     path will not be necessary anymore.                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* These changes will be transparent to client applications which use    */
-  /* freetype-config (or pkg-config).  No modifications will be necessary  */
-  /* to compile with the new scheme.                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __FT2_BUILD_UNIX_H__
-#define __FT2_BUILD_UNIX_H__
-
-  /* `/include/freetype2' must be in your current inclusion path */
-#include 
-
-#endif /* __FT2_BUILD_UNIX_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/ftconfig.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/ftconfig.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 2fca16c..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/ftconfig.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,262 +0,0 @@
-/* ftconfig.h.  Generated by configure.  */
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftconfig.in                                                            */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    UNIX-specific configuration file (specification only).               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2000, 2002 by                                           */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This header file contains a number of macro definitions that are used */
-  /* by the rest of the engine.  Most of the macros here are automatically */
-  /* determined at compile time, and you should not need to change it to   */
-  /* port FreeType, except to compile the library with a non-ANSI          */
-  /* compiler.                                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Note however that if some specific modifications are needed, we       */
-  /* advise you to place a modified copy in your build directory.          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The build directory is usually `freetype/builds/', and        */
-  /* contains system-specific files that are always included first when    */
-  /* building the library.                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __FTCONFIG_H__
-#define __FTCONFIG_H__
-
-#include 
-#include FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
-#include FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*               PLATFORM-SPECIFIC CONFIGURATION MACROS                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* These macros can be toggled to suit a specific system.  The current   */
-  /* ones are defaults used to compile FreeType in an ANSI C environment   */
-  /* (16bit compilers are also supported).  Copy this file to your own     */
-  /* `freetype/builds/' directory, and edit it to port the engine. */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-#define HAVE_UNISTD_H 1
-#define HAVE_FCNTL_H 1
-
-#define SIZEOF_INT 4
-#define SIZEOF_LONG 4
-
-#define FT_SIZEOF_INT   SIZEOF_INT
-#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG  SIZEOF_LONG
-
-
-  /* Preferred alignment of data */
-#define FT_ALIGNMENT  8
-
-
-  /* FT_UNUSED is a macro used to indicate that a given parameter is not  */
-  /* used -- this is only used to get rid of unpleasant compiler warnings */
-#ifndef FT_UNUSED
-#define FT_UNUSED( arg )  ( (arg) = (arg) )
-#endif
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                     AUTOMATIC CONFIGURATION MACROS                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* These macros are computed from the ones defined above.  Don't touch   */
-  /* their definition, unless you know precisely what you are doing.  No   */
-  /* porter should need to mess with them.                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* IntN types                                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   Used to guarantee the size of some specific integers.               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef signed short    FT_Int16;
-  typedef unsigned short  FT_UInt16;
-
-#if FT_SIZEOF_INT == 4
-
-  typedef signed int      FT_Int32;
-  typedef unsigned int    FT_UInt32;
-
-#elif FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 4
-
-  typedef signed long     FT_Int32;
-  typedef unsigned long   FT_UInt32;
-
-#else
-#error "no 32bit type found -- please check your configuration files"
-#endif
-
-#if FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 8
-
-  /* FT_LONG64 must be defined if a 64-bit type is available */
-#define FT_LONG64
-#define FT_INT64   long
-
-#else
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Many compilers provide the non-ANSI `long long' 64-bit type.  You can */
-  /* activate it by defining the FTCALC_USE_LONG_LONG macro in             */
-  /* `ftoption.h'.                                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Note that this will produce many -ansi warnings during library        */
-  /* compilation, and that in many cases,  the generated code will be      */
-  /* neither smaller nor faster!                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#ifdef FTCALC_USE_LONG_LONG
-
-#define FT_LONG64
-#define FT_INT64   long long
-
-#endif /* FTCALC_USE_LONG_LONG */
-#endif /* FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 8 */
-
-
-#ifdef FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT
-
-#define FT_LOCAL( x )      static  x
-#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x )  static  x
-
-#else
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-#define FT_LOCAL( x )      extern "C"  x
-#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x )  extern "C"  x
-#else
-#define FT_LOCAL( x )      extern  x
-#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x )  extern  x
-#endif
-
-#endif /* FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT */
-
-
-#ifndef FT_BASE
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-#define FT_BASE( x )  extern "C"  x
-#else
-#define FT_BASE( x )  extern  x
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !FT_BASE */
-
-
-#ifndef FT_BASE_DEF
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-#define FT_BASE_DEF( x )  extern "C"  x
-#else
-#define FT_BASE_DEF( x )  extern  x
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !FT_BASE_DEF */
-
-
-#ifndef FT_EXPORT
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-#define FT_EXPORT( x )  extern "C"  x
-#else
-#define FT_EXPORT( x )  extern  x
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !FT_EXPORT */
-
-
-#ifndef FT_EXPORT_DEF
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-#define FT_EXPORT_DEF( x )  extern "C"  x
-#else
-#define FT_EXPORT_DEF( x )  extern  x
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !FT_EXPORT_DEF */
-
-
-#ifndef FT_EXPORT_VAR
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-#define FT_EXPORT_VAR( x )  extern "C"  x
-#else
-#define FT_EXPORT_VAR( x )  extern  x
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !FT_EXPORT_VAR */
-
-  /* The following macros are needed to compile the library with a   */
-  /* C++ compiler and with 16bit compilers.                          */
-  /*                                                                 */
-
-  /* This is special.  Within C++, you must specify `extern "C"' for */
-  /* functions which are used via function pointers, and you also    */
-  /* must do that for structures which contain function pointers to  */
-  /* assure C linkage -- it's not possible to have (local) anonymous */
-  /* functions which are accessed by (global) function pointers.     */
-  /*                                                                 */
-  /*                                                                 */
-  /* FT_CALLBACK_DEF is used to _define_ a callback function.        */
-  /*                                                                 */
-  /* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE is used to _declare_ a constant variable that */
-  /* contains pointers to callback functions.                        */
-  /*                                                                 */
-  /* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF is used to _define_ a constant variable   */
-  /* that contains pointers to callback functions.                   */
-  /*                                                                 */
-  /*                                                                 */
-  /* Some 16bit compilers have to redefine these macros to insert    */
-  /* the infamous `_cdecl' or `__fastcall' declarations.             */
-  /*                                                                 */
-#ifndef FT_CALLBACK_DEF
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-#define FT_CALLBACK_DEF( x )  extern "C"  x
-#else
-#define FT_CALLBACK_DEF( x )  static  x
-#endif
-#endif /* FT_CALLBACK_DEF */
-
-#ifndef FT_CALLBACK_TABLE
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE      extern "C"
-#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF  extern "C"
-#else
-#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE      extern
-#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF  /* nothing */
-#endif
-#endif /* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE */
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __FTCONFIG_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/ftconfig.in b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/ftconfig.in
deleted file mode 100644
index 1a96264..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/ftconfig.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,349 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftconfig.in                                                            */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    UNIX-specific configuration file (specification only).               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2007 by                   */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This header file contains a number of macro definitions that are used */
-  /* by the rest of the engine.  Most of the macros here are automatically */
-  /* determined at compile time, and you should not need to change it to   */
-  /* port FreeType, except to compile the library with a non-ANSI          */
-  /* compiler.                                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Note however that if some specific modifications are needed, we       */
-  /* advise you to place a modified copy in your build directory.          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The build directory is usually `freetype/builds/', and        */
-  /* contains system-specific files that are always included first when    */
-  /* building the library.                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __FTCONFIG_H__
-#define __FTCONFIG_H__
-
-#include 
-#include FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
-#include FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*               PLATFORM-SPECIFIC CONFIGURATION MACROS                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* These macros can be toggled to suit a specific system.  The current   */
-  /* ones are defaults used to compile FreeType in an ANSI C environment   */
-  /* (16bit compilers are also supported).  Copy this file to your own     */
-  /* `freetype/builds/' directory, and edit it to port the engine. */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
-#undef HAVE_FCNTL_H
-
-#undef SIZEOF_INT
-#undef SIZEOF_LONG
-
-
-#define FT_SIZEOF_INT   SIZEOF_INT
-#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG  SIZEOF_LONG
-
-#define FT_CHAR_BIT  CHAR_BIT
-
-  /* Preferred alignment of data */
-#define FT_ALIGNMENT  8
-
-
-  /* FT_UNUSED is a macro used to indicate that a given parameter is not  */
-  /* used -- this is only used to get rid of unpleasant compiler warnings */
-#ifndef FT_UNUSED
-#define FT_UNUSED( arg )  ( (arg) = (arg) )
-#endif
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                     AUTOMATIC CONFIGURATION MACROS                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* These macros are computed from the ones defined above.  Don't touch   */
-  /* their definition, unless you know precisely what you are doing.  No   */
-  /* porter should need to mess with them.                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Mac support                                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   This is the only necessary change, so it is defined here instead    */
-  /*   providing a new configuration file.                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#if ( defined( __APPLE__ ) && !defined( DARWIN_NO_CARBON ) ) || \
-    ( defined( __MWERKS__ ) && defined( macintosh )        )
-  /* no Carbon frameworks for 64bit 10.4.x */
-#include "AvailabilityMacros.h"
-#if defined( __LP64__ ) && \
-    ( MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED <= MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_4 )
-#define DARWIN_NO_CARBON 1
-#else
-#define FT_MACINTOSH 1
-#endif
-#endif
-
-
-  /* Fix compiler warning with sgi compiler */
-#if defined( __sgi ) && !defined( __GNUC__ )
-#if defined( _COMPILER_VERSION ) && ( _COMPILER_VERSION >= 730 )
-#pragma set woff 3505
-#endif
-#endif
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* IntN types                                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   Used to guarantee the size of some specific integers.               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef signed short    FT_Int16;
-  typedef unsigned short  FT_UInt16;
-
-#if FT_SIZEOF_INT == 4
-
-  typedef signed int      FT_Int32;
-  typedef unsigned int    FT_UInt32;
-
-#elif FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 4
-
-  typedef signed long     FT_Int32;
-  typedef unsigned long   FT_UInt32;
-
-#else
-#error "no 32bit type found -- please check your configuration files"
-#endif
-
-
-  /* look up an integer type that is at least 32 bits */
-#if FT_SIZEOF_INT >= 4
-
-  typedef int            FT_Fast;
-  typedef unsigned int   FT_UFast;
-
-#elif FT_SIZEOF_LONG >= 4
-
-  typedef long           FT_Fast;
-  typedef unsigned long  FT_UFast;
-
-#endif
-
-
-  /* determine whether we have a 64-bit int type for platforms without */
-  /* Autoconf                                                          */
-#if FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 8
-
-  /* FT_LONG64 must be defined if a 64-bit type is available */
-#define FT_LONG64
-#define FT_INT64  long
-
-#elif defined( _MSC_VER ) && _MSC_VER >= 900  /* Visual C++ (and Intel C++) */
-
-  /* this compiler provides the __int64 type */
-#define FT_LONG64
-#define FT_INT64  __int64
-
-#elif defined( __BORLANDC__ )  /* Borland C++ */
-
-  /* XXXX: We should probably check the value of __BORLANDC__ in order */
-  /*       to test the compiler version.                               */
-
-  /* this compiler provides the __int64 type */
-#define FT_LONG64
-#define FT_INT64  __int64
-
-#elif defined( __WATCOMC__ )   /* Watcom C++ */
-
-  /* Watcom doesn't provide 64-bit data types */
-
-#elif defined( __MWERKS__ )    /* Metrowerks CodeWarrior */
-
-#define FT_LONG64
-#define FT_INT64  long long int
-
-#elif defined( __GNUC__ )
-
-  /* GCC provides the `long long' type */
-#define FT_LONG64
-#define FT_INT64  long long int
-
-#endif /* FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 8 */
-
-
-#define FT_BEGIN_STMNT  do {
-#define FT_END_STMNT    } while ( 0 )
-#define FT_DUMMY_STMNT  FT_BEGIN_STMNT FT_END_STMNT
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* A 64-bit data type will create compilation problems if you compile    */
-  /* in strict ANSI mode.  To avoid them, we disable their use if          */
-  /* __STDC__ is defined.  You can however ignore this rule by             */
-  /* defining the FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 configuration macro.        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#if defined( FT_LONG64 ) && !defined( FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 )
-
-#ifdef __STDC__
-
-  /* Undefine the 64-bit macros in strict ANSI compilation mode.  */
-  /* Since `#undef' doesn't survive in configuration header files */
-  /* we use the postprocessing facility of AC_CONFIG_HEADERS to   */
-  /* replace the leading `/' with `#'.                            */
-/undef FT_LONG64
-/undef FT_INT64
-
-#endif /* __STDC__ */
-
-#endif /* FT_LONG64 && !FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 */
-
-
-#ifdef FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT
-
-#define FT_LOCAL( x )      static  x
-#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x )  static  x
-
-#else
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-#define FT_LOCAL( x )      extern "C"  x
-#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x )  extern "C"  x
-#else
-#define FT_LOCAL( x )      extern  x
-#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x )  x
-#endif
-
-#endif /* FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT */
-
-
-#ifndef FT_BASE
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-#define FT_BASE( x )  extern "C"  x
-#else
-#define FT_BASE( x )  extern  x
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !FT_BASE */
-
-
-#ifndef FT_BASE_DEF
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-#define FT_BASE_DEF( x )  x
-#else
-#define FT_BASE_DEF( x )  x
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !FT_BASE_DEF */
-
-
-#ifndef FT_EXPORT
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-#define FT_EXPORT( x )  extern "C"  x
-#else
-#define FT_EXPORT( x )  extern  x
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !FT_EXPORT */
-
-
-#ifndef FT_EXPORT_DEF
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-#define FT_EXPORT_DEF( x )  extern "C"  x
-#else
-#define FT_EXPORT_DEF( x )  extern  x
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !FT_EXPORT_DEF */
-
-
-#ifndef FT_EXPORT_VAR
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-#define FT_EXPORT_VAR( x )  extern "C"  x
-#else
-#define FT_EXPORT_VAR( x )  extern  x
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !FT_EXPORT_VAR */
-
-  /* The following macros are needed to compile the library with a   */
-  /* C++ compiler and with 16bit compilers.                          */
-  /*                                                                 */
-
-  /* This is special.  Within C++, you must specify `extern "C"' for */
-  /* functions which are used via function pointers, and you also    */
-  /* must do that for structures which contain function pointers to  */
-  /* assure C linkage -- it's not possible to have (local) anonymous */
-  /* functions which are accessed by (global) function pointers.     */
-  /*                                                                 */
-  /*                                                                 */
-  /* FT_CALLBACK_DEF is used to _define_ a callback function.        */
-  /*                                                                 */
-  /* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE is used to _declare_ a constant variable that */
-  /* contains pointers to callback functions.                        */
-  /*                                                                 */
-  /* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF is used to _define_ a constant variable   */
-  /* that contains pointers to callback functions.                   */
-  /*                                                                 */
-  /*                                                                 */
-  /* Some 16bit compilers have to redefine these macros to insert    */
-  /* the infamous `_cdecl' or `__fastcall' declarations.             */
-  /*                                                                 */
-#ifndef FT_CALLBACK_DEF
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-#define FT_CALLBACK_DEF( x )  extern "C"  x
-#else
-#define FT_CALLBACK_DEF( x )  static  x
-#endif
-#endif /* FT_CALLBACK_DEF */
-
-#ifndef FT_CALLBACK_TABLE
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE      extern "C"
-#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF  extern "C"
-#else
-#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE      extern
-#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF  /* nothing */
-#endif
-#endif /* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE */
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-
-#endif /* __FTCONFIG_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/ftsystem.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/ftsystem.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 40fa8d0..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/ftsystem.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,421 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftsystem.c                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Unix-specific FreeType low-level system interface (body).            */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by                   */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include 
-  /* we use our special ftconfig.h file, not the standard one */
-#include 
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-#include FT_SYSTEM_H
-#include FT_ERRORS_H
-#include FT_TYPES_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
-
-  /* memory-mapping includes and definitions */
-#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
-#include 
-#endif
-
-#include 
-#ifndef MAP_FILE
-#define MAP_FILE  0x00
-#endif
-
-#ifdef MUNMAP_USES_VOIDP
-#define MUNMAP_ARG_CAST  void *
-#else
-#define MUNMAP_ARG_CAST  char *
-#endif
-
-#ifdef NEED_MUNMAP_DECL
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-  extern "C"
-#else
-  extern
-#endif
-  int
-  munmap( char*  addr,
-          int    len );
-
-#define MUNMAP_ARG_CAST  char *
-
-#endif /* NEED_DECLARATION_MUNMAP */
-
-
-#include 
-#include 
-
-#ifdef HAVE_FCNTL_H
-#include 
-#endif
-
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-
-#ifdef VXWORKS
-#include 
-#endif
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                       MEMORY MANAGEMENT INTERFACE                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    ft_alloc                                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    The memory allocation function.                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    memory :: A pointer to the memory object.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    size   :: The requested size in bytes.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    The address of newly allocated block.                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void* )
-  ft_alloc( FT_Memory  memory,
-            long       size )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( memory );
-
-    return malloc( size );
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    ft_realloc                                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    The memory reallocation function.                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    memory   :: A pointer to the memory object.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    cur_size :: The current size of the allocated memory block.        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    new_size :: The newly requested size in bytes.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    block    :: The current address of the block in memory.            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    The address of the reallocated memory block.                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void* )
-  ft_realloc( FT_Memory  memory,
-              long       cur_size,
-              long       new_size,
-              void*      block )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( memory );
-    FT_UNUSED( cur_size );
-
-    return realloc( block, new_size );
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    ft_free                                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    The memory release function.                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    memory :: A pointer to the memory object.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    block  :: The address of block in memory to be freed.              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
-  ft_free( FT_Memory  memory,
-           void*      block )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( memory );
-
-    free( block );
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                     RESOURCE MANAGEMENT INTERFACE                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_io
-
-  /* We use the macro STREAM_FILE for convenience to extract the       */
-  /* system-specific stream handle from a given FreeType stream object */
-#define STREAM_FILE( stream )  ( (FILE*)stream->descriptor.pointer )
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    ft_close_stream_by_munmap                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    The function to close a stream which is opened by mmap.            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    stream :: A pointer to the stream object.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
-  ft_close_stream_by_munmap( FT_Stream  stream )
-  {
-    munmap( (MUNMAP_ARG_CAST)stream->descriptor.pointer, stream->size );
-
-    stream->descriptor.pointer = NULL;
-    stream->size               = 0;
-    stream->base               = 0;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    ft_close_stream_by_free                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    The function to close a stream which is created by ft_alloc.       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    stream :: A pointer to the stream object.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
-  ft_close_stream_by_free( FT_Stream  stream )
-  {
-    ft_free( NULL, stream->descriptor.pointer );
-
-    stream->descriptor.pointer = NULL;
-    stream->size               = 0;
-    stream->base               = 0;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftobjs.h */
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Stream_Open( FT_Stream    stream,
-                  const char*  filepathname )
-  {
-    int          file;
-    struct stat  stat_buf;
-
-
-    if ( !stream )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Stream_Handle;
-
-    /* open the file */
-    file = open( filepathname, O_RDONLY, 0);
-    if ( file < 0 )
-    {
-      FT_ERROR(( "FT_Stream_Open:" ));
-      FT_ERROR(( " could not open `%s'\n", filepathname ));
-      return FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource;
-    }
-
-    /* Here we ensure that a "fork" will _not_ duplicate   */
-    /* our opened input streams on Unix.  This is critical */
-    /* since it avoids some (possible) access control      */
-    /* issues and cleans up the kernel file table a bit.   */
-    /*                                                     */
-#ifdef F_SETFD
-#ifdef FD_CLOEXEC
-    (void)fcntl( file, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC );
-#else
-    (void)fcntl( file, F_SETFD, 1 );
-#endif /* FD_CLOEXEC */
-#endif /* F_SETFD */
-
-    if ( fstat( file, &stat_buf ) < 0 )
-    {
-      FT_ERROR(( "FT_Stream_Open:" ));
-      FT_ERROR(( " could not `fstat' file `%s'\n", filepathname ));
-      goto Fail_Map;
-    }
-
-    /* XXX: TODO -- real 64bit platform support                        */
-    /*                                                                 */
-    /* `stream->size' is typedef'd to unsigned long (in                */
-    /* freetype/ftsystem.h); `stat_buf.st_size', however, is usually   */
-    /* typedef'd to off_t (in sys/stat.h).                             */
-    /* On some platforms, the former is 32bit and the latter is 64bit. */
-    /* To avoid overflow caused by fonts in huge files larger than     */
-    /* 2GB, do a test.  Temporary fix proposed by Sean McBride.        */
-    /*                                                                 */
-    if ( stat_buf.st_size > LONG_MAX )
-    {
-      FT_ERROR(( "FT_Stream_Open: file is too big" ));
-      goto Fail_Map;
-    }
-
-    /* This cast potentially truncates a 64bit to 32bit! */
-    stream->size = (unsigned long)stat_buf.st_size;
-    stream->pos  = 0;
-    stream->base = (unsigned char *)mmap( NULL,
-                                          stream->size,
-                                          PROT_READ,
-                                          MAP_FILE | MAP_PRIVATE,
-                                          file,
-                                          0 );
-
-    /* on some RTOS, mmap might return 0 */
-    if ( (long)stream->base != -1 && stream->base != NULL )
-      stream->close = ft_close_stream_by_munmap;
-    else
-    {
-      ssize_t  total_read_count;
-
-
-      FT_ERROR(( "FT_Stream_Open:" ));
-      FT_ERROR(( " could not `mmap' file `%s'\n", filepathname ));
-
-      stream->base = (unsigned char*)ft_alloc( NULL, stream->size );
-
-      if ( !stream->base )
-      {
-        FT_ERROR(( "FT_Stream_Open:" ));
-        FT_ERROR(( " could not `alloc' memory\n" ));
-        goto Fail_Map;
-      }
-
-      total_read_count = 0;
-      do {
-        ssize_t  read_count;
-
-
-        read_count = read( file,
-#ifndef VXWORKS
-                           stream->base + total_read_count,
-#else
-                           (char *) stream->base + total_read_count,
-#endif
-                           stream->size - total_read_count );
-
-        if ( read_count <= 0 )
-        {
-          if ( read_count == -1 && errno == EINTR )
-            continue;
-
-          FT_ERROR(( "FT_Stream_Open:" ));
-          FT_ERROR(( " error while `read'ing file `%s'\n", filepathname ));
-          goto Fail_Read;
-        }
-
-        total_read_count += read_count;
-
-      } while ( (unsigned long)total_read_count != stream->size );
-
-      stream->close = ft_close_stream_by_free;
-    }
-
-    close( file );
-
-    stream->descriptor.pointer = stream->base;
-    stream->pathname.pointer   = (char*)filepathname;
-
-    stream->read = 0;
-
-    FT_TRACE1(( "FT_Stream_Open:" ));
-    FT_TRACE1(( " opened `%s' (%d bytes) successfully\n",
-                filepathname, stream->size ));
-
-    return FT_Err_Ok;
-
-  Fail_Read:
-    ft_free( NULL, stream->base );
-
-  Fail_Map:
-    close( file );
-
-    stream->base = NULL;
-    stream->size = 0;
-    stream->pos  = 0;
-
-    return FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Stream;
-  }
-
-
-#ifdef FT_DEBUG_MEMORY
-
-  extern FT_Int
-  ft_mem_debug_init( FT_Memory  memory );
-
-  extern void
-  ft_mem_debug_done( FT_Memory  memory );
-
-#endif
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftobjs.h */
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Memory )
-  FT_New_Memory( void )
-  {
-    FT_Memory  memory;
-
-
-    memory = (FT_Memory)malloc( sizeof ( *memory ) );
-    if ( memory )
-    {
-      memory->user    = 0;
-      memory->alloc   = ft_alloc;
-      memory->realloc = ft_realloc;
-      memory->free    = ft_free;
-#ifdef FT_DEBUG_MEMORY
-      ft_mem_debug_init( memory );
-#endif
-    }
-
-    return memory;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftobjs.h */
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
-  FT_Done_Memory( FT_Memory  memory )
-  {
-#ifdef FT_DEBUG_MEMORY
-    ft_mem_debug_done( memory );
-#endif
-    memory->free( memory, memory );
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/install-sh b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/install-sh
deleted file mode 100755
index a5897de..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/install-sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,519 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/sh
-# install - install a program, script, or datafile
-
-scriptversion=2006-12-25.00
-
-# This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was
-# later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the
-# following copyright and license.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 1994 X Consortium
-#
-# Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-# of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to
-# deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the
-# rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
-# sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
-# furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
-#
-# The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-# all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-#
-# THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-# IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-# X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-# AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNEC-
-# TION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-#
-# Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
-# be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other deal-
-# ings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consor-
-# tium.
-#
-#
-# FSF changes to this file are in the public domain.
-#
-# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
-# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
-# when there is no Makefile.
-#
-# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
-# from scratch.
-
-nl='
-'
-IFS=" ""	$nl"
-
-# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script
-
-# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it.
-doit=${DOITPROG-}
-if test -z "$doit"; then
-  doit_exec=exec
-else
-  doit_exec=$doit
-fi
-
-# Put in absolute file names if you don't have them in your path;
-# or use environment vars.
-
-chgrpprog=${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}
-chmodprog=${CHMODPROG-chmod}
-chownprog=${CHOWNPROG-chown}
-cmpprog=${CMPPROG-cmp}
-cpprog=${CPPROG-cp}
-mkdirprog=${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}
-mvprog=${MVPROG-mv}
-rmprog=${RMPROG-rm}
-stripprog=${STRIPPROG-strip}
-
-posix_glob='?'
-initialize_posix_glob='
-  test "$posix_glob" != "?" || {
-    if (set -f) 2>/dev/null; then
-      posix_glob=
-    else
-      posix_glob=:
-    fi
-  }
-'
-
-posix_mkdir=
-
-# Desired mode of installed file.
-mode=0755
-
-chgrpcmd=
-chmodcmd=$chmodprog
-chowncmd=
-mvcmd=$mvprog
-rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
-stripcmd=
-
-src=
-dst=
-dir_arg=
-dst_arg=
-
-copy_on_change=false
-no_target_directory=
-
-usage="\
-Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [-T] SRCFILE DSTFILE
-   or: $0 [OPTION]... SRCFILES... DIRECTORY
-   or: $0 [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SRCFILES...
-   or: $0 [OPTION]... -d DIRECTORIES...
-
-In the 1st form, copy SRCFILE to DSTFILE.
-In the 2nd and 3rd, copy all SRCFILES to DIRECTORY.
-In the 4th, create DIRECTORIES.
-
-Options:
-     --help     display this help and exit.
-     --version  display version info and exit.
-
-  -c            (ignored)
-  -C            install only if different (preserve the last data modification time)
-  -d            create directories instead of installing files.
-  -g GROUP      $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP.
-  -m MODE       $chmodprog installed files to MODE.
-  -o USER       $chownprog installed files to USER.
-  -s            $stripprog installed files.
-  -t DIRECTORY  install into DIRECTORY.
-  -T            report an error if DSTFILE is a directory.
-
-Environment variables override the default commands:
-  CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CMPPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG
-  RMPROG STRIPPROG
-"
-
-while test $# -ne 0; do
-  case $1 in
-    -c) ;;
-
-    -C) copy_on_change=true;;
-
-    -d) dir_arg=true;;
-
-    -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
-	shift;;
-
-    --help) echo "$usage"; exit $?;;
-
-    -m) mode=$2
-	case $mode in
-	  *' '* | *'	'* | *'
-'*	  | *'*'* | *'?'* | *'['*)
-	    echo "$0: invalid mode: $mode" >&2
-	    exit 1;;
-	esac
-	shift;;
-
-    -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
-	shift;;
-
-    -s) stripcmd=$stripprog;;
-
-    -t) dst_arg=$2
-	shift;;
-
-    -T) no_target_directory=true;;
-
-    --version) echo "$0 $scriptversion"; exit $?;;
-
-    --)	shift
-	break;;
-
-    -*)	echo "$0: invalid option: $1" >&2
-	exit 1;;
-
-    *)  break;;
-  esac
-  shift
-done
-
-if test $# -ne 0 && test -z "$dir_arg$dst_arg"; then
-  # When -d is used, all remaining arguments are directories to create.
-  # When -t is used, the destination is already specified.
-  # Otherwise, the last argument is the destination.  Remove it from $@.
-  for arg
-  do
-    if test -n "$dst_arg"; then
-      # $@ is not empty: it contains at least $arg.
-      set fnord "$@" "$dst_arg"
-      shift # fnord
-    fi
-    shift # arg
-    dst_arg=$arg
-  done
-fi
-
-if test $# -eq 0; then
-  if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
-    echo "$0: no input file specified." >&2
-    exit 1
-  fi
-  # It's OK to call `install-sh -d' without argument.
-  # This can happen when creating conditional directories.
-  exit 0
-fi
-
-if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
-  trap '(exit $?); exit' 1 2 13 15
-
-  # Set umask so as not to create temps with too-generous modes.
-  # However, 'strip' requires both read and write access to temps.
-  case $mode in
-    # Optimize common cases.
-    *644) cp_umask=133;;
-    *755) cp_umask=22;;
-
-    *[0-7])
-      if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
-	u_plus_rw=
-      else
-	u_plus_rw='% 200'
-      fi
-      cp_umask=`expr '(' 777 - $mode % 1000 ')' $u_plus_rw`;;
-    *)
-      if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
-	u_plus_rw=
-      else
-	u_plus_rw=,u+rw
-      fi
-      cp_umask=$mode$u_plus_rw;;
-  esac
-fi
-
-for src
-do
-  # Protect names starting with `-'.
-  case $src in
-    -*) src=./$src;;
-  esac
-
-  if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
-    dst=$src
-    dstdir=$dst
-    test -d "$dstdir"
-    dstdir_status=$?
-  else
-
-    # Waiting for this to be detected by the "$cpprog $src $dsttmp" command
-    # might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad
-    # if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
-    if test ! -f "$src" && test ! -d "$src"; then
-      echo "$0: $src does not exist." >&2
-      exit 1
-    fi
-
-    if test -z "$dst_arg"; then
-      echo "$0: no destination specified." >&2
-      exit 1
-    fi
-
-    dst=$dst_arg
-    # Protect names starting with `-'.
-    case $dst in
-      -*) dst=./$dst;;
-    esac
-
-    # If destination is a directory, append the input filename; won't work
-    # if double slashes aren't ignored.
-    if test -d "$dst"; then
-      if test -n "$no_target_directory"; then
-	echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is a directory" >&2
-	exit 1
-      fi
-      dstdir=$dst
-      dst=$dstdir/`basename "$src"`
-      dstdir_status=0
-    else
-      # Prefer dirname, but fall back on a substitute if dirname fails.
-      dstdir=`
-	(dirname "$dst") 2>/dev/null ||
-	expr X"$dst" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
-	     X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
-	     X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
-	     X"$dst" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
-	echo X"$dst" |
-	    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
-		   s//\1/
-		   q
-		 }
-		 /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
-		   s//\1/
-		   q
-		 }
-		 /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
-		   s//\1/
-		   q
-		 }
-		 /^X\(\/\).*/{
-		   s//\1/
-		   q
-		 }
-		 s/.*/./; q'
-      `
-
-      test -d "$dstdir"
-      dstdir_status=$?
-    fi
-  fi
-
-  obsolete_mkdir_used=false
-
-  if test $dstdir_status != 0; then
-    case $posix_mkdir in
-      '')
-	# Create intermediate dirs using mode 755 as modified by the umask.
-	# This is like FreeBSD 'install' as of 1997-10-28.
-	umask=`umask`
-	case $stripcmd.$umask in
-	  # Optimize common cases.
-	  *[2367][2367]) mkdir_umask=$umask;;
-	  .*0[02][02] | .[02][02] | .[02]) mkdir_umask=22;;
-
-	  *[0-7])
-	    mkdir_umask=`expr $umask + 22 \
-	      - $umask % 100 % 40 + $umask % 20 \
-	      - $umask % 10 % 4 + $umask % 2
-	    `;;
-	  *) mkdir_umask=$umask,go-w;;
-	esac
-
-	# With -d, create the new directory with the user-specified mode.
-	# Otherwise, rely on $mkdir_umask.
-	if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
-	  mkdir_mode=-m$mode
-	else
-	  mkdir_mode=
-	fi
-
-	posix_mkdir=false
-	case $umask in
-	  *[123567][0-7][0-7])
-	    # POSIX mkdir -p sets u+wx bits regardless of umask, which
-	    # is incompatible with FreeBSD 'install' when (umask & 300) != 0.
-	    ;;
-	  *)
-	    tmpdir=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/ins$RANDOM-$$
-	    trap 'ret=$?; rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null; exit $ret' 0
-
-	    if (umask $mkdir_umask &&
-		exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$tmpdir/d") >/dev/null 2>&1
-	    then
-	      if test -z "$dir_arg" || {
-		   # Check for POSIX incompatibilities with -m.
-		   # HP-UX 11.23 and IRIX 6.5 mkdir -m -p sets group- or
-		   # other-writeable bit of parent directory when it shouldn't.
-		   # FreeBSD 6.1 mkdir -m -p sets mode of existing directory.
-		   ls_ld_tmpdir=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"`
-		   case $ls_ld_tmpdir in
-		     d????-?r-*) different_mode=700;;
-		     d????-?--*) different_mode=755;;
-		     *) false;;
-		   esac &&
-		   $mkdirprog -m$different_mode -p -- "$tmpdir" && {
-		     ls_ld_tmpdir_1=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"`
-		     test "$ls_ld_tmpdir" = "$ls_ld_tmpdir_1"
-		   }
-		 }
-	      then posix_mkdir=:
-	      fi
-	      rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir"
-	    else
-	      # Remove any dirs left behind by ancient mkdir implementations.
-	      rmdir ./$mkdir_mode ./-p ./-- 2>/dev/null
-	    fi
-	    trap '' 0;;
-	esac;;
-    esac
-
-    if
-      $posix_mkdir && (
-	umask $mkdir_umask &&
-	$doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir"
-      )
-    then :
-    else
-
-      # The umask is ridiculous, or mkdir does not conform to POSIX,
-      # or it failed possibly due to a race condition.  Create the
-      # directory the slow way, step by step, checking for races as we go.
-
-      case $dstdir in
-	/*) prefix='/';;
-	-*) prefix='./';;
-	*)  prefix='';;
-      esac
-
-      eval "$initialize_posix_glob"
-
-      oIFS=$IFS
-      IFS=/
-      $posix_glob set -f
-      set fnord $dstdir
-      shift
-      $posix_glob set +f
-      IFS=$oIFS
-
-      prefixes=
-
-      for d
-      do
-	test -z "$d" && continue
-
-	prefix=$prefix$d
-	if test -d "$prefix"; then
-	  prefixes=
-	else
-	  if $posix_mkdir; then
-	    (umask=$mkdir_umask &&
-	     $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir") && break
-	    # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
-	    test -d "$prefix" || exit 1
-	  else
-	    case $prefix in
-	      *\'*) qprefix=`echo "$prefix" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;;
-	      *) qprefix=$prefix;;
-	    esac
-	    prefixes="$prefixes '$qprefix'"
-	  fi
-	fi
-	prefix=$prefix/
-      done
-
-      if test -n "$prefixes"; then
-	# Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
-	(umask $mkdir_umask &&
-	 eval "\$doit_exec \$mkdirprog $prefixes") ||
-	  test -d "$dstdir" || exit 1
-	obsolete_mkdir_used=true
-      fi
-    fi
-  fi
-
-  if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
-    { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; } &&
-    { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; } &&
-    { test "$obsolete_mkdir_used$chowncmd$chgrpcmd" = false ||
-      test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dst"; } || exit 1
-  else
-
-    # Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory.
-    dsttmp=$dstdir/_inst.$$_
-    rmtmp=$dstdir/_rm.$$_
-
-    # Trap to clean up those temp files at exit.
-    trap 'ret=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $ret' 0
-
-    # Copy the file name to the temp name.
-    (umask $cp_umask && $doit_exec $cpprog "$src" "$dsttmp") &&
-
-    # and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits.
-    #
-    # If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing.  If we want to
-    # ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
-    # errors from the above "$doit $cpprog $src $dsttmp" command.
-    #
-    { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
-    { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
-    { test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
-    { test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dsttmp"; } &&
-
-    # If -C, don't bother to copy if it wouldn't change the file.
-    if $copy_on_change &&
-       old=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dst"	2>/dev/null` &&
-       new=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dsttmp"	2>/dev/null` &&
-
-       eval "$initialize_posix_glob" &&
-       $posix_glob set -f &&
-       set X $old && old=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
-       set X $new && new=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
-       $posix_glob set +f &&
-
-       test "$old" = "$new" &&
-       $cmpprog "$dst" "$dsttmp" >/dev/null 2>&1
-    then
-      rm -f "$dsttmp"
-    else
-      # Rename the file to the real destination.
-      $doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
-
-      # The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else
-      # to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not
-      # support -f.
-      {
-	# Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location.
-	# We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some
-	# systems and the destination file might be busy for other
-	# reasons.  In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new
-	# file should still install successfully.
-	{
-	  test ! -f "$dst" ||
-	  $doit $rmcmd -f "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
-	  { $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null &&
-	    { $doit $rmcmd -f "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null; :; }
-	  } ||
-	  { echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dst" >&2
-	    (exit 1); exit 1
-	  }
-	} &&
-
-	# Now rename the file to the real destination.
-	$doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dst"
-      }
-    fi || exit 1
-
-    trap '' 0
-  fi
-done
-
-# Local variables:
-# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
-# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
-# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
-# time-stamp-end: "$"
-# End:
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/install.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/install.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 2e5ef08..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/install.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,97 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 installation instructions for Unix systems
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2002, 2003, 2006 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-# If you say
-#
-#   make install DESTDIR=/tmp/somewhere/
-#
-# don't forget the final backslash (this command is mainly for package
-# maintainers).
-
-
-.PHONY: install uninstall check
-
-# Unix installation and deinstallation targets.
-#
-# Note that we no longer install internal headers, and we remove any
-# `internal' subdirectory found in `$(includedir)/freetype2/freetype'.
-#
-install: $(PROJECT_LIBRARY)
-	$(MKINSTALLDIRS) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)                               \
-                         $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/pkgconfig                     \
-                         $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/freetype2/freetype/config \
-                         $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/freetype2/freetype/cache  \
-                         $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)                               \
-                         $(DESTDIR)$(datadir)/aclocal
-	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=install $(INSTALL)                             \
-                                  $(PROJECT_LIBRARY) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)
-	-for P in $(PUBLIC_H) ; do                           \
-          $(INSTALL_DATA)                                    \
-            $$P $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/freetype2/freetype ; \
-        done
-	-for P in $(CONFIG_H) ; do                                  \
-          $(INSTALL_DATA)                                           \
-            $$P $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/freetype2/freetype/config ; \
-        done
-	-$(DELETE) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/freetype2/freetype/cache/*
-	-$(DELDIR) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/freetype2/freetype/cache
-	-$(DELETE) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/freetype2/freetype/internal/*
-	-$(DELDIR) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/freetype2/freetype/internal
-	$(INSTALL_DATA) $(BUILD_DIR)/ft2unix.h \
-          $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/ft2build.h
-	$(INSTALL_DATA) $(OBJ_BUILD)/ftconfig.h                        \
-          $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/freetype2/freetype/config/ftconfig.h
-	$(INSTALL_DATA) $(OBJ_DIR)/ftmodule.h                          \
-          $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/freetype2/freetype/config/ftmodule.h
-	$(INSTALL_SCRIPT) -m 755 $(OBJ_BUILD)/freetype-config \
-          $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/freetype-config
-	$(INSTALL_SCRIPT) -m 644 $(BUILD_DIR)/freetype2.m4 \
-          $(DESTDIR)$(datadir)/aclocal/freetype2.m4
-	$(INSTALL_SCRIPT) -m 644 $(OBJ_BUILD)/freetype2.pc \
-          $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/pkgconfig/freetype2.pc
-
-
-uninstall:
-	-$(LIBTOOL) --mode=uninstall $(RM) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/$(LIBRARY).$A
-	-$(DELETE) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/freetype2/freetype/config/*
-	-$(DELDIR) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/freetype2/freetype/config
-	-$(DELETE) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/freetype2/freetype/*
-	-$(DELDIR) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/freetype2/freetype
-	-$(DELDIR) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/freetype2
-	-$(DELETE) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/ft2build.h
-	-$(DELETE) $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/freetype-config
-	-$(DELETE) $(DESTDIR)$(datadir)/aclocal/freetype2.m4
-	-$(DELETE) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/pkgconfig/freetype2.pc
-
-
-check:
-	@echo There is no validation suite for this package.
-
-
-.PHONY: clean_project_unix distclean_project_unix
-
-# Unix cleaning and distclean rules.
-#
-clean_project_unix:
-	-$(DELETE) $(BASE_OBJECTS) $(OBJ_M) $(OBJ_S)
-	-$(DELETE) $(patsubst %.$O,%.$(SO),$(BASE_OBJECTS) $(OBJ_M) $(OBJ_S)) \
-                   $(CLEAN)
-
-distclean_project_unix: clean_project_unix
-	-$(DELETE) $(PROJECT_LIBRARY)
-	-$(DELETE) $(OBJ_DIR)/.libs/*
-	-$(DELDIR) $(OBJ_DIR)/.libs
-	-$(DELETE) *.orig *~ core *.core $(DISTCLEAN)
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/ltmain.sh b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/ltmain.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 174e492..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/ltmain.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7874 +0,0 @@
-# Generated from ltmain.m4sh.
-
-# ltmain.sh (GNU libtool) 2.2.4
-# Written by Gordon Matzigkeit , 1996
-
-# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-# This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO
-# warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-# GNU Libtool is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-# (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License,
-# if you distribute this file as part of a program or library that
-# is built using GNU Libtool, you may include this file under the
-# same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
-#
-# GNU Libtool is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with GNU Libtool; see the file COPYING.  If not, a copy
-# can be downloaded from http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html,
-# or obtained by writing to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
-# 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
-
-# Usage: $progname [OPTION]... [MODE-ARG]...
-#
-# Provide generalized library-building support services.
-#
-#     --config             show all configuration variables
-#     --debug              enable verbose shell tracing
-# -n, --dry-run            display commands without modifying any files
-#     --features           display basic configuration information and exit
-#     --mode=MODE          use operation mode MODE
-#     --preserve-dup-deps  don't remove duplicate dependency libraries
-#     --quiet, --silent    don't print informational messages
-#     --tag=TAG            use configuration variables from tag TAG
-# -v, --verbose            print informational messages (default)
-#     --version            print version information
-# -h, --help               print short or long help message
-#
-# MODE must be one of the following:
-#
-#       clean              remove files from the build directory
-#       compile            compile a source file into a libtool object
-#       execute            automatically set library path, then run a program
-#       finish             complete the installation of libtool libraries
-#       install            install libraries or executables
-#       link               create a library or an executable
-#       uninstall          remove libraries from an installed directory
-#
-# MODE-ARGS vary depending on the MODE.
-# Try `$progname --help --mode=MODE' for a more detailed description of MODE.
-#
-# When reporting a bug, please describe a test case to reproduce it and
-# include the following information:
-#
-#       host-triplet:	$host
-#       shell:		$SHELL
-#       compiler:		$LTCC
-#       compiler flags:		$LTCFLAGS
-#       linker:		$LD (gnu? $with_gnu_ld)
-#       $progname:		(GNU libtool) 2.2.4
-#       automake:		$automake_version
-#       autoconf:		$autoconf_version
-#
-# Report bugs to .
-
-PROGRAM=ltmain.sh
-PACKAGE=libtool
-VERSION=2.2.4
-TIMESTAMP=""
-package_revision=1.2976
-
-# Be Bourne compatible
-if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-  emulate sh
-  NULLCMD=:
-  # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
-  # is contrary to our usage.  Disable this feature.
-  alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
-  setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
-else
-  case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in *posix*) set -o posix;; esac
-fi
-BIN_SH=xpg4; export BIN_SH # for Tru64
-DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh
-
-# NLS nuisances: We save the old values to restore during execute mode.
-# Only set LANG and LC_ALL to C if already set.
-# These must not be set unconditionally because not all systems understand
-# e.g. LANG=C (notably SCO).
-lt_user_locale=
-lt_safe_locale=
-for lt_var in LANG LANGUAGE LC_ALL LC_CTYPE LC_COLLATE LC_MESSAGES
-do
-  eval "if test \"\${$lt_var+set}\" = set; then
-          save_$lt_var=\$$lt_var
-          $lt_var=C
-	  export $lt_var
-	  lt_user_locale=\"$lt_var=\\\$save_\$lt_var; \$lt_user_locale\"
-	  lt_safe_locale=\"$lt_var=C; \$lt_safe_locale\"
-	fi"
-done
-
-$lt_unset CDPATH
-
-
-
-
-
-: ${CP="cp -f"}
-: ${ECHO="echo"}
-: ${EGREP="/usr/bin/grep -E"}
-: ${FGREP="/usr/bin/grep -F"}
-: ${GREP="/usr/bin/grep"}
-: ${LN_S="ln -s"}
-: ${MAKE="make"}
-: ${MKDIR="mkdir"}
-: ${MV="mv -f"}
-: ${RM="rm -f"}
-: ${SED="/opt/local/bin/gsed"}
-: ${SHELL="${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}"}
-: ${Xsed="$SED -e 1s/^X//"}
-
-# Global variables:
-EXIT_SUCCESS=0
-EXIT_FAILURE=1
-EXIT_MISMATCH=63  # $? = 63 is used to indicate version mismatch to missing.
-EXIT_SKIP=77	  # $? = 77 is used to indicate a skipped test to automake.
-
-exit_status=$EXIT_SUCCESS
-
-# Make sure IFS has a sensible default
-lt_nl='
-'
-IFS=" 	$lt_nl"
-
-dirname="s,/[^/]*$,,"
-basename="s,^.*/,,"
-
-# func_dirname_and_basename file append nondir_replacement
-# perform func_basename and func_dirname in a single function
-# call:
-#   dirname:  Compute the dirname of FILE.  If nonempty,
-#             add APPEND to the result, otherwise set result
-#             to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT.
-#             value returned in "$func_dirname_result"
-#   basename: Compute filename of FILE.
-#             value retuned in "$func_basename_result"
-# Implementation must be kept synchronized with func_dirname
-# and func_basename. For efficiency, we do not delegate to
-# those functions but instead duplicate the functionality here.
-func_dirname_and_basename ()
-{
-  # Extract subdirectory from the argument.
-  func_dirname_result=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$dirname"`
-  if test "X$func_dirname_result" = "X${1}"; then
-    func_dirname_result="${3}"
-  else
-    func_dirname_result="$func_dirname_result${2}"
-  fi
-  func_basename_result=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$basename"`
-}
-
-# Generated shell functions inserted here.
-
-# Work around backward compatibility issue on IRIX 6.5. On IRIX 6.4+, sh
-# is ksh but when the shell is invoked as "sh" and the current value of
-# the _XPG environment variable is not equal to 1 (one), the special
-# positional parameter $0, within a function call, is the name of the
-# function.
-progpath="$0"
-
-# The name of this program:
-# In the unlikely event $progname began with a '-', it would play havoc with
-# func_echo (imagine progname=-n), so we prepend ./ in that case:
-func_dirname_and_basename "$progpath"
-progname=$func_basename_result
-case $progname in
-  -*) progname=./$progname ;;
-esac
-
-# Make sure we have an absolute path for reexecution:
-case $progpath in
-  [\\/]*|[A-Za-z]:\\*) ;;
-  *[\\/]*)
-     progdir=$func_dirname_result
-     progdir=`cd "$progdir" && pwd`
-     progpath="$progdir/$progname"
-     ;;
-  *)
-     save_IFS="$IFS"
-     IFS=:
-     for progdir in $PATH; do
-       IFS="$save_IFS"
-       test -x "$progdir/$progname" && break
-     done
-     IFS="$save_IFS"
-     test -n "$progdir" || progdir=`pwd`
-     progpath="$progdir/$progname"
-     ;;
-esac
-
-# Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting.  It backslashifies
-# metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings.
-Xsed="${SED}"' -e 1s/^X//'
-sed_quote_subst='s/\([`"$\\]\)/\\\1/g'
-
-# Same as above, but do not quote variable references.
-double_quote_subst='s/\(["`\\]\)/\\\1/g'
-
-# Re-`\' parameter expansions in output of double_quote_subst that were
-# `\'-ed in input to the same.  If an odd number of `\' preceded a '$'
-# in input to double_quote_subst, that '$' was protected from expansion.
-# Since each input `\' is now two `\'s, look for any number of runs of
-# four `\'s followed by two `\'s and then a '$'.  `\' that '$'.
-bs='\\'
-bs2='\\\\'
-bs4='\\\\\\\\'
-dollar='\$'
-sed_double_backslash="\
-  s/$bs4/&\\
-/g
-  s/^$bs2$dollar/$bs&/
-  s/\\([^$bs]\\)$bs2$dollar/\\1$bs2$bs$dollar/g
-  s/\n//g"
-
-# Standard options:
-opt_dry_run=false
-opt_help=false
-opt_quiet=false
-opt_verbose=false
-opt_warning=:
-
-# func_echo arg...
-# Echo program name prefixed message, along with the current mode
-# name if it has been set yet.
-func_echo ()
-{
-    $ECHO "$progname${mode+: }$mode: $*"
-}
-
-# func_verbose arg...
-# Echo program name prefixed message in verbose mode only.
-func_verbose ()
-{
-    $opt_verbose && func_echo ${1+"$@"}
-
-    # A bug in bash halts the script if the last line of a function
-    # fails when set -e is in force, so we need another command to
-    # work around that:
-    :
-}
-
-# func_error arg...
-# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error.
-func_error ()
-{
-    $ECHO "$progname${mode+: }$mode: "${1+"$@"} 1>&2
-}
-
-# func_warning arg...
-# Echo program name prefixed warning message to standard error.
-func_warning ()
-{
-    $opt_warning && $ECHO "$progname${mode+: }$mode: warning: "${1+"$@"} 1>&2
-
-    # bash bug again:
-    :
-}
-
-# func_fatal_error arg...
-# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error, and exit.
-func_fatal_error ()
-{
-    func_error ${1+"$@"}
-    exit $EXIT_FAILURE
-}
-
-# func_fatal_help arg...
-# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error, followed by
-# a help hint, and exit.
-func_fatal_help ()
-{
-    func_error ${1+"$@"}
-    func_fatal_error "$help"
-}
-help="Try \`$progname --help' for more information."  ## default
-
-
-# func_grep expression filename
-# Check whether EXPRESSION matches any line of FILENAME, without output.
-func_grep ()
-{
-    $GREP "$1" "$2" >/dev/null 2>&1
-}
-
-
-# func_mkdir_p directory-path
-# Make sure the entire path to DIRECTORY-PATH is available.
-func_mkdir_p ()
-{
-    my_directory_path="$1"
-    my_dir_list=
-
-    if test -n "$my_directory_path" && test "$opt_dry_run" != ":"; then
-
-      # Protect directory names starting with `-'
-      case $my_directory_path in
-        -*) my_directory_path="./$my_directory_path" ;;
-      esac
-
-      # While some portion of DIR does not yet exist...
-      while test ! -d "$my_directory_path"; do
-        # ...make a list in topmost first order.  Use a colon delimited
-	# list incase some portion of path contains whitespace.
-        my_dir_list="$my_directory_path:$my_dir_list"
-
-        # If the last portion added has no slash in it, the list is done
-        case $my_directory_path in */*) ;; *) break ;; esac
-
-        # ...otherwise throw away the child directory and loop
-        my_directory_path=`$ECHO "X$my_directory_path" | $Xsed -e "$dirname"`
-      done
-      my_dir_list=`$ECHO "X$my_dir_list" | $Xsed -e 's,:*$,,'`
-
-      save_mkdir_p_IFS="$IFS"; IFS=':'
-      for my_dir in $my_dir_list; do
-	IFS="$save_mkdir_p_IFS"
-        # mkdir can fail with a `File exist' error if two processes
-        # try to create one of the directories concurrently.  Don't
-        # stop in that case!
-        $MKDIR "$my_dir" 2>/dev/null || :
-      done
-      IFS="$save_mkdir_p_IFS"
-
-      # Bail out if we (or some other process) failed to create a directory.
-      test -d "$my_directory_path" || \
-        func_fatal_error "Failed to create \`$1'"
-    fi
-}
-
-
-# func_mktempdir [string]
-# Make a temporary directory that won't clash with other running
-# libtool processes, and avoids race conditions if possible.  If
-# given, STRING is the basename for that directory.
-func_mktempdir ()
-{
-    my_template="${TMPDIR-/tmp}/${1-$progname}"
-
-    if test "$opt_dry_run" = ":"; then
-      # Return a directory name, but don't create it in dry-run mode
-      my_tmpdir="${my_template}-$$"
-    else
-
-      # If mktemp works, use that first and foremost
-      my_tmpdir=`mktemp -d "${my_template}-XXXXXXXX" 2>/dev/null`
-
-      if test ! -d "$my_tmpdir"; then
-        # Failing that, at least try and use $RANDOM to avoid a race
-        my_tmpdir="${my_template}-${RANDOM-0}$$"
-
-        save_mktempdir_umask=`umask`
-        umask 0077
-        $MKDIR "$my_tmpdir"
-        umask $save_mktempdir_umask
-      fi
-
-      # If we're not in dry-run mode, bomb out on failure
-      test -d "$my_tmpdir" || \
-        func_fatal_error "cannot create temporary directory \`$my_tmpdir'"
-    fi
-
-    $ECHO "X$my_tmpdir" | $Xsed
-}
-
-
-# func_quote_for_eval arg
-# Aesthetically quote ARG to be evaled later.
-# This function returns two values: FUNC_QUOTE_FOR_EVAL_RESULT
-# is double-quoted, suitable for a subsequent eval, whereas
-# FUNC_QUOTE_FOR_EVAL_UNQUOTED_RESULT has merely all characters
-# which are still active within double quotes backslashified.
-func_quote_for_eval ()
-{
-    case $1 in
-      *[\\\`\"\$]*)
-	func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result=`$ECHO "X$1" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` ;;
-      *)
-        func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result="$1" ;;
-    esac
-
-    case $func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result in
-      # Double-quote args containing shell metacharacters to delay
-      # word splitting, command substitution and and variable
-      # expansion for a subsequent eval.
-      # Many Bourne shells cannot handle close brackets correctly
-      # in scan sets, so we specify it separately.
-      *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \	]*|*]*|"")
-        func_quote_for_eval_result="\"$func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result\""
-        ;;
-      *)
-        func_quote_for_eval_result="$func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result"
-    esac
-}
-
-
-# func_quote_for_expand arg
-# Aesthetically quote ARG to be evaled later; same as above,
-# but do not quote variable references.
-func_quote_for_expand ()
-{
-    case $1 in
-      *[\\\`\"]*)
-	my_arg=`$ECHO "X$1" | $Xsed \
-	    -e "$double_quote_subst" -e "$sed_double_backslash"` ;;
-      *)
-        my_arg="$1" ;;
-    esac
-
-    case $my_arg in
-      # Double-quote args containing shell metacharacters to delay
-      # word splitting and command substitution for a subsequent eval.
-      # Many Bourne shells cannot handle close brackets correctly
-      # in scan sets, so we specify it separately.
-      *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \	]*|*]*|"")
-        my_arg="\"$my_arg\""
-        ;;
-    esac
-
-    func_quote_for_expand_result="$my_arg"
-}
-
-
-# func_show_eval cmd [fail_exp]
-# Unless opt_silent is true, then output CMD.  Then, if opt_dryrun is
-# not true, evaluate CMD.  If the evaluation of CMD fails, and FAIL_EXP
-# is given, then evaluate it.
-func_show_eval ()
-{
-    my_cmd="$1"
-    my_fail_exp="${2-:}"
-
-    ${opt_silent-false} || {
-      func_quote_for_expand "$my_cmd"
-      eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result"
-    }
-
-    if ${opt_dry_run-false}; then :; else
-      eval "$my_cmd"
-      my_status=$?
-      if test "$my_status" -eq 0; then :; else
-	eval "(exit $my_status); $my_fail_exp"
-      fi
-    fi
-}
-
-
-# func_show_eval_locale cmd [fail_exp]
-# Unless opt_silent is true, then output CMD.  Then, if opt_dryrun is
-# not true, evaluate CMD.  If the evaluation of CMD fails, and FAIL_EXP
-# is given, then evaluate it.  Use the saved locale for evaluation.
-func_show_eval_locale ()
-{
-    my_cmd="$1"
-    my_fail_exp="${2-:}"
-
-    ${opt_silent-false} || {
-      func_quote_for_expand "$my_cmd"
-      eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result"
-    }
-
-    if ${opt_dry_run-false}; then :; else
-      eval "$lt_user_locale
-	    $my_cmd"
-      my_status=$?
-      eval "$lt_safe_locale"
-      if test "$my_status" -eq 0; then :; else
-	eval "(exit $my_status); $my_fail_exp"
-      fi
-    fi
-}
-
-
-
-
-
-# func_version
-# Echo version message to standard output and exit.
-func_version ()
-{
-    $SED -n '/^# '$PROGRAM' (GNU /,/# warranty; / {
-        s/^# //
-	s/^# *$//
-        s/\((C)\)[ 0-9,-]*\( [1-9][0-9]*\)/\1\2/
-        p
-     }' < "$progpath"
-     exit $?
-}
-
-# func_usage
-# Echo short help message to standard output and exit.
-func_usage ()
-{
-    $SED -n '/^# Usage:/,/# -h/ {
-        s/^# //
-	s/^# *$//
-	s/\$progname/'$progname'/
-	p
-    }' < "$progpath"
-    $ECHO
-    $ECHO "run \`$progname --help | more' for full usage"
-    exit $?
-}
-
-# func_help
-# Echo long help message to standard output and exit.
-func_help ()
-{
-    $SED -n '/^# Usage:/,/# Report bugs to/ {
-        s/^# //
-	s/^# *$//
-	s*\$progname*'$progname'*
-	s*\$host*'"$host"'*
-	s*\$SHELL*'"$SHELL"'*
-	s*\$LTCC*'"$LTCC"'*
-	s*\$LTCFLAGS*'"$LTCFLAGS"'*
-	s*\$LD*'"$LD"'*
-	s/\$with_gnu_ld/'"$with_gnu_ld"'/
-	s/\$automake_version/'"`(automake --version) 2>/dev/null |$SED 1q`"'/
-	s/\$autoconf_version/'"`(autoconf --version) 2>/dev/null |$SED 1q`"'/
-	p
-     }' < "$progpath"
-    exit $?
-}
-
-# func_missing_arg argname
-# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error and set global
-# exit_cmd.
-func_missing_arg ()
-{
-    func_error "missing argument for $1"
-    exit_cmd=exit
-}
-
-exit_cmd=:
-
-
-
-
-
-# Check that we have a working $ECHO.
-if test "X$1" = X--no-reexec; then
-  # Discard the --no-reexec flag, and continue.
-  shift
-elif test "X$1" = X--fallback-echo; then
-  # Avoid inline document here, it may be left over
-  :
-elif test "X`{ $ECHO '\t'; } 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t'; then
-  # Yippee, $ECHO works!
-  :
-else
-  # Restart under the correct shell, and then maybe $ECHO will work.
-  exec $SHELL "$progpath" --no-reexec ${1+"$@"}
-fi
-
-if test "X$1" = X--fallback-echo; then
-  # used as fallback echo
-  shift
-  cat </dev/null 2>&1; then
-	taglist="$taglist $tagname"
-
-	# Evaluate the configuration.  Be careful to quote the path
-	# and the sed script, to avoid splitting on whitespace, but
-	# also don't use non-portable quotes within backquotes within
-	# quotes we have to do it in 2 steps:
-	extractedcf=`$SED -n -e "$sed_extractcf" < "$progpath"`
-	eval "$extractedcf"
-      else
-	func_error "ignoring unknown tag $tagname"
-      fi
-      ;;
-  esac
-}
-
-# Parse options once, thoroughly.  This comes as soon as possible in
-# the script to make things like `libtool --version' happen quickly.
-{
-
-  # Shorthand for --mode=foo, only valid as the first argument
-  case $1 in
-  clean|clea|cle|cl)
-    shift; set dummy --mode clean ${1+"$@"}; shift
-    ;;
-  compile|compil|compi|comp|com|co|c)
-    shift; set dummy --mode compile ${1+"$@"}; shift
-    ;;
-  execute|execut|execu|exec|exe|ex|e)
-    shift; set dummy --mode execute ${1+"$@"}; shift
-    ;;
-  finish|finis|fini|fin|fi|f)
-    shift; set dummy --mode finish ${1+"$@"}; shift
-    ;;
-  install|instal|insta|inst|ins|in|i)
-    shift; set dummy --mode install ${1+"$@"}; shift
-    ;;
-  link|lin|li|l)
-    shift; set dummy --mode link ${1+"$@"}; shift
-    ;;
-  uninstall|uninstal|uninsta|uninst|unins|unin|uni|un|u)
-    shift; set dummy --mode uninstall ${1+"$@"}; shift
-    ;;
-  esac
-
-  # Parse non-mode specific arguments:
-  while test "$#" -gt 0; do
-    opt="$1"
-    shift
-
-    case $opt in
-      --config)		func_config					;;
-
-      --debug)		preserve_args="$preserve_args $opt"
-			func_echo "enabling shell trace mode"
-			opt_debug='set -x'
-			$opt_debug
-			;;
-
-      -dlopen)		test "$#" -eq 0 && func_missing_arg "$opt" && break
-			execute_dlfiles="$execute_dlfiles $1"
-			shift
-			;;
-
-      --dry-run | -n)	opt_dry_run=:					;;
-      --features)       func_features					;;
-      --finish)		mode="finish"					;;
-
-      --mode)		test "$#" -eq 0 && func_missing_arg "$opt" && break
-			case $1 in
-			  # Valid mode arguments:
-			  clean)	;;
-			  compile)	;;
-			  execute)	;;
-			  finish)	;;
-			  install)	;;
-			  link)		;;
-			  relink)	;;
-			  uninstall)	;;
-
-			  # Catch anything else as an error
-			  *) func_error "invalid argument for $opt"
-			     exit_cmd=exit
-			     break
-			     ;;
-		        esac
-
-			mode="$1"
-			shift
-			;;
-
-      --preserve-dup-deps)
-			opt_duplicate_deps=:				;;
-
-      --quiet|--silent)	preserve_args="$preserve_args $opt"
-			opt_silent=:
-			;;
-
-      --verbose| -v)	preserve_args="$preserve_args $opt"
-			opt_silent=false
-			;;
-
-      --tag)		test "$#" -eq 0 && func_missing_arg "$opt" && break
-			preserve_args="$preserve_args $opt $1"
-			func_enable_tag "$1"	# tagname is set here
-			shift
-			;;
-
-      # Separate optargs to long options:
-      -dlopen=*|--mode=*|--tag=*)
-			func_opt_split "$opt"
-			set dummy "$func_opt_split_opt" "$func_opt_split_arg" ${1+"$@"}
-			shift
-			;;
-
-      -\?|-h)		func_usage					;;
-      --help)		opt_help=:					;;
-      --version)	func_version					;;
-
-      -*)		func_fatal_help "unrecognized option \`$opt'"	;;
-
-      *)		nonopt="$opt"
-			break
-			;;
-    esac
-  done
-
-
-  case $host in
-    *cygwin* | *mingw* | *pw32*)
-      # don't eliminate duplications in $postdeps and $predeps
-      opt_duplicate_compiler_generated_deps=:
-      ;;
-    *)
-      opt_duplicate_compiler_generated_deps=$opt_duplicate_deps
-      ;;
-  esac
-
-  # Having warned about all mis-specified options, bail out if
-  # anything was wrong.
-  $exit_cmd $EXIT_FAILURE
-}
-
-# func_check_version_match
-# Ensure that we are using m4 macros, and libtool script from the same
-# release of libtool.
-func_check_version_match ()
-{
-  if test "$package_revision" != "$macro_revision"; then
-    if test "$VERSION" != "$macro_version"; then
-      if test -z "$macro_version"; then
-        cat >&2 <<_LT_EOF
-$progname: Version mismatch error.  This is $PACKAGE $VERSION, but the
-$progname: definition of this LT_INIT comes from an older release.
-$progname: You should recreate aclocal.m4 with macros from $PACKAGE $VERSION
-$progname: and run autoconf again.
-_LT_EOF
-      else
-        cat >&2 <<_LT_EOF
-$progname: Version mismatch error.  This is $PACKAGE $VERSION, but the
-$progname: definition of this LT_INIT comes from $PACKAGE $macro_version.
-$progname: You should recreate aclocal.m4 with macros from $PACKAGE $VERSION
-$progname: and run autoconf again.
-_LT_EOF
-      fi
-    else
-      cat >&2 <<_LT_EOF
-$progname: Version mismatch error.  This is $PACKAGE $VERSION, revision $package_revision,
-$progname: but the definition of this LT_INIT comes from revision $macro_revision.
-$progname: You should recreate aclocal.m4 with macros from revision $package_revision
-$progname: of $PACKAGE $VERSION and run autoconf again.
-_LT_EOF
-    fi
-
-    exit $EXIT_MISMATCH
-  fi
-}
-
-
-## ----------- ##
-##    Main.    ##
-## ----------- ##
-
-$opt_help || {
-  # Sanity checks first:
-  func_check_version_match
-
-  if test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes && test "$build_old_libs" != yes; then
-    func_fatal_configuration "not configured to build any kind of library"
-  fi
-
-  test -z "$mode" && func_fatal_error "error: you must specify a MODE."
-
-
-  # Darwin sucks
-  eval std_shrext=\"$shrext_cmds\"
-
-
-  # Only execute mode is allowed to have -dlopen flags.
-  if test -n "$execute_dlfiles" && test "$mode" != execute; then
-    func_error "unrecognized option \`-dlopen'"
-    $ECHO "$help" 1>&2
-    exit $EXIT_FAILURE
-  fi
-
-  # Change the help message to a mode-specific one.
-  generic_help="$help"
-  help="Try \`$progname --help --mode=$mode' for more information."
-}
-
-
-# func_lalib_p file
-# True iff FILE is a libtool `.la' library or `.lo' object file.
-# This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out
-# determined imposters.
-func_lalib_p ()
-{
-    $SED -e 4q "$1" 2>/dev/null \
-      | $GREP "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE" > /dev/null 2>&1
-}
-
-# func_lalib_unsafe_p file
-# True iff FILE is a libtool `.la' library or `.lo' object file.
-# This function implements the same check as func_lalib_p without
-# resorting to external programs.  To this end, it redirects stdin and
-# closes it afterwards, without saving the original file descriptor.
-# As a safety measure, use it only where a negative result would be
-# fatal anyway.  Works if `file' does not exist.
-func_lalib_unsafe_p ()
-{
-    lalib_p=no
-    if test -r "$1" && exec 5<&0 <"$1"; then
-	for lalib_p_l in 1 2 3 4
-	do
-	    read lalib_p_line
-	    case "$lalib_p_line" in
-		\#\ Generated\ by\ *$PACKAGE* ) lalib_p=yes; break;;
-	    esac
-	done
-	exec 0<&5 5<&-
-    fi
-    test "$lalib_p" = yes
-}
-
-# func_ltwrapper_script_p file
-# True iff FILE is a libtool wrapper script
-# This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out
-# determined imposters.
-func_ltwrapper_script_p ()
-{
-    func_lalib_p "$1"
-}
-
-# func_ltwrapper_executable_p file
-# True iff FILE is a libtool wrapper executable
-# This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out
-# determined imposters.
-func_ltwrapper_executable_p ()
-{
-    func_ltwrapper_exec_suffix=
-    case $1 in
-    *.exe) ;;
-    *) func_ltwrapper_exec_suffix=.exe ;;
-    esac
-    $GREP "$magic_exe" "$1$func_ltwrapper_exec_suffix" >/dev/null 2>&1
-}
-
-# func_ltwrapper_scriptname file
-# Assumes file is an ltwrapper_executable
-# uses $file to determine the appropriate filename for a
-# temporary ltwrapper_script.
-func_ltwrapper_scriptname ()
-{
-    func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result=""
-    if func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$1"; then
-	func_dirname_and_basename "$1" "" "."
-	func_stripname '' '.exe' "$func_basename_result"
-	func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result="$func_dirname_result/$objdir/${func_stripname_result}_ltshwrapper"
-    fi
-}
-
-# func_ltwrapper_p file
-# True iff FILE is a libtool wrapper script or wrapper executable
-# This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out
-# determined imposters.
-func_ltwrapper_p ()
-{
-    func_ltwrapper_script_p "$1" || func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$1"
-}
-
-
-# func_execute_cmds commands fail_cmd
-# Execute tilde-delimited COMMANDS.
-# If FAIL_CMD is given, eval that upon failure.
-# FAIL_CMD may read-access the current command in variable CMD!
-func_execute_cmds ()
-{
-    $opt_debug
-    save_ifs=$IFS; IFS='~'
-    for cmd in $1; do
-      IFS=$save_ifs
-      eval cmd=\"$cmd\"
-      func_show_eval "$cmd" "${2-:}"
-    done
-    IFS=$save_ifs
-}
-
-
-# func_source file
-# Source FILE, adding directory component if necessary.
-# Note that it is not necessary on cygwin/mingw to append a dot to
-# FILE even if both FILE and FILE.exe exist: automatic-append-.exe
-# behavior happens only for exec(3), not for open(2)!  Also, sourcing
-# `FILE.' does not work on cygwin managed mounts.
-func_source ()
-{
-    $opt_debug
-    case $1 in
-    */* | *\\*)	. "$1" ;;
-    *)		. "./$1" ;;
-    esac
-}
-
-
-# func_infer_tag arg
-# Infer tagged configuration to use if any are available and
-# if one wasn't chosen via the "--tag" command line option.
-# Only attempt this if the compiler in the base compile
-# command doesn't match the default compiler.
-# arg is usually of the form 'gcc ...'
-func_infer_tag ()
-{
-    $opt_debug
-    if test -n "$available_tags" && test -z "$tagname"; then
-      CC_quoted=
-      for arg in $CC; do
-        func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
-	CC_quoted="$CC_quoted $func_quote_for_eval_result"
-      done
-      case $@ in
-      # Blanks in the command may have been stripped by the calling shell,
-      # but not from the CC environment variable when configure was run.
-      " $CC "* | "$CC "* | " `$ECHO $CC` "* | "`$ECHO $CC` "* | " $CC_quoted"* | "$CC_quoted "* | " `$ECHO $CC_quoted` "* | "`$ECHO $CC_quoted` "*) ;;
-      # Blanks at the start of $base_compile will cause this to fail
-      # if we don't check for them as well.
-      *)
-	for z in $available_tags; do
-	  if $GREP "^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $z$" < "$progpath" > /dev/null; then
-	    # Evaluate the configuration.
-	    eval "`${SED} -n -e '/^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: '$z'$/,/^# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: '$z'$/p' < $progpath`"
-	    CC_quoted=
-	    for arg in $CC; do
-	      # Double-quote args containing other shell metacharacters.
-	      func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
-	      CC_quoted="$CC_quoted $func_quote_for_eval_result"
-	    done
-	    case "$@ " in
-	      " $CC "* | "$CC "* | " `$ECHO $CC` "* | "`$ECHO $CC` "* | " $CC_quoted"* | "$CC_quoted "* | " `$ECHO $CC_quoted` "* | "`$ECHO $CC_quoted` "*)
-	      # The compiler in the base compile command matches
-	      # the one in the tagged configuration.
-	      # Assume this is the tagged configuration we want.
-	      tagname=$z
-	      break
-	      ;;
-	    esac
-	  fi
-	done
-	# If $tagname still isn't set, then no tagged configuration
-	# was found and let the user know that the "--tag" command
-	# line option must be used.
-	if test -z "$tagname"; then
-	  func_echo "unable to infer tagged configuration"
-	  func_fatal_error "specify a tag with \`--tag'"
-#	else
-#	  func_verbose "using $tagname tagged configuration"
-	fi
-	;;
-      esac
-    fi
-}
-
-
-
-# func_write_libtool_object output_name pic_name nonpic_name
-# Create a libtool object file (analogous to a ".la" file),
-# but don't create it if we're doing a dry run.
-func_write_libtool_object ()
-{
-    write_libobj=${1}
-    if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then
-      write_lobj=\'${2}\'
-    else
-      write_lobj=none
-    fi
-
-    if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then
-      write_oldobj=\'${3}\'
-    else
-      write_oldobj=none
-    fi
-
-    $opt_dry_run || {
-      cat >${write_libobj}T <?"'"'"'	 &()|`$[]' \
-      && func_warning "libobj name \`$libobj' may not contain shell special characters."
-    func_dirname_and_basename "$obj" "/" ""
-    objname="$func_basename_result"
-    xdir="$func_dirname_result"
-    lobj=${xdir}$objdir/$objname
-
-    test -z "$base_compile" && \
-      func_fatal_help "you must specify a compilation command"
-
-    # Delete any leftover library objects.
-    if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then
-      removelist="$obj $lobj $libobj ${libobj}T"
-    else
-      removelist="$lobj $libobj ${libobj}T"
-    fi
-
-    # On Cygwin there's no "real" PIC flag so we must build both object types
-    case $host_os in
-    cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | os2*)
-      pic_mode=default
-      ;;
-    esac
-    if test "$pic_mode" = no && test "$deplibs_check_method" != pass_all; then
-      # non-PIC code in shared libraries is not supported
-      pic_mode=default
-    fi
-
-    # Calculate the filename of the output object if compiler does
-    # not support -o with -c
-    if test "$compiler_c_o" = no; then
-      output_obj=`$ECHO "X$srcfile" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%' -e 's%\.[^.]*$%%'`.${objext}
-      lockfile="$output_obj.lock"
-    else
-      output_obj=
-      need_locks=no
-      lockfile=
-    fi
-
-    # Lock this critical section if it is needed
-    # We use this script file to make the link, it avoids creating a new file
-    if test "$need_locks" = yes; then
-      until $opt_dry_run || ln "$progpath" "$lockfile" 2>/dev/null; do
-	func_echo "Waiting for $lockfile to be removed"
-	sleep 2
-      done
-    elif test "$need_locks" = warn; then
-      if test -f "$lockfile"; then
-	$ECHO "\
-*** ERROR, $lockfile exists and contains:
-`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`
-
-This indicates that another process is trying to use the same
-temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because
-your compiler does not support \`-c' and \`-o' together.  If you
-repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better
-avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better
-compiler."
-
-	$opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist
-	exit $EXIT_FAILURE
-      fi
-      removelist="$removelist $output_obj"
-      $ECHO "$srcfile" > "$lockfile"
-    fi
-
-    $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist
-    removelist="$removelist $lockfile"
-    trap '$opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $EXIT_FAILURE' 1 2 15
-
-    if test -n "$fix_srcfile_path"; then
-      eval srcfile=\"$fix_srcfile_path\"
-    fi
-    func_quote_for_eval "$srcfile"
-    qsrcfile=$func_quote_for_eval_result
-
-    # Only build a PIC object if we are building libtool libraries.
-    if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then
-      # Without this assignment, base_compile gets emptied.
-      fbsd_hideous_sh_bug=$base_compile
-
-      if test "$pic_mode" != no; then
-	command="$base_compile $qsrcfile $pic_flag"
-      else
-	# Don't build PIC code
-	command="$base_compile $qsrcfile"
-      fi
-
-      func_mkdir_p "$xdir$objdir"
-
-      if test -z "$output_obj"; then
-	# Place PIC objects in $objdir
-	command="$command -o $lobj"
-      fi
-
-      func_show_eval_locale "$command"	\
-          'test -n "$output_obj" && $RM $removelist; exit $EXIT_FAILURE'
-
-      if test "$need_locks" = warn &&
-	 test "X`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`" != "X$srcfile"; then
-	$ECHO "\
-*** ERROR, $lockfile contains:
-`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`
-
-but it should contain:
-$srcfile
-
-This indicates that another process is trying to use the same
-temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because
-your compiler does not support \`-c' and \`-o' together.  If you
-repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better
-avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better
-compiler."
-
-	$opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist
-	exit $EXIT_FAILURE
-      fi
-
-      # Just move the object if needed, then go on to compile the next one
-      if test -n "$output_obj" && test "X$output_obj" != "X$lobj"; then
-	func_show_eval '$MV "$output_obj" "$lobj"' \
-	  'error=$?; $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $error'
-      fi
-
-      # Allow error messages only from the first compilation.
-      if test "$suppress_opt" = yes; then
-	suppress_output=' >/dev/null 2>&1'
-      fi
-    fi
-
-    # Only build a position-dependent object if we build old libraries.
-    if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then
-      if test "$pic_mode" != yes; then
-	# Don't build PIC code
-	command="$base_compile $qsrcfile$pie_flag"
-      else
-	command="$base_compile $qsrcfile $pic_flag"
-      fi
-      if test "$compiler_c_o" = yes; then
-	command="$command -o $obj"
-      fi
-
-      # Suppress compiler output if we already did a PIC compilation.
-      command="$command$suppress_output"
-      func_show_eval_locale "$command" \
-        '$opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $EXIT_FAILURE'
-
-      if test "$need_locks" = warn &&
-	 test "X`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`" != "X$srcfile"; then
-	$ECHO "\
-*** ERROR, $lockfile contains:
-`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`
-
-but it should contain:
-$srcfile
-
-This indicates that another process is trying to use the same
-temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because
-your compiler does not support \`-c' and \`-o' together.  If you
-repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better
-avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better
-compiler."
-
-	$opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist
-	exit $EXIT_FAILURE
-      fi
-
-      # Just move the object if needed
-      if test -n "$output_obj" && test "X$output_obj" != "X$obj"; then
-	func_show_eval '$MV "$output_obj" "$obj"' \
-	  'error=$?; $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $error'
-      fi
-    fi
-
-    $opt_dry_run || {
-      func_write_libtool_object "$libobj" "$objdir/$objname" "$objname"
-
-      # Unlock the critical section if it was locked
-      if test "$need_locks" != no; then
-	removelist=$lockfile
-        $RM "$lockfile"
-      fi
-    }
-
-    exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
-}
-
-$opt_help || {
-test "$mode" = compile && func_mode_compile ${1+"$@"}
-}
-
-func_mode_help ()
-{
-    # We need to display help for each of the modes.
-    case $mode in
-      "")
-        # Generic help is extracted from the usage comments
-        # at the start of this file.
-        func_help
-        ;;
-
-      clean)
-        $ECHO \
-"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=clean RM [RM-OPTION]... FILE...
-
-Remove files from the build directory.
-
-RM is the name of the program to use to delete files associated with each FILE
-(typically \`/bin/rm').  RM-OPTIONS are options (such as \`-f') to be passed
-to RM.
-
-If FILE is a libtool library, object or program, all the files associated
-with it are deleted. Otherwise, only FILE itself is deleted using RM."
-        ;;
-
-      compile)
-      $ECHO \
-"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=compile COMPILE-COMMAND... SOURCEFILE
-
-Compile a source file into a libtool library object.
-
-This mode accepts the following additional options:
-
-  -o OUTPUT-FILE    set the output file name to OUTPUT-FILE
-  -no-suppress      do not suppress compiler output for multiple passes
-  -prefer-pic       try to building PIC objects only
-  -prefer-non-pic   try to building non-PIC objects only
-  -shared           do not build a \`.o' file suitable for static linking
-  -static           only build a \`.o' file suitable for static linking
-
-COMPILE-COMMAND is a command to be used in creating a \`standard' object file
-from the given SOURCEFILE.
-
-The output file name is determined by removing the directory component from
-SOURCEFILE, then substituting the C source code suffix \`.c' with the
-library object suffix, \`.lo'."
-        ;;
-
-      execute)
-        $ECHO \
-"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=execute COMMAND [ARGS]...
-
-Automatically set library path, then run a program.
-
-This mode accepts the following additional options:
-
-  -dlopen FILE      add the directory containing FILE to the library path
-
-This mode sets the library path environment variable according to \`-dlopen'
-flags.
-
-If any of the ARGS are libtool executable wrappers, then they are translated
-into their corresponding uninstalled binary, and any of their required library
-directories are added to the library path.
-
-Then, COMMAND is executed, with ARGS as arguments."
-        ;;
-
-      finish)
-        $ECHO \
-"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=finish [LIBDIR]...
-
-Complete the installation of libtool libraries.
-
-Each LIBDIR is a directory that contains libtool libraries.
-
-The commands that this mode executes may require superuser privileges.  Use
-the \`--dry-run' option if you just want to see what would be executed."
-        ;;
-
-      install)
-        $ECHO \
-"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=install INSTALL-COMMAND...
-
-Install executables or libraries.
-
-INSTALL-COMMAND is the installation command.  The first component should be
-either the \`install' or \`cp' program.
-
-The following components of INSTALL-COMMAND are treated specially:
-
-  -inst-prefix PREFIX-DIR  Use PREFIX-DIR as a staging area for installation
-
-The rest of the components are interpreted as arguments to that command (only
-BSD-compatible install options are recognized)."
-        ;;
-
-      link)
-        $ECHO \
-"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=link LINK-COMMAND...
-
-Link object files or libraries together to form another library, or to
-create an executable program.
-
-LINK-COMMAND is a command using the C compiler that you would use to create
-a program from several object files.
-
-The following components of LINK-COMMAND are treated specially:
-
-  -all-static       do not do any dynamic linking at all
-  -avoid-version    do not add a version suffix if possible
-  -dlopen FILE      \`-dlpreopen' FILE if it cannot be dlopened at runtime
-  -dlpreopen FILE   link in FILE and add its symbols to lt_preloaded_symbols
-  -export-dynamic   allow symbols from OUTPUT-FILE to be resolved with dlsym(3)
-  -export-symbols SYMFILE
-                    try to export only the symbols listed in SYMFILE
-  -export-symbols-regex REGEX
-                    try to export only the symbols matching REGEX
-  -LLIBDIR          search LIBDIR for required installed libraries
-  -lNAME            OUTPUT-FILE requires the installed library libNAME
-  -module           build a library that can dlopened
-  -no-fast-install  disable the fast-install mode
-  -no-install       link a not-installable executable
-  -no-undefined     declare that a library does not refer to external symbols
-  -o OUTPUT-FILE    create OUTPUT-FILE from the specified objects
-  -objectlist FILE  Use a list of object files found in FILE to specify objects
-  -precious-files-regex REGEX
-                    don't remove output files matching REGEX
-  -release RELEASE  specify package release information
-  -rpath LIBDIR     the created library will eventually be installed in LIBDIR
-  -R[ ]LIBDIR       add LIBDIR to the runtime path of programs and libraries
-  -shared           only do dynamic linking of libtool libraries
-  -shrext SUFFIX    override the standard shared library file extension
-  -static           do not do any dynamic linking of uninstalled libtool libraries
-  -static-libtool-libs
-                    do not do any dynamic linking of libtool libraries
-  -version-info CURRENT[:REVISION[:AGE]]
-                    specify library version info [each variable defaults to 0]
-  -weak LIBNAME     declare that the target provides the LIBNAME interface
-
-All other options (arguments beginning with \`-') are ignored.
-
-Every other argument is treated as a filename.  Files ending in \`.la' are
-treated as uninstalled libtool libraries, other files are standard or library
-object files.
-
-If the OUTPUT-FILE ends in \`.la', then a libtool library is created,
-only library objects (\`.lo' files) may be specified, and \`-rpath' is
-required, except when creating a convenience library.
-
-If OUTPUT-FILE ends in \`.a' or \`.lib', then a standard library is created
-using \`ar' and \`ranlib', or on Windows using \`lib'.
-
-If OUTPUT-FILE ends in \`.lo' or \`.${objext}', then a reloadable object file
-is created, otherwise an executable program is created."
-        ;;
-
-      uninstall)
-        $ECHO \
-"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=uninstall RM [RM-OPTION]... FILE...
-
-Remove libraries from an installation directory.
-
-RM is the name of the program to use to delete files associated with each FILE
-(typically \`/bin/rm').  RM-OPTIONS are options (such as \`-f') to be passed
-to RM.
-
-If FILE is a libtool library, all the files associated with it are deleted.
-Otherwise, only FILE itself is deleted using RM."
-        ;;
-
-      *)
-        func_fatal_help "invalid operation mode \`$mode'"
-        ;;
-    esac
-
-    $ECHO
-    $ECHO "Try \`$progname --help' for more information about other modes."
-
-    exit $?
-}
-
-  # Now that we've collected a possible --mode arg, show help if necessary
-  $opt_help && func_mode_help
-
-
-# func_mode_execute arg...
-func_mode_execute ()
-{
-    $opt_debug
-    # The first argument is the command name.
-    cmd="$nonopt"
-    test -z "$cmd" && \
-      func_fatal_help "you must specify a COMMAND"
-
-    # Handle -dlopen flags immediately.
-    for file in $execute_dlfiles; do
-      test -f "$file" \
-	|| func_fatal_help "\`$file' is not a file"
-
-      dir=
-      case $file in
-      *.la)
-	# Check to see that this really is a libtool archive.
-	func_lalib_unsafe_p "$file" \
-	  || func_fatal_help "\`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive"
-
-	# Read the libtool library.
-	dlname=
-	library_names=
-	func_source "$file"
-
-	# Skip this library if it cannot be dlopened.
-	if test -z "$dlname"; then
-	  # Warn if it was a shared library.
-	  test -n "$library_names" && \
-	    func_warning "\`$file' was not linked with \`-export-dynamic'"
-	  continue
-	fi
-
-	func_dirname "$file" "" "."
-	dir="$func_dirname_result"
-
-	if test -f "$dir/$objdir/$dlname"; then
-	  dir="$dir/$objdir"
-	else
-	  if test ! -f "$dir/$dlname"; then
-	    func_fatal_error "cannot find \`$dlname' in \`$dir' or \`$dir/$objdir'"
-	  fi
-	fi
-	;;
-
-      *.lo)
-	# Just add the directory containing the .lo file.
-	func_dirname "$file" "" "."
-	dir="$func_dirname_result"
-	;;
-
-      *)
-	func_warning "\`-dlopen' is ignored for non-libtool libraries and objects"
-	continue
-	;;
-      esac
-
-      # Get the absolute pathname.
-      absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd`
-      test -n "$absdir" && dir="$absdir"
-
-      # Now add the directory to shlibpath_var.
-      if eval "test -z \"\$$shlibpath_var\""; then
-	eval "$shlibpath_var=\"\$dir\""
-      else
-	eval "$shlibpath_var=\"\$dir:\$$shlibpath_var\""
-      fi
-    done
-
-    # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set shlibpath_var
-    # rather than running their programs.
-    libtool_execute_magic="$magic"
-
-    # Check if any of the arguments is a wrapper script.
-    args=
-    for file
-    do
-      case $file in
-      -*) ;;
-      *)
-	# Do a test to see if this is really a libtool program.
-	if func_ltwrapper_script_p "$file"; then
-	  func_source "$file"
-	  # Transform arg to wrapped name.
-	  file="$progdir/$program"
-	elif func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$file"; then
-	  func_ltwrapper_scriptname "$file"
-	  func_source "$func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result"
-	  # Transform arg to wrapped name.
-	  file="$progdir/$program"
-	fi
-	;;
-      esac
-      # Quote arguments (to preserve shell metacharacters).
-      func_quote_for_eval "$file"
-      args="$args $func_quote_for_eval_result"
-    done
-
-    if test "X$opt_dry_run" = Xfalse; then
-      if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then
-	# Export the shlibpath_var.
-	eval "export $shlibpath_var"
-      fi
-
-      # Restore saved environment variables
-      for lt_var in LANG LANGUAGE LC_ALL LC_CTYPE LC_COLLATE LC_MESSAGES
-      do
-	eval "if test \"\${save_$lt_var+set}\" = set; then
-                $lt_var=\$save_$lt_var; export $lt_var
-	      else
-		$lt_unset $lt_var
-	      fi"
-      done
-
-      # Now prepare to actually exec the command.
-      exec_cmd="\$cmd$args"
-    else
-      # Display what would be done.
-      if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then
-	eval "\$ECHO \"\$shlibpath_var=\$$shlibpath_var\""
-	$ECHO "export $shlibpath_var"
-      fi
-      $ECHO "$cmd$args"
-      exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
-    fi
-}
-
-test "$mode" = execute && func_mode_execute ${1+"$@"}
-
-
-# func_mode_finish arg...
-func_mode_finish ()
-{
-    $opt_debug
-    libdirs="$nonopt"
-    admincmds=
-
-    if test -n "$finish_cmds$finish_eval" && test -n "$libdirs"; then
-      for dir
-      do
-	libdirs="$libdirs $dir"
-      done
-
-      for libdir in $libdirs; do
-	if test -n "$finish_cmds"; then
-	  # Do each command in the finish commands.
-	  func_execute_cmds "$finish_cmds" 'admincmds="$admincmds
-'"$cmd"'"'
-	fi
-	if test -n "$finish_eval"; then
-	  # Do the single finish_eval.
-	  eval cmds=\"$finish_eval\"
-	  $opt_dry_run || eval "$cmds" || admincmds="$admincmds
-       $cmds"
-	fi
-      done
-    fi
-
-    # Exit here if they wanted silent mode.
-    $opt_silent && exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
-
-    $ECHO "X----------------------------------------------------------------------" | $Xsed
-    $ECHO "Libraries have been installed in:"
-    for libdir in $libdirs; do
-      $ECHO "   $libdir"
-    done
-    $ECHO
-    $ECHO "If you ever happen to want to link against installed libraries"
-    $ECHO "in a given directory, LIBDIR, you must either use libtool, and"
-    $ECHO "specify the full pathname of the library, or use the \`-LLIBDIR'"
-    $ECHO "flag during linking and do at least one of the following:"
-    if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then
-      $ECHO "   - add LIBDIR to the \`$shlibpath_var' environment variable"
-      $ECHO "     during execution"
-    fi
-    if test -n "$runpath_var"; then
-      $ECHO "   - add LIBDIR to the \`$runpath_var' environment variable"
-      $ECHO "     during linking"
-    fi
-    if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then
-      libdir=LIBDIR
-      eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
-
-      $ECHO "   - use the \`$flag' linker flag"
-    fi
-    if test -n "$admincmds"; then
-      $ECHO "   - have your system administrator run these commands:$admincmds"
-    fi
-    if test -f /etc/ld.so.conf; then
-      $ECHO "   - have your system administrator add LIBDIR to \`/etc/ld.so.conf'"
-    fi
-    $ECHO
-
-    $ECHO "See any operating system documentation about shared libraries for"
-    case $host in
-      solaris2.[6789]|solaris2.1[0-9])
-        $ECHO "more information, such as the ld(1), crle(1) and ld.so(8) manual"
-	$ECHO "pages."
-	;;
-      *)
-        $ECHO "more information, such as the ld(1) and ld.so(8) manual pages."
-        ;;
-    esac
-    $ECHO "X----------------------------------------------------------------------" | $Xsed
-    exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
-}
-
-test "$mode" = finish && func_mode_finish ${1+"$@"}
-
-
-# func_mode_install arg...
-func_mode_install ()
-{
-    $opt_debug
-    # There may be an optional sh(1) argument at the beginning of
-    # install_prog (especially on Windows NT).
-    if test "$nonopt" = "$SHELL" || test "$nonopt" = /bin/sh ||
-       # Allow the use of GNU shtool's install command.
-       $ECHO "X$nonopt" | $GREP shtool >/dev/null; then
-      # Aesthetically quote it.
-      func_quote_for_eval "$nonopt"
-      install_prog="$func_quote_for_eval_result "
-      arg=$1
-      shift
-    else
-      install_prog=
-      arg=$nonopt
-    fi
-
-    # The real first argument should be the name of the installation program.
-    # Aesthetically quote it.
-    func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
-    install_prog="$install_prog$func_quote_for_eval_result"
-
-    # We need to accept at least all the BSD install flags.
-    dest=
-    files=
-    opts=
-    prev=
-    install_type=
-    isdir=no
-    stripme=
-    for arg
-    do
-      if test -n "$dest"; then
-	files="$files $dest"
-	dest=$arg
-	continue
-      fi
-
-      case $arg in
-      -d) isdir=yes ;;
-      -f)
-	case " $install_prog " in
-	*[\\\ /]cp\ *) ;;
-	*) prev=$arg ;;
-	esac
-	;;
-      -g | -m | -o)
-	prev=$arg
-	;;
-      -s)
-	stripme=" -s"
-	continue
-	;;
-      -*)
-	;;
-      *)
-	# If the previous option needed an argument, then skip it.
-	if test -n "$prev"; then
-	  prev=
-	else
-	  dest=$arg
-	  continue
-	fi
-	;;
-      esac
-
-      # Aesthetically quote the argument.
-      func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
-      install_prog="$install_prog $func_quote_for_eval_result"
-    done
-
-    test -z "$install_prog" && \
-      func_fatal_help "you must specify an install program"
-
-    test -n "$prev" && \
-      func_fatal_help "the \`$prev' option requires an argument"
-
-    if test -z "$files"; then
-      if test -z "$dest"; then
-	func_fatal_help "no file or destination specified"
-      else
-	func_fatal_help "you must specify a destination"
-      fi
-    fi
-
-    # Strip any trailing slash from the destination.
-    func_stripname '' '/' "$dest"
-    dest=$func_stripname_result
-
-    # Check to see that the destination is a directory.
-    test -d "$dest" && isdir=yes
-    if test "$isdir" = yes; then
-      destdir="$dest"
-      destname=
-    else
-      func_dirname_and_basename "$dest" "" "."
-      destdir="$func_dirname_result"
-      destname="$func_basename_result"
-
-      # Not a directory, so check to see that there is only one file specified.
-      set dummy $files; shift
-      test "$#" -gt 1 && \
-	func_fatal_help "\`$dest' is not a directory"
-    fi
-    case $destdir in
-    [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;;
-    *)
-      for file in $files; do
-	case $file in
-	*.lo) ;;
-	*)
-	  func_fatal_help "\`$destdir' must be an absolute directory name"
-	  ;;
-	esac
-      done
-      ;;
-    esac
-
-    # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set variables rather
-    # than running their programs.
-    libtool_install_magic="$magic"
-
-    staticlibs=
-    future_libdirs=
-    current_libdirs=
-    for file in $files; do
-
-      # Do each installation.
-      case $file in
-      *.$libext)
-	# Do the static libraries later.
-	staticlibs="$staticlibs $file"
-	;;
-
-      *.la)
-	# Check to see that this really is a libtool archive.
-	func_lalib_unsafe_p "$file" \
-	  || func_fatal_help "\`$file' is not a valid libtool archive"
-
-	library_names=
-	old_library=
-	relink_command=
-	func_source "$file"
-
-	# Add the libdir to current_libdirs if it is the destination.
-	if test "X$destdir" = "X$libdir"; then
-	  case "$current_libdirs " in
-	  *" $libdir "*) ;;
-	  *) current_libdirs="$current_libdirs $libdir" ;;
-	  esac
-	else
-	  # Note the libdir as a future libdir.
-	  case "$future_libdirs " in
-	  *" $libdir "*) ;;
-	  *) future_libdirs="$future_libdirs $libdir" ;;
-	  esac
-	fi
-
-	func_dirname "$file" "/" ""
-	dir="$func_dirname_result"
-	dir="$dir$objdir"
-
-	if test -n "$relink_command"; then
-	  # Determine the prefix the user has applied to our future dir.
-	  inst_prefix_dir=`$ECHO "X$destdir" | $Xsed -e "s%$libdir\$%%"`
-
-	  # Don't allow the user to place us outside of our expected
-	  # location b/c this prevents finding dependent libraries that
-	  # are installed to the same prefix.
-	  # At present, this check doesn't affect windows .dll's that
-	  # are installed into $libdir/../bin (currently, that works fine)
-	  # but it's something to keep an eye on.
-	  test "$inst_prefix_dir" = "$destdir" && \
-	    func_fatal_error "error: cannot install \`$file' to a directory not ending in $libdir"
-
-	  if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then
-	    # Stick the inst_prefix_dir data into the link command.
-	    relink_command=`$ECHO "X$relink_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@inst_prefix_dir@%-inst-prefix-dir $inst_prefix_dir%"`
-	  else
-	    relink_command=`$ECHO "X$relink_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@inst_prefix_dir@%%"`
-	  fi
-
-	  func_warning "relinking \`$file'"
-	  func_show_eval "$relink_command" \
-	    'func_fatal_error "error: relink \`$file'\'' with the above command before installing it"'
-	fi
-
-	# See the names of the shared library.
-	set dummy $library_names; shift
-	if test -n "$1"; then
-	  realname="$1"
-	  shift
-
-	  srcname="$realname"
-	  test -n "$relink_command" && srcname="$realname"T
-
-	  # Install the shared library and build the symlinks.
-	  func_show_eval "$install_prog $dir/$srcname $destdir/$realname" \
-	      'exit $?'
-	  tstripme="$stripme"
-	  case $host_os in
-	  cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
-	    case $realname in
-	    *.dll.a)
-	      tstripme=""
-	      ;;
-	    esac
-	    ;;
-	  esac
-	  if test -n "$tstripme" && test -n "$striplib"; then
-	    func_show_eval "$striplib $destdir/$realname" 'exit $?'
-	  fi
-
-	  if test "$#" -gt 0; then
-	    # Delete the old symlinks, and create new ones.
-	    # Try `ln -sf' first, because the `ln' binary might depend on
-	    # the symlink we replace!  Solaris /bin/ln does not understand -f,
-	    # so we also need to try rm && ln -s.
-	    for linkname
-	    do
-	      test "$linkname" != "$realname" \
-		&& func_show_eval "(cd $destdir && { $LN_S -f $realname $linkname || { $RM $linkname && $LN_S $realname $linkname; }; })"
-	    done
-	  fi
-
-	  # Do each command in the postinstall commands.
-	  lib="$destdir/$realname"
-	  func_execute_cmds "$postinstall_cmds" 'exit $?'
-	fi
-
-	# Install the pseudo-library for information purposes.
-	func_basename "$file"
-	name="$func_basename_result"
-	instname="$dir/$name"i
-	func_show_eval "$install_prog $instname $destdir/$name" 'exit $?'
-
-	# Maybe install the static library, too.
-	test -n "$old_library" && staticlibs="$staticlibs $dir/$old_library"
-	;;
-
-      *.lo)
-	# Install (i.e. copy) a libtool object.
-
-	# Figure out destination file name, if it wasn't already specified.
-	if test -n "$destname"; then
-	  destfile="$destdir/$destname"
-	else
-	  func_basename "$file"
-	  destfile="$func_basename_result"
-	  destfile="$destdir/$destfile"
-	fi
-
-	# Deduce the name of the destination old-style object file.
-	case $destfile in
-	*.lo)
-	  func_lo2o "$destfile"
-	  staticdest=$func_lo2o_result
-	  ;;
-	*.$objext)
-	  staticdest="$destfile"
-	  destfile=
-	  ;;
-	*)
-	  func_fatal_help "cannot copy a libtool object to \`$destfile'"
-	  ;;
-	esac
-
-	# Install the libtool object if requested.
-	test -n "$destfile" && \
-	  func_show_eval "$install_prog $file $destfile" 'exit $?'
-
-	# Install the old object if enabled.
-	if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then
-	  # Deduce the name of the old-style object file.
-	  func_lo2o "$file"
-	  staticobj=$func_lo2o_result
-	  func_show_eval "$install_prog \$staticobj \$staticdest" 'exit $?'
-	fi
-	exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
-	;;
-
-      *)
-	# Figure out destination file name, if it wasn't already specified.
-	if test -n "$destname"; then
-	  destfile="$destdir/$destname"
-	else
-	  func_basename "$file"
-	  destfile="$func_basename_result"
-	  destfile="$destdir/$destfile"
-	fi
-
-	# If the file is missing, and there is a .exe on the end, strip it
-	# because it is most likely a libtool script we actually want to
-	# install
-	stripped_ext=""
-	case $file in
-	  *.exe)
-	    if test ! -f "$file"; then
-	      func_stripname '' '.exe' "$file"
-	      file=$func_stripname_result
-	      stripped_ext=".exe"
-	    fi
-	    ;;
-	esac
-
-	# Do a test to see if this is really a libtool program.
-	case $host in
-	*cygwin*|*mingw*)
-	    if func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$file"; then
-	      func_ltwrapper_scriptname "$file"
-	      wrapper=$func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result
-	    else
-	      func_stripname '' '.exe' "$file"
-	      wrapper=$func_stripname_result
-	    fi
-	    ;;
-	*)
-	    wrapper=$file
-	    ;;
-	esac
-	if func_ltwrapper_script_p "$wrapper"; then
-	  notinst_deplibs=
-	  relink_command=
-
-	  func_source "$wrapper"
-
-	  # Check the variables that should have been set.
-	  test -z "$generated_by_libtool_version" && \
-	    func_fatal_error "invalid libtool wrapper script \`$wrapper'"
-
-	  finalize=yes
-	  for lib in $notinst_deplibs; do
-	    # Check to see that each library is installed.
-	    libdir=
-	    if test -f "$lib"; then
-	      func_source "$lib"
-	    fi
-	    libfile="$libdir/"`$ECHO "X$lib" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%g'` ### testsuite: skip nested quoting test
-	    if test -n "$libdir" && test ! -f "$libfile"; then
-	      func_warning "\`$lib' has not been installed in \`$libdir'"
-	      finalize=no
-	    fi
-	  done
-
-	  relink_command=
-	  func_source "$wrapper"
-
-	  outputname=
-	  if test "$fast_install" = no && test -n "$relink_command"; then
-	    $opt_dry_run || {
-	      if test "$finalize" = yes; then
-	        tmpdir=`func_mktempdir`
-		func_basename "$file$stripped_ext"
-		file="$func_basename_result"
-	        outputname="$tmpdir/$file"
-	        # Replace the output file specification.
-	        relink_command=`$ECHO "X$relink_command" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$outputname"'%g'`
-
-	        $opt_silent || {
-	          func_quote_for_expand "$relink_command"
-		  eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result"
-	        }
-	        if eval "$relink_command"; then :
-	          else
-		  func_error "error: relink \`$file' with the above command before installing it"
-		  $opt_dry_run || ${RM}r "$tmpdir"
-		  continue
-	        fi
-	        file="$outputname"
-	      else
-	        func_warning "cannot relink \`$file'"
-	      fi
-	    }
-	  else
-	    # Install the binary that we compiled earlier.
-	    file=`$ECHO "X$file$stripped_ext" | $Xsed -e "s%\([^/]*\)$%$objdir/\1%"`
-	  fi
-	fi
-
-	# remove .exe since cygwin /usr/bin/install will append another
-	# one anyway
-	case $install_prog,$host in
-	*/usr/bin/install*,*cygwin*)
-	  case $file:$destfile in
-	  *.exe:*.exe)
-	    # this is ok
-	    ;;
-	  *.exe:*)
-	    destfile=$destfile.exe
-	    ;;
-	  *:*.exe)
-	    func_stripname '' '.exe' "$destfile"
-	    destfile=$func_stripname_result
-	    ;;
-	  esac
-	  ;;
-	esac
-	func_show_eval "$install_prog\$stripme \$file \$destfile" 'exit $?'
-	$opt_dry_run || if test -n "$outputname"; then
-	  ${RM}r "$tmpdir"
-	fi
-	;;
-      esac
-    done
-
-    for file in $staticlibs; do
-      func_basename "$file"
-      name="$func_basename_result"
-
-      # Set up the ranlib parameters.
-      oldlib="$destdir/$name"
-
-      func_show_eval "$install_prog \$file \$oldlib" 'exit $?'
-
-      if test -n "$stripme" && test -n "$old_striplib"; then
-	func_show_eval "$old_striplib $oldlib" 'exit $?'
-      fi
-
-      # Do each command in the postinstall commands.
-      func_execute_cmds "$old_postinstall_cmds" 'exit $?'
-    done
-
-    test -n "$future_libdirs" && \
-      func_warning "remember to run \`$progname --finish$future_libdirs'"
-
-    if test -n "$current_libdirs"; then
-      # Maybe just do a dry run.
-      $opt_dry_run && current_libdirs=" -n$current_libdirs"
-      exec_cmd='$SHELL $progpath $preserve_args --finish$current_libdirs'
-    else
-      exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
-    fi
-}
-
-test "$mode" = install && func_mode_install ${1+"$@"}
-
-
-# func_generate_dlsyms outputname originator pic_p
-# Extract symbols from dlprefiles and create ${outputname}S.o with
-# a dlpreopen symbol table.
-func_generate_dlsyms ()
-{
-    $opt_debug
-    my_outputname="$1"
-    my_originator="$2"
-    my_pic_p="${3-no}"
-    my_prefix=`$ECHO "$my_originator" | sed 's%[^a-zA-Z0-9]%_%g'`
-    my_dlsyms=
-
-    if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test "$dlself" != no; then
-      if test -n "$NM" && test -n "$global_symbol_pipe"; then
-	my_dlsyms="${my_outputname}S.c"
-      else
-	func_error "not configured to extract global symbols from dlpreopened files"
-      fi
-    fi
-
-    if test -n "$my_dlsyms"; then
-      case $my_dlsyms in
-      "") ;;
-      *.c)
-	# Discover the nlist of each of the dlfiles.
-	nlist="$output_objdir/${my_outputname}.nm"
-
-	func_show_eval "$RM $nlist ${nlist}S ${nlist}T"
-
-	# Parse the name list into a source file.
-	func_verbose "creating $output_objdir/$my_dlsyms"
-
-	$opt_dry_run || $ECHO > "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\
-/* $my_dlsyms - symbol resolution table for \`$my_outputname' dlsym emulation. */
-/* Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION */
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern \"C\" {
-#endif
-
-/* External symbol declarations for the compiler. */\
-"
-
-	if test "$dlself" = yes; then
-	  func_verbose "generating symbol list for \`$output'"
-
-	  $opt_dry_run || echo ': @PROGRAM@ ' > "$nlist"
-
-	  # Add our own program objects to the symbol list.
-	  progfiles=`$ECHO "X$objs$old_deplibs" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`
-	  for progfile in $progfiles; do
-	    func_verbose "extracting global C symbols from \`$progfile'"
-	    $opt_dry_run || eval "$NM $progfile | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'"
-	  done
-
-	  if test -n "$exclude_expsyms"; then
-	    $opt_dry_run || {
-	      eval '$EGREP -v " ($exclude_expsyms)$" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T'
-	      eval '$MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"'
-	    }
-	  fi
-
-	  if test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then
-	    $opt_dry_run || {
-	      eval '$EGREP -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T'
-	      eval '$MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"'
-	    }
-	  fi
-
-	  # Prepare the list of exported symbols
-	  if test -z "$export_symbols"; then
-	    export_symbols="$output_objdir/$outputname.exp"
-	    $opt_dry_run || {
-	      $RM $export_symbols
-	      eval "${SED} -n -e '/^: @PROGRAM@ $/d' -e 's/^.* \(.*\)$/\1/p' "'< "$nlist" > "$export_symbols"'
-	      case $host in
-	      *cygwin* | *mingw* )
-                eval "echo EXPORTS "'> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"'
-                eval 'cat "$export_symbols" >> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"'
-	        ;;
-	      esac
-	    }
-	  else
-	    $opt_dry_run || {
-	      eval "${SED} -e 's/\([].[*^$]\)/\\\\\1/g' -e 's/^/ /' -e 's/$/$/'"' < "$export_symbols" > "$output_objdir/$outputname.exp"'
-	      eval '$GREP -f "$output_objdir/$outputname.exp" < "$nlist" > "$nlist"T'
-	      eval '$MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"'
-	      case $host in
-	        *cygwin | *mingw* )
-	          eval "echo EXPORTS "'> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"'
-	          eval 'cat "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"'
-	          ;;
-	      esac
-	    }
-	  fi
-	fi
-
-	for dlprefile in $dlprefiles; do
-	  func_verbose "extracting global C symbols from \`$dlprefile'"
-	  func_basename "$dlprefile"
-	  name="$func_basename_result"
-	  $opt_dry_run || {
-	    eval '$ECHO ": $name " >> "$nlist"'
-	    eval "$NM $dlprefile 2>/dev/null | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'"
-	  }
-	done
-
-	$opt_dry_run || {
-	  # Make sure we have at least an empty file.
-	  test -f "$nlist" || : > "$nlist"
-
-	  if test -n "$exclude_expsyms"; then
-	    $EGREP -v " ($exclude_expsyms)$" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T
-	    $MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"
-	  fi
-
-	  # Try sorting and uniquifying the output.
-	  if $GREP -v "^: " < "$nlist" |
-	      if sort -k 3 /dev/null 2>&1; then
-		sort -k 3
-	      else
-		sort +2
-	      fi |
-	      uniq > "$nlist"S; then
-	    :
-	  else
-	    $GREP -v "^: " < "$nlist" > "$nlist"S
-	  fi
-
-	  if test -f "$nlist"S; then
-	    eval "$global_symbol_to_cdecl"' < "$nlist"S >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms"'
-	  else
-	    $ECHO '/* NONE */' >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms"
-	  fi
-
-	  $ECHO >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\
-
-/* The mapping between symbol names and symbols.  */
-typedef struct {
-  const char *name;
-  void *address;
-} lt_dlsymlist;
-"
-	  case $host in
-	  *cygwin* | *mingw* )
-	    $ECHO >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\
-/* DATA imports from DLLs on WIN32 con't be const, because
-   runtime relocations are performed -- see ld's documentation
-   on pseudo-relocs.  */"
-	    lt_dlsym_const= ;;
-	  *osf5*)
-	    echo >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\
-/* This system does not cope well with relocations in const data */"
-	    lt_dlsym_const= ;;
-	  *)
-	    lt_dlsym_const=const ;;
-	  esac
-
-	  $ECHO >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\
-extern $lt_dlsym_const lt_dlsymlist
-lt_${my_prefix}_LTX_preloaded_symbols[];
-$lt_dlsym_const lt_dlsymlist
-lt_${my_prefix}_LTX_preloaded_symbols[] =
-{\
-  { \"$my_originator\", (void *) 0 },"
-
-	  case $need_lib_prefix in
-	  no)
-	    eval "$global_symbol_to_c_name_address" < "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms"
-	    ;;
-	  *)
-	    eval "$global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix" < "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms"
-	    ;;
-	  esac
-	  $ECHO >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\
-  {0, (void *) 0}
-};
-
-/* This works around a problem in FreeBSD linker */
-#ifdef FREEBSD_WORKAROUND
-static const void *lt_preloaded_setup() {
-  return lt_${my_prefix}_LTX_preloaded_symbols;
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif\
-"
-	} # !$opt_dry_run
-
-	pic_flag_for_symtable=
-	case "$compile_command " in
-	*" -static "*) ;;
-	*)
-	  case $host in
-	  # compiling the symbol table file with pic_flag works around
-	  # a FreeBSD bug that causes programs to crash when -lm is
-	  # linked before any other PIC object.  But we must not use
-	  # pic_flag when linking with -static.  The problem exists in
-	  # FreeBSD 2.2.6 and is fixed in FreeBSD 3.1.
-	  *-*-freebsd2*|*-*-freebsd3.0*|*-*-freebsdelf3.0*)
-	    pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag -DFREEBSD_WORKAROUND" ;;
-	  *-*-hpux*)
-	    pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag"  ;;
-	  *)
-	    if test "X$my_pic_p" != Xno; then
-	      pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag"
-	    fi
-	    ;;
-	  esac
-	  ;;
-	esac
-	symtab_cflags=
-	for arg in $LTCFLAGS; do
-	  case $arg in
-	  -pie | -fpie | -fPIE) ;;
-	  *) symtab_cflags="$symtab_cflags $arg" ;;
-	  esac
-	done
-
-	# Now compile the dynamic symbol file.
-	func_show_eval '(cd $output_objdir && $LTCC$symtab_cflags -c$no_builtin_flag$pic_flag_for_symtable "$my_dlsyms")' 'exit $?'
-
-	# Clean up the generated files.
-	func_show_eval '$RM "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "$nlist" "${nlist}S" "${nlist}T"'
-
-	# Transform the symbol file into the correct name.
-	symfileobj="$output_objdir/${my_outputname}S.$objext"
-	case $host in
-	*cygwin* | *mingw* )
-	  if test -f "$output_objdir/$my_outputname.def"; then
-	    compile_command=`$ECHO "X$compile_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$output_objdir/$my_outputname.def $symfileobj%"`
-	    finalize_command=`$ECHO "X$finalize_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$output_objdir/$my_outputname.def $symfileobj%"`
-	  else
-	    compile_command=`$ECHO "X$compile_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"`
-	    finalize_command=`$ECHO "X$finalize_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"`
-	  fi
-	  ;;
-	*)
-	  compile_command=`$ECHO "X$compile_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"`
-	  finalize_command=`$ECHO "X$finalize_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"`
-	  ;;
-	esac
-	;;
-      *)
-	func_fatal_error "unknown suffix for \`$my_dlsyms'"
-	;;
-      esac
-    else
-      # We keep going just in case the user didn't refer to
-      # lt_preloaded_symbols.  The linker will fail if global_symbol_pipe
-      # really was required.
-
-      # Nullify the symbol file.
-      compile_command=`$ECHO "X$compile_command" | $Xsed -e "s% @SYMFILE@%%"`
-      finalize_command=`$ECHO "X$finalize_command" | $Xsed -e "s% @SYMFILE@%%"`
-    fi
-}
-
-# func_win32_libid arg
-# return the library type of file 'arg'
-#
-# Need a lot of goo to handle *both* DLLs and import libs
-# Has to be a shell function in order to 'eat' the argument
-# that is supplied when $file_magic_command is called.
-func_win32_libid ()
-{
-  $opt_debug
-  win32_libid_type="unknown"
-  win32_fileres=`file -L $1 2>/dev/null`
-  case $win32_fileres in
-  *ar\ archive\ import\ library*) # definitely import
-    win32_libid_type="x86 archive import"
-    ;;
-  *ar\ archive*) # could be an import, or static
-    if eval $OBJDUMP -f $1 | $SED -e '10q' 2>/dev/null |
-       $EGREP 'file format pe-i386(.*architecture: i386)?' >/dev/null ; then
-      win32_nmres=`eval $NM -f posix -A $1 |
-	$SED -n -e '
-	    1,100{
-		/ I /{
-		    s,.*,import,
-		    p
-		    q
-		}
-	    }'`
-      case $win32_nmres in
-      import*)  win32_libid_type="x86 archive import";;
-      *)        win32_libid_type="x86 archive static";;
-      esac
-    fi
-    ;;
-  *DLL*)
-    win32_libid_type="x86 DLL"
-    ;;
-  *executable*) # but shell scripts are "executable" too...
-    case $win32_fileres in
-    *MS\ Windows\ PE\ Intel*)
-      win32_libid_type="x86 DLL"
-      ;;
-    esac
-    ;;
-  esac
-  $ECHO "$win32_libid_type"
-}
-
-
-
-# func_extract_an_archive dir oldlib
-func_extract_an_archive ()
-{
-    $opt_debug
-    f_ex_an_ar_dir="$1"; shift
-    f_ex_an_ar_oldlib="$1"
-    func_show_eval "(cd \$f_ex_an_ar_dir && $AR x \"\$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib\")" 'exit $?'
-    if ($AR t "$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib" | sort | sort -uc >/dev/null 2>&1); then
-     :
-    else
-      func_fatal_error "object name conflicts in archive: $f_ex_an_ar_dir/$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib"
-    fi
-}
-
-
-# func_extract_archives gentop oldlib ...
-func_extract_archives ()
-{
-    $opt_debug
-    my_gentop="$1"; shift
-    my_oldlibs=${1+"$@"}
-    my_oldobjs=""
-    my_xlib=""
-    my_xabs=""
-    my_xdir=""
-
-    for my_xlib in $my_oldlibs; do
-      # Extract the objects.
-      case $my_xlib in
-	[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) my_xabs="$my_xlib" ;;
-	*) my_xabs=`pwd`"/$my_xlib" ;;
-      esac
-      func_basename "$my_xlib"
-      my_xlib="$func_basename_result"
-      my_xlib_u=$my_xlib
-      while :; do
-        case " $extracted_archives " in
-	*" $my_xlib_u "*)
-	  func_arith $extracted_serial + 1
-	  extracted_serial=$func_arith_result
-	  my_xlib_u=lt$extracted_serial-$my_xlib ;;
-	*) break ;;
-	esac
-      done
-      extracted_archives="$extracted_archives $my_xlib_u"
-      my_xdir="$my_gentop/$my_xlib_u"
-
-      func_mkdir_p "$my_xdir"
-
-      case $host in
-      *-darwin*)
-	func_verbose "Extracting $my_xabs"
-	# Do not bother doing anything if just a dry run
-	$opt_dry_run || {
-	  darwin_orig_dir=`pwd`
-	  cd $my_xdir || exit $?
-	  darwin_archive=$my_xabs
-	  darwin_curdir=`pwd`
-	  darwin_base_archive=`basename "$darwin_archive"`
-	  darwin_arches=`$LIPO -info "$darwin_archive" 2>/dev/null | $GREP Architectures 2>/dev/null || true`
-	  if test -n "$darwin_arches"; then
-	    darwin_arches=`$ECHO "$darwin_arches" | $SED -e 's/.*are://'`
-	    darwin_arch=
-	    func_verbose "$darwin_base_archive has multiple architectures $darwin_arches"
-	    for darwin_arch in  $darwin_arches ; do
-	      func_mkdir_p "unfat-$$/${darwin_base_archive}-${darwin_arch}"
-	      $LIPO -thin $darwin_arch -output "unfat-$$/${darwin_base_archive}-${darwin_arch}/${darwin_base_archive}" "${darwin_archive}"
-	      cd "unfat-$$/${darwin_base_archive}-${darwin_arch}"
-	      func_extract_an_archive "`pwd`" "${darwin_base_archive}"
-	      cd "$darwin_curdir"
-	      $RM "unfat-$$/${darwin_base_archive}-${darwin_arch}/${darwin_base_archive}"
-	    done # $darwin_arches
-            ## Okay now we've a bunch of thin objects, gotta fatten them up :)
-	    darwin_filelist=`find unfat-$$ -type f -name \*.o -print -o -name \*.lo -print | $SED -e "$basename" | sort -u`
-	    darwin_file=
-	    darwin_files=
-	    for darwin_file in $darwin_filelist; do
-	      darwin_files=`find unfat-$$ -name $darwin_file -print | $NL2SP`
-	      $LIPO -create -output "$darwin_file" $darwin_files
-	    done # $darwin_filelist
-	    $RM -rf unfat-$$
-	    cd "$darwin_orig_dir"
-	  else
-	    cd $darwin_orig_dir
-	    func_extract_an_archive "$my_xdir" "$my_xabs"
-	  fi # $darwin_arches
-	} # !$opt_dry_run
-	;;
-      *)
-        func_extract_an_archive "$my_xdir" "$my_xabs"
-	;;
-      esac
-      my_oldobjs="$my_oldobjs "`find $my_xdir -name \*.$objext -print -o -name \*.lo -print | $NL2SP`
-    done
-
-    func_extract_archives_result="$my_oldobjs"
-}
-
-
-
-# func_emit_wrapper arg
-#
-# emit a libtool wrapper script on stdout
-# don't directly open a file because we may want to
-# incorporate the script contents within a cygwin/mingw
-# wrapper executable.  Must ONLY be called from within
-# func_mode_link because it depends on a number of variable
-# set therein.
-#
-# arg is the value that the WRAPPER_SCRIPT_BELONGS_IN_OBJDIR
-# variable will take.  If 'yes', then the emitted script
-# will assume that the directory in which it is stored is
-# the '.lib' directory.  This is a cygwin/mingw-specific
-# behavior.
-func_emit_wrapper ()
-{
-	func_emit_wrapper_arg1=no
-	if test -n "$1" ; then
-	  func_emit_wrapper_arg1=$1
-	fi
-
-	$ECHO "\
-#! $SHELL
-
-# $output - temporary wrapper script for $objdir/$outputname
-# Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION
-#
-# The $output program cannot be directly executed until all the libtool
-# libraries that it depends on are installed.
-#
-# This wrapper script should never be moved out of the build directory.
-# If it is, it will not operate correctly.
-
-# Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting.  It backslashifies
-# metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings.
-Xsed='${SED} -e 1s/^X//'
-sed_quote_subst='$sed_quote_subst'
-
-# Be Bourne compatible
-if test -n \"\${ZSH_VERSION+set}\" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-  emulate sh
-  NULLCMD=:
-  # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on \${1+\"\$@\"}, which
-  # is contrary to our usage.  Disable this feature.
-  alias -g '\${1+\"\$@\"}'='\"\$@\"'
-  setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
-else
-  case \`(set -o) 2>/dev/null\` in *posix*) set -o posix;; esac
-fi
-BIN_SH=xpg4; export BIN_SH # for Tru64
-DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh
-
-# The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout
-# if CDPATH is set.
-(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH
-
-relink_command=\"$relink_command\"
-
-# This environment variable determines our operation mode.
-if test \"\$libtool_install_magic\" = \"$magic\"; then
-  # install mode needs the following variables:
-  generated_by_libtool_version='$macro_version'
-  notinst_deplibs='$notinst_deplibs'
-else
-  # When we are sourced in execute mode, \$file and \$ECHO are already set.
-  if test \"\$libtool_execute_magic\" != \"$magic\"; then
-    ECHO=\"$qecho\"
-    file=\"\$0\"
-    # Make sure echo works.
-    if test \"X\$1\" = X--no-reexec; then
-      # Discard the --no-reexec flag, and continue.
-      shift
-    elif test \"X\`{ \$ECHO '\t'; } 2>/dev/null\`\" = 'X\t'; then
-      # Yippee, \$ECHO works!
-      :
-    else
-      # Restart under the correct shell, and then maybe \$ECHO will work.
-      exec $SHELL \"\$0\" --no-reexec \${1+\"\$@\"}
-    fi
-  fi\
-"
-	$ECHO "\
-
-  # Find the directory that this script lives in.
-  thisdir=\`\$ECHO \"X\$file\" | \$Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'\`
-  test \"x\$thisdir\" = \"x\$file\" && thisdir=.
-
-  # Follow symbolic links until we get to the real thisdir.
-  file=\`ls -ld \"\$file\" | ${SED} -n 's/.*-> //p'\`
-  while test -n \"\$file\"; do
-    destdir=\`\$ECHO \"X\$file\" | \$Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*\$%%'\`
-
-    # If there was a directory component, then change thisdir.
-    if test \"x\$destdir\" != \"x\$file\"; then
-      case \"\$destdir\" in
-      [\\\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\\\/]*) thisdir=\"\$destdir\" ;;
-      *) thisdir=\"\$thisdir/\$destdir\" ;;
-      esac
-    fi
-
-    file=\`\$ECHO \"X\$file\" | \$Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'\`
-    file=\`ls -ld \"\$thisdir/\$file\" | ${SED} -n 's/.*-> //p'\`
-  done
-
-  # Usually 'no', except on cygwin/mingw when embedded into
-  # the cwrapper.
-  WRAPPER_SCRIPT_BELONGS_IN_OBJDIR=$func_emit_wrapper_arg1
-  if test \"\$WRAPPER_SCRIPT_BELONGS_IN_OBJDIR\" = \"yes\"; then
-    # special case for '.'
-    if test \"\$thisdir\" = \".\"; then
-      thisdir=\`pwd\`
-    fi
-    # remove .libs from thisdir
-    case \"\$thisdir\" in
-    *[\\\\/]$objdir ) thisdir=\`\$ECHO \"X\$thisdir\" | \$Xsed -e 's%[\\\\/][^\\\\/]*$%%'\` ;;
-    $objdir )   thisdir=. ;;
-    esac
-  fi
-
-  # Try to get the absolute directory name.
-  absdir=\`cd \"\$thisdir\" && pwd\`
-  test -n \"\$absdir\" && thisdir=\"\$absdir\"
-"
-
-	if test "$fast_install" = yes; then
-	  $ECHO "\
-  program=lt-'$outputname'$exeext
-  progdir=\"\$thisdir/$objdir\"
-
-  if test ! -f \"\$progdir/\$program\" ||
-     { file=\`ls -1dt \"\$progdir/\$program\" \"\$progdir/../\$program\" 2>/dev/null | ${SED} 1q\`; \\
-       test \"X\$file\" != \"X\$progdir/\$program\"; }; then
-
-    file=\"\$\$-\$program\"
-
-    if test ! -d \"\$progdir\"; then
-      $MKDIR \"\$progdir\"
-    else
-      $RM \"\$progdir/\$file\"
-    fi"
-
-	  $ECHO "\
-
-    # relink executable if necessary
-    if test -n \"\$relink_command\"; then
-      if relink_command_output=\`eval \$relink_command 2>&1\`; then :
-      else
-	$ECHO \"\$relink_command_output\" >&2
-	$RM \"\$progdir/\$file\"
-	exit 1
-      fi
-    fi
-
-    $MV \"\$progdir/\$file\" \"\$progdir/\$program\" 2>/dev/null ||
-    { $RM \"\$progdir/\$program\";
-      $MV \"\$progdir/\$file\" \"\$progdir/\$program\"; }
-    $RM \"\$progdir/\$file\"
-  fi"
-	else
-	  $ECHO "\
-  program='$outputname'
-  progdir=\"\$thisdir/$objdir\"
-"
-	fi
-
-	$ECHO "\
-
-  if test -f \"\$progdir/\$program\"; then"
-
-	# Export our shlibpath_var if we have one.
-	if test "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" = yes && test -n "$shlibpath_var" && test -n "$temp_rpath"; then
-	  $ECHO "\
-    # Add our own library path to $shlibpath_var
-    $shlibpath_var=\"$temp_rpath\$$shlibpath_var\"
-
-    # Some systems cannot cope with colon-terminated $shlibpath_var
-    # The second colon is a workaround for a bug in BeOS R4 sed
-    $shlibpath_var=\`\$ECHO \"X\$$shlibpath_var\" | \$Xsed -e 's/::*\$//'\`
-
-    export $shlibpath_var
-"
-	fi
-
-	# fixup the dll searchpath if we need to.
-	if test -n "$dllsearchpath"; then
-	  $ECHO "\
-    # Add the dll search path components to the executable PATH
-    PATH=$dllsearchpath:\$PATH
-"
-	fi
-
-	$ECHO "\
-    if test \"\$libtool_execute_magic\" != \"$magic\"; then
-      # Run the actual program with our arguments.
-"
-	case $host in
-	# Backslashes separate directories on plain windows
-	*-*-mingw | *-*-os2*)
-	  $ECHO "\
-      exec \"\$progdir\\\\\$program\" \${1+\"\$@\"}
-"
-	  ;;
-
-	*)
-	  $ECHO "\
-      exec \"\$progdir/\$program\" \${1+\"\$@\"}
-"
-	  ;;
-	esac
-	$ECHO "\
-      \$ECHO \"\$0: cannot exec \$program \$*\" 1>&2
-      exit 1
-    fi
-  else
-    # The program doesn't exist.
-    \$ECHO \"\$0: error: \\\`\$progdir/\$program' does not exist\" 1>&2
-    \$ECHO \"This script is just a wrapper for \$program.\" 1>&2
-    $ECHO \"See the $PACKAGE documentation for more information.\" 1>&2
-    exit 1
-  fi
-fi\
-"
-}
-# end: func_emit_wrapper
-
-# func_emit_cwrapperexe_src
-# emit the source code for a wrapper executable on stdout
-# Must ONLY be called from within func_mode_link because
-# it depends on a number of variable set therein.
-func_emit_cwrapperexe_src ()
-{
-	cat <
-#include 
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-# include 
-# include 
-# include 
-# define setmode _setmode
-#else
-# include 
-# include 
-# ifdef __CYGWIN__
-#  include 
-# endif
-#endif
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-
-#if defined(PATH_MAX)
-# define LT_PATHMAX PATH_MAX
-#elif defined(MAXPATHLEN)
-# define LT_PATHMAX MAXPATHLEN
-#else
-# define LT_PATHMAX 1024
-#endif
-
-#ifndef S_IXOTH
-# define S_IXOTH 0
-#endif
-#ifndef S_IXGRP
-# define S_IXGRP 0
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-# define S_IXUSR _S_IEXEC
-# define stat _stat
-# ifndef _INTPTR_T_DEFINED
-#  define intptr_t int
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR
-# define DIR_SEPARATOR '/'
-# define PATH_SEPARATOR ':'
-#endif
-
-#if defined (_WIN32) || defined (__MSDOS__) || defined (__DJGPP__) || \
-  defined (__OS2__)
-# define HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
-# define FOPEN_WB "wb"
-# ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR_2
-#  define DIR_SEPARATOR_2 '\\'
-# endif
-# ifndef PATH_SEPARATOR_2
-#  define PATH_SEPARATOR_2 ';'
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR_2
-# define IS_DIR_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR)
-#else /* DIR_SEPARATOR_2 */
-# define IS_DIR_SEPARATOR(ch) \
-	(((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR) || ((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR_2))
-#endif /* DIR_SEPARATOR_2 */
-
-#ifndef PATH_SEPARATOR_2
-# define IS_PATH_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == PATH_SEPARATOR)
-#else /* PATH_SEPARATOR_2 */
-# define IS_PATH_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == PATH_SEPARATOR_2)
-#endif /* PATH_SEPARATOR_2 */
-
-#ifdef __CYGWIN__
-# define FOPEN_WB "wb"
-#endif
-
-#ifndef FOPEN_WB
-# define FOPEN_WB "w"
-#endif
-#ifndef _O_BINARY
-# define _O_BINARY 0
-#endif
-
-#define XMALLOC(type, num)      ((type *) xmalloc ((num) * sizeof(type)))
-#define XFREE(stale) do { \
-  if (stale) { free ((void *) stale); stale = 0; } \
-} while (0)
-
-#undef LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF
-#if defined DEBUGWRAPPER
-# define LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF(args) ltwrapper_debugprintf args
-static void
-ltwrapper_debugprintf (const char *fmt, ...)
-{
-    va_list args;
-    va_start (args, fmt);
-    (void) vfprintf (stderr, fmt, args);
-    va_end (args);
-}
-#else
-# define LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF(args)
-#endif
-
-const char *program_name = NULL;
-
-void *xmalloc (size_t num);
-char *xstrdup (const char *string);
-const char *base_name (const char *name);
-char *find_executable (const char *wrapper);
-char *chase_symlinks (const char *pathspec);
-int make_executable (const char *path);
-int check_executable (const char *path);
-char *strendzap (char *str, const char *pat);
-void lt_fatal (const char *message, ...);
-
-static const char *script_text =
-EOF
-
-	    func_emit_wrapper yes |
-	        $SED -e 's/\([\\"]\)/\\\1/g' \
-	             -e 's/^/  "/' -e 's/$/\\n"/'
-	    echo ";"
-
-	    cat </dev/null || echo $SHELL`
-		  case $lt_newargv0 in
-		    *.exe | *.EXE) ;;
-		    *) lt_newargv0=$lt_newargv0.exe ;;
-		  esac
-		  ;;
-		* ) lt_newargv0=$SHELL ;;
-	      esac
-	    fi
-
-		cat <= 0)
-      && (st.st_mode & (S_IXUSR | S_IXGRP | S_IXOTH)))
-    return 1;
-  else
-    return 0;
-}
-
-int
-make_executable (const char *path)
-{
-  int rval = 0;
-  struct stat st;
-
-  LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(make_executable)   : %s\n",
-			  path ? (*path ? path : "EMPTY!") : "NULL!"));
-  if ((!path) || (!*path))
-    return 0;
-
-  if (stat (path, &st) >= 0)
-    {
-      rval = chmod (path, st.st_mode | S_IXOTH | S_IXGRP | S_IXUSR);
-    }
-  return rval;
-}
-
-/* Searches for the full path of the wrapper.  Returns
-   newly allocated full path name if found, NULL otherwise
-   Does not chase symlinks, even on platforms that support them.
-*/
-char *
-find_executable (const char *wrapper)
-{
-  int has_slash = 0;
-  const char *p;
-  const char *p_next;
-  /* static buffer for getcwd */
-  char tmp[LT_PATHMAX + 1];
-  int tmp_len;
-  char *concat_name;
-
-  LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(find_executable)   : %s\n",
-			  wrapper ? (*wrapper ? wrapper : "EMPTY!") : "NULL!"));
-
-  if ((wrapper == NULL) || (*wrapper == '\0'))
-    return NULL;
-
-  /* Absolute path? */
-#if defined (HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM)
-  if (isalpha ((unsigned char) wrapper[0]) && wrapper[1] == ':')
-    {
-      concat_name = xstrdup (wrapper);
-      if (check_executable (concat_name))
-	return concat_name;
-      XFREE (concat_name);
-    }
-  else
-    {
-#endif
-      if (IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (wrapper[0]))
-	{
-	  concat_name = xstrdup (wrapper);
-	  if (check_executable (concat_name))
-	    return concat_name;
-	  XFREE (concat_name);
-	}
-#if defined (HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM)
-    }
-#endif
-
-  for (p = wrapper; *p; p++)
-    if (*p == '/')
-      {
-	has_slash = 1;
-	break;
-      }
-  if (!has_slash)
-    {
-      /* no slashes; search PATH */
-      const char *path = getenv ("PATH");
-      if (path != NULL)
-	{
-	  for (p = path; *p; p = p_next)
-	    {
-	      const char *q;
-	      size_t p_len;
-	      for (q = p; *q; q++)
-		if (IS_PATH_SEPARATOR (*q))
-		  break;
-	      p_len = q - p;
-	      p_next = (*q == '\0' ? q : q + 1);
-	      if (p_len == 0)
-		{
-		  /* empty path: current directory */
-		  if (getcwd (tmp, LT_PATHMAX) == NULL)
-		    lt_fatal ("getcwd failed");
-		  tmp_len = strlen (tmp);
-		  concat_name =
-		    XMALLOC (char, tmp_len + 1 + strlen (wrapper) + 1);
-		  memcpy (concat_name, tmp, tmp_len);
-		  concat_name[tmp_len] = '/';
-		  strcpy (concat_name + tmp_len + 1, wrapper);
-		}
-	      else
-		{
-		  concat_name =
-		    XMALLOC (char, p_len + 1 + strlen (wrapper) + 1);
-		  memcpy (concat_name, p, p_len);
-		  concat_name[p_len] = '/';
-		  strcpy (concat_name + p_len + 1, wrapper);
-		}
-	      if (check_executable (concat_name))
-		return concat_name;
-	      XFREE (concat_name);
-	    }
-	}
-      /* not found in PATH; assume curdir */
-    }
-  /* Relative path | not found in path: prepend cwd */
-  if (getcwd (tmp, LT_PATHMAX) == NULL)
-    lt_fatal ("getcwd failed");
-  tmp_len = strlen (tmp);
-  concat_name = XMALLOC (char, tmp_len + 1 + strlen (wrapper) + 1);
-  memcpy (concat_name, tmp, tmp_len);
-  concat_name[tmp_len] = '/';
-  strcpy (concat_name + tmp_len + 1, wrapper);
-
-  if (check_executable (concat_name))
-    return concat_name;
-  XFREE (concat_name);
-  return NULL;
-}
-
-char *
-chase_symlinks (const char *pathspec)
-{
-#ifndef S_ISLNK
-  return xstrdup (pathspec);
-#else
-  char buf[LT_PATHMAX];
-  struct stat s;
-  char *tmp_pathspec = xstrdup (pathspec);
-  char *p;
-  int has_symlinks = 0;
-  while (strlen (tmp_pathspec) && !has_symlinks)
-    {
-      LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("checking path component for symlinks: %s\n",
-			      tmp_pathspec));
-      if (lstat (tmp_pathspec, &s) == 0)
-	{
-	  if (S_ISLNK (s.st_mode) != 0)
-	    {
-	      has_symlinks = 1;
-	      break;
-	    }
-
-	  /* search backwards for last DIR_SEPARATOR */
-	  p = tmp_pathspec + strlen (tmp_pathspec) - 1;
-	  while ((p > tmp_pathspec) && (!IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (*p)))
-	    p--;
-	  if ((p == tmp_pathspec) && (!IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (*p)))
-	    {
-	      /* no more DIR_SEPARATORS left */
-	      break;
-	    }
-	  *p = '\0';
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  char *errstr = strerror (errno);
-	  lt_fatal ("Error accessing file %s (%s)", tmp_pathspec, errstr);
-	}
-    }
-  XFREE (tmp_pathspec);
-
-  if (!has_symlinks)
-    {
-      return xstrdup (pathspec);
-    }
-
-  tmp_pathspec = realpath (pathspec, buf);
-  if (tmp_pathspec == 0)
-    {
-      lt_fatal ("Could not follow symlinks for %s", pathspec);
-    }
-  return xstrdup (tmp_pathspec);
-#endif
-}
-
-char *
-strendzap (char *str, const char *pat)
-{
-  size_t len, patlen;
-
-  assert (str != NULL);
-  assert (pat != NULL);
-
-  len = strlen (str);
-  patlen = strlen (pat);
-
-  if (patlen <= len)
-    {
-      str += len - patlen;
-      if (strcmp (str, pat) == 0)
-	*str = '\0';
-    }
-  return str;
-}
-
-static void
-lt_error_core (int exit_status, const char *mode,
-	       const char *message, va_list ap)
-{
-  fprintf (stderr, "%s: %s: ", program_name, mode);
-  vfprintf (stderr, message, ap);
-  fprintf (stderr, ".\n");
-
-  if (exit_status >= 0)
-    exit (exit_status);
-}
-
-void
-lt_fatal (const char *message, ...)
-{
-  va_list ap;
-  va_start (ap, message);
-  lt_error_core (EXIT_FAILURE, "FATAL", message, ap);
-  va_end (ap);
-}
-EOF
-}
-# end: func_emit_cwrapperexe_src
-
-# func_mode_link arg...
-func_mode_link ()
-{
-    $opt_debug
-    case $host in
-    *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2*)
-      # It is impossible to link a dll without this setting, and
-      # we shouldn't force the makefile maintainer to figure out
-      # which system we are compiling for in order to pass an extra
-      # flag for every libtool invocation.
-      # allow_undefined=no
-
-      # FIXME: Unfortunately, there are problems with the above when trying
-      # to make a dll which has undefined symbols, in which case not
-      # even a static library is built.  For now, we need to specify
-      # -no-undefined on the libtool link line when we can be certain
-      # that all symbols are satisfied, otherwise we get a static library.
-      allow_undefined=yes
-      ;;
-    *)
-      allow_undefined=yes
-      ;;
-    esac
-    libtool_args=$nonopt
-    base_compile="$nonopt $@"
-    compile_command=$nonopt
-    finalize_command=$nonopt
-
-    compile_rpath=
-    finalize_rpath=
-    compile_shlibpath=
-    finalize_shlibpath=
-    convenience=
-    old_convenience=
-    deplibs=
-    old_deplibs=
-    compiler_flags=
-    linker_flags=
-    dllsearchpath=
-    lib_search_path=`pwd`
-    inst_prefix_dir=
-    new_inherited_linker_flags=
-
-    avoid_version=no
-    dlfiles=
-    dlprefiles=
-    dlself=no
-    export_dynamic=no
-    export_symbols=
-    export_symbols_regex=
-    generated=
-    libobjs=
-    ltlibs=
-    module=no
-    no_install=no
-    objs=
-    non_pic_objects=
-    precious_files_regex=
-    prefer_static_libs=no
-    preload=no
-    prev=
-    prevarg=
-    release=
-    rpath=
-    xrpath=
-    perm_rpath=
-    temp_rpath=
-    thread_safe=no
-    vinfo=
-    vinfo_number=no
-    weak_libs=
-    single_module="${wl}-single_module"
-    func_infer_tag $base_compile
-
-    # We need to know -static, to get the right output filenames.
-    for arg
-    do
-      case $arg in
-      -shared)
-	test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes && \
-	  func_fatal_configuration "can not build a shared library"
-	build_old_libs=no
-	break
-	;;
-      -all-static | -static | -static-libtool-libs)
-	case $arg in
-	-all-static)
-	  if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && test -z "$link_static_flag"; then
-	    func_warning "complete static linking is impossible in this configuration"
-	  fi
-	  if test -n "$link_static_flag"; then
-	    dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static
-	  fi
-	  prefer_static_libs=yes
-	  ;;
-	-static)
-	  if test -z "$pic_flag" && test -n "$link_static_flag"; then
-	    dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static
-	  fi
-	  prefer_static_libs=built
-	  ;;
-	-static-libtool-libs)
-	  if test -z "$pic_flag" && test -n "$link_static_flag"; then
-	    dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static
-	  fi
-	  prefer_static_libs=yes
-	  ;;
-	esac
-	build_libtool_libs=no
-	build_old_libs=yes
-	break
-	;;
-      esac
-    done
-
-    # See if our shared archives depend on static archives.
-    test -n "$old_archive_from_new_cmds" && build_old_libs=yes
-
-    # Go through the arguments, transforming them on the way.
-    while test "$#" -gt 0; do
-      arg="$1"
-      shift
-      func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
-      qarg=$func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result
-      func_append libtool_args " $func_quote_for_eval_result"
-
-      # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it.
-      if test -n "$prev"; then
-	case $prev in
-	output)
-	  func_append compile_command " @OUTPUT@"
-	  func_append finalize_command " @OUTPUT@"
-	  ;;
-	esac
-
-	case $prev in
-	dlfiles|dlprefiles)
-	  if test "$preload" = no; then
-	    # Add the symbol object into the linking commands.
-	    func_append compile_command " @SYMFILE@"
-	    func_append finalize_command " @SYMFILE@"
-	    preload=yes
-	  fi
-	  case $arg in
-	  *.la | *.lo) ;;  # We handle these cases below.
-	  force)
-	    if test "$dlself" = no; then
-	      dlself=needless
-	      export_dynamic=yes
-	    fi
-	    prev=
-	    continue
-	    ;;
-	  self)
-	    if test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then
-	      dlself=yes
-	    elif test "$prev" = dlfiles && test "$dlopen_self" != yes; then
-	      dlself=yes
-	    else
-	      dlself=needless
-	      export_dynamic=yes
-	    fi
-	    prev=
-	    continue
-	    ;;
-	  *)
-	    if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then
-	      dlfiles="$dlfiles $arg"
-	    else
-	      dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $arg"
-	    fi
-	    prev=
-	    continue
-	    ;;
-	  esac
-	  ;;
-	expsyms)
-	  export_symbols="$arg"
-	  test -f "$arg" \
-	    || func_fatal_error "symbol file \`$arg' does not exist"
-	  prev=
-	  continue
-	  ;;
-	expsyms_regex)
-	  export_symbols_regex="$arg"
-	  prev=
-	  continue
-	  ;;
-	framework)
-	  case $host in
-	    *-*-darwin*)
-	      case "$deplibs " in
-		*" $qarg.ltframework "*) ;;
-		*) deplibs="$deplibs $qarg.ltframework" # this is fixed later
-		   ;;
-	      esac
-	      ;;
-	  esac
-	  prev=
-	  continue
-	  ;;
-	inst_prefix)
-	  inst_prefix_dir="$arg"
-	  prev=
-	  continue
-	  ;;
-	objectlist)
-	  if test -f "$arg"; then
-	    save_arg=$arg
-	    moreargs=
-	    for fil in `cat "$save_arg"`
-	    do
-#	      moreargs="$moreargs $fil"
-	      arg=$fil
-	      # A libtool-controlled object.
-
-	      # Check to see that this really is a libtool object.
-	      if func_lalib_unsafe_p "$arg"; then
-		pic_object=
-		non_pic_object=
-
-		# Read the .lo file
-		func_source "$arg"
-
-		if test -z "$pic_object" ||
-		   test -z "$non_pic_object" ||
-		   test "$pic_object" = none &&
-		   test "$non_pic_object" = none; then
-		  func_fatal_error "cannot find name of object for \`$arg'"
-		fi
-
-		# Extract subdirectory from the argument.
-		func_dirname "$arg" "/" ""
-		xdir="$func_dirname_result"
-
-		if test "$pic_object" != none; then
-		  # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in.
-		  pic_object="$xdir$pic_object"
-
-		  if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then
-		    if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && test "$dlopen_support" = yes; then
-		      dlfiles="$dlfiles $pic_object"
-		      prev=
-		      continue
-		    else
-		      # If libtool objects are unsupported, then we need to preload.
-		      prev=dlprefiles
-		    fi
-		  fi
-
-		  # CHECK ME:  I think I busted this.  -Ossama
-		  if test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then
-		    # Preload the old-style object.
-		    dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $pic_object"
-		    prev=
-		  fi
-
-		  # A PIC object.
-		  func_append libobjs " $pic_object"
-		  arg="$pic_object"
-		fi
-
-		# Non-PIC object.
-		if test "$non_pic_object" != none; then
-		  # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in.
-		  non_pic_object="$xdir$non_pic_object"
-
-		  # A standard non-PIC object
-		  func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object"
-		  if test -z "$pic_object" || test "$pic_object" = none ; then
-		    arg="$non_pic_object"
-		  fi
-		else
-		  # If the PIC object exists, use it instead.
-		  # $xdir was prepended to $pic_object above.
-		  non_pic_object="$pic_object"
-		  func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object"
-		fi
-	      else
-		# Only an error if not doing a dry-run.
-		if $opt_dry_run; then
-		  # Extract subdirectory from the argument.
-		  func_dirname "$arg" "/" ""
-		  xdir="$func_dirname_result"
-
-		  func_lo2o "$arg"
-		  pic_object=$xdir$objdir/$func_lo2o_result
-		  non_pic_object=$xdir$func_lo2o_result
-		  func_append libobjs " $pic_object"
-		  func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object"
-	        else
-		  func_fatal_error "\`$arg' is not a valid libtool object"
-		fi
-	      fi
-	    done
-	  else
-	    func_fatal_error "link input file \`$arg' does not exist"
-	  fi
-	  arg=$save_arg
-	  prev=
-	  continue
-	  ;;
-	precious_regex)
-	  precious_files_regex="$arg"
-	  prev=
-	  continue
-	  ;;
-	release)
-	  release="-$arg"
-	  prev=
-	  continue
-	  ;;
-	rpath | xrpath)
-	  # We need an absolute path.
-	  case $arg in
-	  [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;;
-	  *)
-	    func_fatal_error "only absolute run-paths are allowed"
-	    ;;
-	  esac
-	  if test "$prev" = rpath; then
-	    case "$rpath " in
-	    *" $arg "*) ;;
-	    *) rpath="$rpath $arg" ;;
-	    esac
-	  else
-	    case "$xrpath " in
-	    *" $arg "*) ;;
-	    *) xrpath="$xrpath $arg" ;;
-	    esac
-	  fi
-	  prev=
-	  continue
-	  ;;
-	shrext)
-	  shrext_cmds="$arg"
-	  prev=
-	  continue
-	  ;;
-	weak)
-	  weak_libs="$weak_libs $arg"
-	  prev=
-	  continue
-	  ;;
-	xcclinker)
-	  linker_flags="$linker_flags $qarg"
-	  compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $qarg"
-	  prev=
-	  func_append compile_command " $qarg"
-	  func_append finalize_command " $qarg"
-	  continue
-	  ;;
-	xcompiler)
-	  compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $qarg"
-	  prev=
-	  func_append compile_command " $qarg"
-	  func_append finalize_command " $qarg"
-	  continue
-	  ;;
-	xlinker)
-	  linker_flags="$linker_flags $qarg"
-	  compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $wl$qarg"
-	  prev=
-	  func_append compile_command " $wl$qarg"
-	  func_append finalize_command " $wl$qarg"
-	  continue
-	  ;;
-	*)
-	  eval "$prev=\"\$arg\""
-	  prev=
-	  continue
-	  ;;
-	esac
-      fi # test -n "$prev"
-
-      prevarg="$arg"
-
-      case $arg in
-      -all-static)
-	if test -n "$link_static_flag"; then
-	  # See comment for -static flag below, for more details.
-	  func_append compile_command " $link_static_flag"
-	  func_append finalize_command " $link_static_flag"
-	fi
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      -allow-undefined)
-	# FIXME: remove this flag sometime in the future.
-	func_fatal_error "\`-allow-undefined' must not be used because it is the default"
-	;;
-
-      -avoid-version)
-	avoid_version=yes
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      -dlopen)
-	prev=dlfiles
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      -dlpreopen)
-	prev=dlprefiles
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      -export-dynamic)
-	export_dynamic=yes
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      -export-symbols | -export-symbols-regex)
-	if test -n "$export_symbols" || test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then
-	  func_fatal_error "more than one -exported-symbols argument is not allowed"
-	fi
-	if test "X$arg" = "X-export-symbols"; then
-	  prev=expsyms
-	else
-	  prev=expsyms_regex
-	fi
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      -framework)
-	prev=framework
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      -inst-prefix-dir)
-	prev=inst_prefix
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      # The native IRIX linker understands -LANG:*, -LIST:* and -LNO:*
-      # so, if we see these flags be careful not to treat them like -L
-      -L[A-Z][A-Z]*:*)
-	case $with_gcc/$host in
-	no/*-*-irix* | /*-*-irix*)
-	  func_append compile_command " $arg"
-	  func_append finalize_command " $arg"
-	  ;;
-	esac
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      -L*)
-	func_stripname '-L' '' "$arg"
-	dir=$func_stripname_result
-	# We need an absolute path.
-	case $dir in
-	[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;;
-	*)
-	  absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd`
-	  test -z "$absdir" && \
-	    func_fatal_error "cannot determine absolute directory name of \`$dir'"
-	  dir="$absdir"
-	  ;;
-	esac
-	case "$deplibs " in
-	*" -L$dir "*) ;;
-	*)
-	  deplibs="$deplibs -L$dir"
-	  lib_search_path="$lib_search_path $dir"
-	  ;;
-	esac
-	case $host in
-	*-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2*)
-	  testbindir=`$ECHO "X$dir" | $Xsed -e 's*/lib$*/bin*'`
-	  case :$dllsearchpath: in
-	  *":$dir:"*) ;;
-	  *) dllsearchpath="$dllsearchpath:$dir";;
-	  esac
-	  case :$dllsearchpath: in
-	  *":$testbindir:"*) ;;
-	  *) dllsearchpath="$dllsearchpath:$testbindir";;
-	  esac
-	  ;;
-	esac
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      -l*)
-	if test "X$arg" = "X-lc" || test "X$arg" = "X-lm"; then
-	  case $host in
-	  *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-beos*)
-	    # These systems don't actually have a C or math library (as such)
-	    continue
-	    ;;
-	  *-*-os2*)
-	    # These systems don't actually have a C library (as such)
-	    test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue
-	    ;;
-	  *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd* | *-*-dragonfly*)
-	    # Do not include libc due to us having libc/libc_r.
-	    test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue
-	    ;;
-	  *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012])
-	    # Rhapsody C and math libraries are in the System framework
-	    deplibs="$deplibs System.ltframework"
-	    continue
-	    ;;
-	  *-*-sco3.2v5* | *-*-sco5v6*)
-	    # Causes problems with __ctype
-	    test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue
-	    ;;
-	  *-*-sysv4.2uw2* | *-*-sysv5* | *-*-unixware* | *-*-OpenUNIX*)
-	    # Compiler inserts libc in the correct place for threads to work
-	    test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue
-	    ;;
-	  esac
-	elif test "X$arg" = "X-lc_r"; then
-	 case $host in
-	 *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd* | *-*-dragonfly*)
-	   # Do not include libc_r directly, use -pthread flag.
-	   continue
-	   ;;
-	 esac
-	fi
-	deplibs="$deplibs $arg"
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      -module)
-	module=yes
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      # Tru64 UNIX uses -model [arg] to determine the layout of C++
-      # classes, name mangling, and exception handling.
-      # Darwin uses the -arch flag to determine output architecture.
-      -model|-arch|-isysroot)
-	compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $arg"
-	func_append compile_command " $arg"
-	func_append finalize_command " $arg"
-	prev=xcompiler
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      -mt|-mthreads|-kthread|-Kthread|-pthread|-pthreads|--thread-safe|-threads)
-	compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $arg"
-	func_append compile_command " $arg"
-	func_append finalize_command " $arg"
-	case "$new_inherited_linker_flags " in
-	    *" $arg "*) ;;
-	    * ) new_inherited_linker_flags="$new_inherited_linker_flags $arg" ;;
-	esac
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      -multi_module)
-	single_module="${wl}-multi_module"
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      -no-fast-install)
-	fast_install=no
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      -no-install)
-	case $host in
-	*-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-*-darwin*)
-	  # The PATH hackery in wrapper scripts is required on Windows
-	  # and Darwin in order for the loader to find any dlls it needs.
-	  func_warning "\`-no-install' is ignored for $host"
-	  func_warning "assuming \`-no-fast-install' instead"
-	  fast_install=no
-	  ;;
-	*) no_install=yes ;;
-	esac
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      -no-undefined)
-	allow_undefined=no
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      -objectlist)
-	prev=objectlist
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      -o) prev=output ;;
-
-      -precious-files-regex)
-	prev=precious_regex
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      -release)
-	prev=release
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      -rpath)
-	prev=rpath
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      -R)
-	prev=xrpath
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      -R*)
-	func_stripname '-R' '' "$arg"
-	dir=$func_stripname_result
-	# We need an absolute path.
-	case $dir in
-	[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;;
-	*)
-	  func_fatal_error "only absolute run-paths are allowed"
-	  ;;
-	esac
-	case "$xrpath " in
-	*" $dir "*) ;;
-	*) xrpath="$xrpath $dir" ;;
-	esac
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      -shared)
-	# The effects of -shared are defined in a previous loop.
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      -shrext)
-	prev=shrext
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      -static | -static-libtool-libs)
-	# The effects of -static are defined in a previous loop.
-	# We used to do the same as -all-static on platforms that
-	# didn't have a PIC flag, but the assumption that the effects
-	# would be equivalent was wrong.  It would break on at least
-	# Digital Unix and AIX.
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      -thread-safe)
-	thread_safe=yes
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      -version-info)
-	prev=vinfo
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      -version-number)
-	prev=vinfo
-	vinfo_number=yes
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      -weak)
-        prev=weak
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      -Wc,*)
-	func_stripname '-Wc,' '' "$arg"
-	args=$func_stripname_result
-	arg=
-	save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=','
-	for flag in $args; do
-	  IFS="$save_ifs"
-          func_quote_for_eval "$flag"
-	  arg="$arg $wl$func_quote_for_eval_result"
-	  compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $func_quote_for_eval_result"
-	done
-	IFS="$save_ifs"
-	func_stripname ' ' '' "$arg"
-	arg=$func_stripname_result
-	;;
-
-      -Wl,*)
-	func_stripname '-Wl,' '' "$arg"
-	args=$func_stripname_result
-	arg=
-	save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=','
-	for flag in $args; do
-	  IFS="$save_ifs"
-          func_quote_for_eval "$flag"
-	  arg="$arg $wl$func_quote_for_eval_result"
-	  compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $wl$func_quote_for_eval_result"
-	  linker_flags="$linker_flags $func_quote_for_eval_result"
-	done
-	IFS="$save_ifs"
-	func_stripname ' ' '' "$arg"
-	arg=$func_stripname_result
-	;;
-
-      -Xcompiler)
-	prev=xcompiler
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      -Xlinker)
-	prev=xlinker
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      -XCClinker)
-	prev=xcclinker
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      # -msg_* for osf cc
-      -msg_*)
-	func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
-	arg="$func_quote_for_eval_result"
-	;;
-
-      # -64, -mips[0-9] enable 64-bit mode on the SGI compiler
-      # -r[0-9][0-9]* specifies the processor on the SGI compiler
-      # -xarch=*, -xtarget=* enable 64-bit mode on the Sun compiler
-      # +DA*, +DD* enable 64-bit mode on the HP compiler
-      # -q* pass through compiler args for the IBM compiler
-      # -m*, -t[45]*, -txscale* pass through architecture-specific
-      # compiler args for GCC
-      # -F/path gives path to uninstalled frameworks, gcc on darwin
-      # -p, -pg, --coverage, -fprofile-* pass through profiling flag for GCC
-      # @file GCC response files
-      -64|-mips[0-9]|-r[0-9][0-9]*|-xarch=*|-xtarget=*|+DA*|+DD*|-q*|-m*| \
-      -t[45]*|-txscale*|-p|-pg|--coverage|-fprofile-*|-F*|@*)
-        func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
-	arg="$func_quote_for_eval_result"
-        func_append compile_command " $arg"
-        func_append finalize_command " $arg"
-        compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $arg"
-        continue
-        ;;
-
-      # Some other compiler flag.
-      -* | +*)
-        func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
-	arg="$func_quote_for_eval_result"
-	;;
-
-      *.$objext)
-	# A standard object.
-	objs="$objs $arg"
-	;;
-
-      *.lo)
-	# A libtool-controlled object.
-
-	# Check to see that this really is a libtool object.
-	if func_lalib_unsafe_p "$arg"; then
-	  pic_object=
-	  non_pic_object=
-
-	  # Read the .lo file
-	  func_source "$arg"
-
-	  if test -z "$pic_object" ||
-	     test -z "$non_pic_object" ||
-	     test "$pic_object" = none &&
-	     test "$non_pic_object" = none; then
-	    func_fatal_error "cannot find name of object for \`$arg'"
-	  fi
-
-	  # Extract subdirectory from the argument.
-	  func_dirname "$arg" "/" ""
-	  xdir="$func_dirname_result"
-
-	  if test "$pic_object" != none; then
-	    # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in.
-	    pic_object="$xdir$pic_object"
-
-	    if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then
-	      if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && test "$dlopen_support" = yes; then
-		dlfiles="$dlfiles $pic_object"
-		prev=
-		continue
-	      else
-		# If libtool objects are unsupported, then we need to preload.
-		prev=dlprefiles
-	      fi
-	    fi
-
-	    # CHECK ME:  I think I busted this.  -Ossama
-	    if test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then
-	      # Preload the old-style object.
-	      dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $pic_object"
-	      prev=
-	    fi
-
-	    # A PIC object.
-	    func_append libobjs " $pic_object"
-	    arg="$pic_object"
-	  fi
-
-	  # Non-PIC object.
-	  if test "$non_pic_object" != none; then
-	    # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in.
-	    non_pic_object="$xdir$non_pic_object"
-
-	    # A standard non-PIC object
-	    func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object"
-	    if test -z "$pic_object" || test "$pic_object" = none ; then
-	      arg="$non_pic_object"
-	    fi
-	  else
-	    # If the PIC object exists, use it instead.
-	    # $xdir was prepended to $pic_object above.
-	    non_pic_object="$pic_object"
-	    func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object"
-	  fi
-	else
-	  # Only an error if not doing a dry-run.
-	  if $opt_dry_run; then
-	    # Extract subdirectory from the argument.
-	    func_dirname "$arg" "/" ""
-	    xdir="$func_dirname_result"
-
-	    func_lo2o "$arg"
-	    pic_object=$xdir$objdir/$func_lo2o_result
-	    non_pic_object=$xdir$func_lo2o_result
-	    func_append libobjs " $pic_object"
-	    func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object"
-	  else
-	    func_fatal_error "\`$arg' is not a valid libtool object"
-	  fi
-	fi
-	;;
-
-      *.$libext)
-	# An archive.
-	deplibs="$deplibs $arg"
-	old_deplibs="$old_deplibs $arg"
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      *.la)
-	# A libtool-controlled library.
-
-	if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then
-	  # This library was specified with -dlopen.
-	  dlfiles="$dlfiles $arg"
-	  prev=
-	elif test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then
-	  # The library was specified with -dlpreopen.
-	  dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $arg"
-	  prev=
-	else
-	  deplibs="$deplibs $arg"
-	fi
-	continue
-	;;
-
-      # Some other compiler argument.
-      *)
-	# Unknown arguments in both finalize_command and compile_command need
-	# to be aesthetically quoted because they are evaled later.
-	func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
-	arg="$func_quote_for_eval_result"
-	;;
-      esac # arg
-
-      # Now actually substitute the argument into the commands.
-      if test -n "$arg"; then
-	func_append compile_command " $arg"
-	func_append finalize_command " $arg"
-      fi
-    done # argument parsing loop
-
-    test -n "$prev" && \
-      func_fatal_help "the \`$prevarg' option requires an argument"
-
-    if test "$export_dynamic" = yes && test -n "$export_dynamic_flag_spec"; then
-      eval arg=\"$export_dynamic_flag_spec\"
-      func_append compile_command " $arg"
-      func_append finalize_command " $arg"
-    fi
-
-    oldlibs=
-    # calculate the name of the file, without its directory
-    func_basename "$output"
-    outputname="$func_basename_result"
-    libobjs_save="$libobjs"
-
-    if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then
-      # get the directories listed in $shlibpath_var
-      eval shlib_search_path=\`\$ECHO \"X\${$shlibpath_var}\" \| \$Xsed -e \'s/:/ /g\'\`
-    else
-      shlib_search_path=
-    fi
-    eval sys_lib_search_path=\"$sys_lib_search_path_spec\"
-    eval sys_lib_dlsearch_path=\"$sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec\"
-
-    func_dirname "$output" "/" ""
-    output_objdir="$func_dirname_result$objdir"
-    # Create the object directory.
-    func_mkdir_p "$output_objdir"
-
-    # Determine the type of output
-    case $output in
-    "")
-      func_fatal_help "you must specify an output file"
-      ;;
-    *.$libext) linkmode=oldlib ;;
-    *.lo | *.$objext) linkmode=obj ;;
-    *.la) linkmode=lib ;;
-    *) linkmode=prog ;; # Anything else should be a program.
-    esac
-
-    specialdeplibs=
-
-    libs=
-    # Find all interdependent deplibs by searching for libraries
-    # that are linked more than once (e.g. -la -lb -la)
-    for deplib in $deplibs; do
-      if $opt_duplicate_deps ; then
-	case "$libs " in
-	*" $deplib "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $deplib" ;;
-	esac
-      fi
-      libs="$libs $deplib"
-    done
-
-    if test "$linkmode" = lib; then
-      libs="$predeps $libs $compiler_lib_search_path $postdeps"
-
-      # Compute libraries that are listed more than once in $predeps
-      # $postdeps and mark them as special (i.e., whose duplicates are
-      # not to be eliminated).
-      pre_post_deps=
-      if $opt_duplicate_compiler_generated_deps; then
-	for pre_post_dep in $predeps $postdeps; do
-	  case "$pre_post_deps " in
-	  *" $pre_post_dep "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $pre_post_deps" ;;
-	  esac
-	  pre_post_deps="$pre_post_deps $pre_post_dep"
-	done
-      fi
-      pre_post_deps=
-    fi
-
-    deplibs=
-    newdependency_libs=
-    newlib_search_path=
-    need_relink=no # whether we're linking any uninstalled libtool libraries
-    notinst_deplibs= # not-installed libtool libraries
-    notinst_path= # paths that contain not-installed libtool libraries
-
-    case $linkmode in
-    lib)
-	passes="conv dlpreopen link"
-	for file in $dlfiles $dlprefiles; do
-	  case $file in
-	  *.la) ;;
-	  *)
-	    func_fatal_help "libraries can \`-dlopen' only libtool libraries: $file"
-	    ;;
-	  esac
-	done
-	;;
-    prog)
-	compile_deplibs=
-	finalize_deplibs=
-	alldeplibs=no
-	newdlfiles=
-	newdlprefiles=
-	passes="conv scan dlopen dlpreopen link"
-	;;
-    *)  passes="conv"
-	;;
-    esac
-
-    for pass in $passes; do
-      # The preopen pass in lib mode reverses $deplibs; put it back here
-      # so that -L comes before libs that need it for instance...
-      if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "lib,link"; then
-	## FIXME: Find the place where the list is rebuilt in the wrong
-	##        order, and fix it there properly
-        tmp_deplibs=
-	for deplib in $deplibs; do
-	  tmp_deplibs="$deplib $tmp_deplibs"
-	done
-	deplibs="$tmp_deplibs"
-      fi
-
-      if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "lib,link" ||
-	 test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,scan"; then
-	libs="$deplibs"
-	deplibs=
-      fi
-      if test "$linkmode" = prog; then
-	case $pass in
-	dlopen) libs="$dlfiles" ;;
-	dlpreopen) libs="$dlprefiles" ;;
-	link) libs="$deplibs %DEPLIBS% $dependency_libs" ;;
-	esac
-      fi
-      if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "lib,dlpreopen"; then
-	# Collect and forward deplibs of preopened libtool libs
-	for lib in $dlprefiles; do
-	  # Ignore non-libtool-libs
-	  dependency_libs=
-	  case $lib in
-	  *.la)	func_source "$lib" ;;
-	  esac
-
-	  # Collect preopened libtool deplibs, except any this library
-	  # has declared as weak libs
-	  for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
-            deplib_base=`$ECHO "X$deplib" | $Xsed -e "$basename"`
-	    case " $weak_libs " in
-	    *" $deplib_base "*) ;;
-	    *) deplibs="$deplibs $deplib" ;;
-	    esac
-	  done
-	done
-	libs="$dlprefiles"
-      fi
-      if test "$pass" = dlopen; then
-	# Collect dlpreopened libraries
-	save_deplibs="$deplibs"
-	deplibs=
-      fi
-
-      for deplib in $libs; do
-	lib=
-	found=no
-	case $deplib in
-	-mt|-mthreads|-kthread|-Kthread|-pthread|-pthreads|--thread-safe|-threads)
-	  if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then
-	    compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
-	    finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
-	  else
-	    compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $deplib"
-	    if test "$linkmode" = lib ; then
-		case "$new_inherited_linker_flags " in
-		    *" $deplib "*) ;;
-		    * ) new_inherited_linker_flags="$new_inherited_linker_flags $deplib" ;;
-		esac
-	    fi
-	  fi
-	  continue
-	  ;;
-	-l*)
-	  if test "$linkmode" != lib && test "$linkmode" != prog; then
-	    func_warning "\`-l' is ignored for archives/objects"
-	    continue
-	  fi
-	  func_stripname '-l' '' "$deplib"
-	  name=$func_stripname_result
-	  if test "$linkmode" = lib; then
-	    searchdirs="$newlib_search_path $lib_search_path $compiler_lib_search_dirs $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path"
-	  else
-	    searchdirs="$newlib_search_path $lib_search_path $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path"
-	  fi
-	  for searchdir in $searchdirs; do
-	    for search_ext in .la $std_shrext .so .a; do
-	      # Search the libtool library
-	      lib="$searchdir/lib${name}${search_ext}"
-	      if test -f "$lib"; then
-		if test "$search_ext" = ".la"; then
-		  found=yes
-		else
-		  found=no
-		fi
-		break 2
-	      fi
-	    done
-	  done
-	  if test "$found" != yes; then
-	    # deplib doesn't seem to be a libtool library
-	    if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then
-	      compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
-	      finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
-	    else
-	      deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
-	      test "$linkmode" = lib && newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs"
-	    fi
-	    continue
-	  else # deplib is a libtool library
-	    # If $allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes && $deplib is a stdlib,
-	    # We need to do some special things here, and not later.
-	    if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then
-	      case " $predeps $postdeps " in
-	      *" $deplib "*)
-		if func_lalib_p "$lib"; then
-		  library_names=
-		  old_library=
-		  func_source "$lib"
-		  for l in $old_library $library_names; do
-		    ll="$l"
-		  done
-		  if test "X$ll" = "X$old_library" ; then # only static version available
-		    found=no
-		    func_dirname "$lib" "" "."
-		    ladir="$func_dirname_result"
-		    lib=$ladir/$old_library
-		    if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then
-		      compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
-		      finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
-		    else
-		      deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
-		      test "$linkmode" = lib && newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs"
-		    fi
-		    continue
-		  fi
-		fi
-		;;
-	      *) ;;
-	      esac
-	    fi
-	  fi
-	  ;; # -l
-	*.ltframework)
-	  if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then
-	    compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
-	    finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
-	  else
-	    deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
-	    if test "$linkmode" = lib ; then
-		case "$new_inherited_linker_flags " in
-		    *" $deplib "*) ;;
-		    * ) new_inherited_linker_flags="$new_inherited_linker_flags $deplib" ;;
-		esac
-	    fi
-	  fi
-	  continue
-	  ;;
-	-L*)
-	  case $linkmode in
-	  lib)
-	    deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
-	    test "$pass" = conv && continue
-	    newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs"
-	    func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib"
-	    newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path $func_stripname_result"
-	    ;;
-	  prog)
-	    if test "$pass" = conv; then
-	      deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
-	      continue
-	    fi
-	    if test "$pass" = scan; then
-	      deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
-	    else
-	      compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
-	      finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
-	    fi
-	    func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib"
-	    newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path $func_stripname_result"
-	    ;;
-	  *)
-	    func_warning "\`-L' is ignored for archives/objects"
-	    ;;
-	  esac # linkmode
-	  continue
-	  ;; # -L
-	-R*)
-	  if test "$pass" = link; then
-	    func_stripname '-R' '' "$deplib"
-	    dir=$func_stripname_result
-	    # Make sure the xrpath contains only unique directories.
-	    case "$xrpath " in
-	    *" $dir "*) ;;
-	    *) xrpath="$xrpath $dir" ;;
-	    esac
-	  fi
-	  deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
-	  continue
-	  ;;
-	*.la) lib="$deplib" ;;
-	*.$libext)
-	  if test "$pass" = conv; then
-	    deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
-	    continue
-	  fi
-	  case $linkmode in
-	  lib)
-	    # Linking convenience modules into shared libraries is allowed,
-	    # but linking other static libraries is non-portable.
-	    case " $dlpreconveniencelibs " in
-	    *" $deplib "*) ;;
-	    *)
-	      valid_a_lib=no
-	      case $deplibs_check_method in
-		match_pattern*)
-		  set dummy $deplibs_check_method; shift
-		  match_pattern_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "$1 \(.*\)"`
-		  if eval "\$ECHO \"X$deplib\"" 2>/dev/null | $Xsed -e 10q \
-		    | $EGREP "$match_pattern_regex" > /dev/null; then
-		    valid_a_lib=yes
-		  fi
-		;;
-		pass_all)
-		  valid_a_lib=yes
-		;;
-	      esac
-	      if test "$valid_a_lib" != yes; then
-		$ECHO
-		$ECHO "*** Warning: Trying to link with static lib archive $deplib."
-		$ECHO "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when"
-		$ECHO "*** you link to this library.  But I can only do this if you have a"
-		$ECHO "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have"
-		$ECHO "*** because the file extensions .$libext of this argument makes me believe"
-		$ECHO "*** that it is just a static archive that I should not use here."
-	      else
-		$ECHO
-		$ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the"
-		$ECHO "*** static library $deplib is not portable!"
-		deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
-	      fi
-	      ;;
-	    esac
-	    continue
-	    ;;
-	  prog)
-	    if test "$pass" != link; then
-	      deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
-	    else
-	      compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
-	      finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
-	    fi
-	    continue
-	    ;;
-	  esac # linkmode
-	  ;; # *.$libext
-	*.lo | *.$objext)
-	  if test "$pass" = conv; then
-	    deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
-	  elif test "$linkmode" = prog; then
-	    if test "$pass" = dlpreopen || test "$dlopen_support" != yes || test "$build_libtool_libs" = no; then
-	      # If there is no dlopen support or we're linking statically,
-	      # we need to preload.
-	      newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $deplib"
-	      compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
-	      finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
-	    else
-	      newdlfiles="$newdlfiles $deplib"
-	    fi
-	  fi
-	  continue
-	  ;;
-	%DEPLIBS%)
-	  alldeplibs=yes
-	  continue
-	  ;;
-	esac # case $deplib
-
-	if test "$found" = yes || test -f "$lib"; then :
-	else
-	  func_fatal_error "cannot find the library \`$lib' or unhandled argument \`$deplib'"
-	fi
-
-	# Check to see that this really is a libtool archive.
-	func_lalib_unsafe_p "$lib" \
-	  || func_fatal_error "\`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive"
-
-	func_dirname "$lib" "" "."
-	ladir="$func_dirname_result"
-
-	dlname=
-	dlopen=
-	dlpreopen=
-	libdir=
-	library_names=
-	old_library=
-	inherited_linker_flags=
-	# If the library was installed with an old release of libtool,
-	# it will not redefine variables installed, or shouldnotlink
-	installed=yes
-	shouldnotlink=no
-	avoidtemprpath=
-
-
-	# Read the .la file
-	func_source "$lib"
-
-	# Convert "-framework foo" to "foo.ltframework"
-	if test -n "$inherited_linker_flags"; then
-	  tmp_inherited_linker_flags=`$ECHO "X$inherited_linker_flags" | $Xsed -e 's/-framework \([^ $]*\)/\1.ltframework/g'`
-	  for tmp_inherited_linker_flag in $tmp_inherited_linker_flags; do
-	    case " $new_inherited_linker_flags " in
-	      *" $tmp_inherited_linker_flag "*) ;;
-	      *) new_inherited_linker_flags="$new_inherited_linker_flags $tmp_inherited_linker_flag";;
-	    esac
-	  done
-	fi
-	dependency_libs=`$ECHO "X $dependency_libs" | $Xsed -e 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
-	if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "lib,link" ||
-	   test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,scan" ||
-	   { test "$linkmode" != prog && test "$linkmode" != lib; }; then
-	  test -n "$dlopen" && dlfiles="$dlfiles $dlopen"
-	  test -n "$dlpreopen" && dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $dlpreopen"
-	fi
-
-	if test "$pass" = conv; then
-	  # Only check for convenience libraries
-	  deplibs="$lib $deplibs"
-	  if test -z "$libdir"; then
-	    if test -z "$old_library"; then
-	      func_fatal_error "cannot find name of link library for \`$lib'"
-	    fi
-	    # It is a libtool convenience library, so add in its objects.
-	    convenience="$convenience $ladir/$objdir/$old_library"
-	    old_convenience="$old_convenience $ladir/$objdir/$old_library"
-	  elif test "$linkmode" != prog && test "$linkmode" != lib; then
-	    func_fatal_error "\`$lib' is not a convenience library"
-	  fi
-	  tmp_libs=
-	  for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
-	    deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
-	    if $opt_duplicate_deps ; then
-	      case "$tmp_libs " in
-	      *" $deplib "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $deplib" ;;
-	      esac
-	    fi
-	    tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib"
-	  done
-	  continue
-	fi # $pass = conv
-
-
-	# Get the name of the library we link against.
-	linklib=
-	for l in $old_library $library_names; do
-	  linklib="$l"
-	done
-	if test -z "$linklib"; then
-	  func_fatal_error "cannot find name of link library for \`$lib'"
-	fi
-
-	# This library was specified with -dlopen.
-	if test "$pass" = dlopen; then
-	  if test -z "$libdir"; then
-	    func_fatal_error "cannot -dlopen a convenience library: \`$lib'"
-	  fi
-	  if test -z "$dlname" ||
-	     test "$dlopen_support" != yes ||
-	     test "$build_libtool_libs" = no; then
-	    # If there is no dlname, no dlopen support or we're linking
-	    # statically, we need to preload.  We also need to preload any
-	    # dependent libraries so libltdl's deplib preloader doesn't
-	    # bomb out in the load deplibs phase.
-	    dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $lib $dependency_libs"
-	  else
-	    newdlfiles="$newdlfiles $lib"
-	  fi
-	  continue
-	fi # $pass = dlopen
-
-	# We need an absolute path.
-	case $ladir in
-	[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs_ladir="$ladir" ;;
-	*)
-	  abs_ladir=`cd "$ladir" && pwd`
-	  if test -z "$abs_ladir"; then
-	    func_warning "cannot determine absolute directory name of \`$ladir'"
-	    func_warning "passing it literally to the linker, although it might fail"
-	    abs_ladir="$ladir"
-	  fi
-	  ;;
-	esac
-	func_basename "$lib"
-	laname="$func_basename_result"
-
-	# Find the relevant object directory and library name.
-	if test "X$installed" = Xyes; then
-	  if test ! -f "$libdir/$linklib" && test -f "$abs_ladir/$linklib"; then
-	    func_warning "library \`$lib' was moved."
-	    dir="$ladir"
-	    absdir="$abs_ladir"
-	    libdir="$abs_ladir"
-	  else
-	    dir="$libdir"
-	    absdir="$libdir"
-	  fi
-	  test "X$hardcode_automatic" = Xyes && avoidtemprpath=yes
-	else
-	  if test ! -f "$ladir/$objdir/$linklib" && test -f "$abs_ladir/$linklib"; then
-	    dir="$ladir"
-	    absdir="$abs_ladir"
-	    # Remove this search path later
-	    notinst_path="$notinst_path $abs_ladir"
-	  else
-	    dir="$ladir/$objdir"
-	    absdir="$abs_ladir/$objdir"
-	    # Remove this search path later
-	    notinst_path="$notinst_path $abs_ladir"
-	  fi
-	fi # $installed = yes
-	func_stripname 'lib' '.la' "$laname"
-	name=$func_stripname_result
-
-	# This library was specified with -dlpreopen.
-	if test "$pass" = dlpreopen; then
-	  if test -z "$libdir" && test "$linkmode" = prog; then
-	    func_fatal_error "only libraries may -dlpreopen a convenience library: \`$lib'"
-	  fi
-	  # Prefer using a static library (so that no silly _DYNAMIC symbols
-	  # are required to link).
-	  if test -n "$old_library"; then
-	    newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $dir/$old_library"
-	    # Keep a list of preopened convenience libraries to check
-	    # that they are being used correctly in the link pass.
-	    test -z "$libdir" && \
-		dlpreconveniencelibs="$dlpreconveniencelibs $dir/$old_library"
-	  # Otherwise, use the dlname, so that lt_dlopen finds it.
-	  elif test -n "$dlname"; then
-	    newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $dir/$dlname"
-	  else
-	    newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $dir/$linklib"
-	  fi
-	fi # $pass = dlpreopen
-
-	if test -z "$libdir"; then
-	  # Link the convenience library
-	  if test "$linkmode" = lib; then
-	    deplibs="$dir/$old_library $deplibs"
-	  elif test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then
-	    compile_deplibs="$dir/$old_library $compile_deplibs"
-	    finalize_deplibs="$dir/$old_library $finalize_deplibs"
-	  else
-	    deplibs="$lib $deplibs" # used for prog,scan pass
-	  fi
-	  continue
-	fi
-
-
-	if test "$linkmode" = prog && test "$pass" != link; then
-	  newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path $ladir"
-	  deplibs="$lib $deplibs"
-
-	  linkalldeplibs=no
-	  if test "$link_all_deplibs" != no || test -z "$library_names" ||
-	     test "$build_libtool_libs" = no; then
-	    linkalldeplibs=yes
-	  fi
-
-	  tmp_libs=
-	  for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
-	    case $deplib in
-	    -L*) func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib"
-	         newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path $func_stripname_result"
-		 ;;
-	    esac
-	    # Need to link against all dependency_libs?
-	    if test "$linkalldeplibs" = yes; then
-	      deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
-	    else
-	      # Need to hardcode shared library paths
-	      # or/and link against static libraries
-	      newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs"
-	    fi
-	    if $opt_duplicate_deps ; then
-	      case "$tmp_libs " in
-	      *" $deplib "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $deplib" ;;
-	      esac
-	    fi
-	    tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib"
-	  done # for deplib
-	  continue
-	fi # $linkmode = prog...
-
-	if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then
-	  if test -n "$library_names" &&
-	     { { test "$prefer_static_libs" = no ||
-	         test "$prefer_static_libs,$installed" = "built,yes"; } ||
-	       test -z "$old_library"; }; then
-	    # We need to hardcode the library path
-	    if test -n "$shlibpath_var" && test -z "$avoidtemprpath" ; then
-	      # Make sure the rpath contains only unique directories.
-	      case "$temp_rpath:" in
-	      *"$absdir:"*) ;;
-	      *) temp_rpath="$temp_rpath$absdir:" ;;
-	      esac
-	    fi
-
-	    # Hardcode the library path.
-	    # Skip directories that are in the system default run-time
-	    # search path.
-	    case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in
-	    *" $absdir "*) ;;
-	    *)
-	      case "$compile_rpath " in
-	      *" $absdir "*) ;;
-	      *) compile_rpath="$compile_rpath $absdir"
-	      esac
-	      ;;
-	    esac
-	    case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in
-	    *" $libdir "*) ;;
-	    *)
-	      case "$finalize_rpath " in
-	      *" $libdir "*) ;;
-	      *) finalize_rpath="$finalize_rpath $libdir"
-	      esac
-	      ;;
-	    esac
-	  fi # $linkmode,$pass = prog,link...
-
-	  if test "$alldeplibs" = yes &&
-	     { test "$deplibs_check_method" = pass_all ||
-	       { test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes &&
-		 test -n "$library_names"; }; }; then
-	    # We only need to search for static libraries
-	    continue
-	  fi
-	fi
-
-	link_static=no # Whether the deplib will be linked statically
-	use_static_libs=$prefer_static_libs
-	if test "$use_static_libs" = built && test "$installed" = yes; then
-	  use_static_libs=no
-	fi
-	if test -n "$library_names" &&
-	   { test "$use_static_libs" = no || test -z "$old_library"; }; then
-	  case $host in
-	  *cygwin* | *mingw*)
-	      # No point in relinking DLLs because paths are not encoded
-	      notinst_deplibs="$notinst_deplibs $lib"
-	      need_relink=no
-	    ;;
-	  *)
-	    if test "$installed" = no; then
-	      notinst_deplibs="$notinst_deplibs $lib"
-	      need_relink=yes
-	    fi
-	    ;;
-	  esac
-	  # This is a shared library
-
-	  # Warn about portability, can't link against -module's on some
-	  # systems (darwin).  Don't bleat about dlopened modules though!
-	  dlopenmodule=""
-	  for dlpremoduletest in $dlprefiles; do
-	    if test "X$dlpremoduletest" = "X$lib"; then
-	      dlopenmodule="$dlpremoduletest"
-	      break
-	    fi
-	  done
-	  if test -z "$dlopenmodule" && test "$shouldnotlink" = yes && test "$pass" = link; then
-	    $ECHO
-	    if test "$linkmode" = prog; then
-	      $ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the executable $output against the loadable module"
-	    else
-	      $ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the loadable module"
-	    fi
-	    $ECHO "*** $linklib is not portable!"
-	  fi
-	  if test "$linkmode" = lib &&
-	     test "$hardcode_into_libs" = yes; then
-	    # Hardcode the library path.
-	    # Skip directories that are in the system default run-time
-	    # search path.
-	    case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in
-	    *" $absdir "*) ;;
-	    *)
-	      case "$compile_rpath " in
-	      *" $absdir "*) ;;
-	      *) compile_rpath="$compile_rpath $absdir"
-	      esac
-	      ;;
-	    esac
-	    case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in
-	    *" $libdir "*) ;;
-	    *)
-	      case "$finalize_rpath " in
-	      *" $libdir "*) ;;
-	      *) finalize_rpath="$finalize_rpath $libdir"
-	      esac
-	      ;;
-	    esac
-	  fi
-
-	  if test -n "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds"; then
-	    # figure out the soname
-	    set dummy $library_names
-	    shift
-	    realname="$1"
-	    shift
-	    libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""`
-	    # use dlname if we got it. it's perfectly good, no?
-	    if test -n "$dlname"; then
-	      soname="$dlname"
-	    elif test -n "$soname_spec"; then
-	      # bleh windows
-	      case $host in
-	      *cygwin* | mingw*)
-	        func_arith $current - $age
-		major=$func_arith_result
-		versuffix="-$major"
-		;;
-	      esac
-	      eval soname=\"$soname_spec\"
-	    else
-	      soname="$realname"
-	    fi
-
-	    # Make a new name for the extract_expsyms_cmds to use
-	    soroot="$soname"
-	    func_basename "$soroot"
-	    soname="$func_basename_result"
-	    func_stripname 'lib' '.dll' "$soname"
-	    newlib=libimp-$func_stripname_result.a
-
-	    # If the library has no export list, then create one now
-	    if test -f "$output_objdir/$soname-def"; then :
-	    else
-	      func_verbose "extracting exported symbol list from \`$soname'"
-	      func_execute_cmds "$extract_expsyms_cmds" 'exit $?'
-	    fi
-
-	    # Create $newlib
-	    if test -f "$output_objdir/$newlib"; then :; else
-	      func_verbose "generating import library for \`$soname'"
-	      func_execute_cmds "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds" 'exit $?'
-	    fi
-	    # make sure the library variables are pointing to the new library
-	    dir=$output_objdir
-	    linklib=$newlib
-	  fi # test -n "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds"
-
-	  if test "$linkmode" = prog || test "$mode" != relink; then
-	    add_shlibpath=
-	    add_dir=
-	    add=
-	    lib_linked=yes
-	    case $hardcode_action in
-	    immediate | unsupported)
-	      if test "$hardcode_direct" = no; then
-		add="$dir/$linklib"
-		case $host in
-		  *-*-sco3.2v5.0.[024]*) add_dir="-L$dir" ;;
-		  *-*-sysv4*uw2*) add_dir="-L$dir" ;;
-		  *-*-sysv5OpenUNIX* | *-*-sysv5UnixWare7.[01].[10]* | \
-		    *-*-unixware7*) add_dir="-L$dir" ;;
-		  *-*-darwin* )
-		    # if the lib is a (non-dlopened) module then we can not
-		    # link against it, someone is ignoring the earlier warnings
-		    if /usr/bin/file -L $add 2> /dev/null |
-			 $GREP ": [^:]* bundle" >/dev/null ; then
-		      if test "X$dlopenmodule" != "X$lib"; then
-			$ECHO "*** Warning: lib $linklib is a module, not a shared library"
-			if test -z "$old_library" ; then
-			  $ECHO
-			  $ECHO "*** And there doesn't seem to be a static archive available"
-			  $ECHO "*** The link will probably fail, sorry"
-			else
-			  add="$dir/$old_library"
-			fi
-		      elif test -n "$old_library"; then
-			add="$dir/$old_library"
-		      fi
-		    fi
-		esac
-	      elif test "$hardcode_minus_L" = no; then
-		case $host in
-		*-*-sunos*) add_shlibpath="$dir" ;;
-		esac
-		add_dir="-L$dir"
-		add="-l$name"
-	      elif test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = no; then
-		add_shlibpath="$dir"
-		add="-l$name"
-	      else
-		lib_linked=no
-	      fi
-	      ;;
-	    relink)
-	      if test "$hardcode_direct" = yes &&
-	         test "$hardcode_direct_absolute" = no; then
-		add="$dir/$linklib"
-	      elif test "$hardcode_minus_L" = yes; then
-		add_dir="-L$dir"
-		# Try looking first in the location we're being installed to.
-		if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then
-		  case $libdir in
-		    [\\/]*)
-		      add_dir="$add_dir -L$inst_prefix_dir$libdir"
-		      ;;
-		  esac
-		fi
-		add="-l$name"
-	      elif test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = yes; then
-		add_shlibpath="$dir"
-		add="-l$name"
-	      else
-		lib_linked=no
-	      fi
-	      ;;
-	    *) lib_linked=no ;;
-	    esac
-
-	    if test "$lib_linked" != yes; then
-	      func_fatal_configuration "unsupported hardcode properties"
-	    fi
-
-	    if test -n "$add_shlibpath"; then
-	      case :$compile_shlibpath: in
-	      *":$add_shlibpath:"*) ;;
-	      *) compile_shlibpath="$compile_shlibpath$add_shlibpath:" ;;
-	      esac
-	    fi
-	    if test "$linkmode" = prog; then
-	      test -n "$add_dir" && compile_deplibs="$add_dir $compile_deplibs"
-	      test -n "$add" && compile_deplibs="$add $compile_deplibs"
-	    else
-	      test -n "$add_dir" && deplibs="$add_dir $deplibs"
-	      test -n "$add" && deplibs="$add $deplibs"
-	      if test "$hardcode_direct" != yes &&
-		 test "$hardcode_minus_L" != yes &&
-		 test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = yes; then
-		case :$finalize_shlibpath: in
-		*":$libdir:"*) ;;
-		*) finalize_shlibpath="$finalize_shlibpath$libdir:" ;;
-		esac
-	      fi
-	    fi
-	  fi
-
-	  if test "$linkmode" = prog || test "$mode" = relink; then
-	    add_shlibpath=
-	    add_dir=
-	    add=
-	    # Finalize command for both is simple: just hardcode it.
-	    if test "$hardcode_direct" = yes &&
-	       test "$hardcode_direct_absolute" = no; then
-	      add="$libdir/$linklib"
-	    elif test "$hardcode_minus_L" = yes; then
-	      add_dir="-L$libdir"
-	      add="-l$name"
-	    elif test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = yes; then
-	      case :$finalize_shlibpath: in
-	      *":$libdir:"*) ;;
-	      *) finalize_shlibpath="$finalize_shlibpath$libdir:" ;;
-	      esac
-	      add="-l$name"
-	    elif test "$hardcode_automatic" = yes; then
-	      if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir" &&
-		 test -f "$inst_prefix_dir$libdir/$linklib" ; then
-		add="$inst_prefix_dir$libdir/$linklib"
-	      else
-		add="$libdir/$linklib"
-	      fi
-	    else
-	      # We cannot seem to hardcode it, guess we'll fake it.
-	      add_dir="-L$libdir"
-	      # Try looking first in the location we're being installed to.
-	      if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then
-		case $libdir in
-		  [\\/]*)
-		    add_dir="$add_dir -L$inst_prefix_dir$libdir"
-		    ;;
-		esac
-	      fi
-	      add="-l$name"
-	    fi
-
-	    if test "$linkmode" = prog; then
-	      test -n "$add_dir" && finalize_deplibs="$add_dir $finalize_deplibs"
-	      test -n "$add" && finalize_deplibs="$add $finalize_deplibs"
-	    else
-	      test -n "$add_dir" && deplibs="$add_dir $deplibs"
-	      test -n "$add" && deplibs="$add $deplibs"
-	    fi
-	  fi
-	elif test "$linkmode" = prog; then
-	  # Here we assume that one of hardcode_direct or hardcode_minus_L
-	  # is not unsupported.  This is valid on all known static and
-	  # shared platforms.
-	  if test "$hardcode_direct" != unsupported; then
-	    test -n "$old_library" && linklib="$old_library"
-	    compile_deplibs="$dir/$linklib $compile_deplibs"
-	    finalize_deplibs="$dir/$linklib $finalize_deplibs"
-	  else
-	    compile_deplibs="-l$name -L$dir $compile_deplibs"
-	    finalize_deplibs="-l$name -L$dir $finalize_deplibs"
-	  fi
-	elif test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then
-	  # Not a shared library
-	  if test "$deplibs_check_method" != pass_all; then
-	    # We're trying link a shared library against a static one
-	    # but the system doesn't support it.
-
-	    # Just print a warning and add the library to dependency_libs so
-	    # that the program can be linked against the static library.
-	    $ECHO
-	    $ECHO "*** Warning: This system can not link to static lib archive $lib."
-	    $ECHO "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when"
-	    $ECHO "*** you link to this library.  But I can only do this if you have a"
-	    $ECHO "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have."
-	    if test "$module" = yes; then
-	      $ECHO "*** But as you try to build a module library, libtool will still create "
-	      $ECHO "*** a static module, that should work as long as the dlopening application"
-	      $ECHO "*** is linked with the -dlopen flag to resolve symbols at runtime."
-	      if test -z "$global_symbol_pipe"; then
-		$ECHO
-		$ECHO "*** However, this would only work if libtool was able to extract symbol"
-		$ECHO "*** lists from a program, using \`nm' or equivalent, but libtool could"
-		$ECHO "*** not find such a program.  So, this module is probably useless."
-		$ECHO "*** \`nm' from GNU binutils and a full rebuild may help."
-	      fi
-	      if test "$build_old_libs" = no; then
-		build_libtool_libs=module
-		build_old_libs=yes
-	      else
-		build_libtool_libs=no
-	      fi
-	    fi
-	  else
-	    deplibs="$dir/$old_library $deplibs"
-	    link_static=yes
-	  fi
-	fi # link shared/static library?
-
-	if test "$linkmode" = lib; then
-	  if test -n "$dependency_libs" &&
-	     { test "$hardcode_into_libs" != yes ||
-	       test "$build_old_libs" = yes ||
-	       test "$link_static" = yes; }; then
-	    # Extract -R from dependency_libs
-	    temp_deplibs=
-	    for libdir in $dependency_libs; do
-	      case $libdir in
-	      -R*) func_stripname '-R' '' "$libdir"
-	           temp_xrpath=$func_stripname_result
-		   case " $xrpath " in
-		   *" $temp_xrpath "*) ;;
-		   *) xrpath="$xrpath $temp_xrpath";;
-		   esac;;
-	      *) temp_deplibs="$temp_deplibs $libdir";;
-	      esac
-	    done
-	    dependency_libs="$temp_deplibs"
-	  fi
-
-	  newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path $absdir"
-	  # Link against this library
-	  test "$link_static" = no && newdependency_libs="$abs_ladir/$laname $newdependency_libs"
-	  # ... and its dependency_libs
-	  tmp_libs=
-	  for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
-	    newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs"
-	    if $opt_duplicate_deps ; then
-	      case "$tmp_libs " in
-	      *" $deplib "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $deplib" ;;
-	      esac
-	    fi
-	    tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib"
-	  done
-
-	  if test "$link_all_deplibs" != no; then
-	    # Add the search paths of all dependency libraries
-	    for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
-	      case $deplib in
-	      -L*) path="$deplib" ;;
-	      *.la)
-	        func_dirname "$deplib" "" "."
-		dir="$func_dirname_result"
-		# We need an absolute path.
-		case $dir in
-		[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) absdir="$dir" ;;
-		*)
-		  absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd`
-		  if test -z "$absdir"; then
-		    func_warning "cannot determine absolute directory name of \`$dir'"
-		    absdir="$dir"
-		  fi
-		  ;;
-		esac
-		if $GREP "^installed=no" $deplib > /dev/null; then
-		case $host in
-		*-*-darwin*)
-		  depdepl=
-		  eval deplibrary_names=`${SED} -n -e 's/^library_names=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $deplib`
-		  if test -n "$deplibrary_names" ; then
-		    for tmp in $deplibrary_names ; do
-		      depdepl=$tmp
-		    done
-		    if test -f "$absdir/$objdir/$depdepl" ; then
-		      depdepl="$absdir/$objdir/$depdepl"
-		      darwin_install_name=`${OTOOL} -L $depdepl | awk '{if (NR == 2) {print $1;exit}}'`
-                      if test -z "$darwin_install_name"; then
-                          darwin_install_name=`${OTOOL64} -L $depdepl  | awk '{if (NR == 2) {print $1;exit}}'`
-                      fi
-		      compiler_flags="$compiler_flags ${wl}-dylib_file ${wl}${darwin_install_name}:${depdepl}"
-		      linker_flags="$linker_flags -dylib_file ${darwin_install_name}:${depdepl}"
-		      path=
-		    fi
-		  fi
-		  ;;
-		*)
-		  path="-L$absdir/$objdir"
-		  ;;
-		esac
-		else
-		  eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $deplib`
-		  test -z "$libdir" && \
-		    func_fatal_error "\`$deplib' is not a valid libtool archive"
-		  test "$absdir" != "$libdir" && \
-		    func_warning "\`$deplib' seems to be moved"
-
-		  path="-L$absdir"
-		fi
-		;;
-	      esac
-	      case " $deplibs " in
-	      *" $path "*) ;;
-	      *) deplibs="$path $deplibs" ;;
-	      esac
-	    done
-	  fi # link_all_deplibs != no
-	fi # linkmode = lib
-      done # for deplib in $libs
-      if test "$pass" = link; then
-	if test "$linkmode" = "prog"; then
-	  compile_deplibs="$new_inherited_linker_flags $compile_deplibs"
-	  finalize_deplibs="$new_inherited_linker_flags $finalize_deplibs"
-	else
-	  compiler_flags="$compiler_flags "`$ECHO "X $new_inherited_linker_flags" | $Xsed -e 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
-	fi
-      fi
-      dependency_libs="$newdependency_libs"
-      if test "$pass" = dlpreopen; then
-	# Link the dlpreopened libraries before other libraries
-	for deplib in $save_deplibs; do
-	  deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
-	done
-      fi
-      if test "$pass" != dlopen; then
-	if test "$pass" != conv; then
-	  # Make sure lib_search_path contains only unique directories.
-	  lib_search_path=
-	  for dir in $newlib_search_path; do
-	    case "$lib_search_path " in
-	    *" $dir "*) ;;
-	    *) lib_search_path="$lib_search_path $dir" ;;
-	    esac
-	  done
-	  newlib_search_path=
-	fi
-
-	if test "$linkmode,$pass" != "prog,link"; then
-	  vars="deplibs"
-	else
-	  vars="compile_deplibs finalize_deplibs"
-	fi
-	for var in $vars dependency_libs; do
-	  # Add libraries to $var in reverse order
-	  eval tmp_libs=\"\$$var\"
-	  new_libs=
-	  for deplib in $tmp_libs; do
-	    # FIXME: Pedantically, this is the right thing to do, so
-	    #        that some nasty dependency loop isn't accidentally
-	    #        broken:
-	    #new_libs="$deplib $new_libs"
-	    # Pragmatically, this seems to cause very few problems in
-	    # practice:
-	    case $deplib in
-	    -L*) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;;
-	    -R*) ;;
-	    *)
-	      # And here is the reason: when a library appears more
-	      # than once as an explicit dependence of a library, or
-	      # is implicitly linked in more than once by the
-	      # compiler, it is considered special, and multiple
-	      # occurrences thereof are not removed.  Compare this
-	      # with having the same library being listed as a
-	      # dependency of multiple other libraries: in this case,
-	      # we know (pedantically, we assume) the library does not
-	      # need to be listed more than once, so we keep only the
-	      # last copy.  This is not always right, but it is rare
-	      # enough that we require users that really mean to play
-	      # such unportable linking tricks to link the library
-	      # using -Wl,-lname, so that libtool does not consider it
-	      # for duplicate removal.
-	      case " $specialdeplibs " in
-	      *" $deplib "*) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;;
-	      *)
-		case " $new_libs " in
-		*" $deplib "*) ;;
-		*) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;;
-		esac
-		;;
-	      esac
-	      ;;
-	    esac
-	  done
-	  tmp_libs=
-	  for deplib in $new_libs; do
-	    case $deplib in
-	    -L*)
-	      case " $tmp_libs " in
-	      *" $deplib "*) ;;
-	      *) tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib" ;;
-	      esac
-	      ;;
-	    *) tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib" ;;
-	    esac
-	  done
-	  eval $var=\"$tmp_libs\"
-	done # for var
-      fi
-      # Last step: remove runtime libs from dependency_libs
-      # (they stay in deplibs)
-      tmp_libs=
-      for i in $dependency_libs ; do
-	case " $predeps $postdeps $compiler_lib_search_path " in
-	*" $i "*)
-	  i=""
-	  ;;
-	esac
-	if test -n "$i" ; then
-	  tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $i"
-	fi
-      done
-      dependency_libs=$tmp_libs
-    done # for pass
-    if test "$linkmode" = prog; then
-      dlfiles="$newdlfiles"
-    fi
-    if test "$linkmode" = prog || test "$linkmode" = lib; then
-      dlprefiles="$newdlprefiles"
-    fi
-
-    case $linkmode in
-    oldlib)
-      if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test "$dlself" != no; then
-	func_warning "\`-dlopen' is ignored for archives"
-      fi
-
-      case " $deplibs" in
-      *\ -l* | *\ -L*)
-	func_warning "\`-l' and \`-L' are ignored for archives" ;;
-      esac
-
-      test -n "$rpath" && \
-	func_warning "\`-rpath' is ignored for archives"
-
-      test -n "$xrpath" && \
-	func_warning "\`-R' is ignored for archives"
-
-      test -n "$vinfo" && \
-	func_warning "\`-version-info/-version-number' is ignored for archives"
-
-      test -n "$release" && \
-	func_warning "\`-release' is ignored for archives"
-
-      test -n "$export_symbols$export_symbols_regex" && \
-	func_warning "\`-export-symbols' is ignored for archives"
-
-      # Now set the variables for building old libraries.
-      build_libtool_libs=no
-      oldlibs="$output"
-      objs="$objs$old_deplibs"
-      ;;
-
-    lib)
-      # Make sure we only generate libraries of the form `libNAME.la'.
-      case $outputname in
-      lib*)
-	func_stripname 'lib' '.la' "$outputname"
-	name=$func_stripname_result
-	eval shared_ext=\"$shrext_cmds\"
-	eval libname=\"$libname_spec\"
-	;;
-      *)
-	test "$module" = no && \
-	  func_fatal_help "libtool library \`$output' must begin with \`lib'"
-
-	if test "$need_lib_prefix" != no; then
-	  # Add the "lib" prefix for modules if required
-	  func_stripname '' '.la' "$outputname"
-	  name=$func_stripname_result
-	  eval shared_ext=\"$shrext_cmds\"
-	  eval libname=\"$libname_spec\"
-	else
-	  func_stripname '' '.la' "$outputname"
-	  libname=$func_stripname_result
-	fi
-	;;
-      esac
-
-      if test -n "$objs"; then
-	if test "$deplibs_check_method" != pass_all; then
-	  func_fatal_error "cannot build libtool library \`$output' from non-libtool objects on this host:$objs"
-	else
-	  $ECHO
-	  $ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the non-libtool"
-	  $ECHO "*** objects $objs is not portable!"
-	  libobjs="$libobjs $objs"
-	fi
-      fi
-
-      test "$dlself" != no && \
-	func_warning "\`-dlopen self' is ignored for libtool libraries"
-
-      set dummy $rpath
-      shift
-      test "$#" -gt 1 && \
-	func_warning "ignoring multiple \`-rpath's for a libtool library"
-
-      install_libdir="$1"
-
-      oldlibs=
-      if test -z "$rpath"; then
-	if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then
-	  # Building a libtool convenience library.
-	  # Some compilers have problems with a `.al' extension so
-	  # convenience libraries should have the same extension an
-	  # archive normally would.
-	  oldlibs="$output_objdir/$libname.$libext $oldlibs"
-	  build_libtool_libs=convenience
-	  build_old_libs=yes
-	fi
-
-	test -n "$vinfo" && \
-	  func_warning "\`-version-info/-version-number' is ignored for convenience libraries"
-
-	test -n "$release" && \
-	  func_warning "\`-release' is ignored for convenience libraries"
-      else
-
-	# Parse the version information argument.
-	save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=':'
-	set dummy $vinfo 0 0 0
-	shift
-	IFS="$save_ifs"
-
-	test -n "$7" && \
-	  func_fatal_help "too many parameters to \`-version-info'"
-
-	# convert absolute version numbers to libtool ages
-	# this retains compatibility with .la files and attempts
-	# to make the code below a bit more comprehensible
-
-	case $vinfo_number in
-	yes)
-	  number_major="$1"
-	  number_minor="$2"
-	  number_revision="$3"
-	  #
-	  # There are really only two kinds -- those that
-	  # use the current revision as the major version
-	  # and those that subtract age and use age as
-	  # a minor version.  But, then there is irix
-	  # which has an extra 1 added just for fun
-	  #
-	  case $version_type in
-	  darwin|linux|osf|windows|none)
-	    func_arith $number_major + $number_minor
-	    current=$func_arith_result
-	    age="$number_minor"
-	    revision="$number_revision"
-	    ;;
-	  freebsd-aout|freebsd-elf|sunos)
-	    current="$number_major"
-	    revision="$number_minor"
-	    age="0"
-	    ;;
-	  irix|nonstopux)
-	    func_arith $number_major + $number_minor
-	    current=$func_arith_result
-	    age="$number_minor"
-	    revision="$number_minor"
-	    lt_irix_increment=no
-	    ;;
-	  esac
-	  ;;
-	no)
-	  current="$1"
-	  revision="$2"
-	  age="$3"
-	  ;;
-	esac
-
-	# Check that each of the things are valid numbers.
-	case $current in
-	0|[1-9]|[1-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;;
-	*)
-	  func_error "CURRENT \`$current' must be a nonnegative integer"
-	  func_fatal_error "\`$vinfo' is not valid version information"
-	  ;;
-	esac
-
-	case $revision in
-	0|[1-9]|[1-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;;
-	*)
-	  func_error "REVISION \`$revision' must be a nonnegative integer"
-	  func_fatal_error "\`$vinfo' is not valid version information"
-	  ;;
-	esac
-
-	case $age in
-	0|[1-9]|[1-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;;
-	*)
-	  func_error "AGE \`$age' must be a nonnegative integer"
-	  func_fatal_error "\`$vinfo' is not valid version information"
-	  ;;
-	esac
-
-	if test "$age" -gt "$current"; then
-	  func_error "AGE \`$age' is greater than the current interface number \`$current'"
-	  func_fatal_error "\`$vinfo' is not valid version information"
-	fi
-
-	# Calculate the version variables.
-	major=
-	versuffix=
-	verstring=
-	case $version_type in
-	none) ;;
-
-	darwin)
-	  # Like Linux, but with the current version available in
-	  # verstring for coding it into the library header
-	  func_arith $current - $age
-	  major=.$func_arith_result
-	  versuffix="$major.$age.$revision"
-	  # Darwin ld doesn't like 0 for these options...
-	  func_arith $current + 1
-	  minor_current=$func_arith_result
-	  xlcverstring="${wl}-compatibility_version ${wl}$minor_current ${wl}-current_version ${wl}$minor_current.$revision"
-	  verstring="-compatibility_version $minor_current -current_version $minor_current.$revision"
-	  ;;
-
-	freebsd-aout)
-	  major=".$current"
-	  versuffix=".$current.$revision";
-	  ;;
-
-	freebsd-elf)
-	  major=".$current"
-	  versuffix=".$current"
-	  ;;
-
-	irix | nonstopux)
-	  if test "X$lt_irix_increment" = "Xno"; then
-	    func_arith $current - $age
-	  else
-	    func_arith $current - $age + 1
-	  fi
-	  major=$func_arith_result
-
-	  case $version_type in
-	    nonstopux) verstring_prefix=nonstopux ;;
-	    *)         verstring_prefix=sgi ;;
-	  esac
-	  verstring="$verstring_prefix$major.$revision"
-
-	  # Add in all the interfaces that we are compatible with.
-	  loop=$revision
-	  while test "$loop" -ne 0; do
-	    func_arith $revision - $loop
-	    iface=$func_arith_result
-	    func_arith $loop - 1
-	    loop=$func_arith_result
-	    verstring="$verstring_prefix$major.$iface:$verstring"
-	  done
-
-	  # Before this point, $major must not contain `.'.
-	  major=.$major
-	  versuffix="$major.$revision"
-	  ;;
-
-	linux)
-	  func_arith $current - $age
-	  major=.$func_arith_result
-	  versuffix="$major.$age.$revision"
-	  ;;
-
-	osf)
-	  func_arith $current - $age
-	  major=.$func_arith_result
-	  versuffix=".$current.$age.$revision"
-	  verstring="$current.$age.$revision"
-
-	  # Add in all the interfaces that we are compatible with.
-	  loop=$age
-	  while test "$loop" -ne 0; do
-	    func_arith $current - $loop
-	    iface=$func_arith_result
-	    func_arith $loop - 1
-	    loop=$func_arith_result
-	    verstring="$verstring:${iface}.0"
-	  done
-
-	  # Make executables depend on our current version.
-	  verstring="$verstring:${current}.0"
-	  ;;
-
-	qnx)
-	  major=".$current"
-	  versuffix=".$current"
-	  ;;
-
-	sunos)
-	  major=".$current"
-	  versuffix=".$current.$revision"
-	  ;;
-
-	windows)
-	  # Use '-' rather than '.', since we only want one
-	  # extension on DOS 8.3 filesystems.
-	  func_arith $current - $age
-	  major=$func_arith_result
-	  versuffix="-$major"
-	  ;;
-
-	*)
-	  func_fatal_configuration "unknown library version type \`$version_type'"
-	  ;;
-	esac
-
-	# Clear the version info if we defaulted, and they specified a release.
-	if test -z "$vinfo" && test -n "$release"; then
-	  major=
-	  case $version_type in
-	  darwin)
-	    # we can't check for "0.0" in archive_cmds due to quoting
-	    # problems, so we reset it completely
-	    verstring=
-	    ;;
-	  *)
-	    verstring="0.0"
-	    ;;
-	  esac
-	  if test "$need_version" = no; then
-	    versuffix=
-	  else
-	    versuffix=".0.0"
-	  fi
-	fi
-
-	# Remove version info from name if versioning should be avoided
-	if test "$avoid_version" = yes && test "$need_version" = no; then
-	  major=
-	  versuffix=
-	  verstring=""
-	fi
-
-	# Check to see if the archive will have undefined symbols.
-	if test "$allow_undefined" = yes; then
-	  if test "$allow_undefined_flag" = unsupported; then
-	    func_warning "undefined symbols not allowed in $host shared libraries"
-	    build_libtool_libs=no
-	    build_old_libs=yes
-	  fi
-	else
-	  # Don't allow undefined symbols.
-	  allow_undefined_flag="$no_undefined_flag"
-	fi
-
-      fi
-
-      func_generate_dlsyms "$libname" "$libname" "yes"
-      libobjs="$libobjs $symfileobj"
-      test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs=
-
-      if test "$mode" != relink; then
-	# Remove our outputs, but don't remove object files since they
-	# may have been created when compiling PIC objects.
-	removelist=
-	tempremovelist=`$ECHO "$output_objdir/*"`
-	for p in $tempremovelist; do
-	  case $p in
-	    *.$objext)
-	       ;;
-	    $output_objdir/$outputname | $output_objdir/$libname.* | $output_objdir/${libname}${release}.*)
-	       if test "X$precious_files_regex" != "X"; then
-		 if $ECHO "$p" | $EGREP -e "$precious_files_regex" >/dev/null 2>&1
-		 then
-		   continue
-		 fi
-	       fi
-	       removelist="$removelist $p"
-	       ;;
-	    *) ;;
-	  esac
-	done
-	test -n "$removelist" && \
-	  func_show_eval "${RM}r \$removelist"
-      fi
-
-      # Now set the variables for building old libraries.
-      if test "$build_old_libs" = yes && test "$build_libtool_libs" != convenience ; then
-	oldlibs="$oldlibs $output_objdir/$libname.$libext"
-
-	# Transform .lo files to .o files.
-	oldobjs="$objs "`$ECHO "X$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e '/\.'${libext}'$/d' -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`
-      fi
-
-      # Eliminate all temporary directories.
-      #for path in $notinst_path; do
-      #	lib_search_path=`$ECHO "X$lib_search_path " | $Xsed -e "s% $path % %g"`
-      #	deplibs=`$ECHO "X$deplibs " | $Xsed -e "s% -L$path % %g"`
-      #	dependency_libs=`$ECHO "X$dependency_libs " | $Xsed -e "s% -L$path % %g"`
-      #done
-
-      if test -n "$xrpath"; then
-	# If the user specified any rpath flags, then add them.
-	temp_xrpath=
-	for libdir in $xrpath; do
-	  temp_xrpath="$temp_xrpath -R$libdir"
-	  case "$finalize_rpath " in
-	  *" $libdir "*) ;;
-	  *) finalize_rpath="$finalize_rpath $libdir" ;;
-	  esac
-	done
-	if test "$hardcode_into_libs" != yes || test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then
-	  dependency_libs="$temp_xrpath $dependency_libs"
-	fi
-      fi
-
-      # Make sure dlfiles contains only unique files that won't be dlpreopened
-      old_dlfiles="$dlfiles"
-      dlfiles=
-      for lib in $old_dlfiles; do
-	case " $dlprefiles $dlfiles " in
-	*" $lib "*) ;;
-	*) dlfiles="$dlfiles $lib" ;;
-	esac
-      done
-
-      # Make sure dlprefiles contains only unique files
-      old_dlprefiles="$dlprefiles"
-      dlprefiles=
-      for lib in $old_dlprefiles; do
-	case "$dlprefiles " in
-	*" $lib "*) ;;
-	*) dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $lib" ;;
-	esac
-      done
-
-      if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then
-	if test -n "$rpath"; then
-	  case $host in
-	  *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-*-beos*)
-	    # these systems don't actually have a c library (as such)!
-	    ;;
-	  *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012])
-	    # Rhapsody C library is in the System framework
-	    deplibs="$deplibs System.ltframework"
-	    ;;
-	  *-*-netbsd*)
-	    # Don't link with libc until the a.out ld.so is fixed.
-	    ;;
-	  *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd* | *-*-dragonfly*)
-	    # Do not include libc due to us having libc/libc_r.
-	    ;;
-	  *-*-sco3.2v5* | *-*-sco5v6*)
-	    # Causes problems with __ctype
-	    ;;
-	  *-*-sysv4.2uw2* | *-*-sysv5* | *-*-unixware* | *-*-OpenUNIX*)
-	    # Compiler inserts libc in the correct place for threads to work
-	    ;;
-	  *)
-	    # Add libc to deplibs on all other systems if necessary.
-	    if test "$build_libtool_need_lc" = "yes"; then
-	      deplibs="$deplibs -lc"
-	    fi
-	    ;;
-	  esac
-	fi
-
-	# Transform deplibs into only deplibs that can be linked in shared.
-	name_save=$name
-	libname_save=$libname
-	release_save=$release
-	versuffix_save=$versuffix
-	major_save=$major
-	# I'm not sure if I'm treating the release correctly.  I think
-	# release should show up in the -l (ie -lgmp5) so we don't want to
-	# add it in twice.  Is that correct?
-	release=""
-	versuffix=""
-	major=""
-	newdeplibs=
-	droppeddeps=no
-	case $deplibs_check_method in
-	pass_all)
-	  # Don't check for shared/static.  Everything works.
-	  # This might be a little naive.  We might want to check
-	  # whether the library exists or not.  But this is on
-	  # osf3 & osf4 and I'm not really sure... Just
-	  # implementing what was already the behavior.
-	  newdeplibs=$deplibs
-	  ;;
-	test_compile)
-	  # This code stresses the "libraries are programs" paradigm to its
-	  # limits. Maybe even breaks it.  We compile a program, linking it
-	  # against the deplibs as a proxy for the library.  Then we can check
-	  # whether they linked in statically or dynamically with ldd.
-	  $opt_dry_run || $RM conftest.c
-	  cat > conftest.c </dev/null`
-		  for potent_lib in $potential_libs; do
-		      # Follow soft links.
-		      if ls -lLd "$potent_lib" 2>/dev/null |
-			 $GREP " -> " >/dev/null; then
-			continue
-		      fi
-		      # The statement above tries to avoid entering an
-		      # endless loop below, in case of cyclic links.
-		      # We might still enter an endless loop, since a link
-		      # loop can be closed while we follow links,
-		      # but so what?
-		      potlib="$potent_lib"
-		      while test -h "$potlib" 2>/dev/null; do
-			potliblink=`ls -ld $potlib | ${SED} 's/.* -> //'`
-			case $potliblink in
-			[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) potlib="$potliblink";;
-			*) potlib=`$ECHO "X$potlib" | $Xsed -e 's,[^/]*$,,'`"$potliblink";;
-			esac
-		      done
-		      if eval $file_magic_cmd \"\$potlib\" 2>/dev/null |
-			 $SED -e 10q |
-			 $EGREP "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then
-			newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib"
-			a_deplib=""
-			break 2
-		      fi
-		  done
-		done
-	      fi
-	      if test -n "$a_deplib" ; then
-		droppeddeps=yes
-		$ECHO
-		$ECHO "*** Warning: linker path does not have real file for library $a_deplib."
-		$ECHO "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when"
-		$ECHO "*** you link to this library.  But I can only do this if you have a"
-		$ECHO "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have"
-		$ECHO "*** because I did check the linker path looking for a file starting"
-		if test -z "$potlib" ; then
-		  $ECHO "*** with $libname but no candidates were found. (...for file magic test)"
-		else
-		  $ECHO "*** with $libname and none of the candidates passed a file format test"
-		  $ECHO "*** using a file magic. Last file checked: $potlib"
-		fi
-	      fi
-	      ;;
-	    *)
-	      # Add a -L argument.
-	      newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib"
-	      ;;
-	    esac
-	  done # Gone through all deplibs.
-	  ;;
-	match_pattern*)
-	  set dummy $deplibs_check_method; shift
-	  match_pattern_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "$1 \(.*\)"`
-	  for a_deplib in $deplibs; do
-	    case $a_deplib in
-	    -l*)
-	      func_stripname -l '' "$a_deplib"
-	      name=$func_stripname_result
-	      if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then
-		case " $predeps $postdeps " in
-		*" $a_deplib "*)
-		  newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib"
-		  a_deplib=""
-		  ;;
-		esac
-	      fi
-	      if test -n "$a_deplib" ; then
-		libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""`
-		for i in $lib_search_path $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path; do
-		  potential_libs=`ls $i/$libname[.-]* 2>/dev/null`
-		  for potent_lib in $potential_libs; do
-		    potlib="$potent_lib" # see symlink-check above in file_magic test
-		    if eval "\$ECHO \"X$potent_lib\"" 2>/dev/null | $Xsed -e 10q | \
-		       $EGREP "$match_pattern_regex" > /dev/null; then
-		      newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib"
-		      a_deplib=""
-		      break 2
-		    fi
-		  done
-		done
-	      fi
-	      if test -n "$a_deplib" ; then
-		droppeddeps=yes
-		$ECHO
-		$ECHO "*** Warning: linker path does not have real file for library $a_deplib."
-		$ECHO "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when"
-		$ECHO "*** you link to this library.  But I can only do this if you have a"
-		$ECHO "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have"
-		$ECHO "*** because I did check the linker path looking for a file starting"
-		if test -z "$potlib" ; then
-		  $ECHO "*** with $libname but no candidates were found. (...for regex pattern test)"
-		else
-		  $ECHO "*** with $libname and none of the candidates passed a file format test"
-		  $ECHO "*** using a regex pattern. Last file checked: $potlib"
-		fi
-	      fi
-	      ;;
-	    *)
-	      # Add a -L argument.
-	      newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib"
-	      ;;
-	    esac
-	  done # Gone through all deplibs.
-	  ;;
-	none | unknown | *)
-	  newdeplibs=""
-	  tmp_deplibs=`$ECHO "X $deplibs" | $Xsed \
-	      -e 's/ -lc$//' -e 's/ -[LR][^ ]*//g'`
-	  if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then
-	    for i in $predeps $postdeps ; do
-	      # can't use Xsed below, because $i might contain '/'
-	      tmp_deplibs=`$ECHO "X $tmp_deplibs" | $Xsed -e "s,$i,,"`
-	    done
-	  fi
-	  if $ECHO "X $tmp_deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's/[	 ]//g' |
-	     $GREP . >/dev/null; then
-	    $ECHO
-	    if test "X$deplibs_check_method" = "Xnone"; then
-	      $ECHO "*** Warning: inter-library dependencies are not supported in this platform."
-	    else
-	      $ECHO "*** Warning: inter-library dependencies are not known to be supported."
-	    fi
-	    $ECHO "*** All declared inter-library dependencies are being dropped."
-	    droppeddeps=yes
-	  fi
-	  ;;
-	esac
-	versuffix=$versuffix_save
-	major=$major_save
-	release=$release_save
-	libname=$libname_save
-	name=$name_save
-
-	case $host in
-	*-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012])
-	  # On Rhapsody replace the C library with the System framework
-	  newdeplibs=`$ECHO "X $newdeplibs" | $Xsed -e 's/ -lc / System.ltframework /'`
-	  ;;
-	esac
-
-	if test "$droppeddeps" = yes; then
-	  if test "$module" = yes; then
-	    $ECHO
-	    $ECHO "*** Warning: libtool could not satisfy all declared inter-library"
-	    $ECHO "*** dependencies of module $libname.  Therefore, libtool will create"
-	    $ECHO "*** a static module, that should work as long as the dlopening"
-	    $ECHO "*** application is linked with the -dlopen flag."
-	    if test -z "$global_symbol_pipe"; then
-	      $ECHO
-	      $ECHO "*** However, this would only work if libtool was able to extract symbol"
-	      $ECHO "*** lists from a program, using \`nm' or equivalent, but libtool could"
-	      $ECHO "*** not find such a program.  So, this module is probably useless."
-	      $ECHO "*** \`nm' from GNU binutils and a full rebuild may help."
-	    fi
-	    if test "$build_old_libs" = no; then
-	      oldlibs="$output_objdir/$libname.$libext"
-	      build_libtool_libs=module
-	      build_old_libs=yes
-	    else
-	      build_libtool_libs=no
-	    fi
-	  else
-	    $ECHO "*** The inter-library dependencies that have been dropped here will be"
-	    $ECHO "*** automatically added whenever a program is linked with this library"
-	    $ECHO "*** or is declared to -dlopen it."
-
-	    if test "$allow_undefined" = no; then
-	      $ECHO
-	      $ECHO "*** Since this library must not contain undefined symbols,"
-	      $ECHO "*** because either the platform does not support them or"
-	      $ECHO "*** it was explicitly requested with -no-undefined,"
-	      $ECHO "*** libtool will only create a static version of it."
-	      if test "$build_old_libs" = no; then
-		oldlibs="$output_objdir/$libname.$libext"
-		build_libtool_libs=module
-		build_old_libs=yes
-	      else
-		build_libtool_libs=no
-	      fi
-	    fi
-	  fi
-	fi
-	# Done checking deplibs!
-	deplibs=$newdeplibs
-      fi
-      # Time to change all our "foo.ltframework" stuff back to "-framework foo"
-      case $host in
-	*-*-darwin*)
-	  newdeplibs=`$ECHO "X $newdeplibs" | $Xsed -e 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
-	  new_inherited_linker_flags=`$ECHO "X $new_inherited_linker_flags" | $Xsed -e 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
-	  deplibs=`$ECHO "X $deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
-	  ;;
-      esac
-
-      # move library search paths that coincide with paths to not yet
-      # installed libraries to the beginning of the library search list
-      new_libs=
-      for path in $notinst_path; do
-	case " $new_libs " in
-	*" -L$path/$objdir "*) ;;
-	*)
-	  case " $deplibs " in
-	  *" -L$path/$objdir "*)
-	    new_libs="$new_libs -L$path/$objdir" ;;
-	  esac
-	  ;;
-	esac
-      done
-      for deplib in $deplibs; do
-	case $deplib in
-	-L*)
-	  case " $new_libs " in
-	  *" $deplib "*) ;;
-	  *) new_libs="$new_libs $deplib" ;;
-	  esac
-	  ;;
-	*) new_libs="$new_libs $deplib" ;;
-	esac
-      done
-      deplibs="$new_libs"
-
-      # All the library-specific variables (install_libdir is set above).
-      library_names=
-      old_library=
-      dlname=
-
-      # Test again, we may have decided not to build it any more
-      if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then
-	if test "$hardcode_into_libs" = yes; then
-	  # Hardcode the library paths
-	  hardcode_libdirs=
-	  dep_rpath=
-	  rpath="$finalize_rpath"
-	  test "$mode" != relink && rpath="$compile_rpath$rpath"
-	  for libdir in $rpath; do
-	    if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then
-	      if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then
-		if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
-		  hardcode_libdirs="$libdir"
-		else
-		  # Just accumulate the unique libdirs.
-		  case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in
-		  *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*)
-		    ;;
-		  *)
-		    hardcode_libdirs="$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir"
-		    ;;
-		  esac
-		fi
-	      else
-		eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
-		dep_rpath="$dep_rpath $flag"
-	      fi
-	    elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then
-	      case "$perm_rpath " in
-	      *" $libdir "*) ;;
-	      *) perm_rpath="$perm_rpath $libdir" ;;
-	      esac
-	    fi
-	  done
-	  # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath.
-	  if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" &&
-	     test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
-	    libdir="$hardcode_libdirs"
-	    if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld"; then
-	      eval dep_rpath=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld\"
-	    else
-	      eval dep_rpath=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
-	    fi
-	  fi
-	  if test -n "$runpath_var" && test -n "$perm_rpath"; then
-	    # We should set the runpath_var.
-	    rpath=
-	    for dir in $perm_rpath; do
-	      rpath="$rpath$dir:"
-	    done
-	    eval "$runpath_var='$rpath\$$runpath_var'; export $runpath_var"
-	  fi
-	  test -n "$dep_rpath" && deplibs="$dep_rpath $deplibs"
-	fi
-
-	shlibpath="$finalize_shlibpath"
-	test "$mode" != relink && shlibpath="$compile_shlibpath$shlibpath"
-	if test -n "$shlibpath"; then
-	  eval "$shlibpath_var='$shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var'; export $shlibpath_var"
-	fi
-
-	# Get the real and link names of the library.
-	eval shared_ext=\"$shrext_cmds\"
-	eval library_names=\"$library_names_spec\"
-	set dummy $library_names
-	shift
-	realname="$1"
-	shift
-
-	if test -n "$soname_spec"; then
-	  eval soname=\"$soname_spec\"
-	else
-	  soname="$realname"
-	fi
-	if test -z "$dlname"; then
-	  dlname=$soname
-	fi
-
-	lib="$output_objdir/$realname"
-	linknames=
-	for link
-	do
-	  linknames="$linknames $link"
-	done
-
-	# Use standard objects if they are pic
-	test -z "$pic_flag" && libobjs=`$ECHO "X$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`
-	test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs=
-
-	delfiles=
-	if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$include_expsyms"; then
-	  $opt_dry_run || cp "$export_symbols" "$output_objdir/$libname.uexp"
-	  export_symbols="$output_objdir/$libname.uexp"
-	  delfiles="$delfiles $export_symbols"
-	fi
-
-	orig_export_symbols=
-	case $host_os in
-	cygwin* | mingw*)
-	  if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -z "$export_symbols_regex"; then
-	    # exporting using user supplied symfile
-	    if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" != xEXPORTS; then
-	      # and it's NOT already a .def file. Must figure out
-	      # which of the given symbols are data symbols and tag
-	      # them as such. So, trigger use of export_symbols_cmds.
-	      # export_symbols gets reassigned inside the "prepare
-	      # the list of exported symbols" if statement, so the
-	      # include_expsyms logic still works.
-	      orig_export_symbols="$export_symbols"
-	      export_symbols=
-	      always_export_symbols=yes
-	    fi
-	  fi
-	  ;;
-	esac
-
-	# Prepare the list of exported symbols
-	if test -z "$export_symbols"; then
-	  if test "$always_export_symbols" = yes || test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then
-	    func_verbose "generating symbol list for \`$libname.la'"
-	    export_symbols="$output_objdir/$libname.exp"
-	    $opt_dry_run || $RM $export_symbols
-	    cmds=$export_symbols_cmds
-	    save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~'
-	    for cmd in $cmds; do
-	      IFS="$save_ifs"
-	      eval cmd=\"$cmd\"
-	      func_len " $cmd"
-	      len=$func_len_result
-	      if test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len" || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; then
-		func_show_eval "$cmd" 'exit $?'
-		skipped_export=false
-	      else
-		# The command line is too long to execute in one step.
-		func_verbose "using reloadable object file for export list..."
-		skipped_export=:
-		# Break out early, otherwise skipped_export may be
-		# set to false by a later but shorter cmd.
-		break
-	      fi
-	    done
-	    IFS="$save_ifs"
-	    if test -n "$export_symbols_regex" && test "X$skipped_export" != "X:"; then
-	      func_show_eval '$EGREP -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$export_symbols" > "${export_symbols}T"'
-	      func_show_eval '$MV "${export_symbols}T" "$export_symbols"'
-	    fi
-	  fi
-	fi
-
-	if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$include_expsyms"; then
-	  tmp_export_symbols="$export_symbols"
-	  test -n "$orig_export_symbols" && tmp_export_symbols="$orig_export_symbols"
-	  $opt_dry_run || eval '$ECHO "X$include_expsyms" | $Xsed | $SP2NL >> "$tmp_export_symbols"'
-	fi
-
-	if test "X$skipped_export" != "X:" && test -n "$orig_export_symbols"; then
-	  # The given exports_symbols file has to be filtered, so filter it.
-	  func_verbose "filter symbol list for \`$libname.la' to tag DATA exports"
-	  # FIXME: $output_objdir/$libname.filter potentially contains lots of
-	  # 's' commands which not all seds can handle. GNU sed should be fine
-	  # though. Also, the filter scales superlinearly with the number of
-	  # global variables. join(1) would be nice here, but unfortunately
-	  # isn't a blessed tool.
-	  $opt_dry_run || $SED -e '/[ ,]DATA/!d;s,\(.*\)\([ \,].*\),s|^\1$|\1\2|,' < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/$libname.filter
-	  delfiles="$delfiles $export_symbols $output_objdir/$libname.filter"
-	  export_symbols=$output_objdir/$libname.def
-	  $opt_dry_run || $SED -f $output_objdir/$libname.filter < $orig_export_symbols > $export_symbols
-	fi
-
-	tmp_deplibs=
-	for test_deplib in $deplibs; do
-	  case " $convenience " in
-	  *" $test_deplib "*) ;;
-	  *)
-	    tmp_deplibs="$tmp_deplibs $test_deplib"
-	    ;;
-	  esac
-	done
-	deplibs="$tmp_deplibs"
-
-	if test -n "$convenience"; then
-	  if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec" &&
-	    test "$compiler_needs_object" = yes &&
-	    test -z "$libobjs"; then
-	    # extract the archives, so we have objects to list.
-	    # TODO: could optimize this to just extract one archive.
-	    whole_archive_flag_spec=
-	  fi
-	  if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then
-	    save_libobjs=$libobjs
-	    eval libobjs=\"\$libobjs $whole_archive_flag_spec\"
-	    test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs=
-	  else
-	    gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x"
-	    generated="$generated $gentop"
-
-	    func_extract_archives $gentop $convenience
-	    libobjs="$libobjs $func_extract_archives_result"
-	    test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs=
-	  fi
-	fi
-
-	if test "$thread_safe" = yes && test -n "$thread_safe_flag_spec"; then
-	  eval flag=\"$thread_safe_flag_spec\"
-	  linker_flags="$linker_flags $flag"
-	fi
-
-	# Make a backup of the uninstalled library when relinking
-	if test "$mode" = relink; then
-	  $opt_dry_run || eval '(cd $output_objdir && $RM ${realname}U && $MV $realname ${realname}U)' || exit $?
-	fi
-
-	# Do each of the archive commands.
-	if test "$module" = yes && test -n "$module_cmds" ; then
-	  if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$module_expsym_cmds"; then
-	    eval test_cmds=\"$module_expsym_cmds\"
-	    cmds=$module_expsym_cmds
-	  else
-	    eval test_cmds=\"$module_cmds\"
-	    cmds=$module_cmds
-	  fi
-	else
-	  if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$archive_expsym_cmds"; then
-	    eval test_cmds=\"$archive_expsym_cmds\"
-	    cmds=$archive_expsym_cmds
-	  else
-	    eval test_cmds=\"$archive_cmds\"
-	    cmds=$archive_cmds
-	  fi
-	fi
-
-	if test "X$skipped_export" != "X:" &&
-	   func_len " $test_cmds" &&
-	   len=$func_len_result &&
-	   test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len" || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; then
-	  :
-	else
-	  # The command line is too long to link in one step, link piecewise
-	  # or, if using GNU ld and skipped_export is not :, use a linker
-	  # script.
-
-	  # Save the value of $output and $libobjs because we want to
-	  # use them later.  If we have whole_archive_flag_spec, we
-	  # want to use save_libobjs as it was before
-	  # whole_archive_flag_spec was expanded, because we can't
-	  # assume the linker understands whole_archive_flag_spec.
-	  # This may have to be revisited, in case too many
-	  # convenience libraries get linked in and end up exceeding
-	  # the spec.
-	  if test -z "$convenience" || test -z "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then
-	    save_libobjs=$libobjs
-	  fi
-	  save_output=$output
-	  output_la=`$ECHO "X$output" | $Xsed -e "$basename"`
-
-	  # Clear the reloadable object creation command queue and
-	  # initialize k to one.
-	  test_cmds=
-	  concat_cmds=
-	  objlist=
-	  last_robj=
-	  k=1
-
-	  if test -n "$save_libobjs" && test "X$skipped_export" != "X:" && test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
-	    output=${output_objdir}/${output_la}.lnkscript
-	    func_verbose "creating GNU ld script: $output"
-	    $ECHO 'INPUT (' > $output
-	    for obj in $save_libobjs
-	    do
-	      $ECHO "$obj" >> $output
-	    done
-	    $ECHO ')' >> $output
-	    delfiles="$delfiles $output"
-	  elif test -n "$save_libobjs" && test "X$skipped_export" != "X:" && test "X$file_list_spec" != X; then
-	    output=${output_objdir}/${output_la}.lnk
-	    func_verbose "creating linker input file list: $output"
-	    : > $output
-	    set x $save_libobjs
-	    shift
-	    firstobj=
-	    if test "$compiler_needs_object" = yes; then
-	      firstobj="$1 "
-	      shift
-	    fi
-	    for obj
-	    do
-	      $ECHO "$obj" >> $output
-	    done
-	    delfiles="$delfiles $output"
-	    output=$firstobj\"$file_list_spec$output\"
-	  else
-	    if test -n "$save_libobjs"; then
-	      func_verbose "creating reloadable object files..."
-	      output=$output_objdir/$output_la-${k}.$objext
-	      eval test_cmds=\"$reload_cmds\"
-	      func_len " $test_cmds"
-	      len0=$func_len_result
-	      len=$len0
-
-	      # Loop over the list of objects to be linked.
-	      for obj in $save_libobjs
-	      do
-		func_len " $obj"
-		func_arith $len + $func_len_result
-		len=$func_arith_result
-		if test "X$objlist" = X ||
-		   test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len"; then
-		  func_append objlist " $obj"
-		else
-		  # The command $test_cmds is almost too long, add a
-		  # command to the queue.
-		  if test "$k" -eq 1 ; then
-		    # The first file doesn't have a previous command to add.
-		    eval concat_cmds=\"$reload_cmds $objlist $last_robj\"
-		  else
-		    # All subsequent reloadable object files will link in
-		    # the last one created.
-		    eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~$reload_cmds $objlist $last_robj~\$RM $last_robj\"
-		  fi
-		  last_robj=$output_objdir/$output_la-${k}.$objext
-		  func_arith $k + 1
-		  k=$func_arith_result
-		  output=$output_objdir/$output_la-${k}.$objext
-		  objlist=$obj
-		  func_len " $last_robj"
-		  func_arith $len0 + $func_len_result
-		  len=$func_arith_result
-		fi
-	      done
-	      # Handle the remaining objects by creating one last
-	      # reloadable object file.  All subsequent reloadable object
-	      # files will link in the last one created.
-	      test -z "$concat_cmds" || concat_cmds=$concat_cmds~
-	      eval concat_cmds=\"\${concat_cmds}$reload_cmds $objlist $last_robj\"
-	      if test -n "$last_robj"; then
-	        eval concat_cmds=\"\${concat_cmds}~\$RM $last_robj\"
-	      fi
-	      delfiles="$delfiles $output"
-
-	    else
-	      output=
-	    fi
-
-	    if ${skipped_export-false}; then
-	      func_verbose "generating symbol list for \`$libname.la'"
-	      export_symbols="$output_objdir/$libname.exp"
-	      $opt_dry_run || $RM $export_symbols
-	      libobjs=$output
-	      # Append the command to create the export file.
-	      test -z "$concat_cmds" || concat_cmds=$concat_cmds~
-	      eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds$export_symbols_cmds\"
-	      if test -n "$last_robj"; then
-		eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~\$RM $last_robj\"
-	      fi
-	    fi
-
-	    test -n "$save_libobjs" &&
-	      func_verbose "creating a temporary reloadable object file: $output"
-
-	    # Loop through the commands generated above and execute them.
-	    save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~'
-	    for cmd in $concat_cmds; do
-	      IFS="$save_ifs"
-	      $opt_silent || {
-		  func_quote_for_expand "$cmd"
-		  eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result"
-	      }
-	      $opt_dry_run || eval "$cmd" || {
-		lt_exit=$?
-
-		# Restore the uninstalled library and exit
-		if test "$mode" = relink; then
-		  ( cd "$output_objdir" && \
-		    $RM "${realname}T" && \
-		    $MV "${realname}U" "$realname" )
-		fi
-
-		exit $lt_exit
-	      }
-	    done
-	    IFS="$save_ifs"
-
-	    if test -n "$export_symbols_regex" && ${skipped_export-false}; then
-	      func_show_eval '$EGREP -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$export_symbols" > "${export_symbols}T"'
-	      func_show_eval '$MV "${export_symbols}T" "$export_symbols"'
-	    fi
-	  fi
-
-          if ${skipped_export-false}; then
-	    if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$include_expsyms"; then
-	      tmp_export_symbols="$export_symbols"
-	      test -n "$orig_export_symbols" && tmp_export_symbols="$orig_export_symbols"
-	      $opt_dry_run || eval '$ECHO "X$include_expsyms" | $Xsed | $SP2NL >> "$tmp_export_symbols"'
-	    fi
-
-	    if test -n "$orig_export_symbols"; then
-	      # The given exports_symbols file has to be filtered, so filter it.
-	      func_verbose "filter symbol list for \`$libname.la' to tag DATA exports"
-	      # FIXME: $output_objdir/$libname.filter potentially contains lots of
-	      # 's' commands which not all seds can handle. GNU sed should be fine
-	      # though. Also, the filter scales superlinearly with the number of
-	      # global variables. join(1) would be nice here, but unfortunately
-	      # isn't a blessed tool.
-	      $opt_dry_run || $SED -e '/[ ,]DATA/!d;s,\(.*\)\([ \,].*\),s|^\1$|\1\2|,' < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/$libname.filter
-	      delfiles="$delfiles $export_symbols $output_objdir/$libname.filter"
-	      export_symbols=$output_objdir/$libname.def
-	      $opt_dry_run || $SED -f $output_objdir/$libname.filter < $orig_export_symbols > $export_symbols
-	    fi
-	  fi
-
-	  libobjs=$output
-	  # Restore the value of output.
-	  output=$save_output
-
-	  if test -n "$convenience" && test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then
-	    eval libobjs=\"\$libobjs $whole_archive_flag_spec\"
-	    test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs=
-	  fi
-	  # Expand the library linking commands again to reset the
-	  # value of $libobjs for piecewise linking.
-
-	  # Do each of the archive commands.
-	  if test "$module" = yes && test -n "$module_cmds" ; then
-	    if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$module_expsym_cmds"; then
-	      cmds=$module_expsym_cmds
-	    else
-	      cmds=$module_cmds
-	    fi
-	  else
-	    if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$archive_expsym_cmds"; then
-	      cmds=$archive_expsym_cmds
-	    else
-	      cmds=$archive_cmds
-	    fi
-	  fi
-	fi
-
-	if test -n "$delfiles"; then
-	  # Append the command to remove temporary files to $cmds.
-	  eval cmds=\"\$cmds~\$RM $delfiles\"
-	fi
-
-	# Add any objects from preloaded convenience libraries
-	if test -n "$dlprefiles"; then
-	  gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x"
-	  generated="$generated $gentop"
-
-	  func_extract_archives $gentop $dlprefiles
-	  libobjs="$libobjs $func_extract_archives_result"
-	  test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs=
-	fi
-
-	save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~'
-	for cmd in $cmds; do
-	  IFS="$save_ifs"
-	  eval cmd=\"$cmd\"
-	  $opt_silent || {
-	    func_quote_for_expand "$cmd"
-	    eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result"
-	  }
-	  $opt_dry_run || eval "$cmd" || {
-	    lt_exit=$?
-
-	    # Restore the uninstalled library and exit
-	    if test "$mode" = relink; then
-	      ( cd "$output_objdir" && \
-	        $RM "${realname}T" && \
-		$MV "${realname}U" "$realname" )
-	    fi
-
-	    exit $lt_exit
-	  }
-	done
-	IFS="$save_ifs"
-
-	# Restore the uninstalled library and exit
-	if test "$mode" = relink; then
-	  $opt_dry_run || eval '(cd $output_objdir && $RM ${realname}T && $MV $realname ${realname}T && $MV ${realname}U $realname)' || exit $?
-
-	  if test -n "$convenience"; then
-	    if test -z "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then
-	      func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"'
-	    fi
-	  fi
-
-	  exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
-	fi
-
-	# Create links to the real library.
-	for linkname in $linknames; do
-	  if test "$realname" != "$linkname"; then
-	    func_show_eval '(cd "$output_objdir" && $RM "$linkname" && $LN_S "$realname" "$linkname")' 'exit $?'
-	  fi
-	done
-
-	# If -module or -export-dynamic was specified, set the dlname.
-	if test "$module" = yes || test "$export_dynamic" = yes; then
-	  # On all known operating systems, these are identical.
-	  dlname="$soname"
-	fi
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    obj)
-      if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test "$dlself" != no; then
-	func_warning "\`-dlopen' is ignored for objects"
-      fi
-
-      case " $deplibs" in
-      *\ -l* | *\ -L*)
-	func_warning "\`-l' and \`-L' are ignored for objects" ;;
-      esac
-
-      test -n "$rpath" && \
-	func_warning "\`-rpath' is ignored for objects"
-
-      test -n "$xrpath" && \
-	func_warning "\`-R' is ignored for objects"
-
-      test -n "$vinfo" && \
-	func_warning "\`-version-info' is ignored for objects"
-
-      test -n "$release" && \
-	func_warning "\`-release' is ignored for objects"
-
-      case $output in
-      *.lo)
-	test -n "$objs$old_deplibs" && \
-	  func_fatal_error "cannot build library object \`$output' from non-libtool objects"
-
-	libobj=$output
-	func_lo2o "$libobj"
-	obj=$func_lo2o_result
-	;;
-      *)
-	libobj=
-	obj="$output"
-	;;
-      esac
-
-      # Delete the old objects.
-      $opt_dry_run || $RM $obj $libobj
-
-      # Objects from convenience libraries.  This assumes
-      # single-version convenience libraries.  Whenever we create
-      # different ones for PIC/non-PIC, this we'll have to duplicate
-      # the extraction.
-      reload_conv_objs=
-      gentop=
-      # reload_cmds runs $LD directly, so let us get rid of
-      # -Wl from whole_archive_flag_spec and hope we can get by with
-      # turning comma into space..
-      wl=
-
-      if test -n "$convenience"; then
-	if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then
-	  eval tmp_whole_archive_flags=\"$whole_archive_flag_spec\"
-	  reload_conv_objs=$reload_objs\ `$ECHO "X$tmp_whole_archive_flags" | $Xsed -e 's|,| |g'`
-	else
-	  gentop="$output_objdir/${obj}x"
-	  generated="$generated $gentop"
-
-	  func_extract_archives $gentop $convenience
-	  reload_conv_objs="$reload_objs $func_extract_archives_result"
-	fi
-      fi
-
-      # Create the old-style object.
-      reload_objs="$objs$old_deplibs "`$ECHO "X$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e '/\.'${libext}$'/d' -e '/\.lib$/d' -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`" $reload_conv_objs" ### testsuite: skip nested quoting test
-
-      output="$obj"
-      func_execute_cmds "$reload_cmds" 'exit $?'
-
-      # Exit if we aren't doing a library object file.
-      if test -z "$libobj"; then
-	if test -n "$gentop"; then
-	  func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"'
-	fi
-
-	exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
-      fi
-
-      if test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes; then
-	if test -n "$gentop"; then
-	  func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"'
-	fi
-
-	# Create an invalid libtool object if no PIC, so that we don't
-	# accidentally link it into a program.
-	# $show "echo timestamp > $libobj"
-	# $opt_dry_run || eval "echo timestamp > $libobj" || exit $?
-	exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
-      fi
-
-      if test -n "$pic_flag" || test "$pic_mode" != default; then
-	# Only do commands if we really have different PIC objects.
-	reload_objs="$libobjs $reload_conv_objs"
-	output="$libobj"
-	func_execute_cmds "$reload_cmds" 'exit $?'
-      fi
-
-      if test -n "$gentop"; then
-	func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"'
-      fi
-
-      exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
-      ;;
-
-    prog)
-      case $host in
-	*cygwin*) func_stripname '' '.exe' "$output"
-	          output=$func_stripname_result.exe;;
-      esac
-      test -n "$vinfo" && \
-	func_warning "\`-version-info' is ignored for programs"
-
-      test -n "$release" && \
-	func_warning "\`-release' is ignored for programs"
-
-      test "$preload" = yes \
-        && test "$dlopen_support" = unknown \
-	&& test "$dlopen_self" = unknown \
-	&& test "$dlopen_self_static" = unknown && \
-	  func_warning "\`LT_INIT([dlopen])' not used. Assuming no dlopen support."
-
-      case $host in
-      *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012])
-	# On Rhapsody replace the C library is the System framework
-	compile_deplibs=`$ECHO "X $compile_deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's/ -lc / System.ltframework /'`
-	finalize_deplibs=`$ECHO "X $finalize_deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's/ -lc / System.ltframework /'`
-	;;
-      esac
-
-      case $host in
-      *-*-darwin*)
-	# Don't allow lazy linking, it breaks C++ global constructors
-	# But is supposedly fixed on 10.4 or later (yay!).
-	if test "$tagname" = CXX ; then
-	  case ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET-10.0} in
-	    10.[0123])
-	      compile_command="$compile_command ${wl}-bind_at_load"
-	      finalize_command="$finalize_command ${wl}-bind_at_load"
-	    ;;
-	  esac
-	fi
-	# Time to change all our "foo.ltframework" stuff back to "-framework foo"
-	compile_deplibs=`$ECHO "X $compile_deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
-	finalize_deplibs=`$ECHO "X $finalize_deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
-	;;
-      esac
-
-
-      # move library search paths that coincide with paths to not yet
-      # installed libraries to the beginning of the library search list
-      new_libs=
-      for path in $notinst_path; do
-	case " $new_libs " in
-	*" -L$path/$objdir "*) ;;
-	*)
-	  case " $compile_deplibs " in
-	  *" -L$path/$objdir "*)
-	    new_libs="$new_libs -L$path/$objdir" ;;
-	  esac
-	  ;;
-	esac
-      done
-      for deplib in $compile_deplibs; do
-	case $deplib in
-	-L*)
-	  case " $new_libs " in
-	  *" $deplib "*) ;;
-	  *) new_libs="$new_libs $deplib" ;;
-	  esac
-	  ;;
-	*) new_libs="$new_libs $deplib" ;;
-	esac
-      done
-      compile_deplibs="$new_libs"
-
-
-      compile_command="$compile_command $compile_deplibs"
-      finalize_command="$finalize_command $finalize_deplibs"
-
-      if test -n "$rpath$xrpath"; then
-	# If the user specified any rpath flags, then add them.
-	for libdir in $rpath $xrpath; do
-	  # This is the magic to use -rpath.
-	  case "$finalize_rpath " in
-	  *" $libdir "*) ;;
-	  *) finalize_rpath="$finalize_rpath $libdir" ;;
-	  esac
-	done
-      fi
-
-      # Now hardcode the library paths
-      rpath=
-      hardcode_libdirs=
-      for libdir in $compile_rpath $finalize_rpath; do
-	if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then
-	  if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then
-	    if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
-	      hardcode_libdirs="$libdir"
-	    else
-	      # Just accumulate the unique libdirs.
-	      case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in
-	      *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*)
-		;;
-	      *)
-		hardcode_libdirs="$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir"
-		;;
-	      esac
-	    fi
-	  else
-	    eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
-	    rpath="$rpath $flag"
-	  fi
-	elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then
-	  case "$perm_rpath " in
-	  *" $libdir "*) ;;
-	  *) perm_rpath="$perm_rpath $libdir" ;;
-	  esac
-	fi
-	case $host in
-	*-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2*)
-	  testbindir=`${ECHO} "$libdir" | ${SED} -e 's*/lib$*/bin*'`
-	  case :$dllsearchpath: in
-	  *":$libdir:"*) ;;
-	  *) dllsearchpath="$dllsearchpath:$libdir";;
-	  esac
-	  case :$dllsearchpath: in
-	  *":$testbindir:"*) ;;
-	  *) dllsearchpath="$dllsearchpath:$testbindir";;
-	  esac
-	  ;;
-	esac
-      done
-      # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath.
-      if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" &&
-	 test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
-	libdir="$hardcode_libdirs"
-	eval rpath=\" $hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
-      fi
-      compile_rpath="$rpath"
-
-      rpath=
-      hardcode_libdirs=
-      for libdir in $finalize_rpath; do
-	if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then
-	  if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then
-	    if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
-	      hardcode_libdirs="$libdir"
-	    else
-	      # Just accumulate the unique libdirs.
-	      case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in
-	      *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*)
-		;;
-	      *)
-		hardcode_libdirs="$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir"
-		;;
-	      esac
-	    fi
-	  else
-	    eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
-	    rpath="$rpath $flag"
-	  fi
-	elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then
-	  case "$finalize_perm_rpath " in
-	  *" $libdir "*) ;;
-	  *) finalize_perm_rpath="$finalize_perm_rpath $libdir" ;;
-	  esac
-	fi
-      done
-      # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath.
-      if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" &&
-	 test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
-	libdir="$hardcode_libdirs"
-	eval rpath=\" $hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
-      fi
-      finalize_rpath="$rpath"
-
-      if test -n "$libobjs" && test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then
-	# Transform all the library objects into standard objects.
-	compile_command=`$ECHO "X$compile_command" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`
-	finalize_command=`$ECHO "X$finalize_command" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`
-      fi
-
-      func_generate_dlsyms "$outputname" "@PROGRAM@" "no"
-
-      # template prelinking step
-      if test -n "$prelink_cmds"; then
-	func_execute_cmds "$prelink_cmds" 'exit $?'
-      fi
-
-      wrappers_required=yes
-      case $host in
-      *cygwin* | *mingw* )
-        if test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes; then
-          wrappers_required=no
-        fi
-        ;;
-      *)
-        if test "$need_relink" = no || test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes; then
-          wrappers_required=no
-        fi
-        ;;
-      esac
-      if test "$wrappers_required" = no; then
-	# Replace the output file specification.
-	compile_command=`$ECHO "X$compile_command" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g'`
-	link_command="$compile_command$compile_rpath"
-
-	# We have no uninstalled library dependencies, so finalize right now.
-	exit_status=0
-	func_show_eval "$link_command" 'exit_status=$?'
-
-	# Delete the generated files.
-	if test -f "$output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}"; then
-	  func_show_eval '$RM "$output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}"'
-	fi
-
-	exit $exit_status
-      fi
-
-      if test -n "$compile_shlibpath$finalize_shlibpath"; then
-	compile_command="$shlibpath_var=\"$compile_shlibpath$finalize_shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var\" $compile_command"
-      fi
-      if test -n "$finalize_shlibpath"; then
-	finalize_command="$shlibpath_var=\"$finalize_shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var\" $finalize_command"
-      fi
-
-      compile_var=
-      finalize_var=
-      if test -n "$runpath_var"; then
-	if test -n "$perm_rpath"; then
-	  # We should set the runpath_var.
-	  rpath=
-	  for dir in $perm_rpath; do
-	    rpath="$rpath$dir:"
-	  done
-	  compile_var="$runpath_var=\"$rpath\$$runpath_var\" "
-	fi
-	if test -n "$finalize_perm_rpath"; then
-	  # We should set the runpath_var.
-	  rpath=
-	  for dir in $finalize_perm_rpath; do
-	    rpath="$rpath$dir:"
-	  done
-	  finalize_var="$runpath_var=\"$rpath\$$runpath_var\" "
-	fi
-      fi
-
-      if test "$no_install" = yes; then
-	# We don't need to create a wrapper script.
-	link_command="$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath"
-	# Replace the output file specification.
-	link_command=`$ECHO "X$link_command" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g'`
-	# Delete the old output file.
-	$opt_dry_run || $RM $output
-	# Link the executable and exit
-	func_show_eval "$link_command" 'exit $?'
-	exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
-      fi
-
-      if test "$hardcode_action" = relink; then
-	# Fast installation is not supported
-	link_command="$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath"
-	relink_command="$finalize_var$finalize_command$finalize_rpath"
-
-	func_warning "this platform does not like uninstalled shared libraries"
-	func_warning "\`$output' will be relinked during installation"
-      else
-	if test "$fast_install" != no; then
-	  link_command="$finalize_var$compile_command$finalize_rpath"
-	  if test "$fast_install" = yes; then
-	    relink_command=`$ECHO "X$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%\$progdir/\$file%g'`
-	  else
-	    # fast_install is set to needless
-	    relink_command=
-	  fi
-	else
-	  link_command="$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath"
-	  relink_command="$finalize_var$finalize_command$finalize_rpath"
-	fi
-      fi
-
-      # Replace the output file specification.
-      link_command=`$ECHO "X$link_command" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output_objdir/$outputname"'%g'`
-
-      # Delete the old output files.
-      $opt_dry_run || $RM $output $output_objdir/$outputname $output_objdir/lt-$outputname
-
-      func_show_eval "$link_command" 'exit $?'
-
-      # Now create the wrapper script.
-      func_verbose "creating $output"
-
-      # Quote the relink command for shipping.
-      if test -n "$relink_command"; then
-	# Preserve any variables that may affect compiler behavior
-	for var in $variables_saved_for_relink; do
-	  if eval test -z \"\${$var+set}\"; then
-	    relink_command="{ test -z \"\${$var+set}\" || $lt_unset $var || { $var=; export $var; }; }; $relink_command"
-	  elif eval var_value=\$$var; test -z "$var_value"; then
-	    relink_command="$var=; export $var; $relink_command"
-	  else
-	    func_quote_for_eval "$var_value"
-	    relink_command="$var=$func_quote_for_eval_result; export $var; $relink_command"
-	  fi
-	done
-	relink_command="(cd `pwd`; $relink_command)"
-	relink_command=`$ECHO "X$relink_command" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
-      fi
-
-      # Quote $ECHO for shipping.
-      if test "X$ECHO" = "X$SHELL $progpath --fallback-echo"; then
-	case $progpath in
-	[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) qecho="$SHELL $progpath --fallback-echo";;
-	*) qecho="$SHELL `pwd`/$progpath --fallback-echo";;
-	esac
-	qecho=`$ECHO "X$qecho" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
-      else
-	qecho=`$ECHO "X$ECHO" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
-      fi
-
-      # Only actually do things if not in dry run mode.
-      $opt_dry_run || {
-	# win32 will think the script is a binary if it has
-	# a .exe suffix, so we strip it off here.
-	case $output in
-	  *.exe) func_stripname '' '.exe' "$output"
-	         output=$func_stripname_result ;;
-	esac
-	# test for cygwin because mv fails w/o .exe extensions
-	case $host in
-	  *cygwin*)
-	    exeext=.exe
-	    func_stripname '' '.exe' "$outputname"
-	    outputname=$func_stripname_result ;;
-	  *) exeext= ;;
-	esac
-	case $host in
-	  *cygwin* | *mingw* )
-	    func_dirname_and_basename "$output" "" "."
-	    output_name=$func_basename_result
-	    output_path=$func_dirname_result
-	    cwrappersource="$output_path/$objdir/lt-$output_name.c"
-	    cwrapper="$output_path/$output_name.exe"
-	    $RM $cwrappersource $cwrapper
-	    trap "$RM $cwrappersource $cwrapper; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15
-
-	    func_emit_cwrapperexe_src > $cwrappersource
-
-	    # we should really use a build-platform specific compiler
-	    # here, but OTOH, the wrappers (shell script and this C one)
-	    # are only useful if you want to execute the "real" binary.
-	    # Since the "real" binary is built for $host, then this
-	    # wrapper might as well be built for $host, too.
-	    $opt_dry_run || {
-	      $LTCC $LTCFLAGS -o $cwrapper $cwrappersource
-	      $STRIP $cwrapper
-	    }
-
-	    # Now, create the wrapper script for func_source use:
-	    func_ltwrapper_scriptname $cwrapper
-	    $RM $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result
-	    trap "$RM $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15
-	    $opt_dry_run || {
-	      # note: this script will not be executed, so do not chmod.
-	      if test "x$build" = "x$host" ; then
-		$cwrapper --lt-dump-script > $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result
-	      else
-		func_emit_wrapper no > $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result
-	      fi
-	    }
-	  ;;
-	  * )
-	    $RM $output
-	    trap "$RM $output; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15
-
-	    func_emit_wrapper no > $output
-	    chmod +x $output
-	  ;;
-	esac
-      }
-      exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
-      ;;
-    esac
-
-    # See if we need to build an old-fashioned archive.
-    for oldlib in $oldlibs; do
-
-      if test "$build_libtool_libs" = convenience; then
-	oldobjs="$libobjs_save $symfileobj"
-	addlibs="$convenience"
-	build_libtool_libs=no
-      else
-	if test "$build_libtool_libs" = module; then
-	  oldobjs="$libobjs_save"
-	  build_libtool_libs=no
-	else
-	  oldobjs="$old_deplibs $non_pic_objects"
-	  if test "$preload" = yes && test -f "$symfileobj"; then
-	    oldobjs="$oldobjs $symfileobj"
-	  fi
-	fi
-	addlibs="$old_convenience"
-      fi
-
-      if test -n "$addlibs"; then
-	gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x"
-	generated="$generated $gentop"
-
-	func_extract_archives $gentop $addlibs
-	oldobjs="$oldobjs $func_extract_archives_result"
-      fi
-
-      # Do each command in the archive commands.
-      if test -n "$old_archive_from_new_cmds" && test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then
-	cmds=$old_archive_from_new_cmds
-      else
-
-	# Add any objects from preloaded convenience libraries
-	if test -n "$dlprefiles"; then
-	  gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x"
-	  generated="$generated $gentop"
-
-	  func_extract_archives $gentop $dlprefiles
-	  oldobjs="$oldobjs $func_extract_archives_result"
-	fi
-
-	# POSIX demands no paths to be encoded in archives.  We have
-	# to avoid creating archives with duplicate basenames if we
-	# might have to extract them afterwards, e.g., when creating a
-	# static archive out of a convenience library, or when linking
-	# the entirety of a libtool archive into another (currently
-	# not supported by libtool).
-	if (for obj in $oldobjs
-	    do
-	      func_basename "$obj"
-	      $ECHO "$func_basename_result"
-	    done | sort | sort -uc >/dev/null 2>&1); then
-	  :
-	else
-	  $ECHO "copying selected object files to avoid basename conflicts..."
-	  gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x"
-	  generated="$generated $gentop"
-	  func_mkdir_p "$gentop"
-	  save_oldobjs=$oldobjs
-	  oldobjs=
-	  counter=1
-	  for obj in $save_oldobjs
-	  do
-	    func_basename "$obj"
-	    objbase="$func_basename_result"
-	    case " $oldobjs " in
-	    " ") oldobjs=$obj ;;
-	    *[\ /]"$objbase "*)
-	      while :; do
-		# Make sure we don't pick an alternate name that also
-		# overlaps.
-		newobj=lt$counter-$objbase
-		func_arith $counter + 1
-		counter=$func_arith_result
-		case " $oldobjs " in
-		*[\ /]"$newobj "*) ;;
-		*) if test ! -f "$gentop/$newobj"; then break; fi ;;
-		esac
-	      done
-	      func_show_eval "ln $obj $gentop/$newobj || cp $obj $gentop/$newobj"
-	      oldobjs="$oldobjs $gentop/$newobj"
-	      ;;
-	    *) oldobjs="$oldobjs $obj" ;;
-	    esac
-	  done
-	fi
-	eval cmds=\"$old_archive_cmds\"
-
-	func_len " $cmds"
-	len=$func_len_result
-	if test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len" || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; then
-	  cmds=$old_archive_cmds
-	else
-	  # the command line is too long to link in one step, link in parts
-	  func_verbose "using piecewise archive linking..."
-	  save_RANLIB=$RANLIB
-	  RANLIB=:
-	  objlist=
-	  concat_cmds=
-	  save_oldobjs=$oldobjs
-	  oldobjs=
-	  # Is there a better way of finding the last object in the list?
-	  for obj in $save_oldobjs
-	  do
-	    last_oldobj=$obj
-	  done
-	  eval test_cmds=\"$old_archive_cmds\"
-	  func_len " $test_cmds"
-	  len0=$func_len_result
-	  len=$len0
-	  for obj in $save_oldobjs
-	  do
-	    func_len " $obj"
-	    func_arith $len + $func_len_result
-	    len=$func_arith_result
-	    func_append objlist " $obj"
-	    if test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len"; then
-	      :
-	    else
-	      # the above command should be used before it gets too long
-	      oldobjs=$objlist
-	      if test "$obj" = "$last_oldobj" ; then
-		RANLIB=$save_RANLIB
-	      fi
-	      test -z "$concat_cmds" || concat_cmds=$concat_cmds~
-	      eval concat_cmds=\"\${concat_cmds}$old_archive_cmds\"
-	      objlist=
-	      len=$len0
-	    fi
-	  done
-	  RANLIB=$save_RANLIB
-	  oldobjs=$objlist
-	  if test "X$oldobjs" = "X" ; then
-	    eval cmds=\"\$concat_cmds\"
-	  else
-	    eval cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~\$old_archive_cmds\"
-	  fi
-	fi
-      fi
-      func_execute_cmds "$cmds" 'exit $?'
-    done
-
-    test -n "$generated" && \
-      func_show_eval "${RM}r$generated"
-
-    # Now create the libtool archive.
-    case $output in
-    *.la)
-      old_library=
-      test "$build_old_libs" = yes && old_library="$libname.$libext"
-      func_verbose "creating $output"
-
-      # Preserve any variables that may affect compiler behavior
-      for var in $variables_saved_for_relink; do
-	if eval test -z \"\${$var+set}\"; then
-	  relink_command="{ test -z \"\${$var+set}\" || $lt_unset $var || { $var=; export $var; }; }; $relink_command"
-	elif eval var_value=\$$var; test -z "$var_value"; then
-	  relink_command="$var=; export $var; $relink_command"
-	else
-	  func_quote_for_eval "$var_value"
-	  relink_command="$var=$func_quote_for_eval_result; export $var; $relink_command"
-	fi
-      done
-      # Quote the link command for shipping.
-      relink_command="(cd `pwd`; $SHELL $progpath $preserve_args --mode=relink $libtool_args @inst_prefix_dir@)"
-      relink_command=`$ECHO "X$relink_command" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
-      if test "$hardcode_automatic" = yes ; then
-	relink_command=
-      fi
-
-      # Only create the output if not a dry run.
-      $opt_dry_run || {
-	for installed in no yes; do
-	  if test "$installed" = yes; then
-	    if test -z "$install_libdir"; then
-	      break
-	    fi
-	    output="$output_objdir/$outputname"i
-	    # Replace all uninstalled libtool libraries with the installed ones
-	    newdependency_libs=
-	    for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
-	      case $deplib in
-	      *.la)
-		func_basename "$deplib"
-		name="$func_basename_result"
-		eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $deplib`
-		test -z "$libdir" && \
-		  func_fatal_error "\`$deplib' is not a valid libtool archive"
-		newdependency_libs="$newdependency_libs $libdir/$name"
-		;;
-	      *) newdependency_libs="$newdependency_libs $deplib" ;;
-	      esac
-	    done
-	    dependency_libs="$newdependency_libs"
-	    newdlfiles=
-
-	    for lib in $dlfiles; do
-	      case $lib in
-	      *.la)
-	        func_basename "$lib"
-		name="$func_basename_result"
-		eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $lib`
-		test -z "$libdir" && \
-		  func_fatal_error "\`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive"
-		newdlfiles="$newdlfiles $libdir/$name"
-		;;
-	      *) newdlfiles="$newdlfiles $lib" ;;
-	      esac
-	    done
-	    dlfiles="$newdlfiles"
-	    newdlprefiles=
-	    for lib in $dlprefiles; do
-	      case $lib in
-	      *.la)
-		# Only pass preopened files to the pseudo-archive (for
-		# eventual linking with the app. that links it) if we
-		# didn't already link the preopened objects directly into
-		# the library:
-		func_basename "$lib"
-		name="$func_basename_result"
-		eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $lib`
-		test -z "$libdir" && \
-		  func_fatal_error "\`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive"
-		newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $libdir/$name"
-		;;
-	      esac
-	    done
-	    dlprefiles="$newdlprefiles"
-	  else
-	    newdlfiles=
-	    for lib in $dlfiles; do
-	      case $lib in
-		[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs="$lib" ;;
-		*) abs=`pwd`"/$lib" ;;
-	      esac
-	      newdlfiles="$newdlfiles $abs"
-	    done
-	    dlfiles="$newdlfiles"
-	    newdlprefiles=
-	    for lib in $dlprefiles; do
-	      case $lib in
-		[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs="$lib" ;;
-		*) abs=`pwd`"/$lib" ;;
-	      esac
-	      newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $abs"
-	    done
-	    dlprefiles="$newdlprefiles"
-	  fi
-	  $RM $output
-	  # place dlname in correct position for cygwin
-	  tdlname=$dlname
-	  case $host,$output,$installed,$module,$dlname in
-	    *cygwin*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll | *mingw*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll) tdlname=../bin/$dlname ;;
-	  esac
-	  $ECHO > $output "\
-# $outputname - a libtool library file
-# Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION
-#
-# Please DO NOT delete this file!
-# It is necessary for linking the library.
-
-# The name that we can dlopen(3).
-dlname='$tdlname'
-
-# Names of this library.
-library_names='$library_names'
-
-# The name of the static archive.
-old_library='$old_library'
-
-# Linker flags that can not go in dependency_libs.
-inherited_linker_flags='$new_inherited_linker_flags'
-
-# Libraries that this one depends upon.
-dependency_libs='$dependency_libs'
-
-# Names of additional weak libraries provided by this library
-weak_library_names='$weak_libs'
-
-# Version information for $libname.
-current=$current
-age=$age
-revision=$revision
-
-# Is this an already installed library?
-installed=$installed
-
-# Should we warn about portability when linking against -modules?
-shouldnotlink=$module
-
-# Files to dlopen/dlpreopen
-dlopen='$dlfiles'
-dlpreopen='$dlprefiles'
-
-# Directory that this library needs to be installed in:
-libdir='$install_libdir'"
-	  if test "$installed" = no && test "$need_relink" = yes; then
-	    $ECHO >> $output "\
-relink_command=\"$relink_command\""
-	  fi
-	done
-      }
-
-      # Do a symbolic link so that the libtool archive can be found in
-      # LD_LIBRARY_PATH before the program is installed.
-      func_show_eval '( cd "$output_objdir" && $RM "$outputname" && $LN_S "../$outputname" "$outputname" )' 'exit $?'
-      ;;
-    esac
-    exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
-}
-
-{ test "$mode" = link || test "$mode" = relink; } &&
-    func_mode_link ${1+"$@"}
-
-
-# func_mode_uninstall arg...
-func_mode_uninstall ()
-{
-    $opt_debug
-    RM="$nonopt"
-    files=
-    rmforce=
-    exit_status=0
-
-    # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set variables rather
-    # than running their programs.
-    libtool_install_magic="$magic"
-
-    for arg
-    do
-      case $arg in
-      -f) RM="$RM $arg"; rmforce=yes ;;
-      -*) RM="$RM $arg" ;;
-      *) files="$files $arg" ;;
-      esac
-    done
-
-    test -z "$RM" && \
-      func_fatal_help "you must specify an RM program"
-
-    rmdirs=
-
-    origobjdir="$objdir"
-    for file in $files; do
-      func_dirname "$file" "" "."
-      dir="$func_dirname_result"
-      if test "X$dir" = X.; then
-	objdir="$origobjdir"
-      else
-	objdir="$dir/$origobjdir"
-      fi
-      func_basename "$file"
-      name="$func_basename_result"
-      test "$mode" = uninstall && objdir="$dir"
-
-      # Remember objdir for removal later, being careful to avoid duplicates
-      if test "$mode" = clean; then
-	case " $rmdirs " in
-	  *" $objdir "*) ;;
-	  *) rmdirs="$rmdirs $objdir" ;;
-	esac
-      fi
-
-      # Don't error if the file doesn't exist and rm -f was used.
-      if { test -L "$file"; } >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
-	 { test -h "$file"; } >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
-	 test -f "$file"; then
-	:
-      elif test -d "$file"; then
-	exit_status=1
-	continue
-      elif test "$rmforce" = yes; then
-	continue
-      fi
-
-      rmfiles="$file"
-
-      case $name in
-      *.la)
-	# Possibly a libtool archive, so verify it.
-	if func_lalib_p "$file"; then
-	  func_source $dir/$name
-
-	  # Delete the libtool libraries and symlinks.
-	  for n in $library_names; do
-	    rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/$n"
-	  done
-	  test -n "$old_library" && rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/$old_library"
-
-	  case "$mode" in
-	  clean)
-	    case "  $library_names " in
-	    # "  " in the beginning catches empty $dlname
-	    *" $dlname "*) ;;
-	    *) rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/$dlname" ;;
-	    esac
-	    test -n "$libdir" && rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/$name $objdir/${name}i"
-	    ;;
-	  uninstall)
-	    if test -n "$library_names"; then
-	      # Do each command in the postuninstall commands.
-	      func_execute_cmds "$postuninstall_cmds" 'test "$rmforce" = yes || exit_status=1'
-	    fi
-
-	    if test -n "$old_library"; then
-	      # Do each command in the old_postuninstall commands.
-	      func_execute_cmds "$old_postuninstall_cmds" 'test "$rmforce" = yes || exit_status=1'
-	    fi
-	    # FIXME: should reinstall the best remaining shared library.
-	    ;;
-	  esac
-	fi
-	;;
-
-      *.lo)
-	# Possibly a libtool object, so verify it.
-	if func_lalib_p "$file"; then
-
-	  # Read the .lo file
-	  func_source $dir/$name
-
-	  # Add PIC object to the list of files to remove.
-	  if test -n "$pic_object" &&
-	     test "$pic_object" != none; then
-	    rmfiles="$rmfiles $dir/$pic_object"
-	  fi
-
-	  # Add non-PIC object to the list of files to remove.
-	  if test -n "$non_pic_object" &&
-	     test "$non_pic_object" != none; then
-	    rmfiles="$rmfiles $dir/$non_pic_object"
-	  fi
-	fi
-	;;
-
-      *)
-	if test "$mode" = clean ; then
-	  noexename=$name
-	  case $file in
-	  *.exe)
-	    func_stripname '' '.exe' "$file"
-	    file=$func_stripname_result
-	    func_stripname '' '.exe' "$name"
-	    noexename=$func_stripname_result
-	    # $file with .exe has already been added to rmfiles,
-	    # add $file without .exe
-	    rmfiles="$rmfiles $file"
-	    ;;
-	  esac
-	  # Do a test to see if this is a libtool program.
-	  if func_ltwrapper_p "$file"; then
-	    if func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$file"; then
-	      func_ltwrapper_scriptname "$file"
-	      relink_command=
-	      func_source $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result
-	      rmfiles="$rmfiles $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result"
-	    else
-	      relink_command=
-	      func_source $dir/$noexename
-	    fi
-
-	    # note $name still contains .exe if it was in $file originally
-	    # as does the version of $file that was added into $rmfiles
-	    rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/$name $objdir/${name}S.${objext}"
-	    if test "$fast_install" = yes && test -n "$relink_command"; then
-	      rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/lt-$name"
-	    fi
-	    if test "X$noexename" != "X$name" ; then
-	      rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/lt-${noexename}.c"
-	    fi
-	  fi
-	fi
-	;;
-      esac
-      func_show_eval "$RM $rmfiles" 'exit_status=1'
-    done
-    objdir="$origobjdir"
-
-    # Try to remove the ${objdir}s in the directories where we deleted files
-    for dir in $rmdirs; do
-      if test -d "$dir"; then
-	func_show_eval "rmdir $dir >/dev/null 2>&1"
-      fi
-    done
-
-    exit $exit_status
-}
-
-{ test "$mode" = uninstall || test "$mode" = clean; } &&
-    func_mode_uninstall ${1+"$@"}
-
-test -z "$mode" && {
-  help="$generic_help"
-  func_fatal_help "you must specify a MODE"
-}
-
-test -z "$exec_cmd" && \
-  func_fatal_help "invalid operation mode \`$mode'"
-
-if test -n "$exec_cmd"; then
-  eval exec "$exec_cmd"
-  exit $EXIT_FAILURE
-fi
-
-exit $exit_status
-
-
-# The TAGs below are defined such that we never get into a situation
-# in which we disable both kinds of libraries.  Given conflicting
-# choices, we go for a static library, that is the most portable,
-# since we can't tell whether shared libraries were disabled because
-# the user asked for that or because the platform doesn't support
-# them.  This is particularly important on AIX, because we don't
-# support having both static and shared libraries enabled at the same
-# time on that platform, so we default to a shared-only configuration.
-# If a disable-shared tag is given, we'll fallback to a static-only
-# configuration.  But we'll never go from static-only to shared-only.
-
-# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-shared
-build_libtool_libs=no
-build_old_libs=yes
-# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-shared
-
-# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-static
-build_old_libs=`case $build_libtool_libs in yes) echo no;; *) echo yes;; esac`
-# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-static
-
-# Local Variables:
-# mode:shell-script
-# sh-indentation:2
-# End:
-# vi:sw=2
-
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/mkinstalldirs b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/mkinstalldirs
deleted file mode 100755
index ef7e16f..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/mkinstalldirs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,161 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-# mkinstalldirs --- make directory hierarchy
-
-scriptversion=2006-05-11.19
-
-# Original author: Noah Friedman 
-# Created: 1993-05-16
-# Public domain.
-#
-# This file is maintained in Automake, please report
-# bugs to  or send patches to
-# .
-
-nl='
-'
-IFS=" ""	$nl"
-errstatus=0
-dirmode=
-
-usage="\
-Usage: mkinstalldirs [-h] [--help] [--version] [-m MODE] DIR ...
-
-Create each directory DIR (with mode MODE, if specified), including all
-leading file name components.
-
-Report bugs to ."
-
-# process command line arguments
-while test $# -gt 0 ; do
-  case $1 in
-    -h | --help | --h*)         # -h for help
-      echo "$usage"
-      exit $?
-      ;;
-    -m)                         # -m PERM arg
-      shift
-      test $# -eq 0 && { echo "$usage" 1>&2; exit 1; }
-      dirmode=$1
-      shift
-      ;;
-    --version)
-      echo "$0 $scriptversion"
-      exit $?
-      ;;
-    --)                         # stop option processing
-      shift
-      break
-      ;;
-    -*)                         # unknown option
-      echo "$usage" 1>&2
-      exit 1
-      ;;
-    *)                          # first non-opt arg
-      break
-      ;;
-  esac
-done
-
-for file
-do
-  if test -d "$file"; then
-    shift
-  else
-    break
-  fi
-done
-
-case $# in
-  0) exit 0 ;;
-esac
-
-# Solaris 8's mkdir -p isn't thread-safe.  If you mkdir -p a/b and
-# mkdir -p a/c at the same time, both will detect that a is missing,
-# one will create a, then the other will try to create a and die with
-# a "File exists" error.  This is a problem when calling mkinstalldirs
-# from a parallel make.  We use --version in the probe to restrict
-# ourselves to GNU mkdir, which is thread-safe.
-case $dirmode in
-  '')
-    if mkdir -p --version . >/dev/null 2>&1 && test ! -d ./--version; then
-      echo "mkdir -p -- $*"
-      exec mkdir -p -- "$@"
-    else
-      # On NextStep and OpenStep, the `mkdir' command does not
-      # recognize any option.  It will interpret all options as
-      # directories to create, and then abort because `.' already
-      # exists.
-      test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p
-      test -d ./--version && rmdir ./--version
-    fi
-    ;;
-  *)
-    if mkdir -m "$dirmode" -p --version . >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
-       test ! -d ./--version; then
-      echo "mkdir -m $dirmode -p -- $*"
-      exec mkdir -m "$dirmode" -p -- "$@"
-    else
-      # Clean up after NextStep and OpenStep mkdir.
-      for d in ./-m ./-p ./--version "./$dirmode";
-      do
-        test -d $d && rmdir $d
-      done
-    fi
-    ;;
-esac
-
-for file
-do
-  case $file in
-    /*) pathcomp=/ ;;
-    *)  pathcomp= ;;
-  esac
-  oIFS=$IFS
-  IFS=/
-  set fnord $file
-  shift
-  IFS=$oIFS
-
-  for d
-  do
-    test "x$d" = x && continue
-
-    pathcomp=$pathcomp$d
-    case $pathcomp in
-      -*) pathcomp=./$pathcomp ;;
-    esac
-
-    if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then
-      echo "mkdir $pathcomp"
-
-      mkdir "$pathcomp" || lasterr=$?
-
-      if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then
-	errstatus=$lasterr
-      else
-	if test ! -z "$dirmode"; then
-	  echo "chmod $dirmode $pathcomp"
-	  lasterr=
-	  chmod "$dirmode" "$pathcomp" || lasterr=$?
-
-	  if test ! -z "$lasterr"; then
-	    errstatus=$lasterr
-	  fi
-	fi
-      fi
-    fi
-
-    pathcomp=$pathcomp/
-  done
-done
-
-exit $errstatus
-
-# Local Variables:
-# mode: shell-script
-# sh-indentation: 2
-# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
-# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
-# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
-# time-stamp-end: "$"
-# End:
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/unix-cc.in b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/unix-cc.in
deleted file mode 100644
index 9c6d5de..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/unix-cc.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,113 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 template for Unix-specific compiler definitions
-#
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2006 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-CC           := @CC@
-COMPILER_SEP := $(SEP)
-
-LIBTOOL ?= $(BUILD_DIR)/libtool
-
-
-# The object file extension (for standard and static libraries).  This can be
-# .o, .tco, .obj, etc., depending on the platform.
-#
-O  := lo
-SO := o
-
-
-# The executable file extension.  Although most Unix platforms use no
-# extension, we copy the extension detected by autoconf.  Useful for cross
-# building on Unix systems for non-Unix systems.
-#
-E := @EXEEXT@
-
-
-# The library file extension (for standard and static libraries).  This can
-# be .a, .lib, etc., depending on the platform.
-#
-A  := la
-SA := a
-
-
-# The name of the final library file.  Note that the DOS-specific Makefile
-# uses a shorter (8.3) name.
-#
-LIBRARY := lib$(PROJECT)
-
-
-# Path inclusion flag.  Some compilers use a different flag than `-I' to
-# specify an additional include path.  Examples are `/i=' or `-J'.
-#
-I := -I
-
-
-# C flag used to define a macro before the compilation of a given source
-# object.  Usually it is `-D' like in `-DDEBUG'.
-#
-D := -D
-
-
-# The link flag used to specify a given library file on link.  Note that
-# this is only used to compile the demo programs, not the library itself.
-#
-L := -l
-
-
-# Target flag.
-#
-T := -o$(space)
-
-
-# C flags
-#
-#   These should concern: debug output, optimization & warnings.
-#
-#   Use the ANSIFLAGS variable to define the compiler flags used to enfore
-#   ANSI compliance.
-#
-#   We use our own FreeType configuration file.
-#
-CPPFLAGS := @CPPFLAGS@
-CFLAGS   := -c @XX_CFLAGS@ @CFLAGS@ -DFT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H=""
-
-# ANSIFLAGS: Put there the flags used to make your compiler ANSI-compliant.
-#
-ANSIFLAGS := @XX_ANSIFLAGS@
-
-# C compiler to use -- we use libtool!
-#
-#
-CCraw := $(CC)
-CC    := $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(CCraw)
-
-# Linker flags.
-#
-LDFLAGS := @LDFLAGS@
-
-
-# export symbols
-#
-CCraw_build  := @CC_BUILD@	# native CC of building system
-E_BUILD      := @EXEEXT_BUILD@	# extension for exexutable on building system
-EXPORTS_LIST := $(OBJ_DIR)/ftexport.sym
-CCexe        := $(CCraw_build)	# used to compile `apinames' only
-
-
-# Library linking
-#
-LINK_LIBRARY = $(LIBTOOL) --mode=link $(CCraw) -o $@ $(OBJECTS_LIST) \
-                          -rpath $(libdir) -version-info $(version_info) \
-                          $(LDFLAGS) -no-undefined \
-                          # -export-symbols $(EXPORTS_LIST)
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/unix-def.in b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/unix-def.in
deleted file mode 100644
index b90ed0c..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/unix-def.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 configuration rules templates for Unix + configure
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2002, 2004, 2006 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-TOP_DIR := $(shell cd $(TOP_DIR); pwd)
-
-DELETE    := @RMF@
-DELDIR    := @RMDIR@
-CAT       := cat
-SEP       := /
-
-# this is used for `make distclean' and `make install'
-OBJ_BUILD ?= $(BUILD_DIR)
-
-# don't use `:=' here since the path stuff will be included after this file
-#
-FTSYS_SRC = @FTSYS_SRC@
-
-INSTALL         := @INSTALL@
-INSTALL_DATA    := @INSTALL_DATA@
-INSTALL_PROGRAM := @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
-INSTALL_SCRIPT  := @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
-MKINSTALLDIRS   := $(BUILD_DIR)/mkinstalldirs
-
-DISTCLEAN += $(OBJ_BUILD)/config.cache    \
-             $(OBJ_BUILD)/config.log      \
-             $(OBJ_BUILD)/config.status   \
-             $(OBJ_BUILD)/unix-def.mk     \
-             $(OBJ_BUILD)/unix-cc.mk      \
-             $(OBJ_BUILD)/ftconfig.h      \
-             $(OBJ_BUILD)/freetype-config \
-             $(OBJ_BUILD)/freetype2.pc    \
-             $(LIBTOOL)                   \
-             $(OBJ_BUILD)/Makefile
-
-
-# Standard installation variables.
-#
-prefix       := @prefix@
-exec_prefix  := @exec_prefix@
-libdir       := @libdir@
-bindir       := @bindir@
-includedir   := @includedir@
-datarootdir  := @datarootdir@
-datadir      := @datadir@
-
-version_info := @version_info@
-
-
-# The directory where all library files are placed.
-#
-# By default, this is the same as $(OBJ_DIR); however, this can be changed
-# to suit particular needs.
-#
-LIB_DIR := $(OBJ_DIR)
-
-
-# The SYSTEM_ZLIB macro is defined if the user wishes to link dynamically
-# with its system wide zlib. If SYSTEM_ZLIB is 'yes', the zlib part of the
-# ftgzip module is not compiled in.
-SYSTEM_ZLIB := @SYSTEM_ZLIB@
-
-
-# The NO_OUTPUT macro is appended to command lines in order to ignore
-# the output of some programs.
-#
-NO_OUTPUT := 2> /dev/null
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/unix-dev.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/unix-dev.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 76bae38..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/unix-dev.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 Configuration rules for Unix + GCC
-#
-#   Development version without optimizations & libtool
-#   and no installation.
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003, 2006 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-DEVEL_DIR := $(TOP_DIR)/devel
-
-include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/unix/unixddef.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/compiler/gcc-dev.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/link_std.mk
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/unix-lcc.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/unix-lcc.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 6038e52..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/unix-lcc.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 Configuration rules for Unix + LCC
-#
-#   Development version without optimizations & libtool
-#   and no installation.
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/unix/unixddef.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/compiler/unix-lcc.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/link_std.mk
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/unix.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/unix.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 7f9d9a3..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/unix.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 configuration rules for UNIX platforms
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2002, 2004, 2006 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-# We need these declarations here since unix-def.mk is a generated file.
-BUILD_DIR := $(TOP_DIR)/builds/unix
-PLATFORM  := unix
-
-have_mk := $(wildcard $(OBJ_DIR)/unix-def.mk)
-ifneq ($(have_mk),)
-  # We are building FreeType 2 not in the src tree.
-  include $(OBJ_DIR)/unix-def.mk
-  include $(OBJ_DIR)/unix-cc.mk
-else
-  include $(BUILD_DIR)/unix-def.mk
-  include $(BUILD_DIR)/unix-cc.mk
-endif
-
-ifdef BUILD_PROJECT
-
-  .PHONY: clean_project distclean_project
-
-  # Now include the main sub-makefile.  It contains all the rules used to
-  # build the library with the previous variables defined.
-  #
-  include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/$(PROJECT).mk
-
-
-  # The cleanup targets.
-  #
-  clean_project: clean_project_unix
-  distclean_project: distclean_project_unix
-
-
-  # This final rule is used to link all object files into a single library.
-  # It is part of the system-specific sub-Makefile because not all
-  # librarians accept a simple syntax like
-  #
-  #   librarian library_file {list of object files}
-  #
-    $(PROJECT_LIBRARY): $(OBJECTS_LIST)
-  ifdef CLEAN_LIBRARY
-	    -$(CLEAN_LIBRARY) $(NO_OUTPUT)
-  endif
-	    $(LINK_LIBRARY)
-
-  include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/unix/install.mk
-
-endif
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/unixddef.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/unixddef.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 130d6b0..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/unixddef.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 configuration rules templates for
-# development under Unix with no configure script (gcc only)
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003, 2006 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-TOP_DIR := $(shell cd $(TOP_DIR); pwd)
-OBJ_DIR := $(shell cd $(OBJ_DIR); pwd)
-
-PLATFORM := unix
-
-DELETE := rm -f
-CAT    := cat
-SEP    := /
-
-# we use a special devel ftoption.h
-DEVEL_DIR := $(TOP_DIR)/devel
-
-
-# library file name
-#
-LIBRARY := lib$(PROJECT)
-
-
-# The directory where all library files are placed.
-#
-# By default, this is the same as $(OBJ_DIR); however, this can be changed
-# to suit particular needs.
-#
-LIB_DIR := $(OBJ_DIR)
-
-
-NO_OUTPUT := 2> /dev/null
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/vms/ftconfig.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/vms/ftconfig.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 185c334..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/vms/ftconfig.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,338 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftconfig.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    VMS-specific configuration file (specification only).                */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2007 by                   */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This header file contains a number of macro definitions that are used */
-  /* by the rest of the engine.  Most of the macros here are automatically */
-  /* determined at compile time, and you should not need to change it to   */
-  /* port FreeType, except to compile the library with a non-ANSI          */
-  /* compiler.                                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Note however that if some specific modifications are needed, we       */
-  /* advise you to place a modified copy in your build directory.          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The build directory is usually `freetype/builds/', and        */
-  /* contains system-specific files that are always included first when    */
-  /* building the library.                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __FTCONFIG_H__
-#define __FTCONFIG_H__
-
-
-  /* Include the header file containing all developer build options */
-#include 
-#include FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
-#include FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*               PLATFORM-SPECIFIC CONFIGURATION MACROS                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* These macros can be toggled to suit a specific system.  The current   */
-  /* ones are defaults used to compile FreeType in an ANSI C environment   */
-  /* (16bit compilers are also supported).  Copy this file to your own     */
-  /* `freetype/builds/' directory, and edit it to port the engine. */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-#define HAVE_UNISTD_H  1
-#define HAVE_FCNTL_H   1
-
-#define SIZEOF_INT   4
-#define SIZEOF_LONG  4
-
-#define FT_SIZEOF_INT   4
-#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG  4
-
-#define FT_CHAR_BIT  8
-
-
-  /* Preferred alignment of data */
-#define FT_ALIGNMENT  8
-
-
-  /* FT_UNUSED is a macro used to indicate that a given parameter is not  */
-  /* used -- this is only used to get rid of unpleasant compiler warnings */
-#ifndef FT_UNUSED
-#define FT_UNUSED( arg )  ( (arg) = (arg) )
-#endif
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                     AUTOMATIC CONFIGURATION MACROS                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* These macros are computed from the ones defined above.  Don't touch   */
-  /* their definition, unless you know precisely what you are doing.  No   */
-  /* porter should need to mess with them.                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Mac support                                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   This is the only necessary change, so it is defined here instead    */
-  /*   providing a new configuration file.                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#if ( defined( __APPLE__ ) && !defined( DARWIN_NO_CARBON ) ) || \
-    ( defined( __MWERKS__ ) && defined( macintosh )        )
-  /* no Carbon frameworks for 64bit 10.4.x */
-#include "AvailabilityMacros.h"
-#if defined( __LP64__ ) && \
-    ( MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED <= MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_4 )
-#define DARWIN_NO_CARBON 1
-#else
-#define FT_MACINTOSH 1
-#endif
-#endif
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* IntN types                                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   Used to guarantee the size of some specific integers.               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef signed short    FT_Int16;
-  typedef unsigned short  FT_UInt16;
-
-#if FT_SIZEOF_INT == 4
-
-  typedef signed int      FT_Int32;
-  typedef unsigned int    FT_UInt32;
-
-#elif FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 4
-
-  typedef signed long     FT_Int32;
-  typedef unsigned long   FT_UInt32;
-
-#else
-#error "no 32bit type found -- please check your configuration files"
-#endif
-
-  /* look up an integer type that is at least 32 bits */
-#if FT_SIZEOF_INT >= 4
-
-  typedef int            FT_Fast;
-  typedef unsigned int   FT_UFast;
-
-#elif FT_SIZEOF_LONG >= 4
-
-  typedef long           FT_Fast;
-  typedef unsigned long  FT_UFast;
-
-#endif
-
-
-  /* determine whether we have a 64-bit int type for platforms without */
-  /* Autoconf                                                          */
-#if FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 8
-
-  /* FT_LONG64 must be defined if a 64-bit type is available */
-#define FT_LONG64
-#define FT_INT64  long
-
-#elif defined( _MSC_VER ) && _MSC_VER >= 900  /* Visual C++ (and Intel C++) */
-
-  /* this compiler provides the __int64 type */
-#define FT_LONG64
-#define FT_INT64  __int64
-
-#elif defined( __BORLANDC__ )  /* Borland C++ */
-
-  /* XXXX: We should probably check the value of __BORLANDC__ in order */
-  /*       to test the compiler version.                               */
-
-  /* this compiler provides the __int64 type */
-#define FT_LONG64
-#define FT_INT64  __int64
-
-#elif defined( __WATCOMC__ )   /* Watcom C++ */
-
-  /* Watcom doesn't provide 64-bit data types */
-
-#elif defined( __MWERKS__ )    /* Metrowerks CodeWarrior */
-
-#define FT_LONG64
-#define FT_INT64  long long int
-
-#elif defined( __GNUC__ )
-
-  /* GCC provides the `long long' type */
-#define FT_LONG64
-#define FT_INT64  long long int
-
-#endif /* FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 8 */
-
-
-#define FT_BEGIN_STMNT  do {
-#define FT_END_STMNT    } while ( 0 )
-#define FT_DUMMY_STMNT  FT_BEGIN_STMNT FT_END_STMNT
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* A 64-bit data type will create compilation problems if you compile    */
-  /* in strict ANSI mode.  To avoid them, we disable their use if          */
-  /* __STDC__ is defined.  You can however ignore this rule by             */
-  /* defining the FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 configuration macro.        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#if defined( FT_LONG64 ) && !defined( FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 )
-
-#ifdef __STDC__
-
-  /* undefine the 64-bit macros in strict ANSI compilation mode */
-#undef FT_LONG64
-#undef FT_INT64
-
-#endif /* __STDC__ */
-
-#endif /* FT_LONG64 && !FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 */
-
-
-#ifdef FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT
-
-#define FT_LOCAL( x )      static  x
-#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x )  static  x
-
-#else
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-#define FT_LOCAL( x )      extern "C"  x
-#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x )  extern "C"  x
-#else
-#define FT_LOCAL( x )      extern  x
-#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x )  x
-#endif
-
-#endif /* FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT */
-
-
-#ifndef FT_BASE
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-#define FT_BASE( x )  extern "C"  x
-#else
-#define FT_BASE( x )  extern  x
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !FT_BASE */
-
-
-#ifndef FT_BASE_DEF
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-#define FT_BASE_DEF( x )  extern "C"  x
-#else
-#define FT_BASE_DEF( x )  extern  x
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !FT_BASE_DEF */
-
-
-#ifndef FT_EXPORT
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-#define FT_EXPORT( x )  extern "C"  x
-#else
-#define FT_EXPORT( x )  extern  x
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !FT_EXPORT */
-
-
-#ifndef FT_EXPORT_DEF
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-#define FT_EXPORT_DEF( x )  extern "C"  x
-#else
-#define FT_EXPORT_DEF( x )  extern  x
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !FT_EXPORT_DEF */
-
-
-#ifndef FT_EXPORT_VAR
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-#define FT_EXPORT_VAR( x )  extern "C"  x
-#else
-#define FT_EXPORT_VAR( x )  extern  x
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !FT_EXPORT_VAR */
-
-  /* The following macros are needed to compile the library with a   */
-  /* C++ compiler and with 16bit compilers.                          */
-  /*                                                                 */
-
-  /* This is special.  Within C++, you must specify `extern "C"' for */
-  /* functions which are used via function pointers, and you also    */
-  /* must do that for structures which contain function pointers to  */
-  /* assure C linkage -- it's not possible to have (local) anonymous */
-  /* functions which are accessed by (global) function pointers.     */
-  /*                                                                 */
-  /*                                                                 */
-  /* FT_CALLBACK_DEF is used to _define_ a callback function.        */
-  /*                                                                 */
-  /* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE is used to _declare_ a constant variable that */
-  /* contains pointers to callback functions.                        */
-  /*                                                                 */
-  /* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF is used to _define_ a constant variable   */
-  /* that contains pointers to callback functions.                   */
-  /*                                                                 */
-  /*                                                                 */
-  /* Some 16bit compilers have to redefine these macros to insert    */
-  /* the infamous `_cdecl' or `__fastcall' declarations.             */
-  /*                                                                 */
-#ifndef FT_CALLBACK_DEF
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-#define FT_CALLBACK_DEF( x )  extern "C"  x
-#else
-#define FT_CALLBACK_DEF( x )  static  x
-#endif
-#endif /* FT_CALLBACK_DEF */
-
-#ifndef FT_CALLBACK_TABLE
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE      extern "C"
-#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF  extern "C"
-#else
-#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE      extern
-#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF  /* nothing */
-#endif
-#endif /* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE */
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-
-#endif /* __FTCONFIG_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/vms/ftsystem.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/vms/ftsystem.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 76bfae9..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/vms/ftsystem.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,321 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftsystem.c                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    VMS-specific FreeType low-level system interface (body).             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2005 by                                     */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include 
-  /* we use our special ftconfig.h file, not the standard one */
-#include 
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-#include FT_SYSTEM_H
-#include FT_ERRORS_H
-#include FT_TYPES_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-
-  /* memory-mapping includes and definitions */
-#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
-#include 
-#endif
-
-#include 
-#ifndef MAP_FILE
-#define MAP_FILE  0x00
-#endif
-
-#ifdef MUNMAP_USES_VOIDP
-#define MUNMAP_ARG_CAST  void *
-#else
-#define MUNMAP_ARG_CAST  char *
-#endif
-
-#ifdef NEED_MUNMAP_DECL
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-  extern "C"
-#else
-  extern
-#endif
-  int
-  munmap( char*  addr,
-          int    len );
-
-#define MUNMAP_ARG_CAST  char *
-
-#endif /* NEED_DECLARATION_MUNMAP */
-
-
-#include 
-#include 
-
-#ifdef HAVE_FCNTL_H
-#include 
-#endif
-
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                       MEMORY MANAGEMENT INTERFACE                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    ft_alloc                                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    The memory allocation function.                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    memory :: A pointer to the memory object.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    size   :: The requested size in bytes.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    The address of newly allocated block.                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void* )
-  ft_alloc( FT_Memory  memory,
-            long       size )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( memory );
-
-    return malloc( size );
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    ft_realloc                                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    The memory reallocation function.                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    memory   :: A pointer to the memory object.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    cur_size :: The current size of the allocated memory block.        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    new_size :: The newly requested size in bytes.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    block    :: The current address of the block in memory.            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    The address of the reallocated memory block.                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void* )
-  ft_realloc( FT_Memory  memory,
-              long       cur_size,
-              long       new_size,
-              void*      block )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( memory );
-    FT_UNUSED( cur_size );
-
-    return realloc( block, new_size );
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    ft_free                                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    The memory release function.                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    memory :: A pointer to the memory object.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    block  :: The address of block in memory to be freed.              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
-  ft_free( FT_Memory  memory,
-           void*      block )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( memory );
-
-    free( block );
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                     RESOURCE MANAGEMENT INTERFACE                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_io
-
-  /* We use the macro STREAM_FILE for convenience to extract the       */
-  /* system-specific stream handle from a given FreeType stream object */
-#define STREAM_FILE( stream )  ( (FILE*)stream->descriptor.pointer )
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    ft_close_stream                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    The function to close a stream.                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    stream :: A pointer to the stream object.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
-  ft_close_stream( FT_Stream  stream )
-  {
-    munmap( (MUNMAP_ARG_CAST)stream->descriptor.pointer, stream->size );
-
-    stream->descriptor.pointer = NULL;
-    stream->size               = 0;
-    stream->base               = 0;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftobjs.h */
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Stream_Open( FT_Stream    stream,
-                  const char*  filepathname )
-  {
-    int          file;
-    struct stat  stat_buf;
-
-
-    if ( !stream )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Stream_Handle;
-
-    /* open the file */
-    file = open( filepathname, O_RDONLY );
-    if ( file < 0 )
-    {
-      FT_ERROR(( "FT_Stream_Open:" ));
-      FT_ERROR(( " could not open `%s'\n", filepathname ));
-      return FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource;
-    }
-
-    if ( fstat( file, &stat_buf ) < 0 )
-    {
-      FT_ERROR(( "FT_Stream_Open:" ));
-      FT_ERROR(( " could not `fstat' file `%s'\n", filepathname ));
-      goto Fail_Map;
-    }
-
-    stream->size = stat_buf.st_size;
-    stream->pos  = 0;
-    stream->base = (unsigned char *)mmap( NULL,
-                                          stream->size,
-                                          PROT_READ,
-                                          MAP_FILE | MAP_PRIVATE,
-                                          file,
-                                          0 );
-
-    if ( (long)stream->base == -1 )
-    {
-      FT_ERROR(( "FT_Stream_Open:" ));
-      FT_ERROR(( " could not `mmap' file `%s'\n", filepathname ));
-      goto Fail_Map;
-    }
-
-    close( file );
-
-    stream->descriptor.pointer = stream->base;
-    stream->pathname.pointer   = (char*)filepathname;
-
-    stream->close = ft_close_stream;
-    stream->read  = 0;
-
-    FT_TRACE1(( "FT_Stream_Open:" ));
-    FT_TRACE1(( " opened `%s' (%d bytes) successfully\n",
-                filepathname, stream->size ));
-
-    return FT_Err_Ok;
-
-  Fail_Map:
-    close( file );
-
-    stream->base = NULL;
-    stream->size = 0;
-    stream->pos  = 0;
-
-    return FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Stream;
-  }
-
-
-#ifdef FT_DEBUG_MEMORY
-
-  extern FT_Int
-  ft_mem_debug_init( FT_Memory  memory );
-
-  extern void
-  ft_mem_debug_done( FT_Memory  memory );
-
-#endif
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftobjs.h */
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Memory )
-  FT_New_Memory( void )
-  {
-    FT_Memory  memory;
-
-
-    memory = (FT_Memory)malloc( sizeof ( *memory ) );
-    if ( memory )
-    {
-      memory->user    = 0;
-      memory->alloc   = ft_alloc;
-      memory->realloc = ft_realloc;
-      memory->free    = ft_free;
-#ifdef FT_DEBUG_MEMORY
-      ft_mem_debug_init( memory );
-#endif
-    }
-
-    return memory;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftobjs.h */
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
-  FT_Done_Memory( FT_Memory  memory )
-  {
-#ifdef FT_DEBUG_MEMORY
-    ft_mem_debug_done( memory );
-#endif
-    memory->free( memory, memory );
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/detect.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/detect.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 1906539..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/detect.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,183 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 configuration file to detect a Win32 host platform.
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2007 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-.PHONY: setup
-
-
-ifeq ($(PLATFORM),ansi)
-
-  # Detecting Windows NT is easy, as the OS variable must be defined and
-  # contains `Windows_NT'.  This also works with Windows 2000 and XP.
-  #
-  ifeq ($(OS),Windows_NT)
-
-    PLATFORM := win32
-
-  else
-
-    # Detecting Windows 9X
-
-    # We used to run the `ver' command to see if its output contains the
-    # word `Windows'.  If this is true, we are running Windows 95 or later:
-    #
-    #   ifdef COMSPEC
-    #     # First, check if we have the COMSPEC environment variable, which
-    #     # indicates we can use COMMAND.COM's internal commands
-    #     is_windows := $(findstring Windows,$(strip $(shell ver)))
-    #   endif
-    #
-    # Unfortunately, this also detects the case when one is running
-    # DOS 7.x (the MS-DOS version that lies below Windows) without actually
-    # launching the GUI.
-    #
-    # A better test is to check whether there are both the environment
-    # variables `winbootdir' and `windir'.  The first indicates an
-    # underlying DOS 7.x, while the second is set only if win32 is available.
-    #
-    # Note that on Windows NT, such an environment variable will not be seen
-    # from DOS-based tools like DJGPP's make; this is not actually a problem
-    # since NT is detected independently above.  But do not try to be clever!
-    #
-    ifdef winbootdir
-      ifdef windir
-
-        PLATFORM := win32
-
-      endif
-    endif
-
-  endif  # test NT
-
-endif # test PLATFORM ansi
-
-ifeq ($(PLATFORM),win32)
-
-  DELETE := del
-  CAT    := type
-  SEP    := $(BACKSLASH)
-
-  # Setting COPY is a bit trickier.  Plain COPY on NT will not work
-  # correctly, because it will uppercase 8.3 filenames, creating a
-  # `CONFIG.MK' file which isn't found later on by `make'.
-  # Since we do not want that, we need to force execution of CMD.EXE.
-  # Unfortunately, CMD.EXE is not available on Windows 9X.
-  # So we need to hack.
-  #
-  # Kudos to Eli Zaretskii (DJGPP guru) that helped debug it.
-  # Details are available in threads of the freetype mailing list
-  # (2004-11-11), and then in the devel mailing list (2004-11-20 to -23).
-  #
-  ifeq ($(OS),Windows_NT)
-    COPY := cmd.exe /c copy
-  else
-    COPY := copy
-  endif  # test NT
-
-
-  # gcc Makefile by default
-  CONFIG_FILE := w32-gcc.mk
-  ifeq ($(firstword $(CC)),cc)
-    CC        := gcc
-  endif
-
-  ifneq ($(findstring list,$(MAKECMDGOALS)),)  # test for the "list" target
-    dump_target_list:
-	    @echo ÿ
-	    @echo $(PROJECT_TITLE) build system -- supported compilers
-	    @echo ÿ
-	    @echo Several command-line compilers are supported on Win32:
-	    @echo ÿ
-	    @echo ÿÿmake setupÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿgcc (with Mingw)
-	    @echo ÿÿmake setup visualcÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿMicrosoft Visual C++
-	    @echo ÿÿmake setup bcc32ÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿBorland C/C++
-	    @echo ÿÿmake setup lccÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿWin32-LCC
-	    @echo ÿÿmake setup intelcÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿIntel C/C++
-	    @echo ÿ
-
-    setup: dump_target_list
-    .PHONY: dump_target_list list
-  else
-    setup: dos_setup
-  endif
-
-  # additionally, we provide hooks for various other compilers
-  #
-  ifneq ($(findstring visualc,$(MAKECMDGOALS)),)     # Visual C/C++
-    CONFIG_FILE := w32-vcc.mk
-    CC          := cl
-    visualc: setup
-    .PHONY: visualc
-  endif
-
-  ifneq ($(findstring intelc,$(MAKECMDGOALS)),)      # Intel C/C++
-    CONFIG_FILE := w32-intl.mk
-    CC          := cl
-    visualc: setup
-    .PHONY: intelc
-  endif
-
-  ifneq ($(findstring watcom,$(MAKECMDGOALS)),)      # Watcom C/C++
-    CONFIG_FILE := w32-wat.mk
-    CC          := wcc386
-    watcom: setup
-    .PHONY: watcom
-  endif
-
-  ifneq ($(findstring visualage,$(MAKECMDGOALS)),)   # Visual Age C++
-    CONFIG_FILE := w32-icc.mk
-    CC          := icc
-    visualage: setup
-    .PHONY: visualage
-  endif
-
-  ifneq ($(findstring lcc,$(MAKECMDGOALS)),)         # LCC-Win32
-    CONFIG_FILE := w32-lcc.mk
-    CC          := lcc
-    lcc: setup
-    .PHONY: lcc
-  endif
-
-  ifneq ($(findstring mingw32,$(MAKECMDGOALS)),)     # mingw32
-    CONFIG_FILE := w32-mingw32.mk
-    CC          := gcc
-    mingw32: setup
-    .PHONY: mingw32
-  endif
-
-  ifneq ($(findstring bcc32,$(MAKECMDGOALS)),)       # Borland C++
-    CONFIG_FILE := w32-bcc.mk
-    CC          := bcc32
-    bcc32: setup
-    .PHONY: bcc32
-  endif
-
-  ifneq ($(findstring devel-bcc,$(MAKECMDGOALS)),)   # development target
-    CONFIG_FILE := w32-bccd.mk
-    CC          := bcc32
-    devel-bcc: setup
-    .PHONY: devel-bcc
-  endif
-
-  ifneq ($(findstring devel-gcc,$(MAKECMDGOALS)),)   # development target
-    CONFIG_FILE := w32-dev.mk
-    CC          := gcc
-    devel-gcc: setup
-    .PHONY: devel-gcc
-  endif
-
-endif   # test PLATFORM win32
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/ftdebug.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/ftdebug.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 8f7a9ab..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/ftdebug.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,248 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftdebug.c                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Debugging and logging component for Win32 (body).                    */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2005, 2008 by                               */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This component contains various macros and functions used to ease the */
-  /* debugging of the FreeType engine.  Its main purpose is in assertion   */
-  /* checking, tracing, and error detection.                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* There are now three debugging modes:                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* - trace mode                                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   Error and trace messages are sent to the log file (which can be the */
-  /*   standard error output).                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* - error mode                                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   Only error messages are generated.                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* - release mode:                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   No error message is sent or generated.  The code is free from any   */
-  /*   debugging parts.                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include 
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-
-
-#ifdef FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR
-
-
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-
-#include 
-
-
-#ifdef _WIN32_WCE
-
-  void
-  OutputDebugStringEx( const char*  str )
-  {
-    static WCHAR  buf[8192];
-
-
-    int sz = MultiByteToWideChar( CP_ACP, 0, str, -1, buf,
-                                  sizeof ( buf ) / sizeof ( *buf ) );
-    if ( !sz )
-      lstrcpyW( buf, L"OutputDebugStringEx: MultiByteToWideChar failed" );
-
-    OutputDebugStringW( buf );
-  }
-
-#else
-
-#define OutputDebugStringEx  OutputDebugStringA
-
-#endif
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
-  FT_Message( const char*  fmt, ... )
-  {
-    static char  buf[8192];
-    va_list      ap;
-
-
-    va_start( ap, fmt );
-    vprintf( fmt, ap );
-    /* send the string to the debugger as well */
-    vsprintf( buf, fmt, ap );
-    OutputDebugStringEx( buf );
-    va_end( ap );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
-  FT_Panic( const char*  fmt, ... )
-  {
-    static char  buf[8192];
-    va_list      ap;
-
-
-    va_start( ap, fmt );
-    vsprintf( buf, fmt, ap );
-    OutputDebugStringEx( buf );
-    va_end( ap );
-
-    exit( EXIT_FAILURE );
-  }
-
-
-#ifdef FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE
-
-
-  /* array of trace levels, initialized to 0 */
-  int  ft_trace_levels[trace_count];
-
-  /* define array of trace toggle names */
-#define FT_TRACE_DEF( x )  #x ,
-
-  static const char*  ft_trace_toggles[trace_count + 1] =
-  {
-#include FT_INTERNAL_TRACE_H
-    NULL
-  };
-
-#undef FT_TRACE_DEF
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Initialize the tracing sub-system.  This is done by retrieving the    */
-  /* value of the "FT2_DEBUG" environment variable.  It must be a list of  */
-  /* toggles, separated by spaces, `;' or `,'.  Example:                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    "any:3 memory:6 stream:5"                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This will request that all levels be set to 3, except the trace level */
-  /* for the memory and stream components which are set to 6 and 5,        */
-  /* respectively.                                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* See the file  for details of the         */
-  /* available toggle names.                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The level must be between 0 and 6; 0 means quiet (except for serious  */
-  /* runtime errors), and 6 means _very_ verbose.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
-  ft_debug_init( void )
-  {
-#ifdef _WIN32_WCE
-
-    /* Windows Mobile doesn't have environment API:           */
-    /* GetEnvironmentStrings, GetEnvironmentVariable, getenv. */
-    /*                                                        */
-    /* FIXME!!! How to set debug mode?                        */
-    const char*  ft2_debug = 0;
-
-#else
-
-    const char*  ft2_debug = getenv( "FT2_DEBUG" );
-
-#endif
-
-    if ( ft2_debug )
-    {
-      const char*  p = ft2_debug;
-      const char*  q;
-
-
-      for ( ; *p; p++ )
-      {
-        /* skip leading whitespace and separators */
-        if ( *p == ' ' || *p == '\t' || *p == ',' || *p == ';' || *p == '=' )
-          continue;
-
-        /* read toggle name, followed by ':' */
-        q = p;
-        while ( *p && *p != ':' )
-          p++;
-
-        if ( *p == ':' && p > q )
-        {
-          int  n, i, len = p - q;
-          int  level = -1, found = -1;
-
-
-          for ( n = 0; n < trace_count; n++ )
-          {
-            const char*  toggle = ft_trace_toggles[n];
-
-
-            for ( i = 0; i < len; i++ )
-            {
-              if ( toggle[i] != q[i] )
-                break;
-            }
-
-            if ( i == len && toggle[i] == 0 )
-            {
-              found = n;
-              break;
-            }
-          }
-
-          /* read level */
-          p++;
-          if ( *p )
-          {
-            level = *p++ - '0';
-            if ( level < 0 || level > 7 )
-              level = -1;
-          }
-
-          if ( found >= 0 && level >= 0 )
-          {
-            if ( found == trace_any )
-            {
-              /* special case for "any" */
-              for ( n = 0; n < trace_count; n++ )
-                ft_trace_levels[n] = level;
-            }
-            else
-              ft_trace_levels[found] = level;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-
-#else  /* !FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE */
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
-  ft_debug_init( void )
-  {
-    /* nothing */
-  }
-
-
-#endif /* !FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE */
-
-#endif /* FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsp b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsp
deleted file mode 100644
index c8b76e8..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,396 +0,0 @@
-# Microsoft Developer Studio Project File - Name="freetype" - Package Owner=<4>
-# Microsoft Developer Studio Generated Build File, Format Version 6.00
-# ** DO NOT EDIT **
-
-# TARGTYPE "Win32 (x86) Static Library" 0x0104
-
-CFG=freetype - Win32 Debug Singlethreaded
-!MESSAGE This is not a valid makefile. To build this project using NMAKE,
-!MESSAGE use the Export Makefile command and run
-!MESSAGE 
-!MESSAGE NMAKE /f "freetype.mak".
-!MESSAGE 
-!MESSAGE You can specify a configuration when running NMAKE
-!MESSAGE by defining the macro CFG on the command line. For example:
-!MESSAGE 
-!MESSAGE NMAKE /f "freetype.mak" CFG="freetype - Win32 Debug Singlethreaded"
-!MESSAGE 
-!MESSAGE Possible choices for configuration are:
-!MESSAGE 
-!MESSAGE "freetype - Win32 Release" (based on "Win32 (x86) Static Library")
-!MESSAGE "freetype - Win32 Debug" (based on "Win32 (x86) Static Library")
-!MESSAGE "freetype - Win32 Debug Multithreaded" (based on "Win32 (x86) Static Library")
-!MESSAGE "freetype - Win32 Release Multithreaded" (based on "Win32 (x86) Static Library")
-!MESSAGE "freetype - Win32 Release Singlethreaded" (based on "Win32 (x86) Static Library")
-!MESSAGE "freetype - Win32 Debug Singlethreaded" (based on "Win32 (x86) Static Library")
-!MESSAGE 
-
-# Begin Project
-# PROP AllowPerConfigDependencies 0
-# PROP Scc_ProjName ""
-# PROP Scc_LocalPath ""
-CPP=cl.exe
-RSC=rc.exe
-
-!IF  "$(CFG)" == "freetype - Win32 Release"
-
-# PROP BASE Use_MFC 0
-# PROP BASE Use_Debug_Libraries 0
-# PROP BASE Output_Dir "Release"
-# PROP BASE Intermediate_Dir "Release"
-# PROP BASE Target_Dir ""
-# PROP Use_MFC 0
-# PROP Use_Debug_Libraries 0
-# PROP Output_Dir "..\..\..\objs\release"
-# PROP Intermediate_Dir "..\..\..\objs\release"
-# PROP Target_Dir ""
-# ADD BASE CPP /nologo /W3 /GX /O2 /D "WIN32" /D "NDEBUG" /D "_MBCS" /D "_LIB" /YX /FD /c
-# ADD CPP /MD /Za /W4 /GX /O2 /I "..\..\..\include" /D "NDEBUG" /D "WIN32" /D "_MBCS" /D "_LIB" /D "FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY" /FD /c
-# SUBTRACT CPP /nologo /Z /YX
-# ADD BASE RSC /l 0x409 /d "NDEBUG"
-# ADD RSC /l 0x409 /d "NDEBUG"
-BSC32=bscmake.exe
-# ADD BASE BSC32 /nologo
-# ADD BSC32 /nologo
-LIB32=link.exe -lib
-# ADD BASE LIB32 /nologo
-# ADD LIB32 /nologo /out:"..\..\..\objs\freetype236.lib"
-
-!ELSEIF  "$(CFG)" == "freetype - Win32 Debug"
-
-# PROP BASE Use_MFC 0
-# PROP BASE Use_Debug_Libraries 1
-# PROP BASE Output_Dir "Debug"
-# PROP BASE Intermediate_Dir "Debug"
-# PROP BASE Target_Dir ""
-# PROP Use_MFC 0
-# PROP Use_Debug_Libraries 1
-# PROP Output_Dir "..\..\..\objs\debug"
-# PROP Intermediate_Dir "..\..\..\objs\debug"
-# PROP Target_Dir ""
-# ADD BASE CPP /nologo /W3 /Gm /GX /ZI /Od /D "WIN32" /D "_DEBUG" /D "_MBCS" /D "_LIB" /YX /FD /GZ /c
-# ADD CPP /MDd /Za /W4 /GX /Z7 /Od /I "..\..\..\include" /D "_DEBUG" /D "FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR" /D "FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE" /D "WIN32" /D "_MBCS" /D "_LIB" /D "FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY" /FD /GZ /c
-# SUBTRACT CPP /nologo /X /YX
-# ADD BASE RSC /l 0x409 /d "_DEBUG"
-# ADD RSC /l 0x409 /d "_DEBUG"
-BSC32=bscmake.exe
-# ADD BASE BSC32 /nologo
-# ADD BSC32 /nologo
-LIB32=link.exe -lib
-# ADD BASE LIB32 /nologo
-# ADD LIB32 /nologo /out:"..\..\..\objs\freetype236_D.lib"
-
-!ELSEIF  "$(CFG)" == "freetype - Win32 Debug Multithreaded"
-
-# PROP BASE Use_MFC 0
-# PROP BASE Use_Debug_Libraries 1
-# PROP BASE Output_Dir "freetype___Win32_Debug_Multithreaded"
-# PROP BASE Intermediate_Dir "freetype___Win32_Debug_Multithreaded"
-# PROP BASE Target_Dir ""
-# PROP Use_MFC 0
-# PROP Use_Debug_Libraries 1
-# PROP Output_Dir "..\..\..\objs\debug_mt"
-# PROP Intermediate_Dir "..\..\..\objs\debug_mt"
-# PROP Target_Dir ""
-# ADD BASE CPP /nologo /Za /W3 /Gm /GX /ZI /Od /I "..\freetype\include\\" /D "_DEBUG" /D "WIN32" /D "_MBCS" /D "_LIB" /D "FT_FLAT_COMPILE" /YX /FD /GZ /c
-# SUBTRACT BASE CPP /X
-# ADD CPP /MTd /Za /W4 /GX /Z7 /Od /I "..\..\..\include" /D "_DEBUG" /D "FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR" /D "FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE" /D "WIN32" /D "_MBCS" /D "_LIB" /D "FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY" /FD /GZ /c
-# SUBTRACT CPP /nologo /X /YX
-# ADD BASE RSC /l 0x409 /d "_DEBUG"
-# ADD RSC /l 0x409 /d "_DEBUG"
-BSC32=bscmake.exe
-# ADD BASE BSC32 /nologo
-# ADD BSC32 /nologo
-LIB32=link.exe -lib
-# ADD BASE LIB32 /nologo /out:"lib\freetype236_D.lib"
-# ADD LIB32 /nologo /out:"..\..\..\objs\freetype236MT_D.lib"
-
-!ELSEIF  "$(CFG)" == "freetype - Win32 Release Multithreaded"
-
-# PROP BASE Use_MFC 0
-# PROP BASE Use_Debug_Libraries 0
-# PROP BASE Output_Dir "freetype___Win32_Release_Multithreaded"
-# PROP BASE Intermediate_Dir "freetype___Win32_Release_Multithreaded"
-# PROP BASE Target_Dir ""
-# PROP Use_MFC 0
-# PROP Use_Debug_Libraries 0
-# PROP Output_Dir "..\..\..\objs\release_mt"
-# PROP Intermediate_Dir "..\..\..\objs\release_mt"
-# PROP Target_Dir ""
-# ADD BASE CPP /nologo /Za /W3 /GX /O2 /I "..\freetype\include\\" /D "NDEBUG" /D "WIN32" /D "_MBCS" /D "_LIB" /D "FT_FLAT_COMPILE" /YX /FD /c
-# ADD CPP /MT /Za /W4 /GX /O2 /I "..\..\..\include" /D "NDEBUG" /D "WIN32" /D "_MBCS" /D "_LIB" /D "FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY" /FD /c
-# SUBTRACT CPP /nologo /Z /YX
-# ADD BASE RSC /l 0x409 /d "NDEBUG"
-# ADD RSC /l 0x409 /d "NDEBUG"
-BSC32=bscmake.exe
-# ADD BASE BSC32 /nologo
-# ADD BSC32 /nologo
-LIB32=link.exe -lib
-# ADD BASE LIB32 /nologo /out:"lib\freetype236.lib"
-# ADD LIB32 /nologo /out:"..\..\..\objs\freetype236MT.lib"
-
-!ELSEIF  "$(CFG)" == "freetype - Win32 Release Singlethreaded"
-
-# PROP BASE Use_MFC 0
-# PROP BASE Use_Debug_Libraries 0
-# PROP BASE Output_Dir "freetype___Win32_Release_Singlethreaded"
-# PROP BASE Intermediate_Dir "freetype___Win32_Release_Singlethreaded"
-# PROP BASE Target_Dir ""
-# PROP Use_MFC 0
-# PROP Use_Debug_Libraries 0
-# PROP Output_Dir "..\..\..\objs\release_st"
-# PROP Intermediate_Dir "..\..\..\objs\release_st"
-# PROP Target_Dir ""
-# ADD BASE CPP /nologo /MD /Za /W4 /GX /Zi /O2 /I "..\..\..\include" /D "NDEBUG" /D "WIN32" /D "_MBCS" /D "_LIB" /FD /c
-# SUBTRACT BASE CPP /YX
-# ADD CPP /Za /W4 /GX /O2 /I "..\..\..\include" /D "NDEBUG" /D "WIN32" /D "_MBCS" /D "_LIB" /D "FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY" /FD /c
-# SUBTRACT CPP /nologo /Z /YX
-# ADD BASE RSC /l 0x409 /d "NDEBUG"
-# ADD RSC /l 0x409 /d "NDEBUG"
-BSC32=bscmake.exe
-# ADD BASE BSC32 /nologo
-# ADD BSC32 /nologo
-LIB32=link.exe -lib
-# ADD BASE LIB32 /nologo /out:"..\..\..\objs\freetype236.lib"
-# ADD LIB32 /out:"..\..\..\objs\freetype236ST.lib"
-# SUBTRACT LIB32 /nologo
-
-!ELSEIF  "$(CFG)" == "freetype - Win32 Debug Singlethreaded"
-
-# PROP BASE Use_MFC 0
-# PROP BASE Use_Debug_Libraries 1
-# PROP BASE Output_Dir "freetype___Win32_Debug_Singlethreaded"
-# PROP BASE Intermediate_Dir "freetype___Win32_Debug_Singlethreaded"
-# PROP BASE Target_Dir ""
-# PROP Use_MFC 0
-# PROP Use_Debug_Libraries 1
-# PROP Output_Dir "..\..\..\objs\debug_st"
-# PROP Intermediate_Dir "..\..\..\objs\debug_st"
-# PROP Target_Dir ""
-# ADD BASE CPP /nologo /MDd /Za /W4 /Gm /GX /Zi /Od /I "..\..\..\include" /D "_DEBUG" /D "WIN32" /D "_MBCS" /D "_LIB" /D "FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR" /D "FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE" /FD /GZ /c
-# SUBTRACT BASE CPP /X /YX
-# ADD CPP /Za /W4 /GX /Z7 /Od /I "..\..\..\include" /D "_DEBUG" /D "FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR" /D "FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE" /D "WIN32" /D "_MBCS" /D "_LIB" /D "FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY" /FD /GZ /c
-# SUBTRACT CPP /nologo /X /YX
-# ADD BASE RSC /l 0x409 /d "_DEBUG"
-# ADD RSC /l 0x409 /d "_DEBUG"
-BSC32=bscmake.exe
-# ADD BASE BSC32 /nologo
-# ADD BSC32 /nologo
-LIB32=link.exe -lib
-# ADD BASE LIB32 /nologo /out:"..\..\..\objs\freetype236_D.lib"
-# ADD LIB32 /nologo /out:"..\..\..\objs\freetype236ST_D.lib"
-
-!ENDIF 
-
-# Begin Target
-
-# Name "freetype - Win32 Release"
-# Name "freetype - Win32 Debug"
-# Name "freetype - Win32 Debug Multithreaded"
-# Name "freetype - Win32 Release Multithreaded"
-# Name "freetype - Win32 Release Singlethreaded"
-# Name "freetype - Win32 Debug Singlethreaded"
-# Begin Group "Source Files"
-
-# PROP Default_Filter "cpp;c;cxx;rc;def;r;odl;idl;hpj;bat"
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\autofit\autofit.c
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\bdf\bdf.c
-# SUBTRACT CPP /Fr
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\cff\cff.c
-# SUBTRACT CPP /Fr
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\base\ftbase.c
-# SUBTRACT CPP /Fr
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\base\ftbbox.c
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\base\ftbdf.c
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\base\ftbitmap.c
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\base\ftgasp.c
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\cache\ftcache.c
-# SUBTRACT CPP /Fr
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\ftdebug.c
-# ADD CPP /Ze
-# SUBTRACT CPP /Fr
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\base\ftglyph.c
-# SUBTRACT CPP /Fr
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\base\ftgxval.c
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\gzip\ftgzip.c
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\base\ftinit.c
-# SUBTRACT CPP /Fr
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\lzw\ftlzw.c
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\base\ftmm.c
-# SUBTRACT CPP /Fr
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\base\ftotval.c
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\base\ftpfr.c
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\base\ftstroke.c
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\base\ftsynth.c
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\base\ftsystem.c
-# SUBTRACT CPP /Fr
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\base\fttype1.c
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\base\ftwinfnt.c
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\base\ftxf86.c
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\pcf\pcf.c
-# SUBTRACT CPP /Fr
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\pfr\pfr.c
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\psaux\psaux.c
-# SUBTRACT CPP /Fr
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\pshinter\pshinter.c
-# SUBTRACT CPP /Fr
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\psnames\psmodule.c
-# SUBTRACT CPP /Fr
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\raster\raster.c
-# SUBTRACT CPP /Fr
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\sfnt\sfnt.c
-# SUBTRACT CPP /Fr
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\smooth\smooth.c
-# SUBTRACT CPP /Fr
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\truetype\truetype.c
-# SUBTRACT CPP /Fr
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\type1\type1.c
-# SUBTRACT CPP /Fr
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\cid\type1cid.c
-# SUBTRACT CPP /Fr
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\type42\type42.c
-# SUBTRACT CPP /Fr
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\winfonts\winfnt.c
-# SUBTRACT CPP /Fr
-# End Source File
-# End Group
-# Begin Group "Header Files"
-
-# PROP Default_Filter "h;hpp;hxx;hm;inl"
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\include\ft2build.h
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\include\freetype\config\ftconfig.h
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\include\freetype\config\ftheader.h
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\include\freetype\config\ftmodule.h
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\include\freetype\config\ftoption.h
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\include\freetype\config\ftstdlib.h
-# End Source File
-# End Group
-# End Target
-# End Project
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsw b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsw
deleted file mode 100644
index b1b375d..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsw
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-Microsoft Developer Studio Workspace File, Format Version 6.00
-# WARNING: DO NOT EDIT OR DELETE THIS WORKSPACE FILE!
-
-###############################################################################
-
-Project: "freetype"=.\freetype.dsp - Package Owner=<4>
-
-Package=<5>
-{{{
-}}}
-
-Package=<4>
-{{{
-}}}
-
-###############################################################################
-
-Global:
-
-Package=<5>
-{{{
-}}}
-
-Package=<3>
-{{{
-}}}
-
-###############################################################################
-
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/visualc/freetype.sln b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/visualc/freetype.sln
deleted file mode 100644
index 470d4fa..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/visualc/freetype.sln
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-Microsoft Visual Studio Solution File, Format Version 9.00
-# Visual Studio 2005
-Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "freetype", "freetype.vcproj", "{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}"
-EndProject
-Global
-	GlobalSection(SolutionConfigurationPlatforms) = preSolution
-		Debug Multithreaded|Win32 = Debug Multithreaded|Win32
-		Debug Singlethreaded|Win32 = Debug Singlethreaded|Win32
-		Debug|Win32 = Debug|Win32
-		Release Multithreaded|Win32 = Release Multithreaded|Win32
-		Release Singlethreaded|Win32 = Release Singlethreaded|Win32
-		Release|Win32 = Release|Win32
-	EndGlobalSection
-	GlobalSection(ProjectConfigurationPlatforms) = postSolution
-		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.Debug Multithreaded|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug Multithreaded|Win32
-		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.Debug Multithreaded|Win32.Build.0 = Debug Multithreaded|Win32
-		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.Debug Singlethreaded|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug Singlethreaded|Win32
-		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.Debug Singlethreaded|Win32.Build.0 = Debug Singlethreaded|Win32
-		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
-		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
-		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.Release Multithreaded|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release Multithreaded|Win32
-		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.Release Multithreaded|Win32.Build.0 = Release Multithreaded|Win32
-		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.Release Singlethreaded|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release Singlethreaded|Win32
-		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.Release Singlethreaded|Win32.Build.0 = Release Singlethreaded|Win32
-		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
-		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
-	EndGlobalSection
-	GlobalSection(SolutionProperties) = preSolution
-		HideSolutionNode = FALSE
-	EndGlobalSection
-EndGlobal
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/visualc/freetype.vcproj b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/visualc/freetype.vcproj
deleted file mode 100644
index 8089110..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/visualc/freetype.vcproj
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2155 +0,0 @@
-
-
-	
-		
-	
-	
-	
-	
-		
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-		
-	
-	
-	
-	
-		
-			
-			
-			
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-			
-			
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-			
-			
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-			
-			
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-			
-			
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-			
-			
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-			
-			
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-			
-			
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-			
-			
-			
-			
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-			
-			
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-			
-			
-				
-				
-				
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-				
-				
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-				
-				
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-				
-				
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-				
-				
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-				
-				
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-				
-				
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-				
-				
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-				
-				
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-				
-				
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-				
-				
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-				
-				
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-				
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-		
-	
-	
-	
-
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/visualc/index.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/visualc/index.html
deleted file mode 100644
index d7a6f38..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/visualc/index.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-
-
      
-
-  FreeType 2 Project Files for Visual C++ and VS.NET 2005
-
-
-
-
      
-  FreeType 2 Project Files for Visual C++ and VS.NET 2005
-
      
-
-
      This directory contains project files for Visual C++, named
-freetype.dsp, and Visual Studio, called freetype.sln.  It
-compiles the following libraries from the FreeType 2.3.6 sources:
      
-
-
        
-  
        -    freetype236.lib     - release build; single threaded
-    freetype236_D.lib   - debug build;   single threaded
-    freetype236MT.lib   - release build; multi-threaded
-    freetype236MT_D.lib - debug build;   multi-threaded
        
-
      
-
-
      Be sure to extract the files with the Windows (CR+LF) line endings.  ZIP
-archives are already stored this way, so no further action is required.  If
-you use some .tar.*z archives, be sure to configure your extracting
-tool to convert the line endings.  For example, with WinZip, you should activate the TAR
-file smart CR/LF Conversion option.  Alternatively, you may consider
-using the unix2dos or u2d utilities that are floating
-around, which specifically deal with this particular problem.
-
-
      Build directories are placed in the top-level objs
-directory.
      
-
-
-
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/visualce/freetype.dsp b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/visualce/freetype.dsp
deleted file mode 100644
index c8b76e8..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/visualce/freetype.dsp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,396 +0,0 @@
-# Microsoft Developer Studio Project File - Name="freetype" - Package Owner=<4>
-# Microsoft Developer Studio Generated Build File, Format Version 6.00
-# ** DO NOT EDIT **
-
-# TARGTYPE "Win32 (x86) Static Library" 0x0104
-
-CFG=freetype - Win32 Debug Singlethreaded
-!MESSAGE This is not a valid makefile. To build this project using NMAKE,
-!MESSAGE use the Export Makefile command and run
-!MESSAGE 
-!MESSAGE NMAKE /f "freetype.mak".
-!MESSAGE 
-!MESSAGE You can specify a configuration when running NMAKE
-!MESSAGE by defining the macro CFG on the command line. For example:
-!MESSAGE 
-!MESSAGE NMAKE /f "freetype.mak" CFG="freetype - Win32 Debug Singlethreaded"
-!MESSAGE 
-!MESSAGE Possible choices for configuration are:
-!MESSAGE 
-!MESSAGE "freetype - Win32 Release" (based on "Win32 (x86) Static Library")
-!MESSAGE "freetype - Win32 Debug" (based on "Win32 (x86) Static Library")
-!MESSAGE "freetype - Win32 Debug Multithreaded" (based on "Win32 (x86) Static Library")
-!MESSAGE "freetype - Win32 Release Multithreaded" (based on "Win32 (x86) Static Library")
-!MESSAGE "freetype - Win32 Release Singlethreaded" (based on "Win32 (x86) Static Library")
-!MESSAGE "freetype - Win32 Debug Singlethreaded" (based on "Win32 (x86) Static Library")
-!MESSAGE 
-
-# Begin Project
-# PROP AllowPerConfigDependencies 0
-# PROP Scc_ProjName ""
-# PROP Scc_LocalPath ""
-CPP=cl.exe
-RSC=rc.exe
-
-!IF  "$(CFG)" == "freetype - Win32 Release"
-
-# PROP BASE Use_MFC 0
-# PROP BASE Use_Debug_Libraries 0
-# PROP BASE Output_Dir "Release"
-# PROP BASE Intermediate_Dir "Release"
-# PROP BASE Target_Dir ""
-# PROP Use_MFC 0
-# PROP Use_Debug_Libraries 0
-# PROP Output_Dir "..\..\..\objs\release"
-# PROP Intermediate_Dir "..\..\..\objs\release"
-# PROP Target_Dir ""
-# ADD BASE CPP /nologo /W3 /GX /O2 /D "WIN32" /D "NDEBUG" /D "_MBCS" /D "_LIB" /YX /FD /c
-# ADD CPP /MD /Za /W4 /GX /O2 /I "..\..\..\include" /D "NDEBUG" /D "WIN32" /D "_MBCS" /D "_LIB" /D "FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY" /FD /c
-# SUBTRACT CPP /nologo /Z /YX
-# ADD BASE RSC /l 0x409 /d "NDEBUG"
-# ADD RSC /l 0x409 /d "NDEBUG"
-BSC32=bscmake.exe
-# ADD BASE BSC32 /nologo
-# ADD BSC32 /nologo
-LIB32=link.exe -lib
-# ADD BASE LIB32 /nologo
-# ADD LIB32 /nologo /out:"..\..\..\objs\freetype236.lib"
-
-!ELSEIF  "$(CFG)" == "freetype - Win32 Debug"
-
-# PROP BASE Use_MFC 0
-# PROP BASE Use_Debug_Libraries 1
-# PROP BASE Output_Dir "Debug"
-# PROP BASE Intermediate_Dir "Debug"
-# PROP BASE Target_Dir ""
-# PROP Use_MFC 0
-# PROP Use_Debug_Libraries 1
-# PROP Output_Dir "..\..\..\objs\debug"
-# PROP Intermediate_Dir "..\..\..\objs\debug"
-# PROP Target_Dir ""
-# ADD BASE CPP /nologo /W3 /Gm /GX /ZI /Od /D "WIN32" /D "_DEBUG" /D "_MBCS" /D "_LIB" /YX /FD /GZ /c
-# ADD CPP /MDd /Za /W4 /GX /Z7 /Od /I "..\..\..\include" /D "_DEBUG" /D "FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR" /D "FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE" /D "WIN32" /D "_MBCS" /D "_LIB" /D "FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY" /FD /GZ /c
-# SUBTRACT CPP /nologo /X /YX
-# ADD BASE RSC /l 0x409 /d "_DEBUG"
-# ADD RSC /l 0x409 /d "_DEBUG"
-BSC32=bscmake.exe
-# ADD BASE BSC32 /nologo
-# ADD BSC32 /nologo
-LIB32=link.exe -lib
-# ADD BASE LIB32 /nologo
-# ADD LIB32 /nologo /out:"..\..\..\objs\freetype236_D.lib"
-
-!ELSEIF  "$(CFG)" == "freetype - Win32 Debug Multithreaded"
-
-# PROP BASE Use_MFC 0
-# PROP BASE Use_Debug_Libraries 1
-# PROP BASE Output_Dir "freetype___Win32_Debug_Multithreaded"
-# PROP BASE Intermediate_Dir "freetype___Win32_Debug_Multithreaded"
-# PROP BASE Target_Dir ""
-# PROP Use_MFC 0
-# PROP Use_Debug_Libraries 1
-# PROP Output_Dir "..\..\..\objs\debug_mt"
-# PROP Intermediate_Dir "..\..\..\objs\debug_mt"
-# PROP Target_Dir ""
-# ADD BASE CPP /nologo /Za /W3 /Gm /GX /ZI /Od /I "..\freetype\include\\" /D "_DEBUG" /D "WIN32" /D "_MBCS" /D "_LIB" /D "FT_FLAT_COMPILE" /YX /FD /GZ /c
-# SUBTRACT BASE CPP /X
-# ADD CPP /MTd /Za /W4 /GX /Z7 /Od /I "..\..\..\include" /D "_DEBUG" /D "FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR" /D "FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE" /D "WIN32" /D "_MBCS" /D "_LIB" /D "FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY" /FD /GZ /c
-# SUBTRACT CPP /nologo /X /YX
-# ADD BASE RSC /l 0x409 /d "_DEBUG"
-# ADD RSC /l 0x409 /d "_DEBUG"
-BSC32=bscmake.exe
-# ADD BASE BSC32 /nologo
-# ADD BSC32 /nologo
-LIB32=link.exe -lib
-# ADD BASE LIB32 /nologo /out:"lib\freetype236_D.lib"
-# ADD LIB32 /nologo /out:"..\..\..\objs\freetype236MT_D.lib"
-
-!ELSEIF  "$(CFG)" == "freetype - Win32 Release Multithreaded"
-
-# PROP BASE Use_MFC 0
-# PROP BASE Use_Debug_Libraries 0
-# PROP BASE Output_Dir "freetype___Win32_Release_Multithreaded"
-# PROP BASE Intermediate_Dir "freetype___Win32_Release_Multithreaded"
-# PROP BASE Target_Dir ""
-# PROP Use_MFC 0
-# PROP Use_Debug_Libraries 0
-# PROP Output_Dir "..\..\..\objs\release_mt"
-# PROP Intermediate_Dir "..\..\..\objs\release_mt"
-# PROP Target_Dir ""
-# ADD BASE CPP /nologo /Za /W3 /GX /O2 /I "..\freetype\include\\" /D "NDEBUG" /D "WIN32" /D "_MBCS" /D "_LIB" /D "FT_FLAT_COMPILE" /YX /FD /c
-# ADD CPP /MT /Za /W4 /GX /O2 /I "..\..\..\include" /D "NDEBUG" /D "WIN32" /D "_MBCS" /D "_LIB" /D "FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY" /FD /c
-# SUBTRACT CPP /nologo /Z /YX
-# ADD BASE RSC /l 0x409 /d "NDEBUG"
-# ADD RSC /l 0x409 /d "NDEBUG"
-BSC32=bscmake.exe
-# ADD BASE BSC32 /nologo
-# ADD BSC32 /nologo
-LIB32=link.exe -lib
-# ADD BASE LIB32 /nologo /out:"lib\freetype236.lib"
-# ADD LIB32 /nologo /out:"..\..\..\objs\freetype236MT.lib"
-
-!ELSEIF  "$(CFG)" == "freetype - Win32 Release Singlethreaded"
-
-# PROP BASE Use_MFC 0
-# PROP BASE Use_Debug_Libraries 0
-# PROP BASE Output_Dir "freetype___Win32_Release_Singlethreaded"
-# PROP BASE Intermediate_Dir "freetype___Win32_Release_Singlethreaded"
-# PROP BASE Target_Dir ""
-# PROP Use_MFC 0
-# PROP Use_Debug_Libraries 0
-# PROP Output_Dir "..\..\..\objs\release_st"
-# PROP Intermediate_Dir "..\..\..\objs\release_st"
-# PROP Target_Dir ""
-# ADD BASE CPP /nologo /MD /Za /W4 /GX /Zi /O2 /I "..\..\..\include" /D "NDEBUG" /D "WIN32" /D "_MBCS" /D "_LIB" /FD /c
-# SUBTRACT BASE CPP /YX
-# ADD CPP /Za /W4 /GX /O2 /I "..\..\..\include" /D "NDEBUG" /D "WIN32" /D "_MBCS" /D "_LIB" /D "FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY" /FD /c
-# SUBTRACT CPP /nologo /Z /YX
-# ADD BASE RSC /l 0x409 /d "NDEBUG"
-# ADD RSC /l 0x409 /d "NDEBUG"
-BSC32=bscmake.exe
-# ADD BASE BSC32 /nologo
-# ADD BSC32 /nologo
-LIB32=link.exe -lib
-# ADD BASE LIB32 /nologo /out:"..\..\..\objs\freetype236.lib"
-# ADD LIB32 /out:"..\..\..\objs\freetype236ST.lib"
-# SUBTRACT LIB32 /nologo
-
-!ELSEIF  "$(CFG)" == "freetype - Win32 Debug Singlethreaded"
-
-# PROP BASE Use_MFC 0
-# PROP BASE Use_Debug_Libraries 1
-# PROP BASE Output_Dir "freetype___Win32_Debug_Singlethreaded"
-# PROP BASE Intermediate_Dir "freetype___Win32_Debug_Singlethreaded"
-# PROP BASE Target_Dir ""
-# PROP Use_MFC 0
-# PROP Use_Debug_Libraries 1
-# PROP Output_Dir "..\..\..\objs\debug_st"
-# PROP Intermediate_Dir "..\..\..\objs\debug_st"
-# PROP Target_Dir ""
-# ADD BASE CPP /nologo /MDd /Za /W4 /Gm /GX /Zi /Od /I "..\..\..\include" /D "_DEBUG" /D "WIN32" /D "_MBCS" /D "_LIB" /D "FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR" /D "FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE" /FD /GZ /c
-# SUBTRACT BASE CPP /X /YX
-# ADD CPP /Za /W4 /GX /Z7 /Od /I "..\..\..\include" /D "_DEBUG" /D "FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR" /D "FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE" /D "WIN32" /D "_MBCS" /D "_LIB" /D "FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY" /FD /GZ /c
-# SUBTRACT CPP /nologo /X /YX
-# ADD BASE RSC /l 0x409 /d "_DEBUG"
-# ADD RSC /l 0x409 /d "_DEBUG"
-BSC32=bscmake.exe
-# ADD BASE BSC32 /nologo
-# ADD BSC32 /nologo
-LIB32=link.exe -lib
-# ADD BASE LIB32 /nologo /out:"..\..\..\objs\freetype236_D.lib"
-# ADD LIB32 /nologo /out:"..\..\..\objs\freetype236ST_D.lib"
-
-!ENDIF 
-
-# Begin Target
-
-# Name "freetype - Win32 Release"
-# Name "freetype - Win32 Debug"
-# Name "freetype - Win32 Debug Multithreaded"
-# Name "freetype - Win32 Release Multithreaded"
-# Name "freetype - Win32 Release Singlethreaded"
-# Name "freetype - Win32 Debug Singlethreaded"
-# Begin Group "Source Files"
-
-# PROP Default_Filter "cpp;c;cxx;rc;def;r;odl;idl;hpj;bat"
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\autofit\autofit.c
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\bdf\bdf.c
-# SUBTRACT CPP /Fr
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\cff\cff.c
-# SUBTRACT CPP /Fr
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\base\ftbase.c
-# SUBTRACT CPP /Fr
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\base\ftbbox.c
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\base\ftbdf.c
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\base\ftbitmap.c
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\base\ftgasp.c
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\cache\ftcache.c
-# SUBTRACT CPP /Fr
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\ftdebug.c
-# ADD CPP /Ze
-# SUBTRACT CPP /Fr
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\base\ftglyph.c
-# SUBTRACT CPP /Fr
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\base\ftgxval.c
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\gzip\ftgzip.c
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\base\ftinit.c
-# SUBTRACT CPP /Fr
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\lzw\ftlzw.c
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\base\ftmm.c
-# SUBTRACT CPP /Fr
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\base\ftotval.c
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\base\ftpfr.c
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\base\ftstroke.c
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\base\ftsynth.c
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\base\ftsystem.c
-# SUBTRACT CPP /Fr
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\base\fttype1.c
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\base\ftwinfnt.c
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\base\ftxf86.c
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\pcf\pcf.c
-# SUBTRACT CPP /Fr
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\pfr\pfr.c
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\psaux\psaux.c
-# SUBTRACT CPP /Fr
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\pshinter\pshinter.c
-# SUBTRACT CPP /Fr
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\psnames\psmodule.c
-# SUBTRACT CPP /Fr
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\raster\raster.c
-# SUBTRACT CPP /Fr
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\sfnt\sfnt.c
-# SUBTRACT CPP /Fr
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\smooth\smooth.c
-# SUBTRACT CPP /Fr
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\truetype\truetype.c
-# SUBTRACT CPP /Fr
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\type1\type1.c
-# SUBTRACT CPP /Fr
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\cid\type1cid.c
-# SUBTRACT CPP /Fr
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\type42\type42.c
-# SUBTRACT CPP /Fr
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\src\winfonts\winfnt.c
-# SUBTRACT CPP /Fr
-# End Source File
-# End Group
-# Begin Group "Header Files"
-
-# PROP Default_Filter "h;hpp;hxx;hm;inl"
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\include\ft2build.h
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\include\freetype\config\ftconfig.h
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\include\freetype\config\ftheader.h
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\include\freetype\config\ftmodule.h
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\include\freetype\config\ftoption.h
-# End Source File
-# Begin Source File
-
-SOURCE=..\..\..\include\freetype\config\ftstdlib.h
-# End Source File
-# End Group
-# End Target
-# End Project
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/visualce/freetype.dsw b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/visualce/freetype.dsw
deleted file mode 100644
index b1b375d..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/visualce/freetype.dsw
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-Microsoft Developer Studio Workspace File, Format Version 6.00
-# WARNING: DO NOT EDIT OR DELETE THIS WORKSPACE FILE!
-
-###############################################################################
-
-Project: "freetype"=.\freetype.dsp - Package Owner=<4>
-
-Package=<5>
-{{{
-}}}
-
-Package=<4>
-{{{
-}}}
-
-###############################################################################
-
-Global:
-
-Package=<5>
-{{{
-}}}
-
-Package=<3>
-{{{
-}}}
-
-###############################################################################
-
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/visualce/freetype.vcproj b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/visualce/freetype.vcproj
deleted file mode 100644
index 109542f..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/visualce/freetype.vcproj
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13861 +0,0 @@
-
-
-	
-		
-		
-		
-		
-		
-		
-		
-	
-	
-	
-	
-		
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-		
-	
-	
-	
-	
-		
-			
-			
-			
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-			
-			
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-			
-			
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-			
-			
-			
-			
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-			
-			
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-			
-			
-			
-			
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-			
-			
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-			
-			
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-			
-			
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-			
-			
-			
-			
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-			
-			
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-					
-				
-			
-			
-				
-				
-				
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-				
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-				
-				
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-				
-				
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-				
-				
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-				
-				
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-				
-				
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-				
-				
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-				
-				
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-				
-				
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-				
-				
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-				
-				
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-				
-				
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-					
-						
-					
-				
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-			
-		
-	
-	
-	
-
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/visualce/index.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/visualce/index.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 39a2ba5..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/visualce/index.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
-
-
      
-
-  FreeType 2 Project Files for Visual C++ and VS.NET 2005
-  (Pocket PC)
-
-
-
-
      
-  FreeType 2 Project Files for Visual C++ and VS.NET 2005
-  (Pocket PC)
-
      
-
-
      This directory contains project files for Visual C++, named
-freetype.dsp, and Visual Studio, called freetype.sln for
-the following targets:
-
-
        
-  
      • PPC/SP 2003 (Pocket PC 2003)
        • 
-  
      • PPC/SP WM5 (Windows Mobile 5)
        • 
-  
      • PPC/SP WM6 (Windows Mobile 6)
        • 
-
      
-
-It compiles the following libraries from the FreeType 2.3.6 sources:
      
-
-
        
-  
        -    freetype236.lib     - release build; single threaded
-    freetype236_D.lib   - debug build;   single threaded
-    freetype236MT.lib   - release build; multi-threaded
-    freetype236MT_D.lib - debug build;   multi-threaded
        
-
      
-
-
      Be sure to extract the files with the Windows (CR+LF) line endings.  ZIP
-archives are already stored this way, so no further action is required.  If
-you use some .tar.*z archives, be sure to configure your extracting
-tool to convert the line endings.  For example, with WinZip, you should activate the TAR
-file smart CR/LF Conversion option.  Alternatively, you may consider
-using the unix2dos or u2d utilities that are floating
-around, which specifically deal with this particular problem.
-
-
      Build directories are placed in the top-level objs
-directory.
      
-
-
-
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-bcc.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-bcc.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index a9f48fc..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-bcc.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 Borland C++ on Win32
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003, 2005 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-# default definitions of the export list
-#
-EXPORTS_LIST      = $(OBJ_DIR)/freetype.def
-EXPORTS_OPTIONS   = /DEF:$(EXPORTS_LIST)
-APINAMES_OPTIONS := -dfreetype.dll -wB
-
-include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/win32/win32-def.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/compiler/bcc.mk
-
-# include linking instructions
-include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/link_dos.mk
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-bccd.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-bccd.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 51b15d9..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-bccd.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 Borland C++ on Win32 + debugging
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003, 2006 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-DEVEL_DIR := $(TOP_DIR)/devel
-
-include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/win32/win32-def.mk
-
-include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/compiler/bcc-dev.mk
-
-# include linking instructions
-include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/link_dos.mk
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-dev.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-dev.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 00cacb0..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-dev.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 configuration rules for Win32 + GCC
-#
-#   Development version without optimizations.
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003, 2006 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-# NOTE: This version requires that GNU Make is invoked from the Windows
-#       Shell (_not_ Cygwin BASH)!
-#
-
-DEVEL_DIR := $(TOP_DIR)/devel
-
-include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/win32/win32-def.mk
-
-include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/compiler/gcc-dev.mk
-
-# include linking instructions
-include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/link_dos.mk
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-gcc.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-gcc.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 580afc5..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-gcc.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 configuration rules for Win32 + GCC
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003, 2005 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-# default definitions of the export list
-#
-EXPORTS_LIST      = $(OBJ_DIR)/freetype.def
-EXPORTS_OPTIONS   = $(EXPORTS_LIST)
-APINAMES_OPTIONS := -dfreetype.dll -w
-
-# include Win32-specific definitions
-include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/win32/win32-def.mk
-
-# include gcc-specific definitions
-include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/compiler/gcc.mk
-
-# include linking instructions
-include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/link_dos.mk
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-icc.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-icc.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 8819a1f..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-icc.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 configuration rules for Win32 + IBM Visual Age C++
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2005 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-# default definitions of the export list
-#
-EXPORTS_LIST      = $(OBJ_DIR)/freetype.def
-EXPORTS_OPTIONS   = /DEF:$(EXPORTS_LIST)
-APINAMES_OPTIONS := -dfreetype.dll -w
-
-include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/win32/win32-def.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/compiler/visualage.mk
-
-# include linking instructions
-include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/link_dos.mk
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-intl.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-intl.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index ae62e1b..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-intl.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 configuration rules for Intel C/C++ on Win32
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003, 2005 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-# default definitions of the export list
-#
-EXPORTS_LIST      = $(OBJ_DIR)/freetype.def
-EXPORTS_OPTIONS   = /DEF:$(EXPORTS_LIST)
-APINAMES_OPTIONS := -dfreetype.dll -w
-
-include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/win32/win32-def.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/compiler/intelc.mk
-
-# include linking instructions
-include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/link_dos.mk
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-lcc.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-lcc.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index a147c4c..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-lcc.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 configuration rules for Win32 + LCC
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-SEP := /
-include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/win32/win32-def.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/compiler/win-lcc.mk
-
-# include linking instructions
-include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/link_dos.mk
-
-# EOF
-
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-mingw32.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-mingw32.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 04e9e21..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-mingw32.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 configuration rules for mingw32
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003, 2005 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-# default definitions of the export list
-#
-EXPORTS_LIST      = $(OBJ_DIR)/freetype.def
-EXPORTS_OPTIONS   = $(EXPORTS_LIST)
-APINAMES_OPTIONS := -dfreetype.dll -w
-
-# include Win32-specific definitions
-include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/win32/win32-def.mk
-
-LIBRARY := lib$(PROJECT)
-
-# include gcc-specific definitions
-include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/compiler/gcc.mk
-
-# include linking instructions
-include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/link_dos.mk
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-vcc.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-vcc.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 7fb8794..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-vcc.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 Visual C++ on Win32
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003, 2005 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-# definitions of the export list
-#
-EXPORTS_LIST      = $(OBJ_DIR)/freetype.def
-EXPORTS_OPTIONS   = /DEF:$(EXPORTS_LIST)
-APINAMES_OPTIONS := -dfreetype.dll -w
-
-include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/win32/win32-def.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/compiler/visualc.mk
-
-# include linking instructions
-include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/link_dos.mk
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-wat.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-wat.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 820b817..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-wat.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 configuration rules for Watcom C/C++
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003, 2005 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-# redefine export symbol definitions
-#
-EXPORTS_LIST      = $(OBJ_DIR)/watcom-ftexports.lbc
-EXPORTS_OPTIONS   = -\"export @$(EXPORTS_LIST)\"-
-APINAMES_OPTIONS := -wW
-
-include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/win32/win32-def.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/compiler/watcom.mk
-
-# include linking instructions
-include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/link_dos.mk
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/win32-def.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/win32-def.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index a82b146..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/win32-def.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 Win32 specific definitions
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003, 2005, 2006 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-DELETE    := del
-CAT       := type
-SEP       := $(strip \ )
-BUILD_DIR := $(TOP_DIR)/builds/win32
-PLATFORM  := win32
-
-# The executable file extension (for tools). NOTE: WE INCLUDE THE DOT HERE !!
-#
-E := .exe
-
-
-# The directory where all library files are placed.
-#
-# By default, this is the same as $(OBJ_DIR); however, this can be changed
-# to suit particular needs.
-#
-LIB_DIR := $(OBJ_DIR)
-
-
-# The name of the final library file.  Note that the DOS-specific Makefile
-# uses a shorter (8.3) name.
-#
-LIBRARY := $(PROJECT)
-
-
-# The NO_OUTPUT macro is used to ignore the output of commands.
-#
-NO_OUTPUT = 2> nul
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/configure b/src/3rdparty/freetype/configure
deleted file mode 100755
index c72e44b..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/configure
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/sh
-#
-# Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-#
-#
-# Call the `configure' script located in `builds/unix'.
-#
-
-rm -f config.mk builds/unix/unix-def.mk builds/unix/unix-cc.mk
-
-if test "x$GNUMAKE" = x; then
-  GNUMAKE=make
-fi
-
-if test -z "`$GNUMAKE -v 2>/dev/null | grep GNU`"; then
-  if test -z "`$GNUMAKE -v 2>/dev/null | grep makepp`"; then
-    echo "GNU make (>= 3.79.1) or makepp (>= 1.19) is required to build FreeType2." >&2
-    echo "Please try" >&2
-    echo "  \`GNUMAKE= $0'." >&2
-    echo "or >&2"
-    echo "  \`GNUMAKE=\"makepp --norc-substitution\" $0'." >&2
-    exit 1
-  fi
-fi
-
-# Get `dirname' functionality.  This is taken and adapted from autoconf's
-# m4sh.m4 (_AS_EXPR_PREPARE, AS_DIRNAME_EXPR, and AS_DIRNAME_SED).
-
-if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-  ft_expr=expr
-else
-  ft_expr=false
-fi
-
-ft2_dir=`(dirname "$0") 2>/dev/null                         ||
-         $ft_expr X"$0" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
-                  X"$0" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
-                  X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
-                  X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| \
-                  .     : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null               ||
-         echo X"$0" |
-           sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
-                  s//\1/
-                  q
-                }
-                /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
-                  s//\1/
-                  q
-                }
-                /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
-                  s//\1/
-                  q
-                }
-                /^X\(\/\).*/{
-                  s//\1/
-                  q
-                }
-                s/.*/./; q'`
-
-abs_curr_dir=`pwd`
-abs_ft2_dir=`cd "$ft2_dir" && pwd`
-
-# build a dummy Makefile if we are not building in the source tree
-
-if test "$abs_curr_dir" != "$abs_ft2_dir"; then
-  mkdir reference
-  echo "Copying \`modules.cfg'"
-  cp $abs_ft2_dir/modules.cfg $abs_curr_dir
-  echo "Generating \`Makefile'"
-  echo "TOP_DIR   := $abs_ft2_dir"               > Makefile
-  echo "OBJ_DIR   := $abs_curr_dir"             >> Makefile
-  echo "OBJ_BUILD := \$(OBJ_DIR)"               >> Makefile
-  echo "DOC_DIR   := \$(OBJ_DIR)/reference"     >> Makefile
-  echo "LIBTOOL   := \$(OBJ_DIR)/libtool"       >> Makefile
-  echo "ifndef FT2DEMOS"                        >> Makefile
-  echo "  include \$(TOP_DIR)/Makefile"         >> Makefile
-  echo "else"                                   >> Makefile
-  echo "  TOP_DIR_2 := \$(TOP_DIR)/../ft2demos" >> Makefile
-  echo "  PROJECT   := freetype"                >> Makefile
-  echo "  CONFIG_MK := \$(OBJ_DIR)/config.mk"   >> Makefile
-  echo "  include \$(TOP_DIR_2)/Makefile"       >> Makefile
-  echo "endif"                                  >> Makefile
-fi
-
-# call make
-
-CFG=
-for x in ${1+"$@"}; do
-  CFG="$CFG '$x'"
-done
-CFG=$CFG $GNUMAKE setup unix
-
-# eof
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/devel/ft2build.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/devel/ft2build.h
deleted file mode 100644
index c1d38c3..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/devel/ft2build.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ft2build.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType 2 build and setup macros.                                   */
-/*    (Generic version)                                                    */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2003, 2006 by                                     */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
- /*
-  *  This is a development version of  that is used
-  *  to build the library in debug mode.  Its only difference with
-  *  the reference is that it forces the use of the local `ftoption.h'
-  *  which contains different settings for all configuration macros.
-  *
-  *  To use it, you must define the environment variable FT2_BUILD_INCLUDE
-  *  to point to the directory containing these two files (`ft2build.h' and
-  *  `ftoption.h'), then invoke Jam as usual.
-  */
-
-#ifndef __FT2_BUILD_DEVEL_H__
-#define __FT2_BUILD_DEVEL_H__
-
-#define  FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H   
-
-#include 
-
-#endif /* __FT2_BUILD_DEVEL_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/devel/ftoption.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/devel/ftoption.h
deleted file mode 100644
index b3bace1..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/devel/ftoption.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,672 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftoption.h (for development)                                           */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    User-selectable configuration macros (specification only).           */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by       */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __FTOPTION_H__
-#define __FTOPTION_H__
-
-
-#include 
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                 USER-SELECTABLE CONFIGURATION MACROS                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This file contains the default configuration macro definitions for    */
-  /* a standard build of the FreeType library.  There are three ways to    */
-  /* use this file to build project-specific versions of the library:      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*  - You can modify this file by hand, but this is not recommended in   */
-  /*    cases where you would like to build several versions of the        */
-  /*    library from a single source directory.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*  - You can put a copy of this file in your build directory, more      */
-  /*    precisely in `$BUILD/freetype/config/ftoption.h', where `$BUILD'   */
-  /*    is the name of a directory that is included _before_ the FreeType  */
-  /*    include path during compilation.                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    The default FreeType Makefiles and Jamfiles use the build          */
-  /*    directory `builds/' by default, but you can easily change  */
-  /*    that for your own projects.                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*  - Copy the file  to `$BUILD/ft2build.h' and modify it    */
-  /*    slightly to pre-define the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H used to       */
-  /*    locate this file during the build.  For example,                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*      #define FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H                       */
-  /*      #include                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    will use `$BUILD/myftoptions.h' instead of this file for macro     */
-  /*    definitions.                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    Note also that you can similarly pre-define the macro              */
-  /*    FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H used to locate the file listing of the modules */
-  /*    that are statically linked to the library at compile time.  By     */
-  /*    default, this file is .                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*  We highly recommend using the third method whenever possible.        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /**** G E N E R A L   F R E E T Y P E   2   C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Uncomment the line below if you want to activate sub-pixel rendering  */
-  /* (a.k.a. LCD rendering, or ClearType) in this build of the library.    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Note that this feature is covered by several Microsoft patents        */
-  /* and should not be activated in any default build of the library.      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This macro has no impact on the FreeType API, only on its             */
-  /* _implementation_.  For example, using FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD when calling */
-  /* FT_Render_Glyph still generates a bitmap that is 3 times larger than  */
-  /* the original size; the difference will be that each triplet of        */
-  /* subpixels has R=G=B.                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This is done to allow FreeType clients to run unmodified, forcing     */
-  /* them to display normal gray-level anti-aliased glyphs.                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Many compilers provide a non-ANSI 64-bit data type that can be used   */
-  /* by FreeType to speed up some computations.  However, this will create */
-  /* some problems when compiling the library in strict ANSI mode.         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* For this reason, the use of 64-bit integers is normally disabled when */
-  /* the __STDC__ macro is defined.  You can however disable this by       */
-  /* defining the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 here.                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* For most compilers, this will only create compilation warnings when   */
-  /* building the library.                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* ObNote: The compiler-specific 64-bit integers are detected in the     */
-  /*         file `ftconfig.h' either statically or through the            */
-  /*         `configure' script on supported platforms.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* LZW-compressed file support.                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the  */
-  /*   `compress' program.  This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF   */
-  /*   files that come with various X11 distributions.  The implementation */
-  /*   uses NetBSD's `zopen' to partially uncompress the file on the fly   */
-  /*   (see src/lzw/ftgzip.c).                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'.             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_LZW
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Gzip-compressed file support.                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the  */
-  /*   `gzip' program.  This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF files */
-  /*   that come with XFree86.  The implementation uses `zlib' to          */
-  /*   partially uncompress the file on the fly (see src/gzip/ftgzip.c).   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'.  See also   */
-  /*   the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB below.                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_ZLIB
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* ZLib library selection                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   This macro is only used when FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_ZLIB is defined.  */
-  /*   It allows FreeType's `ftgzip' component to link to the system's     */
-  /*   installation of the ZLib library.  This is useful on systems like   */
-  /*   Unix or VMS where it generally is already available.                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   If you let it undefined, the component will use its own copy        */
-  /*   of the zlib sources instead.  These have been modified to be        */
-  /*   included directly within the component and *not* export external    */
-  /*   function names.  This allows you to link any program with FreeType  */
-  /*   _and_ ZLib without linking conflicts.                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   Do not #undef this macro here since the build system might define   */
-  /*   it for certain configurations only.                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-/* #define  FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB */
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* DLL export compilation                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   When compiling FreeType as a DLL, some systems/compilers need a     */
-  /*   special keyword in front OR after the return type of function       */
-  /*   declarations.                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   Two macros are used within the FreeType source code to define       */
-  /*   exported library functions: FT_EXPORT and FT_EXPORT_DEF.            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*     FT_EXPORT( return_type )                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*       is used in a function declaration, as in                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*         FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )                                         */
-  /*         FT_Init_FreeType( FT_Library*  alibrary );                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*     FT_EXPORT_DEF( return_type )                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*       is used in a function definition, as in                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*         FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )                                     */
-  /*         FT_Init_FreeType( FT_Library*  alibrary )                     */
-  /*         {                                                             */
-  /*           ... some code ...                                           */
-  /*           return FT_Err_Ok;                                           */
-  /*         }                                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   You can provide your own implementation of FT_EXPORT and            */
-  /*   FT_EXPORT_DEF here if you want.  If you leave them undefined, they  */
-  /*   will be later automatically defined as `extern return_type' to      */
-  /*   allow normal compilation.                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   Do not #undef these macros here since the build system might define */
-  /*   them for certain configurations only.                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-/* #define  FT_EXPORT(x)       extern x */
-/* #define  FT_EXPORT_DEF(x)   x */
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Glyph Postscript Names handling                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   By default, FreeType 2 is compiled with the `PSNames' module.  This */
-  /*   module is in charge of converting a glyph name string into a        */
-  /*   Unicode value, or return a Macintosh standard glyph name for the    */
-  /*   use with the TrueType `post' table.                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   Undefine this macro if you do not want `PSNames' compiled in your   */
-  /*   build of FreeType.  This has the following effects:                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   - The TrueType driver will provide its own set of glyph names,      */
-  /*     if you build it to support postscript names in the TrueType       */
-  /*     `post' table.                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   - The Type 1 driver will not be able to synthetize a Unicode        */
-  /*     charmap out of the glyphs found in the fonts.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   You would normally undefine this configuration macro when building  */
-  /*   a version of FreeType that doesn't contain a Type 1 or CFF driver.  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Postscript Names to Unicode Values support                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   By default, FreeType 2 is built with the `PSNames' module compiled  */
-  /*   in.  Among other things, the module is used to convert a glyph name */
-  /*   into a Unicode value.  This is especially useful in order to        */
-  /*   synthetize on the fly a Unicode charmap from the CFF/Type 1 driver  */
-  /*   through a big table named the `Adobe Glyph List' (AGL).             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   Undefine this macro if you do not want the Adobe Glyph List         */
-  /*   compiled in your `PSNames' module.  The Type 1 driver will not be   */
-  /*   able to synthetize a Unicode charmap out of the glyphs found in the */
-  /*   fonts.                                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ADOBE_GLYPH_LIST
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Support for Mac fonts                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   Define this macro if you want support for outline fonts in Mac      */
-  /*   format (mac dfont, mac resource, macbinary containing a mac         */
-  /*   resource) on non-Mac platforms.                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   Note that the `FOND' resource isn't checked.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Guessing methods to access embedded resource forks                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   Enable extra Mac fonts support on non-Mac platforms (e.g.           */
-  /*   GNU/Linux).                                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   Resource forks which include fonts data are stored sometimes in     */
-  /*   locations which users or developers don't expected.  In some cases, */
-  /*   resource forks start with some offset from the head of a file.  In  */
-  /*   other cases, the actual resource fork is stored in file different   */
-  /*   from what the user specifies.  If this option is activated,         */
-  /*   FreeType tries to guess whether such offsets or different file      */
-  /*   names must be used.                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   Note that normal, direct access of resource forks is controlled via */
-  /*   the FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS option.                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS
-#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_GUESSING_EMBEDDED_RFORK
-#endif
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Allow the use of FT_Incremental_Interface to load typefaces that      */
-  /* contain no glyph data, but supply it via a callback function.         */
-  /* This allows FreeType to be used with the PostScript language, using   */
-  /* the GhostScript interpreter.                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL */
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The size in bytes of the render pool used by the scan-line converter  */
-  /* to do all of its work.                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This must be greater than 4KByte if you use FreeType to rasterize     */
-  /* glyphs; otherwise, you may set it to zero to avoid unnecessary        */
-  /* allocation of the render pool.                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define FT_RENDER_POOL_SIZE  16384L
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* FT_MAX_MODULES                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   The maximum number of modules that can be registered in a single    */
-  /*   FreeType library object.  32 is the default.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define FT_MAX_MODULES  32
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Debug level                                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   FreeType can be compiled in debug or trace mode.  In debug mode,    */
-  /*   errors are reported through the `ftdebug' component.  In trace      */
-  /*   mode, additional messages are sent to the standard output during    */
-  /*   execution.                                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   Define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR to build the library in debug mode.     */
-  /*   Define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE to build it in trace mode.              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   Don't define any of these macros to compile in `release' mode!      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   Do not #undef these macros here since the build system might define */
-  /*   them for certain configurations only.                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR
-#define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Memory Debugging                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   FreeType now comes with an integrated memory debugger that is       */
-  /*   capable of detecting simple errors like memory leaks or double      */
-  /*   deletes.  To compile it within your build of the library, you       */
-  /*   should define FT_DEBUG_MEMORY here.                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   Note that the memory debugger is only activated at runtime when     */
-  /*   when the _environment_ variable `FT2_DEBUG_MEMORY' is defined also! */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   Do not #undef this macro here since the build system might define   */
-  /*   it for certain configurations only.                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define FT_DEBUG_MEMORY
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Module errors                                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   If this macro is set (which is _not_ the default), the higher byte  */
-  /*   of an error code gives the module in which the error has occurred,  */
-  /*   while the lower byte is the real error code.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   Setting this macro makes sense for debugging purposes only, since   */
-  /*   it would break source compatibility of certain programs that use    */
-  /*   FreeType 2.                                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   More details can be found in the files ftmoderr.h and fterrors.h.   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS
-
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****        S F N T   D R I V E R    C O N F I G U R A T I O N       ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS if you want to support       */
-  /* embedded bitmaps in all formats using the SFNT module (namely         */
-  /* TrueType & OpenType).                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES if you want to be able to    */
-  /* load and enumerate the glyph Postscript names in a TrueType or        */
-  /* OpenType file.                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Note that when you do not compile the `PSNames' module by undefining  */
-  /* the above FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES, the `sfnt' module will   */
-  /* contain additional code used to read the PS Names table from a font.  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* (By default, the module uses `PSNames' to extract glyph names.)       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SFNT_NAMES if your applications need to       */
-  /* access the internal name table in a SFNT-based format like TrueType   */
-  /* or OpenType.  The name table contains various strings used to         */
-  /* describe the font, like family name, copyright, version, etc.  It     */
-  /* does not contain any glyph name though.                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Accessing SFNT names is done through the functions declared in        */
-  /* `freetype/ftnames.h'.                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SFNT_NAMES
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* TrueType CMap support                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   Here you can fine-tune which TrueType CMap table format shall be    */
-  /*   supported.                                                          */
-#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_0
-#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_2
-#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_4
-#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_6
-#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_8
-#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_10
-#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_12
-#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_14
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****    T R U E T Y P E   D R I V E R    C O N F I G U R A T I O N   ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER if you want to compile   */
-  /* a bytecode interpreter in the TrueType driver.  Note that there are   */
-  /* important patent issues related to the use of the interpreter.        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* By undefining this, you will only compile the code necessary to load  */
-  /* TrueType glyphs without hinting.                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   Do not #undef this macro here, since the build system might         */
-  /*   define it for certain configurations only.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* If you define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING, a special version  */
-  /* of the TrueType bytecode interpreter is used that doesn't implement   */
-  /* any of the patented opcodes and algorithms.  Note that the            */
-  /* the TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING macro is *ignored* if you     */
-  /* define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER; with other words,       */
-  /* either define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER or                */
-  /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING but not both at the same time.    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This macro is only useful for a small number of font files (mostly    */
-  /* for Asian scripts) that require bytecode interpretation to properly   */
-  /* load glyphs.  For all other fonts, this produces unpleasant results,  */
-  /* thus the unpatented interpreter is never used to load glyphs from     */
-  /* TrueType fonts unless one of the following two options is used.       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   - The unpatented interpreter is explicitly activated by the user    */
-  /*     through the FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING parameter tag         */
-  /*     when opening the FT_Face.                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   - FreeType detects that the FT_Face corresponds to one of the       */
-  /*     `trick' fonts (e.g., `Mingliu') it knows about.  The font engine  */
-  /*     contains a hard-coded list of font names and other matching       */
-  /*     parameters (see function `tt_face_init' in file                   */
-  /*     `src/truetype/ttobjs.c').                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Here a sample code snippet for using FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING. */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   {                                                                   */
-  /*     FT_Parameter  parameter;                                          */
-  /*     FT_Open_Args  open_args;                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*     parameter.tag = FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING;                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*     open_args.flags      = FT_OPEN_PATHNAME | FT_OPEN_PARAMS;         */
-  /*     open_args.pathname   = my_font_pathname;                          */
-  /*     open_args.num_params = 1;                                         */
-  /*     open_args.params     = ¶meter;                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*     error = FT_Open_Face( library, &open_args, index, &face );        */
-  /*     ...                                                               */
-  /*   }                                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-/* #define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING */
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_INTERPRETER_SWITCH to compile the TrueType    */
-  /* bytecode interpreter with a huge switch statement, rather than a call */
-  /* table.  This results in smaller and faster code for a number of       */
-  /* architectures.                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Note however that on some compiler/processor combinations, undefining */
-  /* this macro will generate faster, though larger, code.                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_INTERPRETER_SWITCH
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPONENT_OFFSET_SCALED to compile the        */
-  /* TrueType glyph loader to use Apple's definition of how to handle      */
-  /* component offsets in composite glyphs.                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Apple and MS disagree on the default behavior of component offsets    */
-  /* in composites.  Apple says that they should be scaled by the scaling  */
-  /* factors in the transformation matrix (roughly, it's more complex)     */
-  /* while MS says they should not.  OpenType defines two bits in the      */
-  /* composite flags array which can be used to disambiguate, but old      */
-  /* fonts will not have them.                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   http://partners.adobe.com/asn/developer/opentype/glyf.html          */
-  /*   http://fonts.apple.com/TTRefMan/RM06/Chap6glyf.html                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPONENT_OFFSET_SCALED
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT if you want to include         */
-  /* support for Apple's distortable font technology (fvar, gvar, cvar,    */
-  /* and avar tables).  This has many similarities to Type 1 Multiple      */
-  /* Masters support.                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF if you want to include support for        */
-  /* an embedded `BDF ' table within SFNT-based bitmap formats.            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****      T Y P E 1   D R I V E R    C O N F I G U R A T I O N       ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* T1_MAX_DICT_DEPTH is the maximal depth of nest dictionaries and       */
-  /* arrays in the Type 1 stream (see t1load.c).  A minimum of 4 is        */
-  /* required.                                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define T1_MAX_DICT_DEPTH  5
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* T1_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS details the maximum number of nested sub-routine   */
-  /* calls during glyph loading.                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define T1_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS  16
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* T1_MAX_CHARSTRING_OPERANDS is the charstring stack's capacity.  A     */
-  /* minimum of 16 is required.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The Chinese font MingTiEG-Medium (CNS 11643 character set) needs 256. */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define T1_MAX_CHARSTRINGS_OPERANDS  256
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Define this configuration macro if you want to prevent the            */
-  /* compilation of `t1afm', which is in charge of reading Type 1 AFM      */
-  /* files into an existing face.  Note that if set, the T1 driver will be */
-  /* unable to produce kerning distances.                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_AFM
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Define this configuration macro if you want to prevent the            */
-  /* compilation of the Multiple Masters font support in the Type 1        */
-  /* driver.                                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_MM_SUPPORT
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****    A U T O F I T   M O D U L E    C O N F I G U R A T I O N     ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Compile autofit module with CJK (Chinese, Japanese, Korean) script    */
-  /* support.                                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_CJK
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Compile autofit module with Indic script support.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_INDIC
-
-  /* */
-
-
-  /*
-   * Define this variable if you want to keep the layout of internal
-   * structures that was used prior to FreeType 2.2.  This also compiles in
-   * a few obsolete functions to avoid linking problems on typical Unix
-   * distributions.
-   *
-   * For embedded systems or building a new distribution from scratch, it
-   * is recommended to disable the macro since it reduces the library's code
-   * size and activates a few memory-saving optimizations as well.
-   */
-#undef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
-
-
-  /*
-   * This variable is defined if either unpatented or native TrueType
-   * hinting is requested by the definitions above.
-   */
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
-#define  TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
-#elif defined TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING
-#define  TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
-#endif
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-
-#endif /* __FTOPTION_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/CHANGES b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/CHANGES
deleted file mode 100644
index 8129ec7..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/CHANGES
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3148 +0,0 @@
-
-CHANGES BETWEEN 2.3.6 and 2.3.5
-
-  I. IMPORTANT BUG FIXES
-
-    - A  bunch of  potential security  problems have  been found.  All
-      users should update.
-
-    - Microsoft  Unicode  cmaps  in  TrueType  fonts  are  now  always
-      preferred over Apple cmaps.  This is not a bug per se, but there
-      exist some buggy  fonts created for MS which  have broken  Apple
-      cmaps.  This affects  only the automatic  selection of FreeType;
-      it's always possible to manually select an Apple Unicode cmap if
-      desired.
-
-    - Many bug fixes to the TrueType bytecode interpreter.
-
-    - Improved Mac support.
-
-    - Subsetted CID-keyed CFFs are now supported correctly.
-
-    - CID-keyed CFFs with subfonts which are scaled in a  non-standard
-      way are now handled correctly.
-
-    - A call to FT_Open_Face with `face_index' < 0 crashed FreeType if
-      the font was a Windows (bitmap) FNT/FON.
-
-
-  II. IMPORTANT CHANGES
-
-    - The new function `FT_Get_CID_Registry_Ordering_Supplement' gives
-      access to  those fields in a CID-keyed font.  The code  has been
-      contributed by Derek Clegg.
-
-    - George Williams  contributed  code  to validate  the new  `MATH'
-      OpenType  table (within  the `otvalid'  module).  The  `ftvalid'
-      demo program has been extended accordingly.
-
-    - An API for cmap 14 support  (for Unicode Variant Selectors, UVS)
-      has been contributed by George Williams.
-
-    - A new face flag FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED has been added,  together
-      with a macro FT_IS_CID_KEYED which evaluates to 1 if the font is
-      CID-keyed.
-
-
-  III. MISCELLANEOUS
-
-    - Build support for symbian has been contributed.
-
-    - Better WGL4 glyph name support, contributed by Sergey Tolstov.
-
-    - Debugging output of the  various FT_TRACEX macros is now sent to
-      stderr.
-
-    - The `ftview' demo program now provides artificial slanting too.
-
-    - The `ftvalid' demo  program has a new  option `-f' to select the
-      font index.
-
-
-======================================================================
-
-CHANGES BETWEEN 2.3.5 and 2.3.4
-
-  I. IMPORTANT BUG FIXES
-
-    - Some subglyphs in TrueType fonts were handled incorrectly due to
-      a missing graphics state reinitialization.
-
-    - Large .Z files  (as distributed with some X11  packages) weren't
-      handled correctly, making FreeType increase the heap stack in an
-      endless loop.
-
-    - A large  number of  bugs have  been fixed  to avoid  crashes and
-      endless loops with invalid fonts.
-
-
-  II. IMPORTANT CHANGES
-
-    - The  two new  cache functions  `FTC_ImageCache_LookupScaler' and
-      `FTC_SBit_Cache_LookupScaler' have been added to allow lookup of
-      glyphs using an  `FTC_Scaler' object;  this makes it possible to
-      use fractional pixel sizes in the cache.  The demo programs have
-      been updated accordingly to use this feature.
-
-    - A new API  `FT_Get_CMap_Format' has been added to  get the  cmap
-      format  of a  TrueType font.   This  is useful  in handling  PDF
-      files.  The code has been contributed by Derek Clegg.
-
-    - The  auto-hinter  now  produces  better  output  by  default for
-      non-Latin scripts  like Indic.   This was done by  using the CJK
-      hinting module  as the default instead of the Latin one.  Thanks
-      to Rahul Bhalerao for this suggestion.
-
-    - A new API `FT_Face_CheckTrueTypePatents'  has been added to find
-      out  whether  a  given  TrueType  font  uses  patented  bytecode
-      instructions.   The  `ft2demos' bundle  contains a  new  program
-      called `ftpatchk' which demonstrates its usage.
-
-    - A  new  API  `FT_Face_SetUnpatentedHinting'  has  been  added to
-      enable or disable the unpatented hinter.
-
-    - Support for Windows FON files in PE format  has been contributed
-      by Dmitry Timoshkov.
-
-
-  III. MISCELLANEOUS
-
-    - Vincent Richomme contributed Visual C++ project files for Pocket
-      PCs.
-
-
-======================================================================
-
-CHANGES BETWEEN 2.3.4 and 2.3.3
-
-  I. IMPORTANT BUG FIXES
-
-    - A serious  bug  in  the  handling  of bitmap  fonts (and  bitmap
-      strikes of outline fonts) has been introduced in 2.3.3.
-
-
-======================================================================
-
-CHANGES BETWEEN 2.3.3 and 2.3.2
-
-  I. IMPORTANT BUG FIXES
-
-    - Remove a serious regression in the TrueType bytecode interpreter
-      that was introduced  in version 2.3.2.  Note that  this does not
-      disable  the  improvements  introduced  to  the  interpreter  in
-      version 2.3.2,  only some ill  cases that occurred  with certain
-      fonts (though a few popular ones).
-
-    - The auto-hinter now  ignores single-point contours for computing
-      blue zones.   This bug  created `wavy' baselines  when rendering
-      text  with  various  fonts  that  use these  contours  to  model
-      mark-attach points  (these are points that  are never rasterized
-      and are placed outside of the glyph's real outline).
-
-    - The `rsb_delta' and `lsb_delta' glyph slot fields are now set to
-      zero for mono-spaced fonts.  Otherwise code that uses them would
-      essentially ruin the fixed-advance property.
-
-    - Fix  CVE-2007-1351 which  can  cause an  integer overflow  while
-      parsing  BDF fonts,  leading to  a potentially  exploitable heap
-      overflow condition.
-
-
-  II. MISCELLANEOUS
-
-    - Fixed compilation issues on some 64-bit platforms (see ChangeLog
-      for details).
-
-    - A new demo  program `ftdiff' has been added  to compare TrueType
-      hinting, FreeType's auto  hinting, and rendering without hinting
-      in three columns.
-
-
-======================================================================
-
-CHANGES BETWEEN 2.3.2 and 2.3.1
-
-  I. IMPORTANT BUG FIXES
-
-    - FreeType  returned incorrect  kerning information  from TrueType
-      fonts when the bytecode  interpreter was enabled.  This happened
-      due to a typo introduced in version 2.3.0.
-
-    - Negative  kerning  values  from   PFM  files  are  now  reported
-      correctly  (they were read  as 16-bit  unsigned values  from the
-      file).
-
-    - Fixed  a small  memory leak  when `FT_Init_FreeType'  failed for
-      some reason.
-
-    - The Postscript hinter placed and sized very thin and ghost stems
-      incorrectly.
-
-    - The TrueType bytecode  interpreter has been fixed to  get rid of
-      most of the  rare differences seen in comparison  to the Windows
-      font loader.
-
-
-  II. IMPORTANT CHANGES
-
-    - The auto-hinter  now better deals  with serifs and  corner cases
-      (e.g.,  glyph '9'  in Arial  at 9pt,  96dpi).  It  also improves
-      spacing  adjustments and doesn't  change widths  for non-spacing
-      glyphs.
-
-    - Many   Mac-specific   functions   are  deprecated   (but   still
-      available);  modern replacements  have been  provided  for them.
-      See the documentation in file `ftmac.h'.
-
-
-======================================================================
-
-CHANGES BETWEEN 2.3.1 and 2.3.0
-
-  I. IMPORTANT BUG FIXES
-
-    - The TrueType interpreter sometimes returned incorrect horizontal
-      metrics due to a bug in the handling of the SHZ instruction.
-
-    - A typo  in  a  security  check  introduced  after  version 2.2.1
-      prevented FreeType to render some glyphs in CFF fonts.
-
-
-======================================================================
-
-CHANGES BETWEEN 2.3.0 and 2.2.1
-
-  I. IMPORTANT BUG FIXES
-
-    - The  PCF font  loader  is  now much  more  robust while  loading
-      malformed font files.
-
-    - Various memory leaks have been found and fixed.
-
-    - The TrueType name loader now deals properly with some fonts that
-      encode their  names in UTF-16 (the specification  was vague, and
-      the code incorrectly assumed UCS-4).
-
-    - Fixed the TrueType bytecode  loader to deal properly with subtle
-      monochrome/gray  issues  when   scaling  the  CVT.   Some  fonts
-      exhibited bad rendering artifacts otherwise.
-
-    - `FT_GlyphSlot_Embolden' now  supports vertical layouts correctly
-      (it mangled the vertical advance height).
-
-    - Fixed byte  endian issues  of `ftmac.c' to  support Mac OS  X on
-      i386.
-
-    - The  PFR  font loader  no  longer  erroneously  tags font  files
-      without any outlines as FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE.
-
-
-  II. NEW API FUNCTIONS
-
-    - `FT_Library_SetLcdFilter' allows you  to select a special filter
-      to be  applied to the bitmaps generated  by `FT_Render_Glyph' if
-      one of the FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD and FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V modes has
-      been  selected.  This filter  is used  to reduce  color fringes;
-      several  settings are  available  through the  FT_LCD_FILTER_XXX
-      enumeration.
-
-      Its  declaration   and  documentation  can  be   found  in  file
-      `include/freetype/ftlcdfil.h'   (to  be   accessed   with  macro
-      FT_LCD_FILTER_H).
-
-      *IMPORTANT*:     This      function     returns     an     error
-      (FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature) in default  builds of the library
-      for patent reasons.  See below.
-
-    - `FT_Get_Gasp'  allows you  to query  the flags  of  the TrueType
-      `gasp' table for  a given character pixel size.   This is useful
-      to duplicate  the text rendering  of MS Windows when  the native
-      bytecode  interpreter is  enabled (which  isn't the  default for
-      other patent reasons).
-
-      Its  declaration   and  documentation  can  be   found  in  file
-      `include/freetype/ftgasp.h'   (to   be   accessed   with   macro
-      FT_GASP_H).
-
-
-  III. IMPORTANT CHANGES
-
-    - The auto-hinter has been tuned a lot to improve its results with
-      serif fonts, resulting in much better font rendering of many web
-      pages.
-
-    - The unpatented  hinter is now part  of the default  build of the
-      library; we  have added  code to automatically  support `tricky'
-      fonts that need it.
-
-      This means  that FreeType should `just work'  with certain Asian
-      fonts, like  MingLiU, which cannot properly be  loaded without a
-      bytecode interpreter,  but which fortunately  do not use  any of
-      the patented  bytecode opcodes.  We detect these  fonts by name,
-      so please  report any font file  that doesn't seem  to work with
-      FreeType, and  we shall do what we  can to support it  in a next
-      release.
-
-      Note  that  the API  hasn't  changed,  so  you can  still  force
-      unpatented hinting with a special parameter to `FT_Open_Face' as
-      well.  This  might be useful in  same cases; for  example, a PDF
-      reader might present  a user option to activate  it to deal with
-      certain  `tricky'   embedded  fonts  which   cannot  be  clearly
-      identified.
-
-      If you are  a developer for embedded systems,  you might want to
-      *disable*  the   feature  to  save  code   space  by  undefining
-      TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING in file `ftoption.h'.
-
-    - LCD-optimized rendering is now  *disabled* in all default builds
-      of  the  library,  mainly   due  to  patent  issues.   For  more
-      information see:
-
-      http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/freetype/2006-09/msg00064.html
-
-      A  new  configuration macro  FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING
-      has been introduced in  `ftoption.h'; manually define it in this
-      file if you want to re-enable the feature.
-
-      The  change only  affects the  implementation, not  the FreeType
-      API.  This means that clients don't need to be modified, because
-      the library still generates  LCD decimated bitmaps, but with the
-      added constraint that R=G=B on each triplet.
-
-      The  displayed result  should  be equal  to normal  anti-aliased
-      rendering.
-
-      Additionally,  if   FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING  is  not
-      defined, the new  `FT_Library_SetLcdFilter' function returns the
-      FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature error code.
-
-    - Some computation bugs in  the TrueType bytecode interpreter were
-      found,  which  allow us  to  get rid  of  very  subtle and  rare
-      differences we had experienced with the Windows renderer.
-
-    - It is now possible to cross-compile the library easily.  See the
-      file `docs/INSTALL.CROSS' for details.
-
-    - The file `src/base/ftmac.c' now contains code for Mac OS X only;
-      its  deprecated function  `FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Font_Name' always
-      returns an  error even if the QuickDraw  framework is available.
-      The previous version has been moved to `builds/mac/ftmac.c'.
-
-      Selecting  configure option `--with-quickdraw-carbon'  makes the
-      build process use the original `ftmac.c' file instead of the Mac
-      OS X-only version.
-
-
-  IV. MISCELLANEOUS
-
-    - Various performance and memory footprint optimizations have been
-      performed on  the TrueType and CFF font  loaders, sometimes with
-      very drastic  benefits (e.g., the  TrueType loader is  now about
-      25% faster;  FreeType should use  less heap memory  under nearly
-      all conditions).
-
-    - The anti-aliased rasterizer has been optimized and is now 15% to
-      25%  percent  faster than  in  previous  versions, depending  on
-      content.
-
-    - The Type 1 loader has been improved; as an example, it now skips
-      top-level dictionaries properly.
-
-    - Better support for Mac  fonts on POSIX systems, plus compilation
-      fixes for Mac OS X on ppc64 where `ftmac.c' cannot be built.
-
-    - Configuration  without `--with-old-mac-fonts'  does  not include
-      `ftmac.c' (this was the behaviour in FreeType version 2.1.10).
-
-    - The TrueTypeGX validator (gxvalid) checks the order of glyph IDs
-      in the kern table.
-
-
-======================================================================
-
-CHANGES BETWEEN 2.2.1 and 2.2
-
-  I. IMPORTANT BUG FIXES
-
-    - Various integer overflows have been fixed.
-
-    - PFB fonts with MacOS resource fork weren't  handled correctly on
-      non-MacOS platforms.
-
-
-======================================================================
-
-CHANGES BETWEEN 2.2 and 2.1.10
-
-(not released officially)
-
-  I. IMPORTANT BUG FIXES
-
-    - Vertical metrics for SFNT fonts were incorrect sometimes.
-
-    - The FT_HAS_KERNING macro always returned 0.
-
-    - CFF OpenType  fonts didn't  return correct vertical  metrics for
-      glyphs with outlines.
-
-    - If FreeType was compiled without hinters, all font formats based
-      on PS outlines weren't scaled correctly.
-
-
-  II. IMPORTANT CHANGES
-
-    - Version 2.2 no longer exposes its internals, this is, the header
-      files  located in  the `include/freetype/internal'  directory of
-      the source package are not  copied anymore by the `make install'
-      command.  Consequently, a number of rogue clients which directly
-      access  FreeType's  internal   functions  and  structures  won't
-      compile without modification.
-
-      We provide  patches for  most of those  rogue clients.   See the
-      following page for more information:
-
-        http://www.freetype.org/freetype2/patches/rogue-patches.html
-
-      Note that, as  a convenience to our Unix  desktop users, version
-      2.2 is *binary* compatible with FreeType 2.1.7, which means that
-      installing this  release on  an existing distribution  shall not
-      break any working desktop.
-
-    - FreeType's build  mechanism has been redesigned.   With GNU make
-      it  is  now  sufficient  in   most  cases  to  edit  two  files:
-      `modules.cfg',  to  select   the  library  components,  and  the
-      configuration  file  `include/freetype/config/ftoption.h' (which
-      can be copied to the objects directory).  Removing unused module
-      directories   to    prevent   its   compilation    and   editing
-      `include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h' is no longer necessary.
-
-    - The  LIGHT  hinting algorithm  produces  more pleasant  results.
-      Also, using the  FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT flags within FT_Load_Glyph
-      always forces auto-hinting, as a special exception.  This allows
-      you to experiment with it  even if you have enabled the TrueType
-      bytecode interpreter in your build.
-
-    - The auto hinter now employs a new algorithm for CJK fonts, based
-      on Akito  Hirai's patch.   Note that this  only works  for fonts
-      with a Unicode charmap at the moment.
-
-    - The following callback function  types have changed slightly (by
-      adding the `const' keyword where appropriate):
-
-        FT_Outline_MoveToFunc
-        FT_Outline_LineToFunc
-        FT_Outline_ConicToFunc
-        FT_Outline_CubicToFunc
-        FT_SpanFunc
-        FT_Raster_RenderFunc
-
-        FT_Glyph_TransformFunc
-        FT_Renderer_RenderFunc
-        FT_Renderer_TransformFunc
-
-      Note that this doesn't affect binary backward compatibility.
-
-    - On MacOS,  new APIs have  been added as replacements  for legacy
-      APIs:  `FT_New_Face_From_FSRef'  for  `FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec',
-      and              `FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name'              for
-      `FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name'.  Legacy APIs are still available, if
-      FreeType is built without disabling them.
-
-    - A new  API `FT_Select_Size'  has been added  to select  a bitmap
-      strike  by its  index.   Code using  other  functions to  select
-      bitmap strikes should be updated to use this function.
-
-    - A  new API  `FT_Get_SubGlyph_Info'  has been  added to  retrieve
-      subglyph data.  This can be  used by rogue clients which used to
-      access the internal headers to get the corresponding data.
-
-    - In 2.1.10, the behaviour of `FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes' was changed for
-      BDF/PCF fonts,  and only  for them.  This  causes inconsistency.
-      In this release,  we undo the change.  The  intent of the change
-      in 2.1.10  is to allow  size selection through  real dimensions,
-      which can now be done through `FT_Request_Size'.
-
-    - Some security  issues were discovered  and fixed in the  CFF and
-      Type  1 loader, causing  crashes of  FreeType by  malformed font
-      files.
-
-
-  III. MISCELLANEOUS
-
-    - The documentation  for FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX and FT_RENDER_MODE_XXX
-      values now better reflects its usage and differences: One set is
-      used to specify the hinting algorithm, the other to specify  the
-      pixel rendering mode.
-
-    - `FT_New_Face' and `FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec' in ftmac.c have been
-      changed to count supported scalable faces (sfnt, LWFN) only, and
-      to  return the  number of  available faces  via face->num_faces.
-      Unsupported bitmap faces (fbit, NFNT) are ignored.
-
-    - builds/unix/configure  has been  improved for  MacOS X.   It now
-      automatically checks available  functions in Carbon library, and
-      prepare to use newest  functions by default.  Options to specify
-      the  dependencies of  each Carbon  APIs (FSSpec,  FSRef, old/new
-      QuickDraw, ATS)  are available too.  By manual  disabling of all
-      QuickDraw   functionality,  FreeType   can   be  built   without
-      `deprecated   function'   warnings    on   MacOS   10.4.x,   but
-      FT_GetFile_Mac_Name  in  ftmac.c  then  is changed  to  a  dummy
-      function, and returns an `unimplemented' error.  For details see
-      builds/mac/README.
-
-    - SFNT cmap handling has been  improved, mainly to run much faster
-      with CJK fonts.
-
-    - A   new  function   `FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type   (declared  in
-      `FT_MODULE_H')  is  provided  to  determine the  status  of  the
-      TrueType   bytecode  interpreter   compiled  into   the  library
-      (patented, unpatented, unimplemented).
-
-    - Vertical metrics of glyphs are  synthesized if the font does not
-      provide such information.  You can tell whether  the metrics are
-      synthesized or not by checking the FT_FACE_FLAG_VERTICAL flag of
-      the face.
-
-    - The demo programs  `ftview' and  `ftstring' have been  rewritten
-      for better readability.   `ftview' has a new switch `-p' to test
-      FT_New_Memory_Face (instead of FT_New_Face).
-
-    - FreeType now honours bit 1 in the `head' table of TrueType fonts
-      (meaning `left sidebearing point at x=0').  This helps with some
-      buggy fonts.
-
-    - Rudimentary support for Adobe's new `SING Glyphlet' format.  See
-
-        http://www.adobe.com/products/indesign/sing_gaiji.html
-
-      for more information.
-
-    - The `ftdump'  program from the `ft2demos' bundle  now shows some
-      information about charmaps.  It  also supports a new switch `-v'
-      to increase verbosity.
-
-    - Better AFM support.  This includes track kerning support.
-
-
-======================================================================
-
-CHANGES BETWEEN 2.1.10 and 2.1.9
-
-  I. IMPORTANT BUG FIXES
-
-    - The size comparison for BDF and PCF files could fail sometimes.
-
-    - Some  CFF files  were still not  loaded  correctly.   Patch from
-      Derek Noonburg.
-
-    - The stroker still had some serious bugs.
-
-    - Boris  Letocha  fixed a  bug in  the  TrueType interpreter:  The
-      NPUSHW instruction wasn't skipped correctly in IF clauses.  Some
-      fonts like `Helvetica 75 Bold' failed.
-
-    - Another  serious  bug  in  handling  TrueType hints  caused many
-      distortions.  It has been introduced in version 2.1.8, and it is
-      highly recommended to upgrade.
-
-    - FreeType didn't properly parse empty Type 1 glyphs.
-
-    - An unbound dynamic buffer growth was fixed in the PFR loader.
-
-    - Several bugs have been fixed in the cache sub-system.
-
-    - FreeType behaved incorrectly when resizing two distinct but very
-      close character pixel sizes through `FT_Set_Char_Size' (Savannah
-      bug #12263).
-
-    - The auto-hinter didn't work properly for fonts without a Unicode
-      charmap -- it even refused to load the glyphs.
-
-
-  II. IMPORTANT CHANGES
-
-    - Many fixes have been applied to drastically reduce the amount of
-      heap   memory   used   by   FreeType,   especially   when  using
-      memory-mapped font files  (which is the default on Unix  systems
-      which support them).
-
-    - The auto-hinter  has been replaced with a new module, called the
-      `auto-fitter'.  It consumes  less memory  than its  predecessor,
-      and it is  prepared to support non-latin scripts  better in next
-      releases.
-
-    - George Williams  contributed code to read  kerning data from PFM
-      files.
-
-    - FreeType   now   uses    the   TT_NAME_ID_PREFERRED_FAMILY   and
-      TT_NAME_ID_PREFERRED_SUBFAMILY   strings   (if   available)  for
-      setting  family  and  style in SFNT  fonts  (patch from Kornfeld
-      Eliyahu Peter).
-
-    - A  new  API `FT_Sfnt_Table_Info'  (in FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H)  has
-      been added to retrieve name and size information of SFNT tables.
-
-    - A new API `FT_OpenType_Validate' (in FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H) has
-      been added to validate OpenType tables  (BASE, GDEF, GPOS, GSUB,
-      JSTF).   After validation  it is  no longer  necessary to  check
-      for errors in those tables while accessing them.
-
-      Note that  this module might  be moved to another library in the
-      future  to avoid  a tight  dependency between  FreeType and  the
-      OpenType specification.
-
-    - A new API in FT_BITMAP_H  (`FT_Bitmap_New', `FT_Bitmap_Convert',
-      `FT_Bitmap_Copy',  `FT_Bitmap_Embolden',  `FT_Bitmap_Done')  has
-      been added.   Its  use is  to convert an  FT_Bitmap structure in
-      1bpp, 2bpp,  4bpp, or 8bpp  format into  another 8bpp FT_Bitmap,
-      probably using a different pitch, and to further manipulate it.
-
-    - A new  API `FT_Outline_Embolden'  (in FT_OUTLINE_H) gives  finer
-      control how  outlines are embolded.
-
-    - `FT_GlyphSlot_Embolden' (in FT_SYNTHESIS_H)  now handles bitmaps
-      also (code contributed  by Chia I Wu).  Note that this  function
-      is still experimental and may be replaced with a better API.
-
-    - The method  how BDF and PCF  bitmap fonts  are accessed has been
-      refined.   Formerly,   FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes  and  FT_Set_Char_Size
-      were  synonyms in  FreeType's  BDF and PCF interface.  This  has
-      changed now.  FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes  should be  used to  select the
-      actual  font dimensions  (the `strike',  which is the sum of the
-      `FONT_ASCENT'    and    `FONT_DESCENT'    properties),     while
-      FT_Set_Char_Size  selects  the  `nominal' size  (the `PIXELSIZE'
-      property).  In both functions, the width parameter is ignored.
-
-
-  III. MISCELLANEOUS
-
-    - The BDF driver  no longer converts  all returned bitmaps  with a
-      depth of 2bpp or 4bpp to a depth of 8bpp.  The documentation has
-      not  mentioned  this  explicitly,  but  implementors  might have
-      relied on this after looking into the source files.
-
-    - A new option `--ftversion' has been  added to freetype-config to
-      return the FreeType version.
-
-    - The  memory  debugger  has  been  updated   to  dump  allocation
-      statistics on  all allocation  sources in the library.   This is
-      useful to  spot greedy  allocations when  loading and processing
-      fonts.
-
-    - We removed a huge array of constant pointers to constant strings
-      in the `psnames' module.   The problem was that  compilations in
-      PIC mode (i.e.,  when generating a  Unix shared object/dll)  put
-      the array  into the non-shared  writable section of  the library
-      since absolute pointers are not relocatable by nature.
-
-      This reduces the memory consumption by approximately 16KByte per
-      process linked  to FreeType.   We now also store  the array in a
-      compressed form (as a trie) which saves about 20KByte of code as
-      well.
-
-    - Kirill  Smelkov provided  patches to make  src/raster/ftraster.c
-      compile stand-alone again.
-
-
-======================================================================
-
-CHANGES BETWEEN 2.1.9 and 2.1.8
-
-  I. IMPORTANT BUG FIXES
-
-    - The function  `FT_Get_CharMap_Index' was only declared,  without
-      any  real  code.   For  consistency,  it  has  been  renamed  to
-      `FT_Get_Charmap_Index'.   (This function is needed  to implement
-      cmap caches.)
-
-    - `FT_Outline_Get_BBox'  sometimes returned  incorrect values  for
-      conic outlines (e.g., for TrueType fonts).
-
-    - Handling of `bhed' table has been fixed.
-
-    - The TrueType driver with enabled byte code interpreter sometimes
-      returned artifacts due to incorrect rounding.  This bug has been
-      introduced after version 2.1.4.
-
-    - The BDF driver dropped the last glyph in the font.
-
-    - The BDF driver now uses the DEFAULT_CHAR property (if available)
-      to select a glyph shape for the undefined glyph.
-
-    - The stroker failed for closed outlines and single points.
-
-
-  II. IMPORTANT CHANGES
-
-    - George  Williams   contributed  code  to   handle  Apple's  font
-      distortion technology found in GX fonts (`avar', `cvar', `fvar',
-      and `gvar' tables;  the Multiple Masters  API has been  slightly
-      extended to cope with the new functionality).
-
-    - The `FT_GlyphSlotRec' structure has been extended:  The elements
-      `lsb_delta' and  `rsb_delta' give the difference  between hinted
-      and  unhinted  left and right  side bearings  if autohinting  is
-      active.  Using those values can improve the inter-letter spacing
-      considerably.   See the documentation of  `FT_GlyphSlotRec'  and
-      the `ftstring' demo program how to use it.
-
-    - Loading TrueType and Type 1 fonts has been made much faster.
-
-    - The stroker is  no longer experimental (but the  cache subsystem
-      still is).
-
-
-  III. MISCELLANEOUS
-
-    - A new  documentation file  `formats.txt' describes various  font
-      formats supported (and not supported) by FreeType.
-
-
-======================================================================
-
-CHANGES BETWEEN 2.1.8 and 2.1.7
-
-  I. IMPORTANT BUG FIXES
-
-    - The native  TrueType hinter contained some  bugs which prevented
-      some fonts to be rendered correctly, most notably Legendum.otf.
-
-    - The PostScript hinter now produces improved results.
-
-    - The  linear advance  width  and height  values were  incorrectly
-      rounded,  making  them virtually  unusable  if  not loaded  with
-      FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN.
-
-    - Indexing CID-keyed CFF fonts is  now working: The glyph index is
-      correctly  treated as a  CID, similar  to FreeType's  CID driver
-      module.  Note that CID CMap support is still missing.
-
-    - The FT_FACE_FLAGS_GLYPH_NAMES flag is now  set correctly for all
-      font formats.
-
-    - Some subsetted Type 1  fonts weren't parsed correctly.  This bug
-      has been introduced in 2.1.7.  In summary, the Type 1 parser has
-      become more robust.
-
-    - Non-decimal numbers weren't parsed correctly in PS fonts.
-
-    - The WinFNT driver now correctly reports FT_ENCODING_NONE for all
-      but one encoding.  Use  the new FT_WinFNT_ID_XXX values together
-      with `FT_Get_WinFNT_Header' to get the WinFNT charset ID.
-
-    - The descender metrics (face->size->metrics.descender) for WinFNT
-      bitmap fonts had the wrong sign.
-
-    - The (emulated) `seac' support for CFF fonts was broken.
-
-    - The `flex' operator didn't work for CFF fonts.
-
-    - PS glyphs  which  use  the   `hintmask'  operator  haven't  been
-      rendered correctly in some cases.
-
-    - Metrics for BDF and PCF bitmap font formats have been fixed.
-
-    - Autohinting  is now  disabled for  glyphs  which  are vertically
-      distorted  or mirrored  (using a  transformation matrix).   This
-      fixes a bug which produced zero-height glyphs.
-
-    - The   `freetype-config'   script   now  handles   --prefix   and
-      --exec-prefix correctly; it also  returns the proper --rpath (or
-      -R) value if FreeType has been built as a shared library.
-
-
-  II. IMPORTANT CHANGES
-
-    - Both  PCF  and BDF  drivers  now  handle  the SETWIDTH_NAME  and
-      ADD_STYLE_NAME    properties.     Values    are   appended    to
-      face->style_name; example: `Bold SemiCondensed'.
-
-    - The PCF driver now handles bitmap  fonts compressed with the LZW
-      algorithm (extension .pcf.Z, compressed with `compress').
-
-    - A  new  API   function  `FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID'  (declared  in
-      `tttables.h')  is  available  to   get  the  language  ID  of  a
-      TrueType/SFNT cmap.
-
-    - The hexadecimal format of  data after the `StartData' command in
-      CID-keyed Type 1 fonts is now supported.  While this can't occur
-      in  file-based   fonts,  it  can   happen  in  document-embedded
-      resources of PostScript documents.
-
-    - Embedded bitmaps in SFNT-based CFF fonts are now supported.
-
-    - A simple  API is  now available  to control  FreeType's  tracing
-      mechanism if compiled  with FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE.   See the file
-      `ftdebug.h' for more details.
-
-    - YAMATO Masatake contributed improved  handling of MacOS resource
-      forks on non-MacOS platforms (for example, Linux can mount MacOS
-      file systems).
-
-    - Support for MacOS has been improved; there is now a new function
-      `FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec'  similar to `FT_New_Face'  except that
-      it accepts an FSSpec instead of a path.
-
-    - The cache sub-system has been rewritten.
-
-      - There is now support for deinstallation of faces.
-
-      - A new  API function `FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID'  has been added
-        to  delete  all  `idle'  nodes  that  correspond  to  a  given
-        FTC_FaceID.  All `locked' nodes  (i.e., those with a reference
-        count > 0), will be modified to prevent them from appearing in
-        further  lookups (they  will  be cleaned  normally when  their
-        reference count reaches 0).
-
-      - There  is  now  support  for point  scaling  (i.e.,  providing
-        character sizes in points + dpis, instead of pixels).
-
-      - Three abstract cache classes are now available:
-
-          FTC_GCache:  Used to store  one glyph  item per  cache node,
-                      with the ability to group common attributes into
-                      `families'.      This    replaces     the    old
-                      FTC_GlyphCache class.
-
-          FTC_ICache: Used to store one FT_Glyph per cache node.  This
-                      extends  FTC_GCache.  Family  definition, family
-                      comparison, and  glyph loading are  however left
-                      to sub-classes.
-
-          FTC_SCache: Used to  store up to 16 small  bitmaps per cache
-                      node.    This    extends   FTC_GCache.    Family
-                      definition, family  comparison and glyph loading
-                      are however left to sub-classes.
-
-      - The file `src/cache/ftcbasic.c' implements:
-
-          FTC_ImageCache: Extends    FTC_ICache;   implements   family
-                          definitions and glyph loading similar to the
-                          old API.
-
-          FTC_SBitCache: Extends    FTC_SCache,    implements   family
-                         definitions and glyph  loading similar to the
-                         old API
-
-        Client  applications  should  be  able to  extend  FTC_GCache,
-        FTC_ICache, or FTC_SCache much more easily (i.e., less code to
-        write, and  less callbacks).  For example,  one could envision
-        caches  that are  capable of  storing  transformed (obliqued),
-        stroked,   emboldened,   or   colored   glyph   images.    Use
-        `ftcbasic.c' as an example.
-
-      - All public  APIs are now  in `include/freetype/ftcache.h', (to
-        be    accessed   as    `FT_CACHE_H').     The   contents    of
-        `include/freetype/cache/' is only  needed by applications that
-        wish to implement their own caches.
-
-      - There were some major performance improvements through the use
-        of  various programming  tricks.   Cache hits  are  up to  70%
-        faster than in the old code.
-
-      - The  FTC_CMapCache has  been simplified.  Charmaps can only be
-        accessed by  index right now.  There  is also a  new API named
-        `FT_Charmap_GetIndex' for this purpose.
-
-      - The  demo programs  have been  updated to  the new  code.  The
-        previous versions will not work with the current one.
-
-      - Using  an invalid face  index in FT_Open_Face and friends  now
-        causes an error even if the font contains a single face only.
-
-
-  III. MISCELLANEOUS
-
-    - Wolfgang Domröse contributed support files for building FreeType
-      on the Atari using the PureC compiler.  Note that the Atari is a
-      16bit platform.
-
-    - Vitaliy Pasternak contributed project files for VS.NET 2003.
-
-
-======================================================================
-
-CHANGES BETWEEN 2.1.7 and 2.1.6
-
-  I. IMPORTANT BUG FIXES
-
-    - Updated  to newest  libtool  version, fixing  build problems  on
-      various platforms.
-
-    - On  Unix  platforms,  `make  install' didn't  copy  the  correct
-      `ftconfig.h' file.
-
-  Note that version 2.1.7  contains the same library  C source code as
-  version 2.1.6.
-
-
-======================================================================
-
-CHANGES BETWEEN 2.1.6 and 2.1.5
-
-  I. IMPORTANT BUG FIXES
-
-    - The PFR  font driver didn't  load kerning tables  correctly, and
-      the functions in FT_PFR_H didn't work at all.
-
-    - Type 1 font  files in  binary format  (PFB) with  an end-of-file
-      indicator weren't accepted by the FreeType engine.
-
-    - Fonts which contain /PaintType  and /StrokeWidth no longer cause
-      a segfault.  This bug has been introduced in version 2.1.5.
-
-    - Fonts  loaded  with   FT_LOAD_RENDER  no  longer  cause  strange
-      results.  This bug has been introduced in version 2.1.5.
-
-    - Some  Windows   (bitmap)  FNT/FON  files   couldn't  be  handled
-      correctly.
-
-
-  II. IMPORTANT CHANGES
-
-    - The internal  module API  has been heavily  changed in  favor of
-      massive simplifications within the font engine.  This also means
-      that authors of third-party modules must adapt their code to the
-      new scheme.
-
-      NOTE:  THE NEW SCHEME IS NOT COMPLETED YET.  PLEASE WAIT UNTIL A
-      FINAL ANNOUNCEMENT!
-
-    - The PostScript  parser has been enhanced to  handle comments and
-      strings   correctly.   Additionally,   more  syntax   forms  are
-      recognized.
-
-    - Added the  optional unpatented hinting system  for TrueType.  It
-      allows  typefaces which  need hinting  to produce  correct glyph
-      forms (e.g., Chinese typefaces  from Dynalab) to work acceptably
-      without infringing Apple patents.   This system is compiled only
-      if  TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPILE_UNPATENTED_HINTING  is  defined  in
-      ftoption.h (activated by default).
-
-
-  III. MISCELLANEOUS
-
-    - There  is now  a guard  in the  public header  files  to protect
-      against inclusion of freetype.h from FreeType 1.
-
-    - Direct inclusion of freetype.h  and other public header files no
-      longer works.  You have to use the documented scheme
-
-        #include 
-        #include FT_FREETYPE_H
-
-      to load freetype.h with  a symbolic name.  This protects against
-      renaming  of public  header  files (which  shouldn't happen  but
-      actually  has, avoiding two  public header  files with  the same
-      name).
-
-
-======================================================================
-
-CHANGES BETWEEN 2.1.5 and 2.1.4
-
-  I. IMPORTANT BUG FIXES
-
-    - Parsing the /CIDFontName field  now removes the leading slash to
-      be in sync with other font drivers.
-
-    - gzip support was buggy.  Some fonts could not be read.
-
-    - Fonts which  have nested subglyphs  more than one level  deep no
-      longer cause a segfault.
-
-    - Creation of synthetic  cmaps for fonts in CFF  format was broken
-      partially.
-
-    - Numeric  font  dictionary entries  for  synthetic  fonts are  no
-      longer overwritten.
-
-    - The font matrix  wasn't applied to the advance  width for Type1,
-      CID, and  CFF fonts.  This caused problems  when loading certain
-      synthetic Type 1 fonts like `Helvetica Narrow'.
-
-    - The test  for the charset registry  in BDF and PCF  fonts is now
-      case-insensitive.
-
-    - FT_Vector_Rotate  sometimes  returned   strange  values  due  to
-      rounding errors.
-
-    - The  PCF  driver  now  returns  the  correct  number  of  glyphs
-      (including an artificial `notdef' glyph at index 0).
-
-    - FreeType now  supports buggy CMaps  which are contained  in many
-      CJK fonts from Dynalab.
-
-    - Opening  an invalid  font  on a  Mac  caused a  segfault due  to
-      double-freeing memory.
-
-    - BDF  fonts  with  more   than  32768  glyphs  weren't  supported
-      properly.
-
-
-  II. IMPORTANT CHANGES
-
-    - Accessing bitmap font formats has been synchronized.  To do that
-      the FT_Bitmap_Size  structure has  been extended to  contain new
-      fields `size', `x_ppem', and `y_ppem'.
-
-    - The FNT driver now returns multiple faces, not multiple strikes.
-
-    - The `psnames'  module has been  updated to the Adobe  Glyph List
-      version 2.0.
-
-    - The `psnames' module now understands `uXXXX[X[X]]' glyph names.
-
-    - The algorithm for guessing the font style has been improved.
-
-    - For fonts in SFNT format, root->height is no longer increased if
-      the line gap  is zero.  There exist fonts  (containing e.g. form
-      drawing  characters) which  intentionally have  a zero  line gap
-      value.
-
-    - ft_glyph_bbox_xxx  flags   are  now  deprecated   in  favour  of
-      FT_GLYPH_BBOX_XXX.
-
-    - ft_module_xxx   flags   are   now   deprecated  in   favour   of
-      FT_MODULE_XXX.
-
-    - FT_ENCODING_MS_{SJIS,GB2312,BIG5,WANSUNG,JOHAB}      are     now
-      deprecated               in               favour              of
-      FT_ENCODING_{SJIS,GB2312,GIB5,WANSONG,JOHAB}  -- those encodings
-      are not specific to Microsoft.
-
-
-  III. MISCELLANEOUS
-
-    - The  autohinter  has been  further  improved;  for example,  `m'
-      glyphs now retain its vertical symmetry.
-
-    - Partial support of Mac fonts on non-Mac platforms.
-
-    - `make   refdoc'   (after   first   `make')   builds   the   HTML
-      documentation.  You need Python for this.
-
-    - The make build system should  now work more reliably on DOS-like
-      platforms.
-
-    - Support for  EMX gcc  and Watson C/C++  compilers on  MS-DOS has
-      been added.
-
-    - Better VMS build support.
-
-    - Support for the pkg-config  package by providing a `freetype.pc'
-      file.
-
-    - New configure option --with-old-mac-fonts for Darwin.
-
-    - Some source files have been  renamed (mainly to fit into the 8.3
-      naming scheme).
-
-
-======================================================================
-
-CHANGES BETWEEN 2.1.4 and 2.1.3
-
-  I. IMPORTANT BUG FIXES
-
-    - Updated  to newest  libtool  version, fixing  build problems  on
-      various platforms.
-
-    - A fix  in the Gzip stream  reader: It couldn't  read certain .gz
-      files properly due to a  small typo.  In certain cases, FreeType
-      could  also loop  endlessly  when trying  to  load tiny  gzipped
-      files.
-
-    - The configure script now tries  to use the system-wide zlib when
-      it  finds one  (instead of  the  copy found  in src/gzip).   And
-      `freetype-config' has  been updated to return  relevant flags in
-      this case when invoked with `--libs' (e.g. `-lzlib').
-
-    - Certain fonts couldn't be loaded  by 2.1.3 because they lacked a
-      Unicode   charmap  (e.g.   SYMBOL.TTF).    FreeType  erroneously
-      rejected them.
-
-    - The CFF loader was modified to accept fonts which only contain a
-      subset of  their reference charset.  This  prevented the correct
-      use of PDF-embedded fonts.
-
-    - The logic to detect Unicode charmaps has been modified.  This is
-      required to  support fonts which include both  16-bit and 32-bit
-      charmaps (like very  recent asian ones) using the  new 10 and 12
-      SFNT formats.
-
-    - The TrueType  loader now limits  the depth of  composite glyphs.
-      This is necessary to prevent broken fonts to break the engine by
-      blowing the stack with recursive glyph definitions.
-
-    - The CMap cache is now  capable of managing UCS-4 character codes
-      that   are   mapped   through   extended  charmaps   in   recent
-      TrueType/OpenType fonts.
-
-    - The   cache  sub-system   now  properly   manages  out-of-memory
-      conditions  instead of  blindly  reporting them  to the  caller.
-      This means that it will try to empty the cache before restarting
-      its allocations to see if that can help.
-
-    - The  PFR driver  didn't return  the list  of  available embedded
-      bitmaps properly.
-
-    - There was  a nasty  memory leak when  using embedded  bitmaps in
-      certain font formats.
-
-
-  II. IMPORTANT CHANGES
-
-    - David Chester  contributed some enhancements  to the auto-hinter
-      that  significantly increase  the  quality of  its output.   The
-      Postscript hinter was also improved in several ways.
-
-    - The FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT render mode was implemented.
-
-    - A new  API function called `FT_Get_BDF_Property'  has been added
-      to FT_BDF_H to  retrieve BDF properties from BDF  _and_ PCF font
-      files.   THIS  IS  STILL  EXPERIMENTAL,  since  it  hasn't  been
-      properly tested yet.
-
-    - A Windows FNT specific API has been added, mostly to access font
-      headers.  This is used by Wine.
-
-    - TrueType tables  without an `hmtx' table are  now tolerated when
-      an  incremental interface  is  used.  This  happens for  certain
-      Type42 fonts passed from Ghostscript to FreeType.
-
-    - The PFR font driver is  now capable of returning the font family
-      and style  names when  they are available  (instead of  the sole
-      `FontID').   This  is  performed  by parsing  an  *undocumented*
-      portion of the font file!
-
-
-  III. MISCELLANEOUS
-
-    - The path stroker in FT_STROKER_H has entered beta stage.  It now
-      works very  well, but  its interface might  change a bit  in the
-      future.  More on this in later releases.
-
-    - The documentation for  FT_Size_Metrics didn't appear properly in
-      the API reference.
-
-    - The file docs/VERSION.DLL has been updated to explain versioning
-      with FreeType  (i.e., comparing release/libtool/so  numbers, and
-      how to use them in autoconf scripts).
-
-    - The  installation  documentation  has been  seriously  revamped.
-      Everything is now in the `docs' directory.
-
-
-======================================================================
-
-CHANGES BETWEEN 2.1.3 and 2.1.2
-
-  I. IMPORTANT BUG FIXES
-
-    - FT_Vector_Transform  had  been  incorrectly modified  in  2.1.2,
-      resulting  in  incorrect   transformations  being  applied  (for
-      example, rotations were processed in opposite angles).
-
-    - The format  8 and 12 TrueType charmap  enumeration routines have
-      been fixed (FT_Get_Next_Char returned invalid values).
-
-    - The  PFR font driver  returned incorrect  advance widths  if the
-      outline  and metrics resolution  defined in  the font  file were
-      different.
-
-    - FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap now returns  successfully when called with an
-      FT_BitmapGlyph argument (it previously returned an error).
-
-    - A bug  in the Type 1  loader that prevented  valid font bounding
-      boxes to be loaded from multiple master fonts.
-
-    - The SFNT  validation code has been rewritten.   FreeType can now
-      load `broken'  fonts that were  usable on Windows, but  not with
-      previous versions of the library.
-
-    - The computation of bearings in the BDF driver has been fixed.
-
-    - The Postscript hinter crashed when trying to hint certain glyphs
-      (more precisely,  when trying to  apply hints to an  empty glyph
-      outline).
-
-    - The  TrueType glyph  loader  now supports  composites in  `Apple
-      format'  (they differ slightly  from Microsoft/OpenType  ones in
-      the way transformation offsets are computed).
-
-    - FreeType was  very slow at opening certain  asian CID/CFF fonts,
-      due to  fixed increment  in dynamic array  re-allocations.  This
-      has  been changed  to  exponential behaviour  to get  acceptable
-      performance.
-
-
-
-  II. IMPORTANT CHANGES
-
-    - The PCF driver now supports gzip-compressed font files natively.
-      This means that  you will be able to use  all these bitmap fonts
-      that  come with  XFree86 with  FreeType (and  libXft/libXft2, by
-      extension).
-
-    - The  automatic and  postscript hinters  have both  been updated.
-      This  results in  a relatively  important increase  of rendering
-      quality since  many nasty defaults have been suppressed.  Please
-      visit the web page:
-
-        http://www.freetype.org/hinting/smooth-hinting.html
-
-      for additional details on this topic.
-
-    - The `load_flags' parameter of `FT_Load_Glyph' is now an FT_Int32
-      (instead  of just  being  an FT_Int).   This  breaks source  and
-      binary  compatibility for  16bit systems  only,  while retaining
-      both of them for 32 and 64 bit ones.
-
-      Some new flags have been added consequently:
-
-        FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT   :: Disable the use of the auto-hinter
-                                 (but not native format hinters).
-
-        FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL :: Hint and render for normal
-                                 anti-aliased displays.
-
-        FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO   :: Hint and render for 1-bit displays.
-
-        FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD    :: Hint and render for horizontal RGB or
-                                 BGR sub-pixel displays (like LCD
-                                 screens).  THIS IS STILL
-                                 EXPERIMENTAL!
-
-        FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD_V  :: Same as FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD, for
-                                 vertical sub-pixel displays (like
-                                 rotated LCD screens).  THIS IS STILL
-                                 EXPERIMENTAL!
-
-      FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME   is  still   supported,  but   only  affects
-      rendering, not the hinting.
-
-      Note that the `ftview'  demo program available in the `ft2demos'
-      package  has been  updated to  support LCD-optimized  display on
-      non-paletted displays (under Win32 and X11).
-
-    - The  PFR  driver  now  supports embedded  bitmaps  (all  formats
-      supported), and returns correct kerning metrics for all glyphs.
-
-    - The TrueType charmap loader  now supports certain `broken' fonts
-      that load under Windows without problems.
-
-    - The cache API has been slightly modified (it's still a beta!):
-
-       - The type  FTC_ImageDesc has been removed; it  is now replaced
-         by  FTC_ImageTypeRec.   Note that  one  of  its  fields is  a
-         `load_flag' parameter for FT_Load_Glyph.
-
-       - The  field  `num_grays' of  FT_SBitRec  has  been changed  to
-         `max_grays'  in  order to  fit  within  a  single byte.   Its
-         maximum value is thus 255 (instead of 256 as previously).
-
-
-  III. MISCELLANEOUS
-
-    - Added support  for the  DESTDIR variable during  `make install'.
-      This simplifies packaging of FreeType.
-
-    - Included modified  copies of the  ZLib sources in  `src/gzip' in
-      order to support  gzip-compressed PCF fonts.  We do  not use the
-      system-provided  zlib  for  now,   though  this  is  a  probable
-      enhancement for future releases.
-
-    - The DocMaker tool used to generate the on-line API reference has
-      been   completely    rewritten.    It   is    now   located   in
-      `src/tools/docmaker/docmaker.py'.  Features:
-
-        - better cross-referenced output
-        - more polished output
-        - uses Python regular expressions  (though it didn't speed the
-          program)
-        - much  more  modular structure,  which  allows for  different
-          `backends'  in  order to  generate  HTML,  XML, or  whatever
-          format.
-
-      One can regenerate the API reference by calling:
-
-         python src/tools/docmaker/docmaker.py \
-                --prefix=ft2 \
-                --title=FreeType-2.1.3 \
-                --output=
-                include/freetype/*.h \
-                include/freetype/config/*.h \
-                include/freetype/cache/*.h
-
-    - A new, experimental, support for incremental font loading (i.e.,
-      loading  of fonts  where the  glyphs are  not in  the  font file
-      itself, but provided by an external component, like a Postscript
-      interpreter) has been added by Graham Asher.  This is still work
-      in progress, however.
-
-    - A new,  EXPERIMENTAL, path stroker  has been added.   It doesn't
-      suffer  from  severe  rounding  errors  and  treat  bezier  arcs
-      directly.  Still work in progress (i.e. not part of the official
-      API).   See  the file    for  some of  the
-      details.
-
-    - The massive  re-formatting of sources and  internal re-design is
-      still under-way.  Many  internal functions, constants, and types
-      have been renamed.
-
-
-======================================================================
-
-CHANGES BETWEEN 2.1.2 and 2.1.1
-
-  I. IMPORTANT BUG FIXES
-
-    - Many  font drivers didn't  select a  Unicode charmap  by default
-      when a new face  was opened (with the FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_CMAPS
-      options enabled),  causing many applications  to not be  able to
-      display text correctly with the 2.1.x releases.
-
-    - The  PFR driver had  a bug  in its  composite loading  code that
-      produces incorrectly placed accents with many fonts.
-
-    - The Type42 driver crashed sometimes due to a nasty bug.
-
-    - The Type 1 custom encoding  charmap didn't handle the case where
-      the first glyph index wasn't 0.
-
-    - A  serious  typo  in  the  TrueType  composite  loader  produced
-      incorrectly placed  glyphs in fonts  like `Wingdings' and  a few
-      others.
-
-
-  II. MISCELLANEOUS
-
-    - The Win32  Visual C++ project  file has been updated  to include
-      the PFR driver as well.
-
-    - `freetype.m4' is  now installed by default by  `make install' on
-      Unix systems.
-
-    - The function  FT_Get_PS_Font_Info now works with  CID and Type42
-      fonts as well.
-
-
-======================================================================
-
-CHANGES BETWEEN 2.1.1 and 2.1.0
-
-  I. IMPORTANT BUG FIXES
-
-    - The  `version_info'  returned   by  `freetype-config'  in  2.1.0
-      returned an invalid value.  It now returns 9:1:3 (2.0.9 returned
-      9:0:3).
-
-    - Version 2.1.0  couldn't be linked against  applications on Win32
-      and  Amiga systems  due  to  a new  debug  function that  wasn't
-      properly   propagated  to   the  system-specific   directory  in
-      `builds'.
-
-    - Various MacOS and Mac OS X specific fixes.
-
-    - Fixed  a bug in  the TrueType  charmap validation  routines that
-      made version  2.1.0 too restrictive  -- many popular  fonts have
-      been rejected.
-
-    - There was  still a very small difference  between the monochrome
-      glyph bitmaps produced by FreeType 1.x and FreeType 2.x with the
-      bytecode  interpreter enabled.   This was  caused by  an invalid
-      flag setting in the TrueType glyph loader, making the rasterizer
-      change  its  drop-out   control  mode.   Now  the results should
-      _really_ be completely identical.
-
-    - The TrueType name table loader has been improved to support many
-      popular  though buggy Asian  fonts.  It  now ignores  empty name
-      entries,  invalid  pointer offsets  and  a  few other  incorrect
-      subtleties.  Moreover,  name strings  are now loaded  on demand,
-      which reduces the memory load  of many faces (e.g. the ARIAL.TTF
-      font file contains a 10kByte name table with 70 names).
-
-    - Fixed a bug in the Postscript hinter that prevented family blues
-      substitution to happen correctly.
-
-
-  II. NEW FEATURES
-
-    - Three new font drivers in this release:
-
-      * A  BDF  font driver,  contributed  by  Franco Zappa  Nardelli,
-        heavily  modified   by  Werner  Lemberg.    It  also  supports
-        anti-aliased bitmaps (using a slightly extended BDF format).
-
-      * A Type42  font driver, contributed by Roberto  Alameda.  It is
-        still experimental but seems to work relatively well.
-
-      * A PFR  font driver, contributed  by David Turner  himself.  It
-        doesn't  support PFR  hinting --  note that  BitStream  has at
-        least two patents on this format!
-
-
-  III. MISCELLANEOUS
-
-    - The  cache  sub-system has  been  optimized  in important  ways.
-      Cache hits are now significantly faster.  For example, using the
-      CMap cache is about  twice faster than calling FT_Get_Char_Index
-      on most platforms.  Similarly, using an SBit cache is about five
-      times faster  than loading the  bitmaps from a bitmap  file, and
-      300 to  500 times  faster than generating  them from  a scalable
-      format.
-
-      Note that  you should recompile  your sources if you  designed a
-      custom  cache  class for  the  FT2  Cache  subsystem, since  the
-      changes performed are source, but not binary, compatible.
-
-
-======================================================================
-
-CHANGES BETWEEN 2.1.0 and 2.0.9
-
-  I. IMPORTANT BUG FIXES
-
-    - The  TrueType bytecode  interpreter  has been  fixed to  produce
-      _exactly_ the same output as FreeType 1.x.  Previous differences
-      were due  to slightly distinct  fixed-point computation routines
-      used to perform dot products and vector length measurements.
-
-      It seems  that native TrueType hinting  is _extremely_ sensitive
-      to  rounding errors.  The  required vector  computation routines
-      have been optimized and placed within the `ttinterp.c' file.
-
-    - Fixed the parsing of accelerator tables in the PCF font driver.
-
-    - Fixed the Type1 glyph loader  routine used to compute the font's
-      maximum advance width.
-
-
-  II. NEW FEATURES
-
-    - The `configure' script used on Unix systems has been modified to
-      check  that  GNU  Make  is  being used  to  build  the  library.
-      Otherwise,  it  will display  a  message  proposing  to use  the
-      GNUMAKE environment variable to name it.
-
-      The Unix-specific file README.UNX has been modified accordingly.
-
-
-  III. MISCELLANEOUS
-
-    - The  FreeType  License in  `docs/FTL.TXT'  has  been updated  to
-      include  a  proposed preferred  disclaimer.   If  you are  using
-      FreeType in your products, you are encouraged (but not mandated)
-      to use the following text in your documentation:
-
-      """
-        Portions of this software are copyright © 1996-2002 The
-        FreeType Project (www.freetype.org).  All rights reserved.
-      """
-
-    - The default size of the render pool has been reduced to 16kByte.
-      This  shouldn't result  in any  noticeable  performance penalty,
-      unless you are  using the engine as-is to  render very large and
-      complex glyphs.
-
-    - The  FreeType 2  redesign has  begun.  More  information  can be
-      found at this URL:
-
-        http://www.freetype.org/freetype2/redesign.html
-
-      The following  internal changes  have been performed  within the
-      sources of this release:
-
-        - Many   internal  types   have  been   renamed   to  increase
-          consistency.   The  following  should  be true,  except  for
-          public types:
-
-            * All structure  types have a name ending  in `Rec' (short
-              for `record').
-
-            * A  pointer-to-structure type  has the  same name  as the
-              structure, _without_ the `Rec' suffix.
-
-              Example:
-
-                typedef struct FooRec_
-                {
-                  ...
-
-                } FooRec, *Foo;
-
-        - Many   internal  macros  have   been  renamed   to  increase
-          consistency.  The following should be true:
-
-            * All  macros  have a  name  beginning  with `FT_'.   This
-              required a few changes like
-
-                ALLOC   => FT_ALLOC
-                FREE    => FT_FREE
-                REALLOC => FT_REALLOC
-
-            * All  macros are completely  UPPERCASE.  This  required a
-              few changes like:
-
-                READ_Short  => FT_READ_SHORT
-                NEXT_Short  => FT_NEXT_SHORT
-                GET_ULongLE => FT_GET_ULONG_LE
-                MEM_Set     => FT_MEM_SET
-                MEM_Copy    => FT_MEM_COPY
-                etc.
-
-            * Whenever   possible,   all   macro  names   follow   the
-              FT__ pattern.  For example
-
-                ACCESS_Frame   => FT_FRAME_ENTER
-                FORGET_Frame   => FT_FRAME_EXIT
-                EXTRACT_Frame  => FT_FRAME_EXTRACT
-                RELEASE_Frame  => FT_FRAME_RELEASE
-
-                FILE_Pos       => FT_STREAM_POS
-                FILE_Seek      => FT_STREAM_SEEK
-                FILE_Read      => FT_STREAM_READ
-                FILE_ReadAt    => FT_STREAM_READ_AT
-                READ_Fields    => FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS
-
-        - Many  internal functions  have  been renamed  to follow  the
-          FT__ pattern.  For example:
-
-            FT_Seek_Stream       => FT_Stream_Seek
-            FT_Read_Stream_At    => FT_Stream_ReadAt
-            FT_Done_Stream       => FT_Stream_Close
-            FT_New_Stream        => FT_Stream_Open
-            FT_New_Memory_Stream => FT_Stream_OpenMemory
-            FT_Extract_Frame     => FT_Stream_ExtractFrame
-
-          Note that method names do not contain `_'.
-
-        - The FT_ALLOC_ARRAY  and FT_REALLOC_ARRAY have  been replaced
-          with  FT_NEW_ARRAY and  FT_RENEW_ARRAY which  do not  take a
-          type  as the  fourth argument.   Instead, the  array element
-          type  size is computed  automatically from  the type  of the
-          target pointer used.
-
-        - A  new object  class, FT_CMap,  has been  introduced.  These
-          internal  objects are  used to  model character  maps.  This
-          eases  the support  of additional  charmap types  within the
-          engine.
-
-        - A new  configuration file named `ftstdlib.h'  has been added
-          to `include/freetype/config'.  It  is used to define aliases
-          for  _every_ routine  of the  ISO  C library  that the  font
-          engine   uses.    Each    aliases   has   a   `ft_'   prefix
-          (e.g. `ft_strlen' is an alias for `strlen').
-
-          This is  used to  ease the porting  of FreeType 2  to exotic
-          runtime environments where the ISO C Library isn't available
-          (e.g.  XFree86 extension modules).
-
-      More details are available in the `ChangeLog' file.
-
-
-======================================================================
-
-CHANGES BETWEEN 2.0.9 and 2.0.8
-
-  I. IMPORTANT BUG FIXES
-
-    - Certain fonts like `foxjump.ttf' contain broken name tables with
-      invalid entries and wild offsets.  This caused FreeType to crash
-      when trying to load them.
-
-      The  SFNT `name'  table  loader has  been  fixed to  be able  to
-      support these strange fonts.
-
-      Moreover, the code  in charge of processing this  table has been
-      changed  to always favour  Windows-formatted entries  over other
-      ones.  Hence,  a font that works  on Windows but not  on the Mac
-      will  load cleanly in  FreeType and  report accurate  values for
-      Family & PostScript names.
-
-    - The CID font driver has been fixed.  It unfortunately returned a
-      Postscript   Font   name   with   a   leading   slash,   as   in
-      `/MunhwaGothic-Regular'.
-
-    - FreeType  2 should now  compile fine  on AIX  4.3.3 as  a shared
-      library.
-
-    - A  bug  in the  Postscript  hinter  has  been found  and  fixed,
-      removing un-even stem widths at small pixel sizes (like 14-17).
-
-      This  improves the  quality of  a certain  number  of Postscript
-      fonts.
-
-
-  II. NEW FEATURES
-
-    - A  new function  named  `FT_Library_Version' has  been added  to
-      return  the current  library's major,  minor, and  patch version
-      numbers.   This is  important since  the  macros FREETYPE_MAJOR,
-      FREETYPE_MINOR,  and  FREETYPE_PATCH  cannot  be used  when  the
-      library is dynamically linked by a program.
-
-    - Two   new  APIs   have  been   added:   `FT_Get_First_Char'  and
-      `FT_Get_Next_Char'.
-
-      Together,  these can  be used  to iterate  efficiently  over the
-      currently  selected  charmap of  a  given  face.   Read the  API
-      reference for more details.
-
-
-  III. MISCELLANEOUS
-
-    - The FreeType sources are  under heavy internal re-factoring.  As
-      a consequence,  we have created  a branch named `STABLE'  on the
-      CVS to hold all future releases/fixes in the 2.0.x family.
-
-      The  HEAD  branch  now  contains  the  re-factored  sources  and
-      shouldn't  be used for  testing or  packaging new  releases.  In
-      case you  would like  to access the  2.0.9 sources from  our CVS
-      repository, use the tag `VER-2-0-9'.
-
-
-======================================================================
-
-CHANGES BETWEEN 2.0.8 and 2.0.7
-
-  I. IMPORTANT BUG FIXES
-
-    - There was  a small but  nasty bug in  `freetype-config.in' which
-      caused the `freetype-config' script to fail on Unix.
-
-      This didn't prevent the installation  of the library or even its
-      execution, but caused problems  when trying to compile many Unix
-      packages that depend on it.
-
-    - Some TrueType or OpenType fonts embedded in PDF documents do not
-      have  a  'cmap',  'post'  and  'name'  as  is  required  by  the
-      specification.  FreeType no longer refuses to load such fonts.
-
-    - Various fixes to the PCF font driver.
-
-
-======================================================================
-
-CHANGES BETWEEN 2.0.7 and 2.0.6
-
-  I. IMPORTANT BUG FIXES
-
-    - Fixed  two  bugs in  the  Type 1  font  driver.   The first  one
-      resulted in a memory leak in subtle cases.  The other one caused
-      FreeType to crash when  trying to load `.gsf' files (Ghostscript
-      so-called Postscript fonts).
-
-      (This  made _many_  KDE applications  crash on  certain systems.
-       FreeType _is_ becoming a critical system component on Linux :-)
-
-    - Fixed a memory leak in the CFF font driver.
-
-    - Fixed a memory leak in the PCF font driver.
-
-    - Fixed       the        Visual       C++       project       file
-      `builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsp' since  it didn't include the
-      Postscript hinter component, causing errors at build time.
-
-    - Fixed a  small rendering bug  in the anti-aliased  renderer that
-      only  occurred when  trying to  draw  thin (less  than 1  pixel)
-      strokes.
-
-    - Fixed  `builds/unix/freetype2.a4' which  is used  to  generate a
-      valid `freetype2.m4' for use with autoconf.
-
-    - Fixed the OpenVMS Makefiles.
-
-
-  II. MISCELLANEOUS
-
-    - Added  `configure'  and   `install'  scripts  to  the  top-level
-      directory.  A GNU-style installation is thus now easily possible
-      with
-
-        ./configure  
-        make
-        make install
-
-
-======================================================================
-
-CHANGES BETWEEN 2.0.6 and 2.0.5
-
-  I. IMPORTANT BUG FIXES
-
-    - It wasn't possible to load embedded bitmaps when the auto-hinter
-      was used.  This is now fixed.
-
-    - The TrueType  font driver  didn't load some  composites properly
-      (the  sub-glyphs  were  slightly  shifted,  and  this  was  only
-      noticeable when using monochrome rendering).
-
-    - Various  fixes  to the  auto-hinter.   They  merely improve  the
-      output of sans-serif fonts.   Note that there are still problems
-      with serifed fonts and composites (accented characters).
-
-    - All scalable  font drivers erroneously  returned un-fitted glyph
-      advances when hinting was  requested.  This created problems for
-      a number  of layout applications.  This  is a very  old bug that
-      got  undetected mainly  because most  test/demo  program perform
-      rounding explicitly or implicitly (through the cache).
-
-    - `FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap' did erroneously  modify the source glyph in
-      certain cases.
-
-    - `glnames.py'  still contained  a bug  that made  FreeType return
-      invalid names for certain glyphs.
-
-    - The  library crashed  when  loading certain  Type  1 fonts  like
-      `sadn.pfb'  (`Stalingrad  Normal'),   which  appear  to  contain
-      pathetic font info dictionaries.
-
-    - The TrueType glyph  loader is now much more  paranoid and checks
-      everything when loading a given glyph image.  This was necessary
-      to avoid problems (crashes and/or memory overwrites) with broken
-      fonts that came from a really buggy automatic font converter.
-
-
-  II. IMPORTANT UPDATES AND NEW FEATURES
-
-    - Important updates to the Mac-specific parts of the library.
-
-    - The caching sub-system has  been completely re-designed, and its
-      API has  evolved (the  old one is  still supported  for backward
-      compatibility).
-
-      The documentation for it is  not yet completed, sorry.  For now,
-      you are encouraged to continue  using the old API.  However, the
-      ftview  demo program in  the ft2demos  package has  already been
-      updated to use the new caching functions.
-
-    - A new charmap cache is provided too.  See `FTC_CMapCache'.  This
-      is useful to perform  character code -> glyph index translations
-      quickly, without the need for an opened FT_Face.
-
-    - A NEW POSTSCRIPT HINTER module  has been added to support native
-      hints in  the following  formats: PostScript Type  1, PostScript
-      CID, and CFF/CEF.
-
-      Please test!  Note that  the auto-hinter produces better results
-      for a number of  badly-hinted fonts (mostly auto-generated ones)
-      though.
-
-    - A memory debugger is now  part of the standard FreeType sources.
-      To      enable      it,      define      FT_DEBUG_MEMORY      in
-      , and recompile the library.
-
-      Additionally, define  the _environment_ variable FT_DEBUG_MEMORY
-      and run any program using FreeType.  When the library is exited,
-      a  summary  of memory  footprints  and  possible  leaks will  be
-      displayed.
-
-      This works transparently with  _any_ program that uses FreeType.
-      However, you  will need a lot  of memory to  use this (allocated
-      blocks are never  released to the heap to  detect double deletes
-      easily).
-
-
-  III. MISCELLANEOUS
-
-    - We  are  aware  of  subtle  differences between  the  output  of
-      FreeType  versions   1  and  2  when  it   comes  to  monochrome
-      TrueType-hinted glyphs.   These are  most probably due  to small
-      differences in the monochrome rasterizers and will be worked out
-      in an upcoming release.
-
-    - We have decided to fork the sources in a `stable' branch, and an
-      `unstable' one, since FreeType  is becoming a critical component
-      of many Unix systems.
-
-      The next  bug-fix releases of  the library will be  named 2.0.7,
-      2.0.8, etc.,  while the `2.1'  branch will contain a  version of
-      the sources where we will start major reworking of the library's
-      internals, in order to produce FreeType 2.2.0 (or even 3.0) in a
-      more distant future.
-
-      We  also hope  that this  scheme will  allow much  more frequent
-      releases than in the past.
-
-
-======================================================================
-
-CHANGES BETWEEN 2.0.5 and 2.0.4
-
-  NOTE THAT 2.0.5 DOES NOT CONTAIN THE POSTSCRIPT HINTER.  THIS MODULE
-  WILL BE PART OF THE NEXT RELEASE (EITHER 2.0.6 or 2.1)
-
-  - Fixed a bug that made  certain glyphs, like `Cacute', `cacute' and
-    `lslash'  unavailable from Unicode  charmaps of  Postscript fonts.
-    This prevented the correct display of Polish text, for example.
-
-  - The kerning table of Type 1 fonts was loaded by FreeType, when its
-    AFM    file    was    attached    to    its    face,    but    the
-    FT_FACE_FLAG_HAS_KERNING   bit  flags   was  not   set  correctly,
-    preventing FT_Get_Kerning to return meaningful values.
-
-  - Improved  SFNT (TrueType  & OpenType)  charmap  support.  Slightly
-    better performance, as well as support for the new formats defined
-    by the OpenType 1.3 specification (8, 10, and 12)
-
-  - Fixed a  serious typo in `src/base/ftcalc.c'  which caused invalid
-    computations in certain rare cases, producing ugly artefacts.
-
-  - The  size  of the  EM  square is  computed  with  a more  accurate
-    algorithm for Postscript fonts.   The old one caused slight errors
-    with embedded fonts found in PDF documents.
-
-  - Fixed  a  bug in  the  cache  manager  that prevented  normal  LRU
-    behaviour  within the cache  manager, causing  unnecessary reloads
-    (for FT_Face and FT_Size objects only).
-
-  - Added  a new  function named  `FT_Get_Name_Index' to  retrieve the
-    glyph index of a given glyph name, when found in a face.
-
-  - Added  a new function  named `FT_Get_Postscript_Name'  to retrieve
-    the `unique' Postscript font name of a given face.
-
-  - Added   a   new   public   header  size   named   FT_SIZES_H   (or
-    ) providing  new FT_Size-management functions:
-    FT_New_Size, FT_Activate_Size, FT_Done_Size.
-
-  - Fixed a  reallocation bug that  generated a dangling  pointer (and
-    possibly    memory    leaks)    with    Postscript    fonts    (in
-    src/psaux/psobjs.c).
-
-  - Many fixes for 16-bit correctness.
-
-  - Removed many pedantic compiler warnings from the sources.
-
-  - Added an Amiga build directory in `builds/amiga'.
-
-
-======================================================================
-
-CHANGES BETWEEN 2.0.4 and 2.0.3
-
-  - Fixed a rather annoying bug that was introduced in 2.0.3.  Namely,
-    the font  transformation set through  FT_Set_Transform was applied
-    twice to auto-hinted glyphs, resulting in incorrectly rotated text
-    output.
-
-  - Fixed _many_  compiler warnings.   FT2 should now  compile cleanly
-    with Visual  C++'s most pedantic warning level  (/W4).  It already
-    compiled fine with GCC and a few other compilers.
-
-  - Fixed a bug  that prevented the linear advance  width of composite
-    TrueType glyphs to be correctly returned.
-
-  - Fixed    the    Visual    C++    project    files    located    in
-    `builds/win32/visualc' (previous versions  used older names of the
-    library).
-
-  - Many  32-bit constants  have an  `L' appended  to their  value, in
-    order to improve the 16-bitness  of the code.  Someone is actually
-    trying to use FT2 on an Atari ST machine!
-
-  - Updated  the  `builds/detect.mk' file  in  order to  automatically
-    build FT2  on AIX systems.   AIX uses `/usr/sbin/init'  instead of
-    `/sbin/init' and wasn't previously  detected as a Unix platform by
-    the FreeType build system.
-
-  - Updated  the  Unix-specific  portions  of the  build  system  (new
-    libtool version, etc.).
-
-  - The  SFNT kerning  loader now  ensures  that the  table is  sorted
-    (since some problem fonts do not meet this requirement).
-
-
-=======================================================================
-
-CHANGES BETWEEN 2.0.3 and 2.0.2
-
-  I. CHANGES TO THE MODULES / FONT DRIVERS
-
-    - THE  AUTO-HINTER HAS  BEEN SLIGHTLY  IMPROVED, in  order  to fix
-      several annoying artefacts, mainly:
-
-        - Blue  zone alignment  of  horizontal stems  wasn't performed
-          correctly, resulting in artefacts  like the `d' being placed
-          one pixel below the `b' in some fonts like Time New Roman.
-
-        - Overshoot thresholding  wasn't performed correctly, creating
-          unpleasant artefacts at large character pixel sizes.
-
-        - Composite glyph loading has  been simplified.  This gets rid
-          of  various artefacts  where the  components of  a composite
-          glyphs were not correctly spaced.
-
-      These are  the last changes to the  current auto-hinting module.
-      A new  hinting sub-system is currently  in the work  in order to
-      support native hints  in Type 1 / CFF /  OpenType fonts, as well
-      as globally improve rendering.
-
-    - The  PCF  driver has  been  fixed.   It  reported invalid  glyph
-      dimensions for the fonts available on Solaris.
-
-    - The Type  1, CID and CFF  drivers have been modified  to fix the
-      computation of the EM size.
-
-    - The Type 1  driver has been fixed to avoid  a dangerous bug that
-      crashed the library with non-conforming fonts (i.e. ones that do
-      not place the .notdef glyph at position 0).
-
-    - The TrueType  driver had a  rather subtle bug  (dangling pointer
-      when loading  composite glyphs) that could crash  the library in
-      rare occasions!
-
-
-  II. HIGH-LEVEL API CHANGES
-
-    - The error  code enumeration values have been  changed.  An error
-      value  is decomposed  in  a  generic error  code,  and a  module
-      number.  see  for details.
-
-    - A   new  public   header   file  has   been  introduced,   named
-      FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H     (include/freetype/fttrig.h),     providing
-      trigonometric functions to  compute sines, cosines, arctangents,
-      etc. with 16.16 fixed precision.  The implementation is based on
-      the CORDIC  algorithm and is very fast  while being sufficiently
-      accurate.
-
-
-  III. INTERNALS
-
-    - Added  BeOS-specific files  in the  old build  sub-system.  Note
-      that no changes were required to compile the library with Jam.
-
-    - The  configuration  is now  capable  of automatically  detecting
-      64-bit integers  on a set  of predefined compilers  (GCC, Visual
-      C++, Borland C++) and will use them by default.  This provides a
-      small performance boost.
-
-    - A  small memory leak  that happened  when opening  0-sized files
-      (duh!)  have been fixed.
-
-    - Fixed bezier  stack depth  bug in the  routines provided  by the
-      FT_BBOX_H  header   file.   Also  fixed  similar   bugs  in  the
-      rasterizers.
-
-    - The outline bounding  box code has been rewritten  to use direct
-      computations,  instead of  bezier sub-division,  to  compute the
-      exact bounding box of glyphs.   This is slightly slower but more
-      accurate.
-
-    - The build system has been  improved and fixed, mainly to support
-      `make'  on Windows  2000  correctly, avoid  problems with  `make
-      distclean' on non Unix systems, etc.
-
-    - Hexadecimal  constants  have been  suffixed  with  `U' to  avoid
-      problems with certain compilers on 64-bit platforms.
-
-    - A new directory named `src/tools' has been created.  It contains
-      Python scripts and simple unit test programs used to develop the
-      library.
-
-    - The DocMaker tool has been  moved from `docs' to `src/tools' and
-      has been updated with the following:
-
-         - Now accepts the `--title=XXXX' or `-t XXXX' option from the
-           command line to set the project's name in the generated API
-           reference.
-
-         - Now accepts the `--output=DIR'  or `-o DIR' option from the
-           command line to set  the output directory for all generated
-           HTML files.
-
-         - Now accepts the `--prefix=XXXX' or `-p XXX' option from the
-           command  line  to  set  the  file prefix  to  use  for  all
-           generated HTML files.
-
-         - Now generates the current  time/data on each generated page
-           in order to distinguish between versions.
-
-      DocMaker  can be  used with  other  projects now,  not only  FT2
-      (e.g. MLib, FTLayout, etc.).
-
-
-======================================================================
-
-CHANGES BETWEEN 2.0.2 and 2.0.1
-
-  I. CHANGES TO THE MODULES / FONT DRIVERS
-
-    - THE TRUETYPE BYTECODE INTERPRETER IS NOW TURNED OFF, in order to
-      avoid legal problems  with the Apple patents.  It  seems that we
-      mistakenly  turned this option  on in  previous releases  of the
-      build.
-
-      Note that if  you want to use the  bytecode interpreter in order
-      to get high-quality TrueType  rendering, you will need to toggle
-      by        hand        the        definition        of        the
-      TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER   macro    in   the   file
-      `include/freetype/config/ftoption.h'.
-
-    - The CFF driver has been improved by Tom Kacvinsky and Sander van
-      der Wal:
-
-      * Support for `seac' emulation.
-      * Support for `dotsection'.
-      * Support for retrieving glyph names through
-        `FT_Get_Glyph_Name'.
-
-      The first two items are necessary to correctly a large number of
-      Type 1 fonts converted to the CFF formats by Adobe Acrobat.
-
-    - The Type 1 driver was also improved by Tom & others:
-
-      * Better EM size computation.
-      * Better support for synthetic (transformed) fonts.
-      * The  Type 1  driver returns  the charstrings  corresponding to
-        each glyph in the  `glyph->control_data' field after a call to
-        `FT_Load_Glyph' (thanks Ha Shao).
-
-    - Various other bugfixes, including the following:
-
-      * Fixed a nasty memory leak in the Type 1 driver.
-      * The autohinter  and the pcf  driver used static  writable data
-        when they shouldn't.
-      * Many casts were added to  make the code more 64-bits safe.  It
-        also now compiles on Windows XP 64-bits without warnings.
-      * Some incorrect writable statics were removed in the `autohint'
-        and `pcf' drivers.  FreeType 2 now compiles on Epoc again.
-
-
-  II. CHANGES TO THE HIGH-LEVEL API
-
-    - The library header files inclusion scheme has been changed.  The
-      old scheme looked like:
-
-        #include 
-        #include 
-        #include 
-        #include 
-
-      Now you should use:
-
-        #include 
-        #include FT_FREETYPE_H
-        #include FT_GLYPH_H
-        #include FT_CACHE_H
-        #include FT_CACHE_IMAGE_H
-
-      NOTE THAT  THE OLD  INCLUSION SCHEME WILL  STILL WORK  WITH THIS
-      RELEASE.  HOWEVER, WE  DO NOT GUARANTEE THAT THIS  WILL STILL BE
-      TRUE IN THE NEXT ONE (A.K.A. FREETYPE 2.1).
-
-      The  file   is used  to define  the  header filename
-      macros.  The complete and  commented list of macros is available
-      in the API reference under the section name `Header File Macros'
-      in Chapter I.
-
-      For more information, see section I of the following document:
-
-        http://www.freetype.org/
-          freetype2/docs/tutorial/step1.html
-
-      or
-
-        http://freetype.sourceforge.net/
-          freetype2/docs/tutorial/step1.html
-
-    - Many, many comments have been added to the public source file in
-      order to  automatically generate  the API Reference  through the
-      `docmaker.py' Python script.
-
-      The latter has been updated  to support the grouping of sections
-      in chapters and better index sort.  See:
-
-        http://www.freetype.org/freetype2/docs/reference/ft2-toc.html
-
-
-  III. CHANGES TO THE BUILD PROCESS
-
-    - If you  are not  building FreeType 2  with its own  build system
-      (but with your own Makefiles or project files), you will need to
-      be  aware that  the  build  process has  changed  a little  bit.
-
-      You don't  need to put the  `src' directory in  the include path
-      when  compiling  any FT2  component.   Instead,  simply put  the
-      component's directory in the current include path.
-
-      So, if you were doing something like:
-
-        cc -c -Iinclude -Isrc src/base/ftbase.c
-
-      change the line to:
-
-        cc -c -Iinclude -Isrc/base src/base/ftbase.c
-
-      If you were doing something like:
-
-        cd src/base
-        cc -c -I../../include -I.. ftbase.c
-
-      change it to:
-
-        cd src/base
-        cc -c -I../../include ftbase.c
-
-
-======================================================================
-
-CHANGES BETWEEN 2.0.1 and 2.0
-
-  2.0.1 introduces a few changes:
-
-    - Fixed many bugs related to  the support of CFF / OpenType fonts.
-      These  formats are  now much  better supported  though  there is
-      still work planned to  deal with charset tables and PDF-embedded
-      CFF files that use the old `seac' command.
-
-    - The  library could not  be compiled  in debug  mode with  a very
-      small  number   of  C  compilers   whose  pre-processors  didn't
-      implement the `##'  directive correctly (i.e. per se  the ANSI C
-      specification!)  An elegant fix was found.
-
-    - Added  support for  the  free Borland  command-line C++  Builder
-      compiler.   Use `make  setup bcc32'.   Also fixed  a  few source
-      lines that generated new warnings with BCC32.
-
-    - Fixed a bug in FT_Outline_Get_BBox when computing the extrema of
-      a conic Bezier arc.
-
-    - Updated the INSTALL file to add IDE compilation.
-
-    - Other  minor bug  fixes,  from  invalid Type  1  style flags  to
-      correct   support   of  synthetic   (obliqued)   fonts  in   the
-      auto-hinter, better support for embedded bitmaps in a SFNT font.
-
-    - Fixed some problems with `freetype-config'.
-
-  Finally, the `standard' scheme for including FreeType headers is now
-  gradually changing,  but this will  be explained in a  later release
-  (probably 2.0.2).
-
-  And very  special thanks to Tom Kacvinsky  and YAMANO-UCHI Hidetoshi
-  for their contributions!
-
-
-======================================================================
-
-CHANGES BETWEEN beta8 and 2.0
-
-  - Changed  the default  installation  path for  public headers  from
-    `include/freetype' to `include/freetype2'.
-
-    Also added a new `freetype-config' that is automatically generated
-    and installed  on Unix and  Cygwin systems.  The script  itself is
-    used to retrieve the current  install path, C compilation flags as
-    well as linker flags.
-
-  - Fixed several small bugs:
-
-    * Incorrect max advance width for fixed-pitch Type 1 fonts.
-    * Incorrect glyph names for certain TrueType fonts.
-    * The  glyph advance  was not  copied when  FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap was
-      called.
-    * The  linearHoriAdvance  and  linearVertAdvance  fields  were not
-      correctly returned for glyphs processed by the auto-hinter.
-    * `type1z'  renamed back to  `type1'; the  old `type1'  module has
-      been removed.
-
-  - Revamped the  build system  to make it  a lot more  generic.  This
-    will  allow us  to  re-use  nearly un-modified  in  lots of  other
-    projects (including FreeType Layout).
-
-  - Changed `cid' to use `psaux' too.
-
-  - Added the  cache sub-system.  See   as well as
-    the sources  in `src/cache'.  Note  that it compiles but  is still
-    untested for now.
-
-  - Updated `docs/docmaker.py', a draft  API reference is available at
-    http://www.freetype.org/ft2api.html.
-
-  - Changed `type1' to use `psaux'.
-
-  - Created a  new module named  `psaux' to hold  the Type 1 &  Type 2
-    parsing routines.  It should be  used by `type1', `cid', and `cff'
-    in the future.
-
-  - Fixed an important bug in `FT_Glyph_Get_CBox'.
-
-  - Fixed  some compiler  warnings  that happened  since the  TrueType
-    bytecode decoder was deactivated by default.
-
-  - Fixed two memory leaks:
-
-    * The    memory   manager   (16    bytes)   isn't    released   in
-      FT_Done_FreeType!
-    * Using custom input streams, the  copy of the original stream was
-      never released.
-
-  - Fixed the  auto-hinter by performing automatic  computation of the
-    `filling direction' of each glyph.   This is done through a simple
-    and  fast approximation, and  seems to  work (problems  spotted by
-    Werner though).  The Arphic fonts are a lot nicer though there are
-    still a lot of things to do to handle Asian fonts correctly.
-
-
-======================================================================
-
-BETA-8 (RELEASE CANDIDATE) CHANGES
-
-  - Deactivated the TrueType bytecode interpreter by default.
-
-  - Deactivated the `src/type1' font driver.  Now `src/type1z' is used
-    by default.
-
-  - Updates to the build system.  We now compile the library correctly
-    under  Unix  system  through  `configure' which  is  automatically
-    called on the first `make' invocation.
-
-  - Added the auto-hinting module!  Fixing some bugs here and there.
-
-  - Found some bugs in the  composite loader (seac) of the Type1-based
-    font drivers.
-
-  - Renamed the directory `freetype2/config' to `freetype2/builds' and
-    updated all relevant files.
-
-  - Found a memory leak in the `type1' driver.
-
-  - Incorporated Tom's patches to  support flex operators correctly in
-    OpenType/CFF fonts.  Now all I need is to support pure CFF and CEF
-    fonts to be done with this driver :-)
-
-  - Added the  Windows FNT/FON driver in `src/winfonts'.   For now, it
-    always  `simulates'   a  Unicode  charmap,  so   it  shouldn't  be
-    considered completed right now.
-
-    It  is there  to be  more a  proof of  concept than  anything else
-    anyway.  The driver is a single  C source file, that compiles to 3
-    Kb of code.
-
-    I'm  still working on  the PCF/BDF  drivers, but  I'm too  lazy to
-    finish them now.
-
-  - CHANGES TO THE HIGH-LEVEL API
-
-    * FT_Get_Kerning has a new parameter that allows you to select the
-      coordinates of the kerning  vector (font units, scaled, scaled +
-      grid-fitted).
-    * The  outline functions are  now in   and not
-      part of  anymore.
-    *     now     contains    declarations    for
-       FT_New_Library, FT_Done_Library, FT_Add_Default_Modules.
-    * The so-called convenience  functions have moved from `ftoutln.c'
-      to  `ftglyph.c',  and  are  thus available  with  this  optional
-      component    of   the   library.     They   are    declared   in
-       now.
-    * Anti-aliased  rendering is now  the default  for FT_Render_Glyph
-      (i.e. corresponds to render_mode == 0 == ft_render_mode_normal).
-      To generate a monochrome bitmap, use ft_render_mode_mono, or the
-      FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME     flag    in    FT_Load_Glyph/FT_Load_Char.
-      FT_LOAD_ANTI_ALIAS is still defined, but values to 0.
-    *   now include ,
-      solving a few headaches :-)
-    * The type FT_GlyphSlotRec has now a `library' field.
-
-  - CHANGES TO THE `ftglyph.h' API
-
-    This API has  been severely modified in order  to make it simpler,
-    clearer, and more  efficient.  It certainly now looks  like a real
-    `glyph factory'  object, and allows client  applications to manage
-    (i.e.  transform,  bbox  and  render) glyph  images  without  ever
-    knowing their original format.
-
-  - Added  support  for CID-keyed  fonts  to  the  CFF driver.   Maybe
-    support for pure CFF + CEF fonts should come in?
-
-  - Cleaned up  source code in order  to avoid two  functions with the
-    same name.  Also  changed the names of the  files in `type1z' from
-    `t1XXXX' to `z1XXXX' in order to avoid any conflicts.
-
-    `make multi' now works well :-)
-
-    Also removed the use of `cidafm' for now, even if the source files
-    are  still there.  This  functionality will  certainly  go into  a
-    specific module.
-
-  - ADDED SUPPORT FOR THE AUTO-HINTER
-
-    It  works :-) I  have a  demo program  which simply  is a  copy of
-    `ftview'       that      does       a      `FT_Add_Module(library,
-    &autohinter_module_class)' after  library initialization, and Type
-    1 & OpenType/CFF fonts are now hinted.
-
-    CID  fonts are  not hinted,  as they  include no  charmap  and the
-    auto-hinter doesn't include  `generic' global metrics computations
-    yet.
-
-    Now, I need to release this thing to the FreeType 2 source.
-
-  - CHANGES TO THE RENDERER MODULES
-
-    The  monochrome  and smooth  renderers  are  now  in two  distinct
-    directories, namely `src/raster1' and `src/smooth'.  Note that the
-    old `src/renderer' is now gone.
-
-    I ditched  the 5-gray-levels renderers.  Basically,  it involved a
-    simple #define toggle in 'src/raster1/ftraster.c'.
-
-    FT_Render_Glyph,  FT_Outline_Render  &  FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap  now
-    select the best renderer  available, depending on render mode.  If
-    the current renderer for a  given glyph image format isn't capable
-    of supporting  the render mode, another  one will be  found in the
-    library's list.   This means that client applications  do not need
-    to  switch or  set  the  renderers themselves  (as  in the  latest
-    change), they'll get what they want automatically.  At last.
-
-    Changed the demo programs accordingly.
-
-  - MAJOR INTERNAL REDESIGN:
-
-    A lot of internal modifications  have been performed lately on the
-    source in order to provide the following enhancements:
-
-    * More generic module support:
-
-      The FT_Module  type is  now defined to  represent a handle  to a
-      given  module.   The  file    contains  the
-      FT_Module_Class definition, as well as the module-loading public
-      API.
-
-      The  FT_Driver type  is still  defined, and  still  represents a
-      pointer to  a font driver.  Note that  FT_Add_Driver is replaced
-      by FT_Add_Module, FT_Get_Driver by FT_Get_Module, etc.
-
-    * Support for generic glyph image types:
-
-      The FT_Renderer  type is a pointer  to a module  used to perform
-      various operations on glyph image.
-
-      Each renderer is  capable of handling images in  a single format
-      (e.g. ft_glyph_format_outline).  Its functions are used to:
-
-      - transform an glyph image
-      - render a glyph image into a bitmap
-      - return the control box (dimensions) of a given glyph image
-
-      The scan converters `ftraster.c' and `ftgrays.c' have been moved
-      to the new directory `src/renderer', and are used to provide two
-      default renderer modules.
-
-      One corresponds  to the `standard' scan-converter,  the other to
-      the `smooth' one.
-
-      he  current  renderer  can  be  set  through  the  new  function
-      FT_Set_Renderer.
-
-      The old raster-related function FT_Set_Raster, FT_Get_Raster and
-      FT_Set_Raster_Mode have now disappeared, in favor of the new:
-
-        FT_Get_Renderer
-        FT_Set_Renderer
-
-      See the file  for more details.
-
-      These  changes  were  necessary  to properly  support  different
-      scalable formats in the future, like bi-color glyphs, etc.
-
-    * Glyph loader object:
-
-      A  new  internal  object,  called  a  'glyph  loader'  has  been
-      introduced in the base layer.  It is used by all scalable format
-      font drivers to load glyphs and composites.
-
-      This object  has been  created to reduce  the code size  of each
-      driver,  as  each  one  of  them  basically  re-implemented  its
-      functionality.
-
-      See  and the FT_GlyphLoader type for
-      more information.
-
-    * FT_GlyphSlot has new fields:
-
-      In  order   to  support  extended  features   (see  below),  the
-      FT_GlyphSlot structure has a few new fields:
-
-      linearHoriAdvance:
-
-        This  field  gives  the   linearly  scaled  (i.e.  scaled  but
-        unhinted) advance  width for the  glyph, expressed as  a 16.16
-        fixed pixel value.  This is useful to perform WYSIWYG text.
-
-      linearVertAdvance:
-        This field  gives the linearly  scaled advance height  for the
-        glyph  (relevant in  vertical  glyph layouts  only).  This  is
-        useful to perform WYSIWYG text.
-
-        Note that  the two above field replace  the removed `metrics2'
-        field in the glyph slot.
-
-      advance:
-        This field is a vector  that gives the transformed advance for
-        the glyph.   By default, it corresponds to  the advance width,
-        unless  FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT  was  specified  when  calling
-        FT_Load_Glyph or FT_Load_Char.
-
-      bitmap_left:
-        This  field gives  the  distance in  integer  pixels from  the
-        current pen position  to the left-most pixel of  a glyph image
-        IF IT IS  A BITMAP.  It is only valid  when the `format' field
-        is set to `ft_glyph_format_bitmap', for example, after calling
-        the new function FT_Render_Glyph.
-
-      bitmap_top:
-        This  field gives  the  distance in  integer  pixels from  the
-        current pen position (located on the baseline) to the top-most
-        pixel of the  glyph image IF IT IS  A BITMAP.  Positive values
-        correspond to upwards Y.
-
-      loader:
-        This  is a  new  private  field for  the  glyph slot.   Client
-        applications should not touch it.
-
-
-    * Support for transforms and direct rendering in FT_Load_Glyph:
-
-      Most of the functionality found in  has been
-      moved to the core library.  Hence, the following:
-
-      - A   transform   can   be   specified  for   a   face   through
-        FT_Set_Transform.  this transform  is applied by FT_Load_Glyph
-        to  scalable glyph  images (i.e.  NOT TO  BITMAPS)  before the
-        function returns, unless the bit flag FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM
-        was set in the load flags.
-
-      - Once  a  glyph image  has  been  loaded,  it can  be  directly
-        converted  to  a  bitmap  by  using  the  new  FT_Render_Glyph
-        function.  Note that this  function takes the glyph image from
-        the glyph slot,  and converts it to a  bitmap whose properties
-        are returned  in `face.glyph.bitmap', `face.glyph.bitmap_left'
-        and `face.glyph.bitmap_top'.  The  original native image might
-        be lost after the conversion.
-
-      - When using the new  bit flag FT_LOAD_RENDER, the FT_Load_Glyph
-        and   FT_Load_Char   functions   will   call   FT_Render_Glyph
-        automatically when needed.
-
-  - Reformatted all  modules source  code in order  to get rid  of the
-    basic data types redifinitions (i.e. `TT_Int' instead of `FT_Int',
-    `T1_Fixed'  instead  of  `FT_Fixed').  Hence  the  format-specific
-    prefixes like  `TT_', `T1_',  `T2_' and `CID_'  are only  used for
-    relevant structures.
-
-
-======================================================================
-
-OLD CHANGES FOR BETA 7
-
-  - bug-fixed the  OpenType/CFF parser.  It  now loads and displays my
-    two  fonts nicely,  but I'm  pretty certain  that more  testing is
-    needed :-)
-
-  - fixed the crummy Type 1 hinter, it now handles accented characters
-    correctly (well, the accent is  not always well placed, but that's
-    another problem..)
-
-  - added the CID-keyed Type 1 driver in `src/cid'.  Works pretty well
-    for only 13 Kb of code  ;-) Doesn't read AFM files though, nor the
-    really useful CMAP files..
-
-  - fixed  two  bugs  in  the  smooth  renderer  (src/base/ftgrays.c).
-    Thanks to Boris Letocha for spotting them and providing a fix.
-
-  - fixed potential `divide by zero' bugs in ftcalc.c.
-
-  - added source  code for  the OpenType/CFF driver  (still incomplete
-    though..)
-
-  - modified the  SFNT driver slightly  to perform more  robust header
-    checks  in TT_Load_SFNT_Header.  This prevents certain  font files
-    (e.g.  some  Type  1  Multiple  Masters)  from  being  incorrectly
-    `recognized' as TrueType font files..
-
-  - moved a lot of stuff from  the TrueType driver to the SFNT module,
-    this   allows   greater   code   re-use   between   font   drivers
-    (e.g. TrueType, OpenType, Compact-TrueType, etc..)
-
-  - added a tiny segment cache to the SFNT Charmap 4 decoder, in order
-    to minimally speed it up..
-
-  - added  support for  Multiple Master  fonts in  `type1z'.  There is
-    also a new file named  which defines functions to
-    manage them from client applications.
-
-    The new file `src/base/ftmm.c' is also optional to the engine..
-
-  - various  formatting changes (e.g.  EXPORT_DEF ->  FT_EXPORT_DEF) +
-    small bug fixes in FT_Load_Glyph, the `type1' driver, etc..
-
-  - a minor fix to the Type 1 driver to let them apply the font matrix
-    correctly (used for many oblique fonts..)
-
-  - some fixes for 64-bit systems (mainly changing some FT_TRACE calls
-    to use %p instead of %lx).  Thanks to Karl Robillard.
-
-  - fixed  some bugs  in  the sbit  loader (src/base/sfnt/ttsbit.c)  +
-    added  a new flag,  FT_LOAD_CROP_BITMAP to  query that  bitmaps be
-    cropped when  loaded from a file  (maybe I should  move the bitmap
-    cropper to the base layer ??).
-
-  - changed the default  number of gray levels of  the smooth renderer
-    to 256  (instead of  the previous 128).  Of course, the  human eye
-    can't see any difference ;-)
-
-  - removed TT_MAX_SUBGLYPHS,  there is no static limit  on the number
-    of subglyphs in a TrueType font now..
-
-
-======================================================================
-
-OLD CHANGES 16 May 2000
-
-  - tagged `BETA-6'  in the  CVS tree.  This one is a  serious release
-    candidate even though it doesn't incorporate the auto-hinter yet..
-
-  - various obsolete files were removed, and copyright header updated
-
-  - finally  updated  the  standard   raster  to  fix  the  monochrome
-    rendering bug + re-enable  support for 5-gray levels anti-aliasing
-    (suck, suck..)
-
-  - created new header files, and modified sources accordingly:
-
-     
-       - simple FreeType types, without the API
-     
-       - definition of memory-management macros
-
-  - added   the   `DSIG'   (OpenType   Digital   Signature)   tag   to
-    
-
-  - light update/cleaning of the build system + changes to the sources
-    in  order  to  get  rid  of _all_  compiler  warnings  with  three
-    compilers, i.e:
-
-    gcc with `-ansi -pedantic -Wall -W', Visual C++ with `/W3 /WX' and
-    LCC
-
-    IMPORTANT NOTE FOR WIN32-LCC USERS:
-    |
-    |  It seems the C pre-processor  that comes with LCC is broken, it
-    |  doesn't  recognize  the  ANSI  standard  directives  #  and  ##
-    |  correctly   when  one  of   the  argument  is  a  macro.  Also,
-    |  something like:
-    |
-    |     #define F(x)  print##x
-    |
-    |     F(("hello"))
-    |
-    |  will get incorrectly translated to:
-    |
-    |     print "hello")
-    |
-    |  by its pre-processor.  For this reason, you simply cannot build
-    |  FreeType 2 in debug mode with this compiler..
-
-  - yet  another massive grunt work.  I've  changed the  definition of
-    the EXPORT_DEF,  EXPORT_FUNC, BASE_DEF &  BASE_FUNC macros.  These
-    now take an argument, which is the function's return value type.
-
-    This  is necessary to  compile FreeType  as a  DLL on  Windows and
-    OS/2.  Depending on the compiler used, a compiler-specific keyword
-    like  __export or __system  must be  placed before  (VisualC++) or
-    after (BorlandC++) the type..
-
-    Of course, this needed a lot of changes throughout the source code
-    to make it compile again...  All cleaned up now, apparently..
-
-    Note also  that there is a  new EXPORT_VAR macro  defined to allow
-    the   _declaration_    of   an   exportable    public   (constant)
-    variable.  This  is  the   case  of  the  raster  interfaces  (see
-    ftraster.h and ftgrays.h), as well as each module's interface (see
-    sfdriver.h, psdriver.h, etc..)
-
-  - new feature: it  is now possible to pass  extra parameters to font
-                 drivers  when creating  a new  face object.  For now,
-                 this capability is unused.  It could however prove to
-                 be useful in a near future..
-
-      the FT_Open_Args structure was  changes, as well as the internal
-      driver interface  (the specific `init_face'  module function has
-      now a different signature).
-
-  - updated the tutorial (not finished though).
-
-  - updated the top-level BUILD  document
-
-  - fixed  a  potential memory  leak  that  could  occur when  loading
-    embedded bitmaps.
-
-  - added     the     declaration     of     FT_New_Memory_Face     in
-    , as  it was  missing from the  public header
-    (the implementation was already in `ftobjs.c').
-
-  - the file  has been seriously updated in order
-    to allow  the automatic generation  of error message tables.   See
-    the comments within it for more information.
-
-  - major directory  hierarchy re-organisation.  This was done for two
-    things:
-
-      * first,  to ease  the `manual'  compilation of  the  library by
-        requiring at lot less include paths :-)
-
-      * second,  to  allow  external  programs to  effectively  access
-        internal  data  fields.  For example,  this  can be  extremely
-        useful if  someone wants  to write a  font producer or  a font
-        manager on top of FreeType.
-
-    Basically, you  should now use  the 'freetype/' prefix  for header
-    inclusion, as in:
-
-        #include 
-        #include 
-
-    Some new include sub-directories are available:
-
-     a. the  `freetype/config' directory,  contains two files  used to
-        configure  the  build  of  the  library.  Client  applications
-        should  not need  to look  at these  normally, but they can if
-        they want.
-
-        #include 
-        #include 
-
-     b. the `freetype/internal'  directory, contains header files that
-        describes library  internals.  These are the header files that
-        were  previously  found  in  the `src/base'  and  `src/shared'
-        directories.
-
-
-    As  usual, the build  system and  the demos  have been  updated to
-    reflect the change..
-
-    Here's a layout of the new directory hierarchy:
-
-    TOP_DIR
-      include/
-         freetype/
-            freetype.h
-            ...
-            config/
-              ftoption.h
-              ftconfig.h
-              ftmodule.h
-
-            internal/
-              ftobjs.h
-              ftstream.h
-              ftcalc.h
-              ...
-
-      src/
-         base/
-            ...
-
-         sfnt/
-         psnames/
-         truetype/
-         type1/
-         type1z/
-
-
-    Compiling a module is now  much easier, for example, the following
-    should work when in the TOP_DIR directory on an ANSI build:
-
-       gcc -c -I./include -I./src/base src/base/ftbase.c
-       gcc -c -I./include -I./src/sfnt src/sfnt/sfnt.c
-       etc..
-
-    (of course, using -Iconfig/ if you provide system-specific
-     configuration files).
-
-  - updated the structure of FT_Outline_Funcs in order to allow direct
-    coordinate scaling within  the outline decomposition routine (this
-    is  important for virtual  `on' points  with TrueType  outlines) +
-    updates to the rasters to support this..
-
-  - updated  the OS/2  table  loading code  in `src/sfnt/ttload.c'  in
-    order to support version 2 of the table (see OpenType 1.2 spec)
-
-  - created  `include/tttables.h'  and  `include/t1tables.h' to  allow
-    client applications to access some of  the SFNT and T1 tables of a
-    face  with  a  procedural  interface (see  `FT_Get_Sfnt_Table')  +
-    updates to internal source files to reflect the change..
-
-  - some  cleanups in  the source  code to  get rid  of  warnings when
-    compiling with the `-Wall -W -ansi -pedantic' options in gcc.
-
-  - debugged and moved the smooth renderer to `src/base/ftgrays.c' and
-    its header to `include/ftgrays.h'
-
-  - updated TT_MAX_SUBGLYPHS  to 96 as some CJK  fonts have composites
-    with up to 80 sub-glyphs !! Thanks to Werner
-
-
-======================================================================
-
-OLD CHANGES - 14-apr-2000
-
-  - fixed  a bug  in  the  TrueType glyph  loader  that prevented  the
-    correct loading of some CJK glyphs in mingli.ttf
-
-  - improved the standard Type 1 hinter in `src/type1'
-
-  - fixed two bugs  in the experimental Type 1  driver in `src/type1z'
-    to handle the new XFree86 4.0 fonts (and a few other ones..)
-
-  - the smooth  renderer is now  complete and supports  sub-banding to
-    render large glyphs  at high speed.  However, it is still  located
-    in `demos/src/ftgrays.c' and should move to the  library itself in
-    the next  beta.  NOTE: The  smooth  renderer  doesn't  compile  in
-    stand-alone mode anymore, but this should be fixed RSN..
-
-  - introduced convenience  functions to  more easily deal  with glyph
-    images, see  `include/ftglyph.h' for more details, as  well as the
-    new  demo program  named `demos/src/ftstring.c'  that demonstrates
-    its use
-
-  - implemented  FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE in  both the  TrueType and  Type 1
-    drivers  (this  is required  by  the  auto-hinter  to improve  its
-    results).
-
-  - changed   the  raster   interface,  in   order  to   allow  client
-    applications  to   provide  their   own  span-drawing   callbacks.
-    However,   only   the   smooth   renderer   supports   this.   See
-    `FT_Raster_Params' in the file `include/ftimage.h'.
-
-  - fixed  a small bug  in FT_MulFix  that caused  incorrect transform
-    computation!
-
-  - Note: The tutorial is out-of-date.
-
-
-======================================================================
-
-OLD CHANGES - 12-mar-2000
-
-  - changed  the  layout  of  configuration  files  :  now,  all  ANSI
-    configuration         files         are         located         in
-    `freetype2/config'.  System-specific over-rides  can be  placed in
-    `freetype2/config/'.
-
-  - moved all configuration macros to `config/ftoption.h'
-
-  - improvements in the Type 1 driver with AFM support
-
-  - changed the fields  in the FT_Outline structure :  the old `flags'
-    array is re-named `tags', while all ancient flags are encoded into
-    a single unsigned int named `flags'.
-
-  - introduced     new      flags     in     FT_Outline.flags     (see
-    ft_outline_.... enums in `ftimage.h').
-
-  - changed outline functions to `FT_Outline_' syntax
-
-  - added a smooth anti-alias renderer to the demonstration programs
-
-  - added Mac graphics driver (thanks Just)
-
-  - FT_Open_Face  changed  in  order   to  received  a  pointer  to  a
-    FT_Open_Args descriptor..
-
-  - various  cleanups,  a  few  more API  functions  implemented  (see
-    FT_Attach_File)
-
-  - updated some docs
-
-
-======================================================================
-
-OLD CHANGES - 22-feb-2000
-
-  - introduced the `psnames' module.  It is used to:
-
-      o convert  a Postscript glyph  name into the  equivalent Unicode
-        character code (used by the  Type 1 driver(s) to synthesize on
-        the fly a Unicode charmap).
-
-      o provide an  interface to retrieve the Postscript  names of the
-        Macintosh,  Adobe  Standard &  Adobe  Expert character  codes.
-        (the Macintosh  names are  used by the  SFNT-module postscript
-        names support routines, while the other two tables are used by
-        the Type 1 driver(s)).
-
-  - introduced the `type1z' alternate Type 1 driver.  This is a (still
-    experimental) driver  for the Type  1 format that  will ultimately
-    replace the one  in `src/type1'.  It uses pattern matching to load
-    data from the font, instead of a finite  state analyzer.  It works
-    much better than the `old' driver with `broken' fonts.  It is also
-    much smaller (under 15 Kb).
-
-  - the  Type 1  drivers (both  in `src/type1'  and  `src/type1z') are
-    nearly  complete.  They  both  provide automatic  Unicode  charmap
-    synthesis through  the `psnames' module.  No re-encoding vector is
-    needed.  (note  that they  still  leak  memory  due to  some  code
-    missing, and I'm getting lazy).
-
-    Trivial AFM support has been added to read kerning information but
-    wasn't exactly tested as it should ;-)
-
-  - The TrueType  glyph loader has  been seriously rewritten  (see the
-    file  `src/truetype/ttgload.c'.  It is now  much, much  simpler as
-    well as  easier to read,  maintain and understand  :-) Preliminary
-    versions introduced a  memory leak that has been  reported by Jack
-    Davis, and is now fixed..
-
-  - introduced  the new  `ft_glyph_format_plotter', used  to represent
-    stroked outlines  like Windows `Vector' fonts, and  certain Type 1
-    fonts  like `Hershey'.  The corresponding  raster will  be written
-    soon.
-
-  - FT_New_Memory_Face  is  gone.  Likewise,  FT_Open_Face has  a  new
-    interface that uses a structure  to describe the input stream, the
-    driver (if required), etc..
-
-
-TODO
-
-  - Write FT_Get_Glyph_Bitmap and FT_Load_Glyph_Bitmap
-
-  - Add a function like FT_Load_Character(face, char_code, load_flags)
-    that  would   really  embed  a  call   to  FT_Get_Char_Index  then
-    FT_Load_Glyph to ease developer's work.
-
-  - Update the tutorial!
-
-  - consider adding  support for Multiple  Master fonts in the  Type 1
-    drivers.
-
-  - Test the AFM routines of the  Type 1 drivers to check that kerning
-    information is returned correctly.
-
-  - write a decent auto-gridding component  !! We need this to release
-    FreeType 2.0 gold !
-
-
-less urgent needs:
-
-  - add a CFF/Type2 driver
-  - add a BDF driver
-  - add a FNT/PCF/HBF driver
-  - add a Speedo driver from the X11 sources
-
-
-======================================================================
-
-OLDER CHANGES - 27-jan-2000
-
-  - updated the  `sfnt' module  interface to allow  several SFNT-based
-    drivers to co-exist peacefully
-
-  - updated  the `T1_Face'  type  to better  separate Postscript  font
-    content  from the  rest of  the FT_Face  structure.  Might be used
-    later by the CFF/Type2 driver..
-
-  - added an experimental replacement Type 1 driver featuring advanced
-    (and speedy) pattern matching to retrieve the data from postscript
-    fonts.
-
-  - very minor  changes in the implementation  of FT_Set_Char_Size and
-    FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes (they now implement default to lighten the font
-    driver's code).
-
-
-======================================================================
-
-OLD MESSAGE
-
-This file summarizes the changes  that occurred  since the last `beta'
-of FreeType 2. Because the list is important, it has been divided into
-separate sections:
-
-Table Of Contents:
-
-    I   High-Level Interface (easier !)
-   II   Directory Structure
-  III   Glyph Image Formats
-   IV   Build System
-    V   Portability
-   VI   Font Drivers
-
-
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-High-Level Interface:
-
-  The high-level API has been considerably simplified.  Here is how:
-
-    - resource objects have disappeared.  this means that face objects
-      can now be created with  a single function call (see FT_New_Face
-      and FT_Open_Face)
-
-    - when calling  either FT_New_Face  & FT_Open_Face, a  size object
-      and a glyph slot object  are automatically created for the face,
-      and can  be accessed  through `face->glyph' and  `face->size' if
-      one really  needs to.   In most cases,  there's no need  to call
-      FT_New_Size or FT_New_Glyph.
-
-    - similarly,  FT_Load_Glyph  now  only  takes  a  `face'  argument
-      (instead  of a  glyph  slot  and a  size).  Also,  its  `result'
-      parameter is  gone, as the glyph  image type is  returned in the
-      field `face->glyph.format'
-
-    - the list  of available  charmaps is directly  accessible through
-      `face->charmaps', counting `face->num_charmaps'  elements.  Each
-      charmap  has an  'encoding'  field which  specifies which  known
-      encoding it deals with.  Valid values are, for example:
-
-          ft_encoding_unicode      (for ASCII, Latin-1 and Unicode)
-          ft_encoding_apple_roman
-          ft_encoding_sjis
-          ft_encoding_adobe_standard
-          ft_encoding_adobe_expert
-
-      other  values may  be added  in the  future.  Each charmap still
-      holds  its `platform_id'  and `encoding_id'  values in  case the
-      encoding is too exotic for the current library
-
-
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-Directory Structure:
-
-  Should seem obvious to most of you:
-
-     freetype/
-         config/        -- configuration sub-makefiles
-            ansi/
-            unix/       -- platform-specific configuration files
-            win32/
-            os2/
-            msdos/
-
-         include/       -- public header  files, those to  be included
-                           directly by client apps
-
-         src/           -- sources of the library
-           base/        -- the base layer
-           sfnt/        -- the sfnt `driver'  (see the drivers section
-                           below)
-           truetype/    -- the truetype driver
-           type1/       -- the type1 driver
-           shared/      -- some header files shared between drivers
-
-         demos/         -- demos/tools
-
-         docs/          -- documentation (a bit empty for now)
-
-
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-Glyph Image Formats:
-
-  Drivers are now able to  register new glyph image formats within the
-  library.  For  now, the  base layer supports  of course  bitmaps and
-  vector  outlines, but  one  could imagine  something different  like
-  colored bitmaps, bi-color vectors or whatever else (Metafonts anyone
-  ??).
-
-  See  the   file  `include/ftimage.h'.   Note  also  that   the  type
-  FT_Raster_Map  is gone,  and  is now  replaced  by FT_Bitmap,  which
-  should encompass all known bitmap types.
-
-  Each new  image format  must provide at  least one `raster',  i.e. a
-  module capable of  transforming the glyph image into a bitmap.  It's
-  also possible  to change the default  raster used for  a given glyph
-  image format.
-
-  The default outline  scan-converter now uses 128 levels  of grays by
-  default,  which tends  to smooth  many  things.  Note that the  demo
-  programs have been updated significantly in order to display these..
-
-
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-Build system:
-
-  You still need  GNU Make to build the library.  The build system has
-  been very seriously re-vamped in order to provide things like :
-
-   - automatic host platform  detection (reverting to 'config/ansi' if
-     it is not detected, with pseudo-standard compilation flags)
-
-   - the ability to compile from the Makefiles with very different and
-     exotic compilers.  Note that linking the library can be difficult
-     for some platforms.
-
-     For example, the file `config/win32/lcclib.bat' is invoked by the
-     build system to create the `.lib' file with LCC-Win32 because its
-     librarian  has too  many flaws  to be  invoked directly  from the
-     Makefile.
-
-  Here's how it works:
-
-  - the first time you type `make',  the build system runs a series of
-    sub-makefiles  in order  to detect  your host  platform.  It  then
-    dumps what it found, and creates a file called `config.mk' in  the
-    current  directory.  This is a  sub-Makefile used  to  define many
-    important Make variables used to build the library.
-
-  - the second time, the build system detects the `config.mk' then use
-    it  to  build the  library.  All object  files  go  into 'obj'  by
-    default,  as well  as the  library file,  but this  can  easily be
-    changed.
-
-  Note that  you can run `make  setup' to force  another host platform
-  detection  even   if  a  `config.mk'  is  present   in  the  current
-  directory.  Another solution  is  simply to  delete  the file,  then
-  re-run make.
-
-  Finally, the  default compiler  for all platforms  is gcc  (for now,
-  this will hopefully changed in the future).  You can however specify
-  a different  compiler by specifying  it after the 'setup'  target as
-  in:
-
-      gnumake setup lcc         on Win32 to use the LCC compiler
-      gnumake setup visualc     on Win32 to use Visual C++
-
-  See  the file  `config//detect.mk' for  a list  of supported
-  compilers for your platforms.
-
-  It should be relatively easy  to write new detection rules files and
-  config.mk..
-
-  Finally, to  build the demo programs,  go to `demos'  and launch GNU
-  Make, it will use the `config.mk'  in the top directory to build the
-  test programs..
-
-
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-Portability:
-
-  In  the  previous  beta,  a  single FT_System  object  was  used  to
-  encompass  all  low-level  operations like  thread  synchronisation,
-  memory management and i/o access.  This has been greatly simplified:
-
-    - thread synchronisation  has been dropped, for  the simple reason
-      that the library  is already re-entrant, and that  if you really
-      need  two  threads accessing  the  same  FT_Library, you  should
-      really synchronize access to it yourself with a simple mutex.
-
-    - memory  management is  performed  through a  very simple  object
-      called `FT_Memory',  which really is a table  containing a table
-      of pointers to  functions like malloc, realloc and  free as well
-      as some user data (closure).
-
-    - resources have disappeared (they created more problems than they
-      solved), and  i/o management have  been simplified greatly  as a
-      result.  Streams are  defined through  FT_Stream objects,  which
-      can be either memory-based or disk-based.
-
-      Note that  each face  has its own  stream, which is  closed only
-      when  the  face object  is  destroyed.  Hence,  a function  like
-      TT_Flush_Face in 1.x cannot be directly  supported.  However, if
-      you really need something like  this, you can easily tailor your
-      own streams  to achieve the same  feature at a  lower level (and
-      use FT_Open_Face instead of FT_New_Face to create the face).
-
-  See the file  `include/ftsystem.h' for more details, as  well as the
-  implementations found in `config/unix' and `config/ansi'.
-
-
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-Font Drivers:
-
-  The  Font Driver  interface has  been modified  in order  to support
-  extensions & versioning.
-
-
-  The  list of  the font  drivers that  are statically  linked  to the
-  library at compile time is  managed through a new configuration file
-  called `config//ftmodule.h'.
-
-  This  file is  autogenerated  when  invoking  `make modules'.   This
-  target  will  parse  all  sub-directories  of  'src', looking  for a
-  `module.mk' rules  file, used  to describe  the driver to  the build
-  system.
-
-  Hence, one  should call  `make modules' each  time a font  driver is
-  added or removed from the `src' directory.
-
-  Finally, this  version  provides  a `pseudo-driver'  in  `src/sfnt'.
-  This  driver  doesn't  support  font  files  directly, but  provides
-  services used by all TrueType-like font drivers.  Hence, its code is
-  shared between  the TrueType & OpenType  font formats,  and possibly
-  more formats to come if we're lucky..
-
-
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-Extensions support:
-
-  The extensions support is inspired by the one found in 1.x.
-
-  Now, each font driver has  its own `extension registry', which lists
-  which extensions  are available  for the font  faces managed  by the
-  driver.
-
-  Extension ids are  now strings, rather than 4-byte  tags, as this is
-  usually more readable.
-
-  Each extension has:
-    - some data, associated to each face object
-    - an interface (table of function pointers)
-
-  An extension  that is format-specific should  simply register itself
-  to the correct font driver.  Here is some example code:
-
-   // Registering an extensions
-   //
-   FT_Error  FT_Init_XXXX_Extension( FT_Library  library )
-   {
-     FT_DriverInterface*  tt_driver;
-
-     driver = FT_Get_Driver( library, "truetype" );
-     if (!driver) return FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
-
-     return FT_Register_Extension( driver, &extension_class );
-   }
-
-
-   // Implementing the extensions
-   //
-   FT_Error  FT_Proceed_Extension_XXX( FT_Face  face )
-   {
-     FT_XXX_Extension            ext;
-     FT_XXX_Extension_Interface  ext_interface;
-
-     ext = FT_Get_Extension( face, "extensionid", &ext_interface );
-     if (!ext) return error;
-
-     return ext_interface->do_it(ext);
-   }
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-Copyright 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by
-David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-
-This  file  is  part  of the  FreeType  project, and may  only be  used,
-modified,  and  distributed  under  the  terms of  the FreeType  project
-license, LICENSE.TXT.   By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this
-file you  indicate that  you have  read the  license and understand  and
-accept it fully.
-
-
-Local Variables:
-version-control: never
-coding: utf-8
-End:
-
---- end of CHANGES ---
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/CUSTOMIZE b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/CUSTOMIZE
deleted file mode 100644
index 7d7d474..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/CUSTOMIZE
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,150 +0,0 @@
-How to customize the compilation of the library
-===============================================
-
-  FreeType  is highly  customizable  to fit  various  needs, and  this
-  document  describes  how  it  is  possible  to  select  options  and
-  components at compilation time.
-
-
-I. Configuration macros
-
-  The  file found  in `include/freetype/config/ftoption.h'  contains a
-  list  of  commented configuration  macros  that  can  be toggled  by
-  developers  to  indicate  which  features  should  be  active  while
-  building the library.
-
-  These  options range  from debug  level to  availability  of certain
-  features,   like  native   TrueType  hinting   through   a  bytecode
-  interpreter.
-
-  We  invite you  to read  this file  for more  information.   You can
-  change the  file's content to suit  your needs, or  override it with
-  one of the techniques described below.
-
-
-II. Modules list
-
-  If you  use GNU make  please edit the top-level  file `modules.cfg'.
-  It contains a  list of available FreeType modules  and extensions to
-  be compiled.  Change it to suit your own preferences.  Be aware that
-  certain modules  depend on  others, as described  in the  file.  GNU
-  make  uses `modules.cfg'  to  generate `ftmodule.h'  (in the  object
-  directory).
-
-  If  you don't  use  GNU make  you  have to  manually  edit the  file
-  `include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h'  (which is  *not* used  with if
-  compiled with GNU make) to  add or remove the drivers and components
-  you want  to compile into  the library.  See `INSTALL.ANY'  for more
-  information.
-
-
-III. System interface
-
-  FreeType's  default interface to  the system  (i.e., the  parts that
-  deal  with  memory  management   and  i/o  streams)  is  located  in
-  `src/base/ftsystem.c'.
-
-  The current  implementation uses standard C library  calls to manage
-  memory  and to read  font files.   It is  however possible  to write
-  custom implementations to suit specific systems.
-
-  To  tell the  GNU Make-based  build system  to use  a  custom system
-  interface, you have to  define the environment variable FTSYS_SRC to
-  point to the relevant implementation:
-
-    on Unix:
-
-      ./configure 
-      export FTSYS_SRC=foo/my_ftsystem.c
-      make
-      make install
-
-    on Windows:
-
-      make setup 
-      set FTSYS_SRC=foo/my_ftsystem.c
-      make
-
-
-IV. Overriding default configuration and module headers
-
-  It  is possible  to override  the default  configuration  and module
-  headers without  changing the original files.  There  are three ways
-  to do that:
-
-
-  1. With GNU make
-
-    [This is actually a combination of method 2 and 3.]
-
-    Just put your custom  `ftoption.h' file into the objects directory
-    (normally  `/objs'),  which  GNU  make  prefers  over  the
-    standard location.   No action is needed  for `ftmodule.h' because
-    it is generated automatically in the objects directory.
-
-
-  2. Using the C include path
-
-    Use the  C include path  to ensure that  your own versions  of the
-    files are used at compile time when the lines
-
-      #include FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
-      #include FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H
-
-    are      compiled.       Their      default      values      being
-     and , you
-    can do something like:
-
-      custom/
-        freetype/
-          config/
-            ftoption.h    => custom options header
-            ftmodule.h    => custom modules list
-
-      include/            => normal FreeType 2 include
-        freetype/
-          ...
-
-    then change the C include path to always give the path to `custom'
-    before the FreeType 2 `include'.
-
-
-  3. Redefining FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H and FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H
-
-    Another way to do the same thing is to redefine the macros used to
-    name  the configuration  headers.  To  do  so, you  need a  custom
-    `ft2build.h' whose content can be as simple as:
-
-      #ifndef __FT2_BUILD_MY_PLATFORM_H__
-      #define __FT2_BUILD_MY_PLATFORM_H__
-
-      #define FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H  
-      #define FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H  
-
-      #include 
-
-      #endif /* __FT2_BUILD_MY_PLATFORM_H__ */
-
-    Place those files in a separate directory, e.g.,
-
-      custom/
-        ft2build.h           => custom version described above
-        my-ftoption.h        => custom options header
-        my-ftmodule.h        => custom modules list header
-
-    and change  the C include path  to ensure that  `custom' is always
-    placed before the FT2 `include' during compilation.
-
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-Copyright 2003, 2005, 2006 by
-David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-
-This  file is  part of  the FreeType  project, and  may only  be used,
-modified,  and distributed  under the  terms of  the  FreeType project
-license,  LICENSE.TXT.  By  continuing to  use, modify,  or distribute
-this file you  indicate that you have read  the license and understand
-and accept it fully.
-
-
---- end of CUSTOMIZE ---
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/DEBUG b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/DEBUG
deleted file mode 100644
index 1fccc21..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/DEBUG
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,199 +0,0 @@
-Debugging within the FreeType sources
-=====================================
-
-I. Configuration macros
------------------------
-
-There  are several ways  to enable  debugging features  in a  FreeType 2
-builds.   This is controlled  through the  definition of  special macros
-located in the file `ftoptions.h'.  The macros are:
-
-
-  FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR
-
-    #define this macro  if you want to compile  the FT_ERROR macro calls
-    to  print error messages  during program  execution.  This  will not
-    stop  the  program.   Very  useful  to  spot  invalid  fonts  during
-    development and to code workarounds for them.
-
-  FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE
-
-    #define this macro  if you want to compile  both macros FT_ERROR and
-    FT_TRACE.   This also  includes the  variants  FT_TRACE0, FT_TRACE1,
-    FT_TRACE2, ..., FT_TRACE7.
-
-    The  trace  macros are  used  to  send  debugging messages  when  an
-    appropriate  `debug  level' is  configured  at  runtime through  the
-    FT2_DEBUG environment variable (more on this later).
-
-  FT_DEBUG_MEMORY
-
-    If  this macro is  #defined, the  FreeType engine  is linked  with a
-    small  but  effective  debugging  memory  manager  that  tracks  all
-    allocations and frees that are performed within the font engine.
-
-    When  the  FT2_DEBUG_MEMORY   environment  variable  is  defined  at
-    runtime,  a call  to FT_Done_FreeType  will dump  memory statistics,
-    including the list of leaked memory blocks with the source locations
-    where these were allocated.  It is always a very good idea to define
-    this in development builds.  This works with _any_ program linked to
-    FreeType, but  requires a big  deal of memory (the  debugging memory
-    manager never frees the blocks to the heap in order to detect double
-    frees).
-
-    When FT2_DEBUG_MEMORY isn't defined at runtime, the debugging memory
-    manager is ignored, and performance is unaffected.
-
-
-II. Debugging macros
---------------------
-
-Several macros can be used within the FreeType sources to help debugging
-its code:
-
-
-  1. FT_ERROR(( ... ))
-
-    This macro is  used to send debug messages  that indicate relatively
-    serious  errors (like  broken font  files),  but will  not stop  the
-    execution of  the running program.   Its code is compiled  only when
-    either FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR  or FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE are  defined in
-    `ftoption.h'.
-
-    Note that you  have to use a printf-like  signature, but with double
-    parentheses, like in
-
-      FT_ERROR(( "your %s is not %s\n", "foo", "bar" ));
-
-
-  2. FT_ASSERT( condition )
-
-    This macro  is used to check  strong assertions at  runtime.  If its
-    condition isn't TRUE,  the program will abort with  a panic message.
-    Its   code   is  compiled   when   either  FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR   or
-    FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE are defined.  You don't need double parentheses
-    here.  For example
-
-      FT_ASSERT( ptr != NULL );
-
-
-  3. FT_TRACE( level, (message...) )
-
-    The  FT_TRACE  macro  is  used  to  send  general-purpose  debugging
-    messages during  program execution.   This macro uses  an *implicit*
-    macro named FT_COMPONENT used to name the current FreeType component
-    being run.
-
-    The developer should always  define FT_COMPONENT as appropriate, for
-    example as in
-
-      #undef  FT_COMPONENT
-      #define FT_COMPONENT  trace_io
-
-    The  value  of  the  FT_COMPONENT  macro  is  an  enumeration  named
-    trace_XXXX where XXXX  is one of the component  names defined in the
-    internal file `freetype/internal/fttrace.h'.
-
-    Each  such component  is assigned  a `debug  level', ranging  from 0
-    to  7,  through  the  use  of  the  FT2_DEBUG  environment  variable
-    (described below) when a program linked with FreeType starts.
-
-    When FT_TRACE  is called, its  level is compared  to the one  of the
-    corresponding component.   Messages with trace  levels *higher* than
-    the corresponding component level are filtered and never printed.
-
-    This  means that  trace messages  with level  0 are  always printed,
-    those with level 2 are only  printed when the component level is *at
-    least* 2.
-
-    The  second  parameter  to  FT_TRACE must  contain  parentheses  and
-    correspond to a printf-like call, as in
-
-      FT_TRACE( 2, ( "your %s is not %s\n", "foo", "bar" ) )
-
-    The shortcut macros  FT_TRACE0, FT_TRACE1, FT_TRACE2, ..., FT_TRACE7
-    can be  used with  constant level indices,  and are much  cleaner to
-    use, as in
-
-     FT_TRACE2(( "your %s is not %s\n", "foo", "bar" ));
-
-
-III. Environment variables
---------------------------
-
-The  following  environment   variables  control  debugging  output  and
-behaviour of FreeType at runtime.
-
-
-  FT2_DEBUG
-
-    This   variable  is   only  used   when  FreeType   is   built  with
-    FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE defined.  It contains a list of component level
-    definitions, following this format:
-
-       component1:level1 component2:level2 component3:level3 ...
-
-    where `componentX' is the name of a tracing component, as defined in
-    `fttrace.h',  but  without the  `trace_'  prefix.   `levelX' is  the
-    corresponding level to use at runtime.
-
-    `any'  is a  special  component  name that  will  be interpreted  as
-    `any/all components'.  For example, the following definitions
-
-       set FT2_DEBUG=any:2 memory:5 io:4        (on Windows)
-       export FT2_DEBUG="any:2 memory:5 io:4"   (on Linux with bash)
-
-    both stipulate that  all components should have level  2, except for
-    the memory and io components which will be set to trace levels 5 and
-    4, respectively.
-
-
-  FT2_DEBUG_MEMORY
-
-    This  environment variable, when  defined, tells  FreeType to  use a
-    debugging memory  manager that will  track leaking memory  blocks as
-    well as other  common errors like double frees.   It is also capable
-    of  reporting  _where_  the  leaking blocks  were  allocated,  which
-    considerably saves time when debugging new additions to the library.
-
-    This  code  is  only  compiled  when  FreeType  is  built  with  the
-    FT_DEBUG_MEMORY macro  #defined in  `ftoption.h' though, it  will be
-    ignored in other builds.
-
-
-  FT2_ALLOC_TOTAL_MAX
-
-    This  variable is ignored  if FT2_DEBUG_MEMORY  is not  defined.  It
-    allows you to specify a maximum heap size for all memory allocations
-    performed by FreeType.   This is very useful to  test the robustness
-    of  the  font  engine and  programs  that  use  it in  tight  memory
-    conditions.
-
-    If it is  undefined, or if its value is  not strictly positive, then
-    no allocation bounds are checked at runtime.
-
-
-  FT2_ALLOC_COUNT_MAX
-
-    This  variable is ignored  if FT2_DEBUG_MEMORY  is not  defined.  It
-    allows  you  to  specify  a  maximum number  of  memory  allocations
-    performed    by     FreeType    before    returning     the    error
-    FT_Err_Out_Of_Memory.  This is useful  for debugging and testing the
-    engine's robustness.
-
-    If it is  undefined, or if its value is  not strictly positive, then
-    no allocation bounds are checked at runtime.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 by
-David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-
-This  file is  part  of the  FreeType  project, and  may  only be  used,
-modified,  and  distributed under  the  terms  of  the FreeType  project
-license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing  to use, modify, or distribute this
-file  you indicate that  you have  read the  license and  understand and
-accept it fully.
-
-
---- end of DEBUG ---
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/FTL.TXT b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/FTL.TXT
deleted file mode 100644
index bbaba33..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/FTL.TXT
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,169 +0,0 @@
-                    The FreeType Project LICENSE
-                    ----------------------------
-
-                            2006-Jan-27
-
-                    Copyright 1996-2002, 2006 by
-          David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg
-
-
-
-Introduction
-============
-
-  The FreeType  Project is distributed in  several archive packages;
-  some of them may contain, in addition to the FreeType font engine,
-  various tools and  contributions which rely on, or  relate to, the
-  FreeType Project.
-
-  This  license applies  to all  files found  in such  packages, and
-  which do not  fall under their own explicit  license.  The license
-  affects  thus  the  FreeType   font  engine,  the  test  programs,
-  documentation and makefiles, at the very least.
-
-  This  license   was  inspired  by  the  BSD,   Artistic,  and  IJG
-  (Independent JPEG  Group) licenses, which  all encourage inclusion
-  and  use of  free  software in  commercial  and freeware  products
-  alike.  As a consequence, its main points are that:
-
-    o We don't promise that this software works. However, we will be
-      interested in any kind of bug reports. (`as is' distribution)
-
-    o You can  use this software for whatever you  want, in parts or
-      full form, without having to pay us. (`royalty-free' usage)
-
-    o You may not pretend that  you wrote this software.  If you use
-      it, or  only parts of it,  in a program,  you must acknowledge
-      somewhere  in  your  documentation  that  you  have  used  the
-      FreeType code. (`credits')
-
-  We  specifically  permit  and  encourage  the  inclusion  of  this
-  software, with  or without modifications,  in commercial products.
-  We  disclaim  all warranties  covering  The  FreeType Project  and
-  assume no liability related to The FreeType Project.
-
-
-  Finally,  many  people  asked  us  for  a  preferred  form  for  a
-  credit/disclaimer to use in compliance with this license.  We thus
-  encourage you to use the following text:
-
-   """
-    Portions of this software are copyright ©  The FreeType
-    Project (www.freetype.org).  All rights reserved.
-   """
-
-  Please replace  with the value from the FreeType version you
-  actually use.
-
-
-Legal Terms
-===========
-
-0. Definitions
---------------
-
-  Throughout this license,  the terms `package', `FreeType Project',
-  and  `FreeType  archive' refer  to  the  set  of files  originally
-  distributed  by the  authors  (David Turner,  Robert Wilhelm,  and
-  Werner Lemberg) as the `FreeType Project', be they named as alpha,
-  beta or final release.
-
-  `You' refers to  the licensee, or person using  the project, where
-  `using' is a generic term including compiling the project's source
-  code as  well as linking it  to form a  `program' or `executable'.
-  This  program is  referred to  as  `a program  using the  FreeType
-  engine'.
-
-  This  license applies  to all  files distributed  in  the original
-  FreeType  Project,   including  all  source   code,  binaries  and
-  documentation,  unless  otherwise  stated   in  the  file  in  its
-  original, unmodified form as  distributed in the original archive.
-  If you are  unsure whether or not a particular  file is covered by
-  this license, you must contact us to verify this.
-
-  The FreeType  Project is copyright (C) 1996-2000  by David Turner,
-  Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.  All rights reserved except as
-  specified below.
-
-1. No Warranty
---------------
-
-  THE FREETYPE PROJECT  IS PROVIDED `AS IS' WITHOUT  WARRANTY OF ANY
-  KIND, EITHER  EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,  INCLUDING, BUT NOT  LIMITED TO,
-  WARRANTIES  OF  MERCHANTABILITY   AND  FITNESS  FOR  A  PARTICULAR
-  PURPOSE.  IN NO EVENT WILL ANY OF THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
-  BE LIABLE  FOR ANY DAMAGES CAUSED  BY THE USE OR  THE INABILITY TO
-  USE, OF THE FREETYPE PROJECT.
-
-2. Redistribution
------------------
-
-  This  license  grants  a  worldwide, royalty-free,  perpetual  and
-  irrevocable right  and license to use,  execute, perform, compile,
-  display,  copy,   create  derivative  works   of,  distribute  and
-  sublicense the  FreeType Project (in  both source and  object code
-  forms)  and  derivative works  thereof  for  any  purpose; and  to
-  authorize others  to exercise  some or all  of the  rights granted
-  herein, subject to the following conditions:
-
-    o Redistribution of  source code  must retain this  license file
-      (`FTL.TXT') unaltered; any  additions, deletions or changes to
-      the original  files must be clearly  indicated in accompanying
-      documentation.   The  copyright   notices  of  the  unaltered,
-      original  files must  be  preserved in  all  copies of  source
-      files.
-
-    o Redistribution in binary form must provide a  disclaimer  that
-      states  that  the software is based in part of the work of the
-      FreeType Team,  in  the  distribution  documentation.  We also
-      encourage you to put an URL to the FreeType web page  in  your
-      documentation, though this isn't mandatory.
-
-  These conditions  apply to any  software derived from or  based on
-  the FreeType Project,  not just the unmodified files.   If you use
-  our work, you  must acknowledge us.  However, no  fee need be paid
-  to us.
-
-3. Advertising
---------------
-
-  Neither the  FreeType authors and  contributors nor you  shall use
-  the name of the  other for commercial, advertising, or promotional
-  purposes without specific prior written permission.
-
-  We suggest,  but do not require, that  you use one or  more of the
-  following phrases to refer  to this software in your documentation
-  or advertising  materials: `FreeType Project',  `FreeType Engine',
-  `FreeType library', or `FreeType Distribution'.
-
-  As  you have  not signed  this license,  you are  not  required to
-  accept  it.   However,  as  the FreeType  Project  is  copyrighted
-  material, only  this license, or  another one contracted  with the
-  authors, grants you  the right to use, distribute,  and modify it.
-  Therefore,  by  using,  distributing,  or modifying  the  FreeType
-  Project, you indicate that you understand and accept all the terms
-  of this license.
-
-4. Contacts
------------
-
-  There are two mailing lists related to FreeType:
-
-    o freetype@nongnu.org
-
-      Discusses general use and applications of FreeType, as well as
-      future and  wanted additions to the  library and distribution.
-      If  you are looking  for support,  start in  this list  if you
-      haven't found anything to help you in the documentation.
-
-    o freetype-devel@nongnu.org
-
-      Discusses bugs,  as well  as engine internals,  design issues,
-      specific licenses, porting, etc.
-
-  Our home page can be found at
-
-    http://www.freetype.org
-
-
---- end of FTL.TXT ---
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/GPL.TXT b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/GPL.TXT
deleted file mode 100644
index b2fe7b6..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/GPL.TXT
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,340 +0,0 @@
-		    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
-		       Version 2, June 1991
-
- Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-     51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA
- Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
- of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
-
-			    Preamble
-
-  The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
-freedom to share and change it.  By contrast, the GNU General Public
-License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
-software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.  This
-General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
-Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
-using it.  (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
-the GNU Library General Public License instead.)  You can apply it to
-your programs, too.
-
-  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
-price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
-have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
-this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
-if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
-in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
-
-  To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
-anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
-These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
-distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
-
-  For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
-gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
-you have.  You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
-source code.  And you must show them these terms so they know their
-rights.
-
-  We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
-(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
-distribute and/or modify the software.
-
-  Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
-that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
-software.  If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
-want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
-that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
-authors' reputations.
-
-  Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
-patents.  We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
-program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
-program proprietary.  To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
-patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
-
-  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
-modification follow.
-
-		    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
-   TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
-
-  0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
-a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
-under the terms of this General Public License.  The "Program", below,
-refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
-means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
-that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
-either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
-language.  (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
-the term "modification".)  Each licensee is addressed as "you".
-
-Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
-covered by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act of
-running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
-is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
-Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
-Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
-
-  1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
-source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
-conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
-copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
-notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
-and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
-along with the Program.
-
-You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
-you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
-
-  2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
-of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
-distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
-above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
-
-    a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
-    stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
-
-    b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
-    whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
-    part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
-    parties under the terms of this License.
-
-    c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
-    when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
-    interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
-    announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
-    notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
-    a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
-    these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
-    License.  (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
-    does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
-    the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
-
-These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If
-identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
-and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
-themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
-sections when you distribute them as separate works.  But when you
-distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
-on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
-this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
-entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
-
-Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
-your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
-exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
-collective works based on the Program.
-
-In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
-with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
-a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
-the scope of this License.
-
-  3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
-under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
-Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
-
-    a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
-    source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
-    1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
-
-    b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
-    years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
-    cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
-    machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
-    distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
-    customarily used for software interchange; or,
-
-    c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
-    to distribute corresponding source code.  (This alternative is
-    allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
-    received the program in object code or executable form with such
-    an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
-
-The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
-making modifications to it.  For an executable work, complete source
-code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
-associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
-control compilation and installation of the executable.  However, as a
-special exception, the source code distributed need not include
-anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
-form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
-operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
-itself accompanies the executable.
-
-If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
-access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
-access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
-distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
-compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
-
-  4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
-except as expressly provided under this License.  Any attempt
-otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
-void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
-However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
-this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
-parties remain in full compliance.
-
-  5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
-signed it.  However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
-distribute the Program or its derivative works.  These actions are
-prohibited by law if you do not accept this License.  Therefore, by
-modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
-Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
-all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
-the Program or works based on it.
-
-  6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
-Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
-original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
-these terms and conditions.  You may not impose any further
-restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
-You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
-this License.
-
-  7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
-infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
-conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
-otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
-excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot
-distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
-License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
-may not distribute the Program at all.  For example, if a patent
-license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
-all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
-the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
-refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
-
-If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
-any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
-apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
-circumstances.
-
-It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
-patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
-such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
-integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
-implemented by public license practices.  Many people have made
-generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
-through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
-system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
-to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
-impose that choice.
-
-This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
-be a consequence of the rest of this License.
-
-  8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
-certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
-original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
-may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
-those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
-countries not thus excluded.  In such case, this License incorporates
-the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
-
-  9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
-of the General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will
-be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
-address new problems or concerns.
-
-Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Program
-specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
-later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
-either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
-Software Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of
-this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
-Foundation.
-
-  10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
-programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
-to ask for permission.  For software which is copyrighted by the Free
-Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
-make exceptions for this.  Our decision will be guided by the two goals
-of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
-of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
-
-			    NO WARRANTY
-
-  11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
-FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN
-OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
-PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
-OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
-MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS
-TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE
-PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
-REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
-
-  12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
-WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
-REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
-INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
-OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
-TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
-YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
-PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
-POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
-
-		     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
-
-	    How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
-
-  If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
-possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
-free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
-
-  To do so, attach the following notices to the program.  It is safest
-to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
-convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
-the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
-
-    
-    Copyright (C)   
-
-    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-    (at your option) any later version.
-
-    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-    GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA
-
-
-Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
-
-If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
-when it starts in an interactive mode:
-
-    Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year  name of author
-    Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
-    This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
-    under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
-
-The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
-parts of the General Public License.  Of course, the commands you use may
-be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
-mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
-
-You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
-school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
-necessary.  Here is a sample; alter the names:
-
-  Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
-  `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
-
-  , 1 April 1989
-  Ty Coon, President of Vice
-
-This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
-proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you may
-consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
-library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
-Public License instead of this License.
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL
deleted file mode 100644
index 585c4db..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
-
-There are  several ways  to build the  FreeType library,  depending on
-your system and the level of  customization you need.  Here is a short
-overview of the documentation available:
-
-
-I. Normal installation and upgrades
-===================================
-
-  1. Native TrueType Hinting
-
-    Native TrueType hinting is  disabled by default[1].  If you really
-    need it, read the file `TRUETYPE' for information.
-
-
-  2. Unix Systems (including Mac OS X, Cygwin, and MSys on Windows)
-
-    Please read *both* `UPGRADE.UNIX' and `INSTALL.UNIX' to install or
-    upgrade FreeType  2 on  a Unix system.   Note that you  *need* GNU
-    Make for automatic compilation,  since other make tools won't work
-    (this includes BSD Make).
-
-
-  3. On VMS with the `mms' build tool
-
-    See `INSTALL.VMS' for installation instructions on this platform.
-
-
-  4. Other systems using GNU Make
-
-    On non-Unix platforms,  it is possible to build  the library using
-    GNU Make  utility.  Note that  *NO OTHER MAKE TOOL  WILL WORK*[2]!
-    This  methods supports  several  compilers on  Windows, OS/2,  and
-    BeOS, including MinGW, Visual C++, Borland C++, and more.
-
-    Instructions are provided in the file `INSTALL.GNU'.
-
-
-  5. With an IDE Project File (e.g., for Visual Studio or CodeWarrior)
-
-    We provide a  small number of `project files'  for various IDEs to
-    automatically build  the library as  well.  Note that  these files
-    are  not supported  and only  sporadically maintained  by FreeType
-    developers, so don't expect them to work in each release.
-
-    To find them, have a  look at the content of the `builds/'
-    directory, where  stands for your OS or environment.
-
-
-  6. From you own IDE, or own Makefiles
-
-    If  you  want  to  create   your  own  project  file,  follow  the
-    instructions   given  in  the   `INSTALL.ANY'  document   of  this
-    directory.
-
-
-II. Custom builds of the library
-================================
-
-  Customizing the compilation  of FreeType is easy, and  allows you to
-  select only the components of  the font engine that you really need.
-  For more details read the file `CUSTOMIZE'.
-
-
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-[1] More details on:  http://www.freetype.org/patents.html
-
-[2] make++, a make tool written in Perl, has sufficient support of GNU
-    make extensions to build FreeType.  See
-
-      http://makepp.sourceforge.net
-
-    for more information; you need version 1.19 or newer, and you must
-    pass option `--norc-substitution'.
-
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-Copyright 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by
-David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-
-This  file is  part of  the FreeType  project, and  may only  be used,
-modified,  and distributed  under the  terms of  the  FreeType project
-license,  LICENSE.TXT.  By  continuing to  use, modify,  or distribute
-this file you  indicate that you have read  the license and understand
-and accept it fully.
-
-
---- end of INSTALL ---
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL.ANY b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL.ANY
deleted file mode 100644
index 06f65d7..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL.ANY
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,139 +0,0 @@
-Instructions on how to build FreeType with your own build tool
-==============================================================
-
-See  the  file `CUSTOMIZE'  to  learn  how  to customize  FreeType  to
-specific environments.
-
-
-I. Standard procedure
----------------------
-
-  * DISABLE PRE-COMPILED  HEADERS!  This is very  important for Visual
-    C++, because FreeType uses lines like:
-
-      #include FT_FREETYPE_H
-
-    which are not correctly supported by this compiler while being ISO
-    C compliant!
-
-  * You  need  to  add  the directories  `freetype2/include'  to  your
-    include path when compiling the library.
-
-  * FreeType 2 is made of  several components; each of them is located
-    in    a   subdirectory    of   `freetype2/src'.     For   example,
-    `freetype2/src/truetype/' contains the TrueType font driver.
-
-  * DO NOT COMPILE ALL C FILES!  Rather, compile the following ones.
-
-    -- base components (required)
-
-      src/base/ftsystem.c
-      src/base/ftinit.c
-      src/base/ftdebug.c
-
-      src/base/ftbase.c
-
-      src/base/ftbbox.c       -- recommended, see 
-      src/base/ftglyph.c      -- recommended, see 
-
-      src/base/ftbdf.c        -- optional, see 
-      src/base/ftbitmap.c     -- optional, see 
-      src/base/ftgxval.c      -- optional, see 
-      src/base/ftmm.c         -- optional, see 
-      src/base/ftotval.c      -- optional, see 
-      src/base/ftpfr.c        -- optional, see 
-      src/base/ftstroke.c     -- optional, see 
-      src/base/ftsynth.c      -- optional, see 
-      src/base/fttype1.c      -- optional, see 
-      src/base/ftwinfnt.c     -- optional, see 
-
-      src/base/ftmac.c        -- only on the Macintosh
-
-    -- font drivers (optional; at least one is needed)
-
-      src/bdf/bdf.c           -- BDF font driver
-      src/cff/cff.c           -- CFF/OpenType font driver
-      src/cid/type1cid.c      -- Type 1 CID-keyed font driver
-      src/pcf/pcf.c           -- PCF font driver
-      src/pfr/pfr.c           -- PFR/TrueDoc font driver
-      src/sfnt/sfnt.c         -- SFNT files support
-                                 (TrueType & OpenType)
-      src/truetype/truetype.c -- TrueType font driver
-      src/type1/type1.c       -- Type 1 font driver
-      src/type42/type42.c     -- Type 42 font driver
-      src/winfonts/winfnt.c   -- Windows FONT / FNT font driver
-
-    -- rasterizers (optional; at least one is needed for
-       vector formats)
-
-      src/raster/raster.c     -- monochrome rasterizer
-      src/smooth/smooth.c     -- anti-aliasing rasterizer
-
-    -- auxiliary modules (optional)
-
-      src/autofit/autofit.c   -- auto hinting module
-      src/cache/ftcache.c     -- cache sub-system (in beta)
-      src/gzip/ftgzip.c       -- support for compressed fonts (.gz)
-      src/lzw/ftlzw.c         -- support for compressed fonts (.Z)
-      src/gxvalid/gxvalid.c   -- TrueTypeGX/AAT table validation
-      src/otvalid/otvalid.c   -- OpenType table validation
-      src/psaux/psaux.c       -- PostScript Type 1 parsing
-      src/pshinter/pshinter.c -- PS hinting module
-      src/psnames/psnames.c   -- PostScript glyph names support
-
-
-    Notes:
-
-      `cff.c'      needs `sfnt.c', `pshinter.c', and `psnames.c'
-      `truetype.c' needs `sfnt.c' and `psnames.c'
-      `type1.c'    needs `psaux.c' `pshinter.c', and `psnames.c'
-      `type1cid.c' needs `psaux.c', `pshinter.c', and `psnames.c'
-      `type42.c'   needs `truetype.c'
-
-
-  Read the file `CUSTOMIZE' in case  you want to compile only a subset
-  of  the  drivers,  renderers,   and  optional  modules;  a  detailed
-  description of the various base  extension is given in the top-level
-  file `modules.cfg'.
-
-  You are done.  In case of problems, see the archives of the FreeType
-  development mailing list.
-
-
-II. Support for flat-directory compilation
-------------------------------------------
-
-  It is  possible to  put all  FreeType 2 source  files into  a single
-  directory, with the *exception* of the `include' hierarchy.
-
-  1. Copy all files in current directory
-
-      cp freetype2/src/base/*.[hc] .
-      cp freetype2/src/raster1/*.[hc] .
-      cp freetype2/src/smooth/*.[hc] .
-      etc.
-
-  2. Compile sources
-
-      cc -c -Ifreetype2/include ftsystem.c
-      cc -c -Ifreetype2/include ftinit.c
-      cc -c -Ifreetype2/include ftdebug.c
-      cc -c -Ifreetype2/include ftbase.c
-      etc.
-
-    You don't  need to define  the FT_FLAT_COMPILATION macro  (as this
-    was required in previous releases of FreeType 2).
-
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-Copyright 2003, 2005, 2006 by
-David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-
-This  file is  part of  the FreeType  project, and  may only  be used,
-modified,  and distributed  under the  terms of  the  FreeType project
-license,  LICENSE.TXT.  By  continuing to  use, modify,  or distribute
-this file you  indicate that you have read  the license and understand
-and accept it fully.
-
-
---- end of INSTALL.ANY ---
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL.CROSS b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL.CROSS
deleted file mode 100644
index 1a0c00c..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL.CROSS
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,135 +0,0 @@
-This document contains instructions on how to cross-build the FreeType
-library on Unix systems, for example, building binaries for Linux/MIPS
-on  FreeBSD/i386.   Before   reading  this  document,  please  consult
-INSTALL.UNIX for required tools and the basic self-building procedure.
-
-
-  1. Required Tools
-  -----------------
-
-    For self-building the FreeType library  on a Unix system, GNU Make
-    3.78.1 or  newer is required.  INSTALL.UNIX contains  hints how to
-    check the installed `make'.
-
-    The GNU C  compiler to cross-build the target  system is required.
-    At present, using non-GNU cross compiler is not tested.  The cross
-    compiler is  expected to be  installed with a system  prefix.  For
-    example, if  your building system  is FreeBSD/i386 and  the target
-    system is Linux/MIPS, the  cross compiler should be installed with
-    the name `mips-ip22-linuxelf-gcc'.
-
-    A C  compiler for a self-build  is required also, to  build a tool
-    that  is executed  during  the building  procedure.  Non-GNU  self
-    compilers are acceptable, but such a setup is not tested yet.
-
-
-  2. Configuration
-  ----------------
-
-    2.1. Building and target system
-
-      To configure for  cross-build, the options `--host=' and
-      `--build=' must be passed to configure.  For example, if
-      your building  system is FreeBSD/i386  and the target  system is
-      Linux/MIPS, say
-
-        ./configure \
-          --build=i386-unknown-freebsd \
-          --host=mips-ip22-linuxelf \
-          [other options]
-
-      It should  be noted that `--host='  specifies the system
-      where the built binaries will  be executed, not the system where
-      the build actually happens.   Older versions of GNU autoconf use
-      the option  pair `--host=' and `--target='.  This  is broken and
-      doesn't work.  Similarly, an explicit CC specification like
-
-        env CC=mips-ip22-linux-gcc ./configure
-
-      or
-
-        env CC=/usr/local/mips-ip22-linux/bin/gcc ./configure
-
-      doesn't   work  either;  such   a  configuration   confuses  the
-      `configure' script while  trying to find the cross  and native C
-      compilers.
-
-
-    2.2. The prefix to install FreeType2
-
-      Setting `--prefix='  properly is important.   The prefix
-      to install FreeType2 is  written into the freetype-config script
-      and freetype2.pc configuration file.
-
-      If  the built  FreeType  2 library  is  used as  a  part of  the
-      cross-building system,  the prefix  is expected to  be different
-      from the self-building  system.  For example, configuration with
-      `--prefix=/usr/local'  installs binaries  into  the system  wide
-      `/usr/local'  directory  which  then  can't be  executed.   This
-      causes confusion in configuration  of all applications which use
-      FreeType2.   Instead,  use a  prefix to install  the cross-build
-      into     a     separate     system    tree,     for     example,
-      `--prefix=/usr/local/mips-ip22-linux/'.
-
-      On the other  hand, if the built FreeType2 is used  as a part of
-      the target system, the prefix to install should reflect the file
-      system structure of the target system.
-
-
-  3. Building command
-  -------------------
-
-    If  the  configuration  finishes successfully,  invoking  GNU make
-    builds FreeType2.  Just say
-
-      make
-
-    or
-
-      gmake
-
-    depending on the name the GNU make binary actually has.
-
-
-  4. Installation
-  ---------------
-
-    Saying
-
-      make install
-
-    as usual to install FreeType2 into the directory tree specified by
-    the argument of the `--prefix' option.
-
-    As noted in section 2.2,  FreeType2  is sometimes configured to be
-    installed  into the  system directory  of the  target  system, and
-    should  not be installed  in the  cross-building system.   In such
-    cases, the  make variable `DESTDIR'  is useful to change  the root
-    directory in the installation.  For example, after
-
-      make DESTDIR=/mnt/target_system_root/ install
-
-    the built FreeType2 library files are installed into the directory
-    `/mnt/target_system_root//lib'.
-
-
-  5. TODO
-  -------
-
-    Cross building between Cygwin (or MSys) and Unix must be tested.
-
-
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-Copyright 2006 by suzuki toshiya
-David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-
-
-This  file is  part of  the FreeType  project, and  may only  be used,
-modified,  and distributed  under the  terms of  the  FreeType project
-license,  LICENSE.TXT.  By  continuing to  use, modify,  or distribute
-this file you  indicate that you have read  the license and understand
-and accept it fully.
-
-
---- end of INSTALL.CROSS ---
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL.GNU b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL.GNU
deleted file mode 100644
index 7b588cb..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL.GNU
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,159 +0,0 @@
-This document contains instructions  how to build the FreeType library
-on non-Unix systems  with the help of GNU Make.  Note  that if you are
-running Cygwin or MSys in  Windows, you should follow the instructions
-in the file INSTALL.UNIX instead.
-
-
-  FreeType 2 includes a powerful and flexible build system that allows
-  you to  easily compile it on  a great variety of  platforms from the
-  command line.  To do so, just follow these simple instructions.
-
-  1. Install GNU Make
-  -------------------
-
-    Because  GNU Make  is  the  only Make  tool  supported to  compile
-    FreeType 2, you should install it on your machine.
-
-    The FreeType 2 build system relies on many features special to GNU
-    Make.
-
-    NEARLY ALL OTHER MAKE TOOLS  FAIL, INCLUDING `BSD MAKE', SO REALLY
-    INSTALL A RECENT VERSION OF GNU MAKE ON YOUR SYSTEM!
-
-    Note that  make++, a  make tool written  in Perl,  supports enough
-    features of GNU make to compile FreeType.  See
-
-      http://makepp.sourceforge.net
-
-    for more information; you need version 1.19 or newer, and you must
-    pass option `--norc-substitution'.
-
-    Make sure that you are invoking GNU Make from the command line, by
-    typing something like:
-
-      make -v
-
-    to display its version number.
-
-    VERSION 3.78.1 OR NEWER IS NEEDED!
-
-
-  2. Invoke `make'
-  ----------------
-
-    Go to  the root  directory of FreeType  2, then simply  invoke GNU
-    Make from the command line.   This will launch the FreeType 2 host
-    platform  detection routines.   A summary  will be  displayed, for
-    example, on Win32.
-
-
-      ==============================================================
-      FreeType build system -- automatic system detection
-
-      The following settings are used:
-
-        platform                     win32
-        compiler                     gcc
-        configuration directory      .\builds\win32
-        configuration rules          .\builds\win32\w32-gcc.mk
-
-      If this does not correspond to your system or settings please
-      remove the file 'config.mk' from this directory then read the
-      INSTALL file for help.
-
-      Otherwise, simply type 'make' again to build the library
-      or 'make refdoc' to build the API reference (the latter needs
-      python).
-      =============================================================
-
-
-    If the detected settings correspond to your platform and compiler,
-    skip to step 5.  Note that if your platform is completely alien to
-    the build system, the detected platform will be `ansi'.
-
-
-  3. Configure the build system for a different compiler
-  ------------------------------------------------------
-
-    If the build system correctly detected your platform, but you want
-    to use a different compiler  than the one specified in the summary
-    (for most platforms, gcc is the default compiler), invoke GNU Make
-    with
-
-      make setup 
-
-    Examples:
-
-      to use Visual C++ on Win32, type:  `make setup visualc'
-      to use Borland C++ on Win32, type  `make setup bcc32'
-      to use Watcom C++ on Win32, type   `make setup watcom'
-      to use Intel C++ on Win32, type    `make setup intelc'
-      to use LCC-Win32 on Win32, type:   `make setup lcc'
-      to use Watcom C++ on OS/2, type    `make setup watcom'
-      to use VisualAge C++ on OS/2, type `make setup visualage'
-
-    The   name to  use is  platform-dependent.  The  list of
-    available  compilers for  your  system is  available  in the  file
-    `builds//detect.mk'.
-
-    If you  are satisfied  by the new  configuration summary,  skip to
-    step 5.
-
-
-  4. Configure the build system for an unknown platform/compiler
-  --------------------------------------------------------------
-
-    The auto-detection/setup  phase of the build system  copies a file
-    to the current directory under the name `config.mk'.
-
-    For    example,    on    OS/2+gcc,    it   would    simply    copy
-    `builds/os2/os2-gcc.mk' to `./config.mk'.
-
-    If for  some reason your  platform isn't correctly  detected, copy
-    manually the configuration sub-makefile to `./config.mk' and go to
-    step 5.
-
-    Note  that  this file  is  a  sub-Makefile  used to  specify  Make
-    variables  for compiler  and linker  invocation during  the build.
-    You can  easily create your own  version from one  of the existing
-    configuration files,  then copy it to the  current directory under
-    the name `./config.mk'.
-
-
-  5. Build the library
-  --------------------
-
-    The auto-detection/setup  phase should have  copied a file  in the
-    current  directory,  called  `./config.mk'.   This  file  contains
-    definitions of various Make  variables used to invoke the compiler
-    and linker during the build.  [It has also generated a file called
-    `ftmodule.h'   in  the  objects   directory  (which   is  normally
-    `/objs/');  please read  the  file `docs/CUSTOMIZE'  for
-    customization of FreeType.]
-
-    To  launch  the build,  simply  invoke  GNU  Make again:  The  top
-    Makefile will detect the configuration file and run the build with
-    it.
-
-
-  Final note
-
-    The build  system builds a  statically linked library of  the font
-    engine in the  `objs' directory.  It does _not_  support the build
-    of  DLLs on  Windows and  OS/2.  If  you need  these, you  have to
-    either   use  an   IDE-specific  project   file,  or   follow  the
-    instructions in `INSTALL.ANY' to create your own Makefiles.
-
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-Copyright 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 by
-David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-
-This  file is  part of  the FreeType  project, and  may only  be used,
-modified,  and distributed  under the  terms of  the  FreeType project
-license,  LICENSE.TXT.  By  continuing to  use, modify,  or distribute
-this file you  indicate that you have read  the license and understand
-and accept it fully.
-
-
---- end of INSTALL.GNU ---
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL.MAC b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL.MAC
deleted file mode 100644
index 42bb0d8..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL.MAC
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-Please follow the instructions  in INSTALL.UNIX to install FreeType on
-Mac OS X.
-
-Currently FreeType2 functions based on some deprecated Carbon APIs
-return FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature always, even if FreeType2 is
-configured and built on the system that deprecated Carbon APIs are
-available. To enable deprecated FreeType2 functions as far as possible,
-replace src/base/ftmac.c by builds/mac/ftmac.c.
-
-Starting with Mac OS X 10.5, gcc defaults the deployment target
-to 10.5. In previous versions of Mac OS X, this defaulted to 10.1.
-If you want your built binaries to run only on 10.5, this change
-does not concern you.  If you want them to also run on older versions
-of Mac OS X, then you must either set the MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET
-environment variable or pass -mmacosx-version-min to gcc. You should
-specify the oldest version of Mac OS you want the code to run on.
-For example, if you use Bourne shell:
-
-	export MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET=10.2
-
-or, if you use C shell:
-
-	setenv MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET 10.2
-
-Alternatively, you could pass "-mmacosx-version-min=10.2" to gcc.
-
-Here the number 10.2 is the lowest version that the built binaries
-can run on. In the cases in above, the built binaries will run on
-Mac OS X 10.2 and later, but _not_ earlier. If you want to run on
-earlier, you have to set lower version, e.g. 10.0.
-
-For classic Mac OS (Mac OS 7, 8, 9) please refer to builds/mac/README.
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL.UNIX b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL.UNIX
deleted file mode 100644
index 3ddfb8e..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL.UNIX
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
-This  document contains  instructions  on how  to  build the  FreeType
-library on Unix  systems.  This also works for  emulations like Cygwin
-or MSys on Win32:
-
-
-  1. Ensure that you are using GNU Make
-  -------------------------------------
-
-    The FreeType build system  _exclusively_ works with GNU Make.  You
-    will  not be  able to  compile the  library with  the instructions
-    below using any other alternative (including BSD Make).
-
-    Check that you have GNU make by running the command:
-
-       make -v
-
-    This should dump some text that begins with:
-
-       GNU Make  
-       Copyright (C)  Free Software Foundation Inc.
-
-    Note that version 3.78.1 or higher is *required* or the build will
-    fail.
-
-    It is also fine to have GNU Make under another name (e.g. 'gmake')
-    if you use the GNUMAKE variable as described below.
-
-    As  a  special exception,  'makepp'  can  also  be used  to  build
-    FreeType 2.  See the file docs/MAKEPP for details.
-
-
-  2. Regenerate the configure script if needed
-  --------------------------------------------
-
-    This only applies if you  are building a CVS snapshot or checkout,
-    *not* if you grabbed the sources of an official release.
-
-    You  need  to invoke  the  `autogen.sh'  script  in the  top-level
-    directory  in order  to  create the  `configure'  script for  your
-    platform.  Normally, this simply means typing:
-
-      sh autogen.sh
-
-    In case of problems, you  may need to install or upgrade Automake,
-    Autoconf or  Libtool.  See  README.CVS in the  top-level directory
-    for more information.
-
-
-  3. Build and install the library
-  --------------------------------
-
-    The following  should work  on all Unix  systems where  the `make'
-    command invokes GNU Make:
-
-      ./configure [options]
-      make
-      make install           (as root)
-
-    The default installation path  is `/usr/local'.  It can be changed
-    with the `--prefix=' option.  Example:
-
-      ./configure --prefix=/usr
-
-    When using a different command to invoke GNU Make, use the GNUMAKE
-    variable.  For example,  if `gmake' is the command  to use on your
-    system, do something like:
-
-       GNUMAKE=gmake ./configure [options]
-       gmake
-       gmake install            (as root)
-
-    If  this still doesn't  work, there  must be  a problem  with your
-    system (e.g., you are using a very old version of GNU Make).
-
-    It  is possible  to  compile FreeType  in  a different  directory.
-    Assuming the FreeType source  files in directory `/src/freetype' a
-    compilation in directory `foo' works as follows:
-
-      cd foo
-      /src/freetype/configure [options]
-      make
-      make install
-
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-Copyright 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by
-David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-
-This  file is  part of  the FreeType  project, and  may only  be used,
-modified,  and distributed  under the  terms of  the  FreeType project
-license,  LICENSE.TXT.  By  continuing to  use, modify,  or distribute
-this file you  indicate that you have read  the license and understand
-and accept it fully.
-
-
---- end of INSTALL.UNIX ---
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL.VMS b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL.VMS
deleted file mode 100644
index 994e566..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL.VMS
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-How to build the freetype2 library on VMS
------------------------------------------
-
-It is actually very  straightforward to install the Freetype2 library.
-Just  execute vms_make.com from  the toplevel  directory to  build the
-library.  This procedure currently accepts the following options:
-
-DEBUG
-  Build the library with debug information and without optimization.
-
-lopts=
-  Options to pass to the link command e.g. lopts=/traceback
-
-ccopt=
-  Options to pass to the C compiler e.g. ccopt=/float=ieee
-
-In case you did download the demos, place them in a separate directory
-sharing the same toplevel as the directory of Freetype2 and follow the
-same  instructions as  above  for  the demos  from  there.  The  build
-process relies on this to figure the location of the Freetype2 include
-files.
-
-
-To rebuild  the  sources it is necessary to  have MMS/MMK installed on
-the system.
-
-The library is available in the directory
-
-  [.LIB]
-
-To  compile applications  using  FreeType  2 you  have  to define  the
-logical FREETYPE pointing to the directory
-
-  [.INCLUDE.FREETYPE]
-
-i.e., if  the directory in which  this INSTALL.VMS file  is located is
-$disk:[freetype] then define the logical with
-
-  define freetype $disk:[freetype.include.freetype]
-
-This version has  been tested with Compaq C  V6.2-006 on OpenVMS Alpha
-V7.2-1.
-
-
-  Any problems can be reported to
-
-    Jouk Jansen  or
-    Martin P.J. Zinser 
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-Copyright 2000, 2004 by
-David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-
-This  file  is  part  of the  FreeType  project, and may  only be  used,
-modified,  and  distributed  under  the  terms of  the FreeType  project
-license, LICENSE.TXT.   By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this
-file you  indicate that  you have  read the  license and understand  and
-accept it fully.
-
-
---- end of INSTALL.VMS ---
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/LICENSE.TXT b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/LICENSE.TXT
deleted file mode 100644
index 102a03d..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/LICENSE.TXT
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-
-The  FreeType 2  font  engine is  copyrighted  work and  cannot be  used
-legally  without a  software license.   In  order to  make this  project
-usable  to a vast  majority of  developers, we  distribute it  under two
-mutually exclusive open-source licenses.
-
-This means  that *you* must choose  *one* of the  two licenses described
-below, then obey  all its terms and conditions when  using FreeType 2 in
-any of your projects or products.
-
-  - The FreeType License, found in  the file `FTL.TXT', which is similar
-    to the original BSD license *with* an advertising clause that forces
-    you  to  explicitly cite  the  FreeType  project  in your  product's
-    documentation.  All  details are in the license  file.  This license
-    is  suited  to products  which  don't  use  the GNU  General  Public
-    License.
-
-  - The GNU  General Public License  version 2, found in  `GPL.TXT' (any
-    later version can be used  also), for programs which already use the
-    GPL.  Note  that the  FTL is  incompatible with the  GPL due  to its
-    advertisement clause.
-
-The contributed PCF driver comes with a license similar to that of the X
-Window System.   It is  compatible to the  above two licenses  (see file
-src/pcf/readme).
-
-
---- end of LICENSE.TXT ---
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/MAKEPP b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/MAKEPP
deleted file mode 100644
index 58eaf55..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/MAKEPP
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
-As a special  exception, FreeType can also be  built with the 'makepp'
-build tool, available from http://makepp.sourceforge.net.
-
-Note, however. that  you will need at least version  1.19 and pass the
-option --norc-substitution to have it work correctly.
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/PATENTS b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/PATENTS
deleted file mode 100644
index f36778b..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/PATENTS
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-
-                    FreeType Patents Disclaimer
-                            August 1999
-
-
-
-WE HAVE  DISCOVERED THAT APPLE  OWNS SEVERAL PATENTS RELATED  TO THE
-RENDERING OF TRUETYPE  FONTS.  THIS COULD MEAN THAT  THE FREE USE OF
-FREETYPE  MIGHT BE  ILLEGAL IN  THE USA,  JAPAN, AND  POSSIBLY OTHER
-COUNTRIES, BE IT IN PROPRIETARY OR FREE SOFTWARE PRODUCTS.
-
-FOR  MORE DETAILS,  WE STRONGLY  ADVISE YOU  TO GO  TO  THE FREETYPE
-PATENTS PAGE AT THE FOLLOWING WEB ADDRESS:
-
-                http://www.freetype.org/patents.html
-
-WE WILL NOT PLACE INFORMATION IN THIS FILE AS THE SITUATION IS STILL
-UNDETERMINED FOR NOW.  AT THE  TIME THESE LINES ARE WRITTEN, WE HAVE
-CONTACTED APPLE'S  LEGAL DEPARTMENT AND ARE STILL  WAITING FOR THEIR
-ANSWER ON THE SUBJECT.
-
-PLEASE READ  THE `INSTALL' FILE TO  SEE HOW TO  DISABLE THE ENGINE'S
-BYTECODE INTERPRETER IN ORDER TO  BUILD A PATENT-FREE ENGINE, AT THE
-COST OF RENDERING QUALITY.
-
-
---- end of PATENTS ---
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/PROBLEMS b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/PROBLEMS
deleted file mode 100644
index 9b59896..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/PROBLEMS
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
-This  file describes various  problems that  have been  encountered in
-compiling,  installing  and   running  FreeType  2.   Suggestions  for
-additions or other improvements to this file are welcome.
-
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-Running Problems
-================
-
-
-* Some Type 1, Multiple Masters, and CID-keyed PostScript fonts aren't
-  handled correctly.
-
------
-
-Of course,  there might be  bugs in FreeType,  but some fonts based on
-the  PostScript  format can't  behandled indeed.  The  reason  is that
-FreeType  doesn't contain a full  PostScript  interpreter  but applies
-pattern matching instead.  In case a font doesn't follow the  standard
-structure of the given font format, FreeType fails.  A typical example
-is Adobe's `Optima'  font family which  contains extra code  to switch
-between low and high resolution versions of the glyphs.
-
-It might be  possible to patch  FreeType in  some situations,  though.
-Please report failing fonts so that we investigate the problem and set
-up a list of such problematic fonts.
-
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-Compilation Problems
-====================
-
-
-* I get an `internal compilation error' (ICE) while compiling FreeType
-  2.2.1 with Intel C++.
-
-  This has been reported for the following compiler version:
-
-    Intel(R) C++ Compiler for 32-bit applications,
-      Version 9.0 Build 20050430Z Package ID: W_CC_P_9.0.019
-
------
-
-The best solution is to update the compiler to version
-
-  Intel(R) C++ Compiler for 32-bit applications,
-    Version 9.1 Build 20060323Z Package ID: W_CC_P_9.1.022
-
-or newer.  If this isn't feasible, apply the following patch.
-
-
---- src/cache/ftcbasic.c 20 Mar 2006 12:10:24 -0000 1.20
-+++ src/cache/ftcbasic.c.patched 15 May 2006 02:51:02 -0000
-@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@
-   */
-
-   FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
--  const FTC_IFamilyClassRec  ftc_basic_image_family_class =
-+  FTC_IFamilyClassRec  ftc_basic_image_family_class =
-   {
-     {
-       sizeof ( FTC_BasicFamilyRec ),
-@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@
-
-
-   FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
--  const FTC_GCacheClassRec  ftc_basic_image_cache_class =
-+  FTC_GCacheClassRec  ftc_basic_image_cache_class =
-   {
-     {
-       ftc_inode_new,
-
-
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
---- end of PROBLEMS ---
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/TODO b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/TODO
deleted file mode 100644
index be60d6f..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/TODO
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-Here is a list of items that need to be addressed in FreeType 2
----------------------------------------------------------------
-
-* Implement stem3/counter hints properly in the Postscript hinter.
-
-* Add CIDCMap support to the CID driver.
-
-* Add track kerning support to the PFR driver.
-
-* Add kerning (AFM file) support to the CID driver.
-
-
-Here is a list of bugs which should be handled
-----------------------------------------------
-
-Other bugs have been registered at the savannah bugzilla of FreeType.
-
-* CID driver:
-    Handle the case where a CID font has a top-level font matrix also
-    (see PLRM, 5.11.3, Type 0 CIDFonts).  Since CID_FaceInfoRec lacks
-    a font_matrix entry we have to directly apply it to all subfont
-    matrices.
-
-* CID driver:
-    Use top-level font matrix entry for setting the upem value, not the
-    entries in the FDarray.  If absent, use 1000.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-Copyright 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by
-David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-
-This  file  is  part  of the  FreeType  project, and may  only be  used,
-modified,  and  distributed  under  the  terms of  the FreeType  project
-license, LICENSE.TXT.   By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this
-file you  indicate that  you have  read the  license and understand  and
-accept it fully.
-
-
---- end of TODO ---
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/TRUETYPE b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/TRUETYPE
deleted file mode 100644
index 3e1614a..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/TRUETYPE
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-How to enable the TrueType native hinter if you need it
--------------------------------------------------------
-
-  The TrueType  bytecode interpreter is disabled in  all public releases
-  of the FreeType packages for patents reasons; see
-
-    http://www.freetype.org/patents.html
-
-  for more details.
-
-  However,  many Linux distributions  do enable  the interpreter  in the
-  FreeType packages (DEB/RPM/etc.) they produce for their platforms.  If
-  you are using TrueType fonts on your system, you most probably want to
-  enable it manually by doing the following:
-
-    - open the file `include/freetype/config/ftoption.h'
-
-    - locate a line that says:
-
-        /* #define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER */
-
-    - change it to:
-
-        #define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
-
-  These steps must be done _before_ compiling the library.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-Copyright 2003, 2005, 2006 by
-David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-
-This  file is  part  of the  FreeType  project, and  may  only be  used,
-modified,  and  distributed under  the  terms  of  the FreeType  project
-license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing  to use, modify, or distribute this
-file  you indicate that  you have  read the  license and  understand and
-accept it fully.
-
-
---- end of TRUETYPE ---
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/UPGRADE.UNIX b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/UPGRADE.UNIX
deleted file mode 100644
index 48c746d..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/UPGRADE.UNIX
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,137 +0,0 @@
-
-SPECIAL NOTE FOR UNIX USERS
-===========================
-
-  If  you are  installing  this release  of  FreeType on  a system  that
-  already uses  release 2.0.5  (or even an  older version), you  have to
-  perform a few special steps to ensure that everything goes well.
-
-
-  1. Enable the TrueType bytecode hinter if you need it
-  -----------------------------------------------------
-
-    See the instructions in the file `TRUETYPE' of this directory.
-
-    Note  that FreeType  supports  TrueType fonts  without the  bytecode
-    interpreter through its  auto-hinter, which now generates relatively
-    good results with most fonts.
-
-
-  2. Determine the correct installation path
-  ------------------------------------------
-
-    By   default,  the   configure  script   installs  the   library  in
-    `/usr/local'.   However,  many Unix  distributions  now install  the
-    library  in `/usr',  since FreeType  is becoming  a  critical system
-    component.
-
-    If FreeType is already installed on your system, type
-
-      freetype-config --prefix
-
-    on  the command  line.   This should  return  the installation  path
-    (e.g.,  `/usr'  or `/usr/local').   To  avoid  problems of  parallel
-    FreeType  versions, use  this path  for the  --prefix option  of the
-    configure script.
-
-    Otherwise, simply use `/usr' (or  whatever you think is adequate for
-    your installation).
-
-
-  3. Ensure that you are using GNU Make
-  -------------------------------------
-
-    The FreeType build  system _exclusively_ works with GNU  Make (as an
-    exception you  can use make++ which emulates  GNU Make sufficiently;
-    see http://makepp.sourceforge.net).  You will not be able to compile
-    the library with the  instructions below using any other alternative
-    (including BSD Make).
-
-    Trying to  compile the library with  a different Make  tool prints a
-    message like:
-
-      Sorry, GNU make is required to build FreeType2.
-
-    and the build process is aborted.  If this happens, install GNU Make
-    on your system, and use the GNUMAKE environment variable to name it.
-
-
-  4. Build and install the library
-  --------------------------------
-
-    The  following should  work on  all  Unix systems  where the  `make'
-    command invokes GNU Make:
-
-      ./configure --prefix=
-      make
-      make install           (as root)
-
-    where `' must be replaced  by the prefix returned by the
-    `freetype-config' command.
-
-    When using a  different command to invoke GNU  Make, use the GNUMAKE
-    variable.  For  example, if  `gmake' is the  command to use  on your
-    system, do something like:
-
-      GNUMAKE=gmake ./configure --prefix=
-      gmake
-      gmake install            (as root)
-
-
-  5. Take care of XFree86 version 4
-  ---------------------------------
-
-    Certain Linux  distributions install _several_  versions of FreeType
-    on your  system.  For example, on  a fresh Mandrake  8.1 system, you
-    can find the following files:
-
-      /usr/lib/libfreetype.so             which links to
-      /usr/lib/libfreetype.6.1.0.so
-
-    and
-
-      /usr/X11R6/lib/libfreetype.so       which links to
-      /usr/X11R6/lib/libfreetype.6.0.so
-
-    Note that  these files  correspond to two  distinct versions  of the
-    library!  It seems that this  surprising issue is due to the install
-    scripts of  recent XFree86 servers (from 4.1.0)  which install their
-    own (dated) version of the library in `/usr/X11R6/lib'.
-
-    In certain  _rare_ cases  you may experience  minor problems  if you
-    install this  release of  the library in  `/usr' only,  namely, that
-    certain applications do not benefit from the bug fixes and rendering
-    improvements you would expect.
-
-    There are two good ways to deal with this situation:
-
-      - Install the library _twice_,  in `/usr' and in `/usr/X11R6' (you
-        have to  do that  each time you  install a new  FreeType release
-        though).
-
-      - Change the link in /usr/X11R6/lib/libfreetype.so to point to
-
-          /usr/lib/libfreetype.so,
-
-        and get rid of
-
-          /usr/X11R6/lib/libfreetype.6.0.so
-
-    The FreeType  Team is  not responsible for  this problem,  so please
-    contact  either   the  XFree86   development  team  or   your  Linux
-    distributor to help  clear this issue in case  the information given
-    here doesn't help.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-Copyright 2003, 2005 by
-David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-
-This  file is  part  of the  FreeType  project, and  may  only be  used,
-modified,  and  distributed under  the  terms  of  the FreeType  project
-license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing  to use, modify, or distribute this
-file  you indicate that  you have  read the  license and  understand and
-accept it fully.
-
-
----- end of UPGRADE.UNIX ---
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/VERSION.DLL b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/VERSION.DLL
deleted file mode 100644
index 5275431..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/VERSION.DLL
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,132 +0,0 @@
-Due  to our  use of  `libtool' to  generate and  install the  FreeType 2
-libraries on  Unix systems,  as well as  other historical events,  it is
-generally very  difficult to  know precisely which  release of  the font
-engine is installed on a given system.
-
-This file tries  to explain why and to document  ways to properly detect
-FreeType on Unix.
-
-
-1. Version and Release numbers
-------------------------------
-
-For each new  public release of FreeType 2,  there are generally *three*
-distinct `version' numbers to consider:
-
-  * The official FreeType 2 release number, like 2.0.9 or 2.1.3.
-
-  * The libtool (and Unix) specific version number, like 9.2.3.  This is
-    what `freetype-config --version' returns.
-
-  * The platform-specific  shared object  number, used for  example when
-    the library is installed as `/usr/lib/libfreetype.so.6.3.2'.
-
-The platform-specific  number is, unsurprisingly,  platform-specific and
-varies  with the  operating system  you are  using (several  variants of
-Linux, FreeBSD,  Solaris, etc.).  You  should thus _never_ use  it, even
-for simple tests.
-
-The libtool-specific  number does  not equal the  release number  but is
-tied to it.
-
-The release number is available  at *compile* time through the following
-macros defined in FT_FREETYPE_H:
-
-  - FREETYPE_MAJOR: major release number
-  - FREETYPE_MINOR: minor release number
-  - FREETYPE_PATCH: patch release number
-
-See below for a small autoconf fragment.
-
-The  release   number  is  also  available  at   *runtime*  through  the
-`FT_Library_Version' API.   Unfortunately, this one  wasn't available or
-working correctly before the 2.1.3 official release.
-
-
-2. History
-----------
-
-The following table gives,  for each official release, the corresponding
-libtool  number, as well  as the  shared object  number found  on _most_
-systems, but not all of them:
-
-
-    release    libtool      so
-  -------------------------------
-     2.3.6      9.17.3    6.3.17
-     2.3.5      9.16.3    6.3.16
-     2.3.4      9.15.3    6.3.15
-     2.3.3      9.14.3    6.3.14
-     2.3.2      9.13.3    6.3.13
-     2.3.1      9.12.3    6.3.12
-     2.3.0      9.11.3    6.3.11
-     2.2.1      9.10.3    6.3.10
-     2.2.0      9.9.3     6.3.9
-     2.1.10     9.8.3     6.3.8
-     2.1.9      9.7.3     6.3.7
-     2.1.8      9.6.3     6.3.6
-     2.1.7      9.5.3     6.3.5
-     2.1.6      9.5.3     6.3.5
-     2.1.5      9.4.3     6.3.4
-     2.1.4      9.3.3     6.3.3
-     2.1.3      9.2.3     6.3.2
-     2.1.2      9.1.3     6.3.1
-     2.1.1      9.0.3         ?
-     2.1.0      8.0.2         ?
-     2.0.9      9.0.3         ?
-     2.0.8      8.0.2         ?
-     2.0.4      7.0.1         ?
-     2.0.1      6.1.0         ?
-
-The libtool numbers are a bit inconsistent due to the library's history:
-
-  - 2.1.0 was created as a development branch from 2.0.8 (hence the same
-    libtool numbers).
-
-  - 2.0.9  was  a  bug-fix  release  of  the  `stable'  branch,  and  we
-    incorrectly increased its libtool number.
-
-  - 2.1.4 was a development version, however it was stable  enough to be
-    the basis of the 2.2.0 release.
-
-
-3. Autoconf Code Fragment
--------------------------
-
-Lars Clausen contributed the following autoconf fragment to detect which
-version of  FreeType is  installed on  a system.  This  one tests  for a
-version that  is at least 2.0.9;  you should change it  to check against
-other release numbers.
-
-
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether FreeType version is 2.0.9 or higher])
-  old_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
-  CPPFLAGS=`freetype-config --cflags`
-  AC_TRY_CPP([
-
-#include 
-#include FT_FREETYPE_H
-#if (FREETYPE_MAJOR*1000 + FREETYPE_MINOR)*1000 + FREETYPE_PATCH < 2000009
-#error Freetype version too low.
-#endif
-  ],
-  [AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
-   FREETYPE_LIBS=`freetype-config --libs`
-   AC_SUBST(FREETYPE_LIBS)
-   AC_DEFINE(HAVE_FREETYPE,1,[Define if you have the FreeType2 library])
-   CPPFLAGS="$old_CPPFLAGS"],
-  [AC_MSG_ERROR([Need FreeType library version 2.0.9 or higher])])
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by
-David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-
-This  file is  part  of the  FreeType  project, and  may  only be  used,
-modified,  and  distributed under  the  terms  of  the FreeType  project
-license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing  to use, modify, or distribute this
-file  you indicate that  you have  read the  license and  understand and
-accept it fully.
-
-
---- end of VERSION.DLL ---
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/formats.txt b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/formats.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 2f7c3d9..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/formats.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,154 +0,0 @@
-This  file  contains a  list  of various  font  formats.   It gives  the
-reference document and whether it is supported in FreeType 2.
-
-
-  file type:
-    The only special  case is `MAC'; on older Mac  OS versions, a `file'
-    is  stored as  a  data and  a  resource fork,  this  is, within  two
-    separate data chunks.   In all other cases, the  font data is stored
-    in a single file.
-
-  wrapper format:
-    The format used  to represent the font data.  In  the table below it
-    is used only if the font format differs.  Possible values are `SFNT'
-    (binary), `PS' (a text header, followed by binary or text data), and
-    `LZW' (compressed with either `gzip' or `compress').
-
-  font format:
-    How the font  is to be accessed, possibly  after converting the file
-    type and  wrapper format  into a generic  form.  Bitmap  formats are
-    `BDF',  `PCF', and  one  form  of `WINFNT';  all  others are  vector
-    formats.
-
-  font type:
-    Sub-formats  of the font  format.  `SBIT'  and `MACSBIT'  are bitmap
-    formats, `MM' and `VAR' support optical axes.
-
-  glyph access:
-    If not specified, the glyph access is `standard' to the font format.
-    Values are  `CID' for CID-keyed  fonts, `SYNTHETIC' for  fonts which
-    are modified  versions of other  fonts by means of  a transformation
-    matrix, `COLLECTION' for collecting  multiple fonts (sharing most of
-    the data) into a single file, and `TYPE_0' for PS fonts which are to
-    be accessed in a tree-like structure.
-
-  FreeType driver:
-    The module in  the FreeType library which handles  the specific font
-    format.   A missing entry  means that  FreeType doesn't  support the
-    font format (yet).
-
-
-Please  send  additions  and/or  corrections  to wl@gnu.org  or  to  the
-FreeType developer's list  at freetype-devel@nongnu.org (for subscribers
-only).   If you  can provide  a font  example for  a format  which isn't
-supported yet please send a mail too.
-
-
-file wrapper font   font    glyph      FreeType reference
-type format  format type    access     driver   documents
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
----  ---     BDF    ---     ---        bdf      5005.BDF_Spec.pdf, X11
-
-
----  SFNT    PS     TYPE_1  ---        ---      Type 1 GX Font Format
-                                                (for the Mac)
-MAC  SFNT    PS     TYPE_1  ---        ---      Type 1 GX Font Format
-                                                (for the Mac)
----  SFNT    PS     TYPE_1  CID        ---      5180.sfnt.pdf (for the Mac)
-MAC  SFNT    PS     TYPE_1  CID        ---      5180.sfnt.pdf (for the Mac)
----  SFNT    PS     CFF     ---        cff      OT spec, 5176.CFF.pdf
-                                                (`OTTO' format)
-MAC  SFNT    PS     CFF     ---        cff      OT spec, 5176.CFF.pdf
-                                                (`OTTO' format)
----  SFNT    PS     CFF     CID        cff      OT spec, 5176.CFF.pdf
-MAC  SFNT    PS     CFF     CID        cff      OT spec, 5176.CFF.pdf
----  SFNT    PS     CFF     SYNTHETIC  ---      OT spec, 5176.CFF.pdf
-MAC  SFNT    PS     CFF     SYNTHETIC  ---      OT spec, 5176.CFF.pdf
----  SFNT    TT     SBIT    ---        sfnt     XFree86 (bitmaps only;
-                                                with `head' table)
----  SFNT    TT     MACSBIT ---        sfnt     OT spec (for the Mac;
-                                                bitmaps only; `bhed' table)
-MAC  SFNT    TT     MACSBIT ---        sfnt     OT spec (for the Mac;
-                                                bitmaps only; `bhed' table)
----  SFNT    TT     ---     ---        truetype OT spec (`normal' TT font)
-MAC  SFNT    TT     ---     ---        truetype OT spec (`normal' TT font)
-MAC  SFNT    TT     VAR     ---        truetype GX spec (`?var' tables)
----  SFNT    TT     ---     COLLECTION truetype OT spec (this can't be CFF)
-MAC  SFNT    TT     ---     COLLECTION truetype OT spec (this can't be CFF)
-
-
----  ---     PS     TYPE_1  ---        type1    T1_SPEC.pdf
-                                                (`normal' Type 1 font)
-MAC  ---     PS     TYPE_1  ---        type1    T1_SPEC.pdf
-                                                (`normal' Type 1 font)
----  ---     PS     TYPE_1  CID        cid      PLRM.pdf (CID Font Type 0;
-                                                Type 9 font)
----  ---     PS     MM      ---        type1    5015.Type1_Supp.pdf
-                                                (Multiple Masters)
----  ---     PS     CFF     ---        cff      5176.CFF.pdf (`pure' CFF)
----  ---     PS     CFF     CID        cff      5176.CFF.pdf (`pure' CFF)
----  ---     PS     CFF     SYNTHETIC  ---      5176.CFF.pdf (`pure' CFF)
----  PS      PS     CFF     ---        ---      PLRM.pdf (Type 2) [1]
----  PS      PS     CFF     CID        ---      PLRM.pdf (Type 2) [1]
----  PS      PS     CFF     SYNTHETIC  ---      PLRM.pdf (Type 2) [1]
----  ---     PS     ---     TYPE_0     ---      PLRM.pdf
----  ---     PS     TYPE_3  ---        ---      PLRM.pdf (never supported)
----  ---     PS     TYPE_3  CID        ---      PLRM.pdf (CID Font Type 1;
-                                                Type 10 font; never supported)
----  PS      PS     TYPE_14 ---        ---      PLRM.pdf (Chameleon font;
-                                                Type 14 font; never supported?)
----  ---     PS     TYPE_32 CID        ---      PLRM.pdf (CID Font Type 4;
-                                                Type 32 font; never supported?)
----  PS      TT     ---     ---        type42   5012.Type42_Spec.pdf
-                                                (Type 42 font)
----  PS      TT     ---     CID        ---      PLRM.pdf (CID Font Type 2;
-                                                Type 11 font)
-
-
----  ?       ?      CEF     ?          cff      ?
-
-
----  ---     PCF    ---     ---        pcf      X11
----  LZW     PCF    ---     ---        pcf      X11
-
-
----  ---     PFR    PFR0    ---        pfr      [2]
----  ---     PFR    PFR1    ---        ---      (undocumented, proprietary;
-                                                probably never supported)
-
-
----  ---     WINFNT ---     ---        winfonts MS Windows 3 Developer's Notes
----  ---     WINFNT VECTOR  ---        ---      MS Windows 3 Developer's Notes
-
-
-[1] Support should be rather simple since this is identical to `CFF' but
-    in a PS wrapper.
-
-[2] Official PFR specification:
-
-      http://www.bitstream.com/categories/developer/truedoc/pfrspec.html
-      http://www.bitstream.com/categories/developer/truedoc/pfrspec1.2.pdf
-
-    The  syntax of  the  auxiliary data  is  not defined  there, but  is
-    partially defined in  MHP 1.0.3 (also called ETSI  TS 101812 V1.3.1)
-    section 7.4.
-
-      http://www.etsi.org/
-      http://webapp.etsi.org/workprogram/Report_WorkItem.asp?WKI_ID=18799
-
-    (free registration required).
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-Copyright 2004, 2005 by
-David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-
-This  file is  part  of the  FreeType  project, and  may  only be  used,
-modified,  and  distributed under  the  terms  of  the FreeType  project
-license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing  to use, modify, or distribute this
-file  you indicate that  you have  read the  license and  understand and
-accept it fully.
-
-
---- end of formats.txt ---
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/raster.txt b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/raster.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 95d9e24..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/raster.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,635 +0,0 @@
-
-                   How FreeType's rasterizer work
-
-                          by David Turner
-
-                        Revised 2007-Feb-01
-
-
-This file  is an  attempt to explain  the internals of  the FreeType
-rasterizer.  The  rasterizer is of  quite general purpose  and could
-easily be integrated into other programs.
-
-
-  I. Introduction
-
- II. Rendering Technology
-     1. Requirements
-     2. Profiles and Spans
-        a. Sweeping the Shape
-        b. Decomposing Outlines into Profiles
-        c. The Render Pool
-        d. Computing Profiles Extents
-        e. Computing Profiles Coordinates
-        f. Sweeping and Sorting the Spans
-
-
-I. Introduction
-===============
-
-  A  rasterizer is  a library  in charge  of converting  a vectorial
-  representation of a shape  into a bitmap.  The FreeType rasterizer
-  has  been  originally developed  to  render  the  glyphs found  in
-  TrueType  files, made  up  of segments  and second-order  Béziers.
-  Meanwhile it has been extended to render third-order Bézier curves
-  also.   This  document  is   an  explanation  of  its  design  and
-  implementation.
-
-  While  these explanations start  from the  basics, a  knowledge of
-  common rasterization techniques is assumed.
-
-
-II. Rendering Technology
-========================
-
-1. Requirements
----------------
-
-  We  assume that  all scaling,  rotating, hinting,  etc.,  has been
-  already done.  The glyph is thus  described by a list of points in
-  the device space.
-
-  - All point coordinates  are in the 26.6 fixed  float format.  The
-    used orientation is:
-
-
-       ^ y
-       |         reference orientation
-       |
-       *----> x
-      0
-
-
-    `26.6' means  that 26 bits  are used for  the integer part  of a
-    value   and  6   bits  are   used  for   the   fractional  part.
-    Consequently, the `distance'  between two neighbouring pixels is
-    64 `units' (1 unit = 1/64th of a pixel).
-
-    Note  that, for  the rasterizer,  pixel centers  are  located at
-    integer   coordinates.   The   TrueType   bytecode  interpreter,
-    however, assumes that  the lower left edge of  a pixel (which is
-    taken  to be  a square  with  a length  of 1  unit) has  integer
-    coordinates.
-
-
-        ^ y                                        ^ y
-        |                                          |
-        |            (1,1)                         |      (0.5,0.5)
-        +-----------+                        +-----+-----+
-        |           |                        |     |     |
-        |           |                        |     |     |
-        |           |                        |     o-----+-----> x
-        |           |                        |   (0,0)   |
-        |           |                        |           |
-        o-----------+-----> x                +-----------+
-      (0,0)                             (-0.5,-0.5)
-
-   TrueType bytecode interpreter          FreeType rasterizer
-
-
-    A pixel line in the target bitmap is called a `scanline'.
-
-  - A  glyph  is  usually  made  of several  contours,  also  called
-    `outlines'.  A contour is simply a closed curve that delimits an
-    outer or inner region of the glyph.  It is described by a series
-    of successive points of the points table.
-
-    Each point  of the glyph  has an associated flag  that indicates
-    whether  it is  `on' or  `off' the  curve.  Two  successive `on'
-    points indicate a line segment joining the two points.
-
-    One `off' point amidst two `on' points indicates a second-degree
-    (conic)  Bézier parametric  arc, defined  by these  three points
-    (the `off' point being the  control point, and the `on' ones the
-    start and end points).  Similarly, a third-degree (cubic) Bézier
-    curve  is described  by four  points (two  `off'  control points
-    between two `on' points).
-
-    Finally,  for  second-order curves  only,  two successive  `off'
-    points  forces the  rasterizer to  create, during  rendering, an
-    `on'  point amidst them,  at their  exact middle.   This greatly
-    facilitates the  definition of  successive Bézier arcs.
-
-  The parametric form of a second-order Bézier curve is:
-
-      P(t) = (1-t)^2*P1 + 2*t*(1-t)*P2 + t^2*P3
-
-      (P1 and P3 are the end points, P2 the control point.)
-
-  The parametric form of a third-order Bézier curve is:
-
-      P(t) = (1-t)^3*P1 + 3*t*(1-t)^2*P2 + 3*t^2*(1-t)*P3 + t^3*P4
-
-      (P1 and P4 are the end points, P2 and P3 the control points.)
-
-  For both formulae, t is a real number in the range [0..1].
-
-  Note  that the rasterizer  does not  use these  formulae directly.
-  They exhibit,  however, one very  useful property of  Bézier arcs:
-  Each  point of  the curve  is a  weighted average  of  the control
-  points.
-
-  As all weights  are positive and always sum up  to 1, whatever the
-  value  of t,  each arc  point lies  within the  triangle (polygon)
-  defined by the arc's three (four) control points.
-
-  In  the following,  only second-order  curves are  discussed since
-  rasterization of third-order curves is completely identical.
-
-  Here some samples for second-order curves.
-
-
-                                        *            # on curve
-                                                     * off curve
-                                     __---__
-        #-__                      _--       -_
-            --__                _-            -
-                --__           #               \
-                    --__                        #
-                        -#
-                                 Two `on' points
-         Two `on' points       and one `off' point
-                                  between them
-
-                      *
-        #            __      Two `on' points with two `off'
-         \          -  -     points between them. The point
-          \        /    \    marked `0' is the middle of the
-           -      0      \   `off' points, and is a `virtual
-            -_  _-       #   on' point where the curve passes.
-              --             It does not appear in the point
-              *              list.
-
-
-2. Profiles and Spans
----------------------
-
-  The following is a basic explanation of the _kind_ of computations
-  made  by  the   rasterizer  to  build  a  bitmap   from  a  vector
-  representation.  Note  that the actual  implementation is slightly
-  different, due to performance tuning and other factors.
-
-  However, the following ideas remain  in the same category, and are
-  more convenient to understand.
-
-
-  a. Sweeping the Shape
-
-    The best way to fill a shape is to decompose it into a number of
-    simple  horizontal segments,  then turn  them on  in  the target
-    bitmap.  These segments are called `spans'.
-
-                __---__
-             _--       -_
-           _-            -
-          -               \
-         /                 \
-        /                   \
-       |                     \
-
-                __---__         Example: filling a shape
-             _----------_                with spans.
-           _--------------
-          ----------------\
-         /-----------------\    This is typically done from the top
-        /                   \   to the bottom of the shape, in a
-       |           |         \  movement called a `sweep'.
-                   V
-
-                __---__
-             _----------_
-           _--------------
-          ----------------\
-         /-----------------\
-        /-------------------\
-       |---------------------\
-
-
-    In  order  to draw  a  span,  the  rasterizer must  compute  its
-    coordinates, which  are simply the x coordinates  of the shape's
-    contours, taken on the y scanlines.
-
-
-                   /---/    |---|   Note that there are usually
-                  /---/     |---|   several spans per scanline.
-        |        /---/      |---|
-        |       /---/_______|---|   When rendering this shape to the
-        V      /----------------|   current scanline y, we must
-              /-----------------|   compute the x values of the
-           a /----|         |---|   points a, b, c, and d.
-      - - - *     * - - - - *   * - - y -
-           /     / b       c|   |d
-
-
-                   /---/    |---|
-                  /---/     |---|  And then turn on the spans a-b
-                 /---/      |---|  and c-d.
-                /---/_______|---|
-               /----------------|
-              /-----------------|
-           a /----|         |---|
-      - - - ####### - - - - ##### - - y -
-           /     / b       c|   |d
-
-
-  b. Decomposing Outlines into Profiles
-
-    For  each  scanline during  the  sweep,  we  need the  following
-    information:
-
-    o The  number of  spans on  the current  scanline, given  by the
-      number of  shape points  intersecting the scanline  (these are
-      the points a, b, c, and d in the above example).
-
-    o The x coordinates of these points.
-
-    x coordinates are  computed before the sweep, in  a phase called
-    `decomposition' which converts the glyph into *profiles*.
-
-    Put it simply, a `profile'  is a contour's portion that can only
-    be either ascending or descending,  i.e., it is monotonic in the
-    vertical direction (we also say  y-monotonic).  There is no such
-    thing as a horizontal profile, as we shall see.
-
-    Here are a few examples:
-
-
-      this square
-                                          1         2
-         ---->----     is made of two
-        |         |                       |         |
-        |         |       profiles        |         |
-        ^         v                       ^    +    v
-        |         |                       |         |
-        |         |                       |         |
-         ----<----
-
-                                         up        down
-
-
-      this triangle
-
-             P2                             1          2
-
-             |\        is made of two       |         \
-          ^  | \  \                         |          \
-          | |   \  \      profiles         |            \      |
-         |  |    \  v                  ^   |             \     |
-           |      \                    |  |         +     \    v
-           |       \                   |  |                \
-        P1 ---___   \                     ---___            \
-                 ---_\                          ---_         \
-             <--__     P3                   up           down
-
-
-
-      A more general contour can be made of more than two profiles:
-
-              __     ^
-             /  |   /  ___          /    |
-            /   |     /   |        /     |       /     |
-           |    |    /   /    =>  |      v      /     /
-           |    |   |   |         |      |     ^     |
-        ^  |    |___|   |  |      ^   +  |  +  |  +  v
-        |  |           |   v      |                 |
-           |           |          |           up    |
-           |___________|          |    down         |
-
-                <--               up              down
-
-
-    Successive  profiles are  always joined  by  horizontal segments
-    that are not part of the profiles themselves.
-
-    For  the  rasterizer,  a  profile  is  simply  an  *array*  that
-    associates  one  horizontal *pixel*  coordinate  to each  bitmap
-    *scanline*  crossed  by  the  contour's section  containing  the
-    profile.  Note that profiles are *oriented* up or down along the
-    glyph's original flow orientation.
-
-    In other graphics libraries, profiles are also called `edges' or
-    `edgelists'.
-
-
-  c. The Render Pool
-
-    FreeType  has been designed  to be  able to  run well  on _very_
-    light systems, including embedded systems with very few memory.
-
-    A render pool  will be allocated once; the  rasterizer uses this
-    pool for all  its needs by managing this  memory directly in it.
-    The  algorithms that are  used for  profile computation  make it
-    possible to use  the pool as a simple  growing heap.  This means
-    that this  memory management is  actually quite easy  and faster
-    than any kind of malloc()/free() combination.
-
-    Moreover,  we'll see  later that  the rasterizer  is  able, when
-    dealing with profiles too large  and numerous to lie all at once
-    in  the render  pool, to  immediately decompose  recursively the
-    rendering process  into independent sub-tasks,  each taking less
-    memory to be performed (see `sub-banding' below).
-
-    The  render pool doesn't  need to  be large.   A 4KByte  pool is
-    enough for nearly all renditions, though nearly 100% slower than
-    a more comfortable 16KByte or 32KByte pool (that was tested with
-    complex glyphs at sizes over 500 pixels).
-
-
-  d. Computing Profiles Extents
-
-    Remember that a profile is an array, associating a _scanline_ to
-    the x pixel coordinate of its intersection with a contour.
-
-    Though it's not exactly how the FreeType rasterizer works, it is
-    convenient  to think  that  we need  a  profile's height  before
-    allocating it in the pool and computing its coordinates.
-
-    The profile's height  is the number of scanlines  crossed by the
-    y-monotonic section of a contour.  We thus need to compute these
-    sections from  the vectorial description.  In order  to do that,
-    we are  obliged to compute all  (local and global)  y extrema of
-    the glyph (minima and maxima).
-
-
-           P2             For instance, this triangle has only
-                          two y-extrema, which are simply
-           |\
-           | \               P2.y  as a vertical maximum
-          |   \              P3.y  as a vertical minimum
-          |    \
-         |      \            P1.y is not a vertical extremum (though
-         |       \           it is a horizontal minimum, which we
-      P1 ---___   \          don't need).
-               ---_\
-                     P3
-
-
-    Note  that the  extrema are  expressed  in pixel  units, not  in
-    scanlines.   The triangle's  height  is certainly  (P3.y-P2.y+1)
-    pixel  units,   but  its  profiles'  heights   are  computed  in
-    scanlines.  The exact conversion is simple:
-
-      - min scanline = FLOOR  ( min y )
-      - max scanline = CEILING( max y )
-
-    A problem  arises with Bézier  Arcs.  While a segment  is always
-    necessarily y-monotonic (i.e.,  flat, ascending, or descending),
-    which makes extrema computations easy,  the ascent of an arc can
-    vary between its control points.
-
-
-                          P2
-                         *
-                                       # on curve
-                                       * off curve
-                   __-x--_
-                _--       -_
-          P1  _-            -          A non y-monotonic Bézier arc.
-             #               \
-                              -        The arc goes from P1 to P3.
-                               \
-                                \  P3
-                                 #
-
-
-    We first  need to be  able to easily detect  non-monotonic arcs,
-    according to  their control points.  I will  state here, without
-    proof, that the monotony condition can be expressed as:
-
-      P1.y <= P2.y <= P3.y   for an ever-ascending arc
-
-      P1.y >= P2.y >= P3.y   for an ever-descending arc
-
-    with the special case of
-
-      P1.y = P2.y = P3.y     where the arc is said to be `flat'.
-
-    As  you can  see, these  conditions can  be very  easily tested.
-    They are, however, extremely important, as any arc that does not
-    satisfy them necessarily contains an extremum.
-
-    Note  also that  a monotonic  arc can  contain an  extremum too,
-    which is then one of its `on' points:
-
-
-        P1           P2
-          #---__   *         P1P2P3 is ever-descending, but P1
-                -_           is an y-extremum.
-                  -
-           ---_    \
-               ->   \
-                     \  P3
-                      #
-
-
-    Let's go back to our previous example:
-
-
-                          P2
-                         *
-                                       # on curve
-                                       * off curve
-                   __-x--_
-                _--       -_
-          P1  _-            -          A non-y-monotonic Bézier arc.
-             #               \
-                              -        Here we have
-                               \              P2.y >= P1.y &&
-                                \  P3         P2.y >= P3.y      (!)
-                                 #
-
-
-    We need to  compute the vertical maximum of this  arc to be able
-    to compute a profile's height (the point marked by an `x').  The
-    arc's equation indicates that  a direct computation is possible,
-    but  we rely  on a  different technique,  which use  will become
-    apparent soon.
-
-    Bézier  arcs have  the  special property  of  being very  easily
-    decomposed into two sub-arcs,  which are themselves Bézier arcs.
-    Moreover, it is easy to prove that there is at most one vertical
-    extremum on  each Bézier arc (for  second-degree curves; similar
-    conditions can be found for third-order arcs).
-
-    For instance,  the following arc  P1P2P3 can be  decomposed into
-    two sub-arcs Q1Q2Q3 and R1R2R3:
-
-
-                    P2
-                   *
-                                    # on  curve
-                                    * off curve
-
-
-                                    original Bézier arc P1P2P3.
-                __---__
-             _--       --_
-           _-             -_
-          -                 -
-         /                   \
-        /                     \
-       #                       #
-     P1                         P3
-
-
-
-                    P2
-                   *
-
-
-
-                   Q3                 Decomposed into two subarcs
-          Q2                R2        Q1Q2Q3 and R1R2R3
-            *   __-#-__   *
-             _--       --_
-           _-       R1    -_          Q1 = P1         R3 = P3
-          -                 -         Q2 = (P1+P2)/2  R2 = (P2+P3)/2
-         /                   \
-        /                     \            Q3 = R1 = (Q2+R2)/2
-       #                       #
-     Q1                         R3    Note that Q2, R2, and Q3=R1
-                                      are on a single line which is
-                                      tangent to the curve.
-
-
-    We have then decomposed  a non-y-monotonic Bézier curve into two
-    smaller sub-arcs.  Note that in the above drawing, both sub-arcs
-    are monotonic, and that the extremum is then Q3=R1.  However, in
-    a  more general  case,  only  one sub-arc  is  guaranteed to  be
-    monotonic.  Getting back to our former example:
-
-
-                    Q2
-                   *
-
-                   __-x--_ R1
-                _--       #_
-          Q1  _-        Q3  -   R2
-             #               \ *
-                              -
-                               \
-                                \  R3
-                                 #
-
-
-    Here, we see that,  though Q1Q2Q3 is still non-monotonic, R1R2R3
-    is ever  descending: We  thus know that  it doesn't  contain the
-    extremum.  We can then re-subdivide Q1Q2Q3 into two sub-arcs and
-    go  on recursively,  stopping  when we  encounter two  monotonic
-    subarcs, or when the subarcs become simply too small.
-
-    We  will finally  find  the vertical  extremum.   Note that  the
-    iterative process of finding an extremum is called `flattening'.
-
-
-  e. Computing Profiles Coordinates
-
-    Once we have the height of each profile, we are able to allocate
-    it in the render pool.   The next task is to compute coordinates
-    for each scanline.
-
-    In  the case  of segments,  the computation  is straightforward,
-    using  the  Euclidean   algorithm  (also  known  as  Bresenham).
-    However, for Bézier arcs, the job is a little more complicated.
-
-    We assume  that all Béziers that  are part of a  profile are the
-    result of  flattening the curve,  which means that they  are all
-    y-monotonic (ascending  or descending, and never  flat).  We now
-    have  to compute the  intersections of  arcs with  the profile's
-    scanlines.  One  way is  to use a  similar scheme  to flattening
-    called `stepping'.
-
-
-                                 Consider this arc, going from P1 to
-      ---------------------      P3.  Suppose that we need to
-                                 compute its intersections with the
-                                 drawn scanlines.  As already
-      ---------------------      mentioned this can be done
-                                 directly, but the involved
-          * P2         _---# P3  algorithm is far too slow.
-      ------------- _--  --
-                  _-
-                _/               Instead, it is still possible to
-      ---------/-----------      use the decomposition property in
-              /                  the same recursive way, i.e.,
-             |                   subdivide the arc into subarcs
-      ------|--------------      until these get too small to cross
-            |                    more than one scanline!
-           |
-      -----|---------------      This is very easily done using a
-          |                      rasterizer-managed stack of
-          |                      subarcs.
-          # P1
-
-
-  f. Sweeping and Sorting the Spans
-
-    Once all our profiles have  been computed, we begin the sweep to
-    build (and fill) the spans.
-
-    As both the  TrueType and Type 1 specifications  use the winding
-    fill  rule (but  with opposite  directions), we  place,  on each
-    scanline, the present profiles in two separate lists.
-
-    One  list,  called  the  `left'  one,  only  contains  ascending
-    profiles, while  the other `right' list  contains the descending
-    profiles.
-
-    As  each glyph  is made  of  closed curves,  a simple  geometric
-    property ensures that  the two lists contain the  same number of
-    elements.
-
-    Creating spans is thus straightforward:
-
-    1. We sort each list in increasing horizontal order.
-
-    2. We pair  each value of  the left list with  its corresponding
-       value in the right list.
-
-
-                   /     /  |   |          For example, we have here
-                  /     /   |   |          four profiles.  Two of
-                >/     /    |   |  |       them are ascending (1 &
-              1//     /   ^ |   |  | 2     3), while the two others
-              //     //  3| |   |  v       are descending (2 & 4).
-              /     //4   | |   |          On the given scanline,
-           a /     /<       |   |          the left list is (1,3),
-      - - - *-----* - - - - *---* - - y -  and the right one is
-           /     / b       c|   |d         (4,2) (sorted).
-
-                                   There are then two spans, joining
-                                   1 to 4 (i.e. a-b) and 3 to 2
-                                   (i.e. c-d)!
-
-
-    Sorting doesn't necessarily  take much time, as in  99 cases out
-    of 100, the lists' order is  kept from one scanline to the next.
-    We can  thus implement it  with two simple  singly-linked lists,
-    sorted by a classic bubble-sort, which takes a minimum amount of
-    time when the lists are already sorted.
-
-    A  previous  version  of  the  rasterizer  used  more  elaborate
-    structures, like arrays to  perform `faster' sorting.  It turned
-    out that  this old scheme is  not faster than  the one described
-    above.
-
-    Once the spans  have been `created', we can  simply draw them in
-    the target bitmap.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-Copyright 2003, 2007 by
-David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-
-This  file  is  part  of the  FreeType  project, and may  only be  used,
-modified,  and  distributed  under  the  terms of  the FreeType  project
-license, LICENSE.TXT.   By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this
-file you  indicate that  you have  read the  license and understand  and
-accept it fully.
-
-
---- end of raster.txt ---
-
-Local Variables:
-coding: utf-8
-End:
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/README b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/README
deleted file mode 100644
index 51b04d6..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/README
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
-After saying `make refdoc' this directory contains the FreeType API
-reference.  You need python to make this target.
-
-This also works with Jam: Just type `jam refdoc' in the main directory.
-
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-base_interface.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-base_interface.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 34e8a5e..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-base_interface.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3425 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
-
-
-
-
      FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
      
-
-
      
-Base Interface
-
      
-
      Synopsis
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      FT_LibraryFT_IS_CID_KEYEDFT_Load_Char
      FT_FaceFT_STYLE_FLAG_XXXFT_LOAD_XXX
      FT_SizeFT_Size_InternalFT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX
      FT_GlyphSlotFT_Size_MetricsFT_LOAD_TARGET_MODE
      FT_CharMapFT_SizeRecFT_Set_Transform
      FT_EncodingFT_SubGlyphFT_Render_Mode
      FT_Glyph_MetricsFT_Slot_Internalft_render_mode_xxx
      FT_Bitmap_SizeFT_GlyphSlotRecFT_Render_Glyph
      FT_ModuleFT_Init_FreeTypeFT_Kerning_Mode
      FT_DriverFT_Done_FreeTypeft_kerning_default
      FT_RendererFT_OPEN_XXXft_kerning_unfitted
      FT_ENC_TAGFT_Parameterft_kerning_unscaled
      ft_encoding_xxxFT_Open_ArgsFT_Get_Kerning
      FT_CharMapRecFT_New_FaceFT_Get_Track_Kerning
      FT_Face_InternalFT_New_Memory_FaceFT_Get_Glyph_Name
      FT_FaceRecFT_Open_FaceFT_Get_Postscript_Name
      FT_FACE_FLAG_XXXFT_Attach_FileFT_Select_Charmap
      FT_HAS_HORIZONTALFT_Attach_StreamFT_Set_Charmap
      FT_HAS_VERTICALFT_Done_FaceFT_Get_Charmap_Index
      FT_HAS_KERNINGFT_Select_SizeFT_Get_Char_Index
      FT_IS_SCALABLEFT_Size_Request_TypeFT_Get_First_Char
      FT_IS_SFNTFT_Size_RequestRecFT_Get_Next_Char
      FT_IS_FIXED_WIDTHFT_Size_RequestFT_Get_Name_Index
      FT_HAS_FIXED_SIZESFT_Request_SizeFT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XXX
      FT_HAS_FAST_GLYPHSFT_Set_Char_SizeFT_Get_SubGlyph_Info
      FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMESFT_Set_Pixel_Sizes
      FT_HAS_MULTIPLE_MASTERSFT_Load_Glyph


      
-
-
      
-
      This section describes the public high-level API of FreeType 2.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      FT_Library
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct FT_LibraryRec_  *FT_Library;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A handle to a FreeType library instance. Each ‘library’ is completely independent from the others; it is the ‘root’ of a set of objects like fonts, faces, sizes, etc.
      
-
      It also embeds a memory manager (see FT_Memory), as well as a scan-line converter object (see FT_Raster).
      
-
      For multi-threading applications each thread should have its own FT_Library object.
      
-

      
-
      note
      
-
      Library objects are normally created by FT_Init_FreeType, and destroyed with FT_Done_FreeType.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Face
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct FT_FaceRec_*  FT_Face;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A handle to a given typographic face object. A face object models a given typeface, in a given style.
      
-

      
-
      note
      
-
      Each face object also owns a single FT_GlyphSlot object, as well as one or more FT_Size objects.
      
-
      Use FT_New_Face or FT_Open_Face to create a new face object from a given filepathname or a custom input stream.
      
-
      Use FT_Done_Face to destroy it (along with its slot and sizes).
      
-
      
-
      also
      
-
      The FT_FaceRec details the publicly accessible fields of a given face object.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Size
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct FT_SizeRec_*  FT_Size;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A handle to an object used to model a face scaled to a given character size.
      
-

      
-
      note
      
-
      Each FT_Face has an active FT_Size object that is used by functions like FT_Load_Glyph to determine the scaling transformation which is used to load and hint glyphs and metrics.
      
-
      You can use FT_Set_Char_Size, FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes, FT_Request_Size or even FT_Select_Size to change the content (i.e., the scaling values) of the active FT_Size.
      
-
      You can use FT_New_Size to create additional size objects for a given FT_Face, but they won't be used by other functions until you activate it through FT_Activate_Size. Only one size can be activated at any given time per face.
      
-
      
-
      also
      
-
      The FT_SizeRec structure details the publicly accessible fields of a given size object.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_GlyphSlot
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct FT_GlyphSlotRec_*  FT_GlyphSlot;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A handle to a given ‘glyph slot’. A slot is a container where it is possible to load any one of the glyphs contained in its parent face.
      
-
      In other words, each time you call FT_Load_Glyph or FT_Load_Char, the slot's content is erased by the new glyph data, i.e., the glyph's metrics, its image (bitmap or outline), and other control information.
      
-

      
-
      also
      
-
      FT_GlyphSlotRec details the publicly accessible glyph fields.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_CharMap
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct FT_CharMapRec_*  FT_CharMap;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A handle to a given character map. A charmap is used to translate character codes in a given encoding into glyph indexes for its parent's face. Some font formats may provide several charmaps per font.
      
-
      Each face object owns zero or more charmaps, but only one of them can be ‘active’ and used by FT_Get_Char_Index or FT_Load_Char.
      
-
      The list of available charmaps in a face is available through the ‘face->num_charmaps’ and ‘face->charmaps’ fields of FT_FaceRec.
      
-
      The currently active charmap is available as ‘face->charmap’. You should call FT_Set_Charmap to change it.
      
-

      
-
      note
      
-
      When a new face is created (either through FT_New_Face or FT_Open_Face), the library looks for a Unicode charmap within the list and automatically activates it.
      
-
      
-
      also
      
-
      The FT_CharMapRec details the publicly accessible fields of a given character map.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Encoding
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef enum  FT_Encoding_
-  {
-    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_NONE, 0, 0, 0, 0 ),
-
-    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_MS_SYMBOL, 's', 'y', 'm', 'b' ),
-    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_UNICODE,   'u', 'n', 'i', 'c' ),
-
-    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_SJIS,    's', 'j', 'i', 's' ),
-    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_GB2312,  'g', 'b', ' ', ' ' ),
-    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_BIG5,    'b', 'i', 'g', '5' ),
-    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG, 'w', 'a', 'n', 's' ),
-    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_JOHAB,   'j', 'o', 'h', 'a' ),
-
-    /* for backwards compatibility */
-    FT_ENCODING_MS_SJIS    = FT_ENCODING_SJIS,
-    FT_ENCODING_MS_GB2312  = FT_ENCODING_GB2312,
-    FT_ENCODING_MS_BIG5    = FT_ENCODING_BIG5,
-    FT_ENCODING_MS_WANSUNG = FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG,
-    FT_ENCODING_MS_JOHAB   = FT_ENCODING_JOHAB,
-
-    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_STANDARD, 'A', 'D', 'O', 'B' ),
-    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_EXPERT,   'A', 'D', 'B', 'E' ),
-    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_CUSTOM,   'A', 'D', 'B', 'C' ),
-    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_LATIN_1,  'l', 'a', 't', '1' ),
-
-    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_OLD_LATIN_2, 'l', 'a', 't', '2' ),
-
-    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_APPLE_ROMAN, 'a', 'r', 'm', 'n' )
-
-  } FT_Encoding;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      An enumeration used to specify character sets supported by charmaps. Used in the FT_Select_Charmap API function.
      
-

      
-
      note
      
-
      Despite the name, this enumeration lists specific character repertories (i.e., charsets), and not text encoding methods (e.g., UTF-8, UTF-16, GB2312_EUC, etc.).
      
-
      Because of 32-bit charcodes defined in Unicode (i.e., surrogates), all character codes must be expressed as FT_Longs.
      
-
      Other encodings might be defined in the future.
      
-
      
-
      values
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      FT_ENCODING_NONE
-
      The encoding value 0 is reserved.
      
-
      FT_ENCODING_UNICODE
-
      Corresponds to the Unicode character set. This value covers all versions of the Unicode repertoire, including ASCII and Latin-1. Most fonts include a Unicode charmap, but not all of them.
      
-
      FT_ENCODING_MS_SYMBOL
-
      Corresponds to the Microsoft Symbol encoding, used to encode mathematical symbols in the 32..255 character code range. For more information, see ‘http://www.ceviz.net/symbol.htm’.
      
-
      FT_ENCODING_SJIS
-
      Corresponds to Japanese SJIS encoding. More info at at ‘http://langsupport.japanreference.com/encoding.shtml’. See note on multi-byte encodings below.
      
-
      FT_ENCODING_GB2312
-
      Corresponds to an encoding system for Simplified Chinese as used used in mainland China.
      
-
      FT_ENCODING_BIG5
-
      Corresponds to an encoding system for Traditional Chinese as used in Taiwan and Hong Kong.
      
-
      FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG
-
      Corresponds to the Korean encoding system known as Wansung. For more information see ‘http://www.microsoft.com/typography/unicode/949.txt’.
      
-
      FT_ENCODING_JOHAB
-
      The Korean standard character set (KS C-5601-1992), which corresponds to MS Windows code page 1361. This character set includes all possible Hangeul character combinations.
      
-
      FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_LATIN_1
      
-
      Corresponds to a Latin-1 encoding as defined in a Type 1 Postscript font. It is limited to 256 character codes.
      
-
      FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_STANDARD
      
-
      Corresponds to the Adobe Standard encoding, as found in Type 1, CFF, and OpenType/CFF fonts. It is limited to 256 character codes.
      
-
      FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_EXPERT
      
-
      Corresponds to the Adobe Expert encoding, as found in Type 1, CFF, and OpenType/CFF fonts. It is limited to 256 character codes.
      
-
      FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_CUSTOM
      
-
      Corresponds to a custom encoding, as found in Type 1, CFF, and OpenType/CFF fonts. It is limited to 256 character codes.
      
-
      FT_ENCODING_APPLE_ROMAN
      
-
      Corresponds to the 8-bit Apple roman encoding. Many TrueType and OpenType fonts contain a charmap for this encoding, since older versions of Mac OS are able to use it.
      
-
      FT_ENCODING_OLD_LATIN_2
      
-
      This value is deprecated and was never used nor reported by FreeType. Don't use or test for it.
      
-
      FT_ENCODING_MS_SJIS
-
      Same as FT_ENCODING_SJIS. Deprecated.
      
-
      FT_ENCODING_MS_GB2312
-
      Same as FT_ENCODING_GB2312. Deprecated.
      
-
      FT_ENCODING_MS_BIG5
-
      Same as FT_ENCODING_BIG5. Deprecated.
      
-
      FT_ENCODING_MS_WANSUNG
-
      Same as FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG. Deprecated.
      
-
      FT_ENCODING_MS_JOHAB
-
      Same as FT_ENCODING_JOHAB. Deprecated.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      By default, FreeType automatically synthetizes a Unicode charmap for Postscript fonts, using their glyph names dictionaries. However, it also reports the encodings defined explicitly in the font file, for the cases when they are needed, with the Adobe values as well.
      
-
      FT_ENCODING_NONE is set by the BDF and PCF drivers if the charmap is neither Unicode nor ISO-8859-1 (otherwise it is set to FT_ENCODING_UNICODE). Use FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID to find out which encoding is really present. If, for example, the ‘cs_registry’ field is ‘KOI8’ and the ‘cs_encoding’ field is ‘R’, the font is encoded in KOI8-R.
      
-
      FT_ENCODING_NONE is always set (with a single exception) by the winfonts driver. Use FT_Get_WinFNT_Header and examine the ‘charset’ field of the FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec structure to find out which encoding is really present. For example, FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1251 (204) means Windows code page 1251 (for Russian).
      
-
      FT_ENCODING_NONE is set if ‘platform_id’ is TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH and ‘encoding_id’ is not TT_MAC_ID_ROMAN (otherwise it is set to FT_ENCODING_APPLE_ROMAN).
      
-
      If ‘platform_id’ is TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH, use the function c FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID to query the Mac language ID which may be needed to be able to distinguish Apple encoding variants. See
      
-
      http://www.unicode.org/Public/MAPPINGS/VENDORS/APPLE/README.TXT
      
-
      to get an idea how to do that. Basically, if the language ID is 0, don't use it, otherwise subtract 1 from the language ID. Then examine ‘encoding_id’. If, for example, ‘encoding_id’ is TT_MAC_ID_ROMAN and the language ID (minus 1) is ‘TT_MAC_LANGID_GREEK’, it is the Greek encoding, not Roman. TT_MAC_ID_ARABIC with ‘TT_MAC_LANGID_FARSI’ means the Farsi variant the Arabic encoding.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Glyph_Metrics
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct  FT_Glyph_Metrics_
-  {
-    FT_Pos  width;
-    FT_Pos  height;
-
-    FT_Pos  horiBearingX;
-    FT_Pos  horiBearingY;
-    FT_Pos  horiAdvance;
-
-    FT_Pos  vertBearingX;
-    FT_Pos  vertBearingY;
-    FT_Pos  vertAdvance;
-
-  } FT_Glyph_Metrics;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A structure used to model the metrics of a single glyph. The values are expressed in 26.6 fractional pixel format; if the flag FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE has been used while loading the glyph, values are expressed in font units instead.
      
-

      
-
      fields
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      width
-
      The glyph's width.
      
-
      height
-
      The glyph's height.
      
-
      horiBearingX
-
      Left side bearing for horizontal layout.
      
-
      horiBearingY
-
      Top side bearing for horizontal layout.
      
-
      horiAdvance
-
      Advance width for horizontal layout.
      
-
      vertBearingX
-
      Left side bearing for vertical layout.
      
-
      vertBearingY
-
      Top side bearing for vertical layout.
      
-
      vertAdvance
-
      Advance height for vertical layout.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Bitmap_Size
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct  FT_Bitmap_Size_
-  {
-    FT_Short  height;
-    FT_Short  width;
-
-    FT_Pos    size;
-
-    FT_Pos    x_ppem;
-    FT_Pos    y_ppem;
-
-  } FT_Bitmap_Size;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      This structure models the metrics of a bitmap strike (i.e., a set of glyphs for a given point size and resolution) in a bitmap font. It is used for the ‘available_sizes’ field of FT_Face.
      
-

      
-
      fields
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      height
-
      The vertical distance, in pixels, between two consecutive baselines. It is always positive.
      
-
      width
-
      The average width, in pixels, of all glyphs in the strike.
      
-
      size
-
      The nominal size of the strike in 26.6 fractional points. This field is not very useful.
      
-
      x_ppem
-
      The horizontal ppem (nominal width) in 26.6 fractional pixels.
      
-
      y_ppem
-
      The vertical ppem (nominal height) in 26.6 fractional pixels.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      Windows FNT: The nominal size given in a FNT font is not reliable. Thus when the driver finds it incorrect, it sets ‘size’ to some calculated values and sets ‘x_ppem’ and ‘y_ppem’ to the pixel width and height given in the font, respectively.
      
-
      TrueType embedded bitmaps: ‘size’, ‘width’, and ‘height’ values are not contained in the bitmap strike itself. They are computed from the global font parameters.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Module
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct FT_ModuleRec_*  FT_Module;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A handle to a given FreeType module object. Each module can be a font driver, a renderer, or anything else that provides services to the formers.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Driver
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct FT_DriverRec_*  FT_Driver;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A handle to a given FreeType font driver object. Each font driver is a special module capable of creating faces from font files.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Renderer
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct FT_RendererRec_*  FT_Renderer;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A handle to a given FreeType renderer. A renderer is a special module in charge of converting a glyph image to a bitmap, when necessary. Each renderer supports a given glyph image format, and one or more target surface depths.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_ENC_TAG
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-#ifndef FT_ENC_TAG
-#define FT_ENC_TAG( value, a, b, c, d )         \
-          value = ( ( (FT_UInt32)(a) << 24 ) |  \
-                    ( (FT_UInt32)(b) << 16 ) |  \
-                    ( (FT_UInt32)(c) <<  8 ) |  \
-                      (FT_UInt32)(d)         )
-
-#endif /* FT_ENC_TAG */
-
-

      
-
      
-
      This macro converts four-letter tags into an unsigned long. It is used to define ‘encoding’ identifiers (see FT_Encoding).
      
-

      
-
      note
      
-
      Since many 16bit compilers don't like 32bit enumerations, you should redefine this macro in case of problems to something like this:
      
-
      -  #define FT_ENC_TAG( value, a, b, c, d )  value                   
-
      
-
      to get a simple enumeration without assigning special numbers.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      ft_encoding_xxx
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-#define ft_encoding_none            FT_ENCODING_NONE
-#define ft_encoding_unicode         FT_ENCODING_UNICODE
-#define ft_encoding_symbol          FT_ENCODING_MS_SYMBOL
-#define ft_encoding_latin_1         FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_LATIN_1
-#define ft_encoding_latin_2         FT_ENCODING_OLD_LATIN_2
-#define ft_encoding_sjis            FT_ENCODING_SJIS
-#define ft_encoding_gb2312          FT_ENCODING_GB2312
-#define ft_encoding_big5            FT_ENCODING_BIG5
-#define ft_encoding_wansung         FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG
-#define ft_encoding_johab           FT_ENCODING_JOHAB
-
-#define ft_encoding_adobe_standard  FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_STANDARD
-#define ft_encoding_adobe_expert    FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_EXPERT
-#define ft_encoding_adobe_custom    FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_CUSTOM
-#define ft_encoding_apple_roman     FT_ENCODING_APPLE_ROMAN
-
-

      
-
      
-
      These constants are deprecated; use the corresponding FT_Encoding values instead.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_CharMapRec
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct  FT_CharMapRec_
-  {
-    FT_Face      face;
-    FT_Encoding  encoding;
-    FT_UShort    platform_id;
-    FT_UShort    encoding_id;
-
-  } FT_CharMapRec;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      The base charmap structure.
      
-

      
-
      fields
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
      face
-
      A handle to the parent face object.
      
-
      encoding
-
      An FT_Encoding tag identifying the charmap. Use this with FT_Select_Charmap.
      
-
      platform_id
-
      An ID number describing the platform for the following encoding ID. This comes directly from the TrueType specification and should be emulated for other formats.
      
-
      encoding_id
-
      A platform specific encoding number. This also comes from the TrueType specification and should be emulated similarly.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Face_Internal
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct FT_Face_InternalRec_*  FT_Face_Internal;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      An opaque handle to an ‘FT_Face_InternalRec’ structure, used to model private data of a given FT_Face object.
      
-
      This structure might change between releases of FreeType 2 and is not generally available to client applications.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_FaceRec
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct  FT_FaceRec_
-  {
-    FT_Long           num_faces;
-    FT_Long           face_index;
-
-    FT_Long           face_flags;
-    FT_Long           style_flags;
-
-    FT_Long           num_glyphs;
-
-    FT_String*        family_name;
-    FT_String*        style_name;
-
-    FT_Int            num_fixed_sizes;
-    FT_Bitmap_Size*   available_sizes;
-
-    FT_Int            num_charmaps;
-    FT_CharMap*       charmaps;
-
-    FT_Generic        generic;
-
-    /*# The following member variables (down to `underline_thickness') */
-    /*# are only relevant to scalable outlines; cf. @FT_Bitmap_Size    */
-    /*# for bitmap fonts.                                              */
-    FT_BBox           bbox;
-
-    FT_UShort         units_per_EM;
-    FT_Short          ascender;
-    FT_Short          descender;
-    FT_Short          height;
-
-    FT_Short          max_advance_width;
-    FT_Short          max_advance_height;
-
-    FT_Short          underline_position;
-    FT_Short          underline_thickness;
-
-    FT_GlyphSlot      glyph;
-    FT_Size           size;
-    FT_CharMap        charmap;
-
-    /*@private begin */
-
-    FT_Driver         driver;
-    FT_Memory         memory;
-    FT_Stream         stream;
-
-    FT_ListRec        sizes_list;
-
-    FT_Generic        autohint;
-    void*             extensions;
-
-    FT_Face_Internal  internal;
-
-    /*@private end */
-
-  } FT_FaceRec;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      FreeType root face class structure. A face object models a typeface in a font file.
      
-

      
-
      fields
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      num_faces
-
      The number of faces in the font file. Some font formats can have multiple faces in a font file.
      
-
      face_index
-
      The index of the face in the font file. It is set to 0 if there is only one face in the font file.
      
-
      face_flags
-
      A set of bit flags that give important information about the face; see FT_FACE_FLAG_XXX for the details.
      
-
      style_flags
-
      A set of bit flags indicating the style of the face; see FT_STYLE_FLAG_XXX for the details.
      
-
      num_glyphs
-
      The number of glyphs in the face. If the face is scalable and has sbits (see ‘num_fixed_sizes’), it is set to the number of outline glyphs.
      
-
      family_name
-
      The face's family name. This is an ASCII string, usually in English, which describes the typeface's family (like ‘Times New Roman’, ‘Bodoni’, ‘Garamond’, etc). This is a least common denominator used to list fonts. Some formats (TrueType & OpenType) provide localized and Unicode versions of this string. Applications should use the format specific interface to access them. Can be NULL (e.g., in fonts embedded in a PDF file).
      
-
      style_name
-
      The face's style name. This is an ASCII string, usually in English, which describes the typeface's style (like ‘Italic’, ‘Bold’, ‘Condensed’, etc). Not all font formats provide a style name, so this field is optional, and can be set to NULL. As for ‘family_name’, some formats provide localized and Unicode versions of this string. Applications should use the format specific interface to access them.
      
-
      num_fixed_sizes
-
      The number of bitmap strikes in the face. Even if the face is scalable, there might still be bitmap strikes, which are called ‘sbits’ in that case.
      
-
      available_sizes
-
      An array of FT_Bitmap_Size for all bitmap strikes in the face. It is set to NULL if there is no bitmap strike.
      
-
      num_charmaps
-
      The number of charmaps in the face.
      
-
      charmaps
-
      An array of the charmaps of the face.
      
-
      generic
-
      A field reserved for client uses. See the FT_Generic type description.
      
-
      bbox
-
      The font bounding box. Coordinates are expressed in font units (see ‘units_per_EM’). The box is large enough to contain any glyph from the font. Thus, ‘bbox.yMax’ can be seen as the ‘maximal ascender’, and ‘bbox.yMin’ as the ‘minimal descender’. Only relevant for scalable formats.
      
-
      units_per_EM
-
      The number of font units per EM square for this face. This is typically 2048 for TrueType fonts, and 1000 for Type 1 fonts. Only relevant for scalable formats.
      
-
      ascender
-
      The typographic ascender of the face, expressed in font units. For font formats not having this information, it is set to ‘bbox.yMax’. Only relevant for scalable formats.
      
-
      descender
-
      The typographic descender of the face, expressed in font units. For font formats not having this information, it is set to ‘bbox.yMin’. Note that this field is usually negative. Only relevant for scalable formats.
      
-
      height
-
      The height is the vertical distance between two consecutive baselines, expressed in font units. It is always positive. Only relevant for scalable formats.
      
-
      max_advance_width
-
      The maximal advance width, in font units, for all glyphs in this face. This can be used to make word wrapping computations faster. Only relevant for scalable formats.
      
-
      max_advance_height
-
      The maximal advance height, in font units, for all glyphs in this face. This is only relevant for vertical layouts, and is set to ‘height’ for fonts that do not provide vertical metrics. Only relevant for scalable formats.
      
-
      underline_position
-
      The position, in font units, of the underline line for this face. It's the center of the underlining stem. Only relevant for scalable formats.
      
-
      underline_thickness
-
      The thickness, in font units, of the underline for this face. Only relevant for scalable formats.
      
-
      glyph
-
      The face's associated glyph slot(s).
      
-
      size
-
      The current active size for this face.
      
-
      charmap
-
      The current active charmap for this face.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      Fields may be changed after a call to FT_Attach_File or FT_Attach_Stream.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_FACE_FLAG_XXX
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-#define FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE          ( 1L <<  0 )
-#define FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES       ( 1L <<  1 )
-#define FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH       ( 1L <<  2 )
-#define FT_FACE_FLAG_SFNT              ( 1L <<  3 )
-#define FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL        ( 1L <<  4 )
-#define FT_FACE_FLAG_VERTICAL          ( 1L <<  5 )
-#define FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING           ( 1L <<  6 )
-#define FT_FACE_FLAG_FAST_GLYPHS       ( 1L <<  7 )
-#define FT_FACE_FLAG_MULTIPLE_MASTERS  ( 1L <<  8 )
-#define FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES       ( 1L <<  9 )
-#define FT_FACE_FLAG_EXTERNAL_STREAM   ( 1L << 10 )
-#define FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTER            ( 1L << 11 )
-#define FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED         ( 1L << 12 )
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A list of bit flags used in the ‘face_flags’ field of the FT_FaceRec structure. They inform client applications of properties of the corresponding face.
      
-

      
-
      values
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE
-
      Indicates that the face contains outline glyphs. This doesn't prevent bitmap strikes, i.e., a face can have both this and and FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES set.
      
-
      FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES
      
-
      Indicates that the face contains bitmap strikes. See also the ‘num_fixed_sizes’ and ‘available_sizes’ fields of FT_FaceRec.
      
-
      FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH
      
-
      Indicates that the face contains fixed-width characters (like Courier, Lucido, MonoType, etc.).
      
-
      FT_FACE_FLAG_SFNT
-
      Indicates that the face uses the ‘sfnt’ storage scheme. For now, this means TrueType and OpenType.
      
-
      FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL
      
-
      Indicates that the face contains horizontal glyph metrics. This should be set for all common formats.
      
-
      FT_FACE_FLAG_VERTICAL
-
      Indicates that the face contains vertical glyph metrics. This is only available in some formats, not all of them.
      
-
      FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING
-
      Indicates that the face contains kerning information. If set, the kerning distance can be retrieved through the function FT_Get_Kerning. Otherwise the function always return the vector (0,0). Note that FreeType doesn't handle kerning data from the ‘GPOS’ table (as present in some OpenType fonts).
      
-
      FT_FACE_FLAG_FAST_GLYPHS
      
-
      THIS FLAG IS DEPRECATED. DO NOT USE OR TEST IT.
      
-
      FT_FACE_FLAG_MULTIPLE_MASTERS
      
-
      Indicates that the font contains multiple masters and is capable of interpolating between them. See the multiple-masters specific API for details.
      
-
      FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES
      
-
      Indicates that the font contains glyph names that can be retrieved through FT_Get_Glyph_Name. Note that some TrueType fonts contain broken glyph name tables. Use the function FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names when needed.
      
-
      FT_FACE_FLAG_EXTERNAL_STREAM
      
-
      Used internally by FreeType to indicate that a face's stream was provided by the client application and should not be destroyed when FT_Done_Face is called. Don't read or test this flag.
      
-
      FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTER
-
      Set if the font driver has a hinting machine of its own. For example, with TrueType fonts, it makes sense to use data from the SFNT ‘gasp’ table only if the native TrueType hinting engine (with the bytecode interpreter) is available and active.
      
-
      FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED
-
      Set if the font is CID-keyed. In that case, the font is not accessed by glyph indices but by CID values. For subsetted CID-keyed fonts this has the consequence that not all index values are a valid argument to FT_Load_Glyph. Only the CID values for which corresponding glyphs in the subsetted font exist make FT_Load_Glyph return successfully; in all other cases you get an ‘FT_Err_Invalid_Argument’ error.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_HAS_HORIZONTAL
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-#define FT_HAS_HORIZONTAL( face ) \
-          ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL )
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains horizontal metrics (this is true for all font formats though).
      
-

      
-
      also
      
-
      FT_HAS_VERTICAL can be used to check for vertical metrics.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_HAS_VERTICAL
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-#define FT_HAS_VERTICAL( face ) \
-          ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_VERTICAL )
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains vertical metrics.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_HAS_KERNING
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-#define FT_HAS_KERNING( face ) \
-          ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING )
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains kerning data that can be accessed with FT_Get_Kerning.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_IS_SCALABLE
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-#define FT_IS_SCALABLE( face ) \
-          ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE )
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains a scalable font face (true for TrueType, Type 1, Type 42, CID, OpenType/CFF, and PFR font formats.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_IS_SFNT
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-#define FT_IS_SFNT( face ) \
-          ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_SFNT )
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains a font whose format is based on the SFNT storage scheme. This usually means: TrueType fonts, OpenType fonts, as well as SFNT-based embedded bitmap fonts.
      
-
      If this macro is true, all functions defined in FT_SFNT_NAMES_H and FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H are available.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_IS_FIXED_WIDTH
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-#define FT_IS_FIXED_WIDTH( face ) \
-          ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH )
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains a font face that contains fixed-width (or ‘monospace’, ‘fixed-pitch’, etc.) glyphs.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_HAS_FIXED_SIZES
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-#define FT_HAS_FIXED_SIZES( face ) \
-          ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES )
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains some embedded bitmaps. See the ‘available_sizes’ field of the FT_FaceRec structure.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_HAS_FAST_GLYPHS
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-#define FT_HAS_FAST_GLYPHS( face )  0
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Deprecated.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-#define FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES( face ) \
-          ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES )
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains some glyph names that can be accessed through FT_Get_Glyph_Name.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_HAS_MULTIPLE_MASTERS
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-#define FT_HAS_MULTIPLE_MASTERS( face ) \
-          ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_MULTIPLE_MASTERS )
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains some multiple masters. The functions provided by FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H are then available to choose the exact design you want.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_IS_CID_KEYED
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-#define FT_IS_CID_KEYED( face ) \
-          ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED )
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains a CID-keyed font. See the discussion of FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED for more details.
      
-
      If this macro is true, all functions defined in FT_CID_H are available.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_STYLE_FLAG_XXX
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-#define FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC  ( 1 << 0 )
-#define FT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLD    ( 1 << 1 )
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A list of bit-flags used to indicate the style of a given face. These are used in the ‘style_flags’ field of FT_FaceRec.
      
-

      
-
      values
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC
-
      Indicates that a given face style is italic or oblique.
      
-
      FT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLD
-
      Indicates that a given face is bold.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      The style information as provided by FreeType is very basic. More details are beyond the scope and should be done on a higher level (for example, by analyzing various fields of the ‘OS/2’ table in SFNT based fonts).
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Size_Internal
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct FT_Size_InternalRec_*  FT_Size_Internal;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      An opaque handle to an ‘FT_Size_InternalRec’ structure, used to model private data of a given FT_Size object.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Size_Metrics
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct  FT_Size_Metrics_
-  {
-    FT_UShort  x_ppem;      /* horizontal pixels per EM               */
-    FT_UShort  y_ppem;      /* vertical pixels per EM                 */
-
-    FT_Fixed   x_scale;     /* scaling values used to convert font    */
-    FT_Fixed   y_scale;     /* units to 26.6 fractional pixels        */
-
-    FT_Pos     ascender;    /* ascender in 26.6 frac. pixels          */
-    FT_Pos     descender;   /* descender in 26.6 frac. pixels         */
-    FT_Pos     height;      /* text height in 26.6 frac. pixels       */
-    FT_Pos     max_advance; /* max horizontal advance, in 26.6 pixels */
-
-  } FT_Size_Metrics;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      The size metrics structure gives the metrics of a size object.
      
-

      
-
      fields
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      x_ppem
-
      The width of the scaled EM square in pixels, hence the term ‘ppem’ (pixels per EM). It is also referred to as ‘nominal width’.
      
-
      y_ppem
-
      The height of the scaled EM square in pixels, hence the term ‘ppem’ (pixels per EM). It is also referred to as ‘nominal height’.
      
-
      x_scale
-
      A 16.16 fractional scaling value used to convert horizontal metrics from font units to 26.6 fractional pixels. Only relevant for scalable font formats.
      
-
      y_scale
-
      A 16.16 fractional scaling value used to convert vertical metrics from font units to 26.6 fractional pixels. Only relevant for scalable font formats.
      
-
      ascender
-
      The ascender in 26.6 fractional pixels. See FT_FaceRec for the details.
      
-
      descender
-
      The descender in 26.6 fractional pixels. See FT_FaceRec for the details.
      
-
      height
-
      The height in 26.6 fractional pixels. See FT_FaceRec for the details.
      
-
      max_advance
-
      The maximal advance width in 26.6 fractional pixels. See FT_FaceRec for the details.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      The scaling values, if relevant, are determined first during a size changing operation. The remaining fields are then set by the driver. For scalable formats, they are usually set to scaled values of the corresponding fields in FT_FaceRec.
      
-
      Note that due to glyph hinting, these values might not be exact for certain fonts. Thus they must be treated as unreliable with an error margin of at least one pixel!
      
-
      Indeed, the only way to get the exact metrics is to render all glyphs. As this would be a definite performance hit, it is up to client applications to perform such computations.
      
-
      The FT_Size_Metrics structure is valid for bitmap fonts also.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_SizeRec
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct  FT_SizeRec_
-  {
-    FT_Face           face;      /* parent face object              */
-    FT_Generic        generic;   /* generic pointer for client uses */
-    FT_Size_Metrics   metrics;   /* size metrics                    */
-    FT_Size_Internal  internal;
-
-  } FT_SizeRec;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      FreeType root size class structure. A size object models a face object at a given size.
      
-

      
-
      fields
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
      face
-
      Handle to the parent face object.
      
-
      generic
-
      A typeless pointer, which is unused by the FreeType library or any of its drivers. It can be used by client applications to link their own data to each size object.
      
-
      metrics
-
      Metrics for this size object. This field is read-only.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_SubGlyph
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct FT_SubGlyphRec_*  FT_SubGlyph;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      The subglyph structure is an internal object used to describe subglyphs (for example, in the case of composites).
      
-

      
-
      note
      
-
      The subglyph implementation is not part of the high-level API, hence the forward structure declaration.
      
-
      You can however retrieve subglyph information with FT_Get_SubGlyph_Info.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Slot_Internal
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct FT_Slot_InternalRec_*  FT_Slot_Internal;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      An opaque handle to an ‘FT_Slot_InternalRec’ structure, used to model private data of a given FT_GlyphSlot object.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_GlyphSlotRec
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct  FT_GlyphSlotRec_
-  {
-    FT_Library        library;
-    FT_Face           face;
-    FT_GlyphSlot      next;
-    FT_UInt           reserved;       /* retained for binary compatibility */
-    FT_Generic        generic;
-
-    FT_Glyph_Metrics  metrics;
-    FT_Fixed          linearHoriAdvance;
-    FT_Fixed          linearVertAdvance;
-    FT_Vector         advance;
-
-    FT_Glyph_Format   format;
-
-    FT_Bitmap         bitmap;
-    FT_Int            bitmap_left;
-    FT_Int            bitmap_top;
-
-    FT_Outline        outline;
-
-    FT_UInt           num_subglyphs;
-    FT_SubGlyph       subglyphs;
-
-    void*             control_data;
-    long              control_len;
-
-    FT_Pos            lsb_delta;
-    FT_Pos            rsb_delta;
-
-    void*             other;
-
-    FT_Slot_Internal  internal;
-
-  } FT_GlyphSlotRec;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      FreeType root glyph slot class structure. A glyph slot is a container where individual glyphs can be loaded, be they in outline or bitmap format.
      
-

      
-
      fields
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      library
-
      A handle to the FreeType library instance this slot belongs to.
      
-
      face
-
      A handle to the parent face object.
      
-
      next
-
      In some cases (like some font tools), several glyph slots per face object can be a good thing. As this is rare, the glyph slots are listed through a direct, single-linked list using its ‘next’ field.
      
-
      generic
-
      A typeless pointer which is unused by the FreeType library or any of its drivers. It can be used by client applications to link their own data to each glyph slot object.
      
-
      metrics
-
      The metrics of the last loaded glyph in the slot. The returned values depend on the last load flags (see the FT_Load_Glyph API function) and can be expressed either in 26.6 fractional pixels or font units.
      
-
      Note that even when the glyph image is transformed, the metrics are not.
      
-
      linearHoriAdvance
-
      The advance width of the unhinted glyph. Its value is expressed in 16.16 fractional pixels, unless FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN is set when loading the glyph. This field can be important to perform correct WYSIWYG layout. Only relevant for outline glyphs.
      
-
      linearVertAdvance
-
      The advance height of the unhinted glyph. Its value is expressed in 16.16 fractional pixels, unless FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN is set when loading the glyph. This field can be important to perform correct WYSIWYG layout. Only relevant for outline glyphs.
      
-
      advance
-
      This is the transformed advance width for the glyph.
      
-
      format
-
      This field indicates the format of the image contained in the glyph slot. Typically FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP, FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE, or FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE, but others are possible.
      
-
      bitmap
-
      This field is used as a bitmap descriptor when the slot format is FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP. Note that the address and content of the bitmap buffer can change between calls of FT_Load_Glyph and a few other functions.
      
-
      bitmap_left
-
      This is the bitmap's left bearing expressed in integer pixels. Of course, this is only valid if the format is FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP.
      
-
      bitmap_top
-
      This is the bitmap's top bearing expressed in integer pixels. Remember that this is the distance from the baseline to the top-most glyph scanline, upwards y-coordinates being positive.
      
-
      outline
-
      The outline descriptor for the current glyph image if its format is FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE. Once a glyph is loaded, ‘outline’ can be transformed, distorted, embolded, etc. However, it must not be freed.
      
-
      num_subglyphs
-
      The number of subglyphs in a composite glyph. This field is only valid for the composite glyph format that should normally only be loaded with the FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE flag. For now this is internal to FreeType.
      
-
      subglyphs
-
      An array of subglyph descriptors for composite glyphs. There are ‘num_subglyphs’ elements in there. Currently internal to FreeType.
      
-
      control_data
-
      Certain font drivers can also return the control data for a given glyph image (e.g. TrueType bytecode, Type 1 charstrings, etc.). This field is a pointer to such data.
      
-
      control_len
-
      This is the length in bytes of the control data.
      
-
      other
-
      Really wicked formats can use this pointer to present their own glyph image to client applications. Note that the application needs to know about the image format.
      
-
      lsb_delta
-
      The difference between hinted and unhinted left side bearing while autohinting is active. Zero otherwise.
      
-
      rsb_delta
-
      The difference between hinted and unhinted right side bearing while autohinting is active. Zero otherwise.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      If FT_Load_Glyph is called with default flags (see FT_LOAD_DEFAULT) the glyph image is loaded in the glyph slot in its native format (e.g., an outline glyph for TrueType and Type 1 formats).
      
-
      This image can later be converted into a bitmap by calling FT_Render_Glyph. This function finds the current renderer for the native image's format then invokes it.
      
-
      The renderer is in charge of transforming the native image through the slot's face transformation fields, then convert it into a bitmap that is returned in ‘slot->bitmap’.
      
-
      Note that ‘slot->bitmap_left’ and ‘slot->bitmap_top’ are also used to specify the position of the bitmap relative to the current pen position (e.g., coordinates (0,0) on the baseline). Of course, ‘slot->format’ is also changed to FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      Here a small pseudo code fragment which shows how to use ‘lsb_delta’ and ‘rsb_delta’:
      
-
      -  FT_Pos  origin_x       = 0;                                      
-  FT_Pos  prev_rsb_delta = 0;                                      
-                                                                   
-                                                                   
-  for all glyphs do                                                
-    <compute kern between current and previous glyph and add it to 
-     `origin_x'>                                                   
-                                                                   
-    <load glyph with `FT_Load_Glyph'>                              
-                                                                   
-    if ( prev_rsb_delta - face->glyph->lsb_delta >= 32 )           
-      origin_x -= 64;                                              
-    else if ( prev_rsb_delta - face->glyph->lsb_delta < -32 )      
-      origin_x += 64;                                              
-                                                                   
-    prev_rsb_delta = face->glyph->rsb_delta;                       
-                                                                   
-    <save glyph image, or render glyph, or ...>                    
-                                                                   
-    origin_x += face->glyph->advance.x;                            
-  endfor                                                           
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Init_FreeType
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Init_FreeType( FT_Library  *alibrary );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Initialize a new FreeType library object. The set of modules that are registered by this function is determined at build time.
      
-

      
-
      output
      
-
      
-
-
-
      alibrary
-
      A handle to a new library object.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Done_FreeType
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Done_FreeType( FT_Library  library );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Destroy a given FreeType library object and all of its children, including resources, drivers, faces, sizes, etc.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      library
-
      A handle to the target library object.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_OPEN_XXX
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-#define FT_OPEN_MEMORY    0x1
-#define FT_OPEN_STREAM    0x2
-#define FT_OPEN_PATHNAME  0x4
-#define FT_OPEN_DRIVER    0x8
-#define FT_OPEN_PARAMS    0x10
-
-#define ft_open_memory    FT_OPEN_MEMORY     /* deprecated */
-#define ft_open_stream    FT_OPEN_STREAM     /* deprecated */
-#define ft_open_pathname  FT_OPEN_PATHNAME   /* deprecated */
-#define ft_open_driver    FT_OPEN_DRIVER     /* deprecated */
-#define ft_open_params    FT_OPEN_PARAMS     /* deprecated */
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A list of bit-field constants used within the ‘flags’ field of the FT_Open_Args structure.
      
-

      
-
      values
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      FT_OPEN_MEMORY
-
      This is a memory-based stream.
      
-
      FT_OPEN_STREAM
-
      Copy the stream from the ‘stream’ field.
      
-
      FT_OPEN_PATHNAME
-
      Create a new input stream from a C path name.
      
-
      FT_OPEN_DRIVER
-
      Use the ‘driver’ field.
      
-
      FT_OPEN_PARAMS
-
      Use the ‘num_params’ and ‘params’ fields.
      
-
      ft_open_memory
-
      Deprecated; use FT_OPEN_MEMORY instead.
      
-
      ft_open_stream
-
      Deprecated; use FT_OPEN_STREAM instead.
      
-
      ft_open_pathname
-
      Deprecated; use FT_OPEN_PATHNAME instead.
      
-
      ft_open_driver
-
      Deprecated; use FT_OPEN_DRIVER instead.
      
-
      ft_open_params
-
      Deprecated; use FT_OPEN_PARAMS instead.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      The ‘FT_OPEN_MEMORY’, ‘FT_OPEN_STREAM’, and ‘FT_OPEN_PATHNAME’ flags are mutually exclusive.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Parameter
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct  FT_Parameter_
-  {
-    FT_ULong    tag;
-    FT_Pointer  data;
-
-  } FT_Parameter;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A simple structure used to pass more or less generic parameters to FT_Open_Face.
      
-

      
-
      fields
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      tag
-
      A four-byte identification tag.
      
-
      data
-
      A pointer to the parameter data.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      The ID and function of parameters are driver-specific.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Open_Args
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct  FT_Open_Args_
-  {
-    FT_UInt         flags;
-    const FT_Byte*  memory_base;
-    FT_Long         memory_size;
-    FT_String*      pathname;
-    FT_Stream       stream;
-    FT_Module       driver;
-    FT_Int          num_params;
-    FT_Parameter*   params;
-
-  } FT_Open_Args;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A structure used to indicate how to open a new font file or stream. A pointer to such a structure can be used as a parameter for the functions FT_Open_Face and FT_Attach_Stream.
      
-

      
-
      fields
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      flags
-
      A set of bit flags indicating how to use the structure.
      
-
      memory_base
-
      The first byte of the file in memory.
      
-
      memory_size
-
      The size in bytes of the file in memory.
      
-
      pathname
-
      A pointer to an 8-bit file pathname.
      
-
      stream
-
      A handle to a source stream object.
      
-
      driver
-
      This field is exclusively used by FT_Open_Face; it simply specifies the font driver to use to open the face. If set to 0, FreeType tries to load the face with each one of the drivers in its list.
      
-
      num_params
-
      The number of extra parameters.
      
-
      params
-
      Extra parameters passed to the font driver when opening a new face.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      The stream type is determined by the contents of ‘flags’ which are tested in the following order by FT_Open_Face:
      
-
      If the ‘FT_OPEN_MEMORY’ bit is set, assume that this is a memory file of ‘memory_size’ bytes, located at ‘memory_address’. The data are are not copied, and the client is responsible for releasing and destroying them after the corresponding call to FT_Done_Face.
      
-
      Otherwise, if the ‘FT_OPEN_STREAM’ bit is set, assume that a custom input stream ‘stream’ is used.
      
-
      Otherwise, if the ‘FT_OPEN_PATHNAME’ bit is set, assume that this is a normal file and use ‘pathname’ to open it.
      
-
      If the ‘FT_OPEN_DRIVER’ bit is set, FT_Open_Face only tries to open the file with the driver whose handler is in ‘driver’.
      
-
      If the ‘FT_OPEN_PARAMS’ bit is set, the parameters given by ‘num_params’ and ‘params’ is used. They are ignored otherwise.
      
-
      Ideally, both the ‘pathname’ and ‘params’ fields should be tagged as ‘const’; this is missing for API backwards compatibility. With other words, applications should treat them as read-only.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_New_Face
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_New_Face( FT_Library   library,
-               const char*  filepathname,
-               FT_Long      face_index,
-               FT_Face     *aface );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      This function calls FT_Open_Face to open a font by its pathname.
      
-

      
-
      inout
      
-
      
-
-
-
      library
-
      A handle to the library resource.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      pathname
-
      A path to the font file.
      
-
      face_index
-
      The index of the face within the font. The first face has index 0.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      output
      
-
      
-
-
-
      aface
-
      A handle to a new face object. If ‘face_index’ is greater than or equal to zero, it must be non-NULL. See FT_Open_Face for more details.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_New_Memory_Face
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_New_Memory_Face( FT_Library      library,
-                      const FT_Byte*  file_base,
-                      FT_Long         file_size,
-                      FT_Long         face_index,
-                      FT_Face        *aface );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      This function calls FT_Open_Face to open a font which has been loaded into memory.
      
-

      
-
      inout
      
-
      
-
-
-
      library
-
      A handle to the library resource.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
      file_base
-
      A pointer to the beginning of the font data.
      
-
      file_size
-
      The size of the memory chunk used by the font data.
      
-
      face_index
-
      The index of the face within the font. The first face has index 0.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      output
      
-
      
-
-
-
      aface
-
      A handle to a new face object. If ‘face_index’ is greater than or equal to zero, it must be non-NULL. See FT_Open_Face for more details.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      You must not deallocate the memory before calling FT_Done_Face.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Open_Face
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Open_Face( FT_Library           library,
-                const FT_Open_Args*  args,
-                FT_Long              face_index,
-                FT_Face             *aface );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Create a face object from a given resource described by FT_Open_Args.
      
-

      
-
      inout
      
-
      
-
-
-
      library
-
      A handle to the library resource.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      args
-
      A pointer to an ‘FT_Open_Args’ structure which must be filled by the caller.
      
-
      face_index
-
      The index of the face within the font. The first face has index 0.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      output
      
-
      
-
-
-
      aface
-
      A handle to a new face object. If ‘face_index’ is greater than or equal to zero, it must be non-NULL. See note below.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      Unlike FreeType 1.x, this function automatically creates a glyph slot for the face object which can be accessed directly through ‘face->glyph’.
      
-
      FT_Open_Face can be used to quickly check whether the font format of a given font resource is supported by FreeType. If the ‘face_index’ field is negative, the function's return value is 0 if the font format is recognized, or non-zero otherwise; the function returns a more or less empty face handle in ‘*aface’ (if ‘aface’ isn't NULL). The only useful field in this special case is ‘face->num_faces’ which gives the number of faces within the font file. After examination, the returned FT_Face structure should be deallocated with a call to FT_Done_Face.
      
-
      Each new face object created with this function also owns a default FT_Size object, accessible as ‘face->size’.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Attach_File
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Attach_File( FT_Face      face,
-                  const char*  filepathname );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      This function calls FT_Attach_Stream to attach a file.
      
-

      
-
      inout
      
-
      
-
-
-
      face
-
      The target face object.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      filepathname
-
      The pathname.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Attach_Stream
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Attach_Stream( FT_Face        face,
-                    FT_Open_Args*  parameters );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      ‘Attach’ data to a face object. Normally, this is used to read additional information for the face object. For example, you can attach an AFM file that comes with a Type 1 font to get the kerning values and other metrics.
      
-

      
-
      inout
      
-
      
-
-
-
      face
-
      The target face object.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      parameters
-
      A pointer to FT_Open_Args which must be filled by the caller.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      The meaning of the ‘attach’ (i.e., what really happens when the new file is read) is not fixed by FreeType itself. It really depends on the font format (and thus the font driver).
      
-
      Client applications are expected to know what they are doing when invoking this function. Most drivers simply do not implement file attachments.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Done_Face
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Done_Face( FT_Face  face );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Discard a given face object, as well as all of its child slots and sizes.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      face
-
      A handle to a target face object.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Select_Size
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Select_Size( FT_Face  face,
-                  FT_Int   strike_index );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Select a bitmap strike.
      
-

      
-
      inout
      
-
      
-
-
-
      face
-
      A handle to a target face object.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      strike_index
-
      The index of the bitmap strike in the ‘available_sizes’ field of FT_FaceRec structure.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Size_Request_Type
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef enum  FT_Size_Request_Type_
-  {
-    FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_NOMINAL,
-    FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_REAL_DIM,
-    FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_BBOX,
-    FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_CELL,
-    FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_SCALES,
-
-    FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_MAX
-
-  } FT_Size_Request_Type;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      An enumeration type that lists the supported size request types.
      
-

      
-
      values
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_NOMINAL
      
-
      The nominal size. The ‘units_per_EM’ field of FT_FaceRec is used to determine both scaling values.
      
-
      FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_REAL_DIM
      
-
      The real dimension. The sum of the the ‘Ascender’ and (minus of) the ‘Descender’ fields of FT_FaceRec are used to determine both scaling values.
      
-
      FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_BBOX
      
-
      The font bounding box. The width and height of the ‘bbox’ field of FT_FaceRec are used to determine the horizontal and vertical scaling value, respectively.
      
-
      FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_CELL
      
-
      The ‘max_advance_width’ field of FT_FaceRec is used to determine the horizontal scaling value; the vertical scaling value is determined the same way as FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_REAL_DIM does. Finally, both scaling values are set to the smaller one. This type is useful if you want to specify the font size for, say, a window of a given dimension and 80x24 cells.
      
-
      FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_SCALES
      
-
      Specify the scaling values directly.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      The above descriptions only apply to scalable formats. For bitmap formats, the behaviour is up to the driver.
      
-
      See the note section of FT_Size_Metrics if you wonder how size requesting relates to scaling values.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Size_RequestRec
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct  FT_Size_RequestRec_
-  {
-    FT_Size_Request_Type  type;
-    FT_Long               width;
-    FT_Long               height;
-    FT_UInt               horiResolution;
-    FT_UInt               vertResolution;
-
-  } FT_Size_RequestRec;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A structure used to model a size request.
      
-

      
-
      fields
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      type
-
      See FT_Size_Request_Type.
      
-
      width
-
      The desired width.
      
-
      height
-
      The desired height.
      
-
      horiResolution
-
      The horizontal resolution. If set to zero, ‘width’ is treated as a 26.6 fractional pixel value.
      
-
      vertResolution
-
      The vertical resolution. If set to zero, ‘height’ is treated as a 26.6 fractional pixel value.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      If ‘width’ is zero, then the horizontal scaling value is set equal to the vertical scaling value, and vice versa.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Size_Request
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct FT_Size_RequestRec_  *FT_Size_Request;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A handle to a size request structure.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Request_Size
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Request_Size( FT_Face          face,
-                   FT_Size_Request  req );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Resize the scale of the active FT_Size object in a face.
      
-

      
-
      inout
      
-
      
-
-
-
      face
-
      A handle to a target face object.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      req
-
      A pointer to a FT_Size_RequestRec.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      Although drivers may select the bitmap strike matching the request, you should not rely on this if you intend to select a particular bitmap strike. Use FT_Select_Size instead in that case.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Set_Char_Size
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Set_Char_Size( FT_Face     face,
-                    FT_F26Dot6  char_width,
-                    FT_F26Dot6  char_height,
-                    FT_UInt     horz_resolution,
-                    FT_UInt     vert_resolution );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      This function calls FT_Request_Size to request the nominal size (in points).
      
-

      
-
      inout
      
-
      
-
-
-
      face
-
      A handle to a target face object.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
      char_width
-
      The nominal width, in 26.6 fractional points.
      
-
      char_height
-
      The nominal height, in 26.6 fractional points.
      
-
      horz_resolution
-
      The horizontal resolution in dpi.
      
-
      vert_resolution
-
      The vertical resolution in dpi.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      If either the character width or height is zero, it is set equal to the other value.
      
-
      If either the horizontal or vertical resolution is zero, it is set equal to the other value.
      
-
      A character width or height smaller than 1pt is set to 1pt; if both resolution values are zero, they are set to 72dpi.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes( FT_Face  face,
-                      FT_UInt  pixel_width,
-                      FT_UInt  pixel_height );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      This function calls FT_Request_Size to request the nominal size (in pixels).
      
-

      
-
      inout
      
-
      
-
-
-
      face
-
      A handle to the target face object.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      pixel_width
-
      The nominal width, in pixels.
      
-
      pixel_height
-
      The nominal height, in pixels.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Load_Glyph
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Load_Glyph( FT_Face   face,
-                 FT_UInt   glyph_index,
-                 FT_Int32  load_flags );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A function used to load a single glyph into the glyph slot of a face object.
      
-

      
-
      inout
      
-
      
-
-
-
      face
-
      A handle to the target face object where the glyph is loaded.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      glyph_index
-
      The index of the glyph in the font file. For CID-keyed fonts (either in PS or in CFF format) this argument specifies the CID value.
      
-
      load_flags
-
      A flag indicating what to load for this glyph. The FT_LOAD_XXX constants can be used to control the glyph loading process (e.g., whether the outline should be scaled, whether to load bitmaps or not, whether to hint the outline, etc).
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      The loaded glyph may be transformed. See FT_Set_Transform for the details.
      
-
      For subsetted CID-keyed fonts, ‘FT_Err_Invalid_Argument’ is returned for invalid CID values (this is, for CID values which don't have a corresponding glyph in the font). See the discussion of the FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED flag for more details.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Load_Char
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Load_Char( FT_Face   face,
-                FT_ULong  char_code,
-                FT_Int32  load_flags );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A function used to load a single glyph into the glyph slot of a face object, according to its character code.
      
-

      
-
      inout
      
-
      
-
-
-
      face
-
      A handle to a target face object where the glyph is loaded.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      char_code
-
      The glyph's character code, according to the current charmap used in the face.
      
-
      load_flags
-
      A flag indicating what to load for this glyph. The FT_LOAD_XXX constants can be used to control the glyph loading process (e.g., whether the outline should be scaled, whether to load bitmaps or not, whether to hint the outline, etc).
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      This function simply calls FT_Get_Char_Index and FT_Load_Glyph.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_LOAD_XXX
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-#define FT_LOAD_DEFAULT                      0x0
-#define FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE                     0x1
-#define FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING                   0x2
-#define FT_LOAD_RENDER                       0x4
-#define FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP                    0x8
-#define FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT              0x10
-#define FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT               0x20
-#define FT_LOAD_CROP_BITMAP                  0x40
-#define FT_LOAD_PEDANTIC                     0x80
-#define FT_LOAD_IGNORE_GLOBAL_ADVANCE_WIDTH  0x200
-#define FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE                   0x400
-#define FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM             0x800
-#define FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME                   0x1000
-#define FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN                0x2000
-#define FT_LOAD_SBITS_ONLY                   0x4000   /* temporary hack! */
-#define FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT                  0x8000U
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A list of bit-field constants used with FT_Load_Glyph to indicate what kind of operations to perform during glyph loading.
      
-

      
-
      values
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      FT_LOAD_DEFAULT
-
      Corresponding to 0, this value is used as the default glyph load operation. In this case, the following happens:
      
-
      1. FreeType looks for a bitmap for the glyph corresponding to the face's current size. If one is found, the function returns. The bitmap data can be accessed from the glyph slot (see note below).
      
-
      2. If no embedded bitmap is searched or found, FreeType looks for a scalable outline. If one is found, it is loaded from the font file, scaled to device pixels, then ‘hinted’ to the pixel grid in order to optimize it. The outline data can be accessed from the glyph slot (see note below).
      
-
      Note that by default, the glyph loader doesn't render outlines into bitmaps. The following flags are used to modify this default behaviour to more specific and useful cases.
      
-
      FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE
-
      Don't scale the outline glyph loaded, but keep it in font units.
      
-
      This flag implies FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING and FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP, and unsets FT_LOAD_RENDER.
      
-
      FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING
-
      Disable hinting. This generally generates ‘blurrier’ bitmap glyph when the glyph is rendered in any of the anti-aliased modes. See also the note below.
      
-
      This flag is implied by FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE.
      
-
      FT_LOAD_RENDER
-
      Call FT_Render_Glyph after the glyph is loaded. By default, the glyph is rendered in FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL mode. This can be overridden by FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX or FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME.
      
-
      This flag is unset by FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE.
      
-
      FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP
-
      Ignore bitmap strikes when loading. Bitmap-only fonts ignore this flag.
      
-
      FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE always sets this flag.
      
-
      FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT
      
-
      Load the glyph for vertical text layout. Don't use it as it is problematic currently.
      
-
      FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT
-
      Indicates that the auto-hinter is preferred over the font's native hinter. See also the note below.
      
-
      FT_LOAD_CROP_BITMAP
-
      Indicates that the font driver should crop the loaded bitmap glyph (i.e., remove all space around its black bits). Not all drivers implement this.
      
-
      FT_LOAD_PEDANTIC
-
      Indicates that the font driver should perform pedantic verifications during glyph loading. This is mostly used to detect broken glyphs in fonts. By default, FreeType tries to handle broken fonts also.
      
-
      FT_LOAD_IGNORE_GLOBAL_ADVANCE_WIDTH
      
-
      Indicates that the font driver should ignore the global advance width defined in the font. By default, that value is used as the advance width for all glyphs when the face has FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH set.
      
-
      This flag exists for historical reasons (to support buggy CJK fonts).
      
-
      FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE
-
      This flag is only used internally. It merely indicates that the font driver should not load composite glyphs recursively. Instead, it should set the ‘num_subglyph’ and ‘subglyphs’ values of the glyph slot accordingly, and set ‘glyph->format’ to FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE.
      
-
      The description of sub-glyphs is not available to client applications for now.
      
-
      This flag implies FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE and FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM.
      
-
      FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM
      
-
      Indicates that the transform matrix set by FT_Set_Transform should be ignored.
      
-
      FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME
-
      This flag is used with FT_LOAD_RENDER to indicate that you want to render an outline glyph to a 1-bit monochrome bitmap glyph, with 8 pixels packed into each byte of the bitmap data.
      
-
      Note that this has no effect on the hinting algorithm used. You should use FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO instead so that the monochrome-optimized hinting algorithm is used.
      
-
      FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN
-
      Indicates that the ‘linearHoriAdvance’ and ‘linearVertAdvance’ fields of FT_GlyphSlotRec should be kept in font units. See FT_GlyphSlotRec for details.
      
-
      FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT
-
      Disable auto-hinter. See also the note below.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      By default, hinting is enabled and the font's native hinter (see FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTER) is preferred over the auto-hinter. You can disable hinting by setting FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING or change the precedence by setting FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT. You can also set FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT in case you don't want the auto-hinter to be used at all.
      
-
      Besides deciding which hinter to use, you can also decide which hinting algorithm to use. See FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX for details.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_( x )      ( (FT_Int32)( (x) & 15 ) << 16 )
-
-#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL     FT_LOAD_TARGET_( FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL )
-#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT      FT_LOAD_TARGET_( FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT  )
-#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO       FT_LOAD_TARGET_( FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO   )
-#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD        FT_LOAD_TARGET_( FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD    )
-#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD_V      FT_LOAD_TARGET_( FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V  )
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A list of values that are used to select a specific hinting algorithm to use by the hinter. You should OR one of these values to your ‘load_flags’ when calling FT_Load_Glyph.
      
-
      Note that font's native hinters may ignore the hinting algorithm you have specified (e.g., the TrueType bytecode interpreter). You can set FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT to ensure that the auto-hinter is used.
      
-
      Also note that FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT is an exception, in that it always implies FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT.
      
-

      
-
      values
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL
-
      This corresponds to the default hinting algorithm, optimized for standard gray-level rendering. For monochrome output, use FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO instead.
      
-
      FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT
-
      A lighter hinting algorithm for non-monochrome modes. Many generated glyphs are more fuzzy but better resemble its original shape. A bit like rendering on Mac OS X.
      
-
      As a special exception, this target implies FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT.
      
-
      FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO
-
      Strong hinting algorithm that should only be used for monochrome output. The result is probably unpleasant if the glyph is rendered in non-monochrome modes.
      
-
      FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD
-
      A variant of FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL optimized for horizontally decimated LCD displays.
      
-
      FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD_V
-
      A variant of FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL optimized for vertically decimated LCD displays.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      You should use only one of the FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX values in your ‘load_flags’. They can't be ORed.
      
-
      If FT_LOAD_RENDER is also set, the glyph is rendered in the corresponding mode (i.e., the mode which matches the used algorithm best) unless FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME is set.
      
-
      You can use a hinting algorithm that doesn't correspond to the same rendering mode. As an example, it is possible to use the ‘light’ hinting algorithm and have the results rendered in horizontal LCD pixel mode, with code like
      
-
      -  FT_Load_Glyph( face, glyph_index,
-                 load_flags | FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT );
-
-  FT_Render_Glyph( face->glyph, FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD );
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_LOAD_TARGET_MODE
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_MODE( x )  ( (FT_Render_Mode)( ( (x) >> 16 ) & 15 ) )
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Return the FT_Render_Mode corresponding to a given FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX value.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Set_Transform
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FT_Set_Transform( FT_Face     face,
-                    FT_Matrix*  matrix,
-                    FT_Vector*  delta );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A function used to set the transformation that is applied to glyph images when they are loaded into a glyph slot through FT_Load_Glyph.
      
-

      
-
      inout
      
-
      
-
-
-
      face
-
      A handle to the source face object.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      matrix
-
      A pointer to the transformation's 2x2 matrix. Use 0 for the identity matrix.
      
-
      delta
-
      A pointer to the translation vector. Use 0 for the null vector.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      The transformation is only applied to scalable image formats after the glyph has been loaded. It means that hinting is unaltered by the transformation and is performed on the character size given in the last call to FT_Set_Char_Size or FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes.
      
-
      Note that this also transforms the ‘face.glyph.advance’ field, but not the values in ‘face.glyph.metrics’.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Render_Mode
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef enum  FT_Render_Mode_
-  {
-    FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL = 0,
-    FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT,
-    FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO,
-    FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD,
-    FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V,
-
-    FT_RENDER_MODE_MAX
-
-  } FT_Render_Mode;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      An enumeration type that lists the render modes supported by FreeType 2. Each mode corresponds to a specific type of scanline conversion performed on the outline.
      
-
      For bitmap fonts the ‘bitmap->pixel_mode’ field in the FT_GlyphSlotRec structure gives the format of the returned bitmap.
      
-

      
-
      values
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL
-
      This is the default render mode; it corresponds to 8-bit anti-aliased bitmaps, using 256 levels of opacity.
      
-
      FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT
-
      This is equivalent to FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL. It is only defined as a separate value because render modes are also used indirectly to define hinting algorithm selectors. See FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX for details.
      
-
      FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO
-
      This mode corresponds to 1-bit bitmaps.
      
-
      FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD
-
      This mode corresponds to horizontal RGB and BGR sub-pixel displays, like LCD-screens. It produces 8-bit bitmaps that are 3 times the width of the original glyph outline in pixels, and which use the FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD mode.
      
-
      FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V
-
      This mode corresponds to vertical RGB and BGR sub-pixel displays (like PDA screens, rotated LCD displays, etc.). It produces 8-bit bitmaps that are 3 times the height of the original glyph outline in pixels and use the FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V mode.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      The LCD-optimized glyph bitmaps produced by FT_Render_Glyph can be filtered to reduce color-fringes by using FT_Library_SetLcdFilter (not active in the default builds). It is up to the caller to either call FT_Library_SetLcdFilter (if available) or do the filtering itself.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      ft_render_mode_xxx
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-#define ft_render_mode_normal  FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL
-#define ft_render_mode_mono    FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO
-
-

      
-
      
-
      These constants are deprecated. Use the corresponding FT_Render_Mode values instead.
      
-

      
-
      values
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      ft_render_mode_normal
-
      see FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL
      
-
      ft_render_mode_mono
-
      see FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Render_Glyph
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Render_Glyph( FT_GlyphSlot    slot,
-                   FT_Render_Mode  render_mode );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Convert a given glyph image to a bitmap. It does so by inspecting the glyph image format, finding the relevant renderer, and invoking it.
      
-

      
-
      inout
      
-
      
-
-
-
      slot
-
      A handle to the glyph slot containing the image to convert.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      render_mode
-
      This is the render mode used to render the glyph image into a bitmap. See FT_Render_Mode for a list of possible values.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Kerning_Mode
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef enum  FT_Kerning_Mode_
-  {
-    FT_KERNING_DEFAULT  = 0,
-    FT_KERNING_UNFITTED,
-    FT_KERNING_UNSCALED
-
-  } FT_Kerning_Mode;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      An enumeration used to specify which kerning values to return in FT_Get_Kerning.
      
-

      
-
      values
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
      FT_KERNING_DEFAULT
-
      Return scaled and grid-fitted kerning distances (value is 0).
      
-
      FT_KERNING_UNFITTED
-
      Return scaled but un-grid-fitted kerning distances.
      
-
      FT_KERNING_UNSCALED
-
      Return the kerning vector in original font units.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      ft_kerning_default
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-#define ft_kerning_default   FT_KERNING_DEFAULT
-
-

      
-
      
-
      This constant is deprecated. Please use FT_KERNING_DEFAULT instead.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      ft_kerning_unfitted
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-#define ft_kerning_unfitted  FT_KERNING_UNFITTED
-
-

      
-
      
-
      This constant is deprecated. Please use FT_KERNING_UNFITTED instead.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      ft_kerning_unscaled
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-#define ft_kerning_unscaled  FT_KERNING_UNSCALED
-
-

      
-
      
-
      This constant is deprecated. Please use FT_KERNING_UNSCALED instead.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Get_Kerning
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Get_Kerning( FT_Face     face,
-                  FT_UInt     left_glyph,
-                  FT_UInt     right_glyph,
-                  FT_UInt     kern_mode,
-                  FT_Vector  *akerning );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Return the kerning vector between two glyphs of a same face.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
      face
-
      A handle to a source face object.
      
-
      left_glyph
-
      The index of the left glyph in the kern pair.
      
-
      right_glyph
-
      The index of the right glyph in the kern pair.
      
-
      kern_mode
-
      See FT_Kerning_Mode for more information. Determines the scale and dimension of the returned kerning vector.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      output
      
-
      
-
-
-
      akerning
-
      The kerning vector. This is either in font units or in pixels (26.6 format) for scalable formats, and in pixels for fixed-sizes formats.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      Only horizontal layouts (left-to-right & right-to-left) are supported by this method. Other layouts, or more sophisticated kernings, are out of the scope of this API function -- they can be implemented through format-specific interfaces.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Get_Track_Kerning
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Get_Track_Kerning( FT_Face    face,
-                        FT_Fixed   point_size,
-                        FT_Int     degree,
-                        FT_Fixed*  akerning );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Return the track kerning for a given face object at a given size.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
      face
-
      A handle to a source face object.
      
-
      point_size
-
      The point size in 16.16 fractional points.
      
-
      degree
-
      The degree of tightness.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      output
      
-
      
-
-
-
      akerning
-
      The kerning in 16.16 fractional points.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Get_Glyph_Name
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Get_Glyph_Name( FT_Face     face,
-                     FT_UInt     glyph_index,
-                     FT_Pointer  buffer,
-                     FT_UInt     buffer_max );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Retrieve the ASCII name of a given glyph in a face. This only works for those faces where FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES(face) returns 1.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
      face
-
      A handle to a source face object.
      
-
      glyph_index
-
      The glyph index.
      
-
      buffer_max
-
      The maximal number of bytes available in the buffer.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      output
      
-
      
-
-
-
      buffer
-
      A pointer to a target buffer where the name is copied to.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      An error is returned if the face doesn't provide glyph names or if the glyph index is invalid. In all cases of failure, the first byte of ‘buffer’ is set to 0 to indicate an empty name.
      
-
      The glyph name is truncated to fit within the buffer if it is too long. The returned string is always zero-terminated.
      
-
      This function is not compiled within the library if the config macro ‘FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_GLYPH_NAMES’ is defined in ‘include/freetype/config/ftoptions.h’.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Get_Postscript_Name
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( const char* )
-  FT_Get_Postscript_Name( FT_Face  face );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Retrieve the ASCII Postscript name of a given face, if available. This only works with Postscript and TrueType fonts.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      face
-
      A handle to the source face object.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      A pointer to the face's Postscript name. NULL if unavailable.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      The returned pointer is owned by the face and is destroyed with it.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Select_Charmap
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Select_Charmap( FT_Face      face,
-                     FT_Encoding  encoding );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Select a given charmap by its encoding tag (as listed in ‘freetype.h’).
      
-

      
-
      inout
      
-
      
-
-
-
      face
-
      A handle to the source face object.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      encoding
-
      A handle to the selected encoding.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      This function returns an error if no charmap in the face corresponds to the encoding queried here.
      
-
      Because many fonts contain more than a single cmap for Unicode encoding, this function has some special code to select the one which covers Unicode best (‘best’ in the sense that a UCS-4 cmap is preferred to a UCS-2 cmap). It is thus preferable to FT_Set_Charmap in this case.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Set_Charmap
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Set_Charmap( FT_Face     face,
-                  FT_CharMap  charmap );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Select a given charmap for character code to glyph index mapping.
      
-

      
-
      inout
      
-
      
-
-
-
      face
-
      A handle to the source face object.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      charmap
-
      A handle to the selected charmap.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      This function returns an error if the charmap is not part of the face (i.e., if it is not listed in the ‘face->charmaps’ table).
      
-
      It also fails if a type 14 charmap is selected.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Get_Charmap_Index
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Int )
-  FT_Get_Charmap_Index( FT_CharMap  charmap );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Retrieve index of a given charmap.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      charmap
-
      A handle to a charmap.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      The index into the array of character maps within the face to which ‘charmap’ belongs.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Get_Char_Index
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt )
-  FT_Get_Char_Index( FT_Face   face,
-                     FT_ULong  charcode );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Return the glyph index of a given character code. This function uses a charmap object to do the mapping.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      face
-
      A handle to the source face object.
      
-
      charcode
-
      The character code.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      The glyph index. 0 means ‘undefined character code’.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      If you use FreeType to manipulate the contents of font files directly, be aware that the glyph index returned by this function doesn't always correspond to the internal indices used within the file. This is done to ensure that value 0 always corresponds to the ‘missing glyph’.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Get_First_Char
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_ULong )
-  FT_Get_First_Char( FT_Face   face,
-                     FT_UInt  *agindex );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      This function is used to return the first character code in the current charmap of a given face. It also returns the corresponding glyph index.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      face
-
      A handle to the source face object.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      output
      
-
      
-
-
-
      agindex
-
      Glyph index of first character code. 0 if charmap is empty.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      The charmap's first character code.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      You should use this function with FT_Get_Next_Char to be able to parse all character codes available in a given charmap. The code should look like this:
      
-
      -  FT_ULong  charcode;                                              
-  FT_UInt   gindex;                                                
-                                                                   
-                                                                   
-  charcode = FT_Get_First_Char( face, &gindex );                   
-  while ( gindex != 0 )                                            
-  {                                                                
-    ... do something with (charcode,gindex) pair ...               
-                                                                   
-    charcode = FT_Get_Next_Char( face, charcode, &gindex );        
-  }                                                                
-
      
-
      Note that ‘*agindex’ is set to 0 if the charmap is empty. The result itself can be 0 in two cases: if the charmap is empty or when the value 0 is the first valid character code.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Get_Next_Char
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_ULong )
-  FT_Get_Next_Char( FT_Face    face,
-                    FT_ULong   char_code,
-                    FT_UInt   *agindex );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      This function is used to return the next character code in the current charmap of a given face following the value ‘char_code’, as well as the corresponding glyph index.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      face
-
      A handle to the source face object.
      
-
      char_code
-
      The starting character code.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      output
      
-
      
-
-
-
      agindex
-
      Glyph index of first character code. 0 if charmap is empty.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      The charmap's next character code.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      You should use this function with FT_Get_First_Char to walk over all character codes available in a given charmap. See the note for this function for a simple code example.
      
-
      Note that ‘*agindex’ is set to 0 when there are no more codes in the charmap.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Get_Name_Index
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt )
-  FT_Get_Name_Index( FT_Face     face,
-                     FT_String*  glyph_name );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Return the glyph index of a given glyph name. This function uses driver specific objects to do the translation.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      face
-
      A handle to the source face object.
      
-
      glyph_name
-
      The glyph name.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      The glyph index. 0 means ‘undefined character code’.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XXX
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_WORDS          1
-#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_XY_VALUES      2
-#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ROUND_XY_TO_GRID        4
-#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_SCALE                   8
-#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XY_SCALE             0x40
-#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_2X2                  0x80
-#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_USE_MY_METRICS      0x200
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A list of constants used to describe subglyphs. Please refer to the TrueType specification for the meaning of the various flags.
      
-

      
-
      values
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_WORDS
      
-
      
-
      FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_XY_VALUES
      
-
      
-
      FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ROUND_XY_TO_GRID
      
-
      
-
      FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_SCALE
-
      
-
      FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XY_SCALE
      
-
      
-
      FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_2X2
-
      
-
      FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_USE_MY_METRICS
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Get_SubGlyph_Info
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Get_SubGlyph_Info( FT_GlyphSlot  glyph,
-                        FT_UInt       sub_index,
-                        FT_Int       *p_index,
-                        FT_UInt      *p_flags,
-                        FT_Int       *p_arg1,
-                        FT_Int       *p_arg2,
-                        FT_Matrix    *p_transform );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Retrieve a description of a given subglyph. Only use it if ‘glyph->format’ is FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE, or an error is returned.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      glyph
-
      The source glyph slot.
      
-
      sub_index
-
      The index of subglyph. Must be less than ‘glyph->num_subglyphs’.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      output
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      p_index
-
      The glyph index of the subglyph.
      
-
      p_flags
-
      The subglyph flags, see FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XXX.
      
-
      p_arg1
-
      The subglyph's first argument (if any).
      
-
      p_arg2
-
      The subglyph's second argument (if any).
      
-
      p_transform
-
      The subglyph transformation (if any).
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      The values of ‘*p_arg1’, ‘*p_arg2’, and ‘*p_transform’ must be interpreted depending on the flags returned in ‘*p_flags’. See the TrueType specification for details.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
-
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-basic_types.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-basic_types.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 16ab90f..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-basic_types.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1160 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
-
-
-
-
      FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
      
-
-
      
-Basic Data Types
-
      
-
      Synopsis
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      FT_ByteFT_OffsetFT_UnitVector
      FT_BytesFT_PtrDistFT_F26Dot6
      FT_CharFT_StringFT_Pixel_Mode
      FT_IntFT_Tagft_pixel_mode_xxx
      FT_UIntFT_ErrorFT_Palette_Mode
      FT_Int16FT_FixedFT_Bitmap
      FT_UInt16FT_PointerFT_IMAGE_TAG
      FT_Int32FT_PosFT_Glyph_Format
      FT_UInt32FT_Vectorft_glyph_format_xxx
      FT_ShortFT_BBoxFT_Data
      FT_UShortFT_MatrixFT_Generic_Finalizer
      FT_LongFT_FWordFT_Generic
      FT_ULongFT_UFWordFT_MAKE_TAG
      FT_BoolFT_F2Dot14


      
-
-
      
-
      This section contains the basic data types defined by FreeType 2, ranging from simple scalar types to bitmap descriptors. More font-specific structures are defined in a different section.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      FT_Byte
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TYPES_H (freetype/fttypes.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef unsigned char  FT_Byte;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A simple typedef for the unsigned char type.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Bytes
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TYPES_H (freetype/fttypes.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef const FT_Byte*  FT_Bytes;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A typedef for constant memory areas.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Char
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TYPES_H (freetype/fttypes.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef signed char  FT_Char;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A simple typedef for the signed char type.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Int
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TYPES_H (freetype/fttypes.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef signed int  FT_Int;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A typedef for the int type.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_UInt
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TYPES_H (freetype/fttypes.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef unsigned int  FT_UInt;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A typedef for the unsigned int type.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Int16
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H (freetype/config/ftconfig.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef signed short  FT_Int16;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A typedef for a 16bit signed integer type.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_UInt16
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H (freetype/config/ftconfig.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef unsigned short  FT_UInt16;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A typedef for a 16bit unsigned integer type.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Int32
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H (freetype/config/ftconfig.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef signed XXX  FT_Int32;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A typedef for a 32bit signed integer type. The size depends on the configuration.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_UInt32
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H (freetype/config/ftconfig.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef unsigned XXX  FT_UInt32;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Short
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TYPES_H (freetype/fttypes.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef signed short  FT_Short;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A typedef for signed short.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_UShort
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TYPES_H (freetype/fttypes.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef unsigned short  FT_UShort;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A typedef for unsigned short.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Long
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TYPES_H (freetype/fttypes.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef signed long  FT_Long;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A typedef for signed long.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_ULong
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TYPES_H (freetype/fttypes.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef unsigned long  FT_ULong;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A typedef for unsigned long.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Bool
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TYPES_H (freetype/fttypes.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef unsigned char  FT_Bool;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A typedef of unsigned char, used for simple booleans. As usual, values 1 and 0 represent true and false, respectively.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Offset
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TYPES_H (freetype/fttypes.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef size_t  FT_Offset;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      This is equivalent to the ANSI C ‘size_t’ type, i.e., the largest unsigned integer type used to express a file size or position, or a memory block size.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_PtrDist
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TYPES_H (freetype/fttypes.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef ft_ptrdiff_t  FT_PtrDist;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      This is equivalent to the ANSI C ‘ptrdiff_t’ type, i.e., the largest signed integer type used to express the distance between two pointers.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_String
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TYPES_H (freetype/fttypes.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef char  FT_String;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A simple typedef for the char type, usually used for strings.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Tag
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TYPES_H (freetype/fttypes.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef FT_UInt32  FT_Tag;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A typedef for 32bit tags (as used in the SFNT format).
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Error
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TYPES_H (freetype/fttypes.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef int  FT_Error;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      The FreeType error code type. A value of 0 is always interpreted as a successful operation.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Fixed
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TYPES_H (freetype/fttypes.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef signed long  FT_Fixed;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      This type is used to store 16.16 fixed float values, like scaling values or matrix coefficients.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Pointer
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TYPES_H (freetype/fttypes.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef void*  FT_Pointer;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A simple typedef for a typeless pointer.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Pos
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_IMAGE_H (freetype/ftimage.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef signed long  FT_Pos;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      The type FT_Pos is a 32-bit integer used to store vectorial coordinates. Depending on the context, these can represent distances in integer font units, or 16,16, or 26.6 fixed float pixel coordinates.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Vector
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_IMAGE_H (freetype/ftimage.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct  FT_Vector_
-  {
-    FT_Pos  x;
-    FT_Pos  y;
-
-  } FT_Vector;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A simple structure used to store a 2D vector; coordinates are of the FT_Pos type.
      
-

      
-
      fields
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      x
-
      The horizontal coordinate.
      
-
      y
-
      The vertical coordinate.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_BBox
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_IMAGE_H (freetype/ftimage.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct  FT_BBox_
-  {
-    FT_Pos  xMin, yMin;
-    FT_Pos  xMax, yMax;
-
-  } FT_BBox;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A structure used to hold an outline's bounding box, i.e., the coordinates of its extrema in the horizontal and vertical directions.
      
-

      
-
      fields
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
      xMin
-
      The horizontal minimum (left-most).
      
-
      yMin
-
      The vertical minimum (bottom-most).
      
-
      xMax
-
      The horizontal maximum (right-most).
      
-
      yMax
-
      The vertical maximum (top-most).
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Matrix
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TYPES_H (freetype/fttypes.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct  FT_Matrix_
-  {
-    FT_Fixed  xx, xy;
-    FT_Fixed  yx, yy;
-
-  } FT_Matrix;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A simple structure used to store a 2x2 matrix. Coefficients are in 16.16 fixed float format. The computation performed is:
      
-
      -   x' = x*xx + y*xy                                             
-   y' = x*yx + y*yy                                             
-
      
-

      
-
      fields
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
      xx
-
      Matrix coefficient.
      
-
      xy
-
      Matrix coefficient.
      
-
      yx
-
      Matrix coefficient.
      
-
      yy
-
      Matrix coefficient.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_FWord
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TYPES_H (freetype/fttypes.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef signed short  FT_FWord;   /* distance in FUnits */
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A signed 16-bit integer used to store a distance in original font units.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_UFWord
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TYPES_H (freetype/fttypes.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef unsigned short  FT_UFWord;  /* unsigned distance */
-
-

      
-
      
-
      An unsigned 16-bit integer used to store a distance in original font units.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_F2Dot14
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TYPES_H (freetype/fttypes.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef signed short  FT_F2Dot14;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A signed 2.14 fixed float type used for unit vectors.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_UnitVector
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TYPES_H (freetype/fttypes.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct  FT_UnitVector_
-  {
-    FT_F2Dot14  x;
-    FT_F2Dot14  y;
-
-  } FT_UnitVector;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A simple structure used to store a 2D vector unit vector. Uses FT_F2Dot14 types.
      
-

      
-
      fields
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      x
-
      Horizontal coordinate.
      
-
      y
-
      Vertical coordinate.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_F26Dot6
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TYPES_H (freetype/fttypes.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef signed long  FT_F26Dot6;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A signed 26.6 fixed float type used for vectorial pixel coordinates.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Pixel_Mode
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_IMAGE_H (freetype/ftimage.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef enum  FT_Pixel_Mode_
-  {
-    FT_PIXEL_MODE_NONE = 0,
-    FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO,
-    FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY,
-    FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2,
-    FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4,
-    FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD,
-    FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V,
-
-    FT_PIXEL_MODE_MAX      /* do not remove */
-
-  } FT_Pixel_Mode;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      An enumeration type used to describe the format of pixels in a given bitmap. Note that additional formats may be added in the future.
      
-

      
-
      values
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      FT_PIXEL_MODE_NONE
-
      Value 0 is reserved.
      
-
      FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO
-
      A monochrome bitmap, using 1 bit per pixel. Note that pixels are stored in most-significant order (MSB), which means that the left-most pixel in a byte has value 128.
      
-
      FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY
-
      An 8-bit bitmap, generally used to represent anti-aliased glyph images. Each pixel is stored in one byte. Note that the number of value ‘gray’ levels is stored in the ‘num_bytes’ field of the FT_Bitmap structure (it generally is 256).
      
-
      FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2
-
      A 2-bit/pixel bitmap, used to represent embedded anti-aliased bitmaps in font files according to the OpenType specification. We haven't found a single font using this format, however.
      
-
      FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4
-
      A 4-bit/pixel bitmap, used to represent embedded anti-aliased bitmaps in font files according to the OpenType specification. We haven't found a single font using this format, however.
      
-
      FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD
-
      An 8-bit bitmap, used to represent RGB or BGR decimated glyph images used for display on LCD displays; the bitmap is three times wider than the original glyph image. See also FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD.
      
-
      FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V
-
      An 8-bit bitmap, used to represent RGB or BGR decimated glyph images used for display on rotated LCD displays; the bitmap is three times taller than the original glyph image. See also FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      ft_pixel_mode_xxx
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_IMAGE_H (freetype/ftimage.h).
-

      
-
      -
-#define ft_pixel_mode_none   FT_PIXEL_MODE_NONE
-#define ft_pixel_mode_mono   FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO
-#define ft_pixel_mode_grays  FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY
-#define ft_pixel_mode_pal2   FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2
-#define ft_pixel_mode_pal4   FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A list of deprecated constants. Use the corresponding FT_Pixel_Mode values instead.
      
-

      
-
      values
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      ft_pixel_mode_none
-
      See FT_PIXEL_MODE_NONE.
      
-
      ft_pixel_mode_mono
-
      See FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO.
      
-
      ft_pixel_mode_grays
-
      See FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY.
      
-
      ft_pixel_mode_pal2
-
      See FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2.
      
-
      ft_pixel_mode_pal4
-
      See FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Palette_Mode
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_IMAGE_H (freetype/ftimage.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef enum  FT_Palette_Mode_
-  {
-    ft_palette_mode_rgb = 0,
-    ft_palette_mode_rgba,
-
-    ft_palette_mode_max   /* do not remove */
-
-  } FT_Palette_Mode;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      THIS TYPE IS DEPRECATED. DO NOT USE IT!
      
-
      An enumeration type to describe the format of a bitmap palette, used with ft_pixel_mode_pal4 and ft_pixel_mode_pal8.
      
-

      
-
      values
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      ft_palette_mode_rgb
-
      The palette is an array of 3-bytes RGB records.
      
-
      ft_palette_mode_rgba
-
      The palette is an array of 4-bytes RGBA records.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      As ft_pixel_mode_pal2, pal4 and pal8 are currently unused by FreeType, these types are not handled by the library itself.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Bitmap
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_IMAGE_H (freetype/ftimage.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct  FT_Bitmap_
-  {
-    int             rows;
-    int             width;
-    int             pitch;
-    unsigned char*  buffer;
-    short           num_grays;
-    char            pixel_mode;
-    char            palette_mode;
-    void*           palette;
-
-  } FT_Bitmap;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A structure used to describe a bitmap or pixmap to the raster. Note that we now manage pixmaps of various depths through the ‘pixel_mode’ field.
      
-

      
-
      fields
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      rows
-
      The number of bitmap rows.
      
-
      width
-
      The number of pixels in bitmap row.
      
-
      pitch
-
      The pitch's absolute value is the number of bytes taken by one bitmap row, including padding. However, the pitch is positive when the bitmap has a ‘down’ flow, and negative when it has an ‘up’ flow. In all cases, the pitch is an offset to add to a bitmap pointer in order to go down one row.
      
-
      buffer
-
      A typeless pointer to the bitmap buffer. This value should be aligned on 32-bit boundaries in most cases.
      
-
      num_grays
-
      This field is only used with FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY; it gives the number of gray levels used in the bitmap.
      
-
      pixel_mode
-
      The pixel mode, i.e., how pixel bits are stored. See FT_Pixel_Mode for possible values.
      
-
      palette_mode
-
      This field is intended for paletted pixel modes; it indicates how the palette is stored. Not used currently.
      
-
      palette
-
      A typeless pointer to the bitmap palette; this field is intended for paletted pixel modes. Not used currently.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      For now, the only pixel modes supported by FreeType are mono and grays. However, drivers might be added in the future to support more ‘colorful’ options.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_IMAGE_TAG
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_IMAGE_H (freetype/ftimage.h).
-

      
-
      -
-#ifndef FT_IMAGE_TAG
-#define FT_IMAGE_TAG( value, _x1, _x2, _x3, _x4 )  \
-          value = ( ( (unsigned long)_x1 << 24 ) | \
-                    ( (unsigned long)_x2 << 16 ) | \
-                    ( (unsigned long)_x3 << 8  ) | \
-                      (unsigned long)_x4         )
-#endif /* FT_IMAGE_TAG */
-
-

      
-
      
-
      This macro converts four-letter tags to an unsigned long type.
      
-

      
-
      note
      
-
      Since many 16bit compilers don't like 32bit enumerations, you should redefine this macro in case of problems to something like this:
      
-
      -  #define FT_IMAGE_TAG( value, _x1, _x2, _x3, _x4 )  value         
-
      
-
      to get a simple enumeration without assigning special numbers.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Glyph_Format
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_IMAGE_H (freetype/ftimage.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef enum  FT_Glyph_Format_
-  {
-    FT_IMAGE_TAG( FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_NONE, 0, 0, 0, 0 ),
-
-    FT_IMAGE_TAG( FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE, 'c', 'o', 'm', 'p' ),
-    FT_IMAGE_TAG( FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP,    'b', 'i', 't', 's' ),
-    FT_IMAGE_TAG( FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE,   'o', 'u', 't', 'l' ),
-    FT_IMAGE_TAG( FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_PLOTTER,   'p', 'l', 'o', 't' )
-
-  } FT_Glyph_Format;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      An enumeration type used to describe the format of a given glyph image. Note that this version of FreeType only supports two image formats, even though future font drivers will be able to register their own format.
      
-

      
-
      values
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_NONE
-
      The value 0 is reserved.
      
-
      FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE
      
-
      The glyph image is a composite of several other images. This format is only used with FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE, and is used to report compound glyphs (like accented characters).
      
-
      FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP
-
      The glyph image is a bitmap, and can be described as an FT_Bitmap. You generally need to access the ‘bitmap’ field of the FT_GlyphSlotRec structure to read it.
      
-
      FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE
      
-
      The glyph image is a vectorial outline made of line segments and Bézier arcs; it can be described as an FT_Outline; you generally want to access the ‘outline’ field of the FT_GlyphSlotRec structure to read it.
      
-
      FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_PLOTTER
      
-
      The glyph image is a vectorial path with no inside and outside contours. Some Type 1 fonts, like those in the Hershey family, contain glyphs in this format. These are described as FT_Outline, but FreeType isn't currently capable of rendering them correctly.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      ft_glyph_format_xxx
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_IMAGE_H (freetype/ftimage.h).
-

      
-
      -
-#define ft_glyph_format_none       FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_NONE
-#define ft_glyph_format_composite  FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE
-#define ft_glyph_format_bitmap     FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP
-#define ft_glyph_format_outline    FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE
-#define ft_glyph_format_plotter    FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_PLOTTER
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A list of deprecated constants. Use the corresponding FT_Glyph_Format values instead.
      
-

      
-
      values
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      ft_glyph_format_none
-
      See FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_NONE.
      
-
      ft_glyph_format_composite
      
-
      See FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE.
      
-
      ft_glyph_format_bitmap
-
      See FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP.
      
-
      ft_glyph_format_outline
      
-
      See FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE.
      
-
      ft_glyph_format_plotter
      
-
      See FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_PLOTTER.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Data
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TYPES_H (freetype/fttypes.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct  FT_Data_
-  {
-    const FT_Byte*  pointer;
-    FT_Int          length;
-
-  } FT_Data;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Read-only binary data represented as a pointer and a length.
      
-

      
-
      fields
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      pointer
-
      The data.
      
-
      length
-
      The length of the data in bytes.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Generic_Finalizer
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TYPES_H (freetype/fttypes.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef void  (*FT_Generic_Finalizer)(void*  object);
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Describes a function used to destroy the ‘client’ data of any FreeType object. See the description of the FT_Generic type for details of usage.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      The address of the FreeType object which is under finalization. Its client data is accessed through its ‘generic’ field.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Generic
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TYPES_H (freetype/fttypes.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct  FT_Generic_
-  {
-    void*                 data;
-    FT_Generic_Finalizer  finalizer;
-
-  } FT_Generic;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Client applications often need to associate their own data to a variety of FreeType core objects. For example, a text layout API might want to associate a glyph cache to a given size object.
      
-
      Most FreeType object contains a ‘generic’ field, of type FT_Generic, which usage is left to client applications and font servers.
      
-
      It can be used to store a pointer to client-specific data, as well as the address of a ‘finalizer’ function, which will be called by FreeType when the object is destroyed (for example, the previous client example would put the address of the glyph cache destructor in the ‘finalizer’ field).
      
-

      
-
      fields
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      data
-
      A typeless pointer to any client-specified data. This field is completely ignored by the FreeType library.
      
-
      finalizer
-
      A pointer to a ‘generic finalizer’ function, which will be called when the object is destroyed. If this field is set to NULL, no code will be called.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_MAKE_TAG
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TYPES_H (freetype/fttypes.h).
-

      
-
      -
-#define FT_MAKE_TAG( _x1, _x2, _x3, _x4 ) \
-          ( ( (FT_ULong)_x1 << 24 ) |     \
-            ( (FT_ULong)_x2 << 16 ) |     \
-            ( (FT_ULong)_x3 <<  8 ) |     \
-              (FT_ULong)_x4         )
-
-

      
-
      
-
      This macro converts four-letter tags which are used to label TrueType tables into an unsigned long to be used within FreeType.
      
-

      
-
      note
      
-
      The produced values must be 32bit integers. Don't redefine this macro.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
-
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-bdf_fonts.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-bdf_fonts.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 13bab8f..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-bdf_fonts.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,254 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
-
-
-
-
      FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
      
-
-
      
-BDF Files
-
      
-
      Synopsis
      
-
-
-
-
      FT_PropertyTypeBDF_PropertyRecFT_Get_BDF_Property
      BDF_PropertyFT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID


      
-
-
      
-
      This section contains the declaration of BDF specific functions.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      FT_PropertyType
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_BDF_H (freetype/ftbdf.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef enum  BDF_PropertyType_
-  {
-    BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE     = 0,
-    BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM     = 1,
-    BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER  = 2,
-    BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL = 3
-
-  } BDF_PropertyType;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A list of BDF property types.
      
-

      
-
      values
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE
-
      Value 0 is used to indicate a missing property.
      
-
      BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM
-
      Property is a string atom.
      
-
      BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER
      
-
      Property is a 32-bit signed integer.
      
-
      BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL
      
-
      Property is a 32-bit unsigned integer.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      BDF_Property
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_BDF_H (freetype/ftbdf.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct BDF_PropertyRec_*  BDF_Property;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A handle to a BDF_PropertyRec structure to model a given BDF/PCF property.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      BDF_PropertyRec
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_BDF_H (freetype/ftbdf.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct  BDF_PropertyRec_
-  {
-    BDF_PropertyType  type;
-    union {
-      const char*     atom;
-      FT_Int32        integer;
-      FT_UInt32       cardinal;
-
-    } u;
-
-  } BDF_PropertyRec;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      This structure models a given BDF/PCF property.
      
-

      
-
      fields
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
      type
-
      The property type.
      
-
      u.atom
-
      The atom string, if type is BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM.
      
-
      u.integer
-
      A signed integer, if type is BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER.
      
-
      u.cardinal
-
      An unsigned integer, if type is BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_BDF_H (freetype/ftbdf.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID( FT_Face       face,
-                         const char*  *acharset_encoding,
-                         const char*  *acharset_registry );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Retrieves a BDF font character set identity, according to the BDF specification.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      face
-
      A handle to the input face.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      output
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      acharset_encoding
-
      Charset encoding, as a C string, owned by the face.
      
-
      acharset_registry
-
      Charset registry, as a C string, owned by the face.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      This function only works with BDF faces, returning an error otherwise.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Get_BDF_Property
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_BDF_H (freetype/ftbdf.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Get_BDF_Property( FT_Face           face,
-                       const char*       prop_name,
-                       BDF_PropertyRec  *aproperty );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Retrieves a BDF property from a BDF or PCF font file.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      face
-
      A handle to the input face.
      
-
      name
-
      The property name.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      output
      
-
      
-
-
-
      aproperty
-
      The property.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      This function works with BDF and PCF fonts. It returns an error otherwise. It also returns an error if the property is not in the font.
      
-
      In case of error, ‘aproperty->type’ is always set to BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
-
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-bitmap_handling.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-bitmap_handling.html
deleted file mode 100644
index c22c059..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-bitmap_handling.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,264 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
-
-
-
-
      FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
      
-
-
      
-Bitmap Handling
-
      
-
      Synopsis
      
-
-
-
-
      FT_Bitmap_NewFT_Bitmap_EmboldenFT_Bitmap_Done
      FT_Bitmap_CopyFT_Bitmap_Convert


      
-
-
      
-
      This section contains functions for converting FT_Bitmap objects.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      FT_Bitmap_New
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_BITMAP_H (freetype/ftbitmap.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FT_Bitmap_New( FT_Bitmap  *abitmap );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Initialize a pointer to an FT_Bitmap structure.
      
-

      
-
      inout
      
-
      
-
-
-
      abitmap
-
      A pointer to the bitmap structure.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Bitmap_Copy
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_BITMAP_H (freetype/ftbitmap.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Bitmap_Copy( FT_Library        library,
-                  const FT_Bitmap  *source,
-                  FT_Bitmap        *target);
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Copies an bitmap into another one.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      library
-
      A handle to a library object.
      
-
      source
-
      A handle to the source bitmap.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      output
      
-
      
-
-
-
      target
-
      A handle to the target bitmap.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Bitmap_Embolden
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_BITMAP_H (freetype/ftbitmap.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Bitmap_Embolden( FT_Library  library,
-                      FT_Bitmap*  bitmap,
-                      FT_Pos      xStrength,
-                      FT_Pos      yStrength );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Embolden a bitmap. The new bitmap will be about ‘xStrength’ pixels wider and ‘yStrength’ pixels higher. The left and bottom borders are kept unchanged.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
      library
-
      A handle to a library object.
      
-
      xStrength
-
      How strong the glyph is emboldened horizontally. Expressed in 26.6 pixel format.
      
-
      yStrength
-
      How strong the glyph is emboldened vertically. Expressed in 26.6 pixel format.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      inout
      
-
      
-
-
-
      bitmap
-
      A handle to the target bitmap.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      The current implementation restricts ‘xStrength’ to be less than or equal to 8 if bitmap is of pixel_mode FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO.
      
-
      If you want to embolden the bitmap owned by a FT_GlyphSlotRec, you should call ‘FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap’ on the slot first.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Bitmap_Convert
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_BITMAP_H (freetype/ftbitmap.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Bitmap_Convert( FT_Library        library,
-                     const FT_Bitmap  *source,
-                     FT_Bitmap        *target,
-                     FT_Int            alignment );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Convert a bitmap object with depth 1bpp, 2bpp, 4bpp, or 8bpp to a bitmap object with depth 8bpp, making the number of used bytes per line (a.k.a. the ‘pitch’) a multiple of ‘alignment’.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
      library
-
      A handle to a library object.
      
-
      source
-
      The source bitmap.
      
-
      alignment
-
      The pitch of the bitmap is a multiple of this parameter. Common values are 1, 2, or 4.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      output
      
-
      
-
-
-
      target
-
      The target bitmap.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      It is possible to call FT_Bitmap_Convert multiple times without calling FT_Bitmap_Done (the memory is simply reallocated).
      
-
      Use FT_Bitmap_Done to finally remove the bitmap object.
      
-
      The ‘library’ argument is taken to have access to FreeType's memory handling functions.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Bitmap_Done
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_BITMAP_H (freetype/ftbitmap.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Bitmap_Done( FT_Library  library,
-                  FT_Bitmap  *bitmap );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Destroy a bitmap object created with FT_Bitmap_New.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      library
-
      A handle to a library object.
      
-
      bitmap
-
      The bitmap object to be freed.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      The ‘library’ argument is taken to have access to FreeType's memory handling functions.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
-
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-cache_subsystem.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-cache_subsystem.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 0bce860..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-cache_subsystem.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1165 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
-
-
-
-
      FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
      
-
-
      
-Cache Sub-System
-
      
-
      Synopsis
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      FTC_ManagerFTC_CMapCache_New
      FTC_FaceIDFTC_CMapCache_Lookup
      FTC_Face_RequesterFTC_ImageTypeRec
      FTC_NodeFTC_ImageType
      FTC_Manager_NewFTC_ImageCache
      FTC_Manager_ResetFTC_ImageCache_New
      FTC_Manager_DoneFTC_ImageCache_Lookup
      FTC_Manager_LookupFaceFTC_ImageCache_LookupScaler
      FTC_ScalerRecFTC_SBit
      FTC_ScalerFTC_SBitRec
      FTC_Manager_LookupSizeFTC_SBitCache
      FTC_Node_UnrefFTC_SBitCache_New
      FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceIDFTC_SBitCache_Lookup
      FTC_CMapCacheFTC_SBitCache_LookupScaler


      
-
-
      
-
      This section describes the FreeType 2 cache sub-system, which is used to limit the number of concurrently opened FT_Face and FT_Size objects, as well as caching information like character maps and glyph images while limiting their maximum memory usage.
      
-
      Note that all types and functions begin with the ‘FTC_’ prefix.
      
-
      The cache is highly portable and thus doesn't know anything about the fonts installed on your system, or how to access them. This implies the following scheme:
      
-
      First, available or installed font faces are uniquely identified by FTC_FaceID values, provided to the cache by the client. Note that the cache only stores and compares these values, and doesn't try to interpret them in any way.
      
-
      Second, the cache calls, only when needed, a client-provided function to convert a FTC_FaceID into a new FT_Face object. The latter is then completely managed by the cache, including its termination through FT_Done_Face.
      
-
      Clients are free to map face IDs to anything else. The most simple usage is to associate them to a (pathname,face_index) pair that is used to call FT_New_Face. However, more complex schemes are also possible.
      
-
      Note that for the cache to work correctly, the face ID values must be persistent, which means that the contents they point to should not change at runtime, or that their value should not become invalid.
      
-
      If this is unavoidable (e.g., when a font is uninstalled at runtime), you should call FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID as soon as possible, to let the cache get rid of any references to the old FTC_FaceID it may keep internally. Failure to do so will lead to incorrect behaviour or even crashes.
      
-
      To use the cache, start with calling FTC_Manager_New to create a new FTC_Manager object, which models a single cache instance. You can then look up FT_Face and FT_Size objects with FTC_Manager_LookupFace and FTC_Manager_LookupSize, respectively.
      
-
      If you want to use the charmap caching, call FTC_CMapCache_New, then later use FTC_CMapCache_Lookup to perform the equivalent of FT_Get_Char_Index, only much faster.
      
-
      If you want to use the FT_Glyph caching, call FTC_ImageCache, then later use FTC_ImageCache_Lookup to retrieve the corresponding FT_Glyph objects from the cache.
      
-
      If you need lots of small bitmaps, it is much more memory efficient to call FTC_SBitCache_New followed by FTC_SBitCache_Lookup. This returns FTC_SBitRec structures, which are used to store small bitmaps directly. (A small bitmap is one whose metrics and dimensions all fit into 8-bit integers).
      
-
      We hope to also provide a kerning cache in the near future.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      FTC_Manager
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_CACHE_H (freetype/ftcache.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct FTC_ManagerRec_*  FTC_Manager;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      This object corresponds to one instance of the cache-subsystem. It is used to cache one or more FT_Face objects, along with corresponding FT_Size objects.
      
-
      The manager intentionally limits the total number of opened FT_Face and FT_Size objects to control memory usage. See the ‘max_faces’ and ‘max_sizes’ parameters of FTC_Manager_New.
      
-
      The manager is also used to cache ‘nodes’ of various types while limiting their total memory usage.
      
-
      All limitations are enforced by keeping lists of managed objects in most-recently-used order, and flushing old nodes to make room for new ones.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FTC_FaceID
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_CACHE_H (freetype/ftcache.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef FT_Pointer  FTC_FaceID;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      An opaque pointer type that is used to identity face objects. The contents of such objects is application-dependent.
      
-
      These pointers are typically used to point to a user-defined structure containing a font file path, and face index.
      
-

      
-
      note
      
-
      Never use NULL as a valid FTC_FaceID.
      
-
      Face IDs are passed by the client to the cache manager, which calls, when needed, the FTC_Face_Requester to translate them into new FT_Face objects.
      
-
      If the content of a given face ID changes at runtime, or if the value becomes invalid (e.g., when uninstalling a font), you should immediately call FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID before any other cache function.
      
-
      Failure to do so will result in incorrect behaviour or even memory leaks and crashes.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FTC_Face_Requester
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_CACHE_H (freetype/ftcache.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*FTC_Face_Requester)( FTC_FaceID  face_id,
-                         FT_Library  library,
-                         FT_Pointer  request_data,
-                         FT_Face*    aface );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A callback function provided by client applications. It is used by the cache manager to translate a given FTC_FaceID into a new valid FT_Face object, on demand.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
      face_id
-
      The face ID to resolve.
      
-
      library
-
      A handle to a FreeType library object.
      
-
      req_data
-
      Application-provided request data (see note below).
      
-
      
-
      
-
      output
      
-
      
-
-
-
      aface
-
      A new FT_Face handle.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      The third parameter ‘req_data’ is the same as the one passed by the client when FTC_Manager_New is called.
      
-
      The face requester should not perform funny things on the returned face object, like creating a new FT_Size for it, or setting a transformation through FT_Set_Transform!
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FTC_Node
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_CACHE_H (freetype/ftcache.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct FTC_NodeRec_*  FTC_Node;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      An opaque handle to a cache node object. Each cache node is reference-counted. A node with a count of 0 might be flushed out of a full cache whenever a lookup request is performed.
      
-
      If you lookup nodes, you have the ability to ‘acquire’ them, i.e., to increment their reference count. This will prevent the node from being flushed out of the cache until you explicitly ‘release’ it (see FTC_Node_Unref).
      
-
      See also FTC_SBitCache_Lookup and FTC_ImageCache_Lookup.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FTC_Manager_New
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_CACHE_H (freetype/ftcache.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FTC_Manager_New( FT_Library          library,
-                   FT_UInt             max_faces,
-                   FT_UInt             max_sizes,
-                   FT_ULong            max_bytes,
-                   FTC_Face_Requester  requester,
-                   FT_Pointer          req_data,
-                   FTC_Manager        *amanager );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Creates a new cache manager.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      library
-
      The parent FreeType library handle to use.
      
-
      max_faces
-
      Maximum number of opened FT_Face objects managed by this cache instance. Use 0 for defaults.
      
-
      max_sizes
-
      Maximum number of opened FT_Size objects managed by this cache instance. Use 0 for defaults.
      
-
      max_bytes
-
      Maximum number of bytes to use for cached data nodes. Use 0 for defaults. Note that this value does not account for managed FT_Face and FT_Size objects.
      
-
      requester
-
      An application-provided callback used to translate face IDs into real FT_Face objects.
      
-
      req_data
-
      A generic pointer that is passed to the requester each time it is called (see FTC_Face_Requester).
      
-
      
-
      
-
      output
      
-
      
-
-
-
      amanager
-
      A handle to a new manager object. 0 in case of failure.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FTC_Manager_Reset
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_CACHE_H (freetype/ftcache.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FTC_Manager_Reset( FTC_Manager  manager );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Empties a given cache manager. This simply gets rid of all the currently cached FT_Face and FT_Size objects within the manager.
      
-

      
-
      inout
      
-
      
-
-
-
      manager
-
      A handle to the manager.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FTC_Manager_Done
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_CACHE_H (freetype/ftcache.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FTC_Manager_Done( FTC_Manager  manager );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Destroys a given manager after emptying it.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      manager
-
      A handle to the target cache manager object.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FTC_Manager_LookupFace
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_CACHE_H (freetype/ftcache.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FTC_Manager_LookupFace( FTC_Manager  manager,
-                          FTC_FaceID   face_id,
-                          FT_Face     *aface );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Retrieves the FT_Face object that corresponds to a given face ID through a cache manager.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      manager
-
      A handle to the cache manager.
      
-
      face_id
-
      The ID of the face object.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      output
      
-
      
-
-
-
      aface
-
      A handle to the face object.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      The returned FT_Face object is always owned by the manager. You should never try to discard it yourself.
      
-
      The FT_Face object doesn't necessarily have a current size object (i.e., face->size can be 0). If you need a specific ‘font size’, use FTC_Manager_LookupSize instead.
      
-
      Never change the face's transformation matrix (i.e., never call the FT_Set_Transform function) on a returned face! If you need to transform glyphs, do it yourself after glyph loading.
      
-
      When you perform a lookup, out-of-memory errors are detected within the lookup and force incremental flushes of the cache until enough memory is released for the lookup to succeed.
      
-
      If a lookup fails with ‘FT_Err_Out_Of_Memory’ the cache has already been completely flushed, and still no memory was available for the operation.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FTC_ScalerRec
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_CACHE_H (freetype/ftcache.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct  FTC_ScalerRec_
-  {
-    FTC_FaceID  face_id;
-    FT_UInt     width;
-    FT_UInt     height;
-    FT_Int      pixel;
-    FT_UInt     x_res;
-    FT_UInt     y_res;
-
-  } FTC_ScalerRec;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A structure used to describe a given character size in either pixels or points to the cache manager. See FTC_Manager_LookupSize.
      
-

      
-
      fields
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      face_id
-
      The source face ID.
      
-
      width
-
      The character width.
      
-
      height
-
      The character height.
      
-
      pixel
-
      A Boolean. If 1, the ‘width’ and ‘height’ fields are interpreted as integer pixel character sizes. Otherwise, they are expressed as 1/64th of points.
      
-
      x_res
-
      Only used when ‘pixel’ is value 0 to indicate the horizontal resolution in dpi.
      
-
      y_res
-
      Only used when ‘pixel’ is value 0 to indicate the vertical resolution in dpi.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      This type is mainly used to retrieve FT_Size objects through the cache manager.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FTC_Scaler
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_CACHE_H (freetype/ftcache.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct FTC_ScalerRec_*  FTC_Scaler;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A handle to an FTC_ScalerRec structure.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FTC_Manager_LookupSize
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_CACHE_H (freetype/ftcache.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FTC_Manager_LookupSize( FTC_Manager  manager,
-                          FTC_Scaler   scaler,
-                          FT_Size     *asize );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Retrieve the FT_Size object that corresponds to a given FTC_ScalerRec pointer through a cache manager.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      manager
-
      A handle to the cache manager.
      
-
      scaler
-
      A scaler handle.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      output
      
-
      
-
-
-
      asize
-
      A handle to the size object.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      The returned FT_Size object is always owned by the manager. You should never try to discard it by yourself.
      
-
      You can access the parent FT_Face object simply as ‘size->face’ if you need it. Note that this object is also owned by the manager.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      When you perform a lookup, out-of-memory errors are detected within the lookup and force incremental flushes of the cache until enough memory is released for the lookup to succeed.
      
-
      If a lookup fails with ‘FT_Err_Out_Of_Memory’ the cache has already been completely flushed, and still no memory is available for the operation.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FTC_Node_Unref
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_CACHE_H (freetype/ftcache.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FTC_Node_Unref( FTC_Node     node,
-                  FTC_Manager  manager );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Decrement a cache node's internal reference count. When the count reaches 0, it is not destroyed but becomes eligible for subsequent cache flushes.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      node
-
      The cache node handle.
      
-
      manager
-
      The cache manager handle.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_CACHE_H (freetype/ftcache.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID( FTC_Manager  manager,
-                            FTC_FaceID   face_id );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A special function used to indicate to the cache manager that a given FTC_FaceID is no longer valid, either because its content changed, or because it was deallocated or uninstalled.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      manager
-
      The cache manager handle.
      
-
      face_id
-
      The FTC_FaceID to be removed.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      This function flushes all nodes from the cache corresponding to this ‘face_id’, with the exception of nodes with a non-null reference count.
      
-
      Such nodes are however modified internally so as to never appear in later lookups with the same ‘face_id’ value, and to be immediately destroyed when released by all their users.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FTC_CMapCache
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_CACHE_H (freetype/ftcache.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct FTC_CMapCacheRec_*  FTC_CMapCache;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      An opaque handle used to model a charmap cache. This cache is to hold character codes -> glyph indices mappings.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FTC_CMapCache_New
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_CACHE_H (freetype/ftcache.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FTC_CMapCache_New( FTC_Manager     manager,
-                     FTC_CMapCache  *acache );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Create a new charmap cache.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      manager
-
      A handle to the cache manager.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      output
      
-
      
-
-
-
      acache
-
      A new cache handle. NULL in case of error.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      Like all other caches, this one will be destroyed with the cache manager.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FTC_CMapCache_Lookup
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_CACHE_H (freetype/ftcache.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt )
-  FTC_CMapCache_Lookup( FTC_CMapCache  cache,
-                        FTC_FaceID     face_id,
-                        FT_Int         cmap_index,
-                        FT_UInt32      char_code );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Translate a character code into a glyph index, using the charmap cache.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
      cache
-
      A charmap cache handle.
      
-
      face_id
-
      The source face ID.
      
-
      cmap_index
-
      The index of the charmap in the source face.
      
-
      char_code
-
      The character code (in the corresponding charmap).
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      Glyph index. 0 means ‘no glyph’.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FTC_ImageTypeRec
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_CACHE_H (freetype/ftcache.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct  FTC_ImageTypeRec_
-  {
-    FTC_FaceID  face_id;
-    FT_Int      width;
-    FT_Int      height;
-    FT_Int32    flags;
-
-  } FTC_ImageTypeRec;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A structure used to model the type of images in a glyph cache.
      
-

      
-
      fields
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
      face_id
-
      The face ID.
      
-
      width
-
      The width in pixels.
      
-
      height
-
      The height in pixels.
      
-
      flags
-
      The load flags, as in FT_Load_Glyph.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FTC_ImageType
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_CACHE_H (freetype/ftcache.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct FTC_ImageTypeRec_*  FTC_ImageType;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A handle to an FTC_ImageTypeRec structure.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FTC_ImageCache
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_CACHE_H (freetype/ftcache.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct FTC_ImageCacheRec_*  FTC_ImageCache;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A handle to an glyph image cache object. They are designed to hold many distinct glyph images while not exceeding a certain memory threshold.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FTC_ImageCache_New
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_CACHE_H (freetype/ftcache.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FTC_ImageCache_New( FTC_Manager      manager,
-                      FTC_ImageCache  *acache );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Creates a new glyph image cache.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      manager
-
      The parent manager for the image cache.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      output
      
-
      
-
-
-
      acache
-
      A handle to the new glyph image cache object.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FTC_ImageCache_Lookup
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_CACHE_H (freetype/ftcache.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FTC_ImageCache_Lookup( FTC_ImageCache  cache,
-                         FTC_ImageType   type,
-                         FT_UInt         gindex,
-                         FT_Glyph       *aglyph,
-                         FTC_Node       *anode );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Retrieves a given glyph image from a glyph image cache.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
      cache
-
      A handle to the source glyph image cache.
      
-
      type
-
      A pointer to a glyph image type descriptor.
      
-
      gindex
-
      The glyph index to retrieve.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      output
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      aglyph
-
      The corresponding FT_Glyph object. 0 in case of failure.
      
-
      anode
-
      Used to return the address of of the corresponding cache node after incrementing its reference count (see note below).
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      The returned glyph is owned and managed by the glyph image cache. Never try to transform or discard it manually! You can however create a copy with FT_Glyph_Copy and modify the new one.
      
-
      If ‘anode’ is not NULL, it receives the address of the cache node containing the glyph image, after increasing its reference count. This ensures that the node (as well as the FT_Glyph) will always be kept in the cache until you call FTC_Node_Unref to ‘release’ it.
      
-
      If ‘anode’ is NULL, the cache node is left unchanged, which means that the FT_Glyph could be flushed out of the cache on the next call to one of the caching sub-system APIs. Don't assume that it is persistent!
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FTC_ImageCache_LookupScaler
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_CACHE_H (freetype/ftcache.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FTC_ImageCache_LookupScaler( FTC_ImageCache  cache,
-                               FTC_Scaler      scaler,
-                               FT_ULong        load_flags,
-                               FT_UInt         gindex,
-                               FT_Glyph       *aglyph,
-                               FTC_Node       *anode );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A variant of FTC_ImageCache_Lookup that uses an FTC_ScalerRec to specify the face ID and its size.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
      cache
-
      A handle to the source glyph image cache.
      
-
      scaler
-
      A pointer to a scaler descriptor.
      
-
      load_flags
-
      The corresponding load flags.
      
-
      gindex
-
      The glyph index to retrieve.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      output
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      aglyph
-
      The corresponding FT_Glyph object. 0 in case of failure.
      
-
      anode
-
      Used to return the address of of the corresponding cache node after incrementing its reference count (see note below).
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      The returned glyph is owned and managed by the glyph image cache. Never try to transform or discard it manually! You can however create a copy with FT_Glyph_Copy and modify the new one.
      
-
      If ‘anode’ is not NULL, it receives the address of the cache node containing the glyph image, after increasing its reference count. This ensures that the node (as well as the FT_Glyph) will always be kept in the cache until you call FTC_Node_Unref to ‘release’ it.
      
-
      If ‘anode’ is NULL, the cache node is left unchanged, which means that the FT_Glyph could be flushed out of the cache on the next call to one of the caching sub-system APIs. Don't assume that it is persistent!
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FTC_SBit
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_CACHE_H (freetype/ftcache.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct FTC_SBitRec_*  FTC_SBit;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A handle to a small bitmap descriptor. See the FTC_SBitRec structure for details.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FTC_SBitRec
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_CACHE_H (freetype/ftcache.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct  FTC_SBitRec_
-  {
-    FT_Byte   width;
-    FT_Byte   height;
-    FT_Char   left;
-    FT_Char   top;
-
-    FT_Byte   format;
-    FT_Byte   max_grays;
-    FT_Short  pitch;
-    FT_Char   xadvance;
-    FT_Char   yadvance;
-
-    FT_Byte*  buffer;
-
-  } FTC_SBitRec;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A very compact structure used to describe a small glyph bitmap.
      
-

      
-
      fields
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      width
-
      The bitmap width in pixels.
      
-
      height
-
      The bitmap height in pixels.
      
-
      left
-
      The horizontal distance from the pen position to the left bitmap border (a.k.a. ‘left side bearing’, or ‘lsb’).
      
-
      top
-
      The vertical distance from the pen position (on the baseline) to the upper bitmap border (a.k.a. ‘top side bearing’). The distance is positive for upwards Y coordinates.
      
-
      format
-
      The format of the glyph bitmap (monochrome or gray).
      
-
      max_grays
-
      Maximum gray level value (in the range 1 to 255).
      
-
      pitch
-
      The number of bytes per bitmap line. May be positive or negative.
      
-
      xadvance
-
      The horizontal advance width in pixels.
      
-
      yadvance
-
      The vertical advance height in pixels.
      
-
      buffer
-
      A pointer to the bitmap pixels.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FTC_SBitCache
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_CACHE_H (freetype/ftcache.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct FTC_SBitCacheRec_*  FTC_SBitCache;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A handle to a small bitmap cache. These are special cache objects used to store small glyph bitmaps (and anti-aliased pixmaps) in a much more efficient way than the traditional glyph image cache implemented by FTC_ImageCache.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FTC_SBitCache_New
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_CACHE_H (freetype/ftcache.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FTC_SBitCache_New( FTC_Manager     manager,
-                     FTC_SBitCache  *acache );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Creates a new cache to store small glyph bitmaps.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      manager
-
      A handle to the source cache manager.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      output
      
-
      
-
-
-
      acache
-
      A handle to the new sbit cache. NULL in case of error.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FTC_SBitCache_Lookup
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_CACHE_H (freetype/ftcache.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FTC_SBitCache_Lookup( FTC_SBitCache    cache,
-                        FTC_ImageType    type,
-                        FT_UInt          gindex,
-                        FTC_SBit        *sbit,
-                        FTC_Node        *anode );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Looks up a given small glyph bitmap in a given sbit cache and ‘lock’ it to prevent its flushing from the cache until needed.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
      cache
-
      A handle to the source sbit cache.
      
-
      type
-
      A pointer to the glyph image type descriptor.
      
-
      gindex
-
      The glyph index.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      output
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      sbit
-
      A handle to a small bitmap descriptor.
      
-
      anode
-
      Used to return the address of of the corresponding cache node after incrementing its reference count (see note below).
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      The small bitmap descriptor and its bit buffer are owned by the cache and should never be freed by the application. They might as well disappear from memory on the next cache lookup, so don't treat them as persistent data.
      
-
      The descriptor's ‘buffer’ field is set to 0 to indicate a missing glyph bitmap.
      
-
      If ‘anode’ is not NULL, it receives the address of the cache node containing the bitmap, after increasing its reference count. This ensures that the node (as well as the image) will always be kept in the cache until you call FTC_Node_Unref to ‘release’ it.
      
-
      If ‘anode’ is NULL, the cache node is left unchanged, which means that the bitmap could be flushed out of the cache on the next call to one of the caching sub-system APIs. Don't assume that it is persistent!
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FTC_SBitCache_LookupScaler
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_CACHE_H (freetype/ftcache.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FTC_SBitCache_LookupScaler( FTC_SBitCache  cache,
-                              FTC_Scaler     scaler,
-                              FT_ULong       load_flags,
-                              FT_UInt        gindex,
-                              FTC_SBit      *sbit,
-                              FTC_Node      *anode );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A variant of FTC_SBitCache_Lookup that uses an FTC_ScalerRec to specify the face ID and its size.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
      cache
-
      A handle to the source sbit cache.
      
-
      scaler
-
      A pointer to the scaler descriptor.
      
-
      load_flags
-
      The corresponding load flags.
      
-
      gindex
-
      The glyph index.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      output
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      sbit
-
      A handle to a small bitmap descriptor.
      
-
      anode
-
      Used to return the address of of the corresponding cache node after incrementing its reference count (see note below).
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      The small bitmap descriptor and its bit buffer are owned by the cache and should never be freed by the application. They might as well disappear from memory on the next cache lookup, so don't treat them as persistent data.
      
-
      The descriptor's ‘buffer’ field is set to 0 to indicate a missing glyph bitmap.
      
-
      If ‘anode’ is not NULL, it receives the address of the cache node containing the bitmap, after increasing its reference count. This ensures that the node (as well as the image) will always be kept in the cache until you call FTC_Node_Unref to ‘release’ it.
      
-
      If ‘anode’ is NULL, the cache node is left unchanged, which means that the bitmap could be flushed out of the cache on the next call to one of the caching sub-system APIs. Don't assume that it is persistent!
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
-
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-cid_fonts.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-cid_fonts.html
deleted file mode 100644
index e94f2f6..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-cid_fonts.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
-
-
-
-
      FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
      
-
-
      
-CID Fonts
-
      
-
      Synopsis
      
-
-
-
      FT_Get_CID_Registry_Ordering_Supplement


      
-
-
      
-
      This section contains the declaration of CID-keyed font specific functions.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      FT_Get_CID_Registry_Ordering_Supplement
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_CID_H (freetype/ftcid.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Get_CID_Registry_Ordering_Supplement( FT_Face       face,
-                                           const char*  *registry,
-                                           const char*  *ordering,
-                                           FT_Int       *supplement);
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Retrieve the Registry/Ordering/Supplement triple (also known as the "R/O/S") from a CID-keyed font.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      face
-
      A handle to the input face.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      output
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
      registry
-
      The registry, as a C string, owned by the face.
      
-
      ordering
-
      The ordering, as a C string, owned by the face.
      
-
      supplement
-
      The supplement.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      This function only works with CID faces, returning an error otherwise.
      
-
      
-
      since
      
-
      2.3.6
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
-
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-computations.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-computations.html
deleted file mode 100644
index de05104..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-computations.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,828 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
-
-
-
-
      FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
      
-
-
      
-Computations
-
      
-
      Synopsis
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      FT_MulDivFT_Matrix_InvertFT_Tan
      FT_MulFixFT_AngleFT_Atan2
      FT_DivFixFT_ANGLE_PIFT_Angle_Diff
      FT_RoundFixFT_ANGLE_2PIFT_Vector_Unit
      FT_CeilFixFT_ANGLE_PI2FT_Vector_Rotate
      FT_FloorFixFT_ANGLE_PI4FT_Vector_Length
      FT_Vector_TransformFT_SinFT_Vector_Polarize
      FT_Matrix_MultiplyFT_CosFT_Vector_From_Polar


      
-
-
      
-
      This section contains various functions used to perform computations on 16.16 fixed-float numbers or 2d vectors.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      FT_MulDiv
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Long )
-  FT_MulDiv( FT_Long  a,
-             FT_Long  b,
-             FT_Long  c );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A very simple function used to perform the computation ‘(a*b)/c’ with maximal accuracy (it uses a 64-bit intermediate integer whenever necessary).
      
-
      This function isn't necessarily as fast as some processor specific operations, but is at least completely portable.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
      a
-
      The first multiplier.
      
-
      b
-
      The second multiplier.
      
-
      c
-
      The divisor.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      The result of ‘(a*b)/c’. This function never traps when trying to divide by zero; it simply returns ‘MaxInt’ or ‘MinInt’ depending on the signs of ‘a’ and ‘b’.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_MulFix
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Long )
-  FT_MulFix( FT_Long  a,
-             FT_Long  b );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A very simple function used to perform the computation ‘(a*b)/0x10000’ with maximal accuracy. Most of the time this is used to multiply a given value by a 16.16 fixed float factor.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      a
-
      The first multiplier.
      
-
      b
-
      The second multiplier. Use a 16.16 factor here whenever possible (see note below).
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      The result of ‘(a*b)/0x10000’.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      This function has been optimized for the case where the absolute value of ‘a’ is less than 2048, and ‘b’ is a 16.16 scaling factor. As this happens mainly when scaling from notional units to fractional pixels in FreeType, it resulted in noticeable speed improvements between versions 2.x and 1.x.
      
-
      As a conclusion, always try to place a 16.16 factor as the second argument of this function; this can make a great difference.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_DivFix
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Long )
-  FT_DivFix( FT_Long  a,
-             FT_Long  b );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A very simple function used to perform the computation ‘(a*0x10000)/b’ with maximal accuracy. Most of the time, this is used to divide a given value by a 16.16 fixed float factor.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      a
-
      The first multiplier.
      
-
      b
-
      The second multiplier. Use a 16.16 factor here whenever possible (see note below).
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      The result of ‘(a*0x10000)/b’.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      The optimization for FT_DivFix() is simple: If (a << 16) fits in 32 bits, then the division is computed directly. Otherwise, we use a specialized version of FT_MulDiv.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_RoundFix
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
-  FT_RoundFix( FT_Fixed  a );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A very simple function used to round a 16.16 fixed number.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      a
-
      The number to be rounded.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      The result of ‘(a + 0x8000) & -0x10000’.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_CeilFix
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
-  FT_CeilFix( FT_Fixed  a );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A very simple function used to compute the ceiling function of a 16.16 fixed number.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      a
-
      The number for which the ceiling function is to be computed.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      The result of ‘(a + 0x10000 - 1) & -0x10000’.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_FloorFix
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
-  FT_FloorFix( FT_Fixed  a );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A very simple function used to compute the floor function of a 16.16 fixed number.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      a
-
      The number for which the floor function is to be computed.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      The result of ‘a & -0x10000’.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Vector_Transform
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FT_Vector_Transform( FT_Vector*        vec,
-                       const FT_Matrix*  matrix );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Transform a single vector through a 2x2 matrix.
      
-

      
-
      inout
      
-
      
-
-
-
      vector
-
      The target vector to transform.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      matrix
-
      A pointer to the source 2x2 matrix.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      The result is undefined if either ‘vector’ or ‘matrix’ is invalid.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Matrix_Multiply
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_GLYPH_H (freetype/ftglyph.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FT_Matrix_Multiply( const FT_Matrix*  a,
-                      FT_Matrix*        b );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Performs the matrix operation ‘b = a*b’.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      a
-
      A pointer to matrix ‘a’.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      inout
      
-
      
-
-
-
      b
-
      A pointer to matrix ‘b’.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      The result is undefined if either ‘a’ or ‘b’ is zero.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Matrix_Invert
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_GLYPH_H (freetype/ftglyph.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Matrix_Invert( FT_Matrix*  matrix );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Inverts a 2x2 matrix. Returns an error if it can't be inverted.
      
-

      
-
      inout
      
-
      
-
-
-
      matrix
-
      A pointer to the target matrix. Remains untouched in case of error.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Angle
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H (freetype/fttrigon.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef FT_Fixed  FT_Angle;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      This type is used to model angle values in FreeType. Note that the angle is a 16.16 fixed float value expressed in degrees.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_ANGLE_PI
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H (freetype/fttrigon.h).
-

      
-
      -
-#define FT_ANGLE_PI  ( 180L << 16 )
-
-

      
-
      
-
      The angle pi expressed in FT_Angle units.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_ANGLE_2PI
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H (freetype/fttrigon.h).
-

      
-
      -
-#define FT_ANGLE_2PI  ( FT_ANGLE_PI * 2 )
-
-

      
-
      
-
      The angle 2*pi expressed in FT_Angle units.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_ANGLE_PI2
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H (freetype/fttrigon.h).
-

      
-
      -
-#define FT_ANGLE_PI2  ( FT_ANGLE_PI / 2 )
-
-

      
-
      
-
      The angle pi/2 expressed in FT_Angle units.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_ANGLE_PI4
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H (freetype/fttrigon.h).
-

      
-
      -
-#define FT_ANGLE_PI4  ( FT_ANGLE_PI / 4 )
-
-

      
-
      
-
      The angle pi/4 expressed in FT_Angle units.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Sin
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H (freetype/fttrigon.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
-  FT_Sin( FT_Angle  angle );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Return the sinus of a given angle in fixed point format.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      angle
-
      The input angle.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      The sinus value.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      If you need both the sinus and cosinus for a given angle, use the function FT_Vector_Unit.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Cos
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H (freetype/fttrigon.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
-  FT_Cos( FT_Angle  angle );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Return the cosinus of a given angle in fixed point format.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      angle
-
      The input angle.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      The cosinus value.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      If you need both the sinus and cosinus for a given angle, use the function FT_Vector_Unit.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Tan
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H (freetype/fttrigon.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
-  FT_Tan( FT_Angle  angle );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Return the tangent of a given angle in fixed point format.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      angle
-
      The input angle.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      The tangent value.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Atan2
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H (freetype/fttrigon.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Angle )
-  FT_Atan2( FT_Fixed  x,
-            FT_Fixed  y );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Return the arc-tangent corresponding to a given vector (x,y) in the 2d plane.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      x
-
      The horizontal vector coordinate.
      
-
      y
-
      The vertical vector coordinate.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      The arc-tangent value (i.e. angle).
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Angle_Diff
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H (freetype/fttrigon.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Angle )
-  FT_Angle_Diff( FT_Angle  angle1,
-                 FT_Angle  angle2 );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Return the difference between two angles. The result is always constrained to the ]-PI..PI] interval.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      angle1
-
      First angle.
      
-
      angle2
-
      Second angle.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      Constrained value of ‘value2-value1’.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Vector_Unit
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H (freetype/fttrigon.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FT_Vector_Unit( FT_Vector*  vec,
-                  FT_Angle    angle );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Return the unit vector corresponding to a given angle. After the call, the value of ‘vec.x’ will be ‘sin(angle)’, and the value of ‘vec.y’ will be ‘cos(angle)’.
      
-
      This function is useful to retrieve both the sinus and cosinus of a given angle quickly.
      
-

      
-
      output
      
-
      
-
-
-
      vec
-
      The address of target vector.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      angle
-
      The address of angle.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Vector_Rotate
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H (freetype/fttrigon.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FT_Vector_Rotate( FT_Vector*  vec,
-                    FT_Angle    angle );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Rotate a vector by a given angle.
      
-

      
-
      inout
      
-
      
-
-
-
      vec
-
      The address of target vector.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      angle
-
      The address of angle.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Vector_Length
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H (freetype/fttrigon.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
-  FT_Vector_Length( FT_Vector*  vec );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Return the length of a given vector.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      vec
-
      The address of target vector.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      The vector length, expressed in the same units that the original vector coordinates.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Vector_Polarize
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H (freetype/fttrigon.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FT_Vector_Polarize( FT_Vector*  vec,
-                      FT_Fixed   *length,
-                      FT_Angle   *angle );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Compute both the length and angle of a given vector.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      vec
-
      The address of source vector.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      output
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      length
-
      The vector length.
      
-
      angle
-
      The vector angle.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Vector_From_Polar
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H (freetype/fttrigon.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FT_Vector_From_Polar( FT_Vector*  vec,
-                        FT_Fixed    length,
-                        FT_Angle    angle );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Compute vector coordinates from a length and angle.
      
-

      
-
      output
      
-
      
-
-
-
      vec
-
      The address of source vector.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      length
-
      The vector length.
      
-
      angle
-
      The vector angle.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
-
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-font_formats.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-font_formats.html
deleted file mode 100644
index d1ef02b..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-font_formats.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
-
-
-
-
      FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
      
-
-
      
-Font Formats
-
      
-
      Synopsis
      
-
-
-
      FT_Get_X11_Font_Format


      
-
-
      
-
      The single function in this section can be used to get the font format. Note that this information is not needed normally; however, there are special cases (like in PDF devices) where it is important to differentiate, in spite of FreeType's uniform API.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      FT_Get_X11_Font_Format
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_XFREE86_H (freetype/ftxf86.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( const char* )
-  FT_Get_X11_Font_Format( FT_Face  face );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Return a string describing the format of a given face, using values which can be used as an X11 FONT_PROPERTY. Possible values are ‘TrueType’, ‘Type 1’, ‘BDF’, ‘PCF’, ‘Type 42’, ‘CID Type 1’, ‘CFF’, ‘PFR’, and ‘Windows FNT’.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      face
-
      Input face handle.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      Font format string. NULL in case of error.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
-
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-gasp_table.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-gasp_table.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 3d54792..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-gasp_table.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,137 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
-
-
-
-
      FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
      
-
-
      
-Gasp Table
-
      
-
      Synopsis
      
-
-
-
      FT_GASP_XXXFT_Get_Gasp


      
-
-
      
-
      The function FT_Get_Gasp can be used to query a TrueType or OpenType font for specific entries in their ‘gasp’ table, if any. This is mainly useful when implementing native TrueType hinting with the bytecode interpreter to duplicate the Windows text rendering results.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      FT_GASP_XXX
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_GASP_H (freetype/ftgasp.h).
-

      
-
      -
-#define FT_GASP_NO_TABLE               -1
-#define FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT           0x01
-#define FT_GASP_DO_GRAY              0x02
-#define FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING  0x08
-#define FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT    0x10
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A list of values and/or bit-flags returned by the FT_Get_Gasp function.
      
-

      
-
      values
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      FT_GASP_NO_TABLE
-
      This special value means that there is no GASP table in this face. It is up to the client to decide what to do.
      
-
      FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT
-
      Grid-fitting and hinting should be performed at the specified ppem. This really means TrueType bytecode interpretation.
      
-
      FT_GASP_DO_GRAY
-
      Anti-aliased rendering should be performed at the specified ppem.
      
-
      FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING
      
-
      Smoothing along multiple axes must be used with ClearType.
      
-
      FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT
      
-
      Grid-fitting must be used with ClearType's symmetric smoothing.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      ‘ClearType’ is Microsoft's implementation of LCD rendering, partly protected by patents.
      
-
      
-
      since
      
-
      2.3.0
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Get_Gasp
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_GASP_H (freetype/ftgasp.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Int )
-  FT_Get_Gasp( FT_Face  face,
-               FT_UInt  ppem );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Read the ‘gasp’ table from a TrueType or OpenType font file and return the entry corresponding to a given character pixel size.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      face
-
      The source face handle.
      
-
      ppem
-
      The vertical character pixel size.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      Bit flags (see FT_GASP_XXX), or FT_GASP_NO_TABLE if there is no ‘gasp’ table in the face.
      
-
      
-
      since
      
-
      2.3.0
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
-
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-glyph_management.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-glyph_management.html
deleted file mode 100644
index aff9422..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-glyph_management.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,633 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
-
-
-
-
      FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
      
-
-
      
-Glyph Management
-
      
-
      Synopsis
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      FT_GlyphFT_OutlineGlyphRecft_glyph_bbox_xxx
      FT_GlyphRecFT_Get_GlyphFT_Glyph_Get_CBox
      FT_BitmapGlyphFT_Glyph_CopyFT_Glyph_To_Bitmap
      FT_BitmapGlyphRecFT_Glyph_TransformFT_Done_Glyph
      FT_OutlineGlyphFT_Glyph_BBox_Mode


      
-
-
      
-
      This section contains definitions used to manage glyph data through generic FT_Glyph objects. Each of them can contain a bitmap, a vector outline, or even images in other formats.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      FT_Glyph
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_GLYPH_H (freetype/ftglyph.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct FT_GlyphRec_*  FT_Glyph;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Handle to an object used to model generic glyph images. It is a pointer to the FT_GlyphRec structure and can contain a glyph bitmap or pointer.
      
-

      
-
      note
      
-
      Glyph objects are not owned by the library. You must thus release them manually (through FT_Done_Glyph) before calling FT_Done_FreeType.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_GlyphRec
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_GLYPH_H (freetype/ftglyph.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct  FT_GlyphRec_
-  {
-    FT_Library             library;
-    const FT_Glyph_Class*  clazz;
-    FT_Glyph_Format        format;
-    FT_Vector              advance;
-
-  } FT_GlyphRec;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      The root glyph structure contains a given glyph image plus its advance width in 16.16 fixed float format.
      
-

      
-
      fields
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
      library
-
      A handle to the FreeType library object.
      
-
      clazz
-
      A pointer to the glyph's class. Private.
      
-
      format
-
      The format of the glyph's image.
      
-
      advance
-
      A 16.16 vector that gives the glyph's advance width.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_BitmapGlyph
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_GLYPH_H (freetype/ftglyph.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct FT_BitmapGlyphRec_*  FT_BitmapGlyph;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A handle to an object used to model a bitmap glyph image. This is a sub-class of FT_Glyph, and a pointer to FT_BitmapGlyphRec.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_BitmapGlyphRec
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_GLYPH_H (freetype/ftglyph.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct  FT_BitmapGlyphRec_
-  {
-    FT_GlyphRec  root;
-    FT_Int       left;
-    FT_Int       top;
-    FT_Bitmap    bitmap;
-
-  } FT_BitmapGlyphRec;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A structure used for bitmap glyph images. This really is a ‘sub-class’ of FT_GlyphRec.
      
-

      
-
      fields
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
      root
-
      The root FT_Glyph fields.
      
-
      left
-
      The left-side bearing, i.e., the horizontal distance from the current pen position to the left border of the glyph bitmap.
      
-
      top
-
      The top-side bearing, i.e., the vertical distance from the current pen position to the top border of the glyph bitmap. This distance is positive for upwards-y!
      
-
      bitmap
-
      A descriptor for the bitmap.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      You can typecast an FT_Glyph to FT_BitmapGlyph if you have ‘glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP’. This lets you access the bitmap's contents easily.
      
-
      The corresponding pixel buffer is always owned by FT_BitmapGlyph and is thus created and destroyed with it.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_OutlineGlyph
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_GLYPH_H (freetype/ftglyph.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct FT_OutlineGlyphRec_*  FT_OutlineGlyph;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A handle to an object used to model an outline glyph image. This is a sub-class of FT_Glyph, and a pointer to FT_OutlineGlyphRec.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_OutlineGlyphRec
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_GLYPH_H (freetype/ftglyph.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct  FT_OutlineGlyphRec_
-  {
-    FT_GlyphRec  root;
-    FT_Outline   outline;
-
-  } FT_OutlineGlyphRec;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A structure used for outline (vectorial) glyph images. This really is a ‘sub-class’ of FT_GlyphRec.
      
-

      
-
      fields
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      root
-
      The root FT_Glyph fields.
      
-
      outline
-
      A descriptor for the outline.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      You can typecast a FT_Glyph to FT_OutlineGlyph if you have ‘glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE’. This lets you access the outline's content easily.
      
-
      As the outline is extracted from a glyph slot, its coordinates are expressed normally in 26.6 pixels, unless the flag FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE was used in FT_Load_Glyph() or FT_Load_Char().
      
-
      The outline's tables are always owned by the object and are destroyed with it.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Get_Glyph
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_GLYPH_H (freetype/ftglyph.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Get_Glyph( FT_GlyphSlot  slot,
-                FT_Glyph     *aglyph );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A function used to extract a glyph image from a slot.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      slot
-
      A handle to the source glyph slot.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      output
      
-
      
-
-
-
      aglyph
-
      A handle to the glyph object.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Glyph_Copy
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_GLYPH_H (freetype/ftglyph.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Glyph_Copy( FT_Glyph   source,
-                 FT_Glyph  *target );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A function used to copy a glyph image. Note that the created FT_Glyph object must be released with FT_Done_Glyph.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      source
-
      A handle to the source glyph object.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      output
      
-
      
-
-
-
      target
-
      A handle to the target glyph object. 0 in case of error.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Glyph_Transform
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_GLYPH_H (freetype/ftglyph.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Glyph_Transform( FT_Glyph    glyph,
-                      FT_Matrix*  matrix,
-                      FT_Vector*  delta );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Transforms a glyph image if its format is scalable.
      
-

      
-
      inout
      
-
      
-
-
-
      glyph
-
      A handle to the target glyph object.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      matrix
-
      A pointer to a 2x2 matrix to apply.
      
-
      delta
-
      A pointer to a 2d vector to apply. Coordinates are expressed in 1/64th of a pixel.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code (if not 0, the glyph format is not scalable).
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      The 2x2 transformation matrix is also applied to the glyph's advance vector.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_GLYPH_H (freetype/ftglyph.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef enum  FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode_
-  {
-    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED  = 0,
-    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS = 0,
-    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT   = 1,
-    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE  = 2,
-    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS    = 3
-
-  } FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      The mode how the values of FT_Glyph_Get_CBox are returned.
      
-

      
-
      values
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED
-
      Return unscaled font units.
      
-
      FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS
      
-
      Return unfitted 26.6 coordinates.
      
-
      FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT
-
      Return grid-fitted 26.6 coordinates.
      
-
      FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE
-
      Return coordinates in integer pixels.
      
-
      FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS
-
      Return grid-fitted pixel coordinates.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      ft_glyph_bbox_xxx
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_GLYPH_H (freetype/ftglyph.h).
-

      
-
      -
-#define ft_glyph_bbox_unscaled   FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED
-#define ft_glyph_bbox_subpixels  FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS
-#define ft_glyph_bbox_gridfit    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT
-#define ft_glyph_bbox_truncate   FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE
-#define ft_glyph_bbox_pixels     FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS
-
-

      
-
      
-
      These constants are deprecated. Use the corresponding FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode values instead.
      
-

      
-
      values
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      ft_glyph_bbox_unscaled
-
      See FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED.
      
-
      ft_glyph_bbox_subpixels
      
-
      See FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS.
      
-
      ft_glyph_bbox_gridfit
-
      See FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT.
      
-
      ft_glyph_bbox_truncate
-
      See FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE.
      
-
      ft_glyph_bbox_pixels
-
      See FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Glyph_Get_CBox
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_GLYPH_H (freetype/ftglyph.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FT_Glyph_Get_CBox( FT_Glyph  glyph,
-                     FT_UInt   bbox_mode,
-                     FT_BBox  *acbox );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Return a glyph's ‘control box’. The control box encloses all the outline's points, including Bézier control points. Though it coincides with the exact bounding box for most glyphs, it can be slightly larger in some situations (like when rotating an outline which contains Bézier outside arcs).
      
-
      Computing the control box is very fast, while getting the bounding box can take much more time as it needs to walk over all segments and arcs in the outline. To get the latter, you can use the ‘ftbbox’ component which is dedicated to this single task.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      glyph
-
      A handle to the source glyph object.
      
-
      mode
-
      The mode which indicates how to interpret the returned bounding box values.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      output
      
-
      
-
-
-
      acbox
-
      The glyph coordinate bounding box. Coordinates are expressed in 1/64th of pixels if it is grid-fitted.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      Coordinates are relative to the glyph origin, using the Y-upwards convention.
      
-
      If the glyph has been loaded with FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, ‘bbox_mode’ must be set to FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED to get unscaled font units in 26.6 pixel format. The value FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS is another name for this constant.
      
-
      Note that the maximum coordinates are exclusive, which means that one can compute the width and height of the glyph image (be it in integer or 26.6 pixels) as:
      
-
      -  width  = bbox.xMax - bbox.xMin;                                  
-  height = bbox.yMax - bbox.yMin;                                  
-
      
-
      Note also that for 26.6 coordinates, if ‘bbox_mode’ is set to FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT, the coordinates will also be grid-fitted, which corresponds to:
      
-
      -  bbox.xMin = FLOOR(bbox.xMin);                                    
-  bbox.yMin = FLOOR(bbox.yMin);                                    
-  bbox.xMax = CEILING(bbox.xMax);                                  
-  bbox.yMax = CEILING(bbox.yMax);                                  
-
      
-
      To get the bbox in pixel coordinates, set ‘bbox_mode’ to FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE.
      
-
      To get the bbox in grid-fitted pixel coordinates, set ‘bbox_mode’ to FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_GLYPH_H (freetype/ftglyph.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( FT_Glyph*       the_glyph,
-                      FT_Render_Mode  render_mode,
-                      FT_Vector*      origin,
-                      FT_Bool         destroy );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Converts a given glyph object to a bitmap glyph object.
      
-

      
-
      inout
      
-
      
-
-
-
      the_glyph
-
      A pointer to a handle to the target glyph.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
      render_mode
-
      An enumeration that describe how the data is rendered.
      
-
      origin
-
      A pointer to a vector used to translate the glyph image before rendering. Can be 0 (if no translation). The origin is expressed in 26.6 pixels.
      
-
      destroy
-
      A boolean that indicates that the original glyph image should be destroyed by this function. It is never destroyed in case of error.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      The glyph image is translated with the ‘origin’ vector before rendering.
      
-
      The first parameter is a pointer to an FT_Glyph handle, that will be replaced by this function. Typically, you would use (omitting error handling):
      
-
      
-
      -  FT_Glyph        glyph;                                         
-  FT_BitmapGlyph  glyph_bitmap;                                  
-                                                                 
-                                                                 
-  // load glyph                                                  
-  error = FT_Load_Char( face, glyph_index, FT_LOAD_DEFAUT );     
-                                                                 
-  // extract glyph image                                         
-  error = FT_Get_Glyph( face->glyph, &glyph );                   
-                                                                 
-  // convert to a bitmap (default render mode + destroy old)     
-  if ( glyph->format != FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP )                 
-  {                                                              
-    error = FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( &glyph, FT_RENDER_MODE_DEFAULT,  
-                                0, 1 );                          
-    if ( error ) // glyph unchanged                              
-      ...                                                        
-  }                                                              
-                                                                 
-  // access bitmap content by typecasting                        
-  glyph_bitmap = (FT_BitmapGlyph)glyph;                          
-                                                                 
-  // do funny stuff with it, like blitting/drawing               
-  ...                                                            
-                                                                 
-  // discard glyph image (bitmap or not)                         
-  FT_Done_Glyph( glyph );                                        
-
      
-
      
-
      This function does nothing if the glyph format isn't scalable.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Done_Glyph
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_GLYPH_H (freetype/ftglyph.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FT_Done_Glyph( FT_Glyph  glyph );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Destroys a given glyph.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      glyph
-
      A handle to the target glyph object.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
-
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-glyph_stroker.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-glyph_stroker.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 7e16d60..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-glyph_stroker.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,924 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
-
-
-
-
      FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
      
-
-
      
-Glyph Stroker
-
      
-
      Synopsis
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      FT_StrokerFT_Stroker_EndSubPath
      FT_Stroker_LineJoinFT_Stroker_LineTo
      FT_Stroker_LineCapFT_Stroker_ConicTo
      FT_StrokerBorderFT_Stroker_CubicTo
      FT_Outline_GetInsideBorderFT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts
      FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorderFT_Stroker_ExportBorder
      FT_Stroker_NewFT_Stroker_GetCounts
      FT_Stroker_SetFT_Stroker_Export
      FT_Stroker_RewindFT_Stroker_Done
      FT_Stroker_ParseOutlineFT_Glyph_Stroke
      FT_Stroker_BeginSubPathFT_Glyph_StrokeBorder


      
-
-
      
-
      This component generates stroked outlines of a given vectorial glyph. It also allows you to retrieve the ‘outside’ and/or the ‘inside’ borders of the stroke.
      
-
      This can be useful to generate ‘bordered’ glyph, i.e., glyphs displayed with a coloured (and anti-aliased) border around their shape.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      FT_Stroker
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_STROKER_H (freetype/ftstroke.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct FT_StrokerRec_*  FT_Stroker;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Opaque handler to a path stroker object.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Stroker_LineJoin
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_STROKER_H (freetype/ftstroke.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef enum  FT_Stroker_LineJoin_
-  {
-    FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_ROUND = 0,
-    FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_BEVEL,
-    FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER
-
-  } FT_Stroker_LineJoin;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      These values determine how two joining lines are rendered in a stroker.
      
-

      
-
      values
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_ROUND
      
-
      Used to render rounded line joins. Circular arcs are used to join two lines smoothly.
      
-
      FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_BEVEL
      
-
      Used to render beveled line joins; i.e., the two joining lines are extended until they intersect.
      
-
      FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER
      
-
      Same as beveled rendering, except that an additional line break is added if the angle between the two joining lines is too closed (this is useful to avoid unpleasant spikes in beveled rendering).
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Stroker_LineCap
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_STROKER_H (freetype/ftstroke.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef enum  FT_Stroker_LineCap_
-  {
-    FT_STROKER_LINECAP_BUTT = 0,
-    FT_STROKER_LINECAP_ROUND,
-    FT_STROKER_LINECAP_SQUARE
-
-  } FT_Stroker_LineCap;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      These values determine how the end of opened sub-paths are rendered in a stroke.
      
-

      
-
      values
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      FT_STROKER_LINECAP_BUTT
      
-
      The end of lines is rendered as a full stop on the last point itself.
      
-
      FT_STROKER_LINECAP_ROUND
      
-
      The end of lines is rendered as a half-circle around the last point.
      
-
      FT_STROKER_LINECAP_SQUARE
      
-
      The end of lines is rendered as a square around the last point.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_StrokerBorder
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_STROKER_H (freetype/ftstroke.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef enum  FT_StrokerBorder_
-  {
-    FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT = 0,
-    FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT
-
-  } FT_StrokerBorder;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      These values are used to select a given stroke border in FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts and FT_Stroker_ExportBorder.
      
-

      
-
      values
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
      FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT
-
      Select the left border, relative to the drawing direction.
      
-
      FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT
      
-
      Select the right border, relative to the drawing direction.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      Applications are generally interested in the ‘inside’ and ‘outside’ borders. However, there is no direct mapping between these and the ‘left’ and ‘right’ ones, since this really depends on the glyph's drawing orientation, which varies between font formats.
      
-
      You can however use FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder and FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder to get these.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_STROKER_H (freetype/ftstroke.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_StrokerBorder )
-  FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder( FT_Outline*  outline );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Retrieve the FT_StrokerBorder value corresponding to the ‘inside’ borders of a given outline.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      outline
-
      The source outline handle.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      The border index. FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT for empty or invalid outlines.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_STROKER_H (freetype/ftstroke.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_StrokerBorder )
-  FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder( FT_Outline*  outline );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Retrieve the FT_StrokerBorder value corresponding to the ‘outside’ borders of a given outline.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      outline
-
      The source outline handle.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      The border index. FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT for empty or invalid outlines.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Stroker_New
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_STROKER_H (freetype/ftstroke.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Stroker_New( FT_Library   library,
-                  FT_Stroker  *astroker );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Create a new stroker object.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      library
-
      FreeType library handle.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      output
      
-
      
-
-
-
      astroker
-
      A new stroker object handle. NULL in case of error.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Stroker_Set
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_STROKER_H (freetype/ftstroke.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FT_Stroker_Set( FT_Stroker           stroker,
-                  FT_Fixed             radius,
-                  FT_Stroker_LineCap   line_cap,
-                  FT_Stroker_LineJoin  line_join,
-                  FT_Fixed             miter_limit );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Reset a stroker object's attributes.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      stroker
-
      The target stroker handle.
      
-
      radius
-
      The border radius.
      
-
      line_cap
-
      The line cap style.
      
-
      line_join
-
      The line join style.
      
-
      miter_limit
-
      The miter limit for the FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER style, expressed as 16.16 fixed point value.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      The radius is expressed in the same units that the outline coordinates.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Stroker_Rewind
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_STROKER_H (freetype/ftstroke.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FT_Stroker_Rewind( FT_Stroker  stroker );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Reset a stroker object without changing its attributes. You should call this function before beginning a new series of calls to FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath or FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      stroker
-
      The target stroker handle.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Stroker_ParseOutline
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_STROKER_H (freetype/ftstroke.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Stroker_ParseOutline( FT_Stroker   stroker,
-                           FT_Outline*  outline,
-                           FT_Bool      opened );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A convenience function used to parse a whole outline with the stroker. The resulting outline(s) can be retrieved later by functions like FT_Stroker_GetCounts and FT_Stroker_Export.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
      stroker
-
      The target stroker handle.
      
-
      outline
-
      The source outline.
      
-
      opened
-
      A boolean. If 1, the outline is treated as an open path instead of a closed one.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      If ‘opened’ is 0 (the default), the outline is treated as a closed path, and the stroker will generate two distinct ‘border’ outlines.
      
-
      If ‘opened’ is 1, the outline is processed as an open path, and the stroker will generate a single ‘stroke’ outline.
      
-
      This function calls FT_Stroker_Rewind automatically.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_STROKER_H (freetype/ftstroke.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath( FT_Stroker  stroker,
-                           FT_Vector*  to,
-                           FT_Bool     open );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Start a new sub-path in the stroker.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
      stroker
-
      The target stroker handle.
      
-
      to
-
      A pointer to the start vector.
      
-
      open
-
      A boolean. If 1, the sub-path is treated as an open one.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      This function is useful when you need to stroke a path that is not stored as an FT_Outline object.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Stroker_EndSubPath
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_STROKER_H (freetype/ftstroke.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Stroker_EndSubPath( FT_Stroker  stroker );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Close the current sub-path in the stroker.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      stroker
-
      The target stroker handle.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      You should call this function after FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath. If the subpath was not ‘opened’, this function will ‘draw’ a single line segment to the start position when needed.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Stroker_LineTo
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_STROKER_H (freetype/ftstroke.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Stroker_LineTo( FT_Stroker  stroker,
-                     FT_Vector*  to );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      ‘Draw’ a single line segment in the stroker's current sub-path, from the last position.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      stroker
-
      The target stroker handle.
      
-
      to
-
      A pointer to the destination point.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      You should call this function between FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Stroker_ConicTo
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_STROKER_H (freetype/ftstroke.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Stroker_ConicTo( FT_Stroker  stroker,
-                      FT_Vector*  control,
-                      FT_Vector*  to );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      ‘Draw’ a single quadratic Bézier in the stroker's current sub-path, from the last position.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
      stroker
-
      The target stroker handle.
      
-
      control
-
      A pointer to a Bézier control point.
      
-
      to
-
      A pointer to the destination point.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      You should call this function between FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Stroker_CubicTo
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_STROKER_H (freetype/ftstroke.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Stroker_CubicTo( FT_Stroker  stroker,
-                      FT_Vector*  control1,
-                      FT_Vector*  control2,
-                      FT_Vector*  to );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      ‘Draw’ a single cubic Bézier in the stroker's current sub-path, from the last position.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
      stroker
-
      The target stroker handle.
      
-
      control1
-
      A pointer to the first Bézier control point.
      
-
      control2
-
      A pointer to second Bézier control point.
      
-
      to
-
      A pointer to the destination point.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      You should call this function between FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_STROKER_H (freetype/ftstroke.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts( FT_Stroker        stroker,
-                              FT_StrokerBorder  border,
-                              FT_UInt          *anum_points,
-                              FT_UInt          *anum_contours );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Call this function once you have finished parsing your paths with the stroker. It will return the number of points and contours necessary to export one of the ‘border’ or ‘stroke’ outlines generated by the stroker.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      stroker
-
      The target stroker handle.
      
-
      border
-
      The border index.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      output
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      anum_points
-
      The number of points.
      
-
      anum_contours
-
      The number of contours.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      When an outline, or a sub-path, is ‘closed’, the stroker generates two independent ‘border’ outlines, named ‘left’ and ‘right’.
      
-
      When the outline, or a sub-path, is ‘opened’, the stroker merges the ‘border’ outlines with caps. The ‘left’ border receives all points, while the ‘right’ border becomes empty.
      
-
      Use the function FT_Stroker_GetCounts instead if you want to retrieve the counts associated to both borders.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Stroker_ExportBorder
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_STROKER_H (freetype/ftstroke.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FT_Stroker_ExportBorder( FT_Stroker        stroker,
-                           FT_StrokerBorder  border,
-                           FT_Outline*       outline );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Call this function after FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to export the corresponding border to your own FT_Outline structure.
      
-
      Note that this function will append the border points and contours to your outline, but will not try to resize its arrays.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
      stroker
-
      The target stroker handle.
      
-
      border
-
      The border index.
      
-
      outline
-
      The target outline handle.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      Always call this function after FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to get sure that there is enough room in your FT_Outline object to receive all new data.
      
-
      When an outline, or a sub-path, is ‘closed’, the stroker generates two independent ‘border’ outlines, named ‘left’ and ‘right’
      
-
      When the outline, or a sub-path, is ‘opened’, the stroker merges the ‘border’ outlines with caps. The ‘left’ border receives all points, while the ‘right’ border becomes empty.
      
-
      Use the function FT_Stroker_Export instead if you want to retrieve all borders at once.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Stroker_GetCounts
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_STROKER_H (freetype/ftstroke.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Stroker_GetCounts( FT_Stroker  stroker,
-                        FT_UInt    *anum_points,
-                        FT_UInt    *anum_contours );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Call this function once you have finished parsing your paths with the stroker. It returns the number of points and contours necessary to export all points/borders from the stroked outline/path.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      stroker
-
      The target stroker handle.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      output
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      anum_points
-
      The number of points.
      
-
      anum_contours
-
      The number of contours.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Stroker_Export
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_STROKER_H (freetype/ftstroke.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FT_Stroker_Export( FT_Stroker   stroker,
-                     FT_Outline*  outline );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Call this function after FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to export the all borders to your own FT_Outline structure.
      
-
      Note that this function will append the border points and contours to your outline, but will not try to resize its arrays.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      stroker
-
      The target stroker handle.
      
-
      outline
-
      The target outline handle.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Stroker_Done
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_STROKER_H (freetype/ftstroke.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FT_Stroker_Done( FT_Stroker  stroker );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Destroy a stroker object.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      stroker
-
      A stroker handle. Can be NULL.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Glyph_Stroke
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_STROKER_H (freetype/ftstroke.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Glyph_Stroke( FT_Glyph    *pglyph,
-                   FT_Stroker   stroker,
-                   FT_Bool      destroy );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Stroke a given outline glyph object with a given stroker.
      
-

      
-
      inout
      
-
      
-
-
-
      pglyph
-
      Source glyph handle on input, new glyph handle on output.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      stroker
-
      A stroker handle.
      
-
      destroy
-
      A Boolean. If 1, the source glyph object is destroyed on success.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      The source glyph is untouched in case of error.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_STROKER_H (freetype/ftstroke.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder( FT_Glyph    *pglyph,
-                         FT_Stroker   stroker,
-                         FT_Bool      inside,
-                         FT_Bool      destroy );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Stroke a given outline glyph object with a given stroker, but only return either its inside or outside border.
      
-

      
-
      inout
      
-
      
-
-
-
      pglyph
-
      Source glyph handle on input, new glyph handle on output.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
      stroker
-
      A stroker handle.
      
-
      inside
-
      A Boolean. If 1, return the inside border, otherwise the outside border.
      
-
      destroy
-
      A Boolean. If 1, the source glyph object is destroyed on success.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      The source glyph is untouched in case of error.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
-
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-glyph_variants.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-glyph_variants.html
deleted file mode 100644
index e51ea1f..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-glyph_variants.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,263 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
-
-
-
-
      FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
      
-
-
      
-Glyph Variants
-
      
-
      Synopsis
      
-
-
-
-
-
      FT_Face_GetCharVariantIndexFT_Face_GetVariantsOfChar
      FT_Face_GetCharVariantIsDefaultFT_Face_GetCharsOfVariant
      FT_Face_GetVariantSelectors


      
-
-
      
-
      Many CJK characters have variant forms. They are a sort of grey area somewhere between being totally irrelevant and semantically distinct; for this reason, the Unicode consortium decided to introduce Ideographic Variation Sequences (IVS), consisting of a Unicode base character and one of 240 variant selectors (U+E0100-U+E01EF), instead of further extending the already huge code range for CJK characters.
      
-
      An IVS is registered and unique; for further details please refer to Unicode Technical Report #37, the Ideographic Variation Database. To date (October 2007), the character with the most variants is U+908A, having 8 such IVS.
      
-
      Adobe and MS decided to support IVS with a new cmap subtable (format 14). It is an odd subtable because it is not a mapping of input code points to glyphs, but contains lists of all variants supported by the font.
      
-
      A variant may be either ‘default’ or ‘non-default’. A default variant is the one you will get for that code point if you look it up in the standard Unicode cmap. A non-default variant is a different glyph.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      FT_Face_GetCharVariantIndex
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt )
-  FT_Face_GetCharVariantIndex( FT_Face   face,
-                               FT_ULong  charcode,
-                               FT_ULong  variantSelector );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Return the glyph index of a given character code as modified by the variation selector.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
      face
-
      A handle to the source face object.
      
-
      charcode
-
      The character code point in Unicode.
      
-
      variantSelector
-
      The Unicode code point of the variation selector.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      The glyph index. 0 means either ‘undefined character code’, or ‘undefined selector code’, or ‘no variation selector cmap subtable’, or ‘current CharMap is not Unicode’.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      If you use FreeType to manipulate the contents of font files directly, be aware that the glyph index returned by this function doesn't always correspond to the internal indices used within the file. This is done to ensure that value 0 always corresponds to the ‘missing glyph’.
      
-
      This function is only meaningful if a) the font has a variation selector cmap sub table, and b) the current charmap has a Unicode encoding.
      
-
      
-
      since
      
-
      2.3.6
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Face_GetCharVariantIsDefault
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Int )
-  FT_Face_GetCharVariantIsDefault( FT_Face   face,
-                                   FT_ULong  charcode,
-                                   FT_ULong  variantSelector );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Check whether this variant of this Unicode character is the one to be found in the ‘cmap’.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
      face
-
      A handle to the source face object.
      
-
      charcode
-
      The character codepoint in Unicode.
      
-
      variantSelector
-
      The Unicode codepoint of the variation selector.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      1 if found in the standard (Unicode) cmap, 0 if found in the variation selector cmap, or -1 if it is not a variant.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      This function is only meaningful if the font has a variation selector cmap subtable.
      
-
      
-
      since
      
-
      2.3.6
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Face_GetVariantSelectors
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt32* )
-  FT_Face_GetVariantSelectors( FT_Face  face );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Return a zero-terminated list of Unicode variant selectors found in the font.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      face
-
      A handle to the source face object.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      A pointer to an array of selector code points, or NULL if there is no valid variant selector cmap subtable.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      The last item in the array is 0; the array is owned by the FT_Face object but can be overwritten or released on the next call to a FreeType function.
      
-
      
-
      since
      
-
      2.3.6
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Face_GetVariantsOfChar
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt32* )
-  FT_Face_GetVariantsOfChar( FT_Face   face,
-                             FT_ULong  charcode );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Return a zero-terminated list of Unicode variant selectors found for the specified character code.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      face
-
      A handle to the source face object.
      
-
      charcode
-
      The character codepoint in Unicode.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      A pointer to an array of variant selector code points which are active for the given character, or NULL if the corresponding list is empty.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      The last item in the array is 0; the array is owned by the FT_Face object but can be overwritten or released on the next call to a FreeType function.
      
-
      
-
      since
      
-
      2.3.6
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Face_GetCharsOfVariant
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt32* )
-  FT_Face_GetCharsOfVariant( FT_Face   face,
-                             FT_ULong  variantSelector );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Return a zero-terminated list of Unicode character codes found for the specified variant selector.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      face
-
      A handle to the source face object.
      
-
      variantSelector
-
      The variant selector code point in Unicode.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      A list of all the code points which are specified by this selector (both default and non-default codes are returned) or NULL if there is no valid cmap or the variant selector is invalid.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      The last item in the array is 0; the array is owned by the FT_Face object but can be overwritten or released on the next call to a FreeType function.
      
-
      
-
      since
      
-
      2.3.6
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
-
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-gx_validation.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-gx_validation.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 611e0e6..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-gx_validation.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,352 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
-
-
-
-
      FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
      
-
-
      
-TrueTypeGX/AAT Validation
-
      
-
      Synopsis
      
-
-
-
-
-
      FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTHFT_TrueTypeGX_FreeFT_ClassicKern_Free
      FT_VALIDATE_GXXXXFT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX
      FT_TrueTypeGX_ValidateFT_ClassicKern_Validate


      
-
-
      
-
      This section contains the declaration of functions to validate some TrueTypeGX tables (feat, mort, morx, bsln, just, kern, opbd, trak, prop, lcar).
      
-

      
-
      
-
      FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_GX_VALIDATE_H (freetype/ftgxval.h).
-

      
-
      -
-#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH     (FT_VALIDATE_GX_LAST_INDEX + 1)
-
-

      
-
      
-
      The number of tables checked in this module. Use it as a parameter for the ‘table-length’ argument of function FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_GX_VALIDATE_H (freetype/ftgxval.h).
-

      
-
      -
-#define FT_VALIDATE_feat  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( feat )
-#define FT_VALIDATE_mort  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( mort )
-#define FT_VALIDATE_morx  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( morx )
-#define FT_VALIDATE_bsln  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( bsln )
-#define FT_VALIDATE_just  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( just )
-#define FT_VALIDATE_kern  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( kern )
-#define FT_VALIDATE_opbd  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( opbd )
-#define FT_VALIDATE_trak  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( trak )
-#define FT_VALIDATE_prop  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( prop )
-#define FT_VALIDATE_lcar  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( lcar )
-
-#define FT_VALIDATE_GX  ( FT_VALIDATE_feat | \
-                          FT_VALIDATE_mort | \
-                          FT_VALIDATE_morx | \
-                          FT_VALIDATE_bsln | \
-                          FT_VALIDATE_just | \
-                          FT_VALIDATE_kern | \
-                          FT_VALIDATE_opbd | \
-                          FT_VALIDATE_trak | \
-                          FT_VALIDATE_prop | \
-                          FT_VALIDATE_lcar )
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A list of bit-field constants used with FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate to indicate which TrueTypeGX/AAT Type tables should be validated.
      
-

      
-
      values
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      FT_VALIDATE_feat
-
      Validate ‘feat’ table.
      
-
      FT_VALIDATE_mort
-
      Validate ‘mort’ table.
      
-
      FT_VALIDATE_morx
-
      Validate ‘morx’ table.
      
-
      FT_VALIDATE_bsln
-
      Validate ‘bsln’ table.
      
-
      FT_VALIDATE_just
-
      Validate ‘just’ table.
      
-
      FT_VALIDATE_kern
-
      Validate ‘kern’ table.
      
-
      FT_VALIDATE_opbd
-
      Validate ‘opbd’ table.
      
-
      FT_VALIDATE_trak
-
      Validate ‘trak’ table.
      
-
      FT_VALIDATE_prop
-
      Validate ‘prop’ table.
      
-
      FT_VALIDATE_lcar
-
      Validate ‘lcar’ table.
      
-
      FT_VALIDATE_GX
-
      Validate all TrueTypeGX tables (feat, mort, morx, bsln, just, kern, opbd, trak, prop and lcar).
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_GX_VALIDATE_H (freetype/ftgxval.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate( FT_Face   face,
-                          FT_UInt   validation_flags,
-                          FT_Bytes  tables[FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH],
-                          FT_UInt   table_length );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Validate various TrueTypeGX tables to assure that all offsets and indices are valid. The idea is that a higher-level library which actually does the text layout can access those tables without error checking (which can be quite time consuming).
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
      face
-
      A handle to the input face.
      
-
      validation_flags
-
      A bit field which specifies the tables to be validated. See FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX for possible values.
      
-
      table_length
-
      The size of the ‘tables’ array. Normally, FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH should be passed.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      output
      
-
      
-
-
-
      tables
-
      The array where all validated sfnt tables are stored. The array itself must be allocated by a client.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      This function only works with TrueTypeGX fonts, returning an error otherwise.
      
-
      After use, the application should deallocate the buffers pointed to by each ‘tables’ element, by calling FT_TrueTypeGX_Free. A NULL value indicates that the table either doesn't exist in the font, the application hasn't asked for validation, or the validator doesn't have the ability to validate the sfnt table.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_TrueTypeGX_Free
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_GX_VALIDATE_H (freetype/ftgxval.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FT_TrueTypeGX_Free( FT_Face   face,
-                      FT_Bytes  table );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Free the buffer allocated by TrueTypeGX validator.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      face
-
      A handle to the input face.
      
-
      table
-
      The pointer to the buffer allocated by FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate only.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_GX_VALIDATE_H (freetype/ftgxval.h).
-

      
-
      -
-#define FT_VALIDATE_MS     ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << 0 )
-#define FT_VALIDATE_APPLE  ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << 1 )
-
-#define FT_VALIDATE_CKERN  ( FT_VALIDATE_MS | FT_VALIDATE_APPLE )
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A list of bit-field constants used with FT_ClassicKern_Validate to indicate the classic kern dialect or dialects. If the selected type doesn't fit, FT_ClassicKern_Validate regards the table as invalid.
      
-

      
-
      values
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
      FT_VALIDATE_MS
-
      Handle the ‘kern’ table as a classic Microsoft kern table.
      
-
      FT_VALIDATE_APPLE
-
      Handle the ‘kern’ table as a classic Apple kern table.
      
-
      FT_VALIDATE_CKERN
-
      Handle the ‘kern’ as either classic Apple or Microsoft kern table.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_ClassicKern_Validate
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_GX_VALIDATE_H (freetype/ftgxval.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_ClassicKern_Validate( FT_Face    face,
-                           FT_UInt    validation_flags,
-                           FT_Bytes  *ckern_table );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Validate classic (16bit format) kern table to assure that the offsets and indices are valid. The idea is that a higher-level library which actually does the text layout can access those tables without error checking (which can be quite time consuming).
      
-
      The ‘kern’ table validator in FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate deals with both the new 32bit format and the classic 16bit format, while FT_ClassicKern_Validate only supports the classic 16bit format.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      face
-
      A handle to the input face.
      
-
      validation_flags
-
      A bit field which specifies the dialect to be validated. See FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX for possible values.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      output
      
-
      
-
-
-
      ckern_table
-
      A pointer to the kern table.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      After use, the application should deallocate the buffers pointed to by ‘ckern_table’, by calling FT_ClassicKern_Free. A NULL value indicates that the table doesn't exist in the font.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_ClassicKern_Free
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_GX_VALIDATE_H (freetype/ftgxval.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FT_ClassicKern_Free( FT_Face   face,
-                       FT_Bytes  table );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Free the buffer allocated by classic Kern validator.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      face
-
      A handle to the input face.
      
-
      table
-
      The pointer to the buffer that is allocated by FT_ClassicKern_Validate.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by FT_ClassicKern_Validate only.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
-
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-gzip.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-gzip.html
deleted file mode 100644
index e1dbf27..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-gzip.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
-
-
-
-
      FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
      
-
-
      
-GZIP Streams
-
      
-
      Synopsis
      
-
-
-
      FT_Stream_OpenGzip


      
-
-
      
-
      This section contains the declaration of Gzip-specific functions.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      FT_Stream_OpenGzip
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_GZIP_H (freetype/ftgzip.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Stream_OpenGzip( FT_Stream  stream,
-                      FT_Stream  source );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Open a new stream to parse gzip-compressed font files. This is mainly used to support the compressed ‘*.pcf.gz’ fonts that come with XFree86.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      stream
-
      The target embedding stream.
      
-
      source
-
      The source stream.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      The source stream must be opened before calling this function.
      
-
      Calling the internal function ‘FT_Stream_Close’ on the new stream will not call ‘FT_Stream_Close’ on the source stream. None of the stream objects will be released to the heap.
      
-
      The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream.
      
-
      In certain builds of the library, gzip compression recognition is automatically handled when calling FT_New_Face or FT_Open_Face. This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw compressed file, the library will try to open a gzipped stream from it and re-open the face with it.
      
-
      This function may return ‘FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature’ if your build of FreeType was not compiled with zlib support.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
-
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-header_file_macros.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-header_file_macros.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 33905e9..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-header_file_macros.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,816 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
-
-
-
-
      FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
      
-
-
      
-Header File Macros
-
      
-
      Synopsis
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_HFT_WINFONTS_H
      FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_HFT_GLYPH_H
      FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_HFT_BITMAP_H
      FT_CONFIG_MODULES_HFT_BBOX_H
      FT_FREETYPE_HFT_CACHE_H
      FT_ERRORS_HFT_CACHE_IMAGE_H
      FT_MODULE_ERRORS_HFT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_H
      FT_SYSTEM_HFT_CACHE_CHARMAP_H
      FT_IMAGE_HFT_MAC_H
      FT_TYPES_HFT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H
      FT_LIST_HFT_SFNT_NAMES_H
      FT_OUTLINE_HFT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H
      FT_SIZES_HFT_GX_VALIDATE_H
      FT_MODULE_HFT_PFR_H
      FT_RENDER_HFT_STROKER_H
      FT_TYPE1_TABLES_HFT_SYNTHESIS_H
      FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_HFT_XFREE86_H
      FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_HFT_TRIGONOMETRY_H
      FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_HFT_LCD_FILTER_H
      FT_BDF_HFT_UNPATENTED_HINTING_H
      FT_CID_HFT_INCREMENTAL_H
      FT_GZIP_HFT_GASP_H
      FT_LZW_H


      
-
-
      
-
      The following macros are defined to the name of specific FreeType 2 header files. They can be used directly in #include statements as in:
      
-
      -  #include FT_FREETYPE_H                                           
-  #include FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H                                   
-  #include FT_GLYPH_H                                              
-
      
-
      There are several reasons why we are now using macros to name public header files. The first one is that such macros are not limited to the infamous 8.3 naming rule required by DOS (and ‘FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H’ is a lot more meaningful than ‘ftmm.h’).
      
-
      The second reason is that it allows for more flexibility in the way FreeType 2 is installed on a given system.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
      
-
      -
-#ifndef FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
-#define FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H  <freetype/config/ftconfig.h>
-#endif
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing FreeType 2 configuration data.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
      
-
      -
-#ifndef FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
-#define FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H  <freetype/config/ftstdlib.h>
-#endif
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing FreeType 2 interface to the standard C library functions.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
      
-
      -
-#ifndef FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
-#define FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H  <freetype/config/ftoption.h>
-#endif
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing FreeType 2 project-specific configuration options.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H
      
-
      -
-#ifndef FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H
-#define FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H  <freetype/config/ftmodule.h>
-#endif
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the list of FreeType 2 modules that are statically linked to new library instances in FT_Init_FreeType.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_FREETYPE_H
      
-
      -
-#define FT_FREETYPE_H  <freetype/freetype.h>
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the base FreeType 2 API.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_ERRORS_H
      
-
      -
-#define FT_ERRORS_H  <freetype/fterrors.h>
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the list of FreeType 2 error codes (and messages).
      
-
      It is included by FT_FREETYPE_H.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
      
-
      -
-#define FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H  <freetype/ftmoderr.h>
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the list of FreeType 2 module error offsets (and messages).
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_SYSTEM_H
      
-
      -
-#define FT_SYSTEM_H  <freetype/ftsystem.h>
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the FreeType 2 interface to low-level operations (i.e., memory management and stream i/o).
      
-
      It is included by FT_FREETYPE_H.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_IMAGE_H
      
-
      -
-#define FT_IMAGE_H  <freetype/ftimage.h>
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing type definitions related to glyph images (i.e., bitmaps, outlines, scan-converter parameters).
      
-
      It is included by FT_FREETYPE_H.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_TYPES_H
      
-
      -
-#define FT_TYPES_H  <freetype/fttypes.h>
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the basic data types defined by FreeType 2.
      
-
      It is included by FT_FREETYPE_H.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_LIST_H
      
-
      -
-#define FT_LIST_H  <freetype/ftlist.h>
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the list management API of FreeType 2.
      
-
      (Most applications will never need to include this file.)
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_OUTLINE_H
      
-
      -
-#define FT_OUTLINE_H  <freetype/ftoutln.h>
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the scalable outline management API of FreeType 2.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_SIZES_H
      
-
      -
-#define FT_SIZES_H  <freetype/ftsizes.h>
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the API which manages multiple FT_Size objects per face.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_MODULE_H
      
-
      -
-#define FT_MODULE_H  <freetype/ftmodapi.h>
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the module management API of FreeType 2.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_RENDER_H
      
-
      -
-#define FT_RENDER_H  <freetype/ftrender.h>
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the renderer module management API of FreeType 2.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H
      
-
      -
-#define FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H  <freetype/t1tables.h>
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the types and API specific to the Type 1 format.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H
      
-
      -
-#define FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H  <freetype/ttnameid.h>
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the enumeration values which identify name strings, languages, encodings, etc. This file really contains a large set of constant macro definitions, taken from the TrueType and OpenType specifications.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H
      
-
      -
-#define FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H  <freetype/tttables.h>
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the types and API specific to the TrueType (as well as OpenType) format.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H
      
-
      -
-#define FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H  <freetype/tttags.h>
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the definitions of TrueType four-byte ‘tags’ which identify blocks in SFNT-based font formats (i.e., TrueType and OpenType).
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_BDF_H
      
-
      -
-#define FT_BDF_H  <freetype/ftbdf.h>
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the definitions of an API which accesses BDF-specific strings from a face.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_CID_H
      
-
      -
-#define FT_CID_H  <freetype/ftcid.h>
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the definitions of an API which access CID font information from a face.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_GZIP_H
      
-
      -
-#define FT_GZIP_H  <freetype/ftgzip.h>
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the definitions of an API which supports gzip-compressed files.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_LZW_H
      
-
      -
-#define FT_LZW_H  <freetype/ftlzw.h>
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the definitions of an API which supports LZW-compressed files.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_WINFONTS_H
      
-
      -
-#define FT_WINFONTS_H   <freetype/ftwinfnt.h>
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the definitions of an API which supports Windows FNT files.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_GLYPH_H
      
-
      -
-#define FT_GLYPH_H  <freetype/ftglyph.h>
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the API of the optional glyph management component.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_BITMAP_H
      
-
      -
-#define FT_BITMAP_H  <freetype/ftbitmap.h>
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the API of the optional bitmap conversion component.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_BBOX_H
      
-
      -
-#define FT_BBOX_H  <freetype/ftbbox.h>
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the API of the optional exact bounding box computation routines.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_CACHE_H
      
-
      -
-#define FT_CACHE_H  <freetype/ftcache.h>
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the API of the optional FreeType 2 cache sub-system.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_CACHE_IMAGE_H
      
-
      -
-#define FT_CACHE_IMAGE_H  FT_CACHE_H
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the ‘glyph image’ API of the FreeType 2 cache sub-system.
      
-
      It is used to define a cache for FT_Glyph elements. You can also use the API defined in FT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_H if you only need to store small glyph bitmaps, as it will use less memory.
      
-
      This macro is deprecated. Simply include FT_CACHE_H to have all glyph image-related cache declarations.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_H
      
-
      -
-#define FT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_H  FT_CACHE_H
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the ‘small bitmaps’ API of the FreeType 2 cache sub-system.
      
-
      It is used to define a cache for small glyph bitmaps in a relatively memory-efficient way. You can also use the API defined in FT_CACHE_IMAGE_H if you want to cache arbitrary glyph images, including scalable outlines.
      
-
      This macro is deprecated. Simply include FT_CACHE_H to have all small bitmaps-related cache declarations.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_CACHE_CHARMAP_H
      
-
      -
-#define FT_CACHE_CHARMAP_H  FT_CACHE_H
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the ‘charmap’ API of the FreeType 2 cache sub-system.
      
-
      This macro is deprecated. Simply include FT_CACHE_H to have all charmap-based cache declarations.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_MAC_H
      
-
      -
-#define FT_MAC_H  <freetype/ftmac.h>
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the Macintosh-specific FreeType 2 API. The latter is used to access fonts embedded in resource forks.
      
-
      This header file must be explicitly included by client applications compiled on the Mac (note that the base API still works though).
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H
      
-
      -
-#define FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H  <freetype/ftmm.h>
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the optional multiple-masters management API of FreeType 2.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_SFNT_NAMES_H
      
-
      -
-#define FT_SFNT_NAMES_H  <freetype/ftsnames.h>
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the optional FreeType 2 API which accesses embedded ‘name’ strings in SFNT-based font formats (i.e., TrueType and OpenType).
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H
      
-
      -
-#define FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H  <freetype/ftotval.h>
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the optional FreeType 2 API which validates OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF, GPOS, GSUB, JSTF).
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_GX_VALIDATE_H
      
-
      -
-#define FT_GX_VALIDATE_H  <freetype/ftgxval.h>
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the optional FreeType 2 API which validates TrueTypeGX/AAT tables (feat, mort, morx, bsln, just, kern, opbd, trak, prop).
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_PFR_H
      
-
      -
-#define FT_PFR_H  <freetype/ftpfr.h>
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the FreeType 2 API which accesses PFR-specific data.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_STROKER_H
      
-
      -
-#define FT_STROKER_H  <freetype/ftstroke.h>
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the FreeType 2 API which provides functions to stroke outline paths.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_SYNTHESIS_H
      
-
      -
-#define FT_SYNTHESIS_H  <freetype/ftsynth.h>
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the FreeType 2 API which performs artificial obliquing and emboldening.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_XFREE86_H
      
-
      -
-#define FT_XFREE86_H  <freetype/ftxf86.h>
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the FreeType 2 API which provides functions specific to the XFree86 and X.Org X11 servers.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H
      
-
      -
-#define FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H  <freetype/fttrigon.h>
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the FreeType 2 API which performs trigonometric computations (e.g., cosines and arc tangents).
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_LCD_FILTER_H
      
-
      -
-#define FT_LCD_FILTER_H  <freetype/ftlcdfil.h>
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the FreeType 2 API which performs color filtering for subpixel rendering.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_UNPATENTED_HINTING_H
      
-
      -
-#define FT_UNPATENTED_HINTING_H  <freetype/ttunpat.h>
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the FreeType 2 API which performs color filtering for subpixel rendering.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_INCREMENTAL_H
      
-
      -
-#define FT_INCREMENTAL_H  <freetype/ftincrem.h>
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the FreeType 2 API which performs color filtering for subpixel rendering.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_GASP_H
      
-
      -
-#define FT_GASP_H  <freetype/ftgasp.h>
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the FreeType 2 API which returns entries from the TrueType GASP table.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
-
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-incremental.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-incremental.html
deleted file mode 100644
index e438eb1..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-incremental.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,393 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
-
-
-
-
      FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
      
-
-
      
-Incremental Loading
-
      
-
      Synopsis
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      FT_IncrementalFT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc
      FT_Incremental_MetricsRecFT_Incremental_FuncsRec
      FT_Incremental_MetricsFT_Incremental_InterfaceRec
      FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFuncFT_Incremental_Interface
      FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFuncFT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL


      
-
-
      
-
      This section contains various functions used to perform so-called ‘incremental’ glyph loading. This is a mode where all glyphs loaded from a given FT_Face are provided by the client application,
      
-
      Apart from that, all other tables are loaded normally from the font file. This mode is useful when FreeType is used within another engine, e.g., a Postscript Imaging Processor.
      
-
      To enable this mode, you must use FT_Open_Face, passing an FT_Parameter with the FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL tag and an FT_Incremental_Interface value. See the comments for FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec for an example.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      FT_Incremental
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_INCREMENTAL_H (freetype/ftincrem.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct FT_IncrementalRec_*  FT_Incremental;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      An opaque type describing a user-provided object used to implement ‘incremental’ glyph loading within FreeType. This is used to support embedded fonts in certain environments (e.g., Postscript interpreters), where the glyph data isn't in the font file, or must be overridden by different values.
      
-

      
-
      note
      
-
      It is up to client applications to create and implement FT_Incremental objects, as long as they provide implementations for the methods FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc, FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc and FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc.
      
-
      See the description of FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec to understand how to use incremental objects with FreeType.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Incremental_MetricsRec
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_INCREMENTAL_H (freetype/ftincrem.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct  FT_Incremental_MetricsRec_
-  {
-    FT_Long  bearing_x;
-    FT_Long  bearing_y;
-    FT_Long  advance;
-
-  } FT_Incremental_MetricsRec;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A small structure used to contain the basic glyph metrics returned by the FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc method.
      
-

      
-
      fields
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
      bearing_x
-
      Left bearing, in font units.
      
-
      bearing_y
-
      Top bearing, in font units.
      
-
      advance
-
      Glyph advance, in font units.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      These correspond to horizontal or vertical metrics depending on the value of the ‘vertical’ argument to the function FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Incremental_Metrics
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_INCREMENTAL_H (freetype/ftincrem.h).
-

      
-
      -
-   typedef struct FT_Incremental_MetricsRec_*  FT_Incremental_Metrics;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A handle to an FT_Incremental_MetricsRec structure.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_INCREMENTAL_H (freetype/ftincrem.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc)( FT_Incremental  incremental,
-                                      FT_UInt         glyph_index,
-                                      FT_Data*        adata );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A function called by FreeType to access a given glyph's data bytes during FT_Load_Glyph or FT_Load_Char if incremental loading is enabled.
      
-
      Note that the format of the glyph's data bytes depends on the font file format. For TrueType, it must correspond to the raw bytes within the ‘glyf’ table. For Postscript formats, it must correspond to the unencrypted charstring bytes, without any ‘lenIV’ header. It is undefined for any other format.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      incremental
-
      Handle to an opaque FT_Incremental handle provided by the client application.
      
-
      glyph_index
-
      Index of relevant glyph.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      output
      
-
      
-
-
-
      adata
-
      A structure describing the returned glyph data bytes (which will be accessed as a read-only byte block).
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      If this function returns successfully the method FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc will be called later to release the data bytes.
      
-
      Nested calls to FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc can happen for compound glyphs.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_INCREMENTAL_H (freetype/ftincrem.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef void
-  (*FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc)( FT_Incremental  incremental,
-                                       FT_Data*        data );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A function used to release the glyph data bytes returned by a successful call to FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      incremental
-
      A handle to an opaque FT_Incremental handle provided by the client application.
      
-
      data
-
      A structure describing the glyph data bytes (which will be accessed as a read-only byte block).
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_INCREMENTAL_H (freetype/ftincrem.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc)
-                      ( FT_Incremental              incremental,
-                        FT_UInt                     glyph_index,
-                        FT_Bool                     vertical,
-                        FT_Incremental_MetricsRec  *ametrics );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A function used to retrieve the basic metrics of a given glyph index before accessing its data. This is necessary because, in certain formats like TrueType, the metrics are stored in a different place from the glyph images proper.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
      incremental
-
      A handle to an opaque FT_Incremental handle provided by the client application.
      
-
      glyph_index
-
      Index of relevant glyph.
      
-
      vertical
-
      If true, return vertical metrics.
      
-
      ametrics
-
      This parameter is used for both input and output. The original glyph metrics, if any, in font units. If metrics are not available all the values must be set to zero.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      output
      
-
      
-
-
-
      ametrics
-
      The replacement glyph metrics in font units.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Incremental_FuncsRec
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_INCREMENTAL_H (freetype/ftincrem.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct  FT_Incremental_FuncsRec_
-  {
-    FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc     get_glyph_data;
-    FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc    free_glyph_data;
-    FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc  get_glyph_metrics;
-
-  } FT_Incremental_FuncsRec;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A table of functions for accessing fonts that load data incrementally. Used in FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec.
      
-

      
-
      fields
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
      get_glyph_data
-
      The function to get glyph data. Must not be null.
      
-
      free_glyph_data
-
      The function to release glyph data. Must not be null.
      
-
      get_glyph_metrics
-
      The function to get glyph metrics. May be null if the font does not provide overriding glyph metrics.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_INCREMENTAL_H (freetype/ftincrem.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct  FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec_
-  {
-    const FT_Incremental_FuncsRec*  funcs;
-    FT_Incremental                  object;
-
-  } FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A structure to be used with FT_Open_Face to indicate that the user wants to support incremental glyph loading. You should use it with FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL as in the following example:
      
-
      -  FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec  inc_int;
-  FT_Parameter                 parameter;
-  FT_Open_Args                 open_args;
-
-
-  // set up incremental descriptor
-  inc_int.funcs  = my_funcs;
-  inc_int.object = my_object;
-
-  // set up optional parameter
-  parameter.tag  = FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL;
-  parameter.data = &inc_int;
-
-  // set up FT_Open_Args structure
-  open_args.flags      = FT_OPEN_PATHNAME | FT_OPEN_PARAMS;
-  open_args.pathname   = my_font_pathname;
-  open_args.num_params = 1;
-  open_args.params     = &parameter; // we use one optional argument
-
-  // open the font
-  error = FT_Open_Face( library, &open_args, index, &face );
-  ...
-
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Incremental_Interface
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_INCREMENTAL_H (freetype/ftincrem.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec*   FT_Incremental_Interface;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A pointer to an FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec structure.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_INCREMENTAL_H (freetype/ftincrem.h).
-

      
-
      -
-#define FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'n', 'c', 'r' )
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A constant used as the tag of FT_Parameter structures to indicate an incremental loading object to be used by FreeType.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
-
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-index.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-index.html
deleted file mode 100644
index d108d0a..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-index.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,279 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
-
-
-
-
      FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOMFT_List_FinalizeFT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ROUND_XY_TO_GRID
      BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINALFT_List_FindFT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_SCALE
      BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGERFT_List_InsertFT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_USE_MY_METRICS
      BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONEFT_List_IterateFT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XXX
      BDF_PropertyFT_List_IteratorFT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XY_SCALE
      BDF_PropertyRecFT_List_RemoveFT_SubGlyph
      CID_FaceDictFT_List_UpFT_SYNTHESIS_H
      CID_FaceDictRecFT_ListNodeFT_SYSTEM_H
      CID_FaceInfoFT_ListNodeRecFT_Tag
      CID_FaceInfoRecFT_ListRecFT_Tan
      CID_InfoFT_LOAD_CROP_BITMAPFT_TRIGONOMETRY_H
      FREETYPE_MAJORFT_LOAD_DEFAULTFT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_NONE
      FREETYPE_MINORFT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINTFT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_PATENTED
      FREETYPE_PATCHFT_LOAD_IGNORE_GLOBAL_ADVANCE_WIDTHFT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_UNPATENTED
      FREETYPE_XXXFT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORMFT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H
      FT_Activate_SizeFT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGNFT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H
      FT_Add_Default_ModulesFT_LOAD_MONOCHROMEFT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H
      FT_Add_ModuleFT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINTFT_TrueTypeEngineType
      FT_Alloc_FuncFT_LOAD_NO_BITMAPFT_TrueTypeGX_Free
      FT_ANGLE_2PIFT_LOAD_NO_HINTINGFT_TrueTypeGX_Validate
      FT_ANGLE_PIFT_LOAD_NO_RECURSEFT_TYPE1_TABLES_H
      FT_ANGLE_PI2FT_LOAD_NO_SCALEFT_TYPES_H
      FT_ANGLE_PI4FT_LOAD_PEDANTICFT_UFWord
      FT_AngleFT_LOAD_RENDERFT_UInt
      FT_Angle_DiffFT_LOAD_TARGET_LCDFT_UInt16
      FT_Atan2FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD_VFT_UInt32
      FT_Attach_FileFT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHTFT_ULong
      FT_Attach_StreamFT_LOAD_TARGET_MODEFT_UNPATENTED_HINTING_H
      FT_BBOX_HFT_LOAD_TARGET_MONOFT_UnitVector
      FT_BBoxFT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMALFT_UShort
      FT_BDF_HFT_LOAD_TARGET_XXXFT_VALIDATE_APPLE
      FT_BITMAP_HFT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUTFT_VALIDATE_BASE
      FT_BitmapFT_LOAD_XXXFT_VALIDATE_bsln
      FT_Bitmap_ConvertFT_Load_CharFT_VALIDATE_CKERN
      FT_Bitmap_CopyFT_Load_GlyphFT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX
      FT_Bitmap_DoneFT_Load_Sfnt_TableFT_VALIDATE_feat
      FT_Bitmap_EmboldenFT_LongFT_VALIDATE_GDEF
      FT_Bitmap_NewFT_LZW_HFT_VALIDATE_GPOS
      FT_Bitmap_SizeFT_MAC_HFT_VALIDATE_GSUB
      FT_BitmapGlyphFT_MAKE_TAGFT_VALIDATE_GX
      FT_BitmapGlyphRecFT_MatrixFT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH
      FT_BoolFT_Matrix_InvertFT_VALIDATE_GXXXX
      FT_ByteFT_Matrix_MultiplyFT_VALIDATE_JSTF
      FT_BytesFT_MemoryFT_VALIDATE_just
      FT_CACHE_CHARMAP_HFT_MemoryRecFT_VALIDATE_kern
      FT_CACHE_HFT_MM_AxisFT_VALIDATE_lcar
      FT_CACHE_IMAGE_HFT_MM_VarFT_VALIDATE_MATH
      FT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_HFT_MODULE_ERRORS_HFT_VALIDATE_MS
      FT_CeilFixFT_MODULE_HFT_VALIDATE_mort
      FT_CharFT_ModuleFT_VALIDATE_morx
      FT_CharMapFT_Module_ClassFT_VALIDATE_OT
      FT_CharMapRecFT_Module_ConstructorFT_VALIDATE_OTXXX
      FT_CID_HFT_Module_DestructorFT_VALIDATE_opbd
      FT_ClassicKern_FreeFT_Module_RequesterFT_VALIDATE_prop
      FT_ClassicKern_ValidateFT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_HFT_VALIDATE_trak
      FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_HFT_MulDivFT_Var_Axis
      FT_CONFIG_MODULES_HFT_MulFixFT_Var_Named_Style
      FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_HFT_Multi_MasterFT_Vector
      FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_HFT_New_FaceFT_Vector_From_Polar
      FT_CosFT_New_Face_From_FONDFT_Vector_Length
      FT_DataFT_New_Face_From_FSRefFT_Vector_Polarize
      FT_DivFixFT_New_Face_From_FSSpecFT_Vector_Rotate
      FT_Done_FaceFT_New_LibraryFT_Vector_Transform
      FT_Done_FreeTypeFT_New_Memory_FaceFT_Vector_Unit
      FT_Done_GlyphFT_New_SizeFT_WINFONTS_H
      FT_Done_LibraryFT_OffsetFT_WinFNT_Header
      FT_Done_SizeFT_OPEN_DRIVERFT_WinFNT_HeaderRec
      FT_DriverFT_OPEN_MEMORYFT_WinFNT_ID_CP1250
      FT_ENC_TAGFT_OPEN_PARAMSFT_WinFNT_ID_CP1251
      FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_CUSTOMFT_OPEN_PATHNAMEFT_WinFNT_ID_CP1252
      FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_EXPERTFT_OPEN_STREAMFT_WinFNT_ID_CP1253
      FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_LATIN_1FT_OPEN_XXXFT_WinFNT_ID_CP1254
      FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_STANDARDFT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_HFT_WinFNT_ID_CP1255
      FT_ENCODING_APPLE_ROMANFT_Open_ArgsFT_WinFNT_ID_CP1256
      FT_ENCODING_BIG5FT_Open_FaceFT_WinFNT_ID_CP1257
      FT_ENCODING_GB2312FT_OpenType_FreeFT_WinFNT_ID_CP1258
      FT_ENCODING_JOHABFT_OpenType_ValidateFT_WinFNT_ID_CP1361
      FT_ENCODING_MS_BIG5FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_LEFTFT_WinFNT_ID_CP874
      FT_ENCODING_MS_GB2312FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_RIGHTFT_WinFNT_ID_CP932
      FT_ENCODING_MS_JOHABFT_ORIENTATION_NONEFT_WinFNT_ID_CP936
      FT_ENCODING_MS_SJISFT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPTFT_WinFNT_ID_CP949
      FT_ENCODING_MS_SYMBOLFT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPEFT_WinFNT_ID_CP950
      FT_ENCODING_MS_WANSUNGFT_OrientationFT_WinFNT_ID_DEFAULT
      FT_ENCODING_NONEFT_OUTLINE_EVEN_ODD_FILLFT_WinFNT_ID_MAC
      FT_ENCODING_OLD_LATIN_2FT_OUTLINE_FLAGSFT_WinFNT_ID_OEM
      FT_ENCODING_SJISFT_OUTLINE_HFT_WinFNT_ID_SYMBOL
      FT_ENCODING_UNICODEFT_OUTLINE_HIGH_PRECISIONFT_WinFNT_ID_XXX
      FT_ENCODING_WANSUNGFT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTSFT_XFREE86_H
      FT_EncodingFT_OUTLINE_NONEFTC_CMapCache
      FT_ERRORS_HFT_OUTLINE_OWNERFTC_CMapCache_Lookup
      FT_ErrorFT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILLFTC_CMapCache_New
      FT_F26Dot6FT_OUTLINE_SINGLE_PASSFTC_Face_Requester
      FT_F2Dot14FT_OutlineFTC_FaceID
      FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYEDFT_Outline_CheckFTC_ImageCache
      FT_FACE_FLAG_EXTERNAL_STREAMFT_Outline_ConicToFuncFTC_ImageCache_Lookup
      FT_FACE_FLAG_FAST_GLYPHSFT_Outline_CopyFTC_ImageCache_LookupScaler
      FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZESFT_Outline_CubicToFuncFTC_ImageCache_New
      FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTHFT_Outline_DecomposeFTC_ImageType
      FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMESFT_Outline_DoneFTC_ImageTypeRec
      FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTERFT_Outline_EmboldenFTC_Manager
      FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTALFT_Outline_FuncsFTC_Manager_Done
      FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNINGFT_Outline_Get_BBoxFTC_Manager_LookupFace
      FT_FACE_FLAG_MULTIPLE_MASTERSFT_Outline_Get_BitmapFTC_Manager_LookupSize
      FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLEFT_Outline_Get_CBoxFTC_Manager_New
      FT_FACE_FLAG_SFNTFT_Outline_Get_OrientationFTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID
      FT_FACE_FLAG_VERTICALFT_Outline_GetInsideBorderFTC_Manager_Reset
      FT_FACE_FLAG_XXXFT_Outline_GetOutsideBorderFTC_Node
      FT_FaceFT_Outline_LineToFuncFTC_Node_Unref
      FT_Face_CheckTrueTypePatentsFT_Outline_MoveToFuncFTC_SBit
      FT_Face_GetCharsOfVariantFT_Outline_NewFTC_SBitCache
      FT_Face_GetCharVariantIndexFT_Outline_RenderFTC_SBitCache_Lookup
      FT_Face_GetCharVariantIsDefaultFT_Outline_ReverseFTC_SBitCache_LookupScaler
      FT_Face_GetVariantSelectorsFT_Outline_TransformFTC_SBitCache_New
      FT_Face_GetVariantsOfCharFT_Outline_TranslateFTC_SBitRec
      FT_Face_InternalFT_OutlineGlyphFTC_Scaler
      FT_Face_SetUnpatentedHintingFT_OutlineGlyphRecFTC_ScalerRec
      FT_FaceRecFT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTALft_encoding_xxx
      FT_FixedFT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTINGft_glyph_bbox_gridfit
      FT_FloorFixFT_Palette_Modeft_glyph_bbox_pixels
      FT_FREETYPE_HFT_Parameterft_glyph_bbox_subpixels
      FT_Free_FuncFT_PFR_Hft_glyph_bbox_truncate
      FT_FWordFT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAYft_glyph_bbox_unscaled
      FT_GASP_DO_GRAYFT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2ft_glyph_bbox_xxx
      FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFITFT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4ft_glyph_format_bitmap
      FT_GASP_HFT_PIXEL_MODE_LCDft_glyph_format_composite
      FT_GASP_NO_TABLEFT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_Vft_glyph_format_none
      FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFITFT_PIXEL_MODE_MONOft_glyph_format_outline
      FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHINGFT_PIXEL_MODE_NONEft_glyph_format_plotter
      FT_GASP_XXXFT_Pixel_Modeft_glyph_format_xxx
      FT_GenericFT_Pointerft_kerning_default
      FT_Generic_FinalizerFT_Posft_kerning_unfitted
      FT_Get_BDF_Charset_IDFT_PropertyTypeft_kerning_unscaled
      FT_Get_BDF_PropertyFT_PtrDistft_open_driver
      FT_Get_Char_IndexFT_RASTER_FLAG_AAft_open_memory
      FT_Get_Charmap_IndexFT_RASTER_FLAG_CLIPft_open_params
      FT_Get_CID_Registry_Ordering_SupplementFT_RASTER_FLAG_DEFAULTft_open_pathname
      FT_Get_CMap_FormatFT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECTft_open_stream
      FT_Get_CMap_Language_IDFT_RASTER_FLAG_XXXft_outline_even_odd_fill
      FT_Get_First_CharFT_Rasterft_outline_flags
      FT_Get_GaspFT_Raster_BitSet_Funcft_outline_high_precision
      FT_Get_GlyphFT_Raster_BitTest_Funcft_outline_ignore_dropouts
      FT_Get_Glyph_NameFT_Raster_DoneFuncft_outline_none
      FT_Get_KerningFT_Raster_Funcsft_outline_owner
      FT_Get_MM_VarFT_Raster_NewFuncft_outline_reverse_fill
      FT_Get_ModuleFT_Raster_Paramsft_outline_single_pass
      FT_Get_Multi_MasterFT_Raster_RenderFuncft_palette_mode_rgb
      FT_Get_Name_IndexFT_Raster_ResetFuncft_palette_mode_rgba
      FT_Get_Next_CharFT_Raster_SetModeFuncft_pixel_mode_grays
      FT_Get_PFR_AdvanceFT_RENDER_Hft_pixel_mode_mono
      FT_Get_PFR_KerningFT_RENDER_MODE_LCDft_pixel_mode_none
      FT_Get_PFR_MetricsFT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_Vft_pixel_mode_pal2
      FT_Get_Postscript_NameFT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHTft_pixel_mode_pal4
      FT_Get_PS_Font_InfoFT_RENDER_MODE_MONOft_pixel_mode_xxx
      FT_Get_PS_Font_PrivateFT_RENDER_MODE_NORMALft_render_mode_mono
      FT_Get_RendererFT_Realloc_Funcft_render_mode_normal
      FT_Get_Sfnt_NameFT_Remove_Moduleft_render_mode_xxx
      FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_CountFT_Render_GlyphPS_FontInfo
      FT_Get_Sfnt_TableFT_Render_ModePS_FontInfoRec
      FT_Get_SubGlyph_InfoFT_RendererPS_Private
      FT_Get_Track_KerningFT_Renderer_ClassPS_PrivateRec
      FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_TypeFT_Request_SizeT1_Blend_Flags
      FT_Get_WinFNT_HeaderFT_RoundFixT1_FontInfo
      FT_Get_X11_Font_FormatFT_Select_CharmapT1_Private
      FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_NameFT_Select_SizeTT_ADOBE_ID_CUSTOM
      FT_GetFile_From_Mac_NameFT_Set_Char_SizeTT_ADOBE_ID_EXPERT
      FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_NameFT_Set_CharmapTT_ADOBE_ID_LATIN_1
      FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFITFT_Set_Debug_HookTT_ADOBE_ID_STANDARD
      FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELSFT_Set_MM_Blend_CoordinatesTT_ADOBE_ID_XXX
      FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELSFT_Set_MM_Design_CoordinatesTT_APPLE_ID_DEFAULT
      FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATEFT_Set_Pixel_SizesTT_APPLE_ID_ISO_10646
      FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALEDFT_Set_RendererTT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_1_1
      FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAPFT_Set_TransformTT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_2_0
      FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITEFT_Set_Var_Blend_CoordinatesTT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_32
      FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_NONEFT_Set_Var_Design_CoordinatesTT_APPLE_ID_VARIANT_SELECTOR
      FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINEFT_SFNT_NAMES_HTT_APPLE_ID_XXX
      FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_PLOTTERFT_Sfnt_Table_InfoTT_Header
      FT_GLYPH_HFT_Sfnt_TagTT_HoriHeader
      FT_GlyphFT_SfntNameTT_ISO_ID_10646
      FT_Glyph_BBox_ModeFT_ShortTT_ISO_ID_7BIT_ASCII
      FT_Glyph_CopyFT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_BBOXTT_ISO_ID_8859_1
      FT_Glyph_FormatFT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_CELLTT_ISO_ID_XXX
      FT_Glyph_Get_CBoxFT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_NOMINALTT_MAC_ID_ARABIC
      FT_Glyph_MetricsFT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_REAL_DIMTT_MAC_ID_ARMENIAN
      FT_Glyph_StrokeFT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_SCALESTT_MAC_ID_BENGALI
      FT_Glyph_StrokeBorderFT_SIZES_HTT_MAC_ID_BURMESE
      FT_Glyph_To_BitmapFT_SinTT_MAC_ID_DEVANAGARI
      FT_Glyph_TransformFT_SizeTT_MAC_ID_GEEZ
      FT_GlyphRecFT_Size_InternalTT_MAC_ID_GEORGIAN
      FT_GlyphSlotFT_Size_MetricsTT_MAC_ID_GREEK
      FT_GlyphSlotRecFT_Size_RequestTT_MAC_ID_GUJARATI
      FT_GX_VALIDATE_HFT_Size_Request_TypeTT_MAC_ID_GURMUKHI
      FT_GZIP_HFT_Size_RequestRecTT_MAC_ID_HEBREW
      FT_HAS_FAST_GLYPHSFT_SizeRecTT_MAC_ID_JAPANESE
      FT_HAS_FIXED_SIZESFT_Slot_InternalTT_MAC_ID_KANNADA
      FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMESFT_SpanTT_MAC_ID_KHMER
      FT_HAS_HORIZONTALFT_SpanFuncTT_MAC_ID_KOREAN
      FT_HAS_KERNINGFT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFTTT_MAC_ID_LAOTIAN
      FT_HAS_MULTIPLE_MASTERSFT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHTTT_MAC_ID_MALAYALAM
      FT_HAS_VERTICALFT_STROKER_HTT_MAC_ID_MALDIVIAN
      FT_Has_PS_Glyph_NamesFT_STROKER_LINECAP_BUTTTT_MAC_ID_MONGOLIAN
      FT_IMAGE_HFT_STROKER_LINECAP_ROUNDTT_MAC_ID_ORIYA
      FT_IMAGE_TAGFT_STROKER_LINECAP_SQUARETT_MAC_ID_ROMAN
      FT_INCREMENTAL_HFT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_BEVELTT_MAC_ID_RSYMBOL
      FT_IncrementalFT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITERTT_MAC_ID_RUSSIAN
      FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFuncFT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_ROUNDTT_MAC_ID_SIMPLIFIED_CHINESE
      FT_Incremental_FuncsRecFT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLDTT_MAC_ID_SINDHI
      FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFuncFT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALICTT_MAC_ID_SINHALESE
      FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFuncFT_STYLE_FLAG_XXXTT_MAC_ID_SLAVIC
      FT_Incremental_InterfaceFT_StreamTT_MAC_ID_TAMIL
      FT_Incremental_InterfaceRecFT_Stream_CloseFuncTT_MAC_ID_TELUGU
      FT_Incremental_MetricsFT_Stream_IoFuncTT_MAC_ID_THAI
      FT_Incremental_MetricsRecFT_Stream_OpenGzipTT_MAC_ID_TIBETAN
      FT_Init_FreeTypeFT_Stream_OpenLZWTT_MAC_ID_TRADITIONAL_CHINESE
      FT_IntFT_StreamDescTT_MAC_ID_UNINTERP
      FT_Int16FT_StreamRecTT_MAC_ID_VIETNAMESE
      FT_Int32FT_StringTT_MAC_ID_XXX
      FT_IS_CID_KEYEDFT_StrokerTT_MaxProfile
      FT_IS_FIXED_WIDTHFT_Stroker_BeginSubPathTT_MS_ID_BIG_5
      FT_IS_SCALABLEFT_Stroker_ConicToTT_MS_ID_GB2312
      FT_IS_SFNTFT_Stroker_CubicToTT_MS_ID_JOHAB
      FT_KERNING_DEFAULTFT_Stroker_DoneTT_MS_ID_SJIS
      FT_KERNING_UNFITTEDFT_Stroker_EndSubPathTT_MS_ID_SYMBOL_CS
      FT_KERNING_UNSCALEDFT_Stroker_ExportTT_MS_ID_UCS_4
      FT_Kerning_ModeFT_Stroker_ExportBorderTT_MS_ID_UNICODE_CS
      FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULTFT_Stroker_GetBorderCountsTT_MS_ID_WANSUNG
      FT_LCD_FILTER_HFT_Stroker_GetCountsTT_MS_ID_XXX
      FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACYFT_Stroker_LineCapTT_OS2
      FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHTFT_Stroker_LineJoinTT_PCLT
      FT_LCD_FILTER_NONEFT_Stroker_LineToTT_PLATFORM_ADOBE
      FT_LcdFilterFT_Stroker_NewTT_PLATFORM_APPLE_UNICODE
      FT_LIST_HFT_Stroker_ParseOutlineTT_PLATFORM_CUSTOM
      FT_LibraryFT_Stroker_RewindTT_PLATFORM_ISO
      FT_Library_SetLcdFilterFT_Stroker_SetTT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH
      FT_Library_VersionFT_StrokerBorderTT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT
      FT_ListFT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_2X2TT_PLATFORM_XXX
      FT_List_AddFT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_WORDSTT_Postscript
      FT_List_DestructorFT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_XY_VALUESTT_VertHeader
      
-
      
-
-
      [TOC]
      
-
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-lcd_filtering.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-lcd_filtering.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 5543304..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-lcd_filtering.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,145 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
-
-
-
-
      FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
      
-
-
      
-LCD Filtering
-
      
-
      Synopsis
      
-
-
-
      FT_LcdFilterFT_Library_SetLcdFilter


      
-
-
      
-
      The FT_Library_SetLcdFilter API can be used to specify a low-pass filter which is then applied to LCD-optimized bitmaps generated through FT_Render_Glyph. This is useful to reduce color fringes which would occur with unfiltered rendering.
      
-
      Note that no filter is active by default, and that this function is not implemented in default builds of the library. You need to #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING in your ‘ftoption.h’ file in order to activate it.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      FT_LcdFilter
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_LCD_FILTER_H (freetype/ftlcdfil.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef enum  FT_LcdFilter_
-  {
-    FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE    = 0,
-    FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT = 1,
-    FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT   = 2,
-    FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY  = 16,
-
-    FT_LCD_FILTER_MAX   /* do not remove */
-
-  } FT_LcdFilter;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A list of values to identify various types of LCD filters.
      
-

      
-
      values
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
      FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE
-
      Do not perform filtering. When used with subpixel rendering, this results in sometimes severe color fringes.
      
-
      FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT
-
      The default filter reduces color fringes considerably, at the cost of a slight blurriness in the output.
      
-
      FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT
-
      The light filter is a variant that produces less blurriness at the cost of slightly more color fringes than the default one. It might be better, depending on taste, your monitor, or your personal vision.
      
-
      FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY
-
      This filter corresponds to the original libXft color filter. It provides high contrast output but can exhibit really bad color fringes if glyphs are not extremely well hinted to the pixel grid. In other words, it only works well if the TrueType bytecode interpreter is enabled and high-quality hinted fonts are used.
      
-
      This filter is only provided for comparison purposes, and might be disabled or stay unsupported in the future.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      since
      
-
      2.3.0
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Library_SetLcdFilter
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_LCD_FILTER_H (freetype/ftlcdfil.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Library_SetLcdFilter( FT_Library    library,
-                           FT_LcdFilter  filter );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      This function is used to apply color filtering to LCD decimated bitmaps, like the ones used when calling FT_Render_Glyph with FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD or FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      library
-
      A handle to the target library instance.
      
-
      filter
-
      The filter type.
      
-
      You can use FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE here to disable this feature, or FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT to use a default filter that should work well on most LCD screens.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      This feature is always disabled by default. Clients must make an explicit call to this function with a ‘filter’ value other than FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE in order to enable it.
      
-
      Due to PATENTS covering subpixel rendering, this function doesn't do anything except returning ‘FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature’ if the configuration macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING is not defined in your build of the library, which should correspond to all default builds of FreeType.
      
-
      The filter affects glyph bitmaps rendered through FT_Render_Glyph, FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap, FT_Load_Glyph, and FT_Load_Char.
      
-
      It does not affect the output of FT_Outline_Render and FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap.
      
-
      If this feature is activated, the dimensions of LCD glyph bitmaps are either larger or taller than the dimensions of the corresponding outline with regards to the pixel grid. For example, for FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD, the filter adds up to 3 pixels to the left, and up to 3 pixels to the right.
      
-
      The bitmap offset values are adjusted correctly, so clients shouldn't need to modify their layout and glyph positioning code when enabling the filter.
      
-
      
-
      since
      
-
      2.3.0
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
-
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-list_processing.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-list_processing.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 5264236..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-list_processing.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,479 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
-
-
-
-
      FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
      
-
-
      
-List Processing
-
      
-
      Synopsis
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      FT_ListFT_List_AddFT_List_Iterate
      FT_ListNodeFT_List_InsertFT_List_Destructor
      FT_ListRecFT_List_RemoveFT_List_Finalize
      FT_ListNodeRecFT_List_Up
      FT_List_FindFT_List_Iterator


      
-
-
      
-
      This section contains various definitions related to list processing using doubly-linked nodes.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      FT_List
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TYPES_H (freetype/fttypes.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct FT_ListRec_*  FT_List;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A handle to a list record (see FT_ListRec).
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_ListNode
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TYPES_H (freetype/fttypes.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct FT_ListNodeRec_*  FT_ListNode;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Many elements and objects in FreeType are listed through an FT_List record (see FT_ListRec). As its name suggests, an FT_ListNode is a handle to a single list element.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_ListRec
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TYPES_H (freetype/fttypes.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct  FT_ListRec_
-  {
-    FT_ListNode  head;
-    FT_ListNode  tail;
-
-  } FT_ListRec;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A structure used to hold a simple doubly-linked list. These are used in many parts of FreeType.
      
-

      
-
      fields
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      head
-
      The head (first element) of doubly-linked list.
      
-
      tail
-
      The tail (last element) of doubly-linked list.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_ListNodeRec
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TYPES_H (freetype/fttypes.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct  FT_ListNodeRec_
-  {
-    FT_ListNode  prev;
-    FT_ListNode  next;
-    void*        data;
-
-  } FT_ListNodeRec;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A structure used to hold a single list element.
      
-

      
-
      fields
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
      prev
-
      The previous element in the list. NULL if first.
      
-
      next
-
      The next element in the list. NULL if last.
      
-
      data
-
      A typeless pointer to the listed object.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_List_Find
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_LIST_H (freetype/ftlist.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_ListNode )
-  FT_List_Find( FT_List  list,
-                void*    data );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Finds the list node for a given listed object.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      list
-
      A pointer to the parent list.
      
-
      data
-
      The address of the listed object.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      List node. NULL if it wasn't found.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_List_Add
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_LIST_H (freetype/ftlist.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FT_List_Add( FT_List      list,
-               FT_ListNode  node );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Appends an element to the end of a list.
      
-

      
-
      inout
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      list
-
      A pointer to the parent list.
      
-
      node
-
      The node to append.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_List_Insert
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_LIST_H (freetype/ftlist.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FT_List_Insert( FT_List      list,
-                  FT_ListNode  node );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Inserts an element at the head of a list.
      
-

      
-
      inout
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      list
-
      A pointer to parent list.
      
-
      node
-
      The node to insert.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_List_Remove
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_LIST_H (freetype/ftlist.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FT_List_Remove( FT_List      list,
-                  FT_ListNode  node );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Removes a node from a list. This function doesn't check whether the node is in the list!
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      node
-
      The node to remove.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      inout
      
-
      
-
-
-
      list
-
      A pointer to the parent list.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_List_Up
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_LIST_H (freetype/ftlist.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FT_List_Up( FT_List      list,
-              FT_ListNode  node );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Moves a node to the head/top of a list. Used to maintain LRU lists.
      
-

      
-
      inout
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      list
-
      A pointer to the parent list.
      
-
      node
-
      The node to move.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_List_Iterator
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_LIST_H (freetype/ftlist.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*FT_List_Iterator)( FT_ListNode  node,
-                       void*        user );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      An FT_List iterator function which is called during a list parse by FT_List_Iterate.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      node
-
      The current iteration list node.
      
-
      user
-
      A typeless pointer passed to FT_List_Iterate. Can be used to point to the iteration's state.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_List_Iterate
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_LIST_H (freetype/ftlist.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_List_Iterate( FT_List           list,
-                   FT_List_Iterator  iterator,
-                   void*             user );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Parses a list and calls a given iterator function on each element. Note that parsing is stopped as soon as one of the iterator calls returns a non-zero value.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
      list
-
      A handle to the list.
      
-
      iterator
-
      An iterator function, called on each node of the list.
      
-
      user
-
      A user-supplied field which is passed as the second argument to the iterator.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      The result (a FreeType error code) of the last iterator call.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_List_Destructor
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_LIST_H (freetype/ftlist.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef void
-  (*FT_List_Destructor)( FT_Memory  memory,
-                         void*      data,
-                         void*      user );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      An FT_List iterator function which is called during a list finalization by FT_List_Finalize to destroy all elements in a given list.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
      system
-
      The current system object.
      
-
      data
-
      The current object to destroy.
      
-
      user
-
      A typeless pointer passed to FT_List_Iterate. It can be used to point to the iteration's state.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_List_Finalize
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_LIST_H (freetype/ftlist.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FT_List_Finalize( FT_List             list,
-                    FT_List_Destructor  destroy,
-                    FT_Memory           memory,
-                    void*               user );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Destroys all elements in the list as well as the list itself.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
      list
-
      A handle to the list.
      
-
      destroy
-
      A list destructor that will be applied to each element of the list.
      
-
      memory
-
      The current memory object which handles deallocation.
      
-
      user
-
      A user-supplied field which is passed as the last argument to the destructor.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
-
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-lzw.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-lzw.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 232091b..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-lzw.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
-
-
-
-
      FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
      
-
-
      
-LZW Streams
-
      
-
      Synopsis
      
-
-
-
      FT_Stream_OpenLZW


      
-
-
      
-
      This section contains the declaration of LZW-specific functions.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      FT_Stream_OpenLZW
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_LZW_H (freetype/ftlzw.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Stream_OpenLZW( FT_Stream  stream,
-                     FT_Stream  source );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Open a new stream to parse LZW-compressed font files. This is mainly used to support the compressed ‘*.pcf.Z’ fonts that come with XFree86.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      stream
-
      The target embedding stream.
      
-
      source
-
      The source stream.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      The source stream must be opened before calling this function.
      
-
      Calling the internal function ‘FT_Stream_Close’ on the new stream will not call ‘FT_Stream_Close’ on the source stream. None of the stream objects will be released to the heap.
      
-
      The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream
      
-
      In certain builds of the library, LZW compression recognition is automatically handled when calling FT_New_Face or FT_Open_Face. This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw compressed file, the library will try to open a LZW stream from it and re-open the face with it.
      
-
      This function may return ‘FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature’ if your build of FreeType was not compiled with LZW support.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
-
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-mac_specific.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-mac_specific.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 4ae69b7..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-mac_specific.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,364 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
-
-
-
-
      FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
      
-
-
      
-Mac Specific Interface
-
      
-
      Synopsis
      
-
-
-
-
-
      FT_New_Face_From_FONDFT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name
      FT_GetFile_From_Mac_NameFT_New_Face_From_FSSpec
      FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_NameFT_New_Face_From_FSRef


      
-
-
      
-
      The following definitions are only available if FreeType is compiled on a Macintosh.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      FT_New_Face_From_FOND
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_MAC_H (freetype/ftmac.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_New_Face_From_FOND( FT_Library  library,
-                         Handle      fond,
-                         FT_Long     face_index,
-                         FT_Face    *aface )
-                       FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Create a new face object from a FOND resource.
      
-

      
-
      inout
      
-
      
-
-
-
      library
-
      A handle to the library resource.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      fond
-
      A FOND resource.
      
-
      face_index
-
      Only supported for the -1 ‘sanity check’ special case.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      output
      
-
      
-
-
-
      aface
-
      A handle to a new face object.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      notes
      
-
      This function can be used to create FT_Face objects from fonts that are installed in the system as follows.
      
-
      -  fond = GetResource( 'FOND', fontName );                          
-  error = FT_New_Face_From_FOND( library, fond, 0, &face );        
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_MAC_H (freetype/ftmac.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name( const char*  fontName,
-                            FSSpec*      pathSpec,
-                            FT_Long*     face_index )
-                          FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Return an FSSpec for the disk file containing the named font.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      fontName
-
      Mac OS name of the font (e.g., Times New Roman Bold).
      
-
      
-
      
-
      output
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      pathSpec
-
      FSSpec to the file. For passing to FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec.
      
-
      face_index
-
      Index of the face. For passing to FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_MAC_H (freetype/ftmac.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char*  fontName,
-                                FSSpec*      pathSpec,
-                                FT_Long*     face_index )
-                              FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Return an FSSpec for the disk file containing the named font.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      fontName
-
      Mac OS name of the font in ATS framework.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      output
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      pathSpec
-
      FSSpec to the file. For passing to FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec.
      
-
      face_index
-
      Index of the face. For passing to FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_MAC_H (freetype/ftmac.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char*  fontName,
-                                    UInt8*       path,
-                                    UInt32       maxPathSize,
-                                    FT_Long*     face_index )
-                                  FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Return a pathname of the disk file and face index for given font name which is handled by ATS framework.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      fontName
-
      Mac OS name of the font in ATS framework.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      output
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
      path
-
      Buffer to store pathname of the file. For passing to FT_New_Face. The client must allocate this buffer before calling this function.
      
-
      maxPathSize
-
      Lengths of the buffer ‘path’ that client allocated.
      
-
      face_index
-
      Index of the face. For passing to FT_New_Face.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_MAC_H (freetype/ftmac.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec( FT_Library     library,
-                           const FSSpec  *spec,
-                           FT_Long        face_index,
-                           FT_Face       *aface )
-                         FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Create a new face object from a given resource and typeface index using an FSSpec to the font file.
      
-

      
-
      inout
      
-
      
-
-
-
      library
-
      A handle to the library resource.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      spec
-
      FSSpec to the font file.
      
-
      face_index
-
      The index of the face within the resource. The first face has index 0.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      output
      
-
      
-
-
-
      aface
-
      A handle to a new face object.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec is identical to FT_New_Face except it accepts an FSSpec instead of a path.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_New_Face_From_FSRef
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_MAC_H (freetype/ftmac.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_New_Face_From_FSRef( FT_Library    library,
-                          const FSRef  *ref,
-                          FT_Long       face_index,
-                          FT_Face      *aface )
-                        FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Create a new face object from a given resource and typeface index using an FSRef to the font file.
      
-

      
-
      inout
      
-
      
-
-
-
      library
-
      A handle to the library resource.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      spec
-
      FSRef to the font file.
      
-
      face_index
-
      The index of the face within the resource. The first face has index 0.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      output
      
-
      
-
-
-
      aface
-
      A handle to a new face object.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      FT_New_Face_From_FSRef is identical to FT_New_Face except it accepts an FSRef instead of a path.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
-
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-module_management.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-module_management.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 173d2bb..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-module_management.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,622 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
-
-
-
-
      FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
      
-
-
      
-Module Management
-
      
-
      Synopsis
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      FT_Module_ConstructorFT_Get_ModuleFT_Add_Default_Modules
      FT_Module_DestructorFT_Remove_ModuleFT_Renderer_Class
      FT_Module_RequesterFT_New_LibraryFT_Get_Renderer
      FT_Module_ClassFT_Done_LibraryFT_Set_Renderer
      FT_Add_ModuleFT_Set_Debug_Hook


      
-
-
      
-
      The definitions below are used to manage modules within FreeType. Modules can be added, upgraded, and removed at runtime.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      FT_Module_Constructor
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_MODULE_H (freetype/ftmodapi.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*FT_Module_Constructor)( FT_Module  module );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A function used to initialize (not create) a new module object.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      module
-
      The module to initialize.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Module_Destructor
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_MODULE_H (freetype/ftmodapi.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef void
-  (*FT_Module_Destructor)( FT_Module  module );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A function used to finalize (not destroy) a given module object.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      module
-
      The module to finalize.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Module_Requester
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_MODULE_H (freetype/ftmodapi.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef FT_Module_Interface
-  (*FT_Module_Requester)( FT_Module    module,
-                          const char*  name );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A function used to query a given module for a specific interface.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      module
-
      The module to finalize.
      
-
      name
-
      The name of the interface in the module.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Module_Class
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_MODULE_H (freetype/ftmodapi.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct  FT_Module_Class_
-  {
-    FT_ULong               module_flags;
-    FT_Long                module_size;
-    const FT_String*       module_name;
-    FT_Fixed               module_version;
-    FT_Fixed               module_requires;
-
-    const void*            module_interface;
-
-    FT_Module_Constructor  module_init;
-    FT_Module_Destructor   module_done;
-    FT_Module_Requester    get_interface;
-
-  } FT_Module_Class;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      The module class descriptor.
      
-

      
-
      fields
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      module_flags
-
      Bit flags describing the module.
      
-
      module_size
-
      The size of one module object/instance in bytes.
      
-
      module_name
-
      The name of the module.
      
-
      module_version
-
      The version, as a 16.16 fixed number (major.minor).
      
-
      module_requires
-
      The version of FreeType this module requires, as a 16.16 fixed number (major.minor). Starts at version 2.0, i.e., 0x20000.
      
-
      module_init
-
      The initializing function.
      
-
      module_done
-
      The finalizing function.
      
-
      get_interface
-
      The interface requesting function.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Add_Module
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_MODULE_H (freetype/ftmodapi.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Add_Module( FT_Library              library,
-                 const FT_Module_Class*  clazz );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Adds a new module to a given library instance.
      
-

      
-
      inout
      
-
      
-
-
-
      library
-
      A handle to the library object.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      clazz
-
      A pointer to class descriptor for the module.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      An error will be returned if a module already exists by that name, or if the module requires a version of FreeType that is too great.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Get_Module
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_MODULE_H (freetype/ftmodapi.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Module )
-  FT_Get_Module( FT_Library   library,
-                 const char*  module_name );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Finds a module by its name.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      library
-
      A handle to the library object.
      
-
      module_name
-
      The module's name (as an ASCII string).
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      A module handle. 0 if none was found.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      FreeType's internal modules aren't documented very well, and you should look up the source code for details.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Remove_Module
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_MODULE_H (freetype/ftmodapi.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Remove_Module( FT_Library  library,
-                    FT_Module   module );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Removes a given module from a library instance.
      
-

      
-
      inout
      
-
      
-
-
-
      library
-
      A handle to a library object.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      module
-
      A handle to a module object.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      The module object is destroyed by the function in case of success.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_New_Library
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_MODULE_H (freetype/ftmodapi.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_New_Library( FT_Memory    memory,
-                  FT_Library  *alibrary );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      This function is used to create a new FreeType library instance from a given memory object. It is thus possible to use libraries with distinct memory allocators within the same program.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      memory
-
      A handle to the original memory object.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      output
      
-
      
-
-
-
      alibrary
-
      A pointer to handle of a new library object.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Done_Library
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_MODULE_H (freetype/ftmodapi.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Done_Library( FT_Library  library );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Discards a given library object. This closes all drivers and discards all resource objects.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      library
-
      A handle to the target library.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Set_Debug_Hook
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_MODULE_H (freetype/ftmodapi.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FT_Set_Debug_Hook( FT_Library         library,
-                     FT_UInt            hook_index,
-                     FT_DebugHook_Func  debug_hook );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Sets a debug hook function for debugging the interpreter of a font format.
      
-

      
-
      inout
      
-
      
-
-
-
      library
-
      A handle to the library object.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      hook_index
-
      The index of the debug hook. You should use the values defined in ‘ftobjs.h’, e.g., ‘FT_DEBUG_HOOK_TRUETYPE’.
      
-
      debug_hook
-
      The function used to debug the interpreter.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      Currently, four debug hook slots are available, but only two (for the TrueType and the Type 1 interpreter) are defined.
      
-
      Since the internal headers of FreeType are no longer installed, the symbol ‘FT_DEBUG_HOOK_TRUETYPE’ isn't available publicly. This is a bug and will be fixed in a forthcoming release.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Add_Default_Modules
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_MODULE_H (freetype/ftmodapi.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FT_Add_Default_Modules( FT_Library  library );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Adds the set of default drivers to a given library object. This is only useful when you create a library object with FT_New_Library (usually to plug a custom memory manager).
      
-

      
-
      inout
      
-
      
-
-
-
      library
-
      A handle to a new library object.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Renderer_Class
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_RENDER_H (freetype/ftrender.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct  FT_Renderer_Class_
-  {
-    FT_Module_Class            root;
-
-    FT_Glyph_Format            glyph_format;
-
-    FT_Renderer_RenderFunc     render_glyph;
-    FT_Renderer_TransformFunc  transform_glyph;
-    FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc    get_glyph_cbox;
-    FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc    set_mode;
-
-    FT_Raster_Funcs*           raster_class;
-
-  } FT_Renderer_Class;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      The renderer module class descriptor.
      
-

      
-
      fields
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      root
-
      The root FT_Module_Class fields.
      
-
      glyph_format
-
      The glyph image format this renderer handles.
      
-
      render_glyph
-
      A method used to render the image that is in a given glyph slot into a bitmap.
      
-
      transform_glyph
-
      A method used to transform the image that is in a given glyph slot.
      
-
      get_glyph_cbox
-
      A method used to access the glyph's cbox.
      
-
      set_mode
-
      A method used to pass additional parameters.
      
-
      raster_class
-
      For FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE renderers only. This is a pointer to its raster's class.
      
-
      raster
-
      For FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE renderers only. This is a pointer to the corresponding raster object, if any.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Get_Renderer
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_RENDER_H (freetype/ftrender.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Renderer )
-  FT_Get_Renderer( FT_Library       library,
-                   FT_Glyph_Format  format );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Retrieves the current renderer for a given glyph format.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      library
-
      A handle to the library object.
      
-
      format
-
      The glyph format.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      A renderer handle. 0 if none found.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      An error will be returned if a module already exists by that name, or if the module requires a version of FreeType that is too great.
      
-
      To add a new renderer, simply use FT_Add_Module. To retrieve a renderer by its name, use FT_Get_Module.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Set_Renderer
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_RENDER_H (freetype/ftrender.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Set_Renderer( FT_Library     library,
-                   FT_Renderer    renderer,
-                   FT_UInt        num_params,
-                   FT_Parameter*  parameters );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Sets the current renderer to use, and set additional mode.
      
-

      
-
      inout
      
-
      
-
-
-
      library
-
      A handle to the library object.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
      renderer
-
      A handle to the renderer object.
      
-
      num_params
-
      The number of additional parameters.
      
-
      parameters
-
      Additional parameters.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      In case of success, the renderer will be used to convert glyph images in the renderer's known format into bitmaps.
      
-
      This doesn't change the current renderer for other formats.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
-
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-multiple_masters.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-multiple_masters.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 94aecc2..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-multiple_masters.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,507 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
-
-
-
-
      FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
      
-
-
      
-Multiple Masters
-
      
-
      Synopsis
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      FT_MM_AxisFT_Get_MM_Var
      FT_Multi_MasterFT_Set_MM_Design_Coordinates
      FT_Var_AxisFT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates
      FT_Var_Named_StyleFT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates
      FT_MM_VarFT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates
      FT_Get_Multi_Master


      
-
-
      
-
      The following types and functions are used to manage Multiple Master fonts, i.e., the selection of specific design instances by setting design axis coordinates.
      
-
      George Williams has extended this interface to make it work with both Type 1 Multiple Masters fonts and GX distortable (var) fonts. Some of these routines only work with MM fonts, others will work with both types. They are similar enough that a consistent interface makes sense.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      FT_MM_Axis
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H (freetype/ftmm.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct  FT_MM_Axis_
-  {
-    FT_String*  name;
-    FT_Long     minimum;
-    FT_Long     maximum;
-
-  } FT_MM_Axis;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A simple structure used to model a given axis in design space for Multiple Masters fonts.
      
-
      This structure can't be used for GX var fonts.
      
-

      
-
      fields
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
      name
-
      The axis's name.
      
-
      minimum
-
      The axis's minimum design coordinate.
      
-
      maximum
-
      The axis's maximum design coordinate.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Multi_Master
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H (freetype/ftmm.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct  FT_Multi_Master_
-  {
-    FT_UInt     num_axis;
-    FT_UInt     num_designs;
-    FT_MM_Axis  axis[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];
-
-  } FT_Multi_Master;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A structure used to model the axes and space of a Multiple Masters font.
      
-
      This structure can't be used for GX var fonts.
      
-

      
-
      fields
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
      num_axis
-
      Number of axes. Cannot exceed 4.
      
-
      num_designs
-
      Number of designs; should be normally 2^num_axis even though the Type 1 specification strangely allows for intermediate designs to be present. This number cannot exceed 16.
      
-
      axis
-
      A table of axis descriptors.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Var_Axis
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H (freetype/ftmm.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct  FT_Var_Axis_
-  {
-    FT_String*  name;
-
-    FT_Fixed    minimum;
-    FT_Fixed    def;
-    FT_Fixed    maximum;
-
-    FT_ULong    tag;
-    FT_UInt     strid;
-
-  } FT_Var_Axis;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A simple structure used to model a given axis in design space for Multiple Masters and GX var fonts.
      
-

      
-
      fields
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      name
-
      The axis's name. Not always meaningful for GX.
      
-
      minimum
-
      The axis's minimum design coordinate.
      
-
      def
-
      The axis's default design coordinate. FreeType computes meaningful default values for MM; it is then an integer value, not in 16.16 format.
      
-
      maximum
-
      The axis's maximum design coordinate.
      
-
      tag
-
      The axis's tag (the GX equivalent to ‘name’). FreeType provides default values for MM if possible.
      
-
      strid
-
      The entry in ‘name’ table (another GX version of ‘name’). Not meaningful for MM.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Var_Named_Style
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H (freetype/ftmm.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct  FT_Var_Named_Style_
-  {
-    FT_Fixed*  coords;
-    FT_UInt    strid;
-
-  } FT_Var_Named_Style;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A simple structure used to model a named style in a GX var font.
      
-
      This structure can't be used for MM fonts.
      
-

      
-
      fields
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      coords
-
      The design coordinates for this style. This is an array with one entry for each axis.
      
-
      strid
-
      The entry in ‘name’ table identifying this style.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_MM_Var
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H (freetype/ftmm.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct  FT_MM_Var_
-  {
-    FT_UInt              num_axis;
-    FT_UInt              num_designs;
-    FT_UInt              num_namedstyles;
-    FT_Var_Axis*         axis;
-    FT_Var_Named_Style*  namedstyle;
-
-  } FT_MM_Var;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A structure used to model the axes and space of a Multiple Masters or GX var distortable font.
      
-
      Some fields are specific to one format and not to the other.
      
-

      
-
      fields
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      num_axis
-
      The number of axes. The maximum value is 4 for MM; no limit in GX.
      
-
      num_designs
-
      The number of designs; should be normally 2^num_axis for MM fonts. Not meaningful for GX (where every glyph could have a different number of designs).
      
-
      num_namedstyles
-
      The number of named styles; only meaningful for GX which allows certain design coordinates to have a string ID (in the ‘name’ table) associated with them. The font can tell the user that, for example, Weight=1.5 is ‘Bold’.
      
-
      axis
-
      A table of axis descriptors. GX fonts contain slightly more data than MM.
      
-
      namedstyles
-
      A table of named styles. Only meaningful with GX.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Get_Multi_Master
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H (freetype/ftmm.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Get_Multi_Master( FT_Face           face,
-                       FT_Multi_Master  *amaster );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Retrieves the Multiple Master descriptor of a given font.
      
-
      This function can't be used with GX fonts.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      face
-
      A handle to the source face.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      output
      
-
      
-
-
-
      amaster
-
      The Multiple Masters descriptor.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Get_MM_Var
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H (freetype/ftmm.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Get_MM_Var( FT_Face      face,
-                 FT_MM_Var*  *amaster );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Retrieves the Multiple Master/GX var descriptor of a given font.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      face
-
      A handle to the source face.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      output
      
-
      
-
-
-
      amaster
-
      The Multiple Masters descriptor. Allocates a data structure, which the user must free (a single call to FT_FREE will do it).
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Set_MM_Design_Coordinates
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H (freetype/ftmm.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Set_MM_Design_Coordinates( FT_Face   face,
-                                FT_UInt   num_coords,
-                                FT_Long*  coords );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      For Multiple Masters fonts, choose an interpolated font design through design coordinates.
      
-
      This function can't be used with GX fonts.
      
-

      
-
      inout
      
-
      
-
-
-
      face
-
      A handle to the source face.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      num_coords
-
      The number of design coordinates (must be equal to the number of axes in the font).
      
-
      coords
-
      An array of design coordinates.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H (freetype/ftmm.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates( FT_Face    face,
-                                 FT_UInt    num_coords,
-                                 FT_Fixed*  coords );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      For Multiple Master or GX Var fonts, choose an interpolated font design through design coordinates.
      
-

      
-
      inout
      
-
      
-
-
-
      face
-
      A handle to the source face.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      num_coords
-
      The number of design coordinates (must be equal to the number of axes in the font).
      
-
      coords
-
      An array of design coordinates.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H (freetype/ftmm.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face    face,
-                               FT_UInt    num_coords,
-                               FT_Fixed*  coords );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      For Multiple Masters and GX var fonts, choose an interpolated font design through normalized blend coordinates.
      
-

      
-
      inout
      
-
      
-
-
-
      face
-
      A handle to the source face.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      num_coords
-
      The number of design coordinates (must be equal to the number of axes in the font).
      
-
      coords
-
      The design coordinates array (each element must be between 0 and 1.0).
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H (freetype/ftmm.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face    face,
-                                FT_UInt    num_coords,
-                                FT_Fixed*  coords );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      This is another name of FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
-
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-ot_validation.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-ot_validation.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 9db7884..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-ot_validation.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,204 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
-
-
-
-
      FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
      
-
-
      
-OpenType Validation
-
      
-
      Synopsis
      
-
-
-
      FT_VALIDATE_OTXXXFT_OpenType_ValidateFT_OpenType_Free


      
-
-
      
-
      This section contains the declaration of functions to validate some OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF, GPOS, GSUB, JSTF, MATH).
      
-

      
-
      
-
      FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H (freetype/ftotval.h).
-

      
-
      -
-#define FT_VALIDATE_BASE  0x0100
-#define FT_VALIDATE_GDEF  0x0200
-#define FT_VALIDATE_GPOS  0x0400
-#define FT_VALIDATE_GSUB  0x0800
-#define FT_VALIDATE_JSTF  0x1000
-#define FT_VALIDATE_MATH  0x2000
-
-#define FT_VALIDATE_OT  FT_VALIDATE_BASE | \
-                        FT_VALIDATE_GDEF | \
-                        FT_VALIDATE_GPOS | \
-                        FT_VALIDATE_GSUB | \
-                        FT_VALIDATE_JSTF | \
-                        FT_VALIDATE_MATH
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A list of bit-field constants used with FT_OpenType_Validate to indicate which OpenType tables should be validated.
      
-

      
-
      values
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      FT_VALIDATE_BASE
-
      Validate BASE table.
      
-
      FT_VALIDATE_GDEF
-
      Validate GDEF table.
      
-
      FT_VALIDATE_GPOS
-
      Validate GPOS table.
      
-
      FT_VALIDATE_GSUB
-
      Validate GSUB table.
      
-
      FT_VALIDATE_JSTF
-
      Validate JSTF table.
      
-
      FT_VALIDATE_MATH
-
      Validate MATH table.
      
-
      FT_VALIDATE_OT
-
      Validate all OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF, GPOS, GSUB, JSTF, MATH).
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_OpenType_Validate
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H (freetype/ftotval.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_OpenType_Validate( FT_Face    face,
-                        FT_UInt    validation_flags,
-                        FT_Bytes  *BASE_table,
-                        FT_Bytes  *GDEF_table,
-                        FT_Bytes  *GPOS_table,
-                        FT_Bytes  *GSUB_table,
-                        FT_Bytes  *JSTF_table );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Validate various OpenType tables to assure that all offsets and indices are valid. The idea is that a higher-level library which actually does the text layout can access those tables without error checking (which can be quite time consuming).
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      face
-
      A handle to the input face.
      
-
      validation_flags
-
      A bit field which specifies the tables to be validated. See FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX for possible values.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      output
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      BASE_table
-
      A pointer to the BASE table.
      
-
      GDEF_table
-
      A pointer to the GDEF table.
      
-
      GPOS_table
-
      A pointer to the GPOS table.
      
-
      GSUB_table
-
      A pointer to the GSUB table.
      
-
      JSTF_table
-
      A pointer to the JSTF table.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      This function only works with OpenType fonts, returning an error otherwise.
      
-
      After use, the application should deallocate the five tables with FT_OpenType_Free. A NULL value indicates that the table either doesn't exist in the font, or the application hasn't asked for validation.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_OpenType_Free
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H (freetype/ftotval.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FT_OpenType_Free( FT_Face   face,
-                    FT_Bytes  table );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Free the buffer allocated by OpenType validator.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      face
-
      A handle to the input face.
      
-
      table
-
      The pointer to the buffer that is allocated by FT_OpenType_Validate.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by FT_OpenType_Validate only.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
-
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-outline_processing.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-outline_processing.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 9153b8d..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-outline_processing.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1086 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
-
-
-
-
      FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
      
-
-
      
-Outline Processing
-
      
-
      Synopsis
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      FT_OutlineFT_Outline_MoveToFunc
      FT_OUTLINE_FLAGSFT_Outline_LineToFunc
      FT_Outline_NewFT_Outline_ConicToFunc
      FT_Outline_DoneFT_Outline_CubicToFunc
      FT_Outline_CopyFT_Outline_Funcs
      FT_Outline_TranslateFT_Outline_Decompose
      FT_Outline_TransformFT_Outline_Get_CBox
      FT_Outline_EmboldenFT_Outline_Get_Bitmap
      FT_Outline_ReverseFT_Outline_Render
      FT_Outline_CheckFT_Orientation
      FT_Outline_Get_BBoxFT_Outline_Get_Orientation
      ft_outline_flags


      
-
-
      
-
      This section contains routines used to create and destroy scalable glyph images known as ‘outlines’. These can also be measured, transformed, and converted into bitmaps and pixmaps.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      FT_Outline
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_IMAGE_H (freetype/ftimage.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct  FT_Outline_
-  {
-    short       n_contours;      /* number of contours in glyph        */
-    short       n_points;        /* number of points in the glyph      */
-
-    FT_Vector*  points;          /* the outline's points               */
-    char*       tags;            /* the points flags                   */
-    short*      contours;        /* the contour end points             */
-
-    int         flags;           /* outline masks                      */
-
-  } FT_Outline;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      This structure is used to describe an outline to the scan-line converter.
      
-

      
-
      fields
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      n_contours
-
      The number of contours in the outline.
      
-
      n_points
-
      The number of points in the outline.
      
-
      points
-
      A pointer to an array of ‘n_points’ FT_Vector elements, giving the outline's point coordinates.
      
-
      tags
-
      A pointer to an array of ‘n_points’ chars, giving each outline point's type. If bit 0 is unset, the point is ‘off’ the curve, i.e., a Bézier control point, while it is ‘on’ when set.
      
-
      Bit 1 is meaningful for ‘off’ points only. If set, it indicates a third-order Bézier arc control point; and a second-order control point if unset.
      
-
      contours
-
      An array of ‘n_contours’ shorts, giving the end point of each contour within the outline. For example, the first contour is defined by the points ‘0’ to ‘contours[0]’, the second one is defined by the points ‘contours[0]+1’ to ‘contours[1]’, etc.
      
-
      flags
-
      A set of bit flags used to characterize the outline and give hints to the scan-converter and hinter on how to convert/grid-fit it. See FT_OUTLINE_FLAGS.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_OUTLINE_FLAGS
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_IMAGE_H (freetype/ftimage.h).
-

      
-
      -
-#define FT_OUTLINE_NONE             0x0
-#define FT_OUTLINE_OWNER            0x1
-#define FT_OUTLINE_EVEN_ODD_FILL    0x2
-#define FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL     0x4
-#define FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS  0x8
-
-#define FT_OUTLINE_HIGH_PRECISION   0x100
-#define FT_OUTLINE_SINGLE_PASS      0x200
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A list of bit-field constants use for the flags in an outline's ‘flags’ field.
      
-

      
-
      values
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      FT_OUTLINE_NONE
-
      Value 0 is reserved.
      
-
      FT_OUTLINE_OWNER
-
      If set, this flag indicates that the outline's field arrays (i.e., ‘points’, ‘flags’ & ‘contours’) are ‘owned’ by the outline object, and should thus be freed when it is destroyed.
      
-
      FT_OUTLINE_EVEN_ODD_FILL
      
-
      By default, outlines are filled using the non-zero winding rule. If set to 1, the outline will be filled using the even-odd fill rule (only works with the smooth raster).
      
-
      FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL
      
-
      By default, outside contours of an outline are oriented in clock-wise direction, as defined in the TrueType specification. This flag is set if the outline uses the opposite direction (typically for Type 1 fonts). This flag is ignored by the scan-converter.
      
-
      FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS
      
-
      By default, the scan converter will try to detect drop-outs in an outline and correct the glyph bitmap to ensure consistent shape continuity. If set, this flag hints the scan-line converter to ignore such cases.
      
-
      FT_OUTLINE_HIGH_PRECISION
      
-
      This flag indicates that the scan-line converter should try to convert this outline to bitmaps with the highest possible quality. It is typically set for small character sizes. Note that this is only a hint, that might be completely ignored by a given scan-converter.
      
-
      FT_OUTLINE_SINGLE_PASS
-
      This flag is set to force a given scan-converter to only use a single pass over the outline to render a bitmap glyph image. Normally, it is set for very large character sizes. It is only a hint, that might be completely ignored by a given scan-converter.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Outline_New
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_OUTLINE_H (freetype/ftoutln.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Outline_New( FT_Library   library,
-                  FT_UInt      numPoints,
-                  FT_Int       numContours,
-                  FT_Outline  *anoutline );
-
-
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Outline_New_Internal( FT_Memory    memory,
-                           FT_UInt      numPoints,
-                           FT_Int       numContours,
-                           FT_Outline  *anoutline );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Creates a new outline of a given size.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
      library
-
      A handle to the library object from where the outline is allocated. Note however that the new outline will not necessarily be freed, when destroying the library, by FT_Done_FreeType.
      
-
      numPoints
-
      The maximal number of points within the outline.
      
-
      numContours
-
      The maximal number of contours within the outline.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      output
      
-
      
-
-
-
      anoutline
-
      A handle to the new outline. NULL in case of error.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      The reason why this function takes a ‘library’ parameter is simply to use the library's memory allocator.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Outline_Done
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_OUTLINE_H (freetype/ftoutln.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Outline_Done( FT_Library   library,
-                   FT_Outline*  outline );
-
-
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Outline_Done_Internal( FT_Memory    memory,
-                            FT_Outline*  outline );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Destroys an outline created with FT_Outline_New.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      library
-
      A handle of the library object used to allocate the outline.
      
-
      outline
-
      A pointer to the outline object to be discarded.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      If the outline's ‘owner’ field is not set, only the outline descriptor will be released.
      
-
      The reason why this function takes an ‘library’ parameter is simply to use ft_mem_free().
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Outline_Copy
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_OUTLINE_H (freetype/ftoutln.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Outline_Copy( const FT_Outline*  source,
-                   FT_Outline        *target );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Copies an outline into another one. Both objects must have the same sizes (number of points & number of contours) when this function is called.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      source
-
      A handle to the source outline.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      output
      
-
      
-
-
-
      target
-
      A handle to the target outline.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Outline_Translate
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_OUTLINE_H (freetype/ftoutln.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FT_Outline_Translate( const FT_Outline*  outline,
-                        FT_Pos             xOffset,
-                        FT_Pos             yOffset );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Applies a simple translation to the points of an outline.
      
-

      
-
      inout
      
-
      
-
-
-
      outline
-
      A pointer to the target outline descriptor.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      xOffset
-
      The horizontal offset.
      
-
      yOffset
-
      The vertical offset.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Outline_Transform
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_OUTLINE_H (freetype/ftoutln.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FT_Outline_Transform( const FT_Outline*  outline,
-                        const FT_Matrix*   matrix );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Applies a simple 2x2 matrix to all of an outline's points. Useful for applying rotations, slanting, flipping, etc.
      
-

      
-
      inout
      
-
      
-
-
-
      outline
-
      A pointer to the target outline descriptor.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      matrix
-
      A pointer to the transformation matrix.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      You can use FT_Outline_Translate if you need to translate the outline's points.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Outline_Embolden
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_OUTLINE_H (freetype/ftoutln.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Outline_Embolden( FT_Outline*  outline,
-                       FT_Pos       strength );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Emboldens an outline. The new outline will be at most 4 times ‘strength’ pixels wider and higher. You may think of the left and bottom borders as unchanged.
      
-
      Negative ‘strength’ values to reduce the outline thickness are possible also.
      
-

      
-
      inout
      
-
      
-
-
-
      outline
-
      A handle to the target outline.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      strength
-
      How strong the glyph is emboldened. Expressed in 26.6 pixel format.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      The used algorithm to increase or decrease the thickness of the glyph doesn't change the number of points; this means that certain situations like acute angles or intersections are sometimes handled incorrectly.
      
-
      Example call:
      
-
      -  FT_Load_Glyph( face, index, FT_LOAD_DEFAULT );                   
-  if ( face->slot->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE )             
-    FT_Outline_Embolden( &face->slot->outline, strength );         
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Outline_Reverse
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_OUTLINE_H (freetype/ftoutln.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FT_Outline_Reverse( FT_Outline*  outline );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Reverses the drawing direction of an outline. This is used to ensure consistent fill conventions for mirrored glyphs.
      
-

      
-
      inout
      
-
      
-
-
-
      outline
-
      A pointer to the target outline descriptor.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      This functions toggles the bit flag FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL in the outline's ‘flags’ field.
      
-
      It shouldn't be used by a normal client application, unless it knows what it is doing.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Outline_Check
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_OUTLINE_H (freetype/ftoutln.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Outline_Check( FT_Outline*  outline );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Check the contents of an outline descriptor.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      outline
-
      A handle to a source outline.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Outline_Get_BBox
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_BBOX_H (freetype/ftbbox.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Outline_Get_BBox( FT_Outline*  outline,
-                       FT_BBox     *abbox );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Computes the exact bounding box of an outline. This is slower than computing the control box. However, it uses an advanced algorithm which returns very quickly when the two boxes coincide. Otherwise, the outline Bézier arcs are traversed to extract their extrema.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      outline
-
      A pointer to the source outline.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      output
      
-
      
-
-
-
      abbox
-
      The outline's exact bounding box.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      ft_outline_flags
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_IMAGE_H (freetype/ftimage.h).
-

      
-
      -
-#define ft_outline_none             FT_OUTLINE_NONE
-#define ft_outline_owner            FT_OUTLINE_OWNER
-#define ft_outline_even_odd_fill    FT_OUTLINE_EVEN_ODD_FILL
-#define ft_outline_reverse_fill     FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL
-#define ft_outline_ignore_dropouts  FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS
-#define ft_outline_high_precision   FT_OUTLINE_HIGH_PRECISION
-#define ft_outline_single_pass      FT_OUTLINE_SINGLE_PASS
-
-

      
-
      
-
      These constants are deprecated. Please use the corresponding FT_OUTLINE_FLAGS values.
      
-

      
-
      values
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      ft_outline_none
-
      See FT_OUTLINE_NONE.
      
-
      ft_outline_owner
-
      See FT_OUTLINE_OWNER.
      
-
      ft_outline_even_odd_fill
      
-
      See FT_OUTLINE_EVEN_ODD_FILL.
      
-
      ft_outline_reverse_fill
      
-
      See FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL.
      
-
      ft_outline_ignore_dropouts
      
-
      See FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS.
      
-
      ft_outline_high_precision
      
-
      See FT_OUTLINE_HIGH_PRECISION.
      
-
      ft_outline_single_pass
-
      See FT_OUTLINE_SINGLE_PASS.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Outline_MoveToFunc
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_IMAGE_H (freetype/ftimage.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef int
-  (*FT_Outline_MoveToFunc)( const FT_Vector*  to,
-                            void*             user );
-
-#define FT_Outline_MoveTo_Func  FT_Outline_MoveToFunc
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A function pointer type used to describe the signature of a ‘move to’ function during outline walking/decomposition.
      
-
      A ‘move to’ is emitted to start a new contour in an outline.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      to
-
      A pointer to the target point of the ‘move to’.
      
-
      user
-
      A typeless pointer which is passed from the caller of the decomposition function.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      Error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Outline_LineToFunc
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_IMAGE_H (freetype/ftimage.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef int
-  (*FT_Outline_LineToFunc)( const FT_Vector*  to,
-                            void*             user );
-
-#define FT_Outline_LineTo_Func  FT_Outline_LineToFunc
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A function pointer type used to describe the signature of a ‘line to’ function during outline walking/decomposition.
      
-
      A ‘line to’ is emitted to indicate a segment in the outline.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      to
-
      A pointer to the target point of the ‘line to’.
      
-
      user
-
      A typeless pointer which is passed from the caller of the decomposition function.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      Error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Outline_ConicToFunc
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_IMAGE_H (freetype/ftimage.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef int
-  (*FT_Outline_ConicToFunc)( const FT_Vector*  control,
-                             const FT_Vector*  to,
-                             void*             user );
-
-#define FT_Outline_ConicTo_Func  FT_Outline_ConicToFunc
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A function pointer type use to describe the signature of a ‘conic to’ function during outline walking/decomposition.
      
-
      A ‘conic to’ is emitted to indicate a second-order Bézier arc in the outline.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
      control
-
      An intermediate control point between the last position and the new target in ‘to’.
      
-
      to
-
      A pointer to the target end point of the conic arc.
      
-
      user
-
      A typeless pointer which is passed from the caller of the decomposition function.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      Error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Outline_CubicToFunc
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_IMAGE_H (freetype/ftimage.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef int
-  (*FT_Outline_CubicToFunc)( const FT_Vector*  control1,
-                             const FT_Vector*  control2,
-                             const FT_Vector*  to,
-                             void*             user );
-
-#define FT_Outline_CubicTo_Func  FT_Outline_CubicToFunc
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A function pointer type used to describe the signature of a ‘cubic to’ function during outline walking/decomposition.
      
-
      A ‘cubic to’ is emitted to indicate a third-order Bézier arc.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
      control1
-
      A pointer to the first Bézier control point.
      
-
      control2
-
      A pointer to the second Bézier control point.
      
-
      to
-
      A pointer to the target end point.
      
-
      user
-
      A typeless pointer which is passed from the caller of the decomposition function.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      Error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Outline_Funcs
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_IMAGE_H (freetype/ftimage.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct  FT_Outline_Funcs_
-  {
-    FT_Outline_MoveToFunc   move_to;
-    FT_Outline_LineToFunc   line_to;
-    FT_Outline_ConicToFunc  conic_to;
-    FT_Outline_CubicToFunc  cubic_to;
-
-    int                     shift;
-    FT_Pos                  delta;
-
-  } FT_Outline_Funcs;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A structure to hold various function pointers used during outline decomposition in order to emit segments, conic, and cubic Béziers, as well as ‘move to’ and ‘close to’ operations.
      
-

      
-
      fields
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      move_to
-
      The ‘move to’ emitter.
      
-
      line_to
-
      The segment emitter.
      
-
      conic_to
-
      The second-order Bézier arc emitter.
      
-
      cubic_to
-
      The third-order Bézier arc emitter.
      
-
      shift
-
      The shift that is applied to coordinates before they are sent to the emitter.
      
-
      delta
-
      The delta that is applied to coordinates before they are sent to the emitter, but after the shift.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      The point coordinates sent to the emitters are the transformed version of the original coordinates (this is important for high accuracy during scan-conversion). The transformation is simple:
      
-
      -  x' = (x << shift) - delta                                        
-  y' = (x << shift) - delta                                        
-
      
-
      Set the value of ‘shift’ and ‘delta’ to 0 to get the original point coordinates.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Outline_Decompose
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_OUTLINE_H (freetype/ftoutln.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Outline_Decompose( FT_Outline*              outline,
-                        const FT_Outline_Funcs*  func_interface,
-                        void*                    user );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Walks over an outline's structure to decompose it into individual segments and Bézier arcs. This function is also able to emit ‘move to’ and ‘close to’ operations to indicate the start and end of new contours in the outline.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      outline
-
      A pointer to the source target.
      
-
      func_interface
-
      A table of ‘emitters’, i.e,. function pointers called during decomposition to indicate path operations.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      inout
      
-
      
-
-
-
      user
-
      A typeless pointer which is passed to each emitter during the decomposition. It can be used to store the state during the decomposition.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Outline_Get_CBox
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_OUTLINE_H (freetype/ftoutln.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FT_Outline_Get_CBox( const FT_Outline*  outline,
-                       FT_BBox           *acbox );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Returns an outline's ‘control box’. The control box encloses all the outline's points, including Bézier control points. Though it coincides with the exact bounding box for most glyphs, it can be slightly larger in some situations (like when rotating an outline which contains Bézier outside arcs).
      
-
      Computing the control box is very fast, while getting the bounding box can take much more time as it needs to walk over all segments and arcs in the outline. To get the latter, you can use the ‘ftbbox’ component which is dedicated to this single task.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      outline
-
      A pointer to the source outline descriptor.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      output
      
-
      
-
-
-
      acbox
-
      The outline's control box.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_OUTLINE_H (freetype/ftoutln.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap( FT_Library        library,
-                         FT_Outline*       outline,
-                         const FT_Bitmap  *abitmap );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Renders an outline within a bitmap. The outline's image is simply OR-ed to the target bitmap.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      library
-
      A handle to a FreeType library object.
      
-
      outline
-
      A pointer to the source outline descriptor.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      inout
      
-
      
-
-
-
      abitmap
-
      A pointer to the target bitmap descriptor.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      This function does NOT CREATE the bitmap, it only renders an outline image within the one you pass to it!
      
-
      It will use the raster corresponding to the default glyph format.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Outline_Render
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_OUTLINE_H (freetype/ftoutln.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Outline_Render( FT_Library         library,
-                     FT_Outline*        outline,
-                     FT_Raster_Params*  params );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Renders an outline within a bitmap using the current scan-convert. This functions uses an FT_Raster_Params structure as an argument, allowing advanced features like direct composition, translucency, etc.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      library
-
      A handle to a FreeType library object.
      
-
      outline
-
      A pointer to the source outline descriptor.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      inout
      
-
      
-
-
-
      params
-
      A pointer to an FT_Raster_Params structure used to describe the rendering operation.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      You should know what you are doing and how FT_Raster_Params works to use this function.
      
-
      The field ‘params.source’ will be set to ‘outline’ before the scan converter is called, which means that the value you give to it is actually ignored.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Orientation
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_OUTLINE_H (freetype/ftoutln.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef enum  FT_Orientation_
-  {
-    FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE   = 0,
-    FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT = 1,
-    FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_RIGHT = FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE,
-    FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_LEFT  = FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT,
-    FT_ORIENTATION_NONE
-
-  } FT_Orientation;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A list of values used to describe an outline's contour orientation.
      
-
      The TrueType and Postscript specifications use different conventions to determine whether outline contours should be filled or unfilled.
      
-

      
-
      values
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE
      
-
      According to the TrueType specification, clockwise contours must be filled, and counter-clockwise ones must be unfilled.
      
-
      FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT
      
-
      According to the Postscript specification, counter-clockwise contours must be filled, and clockwise ones must be unfilled.
      
-
      FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_RIGHT
      
-
      This is identical to FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE, but is used to remember that in TrueType, everything that is to the right of the drawing direction of a contour must be filled.
      
-
      FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_LEFT
      
-
      This is identical to FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT, but is used to remember that in Postscript, everything that is to the left of the drawing direction of a contour must be filled.
      
-
      FT_ORIENTATION_NONE
-
      The orientation cannot be determined. That is, different parts of the glyph have different orientation.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Outline_Get_Orientation
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_OUTLINE_H (freetype/ftoutln.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Orientation )
-  FT_Outline_Get_Orientation( FT_Outline*  outline );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      This function analyzes a glyph outline and tries to compute its fill orientation (see FT_Orientation). This is done by computing the direction of each global horizontal and/or vertical extrema within the outline.
      
-
      Note that this will return FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE for empty outlines.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      outline
-
      A handle to the source outline.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      The orientation.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
-
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-pfr_fonts.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-pfr_fonts.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 3a45e4e..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-pfr_fonts.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,202 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
-
-
-
-
      FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
      
-
-
      
-PFR Fonts
-
      
-
      Synopsis
      
-
-
-
      FT_Get_PFR_MetricsFT_Get_PFR_KerningFT_Get_PFR_Advance


      
-
-
      
-
      This section contains the declaration of PFR-specific functions.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      FT_Get_PFR_Metrics
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_PFR_H (freetype/ftpfr.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Get_PFR_Metrics( FT_Face    face,
-                      FT_UInt   *aoutline_resolution,
-                      FT_UInt   *ametrics_resolution,
-                      FT_Fixed  *ametrics_x_scale,
-                      FT_Fixed  *ametrics_y_scale );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Return the outline and metrics resolutions of a given PFR face.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      face
-
      Handle to the input face. It can be a non-PFR face.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      output
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
      aoutline_resolution
-
      Outline resolution. This is equivalent to ‘face->units_per_EM’. Optional (parameter can be NULL).
      
-
      ametrics_resolution
-
      Metrics resolution. This is equivalent to ‘outline_resolution’ for non-PFR fonts. Optional (parameter can be NULL).
      
-
      ametrics_x_scale
-
      A 16.16 fixed-point number used to scale distance expressed in metrics units to device sub-pixels. This is equivalent to ‘face->size->x_scale’, but for metrics only. Optional (parameter can be NULL)
      
-
      ametrics_y_scale
-
      Same as ‘ametrics_x_scale’ but for the vertical direction. optional (parameter can be NULL)
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      If the input face is not a PFR, this function will return an error. However, in all cases, it will return valid values.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Get_PFR_Kerning
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_PFR_H (freetype/ftpfr.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Get_PFR_Kerning( FT_Face     face,
-                      FT_UInt     left,
-                      FT_UInt     right,
-                      FT_Vector  *avector );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Return the kerning pair corresponding to two glyphs in a PFR face. The distance is expressed in metrics units, unlike the result of FT_Get_Kerning.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
      face
-
      A handle to the input face.
      
-
      left
-
      Index of the left glyph.
      
-
      right
-
      Index of the right glyph.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      output
      
-
      
-
-
-
      avector
-
      A kerning vector.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      This function always return distances in original PFR metrics units. This is unlike FT_Get_Kerning with the FT_KERNING_UNSCALED mode, which always returns distances converted to outline units.
      
-
      You can use the value of the ‘x_scale’ and ‘y_scale’ parameters returned by FT_Get_PFR_Metrics to scale these to device sub-pixels.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Get_PFR_Advance
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_PFR_H (freetype/ftpfr.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Get_PFR_Advance( FT_Face   face,
-                      FT_UInt   gindex,
-                      FT_Pos   *aadvance );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Return a given glyph advance, expressed in original metrics units, from a PFR font.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      face
-
      A handle to the input face.
      
-
      gindex
-
      The glyph index.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      output
      
-
      
-
-
-
      aadvance
-
      The glyph advance in metrics units.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      You can use the ‘x_scale’ or ‘y_scale’ results of FT_Get_PFR_Metrics to convert the advance to device sub-pixels (i.e., 1/64th of pixels).
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
-
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-raster.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-raster.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 8eeaa7d..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-raster.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,602 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
-
-
-
-
      FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
      
-
-
      
-Scanline Converter
-
      
-
      Synopsis
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      FT_RasterFT_RASTER_FLAG_XXXFT_Raster_SetModeFunc
      FT_SpanFT_Raster_ParamsFT_Raster_RenderFunc
      FT_SpanFuncFT_Raster_NewFuncFT_Raster_Funcs
      FT_Raster_BitTest_FuncFT_Raster_DoneFunc
      FT_Raster_BitSet_FuncFT_Raster_ResetFunc


      
-
-
      
-
      This section contains technical definitions.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      FT_Raster
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_IMAGE_H (freetype/ftimage.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct FT_RasterRec_*  FT_Raster;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A handle (pointer) to a raster object. Each object can be used independently to convert an outline into a bitmap or pixmap.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Span
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_IMAGE_H (freetype/ftimage.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct  FT_Span_
-  {
-    short           x;
-    unsigned short  len;
-    unsigned char   coverage;
-
-  } FT_Span;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A structure used to model a single span of gray (or black) pixels when rendering a monochrome or anti-aliased bitmap.
      
-

      
-
      fields
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
      x
-
      The span's horizontal start position.
      
-
      len
-
      The span's length in pixels.
      
-
      coverage
-
      The span color/coverage, ranging from 0 (background) to 255 (foreground). Only used for anti-aliased rendering.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      This structure is used by the span drawing callback type named FT_SpanFunc which takes the y-coordinate of the span as a a parameter.
      
-
      The coverage value is always between 0 and 255.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_SpanFunc
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_IMAGE_H (freetype/ftimage.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef void
-  (*FT_SpanFunc)( int             y,
-                  int             count,
-                  const FT_Span*  spans,
-                  void*           user );
-
-#define FT_Raster_Span_Func  FT_SpanFunc
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A function used as a call-back by the anti-aliased renderer in order to let client applications draw themselves the gray pixel spans on each scan line.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
      y
-
      The scanline's y-coordinate.
      
-
      count
-
      The number of spans to draw on this scanline.
      
-
      spans
-
      A table of ‘count’ spans to draw on the scanline.
      
-
      user
-
      User-supplied data that is passed to the callback.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      This callback allows client applications to directly render the gray spans of the anti-aliased bitmap to any kind of surfaces.
      
-
      This can be used to write anti-aliased outlines directly to a given background bitmap, and even perform translucency.
      
-
      Note that the ‘count’ field cannot be greater than a fixed value defined by the ‘FT_MAX_GRAY_SPANS’ configuration macro in ‘ftoption.h’. By default, this value is set to 32, which means that if there are more than 32 spans on a given scanline, the callback is called several times with the same ‘y’ parameter in order to draw all callbacks.
      
-
      Otherwise, the callback is only called once per scan-line, and only for those scanlines that do have ‘gray’ pixels on them.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Raster_BitTest_Func
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_IMAGE_H (freetype/ftimage.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef int
-  (*FT_Raster_BitTest_Func)( int    y,
-                             int    x,
-                             void*  user );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      THIS TYPE IS DEPRECATED. DO NOT USE IT.
      
-
      A function used as a call-back by the monochrome scan-converter to test whether a given target pixel is already set to the drawing ‘color’. These tests are crucial to implement drop-out control per-se the TrueType spec.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
      y
-
      The pixel's y-coordinate.
      
-
      x
-
      The pixel's x-coordinate.
      
-
      user
-
      User-supplied data that is passed to the callback.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      1 if the pixel is ‘set’, 0 otherwise.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Raster_BitSet_Func
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_IMAGE_H (freetype/ftimage.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef void
-  (*FT_Raster_BitSet_Func)( int    y,
-                            int    x,
-                            void*  user );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      THIS TYPE IS DEPRECATED. DO NOT USE IT.
      
-
      A function used as a call-back by the monochrome scan-converter to set an individual target pixel. This is crucial to implement drop-out control according to the TrueType specification.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
      y
-
      The pixel's y-coordinate.
      
-
      x
-
      The pixel's x-coordinate.
      
-
      user
-
      User-supplied data that is passed to the callback.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      1 if the pixel is ‘set’, 0 otherwise.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_RASTER_FLAG_XXX
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_IMAGE_H (freetype/ftimage.h).
-

      
-
      -
-#define FT_RASTER_FLAG_DEFAULT  0x0
-#define FT_RASTER_FLAG_AA       0x1
-#define FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT   0x2
-#define FT_RASTER_FLAG_CLIP     0x4
-
-  /* deprecated */
-#define ft_raster_flag_default  FT_RASTER_FLAG_DEFAULT
-#define ft_raster_flag_aa       FT_RASTER_FLAG_AA
-#define ft_raster_flag_direct   FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT
-#define ft_raster_flag_clip     FT_RASTER_FLAG_CLIP
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A list of bit flag constants as used in the ‘flags’ field of a FT_Raster_Params structure.
      
-

      
-
      values
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
      FT_RASTER_FLAG_DEFAULT
-
      This value is 0.
      
-
      FT_RASTER_FLAG_AA
-
      This flag is set to indicate that an anti-aliased glyph image should be generated. Otherwise, it will be monochrome (1-bit).
      
-
      FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT
-
      This flag is set to indicate direct rendering. In this mode, client applications must provide their own span callback. This lets them directly draw or compose over an existing bitmap. If this bit is not set, the target pixmap's buffer must be zeroed before rendering.
      
-
      Note that for now, direct rendering is only possible with anti-aliased glyphs.
      
-
      FT_RASTER_FLAG_CLIP
-
      This flag is only used in direct rendering mode. If set, the output will be clipped to a box specified in the ‘clip_box’ field of the FT_Raster_Params structure.
      
-
      Note that by default, the glyph bitmap is clipped to the target pixmap, except in direct rendering mode where all spans are generated if no clipping box is set.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Raster_Params
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_IMAGE_H (freetype/ftimage.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct  FT_Raster_Params_
-  {
-    const FT_Bitmap*        target;
-    const void*             source;
-    int                     flags;
-    FT_SpanFunc             gray_spans;
-    FT_SpanFunc             black_spans;
-    FT_Raster_BitTest_Func  bit_test;     /* doesn't work! */
-    FT_Raster_BitSet_Func   bit_set;      /* doesn't work! */
-    void*                   user;
-    FT_BBox                 clip_box;
-
-  } FT_Raster_Params;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A structure to hold the arguments used by a raster's render function.
      
-

      
-
      fields
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      target
-
      The target bitmap.
      
-
      source
-
      A pointer to the source glyph image (e.g., an FT_Outline).
      
-
      flags
-
      The rendering flags.
      
-
      gray_spans
-
      The gray span drawing callback.
      
-
      black_spans
-
      The black span drawing callback.
      
-
      bit_test
-
      The bit test callback. UNIMPLEMENTED!
      
-
      bit_set
-
      The bit set callback. UNIMPLEMENTED!
      
-
      user
-
      User-supplied data that is passed to each drawing callback.
      
-
      clip_box
-
      An optional clipping box. It is only used in direct rendering mode. Note that coordinates here should be expressed in integer pixels (and not in 26.6 fixed-point units).
      
-
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      An anti-aliased glyph bitmap is drawn if the FT_RASTER_FLAG_AA bit flag is set in the ‘flags’ field, otherwise a monochrome bitmap is generated.
      
-
      If the FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT bit flag is set in ‘flags’, the raster will call the ‘gray_spans’ callback to draw gray pixel spans, in the case of an aa glyph bitmap, it will call ‘black_spans’, and ‘bit_test’ and ‘bit_set’ in the case of a monochrome bitmap. This allows direct composition over a pre-existing bitmap through user-provided callbacks to perform the span drawing/composition.
      
-
      Note that the ‘bit_test’ and ‘bit_set’ callbacks are required when rendering a monochrome bitmap, as they are crucial to implement correct drop-out control as defined in the TrueType specification.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Raster_NewFunc
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_IMAGE_H (freetype/ftimage.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef int
-  (*FT_Raster_NewFunc)( void*       memory,
-                        FT_Raster*  raster );
-
-#define FT_Raster_New_Func  FT_Raster_NewFunc
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A function used to create a new raster object.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      memory
-
      A handle to the memory allocator.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      output
      
-
      
-
-
-
      raster
-
      A handle to the new raster object.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      Error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      The ‘memory’ parameter is a typeless pointer in order to avoid un-wanted dependencies on the rest of the FreeType code. In practice, it is an FT_Memory object, i.e., a handle to the standard FreeType memory allocator. However, this field can be completely ignored by a given raster implementation.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Raster_DoneFunc
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_IMAGE_H (freetype/ftimage.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef void
-  (*FT_Raster_DoneFunc)( FT_Raster  raster );
-
-#define FT_Raster_Done_Func  FT_Raster_DoneFunc
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A function used to destroy a given raster object.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      raster
-
      A handle to the raster object.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Raster_ResetFunc
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_IMAGE_H (freetype/ftimage.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef void
-  (*FT_Raster_ResetFunc)( FT_Raster       raster,
-                          unsigned char*  pool_base,
-                          unsigned long   pool_size );
-
-#define FT_Raster_Reset_Func  FT_Raster_ResetFunc
-
-

      
-
      
-
      FreeType provides an area of memory called the ‘render pool’, available to all registered rasters. This pool can be freely used during a given scan-conversion but is shared by all rasters. Its content is thus transient.
      
-
      This function is called each time the render pool changes, or just after a new raster object is created.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
      raster
-
      A handle to the new raster object.
      
-
      pool_base
-
      The address in memory of the render pool.
      
-
      pool_size
-
      The size in bytes of the render pool.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      Rasters can ignore the render pool and rely on dynamic memory allocation if they want to (a handle to the memory allocator is passed to the raster constructor). However, this is not recommended for efficiency purposes.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Raster_SetModeFunc
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_IMAGE_H (freetype/ftimage.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef int
-  (*FT_Raster_SetModeFunc)( FT_Raster      raster,
-                            unsigned long  mode,
-                            void*          args );
-
-#define FT_Raster_Set_Mode_Func  FT_Raster_SetModeFunc
-
-

      
-
      
-
      This function is a generic facility to change modes or attributes in a given raster. This can be used for debugging purposes, or simply to allow implementation-specific ‘features’ in a given raster module.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
      raster
-
      A handle to the new raster object.
      
-
      mode
-
      A 4-byte tag used to name the mode or property.
      
-
      args
-
      A pointer to the new mode/property to use.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Raster_RenderFunc
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_IMAGE_H (freetype/ftimage.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef int
-  (*FT_Raster_RenderFunc)( FT_Raster                raster,
-                           const FT_Raster_Params*  params );
-
-#define FT_Raster_Render_Func  FT_Raster_RenderFunc
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Invokes a given raster to scan-convert a given glyph image into a target bitmap.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      raster
-
      A handle to the raster object.
      
-
      params
-
      A pointer to an FT_Raster_Params structure used to store the rendering parameters.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      Error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      The exact format of the source image depends on the raster's glyph format defined in its FT_Raster_Funcs structure. It can be an FT_Outline or anything else in order to support a large array of glyph formats.
      
-
      Note also that the render function can fail and return a ‘FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature’ error code if the raster used does not support direct composition.
      
-
      XXX: For now, the standard raster doesn't support direct composition but this should change for the final release (see the files ‘demos/src/ftgrays.c’ and ‘demos/src/ftgrays2.c’ for examples of distinct implementations which support direct composition).
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Raster_Funcs
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_IMAGE_H (freetype/ftimage.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct  FT_Raster_Funcs_
-  {
-    FT_Glyph_Format        glyph_format;
-    FT_Raster_NewFunc      raster_new;
-    FT_Raster_ResetFunc    raster_reset;
-    FT_Raster_SetModeFunc  raster_set_mode;
-    FT_Raster_RenderFunc   raster_render;
-    FT_Raster_DoneFunc     raster_done;
-
-  } FT_Raster_Funcs;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A structure used to describe a given raster class to the library.
      
-

      
-
      fields
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      glyph_format
-
      The supported glyph format for this raster.
      
-
      raster_new
-
      The raster constructor.
      
-
      raster_reset
-
      Used to reset the render pool within the raster.
      
-
      raster_render
-
      A function to render a glyph into a given bitmap.
      
-
      raster_done
-
      The raster destructor.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
-
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-sfnt_names.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-sfnt_names.html
deleted file mode 100644
index bf64117..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-sfnt_names.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,186 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
-
-
-
-
      FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
      
-
-
      
-SFNT Names
-
      
-
      Synopsis
      
-
-
-
      FT_SfntNameFT_Get_Sfnt_Name_CountFT_Get_Sfnt_Name


      
-
-
      
-
      The TrueType and OpenType specification allow the inclusion of a special ‘names table’ in font files. This table contains textual (and internationalized) information regarding the font, like family name, copyright, version, etc.
      
-
      The definitions below are used to access them if available.
      
-
      Note that this has nothing to do with glyph names!
      
-

      
-
      
-
      FT_SfntName
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_SFNT_NAMES_H (freetype/ftsnames.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct  FT_SfntName_
-  {
-    FT_UShort  platform_id;
-    FT_UShort  encoding_id;
-    FT_UShort  language_id;
-    FT_UShort  name_id;
-
-    FT_Byte*   string;      /* this string is *not* null-terminated! */
-    FT_UInt    string_len;  /* in bytes */
-
-  } FT_SfntName;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A structure used to model an SFNT ‘name’ table entry.
      
-

      
-
      fields
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      platform_id
-
      The platform ID for ‘string’.
      
-
      encoding_id
-
      The encoding ID for ‘string’.
      
-
      language_id
-
      The language ID for ‘string’.
      
-
      name_id
-
      An identifier for ‘string’.
      
-
      string
-
      The ‘name’ string. Note that its format differs depending on the (platform,encoding) pair. It can be a Pascal String, a UTF-16 one, etc.
      
-
      Generally speaking, the string is not zero-terminated. Please refer to the TrueType specification for details.
      
-
      string_len
-
      The length of ‘string’ in bytes.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      Possible values for ‘platform_id’, ‘encoding_id’, ‘language_id’, and ‘name_id’ are given in the file ‘ttnameid.h’. For details please refer to the TrueType or OpenType specification.
      
-
      See also TT_PLATFORM_XXX, TT_APPLE_ID_XXX, TT_MAC_ID_XXX, TT_ISO_ID_XXX, and TT_MS_ID_XXX.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_SFNT_NAMES_H (freetype/ftsnames.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt )
-  FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count( FT_Face  face );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Retrieves the number of name strings in the SFNT ‘name’ table.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      face
-
      A handle to the source face.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      The number of strings in the ‘name’ table.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Get_Sfnt_Name
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_SFNT_NAMES_H (freetype/ftsnames.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Get_Sfnt_Name( FT_Face       face,
-                    FT_UInt       idx,
-                    FT_SfntName  *aname );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Retrieves a string of the SFNT ‘name’ table for a given index.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      face
-
      A handle to the source face.
      
-
      idx
-
      The index of the ‘name’ string.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      output
      
-
      
-
-
-
      aname
-
      The indexed FT_SfntName structure.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      The ‘string’ array returned in the ‘aname’ structure is not null-terminated.
      
-
      Use FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count to get the total number of available ‘name’ table entries, then do a loop until you get the right platform, encoding, and name ID.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
-
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-sizes_management.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-sizes_management.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 66f6365..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-sizes_management.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,160 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
-
-
-
-
      FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
      
-
-
      
-Size Management
-
      
-
      Synopsis
      
-
-
-
      FT_New_SizeFT_Done_SizeFT_Activate_Size


      
-
-
      
-
      When creating a new face object (e.g., with FT_New_Face), an FT_Size object is automatically created and used to store all pixel-size dependent information, available in the ‘face->size’ field.
      
-
      It is however possible to create more sizes for a given face, mostly in order to manage several character pixel sizes of the same font family and style. See FT_New_Size and FT_Done_Size.
      
-
      Note that FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes and FT_Set_Char_Size only modify the contents of the current ‘active’ size; you thus need to use FT_Activate_Size to change it.
      
-
      99% of applications won't need the functions provided here, especially if they use the caching sub-system, so be cautious when using these.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      FT_New_Size
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_SIZES_H (freetype/ftsizes.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_New_Size( FT_Face   face,
-               FT_Size*  size );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Create a new size object from a given face object.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      face
-
      A handle to a parent face object.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      output
      
-
      
-
-
-
      asize
-
      A handle to a new size object.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      You need to call FT_Activate_Size in order to select the new size for upcoming calls to FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes, FT_Set_Char_Size, FT_Load_Glyph, FT_Load_Char, etc.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Done_Size
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_SIZES_H (freetype/ftsizes.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Done_Size( FT_Size  size );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Discard a given size object. Note that FT_Done_Face automatically discards all size objects allocated with FT_New_Size.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      size
-
      A handle to a target size object.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Activate_Size
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_SIZES_H (freetype/ftsizes.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Activate_Size( FT_Size  size );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Even though it is possible to create several size objects for a given face (see FT_New_Size for details), functions like FT_Load_Glyph or FT_Load_Char only use the last-created one to determine the ‘current character pixel size’.
      
-
      This function can be used to ‘activate’ a previously created size object.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      size
-
      A handle to a target size object.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      If ‘face’ is the size's parent face object, this function changes the value of ‘face->size’ to the input size handle.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
-
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-system_interface.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-system_interface.html
deleted file mode 100644
index a726795..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-system_interface.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,411 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
-
-
-
-
      FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
      
-
-
      
-System Interface
-
      
-
      Synopsis
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
      FT_MemoryFT_MemoryRecFT_Stream_CloseFunc
      FT_Alloc_FuncFT_StreamFT_StreamRec
      FT_Free_FuncFT_StreamDesc
      FT_Realloc_FuncFT_Stream_IoFunc


      
-
-
      
-
      This section contains various definitions related to memory management and i/o access. You need to understand this information if you want to use a custom memory manager or you own i/o streams.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      FT_Memory
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_SYSTEM_H (freetype/ftsystem.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct FT_MemoryRec_*  FT_Memory;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A handle to a given memory manager object, defined with an FT_MemoryRec structure.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Alloc_Func
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_SYSTEM_H (freetype/ftsystem.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef void*
-  (*FT_Alloc_Func)( FT_Memory  memory,
-                    long       size );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A function used to allocate ‘size’ bytes from ‘memory’.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      memory
-
      A handle to the source memory manager.
      
-
      size
-
      The size in bytes to allocate.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      Address of new memory block. 0 in case of failure.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Free_Func
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_SYSTEM_H (freetype/ftsystem.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef void
-  (*FT_Free_Func)( FT_Memory  memory,
-                   void*      block );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A function used to release a given block of memory.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      memory
-
      A handle to the source memory manager.
      
-
      block
-
      The address of the target memory block.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Realloc_Func
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_SYSTEM_H (freetype/ftsystem.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef void*
-  (*FT_Realloc_Func)( FT_Memory  memory,
-                      long       cur_size,
-                      long       new_size,
-                      void*      block );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A function used to re-allocate a given block of memory.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
      memory
-
      A handle to the source memory manager.
      
-
      cur_size
-
      The block's current size in bytes.
      
-
      new_size
-
      The block's requested new size.
      
-
      block
-
      The block's current address.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      New block address. 0 in case of memory shortage.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      In case of error, the old block must still be available.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_MemoryRec
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_SYSTEM_H (freetype/ftsystem.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  struct  FT_MemoryRec_
-  {
-    void*            user;
-    FT_Alloc_Func    alloc;
-    FT_Free_Func     free;
-    FT_Realloc_Func  realloc;
-  };
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A structure used to describe a given memory manager to FreeType 2.
      
-

      
-
      fields
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
      user
-
      A generic typeless pointer for user data.
      
-
      alloc
-
      A pointer type to an allocation function.
      
-
      free
-
      A pointer type to an memory freeing function.
      
-
      realloc
-
      A pointer type to a reallocation function.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Stream
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_SYSTEM_H (freetype/ftsystem.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct FT_StreamRec_*  FT_Stream;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A handle to an input stream.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_StreamDesc
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_SYSTEM_H (freetype/ftsystem.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef union  FT_StreamDesc_
-  {
-    long   value;
-    void*  pointer;
-
-  } FT_StreamDesc;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A union type used to store either a long or a pointer. This is used to store a file descriptor or a ‘FILE*’ in an input stream.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Stream_IoFunc
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_SYSTEM_H (freetype/ftsystem.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef unsigned long
-  (*FT_Stream_IoFunc)( FT_Stream       stream,
-                       unsigned long   offset,
-                       unsigned char*  buffer,
-                       unsigned long   count );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A function used to seek and read data from a given input stream.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
      stream
-
      A handle to the source stream.
      
-
      offset
-
      The offset of read in stream (always from start).
      
-
      buffer
-
      The address of the read buffer.
      
-
      count
-
      The number of bytes to read from the stream.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      The number of bytes effectively read by the stream.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      This function might be called to perform a seek or skip operation with a ‘count’ of 0.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Stream_CloseFunc
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_SYSTEM_H (freetype/ftsystem.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef void
-  (*FT_Stream_CloseFunc)( FT_Stream  stream );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A function used to close a given input stream.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      stream
-
      A handle to the target stream.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_StreamRec
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_SYSTEM_H (freetype/ftsystem.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct  FT_StreamRec_
-  {
-    unsigned char*       base;
-    unsigned long        size;
-    unsigned long        pos;
-
-    FT_StreamDesc        descriptor;
-    FT_StreamDesc        pathname;
-    FT_Stream_IoFunc     read;
-    FT_Stream_CloseFunc  close;
-
-    FT_Memory            memory;
-    unsigned char*       cursor;
-    unsigned char*       limit;
-
-  } FT_StreamRec;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A structure used to describe an input stream.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      base
-
      For memory-based streams, this is the address of the first stream byte in memory. This field should always be set to NULL for disk-based streams.
      
-
      size
-
      The stream size in bytes.
      
-
      pos
-
      The current position within the stream.
      
-
      descriptor
-
      This field is a union that can hold an integer or a pointer. It is used by stream implementations to store file descriptors or ‘FILE*’ pointers.
      
-
      pathname
-
      This field is completely ignored by FreeType. However, it is often useful during debugging to use it to store the stream's filename (where available).
      
-
      read
-
      The stream's input function.
      
-
      close
-
      The stream;s close function.
      
-
      memory
-
      The memory manager to use to preload frames. This is set internally by FreeType and shouldn't be touched by stream implementations.
      
-
      cursor
-
      This field is set and used internally by FreeType when parsing frames.
      
-
      limit
-
      This field is set and used internally by FreeType when parsing frames.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
-
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-toc.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-toc.html
deleted file mode 100644
index e3df83c..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-toc.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,203 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
-
-
-
-
      FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
      
-
-
      Table of Contents
      
-
      General Remarks
      • 
-
-
-
        
-User allocation
-
        How client applications should allocate FreeType data structures.
        
-
        
-
      
-
      Core API
      
-
      Format-Specific API
      
-
      Cache Sub-System
      • 
-
-
-
        
-Cache Sub-System
-
        How to cache face, size, and glyph data with FreeType 2.
        
-
        
-
      
-
      Support API
      
-
      Miscellaneous
      
-
      Global Index
      
-
      generated on Tue Jun 10 08:02:21 2008
      
-
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-truetype_engine.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-truetype_engine.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 4f1292a..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-truetype_engine.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,128 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
-
-
-
-
      FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
      
-
-
      
-The TrueType Engine
-
      
-
      Synopsis
      
-
-
-
      FT_TrueTypeEngineTypeFT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type


      
-
-
      
-
      This section contains a function used to query the level of TrueType bytecode support compiled in this version of the library.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      FT_TrueTypeEngineType
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_MODULE_H (freetype/ftmodapi.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef enum  FT_TrueTypeEngineType_
-  {
-    FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_NONE = 0,
-    FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_UNPATENTED,
-    FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_PATENTED
-
-  } FT_TrueTypeEngineType;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A list of values describing which kind of TrueType bytecode engine is implemented in a given FT_Library instance. It is used by the FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type function.
      
-

      
-
      values
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_NONE
      
-
      The library doesn't implement any kind of bytecode interpreter.
      
-
      FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_UNPATENTED
      
-
      The library implements a bytecode interpreter that doesn't support the patented operations of the TrueType virtual machine.
      
-
      Its main use is to load certain Asian fonts which position and scale glyph components with bytecode instructions. It produces bad output for most other fonts.
      
-
      FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_PATENTED
      
-
      The library implements a bytecode interpreter that covers the full instruction set of the TrueType virtual machine. See the file ‘docs/PATENTS’ for legal aspects.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      since
      
-
      2.2
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_MODULE_H (freetype/ftmodapi.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_TrueTypeEngineType )
-  FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type( FT_Library  library );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Return a FT_TrueTypeEngineType value to indicate which level of the TrueType virtual machine a given library instance supports.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      library
-
      A library instance.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      A value indicating which level is supported.
      
-
      
-
      since
      
-
      2.2
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
-
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-truetype_tables.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-truetype_tables.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 75c0293..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-truetype_tables.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1213 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
-
-
-
-
      FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
      
-
-
      
-TrueType Tables
-
      
-
      Synopsis
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      TT_PLATFORM_XXXTT_Postscript
      TT_APPLE_ID_XXXTT_PCLT
      TT_MAC_ID_XXXTT_MaxProfile
      TT_ISO_ID_XXXFT_Sfnt_Tag
      TT_MS_ID_XXXFT_Get_Sfnt_Table
      TT_ADOBE_ID_XXXFT_Load_Sfnt_Table
      TT_HeaderFT_Sfnt_Table_Info
      TT_HoriHeaderFT_Get_CMap_Language_ID
      TT_VertHeaderFT_Get_CMap_Format
      TT_OS2FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING


      
-
-
      
-
      This section contains the definition of TrueType-specific tables as well as some routines used to access and process them.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      TT_PLATFORM_XXX
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H (freetype/ttnameid.h).
-

      
-
      -
-#define TT_PLATFORM_APPLE_UNICODE  0
-#define TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH      1
-#define TT_PLATFORM_ISO            2 /* deprecated */
-#define TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT      3
-#define TT_PLATFORM_CUSTOM         4
-#define TT_PLATFORM_ADOBE          7 /* artificial */
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A list of valid values for the ‘platform_id’ identifier code in FT_CharMapRec and FT_SfntName structures.
      
-

      
-
      values
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      TT_PLATFORM_APPLE_UNICODE
      
-
      Used by Apple to indicate a Unicode character map and/or name entry. See TT_APPLE_ID_XXX for corresponding ‘encoding_id’ values. Note that name entries in this format are coded as big-endian UCS-2 character codes only.
      
-
      TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH
-
      Used by Apple to indicate a MacOS-specific charmap and/or name entry. See TT_MAC_ID_XXX for corresponding ‘encoding_id’ values. Note that most TrueType fonts contain an Apple roman charmap to be usable on MacOS systems (even if they contain a Microsoft charmap as well).
      
-
      TT_PLATFORM_ISO
-
      This value was used to specify Unicode charmaps. It is however now deprecated. See TT_ISO_ID_XXX for a list of corresponding ‘encoding_id’ values.
      
-
      TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT
-
      Used by Microsoft to indicate Windows-specific charmaps. See TT_MS_ID_XXX for a list of corresponding ‘encoding_id’ values. Note that most fonts contain a Unicode charmap using (TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT, TT_MS_ID_UNICODE_CS).
      
-
      TT_PLATFORM_CUSTOM
-
      Used to indicate application-specific charmaps.
      
-
      TT_PLATFORM_ADOBE
-
      This value isn't part of any font format specification, but is used by FreeType to report Adobe-specific charmaps in an FT_CharMapRec structure. See TT_ADOBE_ID_XXX.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      TT_APPLE_ID_XXX
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H (freetype/ttnameid.h).
-

      
-
      -
-#define TT_APPLE_ID_DEFAULT           0 /* Unicode 1.0 */
-#define TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_1_1       1 /* specify Hangul at U+34xx */
-#define TT_APPLE_ID_ISO_10646         2 /* deprecated */
-#define TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_2_0       3 /* or later */
-#define TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_32        4 /* 2.0 or later, full repertoire */
-#define TT_APPLE_ID_VARIANT_SELECTOR  5 /* variation selector data */
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A list of valid values for the ‘encoding_id’ for TT_PLATFORM_APPLE_UNICODE charmaps and name entries.
      
-

      
-
      values
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      TT_APPLE_ID_DEFAULT
-
      Unicode version 1.0.
      
-
      TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_1_1
      
-
      Unicode 1.1; specifies Hangul characters starting at U+34xx.
      
-
      TT_APPLE_ID_ISO_10646
-
      Deprecated (identical to preceding).
      
-
      TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_2_0
      
-
      Unicode 2.0 and beyond (UTF-16 BMP only).
      
-
      TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_32
-
      Unicode 3.1 and beyond, using UTF-32.
      
-
      TT_APPLE_ID_VARIANT_SELECTOR
      
-
      From Adobe, not Apple. Not a normal cmap. Specifies variations on a real cmap.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      TT_MAC_ID_XXX
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H (freetype/ttnameid.h).
-

      
-
      -
-#define TT_MAC_ID_ROMAN                 0
-#define TT_MAC_ID_JAPANESE              1
-#define TT_MAC_ID_TRADITIONAL_CHINESE   2
-#define TT_MAC_ID_KOREAN                3
-#define TT_MAC_ID_ARABIC                4
-#define TT_MAC_ID_HEBREW                5
-#define TT_MAC_ID_GREEK                 6
-#define TT_MAC_ID_RUSSIAN               7
-#define TT_MAC_ID_RSYMBOL               8
-#define TT_MAC_ID_DEVANAGARI            9
-#define TT_MAC_ID_GURMUKHI             10
-#define TT_MAC_ID_GUJARATI             11
-#define TT_MAC_ID_ORIYA                12
-#define TT_MAC_ID_BENGALI              13
-#define TT_MAC_ID_TAMIL                14
-#define TT_MAC_ID_TELUGU               15
-#define TT_MAC_ID_KANNADA              16
-#define TT_MAC_ID_MALAYALAM            17
-#define TT_MAC_ID_SINHALESE            18
-#define TT_MAC_ID_BURMESE              19
-#define TT_MAC_ID_KHMER                20
-#define TT_MAC_ID_THAI                 21
-#define TT_MAC_ID_LAOTIAN              22
-#define TT_MAC_ID_GEORGIAN             23
-#define TT_MAC_ID_ARMENIAN             24
-#define TT_MAC_ID_MALDIVIAN            25
-#define TT_MAC_ID_SIMPLIFIED_CHINESE   25
-#define TT_MAC_ID_TIBETAN              26
-#define TT_MAC_ID_MONGOLIAN            27
-#define TT_MAC_ID_GEEZ                 28
-#define TT_MAC_ID_SLAVIC               29
-#define TT_MAC_ID_VIETNAMESE           30
-#define TT_MAC_ID_SINDHI               31
-#define TT_MAC_ID_UNINTERP             32
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A list of valid values for the ‘encoding_id’ for TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH charmaps and name entries.
      
-

      
-
      values
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      TT_MAC_ID_ROMAN
-
      
-
      TT_MAC_ID_JAPANESE
-
      
-
      TT_MAC_ID_TRADITIONAL_CHINESE
      
-
      
-
      TT_MAC_ID_KOREAN
-
      
-
      TT_MAC_ID_ARABIC
-
      
-
      TT_MAC_ID_HEBREW
-
      
-
      TT_MAC_ID_GREEK
-
      
-
      TT_MAC_ID_RUSSIAN
-
      
-
      TT_MAC_ID_RSYMBOL
-
      
-
      TT_MAC_ID_DEVANAGARI
-
      
-
      TT_MAC_ID_GURMUKHI
-
      
-
      TT_MAC_ID_GUJARATI
-
      
-
      TT_MAC_ID_ORIYA
-
      
-
      TT_MAC_ID_BENGALI
-
      
-
      TT_MAC_ID_TAMIL
-
      
-
      TT_MAC_ID_TELUGU
-
      
-
      TT_MAC_ID_KANNADA
-
      
-
      TT_MAC_ID_MALAYALAM
-
      
-
      TT_MAC_ID_SINHALESE
-
      
-
      TT_MAC_ID_BURMESE
-
      
-
      TT_MAC_ID_KHMER
-
      
-
      TT_MAC_ID_THAI
-
      
-
      TT_MAC_ID_LAOTIAN
-
      
-
      TT_MAC_ID_GEORGIAN
-
      
-
      TT_MAC_ID_ARMENIAN
-
      
-
      TT_MAC_ID_MALDIVIAN
-
      
-
      TT_MAC_ID_SIMPLIFIED_CHINESE
      
-
      
-
      TT_MAC_ID_TIBETAN
-
      
-
      TT_MAC_ID_MONGOLIAN
-
      
-
      TT_MAC_ID_GEEZ
-
      
-
      TT_MAC_ID_SLAVIC
-
      
-
      TT_MAC_ID_VIETNAMESE
-
      
-
      TT_MAC_ID_SINDHI
-
      
-
      TT_MAC_ID_UNINTERP
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      TT_ISO_ID_XXX
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H (freetype/ttnameid.h).
-

      
-
      -
-#define TT_ISO_ID_7BIT_ASCII  0
-#define TT_ISO_ID_10646       1
-#define TT_ISO_ID_8859_1      2
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A list of valid values for the ‘encoding_id’ for TT_PLATFORM_ISO charmaps and name entries.
      
-
      Their use is now deprecated.
      
-

      
-
      values
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
      TT_ISO_ID_7BIT_ASCII
-
      ASCII.
      
-
      TT_ISO_ID_10646
-
      ISO/10646.
      
-
      TT_ISO_ID_8859_1
-
      Also known as Latin-1.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      TT_MS_ID_XXX
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H (freetype/ttnameid.h).
-

      
-
      -
-#define TT_MS_ID_SYMBOL_CS    0
-#define TT_MS_ID_UNICODE_CS   1
-#define TT_MS_ID_SJIS         2
-#define TT_MS_ID_GB2312       3
-#define TT_MS_ID_BIG_5        4
-#define TT_MS_ID_WANSUNG      5
-#define TT_MS_ID_JOHAB        6
-#define TT_MS_ID_UCS_4       10
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A list of valid values for the ‘encoding_id’ for TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT charmaps and name entries.
      
-

      
-
      values
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      TT_MS_ID_SYMBOL_CS
-
      Corresponds to Microsoft symbol encoding. See FT_ENCODING_MS_SYMBOL.
      
-
      TT_MS_ID_UNICODE_CS
-
      Corresponds to a Microsoft WGL4 charmap, matching Unicode. See FT_ENCODING_UNICODE.
      
-
      TT_MS_ID_SJIS
-
      Corresponds to SJIS Japanese encoding. See FT_ENCODING_SJIS.
      
-
      TT_MS_ID_GB2312
-
      Corresponds to Simplified Chinese as used in Mainland China. See FT_ENCODING_GB2312.
      
-
      TT_MS_ID_BIG_5
-
      Corresponds to Traditional Chinese as used in Taiwan and Hong Kong. See FT_ENCODING_BIG5.
      
-
      TT_MS_ID_WANSUNG
-
      Corresponds to Korean Wansung encoding. See FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG.
      
-
      TT_MS_ID_JOHAB
-
      Corresponds to Johab encoding. See FT_ENCODING_JOHAB.
      
-
      TT_MS_ID_UCS_4
-
      Corresponds to UCS-4 or UTF-32 charmaps. This has been added to the OpenType specification version 1.4 (mid-2001.)
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      TT_ADOBE_ID_XXX
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H (freetype/ttnameid.h).
-

      
-
      -
-#define TT_ADOBE_ID_STANDARD  0
-#define TT_ADOBE_ID_EXPERT    1
-#define TT_ADOBE_ID_CUSTOM    2
-#define TT_ADOBE_ID_LATIN_1   3
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A list of valid values for the ‘encoding_id’ for TT_PLATFORM_ADOBE charmaps. This is a FreeType-specific extension!
      
-

      
-
      values
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
      TT_ADOBE_ID_STANDARD
-
      Adobe standard encoding.
      
-
      TT_ADOBE_ID_EXPERT
-
      Adobe expert encoding.
      
-
      TT_ADOBE_ID_CUSTOM
-
      Adobe custom encoding.
      
-
      TT_ADOBE_ID_LATIN_1
-
      Adobe Latin 1 encoding.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      TT_Header
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H (freetype/tttables.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct  TT_Header_
-  {
-    FT_Fixed   Table_Version;
-    FT_Fixed   Font_Revision;
-
-    FT_Long    CheckSum_Adjust;
-    FT_Long    Magic_Number;
-
-    FT_UShort  Flags;
-    FT_UShort  Units_Per_EM;
-
-    FT_Long    Created [2];
-    FT_Long    Modified[2];
-
-    FT_Short   xMin;
-    FT_Short   yMin;
-    FT_Short   xMax;
-    FT_Short   yMax;
-
-    FT_UShort  Mac_Style;
-    FT_UShort  Lowest_Rec_PPEM;
-
-    FT_Short   Font_Direction;
-    FT_Short   Index_To_Loc_Format;
-    FT_Short   Glyph_Data_Format;
-
-  } TT_Header;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A structure used to model a TrueType font header table. All fields follow the TrueType specification.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      TT_HoriHeader
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H (freetype/tttables.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct  TT_HoriHeader_
-  {
-    FT_Fixed   Version;
-    FT_Short   Ascender;
-    FT_Short   Descender;
-    FT_Short   Line_Gap;
-
-    FT_UShort  advance_Width_Max;      /* advance width maximum */
-
-    FT_Short   min_Left_Side_Bearing;  /* minimum left-sb       */
-    FT_Short   min_Right_Side_Bearing; /* minimum right-sb      */
-    FT_Short   xMax_Extent;            /* xmax extents          */
-    FT_Short   caret_Slope_Rise;
-    FT_Short   caret_Slope_Run;
-    FT_Short   caret_Offset;
-
-    FT_Short   Reserved[4];
-
-    FT_Short   metric_Data_Format;
-    FT_UShort  number_Of_HMetrics;
-
-    /* The following fields are not defined by the TrueType specification */
-    /* but they are used to connect the metrics header to the relevant    */
-    /* `HMTX' table.                                                      */
-
-    void*      long_metrics;
-    void*      short_metrics;
-
-  } TT_HoriHeader;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A structure used to model a TrueType horizontal header, the ‘hhea’ table, as well as the corresponding horizontal metrics table, i.e., the ‘hmtx’ table.
      
-

      
-
      fields
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      Version
-
      The table version.
      
-
      Ascender
-
      The font's ascender, i.e., the distance from the baseline to the top-most of all glyph points found in the font.
      
-
      This value is invalid in many fonts, as it is usually set by the font designer, and often reflects only a portion of the glyphs found in the font (maybe ASCII).
      
-
      You should use the ‘sTypoAscender’ field of the OS/2 table instead if you want the correct one.
      
-
      Descender
-
      The font's descender, i.e., the distance from the baseline to the bottom-most of all glyph points found in the font. It is negative.
      
-
      This value is invalid in many fonts, as it is usually set by the font designer, and often reflects only a portion of the glyphs found in the font (maybe ASCII).
      
-
      You should use the ‘sTypoDescender’ field of the OS/2 table instead if you want the correct one.
      
-
      Line_Gap
-
      The font's line gap, i.e., the distance to add to the ascender and descender to get the BTB, i.e., the baseline-to-baseline distance for the font.
      
-
      advance_Width_Max
-
      This field is the maximum of all advance widths found in the font. It can be used to compute the maximum width of an arbitrary string of text.
      
-
      min_Left_Side_Bearing
-
      The minimum left side bearing of all glyphs within the font.
      
-
      min_Right_Side_Bearing
-
      The minimum right side bearing of all glyphs within the font.
      
-
      xMax_Extent
-
      The maximum horizontal extent (i.e., the ‘width’ of a glyph's bounding box) for all glyphs in the font.
      
-
      caret_Slope_Rise
-
      The rise coefficient of the cursor's slope of the cursor (slope=rise/run).
      
-
      caret_Slope_Run
-
      The run coefficient of the cursor's slope.
      
-
      Reserved
-
      8 reserved bytes.
      
-
      metric_Data_Format
-
      Always 0.
      
-
      number_Of_HMetrics
-
      Number of HMetrics entries in the ‘hmtx’ table -- this value can be smaller than the total number of glyphs in the font.
      
-
      long_metrics
-
      A pointer into the ‘hmtx’ table.
      
-
      short_metrics
-
      A pointer into the ‘hmtx’ table.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      IMPORTANT: The TT_HoriHeader and TT_VertHeader structures should be identical except for the names of their fields which are different.
      
-
      This ensures that a single function in the ‘ttload’ module is able to read both the horizontal and vertical headers.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      TT_VertHeader
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H (freetype/tttables.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct  TT_VertHeader_
-  {
-    FT_Fixed   Version;
-    FT_Short   Ascender;
-    FT_Short   Descender;
-    FT_Short   Line_Gap;
-
-    FT_UShort  advance_Height_Max;      /* advance height maximum */
-
-    FT_Short   min_Top_Side_Bearing;    /* minimum left-sb or top-sb       */
-    FT_Short   min_Bottom_Side_Bearing; /* minimum right-sb or bottom-sb   */
-    FT_Short   yMax_Extent;             /* xmax or ymax extents            */
-    FT_Short   caret_Slope_Rise;
-    FT_Short   caret_Slope_Run;
-    FT_Short   caret_Offset;
-
-    FT_Short   Reserved[4];
-
-    FT_Short   metric_Data_Format;
-    FT_UShort  number_Of_VMetrics;
-
-    /* The following fields are not defined by the TrueType specification */
-    /* but they're used to connect the metrics header to the relevant     */
-    /* `HMTX' or `VMTX' table.                                            */
-
-    void*      long_metrics;
-    void*      short_metrics;
-
-  } TT_VertHeader;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A structure used to model a TrueType vertical header, the ‘vhea’ table, as well as the corresponding vertical metrics table, i.e., the ‘vmtx’ table.
      
-

      
-
      fields
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      Version
-
      The table version.
      
-
      Ascender
-
      The font's ascender, i.e., the distance from the baseline to the top-most of all glyph points found in the font.
      
-
      This value is invalid in many fonts, as it is usually set by the font designer, and often reflects only a portion of the glyphs found in the font (maybe ASCII).
      
-
      You should use the ‘sTypoAscender’ field of the OS/2 table instead if you want the correct one.
      
-
      Descender
-
      The font's descender, i.e., the distance from the baseline to the bottom-most of all glyph points found in the font. It is negative.
      
-
      This value is invalid in many fonts, as it is usually set by the font designer, and often reflects only a portion of the glyphs found in the font (maybe ASCII).
      
-
      You should use the ‘sTypoDescender’ field of the OS/2 table instead if you want the correct one.
      
-
      Line_Gap
-
      The font's line gap, i.e., the distance to add to the ascender and descender to get the BTB, i.e., the baseline-to-baseline distance for the font.
      
-
      advance_Height_Max
-
      This field is the maximum of all advance heights found in the font. It can be used to compute the maximum height of an arbitrary string of text.
      
-
      min_Top_Side_Bearing
-
      The minimum top side bearing of all glyphs within the font.
      
-
      min_Bottom_Side_Bearing
      
-
      The minimum bottom side bearing of all glyphs within the font.
      
-
      yMax_Extent
-
      The maximum vertical extent (i.e., the ‘height’ of a glyph's bounding box) for all glyphs in the font.
      
-
      caret_Slope_Rise
-
      The rise coefficient of the cursor's slope of the cursor (slope=rise/run).
      
-
      caret_Slope_Run
-
      The run coefficient of the cursor's slope.
      
-
      caret_Offset
-
      The cursor's offset for slanted fonts. This value is ‘reserved’ in vmtx version 1.0.
      
-
      Reserved
-
      8 reserved bytes.
      
-
      metric_Data_Format
-
      Always 0.
      
-
      number_Of_HMetrics
-
      Number of VMetrics entries in the ‘vmtx’ table -- this value can be smaller than the total number of glyphs in the font.
      
-
      long_metrics
-
      A pointer into the ‘vmtx’ table.
      
-
      short_metrics
-
      A pointer into the ‘vmtx’ table.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      IMPORTANT: The TT_HoriHeader and TT_VertHeader structures should be identical except for the names of their fields which are different.
      
-
      This ensures that a single function in the ‘ttload’ module is able to read both the horizontal and vertical headers.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      TT_OS2
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H (freetype/tttables.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct  TT_OS2_
-  {
-    FT_UShort  version;                /* 0x0001 - more or 0xFFFF */
-    FT_Short   xAvgCharWidth;
-    FT_UShort  usWeightClass;
-    FT_UShort  usWidthClass;
-    FT_Short   fsType;
-    FT_Short   ySubscriptXSize;
-    FT_Short   ySubscriptYSize;
-    FT_Short   ySubscriptXOffset;
-    FT_Short   ySubscriptYOffset;
-    FT_Short   ySuperscriptXSize;
-    FT_Short   ySuperscriptYSize;
-    FT_Short   ySuperscriptXOffset;
-    FT_Short   ySuperscriptYOffset;
-    FT_Short   yStrikeoutSize;
-    FT_Short   yStrikeoutPosition;
-    FT_Short   sFamilyClass;
-
-    FT_Byte    panose[10];
-
-    FT_ULong   ulUnicodeRange1;        /* Bits 0-31   */
-    FT_ULong   ulUnicodeRange2;        /* Bits 32-63  */
-    FT_ULong   ulUnicodeRange3;        /* Bits 64-95  */
-    FT_ULong   ulUnicodeRange4;        /* Bits 96-127 */
-
-    FT_Char    achVendID[4];
-
-    FT_UShort  fsSelection;
-    FT_UShort  usFirstCharIndex;
-    FT_UShort  usLastCharIndex;
-    FT_Short   sTypoAscender;
-    FT_Short   sTypoDescender;
-    FT_Short   sTypoLineGap;
-    FT_UShort  usWinAscent;
-    FT_UShort  usWinDescent;
-
-    /* only version 1 tables: */
-
-    FT_ULong   ulCodePageRange1;       /* Bits 0-31   */
-    FT_ULong   ulCodePageRange2;       /* Bits 32-63  */
-
-    /* only version 2 tables: */
-
-    FT_Short   sxHeight;
-    FT_Short   sCapHeight;
-    FT_UShort  usDefaultChar;
-    FT_UShort  usBreakChar;
-    FT_UShort  usMaxContext;
-
-  } TT_OS2;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A structure used to model a TrueType OS/2 table. This is the long table version. All fields comply to the TrueType specification.
      
-
      Note that we now support old Mac fonts which do not include an OS/2 table. In this case, the ‘version’ field is always set to 0xFFFF.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      TT_Postscript
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H (freetype/tttables.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct  TT_Postscript_
-  {
-    FT_Fixed  FormatType;
-    FT_Fixed  italicAngle;
-    FT_Short  underlinePosition;
-    FT_Short  underlineThickness;
-    FT_ULong  isFixedPitch;
-    FT_ULong  minMemType42;
-    FT_ULong  maxMemType42;
-    FT_ULong  minMemType1;
-    FT_ULong  maxMemType1;
-
-    /* Glyph names follow in the file, but we don't   */
-    /* load them by default.  See the ttpost.c file.  */
-
-  } TT_Postscript;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A structure used to model a TrueType Postscript table. All fields comply to the TrueType specification. This structure does not reference the Postscript glyph names, which can be nevertheless accessed with the ‘ttpost’ module.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      TT_PCLT
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H (freetype/tttables.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct  TT_PCLT_
-  {
-    FT_Fixed   Version;
-    FT_ULong   FontNumber;
-    FT_UShort  Pitch;
-    FT_UShort  xHeight;
-    FT_UShort  Style;
-    FT_UShort  TypeFamily;
-    FT_UShort  CapHeight;
-    FT_UShort  SymbolSet;
-    FT_Char    TypeFace[16];
-    FT_Char    CharacterComplement[8];
-    FT_Char    FileName[6];
-    FT_Char    StrokeWeight;
-    FT_Char    WidthType;
-    FT_Byte    SerifStyle;
-    FT_Byte    Reserved;
-
-  } TT_PCLT;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A structure used to model a TrueType PCLT table. All fields comply to the TrueType specification.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      TT_MaxProfile
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H (freetype/tttables.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct  TT_MaxProfile_
-  {
-    FT_Fixed   version;
-    FT_UShort  numGlyphs;
-    FT_UShort  maxPoints;
-    FT_UShort  maxContours;
-    FT_UShort  maxCompositePoints;
-    FT_UShort  maxCompositeContours;
-    FT_UShort  maxZones;
-    FT_UShort  maxTwilightPoints;
-    FT_UShort  maxStorage;
-    FT_UShort  maxFunctionDefs;
-    FT_UShort  maxInstructionDefs;
-    FT_UShort  maxStackElements;
-    FT_UShort  maxSizeOfInstructions;
-    FT_UShort  maxComponentElements;
-    FT_UShort  maxComponentDepth;
-
-  } TT_MaxProfile;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      The maximum profile is a table containing many max values which can be used to pre-allocate arrays. This ensures that no memory allocation occurs during a glyph load.
      
-

      
-
      fields
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      version
-
      The version number.
      
-
      numGlyphs
-
      The number of glyphs in this TrueType font.
      
-
      maxPoints
-
      The maximum number of points in a non-composite TrueType glyph. See also the structure element ‘maxCompositePoints’.
      
-
      maxContours
-
      The maximum number of contours in a non-composite TrueType glyph. See also the structure element ‘maxCompositeContours’.
      
-
      maxCompositePoints
-
      The maximum number of points in a composite TrueType glyph. See also the structure element ‘maxPoints’.
      
-
      maxCompositeContours
-
      The maximum number of contours in a composite TrueType glyph. See also the structure element ‘maxContours’.
      
-
      maxZones
-
      The maximum number of zones used for glyph hinting.
      
-
      maxTwilightPoints
-
      The maximum number of points in the twilight zone used for glyph hinting.
      
-
      maxStorage
-
      The maximum number of elements in the storage area used for glyph hinting.
      
-
      maxFunctionDefs
-
      The maximum number of function definitions in the TrueType bytecode for this font.
      
-
      maxInstructionDefs
-
      The maximum number of instruction definitions in the TrueType bytecode for this font.
      
-
      maxStackElements
-
      The maximum number of stack elements used during bytecode interpretation.
      
-
      maxSizeOfInstructions
-
      The maximum number of TrueType opcodes used for glyph hinting.
      
-
      maxComponentElements
-
      The maximum number of simple (i.e., non- composite) glyphs in a composite glyph.
      
-
      maxComponentDepth
-
      The maximum nesting depth of composite glyphs.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      This structure is only used during font loading.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Sfnt_Tag
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H (freetype/tttables.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef enum  FT_Sfnt_Tag_
-  {
-    ft_sfnt_head = 0,
-    ft_sfnt_maxp = 1,
-    ft_sfnt_os2  = 2,
-    ft_sfnt_hhea = 3,
-    ft_sfnt_vhea = 4,
-    ft_sfnt_post = 5,
-    ft_sfnt_pclt = 6,
-
-    sfnt_max   /* internal end mark */
-
-  } FT_Sfnt_Tag;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      An enumeration used to specify the index of an SFNT table. Used in the FT_Get_Sfnt_Table API function.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Get_Sfnt_Table
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H (freetype/tttables.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( void* )
-  FT_Get_Sfnt_Table( FT_Face      face,
-                     FT_Sfnt_Tag  tag );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Returns a pointer to a given SFNT table within a face.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      face
-
      A handle to the source.
      
-
      tag
-
      The index of the SFNT table.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      A type-less pointer to the table. This will be 0 in case of error, or if the corresponding table was not found OR loaded from the file.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      The table is owned by the face object and disappears with it.
      
-
      This function is only useful to access SFNT tables that are loaded by the sfnt, truetype, and opentype drivers. See FT_Sfnt_Tag for a list.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Load_Sfnt_Table
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H (freetype/tttables.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( FT_Face    face,
-                      FT_ULong   tag,
-                      FT_Long    offset,
-                      FT_Byte*   buffer,
-                      FT_ULong*  length );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Loads any font table into client memory.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
      face
-
      A handle to the source face.
      
-
      tag
-
      The four-byte tag of the table to load. Use the value 0 if you want to access the whole font file. Otherwise, you can use one of the definitions found in the FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H file, or forge a new one with FT_MAKE_TAG.
      
-
      offset
-
      The starting offset in the table (or file if tag == 0).
      
-
      
-
      
-
      output
      
-
      
-
-
-
      buffer
-
      The target buffer address. The client must ensure that the memory array is big enough to hold the data.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      inout
      
-
      
-
-
-
      length
-
      If the ‘length’ parameter is NULL, then try to load the whole table. Return an error code if it fails.
      
-
      Else, if ‘*length’ is 0, exit immediately while returning the table's (or file) full size in it.
      
-
      Else the number of bytes to read from the table or file, from the starting offset.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      If you need to determine the table's length you should first call this function with ‘*length’ set to 0, as in the following example:
      
-
      -  FT_ULong  length = 0;
-
-
-  error = FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( face, tag, 0, NULL, &length );
-  if ( error ) { ... table does not exist ... }
-
-  buffer = malloc( length );
-  if ( buffer == NULL ) { ... not enough memory ... }
-
-  error = FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( face, tag, 0, buffer, &length );
-  if ( error ) { ... could not load table ... }
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Sfnt_Table_Info
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H (freetype/tttables.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Sfnt_Table_Info( FT_Face    face,
-                      FT_UInt    table_index,
-                      FT_ULong  *tag,
-                      FT_ULong  *length );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Returns information on an SFNT table.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      face
-
      A handle to the source face.
      
-
      table_index
-
      The index of an SFNT table. The function returns FT_Err_Table_Missing for an invalid value.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      output
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      tag
-
      The name tag of the SFNT table.
      
-
      length
-
      The length of the SFNT table.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      SFNT tables with length zero are treated as missing by Windows.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H (freetype/tttables.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_ULong )
-  FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID( FT_CharMap  charmap );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Return TrueType/sfnt specific cmap language ID. Definitions of language ID values are in ‘freetype/ttnameid.h’.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      charmap
-
      The target charmap.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      The language ID of ‘charmap’. If ‘charmap’ doesn't belong to a TrueType/sfnt face, just return 0 as the default value.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Get_CMap_Format
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H (freetype/tttables.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Long )
-  FT_Get_CMap_Format( FT_CharMap  charmap );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Return TrueType/sfnt specific cmap format.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      charmap
-
      The target charmap.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      The format of ‘charmap’. If ‘charmap’ doesn't belong to a TrueType/sfnt face, return -1.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_UNPATENTED_HINTING_H (freetype/ttunpat.h).
-

      
-
      -
-#define FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'u', 'n', 'p', 'a' )
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A constant used as the tag of an FT_Parameter structure to indicate that unpatented methods only should be used by the TrueType bytecode interpreter for a typeface opened by FT_Open_Face.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
-
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-type1_tables.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-type1_tables.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 9cc7e53..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-type1_tables.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,518 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
-
-
-
-
      FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
      
-
-
      
-Type 1 Tables
-
      
-
      Synopsis
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      PS_FontInfoRecT1_PrivateCID_FaceInfo
      PS_FontInfoT1_Blend_FlagsCID_Info
      T1_FontInfoCID_FaceDictRecFT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names
      PS_PrivateRecCID_FaceDictFT_Get_PS_Font_Info
      PS_PrivateCID_FaceInfoRecFT_Get_PS_Font_Private


      
-
-
      
-
      This section contains the definition of Type 1-specific tables, including structures related to other PostScript font formats.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      PS_FontInfoRec
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H (freetype/t1tables.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct  PS_FontInfoRec_
-  {
-    FT_String*  version;
-    FT_String*  notice;
-    FT_String*  full_name;
-    FT_String*  family_name;
-    FT_String*  weight;
-    FT_Long     italic_angle;
-    FT_Bool     is_fixed_pitch;
-    FT_Short    underline_position;
-    FT_UShort   underline_thickness;
-
-  } PS_FontInfoRec;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A structure used to model a Type1/Type2 FontInfo dictionary. Note that for Multiple Master fonts, each instance has its own FontInfo dictionary.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      PS_FontInfo
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H (freetype/t1tables.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct PS_FontInfoRec_*  PS_FontInfo;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A handle to a PS_FontInfoRec structure.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      T1_FontInfo
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H (freetype/t1tables.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef PS_FontInfoRec  T1_FontInfo;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      This type is equivalent to PS_FontInfoRec. It is deprecated but kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of FreeType.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      PS_PrivateRec
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H (freetype/t1tables.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct  PS_PrivateRec_
-  {
-    FT_Int     unique_id;
-    FT_Int     lenIV;
-
-    FT_Byte    num_blue_values;
-    FT_Byte    num_other_blues;
-    FT_Byte    num_family_blues;
-    FT_Byte    num_family_other_blues;
-
-    FT_Short   blue_values[14];
-    FT_Short   other_blues[10];
-
-    FT_Short   family_blues      [14];
-    FT_Short   family_other_blues[10];
-
-    FT_Fixed   blue_scale;
-    FT_Int     blue_shift;
-    FT_Int     blue_fuzz;
-
-    FT_UShort  standard_width[1];
-    FT_UShort  standard_height[1];
-
-    FT_Byte    num_snap_widths;
-    FT_Byte    num_snap_heights;
-    FT_Bool    force_bold;
-    FT_Bool    round_stem_up;
-
-    FT_Short   snap_widths [13];  /* including std width  */
-    FT_Short   snap_heights[13];  /* including std height */
-
-    FT_Fixed   expansion_factor;
-
-    FT_Long    language_group;
-    FT_Long    password;
-
-    FT_Short   min_feature[2];
-
-  } PS_PrivateRec;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A structure used to model a Type1/Type2 private dictionary. Note that for Multiple Master fonts, each instance has its own Private dictionary.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      PS_Private
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H (freetype/t1tables.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct PS_PrivateRec_*  PS_Private;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A handle to a PS_PrivateRec structure.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      T1_Private
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H (freetype/t1tables.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef PS_PrivateRec  T1_Private;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      This type is equivalent to PS_PrivateRec. It is deprecated but kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of FreeType.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      T1_Blend_Flags
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H (freetype/t1tables.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef enum  T1_Blend_Flags_
-  {
-    /*# required fields in a FontInfo blend dictionary */
-    T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_POSITION = 0,
-    T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS,
-    T1_BLEND_ITALIC_ANGLE,
-
-    /*# required fields in a Private blend dictionary */
-    T1_BLEND_BLUE_VALUES,
-    T1_BLEND_OTHER_BLUES,
-    T1_BLEND_STANDARD_WIDTH,
-    T1_BLEND_STANDARD_HEIGHT,
-    T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_WIDTHS,
-    T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_HEIGHTS,
-    T1_BLEND_BLUE_SCALE,
-    T1_BLEND_BLUE_SHIFT,
-    T1_BLEND_FAMILY_BLUES,
-    T1_BLEND_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES,
-    T1_BLEND_FORCE_BOLD,
-
-    /*# never remove */
-    T1_BLEND_MAX
-
-  } T1_Blend_Flags;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A set of flags used to indicate which fields are present in a given blend dictionary (font info or private). Used to support Multiple Masters fonts.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      CID_FaceDictRec
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H (freetype/t1tables.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct  CID_FaceDictRec_
-  {
-    PS_PrivateRec  private_dict;
-
-    FT_UInt        len_buildchar;
-    FT_Fixed       forcebold_threshold;
-    FT_Pos         stroke_width;
-    FT_Fixed       expansion_factor;
-
-    FT_Byte        paint_type;
-    FT_Byte        font_type;
-    FT_Matrix      font_matrix;
-    FT_Vector      font_offset;
-
-    FT_UInt        num_subrs;
-    FT_ULong       subrmap_offset;
-    FT_Int         sd_bytes;
-
-  } CID_FaceDictRec;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A structure used to represent data in a CID top-level dictionary.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      CID_FaceDict
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H (freetype/t1tables.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct CID_FaceDictRec_*  CID_FaceDict;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A handle to a CID_FaceDictRec structure.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      CID_FaceInfoRec
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H (freetype/t1tables.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct  CID_FaceInfoRec_
-  {
-    FT_String*      cid_font_name;
-    FT_Fixed        cid_version;
-    FT_Int          cid_font_type;
-
-    FT_String*      registry;
-    FT_String*      ordering;
-    FT_Int          supplement;
-
-    PS_FontInfoRec  font_info;
-    FT_BBox         font_bbox;
-    FT_ULong        uid_base;
-
-    FT_Int          num_xuid;
-    FT_ULong        xuid[16];
-
-    FT_ULong        cidmap_offset;
-    FT_Int          fd_bytes;
-    FT_Int          gd_bytes;
-    FT_ULong        cid_count;
-
-    FT_Int          num_dicts;
-    CID_FaceDict    font_dicts;
-
-    FT_ULong        data_offset;
-
-  } CID_FaceInfoRec;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A structure used to represent CID Face information.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      CID_FaceInfo
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H (freetype/t1tables.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct CID_FaceInfoRec_*  CID_FaceInfo;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A handle to a CID_FaceInfoRec structure.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      CID_Info
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H (freetype/t1tables.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef CID_FaceInfoRec  CID_Info;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      This type is equivalent to CID_FaceInfoRec. It is deprecated but kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of FreeType.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H (freetype/t1tables.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Int )
-  FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names( FT_Face  face );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Return true if a given face provides reliable Postscript glyph names. This is similar to using the FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES macro, except that certain fonts (mostly TrueType) contain incorrect glyph name tables.
      
-
      When this function returns true, the caller is sure that the glyph names returned by FT_Get_Glyph_Name are reliable.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      face
-
      face handle
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      Boolean. True if glyph names are reliable.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Get_PS_Font_Info
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H (freetype/t1tables.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Get_PS_Font_Info( FT_Face      face,
-                       PS_FontInfo  afont_info );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Retrieve the PS_FontInfoRec structure corresponding to a given Postscript font.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      face
-
      Postscript face handle.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      output
      
-
      
-
-
-
      afont_info
-
      Output font info structure pointer.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      The string pointers within the font info structure are owned by the face and don't need to be freed by the caller.
      
-
      If the font's format is not Postscript-based, this function will return the ‘FT_Err_Invalid_Argument’ error code.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Get_PS_Font_Private
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H (freetype/t1tables.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Get_PS_Font_Private( FT_Face     face,
-                          PS_Private  afont_private );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Retrieve the PS_PrivateRec structure corresponding to a given Postscript font.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      face
-
      Postscript face handle.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      output
      
-
      
-
-
-
      afont_private
-
      Output private dictionary structure pointer.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      The string pointers within the font info structure are owned by the face and don't need to be freed by the caller.
      
-
      If the font's format is not Postscript-based, this function will return the ‘FT_Err_Invalid_Argument’ error code.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
-
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-user_allocation.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-user_allocation.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 0799ce1..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-user_allocation.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
-
-
-
-
      FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
      
-
-
      
-User allocation
-
      
-
      
-
      FreeType assumes that structures allocated by the user and passed as arguments are zeroed out except for the actual data. With other words, it is recommended to use ‘calloc’ (or variants of it) instead of ‘malloc’ for allocation.
      
-

      
-
-
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-version.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-version.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 307f089..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-version.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,209 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
-
-
-
-
      FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
      
-
-
      
-FreeType Version
-
      
-
      Synopsis
      
-
-
-
-
      FREETYPE_XXXFT_Face_CheckTrueTypePatents
      FT_Library_VersionFT_Face_SetUnpatentedHinting


      
-
-
      
-
      Note that those functions and macros are of limited use because even a new release of FreeType with only documentation changes increases the version number.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      FREETYPE_XXX
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-#define FREETYPE_MAJOR  2
-#define FREETYPE_MINOR  3
-#define FREETYPE_PATCH  6
-
-

      
-
      
-
      These three macros identify the FreeType source code version. Use FT_Library_Version to access them at runtime.
      
-

      
-
      values
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
      FREETYPE_MAJOR
-
      The major version number.
      
-
      FREETYPE_MINOR
-
      The minor version number.
      
-
      FREETYPE_PATCH
-
      The patch level.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      The version number of FreeType if built as a dynamic link library with the ‘libtool’ package is not controlled by these three macros.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Library_Version
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FT_Library_Version( FT_Library   library,
-                      FT_Int      *amajor,
-                      FT_Int      *aminor,
-                      FT_Int      *apatch );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Return the version of the FreeType library being used. This is useful when dynamically linking to the library, since one cannot use the macros FREETYPE_MAJOR, FREETYPE_MINOR, and FREETYPE_PATCH.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      library
-
      A source library handle.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      output
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
      amajor
-
      The major version number.
      
-
      aminor
-
      The minor version number.
      
-
      apatch
-
      The patch version number.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      The reason why this function takes a ‘library’ argument is because certain programs implement library initialization in a custom way that doesn't use FT_Init_FreeType.
      
-
      In such cases, the library version might not be available before the library object has been created.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Face_CheckTrueTypePatents
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Bool )
-  FT_Face_CheckTrueTypePatents( FT_Face  face );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Parse all bytecode instructions of a TrueType font file to check whether any of the patented opcodes are used. This is only useful if you want to be able to use the unpatented hinter with fonts that do not use these opcodes.
      
-
      Note that this function parses all glyph instructions in the font file, which may be slow.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      face
-
      A face handle.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      1 if this is a TrueType font that uses one of the patented opcodes, 0 otherwise.
      
-
      
-
      since
      
-
      2.3.5
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Face_SetUnpatentedHinting
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Bool )
-  FT_Face_SetUnpatentedHinting( FT_Face  face,
-                                FT_Bool  value );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Enable or disable the unpatented hinter for a given face. Only enable it if you have determined that the face doesn't use any patented opcodes (see FT_Face_CheckTrueTypePatents).
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
      face
-
      A face handle.
      
-
      value
-
      New boolean setting.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      The old setting value. This will always be false if this is not a SFNT font, or if the unpatented hinter is not compiled in this instance of the library.
      
-
      
-
      since
      
-
      2.3.5
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
-
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-winfnt_fonts.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-winfnt_fonts.html
deleted file mode 100644
index dfaad85..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-winfnt_fonts.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,274 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
-
-
-
-
      FreeType-2.3.6 API Reference
      
-
-
      
-Window FNT Files
-
      
-
      Synopsis
      
-
-
-
-
      FT_WinFNT_ID_XXXFT_WinFNT_Header
      FT_WinFNT_HeaderRecFT_Get_WinFNT_Header


      
-
-
      
-
      This section contains the declaration of Windows FNT specific functions.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      FT_WinFNT_ID_XXX
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_WINFONTS_H (freetype/ftwinfnt.h).
-

      
-
      -
-#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1252    0
-#define FT_WinFNT_ID_DEFAULT   1
-#define FT_WinFNT_ID_SYMBOL    2
-#define FT_WinFNT_ID_MAC      77
-#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP932   128
-#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP949   129
-#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1361  130
-#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP936   134
-#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP950   136
-#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1253  161
-#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1254  162
-#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1258  163
-#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1255  177
-#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1256  178
-#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1257  186
-#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1251  204
-#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP874   222
-#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1250  238
-#define FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM     255
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A list of valid values for the ‘charset’ byte in FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec. Exact mapping tables for the various cpXXXX encodings (except for cp1361) can be found at ftp://ftp.unicode.org in the MAPPINGS/VENDORS/MICSFT/WINDOWS subdirectory. cp1361 is roughly a superset of MAPPINGS/OBSOLETE/EASTASIA/KSC/JOHAB.TXT.
      
-

      
-
      values
      
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      FT_WinFNT_ID_DEFAULT
-
      This is used for font enumeration and font creation as a ‘don't care’ value. Valid font files don't contain this value. When querying for information about the character set of the font that is currently selected into a specified device context, this return value (of the related Windows API) simply denotes failure.
      
-
      FT_WinFNT_ID_SYMBOL
-
      There is no known mapping table available.
      
-
      FT_WinFNT_ID_MAC
-
      Mac Roman encoding.
      
-
      FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM
-
      From Michael Pöttgen <michael@poettgen.de>:
      
-
      The ‘Windows Font Mapping’ article says that FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM is used for the charset of vector fonts, like ‘modern.fon’, ‘roman.fon’, and ‘script.fon’ on Windows.
      
-
      The ‘CreateFont’ documentation says: The FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM value specifies a character set that is operating-system dependent.
      
-
      The ‘IFIMETRICS’ documentation from the ‘Windows Driver Development Kit’ says: This font supports an OEM-specific character set. The OEM character set is system dependent.
      
-
      In general OEM, as opposed to ANSI (i.e., cp1252), denotes the second default codepage that most international versions of Windows have. It is one of the OEM codepages from
      
-
      http://www.microsoft.com/globaldev/reference/cphome.mspx,
      
-
      and is used for the ‘DOS boxes’, to support legacy applications. A German Windows version for example usually uses ANSI codepage 1252 and OEM codepage 850.
      
-
      FT_WinFNT_ID_CP874
-
      A superset of Thai TIS 620 and ISO 8859-11.
      
-
      FT_WinFNT_ID_CP932
-
      A superset of Japanese Shift-JIS (with minor deviations).
      
-
      FT_WinFNT_ID_CP936
-
      A superset of simplified Chinese GB 2312-1980 (with different ordering and minor deviations).
      
-
      FT_WinFNT_ID_CP949
-
      A superset of Korean Hangul KS C 5601-1987 (with different ordering and minor deviations).
      
-
      FT_WinFNT_ID_CP950
-
      A superset of traditional Chinese Big 5 ETen (with different ordering and minor deviations).
      
-
      FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1250
-
      A superset of East European ISO 8859-2 (with slightly different ordering).
      
-
      FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1251
-
      A superset of Russian ISO 8859-5 (with different ordering).
      
-
      FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1252
-
      ANSI encoding. A superset of ISO 8859-1.
      
-
      FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1253
-
      A superset of Greek ISO 8859-7 (with minor modifications).
      
-
      FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1254
-
      A superset of Turkish ISO 8859-9.
      
-
      FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1255
-
      A superset of Hebrew ISO 8859-8 (with some modifications).
      
-
      FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1256
-
      A superset of Arabic ISO 8859-6 (with different ordering).
      
-
      FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1257
-
      A superset of Baltic ISO 8859-13 (with some deviations).
      
-
      FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1258
-
      For Vietnamese. This encoding doesn't cover all necessary characters.
      
-
      FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1361
-
      Korean (Johab).
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_WINFONTS_H (freetype/ftwinfnt.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct  FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec_
-  {
-    FT_UShort  version;
-    FT_ULong   file_size;
-    FT_Byte    copyright[60];
-    FT_UShort  file_type;
-    FT_UShort  nominal_point_size;
-    FT_UShort  vertical_resolution;
-    FT_UShort  horizontal_resolution;
-    FT_UShort  ascent;
-    FT_UShort  internal_leading;
-    FT_UShort  external_leading;
-    FT_Byte    italic;
-    FT_Byte    underline;
-    FT_Byte    strike_out;
-    FT_UShort  weight;
-    FT_Byte    charset;
-    FT_UShort  pixel_width;
-    FT_UShort  pixel_height;
-    FT_Byte    pitch_and_family;
-    FT_UShort  avg_width;
-    FT_UShort  max_width;
-    FT_Byte    first_char;
-    FT_Byte    last_char;
-    FT_Byte    default_char;
-    FT_Byte    break_char;
-    FT_UShort  bytes_per_row;
-    FT_ULong   device_offset;
-    FT_ULong   face_name_offset;
-    FT_ULong   bits_pointer;
-    FT_ULong   bits_offset;
-    FT_Byte    reserved;
-    FT_ULong   flags;
-    FT_UShort  A_space;
-    FT_UShort  B_space;
-    FT_UShort  C_space;
-    FT_UShort  color_table_offset;
-    FT_ULong   reserved1[4];
-
-  } FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Windows FNT Header info.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_WinFNT_Header
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_WINFONTS_H (freetype/ftwinfnt.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  typedef struct FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec_*  FT_WinFNT_Header;
-
-

      
-
      
-
      A handle to an FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec structure.
      
-

      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
      
-
      FT_Get_WinFNT_Header
      
-
      
-Defined in FT_WINFONTS_H (freetype/ftwinfnt.h).
-

      
-
      -
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Get_WinFNT_Header( FT_Face               face,
-                        FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec  *aheader );
-
-

      
-
      
-
      Retrieve a Windows FNT font info header.
      
-

      
-
      input
      
-
      
-
-
-
      face
-
      A handle to the input face.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      output
      
-
      
-
-
-
      aheader
-
      The WinFNT header.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      return
      
-
      FreeType error code. 0 means success.
      
-
      
-
      note
      
-
      This function only works with Windows FNT faces, returning an error otherwise.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-
-
-
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/release b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/release
deleted file mode 100644
index d68da88..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/release
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,166 +0,0 @@
-How to prepare a new release
-----------------------------
-
-. include/freetype/freetype.h:  Update FREETYPE_MAJOR, FREETYPE_MINOR,
-  and FREETYPE_PATCH.
-
-. Update version numbers in all files where necessary (for example, do
-  a grep for both `2.3.1' and `231' for release 2.3.1).
-
-. builds/unix/configure.raw: Update `version_info'.
-
-. docs/CHANGES: Document differences to last release.
-
-. README: Update.
-
-. docs/VERSION.DLL: Document changed `version_info'.
-
-. ChangeLog: Announce  new release  (both in  freetype2  and  ft2demos
-  modules).
-
-. Copy the CVS archive to another directory and run
-
-    make distclean; make devel; make
-    make distclean; make devel; make multi
-    make distclean; make devel CC=g++; make CC=g++
-    make distclean; make devel CC=g++; make multi CC=g++
-
-    sh autogen.sh
-    make distclean; ./configure; make
-    make distclean; ./configure CC=g++; make
-
-  to test compilation with both gcc and g++.
-
-. Test C++ compilation for ft2demos too.
-
-. Tag the CVS (freetype2, ft2demos).
-
-  TODO: Tag the home page CVS on savannah.nongnu.org.
-
-. Say `make  dist'  in both  the  freetype2 and  ft2demos  modules  to
-  generate the .tar.gz, .tar.bz2, and .zip files.
-
-. Create     the     doc    bundles    (freetype-doc-.tar.gz,
-  freetype-doc-.tar.bz2,    ftdoc.zip).    This   is
-  everything below
-
-    freetype.freedesktop.org:/srv/freetype.freedesktop.org/www/freetype2/docs/
-
-  except the `reference' subdirectory.   Do *not* use option `-l' from
-  zip!
-
-  Run   the   following   script    (with   updated   `$VERSION'   and
-  `$SAVANNAH_USER'  variables) to sign and upload  the bundles to both
-  Savannah and SourceForge.  The signing code  has been taken from the
-  `gnupload' script (part of the automake bundle).
-
-    #!/bin/sh
-
-    VERSION=2.3.1
-    SAVANNAH_USER=wl
-
-    #####################################################################
-
-    GPG='/usr/bin/gpg --batch --no-tty'
-
-    version=`echo $VERSION | sed "s/\\.//g"`
-
-    UNIX_PACKAGES="freetype ft2demos freetype-doc"
-    WINDOWS_PACKAGES="ft ftdmo ftdoc"
-    UNIX_ZIP="tar.gz tar.bz2"
-    WINDOWS_ZIP="zip"
-
-    PACKAGE_LIST=
-    for i in $UNIX_PACKAGES; do
-      for j in $UNIX_ZIP; do
-        PACKAGE_LIST="$PACKAGE_LIST $i-$VERSION.$j"
-      done
-    done
-    for i in $WINDOWS_PACKAGES; do
-      for j in $WINDOWS_ZIP; do
-        PACKAGE_LIST="$PACKAGE_LIST $i$version.$j"
-      done
-    done
-
-    set -e
-    unset passphrase
-
-    PATH=/empty echo -n "Enter GPG passphrase: "
-    stty -echo
-    read -r passphrase
-    stty echo
-    echo
-
-    for f in $PACKAGE_LIST; do
-      if test ! -f $f; then
-        echo "$0: Cannot find \`$f'" 1>&2
-        exit 1
-      else
-        :
-      fi
-    done
-
-    for f in $PACKAGE_LIST; do
-      echo "Signing $f..."
-      rm -f $f.sig
-      echo $passphrase | $GPG --passphrase-fd 0 -ba -o $f.sig $f
-    done
-
-    SIGNATURE_LIST=
-    for i in $PACKAGE_LIST; do
-      SIGNATURE_LIST="$SIGNATURE_LIST $i.sig"
-    done
-
-    scp $PACKAGE_LIST $SIGNATURE_LIST \
-      $SAVANNAH_USER@dl.sv.nongnu.org:/releases/freetype/
-
-    for f in $PACKAGE_LIST $SIGNATURE_LIST; do
-      ncftpput upload.sf.net /incoming $f
-    done
-
-    # EOF
-
-. While files on savannah.gnu.org are automatically moved to the right
-  directory, it must be done manually on SourceForge.  Do that now.
-
-. Update the FreeType release notes on SourceForge.
-
-. Copy the reference files (generated by `make dist') to
-
-    freetype.freedesktop.org:/srv/freetype.freedesktop.org/www/freetype2/docs/reference
-
-  and
-
-    shell.sf.net:/home/groups/f/fr/freetype/htdocs/freetype2/docs/reference
-
-  TODO: Create  FreeType  home  page  CVS  on savannah.nongnu.org  and
-        update it accordingly.
-
-        Write script to automatically do this.
-
-        Mirror FreeType's savannah home page everywhere.
-
-. Update
-
-    freetype.freedesktop.org:/srv/freetype.freedesktop.org/www/index2.html
-
-  and copy it to
-
-    shell.sf.net:/home/groups/f/fr/freetype/htdocs/index2.html
-
-. Announce new release on freetype-announce@nongnu.org and to relevant
-  newsgroups.
-
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-Copyright 2003, 2005, 2006, 2007 by
-David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-
-This  file is  part of  the FreeType  project, and  may only  be used,
-modified,  and distributed  under the  terms of  the  FreeType project
-license,  LICENSE.TXT.  By  continuing to  use, modify,  or distribute
-this file you  indicate that you have read  the license and understand
-and accept it fully.
-
-
---- end of release ---
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 09b2cf9..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,415 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftconfig.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    ANSI-specific configuration file (specification only).               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2007 by                   */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This header file contains a number of macro definitions that are used */
-  /* by the rest of the engine.  Most of the macros here are automatically */
-  /* determined at compile time, and you should not need to change it to   */
-  /* port FreeType, except to compile the library with a non-ANSI          */
-  /* compiler.                                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Note however that if some specific modifications are needed, we       */
-  /* advise you to place a modified copy in your build directory.          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The build directory is usually `freetype/builds/', and        */
-  /* contains system-specific files that are always included first when    */
-  /* building the library.                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This ANSI version should stay in `include/freetype/config'.           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __FTCONFIG_H__
-#define __FTCONFIG_H__
-
-#include 
-#include FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
-#include FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*               PLATFORM-SPECIFIC CONFIGURATION MACROS                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* These macros can be toggled to suit a specific system.  The current   */
-  /* ones are defaults used to compile FreeType in an ANSI C environment   */
-  /* (16bit compilers are also supported).  Copy this file to your own     */
-  /* `freetype/builds/' directory, and edit it to port the engine. */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /* There are systems (like the Texas Instruments 'C54x) where a `char' */
-  /* has 16 bits.  ANSI C says that sizeof(char) is always 1.  Since an  */
-  /* `int' has 16 bits also for this system, sizeof(int) gives 1 which   */
-  /* is probably unexpected.                                             */
-  /*                                                                     */
-  /* `CHAR_BIT' (defined in limits.h) gives the number of bits in a      */
-  /* `char' type.                                                        */
-
-#ifndef FT_CHAR_BIT
-#define FT_CHAR_BIT  CHAR_BIT
-#endif
-
-
-  /* The size of an `int' type.  */
-#if                                 FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFUL
-#define FT_SIZEOF_INT  (16 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
-#elif                               FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFUL
-#define FT_SIZEOF_INT  (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
-#elif FT_UINT_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFUL
-#define FT_SIZEOF_INT  (64 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
-#else
-#error "Unsupported size of `int' type!"
-#endif
-
-  /* The size of a `long' type.  A five-byte `long' (as used e.g. on the */
-  /* DM642) is recognized but avoided.                                   */
-#if                                  FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFUL
-#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG  (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
-#elif FT_ULONG_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFUL
-#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG  (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
-#elif FT_ULONG_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFUL
-#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG  (64 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
-#else
-#error "Unsupported size of `long' type!"
-#endif
-
-
-  /* Preferred alignment of data */
-#define FT_ALIGNMENT  8
-
-
-  /* FT_UNUSED is a macro used to indicate that a given parameter is not  */
-  /* used -- this is only used to get rid of unpleasant compiler warnings */
-#ifndef FT_UNUSED
-#define FT_UNUSED( arg )  ( (arg) = (arg) )
-#endif
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                     AUTOMATIC CONFIGURATION MACROS                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* These macros are computed from the ones defined above.  Don't touch   */
-  /* their definition, unless you know precisely what you are doing.  No   */
-  /* porter should need to mess with them.                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Mac support                                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   This is the only necessary change, so it is defined here instead    */
-  /*   providing a new configuration file.                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#if ( defined( __APPLE__ ) && !defined( DARWIN_NO_CARBON ) ) || \
-    ( defined( __MWERKS__ ) && defined( macintosh )        )
-  /* no Carbon frameworks for 64bit 10.4.x */
-#include "AvailabilityMacros.h"
-#if defined( __LP64__ ) && \
-    ( MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED <= MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_4 )
-#define DARWIN_NO_CARBON 1
-#else
-#define FT_MACINTOSH 1
-#endif
-#endif
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* 
                                                                   */
-  /*    basic_types                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                 */
-  /*    FT_Int16                                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    A typedef for a 16bit signed integer type.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef signed short  FT_Int16;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                 */
-  /*    FT_UInt16                                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    A typedef for a 16bit unsigned integer type.                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef unsigned short  FT_UInt16;
-
-  /* */
-
-
-  /* this #if 0 ... #endif clause is for documentation purposes */
-#if 0
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                 */
-  /*    FT_Int32                                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    A typedef for a 32bit signed integer type.  The size depends on    */
-  /*    the configuration.                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef signed XXX  FT_Int32;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                 */
-  /*    FT_UInt32                                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    A typedef for a 32bit unsigned integer type.  The size depends on  */
-  /*    the configuration.                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef unsigned XXX  FT_UInt32;
-
-  /* */
-
-#endif
-
-#if FT_SIZEOF_INT == (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
-
-  typedef signed int      FT_Int32;
-  typedef unsigned int    FT_UInt32;
-
-#elif FT_SIZEOF_LONG == (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
-
-  typedef signed long     FT_Int32;
-  typedef unsigned long   FT_UInt32;
-
-#else
-#error "no 32bit type found -- please check your configuration files"
-#endif
-
-  /* look up an integer type that is at least 32 bits */
-#if FT_SIZEOF_INT >= (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
-
-  typedef int            FT_Fast;
-  typedef unsigned int   FT_UFast;
-
-#elif FT_SIZEOF_LONG >= (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
-
-  typedef long           FT_Fast;
-  typedef unsigned long  FT_UFast;
-
-#endif
-
-
-  /* determine whether we have a 64-bit int type for platforms without */
-  /* Autoconf                                                          */
-#if FT_SIZEOF_LONG == (64 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
-
-  /* FT_LONG64 must be defined if a 64-bit type is available */
-#define FT_LONG64
-#define FT_INT64  long
-
-#elif defined( _MSC_VER ) && _MSC_VER >= 900  /* Visual C++ (and Intel C++) */
-
-  /* this compiler provides the __int64 type */
-#define FT_LONG64
-#define FT_INT64  __int64
-
-#elif defined( __BORLANDC__ )  /* Borland C++ */
-
-  /* XXXX: We should probably check the value of __BORLANDC__ in order */
-  /*       to test the compiler version.                               */
-
-  /* this compiler provides the __int64 type */
-#define FT_LONG64
-#define FT_INT64  __int64
-
-#elif defined( __WATCOMC__ )   /* Watcom C++ */
-
-  /* Watcom doesn't provide 64-bit data types */
-
-#elif defined( __MWERKS__ )    /* Metrowerks CodeWarrior */
-
-#define FT_LONG64
-#define FT_INT64  long long int
-
-#elif defined( __GNUC__ )
-
-  /* GCC provides the `long long' type */
-#define FT_LONG64
-#define FT_INT64  long long int
-
-#endif /* FT_SIZEOF_LONG == (64 / FT_CHAR_BIT) */
-
-
-#define FT_BEGIN_STMNT  do {
-#define FT_END_STMNT    } while ( 0 )
-#define FT_DUMMY_STMNT  FT_BEGIN_STMNT FT_END_STMNT
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* A 64-bit data type will create compilation problems if you compile    */
-  /* in strict ANSI mode.  To avoid them, we disable their use if          */
-  /* __STDC__ is defined.  You can however ignore this rule by             */
-  /* defining the FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 configuration macro.        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#if defined( FT_LONG64 ) && !defined( FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 )
-
-#ifdef __STDC__
-
-  /* undefine the 64-bit macros in strict ANSI compilation mode */
-#undef FT_LONG64
-#undef FT_INT64
-
-#endif /* __STDC__ */
-
-#endif /* FT_LONG64 && !FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 */
-
-
-#ifdef FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT
-
-#define FT_LOCAL( x )      static  x
-#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x )  static  x
-
-#else
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-#define FT_LOCAL( x )      extern "C"  x
-#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x )  extern "C"  x
-#else
-#define FT_LOCAL( x )      extern  x
-#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x )  x
-#endif
-
-#endif /* FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT */
-
-
-#ifndef FT_BASE
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-#define FT_BASE( x )  extern "C"  x
-#else
-#define FT_BASE( x )  extern  x
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !FT_BASE */
-
-
-#ifndef FT_BASE_DEF
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-#define FT_BASE_DEF( x )  x
-#else
-#define FT_BASE_DEF( x )  x
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !FT_BASE_DEF */
-
-
-#ifndef FT_EXPORT
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-#define FT_EXPORT( x )  extern "C"  x
-#else
-#define FT_EXPORT( x )  extern  x
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !FT_EXPORT */
-
-
-#ifndef FT_EXPORT_DEF
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-#define FT_EXPORT_DEF( x )  extern "C"  x
-#else
-#define FT_EXPORT_DEF( x )  extern  x
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !FT_EXPORT_DEF */
-
-
-#ifndef FT_EXPORT_VAR
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-#define FT_EXPORT_VAR( x )  extern "C"  x
-#else
-#define FT_EXPORT_VAR( x )  extern  x
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !FT_EXPORT_VAR */
-
-  /* The following macros are needed to compile the library with a   */
-  /* C++ compiler and with 16bit compilers.                          */
-  /*                                                                 */
-
-  /* This is special.  Within C++, you must specify `extern "C"' for */
-  /* functions which are used via function pointers, and you also    */
-  /* must do that for structures which contain function pointers to  */
-  /* assure C linkage -- it's not possible to have (local) anonymous */
-  /* functions which are accessed by (global) function pointers.     */
-  /*                                                                 */
-  /*                                                                 */
-  /* FT_CALLBACK_DEF is used to _define_ a callback function.        */
-  /*                                                                 */
-  /* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE is used to _declare_ a constant variable that */
-  /* contains pointers to callback functions.                        */
-  /*                                                                 */
-  /* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF is used to _define_ a constant variable   */
-  /* that contains pointers to callback functions.                   */
-  /*                                                                 */
-  /*                                                                 */
-  /* Some 16bit compilers have to redefine these macros to insert    */
-  /* the infamous `_cdecl' or `__fastcall' declarations.             */
-  /*                                                                 */
-#ifndef FT_CALLBACK_DEF
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-#define FT_CALLBACK_DEF( x )  extern "C"  x
-#else
-#define FT_CALLBACK_DEF( x )  static  x
-#endif
-#endif /* FT_CALLBACK_DEF */
-
-#ifndef FT_CALLBACK_TABLE
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE      extern "C"
-#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF  extern "C"
-#else
-#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE      extern
-#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF  /* nothing */
-#endif
-#endif /* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE */
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-
-#endif /* __FTCONFIG_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/config/ftheader.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/config/ftheader.h
deleted file mode 100644
index a130d38..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/config/ftheader.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,768 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftheader.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Build macros of the FreeType 2 library.                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by       */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef __FT_HEADER_H__
-#define __FT_HEADER_H__
-
-
-  /*@***********************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    FT_BEGIN_HEADER                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    This macro is used in association with @FT_END_HEADER in header    */
-  /*    files to ensure that the declarations within are properly          */
-  /*    encapsulated in an `extern "C" { .. }' block when included from a  */
-  /*    C++ compiler.                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-#define FT_BEGIN_HEADER  extern "C" {
-#else
-#define FT_BEGIN_HEADER  /* nothing */
-#endif
-
-
-  /*@***********************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    FT_END_HEADER                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    This macro is used in association with @FT_BEGIN_HEADER in header  */
-  /*    files to ensure that the declarations within are properly          */
-  /*    encapsulated in an `extern "C" { .. }' block when included from a  */
-  /*    C++ compiler.                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-#define FT_END_HEADER  }
-#else
-#define FT_END_HEADER  /* nothing */
-#endif
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Aliases for the FreeType 2 public and configuration files.            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* 
                                                                   */
-  /*    header_file_macros                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    Header File Macros                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
-  /*    Macro definitions used to #include specific header files.          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    The following macros are defined to the name of specific           */
-  /*    FreeType 2 header files.  They can be used directly in #include    */
-  /*    statements as in:                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    {                                                                  */
-  /*      #include FT_FREETYPE_H                                           */
-  /*      #include FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H                                   */
-  /*      #include FT_GLYPH_H                                              */
-  /*    }                                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    There are several reasons why we are now using macros to name      */
-  /*    public header files.  The first one is that such macros are not    */
-  /*    limited to the infamous 8.3 naming rule required by DOS (and       */
-  /*    `FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H' is a lot more meaningful than `ftmm.h').   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    The second reason is that it allows for more flexibility in the    */
-  /*    way FreeType 2 is installed on a given system.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /* configuration files */
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @macro:
-   *   FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
-   *   FreeType 2 configuration data.
-   *
-   */
-#ifndef FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
-#define FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H  <freetype/config/ftconfig.h>
-#endif
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @macro:
-   *   FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
-   *   FreeType 2 interface to the standard C library functions.
-   *
-   */
-#ifndef FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
-#define FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H  <freetype/config/ftstdlib.h>
-#endif
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @macro:
-   *   FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
-   *   FreeType 2 project-specific configuration options.
-   *
-   */
-#ifndef FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
-#define FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H  <freetype/config/ftoption.h>
-#endif
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @macro:
-   *   FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
-   *   list of FreeType 2 modules that are statically linked to new library
-   *   instances in @FT_Init_FreeType.
-   *
-   */
-#ifndef FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H
-#define FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H  <freetype/config/ftmodule.h>
-#endif
-
-  /* */
-
-  /* public headers */
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @macro:
-   *   FT_FREETYPE_H
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
-   *   base FreeType 2 API.
-   *
-   */
-#define FT_FREETYPE_H  <freetype/freetype.h>
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @macro:
-   *   FT_ERRORS_H
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
-   *   list of FreeType 2 error codes (and messages).
-   *
-   *   It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
-   *
-   */
-#define FT_ERRORS_H  <freetype/fterrors.h>
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @macro:
-   *   FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
-   *   list of FreeType 2 module error offsets (and messages).
-   *
-   */
-#define FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H  <freetype/ftmoderr.h>
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @macro:
-   *   FT_SYSTEM_H
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
-   *   FreeType 2 interface to low-level operations (i.e., memory management
-   *   and stream i/o).
-   *
-   *   It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
-   *
-   */
-#define FT_SYSTEM_H  <freetype/ftsystem.h>
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @macro:
-   *   FT_IMAGE_H
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing type
-   *   definitions related to glyph images (i.e., bitmaps, outlines,
-   *   scan-converter parameters).
-   *
-   *   It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
-   *
-   */
-#define FT_IMAGE_H  <freetype/ftimage.h>
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @macro:
-   *   FT_TYPES_H
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
-   *   basic data types defined by FreeType 2.
-   *
-   *   It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
-   *
-   */
-#define FT_TYPES_H  <freetype/fttypes.h>
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @macro:
-   *   FT_LIST_H
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
-   *   list management API of FreeType 2.
-   *
-   *   (Most applications will never need to include this file.)
-   *
-   */
-#define FT_LIST_H  <freetype/ftlist.h>
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @macro:
-   *   FT_OUTLINE_H
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
-   *   scalable outline management API of FreeType 2.
-   *
-   */
-#define FT_OUTLINE_H  <freetype/ftoutln.h>
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @macro:
-   *   FT_SIZES_H
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
-   *   API which manages multiple @FT_Size objects per face.
-   *
-   */
-#define FT_SIZES_H  <freetype/ftsizes.h>
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @macro:
-   *   FT_MODULE_H
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
-   *   module management API of FreeType 2.
-   *
-   */
-#define FT_MODULE_H  <freetype/ftmodapi.h>
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @macro:
-   *   FT_RENDER_H
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
-   *   renderer module management API of FreeType 2.
-   *
-   */
-#define FT_RENDER_H  <freetype/ftrender.h>
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @macro:
-   *   FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
-   *   types and API specific to the Type 1 format.
-   *
-   */
-#define FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H  <freetype/t1tables.h>
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @macro:
-   *   FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
-   *   enumeration values which identify name strings, languages, encodings,
-   *   etc.  This file really contains a _large_ set of constant macro
-   *   definitions, taken from the TrueType and OpenType specifications.
-   *
-   */
-#define FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H  <freetype/ttnameid.h>
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @macro:
-   *   FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
-   *   types and API specific to the TrueType (as well as OpenType) format.
-   *
-   */
-#define FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H  <freetype/tttables.h>
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @macro:
-   *   FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
-   *   definitions of TrueType four-byte `tags' which identify blocks in
-   *   SFNT-based font formats (i.e., TrueType and OpenType).
-   *
-   */
-#define FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H  <freetype/tttags.h>
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @macro:
-   *   FT_BDF_H
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
-   *   definitions of an API which accesses BDF-specific strings from a
-   *   face.
-   *
-   */
-#define FT_BDF_H  <freetype/ftbdf.h>
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @macro:
-   *   FT_CID_H
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
-   *   definitions of an API which access CID font information from a
-   *   face.
-   *
-   */
-#define FT_CID_H  <freetype/ftcid.h>
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @macro:
-   *   FT_GZIP_H
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
-   *   definitions of an API which supports gzip-compressed files.
-   *
-   */
-#define FT_GZIP_H  <freetype/ftgzip.h>
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @macro:
-   *   FT_LZW_H
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
-   *   definitions of an API which supports LZW-compressed files.
-   *
-   */
-#define FT_LZW_H  <freetype/ftlzw.h>
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @macro:
-   *   FT_WINFONTS_H
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
-   *   definitions of an API which supports Windows FNT files.
-   *
-   */
-#define FT_WINFONTS_H   <freetype/ftwinfnt.h>
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @macro:
-   *   FT_GLYPH_H
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
-   *   API of the optional glyph management component.
-   *
-   */
-#define FT_GLYPH_H  <freetype/ftglyph.h>
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @macro:
-   *   FT_BITMAP_H
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
-   *   API of the optional bitmap conversion component.
-   *
-   */
-#define FT_BITMAP_H  <freetype/ftbitmap.h>
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @macro:
-   *   FT_BBOX_H
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
-   *   API of the optional exact bounding box computation routines.
-   *
-   */
-#define FT_BBOX_H  <freetype/ftbbox.h>
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @macro:
-   *   FT_CACHE_H
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
-   *   API of the optional FreeType 2 cache sub-system.
-   *
-   */
-#define FT_CACHE_H  <freetype/ftcache.h>
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @macro:
-   *   FT_CACHE_IMAGE_H
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
-   *   `glyph image' API of the FreeType 2 cache sub-system.
-   *
-   *   It is used to define a cache for @FT_Glyph elements.  You can also
-   *   use the API defined in @FT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_H if you only need to
-   *   store small glyph bitmaps, as it will use less memory.
-   *
-   *   This macro is deprecated.  Simply include @FT_CACHE_H to have all
-   *   glyph image-related cache declarations.
-   *
-   */
-#define FT_CACHE_IMAGE_H  FT_CACHE_H
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @macro:
-   *   FT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_H
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
-   *   `small bitmaps' API of the FreeType 2 cache sub-system.
-   *
-   *   It is used to define a cache for small glyph bitmaps in a relatively
-   *   memory-efficient way.  You can also use the API defined in
-   *   @FT_CACHE_IMAGE_H if you want to cache arbitrary glyph images,
-   *   including scalable outlines.
-   *
-   *   This macro is deprecated.  Simply include @FT_CACHE_H to have all
-   *   small bitmaps-related cache declarations.
-   *
-   */
-#define FT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_H  FT_CACHE_H
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @macro:
-   *   FT_CACHE_CHARMAP_H
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
-   *   `charmap' API of the FreeType 2 cache sub-system.
-   *
-   *   This macro is deprecated.  Simply include @FT_CACHE_H to have all
-   *   charmap-based cache declarations.
-   *
-   */
-#define FT_CACHE_CHARMAP_H  FT_CACHE_H
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @macro:
-   *   FT_MAC_H
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
-   *   Macintosh-specific FreeType 2 API.  The latter is used to access
-   *   fonts embedded in resource forks.
-   *
-   *   This header file must be explicitly included by client applications
-   *   compiled on the Mac (note that the base API still works though).
-   *
-   */
-#define FT_MAC_H  <freetype/ftmac.h>
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @macro:
-   *   FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
-   *   optional multiple-masters management API of FreeType 2.
-   *
-   */
-#define FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H  <freetype/ftmm.h>
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @macro:
-   *   FT_SFNT_NAMES_H
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
-   *   optional FreeType 2 API which accesses embedded `name' strings in
-   *   SFNT-based font formats (i.e., TrueType and OpenType).
-   *
-   */
-#define FT_SFNT_NAMES_H  <freetype/ftsnames.h>
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @macro:
-   *   FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
-   *   optional FreeType 2 API which validates OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF,
-   *   GPOS, GSUB, JSTF).
-   *
-   */
-#define FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H  <freetype/ftotval.h>
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @macro:
-   *   FT_GX_VALIDATE_H
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
-   *   optional FreeType 2 API which validates TrueTypeGX/AAT tables (feat,
-   *   mort, morx, bsln, just, kern, opbd, trak, prop).
-   *
-   */
-#define FT_GX_VALIDATE_H  <freetype/ftgxval.h>
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @macro:
-   *   FT_PFR_H
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
-   *   FreeType 2 API which accesses PFR-specific data.
-   *
-   */
-#define FT_PFR_H  <freetype/ftpfr.h>
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @macro:
-   *   FT_STROKER_H
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
-   *   FreeType 2 API which provides functions to stroke outline paths.
-   */
-#define FT_STROKER_H  <freetype/ftstroke.h>
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @macro:
-   *   FT_SYNTHESIS_H
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
-   *   FreeType 2 API which performs artificial obliquing and emboldening.
-   */
-#define FT_SYNTHESIS_H  <freetype/ftsynth.h>
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @macro:
-   *   FT_XFREE86_H
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
-   *   FreeType 2 API which provides functions specific to the XFree86 and
-   *   X.Org X11 servers.
-   */
-#define FT_XFREE86_H  <freetype/ftxf86.h>
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @macro:
-   *   FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
-   *   FreeType 2 API which performs trigonometric computations (e.g.,
-   *   cosines and arc tangents).
-   */
-#define FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H  <freetype/fttrigon.h>
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @macro:
-   *   FT_LCD_FILTER_H
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
-   *   FreeType 2 API which performs color filtering for subpixel rendering.
-   */
-#define FT_LCD_FILTER_H  <freetype/ftlcdfil.h>
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @macro:
-   *   FT_UNPATENTED_HINTING_H
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
-   *   FreeType 2 API which performs color filtering for subpixel rendering.
-   */
-#define FT_UNPATENTED_HINTING_H  <freetype/ttunpat.h>
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @macro:
-   *   FT_INCREMENTAL_H
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
-   *   FreeType 2 API which performs color filtering for subpixel rendering.
-   */
-#define FT_INCREMENTAL_H  <freetype/ftincrem.h>
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @macro:
-   *   FT_GASP_H
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
-   *   FreeType 2 API which returns entries from the TrueType GASP table.
-   */
-#define FT_GASP_H  <freetype/ftgasp.h>
-
-
-  /* */
-
-#define FT_ERROR_DEFINITIONS_H  <freetype/fterrdef.h>
-
-
-  /* The internals of the cache sub-system are no longer exposed.  We */
-  /* default to FT_CACHE_H at the moment just in case, but we know of */
-  /* no rogue client that uses them.                                  */
-  /*                                                                  */
-#define FT_CACHE_MANAGER_H           <freetype/ftcache.h>
-#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_MRU_H      <freetype/ftcache.h>
-#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_MANAGER_H  <freetype/ftcache.h>
-#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_CACHE_H    <freetype/ftcache.h>
-#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_GLYPH_H    <freetype/ftcache.h>
-#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_IMAGE_H    <freetype/ftcache.h>
-#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_SBITS_H    <freetype/ftcache.h>
-
-
-#define FT_INCREMENTAL_H          <freetype/ftincrem.h>
-
-#define FT_TRUETYPE_UNPATENTED_H  <freetype/ttunpat.h>
-
-
-  /*
-   * Include internal headers definitions from <freetype/internal/...>
-   * only when building the library.
-   */
-#ifdef FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY
-#define  FT_INTERNAL_INTERNAL_H  <freetype/internal/internal.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_INTERNAL_H
-#endif /* FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY */
-
-
-#endif /* __FT2_BUILD_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h
deleted file mode 100644
index d92b0ee..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-/*
- *  This file registers the FreeType modules compiled into the library.
- *
- *  If you use GNU make, this file IS NOT USED!  Instead, it is created in
- *  the objects directory (normally `<topdir>/objs/') based on information
- *  from `<topdir>/modules.cfg'.
- *
- *  Please read `docs/INSTALL.ANY' and `docs/CUSTOMIZE' how to compile
- *  FreeType without GNU make.
- *
- */
-
-FT_USE_MODULE(autofit_module_class)
-FT_USE_MODULE(tt_driver_class)
-FT_USE_MODULE(t1_driver_class)
-FT_USE_MODULE(cff_driver_class)
-FT_USE_MODULE(t1cid_driver_class)
-FT_USE_MODULE(pfr_driver_class)
-FT_USE_MODULE(t42_driver_class)
-FT_USE_MODULE(winfnt_driver_class)
-FT_USE_MODULE(pcf_driver_class)
-FT_USE_MODULE(psaux_module_class)
-FT_USE_MODULE(psnames_module_class)
-FT_USE_MODULE(pshinter_module_class)
-FT_USE_MODULE(ft_raster1_renderer_class)
-FT_USE_MODULE(sfnt_module_class)
-FT_USE_MODULE(ft_smooth_renderer_class)
-FT_USE_MODULE(ft_smooth_lcd_renderer_class)
-FT_USE_MODULE(ft_smooth_lcdv_renderer_class)
-FT_USE_MODULE(bdf_driver_class)
-
-/* EOF */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/config/ftoption.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/config/ftoption.h
deleted file mode 100644
index a2d61f9..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/config/ftoption.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,671 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftoption.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    User-selectable configuration macros (specification only).           */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by       */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __FTOPTION_H__
-#define __FTOPTION_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                 USER-SELECTABLE CONFIGURATION MACROS                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This file contains the default configuration macro definitions for    */
-  /* a standard build of the FreeType library.  There are three ways to    */
-  /* use this file to build project-specific versions of the library:      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*  - You can modify this file by hand, but this is not recommended in   */
-  /*    cases where you would like to build several versions of the        */
-  /*    library from a single source directory.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*  - You can put a copy of this file in your build directory, more      */
-  /*    precisely in `$BUILD/freetype/config/ftoption.h', where `$BUILD'   */
-  /*    is the name of a directory that is included _before_ the FreeType  */
-  /*    include path during compilation.                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    The default FreeType Makefiles and Jamfiles use the build          */
-  /*    directory `builds/<system>' by default, but you can easily change  */
-  /*    that for your own projects.                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*  - Copy the file <ft2build.h> to `$BUILD/ft2build.h' and modify it    */
-  /*    slightly to pre-define the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H used to       */
-  /*    locate this file during the build.  For example,                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*      #define FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H  <myftoptions.h>                     */
-  /*      #include <freetype/config/ftheader.h>                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    will use `$BUILD/myftoptions.h' instead of this file for macro     */
-  /*    definitions.                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    Note also that you can similarly pre-define the macro              */
-  /*    FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H used to locate the file listing of the modules */
-  /*    that are statically linked to the library at compile time.  By     */
-  /*    default, this file is <freetype/config/ftmodule.h>.                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*  We highly recommend using the third method whenever possible.        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /**** G E N E R A L   F R E E T Y P E   2   C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Uncomment the line below if you want to activate sub-pixel rendering  */
-  /* (a.k.a. LCD rendering, or ClearType) in this build of the library.    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Note that this feature is covered by several Microsoft patents        */
-  /* and should not be activated in any default build of the library.      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This macro has no impact on the FreeType API, only on its             */
-  /* _implementation_.  For example, using FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD when calling */
-  /* FT_Render_Glyph still generates a bitmap that is 3 times larger than  */
-  /* the original size; the difference will be that each triplet of        */
-  /* subpixels has R=G=B.                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This is done to allow FreeType clients to run unmodified, forcing     */
-  /* them to display normal gray-level anti-aliased glyphs.                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING */
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Many compilers provide a non-ANSI 64-bit data type that can be used   */
-  /* by FreeType to speed up some computations.  However, this will create */
-  /* some problems when compiling the library in strict ANSI mode.         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* For this reason, the use of 64-bit integers is normally disabled when */
-  /* the __STDC__ macro is defined.  You can however disable this by       */
-  /* defining the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 here.                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* For most compilers, this will only create compilation warnings when   */
-  /* building the library.                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* ObNote: The compiler-specific 64-bit integers are detected in the     */
-  /*         file `ftconfig.h' either statically or through the            */
-  /*         `configure' script on supported platforms.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* LZW-compressed file support.                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the  */
-  /*   `compress' program.  This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF   */
-  /*   files that come with various X11 distributions.  The implementation */
-  /*   uses NetBSD's `zopen' to partially uncompress the file on the fly   */
-  /*   (see src/lzw/ftgzip.c).                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'.             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_LZW
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Gzip-compressed file support.                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the  */
-  /*   `gzip' program.  This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF files */
-  /*   that come with XFree86.  The implementation uses `zlib' to          */
-  /*   partially uncompress the file on the fly (see src/gzip/ftgzip.c).   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'.  See also   */
-  /*   the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB below.                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_ZLIB
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* ZLib library selection                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   This macro is only used when FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_ZLIB is defined.  */
-  /*   It allows FreeType's `ftgzip' component to link to the system's     */
-  /*   installation of the ZLib library.  This is useful on systems like   */
-  /*   Unix or VMS where it generally is already available.                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   If you let it undefined, the component will use its own copy        */
-  /*   of the zlib sources instead.  These have been modified to be        */
-  /*   included directly within the component and *not* export external    */
-  /*   function names.  This allows you to link any program with FreeType  */
-  /*   _and_ ZLib without linking conflicts.                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   Do not #undef this macro here since the build system might define   */
-  /*   it for certain configurations only.                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-/* #define  FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB */
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* DLL export compilation                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   When compiling FreeType as a DLL, some systems/compilers need a     */
-  /*   special keyword in front OR after the return type of function       */
-  /*   declarations.                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   Two macros are used within the FreeType source code to define       */
-  /*   exported library functions: FT_EXPORT and FT_EXPORT_DEF.            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*     FT_EXPORT( return_type )                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*       is used in a function declaration, as in                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*         FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )                                         */
-  /*         FT_Init_FreeType( FT_Library*  alibrary );                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*     FT_EXPORT_DEF( return_type )                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*       is used in a function definition, as in                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*         FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )                                     */
-  /*         FT_Init_FreeType( FT_Library*  alibrary )                     */
-  /*         {                                                             */
-  /*           ... some code ...                                           */
-  /*           return FT_Err_Ok;                                           */
-  /*         }                                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   You can provide your own implementation of FT_EXPORT and            */
-  /*   FT_EXPORT_DEF here if you want.  If you leave them undefined, they  */
-  /*   will be later automatically defined as `extern return_type' to      */
-  /*   allow normal compilation.                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   Do not #undef these macros here since the build system might define */
-  /*   them for certain configurations only.                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-/* #define  FT_EXPORT(x)       extern x */
-/* #define  FT_EXPORT_DEF(x)   x */
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Glyph Postscript Names handling                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   By default, FreeType 2 is compiled with the `PSNames' module.  This */
-  /*   module is in charge of converting a glyph name string into a        */
-  /*   Unicode value, or return a Macintosh standard glyph name for the    */
-  /*   use with the TrueType `post' table.                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   Undefine this macro if you do not want `PSNames' compiled in your   */
-  /*   build of FreeType.  This has the following effects:                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   - The TrueType driver will provide its own set of glyph names,      */
-  /*     if you build it to support postscript names in the TrueType       */
-  /*     `post' table.                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   - The Type 1 driver will not be able to synthetize a Unicode        */
-  /*     charmap out of the glyphs found in the fonts.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   You would normally undefine this configuration macro when building  */
-  /*   a version of FreeType that doesn't contain a Type 1 or CFF driver.  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Postscript Names to Unicode Values support                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   By default, FreeType 2 is built with the `PSNames' module compiled  */
-  /*   in.  Among other things, the module is used to convert a glyph name */
-  /*   into a Unicode value.  This is especially useful in order to        */
-  /*   synthetize on the fly a Unicode charmap from the CFF/Type 1 driver  */
-  /*   through a big table named the `Adobe Glyph List' (AGL).             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   Undefine this macro if you do not want the Adobe Glyph List         */
-  /*   compiled in your `PSNames' module.  The Type 1 driver will not be   */
-  /*   able to synthetize a Unicode charmap out of the glyphs found in the */
-  /*   fonts.                                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ADOBE_GLYPH_LIST
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Support for Mac fonts                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   Define this macro if you want support for outline fonts in Mac      */
-  /*   format (mac dfont, mac resource, macbinary containing a mac         */
-  /*   resource) on non-Mac platforms.                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   Note that the `FOND' resource isn't checked.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Guessing methods to access embedded resource forks                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   Enable extra Mac fonts support on non-Mac platforms (e.g.           */
-  /*   GNU/Linux).                                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   Resource forks which include fonts data are stored sometimes in     */
-  /*   locations which users or developers don't expected.  In some cases, */
-  /*   resource forks start with some offset from the head of a file.  In  */
-  /*   other cases, the actual resource fork is stored in file different   */
-  /*   from what the user specifies.  If this option is activated,         */
-  /*   FreeType tries to guess whether such offsets or different file      */
-  /*   names must be used.                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   Note that normal, direct access of resource forks is controlled via */
-  /*   the FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS option.                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS
-#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_GUESSING_EMBEDDED_RFORK
-#endif
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Allow the use of FT_Incremental_Interface to load typefaces that      */
-  /* contain no glyph data, but supply it via a callback function.         */
-  /* This allows FreeType to be used with the PostScript language, using   */
-  /* the GhostScript interpreter.                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL */
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The size in bytes of the render pool used by the scan-line converter  */
-  /* to do all of its work.                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This must be greater than 4KByte if you use FreeType to rasterize     */
-  /* glyphs; otherwise, you may set it to zero to avoid unnecessary        */
-  /* allocation of the render pool.                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define FT_RENDER_POOL_SIZE  16384L
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* FT_MAX_MODULES                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   The maximum number of modules that can be registered in a single    */
-  /*   FreeType library object.  32 is the default.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define FT_MAX_MODULES  32
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Debug level                                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   FreeType can be compiled in debug or trace mode.  In debug mode,    */
-  /*   errors are reported through the `ftdebug' component.  In trace      */
-  /*   mode, additional messages are sent to the standard output during    */
-  /*   execution.                                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   Define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR to build the library in debug mode.     */
-  /*   Define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE to build it in trace mode.              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   Don't define any of these macros to compile in `release' mode!      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   Do not #undef these macros here since the build system might define */
-  /*   them for certain configurations only.                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-/* #define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR */
-/* #define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE */
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Memory Debugging                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   FreeType now comes with an integrated memory debugger that is       */
-  /*   capable of detecting simple errors like memory leaks or double      */
-  /*   deletes.  To compile it within your build of the library, you       */
-  /*   should define FT_DEBUG_MEMORY here.                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   Note that the memory debugger is only activated at runtime when     */
-  /*   when the _environment_ variable `FT2_DEBUG_MEMORY' is defined also! */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   Do not #undef this macro here since the build system might define   */
-  /*   it for certain configurations only.                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-/* #define FT_DEBUG_MEMORY */
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Module errors                                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   If this macro is set (which is _not_ the default), the higher byte  */
-  /*   of an error code gives the module in which the error has occurred,  */
-  /*   while the lower byte is the real error code.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   Setting this macro makes sense for debugging purposes only, since   */
-  /*   it would break source compatibility of certain programs that use    */
-  /*   FreeType 2.                                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   More details can be found in the files ftmoderr.h and fterrors.h.   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS
-
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****        S F N T   D R I V E R    C O N F I G U R A T I O N       ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS if you want to support       */
-  /* embedded bitmaps in all formats using the SFNT module (namely         */
-  /* TrueType & OpenType).                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES if you want to be able to    */
-  /* load and enumerate the glyph Postscript names in a TrueType or        */
-  /* OpenType file.                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Note that when you do not compile the `PSNames' module by undefining  */
-  /* the above FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES, the `sfnt' module will   */
-  /* contain additional code used to read the PS Names table from a font.  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* (By default, the module uses `PSNames' to extract glyph names.)       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SFNT_NAMES if your applications need to       */
-  /* access the internal name table in a SFNT-based format like TrueType   */
-  /* or OpenType.  The name table contains various strings used to         */
-  /* describe the font, like family name, copyright, version, etc.  It     */
-  /* does not contain any glyph name though.                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Accessing SFNT names is done through the functions declared in        */
-  /* `freetype/ftnames.h'.                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SFNT_NAMES
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* TrueType CMap support                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   Here you can fine-tune which TrueType CMap table format shall be    */
-  /*   supported.                                                          */
-#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_0
-#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_2
-#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_4
-#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_6
-#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_8
-#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_10
-#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_12
-#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_14
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****    T R U E T Y P E   D R I V E R    C O N F I G U R A T I O N   ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER if you want to compile   */
-  /* a bytecode interpreter in the TrueType driver.  Note that there are   */
-  /* important patent issues related to the use of the interpreter.        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* By undefining this, you will only compile the code necessary to load  */
-  /* TrueType glyphs without hinting.                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   Do not #undef this macro here, since the build system might         */
-  /*   define it for certain configurations only.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-/* #define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER */
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* If you define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING, a special version  */
-  /* of the TrueType bytecode interpreter is used that doesn't implement   */
-  /* any of the patented opcodes and algorithms.  Note that the            */
-  /* the TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING macro is *ignored* if you     */
-  /* define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER; with other words,       */
-  /* either define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER or                */
-  /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING but not both at the same time.    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This macro is only useful for a small number of font files (mostly    */
-  /* for Asian scripts) that require bytecode interpretation to properly   */
-  /* load glyphs.  For all other fonts, this produces unpleasant results,  */
-  /* thus the unpatented interpreter is never used to load glyphs from     */
-  /* TrueType fonts unless one of the following two options is used.       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   - The unpatented interpreter is explicitly activated by the user    */
-  /*     through the FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING parameter tag         */
-  /*     when opening the FT_Face.                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   - FreeType detects that the FT_Face corresponds to one of the       */
-  /*     `trick' fonts (e.g., `Mingliu') it knows about.  The font engine  */
-  /*     contains a hard-coded list of font names and other matching       */
-  /*     parameters (see function `tt_face_init' in file                   */
-  /*     `src/truetype/ttobjs.c').                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Here a sample code snippet for using FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING. */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   {                                                                   */
-  /*     FT_Parameter  parameter;                                          */
-  /*     FT_Open_Args  open_args;                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*     parameter.tag = FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING;                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*     open_args.flags      = FT_OPEN_PATHNAME | FT_OPEN_PARAMS;         */
-  /*     open_args.pathname   = my_font_pathname;                          */
-  /*     open_args.num_params = 1;                                         */
-  /*     open_args.params     = ¶meter;                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*     error = FT_Open_Face( library, &open_args, index, &face );        */
-  /*     ...                                                               */
-  /*   }                                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_INTERPRETER_SWITCH to compile the TrueType    */
-  /* bytecode interpreter with a huge switch statement, rather than a call */
-  /* table.  This results in smaller and faster code for a number of       */
-  /* architectures.                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Note however that on some compiler/processor combinations, undefining */
-  /* this macro will generate faster, though larger, code.                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_INTERPRETER_SWITCH
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPONENT_OFFSET_SCALED to compile the        */
-  /* TrueType glyph loader to use Apple's definition of how to handle      */
-  /* component offsets in composite glyphs.                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Apple and MS disagree on the default behavior of component offsets    */
-  /* in composites.  Apple says that they should be scaled by the scaling  */
-  /* factors in the transformation matrix (roughly, it's more complex)     */
-  /* while MS says they should not.  OpenType defines two bits in the      */
-  /* composite flags array which can be used to disambiguate, but old      */
-  /* fonts will not have them.                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   http://partners.adobe.com/asn/developer/opentype/glyf.html          */
-  /*   http://fonts.apple.com/TTRefMan/RM06/Chap6glyf.html                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPONENT_OFFSET_SCALED
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT if you want to include         */
-  /* support for Apple's distortable font technology (fvar, gvar, cvar,    */
-  /* and avar tables).  This has many similarities to Type 1 Multiple      */
-  /* Masters support.                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF if you want to include support for        */
-  /* an embedded `BDF ' table within SFNT-based bitmap formats.            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****      T Y P E 1   D R I V E R    C O N F I G U R A T I O N       ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* T1_MAX_DICT_DEPTH is the maximal depth of nest dictionaries and       */
-  /* arrays in the Type 1 stream (see t1load.c).  A minimum of 4 is        */
-  /* required.                                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define T1_MAX_DICT_DEPTH  5
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* T1_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS details the maximum number of nested sub-routine   */
-  /* calls during glyph loading.                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define T1_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS  16
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* T1_MAX_CHARSTRING_OPERANDS is the charstring stack's capacity.  A     */
-  /* minimum of 16 is required.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The Chinese font MingTiEG-Medium (CNS 11643 character set) needs 256. */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define T1_MAX_CHARSTRINGS_OPERANDS  256
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Define this configuration macro if you want to prevent the            */
-  /* compilation of `t1afm', which is in charge of reading Type 1 AFM      */
-  /* files into an existing face.  Note that if set, the T1 driver will be */
-  /* unable to produce kerning distances.                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_AFM
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Define this configuration macro if you want to prevent the            */
-  /* compilation of the Multiple Masters font support in the Type 1        */
-  /* driver.                                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_MM_SUPPORT
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****    A U T O F I T   M O D U L E    C O N F I G U R A T I O N     ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Compile autofit module with CJK (Chinese, Japanese, Korean) script    */
-  /* support.                                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_CJK
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Compile autofit module with Indic script support.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_INDIC
-
-  /* */
-
-
-  /*
-   * Define this variable if you want to keep the layout of internal
-   * structures that was used prior to FreeType 2.2.  This also compiles in
-   * a few obsolete functions to avoid linking problems on typical Unix
-   * distributions.
-   *
-   * For embedded systems or building a new distribution from scratch, it
-   * is recommended to disable the macro since it reduces the library's code
-   * size and activates a few memory-saving optimizations as well.
-   */
-#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
-
-
-  /*
-   * This variable is defined if either unpatented or native TrueType
-   * hinting is requested by the definitions above.
-   */
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
-#define  TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
-#elif defined TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING
-#define  TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
-#endif
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-
-#endif /* __FTOPTION_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f923f3e..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,180 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftstdlib.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    ANSI-specific library and header configuration file (specification   */
-/*    only).                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by                        */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This file is used to group all #includes to the ANSI C library that   */
-  /* FreeType normally requires.  It also defines macros to rename the     */
-  /* standard functions within the FreeType source code.                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Load a file which defines __FTSTDLIB_H__ before this one to override  */
-  /* it.                                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __FTSTDLIB_H__
-#define __FTSTDLIB_H__
-
-
-#include <stddef.h>
-
-#define ft_ptrdiff_t  ptrdiff_t
-
-
-  /**********************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                    */
-  /*                           integer limits                           */
-  /*                                                                    */
-  /* UINT_MAX and ULONG_MAX are used to automatically compute the size  */
-  /* of `int' and `long' in bytes at compile-time.  So far, this works  */
-  /* for all platforms the library has been tested on.                  */
-  /*                                                                    */
-  /* Note that on the extremely rare platforms that do not provide      */
-  /* integer types that are _exactly_ 16 and 32 bits wide (e.g. some    */
-  /* old Crays where `int' is 36 bits), we do not make any guarantee    */
-  /* about the correct behaviour of FT2 with all fonts.                 */
-  /*                                                                    */
-  /* In these case, `ftconfig.h' will refuse to compile anyway with a   */
-  /* message like `couldn't find 32-bit type' or something similar.     */
-  /*                                                                    */
-  /* IMPORTANT NOTE: We do not define aliases for heap management and   */
-  /*                 i/o routines (i.e. malloc/free/fopen/fread/...)    */
-  /*                 since these functions should all be encapsulated   */
-  /*                 by platform-specific implementations of            */
-  /*                 `ftsystem.c'.                                      */
-  /*                                                                    */
-  /**********************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <limits.h>
-
-#define FT_CHAR_BIT   CHAR_BIT
-#define FT_INT_MAX    INT_MAX
-#define FT_UINT_MAX   UINT_MAX
-#define FT_ULONG_MAX  ULONG_MAX
-
-
-  /**********************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                    */
-  /*                 character and string processing                    */
-  /*                                                                    */
-  /**********************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <string.h>
-
-#define ft_memchr   memchr
-#define ft_memcmp   memcmp
-#define ft_memcpy   memcpy
-#define ft_memmove  memmove
-#define ft_memset   memset
-#define ft_strcat   strcat
-#define ft_strcmp   strcmp
-#define ft_strcpy   strcpy
-#define ft_strlen   strlen
-#define ft_strncmp  strncmp
-#define ft_strncpy  strncpy
-#define ft_strrchr  strrchr
-#define ft_strstr   strstr
-
-
-  /**********************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                    */
-  /*                           file handling                            */
-  /*                                                                    */
-  /**********************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-#define FT_FILE     FILE
-#define ft_fclose   fclose
-#define ft_fopen    fopen
-#define ft_fread    fread
-#define ft_fseek    fseek
-#define ft_ftell    ftell
-#define ft_sprintf  sprintf
-
-
-  /**********************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                    */
-  /*                             sorting                                */
-  /*                                                                    */
-  /**********************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-#define ft_qsort  qsort
-
-#define ft_exit   exit    /* only used to exit from unhandled exceptions */
-
-
-  /**********************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                    */
-  /*                        memory allocation                           */
-  /*                                                                    */
-  /**********************************************************************/
-
-
-#define ft_scalloc   calloc
-#define ft_sfree     free
-#define ft_smalloc   malloc
-#define ft_srealloc  realloc
-
-
-  /**********************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                    */
-  /*                          miscellaneous                             */
-  /*                                                                    */
-  /**********************************************************************/
-
-
-#define ft_atol   atol
-#define ft_labs   labs
-
-
-  /**********************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                    */
-  /*                         execution control                          */
-  /*                                                                    */
-  /**********************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <setjmp.h>
-
-#define ft_jmp_buf     jmp_buf  /* note: this cannot be a typedef since */
-                                /*       jmp_buf is defined as a macro  */
-                                /*       on certain platforms           */
-
-#define ft_longjmp     longjmp
-#define ft_setjmp( b ) setjmp( *(jmp_buf*) &(b) )    /* same thing here */
-
-
-  /* the following is only used for debugging purposes, i.e., if */
-  /* FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR or FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE are defined    */
-
-#include <stdarg.h>
-
-
-#endif /* __FTSTDLIB_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/freetype.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/freetype.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 32d5319..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/freetype.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3706 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  freetype.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType high-level API and common types (specification only).       */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by       */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef FT_FREETYPE_H
-#error "`ft2build.h' hasn't been included yet!"
-#error "Please always use macros to include FreeType header files."
-#error "Example:"
-#error "  #include <ft2build.h>"
-#error "  #include FT_FREETYPE_H"
-#endif
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The `raster' component duplicates some of the declarations in         */
-  /* freetype.h for stand-alone use if _FREETYPE_ isn't defined.           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __FREETYPE_H__
-#define __FREETYPE_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
-#include FT_ERRORS_H
-#include FT_TYPES_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Section>                                                             */
-  /*    user_allocation                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Title>                                                               */
-  /*    User allocation                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
-  /*    How client applications should allocate FreeType data structures.  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    FreeType assumes that structures allocated by the user and passed  */
-  /*    as arguments are zeroed out except for the actual data.  With      */
-  /*    other words, it is recommended to use `calloc' (or variants of it) */
-  /*    instead of `malloc' for allocation.                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                        B A S I C   T Y P E S                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Section>                                                             */
-  /*    base_interface                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Title>                                                               */
-  /*    Base Interface                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
-  /*    The FreeType 2 base font interface.                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    This section describes the public high-level API of FreeType 2.    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Order>                                                               */
-  /*    FT_Library                                                         */
-  /*    FT_Face                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Size                                                            */
-  /*    FT_GlyphSlot                                                       */
-  /*    FT_CharMap                                                         */
-  /*    FT_Encoding                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_FaceRec                                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE                                              */
-  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES                                           */
-  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH                                           */
-  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL                                            */
-  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_VERTICAL                                              */
-  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_SFNT                                                  */
-  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING                                               */
-  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_MULTIPLE_MASTERS                                      */
-  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES                                           */
-  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_EXTERNAL_STREAM                                       */
-  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_FAST_GLYPHS                                           */
-  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTER                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLD                                                 */
-  /*    FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_SizeRec                                                         */
-  /*    FT_Size_Metrics                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_GlyphSlotRec                                                    */
-  /*    FT_Glyph_Metrics                                                   */
-  /*    FT_SubGlyph                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_Bitmap_Size                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_Init_FreeType                                                   */
-  /*    FT_Done_FreeType                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_New_Face                                                        */
-  /*    FT_Done_Face                                                       */
-  /*    FT_New_Memory_Face                                                 */
-  /*    FT_Open_Face                                                       */
-  /*    FT_Open_Args                                                       */
-  /*    FT_Parameter                                                       */
-  /*    FT_Attach_File                                                     */
-  /*    FT_Attach_Stream                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_Set_Char_Size                                                   */
-  /*    FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes                                                 */
-  /*    FT_Request_Size                                                    */
-  /*    FT_Select_Size                                                     */
-  /*    FT_Size_Request_Type                                               */
-  /*    FT_Size_Request                                                    */
-  /*    FT_Set_Transform                                                   */
-  /*    FT_Load_Glyph                                                      */
-  /*    FT_Get_Char_Index                                                  */
-  /*    FT_Get_Name_Index                                                  */
-  /*    FT_Load_Char                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_OPEN_MEMORY                                                     */
-  /*    FT_OPEN_STREAM                                                     */
-  /*    FT_OPEN_PATHNAME                                                   */
-  /*    FT_OPEN_DRIVER                                                     */
-  /*    FT_OPEN_PARAMS                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_LOAD_DEFAULT                                                    */
-  /*    FT_LOAD_RENDER                                                     */
-  /*    FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME                                                 */
-  /*    FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN                                              */
-  /*    FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE                                                   */
-  /*    FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING                                                 */
-  /*    FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP                                                  */
-  /*    FT_LOAD_CROP_BITMAP                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT                                            */
-  /*    FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM                                           */
-  /*    FT_LOAD_IGNORE_GLOBAL_ADVANCE_WIDTH                                */
-  /*    FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT                                             */
-  /*    FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE                                                 */
-  /*    FT_LOAD_PEDANTIC                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL                                              */
-  /*    FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT                                               */
-  /*    FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO                                                */
-  /*    FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD                                                 */
-  /*    FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD_V                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_Render_Glyph                                                    */
-  /*    FT_Render_Mode                                                     */
-  /*    FT_Get_Kerning                                                     */
-  /*    FT_Kerning_Mode                                                    */
-  /*    FT_Get_Track_Kerning                                               */
-  /*    FT_Get_Glyph_Name                                                  */
-  /*    FT_Get_Postscript_Name                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_CharMapRec                                                      */
-  /*    FT_Select_Charmap                                                  */
-  /*    FT_Set_Charmap                                                     */
-  /*    FT_Get_Charmap_Index                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    FT_Glyph_Metrics                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A structure used to model the metrics of a single glyph.  The      */
-  /*    values are expressed in 26.6 fractional pixel format; if the flag  */
-  /*    @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE has been used while loading the glyph, values    */
-  /*    are expressed in font units instead.                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    width ::                                                           */
-  /*      The glyph's width.                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    height ::                                                          */
-  /*      The glyph's height.                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    horiBearingX ::                                                    */
-  /*      Left side bearing for horizontal layout.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    horiBearingY ::                                                    */
-  /*      Top side bearing for horizontal layout.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    horiAdvance ::                                                     */
-  /*      Advance width for horizontal layout.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    vertBearingX ::                                                    */
-  /*      Left side bearing for vertical layout.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    vertBearingY ::                                                    */
-  /*      Top side bearing for vertical layout.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    vertAdvance ::                                                     */
-  /*      Advance height for vertical layout.                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  FT_Glyph_Metrics_
-  {
-    FT_Pos  width;
-    FT_Pos  height;
-
-    FT_Pos  horiBearingX;
-    FT_Pos  horiBearingY;
-    FT_Pos  horiAdvance;
-
-    FT_Pos  vertBearingX;
-    FT_Pos  vertBearingY;
-    FT_Pos  vertAdvance;
-
-  } FT_Glyph_Metrics;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    FT_Bitmap_Size                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    This structure models the metrics of a bitmap strike (i.e., a set  */
-  /*    of glyphs for a given point size and resolution) in a bitmap font. */
-  /*    It is used for the `available_sizes' field of @FT_Face.            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    height :: The vertical distance, in pixels, between two            */
-  /*              consecutive baselines.  It is always positive.           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    width  :: The average width, in pixels, of all glyphs in the       */
-  /*              strike.                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    size   :: The nominal size of the strike in 26.6 fractional        */
-  /*              points.  This field is not very useful.                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    x_ppem :: The horizontal ppem (nominal width) in 26.6 fractional   */
-  /*              pixels.                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    y_ppem :: The vertical ppem (nominal height) in 26.6 fractional    */
-  /*              pixels.                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    Windows FNT:                                                       */
-  /*      The nominal size given in a FNT font is not reliable.  Thus when */
-  /*      the driver finds it incorrect, it sets `size' to some calculated */
-  /*      values and sets `x_ppem' and `y_ppem' to the pixel width and     */
-  /*      height given in the font, respectively.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    TrueType embedded bitmaps:                                         */
-  /*      `size', `width', and `height' values are not contained in the    */
-  /*      bitmap strike itself.  They are computed from the global font    */
-  /*      parameters.                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  FT_Bitmap_Size_
-  {
-    FT_Short  height;
-    FT_Short  width;
-
-    FT_Pos    size;
-
-    FT_Pos    x_ppem;
-    FT_Pos    y_ppem;
-
-  } FT_Bitmap_Size;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                     O B J E C T   C L A S S E S                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Type>                                                                */
-  /*    FT_Library                                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A handle to a FreeType library instance.  Each `library' is        */
-  /*    completely independent from the others; it is the `root' of a set  */
-  /*    of objects like fonts, faces, sizes, etc.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    It also embeds a memory manager (see @FT_Memory), as well as a     */
-  /*    scan-line converter object (see @FT_Raster).                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    For multi-threading applications each thread should have its own   */
-  /*    FT_Library object.                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    Library objects are normally created by @FT_Init_FreeType, and     */
-  /*    destroyed with @FT_Done_FreeType.                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct FT_LibraryRec_  *FT_Library;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Type>                                                                */
-  /*    FT_Module                                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A handle to a given FreeType module object.  Each module can be a  */
-  /*    font driver, a renderer, or anything else that provides services   */
-  /*    to the formers.                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct FT_ModuleRec_*  FT_Module;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Type>                                                                */
-  /*    FT_Driver                                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A handle to a given FreeType font driver object.  Each font driver */
-  /*    is a special module capable of creating faces from font files.     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct FT_DriverRec_*  FT_Driver;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Type>                                                                */
-  /*    FT_Renderer                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A handle to a given FreeType renderer.  A renderer is a special    */
-  /*    module in charge of converting a glyph image to a bitmap, when     */
-  /*    necessary.  Each renderer supports a given glyph image format, and */
-  /*    one or more target surface depths.                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct FT_RendererRec_*  FT_Renderer;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Type>                                                                */
-  /*    FT_Face                                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A handle to a given typographic face object.  A face object models */
-  /*    a given typeface, in a given style.                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    Each face object also owns a single @FT_GlyphSlot object, as well  */
-  /*    as one or more @FT_Size objects.                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    Use @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face to create a new face object from */
-  /*    a given filepathname or a custom input stream.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    Use @FT_Done_Face to destroy it (along with its slot and sizes).   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Also>                                                                */
-  /*    The @FT_FaceRec details the publicly accessible fields of a given  */
-  /*    face object.                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct FT_FaceRec_*  FT_Face;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Type>                                                                */
-  /*    FT_Size                                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A handle to an object used to model a face scaled to a given       */
-  /*    character size.                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    Each @FT_Face has an _active_ @FT_Size object that is used by      */
-  /*    functions like @FT_Load_Glyph to determine the scaling             */
-  /*    transformation which is used to load and hint glyphs and metrics.  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    You can use @FT_Set_Char_Size, @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes,                */
-  /*    @FT_Request_Size or even @FT_Select_Size to change the content     */
-  /*    (i.e., the scaling values) of the active @FT_Size.                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    You can use @FT_New_Size to create additional size objects for a   */
-  /*    given @FT_Face, but they won't be used by other functions until    */
-  /*    you activate it through @FT_Activate_Size.  Only one size can be   */
-  /*    activated at any given time per face.                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Also>                                                                */
-  /*    The @FT_SizeRec structure details the publicly accessible fields   */
-  /*    of a given size object.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct FT_SizeRec_*  FT_Size;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Type>                                                                */
-  /*    FT_GlyphSlot                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A handle to a given `glyph slot'.  A slot is a container where it  */
-  /*    is possible to load any one of the glyphs contained in its parent  */
-  /*    face.                                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    In other words, each time you call @FT_Load_Glyph or               */
-  /*    @FT_Load_Char, the slot's content is erased by the new glyph data, */
-  /*    i.e., the glyph's metrics, its image (bitmap or outline), and      */
-  /*    other control information.                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Also>                                                                */
-  /*    @FT_GlyphSlotRec details the publicly accessible glyph fields.     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct FT_GlyphSlotRec_*  FT_GlyphSlot;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Type>                                                                */
-  /*    FT_CharMap                                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A handle to a given character map.  A charmap is used to translate */
-  /*    character codes in a given encoding into glyph indexes for its     */
-  /*    parent's face.  Some font formats may provide several charmaps per */
-  /*    font.                                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    Each face object owns zero or more charmaps, but only one of them  */
-  /*    can be `active' and used by @FT_Get_Char_Index or @FT_Load_Char.   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    The list of available charmaps in a face is available through the  */
-  /*    `face->num_charmaps' and `face->charmaps' fields of @FT_FaceRec.   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    The currently active charmap is available as `face->charmap'.      */
-  /*    You should call @FT_Set_Charmap to change it.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    When a new face is created (either through @FT_New_Face or         */
-  /*    @FT_Open_Face), the library looks for a Unicode charmap within     */
-  /*    the list and automatically activates it.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Also>                                                                */
-  /*    The @FT_CharMapRec details the publicly accessible fields of a     */
-  /*    given character map.                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct FT_CharMapRec_*  FT_CharMap;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Macro>                                                               */
-  /*    FT_ENC_TAG                                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    This macro converts four-letter tags into an unsigned long.  It is */
-  /*    used to define `encoding' identifiers (see @FT_Encoding).          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    Since many 16bit compilers don't like 32bit enumerations, you      */
-  /*    should redefine this macro in case of problems to something like   */
-  /*    this:                                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    {                                                                  */
-  /*      #define FT_ENC_TAG( value, a, b, c, d )  value                   */
-  /*    }                                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    to get a simple enumeration without assigning special numbers.     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-
-#ifndef FT_ENC_TAG
-#define FT_ENC_TAG( value, a, b, c, d )         \
-          value = ( ( (FT_UInt32)(a) << 24 ) |  \
-                    ( (FT_UInt32)(b) << 16 ) |  \
-                    ( (FT_UInt32)(c) <<  8 ) |  \
-                      (FT_UInt32)(d)         )
-
-#endif /* FT_ENC_TAG */
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Enum>                                                                */
-  /*    FT_Encoding                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    An enumeration used to specify character sets supported by         */
-  /*    charmaps.  Used in the @FT_Select_Charmap API function.            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    Despite the name, this enumeration lists specific character        */
-  /*    repertories (i.e., charsets), and not text encoding methods (e.g., */
-  /*    UTF-8, UTF-16, GB2312_EUC, etc.).                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    Because of 32-bit charcodes defined in Unicode (i.e., surrogates), */
-  /*    all character codes must be expressed as FT_Longs.                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    Other encodings might be defined in the future.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Values>                                                              */
-  /*   FT_ENCODING_NONE ::                                                 */
-  /*     The encoding value 0 is reserved.                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   FT_ENCODING_UNICODE ::                                              */
-  /*     Corresponds to the Unicode character set.  This value covers      */
-  /*     all versions of the Unicode repertoire, including ASCII and       */
-  /*     Latin-1.  Most fonts include a Unicode charmap, but not all       */
-  /*     of them.                                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   FT_ENCODING_MS_SYMBOL ::                                            */
-  /*     Corresponds to the Microsoft Symbol encoding, used to encode      */
-  /*     mathematical symbols in the 32..255 character code range.  For    */
-  /*     more information, see `http://www.ceviz.net/symbol.htm'.          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   FT_ENCODING_SJIS ::                                                 */
-  /*     Corresponds to Japanese SJIS encoding.  More info at              */
-  /*     at `http://langsupport.japanreference.com/encoding.shtml'.        */
-  /*     See note on multi-byte encodings below.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   FT_ENCODING_GB2312 ::                                               */
-  /*     Corresponds to an encoding system for Simplified Chinese as used  */
-  /*     used in mainland China.                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   FT_ENCODING_BIG5 ::                                                 */
-  /*     Corresponds to an encoding system for Traditional Chinese as used */
-  /*     in Taiwan and Hong Kong.                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG ::                                              */
-  /*     Corresponds to the Korean encoding system known as Wansung.       */
-  /*     For more information see                                          */
-  /*     `http://www.microsoft.com/typography/unicode/949.txt'.            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   FT_ENCODING_JOHAB ::                                                */
-  /*     The Korean standard character set (KS C-5601-1992), which         */
-  /*     corresponds to MS Windows code page 1361.  This character set     */
-  /*     includes all possible Hangeul character combinations.             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_LATIN_1 ::                                        */
-  /*     Corresponds to a Latin-1 encoding as defined in a Type 1          */
-  /*     Postscript font.  It is limited to 256 character codes.           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_STANDARD ::                                       */
-  /*     Corresponds to the Adobe Standard encoding, as found in Type 1,   */
-  /*     CFF, and OpenType/CFF fonts.  It is limited to 256 character      */
-  /*     codes.                                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_EXPERT ::                                         */
-  /*     Corresponds to the Adobe Expert encoding, as found in Type 1,     */
-  /*     CFF, and OpenType/CFF fonts.  It is limited to 256 character      */
-  /*     codes.                                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_CUSTOM ::                                         */
-  /*     Corresponds to a custom encoding, as found in Type 1, CFF, and    */
-  /*     OpenType/CFF fonts.  It is limited to 256 character codes.        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   FT_ENCODING_APPLE_ROMAN ::                                          */
-  /*     Corresponds to the 8-bit Apple roman encoding.  Many TrueType and */
-  /*     OpenType fonts contain a charmap for this encoding, since older   */
-  /*     versions of Mac OS are able to use it.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   FT_ENCODING_OLD_LATIN_2 ::                                          */
-  /*     This value is deprecated and was never used nor reported by       */
-  /*     FreeType.  Don't use or test for it.                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   FT_ENCODING_MS_SJIS ::                                              */
-  /*     Same as FT_ENCODING_SJIS.  Deprecated.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   FT_ENCODING_MS_GB2312 ::                                            */
-  /*     Same as FT_ENCODING_GB2312.  Deprecated.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   FT_ENCODING_MS_BIG5 ::                                              */
-  /*     Same as FT_ENCODING_BIG5.  Deprecated.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   FT_ENCODING_MS_WANSUNG ::                                           */
-  /*     Same as FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG.  Deprecated.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   FT_ENCODING_MS_JOHAB ::                                             */
-  /*     Same as FT_ENCODING_JOHAB.  Deprecated.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*   By default, FreeType automatically synthetizes a Unicode charmap    */
-  /*   for Postscript fonts, using their glyph names dictionaries.         */
-  /*   However, it also reports the encodings defined explicitly in the    */
-  /*   font file, for the cases when they are needed, with the Adobe       */
-  /*   values as well.                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   FT_ENCODING_NONE is set by the BDF and PCF drivers if the charmap   */
-  /*   is neither Unicode nor ISO-8859-1 (otherwise it is set to           */
-  /*   FT_ENCODING_UNICODE).  Use @FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID to find out which */
-  /*   encoding is really present.  If, for example, the `cs_registry'     */
-  /*   field is `KOI8' and the `cs_encoding' field is `R', the font is     */
-  /*   encoded in KOI8-R.                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   FT_ENCODING_NONE is always set (with a single exception) by the     */
-  /*   winfonts driver.  Use @FT_Get_WinFNT_Header and examine the         */
-  /*   `charset' field of the @FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec structure to find out   */
-  /*   which encoding is really present.  For example,                     */
-  /*   @FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1251 (204) means Windows code page 1251 (for        */
-  /*   Russian).                                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   FT_ENCODING_NONE is set if `platform_id' is @TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH  */
-  /*   and `encoding_id' is not @TT_MAC_ID_ROMAN (otherwise it is set to   */
-  /*   FT_ENCODING_APPLE_ROMAN).                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   If `platform_id' is @TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH, use the function  c     */
-  /*   @FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID  to query the Mac language ID which may be */
-  /*   needed to be able to distinguish Apple encoding variants.  See      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*     http://www.unicode.org/Public/MAPPINGS/VENDORS/APPLE/README.TXT   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   to get an idea how to do that.  Basically, if the language ID is 0, */
-  /*   don't use it, otherwise subtract 1 from the language ID.  Then      */
-  /*   examine `encoding_id'.  If, for example, `encoding_id' is           */
-  /*   @TT_MAC_ID_ROMAN and the language ID (minus 1) is                   */
-  /*   `TT_MAC_LANGID_GREEK', it is the Greek encoding, not Roman.         */
-  /*   @TT_MAC_ID_ARABIC with `TT_MAC_LANGID_FARSI' means the Farsi        */
-  /*   variant the Arabic encoding.                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef enum  FT_Encoding_
-  {
-    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_NONE, 0, 0, 0, 0 ),
-
-    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_MS_SYMBOL, 's', 'y', 'm', 'b' ),
-    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_UNICODE,   'u', 'n', 'i', 'c' ),
-
-    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_SJIS,    's', 'j', 'i', 's' ),
-    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_GB2312,  'g', 'b', ' ', ' ' ),
-    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_BIG5,    'b', 'i', 'g', '5' ),
-    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG, 'w', 'a', 'n', 's' ),
-    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_JOHAB,   'j', 'o', 'h', 'a' ),
-
-    /* for backwards compatibility */
-    FT_ENCODING_MS_SJIS    = FT_ENCODING_SJIS,
-    FT_ENCODING_MS_GB2312  = FT_ENCODING_GB2312,
-    FT_ENCODING_MS_BIG5    = FT_ENCODING_BIG5,
-    FT_ENCODING_MS_WANSUNG = FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG,
-    FT_ENCODING_MS_JOHAB   = FT_ENCODING_JOHAB,
-
-    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_STANDARD, 'A', 'D', 'O', 'B' ),
-    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_EXPERT,   'A', 'D', 'B', 'E' ),
-    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_CUSTOM,   'A', 'D', 'B', 'C' ),
-    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_LATIN_1,  'l', 'a', 't', '1' ),
-
-    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_OLD_LATIN_2, 'l', 'a', 't', '2' ),
-
-    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_APPLE_ROMAN, 'a', 'r', 'm', 'n' )
-
-  } FT_Encoding;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Enum>                                                                */
-  /*    ft_encoding_xxx                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    These constants are deprecated; use the corresponding @FT_Encoding */
-  /*    values instead.                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define ft_encoding_none            FT_ENCODING_NONE
-#define ft_encoding_unicode         FT_ENCODING_UNICODE
-#define ft_encoding_symbol          FT_ENCODING_MS_SYMBOL
-#define ft_encoding_latin_1         FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_LATIN_1
-#define ft_encoding_latin_2         FT_ENCODING_OLD_LATIN_2
-#define ft_encoding_sjis            FT_ENCODING_SJIS
-#define ft_encoding_gb2312          FT_ENCODING_GB2312
-#define ft_encoding_big5            FT_ENCODING_BIG5
-#define ft_encoding_wansung         FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG
-#define ft_encoding_johab           FT_ENCODING_JOHAB
-
-#define ft_encoding_adobe_standard  FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_STANDARD
-#define ft_encoding_adobe_expert    FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_EXPERT
-#define ft_encoding_adobe_custom    FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_CUSTOM
-#define ft_encoding_apple_roman     FT_ENCODING_APPLE_ROMAN
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    FT_CharMapRec                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    The base charmap structure.                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    face        :: A handle to the parent face object.                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    encoding    :: An @FT_Encoding tag identifying the charmap.  Use   */
-  /*                   this with @FT_Select_Charmap.                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    platform_id :: An ID number describing the platform for the        */
-  /*                   following encoding ID.  This comes directly from    */
-  /*                   the TrueType specification and should be emulated   */
-  /*                   for other formats.                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    encoding_id :: A platform specific encoding number.  This also     */
-  /*                   comes from the TrueType specification and should be */
-  /*                   emulated similarly.                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  FT_CharMapRec_
-  {
-    FT_Face      face;
-    FT_Encoding  encoding;
-    FT_UShort    platform_id;
-    FT_UShort    encoding_id;
-
-  } FT_CharMapRec;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                 B A S E   O B J E C T   C L A S S E S                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Type>                                                                */
-  /*    FT_Face_Internal                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    An opaque handle to an `FT_Face_InternalRec' structure, used to    */
-  /*    model private data of a given @FT_Face object.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    This structure might change between releases of FreeType 2 and is  */
-  /*    not generally available to client applications.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct FT_Face_InternalRec_*  FT_Face_Internal;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    FT_FaceRec                                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    FreeType root face class structure.  A face object models a        */
-  /*    typeface in a font file.                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    num_faces           :: The number of faces in the font file.  Some */
-  /*                           font formats can have multiple faces in     */
-  /*                           a font file.                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    face_index          :: The index of the face in the font file.  It */
-  /*                           is set to 0 if there is only one face in    */
-  /*                           the font file.                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    face_flags          :: A set of bit flags that give important      */
-  /*                           information about the face; see             */
-  /*                           @FT_FACE_FLAG_XXX for the details.          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    style_flags         :: A set of bit flags indicating the style of  */
-  /*                           the face; see @FT_STYLE_FLAG_XXX for the    */
-  /*                           details.                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    num_glyphs          :: The number of glyphs in the face.  If the   */
-  /*                           face is scalable and has sbits (see         */
-  /*                           `num_fixed_sizes'), it is set to the number */
-  /*                           of outline glyphs.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    family_name         :: The face's family name.  This is an ASCII   */
-  /*                           string, usually in English, which describes */
-  /*                           the typeface's family (like `Times New      */
-  /*                           Roman', `Bodoni', `Garamond', etc).  This   */
-  /*                           is a least common denominator used to list  */
-  /*                           fonts.  Some formats (TrueType & OpenType)  */
-  /*                           provide localized and Unicode versions of   */
-  /*                           this string.  Applications should use the   */
-  /*                           format specific interface to access them.   */
-  /*                           Can be NULL (e.g., in fonts embedded in a   */
-  /*                           PDF file).                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    style_name          :: The face's style name.  This is an ASCII    */
-  /*                           string, usually in English, which describes */
-  /*                           the typeface's style (like `Italic',        */
-  /*                           `Bold', `Condensed', etc).  Not all font    */
-  /*                           formats provide a style name, so this field */
-  /*                           is optional, and can be set to NULL.  As    */
-  /*                           for `family_name', some formats provide     */
-  /*                           localized and Unicode versions of this      */
-  /*                           string.  Applications should use the format */
-  /*                           specific interface to access them.          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    num_fixed_sizes     :: The number of bitmap strikes in the face.   */
-  /*                           Even if the face is scalable, there might   */
-  /*                           still be bitmap strikes, which are called   */
-  /*                           `sbits' in that case.                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    available_sizes     :: An array of @FT_Bitmap_Size for all bitmap  */
-  /*                           strikes in the face.  It is set to NULL if  */
-  /*                           there is no bitmap strike.                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    num_charmaps        :: The number of charmaps in the face.         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    charmaps            :: An array of the charmaps of the face.       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    generic             :: A field reserved for client uses.  See the  */
-  /*                           @FT_Generic type description.               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    bbox                :: The font bounding box.  Coordinates are     */
-  /*                           expressed in font units (see                */
-  /*                           `units_per_EM').  The box is large enough   */
-  /*                           to contain any glyph from the font.  Thus,  */
-  /*                           `bbox.yMax' can be seen as the `maximal     */
-  /*                           ascender', and `bbox.yMin' as the `minimal  */
-  /*                           descender'.  Only relevant for scalable     */
-  /*                           formats.                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    units_per_EM        :: The number of font units per EM square for  */
-  /*                           this face.  This is typically 2048 for      */
-  /*                           TrueType fonts, and 1000 for Type 1 fonts.  */
-  /*                           Only relevant for scalable formats.         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    ascender            :: The typographic ascender of the face,       */
-  /*                           expressed in font units.  For font formats  */
-  /*                           not having this information, it is set to   */
-  /*                           `bbox.yMax'.  Only relevant for scalable    */
-  /*                           formats.                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    descender           :: The typographic descender of the face,      */
-  /*                           expressed in font units.  For font formats  */
-  /*                           not having this information, it is set to   */
-  /*                           `bbox.yMin'.  Note that this field is       */
-  /*                           usually negative.  Only relevant for        */
-  /*                           scalable formats.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    height              :: The height is the vertical distance         */
-  /*                           between two consecutive baselines,          */
-  /*                           expressed in font units.  It is always      */
-  /*                           positive.  Only relevant for scalable       */
-  /*                           formats.                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    max_advance_width   :: The maximal advance width, in font units,   */
-  /*                           for all glyphs in this face.  This can be   */
-  /*                           used to make word wrapping computations     */
-  /*                           faster.  Only relevant for scalable         */
-  /*                           formats.                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    max_advance_height  :: The maximal advance height, in font units,  */
-  /*                           for all glyphs in this face.  This is only  */
-  /*                           relevant for vertical layouts, and is set   */
-  /*                           to `height' for fonts that do not provide   */
-  /*                           vertical metrics.  Only relevant for        */
-  /*                           scalable formats.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    underline_position  :: The position, in font units, of the         */
-  /*                           underline line for this face.  It's the     */
-  /*                           center of the underlining stem.  Only       */
-  /*                           relevant for scalable formats.              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    underline_thickness :: The thickness, in font units, of the        */
-  /*                           underline for this face.  Only relevant for */
-  /*                           scalable formats.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    glyph               :: The face's associated glyph slot(s).        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    size                :: The current active size for this face.      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    charmap             :: The current active charmap for this face.   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*   Fields may be changed after a call to @FT_Attach_File or            */
-  /*   @FT_Attach_Stream.                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  FT_FaceRec_
-  {
-    FT_Long           num_faces;
-    FT_Long           face_index;
-
-    FT_Long           face_flags;
-    FT_Long           style_flags;
-
-    FT_Long           num_glyphs;
-
-    FT_String*        family_name;
-    FT_String*        style_name;
-
-    FT_Int            num_fixed_sizes;
-    FT_Bitmap_Size*   available_sizes;
-
-    FT_Int            num_charmaps;
-    FT_CharMap*       charmaps;
-
-    FT_Generic        generic;
-
-    /*# The following member variables (down to `underline_thickness') */
-    /*# are only relevant to scalable outlines; cf. @FT_Bitmap_Size    */
-    /*# for bitmap fonts.                                              */
-    FT_BBox           bbox;
-
-    FT_UShort         units_per_EM;
-    FT_Short          ascender;
-    FT_Short          descender;
-    FT_Short          height;
-
-    FT_Short          max_advance_width;
-    FT_Short          max_advance_height;
-
-    FT_Short          underline_position;
-    FT_Short          underline_thickness;
-
-    FT_GlyphSlot      glyph;
-    FT_Size           size;
-    FT_CharMap        charmap;
-
-    /*@private begin */
-
-    FT_Driver         driver;
-    FT_Memory         memory;
-    FT_Stream         stream;
-
-    FT_ListRec        sizes_list;
-
-    FT_Generic        autohint;
-    void*             extensions;
-
-    FT_Face_Internal  internal;
-
-    /*@private end */
-
-  } FT_FaceRec;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Enum>                                                                */
-  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_XXX                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A list of bit flags used in the `face_flags' field of the          */
-  /*    @FT_FaceRec structure.  They inform client applications of         */
-  /*    properties of the corresponding face.                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Values>                                                              */
-  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE ::                                           */
-  /*      Indicates that the face contains outline glyphs.  This doesn't   */
-  /*      prevent bitmap strikes, i.e., a face can have both this and      */
-  /*      and @FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES set.                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES ::                                        */
-  /*      Indicates that the face contains bitmap strikes.  See also the   */
-  /*      `num_fixed_sizes' and `available_sizes' fields of @FT_FaceRec.   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH ::                                        */
-  /*      Indicates that the face contains fixed-width characters (like    */
-  /*      Courier, Lucido, MonoType, etc.).                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_SFNT ::                                               */
-  /*      Indicates that the face uses the `sfnt' storage scheme.  For     */
-  /*      now, this means TrueType and OpenType.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL ::                                         */
-  /*      Indicates that the face contains horizontal glyph metrics.  This */
-  /*      should be set for all common formats.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_VERTICAL ::                                           */
-  /*      Indicates that the face contains vertical glyph metrics.  This   */
-  /*      is only available in some formats, not all of them.              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING ::                                            */
-  /*      Indicates that the face contains kerning information.  If set,   */
-  /*      the kerning distance can be retrieved through the function       */
-  /*      @FT_Get_Kerning.  Otherwise the function always return the       */
-  /*      vector (0,0).  Note that FreeType doesn't handle kerning data    */
-  /*      from the `GPOS' table (as present in some OpenType fonts).       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_FAST_GLYPHS ::                                        */
-  /*      THIS FLAG IS DEPRECATED.  DO NOT USE OR TEST IT.                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_MULTIPLE_MASTERS ::                                   */
-  /*      Indicates that the font contains multiple masters and is capable */
-  /*      of interpolating between them.  See the multiple-masters         */
-  /*      specific API for details.                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES ::                                        */
-  /*      Indicates that the font contains glyph names that can be         */
-  /*      retrieved through @FT_Get_Glyph_Name.  Note that some TrueType   */
-  /*      fonts contain broken glyph name tables.  Use the function        */
-  /*      @FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names when needed.                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_EXTERNAL_STREAM ::                                    */
-  /*      Used internally by FreeType to indicate that a face's stream was */
-  /*      provided by the client application and should not be destroyed   */
-  /*      when @FT_Done_Face is called.  Don't read or test this flag.     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTER ::                                             */
-  /*      Set if the font driver has a hinting machine of its own.  For    */
-  /*      example, with TrueType fonts, it makes sense to use data from    */
-  /*      the SFNT `gasp' table only if the native TrueType hinting engine */
-  /*      (with the bytecode interpreter) is available and active.         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED ::                                          */
-  /*      Set if the font is CID-keyed.  In that case, the font is not     */
-  /*      accessed by glyph indices but by CID values.  For subsetted      */
-  /*      CID-keyed fonts this has the consequence that not all index      */
-  /*      values are a valid argument to FT_Load_Glyph.  Only the CID      */
-  /*      values for which corresponding glyphs in the subsetted font      */
-  /*      exist make FT_Load_Glyph return successfully; in all other cases */
-  /*      you get an `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' error.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE          ( 1L <<  0 )
-#define FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES       ( 1L <<  1 )
-#define FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH       ( 1L <<  2 )
-#define FT_FACE_FLAG_SFNT              ( 1L <<  3 )
-#define FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL        ( 1L <<  4 )
-#define FT_FACE_FLAG_VERTICAL          ( 1L <<  5 )
-#define FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING           ( 1L <<  6 )
-#define FT_FACE_FLAG_FAST_GLYPHS       ( 1L <<  7 )
-#define FT_FACE_FLAG_MULTIPLE_MASTERS  ( 1L <<  8 )
-#define FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES       ( 1L <<  9 )
-#define FT_FACE_FLAG_EXTERNAL_STREAM   ( 1L << 10 )
-#define FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTER            ( 1L << 11 )
-#define FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED         ( 1L << 12 )
-
-  /* */
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @macro:
-   *   FT_HAS_HORIZONTAL( face )
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains
-   *   horizontal metrics (this is true for all font formats though).
-   *
-   * @also:
-   *   @FT_HAS_VERTICAL can be used to check for vertical metrics.
-   *
-   */
-#define FT_HAS_HORIZONTAL( face ) \
-          ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL )
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @macro:
-   *   FT_HAS_VERTICAL( face )
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains vertical
-   *   metrics.
-   *
-   */
-#define FT_HAS_VERTICAL( face ) \
-          ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_VERTICAL )
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @macro:
-   *   FT_HAS_KERNING( face )
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains kerning
-   *   data that can be accessed with @FT_Get_Kerning.
-   *
-   */
-#define FT_HAS_KERNING( face ) \
-          ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING )
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @macro:
-   *   FT_IS_SCALABLE( face )
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains a scalable
-   *   font face (true for TrueType, Type 1, Type 42, CID, OpenType/CFF,
-   *   and PFR font formats.
-   *
-   */
-#define FT_IS_SCALABLE( face ) \
-          ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE )
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @macro:
-   *   FT_IS_SFNT( face )
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains a font
-   *   whose format is based on the SFNT storage scheme.  This usually
-   *   means: TrueType fonts, OpenType fonts, as well as SFNT-based embedded
-   *   bitmap fonts.
-   *
-   *   If this macro is true, all functions defined in @FT_SFNT_NAMES_H and
-   *   @FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H are available.
-   *
-   */
-#define FT_IS_SFNT( face ) \
-          ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_SFNT )
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @macro:
-   *   FT_IS_FIXED_WIDTH( face )
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains a font face
-   *   that contains fixed-width (or `monospace', `fixed-pitch', etc.)
-   *   glyphs.
-   *
-   */
-#define FT_IS_FIXED_WIDTH( face ) \
-          ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH )
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @macro:
-   *   FT_HAS_FIXED_SIZES( face )
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains some
-   *   embedded bitmaps.  See the `available_sizes' field of the
-   *   @FT_FaceRec structure.
-   *
-   */
-#define FT_HAS_FIXED_SIZES( face ) \
-          ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES )
-
-  /* */
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @macro:
-   *   FT_HAS_FAST_GLYPHS( face )
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   Deprecated.
-   *
-   */
-#define FT_HAS_FAST_GLYPHS( face )  0
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @macro:
-   *   FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES( face )
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains some glyph
-   *   names that can be accessed through @FT_Get_Glyph_Name.
-   *
-   */
-#define FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES( face ) \
-          ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES )
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @macro:
-   *   FT_HAS_MULTIPLE_MASTERS( face )
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains some
-   *   multiple masters.  The functions provided by @FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H
-   *   are then available to choose the exact design you want.
-   *
-   */
-#define FT_HAS_MULTIPLE_MASTERS( face ) \
-          ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_MULTIPLE_MASTERS )
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @macro:
-   *   FT_IS_CID_KEYED( face )
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains a CID-keyed
-   *   font.  See the discussion of @FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED for more
-   *   details.
-   *
-   *   If this macro is true, all functions defined in @FT_CID_H are
-   *   available.
-   *
-   */
-#define FT_IS_CID_KEYED( face ) \
-          ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED )
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Constant>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_STYLE_FLAG_XXX                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A list of bit-flags used to indicate the style of a given face.    */
-  /*    These are used in the `style_flags' field of @FT_FaceRec.          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Values>                                                              */
-  /*    FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC ::                                            */
-  /*      Indicates that a given face style is italic or oblique.          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLD ::                                              */
-  /*      Indicates that a given face is bold.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    The style information as provided by FreeType is very basic.  More */
-  /*    details are beyond the scope and should be done on a higher level  */
-  /*    (for example, by analyzing various fields of the `OS/2' table in   */
-  /*    SFNT based fonts).                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC  ( 1 << 0 )
-#define FT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLD    ( 1 << 1 )
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Type>                                                                */
-  /*    FT_Size_Internal                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    An opaque handle to an `FT_Size_InternalRec' structure, used to    */
-  /*    model private data of a given @FT_Size object.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct FT_Size_InternalRec_*  FT_Size_Internal;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    FT_Size_Metrics                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    The size metrics structure gives the metrics of a size object.     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    x_ppem       :: The width of the scaled EM square in pixels, hence */
-  /*                    the term `ppem' (pixels per EM).  It is also       */
-  /*                    referred to as `nominal width'.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    y_ppem       :: The height of the scaled EM square in pixels,      */
-  /*                    hence the term `ppem' (pixels per EM).  It is also */
-  /*                    referred to as `nominal height'.                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    x_scale      :: A 16.16 fractional scaling value used to convert   */
-  /*                    horizontal metrics from font units to 26.6         */
-  /*                    fractional pixels.  Only relevant for scalable     */
-  /*                    font formats.                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    y_scale      :: A 16.16 fractional scaling value used to convert   */
-  /*                    vertical metrics from font units to 26.6           */
-  /*                    fractional pixels.  Only relevant for scalable     */
-  /*                    font formats.                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    ascender     :: The ascender in 26.6 fractional pixels.  See       */
-  /*                    @FT_FaceRec for the details.                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    descender    :: The descender in 26.6 fractional pixels.  See      */
-  /*                    @FT_FaceRec for the details.                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    height       :: The height in 26.6 fractional pixels.  See         */
-  /*                    @FT_FaceRec for the details.                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    max_advance  :: The maximal advance width in 26.6 fractional       */
-  /*                    pixels.  See @FT_FaceRec for the details.          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    The scaling values, if relevant, are determined first during a     */
-  /*    size changing operation.  The remaining fields are then set by the */
-  /*    driver.  For scalable formats, they are usually set to scaled      */
-  /*    values of the corresponding fields in @FT_FaceRec.                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    Note that due to glyph hinting, these values might not be exact    */
-  /*    for certain fonts.  Thus they must be treated as unreliable        */
-  /*    with an error margin of at least one pixel!                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    Indeed, the only way to get the exact metrics is to render _all_   */
-  /*    glyphs.  As this would be a definite performance hit, it is up to  */
-  /*    client applications to perform such computations.                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    The FT_Size_Metrics structure is valid for bitmap fonts also.      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  FT_Size_Metrics_
-  {
-    FT_UShort  x_ppem;      /* horizontal pixels per EM               */
-    FT_UShort  y_ppem;      /* vertical pixels per EM                 */
-
-    FT_Fixed   x_scale;     /* scaling values used to convert font    */
-    FT_Fixed   y_scale;     /* units to 26.6 fractional pixels        */
-
-    FT_Pos     ascender;    /* ascender in 26.6 frac. pixels          */
-    FT_Pos     descender;   /* descender in 26.6 frac. pixels         */
-    FT_Pos     height;      /* text height in 26.6 frac. pixels       */
-    FT_Pos     max_advance; /* max horizontal advance, in 26.6 pixels */
-
-  } FT_Size_Metrics;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    FT_SizeRec                                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    FreeType root size class structure.  A size object models a face   */
-  /*    object at a given size.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    face    :: Handle to the parent face object.                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    generic :: A typeless pointer, which is unused by the FreeType     */
-  /*               library or any of its drivers.  It can be used by       */
-  /*               client applications to link their own data to each size */
-  /*               object.                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    metrics :: Metrics for this size object.  This field is read-only. */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  FT_SizeRec_
-  {
-    FT_Face           face;      /* parent face object              */
-    FT_Generic        generic;   /* generic pointer for client uses */
-    FT_Size_Metrics   metrics;   /* size metrics                    */
-    FT_Size_Internal  internal;
-
-  } FT_SizeRec;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    FT_SubGlyph                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    The subglyph structure is an internal object used to describe      */
-  /*    subglyphs (for example, in the case of composites).                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    The subglyph implementation is not part of the high-level API,     */
-  /*    hence the forward structure declaration.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    You can however retrieve subglyph information with                 */
-  /*    @FT_Get_SubGlyph_Info.                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct FT_SubGlyphRec_*  FT_SubGlyph;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Type>                                                                */
-  /*    FT_Slot_Internal                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    An opaque handle to an `FT_Slot_InternalRec' structure, used to    */
-  /*    model private data of a given @FT_GlyphSlot object.                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct FT_Slot_InternalRec_*  FT_Slot_Internal;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    FT_GlyphSlotRec                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    FreeType root glyph slot class structure.  A glyph slot is a       */
-  /*    container where individual glyphs can be loaded, be they in        */
-  /*    outline or bitmap format.                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    library           :: A handle to the FreeType library instance     */
-  /*                         this slot belongs to.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    face              :: A handle to the parent face object.           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    next              :: In some cases (like some font tools), several */
-  /*                         glyph slots per face object can be a good     */
-  /*                         thing.  As this is rare, the glyph slots are  */
-  /*                         listed through a direct, single-linked list   */
-  /*                         using its `next' field.                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    generic           :: A typeless pointer which is unused by the     */
-  /*                         FreeType library or any of its drivers.  It   */
-  /*                         can be used by client applications to link    */
-  /*                         their own data to each glyph slot object.     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    metrics           :: The metrics of the last loaded glyph in the   */
-  /*                         slot.  The returned values depend on the last */
-  /*                         load flags (see the @FT_Load_Glyph API        */
-  /*                         function) and can be expressed either in 26.6 */
-  /*                         fractional pixels or font units.              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                         Note that even when the glyph image is        */
-  /*                         transformed, the metrics are not.             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    linearHoriAdvance :: The advance width of the unhinted glyph.      */
-  /*                         Its value is expressed in 16.16 fractional    */
-  /*                         pixels, unless @FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN is set  */
-  /*                         when loading the glyph.  This field can be    */
-  /*                         important to perform correct WYSIWYG layout.  */
-  /*                         Only relevant for outline glyphs.             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    linearVertAdvance :: The advance height of the unhinted glyph.     */
-  /*                         Its value is expressed in 16.16 fractional    */
-  /*                         pixels, unless @FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN is set  */
-  /*                         when loading the glyph.  This field can be    */
-  /*                         important to perform correct WYSIWYG layout.  */
-  /*                         Only relevant for outline glyphs.             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    advance           :: This is the transformed advance width for the */
-  /*                         glyph.                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    format            :: This field indicates the format of the image  */
-  /*                         contained in the glyph slot.  Typically       */
-  /*                         @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP,                      */
-  /*                         @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE, or                  */
-  /*                         @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE, but others are    */
-  /*                         possible.                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    bitmap            :: This field is used as a bitmap descriptor     */
-  /*                         when the slot format is                       */
-  /*                         @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP.  Note that the       */
-  /*                         address and content of the bitmap buffer can  */
-  /*                         change between calls of @FT_Load_Glyph and a  */
-  /*                         few other functions.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    bitmap_left       :: This is the bitmap's left bearing expressed   */
-  /*                         in integer pixels.  Of course, this is only   */
-  /*                         valid if the format is                        */
-  /*                         @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    bitmap_top        :: This is the bitmap's top bearing expressed in */
-  /*                         integer pixels.  Remember that this is the    */
-  /*                         distance from the baseline to the top-most    */
-  /*                         glyph scanline, upwards y-coordinates being   */
-  /*                         *positive*.                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    outline           :: The outline descriptor for the current glyph  */
-  /*                         image if its format is                        */
-  /*                         @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE.  Once a glyph is    */
-  /*                         loaded, `outline' can be transformed,         */
-  /*                         distorted, embolded, etc.  However, it must   */
-  /*                         not be freed.                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    num_subglyphs     :: The number of subglyphs in a composite glyph. */
-  /*                         This field is only valid for the composite    */
-  /*                         glyph format that should normally only be     */
-  /*                         loaded with the @FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE flag.     */
-  /*                         For now this is internal to FreeType.         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    subglyphs         :: An array of subglyph descriptors for          */
-  /*                         composite glyphs.  There are `num_subglyphs'  */
-  /*                         elements in there.  Currently internal to     */
-  /*                         FreeType.                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    control_data      :: Certain font drivers can also return the      */
-  /*                         control data for a given glyph image (e.g.    */
-  /*                         TrueType bytecode, Type 1 charstrings, etc.). */
-  /*                         This field is a pointer to such data.         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    control_len       :: This is the length in bytes of the control    */
-  /*                         data.                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    other             :: Really wicked formats can use this pointer to */
-  /*                         present their own glyph image to client       */
-  /*                         applications.  Note that the application      */
-  /*                         needs to know about the image format.         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    lsb_delta         :: The difference between hinted and unhinted    */
-  /*                         left side bearing while autohinting is        */
-  /*                         active.  Zero otherwise.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    rsb_delta         :: The difference between hinted and unhinted    */
-  /*                         right side bearing while autohinting is       */
-  /*                         active.  Zero otherwise.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    If @FT_Load_Glyph is called with default flags (see                */
-  /*    @FT_LOAD_DEFAULT) the glyph image is loaded in the glyph slot in   */
-  /*    its native format (e.g., an outline glyph for TrueType and Type 1  */
-  /*    formats).                                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    This image can later be converted into a bitmap by calling         */
-  /*    @FT_Render_Glyph.  This function finds the current renderer for    */
-  /*    the native image's format then invokes it.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    The renderer is in charge of transforming the native image through */
-  /*    the slot's face transformation fields, then convert it into a      */
-  /*    bitmap that is returned in `slot->bitmap'.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    Note that `slot->bitmap_left' and `slot->bitmap_top' are also used */
-  /*    to specify the position of the bitmap relative to the current pen  */
-  /*    position (e.g., coordinates (0,0) on the baseline).  Of course,    */
-  /*    `slot->format' is also changed to @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP.         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    Here a small pseudo code fragment which shows how to use           */
-  /*    `lsb_delta' and `rsb_delta':                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    {                                                                  */
-  /*      FT_Pos  origin_x       = 0;                                      */
-  /*      FT_Pos  prev_rsb_delta = 0;                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*      for all glyphs do                                                */
-  /*        <compute kern between current and previous glyph and add it to */
-  /*         `origin_x'>                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*        <load glyph with `FT_Load_Glyph'>                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*        if ( prev_rsb_delta - face->glyph->lsb_delta >= 32 )           */
-  /*          origin_x -= 64;                                              */
-  /*        else if ( prev_rsb_delta - face->glyph->lsb_delta < -32 )      */
-  /*          origin_x += 64;                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*        prev_rsb_delta = face->glyph->rsb_delta;                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*        <save glyph image, or render glyph, or ...>                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*        origin_x += face->glyph->advance.x;                            */
-  /*      endfor                                                           */
-  /*    }                                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  FT_GlyphSlotRec_
-  {
-    FT_Library        library;
-    FT_Face           face;
-    FT_GlyphSlot      next;
-    FT_UInt           reserved;       /* retained for binary compatibility */
-    FT_Generic        generic;
-
-    FT_Glyph_Metrics  metrics;
-    FT_Fixed          linearHoriAdvance;
-    FT_Fixed          linearVertAdvance;
-    FT_Vector         advance;
-
-    FT_Glyph_Format   format;
-
-    FT_Bitmap         bitmap;
-    FT_Int            bitmap_left;
-    FT_Int            bitmap_top;
-
-    FT_Outline        outline;
-
-    FT_UInt           num_subglyphs;
-    FT_SubGlyph       subglyphs;
-
-    void*             control_data;
-    long              control_len;
-
-    FT_Pos            lsb_delta;
-    FT_Pos            rsb_delta;
-
-    void*             other;
-
-    FT_Slot_Internal  internal;
-
-  } FT_GlyphSlotRec;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                         F U N C T I O N S                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Init_FreeType                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Initialize a new FreeType library object.  The set of modules      */
-  /*    that are registered by this function is determined at build time.  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Output>                                                              */
-  /*    alibrary :: A handle to a new library object.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Init_FreeType( FT_Library  *alibrary );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Done_FreeType                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Destroy a given FreeType library object and all of its children,   */
-  /*    including resources, drivers, faces, sizes, etc.                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    library :: A handle to the target library object.                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Done_FreeType( FT_Library  library );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Enum>                                                                */
-  /*    FT_OPEN_XXX                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A list of bit-field constants used within the `flags' field of the */
-  /*    @FT_Open_Args structure.                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Values>                                                              */
-  /*    FT_OPEN_MEMORY      :: This is a memory-based stream.              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_OPEN_STREAM      :: Copy the stream from the `stream' field.    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_OPEN_PATHNAME    :: Create a new input stream from a C          */
-  /*                           path name.                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_OPEN_DRIVER      :: Use the `driver' field.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_OPEN_PARAMS      :: Use the `num_params' and `params' fields.   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    ft_open_memory      :: Deprecated; use @FT_OPEN_MEMORY instead.    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    ft_open_stream      :: Deprecated; use @FT_OPEN_STREAM instead.    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    ft_open_pathname    :: Deprecated; use @FT_OPEN_PATHNAME instead.  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    ft_open_driver      :: Deprecated; use @FT_OPEN_DRIVER instead.    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    ft_open_params      :: Deprecated; use @FT_OPEN_PARAMS instead.    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    The `FT_OPEN_MEMORY', `FT_OPEN_STREAM', and `FT_OPEN_PATHNAME'     */
-  /*    flags are mutually exclusive.                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define FT_OPEN_MEMORY    0x1
-#define FT_OPEN_STREAM    0x2
-#define FT_OPEN_PATHNAME  0x4
-#define FT_OPEN_DRIVER    0x8
-#define FT_OPEN_PARAMS    0x10
-
-#define ft_open_memory    FT_OPEN_MEMORY     /* deprecated */
-#define ft_open_stream    FT_OPEN_STREAM     /* deprecated */
-#define ft_open_pathname  FT_OPEN_PATHNAME   /* deprecated */
-#define ft_open_driver    FT_OPEN_DRIVER     /* deprecated */
-#define ft_open_params    FT_OPEN_PARAMS     /* deprecated */
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    FT_Parameter                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A simple structure used to pass more or less generic parameters    */
-  /*    to @FT_Open_Face.                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    tag  :: A four-byte identification tag.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    data :: A pointer to the parameter data.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    The ID and function of parameters are driver-specific.             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  FT_Parameter_
-  {
-    FT_ULong    tag;
-    FT_Pointer  data;
-
-  } FT_Parameter;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    FT_Open_Args                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A structure used to indicate how to open a new font file or        */
-  /*    stream.  A pointer to such a structure can be used as a parameter  */
-  /*    for the functions @FT_Open_Face and @FT_Attach_Stream.             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    flags       :: A set of bit flags indicating how to use the        */
-  /*                   structure.                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    memory_base :: The first byte of the file in memory.               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    memory_size :: The size in bytes of the file in memory.            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    pathname    :: A pointer to an 8-bit file pathname.                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    stream      :: A handle to a source stream object.                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    driver      :: This field is exclusively used by @FT_Open_Face;    */
-  /*                   it simply specifies the font driver to use to open  */
-  /*                   the face.  If set to 0, FreeType tries to load the  */
-  /*                   face with each one of the drivers in its list.      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    num_params  :: The number of extra parameters.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    params      :: Extra parameters passed to the font driver when     */
-  /*                   opening a new face.                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    The stream type is determined by the contents of `flags' which     */
-  /*    are tested in the following order by @FT_Open_Face:                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    If the `FT_OPEN_MEMORY' bit is set, assume that this is a          */
-  /*    memory file of `memory_size' bytes, located at `memory_address'.   */
-  /*    The data are are not copied, and the client is responsible for     */
-  /*    releasing and destroying them _after_ the corresponding call to    */
-  /*    @FT_Done_Face.                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    Otherwise, if the `FT_OPEN_STREAM' bit is set, assume that a       */
-  /*    custom input stream `stream' is used.                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    Otherwise, if the `FT_OPEN_PATHNAME' bit is set, assume that this  */
-  /*    is a normal file and use `pathname' to open it.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    If the `FT_OPEN_DRIVER' bit is set, @FT_Open_Face only tries to    */
-  /*    open the file with the driver whose handler is in `driver'.        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    If the `FT_OPEN_PARAMS' bit is set, the parameters given by        */
-  /*    `num_params' and `params' is used.  They are ignored otherwise.    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    Ideally, both the `pathname' and `params' fields should be tagged  */
-  /*    as `const'; this is missing for API backwards compatibility.  With */
-  /*    other words, applications should treat them as read-only.          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  FT_Open_Args_
-  {
-    FT_UInt         flags;
-    const FT_Byte*  memory_base;
-    FT_Long         memory_size;
-    FT_String*      pathname;
-    FT_Stream       stream;
-    FT_Module       driver;
-    FT_Int          num_params;
-    FT_Parameter*   params;
-
-  } FT_Open_Args;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_New_Face                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    This function calls @FT_Open_Face to open a font by its pathname.  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <InOut>                                                               */
-  /*    library    :: A handle to the library resource.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    pathname   :: A path to the font file.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    face_index :: The index of the face within the font.  The first    */
-  /*                  face has index 0.                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Output>                                                              */
-  /*    aface      :: A handle to a new face object.  If `face_index' is   */
-  /*                  greater than or equal to zero, it must be non-NULL.  */
-  /*                  See @FT_Open_Face for more details.                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_New_Face( FT_Library   library,
-               const char*  filepathname,
-               FT_Long      face_index,
-               FT_Face     *aface );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_New_Memory_Face                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    This function calls @FT_Open_Face to open a font which has been    */
-  /*    loaded into memory.                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <InOut>                                                               */
-  /*    library    :: A handle to the library resource.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    file_base  :: A pointer to the beginning of the font data.         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    file_size  :: The size of the memory chunk used by the font data.  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    face_index :: The index of the face within the font.  The first    */
-  /*                  face has index 0.                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Output>                                                              */
-  /*    aface      :: A handle to a new face object.  If `face_index' is   */
-  /*                  greater than or equal to zero, it must be non-NULL.  */
-  /*                  See @FT_Open_Face for more details.                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    You must not deallocate the memory before calling @FT_Done_Face.   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_New_Memory_Face( FT_Library      library,
-                      const FT_Byte*  file_base,
-                      FT_Long         file_size,
-                      FT_Long         face_index,
-                      FT_Face        *aface );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Open_Face                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Create a face object from a given resource described by            */
-  /*    @FT_Open_Args.                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <InOut>                                                               */
-  /*    library    :: A handle to the library resource.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    args       :: A pointer to an `FT_Open_Args' structure which must  */
-  /*                  be filled by the caller.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    face_index :: The index of the face within the font.  The first    */
-  /*                  face has index 0.                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Output>                                                              */
-  /*    aface      :: A handle to a new face object.  If `face_index' is   */
-  /*                  greater than or equal to zero, it must be non-NULL.  */
-  /*                  See note below.                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    Unlike FreeType 1.x, this function automatically creates a glyph   */
-  /*    slot for the face object which can be accessed directly through    */
-  /*    `face->glyph'.                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_Open_Face can be used to quickly check whether the font         */
-  /*    format of a given font resource is supported by FreeType.  If the  */
-  /*    `face_index' field is negative, the function's return value is 0   */
-  /*    if the font format is recognized, or non-zero otherwise;           */
-  /*    the function returns a more or less empty face handle in `*aface'  */
-  /*    (if `aface' isn't NULL).  The only useful field in this special    */
-  /*    case is `face->num_faces' which gives the number of faces within   */
-  /*    the font file.  After examination, the returned @FT_Face structure */
-  /*    should be deallocated with a call to @FT_Done_Face.                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    Each new face object created with this function also owns a        */
-  /*    default @FT_Size object, accessible as `face->size'.               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Open_Face( FT_Library           library,
-                const FT_Open_Args*  args,
-                FT_Long              face_index,
-                FT_Face             *aface );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Attach_File                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    This function calls @FT_Attach_Stream to attach a file.            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <InOut>                                                               */
-  /*    face         :: The target face object.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    filepathname :: The pathname.                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Attach_File( FT_Face      face,
-                  const char*  filepathname );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Attach_Stream                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    `Attach' data to a face object.  Normally, this is used to read    */
-  /*    additional information for the face object.  For example, you can  */
-  /*    attach an AFM file that comes with a Type 1 font to get the        */
-  /*    kerning values and other metrics.                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <InOut>                                                               */
-  /*    face       :: The target face object.                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    parameters :: A pointer to @FT_Open_Args which must be filled by   */
-  /*                  the caller.                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    The meaning of the `attach' (i.e., what really happens when the    */
-  /*    new file is read) is not fixed by FreeType itself.  It really      */
-  /*    depends on the font format (and thus the font driver).             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    Client applications are expected to know what they are doing       */
-  /*    when invoking this function.  Most drivers simply do not implement */
-  /*    file attachments.                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Attach_Stream( FT_Face        face,
-                    FT_Open_Args*  parameters );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Done_Face                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Discard a given face object, as well as all of its child slots and */
-  /*    sizes.                                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face :: A handle to a target face object.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Done_Face( FT_Face  face );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Select_Size                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Select a bitmap strike.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <InOut>                                                               */
-  /*    face         :: A handle to a target face object.                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    strike_index :: The index of the bitmap strike in the              */
-  /*                    `available_sizes' field of @FT_FaceRec structure.  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Select_Size( FT_Face  face,
-                  FT_Int   strike_index );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Enum>                                                                */
-  /*    FT_Size_Request_Type                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    An enumeration type that lists the supported size request types.   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Values>                                                              */
-  /*    FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_NOMINAL ::                                    */
-  /*      The nominal size.  The `units_per_EM' field of @FT_FaceRec is    */
-  /*      used to determine both scaling values.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_REAL_DIM ::                                   */
-  /*      The real dimension.  The sum of the the `Ascender' and (minus    */
-  /*      of) the `Descender' fields of @FT_FaceRec are used to determine  */
-  /*      both scaling values.                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_BBOX ::                                       */
-  /*      The font bounding box.  The width and height of the `bbox' field */
-  /*      of @FT_FaceRec are used to determine the horizontal and vertical */
-  /*      scaling value, respectively.                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_CELL ::                                       */
-  /*      The `max_advance_width' field of @FT_FaceRec is used to          */
-  /*      determine the horizontal scaling value; the vertical scaling     */
-  /*      value is determined the same way as                              */
-  /*      @FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_REAL_DIM does.  Finally, both scaling      */
-  /*      values are set to the smaller one.  This type is useful if you   */
-  /*      want to specify the font size for, say, a window of a given      */
-  /*      dimension and 80x24 cells.                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_SCALES ::                                     */
-  /*      Specify the scaling values directly.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    The above descriptions only apply to scalable formats.  For bitmap */
-  /*    formats, the behaviour is up to the driver.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    See the note section of @FT_Size_Metrics if you wonder how size    */
-  /*    requesting relates to scaling values.                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef enum  FT_Size_Request_Type_
-  {
-    FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_NOMINAL,
-    FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_REAL_DIM,
-    FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_BBOX,
-    FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_CELL,
-    FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_SCALES,
-
-    FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_MAX
-
-  } FT_Size_Request_Type;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    FT_Size_RequestRec                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A structure used to model a size request.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    type           :: See @FT_Size_Request_Type.                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    width          :: The desired width.                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    height         :: The desired height.                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    horiResolution :: The horizontal resolution.  If set to zero,      */
-  /*                      `width' is treated as a 26.6 fractional pixel    */
-  /*                      value.                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    vertResolution :: The vertical resolution.  If set to zero,        */
-  /*                      `height' is treated as a 26.6 fractional pixel   */
-  /*                      value.                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    If `width' is zero, then the horizontal scaling value is set      */
-  /*    equal to the vertical scaling value, and vice versa.               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  FT_Size_RequestRec_
-  {
-    FT_Size_Request_Type  type;
-    FT_Long               width;
-    FT_Long               height;
-    FT_UInt               horiResolution;
-    FT_UInt               vertResolution;
-
-  } FT_Size_RequestRec;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    FT_Size_Request                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A handle to a size request structure.                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct FT_Size_RequestRec_  *FT_Size_Request;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Request_Size                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Resize the scale of the active @FT_Size object in a face.          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <InOut>                                                               */
-  /*    face :: A handle to a target face object.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    req  :: A pointer to a @FT_Size_RequestRec.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    Although drivers may select the bitmap strike matching the         */
-  /*    request, you should not rely on this if you intend to select a     */
-  /*    particular bitmap strike.  Use @FT_Select_Size instead in that     */
-  /*    case.                                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Request_Size( FT_Face          face,
-                   FT_Size_Request  req );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Set_Char_Size                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    This function calls @FT_Request_Size to request the nominal size   */
-  /*    (in points).                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <InOut>                                                               */
-  /*    face            :: A handle to a target face object.               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    char_width      :: The nominal width, in 26.6 fractional points.   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    char_height     :: The nominal height, in 26.6 fractional points.  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    horz_resolution :: The horizontal resolution in dpi.               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    vert_resolution :: The vertical resolution in dpi.                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    If either the character width or height is zero, it is set equal   */
-  /*    to the other value.                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    If either the horizontal or vertical resolution is zero, it is set */
-  /*    equal to the other value.                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    A character width or height smaller than 1pt is set to 1pt; if     */
-  /*    both resolution values are zero, they are set to 72dpi.            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Set_Char_Size( FT_Face     face,
-                    FT_F26Dot6  char_width,
-                    FT_F26Dot6  char_height,
-                    FT_UInt     horz_resolution,
-                    FT_UInt     vert_resolution );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    This function calls @FT_Request_Size to request the nominal size   */
-  /*    (in pixels).                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <InOut>                                                               */
-  /*    face         :: A handle to the target face object.                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    pixel_width  :: The nominal width, in pixels.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    pixel_height :: The nominal height, in pixels.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes( FT_Face  face,
-                      FT_UInt  pixel_width,
-                      FT_UInt  pixel_height );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Load_Glyph                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A function used to load a single glyph into the glyph slot of a    */
-  /*    face object.                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <InOut>                                                               */
-  /*    face        :: A handle to the target face object where the glyph  */
-  /*                   is loaded.                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    glyph_index :: The index of the glyph in the font file.  For       */
-  /*                   CID-keyed fonts (either in PS or in CFF format)     */
-  /*                   this argument specifies the CID value.              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    load_flags  :: A flag indicating what to load for this glyph.  The */
-  /*                   @FT_LOAD_XXX constants can be used to control the   */
-  /*                   glyph loading process (e.g., whether the outline    */
-  /*                   should be scaled, whether to load bitmaps or not,   */
-  /*                   whether to hint the outline, etc).                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    The loaded glyph may be transformed.  See @FT_Set_Transform for    */
-  /*    the details.                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    For subsetted CID-keyed fonts, `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' is        */
-  /*    returned for invalid CID values (this is, for CID values which     */
-  /*    don't have a corresponding glyph in the font).  See the discussion */
-  /*    of the @FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED flag for more details.              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Load_Glyph( FT_Face   face,
-                 FT_UInt   glyph_index,
-                 FT_Int32  load_flags );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Load_Char                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A function used to load a single glyph into the glyph slot of a    */
-  /*    face object, according to its character code.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <InOut>                                                               */
-  /*    face        :: A handle to a target face object where the glyph    */
-  /*                   is loaded.                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    char_code   :: The glyph's character code, according to the        */
-  /*                   current charmap used in the face.                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    load_flags  :: A flag indicating what to load for this glyph.  The */
-  /*                   @FT_LOAD_XXX constants can be used to control the   */
-  /*                   glyph loading process (e.g., whether the outline    */
-  /*                   should be scaled, whether to load bitmaps or not,   */
-  /*                   whether to hint the outline, etc).                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    This function simply calls @FT_Get_Char_Index and @FT_Load_Glyph.  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Load_Char( FT_Face   face,
-                FT_ULong  char_code,
-                FT_Int32  load_flags );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @enum:
-   *   FT_LOAD_XXX
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_Load_Glyph to indicate
-   *   what kind of operations to perform during glyph loading.
-   *
-   * @values:
-   *   FT_LOAD_DEFAULT ::
-   *     Corresponding to 0, this value is used as the default glyph load
-   *     operation.  In this case, the following happens:
-   *
-   *     1. FreeType looks for a bitmap for the glyph corresponding to the
-   *        face's current size.  If one is found, the function returns.
-   *        The bitmap data can be accessed from the glyph slot (see note
-   *        below).
-   *
-   *     2. If no embedded bitmap is searched or found, FreeType looks for a
-   *        scalable outline.  If one is found, it is loaded from the font
-   *        file, scaled to device pixels, then `hinted' to the pixel grid
-   *        in order to optimize it.  The outline data can be accessed from
-   *        the glyph slot (see note below).
-   *
-   *     Note that by default, the glyph loader doesn't render outlines into
-   *     bitmaps.  The following flags are used to modify this default
-   *     behaviour to more specific and useful cases.
-   *
-   *   FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE ::
-   *     Don't scale the outline glyph loaded, but keep it in font units.
-   *
-   *     This flag implies @FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING and @FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP, and
-   *     unsets @FT_LOAD_RENDER.
-   *
-   *   FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING ::
-   *     Disable hinting.  This generally generates `blurrier' bitmap glyph
-   *     when the glyph is rendered in any of the anti-aliased modes.  See
-   *     also the note below.
-   *
-   *     This flag is implied by @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE.
-   *
-   *   FT_LOAD_RENDER ::
-   *     Call @FT_Render_Glyph after the glyph is loaded.  By default, the
-   *     glyph is rendered in @FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL mode.  This can be
-   *     overridden by @FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX or @FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME.
-   *
-   *     This flag is unset by @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE.
-   *
-   *   FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP ::
-   *     Ignore bitmap strikes when loading.  Bitmap-only fonts ignore this
-   *     flag.
-   *
-   *     @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE always sets this flag.
-   *
-   *   FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT ::
-   *     Load the glyph for vertical text layout.  _Don't_ use it as it is
-   *     problematic currently.
-   *
-   *   FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT ::
-   *     Indicates that the auto-hinter is preferred over the font's native
-   *     hinter.  See also the note below.
-   *
-   *   FT_LOAD_CROP_BITMAP ::
-   *     Indicates that the font driver should crop the loaded bitmap glyph
-   *     (i.e., remove all space around its black bits).  Not all drivers
-   *     implement this.
-   *
-   *   FT_LOAD_PEDANTIC ::
-   *     Indicates that the font driver should perform pedantic verifications
-   *     during glyph loading.  This is mostly used to detect broken glyphs
-   *     in fonts.  By default, FreeType tries to handle broken fonts also.
-   *
-   *   FT_LOAD_IGNORE_GLOBAL_ADVANCE_WIDTH ::
-   *     Indicates that the font driver should ignore the global advance
-   *     width defined in the font.  By default, that value is used as the
-   *     advance width for all glyphs when the face has
-   *     @FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH set.
-   *
-   *     This flag exists for historical reasons (to support buggy CJK
-   *     fonts).
-   *
-   *   FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE ::
-   *     This flag is only used internally.  It merely indicates that the
-   *     font driver should not load composite glyphs recursively.  Instead,
-   *     it should set the `num_subglyph' and `subglyphs' values of the
-   *     glyph slot accordingly, and set `glyph->format' to
-   *     @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE.
-   *
-   *     The description of sub-glyphs is not available to client
-   *     applications for now.
-   *
-   *     This flag implies @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE and @FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM.
-   *
-   *   FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM ::
-   *     Indicates that the transform matrix set by @FT_Set_Transform should
-   *     be ignored.
-   *
-   *   FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME ::
-   *     This flag is used with @FT_LOAD_RENDER to indicate that you want to
-   *     render an outline glyph to a 1-bit monochrome bitmap glyph, with
-   *     8 pixels packed into each byte of the bitmap data.
-   *
-   *     Note that this has no effect on the hinting algorithm used.  You
-   *     should use @FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO instead so that the
-   *     monochrome-optimized hinting algorithm is used.
-   *
-   *   FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN ::
-   *     Indicates that the `linearHoriAdvance' and `linearVertAdvance'
-   *     fields of @FT_GlyphSlotRec should be kept in font units.  See
-   *     @FT_GlyphSlotRec for details.
-   *
-   *   FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT ::
-   *     Disable auto-hinter.  See also the note below.
-   *
-   * @note:
-   *   By default, hinting is enabled and the font's native hinter (see
-   *   @FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTER) is preferred over the auto-hinter.  You can
-   *   disable hinting by setting @FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING or change the
-   *   precedence by setting @FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT.  You can also set
-   *   @FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT in case you don't want the auto-hinter to be
-   *   used at all.
-   *
-   *   Besides deciding which hinter to use, you can also decide which
-   *   hinting algorithm to use.  See @FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX for details.
-   */
-#define FT_LOAD_DEFAULT                      0x0
-#define FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE                     0x1
-#define FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING                   0x2
-#define FT_LOAD_RENDER                       0x4
-#define FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP                    0x8
-#define FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT              0x10
-#define FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT               0x20
-#define FT_LOAD_CROP_BITMAP                  0x40
-#define FT_LOAD_PEDANTIC                     0x80
-#define FT_LOAD_IGNORE_GLOBAL_ADVANCE_WIDTH  0x200
-#define FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE                   0x400
-#define FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM             0x800
-#define FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME                   0x1000
-#define FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN                0x2000
-#define FT_LOAD_SBITS_ONLY                   0x4000   /* temporary hack! */
-#define FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT                  0x8000U
-
-  /* */
-
-
-  /**************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @enum:
-   *   FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A list of values that are used to select a specific hinting algorithm
-   *   to use by the hinter.  You should OR one of these values to your
-   *   `load_flags' when calling @FT_Load_Glyph.
-   *
-   *   Note that font's native hinters may ignore the hinting algorithm you
-   *   have specified (e.g., the TrueType bytecode interpreter).  You can set
-   *   @FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT to ensure that the auto-hinter is used.
-   *
-   *   Also note that @FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT is an exception, in that it
-   *   always implies @FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT.
-   *
-   * @values:
-   *   FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL ::
-   *     This corresponds to the default hinting algorithm, optimized for
-   *     standard gray-level rendering.  For monochrome output, use
-   *     @FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO instead.
-   *
-   *   FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT ::
-   *     A lighter hinting algorithm for non-monochrome modes.  Many
-   *     generated glyphs are more fuzzy but better resemble its original
-   *     shape.  A bit like rendering on Mac OS X.
-   *
-   *     As a special exception, this target implies @FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT.
-   *
-   *   FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO ::
-   *     Strong hinting algorithm that should only be used for monochrome
-   *     output.  The result is probably unpleasant if the glyph is rendered
-   *     in non-monochrome modes.
-   *
-   *   FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD ::
-   *     A variant of @FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL optimized for horizontally
-   *     decimated LCD displays.
-   *
-   *   FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD_V ::
-   *     A variant of @FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL optimized for vertically
-   *     decimated LCD displays.
-   *
-   * @note:
-   *   You should use only _one_ of the FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX values in your
-   *   `load_flags'.  They can't be ORed.
-   *
-   *   If @FT_LOAD_RENDER is also set, the glyph is rendered in the
-   *   corresponding mode (i.e., the mode which matches the used algorithm
-   *   best) unless @FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME is set.
-   *
-   *   You can use a hinting algorithm that doesn't correspond to the same
-   *   rendering mode.  As an example, it is possible to use the `light'
-   *   hinting algorithm and have the results rendered in horizontal LCD
-   *   pixel mode, with code like
-   *
-   *     {
-   *       FT_Load_Glyph( face, glyph_index,
-   *                      load_flags | FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT );
-   *
-   *       FT_Render_Glyph( face->glyph, FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD );
-   *     }
-   */
-
-#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_( x )      ( (FT_Int32)( (x) & 15 ) << 16 )
-
-#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL     FT_LOAD_TARGET_( FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL )
-#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT      FT_LOAD_TARGET_( FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT  )
-#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO       FT_LOAD_TARGET_( FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO   )
-#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD        FT_LOAD_TARGET_( FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD    )
-#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD_V      FT_LOAD_TARGET_( FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V  )
-
-
-  /**************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @macro:
-   *   FT_LOAD_TARGET_MODE
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   Return the @FT_Render_Mode corresponding to a given
-   *   @FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX value.
-   *
-   */
-
-#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_MODE( x )  ( (FT_Render_Mode)( ( (x) >> 16 ) & 15 ) )
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Set_Transform                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A function used to set the transformation that is applied to glyph */
-  /*    images when they are loaded into a glyph slot through              */
-  /*    @FT_Load_Glyph.                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <InOut>                                                               */
-  /*    face   :: A handle to the source face object.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    matrix :: A pointer to the transformation's 2x2 matrix.  Use 0 for */
-  /*              the identity matrix.                                     */
-  /*    delta  :: A pointer to the translation vector.  Use 0 for the null */
-  /*              vector.                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    The transformation is only applied to scalable image formats after */
-  /*    the glyph has been loaded.  It means that hinting is unaltered by  */
-  /*    the transformation and is performed on the character size given in */
-  /*    the last call to @FT_Set_Char_Size or @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes.         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    Note that this also transforms the `face.glyph.advance' field, but */
-  /*    *not* the values in `face.glyph.metrics'.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FT_Set_Transform( FT_Face     face,
-                    FT_Matrix*  matrix,
-                    FT_Vector*  delta );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Enum>                                                                */
-  /*    FT_Render_Mode                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    An enumeration type that lists the render modes supported by       */
-  /*    FreeType 2.  Each mode corresponds to a specific type of scanline  */
-  /*    conversion performed on the outline.                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    For bitmap fonts the `bitmap->pixel_mode' field in the             */
-  /*    @FT_GlyphSlotRec structure gives the format of the returned        */
-  /*    bitmap.                                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Values>                                                              */
-  /*    FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL ::                                           */
-  /*      This is the default render mode; it corresponds to 8-bit         */
-  /*      anti-aliased bitmaps, using 256 levels of opacity.               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT ::                                            */
-  /*      This is equivalent to @FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL.  It is only        */
-  /*      defined as a separate value because render modes are also used   */
-  /*      indirectly to define hinting algorithm selectors.  See           */
-  /*      @FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX for details.                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO ::                                             */
-  /*      This mode corresponds to 1-bit bitmaps.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD ::                                              */
-  /*      This mode corresponds to horizontal RGB and BGR sub-pixel        */
-  /*      displays, like LCD-screens.  It produces 8-bit bitmaps that are  */
-  /*      3 times the width of the original glyph outline in pixels, and   */
-  /*      which use the @FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD mode.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V ::                                            */
-  /*      This mode corresponds to vertical RGB and BGR sub-pixel displays */
-  /*      (like PDA screens, rotated LCD displays, etc.).  It produces     */
-  /*      8-bit bitmaps that are 3 times the height of the original        */
-  /*      glyph outline in pixels and use the @FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V mode.   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*   The LCD-optimized glyph bitmaps produced by FT_Render_Glyph can be  */
-  /*   filtered to reduce color-fringes by using @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter  */
-  /*   (not active in the default builds).  It is up to the caller to      */
-  /*   either call @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter (if available) or do the       */
-  /*   filtering itself.                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef enum  FT_Render_Mode_
-  {
-    FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL = 0,
-    FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT,
-    FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO,
-    FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD,
-    FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V,
-
-    FT_RENDER_MODE_MAX
-
-  } FT_Render_Mode;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Enum>                                                                */
-  /*    ft_render_mode_xxx                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    These constants are deprecated.  Use the corresponding             */
-  /*    @FT_Render_Mode values instead.                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Values>                                                              */
-  /*   ft_render_mode_normal :: see @FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL                 */
-  /*   ft_render_mode_mono   :: see @FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define ft_render_mode_normal  FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL
-#define ft_render_mode_mono    FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Render_Glyph                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Convert a given glyph image to a bitmap.  It does so by inspecting */
-  /*    the glyph image format, finding the relevant renderer, and         */
-  /*    invoking it.                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <InOut>                                                               */
-  /*    slot        :: A handle to the glyph slot containing the image to  */
-  /*                   convert.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    render_mode :: This is the render mode used to render the glyph    */
-  /*                   image into a bitmap.  See @FT_Render_Mode for a     */
-  /*                   list of possible values.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Render_Glyph( FT_GlyphSlot    slot,
-                   FT_Render_Mode  render_mode );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Enum>                                                                */
-  /*    FT_Kerning_Mode                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    An enumeration used to specify which kerning values to return in   */
-  /*    @FT_Get_Kerning.                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Values>                                                              */
-  /*    FT_KERNING_DEFAULT  :: Return scaled and grid-fitted kerning       */
-  /*                           distances (value is 0).                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_KERNING_UNFITTED :: Return scaled but un-grid-fitted kerning    */
-  /*                           distances.                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_KERNING_UNSCALED :: Return the kerning vector in original font  */
-  /*                           units.                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef enum  FT_Kerning_Mode_
-  {
-    FT_KERNING_DEFAULT  = 0,
-    FT_KERNING_UNFITTED,
-    FT_KERNING_UNSCALED
-
-  } FT_Kerning_Mode;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Const>                                                               */
-  /*    ft_kerning_default                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    This constant is deprecated.  Please use @FT_KERNING_DEFAULT       */
-  /*    instead.                                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define ft_kerning_default   FT_KERNING_DEFAULT
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Const>                                                               */
-  /*    ft_kerning_unfitted                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    This constant is deprecated.  Please use @FT_KERNING_UNFITTED      */
-  /*    instead.                                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define ft_kerning_unfitted  FT_KERNING_UNFITTED
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Const>                                                               */
-  /*    ft_kerning_unscaled                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    This constant is deprecated.  Please use @FT_KERNING_UNSCALED      */
-  /*    instead.                                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define ft_kerning_unscaled  FT_KERNING_UNSCALED
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Get_Kerning                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Return the kerning vector between two glyphs of a same face.       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face        :: A handle to a source face object.                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    left_glyph  :: The index of the left glyph in the kern pair.       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    right_glyph :: The index of the right glyph in the kern pair.      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    kern_mode   :: See @FT_Kerning_Mode for more information.          */
-  /*                   Determines the scale and dimension of the returned  */
-  /*                   kerning vector.                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Output>                                                              */
-  /*    akerning    :: The kerning vector.  This is either in font units   */
-  /*                   or in pixels (26.6 format) for scalable formats,    */
-  /*                   and in pixels for fixed-sizes formats.              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    Only horizontal layouts (left-to-right & right-to-left) are        */
-  /*    supported by this method.  Other layouts, or more sophisticated    */
-  /*    kernings, are out of the scope of this API function -- they can be */
-  /*    implemented through format-specific interfaces.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Get_Kerning( FT_Face     face,
-                  FT_UInt     left_glyph,
-                  FT_UInt     right_glyph,
-                  FT_UInt     kern_mode,
-                  FT_Vector  *akerning );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Get_Track_Kerning                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Return the track kerning for a given face object at a given size.  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face        :: A handle to a source face object.                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    point_size  :: The point size in 16.16 fractional points.          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    degree      :: The degree of tightness.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Output>                                                              */
-  /*    akerning    :: The kerning in 16.16 fractional points.             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Get_Track_Kerning( FT_Face    face,
-                        FT_Fixed   point_size,
-                        FT_Int     degree,
-                        FT_Fixed*  akerning );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Get_Glyph_Name                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Retrieve the ASCII name of a given glyph in a face.  This only     */
-  /*    works for those faces where @FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES(face) returns 1.   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face        :: A handle to a source face object.                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    glyph_index :: The glyph index.                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    buffer_max  :: The maximal number of bytes available in the        */
-  /*                   buffer.                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Output>                                                              */
-  /*    buffer      :: A pointer to a target buffer where the name is      */
-  /*                   copied to.                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    An error is returned if the face doesn't provide glyph names or if */
-  /*    the glyph index is invalid.  In all cases of failure, the first    */
-  /*    byte of `buffer' is set to 0 to indicate an empty name.            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    The glyph name is truncated to fit within the buffer if it is too  */
-  /*    long.  The returned string is always zero-terminated.              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    This function is not compiled within the library if the config     */
-  /*    macro `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_GLYPH_NAMES' is defined in              */
-  /*    `include/freetype/config/ftoptions.h'.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Get_Glyph_Name( FT_Face     face,
-                     FT_UInt     glyph_index,
-                     FT_Pointer  buffer,
-                     FT_UInt     buffer_max );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Get_Postscript_Name                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Retrieve the ASCII Postscript name of a given face, if available.  */
-  /*    This only works with Postscript and TrueType fonts.                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face :: A handle to the source face object.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    A pointer to the face's Postscript name.  NULL if unavailable.     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    The returned pointer is owned by the face and is destroyed with    */
-  /*    it.                                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( const char* )
-  FT_Get_Postscript_Name( FT_Face  face );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Select_Charmap                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Select a given charmap by its encoding tag (as listed in           */
-  /*    `freetype.h').                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <InOut>                                                               */
-  /*    face     :: A handle to the source face object.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    encoding :: A handle to the selected encoding.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    This function returns an error if no charmap in the face           */
-  /*    corresponds to the encoding queried here.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    Because many fonts contain more than a single cmap for Unicode     */
-  /*    encoding, this function has some special code to select the one    */
-  /*    which covers Unicode best (`best' in the sense that a UCS-4 cmap   */
-  /*    is preferred to a UCS-2 cmap).  It is thus preferable to           */
-  /*    @FT_Set_Charmap in this case.                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Select_Charmap( FT_Face      face,
-                     FT_Encoding  encoding );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Set_Charmap                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Select a given charmap for character code to glyph index mapping.  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <InOut>                                                               */
-  /*    face    :: A handle to the source face object.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    charmap :: A handle to the selected charmap.                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    This function returns an error if the charmap is not part of       */
-  /*    the face (i.e., if it is not listed in the `face->charmaps'        */
-  /*    table).                                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    It also fails if a type 14 charmap is selected.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Set_Charmap( FT_Face     face,
-                  FT_CharMap  charmap );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @function:
-   *   FT_Get_Charmap_Index
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   Retrieve index of a given charmap.
-   *
-   * @input:
-   *   charmap ::
-   *     A handle to a charmap.
-   *
-   * @return:
-   *   The index into the array of character maps within the face to which
-   *   `charmap' belongs.
-   *
-   */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Int )
-  FT_Get_Charmap_Index( FT_CharMap  charmap );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Get_Char_Index                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Return the glyph index of a given character code.  This function   */
-  /*    uses a charmap object to do the mapping.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face     :: A handle to the source face object.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    charcode :: The character code.                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    The glyph index.  0 means `undefined character code'.              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    If you use FreeType to manipulate the contents of font files       */
-  /*    directly, be aware that the glyph index returned by this function  */
-  /*    doesn't always correspond to the internal indices used within      */
-  /*    the file.  This is done to ensure that value 0 always corresponds  */
-  /*    to the `missing glyph'.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt )
-  FT_Get_Char_Index( FT_Face   face,
-                     FT_ULong  charcode );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Get_First_Char                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    This function is used to return the first character code in the    */
-  /*    current charmap of a given face.  It also returns the              */
-  /*    corresponding glyph index.                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face    :: A handle to the source face object.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Output>                                                              */
-  /*    agindex :: Glyph index of first character code.  0 if charmap is   */
-  /*               empty.                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    The charmap's first character code.                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    You should use this function with @FT_Get_Next_Char to be able to  */
-  /*    parse all character codes available in a given charmap.  The code  */
-  /*    should look like this:                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    {                                                                  */
-  /*      FT_ULong  charcode;                                              */
-  /*      FT_UInt   gindex;                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*      charcode = FT_Get_First_Char( face, &gindex );                   */
-  /*      while ( gindex != 0 )                                            */
-  /*      {                                                                */
-  /*        ... do something with (charcode,gindex) pair ...               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*        charcode = FT_Get_Next_Char( face, charcode, &gindex );        */
-  /*      }                                                                */
-  /*    }                                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    Note that `*agindex' is set to 0 if the charmap is empty.  The     */
-  /*    result itself can be 0 in two cases: if the charmap is empty or    */
-  /*    when the value 0 is the first valid character code.                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_ULong )
-  FT_Get_First_Char( FT_Face   face,
-                     FT_UInt  *agindex );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Get_Next_Char                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    This function is used to return the next character code in the     */
-  /*    current charmap of a given face following the value `char_code',   */
-  /*    as well as the corresponding glyph index.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face      :: A handle to the source face object.                   */
-  /*    char_code :: The starting character code.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Output>                                                              */
-  /*    agindex   :: Glyph index of first character code.  0 if charmap    */
-  /*                 is empty.                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    The charmap's next character code.                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    You should use this function with @FT_Get_First_Char to walk       */
-  /*    over all character codes available in a given charmap.  See the    */
-  /*    note for this function for a simple code example.                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    Note that `*agindex' is set to 0 when there are no more codes in   */
-  /*    the charmap.                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_ULong )
-  FT_Get_Next_Char( FT_Face    face,
-                    FT_ULong   char_code,
-                    FT_UInt   *agindex );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Get_Name_Index                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Return the glyph index of a given glyph name.  This function uses  */
-  /*    driver specific objects to do the translation.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face       :: A handle to the source face object.                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    glyph_name :: The glyph name.                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    The glyph index.  0 means `undefined character code'.              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt )
-  FT_Get_Name_Index( FT_Face     face,
-                     FT_String*  glyph_name );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @macro:
-   *   FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XXX
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A list of constants used to describe subglyphs.  Please refer to the
-   *   TrueType specification for the meaning of the various flags.
-   *
-   * @values:
-   *   FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_WORDS ::
-   *   FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_XY_VALUES ::
-   *   FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ROUND_XY_TO_GRID ::
-   *   FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_SCALE ::
-   *   FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XY_SCALE ::
-   *   FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_2X2 ::
-   *   FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_USE_MY_METRICS ::
-   *
-   */
-#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_WORDS          1
-#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_XY_VALUES      2
-#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ROUND_XY_TO_GRID        4
-#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_SCALE                   8
-#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XY_SCALE             0x40
-#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_2X2                  0x80
-#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_USE_MY_METRICS      0x200
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @func:
-   *   FT_Get_SubGlyph_Info
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   Retrieve a description of a given subglyph.  Only use it if
-   *   `glyph->format' is @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE, or an error is
-   *   returned.
-   *
-   * @input:
-   *   glyph ::
-   *     The source glyph slot.
-   *
-   *   sub_index ::
-   *     The index of subglyph.  Must be less than `glyph->num_subglyphs'.
-   *
-   * @output:
-   *   p_index ::
-   *     The glyph index of the subglyph.
-   *
-   *   p_flags ::
-   *     The subglyph flags, see @FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XXX.
-   *
-   *   p_arg1 ::
-   *     The subglyph's first argument (if any).
-   *
-   *   p_arg2 ::
-   *     The subglyph's second argument (if any).
-   *
-   *   p_transform ::
-   *     The subglyph transformation (if any).
-   *
-   * @return:
-   *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.
-   *
-   * @note:
-   *   The values of `*p_arg1', `*p_arg2', and `*p_transform' must be
-   *   interpreted depending on the flags returned in `*p_flags'.  See the
-   *   TrueType specification for details.
-   *
-   */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Get_SubGlyph_Info( FT_GlyphSlot  glyph,
-                        FT_UInt       sub_index,
-                        FT_Int       *p_index,
-                        FT_UInt      *p_flags,
-                        FT_Int       *p_arg1,
-                        FT_Int       *p_arg2,
-                        FT_Matrix    *p_transform );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Section>                                                             */
-  /*    glyph_variants                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Title>                                                               */
-  /*    Glyph Variants                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
-  /*    The FreeType 2 interface to Unicode Ideographic Variation          */
-  /*    Sequences (IVS), using the SFNT cmap format 14.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Many CJK characters have variant forms.  They are a sort of grey   */
-  /*    area somewhere between being totally irrelevant and semantically   */
-  /*    distinct; for this reason, the Unicode consortium decided to       */
-  /*    introduce Ideographic Variation Sequences (IVS), consisting of a   */
-  /*    Unicode base character and one of 240 variant selectors            */
-  /*    (U+E0100-U+E01EF), instead of further extending the already huge   */
-  /*    code range for CJK characters.                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    An IVS is registered and unique; for further details please refer  */
-  /*    to Unicode Technical Report #37, the Ideographic Variation         */
-  /*    Database.  To date (October 2007), the character with the most     */
-  /*    variants is U+908A, having 8 such IVS.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    Adobe and MS decided to support IVS with a new cmap subtable       */
-  /*    (format 14).  It is an odd subtable because it is not a mapping of */
-  /*    input code points to glyphs, but contains lists of all variants    */
-  /*    supported by the font.                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    A variant may be either `default' or `non-default'.  A default     */
-  /*    variant is the one you will get for that code point if you look it */
-  /*    up in the standard Unicode cmap.  A non-default variant is a       */
-  /*    different glyph.                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Face_GetCharVariantIndex                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Return the glyph index of a given character code as modified by    */
-  /*    the variation selector.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face ::                                                            */
-  /*      A handle to the source face object.                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    charcode ::                                                        */
-  /*      The character code point in Unicode.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    variantSelector ::                                                 */
-  /*      The Unicode code point of the variation selector.                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    The glyph index.  0 means either `undefined character code', or    */
-  /*    `undefined selector code', or `no variation selector cmap          */
-  /*    subtable', or `current CharMap is not Unicode'.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    If you use FreeType to manipulate the contents of font files       */
-  /*    directly, be aware that the glyph index returned by this function  */
-  /*    doesn't always correspond to the internal indices used within      */
-  /*    the file.  This is done to ensure that value 0 always corresponds  */
-  /*    to the `missing glyph'.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    This function is only meaningful if                                */
-  /*      a) the font has a variation selector cmap sub table,             */
-  /*    and                                                                */
-  /*      b) the current charmap has a Unicode encoding.                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Since>                                                               */
-  /*    2.3.6                                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt )
-  FT_Face_GetCharVariantIndex( FT_Face   face,
-                               FT_ULong  charcode,
-                               FT_ULong  variantSelector );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Face_GetCharVariantIsDefault                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Check whether this variant of this Unicode character is the one to */
-  /*    be found in the `cmap'.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face ::                                                            */
-  /*      A handle to the source face object.                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    charcode ::                                                        */
-  /*      The character codepoint in Unicode.                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    variantSelector ::                                                 */
-  /*      The Unicode codepoint of the variation selector.                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    1 if found in the standard (Unicode) cmap, 0 if found in the       */
-  /*    variation selector cmap, or -1 if it is not a variant.             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    This function is only meaningful if the font has a variation       */
-  /*    selector cmap subtable.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Since>                                                               */
-  /*    2.3.6                                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Int )
-  FT_Face_GetCharVariantIsDefault( FT_Face   face,
-                                   FT_ULong  charcode,
-                                   FT_ULong  variantSelector );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Face_GetVariantSelectors                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Return a zero-terminated list of Unicode variant selectors found   */
-  /*    in the font.                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face ::                                                            */
-  /*      A handle to the source face object.                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    A pointer to an array of selector code points, or NULL if there is */
-  /*    no valid variant selector cmap subtable.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    The last item in the array is 0; the array is owned by the         */
-  /*    @FT_Face object but can be overwritten or released on the next     */
-  /*    call to a FreeType function.                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Since>                                                               */
-  /*    2.3.6                                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt32* )
-  FT_Face_GetVariantSelectors( FT_Face  face );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Face_GetVariantsOfChar                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Return a zero-terminated list of Unicode variant selectors found   */
-  /*    for the specified character code.                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face ::                                                            */
-  /*      A handle to the source face object.                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    charcode ::                                                        */
-  /*      The character codepoint in Unicode.                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    A pointer to an array of variant selector code points which are    */
-  /*    active for the given character, or NULL if the corresponding list  */
-  /*    is empty.                                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    The last item in the array is 0; the array is owned by the         */
-  /*    @FT_Face object but can be overwritten or released on the next     */
-  /*    call to a FreeType function.                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Since>                                                               */
-  /*    2.3.6                                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt32* )
-  FT_Face_GetVariantsOfChar( FT_Face   face,
-                             FT_ULong  charcode );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Face_GetCharsOfVariant                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Return a zero-terminated list of Unicode character codes found for */
-  /*    the specified variant selector.                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face ::                                                            */
-  /*      A handle to the source face object.                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    variantSelector ::                                                 */
-  /*      The variant selector code point in Unicode.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    A list of all the code points which are specified by this selector */
-  /*    (both default and non-default codes are returned) or NULL if there */
-  /*    is no valid cmap or the variant selector is invalid.               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    The last item in the array is 0; the array is owned by the         */
-  /*    @FT_Face object but can be overwritten or released on the next     */
-  /*    call to a FreeType function.                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Since>                                                               */
-  /*    2.3.6                                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt32* )
-  FT_Face_GetCharsOfVariant( FT_Face   face,
-                             FT_ULong  variantSelector );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Section>                                                             */
-  /*    computations                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Title>                                                               */
-  /*    Computations                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
-  /*    Crunching fixed numbers and vectors.                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    This section contains various functions used to perform            */
-  /*    computations on 16.16 fixed-float numbers or 2d vectors.           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Order>                                                               */
-  /*    FT_MulDiv                                                          */
-  /*    FT_MulFix                                                          */
-  /*    FT_DivFix                                                          */
-  /*    FT_RoundFix                                                        */
-  /*    FT_CeilFix                                                         */
-  /*    FT_FloorFix                                                        */
-  /*    FT_Vector_Transform                                                */
-  /*    FT_Matrix_Multiply                                                 */
-  /*    FT_Matrix_Invert                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_MulDiv                                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A very simple function used to perform the computation `(a*b)/c'   */
-  /*    with maximal accuracy (it uses a 64-bit intermediate integer       */
-  /*    whenever necessary).                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    This function isn't necessarily as fast as some processor specific */
-  /*    operations, but is at least completely portable.                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    a :: The first multiplier.                                         */
-  /*    b :: The second multiplier.                                        */
-  /*    c :: The divisor.                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    The result of `(a*b)/c'.  This function never traps when trying to */
-  /*    divide by zero; it simply returns `MaxInt' or `MinInt' depending   */
-  /*    on the signs of `a' and `b'.                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Long )
-  FT_MulDiv( FT_Long  a,
-             FT_Long  b,
-             FT_Long  c );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_MulFix                                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A very simple function used to perform the computation             */
-  /*    `(a*b)/0x10000' with maximal accuracy.  Most of the time this is   */
-  /*    used to multiply a given value by a 16.16 fixed float factor.      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    a :: The first multiplier.                                         */
-  /*    b :: The second multiplier.  Use a 16.16 factor here whenever      */
-  /*         possible (see note below).                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    The result of `(a*b)/0x10000'.                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    This function has been optimized for the case where the absolute   */
-  /*    value of `a' is less than 2048, and `b' is a 16.16 scaling factor. */
-  /*    As this happens mainly when scaling from notional units to         */
-  /*    fractional pixels in FreeType, it resulted in noticeable speed     */
-  /*    improvements between versions 2.x and 1.x.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    As a conclusion, always try to place a 16.16 factor as the         */
-  /*    _second_ argument of this function; this can make a great          */
-  /*    difference.                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Long )
-  FT_MulFix( FT_Long  a,
-             FT_Long  b );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_DivFix                                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A very simple function used to perform the computation             */
-  /*    `(a*0x10000)/b' with maximal accuracy.  Most of the time, this is  */
-  /*    used to divide a given value by a 16.16 fixed float factor.        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    a :: The first multiplier.                                         */
-  /*    b :: The second multiplier.  Use a 16.16 factor here whenever      */
-  /*         possible (see note below).                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    The result of `(a*0x10000)/b'.                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    The optimization for FT_DivFix() is simple: If (a << 16) fits in   */
-  /*    32 bits, then the division is computed directly.  Otherwise, we    */
-  /*    use a specialized version of @FT_MulDiv.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Long )
-  FT_DivFix( FT_Long  a,
-             FT_Long  b );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_RoundFix                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A very simple function used to round a 16.16 fixed number.         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    a :: The number to be rounded.                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    The result of `(a + 0x8000) & -0x10000'.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
-  FT_RoundFix( FT_Fixed  a );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_CeilFix                                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A very simple function used to compute the ceiling function of a   */
-  /*    16.16 fixed number.                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    a :: The number for which the ceiling function is to be computed.  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    The result of `(a + 0x10000 - 1) & -0x10000'.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
-  FT_CeilFix( FT_Fixed  a );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_FloorFix                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A very simple function used to compute the floor function of a     */
-  /*    16.16 fixed number.                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    a :: The number for which the floor function is to be computed.    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    The result of `a & -0x10000'.                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
-  FT_FloorFix( FT_Fixed  a );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Vector_Transform                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Transform a single vector through a 2x2 matrix.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <InOut>                                                               */
-  /*    vector :: The target vector to transform.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    matrix :: A pointer to the source 2x2 matrix.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    The result is undefined if either `vector' or `matrix' is invalid. */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FT_Vector_Transform( FT_Vector*        vec,
-                       const FT_Matrix*  matrix );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Section>                                                             */
-  /*    version                                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Title>                                                               */
-  /*    FreeType Version                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
-  /*    Functions and macros related to FreeType versions.                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Note that those functions and macros are of limited use because    */
-  /*    even a new release of FreeType with only documentation changes     */
-  /*    increases the version number.                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   *  @enum:
-   *    FREETYPE_XXX
-   *
-   *  @description:
-   *    These three macros identify the FreeType source code version.
-   *    Use @FT_Library_Version to access them at runtime.
-   *
-   *  @values:
-   *    FREETYPE_MAJOR :: The major version number.
-   *    FREETYPE_MINOR :: The minor version number.
-   *    FREETYPE_PATCH :: The patch level.
-   *
-   *  @note:
-   *    The version number of FreeType if built as a dynamic link library
-   *    with the `libtool' package is _not_ controlled by these three
-   *    macros.
-   */
-#define FREETYPE_MAJOR  2
-#define FREETYPE_MINOR  3
-#define FREETYPE_PATCH  6
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Library_Version                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Return the version of the FreeType library being used.  This is    */
-  /*    useful when dynamically linking to the library, since one cannot   */
-  /*    use the macros @FREETYPE_MAJOR, @FREETYPE_MINOR, and               */
-  /*    @FREETYPE_PATCH.                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    library :: A source library handle.                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Output>                                                              */
-  /*    amajor  :: The major version number.                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    aminor  :: The minor version number.                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    apatch  :: The patch version number.                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    The reason why this function takes a `library' argument is because */
-  /*    certain programs implement library initialization in a custom way  */
-  /*    that doesn't use @FT_Init_FreeType.                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    In such cases, the library version might not be available before   */
-  /*    the library object has been created.                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FT_Library_Version( FT_Library   library,
-                      FT_Int      *amajor,
-                      FT_Int      *aminor,
-                      FT_Int      *apatch );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Face_CheckTrueTypePatents                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Parse all bytecode instructions of a TrueType font file to check   */
-  /*    whether any of the patented opcodes are used.  This is only useful */
-  /*    if you want to be able to use the unpatented hinter with           */
-  /*    fonts that do *not* use these opcodes.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    Note that this function parses *all* glyph instructions in the     */
-  /*    font file, which may be slow.                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face :: A face handle.                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    1 if this is a TrueType font that uses one of the patented         */
-  /*    opcodes, 0 otherwise.                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Since>                                                               */
-  /*    2.3.5                                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Bool )
-  FT_Face_CheckTrueTypePatents( FT_Face  face );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Face_SetUnpatentedHinting                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Enable or disable the unpatented hinter for a given face.          */
-  /*    Only enable it if you have determined that the face doesn't        */
-  /*    use any patented opcodes (see @FT_Face_CheckTrueTypePatents).      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face  :: A face handle.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    value :: New boolean setting.                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    The old setting value.  This will always be false if this is not   */
-  /*    a SFNT font, or if the unpatented hinter is not compiled in this   */
-  /*    instance of the library.                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Since>                                                               */
-  /*    2.3.5                                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Bool )
-  FT_Face_SetUnpatentedHinting( FT_Face  face,
-                                FT_Bool  value );
-
-  /* */
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __FREETYPE_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftbbox.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftbbox.h
deleted file mode 100644
index b11d316..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftbbox.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,94 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftbbox.h                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType exact bbox computation (specification).                     */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2003, 2007 by                                     */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This component has a _single_ role: to compute exact outline bounding */
-  /* boxes.                                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* It is separated from the rest of the engine for various technical     */
-  /* reasons.  It may well be integrated in `ftoutln' later.               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __FTBBOX_H__
-#define __FTBBOX_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_FREETYPE_H
-
-#ifdef FREETYPE_H
-#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
-#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
-#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
-#endif
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Section>                                                             */
-  /*    outline_processing                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Outline_Get_BBox                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Computes the exact bounding box of an outline.  This is slower     */
-  /*    than computing the control box.  However, it uses an advanced      */
-  /*    algorithm which returns _very_ quickly when the two boxes          */
-  /*    coincide.  Otherwise, the outline Bezier arcs are traversed to     */
-  /*    extract their extrema.                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    outline :: A pointer to the source outline.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Output>                                                              */
-  /*    abbox   :: The outline's exact bounding box.                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Outline_Get_BBox( FT_Outline*  outline,
-                       FT_BBox     *abbox );
-
-
-  /* */
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __FTBBOX_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
-
-
-/* Local Variables: */
-/* coding: utf-8    */
-/* End:             */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftbdf.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftbdf.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 9555694..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftbdf.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,200 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftbdf.h                                                                */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType API for accessing BDF-specific strings (specification).     */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006 by                                    */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __FTBDF_H__
-#define __FTBDF_H__
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_FREETYPE_H
-
-#ifdef FREETYPE_H
-#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
-#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
-#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
-#endif
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Section>                                                             */
-  /*    bdf_fonts                                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Title>                                                               */
-  /*    BDF Files                                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
-  /*    BDF specific API.                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    This section contains the declaration of BDF specific functions.   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
- /**********************************************************************
-  *
-  * @enum:
-  *    FT_PropertyType
-  *
-  * @description:
-  *    A list of BDF property types.
-  *
-  * @values:
-  *    BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE ::
-  *      Value 0 is used to indicate a missing property.
-  *
-  *    BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM ::
-  *      Property is a string atom.
-  *
-  *    BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER ::
-  *      Property is a 32-bit signed integer.
-  *
-  *    BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL ::
-  *      Property is a 32-bit unsigned integer.
-  */
-  typedef enum  BDF_PropertyType_
-  {
-    BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE     = 0,
-    BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM     = 1,
-    BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER  = 2,
-    BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL = 3
-
-  } BDF_PropertyType;
-
-
- /**********************************************************************
-  *
-  * @type:
-  *    BDF_Property
-  *
-  * @description:
-  *    A handle to a @BDF_PropertyRec structure to model a given
-  *    BDF/PCF property.
-  */
-  typedef struct BDF_PropertyRec_*  BDF_Property;
-
-
- /**********************************************************************
-  *
-  * @struct:
-  *    BDF_PropertyRec
-  *
-  * @description:
-  *    This structure models a given BDF/PCF property.
-  *
-  * @fields:
-  *    type ::
-  *      The property type.
-  *
-  *    u.atom ::
-  *      The atom string, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM.
-  *
-  *    u.integer ::
-  *      A signed integer, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER.
-  *
-  *    u.cardinal ::
-  *      An unsigned integer, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL.
-  */
-  typedef struct  BDF_PropertyRec_
-  {
-    BDF_PropertyType  type;
-    union {
-      const char*     atom;
-      FT_Int32        integer;
-      FT_UInt32       cardinal;
-
-    } u;
-
-  } BDF_PropertyRec;
-
-
- /**********************************************************************
-  *
-  * @function:
-  *    FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID
-  *
-  * @description:
-  *    Retrieves a BDF font character set identity, according to
-  *    the BDF specification.
-  *
-  * @input:
-  *    face ::
-  *       A handle to the input face.
-  *
-  * @output:
-  *    acharset_encoding ::
-  *       Charset encoding, as a C string, owned by the face.
-  *
-  *    acharset_registry ::
-  *       Charset registry, as a C string, owned by the face.
-  *
-  * @return:
-  *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.
-  *
-  * @note:
-  *   This function only works with BDF faces, returning an error otherwise.
-  */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID( FT_Face       face,
-                         const char*  *acharset_encoding,
-                         const char*  *acharset_registry );
-
-
- /**********************************************************************
-  *
-  * @function:
-  *    FT_Get_BDF_Property
-  *
-  * @description:
-  *    Retrieves a BDF property from a BDF or PCF font file.
-  *
-  * @input:
-  *    face :: A handle to the input face.
-  *
-  *    name :: The property name.
-  *
-  * @output:
-  *    aproperty :: The property.
-  *
-  * @return:
-  *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.
-  *
-  * @note:
-  *   This function works with BDF _and_ PCF fonts.  It returns an error
-  *   otherwise.  It also returns an error if the property is not in the
-  *   font.
-  *
-  *   In case of error, `aproperty->type' is always set to
-  *   @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE.
-  */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Get_BDF_Property( FT_Face           face,
-                       const char*       prop_name,
-                       BDF_PropertyRec  *aproperty );
-
- /* */
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __FTBDF_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftbitmap.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftbitmap.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 337d888..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftbitmap.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,206 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftbitmap.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType utility functions for converting 1bpp, 2bpp, 4bpp, and 8bpp */
-/*    bitmaps into 8bpp format (specification).                            */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2004, 2005, 2006 by                                          */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __FTBITMAP_H__
-#define __FTBITMAP_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_FREETYPE_H
-
-#ifdef FREETYPE_H
-#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
-#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
-#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
-#endif
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Section>                                                             */
-  /*    bitmap_handling                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Title>                                                               */
-  /*    Bitmap Handling                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
-  /*    Handling FT_Bitmap objects.                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    This section contains functions for converting FT_Bitmap objects.  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Bitmap_New                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Initialize a pointer to an @FT_Bitmap structure.                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <InOut>                                                               */
-  /*    abitmap :: A pointer to the bitmap structure.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FT_Bitmap_New( FT_Bitmap  *abitmap );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Bitmap_Copy                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Copies an bitmap into another one.                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    library :: A handle to a library object.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    source  :: A handle to the source bitmap.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Output>                                                              */
-  /*    target  :: A handle to the target bitmap.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Bitmap_Copy( FT_Library        library,
-                  const FT_Bitmap  *source,
-                  FT_Bitmap        *target);
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Bitmap_Embolden                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Embolden a bitmap.  The new bitmap will be about `xStrength'       */
-  /*    pixels wider and `yStrength' pixels higher.  The left and bottom   */
-  /*    borders are kept unchanged.                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    library   :: A handle to a library object.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    xStrength :: How strong the glyph is emboldened horizontally.      */
-  /*                 Expressed in 26.6 pixel format.                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    yStrength :: How strong the glyph is emboldened vertically.        */
-  /*                 Expressed in 26.6 pixel format.                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <InOut>                                                               */
-  /*    bitmap    :: A handle to the target bitmap.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    The current implementation restricts `xStrength' to be less than   */
-  /*    or equal to 8 if bitmap is of pixel_mode @FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO.      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    If you want to embolden the bitmap owned by a @FT_GlyphSlotRec,    */
-  /*    you should call `FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap' on the slot first.       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Bitmap_Embolden( FT_Library  library,
-                      FT_Bitmap*  bitmap,
-                      FT_Pos      xStrength,
-                      FT_Pos      yStrength );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Bitmap_Convert                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Convert a bitmap object with depth 1bpp, 2bpp, 4bpp, or 8bpp to a  */
-  /*    bitmap object with depth 8bpp, making the number of used bytes per */
-  /*    line (a.k.a. the `pitch') a multiple of `alignment'.               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    library   :: A handle to a library object.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    source    :: The source bitmap.                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    alignment :: The pitch of the bitmap is a multiple of this         */
-  /*                 parameter.  Common values are 1, 2, or 4.             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Output>                                                              */
-  /*    target    :: The target bitmap.                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    It is possible to call @FT_Bitmap_Convert multiple times without   */
-  /*    calling @FT_Bitmap_Done (the memory is simply reallocated).        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    Use @FT_Bitmap_Done to finally remove the bitmap object.           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    The `library' argument is taken to have access to FreeType's       */
-  /*    memory handling functions.                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Bitmap_Convert( FT_Library        library,
-                     const FT_Bitmap  *source,
-                     FT_Bitmap        *target,
-                     FT_Int            alignment );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Bitmap_Done                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Destroy a bitmap object created with @FT_Bitmap_New.               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    library :: A handle to a library object.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    bitmap  :: The bitmap object to be freed.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    The `library' argument is taken to have access to FreeType's       */
-  /*    memory handling functions.                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Bitmap_Done( FT_Library  library,
-                  FT_Bitmap  *bitmap );
-
-
-  /* */
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __FTBITMAP_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftcache.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftcache.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 805df78..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftcache.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1121 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftcache.h                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType Cache subsystem (specification).                            */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by       */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __FTCACHE_H__
-#define __FTCACHE_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_GLYPH_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * <Section>
-   *    cache_subsystem
-   *
-   * <Title>
-   *    Cache Sub-System
-   *
-   * <Abstract>
-   *    How to cache face, size, and glyph data with FreeType 2.
-   *
-   * <Description>
-   *   This section describes the FreeType 2 cache sub-system, which is used
-   *   to limit the number of concurrently opened @FT_Face and @FT_Size
-   *   objects, as well as caching information like character maps and glyph
-   *   images while limiting their maximum memory usage.
-   *
-   *   Note that all types and functions begin with the `FTC_' prefix.
-   *
-   *   The cache is highly portable and thus doesn't know anything about the
-   *   fonts installed on your system, or how to access them.  This implies
-   *   the following scheme:
-   *
-   *   First, available or installed font faces are uniquely identified by
-   *   @FTC_FaceID values, provided to the cache by the client.  Note that
-   *   the cache only stores and compares these values, and doesn't try to
-   *   interpret them in any way.
-   *
-   *   Second, the cache calls, only when needed, a client-provided function
-   *   to convert a @FTC_FaceID into a new @FT_Face object.  The latter is
-   *   then completely managed by the cache, including its termination
-   *   through @FT_Done_Face.
-   *
-   *   Clients are free to map face IDs to anything else.  The most simple
-   *   usage is to associate them to a (pathname,face_index) pair that is
-   *   used to call @FT_New_Face.  However, more complex schemes are also
-   *   possible.
-   *
-   *   Note that for the cache to work correctly, the face ID values must be
-   *   *persistent*, which means that the contents they point to should not
-   *   change at runtime, or that their value should not become invalid.
-   *
-   *   If this is unavoidable (e.g., when a font is uninstalled at runtime),
-   *   you should call @FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID as soon as possible, to let
-   *   the cache get rid of any references to the old @FTC_FaceID it may
-   *   keep internally.  Failure to do so will lead to incorrect behaviour
-   *   or even crashes.
-   *
-   *   To use the cache, start with calling @FTC_Manager_New to create a new
-   *   @FTC_Manager object, which models a single cache instance.  You can
-   *   then look up @FT_Face and @FT_Size objects with
-   *   @FTC_Manager_LookupFace and @FTC_Manager_LookupSize, respectively.
-   *
-   *   If you want to use the charmap caching, call @FTC_CMapCache_New, then
-   *   later use @FTC_CMapCache_Lookup to perform the equivalent of
-   *   @FT_Get_Char_Index, only much faster.
-   *
-   *   If you want to use the @FT_Glyph caching, call @FTC_ImageCache, then
-   *   later use @FTC_ImageCache_Lookup to retrieve the corresponding
-   *   @FT_Glyph objects from the cache.
-   *
-   *   If you need lots of small bitmaps, it is much more memory efficient
-   *   to call @FTC_SBitCache_New followed by @FTC_SBitCache_Lookup.  This
-   *   returns @FTC_SBitRec structures, which are used to store small
-   *   bitmaps directly.  (A small bitmap is one whose metrics and
-   *   dimensions all fit into 8-bit integers).
-   *
-   *   We hope to also provide a kerning cache in the near future.
-   *
-   *
-   * <Order>
-   *   FTC_Manager
-   *   FTC_FaceID
-   *   FTC_Face_Requester
-   *
-   *   FTC_Manager_New
-   *   FTC_Manager_Reset
-   *   FTC_Manager_Done
-   *   FTC_Manager_LookupFace
-   *   FTC_Manager_LookupSize
-   *   FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID
-   *
-   *   FTC_Node
-   *   FTC_Node_Unref
-   *
-   *   FTC_ImageCache
-   *   FTC_ImageCache_New
-   *   FTC_ImageCache_Lookup
-   *
-   *   FTC_SBit
-   *   FTC_SBitCache
-   *   FTC_SBitCache_New
-   *   FTC_SBitCache_Lookup
-   *
-   *   FTC_CMapCache
-   *   FTC_CMapCache_New
-   *   FTC_CMapCache_Lookup
-   *
-   *************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                    BASIC TYPE DEFINITIONS                     *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @type: FTC_FaceID
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   An opaque pointer type that is used to identity face objects.  The
-   *   contents of such objects is application-dependent.
-   *
-   *   These pointers are typically used to point to a user-defined
-   *   structure containing a font file path, and face index.
-   *
-   * @note:
-   *   Never use NULL as a valid @FTC_FaceID.
-   *
-   *   Face IDs are passed by the client to the cache manager, which calls,
-   *   when needed, the @FTC_Face_Requester to translate them into new
-   *   @FT_Face objects.
-   *
-   *   If the content of a given face ID changes at runtime, or if the value
-   *   becomes invalid (e.g., when uninstalling a font), you should
-   *   immediately call @FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID before any other cache
-   *   function.
-   *
-   *   Failure to do so will result in incorrect behaviour or even
-   *   memory leaks and crashes.
-   */
-  typedef FT_Pointer  FTC_FaceID;
-
-
-  /************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @functype:
-   *   FTC_Face_Requester
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A callback function provided by client applications.  It is used by
-   *   the cache manager to translate a given @FTC_FaceID into a new valid
-   *   @FT_Face object, on demand.
-   *
-   * <Input>
-   *   face_id ::
-   *     The face ID to resolve.
-   *
-   *   library ::
-   *     A handle to a FreeType library object.
-   *
-   *   req_data ::
-   *     Application-provided request data (see note below).
-   *
-   * <Output>
-   *   aface ::
-   *     A new @FT_Face handle.
-   *
-   * <Return>
-   *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.
-   *
-   * <Note>
-   *   The third parameter `req_data' is the same as the one passed by the
-   *   client when @FTC_Manager_New is called.
-   *
-   *   The face requester should not perform funny things on the returned
-   *   face object, like creating a new @FT_Size for it, or setting a
-   *   transformation through @FT_Set_Transform!
-   */
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*FTC_Face_Requester)( FTC_FaceID  face_id,
-                         FT_Library  library,
-                         FT_Pointer  request_data,
-                         FT_Face*    aface );
-
- /* */
-
-#define FT_POINTER_TO_ULONG( p )  ( (FT_ULong)(FT_Pointer)(p) )
-
-#define FTC_FACE_ID_HASH( i )                                \
-          ((FT_UInt32)(( FT_POINTER_TO_ULONG( i ) >> 3 ) ^   \
-                       ( FT_POINTER_TO_ULONG( i ) << 7 ) ) )
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                      CACHE MANAGER OBJECT                     *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Type>                                                                */
-  /*    FTC_Manager                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    This object corresponds to one instance of the cache-subsystem.    */
-  /*    It is used to cache one or more @FT_Face objects, along with       */
-  /*    corresponding @FT_Size objects.                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    The manager intentionally limits the total number of opened        */
-  /*    @FT_Face and @FT_Size objects to control memory usage.  See the    */
-  /*    `max_faces' and `max_sizes' parameters of @FTC_Manager_New.        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    The manager is also used to cache `nodes' of various types while   */
-  /*    limiting their total memory usage.                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    All limitations are enforced by keeping lists of managed objects   */
-  /*    in most-recently-used order, and flushing old nodes to make room   */
-  /*    for new ones.                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct FTC_ManagerRec_*  FTC_Manager;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Type>                                                                */
-  /*    FTC_Node                                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    An opaque handle to a cache node object.  Each cache node is       */
-  /*    reference-counted.  A node with a count of 0 might be flushed      */
-  /*    out of a full cache whenever a lookup request is performed.        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    If you lookup nodes, you have the ability to `acquire' them, i.e., */
-  /*    to increment their reference count.  This will prevent the node    */
-  /*    from being flushed out of the cache until you explicitly `release' */
-  /*    it (see @FTC_Node_Unref).                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    See also @FTC_SBitCache_Lookup and @FTC_ImageCache_Lookup.         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct FTC_NodeRec_*  FTC_Node;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FTC_Manager_New                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Creates a new cache manager.                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    library   :: The parent FreeType library handle to use.            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    max_faces :: Maximum number of opened @FT_Face objects managed by  */
-  /*                 this cache instance.  Use 0 for defaults.             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    max_sizes :: Maximum number of opened @FT_Size objects managed by  */
-  /*                 this cache instance.  Use 0 for defaults.             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    max_bytes :: Maximum number of bytes to use for cached data nodes. */
-  /*                 Use 0 for defaults.  Note that this value does not    */
-  /*                 account for managed @FT_Face and @FT_Size objects.    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    requester :: An application-provided callback used to translate    */
-  /*                 face IDs into real @FT_Face objects.                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    req_data  :: A generic pointer that is passed to the requester     */
-  /*                 each time it is called (see @FTC_Face_Requester).     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Output>                                                              */
-  /*    amanager  :: A handle to a new manager object.  0 in case of       */
-  /*                 failure.                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FTC_Manager_New( FT_Library          library,
-                   FT_UInt             max_faces,
-                   FT_UInt             max_sizes,
-                   FT_ULong            max_bytes,
-                   FTC_Face_Requester  requester,
-                   FT_Pointer          req_data,
-                   FTC_Manager        *amanager );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FTC_Manager_Reset                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Empties a given cache manager.  This simply gets rid of all the    */
-  /*    currently cached @FT_Face and @FT_Size objects within the manager. */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <InOut>                                                               */
-  /*    manager :: A handle to the manager.                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FTC_Manager_Reset( FTC_Manager  manager );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FTC_Manager_Done                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Destroys a given manager after emptying it.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    manager :: A handle to the target cache manager object.            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FTC_Manager_Done( FTC_Manager  manager );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FTC_Manager_LookupFace                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Retrieves the @FT_Face object that corresponds to a given face ID  */
-  /*    through a cache manager.                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    manager :: A handle to the cache manager.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    face_id :: The ID of the face object.                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Output>                                                              */
-  /*    aface   :: A handle to the face object.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    The returned @FT_Face object is always owned by the manager.  You  */
-  /*    should never try to discard it yourself.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    The @FT_Face object doesn't necessarily have a current size object */
-  /*    (i.e., face->size can be 0).  If you need a specific `font size',  */
-  /*    use @FTC_Manager_LookupSize instead.                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    Never change the face's transformation matrix (i.e., never call    */
-  /*    the @FT_Set_Transform function) on a returned face!  If you need   */
-  /*    to transform glyphs, do it yourself after glyph loading.           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    When you perform a lookup, out-of-memory errors are detected       */
-  /*    _within_ the lookup and force incremental flushes of the cache     */
-  /*    until enough memory is released for the lookup to succeed.         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    If a lookup fails with `FT_Err_Out_Of_Memory' the cache has        */
-  /*    already been completely flushed, and still no memory was available */
-  /*    for the operation.                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FTC_Manager_LookupFace( FTC_Manager  manager,
-                          FTC_FaceID   face_id,
-                          FT_Face     *aface );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    FTC_ScalerRec                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A structure used to describe a given character size in either      */
-  /*    pixels or points to the cache manager.  See                        */
-  /*    @FTC_Manager_LookupSize.                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    face_id :: The source face ID.                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    width   :: The character width.                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    height  :: The character height.                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    pixel   :: A Boolean.  If 1, the `width' and `height' fields are   */
-  /*               interpreted as integer pixel character sizes.           */
-  /*               Otherwise, they are expressed as 1/64th of points.      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    x_res   :: Only used when `pixel' is value 0 to indicate the       */
-  /*               horizontal resolution in dpi.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    y_res   :: Only used when `pixel' is value 0 to indicate the       */
-  /*               vertical resolution in dpi.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    This type is mainly used to retrieve @FT_Size objects through the  */
-  /*    cache manager.                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  FTC_ScalerRec_
-  {
-    FTC_FaceID  face_id;
-    FT_UInt     width;
-    FT_UInt     height;
-    FT_Int      pixel;
-    FT_UInt     x_res;
-    FT_UInt     y_res;
-
-  } FTC_ScalerRec;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    FTC_Scaler                                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A handle to an @FTC_ScalerRec structure.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct FTC_ScalerRec_*  FTC_Scaler;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FTC_Manager_LookupSize                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Retrieve the @FT_Size object that corresponds to a given           */
-  /*    @FTC_ScalerRec pointer through a cache manager.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    manager :: A handle to the cache manager.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    scaler  :: A scaler handle.                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Output>                                                              */
-  /*    asize   :: A handle to the size object.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    The returned @FT_Size object is always owned by the manager.  You  */
-  /*    should never try to discard it by yourself.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    You can access the parent @FT_Face object simply as `size->face'   */
-  /*    if you need it.  Note that this object is also owned by the        */
-  /*    manager.                                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    When you perform a lookup, out-of-memory errors are detected       */
-  /*    _within_ the lookup and force incremental flushes of the cache     */
-  /*    until enough memory is released for the lookup to succeed.         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    If a lookup fails with `FT_Err_Out_Of_Memory' the cache has        */
-  /*    already been completely flushed, and still no memory is available  */
-  /*    for the operation.                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FTC_Manager_LookupSize( FTC_Manager  manager,
-                          FTC_Scaler   scaler,
-                          FT_Size     *asize );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FTC_Node_Unref                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Decrement a cache node's internal reference count.  When the count */
-  /*    reaches 0, it is not destroyed but becomes eligible for subsequent */
-  /*    cache flushes.                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    node    :: The cache node handle.                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    manager :: The cache manager handle.                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FTC_Node_Unref( FTC_Node     node,
-                  FTC_Manager  manager );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @function:
-   *   FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A special function used to indicate to the cache manager that
-   *   a given @FTC_FaceID is no longer valid, either because its
-   *   content changed, or because it was deallocated or uninstalled.
-   *
-   * @input:
-   *   manager ::
-   *     The cache manager handle.
-   *
-   *   face_id ::
-   *     The @FTC_FaceID to be removed.
-   *
-   * @note:
-   *   This function flushes all nodes from the cache corresponding to this
-   *   `face_id', with the exception of nodes with a non-null reference
-   *   count.
-   *
-   *   Such nodes are however modified internally so as to never appear
-   *   in later lookups with the same `face_id' value, and to be immediately
-   *   destroyed when released by all their users.
-   *
-   */
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID( FTC_Manager  manager,
-                            FTC_FaceID   face_id );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Section>                                                             */
-  /*    cache_subsystem                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @type:
-   *   FTC_CMapCache
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   An opaque handle used to model a charmap cache.  This cache is to
-   *   hold character codes -> glyph indices mappings.
-   *
-   */
-  typedef struct FTC_CMapCacheRec_*  FTC_CMapCache;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @function:
-   *   FTC_CMapCache_New
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   Create a new charmap cache.
-   *
-   * @input:
-   *   manager ::
-   *     A handle to the cache manager.
-   *
-   * @output:
-   *   acache ::
-   *     A new cache handle.  NULL in case of error.
-   *
-   * @return:
-   *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.
-   *
-   * @note:
-   *   Like all other caches, this one will be destroyed with the cache
-   *   manager.
-   *
-   */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FTC_CMapCache_New( FTC_Manager     manager,
-                     FTC_CMapCache  *acache );
-
-
-  /************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @function:
-   *   FTC_CMapCache_Lookup
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   Translate a character code into a glyph index, using the charmap
-   *   cache.
-   *
-   * @input:
-   *   cache ::
-   *     A charmap cache handle.
-   *
-   *   face_id ::
-   *     The source face ID.
-   *
-   *   cmap_index ::
-   *     The index of the charmap in the source face.
-   *
-   *   char_code ::
-   *     The character code (in the corresponding charmap).
-   *
-   * @return:
-   *    Glyph index.  0 means `no glyph'.
-   *
-   */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt )
-  FTC_CMapCache_Lookup( FTC_CMapCache  cache,
-                        FTC_FaceID     face_id,
-                        FT_Int         cmap_index,
-                        FT_UInt32      char_code );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Section>                                                             */
-  /*    cache_subsystem                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                       IMAGE CACHE OBJECT                      *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @struct:
-   *   FTC_ImageTypeRec
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A structure used to model the type of images in a glyph cache.
-   *
-   * @fields:
-   *   face_id ::
-   *     The face ID.
-   *
-   *   width ::
-   *     The width in pixels.
-   *
-   *   height ::
-   *     The height in pixels.
-   *
-   *   flags ::
-   *     The load flags, as in @FT_Load_Glyph.
-   *
-   */
-  typedef struct  FTC_ImageTypeRec_
-  {
-    FTC_FaceID  face_id;
-    FT_Int      width;
-    FT_Int      height;
-    FT_Int32    flags;
-
-  } FTC_ImageTypeRec;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @type:
-   *   FTC_ImageType
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A handle to an @FTC_ImageTypeRec structure.
-   *
-   */
-  typedef struct FTC_ImageTypeRec_*  FTC_ImageType;
-
-
-  /* */
-
-
-#define FTC_IMAGE_TYPE_COMPARE( d1, d2 )      \
-          ( (d1)->face_id == (d2)->face_id && \
-            (d1)->width   == (d2)->width   && \
-            (d1)->flags   == (d2)->flags   )
-
-#define FTC_IMAGE_TYPE_HASH( d )                          \
-          (FT_UFast)( FTC_FACE_ID_HASH( (d)->face_id )  ^ \
-                      ( (d)->width << 8 ) ^ (d)->height ^ \
-                      ( (d)->flags << 4 )               )
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Type>                                                                */
-  /*    FTC_ImageCache                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A handle to an glyph image cache object.  They are designed to     */
-  /*    hold many distinct glyph images while not exceeding a certain      */
-  /*    memory threshold.                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct FTC_ImageCacheRec_*  FTC_ImageCache;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FTC_ImageCache_New                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Creates a new glyph image cache.                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    manager :: The parent manager for the image cache.                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Output>                                                              */
-  /*    acache  :: A handle to the new glyph image cache object.           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FTC_ImageCache_New( FTC_Manager      manager,
-                      FTC_ImageCache  *acache );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FTC_ImageCache_Lookup                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Retrieves a given glyph image from a glyph image cache.            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    cache  :: A handle to the source glyph image cache.                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    type   :: A pointer to a glyph image type descriptor.              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    gindex :: The glyph index to retrieve.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Output>                                                              */
-  /*    aglyph :: The corresponding @FT_Glyph object.  0 in case of        */
-  /*              failure.                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    anode  :: Used to return the address of of the corresponding cache */
-  /*              node after incrementing its reference count (see note    */
-  /*              below).                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    The returned glyph is owned and managed by the glyph image cache.  */
-  /*    Never try to transform or discard it manually!  You can however    */
-  /*    create a copy with @FT_Glyph_Copy and modify the new one.          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    If `anode' is _not_ NULL, it receives the address of the cache     */
-  /*    node containing the glyph image, after increasing its reference    */
-  /*    count.  This ensures that the node (as well as the @FT_Glyph) will */
-  /*    always be kept in the cache until you call @FTC_Node_Unref to      */
-  /*    `release' it.                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    If `anode' is NULL, the cache node is left unchanged, which means  */
-  /*    that the @FT_Glyph could be flushed out of the cache on the next   */
-  /*    call to one of the caching sub-system APIs.  Don't assume that it  */
-  /*    is persistent!                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FTC_ImageCache_Lookup( FTC_ImageCache  cache,
-                         FTC_ImageType   type,
-                         FT_UInt         gindex,
-                         FT_Glyph       *aglyph,
-                         FTC_Node       *anode );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FTC_ImageCache_LookupScaler                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A variant of @FTC_ImageCache_Lookup that uses an @FTC_ScalerRec    */
-  /*    to specify the face ID and its size.                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    cache      :: A handle to the source glyph image cache.            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    scaler     :: A pointer to a scaler descriptor.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    load_flags :: The corresponding load flags.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    gindex     :: The glyph index to retrieve.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Output>                                                              */
-  /*    aglyph     :: The corresponding @FT_Glyph object.  0 in case of    */
-  /*                  failure.                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    anode      :: Used to return the address of of the corresponding   */
-  /*                  cache node after incrementing its reference count    */
-  /*                  (see note below).                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    The returned glyph is owned and managed by the glyph image cache.  */
-  /*    Never try to transform or discard it manually!  You can however    */
-  /*    create a copy with @FT_Glyph_Copy and modify the new one.          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    If `anode' is _not_ NULL, it receives the address of the cache     */
-  /*    node containing the glyph image, after increasing its reference    */
-  /*    count.  This ensures that the node (as well as the @FT_Glyph) will */
-  /*    always be kept in the cache until you call @FTC_Node_Unref to      */
-  /*    `release' it.                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    If `anode' is NULL, the cache node is left unchanged, which means  */
-  /*    that the @FT_Glyph could be flushed out of the cache on the next   */
-  /*    call to one of the caching sub-system APIs.  Don't assume that it  */
-  /*    is persistent!                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FTC_ImageCache_LookupScaler( FTC_ImageCache  cache,
-                               FTC_Scaler      scaler,
-                               FT_ULong        load_flags,
-                               FT_UInt         gindex,
-                               FT_Glyph       *aglyph,
-                               FTC_Node       *anode );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Type>                                                                */
-  /*    FTC_SBit                                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A handle to a small bitmap descriptor.  See the @FTC_SBitRec       */
-  /*    structure for details.                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct FTC_SBitRec_*  FTC_SBit;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    FTC_SBitRec                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A very compact structure used to describe a small glyph bitmap.    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    width     :: The bitmap width in pixels.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    height    :: The bitmap height in pixels.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    left      :: The horizontal distance from the pen position to the  */
-  /*                 left bitmap border (a.k.a. `left side bearing', or    */
-  /*                 `lsb').                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    top       :: The vertical distance from the pen position (on the   */
-  /*                 baseline) to the upper bitmap border (a.k.a. `top     */
-  /*                 side bearing').  The distance is positive for upwards */
-  /*                 Y coordinates.                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    format    :: The format of the glyph bitmap (monochrome or gray).  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    max_grays :: Maximum gray level value (in the range 1 to 255).     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    pitch     :: The number of bytes per bitmap line.  May be positive */
-  /*                 or negative.                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    xadvance  :: The horizontal advance width in pixels.               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    yadvance  :: The vertical advance height in pixels.                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    buffer    :: A pointer to the bitmap pixels.                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  FTC_SBitRec_
-  {
-    FT_Byte   width;
-    FT_Byte   height;
-    FT_Char   left;
-    FT_Char   top;
-
-    FT_Byte   format;
-    FT_Byte   max_grays;
-    FT_Short  pitch;
-    FT_Char   xadvance;
-    FT_Char   yadvance;
-
-    FT_Byte*  buffer;
-
-  } FTC_SBitRec;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Type>                                                                */
-  /*    FTC_SBitCache                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A handle to a small bitmap cache.  These are special cache objects */
-  /*    used to store small glyph bitmaps (and anti-aliased pixmaps) in a  */
-  /*    much more efficient way than the traditional glyph image cache     */
-  /*    implemented by @FTC_ImageCache.                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct FTC_SBitCacheRec_*  FTC_SBitCache;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FTC_SBitCache_New                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Creates a new cache to store small glyph bitmaps.                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    manager :: A handle to the source cache manager.                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Output>                                                              */
-  /*    acache  :: A handle to the new sbit cache.  NULL in case of error. */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FTC_SBitCache_New( FTC_Manager     manager,
-                     FTC_SBitCache  *acache );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FTC_SBitCache_Lookup                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Looks up a given small glyph bitmap in a given sbit cache and      */
-  /*    `lock' it to prevent its flushing from the cache until needed.     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    cache  :: A handle to the source sbit cache.                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    type   :: A pointer to the glyph image type descriptor.            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    gindex :: The glyph index.                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Output>                                                              */
-  /*    sbit   :: A handle to a small bitmap descriptor.                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    anode  :: Used to return the address of of the corresponding cache */
-  /*              node after incrementing its reference count (see note    */
-  /*              below).                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    The small bitmap descriptor and its bit buffer are owned by the    */
-  /*    cache and should never be freed by the application.  They might    */
-  /*    as well disappear from memory on the next cache lookup, so don't   */
-  /*    treat them as persistent data.                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    The descriptor's `buffer' field is set to 0 to indicate a missing  */
-  /*    glyph bitmap.                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    If `anode' is _not_ NULL, it receives the address of the cache     */
-  /*    node containing the bitmap, after increasing its reference count.  */
-  /*    This ensures that the node (as well as the image) will always be   */
-  /*    kept in the cache until you call @FTC_Node_Unref to `release' it.  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    If `anode' is NULL, the cache node is left unchanged, which means  */
-  /*    that the bitmap could be flushed out of the cache on the next      */
-  /*    call to one of the caching sub-system APIs.  Don't assume that it  */
-  /*    is persistent!                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FTC_SBitCache_Lookup( FTC_SBitCache    cache,
-                        FTC_ImageType    type,
-                        FT_UInt          gindex,
-                        FTC_SBit        *sbit,
-                        FTC_Node        *anode );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FTC_SBitCache_LookupScaler                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A variant of @FTC_SBitCache_Lookup that uses an @FTC_ScalerRec     */
-  /*    to specify the face ID and its size.                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    cache      :: A handle to the source sbit cache.                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    scaler     :: A pointer to the scaler descriptor.                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    load_flags :: The corresponding load flags.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    gindex     :: The glyph index.                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Output>                                                              */
-  /*    sbit       :: A handle to a small bitmap descriptor.               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    anode      :: Used to return the address of of the corresponding   */
-  /*                  cache node after incrementing its reference count    */
-  /*                  (see note below).                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    The small bitmap descriptor and its bit buffer are owned by the    */
-  /*    cache and should never be freed by the application.  They might    */
-  /*    as well disappear from memory on the next cache lookup, so don't   */
-  /*    treat them as persistent data.                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    The descriptor's `buffer' field is set to 0 to indicate a missing  */
-  /*    glyph bitmap.                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    If `anode' is _not_ NULL, it receives the address of the cache     */
-  /*    node containing the bitmap, after increasing its reference count.  */
-  /*    This ensures that the node (as well as the image) will always be   */
-  /*    kept in the cache until you call @FTC_Node_Unref to `release' it.  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    If `anode' is NULL, the cache node is left unchanged, which means  */
-  /*    that the bitmap could be flushed out of the cache on the next      */
-  /*    call to one of the caching sub-system APIs.  Don't assume that it  */
-  /*    is persistent!                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FTC_SBitCache_LookupScaler( FTC_SBitCache  cache,
-                              FTC_Scaler     scaler,
-                              FT_ULong       load_flags,
-                              FT_UInt        gindex,
-                              FTC_SBit      *sbit,
-                              FTC_Node      *anode );
-
-
- /* */
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
-
-  /*@***********************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    FTC_FontRec                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A simple structure used to describe a given `font' to the cache    */
-  /*    manager.  Note that a `font' is the combination of a given face    */
-  /*    with a given character size.                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    face_id    :: The ID of the face to use.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    pix_width  :: The character width in integer pixels.               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    pix_height :: The character height in integer pixels.              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  FTC_FontRec_
-  {
-    FTC_FaceID  face_id;
-    FT_UShort   pix_width;
-    FT_UShort   pix_height;
-
-  } FTC_FontRec;
-
-
-  /* */
-
-
-#define FTC_FONT_COMPARE( f1, f2 )                  \
-          ( (f1)->face_id    == (f2)->face_id    && \
-            (f1)->pix_width  == (f2)->pix_width  && \
-            (f1)->pix_height == (f2)->pix_height )
-
-#define FTC_FONT_HASH( f )                              \
-          (FT_UInt32)( FTC_FACE_ID_HASH((f)->face_id) ^ \
-                       ((f)->pix_width << 8)          ^ \
-                       ((f)->pix_height)              )
-
-  typedef FTC_FontRec*  FTC_Font;
-
-
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FTC_Manager_Lookup_Face( FTC_Manager  manager,
-                           FTC_FaceID   face_id,
-                           FT_Face     *aface );
-
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FTC_Manager_Lookup_Size( FTC_Manager  manager,
-                           FTC_Font     font,
-                           FT_Face     *aface,
-                           FT_Size     *asize );
-
-#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
-
-
- /* */
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __FTCACHE_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftchapters.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftchapters.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 4c61824..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftchapters.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/* This file defines the structure of the FreeType reference.              */
-/* It is used by the python script which generates the HTML files.         */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/* <Chapter>                                                               */
-/*    general_remarks                                                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/* <Title>                                                                 */
-/*    General Remarks                                                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/* <Sections>                                                              */
-/*    user_allocation                                                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/* <Chapter>                                                               */
-/*    core_api                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/* <Title>                                                                 */
-/*    Core API                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/* <Sections>                                                              */
-/*    version                                                              */
-/*    basic_types                                                          */
-/*    base_interface                                                       */
-/*    glyph_variants                                                       */
-/*    glyph_management                                                     */
-/*    mac_specific                                                         */
-/*    sizes_management                                                     */
-/*    header_file_macros                                                   */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/* <Chapter>                                                               */
-/*    format_specific                                                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/* <Title>                                                                 */
-/*    Format-Specific API                                                  */
-/*                                                                         */
-/* <Sections>                                                              */
-/*    multiple_masters                                                     */
-/*    truetype_tables                                                      */
-/*    type1_tables                                                         */
-/*    sfnt_names                                                           */
-/*    bdf_fonts                                                            */
-/*    cid_fonts                                                            */
-/*    pfr_fonts                                                            */
-/*    winfnt_fonts                                                         */
-/*    font_formats                                                         */
-/*    gasp_table                                                           */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/* <Chapter>                                                               */
-/*    cache_subsystem                                                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/* <Title>                                                                 */
-/*    Cache Sub-System                                                     */
-/*                                                                         */
-/* <Sections>                                                              */
-/*    cache_subsystem                                                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/* <Chapter>                                                               */
-/*    support_api                                                          */
-/*                                                                         */
-/* <Title>                                                                 */
-/*    Support API                                                          */
-/*                                                                         */
-/* <Sections>                                                              */
-/*    computations                                                         */
-/*    list_processing                                                      */
-/*    outline_processing                                                   */
-/*    bitmap_handling                                                      */
-/*    raster                                                               */
-/*    glyph_stroker                                                        */
-/*    system_interface                                                     */
-/*    module_management                                                    */
-/*    gzip                                                                 */
-/*    lzw                                                                  */
-/*    lcd_filtering                                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftcid.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftcid.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f0387f0..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftcid.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,98 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftcid.h                                                                */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType API for accessing CID font information (specification).     */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2007 by Dereg Clegg.                                         */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __FTCID_H__
-#define __FTCID_H__
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_FREETYPE_H
-
-#ifdef FREETYPE_H
-#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
-#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
-#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
-#endif
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Section>                                                             */
-  /*    cid_fonts                                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Title>                                                               */
-  /*    CID Fonts                                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
-  /*    CID-keyed font specific API.                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    This section contains the declaration of CID-keyed font specific   */
-  /*    functions.                                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /**********************************************************************
-   *
-   * @function:
-   *    FT_Get_CID_Registry_Ordering_Supplement
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *    Retrieve the Registry/Ordering/Supplement triple (also known as the
-   *    "R/O/S") from a CID-keyed font.
-   *
-   * @input:
-   *    face ::
-   *       A handle to the input face.
-   *
-   * @output:
-   *    registry ::
-   *       The registry, as a C string, owned by the face.
-   *
-   *    ordering ::
-   *       The ordering, as a C string, owned by the face.
-   *
-   *    supplement ::
-   *       The supplement.
-   *
-   * @return:
-   *    FreeType error code.  0 means success.
-   *
-   * @note:
-   *    This function only works with CID faces, returning an error
-   *    otherwise.
-   *
-   * @since:
-   *    2.3.6
-   */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Get_CID_Registry_Ordering_Supplement( FT_Face       face,
-                                           const char*  *registry,
-                                           const char*  *ordering,
-                                           FT_Int       *supplement);
-
- /* */
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __FTCID_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/fterrdef.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/fterrdef.h
deleted file mode 100644
index d7ad256..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/fterrdef.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,239 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  fterrdef.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType error codes (specification).                                */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2002, 2004, 2006, 2007 by                                    */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*******************************************************************/
-  /*******************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                         *****/
-  /*****                LIST OF ERROR CODES/MESSAGES             *****/
-  /*****                                                         *****/
-  /*******************************************************************/
-  /*******************************************************************/
-
-
-  /* You need to define both FT_ERRORDEF_ and FT_NOERRORDEF_ before */
-  /* including this file.                                           */
-
-
-  /* generic errors */
-
-  FT_NOERRORDEF_( Ok,                                        0x00, \
-                  "no error" )
-
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Open_Resource,                        0x01, \
-                "cannot open resource" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Unknown_File_Format,                         0x02, \
-                "unknown file format" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_File_Format,                         0x03, \
-                "broken file" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Version,                             0x04, \
-                "invalid FreeType version" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Lower_Module_Version,                        0x05, \
-                "module version is too low" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Argument,                            0x06, \
-                "invalid argument" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Unimplemented_Feature,                       0x07, \
-                "unimplemented feature" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Table,                               0x08, \
-                "broken table" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Offset,                              0x09, \
-                "broken offset within table" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Array_Too_Large,                             0x0A, \
-                "array allocation size too large" )
-
-  /* glyph/character errors */
-
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Glyph_Index,                         0x10, \
-                "invalid glyph index" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Character_Code,                      0x11, \
-                "invalid character code" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Glyph_Format,                        0x12, \
-                "unsupported glyph image format" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Render_Glyph,                         0x13, \
-                "cannot render this glyph format" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Outline,                             0x14, \
-                "invalid outline" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Composite,                           0x15, \
-                "invalid composite glyph" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Hints,                              0x16, \
-                "too many hints" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Pixel_Size,                          0x17, \
-                "invalid pixel size" )
-
-  /* handle errors */
-
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Handle,                              0x20, \
-                "invalid object handle" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Library_Handle,                      0x21, \
-                "invalid library handle" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Driver_Handle,                       0x22, \
-                "invalid module handle" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Face_Handle,                         0x23, \
-                "invalid face handle" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Size_Handle,                         0x24, \
-                "invalid size handle" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Slot_Handle,                         0x25, \
-                "invalid glyph slot handle" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CharMap_Handle,                      0x26, \
-                "invalid charmap handle" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Cache_Handle,                        0x27, \
-                "invalid cache manager handle" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Handle,                       0x28, \
-                "invalid stream handle" )
-
-  /* driver errors */
-
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Drivers,                            0x30, \
-                "too many modules" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Extensions,                         0x31, \
-                "too many extensions" )
-
-  /* memory errors */
-
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Out_Of_Memory,                               0x40, \
-                "out of memory" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Unlisted_Object,                             0x41, \
-                "unlisted object" )
-
-  /* stream errors */
-
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Open_Stream,                          0x51, \
-                "cannot open stream" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Seek,                         0x52, \
-                "invalid stream seek" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Skip,                         0x53, \
-                "invalid stream skip" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Read,                         0x54, \
-                "invalid stream read" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Operation,                    0x55, \
-                "invalid stream operation" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Frame_Operation,                     0x56, \
-                "invalid frame operation" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Nested_Frame_Access,                         0x57, \
-                "nested frame access" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Frame_Read,                          0x58, \
-                "invalid frame read" )
-
-  /* raster errors */
-
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Uninitialized,                        0x60, \
-                "raster uninitialized" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Corrupted,                            0x61, \
-                "raster corrupted" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Overflow,                             0x62, \
-                "raster overflow" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Negative_Height,                      0x63, \
-                "negative height while rastering" )
-
-  /* cache errors */
-
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Caches,                             0x70, \
-                "too many registered caches" )
-
-  /* TrueType and SFNT errors */
-
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Opcode,                              0x80, \
-                "invalid opcode" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Few_Arguments,                           0x81, \
-                "too few arguments" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Stack_Overflow,                              0x82, \
-                "stack overflow" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Code_Overflow,                               0x83, \
-                "code overflow" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Bad_Argument,                                0x84, \
-                "bad argument" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Divide_By_Zero,                              0x85, \
-                "division by zero" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Reference,                           0x86, \
-                "invalid reference" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Debug_OpCode,                                0x87, \
-                "found debug opcode" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( ENDF_In_Exec_Stream,                         0x88, \
-                "found ENDF opcode in execution stream" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Nested_DEFS,                                 0x89, \
-                "nested DEFS" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CodeRange,                           0x8A, \
-                "invalid code range" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Execution_Too_Long,                          0x8B, \
-                "execution context too long" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Function_Defs,                      0x8C, \
-                "too many function definitions" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Instruction_Defs,                   0x8D, \
-                "too many instruction definitions" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Table_Missing,                               0x8E, \
-                "SFNT font table missing" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Horiz_Header_Missing,                        0x8F, \
-                "horizontal header (hhea) table missing" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Locations_Missing,                           0x90, \
-                "locations (loca) table missing" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Name_Table_Missing,                          0x91, \
-                "name table missing" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( CMap_Table_Missing,                          0x92, \
-                "character map (cmap) table missing" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Hmtx_Table_Missing,                          0x93, \
-                "horizontal metrics (hmtx) table missing" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Post_Table_Missing,                          0x94, \
-                "PostScript (post) table missing" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Horiz_Metrics,                       0x95, \
-                "invalid horizontal metrics" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CharMap_Format,                      0x96, \
-                "invalid character map (cmap) format" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_PPem,                                0x97, \
-                "invalid ppem value" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Vert_Metrics,                        0x98, \
-                "invalid vertical metrics" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Could_Not_Find_Context,                      0x99, \
-                "could not find context" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Post_Table_Format,                   0x9A, \
-                "invalid PostScript (post) table format" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Post_Table,                          0x9B, \
-                "invalid PostScript (post) table" )
-
-  /* CFF, CID, and Type 1 errors */
-
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Syntax_Error,                                0xA0, \
-                "opcode syntax error" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Stack_Underflow,                             0xA1, \
-                "argument stack underflow" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Ignore,                                      0xA2, \
-                "ignore" )
-
-  /* BDF errors */
-
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Startfont_Field,                     0xB0, \
-                "`STARTFONT' field missing" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Font_Field,                          0xB1, \
-                "`FONT' field missing" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Size_Field,                          0xB2, \
-                "`SIZE' field missing" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Chars_Field,                         0xB3, \
-                "`CHARS' field missing" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Startchar_Field,                     0xB4, \
-                "`STARTCHAR' field missing" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Encoding_Field,                      0xB5, \
-                "`ENCODING' field missing" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Bbx_Field,                           0xB6, \
-                "`BBX' field missing" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Bbx_Too_Big,                                 0xB7, \
-                "`BBX' too big" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Corrupted_Font_Header,                       0xB8, \
-                "Font header corrupted or missing fields" )
-  FT_ERRORDEF_( Corrupted_Font_Glyphs,                       0xB9, \
-                "Font glyphs corrupted or missing fields" )
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/fterrors.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/fterrors.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 6600dad..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/fterrors.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,206 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  fterrors.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType error code handling (specification).                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2004, 2007 by                               */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This special header file is used to define the handling of FT2        */
-  /* enumeration constants.  It can also be used to generate error message */
-  /* strings with a small macro trick explained below.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* I - Error Formats                                                     */
-  /* -----------------                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   The configuration macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS can be   */
-  /*   defined in ftoption.h in order to make the higher byte indicate     */
-  /*   the module where the error has happened (this is not compatible     */
-  /*   with standard builds of FreeType 2).  You can then use the macro    */
-  /*   FT_ERROR_BASE macro to extract the generic error code from an       */
-  /*   FT_Error value.                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* II - Error Message strings                                            */
-  /* --------------------------                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   The error definitions below are made through special macros that    */
-  /*   allow client applications to build a table of error message strings */
-  /*   if they need it.  The strings are not included in a normal build of */
-  /*   FreeType 2 to save space (most client applications do not use       */
-  /*   them).                                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   To do so, you have to define the following macros before including  */
-  /*   this file:                                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   FT_ERROR_START_LIST ::                                              */
-  /*     This macro is called before anything else to define the start of  */
-  /*     the error list.  It is followed by several FT_ERROR_DEF calls     */
-  /*     (see below).                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   FT_ERROR_DEF( e, v, s ) ::                                          */
-  /*     This macro is called to define one single error.                  */
-  /*     `e' is the error code identifier (e.g. FT_Err_Invalid_Argument).  */
-  /*     `v' is the error numerical value.                                 */
-  /*     `s' is the corresponding error string.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   FT_ERROR_END_LIST ::                                                */
-  /*     This macro ends the list.                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   Additionally, you have to undefine __FTERRORS_H__ before #including */
-  /*   this file.                                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   Here is a simple example:                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*     {                                                                 */
-  /*       #undef __FTERRORS_H__                                           */
-  /*       #define FT_ERRORDEF( e, v, s )  { e, s },                       */
-  /*       #define FT_ERROR_START_LIST     {                               */
-  /*       #define FT_ERROR_END_LIST       { 0, 0 } };                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*       const struct                                                    */
-  /*       {                                                               */
-  /*         int          err_code;                                        */
-  /*         const char*  err_msg;                                         */
-  /*       } ft_errors[] =                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*       #include FT_ERRORS_H                                            */
-  /*     }                                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __FTERRORS_H__
-#define __FTERRORS_H__
-
-
-  /* include module base error codes */
-#include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
-
-
-  /*******************************************************************/
-  /*******************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                         *****/
-  /*****                       SETUP MACROS                      *****/
-  /*****                                                         *****/
-  /*******************************************************************/
-  /*******************************************************************/
-
-
-#undef  FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
-
-#undef  FT_ERR_XCAT
-#undef  FT_ERR_CAT
-
-#define FT_ERR_XCAT( x, y )  x ## y
-#define FT_ERR_CAT( x, y )   FT_ERR_XCAT( x, y )
-
-
-  /* FT_ERR_PREFIX is used as a prefix for error identifiers. */
-  /* By default, we use `FT_Err_'.                            */
-  /*                                                          */
-#ifndef FT_ERR_PREFIX
-#define FT_ERR_PREFIX  FT_Err_
-#endif
-
-
-  /* FT_ERR_BASE is used as the base for module-specific errors. */
-  /*                                                             */
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS
-
-#ifndef FT_ERR_BASE
-#define FT_ERR_BASE  FT_Mod_Err_Base
-#endif
-
-#else
-
-#undef FT_ERR_BASE
-#define FT_ERR_BASE  0
-
-#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS */
-
-
-  /* If FT_ERRORDEF is not defined, we need to define a simple */
-  /* enumeration type.                                         */
-  /*                                                           */
-#ifndef FT_ERRORDEF
-
-#define FT_ERRORDEF( e, v, s )  e = v,
-#define FT_ERROR_START_LIST     enum {
-#define FT_ERROR_END_LIST       FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, Max ) };
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-#define FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
-  extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !FT_ERRORDEF */
-
-
-  /* this macro is used to define an error */
-#define FT_ERRORDEF_( e, v, s )   \
-          FT_ERRORDEF( FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e ), v + FT_ERR_BASE, s )
-
-  /* this is only used for <module>_Err_Ok, which must be 0! */
-#define FT_NOERRORDEF_( e, v, s ) \
-          FT_ERRORDEF( FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e ), v, s )
-
-
-#ifdef FT_ERROR_START_LIST
-  FT_ERROR_START_LIST
-#endif
-
-
-  /* now include the error codes */
-#include FT_ERROR_DEFINITIONS_H
-
-
-#ifdef FT_ERROR_END_LIST
-  FT_ERROR_END_LIST
-#endif
-
-
-  /*******************************************************************/
-  /*******************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                         *****/
-  /*****                      SIMPLE CLEANUP                     *****/
-  /*****                                                         *****/
-  /*******************************************************************/
-  /*******************************************************************/
-
-#ifdef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
-  }
-#endif
-
-#undef FT_ERROR_START_LIST
-#undef FT_ERROR_END_LIST
-
-#undef FT_ERRORDEF
-#undef FT_ERRORDEF_
-#undef FT_NOERRORDEF_
-
-#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
-#undef FT_ERR_CONCAT
-#undef FT_ERR_BASE
-
-  /* FT_KEEP_ERR_PREFIX is needed for ftvalid.h */
-#ifndef FT_KEEP_ERR_PREFIX
-#undef FT_ERR_PREFIX
-#endif
-
-#endif /* __FTERRORS_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftgasp.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftgasp.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 2692c31..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftgasp.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,113 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftgasp.h                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Access of TrueType's `gasp' table (specification).                   */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2007, 2008 by                                                */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef _FT_GASP_H_
-#define _FT_GASP_H_
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_FREETYPE_H
-
-  /***************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @section:
-   *   gasp_table
-   *
-   * @title:
-   *   Gasp Table
-   *
-   * @abstract:
-   *   Retrieving TrueType `gasp' table entries
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   The function @FT_Get_Gasp can be used to query a TrueType or OpenType
-   *   font for specific entries in their `gasp' table, if any.  This is
-   *   mainly useful when implementing native TrueType hinting with the
-   *   bytecode interpreter to duplicate the Windows text rendering results.
-   */
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @enum:
-   *   FT_GASP_XXX
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A list of values and/or bit-flags returned by the @FT_Get_Gasp
-   *   function.
-   *
-   * @values:
-   *   FT_GASP_NO_TABLE ::
-   *     This special value means that there is no GASP table in this face.
-   *     It is up to the client to decide what to do.
-   *
-   *   FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT ::
-   *     Grid-fitting and hinting should be performed at the specified ppem.
-   *     This *really* means TrueType bytecode interpretation.
-   *
-   *   FT_GASP_DO_GRAY ::
-   *     Anti-aliased rendering should be performed at the specified ppem.
-   *
-   *   FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING ::
-   *     Smoothing along multiple axes must be used with ClearType.
-   *
-   *   FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT ::
-   *     Grid-fitting must be used with ClearType's symmetric smoothing.
-   *
-   * @note:
-   *   `ClearType' is Microsoft's implementation of LCD rendering, partly
-   *   protected by patents.
-   *
-   * @since:
-   *   2.3.0
-   */
-#define FT_GASP_NO_TABLE               -1
-#define FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT           0x01
-#define FT_GASP_DO_GRAY              0x02
-#define FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING  0x08
-#define FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT    0x10
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @func:
-   *   FT_Get_Gasp
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   Read the `gasp' table from a TrueType or OpenType font file and
-   *   return the entry corresponding to a given character pixel size.
-   *
-   * @input:
-   *   face :: The source face handle.
-   *   ppem :: The vertical character pixel size.
-   *
-   * @return:
-   *   Bit flags (see @FT_GASP_XXX), or @FT_GASP_NO_TABLE if there is no
-   *   `gasp' table in the face.
-   *
-   * @since:
-   *   2.3.0
-   */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Int )
-  FT_Get_Gasp( FT_Face  face,
-               FT_UInt  ppem );
-
-/* */
-
-#endif /* _FT_GASP_H_ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftglyph.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftglyph.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 35574ca..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftglyph.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,575 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftglyph.h                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType convenience functions to handle glyphs (specification).     */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2006 by                               */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This file contains the definition of several convenience functions    */
-  /* that can be used by client applications to easily retrieve glyph      */
-  /* bitmaps and outlines from a given face.                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* These functions should be optional if you are writing a font server   */
-  /* or text layout engine on top of FreeType.  However, they are pretty   */
-  /* handy for many other simple uses of the library.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __FTGLYPH_H__
-#define __FTGLYPH_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_FREETYPE_H
-
-#ifdef FREETYPE_H
-#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
-#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
-#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
-#endif
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Section>                                                             */
-  /*    glyph_management                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Title>                                                               */
-  /*    Glyph Management                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
-  /*    Generic interface to manage individual glyph data.                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    This section contains definitions used to manage glyph data        */
-  /*    through generic FT_Glyph objects.  Each of them can contain a      */
-  /*    bitmap, a vector outline, or even images in other formats.         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /* forward declaration to a private type */
-  typedef struct FT_Glyph_Class_  FT_Glyph_Class;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Type>                                                                */
-  /*    FT_Glyph                                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Handle to an object used to model generic glyph images.  It is a   */
-  /*    pointer to the @FT_GlyphRec structure and can contain a glyph      */
-  /*    bitmap or pointer.                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    Glyph objects are not owned by the library.  You must thus release */
-  /*    them manually (through @FT_Done_Glyph) _before_ calling            */
-  /*    @FT_Done_FreeType.                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct FT_GlyphRec_*  FT_Glyph;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    FT_GlyphRec                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    The root glyph structure contains a given glyph image plus its     */
-  /*    advance width in 16.16 fixed float format.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    library :: A handle to the FreeType library object.                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    clazz   :: A pointer to the glyph's class.  Private.               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    format  :: The format of the glyph's image.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    advance :: A 16.16 vector that gives the glyph's advance width.    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  FT_GlyphRec_
-  {
-    FT_Library             library;
-    const FT_Glyph_Class*  clazz;
-    FT_Glyph_Format        format;
-    FT_Vector              advance;
-
-  } FT_GlyphRec;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Type>                                                                */
-  /*    FT_BitmapGlyph                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A handle to an object used to model a bitmap glyph image.  This is */
-  /*    a sub-class of @FT_Glyph, and a pointer to @FT_BitmapGlyphRec.     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct FT_BitmapGlyphRec_*  FT_BitmapGlyph;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    FT_BitmapGlyphRec                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A structure used for bitmap glyph images.  This really is a        */
-  /*    `sub-class' of @FT_GlyphRec.                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    root   :: The root @FT_Glyph fields.                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    left   :: The left-side bearing, i.e., the horizontal distance     */
-  /*              from the current pen position to the left border of the  */
-  /*              glyph bitmap.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    top    :: The top-side bearing, i.e., the vertical distance from   */
-  /*              the current pen position to the top border of the glyph  */
-  /*              bitmap.  This distance is positive for upwards-y!        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    bitmap :: A descriptor for the bitmap.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    You can typecast an @FT_Glyph to @FT_BitmapGlyph if you have       */
-  /*    `glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP'.  This lets you access   */
-  /*    the bitmap's contents easily.                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    The corresponding pixel buffer is always owned by @FT_BitmapGlyph  */
-  /*    and is thus created and destroyed with it.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  FT_BitmapGlyphRec_
-  {
-    FT_GlyphRec  root;
-    FT_Int       left;
-    FT_Int       top;
-    FT_Bitmap    bitmap;
-
-  } FT_BitmapGlyphRec;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Type>                                                                */
-  /*    FT_OutlineGlyph                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A handle to an object used to model an outline glyph image.  This  */
-  /*    is a sub-class of @FT_Glyph, and a pointer to @FT_OutlineGlyphRec. */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct FT_OutlineGlyphRec_*  FT_OutlineGlyph;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    FT_OutlineGlyphRec                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A structure used for outline (vectorial) glyph images.  This       */
-  /*    really is a `sub-class' of @FT_GlyphRec.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    root    :: The root @FT_Glyph fields.                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    outline :: A descriptor for the outline.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    You can typecast a @FT_Glyph to @FT_OutlineGlyph if you have       */
-  /*    `glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE'.  This lets you access  */
-  /*    the outline's content easily.                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    As the outline is extracted from a glyph slot, its coordinates are */
-  /*    expressed normally in 26.6 pixels, unless the flag                 */
-  /*    @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE was used in @FT_Load_Glyph() or @FT_Load_Char(). */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    The outline's tables are always owned by the object and are        */
-  /*    destroyed with it.                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  FT_OutlineGlyphRec_
-  {
-    FT_GlyphRec  root;
-    FT_Outline   outline;
-
-  } FT_OutlineGlyphRec;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Get_Glyph                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A function used to extract a glyph image from a slot.              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    slot   :: A handle to the source glyph slot.                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Output>                                                              */
-  /*    aglyph :: A handle to the glyph object.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Get_Glyph( FT_GlyphSlot  slot,
-                FT_Glyph     *aglyph );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Glyph_Copy                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A function used to copy a glyph image.  Note that the created      */
-  /*    @FT_Glyph object must be released with @FT_Done_Glyph.             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    source :: A handle to the source glyph object.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Output>                                                              */
-  /*    target :: A handle to the target glyph object.  0 in case of       */
-  /*              error.                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Glyph_Copy( FT_Glyph   source,
-                 FT_Glyph  *target );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Glyph_Transform                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Transforms a glyph image if its format is scalable.                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <InOut>                                                               */
-  /*    glyph  :: A handle to the target glyph object.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    matrix :: A pointer to a 2x2 matrix to apply.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    delta  :: A pointer to a 2d vector to apply.  Coordinates are      */
-  /*              expressed in 1/64th of a pixel.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code (if not 0, the glyph format is not scalable).  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    The 2x2 transformation matrix is also applied to the glyph's       */
-  /*    advance vector.                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Glyph_Transform( FT_Glyph    glyph,
-                      FT_Matrix*  matrix,
-                      FT_Vector*  delta );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Enum>                                                                */
-  /*    FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    The mode how the values of @FT_Glyph_Get_CBox are returned.        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Values>                                                              */
-  /*    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED ::                                          */
-  /*      Return unscaled font units.                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS ::                                         */
-  /*      Return unfitted 26.6 coordinates.                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT ::                                           */
-  /*      Return grid-fitted 26.6 coordinates.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE ::                                          */
-  /*      Return coordinates in integer pixels.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS ::                                            */
-  /*      Return grid-fitted pixel coordinates.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef enum  FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode_
-  {
-    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED  = 0,
-    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS = 0,
-    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT   = 1,
-    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE  = 2,
-    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS    = 3
-
-  } FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Enum>                                                                */
-  /*    ft_glyph_bbox_xxx                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    These constants are deprecated.  Use the corresponding             */
-  /*    @FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode values instead.                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Values>                                                              */
-  /*   ft_glyph_bbox_unscaled  :: See @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED.             */
-  /*   ft_glyph_bbox_subpixels :: See @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS.            */
-  /*   ft_glyph_bbox_gridfit   :: See @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT.              */
-  /*   ft_glyph_bbox_truncate  :: See @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE.             */
-  /*   ft_glyph_bbox_pixels    :: See @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS.               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define ft_glyph_bbox_unscaled   FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED
-#define ft_glyph_bbox_subpixels  FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS
-#define ft_glyph_bbox_gridfit    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT
-#define ft_glyph_bbox_truncate   FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE
-#define ft_glyph_bbox_pixels     FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Glyph_Get_CBox                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Return a glyph's `control box'.  The control box encloses all the  */
-  /*    outline's points, including Bezier control points.  Though it      */
-  /*    coincides with the exact bounding box for most glyphs, it can be   */
-  /*    slightly larger in some situations (like when rotating an outline  */
-  /*    which contains Bezier outside arcs).                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    Computing the control box is very fast, while getting the bounding */
-  /*    box can take much more time as it needs to walk over all segments  */
-  /*    and arcs in the outline.  To get the latter, you can use the       */
-  /*    `ftbbox' component which is dedicated to this single task.         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    glyph :: A handle to the source glyph object.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    mode  :: The mode which indicates how to interpret the returned    */
-  /*             bounding box values.                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Output>                                                              */
-  /*    acbox :: The glyph coordinate bounding box.  Coordinates are       */
-  /*             expressed in 1/64th of pixels if it is grid-fitted.       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    Coordinates are relative to the glyph origin, using the Y-upwards  */
-  /*    convention.                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    If the glyph has been loaded with @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, `bbox_mode'   */
-  /*    must be set to @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED to get unscaled font        */
-  /*    units in 26.6 pixel format.  The value @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS    */
-  /*    is another name for this constant.                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    Note that the maximum coordinates are exclusive, which means that  */
-  /*    one can compute the width and height of the glyph image (be it in  */
-  /*    integer or 26.6 pixels) as:                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    {                                                                  */
-  /*      width  = bbox.xMax - bbox.xMin;                                  */
-  /*      height = bbox.yMax - bbox.yMin;                                  */
-  /*    }                                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    Note also that for 26.6 coordinates, if `bbox_mode' is set to      */
-  /*    @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT, the coordinates will also be grid-fitted,  */
-  /*    which corresponds to:                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    {                                                                  */
-  /*      bbox.xMin = FLOOR(bbox.xMin);                                    */
-  /*      bbox.yMin = FLOOR(bbox.yMin);                                    */
-  /*      bbox.xMax = CEILING(bbox.xMax);                                  */
-  /*      bbox.yMax = CEILING(bbox.yMax);                                  */
-  /*    }                                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    To get the bbox in pixel coordinates, set `bbox_mode' to           */
-  /*    @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE.                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    To get the bbox in grid-fitted pixel coordinates, set `bbox_mode'  */
-  /*    to @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS.                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FT_Glyph_Get_CBox( FT_Glyph  glyph,
-                     FT_UInt   bbox_mode,
-                     FT_BBox  *acbox );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Converts a given glyph object to a bitmap glyph object.            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <InOut>                                                               */
-  /*    the_glyph   :: A pointer to a handle to the target glyph.          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    render_mode :: An enumeration that describe how the data is        */
-  /*                   rendered.                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    origin      :: A pointer to a vector used to translate the glyph   */
-  /*                   image before rendering.  Can be 0 (if no            */
-  /*                   translation).  The origin is expressed in           */
-  /*                   26.6 pixels.                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    destroy     :: A boolean that indicates that the original glyph    */
-  /*                   image should be destroyed by this function.  It is  */
-  /*                   never destroyed in case of error.                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    The glyph image is translated with the `origin' vector before      */
-  /*    rendering.                                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    The first parameter is a pointer to an @FT_Glyph handle, that will */
-  /*    be replaced by this function.  Typically, you would use (omitting  */
-  /*    error handling):                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*      {                                                                */
-  /*        FT_Glyph        glyph;                                         */
-  /*        FT_BitmapGlyph  glyph_bitmap;                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*        // load glyph                                                  */
-  /*        error = FT_Load_Char( face, glyph_index, FT_LOAD_DEFAUT );     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*        // extract glyph image                                         */
-  /*        error = FT_Get_Glyph( face->glyph, &glyph );                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*        // convert to a bitmap (default render mode + destroy old)     */
-  /*        if ( glyph->format != FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP )                 */
-  /*        {                                                              */
-  /*          error = FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( &glyph, FT_RENDER_MODE_DEFAULT,  */
-  /*                                      0, 1 );                          */
-  /*          if ( error ) // glyph unchanged                              */
-  /*            ...                                                        */
-  /*        }                                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*        // access bitmap content by typecasting                        */
-  /*        glyph_bitmap = (FT_BitmapGlyph)glyph;                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*        // do funny stuff with it, like blitting/drawing               */
-  /*        ...                                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*        // discard glyph image (bitmap or not)                         */
-  /*        FT_Done_Glyph( glyph );                                        */
-  /*      }                                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    This function does nothing if the glyph format isn't scalable.     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( FT_Glyph*       the_glyph,
-                      FT_Render_Mode  render_mode,
-                      FT_Vector*      origin,
-                      FT_Bool         destroy );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Done_Glyph                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Destroys a given glyph.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    glyph :: A handle to the target glyph object.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FT_Done_Glyph( FT_Glyph  glyph );
-
-  /* */
-
-
-  /* other helpful functions */
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Section>                                                             */
-  /*    computations                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Matrix_Multiply                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Performs the matrix operation `b = a*b'.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    a :: A pointer to matrix `a'.                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <InOut>                                                               */
-  /*    b :: A pointer to matrix `b'.                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    The result is undefined if either `a' or `b' is zero.              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FT_Matrix_Multiply( const FT_Matrix*  a,
-                      FT_Matrix*        b );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Matrix_Invert                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Inverts a 2x2 matrix.  Returns an error if it can't be inverted.   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <InOut>                                                               */
-  /*    matrix :: A pointer to the target matrix.  Remains untouched in    */
-  /*              case of error.                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Matrix_Invert( FT_Matrix*  matrix );
-
-
-  /* */
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __FTGLYPH_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
-
-
-/* Local Variables: */
-/* coding: utf-8    */
-/* End:             */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftgxval.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftgxval.h
deleted file mode 100644
index c7ea861..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftgxval.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,358 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftgxval.h                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType API for validating TrueTypeGX/AAT tables (specification).   */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2004, 2005, 2006 by                                          */
-/*  Masatake YAMATO, Redhat K.K,                                           */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.        */
-/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology      */
-/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.                                           */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __FTGXVAL_H__
-#define __FTGXVAL_H__
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_FREETYPE_H
-
-#ifdef FREETYPE_H
-#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
-#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
-#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
-#endif
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Section>                                                             */
-  /*    gx_validation                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Title>                                                               */
-  /*    TrueTypeGX/AAT Validation                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
-  /*    An API to validate TrueTypeGX/AAT tables.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    This section contains the declaration of functions to validate     */
-  /*    some TrueTypeGX tables (feat, mort, morx, bsln, just, kern, opbd,  */
-  /*    trak, prop, lcar).                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Warning: Use FT_VALIDATE_XXX to validate a table.                     */
-  /*          Following definitions are for gxvalid developers.            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-#define FT_VALIDATE_feat_INDEX     0
-#define FT_VALIDATE_mort_INDEX     1
-#define FT_VALIDATE_morx_INDEX     2
-#define FT_VALIDATE_bsln_INDEX     3
-#define FT_VALIDATE_just_INDEX     4
-#define FT_VALIDATE_kern_INDEX     5
-#define FT_VALIDATE_opbd_INDEX     6
-#define FT_VALIDATE_trak_INDEX     7
-#define FT_VALIDATE_prop_INDEX     8
-#define FT_VALIDATE_lcar_INDEX     9
-#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_LAST_INDEX  FT_VALIDATE_lcar_INDEX
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @macro:
-   *   FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   The number of tables checked in this module.  Use it as a parameter
-   *   for the `table-length' argument of function @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate.
-   */
-#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH     (FT_VALIDATE_GX_LAST_INDEX + 1)
-
-  /* */
-
-  /* Up to 0x1000 is used by otvalid.
-     Ox2xxx is reserved for feature OT extension. */
-#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_START 0x4000
-#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( tag )                  \
-  ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << FT_VALIDATE_##tag##_INDEX )
-
-
- /**********************************************************************
-  *
-  * @enum:
-  *    FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX
-  *
-  * @description:
-  *    A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate to
-  *    indicate which TrueTypeGX/AAT Type tables should be validated.
-  *
-  * @values:
-  *    FT_VALIDATE_feat ::
-  *      Validate `feat' table.
-  *
-  *    FT_VALIDATE_mort ::
-  *      Validate `mort' table.
-  *
-  *    FT_VALIDATE_morx ::
-  *      Validate `morx' table.
-  *
-  *    FT_VALIDATE_bsln ::
-  *      Validate `bsln' table.
-  *
-  *    FT_VALIDATE_just ::
-  *      Validate `just' table.
-  *
-  *    FT_VALIDATE_kern ::
-  *      Validate `kern' table.
-  *
-  *    FT_VALIDATE_opbd ::
-  *      Validate `opbd' table.
-  *
-  *    FT_VALIDATE_trak ::
-  *      Validate `trak' table.
-  *
-  *    FT_VALIDATE_prop ::
-  *      Validate `prop' table.
-  *
-  *    FT_VALIDATE_lcar ::
-  *      Validate `lcar' table.
-  *
-  *    FT_VALIDATE_GX ::
-  *      Validate all TrueTypeGX tables (feat, mort, morx, bsln, just, kern,
-  *      opbd, trak, prop and lcar).
-  *
-  */
-
-#define FT_VALIDATE_feat  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( feat )
-#define FT_VALIDATE_mort  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( mort )
-#define FT_VALIDATE_morx  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( morx )
-#define FT_VALIDATE_bsln  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( bsln )
-#define FT_VALIDATE_just  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( just )
-#define FT_VALIDATE_kern  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( kern )
-#define FT_VALIDATE_opbd  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( opbd )
-#define FT_VALIDATE_trak  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( trak )
-#define FT_VALIDATE_prop  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( prop )
-#define FT_VALIDATE_lcar  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( lcar )
-
-#define FT_VALIDATE_GX  ( FT_VALIDATE_feat | \
-                          FT_VALIDATE_mort | \
-                          FT_VALIDATE_morx | \
-                          FT_VALIDATE_bsln | \
-                          FT_VALIDATE_just | \
-                          FT_VALIDATE_kern | \
-                          FT_VALIDATE_opbd | \
-                          FT_VALIDATE_trak | \
-                          FT_VALIDATE_prop | \
-                          FT_VALIDATE_lcar )
-
-
-  /* */
-
- /**********************************************************************
-  *
-  * @function:
-  *    FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate
-  *
-  * @description:
-  *    Validate various TrueTypeGX tables to assure that all offsets and
-  *    indices are valid.  The idea is that a higher-level library which
-  *    actually does the text layout can access those tables without
-  *    error checking (which can be quite time consuming).
-  *
-  * @input:
-  *    face ::
-  *       A handle to the input face.
-  *
-  *    validation_flags ::
-  *       A bit field which specifies the tables to be validated.  See
-  *       @FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX for possible values.
-  *
-  *    table_length ::
-  *       The size of the `tables' array.  Normally, @FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH
-  *       should be passed.
-  *
-  * @output:
-  *    tables ::
-  *       The array where all validated sfnt tables are stored.
-  *       The array itself must be allocated by a client.
-  *
-  * @return:
-  *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.
-  *
-  * @note:
-  *   This function only works with TrueTypeGX fonts, returning an error
-  *   otherwise.
-  *
-  *   After use, the application should deallocate the buffers pointed to by
-  *   each `tables' element, by calling @FT_TrueTypeGX_Free.  A NULL value
-  *   indicates that the table either doesn't exist in the font, the
-  *   application hasn't asked for validation, or the validator doesn't have
-  *   the ability to validate the sfnt table.
-  */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate( FT_Face   face,
-                          FT_UInt   validation_flags,
-                          FT_Bytes  tables[FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH],
-                          FT_UInt   table_length );
-
-
-  /* */
-
- /**********************************************************************
-  *
-  * @function:
-  *    FT_TrueTypeGX_Free
-  *
-  * @description:
-  *    Free the buffer allocated by TrueTypeGX validator.
-  *
-  * @input:
-  *    face ::
-  *       A handle to the input face.
-  *
-  *    table ::
-  *       The pointer to the buffer allocated by
-  *       @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate.
-  *
-  * @note:
-  *   This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by
-  *   @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate only.
-  */
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FT_TrueTypeGX_Free( FT_Face   face,
-                      FT_Bytes  table );
-
-
-  /* */
-
- /**********************************************************************
-  *
-  * @enum:
-  *    FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX
-  *
-  * @description:
-  *    A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_ClassicKern_Validate
-  *    to indicate the classic kern dialect or dialects.  If the selected
-  *    type doesn't fit, @FT_ClassicKern_Validate regards the table as
-  *    invalid.
-  *
-  * @values:
-  *    FT_VALIDATE_MS ::
-  *      Handle the `kern' table as a classic Microsoft kern table.
-  *
-  *    FT_VALIDATE_APPLE ::
-  *      Handle the `kern' table as a classic Apple kern table.
-  *
-  *    FT_VALIDATE_CKERN ::
-  *      Handle the `kern' as either classic Apple or Microsoft kern table.
-  */
-#define FT_VALIDATE_MS     ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << 0 )
-#define FT_VALIDATE_APPLE  ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << 1 )
-
-#define FT_VALIDATE_CKERN  ( FT_VALIDATE_MS | FT_VALIDATE_APPLE )
-
-
-  /* */
-
- /**********************************************************************
-  *
-  * @function:
-  *    FT_ClassicKern_Validate
-  *
-  * @description:
-  *    Validate classic (16bit format) kern table to assure that the offsets
-  *    and indices are valid.  The idea is that a higher-level library which
-  *    actually does the text layout can access those tables without error
-  *    checking (which can be quite time consuming).
-  *
-  *    The `kern' table validator in @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate deals with both
-  *    the new 32bit format and the classic 16bit format, while
-  *    FT_ClassicKern_Validate only supports the classic 16bit format.
-  *
-  * @input:
-  *    face ::
-  *       A handle to the input face.
-  *
-  *    validation_flags ::
-  *       A bit field which specifies the dialect to be validated.  See
-  *       @FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX for possible values.
-  *
-  * @output:
-  *    ckern_table ::
-  *       A pointer to the kern table.
-  *
-  * @return:
-  *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.
-  *
-  * @note:
-  *   After use, the application should deallocate the buffers pointed to by
-  *   `ckern_table', by calling @FT_ClassicKern_Free.  A NULL value
-  *   indicates that the table doesn't exist in the font.
-  */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_ClassicKern_Validate( FT_Face    face,
-                           FT_UInt    validation_flags,
-                           FT_Bytes  *ckern_table );
-
-
-  /* */
-
- /**********************************************************************
-  *
-  * @function:
-  *    FT_ClassicKern_Free
-  *
-  * @description:
-  *    Free the buffer allocated by classic Kern validator.
-  *
-  * @input:
-  *    face ::
-  *       A handle to the input face.
-  *
-  *    table ::
-  *       The pointer to the buffer that is allocated by
-  *       @FT_ClassicKern_Validate.
-  *
-  * @note:
-  *   This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by
-  *   @FT_ClassicKern_Validate only.
-  */
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FT_ClassicKern_Free( FT_Face   face,
-                       FT_Bytes  table );
-
-
- /* */
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __FTGXVAL_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftgzip.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftgzip.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 9893437..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftgzip.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftgzip.h                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Gzip-compressed stream support.                                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006 by                                    */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __FTGZIP_H__
-#define __FTGZIP_H__
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_FREETYPE_H
-
-#ifdef FREETYPE_H
-#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
-#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
-#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
-#endif
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Section>                                                             */
-  /*    gzip                                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Title>                                                               */
-  /*    GZIP Streams                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
-  /*    Using gzip-compressed font files.                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    This section contains the declaration of Gzip-specific functions.  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
- /************************************************************************
-  *
-  * @function:
-  *   FT_Stream_OpenGzip
-  *
-  * @description:
-  *   Open a new stream to parse gzip-compressed font files.  This is
-  *   mainly used to support the compressed `*.pcf.gz' fonts that come
-  *   with XFree86.
-  *
-  * @input:
-  *   stream ::
-  *     The target embedding stream.
-  *
-  *   source ::
-  *     The source stream.
-  *
-  * @return:
-  *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.
-  *
-  * @note:
-  *   The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function.
-  *
-  *   Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close' on the new stream will
-  *   *not* call `FT_Stream_Close' on the source stream.  None of the stream
-  *   objects will be released to the heap.
-  *
-  *   The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression
-  *   process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream.
-  *
-  *   In certain builds of the library, gzip compression recognition is
-  *   automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face.
-  *   This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw
-  *   compressed file, the library will try to open a gzipped stream from
-  *   it and re-open the face with it.
-  *
-  *   This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if your build
-  *   of FreeType was not compiled with zlib support.
-  */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Stream_OpenGzip( FT_Stream  stream,
-                      FT_Stream  source );
-
- /* */
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __FTGZIP_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftimage.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftimage.h
deleted file mode 100644
index ccfda37..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftimage.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1246 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftimage.h                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType glyph image formats and default raster interface            */
-/*    (specification).                                                     */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by       */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Note: A `raster' is simply a scan-line converter, used to render      */
-  /*       FT_Outlines into FT_Bitmaps.                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __FTIMAGE_H__
-#define __FTIMAGE_H__
-
-
-  /* _STANDALONE_ is from ftgrays.c */
-#ifndef _STANDALONE_
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#endif
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Section>                                                             */
-  /*    basic_types                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Type>                                                                */
-  /*    FT_Pos                                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    The type FT_Pos is a 32-bit integer used to store vectorial        */
-  /*    coordinates.  Depending on the context, these can represent        */
-  /*    distances in integer font units, or 16,16, or 26.6 fixed float     */
-  /*    pixel coordinates.                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef signed long  FT_Pos;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    FT_Vector                                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A simple structure used to store a 2D vector; coordinates are of   */
-  /*    the FT_Pos type.                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    x :: The horizontal coordinate.                                    */
-  /*    y :: The vertical coordinate.                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  FT_Vector_
-  {
-    FT_Pos  x;
-    FT_Pos  y;
-
-  } FT_Vector;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    FT_BBox                                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A structure used to hold an outline's bounding box, i.e., the      */
-  /*    coordinates of its extrema in the horizontal and vertical          */
-  /*    directions.                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    xMin :: The horizontal minimum (left-most).                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    yMin :: The vertical minimum (bottom-most).                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    xMax :: The horizontal maximum (right-most).                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    yMax :: The vertical maximum (top-most).                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  FT_BBox_
-  {
-    FT_Pos  xMin, yMin;
-    FT_Pos  xMax, yMax;
-
-  } FT_BBox;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Enum>                                                                */
-  /*    FT_Pixel_Mode                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    An enumeration type used to describe the format of pixels in a     */
-  /*    given bitmap.  Note that additional formats may be added in the    */
-  /*    future.                                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Values>                                                              */
-  /*    FT_PIXEL_MODE_NONE ::                                              */
-  /*      Value 0 is reserved.                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO ::                                              */
-  /*      A monochrome bitmap, using 1 bit per pixel.  Note that pixels    */
-  /*      are stored in most-significant order (MSB), which means that     */
-  /*      the left-most pixel in a byte has value 128.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY ::                                              */
-  /*      An 8-bit bitmap, generally used to represent anti-aliased glyph  */
-  /*      images.  Each pixel is stored in one byte.  Note that the number */
-  /*      of value `gray' levels is stored in the `num_bytes' field of     */
-  /*      the @FT_Bitmap structure (it generally is 256).                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2 ::                                             */
-  /*      A 2-bit/pixel bitmap, used to represent embedded anti-aliased    */
-  /*      bitmaps in font files according to the OpenType specification.   */
-  /*      We haven't found a single font using this format, however.       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4 ::                                             */
-  /*      A 4-bit/pixel bitmap, used to represent embedded anti-aliased    */
-  /*      bitmaps in font files according to the OpenType specification.   */
-  /*      We haven't found a single font using this format, however.       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD ::                                               */
-  /*      An 8-bit bitmap, used to represent RGB or BGR decimated glyph    */
-  /*      images used for display on LCD displays; the bitmap is three     */
-  /*      times wider than the original glyph image.  See also             */
-  /*      @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD.                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V ::                                             */
-  /*      An 8-bit bitmap, used to represent RGB or BGR decimated glyph    */
-  /*      images used for display on rotated LCD displays; the bitmap      */
-  /*      is three times taller than the original glyph image.  See also   */
-  /*      @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V.                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef enum  FT_Pixel_Mode_
-  {
-    FT_PIXEL_MODE_NONE = 0,
-    FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO,
-    FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY,
-    FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2,
-    FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4,
-    FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD,
-    FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V,
-
-    FT_PIXEL_MODE_MAX      /* do not remove */
-
-  } FT_Pixel_Mode;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Enum>                                                                */
-  /*    ft_pixel_mode_xxx                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A list of deprecated constants.  Use the corresponding             */
-  /*    @FT_Pixel_Mode values instead.                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Values>                                                              */
-  /*    ft_pixel_mode_none  :: See @FT_PIXEL_MODE_NONE.                    */
-  /*    ft_pixel_mode_mono  :: See @FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO.                    */
-  /*    ft_pixel_mode_grays :: See @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY.                    */
-  /*    ft_pixel_mode_pal2  :: See @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2.                   */
-  /*    ft_pixel_mode_pal4  :: See @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4.                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define ft_pixel_mode_none   FT_PIXEL_MODE_NONE
-#define ft_pixel_mode_mono   FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO
-#define ft_pixel_mode_grays  FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY
-#define ft_pixel_mode_pal2   FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2
-#define ft_pixel_mode_pal4   FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4
-
- /* */
-
-#if 0
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Enum>                                                                */
-  /*    FT_Palette_Mode                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    THIS TYPE IS DEPRECATED.  DO NOT USE IT!                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    An enumeration type to describe the format of a bitmap palette,    */
-  /*    used with ft_pixel_mode_pal4 and ft_pixel_mode_pal8.               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Values>                                                              */
-  /*    ft_palette_mode_rgb  :: The palette is an array of 3-bytes RGB     */
-  /*                            records.                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    ft_palette_mode_rgba :: The palette is an array of 4-bytes RGBA    */
-  /*                            records.                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    As ft_pixel_mode_pal2, pal4 and pal8 are currently unused by       */
-  /*    FreeType, these types are not handled by the library itself.       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef enum  FT_Palette_Mode_
-  {
-    ft_palette_mode_rgb = 0,
-    ft_palette_mode_rgba,
-
-    ft_palette_mode_max   /* do not remove */
-
-  } FT_Palette_Mode;
-
-  /* */
-
-#endif
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    FT_Bitmap                                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A structure used to describe a bitmap or pixmap to the raster.     */
-  /*    Note that we now manage pixmaps of various depths through the      */
-  /*    `pixel_mode' field.                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    rows         :: The number of bitmap rows.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    width        :: The number of pixels in bitmap row.                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    pitch        :: The pitch's absolute value is the number of bytes  */
-  /*                    taken by one bitmap row, including padding.        */
-  /*                    However, the pitch is positive when the bitmap has */
-  /*                    a `down' flow, and negative when it has an `up'    */
-  /*                    flow.  In all cases, the pitch is an offset to add */
-  /*                    to a bitmap pointer in order to go down one row.   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    buffer       :: A typeless pointer to the bitmap buffer.  This     */
-  /*                    value should be aligned on 32-bit boundaries in    */
-  /*                    most cases.                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    num_grays    :: This field is only used with                       */
-  /*                    @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY; it gives the number of gray   */
-  /*                    levels used in the bitmap.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    pixel_mode   :: The pixel mode, i.e., how pixel bits are stored.   */
-  /*                    See @FT_Pixel_Mode for possible values.            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    palette_mode :: This field is intended for paletted pixel modes;   */
-  /*                    it indicates how the palette is stored.  Not       */
-  /*                    used currently.                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    palette      :: A typeless pointer to the bitmap palette; this     */
-  /*                    field is intended for paletted pixel modes.  Not   */
-  /*                    used currently.                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*   For now, the only pixel modes supported by FreeType are mono and    */
-  /*   grays.  However, drivers might be added in the future to support    */
-  /*   more `colorful' options.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  FT_Bitmap_
-  {
-    int             rows;
-    int             width;
-    int             pitch;
-    unsigned char*  buffer;
-    short           num_grays;
-    char            pixel_mode;
-    char            palette_mode;
-    void*           palette;
-
-  } FT_Bitmap;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Section>                                                             */
-  /*    outline_processing                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    FT_Outline                                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    This structure is used to describe an outline to the scan-line     */
-  /*    converter.                                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    n_contours :: The number of contours in the outline.               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    n_points   :: The number of points in the outline.                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    points     :: A pointer to an array of `n_points' @FT_Vector       */
-  /*                  elements, giving the outline's point coordinates.    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    tags       :: A pointer to an array of `n_points' chars, giving    */
-  /*                  each outline point's type.  If bit 0 is unset, the   */
-  /*                  point is `off' the curve, i.e., a Bezier control     */
-  /*                  point, while it is `on' when set.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                  Bit 1 is meaningful for `off' points only.  If set,  */
-  /*                  it indicates a third-order Bezier arc control point; */
-  /*                  and a second-order control point if unset.           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    contours   :: An array of `n_contours' shorts, giving the end      */
-  /*                  point of each contour within the outline.  For       */
-  /*                  example, the first contour is defined by the points  */
-  /*                  `0' to `contours[0]', the second one is defined by   */
-  /*                  the points `contours[0]+1' to `contours[1]', etc.    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    flags      :: A set of bit flags used to characterize the outline  */
-  /*                  and give hints to the scan-converter and hinter on   */
-  /*                  how to convert/grid-fit it.  See @FT_OUTLINE_FLAGS.  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  FT_Outline_
-  {
-    short       n_contours;      /* number of contours in glyph        */
-    short       n_points;        /* number of points in the glyph      */
-
-    FT_Vector*  points;          /* the outline's points               */
-    char*       tags;            /* the points flags                   */
-    short*      contours;        /* the contour end points             */
-
-    int         flags;           /* outline masks                      */
-
-  } FT_Outline;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Enum>                                                                */
-  /*   FT_OUTLINE_FLAGS                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A list of bit-field constants use for the flags in an outline's    */
-  /*    `flags' field.                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Values>                                                              */
-  /*    FT_OUTLINE_NONE           :: Value 0 is reserved.                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_OUTLINE_OWNER          :: If set, this flag indicates that the  */
-  /*                                 outline's field arrays (i.e.,         */
-  /*                                 `points', `flags' & `contours') are   */
-  /*                                 `owned' by the outline object, and    */
-  /*                                 should thus be freed when it is       */
-  /*                                 destroyed.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   FT_OUTLINE_EVEN_ODD_FILL   :: By default, outlines are filled using */
-  /*                                 the non-zero winding rule.  If set to */
-  /*                                 1, the outline will be filled using   */
-  /*                                 the even-odd fill rule (only works    */
-  /*                                 with the smooth raster).              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL    :: By default, outside contours of an    */
-  /*                                 outline are oriented in clock-wise    */
-  /*                                 direction, as defined in the TrueType */
-  /*                                 specification.  This flag is set if   */
-  /*                                 the outline uses the opposite         */
-  /*                                 direction (typically for Type 1       */
-  /*                                 fonts).  This flag is ignored by the  */
-  /*                                 scan-converter.                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS :: By default, the scan converter will   */
-  /*                                 try to detect drop-outs in an outline */
-  /*                                 and correct the glyph bitmap to       */
-  /*                                 ensure consistent shape continuity.   */
-  /*                                 If set, this flag hints the scan-line */
-  /*                                 converter to ignore such cases.       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   FT_OUTLINE_HIGH_PRECISION  :: This flag indicates that the          */
-  /*                                 scan-line converter should try to     */
-  /*                                 convert this outline to bitmaps with  */
-  /*                                 the highest possible quality.  It is  */
-  /*                                 typically set for small character     */
-  /*                                 sizes.  Note that this is only a      */
-  /*                                 hint, that might be completely        */
-  /*                                 ignored by a given scan-converter.    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   FT_OUTLINE_SINGLE_PASS     :: This flag is set to force a given     */
-  /*                                 scan-converter to only use a single   */
-  /*                                 pass over the outline to render a     */
-  /*                                 bitmap glyph image.  Normally, it is  */
-  /*                                 set for very large character sizes.   */
-  /*                                 It is only a hint, that might be      */
-  /*                                 completely ignored by a given         */
-  /*                                 scan-converter.                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define FT_OUTLINE_NONE             0x0
-#define FT_OUTLINE_OWNER            0x1
-#define FT_OUTLINE_EVEN_ODD_FILL    0x2
-#define FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL     0x4
-#define FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS  0x8
-
-#define FT_OUTLINE_HIGH_PRECISION   0x100
-#define FT_OUTLINE_SINGLE_PASS      0x200
-
-
- /*************************************************************************
-  *
-  * @enum:
-  *   ft_outline_flags
-  *
-  * @description:
-  *   These constants are deprecated.  Please use the corresponding
-  *   @FT_OUTLINE_FLAGS values.
-  *
-  * @values:
-  *   ft_outline_none            :: See @FT_OUTLINE_NONE.
-  *   ft_outline_owner           :: See @FT_OUTLINE_OWNER.
-  *   ft_outline_even_odd_fill   :: See @FT_OUTLINE_EVEN_ODD_FILL.
-  *   ft_outline_reverse_fill    :: See @FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL.
-  *   ft_outline_ignore_dropouts :: See @FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS.
-  *   ft_outline_high_precision  :: See @FT_OUTLINE_HIGH_PRECISION.
-  *   ft_outline_single_pass     :: See @FT_OUTLINE_SINGLE_PASS.
-  */
-#define ft_outline_none             FT_OUTLINE_NONE
-#define ft_outline_owner            FT_OUTLINE_OWNER
-#define ft_outline_even_odd_fill    FT_OUTLINE_EVEN_ODD_FILL
-#define ft_outline_reverse_fill     FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL
-#define ft_outline_ignore_dropouts  FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS
-#define ft_outline_high_precision   FT_OUTLINE_HIGH_PRECISION
-#define ft_outline_single_pass      FT_OUTLINE_SINGLE_PASS
-
-  /* */
-
-#define FT_CURVE_TAG( flag )  ( flag & 3 )
-
-#define FT_CURVE_TAG_ON           1
-#define FT_CURVE_TAG_CONIC        0
-#define FT_CURVE_TAG_CUBIC        2
-
-#define FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_X      8  /* reserved for the TrueType hinter */
-#define FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_Y     16  /* reserved for the TrueType hinter */
-
-#define FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_BOTH  ( FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_X | \
-                                   FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_Y )
-
-#define FT_Curve_Tag_On       FT_CURVE_TAG_ON
-#define FT_Curve_Tag_Conic    FT_CURVE_TAG_CONIC
-#define FT_Curve_Tag_Cubic    FT_CURVE_TAG_CUBIC
-#define FT_Curve_Tag_Touch_X  FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_X
-#define FT_Curve_Tag_Touch_Y  FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_Y
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Outline_MoveToFunc                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A function pointer type used to describe the signature of a `move  */
-  /*    to' function during outline walking/decomposition.                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    A `move to' is emitted to start a new contour in an outline.       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    to   :: A pointer to the target point of the `move to'.            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    user :: A typeless pointer which is passed from the caller of the  */
-  /*            decomposition function.                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    Error code.  0 means success.                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef int
-  (*FT_Outline_MoveToFunc)( const FT_Vector*  to,
-                            void*             user );
-
-#define FT_Outline_MoveTo_Func  FT_Outline_MoveToFunc
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Outline_LineToFunc                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A function pointer type used to describe the signature of a `line  */
-  /*    to' function during outline walking/decomposition.                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    A `line to' is emitted to indicate a segment in the outline.       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    to   :: A pointer to the target point of the `line to'.            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    user :: A typeless pointer which is passed from the caller of the  */
-  /*            decomposition function.                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    Error code.  0 means success.                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef int
-  (*FT_Outline_LineToFunc)( const FT_Vector*  to,
-                            void*             user );
-
-#define FT_Outline_LineTo_Func  FT_Outline_LineToFunc
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Outline_ConicToFunc                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A function pointer type use to describe the signature of a `conic  */
-  /*    to' function during outline walking/decomposition.                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    A `conic to' is emitted to indicate a second-order Bezier arc in   */
-  /*    the outline.                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    control :: An intermediate control point between the last position */
-  /*               and the new target in `to'.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    to      :: A pointer to the target end point of the conic arc.     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    user    :: A typeless pointer which is passed from the caller of   */
-  /*               the decomposition function.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    Error code.  0 means success.                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef int
-  (*FT_Outline_ConicToFunc)( const FT_Vector*  control,
-                             const FT_Vector*  to,
-                             void*             user );
-
-#define FT_Outline_ConicTo_Func  FT_Outline_ConicToFunc
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Outline_CubicToFunc                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A function pointer type used to describe the signature of a `cubic */
-  /*    to' function during outline walking/decomposition.                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    A `cubic to' is emitted to indicate a third-order Bezier arc.      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    control1 :: A pointer to the first Bezier control point.           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    control2 :: A pointer to the second Bezier control point.          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    to       :: A pointer to the target end point.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    user     :: A typeless pointer which is passed from the caller of  */
-  /*                the decomposition function.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    Error code.  0 means success.                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef int
-  (*FT_Outline_CubicToFunc)( const FT_Vector*  control1,
-                             const FT_Vector*  control2,
-                             const FT_Vector*  to,
-                             void*             user );
-
-#define FT_Outline_CubicTo_Func  FT_Outline_CubicToFunc
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    FT_Outline_Funcs                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A structure to hold various function pointers used during outline  */
-  /*    decomposition in order to emit segments, conic, and cubic Beziers, */
-  /*    as well as `move to' and `close to' operations.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    move_to  :: The `move to' emitter.                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    line_to  :: The segment emitter.                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    conic_to :: The second-order Bezier arc emitter.                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    cubic_to :: The third-order Bezier arc emitter.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    shift    :: The shift that is applied to coordinates before they   */
-  /*                are sent to the emitter.                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    delta    :: The delta that is applied to coordinates before they   */
-  /*                are sent to the emitter, but after the shift.          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    The point coordinates sent to the emitters are the transformed     */
-  /*    version of the original coordinates (this is important for high    */
-  /*    accuracy during scan-conversion).  The transformation is simple:   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    {                                                                  */
-  /*      x' = (x << shift) - delta                                        */
-  /*      y' = (x << shift) - delta                                        */
-  /*    }                                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    Set the value of `shift' and `delta' to 0 to get the original      */
-  /*    point coordinates.                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  FT_Outline_Funcs_
-  {
-    FT_Outline_MoveToFunc   move_to;
-    FT_Outline_LineToFunc   line_to;
-    FT_Outline_ConicToFunc  conic_to;
-    FT_Outline_CubicToFunc  cubic_to;
-
-    int                     shift;
-    FT_Pos                  delta;
-
-  } FT_Outline_Funcs;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Section>                                                             */
-  /*    basic_types                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Macro>                                                               */
-  /*    FT_IMAGE_TAG                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    This macro converts four-letter tags to an unsigned long type.     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    Since many 16bit compilers don't like 32bit enumerations, you      */
-  /*    should redefine this macro in case of problems to something like   */
-  /*    this:                                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    {                                                                  */
-  /*      #define FT_IMAGE_TAG( value, _x1, _x2, _x3, _x4 )  value         */
-  /*    }                                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    to get a simple enumeration without assigning special numbers.     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#ifndef FT_IMAGE_TAG
-#define FT_IMAGE_TAG( value, _x1, _x2, _x3, _x4 )  \
-          value = ( ( (unsigned long)_x1 << 24 ) | \
-                    ( (unsigned long)_x2 << 16 ) | \
-                    ( (unsigned long)_x3 << 8  ) | \
-                      (unsigned long)_x4         )
-#endif /* FT_IMAGE_TAG */
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Enum>                                                                */
-  /*    FT_Glyph_Format                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    An enumeration type used to describe the format of a given glyph   */
-  /*    image.  Note that this version of FreeType only supports two image */
-  /*    formats, even though future font drivers will be able to register  */
-  /*    their own format.                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Values>                                                              */
-  /*    FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_NONE ::                                            */
-  /*      The value 0 is reserved.                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE ::                                       */
-  /*      The glyph image is a composite of several other images.  This    */
-  /*      format is _only_ used with @FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE, and is used to   */
-  /*      report compound glyphs (like accented characters).               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP ::                                          */
-  /*      The glyph image is a bitmap, and can be described as an          */
-  /*      @FT_Bitmap.  You generally need to access the `bitmap' field of  */
-  /*      the @FT_GlyphSlotRec structure to read it.                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE ::                                         */
-  /*      The glyph image is a vectorial outline made of line segments     */
-  /*      and Bezier arcs; it can be described as an @FT_Outline; you      */
-  /*      generally want to access the `outline' field of the              */
-  /*      @FT_GlyphSlotRec structure to read it.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_PLOTTER ::                                         */
-  /*      The glyph image is a vectorial path with no inside and outside   */
-  /*      contours.  Some Type 1 fonts, like those in the Hershey family,  */
-  /*      contain glyphs in this format.  These are described as           */
-  /*      @FT_Outline, but FreeType isn't currently capable of rendering   */
-  /*      them correctly.                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef enum  FT_Glyph_Format_
-  {
-    FT_IMAGE_TAG( FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_NONE, 0, 0, 0, 0 ),
-
-    FT_IMAGE_TAG( FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE, 'c', 'o', 'm', 'p' ),
-    FT_IMAGE_TAG( FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP,    'b', 'i', 't', 's' ),
-    FT_IMAGE_TAG( FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE,   'o', 'u', 't', 'l' ),
-    FT_IMAGE_TAG( FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_PLOTTER,   'p', 'l', 'o', 't' )
-
-  } FT_Glyph_Format;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Enum>                                                                */
-  /*    ft_glyph_format_xxx                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A list of deprecated constants.  Use the corresponding             */
-  /*    @FT_Glyph_Format values instead.                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Values>                                                              */
-  /*    ft_glyph_format_none      :: See @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_NONE.            */
-  /*    ft_glyph_format_composite :: See @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE.       */
-  /*    ft_glyph_format_bitmap    :: See @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP.          */
-  /*    ft_glyph_format_outline   :: See @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE.         */
-  /*    ft_glyph_format_plotter   :: See @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_PLOTTER.         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define ft_glyph_format_none       FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_NONE
-#define ft_glyph_format_composite  FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE
-#define ft_glyph_format_bitmap     FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP
-#define ft_glyph_format_outline    FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE
-#define ft_glyph_format_plotter    FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_PLOTTER
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****            R A S T E R   D E F I N I T I O N S                *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* A raster is a scan converter, in charge of rendering an outline into  */
-  /* a a bitmap.  This section contains the public API for rasters.        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Note that in FreeType 2, all rasters are now encapsulated within      */
-  /* specific modules called `renderers'.  See `freetype/ftrender.h' for   */
-  /* more details on renderers.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Section>                                                             */
-  /*    raster                                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Title>                                                               */
-  /*    Scanline Converter                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
-  /*    How vectorial outlines are converted into bitmaps and pixmaps.     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    This section contains technical definitions.                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Type>                                                                */
-  /*    FT_Raster                                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A handle (pointer) to a raster object.  Each object can be used    */
-  /*    independently to convert an outline into a bitmap or pixmap.       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct FT_RasterRec_*  FT_Raster;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    FT_Span                                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A structure used to model a single span of gray (or black) pixels  */
-  /*    when rendering a monochrome or anti-aliased bitmap.                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    x        :: The span's horizontal start position.                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    len      :: The span's length in pixels.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    coverage :: The span color/coverage, ranging from 0 (background)   */
-  /*                to 255 (foreground).  Only used for anti-aliased       */
-  /*                rendering.                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    This structure is used by the span drawing callback type named     */
-  /*    @FT_SpanFunc which takes the y-coordinate of the span as a         */
-  /*    a parameter.                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    The coverage value is always between 0 and 255.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  FT_Span_
-  {
-    short           x;
-    unsigned short  len;
-    unsigned char   coverage;
-
-  } FT_Span;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_SpanFunc                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A function used as a call-back by the anti-aliased renderer in     */
-  /*    order to let client applications draw themselves the gray pixel    */
-  /*    spans on each scan line.                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    y     :: The scanline's y-coordinate.                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    count :: The number of spans to draw on this scanline.             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    spans :: A table of `count' spans to draw on the scanline.         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    user  :: User-supplied data that is passed to the callback.        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    This callback allows client applications to directly render the    */
-  /*    gray spans of the anti-aliased bitmap to any kind of surfaces.     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    This can be used to write anti-aliased outlines directly to a      */
-  /*    given background bitmap, and even perform translucency.            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    Note that the `count' field cannot be greater than a fixed value   */
-  /*    defined by the `FT_MAX_GRAY_SPANS' configuration macro in          */
-  /*    `ftoption.h'.  By default, this value is set to 32, which means    */
-  /*    that if there are more than 32 spans on a given scanline, the      */
-  /*    callback is called several times with the same `y' parameter in    */
-  /*    order to draw all callbacks.                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    Otherwise, the callback is only called once per scan-line, and     */
-  /*    only for those scanlines that do have `gray' pixels on them.       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef void
-  (*FT_SpanFunc)( int             y,
-                  int             count,
-                  const FT_Span*  spans,
-                  void*           user );
-
-#define FT_Raster_Span_Func  FT_SpanFunc
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Raster_BitTest_Func                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    THIS TYPE IS DEPRECATED.  DO NOT USE IT.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    A function used as a call-back by the monochrome scan-converter    */
-  /*    to test whether a given target pixel is already set to the drawing */
-  /*    `color'.  These tests are crucial to implement drop-out control    */
-  /*    per-se the TrueType spec.                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    y     :: The pixel's y-coordinate.                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    x     :: The pixel's x-coordinate.                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    user  :: User-supplied data that is passed to the callback.        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*   1 if the pixel is `set', 0 otherwise.                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef int
-  (*FT_Raster_BitTest_Func)( int    y,
-                             int    x,
-                             void*  user );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Raster_BitSet_Func                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    THIS TYPE IS DEPRECATED.  DO NOT USE IT.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    A function used as a call-back by the monochrome scan-converter    */
-  /*    to set an individual target pixel.  This is crucial to implement   */
-  /*    drop-out control according to the TrueType specification.          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    y     :: The pixel's y-coordinate.                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    x     :: The pixel's x-coordinate.                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    user  :: User-supplied data that is passed to the callback.        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    1 if the pixel is `set', 0 otherwise.                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef void
-  (*FT_Raster_BitSet_Func)( int    y,
-                            int    x,
-                            void*  user );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Enum>                                                                */
-  /*    FT_RASTER_FLAG_XXX                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A list of bit flag constants as used in the `flags' field of a     */
-  /*    @FT_Raster_Params structure.                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Values>                                                              */
-  /*    FT_RASTER_FLAG_DEFAULT :: This value is 0.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_RASTER_FLAG_AA      :: This flag is set to indicate that an     */
-  /*                              anti-aliased glyph image should be       */
-  /*                              generated.  Otherwise, it will be        */
-  /*                              monochrome (1-bit).                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT  :: This flag is set to indicate direct      */
-  /*                              rendering.  In this mode, client         */
-  /*                              applications must provide their own span */
-  /*                              callback.  This lets them directly       */
-  /*                              draw or compose over an existing bitmap. */
-  /*                              If this bit is not set, the target       */
-  /*                              pixmap's buffer _must_ be zeroed before  */
-  /*                              rendering.                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                              Note that for now, direct rendering is   */
-  /*                              only possible with anti-aliased glyphs.  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_RASTER_FLAG_CLIP    :: This flag is only used in direct         */
-  /*                              rendering mode.  If set, the output will */
-  /*                              be clipped to a box specified in the     */
-  /*                              `clip_box' field of the                  */
-  /*                              @FT_Raster_Params structure.             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                              Note that by default, the glyph bitmap   */
-  /*                              is clipped to the target pixmap, except  */
-  /*                              in direct rendering mode where all spans */
-  /*                              are generated if no clipping box is set. */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define FT_RASTER_FLAG_DEFAULT  0x0
-#define FT_RASTER_FLAG_AA       0x1
-#define FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT   0x2
-#define FT_RASTER_FLAG_CLIP     0x4
-
-  /* deprecated */
-#define ft_raster_flag_default  FT_RASTER_FLAG_DEFAULT
-#define ft_raster_flag_aa       FT_RASTER_FLAG_AA
-#define ft_raster_flag_direct   FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT
-#define ft_raster_flag_clip     FT_RASTER_FLAG_CLIP
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    FT_Raster_Params                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A structure to hold the arguments used by a raster's render        */
-  /*    function.                                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    target      :: The target bitmap.                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    source      :: A pointer to the source glyph image (e.g., an       */
-  /*                   @FT_Outline).                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    flags       :: The rendering flags.                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    gray_spans  :: The gray span drawing callback.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    black_spans :: The black span drawing callback.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    bit_test    :: The bit test callback.  UNIMPLEMENTED!              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    bit_set     :: The bit set callback.  UNIMPLEMENTED!               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    user        :: User-supplied data that is passed to each drawing   */
-  /*                   callback.                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    clip_box    :: An optional clipping box.  It is only used in       */
-  /*                   direct rendering mode.  Note that coordinates here  */
-  /*                   should be expressed in _integer_ pixels (and not in */
-  /*                   26.6 fixed-point units).                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    An anti-aliased glyph bitmap is drawn if the @FT_RASTER_FLAG_AA    */
-  /*    bit flag is set in the `flags' field, otherwise a monochrome       */
-  /*    bitmap is generated.                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    If the @FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT bit flag is set in `flags', the      */
-  /*    raster will call the `gray_spans' callback to draw gray pixel      */
-  /*    spans, in the case of an aa glyph bitmap, it will call             */
-  /*    `black_spans', and `bit_test' and `bit_set' in the case of a       */
-  /*    monochrome bitmap.  This allows direct composition over a          */
-  /*    pre-existing bitmap through user-provided callbacks to perform the */
-  /*    span drawing/composition.                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    Note that the `bit_test' and `bit_set' callbacks are required when */
-  /*    rendering a monochrome bitmap, as they are crucial to implement    */
-  /*    correct drop-out control as defined in the TrueType specification. */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  FT_Raster_Params_
-  {
-    const FT_Bitmap*        target;
-    const void*             source;
-    int                     flags;
-    FT_SpanFunc             gray_spans;
-    FT_SpanFunc             black_spans;
-    FT_Raster_BitTest_Func  bit_test;     /* doesn't work! */
-    FT_Raster_BitSet_Func   bit_set;      /* doesn't work! */
-    void*                   user;
-    FT_BBox                 clip_box;
-
-  } FT_Raster_Params;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Raster_NewFunc                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A function used to create a new raster object.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    memory :: A handle to the memory allocator.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Output>                                                              */
-  /*    raster :: A handle to the new raster object.                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    Error code.  0 means success.                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    The `memory' parameter is a typeless pointer in order to avoid     */
-  /*    un-wanted dependencies on the rest of the FreeType code.  In       */
-  /*    practice, it is an @FT_Memory object, i.e., a handle to the        */
-  /*    standard FreeType memory allocator.  However, this field can be    */
-  /*    completely ignored by a given raster implementation.               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef int
-  (*FT_Raster_NewFunc)( void*       memory,
-                        FT_Raster*  raster );
-
-#define FT_Raster_New_Func  FT_Raster_NewFunc
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Raster_DoneFunc                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A function used to destroy a given raster object.                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    raster :: A handle to the raster object.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef void
-  (*FT_Raster_DoneFunc)( FT_Raster  raster );
-
-#define FT_Raster_Done_Func  FT_Raster_DoneFunc
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Raster_ResetFunc                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    FreeType provides an area of memory called the `render pool',      */
-  /*    available to all registered rasters.  This pool can be freely used */
-  /*    during a given scan-conversion but is shared by all rasters.  Its  */
-  /*    content is thus transient.                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    This function is called each time the render pool changes, or just */
-  /*    after a new raster object is created.                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    raster    :: A handle to the new raster object.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    pool_base :: The address in memory of the render pool.             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    pool_size :: The size in bytes of the render pool.                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    Rasters can ignore the render pool and rely on dynamic memory      */
-  /*    allocation if they want to (a handle to the memory allocator is    */
-  /*    passed to the raster constructor).  However, this is not           */
-  /*    recommended for efficiency purposes.                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef void
-  (*FT_Raster_ResetFunc)( FT_Raster       raster,
-                          unsigned char*  pool_base,
-                          unsigned long   pool_size );
-
-#define FT_Raster_Reset_Func  FT_Raster_ResetFunc
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Raster_SetModeFunc                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    This function is a generic facility to change modes or attributes  */
-  /*    in a given raster.  This can be used for debugging purposes, or    */
-  /*    simply to allow implementation-specific `features' in a given      */
-  /*    raster module.                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    raster :: A handle to the new raster object.                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    mode   :: A 4-byte tag used to name the mode or property.          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    args   :: A pointer to the new mode/property to use.               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef int
-  (*FT_Raster_SetModeFunc)( FT_Raster      raster,
-                            unsigned long  mode,
-                            void*          args );
-
-#define FT_Raster_Set_Mode_Func  FT_Raster_SetModeFunc
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Raster_RenderFunc                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*   Invokes a given raster to scan-convert a given glyph image into a   */
-  /*   target bitmap.                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    raster :: A handle to the raster object.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    params :: A pointer to an @FT_Raster_Params structure used to      */
-  /*              store the rendering parameters.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    Error code.  0 means success.                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    The exact format of the source image depends on the raster's glyph */
-  /*    format defined in its @FT_Raster_Funcs structure.  It can be an    */
-  /*    @FT_Outline or anything else in order to support a large array of  */
-  /*    glyph formats.                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    Note also that the render function can fail and return a           */
-  /*    `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' error code if the raster used does  */
-  /*    not support direct composition.                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    XXX: For now, the standard raster doesn't support direct           */
-  /*         composition but this should change for the final release (see */
-  /*         the files `demos/src/ftgrays.c' and `demos/src/ftgrays2.c'    */
-  /*         for examples of distinct implementations which support direct */
-  /*         composition).                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef int
-  (*FT_Raster_RenderFunc)( FT_Raster                raster,
-                           const FT_Raster_Params*  params );
-
-#define FT_Raster_Render_Func  FT_Raster_RenderFunc
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    FT_Raster_Funcs                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*   A structure used to describe a given raster class to the library.   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    glyph_format  :: The supported glyph format for this raster.       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    raster_new    :: The raster constructor.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    raster_reset  :: Used to reset the render pool within the raster.  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    raster_render :: A function to render a glyph into a given bitmap. */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    raster_done   :: The raster destructor.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  FT_Raster_Funcs_
-  {
-    FT_Glyph_Format        glyph_format;
-    FT_Raster_NewFunc      raster_new;
-    FT_Raster_ResetFunc    raster_reset;
-    FT_Raster_SetModeFunc  raster_set_mode;
-    FT_Raster_RenderFunc   raster_render;
-    FT_Raster_DoneFunc     raster_done;
-
-  } FT_Raster_Funcs;
-
-
-  /* */
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __FTIMAGE_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
-
-
-/* Local Variables: */
-/* coding: utf-8    */
-/* End:             */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftincrem.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftincrem.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 6dd2f55..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftincrem.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,349 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftincrem.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType incremental loading (specification).                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2006, 2007, 2008 by                              */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __FTINCREM_H__
-#define __FTINCREM_H__
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_FREETYPE_H
-
-#ifdef FREETYPE_H
-#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
-#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
-#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
-#endif
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-  /***************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @section:
-   *    incremental
-   *
-   * @title:
-   *    Incremental Loading
-   *
-   * @abstract:
-   *    Custom Glyph Loading.
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   This section contains various functions used to perform so-called
-   *   `incremental' glyph loading.  This is a mode where all glyphs loaded
-   *   from a given @FT_Face are provided by the client application,
-   *
-   *   Apart from that, all other tables are loaded normally from the font
-   *   file.  This mode is useful when FreeType is used within another
-   *   engine, e.g., a Postscript Imaging Processor.
-   *
-   *   To enable this mode, you must use @FT_Open_Face, passing an
-   *   @FT_Parameter with the @FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL tag and an
-   *   @FT_Incremental_Interface value.  See the comments for
-   *   @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec for an example.
-   *
-   */
-
-
-  /***************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @type:
-   *   FT_Incremental
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   An opaque type describing a user-provided object used to implement
-   *   `incremental' glyph loading within FreeType.  This is used to support
-   *   embedded fonts in certain environments (e.g., Postscript interpreters),
-   *   where the glyph data isn't in the font file, or must be overridden by
-   *   different values.
-   *
-   * @note:
-   *   It is up to client applications to create and implement @FT_Incremental
-   *   objects, as long as they provide implementations for the methods
-   *   @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc, @FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc
-   *   and @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc.
-   *
-   *   See the description of @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec to understand how
-   *   to use incremental objects with FreeType.
-   *
-   */
-  typedef struct FT_IncrementalRec_*  FT_Incremental;
-
-
-  /***************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @struct:
-   *   FT_Incremental_MetricsRec
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A small structure used to contain the basic glyph metrics returned
-   *   by the @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc method.
-   *
-   * @fields:
-   *   bearing_x ::
-   *     Left bearing, in font units.
-   *
-   *   bearing_y ::
-   *     Top bearing, in font units.
-   *
-   *   advance ::
-   *     Glyph advance, in font units.
-   *
-   * @note:
-   *   These correspond to horizontal or vertical metrics depending on the
-   *   value of the `vertical' argument to the function
-   *   @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc.
-   *
-   */
-  typedef struct  FT_Incremental_MetricsRec_
-  {
-    FT_Long  bearing_x;
-    FT_Long  bearing_y;
-    FT_Long  advance;
-
-  } FT_Incremental_MetricsRec;
-
-
-  /***************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @struct:
-   *   FT_Incremental_Metrics
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A handle to an @FT_Incremental_MetricsRec structure.
-   *
-   */
-   typedef struct FT_Incremental_MetricsRec_*  FT_Incremental_Metrics;
-
-
-  /***************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @type:
-   *   FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A function called by FreeType to access a given glyph's data bytes
-   *   during @FT_Load_Glyph or @FT_Load_Char if incremental loading is
-   *   enabled.
-   *
-   *   Note that the format of the glyph's data bytes depends on the font
-   *   file format.  For TrueType, it must correspond to the raw bytes within
-   *   the `glyf' table.  For Postscript formats, it must correspond to the
-   *   *unencrypted* charstring bytes, without any `lenIV' header.  It is
-   *   undefined for any other format.
-   *
-   * @input:
-   *   incremental ::
-   *     Handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client
-   *     application.
-   *
-   *   glyph_index ::
-   *     Index of relevant glyph.
-   *
-   * @output:
-   *   adata ::
-   *     A structure describing the returned glyph data bytes (which will be
-   *     accessed as a read-only byte block).
-   *
-   * @return:
-   *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.
-   *
-   * @note:
-   *   If this function returns successfully the method
-   *   @FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc will be called later to release
-   *   the data bytes.
-   *
-   *   Nested calls to @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc can happen for
-   *   compound glyphs.
-   *
-   */
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc)( FT_Incremental  incremental,
-                                      FT_UInt         glyph_index,
-                                      FT_Data*        adata );
-
-
-  /***************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @type:
-   *   FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A function used to release the glyph data bytes returned by a
-   *   successful call to @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc.
-   *
-   * @input:
-   *   incremental ::
-   *     A handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client
-   *     application.
-   *
-   *   data ::
-   *     A structure describing the glyph data bytes (which will be accessed
-   *     as a read-only byte block).
-   *
-   */
-  typedef void
-  (*FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc)( FT_Incremental  incremental,
-                                       FT_Data*        data );
-
-
-  /***************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @type:
-   *   FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A function used to retrieve the basic metrics of a given glyph index
-   *   before accessing its data.  This is necessary because, in certain
-   *   formats like TrueType, the metrics are stored in a different place from
-   *   the glyph images proper.
-   *
-   * @input:
-   *   incremental ::
-   *     A handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client
-   *     application.
-   *
-   *   glyph_index ::
-   *     Index of relevant glyph.
-   *
-   *   vertical ::
-   *     If true, return vertical metrics.
-   *
-   *   ametrics ::
-   *     This parameter is used for both input and output.
-   *     The original glyph metrics, if any, in font units.  If metrics are
-   *     not available all the values must be set to zero.
-   *
-   * @output:
-   *   ametrics ::
-   *     The replacement glyph metrics in font units.
-   *
-   */
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc)
-                      ( FT_Incremental              incremental,
-                        FT_UInt                     glyph_index,
-                        FT_Bool                     vertical,
-                        FT_Incremental_MetricsRec  *ametrics );
-
-
-  /**************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @struct:
-   *   FT_Incremental_FuncsRec
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A table of functions for accessing fonts that load data
-   *   incrementally.  Used in @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec.
-   *
-   * @fields:
-   *   get_glyph_data ::
-   *     The function to get glyph data.  Must not be null.
-   *
-   *   free_glyph_data ::
-   *     The function to release glyph data.  Must not be null.
-   *
-   *   get_glyph_metrics ::
-   *     The function to get glyph metrics.  May be null if the font does
-   *     not provide overriding glyph metrics.
-   *
-   */
-  typedef struct  FT_Incremental_FuncsRec_
-  {
-    FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc     get_glyph_data;
-    FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc    free_glyph_data;
-    FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc  get_glyph_metrics;
-
-  } FT_Incremental_FuncsRec;
-
-
-  /***************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @struct:
-   *   FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A structure to be used with @FT_Open_Face to indicate that the user
-   *   wants to support incremental glyph loading.  You should use it with
-   *   @FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL as in the following example:
-   *
-   *     {
-   *       FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec  inc_int;
-   *       FT_Parameter                 parameter;
-   *       FT_Open_Args                 open_args;
-   *
-   *
-   *       // set up incremental descriptor
-   *       inc_int.funcs  = my_funcs;
-   *       inc_int.object = my_object;
-   *
-   *       // set up optional parameter
-   *       parameter.tag  = FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL;
-   *       parameter.data = &inc_int;
-   *
-   *       // set up FT_Open_Args structure
-   *       open_args.flags      = FT_OPEN_PATHNAME | FT_OPEN_PARAMS;
-   *       open_args.pathname   = my_font_pathname;
-   *       open_args.num_params = 1;
-   *       open_args.params     = ¶meter; // we use one optional argument
-   *
-   *       // open the font
-   *       error = FT_Open_Face( library, &open_args, index, &face );
-   *       ...
-   *     }
-   *
-   */
-  typedef struct  FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec_
-  {
-    const FT_Incremental_FuncsRec*  funcs;
-    FT_Incremental                  object;
-
-  } FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec;
-
-
-  /***************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @type:
-   *   FT_Incremental_Interface
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A pointer to an @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec structure.
-   *
-   */
-  typedef FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec*   FT_Incremental_Interface;
-
-
-  /***************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @constant:
-   *   FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A constant used as the tag of @FT_Parameter structures to indicate
-   *   an incremental loading object to be used by FreeType.
-   *
-   */
-#define FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'n', 'c', 'r' )
-
-  /* */
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __FTINCREM_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftlcdfil.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftlcdfil.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 01d9780..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftlcdfil.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,166 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftlcdfil.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType API for color filtering of subpixel bitmap glyphs           */
-/*    (specification).                                                     */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2006, 2007, 2008 by                                          */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __FT_LCD_FILTER_H__
-#define __FT_LCD_FILTER_H__
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_FREETYPE_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-  /***************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @section:
-   *   lcd_filtering
-   *
-   * @title:
-   *   LCD Filtering
-   *
-   * @abstract:
-   *   Reduce color fringes of LCD-optimized bitmaps.
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   The @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter API can be used to specify a low-pass
-   *   filter which is then applied to LCD-optimized bitmaps generated
-   *   through @FT_Render_Glyph.  This is useful to reduce color fringes
-   *   which would occur with unfiltered rendering.
-   *
-   *   Note that no filter is active by default, and that this function is
-   *   *not* implemented in default builds of the library.  You need to
-   *   #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING in your `ftoption.h' file
-   *   in order to activate it.
-   */
-
-
-  /****************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @func:
-   *   FT_LcdFilter
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A list of values to identify various types of LCD filters.
-   *
-   * @values:
-   *   FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE ::
-   *     Do not perform filtering.  When used with subpixel rendering, this
-   *     results in sometimes severe color fringes.
-   *
-   *   FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT ::
-   *     The default filter reduces color fringes considerably, at the cost
-   *     of a slight blurriness in the output.
-   *
-   *   FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT ::
-   *     The light filter is a variant that produces less blurriness at the
-   *     cost of slightly more color fringes than the default one.  It might
-   *     be better, depending on taste, your monitor, or your personal vision.
-   *
-   *   FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY ::
-   *     This filter corresponds to the original libXft color filter.  It
-   *     provides high contrast output but can exhibit really bad color
-   *     fringes if glyphs are not extremely well hinted to the pixel grid.
-   *     In other words, it only works well if the TrueType bytecode
-   *     interpreter is enabled *and* high-quality hinted fonts are used.
-   *
-   *     This filter is only provided for comparison purposes, and might be
-   *     disabled or stay unsupported in the future.
-   *
-   * @since:
-   *   2.3.0
-   */
-  typedef enum  FT_LcdFilter_
-  {
-    FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE    = 0,
-    FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT = 1,
-    FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT   = 2,
-    FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY  = 16,
-
-    FT_LCD_FILTER_MAX   /* do not remove */
-
-  } FT_LcdFilter;
-
-
-  /**************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @func:
-   *   FT_Library_SetLcdFilter
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   This function is used to apply color filtering to LCD decimated
-   *   bitmaps, like the ones used when calling @FT_Render_Glyph with
-   *   @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD or @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V.
-   *
-   * @input:
-   *   library ::
-   *     A handle to the target library instance.
-   *
-   *   filter ::
-   *     The filter type.
-   *
-   *     You can use @FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE here to disable this feature, or
-   *     @FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT to use a default filter that should work
-   *     well on most LCD screens.
-   *
-   * @return:
-   *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.
-   *
-   * @note:
-   *   This feature is always disabled by default.  Clients must make an
-   *   explicit call to this function with a `filter' value other than
-   *   @FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE in order to enable it.
-   *
-   *   Due to *PATENTS* covering subpixel rendering, this function doesn't
-   *   do anything except returning `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if the
-   *   configuration macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING is not
-   *   defined in your build of the library, which should correspond to all
-   *   default builds of FreeType.
-   *
-   *   The filter affects glyph bitmaps rendered through @FT_Render_Glyph,
-   *   @FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap, @FT_Load_Glyph, and @FT_Load_Char.
-   *
-   *   It does _not_ affect the output of @FT_Outline_Render and
-   *   @FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap.
-   *
-   *   If this feature is activated, the dimensions of LCD glyph bitmaps are
-   *   either larger or taller than the dimensions of the corresponding
-   *   outline with regards to the pixel grid.  For example, for
-   *   @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD, the filter adds up to 3 pixels to the left, and
-   *   up to 3 pixels to the right.
-   *
-   *   The bitmap offset values are adjusted correctly, so clients shouldn't
-   *   need to modify their layout and glyph positioning code when enabling
-   *   the filter.
-   *
-   * @since:
-   *   2.3.0
-   */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Library_SetLcdFilter( FT_Library    library,
-                           FT_LcdFilter  filter );
-
-  /* */
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __FT_LCD_FILTER_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftlist.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftlist.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f3223ee..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftlist.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,273 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftlist.h                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Generic list support for FreeType (specification).                   */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2003, 2007 by                                     */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*  This file implements functions relative to list processing.  Its     */
-  /*  data structures are defined in `freetype.h'.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __FTLIST_H__
-#define __FTLIST_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_FREETYPE_H
-
-#ifdef FREETYPE_H
-#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
-#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
-#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
-#endif
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Section>                                                             */
-  /*    list_processing                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Title>                                                               */
-  /*    List Processing                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
-  /*    Simple management of lists.                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    This section contains various definitions related to list          */
-  /*    processing using doubly-linked nodes.                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Order>                                                               */
-  /*    FT_List                                                            */
-  /*    FT_ListNode                                                        */
-  /*    FT_ListRec                                                         */
-  /*    FT_ListNodeRec                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_List_Add                                                        */
-  /*    FT_List_Insert                                                     */
-  /*    FT_List_Find                                                       */
-  /*    FT_List_Remove                                                     */
-  /*    FT_List_Up                                                         */
-  /*    FT_List_Iterate                                                    */
-  /*    FT_List_Iterator                                                   */
-  /*    FT_List_Finalize                                                   */
-  /*    FT_List_Destructor                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_List_Find                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Finds the list node for a given listed object.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    list :: A pointer to the parent list.                              */
-  /*    data :: The address of the listed object.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    List node.  NULL if it wasn't found.                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_ListNode )
-  FT_List_Find( FT_List  list,
-                void*    data );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_List_Add                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Appends an element to the end of a list.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <InOut>                                                               */
-  /*    list :: A pointer to the parent list.                              */
-  /*    node :: The node to append.                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FT_List_Add( FT_List      list,
-               FT_ListNode  node );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_List_Insert                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Inserts an element at the head of a list.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <InOut>                                                               */
-  /*    list :: A pointer to parent list.                                  */
-  /*    node :: The node to insert.                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FT_List_Insert( FT_List      list,
-                  FT_ListNode  node );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_List_Remove                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Removes a node from a list.  This function doesn't check whether   */
-  /*    the node is in the list!                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    node :: The node to remove.                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <InOut>                                                               */
-  /*    list :: A pointer to the parent list.                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FT_List_Remove( FT_List      list,
-                  FT_ListNode  node );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_List_Up                                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Moves a node to the head/top of a list.  Used to maintain LRU      */
-  /*    lists.                                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <InOut>                                                               */
-  /*    list :: A pointer to the parent list.                              */
-  /*    node :: The node to move.                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FT_List_Up( FT_List      list,
-              FT_ListNode  node );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_List_Iterator                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    An FT_List iterator function which is called during a list parse   */
-  /*    by @FT_List_Iterate.                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    node :: The current iteration list node.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    user :: A typeless pointer passed to @FT_List_Iterate.             */
-  /*            Can be used to point to the iteration's state.             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*FT_List_Iterator)( FT_ListNode  node,
-                       void*        user );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_List_Iterate                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Parses a list and calls a given iterator function on each element. */
-  /*    Note that parsing is stopped as soon as one of the iterator calls  */
-  /*    returns a non-zero value.                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    list     :: A handle to the list.                                  */
-  /*    iterator :: An iterator function, called on each node of the list. */
-  /*    user     :: A user-supplied field which is passed as the second    */
-  /*                argument to the iterator.                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    The result (a FreeType error code) of the last iterator call.      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_List_Iterate( FT_List           list,
-                   FT_List_Iterator  iterator,
-                   void*             user );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_List_Destructor                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    An @FT_List iterator function which is called during a list        */
-  /*    finalization by @FT_List_Finalize to destroy all elements in a     */
-  /*    given list.                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    system :: The current system object.                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    data   :: The current object to destroy.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    user   :: A typeless pointer passed to @FT_List_Iterate.  It can   */
-  /*              be used to point to the iteration's state.               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef void
-  (*FT_List_Destructor)( FT_Memory  memory,
-                         void*      data,
-                         void*      user );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_List_Finalize                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Destroys all elements in the list as well as the list itself.      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    list    :: A handle to the list.                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    destroy :: A list destructor that will be applied to each element  */
-  /*               of the list.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    memory  :: The current memory object which handles deallocation.   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    user    :: A user-supplied field which is passed as the last       */
-  /*               argument to the destructor.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FT_List_Finalize( FT_List             list,
-                    FT_List_Destructor  destroy,
-                    FT_Memory           memory,
-                    void*               user );
-
-
-  /* */
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __FTLIST_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftlzw.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftlzw.h
deleted file mode 100644
index d950653..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftlzw.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,99 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftlzw.h                                                                */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    LZW-compressed stream support.                                       */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2004, 2006 by                                                */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __FTLZW_H__
-#define __FTLZW_H__
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_FREETYPE_H
-
-#ifdef FREETYPE_H
-#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
-#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
-#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
-#endif
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Section>                                                             */
-  /*    lzw                                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Title>                                                               */
-  /*    LZW Streams                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
-  /*    Using LZW-compressed font files.                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    This section contains the declaration of LZW-specific functions.   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
- /************************************************************************
-  *
-  * @function:
-  *   FT_Stream_OpenLZW
-  *
-  * @description:
-  *   Open a new stream to parse LZW-compressed font files.  This is
-  *   mainly used to support the compressed `*.pcf.Z' fonts that come
-  *   with XFree86.
-  *
-  * @input:
-  *   stream :: The target embedding stream.
-  *
-  *   source :: The source stream.
-  *
-  * @return:
-  *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.
-  *
-  * @note:
-  *   The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function.
-  *
-  *   Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close' on the new stream will
-  *   *not* call `FT_Stream_Close' on the source stream.  None of the stream
-  *   objects will be released to the heap.
-  *
-  *   The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression
-  *   process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream
-  *
-  *   In certain builds of the library, LZW compression recognition is
-  *   automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face.
-  *   This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw
-  *   compressed file, the library will try to open a LZW stream from it
-  *   and re-open the face with it.
-  *
-  *   This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if your build
-  *   of FreeType was not compiled with LZW support.
-  */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Stream_OpenLZW( FT_Stream  stream,
-                     FT_Stream  source );
-
- /* */
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __FTLZW_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftmac.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftmac.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 1752d13..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftmac.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,274 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftmac.h                                                                */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Additional Mac-specific API.                                         */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2004, 2006, 2007 by                               */
-/*  Just van Rossum, David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.     */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/* NOTE: Include this file after <freetype/freetype.h> and after any       */
-/*       Mac-specific headers (because this header uses Mac types such as  */
-/*       Handle, FSSpec, FSRef, etc.)                                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __FTMAC_H__
-#define __FTMAC_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-/* gcc-3.4.1 and later can warn about functions tagged as deprecated */
-#ifndef FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE
-#if defined(__GNUC__)                                               && \
-    ((__GNUC__ >= 4) || ((__GNUC__ == 3) && (__GNUC_MINOR__ >= 1)))
-#define FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE  __attribute__((deprecated))
-#else
-#define FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE
-#endif
-#endif
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Section>                                                             */
-  /*    mac_specific                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Title>                                                               */
-  /*    Mac Specific Interface                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
-  /*    Only available on the Macintosh.                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    The following definitions are only available if FreeType is        */
-  /*    compiled on a Macintosh.                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_New_Face_From_FOND                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Create a new face object from a FOND resource.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <InOut>                                                               */
-  /*    library    :: A handle to the library resource.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    fond       :: A FOND resource.                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    face_index :: Only supported for the -1 `sanity check' special     */
-  /*                  case.                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Output>                                                              */
-  /*    aface      :: A handle to a new face object.                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Notes>                                                               */
-  /*    This function can be used to create @FT_Face objects from fonts    */
-  /*    that are installed in the system as follows.                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    {                                                                  */
-  /*      fond = GetResource( 'FOND', fontName );                          */
-  /*      error = FT_New_Face_From_FOND( library, fond, 0, &face );        */
-  /*    }                                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_New_Face_From_FOND( FT_Library  library,
-                         Handle      fond,
-                         FT_Long     face_index,
-                         FT_Face    *aface )
-                       FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Return an FSSpec for the disk file containing the named font.      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    fontName   :: Mac OS name of the font (e.g., Times New Roman       */
-  /*                  Bold).                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Output>                                                              */
-  /*    pathSpec   :: FSSpec to the file.  For passing to                  */
-  /*                  @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    face_index :: Index of the face.  For passing to                   */
-  /*                  @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name( const char*  fontName,
-                            FSSpec*      pathSpec,
-                            FT_Long*     face_index )
-                          FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Return an FSSpec for the disk file containing the named font.      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    fontName   :: Mac OS name of the font in ATS framework.            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Output>                                                              */
-  /*    pathSpec   :: FSSpec to the file. For passing to                   */
-  /*                  @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    face_index :: Index of the face. For passing to                    */
-  /*                  @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char*  fontName,
-                                FSSpec*      pathSpec,
-                                FT_Long*     face_index )
-                              FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Return a pathname of the disk file and face index for given font   */
-  /*    name which is handled by ATS framework.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    fontName    :: Mac OS name of the font in ATS framework.           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Output>                                                              */
-  /*    path        :: Buffer to store pathname of the file.  For passing  */
-  /*                   to @FT_New_Face.  The client must allocate this     */
-  /*                   buffer before calling this function.                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    maxPathSize :: Lengths of the buffer `path' that client allocated. */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    face_index  :: Index of the face.  For passing to @FT_New_Face.    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char*  fontName,
-                                    UInt8*       path,
-                                    UInt32       maxPathSize,
-                                    FT_Long*     face_index )
-                                  FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Create a new face object from a given resource and typeface index  */
-  /*    using an FSSpec to the font file.                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <InOut>                                                               */
-  /*    library    :: A handle to the library resource.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    spec       :: FSSpec to the font file.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    face_index :: The index of the face within the resource.  The      */
-  /*                  first face has index 0.                              */
-  /* <Output>                                                              */
-  /*    aface      :: A handle to a new face object.                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec is identical to @FT_New_Face except       */
-  /*    it accepts an FSSpec instead of a path.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec( FT_Library     library,
-                           const FSSpec  *spec,
-                           FT_Long        face_index,
-                           FT_Face       *aface )
-                         FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_New_Face_From_FSRef                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Create a new face object from a given resource and typeface index  */
-  /*    using an FSRef to the font file.                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <InOut>                                                               */
-  /*    library    :: A handle to the library resource.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    spec       :: FSRef to the font file.                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    face_index :: The index of the face within the resource.  The      */
-  /*                  first face has index 0.                              */
-  /* <Output>                                                              */
-  /*    aface      :: A handle to a new face object.                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    @FT_New_Face_From_FSRef is identical to @FT_New_Face except        */
-  /*    it accepts an FSRef instead of a path.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_New_Face_From_FSRef( FT_Library    library,
-                          const FSRef  *ref,
-                          FT_Long       face_index,
-                          FT_Face      *aface )
-                        FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
-
-  /* */
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-
-#endif /* __FTMAC_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftmm.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftmm.h
deleted file mode 100644
index a9ccfe7..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftmm.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,378 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftmm.h                                                                 */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType Multiple Master font interface (specification).             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2003, 2004, 2006 by                               */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __FTMM_H__
-#define __FTMM_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Section>                                                             */
-  /*    multiple_masters                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Title>                                                               */
-  /*    Multiple Masters                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
-  /*    How to manage Multiple Masters fonts.                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    The following types and functions are used to manage Multiple      */
-  /*    Master fonts, i.e., the selection of specific design instances by  */
-  /*    setting design axis coordinates.                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    George Williams has extended this interface to make it work with   */
-  /*    both Type 1 Multiple Masters fonts and GX distortable (var)        */
-  /*    fonts.  Some of these routines only work with MM fonts, others     */
-  /*    will work with both types.  They are similar enough that a         */
-  /*    consistent interface makes sense.                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    FT_MM_Axis                                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A simple structure used to model a given axis in design space for  */
-  /*    Multiple Masters fonts.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    This structure can't be used for GX var fonts.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    name    :: The axis's name.                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    minimum :: The axis's minimum design coordinate.                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    maximum :: The axis's maximum design coordinate.                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  FT_MM_Axis_
-  {
-    FT_String*  name;
-    FT_Long     minimum;
-    FT_Long     maximum;
-
-  } FT_MM_Axis;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    FT_Multi_Master                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A structure used to model the axes and space of a Multiple Masters */
-  /*    font.                                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    This structure can't be used for GX var fonts.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    num_axis    :: Number of axes.  Cannot exceed 4.                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    num_designs :: Number of designs; should be normally 2^num_axis    */
-  /*                   even though the Type 1 specification strangely      */
-  /*                   allows for intermediate designs to be present. This */
-  /*                   number cannot exceed 16.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    axis        :: A table of axis descriptors.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  FT_Multi_Master_
-  {
-    FT_UInt     num_axis;
-    FT_UInt     num_designs;
-    FT_MM_Axis  axis[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];
-
-  } FT_Multi_Master;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    FT_Var_Axis                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A simple structure used to model a given axis in design space for  */
-  /*    Multiple Masters and GX var fonts.                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    name    :: The axis's name.                                        */
-  /*               Not always meaningful for GX.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    minimum :: The axis's minimum design coordinate.                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    def     :: The axis's default design coordinate.                   */
-  /*               FreeType computes meaningful default values for MM; it  */
-  /*               is then an integer value, not in 16.16 format.          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    maximum :: The axis's maximum design coordinate.                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    tag     :: The axis's tag (the GX equivalent to `name').           */
-  /*               FreeType provides default values for MM if possible.    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    strid   :: The entry in `name' table (another GX version of        */
-  /*               `name').                                                */
-  /*               Not meaningful for MM.                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  FT_Var_Axis_
-  {
-    FT_String*  name;
-
-    FT_Fixed    minimum;
-    FT_Fixed    def;
-    FT_Fixed    maximum;
-
-    FT_ULong    tag;
-    FT_UInt     strid;
-
-  } FT_Var_Axis;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    FT_Var_Named_Style                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A simple structure used to model a named style in a GX var font.   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    This structure can't be used for MM fonts.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    coords :: The design coordinates for this style.                   */
-  /*              This is an array with one entry for each axis.           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    strid  :: The entry in `name' table identifying this style.        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  FT_Var_Named_Style_
-  {
-    FT_Fixed*  coords;
-    FT_UInt    strid;
-
-  } FT_Var_Named_Style;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    FT_MM_Var                                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A structure used to model the axes and space of a Multiple Masters */
-  /*    or GX var distortable font.                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    Some fields are specific to one format and not to the other.       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    num_axis        :: The number of axes.  The maximum value is 4 for */
-  /*                       MM; no limit in GX.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    num_designs     :: The number of designs; should be normally       */
-  /*                       2^num_axis for MM fonts.  Not meaningful for GX */
-  /*                       (where every glyph could have a different       */
-  /*                       number of designs).                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    num_namedstyles :: The number of named styles; only meaningful for */
-  /*                       GX which allows certain design coordinates to   */
-  /*                       have a string ID (in the `name' table)          */
-  /*                       associated with them.  The font can tell the    */
-  /*                       user that, for example, Weight=1.5 is `Bold'.   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    axis            :: A table of axis descriptors.                    */
-  /*                       GX fonts contain slightly more data than MM.    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    namedstyles     :: A table of named styles.                        */
-  /*                       Only meaningful with GX.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  FT_MM_Var_
-  {
-    FT_UInt              num_axis;
-    FT_UInt              num_designs;
-    FT_UInt              num_namedstyles;
-    FT_Var_Axis*         axis;
-    FT_Var_Named_Style*  namedstyle;
-
-  } FT_MM_Var;
-
-
-  /* */
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Get_Multi_Master                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Retrieves the Multiple Master descriptor of a given font.          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    This function can't be used with GX fonts.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face    :: A handle to the source face.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Output>                                                              */
-  /*    amaster :: The Multiple Masters descriptor.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Get_Multi_Master( FT_Face           face,
-                       FT_Multi_Master  *amaster );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Get_MM_Var                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Retrieves the Multiple Master/GX var descriptor of a given font.   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face    :: A handle to the source face.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Output>                                                              */
-  /*    amaster :: The Multiple Masters descriptor.                        */
-  /*               Allocates a data structure, which the user must free    */
-  /*               (a single call to FT_FREE will do it).                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Get_MM_Var( FT_Face      face,
-                 FT_MM_Var*  *amaster );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Set_MM_Design_Coordinates                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    For Multiple Masters fonts, choose an interpolated font design     */
-  /*    through design coordinates.                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    This function can't be used with GX fonts.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <InOut>                                                               */
-  /*    face       :: A handle to the source face.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    num_coords :: The number of design coordinates (must be equal to   */
-  /*                  the number of axes in the font).                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    coords     :: An array of design coordinates.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Set_MM_Design_Coordinates( FT_Face   face,
-                                FT_UInt   num_coords,
-                                FT_Long*  coords );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    For Multiple Master or GX Var fonts, choose an interpolated font   */
-  /*    design through design coordinates.                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <InOut>                                                               */
-  /*    face       :: A handle to the source face.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    num_coords :: The number of design coordinates (must be equal to   */
-  /*                  the number of axes in the font).                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    coords     :: An array of design coordinates.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates( FT_Face    face,
-                                 FT_UInt    num_coords,
-                                 FT_Fixed*  coords );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    For Multiple Masters and GX var fonts, choose an interpolated font */
-  /*    design through normalized blend coordinates.                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <InOut>                                                               */
-  /*    face       :: A handle to the source face.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    num_coords :: The number of design coordinates (must be equal to   */
-  /*                  the number of axes in the font).                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    coords     :: The design coordinates array (each element must be   */
-  /*                  between 0 and 1.0).                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face    face,
-                               FT_UInt    num_coords,
-                               FT_Fixed*  coords );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    This is another name of @FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates.              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face    face,
-                                FT_UInt    num_coords,
-                                FT_Fixed*  coords );
-
-
-  /* */
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __FTMM_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftmodapi.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftmodapi.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 7d813eb..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftmodapi.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,441 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftmodapi.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType modules public interface (specification).                   */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2006, 2008 by                         */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __FTMODAPI_H__
-#define __FTMODAPI_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_FREETYPE_H
-
-#ifdef FREETYPE_H
-#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
-#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
-#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
-#endif
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Section>                                                             */
-  /*    module_management                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Title>                                                               */
-  /*    Module Management                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
-  /*    How to add, upgrade, and remove modules from FreeType.             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    The definitions below are used to manage modules within FreeType.  */
-  /*    Modules can be added, upgraded, and removed at runtime.            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /* module bit flags */
-#define FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER         1  /* this module is a font driver  */
-#define FT_MODULE_RENDERER            2  /* this module is a renderer     */
-#define FT_MODULE_HINTER              4  /* this module is a glyph hinter */
-#define FT_MODULE_STYLER              8  /* this module is a styler       */
-
-#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE     0x100   /* the driver supports      */
-                                              /* scalable fonts           */
-#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_NO_OUTLINES  0x200   /* the driver does not      */
-                                              /* support vector outlines  */
-#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER   0x400   /* the driver provides its  */
-                                              /* own hinter               */
-
-
-  /* deprecated values */
-#define ft_module_font_driver         FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER
-#define ft_module_renderer            FT_MODULE_RENDERER
-#define ft_module_hinter              FT_MODULE_HINTER
-#define ft_module_styler              FT_MODULE_STYLER
-
-#define ft_module_driver_scalable     FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE
-#define ft_module_driver_no_outlines  FT_MODULE_DRIVER_NO_OUTLINES
-#define ft_module_driver_has_hinter   FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER
-
-
-  typedef FT_Pointer  FT_Module_Interface;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Module_Constructor                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A function used to initialize (not create) a new module object.    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    module :: The module to initialize.                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*FT_Module_Constructor)( FT_Module  module );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Module_Destructor                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A function used to finalize (not destroy) a given module object.   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    module :: The module to finalize.                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef void
-  (*FT_Module_Destructor)( FT_Module  module );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Module_Requester                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A function used to query a given module for a specific interface.  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    module :: The module to finalize.                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    name ::   The name of the interface in the module.                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef FT_Module_Interface
-  (*FT_Module_Requester)( FT_Module    module,
-                          const char*  name );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    FT_Module_Class                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    The module class descriptor.                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    module_flags    :: Bit flags describing the module.                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    module_size     :: The size of one module object/instance in       */
-  /*                       bytes.                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    module_name     :: The name of the module.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    module_version  :: The version, as a 16.16 fixed number            */
-  /*                       (major.minor).                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    module_requires :: The version of FreeType this module requires,   */
-  /*                       as a 16.16 fixed number (major.minor).  Starts  */
-  /*                       at version 2.0, i.e., 0x20000.                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    module_init     :: The initializing function.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    module_done     :: The finalizing function.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    get_interface   :: The interface requesting function.              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  FT_Module_Class_
-  {
-    FT_ULong               module_flags;
-    FT_Long                module_size;
-    const FT_String*       module_name;
-    FT_Fixed               module_version;
-    FT_Fixed               module_requires;
-
-    const void*            module_interface;
-
-    FT_Module_Constructor  module_init;
-    FT_Module_Destructor   module_done;
-    FT_Module_Requester    get_interface;
-
-  } FT_Module_Class;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Add_Module                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Adds a new module to a given library instance.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <InOut>                                                               */
-  /*    library :: A handle to the library object.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    clazz   :: A pointer to class descriptor for the module.           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    An error will be returned if a module already exists by that name, */
-  /*    or if the module requires a version of FreeType that is too great. */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Add_Module( FT_Library              library,
-                 const FT_Module_Class*  clazz );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Get_Module                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Finds a module by its name.                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    library     :: A handle to the library object.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    module_name :: The module's name (as an ASCII string).             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    A module handle.  0 if none was found.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    FreeType's internal modules aren't documented very well, and you   */
-  /*    should look up the source code for details.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Module )
-  FT_Get_Module( FT_Library   library,
-                 const char*  module_name );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Remove_Module                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Removes a given module from a library instance.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <InOut>                                                               */
-  /*    library :: A handle to a library object.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    module  :: A handle to a module object.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    The module object is destroyed by the function in case of success. */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Remove_Module( FT_Library  library,
-                    FT_Module   module );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_New_Library                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    This function is used to create a new FreeType library instance    */
-  /*    from a given memory object.  It is thus possible to use libraries  */
-  /*    with distinct memory allocators within the same program.           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    memory   :: A handle to the original memory object.                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Output>                                                              */
-  /*    alibrary :: A pointer to handle of a new library object.           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_New_Library( FT_Memory    memory,
-                  FT_Library  *alibrary );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Done_Library                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Discards a given library object.  This closes all drivers and      */
-  /*    discards all resource objects.                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    library :: A handle to the target library.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Done_Library( FT_Library  library );
-
-/* */
-
-  typedef void
-  (*FT_DebugHook_Func)( void*  arg );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Set_Debug_Hook                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Sets a debug hook function for debugging the interpreter of a font */
-  /*    format.                                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <InOut>                                                               */
-  /*    library    :: A handle to the library object.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    hook_index :: The index of the debug hook.  You should use the     */
-  /*                  values defined in `ftobjs.h', e.g.,                  */
-  /*                  `FT_DEBUG_HOOK_TRUETYPE'.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    debug_hook :: The function used to debug the interpreter.          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    Currently, four debug hook slots are available, but only two (for  */
-  /*    the TrueType and the Type 1 interpreter) are defined.              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    Since the internal headers of FreeType are no longer installed,    */
-  /*    the symbol `FT_DEBUG_HOOK_TRUETYPE' isn't available publicly.      */
-  /*    This is a bug and will be fixed in a forthcoming release.          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FT_Set_Debug_Hook( FT_Library         library,
-                     FT_UInt            hook_index,
-                     FT_DebugHook_Func  debug_hook );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Add_Default_Modules                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Adds the set of default drivers to a given library object.         */
-  /*    This is only useful when you create a library object with          */
-  /*    @FT_New_Library (usually to plug a custom memory manager).         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <InOut>                                                               */
-  /*    library :: A handle to a new library object.                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FT_Add_Default_Modules( FT_Library  library );
-
-
-
-  /**************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @section:
-   *   truetype_engine
-   *
-   * @title:
-   *   The TrueType Engine
-   *
-   * @abstract:
-   *   TrueType bytecode support.
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   This section contains a function used to query the level of TrueType
-   *   bytecode support compiled in this version of the library.
-   *
-   */
-
-
-  /**************************************************************************
-   *
-   *  @enum:
-   *     FT_TrueTypeEngineType
-   *
-   *  @description:
-   *     A list of values describing which kind of TrueType bytecode
-   *     engine is implemented in a given FT_Library instance.  It is used
-   *     by the @FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type function.
-   *
-   *  @values:
-   *     FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_NONE ::
-   *       The library doesn't implement any kind of bytecode interpreter.
-   *
-   *     FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_UNPATENTED ::
-   *       The library implements a bytecode interpreter that doesn't
-   *       support the patented operations of the TrueType virtual machine.
-   *
-   *       Its main use is to load certain Asian fonts which position and
-   *       scale glyph components with bytecode instructions.  It produces
-   *       bad output for most other fonts.
-   *
-   *    FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_PATENTED ::
-   *       The library implements a bytecode interpreter that covers
-   *       the full instruction set of the TrueType virtual machine.
-   *       See the file `docs/PATENTS' for legal aspects.
-   *
-   *  @since:
-   *       2.2
-   *
-   */
-  typedef enum  FT_TrueTypeEngineType_
-  {
-    FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_NONE = 0,
-    FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_UNPATENTED,
-    FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_PATENTED
-
-  } FT_TrueTypeEngineType;
-
-
-  /**************************************************************************
-   *
-   *  @func:
-   *     FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type
-   *
-   *  @description:
-   *     Return a @FT_TrueTypeEngineType value to indicate which level of
-   *     the TrueType virtual machine a given library instance supports.
-   *
-   *  @input:
-   *     library ::
-   *       A library instance.
-   *
-   *  @return:
-   *     A value indicating which level is supported.
-   *
-   *  @since:
-   *     2.2
-   *
-   */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_TrueTypeEngineType )
-  FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type( FT_Library  library );
-
-
-  /* */
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __FTMODAPI_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftmoderr.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftmoderr.h
deleted file mode 100644
index b0115dd..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftmoderr.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,155 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftmoderr.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType module error offsets (specification).                       */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 by                              */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This file is used to define the FreeType module error offsets.        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The lower byte gives the error code, the higher byte gives the        */
-  /* module.  The base module has error offset 0.  For example, the error  */
-  /* `FT_Err_Invalid_File_Format' has value 0x003, the error               */
-  /* `TT_Err_Invalid_File_Format' has value 0x1103, the error              */
-  /* `T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format' has value 0x1203, etc.                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Undefine the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS in ftoption.h   */
-  /* to make the higher byte always zero (disabling the module error       */
-  /* mechanism).                                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* It can also be used to create a module error message table easily     */
-  /* with something like                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   {                                                                   */
-  /*     #undef __FTMODERR_H__                                             */
-  /*     #define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s )  { FT_Mod_Err_ ## e, s },         */
-  /*     #define FT_MODERR_START_LIST     {                                */
-  /*     #define FT_MODERR_END_LIST       { 0, 0 } };                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*     const struct                                                      */
-  /*     {                                                                 */
-  /*       int          mod_err_offset;                                    */
-  /*       const char*  mod_err_msg                                        */
-  /*     } ft_mod_errors[] =                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*     #include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H                                       */
-  /*   }                                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* To use such a table, all errors must be ANDed with 0xFF00 to remove   */
-  /* the error code.                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __FTMODERR_H__
-#define __FTMODERR_H__
-
-
-  /*******************************************************************/
-  /*******************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                         *****/
-  /*****                       SETUP MACROS                      *****/
-  /*****                                                         *****/
-  /*******************************************************************/
-  /*******************************************************************/
-
-
-#undef  FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
-
-#ifndef FT_MODERRDEF
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS
-#define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s )  FT_Mod_Err_ ## e = v,
-#else
-#define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s )  FT_Mod_Err_ ## e = 0,
-#endif
-
-#define FT_MODERR_START_LIST  enum {
-#define FT_MODERR_END_LIST    FT_Mod_Err_Max };
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-#define FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
-  extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !FT_MODERRDEF */
-
-
-  /*******************************************************************/
-  /*******************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                         *****/
-  /*****               LIST MODULE ERROR BASES                   *****/
-  /*****                                                         *****/
-  /*******************************************************************/
-  /*******************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifdef FT_MODERR_START_LIST
-  FT_MODERR_START_LIST
-#endif
-
-
-  FT_MODERRDEF( Base,      0x000, "base module" )
-  FT_MODERRDEF( Autofit,   0x100, "autofitter module" )
-  FT_MODERRDEF( BDF,       0x200, "BDF module" )
-  FT_MODERRDEF( Cache,     0x300, "cache module" )
-  FT_MODERRDEF( CFF,       0x400, "CFF module" )
-  FT_MODERRDEF( CID,       0x500, "CID module" )
-  FT_MODERRDEF( Gzip,      0x600, "Gzip module" )
-  FT_MODERRDEF( LZW,       0x700, "LZW module" )
-  FT_MODERRDEF( OTvalid,   0x800, "OpenType validation module" )
-  FT_MODERRDEF( PCF,       0x900, "PCF module" )
-  FT_MODERRDEF( PFR,       0xA00, "PFR module" )
-  FT_MODERRDEF( PSaux,     0xB00, "PS auxiliary module" )
-  FT_MODERRDEF( PShinter,  0xC00, "PS hinter module" )
-  FT_MODERRDEF( PSnames,   0xD00, "PS names module" )
-  FT_MODERRDEF( Raster,    0xE00, "raster module" )
-  FT_MODERRDEF( SFNT,      0xF00, "SFNT module" )
-  FT_MODERRDEF( Smooth,   0x1000, "smooth raster module" )
-  FT_MODERRDEF( TrueType, 0x1100, "TrueType module" )
-  FT_MODERRDEF( Type1,    0x1200, "Type 1 module" )
-  FT_MODERRDEF( Type42,   0x1300, "Type 42 module" )
-  FT_MODERRDEF( Winfonts, 0x1400, "Windows FON/FNT module" )
-
-
-#ifdef FT_MODERR_END_LIST
-  FT_MODERR_END_LIST
-#endif
-
-
-  /*******************************************************************/
-  /*******************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                         *****/
-  /*****                      CLEANUP                            *****/
-  /*****                                                         *****/
-  /*******************************************************************/
-  /*******************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifdef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
-  }
-#endif
-
-#undef FT_MODERR_START_LIST
-#undef FT_MODERR_END_LIST
-#undef FT_MODERRDEF
-#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
-
-
-#endif /* __FTMODERR_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftotval.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftotval.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 8733882..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftotval.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,203 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftotval.h                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType API for validating OpenType tables (specification).         */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by                                    */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*                                                                         */
-/* Warning: This module might be moved to a different library in the       */
-/*          future to avoid a tight dependency between FreeType and the    */
-/*          OpenType specification.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __FTOTVAL_H__
-#define __FTOTVAL_H__
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_FREETYPE_H
-
-#ifdef FREETYPE_H
-#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
-#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
-#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
-#endif
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Section>                                                             */
-  /*    ot_validation                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Title>                                                               */
-  /*    OpenType Validation                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
-  /*    An API to validate OpenType tables.                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    This section contains the declaration of functions to validate     */
-  /*    some OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF, GPOS, GSUB, JSTF, MATH).         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
- /**********************************************************************
-  *
-  * @enum:
-  *    FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX
-  *
-  * @description:
-  *    A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_OpenType_Validate to
-  *    indicate which OpenType tables should be validated.
-  *
-  * @values:
-  *    FT_VALIDATE_BASE ::
-  *      Validate BASE table.
-  *
-  *    FT_VALIDATE_GDEF ::
-  *      Validate GDEF table.
-  *
-  *    FT_VALIDATE_GPOS ::
-  *      Validate GPOS table.
-  *
-  *    FT_VALIDATE_GSUB ::
-  *      Validate GSUB table.
-  *
-  *    FT_VALIDATE_JSTF ::
-  *      Validate JSTF table.
-  *
-  *    FT_VALIDATE_MATH ::
-  *      Validate MATH table.
-  *
-  *    FT_VALIDATE_OT ::
-  *      Validate all OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF, GPOS, GSUB, JSTF, MATH).
-  *
-  */
-#define FT_VALIDATE_BASE  0x0100
-#define FT_VALIDATE_GDEF  0x0200
-#define FT_VALIDATE_GPOS  0x0400
-#define FT_VALIDATE_GSUB  0x0800
-#define FT_VALIDATE_JSTF  0x1000
-#define FT_VALIDATE_MATH  0x2000
-
-#define FT_VALIDATE_OT  FT_VALIDATE_BASE | \
-                        FT_VALIDATE_GDEF | \
-                        FT_VALIDATE_GPOS | \
-                        FT_VALIDATE_GSUB | \
-                        FT_VALIDATE_JSTF | \
-                        FT_VALIDATE_MATH
-
-  /* */
-
- /**********************************************************************
-  *
-  * @function:
-  *    FT_OpenType_Validate
-  *
-  * @description:
-  *    Validate various OpenType tables to assure that all offsets and
-  *    indices are valid.  The idea is that a higher-level library which
-  *    actually does the text layout can access those tables without
-  *    error checking (which can be quite time consuming).
-  *
-  * @input:
-  *    face ::
-  *       A handle to the input face.
-  *
-  *    validation_flags ::
-  *       A bit field which specifies the tables to be validated.  See
-  *       @FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX for possible values.
-  *
-  * @output:
-  *    BASE_table ::
-  *       A pointer to the BASE table.
-  *
-  *    GDEF_table ::
-  *       A pointer to the GDEF table.
-  *
-  *    GPOS_table ::
-  *       A pointer to the GPOS table.
-  *
-  *    GSUB_table ::
-  *       A pointer to the GSUB table.
-  *
-  *    JSTF_table ::
-  *       A pointer to the JSTF table.
-  *
-  * @return:
-  *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.
-  *
-  * @note:
-  *   This function only works with OpenType fonts, returning an error
-  *   otherwise.
-  *
-  *   After use, the application should deallocate the five tables with
-  *   @FT_OpenType_Free.  A NULL value indicates that the table either
-  *   doesn't exist in the font, or the application hasn't asked for
-  *   validation.
-  */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_OpenType_Validate( FT_Face    face,
-                        FT_UInt    validation_flags,
-                        FT_Bytes  *BASE_table,
-                        FT_Bytes  *GDEF_table,
-                        FT_Bytes  *GPOS_table,
-                        FT_Bytes  *GSUB_table,
-                        FT_Bytes  *JSTF_table );
-
-  /* */
-
- /**********************************************************************
-  *
-  * @function:
-  *    FT_OpenType_Free
-  *
-  * @description:
-  *    Free the buffer allocated by OpenType validator.
-  *
-  * @input:
-  *    face ::
-  *       A handle to the input face.
-  *
-  *    table ::
-  *       The pointer to the buffer that is allocated by
-  *       @FT_OpenType_Validate.
-  *
-  * @note:
-  *   This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by
-  *   @FT_OpenType_Validate only.
-  */
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FT_OpenType_Free( FT_Face   face,
-                    FT_Bytes  table );
-
-
- /* */
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __FTOTVAL_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftoutln.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftoutln.h
deleted file mode 100644
index d5b2389..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftoutln.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,526 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftoutln.h                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Support for the FT_Outline type used to store glyph shapes of        */
-/*    most scalable font formats (specification).                          */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by             */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __FTOUTLN_H__
-#define __FTOUTLN_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_FREETYPE_H
-
-#ifdef FREETYPE_H
-#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
-#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
-#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
-#endif
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Section>                                                             */
-  /*    outline_processing                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Title>                                                               */
-  /*    Outline Processing                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
-  /*    Functions to create, transform, and render vectorial glyph images. */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    This section contains routines used to create and destroy scalable */
-  /*    glyph images known as `outlines'.  These can also be measured,     */
-  /*    transformed, and converted into bitmaps and pixmaps.               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Order>                                                               */
-  /*    FT_Outline                                                         */
-  /*    FT_OUTLINE_FLAGS                                                   */
-  /*    FT_Outline_New                                                     */
-  /*    FT_Outline_Done                                                    */
-  /*    FT_Outline_Copy                                                    */
-  /*    FT_Outline_Translate                                               */
-  /*    FT_Outline_Transform                                               */
-  /*    FT_Outline_Embolden                                                */
-  /*    FT_Outline_Reverse                                                 */
-  /*    FT_Outline_Check                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_Outline_Get_CBox                                                */
-  /*    FT_Outline_Get_BBox                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap                                              */
-  /*    FT_Outline_Render                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_Outline_Decompose                                               */
-  /*    FT_Outline_Funcs                                                   */
-  /*    FT_Outline_MoveTo_Func                                             */
-  /*    FT_Outline_LineTo_Func                                             */
-  /*    FT_Outline_ConicTo_Func                                            */
-  /*    FT_Outline_CubicTo_Func                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Outline_Decompose                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Walks over an outline's structure to decompose it into individual  */
-  /*    segments and Bezier arcs.  This function is also able to emit      */
-  /*    `move to' and `close to' operations to indicate the start and end  */
-  /*    of new contours in the outline.                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    outline        :: A pointer to the source target.                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    func_interface :: A table of `emitters', i.e,. function pointers   */
-  /*                      called during decomposition to indicate path     */
-  /*                      operations.                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <InOut>                                                               */
-  /*    user           :: A typeless pointer which is passed to each       */
-  /*                      emitter during the decomposition.  It can be     */
-  /*                      used to store the state during the               */
-  /*                      decomposition.                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Outline_Decompose( FT_Outline*              outline,
-                        const FT_Outline_Funcs*  func_interface,
-                        void*                    user );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Outline_New                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Creates a new outline of a given size.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    library     :: A handle to the library object from where the       */
-  /*                   outline is allocated.  Note however that the new    */
-  /*                   outline will *not* necessarily be *freed*, when     */
-  /*                   destroying the library, by @FT_Done_FreeType.       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    numPoints   :: The maximal number of points within the outline.    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    numContours :: The maximal number of contours within the outline.  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Output>                                                              */
-  /*    anoutline   :: A handle to the new outline.  NULL in case of       */
-  /*                   error.                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    The reason why this function takes a `library' parameter is simply */
-  /*    to use the library's memory allocator.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Outline_New( FT_Library   library,
-                  FT_UInt      numPoints,
-                  FT_Int       numContours,
-                  FT_Outline  *anoutline );
-
-
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Outline_New_Internal( FT_Memory    memory,
-                           FT_UInt      numPoints,
-                           FT_Int       numContours,
-                           FT_Outline  *anoutline );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Outline_Done                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Destroys an outline created with @FT_Outline_New.                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    library :: A handle of the library object used to allocate the     */
-  /*               outline.                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    outline :: A pointer to the outline object to be discarded.        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    If the outline's `owner' field is not set, only the outline        */
-  /*    descriptor will be released.                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    The reason why this function takes an `library' parameter is       */
-  /*    simply to use ft_mem_free().                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Outline_Done( FT_Library   library,
-                   FT_Outline*  outline );
-
-
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Outline_Done_Internal( FT_Memory    memory,
-                            FT_Outline*  outline );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Outline_Check                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Check the contents of an outline descriptor.                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    outline :: A handle to a source outline.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Outline_Check( FT_Outline*  outline );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Outline_Get_CBox                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Returns an outline's `control box'.  The control box encloses all  */
-  /*    the outline's points, including Bezier control points.  Though it  */
-  /*    coincides with the exact bounding box for most glyphs, it can be   */
-  /*    slightly larger in some situations (like when rotating an outline  */
-  /*    which contains Bezier outside arcs).                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    Computing the control box is very fast, while getting the bounding */
-  /*    box can take much more time as it needs to walk over all segments  */
-  /*    and arcs in the outline.  To get the latter, you can use the       */
-  /*    `ftbbox' component which is dedicated to this single task.         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    outline :: A pointer to the source outline descriptor.             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Output>                                                              */
-  /*    acbox   :: The outline's control box.                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FT_Outline_Get_CBox( const FT_Outline*  outline,
-                       FT_BBox           *acbox );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Outline_Translate                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Applies a simple translation to the points of an outline.          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <InOut>                                                               */
-  /*    outline :: A pointer to the target outline descriptor.             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    xOffset :: The horizontal offset.                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    yOffset :: The vertical offset.                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FT_Outline_Translate( const FT_Outline*  outline,
-                        FT_Pos             xOffset,
-                        FT_Pos             yOffset );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Outline_Copy                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Copies an outline into another one.  Both objects must have the    */
-  /*    same sizes (number of points & number of contours) when this       */
-  /*    function is called.                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    source :: A handle to the source outline.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Output>                                                              */
-  /*    target :: A handle to the target outline.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Outline_Copy( const FT_Outline*  source,
-                   FT_Outline        *target );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Outline_Transform                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Applies a simple 2x2 matrix to all of an outline's points.  Useful */
-  /*    for applying rotations, slanting, flipping, etc.                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <InOut>                                                               */
-  /*    outline :: A pointer to the target outline descriptor.             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    matrix  :: A pointer to the transformation matrix.                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    You can use @FT_Outline_Translate if you need to translate the     */
-  /*    outline's points.                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FT_Outline_Transform( const FT_Outline*  outline,
-                        const FT_Matrix*   matrix );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Outline_Embolden                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Emboldens an outline.  The new outline will be at most 4 times     */
-  /*    `strength' pixels wider and higher.  You may think of the left and */
-  /*    bottom borders as unchanged.                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    Negative `strength' values to reduce the outline thickness are     */
-  /*    possible also.                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <InOut>                                                               */
-  /*    outline  :: A handle to the target outline.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    strength :: How strong the glyph is emboldened.  Expressed in      */
-  /*                26.6 pixel format.                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    The used algorithm to increase or decrease the thickness of the    */
-  /*    glyph doesn't change the number of points; this means that certain */
-  /*    situations like acute angles or intersections are sometimes        */
-  /*    handled incorrectly.                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    Example call:                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    {                                                                  */
-  /*      FT_Load_Glyph( face, index, FT_LOAD_DEFAULT );                   */
-  /*      if ( face->slot->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE )             */
-  /*        FT_Outline_Embolden( &face->slot->outline, strength );         */
-  /*    }                                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Outline_Embolden( FT_Outline*  outline,
-                       FT_Pos       strength );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Outline_Reverse                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Reverses the drawing direction of an outline.  This is used to     */
-  /*    ensure consistent fill conventions for mirrored glyphs.            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <InOut>                                                               */
-  /*    outline :: A pointer to the target outline descriptor.             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    This functions toggles the bit flag @FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL in    */
-  /*    the outline's `flags' field.                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    It shouldn't be used by a normal client application, unless it     */
-  /*    knows what it is doing.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FT_Outline_Reverse( FT_Outline*  outline );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Renders an outline within a bitmap.  The outline's image is simply */
-  /*    OR-ed to the target bitmap.                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    library :: A handle to a FreeType library object.                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    outline :: A pointer to the source outline descriptor.             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <InOut>                                                               */
-  /*    abitmap :: A pointer to the target bitmap descriptor.              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    This function does NOT CREATE the bitmap, it only renders an       */
-  /*    outline image within the one you pass to it!                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    It will use the raster corresponding to the default glyph format.  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap( FT_Library        library,
-                         FT_Outline*       outline,
-                         const FT_Bitmap  *abitmap );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Outline_Render                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Renders an outline within a bitmap using the current scan-convert. */
-  /*    This functions uses an @FT_Raster_Params structure as an argument, */
-  /*    allowing advanced features like direct composition, translucency,  */
-  /*    etc.                                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    library :: A handle to a FreeType library object.                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    outline :: A pointer to the source outline descriptor.             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <InOut>                                                               */
-  /*    params  :: A pointer to an @FT_Raster_Params structure used to     */
-  /*               describe the rendering operation.                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    You should know what you are doing and how @FT_Raster_Params works */
-  /*    to use this function.                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    The field `params.source' will be set to `outline' before the scan */
-  /*    converter is called, which means that the value you give to it is  */
-  /*    actually ignored.                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Outline_Render( FT_Library         library,
-                     FT_Outline*        outline,
-                     FT_Raster_Params*  params );
-
-
- /**************************************************************************
-  *
-  * @enum:
-  *   FT_Orientation
-  *
-  * @description:
-  *   A list of values used to describe an outline's contour orientation.
-  *
-  *   The TrueType and Postscript specifications use different conventions
-  *   to determine whether outline contours should be filled or unfilled.
-  *
-  * @values:
-  *   FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE ::
-  *     According to the TrueType specification, clockwise contours must
-  *     be filled, and counter-clockwise ones must be unfilled.
-  *
-  *   FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT ::
-  *     According to the Postscript specification, counter-clockwise contours
-  *     must be filled, and clockwise ones must be unfilled.
-  *
-  *   FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_RIGHT ::
-  *     This is identical to @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE, but is used to
-  *     remember that in TrueType, everything that is to the right of
-  *     the drawing direction of a contour must be filled.
-  *
-  *   FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_LEFT ::
-  *     This is identical to @FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT, but is used to
-  *     remember that in Postscript, everything that is to the left of
-  *     the drawing direction of a contour must be filled.
-  *
-  *   FT_ORIENTATION_NONE ::
-  *     The orientation cannot be determined.  That is, different parts of
-  *     the glyph have different orientation.
-  *
-  */
-  typedef enum  FT_Orientation_
-  {
-    FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE   = 0,
-    FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT = 1,
-    FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_RIGHT = FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE,
-    FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_LEFT  = FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT,
-    FT_ORIENTATION_NONE
-
-  } FT_Orientation;
-
-
- /**************************************************************************
-  *
-  * @function:
-  *   FT_Outline_Get_Orientation
-  *
-  * @description:
-  *   This function analyzes a glyph outline and tries to compute its
-  *   fill orientation (see @FT_Orientation).  This is done by computing
-  *   the direction of each global horizontal and/or vertical extrema
-  *   within the outline.
-  *
-  *   Note that this will return @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE for empty
-  *   outlines.
-  *
-  * @input:
-  *   outline ::
-  *     A handle to the source outline.
-  *
-  * @return:
-  *   The orientation.
-  *
-  */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Orientation )
-  FT_Outline_Get_Orientation( FT_Outline*  outline );
-
-
-  /* */
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __FTOUTLN_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
-
-
-/* Local Variables: */
-/* coding: utf-8    */
-/* End:             */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftpfr.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftpfr.h
deleted file mode 100644
index e2801fd..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftpfr.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,172 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftpfr.h                                                                */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType API for accessing PFR-specific data (specification only).   */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006 by                                    */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __FTPFR_H__
-#define __FTPFR_H__
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_FREETYPE_H
-
-#ifdef FREETYPE_H
-#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
-#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
-#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
-#endif
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Section>                                                             */
-  /*    pfr_fonts                                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Title>                                                               */
-  /*    PFR Fonts                                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
-  /*    PFR/TrueDoc specific API.                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    This section contains the declaration of PFR-specific functions.   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
- /**********************************************************************
-  *
-  * @function:
-  *    FT_Get_PFR_Metrics
-  *
-  * @description:
-  *    Return the outline and metrics resolutions of a given PFR face.
-  *
-  * @input:
-  *    face :: Handle to the input face.  It can be a non-PFR face.
-  *
-  * @output:
-  *    aoutline_resolution ::
-  *      Outline resolution.  This is equivalent to `face->units_per_EM'.
-  *      Optional (parameter can be NULL).
-  *
-  *    ametrics_resolution ::
-  *      Metrics resolution.  This is equivalent to `outline_resolution'
-  *      for non-PFR fonts.  Optional (parameter can be NULL).
-  *
-  *    ametrics_x_scale ::
-  *      A 16.16 fixed-point number used to scale distance expressed
-  *      in metrics units to device sub-pixels.  This is equivalent to
-  *      `face->size->x_scale', but for metrics only.  Optional (parameter
-  *      can be NULL)
-  *
-  *    ametrics_y_scale ::
-  *      Same as `ametrics_x_scale' but for the vertical direction.
-  *      optional (parameter can be NULL)
-  *
-  * @return:
-  *    FreeType error code.  0 means success.
-  *
-  * @note:
-  *   If the input face is not a PFR, this function will return an error.
-  *   However, in all cases, it will return valid values.
-  */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Get_PFR_Metrics( FT_Face    face,
-                      FT_UInt   *aoutline_resolution,
-                      FT_UInt   *ametrics_resolution,
-                      FT_Fixed  *ametrics_x_scale,
-                      FT_Fixed  *ametrics_y_scale );
-
-
- /**********************************************************************
-  *
-  * @function:
-  *    FT_Get_PFR_Kerning
-  *
-  * @description:
-  *    Return the kerning pair corresponding to two glyphs in a PFR face.
-  *    The distance is expressed in metrics units, unlike the result of
-  *    @FT_Get_Kerning.
-  *
-  * @input:
-  *    face  :: A handle to the input face.
-  *
-  *    left  :: Index of the left glyph.
-  *
-  *    right :: Index of the right glyph.
-  *
-  * @output:
-  *    avector :: A kerning vector.
-  *
-  * @return:
-  *    FreeType error code.  0 means success.
-  *
-  * @note:
-  *    This function always return distances in original PFR metrics
-  *    units.  This is unlike @FT_Get_Kerning with the @FT_KERNING_UNSCALED
-  *    mode, which always returns distances converted to outline units.
-  *
-  *    You can use the value of the `x_scale' and `y_scale' parameters
-  *    returned by @FT_Get_PFR_Metrics to scale these to device sub-pixels.
-  */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Get_PFR_Kerning( FT_Face     face,
-                      FT_UInt     left,
-                      FT_UInt     right,
-                      FT_Vector  *avector );
-
-
- /**********************************************************************
-  *
-  * @function:
-  *    FT_Get_PFR_Advance
-  *
-  * @description:
-  *    Return a given glyph advance, expressed in original metrics units,
-  *    from a PFR font.
-  *
-  * @input:
-  *    face   :: A handle to the input face.
-  *
-  *    gindex :: The glyph index.
-  *
-  * @output:
-  *    aadvance :: The glyph advance in metrics units.
-  *
-  * @return:
-  *    FreeType error code.  0 means success.
-  *
-  * @note:
-  *    You can use the `x_scale' or `y_scale' results of @FT_Get_PFR_Metrics
-  *    to convert the advance to device sub-pixels (i.e., 1/64th of pixels).
-  */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Get_PFR_Advance( FT_Face   face,
-                      FT_UInt   gindex,
-                      FT_Pos   *aadvance );
-
- /* */
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __FTPFR_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftrender.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftrender.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 9ed828e..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftrender.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,234 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftrender.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType renderer modules public interface (specification).          */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2005, 2006 by                                     */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __FTRENDER_H__
-#define __FTRENDER_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_MODULE_H
-#include FT_GLYPH_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Section>                                                             */
-  /*    module_management                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /* create a new glyph object */
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*FT_Glyph_InitFunc)( FT_Glyph      glyph,
-                        FT_GlyphSlot  slot );
-
-  /* destroys a given glyph object */
-  typedef void
-  (*FT_Glyph_DoneFunc)( FT_Glyph  glyph );
-
-  typedef void
-  (*FT_Glyph_TransformFunc)( FT_Glyph          glyph,
-                             const FT_Matrix*  matrix,
-                             const FT_Vector*  delta );
-
-  typedef void
-  (*FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc)( FT_Glyph  glyph,
-                           FT_BBox*  abbox );
-
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*FT_Glyph_CopyFunc)( FT_Glyph   source,
-                        FT_Glyph   target );
-
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc)( FT_Glyph      glyph,
-                           FT_GlyphSlot  slot );
-
-/* deprecated */
-#define FT_Glyph_Init_Func       FT_Glyph_InitFunc
-#define FT_Glyph_Done_Func       FT_Glyph_DoneFunc
-#define FT_Glyph_Transform_Func  FT_Glyph_TransformFunc
-#define FT_Glyph_BBox_Func       FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc
-#define FT_Glyph_Copy_Func       FT_Glyph_CopyFunc
-#define FT_Glyph_Prepare_Func    FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc
-
-
-  struct  FT_Glyph_Class_
-  {
-    FT_Long                 glyph_size;
-    FT_Glyph_Format         glyph_format;
-    FT_Glyph_InitFunc       glyph_init;
-    FT_Glyph_DoneFunc       glyph_done;
-    FT_Glyph_CopyFunc       glyph_copy;
-    FT_Glyph_TransformFunc  glyph_transform;
-    FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc    glyph_bbox;
-    FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc    glyph_prepare;
-  };
-
-
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*FT_Renderer_RenderFunc)( FT_Renderer       renderer,
-                             FT_GlyphSlot      slot,
-                             FT_UInt           mode,
-                             const FT_Vector*  origin );
-
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*FT_Renderer_TransformFunc)( FT_Renderer       renderer,
-                                FT_GlyphSlot      slot,
-                                const FT_Matrix*  matrix,
-                                const FT_Vector*  delta );
-
-
-  typedef void
-  (*FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc)( FT_Renderer   renderer,
-                              FT_GlyphSlot  slot,
-                              FT_BBox*      cbox );
-
-
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc)( FT_Renderer  renderer,
-                              FT_ULong     mode_tag,
-                              FT_Pointer   mode_ptr );
-
-/* deprecated identifiers */
-#define FTRenderer_render  FT_Renderer_RenderFunc
-#define FTRenderer_transform  FT_Renderer_TransformFunc
-#define FTRenderer_getCBox  FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc
-#define FTRenderer_setMode  FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    FT_Renderer_Class                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    The renderer module class descriptor.                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    root            :: The root @FT_Module_Class fields.               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    glyph_format    :: The glyph image format this renderer handles.   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    render_glyph    :: A method used to render the image that is in a  */
-  /*                       given glyph slot into a bitmap.                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    transform_glyph :: A method used to transform the image that is in */
-  /*                       a given glyph slot.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    get_glyph_cbox  :: A method used to access the glyph's cbox.       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    set_mode        :: A method used to pass additional parameters.    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    raster_class    :: For @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE renderers only.    */
-  /*                       This is a pointer to its raster's class.        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    raster          :: For @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE renderers only.    */
-  /*                       This is a pointer to the corresponding raster   */
-  /*                       object, if any.                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  FT_Renderer_Class_
-  {
-    FT_Module_Class            root;
-
-    FT_Glyph_Format            glyph_format;
-
-    FT_Renderer_RenderFunc     render_glyph;
-    FT_Renderer_TransformFunc  transform_glyph;
-    FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc    get_glyph_cbox;
-    FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc    set_mode;
-
-    FT_Raster_Funcs*           raster_class;
-
-  } FT_Renderer_Class;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Get_Renderer                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Retrieves the current renderer for a given glyph format.           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    library :: A handle to the library object.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    format  :: The glyph format.                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    A renderer handle.  0 if none found.                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    An error will be returned if a module already exists by that name, */
-  /*    or if the module requires a version of FreeType that is too great. */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    To add a new renderer, simply use @FT_Add_Module.  To retrieve a   */
-  /*    renderer by its name, use @FT_Get_Module.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Renderer )
-  FT_Get_Renderer( FT_Library       library,
-                   FT_Glyph_Format  format );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Set_Renderer                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Sets the current renderer to use, and set additional mode.         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <InOut>                                                               */
-  /*    library    :: A handle to the library object.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    renderer   :: A handle to the renderer object.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    num_params :: The number of additional parameters.                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    parameters :: Additional parameters.                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    In case of success, the renderer will be used to convert glyph     */
-  /*    images in the renderer's known format into bitmaps.                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    This doesn't change the current renderer for other formats.        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Set_Renderer( FT_Library     library,
-                   FT_Renderer    renderer,
-                   FT_UInt        num_params,
-                   FT_Parameter*  parameters );
-
-
-  /* */
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __FTRENDER_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftsizes.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftsizes.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 622df16..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftsizes.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,159 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftsizes.h                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType size objects management (specification).                    */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2003, 2004, 2006 by                               */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Typical application would normally not need to use these functions.   */
-  /* However, they have been placed in a public API for the rare cases     */
-  /* where they are needed.                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __FTSIZES_H__
-#define __FTSIZES_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_FREETYPE_H
-
-#ifdef FREETYPE_H
-#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
-#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
-#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
-#endif
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Section>                                                             */
-  /*    sizes_management                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Title>                                                               */
-  /*    Size Management                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
-  /*    Managing multiple sizes per face.                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    When creating a new face object (e.g., with @FT_New_Face), an      */
-  /*    @FT_Size object is automatically created and used to store all     */
-  /*    pixel-size dependent information, available in the `face->size'    */
-  /*    field.                                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    It is however possible to create more sizes for a given face,      */
-  /*    mostly in order to manage several character pixel sizes of the     */
-  /*    same font family and style.  See @FT_New_Size and @FT_Done_Size.   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    Note that @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes and @FT_Set_Char_Size only           */
-  /*    modify the contents of the current `active' size; you thus need    */
-  /*    to use @FT_Activate_Size to change it.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    99% of applications won't need the functions provided here,        */
-  /*    especially if they use the caching sub-system, so be cautious      */
-  /*    when using these.                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_New_Size                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Create a new size object from a given face object.                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face :: A handle to a parent face object.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Output>                                                              */
-  /*    asize :: A handle to a new size object.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    You need to call @FT_Activate_Size in order to select the new size */
-  /*    for upcoming calls to @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes, @FT_Set_Char_Size,      */
-  /*    @FT_Load_Glyph, @FT_Load_Char, etc.                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_New_Size( FT_Face   face,
-               FT_Size*  size );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Done_Size                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Discard a given size object.  Note that @FT_Done_Face              */
-  /*    automatically discards all size objects allocated with             */
-  /*    @FT_New_Size.                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    size :: A handle to a target size object.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Done_Size( FT_Size  size );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Activate_Size                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Even though it is possible to create several size objects for a    */
-  /*    given face (see @FT_New_Size for details), functions like          */
-  /*    @FT_Load_Glyph or @FT_Load_Char only use the last-created one to   */
-  /*    determine the `current character pixel size'.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    This function can be used to `activate' a previously created size  */
-  /*    object.                                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    size :: A handle to a target size object.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    If `face' is the size's parent face object, this function changes  */
-  /*    the value of `face->size' to the input size handle.                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Activate_Size( FT_Size  size );
-
-  /* */
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __FTSIZES_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftsnames.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftsnames.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 003cbcd..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftsnames.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,170 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftsnames.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Simple interface to access SFNT name tables (which are used          */
-/*    to hold font names, copyright info, notices, etc.) (specification).  */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    This is _not_ used to retrieve glyph names!                          */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2006 by                               */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __FT_SFNT_NAMES_H__
-#define __FT_SFNT_NAMES_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_FREETYPE_H
-
-#ifdef FREETYPE_H
-#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
-#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
-#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
-#endif
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Section>                                                             */
-  /*    sfnt_names                                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Title>                                                               */
-  /*    SFNT Names                                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
-  /*    Access the names embedded in TrueType and OpenType files.          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    The TrueType and OpenType specification allow the inclusion of     */
-  /*    a special `names table' in font files.  This table contains        */
-  /*    textual (and internationalized) information regarding the font,    */
-  /*    like family name, copyright, version, etc.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    The definitions below are used to access them if available.        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    Note that this has nothing to do with glyph names!                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    FT_SfntName                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A structure used to model an SFNT `name' table entry.              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    platform_id :: The platform ID for `string'.                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    encoding_id :: The encoding ID for `string'.                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    language_id :: The language ID for `string'.                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    name_id     :: An identifier for `string'.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    string      :: The `name' string.  Note that its format differs    */
-  /*                   depending on the (platform,encoding) pair.  It can  */
-  /*                   be a Pascal String, a UTF-16 one, etc.              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                   Generally speaking, the string is not               */
-  /*                   zero-terminated.  Please refer to the TrueType      */
-  /*                   specification for details.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    string_len  :: The length of `string' in bytes.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    Possible values for `platform_id', `encoding_id', `language_id',   */
-  /*    and `name_id' are given in the file `ttnameid.h'.  For details     */
-  /*    please refer to the TrueType or OpenType specification.            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    See also @TT_PLATFORM_XXX, @TT_APPLE_ID_XXX, @TT_MAC_ID_XXX,       */
-  /*    @TT_ISO_ID_XXX, and @TT_MS_ID_XXX.                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  FT_SfntName_
-  {
-    FT_UShort  platform_id;
-    FT_UShort  encoding_id;
-    FT_UShort  language_id;
-    FT_UShort  name_id;
-
-    FT_Byte*   string;      /* this string is *not* null-terminated! */
-    FT_UInt    string_len;  /* in bytes */
-
-  } FT_SfntName;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Retrieves the number of name strings in the SFNT `name' table.     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face :: A handle to the source face.                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    The number of strings in the `name' table.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt )
-  FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count( FT_Face  face );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Get_Sfnt_Name                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Retrieves a string of the SFNT `name' table for a given index.     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face  :: A handle to the source face.                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    idx   :: The index of the `name' string.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Output>                                                              */
-  /*    aname :: The indexed @FT_SfntName structure.                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    The `string' array returned in the `aname' structure is not        */
-  /*    null-terminated.                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    Use @FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count to get the total number of available   */
-  /*    `name' table entries, then do a loop until you get the right       */
-  /*    platform, encoding, and name ID.                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Get_Sfnt_Name( FT_Face       face,
-                    FT_UInt       idx,
-                    FT_SfntName  *aname );
-
-
-  /* */
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __FT_SFNT_NAMES_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftstroke.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftstroke.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 7d85288..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftstroke.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,716 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftstroke.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType path stroker (specification).                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008 by                        */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __FT_STROKE_H__
-#define __FT_STROKE_H__
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_OUTLINE_H
-#include FT_GLYPH_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
- /************************************************************************
-  *
-  * @section:
-  *    glyph_stroker
-  *
-  * @title:
-  *    Glyph Stroker
-  *
-  * @abstract:
-  *    Generating bordered and stroked glyphs.
-  *
-  * @description:
-  *    This component generates stroked outlines of a given vectorial
-  *    glyph.  It also allows you to retrieve the `outside' and/or the
-  *    `inside' borders of the stroke.
-  *
-  *    This can be useful to generate `bordered' glyph, i.e., glyphs
-  *    displayed with a coloured (and anti-aliased) border around their
-  *    shape.
-  */
-
-
- /**************************************************************
-  *
-  * @type:
-  *   FT_Stroker
-  *
-  * @description:
-  *   Opaque handler to a path stroker object.
-  */
-  typedef struct FT_StrokerRec_*  FT_Stroker;
-
-
-  /**************************************************************
-   *
-   * @enum:
-   *   FT_Stroker_LineJoin
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   These values determine how two joining lines are rendered
-   *   in a stroker.
-   *
-   * @values:
-   *   FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_ROUND ::
-   *     Used to render rounded line joins.  Circular arcs are used
-   *     to join two lines smoothly.
-   *
-   *   FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_BEVEL ::
-   *     Used to render beveled line joins; i.e., the two joining lines
-   *     are extended until they intersect.
-   *
-   *   FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER ::
-   *     Same as beveled rendering, except that an additional line
-   *     break is added if the angle between the two joining lines
-   *     is too closed (this is useful to avoid unpleasant spikes
-   *     in beveled rendering).
-   */
-  typedef enum  FT_Stroker_LineJoin_
-  {
-    FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_ROUND = 0,
-    FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_BEVEL,
-    FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER
-
-  } FT_Stroker_LineJoin;
-
-
-  /**************************************************************
-   *
-   * @enum:
-   *   FT_Stroker_LineCap
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   These values determine how the end of opened sub-paths are
-   *   rendered in a stroke.
-   *
-   * @values:
-   *   FT_STROKER_LINECAP_BUTT ::
-   *     The end of lines is rendered as a full stop on the last
-   *     point itself.
-   *
-   *   FT_STROKER_LINECAP_ROUND ::
-   *     The end of lines is rendered as a half-circle around the
-   *     last point.
-   *
-   *   FT_STROKER_LINECAP_SQUARE ::
-   *     The end of lines is rendered as a square around the
-   *     last point.
-   */
-  typedef enum  FT_Stroker_LineCap_
-  {
-    FT_STROKER_LINECAP_BUTT = 0,
-    FT_STROKER_LINECAP_ROUND,
-    FT_STROKER_LINECAP_SQUARE
-
-  } FT_Stroker_LineCap;
-
-
-  /**************************************************************
-   *
-   * @enum:
-   *   FT_StrokerBorder
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   These values are used to select a given stroke border
-   *   in @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts and @FT_Stroker_ExportBorder.
-   *
-   * @values:
-   *   FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT ::
-   *     Select the left border, relative to the drawing direction.
-   *
-   *   FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT ::
-   *     Select the right border, relative to the drawing direction.
-   *
-   * @note:
-   *   Applications are generally interested in the `inside' and `outside'
-   *   borders.  However, there is no direct mapping between these and the
-   *   `left' and `right' ones, since this really depends on the glyph's
-   *   drawing orientation, which varies between font formats.
-   *
-   *   You can however use @FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder and
-   *   @FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder to get these.
-   */
-  typedef enum  FT_StrokerBorder_
-  {
-    FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT = 0,
-    FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT
-
-  } FT_StrokerBorder;
-
-
-  /**************************************************************
-   *
-   * @function:
-   *   FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   Retrieve the @FT_StrokerBorder value corresponding to the
-   *   `inside' borders of a given outline.
-   *
-   * @input:
-   *   outline ::
-   *     The source outline handle.
-   *
-   * @return:
-   *   The border index.  @FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT for empty or invalid
-   *   outlines.
-   */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_StrokerBorder )
-  FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder( FT_Outline*  outline );
-
-
-  /**************************************************************
-   *
-   * @function:
-   *   FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   Retrieve the @FT_StrokerBorder value corresponding to the
-   *   `outside' borders of a given outline.
-   *
-   * @input:
-   *   outline ::
-   *     The source outline handle.
-   *
-   * @return:
-   *   The border index.  @FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT for empty or invalid
-   *   outlines.
-   */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_StrokerBorder )
-  FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder( FT_Outline*  outline );
-
-
-  /**************************************************************
-   *
-   * @function:
-   *   FT_Stroker_New
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   Create a new stroker object.
-   *
-   * @input:
-   *   library ::
-   *     FreeType library handle.
-   *
-   * @output:
-   *   astroker ::
-   *     A new stroker object handle.  NULL in case of error.
-   *
-   * @return:
-   *    FreeType error code.  0 means success.
-   */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Stroker_New( FT_Library   library,
-                  FT_Stroker  *astroker );
-
-
-  /**************************************************************
-   *
-   * @function:
-   *   FT_Stroker_Set
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   Reset a stroker object's attributes.
-   *
-   * @input:
-   *   stroker ::
-   *     The target stroker handle.
-   *
-   *   radius ::
-   *     The border radius.
-   *
-   *   line_cap ::
-   *     The line cap style.
-   *
-   *   line_join ::
-   *     The line join style.
-   *
-   *   miter_limit ::
-   *     The miter limit for the FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER style,
-   *     expressed as 16.16 fixed point value.
-   *
-   * @note:
-   *   The radius is expressed in the same units that the outline
-   *   coordinates.
-   */
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FT_Stroker_Set( FT_Stroker           stroker,
-                  FT_Fixed             radius,
-                  FT_Stroker_LineCap   line_cap,
-                  FT_Stroker_LineJoin  line_join,
-                  FT_Fixed             miter_limit );
-
-
-  /**************************************************************
-   *
-   * @function:
-   *   FT_Stroker_Rewind
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   Reset a stroker object without changing its attributes.
-   *   You should call this function before beginning a new
-   *   series of calls to @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath or
-   *   @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
-   *
-   * @input:
-   *   stroker ::
-   *     The target stroker handle.
-   */
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FT_Stroker_Rewind( FT_Stroker  stroker );
-
-
-  /**************************************************************
-   *
-   * @function:
-   *   FT_Stroker_ParseOutline
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A convenience function used to parse a whole outline with
-   *   the stroker.  The resulting outline(s) can be retrieved
-   *   later by functions like @FT_Stroker_GetCounts and @FT_Stroker_Export.
-   *
-   * @input:
-   *   stroker ::
-   *     The target stroker handle.
-   *
-   *   outline ::
-   *     The source outline.
-   *
-   *   opened ::
-   *     A boolean.  If 1, the outline is treated as an open path instead
-   *     of a closed one.
-   *
-   * @return:
-   *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.
-   *
-   * @note:
-   *   If `opened' is 0 (the default), the outline is treated as a closed
-   *   path, and the stroker will generate two distinct `border' outlines.
-   *
-   *   If `opened' is 1, the outline is processed as an open path, and the
-   *   stroker will generate a single `stroke' outline.
-   *
-   *   This function calls @FT_Stroker_Rewind automatically.
-   */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Stroker_ParseOutline( FT_Stroker   stroker,
-                           FT_Outline*  outline,
-                           FT_Bool      opened );
-
-
-  /**************************************************************
-   *
-   * @function:
-   *   FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   Start a new sub-path in the stroker.
-   *
-   * @input:
-   *   stroker ::
-   *     The target stroker handle.
-   *
-   *   to ::
-   *     A pointer to the start vector.
-   *
-   *   open ::
-   *     A boolean.  If 1, the sub-path is treated as an open one.
-   *
-   * @return:
-   *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.
-   *
-   * @note:
-   *   This function is useful when you need to stroke a path that is
-   *   not stored as an @FT_Outline object.
-   */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath( FT_Stroker  stroker,
-                           FT_Vector*  to,
-                           FT_Bool     open );
-
-
-  /**************************************************************
-   *
-   * @function:
-   *   FT_Stroker_EndSubPath
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   Close the current sub-path in the stroker.
-   *
-   * @input:
-   *   stroker ::
-   *     The target stroker handle.
-   *
-   * @return:
-   *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.
-   *
-   * @note:
-   *   You should call this function after @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath.
-   *   If the subpath was not `opened', this function will `draw' a
-   *   single line segment to the start position when needed.
-   */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Stroker_EndSubPath( FT_Stroker  stroker );
-
-
-  /**************************************************************
-   *
-   * @function:
-   *   FT_Stroker_LineTo
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   `Draw' a single line segment in the stroker's current sub-path,
-   *   from the last position.
-   *
-   * @input:
-   *   stroker ::
-   *     The target stroker handle.
-   *
-   *   to ::
-   *     A pointer to the destination point.
-   *
-   * @return:
-   *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.
-   *
-   * @note:
-   *   You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and
-   *   @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
-   */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Stroker_LineTo( FT_Stroker  stroker,
-                     FT_Vector*  to );
-
-
-  /**************************************************************
-   *
-   * @function:
-   *   FT_Stroker_ConicTo
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   `Draw' a single quadratic Bezier in the stroker's current sub-path,
-   *   from the last position.
-   *
-   * @input:
-   *   stroker ::
-   *     The target stroker handle.
-   *
-   *   control ::
-   *     A pointer to a Bezier control point.
-   *
-   *   to ::
-   *     A pointer to the destination point.
-   *
-   * @return:
-   *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.
-   *
-   * @note:
-   *   You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and
-   *   @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
-   */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Stroker_ConicTo( FT_Stroker  stroker,
-                      FT_Vector*  control,
-                      FT_Vector*  to );
-
-
-  /**************************************************************
-   *
-   * @function:
-   *   FT_Stroker_CubicTo
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   `Draw' a single cubic Bezier in the stroker's current sub-path,
-   *   from the last position.
-   *
-   * @input:
-   *   stroker ::
-   *     The target stroker handle.
-   *
-   *   control1 ::
-   *     A pointer to the first Bezier control point.
-   *
-   *   control2 ::
-   *     A pointer to second Bezier control point.
-   *
-   *   to ::
-   *     A pointer to the destination point.
-   *
-   * @return:
-   *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.
-   *
-   * @note:
-   *   You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and
-   *   @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
-   */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Stroker_CubicTo( FT_Stroker  stroker,
-                      FT_Vector*  control1,
-                      FT_Vector*  control2,
-                      FT_Vector*  to );
-
-
-  /**************************************************************
-   *
-   * @function:
-   *   FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   Call this function once you have finished parsing your paths
-   *   with the stroker.  It will return the number of points and
-   *   contours necessary to export one of the `border' or `stroke'
-   *   outlines generated by the stroker.
-   *
-   * @input:
-   *   stroker ::
-   *     The target stroker handle.
-   *
-   *   border ::
-   *     The border index.
-   *
-   * @output:
-   *   anum_points ::
-   *     The number of points.
-   *
-   *   anum_contours ::
-   *     The number of contours.
-   *
-   * @return:
-   *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.
-   *
-   * @note:
-   *   When an outline, or a sub-path, is `closed', the stroker generates
-   *   two independent `border' outlines, named `left' and `right'.
-   *
-   *   When the outline, or a sub-path, is `opened', the stroker merges
-   *   the `border' outlines with caps.  The `left' border receives all
-   *   points, while the `right' border becomes empty.
-   *
-   *   Use the function @FT_Stroker_GetCounts instead if you want to
-   *   retrieve the counts associated to both borders.
-   */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts( FT_Stroker        stroker,
-                              FT_StrokerBorder  border,
-                              FT_UInt          *anum_points,
-                              FT_UInt          *anum_contours );
-
-
-  /**************************************************************
-   *
-   * @function:
-   *   FT_Stroker_ExportBorder
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   Call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to
-   *   export the corresponding border to your own @FT_Outline
-   *   structure.
-   *
-   *   Note that this function will append the border points and
-   *   contours to your outline, but will not try to resize its
-   *   arrays.
-   *
-   * @input:
-   *   stroker ::
-   *     The target stroker handle.
-   *
-   *   border ::
-   *     The border index.
-   *
-   *   outline ::
-   *     The target outline handle.
-   *
-   * @note:
-   *   Always call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to
-   *   get sure that there is enough room in your @FT_Outline object to
-   *   receive all new data.
-   *
-   *   When an outline, or a sub-path, is `closed', the stroker generates
-   *   two independent `border' outlines, named `left' and `right'
-   *
-   *   When the outline, or a sub-path, is `opened', the stroker merges
-   *   the `border' outlines with caps. The `left' border receives all
-   *   points, while the `right' border becomes empty.
-   *
-   *   Use the function @FT_Stroker_Export instead if you want to
-   *   retrieve all borders at once.
-   */
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FT_Stroker_ExportBorder( FT_Stroker        stroker,
-                           FT_StrokerBorder  border,
-                           FT_Outline*       outline );
-
-
-  /**************************************************************
-   *
-   * @function:
-   *   FT_Stroker_GetCounts
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   Call this function once you have finished parsing your paths
-   *   with the stroker.  It returns the number of points and
-   *   contours necessary to export all points/borders from the stroked
-   *   outline/path.
-   *
-   * @input:
-   *   stroker ::
-   *     The target stroker handle.
-   *
-   * @output:
-   *   anum_points ::
-   *     The number of points.
-   *
-   *   anum_contours ::
-   *     The number of contours.
-   *
-   * @return:
-   *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.
-   */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Stroker_GetCounts( FT_Stroker  stroker,
-                        FT_UInt    *anum_points,
-                        FT_UInt    *anum_contours );
-
-
-  /**************************************************************
-   *
-   * @function:
-   *   FT_Stroker_Export
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   Call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to
-   *   export the all borders to your own @FT_Outline structure.
-   *
-   *   Note that this function will append the border points and
-   *   contours to your outline, but will not try to resize its
-   *   arrays.
-   *
-   * @input:
-   *   stroker ::
-   *     The target stroker handle.
-   *
-   *   outline ::
-   *     The target outline handle.
-   */
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FT_Stroker_Export( FT_Stroker   stroker,
-                     FT_Outline*  outline );
-
-
-  /**************************************************************
-   *
-   * @function:
-   *   FT_Stroker_Done
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   Destroy a stroker object.
-   *
-   * @input:
-   *   stroker ::
-   *     A stroker handle.  Can be NULL.
-   */
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FT_Stroker_Done( FT_Stroker  stroker );
-
-
-  /**************************************************************
-   *
-   * @function:
-   *   FT_Glyph_Stroke
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   Stroke a given outline glyph object with a given stroker.
-   *
-   * @inout:
-   *   pglyph ::
-   *     Source glyph handle on input, new glyph handle on output.
-   *
-   * @input:
-   *   stroker ::
-   *     A stroker handle.
-   *
-   *   destroy ::
-   *     A Boolean.  If 1, the source glyph object is destroyed
-   *     on success.
-   *
-   * @return:
-   *    FreeType error code.  0 means success.
-   *
-   * @note:
-   *   The source glyph is untouched in case of error.
-   */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Glyph_Stroke( FT_Glyph    *pglyph,
-                   FT_Stroker   stroker,
-                   FT_Bool      destroy );
-
-
-  /**************************************************************
-   *
-   * @function:
-   *   FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   Stroke a given outline glyph object with a given stroker, but
-   *   only return either its inside or outside border.
-   *
-   * @inout:
-   *   pglyph ::
-   *     Source glyph handle on input, new glyph handle on output.
-   *
-   * @input:
-   *   stroker ::
-   *     A stroker handle.
-   *
-   *   inside ::
-   *     A Boolean.  If 1, return the inside border, otherwise
-   *     the outside border.
-   *
-   *   destroy ::
-   *     A Boolean.  If 1, the source glyph object is destroyed
-   *     on success.
-   *
-   * @return:
-   *    FreeType error code.  0 means success.
-   *
-   * @note:
-   *   The source glyph is untouched in case of error.
-   */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder( FT_Glyph    *pglyph,
-                         FT_Stroker   stroker,
-                         FT_Bool      inside,
-                         FT_Bool      destroy );
-
- /* */
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __FT_STROKE_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
-
-
-/* Local Variables: */
-/* coding: utf-8    */
-/* End:             */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftsynth.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftsynth.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 36984bf..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftsynth.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftsynth.h                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType synthesizing code for emboldening and slanting              */
-/*    (specification).                                                     */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2000-2001, 2003, 2006 by                                     */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*********                                                       *********/
-  /*********        WARNING, THIS IS ALPHA CODE, THIS API          *********/
-  /*********    IS DUE TO CHANGE UNTIL STRICTLY NOTIFIED BY THE    *********/
-  /*********            FREETYPE DEVELOPMENT TEAM                  *********/
-  /*********                                                       *********/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __FTSYNTH_H__
-#define __FTSYNTH_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_FREETYPE_H
-
-#ifdef FREETYPE_H
-#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
-#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
-#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
-#endif
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-  /* Make sure slot owns slot->bitmap. */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap( FT_GlyphSlot  slot );
-
-  /* Do not use this function directly!  Copy the code to */
-  /* your application and modify it to suit your need.    */
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FT_GlyphSlot_Embolden( FT_GlyphSlot  slot );
-
-
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FT_GlyphSlot_Oblique( FT_GlyphSlot  slot );
-
- /* */
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __FTSYNTH_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftsystem.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftsystem.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 59cd019..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftsystem.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,346 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftsystem.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType low-level system interface definition (specification).      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2005 by                                     */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __FTSYSTEM_H__
-#define __FTSYSTEM_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Section>                                                             */
-  /*   system_interface                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Title>                                                               */
-  /*   System Interface                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
-  /*   How FreeType manages memory and i/o.                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*   This section contains various definitions related to memory         */
-  /*   management and i/o access.  You need to understand this             */
-  /*   information if you want to use a custom memory manager or you own   */
-  /*   i/o streams.                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                  M E M O R Y   M A N A G E M E N T                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @type:
-   *   FT_Memory
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A handle to a given memory manager object, defined with an
-   *   @FT_MemoryRec structure.
-   *
-   */
-  typedef struct FT_MemoryRec_*  FT_Memory;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @functype:
-   *   FT_Alloc_Func
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A function used to allocate `size' bytes from `memory'.
-   *
-   * @input:
-   *   memory ::
-   *     A handle to the source memory manager.
-   *
-   *   size ::
-   *     The size in bytes to allocate.
-   *
-   * @return:
-   *   Address of new memory block.  0 in case of failure.
-   *
-   */
-  typedef void*
-  (*FT_Alloc_Func)( FT_Memory  memory,
-                    long       size );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @functype:
-   *   FT_Free_Func
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A function used to release a given block of memory.
-   *
-   * @input:
-   *   memory ::
-   *     A handle to the source memory manager.
-   *
-   *   block ::
-   *     The address of the target memory block.
-   *
-   */
-  typedef void
-  (*FT_Free_Func)( FT_Memory  memory,
-                   void*      block );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @functype:
-   *   FT_Realloc_Func
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A function used to re-allocate a given block of memory.
-   *
-   * @input:
-   *   memory ::
-   *     A handle to the source memory manager.
-   *
-   *   cur_size ::
-   *     The block's current size in bytes.
-   *
-   *   new_size ::
-   *     The block's requested new size.
-   *
-   *   block ::
-   *     The block's current address.
-   *
-   * @return:
-   *   New block address.  0 in case of memory shortage.
-   *
-   * @note:
-   *   In case of error, the old block must still be available.
-   *
-   */
-  typedef void*
-  (*FT_Realloc_Func)( FT_Memory  memory,
-                      long       cur_size,
-                      long       new_size,
-                      void*      block );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @struct:
-   *   FT_MemoryRec
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A structure used to describe a given memory manager to FreeType 2.
-   *
-   * @fields:
-   *   user ::
-   *     A generic typeless pointer for user data.
-   *
-   *   alloc ::
-   *     A pointer type to an allocation function.
-   *
-   *   free ::
-   *     A pointer type to an memory freeing function.
-   *
-   *   realloc ::
-   *     A pointer type to a reallocation function.
-   *
-   */
-  struct  FT_MemoryRec_
-  {
-    void*            user;
-    FT_Alloc_Func    alloc;
-    FT_Free_Func     free;
-    FT_Realloc_Func  realloc;
-  };
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                       I / O   M A N A G E M E N T                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @type:
-   *   FT_Stream
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A handle to an input stream.
-   *
-   */
-  typedef struct FT_StreamRec_*  FT_Stream;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @struct:
-   *   FT_StreamDesc
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A union type used to store either a long or a pointer.  This is used
-   *   to store a file descriptor or a `FILE*' in an input stream.
-   *
-   */
-  typedef union  FT_StreamDesc_
-  {
-    long   value;
-    void*  pointer;
-
-  } FT_StreamDesc;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @functype:
-   *   FT_Stream_IoFunc
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A function used to seek and read data from a given input stream.
-   *
-   * @input:
-   *   stream ::
-   *     A handle to the source stream.
-   *
-   *   offset ::
-   *     The offset of read in stream (always from start).
-   *
-   *   buffer ::
-   *     The address of the read buffer.
-   *
-   *   count ::
-   *     The number of bytes to read from the stream.
-   *
-   * @return:
-   *   The number of bytes effectively read by the stream.
-   *
-   * @note:
-   *   This function might be called to perform a seek or skip operation
-   *   with a `count' of 0.
-   *
-   */
-  typedef unsigned long
-  (*FT_Stream_IoFunc)( FT_Stream       stream,
-                       unsigned long   offset,
-                       unsigned char*  buffer,
-                       unsigned long   count );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @functype:
-   *   FT_Stream_CloseFunc
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A function used to close a given input stream.
-   *
-   * @input:
-   *  stream ::
-   *     A handle to the target stream.
-   *
-   */
-  typedef void
-  (*FT_Stream_CloseFunc)( FT_Stream  stream );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @struct:
-   *   FT_StreamRec
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A structure used to describe an input stream.
-   *
-   * @input:
-   *   base ::
-   *     For memory-based streams, this is the address of the first stream
-   *     byte in memory.  This field should always be set to NULL for
-   *     disk-based streams.
-   *
-   *   size ::
-   *     The stream size in bytes.
-   *
-   *   pos ::
-   *     The current position within the stream.
-   *
-   *   descriptor ::
-   *     This field is a union that can hold an integer or a pointer.  It is
-   *     used by stream implementations to store file descriptors or `FILE*'
-   *     pointers.
-   *
-   *   pathname ::
-   *     This field is completely ignored by FreeType.  However, it is often
-   *     useful during debugging to use it to store the stream's filename
-   *     (where available).
-   *
-   *   read ::
-   *     The stream's input function.
-   *
-   *   close ::
-   *     The stream;s close function.
-   *
-   *   memory ::
-   *     The memory manager to use to preload frames.  This is set
-   *     internally by FreeType and shouldn't be touched by stream
-   *     implementations.
-   *
-   *   cursor ::
-   *     This field is set and used internally by FreeType when parsing
-   *     frames.
-   *
-   *   limit ::
-   *     This field is set and used internally by FreeType when parsing
-   *     frames.
-   *
-   */
-  typedef struct  FT_StreamRec_
-  {
-    unsigned char*       base;
-    unsigned long        size;
-    unsigned long        pos;
-
-    FT_StreamDesc        descriptor;
-    FT_StreamDesc        pathname;
-    FT_Stream_IoFunc     read;
-    FT_Stream_CloseFunc  close;
-
-    FT_Memory            memory;
-    unsigned char*       cursor;
-    unsigned char*       limit;
-
-  } FT_StreamRec;
-
-
-  /* */
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __FTSYSTEM_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/fttrigon.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/fttrigon.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 6b77d2e..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/fttrigon.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,350 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  fttrigon.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType trigonometric functions (specification).                    */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2001, 2003, 2005, 2007 by                                    */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __FTTRIGON_H__
-#define __FTTRIGON_H__
-
-#include FT_FREETYPE_H
-
-#ifdef FREETYPE_H
-#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
-#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
-#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
-#endif
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Section>                                                             */
-  /*   computations                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @type:
-   *   FT_Angle
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   This type is used to model angle values in FreeType.  Note that the
-   *   angle is a 16.16 fixed float value expressed in degrees.
-   *
-   */
-  typedef FT_Fixed  FT_Angle;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @macro:
-   *   FT_ANGLE_PI
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   The angle pi expressed in @FT_Angle units.
-   *
-   */
-#define FT_ANGLE_PI  ( 180L << 16 )
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @macro:
-   *   FT_ANGLE_2PI
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   The angle 2*pi expressed in @FT_Angle units.
-   *
-   */
-#define FT_ANGLE_2PI  ( FT_ANGLE_PI * 2 )
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @macro:
-   *   FT_ANGLE_PI2
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   The angle pi/2 expressed in @FT_Angle units.
-   *
-   */
-#define FT_ANGLE_PI2  ( FT_ANGLE_PI / 2 )
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @macro:
-   *   FT_ANGLE_PI4
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   The angle pi/4 expressed in @FT_Angle units.
-   *
-   */
-#define FT_ANGLE_PI4  ( FT_ANGLE_PI / 4 )
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @function:
-   *   FT_Sin
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   Return the sinus of a given angle in fixed point format.
-   *
-   * @input:
-   *   angle ::
-   *     The input angle.
-   *
-   * @return:
-   *   The sinus value.
-   *
-   * @note:
-   *   If you need both the sinus and cosinus for a given angle, use the
-   *   function @FT_Vector_Unit.
-   *
-   */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
-  FT_Sin( FT_Angle  angle );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @function:
-   *   FT_Cos
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   Return the cosinus of a given angle in fixed point format.
-   *
-   * @input:
-   *   angle ::
-   *     The input angle.
-   *
-   * @return:
-   *   The cosinus value.
-   *
-   * @note:
-   *   If you need both the sinus and cosinus for a given angle, use the
-   *   function @FT_Vector_Unit.
-   *
-   */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
-  FT_Cos( FT_Angle  angle );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @function:
-   *   FT_Tan
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   Return the tangent of a given angle in fixed point format.
-   *
-   * @input:
-   *   angle ::
-   *     The input angle.
-   *
-   * @return:
-   *   The tangent value.
-   *
-   */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
-  FT_Tan( FT_Angle  angle );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @function:
-   *   FT_Atan2
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   Return the arc-tangent corresponding to a given vector (x,y) in
-   *   the 2d plane.
-   *
-   * @input:
-   *   x ::
-   *     The horizontal vector coordinate.
-   *
-   *   y ::
-   *     The vertical vector coordinate.
-   *
-   * @return:
-   *   The arc-tangent value (i.e. angle).
-   *
-   */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Angle )
-  FT_Atan2( FT_Fixed  x,
-            FT_Fixed  y );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @function:
-   *   FT_Angle_Diff
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   Return the difference between two angles.  The result is always
-   *   constrained to the ]-PI..PI] interval.
-   *
-   * @input:
-   *   angle1 ::
-   *     First angle.
-   *
-   *   angle2 ::
-   *     Second angle.
-   *
-   * @return:
-   *   Constrained value of `value2-value1'.
-   *
-   */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Angle )
-  FT_Angle_Diff( FT_Angle  angle1,
-                 FT_Angle  angle2 );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @function:
-   *   FT_Vector_Unit
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   Return the unit vector corresponding to a given angle.  After the
-   *   call, the value of `vec.x' will be `sin(angle)', and the value of
-   *   `vec.y' will be `cos(angle)'.
-   *
-   *   This function is useful to retrieve both the sinus and cosinus of a
-   *   given angle quickly.
-   *
-   * @output:
-   *   vec ::
-   *     The address of target vector.
-   *
-   * @input:
-   *   angle ::
-   *     The address of angle.
-   *
-   */
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FT_Vector_Unit( FT_Vector*  vec,
-                  FT_Angle    angle );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @function:
-   *   FT_Vector_Rotate
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   Rotate a vector by a given angle.
-   *
-   * @inout:
-   *   vec ::
-   *     The address of target vector.
-   *
-   * @input:
-   *   angle ::
-   *     The address of angle.
-   *
-   */
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FT_Vector_Rotate( FT_Vector*  vec,
-                    FT_Angle    angle );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @function:
-   *   FT_Vector_Length
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   Return the length of a given vector.
-   *
-   * @input:
-   *   vec ::
-   *     The address of target vector.
-   *
-   * @return:
-   *   The vector length, expressed in the same units that the original
-   *   vector coordinates.
-   *
-   */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
-  FT_Vector_Length( FT_Vector*  vec );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @function:
-   *   FT_Vector_Polarize
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   Compute both the length and angle of a given vector.
-   *
-   * @input:
-   *   vec ::
-   *     The address of source vector.
-   *
-   * @output:
-   *   length ::
-   *     The vector length.
-   *
-   *   angle ::
-   *     The vector angle.
-   *
-   */
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FT_Vector_Polarize( FT_Vector*  vec,
-                      FT_Fixed   *length,
-                      FT_Angle   *angle );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @function:
-   *   FT_Vector_From_Polar
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   Compute vector coordinates from a length and angle.
-   *
-   * @output:
-   *   vec ::
-   *     The address of source vector.
-   *
-   * @input:
-   *   length ::
-   *     The vector length.
-   *
-   *   angle ::
-   *     The vector angle.
-   *
-   */
-  FT_EXPORT( void )
-  FT_Vector_From_Polar( FT_Vector*  vec,
-                        FT_Fixed    length,
-                        FT_Angle    angle );
-
-  /* */
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __FTTRIGON_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/fttypes.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/fttypes.h
deleted file mode 100644
index a60aa54..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/fttypes.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,587 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  fttypes.h                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType simple types definitions (specification only).              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2004, 2006, 2007, 2008 by                   */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __FTTYPES_H__
-#define __FTTYPES_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
-#include FT_SYSTEM_H
-#include FT_IMAGE_H
-
-#include <stddef.h>
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Section>                                                             */
-  /*    basic_types                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Title>                                                               */
-  /*    Basic Data Types                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
-  /*    The basic data types defined by the library.                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    This section contains the basic data types defined by FreeType 2,  */
-  /*    ranging from simple scalar types to bitmap descriptors.  More      */
-  /*    font-specific structures are defined in a different section.       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Order>                                                               */
-  /*    FT_Byte                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Bytes                                                           */
-  /*    FT_Char                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Int                                                             */
-  /*    FT_UInt                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Int16                                                           */
-  /*    FT_UInt16                                                          */
-  /*    FT_Int32                                                           */
-  /*    FT_UInt32                                                          */
-  /*    FT_Short                                                           */
-  /*    FT_UShort                                                          */
-  /*    FT_Long                                                            */
-  /*    FT_ULong                                                           */
-  /*    FT_Bool                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Offset                                                          */
-  /*    FT_PtrDist                                                         */
-  /*    FT_String                                                          */
-  /*    FT_Tag                                                             */
-  /*    FT_Error                                                           */
-  /*    FT_Fixed                                                           */
-  /*    FT_Pointer                                                         */
-  /*    FT_Pos                                                             */
-  /*    FT_Vector                                                          */
-  /*    FT_BBox                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Matrix                                                          */
-  /*    FT_FWord                                                           */
-  /*    FT_UFWord                                                          */
-  /*    FT_F2Dot14                                                         */
-  /*    FT_UnitVector                                                      */
-  /*    FT_F26Dot6                                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_Generic                                                         */
-  /*    FT_Generic_Finalizer                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FT_Bitmap                                                          */
-  /*    FT_Pixel_Mode                                                      */
-  /*    FT_Palette_Mode                                                    */
-  /*    FT_Glyph_Format                                                    */
-  /*    FT_IMAGE_TAG                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Type>                                                                */
-  /*    FT_Bool                                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A typedef of unsigned char, used for simple booleans.  As usual,   */
-  /*    values 1 and 0 represent true and false, respectively.             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef unsigned char  FT_Bool;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Type>                                                                */
-  /*    FT_FWord                                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A signed 16-bit integer used to store a distance in original font  */
-  /*    units.                                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef signed short  FT_FWord;   /* distance in FUnits */
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Type>                                                                */
-  /*    FT_UFWord                                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    An unsigned 16-bit integer used to store a distance in original    */
-  /*    font units.                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef unsigned short  FT_UFWord;  /* unsigned distance */
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Type>                                                                */
-  /*    FT_Char                                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A simple typedef for the _signed_ char type.                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef signed char  FT_Char;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Type>                                                                */
-  /*    FT_Byte                                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A simple typedef for the _unsigned_ char type.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef unsigned char  FT_Byte;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Type>                                                                */
-  /*    FT_Bytes                                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A typedef for constant memory areas.                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef const FT_Byte*  FT_Bytes;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Type>                                                                */
-  /*    FT_Tag                                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A typedef for 32bit tags (as used in the SFNT format).             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef FT_UInt32  FT_Tag;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Type>                                                                */
-  /*    FT_String                                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A simple typedef for the char type, usually used for strings.      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef char  FT_String;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Type>                                                                */
-  /*    FT_Short                                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A typedef for signed short.                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef signed short  FT_Short;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Type>                                                                */
-  /*    FT_UShort                                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A typedef for unsigned short.                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef unsigned short  FT_UShort;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Type>                                                                */
-  /*    FT_Int                                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A typedef for the int type.                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef signed int  FT_Int;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Type>                                                                */
-  /*    FT_UInt                                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A typedef for the unsigned int type.                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef unsigned int  FT_UInt;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Type>                                                                */
-  /*    FT_Long                                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A typedef for signed long.                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef signed long  FT_Long;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Type>                                                                */
-  /*    FT_ULong                                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A typedef for unsigned long.                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef unsigned long  FT_ULong;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Type>                                                                */
-  /*    FT_F2Dot14                                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A signed 2.14 fixed float type used for unit vectors.              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef signed short  FT_F2Dot14;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Type>                                                                */
-  /*    FT_F26Dot6                                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A signed 26.6 fixed float type used for vectorial pixel            */
-  /*    coordinates.                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef signed long  FT_F26Dot6;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Type>                                                                */
-  /*    FT_Fixed                                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    This type is used to store 16.16 fixed float values, like scaling  */
-  /*    values or matrix coefficients.                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef signed long  FT_Fixed;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Type>                                                                */
-  /*    FT_Error                                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    The FreeType error code type.  A value of 0 is always interpreted  */
-  /*    as a successful operation.                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef int  FT_Error;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Type>                                                                */
-  /*    FT_Pointer                                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A simple typedef for a typeless pointer.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef void*  FT_Pointer;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Type>                                                                */
-  /*    FT_Offset                                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    This is equivalent to the ANSI C `size_t' type, i.e., the largest  */
-  /*    _unsigned_ integer type used to express a file size or position,   */
-  /*    or a memory block size.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef size_t  FT_Offset;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Type>                                                                */
-  /*    FT_PtrDist                                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    This is equivalent to the ANSI C `ptrdiff_t' type, i.e., the       */
-  /*    largest _signed_ integer type used to express the distance         */
-  /*    between two pointers.                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef ft_ptrdiff_t  FT_PtrDist;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    FT_UnitVector                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A simple structure used to store a 2D vector unit vector.  Uses    */
-  /*    FT_F2Dot14 types.                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    x :: Horizontal coordinate.                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    y :: Vertical coordinate.                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  FT_UnitVector_
-  {
-    FT_F2Dot14  x;
-    FT_F2Dot14  y;
-
-  } FT_UnitVector;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    FT_Matrix                                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A simple structure used to store a 2x2 matrix.  Coefficients are   */
-  /*    in 16.16 fixed float format.  The computation performed is:        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*       {                                                               */
-  /*          x' = x*xx + y*xy                                             */
-  /*          y' = x*yx + y*yy                                             */
-  /*       }                                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    xx :: Matrix coefficient.                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    xy :: Matrix coefficient.                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    yx :: Matrix coefficient.                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    yy :: Matrix coefficient.                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  FT_Matrix_
-  {
-    FT_Fixed  xx, xy;
-    FT_Fixed  yx, yy;
-
-  } FT_Matrix;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    FT_Data                                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Read-only binary data represented as a pointer and a length.       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    pointer :: The data.                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    length  :: The length of the data in bytes.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  FT_Data_
-  {
-    const FT_Byte*  pointer;
-    FT_Int          length;
-
-  } FT_Data;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Generic_Finalizer                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Describes a function used to destroy the `client' data of any      */
-  /*    FreeType object.  See the description of the @FT_Generic type for  */
-  /*    details of usage.                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    The address of the FreeType object which is under finalization.    */
-  /*    Its client data is accessed through its `generic' field.           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef void  (*FT_Generic_Finalizer)(void*  object);
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    FT_Generic                                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Client applications often need to associate their own data to a    */
-  /*    variety of FreeType core objects.  For example, a text layout API  */
-  /*    might want to associate a glyph cache to a given size object.      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    Most FreeType object contains a `generic' field, of type           */
-  /*    FT_Generic, which usage is left to client applications and font    */
-  /*    servers.                                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    It can be used to store a pointer to client-specific data, as well */
-  /*    as the address of a `finalizer' function, which will be called by  */
-  /*    FreeType when the object is destroyed (for example, the previous   */
-  /*    client example would put the address of the glyph cache destructor */
-  /*    in the `finalizer' field).                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    data      :: A typeless pointer to any client-specified data. This */
-  /*                 field is completely ignored by the FreeType library.  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    finalizer :: A pointer to a `generic finalizer' function, which    */
-  /*                 will be called when the object is destroyed.  If this */
-  /*                 field is set to NULL, no code will be called.         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  FT_Generic_
-  {
-    void*                 data;
-    FT_Generic_Finalizer  finalizer;
-
-  } FT_Generic;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Macro>                                                               */
-  /*    FT_MAKE_TAG                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    This macro converts four-letter tags which are used to label       */
-  /*    TrueType tables into an unsigned long to be used within FreeType.  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    The produced values *must* be 32bit integers.  Don't redefine this */
-  /*    macro.                                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define FT_MAKE_TAG( _x1, _x2, _x3, _x4 ) \
-          ( ( (FT_ULong)_x1 << 24 ) |     \
-            ( (FT_ULong)_x2 << 16 ) |     \
-            ( (FT_ULong)_x3 <<  8 ) |     \
-              (FT_ULong)_x4         )
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                    L I S T   M A N A G E M E N T                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Section>                                                             */
-  /*    list_processing                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Type>                                                                */
-  /*    FT_ListNode                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*     Many elements and objects in FreeType are listed through an       */
-  /*     @FT_List record (see @FT_ListRec).  As its name suggests, an      */
-  /*     FT_ListNode is a handle to a single list element.                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct FT_ListNodeRec_*  FT_ListNode;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Type>                                                                */
-  /*    FT_List                                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A handle to a list record (see @FT_ListRec).                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct FT_ListRec_*  FT_List;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    FT_ListNodeRec                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A structure used to hold a single list element.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    prev :: The previous element in the list.  NULL if first.          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    next :: The next element in the list.  NULL if last.               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    data :: A typeless pointer to the listed object.                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  FT_ListNodeRec_
-  {
-    FT_ListNode  prev;
-    FT_ListNode  next;
-    void*        data;
-
-  } FT_ListNodeRec;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    FT_ListRec                                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A structure used to hold a simple doubly-linked list.  These are   */
-  /*    used in many parts of FreeType.                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    head :: The head (first element) of doubly-linked list.            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    tail :: The tail (last element) of doubly-linked list.             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  FT_ListRec_
-  {
-    FT_ListNode  head;
-    FT_ListNode  tail;
-
-  } FT_ListRec;
-
-
-  /* */
-
-#define FT_IS_EMPTY( list )  ( (list).head == 0 )
-
-  /* return base error code (without module-specific prefix) */
-#define FT_ERROR_BASE( x )    ( (x) & 0xFF )
-
-  /* return module error code */
-#define FT_ERROR_MODULE( x )  ( (x) & 0xFF00U )
-
-#define FT_BOOL( x )  ( (FT_Bool)( x ) )
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __FTTYPES_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftwinfnt.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftwinfnt.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 3bcf20f..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftwinfnt.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,274 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftwinfnt.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType API for accessing Windows fnt-specific data.                */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2003, 2004, 2008 by                                          */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __FTWINFNT_H__
-#define __FTWINFNT_H__
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_FREETYPE_H
-
-#ifdef FREETYPE_H
-#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
-#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
-#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
-#endif
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Section>                                                             */
-  /*    winfnt_fonts                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Title>                                                               */
-  /*    Window FNT Files                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
-  /*    Windows FNT specific API.                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    This section contains the declaration of Windows FNT specific      */
-  /*    functions.                                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @enum:
-   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_XXX
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A list of valid values for the `charset' byte in
-   *   @FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec.  Exact mapping tables for the various cpXXXX
-   *   encodings (except for cp1361) can be found at ftp://ftp.unicode.org
-   *   in the MAPPINGS/VENDORS/MICSFT/WINDOWS subdirectory.  cp1361 is
-   *   roughly a superset of MAPPINGS/OBSOLETE/EASTASIA/KSC/JOHAB.TXT.
-   *
-   * @values:
-   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_DEFAULT ::
-   *     This is used for font enumeration and font creation as a
-   *     `don't care' value.  Valid font files don't contain this value.
-   *     When querying for information about the character set of the font
-   *     that is currently selected into a specified device context, this
-   *     return value (of the related Windows API) simply denotes failure.
-   *
-   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_SYMBOL ::
-   *     There is no known mapping table available.
-   *
-   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_MAC ::
-   *     Mac Roman encoding.
-   *
-   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM ::
-   *     From Michael Poettgen <michael@poettgen.de>:
-   *
-   *       The `Windows Font Mapping' article says that FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM
-   *       is used for the charset of vector fonts, like `modern.fon',
-   *       `roman.fon', and `script.fon' on Windows.
-   *
-   *       The `CreateFont' documentation says: The FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM value
-   *       specifies a character set that is operating-system dependent.
-   *
-   *       The `IFIMETRICS' documentation from the `Windows Driver
-   *       Development Kit' says: This font supports an OEM-specific
-   *       character set.  The OEM character set is system dependent.
-   *
-   *       In general OEM, as opposed to ANSI (i.e., cp1252), denotes the
-   *       second default codepage that most international versions of
-   *       Windows have.  It is one of the OEM codepages from
-   *
-   *         http://www.microsoft.com/globaldev/reference/cphome.mspx,
-   *
-   *       and is used for the `DOS boxes', to support legacy applications.
-   *       A German Windows version for example usually uses ANSI codepage
-   *       1252 and OEM codepage 850.
-   *
-   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP874 ::
-   *     A superset of Thai TIS 620 and ISO 8859-11.
-   *
-   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP932 ::
-   *     A superset of Japanese Shift-JIS (with minor deviations).
-   *
-   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP936 ::
-   *     A superset of simplified Chinese GB 2312-1980 (with different
-   *     ordering and minor deviations).
-   *
-   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP949 ::
-   *     A superset of Korean Hangul KS C 5601-1987 (with different
-   *     ordering and minor deviations).
-   *
-   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP950 ::
-   *     A superset of traditional Chinese Big 5 ETen (with different
-   *     ordering and minor deviations).
-   *
-   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1250 ::
-   *     A superset of East European ISO 8859-2 (with slightly different
-   *     ordering).
-   *
-   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1251 ::
-   *     A superset of Russian ISO 8859-5 (with different ordering).
-   *
-   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1252 ::
-   *     ANSI encoding.  A superset of ISO 8859-1.
-   *
-   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1253 ::
-   *     A superset of Greek ISO 8859-7 (with minor modifications).
-   *
-   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1254 ::
-   *     A superset of Turkish ISO 8859-9.
-   *
-   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1255 ::
-   *     A superset of Hebrew ISO 8859-8 (with some modifications).
-   *
-   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1256 ::
-   *     A superset of Arabic ISO 8859-6 (with different ordering).
-   *
-   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1257 ::
-   *     A superset of Baltic ISO 8859-13 (with some deviations).
-   *
-   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1258 ::
-   *     For Vietnamese.  This encoding doesn't cover all necessary
-   *     characters.
-   *
-   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1361 ::
-   *     Korean (Johab).
-   */
-
-#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1252    0
-#define FT_WinFNT_ID_DEFAULT   1
-#define FT_WinFNT_ID_SYMBOL    2
-#define FT_WinFNT_ID_MAC      77
-#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP932   128
-#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP949   129
-#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1361  130
-#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP936   134
-#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP950   136
-#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1253  161
-#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1254  162
-#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1258  163
-#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1255  177
-#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1256  178
-#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1257  186
-#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1251  204
-#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP874   222
-#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1250  238
-#define FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM     255
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Windows FNT Header info.                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec_
-  {
-    FT_UShort  version;
-    FT_ULong   file_size;
-    FT_Byte    copyright[60];
-    FT_UShort  file_type;
-    FT_UShort  nominal_point_size;
-    FT_UShort  vertical_resolution;
-    FT_UShort  horizontal_resolution;
-    FT_UShort  ascent;
-    FT_UShort  internal_leading;
-    FT_UShort  external_leading;
-    FT_Byte    italic;
-    FT_Byte    underline;
-    FT_Byte    strike_out;
-    FT_UShort  weight;
-    FT_Byte    charset;
-    FT_UShort  pixel_width;
-    FT_UShort  pixel_height;
-    FT_Byte    pitch_and_family;
-    FT_UShort  avg_width;
-    FT_UShort  max_width;
-    FT_Byte    first_char;
-    FT_Byte    last_char;
-    FT_Byte    default_char;
-    FT_Byte    break_char;
-    FT_UShort  bytes_per_row;
-    FT_ULong   device_offset;
-    FT_ULong   face_name_offset;
-    FT_ULong   bits_pointer;
-    FT_ULong   bits_offset;
-    FT_Byte    reserved;
-    FT_ULong   flags;
-    FT_UShort  A_space;
-    FT_UShort  B_space;
-    FT_UShort  C_space;
-    FT_UShort  color_table_offset;
-    FT_ULong   reserved1[4];
-
-  } FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    FT_WinFNT_Header                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A handle to an @FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec structure.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec_*  FT_WinFNT_Header;
-
-
-  /**********************************************************************
-   *
-   * @function:
-   *    FT_Get_WinFNT_Header
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *    Retrieve a Windows FNT font info header.
-   *
-   * @input:
-   *    face    :: A handle to the input face.
-   *
-   * @output:
-   *    aheader :: The WinFNT header.
-   *
-   * @return:
-   *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.
-   *
-   * @note:
-   *   This function only works with Windows FNT faces, returning an error
-   *   otherwise.
-   */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Get_WinFNT_Header( FT_Face               face,
-                        FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec  *aheader );
-
-
-  /* */
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __FTWINFNT_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
-
-
-/* Local Variables: */
-/* coding: utf-8    */
-/* End:             */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftxf86.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftxf86.h
deleted file mode 100644
index ea82abb..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftxf86.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftxf86.h                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Support functions for X11.                                           */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2007 by                              */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __FTXF86_H__
-#define __FTXF86_H__
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_FREETYPE_H
-
-#ifdef FREETYPE_H
-#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
-#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
-#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
-#endif
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Section>                                                             */
-  /*   font_formats                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Title>                                                               */
-  /*   Font Formats                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
-  /*   Getting the font format.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*   The single function in this section can be used to get the font     */
-  /*   format.  Note that this information is not needed normally;         */
-  /*   however, there are special cases (like in PDF devices) where it is  */
-  /*   important to differentiate, in spite of FreeType's uniform API.     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*   FT_Get_X11_Font_Format                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*   Return a string describing the format of a given face, using values */
-  /*   which can be used as an X11 FONT_PROPERTY.  Possible values are     */
-  /*   `TrueType', `Type 1', `BDF', `PCF', `Type 42', `CID Type 1', `CFF', */
-  /*   `PFR', and `Windows FNT'.                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*   face ::                                                             */
-  /*     Input face handle.                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*   Font format string.  NULL in case of error.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( const char* )
-  FT_Get_X11_Font_Format( FT_Face  face );
-
- /* */
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __FTXF86_H__ */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/autohint.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/autohint.h
deleted file mode 100644
index ee00402..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/autohint.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,205 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  autohint.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    High-level `autohint' module-specific interface (specification).     */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2007 by                                     */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The auto-hinter is used to load and automatically hint glyphs if a    */
-  /* format-specific hinter isn't available.                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __AUTOHINT_H__
-#define __AUTOHINT_H__
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* A small technical note regarding automatic hinting in order to        */
-  /* clarify this module interface.                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* An automatic hinter might compute two kinds of data for a given face: */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* - global hints: Usually some metrics that describe global properties  */
-  /*                 of the face.  It is computed by scanning more or less */
-  /*                 aggressively the glyphs in the face, and thus can be  */
-  /*                 very slow to compute (even if the size of global      */
-  /*                 hints is really small).                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* - glyph hints:  These describe some important features of the glyph   */
-  /*                 outline, as well as how to align them.  They are      */
-  /*                 generally much faster to compute than global hints.   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The current FreeType auto-hinter does a pretty good job while         */
-  /* performing fast computations for both global and glyph hints.         */
-  /* However, we might be interested in introducing more complex and       */
-  /* powerful algorithms in the future, like the one described in the John */
-  /* D. Hobby paper, which unfortunately requires a lot more horsepower.   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Because a sufficiently sophisticated font management system would     */
-  /* typically implement an LRU cache of opened face objects to reduce     */
-  /* memory usage, it is a good idea to be able to avoid recomputing       */
-  /* global hints every time the same face is re-opened.                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* We thus provide the ability to cache global hints outside of the face */
-  /* object, in order to speed up font re-opening time.  Of course, this   */
-  /* feature is purely optional, so most client programs won't even notice */
-  /* it.                                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* I initially thought that it would be a good idea to cache the glyph   */
-  /* hints too.  However, my general idea now is that if you really need   */
-  /* to cache these too, you are simply in need of a new font format,      */
-  /* where all this information could be stored within the font file and   */
-  /* decoded on the fly.                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_FREETYPE_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  typedef struct FT_AutoHinterRec_  *FT_AutoHinter;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_AutoHinter_GlobalGetFunc                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Retrieves the global hints computed for a given face object the    */
-  /*    resulting data is dissociated from the face and will survive a     */
-  /*    call to FT_Done_Face().  It must be discarded through the API      */
-  /*    FT_AutoHinter_GlobalDoneFunc().                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    hinter        :: A handle to the source auto-hinter.               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    face          :: A handle to the source face object.               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Output>                                                              */
-  /*    global_hints  :: A typeless pointer to the global hints.           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    global_len    :: The size in bytes of the global hints.            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef void
-  (*FT_AutoHinter_GlobalGetFunc)( FT_AutoHinter  hinter,
-                                  FT_Face        face,
-                                  void**         global_hints,
-                                  long*          global_len );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_AutoHinter_GlobalDoneFunc                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Discards the global hints retrieved through                        */
-  /*    FT_AutoHinter_GlobalGetFunc().  This is the only way these hints   */
-  /*    are freed from memory.                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    hinter :: A handle to the auto-hinter module.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    global :: A pointer to retrieved global hints to discard.          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef void
-  (*FT_AutoHinter_GlobalDoneFunc)( FT_AutoHinter  hinter,
-                                   void*          global );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_AutoHinter_GlobalResetFunc                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    This function is used to recompute the global metrics in a given   */
-  /*    font.  This is useful when global font data changes (e.g. Multiple */
-  /*    Masters fonts where blend coordinates change).                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    hinter :: A handle to the source auto-hinter.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    face   :: A handle to the face.                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef void
-  (*FT_AutoHinter_GlobalResetFunc)( FT_AutoHinter  hinter,
-                                    FT_Face        face );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_AutoHinter_GlyphLoadFunc                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    This function is used to load, scale, and automatically hint a     */
-  /*    glyph from a given face.                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face        :: A handle to the face.                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    glyph_index :: The glyph index.                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    load_flags  :: The load flags.                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    This function is capable of loading composite glyphs by hinting    */
-  /*    each sub-glyph independently (which improves quality).             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    It will call the font driver with FT_Load_Glyph(), with            */
-  /*    FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE set.                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*FT_AutoHinter_GlyphLoadFunc)( FT_AutoHinter  hinter,
-                                  FT_GlyphSlot   slot,
-                                  FT_Size        size,
-                                  FT_UInt        glyph_index,
-                                  FT_Int32       load_flags );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    FT_AutoHinter_ServiceRec                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    The auto-hinter module's interface.                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  FT_AutoHinter_ServiceRec_
-  {
-    FT_AutoHinter_GlobalResetFunc  reset_face;
-    FT_AutoHinter_GlobalGetFunc    get_global_hints;
-    FT_AutoHinter_GlobalDoneFunc   done_global_hints;
-    FT_AutoHinter_GlyphLoadFunc    load_glyph;
-
-  } FT_AutoHinter_ServiceRec, *FT_AutoHinter_Service;
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __AUTOHINT_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftcalc.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftcalc.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 58def34..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftcalc.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,178 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftcalc.h                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Arithmetic computations (specification).                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008 by             */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __FTCALC_H__
-#define __FTCALC_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_FREETYPE_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_FixedSqrt                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Computes the square root of a 16.16 fixed point value.             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    x :: The value to compute the root for.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    The result of `sqrt(x)'.                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    This function is not very fast.                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_BASE( FT_Int32 )
-  FT_SqrtFixed( FT_Int32  x );
-
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Sqrt32                                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Computes the square root of an Int32 integer (which will be        */
-  /*    handled as an unsigned long value).                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    x :: The value to compute the root for.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    The result of `sqrt(x)'.                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Int32 )
-  FT_Sqrt32( FT_Int32  x );
-
-#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* FT_MulDiv() and FT_MulFix() are declared in freetype.h.               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_MulDiv_No_Round                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A very simple function used to perform the computation `(a*b)/c'   */
-  /*    (without rounding) with maximal accuracy (it uses a 64-bit         */
-  /*    intermediate integer whenever necessary).                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    This function isn't necessarily as fast as some processor specific */
-  /*    operations, but is at least completely portable.                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    a :: The first multiplier.                                         */
-  /*    b :: The second multiplier.                                        */
-  /*    c :: The divisor.                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    The result of `(a*b)/c'.  This function never traps when trying to */
-  /*    divide by zero; it simply returns `MaxInt' or `MinInt' depending   */
-  /*    on the signs of `a' and `b'.                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_BASE( FT_Long )
-  FT_MulDiv_No_Round( FT_Long  a,
-                      FT_Long  b,
-                      FT_Long  c );
-
-#endif /* TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER */
-
-
-  /*
-   *  A variant of FT_Matrix_Multiply which scales its result afterwards.
-   *  The idea is that both `a' and `b' are scaled by factors of 10 so that
-   *  the values are as precise as possible to get a correct result during
-   *  the 64bit multiplication.  Let `sa' and `sb' be the scaling factors of
-   *  `a' and `b', respectively, then the scaling factor of the result is
-   *  `sa*sb'.
-   */
-  FT_BASE( void )
-  FT_Matrix_Multiply_Scaled( const FT_Matrix*  a,
-                             FT_Matrix        *b,
-                             FT_Long           scaling );
-
-
-  /*
-   *  A variant of FT_Vector_Transform.  See comments for
-   *  FT_Matrix_Multiply_Scaled.
-   */
-
-  FT_BASE( void )
-  FT_Vector_Transform_Scaled( FT_Vector*        vector,
-                              const FT_Matrix*  matrix,
-                              FT_Long           scaling );
-
-
-  /*
-   *  Return -1, 0, or +1, depending on the orientation of a given corner.
-   *  We use the Cartesian coordinate system, with positive vertical values
-   *  going upwards.  The function returns +1 if the corner turns to the
-   *  left, -1 to the right, and 0 for undecidable cases.
-   */
-  FT_BASE( FT_Int )
-  ft_corner_orientation( FT_Pos  in_x,
-                         FT_Pos  in_y,
-                         FT_Pos  out_x,
-                         FT_Pos  out_y );
-
-  /*
-   *  Return TRUE if a corner is flat or nearly flat.  This is equivalent to
-   *  saying that the angle difference between the `in' and `out' vectors is
-   *  very small.
-   */
-  FT_BASE( FT_Int )
-  ft_corner_is_flat( FT_Pos  in_x,
-                     FT_Pos  in_y,
-                     FT_Pos  out_x,
-                     FT_Pos  out_y );
-
-
-#define INT_TO_F26DOT6( x )    ( (FT_Long)(x) << 6  )
-#define INT_TO_F2DOT14( x )    ( (FT_Long)(x) << 14 )
-#define INT_TO_FIXED( x )      ( (FT_Long)(x) << 16 )
-#define F2DOT14_TO_FIXED( x )  ( (FT_Long)(x) << 2  )
-#define FLOAT_TO_FIXED( x )    ( (FT_Long)( x * 65536.0 ) )
-
-#define ROUND_F26DOT6( x )     ( x >= 0 ? (    ( (x) + 32 ) & -64 )     \
-                                        : ( -( ( 32 - (x) ) & -64 ) ) )
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __FTCALC_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftdebug.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftdebug.h
deleted file mode 100644
index d40af4f..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftdebug.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,250 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftdebug.h                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Debugging and logging component (specification).                     */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2004, 2006, 2007, 2008 by                   */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  IMPORTANT: A description of FreeType's debugging support can be        */
-/*             found in `docs/DEBUG.TXT'.  Read it if you need to use or   */
-/*             understand this code.                                       */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __FTDEBUG_H__
-#define __FTDEBUG_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
-#include FT_FREETYPE_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /* force the definition of FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR if FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE */
-  /* is already defined; this simplifies the following #ifdefs            */
-  /*                                                                      */
-#ifdef FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE
-#undef  FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR
-#define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR
-#endif
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Define the trace enums as well as the trace levels array when they    */
-  /* are needed.                                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-#ifdef FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE
-
-#define FT_TRACE_DEF( x )  trace_ ## x ,
-
-  /* defining the enumeration */
-  typedef enum  FT_Trace_
-  {
-#include FT_INTERNAL_TRACE_H
-    trace_count
-
-  } FT_Trace;
-
-
-  /* defining the array of trace levels, provided by `src/base/ftdebug.c' */
-  extern int  ft_trace_levels[trace_count];
-
-#undef FT_TRACE_DEF
-
-#endif /* FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE */
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Define the FT_TRACE macro                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* IMPORTANT!                                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Each component must define the macro FT_COMPONENT to a valid FT_Trace */
-  /* value before using any TRACE macro.                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-#ifdef FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE
-
-#define FT_TRACE( level, varformat )                      \
-          do                                              \
-          {                                               \
-            if ( ft_trace_levels[FT_COMPONENT] >= level ) \
-              FT_Message varformat;                       \
-          } while ( 0 )
-
-#else /* !FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE */
-
-#define FT_TRACE( level, varformat )  do ; while ( 0 )      /* nothing */
-
-#endif /* !FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE */
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Trace_Get_Count                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Return the number of available trace components.                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    The number of trace components.  0 if FreeType 2 is not built with */
-  /*    FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE definition.                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    This function may be useful if you want to access elements of      */
-  /*    the internal `ft_trace_levels' array by an index.                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_BASE( FT_Int )
-  FT_Trace_Get_Count( void );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Trace_Get_Name                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Return the name of a trace component.                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    The index of the trace component.                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    The name of the trace component.  This is a statically allocated   */
-  /*    C string, so do not free it after use.  NULL if FreeType 2 is not  */
-  /*    built with FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE definition.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    Use @FT_Trace_Get_Count to get the number of available trace       */
-  /*    components.                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    This function may be useful if you want to control FreeType 2's    */
-  /*    debug level in your application.                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_BASE( const char * )
-  FT_Trace_Get_Name( FT_Int  idx );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* You need two opening and closing parentheses!                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Example: FT_TRACE0(( "Value is %i", foo ))                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Output of the FT_TRACEX macros is sent to stderr.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-#define FT_TRACE0( varformat )  FT_TRACE( 0, varformat )
-#define FT_TRACE1( varformat )  FT_TRACE( 1, varformat )
-#define FT_TRACE2( varformat )  FT_TRACE( 2, varformat )
-#define FT_TRACE3( varformat )  FT_TRACE( 3, varformat )
-#define FT_TRACE4( varformat )  FT_TRACE( 4, varformat )
-#define FT_TRACE5( varformat )  FT_TRACE( 5, varformat )
-#define FT_TRACE6( varformat )  FT_TRACE( 6, varformat )
-#define FT_TRACE7( varformat )  FT_TRACE( 7, varformat )
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Define the FT_ERROR macro.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Output of this macro is sent to stderr.                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-#ifdef FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR
-
-#define FT_ERROR( varformat )  FT_Message  varformat
-
-#else  /* !FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR */
-
-#define FT_ERROR( varformat )  do ; while ( 0 )      /* nothing */
-
-#endif /* !FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR */
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Define the FT_ASSERT macro.                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-#ifdef FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR
-
-#define FT_ASSERT( condition )                                      \
-          do                                                        \
-          {                                                         \
-            if ( !( condition ) )                                   \
-              FT_Panic( "assertion failed on line %d of file %s\n", \
-                        __LINE__, __FILE__ );                       \
-          } while ( 0 )
-
-#else /* !FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR */
-
-#define FT_ASSERT( condition )  do ; while ( 0 )
-
-#endif /* !FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR */
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Define `FT_Message' and `FT_Panic' when needed.                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-#ifdef FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR
-
-#include "stdio.h"  /* for vfprintf() */
-
-  /* print a message */
-  FT_BASE( void )
-  FT_Message( const char*  fmt,
-              ... );
-
-  /* print a message and exit */
-  FT_BASE( void )
-  FT_Panic( const char*  fmt,
-            ... );
-
-#endif /* FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR */
-
-
-  FT_BASE( void )
-  ft_debug_init( void );
-
-
-#if defined( _MSC_VER )      /* Visual C++ (and Intel C++) */
-
-  /* We disable the warning `conditional expression is constant' here */
-  /* in order to compile cleanly with the maximum level of warnings.  */
-#pragma warning( disable : 4127 )
-
-#endif /* _MSC_VER */
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __FTDEBUG_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftdriver.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftdriver.h
deleted file mode 100644
index e433e78..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftdriver.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,248 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftdriver.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType font driver interface (specification).                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2006, 2008 by                         */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __FTDRIVER_H__
-#define __FTDRIVER_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_MODULE_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*FT_Face_InitFunc)( FT_Stream      stream,
-                       FT_Face        face,
-                       FT_Int         typeface_index,
-                       FT_Int         num_params,
-                       FT_Parameter*  parameters );
-
-  typedef void
-  (*FT_Face_DoneFunc)( FT_Face  face );
-
-
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*FT_Size_InitFunc)( FT_Size  size );
-
-  typedef void
-  (*FT_Size_DoneFunc)( FT_Size  size );
-
-
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*FT_Slot_InitFunc)( FT_GlyphSlot  slot );
-
-  typedef void
-  (*FT_Slot_DoneFunc)( FT_GlyphSlot  slot );
-
-
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*FT_Size_RequestFunc)( FT_Size          size,
-                          FT_Size_Request  req );
-
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*FT_Size_SelectFunc)( FT_Size   size,
-                         FT_ULong  size_index );
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
-
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*FT_Size_ResetPointsFunc)( FT_Size     size,
-                              FT_F26Dot6  char_width,
-                              FT_F26Dot6  char_height,
-                              FT_UInt     horz_resolution,
-                              FT_UInt     vert_resolution );
-
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*FT_Size_ResetPixelsFunc)( FT_Size  size,
-                              FT_UInt  pixel_width,
-                              FT_UInt  pixel_height );
-
-#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
-
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*FT_Slot_LoadFunc)( FT_GlyphSlot  slot,
-                       FT_Size       size,
-                       FT_UInt       glyph_index,
-                       FT_Int32      load_flags );
-
-
-  typedef FT_UInt
-  (*FT_CharMap_CharIndexFunc)( FT_CharMap  charmap,
-                               FT_Long     charcode );
-
-  typedef FT_Long
-  (*FT_CharMap_CharNextFunc)( FT_CharMap  charmap,
-                              FT_Long     charcode );
-
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*FT_Face_GetKerningFunc)( FT_Face     face,
-                             FT_UInt     left_glyph,
-                             FT_UInt     right_glyph,
-                             FT_Vector*  kerning );
-
-
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*FT_Face_AttachFunc)( FT_Face    face,
-                         FT_Stream  stream );
-
-
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*FT_Face_GetAdvancesFunc)( FT_Face     face,
-                              FT_UInt     first,
-                              FT_UInt     count,
-                              FT_Bool     vertical,
-                              FT_UShort*  advances );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    FT_Driver_ClassRec                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    The font driver class.  This structure mostly contains pointers to */
-  /*    driver methods.                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    root             :: The parent module.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    face_object_size :: The size of a face object in bytes.            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    size_object_size :: The size of a size object in bytes.            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    slot_object_size :: The size of a glyph object in bytes.           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    init_face        :: The format-specific face constructor.          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    done_face        :: The format-specific face destructor.           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    init_size        :: The format-specific size constructor.          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    done_size        :: The format-specific size destructor.           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    init_slot        :: The format-specific slot constructor.          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    done_slot        :: The format-specific slot destructor.           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    load_glyph       :: A function handle to load a glyph to a slot.   */
-  /*                        This field is mandatory!                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    get_kerning      :: A function handle to return the unscaled       */
-  /*                        kerning for a given pair of glyphs.  Can be    */
-  /*                        set to 0 if the format doesn't support         */
-  /*                        kerning.                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    attach_file      :: This function handle is used to read           */
-  /*                        additional data for a face from another        */
-  /*                        file/stream.  For example, this can be used to */
-  /*                        add data from AFM or PFM files on a Type 1     */
-  /*                        face, or a CIDMap on a CID-keyed face.         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    get_advances     :: A function handle used to return advance       */
-  /*                        widths of `count' glyphs (in font units),      */
-  /*                        starting at `first'.  The `vertical' flag must */
-  /*                        be set to get vertical advance heights.  The   */
-  /*                        `advances' buffer is caller-allocated.         */
-  /*                        Currently not implemented.  The idea of this   */
-  /*                        function is to be able to perform              */
-  /*                        device-independent text layout without loading */
-  /*                        a single glyph image.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    request_size     :: A handle to a function used to request the new */
-  /*                        character size.  Can be set to 0 if the        */
-  /*                        scaling done in the base layer suffices.       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    select_size      :: A handle to a function used to select a new    */
-  /*                        fixed size.  It is used only if                */
-  /*                        @FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES is set.  Can be set  */
-  /*                        to 0 if the scaling done in the base layer     */
-  /*                        suffices.                                      */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    Most function pointers, with the exception of `load_glyph', can be */
-  /*    set to 0 to indicate a default behaviour.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  FT_Driver_ClassRec_
-  {
-    FT_Module_Class           root;
-
-    FT_Long                   face_object_size;
-    FT_Long                   size_object_size;
-    FT_Long                   slot_object_size;
-
-    FT_Face_InitFunc          init_face;
-    FT_Face_DoneFunc          done_face;
-
-    FT_Size_InitFunc          init_size;
-    FT_Size_DoneFunc          done_size;
-
-    FT_Slot_InitFunc          init_slot;
-    FT_Slot_DoneFunc          done_slot;
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
-
-    FT_Size_ResetPointsFunc   set_char_sizes;
-    FT_Size_ResetPixelsFunc   set_pixel_sizes;
-
-#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
-
-    FT_Slot_LoadFunc          load_glyph;
-
-    FT_Face_GetKerningFunc    get_kerning;
-    FT_Face_AttachFunc        attach_file;
-    FT_Face_GetAdvancesFunc   get_advances;
-
-    /* since version 2.2 */
-    FT_Size_RequestFunc       request_size;
-    FT_Size_SelectFunc        select_size;
-
-  } FT_Driver_ClassRec, *FT_Driver_Class;
-
-
-  /*
-   *  The following functions are used as stubs for `set_char_sizes' and
-   *  `set_pixel_sizes'; the code uses `request_size' and `select_size'
-   *  functions instead.
-   *
-   *  Implementation is in `src/base/ftobjs.c'.
-   */
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
-
-  FT_BASE( FT_Error )
-  ft_stub_set_char_sizes( FT_Size     size,
-                          FT_F26Dot6  width,
-                          FT_F26Dot6  height,
-                          FT_UInt     horz_res,
-                          FT_UInt     vert_res );
-
-  FT_BASE( FT_Error )
-  ft_stub_set_pixel_sizes( FT_Size  size,
-                           FT_UInt  width,
-                           FT_UInt  height );
-
-#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __FTDRIVER_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftgloadr.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftgloadr.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 9f47c0b..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftgloadr.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,168 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftgloadr.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    The FreeType glyph loader (specification).                           */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2005, 2006 by                                    */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg                       */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __FTGLOADR_H__
-#define __FTGLOADR_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_FREETYPE_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    FT_GlyphLoader                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    The glyph loader is an internal object used to load several glyphs */
-  /*    together (for example, in the case of composites).                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    The glyph loader implementation is not part of the high-level API, */
-  /*    hence the forward structure declaration.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct FT_GlyphLoaderRec_*  FT_GlyphLoader ;
-
-
-#if 0  /* moved to freetype.h in version 2.2 */
-#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_WORDS          1
-#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_XY_VALUES      2
-#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ROUND_XY_TO_GRID        4
-#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_SCALE                   8
-#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XY_SCALE             0x40
-#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_2X2                  0x80
-#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_USE_MY_METRICS      0x200
-#endif
-
-
-  typedef struct  FT_SubGlyphRec_
-  {
-    FT_Int     index;
-    FT_UShort  flags;
-    FT_Int     arg1;
-    FT_Int     arg2;
-    FT_Matrix  transform;
-
-  } FT_SubGlyphRec;
-
-
-  typedef struct  FT_GlyphLoadRec_
-  {
-    FT_Outline   outline;       /* outline             */
-    FT_Vector*   extra_points;  /* extra points table  */
-    FT_Vector*   extra_points2; /* second extra points table */
-    FT_UInt      num_subglyphs; /* number of subglyphs */
-    FT_SubGlyph  subglyphs;     /* subglyphs           */
-
-  } FT_GlyphLoadRec, *FT_GlyphLoad;
-
-
-  typedef struct  FT_GlyphLoaderRec_
-  {
-    FT_Memory        memory;
-    FT_UInt          max_points;
-    FT_UInt          max_contours;
-    FT_UInt          max_subglyphs;
-    FT_Bool          use_extra;
-
-    FT_GlyphLoadRec  base;
-    FT_GlyphLoadRec  current;
-
-    void*            other;            /* for possible future extension? */
-
-  } FT_GlyphLoaderRec;
-
-
-  /* create new empty glyph loader */
-  FT_BASE( FT_Error )
-  FT_GlyphLoader_New( FT_Memory        memory,
-                      FT_GlyphLoader  *aloader );
-
-  /* add an extra points table to a glyph loader */
-  FT_BASE( FT_Error )
-  FT_GlyphLoader_CreateExtra( FT_GlyphLoader  loader );
-
-  /* destroy a glyph loader */
-  FT_BASE( void )
-  FT_GlyphLoader_Done( FT_GlyphLoader  loader );
-
-  /* reset a glyph loader (frees everything int it) */
-  FT_BASE( void )
-  FT_GlyphLoader_Reset( FT_GlyphLoader  loader );
-
-  /* rewind a glyph loader */
-  FT_BASE( void )
-  FT_GlyphLoader_Rewind( FT_GlyphLoader  loader );
-
-  /* check that there is enough space to add `n_points' and `n_contours' */
-  /* to the glyph loader                                                 */
-  FT_BASE( FT_Error )
-  FT_GlyphLoader_CheckPoints( FT_GlyphLoader  loader,
-                              FT_UInt         n_points,
-                              FT_UInt         n_contours );
-
-
-#define FT_GLYPHLOADER_CHECK_P( _loader, _count )                    \
-   ( (_count) == 0 || (int)((_loader)->base.outline.n_points    +    \
-                            (_loader)->current.outline.n_points +    \
-                            (_count)) <= (int)(_loader)->max_points )
-
-#define FT_GLYPHLOADER_CHECK_C( _loader, _count )                     \
-  ( (_count) == 0 || (int)((_loader)->base.outline.n_contours    +    \
-                           (_loader)->current.outline.n_contours +    \
-                           (_count)) <= (int)(_loader)->max_contours )
-
-#define FT_GLYPHLOADER_CHECK_POINTS( _loader, _points,_contours )      \
-  ( ( FT_GLYPHLOADER_CHECK_P( _loader, _points )   &&                  \
-      FT_GLYPHLOADER_CHECK_C( _loader, _contours ) )                   \
-    ? 0                                                                \
-    : FT_GlyphLoader_CheckPoints( (_loader), (_points), (_contours) ) )
-
-
-  /* check that there is enough space to add `n_subs' sub-glyphs to */
-  /* a glyph loader                                                 */
-  FT_BASE( FT_Error )
-  FT_GlyphLoader_CheckSubGlyphs( FT_GlyphLoader  loader,
-                                 FT_UInt         n_subs );
-
-  /* prepare a glyph loader, i.e. empty the current glyph */
-  FT_BASE( void )
-  FT_GlyphLoader_Prepare( FT_GlyphLoader  loader );
-
-  /* add the current glyph to the base glyph */
-  FT_BASE( void )
-  FT_GlyphLoader_Add( FT_GlyphLoader  loader );
-
-  /* copy points from one glyph loader to another */
-  FT_BASE( FT_Error )
-  FT_GlyphLoader_CopyPoints( FT_GlyphLoader  target,
-                             FT_GlyphLoader  source );
-
- /* */
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __FTGLOADR_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftmemory.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftmemory.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 2010ca9..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftmemory.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,368 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftmemory.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    The FreeType memory management macros (specification).               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by                   */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg                       */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __FTMEMORY_H__
-#define __FTMEMORY_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
-#include FT_TYPES_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Macro>                                                               */
-  /*    FT_SET_ERROR                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    This macro is used to set an implicit `error' variable to a given  */
-  /*    expression's value (usually a function call), and convert it to a  */
-  /*    boolean which is set whenever the value is != 0.                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_SET_ERROR
-#define FT_SET_ERROR( expression ) \
-          ( ( error = (expression) ) != 0 )
-
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****                           M E M O R Y                           ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*
-   *  C++ refuses to handle statements like p = (void*)anything; where `p'
-   *  is a typed pointer.  Since we don't have a `typeof' operator in
-   *  standard C++, we have to use ugly casts.
-   */
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-#define FT_ASSIGNP( p, val )  *((void**)&(p)) = (val)
-#else
-#define FT_ASSIGNP( p, val )  (p) = (val)
-#endif
-
-
-
-#ifdef FT_DEBUG_MEMORY
-
-  FT_BASE( const char* )  _ft_debug_file;
-  FT_BASE( long )         _ft_debug_lineno;
-
-#define FT_DEBUG_INNER( exp )  ( _ft_debug_file   = __FILE__, \
-                                 _ft_debug_lineno = __LINE__, \
-                                 (exp) )
-
-#define FT_ASSIGNP_INNER( p, exp )  ( _ft_debug_file   = __FILE__, \
-                                      _ft_debug_lineno = __LINE__, \
-                                      FT_ASSIGNP( p, exp ) )
-
-#else /* !FT_DEBUG_MEMORY */
-
-#define FT_DEBUG_INNER( exp )       (exp)
-#define FT_ASSIGNP_INNER( p, exp )  FT_ASSIGNP( p, exp )
-
-#endif /* !FT_DEBUG_MEMORY */
-
-
-  /*
-   *  The allocation functions return a pointer, and the error code
-   *  is written to through the `p_error' parameter.  See below for
-   *  for documentation.
-   */
-
-  FT_BASE( FT_Pointer )
-  ft_mem_alloc( FT_Memory  memory,
-                FT_Long    size,
-                FT_Error  *p_error );
-
-  FT_BASE( FT_Pointer )
-  ft_mem_qalloc( FT_Memory  memory,
-                 FT_Long    size,
-                 FT_Error  *p_error );
-
-  FT_BASE( FT_Pointer )
-  ft_mem_realloc( FT_Memory  memory,
-                  FT_Long    item_size,
-                  FT_Long    cur_count,
-                  FT_Long    new_count,
-                  void*      block,
-                  FT_Error  *p_error );
-
-  FT_BASE( FT_Pointer )
-  ft_mem_qrealloc( FT_Memory  memory,
-                   FT_Long    item_size,
-                   FT_Long    cur_count,
-                   FT_Long    new_count,
-                   void*      block,
-                   FT_Error  *p_error );
-
-  FT_BASE( void )
-  ft_mem_free( FT_Memory    memory,
-               const void*  P );
-
-
-#define FT_MEM_ALLOC( ptr, size )                                         \
-          FT_ASSIGNP_INNER( ptr, ft_mem_alloc( memory, (size), &error ) )
-
-#define FT_MEM_FREE( ptr )                \
-          FT_BEGIN_STMNT                  \
-            ft_mem_free( memory, (ptr) ); \
-            (ptr) = NULL;                 \
-          FT_END_STMNT
-
-#define FT_MEM_NEW( ptr )                        \
-          FT_MEM_ALLOC( ptr, sizeof ( *(ptr) ) )
-
-#define FT_MEM_REALLOC( ptr, cursz, newsz )                        \
-          FT_ASSIGNP_INNER( ptr, ft_mem_realloc( memory, 1,        \
-                                                 (cursz), (newsz), \
-                                                 (ptr), &error ) )
-
-#define FT_MEM_QALLOC( ptr, size )                                         \
-          FT_ASSIGNP_INNER( ptr, ft_mem_qalloc( memory, (size), &error ) )
-
-#define FT_MEM_QNEW( ptr )                        \
-          FT_MEM_QALLOC( ptr, sizeof ( *(ptr) ) )
-
-#define FT_MEM_QREALLOC( ptr, cursz, newsz )                         \
-          FT_ASSIGNP_INNER( ptr, ft_mem_qrealloc( memory, 1,        \
-                                                  (cursz), (newsz), \
-                                                  (ptr), &error ) )
-
-#define FT_MEM_QRENEW_ARRAY( ptr, cursz, newsz )                             \
-          FT_ASSIGNP_INNER( ptr, ft_mem_qrealloc( memory, sizeof ( *(ptr) ), \
-                                                  (cursz), (newsz),          \
-                                                  (ptr), &error ) )
-
-#define FT_MEM_ALLOC_MULT( ptr, count, item_size )                    \
-          FT_ASSIGNP_INNER( ptr, ft_mem_realloc( memory, (item_size), \
-                                                 0, (count),          \
-                                                 NULL, &error ) )
-
-#define FT_MEM_REALLOC_MULT( ptr, oldcnt, newcnt, itmsz )            \
-          FT_ASSIGNP_INNER( ptr, ft_mem_realloc( memory, (itmsz),    \
-                                                 (oldcnt), (newcnt), \
-                                                 (ptr), &error ) )
-
-#define FT_MEM_QALLOC_MULT( ptr, count, item_size )                    \
-          FT_ASSIGNP_INNER( ptr, ft_mem_qrealloc( memory, (item_size), \
-                                                  0, (count),          \
-                                                  NULL, &error ) )
-
-#define FT_MEM_QREALLOC_MULT( ptr, oldcnt, newcnt, itmsz)             \
-          FT_ASSIGNP_INNER( ptr, ft_mem_qrealloc( memory, (itmsz),    \
-                                                  (oldcnt), (newcnt), \
-                                                  (ptr), &error ) )
-
-
-#define FT_MEM_SET_ERROR( cond )  ( (cond), error != 0 )
-
-
-#define FT_MEM_SET( dest, byte, count )     ft_memset( dest, byte, count )
-
-#define FT_MEM_COPY( dest, source, count )  ft_memcpy( dest, source, count )
-
-#define FT_MEM_MOVE( dest, source, count )  ft_memmove( dest, source, count )
-
-
-#define FT_MEM_ZERO( dest, count )  FT_MEM_SET( dest, 0, count )
-
-#define FT_ZERO( p )                FT_MEM_ZERO( p, sizeof ( *(p) ) )
-
-
-#define FT_ARRAY_ZERO( dest, count )                        \
-          FT_MEM_ZERO( dest, (count) * sizeof ( *(dest) ) )
-
-#define FT_ARRAY_COPY( dest, source, count )                        \
-          FT_MEM_COPY( dest, source, (count) * sizeof ( *(dest) ) )
-
-#define FT_ARRAY_MOVE( dest, source, count )                        \
-          FT_MEM_MOVE( dest, source, (count) * sizeof ( *(dest) ) )
-
-
-  /*
-   *  Return the maximum number of addressable elements in an array.
-   *  We limit ourselves to INT_MAX, rather than UINT_MAX, to avoid
-   *  any problems.
-   */
-#define FT_ARRAY_MAX( ptr )           ( FT_INT_MAX / sizeof ( *(ptr) ) )
-
-#define FT_ARRAY_CHECK( ptr, count )  ( (count) <= FT_ARRAY_MAX( ptr ) )
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The following functions macros expect that their pointer argument is  */
-  /* _typed_ in order to automatically compute array element sizes.        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-
-#define FT_MEM_NEW_ARRAY( ptr, count )                                      \
-          FT_ASSIGNP_INNER( ptr, ft_mem_realloc( memory, sizeof ( *(ptr) ), \
-                                                 0, (count),                \
-                                                 NULL, &error ) )
-
-#define FT_MEM_RENEW_ARRAY( ptr, cursz, newsz )                             \
-          FT_ASSIGNP_INNER( ptr, ft_mem_realloc( memory, sizeof ( *(ptr) ), \
-                                                 (cursz), (newsz),          \
-                                                 (ptr), &error ) )
-
-#define FT_MEM_QNEW_ARRAY( ptr, count )                                      \
-          FT_ASSIGNP_INNER( ptr, ft_mem_qrealloc( memory, sizeof ( *(ptr) ), \
-                                                  0, (count),                \
-                                                  NULL, &error ) )
-
-#define FT_MEM_QRENEW_ARRAY( ptr, cursz, newsz )                             \
-          FT_ASSIGNP_INNER( ptr, ft_mem_qrealloc( memory, sizeof ( *(ptr) ), \
-                                                  (cursz), (newsz),          \
-                                                  (ptr), &error ) )
-
-
-#define FT_ALLOC( ptr, size )                           \
-          FT_MEM_SET_ERROR( FT_MEM_ALLOC( ptr, size ) )
-
-#define FT_REALLOC( ptr, cursz, newsz )                           \
-          FT_MEM_SET_ERROR( FT_MEM_REALLOC( ptr, cursz, newsz ) )
-
-#define FT_ALLOC_MULT( ptr, count, item_size )                           \
-          FT_MEM_SET_ERROR( FT_MEM_ALLOC_MULT( ptr, count, item_size ) )
-
-#define FT_REALLOC_MULT( ptr, oldcnt, newcnt, itmsz )              \
-          FT_MEM_SET_ERROR( FT_MEM_REALLOC_MULT( ptr, oldcnt,      \
-                                                 newcnt, itmsz ) )
-
-#define FT_QALLOC( ptr, size )                           \
-          FT_MEM_SET_ERROR( FT_MEM_QALLOC( ptr, size ) )
-
-#define FT_QREALLOC( ptr, cursz, newsz )                           \
-          FT_MEM_SET_ERROR( FT_MEM_QREALLOC( ptr, cursz, newsz ) )
-
-#define FT_QALLOC_MULT( ptr, count, item_size )                           \
-          FT_MEM_SET_ERROR( FT_MEM_QALLOC_MULT( ptr, count, item_size ) )
-
-#define FT_QREALLOC_MULT( ptr, oldcnt, newcnt, itmsz )              \
-          FT_MEM_SET_ERROR( FT_MEM_QREALLOC_MULT( ptr, oldcnt,      \
-                                                  newcnt, itmsz ) )
-
-#define FT_FREE( ptr )  FT_MEM_FREE( ptr )
-
-#define FT_NEW( ptr )  FT_MEM_SET_ERROR( FT_MEM_NEW( ptr ) )
-
-#define FT_NEW_ARRAY( ptr, count )                           \
-          FT_MEM_SET_ERROR( FT_MEM_NEW_ARRAY( ptr, count ) )
-
-#define FT_RENEW_ARRAY( ptr, curcnt, newcnt )                           \
-          FT_MEM_SET_ERROR( FT_MEM_RENEW_ARRAY( ptr, curcnt, newcnt ) )
-
-#define FT_QNEW( ptr )                           \
-          FT_MEM_SET_ERROR( FT_MEM_QNEW( ptr ) )
-
-#define FT_QNEW_ARRAY( ptr, count )                          \
-          FT_MEM_SET_ERROR( FT_MEM_NEW_ARRAY( ptr, count ) )
-
-#define FT_QRENEW_ARRAY( ptr, curcnt, newcnt )                          \
-          FT_MEM_SET_ERROR( FT_MEM_RENEW_ARRAY( ptr, curcnt, newcnt ) )
-
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
-
-  FT_BASE( FT_Error )
-  FT_Alloc( FT_Memory  memory,
-            FT_Long    size,
-            void*     *P );
-
-  FT_BASE( FT_Error )
-  FT_QAlloc( FT_Memory  memory,
-             FT_Long    size,
-             void*     *p );
-
-  FT_BASE( FT_Error )
-  FT_Realloc( FT_Memory  memory,
-              FT_Long    current,
-              FT_Long    size,
-              void*     *P );
-
-  FT_BASE( FT_Error )
-  FT_QRealloc( FT_Memory  memory,
-               FT_Long    current,
-               FT_Long    size,
-               void*     *p );
-
-  FT_BASE( void )
-  FT_Free( FT_Memory  memory,
-           void*     *P );
-
-#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
-
-
-  FT_BASE( FT_Pointer )
-  ft_mem_strdup( FT_Memory    memory,
-                 const char*  str,
-                 FT_Error    *p_error );
-
-  FT_BASE( FT_Pointer )
-  ft_mem_dup( FT_Memory    memory,
-              const void*  address,
-              FT_ULong     size,
-              FT_Error    *p_error );
-
-#define FT_MEM_STRDUP( dst, str )                                            \
-          (dst) = (char*)ft_mem_strdup( memory, (const char*)(str), &error )
-
-#define FT_STRDUP( dst, str )                           \
-          FT_MEM_SET_ERROR( FT_MEM_STRDUP( dst, str ) )
-
-#define FT_MEM_DUP( dst, address, size )                                    \
-          (dst) = ft_mem_dup( memory, (address), (FT_ULong)(size), &error )
-
-#define FT_DUP( dst, address, size )                           \
-          FT_MEM_SET_ERROR( FT_MEM_DUP( dst, address, size ) )
-
-
-  /* Return >= 1 if a truncation occurs.            */
-  /* Return 0 if the source string fits the buffer. */
-  /* This is *not* the same as strlcpy().           */
-  FT_BASE( FT_Int )
-  ft_mem_strcpyn( char*        dst,
-                  const char*  src,
-                  FT_ULong     size );
-
-#define FT_STRCPYN( dst, src, size )                                         \
-          ft_mem_strcpyn( (char*)dst, (const char*)(src), (FT_ULong)(size) )
-
- /* */
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __FTMEMORY_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 1f22343..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,875 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftobjs.h                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    The FreeType private base classes (specification).                   */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008 by             */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*  This file contains the definition of all internal FreeType classes.  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __FTOBJS_H__
-#define __FTOBJS_H__
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_RENDER_H
-#include FT_SIZES_H
-#include FT_LCD_FILTER_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_MEMORY_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_GLYPH_LOADER_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DRIVER_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_AUTOHINT_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_SERVICE_H
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
-#include FT_INCREMENTAL_H
-#endif
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Some generic definitions.                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#ifndef TRUE
-#define TRUE  1
-#endif
-
-#ifndef FALSE
-#define FALSE  0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef NULL
-#define NULL  (void*)0
-#endif
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The min and max functions missing in C.  As usual, be careful not to  */
-  /* write things like FT_MIN( a++, b++ ) to avoid side effects.           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define FT_MIN( a, b )  ( (a) < (b) ? (a) : (b) )
-#define FT_MAX( a, b )  ( (a) > (b) ? (a) : (b) )
-
-#define FT_ABS( a )     ( (a) < 0 ? -(a) : (a) )
-
-
-#define FT_PAD_FLOOR( x, n )  ( (x) & ~((n)-1) )
-#define FT_PAD_ROUND( x, n )  FT_PAD_FLOOR( (x) + ((n)/2), n )
-#define FT_PAD_CEIL( x, n )   FT_PAD_FLOOR( (x) + ((n)-1), n )
-
-#define FT_PIX_FLOOR( x )     ( (x) & ~63 )
-#define FT_PIX_ROUND( x )     FT_PIX_FLOOR( (x) + 32 )
-#define FT_PIX_CEIL( x )      FT_PIX_FLOOR( (x) + 63 )
-
-
-  /*
-   *  Return the highest power of 2 that is <= value; this correspond to
-   *  the highest bit in a given 32-bit value.
-   */
-  FT_BASE( FT_UInt32 )
-  ft_highpow2( FT_UInt32  value );
-
-
-  /*
-   *  character classification functions -- since these are used to parse
-   *  font files, we must not use those in <ctypes.h> which are
-   *  locale-dependent
-   */
-#define  ft_isdigit( x )   ( ( (unsigned)(x) - '0' ) < 10U )
-
-#define  ft_isxdigit( x )  ( ( (unsigned)(x) - '0' ) < 10U || \
-                             ( (unsigned)(x) - 'a' ) < 6U  || \
-                             ( (unsigned)(x) - 'A' ) < 6U  )
-
-  /* the next two macros assume ASCII representation */
-#define  ft_isupper( x )  ( ( (unsigned)(x) - 'A' ) < 26U )
-#define  ft_islower( x )  ( ( (unsigned)(x) - 'a' ) < 26U )
-
-#define  ft_isalpha( x )  ( ft_isupper( x ) || ft_islower( x ) )
-#define  ft_isalnum( x )  ( ft_isdigit( x ) || ft_isalpha( x ) )
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****                       C H A R M A P S                           ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /* handle to internal charmap object */
-  typedef struct FT_CMapRec_*              FT_CMap;
-
-  /* handle to charmap class structure */
-  typedef const struct FT_CMap_ClassRec_*  FT_CMap_Class;
-
-  /* internal charmap object structure */
-  typedef struct  FT_CMapRec_
-  {
-    FT_CharMapRec  charmap;
-    FT_CMap_Class  clazz;
-
-  } FT_CMapRec;
-
-  /* typecase any pointer to a charmap handle */
-#define FT_CMAP( x )              ((FT_CMap)( x ))
-
-  /* obvious macros */
-#define FT_CMAP_PLATFORM_ID( x )  FT_CMAP( x )->charmap.platform_id
-#define FT_CMAP_ENCODING_ID( x )  FT_CMAP( x )->charmap.encoding_id
-#define FT_CMAP_ENCODING( x )     FT_CMAP( x )->charmap.encoding
-#define FT_CMAP_FACE( x )         FT_CMAP( x )->charmap.face
-
-
-  /* class method definitions */
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*FT_CMap_InitFunc)( FT_CMap     cmap,
-                       FT_Pointer  init_data );
-
-  typedef void
-  (*FT_CMap_DoneFunc)( FT_CMap  cmap );
-
-  typedef FT_UInt
-  (*FT_CMap_CharIndexFunc)( FT_CMap    cmap,
-                            FT_UInt32  char_code );
-
-  typedef FT_UInt
-  (*FT_CMap_CharNextFunc)( FT_CMap     cmap,
-                           FT_UInt32  *achar_code );
-
-  typedef FT_UInt
-  (*FT_CMap_CharVarIndexFunc)( FT_CMap    cmap,
-                               FT_CMap    unicode_cmap,
-                               FT_UInt32  char_code,
-                               FT_UInt32  variant_selector );
-
-  typedef FT_Bool
-  (*FT_CMap_CharVarIsDefaultFunc)( FT_CMap    cmap,
-                                   FT_UInt32  char_code,
-                                   FT_UInt32  variant_selector );
-
-  typedef FT_UInt32 *
-  (*FT_CMap_VariantListFunc)( FT_CMap    cmap,
-                              FT_Memory  mem );
-
-  typedef FT_UInt32 *
-  (*FT_CMap_CharVariantListFunc)( FT_CMap    cmap,
-                                  FT_Memory  mem,
-                                  FT_UInt32  char_code );
-
-  typedef FT_UInt32 *
-  (*FT_CMap_VariantCharListFunc)( FT_CMap    cmap,
-                                  FT_Memory  mem,
-                                  FT_UInt32  variant_selector );
-
-
-  typedef struct  FT_CMap_ClassRec_
-  {
-    FT_ULong               size;
-    FT_CMap_InitFunc       init;
-    FT_CMap_DoneFunc       done;
-    FT_CMap_CharIndexFunc  char_index;
-    FT_CMap_CharNextFunc   char_next;
-
-    /* Subsequent entries are special ones for format 14 -- the variant */
-    /* selector subtable which behaves like no other                    */
-
-    FT_CMap_CharVarIndexFunc      char_var_index;
-    FT_CMap_CharVarIsDefaultFunc  char_var_default;
-    FT_CMap_VariantListFunc       variant_list;
-    FT_CMap_CharVariantListFunc   charvariant_list;
-    FT_CMap_VariantCharListFunc   variantchar_list;
-
-  } FT_CMap_ClassRec;
-
-
-  /* create a new charmap and add it to charmap->face */
-  FT_BASE( FT_Error )
-  FT_CMap_New( FT_CMap_Class  clazz,
-               FT_Pointer     init_data,
-               FT_CharMap     charmap,
-               FT_CMap       *acmap );
-
-  /* destroy a charmap and remove it from face's list */
-  FT_BASE( void )
-  FT_CMap_Done( FT_CMap  cmap );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    FT_Face_InternalRec                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    This structure contains the internal fields of each FT_Face        */
-  /*    object.  These fields may change between different releases of     */
-  /*    FreeType.                                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    max_points ::                                                      */
-  /*      The maximal number of points used to store the vectorial outline */
-  /*      of any glyph in this face.  If this value cannot be known in     */
-  /*      advance, or if the face isn't scalable, this should be set to 0. */
-  /*      Only relevant for scalable formats.                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    max_contours ::                                                    */
-  /*      The maximal number of contours used to store the vectorial       */
-  /*      outline of any glyph in this face.  If this value cannot be      */
-  /*      known in advance, or if the face isn't scalable, this should be  */
-  /*      set to 0.  Only relevant for scalable formats.                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    transform_matrix ::                                                */
-  /*      A 2x2 matrix of 16.16 coefficients used to transform glyph       */
-  /*      outlines after they are loaded from the font.  Only used by the  */
-  /*      convenience functions.                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    transform_delta ::                                                 */
-  /*      A translation vector used to transform glyph outlines after they */
-  /*      are loaded from the font.  Only used by the convenience          */
-  /*      functions.                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    transform_flags ::                                                 */
-  /*      Some flags used to classify the transform.  Only used by the     */
-  /*      convenience functions.                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    services ::                                                        */
-  /*      A cache for frequently used services.  It should be only         */
-  /*      accessed with the macro `FT_FACE_LOOKUP_SERVICE'.                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    incremental_interface ::                                           */
-  /*      If non-null, the interface through which glyph data and metrics  */
-  /*      are loaded incrementally for faces that do not provide all of    */
-  /*      this data when first opened.  This field exists only if          */
-  /*      @FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL is defined.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    ignore_unpatented_hinter ::                                        */
-  /*      This boolean flag instructs the glyph loader to ignore the       */
-  /*      native font hinter, if one is found.  This is exclusively used   */
-  /*      in the case when the unpatented hinter is compiled within the    */
-  /*      library.                                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  FT_Face_InternalRec_
-  {
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
-    FT_UShort           reserved1;
-    FT_Short            reserved2;
-#endif
-    FT_Matrix           transform_matrix;
-    FT_Vector           transform_delta;
-    FT_Int              transform_flags;
-
-    FT_ServiceCacheRec  services;
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
-    FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec*  incremental_interface;
-#endif
-
-    FT_Bool             ignore_unpatented_hinter;
-
-  } FT_Face_InternalRec;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    FT_Slot_InternalRec                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    This structure contains the internal fields of each FT_GlyphSlot   */
-  /*    object.  These fields may change between different releases of     */
-  /*    FreeType.                                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    loader            :: The glyph loader object used to load outlines */
-  /*                         into the glyph slot.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    flags             :: Possible values are zero or                   */
-  /*                         FT_GLYPH_OWN_BITMAP.  The latter indicates    */
-  /*                         that the FT_GlyphSlot structure owns the      */
-  /*                         bitmap buffer.                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    glyph_transformed :: Boolean.  Set to TRUE when the loaded glyph   */
-  /*                         must be transformed through a specific        */
-  /*                         font transformation.  This is _not_ the same  */
-  /*                         as the face transform set through             */
-  /*                         FT_Set_Transform().                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    glyph_matrix      :: The 2x2 matrix corresponding to the glyph     */
-  /*                         transformation, if necessary.                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    glyph_delta       :: The 2d translation vector corresponding to    */
-  /*                         the glyph transformation, if necessary.       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    glyph_hints       :: Format-specific glyph hints management.       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-
-#define FT_GLYPH_OWN_BITMAP  0x1
-
-  typedef struct  FT_Slot_InternalRec_
-  {
-    FT_GlyphLoader  loader;
-    FT_UInt         flags;
-    FT_Bool         glyph_transformed;
-    FT_Matrix       glyph_matrix;
-    FT_Vector       glyph_delta;
-    void*           glyph_hints;
-
-  } FT_GlyphSlot_InternalRec;
-
-
-#if 0
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    FT_Size_InternalRec                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    This structure contains the internal fields of each FT_Size        */
-  /*    object.  Currently, it's empty.                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  typedef struct  FT_Size_InternalRec_
-  {
-    /* empty */
-
-  } FT_Size_InternalRec;
-
-#endif
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****                         M O D U L E S                           ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    FT_ModuleRec                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A module object instance.                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    clazz   :: A pointer to the module's class.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    library :: A handle to the parent library object.                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    memory  :: A handle to the memory manager.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    generic :: A generic structure for user-level extensibility (?).   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  FT_ModuleRec_
-  {
-    FT_Module_Class*  clazz;
-    FT_Library        library;
-    FT_Memory         memory;
-    FT_Generic        generic;
-
-  } FT_ModuleRec;
-
-
-  /* typecast an object to a FT_Module */
-#define FT_MODULE( x )          ((FT_Module)( x ))
-#define FT_MODULE_CLASS( x )    FT_MODULE( x )->clazz
-#define FT_MODULE_LIBRARY( x )  FT_MODULE( x )->library
-#define FT_MODULE_MEMORY( x )   FT_MODULE( x )->memory
-
-
-#define FT_MODULE_IS_DRIVER( x )  ( FT_MODULE_CLASS( x )->module_flags & \
-                                    FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER )
-
-#define FT_MODULE_IS_RENDERER( x )  ( FT_MODULE_CLASS( x )->module_flags & \
-                                      FT_MODULE_RENDERER )
-
-#define FT_MODULE_IS_HINTER( x )  ( FT_MODULE_CLASS( x )->module_flags & \
-                                    FT_MODULE_HINTER )
-
-#define FT_MODULE_IS_STYLER( x )  ( FT_MODULE_CLASS( x )->module_flags & \
-                                    FT_MODULE_STYLER )
-
-#define FT_DRIVER_IS_SCALABLE( x )  ( FT_MODULE_CLASS( x )->module_flags & \
-                                      FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE )
-
-#define FT_DRIVER_USES_OUTLINES( x )  !( FT_MODULE_CLASS( x )->module_flags & \
-                                         FT_MODULE_DRIVER_NO_OUTLINES )
-
-#define FT_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER( x )  ( FT_MODULE_CLASS( x )->module_flags & \
-                                     FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER )
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Get_Module_Interface                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Finds a module and returns its specific interface as a typeless    */
-  /*    pointer.                                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    library     :: A handle to the library object.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    module_name :: The module's name (as an ASCII string).             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    A module-specific interface if available, 0 otherwise.             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    You should better be familiar with FreeType internals to know      */
-  /*    which module to look for, and what its interface is :-)            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_BASE( const void* )
-  FT_Get_Module_Interface( FT_Library   library,
-                           const char*  mod_name );
-
-  FT_BASE( FT_Pointer )
-  ft_module_get_service( FT_Module    module,
-                         const char*  service_id );
-
- /* */
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****               FACE, SIZE & GLYPH SLOT OBJECTS                   ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /* a few macros used to perform easy typecasts with minimal brain damage */
-
-#define FT_FACE( x )          ((FT_Face)(x))
-#define FT_SIZE( x )          ((FT_Size)(x))
-#define FT_SLOT( x )          ((FT_GlyphSlot)(x))
-
-#define FT_FACE_DRIVER( x )   FT_FACE( x )->driver
-#define FT_FACE_LIBRARY( x )  FT_FACE_DRIVER( x )->root.library
-#define FT_FACE_MEMORY( x )   FT_FACE( x )->memory
-#define FT_FACE_STREAM( x )   FT_FACE( x )->stream
-
-#define FT_SIZE_FACE( x )     FT_SIZE( x )->face
-#define FT_SLOT_FACE( x )     FT_SLOT( x )->face
-
-#define FT_FACE_SLOT( x )     FT_FACE( x )->glyph
-#define FT_FACE_SIZE( x )     FT_FACE( x )->size
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_New_GlyphSlot                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    It is sometimes useful to have more than one glyph slot for a      */
-  /*    given face object.  This function is used to create additional     */
-  /*    slots.  All of them are automatically discarded when the face is   */
-  /*    destroyed.                                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face  :: A handle to a parent face object.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Output>                                                              */
-  /*    aslot :: A handle to a new glyph slot object.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_BASE( FT_Error )
-  FT_New_GlyphSlot( FT_Face        face,
-                    FT_GlyphSlot  *aslot );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Done_GlyphSlot                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Destroys a given glyph slot.  Remember however that all slots are  */
-  /*    automatically destroyed with its parent.  Using this function is   */
-  /*    not always mandatory.                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    slot :: A handle to a target glyph slot.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_BASE( void )
-  FT_Done_GlyphSlot( FT_GlyphSlot  slot );
-
- /* */
-
-#define FT_REQUEST_WIDTH( req )                                            \
-          ( (req)->horiResolution                                          \
-              ? (FT_Pos)( (req)->width * (req)->horiResolution + 36 ) / 72 \
-              : (req)->width )
-
-#define FT_REQUEST_HEIGHT( req )                                            \
-          ( (req)->vertResolution                                           \
-              ? (FT_Pos)( (req)->height * (req)->vertResolution + 36 ) / 72 \
-              : (req)->height )
-
-
-  /* Set the metrics according to a bitmap strike. */
-  FT_BASE( void )
-  FT_Select_Metrics( FT_Face   face,
-                     FT_ULong  strike_index );
-
-
-  /* Set the metrics according to a size request. */
-  FT_BASE( void )
-  FT_Request_Metrics( FT_Face          face,
-                      FT_Size_Request  req );
-
-
-  /* Match a size request against `available_sizes'. */
-  FT_BASE( FT_Error )
-  FT_Match_Size( FT_Face          face,
-                 FT_Size_Request  req,
-                 FT_Bool          ignore_width,
-                 FT_ULong*        size_index );
-
-
-  /* Use the horizontal metrics to synthesize the vertical metrics. */
-  /* If `advance' is zero, it is also synthesized.                  */
-  FT_BASE( void )
-  ft_synthesize_vertical_metrics( FT_Glyph_Metrics*  metrics,
-                                  FT_Pos             advance );
-
-
-  /* Free the bitmap of a given glyphslot when needed (i.e., only when it */
-  /* was allocated with ft_glyphslot_alloc_bitmap).                       */
-  FT_BASE( void )
-  ft_glyphslot_free_bitmap( FT_GlyphSlot  slot );
-
-
-  /* Allocate a new bitmap buffer in a glyph slot. */
-  FT_BASE( FT_Error )
-  ft_glyphslot_alloc_bitmap( FT_GlyphSlot  slot,
-                             FT_ULong      size );
-
-
-  /* Set the bitmap buffer in a glyph slot to a given pointer.  The buffer */
-  /* will not be freed by a later call to ft_glyphslot_free_bitmap.        */
-  FT_BASE( void )
-  ft_glyphslot_set_bitmap( FT_GlyphSlot  slot,
-                           FT_Byte*      buffer );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****                        R E N D E R E R S                        ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-#define FT_RENDERER( x )      ((FT_Renderer)( x ))
-#define FT_GLYPH( x )         ((FT_Glyph)( x ))
-#define FT_BITMAP_GLYPH( x )  ((FT_BitmapGlyph)( x ))
-#define FT_OUTLINE_GLYPH( x ) ((FT_OutlineGlyph)( x ))
-
-
-  typedef struct  FT_RendererRec_
-  {
-    FT_ModuleRec            root;
-    FT_Renderer_Class*      clazz;
-    FT_Glyph_Format         glyph_format;
-    FT_Glyph_Class          glyph_class;
-
-    FT_Raster               raster;
-    FT_Raster_Render_Func   raster_render;
-    FT_Renderer_RenderFunc  render;
-
-  } FT_RendererRec;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****                    F O N T   D R I V E R S                      ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /* typecast a module into a driver easily */
-#define FT_DRIVER( x )        ((FT_Driver)(x))
-
-  /* typecast a module as a driver, and get its driver class */
-#define FT_DRIVER_CLASS( x )  FT_DRIVER( x )->clazz
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    FT_DriverRec                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    The root font driver class.  A font driver is responsible for      */
-  /*    managing and loading font files of a given format.                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*  <Fields>                                                             */
-  /*     root         :: Contains the fields of the root module class.     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*     clazz        :: A pointer to the font driver's class.  Note that  */
-  /*                     this is NOT root.clazz.  `class' wasn't used      */
-  /*                     as it is a reserved word in C++.                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*     faces_list   :: The list of faces currently opened by this        */
-  /*                     driver.                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*     extensions   :: A typeless pointer to the driver's extensions     */
-  /*                     registry, if they are supported through the       */
-  /*                     configuration macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_EXTENSIONS.  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*     glyph_loader :: The glyph loader for all faces managed by this    */
-  /*                     driver.  This object isn't defined for unscalable */
-  /*                     formats.                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  FT_DriverRec_
-  {
-    FT_ModuleRec     root;
-    FT_Driver_Class  clazz;
-
-    FT_ListRec       faces_list;
-    void*            extensions;
-
-    FT_GlyphLoader   glyph_loader;
-
-  } FT_DriverRec;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****                       L I B R A R I E S                         ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /* This hook is used by the TrueType debugger.  It must be set to an */
-  /* alternate truetype bytecode interpreter function.                 */
-#define FT_DEBUG_HOOK_TRUETYPE            0
-
-
-  /* Set this debug hook to a non-null pointer to force unpatented hinting */
-  /* for all faces when both TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER and               */
-  /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING are defined.  This is only used   */
-  /* during debugging.                                                     */
-#define FT_DEBUG_HOOK_UNPATENTED_HINTING  1
-
-
-  typedef void  (*FT_Bitmap_LcdFilterFunc)( FT_Bitmap*      bitmap,
-                                            FT_Render_Mode  render_mode,
-                                            FT_Library      library );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    FT_LibraryRec                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    The FreeType library class.  This is the root of all FreeType      */
-  /*    data.  Use FT_New_Library() to create a library object, and        */
-  /*    FT_Done_Library() to discard it and all child objects.             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    memory           :: The library's memory object.  Manages memory   */
-  /*                        allocation.                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    generic          :: Client data variable.  Used to extend the      */
-  /*                        Library class by higher levels and clients.    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    version_major    :: The major version number of the library.       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    version_minor    :: The minor version number of the library.       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    version_patch    :: The current patch level of the library.        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    num_modules      :: The number of modules currently registered     */
-  /*                        within this library.  This is set to 0 for new */
-  /*                        libraries.  New modules are added through the  */
-  /*                        FT_Add_Module() API function.                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    modules          :: A table used to store handles to the currently */
-  /*                        registered modules. Note that each font driver */
-  /*                        contains a list of its opened faces.           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    renderers        :: The list of renderers currently registered     */
-  /*                        within the library.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    cur_renderer     :: The current outline renderer.  This is a       */
-  /*                        shortcut used to avoid parsing the list on     */
-  /*                        each call to FT_Outline_Render().  It is a     */
-  /*                        handle to the current renderer for the         */
-  /*                        FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE format.                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    auto_hinter      :: XXX                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    raster_pool      :: The raster object's render pool.  This can     */
-  /*                        ideally be changed dynamically at run-time.    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    raster_pool_size :: The size of the render pool in bytes.          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    debug_hooks      :: XXX                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  FT_LibraryRec_
-  {
-    FT_Memory          memory;           /* library's memory manager */
-
-    FT_Generic         generic;
-
-    FT_Int             version_major;
-    FT_Int             version_minor;
-    FT_Int             version_patch;
-
-    FT_UInt            num_modules;
-    FT_Module          modules[FT_MAX_MODULES];  /* module objects  */
-
-    FT_ListRec         renderers;        /* list of renderers        */
-    FT_Renderer        cur_renderer;     /* current outline renderer */
-    FT_Module          auto_hinter;
-
-    FT_Byte*           raster_pool;      /* scan-line conversion */
-                                         /* render pool          */
-    FT_ULong           raster_pool_size; /* size of render pool in bytes */
-
-    FT_DebugHook_Func  debug_hooks[4];
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING
-    FT_LcdFilter             lcd_filter;
-    FT_Int                   lcd_extra;        /* number of extra pixels */
-    FT_Byte                  lcd_weights[7];   /* filter weights, if any */
-    FT_Bitmap_LcdFilterFunc  lcd_filter_func;  /* filtering callback     */
-#endif
-
-  } FT_LibraryRec;
-
-
-  FT_BASE( FT_Renderer )
-  FT_Lookup_Renderer( FT_Library       library,
-                      FT_Glyph_Format  format,
-                      FT_ListNode*     node );
-
-  FT_BASE( FT_Error )
-  FT_Render_Glyph_Internal( FT_Library      library,
-                            FT_GlyphSlot    slot,
-                            FT_Render_Mode  render_mode );
-
-  typedef const char*
-  (*FT_Face_GetPostscriptNameFunc)( FT_Face  face );
-
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*FT_Face_GetGlyphNameFunc)( FT_Face     face,
-                               FT_UInt     glyph_index,
-                               FT_Pointer  buffer,
-                               FT_UInt     buffer_max );
-
-  typedef FT_UInt
-  (*FT_Face_GetGlyphNameIndexFunc)( FT_Face     face,
-                                    FT_String*  glyph_name );
-
-
-#ifndef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_DEFAULT_SYSTEM
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_New_Memory                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Creates a new memory object.                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    A pointer to the new memory object.  0 in case of error.           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_BASE( FT_Memory )
-  FT_New_Memory( void );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Done_Memory                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Discards memory manager.                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    memory :: A handle to the memory manager.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_BASE( void )
-  FT_Done_Memory( FT_Memory  memory );
-
-#endif /* !FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_DEFAULT_SYSTEM */
-
-
-  /* Define default raster's interface.  The default raster is located in  */
-  /* `src/base/ftraster.c'.                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Client applications can register new rasters through the              */
-  /* FT_Set_Raster() API.                                                  */
-
-#ifndef FT_NO_DEFAULT_RASTER
-  FT_EXPORT_VAR( FT_Raster_Funcs )  ft_default_raster;
-#endif
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __FTOBJS_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftrfork.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftrfork.h
deleted file mode 100644
index aa573c8..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftrfork.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,196 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftrfork.h                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Embedded resource forks accessor (specification).                    */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2004, 2006, 2007 by                                          */
-/*  Masatake YAMATO and Redhat K.K.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************/
-/* Development of the code in this file is support of                      */
-/* Information-technology Promotion Agency, Japan.                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __FTRFORK_H__
-#define __FTRFORK_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /* Number of guessing rules supported in `FT_Raccess_Guess'.            */
-  /* Don't forget to increment the number if you add a new guessing rule. */
-#define FT_RACCESS_N_RULES  9
-
-
-  /* A structure to describe a reference in a resource by its resource ID */
-  /* and internal offset.  The `POST' resource expects to be concatenated */
-  /* by the order of resource IDs instead of its appearance in the file.  */
-
-  typedef struct  FT_RFork_Ref_
-  {
-    FT_UShort  res_id;
-    FT_ULong   offset;
-
-  } FT_RFork_Ref;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Raccess_Guess                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Guess a file name and offset where the actual resource fork is     */
-  /*    stored.  The macro FT_RACCESS_N_RULES holds the number of          */
-  /*    guessing rules;  the guessed result for the Nth rule is            */
-  /*    represented as a triplet: a new file name (new_names[N]), a file   */
-  /*    offset (offsets[N]), and an error code (errors[N]).                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    library ::                                                         */
-  /*      A FreeType library instance.                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    stream ::                                                          */
-  /*      A file stream containing the resource fork.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    base_name ::                                                       */
-  /*      The (base) file name of the resource fork used for some          */
-  /*      guessing rules.                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Output>                                                              */
-  /*    new_names ::                                                       */
-  /*      An array of guessed file names in which the resource forks may   */
-  /*      exist.  If `new_names[N]' is NULL, the guessed file name is      */
-  /*      equal to `base_name'.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    offsets ::                                                         */
-  /*      An array of guessed file offsets.  `offsets[N]' holds the file   */
-  /*      offset of the possible start of the resource fork in file        */
-  /*      `new_names[N]'.                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    errors ::                                                          */
-  /*      An array of FreeType error codes.  `errors[N]' is the error      */
-  /*      code of Nth guessing rule function.  If `errors[N]' is not       */
-  /*      FT_Err_Ok, `new_names[N]' and `offsets[N]' are meaningless.      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_BASE( void )
-  FT_Raccess_Guess( FT_Library  library,
-                    FT_Stream   stream,
-                    char*       base_name,
-                    char**      new_names,
-                    FT_Long*    offsets,
-                    FT_Error*   errors );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Raccess_Get_HeaderInfo                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Get the information from the header of resource fork.  The         */
-  /*    information includes the file offset where the resource map        */
-  /*    starts, and the file offset where the resource data starts.        */
-  /*    `FT_Raccess_Get_DataOffsets' requires these two data.              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    library ::                                                         */
-  /*      A FreeType library instance.                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    stream ::                                                          */
-  /*      A file stream containing the resource fork.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    rfork_offset ::                                                    */
-  /*      The file offset where the resource fork starts.                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Output>                                                              */
-  /*    map_offset ::                                                      */
-  /*      The file offset where the resource map starts.                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    rdata_pos ::                                                       */
-  /*      The file offset where the resource data starts.                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  FT_Err_Ok means success.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_BASE( FT_Error )
-  FT_Raccess_Get_HeaderInfo( FT_Library  library,
-                             FT_Stream   stream,
-                             FT_Long     rfork_offset,
-                             FT_Long    *map_offset,
-                             FT_Long    *rdata_pos );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Raccess_Get_DataOffsets                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Get the data offsets for a tag in a resource fork.  Offsets are    */
-  /*    stored in an array because, in some cases, resources in a resource */
-  /*    fork have the same tag.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    library ::                                                         */
-  /*      A FreeType library instance.                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    stream ::                                                          */
-  /*      A file stream containing the resource fork.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    map_offset ::                                                      */
-  /*      The file offset where the resource map starts.                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    rdata_pos ::                                                       */
-  /*      The file offset where the resource data starts.                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    tag ::                                                             */
-  /*      The resource tag.                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Output>                                                              */
-  /*    offsets ::                                                         */
-  /*      The stream offsets for the resource data specified by `tag'.     */
-  /*      This array is allocated by the function, so you have to call     */
-  /*      @ft_mem_free after use.                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    count ::                                                           */
-  /*      The length of offsets array.                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  FT_Err_Ok means success.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    Normally you should use `FT_Raccess_Get_HeaderInfo' to get the     */
-  /*    value for `map_offset' and `rdata_pos'.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_BASE( FT_Error )
-  FT_Raccess_Get_DataOffsets( FT_Library  library,
-                              FT_Stream   stream,
-                              FT_Long     map_offset,
-                              FT_Long     rdata_pos,
-                              FT_Long     tag,
-                              FT_Long   **offsets,
-                              FT_Long    *count );
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __FTRFORK_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftserv.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftserv.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 2db3e87..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftserv.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,328 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftserv.h                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    The FreeType services (specification only).                          */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by                              */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*  Each module can export one or more `services'.  Each service is      */
-  /*  identified by a constant string and modeled by a pointer; the latter */
-  /*  generally corresponds to a structure containing function pointers.   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*  Note that a service's data cannot be a mere function pointer because */
-  /*  in C it is possible that function pointers might be implemented      */
-  /*  differently than data pointers (e.g. 48 bits instead of 32).         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __FTSERV_H__
-#define __FTSERV_H__
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-#if defined( _MSC_VER )      /* Visual C++ (and Intel C++) */
-
-  /* we disable the warning `conditional expression is constant' here */
-  /* in order to compile cleanly with the maximum level of warnings   */
-#pragma warning( disable : 4127 )
-
-#endif /* _MSC_VER */
-
-  /*
-   * @macro:
-   *   FT_FACE_FIND_SERVICE
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   This macro is used to look up a service from a face's driver module.
-   *
-   * @input:
-   *   face ::
-   *     The source face handle.
-   *
-   *   id ::
-   *     A string describing the service as defined in the service's
-   *     header files (e.g. FT_SERVICE_ID_MULTI_MASTERS which expands to
-   *     `multi-masters').  It is automatically prefixed with
-   *     `FT_SERVICE_ID_'.
-   *
-   * @output:
-   *   ptr ::
-   *     A variable that receives the service pointer.  Will be NULL
-   *     if not found.
-   */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-
-#define FT_FACE_FIND_SERVICE( face, ptr, id )                               \
-  FT_BEGIN_STMNT                                                            \
-    FT_Module    module = FT_MODULE( FT_FACE( face )->driver );             \
-    FT_Pointer   _tmp_  = NULL;                                             \
-    FT_Pointer*  _pptr_ = (FT_Pointer*)&(ptr);                              \
-                                                                            \
-                                                                            \
-    if ( module->clazz->get_interface )                                     \
-      _tmp_ = module->clazz->get_interface( module, FT_SERVICE_ID_ ## id ); \
-    *_pptr_ = _tmp_;                                                        \
-  FT_END_STMNT
-
-#else /* !C++ */
-
-#define FT_FACE_FIND_SERVICE( face, ptr, id )                               \
-  FT_BEGIN_STMNT                                                            \
-    FT_Module   module = FT_MODULE( FT_FACE( face )->driver );              \
-    FT_Pointer  _tmp_  = NULL;                                              \
-                                                                            \
-    if ( module->clazz->get_interface )                                     \
-      _tmp_ = module->clazz->get_interface( module, FT_SERVICE_ID_ ## id ); \
-    ptr = _tmp_;                                                            \
-  FT_END_STMNT
-
-#endif /* !C++ */
-
-  /*
-   * @macro:
-   *   FT_FACE_FIND_GLOBAL_SERVICE
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   This macro is used to look up a service from all modules.
-   *
-   * @input:
-   *   face ::
-   *     The source face handle.
-   *
-   *   id ::
-   *     A string describing the service as defined in the service's
-   *     header files (e.g. FT_SERVICE_ID_MULTI_MASTERS which expands to
-   *     `multi-masters').  It is automatically prefixed with
-   *     `FT_SERVICE_ID_'.
-   *
-   * @output:
-   *   ptr ::
-   *     A variable that receives the service pointer.  Will be NULL
-   *     if not found.
-   */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-
-#define FT_FACE_FIND_GLOBAL_SERVICE( face, ptr, id )               \
-  FT_BEGIN_STMNT                                                   \
-    FT_Module    module = FT_MODULE( FT_FACE( face )->driver );    \
-    FT_Pointer   _tmp_;                                            \
-    FT_Pointer*  _pptr_ = (FT_Pointer*)&(ptr);                     \
-                                                                   \
-                                                                   \
-    _tmp_ = ft_module_get_service( module, FT_SERVICE_ID_ ## id ); \
-    *_pptr_ = _tmp_;                                               \
-  FT_END_STMNT
-
-#else /* !C++ */
-
-#define FT_FACE_FIND_GLOBAL_SERVICE( face, ptr, id )               \
-  FT_BEGIN_STMNT                                                   \
-    FT_Module   module = FT_MODULE( FT_FACE( face )->driver );     \
-    FT_Pointer  _tmp_;                                             \
-                                                                   \
-                                                                   \
-    _tmp_ = ft_module_get_service( module, FT_SERVICE_ID_ ## id ); \
-    ptr   = _tmp_;                                                 \
-  FT_END_STMNT
-
-#endif /* !C++ */
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****         S E R V I C E   D E S C R I P T O R S                 *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /*
-   *  The following structure is used to _describe_ a given service
-   *  to the library.  This is useful to build simple static service lists.
-   */
-  typedef struct  FT_ServiceDescRec_
-  {
-    const char*  serv_id;     /* service name         */
-    const void*  serv_data;   /* service pointer/data */
-
-  } FT_ServiceDescRec;
-
-  typedef const FT_ServiceDescRec*  FT_ServiceDesc;
-
-
-  /*
-   *  Parse a list of FT_ServiceDescRec descriptors and look for
-   *  a specific service by ID.  Note that the last element in the
-   *  array must be { NULL, NULL }, and that the function should
-   *  return NULL if the service isn't available.
-   *
-   *  This function can be used by modules to implement their
-   *  `get_service' method.
-   */
-  FT_BASE( FT_Pointer )
-  ft_service_list_lookup( FT_ServiceDesc  service_descriptors,
-                          const char*     service_id );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****             S E R V I C E S   C A C H E                       *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /*
-   *  This structure is used to store a cache for several frequently used
-   *  services.  It is the type of `face->internal->services'.  You
-   *  should only use FT_FACE_LOOKUP_SERVICE to access it.
-   *
-   *  All fields should have the type FT_Pointer to relax compilation
-   *  dependencies.  We assume the developer isn't completely stupid.
-   *
-   *  Each field must be named `service_XXXX' where `XXX' corresponds to
-   *  the correct FT_SERVICE_ID_XXXX macro.  See the definition of
-   *  FT_FACE_LOOKUP_SERVICE below how this is implemented.
-   *
-   */
-  typedef struct  FT_ServiceCacheRec_
-  {
-    FT_Pointer  service_POSTSCRIPT_FONT_NAME;
-    FT_Pointer  service_MULTI_MASTERS;
-    FT_Pointer  service_GLYPH_DICT;
-    FT_Pointer  service_PFR_METRICS;
-    FT_Pointer  service_WINFNT;
-
-  } FT_ServiceCacheRec, *FT_ServiceCache;
-
-
-  /*
-   *  A magic number used within the services cache.
-   */
-#define FT_SERVICE_UNAVAILABLE  ((FT_Pointer)-2)  /* magic number */
-
-
-  /*
-   * @macro:
-   *   FT_FACE_LOOKUP_SERVICE
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   This macro is used to lookup a service from a face's driver module
-   *   using its cache.
-   *
-   * @input:
-   *   face::
-   *     The source face handle containing the cache.
-   *
-   *   field ::
-   *     The field name in the cache.
-   *
-   *   id ::
-   *     The service ID.
-   *
-   * @output:
-   *   ptr ::
-   *     A variable receiving the service data.  NULL if not available.
-   */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-
-#define FT_FACE_LOOKUP_SERVICE( face, ptr, id )                \
-  FT_BEGIN_STMNT                                               \
-    FT_Pointer   svc;                                          \
-    FT_Pointer*  Pptr = (FT_Pointer*)&(ptr);                   \
-                                                               \
-                                                               \
-    svc = FT_FACE( face )->internal->services. service_ ## id; \
-    if ( svc == FT_SERVICE_UNAVAILABLE )                       \
-      svc = NULL;                                              \
-    else if ( svc == NULL )                                    \
-    {                                                          \
-      FT_FACE_FIND_SERVICE( face, svc, id );                   \
-                                                               \
-      FT_FACE( face )->internal->services. service_ ## id =    \
-        (FT_Pointer)( svc != NULL ? svc                        \
-                                  : FT_SERVICE_UNAVAILABLE );  \
-    }                                                          \
-    *Pptr = svc;                                               \
-  FT_END_STMNT
-
-#else /* !C++ */
-
-#define FT_FACE_LOOKUP_SERVICE( face, ptr, id )                \
-  FT_BEGIN_STMNT                                               \
-    FT_Pointer  svc;                                           \
-                                                               \
-                                                               \
-    svc = FT_FACE( face )->internal->services. service_ ## id; \
-    if ( svc == FT_SERVICE_UNAVAILABLE )                       \
-      svc = NULL;                                              \
-    else if ( svc == NULL )                                    \
-    {                                                          \
-      FT_FACE_FIND_SERVICE( face, svc, id );                   \
-                                                               \
-      FT_FACE( face )->internal->services. service_ ## id =    \
-        (FT_Pointer)( svc != NULL ? svc                        \
-                                  : FT_SERVICE_UNAVAILABLE );  \
-    }                                                          \
-    ptr = svc;                                                 \
-  FT_END_STMNT
-
-#endif /* !C++ */
-
-  /*
-   *  A macro used to define new service structure types.
-   */
-
-#define FT_DEFINE_SERVICE( name )            \
-  typedef struct FT_Service_ ## name ## Rec_ \
-    FT_Service_ ## name ## Rec ;             \
-  typedef struct FT_Service_ ## name ## Rec_ \
-    const * FT_Service_ ## name ;            \
-  struct FT_Service_ ## name ## Rec_
-
-  /* */
-
-  /*
-   *  The header files containing the services.
-   */
-
-#define FT_SERVICE_BDF_H                <freetype/internal/services/svbdf.h>
-#define FT_SERVICE_CID_H                <freetype/internal/services/svcid.h>
-#define FT_SERVICE_GLYPH_DICT_H         <freetype/internal/services/svgldict.h>
-#define FT_SERVICE_GX_VALIDATE_H        <freetype/internal/services/svgxval.h>
-#define FT_SERVICE_KERNING_H            <freetype/internal/services/svkern.h>
-#define FT_SERVICE_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H   <freetype/internal/services/svmm.h>
-#define FT_SERVICE_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H  <freetype/internal/services/svotval.h>
-#define FT_SERVICE_PFR_H                <freetype/internal/services/svpfr.h>
-#define FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_CMAPS_H   <freetype/internal/services/svpscmap.h>
-#define FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_INFO_H    <freetype/internal/services/svpsinfo.h>
-#define FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_NAME_H    <freetype/internal/services/svpostnm.h>
-#define FT_SERVICE_SFNT_H               <freetype/internal/services/svsfnt.h>
-#define FT_SERVICE_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_H    <freetype/internal/services/svtteng.h>
-#define FT_SERVICE_TT_CMAP_H            <freetype/internal/services/svttcmap.h>
-#define FT_SERVICE_WINFNT_H             <freetype/internal/services/svwinfnt.h>
-#define FT_SERVICE_XFREE86_NAME_H       <freetype/internal/services/svxf86nm.h>
-#define FT_SERVICE_TRUETYPE_GLYF_H      <freetype/internal/services/svttglyf.h>
-
- /* */
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __FTSERV_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftstream.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftstream.h
deleted file mode 100644
index a91eb72..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftstream.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,539 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftstream.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Stream handling (specification).                                     */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2004, 2005, 2006 by                         */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __FTSTREAM_H__
-#define __FTSTREAM_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_SYSTEM_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /* format of an 8-bit frame_op value:           */
-  /*                                              */
-  /* bit  76543210                                */
-  /*      xxxxxxes                                */
-  /*                                              */
-  /* s is set to 1 if the value is signed.        */
-  /* e is set to 1 if the value is little-endian. */
-  /* xxx is a command.                            */
-
-#define FT_FRAME_OP_SHIFT         2
-#define FT_FRAME_OP_SIGNED        1
-#define FT_FRAME_OP_LITTLE        2
-#define FT_FRAME_OP_COMMAND( x )  ( x >> FT_FRAME_OP_SHIFT )
-
-#define FT_MAKE_FRAME_OP( command, little, sign ) \
-          ( ( command << FT_FRAME_OP_SHIFT ) | ( little << 1 ) | sign )
-
-#define FT_FRAME_OP_END    0
-#define FT_FRAME_OP_START  1  /* start a new frame     */
-#define FT_FRAME_OP_BYTE   2  /* read 1-byte value     */
-#define FT_FRAME_OP_SHORT  3  /* read 2-byte value     */
-#define FT_FRAME_OP_LONG   4  /* read 4-byte value     */
-#define FT_FRAME_OP_OFF3   5  /* read 3-byte value     */
-#define FT_FRAME_OP_BYTES  6  /* read a bytes sequence */
-
-
-  typedef enum  FT_Frame_Op_
-  {
-    ft_frame_end       = 0,
-    ft_frame_start     = FT_MAKE_FRAME_OP( FT_FRAME_OP_START, 0, 0 ),
-
-    ft_frame_byte      = FT_MAKE_FRAME_OP( FT_FRAME_OP_BYTE,  0, 0 ),
-    ft_frame_schar     = FT_MAKE_FRAME_OP( FT_FRAME_OP_BYTE,  0, 1 ),
-
-    ft_frame_ushort_be = FT_MAKE_FRAME_OP( FT_FRAME_OP_SHORT, 0, 0 ),
-    ft_frame_short_be  = FT_MAKE_FRAME_OP( FT_FRAME_OP_SHORT, 0, 1 ),
-    ft_frame_ushort_le = FT_MAKE_FRAME_OP( FT_FRAME_OP_SHORT, 1, 0 ),
-    ft_frame_short_le  = FT_MAKE_FRAME_OP( FT_FRAME_OP_SHORT, 1, 1 ),
-
-    ft_frame_ulong_be  = FT_MAKE_FRAME_OP( FT_FRAME_OP_LONG, 0, 0 ),
-    ft_frame_long_be   = FT_MAKE_FRAME_OP( FT_FRAME_OP_LONG, 0, 1 ),
-    ft_frame_ulong_le  = FT_MAKE_FRAME_OP( FT_FRAME_OP_LONG, 1, 0 ),
-    ft_frame_long_le   = FT_MAKE_FRAME_OP( FT_FRAME_OP_LONG, 1, 1 ),
-
-    ft_frame_uoff3_be  = FT_MAKE_FRAME_OP( FT_FRAME_OP_OFF3, 0, 0 ),
-    ft_frame_off3_be   = FT_MAKE_FRAME_OP( FT_FRAME_OP_OFF3, 0, 1 ),
-    ft_frame_uoff3_le  = FT_MAKE_FRAME_OP( FT_FRAME_OP_OFF3, 1, 0 ),
-    ft_frame_off3_le   = FT_MAKE_FRAME_OP( FT_FRAME_OP_OFF3, 1, 1 ),
-
-    ft_frame_bytes     = FT_MAKE_FRAME_OP( FT_FRAME_OP_BYTES, 0, 0 ),
-    ft_frame_skip      = FT_MAKE_FRAME_OP( FT_FRAME_OP_BYTES, 0, 1 )
-
-  } FT_Frame_Op;
-
-
-  typedef struct  FT_Frame_Field_
-  {
-    FT_Byte    value;
-    FT_Byte    size;
-    FT_UShort  offset;
-
-  } FT_Frame_Field;
-
-
-  /* Construct an FT_Frame_Field out of a structure type and a field name. */
-  /* The structure type must be set in the FT_STRUCTURE macro before       */
-  /* calling the FT_FRAME_START() macro.                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define FT_FIELD_SIZE( f ) \
-          (FT_Byte)sizeof ( ((FT_STRUCTURE*)0)->f )
-
-#define FT_FIELD_SIZE_DELTA( f ) \
-          (FT_Byte)sizeof ( ((FT_STRUCTURE*)0)->f[0] )
-
-#define FT_FIELD_OFFSET( f ) \
-          (FT_UShort)( offsetof( FT_STRUCTURE, f ) )
-
-#define FT_FRAME_FIELD( frame_op, field ) \
-          {                               \
-            frame_op,                     \
-            FT_FIELD_SIZE( field ),       \
-            FT_FIELD_OFFSET( field )      \
-          }
-
-#define FT_MAKE_EMPTY_FIELD( frame_op )  { frame_op, 0, 0 }
-
-#define FT_FRAME_START( size )   { ft_frame_start, 0, size }
-#define FT_FRAME_END             { ft_frame_end, 0, 0 }
-
-#define FT_FRAME_LONG( f )       FT_FRAME_FIELD( ft_frame_long_be, f )
-#define FT_FRAME_ULONG( f )      FT_FRAME_FIELD( ft_frame_ulong_be, f )
-#define FT_FRAME_SHORT( f )      FT_FRAME_FIELD( ft_frame_short_be, f )
-#define FT_FRAME_USHORT( f )     FT_FRAME_FIELD( ft_frame_ushort_be, f )
-#define FT_FRAME_OFF3( f )       FT_FRAME_FIELD( ft_frame_off3_be, f )
-#define FT_FRAME_UOFF3( f )      FT_FRAME_FIELD( ft_frame_uoff3_be, f )
-#define FT_FRAME_BYTE( f )       FT_FRAME_FIELD( ft_frame_byte, f )
-#define FT_FRAME_CHAR( f )       FT_FRAME_FIELD( ft_frame_schar, f )
-
-#define FT_FRAME_LONG_LE( f )    FT_FRAME_FIELD( ft_frame_long_le, f )
-#define FT_FRAME_ULONG_LE( f )   FT_FRAME_FIELD( ft_frame_ulong_le, f )
-#define FT_FRAME_SHORT_LE( f )   FT_FRAME_FIELD( ft_frame_short_le, f )
-#define FT_FRAME_USHORT_LE( f )  FT_FRAME_FIELD( ft_frame_ushort_le, f )
-#define FT_FRAME_OFF3_LE( f )    FT_FRAME_FIELD( ft_frame_off3_le, f )
-#define FT_FRAME_UOFF3_LE( f )   FT_FRAME_FIELD( ft_frame_uoff3_le, f )
-
-#define FT_FRAME_SKIP_LONG       { ft_frame_long_be, 0, 0 }
-#define FT_FRAME_SKIP_SHORT      { ft_frame_short_be, 0, 0 }
-#define FT_FRAME_SKIP_BYTE       { ft_frame_byte, 0, 0 }
-
-#define FT_FRAME_BYTES( field, count ) \
-          {                            \
-            ft_frame_bytes,            \
-            count,                     \
-            FT_FIELD_OFFSET( field )   \
-          }
-
-#define FT_FRAME_SKIP_BYTES( count )  { ft_frame_skip, count, 0 }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Integer extraction macros -- the `buffer' parameter must ALWAYS be of */
-  /* type `char*' or equivalent (1-byte elements).                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-
-#define FT_BYTE_( p, i )  ( ((const FT_Byte*)(p))[(i)] )
-#define FT_INT8_( p, i )  ( ((const FT_Char*)(p))[(i)] )
-
-#define FT_INT16( x )   ( (FT_Int16)(x)  )
-#define FT_UINT16( x )  ( (FT_UInt16)(x) )
-#define FT_INT32( x )   ( (FT_Int32)(x)  )
-#define FT_UINT32( x )  ( (FT_UInt32)(x) )
-
-#define FT_BYTE_I16( p, i, s )  ( FT_INT16(  FT_BYTE_( p, i ) ) << (s) )
-#define FT_BYTE_U16( p, i, s )  ( FT_UINT16( FT_BYTE_( p, i ) ) << (s) )
-#define FT_BYTE_I32( p, i, s )  ( FT_INT32(  FT_BYTE_( p, i ) ) << (s) )
-#define FT_BYTE_U32( p, i, s )  ( FT_UINT32( FT_BYTE_( p, i ) ) << (s) )
-
-#define FT_INT8_I16( p, i, s )  ( FT_INT16(  FT_INT8_( p, i ) ) << (s) )
-#define FT_INT8_U16( p, i, s )  ( FT_UINT16( FT_INT8_( p, i ) ) << (s) )
-#define FT_INT8_I32( p, i, s )  ( FT_INT32(  FT_INT8_( p, i ) ) << (s) )
-#define FT_INT8_U32( p, i, s )  ( FT_UINT32( FT_INT8_( p, i ) ) << (s) )
-
-
-#define FT_PEEK_SHORT( p )  FT_INT16( FT_INT8_I16( p, 0, 8) | \
-                                      FT_BYTE_I16( p, 1, 0) )
-
-#define FT_PEEK_USHORT( p )  FT_UINT16( FT_BYTE_U16( p, 0, 8 ) | \
-                                        FT_BYTE_U16( p, 1, 0 ) )
-
-#define FT_PEEK_LONG( p )  FT_INT32( FT_INT8_I32( p, 0, 24 ) | \
-                                     FT_BYTE_I32( p, 1, 16 ) | \
-                                     FT_BYTE_I32( p, 2,  8 ) | \
-                                     FT_BYTE_I32( p, 3,  0 ) )
-
-#define FT_PEEK_ULONG( p )  FT_UINT32( FT_BYTE_U32( p, 0, 24 ) | \
-                                       FT_BYTE_U32( p, 1, 16 ) | \
-                                       FT_BYTE_U32( p, 2,  8 ) | \
-                                       FT_BYTE_U32( p, 3,  0 ) )
-
-#define FT_PEEK_OFF3( p )  FT_INT32( FT_INT8_I32( p, 0, 16 ) | \
-                                     FT_BYTE_I32( p, 1,  8 ) | \
-                                     FT_BYTE_I32( p, 2,  0 ) )
-
-#define FT_PEEK_UOFF3( p )  FT_UINT32( FT_BYTE_U32( p, 0, 16 ) | \
-                                       FT_BYTE_U32( p, 1,  8 ) | \
-                                       FT_BYTE_U32( p, 2,  0 ) )
-
-#define FT_PEEK_SHORT_LE( p )  FT_INT16( FT_INT8_I16( p, 1, 8 ) | \
-                                         FT_BYTE_I16( p, 0, 0 ) )
-
-#define FT_PEEK_USHORT_LE( p )  FT_UINT16( FT_BYTE_U16( p, 1, 8 ) |  \
-                                           FT_BYTE_U16( p, 0, 0 ) )
-
-#define FT_PEEK_LONG_LE( p )  FT_INT32( FT_INT8_I32( p, 3, 24 ) | \
-                                        FT_BYTE_I32( p, 2, 16 ) | \
-                                        FT_BYTE_I32( p, 1,  8 ) | \
-                                        FT_BYTE_I32( p, 0,  0 ) )
-
-#define FT_PEEK_ULONG_LE( p )  FT_UINT32( FT_BYTE_U32( p, 3, 24 ) | \
-                                          FT_BYTE_U32( p, 2, 16 ) | \
-                                          FT_BYTE_U32( p, 1,  8 ) | \
-                                          FT_BYTE_U32( p, 0,  0 ) )
-
-#define FT_PEEK_OFF3_LE( p )  FT_INT32( FT_INT8_I32( p, 2, 16 ) | \
-                                        FT_BYTE_I32( p, 1,  8 ) | \
-                                        FT_BYTE_I32( p, 0,  0 ) )
-
-#define FT_PEEK_UOFF3_LE( p )  FT_UINT32( FT_BYTE_U32( p, 2, 16 ) | \
-                                          FT_BYTE_U32( p, 1,  8 ) | \
-                                          FT_BYTE_U32( p, 0,  0 ) )
-
-
-#define FT_NEXT_CHAR( buffer )       \
-          ( (signed char)*buffer++ )
-
-#define FT_NEXT_BYTE( buffer )         \
-          ( (unsigned char)*buffer++ )
-
-#define FT_NEXT_SHORT( buffer )                                   \
-          ( (short)( buffer += 2, FT_PEEK_SHORT( buffer - 2 ) ) )
-
-#define FT_NEXT_USHORT( buffer )                                            \
-          ( (unsigned short)( buffer += 2, FT_PEEK_USHORT( buffer - 2 ) ) )
-
-#define FT_NEXT_OFF3( buffer )                                  \
-          ( (long)( buffer += 3, FT_PEEK_OFF3( buffer - 3 ) ) )
-
-#define FT_NEXT_UOFF3( buffer )                                           \
-          ( (unsigned long)( buffer += 3, FT_PEEK_UOFF3( buffer - 3 ) ) )
-
-#define FT_NEXT_LONG( buffer )                                  \
-          ( (long)( buffer += 4, FT_PEEK_LONG( buffer - 4 ) ) )
-
-#define FT_NEXT_ULONG( buffer )                                           \
-          ( (unsigned long)( buffer += 4, FT_PEEK_ULONG( buffer - 4 ) ) )
-
-
-#define FT_NEXT_SHORT_LE( buffer )                                   \
-          ( (short)( buffer += 2, FT_PEEK_SHORT_LE( buffer - 2 ) ) )
-
-#define FT_NEXT_USHORT_LE( buffer )                                            \
-          ( (unsigned short)( buffer += 2, FT_PEEK_USHORT_LE( buffer - 2 ) ) )
-
-#define FT_NEXT_OFF3_LE( buffer )                                  \
-          ( (long)( buffer += 3, FT_PEEK_OFF3_LE( buffer - 3 ) ) )
-
-#define FT_NEXT_UOFF3_LE( buffer )                                           \
-          ( (unsigned long)( buffer += 3, FT_PEEK_UOFF3_LE( buffer - 3 ) ) )
-
-#define FT_NEXT_LONG_LE( buffer )                                  \
-          ( (long)( buffer += 4, FT_PEEK_LONG_LE( buffer - 4 ) ) )
-
-#define FT_NEXT_ULONG_LE( buffer )                                           \
-          ( (unsigned long)( buffer += 4, FT_PEEK_ULONG_LE( buffer - 4 ) ) )
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Each GET_xxxx() macro uses an implicit `stream' variable.             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#if 0
-#define FT_GET_MACRO( type )    FT_NEXT_ ## type ( stream->cursor )
-
-#define FT_GET_CHAR()       FT_GET_MACRO( CHAR )
-#define FT_GET_BYTE()       FT_GET_MACRO( BYTE )
-#define FT_GET_SHORT()      FT_GET_MACRO( SHORT )
-#define FT_GET_USHORT()     FT_GET_MACRO( USHORT )
-#define FT_GET_OFF3()       FT_GET_MACRO( OFF3 )
-#define FT_GET_UOFF3()      FT_GET_MACRO( UOFF3 )
-#define FT_GET_LONG()       FT_GET_MACRO( LONG )
-#define FT_GET_ULONG()      FT_GET_MACRO( ULONG )
-#define FT_GET_TAG4()       FT_GET_MACRO( ULONG )
-
-#define FT_GET_SHORT_LE()   FT_GET_MACRO( SHORT_LE )
-#define FT_GET_USHORT_LE()  FT_GET_MACRO( USHORT_LE )
-#define FT_GET_LONG_LE()    FT_GET_MACRO( LONG_LE )
-#define FT_GET_ULONG_LE()   FT_GET_MACRO( ULONG_LE )
-
-#else
-#define FT_GET_MACRO( func, type )        ( (type)func( stream ) )
-
-#define FT_GET_CHAR()       FT_GET_MACRO( FT_Stream_GetChar, FT_Char )
-#define FT_GET_BYTE()       FT_GET_MACRO( FT_Stream_GetChar, FT_Byte )
-#define FT_GET_SHORT()      FT_GET_MACRO( FT_Stream_GetShort, FT_Short )
-#define FT_GET_USHORT()     FT_GET_MACRO( FT_Stream_GetShort, FT_UShort )
-#define FT_GET_OFF3()       FT_GET_MACRO( FT_Stream_GetOffset, FT_Long )
-#define FT_GET_UOFF3()      FT_GET_MACRO( FT_Stream_GetOffset, FT_ULong )
-#define FT_GET_LONG()       FT_GET_MACRO( FT_Stream_GetLong, FT_Long )
-#define FT_GET_ULONG()      FT_GET_MACRO( FT_Stream_GetLong, FT_ULong )
-#define FT_GET_TAG4()       FT_GET_MACRO( FT_Stream_GetLong, FT_ULong )
-
-#define FT_GET_SHORT_LE()   FT_GET_MACRO( FT_Stream_GetShortLE, FT_Short )
-#define FT_GET_USHORT_LE()  FT_GET_MACRO( FT_Stream_GetShortLE, FT_UShort )
-#define FT_GET_LONG_LE()    FT_GET_MACRO( FT_Stream_GetLongLE, FT_Long )
-#define FT_GET_ULONG_LE()   FT_GET_MACRO( FT_Stream_GetLongLE, FT_ULong )
-#endif
-
-#define FT_READ_MACRO( func, type, var )        \
-          ( var = (type)func( stream, &error ), \
-            error != FT_Err_Ok )
-
-#define FT_READ_BYTE( var )       FT_READ_MACRO( FT_Stream_ReadChar, FT_Byte, var )
-#define FT_READ_CHAR( var )       FT_READ_MACRO( FT_Stream_ReadChar, FT_Char, var )
-#define FT_READ_SHORT( var )      FT_READ_MACRO( FT_Stream_ReadShort, FT_Short, var )
-#define FT_READ_USHORT( var )     FT_READ_MACRO( FT_Stream_ReadShort, FT_UShort, var )
-#define FT_READ_OFF3( var )       FT_READ_MACRO( FT_Stream_ReadOffset, FT_Long, var )
-#define FT_READ_UOFF3( var )      FT_READ_MACRO( FT_Stream_ReadOffset, FT_ULong, var )
-#define FT_READ_LONG( var )       FT_READ_MACRO( FT_Stream_ReadLong, FT_Long, var )
-#define FT_READ_ULONG( var )      FT_READ_MACRO( FT_Stream_ReadLong, FT_ULong, var )
-
-#define FT_READ_SHORT_LE( var )   FT_READ_MACRO( FT_Stream_ReadShortLE, FT_Short, var )
-#define FT_READ_USHORT_LE( var )  FT_READ_MACRO( FT_Stream_ReadShortLE, FT_UShort, var )
-#define FT_READ_LONG_LE( var )    FT_READ_MACRO( FT_Stream_ReadLongLE, FT_Long, var )
-#define FT_READ_ULONG_LE( var )   FT_READ_MACRO( FT_Stream_ReadLongLE, FT_ULong, var )
-
-
-#ifndef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_DEFAULT_SYSTEM
-
-  /* initialize a stream for reading a regular system stream */
-  FT_BASE( FT_Error )
-  FT_Stream_Open( FT_Stream    stream,
-                  const char*  filepathname );
-
-#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_DEFAULT_SYSTEM */
-
-
-  /* create a new (input) stream from an FT_Open_Args structure */
-  FT_BASE( FT_Error )
-  FT_Stream_New( FT_Library           library,
-                 const FT_Open_Args*  args,
-                 FT_Stream           *astream );
-
-  /* free a stream */
-  FT_BASE( void )
-  FT_Stream_Free( FT_Stream  stream,
-                  FT_Int     external );
-
-  /* initialize a stream for reading in-memory data */
-  FT_BASE( void )
-  FT_Stream_OpenMemory( FT_Stream       stream,
-                        const FT_Byte*  base,
-                        FT_ULong        size );
-
-  /* close a stream (does not destroy the stream structure) */
-  FT_BASE( void )
-  FT_Stream_Close( FT_Stream  stream );
-
-
-  /* seek within a stream. position is relative to start of stream */
-  FT_BASE( FT_Error )
-  FT_Stream_Seek( FT_Stream  stream,
-                  FT_ULong   pos );
-
-  /* skip bytes in a stream */
-  FT_BASE( FT_Error )
-  FT_Stream_Skip( FT_Stream  stream,
-                  FT_Long    distance );
-
-  /* return current stream position */
-  FT_BASE( FT_Long )
-  FT_Stream_Pos( FT_Stream  stream );
-
-  /* read bytes from a stream into a user-allocated buffer, returns an */
-  /* error if not all bytes could be read.                             */
-  FT_BASE( FT_Error )
-  FT_Stream_Read( FT_Stream  stream,
-                  FT_Byte*   buffer,
-                  FT_ULong   count );
-
-  /* read bytes from a stream at a given position */
-  FT_BASE( FT_Error )
-  FT_Stream_ReadAt( FT_Stream  stream,
-                    FT_ULong   pos,
-                    FT_Byte*   buffer,
-                    FT_ULong   count );
-
-  /* try to read bytes at the end of a stream; return number of bytes */
-  /* really available                                                 */
-  FT_BASE( FT_ULong )
-  FT_Stream_TryRead( FT_Stream  stream,
-                     FT_Byte*   buffer,
-                     FT_ULong   count );
-
-  /* Enter a frame of `count' consecutive bytes in a stream.  Returns an */
-  /* error if the frame could not be read/accessed.  The caller can use  */
-  /* the FT_Stream_Get_XXX functions to retrieve frame data without      */
-  /* error checks.                                                       */
-  /*                                                                     */
-  /* You must _always_ call FT_Stream_ExitFrame() once you have entered  */
-  /* a stream frame!                                                     */
-  /*                                                                     */
-  FT_BASE( FT_Error )
-  FT_Stream_EnterFrame( FT_Stream  stream,
-                        FT_ULong   count );
-
-  /* exit a stream frame */
-  FT_BASE( void )
-  FT_Stream_ExitFrame( FT_Stream  stream );
-
-  /* Extract a stream frame.  If the stream is disk-based, a heap block */
-  /* is allocated and the frame bytes are read into it.  If the stream  */
-  /* is memory-based, this function simply set a pointer to the data.   */
-  /*                                                                    */
-  /* Useful to optimize access to memory-based streams transparently.   */
-  /*                                                                    */
-  /* All extracted frames must be `freed' with a call to the function   */
-  /* FT_Stream_ReleaseFrame().                                          */
-  /*                                                                    */
-  FT_BASE( FT_Error )
-  FT_Stream_ExtractFrame( FT_Stream  stream,
-                          FT_ULong   count,
-                          FT_Byte**  pbytes );
-
-  /* release an extract frame (see FT_Stream_ExtractFrame) */
-  FT_BASE( void )
-  FT_Stream_ReleaseFrame( FT_Stream  stream,
-                          FT_Byte**  pbytes );
-
-  /* read a byte from an entered frame */
-  FT_BASE( FT_Char )
-  FT_Stream_GetChar( FT_Stream  stream );
-
-  /* read a 16-bit big-endian integer from an entered frame */
-  FT_BASE( FT_Short )
-  FT_Stream_GetShort( FT_Stream  stream );
-
-  /* read a 24-bit big-endian integer from an entered frame */
-  FT_BASE( FT_Long )
-  FT_Stream_GetOffset( FT_Stream  stream );
-
-  /* read a 32-bit big-endian integer from an entered frame */
-  FT_BASE( FT_Long )
-  FT_Stream_GetLong( FT_Stream  stream );
-
-  /* read a 16-bit little-endian integer from an entered frame */
-  FT_BASE( FT_Short )
-  FT_Stream_GetShortLE( FT_Stream  stream );
-
-  /* read a 32-bit little-endian integer from an entered frame */
-  FT_BASE( FT_Long )
-  FT_Stream_GetLongLE( FT_Stream  stream );
-
-
-  /* read a byte from a stream */
-  FT_BASE( FT_Char )
-  FT_Stream_ReadChar( FT_Stream  stream,
-                      FT_Error*  error );
-
-  /* read a 16-bit big-endian integer from a stream */
-  FT_BASE( FT_Short )
-  FT_Stream_ReadShort( FT_Stream  stream,
-                       FT_Error*  error );
-
-  /* read a 24-bit big-endian integer from a stream */
-  FT_BASE( FT_Long )
-  FT_Stream_ReadOffset( FT_Stream  stream,
-                        FT_Error*  error );
-
-  /* read a 32-bit big-endian integer from a stream */
-  FT_BASE( FT_Long )
-  FT_Stream_ReadLong( FT_Stream  stream,
-                      FT_Error*  error );
-
-  /* read a 16-bit little-endian integer from a stream */
-  FT_BASE( FT_Short )
-  FT_Stream_ReadShortLE( FT_Stream  stream,
-                         FT_Error*  error );
-
-  /* read a 32-bit little-endian integer from a stream */
-  FT_BASE( FT_Long )
-  FT_Stream_ReadLongLE( FT_Stream  stream,
-                        FT_Error*  error );
-
-  /* Read a structure from a stream.  The structure must be described */
-  /* by an array of FT_Frame_Field records.                           */
-  FT_BASE( FT_Error )
-  FT_Stream_ReadFields( FT_Stream              stream,
-                        const FT_Frame_Field*  fields,
-                        void*                  structure );
-
-
-#define FT_STREAM_POS()           \
-          FT_Stream_Pos( stream )
-
-#define FT_STREAM_SEEK( position )                           \
-          FT_SET_ERROR( FT_Stream_Seek( stream, position ) )
-
-#define FT_STREAM_SKIP( distance )                           \
-          FT_SET_ERROR( FT_Stream_Skip( stream, distance ) )
-
-#define FT_STREAM_READ( buffer, count )                   \
-          FT_SET_ERROR( FT_Stream_Read( stream,           \
-                                        (FT_Byte*)buffer, \
-                                        count ) )
-
-#define FT_STREAM_READ_AT( position, buffer, count )         \
-          FT_SET_ERROR( FT_Stream_ReadAt( stream,            \
-                                           position,         \
-                                           (FT_Byte*)buffer, \
-                                           count ) )
-
-#define FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( fields, object )                          \
-          FT_SET_ERROR( FT_Stream_ReadFields( stream, fields, object ) )
-
-
-#define FT_FRAME_ENTER( size )                                       \
-          FT_SET_ERROR(                                              \
-            FT_DEBUG_INNER( FT_Stream_EnterFrame( stream, size ) ) )
-
-#define FT_FRAME_EXIT()                 \
-          FT_DEBUG_INNER( FT_Stream_ExitFrame( stream ) )
-
-#define FT_FRAME_EXTRACT( size, bytes )                                       \
-          FT_SET_ERROR(                                                       \
-            FT_DEBUG_INNER( FT_Stream_ExtractFrame( stream, size,             \
-                                                    (FT_Byte**)&(bytes) ) ) )
-
-#define FT_FRAME_RELEASE( bytes )                                         \
-          FT_DEBUG_INNER( FT_Stream_ReleaseFrame( stream,                 \
-                                                  (FT_Byte**)&(bytes) ) )
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __FTSTREAM_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/fttrace.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/fttrace.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 4d38a46..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/fttrace.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,134 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  fttrace.h                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Tracing handling (specification only).                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2002, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by                              */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /* definitions of trace levels for FreeType 2 */
-
-  /* the first level must always be `trace_any' */
-FT_TRACE_DEF( any )
-
-  /* base components */
-FT_TRACE_DEF( calc )      /* calculations            (ftcalc.c)   */
-FT_TRACE_DEF( memory )    /* memory manager          (ftobjs.c)   */
-FT_TRACE_DEF( stream )    /* stream manager          (ftstream.c) */
-FT_TRACE_DEF( io )        /* i/o interface           (ftsystem.c) */
-FT_TRACE_DEF( list )      /* list management         (ftlist.c)   */
-FT_TRACE_DEF( init )      /* initialization          (ftinit.c)   */
-FT_TRACE_DEF( objs )      /* base objects            (ftobjs.c)   */
-FT_TRACE_DEF( outline )   /* outline management      (ftoutln.c)  */
-FT_TRACE_DEF( glyph )     /* glyph management        (ftglyph.c)  */
-
-FT_TRACE_DEF( raster )    /* monochrome rasterizer   (ftraster.c) */
-FT_TRACE_DEF( smooth )    /* anti-aliasing raster    (ftgrays.c)  */
-FT_TRACE_DEF( mm )        /* MM interface            (ftmm.c)     */
-FT_TRACE_DEF( raccess )   /* resource fork accessor  (ftrfork.c)  */
-
-  /* Cache sub-system */
-FT_TRACE_DEF( cache )     /* cache sub-system        (ftcache.c, etc.) */
-
-  /* SFNT driver components */
-FT_TRACE_DEF( sfobjs )    /* SFNT object handler     (sfobjs.c)   */
-FT_TRACE_DEF( ttcmap )    /* charmap handler         (ttcmap.c)   */
-FT_TRACE_DEF( ttkern )    /* kerning handler         (ttkern.c)   */
-FT_TRACE_DEF( ttload )    /* basic TrueType tables   (ttload.c)   */
-FT_TRACE_DEF( ttmtx )     /* metrics-related tables  (ttmtx.c)    */
-FT_TRACE_DEF( ttpost )    /* PS table processing     (ttpost.c)   */
-FT_TRACE_DEF( ttsbit )    /* TrueType sbit handling  (ttsbit.c)   */
-
-  /* TrueType driver components */
-FT_TRACE_DEF( ttdriver )  /* TT font driver          (ttdriver.c) */
-FT_TRACE_DEF( ttgload )   /* TT glyph loader         (ttgload.c)  */
-FT_TRACE_DEF( ttinterp )  /* bytecode interpreter    (ttinterp.c) */
-FT_TRACE_DEF( ttobjs )    /* TT objects manager      (ttobjs.c)   */
-FT_TRACE_DEF( ttpload )   /* TT data/program loader  (ttpload.c)  */
-FT_TRACE_DEF( ttgxvar )   /* TrueType GX var handler (ttgxvar.c)  */
-
-  /* Type 1 driver components */
-FT_TRACE_DEF( t1driver )
-FT_TRACE_DEF( t1gload )
-FT_TRACE_DEF( t1hint )
-FT_TRACE_DEF( t1load )
-FT_TRACE_DEF( t1objs )
-FT_TRACE_DEF( t1parse )
-
-  /* PostScript helper module `psaux' */
-FT_TRACE_DEF( t1decode )
-FT_TRACE_DEF( psobjs )
-
-  /* PostScript hinting module `pshinter' */
-FT_TRACE_DEF( pshrec )
-FT_TRACE_DEF( pshalgo1 )
-FT_TRACE_DEF( pshalgo2 )
-
-  /* Type 2 driver components */
-FT_TRACE_DEF( cffdriver )
-FT_TRACE_DEF( cffgload )
-FT_TRACE_DEF( cffload )
-FT_TRACE_DEF( cffobjs )
-FT_TRACE_DEF( cffparse )
-
-  /* Type 42 driver component */
-FT_TRACE_DEF( t42 )
-
-  /* CID driver components */
-FT_TRACE_DEF( cidafm )
-FT_TRACE_DEF( ciddriver )
-FT_TRACE_DEF( cidgload )
-FT_TRACE_DEF( cidload )
-FT_TRACE_DEF( cidobjs )
-FT_TRACE_DEF( cidparse )
-
-  /* Windows font component */
-FT_TRACE_DEF( winfnt )
-
-  /* PCF font components */
-FT_TRACE_DEF( pcfdriver )
-FT_TRACE_DEF( pcfread )
-
-  /* BDF font components */
-FT_TRACE_DEF( bdfdriver )
-FT_TRACE_DEF( bdflib )
-
-  /* PFR font component */
-FT_TRACE_DEF( pfr )
-
-  /* OpenType validation components */
-FT_TRACE_DEF( otvmodule )
-FT_TRACE_DEF( otvcommon )
-FT_TRACE_DEF( otvbase )
-FT_TRACE_DEF( otvgdef )
-FT_TRACE_DEF( otvgpos )
-FT_TRACE_DEF( otvgsub )
-FT_TRACE_DEF( otvjstf )
-FT_TRACE_DEF( otvmath )
-
-  /* TrueTypeGX/AAT validation components */
-FT_TRACE_DEF( gxvmodule )
-FT_TRACE_DEF( gxvcommon )
-FT_TRACE_DEF( gxvfeat )
-FT_TRACE_DEF( gxvmort )
-FT_TRACE_DEF( gxvmorx )
-FT_TRACE_DEF( gxvbsln )
-FT_TRACE_DEF( gxvjust )
-FT_TRACE_DEF( gxvkern )
-FT_TRACE_DEF( gxvopbd )
-FT_TRACE_DEF( gxvtrak )
-FT_TRACE_DEF( gxvprop )
-FT_TRACE_DEF( gxvlcar )
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftvalid.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftvalid.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 00cd85e..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftvalid.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,150 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftvalid.h                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType validation support (specification).                         */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2004 by                                                      */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __FTVALID_H__
-#define __FTVALID_H__
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H   /* for ft_setjmp and ft_longjmp */
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****                    V A L I D A T I O N                          ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /* handle to a validation object */
-  typedef struct FT_ValidatorRec_ volatile*  FT_Validator;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* There are three distinct validation levels defined here:              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* FT_VALIDATE_DEFAULT ::                                                */
-  /*   A table that passes this validation level can be used reliably by   */
-  /*   FreeType.  It generally means that all offsets have been checked to */
-  /*   prevent out-of-bound reads, that array counts are correct, etc.     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* FT_VALIDATE_TIGHT ::                                                  */
-  /*   A table that passes this validation level can be used reliably and  */
-  /*   doesn't contain invalid data.  For example, a charmap table that    */
-  /*   returns invalid glyph indices will not pass, even though it can     */
-  /*   be used with FreeType in default mode (the library will simply      */
-  /*   return an error later when trying to load the glyph).               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   It also checks that fields which must be a multiple of 2, 4, or 8,  */
-  /*   don't have incorrect values, etc.                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID ::                                               */
-  /*   Only for font debugging.  Checks that a table follows the           */
-  /*   specification by 100%.  Very few fonts will be able to pass this    */
-  /*   level anyway but it can be useful for certain tools like font       */
-  /*   editors/converters.                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef enum  FT_ValidationLevel_
-  {
-    FT_VALIDATE_DEFAULT = 0,
-    FT_VALIDATE_TIGHT,
-    FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID
-
-  } FT_ValidationLevel;
-
-
-  /* validator structure */
-  typedef struct  FT_ValidatorRec_
-  {
-    const FT_Byte*      base;        /* address of table in memory       */
-    const FT_Byte*      limit;       /* `base' + sizeof(table) in memory */
-    FT_ValidationLevel  level;       /* validation level                 */
-    FT_Error            error;       /* error returned. 0 means success  */
-
-    ft_jmp_buf          jump_buffer; /* used for exception handling      */
-
-  } FT_ValidatorRec;
-
-
-#define FT_VALIDATOR( x )  ((FT_Validator)( x ))
-
-
-  FT_BASE( void )
-  ft_validator_init( FT_Validator        valid,
-                     const FT_Byte*      base,
-                     const FT_Byte*      limit,
-                     FT_ValidationLevel  level );
-
-  /* Do not use this. It's broken and will cause your validator to crash */
-  /* if you run it on an invalid font.                                   */
-  FT_BASE( FT_Int )
-  ft_validator_run( FT_Validator  valid );
-
-  /* Sets the error field in a validator, then calls `longjmp' to return */
-  /* to high-level caller.  Using `setjmp/longjmp' avoids many stupid    */
-  /* error checks within the validation routines.                        */
-  /*                                                                     */
-  FT_BASE( void )
-  ft_validator_error( FT_Validator  valid,
-                      FT_Error      error );
-
-
-  /* Calls ft_validate_error.  Assumes that the `valid' local variable */
-  /* holds a pointer to the current validator object.                  */
-  /*                                                                   */
-  /* Use preprocessor prescan to pass FT_ERR_PREFIX.                   */
-  /*                                                                   */
-#define FT_INVALID( _prefix, _error )  FT_INVALID_( _prefix, _error )
-#define FT_INVALID_( _prefix, _error ) \
-          ft_validator_error( valid, _prefix ## _error )
-
-  /* called when a broken table is detected */
-#define FT_INVALID_TOO_SHORT \
-          FT_INVALID( FT_ERR_PREFIX, Invalid_Table )
-
-  /* called when an invalid offset is detected */
-#define FT_INVALID_OFFSET \
-          FT_INVALID( FT_ERR_PREFIX, Invalid_Offset )
-
-  /* called when an invalid format/value is detected */
-#define FT_INVALID_FORMAT \
-          FT_INVALID( FT_ERR_PREFIX, Invalid_Table )
-
-  /* called when an invalid glyph index is detected */
-#define FT_INVALID_GLYPH_ID \
-          FT_INVALID( FT_ERR_PREFIX, Invalid_Glyph_Index )
-
-  /* called when an invalid field value is detected */
-#define FT_INVALID_DATA \
-          FT_INVALID( FT_ERR_PREFIX, Invalid_Table )
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __FTVALID_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/internal.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/internal.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 27d5dc5..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/internal.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  internal.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Internal header files (specification only).                          */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 by                               */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This file is automatically included by `ft2build.h'.                  */
-  /* Do not include it manually!                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-#define FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H             <freetype/internal/ftobjs.h>
-#define FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H              <freetype/internal/ftstream.h>
-#define FT_INTERNAL_MEMORY_H              <freetype/internal/ftmemory.h>
-#define FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H               <freetype/internal/ftdebug.h>
-#define FT_INTERNAL_CALC_H                <freetype/internal/ftcalc.h>
-#define FT_INTERNAL_DRIVER_H              <freetype/internal/ftdriver.h>
-#define FT_INTERNAL_TRACE_H               <freetype/internal/fttrace.h>
-#define FT_INTERNAL_GLYPH_LOADER_H        <freetype/internal/ftgloadr.h>
-#define FT_INTERNAL_SFNT_H                <freetype/internal/sfnt.h>
-#define FT_INTERNAL_SERVICE_H             <freetype/internal/ftserv.h>
-#define FT_INTERNAL_RFORK_H               <freetype/internal/ftrfork.h>
-#define FT_INTERNAL_VALIDATE_H            <freetype/internal/ftvalid.h>
-
-#define FT_INTERNAL_TRUETYPE_TYPES_H      <freetype/internal/tttypes.h>
-#define FT_INTERNAL_TYPE1_TYPES_H         <freetype/internal/t1types.h>
-
-#define FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_AUX_H      <freetype/internal/psaux.h>
-#define FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_HINTS_H    <freetype/internal/pshints.h>
-#define FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_GLOBALS_H  <freetype/internal/psglobal.h>
-
-#define FT_INTERNAL_AUTOHINT_H            <freetype/internal/autohint.h>
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/pcftypes.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/pcftypes.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 382796f..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/pcftypes.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
-/*  pcftypes.h
-
-  FreeType font driver for pcf fonts
-
-  Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002 by
-  Francesco Zappa Nardelli
-
-Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
-in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
-to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
-copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
-furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
-LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
-OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
-THE SOFTWARE.
-*/
-
-
-#ifndef __PCFTYPES_H__
-#define __PCFTYPES_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_FREETYPE_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  typedef struct  PCF_Public_FaceRec_
-  {
-    FT_FaceRec    root;
-    FT_StreamRec  gzip_stream;
-    FT_Stream     gzip_source;
-
-    char*         charset_encoding;
-    char*         charset_registry;
-
-  } PCF_Public_FaceRec, *PCF_Public_Face;
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif  /* __PCFTYPES_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/psaux.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/psaux.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 67b7a42..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/psaux.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,871 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  psaux.h                                                                */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Auxiliary functions and data structures related to PostScript fonts  */
-/*    (specification).                                                     */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2008 by                   */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __PSAUX_H__
-#define __PSAUX_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_TYPE1_TYPES_H
-#include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_CMAPS_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                             T1_TABLE                          *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  typedef struct PS_TableRec_*              PS_Table;
-  typedef const struct PS_Table_FuncsRec_*  PS_Table_Funcs;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    PS_Table_FuncsRec                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A set of function pointers to manage PS_Table objects.             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    table_init    :: Used to initialize a table.                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    table_done    :: Finalizes resp. destroy a given table.            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    table_add     :: Adds a new object to a table.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    table_release :: Releases table data, then finalizes it.           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  PS_Table_FuncsRec_
-  {
-    FT_Error
-    (*init)( PS_Table   table,
-             FT_Int     count,
-             FT_Memory  memory );
-
-    void
-    (*done)( PS_Table  table );
-
-    FT_Error
-    (*add)( PS_Table    table,
-            FT_Int      idx,
-            void*       object,
-            FT_PtrDist  length );
-
-    void
-    (*release)( PS_Table  table );
-
-  } PS_Table_FuncsRec;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    PS_TableRec                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A PS_Table is a simple object used to store an array of objects in */
-  /*    a single memory block.                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    block     :: The address in memory of the growheap's block.  This  */
-  /*                 can change between two object adds, due to            */
-  /*                 reallocation.                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    cursor    :: The current top of the grow heap within its block.    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    capacity  :: The current size of the heap block.  Increments by    */
-  /*                 1kByte chunks.                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    max_elems :: The maximum number of elements in table.              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    num_elems :: The current number of elements in table.              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    elements  :: A table of element addresses within the block.        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    lengths   :: A table of element sizes within the block.            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    memory    :: The object used for memory operations                 */
-  /*                 (alloc/realloc).                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    funcs     :: A table of method pointers for this object.           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  PS_TableRec_
-  {
-    FT_Byte*           block;          /* current memory block           */
-    FT_Offset          cursor;         /* current cursor in memory block */
-    FT_Offset          capacity;       /* current size of memory block   */
-    FT_Long            init;
-
-    FT_Int             max_elems;
-    FT_Int             num_elems;
-    FT_Byte**          elements;       /* addresses of table elements */
-    FT_PtrDist*        lengths;        /* lengths of table elements   */
-
-    FT_Memory          memory;
-    PS_Table_FuncsRec  funcs;
-
-  } PS_TableRec;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                       T1 FIELDS & TOKENS                      *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  typedef struct PS_ParserRec_*  PS_Parser;
-
-  typedef struct T1_TokenRec_*   T1_Token;
-
-  typedef struct T1_FieldRec_*   T1_Field;
-
-
-  /* simple enumeration type used to identify token types */
-  typedef enum  T1_TokenType_
-  {
-    T1_TOKEN_TYPE_NONE = 0,
-    T1_TOKEN_TYPE_ANY,
-    T1_TOKEN_TYPE_STRING,
-    T1_TOKEN_TYPE_ARRAY,
-    T1_TOKEN_TYPE_KEY, /* aka `name' */
-
-    /* do not remove */
-    T1_TOKEN_TYPE_MAX
-
-  } T1_TokenType;
-
-
-  /* a simple structure used to identify tokens */
-  typedef struct  T1_TokenRec_
-  {
-    FT_Byte*      start;   /* first character of token in input stream */
-    FT_Byte*      limit;   /* first character after the token          */
-    T1_TokenType  type;    /* type of token                            */
-
-  } T1_TokenRec;
-
-
-  /* enumeration type used to identify object fields */
-  typedef enum  T1_FieldType_
-  {
-    T1_FIELD_TYPE_NONE = 0,
-    T1_FIELD_TYPE_BOOL,
-    T1_FIELD_TYPE_INTEGER,
-    T1_FIELD_TYPE_FIXED,
-    T1_FIELD_TYPE_FIXED_1000,
-    T1_FIELD_TYPE_STRING,
-    T1_FIELD_TYPE_KEY,
-    T1_FIELD_TYPE_BBOX,
-    T1_FIELD_TYPE_INTEGER_ARRAY,
-    T1_FIELD_TYPE_FIXED_ARRAY,
-    T1_FIELD_TYPE_CALLBACK,
-
-    /* do not remove */
-    T1_FIELD_TYPE_MAX
-
-  } T1_FieldType;
-
-
-  typedef enum  T1_FieldLocation_
-  {
-    T1_FIELD_LOCATION_CID_INFO,
-    T1_FIELD_LOCATION_FONT_DICT,
-    T1_FIELD_LOCATION_FONT_INFO,
-    T1_FIELD_LOCATION_PRIVATE,
-    T1_FIELD_LOCATION_BBOX,
-    T1_FIELD_LOCATION_LOADER,
-    T1_FIELD_LOCATION_FACE,
-    T1_FIELD_LOCATION_BLEND,
-
-    /* do not remove */
-    T1_FIELD_LOCATION_MAX
-
-  } T1_FieldLocation;
-
-
-  typedef void
-  (*T1_Field_ParseFunc)( FT_Face     face,
-                         FT_Pointer  parser );
-
-
-  /* structure type used to model object fields */
-  typedef struct  T1_FieldRec_
-  {
-    const char*         ident;        /* field identifier               */
-    T1_FieldLocation    location;
-    T1_FieldType        type;         /* type of field                  */
-    T1_Field_ParseFunc  reader;
-    FT_UInt             offset;       /* offset of field in object      */
-    FT_Byte             size;         /* size of field in bytes         */
-    FT_UInt             array_max;    /* maximal number of elements for */
-                                      /* array                          */
-    FT_UInt             count_offset; /* offset of element count for    */
-                                      /* arrays                         */
-    FT_UInt             dict;         /* where we expect it             */
-  } T1_FieldRec;
-
-#define T1_FIELD_DICT_FONTDICT ( 1 << 0 ) /* also FontInfo and FDArray */
-#define T1_FIELD_DICT_PRIVATE  ( 1 << 1 )
-
-
-
-#define T1_NEW_SIMPLE_FIELD( _ident, _type, _fname, _dict ) \
-          {                                                 \
-            _ident, T1CODE, _type,                          \
-            0,                                              \
-            FT_FIELD_OFFSET( _fname ),                      \
-            FT_FIELD_SIZE( _fname ),                        \
-            0, 0,                                           \
-            _dict                                           \
-          },
-
-#define T1_NEW_CALLBACK_FIELD( _ident, _reader, _dict ) \
-          {                                             \
-            _ident, T1CODE, T1_FIELD_TYPE_CALLBACK,     \
-            (T1_Field_ParseFunc)_reader,                \
-            0, 0,                                       \
-            0, 0,                                       \
-            _dict                                       \
-          },
-
-#define T1_NEW_TABLE_FIELD( _ident, _type, _fname, _max, _dict ) \
-          {                                                      \
-            _ident, T1CODE, _type,                               \
-            0,                                                   \
-            FT_FIELD_OFFSET( _fname ),                           \
-            FT_FIELD_SIZE_DELTA( _fname ),                       \
-            _max,                                                \
-            FT_FIELD_OFFSET( num_ ## _fname ),                   \
-            _dict                                                \
-          },
-
-#define T1_NEW_TABLE_FIELD2( _ident, _type, _fname, _max, _dict ) \
-          {                                                       \
-            _ident, T1CODE, _type,                                \
-            0,                                                    \
-            FT_FIELD_OFFSET( _fname ),                            \
-            FT_FIELD_SIZE_DELTA( _fname ),                        \
-            _max, 0,                                              \
-            _dict                                                 \
-          },
-
-
-#define T1_FIELD_BOOL( _ident, _fname, _dict )                             \
-          T1_NEW_SIMPLE_FIELD( _ident, T1_FIELD_TYPE_BOOL, _fname, _dict )
-
-#define T1_FIELD_NUM( _ident, _fname, _dict )                                 \
-          T1_NEW_SIMPLE_FIELD( _ident, T1_FIELD_TYPE_INTEGER, _fname, _dict )
-
-#define T1_FIELD_FIXED( _ident, _fname, _dict )                             \
-          T1_NEW_SIMPLE_FIELD( _ident, T1_FIELD_TYPE_FIXED, _fname, _dict )
-
-#define T1_FIELD_FIXED_1000( _ident, _fname, _dict )                     \
-          T1_NEW_SIMPLE_FIELD( _ident, T1_FIELD_TYPE_FIXED_1000, _fname, \
-                               _dict )
-
-#define T1_FIELD_STRING( _ident, _fname, _dict )                             \
-          T1_NEW_SIMPLE_FIELD( _ident, T1_FIELD_TYPE_STRING, _fname, _dict )
-
-#define T1_FIELD_KEY( _ident, _fname, _dict )                             \
-          T1_NEW_SIMPLE_FIELD( _ident, T1_FIELD_TYPE_KEY, _fname, _dict )
-
-#define T1_FIELD_BBOX( _ident, _fname, _dict )                             \
-          T1_NEW_SIMPLE_FIELD( _ident, T1_FIELD_TYPE_BBOX, _fname, _dict )
-
-
-#define T1_FIELD_NUM_TABLE( _ident, _fname, _fmax, _dict )         \
-          T1_NEW_TABLE_FIELD( _ident, T1_FIELD_TYPE_INTEGER_ARRAY, \
-                              _fname, _fmax, _dict )
-
-#define T1_FIELD_FIXED_TABLE( _ident, _fname, _fmax, _dict )     \
-          T1_NEW_TABLE_FIELD( _ident, T1_FIELD_TYPE_FIXED_ARRAY, \
-                              _fname, _fmax, _dict )
-
-#define T1_FIELD_NUM_TABLE2( _ident, _fname, _fmax, _dict )         \
-          T1_NEW_TABLE_FIELD2( _ident, T1_FIELD_TYPE_INTEGER_ARRAY, \
-                               _fname, _fmax, _dict )
-
-#define T1_FIELD_FIXED_TABLE2( _ident, _fname, _fmax, _dict )     \
-          T1_NEW_TABLE_FIELD2( _ident, T1_FIELD_TYPE_FIXED_ARRAY, \
-                               _fname, _fmax, _dict )
-
-#define T1_FIELD_CALLBACK( _ident, _name, _dict )       \
-          T1_NEW_CALLBACK_FIELD( _ident, _name, _dict )
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                            T1 PARSER                          *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  typedef const struct PS_Parser_FuncsRec_*  PS_Parser_Funcs;
-
-  typedef struct  PS_Parser_FuncsRec_
-  {
-    void
-    (*init)( PS_Parser  parser,
-             FT_Byte*   base,
-             FT_Byte*   limit,
-             FT_Memory  memory );
-
-    void
-    (*done)( PS_Parser  parser );
-
-    void
-    (*skip_spaces)( PS_Parser  parser );
-    void
-    (*skip_PS_token)( PS_Parser  parser );
-
-    FT_Long
-    (*to_int)( PS_Parser  parser );
-    FT_Fixed
-    (*to_fixed)( PS_Parser  parser,
-                 FT_Int     power_ten );
-
-    FT_Error
-    (*to_bytes)( PS_Parser  parser,
-                 FT_Byte*   bytes,
-                 FT_Long    max_bytes,
-                 FT_Long*   pnum_bytes,
-                 FT_Bool    delimiters );
-
-    FT_Int
-    (*to_coord_array)( PS_Parser  parser,
-                       FT_Int     max_coords,
-                       FT_Short*  coords );
-    FT_Int
-    (*to_fixed_array)( PS_Parser  parser,
-                       FT_Int     max_values,
-                       FT_Fixed*  values,
-                       FT_Int     power_ten );
-
-    void
-    (*to_token)( PS_Parser  parser,
-                 T1_Token   token );
-    void
-    (*to_token_array)( PS_Parser  parser,
-                       T1_Token   tokens,
-                       FT_UInt    max_tokens,
-                       FT_Int*    pnum_tokens );
-
-    FT_Error
-    (*load_field)( PS_Parser       parser,
-                   const T1_Field  field,
-                   void**          objects,
-                   FT_UInt         max_objects,
-                   FT_ULong*       pflags );
-
-    FT_Error
-    (*load_field_table)( PS_Parser       parser,
-                         const T1_Field  field,
-                         void**          objects,
-                         FT_UInt         max_objects,
-                         FT_ULong*       pflags );
-
-  } PS_Parser_FuncsRec;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    PS_ParserRec                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A PS_Parser is an object used to parse a Type 1 font very quickly. */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    cursor :: The current position in the text.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    base   :: Start of the processed text.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    limit  :: End of the processed text.                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    error  :: The last error returned.                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    memory :: The object used for memory operations (alloc/realloc).   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    funcs  :: A table of functions for the parser.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  PS_ParserRec_
-  {
-    FT_Byte*   cursor;
-    FT_Byte*   base;
-    FT_Byte*   limit;
-    FT_Error   error;
-    FT_Memory  memory;
-
-    PS_Parser_FuncsRec  funcs;
-
-  } PS_ParserRec;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                         T1 BUILDER                            *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  typedef struct T1_BuilderRec_*  T1_Builder;
-
-
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*T1_Builder_Check_Points_Func)( T1_Builder  builder,
-                                   FT_Int      count );
-
-  typedef void
-  (*T1_Builder_Add_Point_Func)( T1_Builder  builder,
-                                FT_Pos      x,
-                                FT_Pos      y,
-                                FT_Byte     flag );
-
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*T1_Builder_Add_Point1_Func)( T1_Builder  builder,
-                                 FT_Pos      x,
-                                 FT_Pos      y );
-
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*T1_Builder_Add_Contour_Func)( T1_Builder  builder );
-
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*T1_Builder_Start_Point_Func)( T1_Builder  builder,
-                                  FT_Pos      x,
-                                  FT_Pos      y );
-
-  typedef void
-  (*T1_Builder_Close_Contour_Func)( T1_Builder  builder );
-
-
-  typedef const struct T1_Builder_FuncsRec_*  T1_Builder_Funcs;
-
-  typedef struct  T1_Builder_FuncsRec_
-  {
-    void
-    (*init)( T1_Builder    builder,
-             FT_Face       face,
-             FT_Size       size,
-             FT_GlyphSlot  slot,
-             FT_Bool       hinting );
-
-    void
-    (*done)( T1_Builder   builder );
-
-    T1_Builder_Check_Points_Func   check_points;
-    T1_Builder_Add_Point_Func      add_point;
-    T1_Builder_Add_Point1_Func     add_point1;
-    T1_Builder_Add_Contour_Func    add_contour;
-    T1_Builder_Start_Point_Func    start_point;
-    T1_Builder_Close_Contour_Func  close_contour;
-
-  } T1_Builder_FuncsRec;
-
-
-  /* an enumeration type to handle charstring parsing states */
-  typedef enum  T1_ParseState_
-  {
-    T1_Parse_Start,
-    T1_Parse_Have_Width,
-    T1_Parse_Have_Moveto,
-    T1_Parse_Have_Path
-
-  } T1_ParseState;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Structure>                                                           */
-  /*    T1_BuilderRec                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*     A structure used during glyph loading to store its outline.       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    memory       :: The current memory object.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    face         :: The current face object.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    glyph        :: The current glyph slot.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    loader       :: XXX                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    base         :: The base glyph outline.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    current      :: The current glyph outline.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    max_points   :: maximum points in builder outline                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    max_contours :: Maximal number of contours in builder outline.     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    last         :: The last point position.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    pos_x        :: The horizontal translation (if composite glyph).   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    pos_y        :: The vertical translation (if composite glyph).     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    left_bearing :: The left side bearing point.                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    advance      :: The horizontal advance vector.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    bbox         :: Unused.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    parse_state  :: An enumeration which controls the charstring       */
-  /*                    parsing state.                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    load_points  :: If this flag is not set, no points are loaded.     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    no_recurse   :: Set but not used.                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    metrics_only :: A boolean indicating that we only want to compute  */
-  /*                    the metrics of a given glyph, not load all of its  */
-  /*                    points.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    funcs        :: An array of function pointers for the builder.     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  T1_BuilderRec_
-  {
-    FT_Memory       memory;
-    FT_Face         face;
-    FT_GlyphSlot    glyph;
-    FT_GlyphLoader  loader;
-    FT_Outline*     base;
-    FT_Outline*     current;
-
-    FT_Vector       last;
-
-    FT_Pos          pos_x;
-    FT_Pos          pos_y;
-
-    FT_Vector       left_bearing;
-    FT_Vector       advance;
-
-    FT_BBox         bbox;          /* bounding box */
-    T1_ParseState   parse_state;
-    FT_Bool         load_points;
-    FT_Bool         no_recurse;
-    FT_Bool         shift;
-
-    FT_Bool         metrics_only;
-
-    void*           hints_funcs;    /* hinter-specific */
-    void*           hints_globals;  /* hinter-specific */
-
-    T1_Builder_FuncsRec  funcs;
-
-  } T1_BuilderRec;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                         T1 DECODER                            *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-#if 0
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* T1_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS details the maximum number of nested sub-routine   */
-  /* calls during glyph loading.                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define T1_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS  8
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* T1_MAX_CHARSTRING_OPERANDS is the charstring stack's capacity.  A     */
-  /* minimum of 16 is required.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define T1_MAX_CHARSTRINGS_OPERANDS  32
-
-#endif /* 0 */
-
-
-  typedef struct  T1_Decoder_ZoneRec_
-  {
-    FT_Byte*  cursor;
-    FT_Byte*  base;
-    FT_Byte*  limit;
-
-  } T1_Decoder_ZoneRec, *T1_Decoder_Zone;
-
-
-  typedef struct T1_DecoderRec_*              T1_Decoder;
-  typedef const struct T1_Decoder_FuncsRec_*  T1_Decoder_Funcs;
-
-
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*T1_Decoder_Callback)( T1_Decoder  decoder,
-                          FT_UInt     glyph_index );
-
-
-  typedef struct  T1_Decoder_FuncsRec_
-  {
-    FT_Error
-    (*init)( T1_Decoder           decoder,
-             FT_Face              face,
-             FT_Size              size,
-             FT_GlyphSlot         slot,
-             FT_Byte**            glyph_names,
-             PS_Blend             blend,
-             FT_Bool              hinting,
-             FT_Render_Mode       hint_mode,
-             T1_Decoder_Callback  callback );
-
-    void
-    (*done)( T1_Decoder  decoder );
-
-    FT_Error
-    (*parse_charstrings)( T1_Decoder  decoder,
-                          FT_Byte*    base,
-                          FT_UInt     len );
-
-  } T1_Decoder_FuncsRec;
-
-
-  typedef struct  T1_DecoderRec_
-  {
-    T1_BuilderRec        builder;
-
-    FT_Long              stack[T1_MAX_CHARSTRINGS_OPERANDS];
-    FT_Long*             top;
-
-    T1_Decoder_ZoneRec   zones[T1_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS + 1];
-    T1_Decoder_Zone      zone;
-
-    FT_Service_PsCMaps   psnames;      /* for seac */
-    FT_UInt              num_glyphs;
-    FT_Byte**            glyph_names;
-
-    FT_Int               lenIV;        /* internal for sub routine calls */
-    FT_UInt              num_subrs;
-    FT_Byte**            subrs;
-    FT_PtrDist*          subrs_len;    /* array of subrs length (optional) */
-
-    FT_Matrix            font_matrix;
-    FT_Vector            font_offset;
-
-    FT_Int               flex_state;
-    FT_Int               num_flex_vectors;
-    FT_Vector            flex_vectors[7];
-
-    PS_Blend             blend;       /* for multiple master support */
-
-    FT_Render_Mode       hint_mode;
-
-    T1_Decoder_Callback  parse_callback;
-    T1_Decoder_FuncsRec  funcs;
-
-    FT_Int*              buildchar;
-    FT_UInt              len_buildchar;
-
-  } T1_DecoderRec;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                            AFM PARSER                         *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  typedef struct AFM_ParserRec_*  AFM_Parser;
-
-  typedef struct  AFM_Parser_FuncsRec_
-  {
-    FT_Error
-    (*init)( AFM_Parser  parser,
-             FT_Memory   memory,
-             FT_Byte*    base,
-             FT_Byte*    limit );
-
-    void
-    (*done)( AFM_Parser  parser );
-
-    FT_Error
-    (*parse)( AFM_Parser  parser );
-
-  } AFM_Parser_FuncsRec;
-
-
-  typedef struct AFM_StreamRec_*  AFM_Stream;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    AFM_ParserRec                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    An AFM_Parser is a parser for the AFM files.                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    memory    :: The object used for memory operations (alloc and      */
-  /*                 realloc).                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    stream    :: This is an opaque object.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    FontInfo  :: The result will be stored here.                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    get_index :: A user provided function to get a glyph index by its  */
-  /*                 name.                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  AFM_ParserRec_
-  {
-    FT_Memory     memory;
-    AFM_Stream    stream;
-
-    AFM_FontInfo  FontInfo;
-
-    FT_Int
-    (*get_index)( const char*  name,
-                  FT_UInt      len,
-                  void*        user_data );
-
-    void*         user_data;
-
-  } AFM_ParserRec;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                     TYPE1 CHARMAPS                            *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  typedef const struct T1_CMap_ClassesRec_*  T1_CMap_Classes;
-
-  typedef struct T1_CMap_ClassesRec_
-  {
-    FT_CMap_Class  standard;
-    FT_CMap_Class  expert;
-    FT_CMap_Class  custom;
-    FT_CMap_Class  unicode;
-
-  } T1_CMap_ClassesRec;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                        PSAux Module Interface                 *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  typedef struct  PSAux_ServiceRec_
-  {
-    /* don't use `PS_Table_Funcs' and friends to avoid compiler warnings */
-    const PS_Table_FuncsRec*    ps_table_funcs;
-    const PS_Parser_FuncsRec*   ps_parser_funcs;
-    const T1_Builder_FuncsRec*  t1_builder_funcs;
-    const T1_Decoder_FuncsRec*  t1_decoder_funcs;
-
-    void
-    (*t1_decrypt)( FT_Byte*   buffer,
-                   FT_Offset  length,
-                   FT_UShort  seed );
-
-    T1_CMap_Classes  t1_cmap_classes;
-
-    /* fields after this comment line were added after version 2.1.10 */
-    const AFM_Parser_FuncsRec*  afm_parser_funcs;
-
-  } PSAux_ServiceRec, *PSAux_Service;
-
-  /* backwards-compatible type definition */
-  typedef PSAux_ServiceRec   PSAux_Interface;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                 Some convenience functions                    *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-#define IS_PS_NEWLINE( ch ) \
-  ( (ch) == '\r' ||         \
-    (ch) == '\n' )
-
-#define IS_PS_SPACE( ch )  \
-  ( (ch) == ' '         || \
-    IS_PS_NEWLINE( ch ) || \
-    (ch) == '\t'        || \
-    (ch) == '\f'        || \
-    (ch) == '\0' )
-
-#define IS_PS_SPECIAL( ch )       \
-  ( (ch) == '/'                || \
-    (ch) == '(' || (ch) == ')' || \
-    (ch) == '<' || (ch) == '>' || \
-    (ch) == '[' || (ch) == ']' || \
-    (ch) == '{' || (ch) == '}' || \
-    (ch) == '%'                )
-
-#define IS_PS_DELIM( ch )  \
-  ( IS_PS_SPACE( ch )   || \
-    IS_PS_SPECIAL( ch ) )
-
-#define IS_PS_DIGIT( ch )        \
-  ( (ch) >= '0' && (ch) <= '9' )
-
-#define IS_PS_XDIGIT( ch )            \
-  ( IS_PS_DIGIT( ch )              || \
-    ( (ch) >= 'A' && (ch) <= 'F' ) || \
-    ( (ch) >= 'a' && (ch) <= 'f' ) )
-
-#define IS_PS_BASE85( ch )       \
-  ( (ch) >= '!' && (ch) <= 'u' )
-
-#define IS_PS_TOKEN( cur, limit, token )                                \
-  ( (char)(cur)[0] == (token)[0]                                     && \
-    ( (cur) + sizeof ( (token) ) == (limit) ||                          \
-      ( (cur) + sizeof( (token) ) < (limit)          &&                 \
-        IS_PS_DELIM( (cur)[sizeof ( (token) ) - 1] ) ) )             && \
-    ft_strncmp( (char*)(cur), (token), sizeof ( (token) ) - 1 ) == 0 )
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __PSAUX_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/pshints.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/pshints.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 48452c0..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/pshints.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,687 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  pshints.h                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Interface to Postscript-specific (Type 1 and Type 2) hints           */
-/*    recorders (specification only).  These are used to support native    */
-/*    T1/T2 hints in the `type1', `cid', and `cff' font drivers.           */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2001, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2006, 2007 by                        */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __PSHINTS_H__
-#define __PSHINTS_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_FREETYPE_H
-#include FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****               INTERNAL REPRESENTATION OF GLOBALS              *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  typedef struct PSH_GlobalsRec_*  PSH_Globals;
-
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*PSH_Globals_NewFunc)( FT_Memory     memory,
-                          T1_Private*   private_dict,
-                          PSH_Globals*  aglobals );
-
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*PSH_Globals_SetScaleFunc)( PSH_Globals  globals,
-                               FT_Fixed     x_scale,
-                               FT_Fixed     y_scale,
-                               FT_Fixed     x_delta,
-                               FT_Fixed     y_delta );
-
-  typedef void
-  (*PSH_Globals_DestroyFunc)( PSH_Globals  globals );
-
-
-  typedef struct  PSH_Globals_FuncsRec_
-  {
-    PSH_Globals_NewFunc       create;
-    PSH_Globals_SetScaleFunc  set_scale;
-    PSH_Globals_DestroyFunc   destroy;
-
-  } PSH_Globals_FuncsRec, *PSH_Globals_Funcs;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                  PUBLIC TYPE 1 HINTS RECORDER                 *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @type:
-   *   T1_Hints
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   This is a handle to an opaque structure used to record glyph hints
-   *   from a Type 1 character glyph character string.
-   *
-   *   The methods used to operate on this object are defined by the
-   *   @T1_Hints_FuncsRec structure.  Recording glyph hints is normally
-   *   achieved through the following scheme:
-   *
-   *   - Open a new hint recording session by calling the `open' method.
-   *     This rewinds the recorder and prepare it for new input.
-   *
-   *   - For each hint found in the glyph charstring, call the corresponding
-   *     method (`stem', `stem3', or `reset').  Note that these functions do
-   *     not return an error code.
-   *
-   *   - Close the recording session by calling the `close' method.  It
-   *     returns an error code if the hints were invalid or something
-   *     strange happened (e.g., memory shortage).
-   *
-   *   The hints accumulated in the object can later be used by the
-   *   PostScript hinter.
-   *
-   */
-  typedef struct T1_HintsRec_*  T1_Hints;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @type:
-   *   T1_Hints_Funcs
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A pointer to the @T1_Hints_FuncsRec structure that defines the API of
-   *   a given @T1_Hints object.
-   *
-   */
-  typedef const struct T1_Hints_FuncsRec_*  T1_Hints_Funcs;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @functype:
-   *   T1_Hints_OpenFunc
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A method of the @T1_Hints class used to prepare it for a new Type 1
-   *   hints recording session.
-   *
-   * @input:
-   *   hints ::
-   *     A handle to the Type 1 hints recorder.
-   *
-   * @note:
-   *   You should always call the @T1_Hints_CloseFunc method in order to
-   *   close an opened recording session.
-   *
-   */
-  typedef void
-  (*T1_Hints_OpenFunc)( T1_Hints  hints );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @functype:
-   *   T1_Hints_SetStemFunc
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A method of the @T1_Hints class used to record a new horizontal or
-   *   vertical stem.  This corresponds to the Type 1 `hstem' and `vstem'
-   *   operators.
-   *
-   * @input:
-   *   hints ::
-   *     A handle to the Type 1 hints recorder.
-   *
-   *   dimension ::
-   *     0 for horizontal stems (hstem), 1 for vertical ones (vstem).
-   *
-   *   coords ::
-   *     Array of 2 integers, used as (position,length) stem descriptor.
-   *
-   * @note:
-   *   Use vertical coordinates (y) for horizontal stems (dim=0).  Use
-   *   horizontal coordinates (x) for vertical stems (dim=1).
-   *
-   *   `coords[0]' is the absolute stem position (lowest coordinate);
-   *   `coords[1]' is the length.
-   *
-   *   The length can be negative, in which case it must be either -20 or
-   *   -21.  It is interpreted as a `ghost' stem, according to the Type 1
-   *   specification.
-   *
-   *   If the length is -21 (corresponding to a bottom ghost stem), then
-   *   the real stem position is `coords[0]+coords[1]'.
-   *
-   */
-  typedef void
-  (*T1_Hints_SetStemFunc)( T1_Hints  hints,
-                           FT_UInt   dimension,
-                           FT_Long*  coords );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @functype:
-   *   T1_Hints_SetStem3Func
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A method of the @T1_Hints class used to record three
-   *   counter-controlled horizontal or vertical stems at once.
-   *
-   * @input:
-   *   hints ::
-   *     A handle to the Type 1 hints recorder.
-   *
-   *   dimension ::
-   *     0 for horizontal stems, 1 for vertical ones.
-   *
-   *   coords ::
-   *     An array of 6 integers, holding 3 (position,length) pairs for the
-   *     counter-controlled stems.
-   *
-   * @note:
-   *   Use vertical coordinates (y) for horizontal stems (dim=0).  Use
-   *   horizontal coordinates (x) for vertical stems (dim=1).
-   *
-   *   The lengths cannot be negative (ghost stems are never
-   *   counter-controlled).
-   *
-   */
-  typedef void
-  (*T1_Hints_SetStem3Func)( T1_Hints  hints,
-                            FT_UInt   dimension,
-                            FT_Long*  coords );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @functype:
-   *   T1_Hints_ResetFunc
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A method of the @T1_Hints class used to reset the stems hints in a
-   *   recording session.
-   *
-   * @input:
-   *   hints ::
-   *     A handle to the Type 1 hints recorder.
-   *
-   *   end_point ::
-   *     The index of the last point in the input glyph in which the
-   *     previously defined hints apply.
-   *
-   */
-  typedef void
-  (*T1_Hints_ResetFunc)( T1_Hints  hints,
-                         FT_UInt   end_point );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @functype:
-   *   T1_Hints_CloseFunc
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A method of the @T1_Hints class used to close a hint recording
-   *   session.
-   *
-   * @input:
-   *   hints ::
-   *     A handle to the Type 1 hints recorder.
-   *
-   *   end_point ::
-   *     The index of the last point in the input glyph.
-   *
-   * @return:
-   *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.
-   *
-   * @note:
-   *   The error code is set to indicate that an error occurred during the
-   *   recording session.
-   *
-   */
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*T1_Hints_CloseFunc)( T1_Hints  hints,
-                         FT_UInt   end_point );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @functype:
-   *   T1_Hints_ApplyFunc
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A method of the @T1_Hints class used to apply hints to the
-   *   corresponding glyph outline.  Must be called once all hints have been
-   *   recorded.
-   *
-   * @input:
-   *   hints ::
-   *     A handle to the Type 1 hints recorder.
-   *
-   *   outline ::
-   *     A pointer to the target outline descriptor.
-   *
-   *   globals ::
-   *     The hinter globals for this font.
-   *
-   *   hint_mode ::
-   *     Hinting information.
-   *
-   * @return:
-   *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.
-   *
-   * @note:
-   *   On input, all points within the outline are in font coordinates. On
-   *   output, they are in 1/64th of pixels.
-   *
-   *   The scaling transformation is taken from the `globals' object which
-   *   must correspond to the same font as the glyph.
-   *
-   */
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*T1_Hints_ApplyFunc)( T1_Hints        hints,
-                         FT_Outline*     outline,
-                         PSH_Globals     globals,
-                         FT_Render_Mode  hint_mode );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @struct:
-   *   T1_Hints_FuncsRec
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   The structure used to provide the API to @T1_Hints objects.
-   *
-   * @fields:
-   *   hints ::
-   *     A handle to the T1 Hints recorder.
-   *
-   *   open ::
-   *     The function to open a recording session.
-   *
-   *   close ::
-   *     The function to close a recording session.
-   *
-   *   stem ::
-   *     The function to set a simple stem.
-   *
-   *   stem3 ::
-   *     The function to set counter-controlled stems.
-   *
-   *   reset ::
-   *     The function to reset stem hints.
-   *
-   *   apply ::
-   *     The function to apply the hints to the corresponding glyph outline.
-   *
-   */
-  typedef struct  T1_Hints_FuncsRec_
-  {
-    T1_Hints               hints;
-    T1_Hints_OpenFunc      open;
-    T1_Hints_CloseFunc     close;
-    T1_Hints_SetStemFunc   stem;
-    T1_Hints_SetStem3Func  stem3;
-    T1_Hints_ResetFunc     reset;
-    T1_Hints_ApplyFunc     apply;
-
-  } T1_Hints_FuncsRec;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                  PUBLIC TYPE 2 HINTS RECORDER                 *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @type:
-   *   T2_Hints
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   This is a handle to an opaque structure used to record glyph hints
-   *   from a Type 2 character glyph character string.
-   *
-   *   The methods used to operate on this object are defined by the
-   *   @T2_Hints_FuncsRec structure.  Recording glyph hints is normally
-   *   achieved through the following scheme:
-   *
-   *   - Open a new hint recording session by calling the `open' method.
-   *     This rewinds the recorder and prepare it for new input.
-   *
-   *   - For each hint found in the glyph charstring, call the corresponding
-   *     method (`stems', `hintmask', `counters').  Note that these
-   *     functions do not return an error code.
-   *
-   *   - Close the recording session by calling the `close' method.  It
-   *     returns an error code if the hints were invalid or something
-   *     strange happened (e.g., memory shortage).
-   *
-   *   The hints accumulated in the object can later be used by the
-   *   Postscript hinter.
-   *
-   */
-  typedef struct T2_HintsRec_*  T2_Hints;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @type:
-   *   T2_Hints_Funcs
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A pointer to the @T2_Hints_FuncsRec structure that defines the API of
-   *   a given @T2_Hints object.
-   *
-   */
-  typedef const struct T2_Hints_FuncsRec_*  T2_Hints_Funcs;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @functype:
-   *   T2_Hints_OpenFunc
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A method of the @T2_Hints class used to prepare it for a new Type 2
-   *   hints recording session.
-   *
-   * @input:
-   *   hints ::
-   *     A handle to the Type 2 hints recorder.
-   *
-   * @note:
-   *   You should always call the @T2_Hints_CloseFunc method in order to
-   *   close an opened recording session.
-   *
-   */
-  typedef void
-  (*T2_Hints_OpenFunc)( T2_Hints  hints );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @functype:
-   *   T2_Hints_StemsFunc
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A method of the @T2_Hints class used to set the table of stems in
-   *   either the vertical or horizontal dimension.  Equivalent to the
-   *   `hstem', `vstem', `hstemhm', and `vstemhm' Type 2 operators.
-   *
-   * @input:
-   *   hints ::
-   *     A handle to the Type 2 hints recorder.
-   *
-   *   dimension ::
-   *     0 for horizontal stems (hstem), 1 for vertical ones (vstem).
-   *
-   *   count ::
-   *     The number of stems.
-   *
-   *   coords ::
-   *     An array of `count' (position,length) pairs.
-   *
-   * @note:
-   *   Use vertical coordinates (y) for horizontal stems (dim=0).  Use
-   *   horizontal coordinates (x) for vertical stems (dim=1).
-   *
-   *   There are `2*count' elements in the `coords' array.  Each even
-   *   element is an absolute position in font units, each odd element is a
-   *   length in font units.
-   *
-   *   A length can be negative, in which case it must be either -20 or
-   *   -21.  It is interpreted as a `ghost' stem, according to the Type 1
-   *   specification.
-   *
-   */
-  typedef void
-  (*T2_Hints_StemsFunc)( T2_Hints   hints,
-                         FT_UInt    dimension,
-                         FT_UInt    count,
-                         FT_Fixed*  coordinates );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @functype:
-   *   T2_Hints_MaskFunc
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A method of the @T2_Hints class used to set a given hintmask (this
-   *   corresponds to the `hintmask' Type 2 operator).
-   *
-   * @input:
-   *   hints ::
-   *     A handle to the Type 2 hints recorder.
-   *
-   *   end_point ::
-   *     The glyph index of the last point to which the previously defined
-   *     or activated hints apply.
-   *
-   *   bit_count ::
-   *     The number of bits in the hint mask.
-   *
-   *   bytes ::
-   *     An array of bytes modelling the hint mask.
-   *
-   * @note:
-   *   If the hintmask starts the charstring (before any glyph point
-   *   definition), the value of `end_point' should be 0.
-   *
-   *   `bit_count' is the number of meaningful bits in the `bytes' array; it
-   *   must be equal to the total number of hints defined so far (i.e.,
-   *   horizontal+verticals).
-   *
-   *   The `bytes' array can come directly from the Type 2 charstring and
-   *   respects the same format.
-   *
-   */
-  typedef void
-  (*T2_Hints_MaskFunc)( T2_Hints        hints,
-                        FT_UInt         end_point,
-                        FT_UInt         bit_count,
-                        const FT_Byte*  bytes );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @functype:
-   *   T2_Hints_CounterFunc
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A method of the @T2_Hints class used to set a given counter mask
-   *   (this corresponds to the `hintmask' Type 2 operator).
-   *
-   * @input:
-   *   hints ::
-   *     A handle to the Type 2 hints recorder.
-   *
-   *   end_point ::
-   *     A glyph index of the last point to which the previously defined or
-   *     active hints apply.
-   *
-   *   bit_count ::
-   *     The number of bits in the hint mask.
-   *
-   *   bytes ::
-   *     An array of bytes modelling the hint mask.
-   *
-   * @note:
-   *   If the hintmask starts the charstring (before any glyph point
-   *   definition), the value of `end_point' should be 0.
-   *
-   *   `bit_count' is the number of meaningful bits in the `bytes' array; it
-   *   must be equal to the total number of hints defined so far (i.e.,
-   *   horizontal+verticals).
-   *
-   *    The `bytes' array can come directly from the Type 2 charstring and
-   *    respects the same format.
-   *
-   */
-  typedef void
-  (*T2_Hints_CounterFunc)( T2_Hints        hints,
-                           FT_UInt         bit_count,
-                           const FT_Byte*  bytes );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @functype:
-   *   T2_Hints_CloseFunc
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A method of the @T2_Hints class used to close a hint recording
-   *   session.
-   *
-   * @input:
-   *   hints ::
-   *     A handle to the Type 2 hints recorder.
-   *
-   *   end_point ::
-   *     The index of the last point in the input glyph.
-   *
-   * @return:
-   *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.
-   *
-   * @note:
-   *   The error code is set to indicate that an error occurred during the
-   *   recording session.
-   *
-   */
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*T2_Hints_CloseFunc)( T2_Hints  hints,
-                         FT_UInt   end_point );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @functype:
-   *   T2_Hints_ApplyFunc
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A method of the @T2_Hints class used to apply hints to the
-   *   corresponding glyph outline.  Must be called after the `close'
-   *   method.
-   *
-   * @input:
-   *   hints ::
-   *     A handle to the Type 2 hints recorder.
-   *
-   *   outline ::
-   *     A pointer to the target outline descriptor.
-   *
-   *   globals ::
-   *     The hinter globals for this font.
-   *
-   *   hint_mode ::
-   *     Hinting information.
-   *
-   * @return:
-   *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.
-   *
-   * @note:
-   *   On input, all points within the outline are in font coordinates. On
-   *   output, they are in 1/64th of pixels.
-   *
-   *   The scaling transformation is taken from the `globals' object which
-   *   must correspond to the same font than the glyph.
-   *
-   */
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*T2_Hints_ApplyFunc)( T2_Hints        hints,
-                         FT_Outline*     outline,
-                         PSH_Globals     globals,
-                         FT_Render_Mode  hint_mode );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @struct:
-   *   T2_Hints_FuncsRec
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   The structure used to provide the API to @T2_Hints objects.
-   *
-   * @fields:
-   *   hints ::
-   *     A handle to the T2 hints recorder object.
-   *
-   *   open ::
-   *     The function to open a recording session.
-   *
-   *   close ::
-   *     The function to close a recording session.
-   *
-   *   stems ::
-   *     The function to set the dimension's stems table.
-   *
-   *   hintmask ::
-   *     The function to set hint masks.
-   *
-   *   counter ::
-   *     The function to set counter masks.
-   *
-   *   apply ::
-   *     The function to apply the hints on the corresponding glyph outline.
-   *
-   */
-  typedef struct  T2_Hints_FuncsRec_
-  {
-    T2_Hints              hints;
-    T2_Hints_OpenFunc     open;
-    T2_Hints_CloseFunc    close;
-    T2_Hints_StemsFunc    stems;
-    T2_Hints_MaskFunc     hintmask;
-    T2_Hints_CounterFunc  counter;
-    T2_Hints_ApplyFunc    apply;
-
-  } T2_Hints_FuncsRec;
-
-
-  /* */
-
-
-  typedef struct  PSHinter_Interface_
-  {
-    PSH_Globals_Funcs  (*get_globals_funcs)( FT_Module  module );
-    T1_Hints_Funcs     (*get_t1_funcs)     ( FT_Module  module );
-    T2_Hints_Funcs     (*get_t2_funcs)     ( FT_Module  module );
-
-  } PSHinter_Interface;
-
-  typedef PSHinter_Interface*  PSHinter_Service;
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __PSHINTS_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svbdf.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svbdf.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 0f7fc61..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svbdf.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  svbdf.h                                                                */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    The FreeType BDF services (specification).                           */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2003 by                                                      */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __SVBDF_H__
-#define __SVBDF_H__
-
-#include FT_BDF_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_SERVICE_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-#define FT_SERVICE_ID_BDF  "bdf"
-
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*FT_BDF_GetCharsetIdFunc)( FT_Face       face,
-                              const char*  *acharset_encoding,
-                              const char*  *acharset_registry );
-
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*FT_BDF_GetPropertyFunc)( FT_Face           face,
-                             const char*       prop_name,
-                             BDF_PropertyRec  *aproperty );
-
-
-  FT_DEFINE_SERVICE( BDF )
-  {
-    FT_BDF_GetCharsetIdFunc  get_charset_id;
-    FT_BDF_GetPropertyFunc   get_property;
-  };
-
-  /* */
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-
-#endif /* __SVBDF_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svcid.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svcid.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 47fef62..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svcid.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  svcid.h                                                                */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    The FreeType CID font services (specification).                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2007 by Derek Clegg.                                         */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __SVCID_H__
-#define __SVCID_H__
-
-#include FT_INTERNAL_SERVICE_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-#define FT_SERVICE_ID_CID  "CID"
-
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*FT_CID_GetRegistryOrderingSupplementFunc)( FT_Face       face,
-                                               const char*  *registry,
-                                               const char*  *ordering,
-                                               FT_Int       *supplement );
-
-  FT_DEFINE_SERVICE( CID )
-  {
-    FT_CID_GetRegistryOrderingSupplementFunc  get_ros;
-  };
-
-  /* */
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-
-#endif /* __SVCID_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svgldict.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svgldict.h
deleted file mode 100644
index e5e56b2..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svgldict.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  svgldict.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    The FreeType glyph dictionary services (specification).              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2003 by                                                      */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __SVGLDICT_H__
-#define __SVGLDICT_H__
-
-#include FT_INTERNAL_SERVICE_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /*
-   *  A service used to retrieve glyph names, as well as to find the
-   *  index of a given glyph name in a font.
-   *
-   */
-
-#define FT_SERVICE_ID_GLYPH_DICT  "glyph-dict"
-
-
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*FT_GlyphDict_GetNameFunc)( FT_Face     face,
-                               FT_UInt     glyph_index,
-                               FT_Pointer  buffer,
-                               FT_UInt     buffer_max );
-
-  typedef FT_UInt
-  (*FT_GlyphDict_NameIndexFunc)( FT_Face     face,
-                                 FT_String*  glyph_name );
-
-
-  FT_DEFINE_SERVICE( GlyphDict )
-  {
-    FT_GlyphDict_GetNameFunc    get_name;
-    FT_GlyphDict_NameIndexFunc  name_index;  /* optional */
-  };
-
-  /* */
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-
-#endif /* __SVGLDICT_H__ */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svgxval.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svgxval.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 2cdab50..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svgxval.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  svgxval.h                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType API for validating TrueTypeGX/AAT tables (specification).   */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2004, 2005 by                                                */
-/*  Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K.,                                         */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.        */
-/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology      */
-/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.                                           */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __SVGXVAL_H__
-#define __SVGXVAL_H__
-
-#include FT_GX_VALIDATE_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_VALIDATE_H
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-#define FT_SERVICE_ID_GX_VALIDATE           "truetypegx-validate"
-#define FT_SERVICE_ID_CLASSICKERN_VALIDATE  "classickern-validate"
-
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*gxv_validate_func)( FT_Face   face,
-                        FT_UInt   gx_flags,
-                        FT_Bytes  tables[FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH],
-                        FT_UInt   table_length );
-
-
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*ckern_validate_func)( FT_Face   face,
-                          FT_UInt   ckern_flags,
-                          FT_Bytes  *ckern_table );
-
-
-  FT_DEFINE_SERVICE( GXvalidate )
-  {
-    gxv_validate_func  validate;
-  };
-
-  FT_DEFINE_SERVICE( CKERNvalidate )
-  {
-    ckern_validate_func  validate;
-  };
-
-  /* */
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-
-#endif /* __SVGXVAL_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svkern.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svkern.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 1488adf..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svkern.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  svkern.h                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    The FreeType Kerning service (specification).                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2006 by                                                      */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __SVKERN_H__
-#define __SVKERN_H__
-
-#include FT_INTERNAL_SERVICE_H
-#include FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-#define FT_SERVICE_ID_KERNING  "kerning"
-
-
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*FT_Kerning_TrackGetFunc)( FT_Face    face,
-                              FT_Fixed   point_size,
-                              FT_Int     degree,
-                              FT_Fixed*  akerning );
-
-  FT_DEFINE_SERVICE( Kerning )
-  {
-    FT_Kerning_TrackGetFunc  get_track;
-  };
-
-  /* */
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-
-#endif /* __SVKERN_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svmm.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svmm.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 8a99ec4..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svmm.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  svmm.h                                                                 */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    The FreeType Multiple Masters and GX var services (specification).   */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2003, 2004 by                                                */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __SVMM_H__
-#define __SVMM_H__
-
-#include FT_INTERNAL_SERVICE_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /*
-   *  A service used to manage multiple-masters data in a given face.
-   *
-   *  See the related APIs in `ftmm.h' (FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H).
-   *
-   */
-
-#define FT_SERVICE_ID_MULTI_MASTERS  "multi-masters"
-
-
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*FT_Get_MM_Func)( FT_Face           face,
-                     FT_Multi_Master*  master );
-
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*FT_Get_MM_Var_Func)( FT_Face      face,
-                         FT_MM_Var*  *master );
-
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*FT_Set_MM_Design_Func)( FT_Face   face,
-                            FT_UInt   num_coords,
-                            FT_Long*  coords );
-
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*FT_Set_Var_Design_Func)( FT_Face    face,
-                             FT_UInt    num_coords,
-                             FT_Fixed*  coords );
-
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*FT_Set_MM_Blend_Func)( FT_Face   face,
-                           FT_UInt   num_coords,
-                           FT_Long*  coords );
-
-
-  FT_DEFINE_SERVICE( MultiMasters )
-  {
-    FT_Get_MM_Func          get_mm;
-    FT_Set_MM_Design_Func   set_mm_design;
-    FT_Set_MM_Blend_Func    set_mm_blend;
-    FT_Get_MM_Var_Func      get_mm_var;
-    FT_Set_Var_Design_Func  set_var_design;
-  };
-
-  /* */
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __SVMM_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svotval.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svotval.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 970bbd5..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svotval.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  svotval.h                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    The FreeType OpenType validation service (specification).            */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2004, 2006 by                                                */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __SVOTVAL_H__
-#define __SVOTVAL_H__
-
-#include FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_VALIDATE_H
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-#define FT_SERVICE_ID_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE  "opentype-validate"
-
-
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*otv_validate_func)( FT_Face volatile  face,
-                        FT_UInt           ot_flags,
-                        FT_Bytes         *base,
-                        FT_Bytes         *gdef,
-                        FT_Bytes         *gpos,
-                        FT_Bytes         *gsub,
-                        FT_Bytes         *jstf );
-
-
-  FT_DEFINE_SERVICE( OTvalidate )
-  {
-    otv_validate_func  validate;
-  };
-
-  /* */
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-
-#endif /* __SVOTVAL_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svpfr.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svpfr.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 462786f..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svpfr.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  svpfr.h                                                                */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Internal PFR service functions (specification).                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2003, 2006 by                                                */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __SVPFR_H__
-#define __SVPFR_H__
-
-#include FT_PFR_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_SERVICE_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-#define FT_SERVICE_ID_PFR_METRICS  "pfr-metrics"
-
-
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*FT_PFR_GetMetricsFunc)( FT_Face    face,
-                            FT_UInt   *aoutline,
-                            FT_UInt   *ametrics,
-                            FT_Fixed  *ax_scale,
-                            FT_Fixed  *ay_scale );
-
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*FT_PFR_GetKerningFunc)( FT_Face     face,
-                            FT_UInt     left,
-                            FT_UInt     right,
-                            FT_Vector  *avector );
-
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*FT_PFR_GetAdvanceFunc)( FT_Face   face,
-                            FT_UInt   gindex,
-                            FT_Pos   *aadvance );
-
-
-  FT_DEFINE_SERVICE( PfrMetrics )
-  {
-    FT_PFR_GetMetricsFunc  get_metrics;
-    FT_PFR_GetKerningFunc  get_kerning;
-    FT_PFR_GetAdvanceFunc  get_advance;
-
-  };
-
- /* */
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __SVPFR_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svpostnm.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svpostnm.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 282da68..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svpostnm.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  svpostnm.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    The FreeType PostScript name services (specification).               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2003, 2007 by                                                */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __SVPOSTNM_H__
-#define __SVPOSTNM_H__
-
-#include FT_INTERNAL_SERVICE_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-  /*
-   *  A trivial service used to retrieve the PostScript name of a given
-   *  font when available.  The `get_name' field should never be NULL.
-   *
-   *  The corresponding function can return NULL to indicate that the
-   *  PostScript name is not available.
-   *
-   *  The name is owned by the face and will be destroyed with it.
-   */
-
-#define FT_SERVICE_ID_POSTSCRIPT_FONT_NAME  "postscript-font-name"
-
-
-  typedef const char*
-  (*FT_PsName_GetFunc)( FT_Face  face );
-
-
-  FT_DEFINE_SERVICE( PsFontName )
-  {
-    FT_PsName_GetFunc  get_ps_font_name;
-  };
-
-  /* */
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-
-#endif /* __SVPOSTNM_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svpscmap.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svpscmap.h
deleted file mode 100644
index c4e25ed..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svpscmap.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,129 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  svpscmap.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    The FreeType PostScript charmap service (specification).             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2003, 2006 by                                                */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __SVPSCMAP_H__
-#define __SVPSCMAP_H__
-
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-#define FT_SERVICE_ID_POSTSCRIPT_CMAPS  "postscript-cmaps"
-
-
-  /*
-   *  Adobe glyph name to unicode value.
-   */
-  typedef FT_UInt32
-  (*PS_Unicode_ValueFunc)( const char*  glyph_name );
-
-  /*
-   *  Macintosh name id to glyph name.  NULL if invalid index.
-   */
-  typedef const char*
-  (*PS_Macintosh_NameFunc)( FT_UInt  name_index );
-
-  /*
-   *  Adobe standard string ID to glyph name.  NULL if invalid index.
-   */
-  typedef const char*
-  (*PS_Adobe_Std_StringsFunc)( FT_UInt  string_index );
-
-
-  /*
-   *  Simple unicode -> glyph index charmap built from font glyph names
-   *  table.
-   */
-  typedef struct  PS_UniMap_
-  {
-    FT_UInt32  unicode;      /* bit 31 set: is glyph variant */
-    FT_UInt    glyph_index;
-
-  } PS_UniMap;
-
-
-  typedef struct PS_UnicodesRec_*  PS_Unicodes;
-
-  typedef struct  PS_UnicodesRec_
-  {
-    FT_CMapRec  cmap;
-    FT_UInt     num_maps;
-    PS_UniMap*  maps;
-
-  } PS_UnicodesRec;
-
-
-  /*
-   *  A function which returns a glyph name for a given index.  Returns
-   *  NULL if invalid index.
-   */
-  typedef const char*
-  (*PS_GetGlyphNameFunc)( FT_Pointer  data,
-                          FT_UInt     string_index );
-
-  /*
-   *  A function used to release the glyph name returned by
-   *  PS_GetGlyphNameFunc, when needed
-   */
-  typedef void
-  (*PS_FreeGlyphNameFunc)( FT_Pointer  data,
-                           const char*  name );
-
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*PS_Unicodes_InitFunc)( FT_Memory             memory,
-                           PS_Unicodes           unicodes,
-                           FT_UInt               num_glyphs,
-                           PS_GetGlyphNameFunc   get_glyph_name,
-                           PS_FreeGlyphNameFunc  free_glyph_name,
-                           FT_Pointer            glyph_data );
-
-  typedef FT_UInt
-  (*PS_Unicodes_CharIndexFunc)( PS_Unicodes  unicodes,
-                                FT_UInt32    unicode );
-
-  typedef FT_ULong
-  (*PS_Unicodes_CharNextFunc)( PS_Unicodes  unicodes,
-                               FT_UInt32   *unicode );
-
-
-  FT_DEFINE_SERVICE( PsCMaps )
-  {
-    PS_Unicode_ValueFunc       unicode_value;
-
-    PS_Unicodes_InitFunc       unicodes_init;
-    PS_Unicodes_CharIndexFunc  unicodes_char_index;
-    PS_Unicodes_CharNextFunc   unicodes_char_next;
-
-    PS_Macintosh_NameFunc      macintosh_name;
-    PS_Adobe_Std_StringsFunc   adobe_std_strings;
-    const unsigned short*      adobe_std_encoding;
-    const unsigned short*      adobe_expert_encoding;
-  };
-
-  /* */
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-
-#endif /* __SVPSCMAP_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svpsinfo.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svpsinfo.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 63f5db9..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svpsinfo.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  svpsinfo.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    The FreeType PostScript info service (specification).                */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2003, 2004 by                                                */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __SVPSINFO_H__
-#define __SVPSINFO_H__
-
-#include FT_INTERNAL_SERVICE_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_TYPE1_TYPES_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-#define FT_SERVICE_ID_POSTSCRIPT_INFO  "postscript-info"
-
-
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*PS_GetFontInfoFunc)( FT_Face          face,
-                         PS_FontInfoRec*  afont_info );
-
-  typedef FT_Int
-  (*PS_HasGlyphNamesFunc)( FT_Face   face );
-
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*PS_GetFontPrivateFunc)( FT_Face         face,
-                            PS_PrivateRec*  afont_private );
-
-
-  FT_DEFINE_SERVICE( PsInfo )
-  {
-    PS_GetFontInfoFunc     ps_get_font_info;
-    PS_HasGlyphNamesFunc   ps_has_glyph_names;
-    PS_GetFontPrivateFunc  ps_get_font_private;
-  };
-
-  /* */
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-
-#endif /* __SVPSINFO_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svsfnt.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svsfnt.h
deleted file mode 100644
index b4a85d9..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svsfnt.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  svsfnt.h                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    The FreeType SFNT table loading service (specification).             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2003, 2004 by                                                */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __SVSFNT_H__
-#define __SVSFNT_H__
-
-#include FT_INTERNAL_SERVICE_H
-#include FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /*
-   *  SFNT table loading service.
-   */
-
-#define FT_SERVICE_ID_SFNT_TABLE  "sfnt-table"
-
-
-  /*
-   * Used to implement FT_Load_Sfnt_Table().
-   */
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*FT_SFNT_TableLoadFunc)( FT_Face    face,
-                            FT_ULong   tag,
-                            FT_Long    offset,
-                            FT_Byte*   buffer,
-                            FT_ULong*  length );
-
-  /*
-   * Used to implement FT_Get_Sfnt_Table().
-   */
-  typedef void*
-  (*FT_SFNT_TableGetFunc)( FT_Face      face,
-                           FT_Sfnt_Tag  tag );
-
-
-  /*
-   * Used to implement FT_Sfnt_Table_Info().
-   */
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*FT_SFNT_TableInfoFunc)( FT_Face    face,
-                            FT_UInt    idx,
-                            FT_ULong  *tag,
-                            FT_ULong  *length );
-
-
-  FT_DEFINE_SERVICE( SFNT_Table )
-  {
-    FT_SFNT_TableLoadFunc  load_table;
-    FT_SFNT_TableGetFunc   get_table;
-    FT_SFNT_TableInfoFunc  table_info;
-  };
-
-  /* */
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-
-#endif /* __SVSFNT_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svttcmap.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svttcmap.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 1e02d15..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svttcmap.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  svsttcmap.h                                                            */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    The FreeType TrueType/sfnt cmap extra information service.           */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2003 by                                                      */
-/*  Masatake YAMATO, Redhat K.K.                                           */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2003 by                                                      */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-/* Development of this service is support of
-   Information-technology Promotion Agency, Japan. */
-
-#ifndef __SVTTCMAP_H__
-#define __SVTTCMAP_H__
-
-#include FT_INTERNAL_SERVICE_H
-#include FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-#define FT_SERVICE_ID_TT_CMAP "tt-cmaps"
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    TT_CMapInfo                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A structure used to store TrueType/sfnt specific cmap information  */
-  /*    which is not covered by the generic @FT_CharMap structure.  This   */
-  /*    structure can be accessed with the @FT_Get_TT_CMap_Info function.  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    language ::                                                        */
-  /*      The language ID used in Mac fonts.  Definitions of values are in */
-  /*      freetype/ttnameid.h.                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  TT_CMapInfo_
-  {
-    FT_ULong language;
-    FT_Long  format;
-
-  } TT_CMapInfo;
-
-
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*TT_CMap_Info_GetFunc)( FT_CharMap    charmap,
-                           TT_CMapInfo  *cmap_info );
-
-
-  FT_DEFINE_SERVICE( TTCMaps )
-  {
-    TT_CMap_Info_GetFunc  get_cmap_info;
-  };
-
-  /* */
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __SVTTCMAP_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svtteng.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svtteng.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 58e02a6..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svtteng.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  svtteng.h                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    The FreeType TrueType engine query service (specification).          */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2006 by                                                      */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __SVTTENG_H__
-#define __SVTTENG_H__
-
-#include FT_INTERNAL_SERVICE_H
-#include FT_MODULE_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /*
-   *  SFNT table loading service.
-   */
-
-#define FT_SERVICE_ID_TRUETYPE_ENGINE  "truetype-engine"
-
-  /*
-   * Used to implement FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type
-   */
-
-  FT_DEFINE_SERVICE( TrueTypeEngine )
-  {
-    FT_TrueTypeEngineType  engine_type;
-  };
-
-  /* */
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-
-#endif /* __SVTTENG_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svttglyf.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svttglyf.h
deleted file mode 100644
index e57d484..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svttglyf.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  svttglyf.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    The FreeType TrueType glyph service.                                 */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2007 by David Turner.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef __SVTTGLYF_H__
-#define __SVTTGLYF_H__
-
-#include FT_INTERNAL_SERVICE_H
-#include FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-#define FT_SERVICE_ID_TT_GLYF "tt-glyf"
-
-
-  typedef FT_ULong
-  (*TT_Glyf_GetLocationFunc)( FT_Face    face,
-                              FT_UInt    gindex,
-                              FT_ULong  *psize );
-
-  FT_DEFINE_SERVICE( TTGlyf )
-  {
-    TT_Glyf_GetLocationFunc  get_location;
-  };
-
-  /* */
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __SVTTGLYF_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svwinfnt.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svwinfnt.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 57f7765..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svwinfnt.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  svwinfnt.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    The FreeType Windows FNT/FONT service (specification).               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2003 by                                                      */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __SVWINFNT_H__
-#define __SVWINFNT_H__
-
-#include FT_INTERNAL_SERVICE_H
-#include FT_WINFONTS_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-#define FT_SERVICE_ID_WINFNT  "winfonts"
-
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*FT_WinFnt_GetHeaderFunc)( FT_Face               face,
-                              FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec  *aheader );
-
-
-  FT_DEFINE_SERVICE( WinFnt )
-  {
-    FT_WinFnt_GetHeaderFunc  get_header;
-  };
-
-  /* */
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-
-#endif /* __SVWINFNT_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svxf86nm.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svxf86nm.h
deleted file mode 100644
index ca5d884..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svxf86nm.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  svxf86nm.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    The FreeType XFree86 services (specification only).                  */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2003 by                                                      */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __SVXF86NM_H__
-#define __SVXF86NM_H__
-
-#include FT_INTERNAL_SERVICE_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /*
-   *  A trivial service used to return the name of a face's font driver,
-   *  according to the XFree86 nomenclature.  Note that the service data
-   *  is a simple constant string pointer.
-   */
-
-#define FT_SERVICE_ID_XF86_NAME  "xf86-driver-name"
-
-#define FT_XF86_FORMAT_TRUETYPE  "TrueType"
-#define FT_XF86_FORMAT_TYPE_1    "Type 1"
-#define FT_XF86_FORMAT_BDF       "BDF"
-#define FT_XF86_FORMAT_PCF       "PCF"
-#define FT_XF86_FORMAT_TYPE_42   "Type 42"
-#define FT_XF86_FORMAT_CID       "CID Type 1"
-#define FT_XF86_FORMAT_CFF       "CFF"
-#define FT_XF86_FORMAT_PFR       "PFR"
-#define FT_XF86_FORMAT_WINFNT    "Windows FNT"
-
-  /* */
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-
-#endif /* __SVXF86NM_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/sfnt.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/sfnt.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 7e8f684..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/sfnt.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,762 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  sfnt.h                                                                 */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    High-level `sfnt' driver interface (specification).                  */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 by                   */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __SFNT_H__
-#define __SFNT_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DRIVER_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_TRUETYPE_TYPES_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
-  /*    TT_Init_Face_Func                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    First part of the SFNT face object initialization.  This finds     */
-  /*    the face in a SFNT file or collection, and load its format tag in  */
-  /*    face->format_tag.                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    stream     :: The input stream.                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    face       :: A handle to the target face object.                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    face_index :: The index of the TrueType font, if we are opening a  */
-  /*                  collection.                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    num_params :: The number of additional parameters.                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    params     :: Optional additional parameters.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    The stream cursor must be at the font file's origin.               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    This function recognizes fonts embedded in a `TrueType             */
-  /*    collection'.                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    Once the format tag has been validated by the font driver, it      */
-  /*    should then call the TT_Load_Face_Func() callback to read the rest */
-  /*    of the SFNT tables in the object.                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*TT_Init_Face_Func)( FT_Stream      stream,
-                        TT_Face        face,
-                        FT_Int         face_index,
-                        FT_Int         num_params,
-                        FT_Parameter*  params );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
-  /*    TT_Load_Face_Func                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Second part of the SFNT face object initialization.  This loads    */
-  /*    the common SFNT tables (head, OS/2, maxp, metrics, etc.) in the    */
-  /*    face object.                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    stream     :: The input stream.                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    face       :: A handle to the target face object.                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    face_index :: The index of the TrueType font, if we are opening a  */
-  /*                  collection.                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    num_params :: The number of additional parameters.                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    params     :: Optional additional parameters.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    This function must be called after TT_Init_Face_Func().            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*TT_Load_Face_Func)( FT_Stream      stream,
-                        TT_Face        face,
-                        FT_Int         face_index,
-                        FT_Int         num_params,
-                        FT_Parameter*  params );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
-  /*    TT_Done_Face_Func                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A callback used to delete the common SFNT data from a face.        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face :: A handle to the target face object.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    This function does NOT destroy the face object.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef void
-  (*TT_Done_Face_Func)( TT_Face  face );
-
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
-  /*    TT_Load_SFNT_HeaderRec_Func                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Loads the header of a SFNT font file.  Supports collections.       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face       :: A handle to the target face object.                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    stream     :: The input stream.                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    face_index :: The index of the TrueType font, if we are opening a  */
-  /*                  collection.                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Output>                                                              */
-  /*    sfnt       :: The SFNT header.                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    The stream cursor must be at the font file's origin.               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    This function recognizes fonts embedded in a `TrueType             */
-  /*    collection'.                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    This function checks that the header is valid by looking at the    */
-  /*    values of `search_range', `entry_selector', and `range_shift'.     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*TT_Load_SFNT_HeaderRec_Func)( TT_Face      face,
-                                  FT_Stream    stream,
-                                  FT_Long      face_index,
-                                  SFNT_Header  sfnt );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
-  /*    TT_Load_Directory_Func                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Loads the table directory into a face object.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face   :: A handle to the target face object.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    stream :: The input stream.                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    sfnt   :: The SFNT header.                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    The stream cursor must be on the first byte after the 4-byte font  */
-  /*    format tag.  This is the case just after a call to                 */
-  /*    TT_Load_Format_Tag().                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*TT_Load_Directory_Func)( TT_Face      face,
-                             FT_Stream    stream,
-                             SFNT_Header  sfnt );
-
-#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
-  /*    TT_Load_Any_Func                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Load any font table into client memory.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face   :: The face object to look for.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    tag    :: The tag of table to load.  Use the value 0 if you want   */
-  /*              to access the whole font file, else set this parameter   */
-  /*              to a valid TrueType table tag that you can forge with    */
-  /*              the MAKE_TT_TAG macro.                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    offset :: The starting offset in the table (or the file if         */
-  /*              tag == 0).                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    length :: The address of the decision variable:                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                If length == NULL:                                     */
-  /*                  Loads the whole table.  Returns an error if          */
-  /*                  `offset' == 0!                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                If *length == 0:                                       */
-  /*                  Exits immediately; returning the length of the given */
-  /*                  table or of the font file, depending on the value of */
-  /*                  `tag'.                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                If *length != 0:                                       */
-  /*                  Loads the next `length' bytes of table or font,      */
-  /*                  starting at offset `offset' (in table or font too).  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Output>                                                              */
-  /*    buffer :: The address of target buffer.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    TrueType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*TT_Load_Any_Func)( TT_Face    face,
-                       FT_ULong   tag,
-                       FT_Long    offset,
-                       FT_Byte   *buffer,
-                       FT_ULong*  length );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
-  /*    TT_Find_SBit_Image_Func                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Check whether an embedded bitmap (an `sbit') exists for a given    */
-  /*    glyph, at a given strike.                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face          :: The target face object.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    glyph_index   :: The glyph index.                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    strike_index  :: The current strike index.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Output>                                                              */
-  /*    arange        :: The SBit range containing the glyph index.        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    astrike       :: The SBit strike containing the glyph index.       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    aglyph_offset :: The offset of the glyph data in `EBDT' table.     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.  Returns                    */
-  /*    SFNT_Err_Invalid_Argument if no sbit exists for the requested      */
-  /*    glyph.                                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*TT_Find_SBit_Image_Func)( TT_Face          face,
-                              FT_UInt          glyph_index,
-                              FT_ULong         strike_index,
-                              TT_SBit_Range   *arange,
-                              TT_SBit_Strike  *astrike,
-                              FT_ULong        *aglyph_offset );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
-  /*    TT_Load_SBit_Metrics_Func                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Get the big metrics for a given embedded bitmap.                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    stream      :: The input stream.                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    range       :: The SBit range containing the glyph.                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Output>                                                              */
-  /*    big_metrics :: A big SBit metrics structure for the glyph.         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    The stream cursor must be positioned at the glyph's offset within  */
-  /*    the `EBDT' table before the call.                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    If the image format uses variable metrics, the stream cursor is    */
-  /*    positioned just after the metrics header in the `EBDT' table on    */
-  /*    function exit.                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*TT_Load_SBit_Metrics_Func)( FT_Stream        stream,
-                                TT_SBit_Range    range,
-                                TT_SBit_Metrics  metrics );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
-  /*    TT_Load_SBit_Image_Func                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Load a given glyph sbit image from the font resource.  This also   */
-  /*    returns its metrics.                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face ::                                                            */
-  /*      The target face object.                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    strike_index ::                                                    */
-  /*      The strike index.                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    glyph_index ::                                                     */
-  /*      The current glyph index.                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    load_flags ::                                                      */
-  /*      The current load flags.                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    stream ::                                                          */
-  /*      The input stream.                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Output>                                                              */
-  /*    amap ::                                                            */
-  /*      The target pixmap.                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    ametrics ::                                                        */
-  /*      A big sbit metrics structure for the glyph image.                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.  Returns an error if no     */
-  /*    glyph sbit exists for the index.                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*  <Note>                                                               */
-  /*    The `map.buffer' field is always freed before the glyph is loaded. */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*TT_Load_SBit_Image_Func)( TT_Face              face,
-                              FT_ULong             strike_index,
-                              FT_UInt              glyph_index,
-                              FT_UInt              load_flags,
-                              FT_Stream            stream,
-                              FT_Bitmap           *amap,
-                              TT_SBit_MetricsRec  *ametrics );
-
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
-  /*    TT_Set_SBit_Strike_OldFunc                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Select an sbit strike for a given size request.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face          :: The target face object.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    req           :: The size request.                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Output>                                                              */
-  /*    astrike_index :: The index of the sbit strike.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.  Returns an error if no     */
-  /*    sbit strike exists for the selected ppem values.                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*TT_Set_SBit_Strike_OldFunc)( TT_Face    face,
-                                 FT_UInt    x_ppem,
-                                 FT_UInt    y_ppem,
-                                 FT_ULong*  astrike_index );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
-  /*    TT_CharMap_Load_Func                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Loads a given TrueType character map into memory.                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face   :: A handle to the parent face object.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    stream :: A handle to the current stream object.                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <InOut>                                                               */
-  /*    cmap   :: A pointer to a cmap object.                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    The function assumes that the stream is already in use (i.e.,      */
-  /*    opened).  In case of error, all partially allocated tables are     */
-  /*    released.                                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*TT_CharMap_Load_Func)( TT_Face    face,
-                           void*      cmap,
-                           FT_Stream  input );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
-  /*    TT_CharMap_Free_Func                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Destroys a character mapping table.                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face :: A handle to the parent face object.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    cmap :: A handle to a cmap object.                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*TT_CharMap_Free_Func)( TT_Face       face,
-                           void*         cmap );
-
-#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
-  /*    TT_Set_SBit_Strike_Func                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Select an sbit strike for a given size request.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face          :: The target face object.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    req           :: The size request.                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Output>                                                              */
-  /*    astrike_index :: The index of the sbit strike.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.  Returns an error if no     */
-  /*    sbit strike exists for the selected ppem values.                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*TT_Set_SBit_Strike_Func)( TT_Face          face,
-                              FT_Size_Request  req,
-                              FT_ULong*        astrike_index );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
-  /*    TT_Load_Strike_Metrics_Func                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Load the metrics of a given strike.                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face          :: The target face object.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    strike_index  :: The strike index.                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Output>                                                              */
-  /*    metrics       :: the metrics of the strike.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.  Returns an error if no     */
-  /*    such sbit strike exists.                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*TT_Load_Strike_Metrics_Func)( TT_Face           face,
-                                  FT_ULong          strike_index,
-                                  FT_Size_Metrics*  metrics );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
-  /*    TT_Get_PS_Name_Func                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Get the PostScript glyph name of a glyph.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    idx  :: The glyph index.                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    PSname :: The address of a string pointer.  Will be NULL in case   */
-  /*              of error, otherwise it is a pointer to the glyph name.   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*              You must not modify the returned string!                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Output>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*TT_Get_PS_Name_Func)( TT_Face      face,
-                          FT_UInt      idx,
-                          FT_String**  PSname );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
-  /*    TT_Load_Metrics_Func                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Load a metrics table, which is a table with a horizontal and a     */
-  /*    vertical version.                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face     :: A handle to the target face object.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    stream   :: The input stream.                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    vertical :: A boolean flag.  If set, load the vertical one.        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*TT_Load_Metrics_Func)( TT_Face    face,
-                           FT_Stream  stream,
-                           FT_Bool    vertical );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
-  /*    TT_Get_Metrics_Func                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Load the horizontal or vertical header in a face object.           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face     :: A handle to the target face object.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    stream   :: The input stream.                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    vertical :: A boolean flag.  If set, load vertical metrics.        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*TT_Get_Metrics_Func)( TT_Face     face,
-                          FT_Bool     vertical,
-                          FT_UInt     gindex,
-                          FT_Short*   abearing,
-                          FT_UShort*  aadvance );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
-  /*    TT_Load_Table_Func                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Load a given TrueType table.                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face   :: A handle to the target face object.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    stream :: The input stream.                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    The function uses `face->goto_table' to seek the stream to the     */
-  /*    start of the table, except while loading the font directory.       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*TT_Load_Table_Func)( TT_Face    face,
-                         FT_Stream  stream );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
-  /*    TT_Free_Table_Func                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Free a given TrueType table.                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face :: A handle to the target face object.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef void
-  (*TT_Free_Table_Func)( TT_Face  face );
-
-
-  /*
-   * @functype:
-   *    TT_Face_GetKerningFunc
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *    Return the horizontal kerning value between two glyphs.
-   *
-   * @input:
-   *    face        :: A handle to the source face object.
-   *    left_glyph  :: The left glyph index.
-   *    right_glyph :: The right glyph index.
-   *
-   * @return:
-   *    The kerning value in font units.
-   */
-  typedef FT_Int
-  (*TT_Face_GetKerningFunc)( TT_Face  face,
-                             FT_UInt  left_glyph,
-                             FT_UInt  right_glyph );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    SFNT_Interface                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    This structure holds pointers to the functions used to load and    */
-  /*    free the basic tables that are required in a `sfnt' font file.     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    Check the various xxx_Func() descriptions for details.             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  SFNT_Interface_
-  {
-    TT_Loader_GotoTableFunc      goto_table;
-
-    TT_Init_Face_Func            init_face;
-    TT_Load_Face_Func            load_face;
-    TT_Done_Face_Func            done_face;
-    FT_Module_Requester          get_interface;
-
-    TT_Load_Any_Func             load_any;
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
-    TT_Load_SFNT_HeaderRec_Func  load_sfnt_header;
-    TT_Load_Directory_Func       load_directory;
-#endif
-
-    /* these functions are called by `load_face' but they can also  */
-    /* be called from external modules, if there is a need to do so */
-    TT_Load_Table_Func           load_head;
-    TT_Load_Metrics_Func         load_hhea;
-    TT_Load_Table_Func           load_cmap;
-    TT_Load_Table_Func           load_maxp;
-    TT_Load_Table_Func           load_os2;
-    TT_Load_Table_Func           load_post;
-
-    TT_Load_Table_Func           load_name;
-    TT_Free_Table_Func           free_name;
-
-    /* optional tables */
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
-    TT_Load_Table_Func           load_hdmx_stub;
-    TT_Free_Table_Func           free_hdmx_stub;
-#endif
-
-    /* this field was called `load_kerning' up to version 2.1.10 */
-    TT_Load_Table_Func           load_kern;
-
-    TT_Load_Table_Func           load_gasp;
-    TT_Load_Table_Func           load_pclt;
-
-    /* see `ttload.h'; this field was called `load_bitmap_header' up to */
-    /* version 2.1.10                                                   */
-    TT_Load_Table_Func           load_bhed;
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
-
-    /* see `ttsbit.h' */
-    TT_Set_SBit_Strike_OldFunc   set_sbit_strike_stub;
-    TT_Load_Table_Func           load_sbits_stub;
-
-    /*
-     *  The following two fields appeared in version 2.1.8, and were placed
-     *  between `load_sbits' and `load_sbit_image'.  We support them as a
-     *  special exception since they are used by Xfont library within the
-     *  X.Org xserver, and because the probability that other rogue clients
-     *  use the other version 2.1.7 fields below is _extremely_ low.
-     *
-     *  Note that this forces us to disable an interesting memory-saving
-     *  optimization though...
-     */
-
-    TT_Find_SBit_Image_Func      find_sbit_image;
-    TT_Load_SBit_Metrics_Func    load_sbit_metrics;
-
-#endif
-
-    TT_Load_SBit_Image_Func      load_sbit_image;
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
-    TT_Free_Table_Func           free_sbits_stub;
-#endif
-
-    /* see `ttpost.h' */
-    TT_Get_PS_Name_Func          get_psname;
-    TT_Free_Table_Func           free_psnames;
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
-    TT_CharMap_Load_Func         load_charmap_stub;
-    TT_CharMap_Free_Func         free_charmap_stub;
-#endif
-
-    /* starting here, the structure differs from version 2.1.7 */
-
-    /* this field was introduced in version 2.1.8, named `get_psname' */
-    TT_Face_GetKerningFunc       get_kerning;
-
-    /* new elements introduced after version 2.1.10 */
-
-    /* load the font directory, i.e., the offset table and */
-    /* the table directory                                 */
-    TT_Load_Table_Func           load_font_dir;
-    TT_Load_Metrics_Func         load_hmtx;
-
-    TT_Load_Table_Func           load_eblc;
-    TT_Free_Table_Func           free_eblc;
-
-    TT_Set_SBit_Strike_Func      set_sbit_strike;
-    TT_Load_Strike_Metrics_Func  load_strike_metrics;
-
-    TT_Get_Metrics_Func          get_metrics;
-
-  } SFNT_Interface;
-
-
-  /* transitional */
-  typedef SFNT_Interface*   SFNT_Service;
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __SFNT_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/t1types.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/t1types.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 047c6d5..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/t1types.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,252 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  t1types.h                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Basic Type1/Type2 type definitions and interface (specification      */
-/*    only).                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006 by                         */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __T1TYPES_H__
-#define __T1TYPES_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_HINTS_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_SERVICE_H
-#include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_CMAPS_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /***                                                                   ***/
-  /***                                                                   ***/
-  /***              REQUIRED TYPE1/TYPE2 TABLES DEFINITIONS              ***/
-  /***                                                                   ***/
-  /***                                                                   ***/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    T1_EncodingRec                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A structure modeling a custom encoding.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    num_chars  :: The number of character codes in the encoding.       */
-  /*                  Usually 256.                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    code_first :: The lowest valid character code in the encoding.     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    code_last  :: The highest valid character code in the encoding.    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    char_index :: An array of corresponding glyph indices.             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    char_name  :: An array of corresponding glyph names.               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  T1_EncodingRecRec_
-  {
-    FT_Int       num_chars;
-    FT_Int       code_first;
-    FT_Int       code_last;
-
-    FT_UShort*   char_index;
-    FT_String**  char_name;
-
-  } T1_EncodingRec, *T1_Encoding;
-
-
-  typedef enum  T1_EncodingType_
-  {
-    T1_ENCODING_TYPE_NONE = 0,
-    T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ARRAY,
-    T1_ENCODING_TYPE_STANDARD,
-    T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ISOLATIN1,
-    T1_ENCODING_TYPE_EXPERT
-
-  } T1_EncodingType;
-
-
-  typedef struct  T1_FontRec_
-  {
-    PS_FontInfoRec   font_info;         /* font info dictionary */
-    PS_PrivateRec    private_dict;      /* private dictionary   */
-    FT_String*       font_name;         /* top-level dictionary */
-
-    T1_EncodingType  encoding_type;
-    T1_EncodingRec   encoding;
-
-    FT_Byte*         subrs_block;
-    FT_Byte*         charstrings_block;
-    FT_Byte*         glyph_names_block;
-
-    FT_Int           num_subrs;
-    FT_Byte**        subrs;
-    FT_PtrDist*      subrs_len;
-
-    FT_Int           num_glyphs;
-    FT_String**      glyph_names;       /* array of glyph names       */
-    FT_Byte**        charstrings;       /* array of glyph charstrings */
-    FT_PtrDist*      charstrings_len;
-
-    FT_Byte          paint_type;
-    FT_Byte          font_type;
-    FT_Matrix        font_matrix;
-    FT_Vector        font_offset;
-    FT_BBox          font_bbox;
-    FT_Long          font_id;
-
-    FT_Fixed         stroke_width;
-
-  } T1_FontRec, *T1_Font;
-
-
-  typedef struct  CID_SubrsRec_
-  {
-    FT_UInt    num_subrs;
-    FT_Byte**  code;
-
-  } CID_SubrsRec, *CID_Subrs;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /***                                                                   ***/
-  /***                                                                   ***/
-  /***                AFM FONT INFORMATION STRUCTURES                    ***/
-  /***                                                                   ***/
-  /***                                                                   ***/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  typedef struct  AFM_TrackKernRec_
-  {
-    FT_Int    degree;
-    FT_Fixed  min_ptsize;
-    FT_Fixed  min_kern;
-    FT_Fixed  max_ptsize;
-    FT_Fixed  max_kern;
-
-  } AFM_TrackKernRec, *AFM_TrackKern;
-
-  typedef struct  AFM_KernPairRec_
-  {
-    FT_Int  index1;
-    FT_Int  index2;
-    FT_Int  x;
-    FT_Int  y;
-
-  } AFM_KernPairRec, *AFM_KernPair;
-
-  typedef struct  AFM_FontInfoRec_
-  {
-    FT_Bool        IsCIDFont;
-    FT_BBox        FontBBox;
-    FT_Fixed       Ascender;
-    FT_Fixed       Descender;
-    AFM_TrackKern  TrackKerns;   /* free if non-NULL */
-    FT_Int         NumTrackKern;
-    AFM_KernPair   KernPairs;    /* free if non-NULL */
-    FT_Int         NumKernPair;
-
-  } AFM_FontInfoRec, *AFM_FontInfo;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /***                                                                   ***/
-  /***                                                                   ***/
-  /***                ORIGINAL T1_FACE CLASS DEFINITION                  ***/
-  /***                                                                   ***/
-  /***                                                                   ***/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  typedef struct T1_FaceRec_*   T1_Face;
-  typedef struct CID_FaceRec_*  CID_Face;
-
-
-  typedef struct  T1_FaceRec_
-  {
-    FT_FaceRec      root;
-    T1_FontRec      type1;
-    const void*     psnames;
-    const void*     psaux;
-    const void*     afm_data;
-    FT_CharMapRec   charmaprecs[2];
-    FT_CharMap      charmaps[2];
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
-    PS_Unicodes     unicode_map;
-#endif
-
-    /* support for Multiple Masters fonts */
-    PS_Blend        blend;
-
-    /* undocumented, optional: indices of subroutines that express      */
-    /* the NormalizeDesignVector and the ConvertDesignVector procedure, */
-    /* respectively, as Type 2 charstrings; -1 if keywords not present  */
-    FT_Int           ndv_idx;
-    FT_Int           cdv_idx;
-
-    /* undocumented, optional: has the same meaning as len_buildchar */
-    /* for Type 2 fonts; manipulated by othersubrs 19, 24, and 25    */
-    FT_UInt          len_buildchar;
-    FT_Int*          buildchar;
-
-    /* since version 2.1 - interface to PostScript hinter */
-    const void*     pshinter;
-
-  } T1_FaceRec;
-
-
-  typedef struct  CID_FaceRec_
-  {
-    FT_FaceRec       root;
-    void*            psnames;
-    void*            psaux;
-    CID_FaceInfoRec  cid;
-    void*            afm_data;
-    CID_Subrs        subrs;
-
-    /* since version 2.1 - interface to PostScript hinter */
-    void*            pshinter;
-
-    /* since version 2.1.8, but was originally positioned after `afm_data' */
-    FT_Byte*         binary_data; /* used if hex data has been converted */
-    FT_Stream        cid_stream;
-
-  } CID_FaceRec;
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __T1TYPES_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/tttypes.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/tttypes.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 85fc27f..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/tttypes.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1543 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  tttypes.h                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Basic SFNT/TrueType type definitions and interface (specification    */
-/*    only).                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by             */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __TTTYPES_H__
-#define __TTTYPES_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT
-#include FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H
-#endif
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /***                                                                   ***/
-  /***                                                                   ***/
-  /***             REQUIRED TRUETYPE/OPENTYPE TABLES DEFINITIONS         ***/
-  /***                                                                   ***/
-  /***                                                                   ***/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    TTC_HeaderRec                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    TrueType collection header.  This table contains the offsets of    */
-  /*    the font headers of each distinct TrueType face in the file.       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    tag     :: Must be `ttc ' to indicate a TrueType collection.       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    version :: The version number.                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    count   :: The number of faces in the collection.  The             */
-  /*               specification says this should be an unsigned long, but */
-  /*               we use a signed long since we need the value -1 for     */
-  /*               specific purposes.                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    offsets :: The offsets of the font headers, one per face.          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  TTC_HeaderRec_
-  {
-    FT_ULong   tag;
-    FT_Fixed   version;
-    FT_Long    count;
-    FT_ULong*  offsets;
-
-  } TTC_HeaderRec;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    SFNT_HeaderRec                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    SFNT file format header.                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    format_tag     :: The font format tag.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    num_tables     :: The number of tables in file.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    search_range   :: Must be `16 * (max power of 2 <= num_tables)'.   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    entry_selector :: Must be log2 of `search_range / 16'.             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    range_shift    :: Must be `num_tables * 16 - search_range'.        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  SFNT_HeaderRec_
-  {
-    FT_ULong   format_tag;
-    FT_UShort  num_tables;
-    FT_UShort  search_range;
-    FT_UShort  entry_selector;
-    FT_UShort  range_shift;
-
-    FT_ULong   offset;  /* not in file */
-
-  } SFNT_HeaderRec, *SFNT_Header;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    TT_TableRec                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    This structure describes a given table of a TrueType font.         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    Tag      :: A four-bytes tag describing the table.                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    CheckSum :: The table checksum.  This value can be ignored.        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    Offset   :: The offset of the table from the start of the TrueType */
-  /*                font in its resource.                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    Length   :: The table length (in bytes).                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  TT_TableRec_
-  {
-    FT_ULong  Tag;        /*        table type */
-    FT_ULong  CheckSum;   /*    table checksum */
-    FT_ULong  Offset;     /* table file offset */
-    FT_ULong  Length;     /*      table length */
-
-  } TT_TableRec, *TT_Table;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    TT_LongMetricsRec                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A structure modeling the long metrics of the `hmtx' and `vmtx'     */
-  /*    TrueType tables.  The values are expressed in font units.          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    advance :: The advance width or height for the glyph.              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    bearing :: The left-side or top-side bearing for the glyph.        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  TT_LongMetricsRec_
-  {
-    FT_UShort  advance;
-    FT_Short   bearing;
-
-  } TT_LongMetricsRec, *TT_LongMetrics;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Type>                                                                */
-  /*    TT_ShortMetrics                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A simple type to model the short metrics of the `hmtx' and `vmtx'  */
-  /*    tables.                                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef FT_Short  TT_ShortMetrics;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    TT_NameEntryRec                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A structure modeling TrueType name records.  Name records are used */
-  /*    to store important strings like family name, style name,           */
-  /*    copyright, etc. in _localized_ versions (i.e., language, encoding, */
-  /*    etc).                                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    platformID   :: The ID of the name's encoding platform.            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    encodingID   :: The platform-specific ID for the name's encoding.  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    languageID   :: The platform-specific ID for the name's language.  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    nameID       :: The ID specifying what kind of name this is.       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    stringLength :: The length of the string in bytes.                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    stringOffset :: The offset to the string in the `name' table.      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    string       :: A pointer to the string's bytes.  Note that these  */
-  /*                    are usually UTF-16 encoded characters.             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  TT_NameEntryRec_
-  {
-    FT_UShort  platformID;
-    FT_UShort  encodingID;
-    FT_UShort  languageID;
-    FT_UShort  nameID;
-    FT_UShort  stringLength;
-    FT_ULong   stringOffset;
-
-    /* this last field is not defined in the spec */
-    /* but used by the FreeType engine            */
-
-    FT_Byte*   string;
-
-  } TT_NameEntryRec, *TT_NameEntry;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    TT_NameTableRec                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A structure modeling the TrueType name table.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    format         :: The format of the name table.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    numNameRecords :: The number of names in table.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    storageOffset  :: The offset of the name table in the `name'       */
-  /*                      TrueType table.                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    names          :: An array of name records.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    stream         :: the file's input stream.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  TT_NameTableRec_
-  {
-    FT_UShort         format;
-    FT_UInt           numNameRecords;
-    FT_UInt           storageOffset;
-    TT_NameEntryRec*  names;
-    FT_Stream         stream;
-
-  } TT_NameTableRec, *TT_NameTable;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /***                                                                   ***/
-  /***                                                                   ***/
-  /***             OPTIONAL TRUETYPE/OPENTYPE TABLES DEFINITIONS         ***/
-  /***                                                                   ***/
-  /***                                                                   ***/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    TT_GaspRangeRec                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A tiny structure used to model a gasp range according to the       */
-  /*    TrueType specification.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    maxPPEM  :: The maximum ppem value to which `gaspFlag' applies.    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    gaspFlag :: A flag describing the grid-fitting and anti-aliasing   */
-  /*                modes to be used.                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  TT_GaspRangeRec_
-  {
-    FT_UShort  maxPPEM;
-    FT_UShort  gaspFlag;
-
-  } TT_GaspRangeRec, *TT_GaspRange;
-
-
-#define TT_GASP_GRIDFIT  0x01
-#define TT_GASP_DOGRAY   0x02
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    TT_GaspRec                                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A structure modeling the TrueType `gasp' table used to specify     */
-  /*    grid-fitting and anti-aliasing behaviour.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    version    :: The version number.                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    numRanges  :: The number of gasp ranges in table.                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    gaspRanges :: An array of gasp ranges.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  TT_Gasp_
-  {
-    FT_UShort     version;
-    FT_UShort     numRanges;
-    TT_GaspRange  gaspRanges;
-
-  } TT_GaspRec;
-
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    TT_HdmxEntryRec                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A small structure used to model the pre-computed widths of a given */
-  /*    size.  They are found in the `hdmx' table.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    ppem      :: The pixels per EM value at which these metrics apply. */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    max_width :: The maximum advance width for this metric.            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    widths    :: An array of widths.  Note: These are 8-bit bytes.     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  TT_HdmxEntryRec_
-  {
-    FT_Byte   ppem;
-    FT_Byte   max_width;
-    FT_Byte*  widths;
-
-  } TT_HdmxEntryRec, *TT_HdmxEntry;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    TT_HdmxRec                                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A structure used to model the `hdmx' table, which contains         */
-  /*    pre-computed widths for a set of given sizes/dimensions.           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    version     :: The version number.                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    num_records :: The number of hdmx records.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    records     :: An array of hdmx records.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  TT_HdmxRec_
-  {
-    FT_UShort     version;
-    FT_Short      num_records;
-    TT_HdmxEntry  records;
-
-  } TT_HdmxRec, *TT_Hdmx;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    TT_Kern0_PairRec                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A structure used to model a kerning pair for the kerning table     */
-  /*    format 0.  The engine now loads this table if it finds one in the  */
-  /*    font file.                                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    left  :: The index of the left glyph in pair.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    right :: The index of the right glyph in pair.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    value :: The kerning distance.  A positive value spaces the        */
-  /*             glyphs, a negative one makes them closer.                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  TT_Kern0_PairRec_
-  {
-    FT_UShort  left;   /* index of left  glyph in pair */
-    FT_UShort  right;  /* index of right glyph in pair */
-    FT_FWord   value;  /* kerning value                */
-
-  } TT_Kern0_PairRec, *TT_Kern0_Pair;
-
-#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /***                                                                   ***/
-  /***                                                                   ***/
-  /***                    EMBEDDED BITMAPS SUPPORT                       ***/
-  /***                                                                   ***/
-  /***                                                                   ***/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    TT_SBit_MetricsRec                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A structure used to hold the big metrics of a given glyph bitmap   */
-  /*    in a TrueType or OpenType font.  These are usually found in the    */
-  /*    `EBDT' (Microsoft) or `bloc' (Apple) table.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    height       :: The glyph height in pixels.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    width        :: The glyph width in pixels.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    horiBearingX :: The horizontal left bearing.                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    horiBearingY :: The horizontal top bearing.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    horiAdvance  :: The horizontal advance.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    vertBearingX :: The vertical left bearing.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    vertBearingY :: The vertical top bearing.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    vertAdvance  :: The vertical advance.                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  TT_SBit_MetricsRec_
-  {
-    FT_Byte  height;
-    FT_Byte  width;
-
-    FT_Char  horiBearingX;
-    FT_Char  horiBearingY;
-    FT_Byte  horiAdvance;
-
-    FT_Char  vertBearingX;
-    FT_Char  vertBearingY;
-    FT_Byte  vertAdvance;
-
-  } TT_SBit_MetricsRec, *TT_SBit_Metrics;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    TT_SBit_SmallMetricsRec                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A structure used to hold the small metrics of a given glyph bitmap */
-  /*    in a TrueType or OpenType font.  These are usually found in the    */
-  /*    `EBDT' (Microsoft) or the `bdat' (Apple) table.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    height   :: The glyph height in pixels.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    width    :: The glyph width in pixels.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    bearingX :: The left-side bearing.                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    bearingY :: The top-side bearing.                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    advance  :: The advance width or height.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  TT_SBit_Small_Metrics_
-  {
-    FT_Byte  height;
-    FT_Byte  width;
-
-    FT_Char  bearingX;
-    FT_Char  bearingY;
-    FT_Byte  advance;
-
-  } TT_SBit_SmallMetricsRec, *TT_SBit_SmallMetrics;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    TT_SBit_LineMetricsRec                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A structure used to describe the text line metrics of a given      */
-  /*    bitmap strike, for either a horizontal or vertical layout.         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    ascender                :: The ascender in pixels.                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    descender               :: The descender in pixels.                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    max_width               :: The maximum glyph width in pixels.      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    caret_slope_enumerator  :: Rise of the caret slope, typically set  */
-  /*                               to 1 for non-italic fonts.              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    caret_slope_denominator :: Rise of the caret slope, typically set  */
-  /*                               to 0 for non-italic fonts.              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    caret_offset            :: Offset in pixels to move the caret for  */
-  /*                               proper positioning.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    min_origin_SB           :: Minimum of horiBearingX (resp.          */
-  /*                               vertBearingY).                          */
-  /*    min_advance_SB          :: Minimum of                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                 horizontal advance -                  */
-  /*                                   ( horiBearingX + width )            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                               resp.                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                 vertical advance -                    */
-  /*                                   ( vertBearingY + height )           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    max_before_BL           :: Maximum of horiBearingY (resp.          */
-  /*                               vertBearingY).                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    min_after_BL            :: Minimum of                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                 horiBearingY - height                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                               resp.                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                 vertBearingX - width                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    pads                    :: Unused (to make the size of the record  */
-  /*                               a multiple of 32 bits.                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  TT_SBit_LineMetricsRec_
-  {
-    FT_Char  ascender;
-    FT_Char  descender;
-    FT_Byte  max_width;
-    FT_Char  caret_slope_numerator;
-    FT_Char  caret_slope_denominator;
-    FT_Char  caret_offset;
-    FT_Char  min_origin_SB;
-    FT_Char  min_advance_SB;
-    FT_Char  max_before_BL;
-    FT_Char  min_after_BL;
-    FT_Char  pads[2];
-
-  } TT_SBit_LineMetricsRec, *TT_SBit_LineMetrics;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    TT_SBit_RangeRec                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A TrueType/OpenType subIndexTable as defined in the `EBLC'         */
-  /*    (Microsoft) or `bloc' (Apple) tables.                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    first_glyph   :: The first glyph index in the range.               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    last_glyph    :: The last glyph index in the range.                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    index_format  :: The format of index table.  Valid values are 1    */
-  /*                     to 5.                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    image_format  :: The format of `EBDT' image data.                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    image_offset  :: The offset to image data in `EBDT'.               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    image_size    :: For index formats 2 and 5.  This is the size in   */
-  /*                     bytes of each glyph bitmap.                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    big_metrics   :: For index formats 2 and 5.  This is the big       */
-  /*                     metrics for each glyph bitmap.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    num_glyphs    :: For index formats 4 and 5.  This is the number of */
-  /*                     glyphs in the code array.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    glyph_offsets :: For index formats 1 and 3.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    glyph_codes   :: For index formats 4 and 5.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    table_offset  :: The offset of the index table in the `EBLC'       */
-  /*                     table.  Only used during strike loading.          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  TT_SBit_RangeRec_
-  {
-    FT_UShort           first_glyph;
-    FT_UShort           last_glyph;
-
-    FT_UShort           index_format;
-    FT_UShort           image_format;
-    FT_ULong            image_offset;
-
-    FT_ULong            image_size;
-    TT_SBit_MetricsRec  metrics;
-    FT_ULong            num_glyphs;
-
-    FT_ULong*           glyph_offsets;
-    FT_UShort*          glyph_codes;
-
-    FT_ULong            table_offset;
-
-  } TT_SBit_RangeRec, *TT_SBit_Range;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    TT_SBit_StrikeRec                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A structure used describe a given bitmap strike in the `EBLC'      */
-  /*    (Microsoft) or `bloc' (Apple) tables.                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*   num_index_ranges :: The number of index ranges.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   index_ranges     :: An array of glyph index ranges.                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   color_ref        :: Unused.  `color_ref' is put in for future       */
-  /*                       enhancements, but these fields are already      */
-  /*                       in use by other platforms (e.g. Newton).        */
-  /*                       For details, please see                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                         http://fonts.apple.com/                       */
-  /*                                TTRefMan/RM06/Chap6bloc.html           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   hori             :: The line metrics for horizontal layouts.        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   vert             :: The line metrics for vertical layouts.          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   start_glyph      :: The lowest glyph index for this strike.         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   end_glyph        :: The highest glyph index for this strike.        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   x_ppem           :: The number of horizontal pixels per EM.         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   y_ppem           :: The number of vertical pixels per EM.           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   bit_depth        :: The bit depth.  Valid values are 1, 2, 4,       */
-  /*                       and 8.                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   flags            :: Is this a vertical or horizontal strike?  For   */
-  /*                       details, please see                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                         http://fonts.apple.com/                       */
-  /*                                TTRefMan/RM06/Chap6bloc.html           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  TT_SBit_StrikeRec_
-  {
-    FT_Int                  num_ranges;
-    TT_SBit_Range           sbit_ranges;
-    FT_ULong                ranges_offset;
-
-    FT_ULong                color_ref;
-
-    TT_SBit_LineMetricsRec  hori;
-    TT_SBit_LineMetricsRec  vert;
-
-    FT_UShort               start_glyph;
-    FT_UShort               end_glyph;
-
-    FT_Byte                 x_ppem;
-    FT_Byte                 y_ppem;
-
-    FT_Byte                 bit_depth;
-    FT_Char                 flags;
-
-  } TT_SBit_StrikeRec, *TT_SBit_Strike;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    TT_SBit_ComponentRec                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A simple structure to describe a compound sbit element.            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    glyph_code :: The element's glyph index.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    x_offset   :: The element's left bearing.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    y_offset   :: The element's top bearing.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  TT_SBit_ComponentRec_
-  {
-    FT_UShort  glyph_code;
-    FT_Char    x_offset;
-    FT_Char    y_offset;
-
-  } TT_SBit_ComponentRec, *TT_SBit_Component;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    TT_SBit_ScaleRec                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A structure used describe a given bitmap scaling table, as defined */
-  /*    in the `EBSC' table.                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    hori              :: The horizontal line metrics.                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    vert              :: The vertical line metrics.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    x_ppem            :: The number of horizontal pixels per EM.       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    y_ppem            :: The number of vertical pixels per EM.         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    x_ppem_substitute :: Substitution x_ppem value.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    y_ppem_substitute :: Substitution y_ppem value.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  TT_SBit_ScaleRec_
-  {
-    TT_SBit_LineMetricsRec  hori;
-    TT_SBit_LineMetricsRec  vert;
-
-    FT_Byte                 x_ppem;
-    FT_Byte                 y_ppem;
-
-    FT_Byte                 x_ppem_substitute;
-    FT_Byte                 y_ppem_substitute;
-
-  } TT_SBit_ScaleRec, *TT_SBit_Scale;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /***                                                                   ***/
-  /***                                                                   ***/
-  /***                  POSTSCRIPT GLYPH NAMES SUPPORT                   ***/
-  /***                                                                   ***/
-  /***                                                                   ***/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    TT_Post_20Rec                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Postscript names sub-table, format 2.0.  Stores the PS name of     */
-  /*    each glyph in the font face.                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    num_glyphs    :: The number of named glyphs in the table.          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    num_names     :: The number of PS names stored in the table.       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    glyph_indices :: The indices of the glyphs in the names arrays.    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    glyph_names   :: The PS names not in Mac Encoding.                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  TT_Post_20Rec_
-  {
-    FT_UShort   num_glyphs;
-    FT_UShort   num_names;
-    FT_UShort*  glyph_indices;
-    FT_Char**   glyph_names;
-
-  } TT_Post_20Rec, *TT_Post_20;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    TT_Post_25Rec                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Postscript names sub-table, format 2.5.  Stores the PS name of     */
-  /*    each glyph in the font face.                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    num_glyphs :: The number of glyphs in the table.                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    offsets    :: An array of signed offsets in a normal Mac           */
-  /*                  Postscript name encoding.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  TT_Post_25_
-  {
-    FT_UShort  num_glyphs;
-    FT_Char*   offsets;
-
-  } TT_Post_25Rec, *TT_Post_25;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    TT_Post_NamesRec                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Postscript names table, either format 2.0 or 2.5.                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    loaded    :: A flag to indicate whether the PS names are loaded.   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    format_20 :: The sub-table used for format 2.0.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    format_25 :: The sub-table used for format 2.5.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  TT_Post_NamesRec_
-  {
-    FT_Bool  loaded;
-
-    union
-    {
-      TT_Post_20Rec  format_20;
-      TT_Post_25Rec  format_25;
-
-    } names;
-
-  } TT_Post_NamesRec, *TT_Post_Names;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /***                                                                   ***/
-  /***                                                                   ***/
-  /***                    GX VARIATION TABLE SUPPORT                     ***/
-  /***                                                                   ***/
-  /***                                                                   ***/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT
-  typedef struct GX_BlendRec_  *GX_Blend;
-#endif
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /***                                                                   ***/
-  /***                                                                   ***/
-  /***              EMBEDDED BDF PROPERTIES TABLE SUPPORT                ***/
-  /***                                                                   ***/
-  /***                                                                   ***/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /*
-   * These types are used to support a `BDF ' table that isn't part of the
-   * official TrueType specification.  It is mainly used in SFNT-based
-   * bitmap fonts that were generated from a set of BDF fonts.
-   *
-   * The format of the table is as follows.
-   *
-   *   USHORT   version      `BDF ' table version number, should be 0x0001.
-   *   USHORT   strikeCount  Number of strikes (bitmap sizes) in this table.
-   *   ULONG    stringTable  Offset (from start of BDF table) to string
-   *                         table.
-   *
-   * This is followed by an array of `strikeCount' descriptors, having the
-   * following format.
-   *
-   *   USHORT   ppem         Vertical pixels per EM for this strike.
-   *   USHORT   numItems     Number of items for this strike (properties and
-   *                         atoms).  Maximum is 255.
-   *
-   * This array in turn is followed by `strikeCount' value sets.  Each
-   * `value set' is an array of `numItems' items with the following format.
-   *
-   *   ULONG    item_name    Offset in string table to item name.
-   *   USHORT   item_type    The item type.  Possible values are
-   *                            0 => string (e.g., COMMENT)
-   *                            1 => atom   (e.g., FONT or even SIZE)
-   *                            2 => int32
-   *                            3 => uint32
-   *                         0x10 => A flag to indicate a properties.  This
-   *                                 is ORed with the above values.
-   *   ULONG    item_value   For strings  => Offset into string table without
-   *                                         the corresponding double quotes.
-   *                         For atoms    => Offset into string table.
-   *                         For integers => Direct value.
-   *
-   * All strings in the string table consist of bytes and are
-   * zero-terminated.
-   *
-   */
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF
-
-  typedef struct  TT_BDFRec_
-  {
-    FT_Byte*   table;
-    FT_Byte*   table_end;
-    FT_Byte*   strings;
-    FT_UInt32  strings_size;
-    FT_UInt    num_strikes;
-    FT_Bool    loaded;
-
-  } TT_BDFRec, *TT_BDF;
-
-#endif /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF */
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /***                                                                   ***/
-  /***                                                                   ***/
-  /***                  ORIGINAL TT_FACE CLASS DEFINITION                ***/
-  /***                                                                   ***/
-  /***                                                                   ***/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This structure/class is defined here because it is common to the      */
-  /* following formats: TTF, OpenType-TT, and OpenType-CFF.                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Note, however, that the classes TT_Size and TT_GlyphSlot are not      */
-  /* shared between font drivers, and are thus defined in `ttobjs.h'.      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Type>                                                                */
-  /*    TT_Face                                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A handle to a TrueType face/font object.  A TT_Face encapsulates   */
-  /*    the resolution and scaling independent parts of a TrueType font    */
-  /*    resource.                                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    The TT_Face structure is also used as a `parent class' for the     */
-  /*    OpenType-CFF class (T2_Face).                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct TT_FaceRec_*  TT_Face;
-
-
-  /* a function type used for the truetype bytecode interpreter hooks */
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*TT_Interpreter)( void*  exec_context );
-
-  /* forward declaration */
-  typedef struct TT_LoaderRec_*  TT_Loader;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
-  /*    TT_Loader_GotoTableFunc                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Seeks a stream to the start of a given TrueType table.             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face   :: A handle to the target face object.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    tag    :: A 4-byte tag used to name the table.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    stream :: The input stream.                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Output>                                                              */
-  /*    length :: The length of the table in bytes.  Set to 0 if not       */
-  /*              needed.                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    The stream cursor must be at the font file's origin.               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*TT_Loader_GotoTableFunc)( TT_Face    face,
-                              FT_ULong   tag,
-                              FT_Stream  stream,
-                              FT_ULong*  length );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
-  /*    TT_Loader_StartGlyphFunc                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Seeks a stream to the start of a given glyph element, and opens a  */
-  /*    frame for it.                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    loader      :: The current TrueType glyph loader object.           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    glyph index :: The index of the glyph to access.                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    offset      :: The offset of the glyph according to the            */
-  /*                   `locations' table.                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    byte_count  :: The size of the frame in bytes.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    This function is normally equivalent to FT_STREAM_SEEK(offset)     */
-  /*    followed by FT_FRAME_ENTER(byte_count) with the loader's stream,   */
-  /*    but alternative formats (e.g. compressed ones) might use something */
-  /*    different.                                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*TT_Loader_StartGlyphFunc)( TT_Loader  loader,
-                               FT_UInt    glyph_index,
-                               FT_ULong   offset,
-                               FT_UInt    byte_count );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
-  /*    TT_Loader_ReadGlyphFunc                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Reads one glyph element (its header, a simple glyph, or a          */
-  /*    composite) from the loader's current stream frame.                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    loader :: The current TrueType glyph loader object.                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*TT_Loader_ReadGlyphFunc)( TT_Loader  loader );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
-  /*    TT_Loader_EndGlyphFunc                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Closes the current loader stream frame for the glyph.              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    loader :: The current TrueType glyph loader object.                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef void
-  (*TT_Loader_EndGlyphFunc)( TT_Loader  loader );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                         TrueType Face Type                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    TT_Face                                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    The TrueType face class.  These objects model the resolution and   */
-  /*    point-size independent data found in a TrueType font file.         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    root                 :: The base FT_Face structure, managed by the */
-  /*                            base layer.                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    ttc_header           :: The TrueType collection header, used when  */
-  /*                            the file is a `ttc' rather than a `ttf'.   */
-  /*                            For ordinary font files, the field         */
-  /*                            `ttc_header.count' is set to 0.            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    format_tag           :: The font format tag.                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    num_tables           :: The number of TrueType tables in this font */
-  /*                            file.                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    dir_tables           :: The directory of TrueType tables for this  */
-  /*                            font file.                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    header               :: The font's font header (`head' table).     */
-  /*                            Read on font opening.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    horizontal           :: The font's horizontal header (`hhea'       */
-  /*                            table).  This field also contains the      */
-  /*                            associated horizontal metrics table        */
-  /*                            (`hmtx').                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    max_profile          :: The font's maximum profile table.  Read on */
-  /*                            font opening.  Note that some maximum      */
-  /*                            values cannot be taken directly from this  */
-  /*                            table.  We thus define additional fields   */
-  /*                            below to hold the computed maxima.         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    vertical_info        :: A boolean which is set when the font file  */
-  /*                            contains vertical metrics.  If not, the    */
-  /*                            value of the `vertical' field is           */
-  /*                            undefined.                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    vertical             :: The font's vertical header (`vhea' table). */
-  /*                            This field also contains the associated    */
-  /*                            vertical metrics table (`vmtx'), if found. */
-  /*                            IMPORTANT: The contents of this field is   */
-  /*                            undefined if the `verticalInfo' field is   */
-  /*                            unset.                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    num_names            :: The number of name records within this     */
-  /*                            TrueType font.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    name_table           :: The table of name records (`name').        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    os2                  :: The font's OS/2 table (`OS/2').            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    postscript           :: The font's PostScript table (`post'        */
-  /*                            table).  The PostScript glyph names are    */
-  /*                            not loaded by the driver on face opening.  */
-  /*                            See the `ttpost' module for more details.  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    cmap_table           :: Address of the face's `cmap' SFNT table    */
-  /*                            in memory (it's an extracted frame).       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    cmap_size            :: The size in bytes of the `cmap_table'      */
-  /*                            described above.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    goto_table           :: A function called by each TrueType table   */
-  /*                            loader to position a stream's cursor to    */
-  /*                            the start of a given table according to    */
-  /*                            its tag.  It defaults to TT_Goto_Face but  */
-  /*                            can be different for strange formats (e.g. */
-  /*                            Type 42).                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    access_glyph_frame   :: A function used to access the frame of a   */
-  /*                            given glyph within the face's font file.   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    forget_glyph_frame   :: A function used to forget the frame of a   */
-  /*                            given glyph when all data has been loaded. */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    read_glyph_header    :: A function used to read a glyph header.    */
-  /*                            It must be called between an `access' and  */
-  /*                            `forget'.                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    read_simple_glyph    :: A function used to read a simple glyph.    */
-  /*                            It must be called after the header was     */
-  /*                            read, and before the `forget'.             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    read_composite_glyph :: A function used to read a composite glyph. */
-  /*                            It must be called after the header was     */
-  /*                            read, and before the `forget'.             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    sfnt                 :: A pointer to the SFNT service.             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    psnames              :: A pointer to the PostScript names service. */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    hdmx                 :: The face's horizontal device metrics       */
-  /*                            (`hdmx' table).  This table is optional in */
-  /*                            TrueType/OpenType fonts.                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    gasp                 :: The grid-fitting and scaling properties    */
-  /*                            table (`gasp').  This table is optional in */
-  /*                            TrueType/OpenType fonts.                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    pclt                 :: The `pclt' SFNT table.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    num_sbit_strikes     :: The number of sbit strikes, i.e., bitmap   */
-  /*                            sizes, embedded in this font.              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    sbit_strikes         :: An array of sbit strikes embedded in this  */
-  /*                            font.  This table is optional in a         */
-  /*                            TrueType/OpenType font.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    num_sbit_scales      :: The number of sbit scales for this font.   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    sbit_scales          :: Array of sbit scales embedded in this      */
-  /*                            font.  This table is optional in a         */
-  /*                            TrueType/OpenType font.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    postscript_names     :: A table used to store the Postscript names */
-  /*                            of  the glyphs for this font.  See the     */
-  /*                            file  `ttconfig.h' for comments on the     */
-  /*                            TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES option.  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    num_locations        :: The number of glyph locations in this      */
-  /*                            TrueType file.  This should be             */
-  /*                            identical to the number of glyphs.         */
-  /*                            Ignored for Type 2 fonts.                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    glyph_locations      :: An array of longs.  These are offsets to   */
-  /*                            glyph data within the `glyf' table.        */
-  /*                            Ignored for Type 2 font faces.             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    glyf_len             :: The length of the `glyf' table.  Needed    */
-  /*                            for malformed `loca' tables.               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    font_program_size    :: Size in bytecodes of the face's font       */
-  /*                            program.  0 if none defined.  Ignored for  */
-  /*                            Type 2 fonts.                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    font_program         :: The face's font program (bytecode stream)  */
-  /*                            executed at load time, also used during    */
-  /*                            glyph rendering.  Comes from the `fpgm'    */
-  /*                            table.  Ignored for Type 2 font fonts.     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    cvt_program_size     :: The size in bytecodes of the face's cvt    */
-  /*                            program.  Ignored for Type 2 fonts.        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    cvt_program          :: The face's cvt program (bytecode stream)   */
-  /*                            executed each time an instance/size is     */
-  /*                            changed/reset.  Comes from the `prep'      */
-  /*                            table.  Ignored for Type 2 fonts.          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    cvt_size             :: Size of the control value table (in        */
-  /*                            entries).   Ignored for Type 2 fonts.      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    cvt                  :: The face's original control value table.   */
-  /*                            Coordinates are expressed in unscaled font */
-  /*                            units.  Comes from the `cvt ' table.       */
-  /*                            Ignored for Type 2 fonts.                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    num_kern_pairs       :: The number of kerning pairs present in the */
-  /*                            font file.  The engine only loads the      */
-  /*                            first horizontal format 0 kern table it    */
-  /*                            finds in the font file.  Ignored for       */
-  /*                            Type 2 fonts.                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    kern_table_index     :: The index of the kerning table in the font */
-  /*                            kerning directory.  Ignored for Type 2     */
-  /*                            fonts.                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    interpreter          :: A pointer to the TrueType bytecode         */
-  /*                            interpreters field is also used to hook    */
-  /*                            the debugger in `ttdebug'.                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    unpatented_hinting   :: If true, use only unpatented methods in    */
-  /*                            the bytecode interpreter.                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    doblend              :: A boolean which is set if the font should  */
-  /*                            be blended (this is for GX var).           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    blend                :: Contains the data needed to control GX     */
-  /*                            variation tables (rather like Multiple     */
-  /*                            Master data).                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    extra                :: Reserved for third-party font drivers.     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    postscript_name      :: The PS name of the font.  Used by the      */
-  /*                            postscript name service.                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  TT_FaceRec_
-  {
-    FT_FaceRec            root;
-
-    TTC_HeaderRec         ttc_header;
-
-    FT_ULong              format_tag;
-    FT_UShort             num_tables;
-    TT_Table              dir_tables;
-
-    TT_Header             header;       /* TrueType header table          */
-    TT_HoriHeader         horizontal;   /* TrueType horizontal header     */
-
-    TT_MaxProfile         max_profile;
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
-    FT_ULong              max_components;  /* stubbed to 0 */
-#endif
-
-    FT_Bool               vertical_info;
-    TT_VertHeader         vertical;     /* TT Vertical header, if present */
-
-    FT_UShort             num_names;    /* number of name records  */
-    TT_NameTableRec       name_table;   /* name table              */
-
-    TT_OS2                os2;          /* TrueType OS/2 table            */
-    TT_Postscript         postscript;   /* TrueType Postscript table      */
-
-    FT_Byte*              cmap_table;   /* extracted `cmap' table */
-    FT_ULong              cmap_size;
-
-    TT_Loader_GotoTableFunc   goto_table;
-
-    TT_Loader_StartGlyphFunc  access_glyph_frame;
-    TT_Loader_EndGlyphFunc    forget_glyph_frame;
-    TT_Loader_ReadGlyphFunc   read_glyph_header;
-    TT_Loader_ReadGlyphFunc   read_simple_glyph;
-    TT_Loader_ReadGlyphFunc   read_composite_glyph;
-
-    /* a typeless pointer to the SFNT_Interface table used to load */
-    /* the basic TrueType tables in the face object                */
-    void*                 sfnt;
-
-    /* a typeless pointer to the FT_Service_PsCMapsRec table used to */
-    /* handle glyph names <-> unicode & Mac values                   */
-    void*                 psnames;
-
-
-    /***********************************************************************/
-    /*                                                                     */
-    /* Optional TrueType/OpenType tables                                   */
-    /*                                                                     */
-    /***********************************************************************/
-
-    /* horizontal device metrics */
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
-    TT_HdmxRec            hdmx;
-#endif
-
-    /* grid-fitting and scaling table */
-    TT_GaspRec            gasp;                 /* the `gasp' table */
-
-    /* PCL 5 table */
-    TT_PCLT               pclt;
-
-    /* embedded bitmaps support */
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
-    FT_ULong              num_sbit_strikes;
-    TT_SBit_Strike        sbit_strikes;
-#endif
-
-    FT_ULong              num_sbit_scales;
-    TT_SBit_Scale         sbit_scales;
-
-    /* postscript names table */
-    TT_Post_NamesRec      postscript_names;
-
-
-    /***********************************************************************/
-    /*                                                                     */
-    /* TrueType-specific fields (ignored by the OTF-Type2 driver)          */
-    /*                                                                     */
-    /***********************************************************************/
-
-    /* the glyph locations */
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
-    FT_UShort             num_locations_stub;
-    FT_Long*              glyph_locations_stub;
-#endif
-
-    /* the font program, if any */
-    FT_ULong              font_program_size;
-    FT_Byte*              font_program;
-
-    /* the cvt program, if any */
-    FT_ULong              cvt_program_size;
-    FT_Byte*              cvt_program;
-
-    /* the original, unscaled, control value table */
-    FT_ULong              cvt_size;
-    FT_Short*             cvt;
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
-    /* the format 0 kerning table, if any */
-    FT_Int                num_kern_pairs;
-    FT_Int                kern_table_index;
-    TT_Kern0_Pair         kern_pairs;
-#endif
-
-    /* A pointer to the bytecode interpreter to use.  This is also */
-    /* used to hook the debugger for the `ttdebug' utility.        */
-    TT_Interpreter        interpreter;
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING
-    /* Use unpatented hinting only. */
-    FT_Bool               unpatented_hinting;
-#endif
-
-    /***********************************************************************/
-    /*                                                                     */
-    /* Other tables or fields. This is used by derivative formats like     */
-    /* OpenType.                                                           */
-    /*                                                                     */
-    /***********************************************************************/
-
-    FT_Generic            extra;
-
-    const char*           postscript_name;
-
-    /* since version 2.1.8, but was originally placed after */
-    /* `glyph_locations_stub'                               */
-    FT_ULong              glyf_len;
-
-    /* since version 2.1.8, but was originally placed before `extra' */
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT
-    FT_Bool               doblend;
-    GX_Blend              blend;
-#endif
-
-    /* since version 2.2 */
-
-    FT_Byte*              horz_metrics;
-    FT_ULong              horz_metrics_size;
-
-    FT_Byte*              vert_metrics;
-    FT_ULong              vert_metrics_size;
-
-    FT_UInt               num_locations;
-    FT_Byte*              glyph_locations;
-
-    FT_Byte*              hdmx_table;
-    FT_ULong              hdmx_table_size;
-    FT_UInt               hdmx_record_count;
-    FT_ULong              hdmx_record_size;
-    FT_Byte*              hdmx_record_sizes;
-
-    FT_Byte*              sbit_table;
-    FT_ULong              sbit_table_size;
-    FT_UInt               sbit_num_strikes;
-
-    FT_Byte*              kern_table;
-    FT_ULong              kern_table_size;
-    FT_UInt               num_kern_tables;
-    FT_UInt32             kern_avail_bits;
-    FT_UInt32             kern_order_bits;
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF
-    TT_BDFRec             bdf;
-#endif /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF */
-
-    /* since 2.3.0 */
-    FT_ULong              horz_metrics_offset;
-    FT_ULong              vert_metrics_offset;
-
-  } TT_FaceRec;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*  <Struct>                                                             */
-  /*     TT_GlyphZoneRec                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*  <Description>                                                        */
-  /*     A glyph zone is used to load, scale and hint glyph outline        */
-  /*     coordinates.                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*  <Fields>                                                             */
-  /*     memory       :: A handle to the memory manager.                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*     max_points   :: The maximal size in points of the zone.           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*     max_contours :: Max size in links contours of the zone.           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*     n_points     :: The current number of points in the zone.         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*     n_contours   :: The current number of contours in the zone.       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*     org          :: The original glyph coordinates (font              */
-  /*                     units/scaled).                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*     cur          :: The current glyph coordinates (scaled/hinted).    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*     tags         :: The point control tags.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*     contours     :: The contours end points.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*     first_point  :: Offset of the current subglyph's first point.     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  TT_GlyphZoneRec_
-  {
-    FT_Memory   memory;
-    FT_UShort   max_points;
-    FT_UShort   max_contours;
-    FT_UShort   n_points;    /* number of points in zone    */
-    FT_Short    n_contours;  /* number of contours          */
-
-    FT_Vector*  org;         /* original point coordinates  */
-    FT_Vector*  cur;         /* current point coordinates   */
-    FT_Vector*  orus;        /* original (unscaled) point coordinates */
-
-    FT_Byte*    tags;        /* current touch flags         */
-    FT_UShort*  contours;    /* contour end points          */
-
-    FT_UShort   first_point; /* offset of first (#0) point  */
-
-  } TT_GlyphZoneRec, *TT_GlyphZone;
-
-
-  /* handle to execution context */
-  typedef struct TT_ExecContextRec_*  TT_ExecContext;
-
-  /* glyph loader structure */
-  typedef struct  TT_LoaderRec_
-  {
-    FT_Face          face;
-    FT_Size          size;
-    FT_GlyphSlot     glyph;
-    FT_GlyphLoader   gloader;
-
-    FT_ULong         load_flags;
-    FT_UInt          glyph_index;
-
-    FT_Stream        stream;
-    FT_Int           byte_len;
-
-    FT_Short         n_contours;
-    FT_BBox          bbox;
-    FT_Int           left_bearing;
-    FT_Int           advance;
-    FT_Int           linear;
-    FT_Bool          linear_def;
-    FT_Bool          preserve_pps;
-    FT_Vector        pp1;
-    FT_Vector        pp2;
-
-    FT_ULong         glyf_offset;
-
-    /* the zone where we load our glyphs */
-    TT_GlyphZoneRec  base;
-    TT_GlyphZoneRec  zone;
-
-    TT_ExecContext   exec;
-    FT_Byte*         instructions;
-    FT_ULong         ins_pos;
-
-    /* for possible extensibility in other formats */
-    void*            other;
-
-    /* since version 2.1.8 */
-    FT_Int           top_bearing;
-    FT_Int           vadvance;
-    FT_Vector        pp3;
-    FT_Vector        pp4;
-
-    /* since version 2.2.1 */
-    FT_Byte*         cursor;
-    FT_Byte*         limit;
-
-  } TT_LoaderRec;
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __TTTYPES_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/t1tables.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/t1tables.h
deleted file mode 100644
index bd11f33..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/t1tables.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,504 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  t1tables.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Basic Type 1/Type 2 tables definitions and interface (specification  */
-/*    only).                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2008 by                   */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __T1TABLES_H__
-#define __T1TABLES_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_FREETYPE_H
-
-#ifdef FREETYPE_H
-#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
-#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
-#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
-#endif
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Section>                                                             */
-  /*    type1_tables                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Title>                                                               */
-  /*    Type 1 Tables                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
-  /*    Type 1 (PostScript) specific font tables.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    This section contains the definition of Type 1-specific tables,    */
-  /*    including structures related to other PostScript font formats.     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /* Note that we separate font data in PS_FontInfoRec and PS_PrivateRec */
-  /* structures in order to support Multiple Master fonts.               */
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    PS_FontInfoRec                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A structure used to model a Type1/Type2 FontInfo dictionary.  Note */
-  /*    that for Multiple Master fonts, each instance has its own          */
-  /*    FontInfo dictionary.                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  PS_FontInfoRec_
-  {
-    FT_String*  version;
-    FT_String*  notice;
-    FT_String*  full_name;
-    FT_String*  family_name;
-    FT_String*  weight;
-    FT_Long     italic_angle;
-    FT_Bool     is_fixed_pitch;
-    FT_Short    underline_position;
-    FT_UShort   underline_thickness;
-
-  } PS_FontInfoRec;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    PS_FontInfo                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A handle to a @PS_FontInfoRec structure.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct PS_FontInfoRec_*  PS_FontInfo;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    T1_FontInfo                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    This type is equivalent to @PS_FontInfoRec.  It is deprecated but  */
-  /*    kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of  */
-  /*    FreeType.                                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef PS_FontInfoRec  T1_FontInfo;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    PS_PrivateRec                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A structure used to model a Type1/Type2 private dictionary.  Note  */
-  /*    that for Multiple Master fonts, each instance has its own Private  */
-  /*    dictionary.                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  PS_PrivateRec_
-  {
-    FT_Int     unique_id;
-    FT_Int     lenIV;
-
-    FT_Byte    num_blue_values;
-    FT_Byte    num_other_blues;
-    FT_Byte    num_family_blues;
-    FT_Byte    num_family_other_blues;
-
-    FT_Short   blue_values[14];
-    FT_Short   other_blues[10];
-
-    FT_Short   family_blues      [14];
-    FT_Short   family_other_blues[10];
-
-    FT_Fixed   blue_scale;
-    FT_Int     blue_shift;
-    FT_Int     blue_fuzz;
-
-    FT_UShort  standard_width[1];
-    FT_UShort  standard_height[1];
-
-    FT_Byte    num_snap_widths;
-    FT_Byte    num_snap_heights;
-    FT_Bool    force_bold;
-    FT_Bool    round_stem_up;
-
-    FT_Short   snap_widths [13];  /* including std width  */
-    FT_Short   snap_heights[13];  /* including std height */
-
-    FT_Fixed   expansion_factor;
-
-    FT_Long    language_group;
-    FT_Long    password;
-
-    FT_Short   min_feature[2];
-
-  } PS_PrivateRec;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    PS_Private                                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A handle to a @PS_PrivateRec structure.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct PS_PrivateRec_*  PS_Private;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    T1_Private                                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*   This type is equivalent to @PS_PrivateRec.  It is deprecated but    */
-  /*   kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of   */
-  /*   FreeType.                                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef PS_PrivateRec  T1_Private;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Enum>                                                                */
-  /*    T1_Blend_Flags                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A set of flags used to indicate which fields are present in a      */
-  /*    given blend dictionary (font info or private).  Used to support    */
-  /*    Multiple Masters fonts.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef enum  T1_Blend_Flags_
-  {
-    /*# required fields in a FontInfo blend dictionary */
-    T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_POSITION = 0,
-    T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS,
-    T1_BLEND_ITALIC_ANGLE,
-
-    /*# required fields in a Private blend dictionary */
-    T1_BLEND_BLUE_VALUES,
-    T1_BLEND_OTHER_BLUES,
-    T1_BLEND_STANDARD_WIDTH,
-    T1_BLEND_STANDARD_HEIGHT,
-    T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_WIDTHS,
-    T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_HEIGHTS,
-    T1_BLEND_BLUE_SCALE,
-    T1_BLEND_BLUE_SHIFT,
-    T1_BLEND_FAMILY_BLUES,
-    T1_BLEND_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES,
-    T1_BLEND_FORCE_BOLD,
-
-    /*# never remove */
-    T1_BLEND_MAX
-
-  } T1_Blend_Flags;
-
-  /* */
-
-
-  /*# backwards compatible definitions */
-#define t1_blend_underline_position   T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_POSITION
-#define t1_blend_underline_thickness  T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS
-#define t1_blend_italic_angle         T1_BLEND_ITALIC_ANGLE
-#define t1_blend_blue_values          T1_BLEND_BLUE_VALUES
-#define t1_blend_other_blues          T1_BLEND_OTHER_BLUES
-#define t1_blend_standard_widths      T1_BLEND_STANDARD_WIDTH
-#define t1_blend_standard_height      T1_BLEND_STANDARD_HEIGHT
-#define t1_blend_stem_snap_widths     T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_WIDTHS
-#define t1_blend_stem_snap_heights    T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_HEIGHTS
-#define t1_blend_blue_scale           T1_BLEND_BLUE_SCALE
-#define t1_blend_blue_shift           T1_BLEND_BLUE_SHIFT
-#define t1_blend_family_blues         T1_BLEND_FAMILY_BLUES
-#define t1_blend_family_other_blues   T1_BLEND_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES
-#define t1_blend_force_bold           T1_BLEND_FORCE_BOLD
-#define t1_blend_max                  T1_BLEND_MAX
-
-
-  /* maximum number of Multiple Masters designs, as defined in the spec */
-#define T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS     16
-
-  /* maximum number of Multiple Masters axes, as defined in the spec */
-#define T1_MAX_MM_AXIS        4
-
-  /* maximum number of elements in a design map */
-#define T1_MAX_MM_MAP_POINTS  20
-
-
-  /* this structure is used to store the BlendDesignMap entry for an axis */
-  typedef struct  PS_DesignMap_
-  {
-    FT_Byte    num_points;
-    FT_Long*   design_points;
-    FT_Fixed*  blend_points;
-
-  } PS_DesignMapRec, *PS_DesignMap;
-
-  /* backwards-compatible definition */
-  typedef PS_DesignMapRec  T1_DesignMap;
-
-
-  typedef struct  PS_BlendRec_
-  {
-    FT_UInt          num_designs;
-    FT_UInt          num_axis;
-
-    FT_String*       axis_names[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];
-    FT_Fixed*        design_pos[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS];
-    PS_DesignMapRec  design_map[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];
-
-    FT_Fixed*        weight_vector;
-    FT_Fixed*        default_weight_vector;
-
-    PS_FontInfo      font_infos[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS + 1];
-    PS_Private       privates  [T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS + 1];
-
-    FT_ULong         blend_bitflags;
-
-    FT_BBox*         bboxes    [T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS + 1];
-
-    /* since 2.3.0 */
-
-    /* undocumented, optional: the default design instance;   */
-    /* corresponds to default_weight_vector --                */
-    /* num_default_design_vector == 0 means it is not present */
-    /* in the font and associated metrics files               */
-    FT_UInt          default_design_vector[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS];
-    FT_UInt          num_default_design_vector;
-
-  } PS_BlendRec, *PS_Blend;
-
-
-  /* backwards-compatible definition */
-  typedef PS_BlendRec  T1_Blend;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    CID_FaceDictRec                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A structure used to represent data in a CID top-level dictionary.  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  CID_FaceDictRec_
-  {
-    PS_PrivateRec  private_dict;
-
-    FT_UInt        len_buildchar;
-    FT_Fixed       forcebold_threshold;
-    FT_Pos         stroke_width;
-    FT_Fixed       expansion_factor;
-
-    FT_Byte        paint_type;
-    FT_Byte        font_type;
-    FT_Matrix      font_matrix;
-    FT_Vector      font_offset;
-
-    FT_UInt        num_subrs;
-    FT_ULong       subrmap_offset;
-    FT_Int         sd_bytes;
-
-  } CID_FaceDictRec;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    CID_FaceDict                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A handle to a @CID_FaceDictRec structure.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct CID_FaceDictRec_*  CID_FaceDict;
-
-  /* */
-
-
-  /* backwards-compatible definition */
-  typedef CID_FaceDictRec  CID_FontDict;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    CID_FaceInfoRec                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A structure used to represent CID Face information.                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  CID_FaceInfoRec_
-  {
-    FT_String*      cid_font_name;
-    FT_Fixed        cid_version;
-    FT_Int          cid_font_type;
-
-    FT_String*      registry;
-    FT_String*      ordering;
-    FT_Int          supplement;
-
-    PS_FontInfoRec  font_info;
-    FT_BBox         font_bbox;
-    FT_ULong        uid_base;
-
-    FT_Int          num_xuid;
-    FT_ULong        xuid[16];
-
-    FT_ULong        cidmap_offset;
-    FT_Int          fd_bytes;
-    FT_Int          gd_bytes;
-    FT_ULong        cid_count;
-
-    FT_Int          num_dicts;
-    CID_FaceDict    font_dicts;
-
-    FT_ULong        data_offset;
-
-  } CID_FaceInfoRec;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    CID_FaceInfo                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A handle to a @CID_FaceInfoRec structure.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct CID_FaceInfoRec_*  CID_FaceInfo;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    CID_Info                                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*   This type is equivalent to @CID_FaceInfoRec.  It is deprecated but  */
-  /*   kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of   */
-  /*   FreeType.                                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef CID_FaceInfoRec  CID_Info;
-
-
-  /************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @function:
-   *    FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *    Return true if a given face provides reliable Postscript glyph
-   *    names.  This is similar to using the @FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES macro,
-   *    except that certain fonts (mostly TrueType) contain incorrect
-   *    glyph name tables.
-   *
-   *    When this function returns true, the caller is sure that the glyph
-   *    names returned by @FT_Get_Glyph_Name are reliable.
-   *
-   * @input:
-   *    face ::
-   *       face handle
-   *
-   * @return:
-   *    Boolean.  True if glyph names are reliable.
-   *
-   */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Int )
-  FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names( FT_Face  face );
-
-
-  /************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @function:
-   *    FT_Get_PS_Font_Info
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *    Retrieve the @PS_FontInfoRec structure corresponding to a given
-   *    Postscript font.
-   *
-   * @input:
-   *    face ::
-   *       Postscript face handle.
-   *
-   * @output:
-   *    afont_info ::
-   *       Output font info structure pointer.
-   *
-   * @return:
-   *    FreeType error code.  0 means success.
-   *
-   * @note:
-   *    The string pointers within the font info structure are owned by
-   *    the face and don't need to be freed by the caller.
-   *
-   *    If the font's format is not Postscript-based, this function will
-   *    return the `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' error code.
-   *
-   */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Get_PS_Font_Info( FT_Face      face,
-                       PS_FontInfo  afont_info );
-
-
-  /************************************************************************
-   *
-   * @function:
-   *    FT_Get_PS_Font_Private
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *    Retrieve the @PS_PrivateRec structure corresponding to a given
-   *    Postscript font.
-   *
-   * @input:
-   *    face ::
-   *       Postscript face handle.
-   *
-   * @output:
-   *    afont_private ::
-   *       Output private dictionary structure pointer.
-   *
-   * @return:
-   *    FreeType error code.  0 means success.
-   *
-   * @note:
-   *    The string pointers within the font info structure are owned by
-   *    the face and don't need to be freed by the caller.
-   *
-   *    If the font's format is not Postscript-based, this function will
-   *    return the `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' error code.
-   *
-   */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Get_PS_Font_Private( FT_Face     face,
-                          PS_Private  afont_private );
-
-  /* */
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __T1TABLES_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ttnameid.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ttnameid.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 0cddba1..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ttnameid.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1146 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ttnameid.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    TrueType name ID definitions (specification only).                   */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2002, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2007, 2008 by                   */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __TTNAMEID_H__
-#define __TTNAMEID_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Section>                                                             */
-  /*    truetype_tables                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Possible values for the `platform' identifier code in the name        */
-  /* records of the TTF `name' table.                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /***********************************************************************
-   *
-   * @enum:
-   *   TT_PLATFORM_XXX
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A list of valid values for the `platform_id' identifier code in
-   *   @FT_CharMapRec and @FT_SfntName structures.
-   *
-   * @values:
-   *   TT_PLATFORM_APPLE_UNICODE ::
-   *     Used by Apple to indicate a Unicode character map and/or name entry.
-   *     See @TT_APPLE_ID_XXX for corresponding `encoding_id' values.  Note
-   *     that name entries in this format are coded as big-endian UCS-2
-   *     character codes _only_.
-   *
-   *   TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH ::
-   *     Used by Apple to indicate a MacOS-specific charmap and/or name entry.
-   *     See @TT_MAC_ID_XXX for corresponding `encoding_id' values.  Note that
-   *     most TrueType fonts contain an Apple roman charmap to be usable on
-   *     MacOS systems (even if they contain a Microsoft charmap as well).
-   *
-   *   TT_PLATFORM_ISO ::
-   *     This value was used to specify Unicode charmaps.  It is however
-   *     now deprecated.  See @TT_ISO_ID_XXX for a list of corresponding
-   *     `encoding_id' values.
-   *
-   *   TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT ::
-   *     Used by Microsoft to indicate Windows-specific charmaps.  See
-   *     @TT_MS_ID_XXX for a list of corresponding `encoding_id' values.
-   *     Note that most fonts contain a Unicode charmap using
-   *     (TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT, @TT_MS_ID_UNICODE_CS).
-   *
-   *   TT_PLATFORM_CUSTOM ::
-   *     Used to indicate application-specific charmaps.
-   *
-   *   TT_PLATFORM_ADOBE ::
-   *     This value isn't part of any font format specification, but is used
-   *     by FreeType to report Adobe-specific charmaps in an @FT_CharMapRec
-   *     structure.  See @TT_ADOBE_ID_XXX.
-   */
-
-#define TT_PLATFORM_APPLE_UNICODE  0
-#define TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH      1
-#define TT_PLATFORM_ISO            2 /* deprecated */
-#define TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT      3
-#define TT_PLATFORM_CUSTOM         4
-#define TT_PLATFORM_ADOBE          7 /* artificial */
-
-
-  /***********************************************************************
-   *
-   * @enum:
-   *   TT_APPLE_ID_XXX
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A list of valid values for the `encoding_id' for
-   *   @TT_PLATFORM_APPLE_UNICODE charmaps and name entries.
-   *
-   * @values:
-   *   TT_APPLE_ID_DEFAULT ::
-   *     Unicode version 1.0.
-   *
-   *   TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_1_1 ::
-   *     Unicode 1.1; specifies Hangul characters starting at U+34xx.
-   *
-   *   TT_APPLE_ID_ISO_10646 ::
-   *     Deprecated (identical to preceding).
-   *
-   *   TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_2_0 ::
-   *     Unicode 2.0 and beyond (UTF-16 BMP only).
-   *
-   *   TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_32 ::
-   *     Unicode 3.1 and beyond, using UTF-32.
-   *
-   *   TT_APPLE_ID_VARIANT_SELECTOR ::
-   *     From Adobe, not Apple.  Not a normal cmap.  Specifies variations
-   *     on a real cmap.
-   */
-
-#define TT_APPLE_ID_DEFAULT           0 /* Unicode 1.0 */
-#define TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_1_1       1 /* specify Hangul at U+34xx */
-#define TT_APPLE_ID_ISO_10646         2 /* deprecated */
-#define TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_2_0       3 /* or later */
-#define TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_32        4 /* 2.0 or later, full repertoire */
-#define TT_APPLE_ID_VARIANT_SELECTOR  5 /* variation selector data */
-
-
-  /***********************************************************************
-   *
-   * @enum:
-   *   TT_MAC_ID_XXX
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A list of valid values for the `encoding_id' for
-   *   @TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH charmaps and name entries.
-   *
-   * @values:
-   *   TT_MAC_ID_ROMAN ::
-   *   TT_MAC_ID_JAPANESE ::
-   *   TT_MAC_ID_TRADITIONAL_CHINESE ::
-   *   TT_MAC_ID_KOREAN ::
-   *   TT_MAC_ID_ARABIC ::
-   *   TT_MAC_ID_HEBREW ::
-   *   TT_MAC_ID_GREEK ::
-   *   TT_MAC_ID_RUSSIAN ::
-   *   TT_MAC_ID_RSYMBOL ::
-   *   TT_MAC_ID_DEVANAGARI ::
-   *   TT_MAC_ID_GURMUKHI ::
-   *   TT_MAC_ID_GUJARATI ::
-   *   TT_MAC_ID_ORIYA ::
-   *   TT_MAC_ID_BENGALI ::
-   *   TT_MAC_ID_TAMIL ::
-   *   TT_MAC_ID_TELUGU ::
-   *   TT_MAC_ID_KANNADA ::
-   *   TT_MAC_ID_MALAYALAM ::
-   *   TT_MAC_ID_SINHALESE ::
-   *   TT_MAC_ID_BURMESE ::
-   *   TT_MAC_ID_KHMER ::
-   *   TT_MAC_ID_THAI ::
-   *   TT_MAC_ID_LAOTIAN ::
-   *   TT_MAC_ID_GEORGIAN ::
-   *   TT_MAC_ID_ARMENIAN ::
-   *   TT_MAC_ID_MALDIVIAN ::
-   *   TT_MAC_ID_SIMPLIFIED_CHINESE ::
-   *   TT_MAC_ID_TIBETAN ::
-   *   TT_MAC_ID_MONGOLIAN ::
-   *   TT_MAC_ID_GEEZ ::
-   *   TT_MAC_ID_SLAVIC ::
-   *   TT_MAC_ID_VIETNAMESE ::
-   *   TT_MAC_ID_SINDHI ::
-   *   TT_MAC_ID_UNINTERP ::
-   */
-
-#define TT_MAC_ID_ROMAN                 0
-#define TT_MAC_ID_JAPANESE              1
-#define TT_MAC_ID_TRADITIONAL_CHINESE   2
-#define TT_MAC_ID_KOREAN                3
-#define TT_MAC_ID_ARABIC                4
-#define TT_MAC_ID_HEBREW                5
-#define TT_MAC_ID_GREEK                 6
-#define TT_MAC_ID_RUSSIAN               7
-#define TT_MAC_ID_RSYMBOL               8
-#define TT_MAC_ID_DEVANAGARI            9
-#define TT_MAC_ID_GURMUKHI             10
-#define TT_MAC_ID_GUJARATI             11
-#define TT_MAC_ID_ORIYA                12
-#define TT_MAC_ID_BENGALI              13
-#define TT_MAC_ID_TAMIL                14
-#define TT_MAC_ID_TELUGU               15
-#define TT_MAC_ID_KANNADA              16
-#define TT_MAC_ID_MALAYALAM            17
-#define TT_MAC_ID_SINHALESE            18
-#define TT_MAC_ID_BURMESE              19
-#define TT_MAC_ID_KHMER                20
-#define TT_MAC_ID_THAI                 21
-#define TT_MAC_ID_LAOTIAN              22
-#define TT_MAC_ID_GEORGIAN             23
-#define TT_MAC_ID_ARMENIAN             24
-#define TT_MAC_ID_MALDIVIAN            25
-#define TT_MAC_ID_SIMPLIFIED_CHINESE   25
-#define TT_MAC_ID_TIBETAN              26
-#define TT_MAC_ID_MONGOLIAN            27
-#define TT_MAC_ID_GEEZ                 28
-#define TT_MAC_ID_SLAVIC               29
-#define TT_MAC_ID_VIETNAMESE           30
-#define TT_MAC_ID_SINDHI               31
-#define TT_MAC_ID_UNINTERP             32
-
-
-  /***********************************************************************
-   *
-   * @enum:
-   *   TT_ISO_ID_XXX
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A list of valid values for the `encoding_id' for
-   *   @TT_PLATFORM_ISO charmaps and name entries.
-   *
-   *   Their use is now deprecated.
-   *
-   * @values:
-   *   TT_ISO_ID_7BIT_ASCII ::
-   *     ASCII.
-   *   TT_ISO_ID_10646 ::
-   *     ISO/10646.
-   *   TT_ISO_ID_8859_1 ::
-   *     Also known as Latin-1.
-   */
-
-#define TT_ISO_ID_7BIT_ASCII  0
-#define TT_ISO_ID_10646       1
-#define TT_ISO_ID_8859_1      2
-
-
-  /***********************************************************************
-   *
-   * @enum:
-   *   TT_MS_ID_XXX
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A list of valid values for the `encoding_id' for
-   *   @TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT charmaps and name entries.
-   *
-   * @values:
-   *   TT_MS_ID_SYMBOL_CS ::
-   *     Corresponds to Microsoft symbol encoding. See
-   *     @FT_ENCODING_MS_SYMBOL.
-   *
-   *   TT_MS_ID_UNICODE_CS ::
-   *     Corresponds to a Microsoft WGL4 charmap, matching Unicode.  See
-   *     @FT_ENCODING_UNICODE.
-   *
-   *   TT_MS_ID_SJIS ::
-   *     Corresponds to SJIS Japanese encoding.  See @FT_ENCODING_SJIS.
-   *
-   *   TT_MS_ID_GB2312 ::
-   *     Corresponds to Simplified Chinese as used in Mainland China.  See
-   *     @FT_ENCODING_GB2312.
-   *
-   *   TT_MS_ID_BIG_5 ::
-   *     Corresponds to Traditional Chinese as used in Taiwan and Hong Kong.
-   *     See @FT_ENCODING_BIG5.
-   *
-   *   TT_MS_ID_WANSUNG ::
-   *     Corresponds to Korean Wansung encoding.  See @FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG.
-   *
-   *   TT_MS_ID_JOHAB ::
-   *     Corresponds to Johab encoding.  See @FT_ENCODING_JOHAB.
-   *
-   *   TT_MS_ID_UCS_4 ::
-   *     Corresponds to UCS-4 or UTF-32 charmaps.  This has been added to
-   *     the OpenType specification version 1.4 (mid-2001.)
-   */
-
-#define TT_MS_ID_SYMBOL_CS    0
-#define TT_MS_ID_UNICODE_CS   1
-#define TT_MS_ID_SJIS         2
-#define TT_MS_ID_GB2312       3
-#define TT_MS_ID_BIG_5        4
-#define TT_MS_ID_WANSUNG      5
-#define TT_MS_ID_JOHAB        6
-#define TT_MS_ID_UCS_4       10
-
-
-  /***********************************************************************
-   *
-   * @enum:
-   *   TT_ADOBE_ID_XXX
-   *
-   * @description:
-   *   A list of valid values for the `encoding_id' for
-   *   @TT_PLATFORM_ADOBE charmaps.  This is a FreeType-specific extension!
-   *
-   * @values:
-   *   TT_ADOBE_ID_STANDARD ::
-   *     Adobe standard encoding.
-   *   TT_ADOBE_ID_EXPERT ::
-   *     Adobe expert encoding.
-   *   TT_ADOBE_ID_CUSTOM ::
-   *     Adobe custom encoding.
-   *   TT_ADOBE_ID_LATIN_1 ::
-   *     Adobe Latin 1 encoding.
-   */
-
-#define TT_ADOBE_ID_STANDARD  0
-#define TT_ADOBE_ID_EXPERT    1
-#define TT_ADOBE_ID_CUSTOM    2
-#define TT_ADOBE_ID_LATIN_1   3
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Possible values of the language identifier field in the name records  */
-  /* of the TTF `name' table if the `platform' identifier code is          */
-  /* TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH.                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The canonical source for the Apple assigned Language ID's is at       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   http://fonts.apple.com/TTRefMan/RM06/Chap6name.html                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ENGLISH                       0
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_FRENCH                        1
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GERMAN                        2
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ITALIAN                       3
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_DUTCH                         4
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SWEDISH                       5
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SPANISH                       6
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_DANISH                        7
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_PORTUGUESE                    8
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_NORWEGIAN                     9
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_HEBREW                       10
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_JAPANESE                     11
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ARABIC                       12
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_FINNISH                      13
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GREEK                        14
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ICELANDIC                    15
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MALTESE                      16
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TURKISH                      17
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CROATIAN                     18
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CHINESE_TRADITIONAL          19
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_URDU                         20
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_HINDI                        21
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_THAI                         22
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KOREAN                       23
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_LITHUANIAN                   24
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_POLISH                       25
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_HUNGARIAN                    26
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ESTONIAN                     27
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_LETTISH                      28
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SAAMISK                      29
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_FAEROESE                     30
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_FARSI                        31
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_RUSSIAN                      32
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CHINESE_SIMPLIFIED           33
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_FLEMISH                      34
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_IRISH                        35
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ALBANIAN                     36
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ROMANIAN                     37
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CZECH                        38
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SLOVAK                       39
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SLOVENIAN                    40
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_YIDDISH                      41
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SERBIAN                      42
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MACEDONIAN                   43
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BULGARIAN                    44
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_UKRAINIAN                    45
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BYELORUSSIAN                 46
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_UZBEK                        47
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KAZAKH                       48
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AZERBAIJANI                  49
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AZERBAIJANI_CYRILLIC_SCRIPT  49
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AZERBAIJANI_ARABIC_SCRIPT    50
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ARMENIAN                     51
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GEORGIAN                     52
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MOLDAVIAN                    53
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KIRGHIZ                      54
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TAJIKI                       55
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TURKMEN                      56
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MONGOLIAN                    57
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MONGOLIAN_MONGOLIAN_SCRIPT   57
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MONGOLIAN_CYRILLIC_SCRIPT    58
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_PASHTO                       59
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KURDISH                      60
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KASHMIRI                     61
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SINDHI                       62
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TIBETAN                      63
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_NEPALI                       64
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SANSKRIT                     65
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MARATHI                      66
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BENGALI                      67
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ASSAMESE                     68
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GUJARATI                     69
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_PUNJABI                      70
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ORIYA                        71
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MALAYALAM                    72
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KANNADA                      73
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TAMIL                        74
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TELUGU                       75
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SINHALESE                    76
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BURMESE                      77
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KHMER                        78
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_LAO                          79
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_VIETNAMESE                   80
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_INDONESIAN                   81
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TAGALOG                      82
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MALAY_ROMAN_SCRIPT           83
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MALAY_ARABIC_SCRIPT          84
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AMHARIC                      85
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TIGRINYA                     86
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GALLA                        87
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SOMALI                       88
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SWAHILI                      89
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_RUANDA                       90
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_RUNDI                        91
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CHEWA                        92
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MALAGASY                     93
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ESPERANTO                    94
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_WELSH                       128
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BASQUE                      129
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CATALAN                     130
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_LATIN                       131
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_QUECHUA                     132
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GUARANI                     133
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AYMARA                      134
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TATAR                       135
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_UIGHUR                      136
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_DZONGKHA                    137
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_JAVANESE                    138
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SUNDANESE                   139
-
-
-#if 0  /* these seem to be errors that have been dropped */
-
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SCOTTISH_GAELIC             140
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_IRISH_GAELIC                141
-
-#endif
-
-
-  /* The following codes are new as of 2000-03-10 */
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GALICIAN                    140
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AFRIKAANS                   141
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BRETON                      142
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_INUKTITUT                   143
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SCOTTISH_GAELIC             144
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MANX_GAELIC                 145
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_IRISH_GAELIC                146
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TONGAN                      147
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GREEK_POLYTONIC             148
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GREELANDIC                  149
-#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AZERBAIJANI_ROMAN_SCRIPT    150
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Possible values of the language identifier field in the name records  */
-  /* of the TTF `name' table if the `platform' identifier code is          */
-  /* TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT.                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The canonical source for the MS assigned LCID's (seems to) be at      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   http://www.microsoft.com/globaldev/reference/lcid-all.mspx          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* It used to be at various places, among them                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   http://www.microsoft.com/typography/OTSPEC/lcid-cp.txt              */
-  /*   http://www.microsoft.com/globaldev/reference/loclanghome.asp        */
-  /*   http://support.microsoft.com/support/kb/articles/Q224/8/04.ASP      */
-  /*   http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/passport25/                 */
-  /*           NET_Passport_VBScript_Documentation/Single_Sign_In/         */
-  /*           Advanced_Single_Sign_In/Localization_and_LCIDs.asp          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Hopefully, it seems now that the Globaldev site prevails...           */
-  /*                                   (updated by Antoine, 2004-02-17)    */
-
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_GENERAL                    0x0001
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA               0x0401
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_IRAQ                       0x0801
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_EGYPT                      0x0c01
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_LIBYA                      0x1001
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_ALGERIA                    0x1401
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_MOROCCO                    0x1801
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_TUNISIA                    0x1c01
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_OMAN                       0x2001
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_YEMEN                      0x2401
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_SYRIA                      0x2801
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_JORDAN                     0x2c01
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_LEBANON                    0x3001
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_KUWAIT                     0x3401
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_UAE                        0x3801
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_BAHRAIN                    0x3c01
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_QATAR                      0x4001
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_BULGARIAN_BULGARIA                0x0402
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_CATALAN_SPAIN                     0x0403
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_GENERAL                   0x0004
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_TAIWAN                    0x0404
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_PRC                       0x0804
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_HONG_KONG                 0x0c04
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_SINGAPORE                 0x1004
-
-#if 1  /* this looks like the correct value */
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_MACAU                     0x1404
-#else  /* but beware, Microsoft may change its mind...
-          the most recent Word reference has the following: */
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_MACAU  TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_HONG_KONG
-#endif
-
-#if 0  /* used only with .NET `cultures'; commented out */
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_TRADITIONAL               0x7C04
-#endif
-
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_CZECH_CZECH_REPUBLIC              0x0405
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_DANISH_DENMARK                    0x0406
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_GERMAN_GERMANY                    0x0407
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_GERMAN_SWITZERLAND                0x0807
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_GERMAN_AUSTRIA                    0x0c07
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG                 0x1007
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEI               0x1407
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_GREEK_GREECE                      0x0408
-
-  /* don't ask what this one means... It is commented out currently. */
-#if 0
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_GREEK_GREECE2                     0x2008
-#endif
-
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_GENERAL                   0x0009
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_UNITED_STATES             0x0409
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_UNITED_KINGDOM            0x0809
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_AUSTRALIA                 0x0c09
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_CANADA                    0x1009
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_NEW_ZEALAND               0x1409
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_IRELAND                   0x1809
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA              0x1c09
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_JAMAICA                   0x2009
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN                 0x2409
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_BELIZE                    0x2809
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD                  0x2c09
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE                  0x3009
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES               0x3409
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_INDONESIA                 0x3809
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_HONG_KONG                 0x3c09
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_INDIA                     0x4009
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_MALAYSIA                  0x4409
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_SINGAPORE                 0x4809
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_SPAIN_TRADITIONAL_SORT    0x040a
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_MEXICO                    0x080a
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_SPAIN_INTERNATIONAL_SORT  0x0c0a
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_GUATEMALA                 0x100a
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA                0x140a
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_PANAMA                    0x180a
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC        0x1c0a
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_VENEZUELA                 0x200a
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_COLOMBIA                  0x240a
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_PERU                      0x280a
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_ARGENTINA                 0x2c0a
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_ECUADOR                   0x300a
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_CHILE                     0x340a
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_URUGUAY                   0x380a
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_PARAGUAY                  0x3c0a
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_BOLIVIA                   0x400a
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR               0x440a
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_HONDURAS                  0x480a
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_NICARAGUA                 0x4c0a
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO               0x500a
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_UNITED_STATES             0x540a
-  /* The following ID blatantly violate MS specs by using a */
-  /* sublanguage > 0x1F.                                    */
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_LATIN_AMERICA             0xE40aU
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_FINNISH_FINLAND                   0x040b
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_FRANCE                     0x040c
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_BELGIUM                    0x080c
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_CANADA                     0x0c0c
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_SWITZERLAND                0x100c
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG                 0x140c
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_MONACO                     0x180c
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_WEST_INDIES                0x1c0c
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_REUNION                    0x200c
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_CONGO                      0x240c
-  /* which was formerly: */
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_ZAIRE  TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_CONGO
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_SENEGAL                    0x280c
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_CAMEROON                   0x2c0c
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_COTE_D_IVOIRE              0x300c
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_MALI                       0x340c
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_MOROCCO                    0x380c
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_HAITI                      0x3c0c
-  /* and another violation of the spec (see 0xE40aU) */
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_NORTH_AFRICA               0xE40cU
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_HEBREW_ISRAEL                     0x040d
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_HUNGARIAN_HUNGARY                 0x040e
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_ICELANDIC_ICELAND                 0x040f
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_ITALIAN_ITALY                     0x0410
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_ITALIAN_SWITZERLAND               0x0810
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_JAPANESE_JAPAN                    0x0411
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_KOREAN_EXTENDED_WANSUNG_KOREA     0x0412
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_KOREAN_JOHAB_KOREA                0x0812
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_DUTCH_NETHERLANDS                 0x0413
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_DUTCH_BELGIUM                     0x0813
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_NORWEGIAN_NORWAY_BOKMAL           0x0414
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_NORWEGIAN_NORWAY_NYNORSK          0x0814
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_POLISH_POLAND                     0x0415
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_PORTUGUESE_BRAZIL                 0x0416
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_PORTUGUESE_PORTUGAL               0x0816
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_RHAETO_ROMANIC_SWITZERLAND        0x0417
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_ROMANIAN_ROMANIA                  0x0418
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_MOLDAVIAN_MOLDAVIA                0x0818
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_RUSSIAN_RUSSIA                    0x0419
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_RUSSIAN_MOLDAVIA                  0x0819
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_CROATIAN_CROATIA                  0x041a
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_SERBIAN_SERBIA_LATIN              0x081a
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_SERBIAN_SERBIA_CYRILLIC           0x0c1a
-
-#if 0  /* this used to be this value, but it looks like we were wrong */
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_BOSNIAN_BOSNIA_HERZEGOVINA        0x101a
-#else  /* current sources say */
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_CROATIAN_BOSNIA_HERZEGOVINA       0x101a
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_BOSNIAN_BOSNIA_HERZEGOVINA        0x141a
-       /* and XPsp2 Platform SDK added (2004-07-26) */
-       /* Names are shortened to be significant within 40 chars. */
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_SERBIAN_BOSNIA_HERZ_LATIN         0x181a
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_SERBIAN_BOSNIA_HERZ_CYRILLIC      0x181a
-#endif
-
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_SLOVAK_SLOVAKIA                   0x041b
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_ALBANIAN_ALBANIA                  0x041c
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_SWEDISH_SWEDEN                    0x041d
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_SWEDISH_FINLAND                   0x081d
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_THAI_THAILAND                     0x041e
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_TURKISH_TURKEY                    0x041f
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_URDU_PAKISTAN                     0x0420
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_URDU_INDIA                        0x0820
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_INDONESIAN_INDONESIA              0x0421
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_UKRAINIAN_UKRAINE                 0x0422
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_BELARUSIAN_BELARUS                0x0423
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_SLOVENE_SLOVENIA                  0x0424
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_ESTONIAN_ESTONIA                  0x0425
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_LATVIAN_LATVIA                    0x0426
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_LITHUANIAN_LITHUANIA              0x0427
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_CLASSIC_LITHUANIAN_LITHUANIA      0x0827
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_TAJIK_TAJIKISTAN                  0x0428
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_FARSI_IRAN                        0x0429
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_VIETNAMESE_VIET_NAM               0x042a
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARMENIAN_ARMENIA                  0x042b
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_AZERI_AZERBAIJAN_LATIN            0x042c
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_AZERI_AZERBAIJAN_CYRILLIC         0x082c
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_BASQUE_SPAIN                      0x042d
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_SORBIAN_GERMANY                   0x042e
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_MACEDONIAN_MACEDONIA              0x042f
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_SUTU_SOUTH_AFRICA                 0x0430
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_TSONGA_SOUTH_AFRICA               0x0431
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_TSWANA_SOUTH_AFRICA               0x0432
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_VENDA_SOUTH_AFRICA                0x0433
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_XHOSA_SOUTH_AFRICA                0x0434
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_ZULU_SOUTH_AFRICA                 0x0435
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_AFRIKAANS_SOUTH_AFRICA            0x0436
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_GEORGIAN_GEORGIA                  0x0437
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_FAEROESE_FAEROE_ISLANDS           0x0438
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_HINDI_INDIA                       0x0439
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_MALTESE_MALTA                     0x043a
-  /* Added by XPsp2 Platform SDK (2004-07-26) */
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_NORTHERN_NORWAY              0x043b
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_NORTHERN_SWEDEN              0x083b
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_NORTHERN_FINLAND             0x0C3b
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_LULE_NORWAY                  0x103b
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_LULE_SWEDEN                  0x143b
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_SOUTHERN_NORWAY              0x183b
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_SOUTHERN_SWEDEN              0x1C3b
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_SKOLT_FINLAND                0x203b
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_INARI_FINLAND                0x243b
-  /* ... and we also keep our old identifier... */
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAAMI_LAPONIA                     0x043b
-
-#if 0 /* this seems to be a previous inversion */
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_IRISH_GAELIC_IRELAND              0x043c
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_SCOTTISH_GAELIC_UNITED_KINGDOM    0x083c
-#else
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_SCOTTISH_GAELIC_UNITED_KINGDOM    0x083c
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_IRISH_GAELIC_IRELAND              0x043c
-#endif
-
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_YIDDISH_GERMANY                   0x043d
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_MALAY_MALAYSIA                    0x043e
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM           0x083e
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_KAZAK_KAZAKSTAN                   0x043f
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_KIRGHIZ_KIRGHIZSTAN /* Cyrillic*/ 0x0440
-  /* alias declared in Windows 2000 */
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_KIRGHIZ_KIRGHIZ_REPUBLIC \
-          TT_MS_LANGID_KIRGHIZ_KIRGHIZSTAN
-
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_SWAHILI_KENYA                     0x0441
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_TURKMEN_TURKMENISTAN              0x0442
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_UZBEK_UZBEKISTAN_LATIN            0x0443
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_UZBEK_UZBEKISTAN_CYRILLIC         0x0843
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_TATAR_TATARSTAN                   0x0444
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_BENGALI_INDIA                     0x0445
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_BENGALI_BANGLADESH                0x0845
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_PUNJABI_INDIA                     0x0446
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_PUNJABI_ARABIC_PAKISTAN           0x0846
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_GUJARATI_INDIA                    0x0447
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_ORIYA_INDIA                       0x0448
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_TAMIL_INDIA                       0x0449
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_TELUGU_INDIA                      0x044a
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_KANNADA_INDIA                     0x044b
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_MALAYALAM_INDIA                   0x044c
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_ASSAMESE_INDIA                    0x044d
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_MARATHI_INDIA                     0x044e
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_SANSKRIT_INDIA                    0x044f
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_MONGOLIAN_MONGOLIA /* Cyrillic */ 0x0450
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_MONGOLIAN_MONGOLIA_MONGOLIAN      0x0850
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_TIBETAN_CHINA                     0x0451
-  /* Don't use the next constant!  It has            */
-  /*   (1) the wrong spelling (Dzonghka)             */
-  /*   (2) Microsoft doesn't officially define it -- */
-  /*       at least it is not in the List of Local   */
-  /*       ID Values.                                */
-  /*   (3) Dzongkha is not the same language as      */
-  /*       Tibetan, so merging it is wrong anyway.   */
-  /*                                                 */
-  /* TT_MS_LANGID_TIBETAN_BHUTAN is correct, BTW.    */
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_DZONGHKA_BHUTAN                   0x0851
-
-#if 0
-  /* the following used to be defined */
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_TIBETAN_BHUTAN                    0x0451
-  /* ... but it was changed; */
-#else
-  /* So we will continue to #define it, but with the correct value */
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_TIBETAN_BHUTAN   TT_MS_LANGID_DZONGHKA_BHUTAN
-#endif
-
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_WELSH_WALES                       0x0452
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_KHMER_CAMBODIA                    0x0453
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_LAO_LAOS                          0x0454
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_BURMESE_MYANMAR                   0x0455
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_GALICIAN_SPAIN                    0x0456
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_KONKANI_INDIA                     0x0457
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_MANIPURI_INDIA  /* Bengali */     0x0458
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_SINDHI_INDIA /* Arabic */         0x0459
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_SINDHI_PAKISTAN                   0x0859
-  /* Missing a LCID for Sindhi in Devanagari script */
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_SYRIAC_SYRIA                      0x045a
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_SINHALESE_SRI_LANKA               0x045b
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHEROKEE_UNITED_STATES            0x045c
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_INUKTITUT_CANADA                  0x045d
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_AMHARIC_ETHIOPIA                  0x045e
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_TAMAZIGHT_MOROCCO /* Arabic */    0x045f
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_TAMAZIGHT_MOROCCO_LATIN           0x085f
-  /* Missing a LCID for Tifinagh script */
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_KASHMIRI_PAKISTAN /* Arabic */    0x0460
-  /* Spelled this way by XPsp2 Platform SDK (2004-07-26) */
-  /* script is yet unclear... might be Arabic, Nagari or Sharada */
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_KASHMIRI_SASIA                    0x0860
-  /* ... and aliased (by MS) for compatibility reasons. */
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_KASHMIRI_INDIA TT_MS_LANGID_KASHMIRI_SASIA
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_NEPALI_NEPAL                      0x0461
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_NEPALI_INDIA                      0x0861
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRISIAN_NETHERLANDS               0x0462
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_PASHTO_AFGHANISTAN                0x0463
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_FILIPINO_PHILIPPINES              0x0464
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_DHIVEHI_MALDIVES                  0x0465
-  /* alias declared in Windows 2000 */
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_DIVEHI_MALDIVES  TT_MS_LANGID_DHIVEHI_MALDIVES
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_EDO_NIGERIA                       0x0466
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_FULFULDE_NIGERIA                  0x0467
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_HAUSA_NIGERIA                     0x0468
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_IBIBIO_NIGERIA                    0x0469
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_YORUBA_NIGERIA                    0x046a
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_QUECHUA_BOLIVIA                   0x046b
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_QUECHUA_ECUADOR                   0x086b
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_QUECHUA_PERU                      0x0c6b
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_SEPEDI_SOUTH_AFRICA               0x046c
-  /* Also spelled by XPsp2 Platform SDK (2004-07-26) */
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_SOTHO_SOUTHERN_SOUTH_AFRICA \
-          TT_MS_LANGID_SEPEDI_SOUTH_AFRICA
-  /* language codes 0x046d, 0x046e and 0x046f are (still) unknown. */
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_IGBO_NIGERIA                      0x0470
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_KANURI_NIGERIA                    0x0471
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_OROMO_ETHIOPIA                    0x0472
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_TIGRIGNA_ETHIOPIA                 0x0473
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_TIGRIGNA_ERYTHREA                 0x0873
-  /* also spelled in the `Passport SDK' list as: */
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_TIGRIGNA_ERYTREA  TT_MS_LANGID_TIGRIGNA_ERYTHREA
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_GUARANI_PARAGUAY                  0x0474
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_HAWAIIAN_UNITED_STATES            0x0475
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_LATIN                             0x0476
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_SOMALI_SOMALIA                    0x0477
-  /* Note: Yi does not have a (proper) ISO 639-2 code, since it is mostly */
-  /*       not written (but OTOH the peculiar writing system is worth     */
-  /*       studying).                                                     */
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_YI_CHINA                          0x0478
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_PAPIAMENTU_NETHERLANDS_ANTILLES   0x0479
-  /* language codes from 0x047a to 0x047f are (still) unknown. */
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_UIGHUR_CHINA                      0x0480
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_MAORI_NEW_ZEALAND                 0x0481
-
-#if 0  /* not deemed useful for fonts */
-#define TT_MS_LANGID_HUMAN_INTERFACE_DEVICE            0x04ff
-#endif
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Possible values of the `name' identifier field in the name records of */
-  /* the TTF `name' table.  These values are platform independent.         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define TT_NAME_ID_COPYRIGHT            0
-#define TT_NAME_ID_FONT_FAMILY          1
-#define TT_NAME_ID_FONT_SUBFAMILY       2
-#define TT_NAME_ID_UNIQUE_ID            3
-#define TT_NAME_ID_FULL_NAME            4
-#define TT_NAME_ID_VERSION_STRING       5
-#define TT_NAME_ID_PS_NAME              6
-#define TT_NAME_ID_TRADEMARK            7
-
-  /* the following values are from the OpenType spec */
-#define TT_NAME_ID_MANUFACTURER         8
-#define TT_NAME_ID_DESIGNER             9
-#define TT_NAME_ID_DESCRIPTION          10
-#define TT_NAME_ID_VENDOR_URL           11
-#define TT_NAME_ID_DESIGNER_URL         12
-#define TT_NAME_ID_LICENSE              13
-#define TT_NAME_ID_LICENSE_URL          14
-  /* number 15 is reserved */
-#define TT_NAME_ID_PREFERRED_FAMILY     16
-#define TT_NAME_ID_PREFERRED_SUBFAMILY  17
-#define TT_NAME_ID_MAC_FULL_NAME        18
-
-  /* The following code is new as of 2000-01-21 */
-#define TT_NAME_ID_SAMPLE_TEXT          19
-
-  /* This is new in OpenType 1.3 */
-#define TT_NAME_ID_CID_FINDFONT_NAME    20
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Bit mask values for the Unicode Ranges from the TTF `OS2 ' table.     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Updated 02-Jul-2000.                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-
-  /* General Scripts Area */
-
-  /* Bit  0   Basic Latin */
-#define TT_UCR_BASIC_LATIN                     (1L <<  0) /* U+0020-U+007E */
-  /* Bit  1   C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement */
-#define TT_UCR_LATIN1_SUPPLEMENT               (1L <<  1) /* U+0080-U+00FF */
-  /* Bit  2   Latin Extended-A */
-#define TT_UCR_LATIN_EXTENDED_A                (1L <<  2) /* U+0100-U+017F */
-  /* Bit  3   Latin Extended-B */
-#define TT_UCR_LATIN_EXTENDED_B                (1L <<  3) /* U+0180-U+024F */
-  /* Bit  4   IPA Extensions */
-#define TT_UCR_IPA_EXTENSIONS                  (1L <<  4) /* U+0250-U+02AF */
-  /* Bit  5   Spacing Modifier Letters */
-#define TT_UCR_SPACING_MODIFIER                (1L <<  5) /* U+02B0-U+02FF */
-  /* Bit  6   Combining Diacritical Marks */
-#define TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICS            (1L <<  6) /* U+0300-U+036F */
-  /* Bit  7   Greek and Coptic */
-#define TT_UCR_GREEK                           (1L <<  7) /* U+0370-U+03FF */
-  /* Bit  8 is reserved (was: Greek Symbols and Coptic) */
-  /* Bit  9   Cyrillic               + */
-  /*          Cyrillic Supplementary   */
-#define TT_UCR_CYRILLIC                        (1L <<  9) /* U+0400-U+04FF */
-                                                          /* U+0500-U+052F */
-  /* Bit 10   Armenian */
-#define TT_UCR_ARMENIAN                        (1L << 10) /* U+0530-U+058F */
-  /* Bit 11   Hebrew */
-#define TT_UCR_HEBREW                          (1L << 11) /* U+0590-U+05FF */
-  /* Bit 12 is reserved (was: Hebrew Extended) */
-  /* Bit 13   Arabic */
-#define TT_UCR_ARABIC                          (1L << 13) /* U+0600-U+06FF */
-  /* Bit 14 is reserved (was: Arabic Extended) */
-  /* Bit 15   Devanagari */
-#define TT_UCR_DEVANAGARI                      (1L << 15) /* U+0900-U+097F */
-  /* Bit 16   Bengali */
-#define TT_UCR_BENGALI                         (1L << 16) /* U+0980-U+09FF */
-  /* Bit 17   Gurmukhi */
-#define TT_UCR_GURMUKHI                        (1L << 17) /* U+0A00-U+0A7F */
-  /* Bit 18   Gujarati */
-#define TT_UCR_GUJARATI                        (1L << 18) /* U+0A80-U+0AFF */
-  /* Bit 19   Oriya */
-#define TT_UCR_ORIYA                           (1L << 19) /* U+0B00-U+0B7F */
-  /* Bit 20   Tamil */
-#define TT_UCR_TAMIL                           (1L << 20) /* U+0B80-U+0BFF */
-  /* Bit 21   Telugu */
-#define TT_UCR_TELUGU                          (1L << 21) /* U+0C00-U+0C7F */
-  /* Bit 22   Kannada */
-#define TT_UCR_KANNADA                         (1L << 22) /* U+0C80-U+0CFF */
-  /* Bit 23   Malayalam */
-#define TT_UCR_MALAYALAM                       (1L << 23) /* U+0D00-U+0D7F */
-  /* Bit 24   Thai */
-#define TT_UCR_THAI                            (1L << 24) /* U+0E00-U+0E7F */
-  /* Bit 25   Lao */
-#define TT_UCR_LAO                             (1L << 25) /* U+0E80-U+0EFF */
-  /* Bit 26   Georgian */
-#define TT_UCR_GEORGIAN                        (1L << 26) /* U+10A0-U+10FF */
-  /* Bit 27 is reserved (was Georgian Extended) */
-  /* Bit 28   Hangul Jamo */
-#define TT_UCR_HANGUL_JAMO                     (1L << 28) /* U+1100-U+11FF */
-  /* Bit 29   Latin Extended Additional */
-#define TT_UCR_LATIN_EXTENDED_ADDITIONAL       (1L << 29) /* U+1E00-U+1EFF */
-  /* Bit 30   Greek Extended */
-#define TT_UCR_GREEK_EXTENDED                  (1L << 30) /* U+1F00-U+1FFF */
-
-  /* Symbols Area */
-
-  /* Bit 31   General Punctuation */
-#define TT_UCR_GENERAL_PUNCTUATION             (1L << 31) /* U+2000-U+206F */
-  /* Bit 32   Superscripts And Subscripts */
-#define TT_UCR_SUPERSCRIPTS_SUBSCRIPTS         (1L <<  0) /* U+2070-U+209F */
-  /* Bit 33   Currency Symbols */
-#define TT_UCR_CURRENCY_SYMBOLS                (1L <<  1) /* U+20A0-U+20CF */
-  /* Bit 34   Combining Diacritical Marks For Symbols */
-#define TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICS_SYMB       (1L <<  2) /* U+20D0-U+20FF */
-  /* Bit 35   Letterlike Symbols */
-#define TT_UCR_LETTERLIKE_SYMBOLS              (1L <<  3) /* U+2100-U+214F */
-  /* Bit 36   Number Forms */
-#define TT_UCR_NUMBER_FORMS                    (1L <<  4) /* U+2150-U+218F */
-  /* Bit 37   Arrows                + */
-  /*          Supplemental Arrows-A + */
-  /*          Supplemental Arrows-B   */
-#define TT_UCR_ARROWS                          (1L <<  5) /* U+2190-U+21FF */
-                                                          /* U+27F0-U+27FF */
-                                                          /* U+2900-U+297F */
-  /* Bit 38   Mathematical Operators               + */
-  /*          Supplemental Mathematical Operators  + */
-  /*          Miscellaneous Mathematical Symbols-A + */
-  /*          Miscellaneous Mathematical Symbols-B   */
-#define TT_UCR_MATHEMATICAL_OPERATORS          (1L <<  6) /* U+2200-U+22FF */
-                                                          /* U+2A00-U+2AFF */
-                                                          /* U+27C0-U+27EF */
-                                                          /* U+2980-U+29FF */
-  /* Bit 39 Miscellaneous Technical */
-#define TT_UCR_MISCELLANEOUS_TECHNICAL         (1L <<  7) /* U+2300-U+23FF */
-  /* Bit 40   Control Pictures */
-#define TT_UCR_CONTROL_PICTURES                (1L <<  8) /* U+2400-U+243F */
-  /* Bit 41   Optical Character Recognition */
-#define TT_UCR_OCR                             (1L <<  9) /* U+2440-U+245F */
-  /* Bit 42   Enclosed Alphanumerics */
-#define TT_UCR_ENCLOSED_ALPHANUMERICS          (1L << 10) /* U+2460-U+24FF */
-  /* Bit 43   Box Drawing */
-#define TT_UCR_BOX_DRAWING                     (1L << 11) /* U+2500-U+257F */
-  /* Bit 44   Block Elements */
-#define TT_UCR_BLOCK_ELEMENTS                  (1L << 12) /* U+2580-U+259F */
-  /* Bit 45   Geometric Shapes */
-#define TT_UCR_GEOMETRIC_SHAPES                (1L << 13) /* U+25A0-U+25FF */
-  /* Bit 46   Miscellaneous Symbols */
-#define TT_UCR_MISCELLANEOUS_SYMBOLS           (1L << 14) /* U+2600-U+26FF */
-  /* Bit 47   Dingbats */
-#define TT_UCR_DINGBATS                        (1L << 15) /* U+2700-U+27BF */
-
-  /* CJK Phonetics and Symbols Area */
-
-  /* Bit 48   CJK Symbols and Punctuation */
-#define TT_UCR_CJK_SYMBOLS                     (1L << 16) /* U+3000-U+303F */
-  /* Bit 49   Hiragana */
-#define TT_UCR_HIRAGANA                        (1L << 17) /* U+3040-U+309F */
-  /* Bit 50   Katakana                     + */
-  /*          Katakana Phonetic Extensions   */
-#define TT_UCR_KATAKANA                        (1L << 18) /* U+30A0-U+30FF */
-                                                          /* U+31F0-U+31FF */
-  /* Bit 51   Bopomofo          + */
-  /*          Bopomofo Extended   */
-#define TT_UCR_BOPOMOFO                        (1L << 19) /* U+3100-U+312F */
-                                                          /* U+31A0-U+31BF */
-  /* Bit 52   Hangul Compatibility Jamo */
-#define TT_UCR_HANGUL_COMPATIBILITY_JAMO       (1L << 20) /* U+3130-U+318F */
-  /* Bit 53   Kanbun */
-#define TT_UCR_CJK_MISC                        (1L << 21) /* U+3190-U+319F */
-#define TT_UCR_KANBUN  TT_UCR_CJK_MISC
-  /* Bit 54   Enclosed CJK Letters and Months */
-#define TT_UCR_ENCLOSED_CJK_LETTERS_MONTHS     (1L << 22) /* U+3200-U+32FF */
-  /* Bit 55   CJK Compatibility */
-#define TT_UCR_CJK_COMPATIBILITY               (1L << 23) /* U+3300-U+33FF */
-
-  /* Hangul Syllables Area */
-
-  /* Bit 56   Hangul */
-#define TT_UCR_HANGUL                          (1L << 24) /* U+AC00-U+D7A3 */
-
-  /* Surrogates Area */
-
-  /* Bit 57   High Surrogates             + */
-  /*          High Private Use Surrogates + */
-  /*          Low Surrogates                */
-#define TT_UCR_SURROGATES                      (1L << 25) /* U+D800-U+DB7F */
-                                                          /* U+DB80-U+DBFF */
-                                                          /* U+DC00-U+DFFF */
-  /* According to OpenType specs v.1.3+, setting bit 57 implies that there */
-  /* is at least one codepoint beyond the Basic Multilingual Plane that is */
-  /* supported by this font.  So it really means:            >= U+10000    */
-
-  /* Bit 58 is reserved for Unicode SubRanges */
-
-  /* CJK Ideographs Area */
-
-  /* Bit 59   CJK Unified Ideographs             + */
-  /*          CJK Radicals Supplement            + */
-  /*          Kangxi Radicals                    + */
-  /*          Ideographic Description Characters + */
-  /*          CJK Unified Ideographs Extension A   */
-  /*          CJK Unified Ideographs Extension A + */
-  /*          CJK Unified Ideographs Extension B + */
-  /*          Kanbun                               */
-#define TT_UCR_CJK_UNIFIED_IDEOGRAPHS          (1L << 27) /* U+4E00-U+9FFF */
-                                                          /* U+2E80-U+2EFF */
-                                                          /* U+2F00-U+2FDF */
-                                                          /* U+2FF0-U+2FFF */
-                                                          /* U+3400-U+4DB5 */
-                                                          /*U+20000-U+2A6DF*/
-                                                          /* U+3190-U+319F */
-
-  /* Private Use Area */
-
-  /* Bit 60   Private Use */
-#define TT_UCR_PRIVATE_USE                     (1L << 28) /* U+E000-U+F8FF */
-
-  /* Compatibility Area and Specials */
-
-  /* Bit 61   CJK Compatibility Ideographs            + */
-  /*          CJK Compatibility Ideographs Supplement   */
-#define TT_UCR_CJK_COMPATIBILITY_IDEOGRAPHS    (1L << 29) /* U+F900-U+FAFF */
-                                                          /*U+2F800-U+2FA1F*/
-  /* Bit 62   Alphabetic Presentation Forms */
-#define TT_UCR_ALPHABETIC_PRESENTATION_FORMS   (1L << 30) /* U+FB00-U+FB4F */
-  /* Bit 63   Arabic Presentation Forms-A */
-#define TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATIONS_A          (1L << 31) /* U+FB50-U+FDFF */
-  /* Bit 64   Combining Half Marks */
-#define TT_UCR_COMBINING_HALF_MARKS            (1L <<  0) /* U+FE20-U+FE2F */
-  /* Bit 65   CJK Compatibility Forms */
-#define TT_UCR_CJK_COMPATIBILITY_FORMS         (1L <<  1) /* U+FE30-U+FE4F */
-  /* Bit 66   Small Form Variants */
-#define TT_UCR_SMALL_FORM_VARIANTS             (1L <<  2) /* U+FE50-U+FE6F */
-  /* Bit 67   Arabic Presentation Forms-B */
-#define TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATIONS_B          (1L <<  3) /* U+FE70-U+FEFE */
-  /* Bit 68   Halfwidth and Fullwidth Forms */
-#define TT_UCR_HALFWIDTH_FULLWIDTH_FORMS       (1L <<  4) /* U+FF00-U+FFEF */
-  /* Bit 69   Specials */
-#define TT_UCR_SPECIALS                        (1L <<  5) /* U+FFF0-U+FFFD */
-  /* Bit 70   Tibetan */
-#define TT_UCR_TIBETAN                         (1L <<  6) /* U+0F00-U+0FFF */
-  /* Bit 71   Syriac */
-#define TT_UCR_SYRIAC                          (1L <<  7) /* U+0700-U+074F */
-  /* Bit 72   Thaana */
-#define TT_UCR_THAANA                          (1L <<  8) /* U+0780-U+07BF */
-  /* Bit 73   Sinhala */
-#define TT_UCR_SINHALA                         (1L <<  9) /* U+0D80-U+0DFF */
-  /* Bit 74   Myanmar */
-#define TT_UCR_MYANMAR                         (1L << 10) /* U+1000-U+109F */
-  /* Bit 75   Ethiopic */
-#define TT_UCR_ETHIOPIC                        (1L << 11) /* U+1200-U+137F */
-  /* Bit 76   Cherokee */
-#define TT_UCR_CHEROKEE                        (1L << 12) /* U+13A0-U+13FF */
-  /* Bit 77   Unified Canadian Aboriginal Syllabics */
-#define TT_UCR_CANADIAN_ABORIGINAL_SYLLABICS   (1L << 13) /* U+1400-U+167F */
-  /* Bit 78   Ogham */
-#define TT_UCR_OGHAM                           (1L << 14) /* U+1680-U+169F */
-  /* Bit 79   Runic */
-#define TT_UCR_RUNIC                           (1L << 15) /* U+16A0-U+16FF */
-  /* Bit 80   Khmer */
-#define TT_UCR_KHMER                           (1L << 16) /* U+1780-U+17FF */
-  /* Bit 81   Mongolian */
-#define TT_UCR_MONGOLIAN                       (1L << 17) /* U+1800-U+18AF */
-  /* Bit 82   Braille Patterns */
-#define TT_UCR_BRAILLE                         (1L << 18) /* U+2800-U+28FF */
-  /* Bit 83   Yi Syllables + */
-  /*          Yi Radicals    */
-#define TT_UCR_YI                              (1L << 19) /* U+A000-U+A48F */
-                                                          /* U+A490-U+A4CF */
-  /* Bit 84   Tagalog  + */
-  /*          Hanunoo  + */
-  /*          Buhid    + */
-  /*          Tagbanwa   */
-#define TT_UCR_PHILIPPINE                      (1L << 20) /* U+1700-U+171F */
-                                                          /* U+1720-U+173F */
-                                                          /* U+1740-U+175F */
-                                                          /* U+1760-U+177F */
-  /* Bit 85   Old Italic */
-#define TT_UCR_OLD_ITALIC                      (1L << 21) /*U+10300-U+1032F*/
-  /* Bit 86   Gothic */
-#define TT_UCR_GOTHIC                          (1L << 22) /*U+10330-U+1034F*/
-  /* Bit 87   Deseret */
-#define TT_UCR_DESERET                         (1L << 23) /*U+10400-U+1044F*/
-  /* Bit 88   Byzantine Musical Symbols + */
-  /*          Musical Symbols             */
-#define TT_UCR_MUSICAL_SYMBOLS                 (1L << 24) /*U+1D000-U+1D0FF*/
-                                                          /*U+1D100-U+1D1FF*/
-  /* Bit 89   Mathematical Alphanumeric Symbols */
-#define TT_UCR_MATH_ALPHANUMERIC_SYMBOLS       (1L << 25) /*U+1D400-U+1D7FF*/
-  /* Bit 90   Private Use (plane 15) + */
-  /*          Private Use (plane 16)   */
-#define TT_UCR_PRIVATE_USE_SUPPLEMENTARY       (1L << 26) /*U+F0000-U+FFFFD*/
-                                                        /*U+100000-U+10FFFD*/
-  /* Bit 91   Variation Selectors */
-#define TT_UCR_VARIATION_SELECTORS             (1L << 27) /* U+FE00-U+FE0F */
-  /* Bit 92   Tags */
-#define TT_UCR_TAGS                            (1L << 28) /*U+E0000-U+E007F*/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Some compilers have a very limited length of identifiers.             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#if defined( __TURBOC__ ) && __TURBOC__ < 0x0410 || defined( __PACIFIC__ )
-#define HAVE_LIMIT_ON_IDENTS
-#endif
-
-
-#ifndef HAVE_LIMIT_ON_IDENTS
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Here some alias #defines in order to be clearer.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* These are not always #defined to stay within the 31 character limit   */
-  /* which some compilers have.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Credits go to Dave Hoo <dhoo@flash.net> for pointing out that modern  */
-  /* Borland compilers (read: from BC++ 3.1 on) can increase this limit.   */
-  /* If you get a warning with such a compiler, use the -i40 switch.       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATION_FORMS_A      \
-         TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATIONS_A
-#define TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATION_FORMS_B      \
-         TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATIONS_B
-
-#define TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICAL_MARKS      \
-         TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICS
-#define TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICAL_MARKS_SYMB \
-         TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICS_SYMB
-
-
-#endif /* !HAVE_LIMIT_ON_IDENTS */
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __TTNAMEID_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/tttables.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/tttables.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 79edb0e..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/tttables.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,756 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  tttables.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Basic SFNT/TrueType tables definitions and interface                 */
-/*    (specification only).                                                */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008 by                   */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __TTTABLES_H__
-#define __TTTABLES_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_FREETYPE_H
-
-#ifdef FREETYPE_H
-#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
-#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
-#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
-#endif
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Section>                                                             */
-  /*    truetype_tables                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Title>                                                               */
-  /*    TrueType Tables                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
-  /*    TrueType specific table types and functions.                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    This section contains the definition of TrueType-specific tables   */
-  /*    as well as some routines used to access and process them.          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    TT_Header                                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A structure used to model a TrueType font header table.  All       */
-  /*    fields follow the TrueType specification.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  TT_Header_
-  {
-    FT_Fixed   Table_Version;
-    FT_Fixed   Font_Revision;
-
-    FT_Long    CheckSum_Adjust;
-    FT_Long    Magic_Number;
-
-    FT_UShort  Flags;
-    FT_UShort  Units_Per_EM;
-
-    FT_Long    Created [2];
-    FT_Long    Modified[2];
-
-    FT_Short   xMin;
-    FT_Short   yMin;
-    FT_Short   xMax;
-    FT_Short   yMax;
-
-    FT_UShort  Mac_Style;
-    FT_UShort  Lowest_Rec_PPEM;
-
-    FT_Short   Font_Direction;
-    FT_Short   Index_To_Loc_Format;
-    FT_Short   Glyph_Data_Format;
-
-  } TT_Header;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    TT_HoriHeader                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A structure used to model a TrueType horizontal header, the `hhea' */
-  /*    table, as well as the corresponding horizontal metrics table,      */
-  /*    i.e., the `hmtx' table.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    Version                :: The table version.                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    Ascender               :: The font's ascender, i.e., the distance  */
-  /*                              from the baseline to the top-most of all */
-  /*                              glyph points found in the font.          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                              This value is invalid in many fonts, as  */
-  /*                              it is usually set by the font designer,  */
-  /*                              and often reflects only a portion of the */
-  /*                              glyphs found in the font (maybe ASCII).  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                              You should use the `sTypoAscender' field */
-  /*                              of the OS/2 table instead if you want    */
-  /*                              the correct one.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    Descender              :: The font's descender, i.e., the distance */
-  /*                              from the baseline to the bottom-most of  */
-  /*                              all glyph points found in the font.  It  */
-  /*                              is negative.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                              This value is invalid in many fonts, as  */
-  /*                              it is usually set by the font designer,  */
-  /*                              and often reflects only a portion of the */
-  /*                              glyphs found in the font (maybe ASCII).  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                              You should use the `sTypoDescender'      */
-  /*                              field of the OS/2 table instead if you   */
-  /*                              want the correct one.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    Line_Gap               :: The font's line gap, i.e., the distance  */
-  /*                              to add to the ascender and descender to  */
-  /*                              get the BTB, i.e., the                   */
-  /*                              baseline-to-baseline distance for the    */
-  /*                              font.                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    advance_Width_Max      :: This field is the maximum of all advance */
-  /*                              widths found in the font.  It can be     */
-  /*                              used to compute the maximum width of an  */
-  /*                              arbitrary string of text.                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    min_Left_Side_Bearing  :: The minimum left side bearing of all     */
-  /*                              glyphs within the font.                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    min_Right_Side_Bearing :: The minimum right side bearing of all    */
-  /*                              glyphs within the font.                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    xMax_Extent            :: The maximum horizontal extent (i.e., the */
-  /*                              `width' of a glyph's bounding box) for   */
-  /*                              all glyphs in the font.                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    caret_Slope_Rise       :: The rise coefficient of the cursor's     */
-  /*                              slope of the cursor (slope=rise/run).    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    caret_Slope_Run        :: The run coefficient of the cursor's      */
-  /*                              slope.                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    Reserved               :: 8 reserved bytes.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    metric_Data_Format     :: Always 0.                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    number_Of_HMetrics     :: Number of HMetrics entries in the `hmtx' */
-  /*                              table -- this value can be smaller than  */
-  /*                              the total number of glyphs in the font.  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    long_metrics           :: A pointer into the `hmtx' table.         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    short_metrics          :: A pointer into the `hmtx' table.         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    IMPORTANT: The TT_HoriHeader and TT_VertHeader structures should   */
-  /*               be identical except for the names of their fields which */
-  /*               are different.                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*               This ensures that a single function in the `ttload'     */
-  /*               module is able to read both the horizontal and vertical */
-  /*               headers.                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  TT_HoriHeader_
-  {
-    FT_Fixed   Version;
-    FT_Short   Ascender;
-    FT_Short   Descender;
-    FT_Short   Line_Gap;
-
-    FT_UShort  advance_Width_Max;      /* advance width maximum */
-
-    FT_Short   min_Left_Side_Bearing;  /* minimum left-sb       */
-    FT_Short   min_Right_Side_Bearing; /* minimum right-sb      */
-    FT_Short   xMax_Extent;            /* xmax extents          */
-    FT_Short   caret_Slope_Rise;
-    FT_Short   caret_Slope_Run;
-    FT_Short   caret_Offset;
-
-    FT_Short   Reserved[4];
-
-    FT_Short   metric_Data_Format;
-    FT_UShort  number_Of_HMetrics;
-
-    /* The following fields are not defined by the TrueType specification */
-    /* but they are used to connect the metrics header to the relevant    */
-    /* `HMTX' table.                                                      */
-
-    void*      long_metrics;
-    void*      short_metrics;
-
-  } TT_HoriHeader;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    TT_VertHeader                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A structure used to model a TrueType vertical header, the `vhea'   */
-  /*    table, as well as the corresponding vertical metrics table, i.e.,  */
-  /*    the `vmtx' table.                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    Version                 :: The table version.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    Ascender                :: The font's ascender, i.e., the distance */
-  /*                               from the baseline to the top-most of    */
-  /*                               all glyph points found in the font.     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                               This value is invalid in many fonts, as */
-  /*                               it is usually set by the font designer, */
-  /*                               and often reflects only a portion of    */
-  /*                               the glyphs found in the font (maybe     */
-  /*                               ASCII).                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                               You should use the `sTypoAscender'      */
-  /*                               field of the OS/2 table instead if you  */
-  /*                               want the correct one.                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    Descender               :: The font's descender, i.e., the         */
-  /*                               distance from the baseline to the       */
-  /*                               bottom-most of all glyph points found   */
-  /*                               in the font.  It is negative.           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                               This value is invalid in many fonts, as */
-  /*                               it is usually set by the font designer, */
-  /*                               and often reflects only a portion of    */
-  /*                               the glyphs found in the font (maybe     */
-  /*                               ASCII).                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                               You should use the `sTypoDescender'     */
-  /*                               field of the OS/2 table instead if you  */
-  /*                               want the correct one.                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    Line_Gap                :: The font's line gap, i.e., the distance */
-  /*                               to add to the ascender and descender to */
-  /*                               get the BTB, i.e., the                  */
-  /*                               baseline-to-baseline distance for the   */
-  /*                               font.                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    advance_Height_Max      :: This field is the maximum of all        */
-  /*                               advance heights found in the font.  It  */
-  /*                               can be used to compute the maximum      */
-  /*                               height of an arbitrary string of text.  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    min_Top_Side_Bearing    :: The minimum top side bearing of all     */
-  /*                               glyphs within the font.                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    min_Bottom_Side_Bearing :: The minimum bottom side bearing of all  */
-  /*                               glyphs within the font.                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    yMax_Extent             :: The maximum vertical extent (i.e., the  */
-  /*                               `height' of a glyph's bounding box) for */
-  /*                               all glyphs in the font.                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    caret_Slope_Rise        :: The rise coefficient of the cursor's    */
-  /*                               slope of the cursor (slope=rise/run).   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    caret_Slope_Run         :: The run coefficient of the cursor's     */
-  /*                               slope.                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    caret_Offset            :: The cursor's offset for slanted fonts.  */
-  /*                               This value is `reserved' in vmtx        */
-  /*                               version 1.0.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    Reserved                :: 8 reserved bytes.                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    metric_Data_Format      :: Always 0.                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    number_Of_HMetrics      :: Number of VMetrics entries in the       */
-  /*                               `vmtx' table -- this value can be       */
-  /*                               smaller than the total number of glyphs */
-  /*                               in the font.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    long_metrics           :: A pointer into the `vmtx' table.         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    short_metrics          :: A pointer into the `vmtx' table.         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    IMPORTANT: The TT_HoriHeader and TT_VertHeader structures should   */
-  /*               be identical except for the names of their fields which */
-  /*               are different.                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*               This ensures that a single function in the `ttload'     */
-  /*               module is able to read both the horizontal and vertical */
-  /*               headers.                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  TT_VertHeader_
-  {
-    FT_Fixed   Version;
-    FT_Short   Ascender;
-    FT_Short   Descender;
-    FT_Short   Line_Gap;
-
-    FT_UShort  advance_Height_Max;      /* advance height maximum */
-
-    FT_Short   min_Top_Side_Bearing;    /* minimum left-sb or top-sb       */
-    FT_Short   min_Bottom_Side_Bearing; /* minimum right-sb or bottom-sb   */
-    FT_Short   yMax_Extent;             /* xmax or ymax extents            */
-    FT_Short   caret_Slope_Rise;
-    FT_Short   caret_Slope_Run;
-    FT_Short   caret_Offset;
-
-    FT_Short   Reserved[4];
-
-    FT_Short   metric_Data_Format;
-    FT_UShort  number_Of_VMetrics;
-
-    /* The following fields are not defined by the TrueType specification */
-    /* but they're used to connect the metrics header to the relevant     */
-    /* `HMTX' or `VMTX' table.                                            */
-
-    void*      long_metrics;
-    void*      short_metrics;
-
-  } TT_VertHeader;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    TT_OS2                                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A structure used to model a TrueType OS/2 table. This is the long  */
-  /*    table version.  All fields comply to the TrueType specification.   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    Note that we now support old Mac fonts which do not include an     */
-  /*    OS/2 table.  In this case, the `version' field is always set to    */
-  /*    0xFFFF.                                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  TT_OS2_
-  {
-    FT_UShort  version;                /* 0x0001 - more or 0xFFFF */
-    FT_Short   xAvgCharWidth;
-    FT_UShort  usWeightClass;
-    FT_UShort  usWidthClass;
-    FT_Short   fsType;
-    FT_Short   ySubscriptXSize;
-    FT_Short   ySubscriptYSize;
-    FT_Short   ySubscriptXOffset;
-    FT_Short   ySubscriptYOffset;
-    FT_Short   ySuperscriptXSize;
-    FT_Short   ySuperscriptYSize;
-    FT_Short   ySuperscriptXOffset;
-    FT_Short   ySuperscriptYOffset;
-    FT_Short   yStrikeoutSize;
-    FT_Short   yStrikeoutPosition;
-    FT_Short   sFamilyClass;
-
-    FT_Byte    panose[10];
-
-    FT_ULong   ulUnicodeRange1;        /* Bits 0-31   */
-    FT_ULong   ulUnicodeRange2;        /* Bits 32-63  */
-    FT_ULong   ulUnicodeRange3;        /* Bits 64-95  */
-    FT_ULong   ulUnicodeRange4;        /* Bits 96-127 */
-
-    FT_Char    achVendID[4];
-
-    FT_UShort  fsSelection;
-    FT_UShort  usFirstCharIndex;
-    FT_UShort  usLastCharIndex;
-    FT_Short   sTypoAscender;
-    FT_Short   sTypoDescender;
-    FT_Short   sTypoLineGap;
-    FT_UShort  usWinAscent;
-    FT_UShort  usWinDescent;
-
-    /* only version 1 tables: */
-
-    FT_ULong   ulCodePageRange1;       /* Bits 0-31   */
-    FT_ULong   ulCodePageRange2;       /* Bits 32-63  */
-
-    /* only version 2 tables: */
-
-    FT_Short   sxHeight;
-    FT_Short   sCapHeight;
-    FT_UShort  usDefaultChar;
-    FT_UShort  usBreakChar;
-    FT_UShort  usMaxContext;
-
-  } TT_OS2;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    TT_Postscript                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A structure used to model a TrueType Postscript table.  All fields */
-  /*    comply to the TrueType specification.  This structure does not     */
-  /*    reference the Postscript glyph names, which can be nevertheless    */
-  /*    accessed with the `ttpost' module.                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  TT_Postscript_
-  {
-    FT_Fixed  FormatType;
-    FT_Fixed  italicAngle;
-    FT_Short  underlinePosition;
-    FT_Short  underlineThickness;
-    FT_ULong  isFixedPitch;
-    FT_ULong  minMemType42;
-    FT_ULong  maxMemType42;
-    FT_ULong  minMemType1;
-    FT_ULong  maxMemType1;
-
-    /* Glyph names follow in the file, but we don't   */
-    /* load them by default.  See the ttpost.c file.  */
-
-  } TT_Postscript;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    TT_PCLT                                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A structure used to model a TrueType PCLT table.  All fields       */
-  /*    comply to the TrueType specification.                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  TT_PCLT_
-  {
-    FT_Fixed   Version;
-    FT_ULong   FontNumber;
-    FT_UShort  Pitch;
-    FT_UShort  xHeight;
-    FT_UShort  Style;
-    FT_UShort  TypeFamily;
-    FT_UShort  CapHeight;
-    FT_UShort  SymbolSet;
-    FT_Char    TypeFace[16];
-    FT_Char    CharacterComplement[8];
-    FT_Char    FileName[6];
-    FT_Char    StrokeWeight;
-    FT_Char    WidthType;
-    FT_Byte    SerifStyle;
-    FT_Byte    Reserved;
-
-  } TT_PCLT;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    TT_MaxProfile                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    The maximum profile is a table containing many max values which    */
-  /*    can be used to pre-allocate arrays.  This ensures that no memory   */
-  /*    allocation occurs during a glyph load.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    version               :: The version number.                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    numGlyphs             :: The number of glyphs in this TrueType     */
-  /*                             font.                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    maxPoints             :: The maximum number of points in a         */
-  /*                             non-composite TrueType glyph.  See also   */
-  /*                             the structure element                     */
-  /*                             `maxCompositePoints'.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    maxContours           :: The maximum number of contours in a       */
-  /*                             non-composite TrueType glyph.  See also   */
-  /*                             the structure element                     */
-  /*                             `maxCompositeContours'.                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    maxCompositePoints    :: The maximum number of points in a         */
-  /*                             composite TrueType glyph.  See also the   */
-  /*                             structure element `maxPoints'.            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    maxCompositeContours  :: The maximum number of contours in a       */
-  /*                             composite TrueType glyph.  See also the   */
-  /*                             structure element `maxContours'.          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    maxZones              :: The maximum number of zones used for      */
-  /*                             glyph hinting.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    maxTwilightPoints     :: The maximum number of points in the       */
-  /*                             twilight zone used for glyph hinting.     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    maxStorage            :: The maximum number of elements in the     */
-  /*                             storage area used for glyph hinting.      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    maxFunctionDefs       :: The maximum number of function            */
-  /*                             definitions in the TrueType bytecode for  */
-  /*                             this font.                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    maxInstructionDefs    :: The maximum number of instruction         */
-  /*                             definitions in the TrueType bytecode for  */
-  /*                             this font.                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    maxStackElements      :: The maximum number of stack elements used */
-  /*                             during bytecode interpretation.           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    maxSizeOfInstructions :: The maximum number of TrueType opcodes    */
-  /*                             used for glyph hinting.                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    maxComponentElements  :: The maximum number of simple (i.e., non-  */
-  /*                             composite) glyphs in a composite glyph.   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    maxComponentDepth     :: The maximum nesting depth of composite    */
-  /*                             glyphs.                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    This structure is only used during font loading.                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  TT_MaxProfile_
-  {
-    FT_Fixed   version;
-    FT_UShort  numGlyphs;
-    FT_UShort  maxPoints;
-    FT_UShort  maxContours;
-    FT_UShort  maxCompositePoints;
-    FT_UShort  maxCompositeContours;
-    FT_UShort  maxZones;
-    FT_UShort  maxTwilightPoints;
-    FT_UShort  maxStorage;
-    FT_UShort  maxFunctionDefs;
-    FT_UShort  maxInstructionDefs;
-    FT_UShort  maxStackElements;
-    FT_UShort  maxSizeOfInstructions;
-    FT_UShort  maxComponentElements;
-    FT_UShort  maxComponentDepth;
-
-  } TT_MaxProfile;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Enum>                                                                */
-  /*    FT_Sfnt_Tag                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    An enumeration used to specify the index of an SFNT table.         */
-  /*    Used in the @FT_Get_Sfnt_Table API function.                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef enum  FT_Sfnt_Tag_
-  {
-    ft_sfnt_head = 0,
-    ft_sfnt_maxp = 1,
-    ft_sfnt_os2  = 2,
-    ft_sfnt_hhea = 3,
-    ft_sfnt_vhea = 4,
-    ft_sfnt_post = 5,
-    ft_sfnt_pclt = 6,
-
-    sfnt_max   /* internal end mark */
-
-  } FT_Sfnt_Tag;
-
-  /* */
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Get_Sfnt_Table                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Returns a pointer to a given SFNT table within a face.             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face :: A handle to the source.                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    tag  :: The index of the SFNT table.                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    A type-less pointer to the table.  This will be 0 in case of       */
-  /*    error, or if the corresponding table was not found *OR* loaded     */
-  /*    from the file.                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    The table is owned by the face object and disappears with it.      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    This function is only useful to access SFNT tables that are loaded */
-  /*    by the sfnt, truetype, and opentype drivers.  See @FT_Sfnt_Tag for */
-  /*    a list.                                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( void* )
-  FT_Get_Sfnt_Table( FT_Face      face,
-                     FT_Sfnt_Tag  tag );
-
-
- /**************************************************************************
-  *
-  * @function:
-  *   FT_Load_Sfnt_Table
-  *
-  * @description:
-  *   Loads any font table into client memory.
-  *
-  * @input:
-  *   face ::
-  *     A handle to the source face.
-  *
-  *   tag ::
-  *     The four-byte tag of the table to load.  Use the value 0 if you want
-  *     to access the whole font file.  Otherwise, you can use one of the
-  *     definitions found in the @FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H file, or forge a new
-  *     one with @FT_MAKE_TAG.
-  *
-  *   offset ::
-  *     The starting offset in the table (or file if tag == 0).
-  *
-  * @output:
-  *   buffer ::
-  *     The target buffer address.  The client must ensure that the memory
-  *     array is big enough to hold the data.
-  *
-  * @inout:
-  *   length ::
-  *     If the `length' parameter is NULL, then try to load the whole table.
-  *     Return an error code if it fails.
-  *
-  *     Else, if `*length' is 0, exit immediately while returning the
-  *     table's (or file) full size in it.
-  *
-  *     Else the number of bytes to read from the table or file, from the
-  *     starting offset.
-  *
-  * @return:
-  *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.
-  *
-  * @note:
-  *   If you need to determine the table's length you should first call this
-  *   function with `*length' set to 0, as in the following example:
-  *
-  *     {
-  *       FT_ULong  length = 0;
-  *
-  *
-  *       error = FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( face, tag, 0, NULL, &length );
-  *       if ( error ) { ... table does not exist ... }
-  *
-  *       buffer = malloc( length );
-  *       if ( buffer == NULL ) { ... not enough memory ... }
-  *
-  *       error = FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( face, tag, 0, buffer, &length );
-  *       if ( error ) { ... could not load table ... }
-  *     }
-  */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( FT_Face    face,
-                      FT_ULong   tag,
-                      FT_Long    offset,
-                      FT_Byte*   buffer,
-                      FT_ULong*  length );
-
-
- /**************************************************************************
-  *
-  * @function:
-  *   FT_Sfnt_Table_Info
-  *
-  * @description:
-  *   Returns information on an SFNT table.
-  *
-  * @input:
-  *   face ::
-  *     A handle to the source face.
-  *
-  *   table_index ::
-  *     The index of an SFNT table.  The function returns
-  *     FT_Err_Table_Missing for an invalid value.
-  *
-  * @output:
-  *   tag ::
-  *     The name tag of the SFNT table.
-  *
-  *   length ::
-  *     The length of the SFNT table.
-  *
-  * @return:
-  *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.
-  *
-  * @note:
-  *   SFNT tables with length zero are treated as missing by Windows.
-  *
-  */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Sfnt_Table_Info( FT_Face    face,
-                      FT_UInt    table_index,
-                      FT_ULong  *tag,
-                      FT_ULong  *length );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Return TrueType/sfnt specific cmap language ID.  Definitions of    */
-  /*    language ID values are in `freetype/ttnameid.h'.                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    charmap ::                                                         */
-  /*      The target charmap.                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    The language ID of `charmap'.  If `charmap' doesn't belong to a    */
-  /*    TrueType/sfnt face, just return 0 as the default value.            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_ULong )
-  FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID( FT_CharMap  charmap );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Get_CMap_Format                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Return TrueType/sfnt specific cmap format.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    charmap ::                                                         */
-  /*      The target charmap.                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    The format of `charmap'.  If `charmap' doesn't belong to a         */
-  /*    TrueType/sfnt face, return -1.                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Long )
-  FT_Get_CMap_Format( FT_CharMap  charmap );
-
-  /* */
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __TTTABLES_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/tttags.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/tttags.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 5a79008..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/tttags.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  tttags.h                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Tags for TrueType and OpenType tables (specification only).          */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2004, 2005, 2007 by                               */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __TTAGS_H__
-#define __TTAGS_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_FREETYPE_H
-
-#ifdef FREETYPE_H
-#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
-#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
-#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
-#endif
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-#define TTAG_avar  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'a', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
-#define TTAG_BASE  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'B', 'A', 'S', 'E' )
-#define TTAG_bdat  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'd', 'a', 't' )
-#define TTAG_BDF   FT_MAKE_TAG( 'B', 'D', 'F', ' ' )
-#define TTAG_bhed  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'h', 'e', 'd' )
-#define TTAG_bloc  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'l', 'o', 'c' )
-#define TTAG_bsln  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 's', 'l', 'n' )
-#define TTAG_CFF   FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'F', 'F', ' ' )
-#define TTAG_cmap  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'm', 'a', 'p' )
-#define TTAG_cvar  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
-#define TTAG_cvt   FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'v', 't', ' ' )
-#define TTAG_DSIG  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'D', 'S', 'I', 'G' )
-#define TTAG_EBDT  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'E', 'B', 'D', 'T' )
-#define TTAG_EBLC  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'E', 'B', 'L', 'C' )
-#define TTAG_EBSC  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'E', 'B', 'S', 'C' )
-#define TTAG_feat  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'f', 'e', 'a', 't' )
-#define TTAG_fpgm  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'f', 'p', 'g', 'm' )
-#define TTAG_fvar  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'f', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
-#define TTAG_gasp  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'a', 's', 'p' )
-#define TTAG_GDEF  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'G', 'D', 'E', 'F' )
-#define TTAG_glyf  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'l', 'y', 'f' )
-#define TTAG_GPOS  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'G', 'P', 'O', 'S' )
-#define TTAG_GSUB  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'G', 'S', 'U', 'B' )
-#define TTAG_gvar  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
-#define TTAG_hdmx  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'd', 'm', 'x' )
-#define TTAG_head  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'e', 'a', 'd' )
-#define TTAG_hhea  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'h', 'e', 'a' )
-#define TTAG_hmtx  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'm', 't', 'x' )
-#define TTAG_JSTF  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'J', 'S', 'T', 'F' )
-#define TTAG_just  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'j', 'u', 's', 't' )
-#define TTAG_kern  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'k', 'e', 'r', 'n' )
-#define TTAG_lcar  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'l', 'c', 'a', 'r' )
-#define TTAG_loca  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'l', 'o', 'c', 'a' )
-#define TTAG_LTSH  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'L', 'T', 'S', 'H' )
-#define TTAG_MATH  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'A', 'T', 'H' )
-#define TTAG_maxp  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'a', 'x', 'p' )
-#define TTAG_META  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'E', 'T', 'A' )
-#define TTAG_MMFX  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'M', 'F', 'X' )
-#define TTAG_MMSD  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'M', 'S', 'D' )
-#define TTAG_mort  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'o', 'r', 't' )
-#define TTAG_morx  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'o', 'r', 'x' )
-#define TTAG_name  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'n', 'a', 'm', 'e' )
-#define TTAG_opbd  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'o', 'p', 'b', 'd' )
-#define TTAG_OS2   FT_MAKE_TAG( 'O', 'S', '/', '2' )
-#define TTAG_OTTO  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'O', 'T', 'T', 'O' )
-#define TTAG_PCLT  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'P', 'C', 'L', 'T' )
-#define TTAG_post  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'o', 's', 't' )
-#define TTAG_prep  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'r', 'e', 'p' )
-#define TTAG_prop  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'r', 'o', 'p' )
-#define TTAG_SING  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'S', 'I', 'N', 'G' )
-#define TTAG_trak  FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'r', 'a', 'k' )
-#define TTAG_true  FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'r', 'u', 'e' )
-#define TTAG_ttc   FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 't', 'c', ' ' )
-#define TTAG_ttcf  FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 't', 'c', 'f' )
-#define TTAG_VDMX  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'V', 'D', 'M', 'X' )
-#define TTAG_vhea  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'v', 'h', 'e', 'a' )
-#define TTAG_vmtx  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'v', 'm', 't', 'x' )
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __TTAGS_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ttunpat.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ttunpat.h
deleted file mode 100644
index a016275..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ttunpat.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ttunpat.h                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Definitions for the unpatented TrueType hinting system               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2003, 2006 by                                                */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Written by Graham Asher <graham.asher@btinternet.com>                  */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __TTUNPAT_H__
-#define __TTUNPAT_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_FREETYPE_H
-
-#ifdef FREETYPE_H
-#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
-#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
-#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
-#endif
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
- /***************************************************************************
-  *
-  * @constant:
-  *   FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING
-  *
-  * @description:
-  *   A constant used as the tag of an @FT_Parameter structure to indicate
-  *   that unpatented methods only should be used by the TrueType bytecode
-  *   interpreter for a typeface opened by @FT_Open_Face.
-  *
-  */
-#define FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'u', 'n', 'p', 'a' )
-
- /* */
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-
-#endif /* __TTUNPAT_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/ft2build.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/ft2build.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 923d887..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/ft2build.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ft2build.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType 2 build and setup macros.                                   */
-/*    (Generic version)                                                    */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2006 by                                           */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This file corresponds to the default `ft2build.h' file for            */
-  /* FreeType 2.  It uses the `freetype' include root.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Note that specific platforms might use a different configuration.     */
-  /* See builds/unix/ft2unix.h for an example.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __FT2_BUILD_GENERIC_H__
-#define __FT2_BUILD_GENERIC_H__
-
-#include <freetype/config/ftheader.h>
-
-#endif /* __FT2_BUILD_GENERIC_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/modules.cfg b/src/3rdparty/freetype/modules.cfg
deleted file mode 100644
index 525866a..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/modules.cfg
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,245 +0,0 @@
-# modules.cfg
-#
-# Copyright 2005, 2006, 2007 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-#
-#
-# In case you compile the FreeType library with GNU make or makepp, this
-# file controls which components are built into the library.  Otherwise,
-# please read this file for information on the various modules and its
-# dependencies, then follow the instructions in the file `docs/INSTALL.ANY'.
-#
-# To deactivate a module, simply comment out the corresponding line.  To
-# activate a module, remove the comment character.
-#
-# Note that many modules and components are further controlled with macros
-# in the file `include/freetype/config/ftoption.h'.
-
-
-####
-#### font modules -- at least one is required
-####
-####   The order given here (from top to down) is the order used for testing
-####   font formats in the compiled library.
-####
-
-# TrueType font driver.
-#
-# This driver needs the `sfnt' module.
-FONT_MODULES += truetype
-
-# PostScript Type 1 font driver.
-#
-# This driver needs the `psaux', `pshinter', and `psnames' modules.
-FONT_MODULES += type1
-
-# CFF/OpenType font driver.
-#
-# This driver needs the `sfnt', `pshinter', and `psnames' modules.
-FONT_MODULES += cff
-
-# Type 1 CID-keyed font driver.
-#
-# This driver needs the `psaux', `pshinter', and `psnames' modules.
-FONT_MODULES += cid
-
-# PFR/TrueDoc font driver.  See optional extension ftpfr.c below also.
-FONT_MODULES += pfr
-
-# PostScript Type 42 font driver.
-#
-# This driver needs the `truetype' module.
-FONT_MODULES += type42
-
-# Windows FONT/FNT font driver.  See optional extension ftwinfnt.c below
-# also.
-FONT_MODULES += winfonts
-
-# PCF font driver.
-FONT_MODULES += pcf
-
-# BDF font driver.  See optional extension ftbdf.c below also.
-FONT_MODULES += bdf
-
-# SFNT files support.  If used without `truetype' or `cff', it supports
-# bitmap-only fonts within an SFNT wrapper.
-#
-# This driver needs the `psnames' module.
-FONT_MODULES += sfnt
-
-
-####
-#### hinting modules
-####
-
-# FreeType's auto hinter.
-HINTING_MODULES += autofit
-
-# PostScript hinter.
-HINTING_MODULES += pshinter
-
-# The TrueType hinting engine doesn't have a module of its own but is
-# controlled in file include/freetype/config/ftoption.h
-# (TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER and friends).
-
-
-####
-#### raster modules -- at least one is required for vector font formats
-####
-
-# Monochrome rasterizer.
-RASTER_MODULES += raster
-
-# Anti-aliasing rasterizer.
-RASTER_MODULES += smooth
-
-
-####
-#### auxiliary modules
-####
-
-# FreeType's cache sub-system (quite stable but still in beta -- this means
-# that its public API is subject to change if necessary).  See
-# include/freetype/ftcache.h.
-AUX_MODULES += cache
-
-# TrueType GX/AAT table validation.  Needs ftgxval.c below.
-# AUX_MODULES += gxvalid
-
-# Support for streams compressed with gzip (files with suffix .gz).
-#
-# See include/freetype/ftgzip.h for the API.
-AUX_MODULES += gzip
-
-# Support for streams compressed with LZW (files with suffix .Z).
-#
-# See include/freetype/ftlzw.h for the API.
-AUX_MODULES += lzw
-
-# OpenType table validation.  Needs ftotval.c below.
-#
-# AUX_MODULES += otvalid
-
-# Auxiliary PostScript driver component to share common code.
-#
-# This module depends on `psnames'.
-AUX_MODULES += psaux
-
-# Support for PostScript glyph names.
-#
-# This module can be controlled in ftconfig.h
-# (FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES).
-AUX_MODULES += psnames
-
-
-####
-#### base module extensions
-####
-
-# Exact bounding box calculation.
-#
-# See include/freetype/ftbbox.h for the API.
-BASE_EXTENSIONS += ftbbox.c
-
-# Access BDF-specific strings.  Needs BDF font driver.
-#
-# See include/freetype/ftbdf.h for the API.
-BASE_EXTENSIONS += ftbdf.c
-
-# Access CID font information.
-#
-# See include/freetype/ftcid.h for the API.
-BASE_EXTENSIONS += ftcid.c
-
-# Utility functions for converting 1bpp, 2bpp, 4bpp, and 8bpp bitmaps into
-# 8bpp format, and for emboldening of bitmap glyphs.
-#
-# See include/freetype/ftbitmap.h for the API.
-BASE_EXTENSIONS += ftbitmap.c
-
-# Convenience functions to handle glyphs.
-#
-# See include/freetype/ftglyph.h for the API.
-BASE_EXTENSIONS += ftglyph.c
-
-# Interface for gxvalid module (which is required).
-#
-# See include/freetype/ftgxval.h for the API.
-BASE_EXTENSIONS += ftgxval.c
-
-# Multiple Master font interface.
-#
-# See include/freetype/ftmm.h for the API.
-BASE_EXTENSIONS += ftmm.c
-
-# Interface for otvalid module (which is required).
-#
-# See include/freetype/ftotval.h for the API.
-BASE_EXTENSIONS += ftotval.c
-
-# Interface for accessing PFR-specific data.  Needs PFR font driver.
-#
-# See include/freetype/ftpfr.h for the API.
-BASE_EXTENSIONS += ftpfr.c
-
-# Path stroker.
-#
-# See include/freetype/ftstroke.h for the API.
-BASE_EXTENSIONS += ftstroke.c
-
-# Support for synthetic embolding and slanting of fonts.
-#
-# See include/freetype/ftsynth.h for the API.
-BASE_EXTENSIONS += ftsynth.c
-
-# Interface to access data specific to PostScript Type 1 and Type 2 (CFF)
-# fonts.
-#
-# See include/freetype/t1tables.h for the API.
-BASE_EXTENSIONS += fttype1.c
-
-# Interface for accessing data specific to Windows FNT files.  Needs winfnt
-# driver.
-#
-# See include/freetype/ftwinfnt.h for the API.
-BASE_EXTENSIONS += ftwinfnt.c
-
-# Support functions for X11.
-#
-# See include/freetype/ftxf86.h for the API.
-BASE_EXTENSIONS += ftxf86.c
-
-# Support for LCD color filtering of subpixel bitmaps.
-#
-# See include/freetype/ftlcdfil.h for the API.
-BASE_EXTENSIONS += ftlcdfil.c
-
-# Support for GASP table queries.
-#
-# See include/freetype/ftgasp.h for the API.
-BASE_EXTENSIONS += ftgasp.c
-
-# Support for FT_Face_CheckTrueTypePatents.
-#
-# See include/freetype.h for the API.
-BASE_EXTENSIONS += ftpatent.c
-
-####
-#### The components `ftsystem.c' (for memory allocation and stream I/O
-#### management) and `ftdebug.c' (for emitting debug messages to the user)
-#### are controlled with the following variables.
-####
-####   ftsystem.c:  $(FTSYS_SRC)
-####   ftdebug.c:   $(FTDEBUG_SRC)
-####
-#### Please refer to docs/CUSTOMIZE for details.
-####
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/objs/README b/src/3rdparty/freetype/objs/README
deleted file mode 100644
index befb63e..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/objs/README
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-This directory contains all the object files created when building the
-library.
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/Jamfile b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/Jamfile
deleted file mode 100644
index 76ee0f4..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/Jamfile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
-# FreeType 2 src Jamfile
-#
-# Copyright 2001, 2002 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-SubDir  FT2_TOP $(FT2_SRC_DIR) ;
-
-# The file <freetype/internal/internal.h> is used to define macros that are
-# later used in #include statements.  It needs to be parsed in order to
-# record these definitions.
-#
-HDRMACRO  [ FT2_SubDir $(FT2_INCLUDE_DIR) internal internal.h ] ;
-
-for xx in $(FT2_COMPONENTS)
-{
-  SubInclude FT2_TOP $(FT2_SRC_DIR) $(xx) ;
-}
-
-# end of src Jamfile
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/Jamfile b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/Jamfile
deleted file mode 100644
index acee8bf..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/Jamfile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-# FreeType 2 src/autofit Jamfile
-#
-# Copyright 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-SubDir FT2_TOP src autofit ;
-
-{
-  local  _sources ;
-
-  # define FT2_AUTOFIT2 do enable to experimental latin hinter replacement
-  if $(FT2_AUTOFIT2)
-  {
-    DEFINES += FT_OPTION_AUTOFIT2 ;
-  }
-  if $(FT2_MULTI)
-  {
-    _sources = afangles afglobal afhints aflatin afcjk afindic afloader afmodule afdummy afwarp ;
-
-    if $(FT2_AUTOFIT2)
-    {
-      _sources += aflatin2 ;
-    }
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    _sources = autofit ;
-  }
-
-  Library  $(FT2_LIB) : $(_sources).c ;
-}
-
-# end of src/autofit Jamfile
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afangles.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afangles.c
deleted file mode 100644
index e2360d1..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afangles.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,292 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  afangles.c                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Routines used to compute vector angles with limited accuracy         */
-/*    and very high speed.  It also contains sorting routines (body).      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 by                                    */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include "aftypes.h"
-
-
-#if 0
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Int )
-  af_corner_is_flat( FT_Pos  x_in,
-                     FT_Pos  y_in,
-                     FT_Pos  x_out,
-                     FT_Pos  y_out )
-  {
-    FT_Pos  ax = x_in;
-    FT_Pos  ay = y_in;
-
-    FT_Pos  d_in, d_out, d_corner;
-
-
-    if ( ax < 0 )
-      ax = -ax;
-    if ( ay < 0 )
-      ay = -ay;
-    d_in = ax + ay;
-
-    ax = x_out;
-    if ( ax < 0 )
-      ax = -ax;
-    ay = y_out;
-    if ( ay < 0 )
-      ay = -ay;
-    d_out = ax + ay;
-
-    ax = x_out + x_in;
-    if ( ax < 0 )
-      ax = -ax;
-    ay = y_out + y_in;
-    if ( ay < 0 )
-      ay = -ay;
-    d_corner = ax + ay;
-
-    return ( d_in + d_out - d_corner ) < ( d_corner >> 4 );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Int )
-  af_corner_orientation( FT_Pos  x_in,
-                         FT_Pos  y_in,
-                         FT_Pos  x_out,
-                         FT_Pos  y_out )
-  {
-    FT_Pos  delta;
-
-
-    delta = x_in * y_out - y_in * x_out;
-
-    if ( delta == 0 )
-      return 0;
-    else
-      return 1 - 2 * ( delta < 0 );
-  }
-
-#endif
-
-
-  /*
-   *  We are not using `af_angle_atan' anymore, but we keep the source
-   *  code below just in case...
-   */
-
-
-#if 0
-
-
-  /*
-   *  The trick here is to realize that we don't need a very accurate angle
-   *  approximation.  We are going to use the result of `af_angle_atan' to
-   *  only compare the sign of angle differences, or check whether its
-   *  magnitude is very small.
-   *
-   *  The approximation
-   *
-   *    dy * PI / (|dx|+|dy|)
-   *
-   *  should be enough, and much faster to compute.
-   */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( AF_Angle )
-  af_angle_atan( FT_Fixed  dx,
-                 FT_Fixed  dy )
-  {
-    AF_Angle  angle;
-    FT_Fixed  ax = dx;
-    FT_Fixed  ay = dy;
-
-
-    if ( ax < 0 )
-      ax = -ax;
-    if ( ay < 0 )
-      ay = -ay;
-
-    ax += ay;
-
-    if ( ax == 0 )
-      angle = 0;
-    else
-    {
-      angle = ( AF_ANGLE_PI2 * dy ) / ( ax + ay );
-      if ( dx < 0 )
-      {
-        if ( angle >= 0 )
-          angle = AF_ANGLE_PI - angle;
-        else
-          angle = -AF_ANGLE_PI - angle;
-      }
-    }
-
-    return angle;
-  }
-
-
-#elif 0
-
-
-  /* the following table has been automatically generated with */
-  /* the `mather.py' Python script                             */
-
-#define AF_ATAN_BITS  8
-
-  static const FT_Byte  af_arctan[1L << AF_ATAN_BITS] =
-  {
-     0,  0,  1,  1,  1,  2,  2,  2,
-     3,  3,  3,  3,  4,  4,  4,  5,
-     5,  5,  6,  6,  6,  7,  7,  7,
-     8,  8,  8,  9,  9,  9, 10, 10,
-    10, 10, 11, 11, 11, 12, 12, 12,
-    13, 13, 13, 14, 14, 14, 14, 15,
-    15, 15, 16, 16, 16, 17, 17, 17,
-    18, 18, 18, 18, 19, 19, 19, 20,
-    20, 20, 21, 21, 21, 21, 22, 22,
-    22, 23, 23, 23, 24, 24, 24, 24,
-    25, 25, 25, 26, 26, 26, 26, 27,
-    27, 27, 28, 28, 28, 28, 29, 29,
-    29, 30, 30, 30, 30, 31, 31, 31,
-    31, 32, 32, 32, 33, 33, 33, 33,
-    34, 34, 34, 34, 35, 35, 35, 35,
-    36, 36, 36, 36, 37, 37, 37, 38,
-    38, 38, 38, 39, 39, 39, 39, 40,
-    40, 40, 40, 41, 41, 41, 41, 42,
-    42, 42, 42, 42, 43, 43, 43, 43,
-    44, 44, 44, 44, 45, 45, 45, 45,
-    46, 46, 46, 46, 46, 47, 47, 47,
-    47, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 49, 49,
-    49, 49, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 51,
-    51, 51, 51, 51, 52, 52, 52, 52,
-    52, 53, 53, 53, 53, 53, 54, 54,
-    54, 54, 54, 55, 55, 55, 55, 55,
-    56, 56, 56, 56, 56, 57, 57, 57,
-    57, 57, 57, 58, 58, 58, 58, 58,
-    59, 59, 59, 59, 59, 59, 60, 60,
-    60, 60, 60, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61,
-    61, 62, 62, 62, 62, 62, 62, 63,
-    63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 64, 64, 64
-  };
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( AF_Angle )
-  af_angle_atan( FT_Fixed  dx,
-                 FT_Fixed  dy )
-  {
-    AF_Angle  angle;
-
-
-    /* check trivial cases */
-    if ( dy == 0 )
-    {
-      angle = 0;
-      if ( dx < 0 )
-        angle = AF_ANGLE_PI;
-      return angle;
-    }
-    else if ( dx == 0 )
-    {
-      angle = AF_ANGLE_PI2;
-      if ( dy < 0 )
-        angle = -AF_ANGLE_PI2;
-      return angle;
-    }
-
-    angle = 0;
-    if ( dx < 0 )
-    {
-      dx = -dx;
-      dy = -dy;
-      angle = AF_ANGLE_PI;
-    }
-
-    if ( dy < 0 )
-    {
-      FT_Pos  tmp;
-
-
-      tmp = dx;
-      dx  = -dy;
-      dy  = tmp;
-      angle -= AF_ANGLE_PI2;
-    }
-
-    if ( dx == 0 && dy == 0 )
-      return 0;
-
-    if ( dx == dy )
-      angle += AF_ANGLE_PI4;
-    else if ( dx > dy )
-      angle += af_arctan[FT_DivFix( dy, dx ) >> ( 16 - AF_ATAN_BITS )];
-    else
-      angle += AF_ANGLE_PI2 -
-               af_arctan[FT_DivFix( dx, dy ) >> ( 16 - AF_ATAN_BITS )];
-
-    if ( angle > AF_ANGLE_PI )
-      angle -= AF_ANGLE_2PI;
-
-    return angle;
-  }
-
-
-#endif /* 0 */
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  af_sort_pos( FT_UInt  count,
-               FT_Pos*  table )
-  {
-    FT_UInt  i, j;
-    FT_Pos   swap;
-
-
-    for ( i = 1; i < count; i++ )
-    {
-      for ( j = i; j > 0; j-- )
-      {
-        if ( table[j] > table[j - 1] )
-          break;
-
-        swap         = table[j];
-        table[j]     = table[j - 1];
-        table[j - 1] = swap;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  af_sort_widths( FT_UInt   count,
-                  AF_Width  table )
-  {
-    FT_UInt      i, j;
-    AF_WidthRec  swap;
-
-
-    for ( i = 1; i < count; i++ )
-    {
-      for ( j = i; j > 0; j-- )
-      {
-        if ( table[j].org > table[j - 1].org )
-          break;
-
-        swap         = table[j];
-        table[j]     = table[j - 1];
-        table[j - 1] = swap;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afangles.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afangles.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f33f9e1..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afangles.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-/*
- *  afangles.h
- *
- *  This is a dummy file, used to please the build system.  It is never
- *  included by the auto-fitter sources.
- *
- */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afcjk.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afcjk.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 7e9438b..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afcjk.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1508 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  afcjk.c                                                                */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Auto-fitter hinting routines for CJK script (body).                  */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2006, 2007 by                                                */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-  /*
-   *  The algorithm is based on akito's autohint patch, available here:
-   *
-   *  http://www.kde.gr.jp/~akito/patch/freetype2/
-   *
-   */
-
-#include "aftypes.h"
-#include "aflatin.h"
-
-
-#ifdef AF_CONFIG_OPTION_CJK
-
-#include "afcjk.h"
-#include "aferrors.h"
-
-
-#ifdef AF_USE_WARPER
-#include "afwarp.h"
-#endif
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****              C J K   G L O B A L   M E T R I C S              *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  af_cjk_metrics_init( AF_LatinMetrics  metrics,
-                       FT_Face          face )
-  {
-    FT_CharMap  oldmap = face->charmap;
-
-
-    metrics->units_per_em = face->units_per_EM;
-
-    /* TODO are there blues? */
-
-    if ( FT_Select_Charmap( face, FT_ENCODING_UNICODE ) )
-      face->charmap = NULL;
-
-    /* latin's version would suffice */
-    af_latin_metrics_init_widths( metrics, face, 0x7530 );
-
-    FT_Set_Charmap( face, oldmap );
-
-    return AF_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  af_cjk_metrics_scale_dim( AF_LatinMetrics  metrics,
-                            AF_Scaler        scaler,
-                            AF_Dimension     dim )
-  {
-    AF_LatinAxis  axis;
-
-
-    axis = &metrics->axis[dim];
-
-    if ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ )
-    {
-      axis->scale = scaler->x_scale;
-      axis->delta = scaler->x_delta;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      axis->scale = scaler->y_scale;
-      axis->delta = scaler->y_delta;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  af_cjk_metrics_scale( AF_LatinMetrics  metrics,
-                        AF_Scaler        scaler )
-  {
-    metrics->root.scaler = *scaler;
-
-    af_cjk_metrics_scale_dim( metrics, scaler, AF_DIMENSION_HORZ );
-    af_cjk_metrics_scale_dim( metrics, scaler, AF_DIMENSION_VERT );
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****              C J K   G L Y P H   A N A L Y S I S              *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  static FT_Error
-  af_cjk_hints_compute_segments( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
-                                 AF_Dimension   dim )
-  {
-    AF_AxisHints  axis          = &hints->axis[dim];
-    AF_Segment    segments      = axis->segments;
-    AF_Segment    segment_limit = segments + axis->num_segments;
-    FT_Error      error;
-    AF_Segment    seg;
-
-
-    error = af_latin_hints_compute_segments( hints, dim );
-    if ( error )
-      return error;
-
-    /* a segment is round if it doesn't have successive */
-    /* on-curve points.                                 */
-    for ( seg = segments; seg < segment_limit; seg++ )
-    {
-      AF_Point  pt   = seg->first;
-      AF_Point  last = seg->last;
-      AF_Flags  f0   = (AF_Flags)(pt->flags & AF_FLAG_CONTROL);
-      AF_Flags  f1;
-
-
-      seg->flags &= ~AF_EDGE_ROUND;
-
-      for ( ; pt != last; f0 = f1 )
-      {
-        pt = pt->next;
-        f1 = (AF_Flags)(pt->flags & AF_FLAG_CONTROL);
-
-        if ( !f0 && !f1 )
-          break;
-
-        if ( pt == last )
-          seg->flags |= AF_EDGE_ROUND;
-      }
-    }
-
-    return AF_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  af_cjk_hints_link_segments( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
-                              AF_Dimension   dim )
-  {
-    AF_AxisHints  axis          = &hints->axis[dim];
-    AF_Segment    segments      = axis->segments;
-    AF_Segment    segment_limit = segments + axis->num_segments;
-    AF_Direction  major_dir     = axis->major_dir;
-    AF_Segment    seg1, seg2;
-    FT_Pos        len_threshold;
-    FT_Pos        dist_threshold;
-
-
-    len_threshold = AF_LATIN_CONSTANT( hints->metrics, 8 );
-
-    dist_threshold = ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ ) ? hints->x_scale
-                                                  : hints->y_scale;
-    dist_threshold = FT_DivFix( 64 * 3, dist_threshold );
-
-    /* now compare each segment to the others */
-    for ( seg1 = segments; seg1 < segment_limit; seg1++ )
-    {
-      /* the fake segments are for metrics hinting only */
-      if ( seg1->first == seg1->last )
-        continue;
-
-      if ( seg1->dir != major_dir )
-        continue;
-
-      for ( seg2 = segments; seg2 < segment_limit; seg2++ )
-        if ( seg2 != seg1 && seg1->dir + seg2->dir == 0 )
-        {
-          FT_Pos  dist = seg2->pos - seg1->pos;
-
-
-          if ( dist < 0 )
-            continue;
-
-          {
-            FT_Pos  min = seg1->min_coord;
-            FT_Pos  max = seg1->max_coord;
-            FT_Pos  len;
-
-
-            if ( min < seg2->min_coord )
-              min = seg2->min_coord;
-
-            if ( max > seg2->max_coord )
-              max = seg2->max_coord;
-
-            len = max - min;
-            if ( len >= len_threshold )
-            {
-              if ( dist * 8 < seg1->score * 9                        &&
-                   ( dist * 8 < seg1->score * 7 || seg1->len < len ) )
-              {
-                seg1->score = dist;
-                seg1->len   = len;
-                seg1->link  = seg2;
-              }
-
-              if ( dist * 8 < seg2->score * 9                        &&
-                   ( dist * 8 < seg2->score * 7 || seg2->len < len ) )
-              {
-                seg2->score = dist;
-                seg2->len   = len;
-                seg2->link  = seg1;
-              }
-            }
-          }
-        }
-    }
-
-    /*
-     *  now compute the `serif' segments
-     *
-     *  In Hanzi, some strokes are wider on one or both of the ends.
-     *  We either identify the stems on the ends as serifs or remove
-     *  the linkage, depending on the length of the stems.
-     *
-     */
-
-    {
-      AF_Segment  link1, link2;
-
-
-      for ( seg1 = segments; seg1 < segment_limit; seg1++ )
-      {
-        link1 = seg1->link;
-        if ( !link1 || link1->link != seg1 || link1->pos <= seg1->pos )
-          continue;
-
-        if ( seg1->score >= dist_threshold )
-          continue;
-
-        for ( seg2 = segments; seg2 < segment_limit; seg2++ )
-        {
-          if ( seg2->pos > seg1->pos || seg1 == seg2 )
-            continue;
-
-          link2 = seg2->link;
-          if ( !link2 || link2->link != seg2 || link2->pos < link1->pos )
-            continue;
-
-          if ( seg1->pos == seg2->pos && link1->pos == link2->pos )
-            continue;
-
-          if ( seg2->score <= seg1->score || seg1->score * 4 <= seg2->score )
-            continue;
-
-          /* seg2 < seg1 < link1 < link2 */
-
-          if ( seg1->len >= seg2->len * 3 )
-          {
-            AF_Segment  seg;
-
-
-            for ( seg = segments; seg < segment_limit; seg++ )
-            {
-              AF_Segment  link = seg->link;
-
-
-              if ( link == seg2 )
-              {
-                seg->link  = 0;
-                seg->serif = link1;
-              }
-              else if ( link == link2 )
-              {
-                seg->link  = 0;
-                seg->serif = seg1;
-              }
-            }
-          }
-          else
-          {
-            seg1->link = link1->link = 0;
-
-            break;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    for ( seg1 = segments; seg1 < segment_limit; seg1++ )
-    {
-      seg2 = seg1->link;
-
-      if ( seg2 )
-      {
-        seg2->num_linked++;
-        if ( seg2->link != seg1 )
-        {
-          seg1->link = 0;
-
-          if ( seg2->score < dist_threshold || seg1->score < seg2->score * 4 )
-            seg1->serif = seg2->link;
-          else
-            seg2->num_linked--;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  af_cjk_hints_compute_edges( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
-                              AF_Dimension   dim )
-  {
-    AF_AxisHints  axis   = &hints->axis[dim];
-    FT_Error      error  = AF_Err_Ok;
-    FT_Memory     memory = hints->memory;
-    AF_LatinAxis  laxis  = &((AF_LatinMetrics)hints->metrics)->axis[dim];
-
-    AF_Segment    segments      = axis->segments;
-    AF_Segment    segment_limit = segments + axis->num_segments;
-    AF_Segment    seg;
-
-    FT_Fixed      scale;
-    FT_Pos        edge_distance_threshold;
-
-
-    axis->num_edges = 0;
-
-    scale = ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ ) ? hints->x_scale
-                                         : hints->y_scale;
-
-    /*********************************************************************/
-    /*                                                                   */
-    /* We begin by generating a sorted table of edges for the current    */
-    /* direction.  To do so, we simply scan each segment and try to find */
-    /* an edge in our table that corresponds to its position.            */
-    /*                                                                   */
-    /* If no edge is found, we create and insert a new edge in the       */
-    /* sorted table.  Otherwise, we simply add the segment to the edge's */
-    /* list which is then processed in the second step to compute the    */
-    /* edge's properties.                                                */
-    /*                                                                   */
-    /* Note that the edges table is sorted along the segment/edge        */
-    /* position.                                                         */
-    /*                                                                   */
-    /*********************************************************************/
-
-    edge_distance_threshold = FT_MulFix( laxis->edge_distance_threshold,
-                                         scale );
-    if ( edge_distance_threshold > 64 / 4 )
-      edge_distance_threshold = FT_DivFix( 64 / 4, scale );
-    else
-      edge_distance_threshold = laxis->edge_distance_threshold;
-
-    for ( seg = segments; seg < segment_limit; seg++ )
-    {
-      AF_Edge  found = 0;
-      FT_Pos   best  = 0xFFFFU;
-      FT_Int   ee;
-
-
-      /* look for an edge corresponding to the segment */
-      for ( ee = 0; ee < axis->num_edges; ee++ )
-      {
-        AF_Edge  edge = axis->edges + ee;
-        FT_Pos   dist;
-
-
-        if ( edge->dir != seg->dir )
-          continue;
-
-        dist = seg->pos - edge->fpos;
-        if ( dist < 0 )
-          dist = -dist;
-
-        if ( dist < edge_distance_threshold && dist < best )
-        {
-          AF_Segment  link = seg->link;
-
-
-          /* check whether all linked segments of the candidate edge */
-          /* can make a single edge.                                 */
-          if ( link )
-          {
-            AF_Segment  seg1 = edge->first;
-            AF_Segment  link1;
-            FT_Pos      dist2 = 0;
-
-
-            do
-            {
-              link1 = seg1->link;
-              if ( link1 )
-              {
-                dist2 = AF_SEGMENT_DIST( link, link1 );
-                if ( dist2 >= edge_distance_threshold )
-                  break;
-              }
-
-            } while ( ( seg1 = seg1->edge_next ) != edge->first );
-
-            if ( dist2 >= edge_distance_threshold )
-              continue;
-          }
-
-          best  = dist;
-          found = edge;
-        }
-      }
-
-      if ( !found )
-      {
-        AF_Edge  edge;
-
-
-        /* insert a new edge in the list and */
-        /* sort according to the position    */
-        error = af_axis_hints_new_edge( axis, seg->pos,
-                                        (AF_Direction)seg->dir,
-                                        memory, &edge );
-        if ( error )
-          goto Exit;
-
-        /* add the segment to the new edge's list */
-        FT_ZERO( edge );
-
-        edge->first    = seg;
-        edge->last     = seg;
-        edge->fpos     = seg->pos;
-        edge->opos     = edge->pos = FT_MulFix( seg->pos, scale );
-        seg->edge_next = seg;
-        edge->dir      = seg->dir;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        /* if an edge was found, simply add the segment to the edge's */
-        /* list                                                       */
-        seg->edge_next         = found->first;
-        found->last->edge_next = seg;
-        found->last            = seg;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /*********************************************************************/
-    /*                                                                   */
-    /* Good, we now compute each edge's properties according to segments */
-    /* found on its position.  Basically, these are as follows.          */
-    /*                                                                   */
-    /*  - edge's main direction                                          */
-    /*  - stem edge, serif edge or both (which defaults to stem then)    */
-    /*  - rounded edge, straight or both (which defaults to straight)    */
-    /*  - link for edge                                                  */
-    /*                                                                   */
-    /*********************************************************************/
-
-    /* first of all, set the `edge' field in each segment -- this is     */
-    /* required in order to compute edge links                           */
-    /*                                                                   */
-    /* Note that removing this loop and setting the `edge' field of each */
-    /* segment directly in the code above slows down execution speed for */
-    /* some reasons on platforms like the Sun.                           */
-
-    {
-      AF_Edge  edges      = axis->edges;
-      AF_Edge  edge_limit = edges + axis->num_edges;
-      AF_Edge  edge;
-
-
-      for ( edge = edges; edge < edge_limit; edge++ )
-      {
-        seg = edge->first;
-        if ( seg )
-          do
-          {
-            seg->edge = edge;
-            seg       = seg->edge_next;
-
-          } while ( seg != edge->first );
-      }
-
-      /* now compute each edge properties */
-      for ( edge = edges; edge < edge_limit; edge++ )
-      {
-        FT_Int  is_round    = 0;  /* does it contain round segments?    */
-        FT_Int  is_straight = 0;  /* does it contain straight segments? */
-
-
-        seg = edge->first;
-
-        do
-        {
-          FT_Bool  is_serif;
-
-
-          /* check for roundness of segment */
-          if ( seg->flags & AF_EDGE_ROUND )
-            is_round++;
-          else
-            is_straight++;
-
-          /* check for links -- if seg->serif is set, then seg->link must */
-          /* be ignored                                                   */
-          is_serif = (FT_Bool)( seg->serif && seg->serif->edge != edge );
-
-          if ( seg->link || is_serif )
-          {
-            AF_Edge     edge2;
-            AF_Segment  seg2;
-
-
-            edge2 = edge->link;
-            seg2  = seg->link;
-
-            if ( is_serif )
-            {
-              seg2  = seg->serif;
-              edge2 = edge->serif;
-            }
-
-            if ( edge2 )
-            {
-              FT_Pos  edge_delta;
-              FT_Pos  seg_delta;
-
-
-              edge_delta = edge->fpos - edge2->fpos;
-              if ( edge_delta < 0 )
-                edge_delta = -edge_delta;
-
-              seg_delta = AF_SEGMENT_DIST( seg, seg2 );
-
-              if ( seg_delta < edge_delta )
-                edge2 = seg2->edge;
-            }
-            else
-              edge2 = seg2->edge;
-
-            if ( is_serif )
-            {
-              edge->serif   = edge2;
-              edge2->flags |= AF_EDGE_SERIF;
-            }
-            else
-              edge->link  = edge2;
-          }
-
-          seg = seg->edge_next;
-
-        } while ( seg != edge->first );
-
-        /* set the round/straight flags */
-        edge->flags = AF_EDGE_NORMAL;
-
-        if ( is_round > 0 && is_round >= is_straight )
-          edge->flags |= AF_EDGE_ROUND;
-
-        /* get rid of serifs if link is set                 */
-        /* XXX: This gets rid of many unpleasant artefacts! */
-        /*      Example: the `c' in cour.pfa at size 13     */
-
-        if ( edge->serif && edge->link )
-          edge->serif = 0;
-      }
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  af_cjk_hints_detect_features( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
-                                AF_Dimension   dim )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error;
-
-
-    error = af_cjk_hints_compute_segments( hints, dim );
-    if ( !error )
-    {
-      af_cjk_hints_link_segments( hints, dim );
-
-      error = af_cjk_hints_compute_edges( hints, dim );
-    }
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  af_cjk_hints_init( AF_GlyphHints    hints,
-                     AF_LatinMetrics  metrics )
-  {
-    FT_Render_Mode  mode;
-    FT_UInt32       scaler_flags, other_flags;
-
-
-    af_glyph_hints_rescale( hints, (AF_ScriptMetrics)metrics );
-
-    /*
-     *  correct x_scale and y_scale when needed, since they may have
-     *  been modified af_cjk_scale_dim above
-     */
-    hints->x_scale = metrics->axis[AF_DIMENSION_HORZ].scale;
-    hints->x_delta = metrics->axis[AF_DIMENSION_HORZ].delta;
-    hints->y_scale = metrics->axis[AF_DIMENSION_VERT].scale;
-    hints->y_delta = metrics->axis[AF_DIMENSION_VERT].delta;
-
-    /* compute flags depending on render mode, etc. */
-    mode = metrics->root.scaler.render_mode;
-
-#ifdef AF_USE_WARPER
-    if ( mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD || mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V )
-      metrics->root.scaler.render_mode = mode = FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL;
-#endif
-
-    scaler_flags = hints->scaler_flags;
-    other_flags  = 0;
-
-    /*
-     *  We snap the width of vertical stems for the monochrome and
-     *  horizontal LCD rendering targets only.
-     */
-    if ( mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO || mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD )
-      other_flags |= AF_LATIN_HINTS_HORZ_SNAP;
-
-    /*
-     *  We snap the width of horizontal stems for the monochrome and
-     *  vertical LCD rendering targets only.
-     */
-    if ( mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO || mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V )
-      other_flags |= AF_LATIN_HINTS_VERT_SNAP;
-
-    /*
-     *  We adjust stems to full pixels only if we don't use the `light' mode.
-     */
-    if ( mode != FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT )
-      other_flags |= AF_LATIN_HINTS_STEM_ADJUST;
-
-    if ( mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO )
-      other_flags |= AF_LATIN_HINTS_MONO;
-
-    scaler_flags |= AF_SCALER_FLAG_NO_ADVANCE;
-
-    hints->scaler_flags = scaler_flags;
-    hints->other_flags  = other_flags;
-
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****          C J K   G L Y P H   G R I D - F I T T I N G          *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /* snap a given width in scaled coordinates to one of the */
-  /* current standard widths                                */
-
-  static FT_Pos
-  af_cjk_snap_width( AF_Width  widths,
-                     FT_Int    count,
-                     FT_Pos    width )
-  {
-    int     n;
-    FT_Pos  best      = 64 + 32 + 2;
-    FT_Pos  reference = width;
-    FT_Pos  scaled;
-
-
-    for ( n = 0; n < count; n++ )
-    {
-      FT_Pos  w;
-      FT_Pos  dist;
-
-
-      w = widths[n].cur;
-      dist = width - w;
-      if ( dist < 0 )
-        dist = -dist;
-      if ( dist < best )
-      {
-        best      = dist;
-        reference = w;
-      }
-    }
-
-    scaled = FT_PIX_ROUND( reference );
-
-    if ( width >= reference )
-    {
-      if ( width < scaled + 48 )
-        width = reference;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      if ( width > scaled - 48 )
-        width = reference;
-    }
-
-    return width;
-  }
-
-
-  /* compute the snapped width of a given stem */
-
-  static FT_Pos
-  af_cjk_compute_stem_width( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
-                             AF_Dimension   dim,
-                             FT_Pos         width,
-                             AF_Edge_Flags  base_flags,
-                             AF_Edge_Flags  stem_flags )
-  {
-    AF_LatinMetrics  metrics  = (AF_LatinMetrics) hints->metrics;
-    AF_LatinAxis     axis     = & metrics->axis[dim];
-    FT_Pos           dist     = width;
-    FT_Int           sign     = 0;
-    FT_Int           vertical = ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_VERT );
-
-    FT_UNUSED( base_flags );
-    FT_UNUSED( stem_flags );
-
-
-    if ( !AF_LATIN_HINTS_DO_STEM_ADJUST( hints ) )
-      return width;
-
-    if ( dist < 0 )
-    {
-      dist = -width;
-      sign = 1;
-    }
-
-    if ( (  vertical && !AF_LATIN_HINTS_DO_VERT_SNAP( hints ) ) ||
-         ( !vertical && !AF_LATIN_HINTS_DO_HORZ_SNAP( hints ) ) )
-    {
-      /* smooth hinting process: very lightly quantize the stem width */
-
-      if ( axis->width_count > 0 )
-      {
-        if ( FT_ABS( dist - axis->widths[0].cur ) < 40 )
-        {
-          dist = axis->widths[0].cur;
-          if ( dist < 48 )
-            dist = 48;
-
-          goto Done_Width;
-        }
-      }
-
-      if ( dist < 54 )
-        dist += ( 54 - dist ) / 2 ;
-      else if ( dist < 3 * 64 )
-      {
-        FT_Pos  delta;
-
-
-        delta  = dist & 63;
-        dist  &= -64;
-
-        if ( delta < 10 )
-          dist += delta;
-        else if ( delta < 22 )
-          dist += 10;
-        else if ( delta < 42 )
-          dist += delta;
-        else if ( delta < 54 )
-          dist += 54;
-        else
-          dist += delta;
-      }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* strong hinting process: snap the stem width to integer pixels */
-
-      dist = af_cjk_snap_width( axis->widths, axis->width_count, dist );
-
-      if ( vertical )
-      {
-        /* in the case of vertical hinting, always round */
-        /* the stem heights to integer pixels            */
-
-        if ( dist >= 64 )
-          dist = ( dist + 16 ) & ~63;
-        else
-          dist = 64;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        if ( AF_LATIN_HINTS_DO_MONO( hints ) )
-        {
-          /* monochrome horizontal hinting: snap widths to integer pixels */
-          /* with a different threshold                                   */
-
-          if ( dist < 64 )
-            dist = 64;
-          else
-            dist = ( dist + 32 ) & ~63;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          /* for horizontal anti-aliased hinting, we adopt a more subtle */
-          /* approach: we strengthen small stems, round stems whose size */
-          /* is between 1 and 2 pixels to an integer, otherwise nothing  */
-
-          if ( dist < 48 )
-            dist = ( dist + 64 ) >> 1;
-
-          else if ( dist < 128 )
-            dist = ( dist + 22 ) & ~63;
-          else
-            /* round otherwise to prevent color fringes in LCD mode */
-            dist = ( dist + 32 ) & ~63;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-  Done_Width:
-    if ( sign )
-      dist = -dist;
-
-    return dist;
-  }
-
-
-  /* align one stem edge relative to the previous stem edge */
-
-  static void
-  af_cjk_align_linked_edge( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
-                            AF_Dimension   dim,
-                            AF_Edge        base_edge,
-                            AF_Edge        stem_edge )
-  {
-    FT_Pos  dist = stem_edge->opos - base_edge->opos;
-
-    FT_Pos  fitted_width = af_cjk_compute_stem_width(
-                             hints, dim, dist,
-                             (AF_Edge_Flags)base_edge->flags,
-                             (AF_Edge_Flags)stem_edge->flags );
-
-
-    stem_edge->pos = base_edge->pos + fitted_width;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  af_cjk_align_serif_edge( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
-                           AF_Edge        base,
-                           AF_Edge        serif )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( hints );
-
-    serif->pos = base->pos + ( serif->opos - base->opos );
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****                    E D G E   H I N T I N G                      ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-#define AF_LIGHT_MODE_MAX_HORZ_GAP    9
-#define AF_LIGHT_MODE_MAX_VERT_GAP   15
-#define AF_LIGHT_MODE_MAX_DELTA_ABS  14
-
-
-  static FT_Pos
-  af_hint_normal_stem( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
-                       AF_Edge        edge,
-                       AF_Edge        edge2,
-                       FT_Pos         anchor,
-                       AF_Dimension   dim )
-  {
-    FT_Pos  org_len, cur_len, org_center;
-    FT_Pos  cur_pos1, cur_pos2;
-    FT_Pos  d_off1, u_off1, d_off2, u_off2, delta;
-    FT_Pos  offset;
-    FT_Pos  threshold = 64;
-
-
-    if ( !AF_LATIN_HINTS_DO_STEM_ADJUST( hints ) )
-    {
-      if ( ( edge->flags  & AF_EDGE_ROUND ) &&
-           ( edge2->flags & AF_EDGE_ROUND ) )
-      {
-        if ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_VERT )
-          threshold = 64 - AF_LIGHT_MODE_MAX_HORZ_GAP;
-        else
-          threshold = 64 - AF_LIGHT_MODE_MAX_VERT_GAP;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        if ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_VERT )
-          threshold = 64 - AF_LIGHT_MODE_MAX_HORZ_GAP / 3;
-        else
-          threshold = 64 - AF_LIGHT_MODE_MAX_VERT_GAP / 3;
-      }
-    }
-
-    org_len    = edge2->opos - edge->opos;
-    cur_len    = af_cjk_compute_stem_width( hints, dim, org_len,
-                                            (AF_Edge_Flags)edge->flags,
-                                            (AF_Edge_Flags)edge2->flags );
-
-    org_center = ( edge->opos + edge2->opos ) / 2 + anchor;
-    cur_pos1   = org_center - cur_len / 2;
-    cur_pos2   = cur_pos1 + cur_len;
-    d_off1     = cur_pos1 - FT_PIX_FLOOR( cur_pos1 );
-    d_off2     = cur_pos2 - FT_PIX_FLOOR( cur_pos2 );
-    u_off1     = 64 - d_off1;
-    u_off2     = 64 - d_off2;
-    delta      = 0;
-
-
-    if ( d_off1 == 0 || d_off2 == 0 )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    if ( cur_len <= threshold )
-    {
-      if ( d_off2 < cur_len )
-      {
-        if ( u_off1 <= d_off2 )
-          delta =  u_off1;
-        else
-          delta = -d_off2;
-      }
-
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    if ( threshold < 64 )
-    {
-      if ( d_off1 >= threshold || u_off1 >= threshold ||
-           d_off2 >= threshold || u_off2 >= threshold )
-        goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    offset = cur_len % 64;
-
-    if ( offset < 32 )
-    {
-      if ( u_off1 <= offset || d_off2 <= offset )
-        goto Exit;
-    }
-    else
-      offset = 64 - threshold;
-
-    d_off1 = threshold - u_off1;
-    u_off1 = u_off1    - offset;
-    u_off2 = threshold - d_off2;
-    d_off2 = d_off2    - offset;
-
-    if ( d_off1 <= u_off1 )
-      u_off1 = -d_off1;
-
-    if ( d_off2 <= u_off2 )
-      u_off2 = -d_off2;
-
-    if ( FT_ABS( u_off1 ) <= FT_ABS( u_off2 ) )
-      delta = u_off1;
-    else
-      delta = u_off2;
-
-  Exit:
-
-#if 1
-    if ( !AF_LATIN_HINTS_DO_STEM_ADJUST( hints ) )
-    {
-      if ( delta > AF_LIGHT_MODE_MAX_DELTA_ABS )
-        delta = AF_LIGHT_MODE_MAX_DELTA_ABS;
-      else if ( delta < -AF_LIGHT_MODE_MAX_DELTA_ABS )
-        delta = -AF_LIGHT_MODE_MAX_DELTA_ABS;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    cur_pos1 += delta;
-
-    if ( edge->opos < edge2->opos )
-    {
-      edge->pos  = cur_pos1;
-      edge2->pos = cur_pos1 + cur_len;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      edge->pos  = cur_pos1 + cur_len;
-      edge2->pos = cur_pos1;
-    }
-
-    return delta;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  af_cjk_hint_edges( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
-                     AF_Dimension   dim )
-  {
-    AF_AxisHints  axis       = &hints->axis[dim];
-    AF_Edge       edges      = axis->edges;
-    AF_Edge       edge_limit = edges + axis->num_edges;
-    FT_Int        n_edges;
-    AF_Edge       edge;
-    AF_Edge       anchor   = 0;
-    FT_Pos        delta    = 0;
-    FT_Int        skipped  = 0;
-
-
-    /* now we align all stem edges. */
-    for ( edge = edges; edge < edge_limit; edge++ )
-    {
-      AF_Edge  edge2;
-
-
-      if ( edge->flags & AF_EDGE_DONE )
-        continue;
-
-      /* skip all non-stem edges */
-      edge2 = edge->link;
-      if ( !edge2 )
-      {
-        skipped++;
-        continue;
-      }
-
-      /* now align the stem */
-
-      if ( edge2 < edge )
-      {
-        af_cjk_align_linked_edge( hints, dim, edge2, edge );
-        edge->flags |= AF_EDGE_DONE;
-        continue;
-      }
-
-      if ( dim != AF_DIMENSION_VERT && !anchor )
-      {
-
-#if 0
-        if ( fixedpitch )
-        {
-          AF_Edge     left  = edge;
-          AF_Edge     right = edge_limit - 1;
-          AF_EdgeRec  left1, left2, right1, right2;
-          FT_Pos      target, center1, center2;
-          FT_Pos      delta1, delta2, d1, d2;
-
-
-          while ( right > left && !right->link )
-            right--;
-
-          left1  = *left;
-          left2  = *left->link;
-          right1 = *right->link;
-          right2 = *right;
-
-          delta  = ( ( ( hinter->pp2.x + 32 ) & -64 ) - hinter->pp2.x ) / 2;
-          target = left->opos + ( right->opos - left->opos ) / 2 + delta - 16;
-
-          delta1  = delta;
-          delta1 += af_hint_normal_stem( hints, left, left->link,
-                                         delta1, 0 );
-
-          if ( left->link != right )
-            af_hint_normal_stem( hints, right->link, right, delta1, 0 );
-
-          center1 = left->pos + ( right->pos - left->pos ) / 2;
-
-          if ( center1 >= target )
-            delta2 = delta - 32;
-          else
-            delta2 = delta + 32;
-
-          delta2 += af_hint_normal_stem( hints, &left1, &left2, delta2, 0 );
-
-          if ( delta1 != delta2 )
-          {
-            if ( left->link != right )
-              af_hint_normal_stem( hints, &right1, &right2, delta2, 0 );
-
-            center2 = left1.pos + ( right2.pos - left1.pos ) / 2;
-
-            d1 = center1 - target;
-            d2 = center2 - target;
-
-            if ( FT_ABS( d2 ) < FT_ABS( d1 ) )
-            {
-              left->pos       = left1.pos;
-              left->link->pos = left2.pos;
-
-              if ( left->link != right )
-              {
-                right->link->pos = right1.pos;
-                right->pos       = right2.pos;
-              }
-
-              delta1 = delta2;
-            }
-          }
-
-          delta               = delta1;
-          right->link->flags |= AF_EDGE_DONE;
-          right->flags       |= AF_EDGE_DONE;
-        }
-        else
-
-#endif /* 0 */
-
-          delta = af_hint_normal_stem( hints, edge, edge2, 0,
-                                       AF_DIMENSION_HORZ );
-      }
-      else
-        af_hint_normal_stem( hints, edge, edge2, delta, dim );
-
-#if 0
-      printf( "stem (%d,%d) adjusted (%.1f,%.1f)\n",
-               edge - edges, edge2 - edges,
-               ( edge->pos - edge->opos ) / 64.0,
-               ( edge2->pos - edge2->opos ) / 64.0 );
-#endif
-
-      anchor = edge;
-      edge->flags  |= AF_EDGE_DONE;
-      edge2->flags |= AF_EDGE_DONE;
-    }
-
-    /* make sure that lowercase m's maintain their symmetry */
-
-    /* In general, lowercase m's have six vertical edges if they are sans */
-    /* serif, or twelve if they are with serifs.  This implementation is  */
-    /* based on that assumption, and seems to work very well with most    */
-    /* faces.  However, if for a certain face this assumption is not      */
-    /* true, the m is just rendered like before.  In addition, any stem   */
-    /* correction will only be applied to symmetrical glyphs (even if the */
-    /* glyph is not an m), so the potential for unwanted distortion is    */
-    /* relatively low.                                                    */
-
-    /* We don't handle horizontal edges since we can't easily assure that */
-    /* the third (lowest) stem aligns with the base line; it might end up */
-    /* one pixel higher or lower.                                         */
-
-    n_edges = edge_limit - edges;
-    if ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ && ( n_edges == 6 || n_edges == 12 ) )
-    {
-      AF_Edge  edge1, edge2, edge3;
-      FT_Pos   dist1, dist2, span;
-
-
-      if ( n_edges == 6 )
-      {
-        edge1 = edges;
-        edge2 = edges + 2;
-        edge3 = edges + 4;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        edge1 = edges + 1;
-        edge2 = edges + 5;
-        edge3 = edges + 9;
-      }
-
-      dist1 = edge2->opos - edge1->opos;
-      dist2 = edge3->opos - edge2->opos;
-
-      span = dist1 - dist2;
-      if ( span < 0 )
-        span = -span;
-
-      if ( edge1->link == edge1 + 1 &&
-           edge2->link == edge2 + 1 &&
-           edge3->link == edge3 + 1 && span < 8 )
-      {
-        delta = edge3->pos - ( 2 * edge2->pos - edge1->pos );
-        edge3->pos -= delta;
-        if ( edge3->link )
-          edge3->link->pos -= delta;
-
-        /* move the serifs along with the stem */
-        if ( n_edges == 12 )
-        {
-          ( edges + 8 )->pos -= delta;
-          ( edges + 11 )->pos -= delta;
-        }
-
-        edge3->flags |= AF_EDGE_DONE;
-        if ( edge3->link )
-          edge3->link->flags |= AF_EDGE_DONE;
-      }
-    }
-
-    if ( !skipped )
-      return;
-
-    /*
-     *  now hint the remaining edges (serifs and single) in order
-     *  to complete our processing
-     */
-    for ( edge = edges; edge < edge_limit; edge++ )
-    {
-      if ( edge->flags & AF_EDGE_DONE )
-        continue;
-
-      if ( edge->serif )
-      {
-        af_cjk_align_serif_edge( hints, edge->serif, edge );
-        edge->flags |= AF_EDGE_DONE;
-        skipped--;
-      }
-    }
-
-    if ( !skipped )
-      return;
-
-    for ( edge = edges; edge < edge_limit; edge++ )
-    {
-      AF_Edge  before, after;
-
-
-      if ( edge->flags & AF_EDGE_DONE )
-        continue;
-
-      before = after = edge;
-
-      while ( --before >= edges )
-        if ( before->flags & AF_EDGE_DONE )
-          break;
-
-      while ( ++after < edge_limit )
-        if ( after->flags & AF_EDGE_DONE )
-          break;
-
-      if ( before >= edges || after < edge_limit )
-      {
-        if ( before < edges )
-          af_cjk_align_serif_edge( hints, after, edge );
-        else if ( after >= edge_limit )
-          af_cjk_align_serif_edge( hints, before, edge );
-        else
-          edge->pos = before->pos +
-            FT_MulDiv( edge->fpos - before->fpos,
-                       after->pos - before->pos,
-                       after->fpos - before->fpos );
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  af_cjk_align_edge_points( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
-                            AF_Dimension   dim )
-  {
-    AF_AxisHints  axis       = & hints->axis[dim];
-    AF_Edge       edges      = axis->edges;
-    AF_Edge       edge_limit = edges + axis->num_edges;
-    AF_Edge       edge;
-    FT_Bool       snapping;
-
-
-    snapping = FT_BOOL( ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ             &&
-                          AF_LATIN_HINTS_DO_HORZ_SNAP( hints ) )  ||
-                        ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_VERT             &&
-                          AF_LATIN_HINTS_DO_VERT_SNAP( hints ) )  );
-
-    for ( edge = edges; edge < edge_limit; edge++ )
-    {
-      /* move the points of each segment     */
-      /* in each edge to the edge's position */
-      AF_Segment  seg = edge->first;
-
-
-      if ( snapping )
-      {
-        do
-        {
-          AF_Point  point = seg->first;
-
-
-          for (;;)
-          {
-            if ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ )
-            {
-              point->x      = edge->pos;
-              point->flags |= AF_FLAG_TOUCH_X;
-            }
-            else
-            {
-              point->y      = edge->pos;
-              point->flags |= AF_FLAG_TOUCH_Y;
-            }
-
-            if ( point == seg->last )
-              break;
-
-            point = point->next;
-          }
-
-          seg = seg->edge_next;
-
-        } while ( seg != edge->first );
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        FT_Pos  delta = edge->pos - edge->opos;
-
-
-        do
-        {
-          AF_Point  point = seg->first;
-
-
-          for (;;)
-          {
-            if ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ )
-            {
-              point->x     += delta;
-              point->flags |= AF_FLAG_TOUCH_X;
-            }
-            else
-            {
-              point->y     += delta;
-              point->flags |= AF_FLAG_TOUCH_Y;
-            }
-
-            if ( point == seg->last )
-              break;
-
-            point = point->next;
-          }
-
-          seg = seg->edge_next;
-
-        } while ( seg != edge->first );
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  af_cjk_hints_apply( AF_GlyphHints    hints,
-                      FT_Outline*      outline,
-                      AF_LatinMetrics  metrics )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error;
-    int       dim;
-
-    FT_UNUSED( metrics );
-
-
-    error = af_glyph_hints_reload( hints, outline, 0 );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* analyze glyph outline */
-    if ( AF_HINTS_DO_HORIZONTAL( hints ) )
-    {
-      error = af_cjk_hints_detect_features( hints, AF_DIMENSION_HORZ );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    if ( AF_HINTS_DO_VERTICAL( hints ) )
-    {
-      error = af_cjk_hints_detect_features( hints, AF_DIMENSION_VERT );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* grid-fit the outline */
-    for ( dim = 0; dim < AF_DIMENSION_MAX; dim++ )
-    {
-      if ( ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ && AF_HINTS_DO_HORIZONTAL( hints ) ) ||
-           ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_VERT && AF_HINTS_DO_VERTICAL( hints ) )   )
-      {
-
-#ifdef AF_USE_WARPER
-        if ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ                                  &&
-             metrics->root.scaler.render_mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL )
-        {
-          AF_WarperRec  warper;
-          FT_Fixed      scale;
-          FT_Pos        delta;
-
-
-          af_warper_compute( &warper, hints, dim, &scale, &delta );
-          af_glyph_hints_scale_dim( hints, dim, scale, delta );
-          continue;
-        }
-#endif /* AF_USE_WARPER */
-
-        af_cjk_hint_edges( hints, (AF_Dimension)dim );
-        af_cjk_align_edge_points( hints, (AF_Dimension)dim );
-        af_glyph_hints_align_strong_points( hints, (AF_Dimension)dim );
-        af_glyph_hints_align_weak_points( hints, (AF_Dimension)dim );
-      }
-    }
-
-#if 0
-    af_glyph_hints_dump_points( hints );
-    af_glyph_hints_dump_segments( hints );
-    af_glyph_hints_dump_edges( hints );
-#endif
-
-    af_glyph_hints_save( hints, outline );
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                C J K   S C R I P T   C L A S S                *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  static const AF_Script_UniRangeRec  af_cjk_uniranges[] =
-  {
-#if 0
-    { 0x0100,  0xFFFF },  /* why this? */
-#endif
-    { 0x2E80,  0x2EFF },  /* CJK Radicals Supplement */
-    { 0x2F00,  0x2FDF },  /* Kangxi Radicals */
-    { 0x3000,  0x303F },  /* CJK Symbols and Punctuation */
-    { 0x3040,  0x309F },  /* Hiragana */
-    { 0x30A0,  0x30FF },  /* Katakana */
-    { 0x3100,  0x312F },  /* Bopomofo */
-    { 0x3130,  0x318F },  /* Hangul Compatibility Jamo */
-    { 0x31A0,  0x31BF },  /* Bopomofo Extended */
-    { 0x31C0,  0x31EF },  /* CJK Strokes */
-    { 0x31F0,  0x31FF },  /* Katakana Phonetic Extensions */
-    { 0x3200,  0x32FF },  /* Enclosed CJK Letters and Months */
-    { 0x3300,  0x33FF },  /* CJK Compatibility */
-    { 0x3400,  0x4DBF },  /* CJK Unified Ideographs Extension A */
-    { 0x4DC0,  0x4DFF },  /* Yijing Hexagram Symbols */
-    { 0x4E00,  0x9FFF },  /* CJK Unified Ideographs */
-    { 0xF900,  0xFAFF },  /* CJK Compatibility Ideographs */
-    { 0xFE30,  0xFE4F },  /* CJK Compatibility Forms */
-    { 0xFF00,  0xFFEF },  /* Halfwidth and Fullwidth Forms */
-    { 0x20000, 0x2A6DF }, /* CJK Unified Ideographs Extension B */
-    { 0x2F800, 0x2FA1F }, /* CJK Compatibility Ideographs Supplement */
-    { 0,       0 }
-  };
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF const AF_ScriptClassRec
-  af_cjk_script_class =
-  {
-    AF_SCRIPT_CJK,
-    af_cjk_uniranges,
-
-    sizeof( AF_LatinMetricsRec ),
-
-    (AF_Script_InitMetricsFunc) af_cjk_metrics_init,
-    (AF_Script_ScaleMetricsFunc)af_cjk_metrics_scale,
-    (AF_Script_DoneMetricsFunc) NULL,
-
-    (AF_Script_InitHintsFunc)   af_cjk_hints_init,
-    (AF_Script_ApplyHintsFunc)  af_cjk_hints_apply
-  };
-
-#else /* !AF_CONFIG_OPTION_CJK */
-
-  static const AF_Script_UniRangeRec  af_cjk_uniranges[] =
-  {
-    { 0, 0 }
-  };
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF const AF_ScriptClassRec
-  af_cjk_script_class =
-  {
-    AF_SCRIPT_CJK,
-    af_cjk_uniranges,
-
-    sizeof( AF_LatinMetricsRec ),
-
-    (AF_Script_InitMetricsFunc) NULL,
-    (AF_Script_ScaleMetricsFunc)NULL,
-    (AF_Script_DoneMetricsFunc) NULL,
-
-    (AF_Script_InitHintsFunc)   NULL,
-    (AF_Script_ApplyHintsFunc)  NULL
-  };
-
-#endif /* !AF_CONFIG_OPTION_CJK */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afcjk.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afcjk.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 9f77fda..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afcjk.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  afcjk.h                                                                */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Auto-fitter hinting routines for CJK script (specification).         */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2006, 2007 by                                                */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __AFCJK_H__
-#define __AFCJK_H__
-
-#include "afhints.h"
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /* the CJK-specific script class */
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE const AF_ScriptClassRec
-  af_cjk_script_class;
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  af_cjk_metrics_init( AF_LatinMetrics  metrics,
-                       FT_Face          face );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  af_cjk_metrics_scale( AF_LatinMetrics  metrics,
-                        AF_Scaler        scaler );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  af_cjk_hints_init( AF_GlyphHints    hints,
-                     AF_LatinMetrics  metrics );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  af_cjk_hints_apply( AF_GlyphHints    hints,
-                      FT_Outline*      outline,
-                      AF_LatinMetrics  metrics );
-
-/* */
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __AFCJK_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afdummy.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afdummy.c
deleted file mode 100644
index ed96e96..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afdummy.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  afdummy.c                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Auto-fitter dummy routines to be used if no hinting should be        */
-/*    performed (body).                                                    */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2003, 2004, 2005 by                                          */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include "afdummy.h"
-#include "afhints.h"
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  af_dummy_hints_init( AF_GlyphHints     hints,
-                       AF_ScriptMetrics  metrics )
-  {
-    af_glyph_hints_rescale( hints,
-                            metrics );
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  af_dummy_hints_apply( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
-                        FT_Outline*    outline )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( hints );
-    FT_UNUSED( outline );
-
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF const AF_ScriptClassRec
-  af_dummy_script_class =
-  {
-    AF_SCRIPT_NONE,
-    NULL,
-
-    sizeof( AF_ScriptMetricsRec ),
-
-    (AF_Script_InitMetricsFunc) NULL,
-    (AF_Script_ScaleMetricsFunc)NULL,
-    (AF_Script_DoneMetricsFunc) NULL,
-
-    (AF_Script_InitHintsFunc)   af_dummy_hints_init,
-    (AF_Script_ApplyHintsFunc)  af_dummy_hints_apply
-  };
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afdummy.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afdummy.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 2a5faf8..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afdummy.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  afdummy.h                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Auto-fitter dummy routines to be used if no hinting should be        */
-/*    performed (specification).                                           */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2003, 2004, 2005 by                                          */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __AFDUMMY_H__
-#define __AFDUMMY_H__
-
-#include "aftypes.h"
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
- /*  A dummy script metrics class used when no hinting should
-  *  be performed.  This is the default for non-latin glyphs!
-  */
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE const AF_ScriptClassRec
-  af_dummy_script_class;
-
-/* */
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-
-#endif /* __AFDUMMY_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/aferrors.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/aferrors.h
deleted file mode 100644
index c2ed5fe..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/aferrors.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  aferrors.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Autofitter error codes (specification only).                         */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2005 by                                                      */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This file is used to define the Autofitter error enumeration          */
-  /* constants.                                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef __AFERRORS_H__
-#define __AFERRORS_H__
-
-#include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
-
-#undef __FTERRORS_H__
-
-#define FT_ERR_PREFIX  AF_Err_
-#define FT_ERR_BASE    FT_Mod_Err_Autofit
-
-#include FT_ERRORS_H
-
-#endif /* __AFERRORS_H__ */
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afglobal.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afglobal.c
deleted file mode 100644
index bfb9091..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afglobal.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,289 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  afglobal.c                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Auto-fitter routines to compute global hinting values (body).        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by                        */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include "afglobal.h"
-#include "afdummy.h"
-#include "aflatin.h"
-#include "afcjk.h"
-#include "afindic.h"
-
-#include "aferrors.h"
-
-#ifdef FT_OPTION_AUTOFIT2
-#include "aflatin2.h"
-#endif
-
-  /* populate this list when you add new scripts */
-  static AF_ScriptClass const  af_script_classes[] =
-  {
-    &af_dummy_script_class,
-#ifdef FT_OPTION_AUTOFIT2
-    &af_latin2_script_class,
-#endif
-    &af_latin_script_class,
-    &af_cjk_script_class,
-    &af_indic_script_class, 
-    NULL  /* do not remove */
-  };
-
-  /* index of default script in `af_script_classes' */
-#define AF_SCRIPT_LIST_DEFAULT  2
-  /* indicates an uncovered glyph                   */
-#define AF_SCRIPT_LIST_NONE   255
-
-
-  /*
-   *  Note that glyph_scripts[] is used to map each glyph into
-   *  an index into the `af_script_classes' array.
-   *
-   */
-  typedef struct  AF_FaceGlobalsRec_
-  {
-    FT_Face           face;
-    FT_UInt           glyph_count;    /* same as face->num_glyphs */
-    FT_Byte*          glyph_scripts;
-
-    AF_ScriptMetrics  metrics[AF_SCRIPT_MAX];
-
-  } AF_FaceGlobalsRec;
-
-
-  /* Compute the script index of each glyph within a given face. */
-
-  static FT_Error
-  af_face_globals_compute_script_coverage( AF_FaceGlobals  globals )
-  {
-    FT_Error    error       = AF_Err_Ok;
-    FT_Face     face        = globals->face;
-    FT_CharMap  old_charmap = face->charmap;
-    FT_Byte*    gscripts    = globals->glyph_scripts;
-    FT_UInt     ss;
-
-
-    /* the value 255 means `uncovered glyph' */
-    FT_MEM_SET( globals->glyph_scripts,
-                AF_SCRIPT_LIST_NONE,
-                globals->glyph_count );
-
-    error = FT_Select_Charmap( face, FT_ENCODING_UNICODE );
-    if ( error )
-    {
-     /*
-      *  Ignore this error; we simply use the default script.
-      *  XXX: Shouldn't we rather disable hinting?
-      */
-      error = AF_Err_Ok;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* scan each script in a Unicode charmap */
-    for ( ss = 0; af_script_classes[ss]; ss++ )
-    {
-      AF_ScriptClass      clazz = af_script_classes[ss];
-      AF_Script_UniRange  range;
-
-
-      if ( clazz->script_uni_ranges == NULL )
-        continue;
-
-      /*
-       *  Scan all unicode points in the range and set the corresponding
-       *  glyph script index.
-       */
-      for ( range = clazz->script_uni_ranges; range->first != 0; range++ )
-      {
-        FT_ULong  charcode = range->first;
-        FT_UInt   gindex;
-
-
-        gindex = FT_Get_Char_Index( face, charcode );
-
-        if ( gindex != 0                             &&
-             gindex < globals->glyph_count           &&
-             gscripts[gindex] == AF_SCRIPT_LIST_NONE )
-        {
-          gscripts[gindex] = (FT_Byte)ss;
-        }
-
-        for (;;)
-        {
-          charcode = FT_Get_Next_Char( face, charcode, &gindex );
-
-          if ( gindex == 0 || charcode > range->last )
-            break;
-
-          if ( gindex < globals->glyph_count           &&
-               gscripts[gindex] == AF_SCRIPT_LIST_NONE )
-          {
-            gscripts[gindex] = (FT_Byte)ss;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    /*
-     *  By default, all uncovered glyphs are set to the latin script.
-     *  XXX: Shouldn't we disable hinting or do something similar?
-     */
-    {
-      FT_UInt  nn;
-
-
-      for ( nn = 0; nn < globals->glyph_count; nn++ )
-      {
-        if ( gscripts[nn] == AF_SCRIPT_LIST_NONE )
-          gscripts[nn] = AF_SCRIPT_LIST_DEFAULT;
-      }
-    }
-
-    FT_Set_Charmap( face, old_charmap );
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  af_face_globals_new( FT_Face          face,
-                       AF_FaceGlobals  *aglobals )
-  {
-    FT_Error        error;
-    FT_Memory       memory;
-    AF_FaceGlobals  globals;
-
-
-    memory = face->memory;
-
-    if ( !FT_ALLOC( globals, sizeof ( *globals ) +
-                             face->num_glyphs * sizeof ( FT_Byte ) ) )
-    {
-      globals->face          = face;
-      globals->glyph_count   = face->num_glyphs;
-      globals->glyph_scripts = (FT_Byte*)( globals + 1 );
-
-      error = af_face_globals_compute_script_coverage( globals );
-      if ( error )
-      {
-        af_face_globals_free( globals );
-        globals = NULL;
-      }
-    }
-
-    *aglobals = globals;
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  af_face_globals_free( AF_FaceGlobals  globals )
-  {
-    if ( globals )
-    {
-      FT_Memory  memory = globals->face->memory;
-      FT_UInt    nn;
-
-
-      for ( nn = 0; nn < AF_SCRIPT_MAX; nn++ )
-      {
-        if ( globals->metrics[nn] )
-        {
-          AF_ScriptClass  clazz = af_script_classes[nn];
-
-
-          FT_ASSERT( globals->metrics[nn]->clazz == clazz );
-
-          if ( clazz->script_metrics_done )
-            clazz->script_metrics_done( globals->metrics[nn] );
-
-          FT_FREE( globals->metrics[nn] );
-        }
-      }
-
-      globals->glyph_count   = 0;
-      globals->glyph_scripts = NULL;  /* no need to free this one! */
-      globals->face          = NULL;
-
-      FT_FREE( globals );
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  af_face_globals_get_metrics( AF_FaceGlobals     globals,
-                               FT_UInt            gindex,
-                               FT_UInt            options,
-                               AF_ScriptMetrics  *ametrics )
-  {
-    AF_ScriptMetrics  metrics = NULL;
-    FT_UInt           gidx;
-    AF_ScriptClass    clazz;
-    FT_UInt           script     = options & 15;
-    const FT_UInt     script_max = sizeof ( af_script_classes ) /
-                                     sizeof ( af_script_classes[0] );
-    FT_Error          error      = AF_Err_Ok;
-
-
-    if ( gindex >= globals->glyph_count )
-    {
-      error = AF_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    gidx = script;
-    if ( gidx == 0 || gidx + 1 >= script_max )
-      gidx = globals->glyph_scripts[gindex];
-
-    clazz = af_script_classes[gidx];
-    if ( script == 0 )
-      script = clazz->script;
-
-    metrics = globals->metrics[clazz->script];
-    if ( metrics == NULL )
-    {
-      /* create the global metrics object when needed */
-      FT_Memory  memory = globals->face->memory;
-
-
-      if ( FT_ALLOC( metrics, clazz->script_metrics_size ) )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      metrics->clazz = clazz;
-
-      if ( clazz->script_metrics_init )
-      {
-        error = clazz->script_metrics_init( metrics, globals->face );
-        if ( error )
-        {
-          if ( clazz->script_metrics_done )
-            clazz->script_metrics_done( metrics );
-
-          FT_FREE( metrics );
-          goto Exit;
-        }
-      }
-
-      globals->metrics[clazz->script] = metrics;
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    *ametrics = metrics;
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afglobal.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afglobal.h
deleted file mode 100644
index cf52c08..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afglobal.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  afglobal.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Auto-fitter routines to compute global hinting values                */
-/*    (specification).                                                     */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2003, 2004, 2005, 2007 by                                    */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __AF_GLOBAL_H__
-#define __AF_GLOBAL_H__
-
-
-#include "aftypes.h"
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /************************************************************************/
-  /************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                              *****/
-  /*****                  F A C E   G L O B A L S                     *****/
-  /*****                                                              *****/
-  /************************************************************************/
-  /************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*
-   *  model the global hints data for a given face, decomposed into
-   *  script-specific items
-   */
-  typedef struct AF_FaceGlobalsRec_*   AF_FaceGlobals;
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  af_face_globals_new( FT_Face          face,
-                       AF_FaceGlobals  *aglobals );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  af_face_globals_get_metrics( AF_FaceGlobals     globals,
-                               FT_UInt            gindex,
-                               FT_UInt            options,
-                               AF_ScriptMetrics  *ametrics );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  af_face_globals_free( AF_FaceGlobals  globals );
-
- /* */
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __AF_GLOBALS_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afhints.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afhints.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 4828706..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afhints.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1264 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  afhints.c                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Auto-fitter hinting routines (body).                                 */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by                              */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include "afhints.h"
-#include "aferrors.h"
-#include FT_INTERNAL_CALC_H
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  af_axis_hints_new_segment( AF_AxisHints  axis,
-                             FT_Memory     memory,
-                             AF_Segment   *asegment )
-  {
-    FT_Error    error   = AF_Err_Ok;
-    AF_Segment  segment = NULL;
-
-
-    if ( axis->num_segments >= axis->max_segments )
-    {
-      FT_Int  old_max = axis->max_segments;
-      FT_Int  new_max = old_max;
-      FT_Int  big_max = FT_INT_MAX / sizeof ( *segment );
-
-
-      if ( old_max >= big_max )
-      {
-        error = AF_Err_Out_Of_Memory;
-        goto Exit;
-      }
-
-      new_max += ( new_max >> 2 ) + 4;
-      if ( new_max < old_max || new_max > big_max )
-        new_max = big_max;
-
-      if ( FT_RENEW_ARRAY( axis->segments, old_max, new_max ) )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      axis->max_segments = new_max;
-    }
-
-    segment = axis->segments + axis->num_segments++;
-
-  Exit:
-    *asegment = segment;
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  af_axis_hints_new_edge( AF_AxisHints  axis,
-                          FT_Int        fpos,
-                          AF_Direction  dir,
-                          FT_Memory     memory,
-                          AF_Edge      *aedge )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error = AF_Err_Ok;
-    AF_Edge   edge  = NULL;
-    AF_Edge   edges;
-
-
-    if ( axis->num_edges >= axis->max_edges )
-    {
-      FT_Int  old_max = axis->max_edges;
-      FT_Int  new_max = old_max;
-      FT_Int  big_max = FT_INT_MAX / sizeof ( *edge );
-
-
-      if ( old_max >= big_max )
-      {
-        error = AF_Err_Out_Of_Memory;
-        goto Exit;
-      }
-
-      new_max += ( new_max >> 2 ) + 4;
-      if ( new_max < old_max || new_max > big_max )
-        new_max = big_max;
-
-      if ( FT_RENEW_ARRAY( axis->edges, old_max, new_max ) )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      axis->max_edges = new_max;
-    }
-
-    edges = axis->edges;
-    edge  = edges + axis->num_edges;
-
-    while ( edge > edges )
-    {
-      if ( edge[-1].fpos < fpos )
-        break;
-
-      /* we want the edge with same position and minor direction */
-      /* to appear before those in the major one in the list     */
-      if ( edge[-1].fpos == fpos && dir == axis->major_dir )
-        break;
-
-      edge[0] = edge[-1];
-      edge--;
-    }
-
-    axis->num_edges++;
-
-    FT_ZERO( edge );
-    edge->fpos = (FT_Short)fpos;
-    edge->dir  = (FT_Char)dir;
-
-  Exit:
-    *aedge = edge;
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-#ifdef AF_DEBUG
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-  static const char*
-  af_dir_str( AF_Direction  dir )
-  {
-    const char*  result;
-
-
-    switch ( dir )
-    {
-    case AF_DIR_UP:
-      result = "up";
-      break;
-    case AF_DIR_DOWN:
-      result = "down";
-      break;
-    case AF_DIR_LEFT:
-      result = "left";
-      break;
-    case AF_DIR_RIGHT:
-      result = "right";
-      break;
-    default:
-      result = "none";
-    }
-
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-#define AF_INDEX_NUM( ptr, base )  ( (ptr) ? ( (ptr) - (base) ) : -1 )
-
-
-  void
-  af_glyph_hints_dump_points( AF_GlyphHints  hints )
-  {
-    AF_Point  points = hints->points;
-    AF_Point  limit  = points + hints->num_points;
-    AF_Point  point;
-
-
-    printf( "Table of points:\n" );
-    printf(   "  [ index |  xorg |  yorg |  xscale |  yscale "
-              "|  xfit  |  yfit  |  flags ]\n" );
-
-    for ( point = points; point < limit; point++ )
-    {
-      printf( "  [ %5d | %5d | %5d | %-5.2f | %-5.2f "
-              "| %-5.2f | %-5.2f | %c%c%c%c%c%c ]\n",
-              point - points,
-              point->fx,
-              point->fy,
-              point->ox/64.0,
-              point->oy/64.0,
-              point->x/64.0,
-              point->y/64.0,
-              ( point->flags & AF_FLAG_WEAK_INTERPOLATION ) ? 'w' : ' ',
-              ( point->flags & AF_FLAG_INFLECTION )         ? 'i' : ' ',
-              ( point->flags & AF_FLAG_EXTREMA_X )          ? '<' : ' ',
-              ( point->flags & AF_FLAG_EXTREMA_Y )          ? 'v' : ' ',
-              ( point->flags & AF_FLAG_ROUND_X )            ? '(' : ' ',
-              ( point->flags & AF_FLAG_ROUND_Y )            ? 'u' : ' ');
-    }
-    printf( "\n" );
-  }
-
-
-  static const char*
-  af_edge_flags_to_string( AF_Edge_Flags  flags )
-  {
-    static char  temp[32];
-    int          pos = 0;
-
-
-    if ( flags & AF_EDGE_ROUND )
-    {
-      memcpy( temp + pos, "round", 5 );
-      pos += 5;
-    }
-    if ( flags & AF_EDGE_SERIF )
-    {
-      if ( pos > 0 )
-        temp[pos++] = ' ';
-      memcpy( temp + pos, "serif", 5 );
-      pos += 5;
-    }
-    if ( pos == 0 )
-      return "normal";
-
-    temp[pos] = 0;
-
-    return temp;
-  }
-
-
-  /* A function to dump the array of linked segments. */
-  void
-  af_glyph_hints_dump_segments( AF_GlyphHints  hints )
-  {
-    FT_Int  dimension;
-
-
-    for ( dimension = 1; dimension >= 0; dimension-- )
-    {
-      AF_AxisHints  axis     = &hints->axis[dimension];
-      AF_Segment    segments = axis->segments;
-      AF_Segment    limit    = segments + axis->num_segments;
-      AF_Segment    seg;
-
-
-      printf ( "Table of %s segments:\n",
-               dimension == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ ? "vertical" : "horizontal" );
-      printf ( "  [ index |  pos  |  dir  | link | serif |"
-               " height  | extra | flags    ]\n" );
-
-      for ( seg = segments; seg < limit; seg++ )
-      {
-        printf ( "  [ %5d | %5.2g | %5s | %4d | %5d | %5d | %5d | %s ]\n",
-                 seg - segments,
-                 dimension == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ ? (int)seg->first->ox / 64.0
-                                                : (int)seg->first->oy / 64.0,
-                 af_dir_str( (AF_Direction)seg->dir ),
-                 AF_INDEX_NUM( seg->link, segments ),
-                 AF_INDEX_NUM( seg->serif, segments ),
-                 seg->height,
-                 seg->height - ( seg->max_coord - seg->min_coord ),
-                 af_edge_flags_to_string( seg->flags ) );
-      }
-      printf( "\n" );
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  void
-  af_glyph_hints_dump_edges( AF_GlyphHints  hints )
-  {
-    FT_Int  dimension;
-
-
-    for ( dimension = 1; dimension >= 0; dimension-- )
-    {
-      AF_AxisHints  axis  = &hints->axis[dimension];
-      AF_Edge       edges = axis->edges;
-      AF_Edge       limit = edges + axis->num_edges;
-      AF_Edge       edge;
-
-
-      /*
-       *  note: AF_DIMENSION_HORZ corresponds to _vertical_ edges
-       *        since they have constant a X coordinate.
-       */
-      printf ( "Table of %s edges:\n",
-               dimension == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ ? "vertical" : "horizontal" );
-      printf ( "  [ index |  pos  |  dir  | link |"
-               " serif | blue | opos  |  pos  | flags   ]\n" );
-
-      for ( edge = edges; edge < limit; edge++ )
-      {
-        printf ( "  [ %5d | %5.2g | %5s | %4d |"
-                 " %5d |   %c  | %5.2f | %5.2f | %s ]\n",
-                 edge - edges,
-                 (int)edge->opos / 64.0,
-                 af_dir_str( (AF_Direction)edge->dir ),
-                 AF_INDEX_NUM( edge->link, edges ),
-                 AF_INDEX_NUM( edge->serif, edges ),
-                 edge->blue_edge ? 'y' : 'n',
-                 edge->opos / 64.0,
-                 edge->pos / 64.0,
-                 af_edge_flags_to_string( edge->flags ) );
-      }
-      printf( "\n" );
-    }
-  }
-
-#else /* !AF_DEBUG */
-
-  /* these empty stubs are only used to link the `ftgrid' test program */
-  /* when debugging is disabled                                        */
-
-  void
-  af_glyph_hints_dump_points( AF_GlyphHints  hints )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( hints );
-  }
-
-
-  void
-  af_glyph_hints_dump_segments( AF_GlyphHints  hints )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( hints );
-  }
-
-
-  void
-  af_glyph_hints_dump_edges( AF_GlyphHints  hints )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( hints );
-  }
-
-#endif /* !AF_DEBUG */
-
-
-  /* compute the direction value of a given vector */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( AF_Direction )
-  af_direction_compute( FT_Pos  dx,
-                        FT_Pos  dy )
-  {
-    FT_Pos        ll, ss;  /* long and short arm lengths */
-    AF_Direction  dir;     /* candidate direction        */
-
-
-    if ( dy >= dx )
-    {
-      if ( dy >= -dx )
-      {
-        dir = AF_DIR_UP;
-        ll  = dy;
-        ss  = dx;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        dir = AF_DIR_LEFT;
-        ll  = -dx;
-        ss  = dy;
-      }
-    }
-    else /* dy < dx */
-    {
-      if ( dy >= -dx )
-      {
-        dir = AF_DIR_RIGHT;
-        ll  = dx;
-        ss  = dy;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        dir = AF_DIR_DOWN;
-        ll  = dy;
-        ss  = dx;
-      }
-    }
-
-    ss *= 14;
-    if ( FT_ABS( ll ) <= FT_ABS( ss ) )
-      dir = AF_DIR_NONE;
-
-    return dir;
-  }
-
-
-  /* compute all inflex points in a given glyph */
-
-  static void
-  af_glyph_hints_compute_inflections( AF_GlyphHints  hints )
-  {
-    AF_Point*  contour       = hints->contours;
-    AF_Point*  contour_limit = contour + hints->num_contours;
-
-
-    /* do each contour separately */
-    for ( ; contour < contour_limit; contour++ )
-    {
-      AF_Point  point = contour[0];
-      AF_Point  first = point;
-      AF_Point  start = point;
-      AF_Point  end   = point;
-      AF_Point  before;
-      AF_Point  after;
-      FT_Pos    in_x, in_y, out_x, out_y;
-      AF_Angle  orient_prev, orient_cur;
-      FT_Int    finished = 0;
-
-
-      /* compute first segment in contour */
-      first = point;
-
-      start = end = first;
-      do
-      {
-        end = end->next;
-        if ( end == first )
-          goto Skip;
-
-        in_x = end->fx - start->fx;
-        in_y = end->fy - start->fy;
-
-      } while ( in_x == 0 && in_y == 0 );
-
-      /* extend the segment start whenever possible */
-      before = start;
-      do
-      {
-        do
-        {
-          start  = before;
-          before = before->prev;
-          if ( before == first )
-            goto Skip;
-
-          out_x = start->fx - before->fx;
-          out_y = start->fy - before->fy;
-
-        } while ( out_x == 0 && out_y == 0 );
-
-        orient_prev = ft_corner_orientation( in_x, in_y, out_x, out_y );
-
-      } while ( orient_prev == 0 );
-
-      first = start;
-
-      in_x = out_x;
-      in_y = out_y;
-
-      /* now process all segments in the contour */
-      do
-      {
-        /* first, extend current segment's end whenever possible */
-        after = end;
-        do
-        {
-          do
-          {
-            end   = after;
-            after = after->next;
-            if ( after == first )
-              finished = 1;
-
-            out_x = after->fx - end->fx;
-            out_y = after->fy - end->fy;
-
-          } while ( out_x == 0 && out_y == 0 );
-
-          orient_cur = ft_corner_orientation( in_x, in_y, out_x, out_y );
-
-        } while ( orient_cur == 0 );
-
-        if ( ( orient_prev + orient_cur ) == 0 )
-        {
-          /* we have an inflection point here */
-          do
-          {
-            start->flags |= AF_FLAG_INFLECTION;
-            start = start->next;
-
-          } while ( start != end );
-
-          start->flags |= AF_FLAG_INFLECTION;
-        }
-
-        start = end;
-        end   = after;
-
-        orient_prev = orient_cur;
-        in_x        = out_x;
-        in_y        = out_y;
-
-      } while ( !finished );
-
-    Skip:
-      ;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  af_glyph_hints_init( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
-                       FT_Memory      memory )
-  {
-    FT_ZERO( hints );
-    hints->memory = memory;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  af_glyph_hints_done( AF_GlyphHints  hints )
-  {
-    if ( hints && hints->memory )
-    {
-      FT_Memory  memory = hints->memory;
-      int        dim;
-
-
-      /*
-       *  note that we don't need to free the segment and edge
-       *  buffers, since they are really within the hints->points array
-       */
-      for ( dim = 0; dim < AF_DIMENSION_MAX; dim++ )
-      {
-        AF_AxisHints  axis = &hints->axis[dim];
-
-
-        axis->num_segments = 0;
-        axis->max_segments = 0;
-        FT_FREE( axis->segments );
-
-        axis->num_edges    = 0;
-        axis->max_edges    = 0;
-        FT_FREE( axis->edges );
-      }
-
-      FT_FREE( hints->contours );
-      hints->max_contours = 0;
-      hints->num_contours = 0;
-
-      FT_FREE( hints->points );
-      hints->num_points = 0;
-      hints->max_points = 0;
-
-      hints->memory = NULL;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  af_glyph_hints_rescale( AF_GlyphHints     hints,
-                          AF_ScriptMetrics  metrics )
-  {
-    hints->metrics      = metrics;
-    hints->scaler_flags = metrics->scaler.flags;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  af_glyph_hints_reload( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
-                         FT_Outline*    outline,
-                         FT_Bool        get_inflections )
-  {
-    FT_Error   error   = AF_Err_Ok;
-    AF_Point   points;
-    FT_UInt    old_max, new_max;
-    FT_Fixed   x_scale = hints->x_scale;
-    FT_Fixed   y_scale = hints->y_scale;
-    FT_Pos     x_delta = hints->x_delta;
-    FT_Pos     y_delta = hints->y_delta;
-    FT_Memory  memory  = hints->memory;
-
-
-    hints->num_points   = 0;
-    hints->num_contours = 0;
-
-    hints->axis[0].num_segments = 0;
-    hints->axis[0].num_edges    = 0;
-    hints->axis[1].num_segments = 0;
-    hints->axis[1].num_edges    = 0;
-
-    /* first of all, reallocate the contours array when necessary */
-    new_max = (FT_UInt)outline->n_contours;
-    old_max = hints->max_contours;
-    if ( new_max > old_max )
-    {
-      new_max = ( new_max + 3 ) & ~3;
-
-      if ( FT_RENEW_ARRAY( hints->contours, old_max, new_max ) )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      hints->max_contours = new_max;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     *  then reallocate the points arrays if necessary --
-     *  note that we reserve two additional point positions, used to
-     *  hint metrics appropriately
-     */
-    new_max = (FT_UInt)( outline->n_points + 2 );
-    old_max = hints->max_points;
-    if ( new_max > old_max )
-    {
-      new_max = ( new_max + 2 + 7 ) & ~7;
-
-      if ( FT_RENEW_ARRAY( hints->points, old_max, new_max ) )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      hints->max_points = new_max;
-    }
-
-    hints->num_points   = outline->n_points;
-    hints->num_contours = outline->n_contours;
-
-    /* We can't rely on the value of `FT_Outline.flags' to know the fill   */
-    /* direction used for a glyph, given that some fonts are broken (e.g., */
-    /* the Arphic ones).  We thus recompute it each time we need to.       */
-    /*                                                                     */
-    hints->axis[AF_DIMENSION_HORZ].major_dir = AF_DIR_UP;
-    hints->axis[AF_DIMENSION_VERT].major_dir = AF_DIR_LEFT;
-
-    if ( FT_Outline_Get_Orientation( outline ) == FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT )
-    {
-      hints->axis[AF_DIMENSION_HORZ].major_dir = AF_DIR_DOWN;
-      hints->axis[AF_DIMENSION_VERT].major_dir = AF_DIR_RIGHT;
-    }
-
-    hints->x_scale = x_scale;
-    hints->y_scale = y_scale;
-    hints->x_delta = x_delta;
-    hints->y_delta = y_delta;
-
-    hints->xmin_delta = 0;
-    hints->xmax_delta = 0;
-
-    points = hints->points;
-    if ( hints->num_points == 0 )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    {
-      AF_Point  point;
-      AF_Point  point_limit = points + hints->num_points;
-
-
-      /* compute coordinates & Bezier flags, next and prev */
-      {
-        FT_Vector*  vec           = outline->points;
-        char*       tag           = outline->tags;
-        AF_Point    first         = points;
-        AF_Point    end           = points + outline->contours[0];
-        AF_Point    prev          = end;
-        FT_Int      contour_index = 0;
-
-
-        for ( point = points; point < point_limit; point++, vec++, tag++ )
-        {
-          point->fx = (FT_Short)vec->x;
-          point->fy = (FT_Short)vec->y;
-          point->ox = point->x = FT_MulFix( vec->x, x_scale ) + x_delta;
-          point->oy = point->y = FT_MulFix( vec->y, y_scale ) + y_delta;
-
-          switch ( FT_CURVE_TAG( *tag ) )
-          {
-          case FT_CURVE_TAG_CONIC:
-            point->flags = AF_FLAG_CONIC;
-            break;
-          case FT_CURVE_TAG_CUBIC:
-            point->flags = AF_FLAG_CUBIC;
-            break;
-          default:
-            point->flags = 0;
-          }
-
-          point->prev = prev;
-          prev->next  = point;
-          prev        = point;
-
-          if ( point == end )
-          {
-            if ( ++contour_index < outline->n_contours )
-            {
-              first = point + 1;
-              end   = points + outline->contours[contour_index];
-              prev  = end;
-            }
-          }
-        }
-      }
-
-      /* set-up the contours array */
-      {
-        AF_Point*  contour       = hints->contours;
-        AF_Point*  contour_limit = contour + hints->num_contours;
-        short*     end           = outline->contours;
-        short      idx           = 0;
-
-
-        for ( ; contour < contour_limit; contour++, end++ )
-        {
-          contour[0] = points + idx;
-          idx        = (short)( end[0] + 1 );
-        }
-      }
-
-      /* compute directions of in & out vectors */
-      {
-        AF_Point      first  = points;
-        AF_Point      prev   = NULL;
-        FT_Pos        in_x   = 0;
-        FT_Pos        in_y   = 0;
-        AF_Direction  in_dir = AF_DIR_NONE;
-
-
-        for ( point = points; point < point_limit; point++ )
-        {
-          AF_Point  next;
-          FT_Pos    out_x, out_y;
-
-
-          if ( point == first )
-          {
-            prev   = first->prev;
-            in_x   = first->fx - prev->fx;
-            in_y   = first->fy - prev->fy;
-            in_dir = af_direction_compute( in_x, in_y );
-            first  = prev + 1;
-          }
-
-          point->in_dir = (FT_Char)in_dir;
-
-          next  = point->next;
-          out_x = next->fx - point->fx;
-          out_y = next->fy - point->fy;
-
-          in_dir         = af_direction_compute( out_x, out_y );
-          point->out_dir = (FT_Char)in_dir;
-
-          if ( point->flags & ( AF_FLAG_CONIC | AF_FLAG_CUBIC ) )
-          {
-          Is_Weak_Point:
-            point->flags |= AF_FLAG_WEAK_INTERPOLATION;
-          }
-          else if ( point->out_dir == point->in_dir )
-          {
-            if ( point->out_dir != AF_DIR_NONE )
-              goto Is_Weak_Point;
-
-            if ( ft_corner_is_flat( in_x, in_y, out_x, out_y ) )
-              goto Is_Weak_Point;
-          }
-          else if ( point->in_dir == -point->out_dir )
-            goto Is_Weak_Point;
-
-          in_x = out_x;
-          in_y = out_y;
-          prev = point;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* compute inflection points --                 */
-    /* disabled due to no longer perceived benefits */
-    if ( 0 && get_inflections )
-      af_glyph_hints_compute_inflections( hints );
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  af_glyph_hints_save( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
-                       FT_Outline*    outline )
-  {
-    AF_Point    point = hints->points;
-    AF_Point    limit = point + hints->num_points;
-    FT_Vector*  vec   = outline->points;
-    char*       tag   = outline->tags;
-
-
-    for ( ; point < limit; point++, vec++, tag++ )
-    {
-      vec->x = point->x;
-      vec->y = point->y;
-
-      if ( point->flags & AF_FLAG_CONIC )
-        tag[0] = FT_CURVE_TAG_CONIC;
-      else if ( point->flags & AF_FLAG_CUBIC )
-        tag[0] = FT_CURVE_TAG_CUBIC;
-      else
-        tag[0] = FT_CURVE_TAG_ON;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  /****************************************************************
-   *
-   *                     EDGE POINT GRID-FITTING
-   *
-   ****************************************************************/
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  af_glyph_hints_align_edge_points( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
-                                    AF_Dimension   dim )
-  {
-    AF_AxisHints  axis          = & hints->axis[dim];
-    AF_Segment    segments      = axis->segments;
-    AF_Segment    segment_limit = segments + axis->num_segments;
-    AF_Segment    seg;
-
-
-    if ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ )
-    {
-      for ( seg = segments; seg < segment_limit; seg++ )
-      {
-        AF_Edge   edge = seg->edge;
-        AF_Point  point, first, last;
-
-
-        if ( edge == NULL )
-          continue;
-
-        first = seg->first;
-        last  = seg->last;
-        point = first;
-        for (;;)
-        {
-          point->x      = edge->pos;
-          point->flags |= AF_FLAG_TOUCH_X;
-
-          if ( point == last )
-            break;
-
-          point = point->next;
-
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      for ( seg = segments; seg < segment_limit; seg++ )
-      {
-        AF_Edge   edge = seg->edge;
-        AF_Point  point, first, last;
-
-
-        if ( edge == NULL )
-          continue;
-
-        first = seg->first;
-        last  = seg->last;
-        point = first;
-        for (;;)
-        {
-          point->y      = edge->pos;
-          point->flags |= AF_FLAG_TOUCH_Y;
-
-          if ( point == last )
-            break;
-
-          point = point->next;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  /****************************************************************
-   *
-   *                    STRONG POINT INTERPOLATION
-   *
-   ****************************************************************/
-
-
-  /* hint the strong points -- this is equivalent to the TrueType `IP' */
-  /* hinting instruction                                               */
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  af_glyph_hints_align_strong_points( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
-                                      AF_Dimension   dim )
-  {
-    AF_Point      points      = hints->points;
-    AF_Point      point_limit = points + hints->num_points;
-    AF_AxisHints  axis        = &hints->axis[dim];
-    AF_Edge       edges       = axis->edges;
-    AF_Edge       edge_limit  = edges + axis->num_edges;
-    AF_Flags      touch_flag;
-
-
-    if ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ )
-      touch_flag = AF_FLAG_TOUCH_X;
-    else
-      touch_flag  = AF_FLAG_TOUCH_Y;
-
-    if ( edges < edge_limit )
-    {
-      AF_Point  point;
-      AF_Edge   edge;
-
-
-      for ( point = points; point < point_limit; point++ )
-      {
-        FT_Pos  u, ou, fu;  /* point position */
-        FT_Pos  delta;
-
-
-        if ( point->flags & touch_flag )
-          continue;
-
-        /* if this point is candidate to weak interpolation, we       */
-        /* interpolate it after all strong points have been processed */
-
-        if (  ( point->flags & AF_FLAG_WEAK_INTERPOLATION ) &&
-             !( point->flags & AF_FLAG_INFLECTION )         )
-          continue;
-
-        if ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_VERT )
-        {
-          u  = point->fy;
-          ou = point->oy;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          u  = point->fx;
-          ou = point->ox;
-        }
-
-        fu = u;
-
-        /* is the point before the first edge? */
-        edge  = edges;
-        delta = edge->fpos - u;
-        if ( delta >= 0 )
-        {
-          u = edge->pos - ( edge->opos - ou );
-          goto Store_Point;
-        }
-
-        /* is the point after the last edge? */
-        edge  = edge_limit - 1;
-        delta = u - edge->fpos;
-        if ( delta >= 0 )
-        {
-          u = edge->pos + ( ou - edge->opos );
-          goto Store_Point;
-        }
-
-        {
-          FT_UInt  min, max, mid;
-          FT_Pos   fpos;
-
-
-          /* find enclosing edges */
-          min = 0;
-          max = edge_limit - edges;
-
-#if 1
-          /* for small edge counts, a linear search is better */
-          if ( max <= 8 )
-          {
-            FT_UInt  nn;
-
-            for ( nn = 0; nn < max; nn++ )
-              if ( edges[nn].fpos >= u )
-                break;
-
-            if ( edges[nn].fpos == u )
-            {
-              u = edges[nn].pos;
-              goto Store_Point;
-            }
-            min = nn;
-          }
-          else
-#endif
-          while ( min < max )
-          {
-            mid  = ( max + min ) >> 1;
-            edge = edges + mid;
-            fpos = edge->fpos;
-
-            if ( u < fpos )
-              max = mid;
-            else if ( u > fpos )
-              min = mid + 1;
-            else
-            {
-              /* we are on the edge */
-              u = edge->pos;
-              goto Store_Point;
-            }
-          }
-
-          {
-            AF_Edge  before = edges + min - 1;
-            AF_Edge  after  = edges + min + 0;
-
-
-            /* assert( before && after && before != after ) */
-            if ( before->scale == 0 )
-              before->scale = FT_DivFix( after->pos - before->pos,
-                                         after->fpos - before->fpos );
-
-            u = before->pos + FT_MulFix( fu - before->fpos,
-                                         before->scale );
-          }
-        }
-
-      Store_Point:
-        /* save the point position */
-        if ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ )
-          point->x = u;
-        else
-          point->y = u;
-
-        point->flags |= touch_flag;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  /****************************************************************
-   *
-   *                    WEAK POINT INTERPOLATION
-   *
-   ****************************************************************/
-
-
-  static void
-  af_iup_shift( AF_Point  p1,
-                AF_Point  p2,
-                AF_Point  ref )
-  {
-    AF_Point  p;
-    FT_Pos    delta = ref->u - ref->v;
-
-    if ( delta == 0 )
-      return;
-
-    for ( p = p1; p < ref; p++ )
-      p->u = p->v + delta;
-
-    for ( p = ref + 1; p <= p2; p++ )
-      p->u = p->v + delta;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  af_iup_interp( AF_Point  p1,
-                 AF_Point  p2,
-                 AF_Point  ref1,
-                 AF_Point  ref2 )
-  {
-    AF_Point  p;
-    FT_Pos    u;
-    FT_Pos    v1 = ref1->v;
-    FT_Pos    v2 = ref2->v;
-    FT_Pos    d1 = ref1->u - v1;
-    FT_Pos    d2 = ref2->u - v2;
-
-
-    if ( p1 > p2 )
-      return;
-
-    if ( v1 == v2 )
-    {
-      for ( p = p1; p <= p2; p++ )
-      {
-        u = p->v;
-
-        if ( u <= v1 )
-          u += d1;
-        else
-          u += d2;
-
-        p->u = u;
-      }
-      return;
-    }
-
-    if ( v1 < v2 )
-    {
-      for ( p = p1; p <= p2; p++ )
-      {
-        u = p->v;
-
-        if ( u <= v1 )
-          u += d1;
-        else if ( u >= v2 )
-          u += d2;
-        else
-          u = ref1->u + FT_MulDiv( u - v1, ref2->u - ref1->u, v2 - v1 );
-
-        p->u = u;
-      }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      for ( p = p1; p <= p2; p++ )
-      {
-        u = p->v;
-
-        if ( u <= v2 )
-          u += d2;
-        else if ( u >= v1 )
-          u += d1;
-        else
-          u = ref1->u + FT_MulDiv( u - v1, ref2->u - ref1->u, v2 - v1 );
-
-        p->u = u;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  af_glyph_hints_align_weak_points( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
-                                    AF_Dimension   dim )
-  {
-    AF_Point   points        = hints->points;
-    AF_Point   point_limit   = points + hints->num_points;
-    AF_Point*  contour       = hints->contours;
-    AF_Point*  contour_limit = contour + hints->num_contours;
-    AF_Flags   touch_flag;
-    AF_Point   point;
-    AF_Point   end_point;
-    AF_Point   first_point;
-
-
-    /* PASS 1: Move segment points to edge positions */
-
-    if ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ )
-    {
-      touch_flag = AF_FLAG_TOUCH_X;
-
-      for ( point = points; point < point_limit; point++ )
-      {
-        point->u = point->x;
-        point->v = point->ox;
-      }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      touch_flag = AF_FLAG_TOUCH_Y;
-
-      for ( point = points; point < point_limit; point++ )
-      {
-        point->u = point->y;
-        point->v = point->oy;
-      }
-    }
-
-    point = points;
-
-    for ( ; contour < contour_limit; contour++ )
-    {
-      AF_Point  first_touched, last_touched;
-
-
-      point       = *contour;
-      end_point   = point->prev;
-      first_point = point;
-
-      /* find first touched point */
-      for (;;)
-      {
-        if ( point > end_point )  /* no touched point in contour */
-          goto NextContour;
-
-        if ( point->flags & touch_flag )
-          break;
-
-        point++;
-      }
-
-      first_touched = point;
-      last_touched  = point;
-
-      for (;;)
-      {
-        FT_ASSERT( point <= end_point &&
-                   ( point->flags & touch_flag ) != 0 );
-
-        /* skip any touched neighbhours */
-        while ( point < end_point && ( point[1].flags & touch_flag ) != 0 )
-          point++;
-
-        last_touched = point;
-
-        /* find the next touched point, if any */
-        point ++;
-        for (;;)
-        {
-          if ( point > end_point )
-            goto EndContour;
-
-          if ( ( point->flags & touch_flag ) != 0 )
-            break;
-
-          point++;
-        }
-
-        /* interpolate between last_touched and point */
-        af_iup_interp( last_touched + 1, point - 1,
-                       last_touched, point );
-      }
-
-    EndContour:
-      /* special case: only one point was touched */
-      if ( last_touched == first_touched )
-      {
-        af_iup_shift( first_point, end_point, first_touched );
-      }
-      else /* interpolate the last part */
-      {
-        if ( last_touched < end_point )
-          af_iup_interp( last_touched + 1, end_point,
-                         last_touched, first_touched );
-
-        if ( first_touched > points )
-          af_iup_interp( first_point, first_touched - 1,
-                         last_touched, first_touched );
-      }
-
-    NextContour:
-      ;
-    }
-
-    /* now save the interpolated values back to x/y */
-    if ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ )
-    {
-      for ( point = points; point < point_limit; point++ )
-        point->x = point->u;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      for ( point = points; point < point_limit; point++ )
-        point->y = point->u;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-#ifdef AF_USE_WARPER
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  af_glyph_hints_scale_dim( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
-                            AF_Dimension   dim,
-                            FT_Fixed       scale,
-                            FT_Pos         delta )
-  {
-    AF_Point  points       = hints->points;
-    AF_Point  points_limit = points + hints->num_points;
-    AF_Point  point;
-
-
-    if ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ )
-    {
-      for ( point = points; point < points_limit; point++ )
-        point->x = FT_MulFix( point->fx, scale ) + delta;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      for ( point = points; point < points_limit; point++ )
-        point->y = FT_MulFix( point->fy, scale ) + delta;
-    }
-  }
-
-#endif /* AF_USE_WARPER */
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afhints.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afhints.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 6758268..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afhints.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,333 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  afhints.h                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Auto-fitter hinting routines (specification).                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by                        */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __AFHINTS_H__
-#define __AFHINTS_H__
-
-#include "aftypes.h"
-
-#define xxAF_SORT_SEGMENTS
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
- /*
-  *  The definition of outline glyph hints.  These are shared by all
-  *  script analysis routines (until now).
-  */
-
-  typedef enum  AF_Dimension_
-  {
-    AF_DIMENSION_HORZ = 0,  /* x coordinates,                    */
-                            /* i.e., vertical segments & edges   */
-    AF_DIMENSION_VERT = 1,  /* y coordinates,                    */
-                            /* i.e., horizontal segments & edges */
-
-    AF_DIMENSION_MAX  /* do not remove */
-
-  } AF_Dimension;
-
-
-  /* hint directions -- the values are computed so that two vectors are */
-  /* in opposite directions iff `dir1 + dir2 == 0'                      */
-  typedef enum  AF_Direction_
-  {
-    AF_DIR_NONE  =  4,
-    AF_DIR_RIGHT =  1,
-    AF_DIR_LEFT  = -1,
-    AF_DIR_UP    =  2,
-    AF_DIR_DOWN  = -2
-
-  } AF_Direction;
-
-
-  /* point hint flags */
-  typedef enum  AF_Flags_
-  {
-    AF_FLAG_NONE = 0,
-
-    /* point type flags */
-    AF_FLAG_CONIC   = 1 << 0,
-    AF_FLAG_CUBIC   = 1 << 1,
-    AF_FLAG_CONTROL = AF_FLAG_CONIC | AF_FLAG_CUBIC,
-
-    /* point extremum flags */
-    AF_FLAG_EXTREMA_X = 1 << 2,
-    AF_FLAG_EXTREMA_Y = 1 << 3,
-
-    /* point roundness flags */
-    AF_FLAG_ROUND_X = 1 << 4,
-    AF_FLAG_ROUND_Y = 1 << 5,
-
-    /* point touch flags */
-    AF_FLAG_TOUCH_X = 1 << 6,
-    AF_FLAG_TOUCH_Y = 1 << 7,
-
-    /* candidates for weak interpolation have this flag set */
-    AF_FLAG_WEAK_INTERPOLATION = 1 << 8,
-
-    /* all inflection points in the outline have this flag set */
-    AF_FLAG_INFLECTION = 1 << 9
-
-  } AF_Flags;
-
-
-  /* edge hint flags */
-  typedef enum  AF_Edge_Flags_
-  {
-    AF_EDGE_NORMAL = 0,
-    AF_EDGE_ROUND  = 1 << 0,
-    AF_EDGE_SERIF  = 1 << 1,
-    AF_EDGE_DONE   = 1 << 2
-
-  } AF_Edge_Flags;
-
-
-  typedef struct AF_PointRec_*    AF_Point;
-  typedef struct AF_SegmentRec_*  AF_Segment;
-  typedef struct AF_EdgeRec_*     AF_Edge;
-
-
-  typedef struct  AF_PointRec_
-  {
-    FT_UShort  flags;    /* point flags used by hinter   */
-    FT_Char    in_dir;   /* direction of inwards vector  */
-    FT_Char    out_dir;  /* direction of outwards vector */
-
-    FT_Pos     ox, oy;   /* original, scaled position                   */
-    FT_Short   fx, fy;   /* original, unscaled position (font units)    */
-    FT_Pos     x, y;     /* current position                            */
-    FT_Pos     u, v;     /* current (x,y) or (y,x) depending on context */
-
-    AF_Point   next;     /* next point in contour     */
-    AF_Point   prev;     /* previous point in contour */
-
-  } AF_PointRec;
-
-
-  typedef struct  AF_SegmentRec_
-  {
-    FT_Byte     flags;       /* edge/segment flags for this segment */
-    FT_Char     dir;         /* segment direction                   */
-    FT_Short    pos;         /* position of segment                 */
-    FT_Short    min_coord;   /* minimum coordinate of segment       */
-    FT_Short    max_coord;   /* maximum coordinate of segment       */
-    FT_Short    height;      /* the hinted segment height           */
-
-    AF_Edge     edge;        /* the segment's parent edge           */
-    AF_Segment  edge_next;   /* link to next segment in parent edge */
-
-    AF_Segment  link;        /* (stem) link segment        */
-    AF_Segment  serif;       /* primary segment for serifs */
-    FT_Pos      num_linked;  /* number of linked segments  */
-    FT_Pos      score;       /* used during stem matching  */
-    FT_Pos      len;         /* used during stem matching  */
-
-    AF_Point    first;       /* first point in edge segment             */
-    AF_Point    last;        /* last point in edge segment              */
-    AF_Point*   contour;     /* ptr to first point of segment's contour */
-
-  } AF_SegmentRec;
-
-
-  typedef struct  AF_EdgeRec_
-  {
-    FT_Short    fpos;       /* original, unscaled position (font units) */
-    FT_Pos      opos;       /* original, scaled position                */
-    FT_Pos      pos;        /* current position                         */
-
-    FT_Byte     flags;      /* edge flags                                   */
-    FT_Char     dir;        /* edge direction                               */
-    FT_Fixed    scale;      /* used to speed up interpolation between edges */
-    AF_Width    blue_edge;  /* non-NULL if this is a blue edge              */
-
-    AF_Edge     link;
-    AF_Edge     serif;
-    FT_Short    num_linked;
-
-    FT_Int      score;
-
-    AF_Segment  first;
-    AF_Segment  last;
-
-  } AF_EdgeRec;
-
-
-  typedef struct  AF_AxisHintsRec_
-  {
-    FT_Int        num_segments;
-    FT_Int        max_segments;
-    AF_Segment    segments;
-#ifdef AF_SORT_SEGMENTS
-    FT_Int        mid_segments;
-#endif
-
-    FT_Int        num_edges;
-    FT_Int        max_edges;
-    AF_Edge       edges;
-
-    AF_Direction  major_dir;
-
-  } AF_AxisHintsRec, *AF_AxisHints;
-
-
-  typedef struct  AF_GlyphHintsRec_
-  {
-    FT_Memory         memory;
-
-    FT_Fixed          x_scale;
-    FT_Pos            x_delta;
-
-    FT_Fixed          y_scale;
-    FT_Pos            y_delta;
-
-    FT_Pos            edge_distance_threshold;
-
-    FT_Int            max_points;
-    FT_Int            num_points;
-    AF_Point          points;
-
-    FT_Int            max_contours;
-    FT_Int            num_contours;
-    AF_Point*         contours;
-
-    AF_AxisHintsRec   axis[AF_DIMENSION_MAX];
-
-    FT_UInt32         scaler_flags;  /* copy of scaler flags     */
-    FT_UInt32         other_flags;   /* free for script-specific */
-                                     /* implementations          */
-    AF_ScriptMetrics  metrics;
-
-    FT_Pos            xmin_delta;    /* used for warping */
-    FT_Pos            xmax_delta;
-    
-  } AF_GlyphHintsRec;
-
-
-#define AF_HINTS_TEST_SCALER( h, f )  ( (h)->scaler_flags & (f) )
-#define AF_HINTS_TEST_OTHER( h, f )   ( (h)->other_flags  & (f) )
-
-
-#ifdef AF_DEBUG
-
-#define AF_HINTS_DO_HORIZONTAL( h )                                     \
-          ( !_af_debug_disable_horz_hints                            && \
-            !AF_HINTS_TEST_SCALER( h, AF_SCALER_FLAG_NO_HORIZONTAL ) )
-
-#define AF_HINTS_DO_VERTICAL( h )                                     \
-          ( !_af_debug_disable_vert_hints                          && \
-            !AF_HINTS_TEST_SCALER( h, AF_SCALER_FLAG_NO_VERTICAL ) )
-
-#define AF_HINTS_DO_ADVANCE( h )                                \
-          !AF_HINTS_TEST_SCALER( h, AF_SCALER_FLAG_NO_ADVANCE )
-
-#define AF_HINTS_DO_BLUES( h )  ( !_af_debug_disable_blue_hints )
-
-#else /* !AF_DEBUG */
-
-#define AF_HINTS_DO_HORIZONTAL( h )                                \
-          !AF_HINTS_TEST_SCALER( h, AF_SCALER_FLAG_NO_HORIZONTAL )
-
-#define AF_HINTS_DO_VERTICAL( h )                                \
-          !AF_HINTS_TEST_SCALER( h, AF_SCALER_FLAG_NO_VERTICAL )
-
-#define AF_HINTS_DO_ADVANCE( h )                                \
-          !AF_HINTS_TEST_SCALER( h, AF_SCALER_FLAG_NO_ADVANCE )
-
-#define AF_HINTS_DO_BLUES( h )  1
-
-#endif /* !AF_DEBUG */
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( AF_Direction )
-  af_direction_compute( FT_Pos  dx,
-                        FT_Pos  dy );
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  af_axis_hints_new_segment( AF_AxisHints  axis,
-                             FT_Memory     memory,
-                             AF_Segment   *asegment );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error)
-  af_axis_hints_new_edge( AF_AxisHints  axis,
-                          FT_Int        fpos,
-                          AF_Direction  dir,
-                          FT_Memory     memory,
-                          AF_Edge      *edge );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  af_glyph_hints_init( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
-                       FT_Memory      memory );
-
-
-
-  /*
-   *  recompute all AF_Point in a AF_GlyphHints from the definitions
-   *  in a source outline
-   */
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  af_glyph_hints_rescale( AF_GlyphHints     hints,
-                          AF_ScriptMetrics  metrics );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  af_glyph_hints_reload( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
-                         FT_Outline*    outline,
-                         FT_Bool        get_inflections );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  af_glyph_hints_save( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
-                       FT_Outline*    outline );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  af_glyph_hints_align_edge_points( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
-                                    AF_Dimension   dim );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  af_glyph_hints_align_strong_points( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
-                                      AF_Dimension   dim );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  af_glyph_hints_align_weak_points( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
-                                    AF_Dimension   dim );
-
-#ifdef AF_USE_WARPER
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  af_glyph_hints_scale_dim( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
-                            AF_Dimension   dim,
-                            FT_Fixed       scale,
-                            FT_Pos         delta );
-#endif
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  af_glyph_hints_done( AF_GlyphHints  hints );
-
-/* */
-
-#define AF_SEGMENT_LEN( seg )          ( (seg)->max_coord - (seg)->min_coord )
-
-#define AF_SEGMENT_DIST( seg1, seg2 )  ( ( (seg1)->pos > (seg2)->pos )   \
-                                           ? (seg1)->pos - (seg2)->pos   \
-                                           : (seg2)->pos - (seg1)->pos )
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __AFHINTS_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afindic.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afindic.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 3d27f52..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afindic.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,134 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  afindic.c                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Auto-fitter hinting routines for Indic scripts (body).               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2007 by                                                      */
-/*  Rahul Bhalerao <rahul.bhalerao@redhat.com>, <b.rahul.pm@gmail.com>.    */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include "aftypes.h"
-#include "aflatin.h"
-
-
-#ifdef AF_CONFIG_OPTION_INDIC
-
-#include "afindic.h"
-#include "aferrors.h"
-#include "afcjk.h"
-
-
-#ifdef AF_USE_WARPER
-#include "afwarp.h"
-#endif
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  af_indic_metrics_init( AF_LatinMetrics  metrics,
-                         FT_Face          face )
-  {
-    /* use CJK routines */
-    return af_cjk_metrics_init( metrics, face );
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  af_indic_metrics_scale( AF_LatinMetrics  metrics,
-                          AF_Scaler        scaler )
-  {
-    /* use CJK routines */
-    af_cjk_metrics_scale( metrics, scaler );
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  af_indic_hints_init( AF_GlyphHints    hints,
-                       AF_LatinMetrics  metrics )
-  {
-    /* use CJK routines */
-    return af_cjk_hints_init( hints, metrics );
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  af_indic_hints_apply( AF_GlyphHints    hints,
-                        FT_Outline*      outline,
-                        AF_LatinMetrics  metrics)
-  {
-    /* use CJK routines */
-    return af_cjk_hints_apply( hints, outline, metrics );
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                I N D I C   S C R I P T   C L A S S            *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  static const AF_Script_UniRangeRec  af_indic_uniranges[] =
-  {
-#if 0
-    { 0x0100,  0xFFFF },  /* why this? */
-#endif
-    { 0x0900, 0x0DFF},    /* Indic Range */
-    { 0,       0 }
-  };
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF const AF_ScriptClassRec
-  af_indic_script_class =
-  {
-    AF_SCRIPT_INDIC,
-    af_indic_uniranges,
-
-    sizeof( AF_LatinMetricsRec ),
-
-    (AF_Script_InitMetricsFunc) af_indic_metrics_init,
-    (AF_Script_ScaleMetricsFunc)af_indic_metrics_scale,
-    (AF_Script_DoneMetricsFunc) NULL,
-
-    (AF_Script_InitHintsFunc)   af_indic_hints_init,
-    (AF_Script_ApplyHintsFunc)  af_indic_hints_apply
-  };
-
-#else /* !AF_CONFIG_OPTION_INDIC */
-
-  static const AF_Script_UniRangeRec  af_indic_uniranges[] =
-  {
-    { 0, 0 }
-  };
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF const AF_ScriptClassRec
-  af_indic_script_class =
-  {
-    AF_SCRIPT_INDIC,
-    af_indic_uniranges,
-
-    sizeof( AF_LatinMetricsRec ),
-
-    (AF_Script_InitMetricsFunc) NULL,
-    (AF_Script_ScaleMetricsFunc)NULL,
-    (AF_Script_DoneMetricsFunc) NULL,
-
-    (AF_Script_InitHintsFunc)   NULL,
-    (AF_Script_ApplyHintsFunc)  NULL
-  };
-
-#endif /* !AF_CONFIG_OPTION_INDIC */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afindic.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afindic.h
deleted file mode 100644
index b242b26..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afindic.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  afindic.h                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Auto-fitter hinting routines for Indic scripts (specification).      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2007 by                                                      */
-/*  Rahul Bhalerao <rahul.bhalerao@redhat.com>, <b.rahul.pm@gmail.com>.    */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __AFINDIC_H__
-#define __AFINDIC_H__
-
-#include "afhints.h"
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /* the Indic-specific script class */
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE const AF_ScriptClassRec
-  af_indic_script_class;
-
-
-/* */
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __AFINDIC_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/aflatin.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/aflatin.c
deleted file mode 100644
index b70da06..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/aflatin.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2168 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  aflatin.c                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Auto-fitter hinting routines for latin script (body).                */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by                              */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include "aflatin.h"
-#include "aferrors.h"
-
-
-#ifdef AF_USE_WARPER
-#include "afwarp.h"
-#endif
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****            L A T I N   G L O B A L   M E T R I C S            *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  af_latin_metrics_init_widths( AF_LatinMetrics  metrics,
-                                FT_Face          face,
-                                FT_ULong         charcode )
-  {
-    /* scan the array of segments in each direction */
-    AF_GlyphHintsRec  hints[1];
-
-
-    af_glyph_hints_init( hints, face->memory );
-
-    metrics->axis[AF_DIMENSION_HORZ].width_count = 0;
-    metrics->axis[AF_DIMENSION_VERT].width_count = 0;
-
-    {
-      FT_Error             error;
-      FT_UInt              glyph_index;
-      int                  dim;
-      AF_LatinMetricsRec   dummy[1];
-      AF_Scaler            scaler = &dummy->root.scaler;
-
-
-      glyph_index = FT_Get_Char_Index( face, charcode );
-      if ( glyph_index == 0 )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      error = FT_Load_Glyph( face, glyph_index, FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE );
-      if ( error || face->glyph->outline.n_points <= 0 )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      FT_ZERO( dummy );
-
-      dummy->units_per_em = metrics->units_per_em;
-      scaler->x_scale     = scaler->y_scale = 0x10000L;
-      scaler->x_delta     = scaler->y_delta = 0;
-      scaler->face        = face;
-      scaler->render_mode = FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL;
-      scaler->flags       = 0;
-
-      af_glyph_hints_rescale( hints, (AF_ScriptMetrics)dummy );
-
-      error = af_glyph_hints_reload( hints, &face->glyph->outline, 0 );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      for ( dim = 0; dim < AF_DIMENSION_MAX; dim++ )
-      {
-        AF_LatinAxis  axis    = &metrics->axis[dim];
-        AF_AxisHints  axhints = &hints->axis[dim];
-        AF_Segment    seg, limit, link;
-        FT_UInt       num_widths = 0;
-
-
-        error = af_latin_hints_compute_segments( hints,
-                                                 (AF_Dimension)dim );
-        if ( error )
-          goto Exit;
-
-        af_latin_hints_link_segments( hints,
-                                      (AF_Dimension)dim );
-
-        seg   = axhints->segments;
-        limit = seg + axhints->num_segments;
-
-        for ( ; seg < limit; seg++ )
-        {
-          link = seg->link;
-
-          /* we only consider stem segments there! */
-          if ( link && link->link == seg && link > seg )
-          {
-            FT_Pos  dist;
-
-
-            dist = seg->pos - link->pos;
-            if ( dist < 0 )
-              dist = -dist;
-
-            if ( num_widths < AF_LATIN_MAX_WIDTHS )
-              axis->widths[ num_widths++ ].org = dist;
-          }
-        }
-
-        af_sort_widths( num_widths, axis->widths );
-        axis->width_count = num_widths;
-      }
-
-  Exit:
-      for ( dim = 0; dim < AF_DIMENSION_MAX; dim++ )
-      {
-        AF_LatinAxis  axis = &metrics->axis[dim];
-        FT_Pos        stdw;
-
-
-        stdw = ( axis->width_count > 0 )
-                 ? axis->widths[0].org
-                 : AF_LATIN_CONSTANT( metrics, 50 );
-
-        /* let's try 20% of the smallest width */
-        axis->edge_distance_threshold = stdw / 5;
-        axis->standard_width          = stdw;
-        axis->extra_light             = 0;
-      }
-    }
-
-    af_glyph_hints_done( hints );
-  }
-
-
-
-#define AF_LATIN_MAX_TEST_CHARACTERS  12
-
-
-  static const char* const  af_latin_blue_chars[AF_LATIN_MAX_BLUES] =
-  {
-    "THEZOCQS",
-    "HEZLOCUS",
-    "fijkdbh",
-    "xzroesc",
-    "xzroesc",
-    "pqgjy"
-  };
-
-
-  static void
-  af_latin_metrics_init_blues( AF_LatinMetrics  metrics,
-                               FT_Face          face )
-  {
-    FT_Pos        flats [AF_LATIN_MAX_TEST_CHARACTERS];
-    FT_Pos        rounds[AF_LATIN_MAX_TEST_CHARACTERS];
-    FT_Int        num_flats;
-    FT_Int        num_rounds;
-    FT_Int        bb;
-    AF_LatinBlue  blue;
-    FT_Error      error;
-    AF_LatinAxis  axis  = &metrics->axis[AF_DIMENSION_VERT];
-    FT_GlyphSlot  glyph = face->glyph;
-
-
-    /* we compute the blues simply by loading each character from the    */
-    /* 'af_latin_blue_chars[blues]' string, then compute its top-most or */
-    /* bottom-most points (depending on `AF_IS_TOP_BLUE')                */
-
-    AF_LOG(( "blue zones computation\n" ));
-    AF_LOG(( "------------------------------------------------\n" ));
-
-    for ( bb = 0; bb < AF_LATIN_BLUE_MAX; bb++ )
-    {
-      const char*  p     = af_latin_blue_chars[bb];
-      const char*  limit = p + AF_LATIN_MAX_TEST_CHARACTERS;
-      FT_Pos*      blue_ref;
-      FT_Pos*      blue_shoot;
-
-
-      AF_LOG(( "blue %3d: ", bb ));
-
-      num_flats  = 0;
-      num_rounds = 0;
-
-      for ( ; p < limit && *p; p++ )
-      {
-        FT_UInt     glyph_index;
-        FT_Int      best_point, best_y, best_first, best_last;
-        FT_Vector*  points;
-        FT_Bool     round = 0;
-
-
-        AF_LOG(( "'%c'", *p ));
-
-        /* load the character in the face -- skip unknown or empty ones */
-        glyph_index = FT_Get_Char_Index( face, (FT_UInt)*p );
-        if ( glyph_index == 0 )
-          continue;
-
-        error = FT_Load_Glyph( face, glyph_index, FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE );
-        if ( error || glyph->outline.n_points <= 0 )
-          continue;
-
-        /* now compute min or max point indices and coordinates */
-        points      = glyph->outline.points;
-        best_point  = -1;
-        best_y      = 0;  /* make compiler happy */
-        best_first  = 0;  /* ditto */
-        best_last   = 0;  /* ditto */
-
-        {
-          FT_Int  nn;
-          FT_Int  first = 0;
-          FT_Int  last  = -1;
-
-
-          for ( nn = 0; nn < glyph->outline.n_contours; first = last+1, nn++ )
-          {
-            FT_Int  old_best_point = best_point;
-            FT_Int  pp;
-
-
-            last = glyph->outline.contours[nn];
-
-            /* Avoid single-point contours since they are never rasterized. */
-            /* In some fonts, they correspond to mark attachment points     */
-            /* which are way outside of the glyph's real outline.           */
-            if ( last <= first )
-                continue;
-
-            if ( AF_LATIN_IS_TOP_BLUE( bb ) )
-            {
-              for ( pp = first; pp <= last; pp++ )
-                if ( best_point < 0 || points[pp].y > best_y )
-                {
-                  best_point = pp;
-                  best_y     = points[pp].y;
-                }
-            }
-            else
-            {
-              for ( pp = first; pp <= last; pp++ )
-                if ( best_point < 0 || points[pp].y < best_y )
-                {
-                  best_point = pp;
-                  best_y     = points[pp].y;
-                }
-            }
-
-            if ( best_point != old_best_point )
-            {
-              best_first = first;
-              best_last  = last;
-            }
-          }
-          AF_LOG(( "%5d", best_y ));
-        }
-
-        /* now check whether the point belongs to a straight or round   */
-        /* segment; we first need to find in which contour the extremum */
-        /* lies, then inspect its previous and next points              */
-        if ( best_point >= 0 )
-        {
-          FT_Int  prev, next;
-          FT_Pos  dist;
-
-
-          /* now look for the previous and next points that are not on the */
-          /* same Y coordinate.  Threshold the `closeness'...              */
-          prev = best_point;
-          next = prev;
-
-          do
-          {
-            if ( prev > best_first )
-              prev--;
-            else
-              prev = best_last;
-
-            dist = points[prev].y - best_y;
-            if ( dist < -5 || dist > 5 )
-              break;
-
-          } while ( prev != best_point );
-
-          do
-          {
-            if ( next < best_last )
-              next++;
-            else
-              next = best_first;
-
-            dist = points[next].y - best_y;
-            if ( dist < -5 || dist > 5 )
-              break;
-
-          } while ( next != best_point );
-
-          /* now, set the `round' flag depending on the segment's kind */
-          round = FT_BOOL(
-            FT_CURVE_TAG( glyph->outline.tags[prev] ) != FT_CURVE_TAG_ON ||
-            FT_CURVE_TAG( glyph->outline.tags[next] ) != FT_CURVE_TAG_ON );
-
-          AF_LOG(( "%c ", round ? 'r' : 'f' ));
-        }
-
-        if ( round )
-          rounds[num_rounds++] = best_y;
-        else
-          flats[num_flats++]   = best_y;
-      }
-
-      AF_LOG(( "\n" ));
-
-      if ( num_flats == 0 && num_rounds == 0 )
-      {
-        /*
-         *  we couldn't find a single glyph to compute this blue zone,
-         *  we will simply ignore it then
-         */
-        AF_LOG(( "empty!\n" ));
-        continue;
-      }
-
-      /* we have computed the contents of the `rounds' and `flats' tables, */
-      /* now determine the reference and overshoot position of the blue -- */
-      /* we simply take the median value after a simple sort               */
-      af_sort_pos( num_rounds, rounds );
-      af_sort_pos( num_flats,  flats );
-
-      blue       = & axis->blues[axis->blue_count];
-      blue_ref   = & blue->ref.org;
-      blue_shoot = & blue->shoot.org;
-
-      axis->blue_count++;
-
-      if ( num_flats == 0 )
-      {
-        *blue_ref   =
-        *blue_shoot = rounds[num_rounds / 2];
-      }
-      else if ( num_rounds == 0 )
-      {
-        *blue_ref   =
-        *blue_shoot = flats[num_flats / 2];
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        *blue_ref   = flats[num_flats / 2];
-        *blue_shoot = rounds[num_rounds / 2];
-      }
-
-      /* there are sometimes problems: if the overshoot position of top     */
-      /* zones is under its reference position, or the opposite for bottom  */
-      /* zones.  We must thus check everything there and correct the errors */
-      if ( *blue_shoot != *blue_ref )
-      {
-        FT_Pos   ref      = *blue_ref;
-        FT_Pos   shoot    = *blue_shoot;
-        FT_Bool  over_ref = FT_BOOL( shoot > ref );
-
-
-        if ( AF_LATIN_IS_TOP_BLUE( bb ) ^ over_ref )
-          *blue_shoot = *blue_ref = ( shoot + ref ) / 2;
-      }
-
-      blue->flags = 0;
-      if ( AF_LATIN_IS_TOP_BLUE( bb ) )
-        blue->flags |= AF_LATIN_BLUE_TOP;
-
-      /*
-       * The following flags is used later to adjust the y and x scales
-       * in order to optimize the pixel grid alignment of the top of small
-       * letters.
-       */
-      if ( bb == AF_LATIN_BLUE_SMALL_TOP )
-        blue->flags |= AF_LATIN_BLUE_ADJUSTMENT;
-
-      AF_LOG(( "-- ref = %ld, shoot = %ld\n", *blue_ref, *blue_shoot ));
-    }
-
-    return;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  af_latin_metrics_init( AF_LatinMetrics  metrics,
-                         FT_Face          face )
-  {
-    FT_Error    error = AF_Err_Ok;
-    FT_CharMap  oldmap = face->charmap;
-    FT_UInt     ee;
-
-    static const FT_Encoding  latin_encodings[] =
-    {
-      FT_ENCODING_UNICODE,
-      FT_ENCODING_APPLE_ROMAN,
-      FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_STANDARD,
-      FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_LATIN_1,
-      FT_ENCODING_NONE  /* end of list */
-    };
-
-
-    metrics->units_per_em = face->units_per_EM;
-
-    /* do we have a latin charmap in there? */
-    for ( ee = 0; latin_encodings[ee] != FT_ENCODING_NONE; ee++ )
-    {
-      error = FT_Select_Charmap( face, latin_encodings[ee] );
-      if ( !error )
-        break;
-    }
-
-    if ( !error )
-    {
-      /* For now, compute the standard width and height from the `o'. */
-      af_latin_metrics_init_widths( metrics, face, 'o' );
-      af_latin_metrics_init_blues( metrics, face );
-    }
-
-    FT_Set_Charmap( face, oldmap );
-    return AF_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  af_latin_metrics_scale_dim( AF_LatinMetrics  metrics,
-                              AF_Scaler        scaler,
-                              AF_Dimension     dim )
-  {
-    FT_Fixed      scale;
-    FT_Pos        delta;
-    AF_LatinAxis  axis;
-    FT_UInt       nn;
-
-
-    if ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ )
-    {
-      scale = scaler->x_scale;
-      delta = scaler->x_delta;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      scale = scaler->y_scale;
-      delta = scaler->y_delta;
-    }
-
-    axis = &metrics->axis[dim];
-
-    if ( axis->org_scale == scale && axis->org_delta == delta )
-      return;
-
-    axis->org_scale = scale;
-    axis->org_delta = delta;
-
-    /*
-     * correct X and Y scale to optimize the alignment of the top of small
-     * letters to the pixel grid
-     */
-    {
-      AF_LatinAxis  Axis = &metrics->axis[AF_DIMENSION_VERT];
-      AF_LatinBlue  blue = NULL;
-
-
-      for ( nn = 0; nn < Axis->blue_count; nn++ )
-      {
-        if ( Axis->blues[nn].flags & AF_LATIN_BLUE_ADJUSTMENT )
-        {
-          blue = &Axis->blues[nn];
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-
-      if ( blue )
-      {
-        FT_Pos  scaled = FT_MulFix( blue->shoot.org, scaler->y_scale );
-        FT_Pos  fitted = ( scaled + 40 ) & ~63;
-
-
-        if ( scaled != fitted )
-        {
-#if 0
-          if ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ )
-          {
-            if ( fitted < scaled )
-              scale -= scale / 50;  /* scale *= 0.98 */
-          }
-          else
-#endif
-          if ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_VERT )
-          {
-            scale = FT_MulDiv( scale, fitted, scaled );
-          }
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    axis->scale = scale;
-    axis->delta = delta;
-
-    if ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ )
-    {
-      metrics->root.scaler.x_scale = scale;
-      metrics->root.scaler.x_delta = delta;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      metrics->root.scaler.y_scale = scale;
-      metrics->root.scaler.y_delta = delta;
-    }
-
-    /* scale the standard widths */
-    for ( nn = 0; nn < axis->width_count; nn++ )
-    {
-      AF_Width  width = axis->widths + nn;
-
-
-      width->cur = FT_MulFix( width->org, scale );
-      width->fit = width->cur;
-    }
-
-    /* an extra-light axis corresponds to a standard width that is */
-    /* smaller than 0.75 pixels                                    */
-    axis->extra_light =
-      (FT_Bool)( FT_MulFix( axis->standard_width, scale ) < 32 + 8 );
-
-    if ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_VERT )
-    {
-      /* scale the blue zones */
-      for ( nn = 0; nn < axis->blue_count; nn++ )
-      {
-        AF_LatinBlue  blue = &axis->blues[nn];
-        FT_Pos        dist;
-
-
-        blue->ref.cur   = FT_MulFix( blue->ref.org, scale ) + delta;
-        blue->ref.fit   = blue->ref.cur;
-        blue->shoot.cur = FT_MulFix( blue->shoot.org, scale ) + delta;
-        blue->shoot.fit = blue->shoot.cur;
-        blue->flags    &= ~AF_LATIN_BLUE_ACTIVE;
-
-        /* a blue zone is only active if it is less than 3/4 pixels tall */
-        dist = FT_MulFix( blue->ref.org - blue->shoot.org, scale );
-        if ( dist <= 48 && dist >= -48 )
-        {
-          FT_Pos  delta1, delta2;
-
-
-          delta1 = blue->shoot.org - blue->ref.org;
-          delta2 = delta1;
-          if ( delta1 < 0 )
-            delta2 = -delta2;
-
-          delta2 = FT_MulFix( delta2, scale );
-
-          if ( delta2 < 32 )
-            delta2 = 0;
-          else if ( delta2 < 64 )
-            delta2 = 32 + ( ( ( delta2 - 32 ) + 16 ) & ~31 );
-          else
-            delta2 = FT_PIX_ROUND( delta2 );
-
-          if ( delta1 < 0 )
-            delta2 = -delta2;
-
-          blue->ref.fit   = FT_PIX_ROUND( blue->ref.cur );
-          blue->shoot.fit = blue->ref.fit + delta2;
-
-          blue->flags |= AF_LATIN_BLUE_ACTIVE;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  af_latin_metrics_scale( AF_LatinMetrics  metrics,
-                          AF_Scaler        scaler )
-  {
-    metrics->root.scaler.render_mode = scaler->render_mode;
-    metrics->root.scaler.face        = scaler->face;
-
-    af_latin_metrics_scale_dim( metrics, scaler, AF_DIMENSION_HORZ );
-    af_latin_metrics_scale_dim( metrics, scaler, AF_DIMENSION_VERT );
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****           L A T I N   G L Y P H   A N A L Y S I S             *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  af_latin_hints_compute_segments( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
-                                   AF_Dimension   dim )
-  {
-    AF_AxisHints  axis          = &hints->axis[dim];
-    FT_Memory     memory        = hints->memory;
-    FT_Error      error         = AF_Err_Ok;
-    AF_Segment    segment       = NULL;
-    AF_SegmentRec seg0;
-    AF_Point*     contour       = hints->contours;
-    AF_Point*     contour_limit = contour + hints->num_contours;
-    AF_Direction  major_dir, segment_dir;
-
-
-    FT_ZERO( &seg0 );
-    seg0.score = 32000;
-    seg0.flags = AF_EDGE_NORMAL;
-
-    major_dir   = (AF_Direction)FT_ABS( axis->major_dir );
-    segment_dir = major_dir;
-
-    axis->num_segments = 0;
-
-    /* set up (u,v) in each point */
-    if ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ )
-    {
-      AF_Point  point = hints->points;
-      AF_Point  limit = point + hints->num_points;
-
-
-      for ( ; point < limit; point++ )
-      {
-        point->u = point->fx;
-        point->v = point->fy;
-      }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      AF_Point  point = hints->points;
-      AF_Point  limit = point + hints->num_points;
-
-
-      for ( ; point < limit; point++ )
-      {
-        point->u = point->fy;
-        point->v = point->fx;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* do each contour separately */
-    for ( ; contour < contour_limit; contour++ )
-    {
-      AF_Point  point   =  contour[0];
-      AF_Point  last    =  point->prev;
-      int       on_edge =  0;
-      FT_Pos    min_pos =  32000;  /* minimum segment pos != min_coord */
-      FT_Pos    max_pos = -32000;  /* maximum segment pos != max_coord */
-      FT_Bool   passed;
-
-
-      if ( point == last )  /* skip singletons -- just in case */
-        continue;
-
-      if ( FT_ABS( last->out_dir )  == major_dir &&
-           FT_ABS( point->out_dir ) == major_dir )
-      {
-        /* we are already on an edge, try to locate its start */
-        last = point;
-
-        for (;;)
-        {
-          point = point->prev;
-          if ( FT_ABS( point->out_dir ) != major_dir )
-          {
-            point = point->next;
-            break;
-          }
-          if ( point == last )
-            break;
-        }
-      }
-
-      last   = point;
-      passed = 0;
-
-      for (;;)
-      {
-        FT_Pos  u, v;
-
-
-        if ( on_edge )
-        {
-          u = point->u;
-          if ( u < min_pos )
-            min_pos = u;
-          if ( u > max_pos )
-            max_pos = u;
-
-          if ( point->out_dir != segment_dir || point == last )
-          {
-            /* we are just leaving an edge; record a new segment! */
-            segment->last = point;
-            segment->pos  = (FT_Short)( ( min_pos + max_pos ) >> 1 );
-
-            /* a segment is round if either its first or last point */
-            /* is a control point                                   */
-            if ( ( segment->first->flags | point->flags ) &
-                   AF_FLAG_CONTROL                        )
-              segment->flags |= AF_EDGE_ROUND;
-
-            /* compute segment size */
-            min_pos = max_pos = point->v;
-
-            v = segment->first->v;
-            if ( v < min_pos )
-              min_pos = v;
-            if ( v > max_pos )
-              max_pos = v;
-
-            segment->min_coord = (FT_Short)min_pos;
-            segment->max_coord = (FT_Short)max_pos;
-            segment->height    = (FT_Short)( segment->max_coord -
-                                             segment->min_coord );
-
-            on_edge = 0;
-            segment = NULL;
-            /* fallthrough */
-          }
-        }
-
-        /* now exit if we are at the start/end point */
-        if ( point == last )
-        {
-          if ( passed )
-            break;
-          passed = 1;
-        }
-
-        if ( !on_edge && FT_ABS( point->out_dir ) == major_dir )
-        {
-          /* this is the start of a new segment! */
-          segment_dir = (AF_Direction)point->out_dir;
-
-          /* clear all segment fields */
-          error = af_axis_hints_new_segment( axis, memory, &segment );
-          if ( error )
-            goto Exit;
-
-          segment[0]        = seg0;
-          segment->dir      = (FT_Char)segment_dir;
-          min_pos = max_pos = point->u;
-          segment->first    = point;
-          segment->last     = point;
-          segment->contour  = contour;
-          on_edge           = 1;
-        }
-
-        point = point->next;
-      }
-
-    } /* contours */
-
-
-    /* now slightly increase the height of segments when this makes */
-    /* sense -- this is used to better detect and ignore serifs     */
-    {
-      AF_Segment  segments     = axis->segments;
-      AF_Segment  segments_end = segments + axis->num_segments;
-
-
-      for ( segment = segments; segment < segments_end; segment++ )
-      {
-        AF_Point  first   = segment->first;
-        AF_Point  last    = segment->last;
-        FT_Pos    first_v = first->v;
-        FT_Pos    last_v  = last->v;
-
-
-        if ( first == last )
-          continue;
-
-        if ( first_v < last_v )
-        {
-          AF_Point  p;
-
-
-          p = first->prev;
-          if ( p->v < first_v )
-            segment->height = (FT_Short)( segment->height +
-                                          ( ( first_v - p->v ) >> 1 ) );
-
-          p = last->next;
-          if ( p->v > last_v )
-            segment->height = (FT_Short)( segment->height +
-                                          ( ( p->v - last_v ) >> 1 ) );
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          AF_Point  p;
-
-
-          p = first->prev;
-          if ( p->v > first_v )
-            segment->height = (FT_Short)( segment->height +
-                                          ( ( p->v - first_v ) >> 1 ) );
-
-          p = last->next;
-          if ( p->v < last_v )
-            segment->height = (FT_Short)( segment->height +
-                                          ( ( last_v - p->v ) >> 1 ) );
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  af_latin_hints_link_segments( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
-                                AF_Dimension   dim )
-  {
-    AF_AxisHints  axis          = &hints->axis[dim];
-    AF_Segment    segments      = axis->segments;
-    AF_Segment    segment_limit = segments + axis->num_segments;
-    FT_Pos        len_threshold, len_score;
-    AF_Segment    seg1, seg2;
-
-
-    len_threshold = AF_LATIN_CONSTANT( hints->metrics, 8 );
-    if ( len_threshold == 0 )
-      len_threshold = 1;
-
-    len_score = AF_LATIN_CONSTANT( hints->metrics, 6000 );
-
-    /* now compare each segment to the others */
-    for ( seg1 = segments; seg1 < segment_limit; seg1++ )
-    {
-      /* the fake segments are introduced to hint the metrics -- */
-      /* we must never link them to anything                     */
-      if ( seg1->dir != axis->major_dir || seg1->first == seg1->last )
-        continue;
-
-      for ( seg2 = segments; seg2 < segment_limit; seg2++ )
-        if ( seg1->dir + seg2->dir == 0 && seg2->pos > seg1->pos )
-        {
-          FT_Pos  pos1 = seg1->pos;
-          FT_Pos  pos2 = seg2->pos;
-          FT_Pos  dist = pos2 - pos1;
-
-
-          if ( dist < 0 )
-            dist = -dist;
-
-          {
-            FT_Pos  min = seg1->min_coord;
-            FT_Pos  max = seg1->max_coord;
-            FT_Pos  len, score;
-
-
-            if ( min < seg2->min_coord )
-              min = seg2->min_coord;
-
-            if ( max > seg2->max_coord )
-              max = seg2->max_coord;
-
-            len = max - min;
-            if ( len >= len_threshold )
-            {
-              score = dist + len_score / len;
-
-              if ( score < seg1->score )
-              {
-                seg1->score = score;
-                seg1->link  = seg2;
-              }
-
-              if ( score < seg2->score )
-              {
-                seg2->score = score;
-                seg2->link  = seg1;
-              }
-            }
-          }
-        }
-    }
-
-    /* now, compute the `serif' segments */
-    for ( seg1 = segments; seg1 < segment_limit; seg1++ )
-    {
-      seg2 = seg1->link;
-
-      if ( seg2 )
-      {
-        if ( seg2->link != seg1 )
-        {
-          seg1->link  = 0;
-          seg1->serif = seg2->link;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  af_latin_hints_compute_edges( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
-                                AF_Dimension   dim )
-  {
-    AF_AxisHints  axis   = &hints->axis[dim];
-    FT_Error      error  = AF_Err_Ok;
-    FT_Memory     memory = hints->memory;
-    AF_LatinAxis  laxis  = &((AF_LatinMetrics)hints->metrics)->axis[dim];
-
-    AF_Segment    segments      = axis->segments;
-    AF_Segment    segment_limit = segments + axis->num_segments;
-    AF_Segment    seg;
-
-    AF_Direction  up_dir;
-    FT_Fixed      scale;
-    FT_Pos        edge_distance_threshold;
-    FT_Pos        segment_length_threshold;
-
-
-    axis->num_edges = 0;
-
-    scale = ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ ) ? hints->x_scale
-                                         : hints->y_scale;
-
-    up_dir = ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ ) ? AF_DIR_UP
-                                          : AF_DIR_RIGHT;
-
-    /*
-     *  We ignore all segments that are less than 1 pixels in length,
-     *  to avoid many problems with serif fonts.  We compute the
-     *  corresponding threshold in font units.
-     */
-    if ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ )
-        segment_length_threshold = FT_DivFix( 64, hints->y_scale );
-    else
-        segment_length_threshold = 0;
-
-    /*********************************************************************/
-    /*                                                                   */
-    /* We will begin by generating a sorted table of edges for the       */
-    /* current direction.  To do so, we simply scan each segment and try */
-    /* to find an edge in our table that corresponds to its position.    */
-    /*                                                                   */
-    /* If no edge is found, we create and insert a new edge in the       */
-    /* sorted table.  Otherwise, we simply add the segment to the edge's */
-    /* list which will be processed in the second step to compute the    */
-    /* edge's properties.                                                */
-    /*                                                                   */
-    /* Note that the edges table is sorted along the segment/edge        */
-    /* position.                                                         */
-    /*                                                                   */
-    /*********************************************************************/
-
-    edge_distance_threshold = FT_MulFix( laxis->edge_distance_threshold,
-                                         scale );
-    if ( edge_distance_threshold > 64 / 4 )
-      edge_distance_threshold = 64 / 4;
-
-    edge_distance_threshold = FT_DivFix( edge_distance_threshold,
-                                         scale );
-
-    for ( seg = segments; seg < segment_limit; seg++ )
-    {
-      AF_Edge  found = 0;
-      FT_Int   ee;
-
-
-      if ( seg->height < segment_length_threshold )
-        continue;
-
-      /* A special case for serif edges: If they are smaller than */
-      /* 1.5 pixels we ignore them.                               */
-      if ( seg->serif                                     &&
-           2 * seg->height < 3 * segment_length_threshold )
-        continue;
-
-      /* look for an edge corresponding to the segment */
-      for ( ee = 0; ee < axis->num_edges; ee++ )
-      {
-        AF_Edge  edge = axis->edges + ee;
-        FT_Pos   dist;
-
-
-        dist = seg->pos - edge->fpos;
-        if ( dist < 0 )
-          dist = -dist;
-
-        if ( dist < edge_distance_threshold && edge->dir == seg->dir )
-        {
-          found = edge;
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-
-      if ( !found )
-      {
-        AF_Edge  edge;
-
-
-        /* insert a new edge in the list and */
-        /* sort according to the position    */
-        error = af_axis_hints_new_edge( axis, seg->pos,
-                                        (AF_Direction)seg->dir,
-                                        memory, &edge );
-        if ( error )
-          goto Exit;
-
-        /* add the segment to the new edge's list */
-        FT_ZERO( edge );
-
-        edge->first    = seg;
-        edge->last     = seg;
-        edge->fpos     = seg->pos;
-        edge->dir      = seg->dir;
-        edge->opos     = edge->pos = FT_MulFix( seg->pos, scale );
-        seg->edge_next = seg;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        /* if an edge was found, simply add the segment to the edge's */
-        /* list                                                       */
-        seg->edge_next         = found->first;
-        found->last->edge_next = seg;
-        found->last            = seg;
-      }
-    }
-
-
-    /*********************************************************************/
-    /*                                                                   */
-    /* Good, we will now compute each edge's properties according to     */
-    /* segments found on its position.  Basically, these are:            */
-    /*                                                                   */
-    /*  - edge's main direction                                          */
-    /*  - stem edge, serif edge or both (which defaults to stem then)    */
-    /*  - rounded edge, straight or both (which defaults to straight)    */
-    /*  - link for edge                                                  */
-    /*                                                                   */
-    /*********************************************************************/
-
-    /* first of all, set the `edge' field in each segment -- this is */
-    /* required in order to compute edge links                       */
-
-    /*
-     * Note that removing this loop and setting the `edge' field of each
-     * segment directly in the code above slows down execution speed for
-     * some reasons on platforms like the Sun.
-     */
-    {
-      AF_Edge  edges      = axis->edges;
-      AF_Edge  edge_limit = edges + axis->num_edges;
-      AF_Edge  edge;
-
-
-      for ( edge = edges; edge < edge_limit; edge++ )
-      {
-        seg = edge->first;
-        if ( seg )
-          do
-          {
-            seg->edge = edge;
-            seg       = seg->edge_next;
-
-          } while ( seg != edge->first );
-      }
-
-      /* now, compute each edge properties */
-      for ( edge = edges; edge < edge_limit; edge++ )
-      {
-        FT_Int  is_round    = 0;  /* does it contain round segments?    */
-        FT_Int  is_straight = 0;  /* does it contain straight segments? */
-        FT_Pos  ups         = 0;  /* number of upwards segments         */
-        FT_Pos  downs       = 0;  /* number of downwards segments       */
-
-
-        seg = edge->first;
-
-        do
-        {
-          FT_Bool  is_serif;
-
-
-          /* check for roundness of segment */
-          if ( seg->flags & AF_EDGE_ROUND )
-            is_round++;
-          else
-            is_straight++;
-
-          /* check for segment direction */
-          if ( seg->dir == up_dir )
-            ups   += seg->max_coord-seg->min_coord;
-          else
-            downs += seg->max_coord-seg->min_coord;
-
-          /* check for links -- if seg->serif is set, then seg->link must */
-          /* be ignored                                                   */
-          is_serif = (FT_Bool)( seg->serif               &&
-                                seg->serif->edge         &&
-                                seg->serif->edge != edge );
-
-          if ( ( seg->link && seg->link->edge != NULL ) || is_serif )
-          {
-            AF_Edge     edge2;
-            AF_Segment  seg2;
-
-
-            edge2 = edge->link;
-            seg2  = seg->link;
-
-            if ( is_serif )
-            {
-              seg2  = seg->serif;
-              edge2 = edge->serif;
-            }
-
-            if ( edge2 )
-            {
-              FT_Pos  edge_delta;
-              FT_Pos  seg_delta;
-
-
-              edge_delta = edge->fpos - edge2->fpos;
-              if ( edge_delta < 0 )
-                edge_delta = -edge_delta;
-
-              seg_delta = seg->pos - seg2->pos;
-              if ( seg_delta < 0 )
-                seg_delta = -seg_delta;
-
-              if ( seg_delta < edge_delta )
-                edge2 = seg2->edge;
-            }
-            else
-              edge2 = seg2->edge;
-
-            if ( is_serif )
-            {
-              edge->serif   = edge2;
-              edge2->flags |= AF_EDGE_SERIF;
-            }
-            else
-              edge->link  = edge2;
-          }
-
-          seg = seg->edge_next;
-
-        } while ( seg != edge->first );
-
-        /* set the round/straight flags */
-        edge->flags = AF_EDGE_NORMAL;
-
-        if ( is_round > 0 && is_round >= is_straight )
-          edge->flags |= AF_EDGE_ROUND;
-
-#if 0
-        /* set the edge's main direction */
-        edge->dir = AF_DIR_NONE;
-
-        if ( ups > downs )
-          edge->dir = (FT_Char)up_dir;
-
-        else if ( ups < downs )
-          edge->dir = (FT_Char)-up_dir;
-
-        else if ( ups == downs )
-          edge->dir = 0;  /* both up and down! */
-#endif
-
-        /* gets rid of serifs if link is set                */
-        /* XXX: This gets rid of many unpleasant artefacts! */
-        /*      Example: the `c' in cour.pfa at size 13     */
-
-        if ( edge->serif && edge->link )
-          edge->serif = 0;
-      }
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  af_latin_hints_detect_features( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
-                                  AF_Dimension   dim )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error;
-
-
-    error = af_latin_hints_compute_segments( hints, dim );
-    if ( !error )
-    {
-      af_latin_hints_link_segments( hints, dim );
-
-      error = af_latin_hints_compute_edges( hints, dim );
-    }
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  af_latin_hints_compute_blue_edges( AF_GlyphHints    hints,
-                                     AF_LatinMetrics  metrics )
-  {
-    AF_AxisHints  axis       = &hints->axis[ AF_DIMENSION_VERT ];
-    AF_Edge       edge       = axis->edges;
-    AF_Edge       edge_limit = edge + axis->num_edges;
-    AF_LatinAxis  latin      = &metrics->axis[ AF_DIMENSION_VERT ];
-    FT_Fixed      scale      = latin->scale;
-
-
-    /* compute which blue zones are active, i.e. have their scaled */
-    /* size < 3/4 pixels                                           */
-
-    /* for each horizontal edge search the blue zone which is closest */
-    for ( ; edge < edge_limit; edge++ )
-    {
-      FT_Int    bb;
-      AF_Width  best_blue = NULL;
-      FT_Pos    best_dist;  /* initial threshold */
-
-
-      /* compute the initial threshold as a fraction of the EM size */
-      best_dist = FT_MulFix( metrics->units_per_em / 40, scale );
-
-      if ( best_dist > 64 / 2 )
-        best_dist = 64 / 2;
-
-      for ( bb = 0; bb < AF_LATIN_BLUE_MAX; bb++ )
-      {
-        AF_LatinBlue  blue = latin->blues + bb;
-        FT_Bool       is_top_blue, is_major_dir;
-
-
-        /* skip inactive blue zones (i.e., those that are too small) */
-        if ( !( blue->flags & AF_LATIN_BLUE_ACTIVE ) )
-          continue;
-
-        /* if it is a top zone, check for right edges -- if it is a bottom */
-        /* zone, check for left edges                                      */
-        /*                                                                 */
-        /* of course, that's for TrueType                                  */
-        is_top_blue  = (FT_Byte)( ( blue->flags & AF_LATIN_BLUE_TOP ) != 0 );
-        is_major_dir = FT_BOOL( edge->dir == axis->major_dir );
-
-        /* if it is a top zone, the edge must be against the major    */
-        /* direction; if it is a bottom zone, it must be in the major */
-        /* direction                                                  */
-        if ( is_top_blue ^ is_major_dir )
-        {
-          FT_Pos  dist;
-
-
-          /* first of all, compare it to the reference position */
-          dist = edge->fpos - blue->ref.org;
-          if ( dist < 0 )
-            dist = -dist;
-
-          dist = FT_MulFix( dist, scale );
-          if ( dist < best_dist )
-          {
-            best_dist = dist;
-            best_blue = & blue->ref;
-          }
-
-          /* now, compare it to the overshoot position if the edge is     */
-          /* rounded, and if the edge is over the reference position of a */
-          /* top zone, or under the reference position of a bottom zone   */
-          if ( edge->flags & AF_EDGE_ROUND && dist != 0 )
-          {
-            FT_Bool  is_under_ref = FT_BOOL( edge->fpos < blue->ref.org );
-
-
-            if ( is_top_blue ^ is_under_ref )
-            {
-              blue = latin->blues + bb;
-              dist = edge->fpos - blue->shoot.org;
-              if ( dist < 0 )
-                dist = -dist;
-
-              dist = FT_MulFix( dist, scale );
-              if ( dist < best_dist )
-              {
-                best_dist = dist;
-                best_blue = & blue->shoot;
-              }
-            }
-          }
-        }
-      }
-
-      if ( best_blue )
-        edge->blue_edge = best_blue;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  af_latin_hints_init( AF_GlyphHints    hints,
-                       AF_LatinMetrics  metrics )
-  {
-    FT_Render_Mode  mode;
-    FT_UInt32       scaler_flags, other_flags;
-    FT_Face         face = metrics->root.scaler.face;
-
-
-    af_glyph_hints_rescale( hints, (AF_ScriptMetrics)metrics );
-
-    /*
-     *  correct x_scale and y_scale if needed, since they may have
-     *  been modified `af_latin_metrics_scale_dim' above
-     */
-    hints->x_scale = metrics->axis[AF_DIMENSION_HORZ].scale;
-    hints->x_delta = metrics->axis[AF_DIMENSION_HORZ].delta;
-    hints->y_scale = metrics->axis[AF_DIMENSION_VERT].scale;
-    hints->y_delta = metrics->axis[AF_DIMENSION_VERT].delta;
-
-    /* compute flags depending on render mode, etc. */
-    mode = metrics->root.scaler.render_mode;
-
-#if 0 /* #ifdef AF_USE_WARPER */
-    if ( mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD || mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V )
-    {
-      metrics->root.scaler.render_mode = mode = FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    scaler_flags = hints->scaler_flags;
-    other_flags  = 0;
-
-    /*
-     *  We snap the width of vertical stems for the monochrome and
-     *  horizontal LCD rendering targets only.
-     */
-    if ( mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO || mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD )
-      other_flags |= AF_LATIN_HINTS_HORZ_SNAP;
-
-    /*
-     *  We snap the width of horizontal stems for the monochrome and
-     *  vertical LCD rendering targets only.
-     */
-    if ( mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO || mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V )
-      other_flags |= AF_LATIN_HINTS_VERT_SNAP;
-
-    /*
-     *  We adjust stems to full pixels only if we don't use the `light' mode.
-     */
-    if ( mode != FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT )
-      other_flags |= AF_LATIN_HINTS_STEM_ADJUST;
-
-    if ( mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO )
-      other_flags |= AF_LATIN_HINTS_MONO;
-
-    /*
-     *  In `light' hinting mode we disable horizontal hinting completely.
-     *  We also do it if the face is italic.
-     */
-    if ( mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT                    ||
-         (face->style_flags & FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC) != 0 )
-      scaler_flags |= AF_SCALER_FLAG_NO_HORIZONTAL;
-
-    hints->scaler_flags = scaler_flags;
-    hints->other_flags  = other_flags;
-
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****        L A T I N   G L Y P H   G R I D - F I T T I N G        *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /* snap a given width in scaled coordinates to one of the */
-  /* current standard widths                                */
-
-  static FT_Pos
-  af_latin_snap_width( AF_Width  widths,
-                       FT_Int    count,
-                       FT_Pos    width )
-  {
-    int     n;
-    FT_Pos  best      = 64 + 32 + 2;
-    FT_Pos  reference = width;
-    FT_Pos  scaled;
-
-
-    for ( n = 0; n < count; n++ )
-    {
-      FT_Pos  w;
-      FT_Pos  dist;
-
-
-      w = widths[n].cur;
-      dist = width - w;
-      if ( dist < 0 )
-        dist = -dist;
-      if ( dist < best )
-      {
-        best      = dist;
-        reference = w;
-      }
-    }
-
-    scaled = FT_PIX_ROUND( reference );
-
-    if ( width >= reference )
-    {
-      if ( width < scaled + 48 )
-        width = reference;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      if ( width > scaled - 48 )
-        width = reference;
-    }
-
-    return width;
-  }
-
-
-  /* compute the snapped width of a given stem */
-
-  static FT_Pos
-  af_latin_compute_stem_width( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
-                               AF_Dimension   dim,
-                               FT_Pos         width,
-                               AF_Edge_Flags  base_flags,
-                               AF_Edge_Flags  stem_flags )
-  {
-    AF_LatinMetrics  metrics  = (AF_LatinMetrics) hints->metrics;
-    AF_LatinAxis     axis     = & metrics->axis[dim];
-    FT_Pos           dist     = width;
-    FT_Int           sign     = 0;
-    FT_Int           vertical = ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_VERT );
-
-
-    if ( !AF_LATIN_HINTS_DO_STEM_ADJUST( hints ) ||
-          axis->extra_light                      )
-      return width;
-
-    if ( dist < 0 )
-    {
-      dist = -width;
-      sign = 1;
-    }
-
-    if ( (  vertical && !AF_LATIN_HINTS_DO_VERT_SNAP( hints ) ) ||
-         ( !vertical && !AF_LATIN_HINTS_DO_HORZ_SNAP( hints ) ) )
-    {
-      /* smooth hinting process: very lightly quantize the stem width */
-
-      /* leave the widths of serifs alone */
-
-      if ( ( stem_flags & AF_EDGE_SERIF ) && vertical && ( dist < 3 * 64 ) )
-        goto Done_Width;
-
-      else if ( ( base_flags & AF_EDGE_ROUND ) )
-      {
-        if ( dist < 80 )
-          dist = 64;
-      }
-      else if ( dist < 56 )
-        dist = 56;
-
-      if ( axis->width_count > 0 )
-      {
-        FT_Pos  delta;
-
-
-        /* compare to standard width */
-        if ( axis->width_count > 0 )
-        {
-          delta = dist - axis->widths[0].cur;
-
-          if ( delta < 0 )
-            delta = -delta;
-
-          if ( delta < 40 )
-          {
-            dist = axis->widths[0].cur;
-            if ( dist < 48 )
-              dist = 48;
-
-            goto Done_Width;
-          }
-        }
-
-        if ( dist < 3 * 64 )
-        {
-          delta  = dist & 63;
-          dist  &= -64;
-
-          if ( delta < 10 )
-            dist += delta;
-
-          else if ( delta < 32 )
-            dist += 10;
-
-          else if ( delta < 54 )
-            dist += 54;
-
-          else
-            dist += delta;
-        }
-        else
-          dist = ( dist + 32 ) & ~63;
-      }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* strong hinting process: snap the stem width to integer pixels */
-      FT_Pos  org_dist = dist;
-
-
-      dist = af_latin_snap_width( axis->widths, axis->width_count, dist );
-
-      if ( vertical )
-      {
-        /* in the case of vertical hinting, always round */
-        /* the stem heights to integer pixels            */
-
-        if ( dist >= 64 )
-          dist = ( dist + 16 ) & ~63;
-        else
-          dist = 64;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        if ( AF_LATIN_HINTS_DO_MONO( hints ) )
-        {
-          /* monochrome horizontal hinting: snap widths to integer pixels */
-          /* with a different threshold                                   */
-
-          if ( dist < 64 )
-            dist = 64;
-          else
-            dist = ( dist + 32 ) & ~63;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          /* for horizontal anti-aliased hinting, we adopt a more subtle */
-          /* approach: we strengthen small stems, round stems whose size */
-          /* is between 1 and 2 pixels to an integer, otherwise nothing  */
-
-          if ( dist < 48 )
-            dist = ( dist + 64 ) >> 1;
-
-          else if ( dist < 128 )
-          {
-            /* We only round to an integer width if the corresponding */
-            /* distortion is less than 1/4 pixel.  Otherwise this     */
-            /* makes everything worse since the diagonals, which are  */
-            /* not hinted, appear a lot bolder or thinner than the    */
-            /* vertical stems.                                        */
-
-            FT_Int  delta;
-
-
-            dist = ( dist + 22 ) & ~63;
-            delta = dist - org_dist;
-            if ( delta < 0 )
-              delta = -delta;
-
-            if (delta >= 16)
-            {
-              dist = org_dist;
-              if ( dist < 48 )
-                dist = ( dist + 64 ) >> 1;
-            }
-          }
-          else
-            /* round otherwise to prevent color fringes in LCD mode */
-            dist = ( dist + 32 ) & ~63;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-  Done_Width:
-    if ( sign )
-      dist = -dist;
-
-    return dist;
-  }
-
-
-  /* align one stem edge relative to the previous stem edge */
-
-  static void
-  af_latin_align_linked_edge( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
-                              AF_Dimension   dim,
-                              AF_Edge        base_edge,
-                              AF_Edge        stem_edge )
-  {
-    FT_Pos  dist = stem_edge->opos - base_edge->opos;
-
-    FT_Pos  fitted_width = af_latin_compute_stem_width(
-                             hints, dim, dist,
-                             (AF_Edge_Flags)base_edge->flags,
-                             (AF_Edge_Flags)stem_edge->flags );
-
-
-    stem_edge->pos = base_edge->pos + fitted_width;
-
-    AF_LOG(( "LINK: edge %d (opos=%.2f) linked to (%.2f), "
-             "dist was %.2f, now %.2f\n",
-             stem_edge-hints->axis[dim].edges, stem_edge->opos / 64.0,
-             stem_edge->pos / 64.0, dist / 64.0, fitted_width / 64.0 ));
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  af_latin_align_serif_edge( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
-                             AF_Edge        base,
-                             AF_Edge        serif )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( hints );
-
-    serif->pos = base->pos + (serif->opos - base->opos);
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****                    E D G E   H I N T I N G                      ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  af_latin_hint_edges( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
-                       AF_Dimension   dim )
-  {
-    AF_AxisHints  axis       = &hints->axis[dim];
-    AF_Edge       edges      = axis->edges;
-    AF_Edge       edge_limit = edges + axis->num_edges;
-    FT_Int        n_edges;
-    AF_Edge       edge;
-    AF_Edge       anchor     = 0;
-    FT_Int        has_serifs = 0;
-
-
-    /* we begin by aligning all stems relative to the blue zone */
-    /* if needed -- that's only for horizontal edges            */
-
-    if ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_VERT && AF_HINTS_DO_BLUES( hints ) )
-    {
-      for ( edge = edges; edge < edge_limit; edge++ )
-      {
-        AF_Width  blue;
-        AF_Edge   edge1, edge2;
-
-
-        if ( edge->flags & AF_EDGE_DONE )
-          continue;
-
-        blue  = edge->blue_edge;
-        edge1 = NULL;
-        edge2 = edge->link;
-
-        if ( blue )
-        {
-          edge1 = edge;
-        }
-        else if ( edge2 && edge2->blue_edge )
-        {
-          blue  = edge2->blue_edge;
-          edge1 = edge2;
-          edge2 = edge;
-        }
-
-        if ( !edge1 )
-          continue;
-
-        AF_LOG(( "BLUE: edge %d (opos=%.2f) snapped to (%.2f), "
-                 "was (%.2f)\n",
-                 edge1-edges, edge1->opos / 64.0, blue->fit / 64.0,
-                 edge1->pos / 64.0 ));
-
-        edge1->pos    = blue->fit;
-        edge1->flags |= AF_EDGE_DONE;
-
-        if ( edge2 && !edge2->blue_edge )
-        {
-          af_latin_align_linked_edge( hints, dim, edge1, edge2 );
-          edge2->flags |= AF_EDGE_DONE;
-        }
-
-        if ( !anchor )
-          anchor = edge;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* now we will align all stem edges, trying to maintain the */
-    /* relative order of stems in the glyph                     */
-    for ( edge = edges; edge < edge_limit; edge++ )
-    {
-      AF_Edge  edge2;
-
-
-      if ( edge->flags & AF_EDGE_DONE )
-        continue;
-
-      /* skip all non-stem edges */
-      edge2 = edge->link;
-      if ( !edge2 )
-      {
-        has_serifs++;
-        continue;
-      }
-
-      /* now align the stem */
-
-      /* this should not happen, but it's better to be safe */
-      if ( edge2->blue_edge )
-      {
-        AF_LOG(( "ASSERTION FAILED for edge %d\n", edge2-edges ));
-
-        af_latin_align_linked_edge( hints, dim, edge2, edge );
-        edge->flags |= AF_EDGE_DONE;
-        continue;
-      }
-
-      if ( !anchor )
-      {
-        FT_Pos  org_len, org_center, cur_len;
-        FT_Pos  cur_pos1, error1, error2, u_off, d_off;
-
-
-        org_len = edge2->opos - edge->opos;
-        cur_len = af_latin_compute_stem_width(
-                    hints, dim, org_len,
-                    (AF_Edge_Flags)edge->flags,
-                    (AF_Edge_Flags)edge2->flags );
-        if ( cur_len <= 64 )
-          u_off = d_off = 32;
-        else
-        {
-          u_off = 38;
-          d_off = 26;
-        }
-
-        if ( cur_len < 96 )
-        {
-          org_center = edge->opos + ( org_len >> 1 );
-
-          cur_pos1   = FT_PIX_ROUND( org_center );
-
-          error1 = org_center - ( cur_pos1 - u_off );
-          if ( error1 < 0 )
-            error1 = -error1;
-
-          error2 = org_center - ( cur_pos1 + d_off );
-          if ( error2 < 0 )
-            error2 = -error2;
-
-          if ( error1 < error2 )
-            cur_pos1 -= u_off;
-          else
-            cur_pos1 += d_off;
-
-          edge->pos  = cur_pos1 - cur_len / 2;
-          edge2->pos = edge->pos + cur_len;
-        }
-        else
-          edge->pos = FT_PIX_ROUND( edge->opos );
-
-        AF_LOG(( "ANCHOR: edge %d (opos=%.2f) and %d (opos=%.2f) "
-                 "snapped to (%.2f) (%.2f)\n",
-                 edge-edges, edge->opos / 64.0,
-                 edge2-edges, edge2->opos / 64.0,
-                 edge->pos / 64.0, edge2->pos / 64.0 ));
-        anchor = edge;
-
-        edge->flags |= AF_EDGE_DONE;
-
-        af_latin_align_linked_edge( hints, dim, edge, edge2 );
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        FT_Pos  org_pos, org_len, org_center, cur_len;
-        FT_Pos  cur_pos1, cur_pos2, delta1, delta2;
-
-
-        org_pos    = anchor->pos + ( edge->opos - anchor->opos );
-        org_len    = edge2->opos - edge->opos;
-        org_center = org_pos + ( org_len >> 1 );
-
-        cur_len = af_latin_compute_stem_width(
-                   hints, dim, org_len,
-                   (AF_Edge_Flags)edge->flags,
-                   (AF_Edge_Flags)edge2->flags );
-
-        if ( edge2->flags & AF_EDGE_DONE )
-          edge->pos = edge2->pos - cur_len;
-
-        else if ( cur_len < 96 )
-        {
-          FT_Pos  u_off, d_off;
-
-
-          cur_pos1 = FT_PIX_ROUND( org_center );
-
-          if (cur_len <= 64 )
-            u_off = d_off = 32;
-          else
-          {
-            u_off = 38;
-            d_off = 26;
-          }
-
-          delta1 = org_center - ( cur_pos1 - u_off );
-          if ( delta1 < 0 )
-            delta1 = -delta1;
-
-          delta2 = org_center - ( cur_pos1 + d_off );
-          if ( delta2 < 0 )
-            delta2 = -delta2;
-
-          if ( delta1 < delta2 )
-            cur_pos1 -= u_off;
-          else
-            cur_pos1 += d_off;
-
-          edge->pos  = cur_pos1 - cur_len / 2;
-          edge2->pos = cur_pos1 + cur_len / 2;
-
-          AF_LOG(( "STEM: %d (opos=%.2f) to %d (opos=%.2f) "
-                   "snapped to (%.2f) and (%.2f)\n",
-                   edge-edges, edge->opos / 64.0,
-                   edge2-edges, edge2->opos / 64.0,
-                   edge->pos / 64.0, edge2->pos / 64.0 ));
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          org_pos    = anchor->pos + ( edge->opos - anchor->opos );
-          org_len    = edge2->opos - edge->opos;
-          org_center = org_pos + ( org_len >> 1 );
-
-          cur_len    = af_latin_compute_stem_width(
-                         hints, dim, org_len,
-                         (AF_Edge_Flags)edge->flags,
-                         (AF_Edge_Flags)edge2->flags );
-
-          cur_pos1   = FT_PIX_ROUND( org_pos );
-          delta1     = cur_pos1 + ( cur_len >> 1 ) - org_center;
-          if ( delta1 < 0 )
-            delta1 = -delta1;
-
-          cur_pos2   = FT_PIX_ROUND( org_pos + org_len ) - cur_len;
-          delta2     = cur_pos2 + ( cur_len >> 1 ) - org_center;
-          if ( delta2 < 0 )
-            delta2 = -delta2;
-
-          edge->pos  = ( delta1 < delta2 ) ? cur_pos1 : cur_pos2;
-          edge2->pos = edge->pos + cur_len;
-
-          AF_LOG(( "STEM: %d (opos=%.2f) to %d (opos=%.2f) "
-                   "snapped to (%.2f) and (%.2f)\n",
-                   edge-edges, edge->opos / 64.0,
-                   edge2-edges, edge2->opos / 64.0,
-                   edge->pos / 64.0, edge2->pos / 64.0 ));
-        }
-
-        edge->flags  |= AF_EDGE_DONE;
-        edge2->flags |= AF_EDGE_DONE;
-
-        if ( edge > edges && edge->pos < edge[-1].pos )
-        {
-          AF_LOG(( "BOUND: %d (pos=%.2f) to (%.2f)\n",
-                   edge-edges, edge->pos / 64.0, edge[-1].pos / 64.0 ));
-          edge->pos = edge[-1].pos;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* make sure that lowercase m's maintain their symmetry */
-
-    /* In general, lowercase m's have six vertical edges if they are sans */
-    /* serif, or twelve if they are with serifs.  This implementation is  */
-    /* based on that assumption, and seems to work very well with most    */
-    /* faces.  However, if for a certain face this assumption is not      */
-    /* true, the m is just rendered like before.  In addition, any stem   */
-    /* correction will only be applied to symmetrical glyphs (even if the */
-    /* glyph is not an m), so the potential for unwanted distortion is    */
-    /* relatively low.                                                    */
-
-    /* We don't handle horizontal edges since we can't easily assure that */
-    /* the third (lowest) stem aligns with the base line; it might end up */
-    /* one pixel higher or lower.                                         */
-
-    n_edges = edge_limit - edges;
-    if ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ && ( n_edges == 6 || n_edges == 12 ) )
-    {
-      AF_Edge  edge1, edge2, edge3;
-      FT_Pos   dist1, dist2, span, delta;
-
-
-      if ( n_edges == 6 )
-      {
-        edge1 = edges;
-        edge2 = edges + 2;
-        edge3 = edges + 4;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        edge1 = edges + 1;
-        edge2 = edges + 5;
-        edge3 = edges + 9;
-      }
-
-      dist1 = edge2->opos - edge1->opos;
-      dist2 = edge3->opos - edge2->opos;
-
-      span = dist1 - dist2;
-      if ( span < 0 )
-        span = -span;
-
-      if ( span < 8 )
-      {
-        delta = edge3->pos - ( 2 * edge2->pos - edge1->pos );
-        edge3->pos -= delta;
-        if ( edge3->link )
-          edge3->link->pos -= delta;
-
-        /* move the serifs along with the stem */
-        if ( n_edges == 12 )
-        {
-          ( edges + 8 )->pos -= delta;
-          ( edges + 11 )->pos -= delta;
-        }
-
-        edge3->flags |= AF_EDGE_DONE;
-        if ( edge3->link )
-          edge3->link->flags |= AF_EDGE_DONE;
-      }
-    }
-
-    if ( has_serifs || !anchor )
-    {
-      /*
-       *  now hint the remaining edges (serifs and single) in order
-       *  to complete our processing
-       */
-      for ( edge = edges; edge < edge_limit; edge++ )
-      {
-        FT_Pos  delta;
-
-
-        if ( edge->flags & AF_EDGE_DONE )
-          continue;
-
-        delta = 1000;
-
-        if ( edge->serif )
-        {
-          delta = edge->serif->opos - edge->opos;
-          if ( delta < 0 )
-            delta = -delta;
-        }
-
-        if ( delta < 64 + 16 )
-        {
-          af_latin_align_serif_edge( hints, edge->serif, edge );
-          AF_LOG(( "SERIF: edge %d (opos=%.2f) serif to %d (opos=%.2f) "
-                   "aligned to (%.2f)\n",
-                   edge-edges, edge->opos / 64.0,
-                   edge->serif - edges, edge->serif->opos / 64.0,
-                   edge->pos / 64.0 ));
-        }
-        else if ( !anchor )
-        {
-          AF_LOG(( "SERIF_ANCHOR: edge %d (opos=%.2f) snapped to (%.2f)\n",
-                   edge-edges, edge->opos / 64.0, edge->pos / 64.0 ));
-          edge->pos = FT_PIX_ROUND( edge->opos );
-          anchor    = edge;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          AF_Edge  before, after;
-
-
-          for ( before = edge - 1; before >= edges; before-- )
-            if ( before->flags & AF_EDGE_DONE )
-              break;
-
-          for ( after = edge + 1; after < edge_limit; after++ )
-            if ( after->flags & AF_EDGE_DONE )
-              break;
-
-          if ( before >= edges && before < edge   &&
-               after < edge_limit && after > edge )
-          {
-            edge->pos = before->pos +
-                          FT_MulDiv( edge->opos - before->opos,
-                                     after->pos - before->pos,
-                                     after->opos - before->opos );
-            AF_LOG(( "SERIF_LINK1: edge %d (opos=%.2f) snapped to (%.2f) "
-                     "from %d (opos=%.2f)\n",
-                     edge-edges, edge->opos / 64.0,
-                     edge->pos / 64.0, before - edges,
-                     before->opos / 64.0 ));
-          }
-          else
-          {
-            edge->pos = anchor->pos +
-                        ( ( edge->opos - anchor->opos + 16 ) & ~31 );
-            AF_LOG(( "SERIF_LINK2: edge %d (opos=%.2f) snapped to (%.2f)\n",
-                     edge-edges, edge->opos / 64.0, edge->pos / 64.0 ));
-          }
-        }
-
-        edge->flags |= AF_EDGE_DONE;
-
-        if ( edge > edges && edge->pos < edge[-1].pos )
-          edge->pos = edge[-1].pos;
-
-        if ( edge + 1 < edge_limit        &&
-             edge[1].flags & AF_EDGE_DONE &&
-             edge->pos > edge[1].pos      )
-          edge->pos = edge[1].pos;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  af_latin_hints_apply( AF_GlyphHints    hints,
-                        FT_Outline*      outline,
-                        AF_LatinMetrics  metrics )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error;
-    int       dim;
-
-
-    error = af_glyph_hints_reload( hints, outline, 1 );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* analyze glyph outline */
-#ifdef AF_USE_WARPER
-    if ( metrics->root.scaler.render_mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT ||
-         AF_HINTS_DO_HORIZONTAL( hints ) )
-#else
-    if ( AF_HINTS_DO_HORIZONTAL( hints ) )
-#endif
-    {
-      error = af_latin_hints_detect_features( hints, AF_DIMENSION_HORZ );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    if ( AF_HINTS_DO_VERTICAL( hints ) )
-    {
-      error = af_latin_hints_detect_features( hints, AF_DIMENSION_VERT );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      af_latin_hints_compute_blue_edges( hints, metrics );
-    }
-
-    /* grid-fit the outline */
-    for ( dim = 0; dim < AF_DIMENSION_MAX; dim++ )
-    {
-#ifdef AF_USE_WARPER
-      if ( ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ &&
-             metrics->root.scaler.render_mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT ) )
-      {
-        AF_WarperRec  warper;
-        FT_Fixed      scale;
-        FT_Pos        delta;
-
-
-        af_warper_compute( &warper, hints, dim, &scale, &delta );
-        af_glyph_hints_scale_dim( hints, dim, scale, delta );
-        continue;
-      }
-#endif
-
-      if ( ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ && AF_HINTS_DO_HORIZONTAL( hints ) ) ||
-           ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_VERT && AF_HINTS_DO_VERTICAL( hints ) )   )
-      {
-        af_latin_hint_edges( hints, (AF_Dimension)dim );
-        af_glyph_hints_align_edge_points( hints, (AF_Dimension)dim );
-        af_glyph_hints_align_strong_points( hints, (AF_Dimension)dim );
-        af_glyph_hints_align_weak_points( hints, (AF_Dimension)dim );
-      }
-    }
-    af_glyph_hints_save( hints, outline );
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****              L A T I N   S C R I P T   C L A S S              *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /* XXX: this should probably fine tuned to differentiate better between */
-  /*      scripts...                                                      */
-
-  static const AF_Script_UniRangeRec  af_latin_uniranges[] =
-  {
-    { 0x0020, 0x007F },  /* Basic Latin (no control characters) */
-    { 0x00A0, 0x00FF },  /* Latin-1 Supplement (no control characters) */
-    { 0x0100, 0x017F },  /* Latin Extended-A */
-    { 0x0180, 0x024F },  /* Latin Extended-B */
-    { 0x0250, 0x02AF },  /* IPA Extensions */
-    { 0x02B0, 0x02FF },  /* Spacing Modifier Letters */
-    { 0x0300, 0x036F },  /* Combining Diacritical Marks */
-    { 0x0370, 0x03FF },  /* Greek and Coptic */
-    { 0x0400, 0x04FF },  /* Cyrillic */
-    { 0x0500, 0x052F },  /* Cyrillic Supplement */
-    { 0x1D00, 0x1D7F },  /* Phonetic Extensions */
-    { 0x1D80, 0x1DBF },  /* Phonetic Extensions Supplement */
-    { 0x1DC0, 0x1DFF },  /* Combining Diacritical Marks Supplement */
-    { 0x1E00, 0x1EFF },  /* Latin Extended Additional */
-    { 0x1F00, 0x1FFF },  /* Greek Extended */
-    { 0x2000, 0x206F },  /* General Punctuation */
-    { 0x2070, 0x209F },  /* Superscripts and Subscripts */
-    { 0x20A0, 0x20CF },  /* Currency Symbols */
-    { 0x2150, 0x218F },  /* Number Forms */
-    { 0x2460, 0x24FF },  /* Enclosed Alphanumerics */
-    { 0     , 0      }
-  };
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF const AF_ScriptClassRec
-  af_latin_script_class =
-  {
-    AF_SCRIPT_LATIN,
-    af_latin_uniranges,
-
-    sizeof( AF_LatinMetricsRec ),
-
-    (AF_Script_InitMetricsFunc) af_latin_metrics_init,
-    (AF_Script_ScaleMetricsFunc)af_latin_metrics_scale,
-    (AF_Script_DoneMetricsFunc) NULL,
-
-    (AF_Script_InitHintsFunc)   af_latin_hints_init,
-    (AF_Script_ApplyHintsFunc)  af_latin_hints_apply
-  };
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/aflatin.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/aflatin.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 3251d37..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/aflatin.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,209 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  aflatin.h                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Auto-fitter hinting routines for latin script (specification).       */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by                              */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __AFLATIN_H__
-#define __AFLATIN_H__
-
-#include "afhints.h"
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /* the latin-specific script class */
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE const AF_ScriptClassRec
-  af_latin_script_class;
-
-
-/* constants are given with units_per_em == 2048 in mind */
-#define AF_LATIN_CONSTANT( metrics, c ) \
-  ( ( (c) * (FT_Long)( (AF_LatinMetrics)(metrics) )->units_per_em ) / 2048 )
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****            L A T I N   G L O B A L   M E T R I C S            *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*
-   *  The following declarations could be embedded in the file `aflatin.c';
-   *  they have been made semi-public to allow alternate script hinters to
-   *  re-use some of them.
-   */
-
-
-  /* Latin (global) metrics management */
-
-  enum
-  {
-    AF_LATIN_BLUE_CAPITAL_TOP,
-    AF_LATIN_BLUE_CAPITAL_BOTTOM,
-    AF_LATIN_BLUE_SMALL_F_TOP,
-    AF_LATIN_BLUE_SMALL_TOP,
-    AF_LATIN_BLUE_SMALL_BOTTOM,
-    AF_LATIN_BLUE_SMALL_MINOR,
-
-    AF_LATIN_BLUE_MAX
-  };
-
-
-#define AF_LATIN_IS_TOP_BLUE( b )  ( (b) == AF_LATIN_BLUE_CAPITAL_TOP || \
-                                     (b) == AF_LATIN_BLUE_SMALL_F_TOP || \
-                                     (b) == AF_LATIN_BLUE_SMALL_TOP   )
-
-#define AF_LATIN_MAX_WIDTHS  16
-#define AF_LATIN_MAX_BLUES   AF_LATIN_BLUE_MAX
-
-
-  enum
-  {
-    AF_LATIN_BLUE_ACTIVE     = 1 << 0,
-    AF_LATIN_BLUE_TOP        = 1 << 1,
-    AF_LATIN_BLUE_ADJUSTMENT = 1 << 2,  /* used for scale adjustment */
-                                        /* optimization              */
-    AF_LATIN_BLUE_FLAG_MAX
-  };
-
-
-  typedef struct  AF_LatinBlueRec_
-  {
-    AF_WidthRec  ref;
-    AF_WidthRec  shoot;
-    FT_UInt      flags;
-
-  } AF_LatinBlueRec, *AF_LatinBlue;
-
-
-  typedef struct  AF_LatinAxisRec_
-  {
-    FT_Fixed         scale;
-    FT_Pos           delta;
-
-    FT_UInt          width_count;
-    AF_WidthRec      widths[AF_LATIN_MAX_WIDTHS];
-    FT_Pos           edge_distance_threshold;
-    FT_Pos           standard_width;
-    FT_Bool          extra_light;
-
-    /* ignored for horizontal metrics */
-    FT_Bool          control_overshoot;
-    FT_UInt          blue_count;
-    AF_LatinBlueRec  blues[AF_LATIN_BLUE_MAX];
-
-    FT_Fixed         org_scale;
-    FT_Pos           org_delta;
-
-  } AF_LatinAxisRec, *AF_LatinAxis;
-
-
-  typedef struct  AF_LatinMetricsRec_
-  {
-    AF_ScriptMetricsRec  root;
-    FT_UInt              units_per_em;
-    AF_LatinAxisRec      axis[AF_DIMENSION_MAX];
-
-  } AF_LatinMetricsRec, *AF_LatinMetrics;
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  af_latin_metrics_init( AF_LatinMetrics  metrics,
-                         FT_Face          face );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  af_latin_metrics_scale( AF_LatinMetrics  metrics,
-                          AF_Scaler        scaler );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  af_latin_metrics_init_widths( AF_LatinMetrics  metrics,
-                                FT_Face          face,
-                                FT_ULong         charcode );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****           L A T I N   G L Y P H   A N A L Y S I S             *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  enum
-  {
-    AF_LATIN_HINTS_HORZ_SNAP   = 1 << 0, /* enable stem width snapping  */
-    AF_LATIN_HINTS_VERT_SNAP   = 1 << 1, /* enable stem height snapping */
-    AF_LATIN_HINTS_STEM_ADJUST = 1 << 2, /* enable stem width/height    */
-                                         /* adjustment                  */
-    AF_LATIN_HINTS_MONO        = 1 << 3  /* indicate monochrome         */
-                                         /* rendering                   */
-  };
-
-
-#define AF_LATIN_HINTS_DO_HORZ_SNAP( h )             \
-  AF_HINTS_TEST_OTHER( h, AF_LATIN_HINTS_HORZ_SNAP )
-
-#define AF_LATIN_HINTS_DO_VERT_SNAP( h )             \
-  AF_HINTS_TEST_OTHER( h, AF_LATIN_HINTS_VERT_SNAP )
-
-#define AF_LATIN_HINTS_DO_STEM_ADJUST( h )             \
-  AF_HINTS_TEST_OTHER( h, AF_LATIN_HINTS_STEM_ADJUST )
-
-#define AF_LATIN_HINTS_DO_MONO( h )             \
-  AF_HINTS_TEST_OTHER( h, AF_LATIN_HINTS_MONO )
-
-
-  /*
-   *  This shouldn't normally be exported.  However, other scripts might
-   *  like to use this function as-is.
-   */
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  af_latin_hints_compute_segments( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
-                                   AF_Dimension   dim );
-
-  /*
-   *  This shouldn't normally be exported.  However, other scripts might
-   *  want to use this function as-is.
-   */
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  af_latin_hints_link_segments( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
-                                AF_Dimension   dim );
-
-  /*
-   *  This shouldn't normally be exported.  However, other scripts might
-   *  want to use this function as-is.
-   */
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  af_latin_hints_compute_edges( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
-                                AF_Dimension   dim );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  af_latin_hints_detect_features( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
-                                  AF_Dimension   dim );
-
-/* */
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __AFLATIN_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/aflatin2.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/aflatin2.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b41774..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/aflatin2.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2286 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  aflatin.c                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Auto-fitter hinting routines for latin script (body).                */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by                              */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include "aflatin.h"
-#include "aflatin2.h"
-#include "aferrors.h"
-
-
-#ifdef AF_USE_WARPER
-#include "afwarp.h"
-#endif
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  af_latin2_hints_compute_segments( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
-                                   AF_Dimension   dim );
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  af_latin2_hints_link_segments( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
-                                 AF_Dimension   dim );
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****            L A T I N   G L O B A L   M E T R I C S            *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  af_latin2_metrics_init_widths( AF_LatinMetrics  metrics,
-                                FT_Face          face,
-                                FT_ULong         charcode )
-  {
-    /* scan the array of segments in each direction */
-    AF_GlyphHintsRec  hints[1];
-
-
-    af_glyph_hints_init( hints, face->memory );
-
-    metrics->axis[AF_DIMENSION_HORZ].width_count = 0;
-    metrics->axis[AF_DIMENSION_VERT].width_count = 0;
-
-    {
-      FT_Error             error;
-      FT_UInt              glyph_index;
-      int                  dim;
-      AF_LatinMetricsRec   dummy[1];
-      AF_Scaler            scaler = &dummy->root.scaler;
-
-
-      glyph_index = FT_Get_Char_Index( face, charcode );
-      if ( glyph_index == 0 )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      error = FT_Load_Glyph( face, glyph_index, FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE );
-      if ( error || face->glyph->outline.n_points <= 0 )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      FT_ZERO( dummy );
-
-      dummy->units_per_em = metrics->units_per_em;
-      scaler->x_scale     = scaler->y_scale = 0x10000L;
-      scaler->x_delta     = scaler->y_delta = 0;
-      scaler->face        = face;
-      scaler->render_mode = FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL;
-      scaler->flags       = 0;
-
-      af_glyph_hints_rescale( hints, (AF_ScriptMetrics)dummy );
-
-      error = af_glyph_hints_reload( hints, &face->glyph->outline, 0 );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      for ( dim = 0; dim < AF_DIMENSION_MAX; dim++ )
-      {
-        AF_LatinAxis  axis    = &metrics->axis[dim];
-        AF_AxisHints  axhints = &hints->axis[dim];
-        AF_Segment    seg, limit, link;
-        FT_UInt       num_widths = 0;
-
-
-        error = af_latin2_hints_compute_segments( hints,
-                                                 (AF_Dimension)dim );
-        if ( error )
-          goto Exit;
-
-        af_latin2_hints_link_segments( hints,
-                                      (AF_Dimension)dim );
-
-        seg   = axhints->segments;
-        limit = seg + axhints->num_segments;
-
-        for ( ; seg < limit; seg++ )
-        {
-          link = seg->link;
-
-          /* we only consider stem segments there! */
-          if ( link && link->link == seg && link > seg )
-          {
-            FT_Pos  dist;
-
-
-            dist = seg->pos - link->pos;
-            if ( dist < 0 )
-              dist = -dist;
-
-            if ( num_widths < AF_LATIN_MAX_WIDTHS )
-              axis->widths[ num_widths++ ].org = dist;
-          }
-        }
-
-        af_sort_widths( num_widths, axis->widths );
-        axis->width_count = num_widths;
-      }
-
-  Exit:
-      for ( dim = 0; dim < AF_DIMENSION_MAX; dim++ )
-      {
-        AF_LatinAxis  axis = &metrics->axis[dim];
-        FT_Pos        stdw;
-
-
-        stdw = ( axis->width_count > 0 )
-                 ? axis->widths[0].org
-                 : AF_LATIN_CONSTANT( metrics, 50 );
-
-        /* let's try 20% of the smallest width */
-        axis->edge_distance_threshold = stdw / 5;
-        axis->standard_width          = stdw;
-        axis->extra_light             = 0;
-      }
-    }
-
-    af_glyph_hints_done( hints );
-  }
-
-
-
-#define AF_LATIN_MAX_TEST_CHARACTERS  12
-
-
-  static const char* const  af_latin2_blue_chars[AF_LATIN_MAX_BLUES] =
-  {
-    "THEZOCQS",
-    "HEZLOCUS",
-    "fijkdbh",
-    "xzroesc",
-    "xzroesc",
-    "pqgjy"
-  };
-
-
-  static void
-  af_latin2_metrics_init_blues( AF_LatinMetrics  metrics,
-                               FT_Face          face )
-  {
-    FT_Pos        flats [AF_LATIN_MAX_TEST_CHARACTERS];
-    FT_Pos        rounds[AF_LATIN_MAX_TEST_CHARACTERS];
-    FT_Int        num_flats;
-    FT_Int        num_rounds;
-    FT_Int        bb;
-    AF_LatinBlue  blue;
-    FT_Error      error;
-    AF_LatinAxis  axis  = &metrics->axis[AF_DIMENSION_VERT];
-    FT_GlyphSlot  glyph = face->glyph;
-
-
-    /* we compute the blues simply by loading each character from the    */
-    /* 'af_latin2_blue_chars[blues]' string, then compute its top-most or */
-    /* bottom-most points (depending on `AF_IS_TOP_BLUE')                */
-
-    AF_LOG(( "blue zones computation\n" ));
-    AF_LOG(( "------------------------------------------------\n" ));
-
-    for ( bb = 0; bb < AF_LATIN_BLUE_MAX; bb++ )
-    {
-      const char*  p     = af_latin2_blue_chars[bb];
-      const char*  limit = p + AF_LATIN_MAX_TEST_CHARACTERS;
-      FT_Pos*      blue_ref;
-      FT_Pos*      blue_shoot;
-
-
-      AF_LOG(( "blue %3d: ", bb ));
-
-      num_flats  = 0;
-      num_rounds = 0;
-
-      for ( ; p < limit && *p; p++ )
-      {
-        FT_UInt     glyph_index;
-        FT_Int      best_point, best_y, best_first, best_last;
-        FT_Vector*  points;
-        FT_Bool     round;
-
-
-        AF_LOG(( "'%c'", *p ));
-
-        /* load the character in the face -- skip unknown or empty ones */
-        glyph_index = FT_Get_Char_Index( face, (FT_UInt)*p );
-        if ( glyph_index == 0 )
-          continue;
-
-        error = FT_Load_Glyph( face, glyph_index, FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE );
-        if ( error || glyph->outline.n_points <= 0 )
-          continue;
-
-        /* now compute min or max point indices and coordinates */
-        points      = glyph->outline.points;
-        best_point  = -1;
-        best_y      = 0;  /* make compiler happy */
-        best_first  = 0;  /* ditto */
-        best_last   = 0;  /* ditto */
-
-        {
-          FT_Int  nn;
-          FT_Int  first = 0;
-          FT_Int  last  = -1;
-
-
-          for ( nn = 0; nn < glyph->outline.n_contours; first = last+1, nn++ )
-          {
-            FT_Int  old_best_point = best_point;
-            FT_Int  pp;
-
-
-            last = glyph->outline.contours[nn];
-
-            /* Avoid single-point contours since they are never rasterized. */
-            /* In some fonts, they correspond to mark attachment points     */
-            /* which are way outside of the glyph's real outline.           */
-            if ( last == first )
-                continue;
-
-            if ( AF_LATIN_IS_TOP_BLUE( bb ) )
-            {
-              for ( pp = first; pp <= last; pp++ )
-                if ( best_point < 0 || points[pp].y > best_y )
-                {
-                  best_point = pp;
-                  best_y     = points[pp].y;
-                }
-            }
-            else
-            {
-              for ( pp = first; pp <= last; pp++ )
-                if ( best_point < 0 || points[pp].y < best_y )
-                {
-                  best_point = pp;
-                  best_y     = points[pp].y;
-                }
-            }
-
-            if ( best_point != old_best_point )
-            {
-              best_first = first;
-              best_last  = last;
-            }
-          }
-          AF_LOG(( "%5d", best_y ));
-        }
-
-        /* now check whether the point belongs to a straight or round   */
-        /* segment; we first need to find in which contour the extremum */
-        /* lies, then inspect its previous and next points              */
-        {
-          FT_Int  start, end, prev, next;
-          FT_Pos  dist;
-
-
-          /* now look for the previous and next points that are not on the */
-          /* same Y coordinate.  Threshold the `closeness'...              */
-          start = end = best_point;
-
-          do
-          {
-            prev = start-1;
-            if ( prev < best_first )
-              prev = best_last;
-
-            dist = points[prev].y - best_y;
-            if ( dist < -5 || dist > 5 )
-              break;
-
-            start = prev;
-
-          } while ( start != best_point );
-
-          do
-          {
-            next = end+1;
-            if ( next > best_last )
-              next = best_first;
-
-            dist = points[next].y - best_y;
-            if ( dist < -5 || dist > 5 )
-              break;
-
-            end = next;
-
-          } while ( end != best_point );
-
-          /* now, set the `round' flag depending on the segment's kind */
-          round = FT_BOOL(
-            FT_CURVE_TAG( glyph->outline.tags[start] ) != FT_CURVE_TAG_ON ||
-            FT_CURVE_TAG( glyph->outline.tags[ end ] ) != FT_CURVE_TAG_ON );
-
-          AF_LOG(( "%c ", round ? 'r' : 'f' ));
-        }
-
-        if ( round )
-          rounds[num_rounds++] = best_y;
-        else
-          flats[num_flats++]   = best_y;
-      }
-
-      AF_LOG(( "\n" ));
-
-      if ( num_flats == 0 && num_rounds == 0 )
-      {
-        /*
-         *  we couldn't find a single glyph to compute this blue zone,
-         *  we will simply ignore it then
-         */
-        AF_LOG(( "empty!\n" ));
-        continue;
-      }
-
-      /* we have computed the contents of the `rounds' and `flats' tables, */
-      /* now determine the reference and overshoot position of the blue -- */
-      /* we simply take the median value after a simple sort               */
-      af_sort_pos( num_rounds, rounds );
-      af_sort_pos( num_flats,  flats );
-
-      blue       = & axis->blues[axis->blue_count];
-      blue_ref   = & blue->ref.org;
-      blue_shoot = & blue->shoot.org;
-
-      axis->blue_count++;
-
-      if ( num_flats == 0 )
-      {
-        *blue_ref   =
-        *blue_shoot = rounds[num_rounds / 2];
-      }
-      else if ( num_rounds == 0 )
-      {
-        *blue_ref   =
-        *blue_shoot = flats[num_flats / 2];
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        *blue_ref   = flats[num_flats / 2];
-        *blue_shoot = rounds[num_rounds / 2];
-      }
-
-      /* there are sometimes problems: if the overshoot position of top     */
-      /* zones is under its reference position, or the opposite for bottom  */
-      /* zones.  We must thus check everything there and correct the errors */
-      if ( *blue_shoot != *blue_ref )
-      {
-        FT_Pos   ref      = *blue_ref;
-        FT_Pos   shoot    = *blue_shoot;
-        FT_Bool  over_ref = FT_BOOL( shoot > ref );
-
-
-        if ( AF_LATIN_IS_TOP_BLUE( bb ) ^ over_ref )
-          *blue_shoot = *blue_ref = ( shoot + ref ) / 2;
-      }
-
-      blue->flags = 0;
-      if ( AF_LATIN_IS_TOP_BLUE( bb ) )
-        blue->flags |= AF_LATIN_BLUE_TOP;
-
-      /*
-       * The following flags is used later to adjust the y and x scales
-       * in order to optimize the pixel grid alignment of the top of small
-       * letters.
-       */
-      if ( bb == AF_LATIN_BLUE_SMALL_TOP )
-        blue->flags |= AF_LATIN_BLUE_ADJUSTMENT;
-
-      AF_LOG(( "-- ref = %ld, shoot = %ld\n", *blue_ref, *blue_shoot ));
-    }
-
-    return;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  af_latin2_metrics_init( AF_LatinMetrics  metrics,
-                         FT_Face          face )
-  {
-    FT_Error    error = AF_Err_Ok;
-    FT_CharMap  oldmap = face->charmap;
-    FT_UInt     ee;
-
-    static const FT_Encoding  latin_encodings[] =
-    {
-      FT_ENCODING_UNICODE,
-      FT_ENCODING_APPLE_ROMAN,
-      FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_STANDARD,
-      FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_LATIN_1,
-      FT_ENCODING_NONE  /* end of list */
-    };
-
-
-    metrics->units_per_em = face->units_per_EM;
-
-    /* do we have a latin charmap in there? */
-    for ( ee = 0; latin_encodings[ee] != FT_ENCODING_NONE; ee++ )
-    {
-      error = FT_Select_Charmap( face, latin_encodings[ee] );
-      if ( !error )
-        break;
-    }
-
-    if ( !error )
-    {
-      /* For now, compute the standard width and height from the `o'. */
-      af_latin2_metrics_init_widths( metrics, face, 'o' );
-      af_latin2_metrics_init_blues( metrics, face );
-    }
-
-    FT_Set_Charmap( face, oldmap );
-    return AF_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  af_latin2_metrics_scale_dim( AF_LatinMetrics  metrics,
-                              AF_Scaler        scaler,
-                              AF_Dimension     dim )
-  {
-    FT_Fixed      scale;
-    FT_Pos        delta;
-    AF_LatinAxis  axis;
-    FT_UInt       nn;
-
-
-    if ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ )
-    {
-      scale = scaler->x_scale;
-      delta = scaler->x_delta;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      scale = scaler->y_scale;
-      delta = scaler->y_delta;
-    }
-
-    axis = &metrics->axis[dim];
-
-    if ( axis->org_scale == scale && axis->org_delta == delta )
-      return;
-
-    axis->org_scale = scale;
-    axis->org_delta = delta;
-
-    /*
-     * correct Y scale to optimize the alignment of the top of small
-     * letters to the pixel grid
-     */
-    if ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_VERT )
-    {
-      AF_LatinAxis  vaxis = &metrics->axis[AF_DIMENSION_VERT];
-      AF_LatinBlue  blue = NULL;
-
-
-      for ( nn = 0; nn < vaxis->blue_count; nn++ )
-      {
-        if ( vaxis->blues[nn].flags & AF_LATIN_BLUE_ADJUSTMENT )
-        {
-          blue = &vaxis->blues[nn];
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-
-      if ( blue )
-      {
-        FT_Pos  scaled = FT_MulFix( blue->shoot.org, scaler->y_scale );
-        FT_Pos  fitted = ( scaled + 40 ) & ~63;
-
-#if 1
-        if ( scaled != fitted ) {
-          scale = FT_MulDiv( scale, fitted, scaled );
-          AF_LOG(( "== scaled x-top = %.2g  fitted = %.2g, scaling = %.4g\n", scaled/64.0, fitted/64.0, (fitted*1.0)/scaled ));
-        }
-#endif
-      }
-    }
-
-    axis->scale = scale;
-    axis->delta = delta;
-
-    if ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ )
-    {
-      metrics->root.scaler.x_scale = scale;
-      metrics->root.scaler.x_delta = delta;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      metrics->root.scaler.y_scale = scale;
-      metrics->root.scaler.y_delta = delta;
-    }
-
-    /* scale the standard widths */
-    for ( nn = 0; nn < axis->width_count; nn++ )
-    {
-      AF_Width  width = axis->widths + nn;
-
-
-      width->cur = FT_MulFix( width->org, scale );
-      width->fit = width->cur;
-    }
-
-    /* an extra-light axis corresponds to a standard width that is */
-    /* smaller than 0.75 pixels                                    */
-    axis->extra_light =
-      (FT_Bool)( FT_MulFix( axis->standard_width, scale ) < 32 + 8 );
-
-    if ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_VERT )
-    {
-      /* scale the blue zones */
-      for ( nn = 0; nn < axis->blue_count; nn++ )
-      {
-        AF_LatinBlue  blue = &axis->blues[nn];
-        FT_Pos        dist;
-
-
-        blue->ref.cur   = FT_MulFix( blue->ref.org, scale ) + delta;
-        blue->ref.fit   = blue->ref.cur;
-        blue->shoot.cur = FT_MulFix( blue->shoot.org, scale ) + delta;
-        blue->shoot.fit = blue->shoot.cur;
-        blue->flags    &= ~AF_LATIN_BLUE_ACTIVE;
-
-        /* a blue zone is only active if it is less than 3/4 pixels tall */
-        dist = FT_MulFix( blue->ref.org - blue->shoot.org, scale );
-        if ( dist <= 48 && dist >= -48 )
-        {
-          FT_Pos  delta1, delta2;
-
-          delta1 = blue->shoot.org - blue->ref.org;
-          delta2 = delta1;
-          if ( delta1 < 0 )
-            delta2 = -delta2;
-
-          delta2 = FT_MulFix( delta2, scale );
-
-          if ( delta2 < 32 )
-            delta2 = 0;
-          else if ( delta2 < 64 )
-            delta2 = 32 + ( ( ( delta2 - 32 ) + 16 ) & ~31 );
-          else
-            delta2 = FT_PIX_ROUND( delta2 );
-
-          if ( delta1 < 0 )
-            delta2 = -delta2;
-
-          blue->ref.fit   = FT_PIX_ROUND( blue->ref.cur );
-          blue->shoot.fit = blue->ref.fit + delta2;
-
-          AF_LOG(( ">> activating blue zone %d:  ref.cur=%.2g ref.fit=%.2g shoot.cur=%.2g shoot.fit=%.2g\n",
-                   nn, blue->ref.cur/64.0, blue->ref.fit/64.0,
-                   blue->shoot.cur/64.0, blue->shoot.fit/64.0 ));
-
-          blue->flags |= AF_LATIN_BLUE_ACTIVE;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  af_latin2_metrics_scale( AF_LatinMetrics  metrics,
-                          AF_Scaler        scaler )
-  {
-    metrics->root.scaler.render_mode = scaler->render_mode;
-    metrics->root.scaler.face        = scaler->face;
-
-    af_latin2_metrics_scale_dim( metrics, scaler, AF_DIMENSION_HORZ );
-    af_latin2_metrics_scale_dim( metrics, scaler, AF_DIMENSION_VERT );
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****           L A T I N   G L Y P H   A N A L Y S I S             *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-#define  SORT_SEGMENTS
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  af_latin2_hints_compute_segments( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
-                                   AF_Dimension   dim )
-  {
-    AF_AxisHints  axis          = &hints->axis[dim];
-    FT_Memory     memory        = hints->memory;
-    FT_Error      error         = AF_Err_Ok;
-    AF_Segment    segment       = NULL;
-    AF_SegmentRec seg0;
-    AF_Point*     contour       = hints->contours;
-    AF_Point*     contour_limit = contour + hints->num_contours;
-    AF_Direction  major_dir, segment_dir;
-
-
-    FT_ZERO( &seg0 );
-    seg0.score = 32000;
-    seg0.flags = AF_EDGE_NORMAL;
-
-    major_dir   = (AF_Direction)FT_ABS( axis->major_dir );
-    segment_dir = major_dir;
-
-    axis->num_segments = 0;
-
-    /* set up (u,v) in each point */
-    if ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ )
-    {
-      AF_Point  point = hints->points;
-      AF_Point  limit = point + hints->num_points;
-
-
-      for ( ; point < limit; point++ )
-      {
-        point->u = point->fx;
-        point->v = point->fy;
-      }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      AF_Point  point = hints->points;
-      AF_Point  limit = point + hints->num_points;
-
-
-      for ( ; point < limit; point++ )
-      {
-        point->u = point->fy;
-        point->v = point->fx;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* do each contour separately */
-    for ( ; contour < contour_limit; contour++ )
-    {
-      AF_Point  point   =  contour[0];
-      AF_Point  start   =  point;
-      AF_Point  last    =  point->prev;
-
-
-      if ( point == last )  /* skip singletons -- just in case */
-        continue;
-
-      /* already on an edge ?, backtrack to find its start */
-      if ( FT_ABS( point->in_dir ) == major_dir )
-      {
-        point = point->prev;
-
-        while ( point->in_dir == start->in_dir )
-          point = point->prev;
-      }
-      else  /* otherwise, find first segment start, if any */
-      {
-        while ( FT_ABS( point->out_dir ) != major_dir )
-        {
-          point = point->next;
-
-          if ( point == start )
-            goto NextContour;
-        }
-      }
-
-      start = point;
-
-      for  (;;)
-      {
-        AF_Point  first;
-        FT_Pos    min_u, min_v, max_u, max_v;
-
-        /* we're at the start of a new segment */
-        FT_ASSERT( FT_ABS( point->out_dir ) == major_dir &&
-                           point->in_dir != point->out_dir );
-        first = point;
-
-        min_u = max_u = point->u;
-        min_v = max_v = point->v;
-
-        point = point->next;
-
-        while ( point->out_dir == first->out_dir )
-        {
-          point = point->next;
-
-          if ( point->u < min_u )
-            min_u = point->u;
-
-          if ( point->u > max_u )
-            max_u = point->u;
-        }
-
-        if ( point->v < min_v )
-          min_v = point->v;
-
-        if ( point->v > max_v )
-          max_v = point->v;
-
-        /* record new segment */
-        error = af_axis_hints_new_segment( axis, memory, &segment );
-        if ( error )
-          goto Exit;
-
-        segment[0]         = seg0;
-        segment->dir       = first->out_dir;
-        segment->first     = first;
-        segment->last      = point;
-        segment->contour   = contour;
-        segment->pos       = (FT_Short)(( min_u + max_u ) >> 1);
-        segment->min_coord = (FT_Short) min_v;
-        segment->max_coord = (FT_Short) max_v;
-        segment->height    = (FT_Short)(max_v - min_v);
-
-        /* a segment is round if it doesn't have successive */
-        /* on-curve points.                                 */
-        {
-          AF_Point  pt   = first;
-          AF_Point  last = point;
-          AF_Flags  f0   = (AF_Flags)(pt->flags & AF_FLAG_CONTROL);
-          AF_Flags  f1;
-
-
-          segment->flags &= ~AF_EDGE_ROUND;
-
-          for ( ; pt != last; f0 = f1 )
-          {
-            pt = pt->next;
-            f1 = (AF_Flags)(pt->flags & AF_FLAG_CONTROL);
-
-            if ( !f0 && !f1 )
-              break;
-
-            if ( pt == last )
-              segment->flags |= AF_EDGE_ROUND;
-          }
-        }
-
-       /* this can happen in the case of a degenerate contour
-        * e.g. a 2-point vertical contour
-        */
-        if ( point == start )
-          break;
-
-        /* jump to the start of the next segment, if any */
-        while ( FT_ABS(point->out_dir) != major_dir )
-        {
-          point = point->next;
-
-          if ( point == start )
-            goto NextContour;
-        }
-      }
-
-    NextContour:
-      ;
-    } /* contours */
-
-    /* now slightly increase the height of segments when this makes */
-    /* sense -- this is used to better detect and ignore serifs     */
-    {
-      AF_Segment  segments     = axis->segments;
-      AF_Segment  segments_end = segments + axis->num_segments;
-
-
-      for ( segment = segments; segment < segments_end; segment++ )
-      {
-        AF_Point  first   = segment->first;
-        AF_Point  last    = segment->last;
-        AF_Point  p;
-        FT_Pos    first_v = first->v;
-        FT_Pos    last_v  = last->v;
-
-
-        if ( first == last )
-          continue;
-
-        if ( first_v < last_v )
-        {
-          p = first->prev;
-          if ( p->v < first_v )
-            segment->height = (FT_Short)( segment->height +
-                                          ( ( first_v - p->v ) >> 1 ) );
-
-          p = last->next;
-          if ( p->v > last_v )
-            segment->height = (FT_Short)( segment->height +
-                                          ( ( p->v - last_v ) >> 1 ) );
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          p = first->prev;
-          if ( p->v > first_v )
-            segment->height = (FT_Short)( segment->height +
-                                          ( ( p->v - first_v ) >> 1 ) );
-
-          p = last->next;
-          if ( p->v < last_v )
-            segment->height = (FT_Short)( segment->height +
-                                          ( ( last_v - p->v ) >> 1 ) );
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-#ifdef AF_SORT_SEGMENTS
-   /* place all segments with a negative direction to the start
-    * of the array, used to speed up segment linking later...
-    */
-    {
-      AF_Segment  segments = axis->segments;
-      FT_UInt     count    = axis->num_segments;
-      FT_UInt     ii, jj;
-
-      for (ii = 0; ii < count; ii++)
-      {
-        if ( segments[ii].dir > 0 )
-        {
-          for (jj = ii+1; jj < count; jj++)
-          {
-            if ( segments[jj].dir < 0 )
-            {
-              AF_SegmentRec  tmp;
-
-              tmp          = segments[ii];
-              segments[ii] = segments[jj];
-              segments[jj] = tmp;
-
-              break;
-            }
-          }
-
-          if ( jj == count )
-            break;
-        }
-      }
-      axis->mid_segments = ii;
-    }
-#endif
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  af_latin2_hints_link_segments( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
-                                AF_Dimension   dim )
-  {
-    AF_AxisHints  axis          = &hints->axis[dim];
-    AF_Segment    segments      = axis->segments;
-    AF_Segment    segment_limit = segments + axis->num_segments;
-#ifdef AF_SORT_SEGMENTS
-    AF_Segment    segment_mid   = segments + axis->mid_segments;
-#endif
-    FT_Pos        len_threshold, len_score;
-    AF_Segment    seg1, seg2;
-
-
-    len_threshold = AF_LATIN_CONSTANT( hints->metrics, 8 );
-    if ( len_threshold == 0 )
-      len_threshold = 1;
-
-    len_score = AF_LATIN_CONSTANT( hints->metrics, 6000 );
-
-#ifdef AF_SORT_SEGMENTS
-    for ( seg1 = segments; seg1 < segment_mid; seg1++ )
-    {
-      if ( seg1->dir != axis->major_dir || seg1->first == seg1->last )
-        continue;
-
-      for ( seg2 = segment_mid; seg2 < segment_limit; seg2++ )
-#else
-    /* now compare each segment to the others */
-    for ( seg1 = segments; seg1 < segment_limit; seg1++ )
-    {
-      /* the fake segments are introduced to hint the metrics -- */
-      /* we must never link them to anything                     */
-      if ( seg1->dir != axis->major_dir || seg1->first == seg1->last )
-        continue;
-
-      for ( seg2 = segments; seg2 < segment_limit; seg2++ )
-        if ( seg1->dir + seg2->dir == 0 && seg2->pos > seg1->pos )
-#endif
-        {
-          FT_Pos  pos1 = seg1->pos;
-          FT_Pos  pos2 = seg2->pos;
-          FT_Pos  dist = pos2 - pos1;
-
-
-          if ( dist < 0 )
-            continue;
-
-          {
-            FT_Pos  min = seg1->min_coord;
-            FT_Pos  max = seg1->max_coord;
-            FT_Pos  len, score;
-
-
-            if ( min < seg2->min_coord )
-              min = seg2->min_coord;
-
-            if ( max > seg2->max_coord )
-              max = seg2->max_coord;
-
-            len = max - min;
-            if ( len >= len_threshold )
-            {
-              score = dist + len_score / len;
-              if ( score < seg1->score )
-              {
-                seg1->score = score;
-                seg1->link  = seg2;
-              }
-
-              if ( score < seg2->score )
-              {
-                seg2->score = score;
-                seg2->link  = seg1;
-              }
-            }
-          }
-        }
-    }
-
-    /* now, compute the `serif' segments */
-    for ( seg1 = segments; seg1 < segment_limit; seg1++ )
-    {
-      seg2 = seg1->link;
-
-      if ( seg2 )
-      {
-        if ( seg2->link != seg1 )
-        {
-          seg1->link  = 0;
-          seg1->serif = seg2->link;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  af_latin2_hints_compute_edges( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
-                                AF_Dimension   dim )
-  {
-    AF_AxisHints  axis   = &hints->axis[dim];
-    FT_Error      error  = AF_Err_Ok;
-    FT_Memory     memory = hints->memory;
-    AF_LatinAxis  laxis  = &((AF_LatinMetrics)hints->metrics)->axis[dim];
-
-    AF_Segment    segments      = axis->segments;
-    AF_Segment    segment_limit = segments + axis->num_segments;
-    AF_Segment    seg;
-
-    AF_Direction  up_dir;
-    FT_Fixed      scale;
-    FT_Pos        edge_distance_threshold;
-    FT_Pos        segment_length_threshold;
-
-
-    axis->num_edges = 0;
-
-    scale = ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ ) ? hints->x_scale
-                                         : hints->y_scale;
-
-    up_dir = ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ ) ? AF_DIR_UP
-                                          : AF_DIR_RIGHT;
-
-    /*
-     *  We want to ignore very small (mostly serif) segments, we do that
-     *  by ignoring those that whose length is less than a given fraction
-     *  of the standard width. If there is no standard width, we ignore
-     *  those that are less than a given size in pixels
-     *
-     *  also, unlink serif segments that are linked to segments farther
-     *  than 50% of the standard width
-     */
-    if ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ )
-    {
-      if ( laxis->width_count > 0 )
-        segment_length_threshold = (laxis->standard_width * 10 ) >> 4;
-      else
-        segment_length_threshold = FT_DivFix( 64, hints->y_scale );
-    }
-    else
-      segment_length_threshold = 0;
-
-    /*********************************************************************/
-    /*                                                                   */
-    /* We will begin by generating a sorted table of edges for the       */
-    /* current direction.  To do so, we simply scan each segment and try */
-    /* to find an edge in our table that corresponds to its position.    */
-    /*                                                                   */
-    /* If no edge is found, we create and insert a new edge in the       */
-    /* sorted table.  Otherwise, we simply add the segment to the edge's */
-    /* list which will be processed in the second step to compute the    */
-    /* edge's properties.                                                */
-    /*                                                                   */
-    /* Note that the edges table is sorted along the segment/edge        */
-    /* position.                                                         */
-    /*                                                                   */
-    /*********************************************************************/
-
-    edge_distance_threshold = FT_MulFix( laxis->edge_distance_threshold,
-                                         scale );
-    if ( edge_distance_threshold > 64 / 4 )
-      edge_distance_threshold = 64 / 4;
-
-    edge_distance_threshold = FT_DivFix( edge_distance_threshold,
-                                         scale );
-
-    for ( seg = segments; seg < segment_limit; seg++ )
-    {
-      AF_Edge  found = 0;
-      FT_Int   ee;
-
-
-      if ( seg->height < segment_length_threshold )
-        continue;
-
-      /* A special case for serif edges: If they are smaller than */
-      /* 1.5 pixels we ignore them.                               */
-      if ( seg->serif )
-      {
-        FT_Pos  dist = seg->serif->pos - seg->pos;
-
-        if (dist < 0)
-          dist = -dist;
-
-        if (dist >= laxis->standard_width >> 1)
-        {
-          /* unlink this serif, it is too distant from its reference stem */
-          seg->serif = NULL;
-        }
-        else if ( 2*seg->height < 3 * segment_length_threshold )
-          continue;
-      }
-
-      /* look for an edge corresponding to the segment */
-      for ( ee = 0; ee < axis->num_edges; ee++ )
-      {
-        AF_Edge  edge = axis->edges + ee;
-        FT_Pos   dist;
-
-
-        dist = seg->pos - edge->fpos;
-        if ( dist < 0 )
-          dist = -dist;
-
-        if ( dist < edge_distance_threshold && edge->dir == seg->dir )
-        {
-          found = edge;
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-
-      if ( !found )
-      {
-        AF_Edge   edge;
-
-
-        /* insert a new edge in the list and */
-        /* sort according to the position    */
-        error = af_axis_hints_new_edge( axis, seg->pos, seg->dir, memory, &edge );
-        if ( error )
-          goto Exit;
-
-        /* add the segment to the new edge's list */
-        FT_ZERO( edge );
-
-        edge->first    = seg;
-        edge->last     = seg;
-        edge->fpos     = seg->pos;
-        edge->dir      = seg->dir;
-        edge->opos     = edge->pos = FT_MulFix( seg->pos, scale );
-        seg->edge_next = seg;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        /* if an edge was found, simply add the segment to the edge's */
-        /* list                                                       */
-        seg->edge_next         = found->first;
-        found->last->edge_next = seg;
-        found->last            = seg;
-      }
-    }
-
-
-    /*********************************************************************/
-    /*                                                                   */
-    /* Good, we will now compute each edge's properties according to     */
-    /* segments found on its position.  Basically, these are:            */
-    /*                                                                   */
-    /*  - edge's main direction                                          */
-    /*  - stem edge, serif edge or both (which defaults to stem then)    */
-    /*  - rounded edge, straight or both (which defaults to straight)    */
-    /*  - link for edge                                                  */
-    /*                                                                   */
-    /*********************************************************************/
-
-    /* first of all, set the `edge' field in each segment -- this is */
-    /* required in order to compute edge links                       */
-
-    /*
-     * Note that removing this loop and setting the `edge' field of each
-     * segment directly in the code above slows down execution speed for
-     * some reasons on platforms like the Sun.
-     */
-    {
-      AF_Edge  edges      = axis->edges;
-      AF_Edge  edge_limit = edges + axis->num_edges;
-      AF_Edge  edge;
-
-
-      for ( edge = edges; edge < edge_limit; edge++ )
-      {
-        seg = edge->first;
-        if ( seg )
-          do
-          {
-            seg->edge = edge;
-            seg       = seg->edge_next;
-
-          } while ( seg != edge->first );
-      }
-
-      /* now, compute each edge properties */
-      for ( edge = edges; edge < edge_limit; edge++ )
-      {
-        FT_Int  is_round    = 0;  /* does it contain round segments?    */
-        FT_Int  is_straight = 0;  /* does it contain straight segments? */
-        FT_Pos  ups         = 0;  /* number of upwards segments         */
-        FT_Pos  downs       = 0;  /* number of downwards segments       */
-
-
-        seg = edge->first;
-
-        do
-        {
-          FT_Bool  is_serif;
-
-
-          /* check for roundness of segment */
-          if ( seg->flags & AF_EDGE_ROUND )
-            is_round++;
-          else
-            is_straight++;
-
-          /* check for segment direction */
-          if ( seg->dir == up_dir )
-            ups   += seg->max_coord-seg->min_coord;
-          else
-            downs += seg->max_coord-seg->min_coord;
-
-          /* check for links -- if seg->serif is set, then seg->link must */
-          /* be ignored                                                   */
-          is_serif = (FT_Bool)( seg->serif               &&
-                                seg->serif->edge         &&
-                                seg->serif->edge != edge );
-
-          if ( ( seg->link && seg->link->edge != NULL ) || is_serif )
-          {
-            AF_Edge     edge2;
-            AF_Segment  seg2;
-
-
-            edge2 = edge->link;
-            seg2  = seg->link;
-
-            if ( is_serif )
-            {
-              seg2  = seg->serif;
-              edge2 = edge->serif;
-            }
-
-            if ( edge2 )
-            {
-              FT_Pos  edge_delta;
-              FT_Pos  seg_delta;
-
-
-              edge_delta = edge->fpos - edge2->fpos;
-              if ( edge_delta < 0 )
-                edge_delta = -edge_delta;
-
-              seg_delta = seg->pos - seg2->pos;
-              if ( seg_delta < 0 )
-                seg_delta = -seg_delta;
-
-              if ( seg_delta < edge_delta )
-                edge2 = seg2->edge;
-            }
-            else
-              edge2 = seg2->edge;
-
-            if ( is_serif )
-            {
-              edge->serif   = edge2;
-              edge2->flags |= AF_EDGE_SERIF;
-            }
-            else
-              edge->link  = edge2;
-          }
-
-          seg = seg->edge_next;
-
-        } while ( seg != edge->first );
-
-        /* set the round/straight flags */
-        edge->flags = AF_EDGE_NORMAL;
-
-        if ( is_round > 0 && is_round >= is_straight )
-          edge->flags |= AF_EDGE_ROUND;
-
-#if 0
-        /* set the edge's main direction */
-        edge->dir = AF_DIR_NONE;
-
-        if ( ups > downs )
-          edge->dir = (FT_Char)up_dir;
-
-        else if ( ups < downs )
-          edge->dir = (FT_Char)-up_dir;
-
-        else if ( ups == downs )
-          edge->dir = 0;  /* both up and down! */
-#endif
-
-        /* gets rid of serifs if link is set                */
-        /* XXX: This gets rid of many unpleasant artefacts! */
-        /*      Example: the `c' in cour.pfa at size 13     */
-
-        if ( edge->serif && edge->link )
-          edge->serif = 0;
-      }
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  af_latin2_hints_detect_features( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
-                                  AF_Dimension   dim )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error;
-
-
-    error = af_latin2_hints_compute_segments( hints, dim );
-    if ( !error )
-    {
-      af_latin2_hints_link_segments( hints, dim );
-
-      error = af_latin2_hints_compute_edges( hints, dim );
-    }
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  af_latin2_hints_compute_blue_edges( AF_GlyphHints    hints,
-                                     AF_LatinMetrics  metrics )
-  {
-    AF_AxisHints  axis       = &hints->axis[ AF_DIMENSION_VERT ];
-    AF_Edge       edge       = axis->edges;
-    AF_Edge       edge_limit = edge + axis->num_edges;
-    AF_LatinAxis  latin      = &metrics->axis[ AF_DIMENSION_VERT ];
-    FT_Fixed      scale      = latin->scale;
-    FT_Pos        best_dist0;  /* initial threshold */
-
-
-    /* compute the initial threshold as a fraction of the EM size */
-    best_dist0 = FT_MulFix( metrics->units_per_em / 40, scale );
-
-    if ( best_dist0 > 64 / 2 )
-      best_dist0 = 64 / 2;
-
-    /* compute which blue zones are active, i.e. have their scaled */
-    /* size < 3/4 pixels                                           */
-
-    /* for each horizontal edge search the blue zone which is closest */
-    for ( ; edge < edge_limit; edge++ )
-    {
-      FT_Int    bb;
-      AF_Width  best_blue = NULL;
-      FT_Pos    best_dist = best_dist0;
-
-      for ( bb = 0; bb < AF_LATIN_BLUE_MAX; bb++ )
-      {
-        AF_LatinBlue  blue = latin->blues + bb;
-        FT_Bool       is_top_blue, is_major_dir;
-
-
-        /* skip inactive blue zones (i.e., those that are too small) */
-        if ( !( blue->flags & AF_LATIN_BLUE_ACTIVE ) )
-          continue;
-
-        /* if it is a top zone, check for right edges -- if it is a bottom */
-        /* zone, check for left edges                                      */
-        /*                                                                 */
-        /* of course, that's for TrueType                                  */
-        is_top_blue  = (FT_Byte)( ( blue->flags & AF_LATIN_BLUE_TOP ) != 0 );
-        is_major_dir = FT_BOOL( edge->dir == axis->major_dir );
-
-        /* if it is a top zone, the edge must be against the major    */
-        /* direction; if it is a bottom zone, it must be in the major */
-        /* direction                                                  */
-        if ( is_top_blue ^ is_major_dir )
-        {
-          FT_Pos     dist;
-          AF_Width   compare;
-
-
-          /* if it's a rounded edge, compare it to the overshoot position */
-          /* if it's a flat edge, compare it to the reference position    */
-          if ( edge->flags & AF_EDGE_ROUND )
-            compare = &blue->shoot;
-          else
-            compare = &blue->ref;
-
-          dist = edge->fpos - compare->org;
-          if (dist < 0)
-            dist = -dist;
-
-          dist = FT_MulFix( dist, scale );
-          if ( dist < best_dist )
-          {
-            best_dist = dist;
-            best_blue = compare;
-          }
-
-#if 0
-          /* now, compare it to the overshoot position if the edge is     */
-          /* rounded, and if the edge is over the reference position of a */
-          /* top zone, or under the reference position of a bottom zone   */
-          if ( edge->flags & AF_EDGE_ROUND && dist != 0 )
-          {
-            FT_Bool  is_under_ref = FT_BOOL( edge->fpos < blue->ref.org );
-
-
-            if ( is_top_blue ^ is_under_ref )
-            {
-              blue = latin->blues + bb;
-              dist = edge->fpos - blue->shoot.org;
-              if ( dist < 0 )
-                dist = -dist;
-
-              dist = FT_MulFix( dist, scale );
-              if ( dist < best_dist )
-              {
-                best_dist = dist;
-                best_blue = & blue->shoot;
-              }
-            }
-          }
-#endif
-        }
-      }
-
-      if ( best_blue )
-        edge->blue_edge = best_blue;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  af_latin2_hints_init( AF_GlyphHints    hints,
-                       AF_LatinMetrics  metrics )
-  {
-    FT_Render_Mode  mode;
-    FT_UInt32       scaler_flags, other_flags;
-    FT_Face         face = metrics->root.scaler.face;
-
-
-    af_glyph_hints_rescale( hints, (AF_ScriptMetrics)metrics );
-
-    /*
-     *  correct x_scale and y_scale if needed, since they may have
-     *  been modified `af_latin2_metrics_scale_dim' above
-     */
-    hints->x_scale = metrics->axis[AF_DIMENSION_HORZ].scale;
-    hints->x_delta = metrics->axis[AF_DIMENSION_HORZ].delta;
-    hints->y_scale = metrics->axis[AF_DIMENSION_VERT].scale;
-    hints->y_delta = metrics->axis[AF_DIMENSION_VERT].delta;
-
-    /* compute flags depending on render mode, etc. */
-    mode = metrics->root.scaler.render_mode;
-
-#if 0 /* #ifdef AF_USE_WARPER */
-    if ( mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD || mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V )
-    {
-      metrics->root.scaler.render_mode = mode = FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    scaler_flags = hints->scaler_flags;
-    other_flags  = 0;
-
-    /*
-     *  We snap the width of vertical stems for the monochrome and
-     *  horizontal LCD rendering targets only.
-     */
-    if ( mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO || mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD )
-      other_flags |= AF_LATIN_HINTS_HORZ_SNAP;
-
-    /*
-     *  We snap the width of horizontal stems for the monochrome and
-     *  vertical LCD rendering targets only.
-     */
-    if ( mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO || mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V )
-      other_flags |= AF_LATIN_HINTS_VERT_SNAP;
-
-    /*
-     *  We adjust stems to full pixels only if we don't use the `light' mode.
-     */
-    if ( mode != FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT )
-      other_flags |= AF_LATIN_HINTS_STEM_ADJUST;
-
-    if ( mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO )
-      other_flags |= AF_LATIN_HINTS_MONO;
-
-    /*
-     *  In `light' hinting mode we disable horizontal hinting completely.
-     *  We also do it if the face is italic.
-     */
-    if ( mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT                    ||
-         (face->style_flags & FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC) != 0 )
-      scaler_flags |= AF_SCALER_FLAG_NO_HORIZONTAL;
-
-    hints->scaler_flags = scaler_flags;
-    hints->other_flags  = other_flags;
-
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****        L A T I N   G L Y P H   G R I D - F I T T I N G        *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /* snap a given width in scaled coordinates to one of the */
-  /* current standard widths                                */
-
-  static FT_Pos
-  af_latin2_snap_width( AF_Width  widths,
-                       FT_Int    count,
-                       FT_Pos    width )
-  {
-    int     n;
-    FT_Pos  best      = 64 + 32 + 2;
-    FT_Pos  reference = width;
-    FT_Pos  scaled;
-
-
-    for ( n = 0; n < count; n++ )
-    {
-      FT_Pos  w;
-      FT_Pos  dist;
-
-
-      w = widths[n].cur;
-      dist = width - w;
-      if ( dist < 0 )
-        dist = -dist;
-      if ( dist < best )
-      {
-        best      = dist;
-        reference = w;
-      }
-    }
-
-    scaled = FT_PIX_ROUND( reference );
-
-    if ( width >= reference )
-    {
-      if ( width < scaled + 48 )
-        width = reference;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      if ( width > scaled - 48 )
-        width = reference;
-    }
-
-    return width;
-  }
-
-
-  /* compute the snapped width of a given stem */
-
-  static FT_Pos
-  af_latin2_compute_stem_width( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
-                               AF_Dimension   dim,
-                               FT_Pos         width,
-                               AF_Edge_Flags  base_flags,
-                               AF_Edge_Flags  stem_flags )
-  {
-    AF_LatinMetrics  metrics  = (AF_LatinMetrics) hints->metrics;
-    AF_LatinAxis     axis     = & metrics->axis[dim];
-    FT_Pos           dist     = width;
-    FT_Int           sign     = 0;
-    FT_Int           vertical = ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_VERT );
-
-
-    FT_UNUSED(base_flags);
-
-    if ( !AF_LATIN_HINTS_DO_STEM_ADJUST( hints ) ||
-          axis->extra_light                      )
-      return width;
-
-    if ( dist < 0 )
-    {
-      dist = -width;
-      sign = 1;
-    }
-
-    if ( (  vertical && !AF_LATIN_HINTS_DO_VERT_SNAP( hints ) ) ||
-         ( !vertical && !AF_LATIN_HINTS_DO_HORZ_SNAP( hints ) ) )
-    {
-      /* smooth hinting process: very lightly quantize the stem width */
-
-      /* leave the widths of serifs alone */
-
-      if ( ( stem_flags & AF_EDGE_SERIF ) && vertical && ( dist < 3 * 64 ) )
-        goto Done_Width;
-
-#if 0
-      else if ( ( base_flags & AF_EDGE_ROUND ) )
-      {
-        if ( dist < 80 )
-          dist = 64;
-      }
-      else if ( dist < 56 )
-        dist = 56;
-#endif
-      if ( axis->width_count > 0 )
-      {
-        FT_Pos  delta;
-
-
-        /* compare to standard width */
-        if ( axis->width_count > 0 )
-        {
-          delta = dist - axis->widths[0].cur;
-
-          if ( delta < 0 )
-            delta = -delta;
-
-          if ( delta < 40 )
-          {
-            dist = axis->widths[0].cur;
-            if ( dist < 48 )
-              dist = 48;
-
-            goto Done_Width;
-          }
-        }
-
-        if ( dist < 3 * 64 )
-        {
-          delta  = dist & 63;
-          dist  &= -64;
-
-          if ( delta < 10 )
-            dist += delta;
-
-          else if ( delta < 32 )
-            dist += 10;
-
-          else if ( delta < 54 )
-            dist += 54;
-
-          else
-            dist += delta;
-        }
-        else
-          dist = ( dist + 32 ) & ~63;
-      }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* strong hinting process: snap the stem width to integer pixels */
-      FT_Pos  org_dist = dist;
-
-
-      dist = af_latin2_snap_width( axis->widths, axis->width_count, dist );
-
-      if ( vertical )
-      {
-        /* in the case of vertical hinting, always round */
-        /* the stem heights to integer pixels            */
-
-        if ( dist >= 64 )
-          dist = ( dist + 16 ) & ~63;
-        else
-          dist = 64;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        if ( AF_LATIN_HINTS_DO_MONO( hints ) )
-        {
-          /* monochrome horizontal hinting: snap widths to integer pixels */
-          /* with a different threshold                                   */
-
-          if ( dist < 64 )
-            dist = 64;
-          else
-            dist = ( dist + 32 ) & ~63;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          /* for horizontal anti-aliased hinting, we adopt a more subtle */
-          /* approach: we strengthen small stems, round stems whose size */
-          /* is between 1 and 2 pixels to an integer, otherwise nothing  */
-
-          if ( dist < 48 )
-            dist = ( dist + 64 ) >> 1;
-
-          else if ( dist < 128 )
-          {
-            /* We only round to an integer width if the corresponding */
-            /* distortion is less than 1/4 pixel.  Otherwise this     */
-            /* makes everything worse since the diagonals, which are  */
-            /* not hinted, appear a lot bolder or thinner than the    */
-            /* vertical stems.                                        */
-
-            FT_Int  delta;
-
-
-            dist = ( dist + 22 ) & ~63;
-            delta = dist - org_dist;
-            if ( delta < 0 )
-              delta = -delta;
-
-            if (delta >= 16)
-            {
-              dist = org_dist;
-              if ( dist < 48 )
-                dist = ( dist + 64 ) >> 1;
-            }
-          }
-          else
-            /* round otherwise to prevent color fringes in LCD mode */
-            dist = ( dist + 32 ) & ~63;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-  Done_Width:
-    if ( sign )
-      dist = -dist;
-
-    return dist;
-  }
-
-
-  /* align one stem edge relative to the previous stem edge */
-
-  static void
-  af_latin2_align_linked_edge( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
-                              AF_Dimension   dim,
-                              AF_Edge        base_edge,
-                              AF_Edge        stem_edge )
-  {
-    FT_Pos  dist = stem_edge->opos - base_edge->opos;
-
-    FT_Pos  fitted_width = af_latin2_compute_stem_width(
-                             hints, dim, dist,
-                             (AF_Edge_Flags)base_edge->flags,
-                             (AF_Edge_Flags)stem_edge->flags );
-
-
-    stem_edge->pos = base_edge->pos + fitted_width;
-
-    AF_LOG(( "LINK: edge %d (opos=%.2f) linked to (%.2f), "
-             "dist was %.2f, now %.2f\n",
-             stem_edge-hints->axis[dim].edges, stem_edge->opos / 64.0,
-             stem_edge->pos / 64.0, dist / 64.0, fitted_width / 64.0 ));
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  af_latin2_align_serif_edge( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
-                             AF_Edge        base,
-                             AF_Edge        serif )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( hints );
-
-    serif->pos = base->pos + (serif->opos - base->opos);
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****                    E D G E   H I N T I N G                      ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  af_latin2_hint_edges( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
-                       AF_Dimension   dim )
-  {
-    AF_AxisHints  axis       = &hints->axis[dim];
-    AF_Edge       edges      = axis->edges;
-    AF_Edge       edge_limit = edges + axis->num_edges;
-    FT_Int        n_edges;
-    AF_Edge       edge;
-    AF_Edge       anchor     = 0;
-    FT_Int        has_serifs = 0;
-    FT_Pos        anchor_drift = 0;
-
-
-
-    AF_LOG(( "==== hinting %s edges =====\n", dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ ? "vertical" : "horizontal" ));
-
-    /* we begin by aligning all stems relative to the blue zone */
-    /* if needed -- that's only for horizontal edges            */
-
-    if ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_VERT && AF_HINTS_DO_BLUES( hints ) )
-    {
-      for ( edge = edges; edge < edge_limit; edge++ )
-      {
-        AF_Width  blue;
-        AF_Edge   edge1, edge2;
-
-
-        if ( edge->flags & AF_EDGE_DONE )
-          continue;
-
-        blue  = edge->blue_edge;
-        edge1 = NULL;
-        edge2 = edge->link;
-
-        if ( blue )
-        {
-          edge1 = edge;
-        }
-        else if ( edge2 && edge2->blue_edge )
-        {
-          blue  = edge2->blue_edge;
-          edge1 = edge2;
-          edge2 = edge;
-        }
-
-        if ( !edge1 )
-          continue;
-
-        AF_LOG(( "BLUE: edge %d (opos=%.2f) snapped to (%.2f), "
-                 "was (%.2f)\n",
-                 edge1-edges, edge1->opos / 64.0, blue->fit / 64.0,
-                 edge1->pos / 64.0 ));
-
-        edge1->pos    = blue->fit;
-        edge1->flags |= AF_EDGE_DONE;
-
-        if ( edge2 && !edge2->blue_edge )
-        {
-          af_latin2_align_linked_edge( hints, dim, edge1, edge2 );
-          edge2->flags |= AF_EDGE_DONE;
-        }
-
-        if ( !anchor )
-        {
-          anchor = edge;
-
-          anchor_drift = (anchor->pos - anchor->opos);
-          if (edge2)
-            anchor_drift = (anchor_drift + (edge2->pos - edge2->opos)) >> 1;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* now we will align all stem edges, trying to maintain the */
-    /* relative order of stems in the glyph                     */
-    for ( edge = edges; edge < edge_limit; edge++ )
-    {
-      AF_Edge  edge2;
-
-
-      if ( edge->flags & AF_EDGE_DONE )
-        continue;
-
-      /* skip all non-stem edges */
-      edge2 = edge->link;
-      if ( !edge2 )
-      {
-        has_serifs++;
-        continue;
-      }
-
-      /* now align the stem */
-
-      /* this should not happen, but it's better to be safe */
-      if ( edge2->blue_edge )
-      {
-        AF_LOG(( "ASSERTION FAILED for edge %d\n", edge2-edges ));
-
-        af_latin2_align_linked_edge( hints, dim, edge2, edge );
-        edge->flags |= AF_EDGE_DONE;
-        continue;
-      }
-
-      if ( !anchor )
-      {
-        FT_Pos  org_len, org_center, cur_len;
-        FT_Pos  cur_pos1, error1, error2, u_off, d_off;
-
-
-        org_len = edge2->opos - edge->opos;
-        cur_len = af_latin2_compute_stem_width(
-                    hints, dim, org_len,
-                    (AF_Edge_Flags)edge->flags,
-                    (AF_Edge_Flags)edge2->flags );
-        if ( cur_len <= 64 )
-          u_off = d_off = 32;
-        else
-        {
-          u_off = 38;
-          d_off = 26;
-        }
-
-        if ( cur_len < 96 )
-        {
-          org_center = edge->opos + ( org_len >> 1 );
-
-          cur_pos1   = FT_PIX_ROUND( org_center );
-
-          error1 = org_center - ( cur_pos1 - u_off );
-          if ( error1 < 0 )
-            error1 = -error1;
-
-          error2 = org_center - ( cur_pos1 + d_off );
-          if ( error2 < 0 )
-            error2 = -error2;
-
-          if ( error1 < error2 )
-            cur_pos1 -= u_off;
-          else
-            cur_pos1 += d_off;
-
-          edge->pos  = cur_pos1 - cur_len / 2;
-          edge2->pos = edge->pos + cur_len;
-        }
-        else
-          edge->pos = FT_PIX_ROUND( edge->opos );
-
-        AF_LOG(( "ANCHOR: edge %d (opos=%.2f) and %d (opos=%.2f) "
-                 "snapped to (%.2f) (%.2f)\n",
-                 edge-edges, edge->opos / 64.0,
-                 edge2-edges, edge2->opos / 64.0,
-                 edge->pos / 64.0, edge2->pos / 64.0 ));
-        anchor = edge;
-
-        edge->flags |= AF_EDGE_DONE;
-
-        af_latin2_align_linked_edge( hints, dim, edge, edge2 );
-
-        edge2->flags |= AF_EDGE_DONE;
-
-        anchor_drift = ( (anchor->pos - anchor->opos) +
-                         (edge2->pos - edge2->opos)) >> 1;
-
-        AF_LOG(( "DRIFT: %.2f\n", anchor_drift/64.0 ));
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        FT_Pos   org_pos, org_len, org_center, cur_center, cur_len;
-        FT_Pos   org_left, org_right;
-
-
-        org_pos    = edge->opos + anchor_drift;
-        org_len    = edge2->opos - edge->opos;
-        org_center = org_pos + ( org_len >> 1 );
-
-        cur_len = af_latin2_compute_stem_width(
-                   hints, dim, org_len,
-                   (AF_Edge_Flags)edge->flags,
-                   (AF_Edge_Flags)edge2->flags );
-
-        org_left  = org_pos + ((org_len - cur_len) >> 1);
-        org_right = org_pos + ((org_len + cur_len) >> 1);
-
-        AF_LOG(( "ALIGN: left=%.2f right=%.2f ", org_left/64.0, org_right/64.0 ));
-        cur_center = org_center;
-
-        if ( edge2->flags & AF_EDGE_DONE )
-        {
-          AF_LOG(( "\n" ));
-          edge->pos = edge2->pos - cur_len;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-         /* we want to compare several displacement, and choose
-          * the one that increases fitness while minimizing
-          * distortion as well
-          */
-          FT_Pos   displacements[6], scores[6], org, fit, delta;
-          FT_UInt  count = 0;
-
-          /* note: don't even try to fit tiny stems */
-          if ( cur_len < 32 )
-          {
-            AF_LOG(( "tiny stem\n" ));
-            goto AlignStem;
-          }
-
-          /* if the span is within a single pixel, don't touch it */
-          if ( FT_PIX_FLOOR(org_left) == FT_PIX_CEIL(org_right) )
-          {
-            AF_LOG(( "single pixel stem\n" ));
-            goto AlignStem;
-          }
-
-          if (cur_len <= 96)
-          {
-           /* we want to avoid the absolute worst case which is
-            * when the left and right edges of the span each represent
-            * about 50% of the gray. we'd better want to change this
-            * to 25/75%, since this is much more pleasant to the eye with
-            * very acceptable distortion
-            */
-            FT_Pos  frac_left  = (org_left) & 63;
-            FT_Pos  frac_right = (org_right) & 63;
-
-            if ( frac_left  >= 22 && frac_left  <= 42 &&
-                 frac_right >= 22 && frac_right <= 42 )
-            {
-              org = frac_left;
-              fit = (org <= 32) ? 16 : 48;
-              delta = FT_ABS(fit - org);
-              displacements[count] = fit - org;
-              scores[count++]      = delta;
-              AF_LOG(( "dispA=%.2f (%d) ", (fit - org)/64.0, delta ));
-
-              org = frac_right;
-              fit = (org <= 32) ? 16 : 48;
-              delta = FT_ABS(fit - org);
-              displacements[count] = fit - org;
-              scores[count++]     = delta;
-              AF_LOG(( "dispB=%.2f (%d) ", (fit - org)/64.0, delta ));
-            }
-          }
-
-          /* snapping the left edge to the grid */
-          org   = org_left;
-          fit   = FT_PIX_ROUND(org);
-          delta = FT_ABS(fit - org);
-          displacements[count] = fit - org;
-          scores[count++]      = delta;
-          AF_LOG(( "dispC=%.2f (%d) ", (fit - org)/64.0, delta ));
-
-          /* snapping the right edge to the grid */
-          org   = org_right;
-          fit   = FT_PIX_ROUND(org);
-          delta = FT_ABS(fit - org);
-          displacements[count] = fit - org;
-          scores[count++]      = delta;
-          AF_LOG(( "dispD=%.2f (%d) ", (fit - org)/64.0, delta ));
-
-          /* now find the best displacement */
-          {
-            FT_Pos  best_score = scores[0];
-            FT_Pos  best_disp  = displacements[0];
-            FT_UInt nn;
-
-            for (nn = 1; nn < count; nn++)
-            {
-              if (scores[nn] < best_score)
-              {
-                best_score = scores[nn];
-                best_disp  = displacements[nn];
-              }
-            }
-
-            cur_center = org_center + best_disp;
-          }
-          AF_LOG(( "\n" ));
-        }
-
-      AlignStem:
-        edge->pos  = cur_center - (cur_len >> 1);
-        edge2->pos = edge->pos + cur_len;
-
-        AF_LOG(( "STEM1: %d (opos=%.2f) to %d (opos=%.2f) "
-                 "snapped to (%.2f) and (%.2f), org_len = %.2f cur_len=%.2f\n",
-                 edge-edges, edge->opos / 64.0,
-                 edge2-edges, edge2->opos / 64.0,
-                 edge->pos / 64.0, edge2->pos / 64.0,
-                 org_len / 64.0, cur_len / 64.0 ));
-
-        edge->flags  |= AF_EDGE_DONE;
-        edge2->flags |= AF_EDGE_DONE;
-
-        if ( edge > edges && edge->pos < edge[-1].pos )
-        {
-          AF_LOG(( "BOUND: %d (pos=%.2f) to (%.2f)\n",
-                   edge-edges, edge->pos / 64.0, edge[-1].pos / 64.0 ));
-          edge->pos = edge[-1].pos;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* make sure that lowercase m's maintain their symmetry */
-
-    /* In general, lowercase m's have six vertical edges if they are sans */
-    /* serif, or twelve if they are with serifs.  This implementation is  */
-    /* based on that assumption, and seems to work very well with most    */
-    /* faces.  However, if for a certain face this assumption is not      */
-    /* true, the m is just rendered like before.  In addition, any stem   */
-    /* correction will only be applied to symmetrical glyphs (even if the */
-    /* glyph is not an m), so the potential for unwanted distortion is    */
-    /* relatively low.                                                    */
-
-    /* We don't handle horizontal edges since we can't easily assure that */
-    /* the third (lowest) stem aligns with the base line; it might end up */
-    /* one pixel higher or lower.                                         */
-#if 0
-    n_edges = edge_limit - edges;
-    if ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ && ( n_edges == 6 || n_edges == 12 ) )
-    {
-      AF_Edge  edge1, edge2, edge3;
-      FT_Pos   dist1, dist2, span, delta;
-
-
-      if ( n_edges == 6 )
-      {
-        edge1 = edges;
-        edge2 = edges + 2;
-        edge3 = edges + 4;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        edge1 = edges + 1;
-        edge2 = edges + 5;
-        edge3 = edges + 9;
-      }
-
-      dist1 = edge2->opos - edge1->opos;
-      dist2 = edge3->opos - edge2->opos;
-
-      span = dist1 - dist2;
-      if ( span < 0 )
-        span = -span;
-
-      if ( span < 8 )
-      {
-        delta = edge3->pos - ( 2 * edge2->pos - edge1->pos );
-        edge3->pos -= delta;
-        if ( edge3->link )
-          edge3->link->pos -= delta;
-
-        /* move the serifs along with the stem */
-        if ( n_edges == 12 )
-        {
-          ( edges + 8 )->pos -= delta;
-          ( edges + 11 )->pos -= delta;
-        }
-
-        edge3->flags |= AF_EDGE_DONE;
-        if ( edge3->link )
-          edge3->link->flags |= AF_EDGE_DONE;
-      }
-    }
-#endif
-    if ( has_serifs || !anchor )
-    {
-      /*
-       *  now hint the remaining edges (serifs and single) in order
-       *  to complete our processing
-       */
-      for ( edge = edges; edge < edge_limit; edge++ )
-      {
-        FT_Pos  delta;
-
-
-        if ( edge->flags & AF_EDGE_DONE )
-          continue;
-
-        delta = 1000;
-
-        if ( edge->serif )
-        {
-          delta = edge->serif->opos - edge->opos;
-          if ( delta < 0 )
-            delta = -delta;
-        }
-
-        if ( delta < 64 + 16 )
-        {
-          af_latin2_align_serif_edge( hints, edge->serif, edge );
-          AF_LOG(( "SERIF: edge %d (opos=%.2f) serif to %d (opos=%.2f) "
-                   "aligned to (%.2f)\n",
-                   edge-edges, edge->opos / 64.0,
-                   edge->serif - edges, edge->serif->opos / 64.0,
-                   edge->pos / 64.0 ));
-        }
-        else if ( !anchor )
-        {
-          AF_LOG(( "SERIF_ANCHOR: edge %d (opos=%.2f) snapped to (%.2f)\n",
-                   edge-edges, edge->opos / 64.0, edge->pos / 64.0 ));
-          edge->pos = FT_PIX_ROUND( edge->opos );
-          anchor    = edge;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          AF_Edge  before, after;
-
-
-          for ( before = edge - 1; before >= edges; before-- )
-            if ( before->flags & AF_EDGE_DONE )
-              break;
-
-          for ( after = edge + 1; after < edge_limit; after++ )
-            if ( after->flags & AF_EDGE_DONE )
-              break;
-
-          if ( before >= edges && before < edge   &&
-               after < edge_limit && after > edge )
-          {
-            edge->pos = before->pos +
-                          FT_MulDiv( edge->opos - before->opos,
-                                     after->pos - before->pos,
-                                     after->opos - before->opos );
-            AF_LOG(( "SERIF_LINK1: edge %d (opos=%.2f) snapped to (%.2f) from %d (opos=%.2f)\n",
-                     edge-edges, edge->opos / 64.0, edge->pos / 64.0, before - edges, before->opos / 64.0 ));
-          }
-          else
-          {
-              edge->pos = anchor->pos + (( edge->opos - anchor->opos + 16) & ~31);
-
-            AF_LOG(( "SERIF_LINK2: edge %d (opos=%.2f) snapped to (%.2f)\n",
-                     edge-edges, edge->opos / 64.0, edge->pos / 64.0 ));
-          }
-        }
-
-        edge->flags |= AF_EDGE_DONE;
-
-        if ( edge > edges && edge->pos < edge[-1].pos )
-          edge->pos = edge[-1].pos;
-
-        if ( edge + 1 < edge_limit        &&
-             edge[1].flags & AF_EDGE_DONE &&
-             edge->pos > edge[1].pos      )
-          edge->pos = edge[1].pos;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  af_latin2_hints_apply( AF_GlyphHints    hints,
-                        FT_Outline*      outline,
-                        AF_LatinMetrics  metrics )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error;
-    int       dim;
-
-
-    error = af_glyph_hints_reload( hints, outline, 1 );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* analyze glyph outline */
-#ifdef AF_USE_WARPER
-    if ( metrics->root.scaler.render_mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT ||
-         AF_HINTS_DO_HORIZONTAL( hints ) )
-#else
-    if ( AF_HINTS_DO_HORIZONTAL( hints ) )
-#endif
-    {
-      error = af_latin2_hints_detect_features( hints, AF_DIMENSION_HORZ );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    if ( AF_HINTS_DO_VERTICAL( hints ) )
-    {
-      error = af_latin2_hints_detect_features( hints, AF_DIMENSION_VERT );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      af_latin2_hints_compute_blue_edges( hints, metrics );
-    }
-
-    /* grid-fit the outline */
-    for ( dim = 0; dim < AF_DIMENSION_MAX; dim++ )
-    {
-#ifdef AF_USE_WARPER
-      if ( ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ &&
-             metrics->root.scaler.render_mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT ) )
-      {
-        AF_WarperRec  warper;
-        FT_Fixed      scale;
-        FT_Pos        delta;
-
-
-        af_warper_compute( &warper, hints, dim, &scale, &delta );
-        af_glyph_hints_scale_dim( hints, dim, scale, delta );
-        continue;
-      }
-#endif
-
-      if ( ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ && AF_HINTS_DO_HORIZONTAL( hints ) ) ||
-           ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_VERT && AF_HINTS_DO_VERTICAL( hints ) )   )
-      {
-        af_latin2_hint_edges( hints, (AF_Dimension)dim );
-        af_glyph_hints_align_edge_points( hints, (AF_Dimension)dim );
-        af_glyph_hints_align_strong_points( hints, (AF_Dimension)dim );
-        af_glyph_hints_align_weak_points( hints, (AF_Dimension)dim );
-      }
-    }
-    af_glyph_hints_save( hints, outline );
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****              L A T I N   S C R I P T   C L A S S              *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  static const AF_Script_UniRangeRec  af_latin2_uniranges[] =
-  {
-    { 32,  127 },    /* XXX: TODO: Add new Unicode ranges here! */
-    { 160, 255 },
-    { 0,   0 }
-  };
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF const AF_ScriptClassRec
-  af_latin2_script_class =
-  {
-    AF_SCRIPT_LATIN2,
-    af_latin2_uniranges,
-
-    sizeof( AF_LatinMetricsRec ),
-
-    (AF_Script_InitMetricsFunc) af_latin2_metrics_init,
-    (AF_Script_ScaleMetricsFunc)af_latin2_metrics_scale,
-    (AF_Script_DoneMetricsFunc) NULL,
-
-    (AF_Script_InitHintsFunc)   af_latin2_hints_init,
-    (AF_Script_ApplyHintsFunc)  af_latin2_hints_apply
-  };
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/aflatin2.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/aflatin2.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 34eda05..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/aflatin2.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  aflatin2.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Auto-fitter hinting routines for latin script (specification).       */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by                              */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __AFLATIN2_H__
-#define __AFLATIN2_H__
-
-#include "afhints.h"
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /* the latin-specific script class */
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE const AF_ScriptClassRec
-  af_latin2_script_class;
-
-/* */
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __AFLATIN_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afloader.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afloader.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 4e48c2f..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afloader.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,535 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  afloader.c                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Auto-fitter glyph loading routines (body).                           */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by                        */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include "afloader.h"
-#include "afhints.h"
-#include "afglobal.h"
-#include "aflatin.h"
-#include "aferrors.h"
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  af_loader_init( AF_Loader  loader,
-                  FT_Memory  memory )
-  {
-    FT_ZERO( loader );
-
-    af_glyph_hints_init( &loader->hints, memory );
-#ifdef AF_DEBUG
-    _af_debug_hints = &loader->hints;
-#endif
-    return FT_GlyphLoader_New( memory, &loader->gloader );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  af_loader_reset( AF_Loader  loader,
-                   FT_Face    face )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error = AF_Err_Ok;
-
-
-    loader->face    = face;
-    loader->globals = (AF_FaceGlobals)face->autohint.data;
-
-    FT_GlyphLoader_Rewind( loader->gloader );
-
-    if ( loader->globals == NULL )
-    {
-      error = af_face_globals_new( face, &loader->globals );
-      if ( !error )
-      {
-        face->autohint.data =
-          (FT_Pointer)loader->globals;
-        face->autohint.finalizer =
-          (FT_Generic_Finalizer)af_face_globals_free;
-      }
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  af_loader_done( AF_Loader  loader )
-  {
-    af_glyph_hints_done( &loader->hints );
-
-    loader->face    = NULL;
-    loader->globals = NULL;
-
-#ifdef AF_DEBUG
-    _af_debug_hints = NULL;
-#endif
-    FT_GlyphLoader_Done( loader->gloader );
-    loader->gloader = NULL;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  af_loader_load_g( AF_Loader  loader,
-                    AF_Scaler  scaler,
-                    FT_UInt    glyph_index,
-                    FT_Int32   load_flags,
-                    FT_UInt    depth )
-  {
-    FT_Error          error;
-    FT_Face           face     = loader->face;
-    FT_GlyphLoader    gloader  = loader->gloader;
-    AF_ScriptMetrics  metrics  = loader->metrics;
-    AF_GlyphHints     hints    = &loader->hints;
-    FT_GlyphSlot      slot     = face->glyph;
-    FT_Slot_Internal  internal = slot->internal;
-
-
-    error = FT_Load_Glyph( face, glyph_index, load_flags );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    loader->transformed = internal->glyph_transformed;
-    if ( loader->transformed )
-    {
-      FT_Matrix  inverse;
-
-
-      loader->trans_matrix = internal->glyph_matrix;
-      loader->trans_delta  = internal->glyph_delta;
-
-      inverse = loader->trans_matrix;
-      FT_Matrix_Invert( &inverse );
-      FT_Vector_Transform( &loader->trans_delta, &inverse );
-    }
-
-    /* set linear metrics */
-    slot->linearHoriAdvance = slot->metrics.horiAdvance;
-    slot->linearVertAdvance = slot->metrics.vertAdvance;
-
-    switch ( slot->format )
-    {
-    case FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE:
-      /* translate the loaded glyph when an internal transform is needed */
-      if ( loader->transformed )
-        FT_Outline_Translate( &slot->outline,
-                              loader->trans_delta.x,
-                              loader->trans_delta.y );
-
-      /* copy the outline points in the loader's current               */
-      /* extra points which is used to keep original glyph coordinates */
-      error = FT_GLYPHLOADER_CHECK_POINTS( gloader,
-                                           slot->outline.n_points + 4,
-                                           slot->outline.n_contours );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      FT_ARRAY_COPY( gloader->current.outline.points,
-                     slot->outline.points,
-                     slot->outline.n_points );
-
-      FT_ARRAY_COPY( gloader->current.outline.contours,
-                     slot->outline.contours,
-                     slot->outline.n_contours );
-
-      FT_ARRAY_COPY( gloader->current.outline.tags,
-                     slot->outline.tags,
-                     slot->outline.n_points );
-
-      gloader->current.outline.n_points   = slot->outline.n_points;
-      gloader->current.outline.n_contours = slot->outline.n_contours;
-
-      /* compute original horizontal phantom points (and ignore */
-      /* vertical ones)                                         */
-      loader->pp1.x = hints->x_delta;
-      loader->pp1.y = hints->y_delta;
-      loader->pp2.x = FT_MulFix( slot->metrics.horiAdvance,
-                                 hints->x_scale ) + hints->x_delta;
-      loader->pp2.y = hints->y_delta;
-
-      /* be sure to check for spacing glyphs */
-      if ( slot->outline.n_points == 0 )
-        goto Hint_Metrics;
-
-      /* now load the slot image into the auto-outline and run the */
-      /* automatic hinting process                                 */
-      if ( metrics->clazz->script_hints_apply )
-        metrics->clazz->script_hints_apply( hints,
-                                            &gloader->current.outline,
-                                            metrics );
-
-      /* we now need to hint the metrics according to the change in */
-      /* width/positioning that occurred during the hinting process */
-      if ( scaler->render_mode != FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT )
-      {
-        FT_Pos        old_rsb, old_lsb, new_lsb;
-        FT_Pos        pp1x_uh, pp2x_uh;
-        AF_AxisHints  axis  = &hints->axis[AF_DIMENSION_HORZ];
-        AF_Edge       edge1 = axis->edges;         /* leftmost edge  */
-        AF_Edge       edge2 = edge1 +
-                              axis->num_edges - 1; /* rightmost edge */
-
-
-        if ( axis->num_edges > 1 && AF_HINTS_DO_ADVANCE( hints ) )
-        {
-          old_rsb     = loader->pp2.x - edge2->opos;
-          old_lsb     = edge1->opos;
-          new_lsb     = edge1->pos;
-
-          /* remember unhinted values to later account */
-          /* for rounding errors                       */
-
-          pp1x_uh = new_lsb    - old_lsb;
-          pp2x_uh = edge2->pos + old_rsb;
-
-          /* prefer too much space over too little space */
-          /* for very small sizes                        */
-
-          if ( old_lsb < 24 )
-            pp1x_uh -= 8;
-
-          if ( old_rsb < 24 )
-            pp2x_uh += 8;
-
-          loader->pp1.x = FT_PIX_ROUND( pp1x_uh );
-          loader->pp2.x = FT_PIX_ROUND( pp2x_uh );
-
-          if ( loader->pp1.x >= new_lsb && old_lsb > 0 )
-            loader->pp1.x -= 64;
-
-          if ( loader->pp2.x <= edge2->pos && old_rsb > 0 )
-            loader->pp2.x += 64;
-
-          slot->lsb_delta = loader->pp1.x - pp1x_uh;
-          slot->rsb_delta = loader->pp2.x - pp2x_uh;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          FT_Pos   pp1x = loader->pp1.x;
-          FT_Pos   pp2x = loader->pp2.x;
-
-          loader->pp1.x = FT_PIX_ROUND( pp1x );
-          loader->pp2.x = FT_PIX_ROUND( pp2x );
-
-          slot->lsb_delta = loader->pp1.x - pp1x;
-          slot->rsb_delta = loader->pp2.x - pp2x;
-        }
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        FT_Pos   pp1x = loader->pp1.x;
-        FT_Pos   pp2x = loader->pp2.x;
-
-        loader->pp1.x = FT_PIX_ROUND( pp1x + hints->xmin_delta );
-        loader->pp2.x = FT_PIX_ROUND( pp2x + hints->xmax_delta );
-
-        slot->lsb_delta = loader->pp1.x - pp1x;
-        slot->rsb_delta = loader->pp2.x - pp2x;
-      }
-
-      /* good, we simply add the glyph to our loader's base */
-      FT_GlyphLoader_Add( gloader );
-      break;
-
-    case FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE:
-      {
-        FT_UInt      nn, num_subglyphs = slot->num_subglyphs;
-        FT_UInt      num_base_subgs, start_point;
-        FT_SubGlyph  subglyph;
-
-
-        start_point = gloader->base.outline.n_points;
-
-        /* first of all, copy the subglyph descriptors in the glyph loader */
-        error = FT_GlyphLoader_CheckSubGlyphs( gloader, num_subglyphs );
-        if ( error )
-          goto Exit;
-
-        FT_ARRAY_COPY( gloader->current.subglyphs,
-                       slot->subglyphs,
-                       num_subglyphs );
-
-        gloader->current.num_subglyphs = num_subglyphs;
-        num_base_subgs                 = gloader->base.num_subglyphs;
-
-        /* now, read each subglyph independently */
-        for ( nn = 0; nn < num_subglyphs; nn++ )
-        {
-          FT_Vector  pp1, pp2;
-          FT_Pos     x, y;
-          FT_UInt    num_points, num_new_points, num_base_points;
-
-
-          /* gloader.current.subglyphs can change during glyph loading due */
-          /* to re-allocation -- we must recompute the current subglyph on */
-          /* each iteration                                                */
-          subglyph = gloader->base.subglyphs + num_base_subgs + nn;
-
-          pp1 = loader->pp1;
-          pp2 = loader->pp2;
-
-          num_base_points = gloader->base.outline.n_points;
-
-          error = af_loader_load_g( loader, scaler, subglyph->index,
-                                    load_flags, depth + 1 );
-          if ( error )
-            goto Exit;
-
-          /* recompute subglyph pointer */
-          subglyph = gloader->base.subglyphs + num_base_subgs + nn;
-
-          if ( subglyph->flags & FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_USE_MY_METRICS )
-          {
-            pp1 = loader->pp1;
-            pp2 = loader->pp2;
-          }
-          else
-          {
-            loader->pp1 = pp1;
-            loader->pp2 = pp2;
-          }
-
-          num_points     = gloader->base.outline.n_points;
-          num_new_points = num_points - num_base_points;
-
-          /* now perform the transform required for this subglyph */
-
-          if ( subglyph->flags & ( FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_SCALE    |
-                                   FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XY_SCALE |
-                                   FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_2X2      ) )
-          {
-            FT_Vector*  cur   = gloader->base.outline.points +
-                                num_base_points;
-            FT_Vector*  limit = cur + num_new_points;
-
-
-            for ( ; cur < limit; cur++ )
-              FT_Vector_Transform( cur, &subglyph->transform );
-          }
-
-          /* apply offset */
-
-          if ( !( subglyph->flags & FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_XY_VALUES ) )
-          {
-            FT_Int      k = subglyph->arg1;
-            FT_UInt     l = subglyph->arg2;
-            FT_Vector*  p1;
-            FT_Vector*  p2;
-
-
-            if ( start_point + k >= num_base_points         ||
-                               l >= (FT_UInt)num_new_points )
-            {
-              error = AF_Err_Invalid_Composite;
-              goto Exit;
-            }
-
-            l += num_base_points;
-
-            /* for now, only use the current point coordinates;    */
-            /* we may consider another approach in the near future */
-            p1 = gloader->base.outline.points + start_point + k;
-            p2 = gloader->base.outline.points + start_point + l;
-
-            x = p1->x - p2->x;
-            y = p1->y - p2->y;
-          }
-          else
-          {
-            x = FT_MulFix( subglyph->arg1, hints->x_scale ) + hints->x_delta;
-            y = FT_MulFix( subglyph->arg2, hints->y_scale ) + hints->y_delta;
-
-            x = FT_PIX_ROUND( x );
-            y = FT_PIX_ROUND( y );
-          }
-
-          {
-            FT_Outline  dummy = gloader->base.outline;
-
-
-            dummy.points  += num_base_points;
-            dummy.n_points = (short)num_new_points;
-
-            FT_Outline_Translate( &dummy, x, y );
-          }
-        }
-      }
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      /* we don't support other formats (yet?) */
-      error = AF_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
-    }
-
-  Hint_Metrics:
-    if ( depth == 0 )
-    {
-      FT_BBox    bbox;
-      FT_Vector  vvector;
-
-
-      vvector.x = slot->metrics.vertBearingX - slot->metrics.horiBearingX;
-      vvector.y = slot->metrics.vertBearingY - slot->metrics.horiBearingY;
-      vvector.x = FT_MulFix( vvector.x, metrics->scaler.x_scale );
-      vvector.y = FT_MulFix( vvector.y, metrics->scaler.y_scale );
-
-      /* transform the hinted outline if needed */
-      if ( loader->transformed )
-      {
-        FT_Outline_Transform( &gloader->base.outline, &loader->trans_matrix );
-        FT_Vector_Transform( &vvector, &loader->trans_matrix );
-      }
-#if 1
-      /* we must translate our final outline by -pp1.x and compute */
-      /* the new metrics                                           */
-      if ( loader->pp1.x )
-        FT_Outline_Translate( &gloader->base.outline, -loader->pp1.x, 0 );
-#endif
-      FT_Outline_Get_CBox( &gloader->base.outline, &bbox );
-
-      bbox.xMin = FT_PIX_FLOOR( bbox.xMin );
-      bbox.yMin = FT_PIX_FLOOR( bbox.yMin );
-      bbox.xMax = FT_PIX_CEIL(  bbox.xMax );
-      bbox.yMax = FT_PIX_CEIL(  bbox.yMax );
-
-      slot->metrics.width        = bbox.xMax - bbox.xMin;
-      slot->metrics.height       = bbox.yMax - bbox.yMin;
-      slot->metrics.horiBearingX = bbox.xMin;
-      slot->metrics.horiBearingY = bbox.yMax;
-
-      slot->metrics.vertBearingX = FT_PIX_FLOOR( bbox.xMin + vvector.x );
-      slot->metrics.vertBearingY = FT_PIX_FLOOR( bbox.yMax + vvector.y );
-
-      /* for mono-width fonts (like Andale, Courier, etc.) we need */
-      /* to keep the original rounded advance width                */
-#if 0
-      if ( !FT_IS_FIXED_WIDTH( slot->face ) )
-        slot->metrics.horiAdvance = loader->pp2.x - loader->pp1.x;
-      else
-        slot->metrics.horiAdvance = FT_MulFix( slot->metrics.horiAdvance,
-                                               x_scale );
-#else
-      if ( !FT_IS_FIXED_WIDTH( slot->face ) )
-      {
-        /* non-spacing glyphs must stay as-is */
-        if ( slot->metrics.horiAdvance )
-          slot->metrics.horiAdvance = loader->pp2.x - loader->pp1.x;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        slot->metrics.horiAdvance = FT_MulFix( slot->metrics.horiAdvance,
-                                               metrics->scaler.x_scale );
-
-        /* Set delta values to 0.  Otherwise code that uses them is */
-        /* going to ruin the fixed advance width.                   */
-        slot->lsb_delta = 0;
-        slot->rsb_delta = 0;
-      }
-#endif
-
-      slot->metrics.vertAdvance = FT_MulFix( slot->metrics.vertAdvance,
-                                              metrics->scaler.y_scale );
-
-      slot->metrics.horiAdvance = FT_PIX_ROUND( slot->metrics.horiAdvance );
-      slot->metrics.vertAdvance = FT_PIX_ROUND( slot->metrics.vertAdvance );
-
-      /* now copy outline into glyph slot */
-      FT_GlyphLoader_Rewind( internal->loader );
-      error = FT_GlyphLoader_CopyPoints( internal->loader, gloader );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      slot->outline = internal->loader->base.outline;
-      slot->format  = FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE;
-    }
-
-#ifdef DEBUG_HINTER
-    af_debug_hinter = hinter;
-#endif
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  af_loader_load_glyph( AF_Loader  loader,
-                        FT_Face    face,
-                        FT_UInt    gindex,
-                        FT_UInt32  load_flags )
-  {
-    FT_Error      error;
-    FT_Size       size = face->size;
-    AF_ScalerRec  scaler;
-
-
-    if ( !size )
-      return AF_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    FT_ZERO( &scaler );
-
-    scaler.face    = face;
-    scaler.x_scale = size->metrics.x_scale;
-    scaler.x_delta = 0;  /* XXX: TODO: add support for sub-pixel hinting */
-    scaler.y_scale = size->metrics.y_scale;
-    scaler.y_delta = 0;  /* XXX: TODO: add support for sub-pixel hinting */
-
-    scaler.render_mode = FT_LOAD_TARGET_MODE( load_flags );
-    scaler.flags       = 0;  /* XXX: fix this */
-
-    error = af_loader_reset( loader, face );
-    if ( !error )
-    {
-      AF_ScriptMetrics  metrics;
-      FT_UInt           options = 0;
-
-
-#ifdef FT_OPTION_AUTOFIT2
-      /* XXX: undocumented hook to activate the latin2 hinter */
-      if ( load_flags & ( 1UL << 20 ) )
-        options = 2;
-#endif
-
-      error = af_face_globals_get_metrics( loader->globals, gindex,
-                                           options, &metrics );
-      if ( !error )
-      {
-        loader->metrics = metrics;
-
-        if ( metrics->clazz->script_metrics_scale )
-          metrics->clazz->script_metrics_scale( metrics, &scaler );
-        else
-          metrics->scaler = scaler;
-
-        load_flags |=  FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE | FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM;
-        load_flags &= ~FT_LOAD_RENDER;
-
-        if ( metrics->clazz->script_hints_init )
-        {
-          error = metrics->clazz->script_hints_init( &loader->hints,
-                                                     metrics );
-          if ( error )
-            goto Exit;
-        }
-
-        error = af_loader_load_g( loader, &scaler, gindex, load_flags, 0 );
-      }
-    }
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afloader.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afloader.h
deleted file mode 100644
index fa67c10..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afloader.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  afloader.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Auto-fitter glyph loading routines (specification).                  */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2003, 2004, 2005 by                                          */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __AF_LOADER_H__
-#define __AF_LOADER_H__
-
-#include "afhints.h"
-#include "afglobal.h"
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-  typedef struct AF_LoaderRec_
-  {
-    FT_Face           face;           /* current face */
-    AF_FaceGlobals    globals;        /* current face globals */
-    FT_GlyphLoader    gloader;        /* glyph loader */
-    AF_GlyphHintsRec  hints;
-    AF_ScriptMetrics  metrics;
-    FT_Bool           transformed;
-    FT_Matrix         trans_matrix;
-    FT_Vector         trans_delta;
-    FT_Vector         pp1;
-    FT_Vector         pp2;
-    /* we don't handle vertical phantom points */
-
-  } AF_LoaderRec, *AF_Loader;
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  af_loader_init( AF_Loader  loader,
-                  FT_Memory  memory );
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  af_loader_reset( AF_Loader  loader,
-                   FT_Face    face );
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  af_loader_done( AF_Loader  loader );
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  af_loader_load_glyph( AF_Loader  loader,
-                        FT_Face    face,
-                        FT_UInt    gindex,
-                        FT_UInt32  load_flags );
-
-/* */
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __AF_LOADER_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afmodule.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afmodule.c
deleted file mode 100644
index cd5e1cc..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afmodule.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,97 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  afmodule.c                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Auto-fitter module implementation (body).                            */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 by                                    */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include "afmodule.h"
-#include "afloader.h"
-
-#ifdef AF_DEBUG
-  int    _af_debug;
-  int    _af_debug_disable_horz_hints;
-  int    _af_debug_disable_vert_hints;
-  int    _af_debug_disable_blue_hints;
-  void*  _af_debug_hints;
-#endif
-
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-
-
-  typedef struct  FT_AutofitterRec_
-  {
-    FT_ModuleRec  root;
-    AF_LoaderRec  loader[1];
-
-  } FT_AutofitterRec, *FT_Autofitter;
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  af_autofitter_init( FT_Autofitter  module )
-  {
-    return af_loader_init( module->loader, module->root.library->memory );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
-  af_autofitter_done( FT_Autofitter  module )
-  {
-    af_loader_done( module->loader );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  af_autofitter_load_glyph( FT_Autofitter  module,
-                            FT_GlyphSlot   slot,
-                            FT_Size        size,
-                            FT_UInt        glyph_index,
-                            FT_Int32       load_flags )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( size );
-
-    return af_loader_load_glyph( module->loader, slot->face,
-                                 glyph_index, load_flags );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
-  const FT_AutoHinter_ServiceRec  af_autofitter_service =
-  {
-    NULL,
-    NULL,
-    NULL,
-    (FT_AutoHinter_GlyphLoadFunc)af_autofitter_load_glyph
-  };
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
-  const FT_Module_Class  autofit_module_class =
-  {
-    FT_MODULE_HINTER,
-    sizeof ( FT_AutofitterRec ),
-
-    "autofitter",
-    0x10000L,   /* version 1.0 of the autofitter  */
-    0x20000L,   /* requires FreeType 2.0 or above */
-
-    (const void*)&af_autofitter_service,
-
-    (FT_Module_Constructor)af_autofitter_init,
-    (FT_Module_Destructor) af_autofitter_done,
-    (FT_Module_Requester)  NULL
-  };
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afmodule.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afmodule.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 36268a0..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afmodule.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  afmodule.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Auto-fitter module implementation (specification).                   */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2003, 2004, 2005 by                                          */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __AFMODULE_H__
-#define __AFMODULE_H__
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_MODULE_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE
-  const FT_Module_Class  autofit_module_class;
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __AFMODULE_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/aftypes.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/aftypes.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 56811f0..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/aftypes.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,349 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  aftypes.h                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Auto-fitter types (specification only).                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by                        */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************
-   *
-   *  The auto-fitter is a complete rewrite of the old auto-hinter.
-   *  Its main feature is the ability to differentiate between different
-   *  scripts in order to apply language-specific rules.
-   *
-   *  The code has also been compartmentized into several entities that
-   *  should make algorithmic experimentation easier than with the old
-   *  code.
-   *
-   *  Finally, we get rid of the Catharon license, since this code is
-   *  released under the FreeType one.
-   *
-   *************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __AFTYPES_H__
-#define __AFTYPES_H__
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-
-#include FT_FREETYPE_H
-#include FT_OUTLINE_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                    D E B U G G I N G                          *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-#define xxAF_USE_WARPER  /* only define to use warp hinting */
-#define xxAF_DEBUG
-
-#ifdef AF_DEBUG
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#define AF_LOG( x )  do { if ( _af_debug ) printf x; } while ( 0 )
-
-extern int    _af_debug;
-extern int    _af_debug_disable_horz_hints;
-extern int    _af_debug_disable_vert_hints;
-extern int    _af_debug_disable_blue_hints;
-extern void*  _af_debug_hints;
-
-#else /* !AF_DEBUG */
-
-#define AF_LOG( x )  do ; while ( 0 )        /* nothing */
-
-#endif /* !AF_DEBUG */
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                 U T I L I T Y   S T U F F                     *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  typedef struct  AF_WidthRec_
-  {
-    FT_Pos  org;  /* original position/width in font units              */
-    FT_Pos  cur;  /* current/scaled position/width in device sub-pixels */
-    FT_Pos  fit;  /* current/fitted position/width in device sub-pixels */
-
-  } AF_WidthRec, *AF_Width;
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  af_sort_pos( FT_UInt  count,
-               FT_Pos*  table );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  af_sort_widths( FT_UInt   count,
-                  AF_Width  widths );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                   A N G L E   T Y P E S                       *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /*
-   *  The auto-fitter doesn't need a very high angular accuracy;
-   *  this allows us to speed up some computations considerably with a
-   *  light Cordic algorithm (see afangles.c).
-   */
-
-  typedef FT_Int  AF_Angle;
-
-
-#define AF_ANGLE_PI   256
-#define AF_ANGLE_2PI  ( AF_ANGLE_PI * 2 )
-#define AF_ANGLE_PI2  ( AF_ANGLE_PI / 2 )
-#define AF_ANGLE_PI4  ( AF_ANGLE_PI / 4 )
-
-
-#if 0
-  /*
-   *  compute the angle of a given 2-D vector
-   */
-  FT_LOCAL( AF_Angle )
-  af_angle_atan( FT_Pos  dx,
-                 FT_Pos  dy );
-
-
-  /*
-   *  compute `angle2 - angle1'; the result is always within
-   *  the range [-AF_ANGLE_PI .. AF_ANGLE_PI - 1]
-   */
-  FT_LOCAL( AF_Angle )
-  af_angle_diff( AF_Angle  angle1,
-                 AF_Angle  angle2 );
-#endif /* 0 */
-
-
-#define AF_ANGLE_DIFF( result, angle1, angle2 ) \
-  FT_BEGIN_STMNT                                \
-    AF_Angle  _delta = (angle2) - (angle1);     \
-                                                \
-                                                \
-    _delta %= AF_ANGLE_2PI;                     \
-    if ( _delta < 0 )                           \
-      _delta += AF_ANGLE_2PI;                   \
-                                                \
-    if ( _delta > AF_ANGLE_PI )                 \
-      _delta -= AF_ANGLE_2PI;                   \
-                                                \
-    result = _delta;                            \
-  FT_END_STMNT
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                    O U T L I N E S                            *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /*  opaque handle to glyph-specific hints -- see `afhints.h' for more
-   *  details
-   */
-  typedef struct AF_GlyphHintsRec_*  AF_GlyphHints;
-
-  /*  This structure is used to model an input glyph outline to
-   *  the auto-hinter.  The latter will set the `hints' field
-   *  depending on the glyph's script.
-   */
-  typedef struct  AF_OutlineRec_
-  {
-    FT_Face        face;
-    FT_Outline     outline;
-    FT_UInt        outline_resolution;
-
-    FT_Int         advance;
-    FT_UInt        metrics_resolution;
-
-    AF_GlyphHints  hints;
-
-  } AF_OutlineRec;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                       S C A L E R S                           *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /*
-   *  A scaler models the target pixel device that will receive the
-   *  auto-hinted glyph image.
-   */
-
-  typedef enum  AF_ScalerFlags_
-  {
-    AF_SCALER_FLAG_NO_HORIZONTAL = 1,  /* disable horizontal hinting */
-    AF_SCALER_FLAG_NO_VERTICAL   = 2,  /* disable vertical hinting   */
-    AF_SCALER_FLAG_NO_ADVANCE    = 4   /* disable advance hinting    */
-
-  } AF_ScalerFlags;
-
-
-  typedef struct  AF_ScalerRec_
-  {
-    FT_Face         face;        /* source font face                        */
-    FT_Fixed        x_scale;     /* from font units to 1/64th device pixels */
-    FT_Fixed        y_scale;     /* from font units to 1/64th device pixels */
-    FT_Pos          x_delta;     /* in 1/64th device pixels                 */
-    FT_Pos          y_delta;     /* in 1/64th device pixels                 */
-    FT_Render_Mode  render_mode; /* monochrome, anti-aliased, LCD, etc.     */
-    FT_UInt32       flags;       /* additional control flags, see above     */
-
-  } AF_ScalerRec, *AF_Scaler;
-
-
-#define AF_SCALER_EQUAL_SCALES( a, b )      \
-          ( (a)->x_scale == (b)->x_scale && \
-            (a)->y_scale == (b)->y_scale && \
-            (a)->x_delta == (b)->x_delta && \
-            (a)->y_delta == (b)->y_delta )
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                       S C R I P T S                           *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /*
-   *  The list of know scripts.  Each different script corresponds to the
-   *  following information:
-   *
-   *   - A set of Unicode ranges to test whether the face supports the
-   *     script.
-   *
-   *   - A specific global analyzer that will compute global metrics
-   *     specific to the script.
-   *
-   *   - A specific glyph analyzer that will compute segments and
-   *     edges for each glyph covered by the script.
-   *
-   *   - A specific grid-fitting algorithm that will distort the
-   *     scaled glyph outline according to the results of the glyph
-   *     analyzer.
-   *
-   *  Note that a given analyzer and/or grid-fitting algorithm can be
-   *  used by more than one script.
-   */
-
-  typedef enum  AF_Script_
-  {
-    AF_SCRIPT_NONE  = 0,
-    AF_SCRIPT_LATIN = 1,
-    AF_SCRIPT_CJK   = 2,
-    AF_SCRIPT_INDIC = 3, 
-#ifdef FT_OPTION_AUTOFIT2
-    AF_SCRIPT_LATIN2,
-#endif
-
-    /* add new scripts here.  Don't forget to update the list in */
-    /* `afglobal.c'.                                             */
-
-    AF_SCRIPT_MAX   /* do not remove */
-
-  } AF_Script;
-
-
-  typedef struct AF_ScriptClassRec_ const*  AF_ScriptClass;
-
-  typedef struct  AF_ScriptMetricsRec_
-  {
-    AF_ScriptClass  clazz;
-    AF_ScalerRec    scaler;
-
-  } AF_ScriptMetricsRec, *AF_ScriptMetrics;
-
-
-  /*  This function parses an FT_Face to compute global metrics for
-   *  a specific script.
-   */
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*AF_Script_InitMetricsFunc)( AF_ScriptMetrics  metrics,
-                                FT_Face           face );
-
-  typedef void
-  (*AF_Script_ScaleMetricsFunc)( AF_ScriptMetrics  metrics,
-                                 AF_Scaler         scaler );
-
-  typedef void
-  (*AF_Script_DoneMetricsFunc)( AF_ScriptMetrics  metrics );
-
-
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*AF_Script_InitHintsFunc)( AF_GlyphHints     hints,
-                              AF_ScriptMetrics  metrics );
-
-  typedef void
-  (*AF_Script_ApplyHintsFunc)( AF_GlyphHints     hints,
-                               FT_Outline*       outline,
-                               AF_ScriptMetrics  metrics );
-
-
-  typedef struct  AF_Script_UniRangeRec_
-  {
-    FT_UInt32  first;
-    FT_UInt32  last;
-
-  } AF_Script_UniRangeRec;
-
-  typedef const AF_Script_UniRangeRec  *AF_Script_UniRange;
-
-
-  typedef struct  AF_ScriptClassRec_
-  {
-    AF_Script                   script;
-    AF_Script_UniRange          script_uni_ranges; /* last must be { 0, 0 } */
-
-    FT_UInt                     script_metrics_size;
-    AF_Script_InitMetricsFunc   script_metrics_init;
-    AF_Script_ScaleMetricsFunc  script_metrics_scale;
-    AF_Script_DoneMetricsFunc   script_metrics_done;
-
-    AF_Script_InitHintsFunc     script_hints_init;
-    AF_Script_ApplyHintsFunc    script_hints_apply;
-
-  } AF_ScriptClassRec;
-
-
-/* */
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __AFTYPES_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afwarp.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afwarp.c
deleted file mode 100644
index f5bb9b1..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afwarp.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,338 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  afwarp.c                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Auto-fitter warping algorithm (body).                                */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2006, 2007 by                                                */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include "afwarp.h"
-
-#ifdef AF_USE_WARPER
-
-#if 1
-  static const AF_WarpScore
-  af_warper_weights[64] =
-  {
-    35, 32, 30, 25, 20, 15, 12, 10,  5,  1,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
-     0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0, -1, -2, -5, -8,-10,-10,-20,-20,-30,-30,
-
-   -30,-30,-20,-20,-10,-10, -8, -5, -2, -1,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
-     0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  1,  5, 10, 12, 15, 20, 25, 30, 32,
-  };
-#else
-  static const AF_WarpScore
-  af_warper_weights[64] =
-  {
-    30, 20, 10,  5,  4,  4,  3,  2,  1,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
-     0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0, -1, -2, -2, -5, -5,-10,-10,-15,-20,
-
-   -20,-15,-15,-10,-10, -5, -5, -2, -2, -1,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
-     0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  1,  2,  3,  4,  4,  5, 10, 20,
-  };
-#endif
-
-
-  static void
-  af_warper_compute_line_best( AF_Warper     warper,
-                               FT_Fixed      scale,
-                               FT_Pos        delta,
-                               FT_Pos        xx1,
-                               FT_Pos        xx2,
-                               AF_WarpScore  base_distort,
-                               AF_Segment    segments,
-                               FT_UInt       num_segments )
-  {
-    FT_Int        idx_min, idx_max, idx0;
-    FT_UInt       nn;
-    AF_WarpScore  scores[65];
-
-
-    for ( nn = 0; nn < 65; nn++ )
-      scores[nn] = 0;
-
-    idx0 = xx1 - warper->t1;
-
-    /* compute minimum and maximum indices */
-    {
-      FT_Pos  xx1min = warper->x1min;
-      FT_Pos  xx1max = warper->x1max;
-      FT_Pos  w      = xx2 - xx1;
-
-
-      if ( xx1min + w < warper->x2min )
-        xx1min = warper->x2min - w;
-
-      xx1max = warper->x1max;
-      if ( xx1max + w > warper->x2max )
-        xx1max = warper->x2max - w;
-
-      idx_min = xx1min - warper->t1;
-      idx_max = xx1max - warper->t1;
-
-      if ( idx_min < 0 || idx_min > idx_max || idx_max > 64 )
-      {
-        AF_LOG(( "invalid indices:\n"
-                 "  min=%d max=%d, xx1=%ld xx2=%ld,\n"
-                 "  x1min=%ld x1max=%ld, x2min=%ld x2max=%ld\n",
-                 idx_min, idx_max, xx1, xx2,
-                 warper->x1min, warper->x1max,
-                 warper->x2min, warper->x2max ));
-        return;
-      }
-    }
-
-    for ( nn = 0; nn < num_segments; nn++ )
-    {
-      FT_Pos  len = segments[nn].max_coord - segments[nn].min_coord;
-      FT_Pos  y0  = FT_MulFix( segments[nn].pos, scale ) + delta;
-      FT_Pos  y   = y0 + ( idx_min - idx0 );
-      FT_Int  idx;
-
-
-      for ( idx = idx_min; idx <= idx_max; idx++, y++ )
-        scores[idx] += af_warper_weights[y & 63] * len;
-    }
-
-    /* find best score */
-    {
-      FT_Int  idx;
-
-
-      for ( idx = idx_min; idx <= idx_max; idx++ )
-      {
-        AF_WarpScore  score = scores[idx];
-        AF_WarpScore  distort = base_distort + ( idx - idx0 );
-
-
-        if ( score > warper->best_score           ||
-             ( score == warper->best_score    &&
-               distort < warper->best_distort )   )
-        {
-          warper->best_score   = score;
-          warper->best_distort = distort;
-          warper->best_scale   = scale;
-          warper->best_delta   = delta + ( idx - idx0 );
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  af_warper_compute( AF_Warper      warper,
-                     AF_GlyphHints  hints,
-                     AF_Dimension   dim,
-                     FT_Fixed      *a_scale,
-                     FT_Pos        *a_delta )
-  {
-    AF_AxisHints  axis;
-    AF_Point      points;
-
-    FT_Fixed      org_scale;
-    FT_Pos        org_delta;
-
-    FT_UInt       nn, num_points, num_segments;
-    FT_Int        X1, X2;
-    FT_Int        w;
-
-    AF_WarpScore  base_distort;
-    AF_Segment    segments;
-
-
-    /* get original scaling transformation */
-    if ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_VERT )
-    {
-      org_scale = hints->y_scale;
-      org_delta = hints->y_delta;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      org_scale = hints->x_scale;
-      org_delta = hints->x_delta;
-    }
-
-    warper->best_scale   = org_scale;
-    warper->best_delta   = org_delta;
-    warper->best_score   = INT_MIN;
-    warper->best_distort = 0;
-
-    axis         = &hints->axis[dim];
-    segments     = axis->segments;
-    num_segments = axis->num_segments;
-    points       = hints->points;
-    num_points   = hints->num_points;
-
-    *a_scale = org_scale;
-    *a_delta = org_delta;
-
-    /* get X1 and X2, minimum and maximum in original coordinates */
-    if ( num_segments < 1 )
-      return;
-
-#if 1
-    X1 = X2 = points[0].fx;
-    for ( nn = 1; nn < num_points; nn++ )
-    {
-      FT_Int  X = points[nn].fx;
-
-
-      if ( X < X1 )
-        X1 = X;
-      if ( X > X2 )
-        X2 = X;
-    }
-#else
-    X1 = X2 = segments[0].pos;
-    for ( nn = 1; nn < num_segments; nn++ )
-    {
-      FT_Int  X = segments[nn].pos;
-
-
-      if ( X < X1 )
-        X1 = X;
-      if ( X > X2 )
-        X2 = X;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    if ( X1 >= X2 )
-      return;
-
-    warper->x1 = FT_MulFix( X1, org_scale ) + org_delta;
-    warper->x2 = FT_MulFix( X2, org_scale ) + org_delta;
-
-    warper->t1 = AF_WARPER_FLOOR( warper->x1 );
-    warper->t2 = AF_WARPER_CEIL( warper->x2 );
-
-    warper->x1min = warper->x1 & ~31;
-    warper->x1max = warper->x1min + 32;
-    warper->x2min = warper->x2 & ~31;
-    warper->x2max = warper->x2min + 32;
-
-    if ( warper->x1max > warper->x2 )
-      warper->x1max = warper->x2;
-
-    if ( warper->x2min < warper->x1 )
-      warper->x2min = warper->x1;
-
-    warper->w0 = warper->x2 - warper->x1;
-
-    if ( warper->w0 <= 64 )
-    {
-      warper->x1max = warper->x1;
-      warper->x2min = warper->x2;
-    }
-
-    warper->wmin = warper->x2min - warper->x1max;
-    warper->wmax = warper->x2max - warper->x1min;
-
-#if 1
-    {
-      int  margin = 16;
-
-
-      if ( warper->w0 <= 128 )
-      {
-         margin = 8;
-         if ( warper->w0 <= 96 )
-           margin = 4;
-      }
-
-      if ( warper->wmin < warper->w0 - margin )
-        warper->wmin = warper->w0 - margin;
-
-      if ( warper->wmax > warper->w0 + margin )
-        warper->wmax = warper->w0 + margin;
-    }
-
-    if ( warper->wmin < warper->w0 * 3 / 4 )
-      warper->wmin = warper->w0 * 3 / 4;
-
-    if ( warper->wmax > warper->w0 * 5 / 4 )
-      warper->wmax = warper->w0 * 5 / 4;
-#else
-    /* no scaling, just translation */
-    warper->wmin = warper->wmax = warper->w0;
-#endif
-
-    for ( w = warper->wmin; w <= warper->wmax; w++ )
-    {
-      FT_Fixed  new_scale;
-      FT_Pos    new_delta;
-      FT_Pos    xx1, xx2;
-
-
-      xx1 = warper->x1;
-      xx2 = warper->x2;
-      if ( w >= warper->w0 )
-      {
-        xx1 -= w - warper->w0;
-        if ( xx1 < warper->x1min )
-        {
-          xx2 += warper->x1min - xx1;
-          xx1  = warper->x1min;
-        }
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        xx1 -= w - warper->w0;
-        if ( xx1 > warper->x1max )
-        {
-          xx2 -= xx1 - warper->x1max;
-          xx1  = warper->x1max;
-        }
-      }
-
-      if ( xx1 < warper->x1 )
-        base_distort = warper->x1 - xx1;
-      else
-        base_distort = xx1 - warper->x1;
-
-      if ( xx2 < warper->x2 )
-        base_distort += warper->x2 - xx2;
-      else
-        base_distort += xx2 - warper->x2;
-
-      base_distort *= 10;
-
-      new_scale = org_scale + FT_DivFix( w - warper->w0, X2 - X1 );
-      new_delta = xx1 - FT_MulFix( X1, new_scale );
-
-      af_warper_compute_line_best( warper, new_scale, new_delta, xx1, xx2,
-                                   base_distort,
-                                   segments, num_segments );
-    }
-
-    {
-      FT_Fixed  best_scale = warper->best_scale;
-      FT_Pos    best_delta = warper->best_delta;
-     
-
-      hints->xmin_delta = FT_MulFix( X1, best_scale - org_scale )
-                          + best_delta;
-      hints->xmax_delta = FT_MulFix( X2, best_scale - org_scale )
-                          + best_delta;
-
-      *a_scale = best_scale;
-      *a_delta = best_delta;
-    }
-  }
-
-#else /* !AF_USE_WARPER */
-
-char  af_warper_dummy = 0;  /* make compiler happy */
-
-#endif /* !AF_USE_WARPER */
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afwarp.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afwarp.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 7343fdd..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afwarp.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  afwarp.h                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Auto-fitter warping algorithm (specification).                       */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2006, 2007 by                                                */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __AFWARP_H__
-#define __AFWARP_H__
-
-#include "afhints.h"
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-#define AF_WARPER_SCALE
-
-#define AF_WARPER_FLOOR( x )  ( (x) & ~63 )
-#define AF_WARPER_CEIL( x )   AF_WARPER_FLOOR( (x) + 63 )
-
-
-  typedef FT_Int32  AF_WarpScore;
-
-  typedef struct  AF_WarperRec_
-  {
-    FT_Pos        x1, x2;
-    FT_Pos        t1, t2;
-    FT_Pos        x1min, x1max;
-    FT_Pos        x2min, x2max;
-    FT_Pos        w0, wmin, wmax;
-
-    FT_Fixed      best_scale;
-    FT_Pos        best_delta;
-    AF_WarpScore  best_score;
-    AF_WarpScore  best_distort;
-
-  } AF_WarperRec, *AF_Warper;
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  af_warper_compute( AF_Warper      warper,
-                     AF_GlyphHints  hints,
-                     AF_Dimension   dim,
-                     FT_Fixed      *a_scale,
-                     FT_Fixed      *a_delta );
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-
-#endif /* __AFWARP_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/autofit.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/autofit.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 2fe66a9..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/autofit.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  autofit.c                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Auto-fitter module (body).                                           */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by                              */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#define FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include "afangles.c"
-#include "afglobal.c"
-#include "afhints.c"
-
-#include "afdummy.c"
-#include "aflatin.c"
-#ifdef FT_OPTION_AUTOFIT2
-#include "aflatin2.c"
-#endif
-#include "afcjk.c"
-#include "afindic.c"
-
-#include "afloader.c"
-#include "afmodule.c"
-
-#ifdef AF_USE_WARPER
-#include "afwarp.c"
-#endif
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/module.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/module.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 4a386ce..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/module.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 auto-fitter module definition
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-FTMODULE_H_COMMANDS += AUTOFIT_MODULE
-
-define AUTOFIT_MODULE
-$(OPEN_DRIVER)autofit_module_class$(CLOSE_DRIVER)
-$(ECHO_DRIVER)autofit   $(ECHO_DRIVER_DESC)automatic hinting module$(ECHO_DRIVER_DONE)
-endef
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/rules.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/rules.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 017489d..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/rules.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 auto-fitter module configuration rules
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-# AUTOF driver directory
-#
-AUTOF_DIR := $(SRC_DIR)/autofit
-
-
-# compilation flags for the driver
-#
-AUTOF_COMPILE := $(FT_COMPILE) $I$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$(AUTOF_DIR))
-
-
-# AUTOF driver sources (i.e., C files)
-#
-AUTOF_DRV_SRC := $(AUTOF_DIR)/afangles.c \
-                 $(AUTOF_DIR)/afcjk.c    \
-                 $(AUTOF_DIR)/afdummy.c  \
-                 $(AUTOF_DIR)/afglobal.c \
-                 $(AUTOF_DIR)/afhints.c  \
-                 $(AUTOF_DIR)/afindic.c  \
-                 $(AUTOF_DIR)/aflatin.c  \
-                 $(AUTOF_DIR)/afloader.c \
-                 $(AUTOF_DIR)/afmodule.c \
-                 $(AUTOF_DIR)/afwarp.c
-
-# AUTOF driver headers
-#
-AUTOF_DRV_H := $(AUTOF_DRV_SRC:%c=%h)  \
-               $(AUTOF_DIR)/aftypes.h  \
-               $(AUTOF_DIR)/aferrors.h
-
-
-# AUTOF driver object(s)
-#
-#   AUTOF_DRV_OBJ_M is used during `multi' builds.
-#   AUTOF_DRV_OBJ_S is used during `single' builds.
-#
-AUTOF_DRV_OBJ_M := $(AUTOF_DRV_SRC:$(AUTOF_DIR)/%.c=$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O)
-AUTOF_DRV_OBJ_S := $(OBJ_DIR)/autofit.$O
-
-# AUTOF driver source file for single build
-#
-AUTOF_DRV_SRC_S := $(AUTOF_DIR)/autofit.c
-
-
-# AUTOF driver - single object
-#
-$(AUTOF_DRV_OBJ_S): $(AUTOF_DRV_SRC_S) $(AUTOF_DRV_SRC) \
-                   $(FREETYPE_H) $(AUTOF_DRV_H)
-	$(AUTOF_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $(AUTOF_DRV_SRC_S))
-
-
-# AUTOF driver - multiple objects
-#
-$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O: $(AUTOF_DIR)/%.c $(FREETYPE_H) $(AUTOF_DRV_H)
-	$(AUTOF_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $<)
-
-
-# update main driver object lists
-#
-DRV_OBJS_S += $(AUTOF_DRV_OBJ_S)
-DRV_OBJS_M += $(AUTOF_DRV_OBJ_M)
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/Jamfile b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/Jamfile
deleted file mode 100644
index aeffe38..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/Jamfile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-# FreeType 2 src/base Jamfile
-#
-# Copyright 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-SubDir  FT2_TOP $(FT2_SRC_DIR) base ;
-
-
-{
-  local  _sources ;
-
-  if $(FT2_MULTI)
-  {
-    _sources = ftutil ftdbgmem ftstream ftcalc fttrigon ftgloadr ftoutln
-               ftobjs ftnames  ftrfork  ;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    _sources = ftbase ;
-  }
-
-  Library  $(FT2_LIB) : $(_sources).c ;
-}
-
-# Add the optional/replaceable files.
-#
-{
-  local  _sources =  system  init    glyph  mm      bdf
-                     bbox    debug   xf86   type1   pfr
-                     stroke  winfnt  otval  bitmap  synth
-                     gxval   lcdfil  gasp   patent
-                     ;
-
-  Library  $(FT2_LIB) : ft$(_sources).c ;
-}
-
-# Add Macintosh-specific file to the library when necessary.
-#
-if $(MAC)
-{
-  Library  $(FT2_LIB) : ftmac.c ;
-}
-
-# end of src/base Jamfile
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftapi.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftapi.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 8914d1f..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftapi.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,121 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftapi.c                                                                */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    The FreeType compatibility functions (body).                         */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2002 by                                                      */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_LIST_H
-#include FT_OUTLINE_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
-#include FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H
-#include FT_OUTLINE_H
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****                 C O M P A T I B I L I T Y                       ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /* backwards compatibility API */
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
-  FT_New_Memory_Stream( FT_Library  library,
-                        FT_Byte*    base,
-                        FT_ULong    size,
-                        FT_Stream   stream )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( library );
-
-    FT_Stream_OpenMemory( stream, base, size );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Seek_Stream( FT_Stream  stream,
-                  FT_ULong   pos )
-  {
-    return FT_Stream_Seek( stream, pos );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Skip_Stream( FT_Stream  stream,
-                  FT_Long    distance )
-  {
-    return FT_Stream_Skip( stream, distance );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Read_Stream( FT_Stream  stream,
-                  FT_Byte*   buffer,
-                  FT_ULong   count )
-  {
-    return FT_Stream_Read( stream, buffer, count );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Read_Stream_At( FT_Stream  stream,
-                     FT_ULong   pos,
-                     FT_Byte*   buffer,
-                     FT_ULong   count )
-  {
-    return FT_Stream_ReadAt( stream, pos, buffer, count );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Extract_Frame( FT_Stream  stream,
-                    FT_ULong   count,
-                    FT_Byte**  pbytes )
-  {
-    return FT_Stream_ExtractFrame( stream, count, pbytes );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
-  FT_Release_Frame( FT_Stream  stream,
-                    FT_Byte**  pbytes )
-  {
-    FT_Stream_ReleaseFrame( stream, pbytes );
-  }
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Access_Frame( FT_Stream  stream,
-                   FT_ULong   count )
-  {
-    return FT_Stream_EnterFrame( stream, count );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
-  FT_Forget_Frame( FT_Stream  stream )
-  {
-    FT_Stream_ExitFrame( stream );
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftbase.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftbase.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 300e02d..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftbase.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftbase.c                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Single object library component (body only).                         */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2007 by                   */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-
-#define  FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT
-
-#include "ftcalc.c"
-#include "ftdbgmem.c"
-#include "ftgloadr.c"
-#include "ftnames.c"
-#include "ftobjs.c"
-#include "ftoutln.c"
-#include "ftrfork.c"
-#include "ftstream.c"
-#include "fttrigon.c"
-#include "ftutil.c"
-
-#if defined( __APPLE__ ) && !defined ( DARWIN_NO_CARBON )
-#include "ftmac.c"
-#endif
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftbbox.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftbbox.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 532ab13..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftbbox.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,659 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftbbox.c                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType bbox computation (body).                                    */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2004, 2006 by                               */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used        */
-/*  modified and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project       */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This component has a _single_ role: to compute exact outline bounding */
-  /* boxes.                                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_BBOX_H
-#include FT_IMAGE_H
-#include FT_OUTLINE_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_CALC_H
-
-
-  typedef struct  TBBox_Rec_
-  {
-    FT_Vector  last;
-    FT_BBox    bbox;
-
-  } TBBox_Rec;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    BBox_Move_To                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    This function is used as a `move_to' and `line_to' emitter during  */
-  /*    FT_Outline_Decompose().  It simply records the destination point   */
-  /*    in `user->last'; no further computations are necessary since we    */
-  /*    use the cbox as the starting bbox which must be refined.           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    to   :: A pointer to the destination vector.                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <InOut>                                                               */
-  /*    user :: A pointer to the current walk context.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    Always 0.  Needed for the interface only.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static int
-  BBox_Move_To( FT_Vector*  to,
-                TBBox_Rec*  user )
-  {
-    user->last = *to;
-
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-#define CHECK_X( p, bbox )  \
-          ( p->x < bbox.xMin || p->x > bbox.xMax )
-
-#define CHECK_Y( p, bbox )  \
-          ( p->y < bbox.yMin || p->y > bbox.yMax )
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    BBox_Conic_Check                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Finds the extrema of a 1-dimensional conic Bezier curve and update */
-  /*    a bounding range.  This version uses direct computation, as it     */
-  /*    doesn't need square roots.                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    y1  :: The start coordinate.                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    y2  :: The coordinate of the control point.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    y3  :: The end coordinate.                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <InOut>                                                               */
-  /*    min :: The address of the current minimum.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    max :: The address of the current maximum.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  BBox_Conic_Check( FT_Pos   y1,
-                    FT_Pos   y2,
-                    FT_Pos   y3,
-                    FT_Pos*  min,
-                    FT_Pos*  max )
-  {
-    if ( y1 <= y3 && y2 == y1 )     /* flat arc */
-      goto Suite;
-
-    if ( y1 < y3 )
-    {
-      if ( y2 >= y1 && y2 <= y3 )   /* ascending arc */
-        goto Suite;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      if ( y2 >= y3 && y2 <= y1 )   /* descending arc */
-      {
-        y2 = y1;
-        y1 = y3;
-        y3 = y2;
-        goto Suite;
-      }
-    }
-
-    y1 = y3 = y1 - FT_MulDiv( y2 - y1, y2 - y1, y1 - 2*y2 + y3 );
-
-  Suite:
-    if ( y1 < *min ) *min = y1;
-    if ( y3 > *max ) *max = y3;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    BBox_Conic_To                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    This function is used as a `conic_to' emitter during               */
-  /*    FT_Raster_Decompose().  It checks a conic Bezier curve with the    */
-  /*    current bounding box, and computes its extrema if necessary to     */
-  /*    update it.                                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    control :: A pointer to a control point.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    to      :: A pointer to the destination vector.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <InOut>                                                               */
-  /*    user    :: The address of the current walk context.                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    Always 0.  Needed for the interface only.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    In the case of a non-monotonous arc, we compute directly the       */
-  /*    extremum coordinates, as it is sufficiently fast.                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static int
-  BBox_Conic_To( FT_Vector*  control,
-                 FT_Vector*  to,
-                 TBBox_Rec*  user )
-  {
-    /* we don't need to check `to' since it is always an `on' point, thus */
-    /* within the bbox                                                    */
-
-    if ( CHECK_X( control, user->bbox ) )
-      BBox_Conic_Check( user->last.x,
-                        control->x,
-                        to->x,
-                        &user->bbox.xMin,
-                        &user->bbox.xMax );
-
-    if ( CHECK_Y( control, user->bbox ) )
-      BBox_Conic_Check( user->last.y,
-                        control->y,
-                        to->y,
-                        &user->bbox.yMin,
-                        &user->bbox.yMax );
-
-    user->last = *to;
-
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    BBox_Cubic_Check                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Finds the extrema of a 1-dimensional cubic Bezier curve and        */
-  /*    updates a bounding range.  This version uses splitting because we  */
-  /*    don't want to use square roots and extra accuracy.                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    p1  :: The start coordinate.                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    p2  :: The coordinate of the first control point.                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    p3  :: The coordinate of the second control point.                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    p4  :: The end coordinate.                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <InOut>                                                               */
-  /*    min :: The address of the current minimum.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    max :: The address of the current maximum.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-
-#if 0
-
-  static void
-  BBox_Cubic_Check( FT_Pos   p1,
-                    FT_Pos   p2,
-                    FT_Pos   p3,
-                    FT_Pos   p4,
-                    FT_Pos*  min,
-                    FT_Pos*  max )
-  {
-    FT_Pos  stack[32*3 + 1], *arc;
-
-
-    arc = stack;
-
-    arc[0] = p1;
-    arc[1] = p2;
-    arc[2] = p3;
-    arc[3] = p4;
-
-    do
-    {
-      FT_Pos  y1 = arc[0];
-      FT_Pos  y2 = arc[1];
-      FT_Pos  y3 = arc[2];
-      FT_Pos  y4 = arc[3];
-
-
-      if ( y1 == y4 )
-      {
-        if ( y1 == y2 && y1 == y3 )                         /* flat */
-          goto Test;
-      }
-      else if ( y1 < y4 )
-      {
-        if ( y2 >= y1 && y2 <= y4 && y3 >= y1 && y3 <= y4 ) /* ascending */
-          goto Test;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        if ( y2 >= y4 && y2 <= y1 && y3 >= y4 && y3 <= y1 ) /* descending */
-        {
-          y2 = y1;
-          y1 = y4;
-          y4 = y2;
-          goto Test;
-        }
-      }
-
-      /* unknown direction -- split the arc in two */
-      arc[6] = y4;
-      arc[1] = y1 = ( y1 + y2 ) / 2;
-      arc[5] = y4 = ( y4 + y3 ) / 2;
-      y2 = ( y2 + y3 ) / 2;
-      arc[2] = y1 = ( y1 + y2 ) / 2;
-      arc[4] = y4 = ( y4 + y2 ) / 2;
-      arc[3] = ( y1 + y4 ) / 2;
-
-      arc += 3;
-      goto Suite;
-
-   Test:
-      if ( y1 < *min ) *min = y1;
-      if ( y4 > *max ) *max = y4;
-      arc -= 3;
-
-    Suite:
-      ;
-    } while ( arc >= stack );
-  }
-
-#else
-
-  static void
-  test_cubic_extrema( FT_Pos    y1,
-                      FT_Pos    y2,
-                      FT_Pos    y3,
-                      FT_Pos    y4,
-                      FT_Fixed  u,
-                      FT_Pos*   min,
-                      FT_Pos*   max )
-  {
- /* FT_Pos    a = y4 - 3*y3 + 3*y2 - y1; */
-    FT_Pos    b = y3 - 2*y2 + y1;
-    FT_Pos    c = y2 - y1;
-    FT_Pos    d = y1;
-    FT_Pos    y;
-    FT_Fixed  uu;
-
-    FT_UNUSED ( y4 );
-
-
-    /* The polynomial is                      */
-    /*                                        */
-    /*    P(x) = a*x^3 + 3b*x^2 + 3c*x + d  , */
-    /*                                        */
-    /*   dP/dx = 3a*x^2 + 6b*x + 3c         . */
-    /*                                        */
-    /* However, we also have                  */
-    /*                                        */
-    /*   dP/dx(u) = 0                       , */
-    /*                                        */
-    /* which implies by subtraction that      */
-    /*                                        */
-    /*   P(u) = b*u^2 + 2c*u + d            . */
-
-    if ( u > 0 && u < 0x10000L )
-    {
-      uu = FT_MulFix( u, u );
-      y  = d + FT_MulFix( c, 2*u ) + FT_MulFix( b, uu );
-
-      if ( y < *min ) *min = y;
-      if ( y > *max ) *max = y;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  BBox_Cubic_Check( FT_Pos   y1,
-                    FT_Pos   y2,
-                    FT_Pos   y3,
-                    FT_Pos   y4,
-                    FT_Pos*  min,
-                    FT_Pos*  max )
-  {
-    /* always compare first and last points */
-    if      ( y1 < *min )  *min = y1;
-    else if ( y1 > *max )  *max = y1;
-
-    if      ( y4 < *min )  *min = y4;
-    else if ( y4 > *max )  *max = y4;
-
-    /* now, try to see if there are split points here */
-    if ( y1 <= y4 )
-    {
-      /* flat or ascending arc test */
-      if ( y1 <= y2 && y2 <= y4 && y1 <= y3 && y3 <= y4 )
-        return;
-    }
-    else /* y1 > y4 */
-    {
-      /* descending arc test */
-      if ( y1 >= y2 && y2 >= y4 && y1 >= y3 && y3 >= y4 )
-        return;
-    }
-
-    /* There are some split points.  Find them. */
-    {
-      FT_Pos    a = y4 - 3*y3 + 3*y2 - y1;
-      FT_Pos    b = y3 - 2*y2 + y1;
-      FT_Pos    c = y2 - y1;
-      FT_Pos    d;
-      FT_Fixed  t;
-
-
-      /* We need to solve `ax^2+2bx+c' here, without floating points!      */
-      /* The trick is to normalize to a different representation in order  */
-      /* to use our 16.16 fixed point routines.                            */
-      /*                                                                   */
-      /* We compute FT_MulFix(b,b) and FT_MulFix(a,c) after normalization. */
-      /* These values must fit into a single 16.16 value.                  */
-      /*                                                                   */
-      /* We normalize a, b, and c to `8.16' fixed float values to ensure   */
-      /* that its product is held in a `16.16' value.                      */
-
-      {
-        FT_ULong  t1, t2;
-        int       shift = 0;
-
-
-        /* The following computation is based on the fact that for   */
-        /* any value `y', if `n' is the position of the most         */
-        /* significant bit of `abs(y)' (starting from 0 for the      */
-        /* least significant bit), then `y' is in the range          */
-        /*                                                           */
-        /*   -2^n..2^n-1                                             */
-        /*                                                           */
-        /* We want to shift `a', `b', and `c' concurrently in order  */
-        /* to ensure that they all fit in 8.16 values, which maps    */
-        /* to the integer range `-2^23..2^23-1'.                     */
-        /*                                                           */
-        /* Necessarily, we need to shift `a', `b', and `c' so that   */
-        /* the most significant bit of its absolute values is at     */
-        /* _most_ at position 23.                                    */
-        /*                                                           */
-        /* We begin by computing `t1' as the bitwise `OR' of the     */
-        /* absolute values of `a', `b', `c'.                         */
-
-        t1  = (FT_ULong)( ( a >= 0 ) ? a : -a );
-        t2  = (FT_ULong)( ( b >= 0 ) ? b : -b );
-        t1 |= t2;
-        t2  = (FT_ULong)( ( c >= 0 ) ? c : -c );
-        t1 |= t2;
-
-        /* Now we can be sure that the most significant bit of `t1'  */
-        /* is the most significant bit of either `a', `b', or `c',   */
-        /* depending on the greatest integer range of the particular */
-        /* variable.                                                 */
-        /*                                                           */
-        /* Next, we compute the `shift', by shifting `t1' as many    */
-        /* times as necessary to move its MSB to position 23.  This  */
-        /* corresponds to a value of `t1' that is in the range       */
-        /* 0x40_0000..0x7F_FFFF.                                     */
-        /*                                                           */
-        /* Finally, we shift `a', `b', and `c' by the same amount.   */
-        /* This ensures that all values are now in the range         */
-        /* -2^23..2^23, i.e., they are now expressed as 8.16         */
-        /* fixed-float numbers.  This also means that we are using   */
-        /* 24 bits of precision to compute the zeros, independently  */
-        /* of the range of the original polynomial coefficients.     */
-        /*                                                           */
-        /* This algorithm should ensure reasonably accurate values   */
-        /* for the zeros.  Note that they are only expressed with    */
-        /* 16 bits when computing the extrema (the zeros need to     */
-        /* be in 0..1 exclusive to be considered part of the arc).   */
-
-        if ( t1 == 0 )  /* all coefficients are 0! */
-          return;
-
-        if ( t1 > 0x7FFFFFUL )
-        {
-          do
-          {
-            shift++;
-            t1 >>= 1;
-
-          } while ( t1 > 0x7FFFFFUL );
-
-          /* this loses some bits of precision, but we use 24 of them */
-          /* for the computation anyway                               */
-          a >>= shift;
-          b >>= shift;
-          c >>= shift;
-        }
-        else if ( t1 < 0x400000UL )
-        {
-          do
-          {
-            shift++;
-            t1 <<= 1;
-
-          } while ( t1 < 0x400000UL );
-
-          a <<= shift;
-          b <<= shift;
-          c <<= shift;
-        }
-      }
-
-      /* handle a == 0 */
-      if ( a == 0 )
-      {
-        if ( b != 0 )
-        {
-          t = - FT_DivFix( c, b ) / 2;
-          test_cubic_extrema( y1, y2, y3, y4, t, min, max );
-        }
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        /* solve the equation now */
-        d = FT_MulFix( b, b ) - FT_MulFix( a, c );
-        if ( d < 0 )
-          return;
-
-        if ( d == 0 )
-        {
-          /* there is a single split point at -b/a */
-          t = - FT_DivFix( b, a );
-          test_cubic_extrema( y1, y2, y3, y4, t, min, max );
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          /* there are two solutions; we need to filter them */
-          d = FT_SqrtFixed( (FT_Int32)d );
-          t = - FT_DivFix( b - d, a );
-          test_cubic_extrema( y1, y2, y3, y4, t, min, max );
-
-          t = - FT_DivFix( b + d, a );
-          test_cubic_extrema( y1, y2, y3, y4, t, min, max );
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-#endif
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    BBox_Cubic_To                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    This function is used as a `cubic_to' emitter during               */
-  /*    FT_Raster_Decompose().  It checks a cubic Bezier curve with the    */
-  /*    current bounding box, and computes its extrema if necessary to     */
-  /*    update it.                                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    control1 :: A pointer to the first control point.                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    control2 :: A pointer to the second control point.                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    to       :: A pointer to the destination vector.                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <InOut>                                                               */
-  /*    user     :: The address of the current walk context.               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    Always 0.  Needed for the interface only.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    In the case of a non-monotonous arc, we don't compute directly     */
-  /*    extremum coordinates, we subdivide instead.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static int
-  BBox_Cubic_To( FT_Vector*  control1,
-                 FT_Vector*  control2,
-                 FT_Vector*  to,
-                 TBBox_Rec*  user )
-  {
-    /* we don't need to check `to' since it is always an `on' point, thus */
-    /* within the bbox                                                    */
-
-    if ( CHECK_X( control1, user->bbox ) ||
-         CHECK_X( control2, user->bbox ) )
-      BBox_Cubic_Check( user->last.x,
-                        control1->x,
-                        control2->x,
-                        to->x,
-                        &user->bbox.xMin,
-                        &user->bbox.xMax );
-
-    if ( CHECK_Y( control1, user->bbox ) ||
-         CHECK_Y( control2, user->bbox ) )
-      BBox_Cubic_Check( user->last.y,
-                        control1->y,
-                        control2->y,
-                        to->y,
-                        &user->bbox.yMin,
-                        &user->bbox.yMax );
-
-    user->last = *to;
-
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftbbox.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Outline_Get_BBox( FT_Outline*  outline,
-                       FT_BBox     *abbox )
-  {
-    FT_BBox     cbox;
-    FT_BBox     bbox;
-    FT_Vector*  vec;
-    FT_UShort   n;
-
-
-    if ( !abbox )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    if ( !outline )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Outline;
-
-    /* if outline is empty, return (0,0,0,0) */
-    if ( outline->n_points == 0 || outline->n_contours <= 0 )
-    {
-      abbox->xMin = abbox->xMax = 0;
-      abbox->yMin = abbox->yMax = 0;
-      return 0;
-    }
-
-    /* We compute the control box as well as the bounding box of  */
-    /* all `on' points in the outline.  Then, if the two boxes    */
-    /* coincide, we exit immediately.                             */
-
-    vec = outline->points;
-    bbox.xMin = bbox.xMax = cbox.xMin = cbox.xMax = vec->x;
-    bbox.yMin = bbox.yMax = cbox.yMin = cbox.yMax = vec->y;
-    vec++;
-
-    for ( n = 1; n < outline->n_points; n++ )
-    {
-      FT_Pos  x = vec->x;
-      FT_Pos  y = vec->y;
-
-
-      /* update control box */
-      if ( x < cbox.xMin ) cbox.xMin = x;
-      if ( x > cbox.xMax ) cbox.xMax = x;
-
-      if ( y < cbox.yMin ) cbox.yMin = y;
-      if ( y > cbox.yMax ) cbox.yMax = y;
-
-      if ( FT_CURVE_TAG( outline->tags[n] ) == FT_CURVE_TAG_ON )
-      {
-        /* update bbox for `on' points only */
-        if ( x < bbox.xMin ) bbox.xMin = x;
-        if ( x > bbox.xMax ) bbox.xMax = x;
-
-        if ( y < bbox.yMin ) bbox.yMin = y;
-        if ( y > bbox.yMax ) bbox.yMax = y;
-      }
-
-      vec++;
-    }
-
-    /* test two boxes for equality */
-    if ( cbox.xMin < bbox.xMin || cbox.xMax > bbox.xMax ||
-         cbox.yMin < bbox.yMin || cbox.yMax > bbox.yMax )
-    {
-      /* the two boxes are different, now walk over the outline to */
-      /* get the Bezier arc extrema.                               */
-
-      static const FT_Outline_Funcs  bbox_interface =
-      {
-        (FT_Outline_MoveTo_Func) BBox_Move_To,
-        (FT_Outline_LineTo_Func) BBox_Move_To,
-        (FT_Outline_ConicTo_Func)BBox_Conic_To,
-        (FT_Outline_CubicTo_Func)BBox_Cubic_To,
-        0, 0
-      };
-
-      FT_Error   error;
-      TBBox_Rec  user;
-
-
-      user.bbox = bbox;
-
-      error = FT_Outline_Decompose( outline, &bbox_interface, &user );
-      if ( error )
-        return error;
-
-      *abbox = user.bbox;
-    }
-    else
-      *abbox = bbox;
-
-    return FT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftbdf.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftbdf.c
deleted file mode 100644
index d29adf0..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftbdf.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftbdf.c                                                                */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType API for accessing BDF-specific strings (body).              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004 by                                          */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-#include FT_SERVICE_BDF_H
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftbdf.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID( FT_Face       face,
-                         const char*  *acharset_encoding,
-                         const char*  *acharset_registry )
-  {
-    FT_Error     error;
-    const char*  encoding = NULL;
-    const char*  registry = NULL;
-
-
-    error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    if ( face )
-    {
-      FT_Service_BDF  service;
-
-
-      FT_FACE_FIND_SERVICE( face, service, BDF );
-
-      if ( service && service->get_charset_id )
-        error = service->get_charset_id( face, &encoding, ®istry );
-    }
-
-    if ( acharset_encoding )
-      *acharset_encoding = encoding;
-
-    if ( acharset_registry )
-      *acharset_registry = registry;
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftbdf.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Get_BDF_Property( FT_Face           face,
-                       const char*       prop_name,
-                       BDF_PropertyRec  *aproperty )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error;
-
-
-    error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    aproperty->type = BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE;
-
-    if ( face )
-    {
-      FT_Service_BDF  service;
-
-
-      FT_FACE_FIND_SERVICE( face, service, BDF );
-
-      if ( service && service->get_property )
-        error = service->get_property( face, prop_name, aproperty );
-    }
-
-    return  error;
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftbitmap.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftbitmap.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 4c1cdf2..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftbitmap.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,630 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftbitmap.c                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType utility functions for converting 1bpp, 2bpp, 4bpp, and 8bpp */
-/*    bitmaps into 8bpp format (body).                                     */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by                                    */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_BITMAP_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-
-
-  static
-  const FT_Bitmap  null_bitmap = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftbitmap.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
-  FT_Bitmap_New( FT_Bitmap  *abitmap )
-  {
-    *abitmap = null_bitmap;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftbitmap.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Bitmap_Copy( FT_Library        library,
-                  const FT_Bitmap  *source,
-                  FT_Bitmap        *target)
-  {
-    FT_Memory  memory = library->memory;
-    FT_Error   error  = FT_Err_Ok;
-    FT_Int     pitch  = source->pitch;
-    FT_ULong   size;
-
-
-    if ( source == target )
-      return FT_Err_Ok;
-
-    if ( source->buffer == NULL )
-    {
-      *target = *source;
-
-      return FT_Err_Ok;
-    }
-
-    if ( pitch < 0 )
-      pitch = -pitch;
-    size = (FT_ULong)( pitch * source->rows );
-
-    if ( target->buffer )
-    {
-      FT_Int    target_pitch = target->pitch;
-      FT_ULong  target_size;
-
-
-      if ( target_pitch < 0  )
-        target_pitch = -target_pitch;
-      target_size = (FT_ULong)( target_pitch * target->rows );
-
-      if ( target_size != size )
-        (void)FT_QREALLOC( target->buffer, target_size, size );
-    }
-    else
-      (void)FT_QALLOC( target->buffer, size );
-
-    if ( !error )
-    {
-      unsigned char *p;
-
-
-      p = target->buffer;
-      *target = *source;
-      target->buffer = p;
-
-      FT_MEM_COPY( target->buffer, source->buffer, size );
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  ft_bitmap_assure_buffer( FT_Memory   memory,
-                           FT_Bitmap*  bitmap,
-                           FT_UInt     xpixels,
-                           FT_UInt     ypixels )
-  {
-    FT_Error        error;
-    int             pitch;
-    int             new_pitch;
-    FT_UInt         bpp;
-    FT_Int          i, width, height;
-    unsigned char*  buffer;
-
-
-    width  = bitmap->width;
-    height = bitmap->rows;
-    pitch  = bitmap->pitch;
-    if ( pitch < 0 )
-      pitch = -pitch;
-
-    switch ( bitmap->pixel_mode )
-    {
-    case FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO:
-      bpp       = 1;
-      new_pitch = ( width + xpixels + 7 ) >> 3;
-      break;
-    case FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2:
-      bpp       = 2;
-      new_pitch = ( width + xpixels + 3 ) >> 2;
-      break;
-    case FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4:
-      bpp       = 4;
-      new_pitch = ( width + xpixels + 1 ) >> 1;
-      break;
-    case FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY:
-    case FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD:
-    case FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V:
-      bpp       = 8;
-      new_pitch = ( width + xpixels );
-      break;
-    default:
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Glyph_Format;
-    }
-
-    /* if no need to allocate memory */
-    if ( ypixels == 0 && new_pitch <= pitch )
-    {
-      /* zero the padding */
-      FT_Int  bit_width = pitch * 8;
-      FT_Int  bit_last  = ( width + xpixels ) * bpp;
-
-
-      if ( bit_last < bit_width )
-      {
-        FT_Byte*  line  = bitmap->buffer + ( bit_last >> 3 );
-        FT_Byte*  end   = bitmap->buffer + pitch;
-        FT_Int    shift = bit_last & 7;
-        FT_UInt   mask  = 0xFF00U >> shift;
-        FT_Int    count = height;
-
-
-        for ( ; count > 0; count--, line += pitch, end += pitch )
-        {
-          FT_Byte*  write = line;
-
-
-          if ( shift > 0 )
-          {
-            write[0] = (FT_Byte)( write[0] & mask );
-            write++;
-          }
-          if ( write < end )
-            FT_MEM_ZERO( write, end-write );
-        }
-      }
-
-      return FT_Err_Ok;
-    }
-
-    if ( FT_QALLOC_MULT( buffer, new_pitch, bitmap->rows + ypixels ) )
-      return error;
-
-    if ( bitmap->pitch > 0 )
-    {
-      FT_Int  len = ( width * bpp + 7 ) >> 3;
-
-
-      for ( i = 0; i < bitmap->rows; i++ )
-        FT_MEM_COPY( buffer + new_pitch * ( ypixels + i ),
-                     bitmap->buffer + pitch * i, len );
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      FT_Int  len = ( width * bpp + 7 ) >> 3;
-
-
-      for ( i = 0; i < bitmap->rows; i++ )
-        FT_MEM_COPY( buffer + new_pitch * i,
-                     bitmap->buffer + pitch * i, len );
-    }
-
-    FT_FREE( bitmap->buffer );
-    bitmap->buffer = buffer;
-
-    if ( bitmap->pitch < 0 )
-      new_pitch = -new_pitch;
-
-    /* set pitch only, width and height are left untouched */
-    bitmap->pitch = new_pitch;
-
-    return FT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftbitmap.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Bitmap_Embolden( FT_Library  library,
-                      FT_Bitmap*  bitmap,
-                      FT_Pos      xStrength,
-                      FT_Pos      yStrength )
-  {
-    FT_Error        error;
-    unsigned char*  p;
-    FT_Int          i, x, y, pitch;
-    FT_Int          xstr, ystr;
-
-
-    if ( !library )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Library_Handle;
-
-    if ( !bitmap || !bitmap->buffer )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    xstr = FT_PIX_ROUND( xStrength ) >> 6;
-    ystr = FT_PIX_ROUND( yStrength ) >> 6;
-
-    if ( xstr == 0 && ystr == 0 )
-      return FT_Err_Ok;
-    else if ( xstr < 0 || ystr < 0 )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    switch ( bitmap->pixel_mode )
-    {
-    case FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2:
-    case FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4:
-      {
-        FT_Bitmap  tmp;
-        FT_Int     align;
-
-
-        if ( bitmap->pixel_mode == FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2 )
-          align = ( bitmap->width + xstr + 3 ) / 4;
-        else
-          align = ( bitmap->width + xstr + 1 ) / 2;
-
-        FT_Bitmap_New( &tmp );
-
-        error = FT_Bitmap_Convert( library, bitmap, &tmp, align );
-        if ( error )
-          return error;
-
-        FT_Bitmap_Done( library, bitmap );
-        *bitmap = tmp;
-      }
-      break;
-
-    case FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO:
-      if ( xstr > 8 )
-        xstr = 8;
-      break;
-
-    case FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD:
-      xstr *= 3;
-      break;
-
-    case FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V:
-      ystr *= 3;
-      break;
-    }
-
-    error = ft_bitmap_assure_buffer( library->memory, bitmap, xstr, ystr );
-    if ( error )
-      return error;
-
-    pitch = bitmap->pitch;
-    if ( pitch > 0 )
-      p = bitmap->buffer + pitch * ystr;
-    else
-    {
-      pitch = -pitch;
-      p = bitmap->buffer + pitch * ( bitmap->rows - 1 );
-    }
-
-    /* for each row */
-    for ( y = 0; y < bitmap->rows ; y++ )
-    {
-      /*
-       * Horizontally:
-       *
-       * From the last pixel on, make each pixel or'ed with the
-       * `xstr' pixels before it.
-       */
-      for ( x = pitch - 1; x >= 0; x-- )
-      {
-        unsigned char tmp;
-
-
-        tmp = p[x];
-        for ( i = 1; i <= xstr; i++ )
-        {
-          if ( bitmap->pixel_mode == FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO )
-          {
-            p[x] |= tmp >> i;
-
-            /* the maximum value of 8 for `xstr' comes from here */
-            if ( x > 0 )
-              p[x] |= p[x - 1] << ( 8 - i );
-
-#if 0
-            if ( p[x] == 0xff )
-              break;
-#endif
-          }
-          else
-          {
-            if ( x - i >= 0 )
-            {
-              if ( p[x] + p[x - i] > bitmap->num_grays - 1 )
-              {
-                p[x] = (unsigned char)(bitmap->num_grays - 1);
-                break;
-              }
-              else
-              {
-                p[x] = (unsigned char)(p[x] + p[x-i]);
-                if ( p[x] == bitmap->num_grays - 1 )
-                  break;
-              }
-            }
-            else
-              break;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-
-      /*
-       * Vertically:
-       *
-       * Make the above `ystr' rows or'ed with it.
-       */
-      for ( x = 1; x <= ystr; x++ )
-      {
-        unsigned char*  q;
-
-
-        q = p - bitmap->pitch * x;
-        for ( i = 0; i < pitch; i++ )
-          q[i] |= p[i];
-      }
-
-      p += bitmap->pitch;
-    }
-
-    bitmap->width += xstr;
-    bitmap->rows += ystr;
-
-    return FT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftbitmap.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Bitmap_Convert( FT_Library        library,
-                     const FT_Bitmap  *source,
-                     FT_Bitmap        *target,
-                     FT_Int            alignment )
-  {
-    FT_Error   error = FT_Err_Ok;
-    FT_Memory  memory;
-
-
-    if ( !library )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Library_Handle;
-
-    memory = library->memory;
-
-    switch ( source->pixel_mode )
-    {
-    case FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO:
-    case FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY:
-    case FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2:
-    case FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4:
-      {
-        FT_Int   pad;
-        FT_Long  old_size;
-
-
-        old_size = target->rows * target->pitch;
-        if ( old_size < 0 )
-          old_size = -old_size;
-
-        target->pixel_mode = FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY;
-        target->rows       = source->rows;
-        target->width      = source->width;
-
-        pad = 0;
-        if ( alignment > 0 )
-        {
-          pad = source->width % alignment;
-          if ( pad != 0 )
-            pad = alignment - pad;
-        }
-
-        target->pitch = source->width + pad;
-
-        if ( target->rows * target->pitch > old_size             &&
-             FT_QREALLOC( target->buffer,
-                          old_size, target->rows * target->pitch ) )
-          return error;
-      }
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-    }
-
-    switch ( source->pixel_mode )
-    {
-    case FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO:
-      {
-        FT_Byte*  s = source->buffer;
-        FT_Byte*  t = target->buffer;
-        FT_Int    i;
-
-
-        target->num_grays = 2;
-
-        for ( i = source->rows; i > 0; i-- )
-        {
-          FT_Byte*  ss = s;
-          FT_Byte*  tt = t;
-          FT_Int    j;
-
-
-          /* get the full bytes */
-          for ( j = source->width >> 3; j > 0; j-- )
-          {
-            FT_Int  val = ss[0]; /* avoid a byte->int cast on each line */
-
-
-            tt[0] = (FT_Byte)( ( val & 0x80 ) >> 7 );
-            tt[1] = (FT_Byte)( ( val & 0x40 ) >> 6 );
-            tt[2] = (FT_Byte)( ( val & 0x20 ) >> 5 );
-            tt[3] = (FT_Byte)( ( val & 0x10 ) >> 4 );
-            tt[4] = (FT_Byte)( ( val & 0x08 ) >> 3 );
-            tt[5] = (FT_Byte)( ( val & 0x04 ) >> 2 );
-            tt[6] = (FT_Byte)( ( val & 0x02 ) >> 1 );
-            tt[7] = (FT_Byte)(   val & 0x01 );
-
-            tt += 8;
-            ss += 1;
-          }
-
-          /* get remaining pixels (if any) */
-          j = source->width & 7;
-          if ( j > 0 )
-          {
-            FT_Int  val = *ss;
-
-
-            for ( ; j > 0; j-- )
-            {
-              tt[0] = (FT_Byte)( ( val & 0x80 ) >> 7);
-              val <<= 1;
-              tt   += 1;
-            }
-          }
-
-          s += source->pitch;
-          t += target->pitch;
-        }
-      }
-      break;
-
-
-    case FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY:
-      {
-        FT_Int    width   = source->width;
-        FT_Byte*  s       = source->buffer;
-        FT_Byte*  t       = target->buffer;
-        FT_Int    s_pitch = source->pitch;
-        FT_Int    t_pitch = target->pitch;
-        FT_Int    i;
-
-
-        target->num_grays = 256;
-
-        for ( i = source->rows; i > 0; i-- )
-        {
-          FT_ARRAY_COPY( t, s, width );
-
-          s += s_pitch;
-          t += t_pitch;
-        }
-      }
-      break;
-
-
-    case FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2:
-      {
-        FT_Byte*  s = source->buffer;
-        FT_Byte*  t = target->buffer;
-        FT_Int    i;
-
-
-        target->num_grays = 4;
-
-        for ( i = source->rows; i > 0; i-- )
-        {
-          FT_Byte*  ss = s;
-          FT_Byte*  tt = t;
-          FT_Int    j;
-
-
-          /* get the full bytes */
-          for ( j = source->width >> 2; j > 0; j-- )
-          {
-            FT_Int  val = ss[0];
-
-
-            tt[0] = (FT_Byte)( ( val & 0xC0 ) >> 6 );
-            tt[1] = (FT_Byte)( ( val & 0x30 ) >> 4 );
-            tt[2] = (FT_Byte)( ( val & 0x0C ) >> 2 );
-            tt[3] = (FT_Byte)( ( val & 0x03 ) );
-
-            ss += 1;
-            tt += 4;
-          }
-
-          j = source->width & 3;
-          if ( j > 0 )
-          {
-            FT_Int  val = ss[0];
-
-
-            for ( ; j > 0; j-- )
-            {
-              tt[0]  = (FT_Byte)( ( val & 0xC0 ) >> 6 );
-              val  <<= 2;
-              tt    += 1;
-            }
-          }
-
-          s += source->pitch;
-          t += target->pitch;
-        }
-      }
-      break;
-
-
-    case FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4:
-      {
-        FT_Byte*  s = source->buffer;
-        FT_Byte*  t = target->buffer;
-        FT_Int    i;
-
-
-        target->num_grays = 16;
-
-        for ( i = source->rows; i > 0; i-- )
-        {
-          FT_Byte*  ss = s;
-          FT_Byte*  tt = t;
-          FT_Int    j;
-
-
-          /* get the full bytes */
-          for ( j = source->width >> 1; j > 0; j-- )
-          {
-            FT_Int  val = ss[0];
-
-
-            tt[0] = (FT_Byte)( ( val & 0xF0 ) >> 4 );
-            tt[1] = (FT_Byte)( ( val & 0x0F ) );
-
-            ss += 1;
-            tt += 2;
-          }
-
-          if ( source->width & 1 )
-            tt[0] = (FT_Byte)( ( ss[0] & 0xF0 ) >> 4 );
-
-          s += source->pitch;
-          t += target->pitch;
-        }
-      }
-      break;
-
-
-    default:
-      ;
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftbitmap.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Bitmap_Done( FT_Library  library,
-                  FT_Bitmap  *bitmap )
-  {
-    FT_Memory  memory;
-
-
-    if ( !library )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Library_Handle;
-
-    if ( !bitmap )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    memory = library->memory;
-
-    FT_FREE( bitmap->buffer );
-    *bitmap = null_bitmap;
-
-    return FT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftcalc.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftcalc.c
deleted file mode 100644
index c69b9f6..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftcalc.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,873 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftcalc.c                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Arithmetic computations (body).                                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008 by             */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Support for 1-complement arithmetic has been totally dropped in this  */
-  /* release.  You can still write your own code if you need it.           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Implementing basic computation routines.                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* FT_MulDiv(), FT_MulFix(), FT_DivFix(), FT_RoundFix(), FT_CeilFix(),   */
-  /* and FT_FloorFix() are declared in freetype.h.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_CALC_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-
-
-/* we need to define a 64-bits data type here */
-
-#ifdef FT_LONG64
-
-  typedef FT_INT64  FT_Int64;
-
-#else
-
-  typedef struct  FT_Int64_
-  {
-    FT_UInt32  lo;
-    FT_UInt32  hi;
-
-  } FT_Int64;
-
-#endif /* FT_LONG64 */
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_calc
-
-
-  /* The following three functions are available regardless of whether */
-  /* FT_LONG64 is defined.                                             */
-
-  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Fixed )
-  FT_RoundFix( FT_Fixed  a )
-  {
-    return ( a >= 0 ) ?   ( a + 0x8000L ) & ~0xFFFFL
-                      : -((-a + 0x8000L ) & ~0xFFFFL );
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Fixed )
-  FT_CeilFix( FT_Fixed  a )
-  {
-    return ( a >= 0 ) ?   ( a + 0xFFFFL ) & ~0xFFFFL
-                      : -((-a + 0xFFFFL ) & ~0xFFFFL );
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Fixed )
-  FT_FloorFix( FT_Fixed  a )
-  {
-    return ( a >= 0 ) ?   a & ~0xFFFFL
-                      : -((-a) & ~0xFFFFL );
-  }
-
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
-
-  /* documentation is in ftcalc.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Int32 )
-  FT_Sqrt32( FT_Int32  x )
-  {
-    FT_ULong  val, root, newroot, mask;
-
-
-    root = 0;
-    mask = 0x40000000L;
-    val  = (FT_ULong)x;
-
-    do
-    {
-      newroot = root + mask;
-      if ( newroot <= val )
-      {
-        val -= newroot;
-        root = newroot + mask;
-      }
-
-      root >>= 1;
-      mask >>= 2;
-
-    } while ( mask != 0 );
-
-    return root;
-  }
-
-#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
-
-
-#ifdef FT_LONG64
-
-
-  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Long )
-  FT_MulDiv( FT_Long  a,
-             FT_Long  b,
-             FT_Long  c )
-  {
-    FT_Int   s;
-    FT_Long  d;
-
-
-    s = 1;
-    if ( a < 0 ) { a = -a; s = -1; }
-    if ( b < 0 ) { b = -b; s = -s; }
-    if ( c < 0 ) { c = -c; s = -s; }
-
-    d = (FT_Long)( c > 0 ? ( (FT_Int64)a * b + ( c >> 1 ) ) / c
-                         : 0x7FFFFFFFL );
-
-    return ( s > 0 ) ? d : -d;
-  }
-
-
-#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
-
-  /* documentation is in ftcalc.h */
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Long )
-  FT_MulDiv_No_Round( FT_Long  a,
-                      FT_Long  b,
-                      FT_Long  c )
-  {
-    FT_Int   s;
-    FT_Long  d;
-
-
-    s = 1;
-    if ( a < 0 ) { a = -a; s = -1; }
-    if ( b < 0 ) { b = -b; s = -s; }
-    if ( c < 0 ) { c = -c; s = -s; }
-
-    d = (FT_Long)( c > 0 ? (FT_Int64)a * b / c
-                         : 0x7FFFFFFFL );
-
-    return ( s > 0 ) ? d : -d;
-  }
-
-#endif /* TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER */
-
-
-  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Long )
-  FT_MulFix( FT_Long  a,
-             FT_Long  b )
-  {
-    FT_Int   s = 1;
-    FT_Long  c;
-
-
-    if ( a < 0 ) { a = -a; s = -1; }
-    if ( b < 0 ) { b = -b; s = -s; }
-
-    c = (FT_Long)( ( (FT_Int64)a * b + 0x8000L ) >> 16 );
-    return ( s > 0 ) ? c : -c ;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Long )
-  FT_DivFix( FT_Long  a,
-             FT_Long  b )
-  {
-    FT_Int32   s;
-    FT_UInt32  q;
-
-    s = 1;
-    if ( a < 0 ) { a = -a; s = -1; }
-    if ( b < 0 ) { b = -b; s = -s; }
-
-    if ( b == 0 )
-      /* check for division by 0 */
-      q = 0x7FFFFFFFL;
-    else
-      /* compute result directly */
-      q = (FT_UInt32)( ( ( (FT_Int64)a << 16 ) + ( b >> 1 ) ) / b );
-
-    return ( s < 0 ? -(FT_Long)q : (FT_Long)q );
-  }
-
-
-#else /* !FT_LONG64 */
-
-
-  static void
-  ft_multo64( FT_UInt32  x,
-              FT_UInt32  y,
-              FT_Int64  *z )
-  {
-    FT_UInt32  lo1, hi1, lo2, hi2, lo, hi, i1, i2;
-
-
-    lo1 = x & 0x0000FFFFU;  hi1 = x >> 16;
-    lo2 = y & 0x0000FFFFU;  hi2 = y >> 16;
-
-    lo = lo1 * lo2;
-    i1 = lo1 * hi2;
-    i2 = lo2 * hi1;
-    hi = hi1 * hi2;
-
-    /* Check carry overflow of i1 + i2 */
-    i1 += i2;
-    hi += (FT_UInt32)( i1 < i2 ) << 16;
-
-    hi += i1 >> 16;
-    i1  = i1 << 16;
-
-    /* Check carry overflow of i1 + lo */
-    lo += i1;
-    hi += ( lo < i1 );
-
-    z->lo = lo;
-    z->hi = hi;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_UInt32
-  ft_div64by32( FT_UInt32  hi,
-                FT_UInt32  lo,
-                FT_UInt32  y )
-  {
-    FT_UInt32  r, q;
-    FT_Int     i;
-
-
-    q = 0;
-    r = hi;
-
-    if ( r >= y )
-      return (FT_UInt32)0x7FFFFFFFL;
-
-    i = 32;
-    do
-    {
-      r <<= 1;
-      q <<= 1;
-      r  |= lo >> 31;
-
-      if ( r >= (FT_UInt32)y )
-      {
-        r -= y;
-        q |= 1;
-      }
-      lo <<= 1;
-    } while ( --i );
-
-    return q;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  FT_Add64( FT_Int64*  x,
-            FT_Int64*  y,
-            FT_Int64  *z )
-  {
-    register FT_UInt32  lo, hi;
-
-
-    lo = x->lo + y->lo;
-    hi = x->hi + y->hi + ( lo < x->lo );
-
-    z->lo = lo;
-    z->hi = hi;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
-
-  /* The FT_MulDiv function has been optimized thanks to ideas from      */
-  /* Graham Asher.  The trick is to optimize computation when everything */
-  /* fits within 32-bits (a rather common case).                         */
-  /*                                                                     */
-  /*  we compute 'a*b+c/2', then divide it by 'c'. (positive values)     */
-  /*                                                                     */
-  /*  46340 is FLOOR(SQRT(2^31-1)).                                      */
-  /*                                                                     */
-  /*  if ( a <= 46340 && b <= 46340 ) then ( a*b <= 0x7FFEA810 )         */
-  /*                                                                     */
-  /*  0x7FFFFFFF - 0x7FFEA810 = 0x157F0                                  */
-  /*                                                                     */
-  /*  if ( c < 0x157F0*2 ) then ( a*b+c/2 <= 0x7FFFFFFF )                */
-  /*                                                                     */
-  /*  and 2*0x157F0 = 176096                                             */
-  /*                                                                     */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Long )
-  FT_MulDiv( FT_Long  a,
-             FT_Long  b,
-             FT_Long  c )
-  {
-    long  s;
-
-
-    if ( a == 0 || b == c )
-      return a;
-
-    s  = a; a = FT_ABS( a );
-    s ^= b; b = FT_ABS( b );
-    s ^= c; c = FT_ABS( c );
-
-    if ( a <= 46340L && b <= 46340L && c <= 176095L && c > 0 )
-      a = ( a * b + ( c >> 1 ) ) / c;
-
-    else if ( c > 0 )
-    {
-      FT_Int64  temp, temp2;
-
-
-      ft_multo64( a, b, &temp );
-
-      temp2.hi = 0;
-      temp2.lo = (FT_UInt32)(c >> 1);
-      FT_Add64( &temp, &temp2, &temp );
-      a = ft_div64by32( temp.hi, temp.lo, c );
-    }
-    else
-      a = 0x7FFFFFFFL;
-
-    return ( s < 0 ? -a : a );
-  }
-
-
-#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Long )
-  FT_MulDiv_No_Round( FT_Long  a,
-                      FT_Long  b,
-                      FT_Long  c )
-  {
-    long  s;
-
-
-    if ( a == 0 || b == c )
-      return a;
-
-    s  = a; a = FT_ABS( a );
-    s ^= b; b = FT_ABS( b );
-    s ^= c; c = FT_ABS( c );
-
-    if ( a <= 46340L && b <= 46340L && c > 0 )
-      a = a * b / c;
-
-    else if ( c > 0 )
-    {
-      FT_Int64  temp;
-
-
-      ft_multo64( a, b, &temp );
-      a = ft_div64by32( temp.hi, temp.lo, c );
-    }
-    else
-      a = 0x7FFFFFFFL;
-
-    return ( s < 0 ? -a : a );
-  }
-
-#endif /* TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER */
-
-
-  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Long )
-  FT_MulFix( FT_Long  a,
-             FT_Long  b )
-  {
-    /* use inline assembly to speed up things a bit */
-
-#if defined( __GNUC__ ) && defined( i386 )
-
-    FT_Long  result;
-
-
-    __asm__ __volatile__ (
-      "imul  %%edx\n"
-      "movl  %%edx, %%ecx\n"
-      "sarl  $31, %%ecx\n"
-      "addl  $0x8000, %%ecx\n"
-      "addl  %%ecx, %%eax\n"
-      "adcl  $0, %%edx\n"
-      "shrl  $16, %%eax\n"
-      "shll  $16, %%edx\n"
-      "addl  %%edx, %%eax\n"
-      "mov   %%eax, %0\n"
-      : "=a"(result), "+d"(b)
-      : "a"(a)
-      : "%ecx"
-    );
-    return result;
-
-#elif 1
-
-    FT_Long   sa, sb;
-    FT_ULong  ua, ub;
-
-
-    if ( a == 0 || b == 0x10000L )
-      return a;
-
-    sa = ( a >> ( sizeof ( a ) * 8 - 1 ) );
-    a  = ( a ^ sa ) - sa;
-    sb = ( b >> ( sizeof ( b ) * 8 - 1 ) );
-    b  = ( b ^ sb ) - sb;
-
-    ua = (FT_ULong)a;
-    ub = (FT_ULong)b;
-
-    if ( ua <= 2048 && ub <= 1048576L )
-      ua = ( ua * ub + 0x8000U ) >> 16;
-    else
-    {
-      FT_ULong  al = ua & 0xFFFFU;
-
-
-      ua = ( ua >> 16 ) * ub +  al * ( ub >> 16 ) +
-           ( ( al * ( ub & 0xFFFFU ) + 0x8000U ) >> 16 );
-    }
-
-    sa ^= sb,
-    ua  = (FT_ULong)(( ua ^ sa ) - sa);
-
-    return (FT_Long)ua;
-
-#else /* 0 */
-
-    FT_Long   s;
-    FT_ULong  ua, ub;
-
-
-    if ( a == 0 || b == 0x10000L )
-      return a;
-
-    s  = a; a = FT_ABS( a );
-    s ^= b; b = FT_ABS( b );
-
-    ua = (FT_ULong)a;
-    ub = (FT_ULong)b;
-
-    if ( ua <= 2048 && ub <= 1048576L )
-      ua = ( ua * ub + 0x8000UL ) >> 16;
-    else
-    {
-      FT_ULong  al = ua & 0xFFFFUL;
-
-
-      ua = ( ua >> 16 ) * ub +  al * ( ub >> 16 ) +
-           ( ( al * ( ub & 0xFFFFUL ) + 0x8000UL ) >> 16 );
-    }
-
-    return ( s < 0 ? -(FT_Long)ua : (FT_Long)ua );
-
-#endif /* 0 */
-
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Long )
-  FT_DivFix( FT_Long  a,
-             FT_Long  b )
-  {
-    FT_Int32   s;
-    FT_UInt32  q;
-
-
-    s  = a; a = FT_ABS( a );
-    s ^= b; b = FT_ABS( b );
-
-    if ( b == 0 )
-    {
-      /* check for division by 0 */
-      q = 0x7FFFFFFFL;
-    }
-    else if ( ( a >> 16 ) == 0 )
-    {
-      /* compute result directly */
-      q = (FT_UInt32)( (a << 16) + (b >> 1) ) / (FT_UInt32)b;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* we need more bits; we have to do it by hand */
-      FT_Int64  temp, temp2;
-
-      temp.hi  = (FT_Int32) (a >> 16);
-      temp.lo  = (FT_UInt32)(a << 16);
-      temp2.hi = 0;
-      temp2.lo = (FT_UInt32)( b >> 1 );
-      FT_Add64( &temp, &temp2, &temp );
-      q = ft_div64by32( temp.hi, temp.lo, b );
-    }
-
-    return ( s < 0 ? -(FT_Int32)q : (FT_Int32)q );
-  }
-
-
-#if 0
-
-  /* documentation is in ftcalc.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
-  FT_MulTo64( FT_Int32   x,
-              FT_Int32   y,
-              FT_Int64  *z )
-  {
-    FT_Int32  s;
-
-
-    s  = x; x = FT_ABS( x );
-    s ^= y; y = FT_ABS( y );
-
-    ft_multo64( x, y, z );
-
-    if ( s < 0 )
-    {
-      z->lo = (FT_UInt32)-(FT_Int32)z->lo;
-      z->hi = ~z->hi + !( z->lo );
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  /* apparently, the second version of this code is not compiled correctly */
-  /* on Mac machines with the MPW C compiler..  tsk, tsk, tsk...           */
-
-#if 1
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Int32 )
-  FT_Div64by32( FT_Int64*  x,
-                FT_Int32   y )
-  {
-    FT_Int32   s;
-    FT_UInt32  q, r, i, lo;
-
-
-    s  = x->hi;
-    if ( s < 0 )
-    {
-      x->lo = (FT_UInt32)-(FT_Int32)x->lo;
-      x->hi = ~x->hi + !x->lo;
-    }
-    s ^= y;  y = FT_ABS( y );
-
-    /* Shortcut */
-    if ( x->hi == 0 )
-    {
-      if ( y > 0 )
-        q = x->lo / y;
-      else
-        q = 0x7FFFFFFFL;
-
-      return ( s < 0 ? -(FT_Int32)q : (FT_Int32)q );
-    }
-
-    r  = x->hi;
-    lo = x->lo;
-
-    if ( r >= (FT_UInt32)y ) /* we know y is to be treated as unsigned here */
-      return ( s < 0 ? 0x80000001UL : 0x7FFFFFFFUL );
-                             /* Return Max/Min Int32 if division overflow. */
-                             /* This includes division by zero!            */
-    q = 0;
-    for ( i = 0; i < 32; i++ )
-    {
-      r <<= 1;
-      q <<= 1;
-      r  |= lo >> 31;
-
-      if ( r >= (FT_UInt32)y )
-      {
-        r -= y;
-        q |= 1;
-      }
-      lo <<= 1;
-    }
-
-    return ( s < 0 ? -(FT_Int32)q : (FT_Int32)q );
-  }
-
-#else /* 0 */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Int32 )
-  FT_Div64by32( FT_Int64*  x,
-                FT_Int32   y )
-  {
-    FT_Int32   s;
-    FT_UInt32  q;
-
-
-    s  = x->hi;
-    if ( s < 0 )
-    {
-      x->lo = (FT_UInt32)-(FT_Int32)x->lo;
-      x->hi = ~x->hi + !x->lo;
-    }
-    s ^= y;  y = FT_ABS( y );
-
-    /* Shortcut */
-    if ( x->hi == 0 )
-    {
-      if ( y > 0 )
-        q = ( x->lo + ( y >> 1 ) ) / y;
-      else
-        q = 0x7FFFFFFFL;
-
-      return ( s < 0 ? -(FT_Int32)q : (FT_Int32)q );
-    }
-
-    q = ft_div64by32( x->hi, x->lo, y );
-
-    return ( s < 0 ? -(FT_Int32)q : (FT_Int32)q );
-  }
-
-#endif /* 0 */
-
-#endif /* 0 */
-
-
-#endif /* FT_LONG64 */
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftcalc.h */
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
-  FT_Matrix_Multiply_Scaled( const FT_Matrix*  a,
-                             FT_Matrix        *b,
-                             FT_Long           scaling )
-  {
-    FT_Fixed  xx, xy, yx, yy;
-
-    FT_Long   val = 0x10000L * scaling;
-
-
-    if ( !a || !b )
-      return;
-
-    xx = FT_MulDiv( a->xx, b->xx, val ) + FT_MulDiv( a->xy, b->yx, val );
-    xy = FT_MulDiv( a->xx, b->xy, val ) + FT_MulDiv( a->xy, b->yy, val );
-    yx = FT_MulDiv( a->yx, b->xx, val ) + FT_MulDiv( a->yy, b->yx, val );
-    yy = FT_MulDiv( a->yx, b->xy, val ) + FT_MulDiv( a->yy, b->yy, val );
-
-    b->xx = xx;  b->xy = xy;
-    b->yx = yx;  b->yy = yy;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftcalc.h */
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
-  FT_Vector_Transform_Scaled( FT_Vector*        vector,
-                              const FT_Matrix*  matrix,
-                              FT_Long           scaling )
-  {
-    FT_Pos   xz, yz;
-
-    FT_Long  val = 0x10000L * scaling;
-
-
-    if ( !vector || !matrix )
-      return;
-
-    xz = FT_MulDiv( vector->x, matrix->xx, val ) +
-         FT_MulDiv( vector->y, matrix->xy, val );
-
-    yz = FT_MulDiv( vector->x, matrix->yx, val ) +
-         FT_MulDiv( vector->y, matrix->yy, val );
-
-    vector->x = xz;
-    vector->y = yz;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftcalc.h */
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Int32 )
-  FT_SqrtFixed( FT_Int32  x )
-  {
-    FT_UInt32  root, rem_hi, rem_lo, test_div;
-    FT_Int     count;
-
-
-    root = 0;
-
-    if ( x > 0 )
-    {
-      rem_hi = 0;
-      rem_lo = x;
-      count  = 24;
-      do
-      {
-        rem_hi   = ( rem_hi << 2 ) | ( rem_lo >> 30 );
-        rem_lo <<= 2;
-        root   <<= 1;
-        test_div = ( root << 1 ) + 1;
-
-        if ( rem_hi >= test_div )
-        {
-          rem_hi -= test_div;
-          root   += 1;
-        }
-      } while ( --count );
-    }
-
-    return (FT_Int32)root;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftcalc.h */
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Int )
-  ft_corner_orientation( FT_Pos  in_x,
-                         FT_Pos  in_y,
-                         FT_Pos  out_x,
-                         FT_Pos  out_y )
-  {
-    FT_Int  result;
-
-
-    /* deal with the trivial cases quickly */
-    if ( in_y == 0 )
-    {
-      if ( in_x >= 0 )
-        result = out_y;
-      else
-        result = -out_y;
-    }
-    else if ( in_x == 0 )
-    {
-      if ( in_y >= 0 )
-        result = -out_x;
-      else
-        result = out_x;
-    }
-    else if ( out_y == 0 )
-    {
-      if ( out_x >= 0 )
-        result = in_y;
-      else
-        result = -in_y;
-    }
-    else if ( out_x == 0 )
-    {
-      if ( out_y >= 0 )
-        result = -in_x;
-      else
-        result =  in_x;
-    }
-    else /* general case */
-    {
-#ifdef FT_LONG64
-
-      FT_Int64  delta = (FT_Int64)in_x * out_y - (FT_Int64)in_y * out_x;
-
-
-      if ( delta == 0 )
-        result = 0;
-      else
-        result = 1 - 2 * ( delta < 0 );
-
-#else
-
-      FT_Int64  z1, z2;
-
-
-      ft_multo64( in_x, out_y, &z1 );
-      ft_multo64( in_y, out_x, &z2 );
-
-      if ( z1.hi > z2.hi )
-        result = +1;
-      else if ( z1.hi < z2.hi )
-        result = -1;
-      else if ( z1.lo > z2.lo )
-        result = +1;
-      else if ( z1.lo < z2.lo )
-        result = -1;
-      else
-        result = 0;
-
-#endif
-    }
-
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftcalc.h */
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Int )
-  ft_corner_is_flat( FT_Pos  in_x,
-                     FT_Pos  in_y,
-                     FT_Pos  out_x,
-                     FT_Pos  out_y )
-  {
-    FT_Pos  ax = in_x;
-    FT_Pos  ay = in_y;
-
-    FT_Pos  d_in, d_out, d_corner;
-
-
-    if ( ax < 0 )
-      ax = -ax;
-    if ( ay < 0 )
-      ay = -ay;
-    d_in = ax + ay;
-
-    ax = out_x;
-    if ( ax < 0 )
-      ax = -ax;
-    ay = out_y;
-    if ( ay < 0 )
-      ay = -ay;
-    d_out = ax + ay;
-
-    ax = out_x + in_x;
-    if ( ax < 0 )
-      ax = -ax;
-    ay = out_y + in_y;
-    if ( ay < 0 )
-      ay = -ay;
-    d_corner = ax + ay;
-
-    return ( d_in + d_out - d_corner ) < ( d_corner >> 4 );
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftcid.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftcid.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 5a8b50f..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftcid.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftcid.c                                                                */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType API for accessing CID font information.                     */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2007 by Derek Clegg.                                         */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-#include FT_SERVICE_CID_H
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftcid.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Get_CID_Registry_Ordering_Supplement( FT_Face       face,
-                                           const char*  *registry,
-                                           const char*  *ordering,
-                                           FT_Int       *supplement)
-  {
-    FT_Error     error;
-    const char*  r = NULL;
-    const char*  o = NULL;
-    FT_Int       s = 0;
-
-
-    error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    if ( face )
-    {
-      FT_Service_CID  service;
-
-
-      FT_FACE_FIND_SERVICE( face, service, CID );
-
-      if ( service && service->get_ros )
-        error = service->get_ros( face, &r, &o, &s );
-    }
-
-    if ( registry )
-      *registry = r;
-
-    if ( ordering )
-      *ordering = o;
-
-    if ( supplement )
-      *supplement = s;
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftdbgmem.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftdbgmem.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 52a5c20..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftdbgmem.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,998 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftdbgmem.c                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Memory debugger (body).                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 by                        */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_MEMORY_H
-#include FT_SYSTEM_H
-#include FT_ERRORS_H
-#include FT_TYPES_H
-
-
-#ifdef FT_DEBUG_MEMORY
-
-#define  KEEPALIVE /* `Keep alive' means that freed blocks aren't released
-                    * to the heap.  This is useful to detect double-frees
-                    * or weird heap corruption, but it uses large amounts of
-                    * memory, however.
-                    */
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( const char* )  _ft_debug_file   = 0;
-  FT_BASE_DEF( long )         _ft_debug_lineno = 0;
-
-  extern void
-  FT_DumpMemory( FT_Memory  memory );
-
-
-  typedef struct FT_MemSourceRec_*  FT_MemSource;
-  typedef struct FT_MemNodeRec_*    FT_MemNode;
-  typedef struct FT_MemTableRec_*   FT_MemTable;
-
-
-#define FT_MEM_VAL( addr )  ((FT_ULong)(FT_Pointer)( addr ))
-
-  /*
-   *  This structure holds statistics for a single allocation/release
-   *  site.  This is useful to know where memory operations happen the
-   *  most.
-   */
-  typedef struct  FT_MemSourceRec_
-  {
-    const char*   file_name;
-    long          line_no;
-
-    FT_Long       cur_blocks;   /* current number of allocated blocks */
-    FT_Long       max_blocks;   /* max. number of allocated blocks    */
-    FT_Long       all_blocks;   /* total number of blocks allocated   */
-
-    FT_Long       cur_size;     /* current cumulative allocated size */
-    FT_Long       max_size;     /* maximum cumulative allocated size */
-    FT_Long       all_size;     /* total cumulative allocated size   */
-
-    FT_Long       cur_max;      /* current maximum allocated size */
-
-    FT_UInt32     hash;
-    FT_MemSource  link;
-
-  } FT_MemSourceRec;
-
-
-  /*
-   *  We don't need a resizable array for the memory sources, because
-   *  their number is pretty limited within FreeType.
-   */
-#define FT_MEM_SOURCE_BUCKETS  128
-
-  /*
-   *  This structure holds information related to a single allocated
-   *  memory block.  If KEEPALIVE is defined, blocks that are freed by
-   *  FreeType are never released to the system.  Instead, their `size'
-   *  field is set to -size.  This is mainly useful to detect double frees,
-   *  at the price of large memory footprint during execution.
-   */
-  typedef struct  FT_MemNodeRec_
-  {
-    FT_Byte*      address;
-    FT_Long       size;     /* < 0 if the block was freed */
-
-    FT_MemSource  source;
-
-#ifdef KEEPALIVE
-    const char*   free_file_name;
-    FT_Long       free_line_no;
-#endif
-
-    FT_MemNode    link;
-
-  } FT_MemNodeRec;
-
-
-  /*
-   *  The global structure, containing compound statistics and all hash
-   *  tables.
-   */
-  typedef struct  FT_MemTableRec_
-  {
-    FT_ULong         size;
-    FT_ULong         nodes;
-    FT_MemNode*      buckets;
-
-    FT_ULong         alloc_total;
-    FT_ULong         alloc_current;
-    FT_ULong         alloc_max;
-    FT_ULong         alloc_count;
-
-    FT_Bool          bound_total;
-    FT_ULong         alloc_total_max;
-
-    FT_Bool          bound_count;
-    FT_ULong         alloc_count_max;
-
-    FT_MemSource     sources[FT_MEM_SOURCE_BUCKETS];
-
-    FT_Bool          keep_alive;
-
-    FT_Memory        memory;
-    FT_Pointer       memory_user;
-    FT_Alloc_Func    alloc;
-    FT_Free_Func     free;
-    FT_Realloc_Func  realloc;
-
-  } FT_MemTableRec;
-
-
-#define FT_MEM_SIZE_MIN  7
-#define FT_MEM_SIZE_MAX  13845163
-
-#define FT_FILENAME( x )  ((x) ? (x) : "unknown file")
-
-
-  /*
-   *  Prime numbers are ugly to handle.  It would be better to implement
-   *  L-Hashing, which is 10% faster and doesn't require divisions.
-   */
-  static const FT_UInt  ft_mem_primes[] =
-  {
-    7,
-    11,
-    19,
-    37,
-    73,
-    109,
-    163,
-    251,
-    367,
-    557,
-    823,
-    1237,
-    1861,
-    2777,
-    4177,
-    6247,
-    9371,
-    14057,
-    21089,
-    31627,
-    47431,
-    71143,
-    106721,
-    160073,
-    240101,
-    360163,
-    540217,
-    810343,
-    1215497,
-    1823231,
-    2734867,
-    4102283,
-    6153409,
-    9230113,
-    13845163,
-  };
-
-
-  static FT_ULong
-  ft_mem_closest_prime( FT_ULong  num )
-  {
-    FT_UInt  i;
-
-
-    for ( i = 0;
-          i < sizeof ( ft_mem_primes ) / sizeof ( ft_mem_primes[0] ); i++ )
-      if ( ft_mem_primes[i] > num )
-        return ft_mem_primes[i];
-
-    return FT_MEM_SIZE_MAX;
-  }
-
-
-  extern void
-  ft_mem_debug_panic( const char*  fmt,
-                      ... )
-  {
-    va_list  ap;
-
-
-    printf( "FreeType.Debug: " );
-
-    va_start( ap, fmt );
-    vprintf( fmt, ap );
-    va_end( ap );
-
-    printf( "\n" );
-    exit( EXIT_FAILURE );
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Pointer
-  ft_mem_table_alloc( FT_MemTable  table,
-                      FT_Long      size )
-  {
-    FT_Memory   memory = table->memory;
-    FT_Pointer  block;
-
-
-    memory->user = table->memory_user;
-    block = table->alloc( memory, size );
-    memory->user = table;
-
-    return block;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  ft_mem_table_free( FT_MemTable  table,
-                     FT_Pointer   block )
-  {
-    FT_Memory  memory = table->memory;
-
-
-    memory->user = table->memory_user;
-    table->free( memory, block );
-    memory->user = table;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  ft_mem_table_resize( FT_MemTable  table )
-  {
-    FT_ULong  new_size;
-
-
-    new_size = ft_mem_closest_prime( table->nodes );
-    if ( new_size != table->size )
-    {
-      FT_MemNode*  new_buckets;
-      FT_ULong     i;
-
-
-      new_buckets = (FT_MemNode *)
-                      ft_mem_table_alloc( table,
-                                          new_size * sizeof ( FT_MemNode ) );
-      if ( new_buckets == NULL )
-        return;
-
-      FT_ARRAY_ZERO( new_buckets, new_size );
-
-      for ( i = 0; i < table->size; i++ )
-      {
-        FT_MemNode  node, next, *pnode;
-        FT_ULong    hash;
-
-
-        node = table->buckets[i];
-        while ( node )
-        {
-          next  = node->link;
-          hash  = FT_MEM_VAL( node->address ) % new_size;
-          pnode = new_buckets + hash;
-
-          node->link = pnode[0];
-          pnode[0]   = node;
-
-          node = next;
-        }
-      }
-
-      if ( table->buckets )
-        ft_mem_table_free( table, table->buckets );
-
-      table->buckets = new_buckets;
-      table->size    = new_size;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_MemTable
-  ft_mem_table_new( FT_Memory  memory )
-  {
-    FT_MemTable  table;
-
-
-    table = (FT_MemTable)memory->alloc( memory, sizeof ( *table ) );
-    if ( table == NULL )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    FT_ZERO( table );
-
-    table->size  = FT_MEM_SIZE_MIN;
-    table->nodes = 0;
-
-    table->memory = memory;
-
-    table->memory_user = memory->user;
-
-    table->alloc   = memory->alloc;
-    table->realloc = memory->realloc;
-    table->free    = memory->free;
-
-    table->buckets = (FT_MemNode *)
-                       memory->alloc( memory,
-                                      table->size * sizeof ( FT_MemNode ) );
-    if ( table->buckets )
-      FT_ARRAY_ZERO( table->buckets, table->size );
-    else
-    {
-      memory->free( memory, table );
-      table = NULL;
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return table;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  ft_mem_table_destroy( FT_MemTable  table )
-  {
-    FT_ULong  i;
-
-
-    FT_DumpMemory( table->memory );
-
-    if ( table )
-    {
-      FT_Long   leak_count = 0;
-      FT_ULong  leaks      = 0;
-
-
-      /* remove all blocks from the table, revealing leaked ones */
-      for ( i = 0; i < table->size; i++ )
-      {
-        FT_MemNode  *pnode = table->buckets + i, next, node = *pnode;
-
-
-        while ( node )
-        {
-          next       = node->link;
-          node->link = 0;
-
-          if ( node->size > 0 )
-          {
-            printf(
-              "leaked memory block at address %p, size %8ld in (%s:%ld)\n",
-              node->address, node->size,
-              FT_FILENAME( node->source->file_name ),
-              node->source->line_no );
-
-            leak_count++;
-            leaks += node->size;
-
-            ft_mem_table_free( table, node->address );
-          }
-
-          node->address = NULL;
-          node->size    = 0;
-
-          ft_mem_table_free( table, node );
-          node = next;
-        }
-        table->buckets[i] = 0;
-      }
-
-      ft_mem_table_free( table, table->buckets );
-      table->buckets = NULL;
-
-      table->size  = 0;
-      table->nodes = 0;
-
-      /* remove all sources */
-      for ( i = 0; i < FT_MEM_SOURCE_BUCKETS; i++ )
-      {
-        FT_MemSource  source, next;
-
-
-        for ( source = table->sources[i]; source != NULL; source = next )
-        {
-          next = source->link;
-          ft_mem_table_free( table, source );
-        }
-
-        table->sources[i] = NULL;
-      }
-
-      printf(
-        "FreeType: total memory allocations = %ld\n", table->alloc_total );
-      printf(
-        "FreeType: maximum memory footprint = %ld\n", table->alloc_max );
-
-      ft_mem_table_free( table, table );
-
-      if ( leak_count > 0 )
-        ft_mem_debug_panic(
-          "FreeType: %ld bytes of memory leaked in %ld blocks\n",
-          leaks, leak_count );
-
-      printf( "FreeType: No memory leaks detected!\n" );
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_MemNode*
-  ft_mem_table_get_nodep( FT_MemTable  table,
-                          FT_Byte*     address )
-  {
-    FT_ULong     hash;
-    FT_MemNode  *pnode, node;
-
-
-    hash  = FT_MEM_VAL( address );
-    pnode = table->buckets + ( hash % table->size );
-
-    for (;;)
-    {
-      node = pnode[0];
-      if ( !node )
-        break;
-
-      if ( node->address == address )
-        break;
-
-      pnode = &node->link;
-    }
-    return pnode;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_MemSource
-  ft_mem_table_get_source( FT_MemTable  table )
-  {
-    FT_UInt32     hash;
-    FT_MemSource  node, *pnode;
-
-
-    /* cast to FT_PtrDist first since void* can be larger */
-    /* than FT_UInt32 and GCC 4.1.1 emits a warning       */
-    hash  = (FT_UInt32)(FT_PtrDist)(void*)_ft_debug_file +
-              (FT_UInt32)( 5 * _ft_debug_lineno );
-    pnode = &table->sources[hash % FT_MEM_SOURCE_BUCKETS];
-
-    for ( ;; )
-    {
-      node = *pnode;
-      if ( node == NULL )
-        break;
-
-      if ( node->file_name == _ft_debug_file &&
-           node->line_no   == _ft_debug_lineno   )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      pnode = &node->link;
-    }
-
-    node = (FT_MemSource)ft_mem_table_alloc( table, sizeof ( *node ) );
-    if ( node == NULL )
-      ft_mem_debug_panic(
-        "not enough memory to perform memory debugging\n" );
-
-    node->file_name = _ft_debug_file;
-    node->line_no   = _ft_debug_lineno;
-
-    node->cur_blocks = 0;
-    node->max_blocks = 0;
-    node->all_blocks = 0;
-
-    node->cur_size   = 0;
-    node->max_size   = 0;
-    node->all_size   = 0;
-
-    node->cur_max    = 0;
-
-    node->link = NULL;
-    node->hash = hash;
-    *pnode     = node;
-
-  Exit:
-    return node;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  ft_mem_table_set( FT_MemTable  table,
-                    FT_Byte*     address,
-                    FT_ULong     size,
-                    FT_Long      delta )
-  {
-    FT_MemNode  *pnode, node;
-
-
-    if ( table )
-    {
-      FT_MemSource  source;
-
-
-      pnode = ft_mem_table_get_nodep( table, address );
-      node  = *pnode;
-      if ( node )
-      {
-        if ( node->size < 0 )
-        {
-          /* This block was already freed.  Our memory is now completely */
-          /* corrupted!                                                  */
-          /* This can only happen in keep-alive mode.                    */
-          ft_mem_debug_panic(
-            "memory heap corrupted (allocating freed block)" );
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          /* This block was already allocated.  This means that our memory */
-          /* is also corrupted!                                            */
-          ft_mem_debug_panic(
-            "memory heap corrupted (re-allocating allocated block at"
-            " %p, of size %ld)\n"
-            "org=%s:%d new=%s:%d\n",
-            node->address, node->size,
-            FT_FILENAME( node->source->file_name ), node->source->line_no,
-            FT_FILENAME( _ft_debug_file ), _ft_debug_lineno );
-        }
-      }
-
-      /* we need to create a new node in this table */
-      node = (FT_MemNode)ft_mem_table_alloc( table, sizeof ( *node ) );
-      if ( node == NULL )
-        ft_mem_debug_panic( "not enough memory to run memory tests" );
-
-      node->address = address;
-      node->size    = size;
-      node->source  = source = ft_mem_table_get_source( table );
-
-      if ( delta == 0 )
-      {
-        /* this is an allocation */
-        source->all_blocks++;
-        source->cur_blocks++;
-        if ( source->cur_blocks > source->max_blocks )
-          source->max_blocks = source->cur_blocks;
-      }
-
-      if ( size > (FT_ULong)source->cur_max )
-        source->cur_max = size;
-
-      if ( delta != 0 )
-      {
-        /* we are growing or shrinking a reallocated block */
-        source->cur_size     += delta;
-        table->alloc_current += delta;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        /* we are allocating a new block */
-        source->cur_size     += size;
-        table->alloc_current += size;
-      }
-
-      source->all_size += size;
-
-      if ( source->cur_size > source->max_size )
-        source->max_size = source->cur_size;
-
-      node->free_file_name = NULL;
-      node->free_line_no   = 0;
-
-      node->link = pnode[0];
-
-      pnode[0] = node;
-      table->nodes++;
-
-      table->alloc_total += size;
-
-      if ( table->alloc_current > table->alloc_max )
-        table->alloc_max = table->alloc_current;
-
-      if ( table->nodes * 3 < table->size  ||
-           table->size  * 3 < table->nodes )
-        ft_mem_table_resize( table );
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  ft_mem_table_remove( FT_MemTable  table,
-                       FT_Byte*     address,
-                       FT_Long      delta )
-  {
-    if ( table )
-    {
-      FT_MemNode  *pnode, node;
-
-
-      pnode = ft_mem_table_get_nodep( table, address );
-      node  = *pnode;
-      if ( node )
-      {
-        FT_MemSource  source;
-
-
-        if ( node->size < 0 )
-          ft_mem_debug_panic(
-            "freeing memory block at %p more than once at (%s:%ld)\n"
-            "block allocated at (%s:%ld) and released at (%s:%ld)",
-            address,
-            FT_FILENAME( _ft_debug_file ), _ft_debug_lineno,
-            FT_FILENAME( node->source->file_name ), node->source->line_no,
-            FT_FILENAME( node->free_file_name ), node->free_line_no );
-
-        /* scramble the node's content for additional safety */
-        FT_MEM_SET( address, 0xF3, node->size );
-
-        if ( delta == 0 )
-        {
-          source = node->source;
-
-          source->cur_blocks--;
-          source->cur_size -= node->size;
-
-          table->alloc_current -= node->size;
-        }
-
-        if ( table->keep_alive )
-        {
-          /* we simply invert the node's size to indicate that the node */
-          /* was freed.                                                 */
-          node->size           = -node->size;
-          node->free_file_name = _ft_debug_file;
-          node->free_line_no   = _ft_debug_lineno;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          table->nodes--;
-
-          *pnode = node->link;
-
-          node->size   = 0;
-          node->source = NULL;
-
-          ft_mem_table_free( table, node );
-
-          if ( table->nodes * 3 < table->size  ||
-               table->size  * 3 < table->nodes )
-            ft_mem_table_resize( table );
-        }
-      }
-      else
-        ft_mem_debug_panic(
-          "trying to free unknown block at %p in (%s:%ld)\n",
-          address,
-          FT_FILENAME( _ft_debug_file ), _ft_debug_lineno );
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  extern FT_Pointer
-  ft_mem_debug_alloc( FT_Memory  memory,
-                      FT_Long    size )
-  {
-    FT_MemTable  table = (FT_MemTable)memory->user;
-    FT_Byte*     block;
-
-
-    if ( size <= 0 )
-      ft_mem_debug_panic( "negative block size allocation (%ld)", size );
-
-    /* return NULL if the maximum number of allocations was reached */
-    if ( table->bound_count                           &&
-         table->alloc_count >= table->alloc_count_max )
-      return NULL;
-
-    /* return NULL if this allocation would overflow the maximum heap size */
-    if ( table->bound_total                                             &&
-         table->alloc_total_max - table->alloc_current > (FT_ULong)size )
-      return NULL;
-
-    block = (FT_Byte *)ft_mem_table_alloc( table, size );
-    if ( block )
-    {
-      ft_mem_table_set( table, block, (FT_ULong)size, 0 );
-
-      table->alloc_count++;
-    }
-
-    _ft_debug_file   = "<unknown>";
-    _ft_debug_lineno = 0;
-
-    return (FT_Pointer)block;
-  }
-
-
-  extern void
-  ft_mem_debug_free( FT_Memory   memory,
-                     FT_Pointer  block )
-  {
-    FT_MemTable  table = (FT_MemTable)memory->user;
-
-
-    if ( block == NULL )
-      ft_mem_debug_panic( "trying to free NULL in (%s:%ld)",
-                          FT_FILENAME( _ft_debug_file ),
-                          _ft_debug_lineno );
-
-    ft_mem_table_remove( table, (FT_Byte*)block, 0 );
-
-    if ( !table->keep_alive )
-      ft_mem_table_free( table, block );
-
-    table->alloc_count--;
-
-    _ft_debug_file   = "<unknown>";
-    _ft_debug_lineno = 0;
-  }
-
-
-  extern FT_Pointer
-  ft_mem_debug_realloc( FT_Memory   memory,
-                        FT_Long     cur_size,
-                        FT_Long     new_size,
-                        FT_Pointer  block )
-  {
-    FT_MemTable  table = (FT_MemTable)memory->user;
-    FT_MemNode   node, *pnode;
-    FT_Pointer   new_block;
-    FT_Long      delta;
-
-    const char*  file_name = FT_FILENAME( _ft_debug_file );
-    FT_Long      line_no   = _ft_debug_lineno;
-
-
-    /* unlikely, but possible */
-    if ( new_size == cur_size )
-      return block;
-
-    /* the following is valid according to ANSI C */
-#if 0
-    if ( block == NULL || cur_size == 0 )
-      ft_mem_debug_panic( "trying to reallocate NULL in (%s:%ld)",
-                          file_name, line_no );
-#endif
-
-    /* while the following is allowed in ANSI C also, we abort since */
-    /* such case should be handled by FreeType.                      */
-    if ( new_size <= 0 )
-      ft_mem_debug_panic(
-        "trying to reallocate %p to size 0 (current is %ld) in (%s:%ld)",
-        block, cur_size, file_name, line_no );
-
-    /* check `cur_size' value */
-    pnode = ft_mem_table_get_nodep( table, (FT_Byte*)block );
-    node  = *pnode;
-    if ( !node )
-      ft_mem_debug_panic(
-        "trying to reallocate unknown block at %p in (%s:%ld)",
-        block, file_name, line_no );
-
-    if ( node->size <= 0 )
-      ft_mem_debug_panic(
-        "trying to reallocate freed block at %p in (%s:%ld)",
-        block, file_name, line_no );
-
-    if ( node->size != cur_size )
-      ft_mem_debug_panic( "invalid ft_realloc request for %p. cur_size is "
-                          "%ld instead of %ld in (%s:%ld)",
-                          block, cur_size, node->size, file_name, line_no );
-
-    /* return NULL if the maximum number of allocations was reached */
-    if ( table->bound_count                           &&
-         table->alloc_count >= table->alloc_count_max )
-      return NULL;
-
-    delta = (FT_Long)( new_size - cur_size );
-
-    /* return NULL if this allocation would overflow the maximum heap size */
-    if ( delta > 0                                                       &&
-         table->bound_total                                              &&
-         table->alloc_current + (FT_ULong)delta > table->alloc_total_max )
-      return NULL;
-
-    new_block = (FT_Byte *)ft_mem_table_alloc( table, new_size );
-    if ( new_block == NULL )
-      return NULL;
-
-    ft_mem_table_set( table, (FT_Byte*)new_block, new_size, delta );
-
-    ft_memcpy( new_block, block, cur_size < new_size ? cur_size : new_size );
-
-    ft_mem_table_remove( table, (FT_Byte*)block, delta );
-
-    _ft_debug_file   = "<unknown>";
-    _ft_debug_lineno = 0;
-
-    if ( !table->keep_alive )
-      ft_mem_table_free( table, block );
-
-    return new_block;
-  }
-
-
-  extern FT_Int
-  ft_mem_debug_init( FT_Memory  memory )
-  {
-    FT_MemTable  table;
-    FT_Int       result = 0;
-
-
-    if ( getenv( "FT2_DEBUG_MEMORY" ) )
-    {
-      table = ft_mem_table_new( memory );
-      if ( table )
-      {
-        const char*  p;
-
-
-        memory->user    = table;
-        memory->alloc   = ft_mem_debug_alloc;
-        memory->realloc = ft_mem_debug_realloc;
-        memory->free    = ft_mem_debug_free;
-
-        p = getenv( "FT2_ALLOC_TOTAL_MAX" );
-        if ( p != NULL )
-        {
-          FT_Long   total_max = ft_atol( p );
-
-
-          if ( total_max > 0 )
-          {
-            table->bound_total     = 1;
-            table->alloc_total_max = (FT_ULong)total_max;
-          }
-        }
-
-        p = getenv( "FT2_ALLOC_COUNT_MAX" );
-        if ( p != NULL )
-        {
-          FT_Long  total_count = ft_atol( p );
-
-
-          if ( total_count > 0 )
-          {
-            table->bound_count     = 1;
-            table->alloc_count_max = (FT_ULong)total_count;
-          }
-        }
-
-        p = getenv( "FT2_KEEP_ALIVE" );
-        if ( p != NULL )
-        {
-          FT_Long  keep_alive = ft_atol( p );
-
-
-          if ( keep_alive > 0 )
-            table->keep_alive = 1;
-        }
-
-        result = 1;
-      }
-    }
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-  extern void
-  ft_mem_debug_done( FT_Memory  memory )
-  {
-    FT_MemTable  table = (FT_MemTable)memory->user;
-
-
-    if ( table )
-    {
-      memory->free    = table->free;
-      memory->realloc = table->realloc;
-      memory->alloc   = table->alloc;
-
-      ft_mem_table_destroy( table );
-      memory->user = NULL;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-
-  static int
-  ft_mem_source_compare( const void*  p1,
-                         const void*  p2 )
-  {
-    FT_MemSource  s1 = *(FT_MemSource*)p1;
-    FT_MemSource  s2 = *(FT_MemSource*)p2;
-
-
-    if ( s2->max_size > s1->max_size )
-      return 1;
-    else if ( s2->max_size < s1->max_size )
-      return -1;
-    else
-      return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  extern void
-  FT_DumpMemory( FT_Memory  memory )
-  {
-    FT_MemTable  table = (FT_MemTable)memory->user;
-
-
-    if ( table )
-    {
-      FT_MemSource*  bucket = table->sources;
-      FT_MemSource*  limit  = bucket + FT_MEM_SOURCE_BUCKETS;
-      FT_MemSource*  sources;
-      FT_UInt        nn, count;
-      const char*    fmt;
-
-
-      count = 0;
-      for ( ; bucket < limit; bucket++ )
-      {
-        FT_MemSource  source = *bucket;
-
-
-        for ( ; source; source = source->link )
-          count++;
-      }
-
-      sources = (FT_MemSource*)ft_mem_table_alloc(
-                                 table, sizeof ( *sources ) * count );
-
-      count = 0;
-      for ( bucket = table->sources; bucket < limit; bucket++ )
-      {
-        FT_MemSource  source = *bucket;
-
-
-        for ( ; source; source = source->link )
-          sources[count++] = source;
-      }
-
-      ft_qsort( sources, count, sizeof ( *sources ), ft_mem_source_compare );
-
-      printf( "FreeType Memory Dump: "
-              "current=%ld max=%ld total=%ld count=%ld\n",
-              table->alloc_current, table->alloc_max,
-              table->alloc_total, table->alloc_count );
-      printf( " block  block    sizes    sizes    sizes   source\n" );
-      printf( " count   high      sum  highsum      max   location\n" );
-      printf( "-------------------------------------------------\n" );
-
-      fmt = "%6ld %6ld %8ld %8ld %8ld %s:%d\n";
-
-      for ( nn = 0; nn < count; nn++ )
-      {
-        FT_MemSource  source = sources[nn];
-
-
-        printf( fmt,
-                source->cur_blocks, source->max_blocks,
-                source->cur_size, source->max_size, source->cur_max,
-                FT_FILENAME( source->file_name ),
-                source->line_no );
-      }
-      printf( "------------------------------------------------\n" );
-
-      ft_mem_table_free( table, sources );
-    }
-  }
-
-#else  /* !FT_DEBUG_MEMORY */
-
-  /* ANSI C doesn't like empty source files */
-  const FT_Byte  _debug_mem_dummy = 0;
-
-#endif /* !FT_DEBUG_MEMORY */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftdebug.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftdebug.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 356c8c2..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftdebug.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,246 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftdebug.c                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Debugging and logging component (body).                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2004, 2008 by                               */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This component contains various macros and functions used to ease the */
-  /* debugging of the FreeType engine.  Its main purpose is in assertion   */
-  /* checking, tracing, and error detection.                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* There are now three debugging modes:                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* - trace mode                                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   Error and trace messages are sent to the log file (which can be the */
-  /*   standard error output).                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* - error mode                                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   Only error messages are generated.                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* - release mode:                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   No error message is sent or generated.  The code is free from any   */
-  /*   debugging parts.                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_FREETYPE_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-
-
-#if defined( FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR )
-
-  /* documentation is in ftdebug.h */
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
-  FT_Message( const char*  fmt, ... )
-  {
-    va_list  ap;
-
-
-    va_start( ap, fmt );
-    vfprintf( stderr, fmt, ap );
-    va_end( ap );
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftdebug.h */
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
-  FT_Panic( const char*  fmt, ... )
-  {
-    va_list  ap;
-
-
-    va_start( ap, fmt );
-    vfprintf( stderr, fmt, ap );
-    va_end( ap );
-
-    exit( EXIT_FAILURE );
-  }
-
-#endif /* FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR */
-
-
-
-#ifdef FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE
-
-  /* array of trace levels, initialized to 0 */
-  int  ft_trace_levels[trace_count];
-
-
-  /* define array of trace toggle names */
-#define FT_TRACE_DEF( x )  #x ,
-
-  static const char*  ft_trace_toggles[trace_count + 1] =
-  {
-#include FT_INTERNAL_TRACE_H
-    NULL
-  };
-
-#undef FT_TRACE_DEF
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftdebug.h */
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Int )
-  FT_Trace_Get_Count( void )
-  {
-    return trace_count;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftdebug.h */
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( const char * )
-  FT_Trace_Get_Name( FT_Int  idx )
-  {
-    int  max = FT_Trace_Get_Count();
-
-
-    if ( idx < max )
-      return ft_trace_toggles[idx];
-    else
-      return NULL;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Initialize the tracing sub-system.  This is done by retrieving the    */
-  /* value of the `FT2_DEBUG' environment variable.  It must be a list of  */
-  /* toggles, separated by spaces, `;', or `,'.  Example:                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    export FT2_DEBUG="any:3 memory:7 stream:5"                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This requests that all levels be set to 3, except the trace level for */
-  /* the memory and stream components which are set to 7 and 5,            */
-  /* respectively.                                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* See the file <include/freetype/internal/fttrace.h> for details of the */
-  /* available toggle names.                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The level must be between 0 and 7; 0 means quiet (except for serious  */
-  /* runtime errors), and 7 means _very_ verbose.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
-  ft_debug_init( void )
-  {
-    const char*  ft2_debug = getenv( "FT2_DEBUG" );
-
-
-    if ( ft2_debug )
-    {
-      const char*  p = ft2_debug;
-      const char*  q;
-
-
-      for ( ; *p; p++ )
-      {
-        /* skip leading whitespace and separators */
-        if ( *p == ' ' || *p == '\t' || *p == ',' || *p == ';' || *p == '=' )
-          continue;
-
-        /* read toggle name, followed by ':' */
-        q = p;
-        while ( *p && *p != ':' )
-          p++;
-
-        if ( *p == ':' && p > q )
-        {
-          FT_Int  n, i, len = (FT_Int)( p - q );
-          FT_Int  level = -1, found = -1;
-
-
-          for ( n = 0; n < trace_count; n++ )
-          {
-            const char*  toggle = ft_trace_toggles[n];
-
-
-            for ( i = 0; i < len; i++ )
-            {
-              if ( toggle[i] != q[i] )
-                break;
-            }
-
-            if ( i == len && toggle[i] == 0 )
-            {
-              found = n;
-              break;
-            }
-          }
-
-          /* read level */
-          p++;
-          if ( *p )
-          {
-            level = *p++ - '0';
-            if ( level < 0 || level > 7 )
-              level = -1;
-          }
-
-          if ( found >= 0 && level >= 0 )
-          {
-            if ( found == trace_any )
-            {
-              /* special case for `any' */
-              for ( n = 0; n < trace_count; n++ )
-                ft_trace_levels[n] = level;
-            }
-            else
-              ft_trace_levels[found] = level;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-
-#else  /* !FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE */
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
-  ft_debug_init( void )
-  {
-    /* nothing */
-  }
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Int )
-  FT_Trace_Get_Count( void )
-  {
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( const char * )
-  FT_Trace_Get_Name( FT_Int  idx )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( idx );
-
-    return NULL;
-  }
-
-
-#endif /* !FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftgasp.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftgasp.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 8485d29..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftgasp.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftgasp.c                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Access of TrueType's `gasp' table (body).                            */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2007 by                                                      */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_GASP_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_TRUETYPE_TYPES_H
-
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Int )
-  FT_Get_Gasp( FT_Face  face,
-               FT_UInt  ppem )
-  {
-    FT_Int  result = FT_GASP_NO_TABLE;
-
-
-    if ( face && FT_IS_SFNT( face ) )
-    {
-      TT_Face  ttface = (TT_Face)face;
-
-
-      if ( ttface->gasp.numRanges > 0 )
-      {
-        TT_GaspRange  range     = ttface->gasp.gaspRanges;
-        TT_GaspRange  range_end = range + ttface->gasp.numRanges;
-
-
-        while ( ppem > range->maxPPEM )
-        {
-          range++;
-          if ( range >= range_end )
-            goto Exit;
-        }
-
-        result = range->gaspFlag;
-
-        /* ensure that we don't have spurious bits */
-        if ( ttface->gasp.version == 0 )
-          result &= 3;
-      }
-    }
-  Exit:
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftgloadr.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftgloadr.c
deleted file mode 100644
index ab52621..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftgloadr.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,394 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftgloadr.c                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    The FreeType glyph loader (body).                                    */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 by                              */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg                       */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_GLYPH_LOADER_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_MEMORY_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_gloader
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                    G L Y P H   L O A D E R                    *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The glyph loader is a simple object which is used to load a set of    */
-  /* glyphs easily.  It is critical for the correct loading of composites. */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Ideally, one can see it as a stack of abstract `glyph' objects.       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   loader.base     Is really the bottom of the stack.  It describes a  */
-  /*                   single glyph image made of the juxtaposition of     */
-  /*                   several glyphs (those `in the stack').              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   loader.current  Describes the top of the stack, on which a new      */
-  /*                   glyph can be loaded.                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   Rewind          Clears the stack.                                   */
-  /*   Prepare         Set up `loader.current' for addition of a new glyph */
-  /*                   image.                                              */
-  /*   Add             Add the `current' glyph image to the `base' one,    */
-  /*                   and prepare for another one.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The glyph loader is now a base object.  Each driver used to           */
-  /* re-implement it in one way or the other, which wasted code and        */
-  /* energy.                                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /* create a new glyph loader */
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_GlyphLoader_New( FT_Memory        memory,
-                      FT_GlyphLoader  *aloader )
-  {
-    FT_GlyphLoader  loader;
-    FT_Error        error;
-
-
-    if ( !FT_NEW( loader ) )
-    {
-      loader->memory = memory;
-      *aloader       = loader;
-    }
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* rewind the glyph loader - reset counters to 0 */
-  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
-  FT_GlyphLoader_Rewind( FT_GlyphLoader  loader )
-  {
-    FT_GlyphLoad  base    = &loader->base;
-    FT_GlyphLoad  current = &loader->current;
-
-
-    base->outline.n_points   = 0;
-    base->outline.n_contours = 0;
-    base->num_subglyphs      = 0;
-
-    *current = *base;
-  }
-
-
-  /* reset the glyph loader, frees all allocated tables */
-  /* and starts from zero                               */
-  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
-  FT_GlyphLoader_Reset( FT_GlyphLoader  loader )
-  {
-    FT_Memory memory = loader->memory;
-
-
-    FT_FREE( loader->base.outline.points );
-    FT_FREE( loader->base.outline.tags );
-    FT_FREE( loader->base.outline.contours );
-    FT_FREE( loader->base.extra_points );
-    FT_FREE( loader->base.subglyphs );
-
-    loader->base.extra_points2 = NULL;
-
-    loader->max_points    = 0;
-    loader->max_contours  = 0;
-    loader->max_subglyphs = 0;
-
-    FT_GlyphLoader_Rewind( loader );
-  }
-
-
-  /* delete a glyph loader */
-  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
-  FT_GlyphLoader_Done( FT_GlyphLoader  loader )
-  {
-    if ( loader )
-    {
-      FT_Memory memory = loader->memory;
-
-
-      FT_GlyphLoader_Reset( loader );
-      FT_FREE( loader );
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  /* re-adjust the `current' outline fields */
-  static void
-  FT_GlyphLoader_Adjust_Points( FT_GlyphLoader  loader )
-  {
-    FT_Outline*  base    = &loader->base.outline;
-    FT_Outline*  current = &loader->current.outline;
-
-
-    current->points   = base->points   + base->n_points;
-    current->tags     = base->tags     + base->n_points;
-    current->contours = base->contours + base->n_contours;
-
-    /* handle extra points table - if any */
-    if ( loader->use_extra )
-    {
-      loader->current.extra_points  = loader->base.extra_points +
-                                      base->n_points;
-
-      loader->current.extra_points2 = loader->base.extra_points2 +
-                                      base->n_points;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_GlyphLoader_CreateExtra( FT_GlyphLoader  loader )
-  {
-    FT_Error   error;
-    FT_Memory  memory = loader->memory;
-
-
-    if ( !FT_NEW_ARRAY( loader->base.extra_points, 2 * loader->max_points ) )
-    {
-      loader->use_extra          = 1;
-      loader->base.extra_points2 = loader->base.extra_points +
-                                   loader->max_points;
-
-      FT_GlyphLoader_Adjust_Points( loader );
-    }
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* re-adjust the `current' subglyphs field */
-  static void
-  FT_GlyphLoader_Adjust_Subglyphs( FT_GlyphLoader  loader )
-  {
-    FT_GlyphLoad  base    = &loader->base;
-    FT_GlyphLoad  current = &loader->current;
-
-
-    current->subglyphs = base->subglyphs + base->num_subglyphs;
-  }
-
-
-  /* Ensure that we can add `n_points' and `n_contours' to our glyph.      */
-  /* This function reallocates its outline tables if necessary.  Note that */
-  /* it DOESN'T change the number of points within the loader!             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_GlyphLoader_CheckPoints( FT_GlyphLoader  loader,
-                              FT_UInt         n_points,
-                              FT_UInt         n_contours )
-  {
-    FT_Memory    memory  = loader->memory;
-    FT_Error     error   = FT_Err_Ok;
-    FT_Outline*  base    = &loader->base.outline;
-    FT_Outline*  current = &loader->current.outline;
-    FT_Bool      adjust  = 0;
-
-    FT_UInt      new_max, old_max;
-
-
-    /* check points & tags */
-    new_max = base->n_points + current->n_points + n_points;
-    old_max = loader->max_points;
-
-    if ( new_max > old_max )
-    {
-      new_max = FT_PAD_CEIL( new_max, 8 );
-
-      if ( FT_RENEW_ARRAY( base->points, old_max, new_max ) ||
-           FT_RENEW_ARRAY( base->tags,   old_max, new_max ) )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      if ( loader->use_extra )
-      {
-        if ( FT_RENEW_ARRAY( loader->base.extra_points,
-                             old_max * 2, new_max * 2 ) )
-          goto Exit;
-
-        FT_ARRAY_MOVE( loader->base.extra_points + new_max,
-                       loader->base.extra_points + old_max,
-                       old_max );
-
-        loader->base.extra_points2 = loader->base.extra_points + new_max;
-      }
-
-      adjust = 1;
-      loader->max_points = new_max;
-    }
-
-    /* check contours */
-    old_max = loader->max_contours;
-    new_max = base->n_contours + current->n_contours +
-              n_contours;
-    if ( new_max > old_max )
-    {
-      new_max = FT_PAD_CEIL( new_max, 4 );
-      if ( FT_RENEW_ARRAY( base->contours, old_max, new_max ) )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      adjust = 1;
-      loader->max_contours = new_max;
-    }
-
-    if ( adjust )
-      FT_GlyphLoader_Adjust_Points( loader );
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* Ensure that we can add `n_subglyphs' to our glyph. this function */
-  /* reallocates its subglyphs table if necessary.  Note that it DOES */
-  /* NOT change the number of subglyphs within the loader!            */
-  /*                                                                  */
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_GlyphLoader_CheckSubGlyphs( FT_GlyphLoader  loader,
-                                 FT_UInt         n_subs )
-  {
-    FT_Memory     memory = loader->memory;
-    FT_Error      error  = FT_Err_Ok;
-    FT_UInt       new_max, old_max;
-
-    FT_GlyphLoad  base    = &loader->base;
-    FT_GlyphLoad  current = &loader->current;
-
-
-    new_max = base->num_subglyphs + current->num_subglyphs + n_subs;
-    old_max = loader->max_subglyphs;
-    if ( new_max > old_max )
-    {
-      new_max = FT_PAD_CEIL( new_max, 2 );
-      if ( FT_RENEW_ARRAY( base->subglyphs, old_max, new_max ) )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      loader->max_subglyphs = new_max;
-
-      FT_GlyphLoader_Adjust_Subglyphs( loader );
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* prepare loader for the addition of a new glyph on top of the base one */
-  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
-  FT_GlyphLoader_Prepare( FT_GlyphLoader  loader )
-  {
-    FT_GlyphLoad  current = &loader->current;
-
-
-    current->outline.n_points   = 0;
-    current->outline.n_contours = 0;
-    current->num_subglyphs      = 0;
-
-    FT_GlyphLoader_Adjust_Points   ( loader );
-    FT_GlyphLoader_Adjust_Subglyphs( loader );
-  }
-
-
-  /* add current glyph to the base image - and prepare for another */
-  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
-  FT_GlyphLoader_Add( FT_GlyphLoader  loader )
-  {
-    FT_GlyphLoad  base;
-    FT_GlyphLoad  current;
-
-    FT_UInt       n_curr_contours;
-    FT_UInt       n_base_points;
-    FT_UInt       n;
-
-
-    if ( !loader )
-      return;
-
-    base    = &loader->base;
-    current = &loader->current;
-
-    n_curr_contours = current->outline.n_contours;
-    n_base_points   = base->outline.n_points;
-
-    base->outline.n_points =
-      (short)( base->outline.n_points + current->outline.n_points );
-    base->outline.n_contours =
-      (short)( base->outline.n_contours + current->outline.n_contours );
-
-    base->num_subglyphs += current->num_subglyphs;
-
-    /* adjust contours count in newest outline */
-    for ( n = 0; n < n_curr_contours; n++ )
-      current->outline.contours[n] =
-        (short)( current->outline.contours[n] + n_base_points );
-
-    /* prepare for another new glyph image */
-    FT_GlyphLoader_Prepare( loader );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_GlyphLoader_CopyPoints( FT_GlyphLoader  target,
-                             FT_GlyphLoader  source )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error;
-    FT_UInt   num_points   = source->base.outline.n_points;
-    FT_UInt   num_contours = source->base.outline.n_contours;
-
-
-    error = FT_GlyphLoader_CheckPoints( target, num_points, num_contours );
-    if ( !error )
-    {
-      FT_Outline*  out = &target->base.outline;
-      FT_Outline*  in  = &source->base.outline;
-
-
-      FT_ARRAY_COPY( out->points, in->points,
-                     num_points );
-      FT_ARRAY_COPY( out->tags, in->tags,
-                     num_points );
-      FT_ARRAY_COPY( out->contours, in->contours,
-                     num_contours );
-
-      /* do we need to copy the extra points? */
-      if ( target->use_extra && source->use_extra )
-      {
-        FT_ARRAY_COPY( target->base.extra_points, source->base.extra_points,
-                       num_points );
-        FT_ARRAY_COPY( target->base.extra_points2, source->base.extra_points2,
-                       num_points );
-      }
-
-      out->n_points   = (short)num_points;
-      out->n_contours = (short)num_contours;
-
-      FT_GlyphLoader_Adjust_Points( target );
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftglyph.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftglyph.c
deleted file mode 100644
index db0e79f..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftglyph.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,688 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftglyph.c                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType convenience functions to handle glyphs (body).              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2007 by                   */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*  This file contains the definition of several convenience functions   */
-  /*  that can be used by client applications to easily retrieve glyph     */
-  /*  bitmaps and outlines from a given face.                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*  These functions should be optional if you are writing a font server  */
-  /*  or text layout engine on top of FreeType.  However, they are pretty  */
-  /*  handy for many other simple uses of the library.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_GLYPH_H
-#include FT_OUTLINE_H
-#include FT_BITMAP_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_glyph
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****   Convenience functions                                         ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftglyph.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
-  FT_Matrix_Multiply( const FT_Matrix*  a,
-                      FT_Matrix        *b )
-  {
-    FT_Fixed  xx, xy, yx, yy;
-
-
-    if ( !a || !b )
-      return;
-
-    xx = FT_MulFix( a->xx, b->xx ) + FT_MulFix( a->xy, b->yx );
-    xy = FT_MulFix( a->xx, b->xy ) + FT_MulFix( a->xy, b->yy );
-    yx = FT_MulFix( a->yx, b->xx ) + FT_MulFix( a->yy, b->yx );
-    yy = FT_MulFix( a->yx, b->xy ) + FT_MulFix( a->yy, b->yy );
-
-    b->xx = xx;  b->xy = xy;
-    b->yx = yx;  b->yy = yy;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftglyph.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Matrix_Invert( FT_Matrix*  matrix )
-  {
-    FT_Pos  delta, xx, yy;
-
-
-    if ( !matrix )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    /* compute discriminant */
-    delta = FT_MulFix( matrix->xx, matrix->yy ) -
-            FT_MulFix( matrix->xy, matrix->yx );
-
-    if ( !delta )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;  /* matrix can't be inverted */
-
-    matrix->xy = - FT_DivFix( matrix->xy, delta );
-    matrix->yx = - FT_DivFix( matrix->yx, delta );
-
-    xx = matrix->xx;
-    yy = matrix->yy;
-
-    matrix->xx = FT_DivFix( yy, delta );
-    matrix->yy = FT_DivFix( xx, delta );
-
-    return FT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****   FT_BitmapGlyph support                                        ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  ft_bitmap_glyph_init( FT_Glyph      bitmap_glyph,
-                        FT_GlyphSlot  slot )
-  {
-    FT_BitmapGlyph  glyph   = (FT_BitmapGlyph)bitmap_glyph;
-    FT_Error        error   = FT_Err_Ok;
-    FT_Library      library = FT_GLYPH( glyph )->library;
-
-
-    if ( slot->format != FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP )
-    {
-      error = FT_Err_Invalid_Glyph_Format;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    glyph->left = slot->bitmap_left;
-    glyph->top  = slot->bitmap_top;
-
-    /* do lazy copying whenever possible */
-    if ( slot->internal->flags & FT_GLYPH_OWN_BITMAP )
-    {
-      glyph->bitmap = slot->bitmap;
-      slot->internal->flags &= ~FT_GLYPH_OWN_BITMAP;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      FT_Bitmap_New( &glyph->bitmap );
-      error = FT_Bitmap_Copy( library, &slot->bitmap, &glyph->bitmap );
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  ft_bitmap_glyph_copy( FT_Glyph  bitmap_source,
-                        FT_Glyph  bitmap_target )
-  {
-    FT_Library      library = bitmap_source->library;
-    FT_BitmapGlyph  source  = (FT_BitmapGlyph)bitmap_source;
-    FT_BitmapGlyph  target  = (FT_BitmapGlyph)bitmap_target;
-
-
-    target->left = source->left;
-    target->top  = source->top;
-
-    return FT_Bitmap_Copy( library, &source->bitmap, &target->bitmap );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
-  ft_bitmap_glyph_done( FT_Glyph  bitmap_glyph )
-  {
-    FT_BitmapGlyph  glyph   = (FT_BitmapGlyph)bitmap_glyph;
-    FT_Library      library = FT_GLYPH( glyph )->library;
-
-
-    FT_Bitmap_Done( library, &glyph->bitmap );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
-  ft_bitmap_glyph_bbox( FT_Glyph  bitmap_glyph,
-                        FT_BBox*  cbox )
-  {
-    FT_BitmapGlyph  glyph = (FT_BitmapGlyph)bitmap_glyph;
-
-
-    cbox->xMin = glyph->left << 6;
-    cbox->xMax = cbox->xMin + ( glyph->bitmap.width << 6 );
-    cbox->yMax = glyph->top << 6;
-    cbox->yMin = cbox->yMax - ( glyph->bitmap.rows << 6 );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
-  const FT_Glyph_Class  ft_bitmap_glyph_class =
-  {
-    sizeof ( FT_BitmapGlyphRec ),
-    FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP,
-
-    ft_bitmap_glyph_init,
-    ft_bitmap_glyph_done,
-    ft_bitmap_glyph_copy,
-    0,                          /* FT_Glyph_TransformFunc */
-    ft_bitmap_glyph_bbox,
-    0                           /* FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc   */
-  };
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****   FT_OutlineGlyph support                                       ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  ft_outline_glyph_init( FT_Glyph      outline_glyph,
-                         FT_GlyphSlot  slot )
-  {
-    FT_OutlineGlyph  glyph   = (FT_OutlineGlyph)outline_glyph;
-    FT_Error         error   = FT_Err_Ok;
-    FT_Library       library = FT_GLYPH( glyph )->library;
-    FT_Outline*      source  = &slot->outline;
-    FT_Outline*      target  = &glyph->outline;
-
-
-    /* check format in glyph slot */
-    if ( slot->format != FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE )
-    {
-      error = FT_Err_Invalid_Glyph_Format;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* allocate new outline */
-    error = FT_Outline_New( library, source->n_points, source->n_contours,
-                            &glyph->outline );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    FT_Outline_Copy( source, target );
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
-  ft_outline_glyph_done( FT_Glyph  outline_glyph )
-  {
-    FT_OutlineGlyph  glyph = (FT_OutlineGlyph)outline_glyph;
-
-
-    FT_Outline_Done( FT_GLYPH( glyph )->library, &glyph->outline );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  ft_outline_glyph_copy( FT_Glyph  outline_source,
-                         FT_Glyph  outline_target )
-  {
-    FT_OutlineGlyph  source  = (FT_OutlineGlyph)outline_source;
-    FT_OutlineGlyph  target  = (FT_OutlineGlyph)outline_target;
-    FT_Error         error;
-    FT_Library       library = FT_GLYPH( source )->library;
-
-
-    error = FT_Outline_New( library, source->outline.n_points,
-                            source->outline.n_contours, &target->outline );
-    if ( !error )
-      FT_Outline_Copy( &source->outline, &target->outline );
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
-  ft_outline_glyph_transform( FT_Glyph          outline_glyph,
-                              const FT_Matrix*  matrix,
-                              const FT_Vector*  delta )
-  {
-    FT_OutlineGlyph  glyph = (FT_OutlineGlyph)outline_glyph;
-
-
-    if ( matrix )
-      FT_Outline_Transform( &glyph->outline, matrix );
-
-    if ( delta )
-      FT_Outline_Translate( &glyph->outline, delta->x, delta->y );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
-  ft_outline_glyph_bbox( FT_Glyph  outline_glyph,
-                         FT_BBox*  bbox )
-  {
-    FT_OutlineGlyph  glyph = (FT_OutlineGlyph)outline_glyph;
-
-
-    FT_Outline_Get_CBox( &glyph->outline, bbox );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  ft_outline_glyph_prepare( FT_Glyph      outline_glyph,
-                            FT_GlyphSlot  slot )
-  {
-    FT_OutlineGlyph  glyph = (FT_OutlineGlyph)outline_glyph;
-
-
-    slot->format         = FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE;
-    slot->outline        = glyph->outline;
-    slot->outline.flags &= ~FT_OUTLINE_OWNER;
-
-    return FT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
-  const FT_Glyph_Class  ft_outline_glyph_class =
-  {
-    sizeof ( FT_OutlineGlyphRec ),
-    FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE,
-
-    ft_outline_glyph_init,
-    ft_outline_glyph_done,
-    ft_outline_glyph_copy,
-    ft_outline_glyph_transform,
-    ft_outline_glyph_bbox,
-    ft_outline_glyph_prepare
-  };
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****   FT_Glyph class and API                                        ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-   static FT_Error
-   ft_new_glyph( FT_Library             library,
-                 const FT_Glyph_Class*  clazz,
-                 FT_Glyph*              aglyph )
-   {
-     FT_Memory  memory = library->memory;
-     FT_Error   error;
-     FT_Glyph   glyph;
-
-
-     *aglyph = 0;
-
-     if ( !FT_ALLOC( glyph, clazz->glyph_size ) )
-     {
-       glyph->library = library;
-       glyph->clazz   = clazz;
-       glyph->format  = clazz->glyph_format;
-
-       *aglyph = glyph;
-     }
-
-     return error;
-   }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftglyph.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Glyph_Copy( FT_Glyph   source,
-                 FT_Glyph  *target )
-  {
-    FT_Glyph               copy;
-    FT_Error               error;
-    const FT_Glyph_Class*  clazz;
-
-
-    /* check arguments */
-    if ( !target )
-    {
-      error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    *target = 0;
-
-    if ( !source || !source->clazz )
-    {
-      error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    clazz = source->clazz;
-    error = ft_new_glyph( source->library, clazz, © );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    copy->advance = source->advance;
-    copy->format  = source->format;
-
-    if ( clazz->glyph_copy )
-      error = clazz->glyph_copy( source, copy );
-
-    if ( error )
-      FT_Done_Glyph( copy );
-    else
-      *target = copy;
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftglyph.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Get_Glyph( FT_GlyphSlot  slot,
-                FT_Glyph     *aglyph )
-  {
-    FT_Library  library;
-    FT_Error    error;
-    FT_Glyph    glyph;
-
-    const FT_Glyph_Class*  clazz = 0;
-
-
-    if ( !slot )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Slot_Handle;
-
-    library = slot->library;
-
-    if ( !aglyph )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    /* if it is a bitmap, that's easy :-) */
-    if ( slot->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP )
-      clazz = &ft_bitmap_glyph_class;
-
-    /* it it is an outline too */
-    else if ( slot->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE )
-      clazz = &ft_outline_glyph_class;
-
-    else
-    {
-      /* try to find a renderer that supports the glyph image format */
-      FT_Renderer  render = FT_Lookup_Renderer( library, slot->format, 0 );
-
-
-      if ( render )
-        clazz = &render->glyph_class;
-    }
-
-    if ( !clazz )
-    {
-      error = FT_Err_Invalid_Glyph_Format;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* create FT_Glyph object */
-    error = ft_new_glyph( library, clazz, &glyph );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* copy advance while converting it to 16.16 format */
-    glyph->advance.x = slot->advance.x << 10;
-    glyph->advance.y = slot->advance.y << 10;
-
-    /* now import the image from the glyph slot */
-    error = clazz->glyph_init( glyph, slot );
-
-    /* if an error occurred, destroy the glyph */
-    if ( error )
-      FT_Done_Glyph( glyph );
-    else
-      *aglyph = glyph;
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftglyph.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Glyph_Transform( FT_Glyph    glyph,
-                      FT_Matrix*  matrix,
-                      FT_Vector*  delta )
-  {
-    const FT_Glyph_Class*  clazz;
-    FT_Error               error = FT_Err_Ok;
-
-
-    if ( !glyph || !glyph->clazz )
-      error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-    else
-    {
-      clazz = glyph->clazz;
-      if ( clazz->glyph_transform )
-      {
-        /* transform glyph image */
-        clazz->glyph_transform( glyph, matrix, delta );
-
-        /* transform advance vector */
-        if ( matrix )
-          FT_Vector_Transform( &glyph->advance, matrix );
-      }
-      else
-        error = FT_Err_Invalid_Glyph_Format;
-    }
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftglyph.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
-  FT_Glyph_Get_CBox( FT_Glyph  glyph,
-                     FT_UInt   bbox_mode,
-                     FT_BBox  *acbox )
-  {
-    const FT_Glyph_Class*  clazz;
-
-
-    if ( !acbox )
-      return;
-
-    acbox->xMin = acbox->yMin = acbox->xMax = acbox->yMax = 0;
-
-    if ( !glyph || !glyph->clazz )
-      return;
-    else
-    {
-      clazz = glyph->clazz;
-      if ( !clazz->glyph_bbox )
-        return;
-      else
-      {
-        /* retrieve bbox in 26.6 coordinates */
-        clazz->glyph_bbox( glyph, acbox );
-
-        /* perform grid fitting if needed */
-        if ( bbox_mode == FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT ||
-             bbox_mode == FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS  )
-        {
-          acbox->xMin = FT_PIX_FLOOR( acbox->xMin );
-          acbox->yMin = FT_PIX_FLOOR( acbox->yMin );
-          acbox->xMax = FT_PIX_CEIL( acbox->xMax );
-          acbox->yMax = FT_PIX_CEIL( acbox->yMax );
-        }
-
-        /* convert to integer pixels if needed */
-        if ( bbox_mode == FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE ||
-             bbox_mode == FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS   )
-        {
-          acbox->xMin >>= 6;
-          acbox->yMin >>= 6;
-          acbox->xMax >>= 6;
-          acbox->yMax >>= 6;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    return;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftglyph.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( FT_Glyph*       the_glyph,
-                      FT_Render_Mode  render_mode,
-                      FT_Vector*      origin,
-                      FT_Bool         destroy )
-  {
-    FT_GlyphSlotRec           dummy;
-    FT_GlyphSlot_InternalRec  dummy_internal;
-    FT_Error                  error = FT_Err_Ok;
-    FT_Glyph                  glyph;
-    FT_BitmapGlyph            bitmap = NULL;
-
-    const FT_Glyph_Class*     clazz;
-
-
-    /* check argument */
-    if ( !the_glyph )
-      goto Bad;
-
-    /* we render the glyph into a glyph bitmap using a `dummy' glyph slot */
-    /* then calling FT_Render_Glyph_Internal()                            */
-
-    glyph = *the_glyph;
-    if ( !glyph )
-      goto Bad;
-
-    clazz = glyph->clazz;
-
-    /* when called with a bitmap glyph, do nothing and return successfully */
-    if ( clazz == &ft_bitmap_glyph_class )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    if ( !clazz || !clazz->glyph_prepare )
-      goto Bad;
-
-    FT_MEM_ZERO( &dummy, sizeof ( dummy ) );
-    FT_MEM_ZERO( &dummy_internal, sizeof ( dummy_internal ) );
-    dummy.internal = &dummy_internal;
-    dummy.library  = glyph->library;
-    dummy.format   = clazz->glyph_format;
-
-    /* create result bitmap glyph */
-    error = ft_new_glyph( glyph->library, &ft_bitmap_glyph_class,
-                          (FT_Glyph*)(void*)&bitmap );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-#if 1
-    /* if `origin' is set, translate the glyph image */
-    if ( origin )
-      FT_Glyph_Transform( glyph, 0, origin );
-#else
-    FT_UNUSED( origin );
-#endif
-
-    /* prepare dummy slot for rendering */
-    error = clazz->glyph_prepare( glyph, &dummy );
-    if ( !error )
-      error = FT_Render_Glyph_Internal( glyph->library, &dummy, render_mode );
-
-#if 1
-    if ( !destroy && origin )
-    {
-      FT_Vector  v;
-
-
-      v.x = -origin->x;
-      v.y = -origin->y;
-      FT_Glyph_Transform( glyph, 0, &v );
-    }
-#endif
-
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* in case of success, copy the bitmap to the glyph bitmap */
-    error = ft_bitmap_glyph_init( (FT_Glyph)bitmap, &dummy );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* copy advance */
-    bitmap->root.advance = glyph->advance;
-
-    if ( destroy )
-      FT_Done_Glyph( glyph );
-
-    *the_glyph = FT_GLYPH( bitmap );
-
-  Exit:
-    if ( error && bitmap )
-      FT_Done_Glyph( FT_GLYPH( bitmap ) );
-
-    return error;
-
-  Bad:
-    error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-    goto Exit;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftglyph.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
-  FT_Done_Glyph( FT_Glyph  glyph )
-  {
-    if ( glyph )
-    {
-      FT_Memory              memory = glyph->library->memory;
-      const FT_Glyph_Class*  clazz  = glyph->clazz;
-
-
-      if ( clazz->glyph_done )
-        clazz->glyph_done( glyph );
-
-      FT_FREE( glyph );
-    }
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftgxval.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftgxval.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 32662be..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftgxval.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,129 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftgxval.c                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType API for validating TrueTyepGX/AAT tables (body).            */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2004, 2005, 2006 by                                          */
-/*  Masatake YAMATO, Redhat K.K,                                           */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.        */
-/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology      */
-/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.                                           */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-#include FT_SERVICE_GX_VALIDATE_H
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftgxval.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate( FT_Face   face,
-                          FT_UInt   validation_flags,
-                          FT_Bytes  tables[FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH],
-                          FT_UInt   table_length )
-  {
-    FT_Service_GXvalidate  service;
-    FT_Error               error;
-
-
-    if ( !face )
-    {
-      error = FT_Err_Invalid_Face_Handle;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    if ( tables == NULL )
-    {
-      error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    FT_FACE_FIND_GLOBAL_SERVICE( face, service, GX_VALIDATE );
-
-    if ( service )
-      error = service->validate( face,
-                                 validation_flags,
-                                 tables,
-                                 table_length );
-    else
-      error = FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
-  FT_TrueTypeGX_Free( FT_Face   face,
-                      FT_Bytes  table )
-  {
-    FT_Memory  memory = FT_FACE_MEMORY( face );
-
-
-    FT_FREE( table );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_ClassicKern_Validate( FT_Face    face,
-                           FT_UInt    validation_flags,
-                           FT_Bytes  *ckern_table )
-  {
-    FT_Service_CKERNvalidate  service;
-    FT_Error                  error;
-
-
-    if ( !face )
-    {
-      error = FT_Err_Invalid_Face_Handle;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    if ( ckern_table == NULL )
-    {
-      error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    FT_FACE_FIND_GLOBAL_SERVICE( face, service, CLASSICKERN_VALIDATE );
-
-    if ( service )
-      error = service->validate( face,
-                                 validation_flags,
-                                 ckern_table );
-    else
-      error = FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
-  FT_ClassicKern_Free( FT_Face   face,
-                       FT_Bytes  table )
-  {
-    FT_Memory  memory = FT_FACE_MEMORY( face );
-
-
-    FT_FREE( table );
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftinit.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftinit.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 7af19c3..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftinit.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,163 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftinit.c                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType initialization layer (body).                                */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2005, 2007 by                               */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*  The purpose of this file is to implement the following two           */
-  /*  functions:                                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*  FT_Add_Default_Modules():                                            */
-  /*     This function is used to add the set of default modules to a      */
-  /*     fresh new library object.  The set is taken from the header file  */
-  /*     `freetype/config/ftmodule.h'.  See the document `FreeType 2.0     */
-  /*     Build System' for more information.                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*  FT_Init_FreeType():                                                  */
-  /*     This function creates a system object for the current platform,   */
-  /*     builds a library out of it, then calls FT_Default_Drivers().      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*  Note that even if FT_Init_FreeType() uses the implementation of the  */
-  /*  system object defined at build time, client applications are still   */
-  /*  able to provide their own `ftsystem.c'.                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-#include FT_MODULE_H
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_init
-
-#undef  FT_USE_MODULE
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-#define FT_USE_MODULE( x )  extern "C" const FT_Module_Class  x;
-#else
-#define FT_USE_MODULE( x )  extern const FT_Module_Class  x;
-#endif
-
-
-#include FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H
-
-
-#undef  FT_USE_MODULE
-#define FT_USE_MODULE( x )  (const FT_Module_Class*)&(x),
-
-  static
-  const FT_Module_Class*  const ft_default_modules[] =
-  {
-#include FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H
-    0
-  };
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftmodapi.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
-  FT_Add_Default_Modules( FT_Library  library )
-  {
-    FT_Error                       error;
-    const FT_Module_Class* const*  cur;
-
-
-    /* test for valid `library' delayed to FT_Add_Module() */
-
-    cur = ft_default_modules;
-    while ( *cur )
-    {
-      error = FT_Add_Module( library, *cur );
-      /* notify errors, but don't stop */
-      if ( error )
-      {
-        FT_ERROR(( "FT_Add_Default_Module: Cannot install `%s', error = 0x%x\n",
-                   (*cur)->module_name, error ));
-      }
-      cur++;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Init_FreeType( FT_Library  *alibrary )
-  {
-    FT_Error   error;
-    FT_Memory  memory;
-
-
-    /* First of all, allocate a new system object -- this function is part */
-    /* of the system-specific component, i.e. `ftsystem.c'.                */
-
-    memory = FT_New_Memory();
-    if ( !memory )
-    {
-      FT_ERROR(( "FT_Init_FreeType: cannot find memory manager\n" ));
-      return FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
-    }
-
-    /* build a library out of it, then fill it with the set of */
-    /* default drivers.                                        */
-
-    error = FT_New_Library( memory, alibrary );
-    if ( error )
-      FT_Done_Memory( memory );
-    else
-    {
-      (*alibrary)->version_major = FREETYPE_MAJOR;
-      (*alibrary)->version_minor = FREETYPE_MINOR;
-      (*alibrary)->version_patch = FREETYPE_PATCH;
-
-      FT_Add_Default_Modules( *alibrary );
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Done_FreeType( FT_Library  library )
-  {
-    if ( library )
-    {
-      FT_Memory  memory = library->memory;
-
-
-      /* Discard the library object */
-      FT_Done_Library( library );
-
-      /* discard memory manager */
-      FT_Done_Memory( memory );
-    }
-
-    return FT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftlcdfil.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftlcdfil.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 5f1fa0b..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftlcdfil.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,351 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftlcdfil.c                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType API for color filtering of subpixel bitmap glyphs (body).   */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2006, 2008 by                                                */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_LCD_FILTER_H
-#include FT_IMAGE_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING
-
-/* define USE_LEGACY to implement the legacy filter */
-#define  USE_LEGACY
-
-  /* FIR filter used by the default and light filters */
-  static void
-  _ft_lcd_filter_fir( FT_Bitmap*      bitmap,
-                      FT_Render_Mode  mode,
-                      FT_Library      library )
-  {
-    FT_Byte*  weights = library->lcd_weights;
-    FT_UInt   width   = (FT_UInt)bitmap->width;
-    FT_UInt   height  = (FT_UInt)bitmap->rows;
-
-
-    /* horizontal in-place FIR filter */
-    if ( mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD && width >= 4 )
-    {
-      FT_Byte*  line = bitmap->buffer;
-
-
-      for ( ; height > 0; height--, line += bitmap->pitch )
-      {
-        FT_UInt  fir[5];
-        FT_UInt  val1, xx;
-
-
-        val1   = line[0];
-        fir[0] = weights[2] * val1;
-        fir[1] = weights[3] * val1;
-        fir[2] = weights[4] * val1;
-        fir[3] = 0;
-        fir[4] = 0;
-
-        val1    = line[1];
-        fir[0] += weights[1] * val1;
-        fir[1] += weights[2] * val1;
-        fir[2] += weights[3] * val1;
-        fir[3] += weights[4] * val1;
-
-        for ( xx = 2; xx < width; xx++ )
-        {
-          FT_UInt  val, pix;
-
-
-          val    = line[xx];
-          pix    = fir[0] + weights[0] * val;
-          fir[0] = fir[1] + weights[1] * val;
-          fir[1] = fir[2] + weights[2] * val;
-          fir[2] = fir[3] + weights[3] * val;
-          fir[3] =          weights[4] * val;
-
-          pix        >>= 8;
-          pix         |= -( pix >> 8 );
-          line[xx - 2] = (FT_Byte)pix;
-        }
-
-        {
-          FT_UInt  pix;
-
-
-          pix          = fir[0] >> 8;
-          pix         |= -( pix >> 8 );
-          line[xx - 2] = (FT_Byte)pix;
-
-          pix          = fir[1] >> 8;
-          pix         |= -( pix >> 8 );
-          line[xx - 1] = (FT_Byte)pix;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* vertical in-place FIR filter */
-    else if ( mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V && height >= 4 )
-    {
-      FT_Byte*  column = bitmap->buffer;
-      FT_Int    pitch  = bitmap->pitch;
-
-
-      for ( ; width > 0; width--, column++ )
-      {
-        FT_Byte*  col = column;
-        FT_UInt   fir[5];
-        FT_UInt   val1, yy;
-
-
-        val1   = col[0];
-        fir[0] = weights[2] * val1;
-        fir[1] = weights[3] * val1;
-        fir[2] = weights[4] * val1;
-        fir[3] = 0;
-        fir[4] = 0;
-        col   += pitch;
-
-        val1    = col[0];
-        fir[0] += weights[1] * val1;
-        fir[1] += weights[2] * val1;
-        fir[2] += weights[3] * val1;
-        fir[3] += weights[4] * val1;
-        col    += pitch;
-
-        for ( yy = 2; yy < height; yy++ )
-        {
-          FT_UInt  val, pix;
-
-
-          val    = col[0];
-          pix    = fir[0] + weights[0] * val;
-          fir[0] = fir[1] + weights[1] * val;
-          fir[1] = fir[2] + weights[2] * val;
-          fir[2] = fir[3] + weights[3] * val;
-          fir[3] =          weights[4] * val;
-
-          pix           >>= 8;
-          pix            |= -( pix >> 8 );
-          col[-2 * pitch] = (FT_Byte)pix;
-          col            += pitch;
-        }
-
-        {
-          FT_UInt  pix;
-
-
-          pix             = fir[0] >> 8;
-          pix            |= -( pix >> 8 );
-          col[-2 * pitch] = (FT_Byte)pix;
-
-          pix         = fir[1] >> 8;
-          pix        |= -( pix >> 8 );
-          col[-pitch] = (FT_Byte)pix;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-
-#ifdef USE_LEGACY
-
-  /* intra-pixel filter used by the legacy filter */
-  static void
-  _ft_lcd_filter_legacy( FT_Bitmap*      bitmap,
-                         FT_Render_Mode  mode,
-                         FT_Library      library )
-  {
-    FT_UInt  width  = (FT_UInt)bitmap->width;
-    FT_UInt  height = (FT_UInt)bitmap->rows;
-    FT_Int   pitch  = bitmap->pitch;
-
-    static const int  filters[3][3] =
-    {
-      { 65538 * 9/13, 65538 * 1/6, 65538 * 1/13 },
-      { 65538 * 3/13, 65538 * 4/6, 65538 * 3/13 },
-      { 65538 * 1/13, 65538 * 1/6, 65538 * 9/13 }
-    };
-
-    FT_UNUSED( library );
-
-
-    /* horizontal in-place intra-pixel filter */
-    if ( mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD && width >= 3 )
-    {
-      FT_Byte*  line = bitmap->buffer;
-
-
-      for ( ; height > 0; height--, line += pitch )
-      {
-        FT_UInt  xx;
-
-
-        for ( xx = 0; xx < width; xx += 3 )
-        {
-          FT_UInt  r = 0;
-          FT_UInt  g = 0;
-          FT_UInt  b = 0;
-          FT_UInt  p;
-
-
-          p  = line[xx];
-          r += filters[0][0] * p;
-          g += filters[0][1] * p;
-          b += filters[0][2] * p;
-
-          p  = line[xx + 1];
-          r += filters[1][0] * p;
-          g += filters[1][1] * p;
-          b += filters[1][2] * p;
-
-          p  = line[xx + 2];
-          r += filters[2][0] * p;
-          g += filters[2][1] * p;
-          b += filters[2][2] * p;
-
-          line[xx]     = (FT_Byte)( r / 65536 );
-          line[xx + 1] = (FT_Byte)( g / 65536 );
-          line[xx + 2] = (FT_Byte)( b / 65536 );
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    else if ( mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V && height >= 3 )
-    {
-      FT_Byte*  column = bitmap->buffer;
-
-
-      for ( ; width > 0; width--, column++ )
-      {
-        FT_Byte*  col     = column;
-        FT_Byte*  col_end = col + height * pitch;
-
-
-        for ( ; col < col_end; col += 3 * pitch )
-        {
-          FT_UInt  r = 0;
-          FT_UInt  g = 0;
-          FT_UInt  b = 0;
-          FT_UInt  p;
-
-
-          p  = col[0];
-          r += filters[0][0] * p;
-          g += filters[0][1] * p;
-          b += filters[0][2] * p;
-
-          p  = col[pitch];
-          r += filters[1][0] * p;
-          g += filters[1][1] * p;
-          b += filters[1][2] * p;
-
-          p  = col[pitch * 2];
-          r += filters[2][0] * p;
-          g += filters[2][1] * p;
-          b += filters[2][2] * p;
-
-          col[0]         = (FT_Byte)( r / 65536 );
-          col[pitch]     = (FT_Byte)( g / 65536 );
-          col[2 * pitch] = (FT_Byte)( b / 65536 );
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-#endif /* USE_LEGACY */
-
-
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Library_SetLcdFilter( FT_Library     library,
-                           FT_LcdFilter   filter )
-  {
-    static const FT_Byte  light_filter[5] =
-                            { 0, 85, 86, 85, 0 };
-    /* the values here sum up to a value larger than 256, */
-    /* providing a cheap gamma correction                 */
-    static const FT_Byte  default_filter[5] =
-                            { 0x10, 0x40, 0x70, 0x40, 0x10 };
-
-
-    if ( library == NULL )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    switch ( filter )
-    {
-    case FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE:
-      library->lcd_filter_func = NULL;
-      library->lcd_extra       = 0;
-      break;
-
-    case FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT:
-#if defined( FT_FORCE_LEGACY_LCD_FILTER )
-
-      library->lcd_filter_func = _ft_lcd_filter_legacy;
-      library->lcd_extra       = 0;
-
-#elif defined( FT_FORCE_LIGHT_LCD_FILTER )
-
-      memcpy( library->lcd_weights, light_filter, 5 );
-      library->lcd_filter_func = _ft_lcd_filter_fir;
-      library->lcd_extra       = 2;
-
-#else
-
-      memcpy( library->lcd_weights, default_filter, 5 );
-      library->lcd_filter_func = _ft_lcd_filter_fir;
-      library->lcd_extra       = 2;
-
-#endif
-
-      break;
-
-    case FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT:
-      memcpy( library->lcd_weights, light_filter, 5 );
-      library->lcd_filter_func = _ft_lcd_filter_fir;
-      library->lcd_extra       = 2;
-      break;
-
-#ifdef USE_LEGACY
-
-    case FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY:
-      library->lcd_filter_func = _ft_lcd_filter_legacy;
-      library->lcd_extra       = 0;
-      break;
-
-#endif
-
-    default:
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-    }
-
-    library->lcd_filter = filter;
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-#else /* !FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING */
-
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FT_Library_SetLcdFilter( FT_Library    library,
-                           FT_LcdFilter  filter )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( library );
-    FT_UNUSED( filter );
-
-    return FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
-  }
-
-#endif /* !FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftmac.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftmac.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 7f05907..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftmac.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1130 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftmac.c                                                                */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Mac FOND support.  Written by just@letterror.com.                    */
-/*  Heavily modified by mpsuzuki, George Williams, and Sean McBride.       */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is for Mac OS X only; see builds/mac/ftoldmac.c for          */
-/*  classic platforms built by MPW.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by       */
-/*  Just van Rossum, David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.     */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*
-    Notes
-
-    Mac suitcase files can (and often do!) contain multiple fonts.  To
-    support this I use the face_index argument of FT_(Open|New)_Face()
-    functions, and pretend the suitcase file is a collection.
-
-    Warning: fbit and NFNT bitmap resources are not supported yet.  In old
-    sfnt fonts, bitmap glyph data for each size is stored in each `NFNT'
-    resources instead of the `bdat' table in the sfnt resource.  Therefore,
-    face->num_fixed_sizes is set to 0, because bitmap data in `NFNT'
-    resource is unavailable at present.
-
-    The Mac FOND support works roughly like this:
-
-    - Check whether the offered stream points to a Mac suitcase file.  This
-      is done by checking the file type: it has to be 'FFIL' or 'tfil'.  The
-      stream that gets passed to our init_face() routine is a stdio stream,
-      which isn't usable for us, since the FOND resources live in the
-      resource fork.  So we just grab the stream->pathname field.
-
-    - Read the FOND resource into memory, then check whether there is a
-      TrueType font and/or(!) a Type 1 font available.
-
-    - If there is a Type 1 font available (as a separate `LWFN' file), read
-      its data into memory, massage it slightly so it becomes PFB data, wrap
-      it into a memory stream, load the Type 1 driver and delegate the rest
-      of the work to it by calling FT_Open_Face().  (XXX TODO: after this
-      has been done, the kerning data from the FOND resource should be
-      appended to the face: On the Mac there are usually no AFM files
-      available.  However, this is tricky since we need to map Mac char
-      codes to ps glyph names to glyph ID's...)
-
-    - If there is a TrueType font (an `sfnt' resource), read it into memory,
-      wrap it into a memory stream, load the TrueType driver and delegate
-      the rest of the work to it, by calling FT_Open_Face().
-
-    - Some suitcase fonts (notably Onyx) might point the `LWFN' file to
-      itself, even though it doesn't contains `POST' resources.  To handle
-      this special case without opening the file an extra time, we just
-      ignore errors from the `LWFN' and fallback to the `sfnt' if both are
-      available.
-  */
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_FREETYPE_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
-
-  /* This is for Mac OS X.  Without redefinition, OS_INLINE */
-  /* expands to `static inline' which doesn't survive the   */
-  /* -ansi compilation flag of GCC.                         */
-#if !HAVE_ANSI_OS_INLINE
-#undef  OS_INLINE
-#define OS_INLINE  static __inline__
-#endif
-
-  /* The ResourceIndex type was only added in the 10.5 SDK */
-#ifndef MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_5
-typedef short ResourceIndex;
-#endif
-
-#include <CoreServices/CoreServices.h>
-#include <ApplicationServices/ApplicationServices.h>
-#include <sys/syslimits.h> /* PATH_MAX */
-
-#define FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE
-
-#include FT_MAC_H
-
-  /* undefine blocking-macros in ftmac.h */
-#undef FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name( a, b, c )
-#undef FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name( a, b, c )
-#undef FT_New_Face_From_FOND( a, b, c, d )
-#undef FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec( a, b, c, d )
-#undef FT_New_Face_From_FSRef( a, b, c, d )
-
-#ifndef kATSOptionFlagsUnRestrictedScope /* since Mac OS X 10.1 */
-#define kATSOptionFlagsUnRestrictedScope kATSOptionFlagsDefault
-#endif
-
-
-  /* Set PREFER_LWFN to 1 if LWFN (Type 1) is preferred over
-     TrueType in case *both* are available (this is not common,
-     but it *is* possible). */
-#ifndef PREFER_LWFN
-#define PREFER_LWFN  1
-#endif
-
-
-  /* This function is deprecated because FSSpec is deprecated in Mac OS X  */
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name( const char*  fontName,
-                            FSSpec*      pathSpec,
-                            FT_Long*     face_index )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( fontName );
-    FT_UNUSED( pathSpec );
-    FT_UNUSED( face_index );
-
-    return FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
-  }
-
-
-  /* Private function.                                         */
-  /* The FSSpec type has been discouraged for a long time,     */
-  /* unfortunately an FSRef replacement API for                */
-  /* ATSFontGetFileSpecification() is only available in        */
-  /* Mac OS X 10.5 and later.                                  */
-  static OSStatus
-  FT_ATSFontGetFileReference( ATSFontRef  ats_font_id,
-                              FSRef*      ats_font_ref )
-  {
-#if defined( MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_5 ) && \
-    MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED >= MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_5
- 
-    OSStatus  err;
-
-    err = ATSFontGetFileReference( ats_font_id, ats_font_ref );
-
-    return err;
-#elif __LP64__ /* No 64bit Carbon API on legacy platforms */
-    FT_UNUSED( ats_font_id );
-    FT_UNUSED( ats_font_ref );
-
-
-    return fnfErr;
-#else /* 32bit Carbon API on legacy platforms */
-    OSStatus  err;
-    FSSpec    spec;
-
-
-    err = ATSFontGetFileSpecification( ats_font_id, &spec );
-    if ( noErr == err )
-      err = FSpMakeFSRef( &spec, ats_font_ref );
-
-    return err;
-#endif
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  FT_GetFileRef_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char*  fontName,
-                                   FSRef*       ats_font_ref,
-                                   FT_Long*     face_index )
-  {
-    CFStringRef  cf_fontName;
-    ATSFontRef   ats_font_id;
-
-
-    *face_index = 0;
-
-    cf_fontName = CFStringCreateWithCString( NULL, fontName,
-                                             kCFStringEncodingMacRoman );
-    ats_font_id = ATSFontFindFromName( cf_fontName,
-                                       kATSOptionFlagsUnRestrictedScope );
-    CFRelease( cf_fontName );
-
-    if ( ats_font_id == 0 || ats_font_id == 0xFFFFFFFFUL )
-      return FT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
-
-    if ( noErr != FT_ATSFontGetFileReference( ats_font_id, ats_font_ref ) )
-      return FT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
-
-    /* face_index calculation by searching preceding fontIDs */
-    /* with same FSRef                                       */
-    {
-      ATSFontRef  id2 = ats_font_id - 1;
-      FSRef       ref2;
-
-
-      while ( id2 > 0 )
-      {
-        if ( noErr != FT_ATSFontGetFileReference( id2, &ref2 ) )
-          break;
-        if ( noErr != FSCompareFSRefs( ats_font_ref, &ref2 ) )
-          break;
-
-        id2 --;
-      }
-      *face_index = ats_font_id - ( id2 + 1 );
-    }
-
-    return FT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char*  fontName,
-                                    UInt8*       path,
-                                    UInt32       maxPathSize,
-                                    FT_Long*     face_index )
-  {
-    FSRef     ref;
-    FT_Error  err;
-
-
-    err = FT_GetFileRef_From_Mac_ATS_Name( fontName, &ref, face_index );
-    if ( FT_Err_Ok != err )
-      return err;
-
-    if ( noErr != FSRefMakePath( &ref, path, maxPathSize ) )
-      return FT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
-
-    return FT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  /* This function is deprecated because FSSpec is deprecated in Mac OS X  */
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char*  fontName,
-                                FSSpec*      pathSpec,
-                                FT_Long*     face_index )
-  {
-#if ( __LP64__ ) || ( defined( MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_5 ) && \
-      MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED >= MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_5 )
-    FT_UNUSED( fontName );
-    FT_UNUSED( pathSpec );
-    FT_UNUSED( face_index );
-
-    return FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
-#else
-    FSRef     ref;
-    FT_Error  err;
-
-
-    err = FT_GetFileRef_From_Mac_ATS_Name( fontName, &ref, face_index );
-    if ( FT_Err_Ok != err )
-      return err;
-
-    if ( noErr != FSGetCatalogInfo( &ref, kFSCatInfoNone, NULL, NULL,
-                                    pathSpec, NULL ) )
-      return FT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
-
-    return FT_Err_Ok;
-#endif
-  }
-
-
-  static OSErr
-  FT_FSPathMakeRes( const UInt8*    pathname,
-                    ResFileRefNum*  res )
-  {
-    OSErr  err;
-    FSRef  ref;
-
-
-    if ( noErr != FSPathMakeRef( pathname, &ref, FALSE ) )
-      return FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource;
-
-    /* at present, no support for dfont format */
-    err = FSOpenResourceFile( &ref, 0, NULL, fsRdPerm, res );
-    if ( noErr == err )
-      return err;
-
-    /* fallback to original resource-fork font */
-    *res = FSOpenResFile( &ref, fsRdPerm );
-    err  = ResError();
-
-    return err;
-  }
-
-
-  /* Return the file type for given pathname */
-  static OSType
-  get_file_type_from_path( const UInt8*  pathname )
-  {
-    FSRef          ref;
-    FSCatalogInfo  info;
-
-
-    if ( noErr != FSPathMakeRef( pathname, &ref, FALSE ) )
-      return ( OSType ) 0;
-
-    if ( noErr != FSGetCatalogInfo( &ref, kFSCatInfoFinderInfo, &info,
-                                    NULL, NULL, NULL ) )
-      return ( OSType ) 0;
-
-    return ((FInfo *)(info.finderInfo))->fdType;
-  }
-
-
-  /* Given a PostScript font name, create the Macintosh LWFN file name. */
-  static void
-  create_lwfn_name( char*   ps_name,
-                    Str255  lwfn_file_name )
-  {
-    int       max = 5, count = 0;
-    FT_Byte*  p = lwfn_file_name;
-    FT_Byte*  q = (FT_Byte*)ps_name;
-
-
-    lwfn_file_name[0] = 0;
-
-    while ( *q )
-    {
-      if ( ft_isupper( *q ) )
-      {
-        if ( count )
-          max = 3;
-        count = 0;
-      }
-      if ( count < max && ( ft_isalnum( *q ) || *q == '_' ) )
-      {
-        *++p = *q;
-        lwfn_file_name[0]++;
-        count++;
-      }
-      q++;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  static short
-  count_faces_sfnt( char*  fond_data )
-  {
-    /* The count is 1 greater than the value in the FOND.  */
-    /* Isn't that cute? :-)                                */
-
-    return EndianS16_BtoN( *( (short*)( fond_data +
-                                        sizeof ( FamRec ) ) ) ) + 1;
-  }
-
-
-  static short
-  count_faces_scalable( char*  fond_data )
-  {
-    AsscEntry*  assoc;
-    FamRec*     fond;
-    short       i, face, face_all;
-
-
-    fond     = (FamRec*)fond_data;
-    face_all = EndianS16_BtoN( *( (short *)( fond_data +
-                                             sizeof ( FamRec ) ) ) ) + 1;
-    assoc    = (AsscEntry*)( fond_data + sizeof ( FamRec ) + 2 );
-    face     = 0;
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < face_all; i++ )
-    {
-      if ( 0 == EndianS16_BtoN( assoc[i].fontSize ) )
-        face++;
-    }
-    return face;
-  }
-
-
-  /* Look inside the FOND data, answer whether there should be an SFNT
-     resource, and answer the name of a possible LWFN Type 1 file.
-
-     Thanks to Paul Miller (paulm@profoundeffects.com) for the fix
-     to load a face OTHER than the first one in the FOND!
-  */
-
-
-  static void
-  parse_fond( char*   fond_data,
-              short*  have_sfnt,
-              ResID*  sfnt_id,
-              Str255  lwfn_file_name,
-              short   face_index )
-  {
-    AsscEntry*  assoc;
-    AsscEntry*  base_assoc;
-    FamRec*     fond;
-
-
-    *sfnt_id          = 0;
-    *have_sfnt        = 0;
-    lwfn_file_name[0] = 0;
-
-    fond       = (FamRec*)fond_data;
-    assoc      = (AsscEntry*)( fond_data + sizeof ( FamRec ) + 2 );
-    base_assoc = assoc;
-
-    /* the maximum faces in a FOND is 48, size of StyleTable.indexes[] */
-    if ( 47 < face_index )
-      return;
-
-    /* Let's do a little range checking before we get too excited here */
-    if ( face_index < count_faces_sfnt( fond_data ) )
-    {
-      assoc += face_index;        /* add on the face_index! */
-
-      /* if the face at this index is not scalable,
-         fall back to the first one (old behavior) */
-      if ( EndianS16_BtoN( assoc->fontSize ) == 0 )
-      {
-        *have_sfnt = 1;
-        *sfnt_id   = EndianS16_BtoN( assoc->fontID );
-      }
-      else if ( base_assoc->fontSize == 0 )
-      {
-        *have_sfnt = 1;
-        *sfnt_id   = EndianS16_BtoN( base_assoc->fontID );
-      }
-    }
-
-    if ( EndianS32_BtoN( fond->ffStylOff ) )
-    {
-      unsigned char*  p = (unsigned char*)fond_data;
-      StyleTable*     style;
-      unsigned short  string_count;
-      char            ps_name[256];
-      unsigned char*  names[64];
-      int             i;
-
-
-      p += EndianS32_BtoN( fond->ffStylOff );
-      style = (StyleTable*)p;
-      p += sizeof ( StyleTable );
-      string_count = EndianS16_BtoN( *(short*)(p) );
-      p += sizeof ( short );
-
-      for ( i = 0; i < string_count && i < 64; i++ )
-      {
-        names[i] = p;
-        p       += names[i][0];
-        p++;
-      }
-
-      {
-        size_t  ps_name_len = (size_t)names[0][0];
-
-
-        if ( ps_name_len != 0 )
-        {
-          ft_memcpy(ps_name, names[0] + 1, ps_name_len);
-          ps_name[ps_name_len] = 0;
-        }
-        if ( style->indexes[face_index] > 1 &&
-             style->indexes[face_index] <= FT_MIN( string_count, 64 ) )
-        {
-          unsigned char*  suffixes = names[style->indexes[face_index] - 1];
-
-
-          for ( i = 1; i <= suffixes[0]; i++ )
-          {
-            unsigned char*  s;
-            size_t          j = suffixes[i] - 1;
-
-
-            if ( j < string_count && ( s = names[j] ) != NULL )
-            {
-              size_t  s_len = (size_t)s[0];
-
-
-              if ( s_len != 0 && ps_name_len + s_len < sizeof ( ps_name ) )
-              {
-                ft_memcpy( ps_name + ps_name_len, s + 1, s_len );
-                ps_name_len += s_len;
-                ps_name[ps_name_len] = 0;
-              }
-            }
-          }
-        }
-      }
-
-      create_lwfn_name( ps_name, lwfn_file_name );
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  static  FT_Error
-  lookup_lwfn_by_fond( const UInt8*      path_fond,
-                       ConstStr255Param  base_lwfn,
-                       UInt8*            path_lwfn,
-                       size_t            path_size )
-  {
-    FSRef   ref, par_ref;
-    size_t  dirname_len;
-
-
-    /* Pathname for FSRef can be in various formats: HFS, HFS+, and POSIX. */
-    /* We should not extract parent directory by string manipulation.      */
-
-    if ( noErr != FSPathMakeRef( path_fond, &ref, FALSE ) )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    if ( noErr != FSGetCatalogInfo( &ref, kFSCatInfoNone,
-                                    NULL, NULL, NULL, &par_ref ) )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    if ( noErr != FSRefMakePath( &par_ref, path_lwfn, path_size ) )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    if ( ft_strlen( (char *)path_lwfn ) + 1 + base_lwfn[0] > path_size )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    /* now we have absolute dirname in path_lwfn */
-    ft_strcat( (char *)path_lwfn, "/" );
-    dirname_len = ft_strlen( (char *)path_lwfn );
-    ft_strcat( (char *)path_lwfn, (char *)base_lwfn + 1 );
-    path_lwfn[dirname_len + base_lwfn[0]] = '\0';
-
-    if ( noErr != FSPathMakeRef( path_lwfn, &ref, FALSE ) )
-      return FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource;
-
-    if ( noErr != FSGetCatalogInfo( &ref, kFSCatInfoNone,
-                                    NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL ) )
-      return FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource;
-
-    return FT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  static short
-  count_faces( Handle        fond,
-               const UInt8*  pathname )
-  {
-    ResID     sfnt_id;
-    short     have_sfnt, have_lwfn;
-    Str255    lwfn_file_name;
-    UInt8     buff[PATH_MAX];
-    FT_Error  err;
-    short     num_faces;
-
-
-    have_sfnt = have_lwfn = 0;
-
-    parse_fond( *fond, &have_sfnt, &sfnt_id, lwfn_file_name, 0 );
-
-    if ( lwfn_file_name[0] )
-    {
-      err = lookup_lwfn_by_fond( pathname, lwfn_file_name,
-                                 buff, sizeof ( buff )  );
-      if ( FT_Err_Ok == err )
-        have_lwfn = 1;
-    }
-
-    if ( have_lwfn && ( !have_sfnt || PREFER_LWFN ) )
-      num_faces = 1;
-    else
-      num_faces = count_faces_scalable( *fond );
-
-    return num_faces;
-  }
-
-
-  /* Read Type 1 data from the POST resources inside the LWFN file,
-     return a PFB buffer.  This is somewhat convoluted because the FT2
-     PFB parser wants the ASCII header as one chunk, and the LWFN
-     chunks are often not organized that way, so we glue chunks
-     of the same type together. */
-  static FT_Error
-  read_lwfn( FT_Memory      memory,
-             ResFileRefNum  res,
-             FT_Byte**      pfb_data,
-             FT_ULong*      size )
-  {
-    FT_Error       error = FT_Err_Ok;
-    ResID          res_id;
-    unsigned char  *buffer, *p, *size_p = NULL;
-    FT_ULong       total_size = 0;
-    FT_ULong       old_total_size = 0;
-    FT_ULong       post_size, pfb_chunk_size;
-    Handle         post_data;
-    char           code, last_code;
-
-
-    UseResFile( res );
-
-    /* First pass: load all POST resources, and determine the size of */
-    /* the output buffer.                                             */
-    res_id    = 501;
-    last_code = -1;
-
-    for (;;)
-    {
-      post_data = Get1Resource( FT_MAKE_TAG( 'P', 'O', 'S', 'T' ),
-                                res_id++ );
-      if ( post_data == NULL )
-        break;  /* we are done */
-
-      code = (*post_data)[0];
-
-      if ( code != last_code )
-      {
-        if ( code == 5 )
-          total_size += 2; /* just the end code */
-        else
-          total_size += 6; /* code + 4 bytes chunk length */
-      }
-
-      total_size += GetHandleSize( post_data ) - 2;
-      last_code = code;
-
-      /* detect integer overflows */
-      if ( total_size < old_total_size )
-      {
-        error = FT_Err_Array_Too_Large;
-        goto Error;
-      }
-
-      old_total_size = total_size;
-    }
-
-    if ( FT_ALLOC( buffer, (FT_Long)total_size ) )
-      goto Error;
-
-    /* Second pass: append all POST data to the buffer, add PFB fields. */
-    /* Glue all consecutive chunks of the same type together.           */
-    p              = buffer;
-    res_id         = 501;
-    last_code      = -1;
-    pfb_chunk_size = 0;
-
-    for (;;)
-    {
-      post_data = Get1Resource( FT_MAKE_TAG( 'P', 'O', 'S', 'T' ),
-                                res_id++ );
-      if ( post_data == NULL )
-        break;  /* we are done */
-
-      post_size = (FT_ULong)GetHandleSize( post_data ) - 2;
-      code = (*post_data)[0];
-
-      if ( code != last_code )
-      {
-        if ( last_code != -1 )
-        {
-          /* we are done adding a chunk, fill in the size field */
-          if ( size_p != NULL )
-          {
-            *size_p++ = (FT_Byte)(   pfb_chunk_size         & 0xFF );
-            *size_p++ = (FT_Byte)( ( pfb_chunk_size >> 8  ) & 0xFF );
-            *size_p++ = (FT_Byte)( ( pfb_chunk_size >> 16 ) & 0xFF );
-            *size_p++ = (FT_Byte)( ( pfb_chunk_size >> 24 ) & 0xFF );
-          }
-          pfb_chunk_size = 0;
-        }
-
-        *p++ = 0x80;
-        if ( code == 5 )
-          *p++ = 0x03;  /* the end */
-        else if ( code == 2 )
-          *p++ = 0x02;  /* binary segment */
-        else
-          *p++ = 0x01;  /* ASCII segment */
-
-        if ( code != 5 )
-        {
-          size_p = p;   /* save for later */
-          p += 4;       /* make space for size field */
-        }
-      }
-
-      ft_memcpy( p, *post_data + 2, post_size );
-      pfb_chunk_size += post_size;
-      p += post_size;
-      last_code = code;
-    }
-
-    *pfb_data = buffer;
-    *size = total_size;
-
-  Error:
-    CloseResFile( res );
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* Finalizer for a memory stream; gets called by FT_Done_Face().
-     It frees the memory it uses. */
-  static void
-  memory_stream_close( FT_Stream  stream )
-  {
-    FT_Memory  memory = stream->memory;
-
-
-    FT_FREE( stream->base );
-
-    stream->size  = 0;
-    stream->base  = 0;
-    stream->close = 0;
-  }
-
-
-  /* Create a new memory stream from a buffer and a size. */
-  static FT_Error
-  new_memory_stream( FT_Library           library,
-                     FT_Byte*             base,
-                     FT_ULong             size,
-                     FT_Stream_CloseFunc  close,
-                     FT_Stream*           astream )
-  {
-    FT_Error   error;
-    FT_Memory  memory;
-    FT_Stream  stream;
-
-
-    if ( !library )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Library_Handle;
-
-    if ( !base )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    *astream = 0;
-    memory = library->memory;
-    if ( FT_NEW( stream ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    FT_Stream_OpenMemory( stream, base, size );
-
-    stream->close = close;
-
-    *astream = stream;
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* Create a new FT_Face given a buffer and a driver name. */
-  static FT_Error
-  open_face_from_buffer( FT_Library   library,
-                         FT_Byte*     base,
-                         FT_ULong     size,
-                         FT_Long      face_index,
-                         const char*  driver_name,
-                         FT_Face*     aface )
-  {
-    FT_Open_Args  args;
-    FT_Error      error;
-    FT_Stream     stream;
-    FT_Memory     memory = library->memory;
-
-
-    error = new_memory_stream( library,
-                               base,
-                               size,
-                               memory_stream_close,
-                               &stream );
-    if ( error )
-    {
-      FT_FREE( base );
-      return error;
-    }
-
-    args.flags  = FT_OPEN_STREAM;
-    args.stream = stream;
-    if ( driver_name )
-    {
-      args.flags  = args.flags | FT_OPEN_DRIVER;
-      args.driver = FT_Get_Module( library, driver_name );
-    }
-
-    /* At this point, face_index has served its purpose;      */
-    /* whoever calls this function has already used it to     */
-    /* locate the correct font data.  We should not propagate */
-    /* this index to FT_Open_Face() (unless it is negative).  */
-
-    if ( face_index > 0 )
-      face_index = 0;
-
-    error = FT_Open_Face( library, &args, face_index, aface );
-    if ( error == FT_Err_Ok )
-      (*aface)->face_flags &= ~FT_FACE_FLAG_EXTERNAL_STREAM;
-    else
-      FT_Stream_Free( stream, 0 );
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* Create a new FT_Face from a file spec to an LWFN file. */
-  static FT_Error
-  FT_New_Face_From_LWFN( FT_Library    library,
-                         const UInt8*  pathname,
-                         FT_Long       face_index,
-                         FT_Face*      aface )
-  {
-    FT_Byte*       pfb_data;
-    FT_ULong       pfb_size;
-    FT_Error       error;
-    ResFileRefNum  res;
-
-
-    if ( noErr != FT_FSPathMakeRes( pathname, &res ) )
-      return FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource;
-
-    pfb_data = NULL;
-    pfb_size = 0;
-    error = read_lwfn( library->memory, res, &pfb_data, &pfb_size );
-    CloseResFile( res ); /* PFB is already loaded, useless anymore */
-    if ( error )
-      return error;
-
-    return open_face_from_buffer( library,
-                                  pfb_data,
-                                  pfb_size,
-                                  face_index,
-                                  "type1",
-                                  aface );
-  }
-
-
-  /* Create a new FT_Face from an SFNT resource, specified by res ID. */
-  static FT_Error
-  FT_New_Face_From_SFNT( FT_Library  library,
-                         ResID       sfnt_id,
-                         FT_Long     face_index,
-                         FT_Face*    aface )
-  {
-    Handle     sfnt = NULL;
-    FT_Byte*   sfnt_data;
-    size_t     sfnt_size;
-    FT_Error   error  = FT_Err_Ok;
-    FT_Memory  memory = library->memory;
-    int        is_cff;
-
-
-    sfnt = GetResource( FT_MAKE_TAG( 's', 'f', 'n', 't' ), sfnt_id );
-    if ( sfnt == NULL )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Handle;
-
-    sfnt_size = (FT_ULong)GetHandleSize( sfnt );
-    if ( FT_ALLOC( sfnt_data, (FT_Long)sfnt_size ) )
-    {
-      ReleaseResource( sfnt );
-      return error;
-    }
-
-    ft_memcpy( sfnt_data, *sfnt, sfnt_size );
-    ReleaseResource( sfnt );
-
-    is_cff = sfnt_size > 4 && sfnt_data[0] == 'O' &&
-                              sfnt_data[1] == 'T' &&
-                              sfnt_data[2] == 'T' &&
-                              sfnt_data[3] == 'O';
-
-    return open_face_from_buffer( library,
-                                  sfnt_data,
-                                  sfnt_size,
-                                  face_index,
-                                  is_cff ? "cff" : "truetype",
-                                  aface );
-  }
-
-
-  /* Create a new FT_Face from a file spec to a suitcase file. */
-  static FT_Error
-  FT_New_Face_From_Suitcase( FT_Library    library,
-                             const UInt8*  pathname,
-                             FT_Long       face_index,
-                             FT_Face*      aface )
-  {
-    FT_Error       error = FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource;
-    ResFileRefNum  res_ref;
-    ResourceIndex  res_index;
-    Handle         fond;
-    short          num_faces_in_res, num_faces_in_fond;
-
-
-    if ( noErr != FT_FSPathMakeRes( pathname, &res_ref ) )
-      return FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource;
-
-    UseResFile( res_ref );
-    if ( ResError() )
-      return FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource;
-
-    num_faces_in_res = 0;
-    for ( res_index = 1; ; ++res_index )
-    {
-      fond = Get1IndResource( FT_MAKE_TAG( 'F', 'O', 'N', 'D' ),
-                              res_index );
-      if ( ResError() )
-        break;
-
-      num_faces_in_fond  = count_faces( fond, pathname );
-      num_faces_in_res  += num_faces_in_fond;
-
-      if ( 0 <= face_index && face_index < num_faces_in_fond && error )
-        error = FT_New_Face_From_FOND( library, fond, face_index, aface );
-
-      face_index -= num_faces_in_fond;
-    }
-
-    CloseResFile( res_ref );
-    if ( FT_Err_Ok == error && NULL != aface && NULL != *aface )
-      (*aface)->num_faces = num_faces_in_res;
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftmac.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_New_Face_From_FOND( FT_Library  library,
-                         Handle      fond,
-                         FT_Long     face_index,
-                         FT_Face*    aface )
-  {
-    short     have_sfnt, have_lwfn = 0;
-    ResID     sfnt_id, fond_id;
-    OSType    fond_type;
-    Str255    fond_name;
-    Str255    lwfn_file_name;
-    UInt8     path_lwfn[PATH_MAX];
-    OSErr     err;
-    FT_Error  error = FT_Err_Ok;
-
-
-    GetResInfo( fond, &fond_id, &fond_type, fond_name );
-    if ( ResError() != noErr || fond_type != FT_MAKE_TAG( 'F', 'O', 'N', 'D' ) )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-
-    parse_fond( *fond, &have_sfnt, &sfnt_id, lwfn_file_name, face_index );
-
-    if ( lwfn_file_name[0] )
-    {
-      ResFileRefNum  res;
-
-
-      res = HomeResFile( fond );
-      if ( noErr != ResError() )
-        goto found_no_lwfn_file;
-
-      {
-        UInt8  path_fond[PATH_MAX];
-        FSRef  ref;
-
-
-        err = FSGetForkCBInfo( res, kFSInvalidVolumeRefNum,
-                               NULL, NULL, NULL, &ref, NULL );
-        if ( noErr != err )
-          goto found_no_lwfn_file;
-
-        err = FSRefMakePath( &ref, path_fond, sizeof ( path_fond ) );
-        if ( noErr != err )
-          goto found_no_lwfn_file;
-
-        error = lookup_lwfn_by_fond( path_fond, lwfn_file_name,
-                                     path_lwfn, sizeof ( path_lwfn ) );
-        if ( FT_Err_Ok == error )
-          have_lwfn = 1;
-      }
-    }
-
-    if ( have_lwfn && ( !have_sfnt || PREFER_LWFN ) )
-      error = FT_New_Face_From_LWFN( library,
-                                     path_lwfn,
-                                     face_index,
-                                     aface );
-    else
-      error = FT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
-
-  found_no_lwfn_file:
-    if ( have_sfnt && FT_Err_Ok != error )
-      error = FT_New_Face_From_SFNT( library,
-                                     sfnt_id,
-                                     face_index,
-                                     aface );
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* Common function to load a new FT_Face from a resource file. */
-  static FT_Error
-  FT_New_Face_From_Resource( FT_Library    library,
-                             const UInt8*  pathname,
-                             FT_Long       face_index,
-                             FT_Face*      aface )
-  {
-    OSType    file_type;
-    FT_Error  error;
-
-
-    /* LWFN is a (very) specific file format, check for it explicitly */
-    file_type = get_file_type_from_path( pathname );
-    if ( file_type == FT_MAKE_TAG( 'L', 'W', 'F', 'N' ) )
-      return FT_New_Face_From_LWFN( library, pathname, face_index, aface );
-
-    /* Otherwise the file type doesn't matter (there are more than  */
-    /* `FFIL' and `tfil').  Just try opening it as a font suitcase; */
-    /* if it works, fine.                                           */
-
-    error = FT_New_Face_From_Suitcase( library, pathname, face_index, aface );
-    if ( error == 0 )
-      return error;
-
-    /* let it fall through to normal loader (.ttf, .otf, etc.); */
-    /* we signal this by returning no error and no FT_Face      */
-    *aface = NULL;
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_New_Face                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    This is the Mac-specific implementation of FT_New_Face.  In        */
-  /*    addition to the standard FT_New_Face() functionality, it also      */
-  /*    accepts pathnames to Mac suitcase files.  For further              */
-  /*    documentation see the original FT_New_Face() in freetype.h.        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_New_Face( FT_Library   library,
-               const char*  pathname,
-               FT_Long      face_index,
-               FT_Face*     aface )
-  {
-    FT_Open_Args  args;
-    FT_Error      error;
-
-
-    /* test for valid `library' and `aface' delayed to FT_Open_Face() */
-    if ( !pathname )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    error  = FT_Err_Ok;
-    *aface = NULL;
-
-    /* try resourcefork based font: LWFN, FFIL */
-    error = FT_New_Face_From_Resource( library, (UInt8 *)pathname,
-                                       face_index, aface );
-    if ( error != 0 || *aface != NULL )
-      return error;
-
-    /* let it fall through to normal loader (.ttf, .otf, etc.) */
-    args.flags    = FT_OPEN_PATHNAME;
-    args.pathname = (char*)pathname;
-    return FT_Open_Face( library, &args, face_index, aface );
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_New_Face_From_FSRef                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    FT_New_Face_From_FSRef is identical to FT_New_Face except it       */
-  /*    accepts an FSRef instead of a path.                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This function is deprecated because Carbon data types (FSRef)         */
-  /* are not cross-platform, and thus not suitable for the freetype API.   */
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_New_Face_From_FSRef( FT_Library    library,
-                          const FSRef*  ref,
-                          FT_Long       face_index,
-                          FT_Face*      aface )
-  {
-    FT_Error      error;
-    FT_Open_Args  args;
-    OSErr   err;
-    UInt8   pathname[PATH_MAX];
-
-
-    if ( !ref )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    err = FSRefMakePath( ref, pathname, sizeof ( pathname ) );
-    if ( err )
-      error = FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource;
-
-    error = FT_New_Face_From_Resource( library, pathname, face_index, aface );
-    if ( error != 0 || *aface != NULL )
-      return error;
-
-    /* fallback to datafork font */
-    args.flags    = FT_OPEN_PATHNAME;
-    args.pathname = (char*)pathname;
-    return FT_Open_Face( library, &args, face_index, aface );
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec is identical to FT_New_Face except it      */
-  /*    accepts an FSSpec instead of a path.                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This function is deprecated because FSSpec is deprecated in Mac OS X  */
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec( FT_Library     library,
-                           const FSSpec*  spec,
-                           FT_Long        face_index,
-                           FT_Face*       aface )
-  {
-#if ( __LP64__ ) || ( defined( MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_5 ) && \
-      MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED >= MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_5 )
-    FT_UNUSED( library );
-    FT_UNUSED( spec );
-    FT_UNUSED( face_index );
-    FT_UNUSED( aface );
-
-    return FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
-#else
-    FSRef  ref;
-
-
-    if ( !spec || FSpMakeFSRef( spec, &ref ) != noErr )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-    else
-      return FT_New_Face_From_FSRef( library, &ref, face_index, aface );
-#endif
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftmm.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftmm.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 586d5e8..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftmm.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,202 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftmm.c                                                                 */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Multiple Master font support (body).                                 */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2003, 2004 by                                     */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-#include FT_SERVICE_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_mm
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  ft_face_get_mm_service( FT_Face                   face,
-                          FT_Service_MultiMasters  *aservice )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error;
-
-
-    *aservice = NULL;
-
-    if ( !face )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Face_Handle;
-
-    error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    if ( FT_HAS_MULTIPLE_MASTERS( face ) )
-    {
-      FT_FACE_LOOKUP_SERVICE( face,
-                              *aservice,
-                              MULTI_MASTERS );
-
-      if ( aservice )
-        error = FT_Err_Ok;
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftmm.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Get_Multi_Master( FT_Face           face,
-                       FT_Multi_Master  *amaster )
-  {
-    FT_Error                 error;
-    FT_Service_MultiMasters  service;
-
-
-    error = ft_face_get_mm_service( face, &service );
-    if ( !error )
-    {
-      error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-      if ( service->get_mm )
-        error = service->get_mm( face, amaster );
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftmm.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Get_MM_Var( FT_Face      face,
-                 FT_MM_Var*  *amaster )
-  {
-    FT_Error                 error;
-    FT_Service_MultiMasters  service;
-
-
-    error = ft_face_get_mm_service( face, &service );
-    if ( !error )
-    {
-      error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-      if ( service->get_mm_var )
-        error = service->get_mm_var( face, amaster );
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftmm.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Set_MM_Design_Coordinates( FT_Face   face,
-                                FT_UInt   num_coords,
-                                FT_Long*  coords )
-  {
-    FT_Error                 error;
-    FT_Service_MultiMasters  service;
-
-
-    error = ft_face_get_mm_service( face, &service );
-    if ( !error )
-    {
-      error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-      if ( service->set_mm_design )
-        error = service->set_mm_design( face, num_coords, coords );
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftmm.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates( FT_Face    face,
-                                 FT_UInt    num_coords,
-                                 FT_Fixed*  coords )
-  {
-    FT_Error                 error;
-    FT_Service_MultiMasters  service;
-
-
-    error = ft_face_get_mm_service( face, &service );
-    if ( !error )
-    {
-      error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-      if ( service->set_var_design )
-        error = service->set_var_design( face, num_coords, coords );
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftmm.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face    face,
-                               FT_UInt    num_coords,
-                               FT_Fixed*  coords )
-  {
-    FT_Error                 error;
-    FT_Service_MultiMasters  service;
-
-
-    error = ft_face_get_mm_service( face, &service );
-    if ( !error )
-    {
-      error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-      if ( service->set_mm_blend )
-         error = service->set_mm_blend( face, num_coords, coords );
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftmm.h */
-
-  /* This is exactly the same as the previous function.  It exists for */
-  /* orthogonality.                                                    */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face    face,
-                                FT_UInt    num_coords,
-                                FT_Fixed*  coords )
-  {
-    FT_Error                 error;
-    FT_Service_MultiMasters  service;
-
-
-    error = ft_face_get_mm_service( face, &service );
-    if ( !error )
-    {
-      error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-      if ( service->set_mm_blend )
-         error = service->set_mm_blend( face, num_coords, coords );
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftnames.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftnames.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 7fde5c4..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftnames.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,94 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftnames.c                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Simple interface to access SFNT name tables (which are used          */
-/*    to hold font names, copyright info, notices, etc.) (body).           */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    This is _not_ used to retrieve glyph names!                          */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002 by                                           */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_SFNT_NAMES_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_TRUETYPE_TYPES_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
-
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SFNT_NAMES
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftnames.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_UInt )
-  FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count( FT_Face  face )
-  {
-    return (face && FT_IS_SFNT( face )) ? ((TT_Face)face)->num_names : 0;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftnames.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Get_Sfnt_Name( FT_Face       face,
-                    FT_UInt       idx,
-                    FT_SfntName  *aname )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-
-    if ( aname && face && FT_IS_SFNT( face ) )
-    {
-      TT_Face  ttface = (TT_Face)face;
-
-
-      if ( idx < (FT_UInt)ttface->num_names )
-      {
-        TT_NameEntryRec*  entry = ttface->name_table.names + idx;
-
-
-        /* load name on demand */
-        if ( entry->stringLength > 0 && entry->string == NULL )
-        {
-          FT_Memory  memory = face->memory;
-          FT_Stream  stream = face->stream;
-
-
-          if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY  ( entry->string, entry->stringLength ) ||
-               FT_STREAM_SEEK( entry->stringOffset )                ||
-               FT_STREAM_READ( entry->string, entry->stringLength ) )
-          {
-            FT_FREE( entry->string );
-            entry->stringLength = 0;
-          }
-        }
-
-        aname->platform_id = entry->platformID;
-        aname->encoding_id = entry->encodingID;
-        aname->language_id = entry->languageID;
-        aname->name_id     = entry->nameID;
-        aname->string      = (FT_Byte*)entry->string;
-        aname->string_len  = entry->stringLength;
-
-        error = FT_Err_Ok;
-      }
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-#endif /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SFNT_NAMES */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftobjs.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftobjs.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 8208e2a..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftobjs.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4198 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftobjs.c                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    The FreeType private base classes (body).                            */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by       */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_LIST_H
-#include FT_OUTLINE_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_VALIDATE_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_RFORK_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_SFNT_H    /* for SFNT_Load_Table_Func */
-#include FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H
-#include FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H
-#include FT_OUTLINE_H
-
-#include FT_SERVICE_SFNT_H
-#include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_NAME_H
-#include FT_SERVICE_GLYPH_DICT_H
-#include FT_SERVICE_TT_CMAP_H
-#include FT_SERVICE_KERNING_H
-#include FT_SERVICE_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_H
-
-#define GRID_FIT_METRICS
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Pointer )
-  ft_service_list_lookup( FT_ServiceDesc  service_descriptors,
-                          const char*     service_id )
-  {
-    FT_Pointer      result = NULL;
-    FT_ServiceDesc  desc   = service_descriptors;
-
-
-    if ( desc && service_id )
-    {
-      for ( ; desc->serv_id != NULL; desc++ )
-      {
-        if ( ft_strcmp( desc->serv_id, service_id ) == 0 )
-        {
-          result = (FT_Pointer)desc->serv_data;
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
-  ft_validator_init( FT_Validator        valid,
-                     const FT_Byte*      base,
-                     const FT_Byte*      limit,
-                     FT_ValidationLevel  level )
-  {
-    valid->base  = base;
-    valid->limit = limit;
-    valid->level = level;
-    valid->error = FT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Int )
-  ft_validator_run( FT_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    /* This function doesn't work!  None should call it. */
-    FT_UNUSED( valid );
-
-    return -1;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
-  ft_validator_error( FT_Validator  valid,
-                      FT_Error      error )
-  {
-    /* since the cast below also disables the compiler's */
-    /* type check, we introduce a dummy variable, which  */
-    /* will be optimized away                            */
-    volatile ft_jmp_buf* jump_buffer = &valid->jump_buffer;
-
-
-    valid->error = error;
-
-    /* throw away volatileness; use `jump_buffer' or the  */
-    /* compiler may warn about an unused local variable   */
-    ft_longjmp( *(ft_jmp_buf*) jump_buffer, 1 );
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****                           S T R E A M                           ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /* create a new input stream from an FT_Open_Args structure */
-  /*                                                          */
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Stream_New( FT_Library           library,
-                 const FT_Open_Args*  args,
-                 FT_Stream           *astream )
-  {
-    FT_Error   error;
-    FT_Memory  memory;
-    FT_Stream  stream;
-
-
-    if ( !library )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Library_Handle;
-
-    if ( !args )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    *astream = 0;
-    memory   = library->memory;
-
-    if ( FT_NEW( stream ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    stream->memory = memory;
-
-    if ( args->flags & FT_OPEN_MEMORY )
-    {
-      /* create a memory-based stream */
-      FT_Stream_OpenMemory( stream,
-                            (const FT_Byte*)args->memory_base,
-                            args->memory_size );
-    }
-    else if ( args->flags & FT_OPEN_PATHNAME )
-    {
-      /* create a normal system stream */
-      error = FT_Stream_Open( stream, args->pathname );
-      stream->pathname.pointer = args->pathname;
-    }
-    else if ( ( args->flags & FT_OPEN_STREAM ) && args->stream )
-    {
-      /* use an existing, user-provided stream */
-
-      /* in this case, we do not need to allocate a new stream object */
-      /* since the caller is responsible for closing it himself       */
-      FT_FREE( stream );
-      stream = args->stream;
-    }
-    else
-      error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    if ( error )
-      FT_FREE( stream );
-    else
-      stream->memory = memory;  /* just to be certain */
-
-    *astream = stream;
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
-  FT_Stream_Free( FT_Stream  stream,
-                  FT_Int     external )
-  {
-    if ( stream )
-    {
-      FT_Memory  memory = stream->memory;
-
-
-      FT_Stream_Close( stream );
-
-      if ( !external )
-        FT_FREE( stream );
-    }
-  }
-
-
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_objs
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****               FACE, SIZE & GLYPH SLOT OBJECTS                   ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  ft_glyphslot_init( FT_GlyphSlot  slot )
-  {
-    FT_Driver         driver = slot->face->driver;
-    FT_Driver_Class   clazz  = driver->clazz;
-    FT_Memory         memory = driver->root.memory;
-    FT_Error          error  = FT_Err_Ok;
-    FT_Slot_Internal  internal;
-
-
-    slot->library = driver->root.library;
-
-    if ( FT_NEW( internal ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    slot->internal = internal;
-
-    if ( FT_DRIVER_USES_OUTLINES( driver ) )
-      error = FT_GlyphLoader_New( memory, &internal->loader );
-
-    if ( !error && clazz->init_slot )
-      error = clazz->init_slot( slot );
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
-  ft_glyphslot_free_bitmap( FT_GlyphSlot  slot )
-  {
-    if ( slot->internal->flags & FT_GLYPH_OWN_BITMAP )
-    {
-      FT_Memory  memory = FT_FACE_MEMORY( slot->face );
-
-
-      FT_FREE( slot->bitmap.buffer );
-      slot->internal->flags &= ~FT_GLYPH_OWN_BITMAP;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* assume that the bitmap buffer was stolen or not */
-      /* allocated from the heap                         */
-      slot->bitmap.buffer = NULL;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
-  ft_glyphslot_set_bitmap( FT_GlyphSlot  slot,
-                           FT_Byte*      buffer )
-  {
-    ft_glyphslot_free_bitmap( slot );
-
-    slot->bitmap.buffer = buffer;
-
-    FT_ASSERT( (slot->internal->flags & FT_GLYPH_OWN_BITMAP) == 0 );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
-  ft_glyphslot_alloc_bitmap( FT_GlyphSlot  slot,
-                             FT_ULong      size )
-  {
-    FT_Memory  memory = FT_FACE_MEMORY( slot->face );
-    FT_Error   error;
-
-
-    if ( slot->internal->flags & FT_GLYPH_OWN_BITMAP )
-      FT_FREE( slot->bitmap.buffer );
-    else
-      slot->internal->flags |= FT_GLYPH_OWN_BITMAP;
-
-    (void)FT_ALLOC( slot->bitmap.buffer, size );
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  ft_glyphslot_clear( FT_GlyphSlot  slot )
-  {
-    /* free bitmap if needed */
-    ft_glyphslot_free_bitmap( slot );
-
-    /* clear all public fields in the glyph slot */
-    FT_ZERO( &slot->metrics );
-    FT_ZERO( &slot->outline );
-
-    slot->bitmap.width      = 0;
-    slot->bitmap.rows       = 0;
-    slot->bitmap.pitch      = 0;
-    slot->bitmap.pixel_mode = 0;
-    /* `slot->bitmap.buffer' has been handled by ft_glyphslot_free_bitmap */
-
-    slot->bitmap_left   = 0;
-    slot->bitmap_top    = 0;
-    slot->num_subglyphs = 0;
-    slot->subglyphs     = 0;
-    slot->control_data  = 0;
-    slot->control_len   = 0;
-    slot->other         = 0;
-    slot->format        = FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_NONE;
-
-    slot->linearHoriAdvance = 0;
-    slot->linearVertAdvance = 0;
-    slot->lsb_delta         = 0;
-    slot->rsb_delta         = 0;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  ft_glyphslot_done( FT_GlyphSlot  slot )
-  {
-    FT_Driver        driver = slot->face->driver;
-    FT_Driver_Class  clazz  = driver->clazz;
-    FT_Memory        memory = driver->root.memory;
-
-
-    if ( clazz->done_slot )
-      clazz->done_slot( slot );
-
-    /* free bitmap buffer if needed */
-    ft_glyphslot_free_bitmap( slot );
-
-    /* free glyph loader */
-    if ( FT_DRIVER_USES_OUTLINES( driver ) )
-    {
-      FT_GlyphLoader_Done( slot->internal->loader );
-      slot->internal->loader = 0;
-    }
-
-    FT_FREE( slot->internal );
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftobjs.h */
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_New_GlyphSlot( FT_Face        face,
-                    FT_GlyphSlot  *aslot )
-  {
-    FT_Error         error;
-    FT_Driver        driver;
-    FT_Driver_Class  clazz;
-    FT_Memory        memory;
-    FT_GlyphSlot     slot;
-
-
-    if ( !face || !face->driver )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    driver = face->driver;
-    clazz  = driver->clazz;
-    memory = driver->root.memory;
-
-    FT_TRACE4(( "FT_New_GlyphSlot: Creating new slot object\n" ));
-    if ( !FT_ALLOC( slot, clazz->slot_object_size ) )
-    {
-      slot->face = face;
-
-      error = ft_glyphslot_init( slot );
-      if ( error )
-      {
-        ft_glyphslot_done( slot );
-        FT_FREE( slot );
-        goto Exit;
-      }
-
-      slot->next  = face->glyph;
-      face->glyph = slot;
-
-      if ( aslot )
-        *aslot = slot;
-    }
-    else if ( aslot )
-      *aslot = 0;
-
-
-  Exit:
-    FT_TRACE4(( "FT_New_GlyphSlot: Return %d\n", error ));
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftobjs.h */
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
-  FT_Done_GlyphSlot( FT_GlyphSlot  slot )
-  {
-    if ( slot )
-    {
-      FT_Driver     driver = slot->face->driver;
-      FT_Memory     memory = driver->root.memory;
-      FT_GlyphSlot  prev;
-      FT_GlyphSlot  cur;
-
-
-      /* Remove slot from its parent face's list */
-      prev = NULL;
-      cur  = slot->face->glyph;
-
-      while ( cur )
-      {
-        if ( cur == slot )
-        {
-          if ( !prev )
-            slot->face->glyph = cur->next;
-          else
-            prev->next = cur->next;
-
-          ft_glyphslot_done( slot );
-          FT_FREE( slot );
-          break;
-        }
-        prev = cur;
-        cur  = cur->next;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
-  FT_Set_Transform( FT_Face     face,
-                    FT_Matrix*  matrix,
-                    FT_Vector*  delta )
-  {
-    FT_Face_Internal  internal;
-
-
-    if ( !face )
-      return;
-
-    internal = face->internal;
-
-    internal->transform_flags = 0;
-
-    if ( !matrix )
-    {
-      internal->transform_matrix.xx = 0x10000L;
-      internal->transform_matrix.xy = 0;
-      internal->transform_matrix.yx = 0;
-      internal->transform_matrix.yy = 0x10000L;
-      matrix = &internal->transform_matrix;
-    }
-    else
-      internal->transform_matrix = *matrix;
-
-    /* set transform_flags bit flag 0 if `matrix' isn't the identity */
-    if ( ( matrix->xy | matrix->yx ) ||
-         matrix->xx != 0x10000L      ||
-         matrix->yy != 0x10000L      )
-      internal->transform_flags |= 1;
-
-    if ( !delta )
-    {
-      internal->transform_delta.x = 0;
-      internal->transform_delta.y = 0;
-      delta = &internal->transform_delta;
-    }
-    else
-      internal->transform_delta = *delta;
-
-    /* set transform_flags bit flag 1 if `delta' isn't the null vector */
-    if ( delta->x | delta->y )
-      internal->transform_flags |= 2;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Renderer
-  ft_lookup_glyph_renderer( FT_GlyphSlot  slot );
-
-
-#ifdef GRID_FIT_METRICS
-  static void
-  ft_glyphslot_grid_fit_metrics( FT_GlyphSlot  slot,
-                                 FT_Bool       vertical )
-  {
-    FT_Glyph_Metrics*  metrics = &slot->metrics;
-    FT_Pos             right, bottom;
-
-
-    if ( vertical )
-    {
-      metrics->horiBearingX = FT_PIX_FLOOR( metrics->horiBearingX );
-      metrics->horiBearingY = FT_PIX_CEIL ( metrics->horiBearingY );
-
-      right  = FT_PIX_CEIL( metrics->vertBearingX + metrics->width );
-      bottom = FT_PIX_CEIL( metrics->vertBearingY + metrics->height );
-
-      metrics->vertBearingX = FT_PIX_FLOOR( metrics->vertBearingX );
-      metrics->vertBearingY = FT_PIX_FLOOR( metrics->vertBearingY );
-
-      metrics->width  = right - metrics->vertBearingX;
-      metrics->height = bottom - metrics->vertBearingY;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      metrics->vertBearingX = FT_PIX_FLOOR( metrics->vertBearingX );
-      metrics->vertBearingY = FT_PIX_FLOOR( metrics->vertBearingY );
-
-      right  = FT_PIX_CEIL ( metrics->horiBearingX + metrics->width );
-      bottom = FT_PIX_FLOOR( metrics->horiBearingY - metrics->height );
-
-      metrics->horiBearingX = FT_PIX_FLOOR( metrics->horiBearingX );
-      metrics->horiBearingY = FT_PIX_CEIL ( metrics->horiBearingY );
-
-      metrics->width  = right - metrics->horiBearingX;
-      metrics->height = metrics->horiBearingY - bottom;
-    }
-
-    metrics->horiAdvance = FT_PIX_ROUND( metrics->horiAdvance );
-    metrics->vertAdvance = FT_PIX_ROUND( metrics->vertAdvance );
-  }
-#endif /* GRID_FIT_METRICS */
-
-
-  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Load_Glyph( FT_Face   face,
-                 FT_UInt   glyph_index,
-                 FT_Int32  load_flags )
-  {
-    FT_Error      error;
-    FT_Driver     driver;
-    FT_GlyphSlot  slot;
-    FT_Library    library;
-    FT_Bool       autohint = 0;
-    FT_Module     hinter;
-
-
-    if ( !face || !face->size || !face->glyph )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Face_Handle;
-
-    /* The validity test for `glyph_index' is performed by the */
-    /* font drivers.                                           */
-
-    slot = face->glyph;
-    ft_glyphslot_clear( slot );
-
-    driver  = face->driver;
-    library = driver->root.library;
-    hinter  = library->auto_hinter;
-
-    /* resolve load flags dependencies */
-
-    if ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE )
-      load_flags |= FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE         |
-                    FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM;
-
-    if ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE )
-    {
-      load_flags |= FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING |
-                    FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP;
-
-      load_flags &= ~FT_LOAD_RENDER;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Determine whether we need to auto-hint or not.
-     * The general rules are:
-     *
-     * - Do only auto-hinting if we have a hinter module,
-     *   a scalable font format dealing with outlines,
-     *   and no transforms except simple slants.
-     *
-     * - Then, autohint if FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT is set
-     *   or if we don't have a native font hinter.
-     *
-     * - Otherwise, auto-hint for LIGHT hinting mode.
-     *
-     * - Exception: The font requires the unpatented
-     *   bytecode interpreter to load properly.
-     */
-
-    autohint = 0;
-    if ( hinter                                    &&
-         ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING  ) == 0 &&
-         ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT ) == 0 &&
-         FT_DRIVER_IS_SCALABLE( driver )           &&
-         FT_DRIVER_USES_OUTLINES( driver )         &&
-         face->internal->transform_matrix.yy > 0   &&
-         face->internal->transform_matrix.yx == 0  )
-    {
-      if ( ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT ) != 0 ||
-           !FT_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER( driver )              )
-        autohint = 1;
-      else
-      {
-        FT_Render_Mode  mode = FT_LOAD_TARGET_MODE( load_flags );
-
-
-        if ( mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT             ||
-             face->internal->ignore_unpatented_hinter )
-          autohint = 1;
-      }
-    }
-
-    if ( autohint )
-    {
-      FT_AutoHinter_Service  hinting;
-
-
-      /* try to load embedded bitmaps first if available            */
-      /*                                                            */
-      /* XXX: This is really a temporary hack that should disappear */
-      /*      promptly with FreeType 2.1!                           */
-      /*                                                            */
-      if ( FT_HAS_FIXED_SIZES( face )             &&
-          ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP ) == 0 )
-      {
-        error = driver->clazz->load_glyph( slot, face->size,
-                                           glyph_index,
-                                           load_flags | FT_LOAD_SBITS_ONLY );
-
-        if ( !error && slot->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP )
-          goto Load_Ok;
-      }
-
-      {
-        FT_Face_Internal  internal        = face->internal;
-        FT_Int            transform_flags = internal->transform_flags;
-
-
-        /* since the auto-hinter calls FT_Load_Glyph by itself, */
-        /* make sure that glyphs aren't transformed             */
-        internal->transform_flags = 0;
-
-        /* load auto-hinted outline */
-        hinting = (FT_AutoHinter_Service)hinter->clazz->module_interface;
-
-        error   = hinting->load_glyph( (FT_AutoHinter)hinter,
-                                       slot, face->size,
-                                       glyph_index, load_flags );
-
-        internal->transform_flags = transform_flags;
-      }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      error = driver->clazz->load_glyph( slot,
-                                         face->size,
-                                         glyph_index,
-                                         load_flags );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      if ( slot->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE )
-      {
-        /* check that the loaded outline is correct */
-        error = FT_Outline_Check( &slot->outline );
-        if ( error )
-          goto Exit;
-
-#ifdef GRID_FIT_METRICS
-        if ( !( load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING ) )
-          ft_glyphslot_grid_fit_metrics( slot,
-              FT_BOOL( load_flags & FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT ) );
-#endif
-      }
-    }
-
-  Load_Ok:
-    /* compute the advance */
-    if ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT )
-    {
-      slot->advance.x = 0;
-      slot->advance.y = slot->metrics.vertAdvance;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      slot->advance.x = slot->metrics.horiAdvance;
-      slot->advance.y = 0;
-    }
-
-    /* compute the linear advance in 16.16 pixels */
-    if ( ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN ) == 0  &&
-         ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE ) )
-    {
-      FT_Size_Metrics*  metrics = &face->size->metrics;
-
-
-      /* it's tricky! */
-      slot->linearHoriAdvance = FT_MulDiv( slot->linearHoriAdvance,
-                                           metrics->x_scale, 64 );
-
-      slot->linearVertAdvance = FT_MulDiv( slot->linearVertAdvance,
-                                           metrics->y_scale, 64 );
-    }
-
-    if ( ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM ) == 0 )
-    {
-      FT_Face_Internal  internal = face->internal;
-
-
-      /* now, transform the glyph image if needed */
-      if ( internal->transform_flags )
-      {
-        /* get renderer */
-        FT_Renderer  renderer = ft_lookup_glyph_renderer( slot );
-
-
-        if ( renderer )
-          error = renderer->clazz->transform_glyph(
-                                     renderer, slot,
-                                     &internal->transform_matrix,
-                                     &internal->transform_delta );
-        /* transform advance */
-        FT_Vector_Transform( &slot->advance, &internal->transform_matrix );
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* do we need to render the image now? */
-    if ( !error                                    &&
-         slot->format != FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP    &&
-         slot->format != FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE &&
-         load_flags & FT_LOAD_RENDER )
-    {
-      FT_Render_Mode  mode = FT_LOAD_TARGET_MODE( load_flags );
-
-
-      if ( mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL      &&
-           (load_flags & FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME ) )
-        mode = FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO;
-
-      error = FT_Render_Glyph( slot, mode );
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Load_Char( FT_Face   face,
-                FT_ULong  char_code,
-                FT_Int32  load_flags )
-  {
-    FT_UInt  glyph_index;
-
-
-    if ( !face )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Face_Handle;
-
-    glyph_index = (FT_UInt)char_code;
-    if ( face->charmap )
-      glyph_index = FT_Get_Char_Index( face, char_code );
-
-    return FT_Load_Glyph( face, glyph_index, load_flags );
-  }
-
-
-  /* destructor for sizes list */
-  static void
-  destroy_size( FT_Memory  memory,
-                FT_Size    size,
-                FT_Driver  driver )
-  {
-    /* finalize client-specific data */
-    if ( size->generic.finalizer )
-      size->generic.finalizer( size );
-
-    /* finalize format-specific stuff */
-    if ( driver->clazz->done_size )
-      driver->clazz->done_size( size );
-
-    FT_FREE( size->internal );
-    FT_FREE( size );
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  ft_cmap_done_internal( FT_CMap  cmap );
-
-
-  static void
-  destroy_charmaps( FT_Face    face,
-                    FT_Memory  memory )
-  {
-    FT_Int  n;
-
-
-    if ( !face )
-      return;
-
-    for ( n = 0; n < face->num_charmaps; n++ )
-    {
-      FT_CMap  cmap = FT_CMAP( face->charmaps[n] );
-
-
-      ft_cmap_done_internal( cmap );
-
-      face->charmaps[n] = NULL;
-    }
-
-    FT_FREE( face->charmaps );
-    face->num_charmaps = 0;
-  }
-
-
-  /* destructor for faces list */
-  static void
-  destroy_face( FT_Memory  memory,
-                FT_Face    face,
-                FT_Driver  driver )
-  {
-    FT_Driver_Class  clazz = driver->clazz;
-
-
-    /* discard auto-hinting data */
-    if ( face->autohint.finalizer )
-      face->autohint.finalizer( face->autohint.data );
-
-    /* Discard glyph slots for this face.                           */
-    /* Beware!  FT_Done_GlyphSlot() changes the field `face->glyph' */
-    while ( face->glyph )
-      FT_Done_GlyphSlot( face->glyph );
-
-    /* discard all sizes for this face */
-    FT_List_Finalize( &face->sizes_list,
-                      (FT_List_Destructor)destroy_size,
-                      memory,
-                      driver );
-    face->size = 0;
-
-    /* now discard client data */
-    if ( face->generic.finalizer )
-      face->generic.finalizer( face );
-
-    /* discard charmaps */
-    destroy_charmaps( face, memory );
-
-    /* finalize format-specific stuff */
-    if ( clazz->done_face )
-      clazz->done_face( face );
-
-    /* close the stream for this face if needed */
-    FT_Stream_Free(
-      face->stream,
-      ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_EXTERNAL_STREAM ) != 0 );
-
-    face->stream = 0;
-
-    /* get rid of it */
-    if ( face->internal )
-    {
-      FT_FREE( face->internal );
-    }
-    FT_FREE( face );
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  Destroy_Driver( FT_Driver  driver )
-  {
-    FT_List_Finalize( &driver->faces_list,
-                      (FT_List_Destructor)destroy_face,
-                      driver->root.memory,
-                      driver );
-
-    /* check whether we need to drop the driver's glyph loader */
-    if ( FT_DRIVER_USES_OUTLINES( driver ) )
-      FT_GlyphLoader_Done( driver->glyph_loader );
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    find_unicode_charmap                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    This function finds a Unicode charmap, if there is one.            */
-  /*    And if there is more than one, it tries to favour the more         */
-  /*    extensive one, i.e., one that supports UCS-4 against those which   */
-  /*    are limited to the BMP (said UCS-2 encoding.)                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    This function is called from open_face() (just below), and also    */
-  /*    from FT_Select_Charmap( ..., FT_ENCODING_UNICODE ).                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static FT_Error
-  find_unicode_charmap( FT_Face  face )
-  {
-    FT_CharMap*  first;
-    FT_CharMap*  cur;
-
-
-    /* caller should have already checked that `face' is valid */
-    FT_ASSERT( face );
-
-    first = face->charmaps;
-
-    if ( !first )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_CharMap_Handle;
-
-    /*
-     *  The original TrueType specification(s) only specified charmap
-     *  formats that are capable of mapping 8 or 16 bit character codes to
-     *  glyph indices.
-     *
-     *  However, recent updates to the Apple and OpenType specifications
-     *  introduced new formats that are capable of mapping 32-bit character
-     *  codes as well.  And these are already used on some fonts, mainly to
-     *  map non-BMP Asian ideographs as defined in Unicode.
-     *
-     *  For compatibility purposes, these fonts generally come with
-     *  *several* Unicode charmaps:
-     *
-     *   - One of them in the "old" 16-bit format, that cannot access
-     *     all glyphs in the font.
-     *
-     *   - Another one in the "new" 32-bit format, that can access all
-     *     the glyphs.
-     *
-     *  This function has been written to always favor a 32-bit charmap
-     *  when found.  Otherwise, a 16-bit one is returned when found.
-     */
-
-    /* Since the `interesting' table, with IDs (3,10), is normally the */
-    /* last one, we loop backwards.  This loses with type1 fonts with  */
-    /* non-BMP characters (<.0001%), this wins with .ttf with non-BMP  */
-    /* chars (.01% ?), and this is the same about 99.99% of the time!  */
-
-    cur = first + face->num_charmaps;  /* points after the last one */
-
-    for ( ; --cur >= first; )
-    {
-      if ( cur[0]->encoding == FT_ENCODING_UNICODE )
-      {
-        /* XXX If some new encodings to represent UCS-4 are added, */
-        /*     they should be added here.                          */
-        if ( ( cur[0]->platform_id == TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT &&
-               cur[0]->encoding_id == TT_MS_ID_UCS_4        )     ||
-             ( cur[0]->platform_id == TT_PLATFORM_APPLE_UNICODE &&
-               cur[0]->encoding_id == TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_32    ) )
-        {
-          face->charmap = cur[0];
-          return FT_Err_Ok;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* We do not have any UCS-4 charmap.                */
-    /* Do the loop again and search for UCS-2 charmaps. */
-    cur = first + face->num_charmaps;
-
-    for ( ; --cur >= first; )
-    {
-      if ( cur[0]->encoding == FT_ENCODING_UNICODE )
-      {
-        face->charmap = cur[0];
-        return FT_Err_Ok;
-      }
-    }
-
-    return FT_Err_Invalid_CharMap_Handle;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    find_variant_selector_charmap                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    This function finds the variant selector charmap, if there is one. */
-  /*    There can only be one (platform=0, specific=5, format=14).         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static FT_CharMap
-  find_variant_selector_charmap( FT_Face  face )
-  {
-    FT_CharMap*  first;
-    FT_CharMap*  end;
-    FT_CharMap*  cur;
-
-
-    /* caller should have already checked that `face' is valid */
-    FT_ASSERT( face );
-
-    first = face->charmaps;
-
-    if ( !first )
-      return NULL;
-
-    end = first + face->num_charmaps;  /* points after the last one */
-
-    for ( cur = first; cur < end; ++cur )
-    {
-      if ( cur[0]->platform_id == TT_PLATFORM_APPLE_UNICODE    &&
-           cur[0]->encoding_id == TT_APPLE_ID_VARIANT_SELECTOR &&
-           FT_Get_CMap_Format( cur[0] ) == 14                  )
-        return cur[0];
-    }
-
-    return NULL;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    open_face                                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    This function does some work for FT_Open_Face().                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static FT_Error
-  open_face( FT_Driver      driver,
-             FT_Stream      stream,
-             FT_Long        face_index,
-             FT_Int         num_params,
-             FT_Parameter*  params,
-             FT_Face       *aface )
-  {
-    FT_Memory         memory;
-    FT_Driver_Class   clazz;
-    FT_Face           face = 0;
-    FT_Error          error, error2;
-    FT_Face_Internal  internal = NULL;
-
-
-    clazz  = driver->clazz;
-    memory = driver->root.memory;
-
-    /* allocate the face object and perform basic initialization */
-    if ( FT_ALLOC( face, clazz->face_object_size ) )
-      goto Fail;
-
-    if ( FT_NEW( internal ) )
-      goto Fail;
-
-    face->internal = internal;
-
-    face->driver   = driver;
-    face->memory   = memory;
-    face->stream   = stream;
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
-    {
-      int  i;
-
-
-      face->internal->incremental_interface = 0;
-      for ( i = 0; i < num_params && !face->internal->incremental_interface;
-            i++ )
-        if ( params[i].tag == FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL )
-          face->internal->incremental_interface =
-            (FT_Incremental_Interface)params[i].data;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    if ( clazz->init_face )
-      error = clazz->init_face( stream,
-                                face,
-                                (FT_Int)face_index,
-                                num_params,
-                                params );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Fail;
-
-    /* select Unicode charmap by default */
-    error2 = find_unicode_charmap( face );
-
-    /* if no Unicode charmap can be found, FT_Err_Invalid_CharMap_Handle */
-    /* is returned.                                                      */
-
-    /* no error should happen, but we want to play safe */
-    if ( error2 && error2 != FT_Err_Invalid_CharMap_Handle )
-    {
-      error = error2;
-      goto Fail;
-    }
-
-    *aface = face;
-
-  Fail:
-    if ( error )
-    {
-      destroy_charmaps( face, memory );
-      if ( clazz->done_face )
-        clazz->done_face( face );
-      FT_FREE( internal );
-      FT_FREE( face );
-      *aface = 0;
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* there's a Mac-specific extended implementation of FT_New_Face() */
-  /* in src/base/ftmac.c                                             */
-
-#ifndef FT_MACINTOSH
-
-  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_New_Face( FT_Library   library,
-               const char*  pathname,
-               FT_Long      face_index,
-               FT_Face     *aface )
-  {
-    FT_Open_Args  args;
-
-
-    /* test for valid `library' and `aface' delayed to FT_Open_Face() */
-    if ( !pathname )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    args.flags    = FT_OPEN_PATHNAME;
-    args.pathname = (char*)pathname;
-
-    return FT_Open_Face( library, &args, face_index, aface );
-  }
-
-#endif  /* !FT_MACINTOSH */
-
-
-  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_New_Memory_Face( FT_Library      library,
-                      const FT_Byte*  file_base,
-                      FT_Long         file_size,
-                      FT_Long         face_index,
-                      FT_Face        *aface )
-  {
-    FT_Open_Args  args;
-
-
-    /* test for valid `library' and `face' delayed to FT_Open_Face() */
-    if ( !file_base )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    args.flags       = FT_OPEN_MEMORY;
-    args.memory_base = file_base;
-    args.memory_size = file_size;
-
-    return FT_Open_Face( library, &args, face_index, aface );
-  }
-
-
-#if !defined( FT_MACINTOSH ) && defined( FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS )
-
-  /* The behavior here is very similar to that in base/ftmac.c, but it     */
-  /* is designed to work on non-mac systems, so no mac specific calls.     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* We look at the file and determine if it is a mac dfont file or a mac  */
-  /* resource file, or a macbinary file containing a mac resource file.    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Unlike ftmac I'm not going to look at a `FOND'.  I don't really see   */
-  /* the point, especially since there may be multiple `FOND' resources.   */
-  /* Instead I'll just look for `sfnt' and `POST' resources, ordered as    */
-  /* they occur in the file.                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Note that multiple `POST' resources do not mean multiple postscript   */
-  /* fonts; they all get jammed together to make what is essentially a     */
-  /* pfb file.                                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* We aren't interested in `NFNT' or `FONT' bitmap resources.            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* As soon as we get an `sfnt' load it into memory and pass it off to    */
-  /* FT_Open_Face.                                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* If we have a (set of) `POST' resources, massage them into a (memory)  */
-  /* pfb file and pass that to FT_Open_Face.  (As with ftmac.c I'm not     */
-  /* going to try to save the kerning info.  After all that lives in the   */
-  /* `FOND' which isn't in the file containing the `POST' resources so     */
-  /* we don't really have access to it.                                    */
-
-
-  /* Finalizer for a memory stream; gets called by FT_Done_Face().
-     It frees the memory it uses. */
-  /* from ftmac.c */
-  static void
-  memory_stream_close( FT_Stream  stream )
-  {
-    FT_Memory  memory = stream->memory;
-
-
-    FT_FREE( stream->base );
-
-    stream->size  = 0;
-    stream->base  = 0;
-    stream->close = 0;
-  }
-
-
-  /* Create a new memory stream from a buffer and a size. */
-  /* from ftmac.c */
-  static FT_Error
-  new_memory_stream( FT_Library           library,
-                     FT_Byte*             base,
-                     FT_ULong             size,
-                     FT_Stream_CloseFunc  close,
-                     FT_Stream           *astream )
-  {
-    FT_Error   error;
-    FT_Memory  memory;
-    FT_Stream  stream;
-
-
-    if ( !library )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Library_Handle;
-
-    if ( !base )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    *astream = 0;
-    memory = library->memory;
-    if ( FT_NEW( stream ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    FT_Stream_OpenMemory( stream, base, size );
-
-    stream->close = close;
-
-    *astream = stream;
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* Create a new FT_Face given a buffer and a driver name. */
-  /* from ftmac.c */
-  static FT_Error
-  open_face_from_buffer( FT_Library   library,
-                         FT_Byte*     base,
-                         FT_ULong     size,
-                         FT_Long      face_index,
-                         const char*  driver_name,
-                         FT_Face     *aface )
-  {
-    FT_Open_Args  args;
-    FT_Error      error;
-    FT_Stream     stream = NULL;
-    FT_Memory     memory = library->memory;
-
-
-    error = new_memory_stream( library,
-                               base,
-                               size,
-                               memory_stream_close,
-                               &stream );
-    if ( error )
-    {
-      FT_FREE( base );
-      return error;
-    }
-
-    args.flags = FT_OPEN_STREAM;
-    args.stream = stream;
-    if ( driver_name )
-    {
-      args.flags = args.flags | FT_OPEN_DRIVER;
-      args.driver = FT_Get_Module( library, driver_name );
-    }
-
-    error = FT_Open_Face( library, &args, face_index, aface );
-
-    if ( error == FT_Err_Ok )
-      (*aface)->face_flags &= ~FT_FACE_FLAG_EXTERNAL_STREAM;
-    else
-    {
-      FT_Stream_Close( stream );
-      FT_FREE( stream );
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* The resource header says we've got resource_cnt `POST' (type1) */
-  /* resources in this file.  They all need to be coalesced into    */
-  /* one lump which gets passed on to the type1 driver.             */
-  /* Here can be only one PostScript font in a file so face_index   */
-  /* must be 0 (or -1).                                             */
-  /*                                                                */
-  static FT_Error
-  Mac_Read_POST_Resource( FT_Library  library,
-                          FT_Stream   stream,
-                          FT_Long    *offsets,
-                          FT_Long     resource_cnt,
-                          FT_Long     face_index,
-                          FT_Face    *aface )
-  {
-    FT_Error   error  = FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource;
-    FT_Memory  memory = library->memory;
-    FT_Byte*   pfb_data;
-    int        i, type, flags;
-    FT_Long    len;
-    FT_Long    pfb_len, pfb_pos, pfb_lenpos;
-    FT_Long    rlen, temp;
-
-
-    if ( face_index == -1 )
-      face_index = 0;
-    if ( face_index != 0 )
-      return error;
-
-    /* Find the length of all the POST resources, concatenated.  Assume */
-    /* worst case (each resource in its own section).                   */
-    pfb_len = 0;
-    for ( i = 0; i < resource_cnt; ++i )
-    {
-      error = FT_Stream_Seek( stream, offsets[i] );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-      if ( FT_READ_LONG( temp ) )
-        goto Exit;
-      pfb_len += temp + 6;
-    }
-
-    if ( FT_ALLOC( pfb_data, (FT_Long)pfb_len + 2 ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    pfb_data[0] = 0x80;
-    pfb_data[1] = 1;            /* Ascii section */
-    pfb_data[2] = 0;            /* 4-byte length, fill in later */
-    pfb_data[3] = 0;
-    pfb_data[4] = 0;
-    pfb_data[5] = 0;
-    pfb_pos     = 6;
-    pfb_lenpos  = 2;
-
-    len = 0;
-    type = 1;
-    for ( i = 0; i < resource_cnt; ++i )
-    {
-      error = FT_Stream_Seek( stream, offsets[i] );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit2;
-      if ( FT_READ_LONG( rlen ) )
-        goto Exit;
-      if ( FT_READ_USHORT( flags ) )
-        goto Exit;
-      rlen -= 2;                    /* the flags are part of the resource */
-      if ( ( flags >> 8 ) == type )
-        len += rlen;
-      else
-      {
-        pfb_data[pfb_lenpos    ] = (FT_Byte)( len );
-        pfb_data[pfb_lenpos + 1] = (FT_Byte)( len >> 8 );
-        pfb_data[pfb_lenpos + 2] = (FT_Byte)( len >> 16 );
-        pfb_data[pfb_lenpos + 3] = (FT_Byte)( len >> 24 );
-
-        if ( ( flags >> 8 ) == 5 )      /* End of font mark */
-          break;
-
-        pfb_data[pfb_pos++] = 0x80;
-
-        type = flags >> 8;
-        len = rlen;
-
-        pfb_data[pfb_pos++] = (FT_Byte)type;
-        pfb_lenpos          = pfb_pos;
-        pfb_data[pfb_pos++] = 0;        /* 4-byte length, fill in later */
-        pfb_data[pfb_pos++] = 0;
-        pfb_data[pfb_pos++] = 0;
-        pfb_data[pfb_pos++] = 0;
-      }
-
-      error = FT_Stream_Read( stream, (FT_Byte *)pfb_data + pfb_pos, rlen );
-      pfb_pos += rlen;
-    }
-
-    pfb_data[pfb_pos++] = 0x80;
-    pfb_data[pfb_pos++] = 3;
-
-    pfb_data[pfb_lenpos    ] = (FT_Byte)( len );
-    pfb_data[pfb_lenpos + 1] = (FT_Byte)( len >> 8 );
-    pfb_data[pfb_lenpos + 2] = (FT_Byte)( len >> 16 );
-    pfb_data[pfb_lenpos + 3] = (FT_Byte)( len >> 24 );
-
-    return open_face_from_buffer( library,
-                                  pfb_data,
-                                  pfb_pos,
-                                  face_index,
-                                  "type1",
-                                  aface );
-
-  Exit2:
-    FT_FREE( pfb_data );
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* The resource header says we've got resource_cnt `sfnt'      */
-  /* (TrueType/OpenType) resources in this file.  Look through   */
-  /* them for the one indicated by face_index, load it into mem, */
-  /* pass it on the the truetype driver and return it.           */
-  /*                                                             */
-  static FT_Error
-  Mac_Read_sfnt_Resource( FT_Library  library,
-                          FT_Stream   stream,
-                          FT_Long    *offsets,
-                          FT_Long     resource_cnt,
-                          FT_Long     face_index,
-                          FT_Face    *aface )
-  {
-    FT_Memory  memory = library->memory;
-    FT_Byte*   sfnt_data;
-    FT_Error   error;
-    FT_Long    flag_offset;
-    FT_Long    rlen;
-    int        is_cff;
-    FT_Long    face_index_in_resource = 0;
-
-
-    if ( face_index == -1 )
-      face_index = 0;
-    if ( face_index >= resource_cnt )
-      return FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource;
-
-    flag_offset = offsets[face_index];
-    error = FT_Stream_Seek( stream, flag_offset );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    if ( FT_READ_LONG( rlen ) )
-      goto Exit;
-    if ( rlen == -1 )
-      return FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource;
-
-    if ( FT_ALLOC( sfnt_data, (FT_Long)rlen ) )
-      return error;
-    error = FT_Stream_Read( stream, (FT_Byte *)sfnt_data, rlen );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    is_cff = rlen > 4 && sfnt_data[0] == 'O' &&
-                         sfnt_data[1] == 'T' &&
-                         sfnt_data[2] == 'T' &&
-                         sfnt_data[3] == 'O';
-
-    error = open_face_from_buffer( library,
-                                   sfnt_data,
-                                   rlen,
-                                   face_index_in_resource,
-                                   is_cff ? "cff" : "truetype",
-                                   aface );
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* Check for a valid resource fork header, or a valid dfont    */
-  /* header.  In a resource fork the first 16 bytes are repeated */
-  /* at the location specified by bytes 4-7.  In a dfont bytes   */
-  /* 4-7 point to 16 bytes of zeroes instead.                    */
-  /*                                                             */
-  static FT_Error
-  IsMacResource( FT_Library  library,
-                 FT_Stream   stream,
-                 FT_Long     resource_offset,
-                 FT_Long     face_index,
-                 FT_Face    *aface )
-  {
-    FT_Memory  memory = library->memory;
-    FT_Error   error;
-    FT_Long    map_offset, rdara_pos;
-    FT_Long    *data_offsets;
-    FT_Long    count;
-
-
-    error = FT_Raccess_Get_HeaderInfo( library, stream, resource_offset,
-                                       &map_offset, &rdara_pos );
-    if ( error )
-      return error;
-
-    error = FT_Raccess_Get_DataOffsets( library, stream,
-                                        map_offset, rdara_pos,
-                                        FT_MAKE_TAG( 'P', 'O', 'S', 'T' ),
-                                        &data_offsets, &count );
-    if ( !error )
-    {
-      error = Mac_Read_POST_Resource( library, stream, data_offsets, count,
-                                      face_index, aface );
-      FT_FREE( data_offsets );
-      /* POST exists in an LWFN providing a single face */
-      if ( !error )
-        (*aface)->num_faces = 1;
-      return error;
-    }
-
-    error = FT_Raccess_Get_DataOffsets( library, stream,
-                                        map_offset, rdara_pos,
-                                        FT_MAKE_TAG( 's', 'f', 'n', 't' ),
-                                        &data_offsets, &count );
-    if ( !error )
-    {
-      FT_Long  face_index_internal = face_index % count;
-
-
-      error = Mac_Read_sfnt_Resource( library, stream, data_offsets, count,
-                                      face_index_internal, aface );
-      FT_FREE( data_offsets );
-      if ( !error )
-        (*aface)->num_faces = count;
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* Check for a valid macbinary header, and if we find one   */
-  /* check that the (flattened) resource fork in it is valid. */
-  /*                                                          */
-  static FT_Error
-  IsMacBinary( FT_Library  library,
-               FT_Stream   stream,
-               FT_Long     face_index,
-               FT_Face    *aface )
-  {
-    unsigned char  header[128];
-    FT_Error       error;
-    FT_Long        dlen, offset;
-
-
-    if ( NULL == stream )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Stream_Operation;
-
-    error = FT_Stream_Seek( stream, 0 );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    error = FT_Stream_Read( stream, (FT_Byte*)header, 128 );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    if (            header[ 0] !=  0 ||
-                    header[74] !=  0 ||
-                    header[82] !=  0 ||
-                    header[ 1] ==  0 ||
-                    header[ 1] >  33 ||
-                    header[63] !=  0 ||
-         header[2 + header[1]] !=  0 )
-      return FT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
-
-    dlen = ( header[0x53] << 24 ) |
-           ( header[0x54] << 16 ) |
-           ( header[0x55] <<  8 ) |
-             header[0x56];
-#if 0
-    rlen = ( header[0x57] << 24 ) |
-           ( header[0x58] << 16 ) |
-           ( header[0x59] <<  8 ) |
-             header[0x5a];
-#endif /* 0 */
-    offset = 128 + ( ( dlen + 127 ) & ~127 );
-
-    return IsMacResource( library, stream, offset, face_index, aface );
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  load_face_in_embedded_rfork( FT_Library           library,
-                               FT_Stream            stream,
-                               FT_Long              face_index,
-                               FT_Face             *aface,
-                               const FT_Open_Args  *args )
-  {
-
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_raccess
-
-    FT_Memory  memory = library->memory;
-    FT_Error   error  = FT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
-    int        i;
-
-    char *     file_names[FT_RACCESS_N_RULES];
-    FT_Long    offsets[FT_RACCESS_N_RULES];
-    FT_Error   errors[FT_RACCESS_N_RULES];
-
-    FT_Open_Args  args2;
-    FT_Stream     stream2;
-
-
-    FT_Raccess_Guess( library, stream,
-                      args->pathname, file_names, offsets, errors );
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < FT_RACCESS_N_RULES; i++ )
-    {
-      if ( errors[i] )
-      {
-        FT_TRACE3(( "Error[%d] has occurred in rule %d\n", errors[i], i ));
-        continue;
-      }
-
-      args2.flags    = FT_OPEN_PATHNAME;
-      args2.pathname = file_names[i] ? file_names[i] : args->pathname;
-
-      FT_TRACE3(( "Try rule %d: %s (offset=%d) ...",
-                  i, args2.pathname, offsets[i] ));
-
-      error = FT_Stream_New( library, &args2, &stream2 );
-      if ( error )
-      {
-        FT_TRACE3(( "failed\n" ));
-        continue;
-      }
-
-      error = IsMacResource( library, stream2, offsets[i],
-                             face_index, aface );
-      FT_Stream_Free( stream2, 0 );
-
-      FT_TRACE3(( "%s\n", error ? "failed": "successful" ));
-
-      if ( !error )
-          break;
-    }
-
-    for (i = 0; i < FT_RACCESS_N_RULES; i++)
-    {
-      if ( file_names[i] )
-        FT_FREE( file_names[i] );
-    }
-
-    /* Caller (load_mac_face) requires FT_Err_Unknown_File_Format. */
-    if ( error )
-      error = FT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
-
-    return error;
-
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_objs
-
-  }
-
-
-  /* Check for some macintosh formats.                             */
-  /* Is this a macbinary file?  If so look at the resource fork.   */
-  /* Is this a mac dfont file?                                     */
-  /* Is this an old style resource fork? (in data)                 */
-  /* Else call load_face_in_embedded_rfork to try extra rules      */
-  /* (defined in `ftrfork.c').                                     */
-  /*                                                               */
-  static FT_Error
-  load_mac_face( FT_Library           library,
-                 FT_Stream            stream,
-                 FT_Long              face_index,
-                 FT_Face             *aface,
-                 const FT_Open_Args  *args )
-  {
-    FT_Error error;
-    FT_UNUSED( args );
-
-
-    error = IsMacBinary( library, stream, face_index, aface );
-    if ( FT_ERROR_BASE( error ) == FT_Err_Unknown_File_Format )
-    {
-
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_raccess
-
-      FT_TRACE3(( "Try as dfont: %s ...", args->pathname ));
-
-      error = IsMacResource( library, stream, 0, face_index, aface );
-
-      FT_TRACE3(( "%s\n", error ? "failed" : "successful" ));
-
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_objs
-
-    }
-
-    if ( ( FT_ERROR_BASE( error ) == FT_Err_Unknown_File_Format      ||
-           FT_ERROR_BASE( error ) == FT_Err_Invalid_Stream_Operation ) &&
-         ( args->flags & FT_OPEN_PATHNAME )                            )
-      error = load_face_in_embedded_rfork( library, stream,
-                                           face_index, aface, args );
-    return error;
-  }
-
-#endif  /* !FT_MACINTOSH && FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS */
-
-
-  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Open_Face( FT_Library           library,
-                const FT_Open_Args*  args,
-                FT_Long              face_index,
-                FT_Face             *aface )
-  {
-    FT_Error     error;
-    FT_Driver    driver;
-    FT_Memory    memory;
-    FT_Stream    stream;
-    FT_Face      face = 0;
-    FT_ListNode  node = 0;
-    FT_Bool      external_stream;
-    FT_Module*   cur;
-    FT_Module*   limit;
-
-
-    /* test for valid `library' delayed to */
-    /* FT_Stream_New()                     */
-
-    if ( ( !aface && face_index >= 0 ) || !args )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    external_stream = FT_BOOL( ( args->flags & FT_OPEN_STREAM ) &&
-                               args->stream                     );
-
-    /* create input stream */
-    error = FT_Stream_New( library, args, &stream );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Fail3;
-
-    memory = library->memory;
-
-    /* If the font driver is specified in the `args' structure, use */
-    /* it.  Otherwise, we scan the list of registered drivers.      */
-    if ( ( args->flags & FT_OPEN_DRIVER ) && args->driver )
-    {
-      driver = FT_DRIVER( args->driver );
-
-      /* not all modules are drivers, so check... */
-      if ( FT_MODULE_IS_DRIVER( driver ) )
-      {
-        FT_Int         num_params = 0;
-        FT_Parameter*  params     = 0;
-
-
-        if ( args->flags & FT_OPEN_PARAMS )
-        {
-          num_params = args->num_params;
-          params     = args->params;
-        }
-
-        error = open_face( driver, stream, face_index,
-                           num_params, params, &face );
-        if ( !error )
-          goto Success;
-      }
-      else
-        error = FT_Err_Invalid_Handle;
-
-      FT_Stream_Free( stream, external_stream );
-      goto Fail;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* check each font driver for an appropriate format */
-      cur   = library->modules;
-      limit = cur + library->num_modules;
-
-
-      for ( ; cur < limit; cur++ )
-      {
-        /* not all modules are font drivers, so check... */
-        if ( FT_MODULE_IS_DRIVER( cur[0] ) )
-        {
-          FT_Int         num_params = 0;
-          FT_Parameter*  params     = 0;
-
-
-          driver = FT_DRIVER( cur[0] );
-
-          if ( args->flags & FT_OPEN_PARAMS )
-          {
-            num_params = args->num_params;
-            params     = args->params;
-          }
-
-          error = open_face( driver, stream, face_index,
-                             num_params, params, &face );
-          if ( !error )
-            goto Success;
-
-          if ( FT_ERROR_BASE( error ) != FT_Err_Unknown_File_Format )
-            goto Fail3;
-        }
-      }
-
-  Fail3:
-    /* If we are on the mac, and we get an FT_Err_Invalid_Stream_Operation */
-    /* it may be because we have an empty data fork, so we need to check   */
-    /* the resource fork.                                                  */
-    if ( FT_ERROR_BASE( error ) != FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Stream       &&
-         FT_ERROR_BASE( error ) != FT_Err_Unknown_File_Format      &&
-         FT_ERROR_BASE( error ) != FT_Err_Invalid_Stream_Operation )
-      goto Fail2;
-
-#if !defined( FT_MACINTOSH ) && defined( FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS )
-    error = load_mac_face( library, stream, face_index, aface, args );
-    if ( !error )
-    {
-      /* We don't want to go to Success here.  We've already done that. */
-      /* On the other hand, if we succeeded we still need to close this */
-      /* stream (we opened a different stream which extracted the       */
-      /* interesting information out of this stream here.  That stream  */
-      /* will still be open and the face will point to it).             */
-      FT_Stream_Free( stream, external_stream );
-      return error;
-    }
-
-    if ( FT_ERROR_BASE( error ) != FT_Err_Unknown_File_Format )
-      goto Fail2;
-#endif  /* !FT_MACINTOSH && FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS */
-
-      /* no driver is able to handle this format */
-      error = FT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
-
-  Fail2:
-      FT_Stream_Free( stream, external_stream );
-      goto Fail;
-    }
-
-  Success:
-    FT_TRACE4(( "FT_Open_Face: New face object, adding to list\n" ));
-
-    /* set the FT_FACE_FLAG_EXTERNAL_STREAM bit for FT_Done_Face */
-    if ( external_stream )
-      face->face_flags |= FT_FACE_FLAG_EXTERNAL_STREAM;
-
-    /* add the face object to its driver's list */
-    if ( FT_NEW( node ) )
-      goto Fail;
-
-    node->data = face;
-    /* don't assume driver is the same as face->driver, so use */
-    /* face->driver instead.                                   */
-    FT_List_Add( &face->driver->faces_list, node );
-
-    /* now allocate a glyph slot object for the face */
-    FT_TRACE4(( "FT_Open_Face: Creating glyph slot\n" ));
-
-    if ( face_index >= 0 )
-    {
-      error = FT_New_GlyphSlot( face, NULL );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Fail;
-
-      /* finally, allocate a size object for the face */
-      {
-        FT_Size  size;
-
-
-        FT_TRACE4(( "FT_Open_Face: Creating size object\n" ));
-
-        error = FT_New_Size( face, &size );
-        if ( error )
-          goto Fail;
-
-        face->size = size;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* some checks */
-
-    if ( FT_IS_SCALABLE( face ) )
-    {
-      if ( face->height < 0 )
-        face->height = (FT_Short)-face->height;
-
-      if ( !FT_HAS_VERTICAL( face ) )
-        face->max_advance_height = (FT_Short)face->height;
-    }
-
-    if ( FT_HAS_FIXED_SIZES( face ) )
-    {
-      FT_Int  i;
-
-
-      for ( i = 0; i < face->num_fixed_sizes; i++ )
-      {
-        FT_Bitmap_Size*  bsize = face->available_sizes + i;
-
-
-        if ( bsize->height < 0 )
-          bsize->height = (FT_Short)-bsize->height;
-        if ( bsize->x_ppem < 0 )
-          bsize->x_ppem = (FT_Short)-bsize->x_ppem;
-        if ( bsize->y_ppem < 0 )
-          bsize->y_ppem = -bsize->y_ppem;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* initialize internal face data */
-    {
-      FT_Face_Internal  internal = face->internal;
-
-
-      internal->transform_matrix.xx = 0x10000L;
-      internal->transform_matrix.xy = 0;
-      internal->transform_matrix.yx = 0;
-      internal->transform_matrix.yy = 0x10000L;
-
-      internal->transform_delta.x = 0;
-      internal->transform_delta.y = 0;
-    }
-
-    if ( aface )
-      *aface = face;
-    else
-      FT_Done_Face( face );
-
-    goto Exit;
-
-  Fail:
-    FT_Done_Face( face );
-
-  Exit:
-    FT_TRACE4(( "FT_Open_Face: Return %d\n", error ));
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Attach_File( FT_Face      face,
-                  const char*  filepathname )
-  {
-    FT_Open_Args  open;
-
-
-    /* test for valid `face' delayed to FT_Attach_Stream() */
-
-    if ( !filepathname )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    open.stream   = NULL;
-    open.flags    = FT_OPEN_PATHNAME;
-    open.pathname = (char*)filepathname;
-
-    return FT_Attach_Stream( face, &open );
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Attach_Stream( FT_Face        face,
-                    FT_Open_Args*  parameters )
-  {
-    FT_Stream  stream;
-    FT_Error   error;
-    FT_Driver  driver;
-
-    FT_Driver_Class  clazz;
-
-
-    /* test for valid `parameters' delayed to FT_Stream_New() */
-
-    if ( !face )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Face_Handle;
-
-    driver = face->driver;
-    if ( !driver )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Driver_Handle;
-
-    error = FT_Stream_New( driver->root.library, parameters, &stream );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* we implement FT_Attach_Stream in each driver through the */
-    /* `attach_file' interface                                  */
-
-    error = FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
-    clazz = driver->clazz;
-    if ( clazz->attach_file )
-      error = clazz->attach_file( face, stream );
-
-    /* close the attached stream */
-    FT_Stream_Free( stream,
-                    (FT_Bool)( parameters->stream &&
-                               ( parameters->flags & FT_OPEN_STREAM ) ) );
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Done_Face( FT_Face  face )
-  {
-    FT_Error     error;
-    FT_Driver    driver;
-    FT_Memory    memory;
-    FT_ListNode  node;
-
-
-    error = FT_Err_Invalid_Face_Handle;
-    if ( face && face->driver )
-    {
-      driver = face->driver;
-      memory = driver->root.memory;
-
-      /* find face in driver's list */
-      node = FT_List_Find( &driver->faces_list, face );
-      if ( node )
-      {
-        /* remove face object from the driver's list */
-        FT_List_Remove( &driver->faces_list, node );
-        FT_FREE( node );
-
-        /* now destroy the object proper */
-        destroy_face( memory, face, driver );
-        error = FT_Err_Ok;
-      }
-    }
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftobjs.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_New_Size( FT_Face   face,
-               FT_Size  *asize )
-  {
-    FT_Error         error;
-    FT_Memory        memory;
-    FT_Driver        driver;
-    FT_Driver_Class  clazz;
-
-    FT_Size          size = 0;
-    FT_ListNode      node = 0;
-
-
-    if ( !face )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Face_Handle;
-
-    if ( !asize )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Size_Handle;
-
-    if ( !face->driver )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Driver_Handle;
-
-    *asize = 0;
-
-    driver = face->driver;
-    clazz  = driver->clazz;
-    memory = face->memory;
-
-    /* Allocate new size object and perform basic initialisation */
-    if ( FT_ALLOC( size, clazz->size_object_size ) || FT_NEW( node ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    size->face = face;
-
-    /* for now, do not use any internal fields in size objects */
-    size->internal = 0;
-
-    if ( clazz->init_size )
-      error = clazz->init_size( size );
-
-    /* in case of success, add to the face's list */
-    if ( !error )
-    {
-      *asize     = size;
-      node->data = size;
-      FT_List_Add( &face->sizes_list, node );
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    if ( error )
-    {
-      FT_FREE( node );
-      FT_FREE( size );
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftobjs.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Done_Size( FT_Size  size )
-  {
-    FT_Error     error;
-    FT_Driver    driver;
-    FT_Memory    memory;
-    FT_Face      face;
-    FT_ListNode  node;
-
-
-    if ( !size )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Size_Handle;
-
-    face = size->face;
-    if ( !face )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Face_Handle;
-
-    driver = face->driver;
-    if ( !driver )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Driver_Handle;
-
-    memory = driver->root.memory;
-
-    error = FT_Err_Ok;
-    node  = FT_List_Find( &face->sizes_list, size );
-    if ( node )
-    {
-      FT_List_Remove( &face->sizes_list, node );
-      FT_FREE( node );
-
-      if ( face->size == size )
-      {
-        face->size = 0;
-        if ( face->sizes_list.head )
-          face->size = (FT_Size)(face->sizes_list.head->data);
-      }
-
-      destroy_size( memory, size, driver );
-    }
-    else
-      error = FT_Err_Invalid_Size_Handle;
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftobjs.h */
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Match_Size( FT_Face          face,
-                 FT_Size_Request  req,
-                 FT_Bool          ignore_width,
-                 FT_ULong*        size_index )
-  {
-    FT_Int   i;
-    FT_Long  w, h;
-
-
-    if ( !FT_HAS_FIXED_SIZES( face ) )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Face_Handle;
-
-    /* FT_Bitmap_Size doesn't provide enough info... */
-    if ( req->type != FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_NOMINAL )
-      return FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
-
-    w = FT_REQUEST_WIDTH ( req );
-    h = FT_REQUEST_HEIGHT( req );
-
-    if ( req->width && !req->height )
-      h = w;
-    else if ( !req->width && req->height )
-      w = h;
-
-    w = FT_PIX_ROUND( w );
-    h = FT_PIX_ROUND( h );
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < face->num_fixed_sizes; i++ )
-    {
-      FT_Bitmap_Size*  bsize = face->available_sizes + i;
-
-
-      if ( h != FT_PIX_ROUND( bsize->y_ppem ) )
-        continue;
-
-      if ( w == FT_PIX_ROUND( bsize->x_ppem ) || ignore_width )
-      {
-        if ( size_index )
-          *size_index = (FT_ULong)i;
-
-        return FT_Err_Ok;
-      }
-    }
-
-    return FT_Err_Invalid_Pixel_Size;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftobjs.h */
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
-  ft_synthesize_vertical_metrics( FT_Glyph_Metrics*  metrics,
-                                  FT_Pos             advance )
-  {
-    /* the factor 1.2 is a heuristical value */
-    if ( !advance )
-      advance = metrics->height * 12 / 10;
-
-    metrics->vertBearingX = -( metrics->width / 2 );
-    metrics->vertBearingY = ( advance - metrics->height ) / 2;
-    metrics->vertAdvance  = advance;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  ft_recompute_scaled_metrics( FT_Face           face,
-                               FT_Size_Metrics*  metrics )
-  {
-    /* Compute root ascender, descender, test height, and max_advance */
-
-#ifdef GRID_FIT_METRICS
-    metrics->ascender    = FT_PIX_CEIL( FT_MulFix( face->ascender,
-                                                   metrics->y_scale ) );
-
-    metrics->descender   = FT_PIX_FLOOR( FT_MulFix( face->descender,
-                                                    metrics->y_scale ) );
-
-    metrics->height      = FT_PIX_ROUND( FT_MulFix( face->height,
-                                                    metrics->y_scale ) );
-
-    metrics->max_advance = FT_PIX_ROUND( FT_MulFix( face->max_advance_width,
-                                                    metrics->x_scale ) );
-#else /* !GRID_FIT_METRICS */
-    metrics->ascender    = FT_MulFix( face->ascender,
-                                      metrics->y_scale );
-
-    metrics->descender   = FT_MulFix( face->descender,
-                                      metrics->y_scale );
-
-    metrics->height      = FT_MulFix( face->height,
-                                      metrics->y_scale );
-
-    metrics->max_advance = FT_MulFix( face->max_advance_width,
-                                      metrics->x_scale );
-#endif /* !GRID_FIT_METRICS */
-  }
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
-  FT_Select_Metrics( FT_Face   face,
-                     FT_ULong  strike_index )
-  {
-    FT_Size_Metrics*  metrics;
-    FT_Bitmap_Size*   bsize;
-
-
-    metrics = &face->size->metrics;
-    bsize   = face->available_sizes + strike_index;
-
-    metrics->x_ppem = (FT_UShort)( ( bsize->x_ppem + 32 ) >> 6 );
-    metrics->y_ppem = (FT_UShort)( ( bsize->y_ppem + 32 ) >> 6 );
-
-    if ( FT_IS_SCALABLE( face ) )
-    {
-      metrics->x_scale = FT_DivFix( bsize->x_ppem,
-                                    face->units_per_EM );
-      metrics->y_scale = FT_DivFix( bsize->y_ppem,
-                                    face->units_per_EM );
-
-      ft_recompute_scaled_metrics( face, metrics );
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      metrics->x_scale     = 1L << 22;
-      metrics->y_scale     = 1L << 22;
-      metrics->ascender    = bsize->y_ppem;
-      metrics->descender   = 0;
-      metrics->height      = bsize->height << 6;
-      metrics->max_advance = bsize->x_ppem;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
-  FT_Request_Metrics( FT_Face          face,
-                      FT_Size_Request  req )
-  {
-    FT_Size_Metrics*  metrics;
-
-
-    metrics = &face->size->metrics;
-
-    if ( FT_IS_SCALABLE( face ) )
-    {
-      FT_Long  w = 0, h = 0, scaled_w = 0, scaled_h = 0;
-
-
-      switch ( req->type )
-      {
-      case FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_NOMINAL:
-        w = h = face->units_per_EM;
-        break;
-
-      case FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_REAL_DIM:
-        w = h = face->ascender - face->descender;
-        break;
-
-      case FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_BBOX:
-        w = face->bbox.xMax - face->bbox.xMin;
-        h = face->bbox.yMax - face->bbox.yMin;
-        break;
-
-      case FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_CELL:
-        w = face->max_advance_width;
-        h = face->ascender - face->descender;
-        break;
-
-      case FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_SCALES:
-        metrics->x_scale = (FT_Fixed)req->width;
-        metrics->y_scale = (FT_Fixed)req->height;
-        if ( !metrics->x_scale )
-          metrics->x_scale = metrics->y_scale;
-        else if ( !metrics->y_scale )
-          metrics->y_scale = metrics->x_scale;
-        goto Calculate_Ppem;
-
-      case FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_MAX:
-        break;
-      }
-
-      /* to be on the safe side */
-      if ( w < 0 )
-        w = -w;
-
-      if ( h < 0 )
-        h = -h;
-
-      scaled_w = FT_REQUEST_WIDTH ( req );
-      scaled_h = FT_REQUEST_HEIGHT( req );
-
-      /* determine scales */
-      if ( req->width )
-      {
-        metrics->x_scale = FT_DivFix( scaled_w, w );
-
-        if ( req->height )
-        {
-          metrics->y_scale = FT_DivFix( scaled_h, h );
-
-          if ( req->type == FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_CELL )
-          {
-            if ( metrics->y_scale > metrics->x_scale )
-              metrics->y_scale = metrics->x_scale;
-            else
-              metrics->x_scale = metrics->y_scale;
-          }
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          metrics->y_scale = metrics->x_scale;
-          scaled_h = FT_MulDiv( scaled_w, h, w );
-        }
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        metrics->x_scale = metrics->y_scale = FT_DivFix( scaled_h, h );
-        scaled_w = FT_MulDiv( scaled_h, w, h );
-      }
-
-  Calculate_Ppem:
-      /* calculate the ppems */
-      if ( req->type != FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_NOMINAL )
-      {
-        scaled_w = FT_MulFix( face->units_per_EM, metrics->x_scale );
-        scaled_h = FT_MulFix( face->units_per_EM, metrics->y_scale );
-      }
-
-      metrics->x_ppem = (FT_UShort)( ( scaled_w + 32 ) >> 6 );
-      metrics->y_ppem = (FT_UShort)( ( scaled_h + 32 ) >> 6 );
-
-      ft_recompute_scaled_metrics( face, metrics );
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      FT_ZERO( metrics );
-      metrics->x_scale = 1L << 22;
-      metrics->y_scale = 1L << 22;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Select_Size( FT_Face  face,
-                  FT_Int   strike_index )
-  {
-    FT_Driver_Class  clazz;
-
-
-    if ( !face || !FT_HAS_FIXED_SIZES( face ) )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Face_Handle;
-
-    if ( strike_index < 0 || strike_index >= face->num_fixed_sizes )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    clazz = face->driver->clazz;
-
-    if ( clazz->select_size )
-      return clazz->select_size( face->size, (FT_ULong)strike_index );
-
-    FT_Select_Metrics( face, (FT_ULong)strike_index );
-
-    return FT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Request_Size( FT_Face          face,
-                   FT_Size_Request  req )
-  {
-    FT_Driver_Class  clazz;
-    FT_ULong         strike_index;
-
-
-    if ( !face )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Face_Handle;
-
-    if ( !req || req->width < 0 || req->height < 0 ||
-         req->type >= FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_MAX )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    clazz = face->driver->clazz;
-
-    if ( clazz->request_size )
-      return clazz->request_size( face->size, req );
-
-    /*
-     * The reason that a driver doesn't have `request_size' defined is
-     * either that the scaling here suffices or that the supported formats
-     * are bitmap-only and size matching is not implemented.
-     *
-     * In the latter case, a simple size matching is done.
-     */
-    if ( !FT_IS_SCALABLE( face ) && FT_HAS_FIXED_SIZES( face ) )
-    {
-      FT_Error  error;
-
-
-      error = FT_Match_Size( face, req, 0, &strike_index );
-      if ( error )
-        return error;
-
-      FT_TRACE3(( "FT_Request_Size: bitmap strike %lu matched\n",
-                  strike_index ));
-
-      return FT_Select_Size( face, (FT_Int)strike_index );
-    }
-
-    FT_Request_Metrics( face, req );
-
-    return FT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Set_Char_Size( FT_Face     face,
-                    FT_F26Dot6  char_width,
-                    FT_F26Dot6  char_height,
-                    FT_UInt     horz_resolution,
-                    FT_UInt     vert_resolution )
-  {
-    FT_Size_RequestRec  req;
-
-
-    if ( !char_width )
-      char_width = char_height;
-    else if ( !char_height )
-      char_height = char_width;
-
-    if ( !horz_resolution )
-      horz_resolution = vert_resolution;
-    else if ( !vert_resolution )
-      vert_resolution = horz_resolution;
-
-    if ( char_width  < 1 * 64 )
-      char_width  = 1 * 64;
-    if ( char_height < 1 * 64 )
-      char_height = 1 * 64;
-
-    if ( !horz_resolution )
-      horz_resolution = vert_resolution = 72;
-
-    req.type           = FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_NOMINAL;
-    req.width          = char_width;
-    req.height         = char_height;
-    req.horiResolution = horz_resolution;
-    req.vertResolution = vert_resolution;
-
-    return FT_Request_Size( face, &req );
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes( FT_Face  face,
-                      FT_UInt  pixel_width,
-                      FT_UInt  pixel_height )
-  {
-    FT_Size_RequestRec  req;
-
-
-    if ( pixel_width == 0 )
-      pixel_width = pixel_height;
-    else if ( pixel_height == 0 )
-      pixel_height = pixel_width;
-
-    if ( pixel_width  < 1 )
-      pixel_width  = 1;
-    if ( pixel_height < 1 )
-      pixel_height = 1;
-
-    /* use `>=' to avoid potential compiler warning on 16bit platforms */
-    if ( pixel_width  >= 0xFFFFU )
-      pixel_width  = 0xFFFFU;
-    if ( pixel_height >= 0xFFFFU )
-      pixel_height = 0xFFFFU;
-
-    req.type           = FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_NOMINAL;
-    req.width          = pixel_width << 6;
-    req.height         = pixel_height << 6;
-    req.horiResolution = 0;
-    req.vertResolution = 0;
-
-    return FT_Request_Size( face, &req );
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Get_Kerning( FT_Face     face,
-                  FT_UInt     left_glyph,
-                  FT_UInt     right_glyph,
-                  FT_UInt     kern_mode,
-                  FT_Vector  *akerning )
-  {
-    FT_Error   error = FT_Err_Ok;
-    FT_Driver  driver;
-
-
-    if ( !face )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Face_Handle;
-
-    if ( !akerning )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    driver = face->driver;
-
-    akerning->x = 0;
-    akerning->y = 0;
-
-    if ( driver->clazz->get_kerning )
-    {
-      error = driver->clazz->get_kerning( face,
-                                          left_glyph,
-                                          right_glyph,
-                                          akerning );
-      if ( !error )
-      {
-        if ( kern_mode != FT_KERNING_UNSCALED )
-        {
-          akerning->x = FT_MulFix( akerning->x, face->size->metrics.x_scale );
-          akerning->y = FT_MulFix( akerning->y, face->size->metrics.y_scale );
-
-          if ( kern_mode != FT_KERNING_UNFITTED )
-          {
-            /* we scale down kerning values for small ppem values */
-            /* to avoid that rounding makes them too big.         */
-            /* `25' has been determined heuristically.            */
-            if ( face->size->metrics.x_ppem < 25 )
-              akerning->x = FT_MulDiv( akerning->x,
-                                       face->size->metrics.x_ppem, 25 );
-            if ( face->size->metrics.y_ppem < 25 )
-              akerning->y = FT_MulDiv( akerning->y,
-                                       face->size->metrics.y_ppem, 25 );
-
-            akerning->x = FT_PIX_ROUND( akerning->x );
-            akerning->y = FT_PIX_ROUND( akerning->y );
-          }
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Get_Track_Kerning( FT_Face    face,
-                        FT_Fixed   point_size,
-                        FT_Int     degree,
-                        FT_Fixed*  akerning )
-  {
-    FT_Service_Kerning  service;
-    FT_Error            error = FT_Err_Ok;
-
-
-    if ( !face )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Face_Handle;
-
-    if ( !akerning )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    FT_FACE_FIND_SERVICE( face, service, KERNING );
-    if ( !service )
-      return FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
-
-    error = service->get_track( face,
-                                point_size,
-                                degree,
-                                akerning );
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Select_Charmap( FT_Face      face,
-                     FT_Encoding  encoding )
-  {
-    FT_CharMap*  cur;
-    FT_CharMap*  limit;
-
-
-    if ( !face )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Face_Handle;
-
-    if ( encoding == FT_ENCODING_NONE )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    /* FT_ENCODING_UNICODE is special.  We try to find the `best' Unicode */
-    /* charmap available, i.e., one with UCS-4 characters, if possible.   */
-    /*                                                                    */
-    /* This is done by find_unicode_charmap() above, to share code.       */
-    if ( encoding == FT_ENCODING_UNICODE )
-      return find_unicode_charmap( face );
-
-    cur = face->charmaps;
-    if ( !cur )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_CharMap_Handle;
-
-    limit = cur + face->num_charmaps;
-
-    for ( ; cur < limit; cur++ )
-    {
-      if ( cur[0]->encoding == encoding )
-      {
-        face->charmap = cur[0];
-        return 0;
-      }
-    }
-
-    return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Set_Charmap( FT_Face     face,
-                  FT_CharMap  charmap )
-  {
-    FT_CharMap*  cur;
-    FT_CharMap*  limit;
-
-
-    if ( !face )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Face_Handle;
-
-    cur = face->charmaps;
-    if ( !cur )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_CharMap_Handle;
-    if ( FT_Get_CMap_Format( charmap ) == 14 )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    limit = cur + face->num_charmaps;
-
-    for ( ; cur < limit; cur++ )
-    {
-      if ( cur[0] == charmap )
-      {
-        face->charmap = cur[0];
-        return 0;
-      }
-    }
-    return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Int )
-  FT_Get_Charmap_Index( FT_CharMap  charmap )
-  {
-    FT_Int  i;
-
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < charmap->face->num_charmaps; i++ )
-      if ( charmap->face->charmaps[i] == charmap )
-        break;
-
-    FT_ASSERT( i < charmap->face->num_charmaps );
-
-    return i;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  ft_cmap_done_internal( FT_CMap  cmap )
-  {
-    FT_CMap_Class  clazz  = cmap->clazz;
-    FT_Face        face   = cmap->charmap.face;
-    FT_Memory      memory = FT_FACE_MEMORY(face);
-
-
-    if ( clazz->done )
-      clazz->done( cmap );
-
-    FT_FREE( cmap );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
-  FT_CMap_Done( FT_CMap  cmap )
-  {
-    if ( cmap )
-    {
-      FT_Face    face   = cmap->charmap.face;
-      FT_Memory  memory = FT_FACE_MEMORY( face );
-      FT_Error   error;
-      FT_Int     i, j;
-
-
-      for ( i = 0; i < face->num_charmaps; i++ )
-      {
-        if ( (FT_CMap)face->charmaps[i] == cmap )
-        {
-          FT_CharMap  last_charmap = face->charmaps[face->num_charmaps - 1];
-
-
-          if ( FT_RENEW_ARRAY( face->charmaps,
-                               face->num_charmaps,
-                               face->num_charmaps - 1 ) )
-            return;
-
-          /* remove it from our list of charmaps */
-          for ( j = i + 1; j < face->num_charmaps; j++ )
-          {
-            if ( j == face->num_charmaps - 1 )
-              face->charmaps[j - 1] = last_charmap;
-            else
-              face->charmaps[j - 1] = face->charmaps[j];
-          }
-
-          face->num_charmaps--;
-
-          if ( (FT_CMap)face->charmap == cmap )
-            face->charmap = NULL;
-
-          ft_cmap_done_internal( cmap );
-
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_CMap_New( FT_CMap_Class  clazz,
-               FT_Pointer     init_data,
-               FT_CharMap     charmap,
-               FT_CMap       *acmap )
-  {
-    FT_Error   error = FT_Err_Ok;
-    FT_Face    face;
-    FT_Memory  memory;
-    FT_CMap    cmap;
-
-
-    if ( clazz == NULL || charmap == NULL || charmap->face == NULL )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    face   = charmap->face;
-    memory = FT_FACE_MEMORY( face );
-
-    if ( !FT_ALLOC( cmap, clazz->size ) )
-    {
-      cmap->charmap = *charmap;
-      cmap->clazz   = clazz;
-
-      if ( clazz->init )
-      {
-        error = clazz->init( cmap, init_data );
-        if ( error )
-          goto Fail;
-      }
-
-      /* add it to our list of charmaps */
-      if ( FT_RENEW_ARRAY( face->charmaps,
-                           face->num_charmaps,
-                           face->num_charmaps + 1 ) )
-        goto Fail;
-
-      face->charmaps[face->num_charmaps++] = (FT_CharMap)cmap;
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    if ( acmap )
-      *acmap = cmap;
-
-    return error;
-
-  Fail:
-    ft_cmap_done_internal( cmap );
-    cmap = NULL;
-    goto Exit;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_UInt )
-  FT_Get_Char_Index( FT_Face   face,
-                     FT_ULong  charcode )
-  {
-    FT_UInt  result = 0;
-
-
-    if ( face && face->charmap )
-    {
-      FT_CMap  cmap = FT_CMAP( face->charmap );
-
-
-      result = cmap->clazz->char_index( cmap, charcode );
-    }
-    return  result;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_ULong )
-  FT_Get_First_Char( FT_Face   face,
-                     FT_UInt  *agindex )
-  {
-    FT_ULong  result = 0;
-    FT_UInt   gindex = 0;
-
-
-    if ( face && face->charmap )
-    {
-      gindex = FT_Get_Char_Index( face, 0 );
-      if ( gindex == 0 )
-        result = FT_Get_Next_Char( face, 0, &gindex );
-    }
-
-    if ( agindex  )
-      *agindex = gindex;
-
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_ULong )
-  FT_Get_Next_Char( FT_Face   face,
-                    FT_ULong  charcode,
-                    FT_UInt  *agindex )
-  {
-    FT_ULong  result = 0;
-    FT_UInt   gindex = 0;
-
-
-    if ( face && face->charmap )
-    {
-      FT_UInt32  code = (FT_UInt32)charcode;
-      FT_CMap    cmap = FT_CMAP( face->charmap );
-
-
-      gindex = cmap->clazz->char_next( cmap, &code );
-      result = ( gindex == 0 ) ? 0 : code;
-    }
-
-    if ( agindex )
-      *agindex = gindex;
-
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_UInt )
-  FT_Face_GetCharVariantIndex( FT_Face   face,
-                               FT_ULong  charcode,
-                               FT_ULong  variantSelector )
-  {
-    FT_UInt  result = 0;
-
-
-    if ( face && face->charmap &&
-        face->charmap->encoding == FT_ENCODING_UNICODE )
-    {
-      FT_CharMap  charmap = find_variant_selector_charmap( face );
-      FT_CMap     ucmap = FT_CMAP( face->charmap );
-
-
-      if ( charmap != NULL )
-      {
-        FT_CMap  vcmap = FT_CMAP( charmap );
-
-
-        result = vcmap->clazz->char_var_index( vcmap, ucmap, charcode,
-                                               variantSelector );
-      }
-    }
-
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Int )
-  FT_Face_GetCharVariantIsDefault( FT_Face   face,
-                                   FT_ULong  charcode,
-                                   FT_ULong  variantSelector )
-  {
-    FT_Int  result = -1;
-
-
-    if ( face )
-    {
-      FT_CharMap  charmap = find_variant_selector_charmap( face );
-
-
-      if ( charmap != NULL )
-      {
-        FT_CMap  vcmap = FT_CMAP( charmap );
-
-
-        result = vcmap->clazz->char_var_default( vcmap, charcode,
-                                                 variantSelector );
-      }
-    }
-
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_UInt32* )
-  FT_Face_GetVariantSelectors( FT_Face  face )
-  {
-    FT_UInt32  *result = NULL;
-
-
-    if ( face )
-    {
-      FT_CharMap  charmap = find_variant_selector_charmap( face );
-
-
-      if ( charmap != NULL )
-      {
-        FT_CMap    vcmap  = FT_CMAP( charmap );
-        FT_Memory  memory = FT_FACE_MEMORY( face );
-
-
-        result = vcmap->clazz->variant_list( vcmap, memory );
-      }
-    }
-
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_UInt32* )
-  FT_Face_GetVariantsOfChar( FT_Face   face,
-                             FT_ULong  charcode )
-  {
-    FT_UInt32  *result = NULL;
-
-
-    if ( face )
-    {
-      FT_CharMap  charmap = find_variant_selector_charmap( face );
-
-
-      if ( charmap != NULL )
-      {
-        FT_CMap    vcmap  = FT_CMAP( charmap );
-        FT_Memory  memory = FT_FACE_MEMORY( face );
-
-
-        result = vcmap->clazz->charvariant_list( vcmap, memory, charcode );
-      }
-    }
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_UInt32* )
-  FT_Face_GetCharsOfVariant( FT_Face   face,
-                             FT_ULong  variantSelector )
-  {
-    FT_UInt32  *result = NULL;
-
-
-    if ( face )
-    {
-      FT_CharMap  charmap = find_variant_selector_charmap( face );
-
-
-      if ( charmap != NULL )
-      {
-        FT_CMap    vcmap  = FT_CMAP( charmap );
-        FT_Memory  memory = FT_FACE_MEMORY( face );
-
-
-        result = vcmap->clazz->variantchar_list( vcmap, memory,
-                                                 variantSelector );
-      }
-    }
-
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_UInt )
-  FT_Get_Name_Index( FT_Face     face,
-                     FT_String*  glyph_name )
-  {
-    FT_UInt  result = 0;
-
-
-    if ( face && FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES( face ) )
-    {
-      FT_Service_GlyphDict  service;
-
-
-      FT_FACE_LOOKUP_SERVICE( face,
-                              service,
-                              GLYPH_DICT );
-
-      if ( service && service->name_index )
-        result = service->name_index( face, glyph_name );
-    }
-
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Get_Glyph_Name( FT_Face     face,
-                     FT_UInt     glyph_index,
-                     FT_Pointer  buffer,
-                     FT_UInt     buffer_max )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-
-    /* clean up buffer */
-    if ( buffer && buffer_max > 0 )
-      ((FT_Byte*)buffer)[0] = 0;
-
-    if ( face                                     &&
-         glyph_index <= (FT_UInt)face->num_glyphs &&
-         FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES( face )               )
-    {
-      FT_Service_GlyphDict  service;
-
-
-      FT_FACE_LOOKUP_SERVICE( face,
-                              service,
-                              GLYPH_DICT );
-
-      if ( service && service->get_name )
-        error = service->get_name( face, glyph_index, buffer, buffer_max );
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( const char* )
-  FT_Get_Postscript_Name( FT_Face  face )
-  {
-    const char*  result = NULL;
-
-
-    if ( !face )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    if ( !result )
-    {
-      FT_Service_PsFontName  service;
-
-
-      FT_FACE_LOOKUP_SERVICE( face,
-                              service,
-                              POSTSCRIPT_FONT_NAME );
-
-      if ( service && service->get_ps_font_name )
-        result = service->get_ps_font_name( face );
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in tttables.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void* )
-  FT_Get_Sfnt_Table( FT_Face      face,
-                     FT_Sfnt_Tag  tag )
-  {
-    void*                  table = 0;
-    FT_Service_SFNT_Table  service;
-
-
-    if ( face && FT_IS_SFNT( face ) )
-    {
-      FT_FACE_FIND_SERVICE( face, service, SFNT_TABLE );
-      if ( service != NULL )
-        table = service->get_table( face, tag );
-    }
-
-    return table;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in tttables.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( FT_Face    face,
-                      FT_ULong   tag,
-                      FT_Long    offset,
-                      FT_Byte*   buffer,
-                      FT_ULong*  length )
-  {
-    FT_Service_SFNT_Table  service;
-
-
-    if ( !face || !FT_IS_SFNT( face ) )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Face_Handle;
-
-    FT_FACE_FIND_SERVICE( face, service, SFNT_TABLE );
-    if ( service == NULL )
-      return FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
-
-    return service->load_table( face, tag, offset, buffer, length );
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in tttables.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Sfnt_Table_Info( FT_Face    face,
-                      FT_UInt    table_index,
-                      FT_ULong  *tag,
-                      FT_ULong  *length )
-  {
-    FT_Service_SFNT_Table  service;
-
-
-    if ( !face || !FT_IS_SFNT( face ) )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Face_Handle;
-
-    FT_FACE_FIND_SERVICE( face, service, SFNT_TABLE );
-    if ( service == NULL )
-      return FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
-
-    return service->table_info( face, table_index, tag, length );
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in tttables.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_ULong )
-  FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID( FT_CharMap  charmap )
-  {
-    FT_Service_TTCMaps  service;
-    FT_Face             face;
-    TT_CMapInfo         cmap_info;
-
-
-    if ( !charmap || !charmap->face )
-      return 0;
-
-    face = charmap->face;
-    FT_FACE_FIND_SERVICE( face, service, TT_CMAP );
-    if ( service == NULL )
-      return 0;
-    if ( service->get_cmap_info( charmap, &cmap_info ))
-      return 0;
-
-    return cmap_info.language;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in tttables.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Long )
-  FT_Get_CMap_Format( FT_CharMap  charmap )
-  {
-    FT_Service_TTCMaps  service;
-    FT_Face             face;
-    TT_CMapInfo         cmap_info;
-
-
-    if ( !charmap || !charmap->face )
-      return -1;
-
-    face = charmap->face;
-    FT_FACE_FIND_SERVICE( face, service, TT_CMAP );
-    if ( service == NULL )
-      return -1;
-    if ( service->get_cmap_info( charmap, &cmap_info ))
-      return -1;
-
-    return cmap_info.format;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftsizes.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Activate_Size( FT_Size  size )
-  {
-    FT_Face  face;
-
-
-    if ( size == NULL )
-      return FT_Err_Bad_Argument;
-
-    face = size->face;
-    if ( face == NULL || face->driver == NULL )
-      return FT_Err_Bad_Argument;
-
-    /* we don't need anything more complex than that; all size objects */
-    /* are already listed by the face                                  */
-    face->size = size;
-
-    return FT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****                        R E N D E R E R S                        ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /* lookup a renderer by glyph format in the library's list */
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Renderer )
-  FT_Lookup_Renderer( FT_Library       library,
-                      FT_Glyph_Format  format,
-                      FT_ListNode*     node )
-  {
-    FT_ListNode  cur;
-    FT_Renderer  result = 0;
-
-
-    if ( !library )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    cur = library->renderers.head;
-
-    if ( node )
-    {
-      if ( *node )
-        cur = (*node)->next;
-      *node = 0;
-    }
-
-    while ( cur )
-    {
-      FT_Renderer  renderer = FT_RENDERER( cur->data );
-
-
-      if ( renderer->glyph_format == format )
-      {
-        if ( node )
-          *node = cur;
-
-        result = renderer;
-        break;
-      }
-      cur = cur->next;
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Renderer
-  ft_lookup_glyph_renderer( FT_GlyphSlot  slot )
-  {
-    FT_Face      face    = slot->face;
-    FT_Library   library = FT_FACE_LIBRARY( face );
-    FT_Renderer  result  = library->cur_renderer;
-
-
-    if ( !result || result->glyph_format != slot->format )
-      result = FT_Lookup_Renderer( library, slot->format, 0 );
-
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  ft_set_current_renderer( FT_Library  library )
-  {
-    FT_Renderer  renderer;
-
-
-    renderer = FT_Lookup_Renderer( library, FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE, 0 );
-    library->cur_renderer = renderer;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  ft_add_renderer( FT_Module  module )
-  {
-    FT_Library   library = module->library;
-    FT_Memory    memory  = library->memory;
-    FT_Error     error;
-    FT_ListNode  node;
-
-
-    if ( FT_NEW( node ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    {
-      FT_Renderer         render = FT_RENDERER( module );
-      FT_Renderer_Class*  clazz  = (FT_Renderer_Class*)module->clazz;
-
-
-      render->clazz        = clazz;
-      render->glyph_format = clazz->glyph_format;
-
-      /* allocate raster object if needed */
-      if ( clazz->glyph_format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE &&
-           clazz->raster_class->raster_new )
-      {
-        error = clazz->raster_class->raster_new( memory, &render->raster );
-        if ( error )
-          goto Fail;
-
-        render->raster_render = clazz->raster_class->raster_render;
-        render->render        = clazz->render_glyph;
-      }
-
-      /* add to list */
-      node->data = module;
-      FT_List_Add( &library->renderers, node );
-
-      ft_set_current_renderer( library );
-    }
-
-  Fail:
-    if ( error )
-      FT_FREE( node );
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  ft_remove_renderer( FT_Module  module )
-  {
-    FT_Library   library = module->library;
-    FT_Memory    memory  = library->memory;
-    FT_ListNode  node;
-
-
-    node = FT_List_Find( &library->renderers, module );
-    if ( node )
-    {
-      FT_Renderer  render = FT_RENDERER( module );
-
-
-      /* release raster object, if any */
-      if ( render->raster )
-        render->clazz->raster_class->raster_done( render->raster );
-
-      /* remove from list */
-      FT_List_Remove( &library->renderers, node );
-      FT_FREE( node );
-
-      ft_set_current_renderer( library );
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftrender.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Renderer )
-  FT_Get_Renderer( FT_Library       library,
-                   FT_Glyph_Format  format )
-  {
-    /* test for valid `library' delayed to FT_Lookup_Renderer() */
-
-    return FT_Lookup_Renderer( library, format, 0 );
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftrender.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Set_Renderer( FT_Library     library,
-                   FT_Renderer    renderer,
-                   FT_UInt        num_params,
-                   FT_Parameter*  parameters )
-  {
-    FT_ListNode  node;
-    FT_Error     error = FT_Err_Ok;
-
-
-    if ( !library )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Library_Handle;
-
-    if ( !renderer )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    node = FT_List_Find( &library->renderers, renderer );
-    if ( !node )
-    {
-      error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    FT_List_Up( &library->renderers, node );
-
-    if ( renderer->glyph_format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE )
-      library->cur_renderer = renderer;
-
-    if ( num_params > 0 )
-    {
-      FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc  set_mode = renderer->clazz->set_mode;
-
-
-      for ( ; num_params > 0; num_params-- )
-      {
-        error = set_mode( renderer, parameters->tag, parameters->data );
-        if ( error )
-          break;
-      }
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Render_Glyph_Internal( FT_Library      library,
-                            FT_GlyphSlot    slot,
-                            FT_Render_Mode  render_mode )
-  {
-    FT_Error     error = FT_Err_Ok;
-    FT_Renderer  renderer;
-
-
-    /* if it is already a bitmap, no need to do anything */
-    switch ( slot->format )
-    {
-    case FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP:   /* already a bitmap, don't do anything */
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      {
-        FT_ListNode  node   = 0;
-        FT_Bool      update = 0;
-
-
-        /* small shortcut for the very common case */
-        if ( slot->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE )
-        {
-          renderer = library->cur_renderer;
-          node     = library->renderers.head;
-        }
-        else
-          renderer = FT_Lookup_Renderer( library, slot->format, &node );
-
-        error = FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
-        while ( renderer )
-        {
-          error = renderer->render( renderer, slot, render_mode, NULL );
-          if ( !error ||
-               FT_ERROR_BASE( error ) != FT_Err_Cannot_Render_Glyph )
-            break;
-
-          /* FT_Err_Cannot_Render_Glyph is returned if the render mode   */
-          /* is unsupported by the current renderer for this glyph image */
-          /* format.                                                     */
-
-          /* now, look for another renderer that supports the same */
-          /* format.                                               */
-          renderer = FT_Lookup_Renderer( library, slot->format, &node );
-          update   = 1;
-        }
-
-        /* if we changed the current renderer for the glyph image format */
-        /* we need to select it as the next current one                  */
-        if ( !error && update && renderer )
-          FT_Set_Renderer( library, renderer, 0, 0 );
-      }
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Render_Glyph( FT_GlyphSlot    slot,
-                   FT_Render_Mode  render_mode )
-  {
-    FT_Library  library;
-
-
-    if ( !slot )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    library = FT_FACE_LIBRARY( slot->face );
-
-    return FT_Render_Glyph_Internal( library, slot, render_mode );
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****                         M O D U L E S                           ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    Destroy_Module                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Destroys a given module object.  For drivers, this also destroys   */
-  /*    all child faces.                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <InOut>                                                               */
-  /*     module :: A handle to the target driver object.                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*     The driver _must_ be LOCKED!                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Destroy_Module( FT_Module  module )
-  {
-    FT_Memory         memory  = module->memory;
-    FT_Module_Class*  clazz   = module->clazz;
-    FT_Library        library = module->library;
-
-
-    /* finalize client-data - before anything else */
-    if ( module->generic.finalizer )
-      module->generic.finalizer( module );
-
-    if ( library && library->auto_hinter == module )
-      library->auto_hinter = 0;
-
-    /* if the module is a renderer */
-    if ( FT_MODULE_IS_RENDERER( module ) )
-      ft_remove_renderer( module );
-
-    /* if the module is a font driver, add some steps */
-    if ( FT_MODULE_IS_DRIVER( module ) )
-      Destroy_Driver( FT_DRIVER( module ) );
-
-    /* finalize the module object */
-    if ( clazz->module_done )
-      clazz->module_done( module );
-
-    /* discard it */
-    FT_FREE( module );
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftmodapi.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Add_Module( FT_Library              library,
-                 const FT_Module_Class*  clazz )
-  {
-    FT_Error   error;
-    FT_Memory  memory;
-    FT_Module  module;
-    FT_UInt    nn;
-
-
-#define FREETYPE_VER_FIXED  ( ( (FT_Long)FREETYPE_MAJOR << 16 ) | \
-                                FREETYPE_MINOR                  )
-
-    if ( !library )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Library_Handle;
-
-    if ( !clazz )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    /* check freetype version */
-    if ( clazz->module_requires > FREETYPE_VER_FIXED )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Version;
-
-    /* look for a module with the same name in the library's table */
-    for ( nn = 0; nn < library->num_modules; nn++ )
-    {
-      module = library->modules[nn];
-      if ( ft_strcmp( module->clazz->module_name, clazz->module_name ) == 0 )
-      {
-        /* this installed module has the same name, compare their versions */
-        if ( clazz->module_version <= module->clazz->module_version )
-          return FT_Err_Lower_Module_Version;
-
-        /* remove the module from our list, then exit the loop to replace */
-        /* it by our new version..                                        */
-        FT_Remove_Module( library, module );
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-
-    memory = library->memory;
-    error  = FT_Err_Ok;
-
-    if ( library->num_modules >= FT_MAX_MODULES )
-    {
-      error = FT_Err_Too_Many_Drivers;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* allocate module object */
-    if ( FT_ALLOC( module, clazz->module_size ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* base initialization */
-    module->library = library;
-    module->memory  = memory;
-    module->clazz   = (FT_Module_Class*)clazz;
-
-    /* check whether the module is a renderer - this must be performed */
-    /* before the normal module initialization                         */
-    if ( FT_MODULE_IS_RENDERER( module ) )
-    {
-      /* add to the renderers list */
-      error = ft_add_renderer( module );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Fail;
-    }
-
-    /* is the module a auto-hinter? */
-    if ( FT_MODULE_IS_HINTER( module ) )
-      library->auto_hinter = module;
-
-    /* if the module is a font driver */
-    if ( FT_MODULE_IS_DRIVER( module ) )
-    {
-      /* allocate glyph loader if needed */
-      FT_Driver  driver = FT_DRIVER( module );
-
-
-      driver->clazz = (FT_Driver_Class)module->clazz;
-      if ( FT_DRIVER_USES_OUTLINES( driver ) )
-      {
-        error = FT_GlyphLoader_New( memory, &driver->glyph_loader );
-        if ( error )
-          goto Fail;
-      }
-    }
-
-    if ( clazz->module_init )
-    {
-      error = clazz->module_init( module );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Fail;
-    }
-
-    /* add module to the library's table */
-    library->modules[library->num_modules++] = module;
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-
-  Fail:
-    if ( FT_MODULE_IS_DRIVER( module ) )
-    {
-      FT_Driver  driver = FT_DRIVER( module );
-
-
-      if ( FT_DRIVER_USES_OUTLINES( driver ) )
-        FT_GlyphLoader_Done( driver->glyph_loader );
-    }
-
-    if ( FT_MODULE_IS_RENDERER( module ) )
-    {
-      FT_Renderer  renderer = FT_RENDERER( module );
-
-
-      if ( renderer->raster )
-        renderer->clazz->raster_class->raster_done( renderer->raster );
-    }
-
-    FT_FREE( module );
-    goto Exit;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftmodapi.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Module )
-  FT_Get_Module( FT_Library   library,
-                 const char*  module_name )
-  {
-    FT_Module   result = 0;
-    FT_Module*  cur;
-    FT_Module*  limit;
-
-
-    if ( !library || !module_name )
-      return result;
-
-    cur   = library->modules;
-    limit = cur + library->num_modules;
-
-    for ( ; cur < limit; cur++ )
-      if ( ft_strcmp( cur[0]->clazz->module_name, module_name ) == 0 )
-      {
-        result = cur[0];
-        break;
-      }
-
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftobjs.h */
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( const void* )
-  FT_Get_Module_Interface( FT_Library   library,
-                           const char*  mod_name )
-  {
-    FT_Module  module;
-
-
-    /* test for valid `library' delayed to FT_Get_Module() */
-
-    module = FT_Get_Module( library, mod_name );
-
-    return module ? module->clazz->module_interface : 0;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Pointer )
-  ft_module_get_service( FT_Module    module,
-                         const char*  service_id )
-  {
-    FT_Pointer  result = NULL;
-
-    if ( module )
-    {
-      FT_ASSERT( module->clazz && module->clazz->get_interface );
-
-     /* first, look for the service in the module
-      */
-      if ( module->clazz->get_interface )
-        result = module->clazz->get_interface( module, service_id );
-
-      if ( result == NULL )
-      {
-       /* we didn't find it, look in all other modules then
-        */
-        FT_Library  library = module->library;
-        FT_Module*  cur     = library->modules;
-        FT_Module*  limit   = cur + library->num_modules;
-
-        for ( ; cur < limit; cur++ )
-        {
-          if ( cur[0] != module )
-          {
-            FT_ASSERT( cur[0]->clazz );
-
-            if ( cur[0]->clazz->get_interface )
-            {
-              result = cur[0]->clazz->get_interface( cur[0], service_id );
-              if ( result != NULL )
-                break;
-            }
-          }
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftmodapi.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Remove_Module( FT_Library  library,
-                    FT_Module   module )
-  {
-    /* try to find the module from the table, then remove it from there */
-
-    if ( !library )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Library_Handle;
-
-    if ( module )
-    {
-      FT_Module*  cur   = library->modules;
-      FT_Module*  limit = cur + library->num_modules;
-
-
-      for ( ; cur < limit; cur++ )
-      {
-        if ( cur[0] == module )
-        {
-          /* remove it from the table */
-          library->num_modules--;
-          limit--;
-          while ( cur < limit )
-          {
-            cur[0] = cur[1];
-            cur++;
-          }
-          limit[0] = 0;
-
-          /* destroy the module */
-          Destroy_Module( module );
-
-          return FT_Err_Ok;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    return FT_Err_Invalid_Driver_Handle;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****                         L I B R A R Y                           ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftmodapi.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_New_Library( FT_Memory    memory,
-                  FT_Library  *alibrary )
-  {
-    FT_Library  library = 0;
-    FT_Error    error;
-
-
-    if ( !memory )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-#ifdef FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR
-    /* init debugging support */
-    ft_debug_init();
-#endif
-
-    /* first of all, allocate the library object */
-    if ( FT_NEW( library ) )
-      return error;
-
-    library->memory = memory;
-
-    /* allocate the render pool */
-    library->raster_pool_size = FT_RENDER_POOL_SIZE;
-#if FT_RENDER_POOL_SIZE > 0
-    if ( FT_ALLOC( library->raster_pool, FT_RENDER_POOL_SIZE ) )
-      goto Fail;
-#endif
-
-    /* That's ok now */
-    *alibrary = library;
-
-    return FT_Err_Ok;
-
-  Fail:
-    FT_FREE( library );
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
-  FT_Library_Version( FT_Library   library,
-                      FT_Int      *amajor,
-                      FT_Int      *aminor,
-                      FT_Int      *apatch )
-  {
-    FT_Int  major = 0;
-    FT_Int  minor = 0;
-    FT_Int  patch = 0;
-
-
-    if ( library )
-    {
-      major = library->version_major;
-      minor = library->version_minor;
-      patch = library->version_patch;
-    }
-
-    if ( amajor )
-      *amajor = major;
-
-    if ( aminor )
-      *aminor = minor;
-
-    if ( apatch )
-      *apatch = patch;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftmodapi.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Done_Library( FT_Library  library )
-  {
-    FT_Memory  memory;
-
-
-    if ( !library )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Library_Handle;
-
-    memory = library->memory;
-
-    /* Discard client-data */
-    if ( library->generic.finalizer )
-      library->generic.finalizer( library );
-
-    /* Close all faces in the library.  If we don't do
-     * this, we can have some subtle memory leaks.
-     * Example:
-     *
-     *  - the cff font driver uses the pshinter module in cff_size_done
-     *  - if the pshinter module is destroyed before the cff font driver,
-     *    opened FT_Face objects managed by the driver are not properly
-     *    destroyed, resulting in a memory leak
-     */
-    {
-      FT_UInt  n;
-
-
-      for ( n = 0; n < library->num_modules; n++ )
-      {
-        FT_Module  module = library->modules[n];
-        FT_List    faces;
-
-
-        if ( ( module->clazz->module_flags & FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER ) == 0 )
-          continue;
-
-        faces = &FT_DRIVER(module)->faces_list;
-        while ( faces->head )
-          FT_Done_Face( FT_FACE( faces->head->data ) );
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Close all other modules in the library */
-#if 1
-    /* XXX Modules are removed in the reversed order so that  */
-    /* type42 module is removed before truetype module.  This */
-    /* avoids double free in some occasions.  It is a hack.   */
-    while ( library->num_modules > 0 )
-      FT_Remove_Module( library,
-                        library->modules[library->num_modules - 1] );
-#else
-    {
-      FT_UInt  n;
-
-
-      for ( n = 0; n < library->num_modules; n++ )
-      {
-        FT_Module  module = library->modules[n];
-
-
-        if ( module )
-        {
-          Destroy_Module( module );
-          library->modules[n] = 0;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-#endif
-
-    /* Destroy raster objects */
-    FT_FREE( library->raster_pool );
-    library->raster_pool_size = 0;
-
-    FT_FREE( library );
-    return FT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftmodapi.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
-  FT_Set_Debug_Hook( FT_Library         library,
-                     FT_UInt            hook_index,
-                     FT_DebugHook_Func  debug_hook )
-  {
-    if ( library && debug_hook &&
-         hook_index <
-           ( sizeof ( library->debug_hooks ) / sizeof ( void* ) ) )
-      library->debug_hooks[hook_index] = debug_hook;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftmodapi.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_TrueTypeEngineType )
-  FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type( FT_Library  library )
-  {
-    FT_TrueTypeEngineType  result = FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_NONE;
-
-
-    if ( library )
-    {
-      FT_Module  module = FT_Get_Module( library, "truetype" );
-
-
-      if ( module )
-      {
-        FT_Service_TrueTypeEngine  service;
-
-
-        service = (FT_Service_TrueTypeEngine)
-                    ft_module_get_service( module,
-                                           FT_SERVICE_ID_TRUETYPE_ENGINE );
-        if ( service )
-          result = service->engine_type;
-      }
-    }
-
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
-  ft_stub_set_char_sizes( FT_Size     size,
-                          FT_F26Dot6  width,
-                          FT_F26Dot6  height,
-                          FT_UInt     horz_res,
-                          FT_UInt     vert_res )
-  {
-    FT_Size_RequestRec  req;
-    FT_Driver           driver = size->face->driver;
-
-
-    if ( driver->clazz->request_size )
-    {
-      req.type   = FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_NOMINAL;
-      req.width  = width;
-      req.height = height;
-
-      if ( horz_res == 0 )
-        horz_res = vert_res;
-
-      if ( vert_res == 0 )
-        vert_res = horz_res;
-
-      if ( horz_res == 0 )
-        horz_res = vert_res = 72;
-
-      req.horiResolution = horz_res;
-      req.vertResolution = vert_res;
-
-      return driver->clazz->request_size( size, &req );
-    }
-
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
-  ft_stub_set_pixel_sizes( FT_Size  size,
-                           FT_UInt  width,
-                           FT_UInt  height )
-  {
-    FT_Size_RequestRec  req;
-    FT_Driver           driver = size->face->driver;
-
-
-    if ( driver->clazz->request_size )
-    {
-      req.type           = FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_NOMINAL;
-      req.width          = width  << 6;
-      req.height         = height << 6;
-      req.horiResolution = 0;
-      req.vertResolution = 0;
-
-      return driver->clazz->request_size( size, &req );
-    }
-
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
-
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Get_SubGlyph_Info( FT_GlyphSlot  glyph,
-                        FT_UInt       sub_index,
-                        FT_Int       *p_index,
-                        FT_UInt      *p_flags,
-                        FT_Int       *p_arg1,
-                        FT_Int       *p_arg2,
-                        FT_Matrix    *p_transform )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-
-    if ( glyph != NULL                              &&
-         glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE &&
-         sub_index < glyph->num_subglyphs           )
-    {
-      FT_SubGlyph  subg = glyph->subglyphs + sub_index;
-
-
-      *p_index     = subg->index;
-      *p_flags     = subg->flags;
-      *p_arg1      = subg->arg1;
-      *p_arg2      = subg->arg2;
-      *p_transform = subg->transform;
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftotval.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftotval.c
deleted file mode 100644
index b6de6db..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftotval.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftotval.c                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType API for validating OpenType tables (body).                  */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2004, 2006 by                                                */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-#include FT_SERVICE_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftotval.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_OpenType_Validate( FT_Face    face,
-                        FT_UInt    validation_flags,
-                        FT_Bytes  *BASE_table,
-                        FT_Bytes  *GDEF_table,
-                        FT_Bytes  *GPOS_table,
-                        FT_Bytes  *GSUB_table,
-                        FT_Bytes  *JSTF_table )
-  {
-    FT_Service_OTvalidate  service;
-    FT_Error               error;
-
-
-    if ( !face )
-    {
-      error = FT_Err_Invalid_Face_Handle;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    if ( !( BASE_table &&
-            GDEF_table &&
-            GPOS_table &&
-            GSUB_table &&
-            JSTF_table ) )
-    {
-      error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    FT_FACE_FIND_GLOBAL_SERVICE( face, service, OPENTYPE_VALIDATE );
-
-    if ( service )
-      error = service->validate( face,
-                                 validation_flags,
-                                 BASE_table,
-                                 GDEF_table,
-                                 GPOS_table,
-                                 GSUB_table,
-                                 JSTF_table );
-    else
-      error = FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
-  FT_OpenType_Free( FT_Face   face,
-                    FT_Bytes  table )
-  {
-    FT_Memory  memory = FT_FACE_MEMORY( face );
-
-
-    FT_FREE( table );
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftoutln.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftoutln.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 2bae857..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftoutln.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1090 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftoutln.c                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType outline management (body).                                  */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by             */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* All functions are declared in freetype.h.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_OUTLINE_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-#include FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_outline
-
-
-  static
-  const FT_Outline  null_outline = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftoutln.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Outline_Decompose( FT_Outline*              outline,
-                        const FT_Outline_Funcs*  func_interface,
-                        void*                    user )
-  {
-#undef SCALED
-#define SCALED( x )  ( ( (x) << shift ) - delta )
-
-    FT_Vector   v_last;
-    FT_Vector   v_control;
-    FT_Vector   v_start;
-
-    FT_Vector*  point;
-    FT_Vector*  limit;
-    char*       tags;
-
-    FT_Error    error;
-
-    FT_Int   n;         /* index of contour in outline     */
-    FT_UInt  first;     /* index of first point in contour */
-    FT_Int   tag;       /* current point's state           */
-
-    FT_Int   shift;
-    FT_Pos   delta;
-
-
-    if ( !outline || !func_interface )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    shift = func_interface->shift;
-    delta = func_interface->delta;
-    first = 0;
-
-    for ( n = 0; n < outline->n_contours; n++ )
-    {
-      FT_Int  last;  /* index of last point in contour */
-
-
-      last = outline->contours[n];
-      if ( last < 0 )
-        goto Invalid_Outline;
-      limit = outline->points + last;
-
-      v_start = outline->points[first];
-      v_last  = outline->points[last];
-
-      v_start.x = SCALED( v_start.x ); v_start.y = SCALED( v_start.y );
-      v_last.x  = SCALED( v_last.x );  v_last.y  = SCALED( v_last.y );
-
-      v_control = v_start;
-
-      point = outline->points + first;
-      tags  = outline->tags  + first;
-      tag   = FT_CURVE_TAG( tags[0] );
-
-      /* A contour cannot start with a cubic control point! */
-      if ( tag == FT_CURVE_TAG_CUBIC )
-        goto Invalid_Outline;
-
-      /* check first point to determine origin */
-      if ( tag == FT_CURVE_TAG_CONIC )
-      {
-        /* first point is conic control.  Yes, this happens. */
-        if ( FT_CURVE_TAG( outline->tags[last] ) == FT_CURVE_TAG_ON )
-        {
-          /* start at last point if it is on the curve */
-          v_start = v_last;
-          limit--;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          /* if both first and last points are conic,         */
-          /* start at their middle and record its position    */
-          /* for closure                                      */
-          v_start.x = ( v_start.x + v_last.x ) / 2;
-          v_start.y = ( v_start.y + v_last.y ) / 2;
-
-          v_last = v_start;
-        }
-        point--;
-        tags--;
-      }
-
-      error = func_interface->move_to( &v_start, user );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      while ( point < limit )
-      {
-        point++;
-        tags++;
-
-        tag = FT_CURVE_TAG( tags[0] );
-        switch ( tag )
-        {
-        case FT_CURVE_TAG_ON:  /* emit a single line_to */
-          {
-            FT_Vector  vec;
-
-
-            vec.x = SCALED( point->x );
-            vec.y = SCALED( point->y );
-
-            error = func_interface->line_to( &vec, user );
-            if ( error )
-              goto Exit;
-            continue;
-          }
-
-        case FT_CURVE_TAG_CONIC:  /* consume conic arcs */
-          v_control.x = SCALED( point->x );
-          v_control.y = SCALED( point->y );
-
-        Do_Conic:
-          if ( point < limit )
-          {
-            FT_Vector  vec;
-            FT_Vector  v_middle;
-
-
-            point++;
-            tags++;
-            tag = FT_CURVE_TAG( tags[0] );
-
-            vec.x = SCALED( point->x );
-            vec.y = SCALED( point->y );
-
-            if ( tag == FT_CURVE_TAG_ON )
-            {
-              error = func_interface->conic_to( &v_control, &vec, user );
-              if ( error )
-                goto Exit;
-              continue;
-            }
-
-            if ( tag != FT_CURVE_TAG_CONIC )
-              goto Invalid_Outline;
-
-            v_middle.x = ( v_control.x + vec.x ) / 2;
-            v_middle.y = ( v_control.y + vec.y ) / 2;
-
-            error = func_interface->conic_to( &v_control, &v_middle, user );
-            if ( error )
-              goto Exit;
-
-            v_control = vec;
-            goto Do_Conic;
-          }
-
-          error = func_interface->conic_to( &v_control, &v_start, user );
-          goto Close;
-
-        default:  /* FT_CURVE_TAG_CUBIC */
-          {
-            FT_Vector  vec1, vec2;
-
-
-            if ( point + 1 > limit                             ||
-                 FT_CURVE_TAG( tags[1] ) != FT_CURVE_TAG_CUBIC )
-              goto Invalid_Outline;
-
-            point += 2;
-            tags  += 2;
-
-            vec1.x = SCALED( point[-2].x ); vec1.y = SCALED( point[-2].y );
-            vec2.x = SCALED( point[-1].x ); vec2.y = SCALED( point[-1].y );
-
-            if ( point <= limit )
-            {
-              FT_Vector  vec;
-
-
-              vec.x = SCALED( point->x );
-              vec.y = SCALED( point->y );
-
-              error = func_interface->cubic_to( &vec1, &vec2, &vec, user );
-              if ( error )
-                goto Exit;
-              continue;
-            }
-
-            error = func_interface->cubic_to( &vec1, &vec2, &v_start, user );
-            goto Close;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-
-      /* close the contour with a line segment */
-      error = func_interface->line_to( &v_start, user );
-
-    Close:
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      first = last + 1;
-    }
-
-    return 0;
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-
-  Invalid_Outline:
-    return FT_Err_Invalid_Outline;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Outline_New_Internal( FT_Memory    memory,
-                           FT_UInt      numPoints,
-                           FT_Int       numContours,
-                           FT_Outline  *anoutline )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error;
-
-
-    if ( !anoutline || !memory )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    *anoutline = null_outline;
-
-    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( anoutline->points,   numPoints * 2L ) ||
-         FT_NEW_ARRAY( anoutline->tags,     numPoints      ) ||
-         FT_NEW_ARRAY( anoutline->contours, numContours    ) )
-      goto Fail;
-
-    anoutline->n_points    = (FT_UShort)numPoints;
-    anoutline->n_contours  = (FT_Short)numContours;
-    anoutline->flags      |= FT_OUTLINE_OWNER;
-
-    return FT_Err_Ok;
-
-  Fail:
-    anoutline->flags |= FT_OUTLINE_OWNER;
-    FT_Outline_Done_Internal( memory, anoutline );
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftoutln.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Outline_New( FT_Library   library,
-                  FT_UInt      numPoints,
-                  FT_Int       numContours,
-                  FT_Outline  *anoutline )
-  {
-    if ( !library )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Library_Handle;
-
-    return FT_Outline_New_Internal( library->memory, numPoints,
-                                    numContours, anoutline );
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftoutln.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Outline_Check( FT_Outline*  outline )
-  {
-    if ( outline )
-    {
-      FT_Int  n_points   = outline->n_points;
-      FT_Int  n_contours = outline->n_contours;
-      FT_Int  end0, end;
-      FT_Int  n;
-
-
-      /* empty glyph? */
-      if ( n_points == 0 && n_contours == 0 )
-        return 0;
-
-      /* check point and contour counts */
-      if ( n_points <= 0 || n_contours <= 0 )
-        goto Bad;
-
-      end0 = end = -1;
-      for ( n = 0; n < n_contours; n++ )
-      {
-        end = outline->contours[n];
-
-        /* note that we don't accept empty contours */
-        if ( end <= end0 || end >= n_points )
-          goto Bad;
-
-        end0 = end;
-      }
-
-      if ( end != n_points - 1 )
-        goto Bad;
-
-      /* XXX: check the tags array */
-      return 0;
-    }
-
-  Bad:
-    return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftoutln.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Outline_Copy( const FT_Outline*  source,
-                   FT_Outline        *target )
-  {
-    FT_Int  is_owner;
-
-
-    if ( !source            || !target            ||
-         source->n_points   != target->n_points   ||
-         source->n_contours != target->n_contours )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    if ( source == target )
-      return FT_Err_Ok;
-
-    FT_ARRAY_COPY( target->points, source->points, source->n_points );
-
-    FT_ARRAY_COPY( target->tags, source->tags, source->n_points );
-
-    FT_ARRAY_COPY( target->contours, source->contours, source->n_contours );
-
-    /* copy all flags, except the `FT_OUTLINE_OWNER' one */
-    is_owner      = target->flags & FT_OUTLINE_OWNER;
-    target->flags = source->flags;
-
-    target->flags &= ~FT_OUTLINE_OWNER;
-    target->flags |= is_owner;
-
-    return FT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Outline_Done_Internal( FT_Memory    memory,
-                            FT_Outline*  outline )
-  {
-    if ( memory && outline )
-    {
-      if ( outline->flags & FT_OUTLINE_OWNER )
-      {
-        FT_FREE( outline->points   );
-        FT_FREE( outline->tags     );
-        FT_FREE( outline->contours );
-      }
-      *outline = null_outline;
-
-      return FT_Err_Ok;
-    }
-    else
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftoutln.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Outline_Done( FT_Library   library,
-                   FT_Outline*  outline )
-  {
-    /* check for valid `outline' in FT_Outline_Done_Internal() */
-
-    if ( !library )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Library_Handle;
-
-    return FT_Outline_Done_Internal( library->memory, outline );
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftoutln.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
-  FT_Outline_Get_CBox( const FT_Outline*  outline,
-                       FT_BBox           *acbox )
-  {
-    FT_Pos  xMin, yMin, xMax, yMax;
-
-
-    if ( outline && acbox )
-    {
-      if ( outline->n_points == 0 )
-      {
-        xMin = 0;
-        yMin = 0;
-        xMax = 0;
-        yMax = 0;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        FT_Vector*  vec   = outline->points;
-        FT_Vector*  limit = vec + outline->n_points;
-
-
-        xMin = xMax = vec->x;
-        yMin = yMax = vec->y;
-        vec++;
-
-        for ( ; vec < limit; vec++ )
-        {
-          FT_Pos  x, y;
-
-
-          x = vec->x;
-          if ( x < xMin ) xMin = x;
-          if ( x > xMax ) xMax = x;
-
-          y = vec->y;
-          if ( y < yMin ) yMin = y;
-          if ( y > yMax ) yMax = y;
-        }
-      }
-      acbox->xMin = xMin;
-      acbox->xMax = xMax;
-      acbox->yMin = yMin;
-      acbox->yMax = yMax;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftoutln.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
-  FT_Outline_Translate( const FT_Outline*  outline,
-                        FT_Pos             xOffset,
-                        FT_Pos             yOffset )
-  {
-    FT_UShort   n;
-    FT_Vector*  vec;
-
-
-    if ( !outline )
-      return;
-
-    vec = outline->points;
-
-    for ( n = 0; n < outline->n_points; n++ )
-    {
-      vec->x += xOffset;
-      vec->y += yOffset;
-      vec++;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftoutln.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
-  FT_Outline_Reverse( FT_Outline*  outline )
-  {
-    FT_UShort  n;
-    FT_Int     first, last;
-
-
-    if ( !outline )
-      return;
-
-    first = 0;
-
-    for ( n = 0; n < outline->n_contours; n++ )
-    {
-      last  = outline->contours[n];
-
-      /* reverse point table */
-      {
-        FT_Vector*  p = outline->points + first;
-        FT_Vector*  q = outline->points + last;
-        FT_Vector   swap;
-
-
-        while ( p < q )
-        {
-          swap = *p;
-          *p   = *q;
-          *q   = swap;
-          p++;
-          q--;
-        }
-      }
-
-      /* reverse tags table */
-      {
-        char*  p = outline->tags + first;
-        char*  q = outline->tags + last;
-        char   swap;
-
-
-        while ( p < q )
-        {
-          swap = *p;
-          *p   = *q;
-          *q   = swap;
-          p++;
-          q--;
-        }
-      }
-
-      first = last + 1;
-    }
-
-    outline->flags ^= FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftoutln.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Outline_Render( FT_Library         library,
-                     FT_Outline*        outline,
-                     FT_Raster_Params*  params )
-  {
-    FT_Error     error;
-    FT_Bool      update = 0;
-    FT_Renderer  renderer;
-    FT_ListNode  node;
-
-
-    if ( !library )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Library_Handle;
-
-    if ( !outline || !params )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    renderer = library->cur_renderer;
-    node     = library->renderers.head;
-
-    params->source = (void*)outline;
-
-    error = FT_Err_Cannot_Render_Glyph;
-    while ( renderer )
-    {
-      error = renderer->raster_render( renderer->raster, params );
-      if ( !error || FT_ERROR_BASE( error ) != FT_Err_Cannot_Render_Glyph )
-        break;
-
-      /* FT_Err_Cannot_Render_Glyph is returned if the render mode   */
-      /* is unsupported by the current renderer for this glyph image */
-      /* format                                                      */
-
-      /* now, look for another renderer that supports the same */
-      /* format                                                */
-      renderer = FT_Lookup_Renderer( library, FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE,
-                                     &node );
-      update   = 1;
-    }
-
-    /* if we changed the current renderer for the glyph image format */
-    /* we need to select it as the next current one                  */
-    if ( !error && update && renderer )
-      FT_Set_Renderer( library, renderer, 0, 0 );
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftoutln.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap( FT_Library        library,
-                         FT_Outline*       outline,
-                         const FT_Bitmap  *abitmap )
-  {
-    FT_Raster_Params  params;
-
-
-    if ( !abitmap )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    /* other checks are delayed to FT_Outline_Render() */
-
-    params.target = abitmap;
-    params.flags  = 0;
-
-    if ( abitmap->pixel_mode == FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY  ||
-         abitmap->pixel_mode == FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD   ||
-         abitmap->pixel_mode == FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V )
-      params.flags |= FT_RASTER_FLAG_AA;
-
-    return FT_Outline_Render( library, outline, ¶ms );
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
-  FT_Vector_Transform( FT_Vector*        vector,
-                       const FT_Matrix*  matrix )
-  {
-    FT_Pos  xz, yz;
-
-
-    if ( !vector || !matrix )
-      return;
-
-    xz = FT_MulFix( vector->x, matrix->xx ) +
-         FT_MulFix( vector->y, matrix->xy );
-
-    yz = FT_MulFix( vector->x, matrix->yx ) +
-         FT_MulFix( vector->y, matrix->yy );
-
-    vector->x = xz;
-    vector->y = yz;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftoutln.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
-  FT_Outline_Transform( const FT_Outline*  outline,
-                        const FT_Matrix*   matrix )
-  {
-    FT_Vector*  vec;
-    FT_Vector*  limit;
-
-
-    if ( !outline || !matrix )
-      return;
-
-    vec   = outline->points;
-    limit = vec + outline->n_points;
-
-    for ( ; vec < limit; vec++ )
-      FT_Vector_Transform( vec, matrix );
-  }
-
-
-#if 0
-
-#define FT_OUTLINE_GET_CONTOUR( outline, c, first, last )  \
-  do {                                                     \
-    (first) = ( c > 0 ) ? (outline)->points +              \
-                            (outline)->contours[c - 1] + 1 \
-                        : (outline)->points;               \
-    (last) = (outline)->points + (outline)->contours[c];   \
-  } while ( 0 )
-
-
-  /* Is a point in some contour?                     */
-  /*                                                 */
-  /* We treat every point of the contour as if it    */
-  /* it were ON.  That is, we allow false positives, */
-  /* but disallow false negatives.  (XXX really?)    */
-  static FT_Bool
-  ft_contour_has( FT_Outline*  outline,
-                  FT_Short     c,
-                  FT_Vector*   point )
-  {
-    FT_Vector*  first;
-    FT_Vector*  last;
-    FT_Vector*  a;
-    FT_Vector*  b;
-    FT_UInt     n = 0;
-
-
-    FT_OUTLINE_GET_CONTOUR( outline, c, first, last );
-
-    for ( a = first; a <= last; a++ )
-    {
-      FT_Pos  x;
-      FT_Int  intersect;
-
-
-      b = ( a == last ) ? first : a + 1;
-
-      intersect = ( a->y - point->y ) ^ ( b->y - point->y );
-
-      /* a and b are on the same side */
-      if ( intersect >= 0 )
-      {
-        if ( intersect == 0 && a->y == point->y )
-        {
-          if ( ( a->x <= point->x && b->x >= point->x ) ||
-               ( a->x >= point->x && b->x <= point->x ) )
-            return 1;
-        }
-
-        continue;
-      }
-
-      x = a->x + ( b->x - a->x ) * (point->y - a->y ) / ( b->y - a->y );
-
-      if ( x < point->x )
-        n++;
-      else if ( x == point->x )
-        return 1;
-    }
-
-    return ( n % 2 );
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Bool
-  ft_contour_enclosed( FT_Outline*  outline,
-                       FT_UShort    c )
-  {
-    FT_Vector*  first;
-    FT_Vector*  last;
-    FT_Short    i;
-
-
-    FT_OUTLINE_GET_CONTOUR( outline, c, first, last );
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < outline->n_contours; i++ )
-    {
-      if ( i != c && ft_contour_has( outline, i, first ) )
-      {
-        FT_Vector*  pt;
-
-
-        for ( pt = first + 1; pt <= last; pt++ )
-          if ( !ft_contour_has( outline, i, pt ) )
-            return 0;
-
-        return 1;
-      }
-    }
-
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  /* This version differs from the public one in that each */
-  /* part (contour not enclosed in another contour) of the */
-  /* outline is checked for orientation.  This is          */
-  /* necessary for some buggy CJK fonts.                   */
-  static FT_Orientation
-  ft_outline_get_orientation( FT_Outline*  outline )
-  {
-    FT_Short        i;
-    FT_Vector*      first;
-    FT_Vector*      last;
-    FT_Orientation  orient = FT_ORIENTATION_NONE;
-
-
-    first = outline->points;
-    for ( i = 0; i < outline->n_contours; i++, first = last + 1 )
-    {
-      FT_Vector*  point;
-      FT_Vector*  xmin_point;
-      FT_Pos      xmin;
-
-
-      last = outline->points + outline->contours[i];
-
-      /* skip degenerate contours */
-      if ( last < first + 2 )
-        continue;
-
-      if ( ft_contour_enclosed( outline, i ) )
-        continue;
-
-      xmin       = first->x;
-      xmin_point = first;
-
-      for ( point = first + 1; point <= last; point++ )
-      {
-        if ( point->x < xmin )
-        {
-          xmin       = point->x;
-          xmin_point = point;
-        }
-      }
-
-      /* check the orientation of the contour */
-      {
-        FT_Vector*      prev;
-        FT_Vector*      next;
-        FT_Orientation  o;
-
-
-        prev = ( xmin_point == first ) ? last : xmin_point - 1;
-        next = ( xmin_point == last ) ? first : xmin_point + 1;
-
-        if ( FT_Atan2( prev->x - xmin_point->x, prev->y - xmin_point->y ) >
-             FT_Atan2( next->x - xmin_point->x, next->y - xmin_point->y ) )
-          o = FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT;
-        else
-          o = FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE;
-
-        if ( orient == FT_ORIENTATION_NONE )
-          orient = o;
-        else if ( orient != o )
-          return FT_ORIENTATION_NONE;
-      }
-    }
-
-    return orient;
-  }
-
-#endif /* 0 */
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftoutln.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Outline_Embolden( FT_Outline*  outline,
-                       FT_Pos       strength )
-  {
-    FT_Vector*  points;
-    FT_Vector   v_prev, v_first, v_next, v_cur;
-    FT_Angle    rotate, angle_in, angle_out;
-    FT_Int      c, n, first;
-    FT_Int      orientation;
-
-
-    if ( !outline )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    strength /= 2;
-    if ( strength == 0 )
-      return FT_Err_Ok;
-
-    orientation = FT_Outline_Get_Orientation( outline );
-    if ( orientation == FT_ORIENTATION_NONE )
-    {
-      if ( outline->n_contours )
-        return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-      else
-        return FT_Err_Ok;
-    }
-
-    if ( orientation == FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE )
-      rotate = -FT_ANGLE_PI2;
-    else
-      rotate = FT_ANGLE_PI2;
-
-    points = outline->points;
-
-    first = 0;
-    for ( c = 0; c < outline->n_contours; c++ )
-    {
-      int  last = outline->contours[c];
-
-
-      v_first = points[first];
-      v_prev  = points[last];
-      v_cur   = v_first;
-
-      for ( n = first; n <= last; n++ )
-      {
-        FT_Vector  in, out;
-        FT_Angle   angle_diff;
-        FT_Pos     d;
-        FT_Fixed   scale;
-
-
-        if ( n < last )
-          v_next = points[n + 1];
-        else
-          v_next = v_first;
-
-        /* compute the in and out vectors */
-        in.x = v_cur.x - v_prev.x;
-        in.y = v_cur.y - v_prev.y;
-
-        out.x = v_next.x - v_cur.x;
-        out.y = v_next.y - v_cur.y;
-
-        angle_in   = FT_Atan2( in.x, in.y );
-        angle_out  = FT_Atan2( out.x, out.y );
-        angle_diff = FT_Angle_Diff( angle_in, angle_out );
-        scale      = FT_Cos( angle_diff / 2 );
-
-        if ( scale < 0x4000L && scale > -0x4000L )
-          in.x = in.y = 0;
-        else
-        {
-          d = FT_DivFix( strength, scale );
-
-          FT_Vector_From_Polar( &in, d, angle_in + angle_diff / 2 - rotate );
-        }
-
-        outline->points[n].x = v_cur.x + strength + in.x;
-        outline->points[n].y = v_cur.y + strength + in.y;
-
-        v_prev = v_cur;
-        v_cur  = v_next;
-      }
-
-      first = last + 1;
-    }
-
-    return FT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftoutln.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Orientation )
-  FT_Outline_Get_Orientation( FT_Outline*  outline )
-  {
-    FT_Pos      xmin       = 32768L;
-    FT_Pos      xmin_ymin  = 32768L;
-    FT_Pos      xmin_ymax  = -32768L;
-    FT_Vector*  xmin_first = NULL;
-    FT_Vector*  xmin_last  = NULL;
-
-    short*      contour;
-
-    FT_Vector*  first;
-    FT_Vector*  last;
-    FT_Vector*  prev;
-    FT_Vector*  point;
-
-    int             i;
-    FT_Pos          ray_y[3];
-    FT_Orientation  result[3];
-
-
-    if ( !outline || outline->n_points <= 0 )
-      return FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE;
-
-    /* We use the nonzero winding rule to find the orientation.       */
-    /* Since glyph outlines behave much more `regular' than arbitrary */
-    /* cubic or quadratic curves, this test deals with the polygon    */
-    /* only which is spanned up by the control points.                */
-
-    first = outline->points;
-    for ( contour = outline->contours;
-          contour < outline->contours + outline->n_contours;
-          contour++, first = last + 1 )
-    {
-      FT_Pos  contour_xmin = 32768L;
-      FT_Pos  contour_xmax = -32768L;
-      FT_Pos  contour_ymin = 32768L;
-      FT_Pos  contour_ymax = -32768L;
-
-
-      last = outline->points + *contour;
-
-      /* skip degenerate contours */
-      if ( last < first + 2 )
-        continue;
-
-      for ( point = first; point <= last; ++point )
-      {
-        if ( point->x < contour_xmin )
-          contour_xmin = point->x;
-
-        if ( point->x > contour_xmax )
-          contour_xmax = point->x;
-
-        if ( point->y < contour_ymin )
-          contour_ymin = point->y;
-
-        if ( point->y > contour_ymax )
-          contour_ymax = point->y;
-      }
-
-      if ( contour_xmin < xmin          &&
-           contour_xmin != contour_xmax &&
-           contour_ymin != contour_ymax )
-      {
-        xmin       = contour_xmin;
-        xmin_ymin  = contour_ymin;
-        xmin_ymax  = contour_ymax;
-        xmin_first = first;
-        xmin_last  = last;
-      }
-    }
-
-    if ( xmin == 32768 )
-      return FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE;
-
-    ray_y[0] = ( xmin_ymin * 3 + xmin_ymax     ) >> 2;
-    ray_y[1] = ( xmin_ymin     + xmin_ymax     ) >> 1;
-    ray_y[2] = ( xmin_ymin     + xmin_ymax * 3 ) >> 2;
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < 3; i++ )
-    {
-      FT_Pos      left_x;
-      FT_Pos      right_x;
-      FT_Vector*  left1;
-      FT_Vector*  left2;
-      FT_Vector*  right1;
-      FT_Vector*  right2;
-
-
-    RedoRay:
-      left_x  = 32768L;
-      right_x = -32768L;
-
-      left1 = left2 = right1 = right2 = NULL;
-
-      prev = xmin_last;
-      for ( point = xmin_first; point <= xmin_last; prev = point, ++point )
-      {
-        FT_Pos  tmp_x;
-
-
-        if ( point->y == ray_y[i] || prev->y == ray_y[i] )
-        {
-          ray_y[i]++;
-          goto RedoRay;
-        }
-
-        if ( ( point->y < ray_y[i] && prev->y < ray_y[i] ) ||
-             ( point->y > ray_y[i] && prev->y > ray_y[i] ) )
-          continue;
-
-        tmp_x = FT_MulDiv( point->x - prev->x,
-                           ray_y[i] - prev->y,
-                           point->y - prev->y ) + prev->x;
-
-        if ( tmp_x < left_x )
-        {
-          left_x = tmp_x;
-          left1  = prev;
-          left2  = point;
-        }
-
-        if ( tmp_x > right_x )
-        {
-          right_x = tmp_x;
-          right1  = prev;
-          right2  = point;
-        }
-      }
-
-      if ( left1 && right1 )
-      {
-        if ( left1->y < left2->y && right1->y > right2->y )
-          result[i] = FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE;
-        else if ( left1->y > left2->y && right1->y < right2->y )
-          result[i] = FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT;
-        else
-          result[i] = FT_ORIENTATION_NONE;
-      }
-    }
-
-    if ( result[0] != FT_ORIENTATION_NONE                     &&
-         ( result[0] == result[1] || result[0] == result[2] ) )
-      return result[0];
-
-    if ( result[1] != FT_ORIENTATION_NONE && result[1] == result[2] )
-      return result[1];
-
-    return FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE;
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftpatent.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftpatent.c
deleted file mode 100644
index d63f191..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftpatent.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,281 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftpatent.c                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType API for checking patented TrueType bytecode instructions    */
-/*    (body).                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2007 by David Turner.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_FREETYPE_H
-#include FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
-#include FT_SERVICE_SFNT_H
-#include FT_SERVICE_TRUETYPE_GLYF_H
-
-
-  static FT_Bool
-  _tt_check_patents_in_range( FT_Stream  stream,
-                              FT_ULong   size )
-  {
-    FT_Bool   result = FALSE;
-    FT_Error  error;
-    FT_Bytes  p, end;
-
-
-    if ( FT_FRAME_ENTER( size ) )
-      return 0;
-
-    p   = stream->cursor;
-    end = p + size;
-
-    while ( p < end )
-    {
-      switch (p[0])
-      {
-      case 0x06:  /* SPvTL // */
-      case 0x07:  /* SPvTL +  */
-      case 0x08:  /* SFvTL // */
-      case 0x09:  /* SFvTL +  */
-      case 0x0A:  /* SPvFS    */
-      case 0x0B:  /* SFvFS    */
-        result = TRUE;
-        goto Exit;
-
-      case 0x40:
-        if ( p + 1 >= end )
-          goto Exit;
-
-        p += p[1] + 2;
-        break;
-
-      case 0x41:
-        if ( p + 1 >= end )
-          goto Exit;
-
-        p += p[1] * 2 + 2;
-        break;
-
-      case 0x71:  /* DELTAP2 */
-      case 0x72:  /* DELTAP3 */
-      case 0x73:  /* DELTAC0 */
-      case 0x74:  /* DELTAC1 */
-      case 0x75:  /* DELTAC2 */
-        result = TRUE;
-        goto Exit;
-
-      case 0xB0:
-      case 0xB1:
-      case 0xB2:
-      case 0xB3:
-      case 0xB4:
-      case 0xB5:
-      case 0xB6:
-      case 0xB7:
-        p += ( p[0] - 0xB0 ) + 2;
-        break;
-
-      case 0xB8:
-      case 0xB9:
-      case 0xBA:
-      case 0xBB:
-      case 0xBC:
-      case 0xBD:
-      case 0xBE:
-      case 0xBF:
-        p += ( p[0] - 0xB8 ) * 2 + 3;
-        break;
-
-      default:
-        p += 1;
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    FT_FRAME_EXIT();
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Bool
-  _tt_check_patents_in_table( FT_Face   face,
-                              FT_ULong  tag )
-  {
-    FT_Stream              stream = face->stream;
-    FT_Error               error;
-    FT_Service_SFNT_Table  service;
-    FT_Bool                result = FALSE;
-
-
-    FT_FACE_FIND_SERVICE( face, service, SFNT_TABLE );
-
-    if ( service )
-    {
-      FT_ULong  offset, size;
-
-
-      error = service->table_info( face, tag, &offset, &size );
-      if ( error                    ||
-           FT_STREAM_SEEK( offset ) )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      result = _tt_check_patents_in_range( stream, size );
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Bool
-  _tt_face_check_patents( FT_Face  face )
-  {
-    FT_Stream  stream = face->stream;
-    FT_UInt    gindex;
-    FT_Error   error;
-    FT_Bool    result;
-
-    FT_Service_TTGlyf  service;
-
-
-    result = _tt_check_patents_in_table( face, TTAG_fpgm );
-    if ( result )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    result = _tt_check_patents_in_table( face, TTAG_prep );
-    if ( result )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    FT_FACE_FIND_SERVICE( face, service, TT_GLYF );
-    if ( service == NULL )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    for ( gindex = 0; gindex < (FT_UInt)face->num_glyphs; gindex++ )
-    {
-      FT_ULong  offset, num_ins, size;
-      FT_Int    num_contours;
-
-
-      offset = service->get_location( face, gindex, &size );
-      if ( size == 0 )
-        continue;
-
-      if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( offset )      ||
-           FT_READ_SHORT( num_contours ) )
-        continue;
-
-      if ( num_contours >= 0 )  /* simple glyph */
-      {
-        if ( FT_STREAM_SKIP( 8 + num_contours * 2 ) )
-          continue;
-      }
-      else  /* compound glyph */
-      {
-        FT_Bool  has_instr = 0;
-
-
-        if ( FT_STREAM_SKIP( 8 ) )
-          continue;
-
-        /* now read each component */
-        for (;;)
-        {
-          FT_UInt  flags, toskip;
-
-
-          if( FT_READ_USHORT( flags ) )
-            break;
-
-          toskip = 2 + 1 + 1;
-
-          if ( ( flags & ( 1 << 0 ) ) != 0 )       /* ARGS_ARE_WORDS */
-            toskip += 2;
-
-          if ( ( flags & ( 1 << 3 ) ) != 0 )       /* WE_HAVE_A_SCALE */
-            toskip += 2;
-          else if ( ( flags & ( 1 << 6 ) ) != 0 )  /* WE_HAVE_X_Y_SCALE */
-            toskip += 4;
-          else if ( ( flags & ( 1 << 7 ) ) != 0 )  /* WE_HAVE_A_2x2 */
-            toskip += 8;
-
-          if ( ( flags & ( 1 << 8 ) ) != 0 )       /* WE_HAVE_INSTRUCTIONS */
-            has_instr = 1;
-
-          if ( FT_STREAM_SKIP( toskip ) )
-            goto NextGlyph;
-
-          if ( ( flags & ( 1 << 5 ) ) == 0 )       /* MORE_COMPONENTS */
-            break;
-        }
-
-        if ( !has_instr )
-          goto NextGlyph;
-      }
-
-      if ( FT_READ_USHORT( num_ins ) )
-        continue;
-
-      result = _tt_check_patents_in_range( stream, num_ins );
-      if ( result )
-        goto Exit;
-
-    NextGlyph:
-      ;
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Bool )
-  FT_Face_CheckTrueTypePatents( FT_Face  face )
-  {
-    FT_Bool  result = FALSE;
-
-
-    if ( face && FT_IS_SFNT( face ) )
-      result = _tt_face_check_patents( face );
-
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Bool )
-  FT_Face_SetUnpatentedHinting( FT_Face  face,
-                                FT_Bool  value )
-  {
-    FT_Bool  result = 0;
-
-
-#if defined( TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING ) && \
-    !defined( TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTEPRETER )
-    if ( face && FT_IS_SFNT( face ) )
-    {
-      result = !face->internal->ignore_unpatented_hinter;
-      face->internal->ignore_unpatented_hinter = !value;
-    }
-#else
-    FT_UNUSED( face );
-    FT_UNUSED( value );
-#endif
-
-    return result;
-  }
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftpfr.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftpfr.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 9e930dd..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftpfr.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,132 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftpfr.c                                                                */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType API for accessing PFR-specific data (body).                 */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004 by                                          */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-#include FT_SERVICE_PFR_H
-
-
-  /* check the format */
-  static FT_Service_PfrMetrics
-  ft_pfr_check( FT_Face  face )
-  {
-    FT_Service_PfrMetrics  service;
-
-
-    FT_FACE_LOOKUP_SERVICE( face, service, PFR_METRICS );
-
-    return service;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftpfr.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Get_PFR_Metrics( FT_Face    face,
-                      FT_UInt   *aoutline_resolution,
-                      FT_UInt   *ametrics_resolution,
-                      FT_Fixed  *ametrics_x_scale,
-                      FT_Fixed  *ametrics_y_scale )
-  {
-    FT_Error               error = FT_Err_Ok;
-    FT_Service_PfrMetrics  service;
-
-
-    service = ft_pfr_check( face );
-    if ( service )
-    {
-      error = service->get_metrics( face,
-                                    aoutline_resolution,
-                                    ametrics_resolution,
-                                    ametrics_x_scale,
-                                    ametrics_y_scale );
-    }
-    else if ( face )
-    {
-      FT_Fixed  x_scale, y_scale;
-
-
-      /* this is not a PFR font */
-      *aoutline_resolution = face->units_per_EM;
-      *ametrics_resolution = face->units_per_EM;
-
-      x_scale = y_scale = 0x10000L;
-      if ( face->size )
-      {
-        x_scale = face->size->metrics.x_scale;
-        y_scale = face->size->metrics.y_scale;
-      }
-      *ametrics_x_scale = x_scale;
-      *ametrics_y_scale = y_scale;
-    }
-    else
-      error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftpfr.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Get_PFR_Kerning( FT_Face     face,
-                      FT_UInt     left,
-                      FT_UInt     right,
-                      FT_Vector  *avector )
-  {
-    FT_Error               error;
-    FT_Service_PfrMetrics  service;
-
-
-    service = ft_pfr_check( face );
-    if ( service )
-      error = service->get_kerning( face, left, right, avector );
-    else if ( face )
-      error = FT_Get_Kerning( face, left, right,
-                              FT_KERNING_UNSCALED, avector );
-    else
-      error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftpfr.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Get_PFR_Advance( FT_Face   face,
-                      FT_UInt   gindex,
-                      FT_Pos   *aadvance )
-  {
-    FT_Error               error;
-    FT_Service_PfrMetrics  service;
-
-
-    service = ft_pfr_check( face );
-    if ( service )
-    {
-      error = service->get_advance( face, gindex, aadvance );
-    }
-    else
-      /* XXX: TODO: PROVIDE ADVANCE-LOADING METHOD TO ALL FONT DRIVERS */
-      error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftrfork.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftrfork.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 5a835ee..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftrfork.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,811 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftrfork.c                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Embedded resource forks accessor (body).                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by                                    */
-/*  Masatake YAMATO and Redhat K.K.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  FT_Raccess_Get_HeaderInfo() and raccess_guess_darwin_hfsplus() are     */
-/*  derived from ftobjs.c.                                                 */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************/
-/* Development of the code in this file is support of                      */
-/* Information-technology Promotion Agency, Japan.                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_RFORK_H
-
-
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_raccess
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****               Resource fork directory access                    ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Raccess_Get_HeaderInfo( FT_Library  library,
-                             FT_Stream   stream,
-                             FT_Long     rfork_offset,
-                             FT_Long    *map_offset,
-                             FT_Long    *rdata_pos )
-  {
-    FT_Error       error;
-    unsigned char  head[16], head2[16];
-    FT_Long        map_pos, rdata_len;
-    int            allzeros, allmatch, i;
-    FT_Long        type_list;
-
-    FT_UNUSED( library );
-
-
-    error = FT_Stream_Seek( stream, rfork_offset );
-    if ( error )
-      return error;
-
-    error = FT_Stream_Read( stream, (FT_Byte *)head, 16 );
-    if ( error )
-      return error;
-
-    *rdata_pos = rfork_offset + ( ( head[0] << 24 ) |
-                                  ( head[1] << 16 ) |
-                                  ( head[2] <<  8 ) |
-                                    head[3]         );
-    map_pos    = rfork_offset + ( ( head[4] << 24 ) |
-                                  ( head[5] << 16 ) |
-                                  ( head[6] <<  8 ) |
-                                    head[7]         );
-    rdata_len = ( head[ 8] << 24 ) |
-                ( head[ 9] << 16 ) |
-                ( head[10] <<  8 ) |
-                  head[11];
-
-    /* map_len = head[12] .. head[15] */
-
-    if ( *rdata_pos + rdata_len != map_pos || map_pos == rfork_offset )
-      return FT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
-
-    error = FT_Stream_Seek( stream, map_pos );
-    if ( error )
-      return error;
-
-    head2[15] = (FT_Byte)( head[15] + 1 );       /* make it be different */
-
-    error = FT_Stream_Read( stream, (FT_Byte*)head2, 16 );
-    if ( error )
-      return error;
-
-    allzeros = 1;
-    allmatch = 1;
-    for ( i = 0; i < 16; ++i )
-    {
-      if ( head2[i] != 0 )
-        allzeros = 0;
-      if ( head2[i] != head[i] )
-        allmatch = 0;
-    }
-    if ( !allzeros && !allmatch )
-      return FT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
-
-    /* If we have reached this point then it is probably a mac resource */
-    /* file.  Now, does it contain any interesting resources?           */
-    /* Skip handle to next resource map, the file resource number, and  */
-    /* attributes.                                                      */
-    (void)FT_STREAM_SKIP( 4        /* skip handle to next resource map */
-                          + 2      /* skip file resource number */
-                          + 2 );   /* skip attributes */
-
-    if ( FT_READ_USHORT( type_list ) )
-      return error;
-    if ( type_list == -1 )
-      return FT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
-
-    error = FT_Stream_Seek( stream, map_pos + type_list );
-    if ( error )
-      return error;
-
-    *map_offset = map_pos + type_list;
-    return FT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  static int
-  ft_raccess_sort_ref_by_id( FT_RFork_Ref*  a,
-                             FT_RFork_Ref*  b )
-  {
-    if ( a->res_id < b->res_id )
-      return -1;
-    else if ( a->res_id > b->res_id )
-      return 1;
-    else
-      return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Raccess_Get_DataOffsets( FT_Library  library,
-                              FT_Stream   stream,
-                              FT_Long     map_offset,
-                              FT_Long     rdata_pos,
-                              FT_Long     tag,
-                              FT_Long   **offsets,
-                              FT_Long    *count )
-  {
-    FT_Error      error;
-    int           i, j, cnt, subcnt;
-    FT_Long       tag_internal, rpos;
-    FT_Memory     memory = library->memory;
-    FT_Long       temp;
-    FT_Long       *offsets_internal;
-    FT_RFork_Ref  *ref;
-
-
-    error = FT_Stream_Seek( stream, map_offset );
-    if ( error )
-      return error;
-
-    if ( FT_READ_USHORT( cnt ) )
-      return error;
-    cnt++;
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < cnt; ++i )
-    {
-      if ( FT_READ_LONG( tag_internal ) ||
-           FT_READ_USHORT( subcnt )     ||
-           FT_READ_USHORT( rpos )       )
-        return error;
-
-      FT_TRACE2(( "Resource tags: %c%c%c%c\n",
-                  (char)( 0xff & ( tag_internal >> 24 ) ),
-                  (char)( 0xff & ( tag_internal >> 16 ) ),
-                  (char)( 0xff & ( tag_internal >>  8 ) ),
-                  (char)( 0xff & ( tag_internal >>  0 ) ) ));
-
-      if ( tag_internal == tag )
-      {
-        *count = subcnt + 1;
-        rpos  += map_offset;
-
-        error = FT_Stream_Seek( stream, rpos );
-        if ( error )
-          return error;
-
-        if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( ref, *count ) )
-          return error;
-
-        for ( j = 0; j < *count; ++j )
-        {
-          if ( FT_READ_USHORT( ref[j].res_id ) )
-            goto Exit;
-          if ( FT_STREAM_SKIP( 2 ) ) /* resource name */
-            goto Exit;
-          if ( FT_READ_LONG( temp ) )
-            goto Exit;
-          if ( FT_STREAM_SKIP( 4 ) ) /* mbz */
-            goto Exit;
-
-          ref[j].offset = temp & 0xFFFFFFL;
-        }
-
-        ft_qsort( ref, *count, sizeof ( FT_RFork_Ref ),
-                  ( int(*)(const void*, const void*) )
-                  ft_raccess_sort_ref_by_id );
-
-        if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( offsets_internal, *count ) )
-          goto Exit;
-
-        /* XXX: duplicated reference ID,
-         *      gap between reference IDs are acceptable?
-         *      further investigation on Apple implementation is needed.
-         */
-        for ( j = 0; j < *count; ++j )
-          offsets_internal[j] = rdata_pos + ref[j].offset;
-
-        *offsets = offsets_internal;
-        error    = FT_Err_Ok;
-
-      Exit:
-        FT_FREE( ref );
-        return error;
-      }
-    }
-
-    return FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource;
-  }
-
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_GUESSING_EMBEDDED_RFORK
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****                     Guessing functions                          ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****            When you add a new guessing function,                ****/
-  /****           update FT_RACCESS_N_RULES in ftrfork.h.               ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*raccess_guess_func)( FT_Library  library,
-                         FT_Stream   stream,
-                         char       *base_file_name,
-                         char      **result_file_name,
-                         FT_Long    *result_offset );
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  raccess_guess_apple_double( FT_Library  library,
-                              FT_Stream   stream,
-                              char       *base_file_name,
-                              char      **result_file_name,
-                              FT_Long    *result_offset );
-
-  static FT_Error
-  raccess_guess_apple_single( FT_Library  library,
-                              FT_Stream   stream,
-                              char       *base_file_name,
-                              char      **result_file_name,
-                              FT_Long    *result_offset );
-
-  static FT_Error
-  raccess_guess_darwin_ufs_export( FT_Library  library,
-                                   FT_Stream   stream,
-                                   char       *base_file_name,
-                                   char      **result_file_name,
-                                   FT_Long    *result_offset );
-
-  static FT_Error
-  raccess_guess_darwin_newvfs( FT_Library  library,
-                               FT_Stream   stream,
-                               char       *base_file_name,
-                               char      **result_file_name,
-                               FT_Long    *result_offset );
-
-  static FT_Error
-  raccess_guess_darwin_hfsplus( FT_Library  library,
-                                FT_Stream   stream,
-                                char       *base_file_name,
-                                char      **result_file_name,
-                                FT_Long    *result_offset );
-
-  static FT_Error
-  raccess_guess_vfat( FT_Library  library,
-                      FT_Stream   stream,
-                      char       *base_file_name,
-                      char      **result_file_name,
-                      FT_Long    *result_offset );
-
-  static FT_Error
-  raccess_guess_linux_cap( FT_Library  library,
-                           FT_Stream   stream,
-                           char       *base_file_name,
-                           char      **result_file_name,
-                           FT_Long    *result_offset );
-
-  static FT_Error
-  raccess_guess_linux_double( FT_Library  library,
-                              FT_Stream   stream,
-                              char       *base_file_name,
-                              char      **result_file_name,
-                              FT_Long    *result_offset );
-
-  static FT_Error
-  raccess_guess_linux_netatalk( FT_Library  library,
-                                FT_Stream   stream,
-                                char       *base_file_name,
-                                char      **result_file_name,
-                                FT_Long    *result_offset );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****                       Helper functions                          ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  static FT_Error
-  raccess_guess_apple_generic( FT_Library  library,
-                               FT_Stream   stream,
-                               char       *base_file_name,
-                               FT_Int32    magic,
-                               FT_Long    *result_offset );
-
-  static FT_Error
-  raccess_guess_linux_double_from_file_name( FT_Library  library,
-                                             char *      file_name,
-                                             FT_Long    *result_offset );
-
-  static char *
-  raccess_make_file_name( FT_Memory    memory,
-                          const char  *original_name,
-                          const char  *insertion );
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
-  FT_Raccess_Guess( FT_Library  library,
-                    FT_Stream   stream,
-                    char*       base_name,
-                    char      **new_names,
-                    FT_Long    *offsets,
-                    FT_Error   *errors )
-  {
-    FT_Long  i;
-
-
-    raccess_guess_func  funcs[FT_RACCESS_N_RULES] =
-    {
-      raccess_guess_apple_double,
-      raccess_guess_apple_single,
-      raccess_guess_darwin_ufs_export,
-      raccess_guess_darwin_newvfs,
-      raccess_guess_darwin_hfsplus,
-      raccess_guess_vfat,
-      raccess_guess_linux_cap,
-      raccess_guess_linux_double,
-      raccess_guess_linux_netatalk,
-    };
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < FT_RACCESS_N_RULES; i++ )
-    {
-      new_names[i] = NULL;
-      if ( NULL != stream )
-        errors[i] = FT_Stream_Seek( stream, 0 );
-      else
-        errors[i] = FT_Err_Ok;
-
-      if ( errors[i] )
-        continue ;
-
-      errors[i] = (funcs[i])( library, stream, base_name,
-                              &(new_names[i]), &(offsets[i]) );
-    }
-
-    return;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  raccess_guess_apple_double( FT_Library  library,
-                              FT_Stream   stream,
-                              char       *base_file_name,
-                              char      **result_file_name,
-                              FT_Long    *result_offset )
-  {
-    FT_Int32  magic = ( 0x00 << 24 | 0x05 << 16 | 0x16 << 8 | 0x07 );
-
-
-    *result_file_name = NULL;
-    if ( NULL == stream )
-      return FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Stream;
-
-    return raccess_guess_apple_generic( library, stream, base_file_name,
-                                        magic, result_offset );
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  raccess_guess_apple_single( FT_Library  library,
-                              FT_Stream   stream,
-                              char       *base_file_name,
-                              char      **result_file_name,
-                              FT_Long    *result_offset )
-  {
-    FT_Int32  magic = (0x00 << 24 | 0x05 << 16 | 0x16 << 8 | 0x00);
-
-
-    *result_file_name = NULL;
-    if ( NULL == stream )
-      return FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Stream;
-
-    return raccess_guess_apple_generic( library, stream, base_file_name,
-                                        magic, result_offset );
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  raccess_guess_darwin_ufs_export( FT_Library  library,
-                                   FT_Stream   stream,
-                                   char       *base_file_name,
-                                   char      **result_file_name,
-                                   FT_Long    *result_offset )
-  {
-    char*      newpath;
-    FT_Error   error;
-    FT_Memory  memory;
-
-    FT_UNUSED( stream );
-
-
-    memory  = library->memory;
-    newpath = raccess_make_file_name( memory, base_file_name, "._" );
-    if ( !newpath )
-      return FT_Err_Out_Of_Memory;
-
-    error = raccess_guess_linux_double_from_file_name( library, newpath,
-                                                       result_offset );
-    if ( !error )
-      *result_file_name = newpath;
-    else
-      FT_FREE( newpath );
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  raccess_guess_darwin_hfsplus( FT_Library  library,
-                                FT_Stream   stream,
-                                char       *base_file_name,
-                                char      **result_file_name,
-                                FT_Long    *result_offset )
-  {
-    /*
-      Only meaningful on systems with hfs+ drivers (or Macs).
-     */
-    FT_Error   error;
-    char*      newpath;
-    FT_Memory  memory;
-    FT_Long    base_file_len = ft_strlen( base_file_name );
-
-    FT_UNUSED( stream );
-
-
-    memory = library->memory;
-
-    if ( base_file_len + 6 > FT_INT_MAX )
-      return FT_Err_Array_Too_Large;
-
-    if ( FT_ALLOC( newpath, base_file_len + 6 ) )
-      return error;
-
-    FT_MEM_COPY( newpath, base_file_name, base_file_len );
-    FT_MEM_COPY( newpath + base_file_len, "/rsrc", 6 );
-
-    *result_file_name = newpath;
-    *result_offset    = 0;
-
-    return FT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  raccess_guess_darwin_newvfs( FT_Library  library,
-                               FT_Stream   stream,
-                               char       *base_file_name,
-                               char      **result_file_name,
-                               FT_Long    *result_offset )
-  {
-    /*
-      Only meaningful on systems with Mac OS X (> 10.1).
-     */
-    FT_Error   error;
-    char*      newpath;
-    FT_Memory  memory;
-    FT_Long    base_file_len = ft_strlen( base_file_name );
-
-    FT_UNUSED( stream );
-
-
-    memory = library->memory;
-
-    if ( base_file_len + 18 > FT_INT_MAX )
-      return FT_Err_Array_Too_Large;
-
-    if ( FT_ALLOC( newpath, base_file_len + 18 ) )
-      return error;
-
-    FT_MEM_COPY( newpath, base_file_name, base_file_len );
-    FT_MEM_COPY( newpath + base_file_len, "/..namedfork/rsrc", 18 );
-
-    *result_file_name = newpath;
-    *result_offset    = 0;
-
-    return FT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  raccess_guess_vfat( FT_Library  library,
-                      FT_Stream   stream,
-                      char       *base_file_name,
-                      char      **result_file_name,
-                      FT_Long    *result_offset )
-  {
-    char*      newpath;
-    FT_Memory  memory;
-
-    FT_UNUSED( stream );
-
-
-    memory = library->memory;
-
-    newpath = raccess_make_file_name( memory, base_file_name,
-                                      "resource.frk/" );
-    if ( !newpath )
-      return FT_Err_Out_Of_Memory;
-
-    *result_file_name = newpath;
-    *result_offset    = 0;
-
-    return FT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  raccess_guess_linux_cap( FT_Library  library,
-                           FT_Stream   stream,
-                           char       *base_file_name,
-                           char      **result_file_name,
-                           FT_Long    *result_offset )
-  {
-    char*      newpath;
-    FT_Memory  memory;
-
-    FT_UNUSED( stream );
-
-
-    memory = library->memory;
-
-    newpath = raccess_make_file_name( memory, base_file_name, ".resource/" );
-    if ( !newpath )
-      return FT_Err_Out_Of_Memory;
-
-    *result_file_name = newpath;
-    *result_offset    = 0;
-
-    return FT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  raccess_guess_linux_double( FT_Library  library,
-                              FT_Stream   stream,
-                              char       *base_file_name,
-                              char      **result_file_name,
-                              FT_Long    *result_offset )
-  {
-    char*      newpath;
-    FT_Error   error;
-    FT_Memory  memory;
-
-    FT_UNUSED( stream );
-
-
-    memory = library->memory;
-
-    newpath = raccess_make_file_name( memory, base_file_name, "%" );
-    if ( !newpath )
-      return FT_Err_Out_Of_Memory;
-
-    error = raccess_guess_linux_double_from_file_name( library, newpath,
-                                                       result_offset );
-    if ( !error )
-      *result_file_name = newpath;
-    else
-      FT_FREE( newpath );
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  raccess_guess_linux_netatalk( FT_Library  library,
-                                FT_Stream   stream,
-                                char       *base_file_name,
-                                char      **result_file_name,
-                                FT_Long    *result_offset )
-  {
-    char*      newpath;
-    FT_Error   error;
-    FT_Memory  memory;
-
-    FT_UNUSED( stream );
-
-
-    memory = library->memory;
-
-    newpath = raccess_make_file_name( memory, base_file_name,
-                                      ".AppleDouble/" );
-    if ( !newpath )
-      return FT_Err_Out_Of_Memory;
-
-    error = raccess_guess_linux_double_from_file_name( library, newpath,
-                                                       result_offset );
-    if ( !error )
-      *result_file_name = newpath;
-    else
-      FT_FREE( newpath );
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  raccess_guess_apple_generic( FT_Library  library,
-                               FT_Stream   stream,
-                               char       *base_file_name,
-                               FT_Int32    magic,
-                               FT_Long    *result_offset )
-  {
-    FT_Int32   magic_from_stream;
-    FT_Error   error;
-    FT_Int32   version_number = 0;
-    FT_UShort  n_of_entries;
-
-    int        i;
-    FT_UInt32  entry_id, entry_offset, entry_length = 0;
-
-    const FT_UInt32  resource_fork_entry_id = 0x2;
-
-    FT_UNUSED( library );
-    FT_UNUSED( base_file_name );
-    FT_UNUSED( version_number );
-    FT_UNUSED( entry_length   );
-
-
-    if ( FT_READ_LONG( magic_from_stream ) )
-      return error;
-    if ( magic_from_stream != magic )
-      return FT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
-
-    if ( FT_READ_LONG( version_number ) )
-      return error;
-
-    /* filler */
-    error = FT_Stream_Skip( stream, 16 );
-    if ( error )
-      return error;
-
-    if ( FT_READ_USHORT( n_of_entries ) )
-      return error;
-    if ( n_of_entries == 0 )
-      return FT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < n_of_entries; i++ )
-    {
-      if ( FT_READ_LONG( entry_id ) )
-        return error;
-      if ( entry_id == resource_fork_entry_id )
-      {
-        if ( FT_READ_LONG( entry_offset ) ||
-             FT_READ_LONG( entry_length ) )
-          continue;
-        *result_offset = entry_offset;
-
-        return FT_Err_Ok;
-      }
-      else
-        FT_Stream_Skip( stream, 4 + 4 );    /* offset + length */
-      }
-
-    return FT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  raccess_guess_linux_double_from_file_name( FT_Library  library,
-                                             char       *file_name,
-                                             FT_Long    *result_offset )
-  {
-    FT_Open_Args  args2;
-    FT_Stream     stream2;
-    char *        nouse = NULL;
-    FT_Error      error;
-
-
-    args2.flags    = FT_OPEN_PATHNAME;
-    args2.pathname = file_name;
-    error = FT_Stream_New( library, &args2, &stream2 );
-    if ( error )
-      return error;
-
-    error = raccess_guess_apple_double( library, stream2, file_name,
-                                        &nouse, result_offset );
-
-    FT_Stream_Free( stream2, 0 );
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static char*
-  raccess_make_file_name( FT_Memory    memory,
-                          const char  *original_name,
-                          const char  *insertion )
-  {
-    char*        new_name;
-    char*        tmp;
-    const char*  slash;
-    unsigned     new_length;
-    FT_Error     error = FT_Err_Ok;
-
-    FT_UNUSED( error );
-
-
-    new_length = ft_strlen( original_name ) + ft_strlen( insertion );
-    if ( FT_ALLOC( new_name, new_length + 1 ) )
-      return NULL;
-
-    tmp = ft_strrchr( original_name, '/' );
-    if ( tmp )
-    {
-      ft_strncpy( new_name, original_name, tmp - original_name + 1 );
-      new_name[tmp - original_name + 1] = '\0';
-      slash = tmp + 1;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      slash       = original_name;
-      new_name[0] = '\0';
-    }
-
-    ft_strcat( new_name, insertion );
-    ft_strcat( new_name, slash );
-
-    return new_name;
-  }
-
-
-#else   /* !FT_CONFIG_OPTION_GUESSING_EMBEDDED_RFORK */
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                  Dummy function; just sets errors                     */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
-  FT_Raccess_Guess( FT_Library  library,
-                    FT_Stream   stream,
-                    char       *base_name,
-                    char      **new_names,
-                    FT_Long    *offsets,
-                    FT_Error   *errors )
-  {
-    int  i;
-
-    FT_UNUSED( library );
-    FT_UNUSED( stream );
-    FT_UNUSED( base_name );
-
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < FT_RACCESS_N_RULES; i++ )
-    {
-      new_names[i] = NULL;
-      offsets[i]   = 0;
-      errors[i]    = FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-#endif  /* !FT_CONFIG_OPTION_GUESSING_EMBEDDED_RFORK */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftstream.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftstream.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 569e46c..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftstream.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,845 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftstream.c                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    I/O stream support (body).                                           */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2000-2001, 2002, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008 by                   */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_stream
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
-  FT_Stream_OpenMemory( FT_Stream       stream,
-                        const FT_Byte*  base,
-                        FT_ULong        size )
-  {
-    stream->base   = (FT_Byte*) base;
-    stream->size   = size;
-    stream->pos    = 0;
-    stream->cursor = 0;
-    stream->read   = 0;
-    stream->close  = 0;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
-  FT_Stream_Close( FT_Stream  stream )
-  {
-    if ( stream && stream->close )
-      stream->close( stream );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Stream_Seek( FT_Stream  stream,
-                  FT_ULong   pos )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error = FT_Err_Ok;
-
-
-    stream->pos = pos;
-
-    if ( stream->read )
-    {
-      if ( stream->read( stream, pos, 0, 0 ) )
-      {
-        FT_ERROR(( "FT_Stream_Seek: invalid i/o; pos = 0x%lx, size = 0x%lx\n",
-                   pos, stream->size ));
-
-        error = FT_Err_Invalid_Stream_Operation;
-      }
-    }
-    /* note that seeking to the first position after the file is valid */
-    else if ( pos > stream->size )
-    {
-      FT_ERROR(( "FT_Stream_Seek: invalid i/o; pos = 0x%lx, size = 0x%lx\n",
-                 pos, stream->size ));
-
-      error = FT_Err_Invalid_Stream_Operation;
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Stream_Skip( FT_Stream  stream,
-                  FT_Long    distance )
-  {
-    if ( distance < 0 )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Stream_Operation;
-
-    return FT_Stream_Seek( stream, (FT_ULong)( stream->pos + distance ) );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Long )
-  FT_Stream_Pos( FT_Stream  stream )
-  {
-    return stream->pos;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Stream_Read( FT_Stream  stream,
-                  FT_Byte*   buffer,
-                  FT_ULong   count )
-  {
-    return FT_Stream_ReadAt( stream, stream->pos, buffer, count );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Stream_ReadAt( FT_Stream  stream,
-                    FT_ULong   pos,
-                    FT_Byte*   buffer,
-                    FT_ULong   count )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error = FT_Err_Ok;
-    FT_ULong  read_bytes;
-
-
-    if ( pos >= stream->size )
-    {
-      FT_ERROR(( "FT_Stream_ReadAt: invalid i/o; pos = 0x%lx, size = 0x%lx\n",
-                 pos, stream->size ));
-
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Stream_Operation;
-    }
-
-    if ( stream->read )
-      read_bytes = stream->read( stream, pos, buffer, count );
-    else
-    {
-      read_bytes = stream->size - pos;
-      if ( read_bytes > count )
-        read_bytes = count;
-
-      FT_MEM_COPY( buffer, stream->base + pos, read_bytes );
-    }
-
-    stream->pos = pos + read_bytes;
-
-    if ( read_bytes < count )
-    {
-      FT_ERROR(( "FT_Stream_ReadAt:" ));
-      FT_ERROR(( " invalid read; expected %lu bytes, got %lu\n",
-                 count, read_bytes ));
-
-      error = FT_Err_Invalid_Stream_Operation;
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_ULong )
-  FT_Stream_TryRead( FT_Stream  stream,
-                     FT_Byte*   buffer,
-                     FT_ULong   count )
-  {
-    FT_ULong  read_bytes = 0;
-
-
-    if ( stream->pos >= stream->size )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    if ( stream->read )
-      read_bytes = stream->read( stream, stream->pos, buffer, count );
-    else
-    {
-      read_bytes = stream->size - stream->pos;
-      if ( read_bytes > count )
-        read_bytes = count;
-
-      FT_MEM_COPY( buffer, stream->base + stream->pos, read_bytes );
-    }
-
-    stream->pos += read_bytes;
-
-  Exit:
-    return read_bytes;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Stream_ExtractFrame( FT_Stream  stream,
-                          FT_ULong   count,
-                          FT_Byte**  pbytes )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error;
-
-
-    error = FT_Stream_EnterFrame( stream, count );
-    if ( !error )
-    {
-      *pbytes = (FT_Byte*)stream->cursor;
-
-      /* equivalent to FT_Stream_ExitFrame(), with no memory block release */
-      stream->cursor = 0;
-      stream->limit  = 0;
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
-  FT_Stream_ReleaseFrame( FT_Stream  stream,
-                          FT_Byte**  pbytes )
-  {
-    if ( stream->read )
-    {
-      FT_Memory  memory = stream->memory;
-
-#ifdef FT_DEBUG_MEMORY
-      ft_mem_free( memory, *pbytes );
-      *pbytes = NULL;
-#else
-      FT_FREE( *pbytes );
-#endif
-    }
-    *pbytes = 0;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Stream_EnterFrame( FT_Stream  stream,
-                        FT_ULong   count )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error = FT_Err_Ok;
-    FT_ULong  read_bytes;
-
-
-    /* check for nested frame access */
-    FT_ASSERT( stream && stream->cursor == 0 );
-
-    if ( stream->read )
-    {
-      /* allocate the frame in memory */
-      FT_Memory  memory = stream->memory;
-
-#ifdef FT_DEBUG_MEMORY
-      /* assume _ft_debug_file and _ft_debug_lineno are already set */
-      stream->base = (unsigned char*)ft_mem_qalloc( memory, count, &error );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-#else
-      if ( FT_QALLOC( stream->base, count ) )
-        goto Exit;
-#endif
-      /* read it */
-      read_bytes = stream->read( stream, stream->pos,
-                                 stream->base, count );
-      if ( read_bytes < count )
-      {
-        FT_ERROR(( "FT_Stream_EnterFrame:" ));
-        FT_ERROR(( " invalid read; expected %lu bytes, got %lu\n",
-                   count, read_bytes ));
-
-        FT_FREE( stream->base );
-        error = FT_Err_Invalid_Stream_Operation;
-      }
-      stream->cursor = stream->base;
-      stream->limit  = stream->cursor + count;
-      stream->pos   += read_bytes;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* check current and new position */
-      if ( stream->pos >= stream->size        ||
-           stream->pos + count > stream->size )
-      {
-        FT_ERROR(( "FT_Stream_EnterFrame:" ));
-        FT_ERROR(( " invalid i/o; pos = 0x%lx, count = %lu, size = 0x%lx\n",
-                   stream->pos, count, stream->size ));
-
-        error = FT_Err_Invalid_Stream_Operation;
-        goto Exit;
-      }
-
-      /* set cursor */
-      stream->cursor = stream->base + stream->pos;
-      stream->limit  = stream->cursor + count;
-      stream->pos   += count;
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
-  FT_Stream_ExitFrame( FT_Stream  stream )
-  {
-    /* IMPORTANT: The assertion stream->cursor != 0 was removed, given    */
-    /*            that it is possible to access a frame of length 0 in    */
-    /*            some weird fonts (usually, when accessing an array of   */
-    /*            0 records, like in some strange kern tables).           */
-    /*                                                                    */
-    /*  In this case, the loader code handles the 0-length table          */
-    /*  gracefully; however, stream.cursor is really set to 0 by the      */
-    /*  FT_Stream_EnterFrame() call, and this is not an error.            */
-    /*                                                                    */
-    FT_ASSERT( stream );
-
-    if ( stream->read )
-    {
-      FT_Memory  memory = stream->memory;
-
-#ifdef FT_DEBUG_MEMORY
-      ft_mem_free( memory, stream->base );
-      stream->base = NULL;
-#else
-      FT_FREE( stream->base );
-#endif
-    }
-    stream->cursor = 0;
-    stream->limit  = 0;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Char )
-  FT_Stream_GetChar( FT_Stream  stream )
-  {
-    FT_Char  result;
-
-
-    FT_ASSERT( stream && stream->cursor );
-
-    result = 0;
-    if ( stream->cursor < stream->limit )
-      result = *stream->cursor++;
-
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Short )
-  FT_Stream_GetShort( FT_Stream  stream )
-  {
-    FT_Byte*  p;
-    FT_Short  result;
-
-
-    FT_ASSERT( stream && stream->cursor );
-
-    result         = 0;
-    p              = stream->cursor;
-    if ( p + 1 < stream->limit )
-      result       = FT_NEXT_SHORT( p );
-    stream->cursor = p;
-
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Short )
-  FT_Stream_GetShortLE( FT_Stream  stream )
-  {
-    FT_Byte*  p;
-    FT_Short  result;
-
-
-    FT_ASSERT( stream && stream->cursor );
-
-    result         = 0;
-    p              = stream->cursor;
-    if ( p + 1 < stream->limit )
-      result       = FT_NEXT_SHORT_LE( p );
-    stream->cursor = p;
-
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Long )
-  FT_Stream_GetOffset( FT_Stream  stream )
-  {
-    FT_Byte*  p;
-    FT_Long   result;
-
-
-    FT_ASSERT( stream && stream->cursor );
-
-    result         = 0;
-    p              = stream->cursor;
-    if ( p + 2 < stream->limit )
-      result       = FT_NEXT_OFF3( p );
-    stream->cursor = p;
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Long )
-  FT_Stream_GetLong( FT_Stream  stream )
-  {
-    FT_Byte*  p;
-    FT_Long   result;
-
-
-    FT_ASSERT( stream && stream->cursor );
-
-    result         = 0;
-    p              = stream->cursor;
-    if ( p + 3 < stream->limit )
-      result       = FT_NEXT_LONG( p );
-    stream->cursor = p;
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Long )
-  FT_Stream_GetLongLE( FT_Stream  stream )
-  {
-    FT_Byte*  p;
-    FT_Long   result;
-
-
-    FT_ASSERT( stream && stream->cursor );
-
-    result         = 0;
-    p              = stream->cursor;
-    if ( p + 3 < stream->limit )
-      result       = FT_NEXT_LONG_LE( p );
-    stream->cursor = p;
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Char )
-  FT_Stream_ReadChar( FT_Stream  stream,
-                      FT_Error*  error )
-  {
-    FT_Byte  result = 0;
-
-
-    FT_ASSERT( stream );
-
-    *error = FT_Err_Ok;
-
-    if ( stream->read )
-    {
-      if ( stream->read( stream, stream->pos, &result, 1L ) != 1L )
-        goto Fail;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      if ( stream->pos < stream->size )
-        result = stream->base[stream->pos];
-      else
-        goto Fail;
-    }
-    stream->pos++;
-
-    return result;
-
-  Fail:
-    *error = FT_Err_Invalid_Stream_Operation;
-    FT_ERROR(( "FT_Stream_ReadChar: invalid i/o; pos = 0x%lx, size = 0x%lx\n",
-               stream->pos, stream->size ));
-
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Short )
-  FT_Stream_ReadShort( FT_Stream  stream,
-                       FT_Error*  error )
-  {
-    FT_Byte   reads[2];
-    FT_Byte*  p = 0;
-    FT_Short  result = 0;
-
-
-    FT_ASSERT( stream );
-
-    *error = FT_Err_Ok;
-
-    if ( stream->pos + 1 < stream->size )
-    {
-      if ( stream->read )
-      {
-        if ( stream->read( stream, stream->pos, reads, 2L ) != 2L )
-          goto Fail;
-
-        p = reads;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        p = stream->base + stream->pos;
-      }
-
-      if ( p )
-        result = FT_NEXT_SHORT( p );
-    }
-    else
-      goto Fail;
-
-    stream->pos += 2;
-
-    return result;
-
-  Fail:
-    *error = FT_Err_Invalid_Stream_Operation;
-    FT_ERROR(( "FT_Stream_ReadShort:" ));
-    FT_ERROR(( " invalid i/o; pos = 0x%lx, size = 0x%lx\n",
-               stream->pos, stream->size ));
-
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Short )
-  FT_Stream_ReadShortLE( FT_Stream  stream,
-                         FT_Error*  error )
-  {
-    FT_Byte   reads[2];
-    FT_Byte*  p = 0;
-    FT_Short  result = 0;
-
-
-    FT_ASSERT( stream );
-
-    *error = FT_Err_Ok;
-
-    if ( stream->pos + 1 < stream->size )
-    {
-      if ( stream->read )
-      {
-        if ( stream->read( stream, stream->pos, reads, 2L ) != 2L )
-          goto Fail;
-
-        p = reads;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        p = stream->base + stream->pos;
-      }
-
-      if ( p )
-        result = FT_NEXT_SHORT_LE( p );
-    }
-    else
-      goto Fail;
-
-    stream->pos += 2;
-
-    return result;
-
-  Fail:
-    *error = FT_Err_Invalid_Stream_Operation;
-    FT_ERROR(( "FT_Stream_ReadShortLE:" ));
-    FT_ERROR(( " invalid i/o; pos = 0x%lx, size = 0x%lx\n",
-               stream->pos, stream->size ));
-
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Long )
-  FT_Stream_ReadOffset( FT_Stream  stream,
-                        FT_Error*  error )
-  {
-    FT_Byte   reads[3];
-    FT_Byte*  p = 0;
-    FT_Long   result = 0;
-
-
-    FT_ASSERT( stream );
-
-    *error = FT_Err_Ok;
-
-    if ( stream->pos + 2 < stream->size )
-    {
-      if ( stream->read )
-      {
-        if (stream->read( stream, stream->pos, reads, 3L ) != 3L )
-          goto Fail;
-
-        p = reads;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        p = stream->base + stream->pos;
-      }
-
-      if ( p )
-        result = FT_NEXT_OFF3( p );
-    }
-    else
-      goto Fail;
-
-    stream->pos += 3;
-
-    return result;
-
-  Fail:
-    *error = FT_Err_Invalid_Stream_Operation;
-    FT_ERROR(( "FT_Stream_ReadOffset:" ));
-    FT_ERROR(( " invalid i/o; pos = 0x%lx, size = 0x%lx\n",
-               stream->pos, stream->size ));
-
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Long )
-  FT_Stream_ReadLong( FT_Stream  stream,
-                      FT_Error*  error )
-  {
-    FT_Byte   reads[4];
-    FT_Byte*  p = 0;
-    FT_Long   result = 0;
-
-
-    FT_ASSERT( stream );
-
-    *error = FT_Err_Ok;
-
-    if ( stream->pos + 3 < stream->size )
-    {
-      if ( stream->read )
-      {
-        if ( stream->read( stream, stream->pos, reads, 4L ) != 4L )
-          goto Fail;
-
-        p = reads;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        p = stream->base + stream->pos;
-      }
-
-      if ( p )
-        result = FT_NEXT_LONG( p );
-    }
-    else
-      goto Fail;
-
-    stream->pos += 4;
-
-    return result;
-
-  Fail:
-    FT_ERROR(( "FT_Stream_ReadLong: invalid i/o; pos = 0x%lx, size = 0x%lx\n",
-               stream->pos, stream->size ));
-    *error = FT_Err_Invalid_Stream_Operation;
-
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Long )
-  FT_Stream_ReadLongLE( FT_Stream  stream,
-                        FT_Error*  error )
-  {
-    FT_Byte   reads[4];
-    FT_Byte*  p = 0;
-    FT_Long   result = 0;
-
-
-    FT_ASSERT( stream );
-
-    *error = FT_Err_Ok;
-
-    if ( stream->pos + 3 < stream->size )
-    {
-      if ( stream->read )
-      {
-        if ( stream->read( stream, stream->pos, reads, 4L ) != 4L )
-          goto Fail;
-
-        p = reads;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        p = stream->base + stream->pos;
-      }
-
-      if ( p )
-        result = FT_NEXT_LONG_LE( p );
-    }
-    else
-      goto Fail;
-
-    stream->pos += 4;
-
-    return result;
-
-  Fail:
-    FT_ERROR(( "FT_Stream_ReadLongLE:" ));
-    FT_ERROR(( " invalid i/o; pos = 0x%lx, size = 0x%lx\n",
-               stream->pos, stream->size ));
-    *error = FT_Err_Invalid_Stream_Operation;
-
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Stream_ReadFields( FT_Stream              stream,
-                        const FT_Frame_Field*  fields,
-                        void*                  structure )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error;
-    FT_Bool   frame_accessed = 0;
-    FT_Byte*  cursor = stream->cursor;
-
-
-    if ( !fields || !stream )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    error = FT_Err_Ok;
-    do
-    {
-      FT_ULong  value;
-      FT_Int    sign_shift;
-      FT_Byte*  p;
-
-
-      switch ( fields->value )
-      {
-      case ft_frame_start:  /* access a new frame */
-        error = FT_Stream_EnterFrame( stream, fields->offset );
-        if ( error )
-          goto Exit;
-
-        frame_accessed = 1;
-        cursor         = stream->cursor;
-        fields++;
-        continue;  /* loop! */
-
-      case ft_frame_bytes:  /* read a byte sequence */
-      case ft_frame_skip:   /* skip some bytes      */
-        {
-          FT_UInt  len = fields->size;
-
-
-          if ( cursor + len > stream->limit )
-          {
-            error = FT_Err_Invalid_Stream_Operation;
-            goto Exit;
-          }
-
-          if ( fields->value == ft_frame_bytes )
-          {
-            p = (FT_Byte*)structure + fields->offset;
-            FT_MEM_COPY( p, cursor, len );
-          }
-          cursor += len;
-          fields++;
-          continue;
-        }
-
-      case ft_frame_byte:
-      case ft_frame_schar:  /* read a single byte */
-        value = FT_NEXT_BYTE(cursor);
-        sign_shift = 24;
-        break;
-
-      case ft_frame_short_be:
-      case ft_frame_ushort_be:  /* read a 2-byte big-endian short */
-        value = FT_NEXT_USHORT(cursor);
-        sign_shift = 16;
-        break;
-
-      case ft_frame_short_le:
-      case ft_frame_ushort_le:  /* read a 2-byte little-endian short */
-        value = FT_NEXT_USHORT_LE(cursor);
-        sign_shift = 16;
-        break;
-
-      case ft_frame_long_be:
-      case ft_frame_ulong_be:  /* read a 4-byte big-endian long */
-        value = FT_NEXT_ULONG(cursor);
-        sign_shift = 0;
-        break;
-
-      case ft_frame_long_le:
-      case ft_frame_ulong_le:  /* read a 4-byte little-endian long */
-        value = FT_NEXT_ULONG_LE(cursor);
-        sign_shift = 0;
-        break;
-
-      case ft_frame_off3_be:
-      case ft_frame_uoff3_be:  /* read a 3-byte big-endian long */
-        value = FT_NEXT_UOFF3(cursor);
-        sign_shift = 8;
-        break;
-
-      case ft_frame_off3_le:
-      case ft_frame_uoff3_le:  /* read a 3-byte little-endian long */
-        value = FT_NEXT_UOFF3_LE(cursor);
-        sign_shift = 8;
-        break;
-
-      default:
-        /* otherwise, exit the loop */
-        stream->cursor = cursor;
-        goto Exit;
-      }
-
-      /* now, compute the signed value is necessary */
-      if ( fields->value & FT_FRAME_OP_SIGNED )
-        value = (FT_ULong)( (FT_Int32)( value << sign_shift ) >> sign_shift );
-
-      /* finally, store the value in the object */
-
-      p = (FT_Byte*)structure + fields->offset;
-      switch ( fields->size )
-      {
-      case (8 / FT_CHAR_BIT):
-        *(FT_Byte*)p = (FT_Byte)value;
-        break;
-
-      case (16 / FT_CHAR_BIT):
-        *(FT_UShort*)p = (FT_UShort)value;
-        break;
-
-      case (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT):
-        *(FT_UInt32*)p = (FT_UInt32)value;
-        break;
-
-      default:  /* for 64-bit systems */
-        *(FT_ULong*)p = (FT_ULong)value;
-      }
-
-      /* go to next field */
-      fields++;
-    }
-    while ( 1 );
-
-  Exit:
-    /* close the frame if it was opened by this read */
-    if ( frame_accessed )
-      FT_Stream_ExitFrame( stream );
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftstroke.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftstroke.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 5dfee8b..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftstroke.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2010 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftstroke.c                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType path stroker (body).                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008 by                        */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_STROKER_H
-#include FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H
-#include FT_OUTLINE_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_MEMORY_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftstroke.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_StrokerBorder )
-  FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder( FT_Outline*  outline )
-  {
-    FT_Orientation  o = FT_Outline_Get_Orientation( outline );
-
-
-    return o == FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE ? FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT
-                                        : FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT ;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftstroke.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_StrokerBorder )
-  FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder( FT_Outline*  outline )
-  {
-    FT_Orientation  o = FT_Outline_Get_Orientation( outline );
-
-
-    return o == FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE ? FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT
-                                        : FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT ;
-  }
-
-
- /***************************************************************************/
- /***************************************************************************/
- /*****                                                                 *****/
- /*****                       BEZIER COMPUTATIONS                       *****/
- /*****                                                                 *****/
- /***************************************************************************/
- /***************************************************************************/
-
-#define FT_SMALL_CONIC_THRESHOLD  ( FT_ANGLE_PI / 6 )
-#define FT_SMALL_CUBIC_THRESHOLD  ( FT_ANGLE_PI / 6 )
-#define FT_EPSILON  2
-
-#define FT_IS_SMALL( x )  ( (x) > -FT_EPSILON && (x) < FT_EPSILON )
-
-
-  static FT_Pos
-  ft_pos_abs( FT_Pos  x )
-  {
-    return x >= 0 ? x : -x ;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  ft_conic_split( FT_Vector*  base )
-  {
-    FT_Pos  a, b;
-
-
-    base[4].x = base[2].x;
-    b = base[1].x;
-    a = base[3].x = ( base[2].x + b ) / 2;
-    b = base[1].x = ( base[0].x + b ) / 2;
-    base[2].x = ( a + b ) / 2;
-
-    base[4].y = base[2].y;
-    b = base[1].y;
-    a = base[3].y = ( base[2].y + b ) / 2;
-    b = base[1].y = ( base[0].y + b ) / 2;
-    base[2].y = ( a + b ) / 2;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Bool
-  ft_conic_is_small_enough( FT_Vector*  base,
-                            FT_Angle   *angle_in,
-                            FT_Angle   *angle_out )
-  {
-    FT_Vector  d1, d2;
-    FT_Angle   theta;
-    FT_Int     close1, close2;
-
-
-    d1.x = base[1].x - base[2].x;
-    d1.y = base[1].y - base[2].y;
-    d2.x = base[0].x - base[1].x;
-    d2.y = base[0].y - base[1].y;
-
-    close1 = FT_IS_SMALL( d1.x ) && FT_IS_SMALL( d1.y );
-    close2 = FT_IS_SMALL( d2.x ) && FT_IS_SMALL( d2.y );
-
-    if ( close1 )
-    {
-      if ( close2 )
-        *angle_in = *angle_out = 0;
-      else
-        *angle_in = *angle_out = FT_Atan2( d2.x, d2.y );
-    }
-    else if ( close2 )
-    {
-      *angle_in = *angle_out = FT_Atan2( d1.x, d1.y );
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      *angle_in  = FT_Atan2( d1.x, d1.y );
-      *angle_out = FT_Atan2( d2.x, d2.y );
-    }
-
-    theta = ft_pos_abs( FT_Angle_Diff( *angle_in, *angle_out ) );
-
-    return FT_BOOL( theta < FT_SMALL_CONIC_THRESHOLD );
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  ft_cubic_split( FT_Vector*  base )
-  {
-    FT_Pos  a, b, c, d;
-
-
-    base[6].x = base[3].x;
-    c = base[1].x;
-    d = base[2].x;
-    base[1].x = a = ( base[0].x + c ) / 2;
-    base[5].x = b = ( base[3].x + d ) / 2;
-    c = ( c + d ) / 2;
-    base[2].x = a = ( a + c ) / 2;
-    base[4].x = b = ( b + c ) / 2;
-    base[3].x = ( a + b ) / 2;
-
-    base[6].y = base[3].y;
-    c = base[1].y;
-    d = base[2].y;
-    base[1].y = a = ( base[0].y + c ) / 2;
-    base[5].y = b = ( base[3].y + d ) / 2;
-    c = ( c + d ) / 2;
-    base[2].y = a = ( a + c ) / 2;
-    base[4].y = b = ( b + c ) / 2;
-    base[3].y = ( a + b ) / 2;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Bool
-  ft_cubic_is_small_enough( FT_Vector*  base,
-                            FT_Angle   *angle_in,
-                            FT_Angle   *angle_mid,
-                            FT_Angle   *angle_out )
-  {
-    FT_Vector  d1, d2, d3;
-    FT_Angle   theta1, theta2;
-    FT_Int     close1, close2, close3;
-
-
-    d1.x = base[2].x - base[3].x;
-    d1.y = base[2].y - base[3].y;
-    d2.x = base[1].x - base[2].x;
-    d2.y = base[1].y - base[2].y;
-    d3.x = base[0].x - base[1].x;
-    d3.y = base[0].y - base[1].y;
-
-    close1 = FT_IS_SMALL( d1.x ) && FT_IS_SMALL( d1.y );
-    close2 = FT_IS_SMALL( d2.x ) && FT_IS_SMALL( d2.y );
-    close3 = FT_IS_SMALL( d3.x ) && FT_IS_SMALL( d3.y );
-
-    if ( close1 || close3 )
-    {
-      if ( close2 )
-      {
-        /* basically a point */
-        *angle_in = *angle_out = *angle_mid = 0;
-      }
-      else if ( close1 )
-      {
-        *angle_in  = *angle_mid = FT_Atan2( d2.x, d2.y );
-        *angle_out = FT_Atan2( d3.x, d3.y );
-      }
-      else  /* close2 */
-      {
-        *angle_in  = FT_Atan2( d1.x, d1.y );
-        *angle_mid = *angle_out = FT_Atan2( d2.x, d2.y );
-      }
-    }
-    else if ( close2 )
-    {
-      *angle_in  = *angle_mid = FT_Atan2( d1.x, d1.y );
-      *angle_out = FT_Atan2( d3.x, d3.y );
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      *angle_in  = FT_Atan2( d1.x, d1.y );
-      *angle_mid = FT_Atan2( d2.x, d2.y );
-      *angle_out = FT_Atan2( d3.x, d3.y );
-    }
-
-    theta1 = ft_pos_abs( FT_Angle_Diff( *angle_in,  *angle_mid ) );
-    theta2 = ft_pos_abs( FT_Angle_Diff( *angle_mid, *angle_out ) );
-
-    return FT_BOOL( theta1 < FT_SMALL_CUBIC_THRESHOLD &&
-                    theta2 < FT_SMALL_CUBIC_THRESHOLD );
-  }
-
-
- /***************************************************************************/
- /***************************************************************************/
- /*****                                                                 *****/
- /*****                       STROKE BORDERS                            *****/
- /*****                                                                 *****/
- /***************************************************************************/
- /***************************************************************************/
-
-  typedef enum  FT_StrokeTags_
-  {
-    FT_STROKE_TAG_ON    = 1,   /* on-curve point  */
-    FT_STROKE_TAG_CUBIC = 2,   /* cubic off-point */
-    FT_STROKE_TAG_BEGIN = 4,   /* sub-path start  */
-    FT_STROKE_TAG_END   = 8    /* sub-path end    */
-
-  } FT_StrokeTags;
-
-#define  FT_STROKE_TAG_BEGIN_END  (FT_STROKE_TAG_BEGIN|FT_STROKE_TAG_END)
-
-  typedef struct  FT_StrokeBorderRec_
-  {
-    FT_UInt     num_points;
-    FT_UInt     max_points;
-    FT_Vector*  points;
-    FT_Byte*    tags;
-    FT_Bool     movable;
-    FT_Int      start;    /* index of current sub-path start point */
-    FT_Memory   memory;
-    FT_Bool     valid;
-
-  } FT_StrokeBorderRec, *FT_StrokeBorder;
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  ft_stroke_border_grow( FT_StrokeBorder  border,
-                         FT_UInt          new_points )
-  {
-    FT_UInt   old_max = border->max_points;
-    FT_UInt   new_max = border->num_points + new_points;
-    FT_Error  error   = 0;
-
-
-    if ( new_max > old_max )
-    {
-      FT_UInt    cur_max = old_max;
-      FT_Memory  memory  = border->memory;
-
-
-      while ( cur_max < new_max )
-        cur_max += ( cur_max >> 1 ) + 16;
-
-      if ( FT_RENEW_ARRAY( border->points, old_max, cur_max ) ||
-           FT_RENEW_ARRAY( border->tags,   old_max, cur_max ) )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      border->max_points = cur_max;
-    }
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  ft_stroke_border_close( FT_StrokeBorder  border,
-                          FT_Bool          reverse )
-  {
-    FT_UInt  start = border->start;
-    FT_UInt  count = border->num_points;
-
-
-    FT_ASSERT( border->start >= 0 );
-
-    /* don't record empty paths! */
-    if ( count <= start + 1U )
-      border->num_points = start;
-    else
-    {
-      /* copy the last point to the start of this sub-path, since */
-      /* it contains the `adjusted' starting coordinates          */
-      border->num_points    = --count;
-      border->points[start] = border->points[count];
-
-      if ( reverse )
-      {
-        /* reverse the points */
-        {
-          FT_Vector*  vec1 = border->points + start + 1;
-          FT_Vector*  vec2 = border->points + count - 1;
-
-
-          for ( ; vec1 < vec2; vec1++, vec2-- )
-          {
-            FT_Vector  tmp;
-
-
-            tmp   = *vec1;
-            *vec1 = *vec2;
-            *vec2 = tmp;
-          }
-        }
-
-        /* then the tags */
-        {
-          FT_Byte*  tag1 = border->tags + start + 1;
-          FT_Byte*  tag2 = border->tags + count - 1;
-
-
-          for ( ; tag1 < tag2; tag1++, tag2-- )
-          {
-            FT_Byte  tmp;
-
-
-            tmp   = *tag1;
-            *tag1 = *tag2;
-            *tag2 = tmp;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-
-      border->tags[start    ] |= FT_STROKE_TAG_BEGIN;
-      border->tags[count - 1] |= FT_STROKE_TAG_END;
-    }
-
-    border->start   = -1;
-    border->movable = 0;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  ft_stroke_border_lineto( FT_StrokeBorder  border,
-                           FT_Vector*       to,
-                           FT_Bool          movable )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error = 0;
-
-
-    FT_ASSERT( border->start >= 0 );
-
-    if ( border->movable )
-    {
-      /* move last point */
-      border->points[border->num_points - 1] = *to;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* add one point */
-      error = ft_stroke_border_grow( border, 1 );
-      if ( !error )
-      {
-        FT_Vector*  vec = border->points + border->num_points;
-        FT_Byte*    tag = border->tags   + border->num_points;
-
-
-        vec[0] = *to;
-        tag[0] = FT_STROKE_TAG_ON;
-
-        border->num_points += 1;
-      }
-    }
-    border->movable = movable;
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  ft_stroke_border_conicto( FT_StrokeBorder  border,
-                            FT_Vector*       control,
-                            FT_Vector*       to )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error;
-
-
-    FT_ASSERT( border->start >= 0 );
-
-    error = ft_stroke_border_grow( border, 2 );
-    if ( !error )
-    {
-      FT_Vector*  vec = border->points + border->num_points;
-      FT_Byte*    tag = border->tags   + border->num_points;
-
-      vec[0] = *control;
-      vec[1] = *to;
-
-      tag[0] = 0;
-      tag[1] = FT_STROKE_TAG_ON;
-
-      border->num_points += 2;
-    }
-    border->movable = 0;
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  ft_stroke_border_cubicto( FT_StrokeBorder  border,
-                            FT_Vector*       control1,
-                            FT_Vector*       control2,
-                            FT_Vector*       to )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error;
-
-
-    FT_ASSERT( border->start >= 0 );
-
-    error = ft_stroke_border_grow( border, 3 );
-    if ( !error )
-    {
-      FT_Vector*  vec = border->points + border->num_points;
-      FT_Byte*    tag = border->tags   + border->num_points;
-
-
-      vec[0] = *control1;
-      vec[1] = *control2;
-      vec[2] = *to;
-
-      tag[0] = FT_STROKE_TAG_CUBIC;
-      tag[1] = FT_STROKE_TAG_CUBIC;
-      tag[2] = FT_STROKE_TAG_ON;
-
-      border->num_points += 3;
-    }
-    border->movable = 0;
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-#define FT_ARC_CUBIC_ANGLE  ( FT_ANGLE_PI / 2 )
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  ft_stroke_border_arcto( FT_StrokeBorder  border,
-                          FT_Vector*       center,
-                          FT_Fixed         radius,
-                          FT_Angle         angle_start,
-                          FT_Angle         angle_diff )
-  {
-    FT_Angle   total, angle, step, rotate, next, theta;
-    FT_Vector  a, b, a2, b2;
-    FT_Fixed   length;
-    FT_Error   error = 0;
-
-
-    /* compute start point */
-    FT_Vector_From_Polar( &a, radius, angle_start );
-    a.x += center->x;
-    a.y += center->y;
-
-    total  = angle_diff;
-    angle  = angle_start;
-    rotate = ( angle_diff >= 0 ) ? FT_ANGLE_PI2 : -FT_ANGLE_PI2;
-
-    while ( total != 0 )
-    {
-      step = total;
-      if ( step > FT_ARC_CUBIC_ANGLE )
-        step = FT_ARC_CUBIC_ANGLE;
-
-      else if ( step < -FT_ARC_CUBIC_ANGLE )
-        step = -FT_ARC_CUBIC_ANGLE;
-
-      next  = angle + step;
-      theta = step;
-      if ( theta < 0 )
-        theta = -theta;
-
-      theta >>= 1;
-
-      /* compute end point */
-      FT_Vector_From_Polar( &b, radius, next );
-      b.x += center->x;
-      b.y += center->y;
-
-      /* compute first and second control points */
-      length = FT_MulDiv( radius, FT_Sin( theta ) * 4,
-                          ( 0x10000L + FT_Cos( theta ) ) * 3 );
-
-      FT_Vector_From_Polar( &a2, length, angle + rotate );
-      a2.x += a.x;
-      a2.y += a.y;
-
-      FT_Vector_From_Polar( &b2, length, next - rotate );
-      b2.x += b.x;
-      b2.y += b.y;
-
-      /* add cubic arc */
-      error = ft_stroke_border_cubicto( border, &a2, &b2, &b );
-      if ( error )
-        break;
-
-      /* process the rest of the arc ?? */
-      a      = b;
-      total -= step;
-      angle  = next;
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  ft_stroke_border_moveto( FT_StrokeBorder  border,
-                           FT_Vector*       to )
-  {
-    /* close current open path if any ? */
-    if ( border->start >= 0 )
-      ft_stroke_border_close( border, 0 );
-
-    border->start   = border->num_points;
-    border->movable = 0;
-
-    return ft_stroke_border_lineto( border, to, 0 );
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  ft_stroke_border_init( FT_StrokeBorder  border,
-                         FT_Memory        memory )
-  {
-    border->memory = memory;
-    border->points = NULL;
-    border->tags   = NULL;
-
-    border->num_points = 0;
-    border->max_points = 0;
-    border->start      = -1;
-    border->valid      = 0;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  ft_stroke_border_reset( FT_StrokeBorder  border )
-  {
-    border->num_points = 0;
-    border->start      = -1;
-    border->valid      = 0;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  ft_stroke_border_done( FT_StrokeBorder  border )
-  {
-    FT_Memory  memory = border->memory;
-
-
-    FT_FREE( border->points );
-    FT_FREE( border->tags );
-
-    border->num_points = 0;
-    border->max_points = 0;
-    border->start      = -1;
-    border->valid      = 0;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  ft_stroke_border_get_counts( FT_StrokeBorder  border,
-                               FT_UInt         *anum_points,
-                               FT_UInt         *anum_contours )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error        = 0;
-    FT_UInt   num_points   = 0;
-    FT_UInt   num_contours = 0;
-
-    FT_UInt     count      = border->num_points;
-    FT_Vector*  point      = border->points;
-    FT_Byte*    tags       = border->tags;
-    FT_Int      in_contour = 0;
-
-
-    for ( ; count > 0; count--, num_points++, point++, tags++ )
-    {
-      if ( tags[0] & FT_STROKE_TAG_BEGIN )
-      {
-        if ( in_contour != 0 )
-          goto Fail;
-
-        in_contour = 1;
-      }
-      else if ( in_contour == 0 )
-        goto Fail;
-
-      if ( tags[0] & FT_STROKE_TAG_END )
-      {
-        if ( in_contour == 0 )
-          goto Fail;
-
-        in_contour = 0;
-        num_contours++;
-      }
-    }
-
-    if ( in_contour != 0 )
-      goto Fail;
-
-    border->valid = 1;
-
-  Exit:
-    *anum_points   = num_points;
-    *anum_contours = num_contours;
-    return error;
-
-  Fail:
-    num_points   = 0;
-    num_contours = 0;
-    goto Exit;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  ft_stroke_border_export( FT_StrokeBorder  border,
-                           FT_Outline*      outline )
-  {
-    /* copy point locations */
-    FT_ARRAY_COPY( outline->points + outline->n_points,
-                   border->points,
-                   border->num_points );
-
-    /* copy tags */
-    {
-      FT_UInt   count = border->num_points;
-      FT_Byte*  read  = border->tags;
-      FT_Byte*  write = (FT_Byte*)outline->tags + outline->n_points;
-
-
-      for ( ; count > 0; count--, read++, write++ )
-      {
-        if ( *read & FT_STROKE_TAG_ON )
-          *write = FT_CURVE_TAG_ON;
-        else if ( *read & FT_STROKE_TAG_CUBIC )
-          *write = FT_CURVE_TAG_CUBIC;
-        else
-          *write = FT_CURVE_TAG_CONIC;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* copy contours */
-    {
-      FT_UInt    count = border->num_points;
-      FT_Byte*   tags  = border->tags;
-      FT_Short*  write = outline->contours + outline->n_contours;
-      FT_Short   idx   = (FT_Short)outline->n_points;
-
-
-      for ( ; count > 0; count--, tags++, idx++ )
-      {
-        if ( *tags & FT_STROKE_TAG_END )
-        {
-          *write++ = idx;
-          outline->n_contours++;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    outline->n_points  = (short)( outline->n_points + border->num_points );
-
-    FT_ASSERT( FT_Outline_Check( outline ) == 0 );
-  }
-
-
- /***************************************************************************/
- /***************************************************************************/
- /*****                                                                 *****/
- /*****                           STROKER                               *****/
- /*****                                                                 *****/
- /***************************************************************************/
- /***************************************************************************/
-
-#define FT_SIDE_TO_ROTATE( s )   ( FT_ANGLE_PI2 - (s) * FT_ANGLE_PI )
-
-  typedef struct  FT_StrokerRec_
-  {
-    FT_Angle             angle_in;
-    FT_Angle             angle_out;
-    FT_Vector            center;
-    FT_Bool              first_point;
-    FT_Bool              subpath_open;
-    FT_Angle             subpath_angle;
-    FT_Vector            subpath_start;
-
-    FT_Stroker_LineCap   line_cap;
-    FT_Stroker_LineJoin  line_join;
-    FT_Fixed             miter_limit;
-    FT_Fixed             radius;
-
-    FT_Bool              valid;
-    FT_StrokeBorderRec   borders[2];
-    FT_Memory            memory;
-
-  } FT_StrokerRec;
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftstroke.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Stroker_New( FT_Library   library,
-                  FT_Stroker  *astroker )
-  {
-    FT_Error    error;
-    FT_Memory   memory;
-    FT_Stroker  stroker;
-
-
-    if ( !library )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    memory = library->memory;
-
-    if ( !FT_NEW( stroker ) )
-    {
-      stroker->memory = memory;
-
-      ft_stroke_border_init( &stroker->borders[0], memory );
-      ft_stroke_border_init( &stroker->borders[1], memory );
-    }
-    *astroker = stroker;
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftstroke.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
-  FT_Stroker_Set( FT_Stroker           stroker,
-                  FT_Fixed             radius,
-                  FT_Stroker_LineCap   line_cap,
-                  FT_Stroker_LineJoin  line_join,
-                  FT_Fixed             miter_limit )
-  {
-    stroker->radius      = radius;
-    stroker->line_cap    = line_cap;
-    stroker->line_join   = line_join;
-    stroker->miter_limit = miter_limit;
-
-    FT_Stroker_Rewind( stroker );
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftstroke.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
-  FT_Stroker_Rewind( FT_Stroker  stroker )
-  {
-    if ( stroker )
-    {
-      ft_stroke_border_reset( &stroker->borders[0] );
-      ft_stroke_border_reset( &stroker->borders[1] );
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftstroke.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
-  FT_Stroker_Done( FT_Stroker  stroker )
-  {
-    if ( stroker )
-    {
-      FT_Memory  memory = stroker->memory;
-
-
-      ft_stroke_border_done( &stroker->borders[0] );
-      ft_stroke_border_done( &stroker->borders[1] );
-
-      stroker->memory = NULL;
-      FT_FREE( stroker );
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  /* creates a circular arc at a corner or cap */
-  static FT_Error
-  ft_stroker_arcto( FT_Stroker  stroker,
-                    FT_Int      side )
-  {
-    FT_Angle         total, rotate;
-    FT_Fixed         radius = stroker->radius;
-    FT_Error         error  = 0;
-    FT_StrokeBorder  border = stroker->borders + side;
-
-
-    rotate = FT_SIDE_TO_ROTATE( side );
-
-    total = FT_Angle_Diff( stroker->angle_in, stroker->angle_out );
-    if ( total == FT_ANGLE_PI )
-      total = -rotate * 2;
-
-    error = ft_stroke_border_arcto( border,
-                                    &stroker->center,
-                                    radius,
-                                    stroker->angle_in + rotate,
-                                    total );
-    border->movable = 0;
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* adds a cap at the end of an opened path */
-  static FT_Error
-  ft_stroker_cap( FT_Stroker  stroker,
-                  FT_Angle    angle,
-                  FT_Int      side )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error  = 0;
-
-
-    if ( stroker->line_cap == FT_STROKER_LINECAP_ROUND )
-    {
-      /* add a round cap */
-      stroker->angle_in  = angle;
-      stroker->angle_out = angle + FT_ANGLE_PI;
-      error = ft_stroker_arcto( stroker, side );
-    }
-    else if ( stroker->line_cap == FT_STROKER_LINECAP_SQUARE )
-    {
-      /* add a square cap */
-      FT_Vector        delta, delta2;
-      FT_Angle         rotate = FT_SIDE_TO_ROTATE( side );
-      FT_Fixed         radius = stroker->radius;
-      FT_StrokeBorder  border = stroker->borders + side;
-
-
-      FT_Vector_From_Polar( &delta2, radius, angle + rotate );
-      FT_Vector_From_Polar( &delta,  radius, angle );
-
-      delta.x += stroker->center.x + delta2.x;
-      delta.y += stroker->center.y + delta2.y;
-
-      error = ft_stroke_border_lineto( border, &delta, 0 );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      FT_Vector_From_Polar( &delta2, radius, angle - rotate );
-      FT_Vector_From_Polar( &delta,  radius, angle );
-
-      delta.x += delta2.x + stroker->center.x;
-      delta.y += delta2.y + stroker->center.y;
-
-      error = ft_stroke_border_lineto( border, &delta, 0 );
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* process an inside corner, i.e. compute intersection */
-  static FT_Error
-  ft_stroker_inside( FT_Stroker  stroker,
-                     FT_Int      side)
-  {
-    FT_StrokeBorder  border = stroker->borders + side;
-    FT_Angle         phi, theta, rotate;
-    FT_Fixed         length, thcos, sigma;
-    FT_Vector        delta;
-    FT_Error         error = 0;
-
-
-    rotate = FT_SIDE_TO_ROTATE( side );
-
-    /* compute median angle */
-    theta = FT_Angle_Diff( stroker->angle_in, stroker->angle_out );
-    if ( theta == FT_ANGLE_PI )
-      theta = rotate;
-    else
-      theta = theta / 2;
-
-    phi = stroker->angle_in + theta;
-
-    thcos = FT_Cos( theta );
-    sigma = FT_MulFix( stroker->miter_limit, thcos );
-
-    /* TODO: find better criterion to switch off the optimization */
-    if ( sigma < 0x10000L )
-    {
-      FT_Vector_From_Polar( &delta, stroker->radius,
-                            stroker->angle_out + rotate );
-      delta.x += stroker->center.x;
-      delta.y += stroker->center.y;
-      border->movable = 0;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      length = FT_DivFix( stroker->radius, thcos );
-
-      FT_Vector_From_Polar( &delta, length, phi + rotate );
-      delta.x += stroker->center.x;
-      delta.y += stroker->center.y;
-    }
-
-    error = ft_stroke_border_lineto( border, &delta, 0 );
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* process an outside corner, i.e. compute bevel/miter/round */
-  static FT_Error
-  ft_stroker_outside( FT_Stroker  stroker,
-                      FT_Int      side )
-  {
-    FT_StrokeBorder  border = stroker->borders + side;
-    FT_Error         error;
-    FT_Angle         rotate;
-
-
-    if ( stroker->line_join == FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_ROUND )
-    {
-      error = ft_stroker_arcto( stroker, side );
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* this is a mitered or beveled corner */
-      FT_Fixed  sigma, radius = stroker->radius;
-      FT_Angle  theta, phi;
-      FT_Fixed  thcos;
-      FT_Bool   miter;
-
-
-      rotate = FT_SIDE_TO_ROTATE( side );
-      miter  = FT_BOOL( stroker->line_join == FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER );
-
-      theta  = FT_Angle_Diff( stroker->angle_in, stroker->angle_out );
-      if ( theta == FT_ANGLE_PI )
-      {
-        theta = rotate;
-        phi   = stroker->angle_in;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        theta = theta / 2;
-        phi   = stroker->angle_in + theta + rotate;
-      }
-
-      thcos = FT_Cos( theta );
-      sigma = FT_MulFix( stroker->miter_limit, thcos );
-
-      if ( sigma >= 0x10000L )
-        miter = 0;
-
-      if ( miter )  /* this is a miter (broken angle) */
-      {
-        FT_Vector  middle, delta;
-        FT_Fixed   length;
-
-
-        /* compute middle point */
-        FT_Vector_From_Polar( &middle,
-                              FT_MulFix( radius, stroker->miter_limit ),
-                              phi );
-        middle.x += stroker->center.x;
-        middle.y += stroker->center.y;
-
-        /* compute first angle point */
-        length = FT_MulFix( radius,
-                            FT_DivFix( 0x10000L - sigma,
-                                       ft_pos_abs( FT_Sin( theta ) ) ) );
-
-        FT_Vector_From_Polar( &delta, length, phi + rotate );
-        delta.x += middle.x;
-        delta.y += middle.y;
-
-        error = ft_stroke_border_lineto( border, &delta, 0 );
-        if ( error )
-          goto Exit;
-
-        /* compute second angle point */
-        FT_Vector_From_Polar( &delta, length, phi - rotate );
-        delta.x += middle.x;
-        delta.y += middle.y;
-
-        error = ft_stroke_border_lineto( border, &delta, 0 );
-        if ( error )
-          goto Exit;
-
-        /* finally, add a movable end point */
-        FT_Vector_From_Polar( &delta, radius, stroker->angle_out + rotate );
-        delta.x += stroker->center.x;
-        delta.y += stroker->center.y;
-
-        error = ft_stroke_border_lineto( border, &delta, 1 );
-      }
-
-      else /* this is a bevel (intersection) */
-      {
-        FT_Fixed   length;
-        FT_Vector  delta;
-
-
-        length = FT_DivFix( stroker->radius, thcos );
-
-        FT_Vector_From_Polar( &delta, length, phi );
-        delta.x += stroker->center.x;
-        delta.y += stroker->center.y;
-
-        error = ft_stroke_border_lineto( border, &delta, 0 );
-        if (error) goto Exit;
-
-        /* now add end point */
-        FT_Vector_From_Polar( &delta, stroker->radius,
-                              stroker->angle_out + rotate );
-        delta.x += stroker->center.x;
-        delta.y += stroker->center.y;
-
-        error = ft_stroke_border_lineto( border, &delta, 1 );
-      }
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  ft_stroker_process_corner( FT_Stroker  stroker )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error = 0;
-    FT_Angle  turn;
-    FT_Int    inside_side;
-
-
-    turn = FT_Angle_Diff( stroker->angle_in, stroker->angle_out );
-
-    /* no specific corner processing is required if the turn is 0 */
-    if ( turn == 0 )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* when we turn to the right, the inside side is 0 */
-    inside_side = 0;
-
-    /* otherwise, the inside side is 1 */
-    if ( turn < 0 )
-      inside_side = 1;
-
-    /* process the inside side */
-    error = ft_stroker_inside( stroker, inside_side );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* process the outside side */
-    error = ft_stroker_outside( stroker, 1 - inside_side );
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* add two points to the left and right borders corresponding to the */
-  /* start of the subpath..                                            */
-  static FT_Error
-  ft_stroker_subpath_start( FT_Stroker  stroker,
-                            FT_Angle    start_angle )
-  {
-    FT_Vector        delta;
-    FT_Vector        point;
-    FT_Error         error;
-    FT_StrokeBorder  border;
-
-
-    FT_Vector_From_Polar( &delta, stroker->radius,
-                          start_angle + FT_ANGLE_PI2 );
-
-    point.x = stroker->center.x + delta.x;
-    point.y = stroker->center.y + delta.y;
-
-    border = stroker->borders;
-    error = ft_stroke_border_moveto( border, &point );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    point.x = stroker->center.x - delta.x;
-    point.y = stroker->center.y - delta.y;
-
-    border++;
-    error = ft_stroke_border_moveto( border, &point );
-
-    /* save angle for last cap */
-    stroker->subpath_angle = start_angle;
-    stroker->first_point   = 0;
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftstroke.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Stroker_LineTo( FT_Stroker  stroker,
-                     FT_Vector*  to )
-  {
-    FT_Error         error = 0;
-    FT_StrokeBorder  border;
-    FT_Vector        delta;
-    FT_Angle         angle;
-    FT_Int           side;
-
-    delta.x = to->x - stroker->center.x;
-    delta.y = to->y - stroker->center.y;
-
-    angle = FT_Atan2( delta.x, delta.y );
-    FT_Vector_From_Polar( &delta, stroker->radius, angle + FT_ANGLE_PI2 );
-
-    /* process corner if necessary */
-    if ( stroker->first_point )
-    {
-      /* This is the first segment of a subpath.  We need to     */
-      /* add a point to each border at their respective starting */
-      /* point locations.                                        */
-      error = ft_stroker_subpath_start( stroker, angle );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* process the current corner */
-      stroker->angle_out = angle;
-      error = ft_stroker_process_corner( stroker );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* now add a line segment to both the "inside" and "outside" paths */
-
-    for ( border = stroker->borders, side = 1; side >= 0; side--, border++ )
-    {
-      FT_Vector  point;
-
-
-      point.x = to->x + delta.x;
-      point.y = to->y + delta.y;
-
-      error = ft_stroke_border_lineto( border, &point, 1 );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      delta.x = -delta.x;
-      delta.y = -delta.y;
-    }
-
-    stroker->angle_in = angle;
-    stroker->center   = *to;
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftstroke.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Stroker_ConicTo( FT_Stroker  stroker,
-                      FT_Vector*  control,
-                      FT_Vector*  to )
-  {
-    FT_Error    error = 0;
-    FT_Vector   bez_stack[34];
-    FT_Vector*  arc;
-    FT_Vector*  limit = bez_stack + 30;
-    FT_Angle    start_angle;
-    FT_Bool     first_arc = 1;
-
-
-    arc    = bez_stack;
-    arc[0] = *to;
-    arc[1] = *control;
-    arc[2] = stroker->center;
-
-    while ( arc >= bez_stack )
-    {
-      FT_Angle  angle_in, angle_out;
-
-
-      angle_in = angle_out = 0;  /* remove compiler warnings */
-
-      if ( arc < limit                                             &&
-           !ft_conic_is_small_enough( arc, &angle_in, &angle_out ) )
-      {
-        ft_conic_split( arc );
-        arc += 2;
-        continue;
-      }
-
-      if ( first_arc )
-      {
-        first_arc = 0;
-
-        start_angle = angle_in;
-
-        /* process corner if necessary */
-        if ( stroker->first_point )
-          error = ft_stroker_subpath_start( stroker, start_angle );
-        else
-        {
-          stroker->angle_out = start_angle;
-          error = ft_stroker_process_corner( stroker );
-        }
-      }
-
-      /* the arc's angle is small enough; we can add it directly to each */
-      /* border                                                          */
-      {
-        FT_Vector  ctrl, end;
-        FT_Angle   theta, phi, rotate;
-        FT_Fixed   length;
-        FT_Int     side;
-
-
-        theta  = FT_Angle_Diff( angle_in, angle_out ) / 2;
-        phi    = angle_in + theta;
-        length = FT_DivFix( stroker->radius, FT_Cos( theta ) );
-
-        for ( side = 0; side <= 1; side++ )
-        {
-          rotate = FT_SIDE_TO_ROTATE( side );
-
-          /* compute control point */
-          FT_Vector_From_Polar( &ctrl, length, phi + rotate );
-          ctrl.x += arc[1].x;
-          ctrl.y += arc[1].y;
-
-          /* compute end point */
-          FT_Vector_From_Polar( &end, stroker->radius, angle_out + rotate );
-          end.x += arc[0].x;
-          end.y += arc[0].y;
-
-          error = ft_stroke_border_conicto( stroker->borders + side,
-                                            &ctrl, &end );
-          if ( error )
-            goto Exit;
-        }
-      }
-
-      arc -= 2;
-
-      if ( arc < bez_stack )
-        stroker->angle_in = angle_out;
-    }
-
-    stroker->center = *to;
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftstroke.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Stroker_CubicTo( FT_Stroker  stroker,
-                      FT_Vector*  control1,
-                      FT_Vector*  control2,
-                      FT_Vector*  to )
-  {
-    FT_Error    error = 0;
-    FT_Vector   bez_stack[37];
-    FT_Vector*  arc;
-    FT_Vector*  limit = bez_stack + 32;
-    FT_Angle    start_angle;
-    FT_Bool     first_arc = 1;
-
-
-    arc    = bez_stack;
-    arc[0] = *to;
-    arc[1] = *control2;
-    arc[2] = *control1;
-    arc[3] = stroker->center;
-
-    while ( arc >= bez_stack )
-    {
-      FT_Angle  angle_in, angle_mid, angle_out;
-
-
-      /* remove compiler warnings */
-      angle_in = angle_out = angle_mid = 0;
-
-      if ( arc < limit                                         &&
-           !ft_cubic_is_small_enough( arc, &angle_in,
-                                      &angle_mid, &angle_out ) )
-      {
-        ft_cubic_split( arc );
-        arc += 3;
-        continue;
-      }
-
-      if ( first_arc )
-      {
-        first_arc = 0;
-
-        /* process corner if necessary */
-        start_angle = angle_in;
-
-        if ( stroker->first_point )
-          error = ft_stroker_subpath_start( stroker, start_angle );
-        else
-        {
-          stroker->angle_out = start_angle;
-          error = ft_stroker_process_corner( stroker );
-        }
-        if ( error )
-          goto Exit;
-      }
-
-      /* the arc's angle is small enough; we can add it directly to each */
-      /* border                                                          */
-      {
-        FT_Vector  ctrl1, ctrl2, end;
-        FT_Angle   theta1, phi1, theta2, phi2, rotate;
-        FT_Fixed   length1, length2;
-        FT_Int     side;
-
-
-        theta1  = ft_pos_abs( angle_mid - angle_in ) / 2;
-        theta2  = ft_pos_abs( angle_out - angle_mid ) / 2;
-        phi1    = (angle_mid + angle_in ) / 2;
-        phi2    = (angle_mid + angle_out ) / 2;
-        length1 = FT_DivFix( stroker->radius, FT_Cos( theta1 ) );
-        length2 = FT_DivFix( stroker->radius, FT_Cos(theta2) );
-
-        for ( side = 0; side <= 1; side++ )
-        {
-          rotate = FT_SIDE_TO_ROTATE( side );
-
-          /* compute control points */
-          FT_Vector_From_Polar( &ctrl1, length1, phi1 + rotate );
-          ctrl1.x += arc[2].x;
-          ctrl1.y += arc[2].y;
-
-          FT_Vector_From_Polar( &ctrl2, length2, phi2 + rotate );
-          ctrl2.x += arc[1].x;
-          ctrl2.y += arc[1].y;
-
-          /* compute end point */
-          FT_Vector_From_Polar( &end, stroker->radius, angle_out + rotate );
-          end.x += arc[0].x;
-          end.y += arc[0].y;
-
-          error = ft_stroke_border_cubicto( stroker->borders + side,
-                                            &ctrl1, &ctrl2, &end );
-          if ( error )
-            goto Exit;
-        }
-      }
-
-      arc -= 3;
-      if ( arc < bez_stack )
-        stroker->angle_in = angle_out;
-    }
-
-    stroker->center = *to;
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftstroke.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath( FT_Stroker  stroker,
-                           FT_Vector*  to,
-                           FT_Bool     open )
-  {
-    /* We cannot process the first point, because there is not enough      */
-    /* information regarding its corner/cap.  The latter will be processed */
-    /* in the "end_subpath" routine.                                       */
-    /*                                                                     */
-    stroker->first_point   = 1;
-    stroker->center        = *to;
-    stroker->subpath_open  = open;
-
-    /* record the subpath start point index for each border */
-    stroker->subpath_start = *to;
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  ft_stroker_add_reverse_left( FT_Stroker  stroker,
-                               FT_Bool     open )
-  {
-    FT_StrokeBorder  right  = stroker->borders + 0;
-    FT_StrokeBorder  left   = stroker->borders + 1;
-    FT_Int           new_points;
-    FT_Error         error  = 0;
-
-
-    FT_ASSERT( left->start >= 0 );
-
-    new_points = left->num_points - left->start;
-    if ( new_points > 0 )
-    {
-      error = ft_stroke_border_grow( right, (FT_UInt)new_points );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      {
-        FT_Vector*  dst_point = right->points + right->num_points;
-        FT_Byte*    dst_tag   = right->tags   + right->num_points;
-        FT_Vector*  src_point = left->points  + left->num_points - 1;
-        FT_Byte*    src_tag   = left->tags    + left->num_points - 1;
-
-        while ( src_point >= left->points + left->start )
-        {
-          *dst_point = *src_point;
-          *dst_tag   = *src_tag;
-
-          if ( open )
-            dst_tag[0] &= ~FT_STROKE_TAG_BEGIN_END;
-          else
-          {
-            FT_Byte  ttag = (FT_Byte)( dst_tag[0] & FT_STROKE_TAG_BEGIN_END );
-
-
-            /* switch begin/end tags if necessary */
-            if ( ttag == FT_STROKE_TAG_BEGIN ||
-                 ttag == FT_STROKE_TAG_END   )
-              dst_tag[0] ^= FT_STROKE_TAG_BEGIN_END;
-
-          }
-
-          src_point--;
-          src_tag--;
-          dst_point++;
-          dst_tag++;
-        }
-      }
-
-      left->num_points   = left->start;
-      right->num_points += new_points;
-
-      right->movable = 0;
-      left->movable  = 0;
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftstroke.h */
-
-  /* there's a lot of magic in this function! */
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Stroker_EndSubPath( FT_Stroker  stroker )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error  = 0;
-
-    if ( stroker->subpath_open )
-    {
-      FT_StrokeBorder  right = stroker->borders;
-
-      /* All right, this is an opened path, we need to add a cap between */
-      /* right & left, add the reverse of left, then add a final cap     */
-      /* between left & right.                                           */
-      error = ft_stroker_cap( stroker, stroker->angle_in, 0 );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      /* add reversed points from "left" to "right" */
-      error = ft_stroker_add_reverse_left( stroker, 1 );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      /* now add the final cap */
-      stroker->center = stroker->subpath_start;
-      error = ft_stroker_cap( stroker,
-                              stroker->subpath_angle + FT_ANGLE_PI, 0 );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      /* Now end the right subpath accordingly.  The left one is */
-      /* rewind and doesn't need further processing.             */
-      ft_stroke_border_close( right, 0 );
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      FT_Angle  turn;
-      FT_Int    inside_side;
-
-      /* close the path if needed */
-      if ( stroker->center.x != stroker->subpath_start.x ||
-           stroker->center.y != stroker->subpath_start.y )
-      {
-        error = FT_Stroker_LineTo( stroker, &stroker->subpath_start );
-        if ( error )
-          goto Exit;
-      }
-
-      /* process the corner */
-      stroker->angle_out = stroker->subpath_angle;
-      turn               = FT_Angle_Diff( stroker->angle_in,
-                                          stroker->angle_out );
-
-      /* no specific corner processing is required if the turn is 0 */
-      if ( turn != 0 )
-      {
-        /* when we turn to the right, the inside side is 0 */
-        inside_side = 0;
-
-        /* otherwise, the inside side is 1 */
-        if ( turn < 0 )
-          inside_side = 1;
-
-        error = ft_stroker_inside( stroker, inside_side );
-        if ( error )
-          goto Exit;
-
-        /* process the outside side */
-        error = ft_stroker_outside( stroker, 1 - inside_side );
-        if ( error )
-          goto Exit;
-      }
-
-      /* then end our two subpaths */
-      ft_stroke_border_close( stroker->borders + 0, 1 );
-      ft_stroke_border_close( stroker->borders + 1, 0 );
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftstroke.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts( FT_Stroker        stroker,
-                              FT_StrokerBorder  border,
-                              FT_UInt          *anum_points,
-                              FT_UInt          *anum_contours )
-  {
-    FT_UInt   num_points = 0, num_contours = 0;
-    FT_Error  error;
-
-
-    if ( !stroker || border > 1 )
-    {
-      error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    error = ft_stroke_border_get_counts( stroker->borders + border,
-                                         &num_points, &num_contours );
-  Exit:
-    if ( anum_points )
-      *anum_points = num_points;
-
-    if ( anum_contours )
-      *anum_contours = num_contours;
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftstroke.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Stroker_GetCounts( FT_Stroker  stroker,
-                        FT_UInt    *anum_points,
-                        FT_UInt    *anum_contours )
-  {
-    FT_UInt   count1, count2, num_points   = 0;
-    FT_UInt   count3, count4, num_contours = 0;
-    FT_Error  error;
-
-
-    error = ft_stroke_border_get_counts( stroker->borders + 0,
-                                         &count1, &count2 );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    error = ft_stroke_border_get_counts( stroker->borders + 1,
-                                         &count3, &count4 );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    num_points   = count1 + count3;
-    num_contours = count2 + count4;
-
-  Exit:
-    *anum_points   = num_points;
-    *anum_contours = num_contours;
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftstroke.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
-  FT_Stroker_ExportBorder( FT_Stroker        stroker,
-                           FT_StrokerBorder  border,
-                           FT_Outline*       outline )
-  {
-    if ( border == FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT  ||
-         border == FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT )
-    {
-      FT_StrokeBorder  sborder = & stroker->borders[border];
-
-
-      if ( sborder->valid )
-        ft_stroke_border_export( sborder, outline );
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftstroke.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
-  FT_Stroker_Export( FT_Stroker   stroker,
-                     FT_Outline*  outline )
-  {
-    FT_Stroker_ExportBorder( stroker, FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT, outline );
-    FT_Stroker_ExportBorder( stroker, FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT, outline );
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftstroke.h */
-
-  /*
-   *  The following is very similar to FT_Outline_Decompose, except
-   *  that we do support opened paths, and do not scale the outline.
-   */
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Stroker_ParseOutline( FT_Stroker   stroker,
-                           FT_Outline*  outline,
-                           FT_Bool      opened )
-  {
-    FT_Vector   v_last;
-    FT_Vector   v_control;
-    FT_Vector   v_start;
-
-    FT_Vector*  point;
-    FT_Vector*  limit;
-    char*       tags;
-
-    FT_Error    error;
-
-    FT_Int   n;         /* index of contour in outline     */
-    FT_UInt  first;     /* index of first point in contour */
-    FT_Int   tag;       /* current point's state           */
-
-
-    if ( !outline || !stroker )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    FT_Stroker_Rewind( stroker );
-
-    first = 0;
-
-    for ( n = 0; n < outline->n_contours; n++ )
-    {
-      FT_UInt  last;  /* index of last point in contour */
-
-
-      last  = outline->contours[n];
-      limit = outline->points + last;
-
-      /* skip empty points; we don't stroke these */
-      if ( last <= first )
-      {
-        first = last + 1;
-        continue;
-      }
-
-      v_start = outline->points[first];
-      v_last  = outline->points[last];
-
-      v_control = v_start;
-
-      point = outline->points + first;
-      tags  = outline->tags  + first;
-      tag   = FT_CURVE_TAG( tags[0] );
-
-      /* A contour cannot start with a cubic control point! */
-      if ( tag == FT_CURVE_TAG_CUBIC )
-        goto Invalid_Outline;
-
-      /* check first point to determine origin */
-      if ( tag == FT_CURVE_TAG_CONIC )
-      {
-        /* First point is conic control.  Yes, this happens. */
-        if ( FT_CURVE_TAG( outline->tags[last] ) == FT_CURVE_TAG_ON )
-        {
-          /* start at last point if it is on the curve */
-          v_start = v_last;
-          limit--;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          /* if both first and last points are conic,         */
-          /* start at their middle and record its position    */
-          /* for closure                                      */
-          v_start.x = ( v_start.x + v_last.x ) / 2;
-          v_start.y = ( v_start.y + v_last.y ) / 2;
-
-          v_last = v_start;
-        }
-        point--;
-        tags--;
-      }
-
-      error = FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath( stroker, &v_start, opened );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      while ( point < limit )
-      {
-        point++;
-        tags++;
-
-        tag = FT_CURVE_TAG( tags[0] );
-        switch ( tag )
-        {
-        case FT_CURVE_TAG_ON:  /* emit a single line_to */
-          {
-            FT_Vector  vec;
-
-
-            vec.x = point->x;
-            vec.y = point->y;
-
-            error = FT_Stroker_LineTo( stroker, &vec );
-            if ( error )
-              goto Exit;
-            continue;
-          }
-
-        case FT_CURVE_TAG_CONIC:  /* consume conic arcs */
-          v_control.x = point->x;
-          v_control.y = point->y;
-
-        Do_Conic:
-          if ( point < limit )
-          {
-            FT_Vector  vec;
-            FT_Vector  v_middle;
-
-
-            point++;
-            tags++;
-            tag = FT_CURVE_TAG( tags[0] );
-
-            vec = point[0];
-
-            if ( tag == FT_CURVE_TAG_ON )
-            {
-              error = FT_Stroker_ConicTo( stroker, &v_control, &vec );
-              if ( error )
-                goto Exit;
-              continue;
-            }
-
-            if ( tag != FT_CURVE_TAG_CONIC )
-              goto Invalid_Outline;
-
-            v_middle.x = ( v_control.x + vec.x ) / 2;
-            v_middle.y = ( v_control.y + vec.y ) / 2;
-
-            error = FT_Stroker_ConicTo( stroker, &v_control, &v_middle );
-            if ( error )
-              goto Exit;
-
-            v_control = vec;
-            goto Do_Conic;
-          }
-
-          error = FT_Stroker_ConicTo( stroker, &v_control, &v_start );
-          goto Close;
-
-        default:  /* FT_CURVE_TAG_CUBIC */
-          {
-            FT_Vector  vec1, vec2;
-
-
-            if ( point + 1 > limit                             ||
-                 FT_CURVE_TAG( tags[1] ) != FT_CURVE_TAG_CUBIC )
-              goto Invalid_Outline;
-
-            point += 2;
-            tags  += 2;
-
-            vec1 = point[-2];
-            vec2 = point[-1];
-
-            if ( point <= limit )
-            {
-              FT_Vector  vec;
-
-
-              vec = point[0];
-
-              error = FT_Stroker_CubicTo( stroker, &vec1, &vec2, &vec );
-              if ( error )
-                goto Exit;
-              continue;
-            }
-
-            error = FT_Stroker_CubicTo( stroker, &vec1, &vec2, &v_start );
-            goto Close;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-
-    Close:
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      error = FT_Stroker_EndSubPath( stroker );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      first = last + 1;
-    }
-
-    return 0;
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-
-  Invalid_Outline:
-    return FT_Err_Invalid_Outline;
-  }
-
-
-  extern const FT_Glyph_Class  ft_outline_glyph_class;
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftstroke.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Glyph_Stroke( FT_Glyph    *pglyph,
-                   FT_Stroker   stroker,
-                   FT_Bool      destroy )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-    FT_Glyph  glyph = NULL;
-
-
-    if ( pglyph == NULL )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    glyph = *pglyph;
-    if ( glyph == NULL || glyph->clazz != &ft_outline_glyph_class )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    {
-      FT_Glyph  copy;
-
-
-      error = FT_Glyph_Copy( glyph, © );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      glyph = copy;
-    }
-
-    {
-      FT_OutlineGlyph  oglyph  = (FT_OutlineGlyph) glyph;
-      FT_Outline*      outline = &oglyph->outline;
-      FT_UInt          num_points, num_contours;
-
-
-      error = FT_Stroker_ParseOutline( stroker, outline, 0 );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Fail;
-
-      (void)FT_Stroker_GetCounts( stroker, &num_points, &num_contours );
-
-      FT_Outline_Done( glyph->library, outline );
-
-      error = FT_Outline_New( glyph->library,
-                              num_points, num_contours, outline );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Fail;
-
-      outline->n_points   = 0;
-      outline->n_contours = 0;
-
-      FT_Stroker_Export( stroker, outline );
-    }
-
-    if ( destroy )
-      FT_Done_Glyph( *pglyph );
-
-    *pglyph = glyph;
-    goto Exit;
-
-  Fail:
-    FT_Done_Glyph( glyph );
-    glyph = NULL;
-
-    if ( !destroy )
-      *pglyph = NULL;
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftstroke.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder( FT_Glyph    *pglyph,
-                         FT_Stroker   stroker,
-                         FT_Bool      inside,
-                         FT_Bool      destroy )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-    FT_Glyph  glyph = NULL;
-
-
-    if ( pglyph == NULL )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    glyph = *pglyph;
-    if ( glyph == NULL || glyph->clazz != &ft_outline_glyph_class )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    {
-      FT_Glyph  copy;
-
-
-      error = FT_Glyph_Copy( glyph, © );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      glyph = copy;
-    }
-
-    {
-      FT_OutlineGlyph   oglyph  = (FT_OutlineGlyph) glyph;
-      FT_StrokerBorder  border;
-      FT_Outline*       outline = &oglyph->outline;
-      FT_UInt           num_points, num_contours;
-
-
-      border = FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder( outline );
-      if ( inside )
-      {
-        if ( border == FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT )
-          border = FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT;
-        else
-          border = FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT;
-      }
-
-      error = FT_Stroker_ParseOutline( stroker, outline, 0 );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Fail;
-
-      (void)FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts( stroker, border,
-                                        &num_points, &num_contours );
-
-      FT_Outline_Done( glyph->library, outline );
-
-      error = FT_Outline_New( glyph->library,
-                              num_points,
-                              num_contours,
-                              outline );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Fail;
-
-      outline->n_points   = 0;
-      outline->n_contours = 0;
-
-      FT_Stroker_ExportBorder( stroker, border, outline );
-    }
-
-    if ( destroy )
-      FT_Done_Glyph( *pglyph );
-
-    *pglyph = glyph;
-    goto Exit;
-
-  Fail:
-    FT_Done_Glyph( glyph );
-    glyph = NULL;
-
-    if ( !destroy )
-      *pglyph = NULL;
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftsynth.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftsynth.c
deleted file mode 100644
index ff88ce9..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftsynth.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,159 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftsynth.c                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType synthesizing code for emboldening and slanting (body).      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2000-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 by                   */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_SYNTHESIS_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-#include FT_OUTLINE_H
-#include FT_BITMAP_H
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****   EXPERIMENTAL OBLIQUING SUPPORT                                ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /* documentation is in ftsynth.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
-  FT_GlyphSlot_Oblique( FT_GlyphSlot  slot )
-  {
-    FT_Matrix    transform;
-    FT_Outline*  outline = &slot->outline;
-
-
-    /* only oblique outline glyphs */
-    if ( slot->format != FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE )
-      return;
-
-    /* we don't touch the advance width */
-
-    /* For italic, simply apply a shear transform, with an angle */
-    /* of about 12 degrees.                                      */
-
-    transform.xx = 0x10000L;
-    transform.yx = 0x00000L;
-
-    transform.xy = 0x06000L;
-    transform.yy = 0x10000L;
-
-    FT_Outline_Transform( outline, &transform );
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****   EXPERIMENTAL EMBOLDENING/OUTLINING SUPPORT                    ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap( FT_GlyphSlot  slot )
-  {
-    if ( slot && slot->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP   &&
-         !( slot->internal->flags & FT_GLYPH_OWN_BITMAP ) )
-    {
-      FT_Bitmap  bitmap;
-      FT_Error   error;
-
-
-      FT_Bitmap_New( &bitmap );
-      error = FT_Bitmap_Copy( slot->library, &slot->bitmap, &bitmap );
-      if ( error )
-        return error;
-
-      slot->bitmap = bitmap;
-      slot->internal->flags |= FT_GLYPH_OWN_BITMAP;
-    }
-
-    return FT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftsynth.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
-  FT_GlyphSlot_Embolden( FT_GlyphSlot  slot )
-  {
-    FT_Library  library = slot->library;
-    FT_Face     face    = FT_SLOT_FACE( slot );
-    FT_Error    error;
-    FT_Pos      xstr, ystr;
-
-
-    if ( slot->format != FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE &&
-         slot->format != FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP )
-      return;
-
-    /* some reasonable strength */
-    xstr = FT_MulFix( face->units_per_EM,
-                      face->size->metrics.y_scale ) / 24;
-    ystr = xstr;
-
-    if ( slot->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE )
-    {
-      error = FT_Outline_Embolden( &slot->outline, xstr );
-      /* ignore error */
-
-      /* this is more than enough for most glyphs; if you need accurate */
-      /* values, you have to call FT_Outline_Get_CBox                   */
-      xstr = xstr * 2;
-      ystr = xstr;
-    }
-    else if ( slot->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP )
-    {
-      xstr = FT_PIX_FLOOR( xstr );
-      if ( xstr == 0 )
-        xstr = 1 << 6;
-      ystr = FT_PIX_FLOOR( ystr );
-
-      error = FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap( slot );
-      if ( error )
-        return;
-
-      error = FT_Bitmap_Embolden( library, &slot->bitmap, xstr, ystr );
-      if ( error )
-        return;
-    }
-
-    if ( slot->advance.x )
-      slot->advance.x += xstr;
-
-    if ( slot->advance.y )
-      slot->advance.y += ystr;
-
-    slot->metrics.width        += xstr;
-    slot->metrics.height       += ystr;
-    slot->metrics.horiBearingY += ystr;
-    slot->metrics.horiAdvance  += xstr;
-    slot->metrics.vertBearingX -= xstr / 2;
-    slot->metrics.vertBearingY += ystr;
-    slot->metrics.vertAdvance  += ystr;
-
-    if ( slot->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP )
-      slot->bitmap_top += ystr >> 6;
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftsystem.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftsystem.c
deleted file mode 100644
index f61a3ed..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftsystem.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,301 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftsystem.c                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    ANSI-specific FreeType low-level system interface (body).            */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2006 by                                     */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This file contains the default interface used by FreeType to access   */
-  /* low-level, i.e. memory management, i/o access as well as thread       */
-  /* synchronisation.  It can be replaced by user-specific routines if     */
-  /* necessary.                                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
-#include FT_SYSTEM_H
-#include FT_ERRORS_H
-#include FT_TYPES_H
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                       MEMORY MANAGEMENT INTERFACE                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* It is not necessary to do any error checking for the                  */
-  /* allocation-related functions.  This will be done by the higher level  */
-  /* routines like ft_mem_alloc() or ft_mem_realloc().                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    ft_alloc                                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    The memory allocation function.                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    memory :: A pointer to the memory object.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    size   :: The requested size in bytes.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    The address of newly allocated block.                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void* )
-  ft_alloc( FT_Memory  memory,
-            long       size )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( memory );
-
-    return ft_smalloc( size );
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    ft_realloc                                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    The memory reallocation function.                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    memory   :: A pointer to the memory object.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    cur_size :: The current size of the allocated memory block.        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    new_size :: The newly requested size in bytes.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    block    :: The current address of the block in memory.            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    The address of the reallocated memory block.                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void* )
-  ft_realloc( FT_Memory  memory,
-              long       cur_size,
-              long       new_size,
-              void*      block )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( memory );
-    FT_UNUSED( cur_size );
-
-    return ft_srealloc( block, new_size );
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    ft_free                                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    The memory release function.                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    memory  :: A pointer to the memory object.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    block   :: The address of block in memory to be freed.             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
-  ft_free( FT_Memory  memory,
-           void*      block )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( memory );
-
-    ft_sfree( block );
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                     RESOURCE MANAGEMENT INTERFACE                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_io
-
-  /* We use the macro STREAM_FILE for convenience to extract the       */
-  /* system-specific stream handle from a given FreeType stream object */
-#define STREAM_FILE( stream )  ( (FT_FILE*)stream->descriptor.pointer )
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    ft_ansi_stream_close                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    The function to close a stream.                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    stream :: A pointer to the stream object.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
-  ft_ansi_stream_close( FT_Stream  stream )
-  {
-    ft_fclose( STREAM_FILE( stream ) );
-
-    stream->descriptor.pointer = NULL;
-    stream->size               = 0;
-    stream->base               = 0;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    ft_ansi_stream_io                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    The function to open a stream.                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    stream :: A pointer to the stream object.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    offset :: The position in the data stream to start reading.        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    buffer :: The address of buffer to store the read data.            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    count  :: The number of bytes to read from the stream.             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    The number of bytes actually read.                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( unsigned long )
-  ft_ansi_stream_io( FT_Stream       stream,
-                     unsigned long   offset,
-                     unsigned char*  buffer,
-                     unsigned long   count )
-  {
-    FT_FILE*  file;
-
-
-    file = STREAM_FILE( stream );
-
-    ft_fseek( file, offset, SEEK_SET );
-
-    return (unsigned long)ft_fread( buffer, 1, count, file );
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftstream.h */
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Stream_Open( FT_Stream    stream,
-                  const char*  filepathname )
-  {
-    FT_FILE*  file;
-
-
-    if ( !stream )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Stream_Handle;
-
-    file = ft_fopen( filepathname, "rb" );
-    if ( !file )
-    {
-      FT_ERROR(( "FT_Stream_Open:" ));
-      FT_ERROR(( " could not open `%s'\n", filepathname ));
-
-      return FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource;
-    }
-
-    ft_fseek( file, 0, SEEK_END );
-    stream->size = ft_ftell( file );
-    ft_fseek( file, 0, SEEK_SET );
-
-    stream->descriptor.pointer = file;
-    stream->pathname.pointer   = (char*)filepathname;
-    stream->pos                = 0;
-
-    stream->read  = ft_ansi_stream_io;
-    stream->close = ft_ansi_stream_close;
-
-    FT_TRACE1(( "FT_Stream_Open:" ));
-    FT_TRACE1(( " opened `%s' (%d bytes) successfully\n",
-                filepathname, stream->size ));
-
-    return FT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-#ifdef FT_DEBUG_MEMORY
-
-  extern FT_Int
-  ft_mem_debug_init( FT_Memory  memory );
-
-  extern void
-  ft_mem_debug_done( FT_Memory  memory );
-
-#endif
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftobjs.h */
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Memory )
-  FT_New_Memory( void )
-  {
-    FT_Memory  memory;
-
-
-    memory = (FT_Memory)ft_smalloc( sizeof ( *memory ) );
-    if ( memory )
-    {
-      memory->user    = 0;
-      memory->alloc   = ft_alloc;
-      memory->realloc = ft_realloc;
-      memory->free    = ft_free;
-#ifdef FT_DEBUG_MEMORY
-      ft_mem_debug_init( memory );
-#endif
-    }
-
-    return memory;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftobjs.h */
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
-  FT_Done_Memory( FT_Memory  memory )
-  {
-#ifdef FT_DEBUG_MEMORY
-    ft_mem_debug_done( memory );
-#endif
-    memory->free( memory, memory );
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/fttrigon.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/fttrigon.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 9f51394..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/fttrigon.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,546 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  fttrigon.c                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType trigonometric functions (body).                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 by                              */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-#include FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H
-
-
-  /* the following is 0.2715717684432231 * 2^30 */
-#define FT_TRIG_COSCALE  0x11616E8EUL
-
-  /* this table was generated for FT_PI = 180L << 16, i.e. degrees */
-#define FT_TRIG_MAX_ITERS  23
-
-  static const FT_Fixed
-  ft_trig_arctan_table[24] =
-  {
-    4157273L, 2949120L, 1740967L, 919879L, 466945L, 234379L, 117304L,
-    58666L, 29335L, 14668L, 7334L, 3667L, 1833L, 917L, 458L, 229L, 115L,
-    57L, 29L, 14L, 7L, 4L, 2L, 1L
-  };
-
-  /* the Cordic shrink factor, multiplied by 2^32 */
-#define FT_TRIG_SCALE    1166391785UL  /* 0x4585BA38UL */
-
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_HAS_INT64
-
-  /* multiply a given value by the CORDIC shrink factor */
-  static FT_Fixed
-  ft_trig_downscale( FT_Fixed  val )
-  {
-    FT_Fixed  s;
-    FT_Int64  v;
-
-
-    s   = val;
-    val = ( val >= 0 ) ? val : -val;
-
-    v   = ( val * (FT_Int64)FT_TRIG_SCALE ) + 0x100000000UL;
-    val = (FT_Fixed)( v >> 32 );
-
-    return ( s >= 0 ) ? val : -val;
-  }
-
-#else /* !FT_CONFIG_HAS_INT64 */
-
-  /* multiply a given value by the CORDIC shrink factor */
-  static FT_Fixed
-  ft_trig_downscale( FT_Fixed  val )
-  {
-    FT_Fixed   s;
-    FT_UInt32  v1, v2, k1, k2, hi, lo1, lo2, lo3;
-
-
-    s   = val;
-    val = ( val >= 0 ) ? val : -val;
-
-    v1 = (FT_UInt32)val >> 16;
-    v2 = (FT_UInt32)val & 0xFFFFL;
-
-    k1 = FT_TRIG_SCALE >> 16;       /* constant */
-    k2 = FT_TRIG_SCALE & 0xFFFFL;   /* constant */
-
-    hi   = k1 * v1;
-    lo1  = k1 * v2 + k2 * v1;       /* can't overflow */
-
-    lo2  = ( k2 * v2 ) >> 16;
-    lo3  = ( lo1 >= lo2 ) ? lo1 : lo2;
-    lo1 += lo2;
-
-    hi  += lo1 >> 16;
-    if ( lo1 < lo3 )
-      hi += 0x10000UL;
-
-    val  = (FT_Fixed)hi;
-
-    return ( s >= 0 ) ? val : -val;
-  }
-
-#endif /* !FT_CONFIG_HAS_INT64 */
-
-
-  static FT_Int
-  ft_trig_prenorm( FT_Vector*  vec )
-  {
-    FT_Fixed  x, y, z;
-    FT_Int    shift;
-
-
-    x = vec->x;
-    y = vec->y;
-
-    z     = ( ( x >= 0 ) ? x : - x ) | ( (y >= 0) ? y : -y );
-    shift = 0;
-
-#if 1
-    /* determine msb bit index in `shift' */
-    if ( z >= ( 1L << 16 ) )
-    {
-      z     >>= 16;
-      shift  += 16;
-    }
-    if ( z >= ( 1L << 8 ) )
-    {
-      z     >>= 8;
-      shift  += 8;
-    }
-    if ( z >= ( 1L << 4 ) )
-    {
-      z     >>= 4;
-      shift  += 4;
-    }
-    if ( z >= ( 1L << 2 ) )
-    {
-      z     >>= 2;
-      shift  += 2;
-    }
-    if ( z >= ( 1L << 1 ) )
-    {
-      z    >>= 1;
-      shift += 1;
-    }
-
-    if ( shift <= 27 )
-    {
-      shift  = 27 - shift;
-      vec->x = x << shift;
-      vec->y = y << shift;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      shift -= 27;
-      vec->x = x >> shift;
-      vec->y = y >> shift;
-      shift  = -shift;
-    }
-
-#else /* 0 */
-
-    if ( z < ( 1L << 27 ) )
-    {
-      do
-      {
-        shift++;
-        z <<= 1;
-      } while ( z < ( 1L << 27 ) );
-      vec->x = x << shift;
-      vec->y = y << shift;
-    }
-    else if ( z > ( 1L << 28 ) )
-    {
-      do
-      {
-        shift++;
-        z >>= 1;
-      } while ( z > ( 1L << 28 ) );
-
-      vec->x = x >> shift;
-      vec->y = y >> shift;
-      shift  = -shift;
-    }
-
-#endif /* 0 */
-
-    return shift;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  ft_trig_pseudo_rotate( FT_Vector*  vec,
-                         FT_Angle    theta )
-  {
-    FT_Int           i;
-    FT_Fixed         x, y, xtemp;
-    const FT_Fixed  *arctanptr;
-
-
-    x = vec->x;
-    y = vec->y;
-
-    /* Get angle between -90 and 90 degrees */
-    while ( theta <= -FT_ANGLE_PI2 )
-    {
-      x = -x;
-      y = -y;
-      theta += FT_ANGLE_PI;
-    }
-
-    while ( theta > FT_ANGLE_PI2 )
-    {
-      x = -x;
-      y = -y;
-      theta -= FT_ANGLE_PI;
-    }
-
-    /* Initial pseudorotation, with left shift */
-    arctanptr = ft_trig_arctan_table;
-
-    if ( theta < 0 )
-    {
-      xtemp  = x + ( y << 1 );
-      y      = y - ( x << 1 );
-      x      = xtemp;
-      theta += *arctanptr++;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      xtemp  = x - ( y << 1 );
-      y      = y + ( x << 1 );
-      x      = xtemp;
-      theta -= *arctanptr++;
-    }
-
-    /* Subsequent pseudorotations, with right shifts */
-    i = 0;
-    do
-    {
-      if ( theta < 0 )
-      {
-        xtemp  = x + ( y >> i );
-        y      = y - ( x >> i );
-        x      = xtemp;
-        theta += *arctanptr++;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        xtemp  = x - ( y >> i );
-        y      = y + ( x >> i );
-        x      = xtemp;
-        theta -= *arctanptr++;
-      }
-    } while ( ++i < FT_TRIG_MAX_ITERS );
-
-    vec->x = x;
-    vec->y = y;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  ft_trig_pseudo_polarize( FT_Vector*  vec )
-  {
-    FT_Fixed         theta;
-    FT_Fixed         yi, i;
-    FT_Fixed         x, y;
-    const FT_Fixed  *arctanptr;
-
-
-    x = vec->x;
-    y = vec->y;
-
-    /* Get the vector into the right half plane */
-    theta = 0;
-    if ( x < 0 )
-    {
-      x = -x;
-      y = -y;
-      theta = 2 * FT_ANGLE_PI2;
-    }
-
-    if ( y > 0 )
-      theta = - theta;
-
-    arctanptr = ft_trig_arctan_table;
-
-    if ( y < 0 )
-    {
-      /* Rotate positive */
-      yi     = y + ( x << 1 );
-      x      = x - ( y << 1 );
-      y      = yi;
-      theta -= *arctanptr++;  /* Subtract angle */
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* Rotate negative */
-      yi     = y - ( x << 1 );
-      x      = x + ( y << 1 );
-      y      = yi;
-      theta += *arctanptr++;  /* Add angle */
-    }
-
-    i = 0;
-    do
-    {
-      if ( y < 0 )
-      {
-        /* Rotate positive */
-        yi     = y + ( x >> i );
-        x      = x - ( y >> i );
-        y      = yi;
-        theta -= *arctanptr++;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        /* Rotate negative */
-        yi     = y - ( x >> i );
-        x      = x + ( y >> i );
-        y      = yi;
-        theta += *arctanptr++;
-      }
-    } while ( ++i < FT_TRIG_MAX_ITERS );
-
-    /* round theta */
-    if ( theta >= 0 )
-      theta = FT_PAD_ROUND( theta, 32 );
-    else
-      theta = -FT_PAD_ROUND( -theta, 32 );
-
-    vec->x = x;
-    vec->y = theta;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in fttrigon.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Fixed )
-  FT_Cos( FT_Angle  angle )
-  {
-    FT_Vector  v;
-
-
-    v.x = FT_TRIG_COSCALE >> 2;
-    v.y = 0;
-    ft_trig_pseudo_rotate( &v, angle );
-
-    return v.x / ( 1 << 12 );
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in fttrigon.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Fixed )
-  FT_Sin( FT_Angle  angle )
-  {
-    return FT_Cos( FT_ANGLE_PI2 - angle );
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in fttrigon.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Fixed )
-  FT_Tan( FT_Angle  angle )
-  {
-    FT_Vector  v;
-
-
-    v.x = FT_TRIG_COSCALE >> 2;
-    v.y = 0;
-    ft_trig_pseudo_rotate( &v, angle );
-
-    return FT_DivFix( v.y, v.x );
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in fttrigon.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Angle )
-  FT_Atan2( FT_Fixed  dx,
-            FT_Fixed  dy )
-  {
-    FT_Vector  v;
-
-
-    if ( dx == 0 && dy == 0 )
-      return 0;
-
-    v.x = dx;
-    v.y = dy;
-    ft_trig_prenorm( &v );
-    ft_trig_pseudo_polarize( &v );
-
-    return v.y;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in fttrigon.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
-  FT_Vector_Unit( FT_Vector*  vec,
-                  FT_Angle    angle )
-  {
-    vec->x = FT_TRIG_COSCALE >> 2;
-    vec->y = 0;
-    ft_trig_pseudo_rotate( vec, angle );
-    vec->x >>= 12;
-    vec->y >>= 12;
-  }
-
-
-  /* these macros return 0 for positive numbers,
-     and -1 for negative ones */
-#define FT_SIGN_LONG( x )   ( (x) >> ( FT_SIZEOF_LONG * 8 - 1 ) )
-#define FT_SIGN_INT( x )    ( (x) >> ( FT_SIZEOF_INT * 8 - 1 ) )
-#define FT_SIGN_INT32( x )  ( (x) >> 31 )
-#define FT_SIGN_INT16( x )  ( (x) >> 15 )
-
-
-  /* documentation is in fttrigon.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
-  FT_Vector_Rotate( FT_Vector*  vec,
-                    FT_Angle    angle )
-  {
-    FT_Int     shift;
-    FT_Vector  v;
-
-
-    v.x   = vec->x;
-    v.y   = vec->y;
-
-    if ( angle && ( v.x != 0 || v.y != 0 ) )
-    {
-      shift = ft_trig_prenorm( &v );
-      ft_trig_pseudo_rotate( &v, angle );
-      v.x = ft_trig_downscale( v.x );
-      v.y = ft_trig_downscale( v.y );
-
-      if ( shift > 0 )
-      {
-        FT_Int32  half = 1L << ( shift - 1 );
-
-
-        vec->x = ( v.x + half + FT_SIGN_LONG( v.x ) ) >> shift;
-        vec->y = ( v.y + half + FT_SIGN_LONG( v.y ) ) >> shift;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        shift  = -shift;
-        vec->x = v.x << shift;
-        vec->y = v.y << shift;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in fttrigon.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Fixed )
-  FT_Vector_Length( FT_Vector*  vec )
-  {
-    FT_Int     shift;
-    FT_Vector  v;
-
-
-    v = *vec;
-
-    /* handle trivial cases */
-    if ( v.x == 0 )
-    {
-      return ( v.y >= 0 ) ? v.y : -v.y;
-    }
-    else if ( v.y == 0 )
-    {
-      return ( v.x >= 0 ) ? v.x : -v.x;
-    }
-
-    /* general case */
-    shift = ft_trig_prenorm( &v );
-    ft_trig_pseudo_polarize( &v );
-
-    v.x = ft_trig_downscale( v.x );
-
-    if ( shift > 0 )
-      return ( v.x + ( 1 << ( shift - 1 ) ) ) >> shift;
-
-    return v.x << -shift;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in fttrigon.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
-  FT_Vector_Polarize( FT_Vector*  vec,
-                      FT_Fixed   *length,
-                      FT_Angle   *angle )
-  {
-    FT_Int     shift;
-    FT_Vector  v;
-
-
-    v = *vec;
-
-    if ( v.x == 0 && v.y == 0 )
-      return;
-
-    shift = ft_trig_prenorm( &v );
-    ft_trig_pseudo_polarize( &v );
-
-    v.x = ft_trig_downscale( v.x );
-
-    *length = ( shift >= 0 ) ? ( v.x >> shift ) : ( v.x << -shift );
-    *angle  = v.y;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in fttrigon.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
-  FT_Vector_From_Polar( FT_Vector*  vec,
-                        FT_Fixed    length,
-                        FT_Angle    angle )
-  {
-    vec->x = length;
-    vec->y = 0;
-
-    FT_Vector_Rotate( vec, angle );
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in fttrigon.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Angle )
-  FT_Angle_Diff( FT_Angle  angle1,
-                 FT_Angle  angle2 )
-  {
-    FT_Angle  delta = angle2 - angle1;
-
-
-    delta %= FT_ANGLE_2PI;
-    if ( delta < 0 )
-      delta += FT_ANGLE_2PI;
-
-    if ( delta > FT_ANGLE_PI )
-      delta -= FT_ANGLE_2PI;
-
-    return delta;
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/fttype1.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/fttype1.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 3975584..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/fttype1.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,94 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  fttype1.c                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType utility file for PS names support (body).                   */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004 by                                          */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_SERVICE_H
-#include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_INFO_H
-
-
-  /* documentation is in t1tables.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Get_PS_Font_Info( FT_Face          face,
-                       PS_FontInfoRec*  afont_info )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-
-    if ( face )
-    {
-      FT_Service_PsInfo  service = NULL;
-
-
-      FT_FACE_FIND_SERVICE( face, service, POSTSCRIPT_INFO );
-
-      if ( service && service->ps_get_font_info )
-        error = service->ps_get_font_info( face, afont_info );
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in t1tables.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Int )
-  FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names( FT_Face  face )
-  {
-    FT_Int             result  = 0;
-    FT_Service_PsInfo  service = NULL;
-
-
-    if ( face )
-    {
-      FT_FACE_FIND_SERVICE( face, service, POSTSCRIPT_INFO );
-
-      if ( service && service->ps_has_glyph_names )
-        result = service->ps_has_glyph_names( face );
-    }
-
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in t1tables.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Get_PS_Font_Private( FT_Face         face,
-                          PS_PrivateRec*  afont_private )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-
-    if ( face )
-    {
-      FT_Service_PsInfo  service = NULL;
-
-
-      FT_FACE_FIND_SERVICE( face, service, POSTSCRIPT_INFO );
-
-      if ( service && service->ps_get_font_private )
-        error = service->ps_get_font_private( face, afont_private );
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftutil.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftutil.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 5f77be5..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftutil.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,501 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftutil.c                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType utility file for memory and list management (body).         */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2002, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by                              */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_MEMORY_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-#include FT_LIST_H
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_memory
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****               M E M O R Y   M A N A G E M E N T               *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Pointer )
-  ft_mem_alloc( FT_Memory  memory,
-                FT_Long    size,
-                FT_Error  *p_error )
-  {
-    FT_Error    error;
-    FT_Pointer  block = ft_mem_qalloc( memory, size, &error );
-
-    if ( !error && size > 0 )
-      FT_MEM_ZERO( block, size );
-
-    *p_error = error;
-    return block;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Pointer )
-  ft_mem_qalloc( FT_Memory  memory,
-                 FT_Long    size,
-                 FT_Error  *p_error )
-  {
-    FT_Error    error = FT_Err_Ok;
-    FT_Pointer  block = NULL;
-
-
-    if ( size > 0 )
-    {
-      block = memory->alloc( memory, size );
-      if ( block == NULL )
-        error = FT_Err_Out_Of_Memory;
-    }
-    else if ( size < 0 )
-    {
-      /* may help catch/prevent security issues */
-      error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-    }
-
-    *p_error = error;
-    return block;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Pointer )
-  ft_mem_realloc( FT_Memory  memory,
-                  FT_Long    item_size,
-                  FT_Long    cur_count,
-                  FT_Long    new_count,
-                  void*      block,
-                  FT_Error  *p_error )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error = FT_Err_Ok;
-
-    block = ft_mem_qrealloc( memory, item_size,
-                             cur_count, new_count, block, &error );
-    if ( !error && new_count > cur_count )
-      FT_MEM_ZERO( (char*)block + cur_count * item_size,
-                   ( new_count - cur_count ) * item_size );
-
-    *p_error = error;
-    return block;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Pointer )
-  ft_mem_qrealloc( FT_Memory  memory,
-                   FT_Long    item_size,
-                   FT_Long    cur_count,
-                   FT_Long    new_count,
-                   void*      block,
-                   FT_Error  *p_error )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error = FT_Err_Ok;
-
-
-    /* Note that we now accept `item_size == 0' as a valid parameter, in
-     * order to cover very weird cases where an ALLOC_MULT macro would be
-     * called.
-     */
-    if ( cur_count < 0 || new_count < 0 || item_size < 0 )
-    {
-      /* may help catch/prevent nasty security issues */
-      error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-    }
-    else if ( new_count == 0 || item_size == 0 )
-    {
-      ft_mem_free( memory, block );
-      block = NULL;
-    }
-    else if ( new_count > FT_INT_MAX/item_size )
-    {
-      error = FT_Err_Array_Too_Large;
-    }
-    else if ( cur_count == 0 )
-    {
-      FT_ASSERT( block == NULL );
-
-      block = ft_mem_alloc( memory, new_count*item_size, &error );
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      FT_Pointer  block2;
-      FT_Long     cur_size = cur_count*item_size;
-      FT_Long     new_size = new_count*item_size;
-
-
-      block2 = memory->realloc( memory, cur_size, new_size, block );
-      if ( block2 == NULL )
-        error = FT_Err_Out_Of_Memory;
-      else
-        block = block2;
-    }
-
-    *p_error = error;
-    return block;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
-  ft_mem_free( FT_Memory   memory,
-               const void *P )
-  {
-    if ( P )
-      memory->free( memory, (void*)P );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Pointer )
-  ft_mem_dup( FT_Memory    memory,
-              const void*  address,
-              FT_ULong     size,
-              FT_Error    *p_error )
-  {
-    FT_Error    error;
-    FT_Pointer  p = ft_mem_qalloc( memory, size, &error );
-
-
-    if ( !error && address )
-      ft_memcpy( p, address, size );
-
-    *p_error = error;
-    return p;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Pointer )
-  ft_mem_strdup( FT_Memory    memory,
-                 const char*  str,
-                 FT_Error    *p_error )
-  {
-    FT_ULong  len = str ? (FT_ULong)ft_strlen( str ) + 1
-                        : 0;
-
-
-    return ft_mem_dup( memory, str, len, p_error );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Int )
-  ft_mem_strcpyn( char*        dst,
-                  const char*  src,
-                  FT_ULong     size )
-  {
-    while ( size > 1 && *src != 0 )
-    {
-      *dst++ = *src++;
-      size--;
-    }
-
-    *dst = 0;  /* always zero-terminate */
-
-    return *src != 0;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****            D O U B L Y   L I N K E D   L I S T S              *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_list
-
-  /* documentation is in ftlist.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_ListNode )
-  FT_List_Find( FT_List  list,
-                void*    data )
-  {
-    FT_ListNode  cur;
-
-
-    cur = list->head;
-    while ( cur )
-    {
-      if ( cur->data == data )
-        return cur;
-
-      cur = cur->next;
-    }
-
-    return (FT_ListNode)0;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftlist.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
-  FT_List_Add( FT_List      list,
-               FT_ListNode  node )
-  {
-    FT_ListNode  before = list->tail;
-
-
-    node->next = 0;
-    node->prev = before;
-
-    if ( before )
-      before->next = node;
-    else
-      list->head = node;
-
-    list->tail = node;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftlist.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
-  FT_List_Insert( FT_List      list,
-                  FT_ListNode  node )
-  {
-    FT_ListNode  after = list->head;
-
-
-    node->next = after;
-    node->prev = 0;
-
-    if ( !after )
-      list->tail = node;
-    else
-      after->prev = node;
-
-    list->head = node;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftlist.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
-  FT_List_Remove( FT_List      list,
-                  FT_ListNode  node )
-  {
-    FT_ListNode  before, after;
-
-
-    before = node->prev;
-    after  = node->next;
-
-    if ( before )
-      before->next = after;
-    else
-      list->head = after;
-
-    if ( after )
-      after->prev = before;
-    else
-      list->tail = before;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftlist.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
-  FT_List_Up( FT_List      list,
-              FT_ListNode  node )
-  {
-    FT_ListNode  before, after;
-
-
-    before = node->prev;
-    after  = node->next;
-
-    /* check whether we are already on top of the list */
-    if ( !before )
-      return;
-
-    before->next = after;
-
-    if ( after )
-      after->prev = before;
-    else
-      list->tail = before;
-
-    node->prev       = 0;
-    node->next       = list->head;
-    list->head->prev = node;
-    list->head       = node;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftlist.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_List_Iterate( FT_List            list,
-                   FT_List_Iterator   iterator,
-                   void*              user )
-  {
-    FT_ListNode  cur   = list->head;
-    FT_Error     error = FT_Err_Ok;
-
-
-    while ( cur )
-    {
-      FT_ListNode  next = cur->next;
-
-
-      error = iterator( cur, user );
-      if ( error )
-        break;
-
-      cur = next;
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftlist.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
-  FT_List_Finalize( FT_List             list,
-                    FT_List_Destructor  destroy,
-                    FT_Memory           memory,
-                    void*               user )
-  {
-    FT_ListNode  cur;
-
-
-    cur = list->head;
-    while ( cur )
-    {
-      FT_ListNode  next = cur->next;
-      void*        data = cur->data;
-
-
-      if ( destroy )
-        destroy( memory, data, user );
-
-      FT_FREE( cur );
-      cur = next;
-    }
-
-    list->head = 0;
-    list->tail = 0;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_UInt32 )
-  ft_highpow2( FT_UInt32  value )
-  {
-    FT_UInt32  value2;
-
-
-    /*
-     *  We simply clear the lowest bit in each iteration.  When
-     *  we reach 0, we know that the previous value was our result.
-     */
-    for ( ;; )
-    {
-      value2 = value & (value - 1);  /* clear lowest bit */
-      if ( value2 == 0 )
-        break;
-
-      value = value2;
-    }
-    return value;
-  }
-
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Alloc( FT_Memory  memory,
-            FT_Long    size,
-            void*     *P )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error;
-
-
-    (void)FT_ALLOC( *P, size );
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_QAlloc( FT_Memory  memory,
-             FT_Long    size,
-             void*     *p )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error;
-
-
-    (void)FT_QALLOC( *p, size );
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Realloc( FT_Memory  memory,
-              FT_Long    current,
-              FT_Long    size,
-              void*     *P )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error;
-
-
-    (void)FT_REALLOC( *P, current, size );
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_QRealloc( FT_Memory  memory,
-               FT_Long    current,
-               FT_Long    size,
-               void*     *p )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error;
-
-
-    (void)FT_QREALLOC( *p, current, size );
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
-  FT_Free( FT_Memory  memory,
-           void*     *P )
-  {
-    if ( *P )
-      FT_MEM_FREE( *P );
-  }
-
-#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftwinfnt.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftwinfnt.c
deleted file mode 100644
index bc2e90e..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftwinfnt.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftwinfnt.c                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType API for accessing Windows FNT specific info (body).         */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2003, 2004 by                                                */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_WINFONTS_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-#include FT_SERVICE_WINFNT_H
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftwinfnt.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Get_WinFNT_Header( FT_Face               face,
-                        FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec  *header )
-  {
-    FT_Service_WinFnt  service;
-    FT_Error           error;
-
-
-    error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    if ( face != NULL )
-    {
-      FT_FACE_LOOKUP_SERVICE( face, service, WINFNT );
-
-      if ( service != NULL )
-      {
-        error = service->get_header( face, header );
-      }
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftxf86.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftxf86.c
deleted file mode 100644
index a4bf767..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftxf86.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftxf86.c                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType utility file for X11 support (body).                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004 by                                          */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_XFREE86_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-#include FT_SERVICE_XFREE86_NAME_H
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftxf86.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( const char* )
-  FT_Get_X11_Font_Format( FT_Face  face )
-  {
-    const char*  result = NULL;
-
-
-    if ( face )
-      FT_FACE_FIND_SERVICE( face, result, XF86_NAME );
-
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/rules.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/rules.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index d6e4412..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/rules.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 base layer configuration rules
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-# It sets the following variables which are used by the master Makefile
-# after the call:
-#
-#   BASE_OBJ_S:   The single-object base layer.
-#   BASE_OBJ_M:   A list of all objects for a multiple-objects build.
-#   BASE_EXT_OBJ: A list of base layer extensions, i.e., components found
-#                 in `freetype/src/base' which are not compiled within the
-#                 base layer proper.
-#
-# BASE_H is defined in freetype.mk to simplify the dependency rules.
-
-
-BASE_COMPILE := $(FT_COMPILE) $I$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$(SRC_DIR)/base)
-
-
-# Base layer sources
-#
-#   ftsystem, ftinit, and ftdebug are handled by freetype.mk
-#
-# All files listed here should be included in `ftbase.c' (for a `single'
-# build).
-#
-BASE_SRC := $(BASE_DIR)/ftcalc.c   \
-            $(BASE_DIR)/ftdbgmem.c \
-            $(BASE_DIR)/ftgloadr.c \
-            $(BASE_DIR)/ftnames.c  \
-            $(BASE_DIR)/ftobjs.c   \
-            $(BASE_DIR)/ftoutln.c  \
-            $(BASE_DIR)/ftrfork.c  \
-            $(BASE_DIR)/ftstream.c \
-            $(BASE_DIR)/fttrigon.c \
-            $(BASE_DIR)/ftutil.c
-
-# Base layer `extensions' sources
-#
-# An extension is added to the library file as a separate object.  It is
-# then linked to the final executable only if one of its symbols is used by
-# the application.
-#
-BASE_EXT_SRC := $(patsubst %,$(BASE_DIR)/%,$(BASE_EXTENSIONS))
-
-# Default extensions objects
-#
-BASE_EXT_OBJ := $(BASE_EXT_SRC:$(BASE_DIR)/%.c=$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O)
-
-
-# Base layer object(s)
-#
-#   BASE_OBJ_M is used during `multi' builds (each base source file compiles
-#   to a single object file).
-#
-#   BASE_OBJ_S is used during `single' builds (the whole base layer is
-#   compiled as a single object file using ftbase.c).
-#
-BASE_OBJ_M := $(BASE_SRC:$(BASE_DIR)/%.c=$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O)
-BASE_OBJ_S := $(OBJ_DIR)/ftbase.$O
-
-# Base layer root source file for single build
-#
-BASE_SRC_S := $(BASE_DIR)/ftbase.c
-
-
-# Base layer - single object build
-#
-$(BASE_OBJ_S): $(BASE_SRC_S) $(BASE_SRC) $(FREETYPE_H)
-	$(BASE_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $(BASE_SRC_S))
-
-
-# Multiple objects build + extensions
-#
-$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O: $(BASE_DIR)/%.c $(FREETYPE_H)
-	$(BASE_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $<)
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/Jamfile b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/Jamfile
deleted file mode 100644
index da23ccd..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/Jamfile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-# FreeType 2 src/bdf Jamfile
-#
-# Copyright 2002 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-SubDir  FT2_TOP $(FT2_SRC_DIR) bdf ;
-
-{
-  local  _sources ;
-
-  if $(FT2_MULTI)
-  {
-    _sources = bdfdrivr bdflib ;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    _sources = bdf ;
-  }
-
-  Library  $(FT2_LIB) : $(_sources).c ;
-}
-
-# end of src/bdf Jamfile
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/README b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/README
deleted file mode 100644
index e3f2ae3..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/README
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,148 +0,0 @@
-                  FreeType font driver for BDF fonts
-
-                       Francesco Zappa Nardelli
-                  <francesco.zappa.nardelli@ens.fr>
-
-
-Introduction
-************
-
-BDF (Bitmap Distribution Format) is a bitmap font format defined by Adobe,
-which is intended to be easily understood by both humans and computers.
-This code implements a BDF driver for the FreeType library, following the
-Adobe Specification V 2.2.  The specification of the BDF font format is
-available from Adobe's web site:
-
-  http://partners.adobe.com/asn/developer/PDFS/TN/5005.BDF_Spec.pdf
-
-Many good bitmap fonts in bdf format come with XFree86 (www.XFree86.org).
-They do not define vertical metrics, because the X Consortium BDF
-specification has removed them.
-
-
-Encodings
-*********
-
-The variety of encodings that accompanies bdf fonts appears to encompass the
-small set defined in freetype.h.  On the other hand, two properties that
-specify encoding and registry are usually defined in bdf fonts.
-
-I decided to make these two properties directly accessible, leaving to the
-client application the work of interpreting them.  For instance:
-
-
-  #include FT_INTERNAL_BDF_TYPES_H
-
-  FT_Face          face;
-  BDF_Public_Face  bdfface;
-
-
-  FT_New_Face( library, ..., &face );
-
-  bdfface = (BDF_Public_Face)face;
-
-  if ( ( bdfface->charset_registry == "ISO10646" ) &&
-       ( bdfface->charset_encoding == "1" )        )
-    [..]
-
-
-Thus the driver always exports `ft_encoding_none' as face->charmap.encoding.
-FT_Get_Char_Index's behavior is unmodified, that is, it converts the ULong
-value given as argument into the corresponding glyph number.
-
-If the two properties are not available, Adobe Standard Encoding should be
-assumed.
-
-
-Anti-Aliased Bitmaps
-********************
-
-The driver supports an extension to the BDF format as used in Mark Leisher's
-xmbdfed bitmap font editor.  Microsoft's SBIT tool expects bitmap fonts in
-that format for adding anti-aliased them to TrueType fonts.  It introduces a
-fourth field to the `SIZE' keyword which gives the bpp value (bits per
-pixel) of the glyph data in the font.  Possible values are 1 (the default),
-2 (four gray levels), 4 (16 gray levels), and 8 (256 gray levels).  The
-driver returns either a bitmap with 1 bit per pixel or a pixmap with 8bits
-per pixel (using 4, 16, and 256 gray levels, respectively).
-
-
-Known problems
-**************
-
-- A font is entirely loaded into memory.  Obviously, this is not the Right
-  Thing(TM).  If you have big fonts I suggest you convert them into PCF
-  format (using the bdftopcf utility): the PCF font drive of FreeType can
-  perform incremental glyph loading.
-
-When I have some time, I will implement on-demand glyph parsing.
-
-- Except for encodings properties, client applications have no visibility of
-  the PCF_Face object.  This means that applications cannot directly access
-  font tables and must trust FreeType.
-
-- Currently, glyph names are ignored.
-
-  I plan to give full visibility of the BDF_Face object in an upcoming
-  revision of the driver, thus implementing also glyph names.
-
-- As I have never seen a BDF font that defines vertical metrics, vertical
-  metrics are (parsed and) discarded.  If you own a BDF font that defines
-  vertical metrics, please let me know (I will implement them in 5-10
-  minutes).
-
-
-License
-*******
-
-Copyright (C) 2001-2002 by Francesco Zappa Nardelli
-
-Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
-a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
-"Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
-without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
-distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
-permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
-the following conditions:
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
-included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
-EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
-MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
-IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
-CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
-TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
-SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-
-*** Portions of the driver (that is, bdflib.c and bdf.h):
-
-Copyright 2000 Computing Research Labs, New Mexico State University
-Copyright 2001-2002 Francesco Zappa Nardelli
-
-Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
-copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
-to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
-the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
-and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
-Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
-THE COMPUTING RESEARCH LAB OR NEW MEXICO STATE UNIVERSITY BE LIABLE FOR ANY
-CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT
-OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR
-THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-
-
-Credits
-*******
-
-This driver is based on excellent Mark Leisher's bdf library.  If you
-find something good in this driver you should probably thank him, not
-me.
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/bdf.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/bdf.c
deleted file mode 100644
index f95fb76..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/bdf.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-/*  bdf.c
-
-    FreeType font driver for bdf files
-
-    Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 by
-    Francesco Zappa Nardelli
-
-Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
-in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
-to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
-copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
-furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
-LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
-OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
-THE SOFTWARE.
-*/
-
-#define FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include "bdflib.c"
-#include "bdfdrivr.c"
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/bdf.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/bdf.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 1b64426..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/bdf.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,295 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright 2000 Computing Research Labs, New Mexico State University
- * Copyright 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Francesco Zappa Nardelli
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
- * all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE COMPUTING RESEARCH LAB OR NEW MEXICO STATE UNIVERSITY BE LIABLE FOR ANY
- * CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT
- * OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR
- * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-
-#ifndef __BDF_H__
-#define __BDF_H__
-
-
-/*
- * Based on bdf.h,v 1.16 2000/03/16 20:08:51 mleisher
- */
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-/* Imported from bdfP.h */
-
-#define _bdf_glyph_modified( map, e )                 \
-          ( (map)[(e) >> 5] & ( 1 << ( (e) & 31 ) ) )
-#define _bdf_set_glyph_modified( map, e )              \
-          ( (map)[(e) >> 5] |= ( 1 << ( (e) & 31 ) ) )
-#define _bdf_clear_glyph_modified( map, e )             \
-          ( (map)[(e) >> 5] &= ~( 1 << ( (e) & 31 ) ) )
-
-/* end of bdfP.h */
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* BDF font options macros and types.                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-#define BDF_CORRECT_METRICS  0x01 /* Correct invalid metrics when loading. */
-#define BDF_KEEP_COMMENTS    0x02 /* Preserve the font comments.           */
-#define BDF_KEEP_UNENCODED   0x04 /* Keep the unencoded glyphs.            */
-#define BDF_PROPORTIONAL     0x08 /* Font has proportional spacing.        */
-#define BDF_MONOWIDTH        0x10 /* Font has mono width.                  */
-#define BDF_CHARCELL         0x20 /* Font has charcell spacing.            */
-
-#define BDF_ALL_SPACING  ( BDF_PROPORTIONAL | \
-                           BDF_MONOWIDTH    | \
-                           BDF_CHARCELL     )
-
-#define BDF_DEFAULT_LOAD_OPTIONS  ( BDF_CORRECT_METRICS | \
-                                    BDF_KEEP_COMMENTS   | \
-                                    BDF_KEEP_UNENCODED  | \
-                                    BDF_PROPORTIONAL    )
-
-
-  typedef struct  bdf_options_t_
-  {
-    int            correct_metrics;
-    int            keep_unencoded;
-    int            keep_comments;
-    int            font_spacing;
-
-  } bdf_options_t;
-
-
-  /* Callback function type for unknown configuration options. */
-  typedef int
-  (*bdf_options_callback_t)( bdf_options_t*  opts,
-                             char**          params,
-                             unsigned long   nparams,
-                             void*           client_data );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* BDF font property macros and types.                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-#define BDF_ATOM      1
-#define BDF_INTEGER   2
-#define BDF_CARDINAL  3
-
-
-  /* This structure represents a particular property of a font. */
-  /* There are a set of defaults and each font has their own.   */
-  typedef struct  bdf_property_t_
-  {
-    char*  name;         /* Name of the property.   */
-    int    format;       /* Format of the property. */
-    int    builtin;      /* A builtin property.     */
-    union
-    {
-      char*          atom;
-      long           int32;
-      unsigned long  card32;
-
-    } value;             /* Value of the property.  */
-
-  } bdf_property_t;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* BDF font metric and glyph types.                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  typedef struct  bdf_bbx_t_
-  {
-    unsigned short  width;
-    unsigned short  height;
-
-    short           x_offset;
-    short           y_offset;
-
-    short           ascent;
-    short           descent;
-
-  } bdf_bbx_t;
-
-
-  typedef struct  bdf_glyph_t_
-  {
-    char*           name;        /* Glyph name.                          */
-    long            encoding;    /* Glyph encoding.                      */
-    unsigned short  swidth;      /* Scalable width.                      */
-    unsigned short  dwidth;      /* Device width.                        */
-    bdf_bbx_t       bbx;         /* Glyph bounding box.                  */
-    unsigned char*  bitmap;      /* Glyph bitmap.                        */
-    unsigned long   bpr;         /* Number of bytes used per row.        */
-    unsigned short  bytes;       /* Number of bytes used for the bitmap. */
-
-  } bdf_glyph_t;
-
-
-  typedef struct  _hashnode_
-  {
-    const char*  key;
-    void*        data;
-
-  } _hashnode, *hashnode;
-
-
-  typedef struct  hashtable_
-  {
-    int        limit;
-    int        size;
-    int        used;
-    hashnode*  table;
-
-  } hashtable;
-
-
-  typedef struct  bdf_glyphlist_t_
-  {
-    unsigned short  pad;          /* Pad to 4-byte boundary.              */
-    unsigned short  bpp;          /* Bits per pixel.                      */
-    long            start;        /* Beginning encoding value of glyphs.  */
-    long            end;          /* Ending encoding value of glyphs.     */
-    bdf_glyph_t*    glyphs;       /* Glyphs themselves.                   */
-    unsigned long   glyphs_size;  /* Glyph structures allocated.          */
-    unsigned long   glyphs_used;  /* Glyph structures used.               */
-    bdf_bbx_t       bbx;          /* Overall bounding box of glyphs.      */
-
-  } bdf_glyphlist_t;
-
-
-  typedef struct  bdf_font_t_
-  {
-    char*            name;           /* Name of the font.                   */
-    bdf_bbx_t        bbx;            /* Font bounding box.                  */
-
-    long             point_size;     /* Point size of the font.             */
-    unsigned long    resolution_x;   /* Font horizontal resolution.         */
-    unsigned long    resolution_y;   /* Font vertical resolution.           */
-
-    int              spacing;        /* Font spacing value.                 */
-
-    unsigned short   monowidth;      /* Logical width for monowidth font.   */
-
-    long             default_char;   /* Encoding of the default glyph.      */
-
-    long             font_ascent;    /* Font ascent.                        */
-    long             font_descent;   /* Font descent.                       */
-
-    unsigned long    glyphs_size;    /* Glyph structures allocated.         */
-    unsigned long    glyphs_used;    /* Glyph structures used.              */
-    bdf_glyph_t*     glyphs;         /* Glyphs themselves.                  */
-
-    unsigned long    unencoded_size; /* Unencoded glyph struct. allocated.  */
-    unsigned long    unencoded_used; /* Unencoded glyph struct. used.       */
-    bdf_glyph_t*     unencoded;      /* Unencoded glyphs themselves.        */
-
-    unsigned long    props_size;     /* Font properties allocated.          */
-    unsigned long    props_used;     /* Font properties used.               */
-    bdf_property_t*  props;          /* Font properties themselves.         */
-
-    char*            comments;       /* Font comments.                      */
-    unsigned long    comments_len;   /* Length of comment string.           */
-
-    bdf_glyphlist_t  overflow;       /* Storage used for glyph insertion.   */
-
-    void*            internal;       /* Internal data for the font.         */
-
-    unsigned long    nmod[2048];     /* Bitmap indicating modified glyphs.  */
-    unsigned long    umod[2048];     /* Bitmap indicating modified          */
-                                     /* unencoded glyphs.                   */
-    unsigned short   modified;       /* Boolean indicating font modified.   */
-    unsigned short   bpp;            /* Bits per pixel.                     */
-
-    FT_Memory        memory;
-
-    bdf_property_t*  user_props;
-    unsigned long    nuser_props;
-    hashtable        proptbl;
-
-  } bdf_font_t;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Types for load/save callbacks.                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /* Error codes. */
-#define BDF_MISSING_START       -1
-#define BDF_MISSING_FONTNAME    -2
-#define BDF_MISSING_SIZE        -3
-#define BDF_MISSING_CHARS       -4
-#define BDF_MISSING_STARTCHAR   -5
-#define BDF_MISSING_ENCODING    -6
-#define BDF_MISSING_BBX         -7
-
-#define BDF_OUT_OF_MEMORY      -20
-
-#define BDF_INVALID_LINE      -100
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* BDF font API.                                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  bdf_load_font( FT_Stream       stream,
-                 FT_Memory       memory,
-                 bdf_options_t*  opts,
-                 bdf_font_t*    *font );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  bdf_free_font( bdf_font_t*  font );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( bdf_property_t * )
-  bdf_get_property( char*        name,
-                    bdf_font_t*  font );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( bdf_property_t * )
-  bdf_get_font_property( bdf_font_t*  font,
-                         const char*  name );
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-
-#endif /* __BDF_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 2a5767e..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,850 +0,0 @@
-/*  bdfdrivr.c
-
-    FreeType font driver for bdf files
-
-    Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by
-    Francesco Zappa Nardelli
-
-Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
-in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
-to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
-copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
-furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
-LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
-OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
-THE SOFTWARE.
-*/
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-#include FT_BDF_H
-
-#include FT_SERVICE_BDF_H
-#include FT_SERVICE_XFREE86_NAME_H
-
-#include "bdf.h"
-#include "bdfdrivr.h"
-
-#include "bdferror.h"
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_bdfdriver
-
-
-  typedef struct  BDF_CMapRec_
-  {
-    FT_CMapRec        cmap;
-    FT_UInt           num_encodings;
-    BDF_encoding_el*  encodings;
-
-  } BDF_CMapRec, *BDF_CMap;
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  bdf_cmap_init( FT_CMap     bdfcmap,
-                 FT_Pointer  init_data )
-  {
-    BDF_CMap  cmap = (BDF_CMap)bdfcmap;
-    BDF_Face  face = (BDF_Face)FT_CMAP_FACE( cmap );
-    FT_UNUSED( init_data );
-
-
-    cmap->num_encodings = face->bdffont->glyphs_used;
-    cmap->encodings     = face->en_table;
-
-    return BDF_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
-  bdf_cmap_done( FT_CMap  bdfcmap )
-  {
-    BDF_CMap  cmap = (BDF_CMap)bdfcmap;
-
-
-    cmap->encodings     = NULL;
-    cmap->num_encodings = 0;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
-  bdf_cmap_char_index( FT_CMap    bdfcmap,
-                       FT_UInt32  charcode )
-  {
-    BDF_CMap          cmap      = (BDF_CMap)bdfcmap;
-    BDF_encoding_el*  encodings = cmap->encodings;
-    FT_UInt           min, max, mid;
-    FT_UInt           result    = 0;
-
-
-    min = 0;
-    max = cmap->num_encodings;
-
-    while ( min < max )
-    {
-      FT_UInt32  code;
-
-
-      mid  = ( min + max ) >> 1;
-      code = encodings[mid].enc;
-
-      if ( charcode == code )
-      {
-        /* increase glyph index by 1 --              */
-        /* we reserve slot 0 for the undefined glyph */
-        result = encodings[mid].glyph + 1;
-        break;
-      }
-
-      if ( charcode < code )
-        max = mid;
-      else
-        min = mid + 1;
-    }
-
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
-  bdf_cmap_char_next( FT_CMap     bdfcmap,
-                      FT_UInt32  *acharcode )
-  {
-    BDF_CMap          cmap      = (BDF_CMap)bdfcmap;
-    BDF_encoding_el*  encodings = cmap->encodings;
-    FT_UInt           min, max, mid;
-    FT_UInt32         charcode = *acharcode + 1;
-    FT_UInt           result   = 0;
-
-
-    min = 0;
-    max = cmap->num_encodings;
-
-    while ( min < max )
-    {
-      FT_UInt32  code;
-
-
-      mid  = ( min + max ) >> 1;
-      code = encodings[mid].enc;
-
-      if ( charcode == code )
-      {
-        /* increase glyph index by 1 --              */
-        /* we reserve slot 0 for the undefined glyph */
-        result = encodings[mid].glyph + 1;
-        goto Exit;
-      }
-
-      if ( charcode < code )
-        max = mid;
-      else
-        min = mid + 1;
-    }
-
-    charcode = 0;
-    if ( min < cmap->num_encodings )
-    {
-      charcode = encodings[min].enc;
-      result   = encodings[min].glyph + 1;
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    *acharcode = charcode;
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
-  const FT_CMap_ClassRec  bdf_cmap_class =
-  {
-    sizeof ( BDF_CMapRec ),
-    bdf_cmap_init,
-    bdf_cmap_done,
-    bdf_cmap_char_index,
-    bdf_cmap_char_next,
-
-    NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL
-  };
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  bdf_interpret_style( BDF_Face  bdf )
-  {
-    FT_Error         error  = BDF_Err_Ok;
-    FT_Face          face   = FT_FACE( bdf );
-    FT_Memory        memory = face->memory;
-    bdf_font_t*      font   = bdf->bdffont;
-    bdf_property_t*  prop;
-
-    int    nn, len;
-    char*  strings[4] = { NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL };
-    int    lengths[4];
-
-
-    face->style_flags = 0;
-
-    prop = bdf_get_font_property( font, (char *)"SLANT" );
-    if ( prop && prop->format == BDF_ATOM                             &&
-         prop->value.atom                                             &&
-         ( *(prop->value.atom) == 'O' || *(prop->value.atom) == 'o' ||
-           *(prop->value.atom) == 'I' || *(prop->value.atom) == 'i' ) )
-    {
-      face->style_flags |= FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC;
-      strings[2] = ( *(prop->value.atom) == 'O' || *(prop->value.atom) == 'o' )
-                   ? (char *)"Oblique"
-                   : (char *)"Italic";
-    }
-
-    prop = bdf_get_font_property( font, (char *)"WEIGHT_NAME" );
-    if ( prop && prop->format == BDF_ATOM                             &&
-         prop->value.atom                                             &&
-         ( *(prop->value.atom) == 'B' || *(prop->value.atom) == 'b' ) )
-    {
-      face->style_flags |= FT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLD;
-      strings[1] = (char *)"Bold";
-    }
-
-    prop = bdf_get_font_property( font, (char *)"SETWIDTH_NAME" );
-    if ( prop && prop->format == BDF_ATOM                              &&
-         prop->value.atom && *(prop->value.atom)                       &&
-         !( *(prop->value.atom) == 'N' || *(prop->value.atom) == 'n' ) )
-      strings[3] = (char *)(prop->value.atom);
-
-    prop = bdf_get_font_property( font, (char *)"ADD_STYLE_NAME" );
-    if ( prop && prop->format == BDF_ATOM                              &&
-         prop->value.atom && *(prop->value.atom)                       &&
-         !( *(prop->value.atom) == 'N' || *(prop->value.atom) == 'n' ) )
-      strings[0] = (char *)(prop->value.atom);
-
-    len = 0;
-
-    for ( len = 0, nn = 0; nn < 4; nn++ )
-    {
-      lengths[nn] = 0;
-      if ( strings[nn] )
-      {
-        lengths[nn] = ft_strlen( strings[nn] );
-        len        += lengths[nn] + 1;
-      }
-    }
-
-    if ( len == 0 )
-    {
-      strings[0] = (char *)"Regular";
-      lengths[0] = ft_strlen( strings[0] );
-      len        = lengths[0] + 1;
-    }
-
-    {
-      char*  s;
-
-
-      if ( FT_ALLOC( face->style_name, len ) )
-        return error;
-
-      s = face->style_name;
-
-      for ( nn = 0; nn < 4; nn++ )
-      {
-        char*  src = strings[nn];
-
-
-        len = lengths[nn];
-
-        if ( src == NULL )
-          continue;
-
-        /* separate elements with a space */
-        if ( s != face->style_name )
-          *s++ = ' ';
-
-        ft_memcpy( s, src, len );
-
-        /* need to convert spaces to dashes for */
-        /* add_style_name and setwidth_name     */
-        if ( nn == 0 || nn == 3 )
-        {
-          int  mm;
-
-
-          for ( mm = 0; mm < len; mm++ )
-            if ( s[mm] == ' ' )
-              s[mm] = '-';
-        }
-
-        s += len;
-      }
-      *s = 0;
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
-  BDF_Face_Done( FT_Face  bdfface )         /* BDF_Face */
-  {
-    BDF_Face   face   = (BDF_Face)bdfface;
-    FT_Memory  memory = FT_FACE_MEMORY( face );
-
-
-    bdf_free_font( face->bdffont );
-
-    FT_FREE( face->en_table );
-
-    FT_FREE( face->charset_encoding );
-    FT_FREE( face->charset_registry );
-    FT_FREE( bdfface->family_name );
-    FT_FREE( bdfface->style_name );
-
-    FT_FREE( bdfface->available_sizes );
-
-    FT_FREE( face->bdffont );
-
-    FT_TRACE4(( "BDF_Face_Done: done face\n" ));
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  BDF_Face_Init( FT_Stream      stream,
-                 FT_Face        bdfface,        /* BDF_Face */
-                 FT_Int         face_index,
-                 FT_Int         num_params,
-                 FT_Parameter*  params )
-  {
-    FT_Error       error  = BDF_Err_Ok;
-    BDF_Face       face   = (BDF_Face)bdfface;
-    FT_Memory      memory = FT_FACE_MEMORY( face );
-
-    bdf_font_t*    font = NULL;
-    bdf_options_t  options;
-
-    FT_UNUSED( num_params );
-    FT_UNUSED( params );
-    FT_UNUSED( face_index );
-
-
-    if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( 0 ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    options.correct_metrics = 1;   /* FZ XXX: options semantics */
-    options.keep_unencoded  = 1;
-    options.keep_comments   = 0;
-    options.font_spacing    = BDF_PROPORTIONAL;
-
-    error = bdf_load_font( stream, memory, &options, &font );
-    if ( error == BDF_Err_Missing_Startfont_Field )
-    {
-      FT_TRACE2(( "[not a valid BDF file]\n" ));
-      goto Fail;
-    }
-    else if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* we have a bdf font: let's construct the face object */
-    face->bdffont = font;
-    {
-      bdf_property_t*  prop = NULL;
-
-
-      FT_TRACE4(( "number of glyphs: %d (%d)\n",
-                  font->glyphs_size,
-                  font->glyphs_used ));
-      FT_TRACE4(( "number of unencoded glyphs: %d (%d)\n",
-                  font->unencoded_size,
-                  font->unencoded_used ));
-
-      bdfface->num_faces  = 1;
-      bdfface->face_index = 0;
-      bdfface->face_flags = FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES |
-                            FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL  |
-                            FT_FACE_FLAG_FAST_GLYPHS;
-
-      prop = bdf_get_font_property( font, "SPACING" );
-      if ( prop && prop->format == BDF_ATOM                             &&
-           prop->value.atom                                             &&
-           ( *(prop->value.atom) == 'M' || *(prop->value.atom) == 'm' ||
-             *(prop->value.atom) == 'C' || *(prop->value.atom) == 'c' ) )
-        bdfface->face_flags |= FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH;
-
-      /* FZ XXX: TO DO: FT_FACE_FLAGS_VERTICAL   */
-      /* FZ XXX: I need a font to implement this */
-
-      prop = bdf_get_font_property( font, "FAMILY_NAME" );
-      if ( prop && prop->value.atom )
-      {
-        if ( FT_STRDUP( bdfface->family_name, prop->value.atom ) )
-          goto Exit;
-      }
-      else
-        bdfface->family_name = 0;
-
-      if ( ( error = bdf_interpret_style( face ) ) != 0 )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      /* the number of glyphs (with one slot for the undefined glyph */
-      /* at position 0 and all unencoded glyphs)                     */
-      bdfface->num_glyphs = font->glyphs_size + 1;
-
-      bdfface->num_fixed_sizes = 1;
-      if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( bdfface->available_sizes, 1 ) )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      {
-        FT_Bitmap_Size*  bsize = bdfface->available_sizes;
-        FT_Short         resolution_x = 0, resolution_y = 0;
-
-
-        FT_MEM_ZERO( bsize, sizeof ( FT_Bitmap_Size ) );
-
-        bsize->height = (FT_Short)( font->font_ascent + font->font_descent );
-
-        prop = bdf_get_font_property( font, "AVERAGE_WIDTH" );
-        if ( prop )
-          bsize->width = (FT_Short)( ( prop->value.int32 + 5 ) / 10 );
-        else
-          bsize->width = (FT_Short)( bsize->height * 2/3 );
-
-        prop = bdf_get_font_property( font, "POINT_SIZE" );
-        if ( prop )
-          /* convert from 722.7 decipoints to 72 points per inch */
-          bsize->size =
-            (FT_Pos)( ( prop->value.int32 * 64 * 7200 + 36135L ) / 72270L );
-        else
-          bsize->size = bsize->width << 6;
-
-        prop = bdf_get_font_property( font, "PIXEL_SIZE" );
-        if ( prop )
-          bsize->y_ppem = (FT_Short)prop->value.int32 << 6;
-
-        prop = bdf_get_font_property( font, "RESOLUTION_X" );
-        if ( prop )
-          resolution_x = (FT_Short)prop->value.int32;
-
-        prop = bdf_get_font_property( font, "RESOLUTION_Y" );
-        if ( prop )
-          resolution_y = (FT_Short)prop->value.int32;
-
-        if ( bsize->y_ppem == 0 )
-        {
-          bsize->y_ppem = bsize->size;
-          if ( resolution_y )
-            bsize->y_ppem = bsize->y_ppem * resolution_y / 72;
-        }
-        if ( resolution_x && resolution_y )
-          bsize->x_ppem = bsize->y_ppem * resolution_x / resolution_y;
-        else
-          bsize->x_ppem = bsize->y_ppem;
-      }
-
-      /* encoding table */
-      {
-        bdf_glyph_t*   cur = font->glyphs;
-        unsigned long  n;
-
-
-        if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( face->en_table, font->glyphs_size ) )
-          goto Exit;
-
-        face->default_glyph = 0;
-        for ( n = 0; n < font->glyphs_size; n++ )
-        {
-          (face->en_table[n]).enc = cur[n].encoding;
-          FT_TRACE4(( "idx %d, val 0x%lX\n", n, cur[n].encoding ));
-          (face->en_table[n]).glyph = (FT_Short)n;
-
-          if ( cur[n].encoding == font->default_char )
-            face->default_glyph = n;
-        }
-      }
-
-      /* charmaps */
-      {
-        bdf_property_t  *charset_registry = 0, *charset_encoding = 0;
-        FT_Bool          unicode_charmap  = 0;
-
-
-        charset_registry =
-          bdf_get_font_property( font, "CHARSET_REGISTRY" );
-        charset_encoding =
-          bdf_get_font_property( font, "CHARSET_ENCODING" );
-        if ( charset_registry && charset_encoding )
-        {
-          if ( charset_registry->format == BDF_ATOM &&
-               charset_encoding->format == BDF_ATOM &&
-               charset_registry->value.atom         &&
-               charset_encoding->value.atom         )
-          {
-            const char*  s;
-
-
-            if ( FT_STRDUP( face->charset_encoding,
-                            charset_encoding->value.atom ) ||
-                 FT_STRDUP( face->charset_registry,
-                            charset_registry->value.atom ) )
-              goto Exit;
-
-            /* Uh, oh, compare first letters manually to avoid dependency */
-            /* on locales.                                                */
-            s = face->charset_registry;
-            if ( ( s[0] == 'i' || s[0] == 'I' ) &&
-                 ( s[1] == 's' || s[1] == 'S' ) &&
-                 ( s[2] == 'o' || s[2] == 'O' ) )
-            {
-              s += 3;
-              if ( !ft_strcmp( s, "10646" )                      ||
-                   ( !ft_strcmp( s, "8859" ) &&
-                     !ft_strcmp( face->charset_encoding, "1" ) ) )
-              unicode_charmap = 1;
-            }
-
-            {
-              FT_CharMapRec  charmap;
-
-
-              charmap.face        = FT_FACE( face );
-              charmap.encoding    = FT_ENCODING_NONE;
-              charmap.platform_id = 0;
-              charmap.encoding_id = 0;
-
-              if ( unicode_charmap )
-              {
-                charmap.encoding    = FT_ENCODING_UNICODE;
-                charmap.platform_id = 3;
-                charmap.encoding_id = 1;
-              }
-
-              error = FT_CMap_New( &bdf_cmap_class, NULL, &charmap, NULL );
-
-#if 0
-              /* Select default charmap */
-              if ( bdfface->num_charmaps )
-                bdfface->charmap = bdfface->charmaps[0];
-#endif
-            }
-
-            goto Exit;
-          }
-        }
-
-        /* otherwise assume Adobe standard encoding */
-
-        {
-          FT_CharMapRec  charmap;
-
-
-          charmap.face        = FT_FACE( face );
-          charmap.encoding    = FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_STANDARD;
-          charmap.platform_id = 7;
-          charmap.encoding_id = 0;
-
-          error = FT_CMap_New( &bdf_cmap_class, NULL, &charmap, NULL );
-
-          /* Select default charmap */
-          if ( bdfface->num_charmaps )
-            bdfface->charmap = bdfface->charmaps[0];
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-
-  Fail:
-    BDF_Face_Done( bdfface );
-    return BDF_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  BDF_Size_Select( FT_Size   size,
-                   FT_ULong  strike_index )
-  {
-    bdf_font_t*  bdffont = ( (BDF_Face)size->face )->bdffont;
-
-
-    FT_Select_Metrics( size->face, strike_index );
-
-    size->metrics.ascender    = bdffont->font_ascent << 6;
-    size->metrics.descender   = -bdffont->font_descent << 6;
-    size->metrics.max_advance = bdffont->bbx.width << 6;
-
-    return BDF_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  BDF_Size_Request( FT_Size          size,
-                    FT_Size_Request  req )
-  {
-    FT_Face          face    = size->face;
-    FT_Bitmap_Size*  bsize   = face->available_sizes;
-    bdf_font_t*      bdffont = ( (BDF_Face)face )->bdffont;
-    FT_Error         error   = BDF_Err_Invalid_Pixel_Size;
-    FT_Long          height;
-
-
-    height = FT_REQUEST_HEIGHT( req );
-    height = ( height + 32 ) >> 6;
-
-    switch ( req->type )
-    {
-    case FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_NOMINAL:
-      if ( height == ( bsize->y_ppem + 32 ) >> 6 )
-        error = BDF_Err_Ok;
-      break;
-
-    case FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_REAL_DIM:
-      if ( height == ( bdffont->font_ascent +
-                       bdffont->font_descent ) )
-        error = BDF_Err_Ok;
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      error = BDF_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
-      break;
-    }
-
-    if ( error )
-      return error;
-    else
-      return BDF_Size_Select( size, 0 );
-  }
-
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  BDF_Glyph_Load( FT_GlyphSlot  slot,
-                  FT_Size       size,
-                  FT_UInt       glyph_index,
-                  FT_Int32      load_flags )
-  {
-    BDF_Face     bdf    = (BDF_Face)FT_SIZE_FACE( size );
-    FT_Face      face   = FT_FACE( bdf );
-    FT_Error     error  = BDF_Err_Ok;
-    FT_Bitmap*   bitmap = &slot->bitmap;
-    bdf_glyph_t  glyph;
-    int          bpp    = bdf->bdffont->bpp;
-
-    FT_UNUSED( load_flags );
-
-
-    if ( !face || glyph_index >= (FT_UInt)face->num_glyphs )
-    {
-      error = BDF_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* index 0 is the undefined glyph */
-    if ( glyph_index == 0 )
-      glyph_index = bdf->default_glyph;
-    else
-      glyph_index--;
-
-    /* slot, bitmap => freetype, glyph => bdflib */
-    glyph = bdf->bdffont->glyphs[glyph_index];
-
-    bitmap->rows  = glyph.bbx.height;
-    bitmap->width = glyph.bbx.width;
-    bitmap->pitch = glyph.bpr;
-
-    /* note: we don't allocate a new array to hold the bitmap; */
-    /*       we can simply point to it                         */
-    ft_glyphslot_set_bitmap( slot, glyph.bitmap );
-
-    switch ( bpp )
-    {
-    case 1:
-      bitmap->pixel_mode = FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO;
-      break;
-    case 2:
-      bitmap->pixel_mode = FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2;
-      break;
-    case 4:
-      bitmap->pixel_mode = FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4;
-      break;
-    case 8:
-      bitmap->pixel_mode = FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY;
-      bitmap->num_grays  = 256;
-      break;
-    }
-
-    slot->format      = FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP;
-    slot->bitmap_left = glyph.bbx.x_offset;
-    slot->bitmap_top  = glyph.bbx.ascent;
-
-    slot->metrics.horiAdvance  = glyph.dwidth << 6;
-    slot->metrics.horiBearingX = glyph.bbx.x_offset << 6;
-    slot->metrics.horiBearingY = glyph.bbx.ascent << 6;
-    slot->metrics.width        = bitmap->width << 6;
-    slot->metrics.height       = bitmap->rows << 6;
-
-    /*
-     * XXX DWIDTH1 and VVECTOR should be parsed and
-     * used here, provided such fonts do exist.
-     */
-    ft_synthesize_vertical_metrics( &slot->metrics,
-                                    bdf->bdffont->bbx.height << 6 );
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
- /*
-  *
-  *  BDF SERVICE
-  *
-  */
-
-  static FT_Error
-  bdf_get_bdf_property( BDF_Face          face,
-                        const char*       prop_name,
-                        BDF_PropertyRec  *aproperty )
-  {
-    bdf_property_t*  prop;
-
-
-    FT_ASSERT( face && face->bdffont );
-
-    prop = bdf_get_font_property( face->bdffont, prop_name );
-    if ( prop )
-    {
-      switch ( prop->format )
-      {
-      case BDF_ATOM:
-        aproperty->type   = BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM;
-        aproperty->u.atom = prop->value.atom;
-        break;
-
-      case BDF_INTEGER:
-        aproperty->type      = BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER;
-        aproperty->u.integer = prop->value.int32;
-        break;
-
-      case BDF_CARDINAL:
-        aproperty->type       = BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL;
-        aproperty->u.cardinal = prop->value.card32;
-        break;
-
-      default:
-        goto Fail;
-      }
-      return 0;
-    }
-
-  Fail:
-    return BDF_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  bdf_get_charset_id( BDF_Face      face,
-                      const char*  *acharset_encoding,
-                      const char*  *acharset_registry )
-  {
-    *acharset_encoding = face->charset_encoding;
-    *acharset_registry = face->charset_registry;
-
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  static const FT_Service_BDFRec  bdf_service_bdf =
-  {
-    (FT_BDF_GetCharsetIdFunc)bdf_get_charset_id,
-    (FT_BDF_GetPropertyFunc) bdf_get_bdf_property
-  };
-
-
- /*
-  *
-  *  SERVICES LIST
-  *
-  */
-
-  static const FT_ServiceDescRec  bdf_services[] =
-  {
-    { FT_SERVICE_ID_BDF,       &bdf_service_bdf },
-    { FT_SERVICE_ID_XF86_NAME, FT_XF86_FORMAT_BDF },
-    { NULL, NULL }
-  };
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Module_Interface )
-  bdf_driver_requester( FT_Module    module,
-                        const char*  name )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( module );
-
-    return ft_service_list_lookup( bdf_services, name );
-  }
-
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
-  const FT_Driver_ClassRec  bdf_driver_class =
-  {
-    {
-      FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER         |
-      FT_MODULE_DRIVER_NO_OUTLINES,
-      sizeof ( FT_DriverRec ),
-
-      "bdf",
-      0x10000L,
-      0x20000L,
-
-      0,
-
-      (FT_Module_Constructor)0,
-      (FT_Module_Destructor) 0,
-      (FT_Module_Requester)  bdf_driver_requester
-    },
-
-    sizeof ( BDF_FaceRec ),
-    sizeof ( FT_SizeRec ),
-    sizeof ( FT_GlyphSlotRec ),
-
-    BDF_Face_Init,
-    BDF_Face_Done,
-    0,                          /* FT_Size_InitFunc */
-    0,                          /* FT_Size_DoneFunc */
-    0,                          /* FT_Slot_InitFunc */
-    0,                          /* FT_Slot_DoneFunc */
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
-    ft_stub_set_char_sizes,
-    ft_stub_set_pixel_sizes,
-#endif
-    BDF_Glyph_Load,
-
-    0,                          /* FT_Face_GetKerningFunc   */
-    0,                          /* FT_Face_AttachFunc       */
-    0,                          /* FT_Face_GetAdvancesFunc  */
-
-    BDF_Size_Request,
-    BDF_Size_Select
-  };
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/bdfdrivr.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/bdfdrivr.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 86f40ee..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/bdfdrivr.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
-/*  bdfdrivr.h
-
-    FreeType font driver for bdf fonts
-
-  Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 by
-  Francesco Zappa Nardelli
-
-Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
-in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
-to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
-copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
-furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
-LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
-OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
-THE SOFTWARE.
-*/
-
-
-#ifndef __BDFDRIVR_H__
-#define __BDFDRIVR_H__
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DRIVER_H
-
-#include "bdf.h"
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  typedef struct  BDF_encoding_el_
-  {
-    FT_ULong   enc;
-    FT_UShort  glyph;
-
-  } BDF_encoding_el;
-
-
-  typedef struct  BDF_FaceRec_
-  {
-    FT_FaceRec        root;
-
-    char*             charset_encoding;
-    char*             charset_registry;
-
-    bdf_font_t*       bdffont;
-
-    BDF_encoding_el*  en_table;
-
-    FT_CharMap        charmap_handle;
-    FT_CharMapRec     charmap;  /* a single charmap per face */
-
-    FT_UInt           default_glyph;
-
-  } BDF_FaceRec, *BDF_Face;
-
-
-  FT_EXPORT_VAR( const FT_Driver_ClassRec )  bdf_driver_class;
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-
-#endif /* __BDFDRIVR_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/bdferror.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/bdferror.h
deleted file mode 100644
index b27fa33..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/bdferror.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright 2001, 2002 Francesco Zappa Nardelli
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
- * all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE COMPUTING RESEARCH LAB OR NEW MEXICO STATE UNIVERSITY BE LIABLE FOR ANY
- * CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT
- * OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR
- * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This file is used to define the BDF error enumeration constants.      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef __BDFERROR_H__
-#define __BDFERROR_H__
-
-#include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
-
-#undef __FTERRORS_H__
-
-#define FT_ERR_PREFIX  BDF_Err_
-#define FT_ERR_BASE    FT_Mod_Err_BDF
-
-#include FT_ERRORS_H
-
-#endif /* __BDFERROR_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/bdflib.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/bdflib.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 512cd62..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/bdflib.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2472 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright 2000 Computing Research Labs, New Mexico State University
- * Copyright 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007
- *   Francesco Zappa Nardelli
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
- * all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE COMPUTING RESEARCH LAB OR NEW MEXICO STATE UNIVERSITY BE LIABLE FOR ANY
- * CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT
- * OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR
- * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*  This file is based on bdf.c,v 1.22 2000/03/16 20:08:50               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*  taken from Mark Leisher's xmbdfed package                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-
-#include FT_FREETYPE_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-
-#include "bdf.h"
-#include "bdferror.h"
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_bdflib
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Default BDF font options.                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  static const bdf_options_t  _bdf_opts =
-  {
-    1,                /* Correct metrics.               */
-    1,                /* Preserve unencoded glyphs.     */
-    0,                /* Preserve comments.             */
-    BDF_PROPORTIONAL  /* Default spacing.               */
-  };
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Builtin BDF font properties.                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /* List of most properties that might appear in a font.  Doesn't include */
-  /* the RAW_* and AXIS_* properties in X11R6 polymorphic fonts.           */
-
-  static const bdf_property_t  _bdf_properties[] =
-  {
-    { (char *)"ADD_STYLE_NAME",          BDF_ATOM,     1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"AVERAGE_WIDTH",           BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"AVG_CAPITAL_WIDTH",       BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"AVG_LOWERCASE_WIDTH",     BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"CAP_HEIGHT",              BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"CHARSET_COLLECTIONS",     BDF_ATOM,     1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"CHARSET_ENCODING",        BDF_ATOM,     1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"CHARSET_REGISTRY",        BDF_ATOM,     1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"COMMENT",                 BDF_ATOM,     1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"COPYRIGHT",               BDF_ATOM,     1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"DEFAULT_CHAR",            BDF_CARDINAL, 1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"DESTINATION",             BDF_CARDINAL, 1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"DEVICE_FONT_NAME",        BDF_ATOM,     1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"END_SPACE",               BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"FACE_NAME",               BDF_ATOM,     1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"FAMILY_NAME",             BDF_ATOM,     1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"FIGURE_WIDTH",            BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"FONT",                    BDF_ATOM,     1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"FONTNAME_REGISTRY",       BDF_ATOM,     1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"FONT_ASCENT",             BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"FONT_DESCENT",            BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"FOUNDRY",                 BDF_ATOM,     1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"FULL_NAME",               BDF_ATOM,     1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"ITALIC_ANGLE",            BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"MAX_SPACE",               BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"MIN_SPACE",               BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"NORM_SPACE",              BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"NOTICE",                  BDF_ATOM,     1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"PIXEL_SIZE",              BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"POINT_SIZE",              BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"QUAD_WIDTH",              BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"RAW_ASCENT",              BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"RAW_AVERAGE_WIDTH",       BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"RAW_AVG_CAPITAL_WIDTH",   BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"RAW_AVG_LOWERCASE_WIDTH", BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"RAW_CAP_HEIGHT",          BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"RAW_DESCENT",             BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"RAW_END_SPACE",           BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"RAW_FIGURE_WIDTH",        BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"RAW_MAX_SPACE",           BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"RAW_MIN_SPACE",           BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"RAW_NORM_SPACE",          BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"RAW_PIXEL_SIZE",          BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"RAW_POINT_SIZE",          BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"RAW_PIXELSIZE",           BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"RAW_POINTSIZE",           BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"RAW_QUAD_WIDTH",          BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"RAW_SMALL_CAP_SIZE",      BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"RAW_STRIKEOUT_ASCENT",    BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"RAW_STRIKEOUT_DESCENT",   BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"RAW_SUBSCRIPT_SIZE",      BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"RAW_SUBSCRIPT_X",         BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"RAW_SUBSCRIPT_Y",         BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"RAW_SUPERSCRIPT_SIZE",    BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"RAW_SUPERSCRIPT_X",       BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"RAW_SUPERSCRIPT_Y",       BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"RAW_UNDERLINE_POSITION",  BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"RAW_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS", BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"RAW_X_HEIGHT",            BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"RELATIVE_SETWIDTH",       BDF_CARDINAL, 1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"RELATIVE_WEIGHT",         BDF_CARDINAL, 1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"RESOLUTION",              BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"RESOLUTION_X",            BDF_CARDINAL, 1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"RESOLUTION_Y",            BDF_CARDINAL, 1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"SETWIDTH_NAME",           BDF_ATOM,     1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"SLANT",                   BDF_ATOM,     1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"SMALL_CAP_SIZE",          BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"SPACING",                 BDF_ATOM,     1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"STRIKEOUT_ASCENT",        BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"STRIKEOUT_DESCENT",       BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"SUBSCRIPT_SIZE",          BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"SUBSCRIPT_X",             BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"SUBSCRIPT_Y",             BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"SUPERSCRIPT_SIZE",        BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"SUPERSCRIPT_X",           BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"SUPERSCRIPT_Y",           BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"UNDERLINE_POSITION",      BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"UNDERLINE_THICKNESS",     BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"WEIGHT",                  BDF_CARDINAL, 1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"WEIGHT_NAME",             BDF_ATOM,     1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"X_HEIGHT",                BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET",   BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
-    { (char *)"_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE",  BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
-  };
-
-  static const unsigned long
-  _num_bdf_properties = sizeof ( _bdf_properties ) /
-                        sizeof ( _bdf_properties[0] );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Hash table utilities for the properties.                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /* XXX: Replace this with FreeType's hash functions */
-
-
-#define INITIAL_HT_SIZE  241
-
-  typedef void
-  (*hash_free_func)( hashnode  node );
-
-  static hashnode*
-  hash_bucket( const char*  key,
-               hashtable*   ht )
-  {
-    const char*    kp  = key;
-    unsigned long  res = 0;
-    hashnode*      bp  = ht->table, *ndp;
-
-
-    /* Mocklisp hash function. */
-    while ( *kp )
-      res = ( res << 5 ) - res + *kp++;
-
-    ndp = bp + ( res % ht->size );
-    while ( *ndp )
-    {
-      kp = (*ndp)->key;
-      if ( kp[0] == key[0] && ft_strcmp( kp, key ) == 0 )
-        break;
-      ndp--;
-      if ( ndp < bp )
-        ndp = bp + ( ht->size - 1 );
-    }
-
-    return ndp;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  hash_rehash( hashtable*  ht,
-               FT_Memory   memory )
-  {
-    hashnode*  obp = ht->table, *bp, *nbp;
-    int        i, sz = ht->size;
-    FT_Error   error = BDF_Err_Ok;
-
-
-    ht->size <<= 1;
-    ht->limit  = ht->size / 3;
-
-    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( ht->table, ht->size ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    for ( i = 0, bp = obp; i < sz; i++, bp++ )
-    {
-      if ( *bp )
-      {
-        nbp = hash_bucket( (*bp)->key, ht );
-        *nbp = *bp;
-      }
-    }
-    FT_FREE( obp );
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  hash_init( hashtable*  ht,
-             FT_Memory   memory )
-  {
-    int       sz = INITIAL_HT_SIZE;
-    FT_Error  error = BDF_Err_Ok;
-
-
-    ht->size  = sz;
-    ht->limit = sz / 3;
-    ht->used  = 0;
-
-    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( ht->table, sz ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  hash_free( hashtable*  ht,
-             FT_Memory   memory )
-  {
-    if ( ht != 0 )
-    {
-      int        i, sz = ht->size;
-      hashnode*  bp = ht->table;
-
-
-      for ( i = 0; i < sz; i++, bp++ )
-        FT_FREE( *bp );
-
-      FT_FREE( ht->table );
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  hash_insert( char*       key,
-               void*       data,
-               hashtable*  ht,
-               FT_Memory   memory )
-  {
-    hashnode  nn, *bp = hash_bucket( key, ht );
-    FT_Error  error = BDF_Err_Ok;
-
-
-    nn = *bp;
-    if ( !nn )
-    {
-      if ( FT_NEW( nn ) )
-        goto Exit;
-      *bp = nn;
-
-      nn->key  = key;
-      nn->data = data;
-
-      if ( ht->used >= ht->limit )
-      {
-        error = hash_rehash( ht, memory );
-        if ( error )
-          goto Exit;
-      }
-      ht->used++;
-    }
-    else
-      nn->data = data;
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static hashnode
-  hash_lookup( const char* key,
-               hashtable*  ht )
-  {
-    hashnode *np = hash_bucket( key, ht );
-
-
-    return *np;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Utility types and functions.                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /* Function type for parsing lines of a BDF font. */
-
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*_bdf_line_func_t)( char*          line,
-                       unsigned long  linelen,
-                       unsigned long  lineno,
-                       void*          call_data,
-                       void*          client_data );
-
-
-  /* List structure for splitting lines into fields. */
-
-  typedef struct  _bdf_list_t_
-  {
-    char**         field;
-    unsigned long  size;
-    unsigned long  used;
-    FT_Memory      memory;
-
-  } _bdf_list_t;
-
-
-  /* Structure used while loading BDF fonts. */
-
-  typedef struct  _bdf_parse_t_
-  {
-    unsigned long   flags;
-    unsigned long   cnt;
-    unsigned long   row;
-
-    short           minlb;
-    short           maxlb;
-    short           maxrb;
-    short           maxas;
-    short           maxds;
-
-    short           rbearing;
-
-    char*           glyph_name;
-    long            glyph_enc;
-
-    bdf_font_t*     font;
-    bdf_options_t*  opts;
-
-    unsigned long   have[2048];
-    _bdf_list_t     list;
-
-    FT_Memory       memory;
-
-  } _bdf_parse_t;
-
-
-#define setsbit( m, cc ) \
-          ( m[(FT_Byte)(cc) >> 3] |= (FT_Byte)( 1 << ( (cc) & 7 ) ) )
-#define sbitset( m, cc ) \
-          ( m[(FT_Byte)(cc) >> 3]  & ( 1 << ( (cc) & 7 ) ) )
-
-
-  static void
-  _bdf_list_init( _bdf_list_t*  list,
-                  FT_Memory     memory )
-  {
-    FT_ZERO( list );
-    list->memory = memory;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  _bdf_list_done( _bdf_list_t*  list )
-  {
-    FT_Memory  memory = list->memory;
-
-
-    if ( memory )
-    {
-      FT_FREE( list->field );
-      FT_ZERO( list );
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  _bdf_list_ensure( _bdf_list_t*  list,
-                    int           num_items )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error = BDF_Err_Ok;
-
-
-    if ( num_items > (int)list->size )
-    {
-      int        oldsize = list->size;
-      int        newsize = oldsize + ( oldsize >> 1 ) + 4;
-      int        bigsize = FT_INT_MAX / sizeof ( char* );
-      FT_Memory  memory  = list->memory;
-
-
-      if ( oldsize == bigsize )
-      {
-        error = BDF_Err_Out_Of_Memory;
-        goto Exit;
-      }
-      else if ( newsize < oldsize || newsize > bigsize )
-        newsize = bigsize;
-
-      if ( FT_RENEW_ARRAY( list->field, oldsize, newsize ) )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      list->size = newsize;
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  _bdf_list_shift( _bdf_list_t*   list,
-                   unsigned long  n )
-  {
-    unsigned long  i, u;
-
-
-    if ( list == 0 || list->used == 0 || n == 0 )
-      return;
-
-    if ( n >= list->used )
-    {
-      list->used = 0;
-      return;
-    }
-
-    for ( u = n, i = 0; u < list->used; i++, u++ )
-      list->field[i] = list->field[u];
-    list->used -= n;
-  }
-
-
-  static char *
-  _bdf_list_join( _bdf_list_t*    list,
-                  int             c,
-                  unsigned long  *alen )
-  {
-    unsigned long  i, j;
-    char           *fp, *dp;
-
-
-    *alen = 0;
-
-    if ( list == 0 || list->used == 0 )
-      return 0;
-
-    dp = list->field[0];
-    for ( i = j = 0; i < list->used; i++ )
-    {
-      fp = list->field[i];
-      while ( *fp )
-        dp[j++] = *fp++;
-
-      if ( i + 1 < list->used )
-        dp[j++] = (char)c;
-    }
-    dp[j] = 0;
-
-    *alen = j;
-    return dp;
-  }
-
-
-  /* An empty string for empty fields. */
-
-  static const char  empty[1] = { 0 };      /* XXX eliminate this */
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  _bdf_list_split( _bdf_list_t*   list,
-                   char*          separators,
-                   char*          line,
-                   unsigned long  linelen )
-  {
-    int       mult, final_empty;
-    char      *sp, *ep, *end;
-    char      seps[32];
-    FT_Error  error = BDF_Err_Ok;
-
-
-    /* Initialize the list. */
-    list->used = 0;
-
-    /* If the line is empty, then simply return. */
-    if ( linelen == 0 || line[0] == 0 )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* In the original code, if the `separators' parameter is NULL or */
-    /* empty, the list is split into individual bytes.  We don't need */
-    /* this, so an error is signaled.                                 */
-    if ( separators == 0 || *separators == 0 )
-    {
-      error = BDF_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* Prepare the separator bitmap. */
-    FT_MEM_ZERO( seps, 32 );
-
-    /* If the very last character of the separator string is a plus, then */
-    /* set the `mult' flag to indicate that multiple separators should be */
-    /* collapsed into one.                                                */
-    for ( mult = 0, sp = separators; sp && *sp; sp++ )
-    {
-      if ( *sp == '+' && *( sp + 1 ) == 0 )
-        mult = 1;
-      else
-        setsbit( seps, *sp );
-    }
-
-    /* Break the line up into fields. */
-    for ( final_empty = 0, sp = ep = line, end = sp + linelen;
-          sp < end && *sp; )
-    {
-      /* Collect everything that is not a separator. */
-      for ( ; *ep && !sbitset( seps, *ep ); ep++ )
-        ;
-
-      /* Resize the list if necessary. */
-      if ( list->used == list->size )
-      {
-        error = _bdf_list_ensure( list, list->used + 1 );
-        if ( error )
-          goto Exit;
-      }
-
-      /* Assign the field appropriately. */
-      list->field[list->used++] = ( ep > sp ) ? sp : (char*)empty;
-
-      sp = ep;
-
-      if ( mult )
-      {
-        /* If multiple separators should be collapsed, do it now by */
-        /* setting all the separator characters to 0.               */
-        for ( ; *ep && sbitset( seps, *ep ); ep++ )
-          *ep = 0;
-      }
-      else if ( *ep != 0 )
-        /* Don't collapse multiple separators by making them 0, so just */
-        /* make the one encountered 0.                                  */
-        *ep++ = 0;
-
-      final_empty = ( ep > sp && *ep == 0 );
-      sp = ep;
-    }
-
-    /* Finally, NULL-terminate the list. */
-    if ( list->used + final_empty >= list->size )
-    {
-      error = _bdf_list_ensure( list, list->used + final_empty + 1 );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    if ( final_empty )
-      list->field[list->used++] = (char*)empty;
-
-    list->field[list->used] = 0;
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-#define NO_SKIP  256  /* this value cannot be stored in a 'char' */
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  _bdf_readstream( FT_Stream         stream,
-                   _bdf_line_func_t  callback,
-                   void*             client_data,
-                   unsigned long    *lno )
-  {
-    _bdf_line_func_t  cb;
-    unsigned long     lineno, buf_size;
-    int               refill, bytes, hold, to_skip;
-    int               start, end, cursor, avail;
-    char*             buf = 0;
-    FT_Memory         memory = stream->memory;
-    FT_Error          error = BDF_Err_Ok;
-
-
-    if ( callback == 0 )
-    {
-      error = BDF_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* initial size and allocation of the input buffer */
-    buf_size = 1024;
-
-    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( buf, buf_size ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    cb      = callback;
-    lineno  = 1;
-    buf[0]  = 0;
-    start   = 0;
-    end     = 0;
-    avail   = 0;
-    cursor  = 0;
-    refill  = 1;
-    to_skip = NO_SKIP;
-    bytes   = 0;        /* make compiler happy */
-
-    for (;;)
-    {
-      if ( refill )
-      {
-        bytes  = (int)FT_Stream_TryRead( stream, (FT_Byte*)buf + cursor,
-                                         (FT_ULong)(buf_size - cursor) );
-        avail  = cursor + bytes;
-        cursor = 0;
-        refill = 0;
-      }
-
-      end = start;
-
-      /* should we skip an optional character like \n or \r? */
-      if ( start < avail && buf[start] == to_skip )
-      {
-        start  += 1;
-        to_skip = NO_SKIP;
-        continue;
-      }
-
-      /* try to find the end of the line */
-      while ( end < avail && buf[end] != '\n' && buf[end] != '\r' )
-        end++;
-
-      /* if we hit the end of the buffer, try shifting its content */
-      /* or even resizing it                                       */
-      if ( end >= avail )
-      {
-        if ( bytes == 0 )  /* last line in file doesn't end in \r or \n */
-          break;           /* ignore it then exit                       */
-
-        if ( start == 0 )
-        {
-          /* this line is definitely too long; try resizing the input */
-          /* buffer a bit to handle it.                               */
-          FT_ULong  new_size;
-
-
-          if ( buf_size >= 65536UL )  /* limit ourselves to 64KByte */
-          {
-            error = BDF_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-            goto Exit;
-          }
-
-          new_size = buf_size * 2;
-          if ( FT_RENEW_ARRAY( buf, buf_size, new_size ) )
-            goto Exit;
-
-          cursor   = buf_size;
-          buf_size = new_size;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          bytes = avail - start;
-
-          FT_MEM_COPY( buf, buf + start, bytes );
-
-          cursor = bytes;
-          avail -= bytes;
-          start  = 0;
-        }
-        refill = 1;
-        continue;
-      }
-
-      /* Temporarily NUL-terminate the line. */
-      hold     = buf[end];
-      buf[end] = 0;
-
-      /* XXX: Use encoding independent value for 0x1a */
-      if ( buf[start] != '#' && buf[start] != 0x1a && end > start )
-      {
-        error = (*cb)( buf + start, end - start, lineno,
-                       (void*)&cb, client_data );
-        if ( error )
-          break;
-      }
-
-      lineno  += 1;
-      buf[end] = (char)hold;
-      start    = end + 1;
-
-      if ( hold == '\n' )
-        to_skip = '\r';
-      else if ( hold == '\r' )
-        to_skip = '\n';
-      else
-        to_skip = NO_SKIP;
-    }
-
-    *lno = lineno;
-
-  Exit:
-    FT_FREE( buf );
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* XXX: make this work with EBCDIC also */
-
-  static const unsigned char  a2i[128] =
-  {
-    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
-    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
-    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
-    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
-    0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07, 0x08, 0x09, 0x00, 0x00,
-    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f, 0x00,
-    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
-    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
-    0x00, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
-    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
-    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00
-  };
-
-  static const unsigned char  odigits[32] =
-  {
-    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xff, 0x00,
-    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
-    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
-    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
-  };
-
-  static const unsigned char  ddigits[32] =
-  {
-    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xff, 0x03,
-    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
-    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
-    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
-  };
-
-  static const unsigned char  hdigits[32] =
-  {
-    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xff, 0x03,
-    0x7e, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x7e, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
-    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
-    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
-  };
-
-
-#define isdigok( m, d )  (m[(d) >> 3] & ( 1 << ( (d) & 7 ) ) )
-
-
-  /* Routine to convert an ASCII string into an unsigned long integer. */
-  static unsigned long
-  _bdf_atoul( char*   s,
-              char**  end,
-              int     base )
-  {
-    unsigned long         v;
-    const unsigned char*  dmap;
-
-
-    if ( s == 0 || *s == 0 )
-      return 0;
-
-    /* Make sure the radix is something recognizable.  Default to 10. */
-    switch ( base )
-    {
-    case 8:
-      dmap = odigits;
-      break;
-    case 16:
-      dmap = hdigits;
-      break;
-    default:
-      base = 10;
-      dmap = ddigits;
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /* Check for the special hex prefix. */
-    if ( *s == '0'                                  &&
-         ( *( s + 1 ) == 'x' || *( s + 1 ) == 'X' ) )
-    {
-      base = 16;
-      dmap = hdigits;
-      s   += 2;
-    }
-
-    for ( v = 0; isdigok( dmap, *s ); s++ )
-      v = v * base + a2i[(int)*s];
-
-    if ( end != 0 )
-      *end = s;
-
-    return v;
-  }
-
-
-  /* Routine to convert an ASCII string into an signed long integer. */
-  static long
-  _bdf_atol( char*   s,
-             char**  end,
-             int     base )
-  {
-    long                  v, neg;
-    const unsigned char*  dmap;
-
-
-    if ( s == 0 || *s == 0 )
-      return 0;
-
-    /* Make sure the radix is something recognizable.  Default to 10. */
-    switch ( base )
-    {
-    case 8:
-      dmap = odigits;
-      break;
-    case 16:
-      dmap = hdigits;
-      break;
-    default:
-      base = 10;
-      dmap = ddigits;
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /* Check for a minus sign. */
-    neg = 0;
-    if ( *s == '-' )
-    {
-      s++;
-      neg = 1;
-    }
-
-    /* Check for the special hex prefix. */
-    if ( *s == '0'                                  &&
-         ( *( s + 1 ) == 'x' || *( s + 1 ) == 'X' ) )
-    {
-      base = 16;
-      dmap = hdigits;
-      s   += 2;
-    }
-
-    for ( v = 0; isdigok( dmap, *s ); s++ )
-      v = v * base + a2i[(int)*s];
-
-    if ( end != 0 )
-      *end = s;
-
-    return ( !neg ) ? v : -v;
-  }
-
-
-  /* Routine to convert an ASCII string into an signed short integer. */
-  static short
-  _bdf_atos( char*   s,
-             char**  end,
-             int     base )
-  {
-    short                 v, neg;
-    const unsigned char*  dmap;
-
-
-    if ( s == 0 || *s == 0 )
-      return 0;
-
-    /* Make sure the radix is something recognizable.  Default to 10. */
-    switch ( base )
-    {
-    case 8:
-      dmap = odigits;
-      break;
-    case 16:
-      dmap = hdigits;
-      break;
-    default:
-      base = 10;
-      dmap = ddigits;
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /* Check for a minus. */
-    neg = 0;
-    if ( *s == '-' )
-    {
-      s++;
-      neg = 1;
-    }
-
-    /* Check for the special hex prefix. */
-    if ( *s == '0'                                  &&
-         ( *( s + 1 ) == 'x' || *( s + 1 ) == 'X' ) )
-    {
-      base = 16;
-      dmap = hdigits;
-      s   += 2;
-    }
-
-    for ( v = 0; isdigok( dmap, *s ); s++ )
-      v = (short)( v * base + a2i[(int)*s] );
-
-    if ( end != 0 )
-      *end = s;
-
-    return (short)( ( !neg ) ? v : -v );
-  }
-
-
-  /* Routine to compare two glyphs by encoding so they can be sorted. */
-  static int
-  by_encoding( const void*  a,
-               const void*  b )
-  {
-    bdf_glyph_t  *c1, *c2;
-
-
-    c1 = (bdf_glyph_t *)a;
-    c2 = (bdf_glyph_t *)b;
-
-    if ( c1->encoding < c2->encoding )
-      return -1;
-
-    if ( c1->encoding > c2->encoding )
-      return 1;
-
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  bdf_create_property( char*        name,
-                       int          format,
-                       bdf_font_t*  font )
-  {
-    unsigned long    n;
-    bdf_property_t*  p;
-    FT_Memory        memory = font->memory;
-    FT_Error         error = BDF_Err_Ok;
-
-
-    /* First check to see if the property has      */
-    /* already been added or not.  If it has, then */
-    /* simply ignore it.                           */
-    if ( hash_lookup( name, &(font->proptbl) ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    if ( FT_RENEW_ARRAY( font->user_props,
-                         font->nuser_props,
-                         font->nuser_props + 1 ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    p = font->user_props + font->nuser_props;
-    FT_ZERO( p );
-
-    n = (unsigned long)( ft_strlen( name ) + 1 );
-
-    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( p->name, n ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    FT_MEM_COPY( (char *)p->name, name, n );
-
-    p->format  = format;
-    p->builtin = 0;
-
-    n = _num_bdf_properties + font->nuser_props;
-
-    error = hash_insert( p->name, (void *)n, &(font->proptbl), memory );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    font->nuser_props++;
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( bdf_property_t * )
-  bdf_get_property( char*        name,
-                    bdf_font_t*  font )
-  {
-    hashnode       hn;
-    unsigned long  propid;
-
-
-    if ( name == 0 || *name == 0 )
-      return 0;
-
-    if ( ( hn = hash_lookup( name, &(font->proptbl) ) ) == 0 )
-      return 0;
-
-    propid = (unsigned long)hn->data;
-    if ( propid >= _num_bdf_properties )
-      return font->user_props + ( propid - _num_bdf_properties );
-
-    return (bdf_property_t*)_bdf_properties + propid;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* BDF font file parsing flags and functions.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /* Parse flags. */
-
-#define _BDF_START      0x0001
-#define _BDF_FONT_NAME  0x0002
-#define _BDF_SIZE       0x0004
-#define _BDF_FONT_BBX   0x0008
-#define _BDF_PROPS      0x0010
-#define _BDF_GLYPHS     0x0020
-#define _BDF_GLYPH      0x0040
-#define _BDF_ENCODING   0x0080
-#define _BDF_SWIDTH     0x0100
-#define _BDF_DWIDTH     0x0200
-#define _BDF_BBX        0x0400
-#define _BDF_BITMAP     0x0800
-
-#define _BDF_SWIDTH_ADJ  0x1000
-
-#define _BDF_GLYPH_BITS ( _BDF_GLYPH    | \
-                          _BDF_ENCODING | \
-                          _BDF_SWIDTH   | \
-                          _BDF_DWIDTH   | \
-                          _BDF_BBX      | \
-                          _BDF_BITMAP   )
-
-#define _BDF_GLYPH_WIDTH_CHECK   0x40000000UL
-#define _BDF_GLYPH_HEIGHT_CHECK  0x80000000UL
-
-
-  /* Auto correction messages. */
-#define ACMSG1   "FONT_ASCENT property missing.  " \
-                 "Added \"FONT_ASCENT %hd\".\n"
-#define ACMSG2   "FONT_DESCENT property missing.  " \
-                 "Added \"FONT_DESCENT %hd\".\n"
-#define ACMSG3   "Font width != actual width.  Old: %hd New: %hd.\n"
-#define ACMSG4   "Font left bearing != actual left bearing.  " \
-                 "Old: %hd New: %hd.\n"
-#define ACMSG5   "Font ascent != actual ascent.  Old: %hd New: %hd.\n"
-#define ACMSG6   "Font descent != actual descent.  Old: %hd New: %hd.\n"
-#define ACMSG7   "Font height != actual height. Old: %hd New: %hd.\n"
-#define ACMSG8   "Glyph scalable width (SWIDTH) adjustments made.\n"
-#define ACMSG9   "SWIDTH field missing at line %ld.  Set automatically.\n"
-#define ACMSG10  "DWIDTH field missing at line %ld.  Set to glyph width.\n"
-#define ACMSG11  "SIZE bits per pixel field adjusted to %hd.\n"
-#define ACMSG12  "Duplicate encoding %ld (%s) changed to unencoded.\n"
-#define ACMSG13  "Glyph %ld extra rows removed.\n"
-#define ACMSG14  "Glyph %ld extra columns removed.\n"
-#define ACMSG15  "Incorrect glyph count: %ld indicated but %ld found.\n"
-
-  /* Error messages. */
-#define ERRMSG1  "[line %ld] Missing \"%s\" line.\n"
-#define ERRMSG2  "[line %ld] Font header corrupted or missing fields.\n"
-#define ERRMSG3  "[line %ld] Font glyphs corrupted or missing fields.\n"
-#define ERRMSG4  "[line %ld] BBX too big.\n"
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  _bdf_add_comment( bdf_font_t*    font,
-                    char*          comment,
-                    unsigned long  len )
-  {
-    char*      cp;
-    FT_Memory  memory = font->memory;
-    FT_Error   error = BDF_Err_Ok;
-
-
-    if ( FT_RENEW_ARRAY( font->comments,
-                         font->comments_len,
-                         font->comments_len + len + 1 ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    cp = font->comments + font->comments_len;
-
-    FT_MEM_COPY( cp, comment, len );
-    cp[len] = '\n';
-
-    font->comments_len += len + 1;
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* Set the spacing from the font name if it exists, or set it to the */
-  /* default specified in the options.                                 */
-  static FT_Error
-  _bdf_set_default_spacing( bdf_font_t*     font,
-                            bdf_options_t*  opts )
-  {
-    unsigned long  len;
-    char           name[256];
-    _bdf_list_t    list;
-    FT_Memory      memory;
-    FT_Error       error = BDF_Err_Ok;
-
-
-    if ( font == 0 || font->name == 0 || font->name[0] == 0 )
-    {
-      error = BDF_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    memory = font->memory;
-
-    _bdf_list_init( &list, memory );
-
-    font->spacing = opts->font_spacing;
-
-    len = (unsigned long)( ft_strlen( font->name ) + 1 );
-    /* Limit ourselves to 256 characters in the font name. */
-    if ( len >= 256 )
-    {
-      error = BDF_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    FT_MEM_COPY( name, font->name, len );
-
-    error = _bdf_list_split( &list, (char *)"-", name, len );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Fail;
-
-    if ( list.used == 15 )
-    {
-      switch ( list.field[11][0] )
-      {
-      case 'C':
-      case 'c':
-        font->spacing = BDF_CHARCELL;
-        break;
-      case 'M':
-      case 'm':
-        font->spacing = BDF_MONOWIDTH;
-        break;
-      case 'P':
-      case 'p':
-        font->spacing = BDF_PROPORTIONAL;
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-
-  Fail:
-    _bdf_list_done( &list );
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* Determine whether the property is an atom or not.  If it is, then */
-  /* clean it up so the double quotes are removed if they exist.       */
-  static int
-  _bdf_is_atom( char*          line,
-                unsigned long  linelen,
-                char**         name,
-                char**         value,
-                bdf_font_t*    font )
-  {
-    int              hold;
-    char             *sp, *ep;
-    bdf_property_t*  p;
-
-
-    *name = sp = ep = line;
-
-    while ( *ep && *ep != ' ' && *ep != '\t' )
-      ep++;
-
-    hold = -1;
-    if ( *ep )
-    {
-      hold = *ep;
-      *ep  = 0;
-    }
-
-    p = bdf_get_property( sp, font );
-
-    /* Restore the character that was saved before any return can happen. */
-    if ( hold != -1 )
-      *ep = (char)hold;
-
-    /* If the property exists and is not an atom, just return here. */
-    if ( p && p->format != BDF_ATOM )
-      return 0;
-
-    /* The property is an atom.  Trim all leading and trailing whitespace */
-    /* and double quotes for the atom value.                              */
-    sp = ep;
-    ep = line + linelen;
-
-    /* Trim the leading whitespace if it exists. */
-    *sp++ = 0;
-    while ( *sp                           &&
-            ( *sp == ' ' || *sp == '\t' ) )
-      sp++;
-
-    /* Trim the leading double quote if it exists. */
-    if ( *sp == '"' )
-      sp++;
-    *value = sp;
-
-    /* Trim the trailing whitespace if it exists. */
-    while ( ep > sp                                       &&
-            ( *( ep - 1 ) == ' ' || *( ep - 1 ) == '\t' ) )
-      *--ep = 0;
-
-    /* Trim the trailing double quote if it exists. */
-    if ( ep > sp && *( ep - 1 ) == '"' )
-      *--ep = 0;
-
-    return 1;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  _bdf_add_property( bdf_font_t*  font,
-                     char*        name,
-                     char*        value )
-  {
-    unsigned long   propid;
-    hashnode        hn;
-    bdf_property_t  *prop, *fp;
-    FT_Memory       memory = font->memory;
-    FT_Error        error = BDF_Err_Ok;
-
-
-    /* First, check to see if the property already exists in the font. */
-    if ( ( hn = hash_lookup( name, (hashtable *)font->internal ) ) != 0 )
-    {
-      /* The property already exists in the font, so simply replace */
-      /* the value of the property with the current value.          */
-      fp = font->props + (unsigned long)hn->data;
-
-      switch ( fp->format )
-      {
-      case BDF_ATOM:
-        /* Delete the current atom if it exists. */
-        FT_FREE( fp->value.atom );
-
-        if ( value && value[0] != 0 )
-        {
-          if ( FT_STRDUP( fp->value.atom, value ) )
-            goto Exit;
-        }
-        break;
-
-      case BDF_INTEGER:
-        fp->value.int32 = _bdf_atol( value, 0, 10 );
-        break;
-
-      case BDF_CARDINAL:
-        fp->value.card32 = _bdf_atoul( value, 0, 10 );
-        break;
-
-      default:
-        ;
-      }
-
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* See whether this property type exists yet or not. */
-    /* If not, create it.                                */
-    hn = hash_lookup( name, &(font->proptbl) );
-    if ( hn == 0 )
-    {
-      error = bdf_create_property( name, BDF_ATOM, font );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-      hn = hash_lookup( name, &(font->proptbl) );
-    }
-
-    /* Allocate another property if this is overflow. */
-    if ( font->props_used == font->props_size )
-    {
-      if ( font->props_size == 0 )
-      {
-        if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( font->props, 1 ) )
-          goto Exit;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        if ( FT_RENEW_ARRAY( font->props,
-                             font->props_size,
-                             font->props_size + 1 ) )
-          goto Exit;
-      }
-
-      fp = font->props + font->props_size;
-      FT_MEM_ZERO( fp, sizeof ( bdf_property_t ) );
-      font->props_size++;
-    }
-
-    propid = (unsigned long)hn->data;
-    if ( propid >= _num_bdf_properties )
-      prop = font->user_props + ( propid - _num_bdf_properties );
-    else
-      prop = (bdf_property_t*)_bdf_properties + propid;
-
-    fp = font->props + font->props_used;
-
-    fp->name    = prop->name;
-    fp->format  = prop->format;
-    fp->builtin = prop->builtin;
-
-    switch ( prop->format )
-    {
-    case BDF_ATOM:
-      fp->value.atom = 0;
-      if ( value != 0 && value[0] )
-      {
-        if ( FT_STRDUP( fp->value.atom, value ) )
-          goto Exit;
-      }
-      break;
-
-    case BDF_INTEGER:
-      fp->value.int32 = _bdf_atol( value, 0, 10 );
-      break;
-
-    case BDF_CARDINAL:
-      fp->value.card32 = _bdf_atoul( value, 0, 10 );
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /* If the property happens to be a comment, then it doesn't need */
-    /* to be added to the internal hash table.                       */
-    if ( ft_memcmp( name, "COMMENT", 7 ) != 0 ) {
-      /* Add the property to the font property table. */
-      error = hash_insert( fp->name,
-                           (void *)font->props_used,
-                           (hashtable *)font->internal,
-                           memory );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    font->props_used++;
-
-    /* Some special cases need to be handled here.  The DEFAULT_CHAR       */
-    /* property needs to be located if it exists in the property list, the */
-    /* FONT_ASCENT and FONT_DESCENT need to be assigned if they are        */
-    /* present, and the SPACING property should override the default       */
-    /* spacing.                                                            */
-    if ( ft_memcmp( name, "DEFAULT_CHAR", 12 ) == 0 )
-      font->default_char = fp->value.int32;
-    else if ( ft_memcmp( name, "FONT_ASCENT", 11 ) == 0 )
-      font->font_ascent = fp->value.int32;
-    else if ( ft_memcmp( name, "FONT_DESCENT", 12 ) == 0 )
-      font->font_descent = fp->value.int32;
-    else if ( ft_memcmp( name, "SPACING", 7 ) == 0 )
-    {
-      if ( fp->value.atom[0] == 'p' || fp->value.atom[0] == 'P' )
-        font->spacing = BDF_PROPORTIONAL;
-      else if ( fp->value.atom[0] == 'm' || fp->value.atom[0] == 'M' )
-        font->spacing = BDF_MONOWIDTH;
-      else if ( fp->value.atom[0] == 'c' || fp->value.atom[0] == 'C' )
-        font->spacing = BDF_CHARCELL;
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static const unsigned char nibble_mask[8] =
-  {
-    0xFF, 0x80, 0xC0, 0xE0, 0xF0, 0xF8, 0xFC, 0xFE
-  };
-
-
-  /* Actually parse the glyph info and bitmaps. */
-  static FT_Error
-  _bdf_parse_glyphs( char*          line,
-                     unsigned long  linelen,
-                     unsigned long  lineno,
-                     void*          call_data,
-                     void*          client_data )
-  {
-    int                c, mask_index;
-    char*              s;
-    unsigned char*     bp;
-    unsigned long      i, slen, nibbles;
-
-    _bdf_parse_t*      p;
-    bdf_glyph_t*       glyph;
-    bdf_font_t*        font;
-
-    FT_Memory          memory;
-    FT_Error           error = BDF_Err_Ok;
-
-    FT_UNUSED( call_data );
-    FT_UNUSED( lineno );        /* only used in debug mode */
-
-
-    p = (_bdf_parse_t *)client_data;
-
-    font   = p->font;
-    memory = font->memory;
-
-    /* Check for a comment. */
-    if ( ft_memcmp( line, "COMMENT", 7 ) == 0 )
-    {
-      linelen -= 7;
-
-      s = line + 7;
-      if ( *s != 0 )
-      {
-        s++;
-        linelen--;
-      }
-      error = _bdf_add_comment( p->font, s, linelen );
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* The very first thing expected is the number of glyphs. */
-    if ( !( p->flags & _BDF_GLYPHS ) )
-    {
-      if ( ft_memcmp( line, "CHARS", 5 ) != 0 )
-      {
-        FT_ERROR(( "_bdf_parse_glyphs: " ERRMSG1, lineno, "CHARS" ));
-        error = BDF_Err_Missing_Chars_Field;
-        goto Exit;
-      }
-
-      error = _bdf_list_split( &p->list, (char *)" +", line, linelen );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-      p->cnt = font->glyphs_size = _bdf_atoul( p->list.field[1], 0, 10 );
-
-      /* Make sure the number of glyphs is non-zero. */
-      if ( p->cnt == 0 )
-        font->glyphs_size = 64;
-
-      /* Limit ourselves to 1,114,112 glyphs in the font (this is the */
-      /* number of code points available in Unicode).                 */
-      if ( p->cnt >= 1114112UL )
-      {
-        error = BDF_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-        goto Exit;
-      }
-
-      if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( font->glyphs, font->glyphs_size ) )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      p->flags |= _BDF_GLYPHS;
-
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* Check for the ENDFONT field. */
-    if ( ft_memcmp( line, "ENDFONT", 7 ) == 0 )
-    {
-      /* Sort the glyphs by encoding. */
-      ft_qsort( (char *)font->glyphs,
-                font->glyphs_used,
-                sizeof ( bdf_glyph_t ),
-                by_encoding );
-
-      p->flags &= ~_BDF_START;
-
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* Check for the ENDCHAR field. */
-    if ( ft_memcmp( line, "ENDCHAR", 7 ) == 0 )
-    {
-      p->glyph_enc = 0;
-      p->flags    &= ~_BDF_GLYPH_BITS;
-
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* Check to see whether a glyph is being scanned but should be */
-    /* ignored because it is an unencoded glyph.                   */
-    if ( ( p->flags & _BDF_GLYPH )     &&
-         p->glyph_enc            == -1 &&
-         p->opts->keep_unencoded == 0  )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* Check for the STARTCHAR field. */
-    if ( ft_memcmp( line, "STARTCHAR", 9 ) == 0 )
-    {
-      /* Set the character name in the parse info first until the */
-      /* encoding can be checked for an unencoded character.      */
-      FT_FREE( p->glyph_name );
-
-      error = _bdf_list_split( &p->list, (char *)" +", line, linelen );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      _bdf_list_shift( &p->list, 1 );
-
-      s = _bdf_list_join( &p->list, ' ', &slen );
-
-      if ( !s )
-      {
-        error = BDF_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-        goto Exit;
-      }
-
-      if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( p->glyph_name, slen + 1 ) )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      FT_MEM_COPY( p->glyph_name, s, slen + 1 );
-
-      p->flags |= _BDF_GLYPH;
-
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* Check for the ENCODING field. */
-    if ( ft_memcmp( line, "ENCODING", 8 ) == 0 )
-    {
-      if ( !( p->flags & _BDF_GLYPH ) )
-      {
-        /* Missing STARTCHAR field. */
-        FT_ERROR(( "_bdf_parse_glyphs: " ERRMSG1, lineno, "STARTCHAR" ));
-        error = BDF_Err_Missing_Startchar_Field;
-        goto Exit;
-      }
-
-      error = _bdf_list_split( &p->list, (char *)" +", line, linelen );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      p->glyph_enc = _bdf_atol( p->list.field[1], 0, 10 );
-
-      /* Check that the encoding is in the range [0,65536] because        */
-      /* otherwise p->have (a bitmap with static size) overflows.         */
-      if ( (size_t)p->glyph_enc >= sizeof ( p->have ) * 8 )
-      {
-        error = BDF_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-        goto Exit;
-      }
-
-      /* Check to see whether this encoding has already been encountered. */
-      /* If it has then change it to unencoded so it gets added if        */
-      /* indicated.                                                       */
-      if ( p->glyph_enc >= 0 )
-      {
-        if ( _bdf_glyph_modified( p->have, p->glyph_enc ) )
-        {
-          /* Emit a message saying a glyph has been moved to the */
-          /* unencoded area.                                     */
-          FT_TRACE2(( "_bdf_parse_glyphs: " ACMSG12,
-                      p->glyph_enc, p->glyph_name ));
-          p->glyph_enc = -1;
-          font->modified = 1;
-        }
-        else
-          _bdf_set_glyph_modified( p->have, p->glyph_enc );
-      }
-
-      if ( p->glyph_enc >= 0 )
-      {
-        /* Make sure there are enough glyphs allocated in case the */
-        /* number of characters happen to be wrong.                */
-        if ( font->glyphs_used == font->glyphs_size )
-        {
-          if ( FT_RENEW_ARRAY( font->glyphs,
-                               font->glyphs_size,
-                               font->glyphs_size + 64 ) )
-            goto Exit;
-
-          font->glyphs_size += 64;
-        }
-
-        glyph           = font->glyphs + font->glyphs_used++;
-        glyph->name     = p->glyph_name;
-        glyph->encoding = p->glyph_enc;
-
-        /* Reset the initial glyph info. */
-        p->glyph_name = 0;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        /* Unencoded glyph.  Check to see whether it should */
-        /* be added or not.                                 */
-        if ( p->opts->keep_unencoded != 0 )
-        {
-          /* Allocate the next unencoded glyph. */
-          if ( font->unencoded_used == font->unencoded_size )
-          {
-            if ( FT_RENEW_ARRAY( font->unencoded ,
-                                 font->unencoded_size,
-                                 font->unencoded_size + 4 ) )
-              goto Exit;
-
-            font->unencoded_size += 4;
-          }
-
-          glyph           = font->unencoded + font->unencoded_used;
-          glyph->name     = p->glyph_name;
-          glyph->encoding = font->unencoded_used++;
-        }
-        else
-          /* Free up the glyph name if the unencoded shouldn't be */
-          /* kept.                                                */
-          FT_FREE( p->glyph_name );
-
-        p->glyph_name = 0;
-      }
-
-      /* Clear the flags that might be added when width and height are */
-      /* checked for consistency.                                      */
-      p->flags &= ~( _BDF_GLYPH_WIDTH_CHECK | _BDF_GLYPH_HEIGHT_CHECK );
-
-      p->flags |= _BDF_ENCODING;
-
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* Point at the glyph being constructed. */
-    if ( p->glyph_enc == -1 )
-      glyph = font->unencoded + ( font->unencoded_used - 1 );
-    else
-      glyph = font->glyphs + ( font->glyphs_used - 1 );
-
-    /* Check to see whether a bitmap is being constructed. */
-    if ( p->flags & _BDF_BITMAP )
-    {
-      /* If there are more rows than are specified in the glyph metrics, */
-      /* ignore the remaining lines.                                     */
-      if ( p->row >= (unsigned long)glyph->bbx.height )
-      {
-        if ( !( p->flags & _BDF_GLYPH_HEIGHT_CHECK ) )
-        {
-          FT_TRACE2(( "_bdf_parse_glyphs: " ACMSG13, glyph->encoding ));
-          p->flags |= _BDF_GLYPH_HEIGHT_CHECK;
-          font->modified = 1;
-        }
-
-        goto Exit;
-      }
-
-      /* Only collect the number of nibbles indicated by the glyph     */
-      /* metrics.  If there are more columns, they are simply ignored. */
-      nibbles = glyph->bpr << 1;
-      bp      = glyph->bitmap + p->row * glyph->bpr;
-
-      for ( i = 0; i < nibbles; i++ )
-      {
-        c = line[i];
-        *bp = (FT_Byte)( ( *bp << 4 ) + a2i[c] );
-        if ( i + 1 < nibbles && ( i & 1 ) )
-          *++bp = 0;
-      }
-
-      /* Remove possible garbage at the right. */
-      mask_index = ( glyph->bbx.width * p->font->bpp ) & 7;
-      if ( glyph->bbx.width )
-        *bp &= nibble_mask[mask_index];
-
-      /* If any line has extra columns, indicate they have been removed. */
-      if ( ( line[nibbles] == '0' || a2i[(int)line[nibbles]] != 0 ) &&
-           !( p->flags & _BDF_GLYPH_WIDTH_CHECK )                   )
-      {
-        FT_TRACE2(( "_bdf_parse_glyphs: " ACMSG14, glyph->encoding ));
-        p->flags       |= _BDF_GLYPH_WIDTH_CHECK;
-        font->modified  = 1;
-      }
-
-      p->row++;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* Expect the SWIDTH (scalable width) field next. */
-    if ( ft_memcmp( line, "SWIDTH", 6 ) == 0 )
-    {
-      if ( !( p->flags & _BDF_ENCODING ) )
-      {
-        /* Missing ENCODING field. */
-        FT_ERROR(( "_bdf_parse_glyphs: " ERRMSG1, lineno, "ENCODING" ));
-        error = BDF_Err_Missing_Encoding_Field;
-        goto Exit;
-      }
-
-      error = _bdf_list_split( &p->list, (char *)" +", line, linelen );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      glyph->swidth = (unsigned short)_bdf_atoul( p->list.field[1], 0, 10 );
-      p->flags |= _BDF_SWIDTH;
-
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* Expect the DWIDTH (scalable width) field next. */
-    if ( ft_memcmp( line, "DWIDTH", 6 ) == 0 )
-    {
-      error = _bdf_list_split( &p->list, (char *)" +", line, linelen );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      glyph->dwidth = (unsigned short)_bdf_atoul( p->list.field[1], 0, 10 );
-
-      if ( !( p->flags & _BDF_SWIDTH ) )
-      {
-        /* Missing SWIDTH field.  Emit an auto correction message and set */
-        /* the scalable width from the device width.                      */
-        FT_TRACE2(( "_bdf_parse_glyphs: " ACMSG9, lineno ));
-
-        glyph->swidth = (unsigned short)FT_MulDiv(
-                          glyph->dwidth, 72000L,
-                          (FT_Long)( font->point_size *
-                                     font->resolution_x ) );
-      }
-
-      p->flags |= _BDF_DWIDTH;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* Expect the BBX field next. */
-    if ( ft_memcmp( line, "BBX", 3 ) == 0 )
-    {
-      error = _bdf_list_split( &p->list, (char *)" +", line, linelen );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      glyph->bbx.width    = _bdf_atos( p->list.field[1], 0, 10 );
-      glyph->bbx.height   = _bdf_atos( p->list.field[2], 0, 10 );
-      glyph->bbx.x_offset = _bdf_atos( p->list.field[3], 0, 10 );
-      glyph->bbx.y_offset = _bdf_atos( p->list.field[4], 0, 10 );
-
-      /* Generate the ascent and descent of the character. */
-      glyph->bbx.ascent  = (short)( glyph->bbx.height + glyph->bbx.y_offset );
-      glyph->bbx.descent = (short)( -glyph->bbx.y_offset );
-
-      /* Determine the overall font bounding box as the characters are */
-      /* loaded so corrections can be done later if indicated.         */
-      p->maxas    = (short)FT_MAX( glyph->bbx.ascent, p->maxas );
-      p->maxds    = (short)FT_MAX( glyph->bbx.descent, p->maxds );
-
-      p->rbearing = (short)( glyph->bbx.width + glyph->bbx.x_offset );
-
-      p->maxrb    = (short)FT_MAX( p->rbearing, p->maxrb );
-      p->minlb    = (short)FT_MIN( glyph->bbx.x_offset, p->minlb );
-      p->maxlb    = (short)FT_MAX( glyph->bbx.x_offset, p->maxlb );
-
-      if ( !( p->flags & _BDF_DWIDTH ) )
-      {
-        /* Missing DWIDTH field.  Emit an auto correction message and set */
-        /* the device width to the glyph width.                           */
-        FT_TRACE2(( "_bdf_parse_glyphs: " ACMSG10, lineno ));
-        glyph->dwidth = glyph->bbx.width;
-      }
-
-      /* If the BDF_CORRECT_METRICS flag is set, then adjust the SWIDTH */
-      /* value if necessary.                                            */
-      if ( p->opts->correct_metrics != 0 )
-      {
-        /* Determine the point size of the glyph. */
-        unsigned short  sw = (unsigned short)FT_MulDiv(
-                               glyph->dwidth, 72000L,
-                               (FT_Long)( font->point_size *
-                                          font->resolution_x ) );
-
-
-        if ( sw != glyph->swidth )
-        {
-          glyph->swidth = sw;
-
-          if ( p->glyph_enc == -1 )
-            _bdf_set_glyph_modified( font->umod,
-                                     font->unencoded_used - 1 );
-          else
-            _bdf_set_glyph_modified( font->nmod, glyph->encoding );
-
-          p->flags       |= _BDF_SWIDTH_ADJ;
-          font->modified  = 1;
-        }
-      }
-
-      p->flags |= _BDF_BBX;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* And finally, gather up the bitmap. */
-    if ( ft_memcmp( line, "BITMAP", 6 ) == 0 )
-    {
-      unsigned long  bitmap_size;
-
-
-      if ( !( p->flags & _BDF_BBX ) )
-      {
-        /* Missing BBX field. */
-        FT_ERROR(( "_bdf_parse_glyphs: " ERRMSG1, lineno, "BBX" ));
-        error = BDF_Err_Missing_Bbx_Field;
-        goto Exit;
-      }
-
-      /* Allocate enough space for the bitmap. */
-      glyph->bpr   = ( glyph->bbx.width * p->font->bpp + 7 ) >> 3;
-
-      bitmap_size = glyph->bpr * glyph->bbx.height;
-      if ( bitmap_size > 0xFFFFU )
-      {
-        FT_ERROR(( "_bdf_parse_glyphs: " ERRMSG4, lineno ));
-        error = BDF_Err_Bbx_Too_Big;
-        goto Exit;
-      }
-      else
-        glyph->bytes = (unsigned short)bitmap_size;
-
-      if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( glyph->bitmap, glyph->bytes ) )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      p->row    = 0;
-      p->flags |= _BDF_BITMAP;
-
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    error = BDF_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* Load the font properties. */
-  static FT_Error
-  _bdf_parse_properties( char*          line,
-                         unsigned long  linelen,
-                         unsigned long  lineno,
-                         void*          call_data,
-                         void*          client_data )
-  {
-    unsigned long      vlen;
-    _bdf_line_func_t*  next;
-    _bdf_parse_t*      p;
-    char*              name;
-    char*              value;
-    char               nbuf[128];
-    FT_Error           error = BDF_Err_Ok;
-
-    FT_UNUSED( lineno );
-
-
-    next = (_bdf_line_func_t *)call_data;
-    p    = (_bdf_parse_t *)    client_data;
-
-    /* Check for the end of the properties. */
-    if ( ft_memcmp( line, "ENDPROPERTIES", 13 ) == 0 )
-    {
-      /* If the FONT_ASCENT or FONT_DESCENT properties have not been      */
-      /* encountered yet, then make sure they are added as properties and */
-      /* make sure they are set from the font bounding box info.          */
-      /*                                                                  */
-      /* This is *always* done regardless of the options, because X11     */
-      /* requires these two fields to compile fonts.                      */
-      if ( bdf_get_font_property( p->font, "FONT_ASCENT" ) == 0 )
-      {
-        p->font->font_ascent = p->font->bbx.ascent;
-        ft_sprintf( nbuf, "%hd", p->font->bbx.ascent );
-        error = _bdf_add_property( p->font, (char *)"FONT_ASCENT", nbuf );
-        if ( error )
-          goto Exit;
-
-        FT_TRACE2(( "_bdf_parse_properties: " ACMSG1, p->font->bbx.ascent ));
-        p->font->modified = 1;
-      }
-
-      if ( bdf_get_font_property( p->font, "FONT_DESCENT" ) == 0 )
-      {
-        p->font->font_descent = p->font->bbx.descent;
-        ft_sprintf( nbuf, "%hd", p->font->bbx.descent );
-        error = _bdf_add_property( p->font, (char *)"FONT_DESCENT", nbuf );
-        if ( error )
-          goto Exit;
-
-        FT_TRACE2(( "_bdf_parse_properties: " ACMSG2, p->font->bbx.descent ));
-        p->font->modified = 1;
-      }
-
-      p->flags &= ~_BDF_PROPS;
-      *next     = _bdf_parse_glyphs;
-
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* Ignore the _XFREE86_GLYPH_RANGES properties. */
-    if ( ft_memcmp( line, "_XFREE86_GLYPH_RANGES", 21 ) == 0 )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* Handle COMMENT fields and properties in a special way to preserve */
-    /* the spacing.                                                      */
-    if ( ft_memcmp( line, "COMMENT", 7 ) == 0 )
-    {
-      name = value = line;
-      value += 7;
-      if ( *value )
-        *value++ = 0;
-      error = _bdf_add_property( p->font, name, value );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-    }
-    else if ( _bdf_is_atom( line, linelen, &name, &value, p->font ) )
-    {
-      error = _bdf_add_property( p->font, name, value );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      error = _bdf_list_split( &p->list, (char *)" +", line, linelen );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-      name = p->list.field[0];
-
-      _bdf_list_shift( &p->list, 1 );
-      value = _bdf_list_join( &p->list, ' ', &vlen );
-
-      error = _bdf_add_property( p->font, name, value );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* Load the font header. */
-  static FT_Error
-  _bdf_parse_start( char*          line,
-                    unsigned long  linelen,
-                    unsigned long  lineno,
-                    void*          call_data,
-                    void*          client_data )
-  {
-    unsigned long      slen;
-    _bdf_line_func_t*  next;
-    _bdf_parse_t*      p;
-    bdf_font_t*        font;
-    char               *s;
-
-    FT_Memory          memory = NULL;
-    FT_Error           error  = BDF_Err_Ok;
-
-    FT_UNUSED( lineno );            /* only used in debug mode */
-
-
-    next = (_bdf_line_func_t *)call_data;
-    p    = (_bdf_parse_t *)    client_data;
-
-    if ( p->font )
-      memory = p->font->memory;
-
-    /* Check for a comment.  This is done to handle those fonts that have */
-    /* comments before the STARTFONT line for some reason.                */
-    if ( ft_memcmp( line, "COMMENT", 7 ) == 0 )
-    {
-      if ( p->opts->keep_comments != 0 && p->font != 0 )
-      {
-        linelen -= 7;
-
-        s = line + 7;
-        if ( *s != 0 )
-        {
-          s++;
-          linelen--;
-        }
-
-        error = _bdf_add_comment( p->font, s, linelen );
-        if ( error )
-          goto Exit;
-        /* here font is not defined! */
-      }
-
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    if ( !( p->flags & _BDF_START ) )
-    {
-      memory = p->memory;
-
-      if ( ft_memcmp( line, "STARTFONT", 9 ) != 0 )
-      {
-        /* No STARTFONT field is a good indication of a problem. */
-        error = BDF_Err_Missing_Startfont_Field;
-        goto Exit;
-      }
-
-      p->flags = _BDF_START;
-      font = p->font = 0;
-
-      if ( FT_NEW( font ) )
-        goto Exit;
-      p->font = font;
-
-      font->memory = p->memory;
-      p->memory    = 0;
-
-      { /* setup */
-        unsigned long    i;
-        bdf_property_t*  prop;
-
-
-        error = hash_init( &(font->proptbl), memory );
-        if ( error )
-          goto Exit;
-        for ( i = 0, prop = (bdf_property_t*)_bdf_properties;
-              i < _num_bdf_properties; i++, prop++ )
-        {
-          error = hash_insert( prop->name, (void *)i,
-                               &(font->proptbl), memory );
-          if ( error )
-            goto Exit;
-        }
-      }
-
-      if ( FT_ALLOC( p->font->internal, sizeof ( hashtable ) ) )
-        goto Exit;
-      error = hash_init( (hashtable *)p->font->internal,memory );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-      p->font->spacing      = p->opts->font_spacing;
-      p->font->default_char = -1;
-
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* Check for the start of the properties. */
-    if ( ft_memcmp( line, "STARTPROPERTIES", 15 ) == 0 )
-    {
-      error = _bdf_list_split( &p->list, (char *)" +", line, linelen );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-      p->cnt = p->font->props_size = _bdf_atoul( p->list.field[1], 0, 10 );
-
-      if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( p->font->props, p->cnt ) )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      p->flags |= _BDF_PROPS;
-      *next     = _bdf_parse_properties;
-
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* Check for the FONTBOUNDINGBOX field. */
-    if ( ft_memcmp( line, "FONTBOUNDINGBOX", 15 ) == 0 )
-    {
-      if ( !(p->flags & _BDF_SIZE ) )
-      {
-        /* Missing the SIZE field. */
-        FT_ERROR(( "_bdf_parse_start: " ERRMSG1, lineno, "SIZE" ));
-        error = BDF_Err_Missing_Size_Field;
-        goto Exit;
-      }
-
-      error = _bdf_list_split( &p->list, (char *)" +", line, linelen );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      p->font->bbx.width  = _bdf_atos( p->list.field[1], 0, 10 );
-      p->font->bbx.height = _bdf_atos( p->list.field[2], 0, 10 );
-
-      p->font->bbx.x_offset = _bdf_atos( p->list.field[3], 0, 10 );
-      p->font->bbx.y_offset = _bdf_atos( p->list.field[4], 0, 10 );
-
-      p->font->bbx.ascent  = (short)( p->font->bbx.height +
-                                      p->font->bbx.y_offset );
-
-      p->font->bbx.descent = (short)( -p->font->bbx.y_offset );
-
-      p->flags |= _BDF_FONT_BBX;
-
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* The next thing to check for is the FONT field. */
-    if ( ft_memcmp( line, "FONT", 4 ) == 0 )
-    {
-      error = _bdf_list_split( &p->list, (char *)" +", line, linelen );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-      _bdf_list_shift( &p->list, 1 );
-
-      s = _bdf_list_join( &p->list, ' ', &slen );
-
-      if ( !s )
-      {
-        error = BDF_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-        goto Exit;
-      }
-
-      if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( p->font->name, slen + 1 ) )
-        goto Exit;
-      FT_MEM_COPY( p->font->name, s, slen + 1 );
-
-      /* If the font name is an XLFD name, set the spacing to the one in  */
-      /* the font name.  If there is no spacing fall back on the default. */
-      error = _bdf_set_default_spacing( p->font, p->opts );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      p->flags |= _BDF_FONT_NAME;
-
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* Check for the SIZE field. */
-    if ( ft_memcmp( line, "SIZE", 4 ) == 0 )
-    {
-      if ( !( p->flags & _BDF_FONT_NAME ) )
-      {
-        /* Missing the FONT field. */
-        FT_ERROR(( "_bdf_parse_start: " ERRMSG1, lineno, "FONT" ));
-        error = BDF_Err_Missing_Font_Field;
-        goto Exit;
-      }
-
-      error = _bdf_list_split( &p->list, (char *)" +", line, linelen );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      p->font->point_size   = _bdf_atoul( p->list.field[1], 0, 10 );
-      p->font->resolution_x = _bdf_atoul( p->list.field[2], 0, 10 );
-      p->font->resolution_y = _bdf_atoul( p->list.field[3], 0, 10 );
-
-      /* Check for the bits per pixel field. */
-      if ( p->list.used == 5 )
-      {
-        unsigned short bitcount, i, shift;
-
-
-        p->font->bpp = (unsigned short)_bdf_atos( p->list.field[4], 0, 10 );
-
-        /* Only values 1, 2, 4, 8 are allowed. */
-        shift = p->font->bpp;
-        bitcount = 0;
-        for ( i = 0; shift > 0; i++ )
-        {
-          if ( shift & 1 )
-            bitcount = i;
-          shift >>= 1;
-        }
-
-        shift = (short)( ( bitcount > 3 ) ? 8 : ( 1 << bitcount ) );
-
-        if ( p->font->bpp > shift || p->font->bpp != shift )
-        {
-          /* select next higher value */
-          p->font->bpp = (unsigned short)( shift << 1 );
-          FT_TRACE2(( "_bdf_parse_start: " ACMSG11, p->font->bpp ));
-        }
-      }
-      else
-        p->font->bpp = 1;
-
-      p->flags |= _BDF_SIZE;
-
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    error = BDF_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* API.                                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  bdf_load_font( FT_Stream       stream,
-                 FT_Memory       extmemory,
-                 bdf_options_t*  opts,
-                 bdf_font_t*    *font )
-  {
-    unsigned long  lineno = 0; /* make compiler happy */
-    _bdf_parse_t   *p;
-
-    FT_Memory      memory = extmemory;
-    FT_Error       error  = BDF_Err_Ok;
-
-
-    if ( FT_NEW( p ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    memory    = NULL;
-    p->opts   = (bdf_options_t*)( ( opts != 0 ) ? opts : &_bdf_opts );
-    p->minlb  = 32767;
-    p->memory = extmemory;  /* only during font creation */
-
-    _bdf_list_init( &p->list, extmemory );
-
-    error = _bdf_readstream( stream, _bdf_parse_start,
-                             (void *)p, &lineno );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Fail;
-
-    if ( p->font != 0 )
-    {
-      /* If the font is not proportional, set the font's monowidth */
-      /* field to the width of the font bounding box.              */
-      memory = p->font->memory;
-
-      if ( p->font->spacing != BDF_PROPORTIONAL )
-        p->font->monowidth = p->font->bbx.width;
-
-      /* If the number of glyphs loaded is not that of the original count, */
-      /* indicate the difference.                                          */
-      if ( p->cnt != p->font->glyphs_used + p->font->unencoded_used )
-      {
-        FT_TRACE2(( "bdf_load_font: " ACMSG15, p->cnt,
-                    p->font->glyphs_used + p->font->unencoded_used ));
-        p->font->modified = 1;
-      }
-
-      /* Once the font has been loaded, adjust the overall font metrics if */
-      /* necessary.                                                        */
-      if ( p->opts->correct_metrics != 0 &&
-           ( p->font->glyphs_used > 0 || p->font->unencoded_used > 0 ) )
-      {
-        if ( p->maxrb - p->minlb != p->font->bbx.width )
-        {
-          FT_TRACE2(( "bdf_load_font: " ACMSG3,
-                      p->font->bbx.width, p->maxrb - p->minlb ));
-          p->font->bbx.width = (unsigned short)( p->maxrb - p->minlb );
-          p->font->modified  = 1;
-        }
-
-        if ( p->font->bbx.x_offset != p->minlb )
-        {
-          FT_TRACE2(( "bdf_load_font: " ACMSG4,
-                      p->font->bbx.x_offset, p->minlb ));
-          p->font->bbx.x_offset = p->minlb;
-          p->font->modified     = 1;
-        }
-
-        if ( p->font->bbx.ascent != p->maxas )
-        {
-          FT_TRACE2(( "bdf_load_font: " ACMSG5,
-                      p->font->bbx.ascent, p->maxas ));
-          p->font->bbx.ascent = p->maxas;
-          p->font->modified   = 1;
-        }
-
-        if ( p->font->bbx.descent != p->maxds )
-        {
-          FT_TRACE2(( "bdf_load_font: " ACMSG6,
-                      p->font->bbx.descent, p->maxds ));
-          p->font->bbx.descent  = p->maxds;
-          p->font->bbx.y_offset = (short)( -p->maxds );
-          p->font->modified     = 1;
-        }
-
-        if ( p->maxas + p->maxds != p->font->bbx.height )
-        {
-          FT_TRACE2(( "bdf_load_font: " ACMSG7,
-                      p->font->bbx.height, p->maxas + p->maxds ));
-          p->font->bbx.height = (unsigned short)( p->maxas + p->maxds );
-        }
-
-        if ( p->flags & _BDF_SWIDTH_ADJ )
-          FT_TRACE2(( "bdf_load_font: " ACMSG8 ));
-      }
-    }
-
-    if ( p->flags & _BDF_START )
-    {
-      {
-        /* The ENDFONT field was never reached or did not exist. */
-        if ( !( p->flags & _BDF_GLYPHS ) )
-        {
-          /* Error happened while parsing header. */
-          FT_ERROR(( "bdf_load_font: " ERRMSG2, lineno ));
-          error = BDF_Err_Corrupted_Font_Header;
-          goto Exit;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          /* Error happened when parsing glyphs. */
-          FT_ERROR(( "bdf_load_font: " ERRMSG3, lineno ));
-          error = BDF_Err_Corrupted_Font_Glyphs;
-          goto Exit;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    if ( p->font != 0 )
-    {
-      /* Make sure the comments are NULL terminated if they exist. */
-      memory = p->font->memory;
-
-      if ( p->font->comments_len > 0 ) {
-        if ( FT_RENEW_ARRAY( p->font->comments,
-                             p->font->comments_len,
-                             p->font->comments_len + 1 ) )
-          goto Fail;
-
-        p->font->comments[p->font->comments_len] = 0;
-      }
-    }
-    else if ( error == BDF_Err_Ok )
-      error = BDF_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-
-    *font = p->font;
-
-  Exit:
-    if ( p )
-    {
-      _bdf_list_done( &p->list );
-
-      memory = extmemory;
-
-      FT_FREE( p );
-    }
-
-    return error;
-
-  Fail:
-    bdf_free_font( p->font );
-
-    memory = extmemory;
-
-    FT_FREE( p->font );
-
-    goto Exit;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  bdf_free_font( bdf_font_t*  font )
-  {
-    bdf_property_t*  prop;
-    unsigned long    i;
-    bdf_glyph_t*     glyphs;
-    FT_Memory        memory;
-
-
-    if ( font == 0 )
-      return;
-
-    memory = font->memory;
-
-    FT_FREE( font->name );
-
-    /* Free up the internal hash table of property names. */
-    if ( font->internal )
-    {
-      hash_free( (hashtable *)font->internal, memory );
-      FT_FREE( font->internal );
-    }
-
-    /* Free up the comment info. */
-    FT_FREE( font->comments );
-
-    /* Free up the properties. */
-    for ( i = 0; i < font->props_size; i++ )
-    {
-      if ( font->props[i].format == BDF_ATOM )
-        FT_FREE( font->props[i].value.atom );
-    }
-
-    FT_FREE( font->props );
-
-    /* Free up the character info. */
-    for ( i = 0, glyphs = font->glyphs;
-          i < font->glyphs_used; i++, glyphs++ )
-    {
-      FT_FREE( glyphs->name );
-      FT_FREE( glyphs->bitmap );
-    }
-
-    for ( i = 0, glyphs = font->unencoded; i < font->unencoded_used;
-          i++, glyphs++ )
-    {
-      FT_FREE( glyphs->name );
-      FT_FREE( glyphs->bitmap );
-    }
-
-    FT_FREE( font->glyphs );
-    FT_FREE( font->unencoded );
-
-    /* Free up the overflow storage if it was used. */
-    for ( i = 0, glyphs = font->overflow.glyphs;
-          i < font->overflow.glyphs_used; i++, glyphs++ )
-    {
-      FT_FREE( glyphs->name );
-      FT_FREE( glyphs->bitmap );
-    }
-
-    FT_FREE( font->overflow.glyphs );
-
-    /* bdf_cleanup */
-    hash_free( &(font->proptbl), memory );
-
-    /* Free up the user defined properties. */
-    for (prop = font->user_props, i = 0;
-         i < font->nuser_props; i++, prop++ )
-    {
-      FT_FREE( prop->name );
-      if ( prop->format == BDF_ATOM )
-        FT_FREE( prop->value.atom );
-    }
-
-    FT_FREE( font->user_props );
-
-    /* FREE( font ); */ /* XXX Fixme */
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( bdf_property_t * )
-  bdf_get_font_property( bdf_font_t*  font,
-                         const char*  name )
-  {
-    hashnode  hn;
-
-
-    if ( font == 0 || font->props_size == 0 || name == 0 || *name == 0 )
-      return 0;
-
-    hn = hash_lookup( name, (hashtable *)font->internal );
-
-    return hn ? ( font->props + (unsigned long)hn->data ) : 0;
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/module.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/module.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index dfaa274..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/module.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 BDF module definition
-#
-
-# Copyright 2001, 2002, 2006 by
-# Francesco Zappa Nardelli
-#
-# Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-# of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
-# in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
-# to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
-# copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
-# furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
-#
-# The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-# all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-#
-# THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-# IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-# AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
-# LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
-# OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
-# THE SOFTWARE.
-
-
-FTMODULE_H_COMMANDS += BDF_DRIVER
-
-define BDF_DRIVER
-$(OPEN_DRIVER)bdf_driver_class$(CLOSE_DRIVER)
-$(ECHO_DRIVER)bdf       $(ECHO_DRIVER_DESC)bdf bitmap fonts$(ECHO_DRIVER_DONE)
-endef
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/rules.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/rules.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 25d98e5..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/rules.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 bdf driver configuration rules
-#
-
-
-# Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003 by
-# Francesco Zappa Nardelli
-#
-# Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-# of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
-# in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
-# to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
-# copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
-# furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
-#
-# The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-# all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-#
-# THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-# IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-# AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
-# LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
-# OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
-# THE SOFTWARE.
-
-
-
-
-# bdf driver directory
-#
-BDF_DIR  := $(SRC_DIR)/bdf
-
-
-BDF_COMPILE := $(FT_COMPILE) $I$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$(BDF_DIR))
-
-
-# bdf driver sources (i.e., C files)
-#
-BDF_DRV_SRC := $(BDF_DIR)/bdflib.c \
-               $(BDF_DIR)/bdfdrivr.c
-
-
-# bdf driver headers
-#
-BDF_DRV_H := $(BDF_DIR)/bdf.h \
-             $(BDF_DIR)/bdfdrivr.h
-
-# bdf driver object(s)
-#
-#   BDF_DRV_OBJ_M is used during `multi' builds
-#   BDF_DRV_OBJ_S is used during `single' builds
-#
-BDF_DRV_OBJ_M := $(BDF_DRV_SRC:$(BDF_DIR)/%.c=$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O)
-BDF_DRV_OBJ_S := $(OBJ_DIR)/bdf.$O
-
-# bdf driver source file for single build
-#
-BDF_DRV_SRC_S := $(BDF_DIR)/bdf.c
-
-
-# bdf driver - single object
-#
-$(BDF_DRV_OBJ_S): $(BDF_DRV_SRC_S) $(BDF_DRV_SRC) $(FREETYPE_H) $(BDF_DRV_H)
-	$(BDF_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $(BDF_DRV_SRC_S))
-
-
-# bdf driver - multiple objects
-#
-$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O: $(BDF_DIR)/%.c $(FREETYPE_H) $(BDF_DRV_H)
-	$(BDF_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $<)
-
-
-# update main driver object lists
-#
-DRV_OBJS_S += $(BDF_DRV_OBJ_S)
-DRV_OBJS_M += $(BDF_DRV_OBJ_M)
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/Jamfile b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/Jamfile
deleted file mode 100644
index 340cff7..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/Jamfile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-# FreeType 2 src/cache Jamfile
-#
-# Copyright 2001, 2003, 2004 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-SubDir  FT2_TOP $(FT2_SRC_DIR) cache ;
-
-# The file <freetype/ftcache.h> contains some macro definitions that are
-# later used in #include statements related to the cache sub-system.  It
-# needs to be parsed through a HDRMACRO rule for macro definitions.
-#
-HDRMACRO  [ FT2_SubDir  include ftcache.h ] ;
-
-{
-  local  _sources ;
-
-  if $(FT2_MULTI)
-  {
-    _sources = ftcmru
-               ftcmanag
-               ftccache
-               ftcglyph
-               ftcsbits
-               ftcimage
-               ftcbasic
-               ftccmap
-               ;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    _sources = ftcache ;
-  }
-
-  Library  $(FT2_LIB) : $(_sources).c ;
-}
-
-# end of src/cache Jamfile
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcache.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcache.c
deleted file mode 100644
index d41e91e..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcache.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftcache.c                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    The FreeType Caching sub-system (body only).                         */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2000-2001, 2003 by                                           */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#define FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include "ftcmru.c"
-#include "ftcmanag.c"
-#include "ftccache.c"
-#include "ftccmap.c"
-#include "ftcglyph.c"
-#include "ftcimage.c"
-#include "ftcsbits.c"
-#include "ftcbasic.c"
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcbasic.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcbasic.c
deleted file mode 100644
index a568b97..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcbasic.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,811 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftcbasic.c                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    The FreeType basic cache interface (body).                           */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by                              */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_CACHE_H
-#include "ftcglyph.h"
-#include "ftcimage.h"
-#include "ftcsbits.h"
-#include FT_INTERNAL_MEMORY_H
-
-#include "ftccback.h"
-#include "ftcerror.h"
-
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
-
-  /*
-   *  These structures correspond to the FTC_Font and FTC_ImageDesc types
-   *  that were defined in version 2.1.7.
-   */
-  typedef struct  FTC_OldFontRec_
-  {
-    FTC_FaceID  face_id;
-    FT_UShort   pix_width;
-    FT_UShort   pix_height;
-
-  } FTC_OldFontRec, *FTC_OldFont;
-
-
-  typedef struct  FTC_OldImageDescRec_
-  {
-    FTC_OldFontRec  font;
-    FT_UInt32       flags;
-
-  } FTC_OldImageDescRec, *FTC_OldImageDesc;
-
-
-  /*
-   *  Notice that FTC_OldImageDescRec and FTC_ImageTypeRec are nearly
-   *  identical, bit-wise.  The only difference is that the `width' and
-   *  `height' fields are expressed as 16-bit integers in the old structure,
-   *  and as normal `int' in the new one.
-   *
-   *  We are going to perform a weird hack to detect which structure is
-   *  being passed to the image and sbit caches.  If the new structure's
-   *  `width' is larger than 0x10000, we assume that we are really receiving
-   *  an FTC_OldImageDesc.
-   */
-
-#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
-
-
-  /*
-   *  Basic Families
-   *
-   */
-  typedef struct  FTC_BasicAttrRec_
-  {
-    FTC_ScalerRec  scaler;
-    FT_UInt        load_flags;
-
-  } FTC_BasicAttrRec, *FTC_BasicAttrs;
-
-#define FTC_BASIC_ATTR_COMPARE( a, b )                                 \
-          FT_BOOL( FTC_SCALER_COMPARE( &(a)->scaler, &(b)->scaler ) && \
-                   (a)->load_flags == (b)->load_flags               )
-
-#define FTC_BASIC_ATTR_HASH( a )                                   \
-          ( FTC_SCALER_HASH( &(a)->scaler ) + 31*(a)->load_flags )
-
-
-  typedef struct  FTC_BasicQueryRec_
-  {
-    FTC_GQueryRec     gquery;
-    FTC_BasicAttrRec  attrs;
-
-  } FTC_BasicQueryRec, *FTC_BasicQuery;
-
-
-  typedef struct  FTC_BasicFamilyRec_
-  {
-    FTC_FamilyRec     family;
-    FTC_BasicAttrRec  attrs;
-
-  } FTC_BasicFamilyRec, *FTC_BasicFamily;
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Bool )
-  ftc_basic_family_compare( FTC_MruNode  ftcfamily,
-                            FT_Pointer   ftcquery )
-  {
-    FTC_BasicFamily  family = (FTC_BasicFamily)ftcfamily;
-    FTC_BasicQuery   query  = (FTC_BasicQuery)ftcquery;
-
-
-    return FTC_BASIC_ATTR_COMPARE( &family->attrs, &query->attrs );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  ftc_basic_family_init( FTC_MruNode  ftcfamily,
-                         FT_Pointer   ftcquery,
-                         FT_Pointer   ftccache )
-  {
-    FTC_BasicFamily  family = (FTC_BasicFamily)ftcfamily;
-    FTC_BasicQuery   query  = (FTC_BasicQuery)ftcquery;
-    FTC_Cache        cache  = (FTC_Cache)ftccache;
-
-
-    FTC_Family_Init( FTC_FAMILY( family ), cache );
-    family->attrs = query->attrs;
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
-  ftc_basic_family_get_count( FTC_Family   ftcfamily,
-                              FTC_Manager  manager )
-  {
-    FTC_BasicFamily  family = (FTC_BasicFamily)ftcfamily;
-    FT_Error         error;
-    FT_Face          face;
-    FT_UInt          result = 0;
-
-
-    error = FTC_Manager_LookupFace( manager, family->attrs.scaler.face_id,
-                                    &face );
-    if ( !error )
-      result = face->num_glyphs;
-
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  ftc_basic_family_load_bitmap( FTC_Family   ftcfamily,
-                                FT_UInt      gindex,
-                                FTC_Manager  manager,
-                                FT_Face     *aface )
-  {
-    FTC_BasicFamily  family = (FTC_BasicFamily)ftcfamily;
-    FT_Error         error;
-    FT_Size          size;
-
-
-    error = FTC_Manager_LookupSize( manager, &family->attrs.scaler, &size );
-    if ( !error )
-    {
-      FT_Face  face = size->face;
-
-
-      error = FT_Load_Glyph( face, gindex,
-                             family->attrs.load_flags | FT_LOAD_RENDER );
-      if ( !error )
-        *aface = face;
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  ftc_basic_family_load_glyph( FTC_Family  ftcfamily,
-                               FT_UInt     gindex,
-                               FTC_Cache   cache,
-                               FT_Glyph   *aglyph )
-  {
-    FTC_BasicFamily  family = (FTC_BasicFamily)ftcfamily;
-    FT_Error         error;
-    FTC_Scaler       scaler = &family->attrs.scaler;
-    FT_Face          face;
-    FT_Size          size;
-
-
-    /* we will now load the glyph image */
-    error = FTC_Manager_LookupSize( cache->manager,
-                                    scaler,
-                                    &size );
-    if ( !error )
-    {
-      face = size->face;
-
-      error = FT_Load_Glyph( face, gindex, family->attrs.load_flags );
-      if ( !error )
-      {
-        if ( face->glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP  ||
-             face->glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE )
-        {
-          /* ok, copy it */
-          FT_Glyph  glyph;
-
-
-          error = FT_Get_Glyph( face->glyph, &glyph );
-          if ( !error )
-          {
-            *aglyph = glyph;
-            goto Exit;
-          }
-        }
-        else
-          error = FTC_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-      }
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Bool )
-  ftc_basic_gnode_compare_faceid( FTC_Node    ftcgnode,
-                                  FT_Pointer  ftcface_id,
-                                  FTC_Cache   cache )
-  {
-    FTC_GNode        gnode   = (FTC_GNode)ftcgnode;
-    FTC_FaceID       face_id = (FTC_FaceID)ftcface_id;
-    FTC_BasicFamily  family  = (FTC_BasicFamily)gnode->family;
-    FT_Bool          result;
-
-
-    result = FT_BOOL( family->attrs.scaler.face_id == face_id );
-    if ( result )
-    {
-      /* we must call this function to avoid this node from appearing
-       * in later lookups with the same face_id!
-       */
-      FTC_GNode_UnselectFamily( gnode, cache );
-    }
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
- /*
-  *
-  * basic image cache
-  *
-  */
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
-  const FTC_IFamilyClassRec  ftc_basic_image_family_class =
-  {
-    {
-      sizeof ( FTC_BasicFamilyRec ),
-      ftc_basic_family_compare,
-      ftc_basic_family_init,
-      0,                        /* FTC_MruNode_ResetFunc */
-      0                         /* FTC_MruNode_DoneFunc  */
-    },
-    ftc_basic_family_load_glyph
-  };
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
-  const FTC_GCacheClassRec  ftc_basic_image_cache_class =
-  {
-    {
-      ftc_inode_new,
-      ftc_inode_weight,
-      ftc_gnode_compare,
-      ftc_basic_gnode_compare_faceid,
-      ftc_inode_free,
-
-      sizeof ( FTC_GCacheRec ),
-      ftc_gcache_init,
-      ftc_gcache_done
-    },
-    (FTC_MruListClass)&ftc_basic_image_family_class
-  };
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftcache.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FTC_ImageCache_New( FTC_Manager      manager,
-                      FTC_ImageCache  *acache )
-  {
-    return FTC_GCache_New( manager, &ftc_basic_image_cache_class,
-                           (FTC_GCache*)acache );
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftcache.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FTC_ImageCache_Lookup( FTC_ImageCache  cache,
-                         FTC_ImageType   type,
-                         FT_UInt         gindex,
-                         FT_Glyph       *aglyph,
-                         FTC_Node       *anode )
-  {
-    FTC_BasicQueryRec  query;
-    FTC_INode          node = 0;  /* make compiler happy */
-    FT_Error           error;
-    FT_UInt32          hash;
-
-
-    /* some argument checks are delayed to FTC_Cache_Lookup */
-    if ( !aglyph )
-    {
-      error = FTC_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    *aglyph = NULL;
-    if ( anode )
-      *anode  = NULL;
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
-
-    /*
-     *  This one is a major hack used to detect whether we are passed a
-     *  regular FTC_ImageType handle, or a legacy FTC_OldImageDesc one.
-     */
-    if ( type->width >= 0x10000 )
-    {
-      FTC_OldImageDesc  desc = (FTC_OldImageDesc)type;
-
-
-      query.attrs.scaler.face_id = desc->font.face_id;
-      query.attrs.scaler.width   = desc->font.pix_width;
-      query.attrs.scaler.height  = desc->font.pix_height;
-      query.attrs.load_flags     = desc->flags;
-    }
-    else
-
-#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
-
-    {
-      query.attrs.scaler.face_id = type->face_id;
-      query.attrs.scaler.width   = type->width;
-      query.attrs.scaler.height  = type->height;
-      query.attrs.load_flags     = type->flags;
-    }
-
-    query.attrs.scaler.pixel = 1;
-    query.attrs.scaler.x_res = 0;  /* make compilers happy */
-    query.attrs.scaler.y_res = 0;
-
-    hash = FTC_BASIC_ATTR_HASH( &query.attrs ) + gindex;
-
-#if 1  /* inlining is about 50% faster! */
-    FTC_GCACHE_LOOKUP_CMP( cache,
-                           ftc_basic_family_compare,
-                           FTC_GNode_Compare,
-                           hash, gindex,
-                           &query,
-                           node,
-                           error );
-#else
-    error = FTC_GCache_Lookup( FTC_GCACHE( cache ),
-                               hash, gindex,
-                               FTC_GQUERY( &query ),
-                               (FTC_Node*) &node );
-#endif
-    if ( !error )
-    {
-      *aglyph = FTC_INODE( node )->glyph;
-
-      if ( anode )
-      {
-        *anode = FTC_NODE( node );
-        FTC_NODE( node )->ref_count++;
-      }
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftcache.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FTC_ImageCache_LookupScaler( FTC_ImageCache  cache,
-                               FTC_Scaler      scaler,
-                               FT_ULong        load_flags,
-                               FT_UInt         gindex,
-                               FT_Glyph       *aglyph,
-                               FTC_Node       *anode )
-  {
-    FTC_BasicQueryRec  query;
-    FTC_INode          node = 0;  /* make compiler happy */
-    FT_Error           error;
-    FT_UInt32          hash;
-
-
-    /* some argument checks are delayed to FTC_Cache_Lookup */
-    if ( !aglyph || !scaler )
-    {
-      error = FTC_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    *aglyph = NULL;
-    if ( anode )
-      *anode  = NULL;
-
-    query.attrs.scaler     = scaler[0];
-    query.attrs.load_flags = load_flags;
-
-    hash = FTC_BASIC_ATTR_HASH( &query.attrs ) + gindex;
-
-    FTC_GCACHE_LOOKUP_CMP( cache,
-                           ftc_basic_family_compare,
-                           FTC_GNode_Compare,
-                           hash, gindex,
-                           &query,
-                           node,
-                           error );
-    if ( !error )
-    {
-      *aglyph = FTC_INODE( node )->glyph;
-
-      if ( anode )
-      {
-        *anode = FTC_NODE( node );
-        FTC_NODE( node )->ref_count++;
-      }
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
-
-  /* yet another backwards-legacy structure */
-  typedef struct  FTC_OldImage_Desc_
-  {
-    FTC_FontRec  font;
-    FT_UInt      image_type;
-
-  } FTC_OldImage_Desc;
-
-
-#define FTC_OLD_IMAGE_FORMAT( x )  ( (x) & 7 )
-
-
-#define ftc_old_image_format_bitmap    0x0000
-#define ftc_old_image_format_outline   0x0001
-
-#define ftc_old_image_format_mask      0x000F
-
-#define ftc_old_image_flag_monochrome  0x0010
-#define ftc_old_image_flag_unhinted    0x0020
-#define ftc_old_image_flag_autohinted  0x0040
-#define ftc_old_image_flag_unscaled    0x0080
-#define ftc_old_image_flag_no_sbits    0x0100
-
-  /* monochrome bitmap */
-#define ftc_old_image_mono             ftc_old_image_format_bitmap   | \
-                                       ftc_old_image_flag_monochrome
-
-  /* anti-aliased bitmap */
-#define ftc_old_image_grays            ftc_old_image_format_bitmap
-
-  /* scaled outline */
-#define ftc_old_image_outline          ftc_old_image_format_outline
-
-
-  static void
-  ftc_image_type_from_old_desc( FTC_ImageType       typ,
-                                FTC_OldImage_Desc*  desc )
-  {
-    typ->face_id = desc->font.face_id;
-    typ->width   = desc->font.pix_width;
-    typ->height  = desc->font.pix_height;
-
-    /* convert image type flags to load flags */
-    {
-      FT_UInt  load_flags = FT_LOAD_DEFAULT;
-      FT_UInt  type       = desc->image_type;
-
-
-      /* determine load flags, depending on the font description's */
-      /* image type                                                */
-
-      if ( FTC_OLD_IMAGE_FORMAT( type ) == ftc_old_image_format_bitmap )
-      {
-        if ( type & ftc_old_image_flag_monochrome )
-          load_flags |= FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME;
-
-        /* disable embedded bitmaps loading if necessary */
-        if ( type & ftc_old_image_flag_no_sbits )
-          load_flags |= FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        /* we want an outline, don't load embedded bitmaps */
-        load_flags |= FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP;
-
-        if ( type & ftc_old_image_flag_unscaled )
-          load_flags |= FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE;
-      }
-
-      /* always render glyphs to bitmaps */
-      load_flags |= FT_LOAD_RENDER;
-
-      if ( type & ftc_old_image_flag_unhinted )
-        load_flags |= FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING;
-
-      if ( type & ftc_old_image_flag_autohinted )
-        load_flags |= FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT;
-
-      typ->flags = load_flags;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FTC_Image_Cache_New( FTC_Manager      manager,
-                       FTC_ImageCache  *acache );
-
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FTC_Image_Cache_Lookup( FTC_ImageCache      icache,
-                          FTC_OldImage_Desc*  desc,
-                          FT_UInt             gindex,
-                          FT_Glyph           *aglyph );
-
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FTC_Image_Cache_New( FTC_Manager      manager,
-                       FTC_ImageCache  *acache )
-  {
-    return FTC_ImageCache_New( manager, (FTC_ImageCache*)acache );
-  }
-
-
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FTC_Image_Cache_Lookup( FTC_ImageCache      icache,
-                          FTC_OldImage_Desc*  desc,
-                          FT_UInt             gindex,
-                          FT_Glyph           *aglyph )
-  {
-    FTC_ImageTypeRec  type0;
-
-
-    if ( !desc )
-      return FTC_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    ftc_image_type_from_old_desc( &type0, desc );
-
-    return FTC_ImageCache_Lookup( (FTC_ImageCache)icache,
-                                   &type0,
-                                   gindex,
-                                   aglyph,
-                                   NULL );
-  }
-
-#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
-
-
- /*
-  *
-  * basic small bitmap cache
-  *
-  */
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
-  const FTC_SFamilyClassRec  ftc_basic_sbit_family_class =
-  {
-    {
-      sizeof( FTC_BasicFamilyRec ),
-      ftc_basic_family_compare,
-      ftc_basic_family_init,
-      0,                            /* FTC_MruNode_ResetFunc */
-      0                             /* FTC_MruNode_DoneFunc  */
-    },
-    ftc_basic_family_get_count,
-    ftc_basic_family_load_bitmap
-  };
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
-  const FTC_GCacheClassRec  ftc_basic_sbit_cache_class =
-  {
-    {
-      ftc_snode_new,
-      ftc_snode_weight,
-      ftc_snode_compare,
-      ftc_basic_gnode_compare_faceid,
-      ftc_snode_free,
-
-      sizeof ( FTC_GCacheRec ),
-      ftc_gcache_init,
-      ftc_gcache_done
-    },
-    (FTC_MruListClass)&ftc_basic_sbit_family_class
-  };
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftcache.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FTC_SBitCache_New( FTC_Manager     manager,
-                     FTC_SBitCache  *acache )
-  {
-    return FTC_GCache_New( manager, &ftc_basic_sbit_cache_class,
-                           (FTC_GCache*)acache );
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftcache.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FTC_SBitCache_Lookup( FTC_SBitCache  cache,
-                        FTC_ImageType  type,
-                        FT_UInt        gindex,
-                        FTC_SBit      *ansbit,
-                        FTC_Node      *anode )
-  {
-    FT_Error           error;
-    FTC_BasicQueryRec  query;
-    FTC_SNode          node = 0; /* make compiler happy */
-    FT_UInt32          hash;
-
-
-    if ( anode )
-      *anode = NULL;
-
-    /* other argument checks delayed to FTC_Cache_Lookup */
-    if ( !ansbit )
-      return FTC_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    *ansbit = NULL;
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
-
-    /*  This one is a major hack used to detect whether we are passed a
-     *  regular FTC_ImageType handle, or a legacy FTC_OldImageDesc one.
-     */
-    if ( type->width >= 0x10000 )
-    {
-      FTC_OldImageDesc  desc = (FTC_OldImageDesc)type;
-
-
-      query.attrs.scaler.face_id = desc->font.face_id;
-      query.attrs.scaler.width   = desc->font.pix_width;
-      query.attrs.scaler.height  = desc->font.pix_height;
-      query.attrs.load_flags     = desc->flags;
-    }
-    else
-
-#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
-
-    {
-      query.attrs.scaler.face_id = type->face_id;
-      query.attrs.scaler.width   = type->width;
-      query.attrs.scaler.height  = type->height;
-      query.attrs.load_flags     = type->flags;
-    }
-
-    query.attrs.scaler.pixel = 1;
-    query.attrs.scaler.x_res = 0;  /* make compilers happy */
-    query.attrs.scaler.y_res = 0;
-
-    /* beware, the hash must be the same for all glyph ranges! */
-    hash = FTC_BASIC_ATTR_HASH( &query.attrs ) +
-           gindex / FTC_SBIT_ITEMS_PER_NODE;
-
-#if 1  /* inlining is about 50% faster! */
-    FTC_GCACHE_LOOKUP_CMP( cache,
-                           ftc_basic_family_compare,
-                           FTC_SNode_Compare,
-                           hash, gindex,
-                           &query,
-                           node,
-                           error );
-#else
-    error = FTC_GCache_Lookup( FTC_GCACHE( cache ),
-                               hash,
-                               gindex,
-                               FTC_GQUERY( &query ),
-                               (FTC_Node*)&node );
-#endif
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    *ansbit = node->sbits + ( gindex - FTC_GNODE( node )->gindex );
-
-    if ( anode )
-    {
-      *anode = FTC_NODE( node );
-      FTC_NODE( node )->ref_count++;
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftcache.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FTC_SBitCache_LookupScaler( FTC_SBitCache  cache,
-                              FTC_Scaler     scaler,
-                              FT_ULong       load_flags,
-                              FT_UInt        gindex,
-                              FTC_SBit      *ansbit,
-                              FTC_Node      *anode )
-  {
-    FT_Error           error;
-    FTC_BasicQueryRec  query;
-    FTC_SNode          node = 0; /* make compiler happy */
-    FT_UInt32          hash;
-
-
-    if ( anode )
-        *anode = NULL;
-
-    /* other argument checks delayed to FTC_Cache_Lookup */
-    if ( !ansbit || !scaler )
-        return FTC_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    *ansbit = NULL;
-
-    query.attrs.scaler     = scaler[0];
-    query.attrs.load_flags = load_flags;
-
-    /* beware, the hash must be the same for all glyph ranges! */
-    hash = FTC_BASIC_ATTR_HASH( &query.attrs ) +
-             gindex / FTC_SBIT_ITEMS_PER_NODE;
-
-    FTC_GCACHE_LOOKUP_CMP( cache,
-                           ftc_basic_family_compare,
-                           FTC_SNode_Compare,
-                           hash, gindex,
-                           &query,
-                           node,
-                           error );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    *ansbit = node->sbits + ( gindex - FTC_GNODE( node )->gindex );
-
-    if ( anode )
-    {
-      *anode = FTC_NODE( node );
-      FTC_NODE( node )->ref_count++;
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
-
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FTC_SBit_Cache_New( FTC_Manager     manager,
-                      FTC_SBitCache  *acache );
-
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FTC_SBit_Cache_Lookup( FTC_SBitCache       cache,
-                         FTC_OldImage_Desc*  desc,
-                         FT_UInt             gindex,
-                         FTC_SBit           *ansbit );
-
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FTC_SBit_Cache_New( FTC_Manager     manager,
-                      FTC_SBitCache  *acache )
-  {
-    return FTC_SBitCache_New( manager, (FTC_SBitCache*)acache );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FTC_SBit_Cache_Lookup( FTC_SBitCache       cache,
-                         FTC_OldImage_Desc*  desc,
-                         FT_UInt             gindex,
-                         FTC_SBit           *ansbit )
-  {
-    FTC_ImageTypeRec  type0;
-
-
-    if ( !desc )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    ftc_image_type_from_old_desc( &type0, desc );
-
-    return FTC_SBitCache_Lookup( (FTC_SBitCache)cache,
-                                  &type0,
-                                  gindex,
-                                  ansbit,
-                                  NULL );
-  }
-
-#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftccache.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftccache.c
deleted file mode 100644
index f3e699c..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftccache.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,592 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftccache.c                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    The FreeType internal cache interface (body).                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2000-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by             */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include "ftcmanag.h"
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-
-#include "ftccback.h"
-#include "ftcerror.h"
-
-
-#define FTC_HASH_MAX_LOAD  2
-#define FTC_HASH_MIN_LOAD  1
-#define FTC_HASH_SUB_LOAD  ( FTC_HASH_MAX_LOAD - FTC_HASH_MIN_LOAD )
-
-/* this one _must_ be a power of 2! */
-#define FTC_HASH_INITIAL_SIZE  8
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                   CACHE NODE DEFINITIONS                      *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /* add a new node to the head of the manager's circular MRU list */
-  static void
-  ftc_node_mru_link( FTC_Node     node,
-                     FTC_Manager  manager )
-  {
-    void  *nl = &manager->nodes_list;
-
-
-    FTC_MruNode_Prepend( (FTC_MruNode*)nl,
-                         (FTC_MruNode)node );
-    manager->num_nodes++;
-  }
-
-
-  /* remove a node from the manager's MRU list */
-  static void
-  ftc_node_mru_unlink( FTC_Node     node,
-                       FTC_Manager  manager )
-  {
-    void  *nl = &manager->nodes_list;
-
-
-    FTC_MruNode_Remove( (FTC_MruNode*)nl,
-                        (FTC_MruNode)node );
-    manager->num_nodes--;
-  }
-
-
-#ifndef FTC_INLINE
-
-  /* move a node to the head of the manager's MRU list */
-  static void
-  ftc_node_mru_up( FTC_Node     node,
-                   FTC_Manager  manager )
-  {
-    FTC_MruNode_Up( (FTC_MruNode*)&manager->nodes_list,
-                    (FTC_MruNode)node );
-  }
-
-#endif /* !FTC_INLINE */
-
-
-  /* Note that this function cannot fail.  If we cannot re-size the
-   * buckets array appropriately, we simply degrade the hash table's
-   * performance!
-   */
-  static void
-  ftc_cache_resize( FTC_Cache  cache )
-  {
-    for (;;)
-    {
-      FTC_Node  node, *pnode;
-      FT_UInt   p      = cache->p;
-      FT_UInt   mask   = cache->mask;
-      FT_UInt   count  = mask + p + 1;    /* number of buckets */
-
-
-      /* do we need to shrink the buckets array? */
-      if ( cache->slack < 0 )
-      {
-        FTC_Node  new_list = NULL;
-
-
-        /* try to expand the buckets array _before_ splitting
-         * the bucket lists
-         */
-        if ( p >= mask )
-        {
-          FT_Memory  memory = cache->memory;
-          FT_Error   error;
-
-
-          /* if we can't expand the array, leave immediately */
-          if ( FT_RENEW_ARRAY( cache->buckets, (mask+1)*2, (mask+1)*4 ) )
-            break;
-        }
-
-        /* split a single bucket */
-        pnode = cache->buckets + p;
-
-        for (;;)
-        {
-          node = *pnode;
-          if ( node == NULL )
-            break;
-
-          if ( node->hash & ( mask + 1 ) )
-          {
-            *pnode     = node->link;
-            node->link = new_list;
-            new_list   = node;
-          }
-          else
-            pnode = &node->link;
-        }
-
-        cache->buckets[p + mask + 1] = new_list;
-
-        cache->slack += FTC_HASH_MAX_LOAD;
-
-        if ( p >= mask )
-        {
-          cache->mask = 2 * mask + 1;
-          cache->p    = 0;
-        }
-        else
-          cache->p = p + 1;
-      }
-
-      /* do we need to expand the buckets array? */
-      else if ( cache->slack > (FT_Long)count * FTC_HASH_SUB_LOAD )
-      {
-        FT_UInt    old_index = p + mask;
-        FTC_Node*  pold;
-
-
-        if ( old_index + 1 <= FTC_HASH_INITIAL_SIZE )
-          break;
-
-        if ( p == 0 )
-        {
-          FT_Memory  memory = cache->memory;
-          FT_Error   error;
-
-
-          /* if we can't shrink the array, leave immediately */
-          if ( FT_RENEW_ARRAY( cache->buckets,
-                               ( mask + 1 ) * 2, mask + 1 ) )
-            break;
-
-          cache->mask >>= 1;
-          p             = cache->mask;
-        }
-        else
-          p--;
-
-        pnode = cache->buckets + p;
-        while ( *pnode )
-          pnode = &(*pnode)->link;
-
-        pold   = cache->buckets + old_index;
-        *pnode = *pold;
-        *pold  = NULL;
-
-        cache->slack -= FTC_HASH_MAX_LOAD;
-        cache->p      = p;
-      }
-      else /* the hash table is balanced */
-        break;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  /* remove a node from its cache's hash table */
-  static void
-  ftc_node_hash_unlink( FTC_Node   node0,
-                        FTC_Cache  cache )
-  {
-    FTC_Node  *pnode;
-    FT_UInt    idx;
-
-
-    idx = (FT_UInt)( node0->hash & cache->mask );
-    if ( idx < cache->p )
-      idx = (FT_UInt)( node0->hash & ( 2 * cache->mask + 1 ) );
-
-    pnode = cache->buckets + idx;
-
-    for (;;)
-    {
-      FTC_Node  node = *pnode;
-
-
-      if ( node == NULL )
-      {
-        FT_ERROR(( "ftc_node_hash_unlink: unknown node!\n" ));
-        return;
-      }
-
-      if ( node == node0 )
-        break;
-
-      pnode = &(*pnode)->link;
-    }
-
-    *pnode      = node0->link;
-    node0->link = NULL;
-
-    cache->slack++;
-    ftc_cache_resize( cache );
-  }
-
-
-  /* add a node to the `top' of its cache's hash table */
-  static void
-  ftc_node_hash_link( FTC_Node   node,
-                      FTC_Cache  cache )
-  {
-    FTC_Node  *pnode;
-    FT_UInt    idx;
-
-
-    idx = (FT_UInt)( node->hash & cache->mask );
-    if ( idx < cache->p )
-      idx = (FT_UInt)( node->hash & (2 * cache->mask + 1 ) );
-
-    pnode = cache->buckets + idx;
-
-    node->link = *pnode;
-    *pnode     = node;
-
-    cache->slack--;
-    ftc_cache_resize( cache );
-  }
-
-
-  /* remove a node from the cache manager */
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
-  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
-#else
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-#endif
-  ftc_node_destroy( FTC_Node     node,
-                    FTC_Manager  manager )
-  {
-    FTC_Cache  cache;
-
-
-#ifdef FT_DEBUG_ERROR
-    /* find node's cache */
-    if ( node->cache_index >= manager->num_caches )
-    {
-      FT_ERROR(( "ftc_node_destroy: invalid node handle\n" ));
-      return;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    cache = manager->caches[node->cache_index];
-
-#ifdef FT_DEBUG_ERROR
-    if ( cache == NULL )
-    {
-      FT_ERROR(( "ftc_node_destroy: invalid node handle\n" ));
-      return;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    manager->cur_weight -= cache->clazz.node_weight( node, cache );
-
-    /* remove node from mru list */
-    ftc_node_mru_unlink( node, manager );
-
-    /* remove node from cache's hash table */
-    ftc_node_hash_unlink( node, cache );
-
-    /* now finalize it */
-    cache->clazz.node_free( node, cache );
-
-#if 0
-    /* check, just in case of general corruption :-) */
-    if ( manager->num_nodes == 0 )
-      FT_ERROR(( "ftc_node_destroy: invalid cache node count! = %d\n",
-                  manager->num_nodes ));
-#endif
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                    ABSTRACT CACHE CLASS                       *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FTC_Cache_Init( FTC_Cache  cache )
-  {
-    return ftc_cache_init( cache );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  ftc_cache_init( FTC_Cache  cache )
-  {
-    FT_Memory  memory = cache->memory;
-    FT_Error   error;
-
-
-    cache->p     = 0;
-    cache->mask  = FTC_HASH_INITIAL_SIZE - 1;
-    cache->slack = FTC_HASH_INITIAL_SIZE * FTC_HASH_MAX_LOAD;
-
-    (void)FT_NEW_ARRAY( cache->buckets, FTC_HASH_INITIAL_SIZE * 2 );
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  FTC_Cache_Clear( FTC_Cache  cache )
-  {
-    if ( cache )
-    {
-      FTC_Manager  manager = cache->manager;
-      FT_UFast     i;
-      FT_UInt      count;
-
-
-      count = cache->p + cache->mask + 1;
-
-      for ( i = 0; i < count; i++ )
-      {
-        FTC_Node  *pnode = cache->buckets + i, next, node = *pnode;
-
-
-        while ( node )
-        {
-          next        = node->link;
-          node->link  = NULL;
-
-          /* remove node from mru list */
-          ftc_node_mru_unlink( node, manager );
-
-          /* now finalize it */
-          manager->cur_weight -= cache->clazz.node_weight( node, cache );
-
-          cache->clazz.node_free( node, cache );
-          node = next;
-        }
-        cache->buckets[i] = NULL;
-      }
-      ftc_cache_resize( cache );
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  ftc_cache_done( FTC_Cache  cache )
-  {
-    if ( cache->memory )
-    {
-      FT_Memory  memory = cache->memory;
-
-
-      FTC_Cache_Clear( cache );
-
-      FT_FREE( cache->buckets );
-      cache->mask  = 0;
-      cache->p     = 0;
-      cache->slack = 0;
-
-      cache->memory = NULL;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  FTC_Cache_Done( FTC_Cache  cache )
-  {
-    ftc_cache_done( cache );
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  ftc_cache_add( FTC_Cache  cache,
-                 FT_UInt32  hash,
-                 FTC_Node   node )
-  {
-    node->hash = hash;
-    node->cache_index = (FT_UInt16) cache->index;
-    node->ref_count   = 0;
-
-    ftc_node_hash_link( node, cache );
-    ftc_node_mru_link( node, cache->manager );
-
-    {
-      FTC_Manager  manager = cache->manager;
-
-
-      manager->cur_weight += cache->clazz.node_weight( node, cache );
-
-      if ( manager->cur_weight >= manager->max_weight )
-      {
-        node->ref_count++;
-        FTC_Manager_Compress( manager );
-        node->ref_count--;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FTC_Cache_NewNode( FTC_Cache   cache,
-                     FT_UInt32   hash,
-                     FT_Pointer  query,
-                     FTC_Node   *anode )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error;
-    FTC_Node  node;
-
-
-    /*
-     * We use the FTC_CACHE_TRYLOOP macros to support out-of-memory
-     * errors (OOM) correctly, i.e., by flushing the cache progressively
-     * in order to make more room.
-     */
-
-    FTC_CACHE_TRYLOOP( cache )
-    {
-      error = cache->clazz.node_new( &node, query, cache );
-    }
-    FTC_CACHE_TRYLOOP_END();
-
-    if ( error )
-      node = NULL;
-    else
-    {
-     /* don't assume that the cache has the same number of buckets, since
-      * our allocation request might have triggered global cache flushing
-      */
-      ftc_cache_add( cache, hash, node );
-    }
-
-    *anode = node;
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-#ifndef FTC_INLINE
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FTC_Cache_Lookup( FTC_Cache   cache,
-                    FT_UInt32   hash,
-                    FT_Pointer  query,
-                    FTC_Node   *anode )
-  {
-    FT_UFast   idx;
-    FTC_Node*  bucket;
-    FTC_Node*  pnode;
-    FTC_Node   node;
-    FT_Error   error = 0;
-
-    FTC_Node_CompareFunc  compare = cache->clazz.node_compare;
-
-
-    if ( cache == NULL || anode == NULL )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    idx = hash & cache->mask;
-    if ( idx < cache->p )
-      idx = hash & ( cache->mask * 2 + 1 );
-
-    bucket = cache->buckets + idx;
-    pnode  = bucket;
-    for (;;)
-    {
-      node = *pnode;
-      if ( node == NULL )
-        goto NewNode;
-
-      if ( node->hash == hash && compare( node, query, cache ) )
-        break;
-
-      pnode = &node->link;
-    }
-
-    if ( node != *bucket )
-    {
-      *pnode     = node->link;
-      node->link = *bucket;
-      *bucket    = node;
-    }
-
-    /* move to head of MRU list */
-    {
-      FTC_Manager  manager = cache->manager;
-
-
-      if ( node != manager->nodes_list )
-        ftc_node_mru_up( node, manager );
-    }
-    *anode = node;
-    return error;
-
-  NewNode:
-    return FTC_Cache_NewNode( cache, hash, query, anode );
-  }
-
-#endif /* !FTC_INLINE */
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  FTC_Cache_RemoveFaceID( FTC_Cache   cache,
-                          FTC_FaceID  face_id )
-  {
-    FT_UFast     i, count;
-    FTC_Manager  manager = cache->manager;
-    FTC_Node     frees   = NULL;
-
-
-    count = cache->p + cache->mask;
-    for ( i = 0; i < count; i++ )
-    {
-      FTC_Node*  bucket = cache->buckets + i;
-      FTC_Node*  pnode  = bucket;
-
-
-      for ( ;; )
-      {
-        FTC_Node  node = *pnode;
-
-
-        if ( node == NULL )
-          break;
-
-        if ( cache->clazz.node_remove_faceid( node, face_id, cache ) )
-        {
-          *pnode     = node->link;
-          node->link = frees;
-          frees      = node;
-        }
-        else
-          pnode = &node->link;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* remove all nodes in the free list */
-    while ( frees )
-    {
-      FTC_Node  node;
-
-
-      node  = frees;
-      frees = node->link;
-
-      manager->cur_weight -= cache->clazz.node_weight( node, cache );
-      ftc_node_mru_unlink( node, manager );
-
-      cache->clazz.node_free( node, cache );
-
-      cache->slack++;
-    }
-
-    ftc_cache_resize( cache );
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftccache.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftccache.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 8c0a7c9..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftccache.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,317 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftccache.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType internal cache interface (specification).                   */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2000-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by             */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __FTCCACHE_H__
-#define __FTCCACHE_H__
-
-
-#include "ftcmru.h"
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-  /* handle to cache object */
-  typedef struct FTC_CacheRec_*  FTC_Cache;
-
-  /* handle to cache class */
-  typedef const struct FTC_CacheClassRec_*  FTC_CacheClass;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                   CACHE NODE DEFINITIONS                      *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Each cache controls one or more cache nodes.  Each node is part of    */
-  /* the global_lru list of the manager.  Its `data' field however is used */
-  /* as a reference count for now.                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* A node can be anything, depending on the type of information held by  */
-  /* the cache.  It can be an individual glyph image, a set of bitmaps     */
-  /* glyphs for a given size, some metrics, etc.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /* structure size should be 20 bytes on 32-bits machines */
-  typedef struct  FTC_NodeRec_
-  {
-    FTC_MruNodeRec  mru;          /* circular mru list pointer           */
-    FTC_Node        link;         /* used for hashing                    */
-    FT_UInt32       hash;         /* used for hashing too                */
-    FT_UShort       cache_index;  /* index of cache the node belongs to  */
-    FT_Short        ref_count;    /* reference count for this node       */
-
-  } FTC_NodeRec;
-
-
-#define FTC_NODE( x )    ( (FTC_Node)(x) )
-#define FTC_NODE_P( x )  ( (FTC_Node*)(x) )
-
-#define FTC_NODE__NEXT( x )  FTC_NODE( (x)->mru.next )
-#define FTC_NODE__PREV( x )  FTC_NODE( (x)->mru.prev )
-
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
-  FT_BASE( void )
-  ftc_node_destroy( FTC_Node     node,
-                    FTC_Manager  manager );
-#endif
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                       CACHE DEFINITIONS                       *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /* initialize a new cache node */
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*FTC_Node_NewFunc)( FTC_Node    *pnode,
-                       FT_Pointer   query,
-                       FTC_Cache    cache );
-
-  typedef FT_ULong
-  (*FTC_Node_WeightFunc)( FTC_Node   node,
-                          FTC_Cache  cache );
-
-  /* compare a node to a given key pair */
-  typedef FT_Bool
-  (*FTC_Node_CompareFunc)( FTC_Node    node,
-                           FT_Pointer  key,
-                           FTC_Cache   cache );
-
-
-  typedef void
-  (*FTC_Node_FreeFunc)( FTC_Node   node,
-                        FTC_Cache  cache );
-
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*FTC_Cache_InitFunc)( FTC_Cache  cache );
-
-  typedef void
-  (*FTC_Cache_DoneFunc)( FTC_Cache  cache );
-
-
-  typedef struct  FTC_CacheClassRec_
-  {
-    FTC_Node_NewFunc      node_new;
-    FTC_Node_WeightFunc   node_weight;
-    FTC_Node_CompareFunc  node_compare;
-    FTC_Node_CompareFunc  node_remove_faceid;
-    FTC_Node_FreeFunc     node_free;
-
-    FT_UInt               cache_size;
-    FTC_Cache_InitFunc    cache_init;
-    FTC_Cache_DoneFunc    cache_done;
-
-  } FTC_CacheClassRec;
-
-
-  /* each cache really implements a dynamic hash table to manage its nodes */
-  typedef struct  FTC_CacheRec_
-  {
-    FT_UFast           p;
-    FT_UFast           mask;
-    FT_Long            slack;
-    FTC_Node*          buckets;
-
-    FTC_CacheClassRec  clazz;       /* local copy, for speed  */
-
-    FTC_Manager        manager;
-    FT_Memory          memory;
-    FT_UInt            index;       /* in manager's table     */
-
-    FTC_CacheClass     org_class;   /* original class pointer */
-
-  } FTC_CacheRec;
-
-
-#define FTC_CACHE( x )    ( (FTC_Cache)(x) )
-#define FTC_CACHE_P( x )  ( (FTC_Cache*)(x) )
-
-
-  /* default cache initialize */
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  FTC_Cache_Init( FTC_Cache  cache );
-
-  /* default cache finalizer */
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  FTC_Cache_Done( FTC_Cache  cache );
-
-  /* Call this function to lookup the cache.  If no corresponding
-   * node is found, a new one is automatically created.  This function
-   * is capable of flushing the cache adequately to make room for the
-   * new cache object.
-   */
-
-#ifndef FTC_INLINE
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  FTC_Cache_Lookup( FTC_Cache   cache,
-                    FT_UInt32   hash,
-                    FT_Pointer  query,
-                    FTC_Node   *anode );
-#endif
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  FTC_Cache_NewNode( FTC_Cache   cache,
-                     FT_UInt32   hash,
-                     FT_Pointer  query,
-                     FTC_Node   *anode );
-
-  /* Remove all nodes that relate to a given face_id.  This is useful
-   * when un-installing fonts.  Note that if a cache node relates to
-   * the face_id, but is locked (i.e., has `ref_count > 0'), the node
-   * will _not_ be destroyed, but its internal face_id reference will
-   * be modified.
-   *
-   * The final result will be that the node will never come back
-   * in further lookup requests, and will be flushed on demand from
-   * the cache normally when its reference count reaches 0.
-   */
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  FTC_Cache_RemoveFaceID( FTC_Cache   cache,
-                          FTC_FaceID  face_id );
-
-
-#ifdef FTC_INLINE
-
-#define FTC_CACHE_LOOKUP_CMP( cache, nodecmp, hash, query, node, error ) \
-  FT_BEGIN_STMNT                                                         \
-    FTC_Node             *_bucket, *_pnode, _node;                       \
-    FTC_Cache             _cache   = FTC_CACHE(cache);                   \
-    FT_UInt32             _hash    = (FT_UInt32)(hash);                  \
-    FTC_Node_CompareFunc  _nodcomp = (FTC_Node_CompareFunc)(nodecmp);    \
-    FT_UInt               _idx;                                          \
-                                                                         \
-                                                                         \
-    error = 0;                                                           \
-    node  = NULL;                                                        \
-    _idx  = _hash & _cache->mask;                                        \
-    if ( _idx < _cache->p )                                              \
-      _idx = _hash & ( _cache->mask*2 + 1 );                             \
-                                                                         \
-    _bucket = _pnode = _cache->buckets + _idx;                           \
-    for (;;)                                                             \
-    {                                                                    \
-      _node = *_pnode;                                                   \
-      if ( _node == NULL )                                               \
-        goto _NewNode;                                                   \
-                                                                         \
-      if ( _node->hash == _hash && _nodcomp( _node, query, _cache ) )    \
-        break;                                                           \
-                                                                         \
-      _pnode = &_node->link;                                             \
-    }                                                                    \
-                                                                         \
-    if ( _node != *_bucket )                                             \
-    {                                                                    \
-      *_pnode     = _node->link;                                         \
-      _node->link = *_bucket;                                            \
-      *_bucket    = _node;                                               \
-    }                                                                    \
-                                                                         \
-    {                                                                    \
-      FTC_Manager  _manager = _cache->manager;                           \
-      void*        _nl      = &_manager->nodes_list;                     \
-                                                                         \
-                                                                         \
-      if ( _node != _manager->nodes_list )                               \
-        FTC_MruNode_Up( (FTC_MruNode*)_nl,                               \
-                        (FTC_MruNode)_node );                            \
-    }                                                                    \
-    goto _Ok;                                                            \
-                                                                         \
-  _NewNode:                                                              \
-    error = FTC_Cache_NewNode( _cache, _hash, query, &_node );           \
-                                                                         \
-  _Ok:                                                                   \
-    _pnode = (FTC_Node*)(void*)&(node);                                  \
-    *_pnode = _node;                                                     \
-  FT_END_STMNT
-
-#else /* !FTC_INLINE */
-
-#define FTC_CACHE_LOOKUP_CMP( cache, nodecmp, hash, query, node, error ) \
-  FT_BEGIN_STMNT                                                         \
-    error = FTC_Cache_Lookup( FTC_CACHE( cache ), hash, query,           \
-                              (FTC_Node*)&(node) );                      \
-  FT_END_STMNT
-
-#endif /* !FTC_INLINE */
-
-
-  /*
-   * This macro, together with FTC_CACHE_TRYLOOP_END, defines a retry
-   * loop to flush the cache repeatedly in case of memory overflows.
-   *
-   * It is used when creating a new cache node, or within a lookup
-   * that needs to allocate data (e.g., the sbit cache lookup).
-   *
-   * Example:
-   *
-   *   {
-   *     FTC_CACHE_TRYLOOP( cache )
-   *       error = load_data( ... );
-   *     FTC_CACHE_TRYLOOP_END()
-   *   }
-   *
-   */
-#define FTC_CACHE_TRYLOOP( cache )                           \
-  {                                                          \
-    FTC_Manager  _try_manager = FTC_CACHE( cache )->manager; \
-    FT_UInt      _try_count   = 4;                           \
-                                                             \
-                                                             \
-    for (;;)                                                 \
-    {                                                        \
-      FT_UInt  _try_done;
-
-
-#define FTC_CACHE_TRYLOOP_END()                                   \
-      if ( !error || error != FT_Err_Out_Of_Memory )              \
-        break;                                                    \
-                                                                  \
-      _try_done = FTC_Manager_FlushN( _try_manager, _try_count ); \
-      if ( _try_done == 0 )                                       \
-        break;                                                    \
-                                                                  \
-      if ( _try_done == _try_count )                              \
-      {                                                           \
-        _try_count *= 2;                                          \
-        if ( _try_count < _try_done              ||               \
-            _try_count > _try_manager->num_nodes )                \
-          _try_count = _try_manager->num_nodes;                   \
-      }                                                           \
-    }                                                             \
-  }
-
- /* */
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-
-#endif /* __FTCCACHE_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftccback.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftccback.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 86e72a7..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftccback.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftccback.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Callback functions of the caching sub-system (specification only).   */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2004, 2005, 2006 by                                          */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef __FTCCBACK_H__
-#define __FTCCBACK_H__
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_CACHE_H
-#include "ftcmru.h"
-#include "ftcimage.h"
-#include "ftcmanag.h"
-#include "ftcglyph.h"
-#include "ftcsbits.h"
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  ftc_inode_free( FTC_Node   inode,
-                  FTC_Cache  cache );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  ftc_inode_new( FTC_Node   *pinode,
-                 FT_Pointer  gquery,
-                 FTC_Cache   cache );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_ULong )
-  ftc_inode_weight( FTC_Node   inode,
-                    FTC_Cache  cache );
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  ftc_snode_free( FTC_Node   snode,
-                  FTC_Cache  cache );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  ftc_snode_new( FTC_Node   *psnode,
-                 FT_Pointer  gquery,
-                 FTC_Cache   cache );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_ULong )
-  ftc_snode_weight( FTC_Node   snode,
-                    FTC_Cache  cache );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Bool )
-  ftc_snode_compare( FTC_Node    snode,
-                     FT_Pointer  gquery,
-                     FTC_Cache   cache );
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Bool )
-  ftc_gnode_compare( FTC_Node    gnode,
-                     FT_Pointer  gquery,
-                     FTC_Cache   cache );
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  ftc_gcache_init( FTC_Cache  cache );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  ftc_gcache_done( FTC_Cache  cache );
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  ftc_cache_init( FTC_Cache  cache );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  ftc_cache_done( FTC_Cache  cache );
-
-#ifndef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  ftc_node_destroy( FTC_Node     node,
-                    FTC_Manager  manager );
-#endif
-
-#endif /* __FTCCBACK_H__ */
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftccmap.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftccmap.c
deleted file mode 100644
index aa59307..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftccmap.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,413 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftccmap.c                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType CharMap cache (body)                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2000-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by             */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_FREETYPE_H
-#include FT_CACHE_H
-#include "ftcmanag.h"
-#include FT_INTERNAL_MEMORY_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-#include FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H
-
-#include "ftccback.h"
-#include "ftcerror.h"
-
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_cache
-
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
-
-  typedef enum  FTC_OldCMapType_
-  {
-    FTC_OLD_CMAP_BY_INDEX    = 0,
-    FTC_OLD_CMAP_BY_ENCODING = 1,
-    FTC_OLD_CMAP_BY_ID       = 2
-
-  } FTC_OldCMapType;
-
-
-  typedef struct  FTC_OldCMapIdRec_
-  {
-    FT_UInt  platform;
-    FT_UInt  encoding;
-
-  } FTC_OldCMapIdRec, *FTC_OldCMapId;
-
-
-  typedef struct  FTC_OldCMapDescRec_
-  {
-    FTC_FaceID       face_id;
-    FTC_OldCMapType  type;
-
-    union
-    {
-      FT_UInt           index;
-      FT_Encoding       encoding;
-      FTC_OldCMapIdRec  id;
-
-    } u;
-
-  } FTC_OldCMapDescRec, *FTC_OldCMapDesc;
-
-#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OLD_INTERNALS */
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Each FTC_CMapNode contains a simple array to map a range of character */
-  /* codes to equivalent glyph indices.                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* For now, the implementation is very basic: Each node maps a range of  */
-  /* 128 consecutive character codes to their corresponding glyph indices. */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* We could do more complex things, but I don't think it is really very  */
-  /* useful.                                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /* number of glyph indices / character code per node */
-#define FTC_CMAP_INDICES_MAX  128
-
-  /* compute a query/node hash */
-#define FTC_CMAP_HASH( faceid, index, charcode )           \
-          ( FTC_FACE_ID_HASH( faceid ) + 211 * ( index ) + \
-            ( (char_code) / FTC_CMAP_INDICES_MAX )       )
-
-  /* the charmap query */
-  typedef struct  FTC_CMapQueryRec_
-  {
-    FTC_FaceID  face_id;
-    FT_UInt     cmap_index;
-    FT_UInt32   char_code;
-
-  } FTC_CMapQueryRec, *FTC_CMapQuery;
-
-#define FTC_CMAP_QUERY( x )  ((FTC_CMapQuery)(x))
-#define FTC_CMAP_QUERY_HASH( x )                                         \
-          FTC_CMAP_HASH( (x)->face_id, (x)->cmap_index, (x)->char_code )
-
-  /* the cmap cache node */
-  typedef struct  FTC_CMapNodeRec_
-  {
-    FTC_NodeRec  node;
-    FTC_FaceID   face_id;
-    FT_UInt      cmap_index;
-    FT_UInt32    first;                         /* first character in node */
-    FT_UInt16    indices[FTC_CMAP_INDICES_MAX]; /* array of glyph indices  */
-
-  } FTC_CMapNodeRec, *FTC_CMapNode;
-
-#define FTC_CMAP_NODE( x ) ( (FTC_CMapNode)( x ) )
-#define FTC_CMAP_NODE_HASH( x )                                      \
-          FTC_CMAP_HASH( (x)->face_id, (x)->cmap_index, (x)->first )
-
-  /* if (indices[n] == FTC_CMAP_UNKNOWN), we assume that the corresponding */
-  /* glyph indices haven't been queried through FT_Get_Glyph_Index() yet   */
-#define FTC_CMAP_UNKNOWN  ( (FT_UInt16)-1 )
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                        CHARMAP NODES                          *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
-  ftc_cmap_node_free( FTC_Node   ftcnode,
-                      FTC_Cache  cache )
-  {
-    FTC_CMapNode  node   = (FTC_CMapNode)ftcnode;
-    FT_Memory     memory = cache->memory;
-
-
-    FT_FREE( node );
-  }
-
-
-  /* initialize a new cmap node */
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  ftc_cmap_node_new( FTC_Node   *ftcanode,
-                     FT_Pointer  ftcquery,
-                     FTC_Cache   cache )
-  {
-    FTC_CMapNode  *anode  = (FTC_CMapNode*)ftcanode;
-    FTC_CMapQuery  query  = (FTC_CMapQuery)ftcquery;
-    FT_Error       error;
-    FT_Memory      memory = cache->memory;
-    FTC_CMapNode   node;
-    FT_UInt        nn;
-
-
-    if ( !FT_NEW( node ) )
-    {
-      node->face_id    = query->face_id;
-      node->cmap_index = query->cmap_index;
-      node->first      = (query->char_code / FTC_CMAP_INDICES_MAX) *
-                         FTC_CMAP_INDICES_MAX;
-
-      for ( nn = 0; nn < FTC_CMAP_INDICES_MAX; nn++ )
-        node->indices[nn] = FTC_CMAP_UNKNOWN;
-    }
-
-    *anode = node;
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* compute the weight of a given cmap node */
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_ULong )
-  ftc_cmap_node_weight( FTC_Node   cnode,
-                        FTC_Cache  cache )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( cnode );
-    FT_UNUSED( cache );
-
-    return sizeof ( *cnode );
-  }
-
-
-  /* compare a cmap node to a given query */
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Bool )
-  ftc_cmap_node_compare( FTC_Node    ftcnode,
-                         FT_Pointer  ftcquery,
-                         FTC_Cache   cache )
-  {
-    FTC_CMapNode   node  = (FTC_CMapNode)ftcnode;
-    FTC_CMapQuery  query = (FTC_CMapQuery)ftcquery;
-    FT_UNUSED( cache );
-
-
-    if ( node->face_id    == query->face_id    &&
-         node->cmap_index == query->cmap_index )
-    {
-      FT_UInt32  offset = (FT_UInt32)( query->char_code - node->first );
-
-
-      return FT_BOOL( offset < FTC_CMAP_INDICES_MAX );
-    }
-
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Bool )
-  ftc_cmap_node_remove_faceid( FTC_Node    ftcnode,
-                               FT_Pointer  ftcface_id,
-                               FTC_Cache   cache )
-  {
-    FTC_CMapNode  node    = (FTC_CMapNode)ftcnode;
-    FTC_FaceID    face_id = (FTC_FaceID)ftcface_id;
-    FT_UNUSED( cache );
-
-    return FT_BOOL( node->face_id == face_id );
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                    GLYPH IMAGE CACHE                          *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
-  const FTC_CacheClassRec  ftc_cmap_cache_class =
-  {
-    ftc_cmap_node_new,
-    ftc_cmap_node_weight,
-    ftc_cmap_node_compare,
-    ftc_cmap_node_remove_faceid,
-    ftc_cmap_node_free,
-
-    sizeof ( FTC_CacheRec ),
-    ftc_cache_init,
-    ftc_cache_done,
-  };
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftcache.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FTC_CMapCache_New( FTC_Manager     manager,
-                     FTC_CMapCache  *acache )
-  {
-    return FTC_Manager_RegisterCache( manager,
-                                      &ftc_cmap_cache_class,
-                                      FTC_CACHE_P( acache ) );
-  }
-
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
-
-  /*
-   *  Unfortunately, it is not possible to support binary backwards
-   *  compatibility in the cmap cache.  The FTC_CMapCache_Lookup signature
-   *  changes were too deep, and there is no clever hackish way to detect
-   *  what kind of structure we are being passed.
-   *
-   *  On the other hand it seems that no production code is using this
-   *  function on Unix distributions.
-   */
-
-#endif
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftcache.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_UInt )
-  FTC_CMapCache_Lookup( FTC_CMapCache  cmap_cache,
-                        FTC_FaceID     face_id,
-                        FT_Int         cmap_index,
-                        FT_UInt32      char_code )
-  {
-    FTC_Cache         cache = FTC_CACHE( cmap_cache );
-    FTC_CMapQueryRec  query;
-    FTC_CMapNode      node;
-    FT_Error          error;
-    FT_UInt           gindex = 0;
-    FT_UInt32         hash;
-
-
-    if ( !cache )
-    {
-      FT_ERROR(( "FTC_CMapCache_Lookup: bad arguments, returning 0!\n" ));
-      return 0;
-    }
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
-
-    /*
-     *  Detect a call from a rogue client that thinks it is linking
-     *  to FreeType 2.1.7.  This is possible because the third parameter
-     *  is then a character code, and we have never seen any font with
-     *  more than a few charmaps, so if the index is very large...
-     *
-     *  It is also very unlikely that a rogue client is interested
-     *  in Unicode values 0 to 15.
-     *
-     *  NOTE: The original threshold was 4, but we found a font from the
-     *        Adobe Acrobat Reader Pack, named `KozMinProVI-Regular.otf',
-     *        which contains more than 5 charmaps.
-     */
-    if ( cmap_index >= 16 )
-    {
-      FTC_OldCMapDesc  desc = (FTC_OldCMapDesc) face_id;
-
-
-      char_code     = (FT_UInt32)cmap_index;
-      query.face_id = desc->face_id;
-
-
-      switch ( desc->type )
-      {
-      case FTC_OLD_CMAP_BY_INDEX:
-        query.cmap_index = desc->u.index;
-        query.char_code  = (FT_UInt32)cmap_index;
-        break;
-
-      case FTC_OLD_CMAP_BY_ENCODING:
-        {
-          FT_Face  face;
-
-
-          error = FTC_Manager_LookupFace( cache->manager, desc->face_id,
-                                          &face );
-          if ( error )
-            return 0;
-
-          FT_Select_Charmap( face, desc->u.encoding );
-
-          return FT_Get_Char_Index( face, char_code );
-        }
-
-      default:
-        return 0;
-      }
-    }
-    else
-
-#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
-
-    {
-      query.face_id    = face_id;
-      query.cmap_index = (FT_UInt)cmap_index;
-      query.char_code  = char_code;
-    }
-
-    hash = FTC_CMAP_HASH( face_id, cmap_index, char_code );
-
-#if 1
-    FTC_CACHE_LOOKUP_CMP( cache, ftc_cmap_node_compare, hash, &query,
-                          node, error );
-#else
-    error = FTC_Cache_Lookup( cache, hash, &query, (FTC_Node*) &node );
-#endif
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    FT_ASSERT( (FT_UInt)( char_code - node->first ) < FTC_CMAP_INDICES_MAX );
-
-    /* something rotten can happen with rogue clients */
-    if ( (FT_UInt)( char_code - node->first >= FTC_CMAP_INDICES_MAX ) )
-      return 0;
-
-    gindex = node->indices[char_code - node->first];
-    if ( gindex == FTC_CMAP_UNKNOWN )
-    {
-      FT_Face  face;
-
-
-      gindex = 0;
-
-      error = FTC_Manager_LookupFace( cache->manager, node->face_id, &face );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      if ( (FT_UInt)cmap_index < (FT_UInt)face->num_charmaps )
-      {
-        FT_CharMap  old, cmap  = NULL;
-
-
-        old  = face->charmap;
-        cmap = face->charmaps[cmap_index];
-
-        if ( old != cmap )
-          FT_Set_Charmap( face, cmap );
-
-        gindex = FT_Get_Char_Index( face, char_code );
-
-        if ( old != cmap )
-          FT_Set_Charmap( face, old );
-      }
-
-      node->indices[char_code - node->first] = (FT_UShort)gindex;
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return gindex;
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcerror.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcerror.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 5998d42..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcerror.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftcerror.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Caching sub-system error codes (specification only).                 */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2001 by                                                      */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This file is used to define the caching sub-system error enumeration  */
-  /* constants.                                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef __FTCERROR_H__
-#define __FTCERROR_H__
-
-#include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
-
-#undef __FTERRORS_H__
-
-#define FT_ERR_PREFIX  FTC_Err_
-#define FT_ERR_BASE    FT_Mod_Err_Cache
-
-#include FT_ERRORS_H
-
-#endif /* __FTCERROR_H__ */
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcglyph.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcglyph.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 5c03abe..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcglyph.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,211 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftcglyph.c                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType Glyph Image (FT_Glyph) cache (body).                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2000-2001, 2003, 2004, 2006 by                               */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_CACHE_H
-#include "ftcglyph.h"
-#include FT_ERRORS_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-
-#include "ftccback.h"
-#include "ftcerror.h"
-
-
-  /* create a new chunk node, setting its cache index and ref count */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  FTC_GNode_Init( FTC_GNode   gnode,
-                  FT_UInt     gindex,
-                  FTC_Family  family )
-  {
-    gnode->family = family;
-    gnode->gindex = gindex;
-    family->num_nodes++;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  FTC_GNode_UnselectFamily( FTC_GNode  gnode,
-                            FTC_Cache  cache )
-  {
-    FTC_Family  family = gnode->family;
-
-
-    gnode->family = NULL;
-    if ( family && --family->num_nodes == 0 )
-      FTC_FAMILY_FREE( family, cache );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  FTC_GNode_Done( FTC_GNode  gnode,
-                  FTC_Cache  cache )
-  {
-    /* finalize the node */
-    gnode->gindex = 0;
-
-    FTC_GNode_UnselectFamily( gnode, cache );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Bool )
-  ftc_gnode_compare( FTC_Node    ftcgnode,
-                     FT_Pointer  ftcgquery,
-                     FTC_Cache   cache )
-  {
-    FTC_GNode   gnode  = (FTC_GNode)ftcgnode;
-    FTC_GQuery  gquery = (FTC_GQuery)ftcgquery;
-    FT_UNUSED( cache );
-
-
-    return FT_BOOL(  gnode->family == gquery->family &&
-                     gnode->gindex == gquery->gindex );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Bool )
-  FTC_GNode_Compare( FTC_GNode   gnode,
-                     FTC_GQuery  gquery )
-  {
-    return ftc_gnode_compare( FTC_NODE( gnode ), gquery, NULL );
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                      CHUNK SETS                               *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  FTC_Family_Init( FTC_Family  family,
-                   FTC_Cache   cache )
-  {
-    FTC_GCacheClass  clazz = FTC_CACHE__GCACHE_CLASS( cache );
-
-
-    family->clazz     = clazz->family_class;
-    family->num_nodes = 0;
-    family->cache     = cache;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  ftc_gcache_init( FTC_Cache  ftccache )
-  {
-    FTC_GCache  cache = (FTC_GCache)ftccache;
-    FT_Error    error;
-
-
-    error = FTC_Cache_Init( FTC_CACHE( cache ) );
-    if ( !error )
-    {
-      FTC_GCacheClass   clazz = (FTC_GCacheClass)FTC_CACHE( cache )->org_class;
-
-      FTC_MruList_Init( &cache->families,
-                        clazz->family_class,
-                        0,  /* no maximum here! */
-                        cache,
-                        FTC_CACHE( cache )->memory );
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-#if 0
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FTC_GCache_Init( FTC_GCache  cache )
-  {
-    return ftc_gcache_init( FTC_CACHE( cache ) );
-  }
-
-#endif /* 0 */
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  ftc_gcache_done( FTC_Cache  ftccache )
-  {
-    FTC_GCache  cache = (FTC_GCache)ftccache;
-
-
-    FTC_Cache_Done( (FTC_Cache)cache );
-    FTC_MruList_Done( &cache->families );
-  }
-
-
-#if 0
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  FTC_GCache_Done( FTC_GCache  cache )
-  {
-    ftc_gcache_done( FTC_CACHE( cache ) );
-  }
-
-#endif /* 0 */
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FTC_GCache_New( FTC_Manager       manager,
-                  FTC_GCacheClass   clazz,
-                  FTC_GCache       *acache )
-  {
-    return FTC_Manager_RegisterCache( manager, (FTC_CacheClass)clazz,
-                                      (FTC_Cache*)acache );
-  }
-
-
-#ifndef FTC_INLINE
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FTC_GCache_Lookup( FTC_GCache   cache,
-                     FT_UInt32    hash,
-                     FT_UInt      gindex,
-                     FTC_GQuery   query,
-                     FTC_Node    *anode )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error;
-
-
-    query->gindex = gindex;
-
-    FTC_MRULIST_LOOKUP( &cache->families, query, query->family, error );
-    if ( !error )
-    {
-      FTC_Family  family = query->family;
-
-
-      /* prevent the family from being destroyed too early when an        */
-      /* out-of-memory condition occurs during glyph node initialization. */
-      family->num_nodes++;
-
-      error = FTC_Cache_Lookup( FTC_CACHE( cache ), hash, query, anode );
-
-      if ( --family->num_nodes == 0 )
-        FTC_FAMILY_FREE( family, cache );
-    }
-    return error;
-  }
-
-#endif /* !FTC_INLINE */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcglyph.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcglyph.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 87a4199..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcglyph.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,322 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftcglyph.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType abstract glyph cache (specification).                       */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2000-2001, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2007 by                         */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*
-   *
-   *  FTC_GCache is an _abstract_ cache object optimized to store glyph
-   *  data.  It works as follows:
-   *
-   *   - It manages FTC_GNode objects. Each one of them can hold one or more
-   *     glyph `items'.  Item types are not specified in the FTC_GCache but
-   *     in classes that extend it.
-   *
-   *   - Glyph attributes, like face ID, character size, render mode, etc.,
-   *     can be grouped into abstract `glyph families'.  This avoids storing
-   *     the attributes within the FTC_GCache, since it is likely that many
-   *     FTC_GNodes will belong to the same family in typical uses.
-   *
-   *   - Each FTC_GNode is thus an FTC_Node with two additional fields:
-   *
-   *       * gindex: A glyph index, or the first index in a glyph range.
-   *       * family: A pointer to a glyph `family'.
-   *
-   *   - Family types are not fully specific in the FTC_Family type, but
-   *     by classes that extend it.
-   *
-   *  Note that both FTC_ImageCache and FTC_SBitCache extend FTC_GCache.
-   *  They share an FTC_Family sub-class called FTC_BasicFamily which is
-   *  used to store the following data: face ID, pixel/point sizes, load
-   *  flags.  For more details see the file `src/cache/ftcbasic.c'.
-   *
-   *  Client applications can extend FTC_GNode with their own FTC_GNode
-   *  and FTC_Family sub-classes to implement more complex caches (e.g.,
-   *  handling automatic synthesis, like obliquing & emboldening, colored
-   *  glyphs, etc.).
-   *
-   *  See also the FTC_ICache & FTC_SCache classes in `ftcimage.h' and
-   *  `ftcsbits.h', which both extend FTC_GCache with additional
-   *  optimizations.
-   *
-   *  A typical FTC_GCache implementation must provide at least the
-   *  following:
-   *
-   *  - FTC_GNode sub-class, e.g. MyNode, with relevant methods:
-   *        my_node_new            (must call FTC_GNode_Init)
-   *        my_node_free           (must call FTC_GNode_Done)
-   *        my_node_compare        (must call FTC_GNode_Compare)
-   *        my_node_remove_faceid  (must call ftc_gnode_unselect in case
-   *                                of match)
-   *
-   *  - FTC_Family sub-class, e.g. MyFamily, with relevant methods:
-   *        my_family_compare
-   *        my_family_init
-   *        my_family_reset (optional)
-   *        my_family_done
-   *
-   *  - FTC_GQuery sub-class, e.g. MyQuery, to hold cache-specific query
-   *    data.
-   *
-   *  - Constant structures for a FTC_GNodeClass.
-   *
-   *  - MyCacheNew() can be implemented easily as a call to the convenience
-   *    function FTC_GCache_New.
-   *
-   *  - MyCacheLookup with a call to FTC_GCache_Lookup.  This function will
-   *    automatically:
-   *
-   *    - Search for the corresponding family in the cache, or create
-   *      a new one if necessary.  Put it in FTC_GQUERY(myquery).family
-   *
-   *    - Call FTC_Cache_Lookup.
-   *
-   *    If it returns NULL, you should create a new node, then call
-   *    ftc_cache_add as usual.
-   */
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Important: The functions defined in this file are only used to        */
-  /*            implement an abstract glyph cache class.  You need to      */
-  /*            provide additional logic to implement a complete cache.    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*********                                                       *********/
-  /*********             WARNING, THIS IS BETA CODE.               *********/
-  /*********                                                       *********/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __FTCGLYPH_H__
-#define __FTCGLYPH_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include "ftcmanag.h"
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
- /*
-  *  We can group glyphs into `families'.  Each family correspond to a
-  *  given face ID, character size, transform, etc.
-  *
-  *  Families are implemented as MRU list nodes.  They are
-  *  reference-counted.
-  */
-
-  typedef struct  FTC_FamilyRec_
-  {
-    FTC_MruNodeRec    mrunode;
-    FT_UInt           num_nodes; /* current number of nodes in this family */
-    FTC_Cache         cache;
-    FTC_MruListClass  clazz;
-
-  } FTC_FamilyRec, *FTC_Family;
-
-#define  FTC_FAMILY(x)    ( (FTC_Family)(x) )
-#define  FTC_FAMILY_P(x)  ( (FTC_Family*)(x) )
-
-
-  typedef struct  FTC_GNodeRec_
-  {
-    FTC_NodeRec      node;
-    FTC_Family       family;
-    FT_UInt          gindex;
-
-  } FTC_GNodeRec, *FTC_GNode;
-
-#define FTC_GNODE( x )    ( (FTC_GNode)(x) )
-#define FTC_GNODE_P( x )  ( (FTC_GNode*)(x) )
-
-
-  typedef struct  FTC_GQueryRec_
-  {
-    FT_UInt      gindex;
-    FTC_Family   family;
-
-  } FTC_GQueryRec, *FTC_GQuery;
-
-#define FTC_GQUERY( x )  ( (FTC_GQuery)(x) )
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* These functions are exported so that they can be called from          */
-  /* user-provided cache classes; otherwise, they are really part of the   */
-  /* cache sub-system internals.                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-
-  /* must be called by derived FTC_Node_InitFunc routines */
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  FTC_GNode_Init( FTC_GNode   node,
-                  FT_UInt     gindex,  /* glyph index for node */
-                  FTC_Family  family );
-
-  /* returns TRUE iff the query's glyph index correspond to the node;  */
-  /* this assumes that the `family' and `hash' fields of the query are */
-  /* already correctly set                                             */
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Bool )
-  FTC_GNode_Compare( FTC_GNode   gnode,
-                     FTC_GQuery  gquery );
-
-  /* call this function to clear a node's family -- this is necessary */
-  /* to implement the `node_remove_faceid' cache method correctly     */
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  FTC_GNode_UnselectFamily( FTC_GNode  gnode,
-                            FTC_Cache  cache );
-
-  /* must be called by derived FTC_Node_DoneFunc routines */
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  FTC_GNode_Done( FTC_GNode  node,
-                  FTC_Cache  cache );
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  FTC_Family_Init( FTC_Family  family,
-                   FTC_Cache   cache );
-
-  typedef struct FTC_GCacheRec_
-  {
-    FTC_CacheRec    cache;
-    FTC_MruListRec  families;
-
-  } FTC_GCacheRec, *FTC_GCache;
-
-#define FTC_GCACHE( x )  ((FTC_GCache)(x))
-
-
-#if 0
-  /* can be used as @FTC_Cache_InitFunc */
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  FTC_GCache_Init( FTC_GCache  cache );
-#endif
-
-
-#if 0
-  /* can be used as @FTC_Cache_DoneFunc */
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  FTC_GCache_Done( FTC_GCache  cache );
-#endif
-
-
-  /* the glyph cache class adds fields for the family implementation */
-  typedef struct  FTC_GCacheClassRec_
-  {
-    FTC_CacheClassRec  clazz;
-    FTC_MruListClass   family_class;
-
-  } FTC_GCacheClassRec;
-
-  typedef const FTC_GCacheClassRec*   FTC_GCacheClass;
-
-#define FTC_GCACHE_CLASS( x )  ((FTC_GCacheClass)(x))
-
-#define FTC_CACHE__GCACHE_CLASS( x ) \
-          FTC_GCACHE_CLASS( FTC_CACHE(x)->org_class )
-#define FTC_CACHE__FAMILY_CLASS( x ) \
-          ( (FTC_MruListClass)FTC_CACHE__GCACHE_CLASS( x )->family_class )
-
-
-  /* convenience function; use it instead of FTC_Manager_Register_Cache */
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  FTC_GCache_New( FTC_Manager       manager,
-                  FTC_GCacheClass   clazz,
-                  FTC_GCache       *acache );
-
-#ifndef FTC_INLINE
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  FTC_GCache_Lookup( FTC_GCache   cache,
-                     FT_UInt32    hash,
-                     FT_UInt      gindex,
-                     FTC_GQuery   query,
-                     FTC_Node    *anode );
-#endif
-
-
-  /* */
-
-
-#define FTC_FAMILY_FREE( family, cache )                      \
-          FTC_MruList_Remove( &FTC_GCACHE((cache))->families, \
-                              (FTC_MruNode)(family) )
-
-
-#ifdef FTC_INLINE
-
-#define FTC_GCACHE_LOOKUP_CMP( cache, famcmp, nodecmp, hash,                \
-                               gindex, query, node, error )                 \
-  FT_BEGIN_STMNT                                                            \
-    FTC_GCache               _gcache   = FTC_GCACHE( cache );               \
-    FTC_GQuery               _gquery   = (FTC_GQuery)( query );             \
-    FTC_MruNode_CompareFunc  _fcompare = (FTC_MruNode_CompareFunc)(famcmp); \
-                                                                            \
-                                                                            \
-    _gquery->gindex = (gindex);                                             \
-                                                                            \
-    FTC_MRULIST_LOOKUP_CMP( &_gcache->families, _gquery, _fcompare,         \
-                            _gquery->family, error );                       \
-    if ( !error )                                                           \
-    {                                                                       \
-      FTC_Family  _gqfamily = _gquery->family;                              \
-                                                                            \
-                                                                            \
-      _gqfamily->num_nodes++;                                               \
-                                                                            \
-      FTC_CACHE_LOOKUP_CMP( cache, nodecmp, hash, query, node, error );     \
-                                                                            \
-      if ( --_gqfamily->num_nodes == 0 )                                    \
-        FTC_FAMILY_FREE( _gqfamily, _gcache );                              \
-    }                                                                       \
-  FT_END_STMNT
-  /* */
-
-#else /* !FTC_INLINE */
-
-#define FTC_GCACHE_LOOKUP_CMP( cache, famcmp, nodecmp, hash,          \
-                               gindex, query, node, error )           \
-   FT_BEGIN_STMNT                                                     \
-     void*  _n = &(node);                                             \
-                                                                      \
-                                                                      \
-     error = FTC_GCache_Lookup( FTC_GCACHE( cache ), hash, gindex,    \
-                                FTC_GQUERY( query ), (FTC_Node*)_n ); \
-   FT_END_STMNT
-
-#endif /* !FTC_INLINE */
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-
-#endif /* __FTCGLYPH_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcimage.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcimage.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 15d4e80..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcimage.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,163 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftcimage.c                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType Image cache (body).                                         */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2000-2001, 2003, 2004, 2006 by                               */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_CACHE_H
-#include "ftcimage.h"
-#include FT_INTERNAL_MEMORY_H
-
-#include "ftccback.h"
-#include "ftcerror.h"
-
-
-  /* finalize a given glyph image node */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  ftc_inode_free( FTC_Node   ftcinode,
-                  FTC_Cache  cache )
-  {
-    FTC_INode  inode = (FTC_INode)ftcinode;
-    FT_Memory  memory = cache->memory;
-
-
-    if ( inode->glyph )
-    {
-      FT_Done_Glyph( inode->glyph );
-      inode->glyph = NULL;
-    }
-
-    FTC_GNode_Done( FTC_GNODE( inode ), cache );
-    FT_FREE( inode );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  FTC_INode_Free( FTC_INode  inode,
-                  FTC_Cache  cache )
-  {
-    ftc_inode_free( FTC_NODE( inode ), cache );
-  }
-
-
-  /* initialize a new glyph image node */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FTC_INode_New( FTC_INode   *pinode,
-                 FTC_GQuery   gquery,
-                 FTC_Cache    cache )
-  {
-    FT_Memory  memory = cache->memory;
-    FT_Error   error;
-    FTC_INode  inode;
-
-
-    if ( !FT_NEW( inode ) )
-    {
-      FTC_GNode         gnode  = FTC_GNODE( inode );
-      FTC_Family        family = gquery->family;
-      FT_UInt           gindex = gquery->gindex;
-      FTC_IFamilyClass  clazz  = FTC_CACHE__IFAMILY_CLASS( cache );
-
-
-      /* initialize its inner fields */
-      FTC_GNode_Init( gnode, gindex, family );
-
-      /* we will now load the glyph image */
-      error = clazz->family_load_glyph( family, gindex, cache,
-                                        &inode->glyph );
-      if ( error )
-      {
-        FTC_INode_Free( inode, cache );
-        inode = NULL;
-      }
-    }
-
-    *pinode = inode;
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  ftc_inode_new( FTC_Node   *ftcpinode,
-                 FT_Pointer  ftcgquery,
-                 FTC_Cache   cache )
-  {
-    FTC_INode  *pinode = (FTC_INode*)ftcpinode;
-    FTC_GQuery  gquery = (FTC_GQuery)ftcgquery;
-
-
-    return FTC_INode_New( pinode, gquery, cache );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_ULong )
-  ftc_inode_weight( FTC_Node   ftcinode,
-                    FTC_Cache  ftccache )
-  {
-    FTC_INode  inode = (FTC_INode)ftcinode;
-    FT_ULong   size  = 0;
-    FT_Glyph   glyph = inode->glyph;
-
-    FT_UNUSED( ftccache );
-
-
-    switch ( glyph->format )
-    {
-    case FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP:
-      {
-        FT_BitmapGlyph  bitg;
-
-
-        bitg = (FT_BitmapGlyph)glyph;
-        size = bitg->bitmap.rows * ft_labs( bitg->bitmap.pitch ) +
-               sizeof ( *bitg );
-      }
-      break;
-
-    case FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE:
-      {
-        FT_OutlineGlyph  outg;
-
-
-        outg = (FT_OutlineGlyph)glyph;
-        size = outg->outline.n_points *
-                 ( sizeof ( FT_Vector ) + sizeof ( FT_Byte ) ) +
-               outg->outline.n_contours * sizeof ( FT_Short ) +
-               sizeof ( *outg );
-      }
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      ;
-    }
-
-    size += sizeof ( *inode );
-    return size;
-  }
-
-
-#if 0
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_ULong )
-  FTC_INode_Weight( FTC_INode  inode )
-  {
-    return ftc_inode_weight( FTC_NODE( inode ), NULL );
-  }
-
-#endif /* 0 */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcimage.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcimage.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 20d5d3e..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcimage.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,107 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftcimage.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType Generic Image cache (specification)                         */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2000-2001, 2002, 2003, 2006 by                               */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
- /*
-  *  FTC_ICache is an _abstract_ cache used to store a single FT_Glyph
-  *  image per cache node.
-  *
-  *  FTC_ICache extends FTC_GCache.  For an implementation example,
-  *  see FTC_ImageCache in `src/cache/ftbasic.c'.
-  */
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Each image cache really manages FT_Glyph objects.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __FTCIMAGE_H__
-#define __FTCIMAGE_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_CACHE_H
-#include "ftcglyph.h"
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /* the FT_Glyph image node type - we store only 1 glyph per node */
-  typedef struct  FTC_INodeRec_
-  {
-    FTC_GNodeRec  gnode;
-    FT_Glyph      glyph;
-
-  } FTC_INodeRec, *FTC_INode;
-
-#define FTC_INODE( x )         ( (FTC_INode)( x ) )
-#define FTC_INODE_GINDEX( x )  FTC_GNODE(x)->gindex
-#define FTC_INODE_FAMILY( x )  FTC_GNODE(x)->family
-
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*FTC_IFamily_LoadGlyphFunc)( FTC_Family  family,
-                                FT_UInt     gindex,
-                                FTC_Cache   cache,
-                                FT_Glyph   *aglyph );
-
-  typedef struct  FTC_IFamilyClassRec_
-  {
-    FTC_MruListClassRec        clazz;
-    FTC_IFamily_LoadGlyphFunc  family_load_glyph;
-
-  } FTC_IFamilyClassRec;
-
-  typedef const FTC_IFamilyClassRec*  FTC_IFamilyClass;
-
-#define FTC_IFAMILY_CLASS( x )  ((FTC_IFamilyClass)(x))
-
-#define FTC_CACHE__IFAMILY_CLASS( x ) \
-          FTC_IFAMILY_CLASS( FTC_CACHE__GCACHE_CLASS(x)->family_class )
-
-
-  /* can be used as a @FTC_Node_FreeFunc */
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  FTC_INode_Free( FTC_INode  inode,
-                  FTC_Cache  cache );
-
-  /* Can be used as @FTC_Node_NewFunc.  `gquery.index' and `gquery.family'
-   * must be set correctly.  This function will call the `family_load_glyph'
-   * method to load the FT_Glyph into the cache node.
-   */
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  FTC_INode_New( FTC_INode   *pinode,
-                 FTC_GQuery   gquery,
-                 FTC_Cache    cache );
-
-#if 0
-  /* can be used as @FTC_Node_WeightFunc */
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_ULong )
-  FTC_INode_Weight( FTC_INode  inode );
-#endif
-
-
- /* */
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __FTCIMAGE_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcmanag.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcmanag.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 9d7347c..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcmanag.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,732 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftcmanag.c                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType Cache Manager (body).                                       */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2000-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 by                   */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_CACHE_H
-#include "ftcmanag.h"
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-#include FT_SIZES_H
-
-#include "ftccback.h"
-#include "ftcerror.h"
-
-
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_cache
-
-#define FTC_LRU_GET_MANAGER( lru )  ( (FTC_Manager)(lru)->user_data )
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  ftc_scaler_lookup_size( FTC_Manager  manager,
-                          FTC_Scaler   scaler,
-                          FT_Size     *asize )
-  {
-    FT_Face   face;
-    FT_Size   size = NULL;
-    FT_Error  error;
-
-
-    error = FTC_Manager_LookupFace( manager, scaler->face_id, &face );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    error = FT_New_Size( face, &size );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    FT_Activate_Size( size );
-
-    if ( scaler->pixel )
-      error = FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes( face, scaler->width, scaler->height );
-    else
-      error = FT_Set_Char_Size( face, scaler->width, scaler->height,
-                                scaler->x_res, scaler->y_res );
-    if ( error )
-    {
-      FT_Done_Size( size );
-      size = NULL;
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    *asize = size;
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  typedef struct  FTC_SizeNodeRec_
-  {
-    FTC_MruNodeRec  node;
-    FT_Size         size;
-    FTC_ScalerRec   scaler;
-
-  } FTC_SizeNodeRec, *FTC_SizeNode;
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
-  ftc_size_node_done( FTC_MruNode  ftcnode,
-                      FT_Pointer   data )
-  {
-    FTC_SizeNode  node = (FTC_SizeNode)ftcnode;
-    FT_Size       size = node->size;
-    FT_UNUSED( data );
-
-
-    if ( size )
-      FT_Done_Size( size );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Bool )
-  ftc_size_node_compare( FTC_MruNode  ftcnode,
-                         FT_Pointer   ftcscaler )
-  {
-    FTC_SizeNode  node    = (FTC_SizeNode)ftcnode;
-    FTC_Scaler    scaler  = (FTC_Scaler)ftcscaler;
-    FTC_Scaler    scaler0 = &node->scaler;
-
-
-    if ( FTC_SCALER_COMPARE( scaler0, scaler ) )
-    {
-      FT_Activate_Size( node->size );
-      return 1;
-    }
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  ftc_size_node_init( FTC_MruNode  ftcnode,
-                      FT_Pointer   ftcscaler,
-                      FT_Pointer   ftcmanager )
-  {
-    FTC_SizeNode  node    = (FTC_SizeNode)ftcnode;
-    FTC_Scaler    scaler  = (FTC_Scaler)ftcscaler;
-    FTC_Manager   manager = (FTC_Manager)ftcmanager;
-
-
-    node->scaler = scaler[0];
-
-    return ftc_scaler_lookup_size( manager, scaler, &node->size );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  ftc_size_node_reset( FTC_MruNode  ftcnode,
-                       FT_Pointer   ftcscaler,
-                       FT_Pointer   ftcmanager )
-  {
-    FTC_SizeNode  node    = (FTC_SizeNode)ftcnode;
-    FTC_Scaler    scaler  = (FTC_Scaler)ftcscaler;
-    FTC_Manager   manager = (FTC_Manager)ftcmanager;
-
-
-    FT_Done_Size( node->size );
-
-    node->scaler = scaler[0];
-
-    return ftc_scaler_lookup_size( manager, scaler, &node->size );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
-  const FTC_MruListClassRec  ftc_size_list_class =
-  {
-    sizeof ( FTC_SizeNodeRec ),
-    ftc_size_node_compare,
-    ftc_size_node_init,
-    ftc_size_node_reset,
-    ftc_size_node_done
-  };
-
-
-  /* helper function used by ftc_face_node_done */
-  static FT_Bool
-  ftc_size_node_compare_faceid( FTC_MruNode  ftcnode,
-                                FT_Pointer   ftcface_id )
-  {
-    FTC_SizeNode  node    = (FTC_SizeNode)ftcnode;
-    FTC_FaceID    face_id = (FTC_FaceID)ftcface_id;
-
-
-    return FT_BOOL( node->scaler.face_id == face_id );
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftcache.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FTC_Manager_LookupSize( FTC_Manager  manager,
-                          FTC_Scaler   scaler,
-                          FT_Size     *asize )
-  {
-    FT_Error      error;
-    FTC_SizeNode  node;
-
-
-    if ( asize == NULL )
-      return FTC_Err_Bad_Argument;
-
-    *asize = NULL;
-
-    if ( !manager )
-      return FTC_Err_Invalid_Cache_Handle;
-
-#ifdef FTC_INLINE
-
-    FTC_MRULIST_LOOKUP_CMP( &manager->sizes, scaler, ftc_size_node_compare,
-                            node, error );
-
-#else
-    error = FTC_MruList_Lookup( &manager->sizes, scaler, (FTC_MruNode*)&node );
-#endif
-
-    if ( !error )
-      *asize = node->size;
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                    FACE MRU IMPLEMENTATION                    *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  typedef struct  FTC_FaceNodeRec_
-  {
-    FTC_MruNodeRec  node;
-    FTC_FaceID      face_id;
-    FT_Face         face;
-
-  } FTC_FaceNodeRec, *FTC_FaceNode;
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  ftc_face_node_init( FTC_MruNode  ftcnode,
-                      FT_Pointer   ftcface_id,
-                      FT_Pointer   ftcmanager )
-  {
-    FTC_FaceNode  node    = (FTC_FaceNode)ftcnode;
-    FTC_FaceID    face_id = (FTC_FaceID)ftcface_id;
-    FTC_Manager   manager = (FTC_Manager)ftcmanager;
-    FT_Error      error;
-
-
-    node->face_id = face_id;
-
-    error = manager->request_face( face_id,
-                                   manager->library,
-                                   manager->request_data,
-                                   &node->face );
-    if ( !error )
-    {
-      /* destroy initial size object; it will be re-created later */
-      if ( node->face->size )
-        FT_Done_Size( node->face->size );
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
-  ftc_face_node_done( FTC_MruNode  ftcnode,
-                      FT_Pointer   ftcmanager )
-  {
-    FTC_FaceNode  node    = (FTC_FaceNode)ftcnode;
-    FTC_Manager   manager = (FTC_Manager)ftcmanager;
-
-
-    /* we must begin by removing all scalers for the target face */
-    /* from the manager's list                                   */
-    FTC_MruList_RemoveSelection( &manager->sizes,
-                                 ftc_size_node_compare_faceid,
-                                 node->face_id );
-
-    /* all right, we can discard the face now */
-    FT_Done_Face( node->face );
-    node->face    = NULL;
-    node->face_id = NULL;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Bool )
-  ftc_face_node_compare( FTC_MruNode  ftcnode,
-                         FT_Pointer   ftcface_id )
-  {
-    FTC_FaceNode  node    = (FTC_FaceNode)ftcnode;
-    FTC_FaceID    face_id = (FTC_FaceID)ftcface_id;
-
-
-    return FT_BOOL( node->face_id == face_id );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
-  const FTC_MruListClassRec  ftc_face_list_class =
-  {
-    sizeof ( FTC_FaceNodeRec),
-
-    ftc_face_node_compare,
-    ftc_face_node_init,
-    0,                          /* FTC_MruNode_ResetFunc */
-    ftc_face_node_done
-  };
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftcache.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FTC_Manager_LookupFace( FTC_Manager  manager,
-                          FTC_FaceID   face_id,
-                          FT_Face     *aface )
-  {
-    FT_Error      error;
-    FTC_FaceNode  node;
-
-
-    if ( aface == NULL )
-      return FTC_Err_Bad_Argument;
-
-    *aface = NULL;
-
-    if ( !manager )
-      return FTC_Err_Invalid_Cache_Handle;
-
-    /* we break encapsulation for the sake of speed */
-#ifdef FTC_INLINE
-
-    FTC_MRULIST_LOOKUP_CMP( &manager->faces, face_id, ftc_face_node_compare,
-                            node, error );
-
-#else
-    error = FTC_MruList_Lookup( &manager->faces, face_id, (FTC_MruNode*)&node );
-#endif
-
-    if ( !error )
-      *aface = node->face;
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                    CACHE MANAGER ROUTINES                     *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftcache.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FTC_Manager_New( FT_Library          library,
-                   FT_UInt             max_faces,
-                   FT_UInt             max_sizes,
-                   FT_ULong            max_bytes,
-                   FTC_Face_Requester  requester,
-                   FT_Pointer          req_data,
-                   FTC_Manager        *amanager )
-  {
-    FT_Error     error;
-    FT_Memory    memory;
-    FTC_Manager  manager = 0;
-
-
-    if ( !library )
-      return FTC_Err_Invalid_Library_Handle;
-
-    memory = library->memory;
-
-    if ( FT_NEW( manager ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    if ( max_faces == 0 )
-      max_faces = FTC_MAX_FACES_DEFAULT;
-
-    if ( max_sizes == 0 )
-      max_sizes = FTC_MAX_SIZES_DEFAULT;
-
-    if ( max_bytes == 0 )
-      max_bytes = FTC_MAX_BYTES_DEFAULT;
-
-    manager->library      = library;
-    manager->memory       = memory;
-    manager->max_weight   = max_bytes;
-
-    manager->request_face = requester;
-    manager->request_data = req_data;
-
-    FTC_MruList_Init( &manager->faces,
-                      &ftc_face_list_class,
-                      max_faces,
-                      manager,
-                      memory );
-
-    FTC_MruList_Init( &manager->sizes,
-                      &ftc_size_list_class,
-                      max_sizes,
-                      manager,
-                      memory );
-
-    *amanager = manager;
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftcache.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
-  FTC_Manager_Done( FTC_Manager  manager )
-  {
-    FT_Memory  memory;
-    FT_UInt    idx;
-
-
-    if ( !manager || !manager->library )
-      return;
-
-    memory = manager->memory;
-
-    /* now discard all caches */
-    for (idx = manager->num_caches; idx-- > 0; )
-    {
-      FTC_Cache  cache = manager->caches[idx];
-
-
-      if ( cache )
-      {
-        cache->clazz.cache_done( cache );
-        FT_FREE( cache );
-        manager->caches[idx] = NULL;
-      }
-    }
-    manager->num_caches = 0;
-
-    /* discard faces and sizes */
-    FTC_MruList_Done( &manager->sizes );
-    FTC_MruList_Done( &manager->faces );
-
-    manager->library = NULL;
-    manager->memory  = NULL;
-
-    FT_FREE( manager );
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftcache.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
-  FTC_Manager_Reset( FTC_Manager  manager )
-  {
-    if ( manager )
-    {
-      FTC_MruList_Reset( &manager->sizes );
-      FTC_MruList_Reset( &manager->faces );
-    }
-    /* XXX: FIXME: flush the caches? */
-  }
-
-
-#ifdef FT_DEBUG_ERROR
-
-  static void
-  FTC_Manager_Check( FTC_Manager  manager )
-  {
-    FTC_Node  node, first;
-
-
-    first = manager->nodes_list;
-
-    /* check node weights */
-    if ( first )
-    {
-      FT_ULong  weight = 0;
-
-
-      node = first;
-
-      do
-      {
-        FTC_Cache  cache = manager->caches[node->cache_index];
-
-
-        if ( (FT_UInt)node->cache_index >= manager->num_caches )
-          FT_ERROR(( "FTC_Manager_Check: invalid node (cache index = %ld\n",
-                     node->cache_index ));
-        else
-          weight += cache->clazz.node_weight( node, cache );
-
-        node = FTC_NODE__NEXT( node );
-
-      } while ( node != first );
-
-      if ( weight != manager->cur_weight )
-        FT_ERROR(( "FTC_Manager_Check: invalid weight %ld instead of %ld\n",
-                   manager->cur_weight, weight ));
-    }
-
-    /* check circular list */
-    if ( first )
-    {
-      FT_UFast  count = 0;
-
-
-      node = first;
-      do
-      {
-        count++;
-        node = FTC_NODE__NEXT( node );
-
-      } while ( node != first );
-
-      if ( count != manager->num_nodes )
-        FT_ERROR((
-          "FTC_Manager_Check: invalid cache node count %d instead of %d\n",
-          manager->num_nodes, count ));
-    }
-  }
-
-#endif /* FT_DEBUG_ERROR */
-
-
-  /* `Compress' the manager's data, i.e., get rid of old cache nodes */
-  /* that are not referenced anymore in order to limit the total     */
-  /* memory used by the cache.                                       */
-
-  /* documentation is in ftcmanag.h */
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  FTC_Manager_Compress( FTC_Manager  manager )
-  {
-    FTC_Node   node, first;
-
-
-    if ( !manager )
-      return;
-
-    first = manager->nodes_list;
-
-#ifdef FT_DEBUG_ERROR
-    FTC_Manager_Check( manager );
-
-    FT_ERROR(( "compressing, weight = %ld, max = %ld, nodes = %d\n",
-               manager->cur_weight, manager->max_weight,
-               manager->num_nodes ));
-#endif
-
-    if ( manager->cur_weight < manager->max_weight || first == NULL )
-      return;
-
-    /* go to last node -- it's a circular list */
-    node = FTC_NODE__PREV( first );
-    do
-    {
-      FTC_Node  prev;
-
-
-      prev = ( node == first ) ? NULL : FTC_NODE__PREV( node );
-
-      if ( node->ref_count <= 0 )
-        ftc_node_destroy( node, manager );
-
-      node = prev;
-
-    } while ( node && manager->cur_weight > manager->max_weight );
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftcmanag.h */
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FTC_Manager_RegisterCache( FTC_Manager      manager,
-                             FTC_CacheClass   clazz,
-                             FTC_Cache       *acache )
-  {
-    FT_Error   error = FTC_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-    FTC_Cache  cache = NULL;
-
-
-    if ( manager && clazz && acache )
-    {
-      FT_Memory  memory = manager->memory;
-
-
-      if ( manager->num_caches >= FTC_MAX_CACHES )
-      {
-        error = FTC_Err_Too_Many_Caches;
-        FT_ERROR(( "%s: too many registered caches\n",
-                   "FTC_Manager_Register_Cache" ));
-        goto Exit;
-      }
-
-      if ( !FT_ALLOC( cache, clazz->cache_size ) )
-      {
-        cache->manager   = manager;
-        cache->memory    = memory;
-        cache->clazz     = clazz[0];
-        cache->org_class = clazz;
-
-        /* THIS IS VERY IMPORTANT!  IT WILL WRETCH THE MANAGER */
-        /* IF IT IS NOT SET CORRECTLY                          */
-        cache->index = manager->num_caches;
-
-        error = clazz->cache_init( cache );
-        if ( error )
-        {
-          clazz->cache_done( cache );
-          FT_FREE( cache );
-          goto Exit;
-        }
-
-        manager->caches[manager->num_caches++] = cache;
-      }
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    *acache = cache;
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_UInt )
-  FTC_Manager_FlushN( FTC_Manager  manager,
-                      FT_UInt      count )
-  {
-    FTC_Node  first = manager->nodes_list;
-    FTC_Node  node;
-    FT_UInt   result;
-
-
-    /* try to remove `count' nodes from the list */
-    if ( first == NULL )  /* empty list! */
-      return 0;
-
-    /* go to last node - it's a circular list */
-    node = FTC_NODE__PREV(first);
-    for ( result = 0; result < count; )
-    {
-      FTC_Node  prev = FTC_NODE__PREV( node );
-
-
-      /* don't touch locked nodes */
-      if ( node->ref_count <= 0 )
-      {
-        ftc_node_destroy( node, manager );
-        result++;
-      }
-
-      if ( node == first )
-        break;
-
-      node = prev;
-    }
-    return  result;
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftcache.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
-  FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID( FTC_Manager  manager,
-                            FTC_FaceID   face_id )
-  {
-    FT_UInt  nn;
-
-    /* this will remove all FTC_SizeNode that correspond to
-     * the face_id as well
-     */
-    FTC_MruList_RemoveSelection( &manager->faces, NULL, face_id );
-
-    for ( nn = 0; nn < manager->num_caches; nn++ )
-      FTC_Cache_RemoveFaceID( manager->caches[nn], face_id );
-  }
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ftcache.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
-  FTC_Node_Unref( FTC_Node     node,
-                  FTC_Manager  manager )
-  {
-    if ( node && (FT_UInt)node->cache_index < manager->num_caches )
-      node->ref_count--;
-  }
-
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FTC_Manager_Lookup_Face( FTC_Manager  manager,
-                           FTC_FaceID   face_id,
-                           FT_Face     *aface )
-  {
-    return FTC_Manager_LookupFace( manager, face_id, aface );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  FTC_Manager_Lookup_Size( FTC_Manager  manager,
-                           FTC_Font     font,
-                           FT_Face     *aface,
-                           FT_Size     *asize )
-  {
-    FTC_ScalerRec  scaler;
-    FT_Error       error;
-    FT_Size        size;
-    FT_Face        face;
-
-
-    scaler.face_id = font->face_id;
-    scaler.width   = font->pix_width;
-    scaler.height  = font->pix_height;
-    scaler.pixel   = TRUE;
-    scaler.x_res   = 0;
-    scaler.y_res   = 0;
-
-    error = FTC_Manager_LookupSize( manager, &scaler, &size );
-    if ( error )
-    {
-      face = NULL;
-      size = NULL;
-    }
-    else
-      face = size->face;
-
-    if ( aface )
-      *aface = face;
-
-    if ( asize )
-      *asize = size;
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcmanag.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcmanag.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 3fdc2c7..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcmanag.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,175 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftcmanag.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType Cache Manager (specification).                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2000-2001, 2003, 2004, 2006 by                               */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* A cache manager is in charge of the following:                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*  - Maintain a mapping between generic FTC_FaceIDs and live FT_Face    */
-  /*    objects.  The mapping itself is performed through a user-provided  */
-  /*    callback.  However, the manager maintains a small cache of FT_Face */
-  /*    and FT_Size objects in order to speed up things considerably.      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*  - Manage one or more cache objects.  Each cache is in charge of      */
-  /*    holding a varying number of `cache nodes'.  Each cache node        */
-  /*    represents a minimal amount of individually accessible cached      */
-  /*    data.  For example, a cache node can be an FT_Glyph image          */
-  /*    containing a vector outline, or some glyph metrics, or anything    */
-  /*    else.                                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    Each cache node has a certain size in bytes that is added to the   */
-  /*    total amount of `cache memory' within the manager.                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    All cache nodes are located in a global LRU list, where the oldest */
-  /*    node is at the tail of the list.                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    Each node belongs to a single cache, and includes a reference      */
-  /*    count to avoid destroying it (due to caching).                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*********                                                       *********/
-  /*********             WARNING, THIS IS BETA CODE.               *********/
-  /*********                                                       *********/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __FTCMANAG_H__
-#define __FTCMANAG_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_CACHE_H
-#include "ftcmru.h"
-#include "ftccache.h"
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Section>                                                             */
-  /*    cache_subsystem                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-#define FTC_MAX_FACES_DEFAULT  2
-#define FTC_MAX_SIZES_DEFAULT  4
-#define FTC_MAX_BYTES_DEFAULT  200000L  /* ~200kByte by default */
-
-  /* maximum number of caches registered in a single manager */
-#define FTC_MAX_CACHES         16
-
-
-  typedef struct  FTC_ManagerRec_
-  {
-    FT_Library          library;
-    FT_Memory           memory;
-
-    FTC_Node            nodes_list;
-    FT_ULong            max_weight;
-    FT_ULong            cur_weight;
-    FT_UInt             num_nodes;
-
-    FTC_Cache           caches[FTC_MAX_CACHES];
-    FT_UInt             num_caches;
-
-    FTC_MruListRec      faces;
-    FTC_MruListRec      sizes;
-
-    FT_Pointer          request_data;
-    FTC_Face_Requester  request_face;
-
-  } FTC_ManagerRec;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FTC_Manager_Compress                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    This function is used to check the state of the cache manager if   */
-  /*    its `num_bytes' field is greater than its `max_bytes' field.  It   */
-  /*    will flush as many old cache nodes as possible (ignoring cache     */
-  /*    nodes with a non-zero reference count).                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <InOut>                                                               */
-  /*    manager :: A handle to the cache manager.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    Client applications should not call this function directly.  It is */
-  /*    normally invoked by specific cache implementations.                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    The reason this function is exported is to allow client-specific   */
-  /*    cache classes.                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  FTC_Manager_Compress( FTC_Manager  manager );
-
-
-  /* try to flush `count' old nodes from the cache; return the number
-   * of really flushed nodes
-   */
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_UInt )
-  FTC_Manager_FlushN( FTC_Manager  manager,
-                      FT_UInt      count );
-
-
-  /* this must be used internally for the moment */
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  FTC_Manager_RegisterCache( FTC_Manager      manager,
-                             FTC_CacheClass   clazz,
-                             FTC_Cache       *acache );
-
- /* */
-
-#define FTC_SCALER_COMPARE( a, b )                \
-    ( (a)->face_id      == (b)->face_id      &&   \
-      (a)->width        == (b)->width        &&   \
-      (a)->height       == (b)->height       &&   \
-      ((a)->pixel != 0) == ((b)->pixel != 0) &&   \
-      ( (a)->pixel ||                             \
-        ( (a)->x_res == (b)->x_res &&             \
-          (a)->y_res == (b)->y_res ) ) )
-
-#define FTC_SCALER_HASH( q )                                 \
-    ( FTC_FACE_ID_HASH( (q)->face_id ) +                     \
-      (q)->width + (q)->height*7 +                           \
-      ( (q)->pixel ? 0 : ( (q)->x_res*33 ^ (q)->y_res*61 ) ) )
-
- /* */
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __FTCMANAG_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcmru.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcmru.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 3a6c625..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcmru.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,357 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftcmru.c                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType MRU support (body).                                         */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2003, 2004, 2006 by                                          */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_CACHE_H
-#include "ftcmru.h"
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-
-#include "ftcerror.h"
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  FTC_MruNode_Prepend( FTC_MruNode  *plist,
-                       FTC_MruNode   node )
-  {
-    FTC_MruNode  first = *plist;
-
-
-    if ( first )
-    {
-      FTC_MruNode  last = first->prev;
-
-
-#ifdef FT_DEBUG_ERROR
-      {
-        FTC_MruNode  cnode = first;
-
-
-        do
-        {
-          if ( cnode == node )
-          {
-            fprintf( stderr, "FTC_MruNode_Prepend: invalid action!\n" );
-            exit( 2 );
-          }
-          cnode = cnode->next;
-
-        } while ( cnode != first );
-      }
-#endif
-
-      first->prev = node;
-      last->next  = node;
-      node->next  = first;
-      node->prev  = last;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      node->next = node;
-      node->prev = node;
-    }
-    *plist = node;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  FTC_MruNode_Up( FTC_MruNode  *plist,
-                  FTC_MruNode   node )
-  {
-    FTC_MruNode  first = *plist;
-
-
-    FT_ASSERT( first != NULL );
-
-    if ( first != node )
-    {
-      FTC_MruNode  prev, next, last;
-
-
-#ifdef FT_DEBUG_ERROR
-      {
-        FTC_MruNode  cnode = first;
-        do
-        {
-          if ( cnode == node )
-            goto Ok;
-          cnode = cnode->next;
-
-        } while ( cnode != first );
-
-        fprintf( stderr, "FTC_MruNode_Up: invalid action!\n" );
-        exit( 2 );
-      Ok:
-      }
-#endif
-      prev = node->prev;
-      next = node->next;
-
-      prev->next = next;
-      next->prev = prev;
-
-      last = first->prev;
-
-      last->next  = node;
-      first->prev = node;
-
-      node->next = first;
-      node->prev = last;
-
-      *plist = node;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  FTC_MruNode_Remove( FTC_MruNode  *plist,
-                      FTC_MruNode   node )
-  {
-    FTC_MruNode  first = *plist;
-    FTC_MruNode  prev, next;
-
-
-    FT_ASSERT( first != NULL );
-
-#ifdef FT_DEBUG_ERROR
-      {
-        FTC_MruNode  cnode = first;
-
-
-        do
-        {
-          if ( cnode == node )
-            goto Ok;
-          cnode = cnode->next;
-
-        } while ( cnode != first );
-
-        fprintf( stderr, "FTC_MruNode_Remove: invalid action!\n" );
-        exit( 2 );
-      Ok:
-      }
-#endif
-
-    prev = node->prev;
-    next = node->next;
-
-    prev->next = next;
-    next->prev = prev;
-
-    if ( node == next )
-    {
-      FT_ASSERT( first == node );
-      FT_ASSERT( prev  == node );
-
-      *plist = NULL;
-    }
-    else if ( node == first )
-        *plist = next;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  FTC_MruList_Init( FTC_MruList       list,
-                    FTC_MruListClass  clazz,
-                    FT_UInt           max_nodes,
-                    FT_Pointer        data,
-                    FT_Memory         memory )
-  {
-    list->num_nodes = 0;
-    list->max_nodes = max_nodes;
-    list->nodes     = NULL;
-    list->clazz     = *clazz;
-    list->data      = data;
-    list->memory    = memory;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  FTC_MruList_Reset( FTC_MruList  list )
-  {
-    while ( list->nodes )
-      FTC_MruList_Remove( list, list->nodes );
-
-    FT_ASSERT( list->num_nodes == 0 );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  FTC_MruList_Done( FTC_MruList  list )
-  {
-    FTC_MruList_Reset( list );
-  }
-
-
-#ifndef FTC_INLINE
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FTC_MruNode )
-  FTC_MruList_Find( FTC_MruList  list,
-                    FT_Pointer   key )
-  {
-    FTC_MruNode_CompareFunc  compare = list->clazz.node_compare;
-    FTC_MruNode              first, node;
-
-
-    first = list->nodes;
-    node  = NULL;
-
-    if ( first )
-    {
-      node = first;
-      do
-      {
-        if ( compare( node, key ) )
-        {
-          if ( node != first )
-            FTC_MruNode_Up( &list->nodes, node );
-
-          return node;
-        }
-
-        node = node->next;
-
-      } while ( node != first);
-    }
-
-    return NULL;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FTC_MruList_New( FTC_MruList   list,
-                   FT_Pointer    key,
-                   FTC_MruNode  *anode )
-  {
-    FT_Error     error;
-    FTC_MruNode  node;
-    FT_Memory    memory = list->memory;
-
-
-    if ( list->num_nodes >= list->max_nodes && list->max_nodes > 0 )
-    {
-      node = list->nodes->prev;
-
-      FT_ASSERT( node );
-
-      if ( list->clazz.node_reset )
-      {
-        FTC_MruNode_Up( &list->nodes, node );
-
-        error = list->clazz.node_reset( node, key, list->data );
-        if ( !error )
-          goto Exit;
-      }
-
-      FTC_MruNode_Remove( &list->nodes, node );
-      list->num_nodes--;
-
-      if ( list->clazz.node_done )
-        list->clazz.node_done( node, list->data );
-    }
-    else if ( FT_ALLOC( node, list->clazz.node_size ) )
-        goto Exit;
-
-    error = list->clazz.node_init( node, key, list->data );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Fail;
-
-      FTC_MruNode_Prepend( &list->nodes, node );
-      list->num_nodes++;
-
-  Exit:
-    *anode = node;
-    return error;
-
-  Fail:
-    if ( list->clazz.node_done )
-      list->clazz.node_done( node, list->data );
-
-    FT_FREE( node );
-    goto Exit;
-  }
-
-
-#ifndef FTC_INLINE
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FTC_MruList_Lookup( FTC_MruList   list,
-                      FT_Pointer    key,
-                      FTC_MruNode  *anode )
-  {
-    FTC_MruNode  node;
-
-
-    node = FTC_MruList_Find( list, key );
-    if ( node == NULL )
-      return FTC_MruList_New( list, key, anode );
-
-    *anode = node;
-    return 0;
-  }
-#endif /* FTC_INLINE */
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  FTC_MruList_Remove( FTC_MruList  list,
-                      FTC_MruNode  node )
-  {
-    FTC_MruNode_Remove( &list->nodes, node );
-    list->num_nodes--;
-
-    {
-      FT_Memory  memory = list->memory;
-
-
-      if ( list->clazz.node_done )
-       list->clazz.node_done( node, list->data );
-
-      FT_FREE( node );
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  FTC_MruList_RemoveSelection( FTC_MruList              list,
-                               FTC_MruNode_CompareFunc  selection,
-                               FT_Pointer               key )
-  {
-    FTC_MruNode  first, node, next;
-
-
-    first = list->nodes;
-    while ( first && ( selection == NULL || selection( first, key ) ) )
-    {
-      FTC_MruList_Remove( list, first );
-      first = list->nodes;
-    }
-
-    if ( first )
-    {
-      node = first->next;
-      while ( node != first )
-      {
-        next = node->next;
-
-        if ( selection( node, key ) )
-          FTC_MruList_Remove( list, node );
-
-        node = next;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcmru.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcmru.h
deleted file mode 100644
index c8f0c6e..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcmru.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,247 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftcmru.h                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Simple MRU list-cache (specification).                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2000-2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 by                         */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* An MRU is a list that cannot hold more than a certain number of       */
-  /* elements (`max_elements').  All elements in the list are sorted in    */
-  /* least-recently-used order, i.e., the `oldest' element is at the tail  */
-  /* of the list.                                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* When doing a lookup (either through `Lookup()' or `Lookup_Node()'),   */
-  /* the list is searched for an element with the corresponding key.  If   */
-  /* it is found, the element is moved to the head of the list and is      */
-  /* returned.                                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* If no corresponding element is found, the lookup routine will try to  */
-  /* obtain a new element with the relevant key.  If the list is already   */
-  /* full, the oldest element from the list is discarded and replaced by a */
-  /* new one; a new element is added to the list otherwise.                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Note that it is possible to pre-allocate the element list nodes.      */
-  /* This is handy if `max_elements' is sufficiently small, as it saves    */
-  /* allocations/releases during the lookup process.                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __FTCMRU_H__
-#define __FTCMRU_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_FREETYPE_H
-
-#ifdef FREETYPE_H
-#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
-#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
-#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
-#endif
-
-#define  xxFT_DEBUG_ERROR
-#define  FTC_INLINE
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-  typedef struct FTC_MruNodeRec_*  FTC_MruNode;
-
-  typedef struct  FTC_MruNodeRec_
-  {
-    FTC_MruNode  next;
-    FTC_MruNode  prev;
-
-  } FTC_MruNodeRec;
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  FTC_MruNode_Prepend( FTC_MruNode  *plist,
-                       FTC_MruNode   node );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  FTC_MruNode_Up( FTC_MruNode  *plist,
-                  FTC_MruNode   node );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  FTC_MruNode_Remove( FTC_MruNode  *plist,
-                      FTC_MruNode   node );
-
-
-  typedef struct FTC_MruListRec_*              FTC_MruList;
-
-  typedef struct FTC_MruListClassRec_ const *  FTC_MruListClass;
-
-
-  typedef FT_Bool
-  (*FTC_MruNode_CompareFunc)( FTC_MruNode  node,
-                              FT_Pointer   key );
-
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*FTC_MruNode_InitFunc)( FTC_MruNode  node,
-                           FT_Pointer   key,
-                           FT_Pointer   data );
-
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*FTC_MruNode_ResetFunc)( FTC_MruNode  node,
-                            FT_Pointer   key,
-                            FT_Pointer   data );
-
-  typedef void
-  (*FTC_MruNode_DoneFunc)( FTC_MruNode  node,
-                           FT_Pointer   data );
-
-
-  typedef struct  FTC_MruListClassRec_
-  {
-    FT_UInt                  node_size;
-    FTC_MruNode_CompareFunc  node_compare;
-    FTC_MruNode_InitFunc     node_init;
-    FTC_MruNode_ResetFunc    node_reset;
-    FTC_MruNode_DoneFunc     node_done;
-
-  } FTC_MruListClassRec;
-
-  typedef struct  FTC_MruListRec_
-  {
-    FT_UInt              num_nodes;
-    FT_UInt              max_nodes;
-    FTC_MruNode          nodes;
-    FT_Pointer           data;
-    FTC_MruListClassRec  clazz;
-    FT_Memory            memory;
-
-  } FTC_MruListRec;
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  FTC_MruList_Init( FTC_MruList       list,
-                    FTC_MruListClass  clazz,
-                    FT_UInt           max_nodes,
-                    FT_Pointer        data,
-                    FT_Memory         memory );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  FTC_MruList_Reset( FTC_MruList  list );
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  FTC_MruList_Done( FTC_MruList  list );
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  FTC_MruList_New( FTC_MruList   list,
-                   FT_Pointer    key,
-                   FTC_MruNode  *anode );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  FTC_MruList_Remove( FTC_MruList  list,
-                      FTC_MruNode  node );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  FTC_MruList_RemoveSelection( FTC_MruList              list,
-                               FTC_MruNode_CompareFunc  selection,
-                               FT_Pointer               key );
-
-
-#ifdef FTC_INLINE
-
-#define FTC_MRULIST_LOOKUP_CMP( list, key, compare, node, error )           \
-  FT_BEGIN_STMNT                                                            \
-    FTC_MruNode*             _pfirst  = &(list)->nodes;                     \
-    FTC_MruNode_CompareFunc  _compare = (FTC_MruNode_CompareFunc)(compare); \
-    FTC_MruNode              _first, _node, *_pnode;                        \
-                                                                            \
-                                                                            \
-    error  = 0;                                                             \
-    _first = *(_pfirst);                                                    \
-    _node  = NULL;                                                          \
-                                                                            \
-    if ( _first )                                                           \
-    {                                                                       \
-      _node = _first;                                                       \
-      do                                                                    \
-      {                                                                     \
-        if ( _compare( _node, (key) ) )                                     \
-        {                                                                   \
-          if ( _node != _first )                                            \
-            FTC_MruNode_Up( _pfirst, _node );                               \
-                                                                            \
-          _pnode = (FTC_MruNode*)(void*)&(node);                            \
-          *_pnode = _node;                                                  \
-          goto _MruOk;                                                      \
-        }                                                                   \
-        _node = _node->next;                                                \
-                                                                            \
-      } while ( _node != _first) ;                                          \
-    }                                                                       \
-                                                                            \
-    error = FTC_MruList_New( (list), (key), (FTC_MruNode*)(void*)&(node) ); \
-  _MruOk:                                                                   \
-    ;                                                                       \
-  FT_END_STMNT
-
-#define FTC_MRULIST_LOOKUP( list, key, node, error ) \
-  FTC_MRULIST_LOOKUP_CMP( list, key, (list)->clazz.node_compare, node, error )
-
-#else  /* !FTC_INLINE */
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FTC_MruNode )
-  FTC_MruList_Find( FTC_MruList  list,
-                    FT_Pointer   key );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  FTC_MruList_Lookup( FTC_MruList   list,
-                      FT_Pointer    key,
-                      FTC_MruNode  *pnode );
-
-#define FTC_MRULIST_LOOKUP( list, key, node, error ) \
-  error = FTC_MruList_Lookup( (list), (key), (FTC_MruNode*)&(node) )
-
-#endif /* !FTC_INLINE */
-
-
-#define FTC_MRULIST_LOOP( list, node )        \
-  FT_BEGIN_STMNT                              \
-    FTC_MruNode  _first = (list)->nodes;      \
-                                              \
-                                              \
-    if ( _first )                             \
-    {                                         \
-      FTC_MruNode  _node = _first;            \
-                                              \
-                                              \
-      do                                      \
-      {                                       \
-        *(FTC_MruNode*)&(node) = _node;
-
-
-#define FTC_MRULIST_LOOP_END()               \
-        _node = _node->next;                 \
-                                             \
-      } while ( _node != _first );           \
-    }                                        \
-  FT_END_STMNT
-
- /* */
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-
-#endif /* __FTCMRU_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcsbits.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcsbits.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 72f139d..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcsbits.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,401 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftcsbits.c                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType sbits manager (body).                                       */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2000-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 by                   */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_CACHE_H
-#include "ftcsbits.h"
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-#include FT_ERRORS_H
-
-#include "ftccback.h"
-#include "ftcerror.h"
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                     SBIT CACHE NODES                          *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  ftc_sbit_copy_bitmap( FTC_SBit    sbit,
-                        FT_Bitmap*  bitmap,
-                        FT_Memory   memory )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error;
-    FT_Int    pitch = bitmap->pitch;
-    FT_ULong  size;
-
-
-    if ( pitch < 0 )
-      pitch = -pitch;
-
-    size = (FT_ULong)( pitch * bitmap->rows );
-
-    if ( !FT_ALLOC( sbit->buffer, size ) )
-      FT_MEM_COPY( sbit->buffer, bitmap->buffer, size );
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  ftc_snode_free( FTC_Node   ftcsnode,
-                  FTC_Cache  cache )
-  {
-    FTC_SNode  snode  = (FTC_SNode)ftcsnode;
-    FTC_SBit   sbit   = snode->sbits;
-    FT_UInt    count  = snode->count;
-    FT_Memory  memory = cache->memory;
-
-
-    for ( ; count > 0; sbit++, count-- )
-      FT_FREE( sbit->buffer );
-
-    FTC_GNode_Done( FTC_GNODE( snode ), cache );
-
-    FT_FREE( snode );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  FTC_SNode_Free( FTC_SNode  snode,
-                  FTC_Cache  cache )
-  {
-    ftc_snode_free( FTC_NODE( snode ), cache );
-  }
-
-
-  /*
-   *  This function tries to load a small bitmap within a given FTC_SNode.
-   *  Note that it returns a non-zero error code _only_ in the case of
-   *  out-of-memory condition.  For all other errors (e.g., corresponding
-   *  to a bad font file), this function will mark the sbit as `unavailable'
-   *  and return a value of 0.
-   *
-   *  You should also read the comment within the @ftc_snode_compare
-   *  function below to see how out-of-memory is handled during a lookup.
-   */
-  static FT_Error
-  ftc_snode_load( FTC_SNode    snode,
-                  FTC_Manager  manager,
-                  FT_UInt      gindex,
-                  FT_ULong    *asize )
-  {
-    FT_Error          error;
-    FTC_GNode         gnode  = FTC_GNODE( snode );
-    FTC_Family        family = gnode->family;
-    FT_Memory         memory = manager->memory;
-    FT_Face           face;
-    FTC_SBit          sbit;
-    FTC_SFamilyClass  clazz;
-
-
-    if ( (FT_UInt)(gindex - gnode->gindex) >= snode->count )
-    {
-      FT_ERROR(( "ftc_snode_load: invalid glyph index" ));
-      return FTC_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-    }
-
-    sbit  = snode->sbits + ( gindex - gnode->gindex );
-    clazz = (FTC_SFamilyClass)family->clazz;
-
-    sbit->buffer = 0;
-
-    error = clazz->family_load_glyph( family, gindex, manager, &face );
-    if ( error )
-      goto BadGlyph;
-
-    {
-      FT_Int        temp;
-      FT_GlyphSlot  slot   = face->glyph;
-      FT_Bitmap*    bitmap = &slot->bitmap;
-      FT_Int        xadvance, yadvance;
-
-
-      if ( slot->format != FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP )
-      {
-        FT_ERROR(( "%s: glyph loaded didn't return a bitmap!\n",
-                   "ftc_snode_load" ));
-        goto BadGlyph;
-      }
-
-      /* Check that our values fit into 8-bit containers!       */
-      /* If this is not the case, our bitmap is too large       */
-      /* and we will leave it as `missing' with sbit.buffer = 0 */
-
-#define CHECK_CHAR( d )  ( temp = (FT_Char)d, temp == d )
-#define CHECK_BYTE( d )  ( temp = (FT_Byte)d, temp == d )
-
-      /* horizontal advance in pixels */
-      xadvance = ( slot->advance.x + 32 ) >> 6;
-      yadvance = ( slot->advance.y + 32 ) >> 6;
-
-      if ( !CHECK_BYTE( bitmap->rows  )     ||
-           !CHECK_BYTE( bitmap->width )     ||
-           !CHECK_CHAR( bitmap->pitch )     ||
-           !CHECK_CHAR( slot->bitmap_left ) ||
-           !CHECK_CHAR( slot->bitmap_top  ) ||
-           !CHECK_CHAR( xadvance )          ||
-           !CHECK_CHAR( yadvance )          )
-        goto BadGlyph;
-
-      sbit->width     = (FT_Byte)bitmap->width;
-      sbit->height    = (FT_Byte)bitmap->rows;
-      sbit->pitch     = (FT_Char)bitmap->pitch;
-      sbit->left      = (FT_Char)slot->bitmap_left;
-      sbit->top       = (FT_Char)slot->bitmap_top;
-      sbit->xadvance  = (FT_Char)xadvance;
-      sbit->yadvance  = (FT_Char)yadvance;
-      sbit->format    = (FT_Byte)bitmap->pixel_mode;
-      sbit->max_grays = (FT_Byte)(bitmap->num_grays - 1);
-
-      /* copy the bitmap into a new buffer -- ignore error */
-      error = ftc_sbit_copy_bitmap( sbit, bitmap, memory );
-
-      /* now, compute size */
-      if ( asize )
-        *asize = FT_ABS( sbit->pitch ) * sbit->height;
-
-    } /* glyph loading successful */
-
-    /* ignore the errors that might have occurred --   */
-    /* we mark unloaded glyphs with `sbit.buffer == 0' */
-    /* and `width == 255', `height == 0'               */
-    /*                                                 */
-    if ( error && error != FTC_Err_Out_Of_Memory )
-    {
-    BadGlyph:
-      sbit->width  = 255;
-      sbit->height = 0;
-      sbit->buffer = NULL;
-      error        = 0;
-      if ( asize )
-        *asize = 0;
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FTC_SNode_New( FTC_SNode  *psnode,
-                 FTC_GQuery  gquery,
-                 FTC_Cache   cache )
-  {
-    FT_Memory   memory = cache->memory;
-    FT_Error    error;
-    FTC_SNode   snode  = NULL;
-    FT_UInt     gindex = gquery->gindex;
-    FTC_Family  family = gquery->family;
-
-    FTC_SFamilyClass  clazz = FTC_CACHE__SFAMILY_CLASS( cache );
-    FT_UInt           total;
-
-
-    total = clazz->family_get_count( family, cache->manager );
-    if ( total == 0 || gindex >= total )
-    {
-      error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    if ( !FT_NEW( snode ) )
-    {
-      FT_UInt  count, start;
-
-
-      start = gindex - ( gindex % FTC_SBIT_ITEMS_PER_NODE );
-      count = total - start;
-      if ( count > FTC_SBIT_ITEMS_PER_NODE )
-        count = FTC_SBIT_ITEMS_PER_NODE;
-
-      FTC_GNode_Init( FTC_GNODE( snode ), start, family );
-
-      snode->count = count;
-
-      error = ftc_snode_load( snode,
-                              cache->manager,
-                              gindex,
-                              NULL );
-      if ( error )
-      {
-        FTC_SNode_Free( snode, cache );
-        snode = NULL;
-      }
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    *psnode = snode;
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  ftc_snode_new( FTC_Node   *ftcpsnode,
-                 FT_Pointer  ftcgquery,
-                 FTC_Cache   cache )
-  {
-    FTC_SNode  *psnode = (FTC_SNode*)ftcpsnode;
-    FTC_GQuery  gquery = (FTC_GQuery)ftcgquery;
-
-
-    return FTC_SNode_New( psnode, gquery, cache );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_ULong )
-  ftc_snode_weight( FTC_Node   ftcsnode,
-                    FTC_Cache  cache )
-  {
-    FTC_SNode  snode = (FTC_SNode)ftcsnode;
-    FT_UInt    count = snode->count;
-    FTC_SBit   sbit  = snode->sbits;
-    FT_Int     pitch;
-    FT_ULong   size;
-
-    FT_UNUSED( cache );
-
-
-    FT_ASSERT( snode->count <= FTC_SBIT_ITEMS_PER_NODE );
-
-    /* the node itself */
-    size = sizeof ( *snode );
-
-    for ( ; count > 0; count--, sbit++ )
-    {
-      if ( sbit->buffer )
-      {
-        pitch = sbit->pitch;
-        if ( pitch < 0 )
-          pitch = -pitch;
-
-        /* add the size of a given glyph image */
-        size += pitch * sbit->height;
-      }
-    }
-
-    return size;
-  }
-
-
-#if 0
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_ULong )
-  FTC_SNode_Weight( FTC_SNode  snode )
-  {
-    return ftc_snode_weight( FTC_NODE( snode ), NULL );
-  }
-
-#endif /* 0 */
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Bool )
-  ftc_snode_compare( FTC_Node    ftcsnode,
-                     FT_Pointer  ftcgquery,
-                     FTC_Cache   cache )
-  {
-    FTC_SNode   snode  = (FTC_SNode)ftcsnode;
-    FTC_GQuery  gquery = (FTC_GQuery)ftcgquery;
-    FTC_GNode   gnode  = FTC_GNODE( snode );
-    FT_UInt     gindex = gquery->gindex;
-    FT_Bool     result;
-
-
-    result = FT_BOOL( gnode->family == gquery->family                    &&
-                      (FT_UInt)( gindex - gnode->gindex ) < snode->count );
-    if ( result )
-    {
-      /* check if we need to load the glyph bitmap now */
-      FTC_SBit  sbit = snode->sbits + ( gindex - gnode->gindex );
-
-
-      /*
-       *  The following code illustrates what to do when you want to
-       *  perform operations that may fail within a lookup function.
-       *
-       *  Here, we want to load a small bitmap on-demand; we thus
-       *  need to call the `ftc_snode_load' function which may return
-       *  a non-zero error code only when we are out of memory (OOM).
-       *
-       *  The correct thing to do is to use @FTC_CACHE_TRYLOOP and
-       *  @FTC_CACHE_TRYLOOP_END in order to implement a retry loop
-       *  that is capable of flushing the cache incrementally when
-       *  an OOM errors occur.
-       *
-       *  However, we need to `lock' the node before this operation to
-       *  prevent it from being flushed within the loop.
-       *
-       *  When we exit the loop, we unlock the node, then check the `error'
-       *  variable.  If it is non-zero, this means that the cache was
-       *  completely flushed and that no usable memory was found to load
-       *  the bitmap.
-       *
-       *  We then prefer to return a value of 0 (i.e., NO MATCH).  This
-       *  ensures that the caller will try to allocate a new node.
-       *  This operation consequently _fail_ and the lookup function
-       *  returns the appropriate OOM error code.
-       *
-       *  Note that `buffer == NULL && width == 255' is a hack used to
-       *  tag `unavailable' bitmaps in the array.  We should never try
-       *  to load these.
-       *
-       */
-
-      if ( sbit->buffer == NULL && sbit->width != 255 )
-      {
-        FT_ULong  size;
-        FT_Error  error;
-
-
-        ftcsnode->ref_count++;  /* lock node to prevent flushing */
-                                /* in retry loop                 */
-
-        FTC_CACHE_TRYLOOP( cache )
-        {
-          error = ftc_snode_load( snode, cache->manager, gindex, &size );
-        }
-        FTC_CACHE_TRYLOOP_END();
-
-        ftcsnode->ref_count--;  /* unlock the node */
-
-        if ( error )
-          result = 0;
-        else
-          cache->manager->cur_weight += size;
-      }
-    }
-
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Bool )
-  FTC_SNode_Compare( FTC_SNode   snode,
-                     FTC_GQuery  gquery,
-                     FTC_Cache   cache )
-  {
-    return ftc_snode_compare( FTC_NODE( snode ), gquery, cache );
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcsbits.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcsbits.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 6261745..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcsbits.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,98 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftcsbits.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    A small-bitmap cache (specification).                                */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2000-2001, 2002, 2003, 2006 by                               */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __FTCSBITS_H__
-#define __FTCSBITS_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_CACHE_H
-#include "ftcglyph.h"
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-#define FTC_SBIT_ITEMS_PER_NODE  16
-
-  typedef struct  FTC_SNodeRec_
-  {
-    FTC_GNodeRec  gnode;
-    FT_UInt       count;
-    FTC_SBitRec   sbits[FTC_SBIT_ITEMS_PER_NODE];
-
-  } FTC_SNodeRec, *FTC_SNode;
-
-
-#define FTC_SNODE( x )         ( (FTC_SNode)( x ) )
-#define FTC_SNODE_GINDEX( x )  FTC_GNODE( x )->gindex
-#define FTC_SNODE_FAMILY( x )  FTC_GNODE( x )->family
-
-  typedef FT_UInt
-  (*FTC_SFamily_GetCountFunc)( FTC_Family   family,
-                               FTC_Manager  manager );
-
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*FTC_SFamily_LoadGlyphFunc)( FTC_Family   family,
-                                FT_UInt      gindex,
-                                FTC_Manager  manager,
-                                FT_Face     *aface );
-
-  typedef struct  FTC_SFamilyClassRec_
-  {
-    FTC_MruListClassRec        clazz;
-    FTC_SFamily_GetCountFunc   family_get_count;
-    FTC_SFamily_LoadGlyphFunc  family_load_glyph;
-
-  } FTC_SFamilyClassRec;
-
-  typedef const FTC_SFamilyClassRec*  FTC_SFamilyClass;
-
-#define FTC_SFAMILY_CLASS( x )  ((FTC_SFamilyClass)(x))
-
-#define FTC_CACHE__SFAMILY_CLASS( x )  \
-          FTC_SFAMILY_CLASS( FTC_CACHE__GCACHE_CLASS( x )->family_class )
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  FTC_SNode_Free( FTC_SNode  snode,
-                  FTC_Cache  cache );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  FTC_SNode_New( FTC_SNode   *psnode,
-                 FTC_GQuery   gquery,
-                 FTC_Cache    cache );
-
-#if 0
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_ULong )
-  FTC_SNode_Weight( FTC_SNode  inode );
-#endif
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Bool )
-  FTC_SNode_Compare( FTC_SNode   snode,
-                     FTC_GQuery  gquery,
-                     FTC_Cache   cache );
-
-  /* */
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __FTCSBITS_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/rules.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/rules.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 457dec8..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/rules.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 Cache configuration rules
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2006 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-# Cache driver directory
-#
-CACHE_DIR   := $(SRC_DIR)/cache
-
-# compilation flags for the driver
-#
-CACHE_COMPILE := $(FT_COMPILE) $I$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$(CACHE_DIR))
-
-
-# Cache driver sources (i.e., C files)
-#
-CACHE_DRV_SRC := $(CACHE_DIR)/ftcbasic.c \
-                 $(CACHE_DIR)/ftccache.c \
-                 $(CACHE_DIR)/ftccmap.c \
-                 $(CACHE_DIR)/ftcglyph.c \
-                 $(CACHE_DIR)/ftcimage.c \
-                 $(CACHE_DIR)/ftcmanag.c \
-                 $(CACHE_DIR)/ftcmru.c   \
-                 $(CACHE_DIR)/ftcsbits.c
-
-# Cache driver headers
-#
-CACHE_DRV_H := $(CACHE_DIR)/ftccback.h \
-               $(CACHE_DIR)/ftcerror.h \
-               $(CACHE_DIR)/ftcglyph.h \
-               $(CACHE_DIR)/ftcimage.h \
-               $(CACHE_DIR)/ftcmanag.h \
-               $(CACHE_DIR)/ftcmru.h
-
-
-# Cache driver object(s)
-#
-#   CACHE_DRV_OBJ_M is used during `multi' builds.
-#   CACHE_DRV_OBJ_S is used during `single' builds.
-#
-CACHE_DRV_OBJ_M := $(CACHE_DRV_SRC:$(CACHE_DIR)/%.c=$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O)
-CACHE_DRV_OBJ_S := $(OBJ_DIR)/ftcache.$O
-
-# Cache driver source file for single build
-#
-CACHE_DRV_SRC_S := $(CACHE_DIR)/ftcache.c
-
-
-# Cache driver - single object
-#
-$(CACHE_DRV_OBJ_S): $(CACHE_DRV_SRC_S) $(CACHE_DRV_SRC) \
-                   $(FREETYPE_H) $(CACHE_DRV_H)
-	$(CACHE_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $(CACHE_DRV_SRC_S))
-
-
-# Cache driver - multiple objects
-#
-$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O: $(CACHE_DIR)/%.c $(FREETYPE_H) $(CACHE_DRV_H)
-	$(CACHE_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $<)
-
-
-# update main driver object lists
-#
-DRV_OBJS_S += $(CACHE_DRV_OBJ_S)
-DRV_OBJS_M += $(CACHE_DRV_OBJ_M)
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/Jamfile b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/Jamfile
deleted file mode 100644
index 6d0bb1b..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/Jamfile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-# FreeType 2 src/cff Jamfile
-#
-# Copyright 2001, 2002 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-SubDir  FT2_TOP $(FT2_SRC_DIR) cff ;
-
-{
-  local  _sources ;
-
-  if $(FT2_MULTI)
-  {
-    _sources = cffdrivr cffgload cffload cffobjs cffparse cffcmap ;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    _sources = cff ;
-  }
-
-  Library  $(FT2_LIB) : $(_sources).c ;
-}
-
-# end of src/cff Jamfile
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cff.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cff.c
deleted file mode 100644
index e6d8954..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cff.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  cff.c                                                                  */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType OpenType driver component (body only).                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002 by                                           */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#define FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include "cffdrivr.c"
-#include "cffparse.c"
-#include "cffload.c"
-#include "cffobjs.c"
-#include "cffgload.c"
-#include "cffcmap.c"
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffcmap.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffcmap.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 578d048..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffcmap.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,224 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  cffcmap.c                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    CFF character mapping table (cmap) support (body).                   */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by                        */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include "cffcmap.h"
-#include "cffload.h"
-
-#include "cfferrs.h"
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****           CFF STANDARD (AND EXPERT) ENCODING CMAPS            *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  cff_cmap_encoding_init( CFF_CMapStd  cmap )
-  {
-    TT_Face       face     = (TT_Face)FT_CMAP_FACE( cmap );
-    CFF_Font      cff      = (CFF_Font)face->extra.data;
-    CFF_Encoding  encoding = &cff->encoding;
-
-
-    cmap->gids  = encoding->codes;
-
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
-  cff_cmap_encoding_done( CFF_CMapStd  cmap )
-  {
-    cmap->gids  = NULL;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
-  cff_cmap_encoding_char_index( CFF_CMapStd  cmap,
-                                FT_UInt32    char_code )
-  {
-    FT_UInt  result = 0;
-
-
-    if ( char_code < 256 )
-      result = cmap->gids[char_code];
-
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
-  cff_cmap_encoding_char_next( CFF_CMapStd   cmap,
-                               FT_UInt32    *pchar_code )
-  {
-    FT_UInt    result    = 0;
-    FT_UInt32  char_code = *pchar_code;
-
-
-    *pchar_code = 0;
-
-    if ( char_code < 255 )
-    {
-      FT_UInt  code = (FT_UInt)(char_code + 1);
-
-
-      for (;;)
-      {
-        if ( code >= 256 )
-          break;
-
-        result = cmap->gids[code];
-        if ( result != 0 )
-        {
-          *pchar_code = code;
-          break;
-        }
-
-        code++;
-      }
-    }
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF const FT_CMap_ClassRec
-  cff_cmap_encoding_class_rec =
-  {
-    sizeof ( CFF_CMapStdRec ),
-
-    (FT_CMap_InitFunc)     cff_cmap_encoding_init,
-    (FT_CMap_DoneFunc)     cff_cmap_encoding_done,
-    (FT_CMap_CharIndexFunc)cff_cmap_encoding_char_index,
-    (FT_CMap_CharNextFunc) cff_cmap_encoding_char_next,
-
-    NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL
-  };
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****              CFF SYNTHETIC UNICODE ENCODING CMAP              *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( const char* )
-  cff_sid_to_glyph_name( TT_Face   face,
-                         FT_UInt   idx )
-  {
-    CFF_Font            cff     = (CFF_Font)face->extra.data;
-    CFF_Charset         charset = &cff->charset;
-    FT_Service_PsCMaps  psnames = (FT_Service_PsCMaps)cff->psnames;
-    FT_UInt             sid     = charset->sids[idx];
-
-
-    return cff_index_get_sid_string( &cff->string_index, sid, psnames );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
-  cff_sid_free_glyph_name( TT_Face      face,
-                           const char*  gname )
-  {
-    FT_Memory  memory = FT_FACE_MEMORY( face );
-
-
-    FT_FREE( gname );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  cff_cmap_unicode_init( PS_Unicodes  unicodes )
-  {
-    TT_Face             face    = (TT_Face)FT_CMAP_FACE( unicodes );
-    FT_Memory           memory  = FT_FACE_MEMORY( face );
-    CFF_Font            cff     = (CFF_Font)face->extra.data;
-    CFF_Charset         charset = &cff->charset;
-    FT_Service_PsCMaps  psnames = (FT_Service_PsCMaps)cff->psnames;
-
-
-    /* can't build Unicode map for CID-keyed font */
-    if ( !charset->sids )
-      return CFF_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    return psnames->unicodes_init( memory,
-                                   unicodes,
-                                   cff->num_glyphs,
-                                   (PS_GetGlyphNameFunc)&cff_sid_to_glyph_name,
-                                   (PS_FreeGlyphNameFunc)&cff_sid_free_glyph_name,
-                                   (FT_Pointer)face );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
-  cff_cmap_unicode_done( PS_Unicodes  unicodes )
-  {
-    FT_Face    face   = FT_CMAP_FACE( unicodes );
-    FT_Memory  memory = FT_FACE_MEMORY( face );
-
-
-    FT_FREE( unicodes->maps );
-    unicodes->num_maps = 0;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
-  cff_cmap_unicode_char_index( PS_Unicodes  unicodes,
-                               FT_UInt32    char_code )
-  {
-    TT_Face             face    = (TT_Face)FT_CMAP_FACE( unicodes );
-    CFF_Font            cff     = (CFF_Font)face->extra.data;
-    FT_Service_PsCMaps  psnames = (FT_Service_PsCMaps)cff->psnames;
-
-
-    return psnames->unicodes_char_index( unicodes, char_code );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
-  cff_cmap_unicode_char_next( PS_Unicodes  unicodes,
-                              FT_UInt32   *pchar_code )
-  {
-    TT_Face             face    = (TT_Face)FT_CMAP_FACE( unicodes );
-    CFF_Font            cff     = (CFF_Font)face->extra.data;
-    FT_Service_PsCMaps  psnames = (FT_Service_PsCMaps)cff->psnames;
-
-
-    return psnames->unicodes_char_next( unicodes, pchar_code );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF const FT_CMap_ClassRec
-  cff_cmap_unicode_class_rec =
-  {
-    sizeof ( PS_UnicodesRec ),
-
-    (FT_CMap_InitFunc)     cff_cmap_unicode_init,
-    (FT_CMap_DoneFunc)     cff_cmap_unicode_done,
-    (FT_CMap_CharIndexFunc)cff_cmap_unicode_char_index,
-    (FT_CMap_CharNextFunc) cff_cmap_unicode_char_next,
-
-    NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL
-  };
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffcmap.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffcmap.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 3809b85..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffcmap.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  cffcmap.h                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    CFF character mapping table (cmap) support (specification).          */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2006 by                                          */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __CFFCMAP_H__
-#define __CFFCMAP_H__
-
-#include "cffobjs.h"
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****          TYPE1 STANDARD (AND EXPERT) ENCODING CMAPS           *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /* standard (and expert) encoding cmaps */
-  typedef struct CFF_CMapStdRec_*  CFF_CMapStd;
-
-  typedef struct  CFF_CMapStdRec_
-  {
-    FT_CMapRec  cmap;
-    FT_UShort*  gids;   /* up to 256 elements */
-
-  } CFF_CMapStdRec;
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE const FT_CMap_ClassRec
-  cff_cmap_encoding_class_rec;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****               CFF SYNTHETIC UNICODE ENCODING CMAP             *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /* unicode (synthetic) cmaps */
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE const FT_CMap_ClassRec
-  cff_cmap_unicode_class_rec;
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __CFFCMAP_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffdrivr.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffdrivr.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 6c3ff98..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffdrivr.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,585 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  cffdrivr.c                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    OpenType font driver implementation (body).                          */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by             */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_FREETYPE_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_SFNT_H
-#include FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H
-#include FT_SERVICE_CID_H
-#include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_CMAPS_H
-#include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_INFO_H
-#include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_NAME_H
-#include FT_SERVICE_TT_CMAP_H
-
-#include "cffdrivr.h"
-#include "cffgload.h"
-#include "cffload.h"
-#include "cffcmap.h"
-
-#include "cfferrs.h"
-
-#include FT_SERVICE_XFREE86_NAME_H
-#include FT_SERVICE_GLYPH_DICT_H
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_cffdriver
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****                          F A C E S                              ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-#undef  PAIR_TAG
-#define PAIR_TAG( left, right )  ( ( (FT_ULong)left << 16 ) | \
-                                     (FT_ULong)right        )
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    cff_get_kerning                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A driver method used to return the kerning vector between two      */
-  /*    glyphs of the same face.                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face        :: A handle to the source face object.                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    left_glyph  :: The index of the left glyph in the kern pair.       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    right_glyph :: The index of the right glyph in the kern pair.      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Output>                                                              */
-  /*    kerning     :: The kerning vector.  This is in font units for      */
-  /*                   scalable formats, and in pixels for fixed-sizes     */
-  /*                   formats.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    Only horizontal layouts (left-to-right & right-to-left) are        */
-  /*    supported by this function.  Other layouts, or more sophisticated  */
-  /*    kernings, are out of scope of this method (the basic driver        */
-  /*    interface is meant to be simple).                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    They can be implemented by format-specific interfaces.             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  cff_get_kerning( FT_Face     ttface,          /* TT_Face */
-                   FT_UInt     left_glyph,
-                   FT_UInt     right_glyph,
-                   FT_Vector*  kerning )
-  {
-    TT_Face       face = (TT_Face)ttface;
-    SFNT_Service  sfnt = (SFNT_Service)face->sfnt;
-
-
-    kerning->x = 0;
-    kerning->y = 0;
-
-    if ( sfnt )
-      kerning->x = sfnt->get_kerning( face, left_glyph, right_glyph );
-
-    return CFF_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-#undef PAIR_TAG
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    Load_Glyph                                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A driver method used to load a glyph within a given glyph slot.    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    slot        :: A handle to the target slot object where the glyph  */
-  /*                   will be loaded.                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    size        :: A handle to the source face size at which the glyph */
-  /*                   must be scaled, loaded, etc.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    glyph_index :: The index of the glyph in the font file.            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    load_flags  :: A flag indicating what to load for this glyph.  The */
-  /*                   FT_LOAD_??? constants can be used to control the    */
-  /*                   glyph loading process (e.g., whether the outline    */
-  /*                   should be scaled, whether to load bitmaps or not,   */
-  /*                   whether to hint the outline, etc).                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  Load_Glyph( FT_GlyphSlot  cffslot,        /* CFF_GlyphSlot */
-              FT_Size       cffsize,        /* CFF_Size      */
-              FT_UInt       glyph_index,
-              FT_Int32      load_flags )
-  {
-    FT_Error       error;
-    CFF_GlyphSlot  slot = (CFF_GlyphSlot)cffslot;
-    CFF_Size       size = (CFF_Size)cffsize;
-
-
-    if ( !slot )
-      return CFF_Err_Invalid_Slot_Handle;
-
-    /* check whether we want a scaled outline or bitmap */
-    if ( !size )
-      load_flags |= FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE | FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING;
-
-    /* reset the size object if necessary */
-    if ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE )
-      size = NULL;
-
-    if ( size )
-    {
-      /* these two objects must have the same parent */
-      if ( cffsize->face != cffslot->face )
-        return CFF_Err_Invalid_Face_Handle;
-    }
-
-    /* now load the glyph outline if necessary */
-    error = cff_slot_load( slot, size, glyph_index, load_flags );
-
-    /* force drop-out mode to 2 - irrelevant now */
-    /* slot->outline.dropout_mode = 2; */
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /*
-   *  GLYPH DICT SERVICE
-   *
-   */
-
-  static FT_Error
-  cff_get_glyph_name( CFF_Face    face,
-                      FT_UInt     glyph_index,
-                      FT_Pointer  buffer,
-                      FT_UInt     buffer_max )
-  {
-    CFF_Font            font   = (CFF_Font)face->extra.data;
-    FT_Memory           memory = FT_FACE_MEMORY( face );
-    FT_String*          gname;
-    FT_UShort           sid;
-    FT_Service_PsCMaps  psnames;
-    FT_Error            error;
-
-
-    FT_FACE_FIND_GLOBAL_SERVICE( face, psnames, POSTSCRIPT_CMAPS );
-    if ( !psnames )
-    {
-      FT_ERROR(( "cff_get_glyph_name:" ));
-      FT_ERROR(( " cannot get glyph name from CFF & CEF fonts\n" ));
-      FT_ERROR(( "                   " ));
-      FT_ERROR(( " without the `PSNames' module\n" ));
-      error = CFF_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* first, locate the sid in the charset table */
-    sid = font->charset.sids[glyph_index];
-
-    /* now, lookup the name itself */
-    gname = cff_index_get_sid_string( &font->string_index, sid, psnames );
-
-    if ( gname )
-      FT_STRCPYN( buffer, gname, buffer_max );
-
-    FT_FREE( gname );
-    error = CFF_Err_Ok;
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_UInt
-  cff_get_name_index( CFF_Face    face,
-                      FT_String*  glyph_name )
-  {
-    CFF_Font            cff;
-    CFF_Charset         charset;
-    FT_Service_PsCMaps  psnames;
-    FT_Memory           memory = FT_FACE_MEMORY( face );
-    FT_String*          name;
-    FT_UShort           sid;
-    FT_UInt             i;
-    FT_Int              result;
-
-
-    cff     = (CFF_FontRec *)face->extra.data;
-    charset = &cff->charset;
-
-    FT_FACE_FIND_GLOBAL_SERVICE( face, psnames, POSTSCRIPT_CMAPS );
-    if ( !psnames )
-      return 0;
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < cff->num_glyphs; i++ )
-    {
-      sid = charset->sids[i];
-
-      if ( sid > 390 )
-        name = cff_index_get_name( &cff->string_index, sid - 391 );
-      else
-        name = (FT_String *)psnames->adobe_std_strings( sid );
-
-      if ( !name )
-        continue;
-
-      result = ft_strcmp( glyph_name, name );
-
-      if ( sid > 390 )
-        FT_FREE( name );
-
-      if ( !result )
-        return i;
-    }
-
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  static const FT_Service_GlyphDictRec  cff_service_glyph_dict =
-  {
-    (FT_GlyphDict_GetNameFunc)  cff_get_glyph_name,
-    (FT_GlyphDict_NameIndexFunc)cff_get_name_index,
-  };
-
-
-  /*
-   *  POSTSCRIPT INFO SERVICE
-   *
-   */
-
-  static FT_Int
-  cff_ps_has_glyph_names( FT_Face  face )
-  {
-    return ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES ) > 0;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  cff_ps_get_font_info( CFF_Face         face,
-                        PS_FontInfoRec*  afont_info )
-  {
-    CFF_Font  cff   = (CFF_Font)face->extra.data;
-    FT_Error  error = FT_Err_Ok;
-
-
-    if ( cff && cff->font_info == NULL )
-    {
-      CFF_FontRecDict     dict    = &cff->top_font.font_dict;
-      PS_FontInfoRec     *font_info;
-      FT_Memory           memory  = face->root.memory;
-      FT_Service_PsCMaps  psnames = (FT_Service_PsCMaps)cff->psnames;
-
-
-      if ( FT_ALLOC( font_info, sizeof ( *font_info ) ) )
-        goto Fail;
-
-      font_info->version     = cff_index_get_sid_string( &cff->string_index,
-                                                         dict->version,
-                                                         psnames );
-      font_info->notice      = cff_index_get_sid_string( &cff->string_index,
-                                                         dict->notice,
-                                                         psnames );
-      font_info->full_name   = cff_index_get_sid_string( &cff->string_index,
-                                                         dict->full_name,
-                                                         psnames );
-      font_info->family_name = cff_index_get_sid_string( &cff->string_index,
-                                                         dict->family_name,
-                                                         psnames );
-      font_info->weight      = cff_index_get_sid_string( &cff->string_index,
-                                                         dict->weight,
-                                                         psnames );
-      font_info->italic_angle        = dict->italic_angle;
-      font_info->is_fixed_pitch      = dict->is_fixed_pitch;
-      font_info->underline_position  = (FT_Short)dict->underline_position;
-      font_info->underline_thickness = (FT_Short)dict->underline_thickness;
-
-      cff->font_info = font_info;
-    }
-
-    *afont_info = *cff->font_info;
-
-  Fail:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static const FT_Service_PsInfoRec  cff_service_ps_info =
-  {
-    (PS_GetFontInfoFunc)   cff_ps_get_font_info,
-    (PS_HasGlyphNamesFunc) cff_ps_has_glyph_names,
-    (PS_GetFontPrivateFunc)NULL         /* unsupported with CFF fonts */
-  };
-
-
-  /*
-   *  POSTSCRIPT NAME SERVICE
-   *
-   */
-
-  static const char*
-  cff_get_ps_name( CFF_Face  face )
-  {
-    CFF_Font  cff = (CFF_Font)face->extra.data;
-
-
-    return (const char*)cff->font_name;
-  }
-
-
-  static const FT_Service_PsFontNameRec  cff_service_ps_name =
-  {
-    (FT_PsName_GetFunc)cff_get_ps_name
-  };
-
-
-  /*
-   * TT CMAP INFO
-   *
-   * If the charmap is a synthetic Unicode encoding cmap or
-   * a Type 1 standard (or expert) encoding cmap, hide TT CMAP INFO
-   * service defined in SFNT module.
-   *
-   * Otherwise call the service function in the sfnt module.
-   *
-   */
-  static FT_Error
-  cff_get_cmap_info( FT_CharMap    charmap,
-                     TT_CMapInfo  *cmap_info )
-  {
-    FT_CMap   cmap  = FT_CMAP( charmap );
-    FT_Error  error = CFF_Err_Ok;
-
-
-    cmap_info->language = 0;
-
-    if ( cmap->clazz != &cff_cmap_encoding_class_rec &&
-         cmap->clazz != &cff_cmap_unicode_class_rec  )
-    {
-      FT_Face             face    = FT_CMAP_FACE( cmap );
-      FT_Library          library = FT_FACE_LIBRARY( face );
-      FT_Module           sfnt    = FT_Get_Module( library, "sfnt" );
-      FT_Service_TTCMaps  service =
-        (FT_Service_TTCMaps)ft_module_get_service( sfnt,
-                                                   FT_SERVICE_ID_TT_CMAP );
-
-
-      if ( service && service->get_cmap_info )
-        error = service->get_cmap_info( charmap, cmap_info );
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static const FT_Service_TTCMapsRec  cff_service_get_cmap_info =
-  {
-    (TT_CMap_Info_GetFunc)cff_get_cmap_info
-  };
-
-
-  /*
-   *  CID INFO SERVICE
-   *
-   */
-  static FT_Error
-  cff_get_ros( CFF_Face      face,
-               const char*  *registry,
-               const char*  *ordering,
-               FT_Int       *supplement )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error = CFF_Err_Ok;
-    CFF_Font  cff   = (CFF_Font)face->extra.data;
-
-
-    if ( cff )
-    {
-      CFF_FontRecDict     dict    = &cff->top_font.font_dict;
-      FT_Service_PsCMaps  psnames = (FT_Service_PsCMaps)cff->psnames;
-
-
-      if ( dict->cid_registry == 0xFFFFU )
-      {
-        error = CFF_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-        goto Fail;
-      }
-
-      if ( registry )
-      {
-        if ( cff->registry == NULL )
-          cff->registry = cff_index_get_sid_string( &cff->string_index,
-                                                    dict->cid_registry,
-                                                    psnames );
-        *registry = cff->registry;
-      }
-      
-      if ( ordering )
-      {
-        if ( cff->ordering == NULL )
-          cff->ordering = cff_index_get_sid_string( &cff->string_index,
-                                                    dict->cid_ordering,
-                                                    psnames );
-        *ordering = cff->ordering;
-      }
-
-      if ( supplement )
-        *supplement = dict->cid_supplement;
-    }
-      
-  Fail:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static const FT_Service_CIDRec  cff_service_cid_info =
-  {
-    (FT_CID_GetRegistryOrderingSupplementFunc)cff_get_ros
-  };
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****                D R I V E R  I N T E R F A C E                   ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  static const FT_ServiceDescRec  cff_services[] =
-  {
-    { FT_SERVICE_ID_XF86_NAME,            FT_XF86_FORMAT_CFF },
-    { FT_SERVICE_ID_POSTSCRIPT_INFO,      &cff_service_ps_info },
-    { FT_SERVICE_ID_POSTSCRIPT_FONT_NAME, &cff_service_ps_name },
-#ifndef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_GLYPH_NAMES
-    { FT_SERVICE_ID_GLYPH_DICT,           &cff_service_glyph_dict },
-#endif
-    { FT_SERVICE_ID_TT_CMAP,              &cff_service_get_cmap_info },
-    { FT_SERVICE_ID_CID,                  &cff_service_cid_info },
-    { NULL, NULL }
-  };
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Module_Interface )
-  cff_get_interface( FT_Module    driver,       /* CFF_Driver */
-                     const char*  module_interface )
-  {
-    FT_Module            sfnt;
-    FT_Module_Interface  result;
-
-
-    result = ft_service_list_lookup( cff_services, module_interface );
-    if ( result != NULL )
-      return  result;
-
-    /* we pass our request to the `sfnt' module */
-    sfnt = FT_Get_Module( driver->library, "sfnt" );
-
-    return sfnt ? sfnt->clazz->get_interface( sfnt, module_interface ) : 0;
-  }
-
-
-  /* The FT_DriverInterface structure is defined in ftdriver.h. */
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
-  const FT_Driver_ClassRec  cff_driver_class =
-  {
-    /* begin with the FT_Module_Class fields */
-    {
-      FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER       |
-      FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE   |
-      FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER,
-
-      sizeof( CFF_DriverRec ),
-      "cff",
-      0x10000L,
-      0x20000L,
-
-      0,   /* module-specific interface */
-
-      cff_driver_init,
-      cff_driver_done,
-      cff_get_interface,
-    },
-
-    /* now the specific driver fields */
-    sizeof( TT_FaceRec ),
-    sizeof( CFF_SizeRec ),
-    sizeof( CFF_GlyphSlotRec ),
-
-    cff_face_init,
-    cff_face_done,
-    cff_size_init,
-    cff_size_done,
-    cff_slot_init,
-    cff_slot_done,
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
-    ft_stub_set_char_sizes,
-    ft_stub_set_pixel_sizes,
-#endif
-
-    Load_Glyph,
-
-    cff_get_kerning,
-    0,                      /* FT_Face_AttachFunc      */
-    0,                      /* FT_Face_GetAdvancesFunc */
-
-    cff_size_request,
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS
-    cff_size_select
-#else
-    0                       /* FT_Size_SelectFunc      */
-#endif
-  };
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffdrivr.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffdrivr.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 553848c..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffdrivr.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  cffdrivr.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    High-level OpenType driver interface (specification).                */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002 by                                           */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __CFFDRIVER_H__
-#define __CFFDRIVER_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DRIVER_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE
-  const FT_Driver_ClassRec  cff_driver_class;
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __CFFDRIVER_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cfferrs.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cfferrs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 1b2a5c9..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cfferrs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  cfferrs.h                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    CFF error codes (specification only).                                */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2001 by                                                      */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This file is used to define the CFF error enumeration constants.      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef __CFFERRS_H__
-#define __CFFERRS_H__
-
-#include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
-
-#undef __FTERRORS_H__
-
-#define FT_ERR_PREFIX  CFF_Err_
-#define FT_ERR_BASE    FT_Mod_Err_CFF
-
-
-#include FT_ERRORS_H
-
-#endif /* __CFFERRS_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffgload.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffgload.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 6553c8d..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffgload.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2701 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  cffgload.c                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    OpenType Glyph Loader (body).                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by       */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_CALC_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_SFNT_H
-#include FT_OUTLINE_H
-#include FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_HINTS_H
-
-#include "cffobjs.h"
-#include "cffload.h"
-#include "cffgload.h"
-
-#include "cfferrs.h"
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_cffgload
-
-
-  typedef enum  CFF_Operator_
-  {
-    cff_op_unknown = 0,
-
-    cff_op_rmoveto,
-    cff_op_hmoveto,
-    cff_op_vmoveto,
-
-    cff_op_rlineto,
-    cff_op_hlineto,
-    cff_op_vlineto,
-
-    cff_op_rrcurveto,
-    cff_op_hhcurveto,
-    cff_op_hvcurveto,
-    cff_op_rcurveline,
-    cff_op_rlinecurve,
-    cff_op_vhcurveto,
-    cff_op_vvcurveto,
-
-    cff_op_flex,
-    cff_op_hflex,
-    cff_op_hflex1,
-    cff_op_flex1,
-
-    cff_op_endchar,
-
-    cff_op_hstem,
-    cff_op_vstem,
-    cff_op_hstemhm,
-    cff_op_vstemhm,
-
-    cff_op_hintmask,
-    cff_op_cntrmask,
-    cff_op_dotsection,  /* deprecated, acts as no-op */
-
-    cff_op_abs,
-    cff_op_add,
-    cff_op_sub,
-    cff_op_div,
-    cff_op_neg,
-    cff_op_random,
-    cff_op_mul,
-    cff_op_sqrt,
-
-    cff_op_blend,
-
-    cff_op_drop,
-    cff_op_exch,
-    cff_op_index,
-    cff_op_roll,
-    cff_op_dup,
-
-    cff_op_put,
-    cff_op_get,
-    cff_op_store,
-    cff_op_load,
-
-    cff_op_and,
-    cff_op_or,
-    cff_op_not,
-    cff_op_eq,
-    cff_op_ifelse,
-
-    cff_op_callsubr,
-    cff_op_callgsubr,
-    cff_op_return,
-
-    cff_op_hsbw,        /* Type 1 opcode: invalid but seen in real life */
-    cff_op_closepath,   /* ditto */
-
-    /* do not remove */
-    cff_op_max
-
-  } CFF_Operator;
-
-
-#define CFF_COUNT_CHECK_WIDTH  0x80
-#define CFF_COUNT_EXACT        0x40
-#define CFF_COUNT_CLEAR_STACK  0x20
-
-
-  static const FT_Byte  cff_argument_counts[] =
-  {
-    0,  /* unknown */
-
-    2 | CFF_COUNT_CHECK_WIDTH | CFF_COUNT_EXACT, /* rmoveto */
-    1 | CFF_COUNT_CHECK_WIDTH | CFF_COUNT_EXACT,
-    1 | CFF_COUNT_CHECK_WIDTH | CFF_COUNT_EXACT,
-
-    0 | CFF_COUNT_CLEAR_STACK, /* rlineto */
-    0 | CFF_COUNT_CLEAR_STACK,
-    0 | CFF_COUNT_CLEAR_STACK,
-
-    0 | CFF_COUNT_CLEAR_STACK, /* rrcurveto */
-    0 | CFF_COUNT_CLEAR_STACK,
-    0 | CFF_COUNT_CLEAR_STACK,
-    0 | CFF_COUNT_CLEAR_STACK,
-    0 | CFF_COUNT_CLEAR_STACK,
-    0 | CFF_COUNT_CLEAR_STACK,
-    0 | CFF_COUNT_CLEAR_STACK,
-
-    13, /* flex */
-    7,
-    9,
-    11,
-
-    0 | CFF_COUNT_CHECK_WIDTH, /* endchar */
-
-    2 | CFF_COUNT_CHECK_WIDTH, /* hstem */
-    2 | CFF_COUNT_CHECK_WIDTH,
-    2 | CFF_COUNT_CHECK_WIDTH,
-    2 | CFF_COUNT_CHECK_WIDTH,
-
-    0 | CFF_COUNT_CHECK_WIDTH, /* hintmask */
-    0 | CFF_COUNT_CHECK_WIDTH, /* cntrmask */
-    0, /* dotsection */
-
-    1, /* abs */
-    2,
-    2,
-    2,
-    1,
-    0,
-    2,
-    1,
-
-    1, /* blend */
-
-    1, /* drop */
-    2,
-    1,
-    2,
-    1,
-
-    2, /* put */
-    1,
-    4,
-    3,
-
-    2, /* and */
-    2,
-    1,
-    2,
-    4,
-
-    1, /* callsubr */
-    1,
-    0,
-
-    2, /* hsbw */
-    0
-  };
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /**********                                                      *********/
-  /**********                                                      *********/
-  /**********             GENERIC CHARSTRING PARSING               *********/
-  /**********                                                      *********/
-  /**********                                                      *********/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    cff_builder_init                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Initializes a given glyph builder.                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <InOut>                                                               */
-  /*    builder :: A pointer to the glyph builder to initialize.           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face    :: The current face object.                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    size    :: The current size object.                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    glyph   :: The current glyph object.                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    hinting :: Whether hinting is active.                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  cff_builder_init( CFF_Builder*   builder,
-                    TT_Face        face,
-                    CFF_Size       size,
-                    CFF_GlyphSlot  glyph,
-                    FT_Bool        hinting )
-  {
-    builder->path_begun  = 0;
-    builder->load_points = 1;
-
-    builder->face   = face;
-    builder->glyph  = glyph;
-    builder->memory = face->root.memory;
-
-    if ( glyph )
-    {
-      FT_GlyphLoader  loader = glyph->root.internal->loader;
-
-
-      builder->loader  = loader;
-      builder->base    = &loader->base.outline;
-      builder->current = &loader->current.outline;
-      FT_GlyphLoader_Rewind( loader );
-
-      builder->hints_globals = 0;
-      builder->hints_funcs   = 0;
-
-      if ( hinting && size )
-      {
-        CFF_Internal  internal = (CFF_Internal)size->root.internal;
-
-
-        builder->hints_globals = (void *)internal->topfont;
-        builder->hints_funcs   = glyph->root.internal->glyph_hints;
-      }
-    }
-
-    builder->pos_x = 0;
-    builder->pos_y = 0;
-
-    builder->left_bearing.x = 0;
-    builder->left_bearing.y = 0;
-    builder->advance.x      = 0;
-    builder->advance.y      = 0;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    cff_builder_done                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Finalizes a given glyph builder.  Its contents can still be used   */
-  /*    after the call, but the function saves important information       */
-  /*    within the corresponding glyph slot.                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    builder :: A pointer to the glyph builder to finalize.             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  cff_builder_done( CFF_Builder*  builder )
-  {
-    CFF_GlyphSlot  glyph = builder->glyph;
-
-
-    if ( glyph )
-      glyph->root.outline = *builder->base;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    cff_compute_bias                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Computes the bias value in dependence of the number of glyph       */
-  /*    subroutines.                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    num_subrs :: The number of glyph subroutines.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    The bias value.                                                    */
-  static FT_Int
-  cff_compute_bias( FT_UInt  num_subrs )
-  {
-    FT_Int  result;
-
-
-    if ( num_subrs < 1240 )
-      result = 107;
-    else if ( num_subrs < 33900U )
-      result = 1131;
-    else
-      result = 32768U;
-
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    cff_decoder_init                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Initializes a given glyph decoder.                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <InOut>                                                               */
-  /*    decoder :: A pointer to the glyph builder to initialize.           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face      :: The current face object.                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    size      :: The current size object.                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    slot      :: The current glyph object.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    hinting   :: Whether hinting is active.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    hint_mode :: The hinting mode.                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  cff_decoder_init( CFF_Decoder*    decoder,
-                    TT_Face         face,
-                    CFF_Size        size,
-                    CFF_GlyphSlot   slot,
-                    FT_Bool         hinting,
-                    FT_Render_Mode  hint_mode )
-  {
-    CFF_Font  cff = (CFF_Font)face->extra.data;
-
-
-    /* clear everything */
-    FT_MEM_ZERO( decoder, sizeof ( *decoder ) );
-
-    /* initialize builder */
-    cff_builder_init( &decoder->builder, face, size, slot, hinting );
-
-    /* initialize Type2 decoder */
-    decoder->num_globals  = cff->num_global_subrs;
-    decoder->globals      = cff->global_subrs;
-    decoder->globals_bias = cff_compute_bias( decoder->num_globals );
-
-    decoder->hint_mode    = hint_mode;
-  }
-
-
-  /* this function is used to select the subfont */
-  /* and the locals subrs array                  */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  cff_decoder_prepare( CFF_Decoder*  decoder,
-                       CFF_Size      size,
-                       FT_UInt       glyph_index )
-  {
-    CFF_Builder  *builder = &decoder->builder;
-    CFF_Font      cff     = (CFF_Font)builder->face->extra.data;
-    CFF_SubFont   sub     = &cff->top_font;
-    FT_Error      error   = CFF_Err_Ok;
-
-
-    /* manage CID fonts */
-    if ( cff->num_subfonts )
-    {
-      FT_Byte  fd_index = cff_fd_select_get( &cff->fd_select, glyph_index );
-
-
-      if ( fd_index >= cff->num_subfonts )
-      {
-        FT_TRACE4(( "cff_decoder_prepare: invalid CID subfont index\n" ));
-        error = CFF_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-        goto Exit;
-      }
-
-      sub = cff->subfonts[fd_index];
-
-      if ( builder->hints_funcs )
-      {
-        CFF_Internal  internal = (CFF_Internal)size->root.internal;
-
-
-        /* for CFFs without subfonts, this value has already been set */
-        builder->hints_globals = (void *)internal->subfonts[fd_index];
-      }
-    }
-
-    decoder->num_locals    = sub->num_local_subrs;
-    decoder->locals        = sub->local_subrs;
-    decoder->locals_bias   = cff_compute_bias( decoder->num_locals );
-
-    decoder->glyph_width   = sub->private_dict.default_width;
-    decoder->nominal_width = sub->private_dict.nominal_width;
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* check that there is enough space for `count' more points */
-  static FT_Error
-  check_points( CFF_Builder*  builder,
-                FT_Int        count )
-  {
-    return FT_GLYPHLOADER_CHECK_POINTS( builder->loader, count, 0 );
-  }
-
-
-  /* add a new point, do not check space */
-  static void
-  cff_builder_add_point( CFF_Builder*  builder,
-                         FT_Pos        x,
-                         FT_Pos        y,
-                         FT_Byte       flag )
-  {
-    FT_Outline*  outline = builder->current;
-
-
-    if ( builder->load_points )
-    {
-      FT_Vector*  point   = outline->points + outline->n_points;
-      FT_Byte*    control = (FT_Byte*)outline->tags + outline->n_points;
-
-
-      point->x = x >> 16;
-      point->y = y >> 16;
-      *control = (FT_Byte)( flag ? FT_CURVE_TAG_ON : FT_CURVE_TAG_CUBIC );
-
-      builder->last = *point;
-    }
-
-    outline->n_points++;
-  }
-
-
-  /* check space for a new on-curve point, then add it */
-  static FT_Error
-  cff_builder_add_point1( CFF_Builder*  builder,
-                          FT_Pos        x,
-                          FT_Pos        y )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error;
-
-
-    error = check_points( builder, 1 );
-    if ( !error )
-      cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 1 );
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* check space for a new contour, then add it */
-  static FT_Error
-  cff_builder_add_contour( CFF_Builder*  builder )
-  {
-    FT_Outline*  outline = builder->current;
-    FT_Error     error;
-
-
-    if ( !builder->load_points )
-    {
-      outline->n_contours++;
-      return CFF_Err_Ok;
-    }
-
-    error = FT_GLYPHLOADER_CHECK_POINTS( builder->loader, 0, 1 );
-    if ( !error )
-    {
-      if ( outline->n_contours > 0 )
-        outline->contours[outline->n_contours - 1] =
-          (short)( outline->n_points - 1 );
-
-      outline->n_contours++;
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* if a path was begun, add its first on-curve point */
-  static FT_Error
-  cff_builder_start_point( CFF_Builder*  builder,
-                           FT_Pos        x,
-                           FT_Pos        y )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error = CFF_Err_Ok;
-
-
-    /* test whether we are building a new contour */
-    if ( !builder->path_begun )
-    {
-      builder->path_begun = 1;
-      error = cff_builder_add_contour( builder );
-      if ( !error )
-        error = cff_builder_add_point1( builder, x, y );
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* close the current contour */
-  static void
-  cff_builder_close_contour( CFF_Builder*  builder )
-  {
-    FT_Outline*  outline = builder->current;
-
-
-    if ( !outline )
-      return;
-
-    /* XXXX: We must not include the last point in the path if it */
-    /*       is located on the first point.                       */
-    if ( outline->n_points > 1 )
-    {
-      FT_Int      first   = 0;
-      FT_Vector*  p1      = outline->points + first;
-      FT_Vector*  p2      = outline->points + outline->n_points - 1;
-      FT_Byte*    control = (FT_Byte*)outline->tags + outline->n_points - 1;
-
-
-      if ( outline->n_contours > 1 )
-      {
-        first = outline->contours[outline->n_contours - 2] + 1;
-        p1    = outline->points + first;
-      }
-
-      /* `delete' last point only if it coincides with the first    */
-      /* point and if it is not a control point (which can happen). */
-      if ( p1->x == p2->x && p1->y == p2->y )
-        if ( *control == FT_CURVE_TAG_ON )
-          outline->n_points--;
-    }
-
-    if ( outline->n_contours > 0 )
-      outline->contours[outline->n_contours - 1] =
-        (short)( outline->n_points - 1 );
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Int
-  cff_lookup_glyph_by_stdcharcode( CFF_Font  cff,
-                                   FT_Int    charcode )
-  {
-    FT_UInt    n;
-    FT_UShort  glyph_sid;
-
-
-    /* CID-keyed fonts don't have glyph names */
-    if ( !cff->charset.sids )
-      return -1;
-
-    /* check range of standard char code */
-    if ( charcode < 0 || charcode > 255 )
-      return -1;
-
-    /* Get code to SID mapping from `cff_standard_encoding'. */
-    glyph_sid = cff_get_standard_encoding( (FT_UInt)charcode );
-
-    for ( n = 0; n < cff->num_glyphs; n++ )
-    {
-      if ( cff->charset.sids[n] == glyph_sid )
-        return n;
-    }
-
-    return -1;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  cff_get_glyph_data( TT_Face    face,
-                      FT_UInt    glyph_index,
-                      FT_Byte**  pointer,
-                      FT_ULong*  length )
-  {
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
-    /* For incremental fonts get the character data using the */
-    /* callback function.                                     */
-    if ( face->root.internal->incremental_interface )
-    {
-      FT_Data   data;
-      FT_Error  error =
-                  face->root.internal->incremental_interface->funcs->get_glyph_data(
-                    face->root.internal->incremental_interface->object,
-                    glyph_index, &data );
-
-
-      *pointer = (FT_Byte*)data.pointer;
-      *length = data.length;
-
-      return error;
-    }
-    else
-#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL */
-
-    {
-      CFF_Font  cff  = (CFF_Font)(face->extra.data);
-
-
-      return cff_index_access_element( &cff->charstrings_index, glyph_index,
-                                       pointer, length );
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  cff_free_glyph_data( TT_Face    face,
-                       FT_Byte**  pointer,
-                       FT_ULong   length )
-  {
-#ifndef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
-    FT_UNUSED( length );
-#endif
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
-    /* For incremental fonts get the character data using the */
-    /* callback function.                                     */
-    if ( face->root.internal->incremental_interface )
-    {
-      FT_Data data;
-
-
-      data.pointer = *pointer;
-      data.length  = length;
-
-      face->root.internal->incremental_interface->funcs->free_glyph_data(
-        face->root.internal->incremental_interface->object,&data );
-    }
-    else
-#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL */
-
-    {
-      CFF_Font  cff = (CFF_Font)(face->extra.data);
-
-
-      cff_index_forget_element( &cff->charstrings_index, pointer );
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  cff_operator_seac( CFF_Decoder*  decoder,
-                     FT_Pos        adx,
-                     FT_Pos        ady,
-                     FT_Int        bchar,
-                     FT_Int        achar )
-  {
-    FT_Error      error;
-    CFF_Builder*  builder = &decoder->builder;
-    FT_Int        bchar_index, achar_index;
-    TT_Face       face = decoder->builder.face;
-    FT_Vector     left_bearing, advance;
-    FT_Byte*      charstring;
-    FT_ULong      charstring_len;
-
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
-    /* Incremental fonts don't necessarily have valid charsets.        */
-    /* They use the character code, not the glyph index, in this case. */
-    if ( face->root.internal->incremental_interface )
-    {
-      bchar_index = bchar;
-      achar_index = achar;
-    }
-    else
-#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL */
-    {
-      CFF_Font cff = (CFF_Font)(face->extra.data);
-
-
-      bchar_index = cff_lookup_glyph_by_stdcharcode( cff, bchar );
-      achar_index = cff_lookup_glyph_by_stdcharcode( cff, achar );
-    }
-
-    if ( bchar_index < 0 || achar_index < 0 )
-    {
-      FT_ERROR(( "cff_operator_seac:" ));
-      FT_ERROR(( " invalid seac character code arguments\n" ));
-      return CFF_Err_Syntax_Error;
-    }
-
-    /* If we are trying to load a composite glyph, do not load the */
-    /* accent character and return the array of subglyphs.         */
-    if ( builder->no_recurse )
-    {
-      FT_GlyphSlot    glyph  = (FT_GlyphSlot)builder->glyph;
-      FT_GlyphLoader  loader = glyph->internal->loader;
-      FT_SubGlyph     subg;
-
-
-      /* reallocate subglyph array if necessary */
-      error = FT_GlyphLoader_CheckSubGlyphs( loader, 2 );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      subg = loader->current.subglyphs;
-
-      /* subglyph 0 = base character */
-      subg->index = bchar_index;
-      subg->flags = FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_XY_VALUES |
-                    FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_USE_MY_METRICS;
-      subg->arg1  = 0;
-      subg->arg2  = 0;
-      subg++;
-
-      /* subglyph 1 = accent character */
-      subg->index = achar_index;
-      subg->flags = FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_XY_VALUES;
-      subg->arg1  = (FT_Int)( adx >> 16 );
-      subg->arg2  = (FT_Int)( ady >> 16 );
-
-      /* set up remaining glyph fields */
-      glyph->num_subglyphs = 2;
-      glyph->subglyphs     = loader->base.subglyphs;
-      glyph->format        = FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE;
-
-      loader->current.num_subglyphs = 2;
-    }
-
-    FT_GlyphLoader_Prepare( builder->loader );
-
-    /* First load `bchar' in builder */
-    error = cff_get_glyph_data( face, bchar_index,
-                                &charstring, &charstring_len );
-    if ( !error )
-    {
-      error = cff_decoder_parse_charstrings( decoder, charstring,
-                                             charstring_len );
-
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      cff_free_glyph_data( face, &charstring, charstring_len );
-    }
-
-    /* Save the left bearing and width of the base character */
-    /* as they will be erased by the next load.              */
-
-    left_bearing = builder->left_bearing;
-    advance      = builder->advance;
-
-    builder->left_bearing.x = 0;
-    builder->left_bearing.y = 0;
-
-    builder->pos_x = adx;
-    builder->pos_y = ady;
-
-    /* Now load `achar' on top of the base outline. */
-    error = cff_get_glyph_data( face, achar_index,
-                                &charstring, &charstring_len );
-    if ( !error )
-    {
-      error = cff_decoder_parse_charstrings( decoder, charstring,
-                                             charstring_len );
-
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      cff_free_glyph_data( face, &charstring, charstring_len );
-    }
-
-    /* Restore the left side bearing and advance width */
-    /* of the base character.                          */
-    builder->left_bearing = left_bearing;
-    builder->advance      = advance;
-
-    builder->pos_x = 0;
-    builder->pos_y = 0;
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    cff_decoder_parse_charstrings                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Parses a given Type 2 charstrings program.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <InOut>                                                               */
-  /*    decoder         :: The current Type 1 decoder.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    charstring_base :: The base of the charstring stream.              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    charstring_len  :: The length in bytes of the charstring stream.   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  cff_decoder_parse_charstrings( CFF_Decoder*  decoder,
-                                 FT_Byte*      charstring_base,
-                                 FT_ULong      charstring_len )
-  {
-    FT_Error           error;
-    CFF_Decoder_Zone*  zone;
-    FT_Byte*           ip;
-    FT_Byte*           limit;
-    CFF_Builder*       builder = &decoder->builder;
-    FT_Pos             x, y;
-    FT_Fixed           seed;
-    FT_Fixed*          stack;
-
-    T2_Hints_Funcs     hinter;
-
-
-    /* set default width */
-    decoder->num_hints  = 0;
-    decoder->read_width = 1;
-
-    /* compute random seed from stack address of parameter */
-    seed = (FT_Fixed)(char*)&seed           ^
-           (FT_Fixed)(char*)&decoder        ^
-           (FT_Fixed)(char*)&charstring_base;
-    seed = ( seed ^ ( seed >> 10 ) ^ ( seed >> 20 ) ) & 0xFFFFL;
-    if ( seed == 0 )
-      seed = 0x7384;
-
-    /* initialize the decoder */
-    decoder->top  = decoder->stack;
-    decoder->zone = decoder->zones;
-    zone          = decoder->zones;
-    stack         = decoder->top;
-
-    hinter = (T2_Hints_Funcs)builder->hints_funcs;
-
-    builder->path_begun = 0;
-
-    zone->base           = charstring_base;
-    limit = zone->limit  = charstring_base + charstring_len;
-    ip    = zone->cursor = zone->base;
-
-    error = CFF_Err_Ok;
-
-    x = builder->pos_x;
-    y = builder->pos_y;
-
-    /* begin hints recording session, if any */
-    if ( hinter )
-      hinter->open( hinter->hints );
-
-    /* now execute loop */
-    while ( ip < limit )
-    {
-      CFF_Operator  op;
-      FT_Byte       v;
-
-
-      /********************************************************************/
-      /*                                                                  */
-      /* Decode operator or operand                                       */
-      /*                                                                  */
-      v = *ip++;
-      if ( v >= 32 || v == 28 )
-      {
-        FT_Int    shift = 16;
-        FT_Int32  val;
-
-
-        /* this is an operand, push it on the stack */
-        if ( v == 28 )
-        {
-          if ( ip + 1 >= limit )
-            goto Syntax_Error;
-          val = (FT_Short)( ( (FT_Short)ip[0] << 8 ) | ip[1] );
-          ip += 2;
-        }
-        else if ( v < 247 )
-          val = (FT_Long)v - 139;
-        else if ( v < 251 )
-        {
-          if ( ip >= limit )
-            goto Syntax_Error;
-          val = ( (FT_Long)v - 247 ) * 256 + *ip++ + 108;
-        }
-        else if ( v < 255 )
-        {
-          if ( ip >= limit )
-            goto Syntax_Error;
-          val = -( (FT_Long)v - 251 ) * 256 - *ip++ - 108;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          if ( ip + 3 >= limit )
-            goto Syntax_Error;
-          val = ( (FT_Int32)ip[0] << 24 ) |
-                ( (FT_Int32)ip[1] << 16 ) |
-                ( (FT_Int32)ip[2] <<  8 ) |
-                            ip[3];
-          ip    += 4;
-          shift  = 0;
-        }
-        if ( decoder->top - stack >= CFF_MAX_OPERANDS )
-          goto Stack_Overflow;
-
-        val           <<= shift;
-        *decoder->top++ = val;
-
-#ifdef FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE
-        if ( !( val & 0xFFFFL ) )
-          FT_TRACE4(( " %ld", (FT_Int32)( val >> 16 ) ));
-        else
-          FT_TRACE4(( " %.2f", val / 65536.0 ));
-#endif
-
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        FT_Fixed*  args     = decoder->top;
-        FT_Int     num_args = (FT_Int)( args - decoder->stack );
-        FT_Int     req_args;
-
-
-        /* find operator */
-        op = cff_op_unknown;
-
-        switch ( v )
-        {
-        case 1:
-          op = cff_op_hstem;
-          break;
-        case 3:
-          op = cff_op_vstem;
-          break;
-        case 4:
-          op = cff_op_vmoveto;
-          break;
-        case 5:
-          op = cff_op_rlineto;
-          break;
-        case 6:
-          op = cff_op_hlineto;
-          break;
-        case 7:
-          op = cff_op_vlineto;
-          break;
-        case 8:
-          op = cff_op_rrcurveto;
-          break;
-        case 9:
-          op = cff_op_closepath;
-          break;
-        case 10:
-          op = cff_op_callsubr;
-          break;
-        case 11:
-          op = cff_op_return;
-          break;
-        case 12:
-          {
-            if ( ip >= limit )
-              goto Syntax_Error;
-            v = *ip++;
-
-            switch ( v )
-            {
-            case 0:
-              op = cff_op_dotsection;
-              break;
-            case 3:
-              op = cff_op_and;
-              break;
-            case 4:
-              op = cff_op_or;
-              break;
-            case 5:
-              op = cff_op_not;
-              break;
-            case 8:
-              op = cff_op_store;
-              break;
-            case 9:
-              op = cff_op_abs;
-              break;
-            case 10:
-              op = cff_op_add;
-              break;
-            case 11:
-              op = cff_op_sub;
-              break;
-            case 12:
-              op = cff_op_div;
-              break;
-            case 13:
-              op = cff_op_load;
-              break;
-            case 14:
-              op = cff_op_neg;
-              break;
-            case 15:
-              op = cff_op_eq;
-              break;
-            case 18:
-              op = cff_op_drop;
-              break;
-            case 20:
-              op = cff_op_put;
-              break;
-            case 21:
-              op = cff_op_get;
-              break;
-            case 22:
-              op = cff_op_ifelse;
-              break;
-            case 23:
-              op = cff_op_random;
-              break;
-            case 24:
-              op = cff_op_mul;
-              break;
-            case 26:
-              op = cff_op_sqrt;
-              break;
-            case 27:
-              op = cff_op_dup;
-              break;
-            case 28:
-              op = cff_op_exch;
-              break;
-            case 29:
-              op = cff_op_index;
-              break;
-            case 30:
-              op = cff_op_roll;
-              break;
-            case 34:
-              op = cff_op_hflex;
-              break;
-            case 35:
-              op = cff_op_flex;
-              break;
-            case 36:
-              op = cff_op_hflex1;
-              break;
-            case 37:
-              op = cff_op_flex1;
-              break;
-            default:
-              /* decrement ip for syntax error message */
-              ip--;
-            }
-          }
-          break;
-        case 13:
-          op = cff_op_hsbw;
-          break;
-        case 14:
-          op = cff_op_endchar;
-          break;
-        case 16:
-          op = cff_op_blend;
-          break;
-        case 18:
-          op = cff_op_hstemhm;
-          break;
-        case 19:
-          op = cff_op_hintmask;
-          break;
-        case 20:
-          op = cff_op_cntrmask;
-          break;
-        case 21:
-          op = cff_op_rmoveto;
-          break;
-        case 22:
-          op = cff_op_hmoveto;
-          break;
-        case 23:
-          op = cff_op_vstemhm;
-          break;
-        case 24:
-          op = cff_op_rcurveline;
-          break;
-        case 25:
-          op = cff_op_rlinecurve;
-          break;
-        case 26:
-          op = cff_op_vvcurveto;
-          break;
-        case 27:
-          op = cff_op_hhcurveto;
-          break;
-        case 29:
-          op = cff_op_callgsubr;
-          break;
-        case 30:
-          op = cff_op_vhcurveto;
-          break;
-        case 31:
-          op = cff_op_hvcurveto;
-          break;
-        default:
-          ;
-        }
-        if ( op == cff_op_unknown )
-          goto Syntax_Error;
-
-        /* check arguments */
-        req_args = cff_argument_counts[op];
-        if ( req_args & CFF_COUNT_CHECK_WIDTH )
-        {
-          args = stack;
-
-          if ( num_args > 0 && decoder->read_width )
-          {
-            /* If `nominal_width' is non-zero, the number is really a      */
-            /* difference against `nominal_width'.  Else, the number here  */
-            /* is truly a width, not a difference against `nominal_width'. */
-            /* If the font does not set `nominal_width', then              */
-            /* `nominal_width' defaults to zero, and so we can set         */
-            /* `glyph_width' to `nominal_width' plus number on the stack   */
-            /* -- for either case.                                         */
-
-            FT_Int  set_width_ok;
-
-
-            switch ( op )
-            {
-            case cff_op_hmoveto:
-            case cff_op_vmoveto:
-              set_width_ok = num_args & 2;
-              break;
-
-            case cff_op_hstem:
-            case cff_op_vstem:
-            case cff_op_hstemhm:
-            case cff_op_vstemhm:
-            case cff_op_rmoveto:
-            case cff_op_hintmask:
-            case cff_op_cntrmask:
-              set_width_ok = num_args & 1;
-              break;
-
-            case cff_op_endchar:
-              /* If there is a width specified for endchar, we either have */
-              /* 1 argument or 5 arguments.  We like to argue.             */
-              set_width_ok = ( ( num_args == 5 ) || ( num_args == 1 ) );
-              break;
-
-            default:
-              set_width_ok = 0;
-              break;
-            }
-
-            if ( set_width_ok )
-            {
-              decoder->glyph_width = decoder->nominal_width +
-                                       ( stack[0] >> 16 );
-
-              /* Consumed an argument. */
-              num_args--;
-              args++;
-            }
-          }
-
-          decoder->read_width = 0;
-          req_args            = 0;
-        }
-
-        req_args &= 0x000F;
-        if ( num_args < req_args )
-          goto Stack_Underflow;
-        args     -= req_args;
-        num_args -= req_args;
-
-        switch ( op )
-        {
-        case cff_op_hstem:
-        case cff_op_vstem:
-        case cff_op_hstemhm:
-        case cff_op_vstemhm:
-          /* the number of arguments is always even here */
-          FT_TRACE4(( op == cff_op_hstem   ? " hstem"   :
-                    ( op == cff_op_vstem   ? " vstem"   :
-                    ( op == cff_op_hstemhm ? " hstemhm" : " vstemhm" ) ) ));
-
-          if ( hinter )
-            hinter->stems( hinter->hints,
-                           ( op == cff_op_hstem || op == cff_op_hstemhm ),
-                           num_args / 2,
-                           args );
-
-          decoder->num_hints += num_args / 2;
-          args = stack;
-          break;
-
-        case cff_op_hintmask:
-        case cff_op_cntrmask:
-          FT_TRACE4(( op == cff_op_hintmask ? " hintmask" : " cntrmask" ));
-
-          /* implement vstem when needed --                        */
-          /* the specification doesn't say it, but this also works */
-          /* with the 'cntrmask' operator                          */
-          /*                                                       */
-          if ( num_args > 0 )
-          {
-            if ( hinter )
-              hinter->stems( hinter->hints,
-                             0,
-                             num_args / 2,
-                             args );
-
-            decoder->num_hints += num_args / 2;
-          }
-
-          if ( hinter )
-          {
-            if ( op == cff_op_hintmask )
-              hinter->hintmask( hinter->hints,
-                                builder->current->n_points,
-                                decoder->num_hints,
-                                ip );
-            else
-              hinter->counter( hinter->hints,
-                               decoder->num_hints,
-                               ip );
-          }
-
-#ifdef FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE
-          {
-            FT_UInt maskbyte;
-
-
-            FT_TRACE4(( " " ));
-
-            for ( maskbyte = 0;
-                  maskbyte < (FT_UInt)(( decoder->num_hints + 7 ) >> 3);
-                  maskbyte++, ip++ )
-              FT_TRACE4(( "0x%02X", *ip ));
-          }
-#else
-          ip += ( decoder->num_hints + 7 ) >> 3;
-#endif
-          if ( ip >= limit )
-            goto Syntax_Error;
-          args = stack;
-          break;
-
-        case cff_op_rmoveto:
-          FT_TRACE4(( " rmoveto" ));
-
-          cff_builder_close_contour( builder );
-          builder->path_begun = 0;
-          x   += args[0];
-          y   += args[1];
-          args = stack;
-          break;
-
-        case cff_op_vmoveto:
-          FT_TRACE4(( " vmoveto" ));
-
-          cff_builder_close_contour( builder );
-          builder->path_begun = 0;
-          y   += args[0];
-          args = stack;
-          break;
-
-        case cff_op_hmoveto:
-          FT_TRACE4(( " hmoveto" ));
-
-          cff_builder_close_contour( builder );
-          builder->path_begun = 0;
-          x   += args[0];
-          args = stack;
-          break;
-
-        case cff_op_rlineto:
-          FT_TRACE4(( " rlineto" ));
-
-          if ( cff_builder_start_point ( builder, x, y ) ||
-               check_points( builder, num_args / 2 )     )
-            goto Fail;
-
-          if ( num_args < 2 || num_args & 1 )
-            goto Stack_Underflow;
-
-          args = stack;
-          while ( args < decoder->top )
-          {
-            x += args[0];
-            y += args[1];
-            cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 1 );
-            args += 2;
-          }
-          args = stack;
-          break;
-
-        case cff_op_hlineto:
-        case cff_op_vlineto:
-          {
-            FT_Int  phase = ( op == cff_op_hlineto );
-
-
-            FT_TRACE4(( op == cff_op_hlineto ? " hlineto"
-                                             : " vlineto" ));
-
-            if ( cff_builder_start_point ( builder, x, y ) ||
-                 check_points( builder, num_args )         )
-              goto Fail;
-
-            args = stack;
-            while ( args < decoder->top )
-            {
-              if ( phase )
-                x += args[0];
-              else
-                y += args[0];
-
-              if ( cff_builder_add_point1( builder, x, y ) )
-                goto Fail;
-
-              args++;
-              phase ^= 1;
-            }
-            args = stack;
-          }
-          break;
-
-        case cff_op_rrcurveto:
-          FT_TRACE4(( " rrcurveto" ));
-
-          /* check number of arguments; must be a multiple of 6 */
-          if ( num_args % 6 != 0 )
-            goto Stack_Underflow;
-
-          if ( cff_builder_start_point ( builder, x, y ) ||
-               check_points( builder, num_args / 2 )     )
-            goto Fail;
-
-          args = stack;
-          while ( args < decoder->top )
-          {
-            x += args[0];
-            y += args[1];
-            cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 0 );
-            x += args[2];
-            y += args[3];
-            cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 0 );
-            x += args[4];
-            y += args[5];
-            cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 1 );
-            args += 6;
-          }
-          args = stack;
-          break;
-
-        case cff_op_vvcurveto:
-          FT_TRACE4(( " vvcurveto" ));
-
-          if ( cff_builder_start_point( builder, x, y ) )
-            goto Fail;
-
-          args = stack;
-          if ( num_args & 1 )
-          {
-            x += args[0];
-            args++;
-            num_args--;
-          }
-
-          if ( num_args % 4 != 0 )
-            goto Stack_Underflow;
-
-          if ( check_points( builder, 3 * ( num_args / 4 ) ) )
-            goto Fail;
-
-          while ( args < decoder->top )
-          {
-            y += args[0];
-            cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 0 );
-            x += args[1];
-            y += args[2];
-            cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 0 );
-            y += args[3];
-            cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 1 );
-            args += 4;
-          }
-          args = stack;
-          break;
-
-        case cff_op_hhcurveto:
-          FT_TRACE4(( " hhcurveto" ));
-
-          if ( cff_builder_start_point( builder, x, y ) )
-            goto Fail;
-
-          args = stack;
-          if ( num_args & 1 )
-          {
-            y += args[0];
-            args++;
-            num_args--;
-          }
-
-          if ( num_args % 4 != 0 )
-            goto Stack_Underflow;
-
-          if ( check_points( builder, 3 * ( num_args / 4 ) ) )
-            goto Fail;
-
-          while ( args < decoder->top )
-          {
-            x += args[0];
-            cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 0 );
-            x += args[1];
-            y += args[2];
-            cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 0 );
-            x += args[3];
-            cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 1 );
-            args += 4;
-          }
-          args = stack;
-          break;
-
-        case cff_op_vhcurveto:
-        case cff_op_hvcurveto:
-          {
-            FT_Int  phase;
-
-
-            FT_TRACE4(( op == cff_op_vhcurveto ? " vhcurveto"
-                                               : " hvcurveto" ));
-
-            if ( cff_builder_start_point( builder, x, y ) )
-              goto Fail;
-
-            args = stack;
-            if ( num_args < 4 || ( num_args % 4 ) > 1 )
-              goto Stack_Underflow;
-
-            if ( check_points( builder, ( num_args / 4 ) * 3 ) )
-              goto Stack_Underflow;
-
-            phase = ( op == cff_op_hvcurveto );
-
-            while ( num_args >= 4 )
-            {
-              num_args -= 4;
-              if ( phase )
-              {
-                x += args[0];
-                cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 0 );
-                x += args[1];
-                y += args[2];
-                cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 0 );
-                y += args[3];
-                if ( num_args == 1 )
-                  x += args[4];
-                cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 1 );
-              }
-              else
-              {
-                y += args[0];
-                cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 0 );
-                x += args[1];
-                y += args[2];
-                cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 0 );
-                x += args[3];
-                if ( num_args == 1 )
-                  y += args[4];
-                cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 1 );
-              }
-              args  += 4;
-              phase ^= 1;
-            }
-            args = stack;
-          }
-          break;
-
-        case cff_op_rlinecurve:
-          {
-            FT_Int  num_lines = ( num_args - 6 ) / 2;
-
-
-            FT_TRACE4(( " rlinecurve" ));
-
-            if ( num_args < 8 || ( num_args - 6 ) & 1 )
-              goto Stack_Underflow;
-
-            if ( cff_builder_start_point( builder, x, y ) ||
-                 check_points( builder, num_lines + 3 )   )
-              goto Fail;
-
-            args = stack;
-
-            /* first, add the line segments */
-            while ( num_lines > 0 )
-            {
-              x += args[0];
-              y += args[1];
-              cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 1 );
-              args += 2;
-              num_lines--;
-            }
-
-            /* then the curve */
-            x += args[0];
-            y += args[1];
-            cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 0 );
-            x += args[2];
-            y += args[3];
-            cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 0 );
-            x += args[4];
-            y += args[5];
-            cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 1 );
-            args = stack;
-          }
-          break;
-
-        case cff_op_rcurveline:
-          {
-            FT_Int  num_curves = ( num_args - 2 ) / 6;
-
-
-            FT_TRACE4(( " rcurveline" ));
-
-            if ( num_args < 8 || ( num_args - 2 ) % 6 )
-              goto Stack_Underflow;
-
-            if ( cff_builder_start_point ( builder, x, y ) ||
-                 check_points( builder, num_curves*3 + 2 ) )
-              goto Fail;
-
-            args = stack;
-
-            /* first, add the curves */
-            while ( num_curves > 0 )
-            {
-              x += args[0];
-              y += args[1];
-              cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 0 );
-              x += args[2];
-              y += args[3];
-              cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 0 );
-              x += args[4];
-              y += args[5];
-              cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 1 );
-              args += 6;
-              num_curves--;
-            }
-
-            /* then the final line */
-            x += args[0];
-            y += args[1];
-            cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 1 );
-            args = stack;
-          }
-          break;
-
-        case cff_op_hflex1:
-          {
-            FT_Pos start_y;
-
-
-            FT_TRACE4(( " hflex1" ));
-
-            args = stack;
-
-            /* adding five more points; 4 control points, 1 on-curve point */
-            /* make sure we have enough space for the start point if it    */
-            /* needs to be added                                           */
-            if ( cff_builder_start_point( builder, x, y ) ||
-                 check_points( builder, 6 )               )
-              goto Fail;
-
-            /* Record the starting point's y position for later use */
-            start_y = y;
-
-            /* first control point */
-            x += args[0];
-            y += args[1];
-            cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 0 );
-
-            /* second control point */
-            x += args[2];
-            y += args[3];
-            cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 0 );
-
-            /* join point; on curve, with y-value the same as the last */
-            /* control point's y-value                                 */
-            x += args[4];
-            cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 1 );
-
-            /* third control point, with y-value the same as the join */
-            /* point's y-value                                        */
-            x += args[5];
-            cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 0 );
-
-            /* fourth control point */
-            x += args[6];
-            y += args[7];
-            cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 0 );
-
-            /* ending point, with y-value the same as the start   */
-            x += args[8];
-            y  = start_y;
-            cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 1 );
-
-            args = stack;
-            break;
-          }
-
-        case cff_op_hflex:
-          {
-            FT_Pos start_y;
-
-
-            FT_TRACE4(( " hflex" ));
-
-            args = stack;
-
-            /* adding six more points; 4 control points, 2 on-curve points */
-            if ( cff_builder_start_point( builder, x, y ) ||
-                 check_points( builder, 6 )               )
-              goto Fail;
-
-            /* record the starting point's y-position for later use */
-            start_y = y;
-
-            /* first control point */
-            x += args[0];
-            cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 0 );
-
-            /* second control point */
-            x += args[1];
-            y += args[2];
-            cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 0 );
-
-            /* join point; on curve, with y-value the same as the last */
-            /* control point's y-value                                 */
-            x += args[3];
-            cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 1 );
-
-            /* third control point, with y-value the same as the join */
-            /* point's y-value                                        */
-            x += args[4];
-            cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 0 );
-
-            /* fourth control point */
-            x += args[5];
-            y  = start_y;
-            cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 0 );
-
-            /* ending point, with y-value the same as the start point's */
-            /* y-value -- we don't add this point, though               */
-            x += args[6];
-            cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 1 );
-
-            args = stack;
-            break;
-          }
-
-        case cff_op_flex1:
-          {
-            FT_Pos    start_x, start_y; /* record start x, y values for */
-                                        /* alter use                                */
-            FT_Fixed  dx = 0, dy = 0;   /* used in horizontal/vertical  */
-                                        /* algorithm below              */
-            FT_Int    horizontal, count;
-
-
-            FT_TRACE4(( " flex1" ));
-
-            /* adding six more points; 4 control points, 2 on-curve points */
-            if ( cff_builder_start_point( builder, x, y ) ||
-                 check_points( builder, 6 )               )
-              goto Fail;
-
-            /* record the starting point's x, y position for later use */
-            start_x = x;
-            start_y = y;
-
-            /* XXX: figure out whether this is supposed to be a horizontal */
-            /*      or vertical flex; the Type 2 specification is vague... */
-
-            args = stack;
-
-            /* grab up to the last argument */
-            for ( count = 5; count > 0; count-- )
-            {
-              dx += args[0];
-              dy += args[1];
-              args += 2;
-            }
-
-            /* rewind */
-            args = stack;
-
-            if ( dx < 0 ) dx = -dx;
-            if ( dy < 0 ) dy = -dy;
-
-            /* strange test, but here it is... */
-            horizontal = ( dx > dy );
-
-            for ( count = 5; count > 0; count-- )
-            {
-              x += args[0];
-              y += args[1];
-              cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, (FT_Bool)( count == 3 ) );
-              args += 2;
-            }
-
-            /* is last operand an x- or y-delta? */
-            if ( horizontal )
-            {
-              x += args[0];
-              y  = start_y;
-            }
-            else
-            {
-              x  = start_x;
-              y += args[0];
-            }
-
-            cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 1 );
-
-            args = stack;
-            break;
-           }
-
-        case cff_op_flex:
-          {
-            FT_UInt  count;
-
-
-            FT_TRACE4(( " flex" ));
-
-            if ( cff_builder_start_point( builder, x, y ) ||
-                 check_points( builder, 6 )               )
-              goto Fail;
-
-            args = stack;
-            for ( count = 6; count > 0; count-- )
-            {
-              x += args[0];
-              y += args[1];
-              cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y,
-                                     (FT_Bool)( count == 4 || count == 1 ) );
-              args += 2;
-            }
-
-            args = stack;
-          }
-          break;
-
-        case cff_op_endchar:
-          FT_TRACE4(( " endchar" ));
-
-          /* We are going to emulate the seac operator. */
-          if ( num_args == 4 )
-          {
-            /* Save glyph width so that the subglyphs don't overwrite it. */
-            FT_Pos  glyph_width = decoder->glyph_width;
-
-
-            error = cff_operator_seac( decoder,
-                                       args[0],
-                                       args[1],
-                                       (FT_Int)( args[2] >> 16 ),
-                                       (FT_Int)( args[3] >> 16 ) );
-            args += 4;
-
-            decoder->glyph_width = glyph_width;
-          }
-          else
-          {
-            if ( !error )
-              error = CFF_Err_Ok;
-
-            cff_builder_close_contour( builder );
-
-            /* close hints recording session */
-            if ( hinter )
-            {
-              if ( hinter->close( hinter->hints,
-                                  builder->current->n_points ) )
-                goto Syntax_Error;
-
-              /* apply hints to the loaded glyph outline now */
-              hinter->apply( hinter->hints,
-                             builder->current,
-                             (PSH_Globals)builder->hints_globals,
-                             decoder->hint_mode );
-            }
-
-            /* add current outline to the glyph slot */
-            FT_GlyphLoader_Add( builder->loader );
-          }
-
-          /* return now! */
-          FT_TRACE4(( "\n\n" ));
-          return error;
-
-        case cff_op_abs:
-          FT_TRACE4(( " abs" ));
-
-          if ( args[0] < 0 )
-            args[0] = -args[0];
-          args++;
-          break;
-
-        case cff_op_add:
-          FT_TRACE4(( " add" ));
-
-          args[0] += args[1];
-          args++;
-          break;
-
-        case cff_op_sub:
-          FT_TRACE4(( " sub" ));
-
-          args[0] -= args[1];
-          args++;
-          break;
-
-        case cff_op_div:
-          FT_TRACE4(( " div" ));
-
-          args[0] = FT_DivFix( args[0], args[1] );
-          args++;
-          break;
-
-        case cff_op_neg:
-          FT_TRACE4(( " neg" ));
-
-          args[0] = -args[0];
-          args++;
-          break;
-
-        case cff_op_random:
-          {
-            FT_Fixed  Rand;
-
-
-            FT_TRACE4(( " rand" ));
-
-            Rand = seed;
-            if ( Rand >= 0x8000L )
-              Rand++;
-
-            args[0] = Rand;
-            seed    = FT_MulFix( seed, 0x10000L - seed );
-            if ( seed == 0 )
-              seed += 0x2873;
-            args++;
-          }
-          break;
-
-        case cff_op_mul:
-          FT_TRACE4(( " mul" ));
-
-          args[0] = FT_MulFix( args[0], args[1] );
-          args++;
-          break;
-
-        case cff_op_sqrt:
-          FT_TRACE4(( " sqrt" ));
-
-          if ( args[0] > 0 )
-          {
-            FT_Int    count = 9;
-            FT_Fixed  root  = args[0];
-            FT_Fixed  new_root;
-
-
-            for (;;)
-            {
-              new_root = ( root + FT_DivFix( args[0], root ) + 1 ) >> 1;
-              if ( new_root == root || count <= 0 )
-                break;
-              root = new_root;
-            }
-            args[0] = new_root;
-          }
-          else
-            args[0] = 0;
-          args++;
-          break;
-
-        case cff_op_drop:
-          /* nothing */
-          FT_TRACE4(( " drop" ));
-
-          break;
-
-        case cff_op_exch:
-          {
-            FT_Fixed  tmp;
-
-
-            FT_TRACE4(( " exch" ));
-
-            tmp     = args[0];
-            args[0] = args[1];
-            args[1] = tmp;
-            args   += 2;
-          }
-          break;
-
-        case cff_op_index:
-          {
-            FT_Int  idx = (FT_Int)( args[0] >> 16 );
-
-
-            FT_TRACE4(( " index" ));
-
-            if ( idx < 0 )
-              idx = 0;
-            else if ( idx > num_args - 2 )
-              idx = num_args - 2;
-            args[0] = args[-( idx + 1 )];
-            args++;
-          }
-          break;
-
-        case cff_op_roll:
-          {
-            FT_Int  count = (FT_Int)( args[0] >> 16 );
-            FT_Int  idx   = (FT_Int)( args[1] >> 16 );
-
-
-            FT_TRACE4(( " roll" ));
-
-            if ( count <= 0 )
-              count = 1;
-
-            args -= count;
-            if ( args < stack )
-              goto Stack_Underflow;
-
-            if ( idx >= 0 )
-            {
-              while ( idx > 0 )
-              {
-                FT_Fixed  tmp = args[count - 1];
-                FT_Int    i;
-
-
-                for ( i = count - 2; i >= 0; i-- )
-                  args[i + 1] = args[i];
-                args[0] = tmp;
-                idx--;
-              }
-            }
-            else
-            {
-              while ( idx < 0 )
-              {
-                FT_Fixed  tmp = args[0];
-                FT_Int    i;
-
-
-                for ( i = 0; i < count - 1; i++ )
-                  args[i] = args[i + 1];
-                args[count - 1] = tmp;
-                idx++;
-              }
-            }
-            args += count;
-          }
-          break;
-
-        case cff_op_dup:
-          FT_TRACE4(( " dup" ));
-
-          args[1] = args[0];
-          args++;
-          break;
-
-        case cff_op_put:
-          {
-            FT_Fixed  val = args[0];
-            FT_Int    idx = (FT_Int)( args[1] >> 16 );
-
-
-            FT_TRACE4(( " put" ));
-
-            if ( idx >= 0 && idx < decoder->len_buildchar )
-              decoder->buildchar[idx] = val;
-          }
-          break;
-
-        case cff_op_get:
-          {
-            FT_Int    idx = (FT_Int)( args[0] >> 16 );
-            FT_Fixed  val = 0;
-
-
-            FT_TRACE4(( " get" ));
-
-            if ( idx >= 0 && idx < decoder->len_buildchar )
-              val = decoder->buildchar[idx];
-
-            args[0] = val;
-            args++;
-          }
-          break;
-
-        case cff_op_store:
-          FT_TRACE4(( " store "));
-
-          goto Unimplemented;
-
-        case cff_op_load:
-          FT_TRACE4(( " load" ));
-
-          goto Unimplemented;
-
-        case cff_op_dotsection:
-          /* this operator is deprecated and ignored by the parser */
-          FT_TRACE4(( " dotsection" ));
-          break;
-
-        case cff_op_closepath:
-          /* this is an invalid Type 2 operator; however, there        */
-          /* exist fonts which are incorrectly converted from probably */
-          /* Type 1 to CFF, and some parsers seem to accept it         */
-
-          FT_TRACE4(( " closepath (invalid op)" ));
-
-          args = stack;
-          break;
-
-        case cff_op_hsbw:
-          /* this is an invalid Type 2 operator; however, there        */
-          /* exist fonts which are incorrectly converted from probably */
-          /* Type 1 to CFF, and some parsers seem to accept it         */
-
-          FT_TRACE4(( " hsbw (invalid op)" ));
-
-          decoder->glyph_width = decoder->nominal_width +
-                                   (args[1] >> 16);
-          x    = args[0];
-          y    = 0;
-          args = stack;
-          break;
-
-        case cff_op_and:
-          {
-            FT_Fixed  cond = args[0] && args[1];
-
-
-            FT_TRACE4(( " and" ));
-
-            args[0] = cond ? 0x10000L : 0;
-            args++;
-          }
-          break;
-
-        case cff_op_or:
-          {
-            FT_Fixed  cond = args[0] || args[1];
-
-
-            FT_TRACE4(( " or" ));
-
-            args[0] = cond ? 0x10000L : 0;
-            args++;
-          }
-          break;
-
-        case cff_op_eq:
-          {
-            FT_Fixed  cond = !args[0];
-
-
-            FT_TRACE4(( " eq" ));
-
-            args[0] = cond ? 0x10000L : 0;
-            args++;
-          }
-          break;
-
-        case cff_op_ifelse:
-          {
-            FT_Fixed  cond = ( args[2] <= args[3] );
-
-
-            FT_TRACE4(( " ifelse" ));
-
-            if ( !cond )
-              args[0] = args[1];
-            args++;
-          }
-          break;
-
-        case cff_op_callsubr:
-          {
-            FT_UInt  idx = (FT_UInt)( ( args[0] >> 16 ) +
-                                      decoder->locals_bias );
-
-
-            FT_TRACE4(( " callsubr(%d)", idx ));
-
-            if ( idx >= decoder->num_locals )
-            {
-              FT_ERROR(( "cff_decoder_parse_charstrings:" ));
-              FT_ERROR(( " invalid local subr index\n" ));
-              goto Syntax_Error;
-            }
-
-            if ( zone - decoder->zones >= CFF_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS )
-            {
-              FT_ERROR(( "cff_decoder_parse_charstrings:"
-                         " too many nested subrs\n" ));
-              goto Syntax_Error;
-            }
-
-            zone->cursor = ip;  /* save current instruction pointer */
-
-            zone++;
-            zone->base   = decoder->locals[idx];
-            zone->limit  = decoder->locals[idx + 1];
-            zone->cursor = zone->base;
-
-            if ( !zone->base || zone->limit == zone->base )
-            {
-              FT_ERROR(( "cff_decoder_parse_charstrings:"
-                         " invoking empty subrs!\n" ));
-              goto Syntax_Error;
-            }
-
-            decoder->zone = zone;
-            ip            = zone->base;
-            limit         = zone->limit;
-          }
-          break;
-
-        case cff_op_callgsubr:
-          {
-            FT_UInt  idx = (FT_UInt)( ( args[0] >> 16 ) +
-                                      decoder->globals_bias );
-
-
-            FT_TRACE4(( " callgsubr(%d)", idx ));
-
-            if ( idx >= decoder->num_globals )
-            {
-              FT_ERROR(( "cff_decoder_parse_charstrings:" ));
-              FT_ERROR(( " invalid global subr index\n" ));
-              goto Syntax_Error;
-            }
-
-            if ( zone - decoder->zones >= CFF_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS )
-            {
-              FT_ERROR(( "cff_decoder_parse_charstrings:"
-                         " too many nested subrs\n" ));
-              goto Syntax_Error;
-            }
-
-            zone->cursor = ip;  /* save current instruction pointer */
-
-            zone++;
-            zone->base   = decoder->globals[idx];
-            zone->limit  = decoder->globals[idx + 1];
-            zone->cursor = zone->base;
-
-            if ( !zone->base || zone->limit == zone->base )
-            {
-              FT_ERROR(( "cff_decoder_parse_charstrings:"
-                         " invoking empty subrs!\n" ));
-              goto Syntax_Error;
-            }
-
-            decoder->zone = zone;
-            ip            = zone->base;
-            limit         = zone->limit;
-          }
-          break;
-
-        case cff_op_return:
-          FT_TRACE4(( " return" ));
-
-          if ( decoder->zone <= decoder->zones )
-          {
-            FT_ERROR(( "cff_decoder_parse_charstrings:"
-                       " unexpected return\n" ));
-            goto Syntax_Error;
-          }
-
-          decoder->zone--;
-          zone  = decoder->zone;
-          ip    = zone->cursor;
-          limit = zone->limit;
-          break;
-
-        default:
-        Unimplemented:
-          FT_ERROR(( "Unimplemented opcode: %d", ip[-1] ));
-
-          if ( ip[-1] == 12 )
-            FT_ERROR(( " %d", ip[0] ));
-          FT_ERROR(( "\n" ));
-
-          return CFF_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
-        }
-
-      decoder->top = args;
-
-      } /* general operator processing */
-
-    } /* while ip < limit */
-
-    FT_TRACE4(( "..end..\n\n" ));
-
-  Fail:
-    return error;
-
-  Syntax_Error:
-    FT_TRACE4(( "cff_decoder_parse_charstrings: syntax error!" ));
-    return CFF_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-
-  Stack_Underflow:
-    FT_TRACE4(( "cff_decoder_parse_charstrings: stack underflow!" ));
-    return CFF_Err_Too_Few_Arguments;
-
-  Stack_Overflow:
-    FT_TRACE4(( "cff_decoder_parse_charstrings: stack overflow!" ));
-    return CFF_Err_Stack_Overflow;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /**********                                                      *********/
-  /**********                                                      *********/
-  /**********            COMPUTE THE MAXIMUM ADVANCE WIDTH         *********/
-  /**********                                                      *********/
-  /**********    The following code is in charge of computing      *********/
-  /**********    the maximum advance width of the font.  It        *********/
-  /**********    quickly processes each glyph charstring to        *********/
-  /**********    extract the value from either a `sbw' or `seac'   *********/
-  /**********    operator.                                         *********/
-  /**********                                                      *********/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-#if 0 /* unused until we support pure CFF fonts */
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  cff_compute_max_advance( TT_Face  face,
-                           FT_Int*  max_advance )
-  {
-    FT_Error     error = CFF_Err_Ok;
-    CFF_Decoder  decoder;
-    FT_Int       glyph_index;
-    CFF_Font     cff = (CFF_Font)face->other;
-
-
-    *max_advance = 0;
-
-    /* Initialize load decoder */
-    cff_decoder_init( &decoder, face, 0, 0, 0, 0 );
-
-    decoder.builder.metrics_only = 1;
-    decoder.builder.load_points  = 0;
-
-    /* For each glyph, parse the glyph charstring and extract */
-    /* the advance width.                                     */
-    for ( glyph_index = 0; glyph_index < face->root.num_glyphs;
-          glyph_index++ )
-    {
-      FT_Byte*  charstring;
-      FT_ULong  charstring_len;
-
-
-      /* now get load the unscaled outline */
-      error = cff_get_glyph_data( face, glyph_index,
-                                  &charstring, &charstring_len );
-      if ( !error )
-      {
-        error = cff_decoder_prepare( &decoder, size, glyph_index );
-        if ( !error )
-          error = cff_decoder_parse_charstrings( &decoder,
-                                                 charstring,
-                                                 charstring_len );
-
-        cff_free_glyph_data( face, &charstring, &charstring_len );
-      }
-
-      /* ignore the error if one has occurred -- skip to next glyph */
-      error = CFF_Err_Ok;
-    }
-
-    *max_advance = decoder.builder.advance.x;
-
-    return CFF_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-#endif /* 0 */
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  cff_slot_load( CFF_GlyphSlot  glyph,
-                 CFF_Size       size,
-                 FT_UInt        glyph_index,
-                 FT_Int32       load_flags )
-  {
-    FT_Error     error;
-    CFF_Decoder  decoder;
-    TT_Face      face     = (TT_Face)glyph->root.face;
-    FT_Bool      hinting, force_scaling;
-    CFF_Font     cff      = (CFF_Font)face->extra.data;
-
-    FT_Matrix    font_matrix;
-    FT_Vector    font_offset;
-
-
-    force_scaling = FALSE;
-
-    /* in a CID-keyed font, consider `glyph_index' as a CID and map */
-    /* it immediately to the real glyph_index -- if it isn't a      */
-    /* subsetted font, glyph_indices and CIDs are identical, though */
-    if ( cff->top_font.font_dict.cid_registry != 0xFFFFU &&
-         cff->charset.cids                               )
-    {
-      glyph_index = cff_charset_cid_to_gindex( &cff->charset, glyph_index );
-      if ( glyph_index == 0 )
-        return CFF_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-    }
-    else if ( glyph_index >= cff->num_glyphs )
-      return CFF_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    if ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE )
-      load_flags |= FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE | FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING;
-
-    glyph->x_scale = 0x10000L;
-    glyph->y_scale = 0x10000L;
-    if ( size )
-    {
-      glyph->x_scale = size->root.metrics.x_scale;
-      glyph->y_scale = size->root.metrics.y_scale;
-    }
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS
-
-    /* try to load embedded bitmap if any              */
-    /*                                                 */
-    /* XXX: The convention should be emphasized in     */
-    /*      the documents because it can be confusing. */
-    if ( size )
-    {
-      CFF_Face      cff_face = (CFF_Face)size->root.face;
-      SFNT_Service  sfnt     = (SFNT_Service)cff_face->sfnt;
-      FT_Stream     stream   = cff_face->root.stream;
-
-
-      if ( size->strike_index != 0xFFFFFFFFUL      &&
-           sfnt->load_eblc                         &&
-           ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP ) == 0 )
-      {
-        TT_SBit_MetricsRec  metrics;
-
-
-        error = sfnt->load_sbit_image( face,
-                                       size->strike_index,
-                                       glyph_index,
-                                       (FT_Int)load_flags,
-                                       stream,
-                                       &glyph->root.bitmap,
-                                       &metrics );
-
-        if ( !error )
-        {
-          glyph->root.outline.n_points   = 0;
-          glyph->root.outline.n_contours = 0;
-
-          glyph->root.metrics.width  = (FT_Pos)metrics.width  << 6;
-          glyph->root.metrics.height = (FT_Pos)metrics.height << 6;
-
-          glyph->root.metrics.horiBearingX = (FT_Pos)metrics.horiBearingX << 6;
-          glyph->root.metrics.horiBearingY = (FT_Pos)metrics.horiBearingY << 6;
-          glyph->root.metrics.horiAdvance  = (FT_Pos)metrics.horiAdvance  << 6;
-
-          glyph->root.metrics.vertBearingX = (FT_Pos)metrics.vertBearingX << 6;
-          glyph->root.metrics.vertBearingY = (FT_Pos)metrics.vertBearingY << 6;
-          glyph->root.metrics.vertAdvance  = (FT_Pos)metrics.vertAdvance  << 6;
-
-          glyph->root.format = FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP;
-
-          if ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT )
-          {
-            glyph->root.bitmap_left = metrics.vertBearingX;
-            glyph->root.bitmap_top  = metrics.vertBearingY;
-          }
-          else
-          {
-            glyph->root.bitmap_left = metrics.horiBearingX;
-            glyph->root.bitmap_top  = metrics.horiBearingY;
-          }
-          return error;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-#endif /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS */
-
-    /* return immediately if we only want the embedded bitmaps */
-    if ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_SBITS_ONLY )
-      return CFF_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    /* if we have a CID subfont, use its matrix (which has already */
-    /* been multiplied with the root matrix)                       */
-
-    /* this scaling is only relevant if the PS hinter isn't active */
-    if ( cff->num_subfonts )
-    {
-      FT_Byte  fd_index = cff_fd_select_get( &cff->fd_select,
-                                             glyph_index );
-
-      FT_Int  top_upm = cff->top_font.font_dict.units_per_em;
-      FT_Int  sub_upm = cff->subfonts[fd_index]->font_dict.units_per_em;
-
-
-      font_matrix = cff->subfonts[fd_index]->font_dict.font_matrix;
-      font_offset = cff->subfonts[fd_index]->font_dict.font_offset;
-
-      if ( top_upm != sub_upm )
-      {
-        glyph->x_scale = FT_MulDiv( glyph->x_scale, top_upm, sub_upm );
-        glyph->y_scale = FT_MulDiv( glyph->y_scale, top_upm, sub_upm );
-
-        force_scaling = TRUE;
-      }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      font_matrix = cff->top_font.font_dict.font_matrix;
-      font_offset = cff->top_font.font_dict.font_offset;
-    }
-
-    glyph->root.outline.n_points   = 0;
-    glyph->root.outline.n_contours = 0;
-
-    hinting = FT_BOOL( ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE   ) == 0 &&
-                       ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING ) == 0 );
-
-    glyph->root.format = FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE;  /* by default */
-
-    {
-      FT_Byte*  charstring;
-      FT_ULong  charstring_len;
-
-
-      cff_decoder_init( &decoder, face, size, glyph, hinting,
-                        FT_LOAD_TARGET_MODE( load_flags ) );
-
-      decoder.builder.no_recurse =
-        (FT_Bool)( ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE ) != 0 );
-
-      /* now load the unscaled outline */
-      error = cff_get_glyph_data( face, glyph_index,
-                                  &charstring, &charstring_len );
-      if ( !error )
-      {
-        error = cff_decoder_prepare( &decoder, size, glyph_index );
-        if ( !error )
-        {
-          error = cff_decoder_parse_charstrings( &decoder,
-                                                 charstring,
-                                                 charstring_len );
-
-          cff_free_glyph_data( face, &charstring, charstring_len );
-
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
-          /* Control data and length may not be available for incremental */
-          /* fonts.                                                       */
-          if ( face->root.internal->incremental_interface )
-          {
-            glyph->root.control_data = 0;
-            glyph->root.control_len = 0;
-          }
-          else
-#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL */
-
-          /* We set control_data and control_len if charstrings is loaded. */
-          /* See how charstring loads at cff_index_access_element() in     */
-          /* cffload.c.                                                    */
-          {
-            CFF_Index  csindex = &cff->charstrings_index;
-
-
-            if ( csindex->offsets )
-            {
-              glyph->root.control_data = csindex->bytes +
-                                           csindex->offsets[glyph_index] - 1;
-              glyph->root.control_len  = charstring_len;
-            }
-          }
-        }
-      }
-
-      /* save new glyph tables */
-      cff_builder_done( &decoder.builder );
-    }
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
-
-    /* Incremental fonts can optionally override the metrics. */
-    if ( !error                                                              &&
-         face->root.internal->incremental_interface                          &&
-         face->root.internal->incremental_interface->funcs->get_glyph_metrics )
-    {
-      FT_Incremental_MetricsRec  metrics;
-
-
-      metrics.bearing_x = decoder.builder.left_bearing.x;
-      metrics.bearing_y = decoder.builder.left_bearing.y;
-      metrics.advance   = decoder.builder.advance.x;
-      error = face->root.internal->incremental_interface->funcs->get_glyph_metrics(
-                face->root.internal->incremental_interface->object,
-                glyph_index, FALSE, &metrics );
-      decoder.builder.left_bearing.x = metrics.bearing_x;
-      decoder.builder.left_bearing.y = metrics.bearing_y;
-      decoder.builder.advance.x      = metrics.advance;
-      decoder.builder.advance.y      = 0;
-    }
-
-#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL */
-
-    if ( !error )
-    {
-      /* Now, set the metrics -- this is rather simple, as   */
-      /* the left side bearing is the xMin, and the top side */
-      /* bearing the yMax.                                   */
-
-      /* For composite glyphs, return only left side bearing and */
-      /* advance width.                                          */
-      if ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE )
-      {
-        FT_Slot_Internal  internal = glyph->root.internal;
-
-
-        glyph->root.metrics.horiBearingX = decoder.builder.left_bearing.x;
-        glyph->root.metrics.horiAdvance  = decoder.glyph_width;
-        internal->glyph_matrix           = font_matrix;
-        internal->glyph_delta            = font_offset;
-        internal->glyph_transformed      = 1;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        FT_BBox            cbox;
-        FT_Glyph_Metrics*  metrics = &glyph->root.metrics;
-        FT_Vector          advance;
-        FT_Bool            has_vertical_info;
-
-
-        /* copy the _unscaled_ advance width */
-        metrics->horiAdvance                    = decoder.glyph_width;
-        glyph->root.linearHoriAdvance           = decoder.glyph_width;
-        glyph->root.internal->glyph_transformed = 0;
-
-        has_vertical_info = FT_BOOL( face->vertical_info                   &&
-                                     face->vertical.number_Of_VMetrics > 0 &&
-                                     face->vertical.long_metrics != 0 );
-
-        /* get the vertical metrics from the vtmx table if we have one */
-        if ( has_vertical_info )
-        {
-          FT_Short   vertBearingY = 0;
-          FT_UShort  vertAdvance  = 0;
-
-
-          ( (SFNT_Service)face->sfnt )->get_metrics( face, 1,
-                                                     glyph_index,
-                                                     &vertBearingY,
-                                                     &vertAdvance );
-          metrics->vertBearingY = vertBearingY;
-          metrics->vertAdvance  = vertAdvance;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          /* make up vertical ones */
-          if ( face->os2.version != 0xFFFFU )
-            metrics->vertAdvance = (FT_Pos)( face->os2.sTypoAscender -
-                                             face->os2.sTypoDescender );
-          else
-            metrics->vertAdvance = (FT_Pos)( face->horizontal.Ascender -
-                                             face->horizontal.Descender );
-        }
-
-        glyph->root.linearVertAdvance = metrics->vertAdvance;
-
-        glyph->root.format = FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE;
-
-        glyph->root.outline.flags = 0;
-        if ( size && size->root.metrics.y_ppem < 24 )
-          glyph->root.outline.flags |= FT_OUTLINE_HIGH_PRECISION;
-
-        glyph->root.outline.flags |= FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL;
-
-        /* apply the font matrix -- `xx' has already been normalized */
-        if ( !( font_matrix.yy == 0x10000L &&
-                font_matrix.xy == 0        &&
-                font_matrix.yx == 0        ) )
-          FT_Outline_Transform( &glyph->root.outline, &font_matrix );
-
-        if ( !( font_offset.x == 0 &&
-                font_offset.y == 0 ) )
-          FT_Outline_Translate( &glyph->root.outline,
-                                font_offset.x, font_offset.y );
-
-        advance.x = metrics->horiAdvance;
-        advance.y = 0;
-        FT_Vector_Transform( &advance, &font_matrix );
-        metrics->horiAdvance = advance.x + font_offset.x;
-
-        advance.x = 0;
-        advance.y = metrics->vertAdvance;
-        FT_Vector_Transform( &advance, &font_matrix );
-        metrics->vertAdvance = advance.y + font_offset.y;
-
-        if ( ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE ) == 0 || force_scaling )
-        {
-          /* scale the outline and the metrics */
-          FT_Int       n;
-          FT_Outline*  cur     = &glyph->root.outline;
-          FT_Vector*   vec     = cur->points;
-          FT_Fixed     x_scale = glyph->x_scale;
-          FT_Fixed     y_scale = glyph->y_scale;
-
-
-          /* First of all, scale the points */
-          if ( !hinting || !decoder.builder.hints_funcs )
-            for ( n = cur->n_points; n > 0; n--, vec++ )
-            {
-              vec->x = FT_MulFix( vec->x, x_scale );
-              vec->y = FT_MulFix( vec->y, y_scale );
-            }
-
-          /* Then scale the metrics */
-          metrics->horiAdvance = FT_MulFix( metrics->horiAdvance, x_scale );
-          metrics->vertAdvance = FT_MulFix( metrics->vertAdvance, y_scale );
-        }
-
-        /* compute the other metrics */
-        FT_Outline_Get_CBox( &glyph->root.outline, &cbox );
-
-        metrics->width  = cbox.xMax - cbox.xMin;
-        metrics->height = cbox.yMax - cbox.yMin;
-
-        metrics->horiBearingX = cbox.xMin;
-        metrics->horiBearingY = cbox.yMax;
-
-        if ( has_vertical_info )
-          metrics->vertBearingX = -metrics->width / 2;
-        else
-          ft_synthesize_vertical_metrics( metrics,
-                                          metrics->vertAdvance );
-      }
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffgload.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffgload.h
deleted file mode 100644
index d661f9e..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffgload.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,202 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  cffgload.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    OpenType Glyph Loader (specification).                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2007, 2008 by             */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __CFFGLOAD_H__
-#define __CFFGLOAD_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_FREETYPE_H
-#include "cffobjs.h"
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-#define CFF_MAX_OPERANDS     48
-#define CFF_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS  32
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Structure>                                                           */
-  /*    CFF_Builder                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*     A structure used during glyph loading to store its outline.       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    memory        :: The current memory object.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    face          :: The current face object.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    glyph         :: The current glyph slot.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    loader        :: The current glyph loader.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    base          :: The base glyph outline.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    current       :: The current glyph outline.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    last          :: The last point position.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    pos_x         :: The horizontal translation (if composite glyph).  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    pos_y         :: The vertical translation (if composite glyph).    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    left_bearing  :: The left side bearing point.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    advance       :: The horizontal advance vector.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    bbox          :: Unused.                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    path_begun    :: A flag which indicates that a new path has begun. */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    load_points   :: If this flag is not set, no points are loaded.    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    no_recurse    :: Set but not used.                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    metrics_only  :: A boolean indicating that we only want to compute */
-  /*                     the metrics of a given glyph, not load all of its */
-  /*                     points.                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    hints_funcs   :: Auxiliary pointer for hinting.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    hints_globals :: Auxiliary pointer for hinting.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  CFF_Builder_
-  {
-    FT_Memory       memory;
-    TT_Face         face;
-    CFF_GlyphSlot   glyph;
-    FT_GlyphLoader  loader;
-    FT_Outline*     base;
-    FT_Outline*     current;
-
-    FT_Vector       last;
-
-    FT_Pos          pos_x;
-    FT_Pos          pos_y;
-
-    FT_Vector       left_bearing;
-    FT_Vector       advance;
-
-    FT_BBox         bbox;          /* bounding box */
-    FT_Bool         path_begun;
-    FT_Bool         load_points;
-    FT_Bool         no_recurse;
-
-    FT_Bool         metrics_only;
-
-    void*           hints_funcs;    /* hinter-specific */
-    void*           hints_globals;  /* hinter-specific */
-
-  } CFF_Builder;
-
-
-  /* execution context charstring zone */
-
-  typedef struct  CFF_Decoder_Zone_
-  {
-    FT_Byte*  base;
-    FT_Byte*  limit;
-    FT_Byte*  cursor;
-
-  } CFF_Decoder_Zone;
-
-
-  typedef struct  CFF_Decoder_
-  {
-    CFF_Builder        builder;
-    CFF_Font           cff;
-
-    FT_Fixed           stack[CFF_MAX_OPERANDS + 1];
-    FT_Fixed*          top;
-
-    CFF_Decoder_Zone   zones[CFF_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS + 1];
-    CFF_Decoder_Zone*  zone;
-
-    FT_Int             flex_state;
-    FT_Int             num_flex_vectors;
-    FT_Vector          flex_vectors[7];
-
-    FT_Pos             glyph_width;
-    FT_Pos             nominal_width;
-
-    FT_Bool            read_width;
-    FT_Int             num_hints;
-    FT_Fixed*          buildchar;
-    FT_Int             len_buildchar;
-
-    FT_UInt            num_locals;
-    FT_UInt            num_globals;
-
-    FT_Int             locals_bias;
-    FT_Int             globals_bias;
-
-    FT_Byte**          locals;
-    FT_Byte**          globals;
-
-    FT_Byte**          glyph_names;   /* for pure CFF fonts only  */
-    FT_UInt            num_glyphs;    /* number of glyphs in font */
-
-    FT_Render_Mode     hint_mode;
-
-  } CFF_Decoder;
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  cff_decoder_init( CFF_Decoder*    decoder,
-                    TT_Face         face,
-                    CFF_Size        size,
-                    CFF_GlyphSlot   slot,
-                    FT_Bool         hinting,
-                    FT_Render_Mode  hint_mode );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  cff_decoder_prepare( CFF_Decoder*  decoder,
-                       CFF_Size      size,
-                       FT_UInt       glyph_index );
-
-#if 0  /* unused until we support pure CFF fonts */
-
-  /* Compute the maximum advance width of a font through quick parsing */
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  cff_compute_max_advance( TT_Face  face,
-                           FT_Int*  max_advance );
-
-#endif /* 0 */
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  cff_decoder_parse_charstrings( CFF_Decoder*  decoder,
-                                 FT_Byte*      charstring_base,
-                                 FT_ULong      charstring_len );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  cff_slot_load( CFF_GlyphSlot  glyph,
-                 CFF_Size       size,
-                 FT_UInt        glyph_index,
-                 FT_Int32       load_flags );
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __CFFGLOAD_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffload.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffload.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 1e7dd14..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffload.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1605 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  cffload.c                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    OpenType and CFF data/program tables loader (body).                  */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by             */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
-#include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_CMAPS_H
-#include FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H
-#include FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H
-
-#include "cffload.h"
-#include "cffparse.h"
-
-#include "cfferrs.h"
-
-
-#if 1
-
-  static const FT_UShort  cff_isoadobe_charset[229] =
-  {
-      0,   1,   2,   3,   4,   5,   6,   7,
-      8,   9,  10,  11,  12,  13,  14,  15,
-     16,  17,  18,  19,  20,  21,  22,  23,
-     24,  25,  26,  27,  28,  29,  30,  31,
-     32,  33,  34,  35,  36,  37,  38,  39,
-     40,  41,  42,  43,  44,  45,  46,  47,
-     48,  49,  50,  51,  52,  53,  54,  55,
-     56,  57,  58,  59,  60,  61,  62,  63,
-     64,  65,  66,  67,  68,  69,  70,  71,
-     72,  73,  74,  75,  76,  77,  78,  79,
-     80,  81,  82,  83,  84,  85,  86,  87,
-     88,  89,  90,  91,  92,  93,  94,  95,
-     96,  97,  98,  99, 100, 101, 102, 103,
-    104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111,
-    112, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119,
-    120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127,
-    128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 135,
-    136, 137, 138, 139, 140, 141, 142, 143,
-    144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 149, 150, 151,
-    152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 157, 158, 159,
-    160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167,
-    168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175,
-    176, 177, 178, 179, 180, 181, 182, 183,
-    184, 185, 186, 187, 188, 189, 190, 191,
-    192, 193, 194, 195, 196, 197, 198, 199,
-    200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207,
-    208, 209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215,
-    216, 217, 218, 219, 220, 221, 222, 223,
-    224, 225, 226, 227, 228
-  };
-
-  static const FT_UShort  cff_expert_charset[166] =
-  {
-      0,   1, 229, 230, 231, 232, 233, 234,
-    235, 236, 237, 238,  13,  14,  15,  99,
-    239, 240, 241, 242, 243, 244, 245, 246,
-    247, 248,  27,  28, 249, 250, 251, 252,
-    253, 254, 255, 256, 257, 258, 259, 260,
-    261, 262, 263, 264, 265, 266, 109, 110,
-    267, 268, 269, 270, 271, 272, 273, 274,
-    275, 276, 277, 278, 279, 280, 281, 282,
-    283, 284, 285, 286, 287, 288, 289, 290,
-    291, 292, 293, 294, 295, 296, 297, 298,
-    299, 300, 301, 302, 303, 304, 305, 306,
-    307, 308, 309, 310, 311, 312, 313, 314,
-    315, 316, 317, 318, 158, 155, 163, 319,
-    320, 321, 322, 323, 324, 325, 326, 150,
-    164, 169, 327, 328, 329, 330, 331, 332,
-    333, 334, 335, 336, 337, 338, 339, 340,
-    341, 342, 343, 344, 345, 346, 347, 348,
-    349, 350, 351, 352, 353, 354, 355, 356,
-    357, 358, 359, 360, 361, 362, 363, 364,
-    365, 366, 367, 368, 369, 370, 371, 372,
-    373, 374, 375, 376, 377, 378
-  };
-
-  static const FT_UShort  cff_expertsubset_charset[87] =
-  {
-      0,   1, 231, 232, 235, 236, 237, 238,
-     13,  14,  15,  99, 239, 240, 241, 242,
-    243, 244, 245, 246, 247, 248,  27,  28,
-    249, 250, 251, 253, 254, 255, 256, 257,
-    258, 259, 260, 261, 262, 263, 264, 265,
-    266, 109, 110, 267, 268, 269, 270, 272,
-    300, 301, 302, 305, 314, 315, 158, 155,
-    163, 320, 321, 322, 323, 324, 325, 326,
-    150, 164, 169, 327, 328, 329, 330, 331,
-    332, 333, 334, 335, 336, 337, 338, 339,
-    340, 341, 342, 343, 344, 345, 346
-  };
-
-  static const FT_UShort  cff_standard_encoding[256] =
-  {
-      0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
-      0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
-      0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
-      0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
-      1,   2,   3,   4,   5,   6,   7,   8,
-      9,  10,  11,  12,  13,  14,  15,  16,
-     17,  18,  19,  20,  21,  22,  23,  24,
-     25,  26,  27,  28,  29,  30,  31,  32,
-     33,  34,  35,  36,  37,  38,  39,  40,
-     41,  42,  43,  44,  45,  46,  47,  48,
-     49,  50,  51,  52,  53,  54,  55,  56,
-     57,  58,  59,  60,  61,  62,  63,  64,
-     65,  66,  67,  68,  69,  70,  71,  72,
-     73,  74,  75,  76,  77,  78,  79,  80,
-     81,  82,  83,  84,  85,  86,  87,  88,
-     89,  90,  91,  92,  93,  94,  95,   0,
-      0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
-      0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
-      0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
-      0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
-      0,  96,  97,  98,  99, 100, 101, 102,
-    103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110,
-      0, 111, 112, 113, 114,   0, 115, 116,
-    117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122,   0, 123,
-      0, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130,
-    131,   0, 132, 133,   0, 134, 135, 136,
-    137,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
-      0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
-      0, 138,   0, 139,   0,   0,   0,   0,
-    140, 141, 142, 143,   0,   0,   0,   0,
-      0, 144,   0,   0,   0, 145,   0,   0,
-    146, 147, 148, 149,   0,   0,   0,   0
-  };
-
-  static const FT_UShort  cff_expert_encoding[256] =
-  {
-      0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
-      0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
-      0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
-      0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
-      1, 229, 230,   0, 231, 232, 233, 234,
-    235, 236, 237, 238,  13,  14,  15,  99,
-    239, 240, 241, 242, 243, 244, 245, 246,
-    247, 248,  27,  28, 249, 250, 251, 252,
-      0, 253, 254, 255, 256, 257,   0,   0,
-      0, 258,   0,   0, 259, 260, 261, 262,
-      0,   0, 263, 264, 265,   0, 266, 109,
-    110, 267, 268, 269,   0, 270, 271, 272,
-    273, 274, 275, 276, 277, 278, 279, 280,
-    281, 282, 283, 284, 285, 286, 287, 288,
-    289, 290, 291, 292, 293, 294, 295, 296,
-    297, 298, 299, 300, 301, 302, 303,   0,
-      0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
-      0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
-      0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
-      0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
-      0, 304, 305, 306,   0,   0, 307, 308,
-    309, 310, 311,   0, 312,   0,   0, 312,
-      0,   0, 314, 315,   0,   0, 316, 317,
-    318,   0,   0,   0, 158, 155, 163, 319,
-    320, 321, 322, 323, 324, 325,   0,   0,
-    326, 150, 164, 169, 327, 328, 329, 330,
-    331, 332, 333, 334, 335, 336, 337, 338,
-    339, 340, 341, 342, 343, 344, 345, 346,
-    347, 348, 349, 350, 351, 352, 353, 354,
-    355, 356, 357, 358, 359, 360, 361, 362,
-    363, 364, 365, 366, 367, 368, 369, 370,
-    371, 372, 373, 374, 375, 376, 377, 378
-  };
-
-#endif /* 1 */
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_UShort )
-  cff_get_standard_encoding( FT_UInt  charcode )
-  {
-    return (FT_UShort)( charcode < 256 ? cff_standard_encoding[charcode]
-                                       : 0 );
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_cffload
-
-
-  /* read an offset from the index's stream current position */
-  static FT_ULong
-  cff_index_read_offset( CFF_Index  idx,
-                         FT_Error  *errorp )
-  {
-    FT_Error   error;
-    FT_Stream  stream = idx->stream;
-    FT_Byte    tmp[4];
-    FT_ULong   result = 0;
-
-
-    if ( !FT_STREAM_READ( tmp, idx->off_size ) )
-    {
-      FT_Int  nn;
-
-
-      for ( nn = 0; nn < idx->off_size; nn++ )
-        result = ( result << 8 ) | tmp[nn];
-    }
-
-    *errorp = error;
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  cff_index_init( CFF_Index  idx,
-                  FT_Stream  stream,
-                  FT_Bool    load )
-  {
-    FT_Error   error;
-    FT_Memory  memory = stream->memory;
-    FT_UShort  count;
-
-
-    FT_MEM_ZERO( idx, sizeof ( *idx ) );
-
-    idx->stream = stream;
-    idx->start  = FT_STREAM_POS();
-    if ( !FT_READ_USHORT( count ) &&
-         count > 0                )
-    {
-      FT_Byte   offsize;
-      FT_ULong  size;
-
-
-      /* there is at least one element; read the offset size,           */
-      /* then access the offset table to compute the index's total size */
-      if ( FT_READ_BYTE( offsize ) )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      if ( offsize < 1 || offsize > 4 )
-      {
-        error = FT_Err_Invalid_Table;
-        goto Exit;
-      }
-
-      idx->count    = count;
-      idx->off_size = offsize;
-      size          = (FT_ULong)( count + 1 ) * offsize;
-
-      idx->data_offset = idx->start + 3 + size;
-
-      if ( FT_STREAM_SKIP( size - offsize ) )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      size = cff_index_read_offset( idx, &error );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      if ( size == 0 )
-      {
-        error = CFF_Err_Invalid_Table;
-        goto Exit;
-      }
-
-      idx->data_size = --size;
-
-      if ( load )
-      {
-        /* load the data */
-        if ( FT_FRAME_EXTRACT( size, idx->bytes ) )
-          goto Exit;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        /* skip the data */
-        if ( FT_STREAM_SKIP( size ) )
-          goto Exit;
-      }
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    if ( error )
-      FT_FREE( idx->offsets );
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  cff_index_done( CFF_Index  idx )
-  {
-    if ( idx->stream )
-    {
-      FT_Stream  stream = idx->stream;
-      FT_Memory  memory = stream->memory;
-
-
-      if ( idx->bytes )
-        FT_FRAME_RELEASE( idx->bytes );
-
-      FT_FREE( idx->offsets );
-      FT_MEM_ZERO( idx, sizeof ( *idx ) );
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  cff_index_load_offsets( CFF_Index  idx )
-  {
-    FT_Error   error  = 0;
-    FT_Stream  stream = idx->stream;
-    FT_Memory  memory = stream->memory;
-
-
-    if ( idx->count > 0 && idx->offsets == NULL )
-    {
-      FT_Byte    offsize = idx->off_size;
-      FT_ULong   data_size;
-      FT_Byte*   p;
-      FT_Byte*   p_end;
-      FT_ULong*  poff;
-
-
-      data_size = (FT_ULong)( idx->count + 1 ) * offsize;
-
-      if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( idx->offsets, idx->count + 1 ) ||
-           FT_STREAM_SEEK( idx->start + 3 )             ||
-           FT_FRAME_ENTER( data_size )                  )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      poff   = idx->offsets;
-      p      = (FT_Byte*)stream->cursor;
-      p_end  = p + data_size;
-
-      switch ( offsize )
-      {
-      case 1:
-        for ( ; p < p_end; p++, poff++ )
-          poff[0] = p[0];
-        break;
-
-      case 2:
-        for ( ; p < p_end; p += 2, poff++ )
-          poff[0] = FT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
-        break;
-
-      case 3:
-        for ( ; p < p_end; p += 3, poff++ )
-          poff[0] = FT_PEEK_OFF3( p );
-        break;
-
-      default:
-        for ( ; p < p_end; p += 4, poff++ )
-          poff[0] = FT_PEEK_ULONG( p );
-      }
-
-      FT_FRAME_EXIT();
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    if ( error )
-      FT_FREE( idx->offsets );
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* allocate a table containing pointers to an index's elements */
-  static FT_Error
-  cff_index_get_pointers( CFF_Index   idx,
-                          FT_Byte***  table )
-  {
-    FT_Error   error  = CFF_Err_Ok;
-    FT_Memory  memory = idx->stream->memory;
-    FT_ULong   n, offset, old_offset;
-    FT_Byte**  t;
-
-
-    *table = 0;
-
-    if ( idx->offsets == NULL )
-    {
-      error = cff_index_load_offsets( idx );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    if ( idx->count > 0 && !FT_NEW_ARRAY( t, idx->count + 1 ) )
-    {
-      old_offset = 1;
-      for ( n = 0; n <= idx->count; n++ )
-      {
-        offset = idx->offsets[n];
-        if ( !offset )
-          offset = old_offset;
-
-        /* two sanity checks for invalid offset tables */
-        else if ( offset < old_offset )
-          offset = old_offset;
-
-        else if ( offset - 1 >= idx->data_size && n < idx->count )
-          offset = old_offset;
-
-        t[n] = idx->bytes + offset - 1;
-
-        old_offset = offset;
-      }
-      *table = t;
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  cff_index_access_element( CFF_Index  idx,
-                            FT_UInt    element,
-                            FT_Byte**  pbytes,
-                            FT_ULong*  pbyte_len )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error = CFF_Err_Ok;
-
-
-    if ( idx && idx->count > element )
-    {
-      /* compute start and end offsets */
-      FT_Stream  stream = idx->stream;
-      FT_ULong   off1, off2 = 0;
-
-
-      /* load offsets from file or the offset table */
-      if ( !idx->offsets )
-      {
-        FT_ULong  pos = element * idx->off_size;
-
-
-        if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( idx->start + 3 + pos ) )
-          goto Exit;
-
-        off1 = cff_index_read_offset( idx, &error );
-        if ( error )
-          goto Exit;
-
-        if ( off1 != 0 )
-        {
-          do
-          {
-            element++;
-            off2 = cff_index_read_offset( idx, &error );
-          }
-          while ( off2 == 0 && element < idx->count );
-        }
-      }
-      else   /* use offsets table */
-      {
-        off1 = idx->offsets[element];
-        if ( off1 )
-        {
-          do
-          {
-            element++;
-            off2 = idx->offsets[element];
-
-          } while ( off2 == 0 && element < idx->count );
-        }
-      }
-
-      /* access element */
-      if ( off1 && off2 > off1 )
-      {
-        *pbyte_len = off2 - off1;
-
-        if ( idx->bytes )
-        {
-          /* this index was completely loaded in memory, that's easy */
-          *pbytes = idx->bytes + off1 - 1;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          /* this index is still on disk/file, access it through a frame */
-          if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( idx->data_offset + off1 - 1 ) ||
-               FT_FRAME_EXTRACT( off2 - off1, *pbytes )      )
-            goto Exit;
-        }
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        /* empty index element */
-        *pbytes    = 0;
-        *pbyte_len = 0;
-      }
-    }
-    else
-      error = CFF_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  cff_index_forget_element( CFF_Index  idx,
-                            FT_Byte**  pbytes )
-  {
-    if ( idx->bytes == 0 )
-    {
-      FT_Stream  stream = idx->stream;
-
-
-      FT_FRAME_RELEASE( *pbytes );
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_String* )
-  cff_index_get_name( CFF_Index  idx,
-                      FT_UInt    element )
-  {
-    FT_Memory   memory = idx->stream->memory;
-    FT_Byte*    bytes;
-    FT_ULong    byte_len;
-    FT_Error    error;
-    FT_String*  name = 0;
-
-
-    error = cff_index_access_element( idx, element, &bytes, &byte_len );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    if ( !FT_ALLOC( name, byte_len + 1 ) )
-    {
-      FT_MEM_COPY( name, bytes, byte_len );
-      name[byte_len] = 0;
-    }
-    cff_index_forget_element( idx, &bytes );
-
-  Exit:
-    return name;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_String* )
-  cff_index_get_sid_string( CFF_Index           idx,
-                            FT_UInt             sid,
-                            FT_Service_PsCMaps  psnames )
-  {
-    /* value 0xFFFFU indicates a missing dictionary entry */
-    if ( sid == 0xFFFFU )
-      return 0;
-
-    /* if it is not a standard string, return it */
-    if ( sid > 390 )
-      return cff_index_get_name( idx, sid - 391 );
-
-    /* CID-keyed CFF fonts don't have glyph names */
-    if ( !psnames )
-      return 0;
-
-    /* that's a standard string, fetch a copy from the PSName module */
-    {
-      FT_String*   name       = 0;
-      const char*  adobe_name = psnames->adobe_std_strings( sid );
-
-
-      if ( adobe_name )
-      {
-        FT_Memory  memory = idx->stream->memory;
-        FT_Error   error;
-
-
-        (void)FT_STRDUP( name, adobe_name );
-
-        FT_UNUSED( error );
-      }
-
-      return name;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /***                                                                   ***/
-  /***   FD Select table support                                         ***/
-  /***                                                                   ***/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  static void
-  CFF_Done_FD_Select( CFF_FDSelect  fdselect,
-                      FT_Stream     stream )
-  {
-    if ( fdselect->data )
-      FT_FRAME_RELEASE( fdselect->data );
-
-    fdselect->data_size   = 0;
-    fdselect->format      = 0;
-    fdselect->range_count = 0;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  CFF_Load_FD_Select( CFF_FDSelect  fdselect,
-                      FT_UInt       num_glyphs,
-                      FT_Stream     stream,
-                      FT_ULong      offset )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error;
-    FT_Byte   format;
-    FT_UInt   num_ranges;
-
-
-    /* read format */
-    if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( offset ) || FT_READ_BYTE( format ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    fdselect->format      = format;
-    fdselect->cache_count = 0;   /* clear cache */
-
-    switch ( format )
-    {
-    case 0:     /* format 0, that's simple */
-      fdselect->data_size = num_glyphs;
-      goto Load_Data;
-
-    case 3:     /* format 3, a tad more complex */
-      if ( FT_READ_USHORT( num_ranges ) )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      fdselect->data_size = num_ranges * 3 + 2;
-
-    Load_Data:
-      if ( FT_FRAME_EXTRACT( fdselect->data_size, fdselect->data ) )
-        goto Exit;
-      break;
-
-    default:    /* hmm... that's wrong */
-      error = CFF_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Byte )
-  cff_fd_select_get( CFF_FDSelect  fdselect,
-                     FT_UInt       glyph_index )
-  {
-    FT_Byte  fd = 0;
-
-
-    switch ( fdselect->format )
-    {
-    case 0:
-      fd = fdselect->data[glyph_index];
-      break;
-
-    case 3:
-      /* first, compare to cache */
-      if ( (FT_UInt)( glyph_index - fdselect->cache_first ) <
-                        fdselect->cache_count )
-      {
-        fd = fdselect->cache_fd;
-        break;
-      }
-
-      /* then, lookup the ranges array */
-      {
-        FT_Byte*  p       = fdselect->data;
-        FT_Byte*  p_limit = p + fdselect->data_size;
-        FT_Byte   fd2;
-        FT_UInt   first, limit;
-
-
-        first = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-        do
-        {
-          if ( glyph_index < first )
-            break;
-
-          fd2   = *p++;
-          limit = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-          if ( glyph_index < limit )
-          {
-            fd = fd2;
-
-            /* update cache */
-            fdselect->cache_first = first;
-            fdselect->cache_count = limit-first;
-            fdselect->cache_fd    = fd2;
-            break;
-          }
-          first = limit;
-
-        } while ( p < p_limit );
-      }
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      ;
-    }
-
-    return fd;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /***                                                                   ***/
-  /***   CFF font support                                                ***/
-  /***                                                                   ***/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  static FT_Error
-  cff_charset_compute_cids( CFF_Charset  charset,
-                            FT_UInt      num_glyphs,
-                            FT_Memory    memory )
-  {
-    FT_Error   error   = FT_Err_Ok;
-    FT_UInt    i;
-    FT_UShort  max_cid = 0;
-
-
-    if ( charset->max_cid > 0 )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < num_glyphs; i++ )
-      if ( charset->sids[i] > max_cid )
-        max_cid = charset->sids[i];
-    max_cid++;
-
-    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( charset->cids, max_cid ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < num_glyphs; i++ )
-      charset->cids[charset->sids[i]] = (FT_UShort)i;
-
-    charset->max_cid    = max_cid;
-    charset->num_glyphs = num_glyphs;
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_UInt )
-  cff_charset_cid_to_gindex( CFF_Charset  charset,
-                             FT_UInt      cid )
-  {
-    FT_UInt  result = 0;
-
-
-    if ( cid < charset->max_cid )
-      result = charset->cids[cid];
-
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  cff_charset_free_cids( CFF_Charset  charset,
-                         FT_Memory    memory )
-  {
-    FT_FREE( charset->cids );
-    charset->max_cid = 0;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  cff_charset_done( CFF_Charset  charset,
-                    FT_Stream    stream )
-  {
-    FT_Memory  memory = stream->memory;
-
-
-    cff_charset_free_cids( charset, memory );
-
-    FT_FREE( charset->sids );
-    charset->format = 0;
-    charset->offset = 0;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  cff_charset_load( CFF_Charset  charset,
-                    FT_UInt      num_glyphs,
-                    FT_Stream    stream,
-                    FT_ULong     base_offset,
-                    FT_ULong     offset,
-                    FT_Bool      invert )
-  {
-    FT_Memory  memory = stream->memory;
-    FT_Error   error  = CFF_Err_Ok;
-    FT_UShort  glyph_sid;
-
-
-    /* If the the offset is greater than 2, we have to parse the */
-    /* charset table.                                            */
-    if ( offset > 2 )
-    {
-      FT_UInt  j;
-
-
-      charset->offset = base_offset + offset;
-
-      /* Get the format of the table. */
-      if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( charset->offset ) ||
-           FT_READ_BYTE( charset->format )   )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      /* Allocate memory for sids. */
-      if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( charset->sids, num_glyphs ) )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      /* assign the .notdef glyph */
-      charset->sids[0] = 0;
-
-      switch ( charset->format )
-      {
-      case 0:
-        if ( num_glyphs > 0 )
-        {
-          if ( FT_FRAME_ENTER( ( num_glyphs - 1 ) * 2 ) )
-            goto Exit;
-
-          for ( j = 1; j < num_glyphs; j++ )
-            charset->sids[j] = FT_GET_USHORT();
-
-          FT_FRAME_EXIT();
-        }
-        break;
-
-      case 1:
-      case 2:
-        {
-          FT_UInt  nleft;
-          FT_UInt  i;
-
-
-          j = 1;
-
-          while ( j < num_glyphs )
-          {
-            /* Read the first glyph sid of the range. */
-            if ( FT_READ_USHORT( glyph_sid ) )
-              goto Exit;
-
-            /* Read the number of glyphs in the range.  */
-            if ( charset->format == 2 )
-            {
-              if ( FT_READ_USHORT( nleft ) )
-                goto Exit;
-            }
-            else
-            {
-              if ( FT_READ_BYTE( nleft ) )
-                goto Exit;
-            }
-
-            /* Fill in the range of sids -- `nleft + 1' glyphs. */
-            for ( i = 0; j < num_glyphs && i <= nleft; i++, j++, glyph_sid++ )
-              charset->sids[j] = glyph_sid;
-          }
-        }
-        break;
-
-      default:
-        FT_ERROR(( "cff_charset_load: invalid table format!\n" ));
-        error = CFF_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-        goto Exit;
-      }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* Parse default tables corresponding to offset == 0, 1, or 2.  */
-      /* CFF specification intimates the following:                   */
-      /*                                                              */
-      /* In order to use a predefined charset, the following must be  */
-      /* true: The charset constructed for the glyphs in the font's   */
-      /* charstrings dictionary must match the predefined charset in  */
-      /* the first num_glyphs.                                        */
-
-      charset->offset = offset;  /* record charset type */
-
-      switch ( (FT_UInt)offset )
-      {
-      case 0:
-        if ( num_glyphs > 229 )
-        {
-          FT_ERROR(( "cff_charset_load: implicit charset larger than\n"
-                     "predefined charset (Adobe ISO-Latin)!\n" ));
-          error = CFF_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-          goto Exit;
-        }
-
-        /* Allocate memory for sids. */
-        if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( charset->sids, num_glyphs ) )
-          goto Exit;
-
-        /* Copy the predefined charset into the allocated memory. */
-        FT_ARRAY_COPY( charset->sids, cff_isoadobe_charset, num_glyphs );
-
-        break;
-
-      case 1:
-        if ( num_glyphs > 166 )
-        {
-          FT_ERROR(( "cff_charset_load: implicit charset larger than\n"
-                     "predefined charset (Adobe Expert)!\n" ));
-          error = CFF_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-          goto Exit;
-        }
-
-        /* Allocate memory for sids. */
-        if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( charset->sids, num_glyphs ) )
-          goto Exit;
-
-        /* Copy the predefined charset into the allocated memory.     */
-        FT_ARRAY_COPY( charset->sids, cff_expert_charset, num_glyphs );
-
-        break;
-
-      case 2:
-        if ( num_glyphs > 87 )
-        {
-          FT_ERROR(( "cff_charset_load: implicit charset larger than\n"
-                     "predefined charset (Adobe Expert Subset)!\n" ));
-          error = CFF_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-          goto Exit;
-        }
-
-        /* Allocate memory for sids. */
-        if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( charset->sids, num_glyphs ) )
-          goto Exit;
-
-        /* Copy the predefined charset into the allocated memory.     */
-        FT_ARRAY_COPY( charset->sids, cff_expertsubset_charset, num_glyphs );
-
-        break;
-
-      default:
-        error = CFF_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-        goto Exit;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* we have to invert the `sids' array for subsetted CID-keyed fonts */
-    if ( invert )
-      error = cff_charset_compute_cids( charset, num_glyphs, memory );
-
-  Exit:
-    /* Clean up if there was an error. */
-    if ( error )
-    {
-      FT_FREE( charset->sids );
-      FT_FREE( charset->cids );
-      charset->format = 0;
-      charset->offset = 0;
-      charset->sids   = 0;
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  cff_encoding_done( CFF_Encoding  encoding )
-  {
-    encoding->format = 0;
-    encoding->offset = 0;
-    encoding->count  = 0;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  cff_encoding_load( CFF_Encoding  encoding,
-                     CFF_Charset   charset,
-                     FT_UInt       num_glyphs,
-                     FT_Stream     stream,
-                     FT_ULong      base_offset,
-                     FT_ULong      offset )
-  {
-    FT_Error   error = CFF_Err_Ok;
-    FT_UInt    count;
-    FT_UInt    j;
-    FT_UShort  glyph_sid;
-    FT_UInt    glyph_code;
-
-
-    /* Check for charset->sids.  If we do not have this, we fail. */
-    if ( !charset->sids )
-    {
-      error = CFF_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* Zero out the code to gid/sid mappings. */
-    for ( j = 0; j < 256; j++ )
-    {
-      encoding->sids [j] = 0;
-      encoding->codes[j] = 0;
-    }
-
-    /* Note: The encoding table in a CFF font is indexed by glyph index;  */
-    /* the first encoded glyph index is 1.  Hence, we read the character  */
-    /* code (`glyph_code') at index j and make the assignment:            */
-    /*                                                                    */
-    /*    encoding->codes[glyph_code] = j + 1                             */
-    /*                                                                    */
-    /* We also make the assignment:                                       */
-    /*                                                                    */
-    /*    encoding->sids[glyph_code] = charset->sids[j + 1]               */
-    /*                                                                    */
-    /* This gives us both a code to GID and a code to SID mapping.        */
-
-    if ( offset > 1 )
-    {
-      encoding->offset = base_offset + offset;
-
-      /* we need to parse the table to determine its size */
-      if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( encoding->offset ) ||
-           FT_READ_BYTE( encoding->format )   ||
-           FT_READ_BYTE( count )              )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      switch ( encoding->format & 0x7F )
-      {
-      case 0:
-        {
-          FT_Byte*  p;
-
-
-          /* By convention, GID 0 is always ".notdef" and is never */
-          /* coded in the font.  Hence, the number of codes found  */
-          /* in the table is `count+1'.                            */
-          /*                                                       */
-          encoding->count = count + 1;
-
-          if ( FT_FRAME_ENTER( count ) )
-            goto Exit;
-
-          p = (FT_Byte*)stream->cursor;
-
-          for ( j = 1; j <= count; j++ )
-          {
-            glyph_code = *p++;
-
-            /* Make sure j is not too big. */
-            if ( j < num_glyphs )
-            {
-              /* Assign code to GID mapping. */
-              encoding->codes[glyph_code] = (FT_UShort)j;
-
-              /* Assign code to SID mapping. */
-              encoding->sids[glyph_code] = charset->sids[j];
-            }
-          }
-
-          FT_FRAME_EXIT();
-        }
-        break;
-
-      case 1:
-        {
-          FT_UInt  nleft;
-          FT_UInt  i = 1;
-          FT_UInt  k;
-
-
-          encoding->count = 0;
-
-          /* Parse the Format1 ranges. */
-          for ( j = 0;  j < count; j++, i += nleft )
-          {
-            /* Read the first glyph code of the range. */
-            if ( FT_READ_BYTE( glyph_code ) )
-              goto Exit;
-
-            /* Read the number of codes in the range. */
-            if ( FT_READ_BYTE( nleft ) )
-              goto Exit;
-
-            /* Increment nleft, so we read `nleft + 1' codes/sids. */
-            nleft++;
-
-            /* compute max number of character codes */
-            if ( (FT_UInt)nleft > encoding->count )
-              encoding->count = nleft;
-
-            /* Fill in the range of codes/sids. */
-            for ( k = i; k < nleft + i; k++, glyph_code++ )
-            {
-              /* Make sure k is not too big. */
-              if ( k < num_glyphs && glyph_code < 256 )
-              {
-                /* Assign code to GID mapping. */
-                encoding->codes[glyph_code] = (FT_UShort)k;
-
-                /* Assign code to SID mapping. */
-                encoding->sids[glyph_code] = charset->sids[k];
-              }
-            }
-          }
-
-          /* simple check; one never knows what can be found in a font */
-          if ( encoding->count > 256 )
-            encoding->count = 256;
-        }
-        break;
-
-      default:
-        FT_ERROR(( "cff_encoding_load: invalid table format!\n" ));
-        error = CFF_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-        goto Exit;
-      }
-
-      /* Parse supplemental encodings, if any. */
-      if ( encoding->format & 0x80 )
-      {
-        FT_UInt  gindex;
-
-
-        /* count supplements */
-        if ( FT_READ_BYTE( count ) )
-          goto Exit;
-
-        for ( j = 0; j < count; j++ )
-        {
-          /* Read supplemental glyph code. */
-          if ( FT_READ_BYTE( glyph_code ) )
-            goto Exit;
-
-          /* Read the SID associated with this glyph code. */
-          if ( FT_READ_USHORT( glyph_sid ) )
-            goto Exit;
-
-          /* Assign code to SID mapping. */
-          encoding->sids[glyph_code] = glyph_sid;
-
-          /* First, look up GID which has been assigned to */
-          /* SID glyph_sid.                                */
-          for ( gindex = 0; gindex < num_glyphs; gindex++ )
-          {
-            if ( charset->sids[gindex] == glyph_sid )
-            {
-              encoding->codes[glyph_code] = (FT_UShort)gindex;
-              break;
-            }
-          }
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* We take into account the fact a CFF font can use a predefined */
-      /* encoding without containing all of the glyphs encoded by this */
-      /* encoding (see the note at the end of section 12 in the CFF    */
-      /* specification).                                               */
-
-      switch ( (FT_UInt)offset )
-      {
-      case 0:
-        /* First, copy the code to SID mapping. */
-        FT_ARRAY_COPY( encoding->sids, cff_standard_encoding, 256 );
-        goto Populate;
-
-      case 1:
-        /* First, copy the code to SID mapping. */
-        FT_ARRAY_COPY( encoding->sids, cff_expert_encoding, 256 );
-
-      Populate:
-        /* Construct code to GID mapping from code to SID mapping */
-        /* and charset.                                           */
-
-        encoding->count = 0;
-
-        error = cff_charset_compute_cids( charset, num_glyphs,
-                                          stream->memory );
-        if ( error )
-          goto Exit;
-
-        for ( j = 0; j < 256; j++ )
-        {
-          FT_UInt  sid = encoding->sids[j];
-          FT_UInt  gid = 0;
-
-
-          if ( sid )
-            gid = cff_charset_cid_to_gindex( charset, sid );
-
-          if ( gid != 0 )
-          {
-            encoding->codes[j] = (FT_UShort)gid;
-
-            if ( encoding->count < j + 1 )
-              encoding->count = j + 1;
-          }
-          else
-          {
-            encoding->codes[j] = 0;
-            encoding->sids [j] = 0;
-          }
-        }
-        break;
-
-      default:
-        FT_ERROR(( "cff_encoding_load: invalid table format!\n" ));
-        error = CFF_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-        goto Exit;
-      }
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-
-    /* Clean up if there was an error. */
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  cff_subfont_load( CFF_SubFont  font,
-                    CFF_Index    idx,
-                    FT_UInt      font_index,
-                    FT_Stream    stream,
-                    FT_ULong     base_offset )
-  {
-    FT_Error         error;
-    CFF_ParserRec    parser;
-    FT_Byte*         dict = NULL;
-    FT_ULong         dict_len;
-    CFF_FontRecDict  top  = &font->font_dict;
-    CFF_Private      priv = &font->private_dict;
-
-
-    cff_parser_init( &parser, CFF_CODE_TOPDICT, &font->font_dict );
-
-    /* set defaults */
-    FT_MEM_ZERO( top, sizeof ( *top ) );
-
-    top->underline_position  = -100L << 16;
-    top->underline_thickness = 50L << 16;
-    top->charstring_type     = 2;
-    top->font_matrix.xx      = 0x10000L;
-    top->font_matrix.yy      = 0x10000L;
-    top->cid_count           = 8720;
-
-    /* we use the implementation specific SID value 0xFFFF to indicate */
-    /* missing entries                                                 */
-    top->version             = 0xFFFFU;
-    top->notice              = 0xFFFFU;
-    top->copyright           = 0xFFFFU;
-    top->full_name           = 0xFFFFU;
-    top->family_name         = 0xFFFFU;
-    top->weight              = 0xFFFFU;
-    top->embedded_postscript = 0xFFFFU;
-
-    top->cid_registry        = 0xFFFFU;
-    top->cid_ordering        = 0xFFFFU;
-    top->cid_font_name       = 0xFFFFU;
-
-    error = cff_index_access_element( idx, font_index, &dict, &dict_len );
-    if ( !error )
-      error = cff_parser_run( &parser, dict, dict + dict_len );
-
-    cff_index_forget_element( idx, &dict );
-
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* if it is a CID font, we stop there */
-    if ( top->cid_registry != 0xFFFFU )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* parse the private dictionary, if any */
-    if ( top->private_offset && top->private_size )
-    {
-      /* set defaults */
-      FT_MEM_ZERO( priv, sizeof ( *priv ) );
-
-      priv->blue_shift       = 7;
-      priv->blue_fuzz        = 1;
-      priv->lenIV            = -1;
-      priv->expansion_factor = (FT_Fixed)( 0.06 * 0x10000L );
-      priv->blue_scale       = (FT_Fixed)( 0.039625 * 0x10000L * 1000 );
-
-      cff_parser_init( &parser, CFF_CODE_PRIVATE, priv );
-
-      if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( base_offset + font->font_dict.private_offset ) ||
-           FT_FRAME_ENTER( font->font_dict.private_size )                 )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      error = cff_parser_run( &parser,
-                              (FT_Byte*)stream->cursor,
-                              (FT_Byte*)stream->limit );
-      FT_FRAME_EXIT();
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      /* ensure that `num_blue_values' is even */
-      priv->num_blue_values &= ~1;
-    }
-
-    /* read the local subrs, if any */
-    if ( priv->local_subrs_offset )
-    {
-      if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( base_offset + top->private_offset +
-                           priv->local_subrs_offset ) )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      error = cff_index_init( &font->local_subrs_index, stream, 1 );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      font->num_local_subrs = font->local_subrs_index.count;
-      error = cff_index_get_pointers( &font->local_subrs_index,
-                                      &font->local_subrs );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  cff_subfont_done( FT_Memory    memory,
-                    CFF_SubFont  subfont )
-  {
-    if ( subfont )
-    {
-      cff_index_done( &subfont->local_subrs_index );
-      FT_FREE( subfont->local_subrs );
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  cff_font_load( FT_Stream  stream,
-                 FT_Int     face_index,
-                 CFF_Font   font )
-  {
-    static const FT_Frame_Field  cff_header_fields[] =
-    {
-#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
-#define FT_STRUCTURE  CFF_FontRec
-
-      FT_FRAME_START( 4 ),
-        FT_FRAME_BYTE( version_major ),
-        FT_FRAME_BYTE( version_minor ),
-        FT_FRAME_BYTE( header_size ),
-        FT_FRAME_BYTE( absolute_offsize ),
-      FT_FRAME_END
-    };
-
-    FT_Error         error;
-    FT_Memory        memory = stream->memory;
-    FT_ULong         base_offset;
-    CFF_FontRecDict  dict;
-
-
-    FT_ZERO( font );
-
-    font->stream = stream;
-    font->memory = memory;
-    dict         = &font->top_font.font_dict;
-    base_offset  = FT_STREAM_POS();
-
-    /* read CFF font header */
-    if ( FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( cff_header_fields, font ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* check format */
-    if ( font->version_major   != 1 ||
-         font->header_size      < 4 ||
-         font->absolute_offsize > 4 )
-    {
-      FT_TRACE2(( "[not a CFF font header!]\n" ));
-      error = CFF_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* skip the rest of the header */
-    if ( FT_STREAM_SKIP( font->header_size - 4 ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* read the name, top dict, string and global subrs index */
-    if ( FT_SET_ERROR( cff_index_init( &font->name_index,
-                                       stream, 0 ) )              ||
-         FT_SET_ERROR( cff_index_init( &font->font_dict_index,
-                                       stream, 0 ) )              ||
-         FT_SET_ERROR( cff_index_init( &font->string_index,
-                                       stream, 0 ) )              ||
-         FT_SET_ERROR( cff_index_init( &font->global_subrs_index,
-                                       stream, 1 ) )              )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* well, we don't really forget the `disabled' fonts... */
-    font->num_faces = font->name_index.count;
-    if ( face_index >= (FT_Int)font->num_faces )
-    {
-      FT_ERROR(( "cff_font_load: incorrect face index = %d\n",
-                 face_index ));
-      error = CFF_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-    }
-
-    /* in case of a font format check, simply exit now */
-    if ( face_index < 0 )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* now, parse the top-level font dictionary */
-    error = cff_subfont_load( &font->top_font,
-                              &font->font_dict_index,
-                              face_index,
-                              stream,
-                              base_offset );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( base_offset + dict->charstrings_offset ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    error = cff_index_init( &font->charstrings_index, stream, 0 );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* now, check for a CID font */
-    if ( dict->cid_registry != 0xFFFFU )
-    {
-      CFF_IndexRec  fd_index;
-      CFF_SubFont   sub;
-      FT_UInt       idx;
-
-
-      /* this is a CID-keyed font, we must now allocate a table of */
-      /* sub-fonts, then load each of them separately              */
-      if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( base_offset + dict->cid_fd_array_offset ) )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      error = cff_index_init( &fd_index, stream, 0 );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      if ( fd_index.count > CFF_MAX_CID_FONTS )
-      {
-        FT_ERROR(( "cff_font_load: FD array too large in CID font\n" ));
-        goto Fail_CID;
-      }
-
-      /* allocate & read each font dict independently */
-      font->num_subfonts = fd_index.count;
-      if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( sub, fd_index.count ) )
-        goto Fail_CID;
-
-      /* set up pointer table */
-      for ( idx = 0; idx < fd_index.count; idx++ )
-        font->subfonts[idx] = sub + idx;
-
-      /* now load each subfont independently */
-      for ( idx = 0; idx < fd_index.count; idx++ )
-      {
-        sub = font->subfonts[idx];
-        error = cff_subfont_load( sub, &fd_index, idx,
-                                  stream, base_offset );
-        if ( error )
-          goto Fail_CID;
-      }
-
-      /* now load the FD Select array */
-      error = CFF_Load_FD_Select( &font->fd_select,
-                                  font->charstrings_index.count,
-                                  stream,
-                                  base_offset + dict->cid_fd_select_offset );
-
-    Fail_CID:
-      cff_index_done( &fd_index );
-
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-    }
-    else
-      font->num_subfonts = 0;
-
-    /* read the charstrings index now */
-    if ( dict->charstrings_offset == 0 )
-    {
-      FT_ERROR(( "cff_font_load: no charstrings offset!\n" ));
-      error = CFF_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* explicit the global subrs */
-    font->num_global_subrs = font->global_subrs_index.count;
-    font->num_glyphs       = font->charstrings_index.count;
-
-    error = cff_index_get_pointers( &font->global_subrs_index,
-                                    &font->global_subrs ) ;
-
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* read the Charset and Encoding tables if available */
-    if ( font->num_glyphs > 0 )
-    {
-      FT_Bool  invert = FT_BOOL( dict->cid_registry != 0xFFFFU );
-
-
-      error = cff_charset_load( &font->charset, font->num_glyphs, stream,
-                                base_offset, dict->charset_offset, invert );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      /* CID-keyed CFFs don't have an encoding */
-      if ( dict->cid_registry == 0xFFFFU )
-      {
-        error = cff_encoding_load( &font->encoding,
-                                   &font->charset,
-                                   font->num_glyphs,
-                                   stream,
-                                   base_offset,
-                                   dict->encoding_offset );
-        if ( error )
-          goto Exit;
-      }
-      else
-        /* CID-keyed fonts only need CIDs */
-        FT_FREE( font->charset.sids );
-    }
-
-    /* get the font name (/CIDFontName for CID-keyed fonts, */
-    /* /FontName otherwise)                                 */
-    font->font_name = cff_index_get_name( &font->name_index, face_index );
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  cff_font_done( CFF_Font  font )
-  {
-    FT_Memory  memory = font->memory;
-    FT_UInt    idx;
-
-
-    cff_index_done( &font->global_subrs_index );
-    cff_index_done( &font->string_index );
-    cff_index_done( &font->font_dict_index );
-    cff_index_done( &font->name_index );
-    cff_index_done( &font->charstrings_index );
-
-    /* release font dictionaries, but only if working with */
-    /* a CID keyed CFF font                                */
-    if ( font->num_subfonts > 0 )
-    {
-      for ( idx = 0; idx < font->num_subfonts; idx++ )
-        cff_subfont_done( memory, font->subfonts[idx] );
-
-      /* the subfonts array has been allocated as a single block */
-      FT_FREE( font->subfonts[0] );
-    }
-
-    cff_encoding_done( &font->encoding );
-    cff_charset_done( &font->charset, font->stream );
-
-    cff_subfont_done( memory, &font->top_font );
-
-    CFF_Done_FD_Select( &font->fd_select, font->stream );
-
-    if (font->font_info != NULL)
-    {
-      FT_FREE( font->font_info->version );
-      FT_FREE( font->font_info->notice );
-      FT_FREE( font->font_info->full_name );
-      FT_FREE( font->font_info->family_name );
-      FT_FREE( font->font_info->weight );
-      FT_FREE( font->font_info );
-    }
-
-    FT_FREE( font->registry );
-    FT_FREE( font->ordering );
-
-    FT_FREE( font->global_subrs );
-    FT_FREE( font->font_name );
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffload.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffload.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 068cbb5..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffload.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  cffload.h                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    OpenType & CFF data/program tables loader (specification).           */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2007 by                               */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __CFFLOAD_H__
-#define __CFFLOAD_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include "cfftypes.h"
-#include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_CMAPS_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_UShort )
-  cff_get_standard_encoding( FT_UInt  charcode );
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_String* )
-  cff_index_get_name( CFF_Index  idx,
-                      FT_UInt    element );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_String* )
-  cff_index_get_sid_string( CFF_Index          idx,
-                            FT_UInt            sid,
-                            FT_Service_PsCMaps psnames );
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  cff_index_access_element( CFF_Index  idx,
-                            FT_UInt    element,
-                            FT_Byte**  pbytes,
-                            FT_ULong*  pbyte_len );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  cff_index_forget_element( CFF_Index  idx,
-                            FT_Byte**  pbytes );
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_UInt )
-  cff_charset_cid_to_gindex( CFF_Charset  charset,
-                             FT_UInt      cid );
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  cff_font_load( FT_Stream  stream,
-                 FT_Int     face_index,
-                 CFF_Font   font );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  cff_font_done( CFF_Font  font );
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Byte )
-  cff_fd_select_get( CFF_FDSelect  fdselect,
-                     FT_UInt       glyph_index );
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __CFFLOAD_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffobjs.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffobjs.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 12997a9..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffobjs.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,962 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  cffobjs.c                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    OpenType objects manager (body).                                     */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by       */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_CALC_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
-#include FT_ERRORS_H
-#include FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H
-#include FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_SFNT_H
-#include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_CMAPS_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_HINTS_H
-#include "cffobjs.h"
-#include "cffload.h"
-#include "cffcmap.h"
-#include "cfferrs.h"
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_cffobjs
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                            SIZE FUNCTIONS                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*  Note that we store the global hints in the size's `internal' root    */
-  /*  field.                                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  static PSH_Globals_Funcs
-  cff_size_get_globals_funcs( CFF_Size  size )
-  {
-    CFF_Face          face     = (CFF_Face)size->root.face;
-    CFF_Font          font     = (CFF_Font)face->extra.data;
-    PSHinter_Service  pshinter = (PSHinter_Service)font->pshinter;
-    FT_Module         module;
-
-
-    module = FT_Get_Module( size->root.face->driver->root.library,
-                            "pshinter" );
-    return ( module && pshinter && pshinter->get_globals_funcs )
-           ? pshinter->get_globals_funcs( module )
-           : 0;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  cff_size_done( FT_Size  cffsize )        /* CFF_Size */
-  {
-    CFF_Size      size     = (CFF_Size)cffsize;
-    CFF_Face      face     = (CFF_Face)size->root.face;
-    CFF_Font      font     = (CFF_Font)face->extra.data;
-    CFF_Internal  internal = (CFF_Internal)cffsize->internal;
-
-
-    if ( internal )
-    {
-      PSH_Globals_Funcs  funcs;
-
-
-      funcs = cff_size_get_globals_funcs( size );
-      if ( funcs )
-      {
-        FT_UInt  i;
-
-
-        funcs->destroy( internal->topfont );
-
-        for ( i = font->num_subfonts; i > 0; i-- )
-          funcs->destroy( internal->subfonts[i - 1] );
-      }
-
-      /* `internal' is freed by destroy_size (in ftobjs.c) */
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  /* CFF and Type 1 private dictionaries have slightly different      */
-  /* structures; we need to synthetize a Type 1 dictionary on the fly */
-
-  static void
-  cff_make_private_dict( CFF_SubFont  subfont,
-                         PS_Private   priv )
-  {
-    CFF_Private  cpriv = &subfont->private_dict;
-    FT_UInt      n, count;
-
-
-    FT_MEM_ZERO( priv, sizeof ( *priv ) );
-
-    count = priv->num_blue_values = cpriv->num_blue_values;
-    for ( n = 0; n < count; n++ )
-      priv->blue_values[n] = (FT_Short)cpriv->blue_values[n];
-
-    count = priv->num_other_blues = cpriv->num_other_blues;
-    for ( n = 0; n < count; n++ )
-      priv->other_blues[n] = (FT_Short)cpriv->other_blues[n];
-
-    count = priv->num_family_blues = cpriv->num_family_blues;
-    for ( n = 0; n < count; n++ )
-      priv->family_blues[n] = (FT_Short)cpriv->family_blues[n];
-
-    count = priv->num_family_other_blues = cpriv->num_family_other_blues;
-    for ( n = 0; n < count; n++ )
-      priv->family_other_blues[n] = (FT_Short)cpriv->family_other_blues[n];
-
-    priv->blue_scale = cpriv->blue_scale;
-    priv->blue_shift = (FT_Int)cpriv->blue_shift;
-    priv->blue_fuzz  = (FT_Int)cpriv->blue_fuzz;
-
-    priv->standard_width[0]  = (FT_UShort)cpriv->standard_width;
-    priv->standard_height[0] = (FT_UShort)cpriv->standard_height;
-
-    count = priv->num_snap_widths = cpriv->num_snap_widths;
-    for ( n = 0; n < count; n++ )
-      priv->snap_widths[n] = (FT_Short)cpriv->snap_widths[n];
-
-    count = priv->num_snap_heights = cpriv->num_snap_heights;
-    for ( n = 0; n < count; n++ )
-      priv->snap_heights[n] = (FT_Short)cpriv->snap_heights[n];
-
-    priv->force_bold     = cpriv->force_bold;
-    priv->language_group = cpriv->language_group;
-    priv->lenIV          = cpriv->lenIV;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  cff_size_init( FT_Size  cffsize )         /* CFF_Size */
-  {
-    CFF_Size           size  = (CFF_Size)cffsize;
-    FT_Error           error = CFF_Err_Ok;
-    PSH_Globals_Funcs  funcs = cff_size_get_globals_funcs( size );
-
-
-    if ( funcs )
-    {
-      CFF_Face      face     = (CFF_Face)cffsize->face;
-      CFF_Font      font     = (CFF_Font)face->extra.data;
-      CFF_Internal  internal;
-
-      PS_PrivateRec  priv;
-      FT_Memory      memory = cffsize->face->memory;
-
-      FT_UInt  i;
-
-
-      if ( FT_NEW( internal ) )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      cff_make_private_dict( &font->top_font, &priv );
-      error = funcs->create( cffsize->face->memory, &priv,
-                             &internal->topfont );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      for ( i = font->num_subfonts; i > 0; i-- )
-      {
-        CFF_SubFont  sub = font->subfonts[i - 1];
-
-
-        cff_make_private_dict( sub, &priv );
-        error = funcs->create( cffsize->face->memory, &priv,
-                               &internal->subfonts[i - 1] );
-        if ( error )
-          goto Exit;
-      }
-
-      cffsize->internal = (FT_Size_Internal)(void*)internal;
-    }
-
-    size->strike_index = 0xFFFFFFFFUL;
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  cff_size_select( FT_Size   size,
-                   FT_ULong  strike_index )
-  {
-    CFF_Size           cffsize = (CFF_Size)size;
-    PSH_Globals_Funcs  funcs;
-
-
-    cffsize->strike_index = strike_index;
-
-    FT_Select_Metrics( size->face, strike_index );
-
-    funcs = cff_size_get_globals_funcs( cffsize );
-
-    if ( funcs )
-    {
-      CFF_Face      face     = (CFF_Face)size->face;
-      CFF_Font      font     = (CFF_Font)face->extra.data;
-      CFF_Internal  internal = (CFF_Internal)size->internal;
-
-      FT_Int   top_upm  = font->top_font.font_dict.units_per_em;
-      FT_UInt  i;
-
-
-      funcs->set_scale( internal->topfont,
-                        size->metrics.x_scale, size->metrics.y_scale,
-                        0, 0 );
-
-      for ( i = font->num_subfonts; i > 0; i-- )
-      {
-        CFF_SubFont  sub     = font->subfonts[i - 1];
-        FT_Int       sub_upm = sub->font_dict.units_per_em;
-        FT_Pos       x_scale, y_scale;
-
-
-        if ( top_upm != sub_upm )
-        {
-          x_scale = FT_MulDiv( size->metrics.x_scale, top_upm, sub_upm );
-          y_scale = FT_MulDiv( size->metrics.y_scale, top_upm, sub_upm );
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          x_scale = size->metrics.x_scale;
-          y_scale = size->metrics.y_scale;
-        }
-
-        funcs->set_scale( internal->subfonts[i - 1],
-                          x_scale, y_scale, 0, 0 );
-      }
-    }
-
-    return CFF_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-#endif /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS */
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  cff_size_request( FT_Size          size,
-                    FT_Size_Request  req )
-  {
-    CFF_Size           cffsize = (CFF_Size)size;
-    PSH_Globals_Funcs  funcs;
-
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS
-
-    if ( FT_HAS_FIXED_SIZES( size->face ) )
-    {
-      CFF_Face      cffface = (CFF_Face)size->face;
-      SFNT_Service  sfnt    = (SFNT_Service)cffface->sfnt;
-      FT_ULong      strike_index;
-
-
-      if ( sfnt->set_sbit_strike( cffface, req, &strike_index ) )
-        cffsize->strike_index = 0xFFFFFFFFUL;
-      else
-        return cff_size_select( size, strike_index );
-    }
-
-#endif /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS */
-
-    FT_Request_Metrics( size->face, req );
-
-    funcs = cff_size_get_globals_funcs( cffsize );
-
-    if ( funcs )
-    {
-      CFF_Face      cffface  = (CFF_Face)size->face;
-      CFF_Font      font     = (CFF_Font)cffface->extra.data;
-      CFF_Internal  internal = (CFF_Internal)size->internal;
-
-      FT_Int   top_upm  = font->top_font.font_dict.units_per_em;
-      FT_UInt  i;
-
-
-      funcs->set_scale( internal->topfont,
-                        size->metrics.x_scale, size->metrics.y_scale,
-                        0, 0 );
-
-      for ( i = font->num_subfonts; i > 0; i-- )
-      {
-        CFF_SubFont  sub     = font->subfonts[i - 1];
-        FT_Int       sub_upm = sub->font_dict.units_per_em;
-        FT_Pos       x_scale, y_scale;
-
-
-        if ( top_upm != sub_upm )
-        {
-          x_scale = FT_MulDiv( size->metrics.x_scale, top_upm, sub_upm );
-          y_scale = FT_MulDiv( size->metrics.y_scale, top_upm, sub_upm );
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          x_scale = size->metrics.x_scale;
-          y_scale = size->metrics.y_scale;
-        }
-
-        funcs->set_scale( internal->subfonts[i - 1],
-                          x_scale, y_scale, 0, 0 );
-      }
-    }
-
-    return CFF_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                            SLOT  FUNCTIONS                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  cff_slot_done( FT_GlyphSlot  slot )
-  {
-    slot->internal->glyph_hints = 0;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  cff_slot_init( FT_GlyphSlot  slot )
-  {
-    CFF_Face          face     = (CFF_Face)slot->face;
-    CFF_Font          font     = (CFF_Font)face->extra.data;
-    PSHinter_Service  pshinter = (PSHinter_Service)font->pshinter;
-
-
-    if ( pshinter )
-    {
-      FT_Module  module;
-
-
-      module = FT_Get_Module( slot->face->driver->root.library,
-                              "pshinter" );
-      if ( module )
-      {
-        T2_Hints_Funcs  funcs;
-
-
-        funcs = pshinter->get_t2_funcs( module );
-        slot->internal->glyph_hints = (void*)funcs;
-      }
-    }
-
-    return CFF_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                           FACE  FUNCTIONS                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  static FT_String*
-  cff_strcpy( FT_Memory         memory,
-              const FT_String*  source )
-  {
-    FT_Error    error;
-    FT_String*  result;
-
-
-    (void)FT_STRDUP( result, source );
-
-    FT_UNUSED( error );
-
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  cff_face_init( FT_Stream      stream,
-                 FT_Face        cffface,        /* CFF_Face */
-                 FT_Int         face_index,
-                 FT_Int         num_params,
-                 FT_Parameter*  params )
-  {
-    CFF_Face            face = (CFF_Face)cffface;
-    FT_Error            error;
-    SFNT_Service        sfnt;
-    FT_Service_PsCMaps  psnames;
-    PSHinter_Service    pshinter;
-    FT_Bool             pure_cff    = 1;
-    FT_Bool             sfnt_format = 0;
-
-
-#if 0
-    FT_FACE_FIND_GLOBAL_SERVICE( face, sfnt,     SFNT );
-    FT_FACE_FIND_GLOBAL_SERVICE( face, psnames,  POSTSCRIPT_NAMES );
-    FT_FACE_FIND_GLOBAL_SERVICE( face, pshinter, POSTSCRIPT_HINTER );
-
-    if ( !sfnt )
-      goto Bad_Format;
-#else
-    sfnt = (SFNT_Service)FT_Get_Module_Interface(
-             cffface->driver->root.library, "sfnt" );
-    if ( !sfnt )
-      goto Bad_Format;
-
-    FT_FACE_FIND_GLOBAL_SERVICE( face, psnames, POSTSCRIPT_CMAPS );
-
-    pshinter = (PSHinter_Service)FT_Get_Module_Interface(
-                 cffface->driver->root.library, "pshinter" );
-#endif
-
-    /* create input stream from resource */
-    if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( 0 ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* check whether we have a valid OpenType file */
-    error = sfnt->init_face( stream, face, face_index, num_params, params );
-    if ( !error )
-    {
-      if ( face->format_tag != 0x4F54544FL )  /* `OTTO'; OpenType/CFF font */
-      {
-        FT_TRACE2(( "[not a valid OpenType/CFF font]\n" ));
-        goto Bad_Format;
-      }
-
-      /* if we are performing a simple font format check, exit immediately */
-      if ( face_index < 0 )
-        return CFF_Err_Ok;
-
-      /* UNDOCUMENTED!  A CFF in an SFNT can have only a single font. */
-      if ( face_index > 0 )
-      {
-        FT_ERROR(( "cff_face_init: invalid face index\n" ));
-        error = CFF_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-        goto Exit;
-      }
-
-      sfnt_format = 1;
-
-      /* now, the font can be either an OpenType/CFF font, or an SVG CEF */
-      /* font; in the latter case it doesn't have a `head' table         */
-      error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_head, stream, 0 );
-      if ( !error )
-      {
-        pure_cff = 0;
-
-        /* load font directory */
-        error = sfnt->load_face( stream, face,
-                                 face_index, num_params, params );
-        if ( error )
-          goto Exit;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        /* load the `cmap' table explicitly */
-        error = sfnt->load_cmap( face, stream );
-        if ( error )
-          goto Exit;
-
-        /* XXX: we don't load the GPOS table, as OpenType Layout     */
-        /* support will be added later to a layout library on top of */
-        /* FreeType 2                                                */
-      }
-
-      /* now load the CFF part of the file */
-      error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_CFF, stream, 0 );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* rewind to start of file; we are going to load a pure-CFF font */
-      if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( 0 ) )
-        goto Exit;
-      error = CFF_Err_Ok;
-    }
-
-    /* now load and parse the CFF table in the file */
-    {
-      CFF_Font         cff;
-      CFF_FontRecDict  dict;
-      FT_Memory        memory = cffface->memory;
-      FT_Int32         flags;
-      FT_UInt          i;
-
-
-      if ( FT_NEW( cff ) )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      face->extra.data = cff;
-      error = cff_font_load( stream, face_index, cff );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      cff->pshinter = pshinter;
-      cff->psnames  = (void*)psnames;
-
-      /* Complement the root flags with some interesting information. */
-      /* Note that this is only necessary for pure CFF and CEF fonts; */
-      /* SFNT based fonts use the `name' table instead.               */
-
-      cffface->num_glyphs = cff->num_glyphs;
-
-      dict = &cff->top_font.font_dict;
-
-      /* we need the `PSNames' module for CFF and CEF formats */
-      /* which aren't CID-keyed                               */
-      if ( dict->cid_registry == 0xFFFFU && !psnames )
-      {
-        FT_ERROR(( "cff_face_init:" ));
-        FT_ERROR(( " cannot open CFF & CEF fonts\n" ));
-        FT_ERROR(( "              " ));
-        FT_ERROR(( " without the `PSNames' module\n" ));
-        goto Bad_Format;
-      }
-
-      if ( pure_cff )
-      {
-        char*  style_name = NULL;
-
-
-        /* set up num_faces */
-        cffface->num_faces = cff->num_faces;
-
-        /* compute number of glyphs */
-        if ( dict->cid_registry != 0xFFFFU )
-          cffface->num_glyphs = cff->charset.max_cid;
-        else
-          cffface->num_glyphs = cff->charstrings_index.count;
-
-        /* set global bbox, as well as EM size */
-        cffface->bbox.xMin =   dict->font_bbox.xMin             >> 16;
-        cffface->bbox.yMin =   dict->font_bbox.yMin             >> 16;
-        cffface->bbox.xMax = ( dict->font_bbox.xMax + 0xFFFFU ) >> 16;
-        cffface->bbox.yMax = ( dict->font_bbox.yMax + 0xFFFFU ) >> 16;
-
-        if ( !dict->units_per_em )
-          dict->units_per_em = 1000;
-
-        cffface->units_per_EM = dict->units_per_em;
-
-        cffface->ascender  = (FT_Short)( cffface->bbox.yMax );
-        cffface->descender = (FT_Short)( cffface->bbox.yMin );
-
-        cffface->height = (FT_Short)( ( cffface->units_per_EM * 12 ) / 10 );
-        if ( cffface->height < cffface->ascender - cffface->descender )
-          cffface->height = (FT_Short)( cffface->ascender - cffface->descender );
-
-        cffface->underline_position  =
-          (FT_Short)( dict->underline_position >> 16 );
-        cffface->underline_thickness =
-          (FT_Short)( dict->underline_thickness >> 16 );
-
-        /* retrieve font family & style name */
-        cffface->family_name = cff_index_get_name( &cff->name_index,
-                                                   face_index );
-
-        if ( cffface->family_name )
-        {
-          char*  full   = cff_index_get_sid_string( &cff->string_index,
-                                                    dict->full_name,
-                                                    psnames );
-          char*  fullp  = full;
-          char*  family = cffface->family_name;
-          char*  family_name = 0;
-
-
-          if ( dict->family_name )
-          {
-            family_name = cff_index_get_sid_string( &cff->string_index,
-                                                    dict->family_name,
-                                                    psnames);
-            if ( family_name )
-              family = family_name;
-          }
-
-          /* We try to extract the style name from the full name.   */
-          /* We need to ignore spaces and dashes during the search. */
-          if ( full && family )
-          {
-            while ( *fullp )
-            {
-              /* skip common characters at the start of both strings */
-              if ( *fullp == *family )
-              {
-                family++;
-                fullp++;
-                continue;
-              }
-
-              /* ignore spaces and dashes in full name during comparison */
-              if ( *fullp == ' ' || *fullp == '-' )
-              {
-                fullp++;
-                continue;
-              }
-
-              /* ignore spaces and dashes in family name during comparison */
-              if ( *family == ' ' || *family == '-' )
-              {
-                family++;
-                continue;
-              }
-
-              if ( !*family && *fullp )
-              {
-                /* The full name begins with the same characters as the  */
-                /* family name, with spaces and dashes removed.  In this */
-                /* case, the remaining string in `fullp' will be used as */
-                /* the style name.                                       */
-                style_name = cff_strcpy( memory, fullp );
-              }
-              break;
-            }
-
-            if ( family_name )
-              FT_FREE( family_name );
-            FT_FREE( full );
-          }
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          char  *cid_font_name =
-                   cff_index_get_sid_string( &cff->string_index,
-                                             dict->cid_font_name,
-                                             psnames );
-
-
-          /* do we have a `/FontName' for a CID-keyed font? */
-          if ( cid_font_name )
-            cffface->family_name = cid_font_name;
-        }
-
-        if ( style_name )
-          cffface->style_name = style_name;
-        else
-          /* assume "Regular" style if we don't know better */
-          cffface->style_name = cff_strcpy( memory, (char *)"Regular" );
-
-        /*******************************************************************/
-        /*                                                                 */
-        /* Compute face flags.                                             */
-        /*                                                                 */
-        flags = FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE   |       /* scalable outlines */
-                FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL |       /* horizontal data   */
-                FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTER;            /* has native hinter */
-
-        if ( sfnt_format )
-          flags |= FT_FACE_FLAG_SFNT;
-
-        /* fixed width font? */
-        if ( dict->is_fixed_pitch )
-          flags |= FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH;
-
-  /* XXX: WE DO NOT SUPPORT KERNING METRICS IN THE GPOS TABLE FOR NOW */
-#if 0
-        /* kerning available? */
-        if ( face->kern_pairs )
-          flags |= FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING;
-#endif
-
-        cffface->face_flags = flags;
-
-        /*******************************************************************/
-        /*                                                                 */
-        /* Compute style flags.                                            */
-        /*                                                                 */
-        flags = 0;
-
-        if ( dict->italic_angle )
-          flags |= FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC;
-
-        {
-          char  *weight = cff_index_get_sid_string( &cff->string_index,
-                                                    dict->weight,
-                                                    psnames );
-
-
-          if ( weight )
-            if ( !ft_strcmp( weight, "Bold"  ) ||
-                 !ft_strcmp( weight, "Black" ) )
-              flags |= FT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLD;
-          FT_FREE( weight );
-        }
-
-        /* double check */
-        if ( !(flags & FT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLD) && cffface->style_name )
-          if ( !ft_strncmp( cffface->style_name, "Bold", 4 )  ||
-               !ft_strncmp( cffface->style_name, "Black", 5 ) )
-            flags |= FT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLD;
-
-        cffface->style_flags = flags;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        if ( !dict->units_per_em )
-          dict->units_per_em = face->root.units_per_EM;
-      }
-
-      /* Normalize the font matrix so that `matrix->xx' is 1; the */
-      /* scaling is done with `units_per_em' then (at this point, */
-      /* it already contains the scaling factor, but without      */
-      /* normalization of the matrix).                            */
-      /*                                                          */
-      /* Note that the offsets must be expressed in integer font  */
-      /* units.                                                   */
-
-      {
-        FT_Matrix*  matrix = &dict->font_matrix;
-        FT_Vector*  offset = &dict->font_offset;
-        FT_ULong*   upm    = &dict->units_per_em;
-        FT_Fixed    temp   = FT_ABS( matrix->yy );
-
-
-        if ( temp != 0x10000L )
-        {
-          *upm = FT_DivFix( *upm, temp );
-
-          matrix->xx = FT_DivFix( matrix->xx, temp );
-          matrix->yx = FT_DivFix( matrix->yx, temp );
-          matrix->xy = FT_DivFix( matrix->xy, temp );
-          matrix->yy = FT_DivFix( matrix->yy, temp );
-          offset->x  = FT_DivFix( offset->x,  temp );
-          offset->y  = FT_DivFix( offset->y,  temp );
-        }
-
-        offset->x >>= 16;
-        offset->y >>= 16;
-      }
-
-      for ( i = cff->num_subfonts; i > 0; i-- )
-      {
-        CFF_FontRecDict  sub = &cff->subfonts[i - 1]->font_dict;
-        CFF_FontRecDict  top = &cff->top_font.font_dict;
-
-        FT_Matrix*  matrix;
-        FT_Vector*  offset;
-        FT_ULong*   upm;
-        FT_Fixed    temp;
-
-
-        if ( sub->units_per_em )
-        {
-          FT_Int  scaling;
-
-
-          if ( top->units_per_em > 1 && sub->units_per_em > 1 )
-            scaling = FT_MIN( top->units_per_em, sub->units_per_em );
-          else
-            scaling = 1;
-
-          FT_Matrix_Multiply_Scaled( &top->font_matrix,
-                                     &sub->font_matrix,
-                                     scaling );
-          FT_Vector_Transform_Scaled( &sub->font_offset,
-                                      &top->font_matrix,
-                                      scaling );
-
-          sub->units_per_em = FT_MulDiv( sub->units_per_em,
-                                         top->units_per_em,
-                                         scaling );
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          sub->font_matrix = top->font_matrix;
-          sub->font_offset = top->font_offset;
-
-          sub->units_per_em = top->units_per_em;
-        }
-
-        matrix = &sub->font_matrix;
-        offset = &sub->font_offset;
-        upm    = &sub->units_per_em;
-        temp   = FT_ABS( matrix->yy );
-
-        if ( temp != 0x10000L )
-        {
-          *upm = FT_DivFix( *upm, temp );
-
-          /* if *upm is larger than 100*1000 we divide by 1000 --     */
-          /* this can happen if e.g. there is no top-font FontMatrix  */
-          /* and the subfont FontMatrix already contains the complete */
-          /* scaling for the subfont (see section 5.11 of the PLRM)   */
-
-          /* 100 is a heuristic value */
-
-          if ( *upm > 100L * 1000L )
-            *upm = ( *upm + 500 ) / 1000;
-
-          matrix->xx = FT_DivFix( matrix->xx, temp );
-          matrix->yx = FT_DivFix( matrix->yx, temp );
-          matrix->xy = FT_DivFix( matrix->xy, temp );
-          matrix->yy = FT_DivFix( matrix->yy, temp );
-          offset->x  = FT_DivFix( offset->x,  temp );
-          offset->y  = FT_DivFix( offset->y,  temp );
-        }
-
-        offset->x >>= 16;
-        offset->y >>= 16;
-      }
-
-#ifndef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_GLYPH_NAMES
-      /* CID-keyed CFF fonts don't have glyph names -- the SFNT loader */
-      /* has unset this flag because of the 3.0 `post' table.          */
-      if ( dict->cid_registry == 0xFFFFU )
-        cffface->face_flags |= FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES;
-#endif
-
-      if ( dict->cid_registry != 0xFFFFU )
-        cffface->face_flags |= FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED;
-
-
-      /*******************************************************************/
-      /*                                                                 */
-      /* Compute char maps.                                              */
-      /*                                                                 */
-
-      /* Try to synthetize a Unicode charmap if there is none available */
-      /* already.  If an OpenType font contains a Unicode "cmap", we    */
-      /* will use it, whatever be in the CFF part of the file.          */
-      {
-        FT_CharMapRec  cmaprec;
-        FT_CharMap     cmap;
-        FT_UInt        nn;
-        CFF_Encoding   encoding = &cff->encoding;
-
-
-        for ( nn = 0; nn < (FT_UInt)cffface->num_charmaps; nn++ )
-        {
-          cmap = cffface->charmaps[nn];
-
-          /* Windows Unicode (3,1)? */
-          if ( cmap->platform_id == 3 && cmap->encoding_id == 1 )
-            goto Skip_Unicode;
-
-          /* Deprecated Unicode platform id? */
-          if ( cmap->platform_id == 0 )
-            goto Skip_Unicode; /* Standard Unicode (deprecated) */
-        }
-
-        /* since CID-keyed fonts don't contain glyph names, we can't */
-        /* construct a cmap                                          */
-        if ( pure_cff && cff->top_font.font_dict.cid_registry != 0xFFFFU )
-          goto Exit;
-
-        /* we didn't find a Unicode charmap -- synthesize one */
-        cmaprec.face        = cffface;
-        cmaprec.platform_id = 3;
-        cmaprec.encoding_id = 1;
-        cmaprec.encoding    = FT_ENCODING_UNICODE;
-
-        nn = (FT_UInt)cffface->num_charmaps;
-
-        FT_CMap_New( &cff_cmap_unicode_class_rec, NULL, &cmaprec, NULL );
-
-        /* if no Unicode charmap was previously selected, select this one */
-        if ( cffface->charmap == NULL && nn != (FT_UInt)cffface->num_charmaps )
-          cffface->charmap = cffface->charmaps[nn];
-
-      Skip_Unicode:
-        if ( encoding->count > 0 )
-        {
-          FT_CMap_Class  clazz;
-
-
-          cmaprec.face        = cffface;
-          cmaprec.platform_id = 7;  /* Adobe platform id */
-
-          if ( encoding->offset == 0 )
-          {
-            cmaprec.encoding_id = TT_ADOBE_ID_STANDARD;
-            cmaprec.encoding    = FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_STANDARD;
-            clazz               = &cff_cmap_encoding_class_rec;
-          }
-          else if ( encoding->offset == 1 )
-          {
-            cmaprec.encoding_id = TT_ADOBE_ID_EXPERT;
-            cmaprec.encoding    = FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_EXPERT;
-            clazz               = &cff_cmap_encoding_class_rec;
-          }
-          else
-          {
-            cmaprec.encoding_id = TT_ADOBE_ID_CUSTOM;
-            cmaprec.encoding    = FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_CUSTOM;
-            clazz               = &cff_cmap_encoding_class_rec;
-          }
-
-          FT_CMap_New( clazz, NULL, &cmaprec, NULL );
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-
-  Bad_Format:
-    error = CFF_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
-    goto Exit;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  cff_face_done( FT_Face  cffface )         /* CFF_Face */
-  {
-    CFF_Face      face   = (CFF_Face)cffface;
-    FT_Memory     memory = cffface->memory;
-    SFNT_Service  sfnt   = (SFNT_Service)face->sfnt;
-
-
-    if ( sfnt )
-      sfnt->done_face( face );
-
-    {
-      CFF_Font  cff = (CFF_Font)face->extra.data;
-
-
-      if ( cff )
-      {
-        cff_font_done( cff );
-        FT_FREE( face->extra.data );
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  cff_driver_init( FT_Module  module )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( module );
-
-    return CFF_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  cff_driver_done( FT_Module  module )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( module );
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffobjs.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffobjs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 3c81cee..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffobjs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,181 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  cffobjs.h                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    OpenType objects manager (specification).                            */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2007, 2008 by             */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __CFFOBJS_H__
-#define __CFFOBJS_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-#include "cfftypes.h"
-#include FT_INTERNAL_TRUETYPE_TYPES_H
-#include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_CMAPS_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_HINTS_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Type>                                                                */
-  /*    CFF_Driver                                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A handle to an OpenType driver object.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct CFF_DriverRec_*  CFF_Driver;
-
-  typedef TT_Face  CFF_Face;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Type>                                                                */
-  /*    CFF_Size                                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A handle to an OpenType size object.                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  CFF_SizeRec_
-  {
-    FT_SizeRec  root;
-    FT_ULong    strike_index;    /* 0xFFFFFFFF to indicate invalid */
-
-  } CFF_SizeRec, *CFF_Size;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Type>                                                                */
-  /*    CFF_GlyphSlot                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A handle to an OpenType glyph slot object.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  CFF_GlyphSlotRec_
-  {
-    FT_GlyphSlotRec  root;
-
-    FT_Bool          hint;
-    FT_Bool          scaled;
-
-    FT_Fixed         x_scale;
-    FT_Fixed         y_scale;
-
-  } CFF_GlyphSlotRec, *CFF_GlyphSlot;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Type>                                                                */
-  /*    CFF_Internal                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    The interface to the `internal' field of `FT_Size'.                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  CFF_InternalRec_
-  {
-    PSH_Globals  topfont;
-    PSH_Globals  subfonts[CFF_MAX_CID_FONTS];
-
-  } CFF_InternalRec, *CFF_Internal;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Subglyph transformation record.                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  CFF_Transform_
-  {
-    FT_Fixed    xx, xy;     /* transformation matrix coefficients */
-    FT_Fixed    yx, yy;
-    FT_F26Dot6  ox, oy;     /* offsets        */
-
-  } CFF_Transform;
-
-
-  /***********************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                     */
-  /* TrueType driver class.                                              */
-  /*                                                                     */
-  typedef struct  CFF_DriverRec_
-  {
-    FT_DriverRec  root;
-    void*         extension_component;
-
-  } CFF_DriverRec;
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  cff_size_init( FT_Size  size );           /* CFF_Size */
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  cff_size_done( FT_Size  size );           /* CFF_Size */
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  cff_size_request( FT_Size          size,
-                    FT_Size_Request  req );
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  cff_size_select( FT_Size   size,
-                   FT_ULong  strike_index );
-
-#endif
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  cff_slot_done( FT_GlyphSlot  slot );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  cff_slot_init( FT_GlyphSlot  slot );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Face functions                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  cff_face_init( FT_Stream      stream,
-                 FT_Face        face,           /* CFF_Face */
-                 FT_Int         face_index,
-                 FT_Int         num_params,
-                 FT_Parameter*  params );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  cff_face_done( FT_Face  face );               /* CFF_Face */
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Driver functions                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  cff_driver_init( FT_Module  module );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  cff_driver_done( FT_Module  module );
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __CFFOBJS_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffparse.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffparse.c
deleted file mode 100644
index d6d77dd..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffparse.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,843 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  cffparse.c                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    CFF token stream parser (body)                                       */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007, 2008 by                   */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include "cffparse.h"
-#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-
-#include "cfferrs.h"
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_cffparse
-
-
-  enum
-  {
-    cff_kind_none = 0,
-    cff_kind_num,
-    cff_kind_fixed,
-    cff_kind_fixed_thousand,
-    cff_kind_string,
-    cff_kind_bool,
-    cff_kind_delta,
-    cff_kind_callback,
-
-    cff_kind_max  /* do not remove */
-  };
-
-
-  /* now generate handlers for the most simple fields */
-  typedef FT_Error  (*CFF_Field_Reader)( CFF_Parser  parser );
-
-  typedef struct  CFF_Field_Handler_
-  {
-    int               kind;
-    int               code;
-    FT_UInt           offset;
-    FT_Byte           size;
-    CFF_Field_Reader  reader;
-    FT_UInt           array_max;
-    FT_UInt           count_offset;
-
-  } CFF_Field_Handler;
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  cff_parser_init( CFF_Parser  parser,
-                   FT_UInt     code,
-                   void*       object )
-  {
-    FT_MEM_ZERO( parser, sizeof ( *parser ) );
-
-    parser->top         = parser->stack;
-    parser->object_code = code;
-    parser->object      = object;
-  }
-
-
-  /* read an integer */
-  static FT_Long
-  cff_parse_integer( FT_Byte*  start,
-                     FT_Byte*  limit )
-  {
-    FT_Byte*  p   = start;
-    FT_Int    v   = *p++;
-    FT_Long   val = 0;
-
-
-    if ( v == 28 )
-    {
-      if ( p + 2 > limit )
-        goto Bad;
-
-      val = (FT_Short)( ( (FT_Int)p[0] << 8 ) | p[1] );
-      p  += 2;
-    }
-    else if ( v == 29 )
-    {
-      if ( p + 4 > limit )
-        goto Bad;
-
-      val = ( (FT_Long)p[0] << 24 ) |
-            ( (FT_Long)p[1] << 16 ) |
-            ( (FT_Long)p[2] <<  8 ) |
-                       p[3];
-      p += 4;
-    }
-    else if ( v < 247 )
-    {
-      val = v - 139;
-    }
-    else if ( v < 251 )
-    {
-      if ( p + 1 > limit )
-        goto Bad;
-
-      val = ( v - 247 ) * 256 + p[0] + 108;
-      p++;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      if ( p + 1 > limit )
-        goto Bad;
-
-      val = -( v - 251 ) * 256 - p[0] - 108;
-      p++;
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return val;
-
-  Bad:
-    val = 0;
-    goto Exit;
-  }
-
-
-  static const FT_Long power_tens[] =
-  {
-    1L,
-    10L,
-    100L,
-    1000L,
-    10000L,
-    100000L,
-    1000000L,
-    10000000L,
-    100000000L,
-    1000000000L
-  };
-
-
-  /* read a real */
-  static FT_Fixed
-  cff_parse_real( FT_Byte*  start,
-                  FT_Byte*  limit,
-                  FT_Int    power_ten,
-                  FT_Int*   scaling )
-  {
-    FT_Byte*  p = start;
-    FT_UInt   nib;
-    FT_UInt   phase;
-
-    FT_Long   result, number, rest, exponent;
-    FT_Int    sign = 0, exponent_sign = 0;
-    FT_Int    exponent_add, integer_length, fraction_length;
-
-
-    if ( scaling )
-      *scaling  = 0;
-
-    result = 0;
-
-    number   = 0;
-    rest     = 0;
-    exponent = 0;
-
-    exponent_add    = 0;
-    integer_length  = 0;
-    fraction_length = 0;
-
-    /* First of all, read the integer part. */
-    phase = 4;
-
-    for (;;)
-    {
-      /* If we entered this iteration with phase == 4, we need to */
-      /* read a new byte.  This also skips past the initial 0x1E. */
-      if ( phase )
-      {
-        p++;
-
-        /* Make sure we don't read past the end. */
-        if ( p >= limit )
-          goto Exit;
-      }
-
-      /* Get the nibble. */
-      nib   = ( p[0] >> phase ) & 0xF;
-      phase = 4 - phase;
-
-      if ( nib == 0xE )
-        sign = 1;
-      else if ( nib > 9 )
-        break;
-      else
-      {
-        /* Increase exponent if we can't add the digit. */
-        if ( number >= 0xCCCCCCCL )
-          exponent_add++;
-        /* Skip leading zeros. */
-        else if ( nib || number )
-        {
-          integer_length++;
-          number = number * 10 + nib;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Read fraction part, if any. */
-    if ( nib == 0xa )
-      for (;;)
-      {
-        /* If we entered this iteration with phase == 4, we need */
-        /* to read a new byte.                                   */
-        if ( phase )
-        {
-          p++;
-
-          /* Make sure we don't read past the end. */
-          if ( p >= limit )
-            goto Exit;
-        }
-
-        /* Get the nibble. */
-        nib   = ( p[0] >> phase ) & 0xF;
-        phase = 4 - phase;
-        if ( nib >= 10 )
-          break;
-
-        /* Skip leading zeros if possible. */
-        if ( !nib && !number )
-          exponent_add--;
-        /* Only add digit if we don't overflow. */
-        else if ( number < 0xCCCCCCCL )
-        {
-          fraction_length++;
-          number = number * 10 + nib;
-        }
-      }
-
-    /* Read exponent, if any. */
-    if ( nib == 12 )
-    {
-      exponent_sign = 1;
-      nib           = 11;
-    }
-
-    if ( nib == 11 )
-    {
-      for (;;)
-      {
-        /* If we entered this iteration with phase == 4, */
-        /* we need to read a new byte.                   */
-        if ( phase )
-        {
-          p++;
-
-          /* Make sure we don't read past the end. */
-          if ( p >= limit )
-            goto Exit;
-        }
-
-        /* Get the nibble. */
-        nib   = ( p[0] >> phase ) & 0xF;
-        phase = 4 - phase;
-        if ( nib >= 10 )
-          break;
-
-        exponent = exponent * 10 + nib;
-
-        /* Arbitrarily limit exponent. */
-        if ( exponent > 1000 )
-          goto Exit;
-      }
-
-      if ( exponent_sign )
-        exponent = -exponent;
-    }
-
-    /* We don't check `power_ten' and `exponent_add'. */
-    exponent += power_ten + exponent_add;
-
-    if ( scaling )
-    {
-      /* Only use `fraction_length'. */
-      fraction_length += integer_length;
-      exponent        += integer_length;
-
-      if ( fraction_length <= 5 )
-      {
-        if ( number > 0x7FFFL )
-        {
-          result   = FT_DivFix( number, 10 );
-          *scaling = exponent - fraction_length + 1;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          if ( exponent > 0 )
-          {
-            FT_Int  new_fraction_length, shift;
-
-
-            /* Make `scaling' as small as possible. */
-            new_fraction_length = FT_MIN( exponent, 5 );
-            exponent           -= new_fraction_length;
-            shift               = new_fraction_length - fraction_length;
-
-            number *= power_tens[shift];
-            if ( number > 0x7FFFL )
-            {
-              number   /= 10;
-              exponent += 1;
-            }
-          }
-          else
-            exponent -= fraction_length;
-
-          result   = number << 16;
-          *scaling = exponent;
-        }
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        if ( ( number / power_tens[fraction_length - 5] ) > 0x7FFFL )
-        {
-          result   = FT_DivFix( number, power_tens[fraction_length - 4] );
-          *scaling = exponent - 4;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          result   = FT_DivFix( number, power_tens[fraction_length - 5] );
-          *scaling = exponent - 5;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      integer_length  += exponent;
-      fraction_length -= exponent;
-
-      /* Check for overflow and underflow. */
-      if ( FT_ABS( integer_length ) > 5 )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      /* Convert into 16.16 format. */
-      if ( fraction_length > 0 )
-      {
-        if ( ( number / power_tens[fraction_length] ) > 0x7FFFL )
-          goto Exit;
-
-        result = FT_DivFix( number, power_tens[fraction_length] );
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        number *= power_tens[-fraction_length];
-
-        if ( number > 0x7FFFL )
-          goto Exit;
-
-        result = number << 16;
-      }
-    }
-
-    if ( sign )
-      result = -result;
-
-  Exit:
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-  /* read a number, either integer or real */
-  static FT_Long
-  cff_parse_num( FT_Byte**  d )
-  {
-    return **d == 30 ? ( cff_parse_real( d[0], d[1], 0, NULL ) >> 16 )
-                     :   cff_parse_integer( d[0], d[1] );
-  }
-
-
-  /* read a floating point number, either integer or real */
-  static FT_Fixed
-  cff_parse_fixed( FT_Byte**  d )
-  {
-    return **d == 30 ? cff_parse_real( d[0], d[1], 0, NULL )
-                     : cff_parse_integer( d[0], d[1] ) << 16;
-  }
-
-
-  /* read a floating point number, either integer or real, */
-  /* but return `10^scaling' times the number read in      */
-  static FT_Fixed
-  cff_parse_fixed_scaled( FT_Byte**  d,
-                          FT_Int     scaling )
-  {
-    return **d ==
-      30 ? cff_parse_real( d[0], d[1], scaling, NULL )
-         : (FT_Fixed)FT_MulFix( cff_parse_integer( d[0], d[1] ) << 16,
-                                                   power_tens[scaling] );
-  }
-
-
-  /* read a floating point number, either integer or real,     */
-  /* and return it as precise as possible -- `scaling' returns */
-  /* the scaling factor (as a power of 10)                     */
-  static FT_Fixed
-  cff_parse_fixed_dynamic( FT_Byte**  d,
-                           FT_Int*    scaling )
-  {
-    FT_ASSERT( scaling );
-
-    if ( **d == 30 )
-      return cff_parse_real( d[0], d[1], 0, scaling );
-    else
-    {
-      FT_Long  number;
-      FT_Int   integer_length;
-
-
-      number = cff_parse_integer( d[0], d[1] );
-
-      if ( number > 0x7FFFL )
-      {
-        for ( integer_length = 5; integer_length < 10; integer_length++ )
-          if ( number < power_tens[integer_length] )
-            break;
-
-        if ( ( number / power_tens[integer_length - 5] ) > 0x7FFFL )
-        {
-          *scaling = integer_length - 4;
-          return FT_DivFix( number, power_tens[integer_length - 4] );
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          *scaling = integer_length - 5;
-          return FT_DivFix( number, power_tens[integer_length - 5] );
-        }
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        *scaling = 0;
-        return number << 16;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  cff_parse_font_matrix( CFF_Parser  parser )
-  {
-    CFF_FontRecDict  dict   = (CFF_FontRecDict)parser->object;
-    FT_Matrix*       matrix = &dict->font_matrix;
-    FT_Vector*       offset = &dict->font_offset;
-    FT_ULong*        upm    = &dict->units_per_em;
-    FT_Byte**        data   = parser->stack;
-    FT_Error         error  = CFF_Err_Stack_Underflow;
-
-
-    if ( parser->top >= parser->stack + 6 )
-    {
-      FT_Int  scaling;
-
-
-      error = CFF_Err_Ok;
-
-      /* We expect a well-formed font matrix, this is, the matrix elements */
-      /* `xx' and `yy' are of approximately the same magnitude.  To avoid  */
-      /* loss of precision, we use the magnitude of element `xx' to scale  */
-      /* all other elements.  The scaling factor is then contained in the  */
-      /* `units_per_em' value.                                             */
-
-      matrix->xx = cff_parse_fixed_dynamic( data++, &scaling );
-
-      scaling = -scaling;
-
-      if ( scaling < 0 || scaling > 9 )
-      {
-        /* Return default matrix in case of unlikely values. */
-        matrix->xx = 0x10000L;
-        matrix->yx = 0;
-        matrix->yx = 0;
-        matrix->yy = 0x10000L;
-        offset->x  = 0;
-        offset->y  = 0;
-        *upm       = 1;
-
-        goto Exit;
-      }
-
-      matrix->yx = cff_parse_fixed_scaled( data++, scaling );
-      matrix->xy = cff_parse_fixed_scaled( data++, scaling );
-      matrix->yy = cff_parse_fixed_scaled( data++, scaling );
-      offset->x  = cff_parse_fixed_scaled( data++, scaling );
-      offset->y  = cff_parse_fixed_scaled( data,   scaling );
-
-      *upm = power_tens[scaling];
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  cff_parse_font_bbox( CFF_Parser  parser )
-  {
-    CFF_FontRecDict  dict = (CFF_FontRecDict)parser->object;
-    FT_BBox*         bbox = &dict->font_bbox;
-    FT_Byte**        data = parser->stack;
-    FT_Error         error;
-
-
-    error = CFF_Err_Stack_Underflow;
-
-    if ( parser->top >= parser->stack + 4 )
-    {
-      bbox->xMin = FT_RoundFix( cff_parse_fixed( data++ ) );
-      bbox->yMin = FT_RoundFix( cff_parse_fixed( data++ ) );
-      bbox->xMax = FT_RoundFix( cff_parse_fixed( data++ ) );
-      bbox->yMax = FT_RoundFix( cff_parse_fixed( data   ) );
-      error = CFF_Err_Ok;
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  cff_parse_private_dict( CFF_Parser  parser )
-  {
-    CFF_FontRecDict  dict = (CFF_FontRecDict)parser->object;
-    FT_Byte**        data = parser->stack;
-    FT_Error         error;
-
-
-    error = CFF_Err_Stack_Underflow;
-
-    if ( parser->top >= parser->stack + 2 )
-    {
-      dict->private_size   = cff_parse_num( data++ );
-      dict->private_offset = cff_parse_num( data   );
-      error = CFF_Err_Ok;
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  cff_parse_cid_ros( CFF_Parser  parser )
-  {
-    CFF_FontRecDict  dict = (CFF_FontRecDict)parser->object;
-    FT_Byte**        data = parser->stack;
-    FT_Error         error;
-
-
-    error = CFF_Err_Stack_Underflow;
-
-    if ( parser->top >= parser->stack + 3 )
-    {
-      dict->cid_registry   = (FT_UInt)cff_parse_num ( data++ );
-      dict->cid_ordering   = (FT_UInt)cff_parse_num ( data++ );
-      dict->cid_supplement = (FT_ULong)cff_parse_num( data );
-      error = CFF_Err_Ok;
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-#define CFF_FIELD_NUM( code, name ) \
-          CFF_FIELD( code, name, cff_kind_num )
-#define CFF_FIELD_FIXED( code, name ) \
-          CFF_FIELD( code, name, cff_kind_fixed )
-#define CFF_FIELD_FIXED_1000( code, name ) \
-          CFF_FIELD( code, name, cff_kind_fixed_thousand )
-#define CFF_FIELD_STRING( code, name ) \
-          CFF_FIELD( code, name, cff_kind_string )
-#define CFF_FIELD_BOOL( code, name ) \
-          CFF_FIELD( code, name, cff_kind_bool )
-#define CFF_FIELD_DELTA( code, name, max ) \
-          CFF_FIELD( code, name, cff_kind_delta )
-
-#define CFF_FIELD_CALLBACK( code, name ) \
-          {                              \
-            cff_kind_callback,           \
-            code | CFFCODE,              \
-            0, 0,                        \
-            cff_parse_ ## name,          \
-            0, 0                         \
-          },
-
-#undef  CFF_FIELD
-#define CFF_FIELD( code, name, kind ) \
-          {                          \
-            kind,                    \
-            code | CFFCODE,          \
-            FT_FIELD_OFFSET( name ), \
-            FT_FIELD_SIZE( name ),   \
-            0, 0, 0                  \
-          },
-
-#undef  CFF_FIELD_DELTA
-#define CFF_FIELD_DELTA( code, name, max ) \
-        {                                  \
-          cff_kind_delta,                  \
-          code | CFFCODE,                  \
-          FT_FIELD_OFFSET( name ),         \
-          FT_FIELD_SIZE_DELTA( name ),     \
-          0,                               \
-          max,                             \
-          FT_FIELD_OFFSET( num_ ## name )  \
-        },
-
-#define CFFCODE_TOPDICT  0x1000
-#define CFFCODE_PRIVATE  0x2000
-
-  static const CFF_Field_Handler  cff_field_handlers[] =
-  {
-
-#include "cfftoken.h"
-
-    { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
-  };
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  cff_parser_run( CFF_Parser  parser,
-                  FT_Byte*    start,
-                  FT_Byte*    limit )
-  {
-    FT_Byte*  p     = start;
-    FT_Error  error = CFF_Err_Ok;
-
-
-    parser->top    = parser->stack;
-    parser->start  = start;
-    parser->limit  = limit;
-    parser->cursor = start;
-
-    while ( p < limit )
-    {
-      FT_UInt  v = *p;
-
-
-      if ( v >= 27 && v != 31 )
-      {
-        /* it's a number; we will push its position on the stack */
-        if ( parser->top - parser->stack >= CFF_MAX_STACK_DEPTH )
-          goto Stack_Overflow;
-
-        *parser->top ++ = p;
-
-        /* now, skip it */
-        if ( v == 30 )
-        {
-          /* skip real number */
-          p++;
-          for (;;)
-          {
-            if ( p >= limit )
-              goto Syntax_Error;
-            v = p[0] >> 4;
-            if ( v == 15 )
-              break;
-            v = p[0] & 0xF;
-            if ( v == 15 )
-              break;
-            p++;
-          }
-        }
-        else if ( v == 28 )
-          p += 2;
-        else if ( v == 29 )
-          p += 4;
-        else if ( v > 246 )
-          p += 1;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        /* This is not a number, hence it's an operator.  Compute its code */
-        /* and look for it in our current list.                            */
-
-        FT_UInt                   code;
-        FT_UInt                   num_args = (FT_UInt)
-                                             ( parser->top - parser->stack );
-        const CFF_Field_Handler*  field;
-
-
-        *parser->top = p;
-        code = v;
-        if ( v == 12 )
-        {
-          /* two byte operator */
-          p++;
-          if ( p >= limit )
-            goto Syntax_Error;
-
-          code = 0x100 | p[0];
-        }
-        code = code | parser->object_code;
-
-        for ( field = cff_field_handlers; field->kind; field++ )
-        {
-          if ( field->code == (FT_Int)code )
-          {
-            /* we found our field's handler; read it */
-            FT_Long   val;
-            FT_Byte*  q = (FT_Byte*)parser->object + field->offset;
-
-
-            /* check that we have enough arguments -- except for */
-            /* delta encoded arrays, which can be empty          */
-            if ( field->kind != cff_kind_delta && num_args < 1 )
-              goto Stack_Underflow;
-
-            switch ( field->kind )
-            {
-            case cff_kind_bool:
-            case cff_kind_string:
-            case cff_kind_num:
-              val = cff_parse_num( parser->stack );
-              goto Store_Number;
-
-            case cff_kind_fixed:
-              val = cff_parse_fixed( parser->stack );
-              goto Store_Number;
-
-            case cff_kind_fixed_thousand:
-              val = cff_parse_fixed_scaled( parser->stack, 3 );
-
-            Store_Number:
-              switch ( field->size )
-              {
-              case (8 / FT_CHAR_BIT):
-                *(FT_Byte*)q = (FT_Byte)val;
-                break;
-
-              case (16 / FT_CHAR_BIT):
-                *(FT_Short*)q = (FT_Short)val;
-                break;
-
-              case (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT):
-                *(FT_Int32*)q = (FT_Int)val;
-                break;
-
-              default:  /* for 64-bit systems */
-                *(FT_Long*)q = val;
-              }
-              break;
-
-            case cff_kind_delta:
-              {
-                FT_Byte*   qcount = (FT_Byte*)parser->object +
-                                      field->count_offset;
-
-                FT_Byte**  data = parser->stack;
-
-
-                if ( num_args > field->array_max )
-                  num_args = field->array_max;
-
-                /* store count */
-                *qcount = (FT_Byte)num_args;
-
-                val = 0;
-                while ( num_args > 0 )
-                {
-                  val += cff_parse_num( data++ );
-                  switch ( field->size )
-                  {
-                  case (8 / FT_CHAR_BIT):
-                    *(FT_Byte*)q = (FT_Byte)val;
-                    break;
-
-                  case (16 / FT_CHAR_BIT):
-                    *(FT_Short*)q = (FT_Short)val;
-                    break;
-
-                  case (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT):
-                    *(FT_Int32*)q = (FT_Int)val;
-                    break;
-
-                  default:  /* for 64-bit systems */
-                    *(FT_Long*)q = val;
-                  }
-
-                  q += field->size;
-                  num_args--;
-                }
-              }
-              break;
-
-            default:  /* callback */
-              error = field->reader( parser );
-              if ( error )
-                goto Exit;
-            }
-            goto Found;
-          }
-        }
-
-        /* this is an unknown operator, or it is unsupported; */
-        /* we will ignore it for now.                         */
-
-      Found:
-        /* clear stack */
-        parser->top = parser->stack;
-      }
-      p++;
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-
-  Stack_Overflow:
-    error = CFF_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-    goto Exit;
-
-  Stack_Underflow:
-    error = CFF_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-    goto Exit;
-
-  Syntax_Error:
-    error = CFF_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-    goto Exit;
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffparse.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffparse.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 8f3fa588..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffparse.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  cffparse.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    CFF token stream parser (specification)                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003 by                                     */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __CFF_PARSE_H__
-#define __CFF_PARSE_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include "cfftypes.h"
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-#define CFF_MAX_STACK_DEPTH  96
-
-#define CFF_CODE_TOPDICT  0x1000
-#define CFF_CODE_PRIVATE  0x2000
-
-
-  typedef struct  CFF_ParserRec_
-  {
-    FT_Byte*   start;
-    FT_Byte*   limit;
-    FT_Byte*   cursor;
-
-    FT_Byte*   stack[CFF_MAX_STACK_DEPTH + 1];
-    FT_Byte**  top;
-
-    FT_UInt    object_code;
-    void*      object;
-
-  } CFF_ParserRec, *CFF_Parser;
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  cff_parser_init( CFF_Parser  parser,
-                   FT_UInt     code,
-                   void*       object );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  cff_parser_run( CFF_Parser  parser,
-                  FT_Byte*    start,
-                  FT_Byte*    limit );
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-
-#endif /* __CFF_PARSE_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cfftoken.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cfftoken.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 6bb27d5..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cfftoken.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,97 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  cfftoken.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    CFF token definitions (specification only).                          */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003 by                                     */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
-#define FT_STRUCTURE  CFF_FontRecDictRec
-
-#undef  CFFCODE
-#define CFFCODE       CFFCODE_TOPDICT
-
-  CFF_FIELD_STRING  ( 0,     version )
-  CFF_FIELD_STRING  ( 1,     notice )
-  CFF_FIELD_STRING  ( 0x100, copyright )
-  CFF_FIELD_STRING  ( 2,     full_name )
-  CFF_FIELD_STRING  ( 3,     family_name )
-  CFF_FIELD_STRING  ( 4,     weight )
-  CFF_FIELD_BOOL    ( 0x101, is_fixed_pitch )
-  CFF_FIELD_FIXED   ( 0x102, italic_angle )
-  CFF_FIELD_FIXED   ( 0x103, underline_position )
-  CFF_FIELD_FIXED   ( 0x104, underline_thickness )
-  CFF_FIELD_NUM     ( 0x105, paint_type )
-  CFF_FIELD_NUM     ( 0x106, charstring_type )
-  CFF_FIELD_CALLBACK( 0x107, font_matrix )
-  CFF_FIELD_NUM     ( 13,    unique_id )
-  CFF_FIELD_CALLBACK( 5,     font_bbox )
-  CFF_FIELD_NUM     ( 0x108, stroke_width )
-  CFF_FIELD_NUM     ( 15,    charset_offset )
-  CFF_FIELD_NUM     ( 16,    encoding_offset )
-  CFF_FIELD_NUM     ( 17,    charstrings_offset )
-  CFF_FIELD_CALLBACK( 18,    private_dict )
-  CFF_FIELD_NUM     ( 0x114, synthetic_base )
-  CFF_FIELD_STRING  ( 0x115, embedded_postscript )
-
-#if 0
-  CFF_FIELD_STRING  ( 0x116, base_font_name )
-  CFF_FIELD_DELTA   ( 0x117, base_font_blend, 16 )
-  CFF_FIELD_CALLBACK( 0x118, multiple_master )
-  CFF_FIELD_CALLBACK( 0x119, blend_axis_types )
-#endif
-
-  CFF_FIELD_CALLBACK( 0x11E, cid_ros )
-  CFF_FIELD_NUM     ( 0x11F, cid_font_version )
-  CFF_FIELD_NUM     ( 0x120, cid_font_revision )
-  CFF_FIELD_NUM     ( 0x121, cid_font_type )
-  CFF_FIELD_NUM     ( 0x122, cid_count )
-  CFF_FIELD_NUM     ( 0x123, cid_uid_base )
-  CFF_FIELD_NUM     ( 0x124, cid_fd_array_offset )
-  CFF_FIELD_NUM     ( 0x125, cid_fd_select_offset )
-  CFF_FIELD_STRING  ( 0x126, cid_font_name )
-
-#if 0
-  CFF_FIELD_NUM     ( 0x127, chameleon )
-#endif
-
-
-#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
-#define FT_STRUCTURE  CFF_PrivateRec
-#undef  CFFCODE
-#define CFFCODE       CFFCODE_PRIVATE
-
-  CFF_FIELD_DELTA     ( 6,     blue_values, 14 )
-  CFF_FIELD_DELTA     ( 7,     other_blues, 10 )
-  CFF_FIELD_DELTA     ( 8,     family_blues, 14 )
-  CFF_FIELD_DELTA     ( 9,     family_other_blues, 10 )
-  CFF_FIELD_FIXED_1000( 0x109, blue_scale )
-  CFF_FIELD_NUM       ( 0x10A, blue_shift )
-  CFF_FIELD_NUM       ( 0x10B, blue_fuzz )
-  CFF_FIELD_NUM       ( 10,    standard_width )
-  CFF_FIELD_NUM       ( 11,    standard_height )
-  CFF_FIELD_DELTA     ( 0x10C, snap_widths, 13 )
-  CFF_FIELD_DELTA     ( 0x10D, snap_heights, 13 )
-  CFF_FIELD_BOOL      ( 0x10E, force_bold )
-  CFF_FIELD_FIXED     ( 0x10F, force_bold_threshold )
-  CFF_FIELD_NUM       ( 0x110, lenIV )
-  CFF_FIELD_NUM       ( 0x111, language_group )
-  CFF_FIELD_FIXED     ( 0x112, expansion_factor )
-  CFF_FIELD_NUM       ( 0x113, initial_random_seed )
-  CFF_FIELD_NUM       ( 19,    local_subrs_offset )
-  CFF_FIELD_NUM       ( 20,    default_width )
-  CFF_FIELD_NUM       ( 21,    nominal_width )
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cfftypes.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cfftypes.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 546ea3b..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cfftypes.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,274 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  cfftypes.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Basic OpenType/CFF type definitions and interface (specification     */
-/*    only).                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2006, 2007, 2008 by                   */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __CFFTYPES_H__
-#define __CFFTYPES_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_FREETYPE_H
-#include FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    CFF_IndexRec                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A structure used to model a CFF Index table.                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    stream      :: The source input stream.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    start       :: The position of the first index byte in the         */
-  /*                   input stream.                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    count       :: The number of elements in the index.                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    off_size    :: The size in bytes of object offsets in index.       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    data_offset :: The position of first data byte in the index's      */
-  /*                   bytes.                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    data_size   :: The size of the data table in this index.           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    offsets     :: A table of element offsets in the index.  Must be   */
-  /*                   loaded explicitly.                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    bytes       :: If the index is loaded in memory, its bytes.        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  CFF_IndexRec_
-  {
-    FT_Stream  stream;
-    FT_ULong   start;
-    FT_UInt    count;
-    FT_Byte    off_size;
-    FT_ULong   data_offset;
-    FT_ULong   data_size;
-
-    FT_ULong*  offsets;
-    FT_Byte*   bytes;
-
-  } CFF_IndexRec, *CFF_Index;
-
-
-  typedef struct  CFF_EncodingRec_
-  {
-    FT_UInt     format;
-    FT_ULong    offset;
-
-    FT_UInt     count;
-    FT_UShort   sids [256];  /* avoid dynamic allocations */
-    FT_UShort   codes[256];
-
-  } CFF_EncodingRec, *CFF_Encoding;
-
-
-  typedef struct  CFF_CharsetRec_
-  {
-
-    FT_UInt     format;
-    FT_ULong    offset;
-
-    FT_UShort*  sids;
-    FT_UShort*  cids;       /* the inverse mapping of `sids'; only needed */
-                            /* for CID-keyed fonts                        */
-    FT_UInt     max_cid;
-    FT_UInt     num_glyphs;
-
-  } CFF_CharsetRec, *CFF_Charset;
-
-
-  typedef struct  CFF_FontRecDictRec_
-  {
-    FT_UInt    version;
-    FT_UInt    notice;
-    FT_UInt    copyright;
-    FT_UInt    full_name;
-    FT_UInt    family_name;
-    FT_UInt    weight;
-    FT_Bool    is_fixed_pitch;
-    FT_Fixed   italic_angle;
-    FT_Fixed   underline_position;
-    FT_Fixed   underline_thickness;
-    FT_Int     paint_type;
-    FT_Int     charstring_type;
-    FT_Matrix  font_matrix;
-    FT_ULong   units_per_em;  /* temporarily used as scaling value also */
-    FT_Vector  font_offset;
-    FT_ULong   unique_id;
-    FT_BBox    font_bbox;
-    FT_Pos     stroke_width;
-    FT_ULong   charset_offset;
-    FT_ULong   encoding_offset;
-    FT_ULong   charstrings_offset;
-    FT_ULong   private_offset;
-    FT_ULong   private_size;
-    FT_Long    synthetic_base;
-    FT_UInt    embedded_postscript;
-
-    /* these should only be used for the top-level font dictionary */
-    FT_UInt    cid_registry;
-    FT_UInt    cid_ordering;
-    FT_ULong   cid_supplement;
-
-    FT_Long    cid_font_version;
-    FT_Long    cid_font_revision;
-    FT_Long    cid_font_type;
-    FT_ULong   cid_count;
-    FT_ULong   cid_uid_base;
-    FT_ULong   cid_fd_array_offset;
-    FT_ULong   cid_fd_select_offset;
-    FT_UInt    cid_font_name;
-
-  } CFF_FontRecDictRec, *CFF_FontRecDict;
-
-
-  typedef struct  CFF_PrivateRec_
-  {
-    FT_Byte   num_blue_values;
-    FT_Byte   num_other_blues;
-    FT_Byte   num_family_blues;
-    FT_Byte   num_family_other_blues;
-
-    FT_Pos    blue_values[14];
-    FT_Pos    other_blues[10];
-    FT_Pos    family_blues[14];
-    FT_Pos    family_other_blues[10];
-
-    FT_Fixed  blue_scale;
-    FT_Pos    blue_shift;
-    FT_Pos    blue_fuzz;
-    FT_Pos    standard_width;
-    FT_Pos    standard_height;
-
-    FT_Byte   num_snap_widths;
-    FT_Byte   num_snap_heights;
-    FT_Pos    snap_widths[13];
-    FT_Pos    snap_heights[13];
-    FT_Bool   force_bold;
-    FT_Fixed  force_bold_threshold;
-    FT_Int    lenIV;
-    FT_Int    language_group;
-    FT_Fixed  expansion_factor;
-    FT_Long   initial_random_seed;
-    FT_ULong  local_subrs_offset;
-    FT_Pos    default_width;
-    FT_Pos    nominal_width;
-
-  } CFF_PrivateRec, *CFF_Private;
-
-
-  typedef struct  CFF_FDSelectRec_
-  {
-    FT_Byte   format;
-    FT_UInt   range_count;
-
-    /* that's the table, taken from the file `as is' */
-    FT_Byte*  data;
-    FT_UInt   data_size;
-
-    /* small cache for format 3 only */
-    FT_UInt   cache_first;
-    FT_UInt   cache_count;
-    FT_Byte   cache_fd;
-
-  } CFF_FDSelectRec, *CFF_FDSelect;
-
-
-  /* A SubFont packs a font dict and a private dict together.  They are */
-  /* needed to support CID-keyed CFF fonts.                             */
-  typedef struct  CFF_SubFontRec_
-  {
-    CFF_FontRecDictRec  font_dict;
-    CFF_PrivateRec      private_dict;
-
-    CFF_IndexRec        local_subrs_index;
-    FT_UInt             num_local_subrs;
-    FT_Byte**           local_subrs;
-
-  } CFF_SubFontRec, *CFF_SubFont;
-
-
-  /* maximum number of sub-fonts in a CID-keyed file */
-#define CFF_MAX_CID_FONTS  32
-
-
-  typedef struct  CFF_FontRec_
-  {
-    FT_Stream        stream;
-    FT_Memory        memory;
-    FT_UInt          num_faces;
-    FT_UInt          num_glyphs;
-
-    FT_Byte          version_major;
-    FT_Byte          version_minor;
-    FT_Byte          header_size;
-    FT_Byte          absolute_offsize;
-
-
-    CFF_IndexRec     name_index;
-    CFF_IndexRec     top_dict_index;
-    CFF_IndexRec     string_index;
-    CFF_IndexRec     global_subrs_index;
-
-    CFF_EncodingRec  encoding;
-    CFF_CharsetRec   charset;
-
-    CFF_IndexRec     charstrings_index;
-    CFF_IndexRec     font_dict_index;
-    CFF_IndexRec     private_index;
-    CFF_IndexRec     local_subrs_index;
-
-    FT_String*       font_name;
-    FT_UInt          num_global_subrs;
-    FT_Byte**        global_subrs;
-
-    CFF_SubFontRec   top_font;
-    FT_UInt          num_subfonts;
-    CFF_SubFont      subfonts[CFF_MAX_CID_FONTS];
-
-    CFF_FDSelectRec  fd_select;
-
-    /* interface to PostScript hinter */
-    void*            pshinter;
-
-    /* interface to Postscript Names service */
-    void*            psnames;
-
-    /* since version 2.3.0 */
-    PS_FontInfoRec*  font_info;   /* font info dictionary */
-
-    /* since version 2.3.6 */
-    FT_String*       registry;
-    FT_String*       ordering;
-      
-  } CFF_FontRec, *CFF_Font;
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __CFFTYPES_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/module.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/module.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 0474e37..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/module.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 CFF module definition
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2006 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-FTMODULE_H_COMMANDS += CFF_DRIVER
-
-define CFF_DRIVER
-$(OPEN_DRIVER)cff_driver_class$(CLOSE_DRIVER)
-$(ECHO_DRIVER)cff       $(ECHO_DRIVER_DESC)OpenType fonts with extension *.otf$(ECHO_DRIVER_DONE)
-endef
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/rules.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/rules.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 4100c80..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/rules.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 OpenType/CFF driver configuration rules
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2001, 2003 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-# OpenType driver directory
-#
-CFF_DIR := $(SRC_DIR)/cff
-
-
-CFF_COMPILE := $(FT_COMPILE) $I$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$(CFF_DIR))
-
-
-# CFF driver sources (i.e., C files)
-#
-CFF_DRV_SRC := $(CFF_DIR)/cffobjs.c  \
-               $(CFF_DIR)/cffload.c  \
-               $(CFF_DIR)/cffgload.c \
-               $(CFF_DIR)/cffparse.c \
-               $(CFF_DIR)/cffcmap.c  \
-               $(CFF_DIR)/cffdrivr.c
-
-# CFF driver headers
-#
-CFF_DRV_H := $(CFF_DRV_SRC:%.c=%.h) \
-             $(CFF_DIR)/cfftoken.h  \
-             $(CFF_DIR)/cfftypes.h  \
-             $(CFF_DIR)/cfferrs.h
-
-
-# CFF driver object(s)
-#
-#   CFF_DRV_OBJ_M is used during `multi' builds
-#   CFF_DRV_OBJ_S is used during `single' builds
-#
-CFF_DRV_OBJ_M := $(CFF_DRV_SRC:$(CFF_DIR)/%.c=$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O)
-CFF_DRV_OBJ_S := $(OBJ_DIR)/cff.$O
-
-# CFF driver source file for single build
-#
-CFF_DRV_SRC_S := $(CFF_DIR)/cff.c
-
-
-# CFF driver - single object
-#
-$(CFF_DRV_OBJ_S): $(CFF_DRV_SRC_S) $(CFF_DRV_SRC) $(FREETYPE_H) $(CFF_DRV_H)
-	$(CFF_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $(CFF_DRV_SRC_S))
-
-
-# CFF driver - multiple objects
-#
-$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O: $(CFF_DIR)/%.c $(FREETYPE_H) $(CFF_DRV_H)
-	$(CFF_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $<)
-
-
-# update main driver object lists
-#
-DRV_OBJS_S += $(CFF_DRV_OBJ_S)
-DRV_OBJS_M += $(CFF_DRV_OBJ_M)
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/Jamfile b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/Jamfile
deleted file mode 100644
index ebeaed5..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/Jamfile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-# FreeType 2 src/cid Jamfile
-#
-# Copyright 2001 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-SubDir  FT2_TOP $(FT2_SRC_DIR) cid ;
-
-{
-  local  _sources ;
-
-  if $(FT2_MULTI)
-  {
-    _sources = cidobjs cidload cidgload cidriver cidparse ;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    _sources = type1cid ;
-  }
-
-  Library  $(FT2_LIB) : $(_sources).c ;
-}
-
-# end of src/cid Jamfile
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/ciderrs.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/ciderrs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 01813e1..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/ciderrs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ciderrs.h                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    CID error codes (specification only).                                */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2001 by                                                      */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This file is used to define the CID error enumeration constants.      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef __CIDERRS_H__
-#define __CIDERRS_H__
-
-#include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
-
-#undef __FTERRORS_H__
-
-#define FT_ERR_PREFIX  CID_Err_
-#define FT_ERR_BASE    FT_Mod_Err_CID
-
-#include FT_ERRORS_H
-
-#endif /* __CIDERRS_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidgload.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidgload.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 64994b4..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidgload.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,433 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  cidgload.c                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    CID-keyed Type1 Glyph Loader (body).                                 */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by             */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include "cidload.h"
-#include "cidgload.h"
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
-#include FT_OUTLINE_H
-
-#include "ciderrs.h"
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_cidgload
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  cid_load_glyph( T1_Decoder  decoder,
-                  FT_UInt     glyph_index )
-  {
-    CID_Face       face = (CID_Face)decoder->builder.face;
-    CID_FaceInfo   cid  = &face->cid;
-    FT_Byte*       p;
-    FT_UInt        fd_select;
-    FT_Stream      stream       = face->cid_stream;
-    FT_Error       error        = CID_Err_Ok;
-    FT_Byte*       charstring   = 0;
-    FT_Memory      memory       = face->root.memory;
-    FT_ULong       glyph_length = 0;
-    PSAux_Service  psaux        = (PSAux_Service)face->psaux;
-
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
-
-    /* For incremental fonts get the character data using */
-    /* the callback function.                             */
-    if ( face->root.internal->incremental_interface )
-    {
-      FT_Data  glyph_data;
-
-
-      error = face->root.internal->incremental_interface->funcs->get_glyph_data(
-                face->root.internal->incremental_interface->object,
-                glyph_index,
-                &glyph_data );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      p         = (FT_Byte*)glyph_data.pointer;
-      fd_select = (FT_UInt)cid_get_offset( &p, (FT_Byte)cid->fd_bytes );
-
-      if ( glyph_data.length != 0 )
-      {
-        glyph_length = glyph_data.length - cid->fd_bytes;
-        (void)FT_ALLOC( charstring, glyph_length );
-        if ( !error )
-          ft_memcpy( charstring, glyph_data.pointer + cid->fd_bytes,
-                     glyph_length );
-      }
-
-      face->root.internal->incremental_interface->funcs->free_glyph_data(
-                face->root.internal->incremental_interface->object,
-                &glyph_data );
-
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    else
-
-#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL */
-
-    /* For ordinary fonts read the CID font dictionary index */
-    /* and charstring offset from the CIDMap.                */
-    {
-      FT_UInt   entry_len = cid->fd_bytes + cid->gd_bytes;
-      FT_ULong  off1;
-
-
-      if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( cid->data_offset + cid->cidmap_offset +
-                           glyph_index * entry_len )               ||
-           FT_FRAME_ENTER( 2 * entry_len )                         )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      p            = (FT_Byte*)stream->cursor;
-      fd_select    = (FT_UInt) cid_get_offset( &p, (FT_Byte)cid->fd_bytes );
-      off1         = (FT_ULong)cid_get_offset( &p, (FT_Byte)cid->gd_bytes );
-      p           += cid->fd_bytes;
-      glyph_length = cid_get_offset( &p, (FT_Byte)cid->gd_bytes ) - off1;
-      FT_FRAME_EXIT();
-
-      if ( fd_select >= (FT_UInt)cid->num_dicts )
-      {
-        error = CID_Err_Invalid_Offset;
-        goto Exit;
-      }
-      if ( glyph_length == 0 )
-        goto Exit;
-      if ( FT_ALLOC( charstring, glyph_length ) )
-        goto Exit;
-      if ( FT_STREAM_READ_AT( cid->data_offset + off1,
-                              charstring, glyph_length ) )
-        goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* Now set up the subrs array and parse the charstrings. */
-    {
-      CID_FaceDict  dict;
-      CID_Subrs     cid_subrs = face->subrs + fd_select;
-      FT_Int        cs_offset;
-
-
-      /* Set up subrs */
-      decoder->num_subrs = cid_subrs->num_subrs;
-      decoder->subrs     = cid_subrs->code;
-      decoder->subrs_len = 0;
-
-      /* Set up font matrix */
-      dict                 = cid->font_dicts + fd_select;
-
-      decoder->font_matrix = dict->font_matrix;
-      decoder->font_offset = dict->font_offset;
-      decoder->lenIV       = dict->private_dict.lenIV;
-
-      /* Decode the charstring. */
-
-      /* Adjustment for seed bytes. */
-      cs_offset = ( decoder->lenIV >= 0 ? decoder->lenIV : 0 );
-
-      /* Decrypt only if lenIV >= 0. */
-      if ( decoder->lenIV >= 0 )
-        psaux->t1_decrypt( charstring, glyph_length, 4330 );
-
-      error = decoder->funcs.parse_charstrings(
-                decoder, charstring + cs_offset,
-                (FT_Int)glyph_length - cs_offset );
-    }
-
-    FT_FREE( charstring );
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
-
-    /* Incremental fonts can optionally override the metrics. */
-    if ( !error                                                              &&
-         face->root.internal->incremental_interface                          &&
-         face->root.internal->incremental_interface->funcs->get_glyph_metrics )
-    {
-      FT_Incremental_MetricsRec  metrics;
-
-
-      metrics.bearing_x = decoder->builder.left_bearing.x;
-      metrics.bearing_y = decoder->builder.left_bearing.y;
-      metrics.advance   = decoder->builder.advance.x;
-      error = face->root.internal->incremental_interface->funcs->get_glyph_metrics(
-                face->root.internal->incremental_interface->object,
-                glyph_index, FALSE, &metrics );
-      decoder->builder.left_bearing.x = metrics.bearing_x;
-      decoder->builder.left_bearing.y = metrics.bearing_y;
-      decoder->builder.advance.x      = metrics.advance;
-      decoder->builder.advance.y      = 0;
-    }
-
-#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL */
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-#if 0
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /**********                                                      *********/
-  /**********                                                      *********/
-  /**********            COMPUTE THE MAXIMUM ADVANCE WIDTH         *********/
-  /**********                                                      *********/
-  /**********    The following code is in charge of computing      *********/
-  /**********    the maximum advance width of the font.  It        *********/
-  /**********    quickly processes each glyph charstring to        *********/
-  /**********    extract the value from either a `sbw' or `seac'   *********/
-  /**********    operator.                                         *********/
-  /**********                                                      *********/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  cid_face_compute_max_advance( CID_Face  face,
-                                FT_Int*   max_advance )
-  {
-    FT_Error       error;
-    T1_DecoderRec  decoder;
-    FT_Int         glyph_index;
-
-    PSAux_Service  psaux = (PSAux_Service)face->psaux;
-
-
-    *max_advance = 0;
-
-    /* Initialize load decoder */
-    error = psaux->t1_decoder_funcs->init( &decoder,
-                                           (FT_Face)face,
-                                           0, /* size       */
-                                           0, /* glyph slot */
-                                           0, /* glyph names! XXX */
-                                           0, /* blend == 0 */
-                                           0, /* hinting == 0 */
-                                           cid_load_glyph );
-    if ( error )
-      return error;
-
-    /* TODO: initialize decoder.len_buildchar and decoder.buildchar */
-    /*       if we ever support CID-keyed multiple master fonts     */
-
-    decoder.builder.metrics_only = 1;
-    decoder.builder.load_points  = 0;
-
-    /* for each glyph, parse the glyph charstring and extract */
-    /* the advance width                                      */
-    for ( glyph_index = 0; glyph_index < face->root.num_glyphs;
-          glyph_index++ )
-    {
-      /* now get load the unscaled outline */
-      error = cid_load_glyph( &decoder, glyph_index );
-      /* ignore the error if one occurred - skip to next glyph */
-    }
-
-    *max_advance = decoder.builder.advance.x;
-
-    psaux->t1_decoder_funcs->done( &decoder );
-
-    return CID_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-#endif /* 0 */
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  cid_slot_load_glyph( FT_GlyphSlot  cidglyph,      /* CID_GlyphSlot */
-                       FT_Size       cidsize,       /* CID_Size      */
-                       FT_UInt       glyph_index,
-                       FT_Int32      load_flags )
-  {
-    CID_GlyphSlot  glyph = (CID_GlyphSlot)cidglyph;
-    CID_Size       size  = (CID_Size)cidsize;
-    FT_Error       error;
-    T1_DecoderRec  decoder;
-    CID_Face       face = (CID_Face)cidglyph->face;
-    FT_Bool        hinting;
-
-    PSAux_Service  psaux = (PSAux_Service)face->psaux;
-    FT_Matrix      font_matrix;
-    FT_Vector      font_offset;
-
-
-    if ( glyph_index >= (FT_UInt)face->root.num_glyphs )
-    {
-      error = CID_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    if ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE )
-      load_flags |= FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE | FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING;
-
-    glyph->x_scale = cidsize->metrics.x_scale;
-    glyph->y_scale = cidsize->metrics.y_scale;
-
-    cidglyph->outline.n_points   = 0;
-    cidglyph->outline.n_contours = 0;
-
-    hinting = FT_BOOL( ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE   ) == 0 &&
-                       ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING ) == 0 );
-
-    cidglyph->format = FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE;
-
-    error = psaux->t1_decoder_funcs->init( &decoder,
-                                           cidglyph->face,
-                                           cidsize,
-                                           cidglyph,
-                                           0, /* glyph names -- XXX */
-                                           0, /* blend == 0 */
-                                           hinting,
-                                           FT_LOAD_TARGET_MODE( load_flags ),
-                                           cid_load_glyph );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* TODO: initialize decoder.len_buildchar and decoder.buildchar */
-    /*       if we ever support CID-keyed multiple master fonts     */
-
-    /* set up the decoder */
-    decoder.builder.no_recurse = FT_BOOL(
-      ( ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE ) != 0 ) );
-
-    error = cid_load_glyph( &decoder, glyph_index );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    font_matrix = decoder.font_matrix;
-    font_offset = decoder.font_offset;
-
-    /* save new glyph tables */
-    psaux->t1_decoder_funcs->done( &decoder );
-
-    /* now set the metrics -- this is rather simple, as    */
-    /* the left side bearing is the xMin, and the top side */
-    /* bearing the yMax                                    */
-    cidglyph->outline.flags &= FT_OUTLINE_OWNER;
-    cidglyph->outline.flags |= FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL;
-
-    /* for composite glyphs, return only left side bearing and */
-    /* advance width                                           */
-    if ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE )
-    {
-      FT_Slot_Internal  internal = cidglyph->internal;
-
-
-      cidglyph->metrics.horiBearingX = decoder.builder.left_bearing.x;
-      cidglyph->metrics.horiAdvance  = decoder.builder.advance.x;
-
-      internal->glyph_matrix      = font_matrix;
-      internal->glyph_delta       = font_offset;
-      internal->glyph_transformed = 1;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      FT_BBox            cbox;
-      FT_Glyph_Metrics*  metrics = &cidglyph->metrics;
-      FT_Vector          advance;
-
-
-      /* copy the _unscaled_ advance width */
-      metrics->horiAdvance                  = decoder.builder.advance.x;
-      cidglyph->linearHoriAdvance           = decoder.builder.advance.x;
-      cidglyph->internal->glyph_transformed = 0;
-
-      /* make up vertical ones */
-      metrics->vertAdvance        = ( face->cid.font_bbox.yMax -
-                                      face->cid.font_bbox.yMin ) >> 16;
-      cidglyph->linearVertAdvance = metrics->vertAdvance;
-
-      cidglyph->format            = FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE;
-
-      if ( size && cidsize->metrics.y_ppem < 24 )
-        cidglyph->outline.flags |= FT_OUTLINE_HIGH_PRECISION;
-
-      /* apply the font matrix */
-      FT_Outline_Transform( &cidglyph->outline, &font_matrix );
-
-      FT_Outline_Translate( &cidglyph->outline,
-                            font_offset.x,
-                            font_offset.y );
-
-      advance.x = metrics->horiAdvance;
-      advance.y = 0;
-      FT_Vector_Transform( &advance, &font_matrix );
-      metrics->horiAdvance = advance.x + font_offset.x;
-
-      advance.x = 0;
-      advance.y = metrics->vertAdvance;
-      FT_Vector_Transform( &advance, &font_matrix );
-      metrics->vertAdvance = advance.y + font_offset.y;
-
-      if ( ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE ) == 0 )
-      {
-        /* scale the outline and the metrics */
-        FT_Int       n;
-        FT_Outline*  cur = decoder.builder.base;
-        FT_Vector*   vec = cur->points;
-        FT_Fixed     x_scale = glyph->x_scale;
-        FT_Fixed     y_scale = glyph->y_scale;
-
-
-        /* First of all, scale the points */
-        if ( !hinting || !decoder.builder.hints_funcs )
-          for ( n = cur->n_points; n > 0; n--, vec++ )
-          {
-            vec->x = FT_MulFix( vec->x, x_scale );
-            vec->y = FT_MulFix( vec->y, y_scale );
-          }
-
-        /* Then scale the metrics */
-        metrics->horiAdvance = FT_MulFix( metrics->horiAdvance, x_scale );
-        metrics->vertAdvance = FT_MulFix( metrics->vertAdvance, y_scale );
-      }
-
-      /* compute the other metrics */
-      FT_Outline_Get_CBox( &cidglyph->outline, &cbox );
-
-      metrics->width  = cbox.xMax - cbox.xMin;
-      metrics->height = cbox.yMax - cbox.yMin;
-
-      metrics->horiBearingX = cbox.xMin;
-      metrics->horiBearingY = cbox.yMax;
-
-      /* make up vertical ones */
-      ft_synthesize_vertical_metrics( metrics,
-                                      metrics->vertAdvance );
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidgload.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidgload.h
deleted file mode 100644
index a0a91bf..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidgload.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  cidgload.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    OpenType Glyph Loader (specification).                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2004 by                                     */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __CIDGLOAD_H__
-#define __CIDGLOAD_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include "cidobjs.h"
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-#if 0
-
-  /* Compute the maximum advance width of a font through quick parsing */
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  cid_face_compute_max_advance( CID_Face  face,
-                                FT_Int*   max_advance );
-
-#endif /* 0 */
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  cid_slot_load_glyph( FT_GlyphSlot  glyph,         /* CID_Glyph_Slot */
-                       FT_Size       size,          /* CID_Size       */
-                       FT_UInt       glyph_index,
-                       FT_Int32      load_flags );
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __CIDGLOAD_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidload.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidload.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 9ed8cee..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidload.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,644 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  cidload.c                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    CID-keyed Type1 font loader (body).                                  */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 by                   */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-#include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
-#include FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_TYPE1_TYPES_H
-
-#include "cidload.h"
-
-#include "ciderrs.h"
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_cidload
-
-
-  /* read a single offset */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Long )
-  cid_get_offset( FT_Byte*  *start,
-                  FT_Byte    offsize )
-  {
-    FT_Long   result;
-    FT_Byte*  p = *start;
-
-
-    for ( result = 0; offsize > 0; offsize-- )
-    {
-      result <<= 8;
-      result  |= *p++;
-    }
-
-    *start = p;
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                    TYPE 1 SYMBOL PARSING                      *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  cid_load_keyword( CID_Face        face,
-                    CID_Loader*     loader,
-                    const T1_Field  keyword )
-  {
-    FT_Error      error;
-    CID_Parser*   parser = &loader->parser;
-    FT_Byte*      object;
-    void*         dummy_object;
-    CID_FaceInfo  cid = &face->cid;
-
-
-    /* if the keyword has a dedicated callback, call it */
-    if ( keyword->type == T1_FIELD_TYPE_CALLBACK )
-    {
-      keyword->reader( (FT_Face)face, parser );
-      error = parser->root.error;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* we must now compute the address of our target object */
-    switch ( keyword->location )
-    {
-    case T1_FIELD_LOCATION_CID_INFO:
-      object = (FT_Byte*)cid;
-      break;
-
-    case T1_FIELD_LOCATION_FONT_INFO:
-      object = (FT_Byte*)&cid->font_info;
-      break;
-
-    case T1_FIELD_LOCATION_BBOX:
-      object = (FT_Byte*)&cid->font_bbox;
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      {
-        CID_FaceDict  dict;
-
-
-        if ( parser->num_dict < 0 )
-        {
-          FT_ERROR(( "cid_load_keyword: invalid use of `%s'!\n",
-                     keyword->ident ));
-          error = CID_Err_Syntax_Error;
-          goto Exit;
-        }
-
-        dict = cid->font_dicts + parser->num_dict;
-        switch ( keyword->location )
-        {
-        case T1_FIELD_LOCATION_PRIVATE:
-          object = (FT_Byte*)&dict->private_dict;
-          break;
-
-        default:
-          object = (FT_Byte*)dict;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    dummy_object = object;
-
-    /* now, load the keyword data in the object's field(s) */
-    if ( keyword->type == T1_FIELD_TYPE_INTEGER_ARRAY ||
-         keyword->type == T1_FIELD_TYPE_FIXED_ARRAY   )
-      error = cid_parser_load_field_table( &loader->parser, keyword,
-                                           &dummy_object );
-    else
-      error = cid_parser_load_field( &loader->parser,
-                                     keyword, &dummy_object );
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  parse_font_matrix( CID_Face     face,
-                     CID_Parser*  parser )
-  {
-    FT_Matrix*    matrix;
-    FT_Vector*    offset;
-    CID_FaceDict  dict;
-    FT_Face       root = (FT_Face)&face->root;
-    FT_Fixed      temp[6];
-    FT_Fixed      temp_scale;
-
-
-    if ( parser->num_dict >= 0 )
-    {
-      dict   = face->cid.font_dicts + parser->num_dict;
-      matrix = &dict->font_matrix;
-      offset = &dict->font_offset;
-
-      (void)cid_parser_to_fixed_array( parser, 6, temp, 3 );
-
-      temp_scale = FT_ABS( temp[3] );
-
-      /* Set units per EM based on FontMatrix values.  We set the value to */
-      /* `1000/temp_scale', because temp_scale was already multiplied by   */
-      /* 1000 (in `t1_tofixed', from psobjs.c).                            */
-      root->units_per_EM = (FT_UShort)( FT_DivFix( 0x10000L,
-                                        FT_DivFix( temp_scale, 1000 ) ) );
-
-      /* we need to scale the values by 1.0/temp[3] */
-      if ( temp_scale != 0x10000L )
-      {
-        temp[0] = FT_DivFix( temp[0], temp_scale );
-        temp[1] = FT_DivFix( temp[1], temp_scale );
-        temp[2] = FT_DivFix( temp[2], temp_scale );
-        temp[4] = FT_DivFix( temp[4], temp_scale );
-        temp[5] = FT_DivFix( temp[5], temp_scale );
-        temp[3] = 0x10000L;
-      }
-
-      matrix->xx = temp[0];
-      matrix->yx = temp[1];
-      matrix->xy = temp[2];
-      matrix->yy = temp[3];
-
-      /* note that the font offsets are expressed in integer font units */
-      offset->x  = temp[4] >> 16;
-      offset->y  = temp[5] >> 16;
-    }
-
-    return CID_Err_Ok;      /* this is a callback function; */
-                            /* we must return an error code */
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  parse_fd_array( CID_Face     face,
-                  CID_Parser*  parser )
-  {
-    CID_FaceInfo  cid    = &face->cid;
-    FT_Memory     memory = face->root.memory;
-    FT_Error      error  = CID_Err_Ok;
-    FT_Long       num_dicts;
-
-
-    num_dicts = cid_parser_to_int( parser );
-
-    if ( !cid->font_dicts )
-    {
-      FT_Int  n;
-
-
-      if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( cid->font_dicts, num_dicts ) )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      cid->num_dicts = (FT_UInt)num_dicts;
-
-      /* don't forget to set a few defaults */
-      for ( n = 0; n < cid->num_dicts; n++ )
-      {
-        CID_FaceDict  dict = cid->font_dicts + n;
-
-
-        /* default value for lenIV */
-        dict->private_dict.lenIV = 4;
-      }
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static
-  const T1_FieldRec  cid_field_records[] =
-  {
-
-#include "cidtoken.h"
-
-    T1_FIELD_CALLBACK( "FDArray",    parse_fd_array, 0 )
-    T1_FIELD_CALLBACK( "FontMatrix", parse_font_matrix, 0 )
-
-    { 0, T1_FIELD_LOCATION_CID_INFO, T1_FIELD_TYPE_NONE, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
-  };
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  cid_parse_dict( CID_Face     face,
-                  CID_Loader*  loader,
-                  FT_Byte*     base,
-                  FT_Long      size )
-  {
-    CID_Parser*  parser = &loader->parser;
-
-
-    parser->root.cursor = base;
-    parser->root.limit  = base + size;
-    parser->root.error  = CID_Err_Ok;
-
-    {
-      FT_Byte*  cur   = base;
-      FT_Byte*  limit = cur + size;
-
-
-      for (;;)
-      {
-        FT_Byte*  newlimit;
-
-
-        parser->root.cursor = cur;
-        cid_parser_skip_spaces( parser );
-
-        if ( parser->root.cursor >= limit )
-          newlimit = limit - 1 - 17;
-        else
-          newlimit = parser->root.cursor - 17;
-
-        /* look for `%ADOBeginFontDict' */
-        for ( ; cur < newlimit; cur++ )
-        {
-          if ( *cur == '%'                                            &&
-               ft_strncmp( (char*)cur, "%ADOBeginFontDict", 17 ) == 0 )
-          {
-            /* if /FDArray was found, then cid->num_dicts is > 0, and */
-            /* we can start increasing parser->num_dict               */
-            if ( face->cid.num_dicts > 0 )
-              parser->num_dict++;
-          }
-        }
-
-        cur = parser->root.cursor;
-        /* no error can occur in cid_parser_skip_spaces */
-        if ( cur >= limit )
-          break;
-
-        cid_parser_skip_PS_token( parser );
-        if ( parser->root.cursor >= limit || parser->root.error )
-          break;
-
-        /* look for immediates */
-        if ( *cur == '/' && cur + 2 < limit )
-        {
-          FT_PtrDist  len;
-
-
-          cur++;
-          len = parser->root.cursor - cur;
-
-          if ( len > 0 && len < 22 )
-          {
-            /* now compare the immediate name to the keyword table */
-            T1_Field  keyword = (T1_Field)cid_field_records;
-
-
-            for (;;)
-            {
-              FT_Byte*  name;
-
-
-              name = (FT_Byte*)keyword->ident;
-              if ( !name )
-                break;
-
-              if ( cur[0] == name[0]                                 &&
-                   len == (FT_PtrDist)ft_strlen( (const char*)name ) )
-              {
-                FT_PtrDist  n;
-
-
-                for ( n = 1; n < len; n++ )
-                  if ( cur[n] != name[n] )
-                    break;
-
-                if ( n >= len )
-                {
-                  /* we found it - run the parsing callback */
-                  parser->root.error = cid_load_keyword( face,
-                                                         loader,
-                                                         keyword );
-                  if ( parser->root.error )
-                    return parser->root.error;
-                  break;
-                }
-              }
-              keyword++;
-            }
-          }
-        }
-
-        cur = parser->root.cursor;
-      }
-    }
-    return parser->root.error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* read the subrmap and the subrs of each font dict */
-  static FT_Error
-  cid_read_subrs( CID_Face  face )
-  {
-    CID_FaceInfo   cid    = &face->cid;
-    FT_Memory      memory = face->root.memory;
-    FT_Stream      stream = face->cid_stream;
-    FT_Error       error;
-    FT_Int         n;
-    CID_Subrs      subr;
-    FT_UInt        max_offsets = 0;
-    FT_ULong*      offsets = 0;
-    PSAux_Service  psaux = (PSAux_Service)face->psaux;
-
-
-    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( face->subrs, cid->num_dicts ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    subr = face->subrs;
-    for ( n = 0; n < cid->num_dicts; n++, subr++ )
-    {
-      CID_FaceDict  dict  = cid->font_dicts + n;
-      FT_Int        lenIV = dict->private_dict.lenIV;
-      FT_UInt       count, num_subrs = dict->num_subrs;
-      FT_ULong      data_len;
-      FT_Byte*      p;
-
-
-      /* reallocate offsets array if needed */
-      if ( num_subrs + 1 > max_offsets )
-      {
-        FT_UInt  new_max = FT_PAD_CEIL( num_subrs + 1, 4 );
-
-
-        if ( FT_RENEW_ARRAY( offsets, max_offsets, new_max ) )
-          goto Fail;
-
-        max_offsets = new_max;
-      }
-
-      /* read the subrmap's offsets */
-      if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( cid->data_offset + dict->subrmap_offset ) ||
-           FT_FRAME_ENTER( ( num_subrs + 1 ) * dict->sd_bytes )      )
-        goto Fail;
-
-      p = (FT_Byte*)stream->cursor;
-      for ( count = 0; count <= num_subrs; count++ )
-        offsets[count] = cid_get_offset( &p, (FT_Byte)dict->sd_bytes );
-
-      FT_FRAME_EXIT();
-
-      /* now, compute the size of subrs charstrings, */
-      /* allocate, and read them                     */
-      data_len = offsets[num_subrs] - offsets[0];
-
-      if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( subr->code, num_subrs + 1 ) ||
-               FT_ALLOC( subr->code[0], data_len )   )
-        goto Fail;
-
-      if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( cid->data_offset + offsets[0] ) ||
-           FT_STREAM_READ( subr->code[0], data_len )  )
-        goto Fail;
-
-      /* set up pointers */
-      for ( count = 1; count <= num_subrs; count++ )
-      {
-        FT_ULong  len;
-
-
-        len               = offsets[count] - offsets[count - 1];
-        subr->code[count] = subr->code[count - 1] + len;
-      }
-
-      /* decrypt subroutines, but only if lenIV >= 0 */
-      if ( lenIV >= 0 )
-      {
-        for ( count = 0; count < num_subrs; count++ )
-        {
-          FT_ULong  len;
-
-
-          len = offsets[count + 1] - offsets[count];
-          psaux->t1_decrypt( subr->code[count], len, 4330 );
-        }
-      }
-
-      subr->num_subrs = num_subrs;
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    FT_FREE( offsets );
-    return error;
-
-  Fail:
-    if ( face->subrs )
-    {
-      for ( n = 0; n < cid->num_dicts; n++ )
-      {
-        if ( face->subrs[n].code )
-          FT_FREE( face->subrs[n].code[0] );
-
-        FT_FREE( face->subrs[n].code );
-      }
-      FT_FREE( face->subrs );
-    }
-    goto Exit;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  t1_init_loader( CID_Loader*  loader,
-                  CID_Face     face )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( face );
-
-    FT_MEM_ZERO( loader, sizeof ( *loader ) );
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  t1_done_loader( CID_Loader*  loader )
-  {
-    CID_Parser*  parser = &loader->parser;
-
-
-    /* finalize parser */
-    cid_parser_done( parser );
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  cid_hex_to_binary( FT_Byte*  data,
-                     FT_Long   data_len,
-                     FT_ULong  offset,
-                     CID_Face  face )
-  {
-    FT_Stream  stream = face->root.stream;
-    FT_Error   error;
-
-    FT_Byte    buffer[256];
-    FT_Byte   *p, *plimit;
-    FT_Byte   *d, *dlimit;
-    FT_Byte    val;
-
-    FT_Bool    upper_nibble, done;
-
-
-    if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( offset ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    d      = data;
-    dlimit = d + data_len;
-    p      = buffer;
-    plimit = p;
-
-    upper_nibble = 1;
-    done         = 0;
-
-    while ( d < dlimit )
-    {
-      if ( p >= plimit )
-      {
-        FT_ULong  oldpos = FT_STREAM_POS();
-        FT_ULong  size   = stream->size - oldpos;
-
-
-        if ( size == 0 )
-        {
-          error = CID_Err_Syntax_Error;
-          goto Exit;
-        }
-
-        if ( FT_STREAM_READ( buffer, 256 > size ? size : 256 ) )
-          goto Exit;
-        p      = buffer;
-        plimit = p + FT_STREAM_POS() - oldpos;
-      }
-
-      if ( ft_isdigit( *p ) )
-        val = (FT_Byte)( *p - '0' );
-      else if ( *p >= 'a' && *p <= 'f' )
-        val = (FT_Byte)( *p - 'a' );
-      else if ( *p >= 'A' && *p <= 'F' )
-        val = (FT_Byte)( *p - 'A' + 10 );
-      else if ( *p == ' '  ||
-                *p == '\t' ||
-                *p == '\r' ||
-                *p == '\n' ||
-                *p == '\f' ||
-                *p == '\0' )
-      {
-        p++;
-        continue;
-      }
-      else if ( *p == '>' )
-      {
-        val  = 0;
-        done = 1;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        error = CID_Err_Syntax_Error;
-        goto Exit;
-      }
-
-      if ( upper_nibble )
-        *d = (FT_Byte)( val << 4 );
-      else
-      {
-        *d = (FT_Byte)( *d + val );
-        d++;
-      }
-
-      upper_nibble = (FT_Byte)( 1 - upper_nibble );
-
-      if ( done )
-        break;
-
-      p++;
-    }
-
-    error = CID_Err_Ok;
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  cid_face_open( CID_Face  face,
-                 FT_Int    face_index )
-  {
-    CID_Loader   loader;
-    CID_Parser*  parser;
-    FT_Memory    memory = face->root.memory;
-    FT_Error     error;
-
-
-    t1_init_loader( &loader, face );
-
-    parser = &loader.parser;
-    error = cid_parser_new( parser, face->root.stream, face->root.memory,
-                            (PSAux_Service)face->psaux );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    error = cid_parse_dict( face, &loader,
-                            parser->postscript,
-                            parser->postscript_len );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    if ( face_index < 0 )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    if ( FT_NEW( face->cid_stream ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    if ( parser->binary_length )
-    {
-      /* we must convert the data section from hexadecimal to binary */
-      if ( FT_ALLOC( face->binary_data, parser->binary_length )         ||
-           cid_hex_to_binary( face->binary_data, parser->binary_length,
-                              parser->data_offset, face )               )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      FT_Stream_OpenMemory( face->cid_stream,
-                            face->binary_data, parser->binary_length );
-      face->cid.data_offset = 0;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      *face->cid_stream     = *face->root.stream;
-      face->cid.data_offset = loader.parser.data_offset;
-    }
-
-    error = cid_read_subrs( face );
-
-  Exit:
-    t1_done_loader( &loader );
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidload.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidload.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 8c172ff..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidload.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  cidload.h                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    CID-keyed Type1 font loader (specification).                         */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 by                               */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __CIDLOAD_H__
-#define __CIDLOAD_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
-#include "cidparse.h"
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  typedef struct  CID_Loader_
-  {
-    CID_Parser  parser;          /* parser used to read the stream */
-    FT_Int      num_chars;       /* number of characters in encoding */
-
-  } CID_Loader;
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Long )
-  cid_get_offset( FT_Byte**  start,
-                  FT_Byte    offsize );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  cid_face_open( CID_Face  face,
-                 FT_Int    face_index );
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __CIDLOAD_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidobjs.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidobjs.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 1b3bfbf..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidobjs.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,480 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  cidobjs.c                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    CID objects manager (body).                                          */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 by                   */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
-
-#include "cidgload.h"
-#include "cidload.h"
-
-#include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_CMAPS_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_AUX_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_HINTS_H
-
-#include "ciderrs.h"
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_cidobjs
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                            SLOT  FUNCTIONS                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  cid_slot_done( FT_GlyphSlot  slot )
-  {
-    slot->internal->glyph_hints = 0;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  cid_slot_init( FT_GlyphSlot  slot )
-  {
-    CID_Face          face;
-    PSHinter_Service  pshinter;
-
-
-    face     = (CID_Face)slot->face;
-    pshinter = (PSHinter_Service)face->pshinter;
-
-    if ( pshinter )
-    {
-      FT_Module  module;
-
-
-      module = FT_Get_Module( slot->face->driver->root.library,
-                              "pshinter" );
-      if ( module )
-      {
-        T1_Hints_Funcs  funcs;
-
-
-        funcs = pshinter->get_t1_funcs( module );
-        slot->internal->glyph_hints = (void*)funcs;
-      }
-    }
-
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                           SIZE  FUNCTIONS                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  static PSH_Globals_Funcs
-  cid_size_get_globals_funcs( CID_Size  size )
-  {
-    CID_Face          face     = (CID_Face)size->root.face;
-    PSHinter_Service  pshinter = (PSHinter_Service)face->pshinter;
-    FT_Module         module;
-
-
-    module = FT_Get_Module( size->root.face->driver->root.library,
-                            "pshinter" );
-    return ( module && pshinter && pshinter->get_globals_funcs )
-           ? pshinter->get_globals_funcs( module )
-           : 0;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  cid_size_done( FT_Size  cidsize )         /* CID_Size */
-  {
-    CID_Size  size = (CID_Size)cidsize;
-
-
-    if ( cidsize->internal )
-    {
-      PSH_Globals_Funcs  funcs;
-
-
-      funcs = cid_size_get_globals_funcs( size );
-      if ( funcs )
-        funcs->destroy( (PSH_Globals)cidsize->internal );
-
-      cidsize->internal = 0;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  cid_size_init( FT_Size  cidsize )     /* CID_Size */
-  {
-    CID_Size           size  = (CID_Size)cidsize;
-    FT_Error           error = 0;
-    PSH_Globals_Funcs  funcs = cid_size_get_globals_funcs( size );
-
-
-    if ( funcs )
-    {
-      PSH_Globals   globals;
-      CID_Face      face = (CID_Face)cidsize->face;
-      CID_FaceDict  dict = face->cid.font_dicts + face->root.face_index;
-      PS_Private    priv = &dict->private_dict;
-
-
-      error = funcs->create( cidsize->face->memory, priv, &globals );
-      if ( !error )
-        cidsize->internal = (FT_Size_Internal)(void*)globals;
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  cid_size_request( FT_Size          size,
-                    FT_Size_Request  req )
-  {
-    PSH_Globals_Funcs  funcs;
-
-
-    FT_Request_Metrics( size->face, req );
-
-    funcs = cid_size_get_globals_funcs( (CID_Size)size );
-
-    if ( funcs )
-      funcs->set_scale( (PSH_Globals)size->internal,
-                        size->metrics.x_scale,
-                        size->metrics.y_scale,
-                        0, 0 );
-
-    return CID_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                           FACE  FUNCTIONS                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    cid_face_done                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Finalizes a given face object.                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face :: A pointer to the face object to destroy.                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  cid_face_done( FT_Face  cidface )         /* CID_Face */
-  {
-    CID_Face   face = (CID_Face)cidface;
-    FT_Memory  memory;
-
-
-    if ( face )
-    {
-      CID_FaceInfo  cid  = &face->cid;
-      PS_FontInfo   info = &cid->font_info;
-
-
-      memory = cidface->memory;
-
-      /* release subrs */
-      if ( face->subrs )
-      {
-        FT_Int  n;
-
-
-        for ( n = 0; n < cid->num_dicts; n++ )
-        {
-          CID_Subrs  subr = face->subrs + n;
-
-
-          if ( subr->code )
-          {
-            FT_FREE( subr->code[0] );
-            FT_FREE( subr->code );
-          }
-        }
-
-        FT_FREE( face->subrs );
-      }
-
-      /* release FontInfo strings */
-      FT_FREE( info->version );
-      FT_FREE( info->notice );
-      FT_FREE( info->full_name );
-      FT_FREE( info->family_name );
-      FT_FREE( info->weight );
-
-      /* release font dictionaries */
-      FT_FREE( cid->font_dicts );
-      cid->num_dicts = 0;
-
-      /* release other strings */
-      FT_FREE( cid->cid_font_name );
-      FT_FREE( cid->registry );
-      FT_FREE( cid->ordering );
-
-      cidface->family_name = 0;
-      cidface->style_name  = 0;
-
-      FT_FREE( face->binary_data );
-      FT_FREE( face->cid_stream );
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    cid_face_init                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Initializes a given CID face object.                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    stream     :: The source font stream.                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    face_index :: The index of the font face in the resource.          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    num_params :: Number of additional generic parameters.  Ignored.   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    params     :: Additional generic parameters.  Ignored.             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <InOut>                                                               */
-  /*    face       :: The newly built face object.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  cid_face_init( FT_Stream      stream,
-                 FT_Face        cidface,        /* CID_Face */
-                 FT_Int         face_index,
-                 FT_Int         num_params,
-                 FT_Parameter*  params )
-  {
-    CID_Face          face = (CID_Face)cidface;
-    FT_Error          error;
-    PSAux_Service     psaux;
-    PSHinter_Service  pshinter;
-
-    FT_UNUSED( num_params );
-    FT_UNUSED( params );
-    FT_UNUSED( stream );
-
-
-    cidface->num_faces = 1;
-
-    psaux = (PSAux_Service)face->psaux;
-    if ( !psaux )
-    {
-      psaux = (PSAux_Service)FT_Get_Module_Interface(
-                FT_FACE_LIBRARY( face ), "psaux" );
-
-      face->psaux = psaux;
-    }
-
-    pshinter = (PSHinter_Service)face->pshinter;
-    if ( !pshinter )
-    {
-      pshinter = (PSHinter_Service)FT_Get_Module_Interface(
-                   FT_FACE_LIBRARY( face ), "pshinter" );
-
-      face->pshinter = pshinter;
-    }
-
-    /* open the tokenizer; this will also check the font format */
-    if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( 0 ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    error = cid_face_open( face, face_index );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* if we just wanted to check the format, leave successfully now */
-    if ( face_index < 0 )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* check the face index */
-    if ( face_index != 0 )
-    {
-      FT_ERROR(( "cid_face_init: invalid face index\n" ));
-      error = CID_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* now load the font program into the face object */
-
-    /* initialize the face object fields */
-
-    /* set up root face fields */
-    {
-      CID_FaceInfo  cid  = &face->cid;
-      PS_FontInfo   info = &cid->font_info;
-
-
-      cidface->num_glyphs   = cid->cid_count;
-      cidface->num_charmaps = 0;
-
-      cidface->face_index = face_index;
-      cidface->face_flags = FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE   | /* scalable outlines */
-                            FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL | /* horizontal data   */
-                            FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTER;      /* has native hinter */
-
-      if ( info->is_fixed_pitch )
-        cidface->face_flags |= FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH;
-
-      /* XXX: TODO: add kerning with .afm support */
-
-      /* get style name -- be careful, some broken fonts only */
-      /* have a /FontName dictionary entry!                   */
-      cidface->family_name = info->family_name;
-      /* assume "Regular" style if we don't know better */
-      cidface->style_name = (char *)"Regular";
-      if ( cidface->family_name )
-      {
-        char*  full   = info->full_name;
-        char*  family = cidface->family_name;
-
-
-        if ( full )
-        {
-          while ( *full )
-          {
-            if ( *full == *family )
-            {
-              family++;
-              full++;
-            }
-            else
-            {
-              if ( *full == ' ' || *full == '-' )
-                full++;
-              else if ( *family == ' ' || *family == '-' )
-                family++;
-              else
-              {
-                if ( !*family )
-                  cidface->style_name = full;
-                break;
-              }
-            }
-          }
-        }
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        /* do we have a `/FontName'? */
-        if ( cid->cid_font_name )
-          cidface->family_name = cid->cid_font_name;
-      }
-
-      /* compute style flags */
-      cidface->style_flags = 0;
-      if ( info->italic_angle )
-        cidface->style_flags |= FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC;
-      if ( info->weight )
-      {
-        if ( !ft_strcmp( info->weight, "Bold"  ) ||
-             !ft_strcmp( info->weight, "Black" ) )
-          cidface->style_flags |= FT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLD;
-      }
-
-      /* no embedded bitmap support */
-      cidface->num_fixed_sizes = 0;
-      cidface->available_sizes = 0;
-
-      cidface->bbox.xMin =   cid->font_bbox.xMin             >> 16;
-      cidface->bbox.yMin =   cid->font_bbox.yMin             >> 16;
-      cidface->bbox.xMax = ( cid->font_bbox.xMax + 0xFFFFU ) >> 16;
-      cidface->bbox.yMax = ( cid->font_bbox.yMax + 0xFFFFU ) >> 16;
-
-      if ( !cidface->units_per_EM )
-        cidface->units_per_EM = 1000;
-
-      cidface->ascender  = (FT_Short)( cidface->bbox.yMax );
-      cidface->descender = (FT_Short)( cidface->bbox.yMin );
-
-      cidface->height = (FT_Short)( ( cidface->units_per_EM * 12 ) / 10 );
-      if ( cidface->height < cidface->ascender - cidface->descender )
-        cidface->height = (FT_Short)( cidface->ascender - cidface->descender );
-
-      cidface->underline_position  = (FT_Short)info->underline_position;
-      cidface->underline_thickness = (FT_Short)info->underline_thickness;
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    cid_driver_init                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Initializes a given CID driver object.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    driver :: A handle to the target driver object.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  cid_driver_init( FT_Module  driver )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( driver );
-
-    return CID_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    cid_driver_done                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Finalizes a given CID driver.                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    driver :: A handle to the target CID driver.                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  cid_driver_done( FT_Module  driver )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( driver );
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidobjs.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidobjs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index aee346d..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidobjs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,154 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  cidobjs.h                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    CID objects manager (specification).                                 */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2004, 2006 by                               */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __CIDOBJS_H__
-#define __CIDOBJS_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-#include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_TYPE1_TYPES_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /* The following structures must be defined by the hinter */
-  typedef struct CID_Size_Hints_   CID_Size_Hints;
-  typedef struct CID_Glyph_Hints_  CID_Glyph_Hints;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Type>                                                                */
-  /*    CID_Driver                                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A handle to a Type 1 driver object.                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct CID_DriverRec_*  CID_Driver;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Type>                                                                */
-  /*    CID_Size                                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A handle to a Type 1 size object.                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct CID_SizeRec_*  CID_Size;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Type>                                                                */
-  /*    CID_GlyphSlot                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A handle to a Type 1 glyph slot object.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct CID_GlyphSlotRec_*  CID_GlyphSlot;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Type>                                                                */
-  /*    CID_CharMap                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A handle to a Type 1 character mapping object.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    The Type 1 format doesn't use a charmap but an encoding table.     */
-  /*    The driver is responsible for making up charmap objects            */
-  /*    corresponding to these tables.                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct CID_CharMapRec_*  CID_CharMap;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* HERE BEGINS THE TYPE 1 SPECIFIC STUFF                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  typedef struct  CID_SizeRec_
-  {
-    FT_SizeRec  root;
-    FT_Bool     valid;
-
-  } CID_SizeRec;
-
-
-  typedef struct  CID_GlyphSlotRec_
-  {
-    FT_GlyphSlotRec  root;
-
-    FT_Bool          hint;
-    FT_Bool          scaled;
-
-    FT_Fixed         x_scale;
-    FT_Fixed         y_scale;
-
-  } CID_GlyphSlotRec;
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  cid_slot_done( FT_GlyphSlot  slot );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  cid_slot_init( FT_GlyphSlot  slot );
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  cid_size_done( FT_Size  size );       /* CID_Size */
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  cid_size_init( FT_Size  size );       /* CID_Size */
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  cid_size_request( FT_Size          size,      /* CID_Size */
-                    FT_Size_Request  req );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  cid_face_init( FT_Stream      stream,
-                 FT_Face        face,           /* CID_Face */
-                 FT_Int         face_index,
-                 FT_Int         num_params,
-                 FT_Parameter*  params );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  cid_face_done( FT_Face  face );               /* CID_Face */
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  cid_driver_init( FT_Module  driver );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  cid_driver_done( FT_Module  driver );
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __CIDOBJS_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidparse.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidparse.c
deleted file mode 100644
index bb87afc..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidparse.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,226 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  cidparse.c                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    CID-keyed Type1 parser (body).                                       */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by             */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_CALC_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
-
-#include "cidparse.h"
-
-#include "ciderrs.h"
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_cidparse
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                    INPUT STREAM PARSER                        *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  cid_parser_new( CID_Parser*    parser,
-                  FT_Stream      stream,
-                  FT_Memory      memory,
-                  PSAux_Service  psaux )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error;
-    FT_ULong  base_offset, offset, ps_len;
-    FT_Byte   *cur, *limit;
-    FT_Byte   *arg1, *arg2;
-
-
-    FT_MEM_ZERO( parser, sizeof ( *parser ) );
-    psaux->ps_parser_funcs->init( &parser->root, 0, 0, memory );
-
-    parser->stream = stream;
-
-    base_offset = FT_STREAM_POS();
-
-    /* first of all, check the font format in the header */
-    if ( FT_FRAME_ENTER( 31 ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    if ( ft_strncmp( (char *)stream->cursor,
-                     "%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CIDFont", 31 ) )
-    {
-      FT_TRACE2(( "[not a valid CID-keyed font]\n" ));
-      error = CID_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
-    }
-
-    FT_FRAME_EXIT();
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-  Again:
-    /* now, read the rest of the file until we find */
-    /* `StartData' or `/sfnts'                      */
-    {
-      FT_Byte   buffer[256 + 10];
-      FT_Int    read_len = 256 + 10;
-      FT_Byte*  p        = buffer;
-
-
-      for ( offset = (FT_ULong)FT_STREAM_POS(); ; offset += 256 )
-      {
-        FT_Int  stream_len;
-
-
-        stream_len = stream->size - FT_STREAM_POS();
-        if ( stream_len == 0 )
-        {
-          FT_TRACE2(( "cid_parser_new: no `StartData' keyword found\n" ));
-          error = CID_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
-          goto Exit;
-        }
-
-        read_len = FT_MIN( read_len, stream_len );
-        if ( FT_STREAM_READ( p, read_len ) )
-          goto Exit;
-
-        if ( read_len < 256 )
-          p[read_len]  = '\0';
-
-        limit = p + read_len - 10;
-
-        for ( p = buffer; p < limit; p++ )
-        {
-          if ( p[0] == 'S' && ft_strncmp( (char*)p, "StartData", 9 ) == 0 )
-          {
-            /* save offset of binary data after `StartData' */
-            offset += p - buffer + 10;
-            goto Found;
-          }
-          else if ( p[1] == 's' && ft_strncmp( (char*)p, "/sfnts", 6 ) == 0 )
-          {
-            offset += p - buffer + 7;
-            goto Found;
-          }
-        }
-
-        FT_MEM_MOVE( buffer, p, 10 );
-        read_len = 256;
-        p = buffer + 10;
-      }
-    }
-
-  Found:
-    /* We have found the start of the binary data or the `/sfnts' token. */
-    /* Now rewind and extract the frame corresponding to this PostScript */
-    /* section.                                                          */
-
-    ps_len = offset - base_offset;
-    if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( base_offset )                  ||
-         FT_FRAME_EXTRACT( ps_len, parser->postscript ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    parser->data_offset    = offset;
-    parser->postscript_len = ps_len;
-    parser->root.base      = parser->postscript;
-    parser->root.cursor    = parser->postscript;
-    parser->root.limit     = parser->root.cursor + ps_len;
-    parser->num_dict       = -1;
-
-    /* Finally, we check whether `StartData' or `/sfnts' was real --  */
-    /* it could be in a comment or string.  We also get the arguments */
-    /* of `StartData' to find out whether the data is represented in  */
-    /* binary or hex format.                                          */
-
-    arg1 = parser->root.cursor;
-    cid_parser_skip_PS_token( parser );
-    cid_parser_skip_spaces  ( parser );
-    arg2 = parser->root.cursor;
-    cid_parser_skip_PS_token( parser );
-    cid_parser_skip_spaces  ( parser );
-
-    limit = parser->root.limit;
-    cur   = parser->root.cursor;
-
-    while ( cur < limit )
-    {
-      if ( parser->root.error )
-      {
-        error = parser->root.error;
-        goto Exit;
-      }
-
-      if ( cur[0] == 'S' && ft_strncmp( (char*)cur, "StartData", 9 ) == 0 )
-      {
-        if ( ft_strncmp( (char*)arg1, "(Hex)", 5 ) == 0 )
-          parser->binary_length = ft_atol( (const char *)arg2 );
-
-        limit = parser->root.limit;
-        cur   = parser->root.cursor;
-        goto Exit;
-      }
-      else if ( cur[1] == 's' && ft_strncmp( (char*)cur, "/sfnts", 6 ) == 0 )
-      {
-        FT_TRACE2(( "cid_parser_new: cannot handle Type 11 fonts\n" ));
-        error = CID_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
-        goto Exit;
-      }
-
-      cid_parser_skip_PS_token( parser );
-      cid_parser_skip_spaces  ( parser );
-      arg1 = arg2;
-      arg2 = cur;
-      cur  = parser->root.cursor;
-    }
-
-    /* we haven't found the correct `StartData'; go back and continue */
-    /* searching                                                      */
-    FT_FRAME_RELEASE( parser->postscript );
-    if ( !FT_STREAM_SEEK( offset ) )
-      goto Again;
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  cid_parser_done( CID_Parser*  parser )
-  {
-    /* always free the private dictionary */
-    if ( parser->postscript )
-    {
-      FT_Stream  stream = parser->stream;
-
-
-      FT_FRAME_RELEASE( parser->postscript );
-    }
-    parser->root.funcs.done( &parser->root );
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidparse.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidparse.h
deleted file mode 100644
index ca37dea..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidparse.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,123 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  cidparse.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    CID-keyed Type1 parser (specification).                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 by                               */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __CIDPARSE_H__
-#define __CIDPARSE_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_TYPE1_TYPES_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_AUX_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Struct>                                                              */
-  /*    CID_Parser                                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    A CID_Parser is an object used to parse a Type 1 fonts very        */
-  /*    quickly.                                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Fields>                                                              */
-  /*    root           :: The root PS_ParserRec fields.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    stream         :: The current input stream.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    postscript     :: A pointer to the data to be parsed.              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    postscript_len :: The length of the data to be parsed.             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    data_offset    :: The start position of the binary data (i.e., the */
-  /*                      end of the data to be parsed.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    binary_length  :: The length of the data after the `StartData'     */
-  /*                      command if the data format is hexadecimal.       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    cid            :: A structure which holds the information about    */
-  /*                      the current font.                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    num_dict       :: The number of font dictionaries.                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  CID_Parser_
-  {
-    PS_ParserRec  root;
-    FT_Stream     stream;
-
-    FT_Byte*      postscript;
-    FT_Long       postscript_len;
-
-    FT_ULong      data_offset;
-
-    FT_Long       binary_length;
-
-    CID_FaceInfo  cid;
-    FT_Int        num_dict;
-
-  } CID_Parser;
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  cid_parser_new( CID_Parser*    parser,
-                  FT_Stream      stream,
-                  FT_Memory      memory,
-                  PSAux_Service  psaux );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  cid_parser_done( CID_Parser*  parser );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                            PARSING ROUTINES                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-#define cid_parser_skip_spaces( p ) \
-          (p)->root.funcs.skip_spaces( &(p)->root )
-#define cid_parser_skip_PS_token( p ) \
-          (p)->root.funcs.skip_PS_token( &(p)->root )
-
-#define cid_parser_to_int( p )        (p)->root.funcs.to_int( &(p)->root )
-#define cid_parser_to_fixed( p, t )   (p)->root.funcs.to_fixed( &(p)->root, t )
-
-#define cid_parser_to_coord_array( p, m, c )                          \
-          (p)->root.funcs.to_coord_array( &(p)->root, m, c )
-#define cid_parser_to_fixed_array( p, m, f, t )                          \
-          (p)->root.funcs.to_fixed_array( &(p)->root, m, f, t )
-#define cid_parser_to_token( p, t )                         \
-          (p)->root.funcs.to_token( &(p)->root, t )
-#define cid_parser_to_token_array( p, t, m, c )                          \
-          (p)->root.funcs.to_token_array( &(p)->root, t, m, c )
-
-#define cid_parser_load_field( p, f, o )                              \
-          (p)->root.funcs.load_field( &(p)->root, f, o, 0, 0 )
-#define cid_parser_load_field_table( p, f, o )                              \
-          (p)->root.funcs.load_field_table( &(p)->root, f, o, 0, 0 )
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __CIDPARSE_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidriver.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidriver.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 85ee6cf..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidriver.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,198 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  cidriver.c                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    CID driver interface (body).                                         */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2008 by                   */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include "cidriver.h"
-#include "cidgload.h"
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
-
-#include "ciderrs.h"
-
-#include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_NAME_H
-#include FT_SERVICE_XFREE86_NAME_H
-#include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_INFO_H
-#include FT_SERVICE_CID_H
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_ciddriver
-
-
-  /*
-   *  POSTSCRIPT NAME SERVICE
-   *
-   */
-
-  static const char*
-  cid_get_postscript_name( CID_Face  face )
-  {
-    const char*  result = face->cid.cid_font_name;
-
-
-    if ( result && result[0] == '/' )
-      result++;
-
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-  static const FT_Service_PsFontNameRec  cid_service_ps_name =
-  {
-    (FT_PsName_GetFunc) cid_get_postscript_name
-  };
-
-
-  /*
-   *  POSTSCRIPT INFO SERVICE
-   *
-   */
-
-  static FT_Error
-  cid_ps_get_font_info( FT_Face          face,
-                        PS_FontInfoRec*  afont_info )
-  {
-    *afont_info = ((CID_Face)face)->cid.font_info;
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  static const FT_Service_PsInfoRec  cid_service_ps_info =
-  {
-    (PS_GetFontInfoFunc)   cid_ps_get_font_info,
-    (PS_HasGlyphNamesFunc) NULL,        /* unsupported with CID fonts */
-    (PS_GetFontPrivateFunc)NULL         /* unsupported                */
-  };
-
-
-  /*
-   *  CID INFO SERVICE
-   *
-   */
-  static FT_Error
-  cid_get_ros( CID_Face      face,
-               const char*  *registry,
-               const char*  *ordering,
-               FT_Int       *supplement )
-  {
-    CID_FaceInfo  cid = &face->cid;
-
-
-    if ( registry )
-      *registry = cid->registry;
-      
-    if ( ordering )
-      *ordering = cid->ordering;
-
-    if ( supplement )
-      *supplement = cid->supplement;
-      
-    return CID_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  static const FT_Service_CIDRec  cid_service_cid_info =
-  {
-    (FT_CID_GetRegistryOrderingSupplementFunc)cid_get_ros
-  };
-
-
-  /*
-   *  SERVICE LIST
-   *
-   */
-
-  static const FT_ServiceDescRec  cid_services[] =
-  {
-    { FT_SERVICE_ID_XF86_NAME,            FT_XF86_FORMAT_CID },
-    { FT_SERVICE_ID_POSTSCRIPT_FONT_NAME, &cid_service_ps_name },
-    { FT_SERVICE_ID_POSTSCRIPT_INFO,      &cid_service_ps_info },
-    { FT_SERVICE_ID_CID,                  &cid_service_cid_info },
-    { NULL, NULL }
-  };
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Module_Interface )
-  cid_get_interface( FT_Module    module,
-                     const char*  cid_interface )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( module );
-
-    return ft_service_list_lookup( cid_services, cid_interface );
-  }
-
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
-  const FT_Driver_ClassRec  t1cid_driver_class =
-  {
-    /* first of all, the FT_Module_Class fields */
-    {
-      FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER       |
-      FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE   |
-      FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER,
-
-      sizeof( FT_DriverRec ),
-      "t1cid",   /* module name           */
-      0x10000L,  /* version 1.0 of driver */
-      0x20000L,  /* requires FreeType 2.0 */
-
-      0,
-
-      cid_driver_init,
-      cid_driver_done,
-      cid_get_interface
-    },
-
-    /* then the other font drivers fields */
-    sizeof( CID_FaceRec ),
-    sizeof( CID_SizeRec ),
-    sizeof( CID_GlyphSlotRec ),
-
-    cid_face_init,
-    cid_face_done,
-
-    cid_size_init,
-    cid_size_done,
-    cid_slot_init,
-    cid_slot_done,
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
-    ft_stub_set_char_sizes,
-    ft_stub_set_pixel_sizes,
-#endif
-
-    cid_slot_load_glyph,
-
-    0,                      /* FT_Face_GetKerningFunc  */
-    0,                      /* FT_Face_AttachFunc      */
-
-    0,                      /* FT_Face_GetAdvancesFunc */
-
-    cid_size_request,
-    0                       /* FT_Size_SelectFunc      */
-  };
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidriver.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidriver.h
deleted file mode 100644
index d5a80f6..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidriver.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  cidriver.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    High-level CID driver interface (specification).                     */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002 by                                           */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __CIDRIVER_H__
-#define __CIDRIVER_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DRIVER_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE
-  const FT_Driver_ClassRec  t1cid_driver_class;
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __CIDRIVER_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidtoken.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidtoken.h
deleted file mode 100644
index ad5bbb2..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidtoken.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  cidtoken.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    CID token definitions (specification only).                          */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2006 by                               */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
-#define FT_STRUCTURE  CID_FaceInfoRec
-#undef  T1CODE
-#define T1CODE        T1_FIELD_LOCATION_CID_INFO
-
-  T1_FIELD_KEY   ( "CIDFontName",    cid_font_name, 0 )
-  T1_FIELD_NUM   ( "CIDFontVersion", cid_version,   0 )
-  T1_FIELD_NUM   ( "CIDFontType",    cid_font_type, 0 )
-  T1_FIELD_STRING( "Registry",       registry,      0 )
-  T1_FIELD_STRING( "Ordering",       ordering,      0 )
-  T1_FIELD_NUM   ( "Supplement",     supplement,    0 )
-  T1_FIELD_NUM   ( "UIDBase",        uid_base,      0 )
-  T1_FIELD_NUM   ( "CIDMapOffset",   cidmap_offset, 0 )
-  T1_FIELD_NUM   ( "FDBytes",        fd_bytes,      0 )
-  T1_FIELD_NUM   ( "GDBytes",        gd_bytes,      0 )
-  T1_FIELD_NUM   ( "CIDCount",       cid_count,     0 )
-
-
-#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
-#define FT_STRUCTURE  PS_FontInfoRec
-#undef  T1CODE
-#define T1CODE        T1_FIELD_LOCATION_FONT_INFO
-
-  T1_FIELD_STRING( "version",            version,             0 )
-  T1_FIELD_STRING( "Notice",             notice,              0 )
-  T1_FIELD_STRING( "FullName",           full_name,           0 )
-  T1_FIELD_STRING( "FamilyName",         family_name,         0 )
-  T1_FIELD_STRING( "Weight",             weight,              0 )
-  T1_FIELD_NUM   ( "ItalicAngle",        italic_angle,        0 )
-  T1_FIELD_BOOL  ( "isFixedPitch",       is_fixed_pitch,      0 )
-  T1_FIELD_NUM   ( "UnderlinePosition",  underline_position,  0 )
-  T1_FIELD_NUM   ( "UnderlineThickness", underline_thickness, 0 )
-
-
-#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
-#define FT_STRUCTURE  CID_FaceDictRec
-#undef  T1CODE
-#define T1CODE        T1_FIELD_LOCATION_FONT_DICT
-
-  T1_FIELD_NUM  ( "PaintType",          paint_type,          0 )
-  T1_FIELD_NUM  ( "FontType",           font_type,           0 )
-  T1_FIELD_NUM  ( "SubrMapOffset",      subrmap_offset,      0 )
-  T1_FIELD_NUM  ( "SDBytes",            sd_bytes,            0 )
-  T1_FIELD_NUM  ( "SubrCount",          num_subrs,           0 )
-  T1_FIELD_NUM  ( "lenBuildCharArray",  len_buildchar,       0 )
-  T1_FIELD_FIXED( "ForceBoldThreshold", forcebold_threshold, 0 )
-  T1_FIELD_FIXED( "ExpansionFactor",    expansion_factor,    0 )
-  T1_FIELD_FIXED( "StrokeWidth",        stroke_width,        0 )
-
-
-#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
-#define FT_STRUCTURE  PS_PrivateRec
-#undef  T1CODE
-#define T1CODE        T1_FIELD_LOCATION_PRIVATE
-
-  T1_FIELD_NUM       ( "UniqueID",         unique_id,      0 )
-  T1_FIELD_NUM       ( "lenIV",            lenIV,          0 )
-  T1_FIELD_NUM       ( "LanguageGroup",    language_group, 0 )
-  T1_FIELD_NUM       ( "password",         password,       0 )
-
-  T1_FIELD_FIXED_1000( "BlueScale",        blue_scale,     0 )
-  T1_FIELD_NUM       ( "BlueShift",        blue_shift,     0 )
-  T1_FIELD_NUM       ( "BlueFuzz",         blue_fuzz,      0 )
-
-  T1_FIELD_NUM_TABLE ( "BlueValues",       blue_values,        14, 0 )
-  T1_FIELD_NUM_TABLE ( "OtherBlues",       other_blues,        10, 0 )
-  T1_FIELD_NUM_TABLE ( "FamilyBlues",      family_blues,       14, 0 )
-  T1_FIELD_NUM_TABLE ( "FamilyOtherBlues", family_other_blues, 10, 0 )
-
-  T1_FIELD_NUM_TABLE2( "StdHW",            standard_width,      1, 0 )
-  T1_FIELD_NUM_TABLE2( "StdVW",            standard_height,     1, 0 )
-  T1_FIELD_NUM_TABLE2( "MinFeature",       min_feature,         2, 0 )
-
-  T1_FIELD_NUM_TABLE ( "StemSnapH",        snap_widths,        12, 0 )
-  T1_FIELD_NUM_TABLE ( "StemSnapV",        snap_heights,       12, 0 )
-
-#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
-#define FT_STRUCTURE  FT_BBox
-#undef  T1CODE
-#define T1CODE        T1_FIELD_LOCATION_BBOX
-
-  T1_FIELD_BBOX( "FontBBox", xMin, 0 )
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/module.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/module.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 41e5a68..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/module.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 CID module definition
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2006 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-FTMODULE_H_COMMANDS += TYPE1CID_DRIVER
-
-define TYPE1CID_DRIVER
-$(OPEN_DRIVER)t1cid_driver_class$(CLOSE_DRIVER)
-$(ECHO_DRIVER)cid       $(ECHO_DRIVER_DESC)Postscript CID-keyed fonts, no known extension$(ECHO_DRIVER_DONE)
-endef
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/rules.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/rules.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index f362744..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/rules.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 CID driver configuration rules
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2001, 2003 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-# CID driver directory
-#
-CID_DIR := $(SRC_DIR)/cid
-
-
-CID_COMPILE := $(FT_COMPILE) $I$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$(CID_DIR))
-
-
-# CID driver sources (i.e., C files)
-#
-CID_DRV_SRC := $(CID_DIR)/cidparse.c \
-               $(CID_DIR)/cidload.c  \
-               $(CID_DIR)/cidriver.c \
-               $(CID_DIR)/cidgload.c \
-               $(CID_DIR)/cidobjs.c
-
-# CID driver headers
-#
-CID_DRV_H := $(CID_DRV_SRC:%.c=%.h) \
-             $(CID_DIR)/cidtoken.h  \
-             $(CID_DIR)/ciderrs.h
-
-
-# CID driver object(s)
-#
-#   CID_DRV_OBJ_M is used during `multi' builds
-#   CID_DRV_OBJ_S is used during `single' builds
-#
-CID_DRV_OBJ_M := $(CID_DRV_SRC:$(CID_DIR)/%.c=$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O)
-CID_DRV_OBJ_S := $(OBJ_DIR)/type1cid.$O
-
-# CID driver source file for single build
-#
-CID_DRV_SRC_S := $(CID_DIR)/type1cid.c
-
-
-# CID driver - single object
-#
-$(CID_DRV_OBJ_S): $(CID_DRV_SRC_S) $(CID_DRV_SRC) $(FREETYPE_H) $(CID_DRV_H)
-	$(CID_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $(CID_DRV_SRC_S))
-
-
-# CID driver - multiple objects
-#
-$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O: $(CID_DIR)/%.c $(FREETYPE_H) $(CID_DRV_H)
-	$(CID_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $<)
-
-
-# update main driver object lists
-#
-DRV_OBJS_S += $(CID_DRV_OBJ_S)
-DRV_OBJS_M += $(CID_DRV_OBJ_M)
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/type1cid.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/type1cid.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b866e9..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/type1cid.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  type1cid.c                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType OpenType driver component (body only).                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001 by                                                 */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#define FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include "cidparse.c"
-#include "cidload.c"
-#include "cidobjs.c"
-#include "cidriver.c"
-#include "cidgload.c"
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/Jamfile b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/Jamfile
deleted file mode 100644
index 88049a6..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/Jamfile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-# FreeType 2 src/gxvalid Jamfile
-#
-# Copyright 2005 by
-# suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO and Red Hat K.K.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-SubDir  FT2_TOP $(FT2_SRC_DIR) gxvalid ;
-
-
-{
-  local  _sources ;
-
-  if $(FT2_MULTI)
-  {
-    _sources = gxvcommn gxvfeat  gxvbsln  gxvtrak  gxvopbd  gxvprop
-               gxvmort  gxvmort0 gxvmort1 gxvmort2 gxvmort4 gxvmort5
-               gxvmorx  gxvmorx0 gxvmorx1 gxvmorx2 gxvmorx4 gxvmorx5
-               gxvlcar  gxvkern  gxvmod   gxvjust  ;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    _sources = gxvalid ;
-  }
-
-  Library  $(FT2_LIB) : $(_sources).c ;
-}
-
-# end of src/gxvalid Jamfile
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/README b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/README
deleted file mode 100644
index 28e535b..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/README
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,532 +0,0 @@
-gxvalid: TrueType GX validator
-==============================
-
-
-1. What is this
----------------
-
-  `gxvalid' is a module to  validate TrueType GX tables: a collection of
-  additional tables  in TrueType  font which are  used by  `QuickDraw GX
-  Text',  Apple Advanced  Typography  (AAT).  In  addition, gxvalid  can
-  validates `kern'  tables which have  been extended for AAT.   Like the
-  otvalid  module,   gxvalid  uses  Freetype   2's  validator  framework
-  (ftvalid).
-
-  You can link gxvalid with your program; before running your own layout
-  engine, gxvalid validates a font  file.  As the result, you can remove
-  error-checking code  from the layout  engine.  It is also  possible to
-  use  gxvalid  as a  stand-alone  font  validator;  the `ftvalid'  test
-  program  included  in the  ft2demo  bundle  calls gxvalid  internally.
-  A stand-alone font validator may be useful for font developers.
-
-  This documents documents the following issues.
-
-  - supported TrueType GX tables
-  - fundamental validation limitations
-  - permissive error handling of broken GX tables
-  - `kern' table issue.
-
-
-2. Supported tables
--------------------
-
-  The following GX tables are currently supported.
-
-    bsln
-    feat
-    just
-    kern(*)
-    lcar
-    mort
-    morx
-    opbd
-    prop
-    trak
-
-  The following GX tables are currently unsupported.
-
-    cvar
-    fdsc
-    fmtx
-    fvar
-    gvar
-    Zapf
-
-  The following GX tables won't be supported.
-
-    acnt(**)
-    hsty(***)
-
-  The following undocumented tables in TrueType fonts designed for Apple
-  platform aren't handled either.
-
-    addg
-    CVTM
-    TPNM
-    umif
-
-
-  *)   The `kern'  validator handles both  the classic and the  new kern
-       formats;  the former  is supported  on both  Microsoft  and Apple
-       platforms, while the latter is supported on Apple platforms.
-
-  **)  `acnt' tables are not supported by currently available Apple font
-       tools.
-
-  ***) There  is  one more  Apple  extension,  `hsty',  but  it  is  for
-       Newton-OS, not GX  (Newton-OS is a platform by  Apple, but it can
-       use  sfnt- housed bitmap  fonts only).   Therefore, it  should be
-       excluded  from  `Apple  platform'  in the  context  of  TrueType.
-       gxvalid ignores it as Apple font tools do so.
-
-
-  We have  checked 183  fonts bundled with  MacOS 9.1, MacOS  9.2, MacOS
-  10.0, MacOS X 10.1, MSIE  for MacOS, and AppleWorks 6.0.  In addition,
-  we have  checked 67 Dynalab fonts  (designed for MacOS)  and 189 Ricoh
-  fonts (designed for Windows and  MacOS dual platforms).  The number of
-  fonts including TrueType GX tables are as follows.
-
-    bsln:  76
-    feat: 191
-    just:  84
-    kern:  59
-    lcar:   4
-    mort: 326
-    morx:  19
-    opbd:   4
-    prop: 114
-    trak:  16
-
-  Dynalab  and Ricoh fonts  don't have  GX tables  except of  `feat' and
-  `mort'.
-
-
-3. Fundamental validation limitations
--------------------------------------
-
-  TrueType  GX  provides  layout   information  to  libraries  for  font
-  rasterizers  and text layout.   gxvalid can  check whether  the layout
-  data in  a font is conformant  to the TrueType GX  format specified by
-  Apple.  But gxvalid cannot check  a how QuickDraw GX/AAT renderer uses
-  the stored information.
-
-  3-1. Validation of State Machine activity
-  -----------------------------------------
-
-    QuickDraw GX/AAT uses a `State Machine' to provide `stateful' layout
-    features,  and TrueType GX  stores the  state transition  diagram of
-    this `State  Machine' in a  `StateTable' data structure.   While the
-    State  Machine receives  a series  of glyph  IDs, the  State Machine
-    starts with `start  of text' state, walks around  various states and
-    generates various  layout information  to the  renderer, and finally
-    reaches the `end of text' state.
-
-    gxvalid can check essential errors like:
-
-      - possibility of state transitions to undefined states
-      - existence of glyph  IDs that the State Machine  doesn't know how
-        to handle
-      - the  State Machine  cannot compute  the layout  information from
-        given diagram
-
-    These errors  can be  checked within finite  steps, and  without the
-    State Machine itself, because these are `expression' errors of state
-    transition diagram.
-
-    There  is no  limitation  about  how long  the  State Machine  walks
-    around,  so validation  of  the algorithm  in  the state  transition
-    diagram requires infinite  steps, even if we had  a State Machine in
-    gxvalid.   Therefore, the  following errors  and problems  cannot be
-    checked.
-
-      - existence of states which the State Machine never transits to
-      - the  possibility that the  State Machine  never reaches  `end of
-        text'
-      - the possibility of stack underflow/overflow in the State Machine
-        (in  ligature  and  contextual  glyph substitutions,  the  State
-        Machine can store 16 glyphs onto its stack)
-
-    In addition, gxvalid doesn't check `temporary glyph IDs' used in the
-    chained State Machines  (in `mort' and `morx' tables).   If a layout
-    feature  is  implemented by  a  single  State  Machine, a  glyph  ID
-    converted by the State Machine is passed to the glyph renderer, thus
-    it  should not  point to  an undefined  glyph ID.   But if  a layout
-    feature is implemented by  chained State Machines, a component State
-    Machine  (if it  is  not the  final  one) is  permitted to  generate
-    undefined glyph IDs for temporary use, because it is handled by next
-    component State Machine and not  by the glyph renderer.  To validate
-    such temporary glyph IDs, gxvalid must stack all undefined glyph IDs
-    which  can occur in  the output  of the  previous State  Machine and
-    search  them in  the  `ClassTable' structure  of  the current  State
-    Machine.  It is too complex to  list all possible glyph IDs from the
-    StateTable, especially from a ligature substitution table.
-
-  3-2. Validation of relationship between multiple layout features
-  ----------------------------------------------------------------
-
-    gxvalid does  not validate the relationship  between multiple layout
-    features at all.
-
-    If  multiple layout  features  are defined  in  TrueType GX  tables,
-    possible  interactions,  overrides,  and  conflicts  between  layout
-    features are implicitly  given in the font too.   For example, there
-    are several predefined spacing control features:
-
-      - Text Spacing          (Proportional/Monospace/Half-width/Normal)
-      - Number Spacing        (Monospaced-numbers/Proportional-numbers)
-      - Kana Spacing          (Full-width/Proportional)
-      - Ideographic Spacing   (Full-width/Proportional)
-      - CJK Roman Spacing     (Half-width/Proportional/Default-roman
-                               /Full-width-roman/Proportional)
-
-    If all  layout features are  independently managed, we  can activate
-    inconsistent  typographic rules  like  `Text Spacing=Monospace'  and
-    `Ideographic Spacing=Proportional' at the same time.
-
-    The combinations  of layout features  is managed by a  32bit integer
-    (one bit each for selector  setting), so we can define relationships
-    between  up  to 32  features,  theoretically.   But  if one  feature
-    setting  affects  another   feature  setting,  we  need  typographic
-    priority  rules to  validate the  relationship.   Unfortunately, the
-    TrueType GX format specification does not give such information even
-    for predefined features.
-
-
-4. Permissive error handling of broken GX tables
-------------------------------------------------
-
-  When  Apple's font  rendering system  finds an  inconsistency,  like a
-  specification  violation or  an  unspecified value  in  a TrueType  GX
-  table, it does not always  return error.  In most cases, the rendering
-  engine silently  ignores such wrong  values or even whole  tables.  In
-  fact, MacOS is shipped with  fonts including broken GX/AAT tables, but
-  no harmful  effects due to  `officially broken' fonts are  observed by
-  end-users.
-
-  gxvalid  is designed  to continue  the validation  process as  long as
-  possible.  When gxvalid find wrong  values, gxvalid warns it at least,
-  and takes  a fallback procedure  if possible.  The  fallback procedure
-  depends on the debug level.
-
-  We used the following three tools to investigate Apple's error handling.
-
-    - FontValidator  (for MacOS 8.5 - 9.2)  resource fork font
-    - ftxvalidator   (for MacOS X 10.1 -)   dfont or naked-sfnt
-    - ftxdumperfuser (for MacOS X 10.1 -)   dfont or naked-sfnt
-
-  However, all tests were done on a PowerPC based Macintosh; at present,
-  we have not checked those tools on a m68k-based Macintosh.
-
-  In total, we checked 183 fonts  bundled to MacOS 9.1, MacOS 9.2, MacOS
-  10.0, MacOS X  10.1, MSIE for MacOS, and  AppleWorks 6.0.  These fonts
-  are distributed  officially, but many broken GX/AAT  tables were found
-  by Apple's font tools.  In the following, we list typical violation of
-  the GX specification, in fonts officially distributed with those Apple
-  systems.
-
-  4-1. broken BinSrchHeader (19/183)
-  ----------------------------------
-
-    `BinSrchHeader' is  a header of a  data array for  m68k platforms to
-    access memory efficiently.  Although  there are only two independent
-    parameters  for real  (`unitSize' and  `nUnits'),  BinSrchHeader has
-    three additional parameters which  can be calculated from `unitSize'
-    and  `nUnits',  for  fast  setup.   Apple  font  tools  ignore  them
-    silently, so gxvalid warns if it finds and inconsistency, and always
-    continues  validation.    The  additional  parameters   are  ignored
-    regardless of the consistency.
-
-      19  fonts include  such  inconsistencies; all  breaks  are in  the
-      BinSrchHeader structure of the `kern' table.
-
-  4-2. too-short LookupTable (5/183)
-  ----------------------------------
-
-    LookupTable format 0  is a simple array to get a  value from a given
-    GID (glyph  ID); the index of  this array is a  GID too.  Therefore,
-    the length  of the array is expected  to be same as  the maximum GID
-    value defined  in the `maxp' table,  but there are  some fonts whose
-    LookupTable format 0 is too  short to cover all GIDs.  FontValidator
-    ignores  this error silently,  ftxvalidator and  ftxdumperfuser both
-    warn and continue.  Similar problems are found in format 3 subtables
-    of `kern'.  gxvalid  warns always and abort if  the validation level
-    is set to FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID.
-
-      5 fonts include too-short kern format 0 subtables.
-      1 font includes too-short kern format 3 subtable.
-
-  4-3. broken LookupTable format 2 (1/183)
-  ----------------------------------------
-
-    LookupTable  format  2,  subformat  4  covers the  GID  space  by  a
-    collection  of  segments which  are  specified  by `firstGlyph'  and
-    `lastGlyph'.   Some  fonts  store  `firstGlyph' and  `lastGlyph'  in
-    reverse order,  so the segment specification is  broken.  Apple font
-    tools ignore this error silently;  a broken segment is ignored as if
-    it  did not  exist.   gxvalid  warns and  normalize  the segment  at
-    FT_VALIDATE_DEFAULT, or ignore  the segment at FT_VALIDATE_TIGHT, or
-    abort at FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID.
-
-      1 font includes broken LookupTable format 2, in the `just' table.
-
-    *) It seems  that all fonts manufactured by  ITC for AppleWorks have
-       this error.
-
-  4-4. bad bracketing in glyph property (14/183)
-  ----------------------------------------------
-
-    GX/AAT defines a  `bracketing' property of the glyphs  in the `prop'
-    table,  to control layout  features of  strings enclosed  inside and
-    outside  of   brackets.   Some  fonts   give  inappropriate  bracket
-    properties  to glyphs.   Apple  font tools  warn  about this  error;
-    gxvalid warns too and aborts at FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID.
-
-      14 fonts include wrong bracket properties.
-
-
-  4-5. invalid feature number (117/183)
-  -------------------------------------
-
-    The GX/AAT extension can  include 255 different layout features, but
-    popular      layout      features      are      predefined      (see
-    http://developer.apple.com/fonts/Registry/index.html).   Some  fonts
-    include feature  numbers which are incompatible  with the predefined
-    feature registry.
-
-    In our survey, there are 140 fonts including `feat' table.
-
-    a) 67 fonts use a feature number which should not be used.
-    b) 117 fonts set the wrong feature range (nSetting).  This is mostly
-       found in the `mort' and `morx' tables.
-
-    Apple  font tools give  no warning,  although they  cannot recognize
-    what  the feature  is.   At FT_VALIDATE_DEFAULT,  gxvalid warns  but
-    continues in both cases (a, b).  At FT_VALIDATE_TIGHT, gxvalid warns
-    and aborts for (a), but continues for (b).  At FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID,
-    gxvalid warns and aborts in both cases (a, b).
-
-  4-6. invalid prop version (10/183)
-  ----------------------------------
-
-    As most TrueType GX tables, the `prop' table must start with a 32bit
-    version identifier: 0x00010000,  0x00020000 or 0x00030000.  But some
-    fonts  store nonsense binary  data instead.   When Apple  font tools
-    find them, they abort the processing immediately, and the data which
-    follows is unhandled.  gxvalid does the same.
-
-      10 fonts include broken `prop' version.
-
-    All  of these  fonts are  classic  TrueType fonts  for the  Japanese
-    script, manufactured by Apple.
-
-  4-7. unknown resource name (2/183)
-  ------------------------------------
-
-    NOTE: THIS IS NOT A TRUETYPE GX ERROR.
-
-    If  a TrueType  font is  stored  in the  resource fork  or in  dfont
-    format, the data must be tagged as `sfnt' in the resource fork index
-    to invoke TrueType font handler for the data.  But the TrueType font
-    data  in   `Keyboard.dfont'  is  tagged   as  `kbd',  and   that  in
-    `LastResort.dfont' is tagged as  `lst'.  Apple font tools can detect
-    that the data is in  TrueType format and successfully validate them.
-    Maybe  this is possible  because they  are known  to be  dfont.  The
-    current  implementation  of the  resource  fork  driver of  FreeType
-    cannot do that, thus gxvalid cannot validate them.
-
-      2 fonts use an unknown tag for the TrueType font resource.
-
-5. `kern' table issues
-----------------------
-
-  In common terminology of TrueType, `kern' is classified as a basic and
-  platform-independent table.  But there are Apple extensions of `kern',
-  and  there is  an  extension which  requires  a GX  state machine  for
-  contextual kerning.   Therefore, gxvalid includes  a special validator
-  for  `kern' tables.   Unfortunately, there  is no  exact  algorithm to
-  check Apple's extension, so  gxvalid includes a heuristic algorithm to
-  find  the proper validation  routines for  all possible  data formats,
-  including    the   data    format   for    Microsoft.     By   calling
-  classic_kern_validate() instead of gxv_validate(), you can specify the
-  `kern' format  explicitly.  However, current  FreeType2 uses Microsoft
-  `kern' format  only, others  are ignored (and  should be handled  in a
-  library one level higher than FreeType).
-
-  5-1. History
-  ------------
-
-    The original  16bit version of `kern'  was designed by  Apple in the
-    pre-GX  era, and  it was  also approved  by  Microsoft.  Afterwards,
-    Apple designed a  new 32bit version of the  `kern' table.  According
-    to  the documentation, the  difference between  the 16bit  and 32bit
-    version is only the size of  variables in the `kern' header.  In the
-    following,  we call  the original  16bit version  as  `classic', and
-    32bit version as `new'.
-
-  5-2. Versions and dialects which should be differentiated
-  ---------------------------------------------------------
-
-    The `kern' table  consists of a table header  and several subtables.
-    The version number  which identifies a `classic' or  a `new' version
-    is  explicitly   written  in  the   table  header,  but   there  are
-    undocumented  differences between  Microsoft's and  Apple's formats.
-    It is  called a `dialect' in  the following.  There  are three cases
-    which  should  be  handled:   the  new  Apple-dialect,  the  classic
-    Apple-dialect,  and the classic  Microsoft-dialect.  An  analysis of
-    the formats and the auto detection algorithm of gxvalid is described
-    in the following.
-
-    5-2-1. Version detection: classic and new kern
-    ----------------------------------------------
-
-      According  to Apple  TrueType  specification, there  are only  two
-      differences between the classic and the new:
-
-        - The `kern' table header starts with the version number.
-          The classic version starts with 0x0000 (16bit),
-          the new version starts with 0x00010000 (32bit).
-
-        - In the  `kern' table header,  the number of  subtables follows
-          the version number.
-          In the classic version, it is stored as a 16bit value.
-          In the new version, it is stored as a 32bit value.
-
-      From Apple font tool's output (DumpKERN is also tested in addition
-      to  the  three  Apple  font  tools in  above),  there  is  another
-      undocumented difference.  In the  new version, the subtable header
-      includes a 16bit variable  named `tupleIndex' which does not exist
-      in the classic version.
-
-      The new version  can store all subtable formats (0,  1, 2, and 3),
-      but the Apple TrueType specification does not mention the subtable
-      formats available in the classic version.
-
-    5-2-2. Available subtable formats in classic version
-    ----------------------------------------------------
-
-      Although the  Apple TrueType  specification recommends to  use the
-      classic version in  the case if the font is  designed for both the
-      Apple and Microsoft platforms,  it does not document the available
-      subtable formats in the classic version.
-
-      According  to the Microsoft  TrueType specification,  the subtable
-      format  assured for  Windows  and OS/2  support  is only  subtable
-      format  0.  The  Microsoft TrueType  specification  also describes
-      subtable format  2, but does  not mention which  platforms support
-      it.  Aubtable formats 1, 3,  and higher are documented as reserved
-      for future use.  Therefore, the classic version can store subtable
-      formats 0 and 2, at least.  `ttfdump.exe', a font tool provided by
-      Microsoft,  ignores the  subtable format  written in  the subtable
-      header, and parses the table as if all subtables are in format 0.
-
-      `kern'  subtable format  1  uses  a StateTable,  so  it cannot  be
-      utilized without a GX  State Machine.  Therefore, it is reasonable
-      to assume  that format 1 (and  3) were introduced  after Apple had
-      introduced GX and moved to the new 32bit version.
-
-    5-2-3. Apple and Microsoft dialects
-    -----------------------------------
-
-      The  `kern' subtable  has  a 16bit  `coverage'  field to  describe
-      kerning attributes, but bit interpretations by Apple and Microsoft
-      are different:  For example, Apple  uses bits 0-7 to  identify the
-      subtable, while Microsoft uses bits 8-15.
-
-      In  addition, due  to the  output of  DumpKERN  and FontValidator,
-      Apple's bit interpretations of coverage in classic and new version
-      are  incompatible also.   In  summary, there  are three  dialects:
-      classic Apple  dialect, classic  Microsoft dialect, and  new Apple
-      dialect.  The classic Microsoft  dialect and the new Apple dialect
-      are documented  by each vendors' TrueType  font specification, but
-      the documentation for classic Apple dialect is not available.
-
-      For example,  in the  new Apple dialect,  bit 15 is  documented as
-      `set to  1 if  the kerning  is vertical'.  On  the other  hand, in
-      classic Microsoft dialect, bit 1 is documented as `set to 1 if the
-      kerning  is  horizontal'.   From   the  outputs  of  DumpKERN  and
-      FontValidator, classic  Apple dialect recognizes  15 as `set  to 1
-      when  the kerning  is horizontal'.   From the  results  of similar
-      experiments, classic Apple dialect  seems to be the Endian reverse
-      of the classic Microsoft dialect.
-
-      As a  conclusion it must be  noted that no font  tool can identify
-      classic Apple dialect or classic Microsoft dialect automatically.
-
-    5-2-4. gxvalid auto dialect detection algorithm
-    -----------------------------------------------
-
-      The first 16  bits of the `kern' table are  enough to identify the
-      version:
-
-        - if  the first  16  bits are  0x0000,  the `kern'  table is  in
-          classic Apple dialect or classic Microsoft dialect
-        - if the first 16 bits are  0x0001, and next 16 bits are 0x0000,
-          the kern table is in new Apple dialect.
-
-      If the `kern'  table is a classic one,  the 16bit `coverage' field
-      is checked next.   Firstly, the coverage bits are  decoded for the
-      classic Apple dialect using the following bit masks (this is based
-      on DumpKERN output):
-
-        0x8000: 1=horizontal, 0=vertical
-        0x4000: not used
-        0x2000: 1=cross-stream, 0=normal
-        0x1FF0: reserved
-        0x000F: subtable format
-
-      If  any  of  reserved  bits  are  set  or  the  subtable  bits  is
-      interpreted as format 1 or 3, we take it as `impossible in classic
-      Apple dialect' and retry, using the classic Microsoft dialect.
-
-        The most popular coverage in new Apple-dialect:         0x8000,
-        The most popular coverage in classic Apple-dialect:     0x0000,
-        The most popular coverage in classic Microsoft dialect: 0x0001.
-
-  5-3. Tested fonts
-  -----------------
-
-    We checked  59 fonts  bundled with MacOS  and 38 fonts  bundled with
-    Windows, where all font include a `kern' table.
-
-      - fonts bundled with MacOS
-        * new Apple dialect
-          format 0: 18
-          format 2:  1
-          format 3:  1
-        * classic Apple dialect
-          format 0: 14
-        * classic Microsoft dialect
-          format 0: 15
-
-      - fonts bundled with Windows
-        * classic Microsoft dialect
-          format 0: 38
-
-    It looks strange that classic Microsoft-dialect fonts are bundled to
-    MacOS: they come from MSIE for MacOS, except of MarkerFelt.dfont.
-
-
-  ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
-  ---------------
-
-  Some parts of gxvalid are  derived from both the `gxlayout' module and
-  the `otvalid'  module.  Development of  gxlayout was supported  by the
-  Information-technology Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.
-
-  The detailed analysis of undefined  glyph ID utilization in `mort' and
-  `morx' tables is provided by George Williams.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-Copyright 2004, 2005, 2007 by
-suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO, Red hat K.K.,
-David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-
-This  file is  part  of the  FreeType  project, and  may  only be  used,
-modified,  and  distributed under  the  terms  of  the FreeType  project
-license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing  to use, modify, or distribute this
-file  you indicate that  you have  read the  license and  understand and
-accept it fully.
-
-
---- end of README ---
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvalid.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvalid.c
deleted file mode 100644
index bc36e67..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvalid.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  gxvalid.c                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType validator for TrueTypeGX/AAT tables (body only).            */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2005 by suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K.,       */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-#define FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-
-#include "gxvfeat.c"
-#include "gxvcommn.c"
-#include "gxvbsln.c"
-#include "gxvtrak.c"
-#include "gxvjust.c"
-#include "gxvmort.c"
-#include "gxvmort0.c"
-#include "gxvmort1.c"
-#include "gxvmort2.c"
-#include "gxvmort4.c"
-#include "gxvmort5.c"
-#include "gxvmorx.c"
-#include "gxvmorx0.c"
-#include "gxvmorx1.c"
-#include "gxvmorx2.c"
-#include "gxvmorx4.c"
-#include "gxvmorx5.c"
-#include "gxvkern.c"
-#include "gxvopbd.c"
-#include "gxvprop.c"
-#include "gxvlcar.c"
-#include "gxvmod.c"
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvalid.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvalid.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 27be9ec..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvalid.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,107 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  gxvalid.h                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    TrueTyeeGX/AAT table validation (specification only).                */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2005 by suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K.,       */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.        */
-/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology      */
-/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.                                           */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __GXVALID_H__
-#define __GXVALID_H__
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_FREETYPE_H
-
-#include "gxverror.h"          /* must come before FT_INTERNAL_VALIDATE_H */
-
-#include FT_INTERNAL_VALIDATE_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  gxv_feat_validate( FT_Bytes      table,
-                     FT_Face       face,
-                     FT_Validator  valid );
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  gxv_bsln_validate( FT_Bytes      table,
-                     FT_Face       face,
-                     FT_Validator  valid );
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  gxv_trak_validate( FT_Bytes      table,
-                     FT_Face       face,
-                     FT_Validator  valid );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  gxv_just_validate( FT_Bytes      table,
-                     FT_Face       face,
-                     FT_Validator  valid );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  gxv_mort_validate( FT_Bytes      table,
-                     FT_Face       face,
-                     FT_Validator  valid );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  gxv_morx_validate( FT_Bytes      table,
-                     FT_Face       face,
-                     FT_Validator  valid );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  gxv_kern_validate( FT_Bytes      table,
-                     FT_Face       face,
-                     FT_Validator  valid );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  gxv_kern_validate_classic( FT_Bytes      table,
-                             FT_Face       face,
-                             FT_Int        dialect_flags,
-                             FT_Validator  valid );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  gxv_opbd_validate( FT_Bytes      table,
-                     FT_Face       face,
-                     FT_Validator  valid );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  gxv_prop_validate( FT_Bytes      table,
-                     FT_Face       face,
-                     FT_Validator  valid );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  gxv_lcar_validate( FT_Bytes      table,
-                     FT_Face       face,
-                     FT_Validator  valid );
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-
-#endif /* __GXVALID_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvbsln.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvbsln.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 6cca658..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvbsln.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,333 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  gxvbsln.c                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    TrueTypeGX/AAT bsln table validation (body).                         */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2004, 2005 by suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K., */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.        */
-/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology      */
-/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.                                           */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include "gxvalid.h"
-#include "gxvcommn.h"
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_gxvbsln
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                      Data and Types                           *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-#define GXV_BSLN_VALUE_COUNT  32
-#define GXV_BSLN_VALUE_EMPTY  0xFFFFU
-
-
-  typedef struct  GXV_bsln_DataRec_
-  {
-    FT_Bytes   ctlPoints_p;
-    FT_UShort  defaultBaseline;
-
-  } GXV_bsln_DataRec, *GXV_bsln_Data;
-
-
-#define GXV_BSLN_DATA( field )  GXV_TABLE_DATA( bsln, field )
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                      UTILITY FUNCTIONS                        *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  static void
-  gxv_bsln_LookupValue_validate( FT_UShort            glyph,
-                                 GXV_LookupValueDesc  value,
-                                 GXV_Validator        valid )
-  {
-    FT_UShort   v = value.u;
-    FT_UShort*  ctlPoints;
-
-    FT_UNUSED( glyph );
-
-
-    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "lookup value" );
-
-    if ( v >= GXV_BSLN_VALUE_COUNT )
-      FT_INVALID_DATA;
-
-    ctlPoints = (FT_UShort*)GXV_BSLN_DATA( ctlPoints_p );
-    if ( ctlPoints && ctlPoints[v] == GXV_BSLN_VALUE_EMPTY )
-      FT_INVALID_DATA;
-
-    GXV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /*
-    +===============+ --------+
-    | lookup header |         |
-    +===============+         |
-    | BinSrchHeader |         |
-    +===============+         |
-    | lastGlyph[0]  |         |
-    +---------------+         |
-    | firstGlyph[0] |         |    head of lookup table
-    +---------------+         |             +
-    | offset[0]     |    ->   |          offset            [byte]
-    +===============+         |             +
-    | lastGlyph[1]  |         | (glyphID - firstGlyph) * 2 [byte]
-    +---------------+         |
-    | firstGlyph[1] |         |
-    +---------------+         |
-    | offset[1]     |         |
-    +===============+         |
-                              |
-    ...                       |
-                              |
-    16bit value array         |
-    +===============+         |
-    |     value     | <-------+
-    ...
-  */
-
-  static GXV_LookupValueDesc
-  gxv_bsln_LookupFmt4_transit( FT_UShort            relative_gindex,
-                               GXV_LookupValueDesc  base_value,
-                               FT_Bytes             lookuptbl_limit,
-                               GXV_Validator        valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes             p;
-    FT_Bytes             limit;
-    FT_UShort            offset;
-    GXV_LookupValueDesc  value;
-
-    /* XXX: check range ? */
-    offset = (FT_UShort)( base_value.u +
-                          ( relative_gindex * sizeof ( FT_UShort ) ) );
-
-    p     = valid->lookuptbl_head + offset;
-    limit = lookuptbl_limit;
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
-
-    value.u = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    return value;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_bsln_parts_fmt0_validate( FT_Bytes       tables,
-                                FT_Bytes       limit,
-                                GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = tables;
-
-
-    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "parts format 0" );
-
-    /* deltas */
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 * GXV_BSLN_VALUE_COUNT );
-
-    valid->table_data = NULL;      /* No ctlPoints here. */
-
-    GXV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_bsln_parts_fmt1_validate( FT_Bytes       tables,
-                                FT_Bytes       limit,
-                                GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = tables;
-
-
-    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "parts format 1" );
-
-    /* deltas */
-    gxv_bsln_parts_fmt0_validate( p, limit, valid );
-
-    /* mappingData */
-    valid->lookupval_sign   = GXV_LOOKUPVALUE_UNSIGNED;
-    valid->lookupval_func   = gxv_bsln_LookupValue_validate;
-    valid->lookupfmt4_trans = gxv_bsln_LookupFmt4_transit;
-    gxv_LookupTable_validate( p + 2 * GXV_BSLN_VALUE_COUNT,
-                              limit,
-                              valid );
-
-    GXV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_bsln_parts_fmt2_validate( FT_Bytes       tables,
-                                FT_Bytes       limit,
-                                GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes   p = tables;
-
-    FT_UShort  stdGlyph;
-    FT_UShort  ctlPoint;
-    FT_Int     i;
-
-    FT_UShort  defaultBaseline = GXV_BSLN_DATA( defaultBaseline );
-
-
-    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "parts format 2" );
-
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 + ( 2 * GXV_BSLN_VALUE_COUNT ) );
-
-    /* stdGlyph */
-    stdGlyph = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    GXV_TRACE(( " (stdGlyph = %u)\n", stdGlyph ));
-
-    gxv_glyphid_validate( stdGlyph, valid );
-
-    /* Record the position of ctlPoints */
-    GXV_BSLN_DATA( ctlPoints_p ) = p;
-
-    /* ctlPoints */
-    for ( i = 0; i < GXV_BSLN_VALUE_COUNT; i++ )
-    {
-      ctlPoint = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-      if ( ctlPoint == GXV_BSLN_VALUE_EMPTY )
-      {
-        if ( i == defaultBaseline )
-          FT_INVALID_DATA;
-      }
-      else
-        gxv_ctlPoint_validate( stdGlyph, (FT_Short)ctlPoint, valid );
-    }
-
-    GXV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_bsln_parts_fmt3_validate( FT_Bytes       tables,
-                                FT_Bytes       limit,
-                                GXV_Validator  valid)
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = tables;
-
-
-    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "parts format 3" );
-
-    /* stdGlyph + ctlPoints */
-    gxv_bsln_parts_fmt2_validate( p, limit, valid );
-
-    /* mappingData */
-    valid->lookupval_sign   = GXV_LOOKUPVALUE_UNSIGNED;
-    valid->lookupval_func   = gxv_bsln_LookupValue_validate;
-    valid->lookupfmt4_trans = gxv_bsln_LookupFmt4_transit;
-    gxv_LookupTable_validate( p + ( 2 + 2 * GXV_BSLN_VALUE_COUNT ),
-                              limit,
-                              valid );
-
-    GXV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                         bsln TABLE                            *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  gxv_bsln_validate( FT_Bytes      table,
-                     FT_Face       face,
-                     FT_Validator  ftvalid )
-  {
-    GXV_ValidatorRec  validrec;
-    GXV_Validator     valid = &validrec;
-
-    GXV_bsln_DataRec  bslnrec;
-    GXV_bsln_Data     bsln = &bslnrec;
-
-    FT_Bytes  p     = table;
-    FT_Bytes  limit = 0;
-
-    FT_ULong   version;
-    FT_UShort  format;
-    FT_UShort  defaultBaseline;
-
-    GXV_Validate_Func  fmt_funcs_table [] =
-    {
-      gxv_bsln_parts_fmt0_validate,
-      gxv_bsln_parts_fmt1_validate,
-      gxv_bsln_parts_fmt2_validate,
-      gxv_bsln_parts_fmt3_validate,
-    };
-
-
-    valid->root       = ftvalid;
-    valid->table_data = bsln;
-    valid->face       = face;
-
-    FT_TRACE3(( "validating `bsln' table\n" ));
-    GXV_INIT;
-
-
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 + 2 + 2 );
-    version         = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-    format          = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    defaultBaseline = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    /* only version 1.0 is defined (1996) */
-    if ( version != 0x00010000UL )
-      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
-
-    /* only format 1, 2, 3 are defined (1996) */
-    GXV_TRACE(( " (format = %d)\n", format ));
-    if ( format > 3 )
-      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
-
-    if ( defaultBaseline > 31 )
-      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
-
-    bsln->defaultBaseline = defaultBaseline;
-
-    fmt_funcs_table[format]( p, limit, valid );
-
-    FT_TRACE4(( "\n" ));
-  }
-
-
-/* arch-tag: ebe81143-fdaa-4c68-a4d1-b57227daa3bc
-   (do not change this comment) */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvcommn.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvcommn.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 82fd6b3..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvcommn.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1758 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  gxvcommn.c                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    TrueTypeGX/AAT common tables validation (body).                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2004, 2005 by suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K., */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.        */
-/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology      */
-/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.                                           */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include "gxvcommn.h"
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_gxvcommon
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                       16bit offset sorter                     *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  static int
-  gxv_compare_ushort_offset( FT_UShort*  a,
-                             FT_UShort*  b )
-  {
-    if ( *a < *b )
-      return ( -1 );
-    else if ( *a > *b )
-      return ( 1 );
-    else
-      return ( 0 );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  gxv_set_length_by_ushort_offset( FT_UShort*     offset,
-                                   FT_UShort**    length,
-                                   FT_UShort*     buff,
-                                   FT_UInt        nmemb,
-                                   FT_UShort      limit,
-                                   GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_UInt  i;
-
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < nmemb; i++ )
-      *(length[i]) = 0;
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < nmemb; i++ )
-      buff[i] = offset[i];
-    buff[nmemb] = limit;
-
-    ft_qsort( buff, ( nmemb + 1 ), sizeof ( FT_UShort ),
-              ( int(*)(const void*, const void*) )gxv_compare_ushort_offset );
-
-    if ( buff[nmemb] > limit )
-      FT_INVALID_OFFSET;
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < nmemb; i++ )
-    {
-      FT_UInt  j;
-
-
-      for ( j = 0; j < nmemb; j++ )
-        if ( buff[j] == offset[i] )
-          break;
-
-      if ( j == nmemb )
-        FT_INVALID_OFFSET;
-
-      *(length[i]) = (FT_UShort)( buff[j + 1] - buff[j] );
-
-      if ( 0 != offset[i] && 0 == *(length[i]) )
-        FT_INVALID_OFFSET;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                       32bit offset sorter                     *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  static int
-  gxv_compare_ulong_offset( FT_ULong*  a,
-                            FT_ULong*  b )
-  {
-    if ( *a < *b )
-      return ( -1 );
-    else if ( *a > *b )
-      return ( 1 );
-    else
-      return ( 0 );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  gxv_set_length_by_ulong_offset( FT_ULong*      offset,
-                                  FT_ULong**     length,
-                                  FT_ULong*      buff,
-                                  FT_UInt        nmemb,
-                                  FT_ULong       limit,
-                                  GXV_Validator  valid)
-  {
-    FT_UInt  i;
-
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < nmemb; i++ )
-      *(length[i]) = 0;
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < nmemb; i++ )
-      buff[i] = offset[i];
-    buff[nmemb] = limit;
-
-    ft_qsort( buff, ( nmemb + 1 ), sizeof ( FT_ULong ),
-              ( int(*)(const void*, const void*) )gxv_compare_ulong_offset );
-
-    if ( buff[nmemb] > limit )
-      FT_INVALID_OFFSET;
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < nmemb; i++ )
-    {
-      FT_UInt  j;
-
-
-      for ( j = 0; j < nmemb; j++ )
-        if ( buff[j] == offset[i] )
-          break;
-
-      if ( j == nmemb )
-        FT_INVALID_OFFSET;
-
-      *(length[i]) = buff[j + 1] - buff[j];
-
-      if ( 0 != offset[i] && 0 == *(length[i]) )
-        FT_INVALID_OFFSET;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****               scan value array and get min & max              *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  gxv_array_getlimits_byte( FT_Bytes       table,
-                            FT_Bytes       limit,
-                            FT_Byte*       min,
-                            FT_Byte*       max,
-                            GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-
-
-    *min = 0xFF;
-    *max = 0x00;
-
-    while ( p < limit )
-    {
-      FT_Byte  val;
-
-
-      GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 1 );
-      val = FT_NEXT_BYTE( p );
-
-      *min = (FT_Byte)FT_MIN( *min, val );
-      *max = (FT_Byte)FT_MAX( *max, val );
-    }
-
-    valid->subtable_length = p - table;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  gxv_array_getlimits_ushort( FT_Bytes       table,
-                              FT_Bytes       limit,
-                              FT_UShort*     min,
-                              FT_UShort*     max,
-                              GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-
-
-    *min = 0xFFFFU;
-    *max = 0x0000;
-
-    while ( p < limit )
-    {
-      FT_UShort  val;
-
-
-      GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
-      val = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-      *min = (FT_Byte)FT_MIN( *min, val );
-      *max = (FT_Byte)FT_MAX( *max, val );
-    }
-
-    valid->subtable_length = p - table;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                       BINSEARCHHEADER                         *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  typedef struct  GXV_BinSrchHeader_
-  {
-    FT_UShort  unitSize;
-    FT_UShort  nUnits;
-    FT_UShort  searchRange;
-    FT_UShort  entrySelector;
-    FT_UShort  rangeShift;
-
-  } GXV_BinSrchHeader;
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_BinSrchHeader_check_consistency( GXV_BinSrchHeader*  binSrchHeader,
-                                       GXV_Validator       valid )
-  {
-    FT_UShort  searchRange;
-    FT_UShort  entrySelector;
-    FT_UShort  rangeShift;
-
-
-    if ( binSrchHeader->unitSize == 0 )
-      FT_INVALID_DATA;
-
-    if ( binSrchHeader->nUnits == 0 )
-    {
-      if ( binSrchHeader->searchRange   == 0 &&
-           binSrchHeader->entrySelector == 0 &&
-           binSrchHeader->rangeShift    == 0 )
-        return;
-      else
-        FT_INVALID_DATA;
-    }
-
-    for ( searchRange = 1, entrySelector = 1;
-          ( searchRange * 2 ) <= binSrchHeader->nUnits &&
-            searchRange < 0x8000U;
-          searchRange *= 2, entrySelector++ )
-      ;
-
-    entrySelector--;
-    searchRange = (FT_UShort)( searchRange * binSrchHeader->unitSize );
-    rangeShift  = (FT_UShort)( binSrchHeader->nUnits * binSrchHeader->unitSize
-                               - searchRange );
-
-    if ( searchRange   != binSrchHeader->searchRange   ||
-         entrySelector != binSrchHeader->entrySelector ||
-         rangeShift    != binSrchHeader->rangeShift    )
-    {
-      GXV_TRACE(( "Inconsistency found in BinSrchHeader\n" ));
-      GXV_TRACE(( "originally: unitSize=%d, nUnits=%d, "
-                  "searchRange=%d, entrySelector=%d, "
-                  "rangeShift=%d\n",
-                  binSrchHeader->unitSize, binSrchHeader->nUnits,
-                  binSrchHeader->searchRange, binSrchHeader->entrySelector,
-                  binSrchHeader->rangeShift ));
-      GXV_TRACE(( "calculated: unitSize=%d, nUnits=%d, "
-                  "searchRange=%d, entrySelector=%d, "
-                  "rangeShift=%d\n",
-                  binSrchHeader->unitSize, binSrchHeader->nUnits,
-                  searchRange, entrySelector, rangeShift ));
-
-      if ( valid->root->level >= FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID )
-        FT_INVALID_DATA;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  /*
-   * parser & validator of BinSrchHeader
-   * which is used in LookupTable format 2, 4, 6.
-   *
-   * Essential parameters (unitSize, nUnits) are returned by
-   * given pointer, others (searchRange, entrySelector, rangeShift)
-   * can be calculated by essential parameters, so they are just
-   * validated and discarded.
-   *
-   * However, wrong values in searchRange, entrySelector, rangeShift
-   * won't cause fatal errors, because these parameters might be
-   * only used in old m68k font driver in MacOS.
-   *   -- suzuki toshiya <mpsuzuki@hiroshima-u.ac.jp>
-   */
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  gxv_BinSrchHeader_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                              FT_Bytes       limit,
-                              FT_UShort*     unitSize_p,
-                              FT_UShort*     nUnits_p,
-                              GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes           p = table;
-    GXV_BinSrchHeader  binSrchHeader;
-
-
-    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "BinSrchHeader validate" );
-
-    if ( *unitSize_p == 0 )
-    {
-      GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
-      binSrchHeader.unitSize =  FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    }
-    else
-      binSrchHeader.unitSize = *unitSize_p;
-
-    if ( *nUnits_p == 0 )
-    {
-      GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
-      binSrchHeader.nUnits = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    }
-    else
-      binSrchHeader.nUnits = *nUnits_p;
-
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 + 2 + 2 );
-    binSrchHeader.searchRange   = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    binSrchHeader.entrySelector = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    binSrchHeader.rangeShift    = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    GXV_TRACE(( "nUnits %d\n", binSrchHeader.nUnits ));
-
-    gxv_BinSrchHeader_check_consistency( &binSrchHeader, valid );
-
-    if ( *unitSize_p == 0 )
-      *unitSize_p = binSrchHeader.unitSize;
-
-    if ( *nUnits_p == 0 )
-      *nUnits_p = binSrchHeader.nUnits;
-
-    valid->subtable_length = p - table;
-    GXV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                         LOOKUP TABLE                          *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-#define GXV_LOOKUP_VALUE_LOAD( P, SIGNSPEC )                   \
-          ( P += 2, gxv_lookup_value_load( P - 2, SIGNSPEC ) )
-
-  static GXV_LookupValueDesc
-  gxv_lookup_value_load( FT_Bytes  p,
-                         int       signspec )
-  {
-    GXV_LookupValueDesc  v;
-
-
-    if ( signspec == GXV_LOOKUPVALUE_UNSIGNED )
-      v.u = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    else
-      v.s = FT_NEXT_SHORT( p );
-
-    return v;
-  }
-
-
-#define GXV_UNITSIZE_VALIDATE( FORMAT, UNITSIZE, NUNITS, CORRECTSIZE ) \
-          FT_BEGIN_STMNT                                               \
-            if ( UNITSIZE != CORRECTSIZE )                             \
-            {                                                          \
-              FT_ERROR(( "unitSize=%d differs from"                    \
-                         "expected unitSize=%d"                        \
-                         "in LookupTable %s",                          \
-                          UNITSIZE, CORRECTSIZE, FORMAT ));            \
-              if ( UNITSIZE != 0 && NUNITS != 0 )                      \
-              {                                                        \
-                FT_ERROR(( " cannot validate anymore\n" ));            \
-                FT_INVALID_FORMAT;                                     \
-              }                                                        \
-              else                                                     \
-                FT_ERROR(( " forcibly continues\n" ));                 \
-            }                                                          \
-          FT_END_STMNT
-
-
-  /* ================= Simple Array Format 0 Lookup Table ================ */
-  static void
-  gxv_LookupTable_fmt0_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                                 FT_Bytes       limit,
-                                 GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes   p = table;
-    FT_UShort  i;
-
-    GXV_LookupValueDesc  value;
-
-
-    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "LookupTable format 0" );
-
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 * valid->face->num_glyphs );
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < valid->face->num_glyphs; i++ )
-    {
-      GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
-      if ( p + 2 >= limit )     /* some fonts have too-short fmt0 array */
-      {
-        GXV_TRACE(( "too short, glyphs %d - %d are missing\n",
-                    i, valid->face->num_glyphs ));
-        if ( valid->root->level >= FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID )
-          FT_INVALID_GLYPH_ID;
-        break;
-      }
-
-      value = GXV_LOOKUP_VALUE_LOAD( p, valid->lookupval_sign );
-      valid->lookupval_func( i, value, valid );
-    }
-
-    valid->subtable_length = p - table;
-    GXV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /* ================= Segment Single Format 2 Loolup Table ============== */
-  /*
-   * Apple spec says:
-   *
-   *   To guarantee that a binary search terminates, you must include one or
-   *   more special `end of search table' values at the end of the data to
-   *   be searched.  The number of termination values that need to be
-   *   included is table-specific.  The value that indicates binary search
-   *   termination is 0xFFFF.
-   *
-   * The problem is that nUnits does not include this end-marker.  It's
-   * quite difficult to discriminate whether the following 0xFFFF comes from
-   * the end-marker or some next data.
-   *
-   *   -- suzuki toshiya <mpsuzuki@hiroshima-u.ac.jp>
-   */
-  static void
-  gxv_LookupTable_fmt2_skip_endmarkers( FT_Bytes       table,
-                                        FT_UShort      unitSize,
-                                        GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-
-
-    while ( ( p + 4 ) < valid->root->limit )
-    {
-      if ( p[0] != 0xFF || p[1] != 0xFF || /* lastGlyph */
-           p[2] != 0xFF || p[3] != 0xFF )  /* firstGlyph */
-        break;
-      p += unitSize;
-    }
-
-    valid->subtable_length = p - table;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_LookupTable_fmt2_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                                 FT_Bytes       limit,
-                                 GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes             p = table;
-    FT_UShort            gid;
-
-    FT_UShort            unitSize;
-    FT_UShort            nUnits;
-    FT_UShort            unit;
-    FT_UShort            lastGlyph;
-    FT_UShort            firstGlyph;
-    GXV_LookupValueDesc  value;
-
-
-    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "LookupTable format 2" );
-
-    unitSize = nUnits = 0;
-    gxv_BinSrchHeader_validate( p, limit, &unitSize, &nUnits, valid );
-    p += valid->subtable_length;
-
-    GXV_UNITSIZE_VALIDATE( "format2", unitSize, nUnits, 6 );
-
-    for ( unit = 0, gid = 0; unit < nUnits; unit++ )
-    {
-      GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 + 2 + 2 );
-      lastGlyph  = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-      firstGlyph = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-      value      = GXV_LOOKUP_VALUE_LOAD( p, valid->lookupval_sign );
-
-      gxv_glyphid_validate( firstGlyph, valid );
-      gxv_glyphid_validate( lastGlyph, valid );
-
-      if ( lastGlyph < gid )
-      {
-        GXV_TRACE(( "reverse ordered segment specification:"
-                    " lastGlyph[%d]=%d < lastGlyph[%d]=%d\n",
-                    unit, lastGlyph, unit - 1 , gid ));
-        if ( valid->root->level >= FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID )
-          FT_INVALID_GLYPH_ID;
-      }
-
-      if ( lastGlyph < firstGlyph )
-      {
-        GXV_TRACE(( "reverse ordered range specification at unit %d:",
-                    " lastGlyph %d < firstGlyph %d ",
-                    unit, lastGlyph, firstGlyph ));
-        if ( valid->root->level >= FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID )
-          FT_INVALID_GLYPH_ID;
-
-        if ( valid->root->level == FT_VALIDATE_TIGHT )
-          continue;     /* ftxvalidator silently skips such an entry */
-
-        FT_TRACE4(( "continuing with exchanged values\n" ));
-        gid        = firstGlyph;
-        firstGlyph = lastGlyph;
-        lastGlyph  = gid;
-      }
-
-      for ( gid = firstGlyph; gid <= lastGlyph; gid++ )
-        valid->lookupval_func( gid, value, valid );
-    }
-
-    gxv_LookupTable_fmt2_skip_endmarkers( p, unitSize, valid );
-    p += valid->subtable_length;
-
-    valid->subtable_length = p - table;
-    GXV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /* ================= Segment Array Format 4 Lookup Table =============== */
-  static void
-  gxv_LookupTable_fmt4_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                                 FT_Bytes       limit,
-                                 GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes             p = table;
-    FT_UShort            unit;
-    FT_UShort            gid;
-
-    FT_UShort            unitSize;
-    FT_UShort            nUnits;
-    FT_UShort            lastGlyph;
-    FT_UShort            firstGlyph;
-    GXV_LookupValueDesc  base_value;
-    GXV_LookupValueDesc  value;
-
-
-    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "LookupTable format 4" );
-
-    unitSize = nUnits = 0;
-    gxv_BinSrchHeader_validate( p, limit, &unitSize, &nUnits, valid );
-    p += valid->subtable_length;
-
-    GXV_UNITSIZE_VALIDATE( "format4", unitSize, nUnits, 6 );
-
-    for ( unit = 0, gid = 0; unit < nUnits; unit++ )
-    {
-      GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 + 2 );
-      lastGlyph  = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-      firstGlyph = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-      gxv_glyphid_validate( firstGlyph, valid );
-      gxv_glyphid_validate( lastGlyph, valid );
-
-      if ( lastGlyph < gid )
-      {
-        GXV_TRACE(( "reverse ordered segment specification:"
-                    " lastGlyph[%d]=%d < lastGlyph[%d]=%d\n",
-                    unit, lastGlyph, unit - 1 , gid ));
-        if ( valid->root->level >= FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID )
-          FT_INVALID_GLYPH_ID;
-      }
-
-      if ( lastGlyph < firstGlyph )
-      {
-        GXV_TRACE(( "reverse ordered range specification at unit %d:",
-                    " lastGlyph %d < firstGlyph %d ",
-                    unit, lastGlyph, firstGlyph ));
-        if ( valid->root->level >= FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID )
-          FT_INVALID_GLYPH_ID;
-
-        if ( valid->root->level == FT_VALIDATE_TIGHT )
-          continue; /* ftxvalidator silently skips such an entry */
-
-        FT_TRACE4(( "continuing with exchanged values\n" ));
-        gid        = firstGlyph;
-        firstGlyph = lastGlyph;
-        lastGlyph  = gid;
-      }
-
-      GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
-      base_value = GXV_LOOKUP_VALUE_LOAD( p, GXV_LOOKUPVALUE_UNSIGNED );
-
-      for ( gid = firstGlyph; gid <= lastGlyph; gid++ )
-      {
-        value = valid->lookupfmt4_trans( (FT_UShort)( gid - firstGlyph ),
-                                         base_value,
-                                         limit,
-                                         valid );
-
-        valid->lookupval_func( gid, value, valid );
-      }
-    }
-
-    gxv_LookupTable_fmt2_skip_endmarkers( p, unitSize, valid );
-    p += valid->subtable_length;
-
-    valid->subtable_length = p - table;
-    GXV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /* ================= Segment Table Format 6 Lookup Table =============== */
-  static void
-  gxv_LookupTable_fmt6_skip_endmarkers( FT_Bytes       table,
-                                        FT_UShort      unitSize,
-                                        GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-
-
-    while ( p < valid->root->limit )
-    {
-      if ( p[0] != 0xFF || p[1] != 0xFF )
-        break;
-      p += unitSize;
-    }
-
-    valid->subtable_length = p - table;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_LookupTable_fmt6_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                                 FT_Bytes       limit,
-                                 GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes             p = table;
-    FT_UShort            unit;
-    FT_UShort            prev_glyph;
-
-    FT_UShort            unitSize;
-    FT_UShort            nUnits;
-    FT_UShort            glyph;
-    GXV_LookupValueDesc  value;
-
-
-    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "LookupTable format 6" );
-
-    unitSize = nUnits = 0;
-    gxv_BinSrchHeader_validate( p, limit, &unitSize, &nUnits, valid );
-    p += valid->subtable_length;
-
-    GXV_UNITSIZE_VALIDATE( "format6", unitSize, nUnits, 4 );
-
-    for ( unit = 0, prev_glyph = 0; unit < nUnits; unit++ )
-    {
-      GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 + 2 );
-      glyph = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-      value = GXV_LOOKUP_VALUE_LOAD( p, valid->lookupval_sign );
-
-      if ( gxv_glyphid_validate( glyph, valid ) )
-        GXV_TRACE(( " endmarker found within defined range"
-                    " (entry %d < nUnits=%d)\n",
-                    unit, nUnits ));
-
-      if ( prev_glyph > glyph )
-      {
-        GXV_TRACE(( "current gid 0x%04x < previous gid 0x%04x\n",
-                    glyph, prev_glyph ));
-        if ( valid->root->level >= FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID )
-          FT_INVALID_GLYPH_ID;
-      }
-      prev_glyph = glyph;
-
-      valid->lookupval_func( glyph, value, valid );
-    }
-
-    gxv_LookupTable_fmt6_skip_endmarkers( p, unitSize, valid );
-    p += valid->subtable_length;
-
-    valid->subtable_length = p - table;
-    GXV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /* ================= Trimmed Array Format 8 Lookup Table =============== */
-  static void
-  gxv_LookupTable_fmt8_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                                 FT_Bytes       limit,
-                                 GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes              p = table;
-    FT_UShort             i;
-
-    GXV_LookupValueDesc   value;
-    FT_UShort             firstGlyph;
-    FT_UShort             glyphCount;
-
-
-    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "LookupTable format 8" );
-
-    /* firstGlyph + glyphCount */
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 + 2 );
-    firstGlyph = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    glyphCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    gxv_glyphid_validate( firstGlyph, valid );
-    gxv_glyphid_validate( (FT_UShort)( firstGlyph + glyphCount ), valid );
-
-    /* valueArray */
-    for ( i = 0; i < glyphCount; i++ )
-    {
-      GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
-      value = GXV_LOOKUP_VALUE_LOAD( p, valid->lookupval_sign );
-      valid->lookupval_func( (FT_UShort)( firstGlyph + i ), value, valid );
-    }
-
-    valid->subtable_length = p - table;
-    GXV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  gxv_LookupTable_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                            FT_Bytes       limit,
-                            GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes   p = table;
-    FT_UShort  format;
-
-    GXV_Validate_Func  fmt_funcs_table[] =
-    {
-      gxv_LookupTable_fmt0_validate, /* 0 */
-      NULL,                          /* 1 */
-      gxv_LookupTable_fmt2_validate, /* 2 */
-      NULL,                          /* 3 */
-      gxv_LookupTable_fmt4_validate, /* 4 */
-      NULL,                          /* 5 */
-      gxv_LookupTable_fmt6_validate, /* 6 */
-      NULL,                          /* 7 */
-      gxv_LookupTable_fmt8_validate, /* 8 */
-    };
-
-    GXV_Validate_Func  func;
-
-
-    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "LookupTable" );
-
-    /* lookuptbl_head may be used in fmt4 transit function. */
-    valid->lookuptbl_head = table;
-
-    /* format */
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
-    format = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    GXV_TRACE(( " (format %d)\n", format ));
-
-    if ( format > 8 )
-      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
-
-    func = fmt_funcs_table[format];
-    if ( func == NULL )
-      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
-
-    func( p, limit, valid );
-    p += valid->subtable_length;
-
-    valid->subtable_length = p - table;
-
-    GXV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                          Glyph ID                             *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Int )
-  gxv_glyphid_validate( FT_UShort      gid,
-                        GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Face  face;
-
-
-    if ( gid == 0xFFFFU )
-    {
-      GXV_EXIT;
-      return 1;
-    }
-
-    face = valid->face;
-    if ( face->num_glyphs < gid )
-    {
-      GXV_TRACE(( " gxv_glyphid_check() gid overflow: num_glyphs %d < %d\n",
-                  face->num_glyphs, gid ));
-      if ( valid->root->level >= FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID )
-        FT_INVALID_GLYPH_ID;
-    }
-
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                        CONTROL POINT                          *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  gxv_ctlPoint_validate( FT_UShort      gid,
-                         FT_Short       ctl_point,
-                         GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Face       face;
-    FT_Error      error;
-
-    FT_GlyphSlot  glyph;
-    FT_Outline    outline;
-    short         n_points;
-
-
-    face = valid->face;
-
-    error = FT_Load_Glyph( face,
-                           gid,
-                           FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP | FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM );
-    if ( error )
-      FT_INVALID_GLYPH_ID;
-
-    glyph    = face->glyph;
-    outline  = glyph->outline;
-    n_points = outline.n_points;
-
-
-    if ( !( ctl_point < n_points ) )
-      FT_INVALID_DATA;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                          SFNT NAME                            *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  gxv_sfntName_validate( FT_UShort      name_index,
-                         FT_UShort      min_index,
-                         FT_UShort      max_index,
-                         GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_SfntName  name;
-    FT_UInt      i;
-    FT_UInt      nnames;
-
-
-    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "sfntName" );
-
-    if ( name_index < min_index || max_index < name_index )
-      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
-
-    nnames = FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count( valid->face );
-    for ( i = 0; i < nnames; i++ )
-    {
-      if ( FT_Get_Sfnt_Name( valid->face, i, &name ) != FT_Err_Ok )
-        continue ;
-
-      if ( name.name_id == name_index )
-        goto Out;
-    }
-
-    GXV_TRACE(( "  nameIndex = %d (UNTITLED)\n", name_index ));
-    FT_INVALID_DATA;
-    goto Exit;  /* make compiler happy */
-
-  Out:
-    FT_TRACE1(( "  nameIndex = %d (", name_index ));
-    GXV_TRACE_HEXDUMP_SFNTNAME( name );
-    FT_TRACE1(( ")\n" ));
-
-  Exit:
-    GXV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                          STATE TABLE                          *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /* -------------------------- Class Table --------------------------- */
-
-  /*
-   * highestClass specifies how many classes are defined in this
-   * Class Subtable.  Apple spec does not mention whether undefined
-   * holes in the class (e.g.: 0-3 are predefined, 4 is unused, 5 is used)
-   * are permitted.  At present, holes in a defined class are not checked.
-   *   -- suzuki toshiya <mpsuzuki@hiroshima-u.ac.jp>
-   */
-
-  static void
-  gxv_ClassTable_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                           FT_UShort*     length_p,
-                           FT_UShort      stateSize,
-                           FT_Byte*       maxClassID_p,
-                           GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes   p     = table;
-    FT_Bytes   limit = table + *length_p;
-    FT_UShort  firstGlyph;
-    FT_UShort  nGlyphs;
-
-
-    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "ClassTable" );
-
-    *maxClassID_p = 3;  /* Classes 0, 2, and 3 are predefined */
-
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 + 2 );
-    firstGlyph = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    nGlyphs    = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    GXV_TRACE(( " (firstGlyph = %d, nGlyphs = %d)\n", firstGlyph, nGlyphs ));
-
-    if ( !nGlyphs )
-      goto Out;
-
-    gxv_glyphid_validate( (FT_UShort)( firstGlyph + nGlyphs ), valid );
-
-    {
-      FT_Byte    nGlyphInClass[256];
-      FT_Byte    classID;
-      FT_UShort  i;
-
-
-      ft_memset( nGlyphInClass, 0, 256 );
-
-
-      for ( i = 0; i < nGlyphs; i++ )
-      {
-        GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 1 );
-        classID = FT_NEXT_BYTE( p );
-        switch ( classID )
-        {
-          /* following classes should not appear in class array */
-        case 0:             /* end of text */
-        case 2:             /* out of bounds */
-        case 3:             /* end of line */
-          FT_INVALID_DATA;
-          break;
-
-        case 1:             /* out of bounds */
-        default:            /* user-defined: 4 - ( stateSize - 1 ) */
-          if ( classID >= stateSize )
-            FT_INVALID_DATA;   /* assign glyph to undefined state */
-
-          nGlyphInClass[classID]++;
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-      *length_p = (FT_UShort)( p - table );
-
-      /* scan max ClassID in use */
-      for ( i = 0; i < stateSize; i++ )
-        if ( ( 3 < i ) && ( nGlyphInClass[i] > 0 ) )
-          *maxClassID_p = (FT_Byte)i;  /* XXX: Check Range? */
-    }
-
-  Out:
-    GXV_TRACE(( "Declared stateSize=0x%02x, Used maxClassID=0x%02x\n",
-                stateSize, *maxClassID_p ));
-    GXV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /* --------------------------- State Array ----------------------------- */
-
-  static void
-  gxv_StateArray_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                           FT_UShort*     length_p,
-                           FT_Byte        maxClassID,
-                           FT_UShort      stateSize,
-                           FT_Byte*       maxState_p,
-                           FT_Byte*       maxEntry_p,
-                           GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-    FT_Bytes  limit = table + *length_p;
-    FT_Byte   clazz;
-    FT_Byte   entry;
-
-    FT_UNUSED( stateSize ); /* for the non-debugging case */
-
-
-    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "StateArray" );
-
-    GXV_TRACE(( "parse %d bytes by stateSize=%d maxClassID=%d\n",
-                (int)(*length_p), stateSize, (int)(maxClassID) ));
-
-    /*
-     * 2 states are predefined and must be described in StateArray:
-     * state 0 (start of text), 1 (start of line)
-     */
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( ( 1 + maxClassID ) * 2 );
-
-    *maxState_p = 0;
-    *maxEntry_p = 0;
-
-    /* read if enough to read another state */
-    while ( p + ( 1 + maxClassID ) <= limit )
-    {
-      (*maxState_p)++;
-      for ( clazz = 0; clazz <= maxClassID; clazz++ )
-      {
-        entry = FT_NEXT_BYTE( p );
-        *maxEntry_p = (FT_Byte)FT_MAX( *maxEntry_p, entry );
-      }
-    }
-    GXV_TRACE(( "parsed: maxState=%d, maxEntry=%d\n",
-                *maxState_p, *maxEntry_p ));
-
-    *length_p = (FT_UShort)( p - table );
-
-    GXV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /* --------------------------- Entry Table ----------------------------- */
-
-  static void
-  gxv_EntryTable_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                           FT_UShort*     length_p,
-                           FT_Byte        maxEntry,
-                           FT_UShort      stateArray,
-                           FT_UShort      stateArray_length,
-                           FT_Byte        maxClassID,
-                           FT_Bytes       statetable_table,
-                           FT_Bytes       statetable_limit,
-                           GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p     = table;
-    FT_Bytes  limit = table + *length_p;
-    FT_Byte   entry;
-    FT_Byte   state;
-    FT_Int    entrySize = 2 + 2 + GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_SIZE( statetable );
-
-    GXV_XStateTable_GlyphOffsetDesc  glyphOffset;
-
-
-    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "EntryTable" );
-
-    GXV_TRACE(( "maxEntry=%d entrySize=%d\n", maxEntry, entrySize ));
-
-    if ( ( maxEntry + 1 ) * entrySize > *length_p )
-    {
-      if ( valid->root->level >= FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID )
-        FT_INVALID_TOO_SHORT;
-
-      /* ftxvalidator and FontValidator both warn and continue */
-      maxEntry = (FT_Byte)( *length_p / entrySize - 1 );
-      GXV_TRACE(( "too large maxEntry, shrinking to %d fit EntryTable length\n",
-                  maxEntry ));
-    }
-
-    for ( entry = 0; entry <= maxEntry; entry++ )
-    {
-      FT_UShort  newState;
-      FT_UShort  flags;
-
-
-      GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 + 2 );
-      newState = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-      flags    = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-
-      if ( newState < stateArray                     ||
-           stateArray + stateArray_length < newState )
-      {
-        GXV_TRACE(( " newState offset 0x%04x is out of stateArray\n",
-                    newState ));
-        if ( valid->root->level >= FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID )
-          FT_INVALID_OFFSET;
-        continue;
-      }
-
-      if ( 0 != ( ( newState - stateArray ) % ( 1 + maxClassID ) ) )
-      {
-        GXV_TRACE(( " newState offset 0x%04x is not aligned to %d-classes\n",
-                    newState,  1 + maxClassID ));
-        if ( valid->root->level >= FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID )
-          FT_INVALID_OFFSET;
-        continue;
-      }
-
-      state = (FT_Byte)( ( newState - stateArray ) / ( 1 + maxClassID ) );
-
-      switch ( GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_FMT( statetable ) )
-      {
-      case GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_NONE:
-        glyphOffset.uc = 0;  /* make compiler happy */
-        break;
-
-      case GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_UCHAR:
-        glyphOffset.uc = FT_NEXT_BYTE( p );
-        break;
-
-      case GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_CHAR:
-        glyphOffset.c = FT_NEXT_CHAR( p );
-        break;
-
-      case GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_USHORT:
-        glyphOffset.u = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-        break;
-
-      case GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_SHORT:
-        glyphOffset.s = FT_NEXT_SHORT( p );
-        break;
-
-      case GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_ULONG:
-        glyphOffset.ul = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-        break;
-
-      case GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_LONG:
-        glyphOffset.l = FT_NEXT_LONG( p );
-        break;
-
-      default:
-        if ( valid->root->level >= FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID )
-          FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
-        goto Exit;
-      }
-
-      if ( NULL != valid->statetable.entry_validate_func )
-        valid->statetable.entry_validate_func( state,
-                                               flags,
-                                               glyphOffset,
-                                               statetable_table,
-                                               statetable_limit,
-                                               valid );
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    *length_p = (FT_UShort)( p - table );
-
-    GXV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /* =========================== State Table ============================= */
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  gxv_StateTable_subtable_setup( FT_UShort      table_size,
-                                 FT_UShort      classTable,
-                                 FT_UShort      stateArray,
-                                 FT_UShort      entryTable,
-                                 FT_UShort*     classTable_length_p,
-                                 FT_UShort*     stateArray_length_p,
-                                 FT_UShort*     entryTable_length_p,
-                                 GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_UShort   o[3];
-    FT_UShort*  l[3];
-    FT_UShort   buff[4];
-
-
-    o[0] = classTable;
-    o[1] = stateArray;
-    o[2] = entryTable;
-    l[0] = classTable_length_p;
-    l[1] = stateArray_length_p;
-    l[2] = entryTable_length_p;
-
-    gxv_set_length_by_ushort_offset( o, l, buff, 3, table_size, valid );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  gxv_StateTable_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                           FT_Bytes       limit,
-                           GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_UShort   stateSize;
-    FT_UShort   classTable;     /* offset to Class(Sub)Table */
-    FT_UShort   stateArray;     /* offset to StateArray */
-    FT_UShort   entryTable;     /* offset to EntryTable */
-
-    FT_UShort   classTable_length;
-    FT_UShort   stateArray_length;
-    FT_UShort   entryTable_length;
-    FT_Byte     maxClassID;
-    FT_Byte     maxState;
-    FT_Byte     maxEntry;
-
-    GXV_StateTable_Subtable_Setup_Func  setup_func;
-
-    FT_Bytes    p = table;
-
-
-    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "StateTable" );
-
-    GXV_TRACE(( "StateTable header\n" ));
-
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 + 2 + 2 + 2 );
-    stateSize  = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    classTable = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    stateArray = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    entryTable = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    GXV_TRACE(( "stateSize=0x%04x\n", stateSize ));
-    GXV_TRACE(( "offset to classTable=0x%04x\n", classTable ));
-    GXV_TRACE(( "offset to stateArray=0x%04x\n", stateArray ));
-    GXV_TRACE(( "offset to entryTable=0x%04x\n", entryTable ));
-
-    if ( stateSize > 0xFF )
-      FT_INVALID_DATA;
-
-    if ( valid->statetable.optdata_load_func != NULL )
-      valid->statetable.optdata_load_func( p, limit, valid );
-
-    if ( valid->statetable.subtable_setup_func != NULL)
-      setup_func = valid->statetable.subtable_setup_func;
-    else
-      setup_func = gxv_StateTable_subtable_setup;
-
-    setup_func( (FT_UShort)( limit - table ),
-                classTable,
-                stateArray,
-                entryTable,
-                &classTable_length,
-                &stateArray_length,
-                &entryTable_length,
-                valid );
-
-    GXV_TRACE(( "StateTable Subtables\n" ));
-
-    if ( classTable != 0 )
-      gxv_ClassTable_validate( table + classTable,
-                               &classTable_length,
-                               stateSize,
-                               &maxClassID,
-                               valid );
-    else
-      maxClassID = (FT_Byte)( stateSize - 1 );
-
-    if ( stateArray != 0 )
-      gxv_StateArray_validate( table + stateArray,
-                               &stateArray_length,
-                               maxClassID,
-                               stateSize,
-                               &maxState,
-                               &maxEntry,
-                               valid );
-    else
-    {
-      maxState = 1;     /* 0:start of text, 1:start of line are predefined */
-      maxEntry = 0;
-    }
-
-    if ( maxEntry > 0 && entryTable == 0 )
-      FT_INVALID_OFFSET;
-
-    if ( entryTable != 0 )
-      gxv_EntryTable_validate( table + entryTable,
-                               &entryTable_length,
-                               maxEntry,
-                               stateArray,
-                               stateArray_length,
-                               maxClassID,
-                               table,
-                               limit,
-                               valid );
-
-    GXV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /* ================= eXtended State Table (for morx) =================== */
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  gxv_XStateTable_subtable_setup( FT_ULong       table_size,
-                                  FT_ULong       classTable,
-                                  FT_ULong       stateArray,
-                                  FT_ULong       entryTable,
-                                  FT_ULong*      classTable_length_p,
-                                  FT_ULong*      stateArray_length_p,
-                                  FT_ULong*      entryTable_length_p,
-                                  GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_ULong   o[3];
-    FT_ULong*  l[3];
-    FT_ULong   buff[4];
-
-
-    o[0] = classTable;
-    o[1] = stateArray;
-    o[2] = entryTable;
-    l[0] = classTable_length_p;
-    l[1] = stateArray_length_p;
-    l[2] = entryTable_length_p;
-
-    gxv_set_length_by_ulong_offset( o, l, buff, 4, table_size, valid );
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_XClassTable_lookupval_validate( FT_UShort            glyph,
-                                      GXV_LookupValueDesc  value,
-                                      GXV_Validator        valid )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( glyph );
-
-    if ( value.u >= valid->xstatetable.nClasses )
-      FT_INVALID_DATA;
-    if ( value.u > valid->xstatetable.maxClassID )
-      valid->xstatetable.maxClassID = value.u;
-  }
-
-
-  /*
-    +===============+ --------+
-    | lookup header |         |
-    +===============+         |
-    | BinSrchHeader |         |
-    +===============+         |
-    | lastGlyph[0]  |         |
-    +---------------+         |
-    | firstGlyph[0] |         |    head of lookup table
-    +---------------+         |             +
-    | offset[0]     |    ->   |          offset            [byte]
-    +===============+         |             +
-    | lastGlyph[1]  |         | (glyphID - firstGlyph) * 2 [byte]
-    +---------------+         |
-    | firstGlyph[1] |         |
-    +---------------+         |
-    | offset[1]     |         |
-    +===============+         |
-                              |
-     ....                     |
-                              |
-    16bit value array         |
-    +===============+         |
-    |     value     | <-------+
-     ....
-  */
-  static GXV_LookupValueDesc
-  gxv_XClassTable_lookupfmt4_transit( FT_UShort            relative_gindex,
-                                      GXV_LookupValueDesc  base_value,
-                                      FT_Bytes             lookuptbl_limit,
-                                      GXV_Validator        valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes             p;
-    FT_Bytes             limit;
-    FT_UShort            offset;
-    GXV_LookupValueDesc  value;
-
-    /* XXX: check range? */
-    offset = (FT_UShort)( base_value.u +
-                          relative_gindex * sizeof ( FT_UShort ) );
-
-    p     = valid->lookuptbl_head + offset;
-    limit = lookuptbl_limit;
-
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK ( 2 );
-    value.u = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    return value;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_XStateArray_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                            FT_ULong*      length_p,
-                            FT_UShort      maxClassID,
-                            FT_ULong       stateSize,
-                            FT_UShort*     maxState_p,
-                            FT_UShort*     maxEntry_p,
-                            GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes   p = table;
-    FT_Bytes   limit = table + *length_p;
-    FT_UShort  clazz;
-    FT_UShort  entry;
-
-    FT_UNUSED( stateSize ); /* for the non-debugging case */
-
-
-    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "XStateArray" );
-
-    GXV_TRACE(( "parse % 3d bytes by stateSize=% 3d maxClassID=% 3d\n",
-                (int)(*length_p), stateSize, (int)(maxClassID) ));
-
-    /*
-     * 2 states are predefined and must be described:
-     * state 0 (start of text), 1 (start of line)
-     */
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( ( 1 + maxClassID ) * 2 * 2 );
-
-    *maxState_p = 0;
-    *maxEntry_p = 0;
-
-    /* read if enough to read another state */
-    while ( p + ( ( 1 + maxClassID ) * 2 ) <= limit )
-    {
-      (*maxState_p)++;
-      for ( clazz = 0; clazz <= maxClassID; clazz++ )
-      {
-        entry = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-        *maxEntry_p = (FT_UShort)FT_MAX( *maxEntry_p, entry );
-      }
-    }
-    GXV_TRACE(( "parsed: maxState=%d, maxEntry=%d\n",
-                *maxState_p, *maxEntry_p ));
-
-    *length_p = p - table;
-
-    GXV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_XEntryTable_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                            FT_ULong*      length_p,
-                            FT_UShort      maxEntry,
-                            FT_ULong       stateArray_length,
-                            FT_UShort      maxClassID,
-                            FT_Bytes       xstatetable_table,
-                            FT_Bytes       xstatetable_limit,
-                            GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes   p = table;
-    FT_Bytes   limit = table + *length_p;
-    FT_UShort  entry;
-    FT_UShort  state;
-    FT_Int     entrySize = 2 + 2 + GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_SIZE( xstatetable );
-
-
-    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "XEntryTable" );
-    GXV_TRACE(( "maxEntry=%d entrySize=%d\n", maxEntry, entrySize ));
-
-    if ( ( p + ( maxEntry + 1 ) * entrySize ) > limit )
-      FT_INVALID_TOO_SHORT;
-
-    for (entry = 0; entry <= maxEntry ; entry++ )
-    {
-      FT_UShort                        newState_idx;
-      FT_UShort                        flags;
-      GXV_XStateTable_GlyphOffsetDesc  glyphOffset;
-
-
-      GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 + 2 );
-      newState_idx = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-      flags        = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-      if ( stateArray_length < (FT_ULong)( newState_idx * 2 ) )
-      {
-        GXV_TRACE(( "  newState index 0x%04x points out of stateArray\n",
-                    newState_idx ));
-        if ( valid->root->level >= FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID )
-          FT_INVALID_OFFSET;
-      }
-
-      state = (FT_UShort)( newState_idx / ( 1 + maxClassID ) );
-      if ( 0 != ( newState_idx % ( 1 + maxClassID ) ) )
-      {
-        FT_TRACE4(( "-> new state = %d (supposed)\n"
-                    "but newState index 0x%04x is not aligned to %d-classes\n",
-                    state, newState_idx,  1 + maxClassID ));
-        if ( valid->root->level >= FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID )
-          FT_INVALID_OFFSET;
-      }
-
-      switch ( GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_FMT( xstatetable ) )
-      {
-      case GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_NONE:
-        glyphOffset.uc = 0; /* make compiler happy */
-        break;
-
-      case GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_UCHAR:
-        glyphOffset.uc = FT_NEXT_BYTE( p );
-        break;
-
-      case GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_CHAR:
-        glyphOffset.c = FT_NEXT_CHAR( p );
-        break;
-
-      case GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_USHORT:
-        glyphOffset.u = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-        break;
-
-      case GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_SHORT:
-        glyphOffset.s = FT_NEXT_SHORT( p );
-        break;
-
-      case GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_ULONG:
-        glyphOffset.ul = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-        break;
-
-      case GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_LONG:
-        glyphOffset.l = FT_NEXT_LONG( p );
-        break;
-
-      default:
-        if ( valid->root->level >= FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID )
-          FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
-        goto Exit;
-      }
-
-      if ( NULL != valid->xstatetable.entry_validate_func )
-        valid->xstatetable.entry_validate_func( state,
-                                                flags,
-                                                glyphOffset,
-                                                xstatetable_table,
-                                                xstatetable_limit,
-                                                valid );
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    *length_p = p - table;
-
-    GXV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  gxv_XStateTable_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                            FT_Bytes       limit,
-                            GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    /* StateHeader members */
-    FT_ULong   classTable;      /* offset to Class(Sub)Table */
-    FT_ULong   stateArray;      /* offset to StateArray */
-    FT_ULong   entryTable;      /* offset to EntryTable */
-
-    FT_ULong   classTable_length;
-    FT_ULong   stateArray_length;
-    FT_ULong   entryTable_length;
-    FT_UShort  maxState;
-    FT_UShort  maxEntry;
-
-    GXV_XStateTable_Subtable_Setup_Func  setup_func;
-
-    FT_Bytes   p = table;
-
-
-    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "XStateTable" );
-
-    GXV_TRACE(( "XStateTable header\n" ));
-
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 + 4 + 4 + 4 );
-    valid->xstatetable.nClasses = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-    classTable = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-    stateArray = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-    entryTable = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-
-    GXV_TRACE(( "nClasses =0x%08x\n", valid->xstatetable.nClasses ));
-    GXV_TRACE(( "offset to classTable=0x%08x\n", classTable ));
-    GXV_TRACE(( "offset to stateArray=0x%08x\n", stateArray ));
-    GXV_TRACE(( "offset to entryTable=0x%08x\n", entryTable ));
-
-    if ( valid->xstatetable.nClasses > 0xFFFFU )
-      FT_INVALID_DATA;
-
-    GXV_TRACE(( "StateTable Subtables\n" ));
-
-    if ( valid->xstatetable.optdata_load_func != NULL )
-      valid->xstatetable.optdata_load_func( p, limit, valid );
-
-    if ( valid->xstatetable.subtable_setup_func != NULL )
-      setup_func = valid->xstatetable.subtable_setup_func;
-    else
-      setup_func = gxv_XStateTable_subtable_setup;
-
-    setup_func( limit - table,
-                classTable,
-                stateArray,
-                entryTable,
-                &classTable_length,
-                &stateArray_length,
-                &entryTable_length,
-                valid );
-
-    if ( classTable != 0 )
-    {
-      valid->xstatetable.maxClassID = 0;
-      valid->lookupval_sign         = GXV_LOOKUPVALUE_UNSIGNED;
-      valid->lookupval_func         = gxv_XClassTable_lookupval_validate;
-      valid->lookupfmt4_trans       = gxv_XClassTable_lookupfmt4_transit;
-      gxv_LookupTable_validate( table + classTable,
-                                table + classTable + classTable_length,
-                                valid );
-      if ( valid->subtable_length < classTable_length )
-        classTable_length = valid->subtable_length;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* XXX: check range? */
-      valid->xstatetable.maxClassID =
-        (FT_UShort)( valid->xstatetable.nClasses - 1 );
-    }
-
-    if ( stateArray != 0 )
-      gxv_XStateArray_validate( table + stateArray,
-                                &stateArray_length,
-                                valid->xstatetable.maxClassID,
-                                valid->xstatetable.nClasses,
-                                &maxState,
-                                &maxEntry,
-                                valid );
-    else
-    {
-      maxState = 1; /* 0:start of text, 1:start of line are predefined */
-      maxEntry = 0;
-    }
-
-    if ( maxEntry > 0 && entryTable == 0 )
-      FT_INVALID_OFFSET;
-
-    if ( entryTable != 0 )
-      gxv_XEntryTable_validate( table + entryTable,
-                                &entryTable_length,
-                                maxEntry,
-                                stateArray_length,
-                                valid->xstatetable.maxClassID,
-                                table,
-                                limit,
-                                valid );
-
-    GXV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                        Table overlapping                      *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  static int
-  gxv_compare_ranges( FT_Bytes  table1_start,
-                      FT_ULong  table1_length,
-                      FT_Bytes  table2_start,
-                      FT_ULong  table2_length )
-  {
-    if ( table1_start == table2_start )
-    {
-      if ( ( table1_length == 0 || table2_length == 0 ) )
-        goto Out;
-    }
-    else if ( table1_start < table2_start )
-    {
-      if ( ( table1_start + table1_length ) <= table2_start )
-        goto Out;
-    }
-    else if ( table1_start > table2_start )
-    {
-      if ( ( table1_start >= table2_start + table2_length ) )
-        goto Out;
-    }
-    return 1;
-
-  Out:
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  gxv_odtect_add_range( FT_Bytes          start,
-                        FT_ULong          length,
-                        const FT_String*  name,
-                        GXV_odtect_Range  odtect )
-  {
-    odtect->range[ odtect->nRanges ].start  = start;
-    odtect->range[ odtect->nRanges ].length = length;
-    odtect->range[ odtect->nRanges ].name   = (FT_String*)name;
-    odtect->nRanges++;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  gxv_odtect_validate( GXV_odtect_Range  odtect,
-                       GXV_Validator     valid )
-  {
-    FT_UInt  i, j;
-
-
-    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "check overlap among multi ranges" );
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < odtect->nRanges; i++ )
-      for ( j = 0; j < i; j++ )
-        if ( 0 != gxv_compare_ranges( odtect->range[i].start,
-                                      odtect->range[i].length,
-                                      odtect->range[j].start,
-                                      odtect->range[j].length ) )
-        {
-          if ( odtect->range[i].name || odtect->range[j].name )
-            GXV_TRACE(( "found overlap between range %d and range %d\n",
-                        i, j ));
-          else
-            GXV_TRACE(( "found overlap between `%s' and `%s\'\n",
-                        odtect->range[i].name,
-                        odtect->range[j].name ));
-          FT_INVALID_OFFSET;
-        }
-
-    GXV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvcommn.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvcommn.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 0128eca..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvcommn.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,560 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  gxvcommn.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    TrueTypeGX/AAT common tables validation (specification).             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2004, 2005 by suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K., */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.        */
-/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology      */
-/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.                                           */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*
-   * keywords in variable naming
-   * ---------------------------
-   *  table: Of type FT_Bytes, pointing to the start of this table/subtable.
-   *  limit: Of type FT_Bytes, pointing to the end of this table/subtable,
-   *         including padding for alignment.
-   *  offset: Of type FT_UInt, the number of octets from the start to target.
-   *  length: Of type FT_UInt, the number of octets from the start to the
-   *          end in this table/subtable, including padding for alignment.
-   *
-   *  _MIN, _MAX: Should be added to the tail of macros, as INT_MIN, etc.
-   */
-
-
-#ifndef __GXVCOMMN_H__
-#define __GXVCOMMN_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include "gxvalid.h"
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-#include FT_SFNT_NAMES_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                         VALIDATION                            *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  typedef struct GXV_ValidatorRec_*  GXV_Validator;
-
-
-#define DUMMY_LIMIT 0
-
-  typedef void
-  (*GXV_Validate_Func)( FT_Bytes       table,
-                        FT_Bytes       limit,
-                        GXV_Validator  valid );
-
-
-  /* ====================== LookupTable Validator ======================== */
-
-  typedef union  GXV_LookupValueDesc_
-  {
-    FT_UShort u;
-    FT_Short  s;
-
-  } GXV_LookupValueDesc;
-
-  typedef enum  GXV_LookupValue_SignSpec_
-  {
-    GXV_LOOKUPVALUE_UNSIGNED = 0,
-    GXV_LOOKUPVALUE_SIGNED
-
-  } GXV_LookupValue_SignSpec;
-
-
-  typedef void
-  (*GXV_Lookup_Value_Validate_Func)( FT_UShort            glyph,
-                                     GXV_LookupValueDesc  value,
-                                     GXV_Validator        valid );
-
-  typedef GXV_LookupValueDesc
-  (*GXV_Lookup_Fmt4_Transit_Func)( FT_UShort            relative_gindex,
-                                   GXV_LookupValueDesc  base_value,
-                                   FT_Bytes             lookuptbl_limit,
-                                   GXV_Validator        valid );
-
-
-  /* ====================== StateTable Validator ========================= */
-
-  typedef enum  GXV_GlyphOffset_Format_
-  {
-    GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_NONE   = -1,
-    GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_UCHAR  = 2,
-    GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_CHAR,
-    GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_USHORT = 4,
-    GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_SHORT,
-    GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_ULONG  = 8,
-    GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_LONG
-
-  } GXV_GlyphOffset_Format;
-
-
-#define GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_FMT( table )           \
-        ( valid->table.entry_glyphoffset_fmt )
-
-#define GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_SIZE( table )              \
-        ( valid->table.entry_glyphoffset_fmt / 2 )
-
-
-  /* ----------------------- 16bit StateTable ---------------------------- */
-
-  typedef union  GXV_StateTable_GlyphOffsetDesc_
-  {
-    FT_Byte    uc;
-    FT_UShort  u;       /* same as GXV_LookupValueDesc */
-    FT_ULong   ul;
-    FT_Char    c;
-    FT_Short   s;       /* same as GXV_LookupValueDesc */
-    FT_Long    l;
-
-  } GXV_StateTable_GlyphOffsetDesc;
-
-
-  typedef void
-  (*GXV_StateTable_Subtable_Setup_Func)( FT_UShort      table_size,
-                                         FT_UShort      classTable,
-                                         FT_UShort      stateArray,
-                                         FT_UShort      entryTable,
-                                         FT_UShort*     classTable_length_p,
-                                         FT_UShort*     stateArray_length_p,
-                                         FT_UShort*     entryTable_length_p,
-                                         GXV_Validator  valid );
-
-  typedef void
-  (*GXV_StateTable_Entry_Validate_Func)(
-     FT_Byte                         state,
-     FT_UShort                       flags,
-     GXV_StateTable_GlyphOffsetDesc  glyphOffset,
-     FT_Bytes                        statetable_table,
-     FT_Bytes                        statetable_limit,
-     GXV_Validator                   valid );
-
-  typedef void
-  (*GXV_StateTable_OptData_Load_Func)( FT_Bytes       table,
-                                       FT_Bytes       limit,
-                                       GXV_Validator  valid );
-
-  typedef struct  GXV_StateTable_ValidatorRec_
-  {
-    GXV_GlyphOffset_Format              entry_glyphoffset_fmt;
-    void*                               optdata;
-
-    GXV_StateTable_Subtable_Setup_Func  subtable_setup_func;
-    GXV_StateTable_Entry_Validate_Func  entry_validate_func;
-    GXV_StateTable_OptData_Load_Func    optdata_load_func;
-
-  } GXV_StateTable_ValidatorRec, *GXV_StateTable_ValidatorRecData;
-
-
-  /* ---------------------- 32bit XStateTable ---------------------------- */
-
-  typedef GXV_StateTable_GlyphOffsetDesc  GXV_XStateTable_GlyphOffsetDesc;
-
-  typedef void
-  (*GXV_XStateTable_Subtable_Setup_Func)( FT_ULong       table_size,
-                                          FT_ULong       classTable,
-                                          FT_ULong       stateArray,
-                                          FT_ULong       entryTable,
-                                          FT_ULong*      classTable_length_p,
-                                          FT_ULong*      stateArray_length_p,
-                                          FT_ULong*      entryTable_length_p,
-                                          GXV_Validator  valid );
-
-  typedef void
-  (*GXV_XStateTable_Entry_Validate_Func)(
-     FT_UShort                       state,
-     FT_UShort                       flags,
-     GXV_StateTable_GlyphOffsetDesc  glyphOffset,
-     FT_Bytes                        xstatetable_table,
-     FT_Bytes                        xstatetable_limit,
-     GXV_Validator                   valid );
-
-
-  typedef GXV_StateTable_OptData_Load_Func  GXV_XStateTable_OptData_Load_Func;
-
-
-  typedef struct  GXV_XStateTable_ValidatorRec_
-  {
-    int                                  entry_glyphoffset_fmt;
-    void*                                optdata;
-
-    GXV_XStateTable_Subtable_Setup_Func  subtable_setup_func;
-    GXV_XStateTable_Entry_Validate_Func  entry_validate_func;
-    GXV_XStateTable_OptData_Load_Func    optdata_load_func;
-
-    FT_ULong                             nClasses;
-    FT_UShort                            maxClassID;
-
-  } GXV_XStateTable_ValidatorRec, *GXV_XStateTable_ValidatorRecData;
-
-
-  /* ===================================================================== */
-
-  typedef struct  GXV_ValidatorRec_
-  {
-    FT_Validator  root;
-
-    FT_Face       face;
-    void*         table_data;
-
-    FT_ULong      subtable_length;
-
-    GXV_LookupValue_SignSpec        lookupval_sign;
-    GXV_Lookup_Value_Validate_Func  lookupval_func;
-    GXV_Lookup_Fmt4_Transit_Func    lookupfmt4_trans;
-    FT_Bytes                        lookuptbl_head;
-
-    GXV_StateTable_ValidatorRec     statetable;
-    GXV_XStateTable_ValidatorRec    xstatetable;
-
-#ifdef FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE
-    FT_UInt             debug_indent;
-    const FT_String*    debug_function_name[3];
-#endif
-
-  } GXV_ValidatorRec;
-
-
-#define GXV_TABLE_DATA( tag, field )                           \
-        ( ( (GXV_ ## tag ## _Data)valid->table_data )->field )
-
-#undef  FT_INVALID_
-#define FT_INVALID_( _prefix, _error )                         \
-          ft_validator_error( valid->root, _prefix ## _error )
-
-#define GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( _count )                                     \
-          FT_BEGIN_STMNT                                              \
-            if ( p + _count > ( limit? limit : valid->root->limit ) ) \
-              FT_INVALID_TOO_SHORT;                                   \
-          FT_END_STMNT
-
-
-#ifdef FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE
-
-#define GXV_INIT  valid->debug_indent = 0
-
-#define GXV_NAME_ENTER( name )                             \
-          FT_BEGIN_STMNT                                   \
-            valid->debug_indent += 2;                      \
-            FT_TRACE4(( "%*.s", valid->debug_indent, 0 )); \
-            FT_TRACE4(( "%s table\n", name ));             \
-          FT_END_STMNT
-
-#define GXV_EXIT  valid->debug_indent -= 2
-
-#define GXV_TRACE( s )                                     \
-          FT_BEGIN_STMNT                                   \
-            FT_TRACE4(( "%*.s", valid->debug_indent, 0 )); \
-            FT_TRACE4( s );                                \
-          FT_END_STMNT
-
-#else /* !FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE */
-
-#define GXV_INIT                do ; while ( 0 )
-#define GXV_NAME_ENTER( name )  do ; while ( 0 )
-#define GXV_EXIT                do ; while ( 0 )
-
-#define GXV_TRACE( s )          do ; while ( 0 )
-
-#endif  /* !FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE */
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                    32bit alignment checking                   *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-#define GXV_32BIT_ALIGNMENT_VALIDATE( a ) \
-          FT_BEGIN_STMNT                  \
-            {                             \
-              if ( 0 != ( (a) % 4 ) )     \
-                FT_INVALID_OFFSET ;       \
-            }                             \
-          FT_END_STMNT
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                    Dumping Binary Data                        *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-#define GXV_TRACE_HEXDUMP( p, len )                     \
-          FT_BEGIN_STMNT                                \
-            {                                           \
-              FT_Bytes  b;                              \
-                                                        \
-                                                        \
-              for ( b = p; b < (FT_Bytes)p + len; b++ ) \
-                FT_TRACE1(("\\x%02x", *b)) ;            \
-            }                                           \
-          FT_END_STMNT
-
-#define GXV_TRACE_HEXDUMP_C( p, len )                   \
-          FT_BEGIN_STMNT                                \
-            {                                           \
-              FT_Bytes  b;                              \
-                                                        \
-                                                        \
-              for ( b = p; b < (FT_Bytes)p + len; b++ ) \
-                if ( 0x40 < *b && *b < 0x7e )           \
-                  FT_TRACE1(("%c", *b)) ;               \
-                else                                    \
-                  FT_TRACE1(("\\x%02x", *b)) ;          \
-            }                                           \
-          FT_END_STMNT
-
-#define GXV_TRACE_HEXDUMP_SFNTNAME( n )               \
-          GXV_TRACE_HEXDUMP( n.string, n.string_len )
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                         LOOKUP TABLE                          *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  gxv_BinSrchHeader_validate( FT_Bytes       p,
-                              FT_Bytes       limit,
-                              FT_UShort*     unitSize_p,
-                              FT_UShort*     nUnits_p,
-                              GXV_Validator  valid );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  gxv_LookupTable_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                            FT_Bytes       limit,
-                            GXV_Validator  valid );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                          Glyph ID                             *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Int )
-  gxv_glyphid_validate( FT_UShort      gid,
-                        GXV_Validator  valid );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                        CONTROL POINT                          *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  gxv_ctlPoint_validate( FT_UShort      gid,
-                         FT_Short       ctl_point,
-                         GXV_Validator  valid );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                          SFNT NAME                            *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  gxv_sfntName_validate( FT_UShort      name_index,
-                         FT_UShort      min_index,
-                         FT_UShort      max_index,
-                         GXV_Validator  valid );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                          STATE TABLE                          *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  gxv_StateTable_subtable_setup( FT_UShort      table_size,
-                                 FT_UShort      classTable,
-                                 FT_UShort      stateArray,
-                                 FT_UShort      entryTable,
-                                 FT_UShort*     classTable_length_p,
-                                 FT_UShort*     stateArray_length_p,
-                                 FT_UShort*     entryTable_length_p,
-                                 GXV_Validator  valid );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  gxv_XStateTable_subtable_setup( FT_ULong       table_size,
-                                  FT_ULong       classTable,
-                                  FT_ULong       stateArray,
-                                  FT_ULong       entryTable,
-                                  FT_ULong*      classTable_length_p,
-                                  FT_ULong*      stateArray_length_p,
-                                  FT_ULong*      entryTable_length_p,
-                                  GXV_Validator  valid );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  gxv_StateTable_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                           FT_Bytes       limit,
-                           GXV_Validator  valid );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  gxv_XStateTable_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                            FT_Bytes       limit,
-                            GXV_Validator  valid );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                 UTILITY MACROS AND FUNCTIONS                  *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  gxv_array_getlimits_byte( FT_Bytes       table,
-                            FT_Bytes       limit,
-                            FT_Byte*       min,
-                            FT_Byte*       max,
-                            GXV_Validator  valid );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  gxv_array_getlimits_ushort( FT_Bytes       table,
-                              FT_Bytes       limit,
-                              FT_UShort*     min,
-                              FT_UShort*     max,
-                              GXV_Validator  valid );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  gxv_set_length_by_ushort_offset( FT_UShort*     offset,
-                                   FT_UShort**    length,
-                                   FT_UShort*     buff,
-                                   FT_UInt        nmemb,
-                                   FT_UShort      limit,
-                                   GXV_Validator  valid );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  gxv_set_length_by_ulong_offset( FT_ULong*      offset,
-                                  FT_ULong**     length,
-                                  FT_ULong*      buff,
-                                  FT_UInt        nmemb,
-                                  FT_ULong       limit,
-                                  GXV_Validator  valid);
-
-
-#define GXV_SUBTABLE_OFFSET_CHECK( _offset )          \
-          FT_BEGIN_STMNT                              \
-            if ( (_offset) > valid->subtable_length ) \
-              FT_INVALID_OFFSET;                      \
-          FT_END_STMNT
-
-#define GXV_SUBTABLE_LIMIT_CHECK( _count )                  \
-          FT_BEGIN_STMNT                                    \
-            if ( ( p + (_count) - valid->subtable_start ) > \
-                   valid->subtable_length )                 \
-              FT_INVALID_TOO_SHORT;                         \
-          FT_END_STMNT
-
-#define GXV_USHORT_TO_SHORT( _us )                                    \
-          ( ( 0x8000U < ( _us ) ) ? ( ( _us ) - 0x8000U ) : ( _us ) )
-
-#define GXV_STATETABLE_HEADER_SIZE  ( 2 + 2 + 2 + 2 )
-#define GXV_STATEHEADER_SIZE        GXV_STATETABLE_HEADER_SIZE
-
-#define GXV_XSTATETABLE_HEADER_SIZE  ( 4 + 4 + 4 + 4 )
-#define GXV_XSTATEHEADER_SIZE        GXV_XSTATETABLE_HEADER_SIZE
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                        Table overlapping                      *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  typedef struct  GXV_odtect_DataRec_
-  {
-    FT_Bytes    start;
-    FT_ULong    length;
-    FT_String*  name;
-
-  } GXV_odtect_DataRec,  *GXV_odtect_Data;
-
-  typedef struct  GXV_odtect_RangeRec_
-  {
-    FT_UInt          nRanges;
-    GXV_odtect_Data  range;
-
-  } GXV_odtect_RangeRec, *GXV_odtect_Range;
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  gxv_odtect_add_range( FT_Bytes          start,
-                        FT_ULong          length,
-                        const FT_String*  name,
-                        GXV_odtect_Range  odtect );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  gxv_odtect_validate( GXV_odtect_Range  odtect,
-                       GXV_Validator     valid );
-
-
-#define GXV_ODTECT( n, odtect )                              \
-          GXV_odtect_DataRec   odtect ## _range[n];          \
-          GXV_odtect_RangeRec  odtect ## _rec = { 0, NULL }; \
-          GXV_odtect_Range     odtect = NULL
-
-#define GXV_ODTECT_INIT( odtect )                      \
-          FT_BEGIN_STMNT                               \
-            odtect ## _rec.nRanges = 0;                \
-            odtect ## _rec.range   = odtect ## _range; \
-            odtect                 = & odtect ## _rec; \
-          FT_END_STMNT
-
-
- /* */
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __GXVCOMMN_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxverror.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxverror.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 0196199..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxverror.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  gxverror.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    TrueTypeGX/AAT validation module error codes (specification only).   */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2004, 2005 by suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K., */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.        */
-/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology      */
-/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.                                           */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This file is used to define the OpenType validation module error      */
-  /* enumeration constants.                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef __GXVERROR_H__
-#define __GXVERROR_H__
-
-#include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
-
-#undef __FTERRORS_H__
-
-#define FT_ERR_PREFIX  GXV_Err_
-#define FT_ERR_BASE    FT_Mod_Err_GXV
-
-#define FT_KEEP_ERR_PREFIX
-
-#include FT_ERRORS_H
-
-#endif /* __GXVERROR_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvfeat.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvfeat.c
deleted file mode 100644
index ad30a76..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvfeat.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,344 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  gxvfeat.c                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    TrueTypeGX/AAT feat table validation (body).                         */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2004, 2005, 2008 by                                          */
-/*  suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K.,                         */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.        */
-/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology      */
-/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.                                           */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include "gxvalid.h"
-#include "gxvcommn.h"
-#include "gxvfeat.h"
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_gxvfeat
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                      Data and Types                           *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  typedef struct  GXV_feat_DataRec_
-  {
-    FT_UInt    reserved_size;
-    FT_UShort  feature;
-    FT_UShort  setting;
-
-  } GXV_feat_DataRec, *GXV_feat_Data;
-
-
-#define GXV_FEAT_DATA( field )  GXV_TABLE_DATA( feat, field )
-
-
-  typedef enum  GXV_FeatureFlagsMask_
-  {
-    GXV_FEAT_MASK_EXCLUSIVE_SETTINGS = 0x8000U,
-    GXV_FEAT_MASK_DYNAMIC_DEFAULT    = 0x4000,
-    GXV_FEAT_MASK_UNUSED             = 0x3F00,
-    GXV_FEAT_MASK_DEFAULT_SETTING    = 0x00FF
-
-  } GXV_FeatureFlagsMask;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                      UTILITY FUNCTIONS                        *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  static void
-  gxv_feat_registry_validate( FT_UShort      feature,
-                              FT_UShort      nSettings,
-                              FT_Bool        exclusive,
-                              GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "feature in registry" );
-
-    GXV_TRACE(( " (feature = %u)\n", feature ));
-
-    if ( feature >= gxv_feat_registry_length )
-    {
-      GXV_TRACE(( "feature number %d is out of range %d\n",
-                  feature, gxv_feat_registry_length ));
-      if ( valid->root->level == FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID )
-        FT_INVALID_DATA;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    if ( gxv_feat_registry[feature].existence == 0 )
-    {
-      GXV_TRACE(( "feature number %d is in defined range but doesn't exist\n",
-                  feature ));
-      if ( valid->root->level == FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID )
-        FT_INVALID_DATA;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    if ( gxv_feat_registry[feature].apple_reserved )
-    {
-      /* Don't use here. Apple is reserved. */
-      GXV_TRACE(( "feature number %d is reserved by Apple\n", feature ));
-      if ( valid->root->level >= FT_VALIDATE_TIGHT )
-        FT_INVALID_DATA;
-    }
-
-    if ( nSettings != gxv_feat_registry[feature].nSettings )
-    {
-      GXV_TRACE(( "feature %d: nSettings %d != defined nSettings %d\n",
-                  feature, nSettings,
-                  gxv_feat_registry[feature].nSettings ));
-      if ( valid->root->level >= FT_VALIDATE_TIGHT )
-        FT_INVALID_DATA;
-    }
-
-    if ( exclusive != gxv_feat_registry[feature].exclusive )
-    {
-      GXV_TRACE(( "exclusive flag %d differs from predefined value\n",
-                  exclusive ));
-      if ( valid->root->level >= FT_VALIDATE_TIGHT )
-        FT_INVALID_DATA;
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    GXV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_feat_name_index_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                                FT_Bytes       limit,
-                                GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-
-    FT_Short  nameIndex;
-
-
-    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "nameIndex" );
-
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
-    nameIndex = FT_NEXT_SHORT ( p );
-    GXV_TRACE(( " (nameIndex = %d)\n", nameIndex ));
-
-    gxv_sfntName_validate( (FT_UShort)nameIndex,
-                           255,
-                           32768U,
-                           valid );
-
-    GXV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_feat_setting_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                             FT_Bytes       limit,
-                             FT_Bool        exclusive,
-                             GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes   p = table;
-    FT_UShort  setting;
-
-
-    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "setting" );
-
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
-
-    setting = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    /* If we have exclusive setting, the setting should be odd. */
-    if ( exclusive && ( setting % 2 ) == 0 )
-      FT_INVALID_DATA;
-
-    gxv_feat_name_index_validate( p, limit, valid );
-
-    GXV_FEAT_DATA( setting ) = setting;
-
-    GXV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_feat_name_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                          FT_Bytes       limit,
-                          GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes   p             = table;
-    FT_UInt    reserved_size = GXV_FEAT_DATA( reserved_size );
-
-    FT_UShort  feature;
-    FT_UShort  nSettings;
-    FT_UInt    settingTable;
-    FT_UShort  featureFlags;
-
-    FT_Bool    exclusive;
-    FT_Int     last_setting;
-    FT_UInt    i;
-
-
-    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "name" );
-
-    /* feature + nSettings + settingTable + featureFlags */
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 + 2 + 4 + 2 );
-
-    feature = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    GXV_FEAT_DATA( feature ) = feature;
-
-    nSettings    = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    settingTable = FT_NEXT_ULONG ( p );
-    featureFlags = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    if ( settingTable < reserved_size )
-      FT_INVALID_OFFSET;
-
-    if ( valid->root->level == FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID   &&
-         ( featureFlags & GXV_FEAT_MASK_UNUSED ) == 0 )
-      FT_INVALID_DATA;
-
-    exclusive = FT_BOOL( featureFlags & GXV_FEAT_MASK_EXCLUSIVE_SETTINGS );
-    if ( exclusive )
-    {
-      FT_Byte  dynamic_default;
-
-
-      if ( featureFlags & GXV_FEAT_MASK_DYNAMIC_DEFAULT )
-        dynamic_default = (FT_Byte)( featureFlags &
-                                     GXV_FEAT_MASK_DEFAULT_SETTING );
-      else
-        dynamic_default = 0;
-
-      /* If exclusive, check whether default setting is in the range. */
-      if ( !( dynamic_default < nSettings ) )
-        FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
-    }
-
-    gxv_feat_registry_validate( feature, nSettings, exclusive, valid );
-
-    gxv_feat_name_index_validate( p, limit, valid );
-
-    p = valid->root->base + settingTable;
-    for ( last_setting = -1, i = 0; i < nSettings; i++ )
-    {
-      gxv_feat_setting_validate( p, limit, exclusive, valid );
-
-      if ( valid->root->level == FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID       &&
-           (FT_Int)GXV_FEAT_DATA( setting ) <= last_setting )
-        FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
-
-      last_setting = (FT_Int)GXV_FEAT_DATA( setting );
-      /* setting + nameIndex */
-      p += ( 2 + 2 );
-    }
-
-    GXV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                         feat TABLE                            *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  gxv_feat_validate( FT_Bytes      table,
-                     FT_Face       face,
-                     FT_Validator  ftvalid )
-  {
-    GXV_ValidatorRec  validrec;
-    GXV_Validator     valid = &validrec;
-
-    GXV_feat_DataRec  featrec;
-    GXV_feat_Data     feat = &featrec;
-
-    FT_Bytes          p     = table;
-    FT_Bytes          limit = 0;
-
-    FT_UInt           featureNameCount;
-
-    FT_UInt           i;
-    FT_Int            last_feature;
-
-
-    valid->root       = ftvalid;
-    valid->table_data = feat;
-    valid->face       = face;
-
-    FT_TRACE3(( "validating `feat' table\n" ));
-    GXV_INIT;
-
-    feat->reserved_size = 0;
-
-    /* version + featureNameCount + none_0 + none_1  */
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 + 2 + 2 + 4 );
-    feat->reserved_size += 4 + 2 + 2 + 4;
-
-    if ( FT_NEXT_ULONG( p ) != 0x00010000UL ) /* Version */
-      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
-
-    featureNameCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    GXV_TRACE(( " (featureNameCount = %d)\n", featureNameCount ));
-
-    if ( valid->root->level != FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID )
-      p += 6;                   /* skip (none) and (none) */
-    else
-    {
-      if ( FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ) != 0 )
-        FT_INVALID_DATA;
-
-      if ( FT_NEXT_ULONG( p )  != 0 )
-        FT_INVALID_DATA;
-    }
-
-    feat->reserved_size += featureNameCount * ( 2 + 2 + 4 + 2 + 2 );
-
-    for ( last_feature = -1, i = 0; i < featureNameCount; i++ )
-    {
-      gxv_feat_name_validate( p, limit, valid );
-
-      if ( valid->root->level == FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID       &&
-           (FT_Int)GXV_FEAT_DATA( feature ) <= last_feature )
-        FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
-
-      last_feature = GXV_FEAT_DATA( feature );
-      p += 2 + 2 + 4 + 2 + 2;
-    }
-
-    FT_TRACE4(( "\n" ));
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvfeat.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvfeat.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 049d23a..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvfeat.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,172 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  gxvfeat.h                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    TrueTypeGX/AAT feat table validation (specification).                */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2004, 2005 by suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K., */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.        */
-/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology      */
-/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.                                           */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __GXVFEAT_H__
-#define __GXVFEAT_H__
-
-
-#include "gxvalid.h"
-#include "gxvcommn.h"
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                Registry predefined by Apple                   *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /* TODO: More compact format */
-  typedef struct  GXV_Feature_RegistryRec_
-  {
-    FT_Bool  existence;
-    FT_Bool  apple_reserved;
-    FT_Bool  exclusive;
-    FT_Byte  nSettings;
-
-  } GX_Feature_RegistryRec;
-
-
-#define gxv_feat_registry_length                  \
-          ( sizeof ( gxv_feat_registry ) /        \
-              sizeof ( GX_Feature_RegistryRec ) )
-
-
-  static GX_Feature_RegistryRec  gxv_feat_registry[] =
-  {
-    /* Generated from gxvfgen.c */
-    {1, 0, 0,  1},   /* All Typographic Features */
-    {1, 0, 0,  8},   /* Ligatures */
-    {1, 0, 1,  3},   /* Cursive Connection */
-    {1, 0, 1,  6},   /* Letter Case */
-    {1, 0, 0,  1},   /* Vertical Substitution */
-    {1, 0, 0,  1},   /* Linguistic Rearrangement */
-    {1, 0, 1,  2},   /* Number Spacing */
-    {1, 1, 0,  0},   /* Apple Reserved 1 */
-    {1, 0, 0,  5},   /* Smart Swashes */
-    {1, 0, 1,  3},   /* Diacritics */
-    {1, 0, 1,  4},   /* Vertical Position */
-    {1, 0, 1,  3},   /* Fractions */
-    {1, 1, 0,  0},   /* Apple Reserved 2 */
-    {1, 0, 0,  1},   /* Overlapping Characters */
-    {1, 0, 0,  6},   /* Typographic Extras */
-    {1, 0, 0,  5},   /* Mathematical Extras */
-    {1, 0, 1,  7},   /* Ornament Sets */
-    {1, 0, 1,  1},   /* Character Alternatives */
-    {1, 0, 1,  5},   /* Design Complexity */
-    {1, 0, 1,  6},   /* Style Options */
-    {1, 0, 1, 11},   /* Character Shape */
-    {1, 0, 1,  2},   /* Number Case */
-    {1, 0, 1,  4},   /* Text Spacing */
-    {1, 0, 1, 10},   /* Transliteration */
-    {1, 0, 1,  9},   /* Annotation */
-    {1, 0, 1,  2},   /* Kana Spacing */
-    {1, 0, 1,  2},   /* Ideographic Spacing */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
-    {1, 0, 1,  4},   /* Text Spacing */
-    {1, 0, 1,  2},   /* Kana Spacing */
-    {1, 0, 1,  2},   /* Ideographic Spacing */
-    {1, 0, 1,  4},   /* CJK Roman Spacing */
-  };
-
-
-#endif /* __GXVFEAT_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvfgen.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvfgen.c
deleted file mode 100644
index e48778a..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvfgen.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,482 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  gxfgen.c                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Generate feature registry data for gxv `feat' validator.             */
-/*    This program is derived from gxfeatreg.c in gxlayout.                */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2004, 2005, 2006 by Masatake YAMATO and Redhat K.K.          */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file may only be used,                                            */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  gxfeatreg.c                                                            */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Database of font features pre-defined by Apple Computer, Inc.        */
-/*    http://developer.apple.com/fonts/Registry/                           */
-/*    (body).                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2003 by                                                      */
-/*  Masatake YAMATO and Redhat K.K.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file may only be used,                                            */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/* Development of gxfeatreg.c is supported by                              */
-/* Information-technology Promotion Agency, Japan.                         */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/* This file is compiled as a stand-alone executable.                      */
-/* This file is never compiled into `libfreetype2'.                        */
-/* The output of this file is used in `gxvfeat.c'.                         */
-/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/* Compile: gcc `pkg-config --cflags freetype2` gxvfgen.c -o gxvfgen       */
-/* Run: ./gxvfgen > tmp.c                                                  */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-  /*******************************************************************/
-  /* WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING */
-  /*******************************************************************/
-
-  /*
-   * If you add a new setting to a feature, check the number of settings
-   * in the feature.  If the number is greater than the value defined as
-   * FEATREG_MAX_SETTING, update the value.
-   */
-#define FEATREG_MAX_SETTING  12
-
-  /*******************************************************************/
-  /* WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING */
-  /*******************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                      Data and Types                           *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-#define APPLE_RESERVED         "Apple Reserved"
-#define APPLE_RESERVED_LENGTH  14
-
-  typedef struct  GX_Feature_RegistryRec_
-  {
-    const char*  feat_name;
-    char         exclusive;
-    char*        setting_name[FEATREG_MAX_SETTING];
-
-  } GX_Feature_RegistryRec;
-
-
-#define EMPTYFEAT {0, 0, {NULL}}
-
-
-  static GX_Feature_RegistryRec featreg_table[] = {
-    {                                       /* 0 */
-      "All Typographic Features",
-      0,
-      {
-        "All Type Features",
-        NULL
-      }
-    }, {                                    /* 1 */
-      "Ligatures",
-      0,
-      {
-        "Required Ligatures",
-        "Common Ligatures",
-        "Rare Ligatures",
-        "Logos",
-        "Rebus Pictures",
-        "Diphthong Ligatures",
-        "Squared Ligatures",
-        "Squared Ligatures, Abbreviated",
-        NULL
-      }
-    }, {                                    /* 2 */
-      "Cursive Connection",
-      1,
-      {
-        "Unconnected",
-        "Partially Connected",
-        "Cursive",
-        NULL
-      }
-    }, {                                    /* 3 */
-      "Letter Case",
-      1,
-      {
-        "Upper & Lower Case",
-        "All Caps",
-        "All Lower Case",
-        "Small Caps",
-        "Initial Caps",
-        "Initial Caps & Small Caps",
-        NULL
-      }
-    }, {                                    /* 4 */
-      "Vertical Substitution",
-      0,
-      {
-        /* "Substitute Vertical Forms", */
-        "Turns on the feature",
-        NULL
-      }
-    }, {                                    /* 5 */
-      "Linguistic Rearrangement",
-      0,
-      {
-        /* "Linguistic Rearrangement", */
-        "Turns on the feature",
-        NULL
-      }
-    }, {                                    /* 6 */
-      "Number Spacing",
-      1,
-      {
-        "Monospaced Numbers",
-        "Proportional Numbers",
-        NULL
-      }
-    }, {                                    /* 7 */
-      APPLE_RESERVED " 1",
-      0,
-      {NULL}
-    }, {                                    /* 8 */
-      "Smart Swashes",
-      0,
-      {
-        "Word Initial Swashes",
-        "Word Final Swashes",
-        "Line Initial Swashes",
-        "Line Final Swashes",
-        "Non-Final Swashes",
-        NULL
-      }
-    }, {                                    /* 9 */
-      "Diacritics",
-      1,
-      {
-        "Show Diacritics",
-        "Hide Diacritics",
-        "Decompose Diacritics",
-        NULL
-      }
-    }, {                                    /* 10 */
-      "Vertical Position",
-      1,
-      {
-        /* "Normal Position", */
-        "No Vertical Position",
-        "Superiors",
-        "Inferiors",
-        "Ordinals",
-        NULL
-      }
-    }, {                                    /* 11 */
-      "Fractions",
-      1,
-      {
-        "No Fractions",
-        "Vertical Fractions",
-        "Diagonal Fractions",
-        NULL
-      }
-    }, {                                    /* 12 */
-      APPLE_RESERVED " 2",
-      0,
-      {NULL}
-    }, {                                    /* 13 */
-      "Overlapping Characters",
-      0,
-      {
-        /* "Prevent Overlap", */
-        "Turns on the feature",
-        NULL
-      }
-    }, {                                    /* 14 */
-      "Typographic Extras",
-      0,
-      {
-        "Hyphens to Em Dash",
-        "Hyphens to En Dash",
-        "Unslashed Zero",
-        "Form Interrobang",
-        "Smart Quotes",
-        "Periods to Ellipsis",
-        NULL
-      }
-    }, {                                    /* 15 */
-      "Mathematical Extras",
-      0,
-      {
-        "Hyphens to Minus",
-        "Asterisk to Multiply",
-        "Slash to Divide",
-        "Inequality Ligatures",
-        "Exponents",
-        NULL
-      }
-    }, {                                    /* 16 */
-      "Ornament Sets",
-      1,
-      {
-        "No Ornaments",
-        "Dingbats",
-        "Pi Characters",
-        "Fleurons",
-        "Decorative Borders",
-        "International Symbols",
-        "Math Symbols",
-        NULL
-      }
-    }, {                                    /* 17 */
-      "Character Alternatives",
-      1,
-      {
-        "No Alternates",
-        /* TODO */
-        NULL
-      }
-    }, {                                    /* 18 */
-      "Design Complexity",
-      1,
-      {
-        "Design Level 1",
-        "Design Level 2",
-        "Design Level 3",
-        "Design Level 4",
-        "Design Level 5",
-        /* TODO */
-        NULL
-      }
-    }, {                                    /* 19 */
-      "Style Options",
-      1,
-      {
-        "No Style Options",
-        "Display Text",
-        "Engraved Text",
-        "Illuminated Caps",
-        "Tilling Caps",
-        "Tall Caps",
-        NULL
-      }
-    }, {                                    /* 20 */
-      "Character Shape",
-      1,
-      {
-        "Traditional Characters",
-        "Simplified Characters",
-        "JIS 1978 Characters",
-        "JIS 1983 Characters",
-        "JIS 1990 Characters",
-        "Traditional Characters, Alternative Set 1",
-        "Traditional Characters, Alternative Set 2",
-        "Traditional Characters, Alternative Set 3",
-        "Traditional Characters, Alternative Set 4",
-        "Traditional Characters, Alternative Set 5",
-        "Expert Characters",
-        NULL                           /* count => 12 */
-      }
-    }, {                                    /* 21 */
-      "Number Case",
-      1,
-      {
-        "Lower Case Numbers",
-        "Upper Case Numbers",
-        NULL
-      }
-    }, {                                    /* 22 */
-      "Text Spacing",
-      1,
-      {
-        "Proportional",
-        "Monospaced",
-        "Half-width",
-        "Normal",
-        NULL
-      }
-    }, /* Here after Newer */  { /* 23 */
-      "Transliteration",
-      1,
-      {
-        "No Transliteration",
-        "Hanja To Hangul",
-        "Hiragana to Katakana",
-        "Katakana to Hiragana",
-        "Kana to Romanization",
-        "Romanization to Hiragana",
-        "Romanization to Katakana",
-        "Hanja to Hangul, Alternative Set 1",
-        "Hanja to Hangul, Alternative Set 2",
-        "Hanja to Hangul, Alternative Set 3",
-        NULL
-      }
-    }, {                                    /* 24 */
-      "Annotation",
-      1,
-      {
-        "No Annotation",
-        "Box Annotation",
-        "Rounded Box Annotation",
-        "Circle Annotation",
-        "Inverted Circle Annotation",
-        "Parenthesis Annotation",
-        "Period Annotation",
-        "Roman Numeral Annotation",
-        "Diamond Annotation",
-        NULL
-      }
-    }, {                                    /* 25 */
-      "Kana Spacing",
-      1,
-      {
-        "Full Width",
-        "Proportional",
-        NULL
-      }
-    }, {                                    /* 26 */
-      "Ideographic Spacing",
-      1,
-      {
-        "Full Width",
-        "Proportional",
-        NULL
-      }
-    }, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT,         /* 27-30 */
-    EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, /* 31-35 */
-    EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, /* 36-40 */
-    EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, /* 40-45 */
-    EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, /* 46-50 */
-    EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, /* 51-55 */
-    EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, /* 56-60 */
-    EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, /* 61-65 */
-    EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, /* 66-70 */
-    EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, /* 71-75 */
-    EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, /* 76-80 */
-    EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, /* 81-85 */
-    EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, /* 86-90 */
-    EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, /* 91-95 */
-    EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT,                       /* 96-98 */
-    EMPTYFEAT, /* 99 */ {                   /* 100 => 22 */
-      "Text Spacing",
-      1,
-      {
-        "Proportional",
-        "Monospaced",
-        "Half-width",
-        "Normal",
-        NULL
-      }
-    }, {                                    /* 101 => 25 */
-      "Kana Spacing",
-      1,
-      {
-        "Full Width",
-        "Proportional",
-        NULL
-      }
-    }, {                                    /* 102 => 26 */
-      "Ideographic Spacing",
-      1,
-      {
-        "Full Width",
-        "Proportional",
-        NULL
-      }
-    }, {                                    /* 103 */
-      "CJK Roman Spacing",
-      1,
-      {
-        "Half-width",
-        "Proportional",
-        "Default Roman",
-        "Full-width Roman",
-        NULL
-      }
-    }, {                                    /* 104 => 1 */
-      "All Typographic Features",
-      0,
-      {
-        "All Type Features",
-        NULL
-      }
-    }
-  };
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                         Generator                             *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  int
-  main( void )
-  {
-    int  i;
-
-
-    printf( "  {\n" );
-    printf( "   /* Generated from %s */\n", __FILE__ );
-
-    for ( i = 0;
-          i < sizeof ( featreg_table ) / sizeof ( GX_Feature_RegistryRec );
-          i++ )
-    {
-      const char*  feat_name;
-      int          nSettings;
-
-
-      feat_name = featreg_table[i].feat_name;
-      for ( nSettings = 0;
-            featreg_table[i].setting_name[nSettings];
-            nSettings++)
-        ;                                   /* Do nothing */
-
-      printf( "    {%1d, %1d, %1d, %2d},   /* %s */\n",
-              feat_name ? 1 : 0,
-              ( feat_name                                                  &&
-                ( ft_strncmp( feat_name,
-                              APPLE_RESERVED, APPLE_RESERVED_LENGTH ) == 0 )
-              ) ? 1 : 0,
-              featreg_table[i].exclusive ? 1 : 0,
-              nSettings,
-              feat_name ? feat_name : "__EMPTY__" );
-    }
-
-    printf( "  };\n" );
-
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvjust.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvjust.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 29bf840..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvjust.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,630 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  gxvjust.c                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    TrueTypeGX/AAT just table validation (body).                         */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2005 by suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K.,       */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.        */
-/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology      */
-/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.                                           */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include "gxvalid.h"
-#include "gxvcommn.h"
-
-#include FT_SFNT_NAMES_H
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_gxvjust
-
-  /*
-   * referred `just' table format specification:
-   * http://developer.apple.com/fonts/TTRefMan/RM06/Chap6just.html
-   * last updated 2000.
-   * ----------------------------------------------
-   * [JUST HEADER]: GXV_JUST_HEADER_SIZE
-   * version     (fixed:  32bit) = 0x00010000
-   * format      (uint16: 16bit) = 0 is only defined (2000)
-   * horizOffset (uint16: 16bit)
-   * vertOffset  (uint16: 16bit)
-   * ----------------------------------------------
-   */
-
-  typedef struct  GXV_just_DataRec_
-  {
-    FT_UShort  wdc_offset_max;
-    FT_UShort  wdc_offset_min;
-    FT_UShort  pc_offset_max;
-    FT_UShort  pc_offset_min;
-
-  } GXV_just_DataRec, *GXV_just_Data;
-
-
-#define  GXV_JUST_DATA( a )  GXV_TABLE_DATA( just, a )
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_just_wdp_entry_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                               FT_Bytes       limit,
-                               GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes   p = table;
-    FT_ULong   justClass;
-    FT_Fixed   beforeGrowLimit;
-    FT_Fixed   beforeShrinkGrowLimit;
-    FT_Fixed   afterGrowLimit;
-    FT_Fixed   afterShrinkGrowLimit;
-    FT_UShort  growFlags;
-    FT_UShort  shrinkFlags;
-
-
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 + 4 + 4 + 4 + 4 + 2 + 2 );
-    justClass             = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-    beforeGrowLimit       = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-    beforeShrinkGrowLimit = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-    afterGrowLimit        = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-    afterShrinkGrowLimit  = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-    growFlags             = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    shrinkFlags           = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    /* TODO: decode flags for human readability */
-
-    valid->subtable_length = p - table;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_just_wdc_entry_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                               FT_Bytes       limit,
-                               GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-    FT_ULong  count, i;
-
-
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 );
-    count = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-    for ( i = 0; i < count; i++ )
-    {
-      GXV_TRACE(( "validating wdc pair %d/%d\n", i + 1, count ));
-      gxv_just_wdp_entry_validate( p, limit, valid );
-      p += valid->subtable_length;
-    }
-
-    valid->subtable_length = p - table;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_just_widthDeltaClusters_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                                        FT_Bytes       limit,
-                                        GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p         = table ;
-    FT_Bytes  wdc_end   = table + GXV_JUST_DATA( wdc_offset_max );
-    FT_UInt   i;
-
-
-    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "just justDeltaClusters" );
-
-    if ( limit <= wdc_end )
-      FT_INVALID_OFFSET;
-
-    for ( i = 0; p <= wdc_end; i++ )
-    {
-      gxv_just_wdc_entry_validate( p, limit, valid );
-      p += valid->subtable_length;
-    }
-
-    valid->subtable_length = p - table;
-
-    GXV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_just_actSubrecord_type0_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                                        FT_Bytes       limit,
-                                        GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes   p = table;
-
-    FT_Fixed   lowerLimit;
-    FT_Fixed   upperLimit;
-
-    FT_UShort  order;
-    FT_UShort  decomposedCount;
-
-    FT_UInt    i;
-
-
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 + 4 + 2 + 2 );
-    lowerLimit      = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-    upperLimit      = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-    order           = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    decomposedCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < decomposedCount; i++ )
-    {
-      FT_UShort glyphs;
-
-
-      GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
-      glyphs = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    }
-
-    valid->subtable_length = p - table;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_just_actSubrecord_type1_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                                        FT_Bytes       limit,
-                                        GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes   p = table;
-    FT_UShort  addGlyph;
-
-
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
-    addGlyph = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    valid->subtable_length = p - table;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_just_actSubrecord_type2_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                                        FT_Bytes       limit,
-                                        GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes   p = table;
-    FT_Fixed   substThreshhold; /* Apple misspelled "Threshhold" */
-    FT_UShort  addGlyph;
-    FT_UShort  substGlyph;
-
-
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 + 2 + 2 );
-    substThreshhold = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-    addGlyph        = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    substGlyph      = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    valid->subtable_length = p - table;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_just_actSubrecord_type4_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                                        FT_Bytes       limit,
-                                        GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-    FT_ULong  variantsAxis;
-    FT_Fixed  minimumLimit;
-    FT_Fixed  noStretchValue;
-    FT_Fixed  maximumLimit;
-
-
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 + 4 + 4 + 4 );
-    variantsAxis   = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-    minimumLimit   = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-    noStretchValue = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-    maximumLimit   = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-
-    valid->subtable_length = p - table;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_just_actSubrecord_type5_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                                        FT_Bytes       limit,
-                                        GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes   p = table;
-    FT_UShort  flags;
-    FT_UShort  glyph;
-
-
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 + 2 );
-    flags = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    glyph = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    valid->subtable_length = p - table;
-  }
-
-
-  /* parse single actSubrecord */
-  static void
-  gxv_just_actSubrecord_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                                  FT_Bytes       limit,
-                                  GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes   p = table;
-    FT_UShort  actionClass;
-    FT_UShort  actionType;
-    FT_ULong   actionLength;
-
-
-    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "just actSubrecord" );
-
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 + 2 + 4 );
-    actionClass  = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    actionType   = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    actionLength = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-
-    if ( actionType == 0 )
-      gxv_just_actSubrecord_type0_validate( p, limit, valid );
-    else if ( actionType == 1 )
-      gxv_just_actSubrecord_type1_validate( p, limit, valid );
-    else if ( actionType == 2 )
-      gxv_just_actSubrecord_type2_validate( p, limit, valid );
-    else if ( actionType == 3 )
-      ;                         /* Stretch glyph action: no actionData */
-    else if ( actionType == 4 )
-      gxv_just_actSubrecord_type4_validate( p, limit, valid );
-    else if ( actionType == 5 )
-      gxv_just_actSubrecord_type5_validate( p, limit, valid );
-    else
-      FT_INVALID_DATA;
-
-    valid->subtable_length = actionLength;
-
-    GXV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_just_pcActionRecord_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                                    FT_Bytes       limit,
-                                    GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-    FT_ULong  actionCount;
-    FT_ULong  i;
-
-
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 );
-    actionCount = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-    GXV_TRACE(( "actionCount = %d\n", actionCount ));
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < actionCount; i++ )
-    {
-      gxv_just_actSubrecord_validate( p, limit, valid );
-      p += valid->subtable_length;
-    }
-
-    valid->subtable_length = p - table;
-
-    GXV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_just_pcTable_LookupValue_entry_validate( FT_UShort            glyph,
-                                               GXV_LookupValueDesc  value,
-                                               GXV_Validator        valid )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( glyph );
-
-    if ( value.u > GXV_JUST_DATA( pc_offset_max ) )
-      GXV_JUST_DATA( pc_offset_max ) = value.u;
-    if ( value.u < GXV_JUST_DATA( pc_offset_max ) )
-      GXV_JUST_DATA( pc_offset_min ) = value.u;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_just_pcLookupTable_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                                   FT_Bytes       limit,
-                                   GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes p = table;
-
-
-    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "just pcLookupTable" );
-    GXV_JUST_DATA( pc_offset_max ) = 0x0000;
-    GXV_JUST_DATA( pc_offset_min ) = 0xFFFFU;
-
-    valid->lookupval_sign = GXV_LOOKUPVALUE_UNSIGNED;
-    valid->lookupval_func = gxv_just_pcTable_LookupValue_entry_validate;
-
-    gxv_LookupTable_validate( p, limit, valid );
-
-    /* subtable_length is set by gxv_LookupTable_validate() */
-
-    GXV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_just_postcompTable_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                                   FT_Bytes       limit,
-                                   GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-
-
-    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "just postcompTable" );
-
-    gxv_just_pcLookupTable_validate( p, limit, valid );
-    p += valid->subtable_length;
-
-    gxv_just_pcActionRecord_validate( p, limit, valid );
-    p += valid->subtable_length;
-
-    valid->subtable_length = p - table;
-
-    GXV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_just_classTable_entry_validate(
-    FT_Byte                         state,
-    FT_UShort                       flags,
-    GXV_StateTable_GlyphOffsetDesc  glyphOffset,
-    FT_Bytes                        table,
-    FT_Bytes                        limit,
-    GXV_Validator                   valid )
-  {
-    FT_UShort  setMark;
-    FT_UShort  dontAdvance;
-    FT_UShort  markClass;
-    FT_UShort  currentClass;
-
-    FT_UNUSED( state );
-    FT_UNUSED( glyphOffset );
-    FT_UNUSED( table );
-    FT_UNUSED( limit );
-    FT_UNUSED( valid );
-
-
-    setMark      = (FT_UShort)( ( flags >> 15 ) & 1    );
-    dontAdvance  = (FT_UShort)( ( flags >> 14 ) & 1    );
-    markClass    = (FT_UShort)( ( flags >> 7  ) & 0x7F );
-    currentClass = (FT_UShort)(   flags         & 0x7F );
-
-    /* TODO: validate markClass & currentClass */
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_just_justClassTable_validate ( FT_Bytes       table,
-                                     FT_Bytes       limit,
-                                     GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes   p = table;
-    FT_UShort  length;
-    FT_UShort  coverage;
-    FT_ULong   subFeatureFlags;
-
-
-    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "just justClassTable" );
-
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 + 2 + 4 );
-    length          = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    coverage        = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    subFeatureFlags = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-
-    GXV_TRACE(( "  justClassTable: coverage = 0x%04x (%s)",
-                coverage,
-                ( 0x4000 & coverage ) == 0 ? "ascending" : "descending" ));
-
-    valid->statetable.optdata               = NULL;
-    valid->statetable.optdata_load_func     = NULL;
-    valid->statetable.subtable_setup_func   = NULL;
-    valid->statetable.entry_glyphoffset_fmt = GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_NONE;
-    valid->statetable.entry_validate_func   =
-      gxv_just_classTable_entry_validate;
-
-    gxv_StateTable_validate( p, table + length, valid );
-
-    /* subtable_length is set by gxv_LookupTable_validate() */
-
-    GXV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_just_wdcTable_LookupValue_validate( FT_UShort            glyph,
-                                          GXV_LookupValueDesc  value,
-                                          GXV_Validator        valid )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( glyph );
-
-    if ( value.u > GXV_JUST_DATA( wdc_offset_max ) )
-      GXV_JUST_DATA( wdc_offset_max ) = value.u;
-    if ( value.u < GXV_JUST_DATA( wdc_offset_min ) )
-      GXV_JUST_DATA( wdc_offset_min ) = value.u;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_just_justData_lookuptable_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                                          FT_Bytes       limit,
-                                          GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-
-
-    GXV_JUST_DATA( wdc_offset_max ) = 0x0000;
-    GXV_JUST_DATA( wdc_offset_min ) = 0xFFFFU;
-
-    valid->lookupval_sign = GXV_LOOKUPVALUE_UNSIGNED;
-    valid->lookupval_func = gxv_just_wdcTable_LookupValue_validate;
-
-    gxv_LookupTable_validate( p, limit, valid );
-
-    /* subtable_length is set by gxv_LookupTable_validate() */
-
-    GXV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /*
-   * gxv_just_justData_validate() parses and validates horizData, vertData.
-   */
-  static void
-  gxv_just_justData_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                              FT_Bytes       limit,
-                              GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    /*
-     * following 3 offsets are measured from the start of `just'
-     * (which table points to), not justData
-     */
-    FT_UShort  justClassTableOffset;
-    FT_UShort  wdcTableOffset;
-    FT_UShort  pcTableOffset;
-    FT_Bytes   p = table;
-
-    GXV_ODTECT( 4, odtect );
-
-
-    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "just justData" );
-
-    GXV_ODTECT_INIT( odtect );
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 + 2 + 2 );
-    justClassTableOffset = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    wdcTableOffset       = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    pcTableOffset        = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    GXV_TRACE(( " (justClassTableOffset = 0x%04x)\n", justClassTableOffset ));
-    GXV_TRACE(( " (wdcTableOffset = 0x%04x)\n", wdcTableOffset ));
-    GXV_TRACE(( " (pcTableOffset = 0x%04x)\n", pcTableOffset ));
-
-    gxv_just_justData_lookuptable_validate( p, limit, valid );
-    gxv_odtect_add_range( p, valid->subtable_length,
-                          "just_LookupTable", odtect );
-
-    if ( wdcTableOffset )
-    {
-      gxv_just_widthDeltaClusters_validate(
-        valid->root->base + wdcTableOffset, limit, valid );
-      gxv_odtect_add_range( valid->root->base + wdcTableOffset,
-                            valid->subtable_length, "just_wdcTable", odtect );
-    }
-
-    if ( pcTableOffset )
-    {
-      gxv_just_postcompTable_validate( valid->root->base + pcTableOffset,
-                                       limit, valid );
-      gxv_odtect_add_range( valid->root->base + pcTableOffset,
-                            valid->subtable_length, "just_pcTable", odtect );
-    }
-
-    if ( justClassTableOffset )
-    {
-      gxv_just_justClassTable_validate(
-        valid->root->base + justClassTableOffset, limit, valid );
-      gxv_odtect_add_range( valid->root->base + justClassTableOffset,
-                            valid->subtable_length, "just_justClassTable",
-                            odtect );
-    }
-
-    gxv_odtect_validate( odtect, valid );
-
-    GXV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  gxv_just_validate( FT_Bytes      table,
-                     FT_Face       face,
-                     FT_Validator  ftvalid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes           p     = table;
-    FT_Bytes           limit = 0;
-    FT_UInt            table_size;
-
-    GXV_ValidatorRec   validrec;
-    GXV_Validator      valid = &validrec;
-    GXV_just_DataRec   justrec;
-    GXV_just_Data      just = &justrec;
-
-    FT_ULong           version;
-    FT_UShort          format;
-    FT_UShort          horizOffset;
-    FT_UShort          vertOffset;
-
-    GXV_ODTECT( 3, odtect );
-
-
-    GXV_ODTECT_INIT( odtect );
-
-    valid->root       = ftvalid;
-    valid->table_data = just;
-    valid->face       = face;
-
-    FT_TRACE3(( "validating `just' table\n" ));
-    GXV_INIT;
-
-    limit      = valid->root->limit;
-    table_size = limit - table;
-
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 + 2 + 2 + 2 );
-    version     = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-    format      = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    horizOffset = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    vertOffset  = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    gxv_odtect_add_range( table, p - table, "just header", odtect );
-
-
-    /* Version 1.0 (always:2000) */
-    GXV_TRACE(( " (version = 0x%08x)\n", version ));
-    if ( version != 0x00010000UL )
-      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
-
-    /* format 0 (always:2000) */
-    GXV_TRACE(( " (format = 0x%04x)\n", format ));
-    if ( format != 0x0000 )
-        FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
-
-    GXV_TRACE(( " (horizOffset = %d)\n", horizOffset  ));
-    GXV_TRACE(( " (vertOffset = %d)\n", vertOffset  ));
-
-
-    /* validate justData */
-    if ( 0 < horizOffset )
-    {
-      gxv_just_justData_validate( table + horizOffset, limit, valid );
-      gxv_odtect_add_range( table + horizOffset, valid->subtable_length,
-                            "horizJustData", odtect );
-    }
-
-    if ( 0 < vertOffset )
-    {
-      gxv_just_justData_validate( table + vertOffset, limit, valid );
-      gxv_odtect_add_range( table + vertOffset, valid->subtable_length,
-                            "vertJustData", odtect );
-    }
-
-    gxv_odtect_validate( odtect, valid );
-
-    FT_TRACE4(( "\n" ));
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvkern.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvkern.c
deleted file mode 100644
index bfb405f..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvkern.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,876 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  gxvkern.c                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    TrueTypeGX/AAT kern table validation (body).                         */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007                                       */
-/*  by suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K.,                      */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.        */
-/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology      */
-/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.                                           */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include "gxvalid.h"
-#include "gxvcommn.h"
-
-#include FT_SFNT_NAMES_H
-#include FT_SERVICE_GX_VALIDATE_H
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_gxvkern
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                      Data and Types                           *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  typedef enum  GXV_kern_Version_
-  {
-    KERN_VERSION_CLASSIC = 0x0000,
-    KERN_VERSION_NEW     = 0x0001
-
-  } GXV_kern_Version;
-
-
-  typedef enum GXV_kern_Dialect_
-  {
-    KERN_DIALECT_UNKNOWN = 0,
-    KERN_DIALECT_MS      = FT_VALIDATE_MS,
-    KERN_DIALECT_APPLE   = FT_VALIDATE_APPLE,
-    KERN_DIALECT_ANY     = FT_VALIDATE_CKERN
-
-  } GXV_kern_Dialect;
-
-
-  typedef struct  GXV_kern_DataRec_
-  {
-    GXV_kern_Version  version;
-    void             *subtable_data;
-    GXV_kern_Dialect  dialect_request;
-
-  } GXV_kern_DataRec, *GXV_kern_Data;
-
-
-#define GXV_KERN_DATA( field )  GXV_TABLE_DATA( kern, field )
-
-#define KERN_IS_CLASSIC( valid )                               \
-          ( KERN_VERSION_CLASSIC == GXV_KERN_DATA( version ) )
-#define KERN_IS_NEW( valid )                                   \
-          ( KERN_VERSION_NEW     == GXV_KERN_DATA( version ) )
-
-#define KERN_DIALECT( valid )              \
-          GXV_KERN_DATA( dialect_request )
-#define KERN_ALLOWS_MS( valid )                       \
-          ( KERN_DIALECT( valid ) & KERN_DIALECT_MS )
-#define KERN_ALLOWS_APPLE( valid )                       \
-          ( KERN_DIALECT( valid ) & KERN_DIALECT_APPLE )
-
-#define GXV_KERN_HEADER_SIZE           ( KERN_IS_NEW( valid ) ? 8 : 4 )
-#define GXV_KERN_SUBTABLE_HEADER_SIZE  ( KERN_IS_NEW( valid ) ? 8 : 6 )
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                      SUBTABLE VALIDATORS                      *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /* ============================= format 0 ============================== */
-
-  static void
-  gxv_kern_subtable_fmt0_pairs_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                                         FT_Bytes       limit,
-                                         FT_UShort      nPairs,
-                                         GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes   p = table;
-    FT_UShort  i;
-
-    FT_UShort  last_gid_left  = 0;
-    FT_UShort  last_gid_right = 0;
-
-    FT_UNUSED( limit );
-
-
-    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "kern format 0 pairs" );
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < nPairs; i++ )
-    {
-      FT_UShort  gid_left;
-      FT_UShort  gid_right;
-      FT_Short   kernValue;
-
-
-      /* left */
-      gid_left  = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-      gxv_glyphid_validate( gid_left, valid );
-
-      /* right */
-      gid_right = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-      gxv_glyphid_validate( gid_right, valid );
-
-      /* Pairs of left and right GIDs must be unique and sorted. */
-      GXV_TRACE(( "left gid = %u, right gid = %u\n", gid_left, gid_right ));
-      if ( gid_left == last_gid_left )
-      {
-        if ( last_gid_right < gid_right )
-          last_gid_right = gid_right;
-        else
-          FT_INVALID_DATA;
-      }
-      else if ( last_gid_left < gid_left )
-      {
-        last_gid_left  = gid_left;
-        last_gid_right = gid_right;
-      }
-      else
-        FT_INVALID_DATA;
-
-      /* skip the kern value */
-      kernValue = FT_NEXT_SHORT( p );
-    }
-
-    GXV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-  static void
-  gxv_kern_subtable_fmt0_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                                   FT_Bytes       limit,
-                                   GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes   p = table + GXV_KERN_SUBTABLE_HEADER_SIZE;
-
-    FT_UShort  nPairs;
-    FT_UShort  unitSize;
-
-
-    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "kern subtable format 0" );
-
-    unitSize = 2 + 2 + 2;
-    nPairs   = 0;
-
-    /* nPairs, searchRange, entrySelector, rangeShift */
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 + 2 + 2 + 2 );
-    gxv_BinSrchHeader_validate( p, limit, &unitSize, &nPairs, valid );
-    p += 2 + 2 + 2 + 2;
-
-    gxv_kern_subtable_fmt0_pairs_validate( p, limit, nPairs, valid );
-
-    GXV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /* ============================= format 1 ============================== */
-
-
-  typedef struct  GXV_kern_fmt1_StateOptRec_
-  {
-    FT_UShort  valueTable;
-    FT_UShort  valueTable_length;
-
-  } GXV_kern_fmt1_StateOptRec, *GXV_kern_fmt1_StateOptRecData;
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_kern_subtable_fmt1_valueTable_load( FT_Bytes       table,
-                                          FT_Bytes       limit,
-                                          GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes                       p = table;
-    GXV_kern_fmt1_StateOptRecData  optdata =
-      (GXV_kern_fmt1_StateOptRecData)valid->statetable.optdata;
-
-
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
-    optdata->valueTable = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-  }
-
-
-  /*
-   * passed tables_size covers whole StateTable, including kern fmt1 header
-   */
-  static void
-  gxv_kern_subtable_fmt1_subtable_setup( FT_UShort      table_size,
-                                         FT_UShort      classTable,
-                                         FT_UShort      stateArray,
-                                         FT_UShort      entryTable,
-                                         FT_UShort*     classTable_length_p,
-                                         FT_UShort*     stateArray_length_p,
-                                         FT_UShort*     entryTable_length_p,
-                                         GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_UShort  o[4];
-    FT_UShort  *l[4];
-    FT_UShort  buff[5];
-
-    GXV_kern_fmt1_StateOptRecData  optdata =
-      (GXV_kern_fmt1_StateOptRecData)valid->statetable.optdata;
-
-
-    o[0] = classTable;
-    o[1] = stateArray;
-    o[2] = entryTable;
-    o[3] = optdata->valueTable;
-    l[0] = classTable_length_p;
-    l[1] = stateArray_length_p;
-    l[2] = entryTable_length_p;
-    l[3] = &(optdata->valueTable_length);
-
-    gxv_set_length_by_ushort_offset( o, l, buff, 4, table_size, valid );
-  }
-
-
-  /*
-   * passed table & limit are of whole StateTable, not including subtables
-   */
-  static void
-  gxv_kern_subtable_fmt1_entry_validate(
-    FT_Byte                         state,
-    FT_UShort                       flags,
-    GXV_StateTable_GlyphOffsetDesc  glyphOffset,
-    FT_Bytes                        table,
-    FT_Bytes                        limit,
-    GXV_Validator                   valid )
-  {
-    FT_UShort  push;
-    FT_UShort  dontAdvance;
-    FT_UShort  valueOffset;
-    FT_UShort  kernAction;
-    FT_UShort  kernValue;
-
-    FT_UNUSED( state );
-    FT_UNUSED( glyphOffset );
-
-
-    push        = (FT_UShort)( ( flags >> 15 ) & 1      );
-    dontAdvance = (FT_UShort)( ( flags >> 14 ) & 1      );
-    valueOffset = (FT_UShort)(   flags         & 0x3FFF );
-
-    {
-      GXV_kern_fmt1_StateOptRecData  vt_rec =
-        (GXV_kern_fmt1_StateOptRecData)valid->statetable.optdata;
-      FT_Bytes  p;
-
-
-      if ( valueOffset < vt_rec->valueTable )
-        FT_INVALID_OFFSET;
-
-      p     = table + valueOffset;
-      limit = table + vt_rec->valueTable + vt_rec->valueTable_length;
-
-      GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 + 2 );
-      kernAction = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-      kernValue  = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_kern_subtable_fmt1_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                                   FT_Bytes       limit,
-                                   GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes                   p = table;
-    GXV_kern_fmt1_StateOptRec  vt_rec;
-
-
-    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "kern subtable format 1" );
-
-    valid->statetable.optdata =
-      &vt_rec;
-    valid->statetable.optdata_load_func =
-      gxv_kern_subtable_fmt1_valueTable_load;
-    valid->statetable.subtable_setup_func =
-      gxv_kern_subtable_fmt1_subtable_setup;
-    valid->statetable.entry_glyphoffset_fmt =
-      GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_NONE;
-    valid->statetable.entry_validate_func =
-      gxv_kern_subtable_fmt1_entry_validate;
-
-    gxv_StateTable_validate( p, limit, valid );
-
-    GXV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /* ================ Data for Class-Based Subtables 2, 3 ================ */
-
-  typedef enum  GXV_kern_ClassSpec_
-  {
-    GXV_KERN_CLS_L = 0,
-    GXV_KERN_CLS_R
-
-  } GXV_kern_ClassSpec;
-
-
-  /* ============================= format 2 ============================== */
-
-  /* ---------------------- format 2 specific data ----------------------- */
-
-  typedef struct  GXV_kern_subtable_fmt2_DataRec_
-  {
-    FT_UShort         rowWidth;
-    FT_UShort         array;
-    FT_UShort         offset_min[2];
-    FT_UShort         offset_max[2];
-    const FT_String*  class_tag[2];
-    GXV_odtect_Range  odtect;
-
-  } GXV_kern_subtable_fmt2_DataRec, *GXV_kern_subtable_fmt2_Data;
-
-
-#define GXV_KERN_FMT2_DATA( field )                         \
-        ( ( (GXV_kern_subtable_fmt2_DataRec *)              \
-              ( GXV_KERN_DATA( subtable_data ) ) )->field )
-
-
-  /* -------------------------- utility functions ----------------------- */
-
-  static void
-  gxv_kern_subtable_fmt2_clstbl_validate( FT_Bytes            table,
-                                          FT_Bytes            limit,
-                                          GXV_kern_ClassSpec  spec,
-                                          GXV_Validator       valid )
-  {
-    const FT_String*  tag    = GXV_KERN_FMT2_DATA( class_tag[spec] );
-    GXV_odtect_Range  odtect = GXV_KERN_FMT2_DATA( odtect );
-
-    FT_Bytes   p = table;
-    FT_UShort  firstGlyph;
-    FT_UShort  nGlyphs;
-
-
-    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "kern format 2 classTable" );
-
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 + 2 );
-    firstGlyph = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    nGlyphs    = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    GXV_TRACE(( " %s firstGlyph=%d, nGlyphs=%d\n",
-                tag, firstGlyph, nGlyphs ));
-
-    gxv_glyphid_validate( firstGlyph, valid );
-    gxv_glyphid_validate( (FT_UShort)( firstGlyph + nGlyphs - 1 ), valid );
-
-    gxv_array_getlimits_ushort( p, p + ( 2 * nGlyphs ),
-                                &( GXV_KERN_FMT2_DATA( offset_min[spec] ) ),
-                                &( GXV_KERN_FMT2_DATA( offset_max[spec] ) ),
-                                valid );
-
-    gxv_odtect_add_range( table, 2 * nGlyphs, tag, odtect );
-
-    GXV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_kern_subtable_fmt2_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                                   FT_Bytes       limit,
-                                   GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    GXV_ODTECT( 3, odtect );
-    GXV_kern_subtable_fmt2_DataRec  fmt2_rec =
-      { 0, 0, { 0, 0 }, { 0, 0 }, { "leftClass", "rightClass" }, NULL };
-
-    FT_Bytes   p = table + GXV_KERN_SUBTABLE_HEADER_SIZE;
-    FT_UShort  leftOffsetTable;
-    FT_UShort  rightOffsetTable;
-
-
-    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "kern subtable format 2" );
-
-    GXV_ODTECT_INIT( odtect );
-    fmt2_rec.odtect = odtect;
-    GXV_KERN_DATA( subtable_data ) = &fmt2_rec;
-
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 + 2 + 2 + 2 );
-    GXV_KERN_FMT2_DATA( rowWidth ) = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    leftOffsetTable                = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    rightOffsetTable               = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    GXV_KERN_FMT2_DATA( array )    = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    GXV_TRACE(( "rowWidth = %d\n", GXV_KERN_FMT2_DATA( rowWidth ) ));
-
-
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( leftOffsetTable );
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( rightOffsetTable );
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( GXV_KERN_FMT2_DATA( array ) );
-
-    gxv_kern_subtable_fmt2_clstbl_validate( table + leftOffsetTable, limit,
-                                            GXV_KERN_CLS_L, valid );
-
-    gxv_kern_subtable_fmt2_clstbl_validate( table + rightOffsetTable, limit,
-                                            GXV_KERN_CLS_R, valid );
-
-    if ( GXV_KERN_FMT2_DATA( offset_min[GXV_KERN_CLS_L] ) +
-           GXV_KERN_FMT2_DATA( offset_min[GXV_KERN_CLS_R] )
-         < GXV_KERN_FMT2_DATA( array )                      )
-      FT_INVALID_OFFSET;
-
-    gxv_odtect_add_range( table + GXV_KERN_FMT2_DATA( array ),
-                          GXV_KERN_FMT2_DATA( offset_max[GXV_KERN_CLS_L] )
-                            + GXV_KERN_FMT2_DATA( offset_max[GXV_KERN_CLS_R] )
-                            - GXV_KERN_FMT2_DATA( array ),
-                          "array", odtect );
-
-    gxv_odtect_validate( odtect, valid );
-
-    GXV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /* ============================= format 3 ============================== */
-
-  static void
-  gxv_kern_subtable_fmt3_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                                   FT_Bytes       limit,
-                                   GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes   p = table + GXV_KERN_SUBTABLE_HEADER_SIZE;
-    FT_UShort  glyphCount;
-    FT_Byte    kernValueCount;
-    FT_Byte    leftClassCount;
-    FT_Byte    rightClassCount;
-    FT_Byte    flags;
-
-
-    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "kern subtable format 3" );
-
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 );
-    glyphCount      = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    kernValueCount  = FT_NEXT_BYTE( p );
-    leftClassCount  = FT_NEXT_BYTE( p );
-    rightClassCount = FT_NEXT_BYTE( p );
-    flags           = FT_NEXT_BYTE( p );
-
-    if ( valid->face->num_glyphs != glyphCount )
-    {
-      GXV_TRACE(( "maxGID=%d, but glyphCount=%d\n",
-                  valid->face->num_glyphs, glyphCount ));
-      if ( valid->root->level >= FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID )
-        FT_INVALID_GLYPH_ID;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * just skip kernValue[kernValueCount]
-     */
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 * kernValueCount );
-    p += 2 * kernValueCount;
-
-    /*
-     * check leftClass[gid] < leftClassCount
-     */
-    {
-      FT_Byte  min, max;
-
-
-      GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( glyphCount );
-      gxv_array_getlimits_byte( p, p + glyphCount, &min, &max, valid );
-      p += valid->subtable_length;
-
-      if ( leftClassCount < max )
-        FT_INVALID_DATA;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * check rightClass[gid] < rightClassCount
-     */
-    {
-      FT_Byte  min, max;
-
-
-      GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( glyphCount );
-      gxv_array_getlimits_byte( p, p + glyphCount, &min, &max, valid );
-      p += valid->subtable_length;
-
-      if ( rightClassCount < max )
-        FT_INVALID_DATA;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * check kernIndex[i, j] < kernValueCount
-     */
-    {
-      FT_UShort  i, j;
-
-
-      for ( i = 0; i < leftClassCount; i++ )
-      {
-        for ( j = 0; j < rightClassCount; j++ )
-        {
-          GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 1 );
-          if ( kernValueCount < FT_NEXT_BYTE( p ) )
-            FT_INVALID_OFFSET;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    valid->subtable_length = p - table;
-
-    GXV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Bool
-  gxv_kern_coverage_new_apple_validate( FT_UShort      coverage,
-                                        FT_UShort*     format,
-                                        GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    /* new Apple-dialect */
-    FT_Bool  kernVertical;
-    FT_Bool  kernCrossStream;
-    FT_Bool  kernVariation;
-
-    FT_UNUSED( valid );
-
-
-    /* reserved bits = 0 */
-    if ( coverage & 0x1FFC )
-      return 0;
-
-    kernVertical    = FT_BOOL( ( coverage >> 15 ) & 1 );
-    kernCrossStream = FT_BOOL( ( coverage >> 14 ) & 1 );
-    kernVariation   = FT_BOOL( ( coverage >> 13 ) & 1 );
-
-    *format = (FT_UShort)( coverage & 0x0003 );
-
-    GXV_TRACE(( "new Apple-dialect: "
-                "horizontal=%d, cross-stream=%d, variation=%d, format=%d\n",
-                 !kernVertical, kernCrossStream, kernVariation, *format ));
-
-    GXV_TRACE(( "kerning values in Apple format subtable are ignored\n" ));
-
-    return 1;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Bool
-  gxv_kern_coverage_classic_apple_validate( FT_UShort      coverage,
-                                            FT_UShort*     format,
-                                            GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    /* classic Apple-dialect */
-    FT_Bool  horizontal;
-    FT_Bool  cross_stream;
-
-
-    /* check expected flags, but don't check if MS-dialect is impossible */
-    if ( !( coverage & 0xFD00 ) && KERN_ALLOWS_MS( valid ) )
-      return 0;
-
-    /* reserved bits = 0 */
-    if ( coverage & 0x02FC )
-      return 0;
-
-    horizontal   = FT_BOOL( ( coverage >> 15 ) & 1 );
-    cross_stream = FT_BOOL( ( coverage >> 13 ) & 1 );
-
-    *format = (FT_UShort)( coverage & 0x0003 );
-
-    GXV_TRACE(( "classic Apple-dialect: "
-                "horizontal=%d, cross-stream=%d, format=%d\n",
-                 horizontal, cross_stream, *format ));
-
-    /* format 1 requires GX State Machine, too new for classic */
-    if ( *format == 1 )
-      return 0;
-
-    GXV_TRACE(( "kerning values in Apple format subtable are ignored\n" ));
-
-    return 1;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Bool
-  gxv_kern_coverage_classic_microsoft_validate( FT_UShort      coverage,
-                                                FT_UShort*     format,
-                                                GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    /* classic Microsoft-dialect */
-    FT_Bool  horizontal;
-    FT_Bool  minimum;
-    FT_Bool  cross_stream;
-    FT_Bool  override;
-
-    FT_UNUSED( valid );
-
-
-    /* reserved bits = 0 */
-    if ( coverage & 0xFDF0 )
-      return 0;
-
-    horizontal   = FT_BOOL(   coverage        & 1 );
-    minimum      = FT_BOOL( ( coverage >> 1 ) & 1 );
-    cross_stream = FT_BOOL( ( coverage >> 2 ) & 1 );
-    override     = FT_BOOL( ( coverage >> 3 ) & 1 );
-
-    *format = (FT_UShort)( ( coverage >> 8 ) & 0x0003 );
-
-    GXV_TRACE(( "classic Microsoft-dialect: "
-                "horizontal=%d, minimum=%d, cross-stream=%d, "
-                "override=%d, format=%d\n",
-                horizontal, minimum, cross_stream, override, *format ));
-
-    if ( *format == 2 )
-      GXV_TRACE((
-        "kerning values in Microsoft format 2 subtable are ignored\n" ));
-
-    return 1;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                            MAIN                               *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  static GXV_kern_Dialect
-  gxv_kern_coverage_validate( FT_UShort      coverage,
-                              FT_UShort*     format,
-                              GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    GXV_kern_Dialect  result = KERN_DIALECT_UNKNOWN;
-
-
-    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "validating coverage" );
-
-    GXV_TRACE(( "interprete coverage 0x%04x by Apple style\n", coverage ));
-
-    if ( KERN_IS_NEW( valid ) )
-    {
-      if ( gxv_kern_coverage_new_apple_validate( coverage,
-                                                 format,
-                                                 valid ) )
-      {
-        result = KERN_DIALECT_APPLE;
-        goto Exit;
-      }
-    }
-
-    if ( KERN_IS_CLASSIC( valid ) && KERN_ALLOWS_APPLE( valid ) )
-    {
-      if ( gxv_kern_coverage_classic_apple_validate( coverage,
-                                                     format,
-                                                     valid ) )
-      {
-        result = KERN_DIALECT_APPLE;
-        goto Exit;
-      }
-    }
-
-    if ( KERN_IS_CLASSIC( valid ) && KERN_ALLOWS_MS( valid ) )
-    {
-      if ( gxv_kern_coverage_classic_microsoft_validate( coverage,
-                                                         format,
-                                                         valid ) )
-      {
-        result = KERN_DIALECT_MS;
-        goto Exit;
-      }
-    }
-
-    GXV_TRACE(( "cannot interprete coverage, broken kern subtable\n" ));
-
-  Exit:
-    GXV_EXIT;
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_kern_subtable_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                              FT_Bytes       limit,
-                              GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes   p = table;
-    FT_UShort  version = 0;    /* MS only: subtable version, unused */
-    FT_ULong   length;         /* MS: 16bit, Apple: 32bit*/
-    FT_UShort  coverage;
-    FT_UShort  tupleIndex = 0; /* Apple only */
-    FT_UShort  u16[2];
-    FT_UShort  format = 255;   /* subtable format */
-
-
-    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "kern subtable" );
-
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 + 2 + 2 );
-    u16[0]   = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ); /* Apple: length_hi MS: version */
-    u16[1]   = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ); /* Apple: length_lo MS: length */
-    coverage = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    switch ( gxv_kern_coverage_validate( coverage, &format, valid ) )
-    {
-    case KERN_DIALECT_MS:
-      version    = u16[0];
-      length     = u16[1];
-      tupleIndex = 0;
-      GXV_TRACE(( "Subtable version = %d\n", version ));
-      GXV_TRACE(( "Subtable length = %d\n", length ));
-      break;
-
-    case KERN_DIALECT_APPLE:
-      version    = 0;
-      length     = ( u16[0] << 16 ) + u16[1];
-      tupleIndex = 0;
-      GXV_TRACE(( "Subtable length = %d\n", length ));
-
-      if ( KERN_IS_NEW( valid ) )
-      {
-        GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
-        tupleIndex = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-        GXV_TRACE(( "Subtable tupleIndex = %d\n", tupleIndex ));
-      }
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      length = u16[1];
-      GXV_TRACE(( "cannot detect subtable dialect, "
-                  "just skip %d byte\n", length ));
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* formats 1, 2, 3 require the position of the start of this subtable */
-    if ( format == 0 )
-      gxv_kern_subtable_fmt0_validate( table, table + length, valid );
-    else if ( format == 1 )
-      gxv_kern_subtable_fmt1_validate( table, table + length, valid );
-    else if ( format == 2 )
-      gxv_kern_subtable_fmt2_validate( table, table + length, valid );
-    else if ( format == 3 )
-      gxv_kern_subtable_fmt3_validate( table, table + length, valid );
-    else
-      FT_INVALID_DATA;
-
-  Exit:
-    valid->subtable_length = length;
-    GXV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                         kern TABLE                            *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  static void
-  gxv_kern_validate_generic( FT_Bytes          table,
-                             FT_Face           face,
-                             FT_Bool           classic_only,
-                             GXV_kern_Dialect  dialect_request,
-                             FT_Validator      ftvalid )
-  {
-    GXV_ValidatorRec   validrec;
-    GXV_Validator      valid = &validrec;
-
-    GXV_kern_DataRec   kernrec;
-    GXV_kern_Data      kern = &kernrec;
-
-    FT_Bytes           p     = table;
-    FT_Bytes           limit = 0;
-
-    FT_ULong           nTables = 0;
-    FT_UInt            i;
-
-
-    valid->root       = ftvalid;
-    valid->table_data = kern;
-    valid->face       = face;
-
-    FT_TRACE3(( "validating `kern' table\n" ));
-    GXV_INIT;
-    KERN_DIALECT( valid ) = dialect_request;
-
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
-    GXV_KERN_DATA( version ) = (GXV_kern_Version)FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    GXV_TRACE(( "version 0x%04x (higher 16bit)\n",
-                GXV_KERN_DATA( version ) ));
-
-    if ( 0x0001 < GXV_KERN_DATA( version ) )
-      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
-    else if ( KERN_IS_CLASSIC( valid ) )
-    {
-      GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
-      nTables = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    }
-    else if ( KERN_IS_NEW( valid ) )
-    {
-      if ( classic_only )
-        FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
-
-      if ( 0x0000 != FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ) )
-        FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
-
-      GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 );
-      nTables = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-    }
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < nTables; i++ )
-    {
-      GXV_TRACE(( "validating subtable %d/%d\n", i, nTables ));
-      /* p should be 32bit-aligned? */
-      gxv_kern_subtable_validate( p, 0, valid );
-      p += valid->subtable_length;
-    }
-
-    FT_TRACE4(( "\n" ));
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  gxv_kern_validate( FT_Bytes      table,
-                     FT_Face       face,
-                     FT_Validator  ftvalid )
-  {
-    gxv_kern_validate_generic( table, face, 0, KERN_DIALECT_ANY, ftvalid );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  gxv_kern_validate_classic( FT_Bytes      table,
-                             FT_Face       face,
-                             FT_Int        dialect_flags,
-                             FT_Validator  ftvalid )
-  {
-    GXV_kern_Dialect  dialect_request;
-
-
-    dialect_request = (GXV_kern_Dialect)dialect_flags;
-    gxv_kern_validate_generic( table, face, 1, dialect_request, ftvalid );
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvlcar.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvlcar.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 48821ea..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvlcar.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,223 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  gxvlcar.c                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    TrueTypeGX/AAT lcar table validation (body).                         */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2004, 2005 by suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K., */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.        */
-/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology      */
-/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.                                           */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include "gxvalid.h"
-#include "gxvcommn.h"
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_gxvlcar
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                      Data and Types                           *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  typedef struct  GXV_lcar_DataRec_
-  {
-    FT_UShort  format;
-
-  } GXV_lcar_DataRec, *GXV_lcar_Data;
-
-
-#define GXV_LCAR_DATA( FIELD )  GXV_TABLE_DATA( lcar, FIELD )
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                      UTILITY FUNCTIONS                        *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  static void
-  gxv_lcar_partial_validate( FT_UShort      partial,
-                             FT_UShort      glyph,
-                             GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "partial" );
-
-    if ( GXV_LCAR_DATA( format ) != 1 )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    gxv_ctlPoint_validate( glyph, partial, valid );
-
-  Exit:
-    GXV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_lcar_LookupValue_validate( FT_UShort            glyph,
-                                 GXV_LookupValueDesc  value,
-                                 GXV_Validator        valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes   p     = valid->root->base + value.u;
-    FT_Bytes   limit = valid->root->limit;
-    FT_UShort  count;
-    FT_Short   partial;
-    FT_UShort  i;
-
-
-    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "element in lookupTable" );
-
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
-    count = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 * count );
-    for ( i = 0; i < count; i++ )
-    {
-      partial = FT_NEXT_SHORT( p );
-      gxv_lcar_partial_validate( partial, glyph, valid );
-    }
-
-    GXV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /*
-    +------ lcar --------------------+
-    |                                |
-    |      +===============+         |
-    |      | looup header  |         |
-    |      +===============+         |
-    |      | BinSrchHeader |         |
-    |      +===============+         |
-    |      | lastGlyph[0]  |         |
-    |      +---------------+         |
-    |      | firstGlyph[0] |         |  head of lcar sfnt table
-    |      +---------------+         |             +
-    |      | offset[0]     |    ->   |          offset            [byte]
-    |      +===============+         |             +
-    |      | lastGlyph[1]  |         | (glyphID - firstGlyph) * 2 [byte]
-    |      +---------------+         |
-    |      | firstGlyph[1] |         |
-    |      +---------------+         |
-    |      | offset[1]     |         |
-    |      +===============+         |
-    |                                |
-    |       ....                     |
-    |                                |
-    |      16bit value array         |
-    |      +===============+         |
-    +------|     value     | <-------+
-    |       ....
-    |
-    |
-    |
-    |
-    |
-    +---->  lcar values...handled by lcar callback function
-  */
-
-  static GXV_LookupValueDesc
-  gxv_lcar_LookupFmt4_transit( FT_UShort            relative_gindex,
-                               GXV_LookupValueDesc  base_value,
-                               FT_Bytes             lookuptbl_limit,
-                               GXV_Validator        valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes             p;
-    FT_Bytes             limit;
-    FT_UShort            offset;
-    GXV_LookupValueDesc  value;
-
-    FT_UNUSED( lookuptbl_limit );
-
-    /* XXX: check range? */
-    offset = (FT_UShort)( base_value.u +
-                          relative_gindex * sizeof ( FT_UShort ) );
-    p      = valid->root->base + offset;
-    limit  = valid->root->limit;
-
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK ( 2 );
-    value.u = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    return value;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                          lcar TABLE                           *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  gxv_lcar_validate( FT_Bytes      table,
-                     FT_Face       face,
-                     FT_Validator  ftvalid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes          p     = table;
-    FT_Bytes          limit = 0;
-    GXV_ValidatorRec  validrec;
-    GXV_Validator     valid = &validrec;
-
-    GXV_lcar_DataRec  lcarrec;
-    GXV_lcar_Data     lcar = &lcarrec;
-
-    FT_Fixed          version;
-
-
-    valid->root       = ftvalid;
-    valid->table_data = lcar;
-    valid->face       = face;
-
-    FT_TRACE3(( "validating `lcar' table\n" ));
-    GXV_INIT;
-
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 + 2 );
-    version = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-    GXV_LCAR_DATA( format ) = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    if ( version != 0x00010000UL)
-      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
-
-    if ( GXV_LCAR_DATA( format ) > 1 )
-      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
-
-    valid->lookupval_sign   = GXV_LOOKUPVALUE_UNSIGNED;
-    valid->lookupval_func   = gxv_lcar_LookupValue_validate;
-    valid->lookupfmt4_trans = gxv_lcar_LookupFmt4_transit;
-    gxv_LookupTable_validate( p, limit, valid );
-
-    FT_TRACE4(( "\n" ));
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmod.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmod.c
deleted file mode 100644
index b2b16b1..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmod.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,285 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  gxvmod.c                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType's TrueTypeGX/AAT validation module implementation (body).   */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2004, 2005, 2006                                             */
-/*  by suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K.,                      */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.        */
-/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology      */
-/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.                                           */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H
-#include FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H
-#include FT_GX_VALIDATE_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-#include FT_SERVICE_GX_VALIDATE_H
-
-#include "gxvmod.h"
-#include "gxvalid.h"
-#include "gxvcommn.h"
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_gxvmodule
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  gxv_load_table( FT_Face             face,
-                  FT_Tag              tag,
-                  FT_Byte* volatile*  table,
-                  FT_ULong*           table_len )
-  {
-    FT_Error   error;
-    FT_Memory  memory = FT_FACE_MEMORY( face );
-
-
-    error = FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( face, tag, 0, NULL, table_len );
-    if ( error == GXV_Err_Table_Missing )
-      return GXV_Err_Ok;
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    if ( FT_ALLOC( *table, *table_len ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    error = FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( face, tag, 0, *table, table_len );
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-#define GXV_TABLE_DECL( _sfnt )                     \
-          FT_Byte* volatile  _sfnt          = NULL; \
-          FT_ULong            len_ ## _sfnt = 0
-
-#define GXV_TABLE_LOAD( _sfnt )                                     \
-          if ( ( FT_VALIDATE_ ## _sfnt ## _INDEX < table_count ) && \
-               ( gx_flags & FT_VALIDATE_ ## _sfnt )            )    \
-          {                                                         \
-            error = gxv_load_table( face, TTAG_ ## _sfnt,           \
-                                    &_sfnt, &len_ ## _sfnt );       \
-            if ( error )                                            \
-              goto Exit;                                            \
-          }
-
-#define GXV_TABLE_VALIDATE( _sfnt )                                  \
-          if ( _sfnt )                                               \
-          {                                                          \
-            ft_validator_init( &valid, _sfnt, _sfnt + len_ ## _sfnt, \
-                               FT_VALIDATE_DEFAULT );                \
-            if ( ft_setjmp( valid.jump_buffer ) == 0 )               \
-              gxv_ ## _sfnt ## _validate( _sfnt, face, &valid );     \
-            error = valid.error;                                     \
-            if ( error )                                             \
-              goto Exit;                                             \
-          }
-
-#define GXV_TABLE_SET( _sfnt )                                        \
-          if ( FT_VALIDATE_ ## _sfnt ## _INDEX < table_count )        \
-            tables[FT_VALIDATE_ ## _sfnt ## _INDEX] = (FT_Bytes)_sfnt
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  gxv_validate( FT_Face   face,
-                FT_UInt   gx_flags,
-                FT_Bytes  tables[FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH],
-                FT_UInt   table_count )
-  {
-    FT_Memory volatile        memory = FT_FACE_MEMORY( face );
-
-    FT_Error                  error = GXV_Err_Ok;
-    FT_ValidatorRec volatile  valid;
-
-    FT_UInt  i;
-
-
-    GXV_TABLE_DECL( feat );
-    GXV_TABLE_DECL( bsln );
-    GXV_TABLE_DECL( trak );
-    GXV_TABLE_DECL( just );
-    GXV_TABLE_DECL( mort );
-    GXV_TABLE_DECL( morx );
-    GXV_TABLE_DECL( kern );
-    GXV_TABLE_DECL( opbd );
-    GXV_TABLE_DECL( prop );
-    GXV_TABLE_DECL( lcar );
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < table_count; i++ )
-      tables[i] = 0;
-
-    /* load tables */
-    GXV_TABLE_LOAD( feat );
-    GXV_TABLE_LOAD( bsln );
-    GXV_TABLE_LOAD( trak );
-    GXV_TABLE_LOAD( just );
-    GXV_TABLE_LOAD( mort );
-    GXV_TABLE_LOAD( morx );
-    GXV_TABLE_LOAD( kern );
-    GXV_TABLE_LOAD( opbd );
-    GXV_TABLE_LOAD( prop );
-    GXV_TABLE_LOAD( lcar );
-
-    /* validate tables */
-    GXV_TABLE_VALIDATE( feat );
-    GXV_TABLE_VALIDATE( bsln );
-    GXV_TABLE_VALIDATE( trak );
-    GXV_TABLE_VALIDATE( just );
-    GXV_TABLE_VALIDATE( mort );
-    GXV_TABLE_VALIDATE( morx );
-    GXV_TABLE_VALIDATE( kern );
-    GXV_TABLE_VALIDATE( opbd );
-    GXV_TABLE_VALIDATE( prop );
-    GXV_TABLE_VALIDATE( lcar );
-
-    /* Set results */
-    GXV_TABLE_SET( feat );
-    GXV_TABLE_SET( mort );
-    GXV_TABLE_SET( morx );
-    GXV_TABLE_SET( bsln );
-    GXV_TABLE_SET( just );
-    GXV_TABLE_SET( kern );
-    GXV_TABLE_SET( opbd );
-    GXV_TABLE_SET( trak );
-    GXV_TABLE_SET( prop );
-    GXV_TABLE_SET( lcar );
-
-  Exit:
-    if ( error )
-    {
-      FT_FREE( feat );
-      FT_FREE( bsln );
-      FT_FREE( trak );
-      FT_FREE( just );
-      FT_FREE( mort );
-      FT_FREE( morx );
-      FT_FREE( kern );
-      FT_FREE( opbd );
-      FT_FREE( prop );
-      FT_FREE( lcar );
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  classic_kern_validate( FT_Face    face,
-                         FT_UInt    ckern_flags,
-                         FT_Bytes*  ckern_table )
-  {
-    FT_Memory volatile        memory = FT_FACE_MEMORY( face );
-
-    FT_Byte* volatile         ckern     = NULL;
-    FT_ULong                  len_ckern = 0;
-
-    /* without volatile on `error' GCC 4.1.1. emits:                         */
-    /*  warning: variable 'error' might be clobbered by 'longjmp' or 'vfork' */
-    /* this warning seems spurious but ---                                   */
-    FT_Error volatile         error = GXV_Err_Ok;
-    FT_ValidatorRec volatile  valid;
-
-
-    *ckern_table = NULL;
-
-    error = gxv_load_table( face, TTAG_kern, &ckern, &len_ckern );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    if ( ckern )
-    {
-      ft_validator_init( &valid, ckern, ckern + len_ckern,
-                         FT_VALIDATE_DEFAULT );
-      if ( ft_setjmp( valid.jump_buffer ) == 0 )
-        gxv_kern_validate_classic( ckern, face,
-                                   ckern_flags & FT_VALIDATE_CKERN, &valid );
-      error = valid.error;
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    *ckern_table = ckern;
-
-  Exit:
-    if ( error )
-      FT_FREE( ckern );
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static
-  const FT_Service_GXvalidateRec  gxvalid_interface =
-  {
-    gxv_validate
-  };
-
-
-  static
-  const FT_Service_CKERNvalidateRec  ckernvalid_interface =
-  {
-    classic_kern_validate
-  };
-
-
-  static
-  const FT_ServiceDescRec  gxvalid_services[] =
-  {
-    { FT_SERVICE_ID_GX_VALIDATE,          &gxvalid_interface },
-    { FT_SERVICE_ID_CLASSICKERN_VALIDATE, &ckernvalid_interface },
-    { NULL, NULL }
-  };
-
-
-  static FT_Pointer
-  gxvalid_get_service( FT_Module    module,
-                       const char*  service_id )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( module );
-
-    return ft_service_list_lookup( gxvalid_services, service_id );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
-  const FT_Module_Class  gxv_module_class =
-  {
-    0,
-    sizeof( FT_ModuleRec ),
-    "gxvalid",
-    0x10000L,
-    0x20000L,
-
-    0,              /* module-specific interface */
-
-    (FT_Module_Constructor)0,
-    (FT_Module_Destructor) 0,
-    (FT_Module_Requester)  gxvalid_get_service
-  };
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmod.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmod.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 466584e..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmod.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  gxvmod.h                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType's TrueTypeGX/AAT validation module implementation           */
-/*    (specification).                                                     */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2004, 2005 by suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K., */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.        */
-/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology      */
-/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.                                           */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __GXVMOD_H__
-#define __GXVMOD_H__
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_MODULE_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  FT_EXPORT_VAR( const FT_Module_Class )  gxv_module_class;
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __GXVMOD_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 6fb71b9..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,285 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  gxvmort.c                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    TrueTypeGX/AAT mort table validation (body).                         */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2005 by suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K.,       */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.        */
-/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology      */
-/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.                                           */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include "gxvmort.h"
-#include "gxvfeat.h"
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_gxvmort
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_mort_feature_validate( GXV_mort_feature  f,
-                             GXV_Validator     valid )
-  {
-    if ( f->featureType > gxv_feat_registry_length )
-    {
-      GXV_TRACE(( "featureType %d is out of registered range, "
-                  "setting %d is unchecked\n",
-                  f->featureType, f->featureSetting ));
-      if ( valid->root->level >= FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID )
-        FT_INVALID_DATA;
-    }
-    else if ( !gxv_feat_registry[f->featureType].existence )
-    {
-      GXV_TRACE(( "featureType %d is within registered area "
-                  "but undefined, setting %d is unchecked\n",
-                  f->featureType, f->featureSetting ));
-      if ( valid->root->level >= FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID )
-        FT_INVALID_DATA;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      FT_Byte  nSettings_max;
-
-
-      /* nSettings in gxvfeat.c is halved for exclusive on/off settings */
-      nSettings_max = gxv_feat_registry[f->featureType].nSettings;
-      if ( gxv_feat_registry[f->featureType].exclusive )
-        nSettings_max = (FT_Byte)( 2 * nSettings_max );
-
-      GXV_TRACE(( "featureType %d is registered", f->featureType ));
-      GXV_TRACE(( "setting %d", f->featureSetting ));
-
-      if ( f->featureSetting > nSettings_max )
-      {
-        GXV_TRACE(( "out of defined range %d", nSettings_max ));
-        if ( valid->root->level >= FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID )
-          FT_INVALID_DATA;
-      }
-      GXV_TRACE(( "\n" ));
-    }
-
-    /* TODO: enableFlags must be unique value in specified chain?  */
-  }
-
-
-  /*
-   * nFeatureFlags is typed to FT_UInt to accept that in
-   * mort (typed FT_UShort) and morx (typed FT_ULong).
-   */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  gxv_mort_featurearray_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                                  FT_Bytes       limit,
-                                  FT_UInt        nFeatureFlags,
-                                  GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-    FT_UInt   i;
-
-    GXV_mort_featureRec  f = GXV_MORT_FEATURE_OFF;
-
-
-    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "mort feature list" );
-    for ( i = 0; i < nFeatureFlags; i++ )
-    {
-      GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 + 2 + 4 + 4 );
-      f.featureType    = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-      f.featureSetting = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-      f.enableFlags    = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-      f.disableFlags   = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-
-      gxv_mort_feature_validate( &f, valid );
-    }
-
-    if ( !IS_GXV_MORT_FEATURE_OFF( f ) )
-      FT_INVALID_DATA;
-
-    valid->subtable_length = p - table;
-    GXV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  gxv_mort_coverage_validate( FT_UShort      coverage,
-                              GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( valid );
-
-    if ( coverage & 0x8000U )
-      GXV_TRACE(( " this subtable is for vertical text only\n" ));
-    else
-      GXV_TRACE(( " this subtable is for horizontal text only\n" ));
-
-    if ( coverage & 0x4000 )
-      GXV_TRACE(( " this subtable is applied to glyph array "
-                  "in descending order\n" ));
-    else
-      GXV_TRACE(( " this subtable is applied to glyph array "
-                  "in ascending order\n" ));
-
-    if ( coverage & 0x2000 )
-      GXV_TRACE(( " this subtable is forcibly applied to "
-                  "vertical/horizontal text\n" ));
-
-    if ( coverage & 0x1FF8 )
-      GXV_TRACE(( " coverage has non-zero bits in reserved area\n" ));
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_mort_subtables_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                               FT_Bytes       limit,
-                               FT_UShort      nSubtables,
-                               GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-
-    GXV_Validate_Func fmt_funcs_table[] =
-    {
-      gxv_mort_subtable_type0_validate, /* 0 */
-      gxv_mort_subtable_type1_validate, /* 1 */
-      gxv_mort_subtable_type2_validate, /* 2 */
-      NULL,                             /* 3 */
-      gxv_mort_subtable_type4_validate, /* 4 */
-      gxv_mort_subtable_type5_validate, /* 5 */
-
-    };
-
-    GXV_Validate_Func  func;
-    FT_UShort          i;
-
-
-    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "subtables in a chain" );
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < nSubtables; i++ )
-    {
-      FT_UShort  length;
-      FT_UShort  coverage;
-      FT_ULong   subFeatureFlags;
-      FT_UInt    type;
-      FT_UInt    rest;
-
-
-      GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 + 2 + 4 );
-      length          = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-      coverage        = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-      subFeatureFlags = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-
-      GXV_TRACE(( "validating chain subtable %d/%d (%d bytes)\n",
-                  i + 1, nSubtables, length ));
-      type = coverage & 0x0007;
-      rest = length - ( 2 + 2 + 4 );
-
-      GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( rest );
-      gxv_mort_coverage_validate( coverage, valid );
-
-      if ( type > 5 )
-        FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
-
-      func = fmt_funcs_table[type];
-      if ( func == NULL )
-        GXV_TRACE(( "morx type %d is reserved\n", type ));
-
-      func( p, p + rest, valid );
-
-      p += rest;
-    }
-
-    valid->subtable_length = p - table;
-
-    GXV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_mort_chain_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                           FT_Bytes       limit,
-                           GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes   p = table;
-    FT_ULong   defaultFlags;
-    FT_ULong   chainLength;
-    FT_UShort  nFeatureFlags;
-    FT_UShort  nSubtables;
-
-
-    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "mort chain header" );
-
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 + 4 + 2 + 2 );
-    defaultFlags  = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-    chainLength   = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-    nFeatureFlags = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    nSubtables    = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    gxv_mort_featurearray_validate( p, table + chainLength,
-                                    nFeatureFlags, valid );
-    p += valid->subtable_length;
-    gxv_mort_subtables_validate( p, table + chainLength, nSubtables, valid );
-    valid->subtable_length = chainLength;
-
-    GXV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  gxv_mort_validate( FT_Bytes      table,
-                     FT_Face       face,
-                     FT_Validator  ftvalid )
-  {
-    GXV_ValidatorRec  validrec;
-    GXV_Validator     valid = &validrec;
-    FT_Bytes          p     = table;
-    FT_Bytes          limit = 0;
-    FT_ULong          version;
-    FT_ULong          nChains;
-    FT_ULong          i;
-
-
-    valid->root = ftvalid;
-    valid->face = face;
-    limit       = valid->root->limit;
-
-    FT_TRACE3(( "validating `mort' table\n" ));
-    GXV_INIT;
-
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 + 4 );
-    version = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-    nChains = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-
-    if (version != 0x00010000UL)
-      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < nChains; i++ )
-    {
-      GXV_TRACE(( "validating chain %d/%d\n", i + 1, nChains ));
-      GXV_32BIT_ALIGNMENT_VALIDATE( p - table );
-      gxv_mort_chain_validate( p, limit, valid );
-      p += valid->subtable_length;
-    }
-
-    FT_TRACE4(( "\n" ));
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 1d64e69..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  gxvmort.h                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    TrueTypeGX/AAT common definition for mort table (specification).     */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2004, 2005 by suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K., */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.        */
-/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology      */
-/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.                                           */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __GXVMORT_H__
-#define __GXVMORT_H__
-
-#include "gxvalid.h"
-#include "gxvcommn.h"
-
-#include FT_SFNT_NAMES_H
-
-
-  typedef struct  GXV_mort_featureRec_
-  {
-    FT_UShort  featureType;
-    FT_UShort  featureSetting;
-    FT_ULong   enableFlags;
-    FT_ULong   disableFlags;
-
-  } GXV_mort_featureRec, *GXV_mort_feature;
-
-#define GXV_MORT_FEATURE_OFF  {0, 1, 0x00000000UL, 0x00000000UL}
-
-#define IS_GXV_MORT_FEATURE_OFF( f )              \
-          ( (f).featureType    == 0            || \
-            (f).featureSetting == 1            || \
-            (f).enableFlags    == 0x00000000UL || \
-            (f).disableFlags   == 0x00000000UL )
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  gxv_mort_featurearray_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                                  FT_Bytes       limit,
-                                  FT_UInt        nFeatureFlags,
-                                  GXV_Validator  valid );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  gxv_mort_coverage_validate( FT_UShort      coverage,
-                              GXV_Validator  valid );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  gxv_mort_subtable_type0_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                                    FT_Bytes       limit,
-                                    GXV_Validator  valid );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  gxv_mort_subtable_type1_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                                    FT_Bytes       limit,
-                                    GXV_Validator  valid );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  gxv_mort_subtable_type2_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                                    FT_Bytes       limit,
-                                    GXV_Validator  valid );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  gxv_mort_subtable_type4_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                                    FT_Bytes       limit,
-                                    GXV_Validator  valid );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  gxv_mort_subtable_type5_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                                    FT_Bytes       limit,
-                                    GXV_Validator  valid );
-
-
-#endif /* __GXVMORT_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort0.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort0.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 0902056..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort0.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,137 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  gxvmort0.c                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    TrueTypeGX/AAT mort table validation                                 */
-/*    body for type0 (Indic Script Rearrangement) subtable.                */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2005 by suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K.,       */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.        */
-/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology      */
-/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.                                           */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include "gxvmort.h"
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_gxvmort
-
-
-  static const char* GXV_Mort_IndicScript_Msg[] =
-  {
-    "no change",
-    "Ax => xA",
-    "xD => Dx",
-    "AxD => DxA",
-    "ABx => xAB",
-    "ABx => xBA",
-    "xCD => CDx",
-    "xCD => DCx",
-    "AxCD => CDxA",
-    "AxCD => DCxA",
-    "ABxD => DxAB",
-    "ABxD => DxBA",
-    "ABxCD => CDxAB",
-    "ABxCD => CDxBA",
-    "ABxCD => DCxAB",
-    "ABxCD => DCxBA",
-
-  };
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_mort_subtable_type0_entry_validate(
-    FT_Byte                         state,
-    FT_UShort                       flags,
-    GXV_StateTable_GlyphOffsetDesc  glyphOffset,
-    FT_Bytes                        table,
-    FT_Bytes                        limit,
-    GXV_Validator                   valid )
-  {
-    FT_UShort  markFirst;
-    FT_UShort  dontAdvance;
-    FT_UShort  markLast;
-    FT_UShort  reserved;
-    FT_UShort  verb = 0;
-
-    FT_UNUSED( state );
-    FT_UNUSED( table );
-    FT_UNUSED( limit );
-
-    FT_UNUSED( GXV_Mort_IndicScript_Msg[verb] ); /* for the non-debugging */
-    FT_UNUSED( glyphOffset );                    /* case                  */
-
-
-    markFirst   = (FT_UShort)( ( flags >> 15 ) & 1 );
-    dontAdvance = (FT_UShort)( ( flags >> 14 ) & 1 );
-    markLast    = (FT_UShort)( ( flags >> 13 ) & 1 );
-
-    reserved = (FT_UShort)( flags & 0x1FF0 );
-    verb     = (FT_UShort)( flags & 0x000F );
-
-    GXV_TRACE(( "  IndicScript MorphRule for glyphOffset 0x%04x",
-                glyphOffset.u ));
-    GXV_TRACE(( " markFirst=%01d", markFirst ));
-    GXV_TRACE(( " dontAdvance=%01d", dontAdvance ));
-    GXV_TRACE(( " markLast=%01d", markLast ));
-    GXV_TRACE(( " %02d", verb ));
-    GXV_TRACE(( " %s\n", GXV_Mort_IndicScript_Msg[verb] ));
-
-    if ( 0 < reserved )
-    {
-      GXV_TRACE(( " non-zero bits found in reserved range\n" ));
-      FT_INVALID_DATA;
-    }
-    else
-      GXV_TRACE(( "\n" ));
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  gxv_mort_subtable_type0_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                                    FT_Bytes       limit,
-                                    GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-
-
-    GXV_NAME_ENTER(
-      "mort chain subtable type0 (Indic-Script Rearrangement)" );
-
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( GXV_STATETABLE_HEADER_SIZE );
-
-    valid->statetable.optdata               = NULL;
-    valid->statetable.optdata_load_func     = NULL;
-    valid->statetable.subtable_setup_func   = NULL;
-    valid->statetable.entry_glyphoffset_fmt = GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_NONE;
-    valid->statetable.entry_validate_func =
-      gxv_mort_subtable_type0_entry_validate;
-
-    gxv_StateTable_validate( p, limit, valid );
-
-    GXV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort1.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort1.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 711bbd0..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort1.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,258 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  gxvmort1.c                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    TrueTypeGX/AAT mort table validation                                 */
-/*    body for type1 (Contextual Substitution) subtable.                   */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2005, 2007 by suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K., */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.        */
-/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology      */
-/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.                                           */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include "gxvmort.h"
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_gxvmort
-
-
-  typedef struct  GXV_mort_subtable_type1_StateOptRec_
-  {
-    FT_UShort  substitutionTable;
-    FT_UShort  substitutionTable_length;
-
-  }  GXV_mort_subtable_type1_StateOptRec,
-    *GXV_mort_subtable_type1_StateOptRecData;
-
-#define GXV_MORT_SUBTABLE_TYPE1_HEADER_SIZE \
-          ( GXV_STATETABLE_HEADER_SIZE + 2 )
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_mort_subtable_type1_substitutionTable_load( FT_Bytes       table,
-                                                  FT_Bytes       limit,
-                                                  GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-
-    GXV_mort_subtable_type1_StateOptRecData  optdata =
-      (GXV_mort_subtable_type1_StateOptRecData)valid->statetable.optdata;
-
-
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
-    optdata->substitutionTable = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_mort_subtable_type1_subtable_setup( FT_UShort      table_size,
-                                          FT_UShort      classTable,
-                                          FT_UShort      stateArray,
-                                          FT_UShort      entryTable,
-                                          FT_UShort*     classTable_length_p,
-                                          FT_UShort*     stateArray_length_p,
-                                          FT_UShort*     entryTable_length_p,
-                                          GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_UShort  o[4];
-    FT_UShort  *l[4];
-    FT_UShort  buff[5];
-
-    GXV_mort_subtable_type1_StateOptRecData  optdata =
-      (GXV_mort_subtable_type1_StateOptRecData)valid->statetable.optdata;
-
-
-    o[0] = classTable;
-    o[1] = stateArray;
-    o[2] = entryTable;
-    o[3] = optdata->substitutionTable;
-    l[0] = classTable_length_p;
-    l[1] = stateArray_length_p;
-    l[2] = entryTable_length_p;
-    l[3] = &( optdata->substitutionTable_length );
-
-    gxv_set_length_by_ushort_offset( o, l, buff, 4, table_size, valid );
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_mort_subtable_type1_offset_to_subst_validate(
-    FT_Short          wordOffset,
-    const FT_String*  tag,
-    FT_Byte           state,
-    GXV_Validator     valid )
-  {
-    FT_UShort  substTable;
-    FT_UShort  substTable_limit;
-    FT_UShort  min_gid;
-    FT_UShort  max_gid;
-
-    FT_UNUSED( tag );
-    FT_UNUSED( state );
-
-
-    substTable =
-      ((GXV_mort_subtable_type1_StateOptRec *)
-       (valid->statetable.optdata))->substitutionTable;
-    substTable_limit =
-      (FT_UShort)( substTable +
-                   ((GXV_mort_subtable_type1_StateOptRec *)
-                    (valid->statetable.optdata))->substitutionTable_length );
-
-    min_gid = (FT_UShort)( ( substTable       - wordOffset * 2 ) / 2 );
-    max_gid = (FT_UShort)( ( substTable_limit - wordOffset * 2 ) / 2 );
-    max_gid = (FT_UShort)( FT_MAX( max_gid, valid->face->num_glyphs ) );
-
-    /* XXX: check range? */
-
-    /* TODO: min_gid & max_gid comparison with ClassTable contents */
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_mort_subtable_type1_entry_validate(
-    FT_Byte                         state,
-    FT_UShort                       flags,
-    GXV_StateTable_GlyphOffsetDesc  glyphOffset,
-    FT_Bytes                        table,
-    FT_Bytes                        limit,
-    GXV_Validator                   valid )
-  {
-    FT_UShort  setMark;
-    FT_UShort  dontAdvance;
-    FT_UShort  reserved;
-    FT_Short   markOffset;
-    FT_Short   currentOffset;
-
-    FT_UNUSED( table );
-    FT_UNUSED( limit );
-
-
-    setMark       = (FT_UShort)(   flags >> 15            );
-    dontAdvance   = (FT_UShort)( ( flags >> 14 ) & 1      );
-    reserved      = (FT_Short)(    flags         & 0x3FFF );
-
-    markOffset    = (FT_Short)( glyphOffset.ul >> 16 );
-    currentOffset = (FT_Short)( glyphOffset.ul       );
-
-    if ( 0 < reserved )
-    {
-      GXV_TRACE(( " non-zero bits found in reserved range\n" ));
-      if ( valid->root->level >= FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID )
-        FT_INVALID_DATA;
-    }
-
-    gxv_mort_subtable_type1_offset_to_subst_validate( markOffset,
-                                                      "markOffset",
-                                                      state,
-                                                      valid );
-
-    gxv_mort_subtable_type1_offset_to_subst_validate( currentOffset,
-                                                      "currentOffset",
-                                                      state,
-                                                      valid );
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_mort_subtable_type1_substTable_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                                               FT_Bytes       limit,
-                                               GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes   p = table;
-    FT_UShort  num_gids = (FT_UShort)(
-                 ((GXV_mort_subtable_type1_StateOptRec *)
-                  (valid->statetable.optdata))->substitutionTable_length / 2 );
-    FT_UShort  i;
-
-
-    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "validating contents of substitutionTable" );
-    for ( i = 0; i < num_gids ; i ++ )
-    {
-      FT_UShort  dst_gid;
-
-
-      GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
-      dst_gid = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-      if ( dst_gid >= 0xFFFFU )
-        continue;
-
-      if ( dst_gid > valid->face->num_glyphs )
-      {
-        GXV_TRACE(( "substTable include too large gid[%d]=%d >"
-                    " max defined gid #%d\n",
-                    i, dst_gid, valid->face->num_glyphs ));
-        if ( valid->root->level >= FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID )
-          FT_INVALID_GLYPH_ID;
-      }
-    }
-
-    GXV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /*
-   * subtable for Contextual glyph substitution is a modified StateTable.
-   * In addition to classTable, stateArray, and entryTable, the field
-   * `substitutionTable' is added.
-   */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  gxv_mort_subtable_type1_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                                    FT_Bytes       limit,
-                                    GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-
-    GXV_mort_subtable_type1_StateOptRec  st_rec;
-
-
-    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "mort chain subtable type1 (Contextual Glyph Subst)" );
-
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( GXV_MORT_SUBTABLE_TYPE1_HEADER_SIZE );
-
-    valid->statetable.optdata =
-      &st_rec;
-    valid->statetable.optdata_load_func =
-      gxv_mort_subtable_type1_substitutionTable_load;
-    valid->statetable.subtable_setup_func =
-      gxv_mort_subtable_type1_subtable_setup;
-    valid->statetable.entry_glyphoffset_fmt =
-      GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_ULONG;
-    valid->statetable.entry_validate_func =
-
-      gxv_mort_subtable_type1_entry_validate;
-    gxv_StateTable_validate( p, limit, valid );
-
-    gxv_mort_subtable_type1_substTable_validate(
-      table + st_rec.substitutionTable,
-      table + st_rec.substitutionTable + st_rec.substitutionTable_length,
-      valid );
-
-    GXV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort2.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort2.c
deleted file mode 100644
index f19d15d..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort2.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,282 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  gxvmort2.c                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    TrueTypeGX/AAT mort table validation                                 */
-/*    body for type2 (Ligature Substitution) subtable.                     */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2005 by suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K.,       */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.        */
-/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology      */
-/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.                                           */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include "gxvmort.h"
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_gxvmort
-
-
-  typedef struct  GXV_mort_subtable_type2_StateOptRec_
-  {
-    FT_UShort  ligActionTable;
-    FT_UShort  componentTable;
-    FT_UShort  ligatureTable;
-    FT_UShort  ligActionTable_length;
-    FT_UShort  componentTable_length;
-    FT_UShort  ligatureTable_length;
-
-  }  GXV_mort_subtable_type2_StateOptRec,
-    *GXV_mort_subtable_type2_StateOptRecData;
-
-#define GXV_MORT_SUBTABLE_TYPE2_HEADER_SIZE \
-          ( GXV_STATETABLE_HEADER_SIZE + 2 + 2 + 2 )
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_mort_subtable_type2_opttable_load( FT_Bytes       table,
-                                         FT_Bytes       limit,
-                                         GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes p = table;
-    GXV_mort_subtable_type2_StateOptRecData  optdata =
-      (GXV_mort_subtable_type2_StateOptRecData)valid->statetable.optdata;
-
-
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 + 2 + 2 );
-    optdata->ligActionTable = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    optdata->componentTable = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    optdata->ligatureTable  = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    GXV_TRACE(( "offset to ligActionTable=0x%04x\n",
-                optdata->ligActionTable ));
-    GXV_TRACE(( "offset to componentTable=0x%04x\n",
-                optdata->componentTable ));
-    GXV_TRACE(( "offset to ligatureTable=0x%04x\n",
-                optdata->ligatureTable ));
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_mort_subtable_type2_subtable_setup( FT_UShort      table_size,
-                                          FT_UShort      classTable,
-                                          FT_UShort      stateArray,
-                                          FT_UShort      entryTable,
-                                          FT_UShort      *classTable_length_p,
-                                          FT_UShort      *stateArray_length_p,
-                                          FT_UShort      *entryTable_length_p,
-                                          GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_UShort  o[6];
-    FT_UShort  *l[6];
-    FT_UShort  buff[7];
-
-    GXV_mort_subtable_type2_StateOptRecData  optdata =
-      (GXV_mort_subtable_type2_StateOptRecData)valid->statetable.optdata;
-
-
-    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "subtable boundaries setup" );
-
-    o[0] = classTable;
-    o[1] = stateArray;
-    o[2] = entryTable;
-    o[3] = optdata->ligActionTable;
-    o[4] = optdata->componentTable;
-    o[5] = optdata->ligatureTable;
-    l[0] = classTable_length_p;
-    l[1] = stateArray_length_p;
-    l[2] = entryTable_length_p;
-    l[3] = &(optdata->ligActionTable_length);
-    l[4] = &(optdata->componentTable_length);
-    l[5] = &(optdata->ligatureTable_length);
-
-    gxv_set_length_by_ushort_offset( o, l, buff, 6, table_size, valid );
-
-    GXV_TRACE(( "classTable: offset=0x%04x length=0x%04x\n",
-                classTable, *classTable_length_p ));
-    GXV_TRACE(( "stateArray: offset=0x%04x length=0x%04x\n",
-                stateArray, *stateArray_length_p ));
-    GXV_TRACE(( "entryTable: offset=0x%04x length=0x%04x\n",
-                entryTable, *entryTable_length_p ));
-    GXV_TRACE(( "ligActionTable: offset=0x%04x length=0x%04x\n",
-                optdata->ligActionTable,
-                optdata->ligActionTable_length ));
-    GXV_TRACE(( "componentTable: offset=0x%04x length=0x%04x\n",
-                optdata->componentTable,
-                optdata->componentTable_length ));
-    GXV_TRACE(( "ligatureTable:  offset=0x%04x length=0x%04x\n",
-                optdata->ligatureTable,
-                optdata->ligatureTable_length ));
-
-    GXV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_mort_subtable_type2_ligActionOffset_validate(
-    FT_Bytes       table,
-    FT_UShort      ligActionOffset,
-    GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    /* access ligActionTable */
-    GXV_mort_subtable_type2_StateOptRecData  optdata =
-      (GXV_mort_subtable_type2_StateOptRecData)valid->statetable.optdata;
-
-    FT_Bytes lat_base  = table + optdata->ligActionTable;
-    FT_Bytes p         = table + ligActionOffset;
-    FT_Bytes lat_limit = lat_base + optdata->ligActionTable;
-
-
-    GXV_32BIT_ALIGNMENT_VALIDATE( ligActionOffset );
-    if ( p < lat_base )
-    {
-      GXV_TRACE(( "too short offset 0x%04x: p < lat_base (%d byte rewind)\n",
-                  ligActionOffset, lat_base - p ));
-
-      /* FontValidator, ftxvalidator, ftxdumperfuser warn but continue */
-      if ( valid->root->level >= FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID )
-        FT_INVALID_OFFSET;
-    }
-    else if ( lat_limit < p )
-    {
-      GXV_TRACE(( "too large offset 0x%04x: lat_limit < p (%d byte overrun)\n",
-                  ligActionOffset, p - lat_limit ));
-
-      /* FontValidator, ftxvalidator, ftxdumperfuser warn but continue */
-      if ( valid->root->level >= FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID )
-        FT_INVALID_OFFSET;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* validate entry in ligActionTable */
-      FT_ULong   lig_action;
-      FT_UShort  last;
-      FT_UShort  store;
-      FT_ULong   offset;
-
-
-      lig_action = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-      last   = (FT_UShort)( ( lig_action >> 31 ) & 1 );
-      store  = (FT_UShort)( ( lig_action >> 30 ) & 1 );
-
-      offset = lig_action & 0x3FFFFFFFUL;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_mort_subtable_type2_entry_validate(
-    FT_Byte                         state,
-    FT_UShort                       flags,
-    GXV_StateTable_GlyphOffsetDesc  glyphOffset,
-    FT_Bytes                        table,
-    FT_Bytes                        limit,
-    GXV_Validator                   valid )
-  {
-    FT_UShort setComponent;
-    FT_UShort dontAdvance;
-    FT_UShort offset;
-
-    FT_UNUSED( state );
-    FT_UNUSED( glyphOffset );
-    FT_UNUSED( limit );
-
-
-    setComponent = (FT_UShort)( ( flags >> 15 ) & 1 );
-    dontAdvance  = (FT_UShort)( ( flags >> 14 ) & 1 );
-
-    offset = (FT_UShort)( flags & 0x3FFFU );
-
-    if ( 0 < offset )
-      gxv_mort_subtable_type2_ligActionOffset_validate( table, offset,
-                                                        valid );
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_mort_subtable_type2_ligatureTable_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                                                  GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    GXV_mort_subtable_type2_StateOptRecData  optdata =
-      (GXV_mort_subtable_type2_StateOptRecData)valid->statetable.optdata;
-
-    FT_Bytes p     = table + optdata->ligatureTable;
-    FT_Bytes limit = table + optdata->ligatureTable
-                           + optdata->ligatureTable_length;
-
-
-    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "mort chain subtable type2 - substitutionTable" );
-    if ( 0 != optdata->ligatureTable )
-    {
-      /* Apple does not give specification of ligatureTable format */
-      while ( p < limit )
-      {
-        FT_UShort  lig_gid;
-
-
-        GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
-        lig_gid = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-      }
-    }
-    GXV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  gxv_mort_subtable_type2_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                                    FT_Bytes       limit,
-                                    GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-
-    GXV_mort_subtable_type2_StateOptRec  lig_rec;
-
-
-    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "mort chain subtable type2 (Ligature Substitution)" );
-
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( GXV_MORT_SUBTABLE_TYPE2_HEADER_SIZE );
-
-    valid->statetable.optdata =
-      &lig_rec;
-    valid->statetable.optdata_load_func =
-      gxv_mort_subtable_type2_opttable_load;
-    valid->statetable.subtable_setup_func =
-      gxv_mort_subtable_type2_subtable_setup;
-    valid->statetable.entry_glyphoffset_fmt =
-      GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_NONE;
-    valid->statetable.entry_validate_func =
-      gxv_mort_subtable_type2_entry_validate;
-
-    gxv_StateTable_validate( p, limit, valid );
-
-    p += valid->subtable_length;
-    gxv_mort_subtable_type2_ligatureTable_validate( table, valid );
-
-    valid->subtable_length = p - table;
-
-    GXV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort4.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort4.c
deleted file mode 100644
index a04bc1e..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort4.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,125 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  gxvmort4.c                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    TrueTypeGX/AAT mort table validation                                 */
-/*    body for type4 (Non-Contextual Glyph Substitution) subtable.         */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2005 by suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K.,       */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.        */
-/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology      */
-/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.                                           */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include "gxvmort.h"
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_gxvmort
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_mort_subtable_type4_lookupval_validate( FT_UShort            glyph,
-                                              GXV_LookupValueDesc  value,
-                                              GXV_Validator        valid )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( glyph );
-
-    gxv_glyphid_validate( value.u, valid );
-  }
-
-  /*
-    +===============+ --------+
-    | lookup header |         |
-    +===============+         |
-    | BinSrchHeader |         |
-    +===============+         |
-    | lastGlyph[0]  |         |
-    +---------------+         |
-    | firstGlyph[0] |         |    head of lookup table
-    +---------------+         |             +
-    | offset[0]     |    ->   |          offset            [byte]
-    +===============+         |             +
-    | lastGlyph[1]  |         | (glyphID - firstGlyph) * 2 [byte]
-    +---------------+         |
-    | firstGlyph[1] |         |
-    +---------------+         |
-    | offset[1]     |         |
-    +===============+         |
-                              |
-     ....                     |
-                              |
-    16bit value array         |
-    +===============+         |
-    |     value     | <-------+
-     ....
-  */
-
-  static GXV_LookupValueDesc
-  gxv_mort_subtable_type4_lookupfmt4_transit(
-    FT_UShort            relative_gindex,
-    GXV_LookupValueDesc  base_value,
-    FT_Bytes             lookuptbl_limit,
-    GXV_Validator        valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes             p;
-    FT_Bytes             limit;
-    FT_UShort            offset;
-    GXV_LookupValueDesc  value;
-
-    /* XXX: check range? */
-    offset = (FT_UShort)( base_value.u +
-                          relative_gindex * sizeof ( FT_UShort ) );
-
-    p     = valid->lookuptbl_head + offset;
-    limit = lookuptbl_limit;
-
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
-    value.u = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    return value;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  gxv_mort_subtable_type4_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                                    FT_Bytes       limit,
-                                    GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-
-
-    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "mort chain subtable type4 "
-                    "(Non-Contextual Glyph Substitution)" );
-
-    valid->lookupval_sign   = GXV_LOOKUPVALUE_UNSIGNED;
-    valid->lookupval_func   = gxv_mort_subtable_type4_lookupval_validate;
-    valid->lookupfmt4_trans = gxv_mort_subtable_type4_lookupfmt4_transit;
-
-    gxv_LookupTable_validate( p, limit, valid );
-
-    GXV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort5.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort5.c
deleted file mode 100644
index a7cabc3..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort5.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,226 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  gxvmort5.c                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    TrueTypeGX/AAT mort table validation                                 */
-/*    body for type5 (Contextual Glyph Insertion) subtable.                */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2005 by suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K.,       */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.        */
-/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology      */
-/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.                                           */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include "gxvmort.h"
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_gxvmort
-
-
-  /*
-   * mort subtable type5 (Contextual Glyph Insertion)
-   * has the format of StateTable with insertion-glyph-list,
-   * but without name.  The offset is given by glyphOffset in
-   * entryTable.  There is no table location declaration
-   * like xxxTable.
-   */
-
-  typedef struct  GXV_mort_subtable_type5_StateOptRec_
-  {
-    FT_UShort   classTable;
-    FT_UShort   stateArray;
-    FT_UShort   entryTable;
-
-#define GXV_MORT_SUBTABLE_TYPE5_HEADER_SIZE  GXV_STATETABLE_HEADER_SIZE
-
-    FT_UShort*  classTable_length_p;
-    FT_UShort*  stateArray_length_p;
-    FT_UShort*  entryTable_length_p;
-
-  }  GXV_mort_subtable_type5_StateOptRec,
-    *GXV_mort_subtable_type5_StateOptRecData;
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  gxv_mort_subtable_type5_subtable_setup( FT_UShort      table_size,
-                                          FT_UShort      classTable,
-                                          FT_UShort      stateArray,
-                                          FT_UShort      entryTable,
-                                          FT_UShort*     classTable_length_p,
-                                          FT_UShort*     stateArray_length_p,
-                                          FT_UShort*     entryTable_length_p,
-                                          GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    GXV_mort_subtable_type5_StateOptRecData  optdata =
-      (GXV_mort_subtable_type5_StateOptRecData)valid->statetable.optdata;
-
-
-    gxv_StateTable_subtable_setup( table_size,
-                                   classTable,
-                                   stateArray,
-                                   entryTable,
-                                   classTable_length_p,
-                                   stateArray_length_p,
-                                   entryTable_length_p,
-                                   valid );
-
-    optdata->classTable = classTable;
-    optdata->stateArray = stateArray;
-    optdata->entryTable = entryTable;
-
-    optdata->classTable_length_p = classTable_length_p;
-    optdata->stateArray_length_p = stateArray_length_p;
-    optdata->entryTable_length_p = entryTable_length_p;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_mort_subtable_type5_InsertList_validate( FT_UShort      offset,
-                                               FT_UShort      count,
-                                               FT_Bytes       table,
-                                               FT_Bytes       limit,
-                                               GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    /*
-     * We don't know the range of insertion-glyph-list.
-     * Set range by whole of state table.
-     */
-    FT_Bytes  p = table + offset;
-
-    GXV_mort_subtable_type5_StateOptRecData  optdata =
-      (GXV_mort_subtable_type5_StateOptRecData)valid->statetable.optdata;
-
-    if ( optdata->classTable < offset                                   &&
-         offset < optdata->classTable + *(optdata->classTable_length_p) )
-      GXV_TRACE(( " offset runs into ClassTable" ));
-    if ( optdata->stateArray < offset                                   &&
-         offset < optdata->stateArray + *(optdata->stateArray_length_p) )
-      GXV_TRACE(( " offset runs into StateArray" ));
-    if ( optdata->entryTable < offset                                   &&
-         offset < optdata->entryTable + *(optdata->entryTable_length_p) )
-      GXV_TRACE(( " offset runs into EntryTable" ));
-
-    while ( p < table + offset + ( count * 2 ) )
-    {
-      FT_UShort insert_glyphID;
-
-
-      GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
-      insert_glyphID = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-      GXV_TRACE(( " 0x%04x", insert_glyphID ));
-    }
-
-    GXV_TRACE(( "\n" ));
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_mort_subtable_type5_entry_validate(
-    FT_Byte                         state,
-    FT_UShort                       flags,
-    GXV_StateTable_GlyphOffsetDesc  glyphOffset,
-    FT_Bytes                        table,
-    FT_Bytes                        limit,
-    GXV_Validator                   valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bool    setMark;
-    FT_Bool    dontAdvance;
-    FT_Bool    currentIsKashidaLike;
-    FT_Bool    markedIsKashidaLike;
-    FT_Bool    currentInsertBefore;
-    FT_Bool    markedInsertBefore;
-    FT_Byte    currentInsertCount;
-    FT_Byte    markedInsertCount;
-    FT_UShort  currentInsertList;
-    FT_UShort  markedInsertList;
-
-    FT_UNUSED( state );
-
-
-    setMark              = FT_BOOL( ( flags >> 15 ) & 1 );
-    dontAdvance          = FT_BOOL( ( flags >> 14 ) & 1 );
-    currentIsKashidaLike = FT_BOOL( ( flags >> 13 ) & 1 );
-    markedIsKashidaLike  = FT_BOOL( ( flags >> 12 ) & 1 );
-    currentInsertBefore  = FT_BOOL( ( flags >> 11 ) & 1 );
-    markedInsertBefore   = FT_BOOL( ( flags >> 10 ) & 1 );
-
-    currentInsertCount   = (FT_Byte)( ( flags >> 5 ) & 0x1F   );
-    markedInsertCount    = (FT_Byte)(   flags        & 0x001F );
-
-    currentInsertList    = (FT_UShort)( glyphOffset.ul >> 16 );
-    markedInsertList     = (FT_UShort)( glyphOffset.ul       );
-
-    if ( 0 != currentInsertList && 0 != currentInsertCount )
-    {
-      gxv_mort_subtable_type5_InsertList_validate( currentInsertList,
-                                                   currentInsertCount,
-                                                   table,
-                                                   limit,
-                                                   valid );
-    }
-
-    if ( 0 != markedInsertList && 0 != markedInsertCount )
-    {
-      gxv_mort_subtable_type5_InsertList_validate( markedInsertList,
-                                                   markedInsertCount,
-                                                   table,
-                                                   limit,
-                                                   valid );
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  gxv_mort_subtable_type5_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                                    FT_Bytes       limit,
-                                    GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-
-    GXV_mort_subtable_type5_StateOptRec      et_rec;
-    GXV_mort_subtable_type5_StateOptRecData  et = &et_rec;
-
-
-    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "mort chain subtable type5 (Glyph Insertion)" );
-
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( GXV_MORT_SUBTABLE_TYPE5_HEADER_SIZE );
-
-    valid->statetable.optdata =
-      et;
-    valid->statetable.optdata_load_func =
-      NULL;
-    valid->statetable.subtable_setup_func =
-      gxv_mort_subtable_type5_subtable_setup;
-    valid->statetable.entry_glyphoffset_fmt =
-      GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_ULONG;
-    valid->statetable.entry_validate_func =
-      gxv_mort_subtable_type5_entry_validate;
-
-    gxv_StateTable_validate( p, limit, valid );
-
-    GXV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 849d5e9..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,183 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  gxvmorx.c                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    TrueTypeGX/AAT morx table validation (body).                         */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2005 by suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K.,       */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.        */
-/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology      */
-/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.                                           */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include "gxvmorx.h"
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_gxvmorx
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_morx_subtables_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                               FT_Bytes       limit,
-                               FT_UShort      nSubtables,
-                               GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-
-    GXV_Validate_Func fmt_funcs_table[] =
-    {
-      gxv_morx_subtable_type0_validate, /* 0 */
-      gxv_morx_subtable_type1_validate, /* 1 */
-      gxv_morx_subtable_type2_validate, /* 2 */
-      NULL,                             /* 3 */
-      gxv_morx_subtable_type4_validate, /* 4 */
-      gxv_morx_subtable_type5_validate, /* 5 */
-
-    };
-
-    GXV_Validate_Func  func;
-
-    FT_UShort  i;
-
-
-    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "subtables in a chain" );
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < nSubtables; i++ )
-    {
-      FT_ULong  length;
-      FT_ULong  coverage;
-      FT_ULong  subFeatureFlags;
-      FT_UInt   type;
-      FT_UInt   rest;
-
-
-      GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 + 4 + 4 );
-      length          = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-      coverage        = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-      subFeatureFlags = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-
-      GXV_TRACE(( "validating chain subtable %d/%d (%d bytes)\n",
-                  i + 1, nSubtables, length ));
-
-      type = coverage & 0x0007;
-      rest = length - ( 4 + 4 + 4 );
-      GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( rest );
-
-      /* morx coverage consists of mort_coverage & 16bit padding */
-      gxv_mort_coverage_validate( (FT_UShort)( ( coverage >> 16 ) | coverage ),
-                                  valid );
-      if ( type > 5 )
-        FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
-
-      func = fmt_funcs_table[type];
-      if ( func == NULL )
-        GXV_TRACE(( "morx type %d is reserved\n", type ));
-
-      func( p, p + rest, valid );
-
-      p += rest;
-    }
-
-    valid->subtable_length = p - table;
-
-    GXV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_morx_chain_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                           FT_Bytes       limit,
-                           GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-    FT_ULong  defaultFlags;
-    FT_ULong  chainLength;
-    FT_ULong  nFeatureFlags;
-    FT_ULong  nSubtables;
-
-
-    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "morx chain header" );
-
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 + 4 + 4 + 4 );
-    defaultFlags  = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-    chainLength   = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-    nFeatureFlags = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-    nSubtables    = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-
-    /* feature-array of morx is same with that of mort */
-    gxv_mort_featurearray_validate( p, limit, nFeatureFlags, valid );
-    p += valid->subtable_length;
-
-    if ( nSubtables >= 0x10000 )
-      FT_INVALID_DATA;
-
-    gxv_morx_subtables_validate( p, table + chainLength,
-                                 (FT_UShort)nSubtables, valid );
-
-    valid->subtable_length = chainLength;
-
-    GXV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  gxv_morx_validate( FT_Bytes      table,
-                     FT_Face       face,
-                     FT_Validator  ftvalid )
-  {
-    GXV_ValidatorRec  validrec;
-    GXV_Validator     valid = &validrec;
-    FT_Bytes          p     = table;
-    FT_Bytes          limit = 0;
-    FT_ULong          version;
-    FT_ULong          nChains;
-    FT_ULong          i;
-
-
-    valid->root = ftvalid;
-    valid->face = face;
-
-    FT_TRACE3(( "validating `morx' table\n" ));
-    GXV_INIT;
-
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 + 4 );
-    version = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-    nChains = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-
-    if ( version != 0x00020000UL )
-      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < nChains; i++ )
-    {
-      GXV_TRACE(( "validating chain %d/%d\n", i + 1, nChains ));
-      GXV_32BIT_ALIGNMENT_VALIDATE( p - table );
-      gxv_morx_chain_validate( p, limit, valid );
-      p += valid->subtable_length;
-    }
-
-    FT_TRACE4(( "\n" ));
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 28c1a44..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  gxvmorx.h                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    TrueTypeGX/AAT common definition for morx table (specification).     */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2005 by suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K.,       */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.        */
-/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology      */
-/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.                                           */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __GXVMORX_H__
-#define __GXVMORX_H__
-
-
-#include "gxvalid.h"
-#include "gxvcommn.h"
-#include "gxvmort.h"
-
-#include FT_SFNT_NAMES_H
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  gxv_morx_subtable_type0_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                                    FT_Bytes       limit,
-                                    GXV_Validator  valid );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  gxv_morx_subtable_type1_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                                    FT_Bytes       limit,
-                                    GXV_Validator  valid );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  gxv_morx_subtable_type2_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                                    FT_Bytes       limit,
-                                    GXV_Validator  valid );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  gxv_morx_subtable_type4_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                                    FT_Bytes       limit,
-                                    GXV_Validator  valid );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  gxv_morx_subtable_type5_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                                    FT_Bytes       limit,
-                                    GXV_Validator  valid );
-
-
-#endif /* __GXVMORX_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx0.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx0.c
deleted file mode 100644
index ca92b6c..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx0.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  gxvmorx0.c                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    TrueTypeGX/AAT morx table validation                                 */
-/*    body for type0 (Indic Script Rearrangement) subtable.                */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2005 by suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K.,       */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.        */
-/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology      */
-/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.                                           */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include "gxvmorx.h"
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_gxvmorx
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_morx_subtable_type0_entry_validate(
-    FT_UShort                        state,
-    FT_UShort                        flags,
-    GXV_XStateTable_GlyphOffsetDesc  glyphOffset,
-    FT_Bytes                         table,
-    FT_Bytes                         limit,
-    GXV_Validator                    valid )
-  {
-    FT_UShort  markFirst;
-    FT_UShort  dontAdvance;
-    FT_UShort  markLast;
-    FT_UShort  reserved;
-    FT_UShort  verb;
-
-    FT_UNUSED( state );
-    FT_UNUSED( glyphOffset );
-    FT_UNUSED( table );
-    FT_UNUSED( limit );
-
-
-    markFirst   = (FT_UShort)( ( flags >> 15 ) & 1 );
-    dontAdvance = (FT_UShort)( ( flags >> 14 ) & 1 );
-    markLast    = (FT_UShort)( ( flags >> 13 ) & 1 );
-
-    reserved = (FT_UShort)( flags & 0x1FF0 );
-    verb     = (FT_UShort)( flags & 0x000F );
-
-    if ( 0 < reserved )
-    {
-      GXV_TRACE(( " non-zero bits found in reserved range\n" ));
-      FT_INVALID_DATA;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  gxv_morx_subtable_type0_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                                    FT_Bytes       limit,
-                                    GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-
-
-    GXV_NAME_ENTER(
-      "morx chain subtable type0 (Indic-Script Rearrangement)" );
-
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( GXV_STATETABLE_HEADER_SIZE );
-
-    valid->xstatetable.optdata               = NULL;
-    valid->xstatetable.optdata_load_func     = NULL;
-    valid->xstatetable.subtable_setup_func   = NULL;
-    valid->xstatetable.entry_glyphoffset_fmt = GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_NONE;
-    valid->xstatetable.entry_validate_func =
-      gxv_morx_subtable_type0_entry_validate;
-
-    gxv_XStateTable_validate( p, limit, valid );
-
-    GXV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx1.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx1.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 331d4cc..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx1.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,274 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  gxvmorx1.c                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    TrueTypeGX/AAT morx table validation                                 */
-/*    body for type1 (Contextual Substitution) subtable.                   */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2005, 2007 by suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K., */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.        */
-/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology      */
-/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.                                           */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include "gxvmorx.h"
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_gxvmorx
-
-
-  typedef struct  GXV_morx_subtable_type1_StateOptRec_
-  {
-    FT_ULong   substitutionTable;
-    FT_ULong   substitutionTable_length;
-    FT_UShort  substitutionTable_num_lookupTables;
-
-  }  GXV_morx_subtable_type1_StateOptRec,
-    *GXV_morx_subtable_type1_StateOptRecData;
-
-
-#define GXV_MORX_SUBTABLE_TYPE1_HEADER_SIZE \
-          ( GXV_STATETABLE_HEADER_SIZE + 2 )
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_morx_subtable_type1_substitutionTable_load( FT_Bytes       table,
-                                                  FT_Bytes       limit,
-                                                  GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-
-    GXV_morx_subtable_type1_StateOptRecData  optdata =
-      (GXV_morx_subtable_type1_StateOptRecData)valid->xstatetable.optdata;
-
-
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
-    optdata->substitutionTable = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_morx_subtable_type1_subtable_setup( FT_ULong       table_size,
-                                          FT_ULong       classTable,
-                                          FT_ULong       stateArray,
-                                          FT_ULong       entryTable,
-                                          FT_ULong*      classTable_length_p,
-                                          FT_ULong*      stateArray_length_p,
-                                          FT_ULong*      entryTable_length_p,
-                                          GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_ULong  o[4];
-    FT_ULong  *l[4];
-    FT_ULong  buff[5];
-
-    GXV_morx_subtable_type1_StateOptRecData  optdata =
-      (GXV_morx_subtable_type1_StateOptRecData)valid->xstatetable.optdata;
-
-
-    o[0] = classTable;
-    o[1] = stateArray;
-    o[2] = entryTable;
-    o[3] = optdata->substitutionTable;
-    l[0] = classTable_length_p;
-    l[1] = stateArray_length_p;
-    l[2] = entryTable_length_p;
-    l[3] = &(optdata->substitutionTable_length);
-
-    gxv_set_length_by_ulong_offset( o, l, buff, 4, table_size, valid );
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_morx_subtable_type1_entry_validate(
-    FT_UShort                       state,
-    FT_UShort                       flags,
-    GXV_StateTable_GlyphOffsetDesc  glyphOffset,
-    FT_Bytes                        table,
-    FT_Bytes                        limit,
-    GXV_Validator                   valid )
-  {
-    FT_UShort  setMark;
-    FT_UShort  dontAdvance;
-    FT_UShort  reserved;
-    FT_Short   markIndex;
-    FT_Short   currentIndex;
-
-    GXV_morx_subtable_type1_StateOptRecData  optdata =
-      (GXV_morx_subtable_type1_StateOptRecData)valid->xstatetable.optdata;
-
-    FT_UNUSED( state );
-    FT_UNUSED( table );
-    FT_UNUSED( limit );
-
-
-    setMark      = (FT_UShort)( ( flags >> 15 ) & 1 );
-    dontAdvance  = (FT_UShort)( ( flags >> 14 ) & 1 );
-
-    reserved = (FT_UShort)( flags & 0x3FFF );
-
-    markIndex    = (FT_Short)( glyphOffset.ul >> 16 );
-    currentIndex = (FT_Short)( glyphOffset.ul       );
-
-    GXV_TRACE(( " setMark=%01d dontAdvance=%01d\n",
-                setMark, dontAdvance ));
-
-    if ( 0 < reserved )
-    {
-      GXV_TRACE(( " non-zero bits found in reserved range\n" ));
-      if ( valid->root->level >= FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID )
-        FT_INVALID_DATA;
-    }
-
-    GXV_TRACE(( "markIndex = %d, currentIndex = %d\n",
-                markIndex, currentIndex ));
-
-    if ( optdata->substitutionTable_num_lookupTables < markIndex + 1 )
-      optdata->substitutionTable_num_lookupTables =
-        (FT_Short)( markIndex + 1 );
-
-    if ( optdata->substitutionTable_num_lookupTables < currentIndex + 1 )
-      optdata->substitutionTable_num_lookupTables =
-        (FT_Short)( currentIndex + 1 );
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_morx_subtable_type1_LookupValue_validate( FT_UShort            glyph,
-                                                GXV_LookupValueDesc  value,
-                                                GXV_Validator        valid )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( glyph ); /* for the non-debugging case */
-
-    GXV_TRACE(( "morx subtable type1 subst.: %d -> %d\n", glyph, value.u ));
-
-    if ( value.u > valid->face->num_glyphs )
-      FT_INVALID_GLYPH_ID;
-  }
-
-
-  static GXV_LookupValueDesc
-  gxv_morx_subtable_type1_LookupFmt4_transit(
-    FT_UShort            relative_gindex,
-    GXV_LookupValueDesc  base_value,
-    FT_Bytes             lookuptbl_limit,
-    GXV_Validator        valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes             p;
-    FT_Bytes             limit;
-    FT_UShort            offset;
-    GXV_LookupValueDesc  value;
-
-    /* XXX: check range? */
-    offset = (FT_UShort)( base_value.u +
-                          relative_gindex * sizeof ( FT_UShort ) );
-
-    p     = valid->lookuptbl_head + offset;
-    limit = lookuptbl_limit;
-
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK ( 2 );
-    value.u = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    return value;
-  }
-
-
-  /*
-   * TODO: length should be limit?
-   **/
-  static void
-  gxv_morx_subtable_type1_substitutionTable_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                                                      FT_Bytes       limit,
-                                                      GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes   p = table;
-    FT_UShort  i;
-
-    GXV_morx_subtable_type1_StateOptRecData  optdata =
-      (GXV_morx_subtable_type1_StateOptRecData)valid->xstatetable.optdata;
-
-
-    /* TODO: calculate offset/length for each lookupTables */
-    valid->lookupval_sign   = GXV_LOOKUPVALUE_UNSIGNED;
-    valid->lookupval_func   = gxv_morx_subtable_type1_LookupValue_validate;
-    valid->lookupfmt4_trans = gxv_morx_subtable_type1_LookupFmt4_transit;
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < optdata->substitutionTable_num_lookupTables; i++ )
-    {
-      FT_ULong  offset;
-
-
-      GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 );
-      offset = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-
-      gxv_LookupTable_validate( table + offset, limit, valid );
-    }
-
-    /* TODO: overlapping of lookupTables in substitutionTable */
-  }
-
-
-  /*
-   * subtable for Contextual glyph substitution is a modified StateTable.
-   * In addition to classTable, stateArray, entryTable, the field
-   * `substitutionTable' is added.
-   */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  gxv_morx_subtable_type1_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                                    FT_Bytes       limit,
-                                    GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-
-    GXV_morx_subtable_type1_StateOptRec  st_rec;
-
-
-    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "morx chain subtable type1 (Contextual Glyph Subst)" );
-
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( GXV_MORX_SUBTABLE_TYPE1_HEADER_SIZE );
-
-    st_rec.substitutionTable_num_lookupTables = 0;
-
-    valid->xstatetable.optdata =
-      &st_rec;
-    valid->xstatetable.optdata_load_func =
-      gxv_morx_subtable_type1_substitutionTable_load;
-    valid->xstatetable.subtable_setup_func =
-      gxv_morx_subtable_type1_subtable_setup;
-    valid->xstatetable.entry_glyphoffset_fmt =
-      GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_ULONG;
-    valid->xstatetable.entry_validate_func =
-      gxv_morx_subtable_type1_entry_validate;
-
-    gxv_XStateTable_validate( p, limit, valid );
-
-    gxv_morx_subtable_type1_substitutionTable_validate(
-      table + st_rec.substitutionTable,
-      table + st_rec.substitutionTable + st_rec.substitutionTable_length,
-      valid );
-
-    GXV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx2.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx2.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 5cad516..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx2.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,285 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  gxvmorx2.c                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    TrueTypeGX/AAT morx table validation                                 */
-/*    body for type2 (Ligature Substitution) subtable.                     */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2005 by suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K.,       */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.        */
-/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology      */
-/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.                                           */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include "gxvmorx.h"
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_gxvmorx
-
-
-  typedef struct  GXV_morx_subtable_type2_StateOptRec_
-  {
-    FT_ULong  ligActionTable;
-    FT_ULong  componentTable;
-    FT_ULong  ligatureTable;
-    FT_ULong  ligActionTable_length;
-    FT_ULong  componentTable_length;
-    FT_ULong  ligatureTable_length;
-
-  }  GXV_morx_subtable_type2_StateOptRec,
-    *GXV_morx_subtable_type2_StateOptRecData;
-
-
-#define GXV_MORX_SUBTABLE_TYPE2_HEADER_SIZE \
-          ( GXV_XSTATETABLE_HEADER_SIZE + 4 + 4 + 4 )
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_morx_subtable_type2_opttable_load( FT_Bytes       table,
-                                         FT_Bytes       limit,
-                                         GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-
-    GXV_morx_subtable_type2_StateOptRecData  optdata =
-      (GXV_morx_subtable_type2_StateOptRecData)valid->xstatetable.optdata;
-
-
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 + 4 + 4 );
-    optdata->ligActionTable = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-    optdata->componentTable = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-    optdata->ligatureTable  = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-
-    GXV_TRACE(( "offset to ligActionTable=0x%08x\n",
-                optdata->ligActionTable ));
-    GXV_TRACE(( "offset to componentTable=0x%08x\n",
-                optdata->componentTable ));
-    GXV_TRACE(( "offset to ligatureTable=0x%08x\n",
-                optdata->ligatureTable ));
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_morx_subtable_type2_subtable_setup( FT_ULong       table_size,
-                                          FT_ULong       classTable,
-                                          FT_ULong       stateArray,
-                                          FT_ULong       entryTable,
-                                          FT_ULong*      classTable_length_p,
-                                          FT_ULong*      stateArray_length_p,
-                                          FT_ULong*      entryTable_length_p,
-                                          GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_ULong   o[6];
-    FT_ULong*  l[6];
-    FT_ULong   buff[7];
-
-    GXV_morx_subtable_type2_StateOptRecData  optdata =
-      (GXV_morx_subtable_type2_StateOptRecData)valid->xstatetable.optdata;
-
-
-    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "subtable boundaries setup" );
-
-    o[0] = classTable;
-    o[1] = stateArray;
-    o[2] = entryTable;
-    o[3] = optdata->ligActionTable;
-    o[4] = optdata->componentTable;
-    o[5] = optdata->ligatureTable;
-    l[0] = classTable_length_p;
-    l[1] = stateArray_length_p;
-    l[2] = entryTable_length_p;
-    l[3] = &(optdata->ligActionTable_length);
-    l[4] = &(optdata->componentTable_length);
-    l[5] = &(optdata->ligatureTable_length);
-
-    gxv_set_length_by_ulong_offset( o, l, buff, 6, table_size, valid );
-
-    GXV_TRACE(( "classTable: offset=0x%08x length=0x%08x\n",
-                classTable, *classTable_length_p ));
-    GXV_TRACE(( "stateArray: offset=0x%08x length=0x%08x\n",
-                stateArray, *stateArray_length_p ));
-    GXV_TRACE(( "entryTable: offset=0x%08x length=0x%08x\n",
-                entryTable, *entryTable_length_p ));
-    GXV_TRACE(( "ligActionTable: offset=0x%08x length=0x%08x\n",
-                optdata->ligActionTable,
-                optdata->ligActionTable_length ));
-    GXV_TRACE(( "componentTable: offset=0x%08x length=0x%08x\n",
-                optdata->componentTable,
-                optdata->componentTable_length ));
-    GXV_TRACE(( "ligatureTable:  offset=0x%08x length=0x%08x\n",
-                optdata->ligatureTable,
-                optdata->ligatureTable_length ));
-
-    GXV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-#define GXV_MORX_LIGACTION_ENTRY_SIZE  4
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_morx_subtable_type2_ligActionIndex_validate(
-    FT_Bytes       table,
-    FT_UShort      ligActionIndex,
-    GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    /* access ligActionTable */
-    GXV_morx_subtable_type2_StateOptRecData optdata =
-      (GXV_morx_subtable_type2_StateOptRecData)valid->xstatetable.optdata;
-
-    FT_Bytes lat_base  = table + optdata->ligActionTable;
-    FT_Bytes p         = lat_base +
-                         ligActionIndex * GXV_MORX_LIGACTION_ENTRY_SIZE;
-    FT_Bytes lat_limit = lat_base + optdata->ligActionTable;
-
-
-    if ( p < lat_base )
-    {
-      GXV_TRACE(( "p < lat_base (%d byte rewind)\n", lat_base - p ));
-      FT_INVALID_OFFSET;
-    }
-    else if ( lat_limit < p )
-    {
-      GXV_TRACE(( "lat_limit < p (%d byte overrun)\n", p - lat_limit ));
-      FT_INVALID_OFFSET;
-    }
-
-    {
-      /* validate entry in ligActionTable */
-      FT_ULong   lig_action;
-      FT_UShort  last;
-      FT_UShort  store;
-      FT_ULong   offset;
-
-
-      lig_action = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-      last       = (FT_UShort)( ( lig_action >> 31 ) & 1 );
-      store      = (FT_UShort)( ( lig_action >> 30 ) & 1 );
-
-      offset = lig_action & 0x3FFFFFFFUL;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_morx_subtable_type2_entry_validate(
-    FT_UShort                       state,
-    FT_UShort                       flags,
-    GXV_StateTable_GlyphOffsetDesc  glyphOffset,
-    FT_Bytes                        table,
-    FT_Bytes                        limit,
-    GXV_Validator                   valid )
-  {
-    FT_UShort  setComponent;
-    FT_UShort  dontAdvance;
-    FT_UShort  performAction;
-    FT_UShort  reserved;
-    FT_UShort  ligActionIndex;
-
-    FT_UNUSED( state );
-    FT_UNUSED( limit );
-
-
-    setComponent   = (FT_UShort)( ( flags >> 15 ) & 1 );
-    dontAdvance    = (FT_UShort)( ( flags >> 14 ) & 1 );
-    performAction  = (FT_UShort)( ( flags >> 13 ) & 1 );
-
-    reserved       = (FT_UShort)( flags & 0x1FFF );
-    ligActionIndex = glyphOffset.u;
-
-    if ( reserved > 0 )
-      GXV_TRACE(( "  reserved 14bit is non-zero\n" ));
-
-    if ( 0 < ligActionIndex )
-      gxv_morx_subtable_type2_ligActionIndex_validate(
-        table, ligActionIndex, valid );
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_morx_subtable_type2_ligatureTable_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                                                  GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    GXV_morx_subtable_type2_StateOptRecData  optdata =
-      (GXV_morx_subtable_type2_StateOptRecData)valid->xstatetable.optdata;
-
-    FT_Bytes p     = table + optdata->ligatureTable;
-    FT_Bytes limit = table + optdata->ligatureTable
-                           + optdata->ligatureTable_length;
-
-
-    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "morx chain subtable type2 - substitutionTable" );
-
-    if ( 0 != optdata->ligatureTable )
-    {
-      /* Apple does not give specification of ligatureTable format */
-      while ( p < limit )
-      {
-        FT_UShort  lig_gid;
-
-
-        GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
-        lig_gid = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-      }
-    }
-
-    GXV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  gxv_morx_subtable_type2_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                                    FT_Bytes       limit,
-                                    GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-
-    GXV_morx_subtable_type2_StateOptRec  lig_rec;
-
-
-    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "morx chain subtable type2 (Ligature Substitution)" );
-
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( GXV_MORX_SUBTABLE_TYPE2_HEADER_SIZE );
-
-    valid->xstatetable.optdata =
-      &lig_rec;
-    valid->xstatetable.optdata_load_func =
-      gxv_morx_subtable_type2_opttable_load;
-    valid->xstatetable.subtable_setup_func =
-      gxv_morx_subtable_type2_subtable_setup;
-    valid->xstatetable.entry_glyphoffset_fmt =
-      GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_USHORT;
-    valid->xstatetable.entry_validate_func =
-      gxv_morx_subtable_type2_entry_validate;
-
-    gxv_XStateTable_validate( p, limit, valid );
-
-    p += valid->subtable_length;
-    gxv_morx_subtable_type2_ligatureTable_validate( table, valid );
-
-    GXV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx4.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx4.c
deleted file mode 100644
index c0d2f78..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx4.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  gxvmorx4.c                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    TrueTypeGX/AAT morx table validation                                 */
-/*    body for "morx" type4 (Non-Contextual Glyph Substitution) subtable.  */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2005 by suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K.,       */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.        */
-/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology      */
-/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.                                           */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include "gxvmorx.h"
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_gxvmorx
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  gxv_morx_subtable_type4_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                                    FT_Bytes       limit,
-                                    GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "morx chain subtable type4 "
-                    "(Non-Contextual Glyph Substitution)" );
-
-    gxv_mort_subtable_type4_validate( table, limit, valid );
-
-    GXV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx5.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx5.c
deleted file mode 100644
index d911561..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx5.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,217 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  gxvmorx5.c                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    TrueTypeGX/AAT morx table validation                                 */
-/*    body for type5 (Contextual Glyph Insertion) subtable.                */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2005, 2007 by suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K., */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.        */
-/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology      */
-/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.                                           */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include "gxvmorx.h"
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_gxvmorx
-
-
-  /*
-   * `morx' subtable type5 (Contextual Glyph Insertion)
-   * has format of a StateTable with insertion-glyph-list
-   * without name.  However, the 32bit offset from the head
-   * of subtable to the i-g-l is given after `entryTable',
-   * without variable name specification (the existence of
-   * this offset to the table is different from mort type5).
-   */
-
-
-  typedef struct  GXV_morx_subtable_type5_StateOptRec_
-  {
-    FT_ULong  insertionGlyphList;
-    FT_ULong  insertionGlyphList_length;
-
-  }  GXV_morx_subtable_type5_StateOptRec,
-    *GXV_morx_subtable_type5_StateOptRecData;
-
-
-#define GXV_MORX_SUBTABLE_TYPE5_HEADER_SIZE \
-          ( GXV_STATETABLE_HEADER_SIZE + 4 )
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_morx_subtable_type5_insertionGlyphList_load( FT_Bytes       table,
-                                                   FT_Bytes       limit,
-                                                   GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-
-    GXV_morx_subtable_type5_StateOptRecData  optdata =
-      (GXV_morx_subtable_type5_StateOptRecData)valid->xstatetable.optdata;
-
-
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 );
-    optdata->insertionGlyphList = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_morx_subtable_type5_subtable_setup( FT_ULong       table_size,
-                                          FT_ULong       classTable,
-                                          FT_ULong       stateArray,
-                                          FT_ULong       entryTable,
-                                          FT_ULong*      classTable_length_p,
-                                          FT_ULong*      stateArray_length_p,
-                                          FT_ULong*      entryTable_length_p,
-                                          GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_ULong   o[4];
-    FT_ULong*  l[4];
-    FT_ULong   buff[5];
-
-    GXV_morx_subtable_type5_StateOptRecData  optdata =
-      (GXV_morx_subtable_type5_StateOptRecData)valid->xstatetable.optdata;
-
-
-    o[0] = classTable;
-    o[1] = stateArray;
-    o[2] = entryTable;
-    o[3] = optdata->insertionGlyphList;
-    l[0] = classTable_length_p;
-    l[1] = stateArray_length_p;
-    l[2] = entryTable_length_p;
-    l[3] = &(optdata->insertionGlyphList_length);
-
-    gxv_set_length_by_ulong_offset( o, l, buff, 4, table_size, valid );
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_morx_subtable_type5_InsertList_validate( FT_UShort      table_index,
-                                               FT_UShort      count,
-                                               FT_Bytes       table,
-                                               FT_Bytes       limit,
-                                               GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes p = table + table_index * 2;
-
-
-    while ( p < table + count * 2 + table_index * 2 )
-    {
-      FT_UShort  insert_glyphID;
-
-
-      GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
-      insert_glyphID = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-      GXV_TRACE(( " 0x%04x", insert_glyphID ));
-    }
-
-    GXV_TRACE(( "\n" ));
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_morx_subtable_type5_entry_validate(
-    FT_UShort                       state,
-    FT_UShort                       flags,
-    GXV_StateTable_GlyphOffsetDesc  glyphOffset,
-    FT_Bytes                        table,
-    FT_Bytes                        limit,
-    GXV_Validator                   valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bool    setMark;
-    FT_Bool    dontAdvance;
-    FT_Bool    currentIsKashidaLike;
-    FT_Bool    markedIsKashidaLike;
-    FT_Bool    currentInsertBefore;
-    FT_Bool    markedInsertBefore;
-    FT_Byte    currentInsertCount;
-    FT_Byte    markedInsertCount;
-    FT_Byte    currentInsertList;
-    FT_UShort  markedInsertList;
-
-    FT_UNUSED( state );
-
-
-    setMark              = FT_BOOL( ( flags >> 15 ) & 1 );
-    dontAdvance          = FT_BOOL( ( flags >> 14 ) & 1 );
-    currentIsKashidaLike = FT_BOOL( ( flags >> 13 ) & 1 );
-    markedIsKashidaLike  = FT_BOOL( ( flags >> 12 ) & 1 );
-    currentInsertBefore  = FT_BOOL( ( flags >> 11 ) & 1 );
-    markedInsertBefore   = FT_BOOL( ( flags >> 10 ) & 1 );
-
-    currentInsertCount = (FT_Byte)( ( flags >> 5 ) & 0x1F   );
-    markedInsertCount  = (FT_Byte)(   flags        & 0x001F );
-
-    currentInsertList = (FT_Byte)  ( glyphOffset.ul >> 16 );
-    markedInsertList  = (FT_UShort)( glyphOffset.ul       );
-
-    if ( currentInsertList && 0 != currentInsertCount )
-      gxv_morx_subtable_type5_InsertList_validate( currentInsertList,
-                                                   currentInsertCount,
-                                                   table, limit,
-                                                   valid );
-
-    if ( markedInsertList && 0 != markedInsertCount )
-      gxv_morx_subtable_type5_InsertList_validate( markedInsertList,
-                                                   markedInsertCount,
-                                                   table, limit,
-                                                   valid );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  gxv_morx_subtable_type5_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                                    FT_Bytes       limit,
-                                    GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-
-    GXV_morx_subtable_type5_StateOptRec      et_rec;
-    GXV_morx_subtable_type5_StateOptRecData  et = &et_rec;
-
-
-    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "morx chain subtable type5 (Glyph Insertion)" );
-
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( GXV_MORX_SUBTABLE_TYPE5_HEADER_SIZE );
-
-    valid->xstatetable.optdata =
-      et;
-    valid->xstatetable.optdata_load_func =
-      gxv_morx_subtable_type5_insertionGlyphList_load;
-    valid->xstatetable.subtable_setup_func =
-      gxv_morx_subtable_type5_subtable_setup;
-    valid->xstatetable.entry_glyphoffset_fmt =
-      GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_ULONG;
-    valid->xstatetable.entry_validate_func =
-      gxv_morx_subtable_type5_entry_validate;
-
-    gxv_XStateTable_validate( p, limit, valid );
-
-    GXV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvopbd.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvopbd.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 8d6fe66..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvopbd.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,217 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  gxvopbd.c                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    TrueTypeGX/AAT opbd table validation (body).                         */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2004, 2005 by suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K., */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.        */
-/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology      */
-/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.                                           */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include "gxvalid.h"
-#include "gxvcommn.h"
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_gxvopbd
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                      Data and Types                           *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  typedef struct  GXV_opbd_DataRec_
-  {
-    FT_UShort  format;
-    FT_UShort  valueOffset_min;
-
-  } GXV_opbd_DataRec, *GXV_opbd_Data;
-
-
-#define GXV_OPBD_DATA( FIELD )  GXV_TABLE_DATA( opbd, FIELD )
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                      UTILITY FUNCTIONS                        *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  static void
-  gxv_opbd_LookupValue_validate( FT_UShort            glyph,
-                                 GXV_LookupValueDesc  value,
-                                 GXV_Validator        valid )
-  {
-    /* offset in LookupTable is measured from the head of opbd table */
-    FT_Bytes   p     = valid->root->base + value.u;
-    FT_Bytes   limit = valid->root->limit;
-    FT_Short   delta_value;
-    int        i;
-
-
-    if ( value.u < GXV_OPBD_DATA( valueOffset_min ) )
-      GXV_OPBD_DATA( valueOffset_min ) = value.u;
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < 4; i++ )
-    {
-      GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
-      delta_value = FT_NEXT_SHORT( p );
-
-      if ( GXV_OPBD_DATA( format ) )    /* format 1, value is ctrl pt. */
-      {
-        if ( delta_value == -1 )
-          continue;
-
-        gxv_ctlPoint_validate( glyph, delta_value, valid );
-      }
-      else                              /* format 0, value is distance */
-        continue;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  /*
-    opbd ---------------------+
-                              |
-    +===============+         |
-    | lookup header |         |
-    +===============+         |
-    | BinSrchHeader |         |
-    +===============+         |
-    | lastGlyph[0]  |         |
-    +---------------+         |
-    | firstGlyph[0] |         |  head of opbd sfnt table
-    +---------------+         |             +
-    | offset[0]     |    ->   |          offset            [byte]
-    +===============+         |             +
-    | lastGlyph[1]  |         | (glyphID - firstGlyph) * 4 * sizeof(FT_Short) [byte]
-    +---------------+         |
-    | firstGlyph[1] |         |
-    +---------------+         |
-    | offset[1]     |         |
-    +===============+         |
-                              |
-     ....                     |
-                              |
-    48bit value array         |
-    +===============+         |
-    |     value     | <-------+
-    |               |
-    |               |
-    |               |
-    +---------------+
-    .... */
-
-  static GXV_LookupValueDesc
-  gxv_opbd_LookupFmt4_transit( FT_UShort            relative_gindex,
-                               GXV_LookupValueDesc  base_value,
-                               FT_Bytes             lookuptbl_limit,
-                               GXV_Validator        valid )
-  {
-    GXV_LookupValueDesc  value;
-
-    FT_UNUSED( lookuptbl_limit );
-    FT_UNUSED( valid );
-
-    /* XXX: check range? */
-    value.u = (FT_UShort)( base_value.u +
-                           relative_gindex * 4 * sizeof ( FT_Short ) );
-
-    return value;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                         opbd TABLE                            *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  gxv_opbd_validate( FT_Bytes      table,
-                     FT_Face       face,
-                     FT_Validator  ftvalid )
-  {
-    GXV_ValidatorRec  validrec;
-    GXV_Validator     valid = &validrec;
-    GXV_opbd_DataRec  opbdrec;
-    GXV_opbd_Data     opbd  = &opbdrec;
-    FT_Bytes          p     = table;
-    FT_Bytes          limit = 0;
-
-    FT_ULong  version;
-
-
-    valid->root       = ftvalid;
-    valid->table_data = opbd;
-    valid->face       = face;
-
-    FT_TRACE3(( "validating `opbd' table\n" ));
-    GXV_INIT;
-    GXV_OPBD_DATA( valueOffset_min ) = 0xFFFFU;
-
-
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 + 2 );
-    version                 = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-    GXV_OPBD_DATA( format ) = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-
-    /* only 0x00010000 is defined (1996) */
-    GXV_TRACE(( "(version=0x%08x)\n", version ));
-    if ( 0x00010000UL != version )
-      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
-
-    /* only values 0 and 1 are defined (1996) */
-    GXV_TRACE(( "(format=0x%04x)\n", GXV_OPBD_DATA( format ) ));
-    if ( 0x0001 < GXV_OPBD_DATA( format ) )
-      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
-
-    valid->lookupval_sign   = GXV_LOOKUPVALUE_UNSIGNED;
-    valid->lookupval_func   = gxv_opbd_LookupValue_validate;
-    valid->lookupfmt4_trans = gxv_opbd_LookupFmt4_transit;
-
-    gxv_LookupTable_validate( p, limit, valid );
-    p += valid->subtable_length;
-
-    if ( p > table + GXV_OPBD_DATA( valueOffset_min ) )
-    {
-      GXV_TRACE((
-        "found overlap between LookupTable and opbd_value array\n" ));
-      FT_INVALID_OFFSET;
-    }
-
-    FT_TRACE4(( "\n" ));
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvprop.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvprop.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 010eeda..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvprop.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,301 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  gxvprop.c                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    TrueTypeGX/AAT prop table validation (body).                         */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2004, 2005 by suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K., */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.        */
-/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology      */
-/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.                                           */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include "gxvalid.h"
-#include "gxvcommn.h"
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_gxvprop
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                      Data and Types                           *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-#define GXV_PROP_HEADER_SIZE  ( 4 + 2 + 2 )
-#define GXV_PROP_SIZE_MIN     GXV_PROP_HEADER_SIZE
-
-  typedef struct  GXV_prop_DataRec_
-  {
-    FT_Fixed  version;
-
-  } GXV_prop_DataRec, *GXV_prop_Data;
-
-#define GXV_PROP_DATA( field )  GXV_TABLE_DATA( prop, field )
-
-#define GXV_PROP_FLOATER                      0x8000U
-#define GXV_PROP_USE_COMPLEMENTARY_BRACKET    0x1000U
-#define GXV_PROP_COMPLEMENTARY_BRACKET_OFFSET 0x0F00U
-#define GXV_PROP_ATTACHING_TO_RIGHT           0x0080U
-#define GXV_PROP_RESERVED                     0x0060U
-#define GXV_PROP_DIRECTIONALITY_CLASS         0x001FU
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                      UTILITY FUNCTIONS                        *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  static void
-  gxv_prop_zero_advance_validate( FT_UShort      gid,
-                                  GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Face       face;
-    FT_Error      error;
-    FT_GlyphSlot  glyph;
-
-
-    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "zero advance" );
-
-    face = valid->face;
-
-    error = FT_Load_Glyph( face,
-                           gid,
-                           FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM );
-    if ( error )
-      FT_INVALID_GLYPH_ID;
-
-    glyph = face->glyph;
-
-    if ( glyph->advance.x != (FT_Pos)0 ||
-         glyph->advance.y != (FT_Pos)0 )
-      FT_INVALID_DATA;
-
-    GXV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /* Pass 0 as GLYPH to check the default property */
-  static void
-  gxv_prop_property_validate( FT_UShort      property,
-                              FT_UShort      glyph,
-                              GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    if ( glyph != 0 && ( property & GXV_PROP_FLOATER ) )
-      gxv_prop_zero_advance_validate( glyph, valid );
-
-    if ( property & GXV_PROP_USE_COMPLEMENTARY_BRACKET )
-    {
-      FT_UShort  offset;
-      char       complement;
-
-
-      offset = (FT_UShort)( property & GXV_PROP_COMPLEMENTARY_BRACKET_OFFSET );
-      if ( offset == 0 )
-        FT_INVALID_DATA;
-
-      complement = (char)( offset >> 8 );
-      if ( complement & 0x08 )
-      {
-        /* Top bit is set: negative */
-
-        /* Calculate the absolute offset */
-        complement = (char)( ( complement & 0x07 ) + 1 );
-
-        /* The gid for complement must be greater than 0 */
-        if ( glyph <= complement )
-          FT_INVALID_DATA;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        /* The gid for complement must be the face. */
-        gxv_glyphid_validate( (FT_UShort)( glyph + complement ), valid );
-      }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      if ( property & GXV_PROP_COMPLEMENTARY_BRACKET_OFFSET )
-        GXV_TRACE(( "glyph %d cannot have complementary bracketing\n",
-                    glyph ));
-    }
-
-    /* this is introduced in version 2.0 */
-    if ( property & GXV_PROP_ATTACHING_TO_RIGHT )
-    {
-      if ( GXV_PROP_DATA( version ) == 0x00010000UL )
-        FT_INVALID_DATA;
-    }
-
-    if ( property & GXV_PROP_RESERVED )
-      FT_INVALID_DATA;
-
-    if ( ( property & GXV_PROP_DIRECTIONALITY_CLASS ) > 11 )
-    {
-      /* TODO: Too restricted. Use the validation level. */
-      if ( GXV_PROP_DATA( version ) == 0x00010000UL ||
-           GXV_PROP_DATA( version ) == 0x00020000UL )
-        FT_INVALID_DATA;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_prop_LookupValue_validate( FT_UShort            glyph,
-                                 GXV_LookupValueDesc  value,
-                                 GXV_Validator        valid )
-  {
-    gxv_prop_property_validate( value.u, glyph, valid );
-  }
-
-
-  /*
-    +===============+ --------+
-    | lookup header |         |
-    +===============+         |
-    | BinSrchHeader |         |
-    +===============+         |
-    | lastGlyph[0]  |         |
-    +---------------+         |
-    | firstGlyph[0] |         |    head of lookup table
-    +---------------+         |             +
-    | offset[0]     |    ->   |          offset            [byte]
-    +===============+         |             +
-    | lastGlyph[1]  |         | (glyphID - firstGlyph) * 2 [byte]
-    +---------------+         |
-    | firstGlyph[1] |         |
-    +---------------+         |
-    | offset[1]     |         |
-    +===============+         |
-                              |
-     ...                      |
-                              |
-    16bit value array         |
-    +===============+         |
-    |     value     | <-------+
-    ...
-  */
-
-  static GXV_LookupValueDesc
-  gxv_prop_LookupFmt4_transit( FT_UShort            relative_gindex,
-                               GXV_LookupValueDesc  base_value,
-                               FT_Bytes             lookuptbl_limit,
-                               GXV_Validator        valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes             p;
-    FT_Bytes             limit;
-    FT_UShort            offset;
-    GXV_LookupValueDesc  value;
-
-    /* XXX: check range? */
-    offset = (FT_UShort)( base_value.u +
-                          relative_gindex * sizeof( FT_UShort ) );
-    p      = valid->lookuptbl_head + offset;
-    limit  = lookuptbl_limit;
-
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK ( 2 );
-    value.u = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    return value;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                         prop TABLE                            *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  gxv_prop_validate( FT_Bytes      table,
-                     FT_Face       face,
-                     FT_Validator  ftvalid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes          p     = table;
-    FT_Bytes          limit = 0;
-    GXV_ValidatorRec  validrec;
-    GXV_Validator     valid = &validrec;
-
-    GXV_prop_DataRec  proprec;
-    GXV_prop_Data     prop = &proprec;
-
-    FT_Fixed          version;
-    FT_UShort         format;
-    FT_UShort         defaultProp;
-
-
-    valid->root       = ftvalid;
-    valid->table_data = prop;
-    valid->face       = face;
-
-    FT_TRACE3(( "validating `prop' table\n" ));
-    GXV_INIT;
-
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 + 2 + 2 );
-    version     = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-    format      = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    defaultProp = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    /* only versions 1.0, 2.0, 3.0 are defined (1996) */
-    if ( version != 0x00010000UL &&
-         version != 0x00020000UL &&
-         version != 0x00030000UL )
-      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
-
-
-    /* only formats 0x0000, 0x0001 are defined (1996) */
-    if ( format > 1 )
-      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
-
-    gxv_prop_property_validate( defaultProp, 0, valid );
-
-    if ( format == 0 )
-    {
-      FT_TRACE3(( "(format 0, no per-glyph properties, "
-                  "remaining %d bytes are skipped)", limit - p ));
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* format == 1 */
-    GXV_PROP_DATA( version ) = version;
-
-    valid->lookupval_sign   = GXV_LOOKUPVALUE_UNSIGNED;
-    valid->lookupval_func   = gxv_prop_LookupValue_validate;
-    valid->lookupfmt4_trans = gxv_prop_LookupFmt4_transit;
-
-    gxv_LookupTable_validate( p, limit, valid );
-
-  Exit:
-    FT_TRACE4(( "\n" ));
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvtrak.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvtrak.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 432ee4e..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvtrak.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,277 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  gxvtrak.c                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    TrueTypeGX/AAT trak table validation (body).                         */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2004, 2005 by suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K., */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.        */
-/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology      */
-/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.                                           */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include "gxvalid.h"
-#include "gxvcommn.h"
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_gxvtrak
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                      Data and Types                           *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-    /*
-     * referred track table format specification:
-     * http://developer.apple.com/fonts/TTRefMan/RM06/Chap6trak.html
-     * last update was 1996.
-     * ----------------------------------------------
-     * [MINIMUM HEADER]: GXV_TRAK_SIZE_MIN
-     * version          (fixed:  32bit) = 0x00010000
-     * format           (uint16: 16bit) = 0 is only defined (1996)
-     * horizOffset      (uint16: 16bit)
-     * vertOffset       (uint16: 16bit)
-     * reserved         (uint16: 16bit) = 0
-     * ----------------------------------------------
-     * [VARIABLE BODY]:
-     * horizData
-     *   header         ( 2 + 2 + 4
-     *   trackTable       + nTracks * ( 4 + 2 + 2 )
-     *   sizeTable        + nSizes * 4 )
-     * ----------------------------------------------
-     * vertData
-     *   header         ( 2 + 2 + 4
-     *   trackTable       + nTracks * ( 4 + 2 + 2 )
-     *   sizeTable        + nSizes * 4 )
-     * ----------------------------------------------
-     */
-  typedef struct  GXV_trak_DataRec_
-  {
-    FT_UShort  trackValueOffset_min;
-    FT_UShort  trackValueOffset_max;
-
-  } GXV_trak_DataRec, *GXV_trak_Data;
-
-
-#define GXV_TRAK_DATA( FIELD )  GXV_TABLE_DATA( trak, FIELD )
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                      UTILITY FUNCTIONS                        *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  static void
-  gxv_trak_trackTable_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                                FT_Bytes       limit,
-                                FT_UShort      nTracks,
-                                GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes   p = table;
-
-    FT_Fixed   track;
-    FT_UShort  nameIndex;
-    FT_UShort  offset;
-    FT_UShort  i;
-
-
-    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "trackTable" );
-
-    GXV_TRAK_DATA( trackValueOffset_min ) = 0xFFFFU;
-    GXV_TRAK_DATA( trackValueOffset_max ) = 0x0000;
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < nTracks; i ++ )
-    {
-      GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 + 2 + 2 );
-      track     = FT_NEXT_LONG( p );
-      nameIndex = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-      offset    = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-      if ( offset < GXV_TRAK_DATA( trackValueOffset_min ) )
-        GXV_TRAK_DATA( trackValueOffset_min ) = offset;
-      if ( offset > GXV_TRAK_DATA( trackValueOffset_max ) )
-        GXV_TRAK_DATA( trackValueOffset_max ) = offset;
-
-      gxv_sfntName_validate( nameIndex, 256, 32767, valid );
-    }
-
-    valid->subtable_length = p - table;
-    GXV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  gxv_trak_trackData_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                               FT_Bytes       limit,
-                               GXV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes   p = table;
-    FT_UShort  nTracks;
-    FT_UShort  nSizes;
-    FT_ULong   sizeTableOffset;
-
-    GXV_ODTECT( 4, odtect );
-
-
-    GXV_ODTECT_INIT( odtect );
-    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "trackData" );
-
-    /* read the header of trackData */
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 + 2 + 4 );
-    nTracks         = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    nSizes          = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    sizeTableOffset = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-
-    gxv_odtect_add_range( table, p - table, "trackData header", odtect );
-
-    /* validate trackTable */
-    gxv_trak_trackTable_validate( p, limit, nTracks, valid );
-    gxv_odtect_add_range( p, valid->subtable_length,
-                          "trackTable", odtect );
-
-    /* sizeTable is array of FT_Fixed, don't check contents */
-    p = valid->root->base + sizeTableOffset;
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( nSizes * 4 );
-    gxv_odtect_add_range( p, nSizes * 4, "sizeTable", odtect );
-
-    /* validate trackValueOffet */
-    p = valid->root->base + GXV_TRAK_DATA( trackValueOffset_min );
-    if ( limit - p < nTracks * nSizes * 2 )
-      GXV_TRACE(( "too short trackValue array\n" ));
-
-    p = valid->root->base + GXV_TRAK_DATA( trackValueOffset_max );
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( nSizes * 2 );
-
-    gxv_odtect_add_range( valid->root->base
-                            + GXV_TRAK_DATA( trackValueOffset_min ),
-                          GXV_TRAK_DATA( trackValueOffset_max )
-                            - GXV_TRAK_DATA( trackValueOffset_min )
-                            + nSizes * 2,
-                          "trackValue array", odtect );
-
-    gxv_odtect_validate( odtect, valid );
-
-    GXV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                          trak TABLE                           *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  gxv_trak_validate( FT_Bytes      table,
-                     FT_Face       face,
-                     FT_Validator  ftvalid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes          p = table;
-    FT_Bytes          limit = 0;
-    FT_UInt           table_size;
-
-    GXV_ValidatorRec  validrec;
-    GXV_Validator     valid = &validrec;
-    GXV_trak_DataRec  trakrec;
-    GXV_trak_Data     trak = &trakrec;
-
-    FT_ULong   version;
-    FT_UShort  format;
-    FT_UShort  horizOffset;
-    FT_UShort  vertOffset;
-    FT_UShort  reserved;
-
-
-    GXV_ODTECT( 3, odtect );
-
-    GXV_ODTECT_INIT( odtect );
-    valid->root       = ftvalid;
-    valid->table_data = trak;
-    valid->face       = face;
-
-    limit      = valid->root->limit;
-    table_size = limit - table;
-
-    FT_TRACE3(( "validating `trak' table\n" ));
-    GXV_INIT;
-
-    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 + 2 + 2 + 2 + 2 );
-    version     = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-    format      = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    horizOffset = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    vertOffset  = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    reserved    = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    GXV_TRACE(( " (version = 0x%08x)\n", version ));
-    GXV_TRACE(( " (format = 0x%04x)\n", format ));
-    GXV_TRACE(( " (horizOffset = 0x%04x)\n", horizOffset ));
-    GXV_TRACE(( " (vertOffset = 0x%04x)\n", vertOffset ));
-    GXV_TRACE(( " (reserved = 0x%04x)\n", reserved ));
-
-    /* Version 1.0 (always:1996) */
-    if ( version != 0x00010000UL )
-      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
-
-    /* format 0 (always:1996) */
-    if ( format != 0x0000 )
-      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
-
-    GXV_32BIT_ALIGNMENT_VALIDATE( horizOffset );
-    GXV_32BIT_ALIGNMENT_VALIDATE( vertOffset );
-
-    /* Reserved Fixed Value (always) */
-    if ( reserved != 0x0000 )
-      FT_INVALID_DATA;
-
-    /* validate trackData */
-    if ( 0 < horizOffset )
-    {
-      gxv_trak_trackData_validate( table + horizOffset, limit, valid );
-      gxv_odtect_add_range( table + horizOffset, valid->subtable_length,
-                            "horizJustData", odtect );
-    }
-
-    if ( 0 < vertOffset )
-    {
-      gxv_trak_trackData_validate( table + vertOffset, limit, valid );
-      gxv_odtect_add_range( table + vertOffset, valid->subtable_length,
-                            "vertJustData", odtect );
-    }
-
-    gxv_odtect_validate( odtect, valid );
-
-    FT_TRACE4(( "\n" ));
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/module.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/module.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 44ef94a..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/module.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 gxvalid module definition
-#
-
-# Copyright 2004, 2005, 2006
-#   by suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K.,
-#   David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-FTMODULE_H_COMMANDS += GXVALID_MODULE
-
-define GXVALID_MODULE
-$(OPEN_DRIVER)gxv_module_class$(CLOSE_DRIVER)
-$(ECHO_DRIVER)gxvalid   $(ECHO_DRIVER_DESC)TrueTypeGX/AAT validation module$(ECHO_DRIVER_DONE)
-endef
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/rules.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/rules.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 57bc082..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/rules.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,94 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 TrueTypeGX/AAT validation driver configuration rules
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 2004, 2005 by suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K.,
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-# GXV driver directory
-#
-GXV_DIR := $(SRC_DIR)/gxvalid
-
-
-# compilation flags for the driver
-#
-GXV_COMPILE := $(FT_COMPILE) $I$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$(GXV_DIR))
-
-
-# GXV driver sources (i.e., C files)
-#
-GXV_DRV_SRC := $(GXV_DIR)/gxvcommn.c \
-               $(GXV_DIR)/gxvfeat.c  \
-               $(GXV_DIR)/gxvbsln.c  \
-               $(GXV_DIR)/gxvtrak.c  \
-               $(GXV_DIR)/gxvopbd.c  \
-               $(GXV_DIR)/gxvprop.c  \
-               $(GXV_DIR)/gxvjust.c  \
-               $(GXV_DIR)/gxvmort.c  \
-               $(GXV_DIR)/gxvmort0.c \
-               $(GXV_DIR)/gxvmort1.c \
-               $(GXV_DIR)/gxvmort2.c \
-               $(GXV_DIR)/gxvmort4.c \
-               $(GXV_DIR)/gxvmort5.c \
-               $(GXV_DIR)/gxvmorx.c  \
-               $(GXV_DIR)/gxvmorx0.c \
-               $(GXV_DIR)/gxvmorx1.c \
-               $(GXV_DIR)/gxvmorx2.c \
-               $(GXV_DIR)/gxvmorx4.c \
-               $(GXV_DIR)/gxvmorx5.c \
-               $(GXV_DIR)/gxvlcar.c  \
-               $(GXV_DIR)/gxvkern.c  \
-               $(GXV_DIR)/gxvmod.c
-
-# GXV driver headers
-#
-GXV_DRV_H := $(GXV_DIR)/gxvalid.h  \
-             $(GXV_DIR)/gxverror.h \
-             $(GXV_DIR)/gxvcommn.h \
-             $(GXV_DIR)/gxvfeat.h  \
-             $(GXV_DIR)/gxvmod.h   \
-             $(GXV_DIR)/gxvmort.h  \
-             $(GXV_DIR)/gxvmorx.h
-
-
-# GXV driver object(s)
-#
-#   GXV_DRV_OBJ_M is used during `multi' builds.
-#   GXV_DRV_OBJ_S is used during `single' builds.
-#
-GXV_DRV_OBJ_M := $(GXV_DRV_SRC:$(GXV_DIR)/%.c=$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O)
-GXV_DRV_OBJ_S := $(OBJ_DIR)/gxvalid.$O
-
-# GXV driver source file for single build
-#
-GXV_DRV_SRC_S := $(GXV_DIR)/gxvalid.c
-
-
-# GXV driver - single object
-#
-$(GXV_DRV_OBJ_S): $(GXV_DRV_SRC_S) $(GXV_DRV_SRC) \
-                   $(FREETYPE_H) $(GXV_DRV_H)
-	$(GXV_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $(GXV_DRV_SRC_S))
-
-
-# GXV driver - multiple objects
-#
-$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O: $(GXV_DIR)/%.c $(FREETYPE_H) $(GXV_DRV_H)
-	$(GXV_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $<)
-
-
-# update main driver object lists
-#
-DRV_OBJS_S += $(GXV_DRV_OBJ_S)
-DRV_OBJS_M += $(GXV_DRV_OBJ_M)
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/Jamfile b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/Jamfile
deleted file mode 100644
index a7aafa0..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/Jamfile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-# FreeType 2 src/gzip Jamfile
-#
-# Copyright 2001 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-SubDir  FT2_TOP $(FT2_SRC_DIR) gzip ;
-
-Library  $(FT2_LIB) : ftgzip.c ;
-
-# end of src/pcf Jamfile
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/adler32.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/adler32.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 36f6a43..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/adler32.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-/* adler32.c -- compute the Adler-32 checksum of a data stream
- * Copyright (C) 1995-2002 Mark Adler
- * For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in zlib.h
- */
-
-/* @(#) $Id: adler32.c,v 1.5 2007/06/01 06:56:17 wl Exp $ */
-
-#include "zlib.h"
-
-#define BASE 65521L /* largest prime smaller than 65536 */
-#define NMAX 5552
-/* NMAX is the largest n such that 255n(n+1)/2 + (n+1)(BASE-1) <= 2^32-1 */
-
-#define DO1(buf,i)  {s1 += buf[i]; s2 += s1;}
-#define DO2(buf,i)  DO1(buf,i); DO1(buf,i+1);
-#define DO4(buf,i)  DO2(buf,i); DO2(buf,i+2);
-#define DO8(buf,i)  DO4(buf,i); DO4(buf,i+4);
-#define DO16(buf)   DO8(buf,0); DO8(buf,8);
-
-/* ========================================================================= */
-ZEXPORT(uLong) adler32( /* adler, buf, len) */
-    uLong adler,
-    const Bytef *buf,
-    uInt len )
-{
-    unsigned long s1 = adler & 0xffff;
-    unsigned long s2 = (adler >> 16) & 0xffff;
-    int k;
-
-    if (buf == Z_NULL) return 1L;
-
-    while (len > 0) {
-        k = len < NMAX ? len : NMAX;
-        len -= k;
-        while (k >= 16) {
-            DO16(buf);
-            buf += 16;
-            k -= 16;
-        }
-        if (k != 0) do {
-            s1 += *buf++;
-            s2 += s1;
-        } while (--k);
-        s1 %= BASE;
-        s2 %= BASE;
-    }
-    return (s2 << 16) | s1;
-}
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/ftgzip.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/ftgzip.c
deleted file mode 100644
index af2022d..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/ftgzip.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,682 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftgzip.c                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType support for .gz compressed files.                           */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This optional component relies on zlib.  It should mainly be used to   */
-/*  parse compressed PCF fonts, as found with many X11 server              */
-/*  distributions.                                                         */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 by                              */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_MEMORY_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-#include FT_GZIP_H
-#include <string.h>
-
-
-#include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
-
-#undef __FTERRORS_H__
-
-#define FT_ERR_PREFIX  Gzip_Err_
-#define FT_ERR_BASE    FT_Mod_Err_Gzip
-
-#include FT_ERRORS_H
-
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_ZLIB
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB
-
-#include <zlib.h>
-
-#else /* !FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB */
-
- /* In this case, we include our own modified sources of the ZLib    */
- /* within the "ftgzip" component.  The modifications were necessary */
- /* to #include all files without conflicts, as well as preventing   */
- /* the definition of "extern" functions that may cause linking      */
- /* conflicts when a program is linked with both FreeType and the    */
- /* original ZLib.                                                   */
-
-#define NO_DUMMY_DECL
-#define MY_ZCALLOC
-
-#include "zlib.h"
-
-#undef  SLOW
-#define SLOW  1  /* we can't use asm-optimized sources here! */
-
-  /* Urgh.  `inflate_mask' must not be declared twice -- C++ doesn't like
-     this.  We temporarily disable it and load all necessary header files. */
-#define NO_INFLATE_MASK
-#include "zutil.h"
-#include "inftrees.h"
-#include "infblock.h"
-#include "infcodes.h"
-#include "infutil.h"
-#undef  NO_INFLATE_MASK
-
-  /* infutil.c must be included before infcodes.c */
-#include "zutil.c"
-#include "inftrees.c"
-#include "infutil.c"
-#include "infcodes.c"
-#include "infblock.c"
-#include "inflate.c"
-#include "adler32.c"
-
-#endif /* !FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB */
-
-
-/***************************************************************************/
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*****                                                                 *****/
-/*****            Z L I B   M E M O R Y   M A N A G E M E N T          *****/
-/*****                                                                 *****/
-/***************************************************************************/
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-  /* it is better to use FreeType memory routines instead of raw
-     'malloc/free' */
-
-  static voidpf
-  ft_gzip_alloc( FT_Memory  memory,
-                 uInt       items,
-                 uInt       size )
-  {
-    FT_ULong    sz = (FT_ULong)size * items;
-    FT_Error    error;
-    FT_Pointer  p;
-
-
-    (void)FT_ALLOC( p, sz );
-    return p;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  ft_gzip_free( FT_Memory  memory,
-                voidpf     address )
-  {
-    FT_MEM_FREE( address );
-  }
-
-
-#ifndef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB
-
-  local voidpf
-  zcalloc ( voidpf    opaque,
-            unsigned  items,
-            unsigned  size )
-  {
-    return ft_gzip_alloc( (FT_Memory)opaque, items, size );
-  }
-
-  local void
-  zcfree( voidpf  opaque,
-          voidpf  ptr )
-  {
-    ft_gzip_free( (FT_Memory)opaque, ptr );
-  }
-
-#endif /* !SYSTEM_ZLIB */
-
-
-/***************************************************************************/
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*****                                                                 *****/
-/*****               Z L I B   F I L E   D E S C R I P T O R           *****/
-/*****                                                                 *****/
-/***************************************************************************/
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-#define FT_GZIP_BUFFER_SIZE  4096
-
-  typedef struct  FT_GZipFileRec_
-  {
-    FT_Stream  source;         /* parent/source stream        */
-    FT_Stream  stream;         /* embedding stream            */
-    FT_Memory  memory;         /* memory allocator            */
-    z_stream   zstream;        /* zlib input stream           */
-
-    FT_ULong   start;          /* starting position, after .gz header */
-    FT_Byte    input[FT_GZIP_BUFFER_SIZE];   /* input read buffer  */
-
-    FT_Byte    buffer[FT_GZIP_BUFFER_SIZE];  /* output buffer      */
-    FT_ULong   pos;                          /* position in output */
-    FT_Byte*   cursor;
-    FT_Byte*   limit;
-
-  } FT_GZipFileRec, *FT_GZipFile;
-
-
-  /* gzip flag byte */
-#define FT_GZIP_ASCII_FLAG   0x01 /* bit 0 set: file probably ascii text */
-#define FT_GZIP_HEAD_CRC     0x02 /* bit 1 set: header CRC present */
-#define FT_GZIP_EXTRA_FIELD  0x04 /* bit 2 set: extra field present */
-#define FT_GZIP_ORIG_NAME    0x08 /* bit 3 set: original file name present */
-#define FT_GZIP_COMMENT      0x10 /* bit 4 set: file comment present */
-#define FT_GZIP_RESERVED     0xE0 /* bits 5..7: reserved */
-
-
-  /* check and skip .gz header - we don't support `transparent' compression */
-  static FT_Error
-  ft_gzip_check_header( FT_Stream  stream )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error;
-    FT_Byte   head[4];
-
-
-    if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( 0 )       ||
-         FT_STREAM_READ( head, 4 ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* head[0] && head[1] are the magic numbers;    */
-    /* head[2] is the method, and head[3] the flags */
-    if ( head[0] != 0x1f              ||
-         head[1] != 0x8b              ||
-         head[2] != Z_DEFLATED        ||
-        (head[3] & FT_GZIP_RESERVED)  )
-    {
-      error = Gzip_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* skip time, xflags and os code */
-    (void)FT_STREAM_SKIP( 6 );
-
-    /* skip the extra field */
-    if ( head[3] & FT_GZIP_EXTRA_FIELD )
-    {
-      FT_UInt  len;
-
-
-      if ( FT_READ_USHORT_LE( len ) ||
-           FT_STREAM_SKIP( len )    )
-        goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* skip original file name */
-    if ( head[3] & FT_GZIP_ORIG_NAME )
-      for (;;)
-      {
-        FT_UInt  c;
-
-
-        if ( FT_READ_BYTE( c ) )
-          goto Exit;
-
-        if ( c == 0 )
-          break;
-      }
-
-    /* skip .gz comment */
-    if ( head[3] & FT_GZIP_COMMENT )
-      for (;;)
-      {
-        FT_UInt  c;
-
-
-        if ( FT_READ_BYTE( c ) )
-          goto Exit;
-
-        if ( c == 0 )
-          break;
-      }
-
-    /* skip CRC */
-    if ( head[3] & FT_GZIP_HEAD_CRC )
-      if ( FT_STREAM_SKIP( 2 ) )
-        goto Exit;
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  ft_gzip_file_init( FT_GZipFile  zip,
-                     FT_Stream    stream,
-                     FT_Stream    source )
-  {
-    z_stream*  zstream = &zip->zstream;
-    FT_Error   error   = Gzip_Err_Ok;
-
-
-    zip->stream = stream;
-    zip->source = source;
-    zip->memory = stream->memory;
-
-    zip->limit  = zip->buffer + FT_GZIP_BUFFER_SIZE;
-    zip->cursor = zip->limit;
-    zip->pos    = 0;
-
-    /* check and skip .gz header */
-    {
-      stream = source;
-
-      error = ft_gzip_check_header( stream );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      zip->start = FT_STREAM_POS();
-    }
-
-    /* initialize zlib -- there is no zlib header in the compressed stream */
-    zstream->zalloc = (alloc_func)ft_gzip_alloc;
-    zstream->zfree  = (free_func) ft_gzip_free;
-    zstream->opaque = stream->memory;
-
-    zstream->avail_in = 0;
-    zstream->next_in  = zip->buffer;
-
-    if ( inflateInit2( zstream, -MAX_WBITS ) != Z_OK ||
-         zstream->next_in == NULL                     )
-      error = Gzip_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  ft_gzip_file_done( FT_GZipFile  zip )
-  {
-    z_stream*  zstream = &zip->zstream;
-
-
-    inflateEnd( zstream );
-
-    /* clear the rest */
-    zstream->zalloc    = NULL;
-    zstream->zfree     = NULL;
-    zstream->opaque    = NULL;
-    zstream->next_in   = NULL;
-    zstream->next_out  = NULL;
-    zstream->avail_in  = 0;
-    zstream->avail_out = 0;
-
-    zip->memory = NULL;
-    zip->source = NULL;
-    zip->stream = NULL;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  ft_gzip_file_reset( FT_GZipFile  zip )
-  {
-    FT_Stream  stream = zip->source;
-    FT_Error   error;
-
-
-    if ( !FT_STREAM_SEEK( zip->start ) )
-    {
-      z_stream*  zstream = &zip->zstream;
-
-
-      inflateReset( zstream );
-
-      zstream->avail_in  = 0;
-      zstream->next_in   = zip->input;
-      zstream->avail_out = 0;
-      zstream->next_out  = zip->buffer;
-
-      zip->limit  = zip->buffer + FT_GZIP_BUFFER_SIZE;
-      zip->cursor = zip->limit;
-      zip->pos    = 0;
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  ft_gzip_file_fill_input( FT_GZipFile  zip )
-  {
-    z_stream*  zstream = &zip->zstream;
-    FT_Stream  stream  = zip->source;
-    FT_ULong   size;
-
-
-    if ( stream->read )
-    {
-      size = stream->read( stream, stream->pos, zip->input,
-                           FT_GZIP_BUFFER_SIZE );
-      if ( size == 0 )
-        return Gzip_Err_Invalid_Stream_Operation;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      size = stream->size - stream->pos;
-      if ( size > FT_GZIP_BUFFER_SIZE )
-        size = FT_GZIP_BUFFER_SIZE;
-
-      if ( size == 0 )
-        return Gzip_Err_Invalid_Stream_Operation;
-
-      FT_MEM_COPY( zip->input, stream->base + stream->pos, size );
-    }
-    stream->pos += size;
-
-    zstream->next_in  = zip->input;
-    zstream->avail_in = size;
-
-    return Gzip_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  ft_gzip_file_fill_output( FT_GZipFile  zip )
-  {
-    z_stream*  zstream = &zip->zstream;
-    FT_Error   error   = 0;
-
-
-    zip->cursor        = zip->buffer;
-    zstream->next_out  = zip->cursor;
-    zstream->avail_out = FT_GZIP_BUFFER_SIZE;
-
-    while ( zstream->avail_out > 0 )
-    {
-      int  err;
-
-
-      if ( zstream->avail_in == 0 )
-      {
-        error = ft_gzip_file_fill_input( zip );
-        if ( error )
-          break;
-      }
-
-      err = inflate( zstream, Z_NO_FLUSH );
-
-      if ( err == Z_STREAM_END )
-      {
-        zip->limit = zstream->next_out;
-        if ( zip->limit == zip->cursor )
-          error = Gzip_Err_Invalid_Stream_Operation;
-        break;
-      }
-      else if ( err != Z_OK )
-      {
-        error = Gzip_Err_Invalid_Stream_Operation;
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* fill output buffer; `count' must be <= FT_GZIP_BUFFER_SIZE */
-  static FT_Error
-  ft_gzip_file_skip_output( FT_GZipFile  zip,
-                            FT_ULong     count )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error = Gzip_Err_Ok;
-    FT_ULong  delta;
-
-
-    for (;;)
-    {
-      delta = (FT_ULong)( zip->limit - zip->cursor );
-      if ( delta >= count )
-        delta = count;
-
-      zip->cursor += delta;
-      zip->pos    += delta;
-
-      count -= delta;
-      if ( count == 0 )
-        break;
-
-      error = ft_gzip_file_fill_output( zip );
-      if ( error )
-        break;
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_ULong
-  ft_gzip_file_io( FT_GZipFile  zip,
-                   FT_ULong     pos,
-                   FT_Byte*     buffer,
-                   FT_ULong     count )
-  {
-    FT_ULong  result = 0;
-    FT_Error  error;
-
-
-    /* Reset inflate stream if we're seeking backwards.        */
-    /* Yes, that is not too efficient, but it saves memory :-) */
-    if ( pos < zip->pos )
-    {
-      error = ft_gzip_file_reset( zip );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* skip unwanted bytes */
-    if ( pos > zip->pos )
-    {
-      error = ft_gzip_file_skip_output( zip, (FT_ULong)( pos - zip->pos ) );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    if ( count == 0 )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* now read the data */
-    for (;;)
-    {
-      FT_ULong  delta;
-
-
-      delta = (FT_ULong)( zip->limit - zip->cursor );
-      if ( delta >= count )
-        delta = count;
-
-      FT_MEM_COPY( buffer, zip->cursor, delta );
-      buffer      += delta;
-      result      += delta;
-      zip->cursor += delta;
-      zip->pos    += delta;
-
-      count -= delta;
-      if ( count == 0 )
-        break;
-
-      error = ft_gzip_file_fill_output( zip );
-      if ( error )
-        break;
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-/***************************************************************************/
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*****                                                                 *****/
-/*****               G Z   E M B E D D I N G   S T R E A M             *****/
-/*****                                                                 *****/
-/***************************************************************************/
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-  static void
-  ft_gzip_stream_close( FT_Stream  stream )
-  {
-    FT_GZipFile  zip    = (FT_GZipFile)stream->descriptor.pointer;
-    FT_Memory    memory = stream->memory;
-
-
-    if ( zip )
-    {
-      /* finalize gzip file descriptor */
-      ft_gzip_file_done( zip );
-
-      FT_FREE( zip );
-
-      stream->descriptor.pointer = NULL;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_ULong
-  ft_gzip_stream_io( FT_Stream  stream,
-                     FT_ULong   pos,
-                     FT_Byte*   buffer,
-                     FT_ULong   count )
-  {
-    FT_GZipFile  zip = (FT_GZipFile)stream->descriptor.pointer;
-
-
-    return ft_gzip_file_io( zip, pos, buffer, count );
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_ULong
-  ft_gzip_get_uncompressed_size( FT_Stream  stream )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error;
-    FT_ULong  old_pos;
-    FT_ULong  result = 0;
-
-
-    old_pos = stream->pos;
-    if ( !FT_Stream_Seek( stream, stream->size - 4 ) )
-    {
-      result = (FT_ULong)FT_Stream_ReadLong( stream, &error );
-      if ( error )
-        result = 0;
-
-      FT_Stream_Seek( stream, old_pos );
-    }
-
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Stream_OpenGzip( FT_Stream  stream,
-                      FT_Stream  source )
-  {
-    FT_Error     error;
-    FT_Memory    memory = source->memory;
-    FT_GZipFile  zip;
-
-
-    /*
-     *  check the header right now; this prevents allocating un-necessary
-     *  objects when we don't need them
-     */
-    error = ft_gzip_check_header( source );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    FT_ZERO( stream );
-    stream->memory = memory;
-
-    if ( !FT_QNEW( zip ) )
-    {
-      error = ft_gzip_file_init( zip, stream, source );
-      if ( error )
-      {
-        FT_FREE( zip );
-        goto Exit;
-      }
-
-      stream->descriptor.pointer = zip;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     *  We use the following trick to try to dramatically improve the
-     *  performance while dealing with small files.  If the original stream
-     *  size is less than a certain threshold, we try to load the whole font
-     *  file into memory.  This saves us from using the 32KB buffer needed
-     *  to inflate the file, plus the two 4KB intermediate input/output
-     *  buffers used in the `FT_GZipFile' structure.
-     */
-    {
-      FT_ULong  zip_size = ft_gzip_get_uncompressed_size( source );
-
-
-      if ( zip_size != 0 && zip_size < 40 * 1024 )
-      {
-        FT_Byte*  zip_buff;
-
-
-        if ( !FT_ALLOC( zip_buff, zip_size ) )
-        {
-          FT_ULong  count;
-
-
-          count = ft_gzip_file_io( zip, 0, zip_buff, zip_size );
-          if ( count == zip_size )
-          {
-            ft_gzip_file_done( zip );
-            FT_FREE( zip );
-
-            stream->descriptor.pointer = NULL;
-
-            stream->size  = zip_size;
-            stream->pos   = 0;
-            stream->base  = zip_buff;
-            stream->read  = NULL;
-            stream->close = ft_gzip_stream_close;
-
-            goto Exit;
-          }
-
-          ft_gzip_file_io( zip, 0, NULL, 0 );
-          FT_FREE( zip_buff );
-        }
-        error = 0;
-      }
-    }
-
-    stream->size  = 0x7FFFFFFFL;  /* don't know the real size! */
-    stream->pos   = 0;
-    stream->base  = 0;
-    stream->read  = ft_gzip_stream_io;
-    stream->close = ft_gzip_stream_close;
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-#else  /* !FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_ZLIB */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Stream_OpenGzip( FT_Stream  stream,
-                      FT_Stream  source )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( stream );
-    FT_UNUSED( source );
-
-    return Gzip_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
-  }
-
-#endif /* !FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_ZLIB */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/infblock.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/infblock.c
deleted file mode 100644
index d6e2dc2..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/infblock.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,387 +0,0 @@
-/* infblock.c -- interpret and process block types to last block
- * Copyright (C) 1995-2002 Mark Adler
- * For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in zlib.h
- */
-
-#include "zutil.h"
-#include "infblock.h"
-#include "inftrees.h"
-#include "infcodes.h"
-#include "infutil.h"
-
-
-/* simplify the use of the inflate_huft type with some defines */
-#define exop word.what.Exop
-#define bits word.what.Bits
-
-/* Table for deflate from PKZIP's appnote.txt. */
-local const uInt border[] = { /* Order of the bit length code lengths */
-        16, 17, 18, 0, 8, 7, 9, 6, 10, 5, 11, 4, 12, 3, 13, 2, 14, 1, 15};
-
-/*
-   Notes beyond the 1.93a appnote.txt:
-
-   1. Distance pointers never point before the beginning of the output
-      stream.
-   2. Distance pointers can point back across blocks, up to 32k away.
-   3. There is an implied maximum of 7 bits for the bit length table and
-      15 bits for the actual data.
-   4. If only one code exists, then it is encoded using one bit.  (Zero
-      would be more efficient, but perhaps a little confusing.)  If two
-      codes exist, they are coded using one bit each (0 and 1).
-   5. There is no way of sending zero distance codes--a dummy must be
-      sent if there are none.  (History: a pre 2.0 version of PKZIP would
-      store blocks with no distance codes, but this was discovered to be
-      too harsh a criterion.)  Valid only for 1.93a.  2.04c does allow
-      zero distance codes, which is sent as one code of zero bits in
-      length.
-   6. There are up to 286 literal/length codes.  Code 256 represents the
-      end-of-block.  Note however that the static length tree defines
-      288 codes just to fill out the Huffman codes.  Codes 286 and 287
-      cannot be used though, since there is no length base or extra bits
-      defined for them.  Similarily, there are up to 30 distance codes.
-      However, static trees define 32 codes (all 5 bits) to fill out the
-      Huffman codes, but the last two had better not show up in the data.
-   7. Unzip can check dynamic Huffman blocks for complete code sets.
-      The exception is that a single code would not be complete (see #4).
-   8. The five bits following the block type is really the number of
-      literal codes sent minus 257.
-   9. Length codes 8,16,16 are interpreted as 13 length codes of 8 bits
-      (1+6+6).  Therefore, to output three times the length, you output
-      three codes (1+1+1), whereas to output four times the same length,
-      you only need two codes (1+3).  Hmm.
-  10. In the tree reconstruction algorithm, Code = Code + Increment
-      only if BitLength(i) is not zero.  (Pretty obvious.)
-  11. Correction: 4 Bits: # of Bit Length codes - 4     (4 - 19)
-  12. Note: length code 284 can represent 227-258, but length code 285
-      really is 258.  The last length deserves its own, short code
-      since it gets used a lot in very redundant files.  The length
-      258 is special since 258 - 3 (the min match length) is 255.
-  13. The literal/length and distance code bit lengths are read as a
-      single stream of lengths.  It is possible (and advantageous) for
-      a repeat code (16, 17, or 18) to go across the boundary between
-      the two sets of lengths.
- */
-
-
-local void inflate_blocks_reset( /* s, z, c) */
-inflate_blocks_statef *s,
-z_streamp z,
-uLongf *c )
-{
-  if (c != Z_NULL)
-    *c = s->check;
-  if (s->mode == BTREE || s->mode == DTREE)
-    ZFREE(z, s->sub.trees.blens);
-  if (s->mode == CODES)
-    inflate_codes_free(s->sub.decode.codes, z);
-  s->mode = TYPE;
-  s->bitk = 0;
-  s->bitb = 0;
-  s->read = s->write = s->window;
-  if (s->checkfn != Z_NULL)
-    z->adler = s->check = (*s->checkfn)(0L, (const Bytef *)Z_NULL, 0);
-  Tracev((stderr, "inflate:   blocks reset\n"));
-}
-
-
-local inflate_blocks_statef *inflate_blocks_new( /* z, c, w) */
-z_streamp z,
-check_func c,
-uInt w )
-{
-  inflate_blocks_statef *s;
-
-  if ((s = (inflate_blocks_statef *)ZALLOC
-       (z,1,sizeof(struct inflate_blocks_state))) == Z_NULL)
-    return s;
-  if ((s->hufts =
-       (inflate_huft *)ZALLOC(z, sizeof(inflate_huft), MANY)) == Z_NULL)
-  {
-    ZFREE(z, s);
-    return Z_NULL;
-  }
-  if ((s->window = (Bytef *)ZALLOC(z, 1, w)) == Z_NULL)
-  {
-    ZFREE(z, s->hufts);
-    ZFREE(z, s);
-    return Z_NULL;
-  }
-  s->end = s->window + w;
-  s->checkfn = c;
-  s->mode = TYPE;
-  Tracev((stderr, "inflate:   blocks allocated\n"));
-  inflate_blocks_reset(s, z, Z_NULL);
-  return s;
-}
-
-
-local int inflate_blocks( /* s, z, r) */
-inflate_blocks_statef *s,
-z_streamp z,
-int r )
-{
-  uInt t;               /* temporary storage */
-  uLong b;              /* bit buffer */
-  uInt k;               /* bits in bit buffer */
-  Bytef *p;             /* input data pointer */
-  uInt n;               /* bytes available there */
-  Bytef *q;             /* output window write pointer */
-  uInt m;               /* bytes to end of window or read pointer */
-
-  /* copy input/output information to locals (UPDATE macro restores) */
-  LOAD
-
-  /* process input based on current state */
-  while (1) switch (s->mode)
-  {
-    case TYPE:
-      NEEDBITS(3)
-      t = (uInt)b & 7;
-      s->last = t & 1;
-      switch (t >> 1)
-      {
-        case 0:                         /* stored */
-          Tracev((stderr, "inflate:     stored block%s\n",
-                 s->last ? " (last)" : ""));
-          DUMPBITS(3)
-          t = k & 7;                    /* go to byte boundary */
-          DUMPBITS(t)
-          s->mode = LENS;               /* get length of stored block */
-          break;
-        case 1:                         /* fixed */
-          Tracev((stderr, "inflate:     fixed codes block%s\n",
-                 s->last ? " (last)" : ""));
-          {
-            uInt bl, bd;
-            inflate_huft *tl, *td;
-
-            inflate_trees_fixed(&bl, &bd, (const inflate_huft**)&tl,
-                                          (const inflate_huft**)&td, z);
-            s->sub.decode.codes = inflate_codes_new(bl, bd, tl, td, z);
-            if (s->sub.decode.codes == Z_NULL)
-            {
-              r = Z_MEM_ERROR;
-              LEAVE
-            }
-          }
-          DUMPBITS(3)
-          s->mode = CODES;
-          break;
-        case 2:                         /* dynamic */
-          Tracev((stderr, "inflate:     dynamic codes block%s\n",
-                 s->last ? " (last)" : ""));
-          DUMPBITS(3)
-          s->mode = TABLE;
-          break;
-        case 3:                         /* illegal */
-          DUMPBITS(3)
-          s->mode = BAD;
-          z->msg = (char*)"invalid block type";
-          r = Z_DATA_ERROR;
-          LEAVE
-      }
-      break;
-    case LENS:
-      NEEDBITS(32)
-      if ((((~b) >> 16) & 0xffff) != (b & 0xffff))
-      {
-        s->mode = BAD;
-        z->msg = (char*)"invalid stored block lengths";
-        r = Z_DATA_ERROR;
-        LEAVE
-      }
-      s->sub.left = (uInt)b & 0xffff;
-      b = k = 0;                      /* dump bits */
-      Tracev((stderr, "inflate:       stored length %u\n", s->sub.left));
-      s->mode = s->sub.left ? STORED : (s->last ? DRY : TYPE);
-      break;
-    case STORED:
-      if (n == 0)
-        LEAVE
-      NEEDOUT
-      t = s->sub.left;
-      if (t > n) t = n;
-      if (t > m) t = m;
-      zmemcpy(q, p, t);
-      p += t;  n -= t;
-      q += t;  m -= t;
-      if ((s->sub.left -= t) != 0)
-        break;
-      Tracev((stderr, "inflate:       stored end, %lu total out\n",
-              z->total_out + (q >= s->read ? q - s->read :
-              (s->end - s->read) + (q - s->window))));
-      s->mode = s->last ? DRY : TYPE;
-      break;
-    case TABLE:
-      NEEDBITS(14)
-      s->sub.trees.table = t = (uInt)b & 0x3fff;
-#ifndef PKZIP_BUG_WORKAROUND
-      if ((t & 0x1f) > 29 || ((t >> 5) & 0x1f) > 29)
-      {
-        s->mode = BAD;
-        z->msg = (char*)"too many length or distance symbols";
-        r = Z_DATA_ERROR;
-        LEAVE
-      }
-#endif
-      t = 258 + (t & 0x1f) + ((t >> 5) & 0x1f);
-      if ((s->sub.trees.blens = (uIntf*)ZALLOC(z, t, sizeof(uInt))) == Z_NULL)
-      {
-        r = Z_MEM_ERROR;
-        LEAVE
-      }
-      DUMPBITS(14)
-      s->sub.trees.index = 0;
-      Tracev((stderr, "inflate:       table sizes ok\n"));
-      s->mode = BTREE;
-    case BTREE:
-      while (s->sub.trees.index < 4 + (s->sub.trees.table >> 10))
-      {
-        NEEDBITS(3)
-        s->sub.trees.blens[border[s->sub.trees.index++]] = (uInt)b & 7;
-        DUMPBITS(3)
-      }
-      while (s->sub.trees.index < 19)
-        s->sub.trees.blens[border[s->sub.trees.index++]] = 0;
-      s->sub.trees.bb = 7;
-      t = inflate_trees_bits(s->sub.trees.blens, &s->sub.trees.bb,
-                             &s->sub.trees.tb, s->hufts, z);
-      if (t != Z_OK)
-      {
-        r = t;
-        if (r == Z_DATA_ERROR)
-        {
-          ZFREE(z, s->sub.trees.blens);
-          s->mode = BAD;
-        }
-        LEAVE
-      }
-      s->sub.trees.index = 0;
-      Tracev((stderr, "inflate:       bits tree ok\n"));
-      s->mode = DTREE;
-    case DTREE:
-      while (t = s->sub.trees.table,
-             s->sub.trees.index < 258 + (t & 0x1f) + ((t >> 5) & 0x1f))
-      {
-        inflate_huft *h;
-        uInt i, j, c;
-
-        t = s->sub.trees.bb;
-        NEEDBITS(t)
-        h = s->sub.trees.tb + ((uInt)b & inflate_mask[t]);
-        t = h->bits;
-        c = h->base;
-        if (c < 16)
-        {
-          DUMPBITS(t)
-          s->sub.trees.blens[s->sub.trees.index++] = c;
-        }
-        else /* c == 16..18 */
-        {
-          i = c == 18 ? 7 : c - 14;
-          j = c == 18 ? 11 : 3;
-          NEEDBITS(t + i)
-          DUMPBITS(t)
-          j += (uInt)b & inflate_mask[i];
-          DUMPBITS(i)
-          i = s->sub.trees.index;
-          t = s->sub.trees.table;
-          if (i + j > 258 + (t & 0x1f) + ((t >> 5) & 0x1f) ||
-              (c == 16 && i < 1))
-          {
-            ZFREE(z, s->sub.trees.blens);
-            s->mode = BAD;
-            z->msg = (char*)"invalid bit length repeat";
-            r = Z_DATA_ERROR;
-            LEAVE
-          }
-          c = c == 16 ? s->sub.trees.blens[i - 1] : 0;
-          do {
-            s->sub.trees.blens[i++] = c;
-          } while (--j);
-          s->sub.trees.index = i;
-        }
-      }
-      s->sub.trees.tb = Z_NULL;
-      {
-        uInt bl, bd;
-        inflate_huft *tl, *td;
-        inflate_codes_statef *c;
-
-        bl = 9;         /* must be <= 9 for lookahead assumptions */
-        bd = 6;         /* must be <= 9 for lookahead assumptions */
-        t = s->sub.trees.table;
-        t = inflate_trees_dynamic(257 + (t & 0x1f), 1 + ((t >> 5) & 0x1f),
-                                  s->sub.trees.blens, &bl, &bd, &tl, &td,
-                                  s->hufts, z);
-        if (t != Z_OK)
-        {
-          if (t == (uInt)Z_DATA_ERROR)
-          {
-            ZFREE(z, s->sub.trees.blens);
-            s->mode = BAD;
-          }
-          r = t;
-          LEAVE
-        }
-        Tracev((stderr, "inflate:       trees ok\n"));
-        if ((c = inflate_codes_new(bl, bd, tl, td, z)) == Z_NULL)
-        {
-          r = Z_MEM_ERROR;
-          LEAVE
-        }
-        s->sub.decode.codes = c;
-      }
-      ZFREE(z, s->sub.trees.blens);
-      s->mode = CODES;
-    case CODES:
-      UPDATE
-      if ((r = inflate_codes(s, z, r)) != Z_STREAM_END)
-        return inflate_flush(s, z, r);
-      r = Z_OK;
-      inflate_codes_free(s->sub.decode.codes, z);
-      LOAD
-      Tracev((stderr, "inflate:       codes end, %lu total out\n",
-              z->total_out + (q >= s->read ? q - s->read :
-              (s->end - s->read) + (q - s->window))));
-      if (!s->last)
-      {
-        s->mode = TYPE;
-        break;
-      }
-      s->mode = DRY;
-    case DRY:
-      FLUSH
-      if (s->read != s->write)
-        LEAVE
-      s->mode = DONE;
-    case DONE:
-      r = Z_STREAM_END;
-      LEAVE
-    case BAD:
-      r = Z_DATA_ERROR;
-      LEAVE
-    default:
-      r = Z_STREAM_ERROR;
-      LEAVE
-  }
-#ifdef NEED_DUMMY_RETURN
-  return 0;
-#endif
-}
-
-
-local int inflate_blocks_free( /* s, z) */
-inflate_blocks_statef *s,
-z_streamp z )
-{
-  inflate_blocks_reset(s, z, Z_NULL);
-  ZFREE(z, s->window);
-  ZFREE(z, s->hufts);
-  ZFREE(z, s);
-  Tracev((stderr, "inflate:   blocks freed\n"));
-  return Z_OK;
-}
-
-
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/infblock.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/infblock.h
deleted file mode 100644
index c2535a1..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/infblock.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-/* infblock.h -- header to use infblock.c
- * Copyright (C) 1995-2002 Mark Adler
- * For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in zlib.h
- */
-
-/* WARNING: this file should *not* be used by applications. It is
-   part of the implementation of the compression library and is
-   subject to change. Applications should only use zlib.h.
- */
-
-#ifndef _INFBLOCK_H
-#define _INFBLOCK_H
-
-struct inflate_blocks_state;
-typedef struct inflate_blocks_state FAR inflate_blocks_statef;
-
-local  inflate_blocks_statef * inflate_blocks_new OF((
-    z_streamp z,
-    check_func c,               /* check function */
-    uInt w));                   /* window size */
-
-local  int inflate_blocks OF((
-    inflate_blocks_statef *,
-    z_streamp ,
-    int));                      /* initial return code */
-
-local  void inflate_blocks_reset OF((
-    inflate_blocks_statef *,
-    z_streamp ,
-    uLongf *));                  /* check value on output */
-
-local  int inflate_blocks_free OF((
-    inflate_blocks_statef *,
-    z_streamp));
-
-#endif /* _INFBLOCK_H */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/infcodes.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/infcodes.c
deleted file mode 100644
index f7bfd58..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/infcodes.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,250 +0,0 @@
-/* infcodes.c -- process literals and length/distance pairs
- * Copyright (C) 1995-2002 Mark Adler
- * For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in zlib.h
- */
-
-#include "zutil.h"
-#include "inftrees.h"
-#include "infblock.h"
-#include "infcodes.h"
-#include "infutil.h"
-
-/* simplify the use of the inflate_huft type with some defines */
-#define exop word.what.Exop
-#define bits word.what.Bits
-
-typedef enum {        /* waiting for "i:"=input, "o:"=output, "x:"=nothing */
-      START,    /* x: set up for LEN */
-      LEN,      /* i: get length/literal/eob next */
-      LENEXT,   /* i: getting length extra (have base) */
-      DIST,     /* i: get distance next */
-      DISTEXT,  /* i: getting distance extra */
-      COPY,     /* o: copying bytes in window, waiting for space */
-      LIT,      /* o: got literal, waiting for output space */
-      WASH,     /* o: got eob, possibly still output waiting */
-      END,      /* x: got eob and all data flushed */
-      BADCODE}  /* x: got error */
-inflate_codes_mode;
-
-/* inflate codes private state */
-struct inflate_codes_state {
-
-  /* mode */
-  inflate_codes_mode mode;      /* current inflate_codes mode */
-
-  /* mode dependent information */
-  uInt len;
-  union {
-    struct {
-      inflate_huft *tree;       /* pointer into tree */
-      uInt need;                /* bits needed */
-    } code;             /* if LEN or DIST, where in tree */
-    uInt lit;           /* if LIT, literal */
-    struct {
-      uInt get;                 /* bits to get for extra */
-      uInt dist;                /* distance back to copy from */
-    } copy;             /* if EXT or COPY, where and how much */
-  } sub;                /* submode */
-
-  /* mode independent information */
-  Byte lbits;           /* ltree bits decoded per branch */
-  Byte dbits;           /* dtree bits decoder per branch */
-  inflate_huft *ltree;          /* literal/length/eob tree */
-  inflate_huft *dtree;          /* distance tree */
-
-};
-
-
-local inflate_codes_statef *inflate_codes_new( /* bl, bd, tl, td, z) */
-uInt bl, uInt bd,
-inflate_huft *tl,
-inflate_huft *td, /* need separate declaration for Borland C++ */
-z_streamp z )
-{
-  inflate_codes_statef *c;
-
-  if ((c = (inflate_codes_statef *)
-       ZALLOC(z,1,sizeof(struct inflate_codes_state))) != Z_NULL)
-  {
-    c->mode = START;
-    c->lbits = (Byte)bl;
-    c->dbits = (Byte)bd;
-    c->ltree = tl;
-    c->dtree = td;
-    Tracev((stderr, "inflate:       codes new\n"));
-  }
-  return c;
-}
-
-
-local int inflate_codes( /* s, z, r) */
-inflate_blocks_statef *s,
-z_streamp z,
-int r )
-{
-  uInt j;               /* temporary storage */
-  inflate_huft *t;      /* temporary pointer */
-  uInt e;               /* extra bits or operation */
-  uLong b;              /* bit buffer */
-  uInt k;               /* bits in bit buffer */
-  Bytef *p;             /* input data pointer */
-  uInt n;               /* bytes available there */
-  Bytef *q;             /* output window write pointer */
-  uInt m;               /* bytes to end of window or read pointer */
-  Bytef *f;             /* pointer to copy strings from */
-  inflate_codes_statef *c = s->sub.decode.codes;  /* codes state */
-
-  /* copy input/output information to locals (UPDATE macro restores) */
-  LOAD
-
-  /* process input and output based on current state */
-  while (1) switch (c->mode)
-  {             /* waiting for "i:"=input, "o:"=output, "x:"=nothing */
-    case START:         /* x: set up for LEN */
-#ifndef SLOW
-      if (m >= 258 && n >= 10)
-      {
-        UPDATE
-        r = inflate_fast(c->lbits, c->dbits, c->ltree, c->dtree, s, z);
-        LOAD
-        if (r != Z_OK)
-        {
-          c->mode = r == Z_STREAM_END ? WASH : BADCODE;
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-#endif /* !SLOW */
-      c->sub.code.need = c->lbits;
-      c->sub.code.tree = c->ltree;
-      c->mode = LEN;
-    case LEN:           /* i: get length/literal/eob next */
-      j = c->sub.code.need;
-      NEEDBITS(j)
-      t = c->sub.code.tree + ((uInt)b & inflate_mask[j]);
-      DUMPBITS(t->bits)
-      e = (uInt)(t->exop);
-      if (e == 0)               /* literal */
-      {
-        c->sub.lit = t->base;
-        Tracevv((stderr, t->base >= 0x20 && t->base < 0x7f ?
-                 "inflate:         literal '%c'\n" :
-                 "inflate:         literal 0x%02x\n", t->base));
-        c->mode = LIT;
-        break;
-      }
-      if (e & 16)               /* length */
-      {
-        c->sub.copy.get = e & 15;
-        c->len = t->base;
-        c->mode = LENEXT;
-        break;
-      }
-      if ((e & 64) == 0)        /* next table */
-      {
-        c->sub.code.need = e;
-        c->sub.code.tree = t + t->base;
-        break;
-      }
-      if (e & 32)               /* end of block */
-      {
-        Tracevv((stderr, "inflate:         end of block\n"));
-        c->mode = WASH;
-        break;
-      }
-      c->mode = BADCODE;        /* invalid code */
-      z->msg = (char*)"invalid literal/length code";
-      r = Z_DATA_ERROR;
-      LEAVE
-    case LENEXT:        /* i: getting length extra (have base) */
-      j = c->sub.copy.get;
-      NEEDBITS(j)
-      c->len += (uInt)b & inflate_mask[j];
-      DUMPBITS(j)
-      c->sub.code.need = c->dbits;
-      c->sub.code.tree = c->dtree;
-      Tracevv((stderr, "inflate:         length %u\n", c->len));
-      c->mode = DIST;
-    case DIST:          /* i: get distance next */
-      j = c->sub.code.need;
-      NEEDBITS(j)
-      t = c->sub.code.tree + ((uInt)b & inflate_mask[j]);
-      DUMPBITS(t->bits)
-      e = (uInt)(t->exop);
-      if (e & 16)               /* distance */
-      {
-        c->sub.copy.get = e & 15;
-        c->sub.copy.dist = t->base;
-        c->mode = DISTEXT;
-        break;
-      }
-      if ((e & 64) == 0)        /* next table */
-      {
-        c->sub.code.need = e;
-        c->sub.code.tree = t + t->base;
-        break;
-      }
-      c->mode = BADCODE;        /* invalid code */
-      z->msg = (char*)"invalid distance code";
-      r = Z_DATA_ERROR;
-      LEAVE
-    case DISTEXT:       /* i: getting distance extra */
-      j = c->sub.copy.get;
-      NEEDBITS(j)
-      c->sub.copy.dist += (uInt)b & inflate_mask[j];
-      DUMPBITS(j)
-      Tracevv((stderr, "inflate:         distance %u\n", c->sub.copy.dist));
-      c->mode = COPY;
-    case COPY:          /* o: copying bytes in window, waiting for space */
-      f = q - c->sub.copy.dist;
-      while (f < s->window)             /* modulo window size-"while" instead */
-        f += s->end - s->window;        /* of "if" handles invalid distances */
-      while (c->len)
-      {
-        NEEDOUT
-        OUTBYTE(*f++)
-        if (f == s->end)
-          f = s->window;
-        c->len--;
-      }
-      c->mode = START;
-      break;
-    case LIT:           /* o: got literal, waiting for output space */
-      NEEDOUT
-      OUTBYTE(c->sub.lit)
-      c->mode = START;
-      break;
-    case WASH:          /* o: got eob, possibly more output */
-      if (k > 7)        /* return unused byte, if any */
-      {
-        Assert(k < 16, "inflate_codes grabbed too many bytes")
-        k -= 8;
-        n++;
-        p--;            /* can always return one */
-      }
-      FLUSH
-      if (s->read != s->write)
-        LEAVE
-      c->mode = END;
-    case END:
-      r = Z_STREAM_END;
-      LEAVE
-    case BADCODE:       /* x: got error */
-      r = Z_DATA_ERROR;
-      LEAVE
-    default:
-      r = Z_STREAM_ERROR;
-      LEAVE
-  }
-#ifdef NEED_DUMMY_RETURN
-  return Z_STREAM_ERROR;  /* Some dumb compilers complain without this */
-#endif
-}
-
-
-local void inflate_codes_free( /* c, z) */
-inflate_codes_statef *c,
-z_streamp z )
-{
-  ZFREE(z, c);
-  Tracev((stderr, "inflate:       codes free\n"));
-}
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/infcodes.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/infcodes.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 154d7f8..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/infcodes.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-/* infcodes.h -- header to use infcodes.c
- * Copyright (C) 1995-2002 Mark Adler
- * For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in zlib.h
- */
-
-/* WARNING: this file should *not* be used by applications. It is
-   part of the implementation of the compression library and is
-   subject to change. Applications should only use zlib.h.
- */
-
-#ifndef _INFCODES_H
-#define _INFCODES_H
-
-struct inflate_codes_state;
-typedef struct inflate_codes_state FAR inflate_codes_statef;
-
-local inflate_codes_statef *inflate_codes_new OF((
-    uInt, uInt,
-    inflate_huft *, inflate_huft *,
-    z_streamp ));
-
-local int inflate_codes OF((
-    inflate_blocks_statef *,
-    z_streamp ,
-    int));
-
-local void inflate_codes_free OF((
-    inflate_codes_statef *,
-    z_streamp ));
-
-#endif /* _INFCODES_H */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/inffixed.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/inffixed.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 4d4760e..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/inffixed.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,151 +0,0 @@
-/* inffixed.h -- table for decoding fixed codes
- * Generated automatically by the maketree.c program
- */
-
-/* WARNING: this file should *not* be used by applications. It is
-   part of the implementation of the compression library and is
-   subject to change. Applications should only use zlib.h.
- */
-
-local const uInt fixed_bl = 9;
-local const uInt fixed_bd = 5;
-local const inflate_huft fixed_tl[] = {
-    {{{96,7}},256}, {{{0,8}},80}, {{{0,8}},16}, {{{84,8}},115},
-    {{{82,7}},31}, {{{0,8}},112}, {{{0,8}},48}, {{{0,9}},192},
-    {{{80,7}},10}, {{{0,8}},96}, {{{0,8}},32}, {{{0,9}},160},
-    {{{0,8}},0}, {{{0,8}},128}, {{{0,8}},64}, {{{0,9}},224},
-    {{{80,7}},6}, {{{0,8}},88}, {{{0,8}},24}, {{{0,9}},144},
-    {{{83,7}},59}, {{{0,8}},120}, {{{0,8}},56}, {{{0,9}},208},
-    {{{81,7}},17}, {{{0,8}},104}, {{{0,8}},40}, {{{0,9}},176},
-    {{{0,8}},8}, {{{0,8}},136}, {{{0,8}},72}, {{{0,9}},240},
-    {{{80,7}},4}, {{{0,8}},84}, {{{0,8}},20}, {{{85,8}},227},
-    {{{83,7}},43}, {{{0,8}},116}, {{{0,8}},52}, {{{0,9}},200},
-    {{{81,7}},13}, {{{0,8}},100}, {{{0,8}},36}, {{{0,9}},168},
-    {{{0,8}},4}, {{{0,8}},132}, {{{0,8}},68}, {{{0,9}},232},
-    {{{80,7}},8}, {{{0,8}},92}, {{{0,8}},28}, {{{0,9}},152},
-    {{{84,7}},83}, {{{0,8}},124}, {{{0,8}},60}, {{{0,9}},216},
-    {{{82,7}},23}, {{{0,8}},108}, {{{0,8}},44}, {{{0,9}},184},
-    {{{0,8}},12}, {{{0,8}},140}, {{{0,8}},76}, {{{0,9}},248},
-    {{{80,7}},3}, {{{0,8}},82}, {{{0,8}},18}, {{{85,8}},163},
-    {{{83,7}},35}, {{{0,8}},114}, {{{0,8}},50}, {{{0,9}},196},
-    {{{81,7}},11}, {{{0,8}},98}, {{{0,8}},34}, {{{0,9}},164},
-    {{{0,8}},2}, {{{0,8}},130}, {{{0,8}},66}, {{{0,9}},228},
-    {{{80,7}},7}, {{{0,8}},90}, {{{0,8}},26}, {{{0,9}},148},
-    {{{84,7}},67}, {{{0,8}},122}, {{{0,8}},58}, {{{0,9}},212},
-    {{{82,7}},19}, {{{0,8}},106}, {{{0,8}},42}, {{{0,9}},180},
-    {{{0,8}},10}, {{{0,8}},138}, {{{0,8}},74}, {{{0,9}},244},
-    {{{80,7}},5}, {{{0,8}},86}, {{{0,8}},22}, {{{192,8}},0},
-    {{{83,7}},51}, {{{0,8}},118}, {{{0,8}},54}, {{{0,9}},204},
-    {{{81,7}},15}, {{{0,8}},102}, {{{0,8}},38}, {{{0,9}},172},
-    {{{0,8}},6}, {{{0,8}},134}, {{{0,8}},70}, {{{0,9}},236},
-    {{{80,7}},9}, {{{0,8}},94}, {{{0,8}},30}, {{{0,9}},156},
-    {{{84,7}},99}, {{{0,8}},126}, {{{0,8}},62}, {{{0,9}},220},
-    {{{82,7}},27}, {{{0,8}},110}, {{{0,8}},46}, {{{0,9}},188},
-    {{{0,8}},14}, {{{0,8}},142}, {{{0,8}},78}, {{{0,9}},252},
-    {{{96,7}},256}, {{{0,8}},81}, {{{0,8}},17}, {{{85,8}},131},
-    {{{82,7}},31}, {{{0,8}},113}, {{{0,8}},49}, {{{0,9}},194},
-    {{{80,7}},10}, {{{0,8}},97}, {{{0,8}},33}, {{{0,9}},162},
-    {{{0,8}},1}, {{{0,8}},129}, {{{0,8}},65}, {{{0,9}},226},
-    {{{80,7}},6}, {{{0,8}},89}, {{{0,8}},25}, {{{0,9}},146},
-    {{{83,7}},59}, {{{0,8}},121}, {{{0,8}},57}, {{{0,9}},210},
-    {{{81,7}},17}, {{{0,8}},105}, {{{0,8}},41}, {{{0,9}},178},
-    {{{0,8}},9}, {{{0,8}},137}, {{{0,8}},73}, {{{0,9}},242},
-    {{{80,7}},4}, {{{0,8}},85}, {{{0,8}},21}, {{{80,8}},258},
-    {{{83,7}},43}, {{{0,8}},117}, {{{0,8}},53}, {{{0,9}},202},
-    {{{81,7}},13}, {{{0,8}},101}, {{{0,8}},37}, {{{0,9}},170},
-    {{{0,8}},5}, {{{0,8}},133}, {{{0,8}},69}, {{{0,9}},234},
-    {{{80,7}},8}, {{{0,8}},93}, {{{0,8}},29}, {{{0,9}},154},
-    {{{84,7}},83}, {{{0,8}},125}, {{{0,8}},61}, {{{0,9}},218},
-    {{{82,7}},23}, {{{0,8}},109}, {{{0,8}},45}, {{{0,9}},186},
-    {{{0,8}},13}, {{{0,8}},141}, {{{0,8}},77}, {{{0,9}},250},
-    {{{80,7}},3}, {{{0,8}},83}, {{{0,8}},19}, {{{85,8}},195},
-    {{{83,7}},35}, {{{0,8}},115}, {{{0,8}},51}, {{{0,9}},198},
-    {{{81,7}},11}, {{{0,8}},99}, {{{0,8}},35}, {{{0,9}},166},
-    {{{0,8}},3}, {{{0,8}},131}, {{{0,8}},67}, {{{0,9}},230},
-    {{{80,7}},7}, {{{0,8}},91}, {{{0,8}},27}, {{{0,9}},150},
-    {{{84,7}},67}, {{{0,8}},123}, {{{0,8}},59}, {{{0,9}},214},
-    {{{82,7}},19}, {{{0,8}},107}, {{{0,8}},43}, {{{0,9}},182},
-    {{{0,8}},11}, {{{0,8}},139}, {{{0,8}},75}, {{{0,9}},246},
-    {{{80,7}},5}, {{{0,8}},87}, {{{0,8}},23}, {{{192,8}},0},
-    {{{83,7}},51}, {{{0,8}},119}, {{{0,8}},55}, {{{0,9}},206},
-    {{{81,7}},15}, {{{0,8}},103}, {{{0,8}},39}, {{{0,9}},174},
-    {{{0,8}},7}, {{{0,8}},135}, {{{0,8}},71}, {{{0,9}},238},
-    {{{80,7}},9}, {{{0,8}},95}, {{{0,8}},31}, {{{0,9}},158},
-    {{{84,7}},99}, {{{0,8}},127}, {{{0,8}},63}, {{{0,9}},222},
-    {{{82,7}},27}, {{{0,8}},111}, {{{0,8}},47}, {{{0,9}},190},
-    {{{0,8}},15}, {{{0,8}},143}, {{{0,8}},79}, {{{0,9}},254},
-    {{{96,7}},256}, {{{0,8}},80}, {{{0,8}},16}, {{{84,8}},115},
-    {{{82,7}},31}, {{{0,8}},112}, {{{0,8}},48}, {{{0,9}},193},
-    {{{80,7}},10}, {{{0,8}},96}, {{{0,8}},32}, {{{0,9}},161},
-    {{{0,8}},0}, {{{0,8}},128}, {{{0,8}},64}, {{{0,9}},225},
-    {{{80,7}},6}, {{{0,8}},88}, {{{0,8}},24}, {{{0,9}},145},
-    {{{83,7}},59}, {{{0,8}},120}, {{{0,8}},56}, {{{0,9}},209},
-    {{{81,7}},17}, {{{0,8}},104}, {{{0,8}},40}, {{{0,9}},177},
-    {{{0,8}},8}, {{{0,8}},136}, {{{0,8}},72}, {{{0,9}},241},
-    {{{80,7}},4}, {{{0,8}},84}, {{{0,8}},20}, {{{85,8}},227},
-    {{{83,7}},43}, {{{0,8}},116}, {{{0,8}},52}, {{{0,9}},201},
-    {{{81,7}},13}, {{{0,8}},100}, {{{0,8}},36}, {{{0,9}},169},
-    {{{0,8}},4}, {{{0,8}},132}, {{{0,8}},68}, {{{0,9}},233},
-    {{{80,7}},8}, {{{0,8}},92}, {{{0,8}},28}, {{{0,9}},153},
-    {{{84,7}},83}, {{{0,8}},124}, {{{0,8}},60}, {{{0,9}},217},
-    {{{82,7}},23}, {{{0,8}},108}, {{{0,8}},44}, {{{0,9}},185},
-    {{{0,8}},12}, {{{0,8}},140}, {{{0,8}},76}, {{{0,9}},249},
-    {{{80,7}},3}, {{{0,8}},82}, {{{0,8}},18}, {{{85,8}},163},
-    {{{83,7}},35}, {{{0,8}},114}, {{{0,8}},50}, {{{0,9}},197},
-    {{{81,7}},11}, {{{0,8}},98}, {{{0,8}},34}, {{{0,9}},165},
-    {{{0,8}},2}, {{{0,8}},130}, {{{0,8}},66}, {{{0,9}},229},
-    {{{80,7}},7}, {{{0,8}},90}, {{{0,8}},26}, {{{0,9}},149},
-    {{{84,7}},67}, {{{0,8}},122}, {{{0,8}},58}, {{{0,9}},213},
-    {{{82,7}},19}, {{{0,8}},106}, {{{0,8}},42}, {{{0,9}},181},
-    {{{0,8}},10}, {{{0,8}},138}, {{{0,8}},74}, {{{0,9}},245},
-    {{{80,7}},5}, {{{0,8}},86}, {{{0,8}},22}, {{{192,8}},0},
-    {{{83,7}},51}, {{{0,8}},118}, {{{0,8}},54}, {{{0,9}},205},
-    {{{81,7}},15}, {{{0,8}},102}, {{{0,8}},38}, {{{0,9}},173},
-    {{{0,8}},6}, {{{0,8}},134}, {{{0,8}},70}, {{{0,9}},237},
-    {{{80,7}},9}, {{{0,8}},94}, {{{0,8}},30}, {{{0,9}},157},
-    {{{84,7}},99}, {{{0,8}},126}, {{{0,8}},62}, {{{0,9}},221},
-    {{{82,7}},27}, {{{0,8}},110}, {{{0,8}},46}, {{{0,9}},189},
-    {{{0,8}},14}, {{{0,8}},142}, {{{0,8}},78}, {{{0,9}},253},
-    {{{96,7}},256}, {{{0,8}},81}, {{{0,8}},17}, {{{85,8}},131},
-    {{{82,7}},31}, {{{0,8}},113}, {{{0,8}},49}, {{{0,9}},195},
-    {{{80,7}},10}, {{{0,8}},97}, {{{0,8}},33}, {{{0,9}},163},
-    {{{0,8}},1}, {{{0,8}},129}, {{{0,8}},65}, {{{0,9}},227},
-    {{{80,7}},6}, {{{0,8}},89}, {{{0,8}},25}, {{{0,9}},147},
-    {{{83,7}},59}, {{{0,8}},121}, {{{0,8}},57}, {{{0,9}},211},
-    {{{81,7}},17}, {{{0,8}},105}, {{{0,8}},41}, {{{0,9}},179},
-    {{{0,8}},9}, {{{0,8}},137}, {{{0,8}},73}, {{{0,9}},243},
-    {{{80,7}},4}, {{{0,8}},85}, {{{0,8}},21}, {{{80,8}},258},
-    {{{83,7}},43}, {{{0,8}},117}, {{{0,8}},53}, {{{0,9}},203},
-    {{{81,7}},13}, {{{0,8}},101}, {{{0,8}},37}, {{{0,9}},171},
-    {{{0,8}},5}, {{{0,8}},133}, {{{0,8}},69}, {{{0,9}},235},
-    {{{80,7}},8}, {{{0,8}},93}, {{{0,8}},29}, {{{0,9}},155},
-    {{{84,7}},83}, {{{0,8}},125}, {{{0,8}},61}, {{{0,9}},219},
-    {{{82,7}},23}, {{{0,8}},109}, {{{0,8}},45}, {{{0,9}},187},
-    {{{0,8}},13}, {{{0,8}},141}, {{{0,8}},77}, {{{0,9}},251},
-    {{{80,7}},3}, {{{0,8}},83}, {{{0,8}},19}, {{{85,8}},195},
-    {{{83,7}},35}, {{{0,8}},115}, {{{0,8}},51}, {{{0,9}},199},
-    {{{81,7}},11}, {{{0,8}},99}, {{{0,8}},35}, {{{0,9}},167},
-    {{{0,8}},3}, {{{0,8}},131}, {{{0,8}},67}, {{{0,9}},231},
-    {{{80,7}},7}, {{{0,8}},91}, {{{0,8}},27}, {{{0,9}},151},
-    {{{84,7}},67}, {{{0,8}},123}, {{{0,8}},59}, {{{0,9}},215},
-    {{{82,7}},19}, {{{0,8}},107}, {{{0,8}},43}, {{{0,9}},183},
-    {{{0,8}},11}, {{{0,8}},139}, {{{0,8}},75}, {{{0,9}},247},
-    {{{80,7}},5}, {{{0,8}},87}, {{{0,8}},23}, {{{192,8}},0},
-    {{{83,7}},51}, {{{0,8}},119}, {{{0,8}},55}, {{{0,9}},207},
-    {{{81,7}},15}, {{{0,8}},103}, {{{0,8}},39}, {{{0,9}},175},
-    {{{0,8}},7}, {{{0,8}},135}, {{{0,8}},71}, {{{0,9}},239},
-    {{{80,7}},9}, {{{0,8}},95}, {{{0,8}},31}, {{{0,9}},159},
-    {{{84,7}},99}, {{{0,8}},127}, {{{0,8}},63}, {{{0,9}},223},
-    {{{82,7}},27}, {{{0,8}},111}, {{{0,8}},47}, {{{0,9}},191},
-    {{{0,8}},15}, {{{0,8}},143}, {{{0,8}},79}, {{{0,9}},255}
-  };
-local const inflate_huft fixed_td[] = {
-    {{{80,5}},1}, {{{87,5}},257}, {{{83,5}},17}, {{{91,5}},4097},
-    {{{81,5}},5}, {{{89,5}},1025}, {{{85,5}},65}, {{{93,5}},16385},
-    {{{80,5}},3}, {{{88,5}},513}, {{{84,5}},33}, {{{92,5}},8193},
-    {{{82,5}},9}, {{{90,5}},2049}, {{{86,5}},129}, {{{192,5}},24577},
-    {{{80,5}},2}, {{{87,5}},385}, {{{83,5}},25}, {{{91,5}},6145},
-    {{{81,5}},7}, {{{89,5}},1537}, {{{85,5}},97}, {{{93,5}},24577},
-    {{{80,5}},4}, {{{88,5}},769}, {{{84,5}},49}, {{{92,5}},12289},
-    {{{82,5}},13}, {{{90,5}},3073}, {{{86,5}},193}, {{{192,5}},24577}
-  };
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/inflate.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/inflate.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 8877fa3..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/inflate.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,273 +0,0 @@
-/* inflate.c -- zlib interface to inflate modules
- * Copyright (C) 1995-2002 Mark Adler
- * For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in zlib.h
- */
-
-#include "zutil.h"
-#include "infblock.h"
-
-#define  DONE  INFLATE_DONE
-#define  BAD   INFLATE_BAD
-
-typedef enum {
-      METHOD,   /* waiting for method byte */
-      FLAG,     /* waiting for flag byte */
-      DICT4,    /* four dictionary check bytes to go */
-      DICT3,    /* three dictionary check bytes to go */
-      DICT2,    /* two dictionary check bytes to go */
-      DICT1,    /* one dictionary check byte to go */
-      DICT0,    /* waiting for inflateSetDictionary */
-      BLOCKS,   /* decompressing blocks */
-      CHECK4,   /* four check bytes to go */
-      CHECK3,   /* three check bytes to go */
-      CHECK2,   /* two check bytes to go */
-      CHECK1,   /* one check byte to go */
-      DONE,     /* finished check, done */
-      BAD}      /* got an error--stay here */
-inflate_mode;
-
-/* inflate private state */
-struct internal_state {
-
-  /* mode */
-  inflate_mode  mode;   /* current inflate mode */
-
-  /* mode dependent information */
-  union {
-    uInt method;        /* if FLAGS, method byte */
-    struct {
-      uLong was;                /* computed check value */
-      uLong need;               /* stream check value */
-    } check;            /* if CHECK, check values to compare */
-    uInt marker;        /* if BAD, inflateSync's marker bytes count */
-  } sub;        /* submode */
-
-  /* mode independent information */
-  int  nowrap;          /* flag for no wrapper */
-  uInt wbits;           /* log2(window size)  (8..15, defaults to 15) */
-  inflate_blocks_statef
-    *blocks;            /* current inflate_blocks state */
-
-};
-
-
-ZEXPORT(int) inflateReset( /* z) */
-z_streamp z )
-{
-  if (z == Z_NULL || z->state == Z_NULL)
-    return Z_STREAM_ERROR;
-  z->total_in = z->total_out = 0;
-  z->msg = Z_NULL;
-  z->state->mode = z->state->nowrap ? BLOCKS : METHOD;
-  inflate_blocks_reset(z->state->blocks, z, Z_NULL);
-  Tracev((stderr, "inflate: reset\n"));
-  return Z_OK;
-}
-
-
-ZEXPORT(int) inflateEnd( /* z) */
-z_streamp z )
-{
-  if (z == Z_NULL || z->state == Z_NULL || z->zfree == Z_NULL)
-    return Z_STREAM_ERROR;
-  if (z->state->blocks != Z_NULL)
-    inflate_blocks_free(z->state->blocks, z);
-  ZFREE(z, z->state);
-  z->state = Z_NULL;
-  Tracev((stderr, "inflate: end\n"));
-  return Z_OK;
-}
-
-
-ZEXPORT(int) inflateInit2_( /* z, w, version, stream_size) */
-z_streamp z,
-int w,
-const char *version,
-int stream_size )
-{
-  if (version == Z_NULL || version[0] != ZLIB_VERSION[0] ||
-      stream_size != sizeof(z_stream))
-      return Z_VERSION_ERROR;
-
-  /* initialize state */
-  if (z == Z_NULL)
-    return Z_STREAM_ERROR;
-  z->msg = Z_NULL;
-  if (z->zalloc == Z_NULL)
-  {
-    z->zalloc = zcalloc;
-    z->opaque = (voidpf)0;
-  }
-  if (z->zfree == Z_NULL) z->zfree = zcfree;
-  if ((z->state = (struct internal_state FAR *)
-       ZALLOC(z,1,sizeof(struct internal_state))) == Z_NULL)
-    return Z_MEM_ERROR;
-  z->state->blocks = Z_NULL;
-
-  /* handle undocumented nowrap option (no zlib header or check) */
-  z->state->nowrap = 0;
-  if (w < 0)
-  {
-    w = - w;
-    z->state->nowrap = 1;
-  }
-
-  /* set window size */
-  if (w < 8 || w > 15)
-  {
-    inflateEnd(z);
-    return Z_STREAM_ERROR;
-  }
-  z->state->wbits = (uInt)w;
-
-  /* create inflate_blocks state */
-  if ((z->state->blocks =
-      inflate_blocks_new(z, z->state->nowrap ? Z_NULL : adler32, (uInt)1 << w))
-      == Z_NULL)
-  {
-    inflateEnd(z);
-    return Z_MEM_ERROR;
-  }
-  Tracev((stderr, "inflate: allocated\n"));
-
-  /* reset state */
-  inflateReset(z);
-  return Z_OK;
-}
-
-
-
-#undef  NEEDBYTE
-#define NEEDBYTE {if(z->avail_in==0)return r;r=f;}
-
-#undef  NEXTBYTE
-#define NEXTBYTE (z->avail_in--,z->total_in++,*z->next_in++)
-
-
-ZEXPORT(int) inflate( /* z, f) */
-z_streamp z,
-int f )
-{
-  int r;
-  uInt b;
-
-  if (z == Z_NULL || z->state == Z_NULL || z->next_in == Z_NULL)
-    return Z_STREAM_ERROR;
-  f = f == Z_FINISH ? Z_BUF_ERROR : Z_OK;
-  r = Z_BUF_ERROR;
-  while (1) switch (z->state->mode)
-  {
-    case METHOD:
-      NEEDBYTE
-      if (((z->state->sub.method = NEXTBYTE) & 0xf) != Z_DEFLATED)
-      {
-        z->state->mode = BAD;
-        z->msg = (char*)"unknown compression method";
-        z->state->sub.marker = 5;       /* can't try inflateSync */
-        break;
-      }
-      if ((z->state->sub.method >> 4) + 8 > z->state->wbits)
-      {
-        z->state->mode = BAD;
-        z->msg = (char*)"invalid window size";
-        z->state->sub.marker = 5;       /* can't try inflateSync */
-        break;
-      }
-      z->state->mode = FLAG;
-    case FLAG:
-      NEEDBYTE
-      b = NEXTBYTE;
-      if (((z->state->sub.method << 8) + b) % 31)
-      {
-        z->state->mode = BAD;
-        z->msg = (char*)"incorrect header check";
-        z->state->sub.marker = 5;       /* can't try inflateSync */
-        break;
-      }
-      Tracev((stderr, "inflate: zlib header ok\n"));
-      if (!(b & PRESET_DICT))
-      {
-        z->state->mode = BLOCKS;
-        break;
-      }
-      z->state->mode = DICT4;
-    case DICT4:
-      NEEDBYTE
-      z->state->sub.check.need = (uLong)NEXTBYTE << 24;
-      z->state->mode = DICT3;
-    case DICT3:
-      NEEDBYTE
-      z->state->sub.check.need += (uLong)NEXTBYTE << 16;
-      z->state->mode = DICT2;
-    case DICT2:
-      NEEDBYTE
-      z->state->sub.check.need += (uLong)NEXTBYTE << 8;
-      z->state->mode = DICT1;
-    case DICT1:
-      NEEDBYTE
-      z->state->sub.check.need += (uLong)NEXTBYTE;
-      z->adler = z->state->sub.check.need;
-      z->state->mode = DICT0;
-      return Z_NEED_DICT;
-    case DICT0:
-      z->state->mode = BAD;
-      z->msg = (char*)"need dictionary";
-      z->state->sub.marker = 0;       /* can try inflateSync */
-      return Z_STREAM_ERROR;
-    case BLOCKS:
-      r = inflate_blocks(z->state->blocks, z, r);
-      if (r == Z_DATA_ERROR)
-      {
-        z->state->mode = BAD;
-        z->state->sub.marker = 0;       /* can try inflateSync */
-        break;
-      }
-      if (r == Z_OK)
-        r = f;
-      if (r != Z_STREAM_END)
-        return r;
-      r = f;
-      inflate_blocks_reset(z->state->blocks, z, &z->state->sub.check.was);
-      if (z->state->nowrap)
-      {
-        z->state->mode = DONE;
-        break;
-      }
-      z->state->mode = CHECK4;
-    case CHECK4:
-      NEEDBYTE
-      z->state->sub.check.need = (uLong)NEXTBYTE << 24;
-      z->state->mode = CHECK3;
-    case CHECK3:
-      NEEDBYTE
-      z->state->sub.check.need += (uLong)NEXTBYTE << 16;
-      z->state->mode = CHECK2;
-    case CHECK2:
-      NEEDBYTE
-      z->state->sub.check.need += (uLong)NEXTBYTE << 8;
-      z->state->mode = CHECK1;
-    case CHECK1:
-      NEEDBYTE
-      z->state->sub.check.need += (uLong)NEXTBYTE;
-
-      if (z->state->sub.check.was != z->state->sub.check.need)
-      {
-        z->state->mode = BAD;
-        z->msg = (char*)"incorrect data check";
-        z->state->sub.marker = 5;       /* can't try inflateSync */
-        break;
-      }
-      Tracev((stderr, "inflate: zlib check ok\n"));
-      z->state->mode = DONE;
-    case DONE:
-      return Z_STREAM_END;
-    case BAD:
-      return Z_DATA_ERROR;
-    default:
-      return Z_STREAM_ERROR;
-  }
-#ifdef NEED_DUMMY_RETURN
-  return Z_STREAM_ERROR;  /* Some dumb compilers complain without this */
-#endif
-}
-
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/inftrees.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/inftrees.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 3c39aca..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/inftrees.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,465 +0,0 @@
-/* inftrees.c -- generate Huffman trees for efficient decoding
- * Copyright (C) 1995-2002 Mark Adler
- * For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in zlib.h
- */
-
-#include "zutil.h"
-#include "inftrees.h"
-
-#if !defined(BUILDFIXED) && !defined(STDC)
-#  define BUILDFIXED   /* non ANSI compilers may not accept inffixed.h */
-#endif
-
-
-#if 0
-local const char inflate_copyright[] =
-   " inflate 1.1.4 Copyright 1995-2002 Mark Adler ";
-#endif
-/*
-  If you use the zlib library in a product, an acknowledgment is welcome
-  in the documentation of your product. If for some reason you cannot
-  include such an acknowledgment, I would appreciate that you keep this
-  copyright string in the executable of your product.
- */
-
-/* simplify the use of the inflate_huft type with some defines */
-#define exop word.what.Exop
-#define bits word.what.Bits
-
-
-local int huft_build OF((
-    uIntf *,            /* code lengths in bits */
-    uInt,               /* number of codes */
-    uInt,               /* number of "simple" codes */
-    const uIntf *,      /* list of base values for non-simple codes */
-    const uIntf *,      /* list of extra bits for non-simple codes */
-    inflate_huft * FAR*,/* result: starting table */
-    uIntf *,            /* maximum lookup bits (returns actual) */
-    inflate_huft *,     /* space for trees */
-    uInt *,             /* hufts used in space */
-    uIntf * ));         /* space for values */
-
-/* Tables for deflate from PKZIP's appnote.txt. */
-local const uInt cplens[31] = { /* Copy lengths for literal codes 257..285 */
-        3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 13, 15, 17, 19, 23, 27, 31,
-        35, 43, 51, 59, 67, 83, 99, 115, 131, 163, 195, 227, 258, 0, 0};
-        /* see note #13 above about 258 */
-local const uInt cplext[31] = { /* Extra bits for literal codes 257..285 */
-        0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 2, 2, 2, 2,
-        3, 3, 3, 3, 4, 4, 4, 4, 5, 5, 5, 5, 0, 112, 112}; /* 112==invalid */
-local const uInt cpdist[30] = { /* Copy offsets for distance codes 0..29 */
-        1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 9, 13, 17, 25, 33, 49, 65, 97, 129, 193,
-        257, 385, 513, 769, 1025, 1537, 2049, 3073, 4097, 6145,
-        8193, 12289, 16385, 24577};
-local const uInt cpdext[30] = { /* Extra bits for distance codes */
-        0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 2, 2, 3, 3, 4, 4, 5, 5, 6, 6,
-        7, 7, 8, 8, 9, 9, 10, 10, 11, 11,
-        12, 12, 13, 13};
-
-/*
-   Huffman code decoding is performed using a multi-level table lookup.
-   The fastest way to decode is to simply build a lookup table whose
-   size is determined by the longest code.  However, the time it takes
-   to build this table can also be a factor if the data being decoded
-   is not very long.  The most common codes are necessarily the
-   shortest codes, so those codes dominate the decoding time, and hence
-   the speed.  The idea is you can have a shorter table that decodes the
-   shorter, more probable codes, and then point to subsidiary tables for
-   the longer codes.  The time it costs to decode the longer codes is
-   then traded against the time it takes to make longer tables.
-
-   This results of this trade are in the variables lbits and dbits
-   below.  lbits is the number of bits the first level table for literal/
-   length codes can decode in one step, and dbits is the same thing for
-   the distance codes.  Subsequent tables are also less than or equal to
-   those sizes.  These values may be adjusted either when all of the
-   codes are shorter than that, in which case the longest code length in
-   bits is used, or when the shortest code is *longer* than the requested
-   table size, in which case the length of the shortest code in bits is
-   used.
-
-   There are two different values for the two tables, since they code a
-   different number of possibilities each.  The literal/length table
-   codes 286 possible values, or in a flat code, a little over eight
-   bits.  The distance table codes 30 possible values, or a little less
-   than five bits, flat.  The optimum values for speed end up being
-   about one bit more than those, so lbits is 8+1 and dbits is 5+1.
-   The optimum values may differ though from machine to machine, and
-   possibly even between compilers.  Your mileage may vary.
- */
-
-
-/* If BMAX needs to be larger than 16, then h and x[] should be uLong. */
-#define BMAX 15         /* maximum bit length of any code */
-
-local int huft_build( /* b, n, s, d, e, t, m, hp, hn, v) */
-uIntf *b,               /* code lengths in bits (all assumed <= BMAX) */
-uInt n,                 /* number of codes (assumed <= 288) */
-uInt s,                 /* number of simple-valued codes (0..s-1) */
-const uIntf *d,         /* list of base values for non-simple codes */
-const uIntf *e,         /* list of extra bits for non-simple codes */
-inflate_huft * FAR *t,  /* result: starting table */
-uIntf *m,               /* maximum lookup bits, returns actual */
-inflate_huft *hp,       /* space for trees */
-uInt *hn,               /* hufts used in space */
-uIntf *v                /* working area: values in order of bit length */
-/* Given a list of code lengths and a maximum table size, make a set of
-   tables to decode that set of codes.  Return Z_OK on success, Z_BUF_ERROR
-   if the given code set is incomplete (the tables are still built in this
-   case), or Z_DATA_ERROR if the input is invalid. */
-)
-{
-
-  uInt a;                       /* counter for codes of length k */
-  uInt c[BMAX+1];               /* bit length count table */
-  uInt f;                       /* i repeats in table every f entries */
-  int g;                        /* maximum code length */
-  int h;                        /* table level */
-  register uInt i;              /* counter, current code */
-  register uInt j;              /* counter */
-  register int k;               /* number of bits in current code */
-  int l;                        /* bits per table (returned in m) */
-  uInt mask;                    /* (1 << w) - 1, to avoid cc -O bug on HP */
-  register uIntf *p;            /* pointer into c[], b[], or v[] */
-  inflate_huft *q;              /* points to current table */
-  struct inflate_huft_s r;      /* table entry for structure assignment */
-  inflate_huft *u[BMAX];        /* table stack */
-  register int w;               /* bits before this table == (l * h) */
-  uInt x[BMAX+1];               /* bit offsets, then code stack */
-  uIntf *xp;                    /* pointer into x */
-  int y;                        /* number of dummy codes added */
-  uInt z;                       /* number of entries in current table */
-
-
-  /* Make compiler happy */
-  r.base = 0;
-
-  /* Generate counts for each bit length */
-  p = c;
-#define C0 *p++ = 0;
-#define C2 C0 C0 C0 C0
-#define C4 C2 C2 C2 C2
-  C4                            /* clear c[]--assume BMAX+1 is 16 */
-  p = b;  i = n;
-  do {
-    c[*p++]++;                  /* assume all entries <= BMAX */
-  } while (--i);
-  if (c[0] == n)                /* null input--all zero length codes */
-  {
-    *t = (inflate_huft *)Z_NULL;
-    *m = 0;
-    return Z_OK;
-  }
-
-
-  /* Find minimum and maximum length, bound *m by those */
-  l = *m;
-  for (j = 1; j <= BMAX; j++)
-    if (c[j])
-      break;
-  k = j;                        /* minimum code length */
-  if ((uInt)l < j)
-    l = j;
-  for (i = BMAX; i; i--)
-    if (c[i])
-      break;
-  g = i;                        /* maximum code length */
-  if ((uInt)l > i)
-    l = i;
-  *m = l;
-
-
-  /* Adjust last length count to fill out codes, if needed */
-  for (y = 1 << j; j < i; j++, y <<= 1)
-    if ((y -= c[j]) < 0)
-      return Z_DATA_ERROR;
-  if ((y -= c[i]) < 0)
-    return Z_DATA_ERROR;
-  c[i] += y;
-
-
-  /* Generate starting offsets into the value table for each length */
-  x[1] = j = 0;
-  p = c + 1;  xp = x + 2;
-  while (--i) {                 /* note that i == g from above */
-    *xp++ = (j += *p++);
-  }
-
-
-  /* Make a table of values in order of bit lengths */
-  p = b;  i = 0;
-  do {
-    if ((j = *p++) != 0)
-      v[x[j]++] = i;
-  } while (++i < n);
-  n = x[g];                     /* set n to length of v */
-
-
-  /* Generate the Huffman codes and for each, make the table entries */
-  x[0] = i = 0;                 /* first Huffman code is zero */
-  p = v;                        /* grab values in bit order */
-  h = -1;                       /* no tables yet--level -1 */
-  w = -l;                       /* bits decoded == (l * h) */
-  u[0] = (inflate_huft *)Z_NULL;        /* just to keep compilers happy */
-  q = (inflate_huft *)Z_NULL;   /* ditto */
-  z = 0;                        /* ditto */
-
-  /* go through the bit lengths (k already is bits in shortest code) */
-  for (; k <= g; k++)
-  {
-    a = c[k];
-    while (a--)
-    {
-      /* here i is the Huffman code of length k bits for value *p */
-      /* make tables up to required level */
-      while (k > w + l)
-      {
-        h++;
-        w += l;                 /* previous table always l bits */
-
-        /* compute minimum size table less than or equal to l bits */
-        z = g - w;
-        z = z > (uInt)l ? (uInt)l : z;        /* table size upper limit */
-        if ((f = 1 << (j = k - w)) > a + 1)     /* try a k-w bit table */
-        {                       /* too few codes for k-w bit table */
-          f -= a + 1;           /* deduct codes from patterns left */
-          xp = c + k;
-          if (j < z)
-            while (++j < z)     /* try smaller tables up to z bits */
-            {
-              if ((f <<= 1) <= *++xp)
-                break;          /* enough codes to use up j bits */
-              f -= *xp;         /* else deduct codes from patterns */
-            }
-        }
-        z = 1 << j;             /* table entries for j-bit table */
-
-        /* allocate new table */
-        if (*hn + z > MANY)     /* (note: doesn't matter for fixed) */
-          return Z_DATA_ERROR;  /* overflow of MANY */
-        u[h] = q = hp + *hn;
-        *hn += z;
-
-        /* connect to last table, if there is one */
-        if (h)
-        {
-          x[h] = i;             /* save pattern for backing up */
-          r.bits = (Byte)l;     /* bits to dump before this table */
-          r.exop = (Byte)j;     /* bits in this table */
-          j = i >> (w - l);
-          r.base = (uInt)(q - u[h-1] - j);   /* offset to this table */
-          u[h-1][j] = r;        /* connect to last table */
-        }
-        else
-          *t = q;               /* first table is returned result */
-      }
-
-      /* set up table entry in r */
-      r.bits = (Byte)(k - w);
-      if (p >= v + n)
-        r.exop = 128 + 64;      /* out of values--invalid code */
-      else if (*p < s)
-      {
-        r.exop = (Byte)(*p < 256 ? 0 : 32 + 64);     /* 256 is end-of-block */
-        r.base = *p++;          /* simple code is just the value */
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        r.exop = (Byte)(e[*p - s] + 16 + 64);/* non-simple--look up in lists */
-        r.base = d[*p++ - s];
-      }
-
-      /* fill code-like entries with r */
-      f = 1 << (k - w);
-      for (j = i >> w; j < z; j += f)
-        q[j] = r;
-
-      /* backwards increment the k-bit code i */
-      for (j = 1 << (k - 1); i & j; j >>= 1)
-        i ^= j;
-      i ^= j;
-
-      /* backup over finished tables */
-      mask = (1 << w) - 1;      /* needed on HP, cc -O bug */
-      while ((i & mask) != x[h])
-      {
-        h--;                    /* don't need to update q */
-        w -= l;
-        mask = (1 << w) - 1;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  /* Return Z_BUF_ERROR if we were given an incomplete table */
-  return y != 0 && g != 1 ? Z_BUF_ERROR : Z_OK;
-}
-
-
-local int inflate_trees_bits( /* c, bb, tb, hp, z) */
-uIntf *c,               /* 19 code lengths */
-uIntf *bb,              /* bits tree desired/actual depth */
-inflate_huft * FAR *tb, /* bits tree result */
-inflate_huft *hp,       /* space for trees */
-z_streamp z             /* for messages */
-)
-{
-  int r;
-  uInt hn = 0;          /* hufts used in space */
-  uIntf *v;             /* work area for huft_build */
-
-  if ((v = (uIntf*)ZALLOC(z, 19, sizeof(uInt))) == Z_NULL)
-    return Z_MEM_ERROR;
-  r = huft_build(c, 19, 19, (uIntf*)Z_NULL, (uIntf*)Z_NULL,
-                 tb, bb, hp, &hn, v);
-  if (r == Z_DATA_ERROR)
-    z->msg = (char*)"oversubscribed dynamic bit lengths tree";
-  else if (r == Z_BUF_ERROR || *bb == 0)
-  {
-    z->msg = (char*)"incomplete dynamic bit lengths tree";
-    r = Z_DATA_ERROR;
-  }
-  ZFREE(z, v);
-  return r;
-}
-
-
-local int inflate_trees_dynamic( /* nl, nd, c, bl, bd, tl, td, hp, z) */
-uInt nl,                /* number of literal/length codes */
-uInt nd,                /* number of distance codes */
-uIntf *c,               /* that many (total) code lengths */
-uIntf *bl,              /* literal desired/actual bit depth */
-uIntf *bd,              /* distance desired/actual bit depth */
-inflate_huft * FAR *tl, /* literal/length tree result */
-inflate_huft * FAR *td, /* distance tree result */
-inflate_huft *hp,       /* space for trees */
-z_streamp z             /* for messages */
-)
-{
-  int r;
-  uInt hn = 0;          /* hufts used in space */
-  uIntf *v;             /* work area for huft_build */
-
-  /* allocate work area */
-  if ((v = (uIntf*)ZALLOC(z, 288, sizeof(uInt))) == Z_NULL)
-    return Z_MEM_ERROR;
-
-  /* build literal/length tree */
-  r = huft_build(c, nl, 257, cplens, cplext, tl, bl, hp, &hn, v);
-  if (r != Z_OK || *bl == 0)
-  {
-    if (r == Z_DATA_ERROR)
-      z->msg = (char*)"oversubscribed literal/length tree";
-    else if (r != Z_MEM_ERROR)
-    {
-      z->msg = (char*)"incomplete literal/length tree";
-      r = Z_DATA_ERROR;
-    }
-    ZFREE(z, v);
-    return r;
-  }
-
-  /* build distance tree */
-  r = huft_build(c + nl, nd, 0, cpdist, cpdext, td, bd, hp, &hn, v);
-  if (r != Z_OK || (*bd == 0 && nl > 257))
-  {
-    if (r == Z_DATA_ERROR)
-      z->msg = (char*)"oversubscribed distance tree";
-    else if (r == Z_BUF_ERROR) {
-#ifdef PKZIP_BUG_WORKAROUND
-      r = Z_OK;
-    }
-#else
-      z->msg = (char*)"incomplete distance tree";
-      r = Z_DATA_ERROR;
-    }
-    else if (r != Z_MEM_ERROR)
-    {
-      z->msg = (char*)"empty distance tree with lengths";
-      r = Z_DATA_ERROR;
-    }
-    ZFREE(z, v);
-    return r;
-#endif
-  }
-
-  /* done */
-  ZFREE(z, v);
-  return Z_OK;
-}
-
-
-/* build fixed tables only once--keep them here */
-#ifdef BUILDFIXED
-local int fixed_built = 0;
-#define FIXEDH 544      /* number of hufts used by fixed tables */
-local inflate_huft fixed_mem[FIXEDH];
-local uInt fixed_bl;
-local uInt fixed_bd;
-local inflate_huft *fixed_tl;
-local inflate_huft *fixed_td;
-#else
-#include "inffixed.h"
-#endif
-
-
-local int inflate_trees_fixed( /* bl, bd, tl, td, z) */
-uIntf *bl,                      /* literal desired/actual bit depth */
-uIntf *bd,                      /* distance desired/actual bit depth */
-const inflate_huft * FAR *tl,   /* literal/length tree result */
-const inflate_huft * FAR *td,   /* distance tree result */
-z_streamp z                     /* for memory allocation */
-)
-{
-#ifdef BUILDFIXED
-  /* build fixed tables if not already */
-  if (!fixed_built)
-  {
-    int k;              /* temporary variable */
-    uInt f = 0;         /* number of hufts used in fixed_mem */
-    uIntf *c;           /* length list for huft_build */
-    uIntf *v;           /* work area for huft_build */
-
-    /* allocate memory */
-    if ((c = (uIntf*)ZALLOC(z, 288, sizeof(uInt))) == Z_NULL)
-      return Z_MEM_ERROR;
-    if ((v = (uIntf*)ZALLOC(z, 288, sizeof(uInt))) == Z_NULL)
-    {
-      ZFREE(z, c);
-      return Z_MEM_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    /* literal table */
-    for (k = 0; k < 144; k++)
-      c[k] = 8;
-    for (; k < 256; k++)
-      c[k] = 9;
-    for (; k < 280; k++)
-      c[k] = 7;
-    for (; k < 288; k++)
-      c[k] = 8;
-    fixed_bl = 9;
-    huft_build(c, 288, 257, cplens, cplext, &fixed_tl, &fixed_bl,
-               fixed_mem, &f, v);
-
-    /* distance table */
-    for (k = 0; k < 30; k++)
-      c[k] = 5;
-    fixed_bd = 5;
-    huft_build(c, 30, 0, cpdist, cpdext, &fixed_td, &fixed_bd,
-               fixed_mem, &f, v);
-
-    /* done */
-    ZFREE(z, v);
-    ZFREE(z, c);
-    fixed_built = 1;
-  }
-#else
-  FT_UNUSED(z);
-#endif
-  *bl = fixed_bl;
-  *bd = fixed_bd;
-  *tl = fixed_tl;
-  *td = fixed_td;
-  return Z_OK;
-}
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/inftrees.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/inftrees.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 07bf2aa..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/inftrees.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
-/* inftrees.h -- header to use inftrees.c
- * Copyright (C) 1995-2002 Mark Adler
- * For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in zlib.h
- */
-
-/* WARNING: this file should *not* be used by applications. It is
-   part of the implementation of the compression library and is
-   subject to change. Applications should only use zlib.h.
- */
-
-/* Huffman code lookup table entry--this entry is four bytes for machines
-   that have 16-bit pointers (e.g. PC's in the small or medium model). */
-
-#ifndef _INFTREES_H
-#define _INFTREES_H
-
-typedef struct inflate_huft_s FAR inflate_huft;
-
-struct inflate_huft_s {
-  union {
-    struct {
-      Byte Exop;        /* number of extra bits or operation */
-      Byte Bits;        /* number of bits in this code or subcode */
-    } what;
-    uInt pad;           /* pad structure to a power of 2 (4 bytes for */
-  } word;               /*  16-bit, 8 bytes for 32-bit int's) */
-  uInt base;            /* literal, length base, distance base,
-                           or table offset */
-};
-
-/* Maximum size of dynamic tree.  The maximum found in a long but non-
-   exhaustive search was 1004 huft structures (850 for length/literals
-   and 154 for distances, the latter actually the result of an
-   exhaustive search).  The actual maximum is not known, but the
-   value below is more than safe. */
-#define MANY 1440
-
-local  int inflate_trees_bits OF((
-    uIntf *,                    /* 19 code lengths */
-    uIntf *,                    /* bits tree desired/actual depth */
-    inflate_huft * FAR *,       /* bits tree result */
-    inflate_huft *,             /* space for trees */
-    z_streamp));                /* for messages */
-
-local  int inflate_trees_dynamic OF((
-    uInt,                       /* number of literal/length codes */
-    uInt,                       /* number of distance codes */
-    uIntf *,                    /* that many (total) code lengths */
-    uIntf *,                    /* literal desired/actual bit depth */
-    uIntf *,                    /* distance desired/actual bit depth */
-    inflate_huft * FAR *,       /* literal/length tree result */
-    inflate_huft * FAR *,       /* distance tree result */
-    inflate_huft *,             /* space for trees */
-    z_streamp));                /* for messages */
-
-local  int inflate_trees_fixed OF((
-    uIntf *,                    /* literal desired/actual bit depth */
-    uIntf *,                    /* distance desired/actual bit depth */
-    const inflate_huft * FAR *, /* literal/length tree result */
-    const inflate_huft * FAR *, /* distance tree result */
-    z_streamp));                /* for memory allocation */
-
-#endif /* _INFTREES_H */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/infutil.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/infutil.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 6087b40..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/infutil.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
-/* inflate_util.c -- data and routines common to blocks and codes
- * Copyright (C) 1995-2002 Mark Adler
- * For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in zlib.h
- */
-
-#include "zutil.h"
-#include "infblock.h"
-#include "inftrees.h"
-#include "infcodes.h"
-#include "infutil.h"
-
-
-/* And'ing with mask[n] masks the lower n bits */
-local const uInt inflate_mask[17] = {
-    0x0000,
-    0x0001, 0x0003, 0x0007, 0x000f, 0x001f, 0x003f, 0x007f, 0x00ff,
-    0x01ff, 0x03ff, 0x07ff, 0x0fff, 0x1fff, 0x3fff, 0x7fff, 0xffff
-};
-
-
-/* copy as much as possible from the sliding window to the output area */
-local int inflate_flush( /* s, z, r) */
-inflate_blocks_statef *s,
-z_streamp z,
-int r )
-{
-  uInt n;
-  Bytef *p;
-  Bytef *q;
-
-  /* local copies of source and destination pointers */
-  p = z->next_out;
-  q = s->read;
-
-  /* compute number of bytes to copy as far as end of window */
-  n = (uInt)((q <= s->write ? s->write : s->end) - q);
-  if (n > z->avail_out) n = z->avail_out;
-  if (n && r == Z_BUF_ERROR) r = Z_OK;
-
-  /* update counters */
-  z->avail_out -= n;
-  z->total_out += n;
-
-  /* update check information */
-  if (s->checkfn != Z_NULL)
-    z->adler = s->check = (*s->checkfn)(s->check, q, n);
-
-  /* copy as far as end of window */
-  zmemcpy(p, q, n);
-  p += n;
-  q += n;
-
-  /* see if more to copy at beginning of window */
-  if (q == s->end)
-  {
-    /* wrap pointers */
-    q = s->window;
-    if (s->write == s->end)
-      s->write = s->window;
-
-    /* compute bytes to copy */
-    n = (uInt)(s->write - q);
-    if (n > z->avail_out) n = z->avail_out;
-    if (n && r == Z_BUF_ERROR) r = Z_OK;
-
-    /* update counters */
-    z->avail_out -= n;
-    z->total_out += n;
-
-    /* update check information */
-    if (s->checkfn != Z_NULL)
-      z->adler = s->check = (*s->checkfn)(s->check, q, n);
-
-    /* copy */
-    zmemcpy(p, q, n);
-    p += n;
-    q += n;
-  }
-
-  /* update pointers */
-  z->next_out = p;
-  s->read = q;
-
-  /* done */
-  return r;
-}
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/infutil.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/infutil.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 7174b6d..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/infutil.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,98 +0,0 @@
-/* infutil.h -- types and macros common to blocks and codes
- * Copyright (C) 1995-2002 Mark Adler
- * For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in zlib.h
- */
-
-/* WARNING: this file should *not* be used by applications. It is
-   part of the implementation of the compression library and is
-   subject to change. Applications should only use zlib.h.
- */
-
-#ifndef _INFUTIL_H
-#define _INFUTIL_H
-
-typedef enum {
-      TYPE,     /* get type bits (3, including end bit) */
-      LENS,     /* get lengths for stored */
-      STORED,   /* processing stored block */
-      TABLE,    /* get table lengths */
-      BTREE,    /* get bit lengths tree for a dynamic block */
-      DTREE,    /* get length, distance trees for a dynamic block */
-      CODES,    /* processing fixed or dynamic block */
-      DRY,      /* output remaining window bytes */
-      DONE,     /* finished last block, done */
-      BAD}      /* got a data error--stuck here */
-inflate_block_mode;
-
-/* inflate blocks semi-private state */
-struct inflate_blocks_state {
-
-  /* mode */
-  inflate_block_mode  mode;     /* current inflate_block mode */
-
-  /* mode dependent information */
-  union {
-    uInt left;          /* if STORED, bytes left to copy */
-    struct {
-      uInt table;               /* table lengths (14 bits) */
-      uInt index;               /* index into blens (or border) */
-      uIntf *blens;             /* bit lengths of codes */
-      uInt bb;                  /* bit length tree depth */
-      inflate_huft *tb;         /* bit length decoding tree */
-    } trees;            /* if DTREE, decoding info for trees */
-    struct {
-      inflate_codes_statef
-         *codes;
-    } decode;           /* if CODES, current state */
-  } sub;                /* submode */
-  uInt last;            /* true if this block is the last block */
-
-  /* mode independent information */
-  uInt bitk;            /* bits in bit buffer */
-  uLong bitb;           /* bit buffer */
-  inflate_huft *hufts;  /* single malloc for tree space */
-  Bytef *window;        /* sliding window */
-  Bytef *end;           /* one byte after sliding window */
-  Bytef *read;          /* window read pointer */
-  Bytef *write;         /* window write pointer */
-  check_func checkfn;   /* check function */
-  uLong check;          /* check on output */
-
-};
-
-
-/* defines for inflate input/output */
-/*   update pointers and return */
-#define UPDBITS {s->bitb=b;s->bitk=k;}
-#define UPDIN {z->avail_in=n;z->total_in+=p-z->next_in;z->next_in=p;}
-#define UPDOUT {s->write=q;}
-#define UPDATE {UPDBITS UPDIN UPDOUT}
-#define LEAVE {UPDATE return inflate_flush(s,z,r);}
-/*   get bytes and bits */
-#define LOADIN {p=z->next_in;n=z->avail_in;b=s->bitb;k=s->bitk;}
-#define NEEDBYTE {if(n)r=Z_OK;else LEAVE}
-#define NEXTBYTE (n--,*p++)
-#define NEEDBITS(j) {while(k<(j)){NEEDBYTE;b|=((uLong)NEXTBYTE)<<k;k+=8;}}
-#define DUMPBITS(j) {b>>=(j);k-=(j);}
-/*   output bytes */
-#define WAVAIL (uInt)(q<s->read?s->read-q-1:s->end-q)
-#define LOADOUT {q=s->write;m=(uInt)WAVAIL;}
-#define WRAP {if(q==s->end&&s->read!=s->window){q=s->window;m=(uInt)WAVAIL;}}
-#define FLUSH {UPDOUT r=inflate_flush(s,z,r); LOADOUT}
-#define NEEDOUT {if(m==0){WRAP if(m==0){FLUSH WRAP if(m==0) LEAVE}}r=Z_OK;}
-#define OUTBYTE(a) {*q++=(Byte)(a);m--;}
-/*   load local pointers */
-#define LOAD {LOADIN LOADOUT}
-
-/* masks for lower bits (size given to avoid silly warnings with Visual C++) */
-#ifndef NO_INFLATE_MASK
-local uInt inflate_mask[17];
-#endif
-
-/* copy as much as possible from the sliding window to the output area */
-local int inflate_flush OF((
-    inflate_blocks_statef *,
-    z_streamp ,
-    int));
-
-#endif
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/rules.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/rules.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index d2a43a6..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/rules.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 GZip support configuration rules
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 2002, 2003 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-# gzip driver directory
-#
-GZIP_DIR := $(SRC_DIR)/gzip
-
-
-# compilation flags for the driver
-#
-ifeq ($(SYSTEM_ZLIB),)
-  GZIP_COMPILE := $(FT_COMPILE) $I$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$(GZIP_DIR))
-else
-  GZIP_COMPILE := $(FT_COMPILE)
-endif
-
-
-# gzip support sources (i.e., C files)
-#
-GZIP_DRV_SRC := $(GZIP_DIR)/ftgzip.c
-
-# gzip support headers
-#
-GZIP_DRV_H :=
-
-
-# gzip driver object(s)
-#
-#   GZIP_DRV_OBJ_M is used during `multi' builds
-#   GZIP_DRV_OBJ_S is used during `single' builds
-#
-ifeq ($(SYSTEM_ZLIB),)
-  GZIP_DRV_OBJ_M := $(GZIP_DRV_SRC:$(GZIP_DIR)/%.c=$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O)
-else
-  GZIP_DRV_OBJ_M := $(OBJ_DIR)/ftgzip.$O
-endif
-GZIP_DRV_OBJ_S := $(OBJ_DIR)/ftgzip.$O
-
-# gzip support source file for single build
-#
-GZIP_DRV_SRC_S := $(GZIP_DIR)/ftgzip.c
-
-
-# gzip support - single object
-#
-$(GZIP_DRV_OBJ_S): $(GZIP_DRV_SRC_S) $(GZIP_DRV_SRC) $(FREETYPE_H) \
-                   $(GZIP_DRV_H)
-	$(GZIP_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $(GZIP_DRV_SRC_S))
-
-
-# gzip support - multiple objects
-#
-$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O: $(GZIP_DIR)/%.c $(FREETYPE_H) $(GZIP_DRV_H)
-	$(GZIP_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $<)
-
-
-# update main driver object lists
-#
-DRV_OBJS_S += $(GZIP_DRV_OBJ_S)
-DRV_OBJS_M += $(GZIP_DRV_OBJ_M)
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/zconf.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/zconf.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 3ccc3a6..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/zconf.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,278 +0,0 @@
-/* zconf.h -- configuration of the zlib compression library
- * Copyright (C) 1995-2002 Jean-loup Gailly.
- * For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in zlib.h
- */
-
-/* @(#) $Id: zconf.h,v 1.4 2007/06/01 06:56:17 wl Exp $ */
-
-#ifndef _ZCONF_H
-#define _ZCONF_H
-
-/*
- * If you *really* need a unique prefix for all types and library functions,
- * compile with -DZ_PREFIX. The "standard" zlib should be compiled without it.
- */
-#ifdef Z_PREFIX
-#  define deflateInit_         z_deflateInit_
-#  define deflate              z_deflate
-#  define deflateEnd           z_deflateEnd
-#  define inflateInit_         z_inflateInit_
-#  define inflate              z_inflate
-#  define inflateEnd           z_inflateEnd
-#  define deflateInit2_        z_deflateInit2_
-#  define deflateSetDictionary z_deflateSetDictionary
-#  define deflateCopy          z_deflateCopy
-#  define deflateReset         z_deflateReset
-#  define deflateParams        z_deflateParams
-#  define inflateInit2_        z_inflateInit2_
-#  define inflateSetDictionary z_inflateSetDictionary
-#  define inflateSync          z_inflateSync
-#  define inflateSyncPoint     z_inflateSyncPoint
-#  define inflateReset         z_inflateReset
-#  define compress             z_compress
-#  define compress2            z_compress2
-#  define uncompress           z_uncompress
-#  define adler32              z_adler32
-#  define crc32                z_crc32
-#  define get_crc_table        z_get_crc_table
-
-#  define Byte   z_Byte
-#  define uInt   z_uInt
-#  define uLong  z_uLong
-#  define Bytef  z_Bytef
-#  define charf  z_charf
-#  define intf   z_intf
-#  define uIntf  z_uIntf
-#  define uLongf z_uLongf
-#  define voidpf z_voidpf
-#  define voidp  z_voidp
-#endif
-
-#if (defined(_WIN32) || defined(__WIN32__)) && !defined(WIN32)
-#  define WIN32
-#endif
-#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(WIN32) || defined(__386__) || defined(i386)
-#  ifndef __32BIT__
-#    define __32BIT__
-#  endif
-#endif
-#if defined(__MSDOS__) && !defined(MSDOS)
-#  define MSDOS
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Compile with -DMAXSEG_64K if the alloc function cannot allocate more
- * than 64k bytes at a time (needed on systems with 16-bit int).
- */
-#if defined(MSDOS) && !defined(__32BIT__)
-#  define MAXSEG_64K
-#endif
-#ifdef MSDOS
-#  define UNALIGNED_OK
-#endif
-
-#if (defined(MSDOS) || defined(_WINDOWS) || defined(WIN32))  && !defined(STDC)
-#  define STDC
-#endif
-#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(__cplusplus) || defined(__OS2__)
-#  ifndef STDC
-#    define STDC
-#  endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef STDC
-#  ifndef const /* cannot use !defined(STDC) && !defined(const) on Mac */
-#    define const
-#  endif
-#endif
-
-/* Some Mac compilers merge all .h files incorrectly: */
-#if defined(__MWERKS__) || defined(applec) ||defined(THINK_C) ||defined(__SC__)
-#  define NO_DUMMY_DECL
-#endif
-
-/* Old Borland C and LCC incorrectly complains about missing returns: */
-#if defined(__BORLANDC__) && (__BORLANDC__ < 0x500)
-#  define NEED_DUMMY_RETURN
-#endif
-
-#if defined(__LCC__)
-#  define  NEED_DUMMY_RETURN
-#endif
-
-/* Maximum value for memLevel in deflateInit2 */
-#ifndef MAX_MEM_LEVEL
-#  ifdef MAXSEG_64K
-#    define MAX_MEM_LEVEL 8
-#  else
-#    define MAX_MEM_LEVEL 9
-#  endif
-#endif
-
-/* Maximum value for windowBits in deflateInit2 and inflateInit2.
- * WARNING: reducing MAX_WBITS makes minigzip unable to extract .gz files
- * created by gzip. (Files created by minigzip can still be extracted by
- * gzip.)
- */
-#ifndef MAX_WBITS
-#  define MAX_WBITS   15 /* 32K LZ77 window */
-#endif
-
-/* The memory requirements for deflate are (in bytes):
-            (1 << (windowBits+2)) +  (1 << (memLevel+9))
- that is: 128K for windowBits=15  +  128K for memLevel = 8  (default values)
- plus a few kilobytes for small objects. For example, if you want to reduce
- the default memory requirements from 256K to 128K, compile with
-     make CFLAGS="-O -DMAX_WBITS=14 -DMAX_MEM_LEVEL=7"
- Of course this will generally degrade compression (there's no free lunch).
-
-   The memory requirements for inflate are (in bytes) 1 << windowBits
- that is, 32K for windowBits=15 (default value) plus a few kilobytes
- for small objects.
-*/
-
-                        /* Type declarations */
-
-#ifndef OF /* function prototypes */
-#  ifdef STDC
-#    define OF(args)  args
-#  else
-#    define OF(args)  ()
-#  endif
-#endif
-
-/* The following definitions for FAR are needed only for MSDOS mixed
- * model programming (small or medium model with some far allocations).
- * This was tested only with MSC; for other MSDOS compilers you may have
- * to define NO_MEMCPY in zutil.h.  If you don't need the mixed model,
- * just define FAR to be empty.
- */
-#if (defined(M_I86SM) || defined(M_I86MM)) && !defined(__32BIT__)
-   /* MSC small or medium model */
-#  define SMALL_MEDIUM
-#  ifdef _MSC_VER
-#    define FAR _far
-#  else
-#    define FAR far
-#  endif
-#endif
-#if defined(__BORLANDC__) && (defined(__SMALL__) || defined(__MEDIUM__))
-#  ifndef __32BIT__
-#    define SMALL_MEDIUM
-#    define FAR _far
-#  endif
-#endif
-
-/* Compile with -DZLIB_DLL for Windows DLL support */
-#if defined(ZLIB_DLL)
-#  if defined(_WINDOWS) || defined(WINDOWS)
-#    ifdef FAR
-#      undef FAR
-#    endif
-#    include <windows.h>
-#    define ZEXPORT(x)  x WINAPI
-#    ifdef WIN32
-#      define ZEXPORTVA(x)  x WINAPIV
-#    else
-#      define ZEXPORTVA(x)  x FAR _cdecl _export
-#    endif
-#  endif
-#  if defined (__BORLANDC__)
-#    if (__BORLANDC__ >= 0x0500) && defined (WIN32)
-#      include <windows.h>
-#      define ZEXPORT(x) x __declspec(dllexport) WINAPI
-#      define ZEXPORTRVA(x)  x __declspec(dllexport) WINAPIV
-#    else
-#      if defined (_Windows) && defined (__DLL__)
-#        define ZEXPORT(x) x _export
-#        define ZEXPORTVA(x) x _export
-#      endif
-#    endif
-#  endif
-#endif
-
-
-#ifndef ZEXPORT
-#  define ZEXPORT(x)   static x
-#endif
-#ifndef ZEXPORTVA
-#  define ZEXPORTVA(x)   static x
-#endif
-#ifndef ZEXTERN
-#  define ZEXTERN(x) static x
-#endif
-#ifndef ZEXTERNDEF
-#  define ZEXTERNDEF(x)  static x
-#endif
-
-#ifndef FAR
-#   define FAR
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(MACOS) && !defined(TARGET_OS_MAC)
-typedef unsigned char  Byte;  /* 8 bits */
-#endif
-typedef unsigned int   uInt;  /* 16 bits or more */
-typedef unsigned long  uLong; /* 32 bits or more */
-
-#ifdef SMALL_MEDIUM
-   /* Borland C/C++ and some old MSC versions ignore FAR inside typedef */
-#  define Bytef Byte FAR
-#else
-   typedef Byte  FAR Bytef;
-#endif
-typedef char  FAR charf;
-typedef int   FAR intf;
-typedef uInt  FAR uIntf;
-typedef uLong FAR uLongf;
-
-#ifdef STDC
-   typedef void FAR *voidpf;
-   typedef void     *voidp;
-#else
-   typedef Byte FAR *voidpf;
-   typedef Byte     *voidp;
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
-#  include <sys/types.h> /* for off_t */
-#  include <unistd.h>    /* for SEEK_* and off_t */
-#  define z_off_t  off_t
-#endif
-#ifndef SEEK_SET
-#  define SEEK_SET        0       /* Seek from beginning of file.  */
-#  define SEEK_CUR        1       /* Seek from current position.  */
-#  define SEEK_END        2       /* Set file pointer to EOF plus "offset" */
-#endif
-#ifndef z_off_t
-#  define  z_off_t long
-#endif
-
-/* MVS linker does not support external names larger than 8 bytes */
-#if defined(__MVS__)
-#   pragma map(deflateInit_,"DEIN")
-#   pragma map(deflateInit2_,"DEIN2")
-#   pragma map(deflateEnd,"DEEND")
-#   pragma map(inflateInit_,"ININ")
-#   pragma map(inflateInit2_,"ININ2")
-#   pragma map(inflateEnd,"INEND")
-#   pragma map(inflateSync,"INSY")
-#   pragma map(inflateSetDictionary,"INSEDI")
-#   pragma map(inflate_blocks,"INBL")
-#   pragma map(inflate_blocks_new,"INBLNE")
-#   pragma map(inflate_blocks_free,"INBLFR")
-#   pragma map(inflate_blocks_reset,"INBLRE")
-#   pragma map(inflate_codes_free,"INCOFR")
-#   pragma map(inflate_codes,"INCO")
-#   pragma map(inflate_fast,"INFA")
-#   pragma map(inflate_flush,"INFLU")
-#   pragma map(inflate_mask,"INMA")
-#   pragma map(inflate_set_dictionary,"INSEDI2")
-#   pragma map(inflate_copyright,"INCOPY")
-#   pragma map(inflate_trees_bits,"INTRBI")
-#   pragma map(inflate_trees_dynamic,"INTRDY")
-#   pragma map(inflate_trees_fixed,"INTRFI")
-#   pragma map(inflate_trees_free,"INTRFR")
-#endif
-
-#endif /* _ZCONF_H */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/zlib.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/zlib.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 50d0d3f..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/zlib.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,830 +0,0 @@
-/* zlib.h -- interface of the 'zlib' general purpose compression library
-  version 1.1.4, March 11th, 2002
-
-  Copyright (C) 1995-2002 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler
-
-  This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
-  warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
-  arising from the use of this software.
-
-  Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
-  including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
-  freely, subject to the following restrictions:
-
-  1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
-     claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
-     in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
-     appreciated but is not required.
-  2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
-     misrepresented as being the original software.
-  3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
-
-  Jean-loup Gailly        Mark Adler
-  jloup@gzip.org          madler@alumni.caltech.edu
-
-
-  The data format used by the zlib library is described by RFCs (Request for
-  Comments) 1950 to 1952 in the files ftp://ds.internic.net/rfc/rfc1950.txt
-  (zlib format), rfc1951.txt (deflate format) and rfc1952.txt (gzip format).
-*/
-
-#ifndef _ZLIB_H
-#define _ZLIB_H
-
-#include "zconf.h"
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-#define ZLIB_VERSION "1.1.4"
-
-/*
-     The 'zlib' compression library provides in-memory compression and
-  decompression functions, including integrity checks of the uncompressed
-  data.  This version of the library supports only one compression method
-  (deflation) but other algorithms will be added later and will have the same
-  stream interface.
-
-     Compression can be done in a single step if the buffers are large
-  enough (for example if an input file is mmap'ed), or can be done by
-  repeated calls of the compression function.  In the latter case, the
-  application must provide more input and/or consume the output
-  (providing more output space) before each call.
-
-     The library also supports reading and writing files in gzip (.gz) format
-  with an interface similar to that of stdio.
-
-     The library does not install any signal handler. The decoder checks
-  the consistency of the compressed data, so the library should never
-  crash even in case of corrupted input.
-*/
-
-typedef voidpf (*alloc_func) OF((voidpf opaque, uInt items, uInt size));
-typedef void   (*free_func)  OF((voidpf opaque, voidpf address));
-
-struct internal_state;
-
-typedef struct z_stream_s {
-    Bytef    *next_in;  /* next input byte */
-    uInt     avail_in;  /* number of bytes available at next_in */
-    uLong    total_in;  /* total nb of input bytes read so far */
-
-    Bytef    *next_out; /* next output byte should be put there */
-    uInt     avail_out; /* remaining free space at next_out */
-    uLong    total_out; /* total nb of bytes output so far */
-
-    char     *msg;      /* last error message, NULL if no error */
-    struct internal_state FAR *state; /* not visible by applications */
-
-    alloc_func zalloc;  /* used to allocate the internal state */
-    free_func  zfree;   /* used to free the internal state */
-    voidpf     opaque;  /* private data object passed to zalloc and zfree */
-
-    int     data_type;  /* best guess about the data type: ascii or binary */
-    uLong   adler;      /* adler32 value of the uncompressed data */
-    uLong   reserved;   /* reserved for future use */
-} z_stream;
-
-typedef z_stream FAR *z_streamp;
-
-/*
-   The application must update next_in and avail_in when avail_in has
-   dropped to zero. It must update next_out and avail_out when avail_out
-   has dropped to zero. The application must initialize zalloc, zfree and
-   opaque before calling the init function. All other fields are set by the
-   compression library and must not be updated by the application.
-
-   The opaque value provided by the application will be passed as the first
-   parameter for calls of zalloc and zfree. This can be useful for custom
-   memory management. The compression library attaches no meaning to the
-   opaque value.
-
-   zalloc must return Z_NULL if there is not enough memory for the object.
-   If zlib is used in a multi-threaded application, zalloc and zfree must be
-   thread safe.
-
-   On 16-bit systems, the functions zalloc and zfree must be able to allocate
-   exactly 65536 bytes, but will not be required to allocate more than this
-   if the symbol MAXSEG_64K is defined (see zconf.h). WARNING: On MSDOS,
-   pointers returned by zalloc for objects of exactly 65536 bytes *must*
-   have their offset normalized to zero. The default allocation function
-   provided by this library ensures this (see zutil.c). To reduce memory
-   requirements and avoid any allocation of 64K objects, at the expense of
-   compression ratio, compile the library with -DMAX_WBITS=14 (see zconf.h).
-
-   The fields total_in and total_out can be used for statistics or
-   progress reports. After compression, total_in holds the total size of
-   the uncompressed data and may be saved for use in the decompressor
-   (particularly if the decompressor wants to decompress everything in
-   a single step).
-*/
-
-                        /* constants */
-
-#define Z_NO_FLUSH      0
-#define Z_PARTIAL_FLUSH 1 /* will be removed, use Z_SYNC_FLUSH instead */
-#define Z_SYNC_FLUSH    2
-#define Z_FULL_FLUSH    3
-#define Z_FINISH        4
-/* Allowed flush values; see deflate() below for details */
-
-#define Z_OK            0
-#define Z_STREAM_END    1
-#define Z_NEED_DICT     2
-#define Z_ERRNO        (-1)
-#define Z_STREAM_ERROR (-2)
-#define Z_DATA_ERROR   (-3)
-#define Z_MEM_ERROR    (-4)
-#define Z_BUF_ERROR    (-5)
-#define Z_VERSION_ERROR (-6)
-/* Return codes for the compression/decompression functions. Negative
- * values are errors, positive values are used for special but normal events.
- */
-
-#define Z_NO_COMPRESSION         0
-#define Z_BEST_SPEED             1
-#define Z_BEST_COMPRESSION       9
-#define Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION  (-1)
-/* compression levels */
-
-#define Z_FILTERED            1
-#define Z_HUFFMAN_ONLY        2
-#define Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY    0
-/* compression strategy; see deflateInit2() below for details */
-
-#define Z_BINARY   0
-#define Z_ASCII    1
-#define Z_UNKNOWN  2
-/* Possible values of the data_type field */
-
-#define Z_DEFLATED   8
-/* The deflate compression method (the only one supported in this version) */
-
-#define Z_NULL  0  /* for initializing zalloc, zfree, opaque */
-
-
-                        /* basic functions */
-
-/* The application can compare zlibVersion and ZLIB_VERSION for consistency.
-   If the first character differs, the library code actually used is
-   not compatible with the zlib.h header file used by the application.
-   This check is automatically made by deflateInit and inflateInit.
- */
-
-/*
-ZEXTERN(int)  deflateInit OF((z_streamp strm, int level));
-
-     Initializes the internal stream state for compression. The fields
-   zalloc, zfree and opaque must be initialized before by the caller.
-   If zalloc and zfree are set to Z_NULL, deflateInit updates them to
-   use default allocation functions.
-
-     The compression level must be Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION, or between 0 and 9:
-   1 gives best speed, 9 gives best compression, 0 gives no compression at
-   all (the input data is simply copied a block at a time).
-   Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION requests a default compromise between speed and
-   compression (currently equivalent to level 6).
-
-     deflateInit returns Z_OK if success, Z_MEM_ERROR if there was not
-   enough memory, Z_STREAM_ERROR if level is not a valid compression level,
-   Z_VERSION_ERROR if the zlib library version (zlib_version) is incompatible
-   with the version assumed by the caller (ZLIB_VERSION).
-   msg is set to null if there is no error message.  deflateInit does not
-   perform any compression: this will be done by deflate().
-*/
-
-
-/*
-    deflate compresses as much data as possible, and stops when the input
-  buffer becomes empty or the output buffer becomes full. It may introduce some
-  output latency (reading input without producing any output) except when
-  forced to flush.
-
-    The detailed semantics are as follows. deflate performs one or both of the
-  following actions:
-
-  - Compress more input starting at next_in and update next_in and avail_in
-    accordingly. If not all input can be processed (because there is not
-    enough room in the output buffer), next_in and avail_in are updated and
-    processing will resume at this point for the next call of deflate().
-
-  - Provide more output starting at next_out and update next_out and avail_out
-    accordingly. This action is forced if the parameter flush is non zero.
-    Forcing flush frequently degrades the compression ratio, so this parameter
-    should be set only when necessary (in interactive applications).
-    Some output may be provided even if flush is not set.
-
-  Before the call of deflate(), the application should ensure that at least
-  one of the actions is possible, by providing more input and/or consuming
-  more output, and updating avail_in or avail_out accordingly; avail_out
-  should never be zero before the call. The application can consume the
-  compressed output when it wants, for example when the output buffer is full
-  (avail_out == 0), or after each call of deflate(). If deflate returns Z_OK
-  and with zero avail_out, it must be called again after making room in the
-  output buffer because there might be more output pending.
-
-    If the parameter flush is set to Z_SYNC_FLUSH, all pending output is
-  flushed to the output buffer and the output is aligned on a byte boundary, so
-  that the decompressor can get all input data available so far. (In particular
-  avail_in is zero after the call if enough output space has been provided
-  before the call.)  Flushing may degrade compression for some compression
-  algorithms and so it should be used only when necessary.
-
-    If flush is set to Z_FULL_FLUSH, all output is flushed as with
-  Z_SYNC_FLUSH, and the compression state is reset so that decompression can
-  restart from this point if previous compressed data has been damaged or if
-  random access is desired. Using Z_FULL_FLUSH too often can seriously degrade
-  the compression.
-
-    If deflate returns with avail_out == 0, this function must be called again
-  with the same value of the flush parameter and more output space (updated
-  avail_out), until the flush is complete (deflate returns with non-zero
-  avail_out).
-
-    If the parameter flush is set to Z_FINISH, pending input is processed,
-  pending output is flushed and deflate returns with Z_STREAM_END if there
-  was enough output space; if deflate returns with Z_OK, this function must be
-  called again with Z_FINISH and more output space (updated avail_out) but no
-  more input data, until it returns with Z_STREAM_END or an error. After
-  deflate has returned Z_STREAM_END, the only possible operations on the
-  stream are deflateReset or deflateEnd.
-
-    Z_FINISH can be used immediately after deflateInit if all the compression
-  is to be done in a single step. In this case, avail_out must be at least
-  0.1% larger than avail_in plus 12 bytes.  If deflate does not return
-  Z_STREAM_END, then it must be called again as described above.
-
-    deflate() sets strm->adler to the adler32 checksum of all input read
-  so far (that is, total_in bytes).
-
-    deflate() may update data_type if it can make a good guess about
-  the input data type (Z_ASCII or Z_BINARY). In doubt, the data is considered
-  binary. This field is only for information purposes and does not affect
-  the compression algorithm in any manner.
-
-    deflate() returns Z_OK if some progress has been made (more input
-  processed or more output produced), Z_STREAM_END if all input has been
-  consumed and all output has been produced (only when flush is set to
-  Z_FINISH), Z_STREAM_ERROR if the stream state was inconsistent (for example
-  if next_in or next_out was NULL), Z_BUF_ERROR if no progress is possible
-  (for example avail_in or avail_out was zero).
-*/
-
-
-/*
-     All dynamically allocated data structures for this stream are freed.
-   This function discards any unprocessed input and does not flush any
-   pending output.
-
-     deflateEnd returns Z_OK if success, Z_STREAM_ERROR if the
-   stream state was inconsistent, Z_DATA_ERROR if the stream was freed
-   prematurely (some input or output was discarded). In the error case,
-   msg may be set but then points to a static string (which must not be
-   deallocated).
-*/
-
-
-/*
-ZEXTERN(int)  inflateInit OF((z_streamp strm));
-
-     Initializes the internal stream state for decompression. The fields
-   next_in, avail_in, zalloc, zfree and opaque must be initialized before by
-   the caller. If next_in is not Z_NULL and avail_in is large enough (the exact
-   value depends on the compression method), inflateInit determines the
-   compression method from the zlib header and allocates all data structures
-   accordingly; otherwise the allocation will be deferred to the first call of
-   inflate.  If zalloc and zfree are set to Z_NULL, inflateInit updates them to
-   use default allocation functions.
-
-     inflateInit returns Z_OK if success, Z_MEM_ERROR if there was not enough
-   memory, Z_VERSION_ERROR if the zlib library version is incompatible with the
-   version assumed by the caller.  msg is set to null if there is no error
-   message. inflateInit does not perform any decompression apart from reading
-   the zlib header if present: this will be done by inflate().  (So next_in and
-   avail_in may be modified, but next_out and avail_out are unchanged.)
-*/
-
-
-ZEXTERN(int) inflate OF((z_streamp strm, int flush));
-/*
-    inflate decompresses as much data as possible, and stops when the input
-  buffer becomes empty or the output buffer becomes full. It may some
-  introduce some output latency (reading input without producing any output)
-  except when forced to flush.
-
-  The detailed semantics are as follows. inflate performs one or both of the
-  following actions:
-
-  - Decompress more input starting at next_in and update next_in and avail_in
-    accordingly. If not all input can be processed (because there is not
-    enough room in the output buffer), next_in is updated and processing
-    will resume at this point for the next call of inflate().
-
-  - Provide more output starting at next_out and update next_out and avail_out
-    accordingly.  inflate() provides as much output as possible, until there
-    is no more input data or no more space in the output buffer (see below
-    about the flush parameter).
-
-  Before the call of inflate(), the application should ensure that at least
-  one of the actions is possible, by providing more input and/or consuming
-  more output, and updating the next_* and avail_* values accordingly.
-  The application can consume the uncompressed output when it wants, for
-  example when the output buffer is full (avail_out == 0), or after each
-  call of inflate(). If inflate returns Z_OK and with zero avail_out, it
-  must be called again after making room in the output buffer because there
-  might be more output pending.
-
-    If the parameter flush is set to Z_SYNC_FLUSH, inflate flushes as much
-  output as possible to the output buffer. The flushing behavior of inflate is
-  not specified for values of the flush parameter other than Z_SYNC_FLUSH
-  and Z_FINISH, but the current implementation actually flushes as much output
-  as possible anyway.
-
-    inflate() should normally be called until it returns Z_STREAM_END or an
-  error. However if all decompression is to be performed in a single step
-  (a single call of inflate), the parameter flush should be set to
-  Z_FINISH. In this case all pending input is processed and all pending
-  output is flushed; avail_out must be large enough to hold all the
-  uncompressed data. (The size of the uncompressed data may have been saved
-  by the compressor for this purpose.) The next operation on this stream must
-  be inflateEnd to deallocate the decompression state. The use of Z_FINISH
-  is never required, but can be used to inform inflate that a faster routine
-  may be used for the single inflate() call.
-
-     If a preset dictionary is needed at this point (see inflateSetDictionary
-  below), inflate sets strm-adler to the adler32 checksum of the
-  dictionary chosen by the compressor and returns Z_NEED_DICT; otherwise
-  it sets strm->adler to the adler32 checksum of all output produced
-  so far (that is, total_out bytes) and returns Z_OK, Z_STREAM_END or
-  an error code as described below. At the end of the stream, inflate()
-  checks that its computed adler32 checksum is equal to that saved by the
-  compressor and returns Z_STREAM_END only if the checksum is correct.
-
-    inflate() returns Z_OK if some progress has been made (more input processed
-  or more output produced), Z_STREAM_END if the end of the compressed data has
-  been reached and all uncompressed output has been produced, Z_NEED_DICT if a
-  preset dictionary is needed at this point, Z_DATA_ERROR if the input data was
-  corrupted (input stream not conforming to the zlib format or incorrect
-  adler32 checksum), Z_STREAM_ERROR if the stream structure was inconsistent
-  (for example if next_in or next_out was NULL), Z_MEM_ERROR if there was not
-  enough memory, Z_BUF_ERROR if no progress is possible or if there was not
-  enough room in the output buffer when Z_FINISH is used. In the Z_DATA_ERROR
-  case, the application may then call inflateSync to look for a good
-  compression block.
-*/
-
-
-ZEXTERN(int)  inflateEnd OF((z_streamp strm));
-/*
-     All dynamically allocated data structures for this stream are freed.
-   This function discards any unprocessed input and does not flush any
-   pending output.
-
-     inflateEnd returns Z_OK if success, Z_STREAM_ERROR if the stream state
-   was inconsistent. In the error case, msg may be set but then points to a
-   static string (which must not be deallocated).
-*/
-
-                        /* Advanced functions */
-
-/*
-    The following functions are needed only in some special applications.
-*/
-
-/*
-ZEXTERN(int)  deflateInit2 OF((z_streamp strm,
-                                     int  level,
-                                     int  method,
-                                     int  windowBits,
-                                     int  memLevel,
-                                     int  strategy));
-
-     This is another version of deflateInit with more compression options. The
-   fields next_in, zalloc, zfree and opaque must be initialized before by
-   the caller.
-
-     The method parameter is the compression method. It must be Z_DEFLATED in
-   this version of the library.
-
-     The windowBits parameter is the base two logarithm of the window size
-   (the size of the history buffer).  It should be in the range 8..15 for this
-   version of the library. Larger values of this parameter result in better
-   compression at the expense of memory usage. The default value is 15 if
-   deflateInit is used instead.
-
-     The memLevel parameter specifies how much memory should be allocated
-   for the internal compression state. memLevel=1 uses minimum memory but
-   is slow and reduces compression ratio; memLevel=9 uses maximum memory
-   for optimal speed. The default value is 8. See zconf.h for total memory
-   usage as a function of windowBits and memLevel.
-
-     The strategy parameter is used to tune the compression algorithm. Use the
-   value Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY for normal data, Z_FILTERED for data produced by a
-   filter (or predictor), or Z_HUFFMAN_ONLY to force Huffman encoding only (no
-   string match).  Filtered data consists mostly of small values with a
-   somewhat random distribution. In this case, the compression algorithm is
-   tuned to compress them better. The effect of Z_FILTERED is to force more
-   Huffman coding and less string matching; it is somewhat intermediate
-   between Z_DEFAULT and Z_HUFFMAN_ONLY. The strategy parameter only affects
-   the compression ratio but not the correctness of the compressed output even
-   if it is not set appropriately.
-
-      deflateInit2 returns Z_OK if success, Z_MEM_ERROR if there was not enough
-   memory, Z_STREAM_ERROR if a parameter is invalid (such as an invalid
-   method). msg is set to null if there is no error message.  deflateInit2 does
-   not perform any compression: this will be done by deflate().
-*/
-
-/*
-     Initializes the compression dictionary from the given byte sequence
-   without producing any compressed output. This function must be called
-   immediately after deflateInit, deflateInit2 or deflateReset, before any
-   call of deflate. The compressor and decompressor must use exactly the same
-   dictionary (see inflateSetDictionary).
-
-     The dictionary should consist of strings (byte sequences) that are likely
-   to be encountered later in the data to be compressed, with the most commonly
-   used strings preferably put towards the end of the dictionary. Using a
-   dictionary is most useful when the data to be compressed is short and can be
-   predicted with good accuracy; the data can then be compressed better than
-   with the default empty dictionary.
-
-     Depending on the size of the compression data structures selected by
-   deflateInit or deflateInit2, a part of the dictionary may in effect be
-   discarded, for example if the dictionary is larger than the window size in
-   deflate or deflate2. Thus the strings most likely to be useful should be
-   put at the end of the dictionary, not at the front.
-
-     Upon return of this function, strm->adler is set to the Adler32 value
-   of the dictionary; the decompressor may later use this value to determine
-   which dictionary has been used by the compressor. (The Adler32 value
-   applies to the whole dictionary even if only a subset of the dictionary is
-   actually used by the compressor.)
-
-     deflateSetDictionary returns Z_OK if success, or Z_STREAM_ERROR if a
-   parameter is invalid (such as NULL dictionary) or the stream state is
-   inconsistent (for example if deflate has already been called for this stream
-   or if the compression method is bsort). deflateSetDictionary does not
-   perform any compression: this will be done by deflate().
-*/
-
-/*
-     Sets the destination stream as a complete copy of the source stream.
-
-     This function can be useful when several compression strategies will be
-   tried, for example when there are several ways of pre-processing the input
-   data with a filter. The streams that will be discarded should then be freed
-   by calling deflateEnd.  Note that deflateCopy duplicates the internal
-   compression state which can be quite large, so this strategy is slow and
-   can consume lots of memory.
-
-     deflateCopy returns Z_OK if success, Z_MEM_ERROR if there was not
-   enough memory, Z_STREAM_ERROR if the source stream state was inconsistent
-   (such as zalloc being NULL). msg is left unchanged in both source and
-   destination.
-*/
-
-/*
-     This function is equivalent to deflateEnd followed by deflateInit,
-   but does not free and reallocate all the internal compression state.
-   The stream will keep the same compression level and any other attributes
-   that may have been set by deflateInit2.
-
-      deflateReset returns Z_OK if success, or Z_STREAM_ERROR if the source
-   stream state was inconsistent (such as zalloc or state being NULL).
-*/
-
-/*
-     Dynamically update the compression level and compression strategy.  The
-   interpretation of level and strategy is as in deflateInit2.  This can be
-   used to switch between compression and straight copy of the input data, or
-   to switch to a different kind of input data requiring a different
-   strategy. If the compression level is changed, the input available so far
-   is compressed with the old level (and may be flushed); the new level will
-   take effect only at the next call of deflate().
-
-     Before the call of deflateParams, the stream state must be set as for
-   a call of deflate(), since the currently available input may have to
-   be compressed and flushed. In particular, strm->avail_out must be non-zero.
-
-     deflateParams returns Z_OK if success, Z_STREAM_ERROR if the source
-   stream state was inconsistent or if a parameter was invalid, Z_BUF_ERROR
-   if strm->avail_out was zero.
-*/
-
-/*
-ZEXTERN(int)  inflateInit2 OF((z_streamp strm,
-                                     int  windowBits));
-
-     This is another version of inflateInit with an extra parameter. The
-   fields next_in, avail_in, zalloc, zfree and opaque must be initialized
-   before by the caller.
-
-     The windowBits parameter is the base two logarithm of the maximum window
-   size (the size of the history buffer).  It should be in the range 8..15 for
-   this version of the library. The default value is 15 if inflateInit is used
-   instead. If a compressed stream with a larger window size is given as
-   input, inflate() will return with the error code Z_DATA_ERROR instead of
-   trying to allocate a larger window.
-
-      inflateInit2 returns Z_OK if success, Z_MEM_ERROR if there was not enough
-   memory, Z_STREAM_ERROR if a parameter is invalid (such as a negative
-   memLevel). msg is set to null if there is no error message.  inflateInit2
-   does not perform any decompression apart from reading the zlib header if
-   present: this will be done by inflate(). (So next_in and avail_in may be
-   modified, but next_out and avail_out are unchanged.)
-*/
-
-/*
-     Initializes the decompression dictionary from the given uncompressed byte
-   sequence. This function must be called immediately after a call of inflate
-   if this call returned Z_NEED_DICT. The dictionary chosen by the compressor
-   can be determined from the Adler32 value returned by this call of
-   inflate. The compressor and decompressor must use exactly the same
-   dictionary (see deflateSetDictionary).
-
-     inflateSetDictionary returns Z_OK if success, Z_STREAM_ERROR if a
-   parameter is invalid (such as NULL dictionary) or the stream state is
-   inconsistent, Z_DATA_ERROR if the given dictionary doesn't match the
-   expected one (incorrect Adler32 value). inflateSetDictionary does not
-   perform any decompression: this will be done by subsequent calls of
-   inflate().
-*/
-
-/*
-    Skips invalid compressed data until a full flush point (see above the
-  description of deflate with Z_FULL_FLUSH) can be found, or until all
-  available input is skipped. No output is provided.
-
-    inflateSync returns Z_OK if a full flush point has been found, Z_BUF_ERROR
-  if no more input was provided, Z_DATA_ERROR if no flush point has been found,
-  or Z_STREAM_ERROR if the stream structure was inconsistent. In the success
-  case, the application may save the current current value of total_in which
-  indicates where valid compressed data was found. In the error case, the
-  application may repeatedly call inflateSync, providing more input each time,
-  until success or end of the input data.
-*/
-
-ZEXTERN(int)  inflateReset OF((z_streamp strm));
-/*
-     This function is equivalent to inflateEnd followed by inflateInit,
-   but does not free and reallocate all the internal decompression state.
-   The stream will keep attributes that may have been set by inflateInit2.
-
-      inflateReset returns Z_OK if success, or Z_STREAM_ERROR if the source
-   stream state was inconsistent (such as zalloc or state being NULL).
-*/
-
-
-                        /* utility functions */
-
-/*
-     The following utility functions are implemented on top of the
-   basic stream-oriented functions. To simplify the interface, some
-   default options are assumed (compression level and memory usage,
-   standard memory allocation functions). The source code of these
-   utility functions can easily be modified if you need special options.
-*/
-
-/*
-     Compresses the source buffer into the destination buffer.  sourceLen is
-   the byte length of the source buffer. Upon entry, destLen is the total
-   size of the destination buffer, which must be at least 0.1% larger than
-   sourceLen plus 12 bytes. Upon exit, destLen is the actual size of the
-   compressed buffer.
-     This function can be used to compress a whole file at once if the
-   input file is mmap'ed.
-     compress returns Z_OK if success, Z_MEM_ERROR if there was not
-   enough memory, Z_BUF_ERROR if there was not enough room in the output
-   buffer.
-*/
-
-/*
-     Compresses the source buffer into the destination buffer. The level
-   parameter has the same meaning as in deflateInit.  sourceLen is the byte
-   length of the source buffer. Upon entry, destLen is the total size of the
-   destination buffer, which must be at least 0.1% larger than sourceLen plus
-   12 bytes. Upon exit, destLen is the actual size of the compressed buffer.
-
-     compress2 returns Z_OK if success, Z_MEM_ERROR if there was not enough
-   memory, Z_BUF_ERROR if there was not enough room in the output buffer,
-   Z_STREAM_ERROR if the level parameter is invalid.
-*/
-
-/*
-     Decompresses the source buffer into the destination buffer.  sourceLen is
-   the byte length of the source buffer. Upon entry, destLen is the total
-   size of the destination buffer, which must be large enough to hold the
-   entire uncompressed data. (The size of the uncompressed data must have
-   been saved previously by the compressor and transmitted to the decompressor
-   by some mechanism outside the scope of this compression library.)
-   Upon exit, destLen is the actual size of the compressed buffer.
-     This function can be used to decompress a whole file at once if the
-   input file is mmap'ed.
-
-     uncompress returns Z_OK if success, Z_MEM_ERROR if there was not
-   enough memory, Z_BUF_ERROR if there was not enough room in the output
-   buffer, or Z_DATA_ERROR if the input data was corrupted.
-*/
-
-
-/*
-     Opens a gzip (.gz) file for reading or writing. The mode parameter
-   is as in fopen ("rb" or "wb") but can also include a compression level
-   ("wb9") or a strategy: 'f' for filtered data as in "wb6f", 'h' for
-   Huffman only compression as in "wb1h". (See the description
-   of deflateInit2 for more information about the strategy parameter.)
-
-     gzopen can be used to read a file which is not in gzip format; in this
-   case gzread will directly read from the file without decompression.
-
-     gzopen returns NULL if the file could not be opened or if there was
-   insufficient memory to allocate the (de)compression state; errno
-   can be checked to distinguish the two cases (if errno is zero, the
-   zlib error is Z_MEM_ERROR).  */
-
-/*
-     gzdopen() associates a gzFile with the file descriptor fd.  File
-   descriptors are obtained from calls like open, dup, creat, pipe or
-   fileno (in the file has been previously opened with fopen).
-   The mode parameter is as in gzopen.
-     The next call of gzclose on the returned gzFile will also close the
-   file descriptor fd, just like fclose(fdopen(fd), mode) closes the file
-   descriptor fd. If you want to keep fd open, use gzdopen(dup(fd), mode).
-     gzdopen returns NULL if there was insufficient memory to allocate
-   the (de)compression state.
-*/
-
-/*
-     Dynamically update the compression level or strategy. See the description
-   of deflateInit2 for the meaning of these parameters.
-     gzsetparams returns Z_OK if success, or Z_STREAM_ERROR if the file was not
-   opened for writing.
-*/
-
-/*
-     Reads the given number of uncompressed bytes from the compressed file.
-   If the input file was not in gzip format, gzread copies the given number
-   of bytes into the buffer.
-     gzread returns the number of uncompressed bytes actually read (0 for
-   end of file, -1 for error). */
-
-/*
-     Writes the given number of uncompressed bytes into the compressed file.
-   gzwrite returns the number of uncompressed bytes actually written
-   (0 in case of error).
-*/
-
-/*
-     Converts, formats, and writes the args to the compressed file under
-   control of the format string, as in fprintf. gzprintf returns the number of
-   uncompressed bytes actually written (0 in case of error).
-*/
-
-/*
-      Writes the given null-terminated string to the compressed file, excluding
-   the terminating null character.
-      gzputs returns the number of characters written, or -1 in case of error.
-*/
-
-/*
-      Reads bytes from the compressed file until len-1 characters are read, or
-   a newline character is read and transferred to buf, or an end-of-file
-   condition is encountered.  The string is then terminated with a null
-   character.
-      gzgets returns buf, or Z_NULL in case of error.
-*/
-
-/*
-      Writes c, converted to an unsigned char, into the compressed file.
-   gzputc returns the value that was written, or -1 in case of error.
-*/
-
-/*
-      Reads one byte from the compressed file. gzgetc returns this byte
-   or -1 in case of end of file or error.
-*/
-
-/*
-     Flushes all pending output into the compressed file. The parameter
-   flush is as in the deflate() function. The return value is the zlib
-   error number (see function gzerror below). gzflush returns Z_OK if
-   the flush parameter is Z_FINISH and all output could be flushed.
-     gzflush should be called only when strictly necessary because it can
-   degrade compression.
-*/
-
-/*
-      Sets the starting position for the next gzread or gzwrite on the
-   given compressed file. The offset represents a number of bytes in the
-   uncompressed data stream. The whence parameter is defined as in lseek(2);
-   the value SEEK_END is not supported.
-     If the file is opened for reading, this function is emulated but can be
-   extremely slow. If the file is opened for writing, only forward seeks are
-   supported; gzseek then compresses a sequence of zeroes up to the new
-   starting position.
-
-      gzseek returns the resulting offset location as measured in bytes from
-   the beginning of the uncompressed stream, or -1 in case of error, in
-   particular if the file is opened for writing and the new starting position
-   would be before the current position.
-*/
-
-/*
-     Rewinds the given file. This function is supported only for reading.
-
-   gzrewind(file) is equivalent to (int)gzseek(file, 0L, SEEK_SET)
-*/
-
-/*
-     Returns the starting position for the next gzread or gzwrite on the
-   given compressed file. This position represents a number of bytes in the
-   uncompressed data stream.
-
-   gztell(file) is equivalent to gzseek(file, 0L, SEEK_CUR)
-*/
-
-/*
-     Returns 1 when EOF has previously been detected reading the given
-   input stream, otherwise zero.
-*/
-
-/*
-     Flushes all pending output if necessary, closes the compressed file
-   and deallocates all the (de)compression state. The return value is the zlib
-   error number (see function gzerror below).
-*/
-
-/*
-     Returns the error message for the last error which occurred on the
-   given compressed file. errnum is set to zlib error number. If an
-   error occurred in the file system and not in the compression library,
-   errnum is set to Z_ERRNO and the application may consult errno
-   to get the exact error code.
-*/
-
-                        /* checksum functions */
-
-/*
-     These functions are not related to compression but are exported
-   anyway because they might be useful in applications using the
-   compression library.
-*/
-
-ZEXTERN(uLong)  adler32 OF((uLong adler, const Bytef *buf, uInt len));
-
-/*
-     Update a running Adler-32 checksum with the bytes buf[0..len-1] and
-   return the updated checksum. If buf is NULL, this function returns
-   the required initial value for the checksum.
-   An Adler-32 checksum is almost as reliable as a CRC32 but can be computed
-   much faster. Usage example:
-
-     uLong adler = adler32(0L, Z_NULL, 0);
-
-     while (read_buffer(buffer, length) != EOF) {
-       adler = adler32(adler, buffer, length);
-     }
-     if (adler != original_adler) error();
-*/
-
-/*
-     Update a running crc with the bytes buf[0..len-1] and return the updated
-   crc. If buf is NULL, this function returns the required initial value
-   for the crc. Pre- and post-conditioning (one's complement) is performed
-   within this function so it shouldn't be done by the application.
-   Usage example:
-
-     uLong crc = crc32(0L, Z_NULL, 0);
-
-     while (read_buffer(buffer, length) != EOF) {
-       crc = crc32(crc, buffer, length);
-     }
-     if (crc != original_crc) error();
-*/
-
-
-                        /* various hacks, don't look :) */
-
-/* deflateInit and inflateInit are macros to allow checking the zlib version
- * and the compiler's view of z_stream:
- */
-ZEXTERN(int)  inflateInit2_ OF((z_streamp strm, int  windowBits,
-                                      const char *version, int stream_size));
-#define deflateInit(strm, level) \
-        deflateInit_((strm), (level),       ZLIB_VERSION, sizeof(z_stream))
-#define inflateInit(strm) \
-        inflateInit_((strm),                ZLIB_VERSION, sizeof(z_stream))
-#define deflateInit2(strm, level, method, windowBits, memLevel, strategy) \
-        deflateInit2_((strm),(level),(method),(windowBits),(memLevel),\
-                      (strategy),           ZLIB_VERSION, sizeof(z_stream))
-#define inflateInit2(strm, windowBits) \
-        inflateInit2_((strm), (windowBits), ZLIB_VERSION, sizeof(z_stream))
-
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* _ZLIB_H */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/zutil.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/zutil.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 5ed2da0..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/zutil.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,181 +0,0 @@
-/* zutil.c -- target dependent utility functions for the compression library
- * Copyright (C) 1995-2002 Jean-loup Gailly.
- * For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in zlib.h
- */
-
-/* @(#) $Id: zutil.c,v 1.3 2006/04/29 07:31:16 wl Exp $ */
-
-#include "zutil.h"
-
-#ifndef STDC
-extern void exit OF((int));
-#endif
-
-
-#ifndef HAVE_MEMCPY
-
-void zmemcpy(dest, source, len)
-    Bytef* dest;
-    const Bytef* source;
-    uInt  len;
-{
-    if (len == 0) return;
-    do {
-        *dest++ = *source++; /* ??? to be unrolled */
-    } while (--len != 0);
-}
-
-int zmemcmp(s1, s2, len)
-    const Bytef* s1;
-    const Bytef* s2;
-    uInt  len;
-{
-    uInt j;
-
-    for (j = 0; j < len; j++) {
-        if (s1[j] != s2[j]) return 2*(s1[j] > s2[j])-1;
-    }
-    return 0;
-}
-
-void zmemzero(dest, len)
-    Bytef* dest;
-    uInt  len;
-{
-    if (len == 0) return;
-    do {
-        *dest++ = 0;  /* ??? to be unrolled */
-    } while (--len != 0);
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __TURBOC__
-#if (defined( __BORLANDC__) || !defined(SMALL_MEDIUM)) && !defined(__32BIT__)
-/* Small and medium model in Turbo C are for now limited to near allocation
- * with reduced MAX_WBITS and MAX_MEM_LEVEL
- */
-#  define MY_ZCALLOC
-
-/* Turbo C malloc() does not allow dynamic allocation of 64K bytes
- * and farmalloc(64K) returns a pointer with an offset of 8, so we
- * must fix the pointer. Warning: the pointer must be put back to its
- * original form in order to free it, use zcfree().
- */
-
-#define MAX_PTR 10
-/* 10*64K = 640K */
-
-local int next_ptr = 0;
-
-typedef struct ptr_table_s {
-    voidpf org_ptr;
-    voidpf new_ptr;
-} ptr_table;
-
-local ptr_table table[MAX_PTR];
-/* This table is used to remember the original form of pointers
- * to large buffers (64K). Such pointers are normalized with a zero offset.
- * Since MSDOS is not a preemptive multitasking OS, this table is not
- * protected from concurrent access. This hack doesn't work anyway on
- * a protected system like OS/2. Use Microsoft C instead.
- */
-
-voidpf zcalloc (voidpf opaque, unsigned items, unsigned size)
-{
-    voidpf buf = opaque; /* just to make some compilers happy */
-    ulg bsize = (ulg)items*size;
-
-    /* If we allocate less than 65520 bytes, we assume that farmalloc
-     * will return a usable pointer which doesn't have to be normalized.
-     */
-    if (bsize < 65520L) {
-        buf = farmalloc(bsize);
-        if (*(ush*)&buf != 0) return buf;
-    } else {
-        buf = farmalloc(bsize + 16L);
-    }
-    if (buf == NULL || next_ptr >= MAX_PTR) return NULL;
-    table[next_ptr].org_ptr = buf;
-
-    /* Normalize the pointer to seg:0 */
-    *((ush*)&buf+1) += ((ush)((uch*)buf-0) + 15) >> 4;
-    *(ush*)&buf = 0;
-    table[next_ptr++].new_ptr = buf;
-    return buf;
-}
-
-void  zcfree (voidpf opaque, voidpf ptr)
-{
-    int n;
-    if (*(ush*)&ptr != 0) { /* object < 64K */
-        farfree(ptr);
-        return;
-    }
-    /* Find the original pointer */
-    for (n = 0; n < next_ptr; n++) {
-        if (ptr != table[n].new_ptr) continue;
-
-        farfree(table[n].org_ptr);
-        while (++n < next_ptr) {
-            table[n-1] = table[n];
-        }
-        next_ptr--;
-        return;
-    }
-    ptr = opaque; /* just to make some compilers happy */
-    Assert(0, "zcfree: ptr not found");
-}
-#endif
-#endif /* __TURBOC__ */
-
-
-#if defined(M_I86) && !defined(__32BIT__)
-/* Microsoft C in 16-bit mode */
-
-#  define MY_ZCALLOC
-
-#if (!defined(_MSC_VER) || (_MSC_VER <= 600))
-#  define _halloc  halloc
-#  define _hfree   hfree
-#endif
-
-voidpf zcalloc (voidpf opaque, unsigned items, unsigned size)
-{
-    if (opaque) opaque = 0; /* to make compiler happy */
-    return _halloc((long)items, size);
-}
-
-void  zcfree (voidpf opaque, voidpf ptr)
-{
-    if (opaque) opaque = 0; /* to make compiler happy */
-    _hfree(ptr);
-}
-
-#endif /* MSC */
-
-
-#ifndef MY_ZCALLOC /* Any system without a special alloc function */
-
-#ifndef STDC
-extern voidp  ft_scalloc OF((uInt items, uInt size));
-extern void   ft_sfree   OF((voidpf ptr));
-#endif
-
-voidpf zcalloc (opaque, items, size)
-    voidpf opaque;
-    unsigned items;
-    unsigned size;
-{
-    if (opaque) items += size - size; /* make compiler happy */
-    return (voidpf)ft_scalloc(items, size);
-}
-
-void  zcfree (opaque, ptr)
-    voidpf opaque;
-    voidpf ptr;
-{
-    ft_sfree(ptr);
-    if (opaque) return; /* make compiler happy */
-}
-
-#endif /* MY_ZCALLOC */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/zutil.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/zutil.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 8e3c69a..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/zutil.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,215 +0,0 @@
-/* zutil.h -- internal interface and configuration of the compression library
- * Copyright (C) 1995-2002 Jean-loup Gailly.
- * For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in zlib.h
- */
-
-/* WARNING: this file should *not* be used by applications. It is
-   part of the implementation of the compression library and is
-   subject to change. Applications should only use zlib.h.
- */
-
-/* @(#) $Id: zutil.h,v 1.6 2007/06/01 06:56:17 wl Exp $ */
-
-#ifndef _Z_UTIL_H
-#define _Z_UTIL_H
-
-#include "zlib.h"
-
-#ifdef STDC
-#  include <stddef.h>
-#  include <string.h>
-#  include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
-#ifdef NO_ERRNO_H
-    extern int errno;
-#else
-#   include <errno.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifndef local
-#  define local static
-#endif
-/* compile with -Dlocal if your debugger can't find static symbols */
-
-typedef unsigned char  uch;
-typedef uch FAR uchf;
-typedef unsigned short ush;
-typedef ush FAR ushf;
-typedef unsigned long  ulg;
-
-
-#define ERR_RETURN(strm,err) \
-  return (strm->msg = (char*)ERR_MSG(err), (err))
-/* To be used only when the state is known to be valid */
-
-        /* common constants */
-
-#ifndef DEF_WBITS
-#  define DEF_WBITS MAX_WBITS
-#endif
-/* default windowBits for decompression. MAX_WBITS is for compression only */
-
-#if MAX_MEM_LEVEL >= 8
-#  define DEF_MEM_LEVEL 8
-#else
-#  define DEF_MEM_LEVEL  MAX_MEM_LEVEL
-#endif
-/* default memLevel */
-
-#define STORED_BLOCK 0
-#define STATIC_TREES 1
-#define DYN_TREES    2
-/* The three kinds of block type */
-
-#define MIN_MATCH  3
-#define MAX_MATCH  258
-/* The minimum and maximum match lengths */
-
-#define PRESET_DICT 0x20 /* preset dictionary flag in zlib header */
-
-        /* target dependencies */
-
-#ifdef MSDOS
-#  define OS_CODE  0x00
-#  if defined(__TURBOC__) || defined(__BORLANDC__)
-#    if(__STDC__ == 1) && (defined(__LARGE__) || defined(__COMPACT__))
-       /* Allow compilation with ANSI keywords only enabled */
-       void _Cdecl farfree( void *block );
-       void *_Cdecl farmalloc( unsigned long nbytes );
-#    else
-#     include <alloc.h>
-#    endif
-#  else /* MSC or DJGPP */
-#  endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef OS2
-#  define OS_CODE  0x06
-#endif
-
-#ifdef WIN32 /* Window 95 & Windows NT */
-#  define OS_CODE  0x0b
-#endif
-
-#if defined(VAXC) || defined(VMS)
-#  define OS_CODE  0x02
-#  define F_OPEN(name, mode) \
-     ft_fopen((name), (mode), "mbc=60", "ctx=stm", "rfm=fix", "mrs=512")
-#endif
-
-#ifdef AMIGA
-#  define OS_CODE  0x01
-#endif
-
-#if defined(ATARI) || defined(atarist)
-#  define OS_CODE  0x05
-#endif
-
-#if defined(MACOS) || defined(TARGET_OS_MAC)
-#  define OS_CODE  0x07
-#  if defined(__MWERKS__) && __dest_os != __be_os && __dest_os != __win32_os
-#    include <unix.h> /* for fdopen */
-#  else
-#    ifndef fdopen
-#      define fdopen(fd,mode) NULL /* No fdopen() */
-#    endif
-#  endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __50SERIES /* Prime/PRIMOS */
-#  define OS_CODE  0x0F
-#endif
-
-#ifdef TOPS20
-#  define OS_CODE  0x0a
-#endif
-
-#if defined(_BEOS_) || defined(RISCOS)
-#  define fdopen(fd,mode) NULL /* No fdopen() */
-#endif
-
-#if (defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER > 600))
-#  define fdopen(fd,type)  _fdopen(fd,type)
-#endif
-
-
-        /* Common defaults */
-
-#ifndef OS_CODE
-#  define OS_CODE  0x03  /* assume Unix */
-#endif
-
-#ifndef F_OPEN
-#  define F_OPEN(name, mode) ft_fopen((name), (mode))
-#endif
-
-         /* functions */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_STRERROR
-   extern char *strerror OF((int));
-#  define zstrerror(errnum) strerror(errnum)
-#else
-#  define zstrerror(errnum) ""
-#endif
-
-#if defined(pyr)
-#  define NO_MEMCPY
-#endif
-#if defined(SMALL_MEDIUM) && !defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(__SC__)
- /* Use our own functions for small and medium model with MSC <= 5.0.
-  * You may have to use the same strategy for Borland C (untested).
-  * The __SC__ check is for Symantec.
-  */
-#  define NO_MEMCPY
-#endif
-#if defined(STDC) && !defined(HAVE_MEMCPY) && !defined(NO_MEMCPY)
-#  define HAVE_MEMCPY
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_MEMCPY
-#  ifdef SMALL_MEDIUM /* MSDOS small or medium model */
-#    define zmemcpy _fmemcpy
-#    define zmemcmp _fmemcmp
-#    define zmemzero(dest, len) _fmemset(dest, 0, len)
-#  else
-#    define zmemcpy ft_memcpy
-#    define zmemcmp ft_memcmp
-#    define zmemzero(dest, len) ft_memset(dest, 0, len)
-#  endif
-#else
-   extern void zmemcpy  OF((Bytef* dest, const Bytef* source, uInt len));
-   extern int  zmemcmp  OF((const Bytef* s1, const Bytef* s2, uInt len));
-   extern void zmemzero OF((Bytef* dest, uInt len));
-#endif
-
-/* Diagnostic functions */
-#ifdef DEBUG
-#  include <stdio.h>
-   extern int z_verbose;
-   extern void z_error    OF((char *m));
-#  define Assert(cond,msg) {if(!(cond)) z_error(msg);}
-#  define Trace(x) {if (z_verbose>=0) fprintf x ;}
-#  define Tracev(x) {if (z_verbose>0) fprintf x ;}
-#  define Tracevv(x) {if (z_verbose>1) fprintf x ;}
-#  define Tracec(c,x) {if (z_verbose>0 && (c)) fprintf x ;}
-#  define Tracecv(c,x) {if (z_verbose>1 && (c)) fprintf x ;}
-#else
-#  define Assert(cond,msg)
-#  define Trace(x)
-#  define Tracev(x)
-#  define Tracevv(x)
-#  define Tracec(c,x)
-#  define Tracecv(c,x)
-#endif
-
-
-typedef uLong (*check_func) OF((uLong check, const Bytef *buf,
-                                uInt len));
-local voidpf zcalloc OF((voidpf opaque, unsigned items, unsigned size));
-local void   zcfree  OF((voidpf opaque, voidpf ptr));
-
-#define ZALLOC(strm, items, size) \
-           (*((strm)->zalloc))((strm)->opaque, (items), (size))
-#define ZFREE(strm, addr)  (*((strm)->zfree))((strm)->opaque, (voidpf)(addr))
-#define TRY_FREE(s, p) {if (p) ZFREE(s, p);}
-
-#endif /* _Z_UTIL_H */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/lzw/Jamfile b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/lzw/Jamfile
deleted file mode 100644
index 6f1f516..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/lzw/Jamfile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-# FreeType 2 src/lzw Jamfile
-#
-# Copyright 2004, 2006 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-SubDir  FT2_TOP $(FT2_SRC_DIR) lzw ;
-
-Library  $(FT2_LIB) : ftlzw.c ;
-
-# end of src/lzw Jamfile
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/lzw/ftlzw.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/lzw/ftlzw.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 45fbf7b..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/lzw/ftlzw.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,413 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftlzw.c                                                                */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType support for .Z compressed files.                            */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This optional component relies on NetBSD's zopen().  It should mainly  */
-/*  be used to parse compressed PCF fonts, as found with many X11 server   */
-/*  distributions.                                                         */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2004, 2005, 2006 by                                          */
-/*  Albert Chin-A-Young.                                                   */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Based on code in src/gzip/ftgzip.c, Copyright 2004 by                  */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_MEMORY_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-#include FT_LZW_H
-#include <string.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-
-#include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
-
-#undef __FTERRORS_H__
-
-#define FT_ERR_PREFIX  LZW_Err_
-#define FT_ERR_BASE    FT_Mod_Err_LZW
-
-#include FT_ERRORS_H
-
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_LZW
-
-#include "ftzopen.h"
-
-
-/***************************************************************************/
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*****                                                                 *****/
-/*****                  M E M O R Y   M A N A G E M E N T              *****/
-/*****                                                                 *****/
-/***************************************************************************/
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-/***************************************************************************/
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*****                                                                 *****/
-/*****                   F I L E   D E S C R I P T O R                 *****/
-/*****                                                                 *****/
-/***************************************************************************/
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-#define FT_LZW_BUFFER_SIZE  4096
-
-  typedef struct  FT_LZWFileRec_
-  {
-    FT_Stream       source;         /* parent/source stream        */
-    FT_Stream       stream;         /* embedding stream            */
-    FT_Memory       memory;         /* memory allocator            */
-    FT_LzwStateRec  lzw;            /* lzw decompressor state      */
-
-    FT_Byte         buffer[FT_LZW_BUFFER_SIZE]; /* output buffer      */
-    FT_ULong        pos;                        /* position in output */
-    FT_Byte*        cursor;
-    FT_Byte*        limit;
-
-  } FT_LZWFileRec, *FT_LZWFile;
-
-
-  /* check and skip .Z header */
-  static FT_Error
-  ft_lzw_check_header( FT_Stream  stream )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error;
-    FT_Byte   head[2];
-
-
-    if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( 0 )       ||
-         FT_STREAM_READ( head, 2 ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* head[0] && head[1] are the magic numbers */
-    if ( head[0] != 0x1f ||
-         head[1] != 0x9d )
-      error = LZW_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  ft_lzw_file_init( FT_LZWFile  zip,
-                    FT_Stream   stream,
-                    FT_Stream   source )
-  {
-    FT_LzwState  lzw   = &zip->lzw;
-    FT_Error     error = LZW_Err_Ok;
-
-
-    zip->stream = stream;
-    zip->source = source;
-    zip->memory = stream->memory;
-
-    zip->limit  = zip->buffer + FT_LZW_BUFFER_SIZE;
-    zip->cursor = zip->limit;
-    zip->pos    = 0;
-
-    /* check and skip .Z header */
-    {
-      stream = source;
-
-      error = ft_lzw_check_header( source );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* initialize internal lzw variable */
-    ft_lzwstate_init( lzw, source );
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  ft_lzw_file_done( FT_LZWFile  zip )
-  {
-    /* clear the rest */
-    ft_lzwstate_done( &zip->lzw );
-
-    zip->memory = NULL;
-    zip->source = NULL;
-    zip->stream = NULL;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  ft_lzw_file_reset( FT_LZWFile  zip )
-  {
-    FT_Stream  stream = zip->source;
-    FT_Error   error;
-
-
-    if ( !FT_STREAM_SEEK( 0 ) )
-    {
-      ft_lzwstate_reset( &zip->lzw );
-
-      zip->limit  = zip->buffer + FT_LZW_BUFFER_SIZE;
-      zip->cursor = zip->limit;
-      zip->pos    = 0;
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  ft_lzw_file_fill_output( FT_LZWFile  zip )
-  {
-    FT_LzwState  lzw = &zip->lzw;
-    FT_ULong     count;
-    FT_Error     error   = 0;
-
-
-    zip->cursor = zip->buffer;
-
-    count = ft_lzwstate_io( lzw, zip->buffer, FT_LZW_BUFFER_SIZE );
-
-    zip->limit = zip->cursor + count;
-
-    if ( count == 0 )
-      error = LZW_Err_Invalid_Stream_Operation;
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* fill output buffer; `count' must be <= FT_LZW_BUFFER_SIZE */
-  static FT_Error
-  ft_lzw_file_skip_output( FT_LZWFile  zip,
-                           FT_ULong    count )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error = LZW_Err_Ok;
-
-
-    /* first, we skip what we can from the output buffer */
-    {
-      FT_ULong  delta = (FT_ULong)( zip->limit - zip->cursor );
-
-
-      if ( delta >= count )
-        delta = count;
-
-      zip->cursor += delta;
-      zip->pos    += delta;
-
-      count -= delta;
-    }
-
-    /* next, we skip as many bytes remaining as possible */
-    while ( count > 0 )
-    {
-      FT_ULong  delta = FT_LZW_BUFFER_SIZE;
-      FT_ULong  numread;
-
-
-      if ( delta > count )
-        delta = count;
-
-      numread = ft_lzwstate_io( &zip->lzw, NULL, delta );
-      if ( numread < delta )
-      {
-        /* not enough bytes */
-        error = LZW_Err_Invalid_Stream_Operation;
-        break;
-      }
-
-      zip->pos += delta;
-      count    -= delta;
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_ULong
-  ft_lzw_file_io( FT_LZWFile  zip,
-                  FT_ULong    pos,
-                  FT_Byte*    buffer,
-                  FT_ULong    count )
-  {
-    FT_ULong  result = 0;
-    FT_Error  error;
-
-
-    /* seeking backwards. */
-    if ( pos < zip->pos )
-    {
-      /* If the new position is within the output buffer, simply       */
-      /* decrement pointers, otherwise we reset the stream completely! */
-      if ( ( zip->pos - pos ) <= (FT_ULong)( zip->cursor - zip->buffer ) )
-      {
-        zip->cursor -= zip->pos - pos;
-        zip->pos     = pos;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        error = ft_lzw_file_reset( zip );
-        if ( error )
-          goto Exit;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* skip unwanted bytes */
-    if ( pos > zip->pos )
-    {
-      error = ft_lzw_file_skip_output( zip, (FT_ULong)( pos - zip->pos ) );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    if ( count == 0 )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* now read the data */
-    for (;;)
-    {
-      FT_ULong  delta;
-
-
-      delta = (FT_ULong)( zip->limit - zip->cursor );
-      if ( delta >= count )
-        delta = count;
-
-      FT_MEM_COPY( buffer + result, zip->cursor, delta );
-      result      += delta;
-      zip->cursor += delta;
-      zip->pos    += delta;
-
-      count -= delta;
-      if ( count == 0 )
-        break;
-
-      error = ft_lzw_file_fill_output( zip );
-      if ( error )
-        break;
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-/***************************************************************************/
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*****                                                                 *****/
-/*****            L Z W   E M B E D D I N G   S T R E A M              *****/
-/*****                                                                 *****/
-/***************************************************************************/
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-  static void
-  ft_lzw_stream_close( FT_Stream  stream )
-  {
-    FT_LZWFile  zip    = (FT_LZWFile)stream->descriptor.pointer;
-    FT_Memory   memory = stream->memory;
-
-
-    if ( zip )
-    {
-      /* finalize lzw file descriptor */
-      ft_lzw_file_done( zip );
-
-      FT_FREE( zip );
-
-      stream->descriptor.pointer = NULL;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_ULong
-  ft_lzw_stream_io( FT_Stream  stream,
-                    FT_ULong   pos,
-                    FT_Byte*   buffer,
-                    FT_ULong   count )
-  {
-    FT_LZWFile  zip = (FT_LZWFile)stream->descriptor.pointer;
-
-
-    return ft_lzw_file_io( zip, pos, buffer, count );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Stream_OpenLZW( FT_Stream  stream,
-                     FT_Stream  source )
-  {
-    FT_Error    error;
-    FT_Memory   memory = source->memory;
-    FT_LZWFile  zip;
-
-
-    /*
-     *  Check the header right now; this prevents allocation of a huge
-     *  LZWFile object (400 KByte of heap memory) if not necessary.
-     *
-     *  Did I mention that you should never use .Z compressed font
-     *  files?
-     */
-    error = ft_lzw_check_header( source );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    FT_ZERO( stream );
-    stream->memory = memory;
-
-    if ( !FT_NEW( zip ) )
-    {
-      error = ft_lzw_file_init( zip, stream, source );
-      if ( error )
-      {
-        FT_FREE( zip );
-        goto Exit;
-      }
-
-      stream->descriptor.pointer = zip;
-    }
-
-    stream->size  = 0x7FFFFFFFL;  /* don't know the real size! */
-    stream->pos   = 0;
-    stream->base  = 0;
-    stream->read  = ft_lzw_stream_io;
-    stream->close = ft_lzw_stream_close;
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-#include "ftzopen.c"
-
-
-#else  /* !FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_LZW */
-
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  FT_Stream_OpenLZW( FT_Stream  stream,
-                     FT_Stream  source )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( stream );
-    FT_UNUSED( source );
-
-    return LZW_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
-  }
-
-
-#endif /* !FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_LZW */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/lzw/ftzopen.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/lzw/ftzopen.c
deleted file mode 100644
index fc78315..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/lzw/ftzopen.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,398 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftzopen.c                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType support for .Z compressed files.                            */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This optional component relies on NetBSD's zopen().  It should mainly  */
-/*  be used to parse compressed PCF fonts, as found with many X11 server   */
-/*  distributions.                                                         */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2005, 2006, 2007 by David Turner.                            */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-#include "ftzopen.h"
-#include FT_INTERNAL_MEMORY_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-
-
-  static int
-  ft_lzwstate_refill( FT_LzwState  state )
-  {
-    FT_ULong  count;
-
-
-    if ( state->in_eof )
-      return -1;
-
-    count = FT_Stream_TryRead( state->source,
-                               state->buf_tab,
-                               state->num_bits );  /* WHY? */
-
-    state->buf_size   = (FT_UInt)count;
-    state->buf_total += count;
-    state->in_eof     = FT_BOOL( count < state->num_bits );
-    state->buf_offset = 0;
-    state->buf_size   = ( state->buf_size << 3 ) - ( state->num_bits - 1 );
-
-    if ( count == 0 )  /* end of file */
-      return -1;
-
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Int32
-  ft_lzwstate_get_code( FT_LzwState  state )
-  {
-    FT_UInt   num_bits = state->num_bits;
-    FT_Int    offset   = state->buf_offset;
-    FT_Byte*  p;
-    FT_Int    result;
-
-
-    if ( state->buf_clear                    ||
-         offset >= state->buf_size           ||
-         state->free_ent >= state->free_bits )
-    {
-      if ( state->free_ent >= state->free_bits )
-      {
-        state->num_bits  = ++num_bits;
-        state->free_bits = state->num_bits < state->max_bits
-                           ? (FT_UInt)( ( 1UL << num_bits ) - 256 )
-                           : state->max_free + 1;
-      }
-
-      if ( state->buf_clear )
-      {
-        state->num_bits  = num_bits = LZW_INIT_BITS;
-        state->free_bits = (FT_UInt)( ( 1UL << num_bits ) - 256 );
-        state->buf_clear = 0;
-      }
-
-      if ( ft_lzwstate_refill( state ) < 0 )
-        return -1;
-
-      offset = 0;
-    }
-
-    state->buf_offset = offset + num_bits;
-
-    p         = &state->buf_tab[offset >> 3];
-    offset   &= 7;
-    result    = *p++ >> offset;
-    offset    = 8 - offset;
-    num_bits -= offset;
-
-    if ( num_bits >= 8 )
-    {
-      result   |= *p++ << offset;
-      offset   += 8;
-      num_bits -= 8;
-    }
-    if ( num_bits > 0 )
-      result |= ( *p & LZW_MASK( num_bits ) ) << offset;
-
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-  /* grow the character stack */
-  static int
-  ft_lzwstate_stack_grow( FT_LzwState  state )
-  {
-    if ( state->stack_top >= state->stack_size )
-    {
-      FT_Memory  memory = state->memory;
-      FT_Error   error;
-      FT_UInt    old_size = state->stack_size;
-      FT_UInt    new_size = old_size;
-
-      new_size = new_size + ( new_size >> 1 ) + 4;
-
-      if ( state->stack == state->stack_0 )
-      {
-        state->stack = NULL;
-        old_size     = 0;
-      }
-
-      if ( FT_RENEW_ARRAY( state->stack, old_size, new_size ) )
-        return -1;
-
-      state->stack_size = new_size;
-    }
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  /* grow the prefix/suffix arrays */
-  static int
-  ft_lzwstate_prefix_grow( FT_LzwState  state )
-  {
-    FT_UInt    old_size = state->prefix_size;
-    FT_UInt    new_size = old_size;
-    FT_Memory  memory   = state->memory;
-    FT_Error   error;
-
-
-    if ( new_size == 0 )  /* first allocation -> 9 bits */
-      new_size = 512;
-    else
-      new_size += new_size >> 2;  /* don't grow too fast */
-
-    /*
-     *  Note that the `suffix' array is located in the same memory block
-     *  pointed to by `prefix'.
-     *
-     *  I know that sizeof(FT_Byte) == 1 by definition, but it is clearer
-     *  to write it literally.
-     *
-     */
-    if ( FT_REALLOC_MULT( state->prefix, old_size, new_size,
-                          sizeof ( FT_UShort ) + sizeof ( FT_Byte ) ) )
-      return -1;
-
-    /* now adjust `suffix' and move the data accordingly */
-    state->suffix = (FT_Byte*)( state->prefix + new_size );
-
-    FT_MEM_MOVE( state->suffix,
-                 state->prefix + old_size,
-                 old_size * sizeof ( FT_Byte ) );
-
-    state->prefix_size = new_size;
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  ft_lzwstate_reset( FT_LzwState  state )
-  {
-    state->in_eof     = 0;
-    state->buf_offset = 0;
-    state->buf_size   = 0;
-    state->buf_clear  = 0;
-    state->buf_total  = 0;
-    state->stack_top  = 0;
-    state->num_bits   = LZW_INIT_BITS;
-    state->phase      = FT_LZW_PHASE_START;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  ft_lzwstate_init( FT_LzwState  state,
-                    FT_Stream    source )
-  {
-    FT_ZERO( state );
-
-    state->source = source;
-    state->memory = source->memory;
-
-    state->prefix      = NULL;
-    state->suffix      = NULL;
-    state->prefix_size = 0;
-
-    state->stack      = state->stack_0;
-    state->stack_size = sizeof ( state->stack_0 );
-
-    ft_lzwstate_reset( state );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  ft_lzwstate_done( FT_LzwState  state )
-  {
-    FT_Memory  memory = state->memory;
-
-
-    ft_lzwstate_reset( state );
-
-    if ( state->stack != state->stack_0 )
-      FT_FREE( state->stack );
-
-    FT_FREE( state->prefix );
-    state->suffix = NULL;
-
-    FT_ZERO( state );
-  }
-
-
-#define FTLZW_STACK_PUSH( c )                        \
-  FT_BEGIN_STMNT                                     \
-    if ( state->stack_top >= state->stack_size &&    \
-         ft_lzwstate_stack_grow( state ) < 0   )     \
-      goto Eof;                                      \
-                                                     \
-    state->stack[state->stack_top++] = (FT_Byte)(c); \
-  FT_END_STMNT
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_ULong )
-  ft_lzwstate_io( FT_LzwState  state,
-                  FT_Byte*     buffer,
-                  FT_ULong     out_size )
-  {
-    FT_ULong  result = 0;
-
-    FT_UInt  old_char = state->old_char;
-    FT_UInt  old_code = state->old_code;
-    FT_UInt  in_code  = state->in_code;
-
-
-    if ( out_size == 0 )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    switch ( state->phase )
-    {
-    case FT_LZW_PHASE_START:
-      {
-        FT_Byte   max_bits;
-        FT_Int32  c;
-
-
-        /* skip magic bytes, and read max_bits + block_flag */
-        if ( FT_Stream_Seek( state->source, 2 ) != 0               ||
-             FT_Stream_TryRead( state->source, &max_bits, 1 ) != 1 )
-          goto Eof;
-
-        state->max_bits   = max_bits & LZW_BIT_MASK;
-        state->block_mode = max_bits & LZW_BLOCK_MASK;
-        state->max_free   = (FT_UInt)( ( 1UL << state->max_bits ) - 256 );
-
-        if ( state->max_bits > LZW_MAX_BITS )
-          goto Eof;
-
-        state->num_bits = LZW_INIT_BITS;
-        state->free_ent = ( state->block_mode ? LZW_FIRST
-                                              : LZW_CLEAR ) - 256;
-        in_code  = 0;
-
-        state->free_bits = state->num_bits < state->max_bits
-                           ? (FT_UInt)( ( 1UL << state->num_bits ) - 256 )
-                           : state->max_free + 1;
-
-        c = ft_lzwstate_get_code( state );
-        if ( c < 0 )
-          goto Eof;
-
-        old_code = old_char = (FT_UInt)c;
-
-        if ( buffer )
-          buffer[result] = (FT_Byte)old_char;
-
-        if ( ++result >= out_size )
-          goto Exit;
-
-        state->phase = FT_LZW_PHASE_CODE;
-      }
-      /* fall-through */
-
-    case FT_LZW_PHASE_CODE:
-      {
-        FT_Int32  c;
-        FT_UInt   code;
-
-
-      NextCode:
-        c = ft_lzwstate_get_code( state );
-        if ( c < 0 )
-          goto Eof;
-
-        code = (FT_UInt)c;
-
-        if ( code == LZW_CLEAR && state->block_mode )
-        {
-          /* why not LZW_FIRST-256 ? */
-          state->free_ent  = ( LZW_FIRST - 1 ) - 256;
-          state->buf_clear = 1;
-          c = ft_lzwstate_get_code( state );
-          if ( c < 0 )
-            goto Eof;
-
-          code = (FT_UInt)c;
-        }
-
-        in_code = code; /* save code for later */
-
-        if ( code >= 256U )
-        {
-          /* special case for KwKwKwK */
-          if ( code - 256U >= state->free_ent )
-          {
-            FTLZW_STACK_PUSH( old_char );
-            code = old_code;
-          }
-
-          while ( code >= 256U )
-          {
-            FTLZW_STACK_PUSH( state->suffix[code - 256] );
-            code = state->prefix[code - 256];
-          }
-        }
-
-        old_char = code;
-        FTLZW_STACK_PUSH( old_char );
-
-        state->phase = FT_LZW_PHASE_STACK;
-      }
-      /* fall-through */
-
-    case FT_LZW_PHASE_STACK:
-      {
-        while ( state->stack_top > 0 )
-        {
-          --state->stack_top;
-
-          if ( buffer )
-            buffer[result] = state->stack[state->stack_top];
-
-          if ( ++result == out_size )
-            goto Exit;
-        }
-
-        /* now create new entry */
-        if ( state->free_ent < state->max_free )
-        {
-          if ( state->free_ent >= state->prefix_size &&
-               ft_lzwstate_prefix_grow( state ) < 0  )
-            goto Eof;
-
-          FT_ASSERT( state->free_ent < state->prefix_size );
-
-          state->prefix[state->free_ent] = (FT_UShort)old_code;
-          state->suffix[state->free_ent] = (FT_Byte)  old_char;
-
-          state->free_ent += 1;
-        }
-
-        old_code = in_code;
-
-        state->phase = FT_LZW_PHASE_CODE;
-        goto NextCode;
-      }
-
-    default:  /* state == EOF */
-      ;
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    state->old_code = old_code;
-    state->old_char = old_char;
-    state->in_code  = in_code;
-
-    return result;
-
-  Eof:
-    state->phase = FT_LZW_PHASE_EOF;
-    goto Exit;
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/lzw/ftzopen.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/lzw/ftzopen.h
deleted file mode 100644
index dd60240..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/lzw/ftzopen.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,171 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftzopen.h                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType support for .Z compressed files.                            */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This optional component relies on NetBSD's zopen().  It should mainly  */
-/*  be used to parse compressed PCF fonts, as found with many X11 server   */
-/*  distributions.                                                         */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by David Turner.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef __FT_ZOPEN_H__
-#define __FT_ZOPEN_H__
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_FREETYPE_H
-
-
-  /*
-   *  This is a complete re-implementation of the LZW file reader,
-   *  since the old one was incredibly badly written, using
-   *  400 KByte of heap memory before decompressing anything.
-   *
-   */
-
-#define FT_LZW_IN_BUFF_SIZE        64
-#define FT_LZW_DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE  64
-
-#define LZW_INIT_BITS     9
-#define LZW_MAX_BITS      16
-
-#define LZW_CLEAR         256
-#define LZW_FIRST         257
-
-#define LZW_BIT_MASK      0x1f
-#define LZW_BLOCK_MASK    0x80
-#define LZW_MASK( n )     ( ( 1U << (n) ) - 1U )
-
-
-  typedef enum  FT_LzwPhase_
-  {
-    FT_LZW_PHASE_START = 0,
-    FT_LZW_PHASE_CODE,
-    FT_LZW_PHASE_STACK,
-    FT_LZW_PHASE_EOF
-
-  } FT_LzwPhase;
-
-
-  /*
-   *  state of LZW decompressor
-   *
-   *  small technical note
-   *  --------------------
-   *
-   *  We use a few tricks in this implementation that are explained here to
-   *  ease debugging and maintenance.
-   *
-   *  - First of all, the `prefix' and `suffix' arrays contain the suffix
-   *    and prefix for codes over 256; this means that
-   *
-   *      prefix_of(code) == state->prefix[code-256]
-   *      suffix_of(code) == state->suffix[code-256]
-   *
-   *    Each prefix is a 16-bit code, and each suffix an 8-bit byte.
-   *
-   *    Both arrays are stored in a single memory block, pointed to by
-   *    `state->prefix'.  This means that the following equality is always
-   *    true:
-   *
-   *      state->suffix == (FT_Byte*)(state->prefix + state->prefix_size)
-   *
-   *    Of course, state->prefix_size is the number of prefix/suffix slots
-   *    in the arrays, corresponding to codes 256..255+prefix_size.
-   *
-   *  - `free_ent' is the index of the next free entry in the `prefix'
-   *    and `suffix' arrays.  This means that the corresponding `next free
-   *    code' is really `256+free_ent'.
-   *
-   *    Moreover, `max_free' is the maximum value that `free_ent' can reach.
-   *
-   *    `max_free' corresponds to `(1 << max_bits) - 256'.  Note that this
-   *    value is always <= 0xFF00, which means that both `free_ent' and
-   *    `max_free' can be stored in an FT_UInt variable, even on 16-bit
-   *    machines.
-   *
-   *    If `free_ent == max_free', you cannot add new codes to the
-   *    prefix/suffix table.
-   *
-   *  - `num_bits' is the current number of code bits, starting at 9 and
-   *    growing each time `free_ent' reaches the value of `free_bits'.  The
-   *    latter is computed as follows
-   *
-   *      if num_bits < max_bits:
-   *         free_bits = (1 << num_bits)-256
-   *      else:
-   *         free_bits = max_free + 1
-   *
-   *    Since the value of `max_free + 1' can never be reached by
-   *    `free_ent', `num_bits' cannot grow larger than `max_bits'.
-   */
-
-  typedef struct  FT_LzwStateRec_
-  {
-    FT_LzwPhase  phase;
-    FT_Int       in_eof;
-
-    FT_Byte      buf_tab[16];
-    FT_Int       buf_offset;
-    FT_Int       buf_size;
-    FT_Bool      buf_clear;
-    FT_Int       buf_total;
-
-    FT_UInt      max_bits;    /* max code bits, from file header   */
-    FT_Int       block_mode;  /* block mode flag, from file header */
-    FT_UInt      max_free;    /* (1 << max_bits) - 256             */
-
-    FT_UInt      num_bits;    /* current code bit number */
-    FT_UInt      free_ent;    /* index of next free entry */
-    FT_UInt      free_bits;   /* if reached by free_ent, increment num_bits */
-    FT_UInt      old_code;
-    FT_UInt      old_char;
-    FT_UInt      in_code;
-
-    FT_UShort*   prefix;      /* always dynamically allocated / reallocated */
-    FT_Byte*     suffix;      /* suffix = (FT_Byte*)(prefix + prefix_size)  */
-    FT_UInt      prefix_size; /* number of slots in `prefix' or `suffix'    */
-
-    FT_Byte*     stack;       /* character stack */
-    FT_UInt      stack_top;
-    FT_UInt      stack_size;
-    FT_Byte      stack_0[FT_LZW_DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE]; /* minimize heap alloc */
-
-    FT_Stream    source;      /* source stream */
-    FT_Memory    memory;
-
-  } FT_LzwStateRec, *FT_LzwState;
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  ft_lzwstate_init( FT_LzwState  state,
-                    FT_Stream    source );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  ft_lzwstate_done( FT_LzwState  state );
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  ft_lzwstate_reset( FT_LzwState  state );
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_ULong )
-  ft_lzwstate_io( FT_LzwState  state,
-                  FT_Byte*     buffer,
-                  FT_ULong     out_size );
-
-/* */
-
-#endif /* __FT_ZOPEN_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/lzw/rules.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/lzw/rules.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 5550a48..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/lzw/rules.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 LZW support configuration rules
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 2004, 2005, 2006 by
-# Albert Chin-A-Young.
-#
-# Based on src/lzw/rules.mk, Copyright 2002 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-# LZW driver directory
-#
-LZW_DIR := $(SRC_DIR)/lzw
-
-
-# compilation flags for the driver
-#
-LZW_COMPILE := $(FT_COMPILE) $I$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$(LZW_DIR))
-
-
-# LZW support sources (i.e., C files)
-#
-LZW_DRV_SRC := $(LZW_DIR)/ftlzw.c
-
-# LZW support headers
-#
-LZW_DRV_H := $(LZW_DIR)/ftzopen.h \
-             $(LZW_DIR)/ftzopen.c
-
-
-# LZW driver object(s)
-#
-#   LZW_DRV_OBJ_M is used during `multi' builds
-#   LZW_DRV_OBJ_S is used during `single' builds
-#
-LZW_DRV_OBJ_M := $(OBJ_DIR)/ftlzw.$O
-LZW_DRV_OBJ_S := $(OBJ_DIR)/ftlzw.$O
-
-# LZW support source file for single build
-#
-LZW_DRV_SRC_S := $(LZW_DIR)/ftlzw.c
-
-
-# LZW support - single object
-#
-$(LZW_DRV_OBJ_S): $(LZW_DRV_SRC_S) $(LZW_DRV_SRC) $(FREETYPE_H) $(LZW_DRV_H)
-	$(LZW_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $(LZW_DRV_SRC_S))
-
-
-# LZW support - multiple objects
-#
-$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O: $(LZW_DIR)/%.c $(FREETYPE_H) $(LZW_DRV_H)
-	$(LZW_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $<)
-
-
-# update main driver object lists
-#
-DRV_OBJS_S += $(LZW_DRV_OBJ_S)
-DRV_OBJS_M += $(LZW_DRV_OBJ_M)
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/Jamfile b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/Jamfile
deleted file mode 100644
index 35a14c6..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/Jamfile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-# FreeType 2 src/otvalid Jamfile
-#
-# Copyright 2004 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-SubDir  FT2_TOP $(FT2_SRC_DIR) otvalid ;
-
-{
-  local  _sources ;
-
-  if $(FT2_MULTI)
-  {
-    _sources = otvbase otvcommn otvgdef otvgpos otvgsub otvjstf otvmod ;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    _sources = otvalid ;
-  }
-
-  Library  $(FT2_LIB) : $(_sources).c ;
-}
-
-# end of src/otvalid Jamfile
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/module.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/module.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index aa4db04..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/module.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 otvalid module definition
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 2004, 2006 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-FTMODULE_H_COMMANDS += OTVALID_MODULE
-
-define OTVALID_MODULE
-$(OPEN_DRIVER)otv_module_class$(CLOSE_DRIVER)
-$(ECHO_DRIVER)otvalid   $(ECHO_DRIVER_DESC)OpenType validation module$(ECHO_DRIVER_DONE)
-endef
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvalid.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvalid.c
deleted file mode 100644
index d5c2b75..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvalid.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  otvalid.c                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType validator for OpenType tables (body only).                  */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2004, 2007 by                                                */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-#define FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-
-#include "otvbase.c"
-#include "otvcommn.c"
-#include "otvgdef.c"
-#include "otvgpos.c"
-#include "otvgsub.c"
-#include "otvjstf.c"
-#include "otvmath.c"
-#include "otvmod.c"
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvalid.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvalid.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 90255cd..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvalid.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  otvalid.h                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    OpenType table validation (specification only).                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2004, 2008 by                                                */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __OTVALID_H__
-#define __OTVALID_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_FREETYPE_H
-
-#include "otverror.h"           /* must come before FT_INTERNAL_VALIDATE_H */
-
-#include FT_INTERNAL_VALIDATE_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  otv_BASE_validate( FT_Bytes      table,
-                     FT_Validator  valid );
-
-  /* GSUB and GPOS tables should already be validated; */
-  /* if missing, set corresponding argument to 0       */
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  otv_GDEF_validate( FT_Bytes      table,
-                     FT_Bytes      gsub,
-                     FT_Bytes      gpos,
-                     FT_Validator  valid );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  otv_GPOS_validate( FT_Bytes      table,
-                     FT_UInt       glyph_count,
-                     FT_Validator  valid );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  otv_GSUB_validate( FT_Bytes      table,
-                     FT_UInt       glyph_count,
-                     FT_Validator  valid );
-
-  /* GSUB and GPOS tables should already be validated; */
-  /* if missing, set corresponding argument to 0       */
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  otv_JSTF_validate( FT_Bytes      table,
-                     FT_Bytes      gsub,
-                     FT_Bytes      gpos,
-                     FT_UInt       glyph_count,
-                     FT_Validator  valid );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  otv_MATH_validate( FT_Bytes      table,
-                     FT_UInt       glyph_count,
-                     FT_Validator  ftvalid );
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __OTVALID_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvbase.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvbase.c
deleted file mode 100644
index d742d2d..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvbase.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,318 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  otvbase.c                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    OpenType BASE table validation (body).                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2004, 2007 by                                                */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include "otvalid.h"
-#include "otvcommn.h"
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_otvbase
-
-
-  static void
-  otv_BaseCoord_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                          OTV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-    FT_UInt   BaseCoordFormat;
-
-
-    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "BaseCoord" );
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 );
-    BaseCoordFormat = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    p += 2;     /* skip Coordinate */
-
-    OTV_TRACE(( " (format %d)\n", BaseCoordFormat ));
-
-    switch ( BaseCoordFormat )
-    {
-    case 1:     /* BaseCoordFormat1 */
-      break;
-
-    case 2:     /* BaseCoordFormat2 */
-      OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 );   /* ReferenceGlyph, BaseCoordPoint */
-      break;
-
-    case 3:     /* BaseCoordFormat3 */
-      OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
-      /* DeviceTable */
-      otv_Device_validate( table + FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ), valid );
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
-    }
-
-    OTV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  otv_BaseTagList_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                            OTV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-    FT_UInt   BaseTagCount;
-
-
-    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "BaseTagList" );
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
-
-    BaseTagCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    OTV_TRACE(( " (BaseTagCount = %d)\n", BaseTagCount ));
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( BaseTagCount * 4 );          /* BaselineTag */
-
-    OTV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  otv_BaseValues_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                           OTV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-    FT_UInt   BaseCoordCount;
-
-
-    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "BaseValues" );
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 );
-
-    p             += 2;                     /* skip DefaultIndex */
-    BaseCoordCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    OTV_TRACE(( " (BaseCoordCount = %d)\n", BaseCoordCount ));
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( BaseCoordCount * 2 );
-
-    /* BaseCoord */
-    for ( ; BaseCoordCount > 0; BaseCoordCount-- )
-      otv_BaseCoord_validate( table + FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ), valid );
-
-    OTV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  otv_MinMax_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                       OTV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-    FT_UInt   table_size;
-    FT_UInt   FeatMinMaxCount;
-
-    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( MinCoord );
-    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( MaxCoord );
-
-
-    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "MinMax" );
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 6 );
-
-    OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( MinCoord );
-    OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( MaxCoord );
-    FeatMinMaxCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    OTV_TRACE(( " (FeatMinMaxCount = %d)\n", FeatMinMaxCount ));
-
-    table_size = FeatMinMaxCount * 8 + 6;
-
-    OTV_SIZE_CHECK( MinCoord );
-    if ( MinCoord )
-      otv_BaseCoord_validate( table + MinCoord, valid );
-
-    OTV_SIZE_CHECK( MaxCoord );
-    if ( MaxCoord )
-      otv_BaseCoord_validate( table + MaxCoord, valid );
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( FeatMinMaxCount * 8 );
-
-    /* FeatMinMaxRecord */
-    for ( ; FeatMinMaxCount > 0; FeatMinMaxCount-- )
-    {
-      p += 4;                           /* skip FeatureTableTag */
-
-      OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( MinCoord );
-      OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( MaxCoord );
-
-      OTV_SIZE_CHECK( MinCoord );
-      if ( MinCoord )
-        otv_BaseCoord_validate( table + MinCoord, valid );
-
-      OTV_SIZE_CHECK( MaxCoord );
-      if ( MaxCoord )
-        otv_BaseCoord_validate( table + MaxCoord, valid );
-    }
-
-    OTV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  otv_BaseScript_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                           OTV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-    FT_UInt   table_size;
-    FT_UInt   BaseLangSysCount;
-
-    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( BaseValues    );
-    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( DefaultMinMax );
-
-
-    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "BaseScript" );
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 6 );
-    OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( BaseValues    );
-    OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( DefaultMinMax );
-    BaseLangSysCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    OTV_TRACE(( " (BaseLangSysCount = %d)\n", BaseLangSysCount ));
-
-    table_size = BaseLangSysCount * 6 + 6;
-
-    OTV_SIZE_CHECK( BaseValues );
-    if ( BaseValues )
-      otv_BaseValues_validate( table + BaseValues, valid );
-
-    OTV_SIZE_CHECK( DefaultMinMax );
-    if ( DefaultMinMax )
-      otv_MinMax_validate( table + DefaultMinMax, valid );
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( BaseLangSysCount * 6 );
-
-    /* BaseLangSysRecord */
-    for ( ; BaseLangSysCount > 0; BaseLangSysCount-- )
-    {
-      p += 4;       /* skip BaseLangSysTag */
-
-      otv_MinMax_validate( table + FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ), valid );
-    }
-
-    OTV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  otv_BaseScriptList_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                               OTV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-    FT_UInt   BaseScriptCount;
-
-
-    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "BaseScriptList" );
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
-    BaseScriptCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    OTV_TRACE(( " (BaseScriptCount = %d)\n", BaseScriptCount ));
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( BaseScriptCount * 6 );
-
-    /* BaseScriptRecord */
-    for ( ; BaseScriptCount > 0; BaseScriptCount-- )
-    {
-      p += 4;       /* skip BaseScriptTag */
-
-      /* BaseScript */
-      otv_BaseScript_validate( table + FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ), valid );
-    }
-
-    OTV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  otv_Axis_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                     OTV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-    FT_UInt   table_size;
-
-    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( BaseTagList );
-
-
-    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "Axis" );
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 );
-    OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( BaseTagList );
-
-    table_size = 4;
-
-    OTV_SIZE_CHECK( BaseTagList );
-    if ( BaseTagList )
-      otv_BaseTagList_validate( table + BaseTagList, valid );
-
-    /* BaseScriptList */
-    otv_BaseScriptList_validate( table + FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ), valid );
-
-    OTV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  otv_BASE_validate( FT_Bytes      table,
-                     FT_Validator  ftvalid )
-  {
-    OTV_ValidatorRec  validrec;
-    OTV_Validator     valid = &validrec;
-    FT_Bytes          p     = table;
-    FT_UInt           table_size;
-
-    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( HorizAxis );
-    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( VertAxis  );
-
-
-    valid->root = ftvalid;
-
-    FT_TRACE3(( "validating BASE table\n" ));
-    OTV_INIT;
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 6 );
-
-    if ( FT_NEXT_ULONG( p ) != 0x10000UL )      /* Version */
-      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
-
-    table_size = 6;
-
-    OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( HorizAxis );
-    OTV_SIZE_CHECK( HorizAxis );
-    if ( HorizAxis )
-      otv_Axis_validate( table + HorizAxis, valid );
-
-    OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( VertAxis );
-    OTV_SIZE_CHECK( VertAxis );
-    if ( VertAxis )
-      otv_Axis_validate( table + VertAxis, valid );
-
-    FT_TRACE4(( "\n" ));
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvcommn.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvcommn.c
deleted file mode 100644
index a4f885b..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvcommn.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1086 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  otvcommn.c                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    OpenType common tables validation (body).                            */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by                                    */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include "otvcommn.h"
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_otvcommon
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                       COVERAGE TABLE                          *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  otv_Coverage_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                         OTV_Validator  valid,
-                         FT_Int         expected_count )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-    FT_UInt   CoverageFormat;
-    FT_UInt   total = 0;
-
-
-    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "Coverage" );
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 );
-    CoverageFormat = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    OTV_TRACE(( " (format %d)\n", CoverageFormat ));
-
-    switch ( CoverageFormat )
-    {
-    case 1:     /* CoverageFormat1 */
-      {
-        FT_UInt  GlyphCount;
-        FT_UInt  i;
-
-
-        GlyphCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-        OTV_TRACE(( " (GlyphCount = %d)\n", GlyphCount ));
-
-        OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( GlyphCount * 2 );        /* GlyphArray */
-
-        for ( i = 0; i < GlyphCount; ++i )
-        {
-          FT_UInt  gid;
-
-
-          gid = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-          if ( gid >= valid->glyph_count )
-            FT_INVALID_GLYPH_ID;
-        }
-
-        total = GlyphCount;
-      }
-      break;
-
-    case 2:     /* CoverageFormat2 */
-      {
-        FT_UInt  n, RangeCount;
-        FT_UInt  Start, End, StartCoverageIndex, last = 0;
-
-
-        RangeCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-        OTV_TRACE(( " (RangeCount = %d)\n", RangeCount ));
-
-        OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( RangeCount * 6 );
-
-        /* RangeRecord */
-        for ( n = 0; n < RangeCount; n++ )
-        {
-          Start              = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-          End                = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-          StartCoverageIndex = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-          if ( Start > End || StartCoverageIndex != total )
-            FT_INVALID_DATA;
-
-          if ( End >= valid->glyph_count )
-            FT_INVALID_GLYPH_ID;
-
-          if ( n > 0 && Start <= last )
-            FT_INVALID_DATA;
-
-          total += End - Start + 1;
-          last   = End;
-        }
-      }
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
-    }
-
-    /* Generally, a coverage table offset has an associated count field.  */
-    /* The number of glyphs in the table should match this field.  If     */
-    /* there is no associated count, a value of -1 tells us not to check. */
-    if ( expected_count != -1 && (FT_UInt)expected_count != total )
-      FT_INVALID_DATA;
-
-    OTV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_UInt )
-  otv_Coverage_get_first( FT_Bytes  table )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-
-
-    p += 4;     /* skip CoverageFormat and Glyph/RangeCount */
-
-    return FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_UInt )
-  otv_Coverage_get_last( FT_Bytes  table )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-    FT_UInt   CoverageFormat = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    FT_UInt   count          = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );     /* Glyph/RangeCount */
-    FT_UInt   result = 0;
-
-
-    switch ( CoverageFormat )
-    {
-    case 1:
-      p += ( count - 1 ) * 2;
-      result = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-      break;
-
-    case 2:
-      p += ( count - 1 ) * 6 + 2;
-      result = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      ;
-    }
-
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_UInt )
-  otv_Coverage_get_count( FT_Bytes  table )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p              = table;
-    FT_UInt   CoverageFormat = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    FT_UInt   count          = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );     /* Glyph/RangeCount */
-    FT_UInt   result         = 0;
-
-
-    switch ( CoverageFormat )
-    {
-    case 1:
-      return count;
-
-    case 2:
-      {
-        FT_UInt  Start, End;
-
-
-        for ( ; count > 0; count-- )
-        {
-          Start = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-          End   = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-          p    += 2;                    /* skip StartCoverageIndex */
-
-          result += End - Start + 1;
-        }
-      }
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      ;
-    }
-
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                   CLASS DEFINITION TABLE                      *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  otv_ClassDef_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                         OTV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-    FT_UInt   ClassFormat;
-
-
-    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "ClassDef" );
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 );
-    ClassFormat = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    OTV_TRACE(( " (format %d)\n", ClassFormat ));
-
-    switch ( ClassFormat )
-    {
-    case 1:     /* ClassDefFormat1 */
-      {
-        FT_UInt  StartGlyph;
-        FT_UInt  GlyphCount;
-
-
-        OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 );
-
-        StartGlyph = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-        GlyphCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-        OTV_TRACE(( " (GlyphCount = %d)\n", GlyphCount ));
-
-        OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( GlyphCount * 2 );    /* ClassValueArray */
-
-        if ( StartGlyph + GlyphCount - 1 >= valid->glyph_count )
-          FT_INVALID_GLYPH_ID;
-      }
-      break;
-
-    case 2:     /* ClassDefFormat2 */
-      {
-        FT_UInt  n, ClassRangeCount;
-        FT_UInt  Start, End, last = 0;
-
-
-        ClassRangeCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-        OTV_TRACE(( " (ClassRangeCount = %d)\n", ClassRangeCount ));
-
-        OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( ClassRangeCount * 6 );
-
-        /* ClassRangeRecord */
-        for ( n = 0; n < ClassRangeCount; n++ )
-        {
-          Start = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-          End   = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-          p    += 2;                        /* skip Class */
-
-          if ( Start > End || ( n > 0 && Start <= last ) )
-            FT_INVALID_DATA;
-
-          if ( End >= valid->glyph_count )
-            FT_INVALID_GLYPH_ID;
-
-          last = End;
-        }
-      }
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
-    }
-
-    /* no need to check glyph indices used as input to class definition   */
-    /* tables since even invalid glyph indices return a meaningful result */
-
-    OTV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                      DEVICE TABLE                             *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  otv_Device_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                       OTV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-    FT_UInt   StartSize, EndSize, DeltaFormat, count;
-
-
-    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "Device" );
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 8 );
-    StartSize   = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    EndSize     = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    DeltaFormat = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    if ( DeltaFormat < 1 || DeltaFormat > 3 )
-      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
-
-    if ( EndSize < StartSize )
-      FT_INVALID_DATA;
-
-    count = EndSize - StartSize + 1;
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( ( 1 << DeltaFormat ) * count / 8 );  /* DeltaValue */
-
-    OTV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                         LOOKUPS                               *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /* uses valid->type_count */
-  /* uses valid->type_funcs */
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  otv_Lookup_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                       OTV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes           p = table;
-    FT_UInt            LookupType, SubTableCount;
-    OTV_Validate_Func  validate;
-
-
-    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "Lookup" );
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 6 );
-    LookupType    = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    p            += 2;                      /* skip LookupFlag */
-    SubTableCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    OTV_TRACE(( " (type %d)\n", LookupType ));
-
-    if ( LookupType == 0 || LookupType > valid->type_count )
-      FT_INVALID_DATA;
-
-    validate = valid->type_funcs[LookupType - 1];
-
-    OTV_TRACE(( " (SubTableCount = %d)\n", SubTableCount ));
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( SubTableCount * 2 );
-
-    /* SubTable */
-    for ( ; SubTableCount > 0; SubTableCount-- )
-      validate( table + FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ), valid );
-
-    OTV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /* uses valid->lookup_count */
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  otv_LookupList_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                           OTV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-    FT_UInt   LookupCount;
-
-
-    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "LookupList" );
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
-    LookupCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    OTV_TRACE(( " (LookupCount = %d)\n", LookupCount ));
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( LookupCount * 2 );
-
-    valid->lookup_count = LookupCount;
-
-    /* Lookup */
-    for ( ; LookupCount > 0; LookupCount-- )
-      otv_Lookup_validate( table + FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ), valid );
-
-    OTV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_UInt
-  otv_LookupList_get_count( FT_Bytes  table )
-  {
-    return FT_NEXT_USHORT( table );
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                        FEATURES                               *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /* uses valid->lookup_count */
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  otv_Feature_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                        OTV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-    FT_UInt   LookupCount;
-
-
-    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "Feature" );
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 );
-    p           += 2;                   /* skip FeatureParams (unused) */
-    LookupCount  = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    OTV_TRACE(( " (LookupCount = %d)\n", LookupCount ));
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( LookupCount * 2 );
-
-    /* LookupListIndex */
-    for ( ; LookupCount > 0; LookupCount-- )
-      if ( FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ) >= valid->lookup_count )
-        FT_INVALID_DATA;
-
-    OTV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_UInt
-  otv_Feature_get_count( FT_Bytes  table )
-  {
-    return FT_NEXT_USHORT( table );
-  }
-
-
-  /* sets valid->lookup_count */
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  otv_FeatureList_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                            FT_Bytes       lookups,
-                            OTV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-    FT_UInt   FeatureCount;
-
-
-    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "FeatureList" );
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
-    FeatureCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    OTV_TRACE(( " (FeatureCount = %d)\n", FeatureCount ));
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( FeatureCount * 2 );
-
-    valid->lookup_count = otv_LookupList_get_count( lookups );
-
-    /* FeatureRecord */
-    for ( ; FeatureCount > 0; FeatureCount-- )
-    {
-      p += 4;       /* skip FeatureTag */
-
-      /* Feature */
-      otv_Feature_validate( table + FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ), valid );
-    }
-
-    OTV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                       LANGUAGE SYSTEM                         *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /* uses valid->extra1 (number of features) */
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  otv_LangSys_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                        OTV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-    FT_UInt   ReqFeatureIndex;
-    FT_UInt   FeatureCount;
-
-
-    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "LangSys" );
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 6 );
-    p              += 2;                    /* skip LookupOrder (unused) */
-    ReqFeatureIndex = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    FeatureCount    = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    OTV_TRACE(( " (ReqFeatureIndex = %d)\n", ReqFeatureIndex ));
-    OTV_TRACE(( " (FeatureCount = %d)\n",    FeatureCount    ));
-
-    if ( ReqFeatureIndex != 0xFFFFU && ReqFeatureIndex >= valid->extra1 )
-      FT_INVALID_DATA;
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( FeatureCount * 2 );
-
-    /* FeatureIndex */
-    for ( ; FeatureCount > 0; FeatureCount-- )
-      if ( FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ) >= valid->extra1 )
-        FT_INVALID_DATA;
-
-    OTV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                           SCRIPTS                             *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  otv_Script_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                       OTV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_UInt   DefaultLangSys, LangSysCount;
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-
-
-    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "Script" );
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 );
-    DefaultLangSys = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    LangSysCount   = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    OTV_TRACE(( " (LangSysCount = %d)\n", LangSysCount ));
-
-    if ( DefaultLangSys != 0 )
-      otv_LangSys_validate( table + DefaultLangSys, valid );
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( LangSysCount * 6 );
-
-    /* LangSysRecord */
-    for ( ; LangSysCount > 0; LangSysCount-- )
-    {
-      p += 4;       /* skip LangSysTag */
-
-      /* LangSys */
-      otv_LangSys_validate( table + FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ), valid );
-    }
-
-    OTV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /* sets valid->extra1 (number of features) */
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  otv_ScriptList_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                           FT_Bytes       features,
-                           OTV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_UInt   ScriptCount;
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-
-
-    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "ScriptList" );
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
-    ScriptCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    OTV_TRACE(( " (ScriptCount = %d)\n", ScriptCount ));
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( ScriptCount * 6 );
-
-    valid->extra1 = otv_Feature_get_count( features );
-
-    /* ScriptRecord */
-    for ( ; ScriptCount > 0; ScriptCount-- )
-    {
-      p += 4;       /* skip ScriptTag */
-
-      otv_Script_validate( table + FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ), valid ); /* Script */
-    }
-
-    OTV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                      UTILITY FUNCTIONS                        *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /*
-     u:   uint16
-     ux:  unit16 [x]
-
-     s:   struct
-     sx:  struct [x]
-     sxy: struct [x], using external y count
-
-     x:   uint16 x
-
-     C:   Coverage
-
-     O:   Offset
-     On:  Offset (NULL)
-     Ox:  Offset [x]
-     Onx: Offset (NULL) [x]
-  */
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  otv_x_Ox( FT_Bytes       table,
-            OTV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes           p = table;
-    FT_UInt            Count;
-    OTV_Validate_Func  func;
-
-
-    OTV_ENTER;
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
-    Count = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    OTV_TRACE(( " (Count = %d)\n", Count ));
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( Count * 2 );
-
-    valid->nesting_level++;
-    func = valid->func[valid->nesting_level];
-
-    for ( ; Count > 0; Count-- )
-      func( table + FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ), valid );
-
-    valid->nesting_level--;
-
-    OTV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  otv_u_C_x_Ox( FT_Bytes       table,
-                OTV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes           p = table;
-    FT_UInt            Count, Coverage;
-    OTV_Validate_Func  func;
-
-
-    OTV_ENTER;
-
-    p += 2;     /* skip Format */
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 );
-    Coverage = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    Count    = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    OTV_TRACE(( " (Count = %d)\n", Count ));
-
-    otv_Coverage_validate( table + Coverage, valid, Count );
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( Count * 2 );
-
-    valid->nesting_level++;
-    func = valid->func[valid->nesting_level];
-
-    for ( ; Count > 0; Count-- )
-      func( table + FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ), valid );
-
-    valid->nesting_level--;
-
-    OTV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /* uses valid->extra1 (if > 0: array value limit) */
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  otv_x_ux( FT_Bytes       table,
-            OTV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-    FT_UInt   Count;
-
-
-    OTV_ENTER;
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
-    Count = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    OTV_TRACE(( " (Count = %d)\n", Count ));
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( Count * 2 );
-
-    if ( valid->extra1 )
-    {
-      for ( ; Count > 0; Count-- )
-        if ( FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ) >= valid->extra1 )
-          FT_INVALID_DATA;
-    }
-
-    OTV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /* `ux' in the function's name is not really correct since only x-1 */
-  /* elements are tested                                              */
-
-  /* uses valid->extra1 (array value limit) */
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  otv_x_y_ux_sy( FT_Bytes       table,
-                 OTV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-    FT_UInt   Count1, Count2;
-
-
-    OTV_ENTER;
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 );
-    Count1 = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    Count2 = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    OTV_TRACE(( " (Count1 = %d)\n", Count1 ));
-    OTV_TRACE(( " (Count2 = %d)\n", Count2 ));
-
-    if ( Count1 == 0 )
-      FT_INVALID_DATA;
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( ( Count1 - 1 ) * 2 + Count2 * 4 );
-    p += ( Count1 - 1 ) * 2;
-
-    for ( ; Count2 > 0; Count2-- )
-    {
-      if ( FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ) >= Count1 )
-        FT_INVALID_DATA;
-
-      if ( FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ) >= valid->extra1 )
-        FT_INVALID_DATA;
-    }
-
-    OTV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /* `uy' in the function's name is not really correct since only y-1 */
-  /* elements are tested                                              */
-
-  /* uses valid->extra1 (array value limit) */
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  otv_x_ux_y_uy_z_uz_p_sp( FT_Bytes       table,
-                           OTV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-    FT_UInt   BacktrackCount, InputCount, LookaheadCount;
-    FT_UInt   Count;
-
-
-    OTV_ENTER;
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
-    BacktrackCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    OTV_TRACE(( " (BacktrackCount = %d)\n", BacktrackCount ));
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( BacktrackCount * 2 + 2 );
-    p += BacktrackCount * 2;
-
-    InputCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    if ( InputCount == 0 )
-      FT_INVALID_DATA;
-
-    OTV_TRACE(( " (InputCount = %d)\n", InputCount ));
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( InputCount * 2 );
-    p += ( InputCount - 1 ) * 2;
-
-    LookaheadCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    OTV_TRACE(( " (LookaheadCount = %d)\n", LookaheadCount ));
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( LookaheadCount * 2 + 2 );
-    p += LookaheadCount * 2;
-
-    Count = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    OTV_TRACE(( " (Count = %d)\n", Count ));
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( Count * 4 );
-
-    for ( ; Count > 0; Count-- )
-    {
-      if ( FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ) >= InputCount )
-        FT_INVALID_DATA;
-
-      if ( FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ) >= valid->extra1 )
-        FT_INVALID_DATA;
-    }
-
-    OTV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /* sets valid->extra1 (valid->lookup_count) */
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  otv_u_O_O_x_Onx( FT_Bytes       table,
-                   OTV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes           p = table;
-    FT_UInt            Coverage, ClassDef, ClassSetCount;
-    OTV_Validate_Func  func;
-
-
-    OTV_ENTER;
-
-    p += 2;     /* skip Format */
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 6 );
-    Coverage      = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    ClassDef      = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    ClassSetCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    OTV_TRACE(( " (ClassSetCount = %d)\n", ClassSetCount ));
-
-    otv_Coverage_validate( table + Coverage, valid, -1 );
-    otv_ClassDef_validate( table + ClassDef, valid );
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( ClassSetCount * 2 );
-
-    valid->nesting_level++;
-    func          = valid->func[valid->nesting_level];
-    valid->extra1 = valid->lookup_count;
-
-    for ( ; ClassSetCount > 0; ClassSetCount-- )
-    {
-      FT_UInt  offset = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-
-      if ( offset )
-        func( table + offset, valid );
-    }
-
-    valid->nesting_level--;
-
-    OTV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /* uses valid->lookup_count */
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  otv_u_x_y_Ox_sy( FT_Bytes       table,
-                   OTV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-    FT_UInt   GlyphCount, Count, count1;
-
-
-    OTV_ENTER;
-
-    p += 2;     /* skip Format */
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 );
-    GlyphCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    Count      = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    OTV_TRACE(( " (GlyphCount = %d)\n", GlyphCount ));
-    OTV_TRACE(( " (Count = %d)\n",      Count      ));
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( GlyphCount * 2 + Count * 4 );
-
-    for ( count1 = GlyphCount; count1 > 0; count1-- )
-      otv_Coverage_validate( table + FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ), valid, -1 );
-
-    for ( ; Count > 0; Count-- )
-    {
-      if ( FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ) >= GlyphCount )
-        FT_INVALID_DATA;
-
-      if ( FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ) >= valid->lookup_count )
-        FT_INVALID_DATA;
-    }
-
-    OTV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /* sets valid->extra1 (valid->lookup_count)    */
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  otv_u_O_O_O_O_x_Onx( FT_Bytes       table,
-                       OTV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes           p = table;
-    FT_UInt            Coverage;
-    FT_UInt            BacktrackClassDef, InputClassDef, LookaheadClassDef;
-    FT_UInt            ChainClassSetCount;
-    OTV_Validate_Func  func;
-
-
-    OTV_ENTER;
-
-    p += 2;     /* skip Format */
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 10 );
-    Coverage           = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    BacktrackClassDef  = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    InputClassDef      = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    LookaheadClassDef  = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    ChainClassSetCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    OTV_TRACE(( " (ChainClassSetCount = %d)\n", ChainClassSetCount ));
-
-    otv_Coverage_validate( table + Coverage, valid, -1 );
-
-    otv_ClassDef_validate( table + BacktrackClassDef,  valid );
-    otv_ClassDef_validate( table + InputClassDef, valid );
-    otv_ClassDef_validate( table + LookaheadClassDef, valid );
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( ChainClassSetCount * 2 );
-
-    valid->nesting_level++;
-    func          = valid->func[valid->nesting_level];
-    valid->extra1 = valid->lookup_count;
-
-    for ( ; ChainClassSetCount > 0; ChainClassSetCount-- )
-    {
-      FT_UInt  offset = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-
-      if ( offset )
-        func( table + offset, valid );
-    }
-
-    valid->nesting_level--;
-
-    OTV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /* uses valid->lookup_count */
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  otv_u_x_Ox_y_Oy_z_Oz_p_sp( FT_Bytes       table,
-                             OTV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-    FT_UInt   BacktrackGlyphCount, InputGlyphCount, LookaheadGlyphCount;
-    FT_UInt   count1, count2;
-
-
-    OTV_ENTER;
-
-    p += 2;     /* skip Format */
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
-    BacktrackGlyphCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    OTV_TRACE(( " (BacktrackGlyphCount = %d)\n", BacktrackGlyphCount ));
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( BacktrackGlyphCount * 2 + 2 );
-
-    for ( ; BacktrackGlyphCount > 0; BacktrackGlyphCount-- )
-      otv_Coverage_validate( table + FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ), valid, -1 );
-
-    InputGlyphCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    OTV_TRACE(( " (InputGlyphCount = %d)\n", InputGlyphCount ));
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( InputGlyphCount * 2 + 2 );
-
-    for ( count1 = InputGlyphCount; count1 > 0; count1-- )
-      otv_Coverage_validate( table + FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ), valid, -1 );
-
-    LookaheadGlyphCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    OTV_TRACE(( " (LookaheadGlyphCount = %d)\n", LookaheadGlyphCount ));
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( LookaheadGlyphCount * 2 + 2 );
-
-    for ( ; LookaheadGlyphCount > 0; LookaheadGlyphCount-- )
-      otv_Coverage_validate( table + FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ), valid, -1 );
-
-    count2 = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    OTV_TRACE(( " (Count = %d)\n", count2 ));
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( count2 * 4 );
-
-    for ( ; count2 > 0; count2-- )
-    {
-      if ( FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ) >= InputGlyphCount )
-        FT_INVALID_DATA;
-
-      if ( FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ) >= valid->lookup_count )
-        FT_INVALID_DATA;
-    }
-
-    OTV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_UInt )
-  otv_GSUBGPOS_get_Lookup_count( FT_Bytes  table )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table + 8;
-
-
-    return otv_LookupList_get_count( table + FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ) );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_UInt )
-  otv_GSUBGPOS_have_MarkAttachmentType_flag( FT_Bytes  table )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p, lookup;
-    FT_UInt   count;
-
-
-    if ( !table )
-      return 0;
-
-    /* LookupList */
-    p      = table + 8;
-    table += FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    /* LookupCount */
-    p     = table;
-    count = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    for ( ; count > 0; count-- )
-    {
-      FT_Bytes  oldp;
-
-
-      /* Lookup */
-      lookup = table + FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-      oldp = p;
-
-      /* LookupFlag */
-      p = lookup + 2;
-      if ( FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ) & 0xFF00U )
-        return 1;
-
-      p = oldp;
-    }
-
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvcommn.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvcommn.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 7c06b16..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvcommn.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,437 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  otvcommn.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    OpenType common tables validation (specification).                   */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2004, 2005, 2007 by                                          */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __OTVCOMMN_H__
-#define __OTVCOMMN_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include "otvalid.h"
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                         VALIDATION                            *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  typedef struct OTV_ValidatorRec_*  OTV_Validator;
-
-  typedef void  (*OTV_Validate_Func)( FT_Bytes       table,
-                                      OTV_Validator  valid );
-
-  typedef struct  OTV_ValidatorRec_
-  {
-    FT_Validator        root;
-    FT_UInt             type_count;
-    OTV_Validate_Func*  type_funcs;
-
-    FT_UInt             lookup_count;
-    FT_UInt             glyph_count;
-
-    FT_UInt             nesting_level;
-
-    OTV_Validate_Func   func[3];
-
-    FT_UInt             extra1;     /* for passing parameters */
-    FT_UInt             extra2;
-    FT_Bytes            extra3;
-
-#ifdef FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE
-    FT_UInt             debug_indent;
-    const FT_String*    debug_function_name[3];
-#endif
-
-  } OTV_ValidatorRec;
-
-
-#undef  FT_INVALID_
-#define FT_INVALID_( _prefix, _error )                         \
-          ft_validator_error( valid->root, _prefix ## _error )
-
-#define OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( _table )  FT_UShort  _table;      \
-                                      FT_Bytes   _table ## _p
-
-#define OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( _offset )           \
-          FT_BEGIN_STMNT                         \
-            _offset ## _p = p;                   \
-            _offset       = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ); \
-          FT_END_STMNT
-
-#define OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( _count )                    \
-          FT_BEGIN_STMNT                             \
-            if ( p + (_count) > valid->root->limit ) \
-              FT_INVALID_TOO_SHORT;                  \
-          FT_END_STMNT
-
-#define OTV_SIZE_CHECK( _size )                                        \
-          FT_BEGIN_STMNT                                               \
-            if ( _size > 0 && _size < table_size )                     \
-            {                                                          \
-              if ( valid->root->level == FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID )        \
-                FT_INVALID_OFFSET;                                     \
-              else                                                     \
-              {                                                        \
-                /* strip off `const' */                                \
-                FT_Byte*  pp = (FT_Byte*)_size ## _p;                  \
-                                                                       \
-                                                                       \
-                FT_TRACE3(( "\n"                                       \
-                            "Invalid offset to optional table `%s'!\n" \
-                            "Set to zero.\n"                           \
-                            "\n", #_size ));                           \
-                                                                       \
-                /* always assume 16bit entities */                     \
-                _size = pp[0] = pp[1] = 0;                             \
-              }                                                        \
-            }                                                          \
-          FT_END_STMNT
-
-
-#define  OTV_NAME_(x)  #x
-#define  OTV_NAME(x)   OTV_NAME_(x)
-
-#define  OTV_FUNC_(x)  x##Func
-#define  OTV_FUNC(x)   OTV_FUNC_(x)
-
-#ifdef FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE
-
-#define OTV_NEST1( x )                                     \
-          FT_BEGIN_STMNT                                   \
-            valid->nesting_level          = 0;             \
-            valid->func[0]                = OTV_FUNC( x ); \
-            valid->debug_function_name[0] = OTV_NAME( x ); \
-          FT_END_STMNT
-
-#define OTV_NEST2( x, y )                                  \
-          FT_BEGIN_STMNT                                   \
-            valid->nesting_level          = 0;             \
-            valid->func[0]                = OTV_FUNC( x ); \
-            valid->func[1]                = OTV_FUNC( y ); \
-            valid->debug_function_name[0] = OTV_NAME( x ); \
-            valid->debug_function_name[1] = OTV_NAME( y ); \
-          FT_END_STMNT
-
-#define OTV_NEST3( x, y, z )                               \
-          FT_BEGIN_STMNT                                   \
-            valid->nesting_level          = 0;             \
-            valid->func[0]                = OTV_FUNC( x ); \
-            valid->func[1]                = OTV_FUNC( y ); \
-            valid->func[2]                = OTV_FUNC( z ); \
-            valid->debug_function_name[0] = OTV_NAME( x ); \
-            valid->debug_function_name[1] = OTV_NAME( y ); \
-            valid->debug_function_name[2] = OTV_NAME( z ); \
-          FT_END_STMNT
-
-#define OTV_INIT  valid->debug_indent = 0
-
-#define OTV_ENTER                                                            \
-          FT_BEGIN_STMNT                                                     \
-            valid->debug_indent += 2;                                        \
-            FT_TRACE4(( "%*.s", valid->debug_indent, 0 ));                   \
-            FT_TRACE4(( "%s table\n",                                        \
-                        valid->debug_function_name[valid->nesting_level] )); \
-          FT_END_STMNT
-
-#define OTV_NAME_ENTER( name )                             \
-          FT_BEGIN_STMNT                                   \
-            valid->debug_indent += 2;                      \
-            FT_TRACE4(( "%*.s", valid->debug_indent, 0 )); \
-            FT_TRACE4(( "%s table\n", name ));             \
-          FT_END_STMNT
-
-#define OTV_EXIT  valid->debug_indent -= 2
-
-#define OTV_TRACE( s )                                     \
-          FT_BEGIN_STMNT                                   \
-            FT_TRACE4(( "%*.s", valid->debug_indent, 0 )); \
-            FT_TRACE4( s );                                \
-          FT_END_STMNT
-
-#else   /* !FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE */
-
-#define OTV_NEST1( x )                            \
-          FT_BEGIN_STMNT                          \
-            valid->nesting_level = 0;             \
-            valid->func[0]       = OTV_FUNC( x ); \
-          FT_END_STMNT
-
-#define OTV_NEST2( x, y )                         \
-          FT_BEGIN_STMNT                          \
-            valid->nesting_level = 0;             \
-            valid->func[0]       = OTV_FUNC( x ); \
-            valid->func[1]       = OTV_FUNC( y ); \
-          FT_END_STMNT
-
-#define OTV_NEST3( x, y, z )                      \
-          FT_BEGIN_STMNT                          \
-            valid->nesting_level = 0;             \
-            valid->func[0]       = OTV_FUNC( x ); \
-            valid->func[1]       = OTV_FUNC( y ); \
-            valid->func[2]       = OTV_FUNC( z ); \
-          FT_END_STMNT
-
-#define OTV_INIT                do ; while ( 0 )
-#define OTV_ENTER               do ; while ( 0 )
-#define OTV_NAME_ENTER( name )  do ; while ( 0 )
-#define OTV_EXIT                do ; while ( 0 )
-
-#define OTV_TRACE( s )          do ; while ( 0 )
-
-#endif  /* !FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE */
-
-
-#define OTV_RUN  valid->func[0]
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                       COVERAGE TABLE                          *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  otv_Coverage_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                         OTV_Validator  valid,
-                         FT_Int         expected_count );
-
-  /* return first covered glyph */
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_UInt )
-  otv_Coverage_get_first( FT_Bytes  table );
-
-  /* return last covered glyph */
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_UInt )
-  otv_Coverage_get_last( FT_Bytes  table );
-
-  /* return number of covered glyphs */
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_UInt )
-  otv_Coverage_get_count( FT_Bytes  table );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                  CLASS DEFINITION TABLE                       *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  otv_ClassDef_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                         OTV_Validator  valid );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                      DEVICE TABLE                             *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  otv_Device_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                       OTV_Validator  valid );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                           LOOKUPS                             *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  otv_Lookup_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                       OTV_Validator  valid );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  otv_LookupList_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                           OTV_Validator  valid );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                        FEATURES                               *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  otv_Feature_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                        OTV_Validator  valid );
-
-  /* lookups must already be validated */
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  otv_FeatureList_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                            FT_Bytes       lookups,
-                            OTV_Validator  valid );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                       LANGUAGE SYSTEM                         *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  otv_LangSys_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                        OTV_Validator  valid );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                           SCRIPTS                             *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  otv_Script_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                       OTV_Validator  valid );
-
-  /* features must already be validated */
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  otv_ScriptList_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                           FT_Bytes       features,
-                           OTV_Validator  valid );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                      UTILITY FUNCTIONS                        *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-#define ChainPosClassSetFunc  otv_x_Ox
-#define ChainPosRuleSetFunc   otv_x_Ox
-#define ChainSubClassSetFunc  otv_x_Ox
-#define ChainSubRuleSetFunc   otv_x_Ox
-#define JstfLangSysFunc       otv_x_Ox
-#define JstfMaxFunc           otv_x_Ox
-#define LigGlyphFunc          otv_x_Ox
-#define LigatureArrayFunc     otv_x_Ox
-#define LigatureSetFunc       otv_x_Ox
-#define PosClassSetFunc       otv_x_Ox
-#define PosRuleSetFunc        otv_x_Ox
-#define SubClassSetFunc       otv_x_Ox
-#define SubRuleSetFunc        otv_x_Ox
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  otv_x_Ox ( FT_Bytes       table,
-             OTV_Validator  valid );
-
-#define AlternateSubstFormat1Func     otv_u_C_x_Ox
-#define ChainContextPosFormat1Func    otv_u_C_x_Ox
-#define ChainContextSubstFormat1Func  otv_u_C_x_Ox
-#define ContextPosFormat1Func         otv_u_C_x_Ox
-#define ContextSubstFormat1Func       otv_u_C_x_Ox
-#define LigatureSubstFormat1Func      otv_u_C_x_Ox
-#define MultipleSubstFormat1Func      otv_u_C_x_Ox
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  otv_u_C_x_Ox( FT_Bytes       table,
-                OTV_Validator  valid );
-
-#define AlternateSetFunc     otv_x_ux
-#define AttachPointFunc      otv_x_ux
-#define ExtenderGlyphFunc    otv_x_ux
-#define JstfGPOSModListFunc  otv_x_ux
-#define JstfGSUBModListFunc  otv_x_ux
-#define SequenceFunc         otv_x_ux
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  otv_x_ux( FT_Bytes       table,
-            OTV_Validator  valid );
-
-#define PosClassRuleFunc  otv_x_y_ux_sy
-#define PosRuleFunc       otv_x_y_ux_sy
-#define SubClassRuleFunc  otv_x_y_ux_sy
-#define SubRuleFunc       otv_x_y_ux_sy
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  otv_x_y_ux_sy( FT_Bytes       table,
-                 OTV_Validator  valid );
-
-#define ChainPosClassRuleFunc  otv_x_ux_y_uy_z_uz_p_sp
-#define ChainPosRuleFunc       otv_x_ux_y_uy_z_uz_p_sp
-#define ChainSubClassRuleFunc  otv_x_ux_y_uy_z_uz_p_sp
-#define ChainSubRuleFunc       otv_x_ux_y_uy_z_uz_p_sp
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  otv_x_ux_y_uy_z_uz_p_sp( FT_Bytes       table,
-                           OTV_Validator  valid );
-
-#define ContextPosFormat2Func    otv_u_O_O_x_Onx
-#define ContextSubstFormat2Func  otv_u_O_O_x_Onx
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  otv_u_O_O_x_Onx( FT_Bytes       table,
-                   OTV_Validator  valid );
-
-#define ContextPosFormat3Func    otv_u_x_y_Ox_sy
-#define ContextSubstFormat3Func  otv_u_x_y_Ox_sy
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  otv_u_x_y_Ox_sy( FT_Bytes       table,
-                   OTV_Validator  valid );
-
-#define ChainContextPosFormat2Func    otv_u_O_O_O_O_x_Onx
-#define ChainContextSubstFormat2Func  otv_u_O_O_O_O_x_Onx
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  otv_u_O_O_O_O_x_Onx( FT_Bytes       table,
-                       OTV_Validator  valid );
-
-#define ChainContextPosFormat3Func    otv_u_x_Ox_y_Oy_z_Oz_p_sp
-#define ChainContextSubstFormat3Func  otv_u_x_Ox_y_Oy_z_Oz_p_sp
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  otv_u_x_Ox_y_Oy_z_Oz_p_sp( FT_Bytes       table,
-                             OTV_Validator  valid );
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_UInt )
-  otv_GSUBGPOS_get_Lookup_count( FT_Bytes  table );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_UInt )
-  otv_GSUBGPOS_have_MarkAttachmentType_flag( FT_Bytes  table );
-
- /* */
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __OTVCOMMN_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otverror.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otverror.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 041b538..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otverror.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  otverror.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    OpenType validation module error codes (specification only).         */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2004, 2005 by                                                */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This file is used to define the OpenType validation module error      */
-  /* enumeration constants.                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef __OTVERROR_H__
-#define __OTVERROR_H__
-
-#include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
-
-#undef __FTERRORS_H__
-
-#define FT_ERR_PREFIX  OTV_Err_
-#define FT_ERR_BASE    FT_Mod_Err_OTvalid
-
-#define FT_KEEP_ERR_PREFIX
-
-#include FT_ERRORS_H
-
-#endif /* __OTVERROR_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvgdef.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvgdef.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 77bd651..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvgdef.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,219 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  otvgdef.c                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    OpenType GDEF table validation (body).                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2004, 2005, 2007 by                                          */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include "otvalid.h"
-#include "otvcommn.h"
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_otvgdef
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                      UTILITY FUNCTIONS                        *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-#define AttachListFunc    otv_O_x_Ox
-#define LigCaretListFunc  otv_O_x_Ox
-
-  /* sets valid->extra1 (0)           */
-
-  static void
-  otv_O_x_Ox( FT_Bytes       table,
-              OTV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes           p = table;
-    FT_Bytes           Coverage;
-    FT_UInt            GlyphCount;
-    OTV_Validate_Func  func;
-
-
-    OTV_ENTER;
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 );
-    Coverage   = table + FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    GlyphCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    OTV_TRACE(( " (GlyphCount = %d)\n", GlyphCount ));
-
-    otv_Coverage_validate( Coverage, valid, GlyphCount );
-    if ( GlyphCount != otv_Coverage_get_count( Coverage ) )
-      FT_INVALID_DATA;
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( GlyphCount * 2 );
-
-    valid->nesting_level++;
-    func          = valid->func[valid->nesting_level];
-    valid->extra1 = 0;
-
-    for ( ; GlyphCount > 0; GlyphCount-- )
-      func( table + FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ), valid );
-
-    valid->nesting_level--;
-
-    OTV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                       LIGATURE CARETS                         *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-#define CaretValueFunc  otv_CaretValue_validate
-
-  static void
-  otv_CaretValue_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                           OTV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-    FT_UInt   CaretValueFormat;
-
-
-    OTV_ENTER;
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 );
-
-    CaretValueFormat = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    OTV_TRACE(( " (format = %d)\n", CaretValueFormat ));
-
-    switch ( CaretValueFormat )
-    {
-    case 1:     /* CaretValueFormat1 */
-      /* skip Coordinate, no test */
-      break;
-
-    case 2:     /* CaretValueFormat2 */
-      /* skip CaretValuePoint, no test */
-      break;
-
-    case 3:     /* CaretValueFormat3 */
-      p += 2;   /* skip Coordinate */
-
-      OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
-
-      /* DeviceTable */
-      otv_Device_validate( table + FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ), valid );
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
-    }
-
-    OTV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                         GDEF TABLE                            *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  otv_GDEF_validate( FT_Bytes      table,
-                     FT_Bytes      gsub,
-                     FT_Bytes      gpos,
-                     FT_Validator  ftvalid )
-  {
-    OTV_ValidatorRec  validrec;
-    OTV_Validator     valid = &validrec;
-    FT_Bytes          p     = table;
-    FT_UInt           table_size;
-    FT_Bool           need_MarkAttachClassDef;
-
-    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( GlyphClassDef );
-    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( AttachListOffset );
-    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( LigCaretListOffset );
-    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( MarkAttachClassDef );
-
-
-    valid->root = ftvalid;
-
-    FT_TRACE3(( "validating GDEF table\n" ));
-    OTV_INIT;
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 12 );
-
-    if ( FT_NEXT_ULONG( p ) != 0x10000UL )          /* Version */
-      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
-
-    /* MarkAttachClassDef has been added to the OpenType */
-    /* specification without increasing GDEF's version,  */
-    /* so we use this ugly hack to find out whether the  */
-    /* table is needed actually.                         */
-
-    need_MarkAttachClassDef = FT_BOOL(
-      otv_GSUBGPOS_have_MarkAttachmentType_flag( gsub ) ||
-      otv_GSUBGPOS_have_MarkAttachmentType_flag( gpos ) );
-
-    if ( need_MarkAttachClassDef )
-      table_size = 12;              /* OpenType >= 1.2 */
-    else
-      table_size = 10;              /* OpenType < 1.2  */
-
-    OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( GlyphClassDef );
-    OTV_SIZE_CHECK( GlyphClassDef );
-    if ( GlyphClassDef )
-      otv_ClassDef_validate( table + GlyphClassDef, valid );
-
-    OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( AttachListOffset );
-    OTV_SIZE_CHECK( AttachListOffset );
-    if ( AttachListOffset )
-    {
-      OTV_NEST2( AttachList, AttachPoint );
-      OTV_RUN( table + AttachListOffset, valid );
-    }
-
-    OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( LigCaretListOffset );
-    OTV_SIZE_CHECK( LigCaretListOffset );
-    if ( LigCaretListOffset )
-    {
-      OTV_NEST3( LigCaretList, LigGlyph, CaretValue );
-      OTV_RUN( table + LigCaretListOffset, valid );
-    }
-
-    if ( need_MarkAttachClassDef )
-    {
-      OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( MarkAttachClassDef );
-      OTV_SIZE_CHECK( MarkAttachClassDef );
-      if ( MarkAttachClassDef )
-        otv_ClassDef_validate( table + MarkAttachClassDef, valid );
-    }
-
-    FT_TRACE4(( "\n" ));
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvgpos.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvgpos.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 220f714..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvgpos.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1013 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  otvgpos.c                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    OpenType GPOS table validation (body).                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2002, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by                              */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include "otvalid.h"
-#include "otvcommn.h"
-#include "otvgpos.h"
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_otvgpos
-
-
-  static void
-  otv_Anchor_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                       OTV_Validator  valid );
-
-  static void
-  otv_MarkArray_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                          OTV_Validator  valid );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                      UTILITY FUNCTIONS                        *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-#define BaseArrayFunc       otv_x_sxy
-#define LigatureAttachFunc  otv_x_sxy
-#define Mark2ArrayFunc      otv_x_sxy
-
-  /* uses valid->extra1 (counter)                             */
-  /* uses valid->extra2 (boolean to handle NULL anchor field) */
-
-  static void
-  otv_x_sxy( FT_Bytes       table,
-             OTV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-    FT_UInt   Count, count1, table_size;
-
-
-    OTV_ENTER;
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
-
-    Count = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    OTV_TRACE(( " (Count = %d)\n", Count ));
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( Count * valid->extra1 * 2 );
-
-    table_size = Count * valid->extra1 * 2 + 2;
-
-    for ( ; Count > 0; Count-- )
-      for ( count1 = valid->extra1; count1 > 0; count1-- )
-      {
-        OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( anchor_offset );
-
-
-        OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( anchor_offset );
-
-        if ( valid->extra2 )
-        {
-          OTV_SIZE_CHECK( anchor_offset );
-          if ( anchor_offset )
-            otv_Anchor_validate( table + anchor_offset, valid );
-        }
-        else
-          otv_Anchor_validate( table + anchor_offset, valid );
-      }
-
-    OTV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-#define MarkBasePosFormat1Func  otv_u_O_O_u_O_O
-#define MarkLigPosFormat1Func   otv_u_O_O_u_O_O
-#define MarkMarkPosFormat1Func  otv_u_O_O_u_O_O
-
-  /* sets valid->extra1 (class count) */
-
-  static void
-  otv_u_O_O_u_O_O( FT_Bytes       table,
-                   OTV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes           p = table;
-    FT_UInt            Coverage1, Coverage2, ClassCount;
-    FT_UInt            Array1, Array2;
-    OTV_Validate_Func  func;
-
-
-    OTV_ENTER;
-
-    p += 2;     /* skip PosFormat */
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 10 );
-    Coverage1  = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    Coverage2  = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    ClassCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    Array1     = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    Array2     = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    otv_Coverage_validate( table + Coverage1, valid, -1 );
-    otv_Coverage_validate( table + Coverage2, valid, -1 );
-
-    otv_MarkArray_validate( table + Array1, valid );
-
-    valid->nesting_level++;
-    func          = valid->func[valid->nesting_level];
-    valid->extra1 = ClassCount;
-
-    func( table + Array2, valid );
-
-    valid->nesting_level--;
-
-    OTV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                        VALUE RECORDS                          *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  static FT_UInt
-  otv_value_length( FT_UInt  format )
-  {
-    FT_UInt  count;
-
-
-    count = ( ( format & 0xAA ) >> 1 ) + ( format & 0x55 );
-    count = ( ( count  & 0xCC ) >> 2 ) + ( count  & 0x33 );
-    count = ( ( count  & 0xF0 ) >> 4 ) + ( count  & 0x0F );
-
-    return count * 2;
-  }
-
-
-  /* uses valid->extra3 (pointer to base table) */
-
-  static void
-  otv_ValueRecord_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                            FT_UInt        format,
-                            OTV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-    FT_UInt   count;
-
-#ifdef FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE
-    FT_Int    loop;
-    FT_ULong  res = 0;
-
-
-    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "ValueRecord" );
-
-    /* display `format' in dual representation */
-    for ( loop = 7; loop >= 0; loop-- )
-    {
-      res <<= 4;
-      res  += ( format >> loop ) & 1;
-    }
-
-    OTV_TRACE(( " (format 0b%08lx)\n", res ));
-#endif
-
-    if ( format >= 0x100 )
-      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
-
-    for ( count = 4; count > 0; count-- )
-    {
-      if ( format & 1 )
-      {
-        /* XPlacement, YPlacement, XAdvance, YAdvance */
-        OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
-        p += 2;
-      }
-
-      format >>= 1;
-    }
-
-    for ( count = 4; count > 0; count-- )
-    {
-      if ( format & 1 )
-      {
-        FT_UInt   table_size;
-
-        OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( device );
-
-
-        /* XPlaDevice, YPlaDevice, XAdvDevice, YAdvDevice */
-        OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
-        OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( device );
-
-        /* XXX: this value is usually too small, especially if the current */
-        /* ValueRecord is part of an array -- getting the correct table    */
-        /* size is probably not worth the trouble                          */
-
-        table_size = p - valid->extra3;
-
-        OTV_SIZE_CHECK( device );
-        if ( device )
-          otv_Device_validate( valid->extra3 + device, valid );
-      }
-      format >>= 1;
-    }
-
-    OTV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                           ANCHORS                             *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  static void
-  otv_Anchor_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                       OTV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-    FT_UInt   AnchorFormat;
-
-
-    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "Anchor");
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 6 );
-    AnchorFormat = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    OTV_TRACE(( " (format %d)\n", AnchorFormat ));
-
-    p += 4;     /* skip XCoordinate and YCoordinate */
-
-    switch ( AnchorFormat )
-    {
-    case 1:
-      break;
-
-    case 2:
-      OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );  /* AnchorPoint */
-      break;
-
-    case 3:
-      {
-        FT_UInt   table_size;
-
-        OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( XDeviceTable );
-        OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( YDeviceTable );
-
-
-        OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 );
-        OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( XDeviceTable );
-        OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( YDeviceTable );
-
-        table_size = 6 + 4;
-
-        OTV_SIZE_CHECK( XDeviceTable );
-        if ( XDeviceTable )
-          otv_Device_validate( table + XDeviceTable, valid );
-
-        OTV_SIZE_CHECK( YDeviceTable );
-        if ( YDeviceTable )
-          otv_Device_validate( table + YDeviceTable, valid );
-      }
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
-    }
-
-    OTV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                         MARK ARRAYS                           *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  static void
-  otv_MarkArray_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                          OTV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-    FT_UInt   MarkCount;
-
-
-    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "MarkArray" );
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
-    MarkCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    OTV_TRACE(( " (MarkCount = %d)\n", MarkCount ));
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( MarkCount * 4 );
-
-    /* MarkRecord */
-    for ( ; MarkCount > 0; MarkCount-- )
-    {
-      p += 2;   /* skip Class */
-      /* MarkAnchor */
-      otv_Anchor_validate( table + FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ), valid );
-    }
-
-    OTV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                     GPOS LOOKUP TYPE 1                        *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /* sets valid->extra3 (pointer to base table) */
-
-  static void
-  otv_SinglePos_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                          OTV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-    FT_UInt   PosFormat;
-
-
-    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "SinglePos" );
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
-    PosFormat = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    OTV_TRACE(( " (format %d)\n", PosFormat ));
-
-    valid->extra3 = table;
-
-    switch ( PosFormat )
-    {
-    case 1:     /* SinglePosFormat1 */
-      {
-        FT_UInt  Coverage, ValueFormat;
-
-
-        OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 );
-        Coverage    = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-        ValueFormat = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-        otv_Coverage_validate( table + Coverage, valid, -1 );
-        otv_ValueRecord_validate( p, ValueFormat, valid ); /* Value */
-      }
-      break;
-
-    case 2:     /* SinglePosFormat2 */
-      {
-        FT_UInt  Coverage, ValueFormat, ValueCount, len_value;
-
-
-        OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 6 );
-        Coverage    = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-        ValueFormat = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-        ValueCount  = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-        OTV_TRACE(( " (ValueCount = %d)\n", ValueCount ));
-
-        len_value = otv_value_length( ValueFormat );
-
-        otv_Coverage_validate( table + Coverage, valid, ValueCount );
-
-        OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( ValueCount * len_value );
-
-        /* Value */
-        for ( ; ValueCount > 0; ValueCount-- )
-        {
-          otv_ValueRecord_validate( p, ValueFormat, valid );
-          p += len_value;
-        }
-      }
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
-    }
-
-    OTV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                     GPOS LOOKUP TYPE 2                        *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  static void
-  otv_PairSet_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                        FT_UInt        format1,
-                        FT_UInt        format2,
-                        OTV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-    FT_UInt   value_len1, value_len2, PairValueCount;
-
-
-    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "PairSet" );
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
-    PairValueCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    OTV_TRACE(( " (PairValueCount = %d)\n", PairValueCount ));
-
-    value_len1 = otv_value_length( format1 );
-    value_len2 = otv_value_length( format2 );
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( PairValueCount * ( value_len1 + value_len2 + 2 ) );
-
-    /* PairValueRecord */
-    for ( ; PairValueCount > 0; PairValueCount-- )
-    {
-      p += 2;       /* skip SecondGlyph */
-
-      if ( format1 )
-        otv_ValueRecord_validate( p, format1, valid ); /* Value1 */
-      p += value_len1;
-
-      if ( format2 )
-        otv_ValueRecord_validate( p, format2, valid ); /* Value2 */
-      p += value_len2;
-    }
-
-    OTV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /* sets valid->extra3 (pointer to base table) */
-
-  static void
-  otv_PairPos_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                        OTV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-    FT_UInt   PosFormat;
-
-
-    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "PairPos" );
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
-    PosFormat = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    OTV_TRACE(( " (format %d)\n", PosFormat ));
-
-    valid->extra3 = table;
-
-    switch ( PosFormat )
-    {
-    case 1:     /* PairPosFormat1 */
-      {
-        FT_UInt  Coverage, ValueFormat1, ValueFormat2, PairSetCount;
-
-
-        OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 8 );
-        Coverage     = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-        ValueFormat1 = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-        ValueFormat2 = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-        PairSetCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-        OTV_TRACE(( " (PairSetCount = %d)\n", PairSetCount ));
-
-        otv_Coverage_validate( table + Coverage, valid, -1 );
-
-        OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( PairSetCount * 2 );
-
-        /* PairSetOffset */
-        for ( ; PairSetCount > 0; PairSetCount-- )
-          otv_PairSet_validate( table + FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ),
-                                ValueFormat1, ValueFormat2, valid );
-      }
-      break;
-
-    case 2:     /* PairPosFormat2 */
-      {
-        FT_UInt  Coverage, ValueFormat1, ValueFormat2, ClassDef1, ClassDef2;
-        FT_UInt  ClassCount1, ClassCount2, len_value1, len_value2, count;
-
-
-        OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 14 );
-        Coverage     = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-        ValueFormat1 = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-        ValueFormat2 = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-        ClassDef1    = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-        ClassDef2    = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-        ClassCount1  = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-        ClassCount2  = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-        OTV_TRACE(( " (ClassCount1 = %d)\n", ClassCount1 ));
-        OTV_TRACE(( " (ClassCount2 = %d)\n", ClassCount2 ));
-
-        len_value1 = otv_value_length( ValueFormat1 );
-        len_value2 = otv_value_length( ValueFormat2 );
-
-        otv_Coverage_validate( table + Coverage, valid, -1 );
-        otv_ClassDef_validate( table + ClassDef1, valid );
-        otv_ClassDef_validate( table + ClassDef2, valid );
-
-        OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( ClassCount1 * ClassCount2 *
-                     ( len_value1 + len_value2 ) );
-
-        /* Class1Record */
-        for ( ; ClassCount1 > 0; ClassCount1-- )
-        {
-          /* Class2Record */
-          for ( count = ClassCount2; count > 0; count-- )
-          {
-            if ( ValueFormat1 )
-              /* Value1 */
-              otv_ValueRecord_validate( p, ValueFormat1, valid );
-            p += len_value1;
-
-            if ( ValueFormat2 )
-              /* Value2 */
-              otv_ValueRecord_validate( p, ValueFormat2, valid );
-            p += len_value2;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
-    }
-
-    OTV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                     GPOS LOOKUP TYPE 3                        *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  static void
-  otv_CursivePos_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                           OTV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-    FT_UInt   PosFormat;
-
-
-    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "CursivePos" );
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
-    PosFormat = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    OTV_TRACE(( " (format %d)\n", PosFormat ));
-
-    switch ( PosFormat )
-    {
-    case 1:     /* CursivePosFormat1 */
-      {
-        FT_UInt   table_size;
-        FT_UInt   Coverage, EntryExitCount;
-
-        OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( EntryAnchor );
-        OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( ExitAnchor  );
-
-
-        OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 );
-        Coverage       = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-        EntryExitCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-        OTV_TRACE(( " (EntryExitCount = %d)\n", EntryExitCount ));
-
-        otv_Coverage_validate( table + Coverage, valid, EntryExitCount );
-
-        OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( EntryExitCount * 4 );
-
-        table_size = EntryExitCount * 4 + 4;
-
-        /* EntryExitRecord */
-        for ( ; EntryExitCount > 0; EntryExitCount-- )
-        {
-          OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( EntryAnchor );
-          OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( ExitAnchor  );
-
-          OTV_SIZE_CHECK( EntryAnchor );
-          if ( EntryAnchor )
-            otv_Anchor_validate( table + EntryAnchor, valid );
-
-          OTV_SIZE_CHECK( ExitAnchor );
-          if ( ExitAnchor )
-            otv_Anchor_validate( table + ExitAnchor, valid );
-        }
-      }
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
-    }
-
-    OTV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                     GPOS LOOKUP TYPE 4                        *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /* sets valid->extra2 (0) */
-
-  static void
-  otv_MarkBasePos_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                            OTV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-    FT_UInt   PosFormat;
-
-
-    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "MarkBasePos" );
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
-    PosFormat = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    OTV_TRACE(( " (format %d)\n", PosFormat ));
-
-    switch ( PosFormat )
-    {
-    case 1:
-      valid->extra2 = 0;
-      OTV_NEST2( MarkBasePosFormat1, BaseArray );
-      OTV_RUN( table, valid );
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
-    }
-
-    OTV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                     GPOS LOOKUP TYPE 5                        *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /* sets valid->extra2 (1) */
-
-  static void
-  otv_MarkLigPos_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                           OTV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-    FT_UInt   PosFormat;
-
-
-    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "MarkLigPos" );
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
-    PosFormat = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    OTV_TRACE(( " (format %d)\n", PosFormat ));
-
-    switch ( PosFormat )
-    {
-    case 1:
-      valid->extra2 = 1;
-      OTV_NEST3( MarkLigPosFormat1, LigatureArray, LigatureAttach );
-      OTV_RUN( table, valid );
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
-    }
-
-    OTV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                     GPOS LOOKUP TYPE 6                        *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /* sets valid->extra2 (0) */
-
-  static void
-  otv_MarkMarkPos_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                            OTV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-    FT_UInt   PosFormat;
-
-
-    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "MarkMarkPos" );
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
-    PosFormat = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    OTV_TRACE(( " (format %d)\n", PosFormat ));
-
-    switch ( PosFormat )
-    {
-    case 1:
-      valid->extra2 = 0;
-      OTV_NEST2( MarkMarkPosFormat1, Mark2Array );
-      OTV_RUN( table, valid );
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
-    }
-
-    OTV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                     GPOS LOOKUP TYPE 7                        *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /* sets valid->extra1 (lookup count) */
-
-  static void
-  otv_ContextPos_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                           OTV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-    FT_UInt   PosFormat;
-
-
-    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "ContextPos" );
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
-    PosFormat = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    OTV_TRACE(( " (format %d)\n", PosFormat ));
-
-    switch ( PosFormat )
-    {
-    case 1:
-      /* no need to check glyph indices/classes used as input for these */
-      /* context rules since even invalid glyph indices/classes return  */
-      /* meaningful results                                             */
-
-      valid->extra1 = valid->lookup_count;
-      OTV_NEST3( ContextPosFormat1, PosRuleSet, PosRule );
-      OTV_RUN( table, valid );
-      break;
-
-    case 2:
-      /* no need to check glyph indices/classes used as input for these */
-      /* context rules since even invalid glyph indices/classes return  */
-      /* meaningful results                                             */
-
-      OTV_NEST3( ContextPosFormat2, PosClassSet, PosClassRule );
-      OTV_RUN( table, valid );
-      break;
-
-    case 3:
-      OTV_NEST1( ContextPosFormat3 );
-      OTV_RUN( table, valid );
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
-    }
-
-    OTV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                     GPOS LOOKUP TYPE 8                        *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /* sets valid->extra1 (lookup count) */
-
-  static void
-  otv_ChainContextPos_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                                OTV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-    FT_UInt   PosFormat;
-
-
-    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "ChainContextPos" );
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
-    PosFormat = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    OTV_TRACE(( " (format %d)\n", PosFormat ));
-
-    switch ( PosFormat )
-    {
-    case 1:
-      /* no need to check glyph indices/classes used as input for these */
-      /* context rules since even invalid glyph indices/classes return  */
-      /* meaningful results                                             */
-
-      valid->extra1 = valid->lookup_count;
-      OTV_NEST3( ChainContextPosFormat1,
-                 ChainPosRuleSet, ChainPosRule );
-      OTV_RUN( table, valid );
-      break;
-
-    case 2:
-      /* no need to check glyph indices/classes used as input for these */
-      /* context rules since even invalid glyph indices/classes return  */
-      /* meaningful results                                             */
-
-      OTV_NEST3( ChainContextPosFormat2,
-                 ChainPosClassSet, ChainPosClassRule );
-      OTV_RUN( table, valid );
-      break;
-
-    case 3:
-      OTV_NEST1( ChainContextPosFormat3 );
-      OTV_RUN( table, valid );
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
-    }
-
-    OTV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                     GPOS LOOKUP TYPE 9                        *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /* uses valid->type_funcs */
-
-  static void
-  otv_ExtensionPos_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                             OTV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-    FT_UInt   PosFormat;
-
-
-    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "ExtensionPos" );
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
-    PosFormat = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    OTV_TRACE(( " (format %d)\n", PosFormat ));
-
-    switch ( PosFormat )
-    {
-    case 1:     /* ExtensionPosFormat1 */
-      {
-        FT_UInt            ExtensionLookupType, ExtensionOffset;
-        OTV_Validate_Func  validate;
-
-
-        OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 6 );
-        ExtensionLookupType = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-        ExtensionOffset     = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-
-        if ( ExtensionLookupType == 0 || ExtensionLookupType >= 9 )
-          FT_INVALID_DATA;
-
-        validate = valid->type_funcs[ExtensionLookupType - 1];
-        validate( table + ExtensionOffset, valid );
-      }
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
-    }
-
-    OTV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  static const OTV_Validate_Func  otv_gpos_validate_funcs[9] =
-  {
-    otv_SinglePos_validate,
-    otv_PairPos_validate,
-    otv_CursivePos_validate,
-    otv_MarkBasePos_validate,
-    otv_MarkLigPos_validate,
-    otv_MarkMarkPos_validate,
-    otv_ContextPos_validate,
-    otv_ChainContextPos_validate,
-    otv_ExtensionPos_validate
-  };
-
-
-  /* sets valid->type_count */
-  /* sets valid->type_funcs */
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  otv_GPOS_subtable_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                              OTV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    valid->type_count = 9;
-    valid->type_funcs = (OTV_Validate_Func*)otv_gpos_validate_funcs;
-
-    otv_Lookup_validate( table, valid );
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                          GPOS TABLE                           *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /* sets valid->glyph_count */
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  otv_GPOS_validate( FT_Bytes      table,
-                     FT_UInt       glyph_count,
-                     FT_Validator  ftvalid )
-  {
-    OTV_ValidatorRec  validrec;
-    OTV_Validator     valid = &validrec;
-    FT_Bytes          p     = table;
-    FT_UInt           ScriptList, FeatureList, LookupList;
-
-
-    valid->root = ftvalid;
-
-    FT_TRACE3(( "validating GPOS table\n" ));
-    OTV_INIT;
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 10 );
-
-    if ( FT_NEXT_ULONG( p ) != 0x10000UL )      /* Version */
-      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
-
-    ScriptList  = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    FeatureList = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    LookupList  = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    valid->type_count  = 9;
-    valid->type_funcs  = (OTV_Validate_Func*)otv_gpos_validate_funcs;
-    valid->glyph_count = glyph_count;
-
-    otv_LookupList_validate( table + LookupList,
-                             valid );
-    otv_FeatureList_validate( table + FeatureList, table + LookupList,
-                              valid );
-    otv_ScriptList_validate( table + ScriptList, table + FeatureList,
-                             valid );
-
-    FT_TRACE4(( "\n" ));
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvgpos.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvgpos.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 14ca408..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvgpos.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  otvgpos.h                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    OpenType GPOS table validator (specification).                       */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2004 by                                                      */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __OTVGPOS_H__
-#define __OTVGPOS_H__
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  otv_GPOS_subtable_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                              OTV_Validator  valid );
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __OTVGPOS_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvgsub.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvgsub.c
deleted file mode 100644
index f01fca1..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvgsub.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,584 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  otvgsub.c                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    OpenType GSUB table validation (body).                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2004, 2005, 2007 by                                          */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include "otvalid.h"
-#include "otvcommn.h"
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_otvgsub
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                  GSUB LOOKUP TYPE 1                           *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /* uses valid->glyph_count */
-
-  static void
-  otv_SingleSubst_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                            OTV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-    FT_UInt   SubstFormat;
-
-
-    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "SingleSubst" );
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
-    SubstFormat = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    OTV_TRACE(( " (format %d)\n", SubstFormat ));
-
-    switch ( SubstFormat )
-    {
-    case 1:     /* SingleSubstFormat1 */
-      {
-        FT_Bytes  Coverage;
-        FT_Int    DeltaGlyphID;
-        FT_Long   idx;
-
-
-        OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 );
-        Coverage     = table + FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-        DeltaGlyphID = FT_NEXT_SHORT( p );
-
-        otv_Coverage_validate( Coverage, valid, -1 );
-
-        idx = otv_Coverage_get_first( Coverage ) + DeltaGlyphID;
-        if ( idx < 0 )
-          FT_INVALID_DATA;
-
-        idx = otv_Coverage_get_last( Coverage ) + DeltaGlyphID;
-        if ( (FT_UInt)idx >= valid->glyph_count )
-          FT_INVALID_DATA;
-      }
-      break;
-
-    case 2:     /* SingleSubstFormat2 */
-      {
-        FT_UInt  Coverage, GlyphCount;
-
-
-        OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 );
-        Coverage   = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-        GlyphCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-        OTV_TRACE(( " (GlyphCount = %d)\n", GlyphCount ));
-
-        otv_Coverage_validate( table + Coverage, valid, GlyphCount );
-
-        OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( GlyphCount * 2 );
-
-        /* Substitute */
-        for ( ; GlyphCount > 0; GlyphCount-- )
-          if ( FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ) >= valid->glyph_count )
-            FT_INVALID_GLYPH_ID;
-      }
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
-    }
-
-    OTV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                  GSUB LOOKUP TYPE 2                           *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /* sets valid->extra1 (glyph count) */
-
-  static void
-  otv_MultipleSubst_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                              OTV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-    FT_UInt   SubstFormat;
-
-
-    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "MultipleSubst" );
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
-    SubstFormat = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    OTV_TRACE(( " (format %d)\n", SubstFormat ));
-
-    switch ( SubstFormat )
-    {
-    case 1:
-      valid->extra1 = valid->glyph_count;
-      OTV_NEST2( MultipleSubstFormat1, Sequence );
-      OTV_RUN( table, valid );
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
-    }
-
-    OTV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                    GSUB LOOKUP TYPE 3                         *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /* sets valid->extra1 (glyph count) */
-
-  static void
-  otv_AlternateSubst_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                               OTV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-    FT_UInt   SubstFormat;
-
-
-    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "AlternateSubst" );
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
-    SubstFormat = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    OTV_TRACE(( " (format %d)\n", SubstFormat ));
-
-    switch ( SubstFormat )
-    {
-    case 1:
-      valid->extra1 = valid->glyph_count;
-      OTV_NEST2( AlternateSubstFormat1, AlternateSet );
-      OTV_RUN( table, valid );
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
-    }
-
-    OTV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                    GSUB LOOKUP TYPE 4                         *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-#define LigatureFunc  otv_Ligature_validate
-
-  /* uses valid->glyph_count */
-
-  static void
-  otv_Ligature_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                         OTV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-    FT_UInt   LigatureGlyph, CompCount;
-
-
-    OTV_ENTER;
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 );
-    LigatureGlyph = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    if ( LigatureGlyph >= valid->glyph_count )
-      FT_INVALID_DATA;
-
-    CompCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    OTV_TRACE(( " (CompCount = %d)\n", CompCount ));
-
-    if ( CompCount == 0 )
-      FT_INVALID_DATA;
-
-    CompCount--;
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( CompCount * 2 );     /* Component */
-
-    /* no need to check the Component glyph indices */
-
-    OTV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  otv_LigatureSubst_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                              OTV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-    FT_UInt   SubstFormat;
-
-
-    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "LigatureSubst" );
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
-    SubstFormat = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    OTV_TRACE(( " (format %d)\n", SubstFormat ));
-
-    switch ( SubstFormat )
-    {
-    case 1:
-      OTV_NEST3( LigatureSubstFormat1, LigatureSet, Ligature );
-      OTV_RUN( table, valid );
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
-    }
-
-    OTV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                  GSUB LOOKUP TYPE 5                           *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /* sets valid->extra1 (lookup count) */
-
-  static void
-  otv_ContextSubst_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                             OTV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-    FT_UInt   SubstFormat;
-
-
-    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "ContextSubst" );
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
-    SubstFormat = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    OTV_TRACE(( " (format %d)\n", SubstFormat ));
-
-    switch ( SubstFormat )
-    {
-    case 1:
-      /* no need to check glyph indices/classes used as input for these */
-      /* context rules since even invalid glyph indices/classes return  */
-      /* meaningful results                                             */
-
-      valid->extra1 = valid->lookup_count;
-      OTV_NEST3( ContextSubstFormat1, SubRuleSet, SubRule );
-      OTV_RUN( table, valid );
-      break;
-
-    case 2:
-      /* no need to check glyph indices/classes used as input for these */
-      /* context rules since even invalid glyph indices/classes return  */
-      /* meaningful results                                             */
-
-      OTV_NEST3( ContextSubstFormat2, SubClassSet, SubClassRule );
-      OTV_RUN( table, valid );
-      break;
-
-    case 3:
-      OTV_NEST1( ContextSubstFormat3 );
-      OTV_RUN( table, valid );
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
-    }
-
-    OTV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                    GSUB LOOKUP TYPE 6                         *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /* sets valid->extra1 (lookup count)            */
-
-  static void
-  otv_ChainContextSubst_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                                  OTV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-    FT_UInt   SubstFormat;
-
-
-    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "ChainContextSubst" );
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
-    SubstFormat = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    OTV_TRACE(( " (format %d)\n", SubstFormat ));
-
-    switch ( SubstFormat )
-    {
-    case 1:
-      /* no need to check glyph indices/classes used as input for these */
-      /* context rules since even invalid glyph indices/classes return  */
-      /* meaningful results                                             */
-
-      valid->extra1 = valid->lookup_count;
-      OTV_NEST3( ChainContextSubstFormat1,
-                 ChainSubRuleSet, ChainSubRule );
-      OTV_RUN( table, valid );
-      break;
-
-    case 2:
-      /* no need to check glyph indices/classes used as input for these */
-      /* context rules since even invalid glyph indices/classes return  */
-      /* meaningful results                                             */
-
-      OTV_NEST3( ChainContextSubstFormat2,
-                 ChainSubClassSet, ChainSubClassRule );
-      OTV_RUN( table, valid );
-      break;
-
-    case 3:
-      OTV_NEST1( ChainContextSubstFormat3 );
-      OTV_RUN( table, valid );
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
-    }
-
-    OTV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                    GSUB LOOKUP TYPE 7                         *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /* uses valid->type_funcs */
-
-  static void
-  otv_ExtensionSubst_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                               OTV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-    FT_UInt   SubstFormat;
-
-
-    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "ExtensionSubst" );
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
-    SubstFormat = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    OTV_TRACE(( " (format %d)\n", SubstFormat ));
-
-    switch ( SubstFormat )
-    {
-    case 1:     /* ExtensionSubstFormat1 */
-      {
-        FT_UInt            ExtensionLookupType, ExtensionOffset;
-        OTV_Validate_Func  validate;
-
-
-        OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 6 );
-        ExtensionLookupType = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-        ExtensionOffset     = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-
-        if ( ExtensionLookupType == 0 ||
-             ExtensionLookupType == 7 ||
-             ExtensionLookupType > 8  )
-          FT_INVALID_DATA;
-
-        validate = valid->type_funcs[ExtensionLookupType - 1];
-        validate( table + ExtensionOffset, valid );
-      }
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
-    }
-
-    OTV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                    GSUB LOOKUP TYPE 8                         *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /* uses valid->glyph_count */
-
-  static void
-  otv_ReverseChainSingleSubst_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                                        OTV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table, Coverage;
-    FT_UInt   SubstFormat;
-    FT_UInt   BacktrackGlyphCount, LookaheadGlyphCount, GlyphCount;
-
-
-    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "ReverseChainSingleSubst" );
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
-    SubstFormat = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    OTV_TRACE(( " (format %d)\n", SubstFormat ));
-
-    switch ( SubstFormat )
-    {
-    case 1:     /* ReverseChainSingleSubstFormat1 */
-      OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 );
-      Coverage            = table + FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-      BacktrackGlyphCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-      OTV_TRACE(( " (BacktrackGlyphCount = %d)\n", BacktrackGlyphCount ));
-
-      otv_Coverage_validate( Coverage, valid, -1 );
-
-      OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( BacktrackGlyphCount * 2 + 2 );
-
-      for ( ; BacktrackGlyphCount > 0; BacktrackGlyphCount-- )
-        otv_Coverage_validate( table + FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ), valid, -1 );
-
-      LookaheadGlyphCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-      OTV_TRACE(( " (LookaheadGlyphCount = %d)\n", LookaheadGlyphCount ));
-
-      OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( LookaheadGlyphCount * 2 + 2 );
-
-      for ( ; LookaheadGlyphCount > 0; LookaheadGlyphCount-- )
-        otv_Coverage_validate( table + FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ), valid, -1 );
-
-      GlyphCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-      OTV_TRACE(( " (GlyphCount = %d)\n", GlyphCount ));
-
-      if ( GlyphCount != otv_Coverage_get_count( Coverage ) )
-        FT_INVALID_DATA;
-
-      OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( GlyphCount * 2 );
-
-      /* Substitute */
-      for ( ; GlyphCount > 0; GlyphCount-- )
-        if ( FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ) >= valid->glyph_count )
-          FT_INVALID_DATA;
-
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
-    }
-
-    OTV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  static const OTV_Validate_Func  otv_gsub_validate_funcs[8] =
-  {
-    otv_SingleSubst_validate,
-    otv_MultipleSubst_validate,
-    otv_AlternateSubst_validate,
-    otv_LigatureSubst_validate,
-    otv_ContextSubst_validate,
-    otv_ChainContextSubst_validate,
-    otv_ExtensionSubst_validate,
-    otv_ReverseChainSingleSubst_validate
-  };
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                          GSUB TABLE                           *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /* sets valid->type_count  */
-  /* sets valid->type_funcs  */
-  /* sets valid->glyph_count */
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  otv_GSUB_validate( FT_Bytes      table,
-                     FT_UInt       glyph_count,
-                     FT_Validator  ftvalid )
-  {
-    OTV_ValidatorRec  validrec;
-    OTV_Validator     valid = &validrec;
-    FT_Bytes          p     = table;
-    FT_UInt           ScriptList, FeatureList, LookupList;
-
-
-    valid->root = ftvalid;
-
-    FT_TRACE3(( "validating GSUB table\n" ));
-    OTV_INIT;
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 10 );
-
-    if ( FT_NEXT_ULONG( p ) != 0x10000UL )      /* Version */
-      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
-
-    ScriptList  = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    FeatureList = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    LookupList  = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    valid->type_count  = 8;
-    valid->type_funcs  = (OTV_Validate_Func*)otv_gsub_validate_funcs;
-    valid->glyph_count = glyph_count;
-
-    otv_LookupList_validate( table + LookupList,
-                             valid );
-    otv_FeatureList_validate( table + FeatureList, table + LookupList,
-                              valid );
-    otv_ScriptList_validate( table + ScriptList, table + FeatureList,
-                             valid );
-
-    FT_TRACE4(( "\n" ));
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvjstf.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvjstf.c
deleted file mode 100644
index a616a23..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvjstf.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,258 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  otvjstf.c                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    OpenType JSTF table validation (body).                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2004, 2007 by                                                */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include "otvalid.h"
-#include "otvcommn.h"
-#include "otvgpos.h"
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_otvjstf
-
-
-#define JstfPriorityFunc  otv_JstfPriority_validate
-#define JstfLookupFunc    otv_GPOS_subtable_validate
-
-  /* uses valid->extra1 (GSUB lookup count) */
-  /* uses valid->extra2 (GPOS lookup count) */
-  /* sets valid->extra1 (counter)           */
-
-  static void
-  otv_JstfPriority_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                             OTV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-    FT_UInt   table_size;
-    FT_UInt   gsub_lookup_count, gpos_lookup_count;
-
-    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( ShrinkageEnableGSUB  );
-    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( ShrinkageDisableGSUB );
-    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( ShrinkageEnableGPOS  );
-    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( ShrinkageDisableGPOS );
-    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( ExtensionEnableGSUB  );
-    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( ExtensionDisableGSUB );
-    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( ExtensionEnableGPOS  );
-    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( ExtensionDisableGPOS );
-    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( ShrinkageJstfMax );
-    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( ExtensionJstfMax );
-
-
-    OTV_ENTER;
-    OTV_TRACE(( "JstfPriority table\n" ));
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 20 );
-
-    gsub_lookup_count = valid->extra1;
-    gpos_lookup_count = valid->extra2;
-
-    table_size = 20;
-
-    valid->extra1 = gsub_lookup_count;
-
-    OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( ShrinkageEnableGSUB );
-    OTV_SIZE_CHECK( ShrinkageEnableGSUB );
-    if ( ShrinkageEnableGSUB )
-      otv_x_ux( table + ShrinkageEnableGSUB, valid );
-
-    OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( ShrinkageDisableGSUB );
-    OTV_SIZE_CHECK( ShrinkageDisableGSUB );
-    if ( ShrinkageDisableGSUB )
-      otv_x_ux( table + ShrinkageDisableGSUB, valid );
-
-    valid->extra1 = gpos_lookup_count;
-
-    OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( ShrinkageEnableGPOS );
-    OTV_SIZE_CHECK( ShrinkageEnableGPOS );
-    if ( ShrinkageEnableGPOS )
-      otv_x_ux( table + ShrinkageEnableGPOS, valid );
-
-    OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( ShrinkageDisableGPOS );
-    OTV_SIZE_CHECK( ShrinkageDisableGPOS );
-    if ( ShrinkageDisableGPOS )
-      otv_x_ux( table + ShrinkageDisableGPOS, valid );
-
-    OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( ShrinkageJstfMax );
-    OTV_SIZE_CHECK( ShrinkageJstfMax );
-    if ( ShrinkageJstfMax )
-    {
-      /* XXX: check lookup types? */
-      OTV_NEST2( JstfMax, JstfLookup );
-      OTV_RUN( table + ShrinkageJstfMax, valid );
-    }
-
-    valid->extra1 = gsub_lookup_count;
-
-    OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( ExtensionEnableGSUB );
-    OTV_SIZE_CHECK( ExtensionEnableGSUB );
-    if ( ExtensionEnableGSUB )
-      otv_x_ux( table + ExtensionEnableGSUB, valid );
-
-    OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( ExtensionDisableGSUB );
-    OTV_SIZE_CHECK( ExtensionDisableGSUB );
-    if ( ExtensionDisableGSUB )
-      otv_x_ux( table + ExtensionDisableGSUB, valid );
-
-    valid->extra1 = gpos_lookup_count;
-
-    OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( ExtensionEnableGPOS );
-    OTV_SIZE_CHECK( ExtensionEnableGPOS );
-    if ( ExtensionEnableGPOS )
-      otv_x_ux( table + ExtensionEnableGPOS, valid );
-
-    OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( ExtensionDisableGPOS );
-    OTV_SIZE_CHECK( ExtensionDisableGPOS );
-    if ( ExtensionDisableGPOS )
-      otv_x_ux( table + ExtensionDisableGPOS, valid );
-
-    OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( ExtensionJstfMax );
-    OTV_SIZE_CHECK( ExtensionJstfMax );
-    if ( ExtensionJstfMax )
-    {
-      /* XXX: check lookup types? */
-      OTV_NEST2( JstfMax, JstfLookup );
-      OTV_RUN( table + ExtensionJstfMax, valid );
-    }
-
-    valid->extra1 = gsub_lookup_count;
-    valid->extra2 = gpos_lookup_count;
-
-    OTV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /* sets valid->extra (glyph count)               */
-  /* sets valid->func1 (otv_JstfPriority_validate) */
-
-  static void
-  otv_JstfScript_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                           OTV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-    FT_UInt   table_size;
-    FT_UInt   JstfLangSysCount;
-
-    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( ExtGlyph );
-    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( DefJstfLangSys );
-
-
-    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "JstfScript" );
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 6 );
-    OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( ExtGlyph );
-    OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( DefJstfLangSys );
-    JstfLangSysCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    OTV_TRACE(( " (JstfLangSysCount = %d)\n", JstfLangSysCount ));
-
-    table_size = JstfLangSysCount * 6 + 6;
-
-    OTV_SIZE_CHECK( ExtGlyph );
-    if ( ExtGlyph )
-    {
-      valid->extra1 = valid->glyph_count;
-      OTV_NEST1( ExtenderGlyph );
-      OTV_RUN( table + ExtGlyph, valid );
-    }
-
-    OTV_SIZE_CHECK( DefJstfLangSys );
-    if ( DefJstfLangSys )
-    {
-      OTV_NEST2( JstfLangSys, JstfPriority );
-      OTV_RUN( table + DefJstfLangSys, valid );
-    }
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 6 * JstfLangSysCount );
-
-    /* JstfLangSysRecord */
-    OTV_NEST2( JstfLangSys, JstfPriority );
-    for ( ; JstfLangSysCount > 0; JstfLangSysCount-- )
-    {
-      p += 4;       /* skip JstfLangSysTag */
-
-      OTV_RUN( table + FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ), valid );
-    }
-
-    OTV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /* sets valid->extra1 (GSUB lookup count) */
-  /* sets valid->extra2 (GPOS lookup count) */
-  /* sets valid->glyph_count                */
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  otv_JSTF_validate( FT_Bytes      table,
-                     FT_Bytes      gsub,
-                     FT_Bytes      gpos,
-                     FT_UInt       glyph_count,
-                     FT_Validator  ftvalid )
-  {
-    OTV_ValidatorRec  validrec;
-    OTV_Validator     valid = &validrec;
-    FT_Bytes          p     = table;
-    FT_UInt           JstfScriptCount;
-
-
-    valid->root = ftvalid;
-
-    FT_TRACE3(( "validating JSTF table\n" ));
-    OTV_INIT;
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 6 );
-
-    if ( FT_NEXT_ULONG( p ) != 0x10000UL )      /* Version */
-      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
-
-    JstfScriptCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    FT_TRACE3(( " (JstfScriptCount = %d)\n", JstfScriptCount ));
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( JstfScriptCount * 6 );
-
-    if ( gsub )
-      valid->extra1 = otv_GSUBGPOS_get_Lookup_count( gsub );
-    else
-      valid->extra1 = 0;
-
-    if ( gpos )
-      valid->extra2 = otv_GSUBGPOS_get_Lookup_count( gpos );
-    else
-      valid->extra2 = 0;
-
-    valid->glyph_count = glyph_count;
-
-    /* JstfScriptRecord */
-    for ( ; JstfScriptCount > 0; JstfScriptCount-- )
-    {
-      p += 4;       /* skip JstfScriptTag */
-
-      /* JstfScript */
-      otv_JstfScript_validate( table + FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ), valid );
-    }
-
-    FT_TRACE4(( "\n" ));
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvmath.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvmath.c
deleted file mode 100644
index b777d6a..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvmath.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,450 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  otvmath.c                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    OpenType MATH table validation (body).                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2007 by                                                      */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Written by George Williams.                                            */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include "otvalid.h"
-#include "otvcommn.h"
-#include "otvgpos.h"
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_otvmath
-
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                  MATH TYPOGRAPHIC CONSTANTS                   *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  static void
-  otv_MathConstants_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                              OTV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-    FT_UInt   i;
-    FT_UInt   table_size;
-
-    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( DeviceTableOffset );
-
-
-    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "MathConstants" );
-
-    /* 56 constants, 51 have device tables */
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 * ( 56 + 51 ) );
-    table_size = 2 * ( 56 + 51 );
-
-    p += 4 * 2;                 /* First 4 constants have no device tables */
-    for ( i = 0; i < 51; ++i )
-    {
-      p += 2;                                            /* skip the value */
-      OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( DeviceTableOffset );
-      OTV_SIZE_CHECK( DeviceTableOffset );
-      if ( DeviceTableOffset )
-        otv_Device_validate( table + DeviceTableOffset, valid );
-    }
-
-    OTV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                   MATH ITALICS CORRECTION                     *****/
-  /*****                 MATH TOP ACCENT ATTACHMENT                    *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  static void
-  otv_MathItalicsCorrectionInfo_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                                          OTV_Validator  valid,
-                                          FT_Int         isItalic )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-    FT_UInt   i, cnt, table_size ;
-
-    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( Coverage );
-    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( DeviceTableOffset );
-
-
-    OTV_NAME_ENTER( isItalic ? "MathItalicsCorrectionInfo"
-                             : "MathTopAccentAttachment" );
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 );
-
-    OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( Coverage );
-    cnt = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 * cnt );
-    table_size = 4 + 4 * cnt;
-
-    OTV_SIZE_CHECK( Coverage );
-    otv_Coverage_validate( table + Coverage, valid, cnt );
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < cnt; ++i )
-    {
-      p += 2;                                            /* Skip the value */
-      OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( DeviceTableOffset );
-      OTV_SIZE_CHECK( DeviceTableOffset );
-      if ( DeviceTableOffset )
-        otv_Device_validate( table + DeviceTableOffset, valid );
-    }
-
-    OTV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                           MATH KERNING                        *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  static void
-  otv_MathKern_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                         OTV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-    FT_UInt   i, cnt, table_size;
-
-    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( DeviceTableOffset );
-
-
-    /* OTV_NAME_ENTER( "MathKern" );*/
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
-
-    cnt = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 * cnt + 2 );
-    table_size = 4 + 4 * cnt;
-
-    /* Heights */
-    for ( i = 0; i < cnt; ++i )
-    {
-      p += 2;                                            /* Skip the value */
-      OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( DeviceTableOffset );
-      OTV_SIZE_CHECK( DeviceTableOffset );
-      if ( DeviceTableOffset )
-        otv_Device_validate( table + DeviceTableOffset, valid );
-    }
-
-    /* One more Kerning value */
-    for ( i = 0; i < cnt + 1; ++i )
-    {
-      p += 2;                                            /* Skip the value */
-      OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( DeviceTableOffset );
-      OTV_SIZE_CHECK( DeviceTableOffset );
-      if ( DeviceTableOffset )
-        otv_Device_validate( table + DeviceTableOffset, valid );
-    }
-
-    OTV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  otv_MathKernInfo_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                             OTV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-    FT_UInt   i, j, cnt, table_size;
-
-    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( Coverage );
-    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( MKRecordOffset );
-
-
-    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "MathKernInfo" );
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 );
-
-    OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( Coverage );
-    cnt = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 8 * cnt );
-    table_size = 4 + 8 * cnt;
-
-    OTV_SIZE_CHECK( Coverage );
-    otv_Coverage_validate( table + Coverage, valid, cnt );
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < cnt; ++i )
-    {
-      for ( j = 0; j < 4; ++j )
-      {
-        OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( MKRecordOffset );
-        OTV_SIZE_CHECK( MKRecordOffset );
-        if ( MKRecordOffset )
-          otv_MathKern_validate( table + MKRecordOffset, valid );
-      }
-    }
-
-    OTV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                         MATH GLYPH INFO                       *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  static void
-  otv_MathGlyphInfo_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                              OTV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-    FT_UInt   MathItalicsCorrectionInfo, MathTopAccentAttachment;
-    FT_UInt   ExtendedShapeCoverage, MathKernInfo;
-
-
-    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "MathGlyphInfo" );
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 8 );
-
-    MathItalicsCorrectionInfo = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    MathTopAccentAttachment   = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    ExtendedShapeCoverage     = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    MathKernInfo              = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    if ( MathItalicsCorrectionInfo )
-      otv_MathItalicsCorrectionInfo_validate(
-        table + MathItalicsCorrectionInfo, valid, TRUE );
-
-    /* Italic correction and Top Accent Attachment have the same format */
-    if ( MathTopAccentAttachment )
-      otv_MathItalicsCorrectionInfo_validate(
-        table + MathTopAccentAttachment, valid, FALSE );
-
-    if ( ExtendedShapeCoverage ) {
-      OTV_NAME_ENTER( "ExtendedShapeCoverage" );
-      otv_Coverage_validate( table + ExtendedShapeCoverage, valid, -1 );
-      OTV_EXIT;
-    }
-
-    if ( MathKernInfo )
-      otv_MathKernInfo_validate( table + MathKernInfo, valid );
-
-    OTV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                    MATH GLYPH CONSTRUCTION                    *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  static void
-  otv_GlyphAssembly_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                              OTV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-    FT_UInt   pcnt, table_size;
-    FT_UInt   i;
-
-    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( DeviceTableOffset );
-
-
-    /* OTV_NAME_ENTER( "GlyphAssembly" ); */
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 6 );
-
-    p += 2;                           /* Skip the Italics Correction value */
-    OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( DeviceTableOffset );
-    pcnt = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 8 * pcnt );
-    table_size = 6 + 8 * pcnt;
-
-    OTV_SIZE_CHECK( DeviceTableOffset );
-    if ( DeviceTableOffset )
-      otv_Device_validate( table + DeviceTableOffset, valid );
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < pcnt; ++i )
-    {
-      FT_UInt  gid;
-
-
-      gid = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-      if ( gid >= valid->glyph_count )
-        FT_INVALID_GLYPH_ID;
-      p += 2*4;             /* skip the Start, End, Full, and Flags fields */
-    }
-
-    /* OTV_EXIT; */
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  otv_MathGlyphConstruction_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                                      OTV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-    FT_UInt   vcnt, table_size;
-    FT_UInt   i;
-
-    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( GlyphAssembly );
-
-
-    /* OTV_NAME_ENTER( "MathGlyphConstruction" ); */
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 );
-
-    OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( GlyphAssembly );
-    vcnt = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 * vcnt );
-    table_size = 4 + 4 * vcnt;
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < vcnt; ++i )
-    {
-      FT_UInt  gid;
-
-
-      gid = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-      if ( gid >= valid->glyph_count )
-        FT_INVALID_GLYPH_ID;
-      p += 2;                          /* skip the size */
-    }
-
-    OTV_SIZE_CHECK( GlyphAssembly );
-    if ( GlyphAssembly )
-      otv_GlyphAssembly_validate( table+GlyphAssembly, valid );
-
-    /* OTV_EXIT; */
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  otv_MathVariants_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
-                             OTV_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Bytes  p = table;
-    FT_UInt   vcnt, hcnt, i, table_size;
-
-    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( VCoverage );
-    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( HCoverage );
-    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( Offset );
-
-
-    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "MathVariants" );
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 10 );
-
-    p += 2;                       /* Skip the MinConnectorOverlap constant */
-    OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( VCoverage );
-    OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( HCoverage );
-    vcnt = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    hcnt = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 * vcnt + 2 * hcnt );
-    table_size = 10 + 2 * vcnt + 2 * hcnt;
-
-    OTV_SIZE_CHECK( VCoverage );
-    if ( VCoverage )
-      otv_Coverage_validate( table + VCoverage, valid, vcnt );
-
-    OTV_SIZE_CHECK( HCoverage );
-    if ( HCoverage )
-      otv_Coverage_validate( table + HCoverage, valid, hcnt );
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < vcnt; ++i )
-    {
-      OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( Offset );
-      OTV_SIZE_CHECK( Offset );
-      otv_MathGlyphConstruction_validate( table + Offset, valid );
-    }
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < hcnt; ++i )
-    {
-      OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( Offset );
-      OTV_SIZE_CHECK( Offset );
-      otv_MathGlyphConstruction_validate( table + Offset, valid );
-    }
-
-    OTV_EXIT;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                          MATH TABLE                           *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /* sets valid->glyph_count */
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  otv_MATH_validate( FT_Bytes      table,
-                     FT_UInt       glyph_count,
-                     FT_Validator  ftvalid )
-  {
-    OTV_ValidatorRec  validrec;
-    OTV_Validator     valid = &validrec;
-    FT_Bytes          p     = table;
-    FT_UInt           MathConstants, MathGlyphInfo, MathVariants;
-
-
-    valid->root = ftvalid;
-
-    FT_TRACE3(( "validating MATH table\n" ));
-    OTV_INIT;
-
-    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 10 );
-
-    if ( FT_NEXT_ULONG( p ) != 0x10000UL )      /* Version */
-      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
-
-    MathConstants = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    MathGlyphInfo = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    MathVariants  = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    valid->glyph_count = glyph_count;
-
-    otv_MathConstants_validate( table + MathConstants,
-                                valid );
-    otv_MathGlyphInfo_validate( table + MathGlyphInfo,
-                                valid );
-    otv_MathVariants_validate ( table + MathVariants,
-                                valid );
-
-    FT_TRACE4(( "\n" ));
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvmod.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvmod.c
deleted file mode 100644
index c280299..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvmod.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,267 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  otvmod.c                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType's OpenType validation module implementation (body).         */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by                                    */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H
-#include FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H
-#include FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-#include FT_SERVICE_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H
-
-#include "otvmod.h"
-#include "otvalid.h"
-#include "otvcommn.h"
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_otvmodule
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  otv_load_table( FT_Face             face,
-                  FT_Tag              tag,
-                  FT_Byte* volatile*  table,
-                  FT_ULong*           table_len )
-  {
-    FT_Error   error;
-    FT_Memory  memory = FT_FACE_MEMORY( face );
-
-
-    error = FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( face, tag, 0, NULL, table_len );
-    if ( error == OTV_Err_Table_Missing )
-      return OTV_Err_Ok;
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    if ( FT_ALLOC( *table, *table_len ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    error = FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( face, tag, 0, *table, table_len );
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  otv_validate( FT_Face volatile   face,
-                FT_UInt            ot_flags,
-                FT_Bytes          *ot_base,
-                FT_Bytes          *ot_gdef,
-                FT_Bytes          *ot_gpos,
-                FT_Bytes          *ot_gsub,
-                FT_Bytes          *ot_jstf )
-  {
-    FT_Error                  error = OTV_Err_Ok;
-    FT_Byte* volatile         base;
-    FT_Byte* volatile         gdef;
-    FT_Byte* volatile         gpos;
-    FT_Byte* volatile         gsub;
-    FT_Byte* volatile         jstf;
-    FT_Byte* volatile         math;
-    FT_ULong                  len_base, len_gdef, len_gpos, len_gsub, len_jstf;
-    FT_ULong                  len_math;
-    FT_ValidatorRec volatile  valid;
-
-
-    base     = gdef     = gpos     = gsub     = jstf     = math     = NULL;
-    len_base = len_gdef = len_gpos = len_gsub = len_jstf = len_math = 0;
-
-    /* load tables */
-
-    if ( ot_flags & FT_VALIDATE_BASE )
-    {
-      error = otv_load_table( face, TTAG_BASE, &base, &len_base );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    if ( ot_flags & FT_VALIDATE_GDEF )
-    {
-      error = otv_load_table( face, TTAG_GDEF, &gdef, &len_gdef );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    if ( ot_flags & FT_VALIDATE_GPOS )
-    {
-      error = otv_load_table( face, TTAG_GPOS, &gpos, &len_gpos );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    if ( ot_flags & FT_VALIDATE_GSUB )
-    {
-      error = otv_load_table( face, TTAG_GSUB, &gsub, &len_gsub );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    if ( ot_flags & FT_VALIDATE_JSTF )
-    {
-      error = otv_load_table( face, TTAG_JSTF, &jstf, &len_jstf );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    if ( ot_flags & FT_VALIDATE_MATH )
-    {
-      error = otv_load_table( face, TTAG_MATH, &math, &len_math );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* validate tables */
-
-    if ( base )
-    {
-      ft_validator_init( &valid, base, base + len_base, FT_VALIDATE_DEFAULT );
-      if ( ft_setjmp( valid.jump_buffer ) == 0 )
-        otv_BASE_validate( base, &valid );
-      error = valid.error;
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    if ( gpos )
-    {
-      ft_validator_init( &valid, gpos, gpos + len_gpos, FT_VALIDATE_DEFAULT );
-      if ( ft_setjmp( valid.jump_buffer ) == 0 )
-        otv_GPOS_validate( gpos, face->num_glyphs, &valid );
-      error = valid.error;
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    if ( gsub )
-    {
-      ft_validator_init( &valid, gsub, gsub + len_gsub, FT_VALIDATE_DEFAULT );
-      if ( ft_setjmp( valid.jump_buffer ) == 0 )
-        otv_GSUB_validate( gsub, face->num_glyphs, &valid );
-      error = valid.error;
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    if ( gdef )
-    {
-      ft_validator_init( &valid, gdef, gdef + len_gdef, FT_VALIDATE_DEFAULT );
-      if ( ft_setjmp( valid.jump_buffer ) == 0 )
-        otv_GDEF_validate( gdef, gsub, gpos, &valid );
-      error = valid.error;
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    if ( jstf )
-    {
-      ft_validator_init( &valid, jstf, jstf + len_jstf, FT_VALIDATE_DEFAULT );
-      if ( ft_setjmp( valid.jump_buffer ) == 0 )
-        otv_JSTF_validate( jstf, gsub, gpos, face->num_glyphs, &valid );
-      error = valid.error;
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    if ( math )
-    {
-      ft_validator_init( &valid, math, math + len_math, FT_VALIDATE_DEFAULT );
-      if ( ft_setjmp( valid.jump_buffer ) == 0 )
-        otv_MATH_validate( math, face->num_glyphs, &valid );
-      error = valid.error;
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    *ot_base = (FT_Bytes)base;
-    *ot_gdef = (FT_Bytes)gdef;
-    *ot_gpos = (FT_Bytes)gpos;
-    *ot_gsub = (FT_Bytes)gsub;
-    *ot_jstf = (FT_Bytes)jstf;
-
-  Exit:
-    if ( error ) {
-      FT_Memory  memory = FT_FACE_MEMORY( face );
-
-
-      FT_FREE( base );
-      FT_FREE( gdef );
-      FT_FREE( gpos );
-      FT_FREE( gsub );
-      FT_FREE( jstf );
-    }
-    {
-      FT_Memory  memory = FT_FACE_MEMORY( face );
-
-
-      FT_FREE( math );                 /* Can't return this as API is frozen */
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static
-  const FT_Service_OTvalidateRec  otvalid_interface =
-  {
-    otv_validate
-  };
-
-
-  static
-  const FT_ServiceDescRec  otvalid_services[] =
-  {
-    { FT_SERVICE_ID_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE, &otvalid_interface },
-    { NULL, NULL }
-  };
-
-
-  static FT_Pointer
-  otvalid_get_service( FT_Module    module,
-                       const char*  service_id )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( module );
-
-    return ft_service_list_lookup( otvalid_services, service_id );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
-  const FT_Module_Class  otv_module_class =
-  {
-    0,
-    sizeof( FT_ModuleRec ),
-    "otvalid",
-    0x10000L,
-    0x20000L,
-
-    0,              /* module-specific interface */
-
-    (FT_Module_Constructor)0,
-    (FT_Module_Destructor) 0,
-    (FT_Module_Requester)  otvalid_get_service
-  };
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvmod.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvmod.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 1bfc189..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvmod.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  otvmod.h                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType's OpenType validation module implementation                 */
-/*    (specification).                                                     */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2004 by                                                      */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __OTVMOD_H__
-#define __OTVMOD_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_MODULE_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  FT_EXPORT_VAR( const FT_Module_Class )  otv_module_class;
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __OTVMOD_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/rules.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/rules.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 53bd41e..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/rules.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 OpenType validation driver configuration rules
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 2004, 2007 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-# OTV driver directory
-#
-OTV_DIR := $(SRC_DIR)/otvalid
-
-
-# compilation flags for the driver
-#
-OTV_COMPILE := $(FT_COMPILE) $I$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$(OTV_DIR))
-
-
-# OTV driver sources (i.e., C files)
-#
-OTV_DRV_SRC := $(OTV_DIR)/otvbase.c  \
-               $(OTV_DIR)/otvcommn.c \
-               $(OTV_DIR)/otvgdef.c  \
-               $(OTV_DIR)/otvgpos.c  \
-               $(OTV_DIR)/otvgsub.c  \
-               $(OTV_DIR)/otvjstf.c  \
-               $(OTV_DIR)/otvmath.c  \
-               $(OTV_DIR)/otvmod.c
-
-# OTV driver headers
-#
-OTV_DRV_H := $(OTV_DIR)/otvalid.h  \
-             $(OTV_DIR)/otvcommn.h \
-             $(OTV_DIR)/otverror.h \
-             $(OTV_DIR)/otvgpos.h  \
-             $(OTV_DIR)/otvmod.h
-
-
-# OTV driver object(s)
-#
-#   OTV_DRV_OBJ_M is used during `multi' builds.
-#   OTV_DRV_OBJ_S is used during `single' builds.
-#
-OTV_DRV_OBJ_M := $(OTV_DRV_SRC:$(OTV_DIR)/%.c=$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O)
-OTV_DRV_OBJ_S := $(OBJ_DIR)/otvalid.$O
-
-# OTV driver source file for single build
-#
-OTV_DRV_SRC_S := $(OTV_DIR)/otvalid.c
-
-
-# OTV driver - single object
-#
-$(OTV_DRV_OBJ_S): $(OTV_DRV_SRC_S) $(OTV_DRV_SRC) \
-                   $(FREETYPE_H) $(OTV_DRV_H)
-	$(OTV_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $(OTV_DRV_SRC_S))
-
-
-# OTV driver - multiple objects
-#
-$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O: $(OTV_DIR)/%.c $(FREETYPE_H) $(OTV_DRV_H)
-	$(OTV_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $<)
-
-
-# update main driver object lists
-#
-DRV_OBJS_S += $(OTV_DRV_OBJ_S)
-DRV_OBJS_M += $(OTV_DRV_OBJ_M)
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/Jamfile b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/Jamfile
deleted file mode 100644
index 752fcac..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/Jamfile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-# FreeType 2 src/pcf Jamfile
-#
-# Copyright 2001, 2003 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-SubDir  FT2_TOP $(FT2_SRC_DIR) pcf ;
-
-{
-  local  _sources ;
-
-  if $(FT2_MULTI)
-  {
-    _sources = pcfdrivr pcfread pcfutil ;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    _sources = pcf ;
-  }
-
-  Library  $(FT2_LIB) : $(_sources).c ;
-}
-
-# end of src/pcf Jamfile
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/README b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/README
deleted file mode 100644
index cc1480b..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/README
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,114 +0,0 @@
-                  FreeType font driver for PCF fonts
-
-                       Francesco Zappa Nardelli
-                  <francesco.zappa.nardelli@ens.fr>
-
-
-Introduction
-************
-
-PCF (Portable Compiled Format) is a binary bitmap font format, largely used
-in X world. This code implements a PCF driver for the FreeType library.
-Glyph images are loaded into memory only on demand, thus leading to a small
-memory footprint.
-
-Information on the PCF font format can only be worked out from
-`pcfread.c', and `pcfwrite.c', to be found, for instance, in the XFree86
-(www.xfree86.org) source tree (xc/lib/font/bitmap/).
-
-Many good bitmap fonts in bdf format come with XFree86: they can be
-compiled into the pcf format using the `bdftopcf' utility.
-
-
-Supported hardware
-******************
-
-The driver has been tested on linux/x86 and sunos5.5/sparc.  In both
-cases the compiler was gcc.  When back in Paris, I will test it also
-on linux/alpha.
-
-
-Encodings
-*********
-
-The variety of encodings that accompanies pcf fonts appears to encompass the
-small set defined in freetype.h.  On the other hand, each pcf font defines
-two properties that specify encoding and registry.
-
-I decided to make these two properties directly accessible, leaving to the
-client application the work of interpreting them.  For instance:
-
-  #include "pcftypes.h"  /* include/freetype/internal/pcftypes.h */
-
-  FT_Face     face;
-  PCF_Public_Face  pcfface;
-
-  FT_New_Face( library,..., &face );
-
-  pcfface = (PCF_Public_Face)face;
-
-  if ((pcfface->charset_registry == "ISO10646") &&
-        (pcfface->charset_encoding) == "1")) [..]
-
-Thus the driver always export `ft_encoding_none' as
-face->charmap.encoding.  FT_Get_Char_Index() behavior is unmodified, that
-is, it converts the ULong value given as argument into the corresponding
-glyph number.
-
-
-Known problems
-**************
-
-- dealing explicitly with encodings breaks the uniformity of freetype2
-  api.
-
-- except for encodings properties, client applications have no
-  visibility of the PCF_Face object.  This means that applications
-  cannot directly access font tables and are obliged to trust
-  FreeType.
-
-- currently, glyph names and ink_metrics are ignored.
-
-I plan to give full visibility of the PCF_Face object in the next
-release of the driver, thus implementing also glyph names and
-ink_metrics.
-
-- height is defined as (ascent - descent).  Is this correct?
-
-- if unable to read size information from the font, PCF_Init_Face
-  sets available_size->width and available_size->height to 12.
-
-- too many english grammar errors in the readme file :-(
-
-
-License
-*******
-
-Copyright (C) 2000 by Francesco Zappa Nardelli
-
-Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
-a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
-"Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
-without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
-distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
-permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
-the following conditions:
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
-included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
-EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
-MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
-IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
-CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
-TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
-SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-
-
-Credits
-*******
-
-Keith Packard wrote the pcf driver found in XFree86.  His work is at
-the same time the specification and the sample implementation of the
-PCF format.  Undoubtedly, this driver is inspired from his work.
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/module.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/module.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 0c51cd6..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/module.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 PCF module definition
-#
-
-# Copyright 2000, 2006 by
-# Francesco Zappa Nardelli
-#
-# Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-# of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
-# in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
-# to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
-# copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
-# furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
-#
-# The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-# all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-#
-# THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-# IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-# AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
-# LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
-# OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
-# THE SOFTWARE.
-
-
-FTMODULE_H_COMMANDS += PCF_DRIVER
-
-define PCF_DRIVER
-$(OPEN_DRIVER)pcf_driver_class$(CLOSE_DRIVER)
-$(ECHO_DRIVER)pcf       $(ECHO_DRIVER_DESC)pcf bitmap fonts$(ECHO_DRIVER_DONE)
-endef
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcf.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcf.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 11d5b7b..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcf.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-/*  pcf.c
-
-    FreeType font driver for pcf fonts
-
-  Copyright 2000-2001, 2003 by
-  Francesco Zappa Nardelli
-
-Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
-in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
-to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
-copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
-furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
-LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
-OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
-THE SOFTWARE.
-*/
-
-
-#define FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include "pcfutil.c"
-#include "pcfread.c"
-#include "pcfdrivr.c"
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcf.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcf.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 9d2d8e0..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcf.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,237 +0,0 @@
-/*  pcf.h
-
-  FreeType font driver for pcf fonts
-
-  Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2006 by
-  Francesco Zappa Nardelli
-
-Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
-in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
-to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
-copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
-furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
-LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
-OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
-THE SOFTWARE.
-*/
-
-
-#ifndef __PCF_H__
-#define __PCF_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DRIVER_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-  typedef struct  PCF_TableRec_
-  {
-    FT_ULong  type;
-    FT_ULong  format;
-    FT_ULong  size;
-    FT_ULong  offset;
-
-  } PCF_TableRec, *PCF_Table;
-
-
-  typedef struct  PCF_TocRec_
-  {
-    FT_ULong   version;
-    FT_ULong   count;
-    PCF_Table  tables;
-
-  } PCF_TocRec, *PCF_Toc;
-
-
-  typedef struct  PCF_ParsePropertyRec_
-  {
-    FT_Long  name;
-    FT_Byte  isString;
-    FT_Long  value;
-
-  } PCF_ParsePropertyRec, *PCF_ParseProperty;
-
-
-  typedef struct  PCF_PropertyRec_
-  {
-    FT_String*  name;
-    FT_Byte     isString;
-
-    union
-    {
-      FT_String*  atom;
-      FT_Long     integer;
-      FT_ULong    cardinal;
-
-    } value;
-
-  } PCF_PropertyRec, *PCF_Property;
-
-
-  typedef struct  PCF_Compressed_MetricRec_
-  {
-    FT_Byte  leftSideBearing;
-    FT_Byte  rightSideBearing;
-    FT_Byte  characterWidth;
-    FT_Byte  ascent;
-    FT_Byte  descent;
-
-  } PCF_Compressed_MetricRec, *PCF_Compressed_Metric;
-
-
-  typedef struct  PCF_MetricRec_
-  {
-    FT_Short  leftSideBearing;
-    FT_Short  rightSideBearing;
-    FT_Short  characterWidth;
-    FT_Short  ascent;
-    FT_Short  descent;
-    FT_Short  attributes;
-    FT_ULong  bits;
-
-  } PCF_MetricRec, *PCF_Metric;
-
-
-  typedef struct  PCF_AccelRec_
-  {
-    FT_Byte        noOverlap;
-    FT_Byte        constantMetrics;
-    FT_Byte        terminalFont;
-    FT_Byte        constantWidth;
-    FT_Byte        inkInside;
-    FT_Byte        inkMetrics;
-    FT_Byte        drawDirection;
-    FT_Long        fontAscent;
-    FT_Long        fontDescent;
-    FT_Long        maxOverlap;
-    PCF_MetricRec  minbounds;
-    PCF_MetricRec  maxbounds;
-    PCF_MetricRec  ink_minbounds;
-    PCF_MetricRec  ink_maxbounds;
-
-  } PCF_AccelRec, *PCF_Accel;
-
-
-  typedef struct  PCF_EncodingRec_
-  {
-    FT_Long    enc;
-    FT_UShort  glyph;
-
-  } PCF_EncodingRec, *PCF_Encoding;
-
-
-  typedef struct  PCF_FaceRec_
-  {
-    FT_FaceRec     root;
-
-    FT_StreamRec   gzip_stream;
-    FT_Stream      gzip_source;
-
-    char*          charset_encoding;
-    char*          charset_registry;
-
-    PCF_TocRec     toc;
-    PCF_AccelRec   accel;
-
-    int            nprops;
-    PCF_Property   properties;
-
-    FT_Long        nmetrics;
-    PCF_Metric     metrics;
-    FT_Long        nencodings;
-    PCF_Encoding   encodings;
-
-    FT_Short       defaultChar;
-
-    FT_ULong       bitmapsFormat;
-
-    FT_CharMap     charmap_handle;
-    FT_CharMapRec  charmap;  /* a single charmap per face */
-
-  } PCF_FaceRec, *PCF_Face;
-
-
-  /* macros for pcf font format */
-
-#define LSBFirst  0
-#define MSBFirst  1
-
-#define PCF_FILE_VERSION        ( ( 'p' << 24 ) | \
-                                  ( 'c' << 16 ) | \
-                                  ( 'f' <<  8 ) | 1 )
-#define PCF_FORMAT_MASK         0xFFFFFF00UL
-
-#define PCF_DEFAULT_FORMAT      0x00000000UL
-#define PCF_INKBOUNDS           0x00000200UL
-#define PCF_ACCEL_W_INKBOUNDS   0x00000100UL
-#define PCF_COMPRESSED_METRICS  0x00000100UL
-
-#define PCF_FORMAT_MATCH( a, b ) \
-          ( ( (a) & PCF_FORMAT_MASK ) == ( (b) & PCF_FORMAT_MASK ) )
-
-#define PCF_GLYPH_PAD_MASK  ( 3 << 0 )
-#define PCF_BYTE_MASK       ( 1 << 2 )
-#define PCF_BIT_MASK        ( 1 << 3 )
-#define PCF_SCAN_UNIT_MASK  ( 3 << 4 )
-
-#define PCF_BYTE_ORDER( f ) \
-          ( ( (f) & PCF_BYTE_MASK ) ? MSBFirst : LSBFirst )
-#define PCF_BIT_ORDER( f ) \
-          ( ( (f) & PCF_BIT_MASK ) ? MSBFirst : LSBFirst )
-#define PCF_GLYPH_PAD_INDEX( f ) \
-          ( (f) & PCF_GLYPH_PAD_MASK )
-#define PCF_GLYPH_PAD( f ) \
-          ( 1 << PCF_GLYPH_PAD_INDEX( f ) )
-#define PCF_SCAN_UNIT_INDEX( f ) \
-          ( ( (f) & PCF_SCAN_UNIT_MASK ) >> 4 )
-#define PCF_SCAN_UNIT( f ) \
-          ( 1 << PCF_SCAN_UNIT_INDEX( f ) )
-#define PCF_FORMAT_BITS( f )             \
-          ( (f) & ( PCF_GLYPH_PAD_MASK | \
-                    PCF_BYTE_MASK      | \
-                    PCF_BIT_MASK       | \
-                    PCF_SCAN_UNIT_MASK ) )
-
-#define PCF_SIZE_TO_INDEX( s )  ( (s) == 4 ? 2 : (s) == 2 ? 1 : 0 )
-#define PCF_INDEX_TO_SIZE( b )  ( 1 << b )
-
-#define PCF_FORMAT( bit, byte, glyph, scan )          \
-          ( ( PCF_SIZE_TO_INDEX( scan )      << 4 ) | \
-            ( ( (bit)  == MSBFirst ? 1 : 0 ) << 3 ) | \
-            ( ( (byte) == MSBFirst ? 1 : 0 ) << 2 ) | \
-            ( PCF_SIZE_TO_INDEX( glyph )     << 0 ) )
-
-#define PCF_PROPERTIES        ( 1 << 0 )
-#define PCF_ACCELERATORS      ( 1 << 1 )
-#define PCF_METRICS           ( 1 << 2 )
-#define PCF_BITMAPS           ( 1 << 3 )
-#define PCF_INK_METRICS       ( 1 << 4 )
-#define PCF_BDF_ENCODINGS     ( 1 << 5 )
-#define PCF_SWIDTHS           ( 1 << 6 )
-#define PCF_GLYPH_NAMES       ( 1 << 7 )
-#define PCF_BDF_ACCELERATORS  ( 1 << 8 )
-
-#define GLYPHPADOPTIONS  4 /* I'm not sure about this */
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  pcf_load_font( FT_Stream,
-                 PCF_Face );
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __PCF_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcfdrivr.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcfdrivr.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 0fea30e..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcfdrivr.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,674 +0,0 @@
-/*  pcfdrivr.c
-
-    FreeType font driver for pcf files
-
-    Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2007, 2008 by
-    Francesco Zappa Nardelli
-
-Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
-in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
-to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
-copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
-furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
-LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
-OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
-THE SOFTWARE.
-*/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-#include FT_GZIP_H
-#include FT_LZW_H
-#include FT_ERRORS_H
-#include FT_BDF_H
-
-#include "pcf.h"
-#include "pcfdrivr.h"
-#include "pcfread.h"
-
-#include "pcferror.h"
-#include "pcfutil.h"
-
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_pcfread
-
-#include FT_SERVICE_BDF_H
-#include FT_SERVICE_XFREE86_NAME_H
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_pcfdriver
-
-
-  typedef struct  PCF_CMapRec_
-  {
-    FT_CMapRec    root;
-    FT_UInt       num_encodings;
-    PCF_Encoding  encodings;
-
-  } PCF_CMapRec, *PCF_CMap;
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  pcf_cmap_init( FT_CMap     pcfcmap,   /* PCF_CMap */
-                 FT_Pointer  init_data )
-  {
-    PCF_CMap  cmap = (PCF_CMap)pcfcmap;
-    PCF_Face  face = (PCF_Face)FT_CMAP_FACE( pcfcmap );
-
-    FT_UNUSED( init_data );
-
-
-    cmap->num_encodings = (FT_UInt)face->nencodings;
-    cmap->encodings     = face->encodings;
-
-    return PCF_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
-  pcf_cmap_done( FT_CMap  pcfcmap )         /* PCF_CMap */
-  {
-    PCF_CMap  cmap = (PCF_CMap)pcfcmap;
-
-
-    cmap->encodings     = NULL;
-    cmap->num_encodings = 0;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
-  pcf_cmap_char_index( FT_CMap    pcfcmap,  /* PCF_CMap */
-                       FT_UInt32  charcode )
-  {
-    PCF_CMap      cmap      = (PCF_CMap)pcfcmap;
-    PCF_Encoding  encodings = cmap->encodings;
-    FT_UInt       min, max, mid;
-    FT_UInt       result    = 0;
-
-
-    min = 0;
-    max = cmap->num_encodings;
-
-    while ( min < max )
-    {
-      FT_UInt32  code;
-
-
-      mid  = ( min + max ) >> 1;
-      code = encodings[mid].enc;
-
-      if ( charcode == code )
-      {
-        result = encodings[mid].glyph + 1;
-        break;
-      }
-
-      if ( charcode < code )
-        max = mid;
-      else
-        min = mid + 1;
-    }
-
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
-  pcf_cmap_char_next( FT_CMap    pcfcmap,   /* PCF_CMap */
-                      FT_UInt32  *acharcode )
-  {
-    PCF_CMap      cmap      = (PCF_CMap)pcfcmap;
-    PCF_Encoding  encodings = cmap->encodings;
-    FT_UInt       min, max, mid;
-    FT_UInt32     charcode  = *acharcode + 1;
-    FT_UInt       result    = 0;
-
-
-    min = 0;
-    max = cmap->num_encodings;
-
-    while ( min < max )
-    {
-      FT_UInt32  code;
-
-
-      mid  = ( min + max ) >> 1;
-      code = encodings[mid].enc;
-
-      if ( charcode == code )
-      {
-        result = encodings[mid].glyph + 1;
-        goto Exit;
-      }
-
-      if ( charcode < code )
-        max = mid;
-      else
-        min = mid + 1;
-    }
-
-    charcode = 0;
-    if ( min < cmap->num_encodings )
-    {
-      charcode = encodings[min].enc;
-      result   = encodings[min].glyph + 1;
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    *acharcode = charcode;
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
-  const FT_CMap_ClassRec  pcf_cmap_class =
-  {
-    sizeof ( PCF_CMapRec ),
-    pcf_cmap_init,
-    pcf_cmap_done,
-    pcf_cmap_char_index,
-    pcf_cmap_char_next,
-
-    NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL
-  };
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
-  PCF_Face_Done( FT_Face  pcfface )         /* PCF_Face */
-  {
-    PCF_Face   face   = (PCF_Face)pcfface;
-    FT_Memory  memory = FT_FACE_MEMORY( face );
-
-
-    FT_FREE( face->encodings );
-    FT_FREE( face->metrics );
-
-    /* free properties */
-    {
-      PCF_Property  prop;
-      FT_Int        i;
-
-
-      if ( face->properties )
-      {
-        for ( i = 0; i < face->nprops; i++ )
-        {
-          prop = &face->properties[i];
-
-          if ( prop ) {
-            FT_FREE( prop->name );
-            if ( prop->isString )
-              FT_FREE( prop->value.atom );
-          }
-        }
-      }
-      FT_FREE( face->properties );
-    }
-
-    FT_FREE( face->toc.tables );
-    FT_FREE( pcfface->family_name );
-    FT_FREE( pcfface->style_name );
-    FT_FREE( pcfface->available_sizes );
-    FT_FREE( face->charset_encoding );
-    FT_FREE( face->charset_registry );
-
-    FT_TRACE4(( "PCF_Face_Done: done face\n" ));
-
-    /* close gzip/LZW stream if any */
-    if ( pcfface->stream == &face->gzip_stream )
-    {
-      FT_Stream_Close( &face->gzip_stream );
-      pcfface->stream = face->gzip_source;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  PCF_Face_Init( FT_Stream      stream,
-                 FT_Face        pcfface,        /* PCF_Face */
-                 FT_Int         face_index,
-                 FT_Int         num_params,
-                 FT_Parameter*  params )
-  {
-    PCF_Face  face  = (PCF_Face)pcfface;
-    FT_Error  error = PCF_Err_Ok;
-
-    FT_UNUSED( num_params );
-    FT_UNUSED( params );
-    FT_UNUSED( face_index );
-
-
-    error = pcf_load_font( stream, face );
-    if ( error )
-    {
-      FT_Error  error2;
-
-
-      PCF_Face_Done( pcfface );
-
-      /* this didn't work, try gzip support! */
-      error2 = FT_Stream_OpenGzip( &face->gzip_stream, stream );
-      if ( FT_ERROR_BASE( error2 ) == FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature )
-        goto Fail;
-
-      error = error2;
-      if ( error )
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_LZW
-      {
-        FT_Error  error3;
-
-
-        /* this didn't work, try LZW support! */
-        error3 = FT_Stream_OpenLZW( &face->gzip_stream, stream );
-        if ( FT_ERROR_BASE( error3 ) == FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature )
-          goto Fail;
-
-        error = error3;
-        if ( error )
-          goto Fail;
-
-        face->gzip_source = stream;
-        pcfface->stream   = &face->gzip_stream;
-
-        stream = pcfface->stream;
-
-        error = pcf_load_font( stream, face );
-        if ( error )
-          goto Fail;
-      }
-#else
-        goto Fail;
-#endif
-      else
-      {
-        face->gzip_source = stream;
-        pcfface->stream   = &face->gzip_stream;
-
-        stream = pcfface->stream;
-
-        error = pcf_load_font( stream, face );
-        if ( error )
-          goto Fail;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* set up charmap */
-    {
-      FT_String  *charset_registry = face->charset_registry;
-      FT_String  *charset_encoding = face->charset_encoding;
-      FT_Bool     unicode_charmap  = 0;
-
-
-      if ( charset_registry && charset_encoding )
-      {
-        char*  s = charset_registry;
-
-
-        /* Uh, oh, compare first letters manually to avoid dependency
-           on locales. */
-        if ( ( s[0] == 'i' || s[0] == 'I' ) &&
-             ( s[1] == 's' || s[1] == 'S' ) &&
-             ( s[2] == 'o' || s[2] == 'O' ) )
-        {
-          s += 3;
-          if ( !ft_strcmp( s, "10646" )                      ||
-               ( !ft_strcmp( s, "8859" ) &&
-                 !ft_strcmp( face->charset_encoding, "1" ) ) )
-          unicode_charmap = 1;
-        }
-      }
-
-      {
-        FT_CharMapRec  charmap;
-
-
-        charmap.face        = FT_FACE( face );
-        charmap.encoding    = FT_ENCODING_NONE;
-        charmap.platform_id = 0;
-        charmap.encoding_id = 0;
-
-        if ( unicode_charmap )
-        {
-          charmap.encoding    = FT_ENCODING_UNICODE;
-          charmap.platform_id = 3;
-          charmap.encoding_id = 1;
-        }
-
-        error = FT_CMap_New( &pcf_cmap_class, NULL, &charmap, NULL );
-
-#if 0
-        /* Select default charmap */
-        if ( pcfface->num_charmaps )
-          pcfface->charmap = pcfface->charmaps[0];
-#endif
-      }
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-
-  Fail:
-    FT_TRACE2(( "[not a valid PCF file]\n" ));
-    PCF_Face_Done( pcfface );
-    error = PCF_Err_Unknown_File_Format;  /* error */
-    goto Exit;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  PCF_Size_Select( FT_Size   size,
-                   FT_ULong  strike_index )
-  {
-    PCF_Accel  accel = &( (PCF_Face)size->face )->accel;
-
-
-    FT_Select_Metrics( size->face, strike_index );
-
-    size->metrics.ascender    =  accel->fontAscent << 6;
-    size->metrics.descender   = -accel->fontDescent << 6;
-    size->metrics.max_advance =  accel->maxbounds.characterWidth << 6;
-
-    return PCF_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  PCF_Size_Request( FT_Size          size,
-                    FT_Size_Request  req )
-  {
-    PCF_Face         face  = (PCF_Face)size->face;
-    FT_Bitmap_Size*  bsize = size->face->available_sizes;
-    FT_Error         error = PCF_Err_Invalid_Pixel_Size;
-    FT_Long          height;
-
-
-    height = FT_REQUEST_HEIGHT( req );
-    height = ( height + 32 ) >> 6;
-
-    switch ( req->type )
-    {
-    case FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_NOMINAL:
-      if ( height == ( bsize->y_ppem + 32 ) >> 6 )
-        error = PCF_Err_Ok;
-      break;
-
-    case FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_REAL_DIM:
-      if ( height == ( face->accel.fontAscent +
-                       face->accel.fontDescent ) )
-        error = PCF_Err_Ok;
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      error = PCF_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
-      break;
-    }
-
-    if ( error )
-      return error;
-    else
-      return PCF_Size_Select( size, 0 );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  PCF_Glyph_Load( FT_GlyphSlot  slot,
-                  FT_Size       size,
-                  FT_UInt       glyph_index,
-                  FT_Int32      load_flags )
-  {
-    PCF_Face    face   = (PCF_Face)FT_SIZE_FACE( size );
-    FT_Stream   stream = face->root.stream;
-    FT_Error    error  = PCF_Err_Ok;
-    FT_Bitmap*  bitmap = &slot->bitmap;
-    PCF_Metric  metric;
-    int         bytes;
-
-    FT_UNUSED( load_flags );
-
-
-    FT_TRACE4(( "load_glyph %d ---", glyph_index ));
-
-    if ( !face || glyph_index >= (FT_UInt)face->root.num_glyphs )
-    {
-      error = PCF_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    if ( glyph_index > 0 )
-      glyph_index--;
-
-    metric = face->metrics + glyph_index;
-
-    bitmap->rows       = metric->ascent + metric->descent;
-    bitmap->width      = metric->rightSideBearing - metric->leftSideBearing;
-    bitmap->num_grays  = 1;
-    bitmap->pixel_mode = FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO;
-
-    FT_TRACE6(( "BIT_ORDER %d ; BYTE_ORDER %d ; GLYPH_PAD %d\n",
-                  PCF_BIT_ORDER( face->bitmapsFormat ),
-                  PCF_BYTE_ORDER( face->bitmapsFormat ),
-                  PCF_GLYPH_PAD( face->bitmapsFormat ) ));
-
-    switch ( PCF_GLYPH_PAD( face->bitmapsFormat ) )
-    {
-    case 1:
-      bitmap->pitch = ( bitmap->width + 7 ) >> 3;
-      break;
-
-    case 2:
-      bitmap->pitch = ( ( bitmap->width + 15 ) >> 4 ) << 1;
-      break;
-
-    case 4:
-      bitmap->pitch = ( ( bitmap->width + 31 ) >> 5 ) << 2;
-      break;
-
-    case 8:
-      bitmap->pitch = ( ( bitmap->width + 63 ) >> 6 ) << 3;
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      return PCF_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-    }
-
-    /* XXX: to do: are there cases that need repadding the bitmap? */
-    bytes = bitmap->pitch * bitmap->rows;
-
-    error = ft_glyphslot_alloc_bitmap( slot, bytes );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( metric->bits )          ||
-         FT_STREAM_READ( bitmap->buffer, bytes ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    if ( PCF_BIT_ORDER( face->bitmapsFormat ) != MSBFirst )
-      BitOrderInvert( bitmap->buffer, bytes );
-
-    if ( ( PCF_BYTE_ORDER( face->bitmapsFormat ) !=
-           PCF_BIT_ORDER( face->bitmapsFormat )  ) )
-    {
-      switch ( PCF_SCAN_UNIT( face->bitmapsFormat ) )
-      {
-      case 1:
-        break;
-
-      case 2:
-        TwoByteSwap( bitmap->buffer, bytes );
-        break;
-
-      case 4:
-        FourByteSwap( bitmap->buffer, bytes );
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-
-    slot->format      = FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP;
-    slot->bitmap_left = metric->leftSideBearing;
-    slot->bitmap_top  = metric->ascent;
-
-    slot->metrics.horiAdvance  = metric->characterWidth << 6;
-    slot->metrics.horiBearingX = metric->leftSideBearing << 6;
-    slot->metrics.horiBearingY = metric->ascent << 6;
-    slot->metrics.width        = ( metric->rightSideBearing -
-                                   metric->leftSideBearing ) << 6;
-    slot->metrics.height       = bitmap->rows << 6;
-
-    ft_synthesize_vertical_metrics( &slot->metrics,
-                                    ( face->accel.fontAscent +
-                                      face->accel.fontDescent ) << 6 );
-
-    FT_TRACE4(( " --- ok\n" ));
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
- /*
-  *
-  *  BDF SERVICE
-  *
-  */
-
-  static FT_Error
-  pcf_get_bdf_property( PCF_Face          face,
-                        const char*       prop_name,
-                        BDF_PropertyRec  *aproperty )
-  {
-    PCF_Property  prop;
-
-
-    prop = pcf_find_property( face, prop_name );
-    if ( prop != NULL )
-    {
-      if ( prop->isString )
-      {
-        aproperty->type   = BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM;
-        aproperty->u.atom = prop->value.atom;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        /* Apparently, the PCF driver loads all properties as signed integers!
-         * This really doesn't seem to be a problem, because this is
-         * sufficient for any meaningful values.
-         */
-        aproperty->type      = BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER;
-        aproperty->u.integer = prop->value.integer;
-      }
-      return 0;
-    }
-
-    return PCF_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  pcf_get_charset_id( PCF_Face      face,
-                      const char*  *acharset_encoding,
-                      const char*  *acharset_registry )
-  {
-    *acharset_encoding = face->charset_encoding;
-    *acharset_registry = face->charset_registry;
-
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  static const FT_Service_BDFRec  pcf_service_bdf =
-  {
-    (FT_BDF_GetCharsetIdFunc)pcf_get_charset_id,
-    (FT_BDF_GetPropertyFunc) pcf_get_bdf_property
-  };
-
-
- /*
-  *
-  *  SERVICE LIST
-  *
-  */
-
-  static const FT_ServiceDescRec  pcf_services[] =
-  {
-    { FT_SERVICE_ID_BDF,       &pcf_service_bdf },
-    { FT_SERVICE_ID_XF86_NAME, FT_XF86_FORMAT_PCF },
-    { NULL, NULL }
-  };
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Module_Interface )
-  pcf_driver_requester( FT_Module    module,
-                        const char*  name )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( module );
-
-    return ft_service_list_lookup( pcf_services, name );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
-  const FT_Driver_ClassRec  pcf_driver_class =
-  {
-    {
-      FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER        |
-      FT_MODULE_DRIVER_NO_OUTLINES,
-      sizeof ( FT_DriverRec ),
-
-      "pcf",
-      0x10000L,
-      0x20000L,
-
-      0,
-
-      0,
-      0,
-      pcf_driver_requester
-    },
-
-    sizeof ( PCF_FaceRec ),
-    sizeof ( FT_SizeRec ),
-    sizeof ( FT_GlyphSlotRec ),
-
-    PCF_Face_Init,
-    PCF_Face_Done,
-    0,                      /* FT_Size_InitFunc */
-    0,                      /* FT_Size_DoneFunc */
-    0,                      /* FT_Slot_InitFunc */
-    0,                      /* FT_Slot_DoneFunc */
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
-    ft_stub_set_char_sizes,
-    ft_stub_set_pixel_sizes,
-#endif
-    PCF_Glyph_Load,
-
-    0,                      /* FT_Face_GetKerningFunc  */
-    0,                      /* FT_Face_AttachFunc      */
-    0,                      /* FT_Face_GetAdvancesFunc */
-
-    PCF_Size_Request,
-    PCF_Size_Select
-  };
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcfdrivr.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcfdrivr.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 7ddf697..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcfdrivr.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-/*  pcfdrivr.h
-
-    FreeType font driver for pcf fonts
-
-  Copyright 2000-2001, 2002 by
-  Francesco Zappa Nardelli
-
-Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
-in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
-to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
-copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
-furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
-LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
-OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
-THE SOFTWARE.
-*/
-
-
-#ifndef __PCFDRIVR_H__
-#define __PCFDRIVR_H__
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DRIVER_H
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-  FT_EXPORT_VAR( const FT_Driver_ClassRec )  pcf_driver_class;
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-
-#endif /* __PCFDRIVR_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcferror.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcferror.h
deleted file mode 100644
index d75c067..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcferror.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  pcferror.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    PCF error codes (specification only).                                */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2001 by                                                      */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This file is used to define the PCF error enumeration constants.      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef __PCFERROR_H__
-#define __PCFERROR_H__
-
-#include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
-
-#undef __FTERRORS_H__
-
-#define FT_ERR_PREFIX  PCF_Err_
-#define FT_ERR_BASE    FT_Mod_Err_PCF
-
-#include FT_ERRORS_H
-
-#endif /* __PCFERROR_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcfread.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcfread.c
deleted file mode 100644
index b9123cf..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcfread.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1267 +0,0 @@
-/*  pcfread.c
-
-    FreeType font driver for pcf fonts
-
-  Copyright 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by
-  Francesco Zappa Nardelli
-
-Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
-in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
-to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
-copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
-furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
-LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
-OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
-THE SOFTWARE.
-*/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-
-#include "pcf.h"
-#include "pcfdrivr.h"
-#include "pcfread.h"
-
-#include "pcferror.h"
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_pcfread
-
-
-#if defined( FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE )
-  static const char* const  tableNames[] =
-  {
-    "prop", "accl", "mtrcs", "bmps", "imtrcs",
-    "enc", "swidth", "names", "accel"
-  };
-#endif
-
-
-  static
-  const FT_Frame_Field  pcf_toc_header[] =
-  {
-#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
-#define FT_STRUCTURE  PCF_TocRec
-
-    FT_FRAME_START( 8 ),
-      FT_FRAME_ULONG_LE( version ),
-      FT_FRAME_ULONG_LE( count ),
-    FT_FRAME_END
-  };
-
-
-  static
-  const FT_Frame_Field  pcf_table_header[] =
-  {
-#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
-#define FT_STRUCTURE  PCF_TableRec
-
-    FT_FRAME_START( 16  ),
-      FT_FRAME_ULONG_LE( type ),
-      FT_FRAME_ULONG_LE( format ),
-      FT_FRAME_ULONG_LE( size ),
-      FT_FRAME_ULONG_LE( offset ),
-    FT_FRAME_END
-  };
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  pcf_read_TOC( FT_Stream  stream,
-                PCF_Face   face )
-  {
-    FT_Error   error;
-    PCF_Toc    toc = &face->toc;
-    PCF_Table  tables;
-
-    FT_Memory  memory = FT_FACE(face)->memory;
-    FT_UInt    n;
-
-
-    if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK ( 0 )                          ||
-         FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS ( pcf_toc_header, toc ) )
-      return PCF_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource;
-
-    if ( toc->version != PCF_FILE_VERSION                 ||
-         toc->count   >  FT_ARRAY_MAX( face->toc.tables ) ||
-         toc->count   == 0                                )
-      return PCF_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-
-    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( face->toc.tables, toc->count ) )
-      return PCF_Err_Out_Of_Memory;
-
-    tables = face->toc.tables;
-    for ( n = 0; n < toc->count; n++ )
-    {
-      if ( FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( pcf_table_header, tables ) )
-        goto Exit;
-      tables++;
-    }
-
-    /* Sort tables and check for overlaps.  Because they are almost      */
-    /* always ordered already, an in-place bubble sort with simultaneous */
-    /* boundary checking seems appropriate.                              */
-    tables = face->toc.tables;
-
-    for ( n = 0; n < toc->count - 1; n++ )
-    {
-      FT_UInt  i, have_change;
-
-
-      have_change = 0;
-
-      for ( i = 0; i < toc->count - 1 - n; i++ )
-      {
-        PCF_TableRec  tmp;
-
-
-        if ( tables[i].offset > tables[i + 1].offset )
-        {
-          tmp           = tables[i];
-          tables[i]     = tables[i + 1];
-          tables[i + 1] = tmp;
-
-          have_change = 1;
-        }
-
-        if ( ( tables[i].size   > tables[i + 1].offset )                  ||
-             ( tables[i].offset > tables[i + 1].offset - tables[i].size ) )
-          return PCF_Err_Invalid_Offset;
-      }
-
-      if ( !have_change )
-        break;
-    }
-
-#if defined( FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE )
-
-    {
-      FT_UInt      i, j;
-      const char*  name = "?";
-
-
-      FT_TRACE4(( "pcf_read_TOC:\n" ));
-
-      FT_TRACE4(( "  number of tables: %ld\n", face->toc.count ));
-
-      tables = face->toc.tables;
-      for ( i = 0; i < toc->count; i++ )
-      {
-        for ( j = 0; j < sizeof ( tableNames ) / sizeof ( tableNames[0] );
-              j++ )
-          if ( tables[i].type == (FT_UInt)( 1 << j ) )
-            name = tableNames[j];
-
-        FT_TRACE4(( "  %d: type=%s, format=0x%X, "
-                    "size=%ld (0x%lX), offset=%ld (0x%lX)\n",
-                    i, name,
-                    tables[i].format,
-                    tables[i].size, tables[i].size,
-                    tables[i].offset, tables[i].offset ));
-      }
-    }
-
-#endif
-
-    return PCF_Err_Ok;
-
-  Exit:
-    FT_FREE( face->toc.tables );
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-#define PCF_METRIC_SIZE  12
-
-  static
-  const FT_Frame_Field  pcf_metric_header[] =
-  {
-#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
-#define FT_STRUCTURE  PCF_MetricRec
-
-    FT_FRAME_START( PCF_METRIC_SIZE ),
-      FT_FRAME_SHORT_LE( leftSideBearing ),
-      FT_FRAME_SHORT_LE( rightSideBearing ),
-      FT_FRAME_SHORT_LE( characterWidth ),
-      FT_FRAME_SHORT_LE( ascent ),
-      FT_FRAME_SHORT_LE( descent ),
-      FT_FRAME_SHORT_LE( attributes ),
-    FT_FRAME_END
-  };
-
-
-  static
-  const FT_Frame_Field  pcf_metric_msb_header[] =
-  {
-#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
-#define FT_STRUCTURE  PCF_MetricRec
-
-    FT_FRAME_START( PCF_METRIC_SIZE ),
-      FT_FRAME_SHORT( leftSideBearing ),
-      FT_FRAME_SHORT( rightSideBearing ),
-      FT_FRAME_SHORT( characterWidth ),
-      FT_FRAME_SHORT( ascent ),
-      FT_FRAME_SHORT( descent ),
-      FT_FRAME_SHORT( attributes ),
-    FT_FRAME_END
-  };
-
-
-#define PCF_COMPRESSED_METRIC_SIZE  5
-
-  static
-  const FT_Frame_Field  pcf_compressed_metric_header[] =
-  {
-#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
-#define FT_STRUCTURE  PCF_Compressed_MetricRec
-
-    FT_FRAME_START( PCF_COMPRESSED_METRIC_SIZE ),
-      FT_FRAME_BYTE( leftSideBearing ),
-      FT_FRAME_BYTE( rightSideBearing ),
-      FT_FRAME_BYTE( characterWidth ),
-      FT_FRAME_BYTE( ascent ),
-      FT_FRAME_BYTE( descent ),
-    FT_FRAME_END
-  };
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  pcf_get_metric( FT_Stream   stream,
-                  FT_ULong    format,
-                  PCF_Metric  metric )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error = PCF_Err_Ok;
-
-
-    if ( PCF_FORMAT_MATCH( format, PCF_DEFAULT_FORMAT ) )
-    {
-      const FT_Frame_Field*  fields;
-
-
-      /* parsing normal metrics */
-      fields = PCF_BYTE_ORDER( format ) == MSBFirst
-               ? pcf_metric_msb_header
-               : pcf_metric_header;
-
-      /* the following sets `error' but doesn't return in case of failure */
-      (void)FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( fields, metric );
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      PCF_Compressed_MetricRec  compr;
-
-
-      /* parsing compressed metrics */
-      if ( FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( pcf_compressed_metric_header, &compr ) )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      metric->leftSideBearing  = (FT_Short)( compr.leftSideBearing  - 0x80 );
-      metric->rightSideBearing = (FT_Short)( compr.rightSideBearing - 0x80 );
-      metric->characterWidth   = (FT_Short)( compr.characterWidth   - 0x80 );
-      metric->ascent           = (FT_Short)( compr.ascent           - 0x80 );
-      metric->descent          = (FT_Short)( compr.descent          - 0x80 );
-      metric->attributes       = 0;
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  pcf_seek_to_table_type( FT_Stream  stream,
-                          PCF_Table  tables,
-                          FT_Int     ntables,
-                          FT_ULong   type,
-                          FT_ULong  *aformat,
-                          FT_ULong  *asize )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error = PCF_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-    FT_Int    i;
-
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < ntables; i++ )
-      if ( tables[i].type == type )
-      {
-        if ( stream->pos > tables[i].offset )
-        {
-          error = PCF_Err_Invalid_Stream_Skip;
-          goto Fail;
-        }
-
-        if ( FT_STREAM_SKIP( tables[i].offset - stream->pos ) )
-        {
-          error = PCF_Err_Invalid_Stream_Skip;
-          goto Fail;
-        }
-
-        *asize   = tables[i].size;
-        *aformat = tables[i].format;
-
-        return PCF_Err_Ok;
-      }
-
-  Fail:
-    *asize = 0;
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Bool
-  pcf_has_table_type( PCF_Table  tables,
-                      FT_Int     ntables,
-                      FT_ULong   type )
-  {
-    FT_Int  i;
-
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < ntables; i++ )
-      if ( tables[i].type == type )
-        return TRUE;
-
-    return FALSE;
-  }
-
-
-#define PCF_PROPERTY_SIZE  9
-
-  static
-  const FT_Frame_Field  pcf_property_header[] =
-  {
-#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
-#define FT_STRUCTURE  PCF_ParsePropertyRec
-
-    FT_FRAME_START( PCF_PROPERTY_SIZE ),
-      FT_FRAME_LONG_LE( name ),
-      FT_FRAME_BYTE   ( isString ),
-      FT_FRAME_LONG_LE( value ),
-    FT_FRAME_END
-  };
-
-
-  static
-  const FT_Frame_Field  pcf_property_msb_header[] =
-  {
-#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
-#define FT_STRUCTURE  PCF_ParsePropertyRec
-
-    FT_FRAME_START( PCF_PROPERTY_SIZE ),
-      FT_FRAME_LONG( name ),
-      FT_FRAME_BYTE( isString ),
-      FT_FRAME_LONG( value ),
-    FT_FRAME_END
-  };
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( PCF_Property )
-  pcf_find_property( PCF_Face          face,
-                     const FT_String*  prop )
-  {
-    PCF_Property  properties = face->properties;
-    FT_Bool       found      = 0;
-    int           i;
-
-
-    for ( i = 0 ; i < face->nprops && !found; i++ )
-    {
-      if ( !ft_strcmp( properties[i].name, prop ) )
-        found = 1;
-    }
-
-    if ( found )
-      return properties + i - 1;
-    else
-      return NULL;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  pcf_get_properties( FT_Stream  stream,
-                      PCF_Face   face )
-  {
-    PCF_ParseProperty  props      = 0;
-    PCF_Property       properties;
-    FT_UInt            nprops, i;
-    FT_ULong           format, size;
-    FT_Error           error;
-    FT_Memory          memory     = FT_FACE(face)->memory;
-    FT_ULong           string_size;
-    FT_String*         strings    = 0;
-
-
-    error = pcf_seek_to_table_type( stream,
-                                    face->toc.tables,
-                                    face->toc.count,
-                                    PCF_PROPERTIES,
-                                    &format,
-                                    &size );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Bail;
-
-    if ( FT_READ_ULONG_LE( format ) )
-      goto Bail;
-
-    FT_TRACE4(( "pcf_get_properties:\n" ));
-
-    FT_TRACE4(( "  format = %ld\n", format ));
-
-    if ( !PCF_FORMAT_MATCH( format, PCF_DEFAULT_FORMAT ) )
-      goto Bail;
-
-    if ( PCF_BYTE_ORDER( format ) == MSBFirst )
-      (void)FT_READ_ULONG( nprops );
-    else
-      (void)FT_READ_ULONG_LE( nprops );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Bail;
-
-    FT_TRACE4(( "  nprop = %d\n", nprops ));
-
-    /* rough estimate */
-    if ( nprops > size / PCF_PROPERTY_SIZE )
-    {
-      error = PCF_Err_Invalid_Table;
-      goto Bail;
-    }
-
-    face->nprops = nprops;
-
-    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( props, nprops ) )
-      goto Bail;
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < nprops; i++ )
-    {
-      if ( PCF_BYTE_ORDER( format ) == MSBFirst )
-      {
-        if ( FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( pcf_property_msb_header, props + i ) )
-          goto Bail;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        if ( FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( pcf_property_header, props + i ) )
-          goto Bail;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* pad the property array                                            */
-    /*                                                                   */
-    /* clever here - nprops is the same as the number of odd-units read, */
-    /* as only isStringProp are odd length   (Keith Packard)             */
-    /*                                                                   */
-    if ( nprops & 3 )
-    {
-      i = 4 - ( nprops & 3 );
-      FT_Stream_Skip( stream, i );
-    }
-
-    if ( PCF_BYTE_ORDER( format ) == MSBFirst )
-      (void)FT_READ_ULONG( string_size );
-    else
-      (void)FT_READ_ULONG_LE( string_size );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Bail;
-
-    FT_TRACE4(( "  string_size = %ld\n", string_size ));
-
-    /* rough estimate */
-    if ( string_size > size - nprops * PCF_PROPERTY_SIZE )
-    {
-      error = PCF_Err_Invalid_Table;
-      goto Bail;
-    }
-
-    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( strings, string_size ) )
-      goto Bail;
-
-    error = FT_Stream_Read( stream, (FT_Byte*)strings, string_size );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Bail;
-
-    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( properties, nprops ) )
-      goto Bail;
-
-    face->properties = properties;
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < nprops; i++ )
-    {
-      FT_Long  name_offset = props[i].name;
-
-
-      if ( ( name_offset < 0 )                     ||
-           ( (FT_ULong)name_offset > string_size ) )
-      {
-        error = PCF_Err_Invalid_Offset;
-        goto Bail;
-      }
-
-      if ( FT_STRDUP( properties[i].name, strings + name_offset ) )
-        goto Bail;
-
-      FT_TRACE4(( "  %s:", properties[i].name ));
-
-      properties[i].isString = props[i].isString;
-
-      if ( props[i].isString )
-      {
-        FT_Long  value_offset = props[i].value;
-
-
-        if ( ( value_offset < 0 )                     ||
-             ( (FT_ULong)value_offset > string_size ) )
-        {
-          error = PCF_Err_Invalid_Offset;
-          goto Bail;
-        }
-
-        if ( FT_STRDUP( properties[i].value.atom, strings + value_offset ) )
-          goto Bail;
-
-        FT_TRACE4(( " `%s'\n", properties[i].value.atom ));
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        properties[i].value.integer = props[i].value;
-
-        FT_TRACE4(( " %d\n", properties[i].value.integer ));
-      }
-    }
-
-    error = PCF_Err_Ok;
-
-  Bail:
-    FT_FREE( props );
-    FT_FREE( strings );
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  pcf_get_metrics( FT_Stream  stream,
-                   PCF_Face   face )
-  {
-    FT_Error    error    = PCF_Err_Ok;
-    FT_Memory   memory   = FT_FACE(face)->memory;
-    FT_ULong    format, size;
-    PCF_Metric  metrics  = 0;
-    FT_ULong    nmetrics, i;
-
-
-    error = pcf_seek_to_table_type( stream,
-                                    face->toc.tables,
-                                    face->toc.count,
-                                    PCF_METRICS,
-                                    &format,
-                                    &size );
-    if ( error )
-      return error;
-
-    if ( FT_READ_ULONG_LE( format ) )
-      goto Bail;
-
-    if ( !PCF_FORMAT_MATCH( format, PCF_DEFAULT_FORMAT )     &&
-         !PCF_FORMAT_MATCH( format, PCF_COMPRESSED_METRICS ) )
-      return PCF_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-
-    if ( PCF_FORMAT_MATCH( format, PCF_DEFAULT_FORMAT ) )
-    {
-      if ( PCF_BYTE_ORDER( format ) == MSBFirst )
-        (void)FT_READ_ULONG( nmetrics );
-      else
-        (void)FT_READ_ULONG_LE( nmetrics );
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      if ( PCF_BYTE_ORDER( format ) == MSBFirst )
-        (void)FT_READ_USHORT( nmetrics );
-      else
-        (void)FT_READ_USHORT_LE( nmetrics );
-    }
-    if ( error )
-      return PCF_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-
-    face->nmetrics = nmetrics;
-
-    FT_TRACE4(( "pcf_get_metrics:\n" ));
-
-    FT_TRACE4(( "  number of metrics: %d\n", nmetrics ));
-
-    /* rough estimate */
-    if ( PCF_FORMAT_MATCH( format, PCF_DEFAULT_FORMAT ) )
-    {
-      if ( nmetrics > size / PCF_METRIC_SIZE )
-        return PCF_Err_Invalid_Table;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      if ( nmetrics > size / PCF_COMPRESSED_METRIC_SIZE )
-        return PCF_Err_Invalid_Table;
-    }
-
-    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( face->metrics, nmetrics ) )
-      return PCF_Err_Out_Of_Memory;
-
-    metrics = face->metrics;
-    for ( i = 0; i < nmetrics; i++ )
-    {
-      pcf_get_metric( stream, format, metrics + i );
-
-      metrics[i].bits = 0;
-
-      FT_TRACE5(( "  idx %d: width=%d, "
-                  "lsb=%d, rsb=%d, ascent=%d, descent=%d, swidth=%d\n",
-                  i,
-                  ( metrics + i )->characterWidth,
-                  ( metrics + i )->leftSideBearing,
-                  ( metrics + i )->rightSideBearing,
-                  ( metrics + i )->ascent,
-                  ( metrics + i )->descent,
-                  ( metrics + i )->attributes ));
-
-      if ( error )
-        break;
-    }
-
-    if ( error )
-      FT_FREE( face->metrics );
-
-  Bail:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  pcf_get_bitmaps( FT_Stream  stream,
-                   PCF_Face   face )
-  {
-    FT_Error   error  = PCF_Err_Ok;
-    FT_Memory  memory = FT_FACE(face)->memory;
-    FT_Long*   offsets;
-    FT_Long    bitmapSizes[GLYPHPADOPTIONS];
-    FT_ULong   format, size;
-    int        nbitmaps, i, sizebitmaps = 0;
-
-
-    error = pcf_seek_to_table_type( stream,
-                                    face->toc.tables,
-                                    face->toc.count,
-                                    PCF_BITMAPS,
-                                    &format,
-                                    &size );
-    if ( error )
-      return error;
-
-    error = FT_Stream_EnterFrame( stream, 8 );
-    if ( error )
-      return error;
-
-    format = FT_GET_ULONG_LE();
-    if ( PCF_BYTE_ORDER( format ) == MSBFirst )
-      nbitmaps  = FT_GET_ULONG();
-    else
-      nbitmaps  = FT_GET_ULONG_LE();
-
-    FT_Stream_ExitFrame( stream );
-
-    if ( !PCF_FORMAT_MATCH( format, PCF_DEFAULT_FORMAT ) )
-      return PCF_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-
-    FT_TRACE4(( "pcf_get_bitmaps:\n" ));
-
-    FT_TRACE4(( "  number of bitmaps: %d\n", nbitmaps ));
-
-    if ( nbitmaps != face->nmetrics )
-      return PCF_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-
-    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( offsets, nbitmaps ) )
-      return error;
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < nbitmaps; i++ )
-    {
-      if ( PCF_BYTE_ORDER( format ) == MSBFirst )
-        (void)FT_READ_LONG( offsets[i] );
-      else
-        (void)FT_READ_LONG_LE( offsets[i] );
-
-      FT_TRACE5(( "  bitmap %d: offset %ld (0x%lX)\n",
-                  i, offsets[i], offsets[i] ));
-    }
-    if ( error )
-      goto Bail;
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < GLYPHPADOPTIONS; i++ )
-    {
-      if ( PCF_BYTE_ORDER( format ) == MSBFirst )
-        (void)FT_READ_LONG( bitmapSizes[i] );
-      else
-        (void)FT_READ_LONG_LE( bitmapSizes[i] );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Bail;
-
-      sizebitmaps = bitmapSizes[PCF_GLYPH_PAD_INDEX( format )];
-
-      FT_TRACE4(( "  padding %d implies a size of %ld\n", i, bitmapSizes[i] ));
-    }
-
-    FT_TRACE4(( "  %d bitmaps, padding index %ld\n",
-                nbitmaps,
-                PCF_GLYPH_PAD_INDEX( format ) ));
-    FT_TRACE4(( "  bitmap size = %d\n", sizebitmaps ));
-
-    FT_UNUSED( sizebitmaps );       /* only used for debugging */
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < nbitmaps; i++ )
-    {
-      /* rough estimate */
-      if ( ( offsets[i] < 0 )              ||
-           ( (FT_ULong)offsets[i] > size ) )
-      {
-        FT_ERROR(( "pcf_get_bitmaps:"));
-        FT_ERROR(( " invalid offset to bitmap data of glyph %d\n", i ));
-      }
-      else
-        face->metrics[i].bits = stream->pos + offsets[i];
-    }
-
-    face->bitmapsFormat = format;
-
-  Bail:
-    FT_FREE( offsets );
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  pcf_get_encodings( FT_Stream  stream,
-                     PCF_Face   face )
-  {
-    FT_Error      error  = PCF_Err_Ok;
-    FT_Memory     memory = FT_FACE(face)->memory;
-    FT_ULong      format, size;
-    int           firstCol, lastCol;
-    int           firstRow, lastRow;
-    int           nencoding, encodingOffset;
-    int           i, j;
-    PCF_Encoding  tmpEncoding, encoding = 0;
-
-
-    error = pcf_seek_to_table_type( stream,
-                                    face->toc.tables,
-                                    face->toc.count,
-                                    PCF_BDF_ENCODINGS,
-                                    &format,
-                                    &size );
-    if ( error )
-      return error;
-
-    error = FT_Stream_EnterFrame( stream, 14 );
-    if ( error )
-      return error;
-
-    format = FT_GET_ULONG_LE();
-
-    if ( PCF_BYTE_ORDER( format ) == MSBFirst )
-    {
-      firstCol          = FT_GET_SHORT();
-      lastCol           = FT_GET_SHORT();
-      firstRow          = FT_GET_SHORT();
-      lastRow           = FT_GET_SHORT();
-      face->defaultChar = FT_GET_SHORT();
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      firstCol          = FT_GET_SHORT_LE();
-      lastCol           = FT_GET_SHORT_LE();
-      firstRow          = FT_GET_SHORT_LE();
-      lastRow           = FT_GET_SHORT_LE();
-      face->defaultChar = FT_GET_SHORT_LE();
-    }
-
-    FT_Stream_ExitFrame( stream );
-
-    if ( !PCF_FORMAT_MATCH( format, PCF_DEFAULT_FORMAT ) )
-      return PCF_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-
-    FT_TRACE4(( "pdf_get_encodings:\n" ));
-
-    FT_TRACE4(( "  firstCol %d, lastCol %d, firstRow %d, lastRow %d\n",
-                firstCol, lastCol, firstRow, lastRow ));
-
-    nencoding = ( lastCol - firstCol + 1 ) * ( lastRow - firstRow + 1 );
-
-    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( tmpEncoding, nencoding ) )
-      return PCF_Err_Out_Of_Memory;
-
-    error = FT_Stream_EnterFrame( stream, 2 * nencoding );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Bail;
-
-    for ( i = 0, j = 0 ; i < nencoding; i++ )
-    {
-      if ( PCF_BYTE_ORDER( format ) == MSBFirst )
-        encodingOffset = FT_GET_SHORT();
-      else
-        encodingOffset = FT_GET_SHORT_LE();
-
-      if ( encodingOffset != -1 )
-      {
-        tmpEncoding[j].enc = ( ( ( i / ( lastCol - firstCol + 1 ) ) +
-                                 firstRow ) * 256 ) +
-                               ( ( i % ( lastCol - firstCol + 1 ) ) +
-                                 firstCol );
-
-        tmpEncoding[j].glyph = (FT_Short)encodingOffset;
-
-        FT_TRACE5(( "  code %d (0x%04X): idx %d\n",
-                    tmpEncoding[j].enc, tmpEncoding[j].enc,
-                    tmpEncoding[j].glyph ));
-
-        j++;
-      }
-    }
-    FT_Stream_ExitFrame( stream );
-
-    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( encoding, j ) )
-      goto Bail;
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < j; i++ )
-    {
-      encoding[i].enc   = tmpEncoding[i].enc;
-      encoding[i].glyph = tmpEncoding[i].glyph;
-    }
-
-    face->nencodings = j;
-    face->encodings  = encoding;
-    FT_FREE( tmpEncoding );
-
-    return error;
-
-  Bail:
-    FT_FREE( encoding );
-    FT_FREE( tmpEncoding );
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static
-  const FT_Frame_Field  pcf_accel_header[] =
-  {
-#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
-#define FT_STRUCTURE  PCF_AccelRec
-
-    FT_FRAME_START( 20 ),
-      FT_FRAME_BYTE      ( noOverlap ),
-      FT_FRAME_BYTE      ( constantMetrics ),
-      FT_FRAME_BYTE      ( terminalFont ),
-      FT_FRAME_BYTE      ( constantWidth ),
-      FT_FRAME_BYTE      ( inkInside ),
-      FT_FRAME_BYTE      ( inkMetrics ),
-      FT_FRAME_BYTE      ( drawDirection ),
-      FT_FRAME_SKIP_BYTES( 1 ),
-      FT_FRAME_LONG_LE   ( fontAscent ),
-      FT_FRAME_LONG_LE   ( fontDescent ),
-      FT_FRAME_LONG_LE   ( maxOverlap ),
-    FT_FRAME_END
-  };
-
-
-  static
-  const FT_Frame_Field  pcf_accel_msb_header[] =
-  {
-#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
-#define FT_STRUCTURE  PCF_AccelRec
-
-    FT_FRAME_START( 20 ),
-      FT_FRAME_BYTE      ( noOverlap ),
-      FT_FRAME_BYTE      ( constantMetrics ),
-      FT_FRAME_BYTE      ( terminalFont ),
-      FT_FRAME_BYTE      ( constantWidth ),
-      FT_FRAME_BYTE      ( inkInside ),
-      FT_FRAME_BYTE      ( inkMetrics ),
-      FT_FRAME_BYTE      ( drawDirection ),
-      FT_FRAME_SKIP_BYTES( 1 ),
-      FT_FRAME_LONG      ( fontAscent ),
-      FT_FRAME_LONG      ( fontDescent ),
-      FT_FRAME_LONG      ( maxOverlap ),
-    FT_FRAME_END
-  };
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  pcf_get_accel( FT_Stream  stream,
-                 PCF_Face   face,
-                 FT_ULong   type )
-  {
-    FT_ULong   format, size;
-    FT_Error   error = PCF_Err_Ok;
-    PCF_Accel  accel = &face->accel;
-
-
-    error = pcf_seek_to_table_type( stream,
-                                    face->toc.tables,
-                                    face->toc.count,
-                                    type,
-                                    &format,
-                                    &size );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Bail;
-
-    if ( FT_READ_ULONG_LE( format ) )
-      goto Bail;
-
-    if ( !PCF_FORMAT_MATCH( format, PCF_DEFAULT_FORMAT )    &&
-         !PCF_FORMAT_MATCH( format, PCF_ACCEL_W_INKBOUNDS ) )
-      goto Bail;
-
-    if ( PCF_BYTE_ORDER( format ) == MSBFirst )
-    {
-      if ( FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( pcf_accel_msb_header, accel ) )
-        goto Bail;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      if ( FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( pcf_accel_header, accel ) )
-        goto Bail;
-    }
-
-    error = pcf_get_metric( stream,
-                            format & ( ~PCF_FORMAT_MASK ),
-                            &(accel->minbounds) );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Bail;
-
-    error = pcf_get_metric( stream,
-                            format & ( ~PCF_FORMAT_MASK ),
-                            &(accel->maxbounds) );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Bail;
-
-    if ( PCF_FORMAT_MATCH( format, PCF_ACCEL_W_INKBOUNDS ) )
-    {
-      error = pcf_get_metric( stream,
-                              format & ( ~PCF_FORMAT_MASK ),
-                              &(accel->ink_minbounds) );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Bail;
-
-      error = pcf_get_metric( stream,
-                              format & ( ~PCF_FORMAT_MASK ),
-                              &(accel->ink_maxbounds) );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Bail;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      accel->ink_minbounds = accel->minbounds; /* I'm not sure about this */
-      accel->ink_maxbounds = accel->maxbounds;
-    }
-
-  Bail:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  pcf_interpret_style( PCF_Face  pcf )
-  {
-    FT_Error   error  = PCF_Err_Ok;
-    FT_Face    face   = FT_FACE( pcf );
-    FT_Memory  memory = face->memory;
-
-    PCF_Property  prop;
-
-    int    nn, len;
-    char*  strings[4] = { NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL };
-    int    lengths[4];
-
-
-    face->style_flags = 0;
-
-    prop = pcf_find_property( pcf, "SLANT" );
-    if ( prop && prop->isString                                       &&
-         ( *(prop->value.atom) == 'O' || *(prop->value.atom) == 'o' ||
-           *(prop->value.atom) == 'I' || *(prop->value.atom) == 'i' ) )
-    {
-      face->style_flags |= FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC;
-      strings[2] = ( *(prop->value.atom) == 'O' ||
-                     *(prop->value.atom) == 'o' ) ? (char *)"Oblique"
-                                                  : (char *)"Italic";
-    }
-
-    prop = pcf_find_property( pcf, "WEIGHT_NAME" );
-    if ( prop && prop->isString                                       &&
-         ( *(prop->value.atom) == 'B' || *(prop->value.atom) == 'b' ) )
-    {
-      face->style_flags |= FT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLD;
-      strings[1] = (char *)"Bold";
-    }
-
-    prop = pcf_find_property( pcf, "SETWIDTH_NAME" );
-    if ( prop && prop->isString                                        &&
-         *(prop->value.atom)                                           &&
-         !( *(prop->value.atom) == 'N' || *(prop->value.atom) == 'n' ) )
-      strings[3] = (char *)(prop->value.atom);
-
-    prop = pcf_find_property( pcf, "ADD_STYLE_NAME" );
-    if ( prop && prop->isString                                        &&
-         *(prop->value.atom)                                           &&
-         !( *(prop->value.atom) == 'N' || *(prop->value.atom) == 'n' ) )
-      strings[0] = (char *)(prop->value.atom);
-
-    for ( len = 0, nn = 0; nn < 4; nn++ )
-    {
-      lengths[nn] = 0;
-      if ( strings[nn] )
-      {
-        lengths[nn] = ft_strlen( strings[nn] );
-        len        += lengths[nn] + 1;
-      }
-    }
-
-    if ( len == 0 )
-    {
-      strings[0] = (char *)"Regular";
-      lengths[0] = ft_strlen( strings[0] );
-      len        = lengths[0] + 1;
-    }
-
-    {
-      char*  s;
-
-
-      if ( FT_ALLOC( face->style_name, len ) )
-        return error;
-
-      s = face->style_name;
-
-      for ( nn = 0; nn < 4; nn++ )
-      {
-        char*  src = strings[nn];
-
-
-        len = lengths[nn];
-
-        if ( src == NULL )
-          continue;
-
-        /* separate elements with a space */
-        if ( s != face->style_name )
-          *s++ = ' ';
-
-        ft_memcpy( s, src, len );
-
-        /* need to convert spaces to dashes for */
-        /* add_style_name and setwidth_name     */
-        if ( nn == 0 || nn == 3 )
-        {
-          int  mm;
-
-
-          for ( mm = 0; mm < len; mm++ )
-            if (s[mm] == ' ')
-              s[mm] = '-';
-        }
-
-        s += len;
-      }
-      *s = 0;
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  pcf_load_font( FT_Stream  stream,
-                 PCF_Face   face )
-  {
-    FT_Error   error  = PCF_Err_Ok;
-    FT_Memory  memory = FT_FACE(face)->memory;
-    FT_Bool    hasBDFAccelerators;
-
-
-    error = pcf_read_TOC( stream, face );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    error = pcf_get_properties( stream, face );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* Use the old accelerators if no BDF accelerators are in the file. */
-    hasBDFAccelerators = pcf_has_table_type( face->toc.tables,
-                                             face->toc.count,
-                                             PCF_BDF_ACCELERATORS );
-    if ( !hasBDFAccelerators )
-    {
-      error = pcf_get_accel( stream, face, PCF_ACCELERATORS );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* metrics */
-    error = pcf_get_metrics( stream, face );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* bitmaps */
-    error = pcf_get_bitmaps( stream, face );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* encodings */
-    error = pcf_get_encodings( stream, face );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* BDF style accelerators (i.e. bounds based on encoded glyphs) */
-    if ( hasBDFAccelerators )
-    {
-      error = pcf_get_accel( stream, face, PCF_BDF_ACCELERATORS );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* XXX: TO DO: inkmetrics and glyph_names are missing */
-
-    /* now construct the face object */
-    {
-      FT_Face       root = FT_FACE( face );
-      PCF_Property  prop;
-
-
-      root->num_faces  = 1;
-      root->face_index = 0;
-      root->face_flags = FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES |
-                         FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL  |
-                         FT_FACE_FLAG_FAST_GLYPHS;
-
-      if ( face->accel.constantWidth )
-        root->face_flags |= FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH;
-
-      if ( ( error = pcf_interpret_style( face ) ) != 0 )
-         goto Exit;
-
-      prop = pcf_find_property( face, "FAMILY_NAME" );
-      if ( prop && prop->isString )
-      {
-        if ( FT_STRDUP( root->family_name, prop->value.atom ) )
-          goto Exit;
-      }
-      else
-        root->family_name = NULL;
-
-      /*
-       * Note: We shift all glyph indices by +1 since we must
-       * respect the convention that glyph 0 always corresponds
-       * to the `missing glyph'.
-       *
-       * This implies bumping the number of `available' glyphs by 1.
-       */
-      root->num_glyphs = face->nmetrics + 1;
-
-      root->num_fixed_sizes = 1;
-      if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( root->available_sizes, 1 ) )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      {
-        FT_Bitmap_Size*  bsize = root->available_sizes;
-        FT_Short         resolution_x = 0, resolution_y = 0;
-
-
-        FT_MEM_ZERO( bsize, sizeof ( FT_Bitmap_Size ) );
-
-#if 0
-        bsize->height = face->accel.maxbounds.ascent << 6;
-#endif
-        bsize->height = (FT_Short)( face->accel.fontAscent +
-                                    face->accel.fontDescent );
-
-        prop = pcf_find_property( face, "AVERAGE_WIDTH" );
-        if ( prop )
-          bsize->width = (FT_Short)( ( prop->value.integer + 5 ) / 10 );
-        else
-          bsize->width = (FT_Short)( bsize->height * 2/3 );
-
-        prop = pcf_find_property( face, "POINT_SIZE" );
-        if ( prop )
-          /* convert from 722.7 decipoints to 72 points per inch */
-          bsize->size =
-            (FT_Pos)( ( prop->value.integer * 64 * 7200 + 36135L ) / 72270L );
-
-        prop = pcf_find_property( face, "PIXEL_SIZE" );
-        if ( prop )
-          bsize->y_ppem = (FT_Short)prop->value.integer << 6;
-
-        prop = pcf_find_property( face, "RESOLUTION_X" );
-        if ( prop )
-          resolution_x = (FT_Short)prop->value.integer;
-
-        prop = pcf_find_property( face, "RESOLUTION_Y" );
-        if ( prop )
-          resolution_y = (FT_Short)prop->value.integer;
-
-        if ( bsize->y_ppem == 0 )
-        {
-          bsize->y_ppem = bsize->size;
-          if ( resolution_y )
-            bsize->y_ppem = bsize->y_ppem * resolution_y / 72;
-        }
-        if ( resolution_x && resolution_y )
-          bsize->x_ppem = bsize->y_ppem * resolution_x / resolution_y;
-        else
-          bsize->x_ppem = bsize->y_ppem;
-      }
-
-      /* set up charset */
-      {
-        PCF_Property  charset_registry = 0, charset_encoding = 0;
-
-
-        charset_registry = pcf_find_property( face, "CHARSET_REGISTRY" );
-        charset_encoding = pcf_find_property( face, "CHARSET_ENCODING" );
-
-        if ( charset_registry && charset_registry->isString &&
-             charset_encoding && charset_encoding->isString )
-        {
-          if ( FT_STRDUP( face->charset_encoding,
-                          charset_encoding->value.atom ) ||
-               FT_STRDUP( face->charset_registry,
-                          charset_registry->value.atom ) )
-            goto Exit;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    if ( error )
-    {
-      /* This is done to respect the behaviour of the original */
-      /* PCF font driver.                                      */
-      error = PCF_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcfread.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcfread.h
deleted file mode 100644
index c9524f1..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcfread.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-/*  pcfread.h
-
-    FreeType font driver for pcf fonts
-
-  Copyright 2003 by
-  Francesco Zappa Nardelli
-
-Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
-in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
-to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
-copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
-furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
-LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
-OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
-THE SOFTWARE.
-*/
-
-
-#ifndef __PCFREAD_H__
-#define __PCFREAD_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-  FT_LOCAL( PCF_Property )
-  pcf_find_property( PCF_Face          face,
-                     const FT_String*  prop );
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __PCFREAD_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcfutil.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcfutil.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 67ddbe8..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcfutil.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,104 +0,0 @@
-/*
-
-Copyright 1990, 1994, 1998  The Open Group
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
-documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
-the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
-copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
-documentation.
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
-CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-
-Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
-used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
-in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
-
-*/
-/* $XFree86: xc/lib/font/util/utilbitmap.c,v 1.3 1999/08/22 08:58:58 dawes Exp $ */
-
-/*
- * Author:  Keith Packard, MIT X Consortium
- */
-
-/* Modified for use with FreeType */
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include "pcfutil.h"
-
-
-  /*
-   *  Invert bit order within each BYTE of an array.
-   */
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  BitOrderInvert( unsigned char*  buf,
-                  int             nbytes )
-  {
-    for ( ; --nbytes >= 0; buf++ )
-    {
-      unsigned int  val = *buf;
-
-
-      val = ( ( val >> 1 ) & 0x55 ) | ( ( val << 1 ) & 0xAA );
-      val = ( ( val >> 2 ) & 0x33 ) | ( ( val << 2 ) & 0xCC );
-      val = ( ( val >> 4 ) & 0x0F ) | ( ( val << 4 ) & 0xF0 );
-
-      *buf = (unsigned char)val;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  /*
-   *  Invert byte order within each 16-bits of an array.
-   */
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  TwoByteSwap( unsigned char*  buf,
-               int             nbytes )
-  {
-    unsigned char  c;
-
-
-    for ( ; nbytes >= 2; nbytes -= 2, buf += 2 )
-    {
-      c      = buf[0];
-      buf[0] = buf[1];
-      buf[1] = c;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /*
-   *  Invert byte order within each 32-bits of an array.
-   */
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  FourByteSwap( unsigned char*  buf,
-                int             nbytes )
-  {
-    unsigned char  c;
-
-
-    for ( ; nbytes >= 4; nbytes -= 4, buf += 4 )
-    {
-      c      = buf[0];
-      buf[0] = buf[3];
-      buf[3] = c;
-
-      c      = buf[1];
-      buf[1] = buf[2];
-      buf[2] = c;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcfutil.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcfutil.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 1557be3..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcfutil.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-/*  pcfutil.h
-
-    FreeType font driver for pcf fonts
-
-  Copyright 2000, 2001, 2004 by
-  Francesco Zappa Nardelli
-
-Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
-in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
-to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
-copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
-furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
-LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
-OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
-THE SOFTWARE.
-*/
-
-
-#ifndef __PCFUTIL_H__
-#define __PCFUTIL_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  BitOrderInvert( unsigned char*  buf,
-                  int             nbytes );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  TwoByteSwap( unsigned char*  buf,
-               int             nbytes );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  FourByteSwap( unsigned char*  buf,
-                int             nbytes );
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __PCFUTIL_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/rules.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/rules.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 1ad4ba8..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/rules.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 pcf driver configuration rules
-#
-
-
-# Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2003 by
-# Francesco Zappa Nardelli
-#
-# Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-# of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
-# in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
-# to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
-# copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
-# furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
-#
-# The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-# all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-#
-# THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-# IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-# AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
-# LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
-# OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
-# THE SOFTWARE.
-
-
-# pcf driver directory
-#
-PCF_DIR := $(SRC_DIR)/pcf
-
-
-PCF_COMPILE := $(FT_COMPILE) $I$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$(PCF_DIR))
-
-
-# pcf driver sources (i.e., C files)
-#
-PCF_DRV_SRC := $(PCF_DIR)/pcfread.c  \
-               $(PCF_DIR)/pcfdrivr.c \
-               $(PCF_DIR)/pcfutil.c
-
-# pcf driver headers
-#
-PCF_DRV_H := $(PCF_DIR)/pcf.h      \
-             $(PCF_DIR)/pcfdrivr.h \
-             $(PCF_DIR)/pcfutil.h  \
-             $(PCF_DIR)/pcferror.h
-
-# pcf driver object(s)
-#
-#   PCF_DRV_OBJ_M is used during `multi' builds
-#   PCF_DRV_OBJ_S is used during `single' builds
-#
-PCF_DRV_OBJ_M := $(PCF_DRV_SRC:$(PCF_DIR)/%.c=$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O)
-PCF_DRV_OBJ_S := $(OBJ_DIR)/pcf.$O
-
-# pcf driver source file for single build
-#
-PCF_DRV_SRC_S := $(PCF_DIR)/pcf.c
-
-
-# pcf driver - single object
-#
-$(PCF_DRV_OBJ_S): $(PCF_DRV_SRC_S) $(PCF_DRV_SRC) $(FREETYPE_H) $(PCF_DRV_H)
-	$(PCF_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $(PCF_DRV_SRC_S))
-
-
-# pcf driver - multiple objects
-#
-$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O: $(PCF_DIR)/%.c $(FREETYPE_H) $(PCF_DRV_H)
-	$(PCF_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $<)
-
-
-# update main driver object lists
-#
-DRV_OBJS_S += $(PCF_DRV_OBJ_S)
-DRV_OBJS_M += $(PCF_DRV_OBJ_M)
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/Jamfile b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/Jamfile
deleted file mode 100644
index 9e2f2b8..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/Jamfile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-# FreeType 2 src/pfr Jamfile
-#
-# Copyright 2002 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-SubDir  FT2_TOP $(FT2_SRC_DIR) pfr ;
-
-{
-  local  _sources ;
-
-  if $(FT2_MULTI)
-  {
-    _sources = pfrdrivr pfrgload pfrload pfrobjs pfrcmap pfrsbit ;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    _sources = pfr ;
-  }
-
-  Library  $(FT2_LIB) : $(_sources).c ;
-}
-
-# end of src/pfr Jamfile
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/module.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/module.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 53ab34a..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/module.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 PFR module definition
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 2002, 2006 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-FTMODULE_H_COMMANDS += PFR_DRIVER
-
-define PFR_DRIVER
-$(OPEN_DRIVER)pfr_driver_class$(CLOSE_DRIVER)
-$(ECHO_DRIVER)pfr       $(ECHO_DRIVER_DESC)PFR/TrueDoc font files with extension *.pfr$(ECHO_DRIVER_DONE)
-endef
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfr.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfr.c
deleted file mode 100644
index eb2c4ed..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfr.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  pfr.c                                                                  */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType PFR driver component.                                       */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2002 by                                                      */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-#define FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-
-#include "pfrload.c"
-#include "pfrgload.c"
-#include "pfrcmap.c"
-#include "pfrobjs.c"
-#include "pfrdrivr.c"
-#include "pfrsbit.c"
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrcmap.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrcmap.c
deleted file mode 100644
index d4656d1..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrcmap.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,167 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  pfrcmap.c                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType PFR cmap handling (body).                                   */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2002, 2007 by                                                */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include "pfrcmap.h"
-#include "pfrobjs.h"
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-
-#include "pfrerror.h"
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  pfr_cmap_init( PFR_CMap  cmap )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error = PFR_Err_Ok;
-    PFR_Face  face  = (PFR_Face)FT_CMAP_FACE( cmap );
-
-
-    cmap->num_chars = face->phy_font.num_chars;
-    cmap->chars     = face->phy_font.chars;
-
-    /* just for safety, check that the character entries are correctly */
-    /* sorted in increasing character code order                       */
-    {
-      FT_UInt  n;
-
-
-      for ( n = 1; n < cmap->num_chars; n++ )
-      {
-        if ( cmap->chars[n - 1].char_code >= cmap->chars[n].char_code )
-        {
-          error = PFR_Err_Invalid_Table;
-          goto Exit;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
-  pfr_cmap_done( PFR_CMap  cmap )
-  {
-    cmap->chars     = NULL;
-    cmap->num_chars = 0;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
-  pfr_cmap_char_index( PFR_CMap   cmap,
-                       FT_UInt32  char_code )
-  {
-    FT_UInt   min = 0;
-    FT_UInt   max = cmap->num_chars;
-    FT_UInt   mid;
-    PFR_Char  gchar;
-
-
-    while ( min < max )
-    {
-      mid   = min + ( max - min ) / 2;
-      gchar = cmap->chars + mid;
-
-      if ( gchar->char_code == char_code )
-        return mid + 1;
-
-      if ( gchar->char_code < char_code )
-        min = mid + 1;
-      else
-        max = mid;
-    }
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
-  pfr_cmap_char_next( PFR_CMap    cmap,
-                      FT_UInt32  *pchar_code )
-  {
-    FT_UInt    result    = 0;
-    FT_UInt32  char_code = *pchar_code + 1;
-
-
-  Restart:
-    {
-      FT_UInt   min = 0;
-      FT_UInt   max = cmap->num_chars;
-      FT_UInt   mid;
-      PFR_Char  gchar;
-
-
-      while ( min < max )
-      {
-        mid   = min + ( ( max - min ) >> 1 );
-        gchar = cmap->chars + mid;
-
-        if ( gchar->char_code == char_code )
-        {
-          result = mid;
-          if ( result != 0 )
-          {
-            result++;
-            goto Exit;
-          }
-
-          char_code++;
-          goto Restart;
-        }
-
-        if ( gchar->char_code < char_code )
-          min = mid+1;
-        else
-          max = mid;
-      }
-
-      /* we didn't find it, but we have a pair just above it */
-      char_code = 0;
-
-      if ( min < cmap->num_chars )
-      {
-        gchar  = cmap->chars + min;
-        result = min;
-        if ( result != 0 )
-        {
-          result++;
-          char_code = gchar->char_code;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    *pchar_code = char_code;
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF const FT_CMap_ClassRec
-  pfr_cmap_class_rec =
-  {
-    sizeof ( PFR_CMapRec ),
-
-    (FT_CMap_InitFunc)     pfr_cmap_init,
-    (FT_CMap_DoneFunc)     pfr_cmap_done,
-    (FT_CMap_CharIndexFunc)pfr_cmap_char_index,
-    (FT_CMap_CharNextFunc) pfr_cmap_char_next,
-
-    NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL
-  };
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrcmap.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrcmap.h
deleted file mode 100644
index a626953..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrcmap.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  pfrcmap.h                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType PFR cmap handling (specification).                          */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2002 by                                                      */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __PFRCMAP_H__
-#define __PFRCMAP_H__
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-#include "pfrtypes.h"
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-  typedef struct  PFR_CMapRec_
-  {
-    FT_CMapRec  cmap;
-    FT_UInt     num_chars;
-    PFR_Char    chars;
-
-  } PFR_CMapRec, *PFR_CMap;
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE const FT_CMap_ClassRec  pfr_cmap_class_rec;
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-
-#endif /* __PFRCMAP_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrdrivr.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrdrivr.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 4020672..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrdrivr.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,207 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  pfrdrivr.c                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType PFR driver interface (body).                                */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006 by                                    */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
-#include FT_SERVICE_PFR_H
-#include FT_SERVICE_XFREE86_NAME_H
-#include "pfrdrivr.h"
-#include "pfrobjs.h"
-
-#include "pfrerror.h"
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  pfr_get_kerning( FT_Face     pfrface,     /* PFR_Face */
-                   FT_UInt     left,
-                   FT_UInt     right,
-                   FT_Vector  *avector )
-  {
-    PFR_Face     face = (PFR_Face)pfrface;
-    PFR_PhyFont  phys = &face->phy_font;
-
-
-    pfr_face_get_kerning( pfrface, left, right, avector );
-
-    /* convert from metrics to outline units when necessary */
-    if ( phys->outline_resolution != phys->metrics_resolution )
-    {
-      if ( avector->x != 0 )
-        avector->x = FT_MulDiv( avector->x, phys->outline_resolution,
-                                            phys->metrics_resolution );
-
-      if ( avector->y != 0 )
-        avector->y = FT_MulDiv( avector->x, phys->outline_resolution,
-                                            phys->metrics_resolution );
-    }
-
-    return PFR_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
- /*
-  *  PFR METRICS SERVICE
-  *
-  */
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  pfr_get_advance( FT_Face   pfrface,       /* PFR_Face */
-                   FT_UInt   gindex,
-                   FT_Pos   *anadvance )
-  {
-    PFR_Face  face  = (PFR_Face)pfrface;
-    FT_Error  error = PFR_Err_Bad_Argument;
-
-
-    *anadvance = 0;
-    if ( face )
-    {
-      PFR_PhyFont  phys = &face->phy_font;
-
-
-      if ( gindex < phys->num_chars )
-      {
-        *anadvance = phys->chars[gindex].advance;
-        error = 0;
-      }
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  pfr_get_metrics( FT_Face    pfrface,      /* PFR_Face */
-                   FT_UInt   *anoutline_resolution,
-                   FT_UInt   *ametrics_resolution,
-                   FT_Fixed  *ametrics_x_scale,
-                   FT_Fixed  *ametrics_y_scale )
-  {
-    PFR_Face     face = (PFR_Face)pfrface;
-    PFR_PhyFont  phys = &face->phy_font;
-    FT_Fixed     x_scale, y_scale;
-    FT_Size      size = face->root.size;
-
-
-    if ( anoutline_resolution )
-      *anoutline_resolution = phys->outline_resolution;
-
-    if ( ametrics_resolution )
-      *ametrics_resolution = phys->metrics_resolution;
-
-    x_scale = 0x10000L;
-    y_scale = 0x10000L;
-
-    if ( size )
-    {
-      x_scale = FT_DivFix( size->metrics.x_ppem << 6,
-                           phys->metrics_resolution );
-
-      y_scale = FT_DivFix( size->metrics.y_ppem << 6,
-                           phys->metrics_resolution );
-    }
-
-    if ( ametrics_x_scale )
-      *ametrics_x_scale = x_scale;
-
-    if ( ametrics_y_scale )
-      *ametrics_y_scale = y_scale;
-
-    return PFR_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
-  const FT_Service_PfrMetricsRec  pfr_metrics_service_rec =
-  {
-    pfr_get_metrics,
-    pfr_face_get_kerning,
-    pfr_get_advance
-  };
-
-
- /*
-  *  SERVICE LIST
-  *
-  */
-
-  static const FT_ServiceDescRec  pfr_services[] =
-  {
-    { FT_SERVICE_ID_PFR_METRICS, &pfr_metrics_service_rec },
-    { FT_SERVICE_ID_XF86_NAME,   FT_XF86_FORMAT_PFR },
-    { NULL, NULL }
-  };
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Module_Interface )
-  pfr_get_service( FT_Module         module,
-                   const FT_String*  service_id )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( module );
-
-    return ft_service_list_lookup( pfr_services, service_id );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
-  const FT_Driver_ClassRec  pfr_driver_class =
-  {
-    {
-      FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER     |
-      FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE,
-
-      sizeof( FT_DriverRec ),
-
-      "pfr",
-      0x10000L,
-      0x20000L,
-
-      NULL,
-
-      0,
-      0,
-      pfr_get_service
-    },
-
-    sizeof( PFR_FaceRec ),
-    sizeof( PFR_SizeRec ),
-    sizeof( PFR_SlotRec ),
-
-    pfr_face_init,
-    pfr_face_done,
-    0,                  /* FT_Size_InitFunc */
-    0,                  /* FT_Size_DoneFunc */
-    pfr_slot_init,
-    pfr_slot_done,
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
-    ft_stub_set_char_sizes,
-    ft_stub_set_pixel_sizes,
-#endif
-    pfr_slot_load,
-
-    pfr_get_kerning,
-    0,                  /* FT_Face_AttachFunc      */
-    0,                   /* FT_Face_GetAdvancesFunc */
-    0,                  /* FT_Size_RequestFunc */
-    0,                  /* FT_Size_SelectFunc  */
-  };
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrdrivr.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrdrivr.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 36f1205..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrdrivr.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  pfrdrivr.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    High-level Type PFR driver interface (specification).                */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2002 by                                                      */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __PFRDRIVR_H__
-#define __PFRDRIVR_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DRIVER_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  FT_EXPORT_VAR( const FT_Driver_ClassRec )  pfr_driver_class;
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-
-#endif /* __PFRDRIVR_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrerror.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrerror.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 2e1c401..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrerror.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  pfrerror.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    PFR error codes (specification only).                                */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2002 by                                                      */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This file is used to define the PFR error enumeration constants.      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef __PFRERROR_H__
-#define __PFRERROR_H__
-
-#include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
-
-#undef __FTERRORS_H__
-
-#define FT_ERR_PREFIX  PFR_Err_
-#define FT_ERR_BASE    FT_Mod_Err_PFR
-
-#include FT_ERRORS_H
-
-#endif /* __PFRERROR_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrgload.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrgload.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 6fe6e42..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrgload.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,828 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  pfrgload.c                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType PFR glyph loader (body).                                    */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2005, 2007 by                                    */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include "pfrgload.h"
-#include "pfrsbit.h"
-#include "pfrload.h"            /* for macro definitions */
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-
-#include "pfrerror.h"
-
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_pfr
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                      PFR GLYPH BUILDER                        *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  pfr_glyph_init( PFR_Glyph       glyph,
-                  FT_GlyphLoader  loader )
-  {
-    FT_ZERO( glyph );
-
-    glyph->loader     = loader;
-    glyph->path_begun = 0;
-
-    FT_GlyphLoader_Rewind( loader );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  pfr_glyph_done( PFR_Glyph  glyph )
-  {
-    FT_Memory  memory = glyph->loader->memory;
-
-
-    FT_FREE( glyph->x_control );
-    glyph->y_control = NULL;
-
-    glyph->max_xy_control = 0;
-#if 0
-    glyph->num_x_control  = 0;
-    glyph->num_y_control  = 0;
-#endif
-
-    FT_FREE( glyph->subs );
-
-    glyph->max_subs = 0;
-    glyph->num_subs = 0;
-
-    glyph->loader     = NULL;
-    glyph->path_begun = 0;
-  }
-
-
-  /* close current contour, if any */
-  static void
-  pfr_glyph_close_contour( PFR_Glyph  glyph )
-  {
-    FT_GlyphLoader  loader  = glyph->loader;
-    FT_Outline*     outline = &loader->current.outline;
-    FT_Int          last, first;
-
-
-    if ( !glyph->path_begun )
-      return;
-
-    /* compute first and last point indices in current glyph outline */
-    last  = outline->n_points - 1;
-    first = 0;
-    if ( outline->n_contours > 0 )
-      first = outline->contours[outline->n_contours - 1];
-
-    /* if the last point falls on the same location than the first one */
-    /* we need to delete it                                            */
-    if ( last > first )
-    {
-      FT_Vector*  p1 = outline->points + first;
-      FT_Vector*  p2 = outline->points + last;
-
-
-      if ( p1->x == p2->x && p1->y == p2->y )
-      {
-        outline->n_points--;
-        last--;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* don't add empty contours */
-    if ( last >= first )
-      outline->contours[outline->n_contours++] = (short)last;
-
-    glyph->path_begun = 0;
-  }
-
-
-  /* reset glyph to start the loading of a new glyph */
-  static void
-  pfr_glyph_start( PFR_Glyph  glyph )
-  {
-    glyph->path_begun = 0;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  pfr_glyph_line_to( PFR_Glyph   glyph,
-                     FT_Vector*  to )
-  {
-    FT_GlyphLoader  loader  = glyph->loader;
-    FT_Outline*     outline = &loader->current.outline;
-    FT_Error        error;
-
-
-    /* check that we have begun a new path */
-    if ( !glyph->path_begun )
-    {
-      error = PFR_Err_Invalid_Table;
-      FT_ERROR(( "pfr_glyph_line_to: invalid glyph data\n" ));
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    error = FT_GLYPHLOADER_CHECK_POINTS( loader, 1, 0 );
-    if ( !error )
-    {
-      FT_UInt  n = outline->n_points;
-
-
-      outline->points[n] = *to;
-      outline->tags  [n] = FT_CURVE_TAG_ON;
-
-      outline->n_points++;
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  pfr_glyph_curve_to( PFR_Glyph   glyph,
-                      FT_Vector*  control1,
-                      FT_Vector*  control2,
-                      FT_Vector*  to )
-  {
-    FT_GlyphLoader  loader  = glyph->loader;
-    FT_Outline*     outline = &loader->current.outline;
-    FT_Error        error;
-
-
-    /* check that we have begun a new path */
-    if ( !glyph->path_begun )
-    {
-      error = PFR_Err_Invalid_Table;
-      FT_ERROR(( "pfr_glyph_line_to: invalid glyph data\n" ));
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    error = FT_GLYPHLOADER_CHECK_POINTS( loader, 3, 0 );
-    if ( !error )
-    {
-      FT_Vector*  vec = outline->points         + outline->n_points;
-      FT_Byte*    tag = (FT_Byte*)outline->tags + outline->n_points;
-
-
-      vec[0] = *control1;
-      vec[1] = *control2;
-      vec[2] = *to;
-      tag[0] = FT_CURVE_TAG_CUBIC;
-      tag[1] = FT_CURVE_TAG_CUBIC;
-      tag[2] = FT_CURVE_TAG_ON;
-
-      outline->n_points = (FT_Short)( outline->n_points + 3 );
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  pfr_glyph_move_to( PFR_Glyph   glyph,
-                     FT_Vector*  to )
-  {
-    FT_GlyphLoader  loader  = glyph->loader;
-    FT_Error        error;
-
-
-    /* close current contour if any */
-    pfr_glyph_close_contour( glyph );
-
-    /* indicate that a new contour has started */
-    glyph->path_begun = 1;
-
-    /* check that there is space for a new contour and a new point */
-    error = FT_GLYPHLOADER_CHECK_POINTS( loader, 1, 1 );
-    if ( !error )
-      /* add new start point */
-      error = pfr_glyph_line_to( glyph, to );
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  pfr_glyph_end( PFR_Glyph  glyph )
-  {
-    /* close current contour if any */
-    pfr_glyph_close_contour( glyph );
-
-    /* merge the current glyph into the stack */
-    FT_GlyphLoader_Add( glyph->loader );
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                      PFR GLYPH LOADER                         *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /* load a simple glyph */
-  static FT_Error
-  pfr_glyph_load_simple( PFR_Glyph  glyph,
-                         FT_Byte*   p,
-                         FT_Byte*   limit )
-  {
-    FT_Error   error  = 0;
-    FT_Memory  memory = glyph->loader->memory;
-    FT_UInt    flags, x_count, y_count, i, count, mask;
-    FT_Int     x;
-
-
-    PFR_CHECK( 1 );
-    flags = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
-
-    /* test for composite glyphs */
-    if ( flags & PFR_GLYPH_IS_COMPOUND )
-      goto Failure;
-
-    x_count = 0;
-    y_count = 0;
-
-    if ( flags & PFR_GLYPH_1BYTE_XYCOUNT )
-    {
-      PFR_CHECK( 1 );
-      count   = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
-      x_count = ( count & 15 );
-      y_count = ( count >> 4 );
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      if ( flags & PFR_GLYPH_XCOUNT )
-      {
-        PFR_CHECK( 1 );
-        x_count = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
-      }
-
-      if ( flags & PFR_GLYPH_YCOUNT )
-      {
-        PFR_CHECK( 1 );
-        y_count = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
-      }
-    }
-
-    count = x_count + y_count;
-
-    /* re-allocate array when necessary */
-    if ( count > glyph->max_xy_control )
-    {
-      FT_UInt  new_max = FT_PAD_CEIL( count, 8 );
-
-
-      if ( FT_RENEW_ARRAY( glyph->x_control,
-                           glyph->max_xy_control,
-                           new_max ) )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      glyph->max_xy_control = new_max;
-    }
-
-    glyph->y_control = glyph->x_control + x_count;
-
-    mask  = 0;
-    x     = 0;
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < count; i++ )
-    {
-      if ( ( i & 7 ) == 0 )
-      {
-        PFR_CHECK( 1 );
-        mask = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
-      }
-
-      if ( mask & 1 )
-      {
-        PFR_CHECK( 2 );
-        x = PFR_NEXT_SHORT( p );
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        PFR_CHECK( 1 );
-        x += PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
-      }
-
-      glyph->x_control[i] = x;
-
-      mask >>= 1;
-    }
-
-    /* XXX: for now we ignore the secondary stroke and edge definitions */
-    /*      since we don't want to support native PFR hinting           */
-    /*                                                                  */
-    if ( flags & PFR_GLYPH_EXTRA_ITEMS )
-    {
-      error = pfr_extra_items_skip( &p, limit );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    pfr_glyph_start( glyph );
-
-    /* now load a simple glyph */
-    {
-      FT_Vector   pos[4];
-      FT_Vector*  cur;
-
-
-      pos[0].x = pos[0].y = 0;
-      pos[3]   = pos[0];
-
-      for (;;)
-      {
-        FT_UInt  format, format_low, args_format = 0, args_count, n;
-
-
-        /***************************************************************/
-        /*  read instruction                                           */
-        /*                                                             */
-        PFR_CHECK( 1 );
-        format     = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
-        format_low = format & 15;
-
-        switch ( format >> 4 )
-        {
-        case 0:                             /* end glyph */
-          FT_TRACE6(( "- end glyph" ));
-          args_count = 0;
-          break;
-
-        case 1:                             /* general line operation */
-          FT_TRACE6(( "- general line" ));
-          goto Line1;
-
-        case 4:                             /* move to inside contour  */
-          FT_TRACE6(( "- move to inside" ));
-          goto Line1;
-
-        case 5:                             /* move to outside contour */
-          FT_TRACE6(( "- move to outside" ));
-        Line1:
-          args_format = format_low;
-          args_count  = 1;
-          break;
-
-        case 2:                             /* horizontal line to */
-          FT_TRACE6(( "- horizontal line to cx.%d", format_low ));
-          if ( format_low > x_count )
-            goto Failure;
-          pos[0].x   = glyph->x_control[format_low];
-          pos[0].y   = pos[3].y;
-          pos[3]     = pos[0];
-          args_count = 0;
-          break;
-
-        case 3:                             /* vertical line to */
-          FT_TRACE6(( "- vertical line to cy.%d", format_low ));
-          if ( format_low > y_count )
-            goto Failure;
-          pos[0].x   = pos[3].x;
-          pos[0].y   = glyph->y_control[format_low];
-          pos[3]     = pos[0];
-          args_count = 0;
-          break;
-
-        case 6:                             /* horizontal to vertical curve */
-          FT_TRACE6(( "- hv curve " ));
-          args_format = 0xB8E;
-          args_count  = 3;
-          break;
-
-        case 7:                             /* vertical to horizontal curve */
-          FT_TRACE6(( "- vh curve" ));
-          args_format = 0xE2B;
-          args_count  = 3;
-          break;
-
-        default:                            /* general curve to */
-          FT_TRACE6(( "- general curve" ));
-          args_count  = 4;
-          args_format = format_low;
-        }
-
-        /***********************************************************/
-        /*  now read arguments                                     */
-        /*                                                         */
-        cur = pos;
-        for ( n = 0; n < args_count; n++ )
-        {
-          FT_UInt  idx;
-          FT_Int   delta;
-
-
-          /* read the X argument */
-          switch ( args_format & 3 )
-          {
-          case 0:                           /* 8-bit index */
-            PFR_CHECK( 1 );
-            idx  = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
-            if ( idx > x_count )
-              goto Failure;
-            cur->x = glyph->x_control[idx];
-            FT_TRACE7(( " cx#%d", idx ));
-            break;
-
-          case 1:                           /* 16-bit value */
-            PFR_CHECK( 2 );
-            cur->x = PFR_NEXT_SHORT( p );
-            FT_TRACE7(( " x.%d", cur->x ));
-            break;
-
-          case 2:                           /* 8-bit delta */
-            PFR_CHECK( 1 );
-            delta  = PFR_NEXT_INT8( p );
-            cur->x = pos[3].x + delta;
-            FT_TRACE7(( " dx.%d", delta ));
-            break;
-
-          default:
-            FT_TRACE7(( " |" ));
-            cur->x = pos[3].x;
-          }
-
-          /* read the Y argument */
-          switch ( ( args_format >> 2 ) & 3 )
-          {
-          case 0:                           /* 8-bit index */
-            PFR_CHECK( 1 );
-            idx  = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
-            if ( idx > y_count )
-              goto Failure;
-            cur->y = glyph->y_control[idx];
-            FT_TRACE7(( " cy#%d", idx ));
-            break;
-
-          case 1:                           /* 16-bit absolute value */
-            PFR_CHECK( 2 );
-            cur->y = PFR_NEXT_SHORT( p );
-            FT_TRACE7(( " y.%d", cur->y ));
-            break;
-
-          case 2:                           /* 8-bit delta */
-            PFR_CHECK( 1 );
-            delta  = PFR_NEXT_INT8( p );
-            cur->y = pos[3].y + delta;
-            FT_TRACE7(( " dy.%d", delta ));
-            break;
-
-          default:
-            FT_TRACE7(( " -" ));
-            cur->y = pos[3].y;
-          }
-
-          /* read the additional format flag for the general curve */
-          if ( n == 0 && args_count == 4 )
-          {
-            PFR_CHECK( 1 );
-            args_format = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
-            args_count--;
-          }
-          else
-            args_format >>= 4;
-
-          /* save the previous point */
-          pos[3] = cur[0];
-          cur++;
-        }
-
-        FT_TRACE7(( "\n" ));
-
-        /***********************************************************/
-        /*  finally, execute instruction                           */
-        /*                                                         */
-        switch ( format >> 4 )
-        {
-        case 0:                             /* end glyph => EXIT */
-          pfr_glyph_end( glyph );
-          goto Exit;
-
-        case 1:                             /* line operations */
-        case 2:
-        case 3:
-          error = pfr_glyph_line_to( glyph, pos );
-          goto Test_Error;
-
-        case 4:                             /* move to inside contour  */
-        case 5:                             /* move to outside contour */
-          error = pfr_glyph_move_to( glyph, pos );
-          goto Test_Error;
-
-        default:                            /* curve operations */
-          error = pfr_glyph_curve_to( glyph, pos, pos + 1, pos + 2 );
-
-        Test_Error:  /* test error condition */
-          if ( error )
-            goto Exit;
-        }
-      } /* for (;;) */
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-
-  Failure:
-  Too_Short:
-    error = PFR_Err_Invalid_Table;
-    FT_ERROR(( "pfr_glyph_load_simple: invalid glyph data\n" ));
-    goto Exit;
-  }
-
-
-  /* load a composite/compound glyph */
-  static FT_Error
-  pfr_glyph_load_compound( PFR_Glyph  glyph,
-                           FT_Byte*   p,
-                           FT_Byte*   limit )
-  {
-    FT_Error        error  = 0;
-    FT_GlyphLoader  loader = glyph->loader;
-    FT_Memory       memory = loader->memory;
-    PFR_SubGlyph    subglyph;
-    FT_UInt         flags, i, count, org_count;
-    FT_Int          x_pos, y_pos;
-
-
-    PFR_CHECK( 1 );
-    flags = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
-
-    /* test for composite glyphs */
-    if ( !( flags & PFR_GLYPH_IS_COMPOUND ) )
-      goto Failure;
-
-    count = flags & 0x3F;
-
-    /* ignore extra items when present */
-    /*                                 */
-    if ( flags & PFR_GLYPH_EXTRA_ITEMS )
-    {
-      error = pfr_extra_items_skip( &p, limit );
-      if (error) goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* we can't rely on the FT_GlyphLoader to load sub-glyphs, because   */
-    /* the PFR format is dumb, using direct file offsets to point to the */
-    /* sub-glyphs (instead of glyph indices).  Sigh.                     */
-    /*                                                                   */
-    /* For now, we load the list of sub-glyphs into a different array    */
-    /* but this will prevent us from using the auto-hinter at its best   */
-    /* quality.                                                          */
-    /*                                                                   */
-    org_count = glyph->num_subs;
-
-    if ( org_count + count > glyph->max_subs )
-    {
-      FT_UInt  new_max = ( org_count + count + 3 ) & (FT_UInt)-4;
-
-
-      if ( FT_RENEW_ARRAY( glyph->subs, glyph->max_subs, new_max ) )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      glyph->max_subs = new_max;
-    }
-
-    subglyph = glyph->subs + org_count;
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < count; i++, subglyph++ )
-    {
-      FT_UInt  format;
-
-
-      x_pos = 0;
-      y_pos = 0;
-
-      PFR_CHECK( 1 );
-      format = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
-
-      /* read scale when available */
-      subglyph->x_scale = 0x10000L;
-      if ( format & PFR_SUBGLYPH_XSCALE )
-      {
-        PFR_CHECK( 2 );
-        subglyph->x_scale = PFR_NEXT_SHORT( p ) << 4;
-      }
-
-      subglyph->y_scale = 0x10000L;
-      if ( format & PFR_SUBGLYPH_YSCALE )
-      {
-        PFR_CHECK( 2 );
-        subglyph->y_scale = PFR_NEXT_SHORT( p ) << 4;
-      }
-
-      /* read offset */
-      switch ( format & 3 )
-      {
-      case 1:
-        PFR_CHECK( 2 );
-        x_pos = PFR_NEXT_SHORT( p );
-        break;
-
-      case 2:
-        PFR_CHECK( 1 );
-        x_pos += PFR_NEXT_INT8( p );
-        break;
-
-      default:
-        ;
-      }
-
-      switch ( ( format >> 2 ) & 3 )
-      {
-      case 1:
-        PFR_CHECK( 2 );
-        y_pos = PFR_NEXT_SHORT( p );
-        break;
-
-      case 2:
-        PFR_CHECK( 1 );
-        y_pos += PFR_NEXT_INT8( p );
-        break;
-
-      default:
-        ;
-      }
-
-      subglyph->x_delta = x_pos;
-      subglyph->y_delta = y_pos;
-
-      /* read glyph position and size now */
-      if ( format & PFR_SUBGLYPH_2BYTE_SIZE )
-      {
-        PFR_CHECK( 2 );
-        subglyph->gps_size = PFR_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        PFR_CHECK( 1 );
-        subglyph->gps_size = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
-      }
-
-      if ( format & PFR_SUBGLYPH_3BYTE_OFFSET )
-      {
-        PFR_CHECK( 3 );
-        subglyph->gps_offset = PFR_NEXT_LONG( p );
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        PFR_CHECK( 2 );
-        subglyph->gps_offset = PFR_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-      }
-
-      glyph->num_subs++;
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-
-  Failure:
-  Too_Short:
-    error = PFR_Err_Invalid_Table;
-    FT_ERROR(( "pfr_glyph_load_compound: invalid glyph data\n" ));
-    goto Exit;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  pfr_glyph_load_rec( PFR_Glyph  glyph,
-                      FT_Stream  stream,
-                      FT_ULong   gps_offset,
-                      FT_ULong   offset,
-                      FT_ULong   size )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error;
-    FT_Byte*  p;
-    FT_Byte*  limit;
-
-
-    if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( gps_offset + offset ) ||
-         FT_FRAME_ENTER( size )                )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    p     = (FT_Byte*)stream->cursor;
-    limit = p + size;
-
-    if ( size > 0 && *p & PFR_GLYPH_IS_COMPOUND )
-    {
-      FT_Int          n, old_count, count;
-      FT_GlyphLoader  loader = glyph->loader;
-      FT_Outline*     base   = &loader->base.outline;
-
-
-      old_count = glyph->num_subs;
-
-      /* this is a compound glyph - load it */
-      error = pfr_glyph_load_compound( glyph, p, limit );
-
-      FT_FRAME_EXIT();
-
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      count = glyph->num_subs - old_count;
-
-      /* now, load each individual glyph */
-      for ( n = 0; n < count; n++ )
-      {
-        FT_Int        i, old_points, num_points;
-        PFR_SubGlyph  subglyph;
-
-
-        subglyph   = glyph->subs + old_count + n;
-        old_points = base->n_points;
-
-        error = pfr_glyph_load_rec( glyph, stream, gps_offset,
-                                    subglyph->gps_offset,
-                                    subglyph->gps_size );
-        if ( error )
-          goto Exit;
-
-        /* note that `glyph->subs' might have been re-allocated */
-        subglyph   = glyph->subs + old_count + n;
-        num_points = base->n_points - old_points;
-
-        /* translate and eventually scale the new glyph points */
-        if ( subglyph->x_scale != 0x10000L || subglyph->y_scale != 0x10000L )
-        {
-          FT_Vector*  vec = base->points + old_points;
-
-
-          for ( i = 0; i < num_points; i++, vec++ )
-          {
-            vec->x = FT_MulFix( vec->x, subglyph->x_scale ) +
-                       subglyph->x_delta;
-            vec->y = FT_MulFix( vec->y, subglyph->y_scale ) +
-                       subglyph->y_delta;
-          }
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          FT_Vector*  vec = loader->base.outline.points + old_points;
-
-
-          for ( i = 0; i < num_points; i++, vec++ )
-          {
-            vec->x += subglyph->x_delta;
-            vec->y += subglyph->y_delta;
-          }
-        }
-
-        /* proceed to next sub-glyph */
-      }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* load a simple glyph */
-      error = pfr_glyph_load_simple( glyph, p, limit );
-
-      FT_FRAME_EXIT();
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  pfr_glyph_load( PFR_Glyph  glyph,
-                  FT_Stream  stream,
-                  FT_ULong   gps_offset,
-                  FT_ULong   offset,
-                  FT_ULong   size )
-  {
-    /* initialize glyph loader */
-    FT_GlyphLoader_Rewind( glyph->loader );
-
-    glyph->num_subs = 0;
-
-    /* load the glyph, recursively when needed */
-    return pfr_glyph_load_rec( glyph, stream, gps_offset, offset, size );
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrgload.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrgload.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 7cc7a87..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrgload.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  pfrgload.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType PFR glyph loader (specification).                           */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2002 by                                                      */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __PFRGLOAD_H__
-#define __PFRGLOAD_H__
-
-#include "pfrtypes.h"
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  pfr_glyph_init( PFR_Glyph       glyph,
-                  FT_GlyphLoader  loader );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  pfr_glyph_done( PFR_Glyph  glyph );
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  pfr_glyph_load( PFR_Glyph  glyph,
-                  FT_Stream  stream,
-                  FT_ULong   gps_offset,
-                  FT_ULong   offset,
-                  FT_ULong   size );
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-
-#endif /* __PFRGLOAD_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrload.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrload.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 1ee2c1f..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrload.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,938 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  pfrload.c                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType PFR loader (body).                                          */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2007 by                              */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include "pfrload.h"
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
-
-#include "pfrerror.h"
-
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_pfr
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                          EXTRA ITEMS                          *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  pfr_extra_items_skip( FT_Byte*  *pp,
-                        FT_Byte*   limit )
-  {
-    return pfr_extra_items_parse( pp, limit, NULL, NULL );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  pfr_extra_items_parse( FT_Byte*       *pp,
-                         FT_Byte*        limit,
-                         PFR_ExtraItem   item_list,
-                         FT_Pointer      item_data )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error = 0;
-    FT_Byte*  p     = *pp;
-    FT_UInt   num_items, item_type, item_size;
-
-
-    PFR_CHECK( 1 );
-    num_items = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
-
-    for ( ; num_items > 0; num_items-- )
-    {
-      PFR_CHECK( 2 );
-      item_size = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
-      item_type = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
-
-      PFR_CHECK( item_size );
-
-      if ( item_list )
-      {
-        PFR_ExtraItem  extra = item_list;
-
-
-        for ( extra = item_list; extra->parser != NULL; extra++ )
-        {
-          if ( extra->type == item_type )
-          {
-            error = extra->parser( p, p + item_size, item_data );
-            if ( error ) goto Exit;
-
-            break;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-
-      p += item_size;
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    *pp = p;
-    return error;
-
-  Too_Short:
-    FT_ERROR(( "pfr_extra_items_parse: invalid extra items table\n" ));
-    error = PFR_Err_Invalid_Table;
-    goto Exit;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                          PFR HEADER                           *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-   static const FT_Frame_Field  pfr_header_fields[] =
-   {
-#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
-#define FT_STRUCTURE  PFR_HeaderRec
-
-     FT_FRAME_START( 58 ),
-       FT_FRAME_ULONG ( signature ),
-       FT_FRAME_USHORT( version ),
-       FT_FRAME_USHORT( signature2 ),
-       FT_FRAME_USHORT( header_size ),
-
-       FT_FRAME_USHORT( log_dir_size ),
-       FT_FRAME_USHORT( log_dir_offset ),
-
-       FT_FRAME_USHORT( log_font_max_size ),
-       FT_FRAME_UOFF3 ( log_font_section_size ),
-       FT_FRAME_UOFF3 ( log_font_section_offset ),
-
-       FT_FRAME_USHORT( phy_font_max_size ),
-       FT_FRAME_UOFF3 ( phy_font_section_size ),
-       FT_FRAME_UOFF3 ( phy_font_section_offset ),
-
-       FT_FRAME_USHORT( gps_max_size ),
-       FT_FRAME_UOFF3 ( gps_section_size ),
-       FT_FRAME_UOFF3 ( gps_section_offset ),
-
-       FT_FRAME_BYTE  ( max_blue_values ),
-       FT_FRAME_BYTE  ( max_x_orus ),
-       FT_FRAME_BYTE  ( max_y_orus ),
-
-       FT_FRAME_BYTE  ( phy_font_max_size_high ),
-       FT_FRAME_BYTE  ( color_flags ),
-
-       FT_FRAME_UOFF3 ( bct_max_size ),
-       FT_FRAME_UOFF3 ( bct_set_max_size ),
-       FT_FRAME_UOFF3 ( phy_bct_set_max_size ),
-
-       FT_FRAME_USHORT( num_phy_fonts ),
-       FT_FRAME_BYTE  ( max_vert_stem_snap ),
-       FT_FRAME_BYTE  ( max_horz_stem_snap ),
-       FT_FRAME_USHORT( max_chars ),
-     FT_FRAME_END
-   };
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  pfr_header_load( PFR_Header  header,
-                   FT_Stream   stream )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error;
-
-
-    /* read header directly */
-    if ( !FT_STREAM_SEEK( 0 )                                &&
-         !FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( pfr_header_fields, header ) )
-    {
-      /* make a few adjustments to the header */
-      header->phy_font_max_size +=
-        (FT_UInt32)header->phy_font_max_size_high << 16;
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Bool )
-  pfr_header_check( PFR_Header  header )
-  {
-    FT_Bool  result = 1;
-
-
-    /* check signature and header size */
-    if ( header->signature  != 0x50465230L ||   /* "PFR0" */
-         header->version     > 4           ||
-         header->header_size < 58          ||
-         header->signature2 != 0x0d0a      )    /* CR/LF  */
-    {
-      result = 0;
-    }
-    return  result;
-  }
-
-
-  /***********************************************************************/
-  /***********************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                             *****/
-  /*****                    PFR LOGICAL FONTS                        *****/
-  /*****                                                             *****/
-  /***********************************************************************/
-  /***********************************************************************/
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  pfr_log_font_count( FT_Stream  stream,
-                      FT_UInt32  section_offset,
-                      FT_UInt   *acount )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error;
-    FT_UInt   count;
-    FT_UInt   result = 0;
-
-
-    if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( section_offset ) || FT_READ_USHORT( count ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    result = count;
-
-  Exit:
-    *acount = result;
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  pfr_log_font_load( PFR_LogFont  log_font,
-                     FT_Stream    stream,
-                     FT_UInt      idx,
-                     FT_UInt32    section_offset,
-                     FT_Bool      size_increment )
-  {
-    FT_UInt    num_log_fonts;
-    FT_UInt    flags;
-    FT_UInt32  offset;
-    FT_UInt32  size;
-    FT_Error   error;
-
-
-    if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( section_offset ) ||
-         FT_READ_USHORT( num_log_fonts )  )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    if ( idx >= num_log_fonts )
-      return PFR_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    if ( FT_STREAM_SKIP( idx * 5 ) ||
-         FT_READ_USHORT( size )    ||
-         FT_READ_UOFF3 ( offset )  )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* save logical font size and offset */
-    log_font->size   = size;
-    log_font->offset = offset;
-
-    /* now, check the rest of the table before loading it */
-    {
-      FT_Byte*  p;
-      FT_Byte*  limit;
-      FT_UInt   local;
-
-
-      if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( offset ) || FT_FRAME_ENTER( size ) )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      p     = stream->cursor;
-      limit = p + size;
-
-      PFR_CHECK(13);
-
-      log_font->matrix[0] = PFR_NEXT_LONG( p );
-      log_font->matrix[1] = PFR_NEXT_LONG( p );
-      log_font->matrix[2] = PFR_NEXT_LONG( p );
-      log_font->matrix[3] = PFR_NEXT_LONG( p );
-
-      flags = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
-
-      local = 0;
-      if ( flags & PFR_LOG_STROKE )
-      {
-        local++;
-        if ( flags & PFR_LOG_2BYTE_STROKE )
-          local++;
-
-        if ( (flags & PFR_LINE_JOIN_MASK) == PFR_LINE_JOIN_MITER )
-          local += 3;
-      }
-      if ( flags & PFR_LOG_BOLD )
-      {
-        local++;
-        if ( flags & PFR_LOG_2BYTE_BOLD )
-          local++;
-      }
-
-      PFR_CHECK( local );
-
-      if ( flags & PFR_LOG_STROKE )
-      {
-        log_font->stroke_thickness = ( flags & PFR_LOG_2BYTE_STROKE )
-                                     ? PFR_NEXT_SHORT( p )
-                                     : PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
-
-        if ( ( flags & PFR_LINE_JOIN_MASK ) == PFR_LINE_JOIN_MITER )
-          log_font->miter_limit = PFR_NEXT_LONG( p );
-      }
-
-      if ( flags & PFR_LOG_BOLD )
-      {
-        log_font->bold_thickness = ( flags & PFR_LOG_2BYTE_BOLD )
-                                   ? PFR_NEXT_SHORT( p )
-                                   : PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
-      }
-
-      if ( flags & PFR_LOG_EXTRA_ITEMS )
-      {
-        error = pfr_extra_items_skip( &p, limit );
-        if (error) goto Fail;
-      }
-
-      PFR_CHECK(5);
-      log_font->phys_size   = PFR_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-      log_font->phys_offset = PFR_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-      if ( size_increment )
-      {
-        PFR_CHECK( 1 );
-        log_font->phys_size += (FT_UInt32)PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p ) << 16;
-      }
-    }
-
-  Fail:
-    FT_FRAME_EXIT();
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-
-  Too_Short:
-    FT_ERROR(( "pfr_log_font_load: invalid logical font table\n" ));
-    error = PFR_Err_Invalid_Table;
-    goto Fail;
-  }
-
-
-  /***********************************************************************/
-  /***********************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                             *****/
-  /*****                    PFR PHYSICAL FONTS                       *****/
-  /*****                                                             *****/
-  /***********************************************************************/
-  /***********************************************************************/
-
-
-  /* load bitmap strikes lists */
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  pfr_extra_item_load_bitmap_info( FT_Byte*     p,
-                                   FT_Byte*     limit,
-                                   PFR_PhyFont  phy_font )
-  {
-    FT_Memory   memory = phy_font->memory;
-    PFR_Strike  strike;
-    FT_UInt     flags0;
-    FT_UInt     n, count, size1;
-    FT_Error    error = 0;
-
-
-    PFR_CHECK( 5 );
-
-    p += 3;  /* skip bctSize */
-    flags0 = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
-    count  = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
-
-    /* re-allocate when needed */
-    if ( phy_font->num_strikes + count > phy_font->max_strikes )
-    {
-      FT_UInt  new_max = FT_PAD_CEIL( phy_font->num_strikes + count, 4 );
-
-
-      if ( FT_RENEW_ARRAY( phy_font->strikes,
-                           phy_font->num_strikes,
-                           new_max ) )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      phy_font->max_strikes = new_max;
-    }
-
-    size1 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 2 + 2 + 1;
-    if ( flags0 & PFR_STRIKE_2BYTE_XPPM )
-      size1++;
-
-    if ( flags0 & PFR_STRIKE_2BYTE_YPPM )
-      size1++;
-
-    if ( flags0 & PFR_STRIKE_3BYTE_SIZE )
-      size1++;
-
-    if ( flags0 & PFR_STRIKE_3BYTE_OFFSET )
-      size1++;
-
-    if ( flags0 & PFR_STRIKE_2BYTE_COUNT )
-      size1++;
-
-    strike = phy_font->strikes + phy_font->num_strikes;
-
-    PFR_CHECK( count * size1 );
-
-    for ( n = 0; n < count; n++, strike++ )
-    {
-      strike->x_ppm       = ( flags0 & PFR_STRIKE_2BYTE_XPPM )
-                            ? PFR_NEXT_USHORT( p )
-                            : PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
-
-      strike->y_ppm       = ( flags0 & PFR_STRIKE_2BYTE_YPPM )
-                            ? PFR_NEXT_USHORT( p )
-                            : PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
-
-      strike->flags       = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
-
-      strike->bct_size    = ( flags0 & PFR_STRIKE_3BYTE_SIZE )
-                            ? PFR_NEXT_ULONG( p )
-                            : PFR_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-      strike->bct_offset  = ( flags0 & PFR_STRIKE_3BYTE_OFFSET )
-                            ? PFR_NEXT_ULONG( p )
-                            : PFR_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-      strike->num_bitmaps = ( flags0 & PFR_STRIKE_2BYTE_COUNT )
-                            ? PFR_NEXT_USHORT( p )
-                            : PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
-    }
-
-    phy_font->num_strikes += count;
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-
-  Too_Short:
-    error = PFR_Err_Invalid_Table;
-    FT_ERROR(( "pfr_extra_item_load_bitmap_info: invalid bitmap info table\n" ));
-    goto Exit;
-  }
-
-
-  /* Load font ID.  This is a so-called "unique" name that is rather
-   * long and descriptive (like "Tiresias ScreenFont v7.51").
-   *
-   * Note that a PFR font's family name is contained in an *undocumented*
-   * string of the "auxiliary data" portion of a physical font record.  This
-   * may also contain the "real" style name!
-   *
-   * If no family name is present, the font ID is used instead for the
-   * family.
-   */
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  pfr_extra_item_load_font_id( FT_Byte*     p,
-                               FT_Byte*     limit,
-                               PFR_PhyFont  phy_font )
-  {
-    FT_Error    error  = 0;
-    FT_Memory   memory = phy_font->memory;
-    FT_PtrDist  len    = limit - p;
-
-
-    if ( phy_font->font_id != NULL )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    if ( FT_ALLOC( phy_font->font_id, len + 1 ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* copy font ID name, and terminate it for safety */
-    FT_MEM_COPY( phy_font->font_id, p, len );
-    phy_font->font_id[len] = 0;
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* load stem snap tables */
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  pfr_extra_item_load_stem_snaps( FT_Byte*     p,
-                                  FT_Byte*     limit,
-                                  PFR_PhyFont  phy_font )
-  {
-    FT_UInt    count, num_vert, num_horz;
-    FT_Int*    snaps;
-    FT_Error   error  = 0;
-    FT_Memory  memory = phy_font->memory;
-
-
-    if ( phy_font->vertical.stem_snaps != NULL )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    PFR_CHECK( 1 );
-    count = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
-
-    num_vert = count & 15;
-    num_horz = count >> 4;
-    count    = num_vert + num_horz;
-
-    PFR_CHECK( count * 2 );
-
-    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( snaps, count ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    phy_font->vertical.stem_snaps = snaps;
-    phy_font->horizontal.stem_snaps = snaps + num_vert;
-
-    for ( ; count > 0; count--, snaps++ )
-      *snaps = FT_NEXT_SHORT( p );
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-
-  Too_Short:
-    error = PFR_Err_Invalid_Table;
-    FT_ERROR(( "pfr_exta_item_load_stem_snaps: invalid stem snaps table\n" ));
-    goto Exit;
-  }
-
-
-
-  /* load kerning pair data */
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  pfr_extra_item_load_kerning_pairs( FT_Byte*     p,
-                                     FT_Byte*     limit,
-                                     PFR_PhyFont  phy_font )
-  {
-    PFR_KernItem  item;
-    FT_Error      error  = 0;
-    FT_Memory     memory = phy_font->memory;
-
-
-    FT_TRACE2(( "pfr_extra_item_load_kerning_pairs()\n" ));
-
-    if ( FT_NEW( item ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    PFR_CHECK( 4 );
-
-    item->pair_count = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
-    item->base_adj   = PFR_NEXT_SHORT( p );
-    item->flags      = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
-    item->offset     = phy_font->offset + ( p - phy_font->cursor );
-
-#ifndef PFR_CONFIG_NO_CHECKS
-    item->pair_size = 3;
-
-    if ( item->flags & PFR_KERN_2BYTE_CHAR )
-      item->pair_size += 2;
-
-    if ( item->flags & PFR_KERN_2BYTE_ADJ )
-      item->pair_size += 1;
-
-    PFR_CHECK( item->pair_count * item->pair_size );
-#endif
-
-    /* load first and last pairs into the item to speed up */
-    /* lookup later...                                     */
-    if ( item->pair_count > 0 )
-    {
-      FT_UInt   char1, char2;
-      FT_Byte*  q;
-
-
-      if ( item->flags & PFR_KERN_2BYTE_CHAR )
-      {
-        q     = p;
-        char1 = PFR_NEXT_USHORT( q );
-        char2 = PFR_NEXT_USHORT( q );
-
-        item->pair1 = PFR_KERN_INDEX( char1, char2 );
-
-        q = p + item->pair_size * ( item->pair_count - 1 );
-        char1 = PFR_NEXT_USHORT( q );
-        char2 = PFR_NEXT_USHORT( q );
-
-        item->pair2 = PFR_KERN_INDEX( char1, char2 );
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        q     = p;
-        char1 = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( q );
-        char2 = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( q );
-
-        item->pair1 = PFR_KERN_INDEX( char1, char2 );
-
-        q = p + item->pair_size * ( item->pair_count - 1 );
-        char1 = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( q );
-        char2 = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( q );
-
-        item->pair2 = PFR_KERN_INDEX( char1, char2 );
-      }
-
-      /* add new item to the current list */
-      item->next                 = NULL;
-      *phy_font->kern_items_tail = item;
-      phy_font->kern_items_tail  = &item->next;
-      phy_font->num_kern_pairs  += item->pair_count;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* empty item! */
-      FT_FREE( item );
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-
-  Too_Short:
-    FT_FREE( item );
-
-    error = PFR_Err_Invalid_Table;
-    FT_ERROR(( "pfr_extra_item_load_kerning_pairs: "
-               "invalid kerning pairs table\n" ));
-    goto Exit;
-  }
-
-
-
-  static const PFR_ExtraItemRec  pfr_phy_font_extra_items[] =
-  {
-    { 1, (PFR_ExtraItem_ParseFunc)pfr_extra_item_load_bitmap_info },
-    { 2, (PFR_ExtraItem_ParseFunc)pfr_extra_item_load_font_id },
-    { 3, (PFR_ExtraItem_ParseFunc)pfr_extra_item_load_stem_snaps },
-    { 4, (PFR_ExtraItem_ParseFunc)pfr_extra_item_load_kerning_pairs },
-    { 0, NULL }
-  };
-
-
-  /* Loads a name from the auxiliary data.  Since this extracts undocumented
-   * strings from the font file, we need to be careful here.
-   */
-  static FT_Error
-  pfr_aux_name_load( FT_Byte*     p,
-                     FT_UInt      len,
-                     FT_Memory    memory,
-                     FT_String*  *astring )
-  {
-    FT_Error    error = 0;
-    FT_String*  result = NULL;
-    FT_UInt     n, ok;
-
-
-    if ( len > 0 && p[len - 1] == 0 )
-      len--;
-
-    /* check that each character is ASCII for making sure not to
-       load garbage
-     */
-    ok = ( len > 0 );
-    for ( n = 0; n < len; n++ )
-      if ( p[n] < 32 || p[n] > 127 )
-      {
-        ok = 0;
-        break;
-      }
-
-    if ( ok )
-    {
-      if ( FT_ALLOC( result, len + 1 ) )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      FT_MEM_COPY( result, p, len );
-      result[len] = 0;
-    }
-  Exit:
-    *astring = result;
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  pfr_phy_font_done( PFR_PhyFont  phy_font,
-                     FT_Memory    memory )
-  {
-    FT_FREE( phy_font->font_id );
-    FT_FREE( phy_font->family_name );
-    FT_FREE( phy_font->style_name );
-
-    FT_FREE( phy_font->vertical.stem_snaps );
-    phy_font->vertical.num_stem_snaps = 0;
-
-    phy_font->horizontal.stem_snaps     = NULL;
-    phy_font->horizontal.num_stem_snaps = 0;
-
-    FT_FREE( phy_font->strikes );
-    phy_font->num_strikes = 0;
-    phy_font->max_strikes = 0;
-
-    FT_FREE( phy_font->chars );
-    phy_font->num_chars    = 0;
-    phy_font->chars_offset = 0;
-
-    FT_FREE( phy_font->blue_values );
-    phy_font->num_blue_values = 0;
-
-    {
-      PFR_KernItem  item, next;
-
-
-      item = phy_font->kern_items;
-      while ( item )
-      {
-        next = item->next;
-        FT_FREE( item );
-        item = next;
-      }
-      phy_font->kern_items      = NULL;
-      phy_font->kern_items_tail = NULL;
-    }
-
-    phy_font->num_kern_pairs = 0;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  pfr_phy_font_load( PFR_PhyFont  phy_font,
-                     FT_Stream    stream,
-                     FT_UInt32    offset,
-                     FT_UInt32    size )
-  {
-    FT_Error   error;
-    FT_Memory  memory = stream->memory;
-    FT_UInt    flags, num_aux;
-    FT_Byte*   p;
-    FT_Byte*   limit;
-
-
-    phy_font->memory = memory;
-    phy_font->offset = offset;
-
-    phy_font->kern_items      = NULL;
-    phy_font->kern_items_tail = &phy_font->kern_items;
-
-    if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( offset ) || FT_FRAME_ENTER( size ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    phy_font->cursor = stream->cursor;
-
-    p     = stream->cursor;
-    limit = p + size;
-
-    PFR_CHECK( 15 );
-    phy_font->font_ref_number    = PFR_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    phy_font->outline_resolution = PFR_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    phy_font->metrics_resolution = PFR_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    phy_font->bbox.xMin          = PFR_NEXT_SHORT( p );
-    phy_font->bbox.yMin          = PFR_NEXT_SHORT( p );
-    phy_font->bbox.xMax          = PFR_NEXT_SHORT( p );
-    phy_font->bbox.yMax          = PFR_NEXT_SHORT( p );
-    phy_font->flags      = flags = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
-
-    /* get the standard advance for non-proportional fonts */
-    if ( !(flags & PFR_PHY_PROPORTIONAL) )
-    {
-      PFR_CHECK( 2 );
-      phy_font->standard_advance = PFR_NEXT_SHORT( p );
-    }
-
-    /* load the extra items when present */
-    if ( flags & PFR_PHY_EXTRA_ITEMS )
-    {
-      error =  pfr_extra_items_parse( &p, limit,
-                                      pfr_phy_font_extra_items, phy_font );
-
-      if ( error )
-        goto Fail;
-    }
-
-    /* In certain fonts, the auxiliary bytes contain interesting  */
-    /* information. These are not in the specification but can be */
-    /* guessed by looking at the content of a few PFR0 fonts.     */
-    PFR_CHECK( 3 );
-    num_aux = PFR_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-
-    if ( num_aux > 0 )
-    {
-      FT_Byte*  q = p;
-      FT_Byte*  q2;
-
-
-      PFR_CHECK( num_aux );
-      p += num_aux;
-
-      while ( num_aux > 0 )
-      {
-        FT_UInt  length, type;
-
-
-        if ( q + 4 > p )
-          break;
-
-        length = PFR_NEXT_USHORT( q );
-        if ( length < 4 || length > num_aux )
-          break;
-
-        q2   = q + length - 2;
-        type = PFR_NEXT_USHORT( q );
-
-        switch ( type )
-        {
-        case 1:
-          /* this seems to correspond to the font's family name,
-           * padded to 16-bits with one zero when necessary
-           */
-          error = pfr_aux_name_load( q, length - 4U, memory,
-                                     &phy_font->family_name );
-          if ( error )
-            goto Exit;
-          break;
-
-        case 2:
-          if ( q + 32 > q2 )
-            break;
-
-          q += 10;
-          phy_font->ascent  = PFR_NEXT_SHORT( q );
-          phy_font->descent = PFR_NEXT_SHORT( q );
-          phy_font->leading = PFR_NEXT_SHORT( q );
-          q += 16;
-          break;
-
-        case 3:
-          /* this seems to correspond to the font's style name,
-           * padded to 16-bits with one zero when necessary
-           */
-          error = pfr_aux_name_load( q, length - 4U, memory,
-                                     &phy_font->style_name );
-          if ( error )
-            goto Exit;
-          break;
-
-        default:
-          ;
-        }
-
-        q        = q2;
-        num_aux -= length;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* read the blue values */
-    {
-      FT_UInt  n, count;
-
-
-      PFR_CHECK( 1 );
-      phy_font->num_blue_values = count = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
-
-      PFR_CHECK( count * 2 );
-
-      if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( phy_font->blue_values, count ) )
-        goto Fail;
-
-      for ( n = 0; n < count; n++ )
-        phy_font->blue_values[n] = PFR_NEXT_SHORT( p );
-    }
-
-    PFR_CHECK( 8 );
-    phy_font->blue_fuzz  = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
-    phy_font->blue_scale = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
-
-    phy_font->vertical.standard   = PFR_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    phy_font->horizontal.standard = PFR_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    /* read the character descriptors */
-    {
-      FT_UInt  n, count, Size;
-
-
-      phy_font->num_chars    = count = PFR_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-      phy_font->chars_offset = offset + ( p - stream->cursor );
-
-      if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( phy_font->chars, count ) )
-        goto Fail;
-
-      Size = 1 + 1 + 2;
-      if ( flags & PFR_PHY_2BYTE_CHARCODE )
-        Size += 1;
-
-      if ( flags & PFR_PHY_PROPORTIONAL )
-        Size += 2;
-
-      if ( flags & PFR_PHY_ASCII_CODE )
-        Size += 1;
-
-      if ( flags & PFR_PHY_2BYTE_GPS_SIZE )
-        Size += 1;
-
-      if ( flags & PFR_PHY_3BYTE_GPS_OFFSET )
-        Size += 1;
-
-      PFR_CHECK( count * Size );
-
-      for ( n = 0; n < count; n++ )
-      {
-        PFR_Char  cur = &phy_font->chars[n];
-
-
-        cur->char_code = ( flags & PFR_PHY_2BYTE_CHARCODE )
-                         ? PFR_NEXT_USHORT( p )
-                         : PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
-
-        cur->advance   = ( flags & PFR_PHY_PROPORTIONAL )
-                         ? PFR_NEXT_SHORT( p )
-                         : (FT_Int) phy_font->standard_advance;
-
-#if 0
-        cur->ascii     = ( flags & PFR_PHY_ASCII_CODE )
-                         ? PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p )
-                         : 0;
-#else
-        if ( flags & PFR_PHY_ASCII_CODE )
-          p += 1;
-#endif
-        cur->gps_size  = ( flags & PFR_PHY_2BYTE_GPS_SIZE )
-                         ? PFR_NEXT_USHORT( p )
-                         : PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
-
-        cur->gps_offset = ( flags & PFR_PHY_3BYTE_GPS_OFFSET )
-                          ? PFR_NEXT_ULONG( p )
-                          : PFR_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* that's it! */
-
-  Fail:
-    FT_FRAME_EXIT();
-
-    /* save position of bitmap info */
-    phy_font->bct_offset = FT_STREAM_POS();
-    phy_font->cursor     = NULL;
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-
-  Too_Short:
-    error = PFR_Err_Invalid_Table;
-    FT_ERROR(( "pfr_phy_font_load: invalid physical font table\n" ));
-    goto Fail;
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrload.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrload.h
deleted file mode 100644
index ed01071..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrload.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,118 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  pfrload.h                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType PFR loader (specification).                                 */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2002 by                                                      */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __PFRLOAD_H__
-#define __PFRLOAD_H__
-
-#include "pfrobjs.h"
-#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-#ifdef PFR_CONFIG_NO_CHECKS
-#define PFR_CHECK( x )  do { } while ( 0 )
-#else
-#define PFR_CHECK( x )  do                       \
-                        {                        \
-                          if ( p + (x) > limit ) \
-                            goto Too_Short;      \
-                        } while ( 0 )
-#endif
-
-#define PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p )    FT_NEXT_BYTE( p )
-#define PFR_NEXT_INT8( p )    FT_NEXT_CHAR( p )
-#define PFR_NEXT_SHORT( p )   FT_NEXT_SHORT( p )
-#define PFR_NEXT_USHORT( p )  FT_NEXT_USHORT( p )
-#define PFR_NEXT_LONG( p )    FT_NEXT_OFF3( p )
-#define PFR_NEXT_ULONG( p )   FT_NEXT_UOFF3( p )
-
-
- /* handling extra items */
-
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*PFR_ExtraItem_ParseFunc)( FT_Byte*    p,
-                              FT_Byte*    limit,
-                              FT_Pointer  data );
-
-  typedef struct  PFR_ExtraItemRec_
-  {
-    FT_UInt                  type;
-    PFR_ExtraItem_ParseFunc  parser;
-
-  } PFR_ExtraItemRec;
-
-  typedef const struct PFR_ExtraItemRec_*  PFR_ExtraItem;
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  pfr_extra_items_skip( FT_Byte*  *pp,
-                        FT_Byte*  limit );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  pfr_extra_items_parse( FT_Byte*      *pp,
-                         FT_Byte*       limit,
-                         PFR_ExtraItem  item_list,
-                         FT_Pointer     item_data );
-
-
-  /* load a PFR header */
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  pfr_header_load( PFR_Header  header,
-                   FT_Stream   stream );
-
-  /* check a PFR header */
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Bool )
-  pfr_header_check( PFR_Header  header );
-
-
-  /* return number of logical fonts in this file */
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  pfr_log_font_count( FT_Stream   stream,
-                      FT_UInt32   log_section_offset,
-                      FT_UInt    *acount );
-
-  /* load a pfr logical font entry */
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  pfr_log_font_load( PFR_LogFont  log_font,
-                     FT_Stream    stream,
-                     FT_UInt      face_index,
-                     FT_UInt32    section_offset,
-                     FT_Bool      size_increment );
-
-
-  /* load a physical font entry */
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  pfr_phy_font_load( PFR_PhyFont  phy_font,
-                     FT_Stream    stream,
-                     FT_UInt32    offset,
-                     FT_UInt32    size );
-
-  /* finalize a physical font */
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  pfr_phy_font_done( PFR_PhyFont  phy_font,
-                     FT_Memory    memory );
-
-  /* */
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __PFRLOAD_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrobjs.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrobjs.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 180446d..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrobjs.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,576 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  pfrobjs.c                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType PFR object methods (body).                                  */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by                        */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include "pfrobjs.h"
-#include "pfrload.h"
-#include "pfrgload.h"
-#include "pfrcmap.h"
-#include "pfrsbit.h"
-#include FT_OUTLINE_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-
-#include "pfrerror.h"
-
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_pfr
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                     FACE OBJECT METHODS                       *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  pfr_face_done( FT_Face  pfrface )     /* PFR_Face */
-  {
-    PFR_Face   face   = (PFR_Face)pfrface;
-    FT_Memory  memory = pfrface->driver->root.memory;
-
-
-    /* we don't want dangling pointers */
-    pfrface->family_name = NULL;
-    pfrface->style_name  = NULL;
-
-    /* finalize the physical font record */
-    pfr_phy_font_done( &face->phy_font, FT_FACE_MEMORY( face ) );
-
-    /* no need to finalize the logical font or the header */
-    FT_FREE( pfrface->available_sizes );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  pfr_face_init( FT_Stream      stream,
-                 FT_Face        pfrface,
-                 FT_Int         face_index,
-                 FT_Int         num_params,
-                 FT_Parameter*  params )
-  {
-    PFR_Face  face = (PFR_Face)pfrface;
-    FT_Error  error;
-
-    FT_UNUSED( num_params );
-    FT_UNUSED( params );
-
-
-    /* load the header and check it */
-    error = pfr_header_load( &face->header, stream );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    if ( !pfr_header_check( &face->header ) )
-    {
-      FT_TRACE4(( "pfr_face_init: not a valid PFR font\n" ));
-      error = PFR_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* check face index */
-    {
-      FT_UInt  num_faces;
-
-
-      error = pfr_log_font_count( stream,
-                                  face->header.log_dir_offset,
-                                  &num_faces );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      pfrface->num_faces = num_faces;
-    }
-
-    if ( face_index < 0 )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    if ( face_index >= pfrface->num_faces )
-    {
-      FT_ERROR(( "pfr_face_init: invalid face index\n" ));
-      error = PFR_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* load the face */
-    error = pfr_log_font_load(
-               &face->log_font, stream, face_index,
-               face->header.log_dir_offset,
-               FT_BOOL( face->header.phy_font_max_size_high != 0 ) );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* now load the physical font descriptor */
-    error = pfr_phy_font_load( &face->phy_font, stream,
-                               face->log_font.phys_offset,
-                               face->log_font.phys_size );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* now set up all root face fields */
-    {
-      PFR_PhyFont  phy_font = &face->phy_font;
-
-
-      pfrface->face_index = face_index;
-      pfrface->num_glyphs = phy_font->num_chars + 1;
-      pfrface->face_flags = FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE;
-
-      /* if all characters point to the same gps_offset 0, we */
-      /* assume that the font only contains bitmaps           */
-      {
-        FT_UInt  nn;
-
-
-        for ( nn = 0; nn < phy_font->num_chars; nn++ )
-          if ( phy_font->chars[nn].gps_offset != 0 )
-            break;
-
-        if ( nn == phy_font->num_chars )
-          pfrface->face_flags = 0;        /* not scalable */
-      }
-
-      if ( (phy_font->flags & PFR_PHY_PROPORTIONAL) == 0 )
-        pfrface->face_flags |= FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH;
-
-      if ( phy_font->flags & PFR_PHY_VERTICAL )
-        pfrface->face_flags |= FT_FACE_FLAG_VERTICAL;
-      else
-        pfrface->face_flags |= FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL;
-
-      if ( phy_font->num_strikes > 0 )
-        pfrface->face_flags |= FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES;
-
-      if ( phy_font->num_kern_pairs > 0 )
-        pfrface->face_flags |= FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING;
-
-      /* If no family name was found in the "undocumented" auxiliary
-       * data, use the font ID instead.  This sucks but is better than
-       * nothing.
-       */
-      pfrface->family_name = phy_font->family_name;
-      if ( pfrface->family_name == NULL )
-        pfrface->family_name = phy_font->font_id;
-
-      /* note that the style name can be NULL in certain PFR fonts,
-       * probably meaning "Regular"
-       */
-      pfrface->style_name = phy_font->style_name;
-
-      pfrface->num_fixed_sizes = 0;
-      pfrface->available_sizes = 0;
-
-      pfrface->bbox         = phy_font->bbox;
-      pfrface->units_per_EM = (FT_UShort)phy_font->outline_resolution;
-      pfrface->ascender     = (FT_Short) phy_font->bbox.yMax;
-      pfrface->descender    = (FT_Short) phy_font->bbox.yMin;
-
-      pfrface->height = (FT_Short)( ( pfrface->units_per_EM * 12 ) / 10 );
-      if ( pfrface->height < pfrface->ascender - pfrface->descender )
-        pfrface->height = (FT_Short)(pfrface->ascender - pfrface->descender);
-
-      if ( phy_font->num_strikes > 0 )
-      {
-        FT_UInt          n, count = phy_font->num_strikes;
-        FT_Bitmap_Size*  size;
-        PFR_Strike       strike;
-        FT_Memory        memory = pfrface->stream->memory;
-
-
-        if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( pfrface->available_sizes, count ) )
-          goto Exit;
-
-        size   = pfrface->available_sizes;
-        strike = phy_font->strikes;
-        for ( n = 0; n < count; n++, size++, strike++ )
-        {
-          size->height = (FT_UShort)strike->y_ppm;
-          size->width  = (FT_UShort)strike->x_ppm;
-          size->size   = strike->y_ppm << 6;
-          size->x_ppem = strike->x_ppm << 6;
-          size->y_ppem = strike->y_ppm << 6;
-        }
-        pfrface->num_fixed_sizes = count;
-      }
-
-      /* now compute maximum advance width */
-      if ( ( phy_font->flags & PFR_PHY_PROPORTIONAL ) == 0 )
-        pfrface->max_advance_width = (FT_Short)phy_font->standard_advance;
-      else
-      {
-        FT_Int    max = 0;
-        FT_UInt   count = phy_font->num_chars;
-        PFR_Char  gchar = phy_font->chars;
-
-
-        for ( ; count > 0; count--, gchar++ )
-        {
-          if ( max < gchar->advance )
-            max = gchar->advance;
-        }
-
-        pfrface->max_advance_width = (FT_Short)max;
-      }
-
-      pfrface->max_advance_height = pfrface->height;
-
-      pfrface->underline_position  = (FT_Short)( -pfrface->units_per_EM / 10 );
-      pfrface->underline_thickness = (FT_Short)(  pfrface->units_per_EM / 30 );
-
-      /* create charmap */
-      {
-        FT_CharMapRec  charmap;
-
-
-        charmap.face        = pfrface;
-        charmap.platform_id = 3;
-        charmap.encoding_id = 1;
-        charmap.encoding    = FT_ENCODING_UNICODE;
-
-        FT_CMap_New( &pfr_cmap_class_rec, NULL, &charmap, NULL );
-
-#if 0
-        /* Select default charmap */
-        if ( pfrface->num_charmaps )
-          pfrface->charmap = pfrface->charmaps[0];
-#endif
-      }
-
-      /* check whether we've loaded any kerning pairs */
-      if ( phy_font->num_kern_pairs )
-        pfrface->face_flags |= FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING;
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                    SLOT OBJECT METHOD                         *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  pfr_slot_init( FT_GlyphSlot  pfrslot )        /* PFR_Slot */
-  {
-    PFR_Slot        slot   = (PFR_Slot)pfrslot;
-    FT_GlyphLoader  loader = pfrslot->internal->loader;
-
-
-    pfr_glyph_init( &slot->glyph, loader );
-
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  pfr_slot_done( FT_GlyphSlot  pfrslot )        /* PFR_Slot */
-  {
-    PFR_Slot  slot = (PFR_Slot)pfrslot;
-
-
-    pfr_glyph_done( &slot->glyph );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  pfr_slot_load( FT_GlyphSlot  pfrslot,         /* PFR_Slot */
-                 FT_Size       pfrsize,         /* PFR_Size */
-                 FT_UInt       gindex,
-                 FT_Int32      load_flags )
-  {
-    PFR_Slot     slot    = (PFR_Slot)pfrslot;
-    PFR_Size     size    = (PFR_Size)pfrsize;
-    FT_Error     error;
-    PFR_Face     face    = (PFR_Face)pfrslot->face;
-    PFR_Char     gchar;
-    FT_Outline*  outline = &pfrslot->outline;
-    FT_ULong     gps_offset;
-
-
-    if ( gindex > 0 )
-      gindex--;
-
-    if ( !face || gindex >= face->phy_font.num_chars )
-    {
-      error = PFR_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* try to load an embedded bitmap */
-    if ( ( load_flags & ( FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE | FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP ) ) == 0 )
-    {
-      error = pfr_slot_load_bitmap( slot, size, gindex );
-      if ( error == 0 )
-        goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    if ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_SBITS_ONLY )
-    {
-      error = PFR_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    gchar               = face->phy_font.chars + gindex;
-    pfrslot->format     = FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE;
-    outline->n_points   = 0;
-    outline->n_contours = 0;
-    gps_offset          = face->header.gps_section_offset;
-
-    /* load the glyph outline (FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE isn't supported) */
-    error = pfr_glyph_load( &slot->glyph, face->root.stream,
-                            gps_offset, gchar->gps_offset, gchar->gps_size );
-
-    if ( !error )
-    {
-      FT_BBox            cbox;
-      FT_Glyph_Metrics*  metrics = &pfrslot->metrics;
-      FT_Pos             advance;
-      FT_Int             em_metrics, em_outline;
-      FT_Bool            scaling;
-
-
-      scaling = FT_BOOL( ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE ) == 0 );
-
-      /* copy outline data */
-      *outline = slot->glyph.loader->base.outline;
-
-      outline->flags &= ~FT_OUTLINE_OWNER;
-      outline->flags |= FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL;
-
-      if ( size && pfrsize->metrics.y_ppem < 24 )
-        outline->flags |= FT_OUTLINE_HIGH_PRECISION;
-
-      /* compute the advance vector */
-      metrics->horiAdvance = 0;
-      metrics->vertAdvance = 0;
-
-      advance    = gchar->advance;
-      em_metrics = face->phy_font.metrics_resolution;
-      em_outline = face->phy_font.outline_resolution;
-
-      if ( em_metrics != em_outline )
-        advance = FT_MulDiv( advance, em_outline, em_metrics );
-
-      if ( face->phy_font.flags & PFR_PHY_VERTICAL )
-        metrics->vertAdvance = advance;
-      else
-        metrics->horiAdvance = advance;
-
-      pfrslot->linearHoriAdvance = metrics->horiAdvance;
-      pfrslot->linearVertAdvance = metrics->vertAdvance;
-
-      /* make-up vertical metrics(?) */
-      metrics->vertBearingX = 0;
-      metrics->vertBearingY = 0;
-
-#if 0 /* some fonts seem to be broken here! */
-
-      /* Apply the font matrix, if any.                 */
-      /* TODO: Test existing fonts with unusual matrix  */
-      /* whether we have to adjust Units per EM.        */
-      {
-        FT_Matrix font_matrix;
-
-
-        font_matrix.xx = face->log_font.matrix[0] << 8;
-        font_matrix.yx = face->log_font.matrix[1] << 8;
-        font_matrix.xy = face->log_font.matrix[2] << 8;
-        font_matrix.yy = face->log_font.matrix[3] << 8;
-
-        FT_Outline_Transform( outline, &font_matrix );
-      }
-#endif
-
-      /* scale when needed */
-      if ( scaling )
-      {
-        FT_Int      n;
-        FT_Fixed    x_scale = pfrsize->metrics.x_scale;
-        FT_Fixed    y_scale = pfrsize->metrics.y_scale;
-        FT_Vector*  vec     = outline->points;
-
-
-        /* scale outline points */
-        for ( n = 0; n < outline->n_points; n++, vec++ )
-        {
-          vec->x = FT_MulFix( vec->x, x_scale );
-          vec->y = FT_MulFix( vec->y, y_scale );
-        }
-
-        /* scale the advance */
-        metrics->horiAdvance = FT_MulFix( metrics->horiAdvance, x_scale );
-        metrics->vertAdvance = FT_MulFix( metrics->vertAdvance, y_scale );
-      }
-
-      /* compute the rest of the metrics */
-      FT_Outline_Get_CBox( outline, &cbox );
-
-      metrics->width        = cbox.xMax - cbox.xMin;
-      metrics->height       = cbox.yMax - cbox.yMin;
-      metrics->horiBearingX = cbox.xMin;
-      metrics->horiBearingY = cbox.yMax - metrics->height;
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                      KERNING METHOD                           *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  pfr_face_get_kerning( FT_Face     pfrface,        /* PFR_Face */
-                        FT_UInt     glyph1,
-                        FT_UInt     glyph2,
-                        FT_Vector*  kerning )
-  {
-    PFR_Face     face     = (PFR_Face)pfrface;
-    FT_Error     error    = PFR_Err_Ok;
-    PFR_PhyFont  phy_font = &face->phy_font;
-    FT_UInt32    code1, code2, pair;
-
-
-    kerning->x = 0;
-    kerning->y = 0;
-
-    if ( glyph1 > 0 )
-      glyph1--;
-
-    if ( glyph2 > 0 )
-      glyph2--;
-
-    /* convert glyph indices to character codes */
-    if ( glyph1 > phy_font->num_chars ||
-         glyph2 > phy_font->num_chars )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    code1 = phy_font->chars[glyph1].char_code;
-    code2 = phy_font->chars[glyph2].char_code;
-    pair  = PFR_KERN_INDEX( code1, code2 );
-
-    /* now search the list of kerning items */
-    {
-      PFR_KernItem  item   = phy_font->kern_items;
-      FT_Stream     stream = pfrface->stream;
-
-
-      for ( ; item; item = item->next )
-      {
-        if ( pair >= item->pair1 && pair <= item->pair2 )
-          goto FoundPair;
-      }
-      goto Exit;
-
-    FoundPair: /* we found an item, now parse it and find the value if any */
-      if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( item->offset )                       ||
-           FT_FRAME_ENTER( item->pair_count * item->pair_size ) )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      {
-        FT_UInt    count       = item->pair_count;
-        FT_UInt    size        = item->pair_size;
-        FT_UInt    power       = (FT_UInt)ft_highpow2( (FT_UInt32)count );
-        FT_UInt    probe       = power * size;
-        FT_UInt    extra       = count - power;
-        FT_Byte*   base        = stream->cursor;
-        FT_Bool    twobytes    = FT_BOOL( item->flags & 1 );
-        FT_Bool    twobyte_adj = FT_BOOL( item->flags & 2 );
-        FT_Byte*   p;
-        FT_UInt32  cpair;
-
-
-        if ( extra > 0 )
-        {
-          p = base + extra * size;
-
-          if ( twobytes )
-            cpair = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-          else
-            cpair = PFR_NEXT_KPAIR( p );
-
-          if ( cpair == pair )
-            goto Found;
-
-          if ( cpair < pair )
-          {
-            if ( twobyte_adj )
-              p += 2;
-            else
-              p++;
-            base = p;
-          }
-        }
-
-        while ( probe > size )
-        {
-          probe >>= 1;
-          p       = base + probe;
-
-          if ( twobytes )
-            cpair = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-          else
-            cpair = PFR_NEXT_KPAIR( p );
-
-          if ( cpair == pair )
-            goto Found;
-
-          if ( cpair < pair )
-            base += probe;
-        }
-
-        p = base;
-
-        if ( twobytes )
-          cpair = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-        else
-          cpair = PFR_NEXT_KPAIR( p );
-
-        if ( cpair == pair )
-        {
-          FT_Int  value;
-
-
-        Found:
-          if ( twobyte_adj )
-            value = FT_PEEK_SHORT( p );
-          else
-            value = p[0];
-
-          kerning->x = item->base_adj + value;
-        }
-      }
-
-      FT_FRAME_EXIT();
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrobjs.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrobjs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f6aa8b4..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrobjs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  pfrobjs.h                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType PFR object methods (specification).                         */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004 by                                          */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __PFROBJS_H__
-#define __PFROBJS_H__
-
-#include "pfrtypes.h"
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-  typedef struct PFR_FaceRec_*  PFR_Face;
-
-  typedef struct PFR_SizeRec_*  PFR_Size;
-
-  typedef struct PFR_SlotRec_*  PFR_Slot;
-
-
-  typedef struct  PFR_FaceRec_
-  {
-    FT_FaceRec      root;
-    PFR_HeaderRec   header;
-    PFR_LogFontRec  log_font;
-    PFR_PhyFontRec  phy_font;
-
-  } PFR_FaceRec;
-
-
-  typedef struct  PFR_SizeRec_
-  {
-    FT_SizeRec  root;
-
-  } PFR_SizeRec;
-
-
-  typedef struct  PFR_SlotRec_
-  {
-    FT_GlyphSlotRec  root;
-    PFR_GlyphRec     glyph;
-
-  } PFR_SlotRec;
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  pfr_face_init( FT_Stream      stream,
-                 FT_Face        face,           /* PFR_Face */
-                 FT_Int         face_index,
-                 FT_Int         num_params,
-                 FT_Parameter*  params );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  pfr_face_done( FT_Face  face );               /* PFR_Face */
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  pfr_face_get_kerning( FT_Face     face,       /* PFR_Face */
-                        FT_UInt     glyph1,
-                        FT_UInt     glyph2,
-                        FT_Vector*  kerning );
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  pfr_slot_init( FT_GlyphSlot  slot );          /* PFR_Slot */
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  pfr_slot_done( FT_GlyphSlot  slot );          /* PFR_Slot */
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  pfr_slot_load( FT_GlyphSlot  slot,            /* PFR_Slot */
-                 FT_Size       size,            /* PFR_Size */
-                 FT_UInt       gindex,
-                 FT_Int32      load_flags );
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __PFROBJS_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrsbit.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrsbit.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 45ff666..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrsbit.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,680 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  pfrsbit.c                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType PFR bitmap loader (body).                                   */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2006 by                                          */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include "pfrsbit.h"
-#include "pfrload.h"
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
-
-#include "pfrerror.h"
-
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_pfr
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                      PFR BIT WRITER                           *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  typedef struct  PFR_BitWriter_
-  {
-    FT_Byte*  line;      /* current line start                    */
-    FT_Int    pitch;     /* line size in bytes                    */
-    FT_Int    width;     /* width in pixels/bits                  */
-    FT_Int    rows;      /* number of remaining rows to scan      */
-    FT_Int    total;     /* total number of bits to draw          */
-
-  } PFR_BitWriterRec, *PFR_BitWriter;
-
-
-  static void
-  pfr_bitwriter_init( PFR_BitWriter  writer,
-                      FT_Bitmap*     target,
-                      FT_Bool        decreasing )
-  {
-    writer->line   = target->buffer;
-    writer->pitch  = target->pitch;
-    writer->width  = target->width;
-    writer->rows   = target->rows;
-    writer->total  = writer->width * writer->rows;
-
-    if ( !decreasing )
-    {
-      writer->line += writer->pitch * ( target->rows-1 );
-      writer->pitch = -writer->pitch;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  pfr_bitwriter_decode_bytes( PFR_BitWriter  writer,
-                              FT_Byte*       p,
-                              FT_Byte*       limit )
-  {
-    FT_Int    n, reload;
-    FT_Int    left = writer->width;
-    FT_Byte*  cur  = writer->line;
-    FT_UInt   mask = 0x80;
-    FT_UInt   val  = 0;
-    FT_UInt   c    = 0;
-
-
-    n = (FT_Int)( limit - p ) * 8;
-    if ( n > writer->total )
-      n = writer->total;
-
-    reload = n & 7;
-
-    for ( ; n > 0; n-- )
-    {
-      if ( ( n & 7 ) == reload )
-        val = *p++;
-
-      if ( val & 0x80 )
-        c |= mask;
-
-      val  <<= 1;
-      mask >>= 1;
-
-      if ( --left <= 0 )
-      {
-        cur[0] = (FT_Byte)c;
-        left   = writer->width;
-        mask   = 0x80;
-
-        writer->line += writer->pitch;
-        cur           = writer->line;
-        c             = 0;
-      }
-      else if ( mask == 0 )
-      {
-        cur[0] = (FT_Byte)c;
-        mask   = 0x80;
-        c      = 0;
-        cur ++;
-      }
-    }
-
-    if ( mask != 0x80 )
-      cur[0] = (FT_Byte)c;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  pfr_bitwriter_decode_rle1( PFR_BitWriter  writer,
-                             FT_Byte*       p,
-                             FT_Byte*       limit )
-  {
-    FT_Int    n, phase, count, counts[2], reload;
-    FT_Int    left = writer->width;
-    FT_Byte*  cur  = writer->line;
-    FT_UInt   mask = 0x80;
-    FT_UInt   c    = 0;
-
-
-    n = writer->total;
-
-    phase     = 1;
-    counts[0] = 0;
-    counts[1] = 0;
-    count     = 0;
-    reload    = 1;
-
-    for ( ; n > 0; n-- )
-    {
-      if ( reload )
-      {
-        do
-        {
-          if ( phase )
-          {
-            FT_Int  v;
-
-
-            if ( p >= limit )
-              break;
-
-            v         = *p++;
-            counts[0] = v >> 4;
-            counts[1] = v & 15;
-            phase     = 0;
-            count     = counts[0];
-          }
-          else
-          {
-            phase = 1;
-            count = counts[1];
-          }
-
-        } while ( count == 0 );
-      }
-
-      if ( phase )
-        c |= mask;
-
-      mask >>= 1;
-
-      if ( --left <= 0 )
-      {
-        cur[0] = (FT_Byte) c;
-        left   = writer->width;
-        mask   = 0x80;
-
-        writer->line += writer->pitch;
-        cur           = writer->line;
-        c             = 0;
-      }
-      else if ( mask == 0 )
-      {
-        cur[0] = (FT_Byte)c;
-        mask   = 0x80;
-        c      = 0;
-        cur ++;
-      }
-
-      reload = ( --count <= 0 );
-    }
-
-    if ( mask != 0x80 )
-      cur[0] = (FT_Byte) c;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  pfr_bitwriter_decode_rle2( PFR_BitWriter  writer,
-                             FT_Byte*       p,
-                             FT_Byte*       limit )
-  {
-    FT_Int    n, phase, count, reload;
-    FT_Int    left = writer->width;
-    FT_Byte*  cur  = writer->line;
-    FT_UInt   mask = 0x80;
-    FT_UInt   c    = 0;
-
-
-    n = writer->total;
-
-    phase  = 1;
-    count  = 0;
-    reload = 1;
-
-    for ( ; n > 0; n-- )
-    {
-      if ( reload )
-      {
-        do
-        {
-          if ( p >= limit )
-            break;
-
-          count = *p++;
-          phase = phase ^ 1;
-
-        } while ( count == 0 );
-      }
-
-      if ( phase )
-        c |= mask;
-
-      mask >>= 1;
-
-      if ( --left <= 0 )
-      {
-        cur[0] = (FT_Byte) c;
-        c      = 0;
-        mask   = 0x80;
-        left   = writer->width;
-
-        writer->line += writer->pitch;
-        cur           = writer->line;
-      }
-      else if ( mask == 0 )
-      {
-        cur[0] = (FT_Byte)c;
-        c      = 0;
-        mask   = 0x80;
-        cur ++;
-      }
-
-      reload = ( --count <= 0 );
-    }
-
-    if ( mask != 0x80 )
-      cur[0] = (FT_Byte) c;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                  BITMAP DATA DECODING                         *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  static void
-  pfr_lookup_bitmap_data( FT_Byte*   base,
-                          FT_Byte*   limit,
-                          FT_UInt    count,
-                          FT_UInt    flags,
-                          FT_UInt    char_code,
-                          FT_ULong*  found_offset,
-                          FT_ULong*  found_size )
-  {
-    FT_UInt   left, right, char_len;
-    FT_Bool   two = FT_BOOL( flags & 1 );
-    FT_Byte*  buff;
-
-
-    char_len = 4;
-    if ( two )       char_len += 1;
-    if ( flags & 2 ) char_len += 1;
-    if ( flags & 4 ) char_len += 1;
-
-    left  = 0;
-    right = count;
-
-    while ( left < right )
-    {
-      FT_UInt  middle, code;
-
-
-      middle = ( left + right ) >> 1;
-      buff   = base + middle * char_len;
-
-      /* check that we are not outside of the table -- */
-      /* this is possible with broken fonts...         */
-      if ( buff + char_len > limit )
-        goto Fail;
-
-      if ( two )
-        code = PFR_NEXT_USHORT( buff );
-      else
-        code = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( buff );
-
-      if ( code == char_code )
-        goto Found_It;
-
-      if ( code < char_code )
-        left = middle;
-      else
-        right = middle;
-    }
-
-  Fail:
-    /* Not found */
-    *found_size   = 0;
-    *found_offset = 0;
-    return;
-
-  Found_It:
-    if ( flags & 2 )
-      *found_size = PFR_NEXT_USHORT( buff );
-    else
-      *found_size = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( buff );
-
-    if ( flags & 4 )
-      *found_offset = PFR_NEXT_ULONG( buff );
-    else
-      *found_offset = PFR_NEXT_USHORT( buff );
-  }
-
-
-  /* load bitmap metrics.  "*padvance" must be set to the default value */
-  /* before calling this function...                                    */
-  /*                                                                    */
-  static FT_Error
-  pfr_load_bitmap_metrics( FT_Byte**  pdata,
-                           FT_Byte*   limit,
-                           FT_Long    scaled_advance,
-                           FT_Long   *axpos,
-                           FT_Long   *aypos,
-                           FT_UInt   *axsize,
-                           FT_UInt   *aysize,
-                           FT_Long   *aadvance,
-                           FT_UInt   *aformat )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error = 0;
-    FT_Byte   flags;
-    FT_Char   b;
-    FT_Byte*  p = *pdata;
-    FT_Long   xpos, ypos, advance;
-    FT_UInt   xsize, ysize;
-
-
-    PFR_CHECK( 1 );
-    flags = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
-
-    xpos    = 0;
-    ypos    = 0;
-    xsize   = 0;
-    ysize   = 0;
-    advance = 0;
-
-    switch ( flags & 3 )
-    {
-    case 0:
-      PFR_CHECK( 1 );
-      b    = PFR_NEXT_INT8( p );
-      xpos = b >> 4;
-      ypos = ( (FT_Char)( b << 4 ) ) >> 4;
-      break;
-
-    case 1:
-      PFR_CHECK( 2 );
-      xpos = PFR_NEXT_INT8( p );
-      ypos = PFR_NEXT_INT8( p );
-      break;
-
-    case 2:
-      PFR_CHECK( 4 );
-      xpos = PFR_NEXT_SHORT( p );
-      ypos = PFR_NEXT_SHORT( p );
-      break;
-
-    case 3:
-      PFR_CHECK( 6 );
-      xpos = PFR_NEXT_LONG( p );
-      ypos = PFR_NEXT_LONG( p );
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      ;
-    }
-
-    flags >>= 2;
-    switch ( flags & 3 )
-    {
-    case 0:
-      /* blank image */
-      xsize = 0;
-      ysize = 0;
-      break;
-
-    case 1:
-      PFR_CHECK( 1 );
-      b     = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
-      xsize = ( b >> 4 ) & 0xF;
-      ysize = b & 0xF;
-      break;
-
-    case 2:
-      PFR_CHECK( 2 );
-      xsize = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
-      ysize = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
-      break;
-
-    case 3:
-      PFR_CHECK( 4 );
-      xsize = PFR_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-      ysize = PFR_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      ;
-    }
-
-    flags >>= 2;
-    switch ( flags & 3 )
-    {
-    case 0:
-      advance = scaled_advance;
-      break;
-
-    case 1:
-      PFR_CHECK( 1 );
-      advance = PFR_NEXT_INT8( p ) << 8;
-      break;
-
-    case 2:
-      PFR_CHECK( 2 );
-      advance = PFR_NEXT_SHORT( p );
-      break;
-
-    case 3:
-      PFR_CHECK( 3 );
-      advance = PFR_NEXT_LONG( p );
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      ;
-    }
-
-    *axpos    = xpos;
-    *aypos    = ypos;
-    *axsize   = xsize;
-    *aysize   = ysize;
-    *aadvance = advance;
-    *aformat  = flags >> 2;
-    *pdata    = p;
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-
-  Too_Short:
-    error = PFR_Err_Invalid_Table;
-    FT_ERROR(( "pfr_load_bitmap_metrics: invalid glyph data\n" ));
-    goto Exit;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  pfr_load_bitmap_bits( FT_Byte*    p,
-                        FT_Byte*    limit,
-                        FT_UInt     format,
-                        FT_Bool     decreasing,
-                        FT_Bitmap*  target )
-  {
-    FT_Error          error = 0;
-    PFR_BitWriterRec  writer;
-
-
-    if ( target->rows > 0 && target->width > 0 )
-    {
-      pfr_bitwriter_init( &writer, target, decreasing );
-
-      switch ( format )
-      {
-      case 0: /* packed bits */
-        pfr_bitwriter_decode_bytes( &writer, p, limit );
-        break;
-
-      case 1: /* RLE1 */
-        pfr_bitwriter_decode_rle1( &writer, p, limit );
-        break;
-
-      case 2: /* RLE2 */
-        pfr_bitwriter_decode_rle2( &writer, p, limit );
-        break;
-
-      default:
-        FT_ERROR(( "pfr_read_bitmap_data: invalid image type\n" ));
-        error = PFR_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-      }
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                     BITMAP LOADING                            *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  pfr_slot_load_bitmap( PFR_Slot  glyph,
-                        PFR_Size  size,
-                        FT_UInt   glyph_index )
-  {
-    FT_Error     error;
-    PFR_Face     face   = (PFR_Face) glyph->root.face;
-    FT_Stream    stream = face->root.stream;
-    PFR_PhyFont  phys   = &face->phy_font;
-    FT_ULong     gps_offset;
-    FT_ULong     gps_size;
-    PFR_Char     character;
-    PFR_Strike   strike;
-
-
-    character = &phys->chars[glyph_index];
-
-    /* Look-up a bitmap strike corresponding to the current */
-    /* character dimensions                                 */
-    {
-      FT_UInt  n;
-
-
-      strike = phys->strikes;
-      for ( n = 0; n < phys->num_strikes; n++ )
-      {
-        if ( strike->x_ppm == (FT_UInt)size->root.metrics.x_ppem &&
-             strike->y_ppm == (FT_UInt)size->root.metrics.y_ppem )
-        {
-          goto Found_Strike;
-        }
-
-        strike++;
-      }
-
-      /* couldn't find it */
-      return PFR_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-    }
-
-  Found_Strike:
-
-    /* Now lookup the glyph's position within the file */
-    {
-      FT_UInt  char_len;
-
-
-      char_len = 4;
-      if ( strike->flags & 1 ) char_len += 1;
-      if ( strike->flags & 2 ) char_len += 1;
-      if ( strike->flags & 4 ) char_len += 1;
-
-      /* Access data directly in the frame to speed lookups */
-      if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( phys->bct_offset + strike->bct_offset ) ||
-           FT_FRAME_ENTER( char_len * strike->num_bitmaps )        )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      pfr_lookup_bitmap_data( stream->cursor,
-                              stream->limit,
-                              strike->num_bitmaps,
-                              strike->flags,
-                              character->char_code,
-                              &gps_offset,
-                              &gps_size );
-
-      FT_FRAME_EXIT();
-
-      if ( gps_size == 0 )
-      {
-        /* Could not find a bitmap program string for this glyph */
-        error = PFR_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-        goto Exit;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* get the bitmap metrics */
-    {
-      FT_Long   xpos, ypos, advance;
-      FT_UInt   xsize, ysize, format;
-      FT_Byte*  p;
-
-
-      /* compute linear advance */
-      advance = character->advance;
-      if ( phys->metrics_resolution != phys->outline_resolution )
-        advance = FT_MulDiv( advance,
-                             phys->outline_resolution,
-                             phys->metrics_resolution );
-
-      glyph->root.linearHoriAdvance = advance;
-
-      /* compute default advance, i.e., scaled advance.  This can be */
-      /* overridden in the bitmap header of certain glyphs.          */
-      advance = FT_MulDiv( (FT_Fixed)size->root.metrics.x_ppem << 8,
-                           character->advance,
-                           phys->metrics_resolution );
-
-      if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( face->header.gps_section_offset + gps_offset ) ||
-           FT_FRAME_ENTER( gps_size )                                     )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      p     = stream->cursor;
-      error = pfr_load_bitmap_metrics( &p, stream->limit,
-                                       advance,
-                                       &xpos, &ypos,
-                                       &xsize, &ysize,
-                                       &advance, &format );
-      if ( !error )
-      {
-        glyph->root.format = FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP;
-
-        /* Set up glyph bitmap and metrics */
-        glyph->root.bitmap.width      = (FT_Int)xsize;
-        glyph->root.bitmap.rows       = (FT_Int)ysize;
-        glyph->root.bitmap.pitch      = (FT_Long)( xsize + 7 ) >> 3;
-        glyph->root.bitmap.pixel_mode = FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO;
-
-        glyph->root.metrics.width        = (FT_Long)xsize << 6;
-        glyph->root.metrics.height       = (FT_Long)ysize << 6;
-        glyph->root.metrics.horiBearingX = xpos << 6;
-        glyph->root.metrics.horiBearingY = ypos << 6;
-        glyph->root.metrics.horiAdvance  = FT_PIX_ROUND( ( advance >> 2 ) );
-        glyph->root.metrics.vertBearingX = - glyph->root.metrics.width >> 1;
-        glyph->root.metrics.vertBearingY = 0;
-        glyph->root.metrics.vertAdvance  = size->root.metrics.height;
-
-        glyph->root.bitmap_left = xpos;
-        glyph->root.bitmap_top  = ypos + ysize;
-
-        /* Allocate and read bitmap data */
-        {
-          FT_ULong  len = glyph->root.bitmap.pitch * ysize;
-
-
-          error = ft_glyphslot_alloc_bitmap( &glyph->root, len );
-          if ( !error )
-          {
-            error = pfr_load_bitmap_bits(
-                      p,
-                      stream->limit,
-                      format,
-                      FT_BOOL(face->header.color_flags & 2),
-                      &glyph->root.bitmap );
-          }
-        }
-      }
-
-      FT_FRAME_EXIT();
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrsbit.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrsbit.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 015e9e6..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrsbit.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  pfrsbit.h                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType PFR bitmap loader (specification).                          */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2002 by                                                      */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __PFRSBIT_H__
-#define __PFRSBIT_H__
-
-#include "pfrobjs.h"
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  pfr_slot_load_bitmap( PFR_Slot  glyph,
-                        PFR_Size  size,
-                        FT_UInt   glyph_index );
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __PFR_SBIT_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrtypes.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrtypes.h
deleted file mode 100644
index c0ae042..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrtypes.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,362 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  pfrtypes.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType PFR data structures (specification only).                   */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2005, 2007 by                                    */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __PFRTYPES_H__
-#define __PFRTYPES_H__
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-  /************************************************************************/
-
-  /* the PFR Header structure */
-  typedef struct  PFR_HeaderRec_
-  {
-    FT_UInt32  signature;
-    FT_UInt    version;
-    FT_UInt    signature2;
-    FT_UInt    header_size;
-
-    FT_UInt    log_dir_size;
-    FT_UInt    log_dir_offset;
-
-    FT_UInt    log_font_max_size;
-    FT_UInt32  log_font_section_size;
-    FT_UInt32  log_font_section_offset;
-
-    FT_UInt32  phy_font_max_size;
-    FT_UInt32  phy_font_section_size;
-    FT_UInt32  phy_font_section_offset;
-
-    FT_UInt    gps_max_size;
-    FT_UInt32  gps_section_size;
-    FT_UInt32  gps_section_offset;
-
-    FT_UInt    max_blue_values;
-    FT_UInt    max_x_orus;
-    FT_UInt    max_y_orus;
-
-    FT_UInt    phy_font_max_size_high;
-    FT_UInt    color_flags;
-
-    FT_UInt32  bct_max_size;
-    FT_UInt32  bct_set_max_size;
-    FT_UInt32  phy_bct_set_max_size;
-
-    FT_UInt    num_phy_fonts;
-    FT_UInt    max_vert_stem_snap;
-    FT_UInt    max_horz_stem_snap;
-    FT_UInt    max_chars;
-
-  } PFR_HeaderRec, *PFR_Header;
-
-
-  /* used in `color_flags' field of the PFR_Header */
-  typedef enum  PFR_HeaderFlags_
-  {
-    PFR_FLAG_BLACK_PIXEL   = 1,
-    PFR_FLAG_INVERT_BITMAP = 2
-
-  } PFR_HeaderFlags;
-
-
-  /************************************************************************/
-
-  typedef struct  PFR_LogFontRec_
-  {
-    FT_UInt32  size;
-    FT_UInt32  offset;
-
-    FT_Int32   matrix[4];
-    FT_UInt    stroke_flags;
-    FT_Int     stroke_thickness;
-    FT_Int     bold_thickness;
-    FT_Int32   miter_limit;
-
-    FT_UInt32  phys_size;
-    FT_UInt32  phys_offset;
-
-  } PFR_LogFontRec, *PFR_LogFont;
-
-
-  typedef enum  PFR_LogFlags_
-  {
-    PFR_LOG_EXTRA_ITEMS  = 0x40,
-    PFR_LOG_2BYTE_BOLD   = 0x20,
-    PFR_LOG_BOLD         = 0x10,
-    PFR_LOG_2BYTE_STROKE = 8,
-    PFR_LOG_STROKE       = 4,
-    PFR_LINE_JOIN_MASK   = 3
-
-  } PFR_LogFlags;
-
-
-  typedef enum  PFR_LineJoinFlags_
-  {
-    PFR_LINE_JOIN_MITER = 0,
-    PFR_LINE_JOIN_ROUND = 1,
-    PFR_LINE_JOIN_BEVEL = 2
-
-  } PFR_LineJoinFlags;
-
-
-  /************************************************************************/
-
-  typedef enum  PFR_BitmapFlags_
-  {
-    PFR_BITMAP_3BYTE_OFFSET   = 4,
-    PFR_BITMAP_2BYTE_SIZE     = 2,
-    PFR_BITMAP_2BYTE_CHARCODE = 1
-
-  } PFR_BitmapFlags;
-
-
-  typedef struct  PFR_BitmapCharRec_
-  {
-    FT_UInt    char_code;
-    FT_UInt    gps_size;
-    FT_UInt32  gps_offset;
-
-  } PFR_BitmapCharRec, *PFR_BitmapChar;
-
-
-  typedef enum  PFR_StrikeFlags_
-  {
-    PFR_STRIKE_2BYTE_COUNT  = 0x10,
-    PFR_STRIKE_3BYTE_OFFSET = 0x08,
-    PFR_STRIKE_3BYTE_SIZE   = 0x04,
-    PFR_STRIKE_2BYTE_YPPM   = 0x02,
-    PFR_STRIKE_2BYTE_XPPM   = 0x01
-
-  } PFR_StrikeFlags;
-
-
-  typedef struct  PFR_StrikeRec_
-  {
-    FT_UInt         x_ppm;
-    FT_UInt         y_ppm;
-    FT_UInt         flags;
-
-    FT_UInt32       gps_size;
-    FT_UInt32       gps_offset;
-
-    FT_UInt32       bct_size;
-    FT_UInt32       bct_offset;
-
-    /* optional */
-    FT_UInt         num_bitmaps;
-    PFR_BitmapChar  bitmaps;
-
-  } PFR_StrikeRec, *PFR_Strike;
-
-
-  /************************************************************************/
-
-  typedef struct  PFR_CharRec_
-  {
-    FT_UInt    char_code;
-    FT_Int     advance;
-    FT_UInt    gps_size;
-    FT_UInt32  gps_offset;
-
-  } PFR_CharRec, *PFR_Char;
-
-
-  /************************************************************************/
-
-  typedef struct  PFR_DimensionRec_
-  {
-    FT_UInt  standard;
-    FT_UInt  num_stem_snaps;
-    FT_Int*  stem_snaps;
-
-  } PFR_DimensionRec, *PFR_Dimension;
-
-  /************************************************************************/
-
-  typedef struct PFR_KernItemRec_*  PFR_KernItem;
-
-  typedef struct  PFR_KernItemRec_
-  {
-    PFR_KernItem  next;
-    FT_Byte       pair_count;
-    FT_Byte       flags;
-    FT_Short      base_adj;
-    FT_UInt       pair_size;
-    FT_UInt32     offset;
-    FT_UInt32     pair1;
-    FT_UInt32     pair2;
-
-  } PFR_KernItemRec;
-
-
-#define PFR_KERN_INDEX( g1, g2 )                          \
-          ( ( (FT_UInt32)(g1) << 16 ) | (FT_UInt16)(g2) )
-
-#define PFR_KERN_PAIR_INDEX( pair )                        \
-          PFR_KERN_INDEX( (pair)->glyph1, (pair)->glyph2 )
-
-#define PFR_NEXT_KPAIR( p )  ( p += 2,                              \
-                               ( (FT_UInt32)p[-2] << 16 ) | p[-1] )
-
-
-  /************************************************************************/
-
-  typedef struct  PFR_PhyFontRec_
-  {
-    FT_Memory          memory;
-    FT_UInt32          offset;
-
-    FT_UInt            font_ref_number;
-    FT_UInt            outline_resolution;
-    FT_UInt            metrics_resolution;
-    FT_BBox            bbox;
-    FT_UInt            flags;
-    FT_UInt            standard_advance;
-
-    FT_Int             ascent;   /* optional, bbox.yMax if not present */
-    FT_Int             descent;  /* optional, bbox.yMin if not present */
-    FT_Int             leading;  /* optional, 0 if not present         */
-
-    PFR_DimensionRec   horizontal;
-    PFR_DimensionRec   vertical;
-
-    FT_String*         font_id;
-    FT_String*         family_name;
-    FT_String*         style_name;
-
-    FT_UInt            num_strikes;
-    FT_UInt            max_strikes;
-    PFR_StrikeRec*     strikes;
-
-    FT_UInt            num_blue_values;
-    FT_Int            *blue_values;
-    FT_UInt            blue_fuzz;
-    FT_UInt            blue_scale;
-
-    FT_UInt            num_chars;
-    FT_UInt32          chars_offset;
-    PFR_Char           chars;
-
-    FT_UInt            num_kern_pairs;
-    PFR_KernItem       kern_items;
-    PFR_KernItem*      kern_items_tail;
-
-    /* not part of the spec, but used during load */
-    FT_UInt32          bct_offset;
-    FT_Byte*           cursor;
-
-  } PFR_PhyFontRec, *PFR_PhyFont;
-
-
-  typedef enum  PFR_PhyFlags_
-  {
-    PFR_PHY_EXTRA_ITEMS      = 0x80,
-    PFR_PHY_3BYTE_GPS_OFFSET = 0x20,
-    PFR_PHY_2BYTE_GPS_SIZE   = 0x10,
-    PFR_PHY_ASCII_CODE       = 0x08,
-    PFR_PHY_PROPORTIONAL     = 0x04,
-    PFR_PHY_2BYTE_CHARCODE   = 0x02,
-    PFR_PHY_VERTICAL         = 0x01
-
-  } PFR_PhyFlags;
-
-
-  typedef enum PFR_KernFlags_
-  {
-    PFR_KERN_2BYTE_CHAR  = 0x01,
-    PFR_KERN_2BYTE_ADJ   = 0x02
-
-  } PFR_KernFlags;
-
-
-  /************************************************************************/
-
-  typedef enum  PFR_GlyphFlags_
-  {
-    PFR_GLYPH_IS_COMPOUND   = 0x80,
-    PFR_GLYPH_EXTRA_ITEMS   = 0x08,
-    PFR_GLYPH_1BYTE_XYCOUNT = 0x04,
-    PFR_GLYPH_XCOUNT        = 0x02,
-    PFR_GLYPH_YCOUNT        = 0x01
-
-  } PFR_GlyphFlags;
-
-
-  /* controlled coordinate */
-  typedef struct  PFR_CoordRec_
-  {
-    FT_UInt  org;
-    FT_UInt  cur;
-
-  } PFR_CoordRec, *PFR_Coord;
-
-
-  typedef struct  PFR_SubGlyphRec_
-  {
-    FT_Fixed   x_scale;
-    FT_Fixed   y_scale;
-    FT_Int     x_delta;
-    FT_Int     y_delta;
-    FT_UInt32  gps_offset;
-    FT_UInt    gps_size;
-
-  } PFR_SubGlyphRec, *PFR_SubGlyph;
-
-
-  typedef enum  PFR_SubgGlyphFlags_
-  {
-    PFR_SUBGLYPH_3BYTE_OFFSET = 0x80,
-    PFR_SUBGLYPH_2BYTE_SIZE   = 0x40,
-    PFR_SUBGLYPH_YSCALE       = 0x20,
-    PFR_SUBGLYPH_XSCALE       = 0x10
-
-  } PFR_SubGlyphFlags;
-
-
-  typedef struct  PFR_GlyphRec_
-  {
-    FT_Byte           format;
-
-#if 0
-    FT_UInt           num_x_control;
-    FT_UInt           num_y_control;
-#endif
-    FT_UInt           max_xy_control;
-    FT_Pos*           x_control;
-    FT_Pos*           y_control;
-
-
-    FT_UInt           num_subs;
-    FT_UInt           max_subs;
-    PFR_SubGlyphRec*  subs;
-
-    FT_GlyphLoader    loader;
-    FT_Bool           path_begun;
-
-  } PFR_GlyphRec, *PFR_Glyph;
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __PFRTYPES_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/rules.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/rules.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 60b96c7..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/rules.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 PFR driver configuration rules
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 2002, 2003 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-# pfr driver directory
-#
-PFR_DIR := $(SRC_DIR)/pfr
-
-
-# compilation flags for the driver
-#
-PFR_COMPILE := $(FT_COMPILE) $I$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$(PFR_DIR))
-
-
-# pfr driver sources (i.e., C files)
-#
-PFR_DRV_SRC := $(PFR_DIR)/pfrload.c  \
-               $(PFR_DIR)/pfrgload.c \
-               $(PFR_DIR)/pfrcmap.c  \
-               $(PFR_DIR)/pfrdrivr.c \
-               $(PFR_DIR)/pfrsbit.c  \
-               $(PFR_DIR)/pfrobjs.c
-
-# pfr driver headers
-#
-PFR_DRV_H := $(PFR_DRV_SRC:%.c=%.h) \
-             $(PFR_DIR)/pfrerror.h  \
-             $(PFR_DIR)/pfrtypes.h
-
-
-# Pfr driver object(s)
-#
-#   PFR_DRV_OBJ_M is used during `multi' builds
-#   PFR_DRV_OBJ_S is used during `single' builds
-#
-PFR_DRV_OBJ_M := $(PFR_DRV_SRC:$(PFR_DIR)/%.c=$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O)
-PFR_DRV_OBJ_S := $(OBJ_DIR)/pfr.$O
-
-# pfr driver source file for single build
-#
-PFR_DRV_SRC_S := $(PFR_DIR)/pfr.c
-
-
-# pfr driver - single object
-#
-$(PFR_DRV_OBJ_S): $(PFR_DRV_SRC_S) $(PFR_DRV_SRC) $(FREETYPE_H) $(PFR_DRV_H)
-	$(PFR_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $(PFR_DRV_SRC_S))
-
-
-# pfr driver - multiple objects
-#
-$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O: $(PFR_DIR)/%.c $(FREETYPE_H) $(PFR_DRV_H)
-	$(PFR_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $<)
-
-
-# update main driver object lists
-#
-DRV_OBJS_S += $(PFR_DRV_OBJ_S)
-DRV_OBJS_M += $(PFR_DRV_OBJ_M)
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/Jamfile b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/Jamfile
deleted file mode 100644
index faeded9..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/Jamfile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-# FreeType 2 src/psaux Jamfile
-#
-# Copyright 2001, 2002 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-SubDir  FT2_TOP $(FT2_SRC_DIR) psaux ;
-
-{
-  local  _sources ;
-
-  if $(FT2_MULTI)
-  {
-    _sources = psauxmod psobjs   t1decode t1cmap
-               psconv   afmparse
-               ;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    _sources = psaux ;
-  }
-
-  Library  $(FT2_LIB) : $(_sources).c ;
-}
-
-# end of src/psaux Jamfile
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/afmparse.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/afmparse.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 0528fe6..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/afmparse.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,960 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  afmparse.c                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    AFM parser (body).                                                   */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2006, 2007 by                                                */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_FREETYPE_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_AUX_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-
-#include "afmparse.h"
-#include "psconv.h"
-
-#include "psauxerr.h"
-
-
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    AFM_Stream                                                           */
-/*                                                                         */
-/* The use of AFM_Stream is largely inspired by parseAFM.[ch] from t1lib.  */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*                                                                         */
-
-  enum
-  {
-    AFM_STREAM_STATUS_NORMAL,
-    AFM_STREAM_STATUS_EOC,
-    AFM_STREAM_STATUS_EOL,
-    AFM_STREAM_STATUS_EOF
-  };
-
-
-  typedef struct  AFM_StreamRec_
-  {
-    FT_Byte*  cursor;
-    FT_Byte*  base;
-    FT_Byte*  limit;
-
-    FT_Int    status;
-
-  } AFM_StreamRec;
-
-
-#ifndef EOF
-#define EOF -1
-#endif
-
-
-  /* this works because empty lines are ignored */
-#define AFM_IS_NEWLINE( ch )  ( (ch) == '\r' || (ch) == '\n' )
-
-#define AFM_IS_EOF( ch )      ( (ch) == EOF  || (ch) == '\x1a' )
-#define AFM_IS_SPACE( ch )    ( (ch) == ' '  || (ch) == '\t' )
-
-  /* column separator; there is no `column' in the spec actually */
-#define AFM_IS_SEP( ch )      ( (ch) == ';' )
-
-#define AFM_GETC()                                                       \
-          ( ( (stream)->cursor < (stream)->limit ) ? *(stream)->cursor++ \
-                                                   : EOF )
-
-#define AFM_STREAM_KEY_BEGIN( stream )    \
-          (char*)( (stream)->cursor - 1 )
-
-#define AFM_STREAM_KEY_LEN( stream, key )       \
-          ( (char*)(stream)->cursor - key - 1 )
-
-#define AFM_STATUS_EOC( stream ) \
-          ( (stream)->status >= AFM_STREAM_STATUS_EOC )
-
-#define AFM_STATUS_EOL( stream ) \
-          ( (stream)->status >= AFM_STREAM_STATUS_EOL )
-
-#define AFM_STATUS_EOF( stream ) \
-          ( (stream)->status >= AFM_STREAM_STATUS_EOF )
-
-
-  static int
-  afm_stream_skip_spaces( AFM_Stream  stream )
-  {
-    int  ch = 0;  /* make stupid compiler happy */
-
-
-    if ( AFM_STATUS_EOC( stream ) )
-      return ';';
-
-    while ( 1 )
-    {
-      ch = AFM_GETC();
-      if ( !AFM_IS_SPACE( ch ) )
-        break;
-    }
-
-    if ( AFM_IS_NEWLINE( ch ) )
-      stream->status = AFM_STREAM_STATUS_EOL;
-    else if ( AFM_IS_SEP( ch ) )
-      stream->status = AFM_STREAM_STATUS_EOC;
-    else if ( AFM_IS_EOF( ch ) )
-      stream->status = AFM_STREAM_STATUS_EOF;
-
-    return ch;
-  }
-
-
-  /* read a key or value in current column */
-  static char*
-  afm_stream_read_one( AFM_Stream  stream )
-  {
-    char*  str;
-    int    ch;
-
-
-    afm_stream_skip_spaces( stream );
-    if ( AFM_STATUS_EOC( stream ) )
-      return NULL;
-
-    str = AFM_STREAM_KEY_BEGIN( stream );
-
-    while ( 1 )
-    {
-      ch = AFM_GETC();
-      if ( AFM_IS_SPACE( ch ) )
-        break;
-      else if ( AFM_IS_NEWLINE( ch ) )
-      {
-        stream->status = AFM_STREAM_STATUS_EOL;
-        break;
-      }
-      else if ( AFM_IS_SEP( ch ) )
-      {
-        stream->status = AFM_STREAM_STATUS_EOC;
-        break;
-      }
-      else if ( AFM_IS_EOF( ch ) )
-      {
-        stream->status = AFM_STREAM_STATUS_EOF;
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-
-    return str;
-  }
-
-
-  /* read a string (i.e., read to EOL) */
-  static char*
-  afm_stream_read_string( AFM_Stream  stream )
-  {
-    char*  str;
-    int    ch;
-
-
-    afm_stream_skip_spaces( stream );
-    if ( AFM_STATUS_EOL( stream ) )
-      return NULL;
-
-    str = AFM_STREAM_KEY_BEGIN( stream );
-
-    /* scan to eol */
-    while ( 1 )
-    {
-      ch = AFM_GETC();
-      if ( AFM_IS_NEWLINE( ch ) )
-      {
-        stream->status = AFM_STREAM_STATUS_EOL;
-        break;
-      }
-      else if ( AFM_IS_EOF( ch ) )
-      {
-        stream->status = AFM_STREAM_STATUS_EOF;
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-
-    return str;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    AFM_Parser                                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-
-  /* all keys defined in Ch. 7-10 of 5004.AFM_Spec.pdf */
-  typedef enum  AFM_Token_
-  {
-    AFM_TOKEN_ASCENDER,
-    AFM_TOKEN_AXISLABEL,
-    AFM_TOKEN_AXISTYPE,
-    AFM_TOKEN_B,
-    AFM_TOKEN_BLENDAXISTYPES,
-    AFM_TOKEN_BLENDDESIGNMAP,
-    AFM_TOKEN_BLENDDESIGNPOSITIONS,
-    AFM_TOKEN_C,
-    AFM_TOKEN_CC,
-    AFM_TOKEN_CH,
-    AFM_TOKEN_CAPHEIGHT,
-    AFM_TOKEN_CHARWIDTH,
-    AFM_TOKEN_CHARACTERSET,
-    AFM_TOKEN_CHARACTERS,
-    AFM_TOKEN_DESCENDER,
-    AFM_TOKEN_ENCODINGSCHEME,
-    AFM_TOKEN_ENDAXIS,
-    AFM_TOKEN_ENDCHARMETRICS,
-    AFM_TOKEN_ENDCOMPOSITES,
-    AFM_TOKEN_ENDDIRECTION,
-    AFM_TOKEN_ENDFONTMETRICS,
-    AFM_TOKEN_ENDKERNDATA,
-    AFM_TOKEN_ENDKERNPAIRS,
-    AFM_TOKEN_ENDTRACKKERN,
-    AFM_TOKEN_ESCCHAR,
-    AFM_TOKEN_FAMILYNAME,
-    AFM_TOKEN_FONTBBOX,
-    AFM_TOKEN_FONTNAME,
-    AFM_TOKEN_FULLNAME,
-    AFM_TOKEN_ISBASEFONT,
-    AFM_TOKEN_ISCIDFONT,
-    AFM_TOKEN_ISFIXEDPITCH,
-    AFM_TOKEN_ISFIXEDV,
-    AFM_TOKEN_ITALICANGLE,
-    AFM_TOKEN_KP,
-    AFM_TOKEN_KPH,
-    AFM_TOKEN_KPX,
-    AFM_TOKEN_KPY,
-    AFM_TOKEN_L,
-    AFM_TOKEN_MAPPINGSCHEME,
-    AFM_TOKEN_METRICSSETS,
-    AFM_TOKEN_N,
-    AFM_TOKEN_NOTICE,
-    AFM_TOKEN_PCC,
-    AFM_TOKEN_STARTAXIS,
-    AFM_TOKEN_STARTCHARMETRICS,
-    AFM_TOKEN_STARTCOMPOSITES,
-    AFM_TOKEN_STARTDIRECTION,
-    AFM_TOKEN_STARTFONTMETRICS,
-    AFM_TOKEN_STARTKERNDATA,
-    AFM_TOKEN_STARTKERNPAIRS,
-    AFM_TOKEN_STARTKERNPAIRS0,
-    AFM_TOKEN_STARTKERNPAIRS1,
-    AFM_TOKEN_STARTTRACKKERN,
-    AFM_TOKEN_STDHW,
-    AFM_TOKEN_STDVW,
-    AFM_TOKEN_TRACKKERN,
-    AFM_TOKEN_UNDERLINEPOSITION,
-    AFM_TOKEN_UNDERLINETHICKNESS,
-    AFM_TOKEN_VV,
-    AFM_TOKEN_VVECTOR,
-    AFM_TOKEN_VERSION,
-    AFM_TOKEN_W,
-    AFM_TOKEN_W0,
-    AFM_TOKEN_W0X,
-    AFM_TOKEN_W0Y,
-    AFM_TOKEN_W1,
-    AFM_TOKEN_W1X,
-    AFM_TOKEN_W1Y,
-    AFM_TOKEN_WX,
-    AFM_TOKEN_WY,
-    AFM_TOKEN_WEIGHT,
-    AFM_TOKEN_WEIGHTVECTOR,
-    AFM_TOKEN_XHEIGHT,
-    N_AFM_TOKENS,
-    AFM_TOKEN_UNKNOWN
-
-  } AFM_Token;
-
-
-  static const char*  const afm_key_table[N_AFM_TOKENS] =
-  {
-    "Ascender",
-    "AxisLabel",
-    "AxisType",
-    "B",
-    "BlendAxisTypes",
-    "BlendDesignMap",
-    "BlendDesignPositions",
-    "C",
-    "CC",
-    "CH",
-    "CapHeight",
-    "CharWidth",
-    "CharacterSet",
-    "Characters",
-    "Descender",
-    "EncodingScheme",
-    "EndAxis",
-    "EndCharMetrics",
-    "EndComposites",
-    "EndDirection",
-    "EndFontMetrics",
-    "EndKernData",
-    "EndKernPairs",
-    "EndTrackKern",
-    "EscChar",
-    "FamilyName",
-    "FontBBox",
-    "FontName",
-    "FullName",
-    "IsBaseFont",
-    "IsCIDFont",
-    "IsFixedPitch",
-    "IsFixedV",
-    "ItalicAngle",
-    "KP",
-    "KPH",
-    "KPX",
-    "KPY",
-    "L",
-    "MappingScheme",
-    "MetricsSets",
-    "N",
-    "Notice",
-    "PCC",
-    "StartAxis",
-    "StartCharMetrics",
-    "StartComposites",
-    "StartDirection",
-    "StartFontMetrics",
-    "StartKernData",
-    "StartKernPairs",
-    "StartKernPairs0",
-    "StartKernPairs1",
-    "StartTrackKern",
-    "StdHW",
-    "StdVW",
-    "TrackKern",
-    "UnderlinePosition",
-    "UnderlineThickness",
-    "VV",
-    "VVector",
-    "Version",
-    "W",
-    "W0",
-    "W0X",
-    "W0Y",
-    "W1",
-    "W1X",
-    "W1Y",
-    "WX",
-    "WY",
-    "Weight",
-    "WeightVector",
-    "XHeight"
-  };
-
-
-  /*
-   * `afm_parser_read_vals' and `afm_parser_next_key' provide
-   * high-level operations to an AFM_Stream.  The rest of the
-   * parser functions should use them without accessing the
-   * AFM_Stream directly.
-   */
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Int )
-  afm_parser_read_vals( AFM_Parser  parser,
-                        AFM_Value   vals,
-                        FT_Int      n )
-  {
-    AFM_Stream  stream = parser->stream;
-    char*       str;
-    FT_Int      i;
-
-
-    if ( n > AFM_MAX_ARGUMENTS )
-      return 0;
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
-    {
-      FT_UInt    len;
-      AFM_Value  val = vals + i;
-
-
-      if ( val->type == AFM_VALUE_TYPE_STRING )
-        str = afm_stream_read_string( stream );
-      else
-        str = afm_stream_read_one( stream );
-
-      if ( !str )
-        break;
-
-      len = AFM_STREAM_KEY_LEN( stream, str );
-
-      switch ( val->type )
-      {
-      case AFM_VALUE_TYPE_STRING:
-      case AFM_VALUE_TYPE_NAME:
-        {
-          FT_Memory  memory = parser->memory;
-          FT_Error   error;
-
-
-          if ( !FT_QALLOC( val->u.s, len + 1 ) )
-          {
-            ft_memcpy( val->u.s, str, len );
-            val->u.s[len] = '\0';
-          }
-        }
-        break;
-
-      case AFM_VALUE_TYPE_FIXED:
-        val->u.f = PS_Conv_ToFixed( (FT_Byte**)(void*)&str,
-                                    (FT_Byte*)str + len, 0 );
-        break;
-
-      case AFM_VALUE_TYPE_INTEGER:
-        val->u.i = PS_Conv_ToInt( (FT_Byte**)(void*)&str,
-                                  (FT_Byte*)str + len );
-        break;
-
-      case AFM_VALUE_TYPE_BOOL:
-        val->u.b = FT_BOOL( len == 4                      &&
-                            !ft_strncmp( str, "true", 4 ) );
-        break;
-
-      case AFM_VALUE_TYPE_INDEX:
-        if ( parser->get_index )
-          val->u.i = parser->get_index( str, len, parser->user_data );
-        else
-          val->u.i = 0;
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-
-    return i;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( char* )
-  afm_parser_next_key( AFM_Parser  parser,
-                       FT_Bool     line,
-                       FT_UInt*    len )
-  {
-    AFM_Stream  stream = parser->stream;
-    char*       key    = 0;  /* make stupid compiler happy */
-
-
-    if ( line )
-    {
-      while ( 1 )
-      {
-        /* skip current line */
-        if ( !AFM_STATUS_EOL( stream ) )
-          afm_stream_read_string( stream );
-
-        stream->status = AFM_STREAM_STATUS_NORMAL;
-        key = afm_stream_read_one( stream );
-
-        /* skip empty line */
-        if ( !key                      &&
-             !AFM_STATUS_EOF( stream ) &&
-             AFM_STATUS_EOL( stream )  )
-          continue;
-
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      while ( 1 )
-      {
-        /* skip current column */
-        while ( !AFM_STATUS_EOC( stream ) )
-          afm_stream_read_one( stream );
-
-        stream->status = AFM_STREAM_STATUS_NORMAL;
-        key = afm_stream_read_one( stream );
-
-        /* skip empty column */
-        if ( !key                      &&
-             !AFM_STATUS_EOF( stream ) &&
-             AFM_STATUS_EOC( stream )  )
-          continue;
-
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-
-    if ( len )
-      *len = ( key ) ? AFM_STREAM_KEY_LEN( stream, key )
-                     : 0;
-
-    return key;
-  }
-
-
-  static AFM_Token
-  afm_tokenize( const char*  key,
-                FT_UInt      len )
-  {
-    int  n;
-
-
-    for ( n = 0; n < N_AFM_TOKENS; n++ )
-    {
-      if ( *( afm_key_table[n] ) == *key )
-      {
-        for ( ; n < N_AFM_TOKENS; n++ )
-        {
-          if ( *( afm_key_table[n] ) != *key )
-            return AFM_TOKEN_UNKNOWN;
-
-          if ( ft_strncmp( afm_key_table[n], key, len ) == 0 )
-            return (AFM_Token) n;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    return AFM_TOKEN_UNKNOWN;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  afm_parser_init( AFM_Parser  parser,
-                   FT_Memory   memory,
-                   FT_Byte*    base,
-                   FT_Byte*    limit )
-  {
-    AFM_Stream  stream;
-    FT_Error    error;
-
-
-    if ( FT_NEW( stream ) )
-      return error;
-
-    stream->cursor = stream->base = base;
-    stream->limit  = limit;
-
-    /* don't skip the first line during the first call */
-    stream->status = AFM_STREAM_STATUS_EOL;
-
-    parser->memory    = memory;
-    parser->stream    = stream;
-    parser->FontInfo  = NULL;
-    parser->get_index = NULL;
-
-    return PSaux_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  afm_parser_done( AFM_Parser  parser )
-  {
-    FT_Memory  memory = parser->memory;
-
-
-    FT_FREE( parser->stream );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  afm_parser_read_int( AFM_Parser  parser,
-                       FT_Int*     aint )
-  {
-    AFM_ValueRec  val;
-
-
-    val.type = AFM_VALUE_TYPE_INTEGER;
-
-    if ( afm_parser_read_vals( parser, &val, 1 ) == 1 )
-    {
-      *aint = val.u.i;
-
-      return PSaux_Err_Ok;
-    }
-    else
-      return PSaux_Err_Syntax_Error;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  afm_parse_track_kern( AFM_Parser  parser )
-  {
-    AFM_FontInfo   fi = parser->FontInfo;
-    AFM_TrackKern  tk;
-    char*          key;
-    FT_UInt        len;
-    int            n = -1;
-
-
-    if ( afm_parser_read_int( parser, &fi->NumTrackKern ) )
-        goto Fail;
-
-    if ( fi->NumTrackKern )
-    {
-      FT_Memory  memory = parser->memory;
-      FT_Error   error;
-
-
-      if ( FT_QNEW_ARRAY( fi->TrackKerns, fi->NumTrackKern ) )
-        return error;
-    }
-
-    while ( ( key = afm_parser_next_key( parser, 1, &len ) ) != 0 )
-    {
-      AFM_ValueRec  shared_vals[5];
-
-
-      switch ( afm_tokenize( key, len ) )
-      {
-      case AFM_TOKEN_TRACKKERN:
-        n++;
-
-        if ( n >= fi->NumTrackKern )
-          goto Fail;
-
-        tk = fi->TrackKerns + n;
-
-        shared_vals[0].type = AFM_VALUE_TYPE_INTEGER;
-        shared_vals[1].type = AFM_VALUE_TYPE_FIXED;
-        shared_vals[2].type = AFM_VALUE_TYPE_FIXED;
-        shared_vals[3].type = AFM_VALUE_TYPE_FIXED;
-        shared_vals[4].type = AFM_VALUE_TYPE_FIXED;
-        if ( afm_parser_read_vals( parser, shared_vals, 5 ) != 5 )
-          goto Fail;
-
-        tk->degree     = shared_vals[0].u.i;
-        tk->min_ptsize = shared_vals[1].u.f;
-        tk->min_kern   = shared_vals[2].u.f;
-        tk->max_ptsize = shared_vals[3].u.f;
-        tk->max_kern   = shared_vals[4].u.f;
-
-        /* is this correct? */
-        if ( tk->degree < 0 && tk->min_kern > 0 )
-          tk->min_kern = -tk->min_kern;
-        break;
-
-      case AFM_TOKEN_ENDTRACKKERN:
-      case AFM_TOKEN_ENDKERNDATA:
-      case AFM_TOKEN_ENDFONTMETRICS:
-        fi->NumTrackKern = n + 1;
-        return PSaux_Err_Ok;
-
-      case AFM_TOKEN_UNKNOWN:
-        break;
-
-      default:
-        goto Fail;
-      }
-    }
-
-  Fail:
-    return PSaux_Err_Syntax_Error;
-  }
-
-
-#undef  KERN_INDEX
-#define KERN_INDEX( g1, g2 )  ( ( (FT_ULong)g1 << 16 ) | g2 )
-
-
-  /* compare two kerning pairs */
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( int )
-  afm_compare_kern_pairs( const void*  a,
-                          const void*  b )
-  {
-    AFM_KernPair  kp1 = (AFM_KernPair)a;
-    AFM_KernPair  kp2 = (AFM_KernPair)b;
-
-    FT_ULong  index1 = KERN_INDEX( kp1->index1, kp1->index2 );
-    FT_ULong  index2 = KERN_INDEX( kp2->index1, kp2->index2 );
-
-
-    return (int)( index1 - index2 );
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  afm_parse_kern_pairs( AFM_Parser  parser )
-  {
-    AFM_FontInfo  fi = parser->FontInfo;
-    AFM_KernPair  kp;
-    char*         key;
-    FT_UInt       len;
-    int           n = -1;
-
-
-    if ( afm_parser_read_int( parser, &fi->NumKernPair ) )
-      goto Fail;
-
-    if ( fi->NumKernPair )
-    {
-      FT_Memory  memory = parser->memory;
-      FT_Error   error;
-
-
-      if ( FT_QNEW_ARRAY( fi->KernPairs, fi->NumKernPair ) )
-        return error;
-    }
-
-    while ( ( key = afm_parser_next_key( parser, 1, &len ) ) != 0 )
-    {
-      AFM_Token  token = afm_tokenize( key, len );
-
-
-      switch ( token )
-      {
-      case AFM_TOKEN_KP:
-      case AFM_TOKEN_KPX:
-      case AFM_TOKEN_KPY:
-        {
-          FT_Int        r;
-          AFM_ValueRec  shared_vals[4];
-
-
-          n++;
-
-          if ( n >= fi->NumKernPair )
-            goto Fail;
-
-          kp = fi->KernPairs + n;
-
-          shared_vals[0].type = AFM_VALUE_TYPE_INDEX;
-          shared_vals[1].type = AFM_VALUE_TYPE_INDEX;
-          shared_vals[2].type = AFM_VALUE_TYPE_INTEGER;
-          shared_vals[3].type = AFM_VALUE_TYPE_INTEGER;
-          r = afm_parser_read_vals( parser, shared_vals, 4 );
-          if ( r < 3 )
-            goto Fail;
-
-          kp->index1 = shared_vals[0].u.i;
-          kp->index2 = shared_vals[1].u.i;
-          if ( token == AFM_TOKEN_KPY )
-          {
-            kp->x = 0;
-            kp->y = shared_vals[2].u.i;
-          }
-          else
-          {
-            kp->x = shared_vals[2].u.i;
-            kp->y = ( token == AFM_TOKEN_KP && r == 4 )
-                      ? shared_vals[3].u.i : 0;
-          }
-        }
-        break;
-
-      case AFM_TOKEN_ENDKERNPAIRS:
-      case AFM_TOKEN_ENDKERNDATA:
-      case AFM_TOKEN_ENDFONTMETRICS:
-        fi->NumKernPair = n + 1;
-        ft_qsort( fi->KernPairs, fi->NumKernPair,
-                  sizeof( AFM_KernPairRec ),
-                  afm_compare_kern_pairs );
-        return PSaux_Err_Ok;
-
-      case AFM_TOKEN_UNKNOWN:
-        break;
-
-      default:
-        goto Fail;
-      }
-    }
-
-  Fail:
-    return PSaux_Err_Syntax_Error;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  afm_parse_kern_data( AFM_Parser  parser )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error;
-    char*     key;
-    FT_UInt   len;
-
-
-    while ( ( key = afm_parser_next_key( parser, 1, &len ) ) != 0 )
-    {
-      switch ( afm_tokenize( key, len ) )
-      {
-      case AFM_TOKEN_STARTTRACKKERN:
-        error = afm_parse_track_kern( parser );
-        if ( error )
-          return error;
-        break;
-
-      case AFM_TOKEN_STARTKERNPAIRS:
-      case AFM_TOKEN_STARTKERNPAIRS0:
-        error = afm_parse_kern_pairs( parser );
-        if ( error )
-          return error;
-        break;
-
-      case AFM_TOKEN_ENDKERNDATA:
-      case AFM_TOKEN_ENDFONTMETRICS:
-        return PSaux_Err_Ok;
-
-      case AFM_TOKEN_UNKNOWN:
-        break;
-
-      default:
-        goto Fail;
-      }
-    }
-
-  Fail:
-    return PSaux_Err_Syntax_Error;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  afm_parser_skip_section( AFM_Parser  parser,
-                           FT_UInt     n,
-                           AFM_Token   end_section )
-  {
-    char*    key;
-    FT_UInt  len;
-
-
-    while ( n-- > 0 )
-    {
-      key = afm_parser_next_key( parser, 1, NULL );
-      if ( !key )
-        goto Fail;
-    }
-
-    while ( ( key = afm_parser_next_key( parser, 1, &len ) ) != 0 )
-    {
-      AFM_Token  token = afm_tokenize( key, len );
-
-
-      if ( token == end_section || token == AFM_TOKEN_ENDFONTMETRICS )
-        return PSaux_Err_Ok;
-    }
-
-  Fail:
-    return PSaux_Err_Syntax_Error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  afm_parser_parse( AFM_Parser  parser )
-  {
-    FT_Memory     memory = parser->memory;
-    AFM_FontInfo  fi     = parser->FontInfo;
-    FT_Error      error  = PSaux_Err_Syntax_Error;
-    char*         key;
-    FT_UInt       len;
-    FT_Int        metrics_sets = 0;
-
-
-    if ( !fi )
-      return PSaux_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    key = afm_parser_next_key( parser, 1, &len );
-    if ( !key || len != 16                              ||
-         ft_strncmp( key, "StartFontMetrics", 16 ) != 0 )
-      return PSaux_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
-
-    while ( ( key = afm_parser_next_key( parser, 1, &len ) ) != 0 )
-    {
-      AFM_ValueRec  shared_vals[4];
-
-
-      switch ( afm_tokenize( key, len ) )
-      {
-      case AFM_TOKEN_METRICSSETS:
-        if ( afm_parser_read_int( parser, &metrics_sets ) )
-          goto Fail;
-
-        if ( metrics_sets != 0 && metrics_sets != 2 )
-        {
-          error = PSaux_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
-
-          goto Fail;
-        }
-        break;
-
-      case AFM_TOKEN_ISCIDFONT:
-        shared_vals[0].type = AFM_VALUE_TYPE_BOOL;
-        if ( afm_parser_read_vals( parser, shared_vals, 1 ) != 1 )
-          goto Fail;
-
-        fi->IsCIDFont = shared_vals[0].u.b;
-        break;
-
-      case AFM_TOKEN_FONTBBOX:
-        shared_vals[0].type = AFM_VALUE_TYPE_FIXED;
-        shared_vals[1].type = AFM_VALUE_TYPE_FIXED;
-        shared_vals[2].type = AFM_VALUE_TYPE_FIXED;
-        shared_vals[3].type = AFM_VALUE_TYPE_FIXED;
-        if ( afm_parser_read_vals( parser, shared_vals, 4 ) != 4 )
-          goto Fail;
-
-        fi->FontBBox.xMin = shared_vals[0].u.f;
-        fi->FontBBox.yMin = shared_vals[1].u.f;
-        fi->FontBBox.xMax = shared_vals[2].u.f;
-        fi->FontBBox.yMax = shared_vals[3].u.f;
-        break;
-
-      case AFM_TOKEN_ASCENDER:
-        shared_vals[0].type = AFM_VALUE_TYPE_FIXED;
-        if ( afm_parser_read_vals( parser, shared_vals, 1 ) != 1 )
-          goto Fail;
-
-        fi->Ascender = shared_vals[0].u.f;
-        break;
-
-      case AFM_TOKEN_DESCENDER:
-        shared_vals[0].type = AFM_VALUE_TYPE_FIXED;
-        if ( afm_parser_read_vals( parser, shared_vals, 1 ) != 1 )
-          goto Fail;
-
-        fi->Descender = shared_vals[0].u.f;
-        break;
-
-      case AFM_TOKEN_STARTCHARMETRICS:
-        {
-          FT_Int  n = 0;
-
-
-          if ( afm_parser_read_int( parser, &n ) )
-            goto Fail;
-
-          error = afm_parser_skip_section( parser, n,
-                                           AFM_TOKEN_ENDCHARMETRICS );
-          if ( error )
-            return error;
-        }
-        break;
-
-      case AFM_TOKEN_STARTKERNDATA:
-        error = afm_parse_kern_data( parser );
-        if ( error )
-          goto Fail;
-        /* fall through since we only support kern data */
-
-      case AFM_TOKEN_ENDFONTMETRICS:
-        return PSaux_Err_Ok;
-
-      default:
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-
-  Fail:
-    FT_FREE( fi->TrackKerns );
-    fi->NumTrackKern = 0;
-
-    FT_FREE( fi->KernPairs );
-    fi->NumKernPair = 0;
-
-    fi->IsCIDFont = 0;
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/afmparse.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/afmparse.h
deleted file mode 100644
index c2fce75..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/afmparse.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  afmparse.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    AFM parser (specification).                                          */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2006 by                                                      */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __AFMPARSE_H__
-#define __AFMPARSE_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_AUX_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  afm_parser_init( AFM_Parser  parser,
-                   FT_Memory   memory,
-                   FT_Byte*    base,
-                   FT_Byte*    limit );
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  afm_parser_done( AFM_Parser  parser );
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  afm_parser_parse( AFM_Parser  parser );
-
-
-  enum  AFM_ValueType_
-  {
-    AFM_VALUE_TYPE_STRING,
-    AFM_VALUE_TYPE_NAME,
-    AFM_VALUE_TYPE_FIXED,   /* real number */
-    AFM_VALUE_TYPE_INTEGER,
-    AFM_VALUE_TYPE_BOOL,
-    AFM_VALUE_TYPE_INDEX    /* glyph index */
-  };
-
-
-  typedef struct  AFM_ValueRec_
-  {
-    enum AFM_ValueType_  type;
-    union {
-      char*     s;
-      FT_Fixed  f;
-      FT_Int    i;
-      FT_Bool   b;
-
-    } u;
-
-  } AFM_ValueRec, *AFM_Value;
-
-#define  AFM_MAX_ARGUMENTS  5
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Int )
-  afm_parser_read_vals( AFM_Parser  parser,
-                        AFM_Value   vals,
-                        FT_Int      n );
-
-  /* read the next key from the next line or column */
-  FT_LOCAL( char* )
-  afm_parser_next_key( AFM_Parser  parser,
-                       FT_Bool     line,
-                       FT_UInt*    len );
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __AFMPARSE_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/module.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/module.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 5431522..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/module.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 PSaux module definition
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2006 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-FTMODULE_H_COMMANDS += PSAUX_MODULE
-
-define PSAUX_MODULE
-$(OPEN_DRIVER)psaux_module_class$(CLOSE_DRIVER)
-$(ECHO_DRIVER)psaux     $(ECHO_DRIVER_DESC)Postscript Type 1 & Type 2 helper module$(ECHO_DRIVER_DONE)
-endef
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psaux.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psaux.c
deleted file mode 100644
index a4b9c5c..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psaux.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  psaux.c                                                                */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType auxiliary PostScript driver component (body only).          */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2006 by                                     */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#define FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include "psobjs.c"
-#include "psauxmod.c"
-#include "t1decode.c"
-#include "t1cmap.c"
-
-#ifndef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_AFM
-#include "afmparse.c"
-#endif
-
-#include "psconv.c"
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psauxerr.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psauxerr.h
deleted file mode 100644
index d0baa3c..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psauxerr.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  psauxerr.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    PS auxiliary module error codes (specification only).                */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2001 by                                                      */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This file is used to define the PS auxiliary module error enumeration */
-  /* constants.                                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef __PSAUXERR_H__
-#define __PSAUXERR_H__
-
-#include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
-
-#undef __FTERRORS_H__
-
-#define FT_ERR_PREFIX  PSaux_Err_
-#define FT_ERR_BASE    FT_Mod_Err_PSaux
-
-#include FT_ERRORS_H
-
-#endif /* __PSAUXERR_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psauxmod.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psauxmod.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 4c3579f..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psauxmod.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,139 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  psauxmod.c                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType auxiliary PostScript module implementation (body).          */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2000-2001, 2002, 2003, 2006 by                               */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include "psauxmod.h"
-#include "psobjs.h"
-#include "t1decode.h"
-#include "t1cmap.h"
-
-#ifndef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_AFM
-#include "afmparse.h"
-#endif
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
-  const PS_Table_FuncsRec  ps_table_funcs =
-  {
-    ps_table_new,
-    ps_table_done,
-    ps_table_add,
-    ps_table_release
-  };
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
-  const PS_Parser_FuncsRec  ps_parser_funcs =
-  {
-    ps_parser_init,
-    ps_parser_done,
-    ps_parser_skip_spaces,
-    ps_parser_skip_PS_token,
-    ps_parser_to_int,
-    ps_parser_to_fixed,
-    ps_parser_to_bytes,
-    ps_parser_to_coord_array,
-    ps_parser_to_fixed_array,
-    ps_parser_to_token,
-    ps_parser_to_token_array,
-    ps_parser_load_field,
-    ps_parser_load_field_table
-  };
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
-  const T1_Builder_FuncsRec  t1_builder_funcs =
-  {
-    t1_builder_init,
-    t1_builder_done,
-    t1_builder_check_points,
-    t1_builder_add_point,
-    t1_builder_add_point1,
-    t1_builder_add_contour,
-    t1_builder_start_point,
-    t1_builder_close_contour
-  };
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
-  const T1_Decoder_FuncsRec  t1_decoder_funcs =
-  {
-    t1_decoder_init,
-    t1_decoder_done,
-    t1_decoder_parse_charstrings
-  };
-
-
-#ifndef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_AFM
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
-  const AFM_Parser_FuncsRec  afm_parser_funcs =
-  {
-    afm_parser_init,
-    afm_parser_done,
-    afm_parser_parse
-  };
-#endif
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
-  const T1_CMap_ClassesRec  t1_cmap_classes =
-  {
-    &t1_cmap_standard_class_rec,
-    &t1_cmap_expert_class_rec,
-    &t1_cmap_custom_class_rec,
-    &t1_cmap_unicode_class_rec
-  };
-
-
-  static
-  const PSAux_Interface  psaux_interface =
-  {
-    &ps_table_funcs,
-    &ps_parser_funcs,
-    &t1_builder_funcs,
-    &t1_decoder_funcs,
-    t1_decrypt,
-
-    (const T1_CMap_ClassesRec*) &t1_cmap_classes,
-
-#ifndef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_AFM
-    &afm_parser_funcs,
-#else
-    0,
-#endif
-  };
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
-  const FT_Module_Class  psaux_module_class =
-  {
-    0,
-    sizeof( FT_ModuleRec ),
-    "psaux",
-    0x20000L,
-    0x20000L,
-
-    &psaux_interface,  /* module-specific interface */
-
-    (FT_Module_Constructor)0,
-    (FT_Module_Destructor) 0,
-    (FT_Module_Requester)  0
-  };
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psauxmod.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psauxmod.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 92ac056..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psauxmod.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  psauxmod.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType auxiliary PostScript module implementation (specification). */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2000-2001 by                                                 */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __PSAUXMOD_H__
-#define __PSAUXMOD_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_MODULE_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  FT_EXPORT_VAR( const FT_Module_Class )  psaux_driver_class;
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __PSAUXMOD_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psconv.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psconv.c
deleted file mode 100644
index d824b59..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psconv.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,474 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  psconv.c                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Some convenience conversions (body).                                 */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2006, 2008 by                                                */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_AUX_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-
-#include "psconv.h"
-#include "psobjs.h"
-#include "psauxerr.h"
-
-
-  /* The following array is used by various functions to quickly convert */
-  /* digits (both decimal and non-decimal) into numbers.                 */
-
-#if 'A' == 65
-  /* ASCII */
-
-  static const FT_Char  ft_char_table[128] =
-  {
-    /* 0x00 */
-    -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
-    -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
-    -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
-     0,  1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
-    -1, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24,
-    25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
-    -1, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24,
-    25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
-  };
-
-  /* no character >= 0x80 can represent a valid number */
-#define OP  >=
-
-#endif /* 'A' == 65 */
-
-#if 'A' == 193
-  /* EBCDIC */
-
-  static const FT_Char  ft_char_table[128] =
-  {
-    /* 0x80 */
-    -1, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
-    -1, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
-    -1, -1, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
-    -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
-    -1, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
-    -1, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
-    -1, -1, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
-     0,  1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
-  };
-
-  /* no character < 0x80 can represent a valid number */
-#define OP  <
-
-#endif /* 'A' == 193 */
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Int )
-  PS_Conv_Strtol( FT_Byte**  cursor,
-                  FT_Byte*   limit,
-                  FT_Int     base )
-  {
-    FT_Byte*  p = *cursor;
-    FT_Int    num = 0;
-    FT_Bool   sign = 0;
-
-
-    if ( p == limit || base < 2 || base > 36 )
-      return 0;
-
-    if ( *p == '-' || *p == '+' )
-    {
-      sign = FT_BOOL( *p == '-' );
-
-      p++;
-      if ( p == limit )
-        return 0;
-    }
-
-    for ( ; p < limit; p++ )
-    {
-      FT_Char  c;
-
-
-      if ( IS_PS_SPACE( *p ) || *p OP 0x80 )
-        break;
-
-      c = ft_char_table[*p & 0x7f];
-
-      if ( c < 0 || c >= base )
-        break;
-
-      num = num * base + c;
-    }
-
-    if ( sign )
-      num = -num;
-
-    *cursor = p;
-
-    return num;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Int )
-  PS_Conv_ToInt( FT_Byte**  cursor,
-                 FT_Byte*   limit )
-
-  {
-    FT_Byte*  p;
-    FT_Int    num;
-
-
-    num = PS_Conv_Strtol( cursor, limit, 10 );
-    p   = *cursor;
-
-    if ( p < limit && *p == '#' )
-    {
-      *cursor = p + 1;
-
-      return PS_Conv_Strtol( cursor, limit, num );
-    }
-    else
-      return num;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Fixed )
-  PS_Conv_ToFixed( FT_Byte**  cursor,
-                   FT_Byte*   limit,
-                   FT_Int     power_ten )
-  {
-    FT_Byte*  p = *cursor;
-    FT_Fixed  integral;
-    FT_Long   decimal = 0, divider = 1;
-    FT_Bool   sign = 0;
-
-
-    if ( p == limit )
-      return 0;
-
-    if ( *p == '-' || *p == '+' )
-    {
-      sign = FT_BOOL( *p == '-' );
-
-      p++;
-      if ( p == limit )
-        return 0;
-    }
-
-    if ( *p != '.' )
-      integral = PS_Conv_ToInt( &p, limit ) << 16;
-    else
-      integral = 0;
-
-    /* read the decimal part */
-    if ( p < limit && *p == '.' )
-    {
-      p++;
-
-      for ( ; p < limit; p++ )
-      {
-        FT_Char  c;
-
-
-        if ( IS_PS_SPACE( *p ) || *p OP 0x80 )
-          break;
-
-        c = ft_char_table[*p & 0x7f];
-
-        if ( c < 0 || c >= 10 )
-          break;
-
-        if ( !integral && power_ten > 0 )
-        {
-          power_ten--;
-          decimal = decimal * 10 + c;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          if ( divider < 10000000L )
-          {
-            decimal = decimal * 10 + c;
-            divider *= 10;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* read exponent, if any */
-    if ( p + 1 < limit && ( *p == 'e' || *p == 'E' ) )
-    {
-      p++;
-      power_ten += PS_Conv_ToInt( &p, limit );
-    }
-
-    while ( power_ten > 0 )
-    {
-      integral *= 10;
-      decimal  *= 10;
-      power_ten--;
-    }
-
-    while ( power_ten < 0 )
-    {
-      integral /= 10;
-      divider  *= 10;
-      power_ten++;
-    }
-
-    if ( decimal )
-      integral += FT_DivFix( decimal, divider );
-
-    if ( sign )
-      integral = -integral;
-
-    *cursor = p;
-
-    return integral;
-  }
-
-
-#if 0
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_UInt )
-  PS_Conv_StringDecode( FT_Byte**  cursor,
-                        FT_Byte*   limit,
-                        FT_Byte*   buffer,
-                        FT_UInt    n )
-  {
-    FT_Byte*  p;
-    FT_UInt   r = 0;
-
-
-    for ( p = *cursor; r < n && p < limit; p++ )
-    {
-      FT_Byte  b;
-
-
-      if ( *p != '\\' )
-      {
-        buffer[r++] = *p;
-
-        continue;
-      }
-
-      p++;
-
-      switch ( *p )
-      {
-      case 'n':
-        b = '\n';
-        break;
-      case 'r':
-        b = '\r';
-        break;
-      case 't':
-        b = '\t';
-        break;
-      case 'b':
-        b = '\b';
-        break;
-      case 'f':
-        b = '\f';
-        break;
-      case '\r':
-        p++;
-        if ( *p != '\n' )
-        {
-          b = *p;
-
-          break;
-        }
-        /* no break */
-      case '\n':
-        continue;
-        break;
-      default:
-        if ( IS_PS_DIGIT( *p ) )
-        {
-          b = *p - '0';
-
-          p++;
-
-          if ( IS_PS_DIGIT( *p ) )
-          {
-            b = b * 8 + *p - '0';
-
-            p++;
-
-            if ( IS_PS_DIGIT( *p ) )
-              b = b * 8 + *p - '0';
-            else
-            {
-              buffer[r++] = b;
-              b = *p;
-            }
-          }
-          else
-          {
-            buffer[r++] = b;
-            b = *p;
-          }
-        }
-        else
-          b = *p;
-        break;
-      }
-
-      buffer[r++] = b;
-    }
-
-    *cursor = p;
-
-    return r;
-  }
-#endif /* 0 */
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_UInt )
-  PS_Conv_ASCIIHexDecode( FT_Byte**  cursor,
-                          FT_Byte*   limit,
-                          FT_Byte*   buffer,
-                          FT_UInt    n )
-  {
-    FT_Byte*  p;
-    FT_UInt   r   = 0;
-    FT_UInt   w   = 0;
-    FT_UInt   pad = 0x01;
-
-
-    n *= 2;
-
-#if 1
-
-    p  = *cursor;
-    if ( n > (FT_UInt)( limit - p ) )
-      n = (FT_UInt)( limit - p );
-
-    /* we try to process two nibbles at a time to be as fast as possible */
-    for ( ; r < n; r++ )
-    {
-      FT_UInt  c = p[r];
-
-
-      if ( IS_PS_SPACE( c ) )
-        continue;
-
-      if ( c OP 0x80 )
-        break;
-
-      c = ft_char_table[c & 0x7F];
-      if ( (unsigned)c >= 16 )
-        break;
-
-      pad = ( pad << 4 ) | c;
-      if ( pad & 0x100 )
-      {
-        buffer[w++] = (FT_Byte)pad;
-        pad         = 0x01;
-      }
-    }
-
-    if ( pad != 0x01 )
-      buffer[w++] = (FT_Byte)( pad << 4 );
-
-    *cursor = p + r;
-
-    return w;
-
-#else /* 0 */
-
-    for ( r = 0; r < n; r++ )
-    {
-      FT_Char  c;
-
-
-      if ( IS_PS_SPACE( *p ) )
-        continue;
-
-      if ( *p OP 0x80 )
-        break;
-
-      c = ft_char_table[*p & 0x7f];
-
-      if ( (unsigned)c >= 16 )
-        break;
-
-      if ( r & 1 )
-      {
-        *buffer = (FT_Byte)(*buffer + c);
-        buffer++;
-      }
-      else
-        *buffer = (FT_Byte)(c << 4);
-
-      r++;
-    }
-
-    *cursor = p;
-
-    return ( r + 1 ) / 2;
-
-#endif /* 0 */
-
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_UInt )
-  PS_Conv_EexecDecode( FT_Byte**   cursor,
-                       FT_Byte*    limit,
-                       FT_Byte*    buffer,
-                       FT_UInt     n,
-                       FT_UShort*  seed )
-  {
-    FT_Byte*  p;
-    FT_UInt   r;
-    FT_UInt   s = *seed;
-
-
-#if 1
-
-    p = *cursor;
-    if ( n > (FT_UInt)(limit - p) )
-      n = (FT_UInt)(limit - p);
-
-    for ( r = 0; r < n; r++ )
-    {
-      FT_UInt  val = p[r];
-      FT_UInt  b   = ( val ^ ( s >> 8 ) );
-
-
-      s         = ( (val + s)*52845U + 22719 ) & 0xFFFFU;
-      buffer[r] = (FT_Byte) b;
-    }
-
-    *cursor = p + n;
-    *seed   = (FT_UShort)s;
-
-#else /* 0 */
-
-    for ( r = 0, p = *cursor; r < n && p < limit; r++, p++ )
-    {
-      FT_Byte  b = (FT_Byte)( *p ^ ( s >> 8 ) );
-
-
-      s = (FT_UShort)( ( *p + s ) * 52845U + 22719 );
-      *buffer++ = b;
-    }
-    *cursor = p;
-    *seed   = s;
-
-#endif /* 0 */
-
-    return r;
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psconv.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psconv.h
deleted file mode 100644
index e511241..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psconv.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  psconv.h                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Some convenience conversions (specification).                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2006 by                                                      */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __PSCONV_H__
-#define __PSCONV_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_AUX_H
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Int )
-  PS_Conv_Strtol( FT_Byte**  cursor,
-                  FT_Byte*   limit,
-                  FT_Int     base );
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Int )
-  PS_Conv_ToInt( FT_Byte**  cursor,
-                 FT_Byte*   limit );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Fixed )
-  PS_Conv_ToFixed( FT_Byte**  cursor,
-                   FT_Byte*   limit,
-                   FT_Int     power_ten );
-
-#if 0
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_UInt )
-  PS_Conv_StringDecode( FT_Byte**  cursor,
-                        FT_Byte*   limit,
-                        FT_Byte*   buffer,
-                        FT_UInt    n );
-#endif
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_UInt )
-  PS_Conv_ASCIIHexDecode( FT_Byte**  cursor,
-                          FT_Byte*   limit,
-                          FT_Byte*   buffer,
-                          FT_UInt    n );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_UInt )
-  PS_Conv_EexecDecode( FT_Byte**   cursor,
-                       FT_Byte*    limit,
-                       FT_Byte*    buffer,
-                       FT_UInt     n,
-                       FT_UShort*  seed );
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __PSCONV_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psobjs.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psobjs.c
deleted file mode 100644
index b7b84ac..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psobjs.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1692 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  psobjs.c                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Auxiliary functions for PostScript fonts (body).                     */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by       */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_AUX_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-
-#include "psobjs.h"
-#include "psconv.h"
-
-#include "psauxerr.h"
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_psobjs
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                             PS_TABLE                          *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    ps_table_new                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Initializes a PS_Table.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <InOut>                                                               */
-  /*    table  :: The address of the target table.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    count  :: The table size = the maximum number of elements.         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    memory :: The memory object to use for all subsequent              */
-  /*              reallocations.                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  ps_table_new( PS_Table   table,
-                FT_Int     count,
-                FT_Memory  memory )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error;
-
-
-    table->memory = memory;
-    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( table->elements, count ) ||
-         FT_NEW_ARRAY( table->lengths,  count ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    table->max_elems = count;
-    table->init      = 0xDEADBEEFUL;
-    table->num_elems = 0;
-    table->block     = 0;
-    table->capacity  = 0;
-    table->cursor    = 0;
-
-    *(PS_Table_FuncsRec*)&table->funcs = ps_table_funcs;
-
-  Exit:
-    if ( error )
-      FT_FREE( table->elements );
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  shift_elements( PS_Table  table,
-                  FT_Byte*  old_base )
-  {
-    FT_PtrDist  delta  = table->block - old_base;
-    FT_Byte**   offset = table->elements;
-    FT_Byte**   limit  = offset + table->max_elems;
-
-
-    for ( ; offset < limit; offset++ )
-    {
-      if ( offset[0] )
-        offset[0] += delta;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  reallocate_t1_table( PS_Table  table,
-                       FT_Long   new_size )
-  {
-    FT_Memory  memory   = table->memory;
-    FT_Byte*   old_base = table->block;
-    FT_Error   error;
-
-
-    /* allocate new base block */
-    if ( FT_ALLOC( table->block, new_size ) )
-    {
-      table->block = old_base;
-      return error;
-    }
-
-    /* copy elements and shift offsets */
-    if ( old_base )
-    {
-      FT_MEM_COPY( table->block, old_base, table->capacity );
-      shift_elements( table, old_base );
-      FT_FREE( old_base );
-    }
-
-    table->capacity = new_size;
-
-    return PSaux_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    ps_table_add                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Adds an object to a PS_Table, possibly growing its memory block.   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <InOut>                                                               */
-  /*    table  :: The target table.                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    idx    :: The index of the object in the table.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    object :: The address of the object to copy in memory.             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    length :: The length in bytes of the source object.                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.  An error is returned if a  */
-  /*    reallocation fails.                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  ps_table_add( PS_Table    table,
-                FT_Int      idx,
-                void*       object,
-                FT_PtrDist  length )
-  {
-    if ( idx < 0 || idx >= table->max_elems )
-    {
-      FT_ERROR(( "ps_table_add: invalid index\n" ));
-      return PSaux_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-    }
-
-    /* grow the base block if needed */
-    if ( table->cursor + length > table->capacity )
-    {
-      FT_Error   error;
-      FT_Offset  new_size  = table->capacity;
-      FT_Long    in_offset;
-
-
-      in_offset = (FT_Long)((FT_Byte*)object - table->block);
-      if ( (FT_ULong)in_offset >= table->capacity )
-        in_offset = -1;
-
-      while ( new_size < table->cursor + length )
-      {
-        /* increase size by 25% and round up to the nearest multiple
-           of 1024 */
-        new_size += ( new_size >> 2 ) + 1;
-        new_size  = FT_PAD_CEIL( new_size, 1024 );
-      }
-
-      error = reallocate_t1_table( table, new_size );
-      if ( error )
-        return error;
-
-      if ( in_offset >= 0 )
-        object = table->block + in_offset;
-    }
-
-    /* add the object to the base block and adjust offset */
-    table->elements[idx] = table->block + table->cursor;
-    table->lengths [idx] = length;
-    FT_MEM_COPY( table->block + table->cursor, object, length );
-
-    table->cursor += length;
-    return PSaux_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    ps_table_done                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Finalizes a PS_TableRec (i.e., reallocate it to its current        */
-  /*    cursor).                                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <InOut>                                                               */
-  /*    table :: The target table.                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    This function does NOT release the heap's memory block.  It is up  */
-  /*    to the caller to clean it, or reference it in its own structures.  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  ps_table_done( PS_Table  table )
-  {
-    FT_Memory  memory = table->memory;
-    FT_Error   error;
-    FT_Byte*   old_base = table->block;
-
-
-    /* should never fail, because rec.cursor <= rec.size */
-    if ( !old_base )
-      return;
-
-    if ( FT_ALLOC( table->block, table->cursor ) )
-      return;
-    FT_MEM_COPY( table->block, old_base, table->cursor );
-    shift_elements( table, old_base );
-
-    table->capacity = table->cursor;
-    FT_FREE( old_base );
-
-    FT_UNUSED( error );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  ps_table_release( PS_Table  table )
-  {
-    FT_Memory  memory = table->memory;
-
-
-    if ( (FT_ULong)table->init == 0xDEADBEEFUL )
-    {
-      FT_FREE( table->block );
-      FT_FREE( table->elements );
-      FT_FREE( table->lengths );
-      table->init = 0;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                            T1 PARSER                          *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /* first character must be already part of the comment */
-
-  static void
-  skip_comment( FT_Byte*  *acur,
-                FT_Byte*   limit )
-  {
-    FT_Byte*  cur = *acur;
-
-
-    while ( cur < limit )
-    {
-      if ( IS_PS_NEWLINE( *cur ) )
-        break;
-      cur++;
-    }
-
-    *acur = cur;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  skip_spaces( FT_Byte*  *acur,
-               FT_Byte*   limit )
-  {
-    FT_Byte*  cur = *acur;
-
-
-    while ( cur < limit )
-    {
-      if ( !IS_PS_SPACE( *cur ) )
-      {
-        if ( *cur == '%' )
-          /* According to the PLRM, a comment is equal to a space. */
-          skip_comment( &cur, limit );
-        else
-          break;
-      }
-      cur++;
-    }
-
-    *acur = cur;
-  }
-
-
-#define IS_OCTAL_DIGIT( c ) ( '0' <= (c) && (c) <= '7' )
-
-
-  /* first character must be `(';                               */
-  /* *acur is positioned at the character after the closing `)' */
-
-  static FT_Error
-  skip_literal_string( FT_Byte*  *acur,
-                       FT_Byte*   limit )
-  {
-    FT_Byte*      cur   = *acur;
-    FT_Int        embed = 0;
-    FT_Error      error = PSaux_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-    unsigned int  i;
-
-
-    while ( cur < limit )
-    {
-      FT_Byte  c = *cur;
-
-
-      ++cur;
-
-      if ( c == '\\' )
-      {
-        /* Red Book 3rd ed., section `Literal Text Strings', p. 29:     */
-        /* A backslash can introduce three different types              */
-        /* of escape sequences:                                         */
-        /*   - a special escaped char like \r, \n, etc.                 */
-        /*   - a one-, two-, or three-digit octal number                */
-        /*   - none of the above in which case the backslash is ignored */
-
-        if ( cur == limit )
-          /* error (or to be ignored?) */
-          break;
-
-        switch ( *cur )
-        {
-          /* skip `special' escape */
-        case 'n':
-        case 'r':
-        case 't':
-        case 'b':
-        case 'f':
-        case '\\':
-        case '(':
-        case ')':
-          ++cur;
-          break;
-
-        default:
-          /* skip octal escape or ignore backslash */
-          for ( i = 0; i < 3 && cur < limit; ++i )
-          {
-            if ( ! IS_OCTAL_DIGIT( *cur ) )
-              break;
-
-            ++cur;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-      else if ( c == '(' )
-        embed++;
-      else if ( c == ')' )
-      {
-        embed--;
-        if ( embed == 0 )
-        {
-          error = PSaux_Err_Ok;
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    *acur = cur;
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* first character must be `<' */
-
-  static FT_Error
-  skip_string( FT_Byte*  *acur,
-               FT_Byte*   limit )
-  {
-    FT_Byte*  cur = *acur;
-    FT_Error  err =  PSaux_Err_Ok;
-
-
-    while ( ++cur < limit )
-    {
-      /* All whitespace characters are ignored. */
-      skip_spaces( &cur, limit );
-      if ( cur >= limit )
-        break;
-
-      if ( !IS_PS_XDIGIT( *cur ) )
-        break;
-    }
-
-    if ( cur < limit && *cur != '>' )
-    {
-      FT_ERROR(( "skip_string: missing closing delimiter `>'\n" ));
-      err = PSaux_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-    }
-    else
-      cur++;
-
-    *acur = cur;
-    return err;
-  }
-
-
-  /* first character must be the opening brace that */
-  /* starts the procedure                           */
-
-  /* NB: [ and ] need not match:                    */
-  /* `/foo {[} def' is a valid PostScript fragment, */
-  /* even within a Type1 font                       */
-
-  static FT_Error
-  skip_procedure( FT_Byte*  *acur,
-                  FT_Byte*   limit )
-  {
-    FT_Byte*  cur;
-    FT_Int    embed = 0;
-    FT_Error  error = PSaux_Err_Ok;
-
-
-    FT_ASSERT( **acur == '{' );
-
-    for ( cur = *acur; cur < limit && error == PSaux_Err_Ok; ++cur )
-    {
-      switch ( *cur )
-      {
-      case '{':
-        ++embed;
-        break;
-
-      case '}':
-        --embed;
-        if ( embed == 0 )
-        {
-          ++cur;
-          goto end;
-        }
-        break;
-
-      case '(':
-        error = skip_literal_string( &cur, limit );
-        break;
-
-      case '<':
-        error = skip_string( &cur, limit );
-        break;
-
-      case '%':
-        skip_comment( &cur, limit );
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-
-  end:
-    if ( embed != 0 )
-      error = PSaux_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-
-    *acur = cur;
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /***********************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                     */
-  /* All exported parsing routines handle leading whitespace and stop at */
-  /* the first character which isn't part of the just handled token.     */
-  /*                                                                     */
-  /***********************************************************************/
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  ps_parser_skip_PS_token( PS_Parser  parser )
-  {
-    /* Note: PostScript allows any non-delimiting, non-whitespace        */
-    /*       character in a name (PS Ref Manual, 3rd ed, p31).           */
-    /*       PostScript delimiters are (, ), <, >, [, ], {, }, /, and %. */
-
-    FT_Byte*  cur   = parser->cursor;
-    FT_Byte*  limit = parser->limit;
-    FT_Error  error = PSaux_Err_Ok;
-
-
-    skip_spaces( &cur, limit );             /* this also skips comments */
-    if ( cur >= limit )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* self-delimiting, single-character tokens */
-    if ( *cur == '[' || *cur == ']' )
-    {
-      cur++;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* skip balanced expressions (procedures and strings) */
-
-    if ( *cur == '{' )                              /* {...} */
-    {
-      error = skip_procedure( &cur, limit );
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    if ( *cur == '(' )                              /* (...) */
-    {
-      error = skip_literal_string( &cur, limit );
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    if ( *cur == '<' )                              /* <...> */
-    {
-      if ( cur + 1 < limit && *(cur + 1) == '<' )   /* << */
-      {
-        cur++;
-        cur++;
-      }
-      else
-        error = skip_string( &cur, limit );
-
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    if ( *cur == '>' )
-    {
-      cur++;
-      if ( cur >= limit || *cur != '>' )             /* >> */
-      {
-        FT_ERROR(( "ps_parser_skip_PS_token: "
-                   "unexpected closing delimiter `>'\n" ));
-        error = PSaux_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-        goto Exit;
-      }
-      cur++;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    if ( *cur == '/' )
-      cur++;
-
-    /* anything else */
-    while ( cur < limit )
-    {
-      /* *cur might be invalid (e.g., ')' or '}'), but this   */
-      /* is handled by the test `cur == parser->cursor' below */
-      if ( IS_PS_DELIM( *cur ) )
-        break;
-
-      cur++;
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    if ( cur == parser->cursor )
-    {
-      FT_ERROR(( "ps_parser_skip_PS_token: "
-                 "current token is `%c', which is self-delimiting "
-                 "but invalid at this point\n",
-                 *cur ));
-
-      error = PSaux_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-    }
-
-    parser->error  = error;
-    parser->cursor = cur;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  ps_parser_skip_spaces( PS_Parser  parser )
-  {
-    skip_spaces( &parser->cursor, parser->limit );
-  }
-
-
-  /* `token' here means either something between balanced delimiters */
-  /* or the next token; the delimiters are not removed.              */
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  ps_parser_to_token( PS_Parser  parser,
-                      T1_Token   token )
-  {
-    FT_Byte*  cur;
-    FT_Byte*  limit;
-    FT_Int    embed;
-
-
-    token->type  = T1_TOKEN_TYPE_NONE;
-    token->start = 0;
-    token->limit = 0;
-
-    /* first of all, skip leading whitespace */
-    ps_parser_skip_spaces( parser );
-
-    cur   = parser->cursor;
-    limit = parser->limit;
-
-    if ( cur >= limit )
-      return;
-
-    switch ( *cur )
-    {
-      /************* check for literal string *****************/
-    case '(':
-      token->type  = T1_TOKEN_TYPE_STRING;
-      token->start = cur;
-
-      if ( skip_literal_string( &cur, limit ) == PSaux_Err_Ok )
-        token->limit = cur;
-      break;
-
-      /************* check for programs/array *****************/
-    case '{':
-      token->type  = T1_TOKEN_TYPE_ARRAY;
-      token->start = cur;
-
-      if ( skip_procedure( &cur, limit ) == PSaux_Err_Ok )
-        token->limit = cur;
-      break;
-
-      /************* check for table/array ********************/
-      /* XXX: in theory we should also look for "<<"          */
-      /*      since this is semantically equivalent to "[";   */
-      /*      in practice it doesn't matter (?)               */
-    case '[':
-      token->type  = T1_TOKEN_TYPE_ARRAY;
-      embed        = 1;
-      token->start = cur++;
-
-      /* we need this to catch `[ ]' */
-      parser->cursor = cur;
-      ps_parser_skip_spaces( parser );
-      cur = parser->cursor;
-
-      while ( cur < limit && !parser->error )
-      {
-        /* XXX: this is wrong because it does not      */
-        /*      skip comments, procedures, and strings */
-        if ( *cur == '[' )
-          embed++;
-        else if ( *cur == ']' )
-        {
-          embed--;
-          if ( embed <= 0 )
-          {
-            token->limit = ++cur;
-            break;
-          }
-        }
-
-        parser->cursor = cur;
-        ps_parser_skip_PS_token( parser );
-        /* we need this to catch `[XXX ]' */
-        ps_parser_skip_spaces  ( parser );
-        cur = parser->cursor;
-      }
-      break;
-
-      /* ************ otherwise, it is any token **************/
-    default:
-      token->start = cur;
-      token->type  = ( *cur == '/' ? T1_TOKEN_TYPE_KEY : T1_TOKEN_TYPE_ANY );
-      ps_parser_skip_PS_token( parser );
-      cur = parser->cursor;
-      if ( !parser->error )
-        token->limit = cur;
-    }
-
-    if ( !token->limit )
-    {
-      token->start = 0;
-      token->type  = T1_TOKEN_TYPE_NONE;
-    }
-
-    parser->cursor = cur;
-  }
-
-
-  /* NB: `tokens' can be NULL if we only want to count */
-  /* the number of array elements                      */
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  ps_parser_to_token_array( PS_Parser  parser,
-                            T1_Token   tokens,
-                            FT_UInt    max_tokens,
-                            FT_Int*    pnum_tokens )
-  {
-    T1_TokenRec  master;
-
-
-    *pnum_tokens = -1;
-
-    /* this also handles leading whitespace */
-    ps_parser_to_token( parser, &master );
-
-    if ( master.type == T1_TOKEN_TYPE_ARRAY )
-    {
-      FT_Byte*  old_cursor = parser->cursor;
-      FT_Byte*  old_limit  = parser->limit;
-      T1_Token  cur        = tokens;
-      T1_Token  limit      = cur + max_tokens;
-
-
-      /* don't include outermost delimiters */
-      parser->cursor = master.start + 1;
-      parser->limit  = master.limit - 1;
-
-      while ( parser->cursor < parser->limit )
-      {
-        T1_TokenRec  token;
-
-
-        ps_parser_to_token( parser, &token );
-        if ( !token.type )
-          break;
-
-        if ( tokens != NULL && cur < limit )
-          *cur = token;
-
-        cur++;
-      }
-
-      *pnum_tokens = (FT_Int)( cur - tokens );
-
-      parser->cursor = old_cursor;
-      parser->limit  = old_limit;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  /* first character must be a delimiter or a part of a number */
-  /* NB: `coords' can be NULL if we just want to skip the      */
-  /*     array; in this case we ignore `max_coords'            */
-
-  static FT_Int
-  ps_tocoordarray( FT_Byte*  *acur,
-                   FT_Byte*   limit,
-                   FT_Int     max_coords,
-                   FT_Short*  coords )
-  {
-    FT_Byte*  cur   = *acur;
-    FT_Int    count = 0;
-    FT_Byte   c, ender;
-
-
-    if ( cur >= limit )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* check for the beginning of an array; otherwise, only one number */
-    /* will be read                                                    */
-    c     = *cur;
-    ender = 0;
-
-    if ( c == '[' )
-      ender = ']';
-    else if ( c == '{' )
-      ender = '}';
-
-    if ( ender )
-      cur++;
-
-    /* now, read the coordinates */
-    while ( cur < limit )
-    {
-      FT_Short  dummy;
-      FT_Byte*  old_cur;
-
-
-      /* skip whitespace in front of data */
-      skip_spaces( &cur, limit );
-      if ( cur >= limit )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      if ( *cur == ender )
-      {
-        cur++;
-        break;
-      }
-
-      old_cur = cur;
-
-      if ( coords != NULL && count >= max_coords )
-        break;
-
-      /* call PS_Conv_ToFixed() even if coords == NULL */
-      /* to properly parse number at `cur'             */
-      *( coords != NULL ? &coords[count] : &dummy ) =
-        (FT_Short)( PS_Conv_ToFixed( &cur, limit, 0 ) >> 16 );
-
-      if ( old_cur == cur )
-      {
-        count = -1;
-        goto Exit;
-      }
-      else
-        count++;
-
-      if ( !ender )
-        break;
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    *acur = cur;
-    return count;
-  }
-
-
-  /* first character must be a delimiter or a part of a number */
-  /* NB: `values' can be NULL if we just want to skip the      */
-  /*     array; in this case we ignore `max_values'            */
-
-  static FT_Int
-  ps_tofixedarray( FT_Byte*  *acur,
-                   FT_Byte*   limit,
-                   FT_Int     max_values,
-                   FT_Fixed*  values,
-                   FT_Int     power_ten )
-  {
-    FT_Byte*  cur   = *acur;
-    FT_Int    count = 0;
-    FT_Byte   c, ender;
-
-
-    if ( cur >= limit )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* Check for the beginning of an array.  Otherwise, only one number */
-    /* will be read.                                                    */
-    c     = *cur;
-    ender = 0;
-
-    if ( c == '[' )
-      ender = ']';
-    else if ( c == '{' )
-      ender = '}';
-
-    if ( ender )
-      cur++;
-
-    /* now, read the values */
-    while ( cur < limit )
-    {
-      FT_Fixed  dummy;
-      FT_Byte*  old_cur;
-
-
-      /* skip whitespace in front of data */
-      skip_spaces( &cur, limit );
-      if ( cur >= limit )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      if ( *cur == ender )
-      {
-        cur++;
-        break;
-      }
-
-      old_cur = cur;
-
-      if ( values != NULL && count >= max_values )
-        break;
-
-      /* call PS_Conv_ToFixed() even if coords == NULL */
-      /* to properly parse number at `cur'             */
-      *( values != NULL ? &values[count] : &dummy ) =
-        PS_Conv_ToFixed( &cur, limit, power_ten );
-
-      if ( old_cur == cur )
-      {
-        count = -1;
-        goto Exit;
-      }
-      else
-        count++;
-
-      if ( !ender )
-        break;
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    *acur = cur;
-    return count;
-  }
-
-
-#if 0
-
-  static FT_String*
-  ps_tostring( FT_Byte**  cursor,
-               FT_Byte*   limit,
-               FT_Memory  memory )
-  {
-    FT_Byte*    cur = *cursor;
-    FT_PtrDist  len = 0;
-    FT_Int      count;
-    FT_String*  result;
-    FT_Error    error;
-
-
-    /* XXX: some stupid fonts have a `Notice' or `Copyright' string     */
-    /*      that simply doesn't begin with an opening parenthesis, even */
-    /*      though they have a closing one!  E.g. "amuncial.pfb"        */
-    /*                                                                  */
-    /*      We must deal with these ill-fated cases there.  Note that   */
-    /*      these fonts didn't work with the old Type 1 driver as the   */
-    /*      notice/copyright was not recognized as a valid string token */
-    /*      and made the old token parser commit errors.                */
-
-    while ( cur < limit && ( *cur == ' ' || *cur == '\t' ) )
-      cur++;
-    if ( cur + 1 >= limit )
-      return 0;
-
-    if ( *cur == '(' )
-      cur++;  /* skip the opening parenthesis, if there is one */
-
-    *cursor = cur;
-    count   = 0;
-
-    /* then, count its length */
-    for ( ; cur < limit; cur++ )
-    {
-      if ( *cur == '(' )
-        count++;
-
-      else if ( *cur == ')' )
-      {
-        count--;
-        if ( count < 0 )
-          break;
-      }
-    }
-
-    len = cur - *cursor;
-    if ( cur >= limit || FT_ALLOC( result, len + 1 ) )
-      return 0;
-
-    /* now copy the string */
-    FT_MEM_COPY( result, *cursor, len );
-    result[len] = '\0';
-    *cursor = cur;
-    return result;
-  }
-
-#endif /* 0 */
-
-
-  static int
-  ps_tobool( FT_Byte*  *acur,
-             FT_Byte*   limit )
-  {
-    FT_Byte*  cur    = *acur;
-    FT_Bool   result = 0;
-
-
-    /* return 1 if we find `true', 0 otherwise */
-    if ( cur + 3 < limit &&
-         cur[0] == 't'   &&
-         cur[1] == 'r'   &&
-         cur[2] == 'u'   &&
-         cur[3] == 'e'   )
-    {
-      result = 1;
-      cur   += 5;
-    }
-    else if ( cur + 4 < limit &&
-              cur[0] == 'f'   &&
-              cur[1] == 'a'   &&
-              cur[2] == 'l'   &&
-              cur[3] == 's'   &&
-              cur[4] == 'e'   )
-    {
-      result = 0;
-      cur   += 6;
-    }
-
-    *acur = cur;
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-  /* load a simple field (i.e. non-table) into the current list of objects */
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  ps_parser_load_field( PS_Parser       parser,
-                        const T1_Field  field,
-                        void**          objects,
-                        FT_UInt         max_objects,
-                        FT_ULong*       pflags )
-  {
-    T1_TokenRec  token;
-    FT_Byte*     cur;
-    FT_Byte*     limit;
-    FT_UInt      count;
-    FT_UInt      idx;
-    FT_Error     error;
-
-
-    /* this also skips leading whitespace */
-    ps_parser_to_token( parser, &token );
-    if ( !token.type )
-      goto Fail;
-
-    count = 1;
-    idx   = 0;
-    cur   = token.start;
-    limit = token.limit;
-
-    /* we must detect arrays in /FontBBox */
-    if ( field->type == T1_FIELD_TYPE_BBOX )
-    {
-      T1_TokenRec  token2;
-      FT_Byte*     old_cur   = parser->cursor;
-      FT_Byte*     old_limit = parser->limit;
-
-
-      /* don't include delimiters */
-      parser->cursor = token.start + 1;
-      parser->limit  = token.limit - 1;
-
-      ps_parser_to_token( parser, &token2 );
-      parser->cursor = old_cur;
-      parser->limit  = old_limit;
-
-      if ( token2.type == T1_TOKEN_TYPE_ARRAY )
-        goto FieldArray;
-    }
-    else if ( token.type == T1_TOKEN_TYPE_ARRAY )
-    {
-    FieldArray:
-      /* if this is an array and we have no blend, an error occurs */
-      if ( max_objects == 0 )
-        goto Fail;
-
-      count = max_objects;
-      idx   = 1;
-
-      /* don't include delimiters */
-      cur++;
-      limit--;
-    }
-
-    for ( ; count > 0; count--, idx++ )
-    {
-      FT_Byte*    q = (FT_Byte*)objects[idx] + field->offset;
-      FT_Long     val;
-      FT_String*  string;
-
-
-      skip_spaces( &cur, limit );
-
-      switch ( field->type )
-      {
-      case T1_FIELD_TYPE_BOOL:
-        val = ps_tobool( &cur, limit );
-        goto Store_Integer;
-
-      case T1_FIELD_TYPE_FIXED:
-        val = PS_Conv_ToFixed( &cur, limit, 0 );
-        goto Store_Integer;
-
-      case T1_FIELD_TYPE_FIXED_1000:
-        val = PS_Conv_ToFixed( &cur, limit, 3 );
-        goto Store_Integer;
-
-      case T1_FIELD_TYPE_INTEGER:
-        val = PS_Conv_ToInt( &cur, limit );
-        /* fall through */
-
-      Store_Integer:
-        switch ( field->size )
-        {
-        case (8 / FT_CHAR_BIT):
-          *(FT_Byte*)q = (FT_Byte)val;
-          break;
-
-        case (16 / FT_CHAR_BIT):
-          *(FT_UShort*)q = (FT_UShort)val;
-          break;
-
-        case (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT):
-          *(FT_UInt32*)q = (FT_UInt32)val;
-          break;
-
-        default:                /* for 64-bit systems */
-          *(FT_Long*)q = val;
-        }
-        break;
-
-      case T1_FIELD_TYPE_STRING:
-      case T1_FIELD_TYPE_KEY:
-        {
-          FT_Memory  memory = parser->memory;
-          FT_UInt    len    = (FT_UInt)( limit - cur );
-
-
-          if ( cur >= limit )
-            break;
-
-          /* we allow both a string or a name   */
-          /* for cases like /FontName (foo) def */
-          if ( token.type == T1_TOKEN_TYPE_KEY )
-          {
-            /* don't include leading `/' */
-            len--;
-            cur++;
-          }
-          else if ( token.type == T1_TOKEN_TYPE_STRING )
-          {
-            /* don't include delimiting parentheses    */
-            /* XXX we don't handle <<...>> here        */
-            /* XXX should we convert octal escapes?    */
-            /*     if so, what encoding should we use? */
-            cur++;
-            len -= 2;
-          }
-          else
-          {
-            FT_ERROR(( "ps_parser_load_field: expected a name or string "
-                       "but found token of type %d instead\n",
-                       token.type ));
-            error = PSaux_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-            goto Exit;
-          }
-
-          /* for this to work (FT_String**)q must have been */
-          /* initialized to NULL                            */
-          if ( *(FT_String**)q != NULL )
-          {
-            FT_TRACE0(( "ps_parser_load_field: overwriting field %s\n",
-                        field->ident ));
-            FT_FREE( *(FT_String**)q );
-            *(FT_String**)q = NULL;
-          }
-
-          if ( FT_ALLOC( string, len + 1 ) )
-            goto Exit;
-
-          FT_MEM_COPY( string, cur, len );
-          string[len] = 0;
-
-          *(FT_String**)q = string;
-        }
-        break;
-
-      case T1_FIELD_TYPE_BBOX:
-        {
-          FT_Fixed  temp[4];
-          FT_BBox*  bbox = (FT_BBox*)q;
-          FT_Int    result;
-
-
-          result = ps_tofixedarray( &cur, limit, 4, temp, 0 );
-
-          if ( result < 0 )
-          {
-            FT_ERROR(( "ps_parser_load_field: "
-                       "expected four integers in bounding box\n" ));
-            error = PSaux_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-            goto Exit;
-          }
-
-          bbox->xMin = FT_RoundFix( temp[0] );
-          bbox->yMin = FT_RoundFix( temp[1] );
-          bbox->xMax = FT_RoundFix( temp[2] );
-          bbox->yMax = FT_RoundFix( temp[3] );
-        }
-        break;
-
-      default:
-        /* an error occurred */
-        goto Fail;
-      }
-    }
-
-#if 0  /* obsolete -- keep for reference */
-    if ( pflags )
-      *pflags |= 1L << field->flag_bit;
-#else
-    FT_UNUSED( pflags );
-#endif
-
-    error = PSaux_Err_Ok;
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-
-  Fail:
-    error = PSaux_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-    goto Exit;
-  }
-
-
-#define T1_MAX_TABLE_ELEMENTS  32
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  ps_parser_load_field_table( PS_Parser       parser,
-                              const T1_Field  field,
-                              void**          objects,
-                              FT_UInt         max_objects,
-                              FT_ULong*       pflags )
-  {
-    T1_TokenRec  elements[T1_MAX_TABLE_ELEMENTS];
-    T1_Token     token;
-    FT_Int       num_elements;
-    FT_Error     error = PSaux_Err_Ok;
-    FT_Byte*     old_cursor;
-    FT_Byte*     old_limit;
-    T1_FieldRec  fieldrec = *(T1_Field)field;
-
-
-    fieldrec.type = T1_FIELD_TYPE_INTEGER;
-    if ( field->type == T1_FIELD_TYPE_FIXED_ARRAY ||
-         field->type == T1_FIELD_TYPE_BBOX        )
-      fieldrec.type = T1_FIELD_TYPE_FIXED;
-
-    ps_parser_to_token_array( parser, elements,
-                              T1_MAX_TABLE_ELEMENTS, &num_elements );
-    if ( num_elements < 0 )
-    {
-      error = PSaux_Err_Ignore;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-    if ( (FT_UInt)num_elements > field->array_max )
-      num_elements = field->array_max;
-
-    old_cursor = parser->cursor;
-    old_limit  = parser->limit;
-
-    /* we store the elements count if necessary */
-    if ( field->type != T1_FIELD_TYPE_BBOX )
-      *(FT_Byte*)( (FT_Byte*)objects[0] + field->count_offset ) =
-        (FT_Byte)num_elements;
-
-    /* we now load each element, adjusting the field.offset on each one */
-    token = elements;
-    for ( ; num_elements > 0; num_elements--, token++ )
-    {
-      parser->cursor = token->start;
-      parser->limit  = token->limit;
-      ps_parser_load_field( parser, &fieldrec, objects, max_objects, 0 );
-      fieldrec.offset += fieldrec.size;
-    }
-
-#if 0  /* obsolete -- keep for reference */
-    if ( pflags )
-      *pflags |= 1L << field->flag_bit;
-#else
-    FT_UNUSED( pflags );
-#endif
-
-    parser->cursor = old_cursor;
-    parser->limit  = old_limit;
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Long )
-  ps_parser_to_int( PS_Parser  parser )
-  {
-    ps_parser_skip_spaces( parser );
-    return PS_Conv_ToInt( &parser->cursor, parser->limit );
-  }
-
-
-  /* first character must be `<' if `delimiters' is non-zero */
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  ps_parser_to_bytes( PS_Parser  parser,
-                      FT_Byte*   bytes,
-                      FT_Long    max_bytes,
-                      FT_Long*   pnum_bytes,
-                      FT_Bool    delimiters )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error = PSaux_Err_Ok;
-    FT_Byte*  cur;
-
-
-    ps_parser_skip_spaces( parser );
-    cur = parser->cursor;
-
-    if ( cur >= parser->limit )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    if ( delimiters )
-    {
-      if ( *cur != '<' )
-      {
-        FT_ERROR(( "ps_parser_to_bytes: Missing starting delimiter `<'\n" ));
-        error = PSaux_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-        goto Exit;
-      }
-
-      cur++;
-    }
-
-    *pnum_bytes = PS_Conv_ASCIIHexDecode( &cur,
-                                          parser->limit,
-                                          bytes,
-                                          max_bytes );
-
-    if ( delimiters )
-    {
-      if ( cur < parser->limit && *cur != '>' )
-      {
-        FT_ERROR(( "ps_parser_to_bytes: Missing closing delimiter `>'\n" ));
-        error = PSaux_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-        goto Exit;
-      }
-
-      cur++;
-    }
-
-    parser->cursor = cur;
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Fixed )
-  ps_parser_to_fixed( PS_Parser  parser,
-                      FT_Int     power_ten )
-  {
-    ps_parser_skip_spaces( parser );
-    return PS_Conv_ToFixed( &parser->cursor, parser->limit, power_ten );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Int )
-  ps_parser_to_coord_array( PS_Parser  parser,
-                            FT_Int     max_coords,
-                            FT_Short*  coords )
-  {
-    ps_parser_skip_spaces( parser );
-    return ps_tocoordarray( &parser->cursor, parser->limit,
-                            max_coords, coords );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Int )
-  ps_parser_to_fixed_array( PS_Parser  parser,
-                            FT_Int     max_values,
-                            FT_Fixed*  values,
-                            FT_Int     power_ten )
-  {
-    ps_parser_skip_spaces( parser );
-    return ps_tofixedarray( &parser->cursor, parser->limit,
-                            max_values, values, power_ten );
-  }
-
-
-#if 0
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_String* )
-  T1_ToString( PS_Parser  parser )
-  {
-    return ps_tostring( &parser->cursor, parser->limit, parser->memory );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Bool )
-  T1_ToBool( PS_Parser  parser )
-  {
-    return ps_tobool( &parser->cursor, parser->limit );
-  }
-
-#endif /* 0 */
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  ps_parser_init( PS_Parser  parser,
-                  FT_Byte*   base,
-                  FT_Byte*   limit,
-                  FT_Memory  memory )
-  {
-    parser->error  = PSaux_Err_Ok;
-    parser->base   = base;
-    parser->limit  = limit;
-    parser->cursor = base;
-    parser->memory = memory;
-    parser->funcs  = ps_parser_funcs;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  ps_parser_done( PS_Parser  parser )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( parser );
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                            T1 BUILDER                         *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    t1_builder_init                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Initializes a given glyph builder.                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <InOut>                                                               */
-  /*    builder :: A pointer to the glyph builder to initialize.           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face    :: The current face object.                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    size    :: The current size object.                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    glyph   :: The current glyph object.                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    hinting :: Whether hinting should be applied.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  t1_builder_init( T1_Builder    builder,
-                   FT_Face       face,
-                   FT_Size       size,
-                   FT_GlyphSlot  glyph,
-                   FT_Bool       hinting )
-  {
-    builder->parse_state = T1_Parse_Start;
-    builder->load_points = 1;
-
-    builder->face   = face;
-    builder->glyph  = glyph;
-    builder->memory = face->memory;
-
-    if ( glyph )
-    {
-      FT_GlyphLoader  loader = glyph->internal->loader;
-
-
-      builder->loader  = loader;
-      builder->base    = &loader->base.outline;
-      builder->current = &loader->current.outline;
-      FT_GlyphLoader_Rewind( loader );
-
-      builder->hints_globals = size->internal;
-      builder->hints_funcs   = 0;
-
-      if ( hinting )
-        builder->hints_funcs = glyph->internal->glyph_hints;
-    }
-
-    builder->pos_x = 0;
-    builder->pos_y = 0;
-
-    builder->left_bearing.x = 0;
-    builder->left_bearing.y = 0;
-    builder->advance.x      = 0;
-    builder->advance.y      = 0;
-
-    builder->funcs = t1_builder_funcs;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    t1_builder_done                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Finalizes a given glyph builder.  Its contents can still be used   */
-  /*    after the call, but the function saves important information       */
-  /*    within the corresponding glyph slot.                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    builder :: A pointer to the glyph builder to finalize.             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  t1_builder_done( T1_Builder  builder )
-  {
-    FT_GlyphSlot  glyph = builder->glyph;
-
-
-    if ( glyph )
-      glyph->outline = *builder->base;
-  }
-
-
-  /* check that there is enough space for `count' more points */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  t1_builder_check_points( T1_Builder  builder,
-                           FT_Int      count )
-  {
-    return FT_GLYPHLOADER_CHECK_POINTS( builder->loader, count, 0 );
-  }
-
-
-  /* add a new point, do not check space */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  t1_builder_add_point( T1_Builder  builder,
-                        FT_Pos      x,
-                        FT_Pos      y,
-                        FT_Byte     flag )
-  {
-    FT_Outline*  outline = builder->current;
-
-
-    if ( builder->load_points )
-    {
-      FT_Vector*  point   = outline->points + outline->n_points;
-      FT_Byte*    control = (FT_Byte*)outline->tags + outline->n_points;
-
-
-      if ( builder->shift )
-      {
-        x >>= 16;
-        y >>= 16;
-      }
-      point->x = x;
-      point->y = y;
-      *control = (FT_Byte)( flag ? FT_CURVE_TAG_ON : FT_CURVE_TAG_CUBIC );
-
-      builder->last = *point;
-    }
-    outline->n_points++;
-  }
-
-
-  /* check space for a new on-curve point, then add it */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  t1_builder_add_point1( T1_Builder  builder,
-                         FT_Pos      x,
-                         FT_Pos      y )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error;
-
-
-    error = t1_builder_check_points( builder, 1 );
-    if ( !error )
-      t1_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 1 );
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* check space for a new contour, then add it */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  t1_builder_add_contour( T1_Builder  builder )
-  {
-    FT_Outline*  outline = builder->current;
-    FT_Error     error;
-
-
-    if ( !builder->load_points )
-    {
-      outline->n_contours++;
-      return PSaux_Err_Ok;
-    }
-
-    error = FT_GLYPHLOADER_CHECK_POINTS( builder->loader, 0, 1 );
-    if ( !error )
-    {
-      if ( outline->n_contours > 0 )
-        outline->contours[outline->n_contours - 1] =
-          (short)( outline->n_points - 1 );
-
-      outline->n_contours++;
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* if a path was begun, add its first on-curve point */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  t1_builder_start_point( T1_Builder  builder,
-                          FT_Pos      x,
-                          FT_Pos      y )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error = PSaux_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-
-
-    /* test whether we are building a new contour */
-
-    if ( builder->parse_state == T1_Parse_Have_Path )
-      error = PSaux_Err_Ok;
-    else if ( builder->parse_state == T1_Parse_Have_Moveto )
-    {
-      builder->parse_state = T1_Parse_Have_Path;
-      error = t1_builder_add_contour( builder );
-      if ( !error )
-        error = t1_builder_add_point1( builder, x, y );
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* close the current contour */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  t1_builder_close_contour( T1_Builder  builder )
-  {
-    FT_Outline*  outline = builder->current;
-
-
-    if ( !outline )
-      return;
-
-    /* XXXX: We must not include the last point in the path if it */
-    /*       is located on the first point.                       */
-    if ( outline->n_points > 1 )
-    {
-      FT_Int      first   = 0;
-      FT_Vector*  p1      = outline->points + first;
-      FT_Vector*  p2      = outline->points + outline->n_points - 1;
-      FT_Byte*    control = (FT_Byte*)outline->tags + outline->n_points - 1;
-
-
-      if ( outline->n_contours > 1 )
-      {
-        first = outline->contours[outline->n_contours - 2] + 1;
-        p1    = outline->points + first;
-      }
-
-      /* `delete' last point only if it coincides with the first */
-      /* point and it is not a control point (which can happen). */
-      if ( p1->x == p2->x && p1->y == p2->y )
-        if ( *control == FT_CURVE_TAG_ON )
-          outline->n_points--;
-    }
-
-    if ( outline->n_contours > 0 )
-      outline->contours[outline->n_contours - 1] =
-        (short)( outline->n_points - 1 );
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                            OTHER                              *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  t1_decrypt( FT_Byte*   buffer,
-              FT_Offset  length,
-              FT_UShort  seed )
-  {
-    PS_Conv_EexecDecode( &buffer,
-                         buffer + length,
-                         buffer,
-                         length,
-                         &seed );
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psobjs.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psobjs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index c2cbf2c..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psobjs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,212 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  psobjs.h                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Auxiliary functions for PostScript fonts (specification).            */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003 by                                     */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __PSOBJS_H__
-#define __PSOBJS_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_AUX_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                             T1_TABLE                          *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE
-  const PS_Table_FuncsRec    ps_table_funcs;
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE
-  const PS_Parser_FuncsRec   ps_parser_funcs;
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE
-  const T1_Builder_FuncsRec  t1_builder_funcs;
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  ps_table_new( PS_Table   table,
-                FT_Int     count,
-                FT_Memory  memory );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  ps_table_add( PS_Table    table,
-                FT_Int      idx,
-                void*       object,
-                FT_PtrDist  length );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  ps_table_done( PS_Table  table );
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  ps_table_release( PS_Table  table );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                            T1 PARSER                          *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  ps_parser_skip_spaces( PS_Parser  parser );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  ps_parser_skip_PS_token( PS_Parser  parser );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  ps_parser_to_token( PS_Parser  parser,
-                      T1_Token   token );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  ps_parser_to_token_array( PS_Parser  parser,
-                            T1_Token   tokens,
-                            FT_UInt    max_tokens,
-                            FT_Int*    pnum_tokens );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  ps_parser_load_field( PS_Parser       parser,
-                        const T1_Field  field,
-                        void**          objects,
-                        FT_UInt         max_objects,
-                        FT_ULong*       pflags );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  ps_parser_load_field_table( PS_Parser       parser,
-                              const T1_Field  field,
-                              void**          objects,
-                              FT_UInt         max_objects,
-                              FT_ULong*       pflags );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Long )
-  ps_parser_to_int( PS_Parser  parser );
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  ps_parser_to_bytes( PS_Parser  parser,
-                      FT_Byte*   bytes,
-                      FT_Long    max_bytes,
-                      FT_Long*   pnum_bytes,
-                      FT_Bool    delimiters );
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Fixed )
-  ps_parser_to_fixed( PS_Parser  parser,
-                      FT_Int     power_ten );
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Int )
-  ps_parser_to_coord_array( PS_Parser  parser,
-                            FT_Int     max_coords,
-                            FT_Short*  coords );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Int )
-  ps_parser_to_fixed_array( PS_Parser  parser,
-                            FT_Int     max_values,
-                            FT_Fixed*  values,
-                            FT_Int     power_ten );
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  ps_parser_init( PS_Parser  parser,
-                  FT_Byte*   base,
-                  FT_Byte*   limit,
-                  FT_Memory  memory );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  ps_parser_done( PS_Parser  parser );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                            T1 BUILDER                         *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  t1_builder_init( T1_Builder    builder,
-                   FT_Face       face,
-                   FT_Size       size,
-                   FT_GlyphSlot  glyph,
-                   FT_Bool       hinting );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  t1_builder_done( T1_Builder  builder );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  t1_builder_check_points( T1_Builder  builder,
-                           FT_Int      count );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  t1_builder_add_point( T1_Builder  builder,
-                        FT_Pos      x,
-                        FT_Pos      y,
-                        FT_Byte     flag );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  t1_builder_add_point1( T1_Builder  builder,
-                         FT_Pos      x,
-                         FT_Pos      y );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  t1_builder_add_contour( T1_Builder  builder );
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  t1_builder_start_point( T1_Builder  builder,
-                          FT_Pos      x,
-                          FT_Pos      y );
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  t1_builder_close_contour( T1_Builder  builder );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                            OTHER                              *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  t1_decrypt( FT_Byte*   buffer,
-              FT_Offset  length,
-              FT_UShort  seed );
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __PSOBJS_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/rules.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/rules.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 7a1be37..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/rules.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 PSaux driver configuration rules
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2002, 2003, 2006 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-# PSAUX driver directory
-#
-PSAUX_DIR := $(SRC_DIR)/psaux
-
-
-# compilation flags for the driver
-#
-PSAUX_COMPILE := $(FT_COMPILE) $I$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$(PSAUX_DIR))
-
-
-# PSAUX driver sources (i.e., C files)
-#
-PSAUX_DRV_SRC := $(PSAUX_DIR)/psobjs.c   \
-                 $(PSAUX_DIR)/t1decode.c \
-                 $(PSAUX_DIR)/t1cmap.c   \
-                 $(PSAUX_DIR)/afmparse.c \
-                 $(PSAUX_DIR)/psconv.c   \
-                 $(PSAUX_DIR)/psauxmod.c
-
-# PSAUX driver headers
-#
-PSAUX_DRV_H := $(PSAUX_DRV_SRC:%c=%h)  \
-               $(PSAUX_DIR)/psauxerr.h
-
-
-# PSAUX driver object(s)
-#
-#   PSAUX_DRV_OBJ_M is used during `multi' builds.
-#   PSAUX_DRV_OBJ_S is used during `single' builds.
-#
-PSAUX_DRV_OBJ_M := $(PSAUX_DRV_SRC:$(PSAUX_DIR)/%.c=$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O)
-PSAUX_DRV_OBJ_S := $(OBJ_DIR)/psaux.$O
-
-# PSAUX driver source file for single build
-#
-PSAUX_DRV_SRC_S := $(PSAUX_DIR)/psaux.c
-
-
-# PSAUX driver - single object
-#
-$(PSAUX_DRV_OBJ_S): $(PSAUX_DRV_SRC_S) $(PSAUX_DRV_SRC) \
-                   $(FREETYPE_H) $(PSAUX_DRV_H)
-	$(PSAUX_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $(PSAUX_DRV_SRC_S))
-
-
-# PSAUX driver - multiple objects
-#
-$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O: $(PSAUX_DIR)/%.c $(FREETYPE_H) $(PSAUX_DRV_H)
-	$(PSAUX_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $<)
-
-
-# update main driver object lists
-#
-DRV_OBJS_S += $(PSAUX_DRV_OBJ_S)
-DRV_OBJS_M += $(PSAUX_DRV_OBJ_M)
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/t1cmap.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/t1cmap.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 67a23db..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/t1cmap.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,341 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  t1cmap.c                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Type 1 character map support (body).                                 */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2006, 2007 by                                    */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include "t1cmap.h"
-
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-
-#include "psauxerr.h"
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****          TYPE1 STANDARD (AND EXPERT) ENCODING CMAPS           *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  static void
-  t1_cmap_std_init( T1_CMapStd  cmap,
-                    FT_Int      is_expert )
-  {
-    T1_Face             face    = (T1_Face)FT_CMAP_FACE( cmap );
-    FT_Service_PsCMaps  psnames = (FT_Service_PsCMaps)face->psnames;
-
-
-    cmap->num_glyphs    = face->type1.num_glyphs;
-    cmap->glyph_names   = (const char* const*)face->type1.glyph_names;
-    cmap->sid_to_string = psnames->adobe_std_strings;
-    cmap->code_to_sid   = is_expert ? psnames->adobe_expert_encoding
-                                    : psnames->adobe_std_encoding;
-
-    FT_ASSERT( cmap->code_to_sid != NULL );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
-  t1_cmap_std_done( T1_CMapStd  cmap )
-  {
-    cmap->num_glyphs    = 0;
-    cmap->glyph_names   = NULL;
-    cmap->sid_to_string = NULL;
-    cmap->code_to_sid   = NULL;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
-  t1_cmap_std_char_index( T1_CMapStd  cmap,
-                          FT_UInt32   char_code )
-  {
-    FT_UInt  result = 0;
-
-
-    if ( char_code < 256 )
-    {
-      FT_UInt      code, n;
-      const char*  glyph_name;
-
-
-      /* convert character code to Adobe SID string */
-      code       = cmap->code_to_sid[char_code];
-      glyph_name = cmap->sid_to_string( code );
-
-      /* look for the corresponding glyph name */
-      for ( n = 0; n < cmap->num_glyphs; n++ )
-      {
-        const char* gname = cmap->glyph_names[n];
-
-
-        if ( gname && gname[0] == glyph_name[0]  &&
-             ft_strcmp( gname, glyph_name ) == 0 )
-        {
-          result = n;
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
-  t1_cmap_std_char_next( T1_CMapStd   cmap,
-                         FT_UInt32   *pchar_code )
-  {
-    FT_UInt    result    = 0;
-    FT_UInt32  char_code = *pchar_code + 1;
-
-
-    while ( char_code < 256 )
-    {
-      result = t1_cmap_std_char_index( cmap, char_code );
-      if ( result != 0 )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      char_code++;
-    }
-    char_code = 0;
-
-  Exit:
-    *pchar_code = char_code;
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  t1_cmap_standard_init( T1_CMapStd  cmap )
-  {
-    t1_cmap_std_init( cmap, 0 );
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF const FT_CMap_ClassRec
-  t1_cmap_standard_class_rec =
-  {
-    sizeof ( T1_CMapStdRec ),
-
-    (FT_CMap_InitFunc)     t1_cmap_standard_init,
-    (FT_CMap_DoneFunc)     t1_cmap_std_done,
-    (FT_CMap_CharIndexFunc)t1_cmap_std_char_index,
-    (FT_CMap_CharNextFunc) t1_cmap_std_char_next,
-
-    NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL
-  };
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  t1_cmap_expert_init( T1_CMapStd  cmap )
-  {
-    t1_cmap_std_init( cmap, 1 );
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF const FT_CMap_ClassRec
-  t1_cmap_expert_class_rec =
-  {
-    sizeof ( T1_CMapStdRec ),
-
-    (FT_CMap_InitFunc)     t1_cmap_expert_init,
-    (FT_CMap_DoneFunc)     t1_cmap_std_done,
-    (FT_CMap_CharIndexFunc)t1_cmap_std_char_index,
-    (FT_CMap_CharNextFunc) t1_cmap_std_char_next,
-
-    NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL
-  };
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                    TYPE1 CUSTOM ENCODING CMAP                 *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  t1_cmap_custom_init( T1_CMapCustom  cmap )
-  {
-    T1_Face      face     = (T1_Face)FT_CMAP_FACE( cmap );
-    T1_Encoding  encoding = &face->type1.encoding;
-
-
-    cmap->first   = encoding->code_first;
-    cmap->count   = (FT_UInt)( encoding->code_last - cmap->first + 1 );
-    cmap->indices = encoding->char_index;
-
-    FT_ASSERT( cmap->indices != NULL );
-    FT_ASSERT( encoding->code_first <= encoding->code_last );
-
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
-  t1_cmap_custom_done( T1_CMapCustom  cmap )
-  {
-    cmap->indices = NULL;
-    cmap->first   = 0;
-    cmap->count   = 0;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
-  t1_cmap_custom_char_index( T1_CMapCustom  cmap,
-                             FT_UInt32      char_code )
-  {
-    FT_UInt    result = 0;
-
-
-    if ( ( char_code >= cmap->first )                  &&
-         ( char_code < ( cmap->first + cmap->count ) ) )
-      result = cmap->indices[char_code];
-
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
-  t1_cmap_custom_char_next( T1_CMapCustom  cmap,
-                            FT_UInt32     *pchar_code )
-  {
-    FT_UInt    result = 0;
-    FT_UInt32  char_code = *pchar_code;
-
-
-    ++char_code;
-
-    if ( char_code < cmap->first )
-      char_code = cmap->first;
-
-    for ( ; char_code < ( cmap->first + cmap->count ); char_code++ )
-    {
-      result = cmap->indices[char_code];
-      if ( result != 0 )
-        goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    char_code = 0;
-
-  Exit:
-    *pchar_code = char_code;
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF const FT_CMap_ClassRec
-  t1_cmap_custom_class_rec =
-  {
-    sizeof ( T1_CMapCustomRec ),
-
-    (FT_CMap_InitFunc)     t1_cmap_custom_init,
-    (FT_CMap_DoneFunc)     t1_cmap_custom_done,
-    (FT_CMap_CharIndexFunc)t1_cmap_custom_char_index,
-    (FT_CMap_CharNextFunc) t1_cmap_custom_char_next,
-
-    NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL
-  };
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****            TYPE1 SYNTHETIC UNICODE ENCODING CMAP              *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( const char * )
-  t1_get_glyph_name( T1_Face  face,
-                     FT_UInt  idx )
-  {
-    return face->type1.glyph_names[idx];
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  t1_cmap_unicode_init( PS_Unicodes  unicodes )
-  {
-    T1_Face             face    = (T1_Face)FT_CMAP_FACE( unicodes );
-    FT_Memory           memory  = FT_FACE_MEMORY( face );
-    FT_Service_PsCMaps  psnames = (FT_Service_PsCMaps)face->psnames;
-
-
-    return psnames->unicodes_init( memory,
-                                   unicodes,
-                                   face->type1.num_glyphs,
-                                   (PS_GetGlyphNameFunc)&t1_get_glyph_name,
-                                   (PS_FreeGlyphNameFunc)NULL,
-                                   (FT_Pointer)face );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
-  t1_cmap_unicode_done( PS_Unicodes  unicodes )
-  {
-    FT_Face    face   = FT_CMAP_FACE( unicodes );
-    FT_Memory  memory = FT_FACE_MEMORY( face );
-
-
-    FT_FREE( unicodes->maps );
-    unicodes->num_maps = 0;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
-  t1_cmap_unicode_char_index( PS_Unicodes  unicodes,
-                              FT_UInt32    char_code )
-  {
-    T1_Face             face    = (T1_Face)FT_CMAP_FACE( unicodes );
-    FT_Service_PsCMaps  psnames = (FT_Service_PsCMaps)face->psnames;
-
-
-    return psnames->unicodes_char_index( unicodes, char_code );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
-  t1_cmap_unicode_char_next( PS_Unicodes  unicodes,
-                             FT_UInt32   *pchar_code )
-  {
-    T1_Face             face    = (T1_Face)FT_CMAP_FACE( unicodes );
-    FT_Service_PsCMaps  psnames = (FT_Service_PsCMaps)face->psnames;
-
-
-    return psnames->unicodes_char_next( unicodes, pchar_code );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF const FT_CMap_ClassRec
-  t1_cmap_unicode_class_rec =
-  {
-    sizeof ( PS_UnicodesRec ),
-
-    (FT_CMap_InitFunc)     t1_cmap_unicode_init,
-    (FT_CMap_DoneFunc)     t1_cmap_unicode_done,
-    (FT_CMap_CharIndexFunc)t1_cmap_unicode_char_index,
-    (FT_CMap_CharNextFunc) t1_cmap_unicode_char_next,
-
-    NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL
-  };
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/t1cmap.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/t1cmap.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 7ae65d2..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/t1cmap.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,105 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  t1cmap.h                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Type 1 character map support (specification).                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2006 by                                          */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __T1CMAP_H__
-#define __T1CMAP_H__
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_TYPE1_TYPES_H
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****          TYPE1 STANDARD (AND EXPERT) ENCODING CMAPS           *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /* standard (and expert) encoding cmaps */
-  typedef struct T1_CMapStdRec_*  T1_CMapStd;
-
-  typedef struct  T1_CMapStdRec_
-  {
-    FT_CMapRec                cmap;
-
-    const FT_UShort*          code_to_sid;
-    PS_Adobe_Std_StringsFunc  sid_to_string;
-
-    FT_UInt                   num_glyphs;
-    const char* const*        glyph_names;
-
-  } T1_CMapStdRec;
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE const FT_CMap_ClassRec
-  t1_cmap_standard_class_rec;
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE const FT_CMap_ClassRec
-  t1_cmap_expert_class_rec;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                  TYPE1 CUSTOM ENCODING CMAP                   *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  typedef struct T1_CMapCustomRec_*  T1_CMapCustom;
-
-  typedef struct  T1_CMapCustomRec_
-  {
-    FT_CMapRec  cmap;
-    FT_UInt     first;
-    FT_UInt     count;
-    FT_UShort*  indices;
-
-  } T1_CMapCustomRec;
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE const FT_CMap_ClassRec
-  t1_cmap_custom_class_rec;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****             TYPE1 SYNTHETIC UNICODE ENCODING CMAP             *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /* unicode (synthetic) cmaps */
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE const FT_CMap_ClassRec
-  t1_cmap_unicode_class_rec;
-
- /* */
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __T1CMAP_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/t1decode.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/t1decode.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 550ba64..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/t1decode.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1475 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  t1decode.c                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    PostScript Type 1 decoding routines (body).                          */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2000-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by       */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_HINTS_H
-#include FT_OUTLINE_H
-
-#include "t1decode.h"
-#include "psobjs.h"
-
-#include "psauxerr.h"
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_t1decode
-
-
-  typedef enum  T1_Operator_
-  {
-    op_none = 0,
-    op_endchar,
-    op_hsbw,
-    op_seac,
-    op_sbw,
-    op_closepath,
-    op_hlineto,
-    op_hmoveto,
-    op_hvcurveto,
-    op_rlineto,
-    op_rmoveto,
-    op_rrcurveto,
-    op_vhcurveto,
-    op_vlineto,
-    op_vmoveto,
-    op_dotsection,
-    op_hstem,
-    op_hstem3,
-    op_vstem,
-    op_vstem3,
-    op_div,
-    op_callothersubr,
-    op_callsubr,
-    op_pop,
-    op_return,
-    op_setcurrentpoint,
-    op_unknown15,
-
-    op_max    /* never remove this one */
-
-  } T1_Operator;
-
-
-  static
-  const FT_Int  t1_args_count[op_max] =
-  {
-    0, /* none */
-    0, /* endchar */
-    2, /* hsbw */
-    5, /* seac */
-    4, /* sbw */
-    0, /* closepath */
-    1, /* hlineto */
-    1, /* hmoveto */
-    4, /* hvcurveto */
-    2, /* rlineto */
-    2, /* rmoveto */
-    6, /* rrcurveto */
-    4, /* vhcurveto */
-    1, /* vlineto */
-    1, /* vmoveto */
-    0, /* dotsection */
-    2, /* hstem */
-    6, /* hstem3 */
-    2, /* vstem */
-    6, /* vstem3 */
-    2, /* div */
-   -1, /* callothersubr */
-    1, /* callsubr */
-    0, /* pop */
-    0, /* return */
-    2, /* setcurrentpoint */
-    2  /* opcode 15 (undocumented and obsolete) */
-  };
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    t1_lookup_glyph_by_stdcharcode                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Looks up a given glyph by its StandardEncoding charcode.  Used to  */
-  /*    implement the SEAC Type 1 operator.                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face     :: The current face object.                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    charcode :: The character code to look for.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    A glyph index in the font face.  Returns -1 if the corresponding   */
-  /*    glyph wasn't found.                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static FT_Int
-  t1_lookup_glyph_by_stdcharcode( T1_Decoder  decoder,
-                                  FT_Int      charcode )
-  {
-    FT_UInt             n;
-    const FT_String*    glyph_name;
-    FT_Service_PsCMaps  psnames = decoder->psnames;
-
-
-    /* check range of standard char code */
-    if ( charcode < 0 || charcode > 255 )
-      return -1;
-
-    glyph_name = psnames->adobe_std_strings(
-                   psnames->adobe_std_encoding[charcode]);
-
-    for ( n = 0; n < decoder->num_glyphs; n++ )
-    {
-      FT_String*  name = (FT_String*)decoder->glyph_names[n];
-
-
-      if ( name && name[0] == glyph_name[0]  &&
-           ft_strcmp( name, glyph_name ) == 0 )
-        return n;
-    }
-
-    return -1;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    t1operator_seac                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Implements the `seac' Type 1 operator for a Type 1 decoder.        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    decoder :: The current CID decoder.                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    asb     :: The accent's side bearing.                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    adx     :: The horizontal offset of the accent.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    ady     :: The vertical offset of the accent.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    bchar   :: The base character's StandardEncoding charcode.         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    achar   :: The accent character's StandardEncoding charcode.       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static FT_Error
-  t1operator_seac( T1_Decoder  decoder,
-                   FT_Pos      asb,
-                   FT_Pos      adx,
-                   FT_Pos      ady,
-                   FT_Int      bchar,
-                   FT_Int      achar )
-  {
-    FT_Error     error;
-    FT_Int       bchar_index, achar_index;
-#if 0
-    FT_Int       n_base_points;
-    FT_Outline*  base = decoder->builder.base;
-#endif
-    FT_Vector    left_bearing, advance;
-
-
-    /* seac weirdness */
-    adx += decoder->builder.left_bearing.x;
-
-    /* `glyph_names' is set to 0 for CID fonts which do not */
-    /* include an encoding.  How can we deal with these?    */
-    if ( decoder->glyph_names == 0 )
-    {
-      FT_ERROR(( "t1operator_seac:" ));
-      FT_ERROR(( " glyph names table not available in this font!\n" ));
-      return PSaux_Err_Syntax_Error;
-    }
-
-    bchar_index = t1_lookup_glyph_by_stdcharcode( decoder, bchar );
-    achar_index = t1_lookup_glyph_by_stdcharcode( decoder, achar );
-
-    if ( bchar_index < 0 || achar_index < 0 )
-    {
-      FT_ERROR(( "t1operator_seac:" ));
-      FT_ERROR(( " invalid seac character code arguments\n" ));
-      return PSaux_Err_Syntax_Error;
-    }
-
-    /* if we are trying to load a composite glyph, do not load the */
-    /* accent character and return the array of subglyphs.         */
-    if ( decoder->builder.no_recurse )
-    {
-      FT_GlyphSlot    glyph  = (FT_GlyphSlot)decoder->builder.glyph;
-      FT_GlyphLoader  loader = glyph->internal->loader;
-      FT_SubGlyph     subg;
-
-
-      /* reallocate subglyph array if necessary */
-      error = FT_GlyphLoader_CheckSubGlyphs( loader, 2 );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      subg = loader->current.subglyphs;
-
-      /* subglyph 0 = base character */
-      subg->index = bchar_index;
-      subg->flags = FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_XY_VALUES |
-                    FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_USE_MY_METRICS;
-      subg->arg1  = 0;
-      subg->arg2  = 0;
-      subg++;
-
-      /* subglyph 1 = accent character */
-      subg->index = achar_index;
-      subg->flags = FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_XY_VALUES;
-      subg->arg1  = (FT_Int)( adx - asb );
-      subg->arg2  = (FT_Int)ady;
-
-      /* set up remaining glyph fields */
-      glyph->num_subglyphs = 2;
-      glyph->subglyphs     = loader->base.subglyphs;
-      glyph->format        = FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE;
-
-      loader->current.num_subglyphs = 2;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* First load `bchar' in builder */
-    /* now load the unscaled outline */
-
-    FT_GlyphLoader_Prepare( decoder->builder.loader );  /* prepare loader */
-
-    error = t1_decoder_parse_glyph( decoder, bchar_index );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* save the left bearing and width of the base character */
-    /* as they will be erased by the next load.              */
-
-    left_bearing = decoder->builder.left_bearing;
-    advance      = decoder->builder.advance;
-
-    decoder->builder.left_bearing.x = 0;
-    decoder->builder.left_bearing.y = 0;
-
-    decoder->builder.pos_x = adx - asb;
-    decoder->builder.pos_y = ady;
-
-    /* Now load `achar' on top of */
-    /* the base outline           */
-    error = t1_decoder_parse_glyph( decoder, achar_index );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* restore the left side bearing and   */
-    /* advance width of the base character */
-
-    decoder->builder.left_bearing = left_bearing;
-    decoder->builder.advance      = advance;
-
-    decoder->builder.pos_x = 0;
-    decoder->builder.pos_y = 0;
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    t1_decoder_parse_charstrings                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Parses a given Type 1 charstrings program.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    decoder         :: The current Type 1 decoder.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    charstring_base :: The base address of the charstring stream.      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    charstring_len  :: The length in bytes of the charstring stream.   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  t1_decoder_parse_charstrings( T1_Decoder  decoder,
-                                FT_Byte*    charstring_base,
-                                FT_UInt     charstring_len )
-  {
-    FT_Error         error;
-    T1_Decoder_Zone  zone;
-    FT_Byte*         ip;
-    FT_Byte*         limit;
-    T1_Builder       builder = &decoder->builder;
-    FT_Pos           x, y, orig_x, orig_y;
-    FT_Int           known_othersubr_result_cnt   = 0;
-    FT_Int           unknown_othersubr_result_cnt = 0;
-
-    T1_Hints_Funcs   hinter;
-
-
-    /* we don't want to touch the source code -- use macro trick */
-#define start_point    t1_builder_start_point
-#define check_points   t1_builder_check_points
-#define add_point      t1_builder_add_point
-#define add_point1     t1_builder_add_point1
-#define add_contour    t1_builder_add_contour
-#define close_contour  t1_builder_close_contour
-
-    /* First of all, initialize the decoder */
-    decoder->top  = decoder->stack;
-    decoder->zone = decoder->zones;
-    zone          = decoder->zones;
-
-    builder->parse_state = T1_Parse_Start;
-
-    hinter = (T1_Hints_Funcs)builder->hints_funcs;
-
-    /* a font that reads BuildCharArray without setting */
-    /* its values first is buggy, but ...               */
-    FT_ASSERT( ( decoder->len_buildchar == 0 ) ==
-               ( decoder->buildchar == NULL ) );
-
-    if ( decoder->len_buildchar > 0 )
-      memset( &decoder->buildchar[0],
-              0,
-              sizeof( decoder->buildchar[0] ) *
-                decoder->len_buildchar );
-
-    FT_TRACE4(( "\nStart charstring\n" ));
-
-    zone->base           = charstring_base;
-    limit = zone->limit  = charstring_base + charstring_len;
-    ip    = zone->cursor = zone->base;
-
-    error = PSaux_Err_Ok;
-
-    x = orig_x = builder->pos_x;
-    y = orig_y = builder->pos_y;
-
-    /* begin hints recording session, if any */
-    if ( hinter )
-      hinter->open( hinter->hints );
-
-    /* now, execute loop */
-    while ( ip < limit )
-    {
-      FT_Long*     top   = decoder->top;
-      T1_Operator  op    = op_none;
-      FT_Long      value = 0;
-
-
-      FT_ASSERT( known_othersubr_result_cnt == 0   ||
-                 unknown_othersubr_result_cnt == 0 );
-
-      FT_TRACE5(( " (%d)", decoder->top - decoder->stack ));
-
-      /*********************************************************************/
-      /*                                                                   */
-      /* Decode operator or operand                                        */
-      /*                                                                   */
-      /*                                                                   */
-
-      /* first of all, decompress operator or value */
-      switch ( *ip++ )
-      {
-      case 1:
-        op = op_hstem;
-        break;
-
-      case 3:
-        op = op_vstem;
-        break;
-      case 4:
-        op = op_vmoveto;
-        break;
-      case 5:
-        op = op_rlineto;
-        break;
-      case 6:
-        op = op_hlineto;
-        break;
-      case 7:
-        op = op_vlineto;
-        break;
-      case 8:
-        op = op_rrcurveto;
-        break;
-      case 9:
-        op = op_closepath;
-        break;
-      case 10:
-        op = op_callsubr;
-        break;
-      case 11:
-        op = op_return;
-        break;
-
-      case 13:
-        op = op_hsbw;
-        break;
-      case 14:
-        op = op_endchar;
-        break;
-
-      case 15:          /* undocumented, obsolete operator */
-        op = op_unknown15;
-        break;
-
-      case 21:
-        op = op_rmoveto;
-        break;
-      case 22:
-        op = op_hmoveto;
-        break;
-
-      case 30:
-        op = op_vhcurveto;
-        break;
-      case 31:
-        op = op_hvcurveto;
-        break;
-
-      case 12:
-        if ( ip > limit )
-        {
-          FT_ERROR(( "t1_decoder_parse_charstrings: "
-                     "invalid escape (12+EOF)\n" ));
-          goto Syntax_Error;
-        }
-
-        switch ( *ip++ )
-        {
-        case 0:
-          op = op_dotsection;
-          break;
-        case 1:
-          op = op_vstem3;
-          break;
-        case 2:
-          op = op_hstem3;
-          break;
-        case 6:
-          op = op_seac;
-          break;
-        case 7:
-          op = op_sbw;
-          break;
-        case 12:
-          op = op_div;
-          break;
-        case 16:
-          op = op_callothersubr;
-          break;
-        case 17:
-          op = op_pop;
-          break;
-        case 33:
-          op = op_setcurrentpoint;
-          break;
-
-        default:
-          FT_ERROR(( "t1_decoder_parse_charstrings: "
-                     "invalid escape (12+%d)\n",
-                     ip[-1] ));
-          goto Syntax_Error;
-        }
-        break;
-
-      case 255:    /* four bytes integer */
-        if ( ip + 4 > limit )
-        {
-          FT_ERROR(( "t1_decoder_parse_charstrings: "
-                     "unexpected EOF in integer\n" ));
-          goto Syntax_Error;
-        }
-
-        value = (FT_Int32)( ((FT_Long)ip[0] << 24) |
-                            ((FT_Long)ip[1] << 16) |
-                            ((FT_Long)ip[2] << 8 ) |
-                                      ip[3] );
-        ip += 4;
-        break;
-
-      default:
-        if ( ip[-1] >= 32 )
-        {
-          if ( ip[-1] < 247 )
-            value = (FT_Long)ip[-1] - 139;
-          else
-          {
-            if ( ++ip > limit )
-            {
-              FT_ERROR(( "t1_decoder_parse_charstrings: " ));
-              FT_ERROR(( "unexpected EOF in integer\n" ));
-              goto Syntax_Error;
-            }
-
-            if ( ip[-2] < 251 )
-              value =  ( ( (FT_Long)ip[-2] - 247 ) << 8 ) + ip[-1] + 108;
-            else
-              value = -( ( ( (FT_Long)ip[-2] - 251 ) << 8 ) + ip[-1] + 108 );
-          }
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          FT_ERROR(( "t1_decoder_parse_charstrings: "
-                     "invalid byte (%d)\n", ip[-1] ));
-          goto Syntax_Error;
-        }
-      }
-
-      if ( unknown_othersubr_result_cnt > 0 )
-      {
-        switch ( op )
-        {
-        case op_callsubr:
-        case op_return:
-        case op_none:
-        case op_pop:
-          break;
-
-        default:
-          /* all operands have been transferred by previous pops */
-          unknown_othersubr_result_cnt = 0;
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-
-      /*********************************************************************/
-      /*                                                                   */
-      /*  Push value on stack, or process operator                         */
-      /*                                                                   */
-      /*                                                                   */
-      if ( op == op_none )
-      {
-        if ( top - decoder->stack >= T1_MAX_CHARSTRINGS_OPERANDS )
-        {
-          FT_ERROR(( "t1_decoder_parse_charstrings: stack overflow!\n" ));
-          goto Syntax_Error;
-        }
-
-        FT_TRACE4(( " %ld", value ));
-
-        *top++       = value;
-        decoder->top = top;
-      }
-      else if ( op == op_callothersubr )  /* callothersubr */
-      {
-        FT_Int  subr_no;
-        FT_Int  arg_cnt;
-
-
-        FT_TRACE4(( " callothersubr" ));
-
-        if ( top - decoder->stack < 2 )
-          goto Stack_Underflow;
-
-        top -= 2;
-
-        subr_no = (FT_Int)top[1];
-        arg_cnt = (FT_Int)top[0];
-
-        /***********************************************************/
-        /*                                                         */
-        /* remove all operands to callothersubr from the stack     */
-        /*                                                         */
-        /* for handled othersubrs, where we know the number of     */
-        /* arguments, we increase the stack by the value of        */
-        /* known_othersubr_result_cnt                              */
-        /*                                                         */
-        /* for unhandled othersubrs the following pops adjust the  */
-        /* stack pointer as necessary                              */
-
-        if ( arg_cnt > top - decoder->stack )
-          goto Stack_Underflow;
-
-        top -= arg_cnt;
-
-        known_othersubr_result_cnt   = 0;
-        unknown_othersubr_result_cnt = 0;
-
-        /* XXX TODO: The checks to `arg_count == <whatever>'       */
-        /* might not be correct; an othersubr expects a certain    */
-        /* number of operands on the PostScript stack (as opposed  */
-        /* to the T1 stack) but it doesn't have to put them there  */
-        /* by itself; previous othersubrs might have left the      */
-        /* operands there if they were not followed by an          */
-        /* appropriate number of pops                              */
-        /*                                                         */
-        /* On the other hand, Adobe Reader 7.0.8 for Linux doesn't */
-        /* accept a font that contains charstrings like            */
-        /*                                                         */
-        /*     100 200 2 20 callothersubr                          */
-        /*     300 1 20 callothersubr pop                          */
-        /*                                                         */
-        /* Perhaps this is the reason why BuildCharArray exists.   */
-
-        switch ( subr_no )
-        {
-        case 1:                     /* start flex feature */
-          if ( arg_cnt != 0 )
-            goto Unexpected_OtherSubr;
-
-          decoder->flex_state        = 1;
-          decoder->num_flex_vectors  = 0;
-          if ( start_point( builder, x, y ) ||
-               check_points( builder, 6 )   )
-            goto Fail;
-          break;
-
-        case 2:                     /* add flex vectors */
-          {
-            FT_Int  idx;
-
-
-            if ( arg_cnt != 0 )
-              goto Unexpected_OtherSubr;
-
-            /* note that we should not add a point for index 0; */
-            /* this will move our current position to the flex  */
-            /* point without adding any point to the outline    */
-            idx = decoder->num_flex_vectors++;
-            if ( idx > 0 && idx < 7 )
-              add_point( builder,
-                         x,
-                         y,
-                         (FT_Byte)( idx == 3 || idx == 6 ) );
-          }
-          break;
-
-        case 0:                     /* end flex feature */
-          if ( arg_cnt != 3 )
-            goto Unexpected_OtherSubr;
-
-          if ( decoder->flex_state       == 0 ||
-               decoder->num_flex_vectors != 7 )
-          {
-            FT_ERROR(( "t1_decoder_parse_charstrings: "
-                       "unexpected flex end\n" ));
-            goto Syntax_Error;
-          }
-
-          /* the two `results' are popped by the following setcurrentpoint */
-          known_othersubr_result_cnt = 2;
-          break;
-
-        case 3:                     /* change hints */
-          if ( arg_cnt != 1 )
-            goto Unexpected_OtherSubr;
-
-          known_othersubr_result_cnt = 1;
-
-          if ( hinter )
-            hinter->reset( hinter->hints, builder->current->n_points );
-
-          break;
-
-        case 12:
-        case 13:
-          /* counter control hints, clear stack */
-          top = decoder->stack;
-          break;
-
-        case 14:
-        case 15:
-        case 16:
-        case 17:
-        case 18:                    /* multiple masters */
-          {
-            PS_Blend  blend = decoder->blend;
-            FT_UInt   num_points, nn, mm;
-            FT_Long*  delta;
-            FT_Long*  values;
-
-
-            if ( !blend )
-            {
-              FT_ERROR(( "t1_decoder_parse_charstrings: " ));
-              FT_ERROR(( "unexpected multiple masters operator!\n" ));
-              goto Syntax_Error;
-            }
-
-            num_points = (FT_UInt)subr_no - 13 + ( subr_no == 18 );
-            if ( arg_cnt != (FT_Int)( num_points * blend->num_designs ) )
-            {
-              FT_ERROR(( "t1_decoder_parse_charstrings: " ));
-              FT_ERROR(( "incorrect number of mm arguments\n" ));
-              goto Syntax_Error;
-            }
-
-            /* we want to compute:                                   */
-            /*                                                       */
-            /*  a0*w0 + a1*w1 + ... + ak*wk                          */
-            /*                                                       */
-            /* but we only have the a0, a1-a0, a2-a0, .. ak-a0       */
-            /* however, given that w0 + w1 + ... + wk == 1, we can   */
-            /* rewrite it easily as:                                 */
-            /*                                                       */
-            /*  a0 + (a1-a0)*w1 + (a2-a0)*w2 + .. + (ak-a0)*wk       */
-            /*                                                       */
-            /* where k == num_designs-1                              */
-            /*                                                       */
-            /* I guess that's why it's written in this `compact'     */
-            /* form.                                                 */
-            /*                                                       */
-            delta  = top + num_points;
-            values = top;
-            for ( nn = 0; nn < num_points; nn++ )
-            {
-              FT_Long  tmp = values[0];
-
-
-              for ( mm = 1; mm < blend->num_designs; mm++ )
-                tmp += FT_MulFix( *delta++, blend->weight_vector[mm] );
-
-              *values++ = tmp;
-            }
-
-            known_othersubr_result_cnt = num_points;
-            break;
-          }
-
-#ifdef CAN_HANDLE_NON_INTEGRAL_T1_OPERANDS
-
-          /* We cannot yet enable these since currently  */
-          /* our T1 stack stores integers which lack the */
-          /* precision to express the values             */
-
-        case 19:
-          /* <idx> 1 19 callothersubr                             */
-          /* => replace elements starting from index cvi( <idx> ) */
-          /*    of BuildCharArray with WeightVector               */
-          {
-            FT_Int    idx;
-            PS_Blend  blend = decoder->blend;
-
-
-            if ( arg_cnt != 1 || blend == NULL )
-              goto Unexpected_OtherSubr;
-
-            idx = top[0];
-
-            if ( idx < 0                                                 ||
-                 idx + blend->num_designs > decoder->face->len_buildchar )
-              goto Unexpected_OtherSubr;
-
-            memcpy( &decoder->buildchar[idx],
-                    blend->weight_vector,
-                    blend->num_designs *
-                      sizeof( blend->weight_vector[ 0 ] ) );
-          }
-          break;
-
-        case 20:
-          /* <arg1> <arg2> 2 20 callothersubr pop   */
-          /* ==> push <arg1> + <arg2> onto T1 stack */
-          if ( arg_cnt != 2 )
-            goto Unexpected_OtherSubr;
-
-          top[0] += top[1]; /* XXX (over|under)flow */
-
-          known_othersubr_result_cnt = 1;
-          break;
-
-        case 21:
-          /* <arg1> <arg2> 2 21 callothersubr pop   */
-          /* ==> push <arg1> - <arg2> onto T1 stack */
-          if ( arg_cnt != 2 )
-            goto Unexpected_OtherSubr;
-
-          top[0] -= top[1]; /* XXX (over|under)flow */
-
-          known_othersubr_result_cnt = 1;
-          break;
-
-        case 22:
-          /* <arg1> <arg2> 2 22 callothersubr pop   */
-          /* ==> push <arg1> * <arg2> onto T1 stack */
-          if ( arg_cnt != 2 )
-            goto Unexpected_OtherSubr;
-
-          top[0] *= top[1]; /* XXX (over|under)flow */
-
-          known_othersubr_result_cnt = 1;
-          break;
-
-        case 23:
-          /* <arg1> <arg2> 2 23 callothersubr pop   */
-          /* ==> push <arg1> / <arg2> onto T1 stack */
-          if ( arg_cnt != 2 || top[1] == 0 )
-            goto Unexpected_OtherSubr;
-
-          top[0] /= top[1]; /* XXX (over|under)flow */
-
-          known_othersubr_result_cnt = 1;
-          break;
-
-#endif /* CAN_HANDLE_NON_INTEGRAL_T1_OPERANDS */
-
-        case 24:
-          /* <val> <idx> 2 24 callothersubr              */
-          /* => set BuildCharArray[cvi( <idx> )] = <val> */
-          {
-            FT_Int    idx;
-            PS_Blend  blend = decoder->blend;
-
-            if ( arg_cnt != 2 || blend == NULL )
-              goto Unexpected_OtherSubr;
-
-            idx = top[1];
-
-            if ( idx < 0 || (FT_UInt) idx >= decoder->len_buildchar )
-              goto Unexpected_OtherSubr;
-
-            decoder->buildchar[idx] = top[0];
-          }
-          break;
-
-        case 25:
-          /* <idx> 1 25 callothersubr pop       */
-          /* => push BuildCharArray[cvi( idx )] */
-          /*    onto T1 stack                   */
-          {
-            FT_Int    idx;
-            PS_Blend  blend = decoder->blend;
-
-            if ( arg_cnt != 1 || blend == NULL )
-              goto Unexpected_OtherSubr;
-
-            idx = top[0];
-
-            if ( idx < 0 || (FT_UInt) idx >= decoder->len_buildchar )
-              goto Unexpected_OtherSubr;
-
-            top[0] = decoder->buildchar[idx];
-          }
-
-          known_othersubr_result_cnt = 1;
-          break;
-
-#if 0
-        case 26:
-          /* <val> mark <idx> ==> set BuildCharArray[cvi( <idx> )] = <val>, */
-          /*                      leave mark on T1 stack                    */
-          /* <val> <idx>      ==> set BuildCharArray[cvi( <idx> )] = <val>  */
-          XXX who has left his mark on the (PostScript) stack ?;
-          break;
-#endif
-
-        case 27:
-          /* <res1> <res2> <val1> <val2> 4 27 callothersubr pop */
-          /* ==> push <res1> onto T1 stack if <val1> <= <val2>,  */
-          /*     otherwise push <res2>                          */
-          if ( arg_cnt != 4 )
-            goto Unexpected_OtherSubr;
-
-          if ( top[2] > top[3] )
-            top[0] = top[1];
-
-          known_othersubr_result_cnt = 1;
-          break;
-
-#ifdef CAN_HANDLE_NON_INTEGRAL_T1_OPERANDS
-        case 28:
-          /* 0 28 callothersubr pop                               */
-          /* => push random value from interval [0, 1) onto stack */
-          if ( arg_cnt != 0 )
-            goto Unexpected_OtherSubr;
-
-          top[0] = FT_rand();
-          known_othersubr_result_cnt = 1;
-          break;
-#endif
-
-        default:
-          FT_ERROR(( "t1_decoder_parse_charstrings: "
-                     "unknown othersubr [%d %d], wish me luck!\n",
-                     arg_cnt, subr_no ));
-          unknown_othersubr_result_cnt = arg_cnt;
-          break;
-
-        Unexpected_OtherSubr:
-          FT_ERROR(( "t1_decoder_parse_charstrings: "
-                     "invalid othersubr [%d %d]!\n", arg_cnt, subr_no ));
-          goto Syntax_Error;
-        }
-
-        top += known_othersubr_result_cnt;
-
-        decoder->top = top;
-      }
-      else  /* general operator */
-      {
-        FT_Int  num_args = t1_args_count[op];
-
-
-        FT_ASSERT( num_args >= 0 );
-
-        if ( top - decoder->stack < num_args )
-          goto Stack_Underflow;
-
-        /* XXX Operators usually take their operands from the        */
-        /*     bottom of the stack, i.e., the operands are           */
-        /*     decoder->stack[0], ..., decoder->stack[num_args - 1]; */
-        /*     only div, callsubr, and callothersubr are different.  */
-        /*     In practice it doesn't matter (?).                    */
-
-#ifdef FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE
-
-        switch ( op )
-        {
-        case op_callsubr:
-        case op_div:
-        case op_callothersubr:
-        case op_pop:
-        case op_return:
-          break;
-
-        default:
-          if ( top - decoder->stack != num_args )
-            FT_TRACE0(( "t1_decoder_parse_charstrings: "
-                        "too much operands on the stack "
-                        "(seen %d, expected %d)\n",
-                        top - decoder->stack, num_args ));
-            break;
-        }
-
-#endif /* FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE */
-
-        top -= num_args;
-
-        switch ( op )
-        {
-        case op_endchar:
-          FT_TRACE4(( " endchar" ));
-
-          close_contour( builder );
-
-          /* close hints recording session */
-          if ( hinter )
-          {
-            if (hinter->close( hinter->hints, builder->current->n_points ))
-              goto Syntax_Error;
-
-            /* apply hints to the loaded glyph outline now */
-            hinter->apply( hinter->hints,
-                           builder->current,
-                           (PSH_Globals) builder->hints_globals,
-                           decoder->hint_mode );
-          }
-
-          /* add current outline to the glyph slot */
-          FT_GlyphLoader_Add( builder->loader );
-
-          FT_TRACE4(( "\n" ));
-
-          /* the compiler should optimize away this empty loop but ... */
-
-#ifdef FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE
-
-          if ( decoder->len_buildchar > 0 )
-          {
-            FT_UInt  i;
-
-
-            FT_TRACE4(( "BuildCharArray = [ " ));
-
-            for ( i = 0; i < decoder->len_buildchar; ++i )
-              FT_TRACE4(( "%d ", decoder->buildchar[ i ] ));
-
-            FT_TRACE4(( "]\n" ));
-          }
-
-#endif /* FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE */
-
-          FT_TRACE4(( "\n" ));
-
-          /* return now! */
-          return PSaux_Err_Ok;
-
-        case op_hsbw:
-          FT_TRACE4(( " hsbw" ));
-
-          builder->parse_state = T1_Parse_Have_Width;
-
-          builder->left_bearing.x += top[0];
-          builder->advance.x       = top[1];
-          builder->advance.y       = 0;
-
-          orig_x = builder->last.x = x = builder->pos_x + top[0];
-          orig_y = builder->last.y = y = builder->pos_y;
-
-          FT_UNUSED( orig_y );
-
-          /* the `metrics_only' indicates that we only want to compute */
-          /* the glyph's metrics (lsb + advance width), not load the   */
-          /* rest of it; so exit immediately                           */
-          if ( builder->metrics_only )
-            return PSaux_Err_Ok;
-
-          break;
-
-        case op_seac:
-          /* return immediately after the processing */
-          return t1operator_seac( decoder, top[0], top[1], top[2],
-                                           (FT_Int)top[3], (FT_Int)top[4] );
-
-        case op_sbw:
-          FT_TRACE4(( " sbw" ));
-
-          builder->parse_state = T1_Parse_Have_Width;
-
-          builder->left_bearing.x += top[0];
-          builder->left_bearing.y += top[1];
-          builder->advance.x       = top[2];
-          builder->advance.y       = top[3];
-
-          builder->last.x = x = builder->pos_x + top[0];
-          builder->last.y = y = builder->pos_y + top[1];
-
-          /* the `metrics_only' indicates that we only want to compute */
-          /* the glyph's metrics (lsb + advance width), not load the   */
-          /* rest of it; so exit immediately                           */
-          if ( builder->metrics_only )
-            return PSaux_Err_Ok;
-
-          break;
-
-        case op_closepath:
-          FT_TRACE4(( " closepath" ));
-
-          /* if there is no path, `closepath' is a no-op */
-          if ( builder->parse_state == T1_Parse_Have_Path   ||
-               builder->parse_state == T1_Parse_Have_Moveto )
-            close_contour( builder );
-
-          builder->parse_state = T1_Parse_Have_Width;
-          break;
-
-        case op_hlineto:
-          FT_TRACE4(( " hlineto" ));
-
-          if ( start_point( builder, x, y ) )
-            goto Fail;
-
-          x += top[0];
-          goto Add_Line;
-
-        case op_hmoveto:
-          FT_TRACE4(( " hmoveto" ));
-
-          x += top[0];
-          if ( !decoder->flex_state )
-          {
-            if ( builder->parse_state == T1_Parse_Start )
-              goto Syntax_Error;
-            builder->parse_state = T1_Parse_Have_Moveto;
-          }
-          break;
-
-        case op_hvcurveto:
-          FT_TRACE4(( " hvcurveto" ));
-
-          if ( start_point( builder, x, y ) ||
-               check_points( builder, 3 )   )
-            goto Fail;
-
-          x += top[0];
-          add_point( builder, x, y, 0 );
-          x += top[1];
-          y += top[2];
-          add_point( builder, x, y, 0 );
-          y += top[3];
-          add_point( builder, x, y, 1 );
-          break;
-
-        case op_rlineto:
-          FT_TRACE4(( " rlineto" ));
-
-          if ( start_point( builder, x, y ) )
-            goto Fail;
-
-          x += top[0];
-          y += top[1];
-
-        Add_Line:
-          if ( add_point1( builder, x, y ) )
-            goto Fail;
-          break;
-
-        case op_rmoveto:
-          FT_TRACE4(( " rmoveto" ));
-
-          x += top[0];
-          y += top[1];
-          if ( !decoder->flex_state )
-          {
-            if ( builder->parse_state == T1_Parse_Start )
-              goto Syntax_Error;
-            builder->parse_state = T1_Parse_Have_Moveto;
-          }
-          break;
-
-        case op_rrcurveto:
-          FT_TRACE4(( " rcurveto" ));
-
-          if ( start_point( builder, x, y ) ||
-               check_points( builder, 3 )   )
-            goto Fail;
-
-          x += top[0];
-          y += top[1];
-          add_point( builder, x, y, 0 );
-
-          x += top[2];
-          y += top[3];
-          add_point( builder, x, y, 0 );
-
-          x += top[4];
-          y += top[5];
-          add_point( builder, x, y, 1 );
-          break;
-
-        case op_vhcurveto:
-          FT_TRACE4(( " vhcurveto" ));
-
-          if ( start_point( builder, x, y ) ||
-               check_points( builder, 3 )   )
-            goto Fail;
-
-          y += top[0];
-          add_point( builder, x, y, 0 );
-          x += top[1];
-          y += top[2];
-          add_point( builder, x, y, 0 );
-          x += top[3];
-          add_point( builder, x, y, 1 );
-          break;
-
-        case op_vlineto:
-          FT_TRACE4(( " vlineto" ));
-
-          if ( start_point( builder, x, y ) )
-            goto Fail;
-
-          y += top[0];
-          goto Add_Line;
-
-        case op_vmoveto:
-          FT_TRACE4(( " vmoveto" ));
-
-          y += top[0];
-          if ( !decoder->flex_state )
-          {
-            if ( builder->parse_state == T1_Parse_Start )
-              goto Syntax_Error;
-            builder->parse_state = T1_Parse_Have_Moveto;
-          }
-          break;
-
-        case op_div:
-          FT_TRACE4(( " div" ));
-
-          if ( top[1] )
-          {
-            *top = top[0] / top[1];
-            ++top;
-          }
-          else
-          {
-            FT_ERROR(( "t1_decoder_parse_charstrings: division by 0\n" ));
-            goto Syntax_Error;
-          }
-          break;
-
-        case op_callsubr:
-          {
-            FT_Int  idx;
-
-
-            FT_TRACE4(( " callsubr" ));
-
-            idx = (FT_Int)top[0];
-            if ( idx < 0 || idx >= (FT_Int)decoder->num_subrs )
-            {
-              FT_ERROR(( "t1_decoder_parse_charstrings: "
-                         "invalid subrs index\n" ));
-              goto Syntax_Error;
-            }
-
-            if ( zone - decoder->zones >= T1_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS )
-            {
-              FT_ERROR(( "t1_decoder_parse_charstrings: "
-                         "too many nested subrs\n" ));
-              goto Syntax_Error;
-            }
-
-            zone->cursor = ip;  /* save current instruction pointer */
-
-            zone++;
-
-            /* The Type 1 driver stores subroutines without the seed bytes. */
-            /* The CID driver stores subroutines with seed bytes.  This     */
-            /* case is taken care of when decoder->subrs_len == 0.          */
-            zone->base = decoder->subrs[idx];
-
-            if ( decoder->subrs_len )
-              zone->limit = zone->base + decoder->subrs_len[idx];
-            else
-            {
-              /* We are using subroutines from a CID font.  We must adjust */
-              /* for the seed bytes.                                       */
-              zone->base  += ( decoder->lenIV >= 0 ? decoder->lenIV : 0 );
-              zone->limit  = decoder->subrs[idx + 1];
-            }
-
-            zone->cursor = zone->base;
-
-            if ( !zone->base )
-            {
-              FT_ERROR(( "t1_decoder_parse_charstrings: "
-                         "invoking empty subrs!\n" ));
-              goto Syntax_Error;
-            }
-
-            decoder->zone = zone;
-            ip            = zone->base;
-            limit         = zone->limit;
-            break;
-          }
-
-        case op_pop:
-          FT_TRACE4(( " pop" ));
-
-          if ( known_othersubr_result_cnt > 0 )
-          {
-            known_othersubr_result_cnt--;
-            /* ignore, we pushed the operands ourselves */
-            break;
-          }
-
-          if ( unknown_othersubr_result_cnt == 0 )
-          {
-            FT_ERROR(( "t1_decoder_parse_charstrings: "
-                       "no more operands for othersubr!\n" ));
-            goto Syntax_Error;
-          }
-
-          unknown_othersubr_result_cnt--;
-          top++;   /* `push' the operand to callothersubr onto the stack */
-          break;
-
-        case op_return:
-          FT_TRACE4(( " return" ));
-
-          if ( zone <= decoder->zones )
-          {
-            FT_ERROR(( "t1_decoder_parse_charstrings: unexpected return\n" ));
-            goto Syntax_Error;
-          }
-
-          zone--;
-          ip            = zone->cursor;
-          limit         = zone->limit;
-          decoder->zone = zone;
-          break;
-
-        case op_dotsection:
-          FT_TRACE4(( " dotsection" ));
-
-          break;
-
-        case op_hstem:
-          FT_TRACE4(( " hstem" ));
-
-          /* record horizontal hint */
-          if ( hinter )
-          {
-            /* top[0] += builder->left_bearing.y; */
-            hinter->stem( hinter->hints, 1, top );
-          }
-
-          break;
-
-        case op_hstem3:
-          FT_TRACE4(( " hstem3" ));
-
-          /* record horizontal counter-controlled hints */
-          if ( hinter )
-            hinter->stem3( hinter->hints, 1, top );
-
-          break;
-
-        case op_vstem:
-          FT_TRACE4(( " vstem" ));
-
-          /* record vertical  hint */
-          if ( hinter )
-          {
-            top[0] += orig_x;
-            hinter->stem( hinter->hints, 0, top );
-          }
-
-          break;
-
-        case op_vstem3:
-          FT_TRACE4(( " vstem3" ));
-
-          /* record vertical counter-controlled hints */
-          if ( hinter )
-          {
-            FT_Pos  dx = orig_x;
-
-
-            top[0] += dx;
-            top[2] += dx;
-            top[4] += dx;
-            hinter->stem3( hinter->hints, 0, top );
-          }
-          break;
-
-        case op_setcurrentpoint:
-          FT_TRACE4(( " setcurrentpoint" ));
-
-          /* From the T1 specs, section 6.4:                        */
-          /*                                                        */
-          /*   The setcurrentpoint command is used only in          */
-          /*   conjunction with results from OtherSubrs procedures. */
-
-          /* known_othersubr_result_cnt != 0 is already handled above */
-          if ( decoder->flex_state != 1 )
-          {
-            FT_ERROR(( "t1_decoder_parse_charstrings: " ));
-            FT_ERROR(( "unexpected `setcurrentpoint'\n" ));
-
-            goto Syntax_Error;
-          }
-          else
-            decoder->flex_state = 0;
-          break;
-
-        case op_unknown15:
-          FT_TRACE4(( " opcode_15" ));
-          /* nothing to do except to pop the two arguments */
-          break;
-
-        default:
-          FT_ERROR(( "t1_decoder_parse_charstrings: "
-                     "unhandled opcode %d\n", op ));
-          goto Syntax_Error;
-        }
-
-        /* XXX Operators usually clear the operand stack;  */
-        /*     only div, callsubr, callothersubr, pop, and */
-        /*     return are different.                       */
-        /*     In practice it doesn't matter (?).          */
-
-        decoder->top = top;
-
-      } /* general operator processing */
-
-    } /* while ip < limit */
-
-    FT_TRACE4(( "..end..\n\n" ));
-
-  Fail:
-    return error;
-
-  Syntax_Error:
-    return PSaux_Err_Syntax_Error;
-
-  Stack_Underflow:
-    return PSaux_Err_Stack_Underflow;
-  }
-
-
-  /* parse a single Type 1 glyph */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  t1_decoder_parse_glyph( T1_Decoder  decoder,
-                          FT_UInt     glyph )
-  {
-    return decoder->parse_callback( decoder, glyph );
-  }
-
-
-  /* initialize T1 decoder */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  t1_decoder_init( T1_Decoder           decoder,
-                   FT_Face              face,
-                   FT_Size              size,
-                   FT_GlyphSlot         slot,
-                   FT_Byte**            glyph_names,
-                   PS_Blend             blend,
-                   FT_Bool              hinting,
-                   FT_Render_Mode       hint_mode,
-                   T1_Decoder_Callback  parse_callback )
-  {
-    FT_MEM_ZERO( decoder, sizeof ( *decoder ) );
-
-    /* retrieve PSNames interface from list of current modules */
-    {
-      FT_Service_PsCMaps  psnames = 0;
-
-
-      FT_FACE_FIND_GLOBAL_SERVICE( face, psnames, POSTSCRIPT_CMAPS );
-      if ( !psnames )
-      {
-        FT_ERROR(( "t1_decoder_init: " ));
-        FT_ERROR(( "the `psnames' module is not available\n" ));
-        return PSaux_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
-      }
-
-      decoder->psnames = psnames;
-    }
-
-    t1_builder_init( &decoder->builder, face, size, slot, hinting );
-
-    /* decoder->buildchar and decoder->len_buildchar have to be  */
-    /* initialized by the caller since we cannot know the length */
-    /* of the BuildCharArray                                     */
-
-    decoder->num_glyphs     = (FT_UInt)face->num_glyphs;
-    decoder->glyph_names    = glyph_names;
-    decoder->hint_mode      = hint_mode;
-    decoder->blend          = blend;
-    decoder->parse_callback = parse_callback;
-
-    decoder->funcs          = t1_decoder_funcs;
-
-    return PSaux_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  /* finalize T1 decoder */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  t1_decoder_done( T1_Decoder  decoder )
-  {
-    t1_builder_done( &decoder->builder );
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/t1decode.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/t1decode.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 00728db..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/t1decode.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  t1decode.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    PostScript Type 1 decoding routines (specification).                 */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2000-2001, 2002, 2003 by                                     */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __T1DECODE_H__
-#define __T1DECODE_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_AUX_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_TYPE1_TYPES_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE
-  const T1_Decoder_FuncsRec  t1_decoder_funcs;
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  t1_decoder_parse_glyph( T1_Decoder  decoder,
-                          FT_UInt     glyph_index );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  t1_decoder_parse_charstrings( T1_Decoder  decoder,
-                                FT_Byte*    base,
-                                FT_UInt     len );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  t1_decoder_init( T1_Decoder           decoder,
-                   FT_Face              face,
-                   FT_Size              size,
-                   FT_GlyphSlot         slot,
-                   FT_Byte**            glyph_names,
-                   PS_Blend             blend,
-                   FT_Bool              hinting,
-                   FT_Render_Mode       hint_mode,
-                   T1_Decoder_Callback  parse_glyph );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  t1_decoder_done( T1_Decoder  decoder );
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __T1DECODE_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/Jamfile b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/Jamfile
deleted file mode 100644
index 769dcc4..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/Jamfile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-# FreeType 2 src/pshinter Jamfile
-#
-# Copyright 2001, 2003 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-SubDir  FT2_TOP $(FT2_SRC_DIR) pshinter ;
-
-{
-  local  _sources ;
-
-  if $(FT2_MULTI)
-  {
-    _sources = pshrec pshglob pshalgo pshmod ;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    _sources = pshinter ;
-  }
-
-  Library  $(FT2_LIB) : $(_sources).c ;
-}
-
-# end of src/pshinter Jamfile
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/module.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/module.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index cd171d0..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/module.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 PSHinter module definition
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2001, 2006 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-FTMODULE_H_COMMANDS += PSHINTER_MODULE
-
-define PSHINTER_MODULE
-$(OPEN_DRIVER)pshinter_module_class$(CLOSE_DRIVER)
-$(ECHO_DRIVER)pshinter  $(ECHO_DRIVER_DESC)Postscript hinter module$(ECHO_DRIVER_DONE)
-endef
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshalgo.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshalgo.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 5d7e2f4..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshalgo.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2302 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  pshalgo.c                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    PostScript hinting algorithm (body).                                 */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by            */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used        */
-/*  modified and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project       */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_CALC_H
-#include "pshalgo.h"
-
-#include "pshnterr.h"
-
-
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_pshalgo2
-
-
-#ifdef DEBUG_HINTER
-  PSH_Hint_Table  ps_debug_hint_table = 0;
-  PSH_HintFunc    ps_debug_hint_func  = 0;
-  PSH_Glyph       ps_debug_glyph      = 0;
-#endif
-
-
-#define  COMPUTE_INFLEXS  /* compute inflection points to optimize `S' */
-                          /* and similar glyphs                        */
-#define  STRONGER         /* slightly increase the contrast of smooth  */
-                          /* hinting                                   */
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                  BASIC HINTS RECORDINGS                       *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /* return true if two stem hints overlap */
-  static FT_Int
-  psh_hint_overlap( PSH_Hint  hint1,
-                    PSH_Hint  hint2 )
-  {
-    return hint1->org_pos + hint1->org_len >= hint2->org_pos &&
-           hint2->org_pos + hint2->org_len >= hint1->org_pos;
-  }
-
-
-  /* destroy hints table */
-  static void
-  psh_hint_table_done( PSH_Hint_Table  table,
-                       FT_Memory       memory )
-  {
-    FT_FREE( table->zones );
-    table->num_zones = 0;
-    table->zone      = 0;
-
-    FT_FREE( table->sort );
-    FT_FREE( table->hints );
-    table->num_hints   = 0;
-    table->max_hints   = 0;
-    table->sort_global = 0;
-  }
-
-
-  /* deactivate all hints in a table */
-  static void
-  psh_hint_table_deactivate( PSH_Hint_Table  table )
-  {
-    FT_UInt   count = table->max_hints;
-    PSH_Hint  hint  = table->hints;
-
-
-    for ( ; count > 0; count--, hint++ )
-    {
-      psh_hint_deactivate( hint );
-      hint->order = -1;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  /* internal function to record a new hint */
-  static void
-  psh_hint_table_record( PSH_Hint_Table  table,
-                         FT_UInt         idx )
-  {
-    PSH_Hint  hint = table->hints + idx;
-
-
-    if ( idx >= table->max_hints )
-    {
-      FT_ERROR(( "psh_hint_table_record: invalid hint index %d\n", idx ));
-      return;
-    }
-
-    /* ignore active hints */
-    if ( psh_hint_is_active( hint ) )
-      return;
-
-    psh_hint_activate( hint );
-
-    /* now scan the current active hint set to check */
-    /* whether `hint' overlaps with another hint     */
-    {
-      PSH_Hint*  sorted = table->sort_global;
-      FT_UInt    count  = table->num_hints;
-      PSH_Hint   hint2;
-
-
-      hint->parent = 0;
-      for ( ; count > 0; count--, sorted++ )
-      {
-        hint2 = sorted[0];
-
-        if ( psh_hint_overlap( hint, hint2 ) )
-        {
-          hint->parent = hint2;
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    if ( table->num_hints < table->max_hints )
-      table->sort_global[table->num_hints++] = hint;
-    else
-      FT_ERROR(( "psh_hint_table_record: too many sorted hints!  BUG!\n" ));
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  psh_hint_table_record_mask( PSH_Hint_Table  table,
-                              PS_Mask         hint_mask )
-  {
-    FT_Int    mask = 0, val = 0;
-    FT_Byte*  cursor = hint_mask->bytes;
-    FT_UInt   idx, limit;
-
-
-    limit = hint_mask->num_bits;
-
-    for ( idx = 0; idx < limit; idx++ )
-    {
-      if ( mask == 0 )
-      {
-        val  = *cursor++;
-        mask = 0x80;
-      }
-
-      if ( val & mask )
-        psh_hint_table_record( table, idx );
-
-      mask >>= 1;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  /* create hints table */
-  static FT_Error
-  psh_hint_table_init( PSH_Hint_Table  table,
-                       PS_Hint_Table   hints,
-                       PS_Mask_Table   hint_masks,
-                       PS_Mask_Table   counter_masks,
-                       FT_Memory       memory )
-  {
-    FT_UInt   count;
-    FT_Error  error;
-
-    FT_UNUSED( counter_masks );
-
-
-    count = hints->num_hints;
-
-    /* allocate our tables */
-    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( table->sort,  2 * count     ) ||
-         FT_NEW_ARRAY( table->hints,     count     ) ||
-         FT_NEW_ARRAY( table->zones, 2 * count + 1 ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    table->max_hints   = count;
-    table->sort_global = table->sort + count;
-    table->num_hints   = 0;
-    table->num_zones   = 0;
-    table->zone        = 0;
-
-    /* initialize the `table->hints' array */
-    {
-      PSH_Hint  write = table->hints;
-      PS_Hint   read  = hints->hints;
-
-
-      for ( ; count > 0; count--, write++, read++ )
-      {
-        write->org_pos = read->pos;
-        write->org_len = read->len;
-        write->flags   = read->flags;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* we now need to determine the initial `parent' stems; first  */
-    /* activate the hints that are given by the initial hint masks */
-    if ( hint_masks )
-    {
-      PS_Mask  mask = hint_masks->masks;
-
-
-      count             = hint_masks->num_masks;
-      table->hint_masks = hint_masks;
-
-      for ( ; count > 0; count--, mask++ )
-        psh_hint_table_record_mask( table, mask );
-    }
-
-    /* finally, do a linear parse in case some hints were left alone */
-    if ( table->num_hints != table->max_hints )
-    {
-      FT_UInt  idx;
-
-
-      FT_ERROR(( "psh_hint_table_init: missing/incorrect hint masks!\n" ));
-
-      count = table->max_hints;
-      for ( idx = 0; idx < count; idx++ )
-        psh_hint_table_record( table, idx );
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  psh_hint_table_activate_mask( PSH_Hint_Table  table,
-                                PS_Mask         hint_mask )
-  {
-    FT_Int    mask = 0, val = 0;
-    FT_Byte*  cursor = hint_mask->bytes;
-    FT_UInt   idx, limit, count;
-
-
-    limit = hint_mask->num_bits;
-    count = 0;
-
-    psh_hint_table_deactivate( table );
-
-    for ( idx = 0; idx < limit; idx++ )
-    {
-      if ( mask == 0 )
-      {
-        val  = *cursor++;
-        mask = 0x80;
-      }
-
-      if ( val & mask )
-      {
-        PSH_Hint  hint = &table->hints[idx];
-
-
-        if ( !psh_hint_is_active( hint ) )
-        {
-          FT_UInt     count2;
-
-#if 0
-          PSH_Hint*  sort = table->sort;
-          PSH_Hint   hint2;
-
-
-          for ( count2 = count; count2 > 0; count2--, sort++ )
-          {
-            hint2 = sort[0];
-            if ( psh_hint_overlap( hint, hint2 ) )
-              FT_ERROR(( "psh_hint_table_activate_mask:"
-                         " found overlapping hints\n" ))
-          }
-#else
-          count2 = 0;
-#endif
-
-          if ( count2 == 0 )
-          {
-            psh_hint_activate( hint );
-            if ( count < table->max_hints )
-              table->sort[count++] = hint;
-            else
-              FT_ERROR(( "psh_hint_tableactivate_mask:"
-                         " too many active hints\n" ));
-          }
-        }
-      }
-
-      mask >>= 1;
-    }
-    table->num_hints = count;
-
-    /* now, sort the hints; they are guaranteed to not overlap */
-    /* so we can compare their "org_pos" field directly        */
-    {
-      FT_Int     i1, i2;
-      PSH_Hint   hint1, hint2;
-      PSH_Hint*  sort = table->sort;
-
-
-      /* a simple bubble sort will do, since in 99% of cases, the hints */
-      /* will be already sorted -- and the sort will be linear          */
-      for ( i1 = 1; i1 < (FT_Int)count; i1++ )
-      {
-        hint1 = sort[i1];
-        for ( i2 = i1 - 1; i2 >= 0; i2-- )
-        {
-          hint2 = sort[i2];
-
-          if ( hint2->org_pos < hint1->org_pos )
-            break;
-
-          sort[i2 + 1] = hint2;
-          sort[i2]     = hint1;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****               HINTS GRID-FITTING AND OPTIMIZATION             *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-#if 1
-  static FT_Pos
-  psh_dimension_quantize_len( PSH_Dimension  dim,
-                              FT_Pos         len,
-                              FT_Bool        do_snapping )
-  {
-    if ( len <= 64 )
-      len = 64;
-    else
-    {
-      FT_Pos  delta = len - dim->stdw.widths[0].cur;
-
-
-      if ( delta < 0 )
-        delta = -delta;
-
-      if ( delta < 40 )
-      {
-        len = dim->stdw.widths[0].cur;
-        if ( len < 48 )
-          len = 48;
-      }
-
-      if ( len < 3 * 64 )
-      {
-        delta = ( len & 63 );
-        len  &= -64;
-
-        if ( delta < 10 )
-          len += delta;
-
-        else if ( delta < 32 )
-          len += 10;
-
-        else if ( delta < 54 )
-          len += 54;
-
-        else
-          len += delta;
-      }
-      else
-        len = FT_PIX_ROUND( len );
-    }
-
-    if ( do_snapping )
-      len = FT_PIX_ROUND( len );
-
-    return  len;
-  }
-#endif /* 0 */
-
-
-#ifdef DEBUG_HINTER
-
-  static void
-  ps_simple_scale( PSH_Hint_Table  table,
-                   FT_Fixed        scale,
-                   FT_Fixed        delta,
-                   FT_Int          dimension )
-  {
-    PSH_Hint  hint;
-    FT_UInt   count;
-
-
-    for ( count = 0; count < table->max_hints; count++ )
-    {
-      hint = table->hints + count;
-
-      hint->cur_pos = FT_MulFix( hint->org_pos, scale ) + delta;
-      hint->cur_len = FT_MulFix( hint->org_len, scale );
-
-      if ( ps_debug_hint_func )
-        ps_debug_hint_func( hint, dimension );
-    }
-  }
-
-#endif /* DEBUG_HINTER */
-
-
-  static FT_Fixed
-  psh_hint_snap_stem_side_delta( FT_Fixed  pos,
-                                 FT_Fixed  len )
-  {
-    FT_Fixed  delta1 = FT_PIX_ROUND( pos ) - pos;
-    FT_Fixed  delta2 = FT_PIX_ROUND( pos + len ) - pos - len;
-
-
-    if ( FT_ABS( delta1 ) <= FT_ABS( delta2 ) )
-      return delta1;
-    else
-      return delta2;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  psh_hint_align( PSH_Hint     hint,
-                  PSH_Globals  globals,
-                  FT_Int       dimension,
-                  PSH_Glyph    glyph )
-  {
-    PSH_Dimension  dim   = &globals->dimension[dimension];
-    FT_Fixed       scale = dim->scale_mult;
-    FT_Fixed       delta = dim->scale_delta;
-
-
-    if ( !psh_hint_is_fitted( hint ) )
-    {
-      FT_Pos  pos = FT_MulFix( hint->org_pos, scale ) + delta;
-      FT_Pos  len = FT_MulFix( hint->org_len, scale );
-
-      FT_Int            do_snapping;
-      FT_Pos            fit_len;
-      PSH_AlignmentRec  align;
-
-
-      /* ignore stem alignments when requested through the hint flags */
-      if ( ( dimension == 0 && !glyph->do_horz_hints ) ||
-           ( dimension == 1 && !glyph->do_vert_hints ) )
-      {
-        hint->cur_pos = pos;
-        hint->cur_len = len;
-
-        psh_hint_set_fitted( hint );
-        return;
-      }
-
-      /* perform stem snapping when requested - this is necessary
-       * for monochrome and LCD hinting modes only
-       */
-      do_snapping = ( dimension == 0 && glyph->do_horz_snapping ) ||
-                    ( dimension == 1 && glyph->do_vert_snapping );
-
-      hint->cur_len = fit_len = len;
-
-      /* check blue zones for horizontal stems */
-      align.align     = PSH_BLUE_ALIGN_NONE;
-      align.align_bot = align.align_top = 0;
-
-      if ( dimension == 1 )
-        psh_blues_snap_stem( &globals->blues,
-                             hint->org_pos + hint->org_len,
-                             hint->org_pos,
-                             &align );
-
-      switch ( align.align )
-      {
-      case PSH_BLUE_ALIGN_TOP:
-        /* the top of the stem is aligned against a blue zone */
-        hint->cur_pos = align.align_top - fit_len;
-        break;
-
-      case PSH_BLUE_ALIGN_BOT:
-        /* the bottom of the stem is aligned against a blue zone */
-        hint->cur_pos = align.align_bot;
-        break;
-
-      case PSH_BLUE_ALIGN_TOP | PSH_BLUE_ALIGN_BOT:
-        /* both edges of the stem are aligned against blue zones */
-        hint->cur_pos = align.align_bot;
-        hint->cur_len = align.align_top - align.align_bot;
-        break;
-
-      default:
-        {
-          PSH_Hint  parent = hint->parent;
-
-
-          if ( parent )
-          {
-            FT_Pos  par_org_center, par_cur_center;
-            FT_Pos  cur_org_center, cur_delta;
-
-
-            /* ensure that parent is already fitted */
-            if ( !psh_hint_is_fitted( parent ) )
-              psh_hint_align( parent, globals, dimension, glyph );
-
-            /* keep original relation between hints, this is, use the */
-            /* scaled distance between the centers of the hints to    */
-            /* compute the new position                               */
-            par_org_center = parent->org_pos + ( parent->org_len >> 1 );
-            par_cur_center = parent->cur_pos + ( parent->cur_len >> 1 );
-            cur_org_center = hint->org_pos   + ( hint->org_len   >> 1 );
-
-            cur_delta = FT_MulFix( cur_org_center - par_org_center, scale );
-            pos       = par_cur_center + cur_delta - ( len >> 1 );
-          }
-
-          hint->cur_pos = pos;
-          hint->cur_len = fit_len;
-
-          /* Stem adjustment tries to snap stem widths to standard
-           * ones.  This is important to prevent unpleasant rounding
-           * artefacts.
-           */
-          if ( glyph->do_stem_adjust )
-          {
-            if ( len <= 64 )
-            {
-              /* the stem is less than one pixel; we will center it
-               * around the nearest pixel center
-               */
-              if ( len >= 32 )
-              {
-                /* This is a special case where we also widen the stem
-                 * and align it to the pixel grid.
-                 *
-                 *   stem_center          = pos + (len/2)
-                 *   nearest_pixel_center = FT_ROUND(stem_center-32)+32
-                 *   new_pos              = nearest_pixel_center-32
-                 *                        = FT_ROUND(stem_center-32)
-                 *                        = FT_FLOOR(stem_center-32+32)
-                 *                        = FT_FLOOR(stem_center)
-                 *   new_len              = 64
-                 */
-                pos = FT_PIX_FLOOR( pos + ( len >> 1 ) );
-                len = 64;
-              }
-              else if ( len > 0 )
-              {
-                /* This is a very small stem; we simply align it to the
-                 * pixel grid, trying to find the minimal displacement.
-                 *
-                 * left               = pos
-                 * right              = pos + len
-                 * left_nearest_edge  = ROUND(pos)
-                 * right_nearest_edge = ROUND(right)
-                 *
-                 * if ( ABS(left_nearest_edge - left) <=
-                 *      ABS(right_nearest_edge - right) )
-                 *    new_pos = left
-                 * else
-                 *    new_pos = right
-                 */
-                FT_Pos  left_nearest  = FT_PIX_ROUND( pos );
-                FT_Pos  right_nearest = FT_PIX_ROUND( pos + len );
-                FT_Pos  left_disp     = left_nearest - pos;
-                FT_Pos  right_disp    = right_nearest - ( pos + len );
-
-
-                if ( left_disp < 0 )
-                  left_disp = -left_disp;
-                if ( right_disp < 0 )
-                  right_disp = -right_disp;
-                if ( left_disp <= right_disp )
-                  pos = left_nearest;
-                else
-                  pos = right_nearest;
-              }
-              else
-              {
-                /* this is a ghost stem; we simply round it */
-                pos = FT_PIX_ROUND( pos );
-              }
-            }
-            else
-            {
-              len = psh_dimension_quantize_len( dim, len, 0 );
-            }
-          }
-
-          /* now that we have a good hinted stem width, try to position */
-          /* the stem along a pixel grid integer coordinate             */
-          hint->cur_pos = pos + psh_hint_snap_stem_side_delta( pos, len );
-          hint->cur_len = len;
-        }
-      }
-
-      if ( do_snapping )
-      {
-        pos = hint->cur_pos;
-        len = hint->cur_len;
-
-        if ( len < 64 )
-          len = 64;
-        else
-          len = FT_PIX_ROUND( len );
-
-        switch ( align.align )
-        {
-          case PSH_BLUE_ALIGN_TOP:
-            hint->cur_pos = align.align_top - len;
-            hint->cur_len = len;
-            break;
-
-          case PSH_BLUE_ALIGN_BOT:
-            hint->cur_len = len;
-            break;
-
-          case PSH_BLUE_ALIGN_BOT | PSH_BLUE_ALIGN_TOP:
-            /* don't touch */
-            break;
-
-
-          default:
-            hint->cur_len = len;
-            if ( len & 64 )
-              pos = FT_PIX_FLOOR( pos + ( len >> 1 ) ) + 32;
-            else
-              pos = FT_PIX_ROUND( pos + ( len >> 1 ) );
-
-            hint->cur_pos = pos - ( len >> 1 );
-            hint->cur_len = len;
-        }
-      }
-
-      psh_hint_set_fitted( hint );
-
-#ifdef DEBUG_HINTER
-      if ( ps_debug_hint_func )
-        ps_debug_hint_func( hint, dimension );
-#endif
-    }
-  }
-
-
-#if 0  /* not used for now, experimental */
-
- /*
-  *  A variant to perform "light" hinting (i.e. FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT)
-  *  of stems
-  */
-  static void
-  psh_hint_align_light( PSH_Hint     hint,
-                        PSH_Globals  globals,
-                        FT_Int       dimension,
-                        PSH_Glyph    glyph )
-  {
-    PSH_Dimension  dim   = &globals->dimension[dimension];
-    FT_Fixed       scale = dim->scale_mult;
-    FT_Fixed       delta = dim->scale_delta;
-
-
-    if ( !psh_hint_is_fitted( hint ) )
-    {
-      FT_Pos  pos = FT_MulFix( hint->org_pos, scale ) + delta;
-      FT_Pos  len = FT_MulFix( hint->org_len, scale );
-
-      FT_Pos  fit_len;
-
-      PSH_AlignmentRec  align;
-
-
-      /* ignore stem alignments when requested through the hint flags */
-      if ( ( dimension == 0 && !glyph->do_horz_hints ) ||
-           ( dimension == 1 && !glyph->do_vert_hints ) )
-      {
-        hint->cur_pos = pos;
-        hint->cur_len = len;
-
-        psh_hint_set_fitted( hint );
-        return;
-      }
-
-      fit_len = len;
-
-      hint->cur_len = fit_len;
-
-      /* check blue zones for horizontal stems */
-      align.align = PSH_BLUE_ALIGN_NONE;
-      align.align_bot = align.align_top = 0;
-
-      if ( dimension == 1 )
-        psh_blues_snap_stem( &globals->blues,
-                             hint->org_pos + hint->org_len,
-                             hint->org_pos,
-                             &align );
-
-      switch ( align.align )
-      {
-      case PSH_BLUE_ALIGN_TOP:
-        /* the top of the stem is aligned against a blue zone */
-        hint->cur_pos = align.align_top - fit_len;
-        break;
-
-      case PSH_BLUE_ALIGN_BOT:
-        /* the bottom of the stem is aligned against a blue zone */
-        hint->cur_pos = align.align_bot;
-        break;
-
-      case PSH_BLUE_ALIGN_TOP | PSH_BLUE_ALIGN_BOT:
-        /* both edges of the stem are aligned against blue zones */
-        hint->cur_pos = align.align_bot;
-        hint->cur_len = align.align_top - align.align_bot;
-        break;
-
-      default:
-        {
-          PSH_Hint  parent = hint->parent;
-
-
-          if ( parent )
-          {
-            FT_Pos  par_org_center, par_cur_center;
-            FT_Pos  cur_org_center, cur_delta;
-
-
-            /* ensure that parent is already fitted */
-            if ( !psh_hint_is_fitted( parent ) )
-              psh_hint_align_light( parent, globals, dimension, glyph );
-
-            par_org_center = parent->org_pos + ( parent->org_len / 2 );
-            par_cur_center = parent->cur_pos + ( parent->cur_len / 2 );
-            cur_org_center = hint->org_pos   + ( hint->org_len   / 2 );
-
-            cur_delta = FT_MulFix( cur_org_center - par_org_center, scale );
-            pos       = par_cur_center + cur_delta - ( len >> 1 );
-          }
-
-          /* Stems less than one pixel wide are easy -- we want to
-           * make them as dark as possible, so they must fall within
-           * one pixel.  If the stem is split between two pixels
-           * then snap the edge that is nearer to the pixel boundary
-           * to the pixel boundary.
-           */
-          if ( len <= 64 )
-          {
-            if ( ( pos + len + 63 ) / 64  != pos / 64 + 1 )
-              pos += psh_hint_snap_stem_side_delta ( pos, len );
-          }
-
-          /* Position stems other to minimize the amount of mid-grays.
-           * There are, in general, two positions that do this,
-           * illustrated as A) and B) below.
-           *
-           *   +                   +                   +                   +
-           *
-           * A)             |--------------------------------|
-           * B)   |--------------------------------|
-           * C)       |--------------------------------|
-           *
-           * Position A) (split the excess stem equally) should be better
-           * for stems of width N + f where f < 0.5.
-           *
-           * Position B) (split the deficiency equally) should be better
-           * for stems of width N + f where f > 0.5.
-           *
-           * It turns out though that minimizing the total number of lit
-           * pixels is also important, so position C), with one edge
-           * aligned with a pixel boundary is actually preferable
-           * to A).  There are also more possibile positions for C) than
-           * for A) or B), so it involves less distortion of the overall
-           * character shape.
-           */
-          else /* len > 64 */
-          {
-            FT_Fixed  frac_len = len & 63;
-            FT_Fixed  center = pos + ( len >> 1 );
-            FT_Fixed  delta_a, delta_b;
-
-
-            if ( ( len / 64 ) & 1 )
-            {
-              delta_a = FT_PIX_FLOOR( center ) + 32 - center;
-              delta_b = FT_PIX_ROUND( center ) - center;
-            }
-            else
-            {
-              delta_a = FT_PIX_ROUND( center ) - center;
-              delta_b = FT_PIX_FLOOR( center ) + 32 - center;
-            }
-
-            /* We choose between B) and C) above based on the amount
-             * of fractinal stem width; for small amounts, choose
-             * C) always, for large amounts, B) always, and inbetween,
-             * pick whichever one involves less stem movement.
-             */
-            if ( frac_len < 32 )
-            {
-              pos += psh_hint_snap_stem_side_delta ( pos, len );
-            }
-            else if ( frac_len < 48 )
-            {
-              FT_Fixed  side_delta = psh_hint_snap_stem_side_delta ( pos,
-                                                                     len );
-
-              if ( FT_ABS( side_delta ) < FT_ABS( delta_b ) )
-                pos += side_delta;
-              else
-                pos += delta_b;
-            }
-            else
-            {
-              pos += delta_b;
-            }
-          }
-
-          hint->cur_pos = pos;
-        }
-      }  /* switch */
-
-      psh_hint_set_fitted( hint );
-
-#ifdef DEBUG_HINTER
-      if ( ps_debug_hint_func )
-        ps_debug_hint_func( hint, dimension );
-#endif
-    }
-  }
-
-#endif /* 0 */
-
-
-  static void
-  psh_hint_table_align_hints( PSH_Hint_Table  table,
-                              PSH_Globals     globals,
-                              FT_Int          dimension,
-                              PSH_Glyph       glyph )
-  {
-    PSH_Hint       hint;
-    FT_UInt        count;
-
-#ifdef DEBUG_HINTER
-
-    PSH_Dimension  dim   = &globals->dimension[dimension];
-    FT_Fixed       scale = dim->scale_mult;
-    FT_Fixed       delta = dim->scale_delta;
-
-
-    if ( ps_debug_no_vert_hints && dimension == 0 )
-    {
-      ps_simple_scale( table, scale, delta, dimension );
-      return;
-    }
-
-    if ( ps_debug_no_horz_hints && dimension == 1 )
-    {
-      ps_simple_scale( table, scale, delta, dimension );
-      return;
-    }
-
-#endif /* DEBUG_HINTER*/
-
-    hint  = table->hints;
-    count = table->max_hints;
-
-    for ( ; count > 0; count--, hint++ )
-      psh_hint_align( hint, globals, dimension, glyph );
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                POINTS INTERPOLATION ROUTINES                  *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-#define PSH_ZONE_MIN  -3200000L
-#define PSH_ZONE_MAX  +3200000L
-
-#define xxDEBUG_ZONES
-
-
-#ifdef DEBUG_ZONES
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-  static void
-  psh_print_zone( PSH_Zone  zone )
-  {
-    printf( "zone [scale,delta,min,max] = [%.3f,%.3f,%d,%d]\n",
-             zone->scale / 65536.0,
-             zone->delta / 64.0,
-             zone->min,
-             zone->max );
-  }
-
-#else
-
-#define psh_print_zone( x )  do { } while ( 0 )
-
-#endif /* DEBUG_ZONES */
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                    HINTER GLYPH MANAGEMENT                    *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-#if 1
-
-#define  psh_corner_is_flat      ft_corner_is_flat
-#define  psh_corner_orientation  ft_corner_orientation
-
-#else
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Int )
-  psh_corner_is_flat( FT_Pos  x_in,
-                      FT_Pos  y_in,
-                      FT_Pos  x_out,
-                      FT_Pos  y_out )
-  {
-    FT_Pos  ax = x_in;
-    FT_Pos  ay = y_in;
-
-    FT_Pos  d_in, d_out, d_corner;
-
-
-    if ( ax < 0 )
-      ax = -ax;
-    if ( ay < 0 )
-      ay = -ay;
-    d_in = ax + ay;
-
-    ax = x_out;
-    if ( ax < 0 )
-      ax = -ax;
-    ay = y_out;
-    if ( ay < 0 )
-      ay = -ay;
-    d_out = ax + ay;
-
-    ax = x_out + x_in;
-    if ( ax < 0 )
-      ax = -ax;
-    ay = y_out + y_in;
-    if ( ay < 0 )
-      ay = -ay;
-    d_corner = ax + ay;
-
-    return ( d_in + d_out - d_corner ) < ( d_corner >> 4 );
-  }
-
-  static FT_Int
-  psh_corner_orientation( FT_Pos  in_x,
-                          FT_Pos  in_y,
-                          FT_Pos  out_x,
-                          FT_Pos  out_y )
-  {
-    FT_Int  result;
-
-
-    /* deal with the trivial cases quickly */
-    if ( in_y == 0 )
-    {
-      if ( in_x >= 0 )
-        result = out_y;
-      else
-        result = -out_y;
-    }
-    else if ( in_x == 0 )
-    {
-      if ( in_y >= 0 )
-        result = -out_x;
-      else
-        result = out_x;
-    }
-    else if ( out_y == 0 )
-    {
-      if ( out_x >= 0 )
-        result = in_y;
-      else
-        result = -in_y;
-    }
-    else if ( out_x == 0 )
-    {
-      if ( out_y >= 0 )
-        result = -in_x;
-      else
-        result =  in_x;
-    }
-    else /* general case */
-    {
-      long long  delta = (long long)in_x * out_y - (long long)in_y * out_x;
-
-      if ( delta == 0 )
-        result = 0;
-      else
-        result = 1 - 2 * ( delta < 0 );
-    }
-
-    return result;
-  }
-
-#endif /* !1 */
-
-
-#ifdef COMPUTE_INFLEXS
-
-  /* compute all inflex points in a given glyph */
-  static void
-  psh_glyph_compute_inflections( PSH_Glyph  glyph )
-  {
-    FT_UInt  n;
-
-
-    for ( n = 0; n < glyph->num_contours; n++ )
-    {
-      PSH_Point  first, start, end, before, after;
-      FT_Pos     in_x, in_y, out_x, out_y;
-      FT_Int     orient_prev, orient_cur;
-      FT_Int     finished = 0;
-
-
-      /* we need at least 4 points to create an inflection point */
-      if ( glyph->contours[n].count < 4 )
-        continue;
-
-      /* compute first segment in contour */
-      first = glyph->contours[n].start;
-
-      start = end = first;
-      do
-      {
-        end = end->next;
-        if ( end == first )
-          goto Skip;
-
-        in_x = end->org_u - start->org_u;
-        in_y = end->org_v - start->org_v;
-
-      } while ( in_x == 0 && in_y == 0 );
-
-      /* extend the segment start whenever possible */
-      before = start;
-      do
-      {
-        do
-        {
-          start  = before;
-          before = before->prev;
-          if ( before == first )
-            goto Skip;
-
-          out_x = start->org_u - before->org_u;
-          out_y = start->org_v - before->org_v;
-
-        } while ( out_x == 0 && out_y == 0 );
-
-        orient_prev = psh_corner_orientation( in_x, in_y, out_x, out_y );
-
-      } while ( orient_prev == 0 );
-
-      first = start;
-      in_x  = out_x;
-      in_y  = out_y;
-
-      /* now, process all segments in the contour */
-      do
-      {
-        /* first, extend current segment's end whenever possible */
-        after = end;
-        do
-        {
-          do
-          {
-            end   = after;
-            after = after->next;
-            if ( after == first )
-              finished = 1;
-
-            out_x = after->org_u - end->org_u;
-            out_y = after->org_v - end->org_v;
-
-          } while ( out_x == 0 && out_y == 0 );
-
-          orient_cur = psh_corner_orientation( in_x, in_y, out_x, out_y );
-
-        } while ( orient_cur == 0 );
-
-        if ( ( orient_cur ^ orient_prev ) < 0 )
-        {
-          do
-          {
-            psh_point_set_inflex( start );
-            start = start->next;
-          }
-          while ( start != end );
-
-          psh_point_set_inflex( start );
-        }
-
-        start       = end;
-        end         = after;
-        orient_prev = orient_cur;
-        in_x        = out_x;
-        in_y        = out_y;
-
-      } while ( !finished );
-
-    Skip:
-      ;
-    }
-  }
-
-#endif /* COMPUTE_INFLEXS */
-
-
-  static void
-  psh_glyph_done( PSH_Glyph  glyph )
-  {
-    FT_Memory  memory = glyph->memory;
-
-
-    psh_hint_table_done( &glyph->hint_tables[1], memory );
-    psh_hint_table_done( &glyph->hint_tables[0], memory );
-
-    FT_FREE( glyph->points );
-    FT_FREE( glyph->contours );
-
-    glyph->num_points   = 0;
-    glyph->num_contours = 0;
-
-    glyph->memory = 0;
-  }
-
-
-  static int
-  psh_compute_dir( FT_Pos  dx,
-                   FT_Pos  dy )
-  {
-    FT_Pos  ax, ay;
-    int     result = PSH_DIR_NONE;
-
-
-    ax = ( dx >= 0 ) ? dx : -dx;
-    ay = ( dy >= 0 ) ? dy : -dy;
-
-    if ( ay * 12 < ax )
-    {
-      /* |dy| <<< |dx|  means a near-horizontal segment */
-      result = ( dx >= 0 ) ? PSH_DIR_RIGHT : PSH_DIR_LEFT;
-    }
-    else if ( ax * 12 < ay )
-    {
-      /* |dx| <<< |dy|  means a near-vertical segment */
-      result = ( dy >= 0 ) ? PSH_DIR_UP : PSH_DIR_DOWN;
-    }
-
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-  /* load outline point coordinates into hinter glyph */
-  static void
-  psh_glyph_load_points( PSH_Glyph  glyph,
-                         FT_Int     dimension )
-  {
-    FT_Vector*  vec   = glyph->outline->points;
-    PSH_Point   point = glyph->points;
-    FT_UInt     count = glyph->num_points;
-
-
-    for ( ; count > 0; count--, point++, vec++ )
-    {
-      point->flags2 = 0;
-      point->hint   = NULL;
-      if ( dimension == 0 )
-      {
-        point->org_u = vec->x;
-        point->org_v = vec->y;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        point->org_u = vec->y;
-        point->org_v = vec->x;
-      }
-
-#ifdef DEBUG_HINTER
-      point->org_x = vec->x;
-      point->org_y = vec->y;
-#endif
-
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  /* save hinted point coordinates back to outline */
-  static void
-  psh_glyph_save_points( PSH_Glyph  glyph,
-                         FT_Int     dimension )
-  {
-    FT_UInt     n;
-    PSH_Point   point = glyph->points;
-    FT_Vector*  vec   = glyph->outline->points;
-    char*       tags  = glyph->outline->tags;
-
-
-    for ( n = 0; n < glyph->num_points; n++ )
-    {
-      if ( dimension == 0 )
-        vec[n].x = point->cur_u;
-      else
-        vec[n].y = point->cur_u;
-
-      if ( psh_point_is_strong( point ) )
-        tags[n] |= (char)( ( dimension == 0 ) ? 32 : 64 );
-
-#ifdef DEBUG_HINTER
-
-      if ( dimension == 0 )
-      {
-        point->cur_x   = point->cur_u;
-        point->flags_x = point->flags2 | point->flags;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        point->cur_y   = point->cur_u;
-        point->flags_y = point->flags2 | point->flags;
-      }
-
-#endif
-
-      point++;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  psh_glyph_init( PSH_Glyph    glyph,
-                  FT_Outline*  outline,
-                  PS_Hints     ps_hints,
-                  PSH_Globals  globals )
-  {
-    FT_Error   error;
-    FT_Memory  memory;
-
-
-    /* clear all fields */
-    FT_MEM_ZERO( glyph, sizeof ( *glyph ) );
-
-    memory = glyph->memory = globals->memory;
-
-    /* allocate and setup points + contours arrays */
-    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( glyph->points,   outline->n_points   ) ||
-         FT_NEW_ARRAY( glyph->contours, outline->n_contours ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    glyph->num_points   = outline->n_points;
-    glyph->num_contours = outline->n_contours;
-
-    {
-      FT_UInt      first = 0, next, n;
-      PSH_Point    points  = glyph->points;
-      PSH_Contour  contour = glyph->contours;
-
-
-      for ( n = 0; n < glyph->num_contours; n++ )
-      {
-        FT_Int     count;
-        PSH_Point  point;
-
-
-        next  = outline->contours[n] + 1;
-        count = next - first;
-
-        contour->start = points + first;
-        contour->count = (FT_UInt)count;
-
-        if ( count > 0 )
-        {
-          point = points + first;
-
-          point->prev    = points + next - 1;
-          point->contour = contour;
-
-          for ( ; count > 1; count-- )
-          {
-            point[0].next = point + 1;
-            point[1].prev = point;
-            point++;
-            point->contour = contour;
-          }
-          point->next = points + first;
-        }
-
-        contour++;
-        first = next;
-      }
-    }
-
-    {
-      PSH_Point   points = glyph->points;
-      PSH_Point   point  = points;
-      FT_Vector*  vec    = outline->points;
-      FT_UInt     n;
-
-
-      for ( n = 0; n < glyph->num_points; n++, point++ )
-      {
-        FT_Int  n_prev = (FT_Int)( point->prev - points );
-        FT_Int  n_next = (FT_Int)( point->next - points );
-        FT_Pos  dxi, dyi, dxo, dyo;
-
-
-        if ( !( outline->tags[n] & FT_CURVE_TAG_ON ) )
-          point->flags = PSH_POINT_OFF;
-
-        dxi = vec[n].x - vec[n_prev].x;
-        dyi = vec[n].y - vec[n_prev].y;
-
-        point->dir_in = (FT_Char)psh_compute_dir( dxi, dyi );
-
-        dxo = vec[n_next].x - vec[n].x;
-        dyo = vec[n_next].y - vec[n].y;
-
-        point->dir_out = (FT_Char)psh_compute_dir( dxo, dyo );
-
-        /* detect smooth points */
-        if ( point->flags & PSH_POINT_OFF )
-          point->flags |= PSH_POINT_SMOOTH;
-
-        else if ( point->dir_in == point->dir_out )
-        {
-          if ( point->dir_out != PSH_DIR_NONE           ||
-               psh_corner_is_flat( dxi, dyi, dxo, dyo ) )
-            point->flags |= PSH_POINT_SMOOTH;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    glyph->outline = outline;
-    glyph->globals = globals;
-
-#ifdef COMPUTE_INFLEXS
-    psh_glyph_load_points( glyph, 0 );
-    psh_glyph_compute_inflections( glyph );
-#endif /* COMPUTE_INFLEXS */
-
-    /* now deal with hints tables */
-    error = psh_hint_table_init( &glyph->hint_tables [0],
-                                 &ps_hints->dimension[0].hints,
-                                 &ps_hints->dimension[0].masks,
-                                 &ps_hints->dimension[0].counters,
-                                 memory );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    error = psh_hint_table_init( &glyph->hint_tables [1],
-                                 &ps_hints->dimension[1].hints,
-                                 &ps_hints->dimension[1].masks,
-                                 &ps_hints->dimension[1].counters,
-                                 memory );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* compute all extrema in a glyph for a given dimension */
-  static void
-  psh_glyph_compute_extrema( PSH_Glyph  glyph )
-  {
-    FT_UInt  n;
-
-
-    /* first of all, compute all local extrema */
-    for ( n = 0; n < glyph->num_contours; n++ )
-    {
-      PSH_Point  first = glyph->contours[n].start;
-      PSH_Point  point, before, after;
-
-
-      if ( glyph->contours[n].count == 0 )
-        continue;
-
-      point  = first;
-      before = point;
-      after  = point;
-
-      do
-      {
-        before = before->prev;
-        if ( before == first )
-          goto Skip;
-
-      } while ( before->org_u == point->org_u );
-
-      first = point = before->next;
-
-      for (;;)
-      {
-        after = point;
-        do
-        {
-          after = after->next;
-          if ( after == first )
-            goto Next;
-
-        } while ( after->org_u == point->org_u );
-
-        if ( before->org_u < point->org_u )
-        {
-          if ( after->org_u < point->org_u )
-          {
-            /* local maximum */
-            goto Extremum;
-          }
-        }
-        else /* before->org_u > point->org_u */
-        {
-          if ( after->org_u > point->org_u )
-          {
-            /* local minimum */
-          Extremum:
-            do
-            {
-              psh_point_set_extremum( point );
-              point = point->next;
-
-            } while ( point != after );
-          }
-        }
-
-        before = after->prev;
-        point  = after;
-
-      } /* for  */
-
-    Next:
-      ;
-    }
-
-    /* for each extremum, determine its direction along the */
-    /* orthogonal axis                                      */
-    for ( n = 0; n < glyph->num_points; n++ )
-    {
-      PSH_Point  point, before, after;
-
-
-      point  = &glyph->points[n];
-      before = point;
-      after  = point;
-
-      if ( psh_point_is_extremum( point ) )
-      {
-        do
-        {
-          before = before->prev;
-          if ( before == point )
-            goto Skip;
-
-        } while ( before->org_v == point->org_v );
-
-        do
-        {
-          after = after->next;
-          if ( after == point )
-            goto Skip;
-
-        } while ( after->org_v == point->org_v );
-      }
-
-      if ( before->org_v < point->org_v &&
-           after->org_v  > point->org_v )
-      {
-        psh_point_set_positive( point );
-      }
-      else if ( before->org_v > point->org_v &&
-                after->org_v  < point->org_v )
-      {
-        psh_point_set_negative( point );
-      }
-
-    Skip:
-      ;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  /* major_dir is the direction for points on the bottom/left of the stem; */
-  /* Points on the top/right of the stem will have a direction of          */
-  /* -major_dir.                                                           */
-
-  static void
-  psh_hint_table_find_strong_points( PSH_Hint_Table  table,
-                                     PSH_Point       point,
-                                     FT_UInt         count,
-                                     FT_Int          threshold,
-                                     FT_Int          major_dir )
-  {
-    PSH_Hint*  sort      = table->sort;
-    FT_UInt    num_hints = table->num_hints;
-
-
-    for ( ; count > 0; count--, point++ )
-    {
-      FT_Int  point_dir = 0;
-      FT_Pos  org_u     = point->org_u;
-
-
-      if ( psh_point_is_strong( point ) )
-        continue;
-
-      if ( PSH_DIR_COMPARE( point->dir_in, major_dir ) )
-        point_dir = point->dir_in;
-
-      else if ( PSH_DIR_COMPARE( point->dir_out, major_dir ) )
-        point_dir = point->dir_out;
-
-      if ( point_dir )
-      {
-        if ( point_dir == major_dir )
-        {
-          FT_UInt  nn;
-
-
-          for ( nn = 0; nn < num_hints; nn++ )
-          {
-            PSH_Hint  hint = sort[nn];
-            FT_Pos    d    = org_u - hint->org_pos;
-
-
-            if ( d < threshold && -d < threshold )
-            {
-              psh_point_set_strong( point );
-              point->flags2 |= PSH_POINT_EDGE_MIN;
-              point->hint    = hint;
-              break;
-            }
-          }
-        }
-        else if ( point_dir == -major_dir )
-        {
-          FT_UInt  nn;
-
-
-          for ( nn = 0; nn < num_hints; nn++ )
-          {
-            PSH_Hint  hint = sort[nn];
-            FT_Pos    d    = org_u - hint->org_pos - hint->org_len;
-
-
-            if ( d < threshold && -d < threshold )
-            {
-              psh_point_set_strong( point );
-              point->flags2 |= PSH_POINT_EDGE_MAX;
-              point->hint    = hint;
-              break;
-            }
-          }
-        }
-      }
-
-#if 1
-      else if ( psh_point_is_extremum( point ) )
-      {
-        /* treat extrema as special cases for stem edge alignment */
-        FT_UInt  nn, min_flag, max_flag;
-
-
-        if ( major_dir == PSH_DIR_HORIZONTAL )
-        {
-          min_flag = PSH_POINT_POSITIVE;
-          max_flag = PSH_POINT_NEGATIVE;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          min_flag = PSH_POINT_NEGATIVE;
-          max_flag = PSH_POINT_POSITIVE;
-        }
-
-        if ( point->flags2 & min_flag )
-        {
-          for ( nn = 0; nn < num_hints; nn++ )
-          {
-            PSH_Hint  hint = sort[nn];
-            FT_Pos    d    = org_u - hint->org_pos;
-
-
-            if ( d < threshold && -d < threshold )
-            {
-              point->flags2 |= PSH_POINT_EDGE_MIN;
-              point->hint    = hint;
-              psh_point_set_strong( point );
-              break;
-            }
-          }
-        }
-        else if ( point->flags2 & max_flag )
-        {
-          for ( nn = 0; nn < num_hints; nn++ )
-          {
-            PSH_Hint  hint = sort[nn];
-            FT_Pos    d    = org_u - hint->org_pos - hint->org_len;
-
-
-            if ( d < threshold && -d < threshold )
-            {
-              point->flags2 |= PSH_POINT_EDGE_MAX;
-              point->hint    = hint;
-              psh_point_set_strong( point );
-              break;
-            }
-          }
-        }
-
-        if ( point->hint == NULL )
-        {
-          for ( nn = 0; nn < num_hints; nn++ )
-          {
-            PSH_Hint  hint = sort[nn];
-
-
-            if ( org_u >= hint->org_pos                 &&
-                org_u <= hint->org_pos + hint->org_len )
-            {
-              point->hint = hint;
-              break;
-            }
-          }
-        }
-      }
-
-#endif /* 1 */
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  /* the accepted shift for strong points in fractional pixels */
-#define PSH_STRONG_THRESHOLD  32
-
-  /* the maximum shift value in font units */
-#define PSH_STRONG_THRESHOLD_MAXIMUM  30
-
-
-  /* find strong points in a glyph */
-  static void
-  psh_glyph_find_strong_points( PSH_Glyph  glyph,
-                                FT_Int     dimension )
-  {
-    /* a point is `strong' if it is located on a stem edge and       */
-    /* has an `in' or `out' tangent parallel to the hint's direction */
-
-    PSH_Hint_Table  table     = &glyph->hint_tables[dimension];
-    PS_Mask         mask      = table->hint_masks->masks;
-    FT_UInt         num_masks = table->hint_masks->num_masks;
-    FT_UInt         first     = 0;
-    FT_Int          major_dir = dimension == 0 ? PSH_DIR_VERTICAL
-                                               : PSH_DIR_HORIZONTAL;
-    PSH_Dimension   dim       = &glyph->globals->dimension[dimension];
-    FT_Fixed        scale     = dim->scale_mult;
-    FT_Int          threshold;
-
-
-    threshold = (FT_Int)FT_DivFix( PSH_STRONG_THRESHOLD, scale );
-    if ( threshold > PSH_STRONG_THRESHOLD_MAXIMUM )
-      threshold = PSH_STRONG_THRESHOLD_MAXIMUM;
-
-    /* process secondary hints to `selected' points */
-    if ( num_masks > 1 && glyph->num_points > 0 )
-    {
-      first = mask->end_point;
-      mask++;
-      for ( ; num_masks > 1; num_masks--, mask++ )
-      {
-        FT_UInt  next;
-        FT_Int   count;
-
-
-        next  = mask->end_point;
-        count = next - first;
-        if ( count > 0 )
-        {
-          PSH_Point  point = glyph->points + first;
-
-
-          psh_hint_table_activate_mask( table, mask );
-
-          psh_hint_table_find_strong_points( table, point, count,
-                                             threshold, major_dir );
-        }
-        first = next;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* process primary hints for all points */
-    if ( num_masks == 1 )
-    {
-      FT_UInt    count = glyph->num_points;
-      PSH_Point  point = glyph->points;
-
-
-      psh_hint_table_activate_mask( table, table->hint_masks->masks );
-
-      psh_hint_table_find_strong_points( table, point, count,
-                                         threshold, major_dir );
-    }
-
-    /* now, certain points may have been attached to a hint and */
-    /* not marked as strong; update their flags then            */
-    {
-      FT_UInt    count = glyph->num_points;
-      PSH_Point  point = glyph->points;
-
-
-      for ( ; count > 0; count--, point++ )
-        if ( point->hint && !psh_point_is_strong( point ) )
-          psh_point_set_strong( point );
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  /* find points in a glyph which are in a blue zone and have `in' or */
-  /* `out' tangents parallel to the horizontal axis                   */
-  static void
-  psh_glyph_find_blue_points( PSH_Blues  blues,
-                              PSH_Glyph  glyph )
-  {
-    PSH_Blue_Table  table;
-    PSH_Blue_Zone   zone;
-    FT_UInt         glyph_count = glyph->num_points;
-    FT_UInt         blue_count;
-    PSH_Point       point = glyph->points;
-
-
-    for ( ; glyph_count > 0; glyph_count--, point++ )
-    {
-      FT_Pos  y;
-
-
-      /* check tangents */
-      if ( !PSH_DIR_COMPARE( point->dir_in,  PSH_DIR_HORIZONTAL ) &&
-           !PSH_DIR_COMPARE( point->dir_out, PSH_DIR_HORIZONTAL ) )
-        continue;
-
-      /* skip strong points */
-      if ( psh_point_is_strong( point ) )
-        continue;
-
-      y = point->org_u;
-
-      /* look up top zones */
-      table      = &blues->normal_top;
-      blue_count = table->count;
-      zone       = table->zones;
-
-      for ( ; blue_count > 0; blue_count--, zone++ )
-      {
-        FT_Pos  delta = y - zone->org_bottom;
-
-
-        if ( delta < -blues->blue_fuzz )
-          break;
-
-        if ( y <= zone->org_top + blues->blue_fuzz )
-          if ( blues->no_overshoots || delta <= blues->blue_threshold )
-          {
-            point->cur_u = zone->cur_bottom;
-            psh_point_set_strong( point );
-            psh_point_set_fitted( point );
-          }
-      }
-
-      /* look up bottom zones */
-      table      = &blues->normal_bottom;
-      blue_count = table->count;
-      zone       = table->zones + blue_count - 1;
-
-      for ( ; blue_count > 0; blue_count--, zone-- )
-      {
-        FT_Pos  delta = zone->org_top - y;
-
-
-        if ( delta < -blues->blue_fuzz )
-          break;
-
-        if ( y >= zone->org_bottom - blues->blue_fuzz )
-          if ( blues->no_overshoots || delta < blues->blue_threshold )
-          {
-            point->cur_u = zone->cur_top;
-            psh_point_set_strong( point );
-            psh_point_set_fitted( point );
-          }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  /* interpolate strong points with the help of hinted coordinates */
-  static void
-  psh_glyph_interpolate_strong_points( PSH_Glyph  glyph,
-                                       FT_Int     dimension )
-  {
-    PSH_Dimension  dim   = &glyph->globals->dimension[dimension];
-    FT_Fixed       scale = dim->scale_mult;
-
-    FT_UInt        count = glyph->num_points;
-    PSH_Point      point = glyph->points;
-
-
-    for ( ; count > 0; count--, point++ )
-    {
-      PSH_Hint  hint = point->hint;
-
-
-      if ( hint )
-      {
-        FT_Pos  delta;
-
-
-        if ( psh_point_is_edge_min( point ) )
-          point->cur_u = hint->cur_pos;
-
-        else if ( psh_point_is_edge_max( point ) )
-          point->cur_u = hint->cur_pos + hint->cur_len;
-
-        else
-        {
-          delta = point->org_u - hint->org_pos;
-
-          if ( delta <= 0 )
-            point->cur_u = hint->cur_pos + FT_MulFix( delta, scale );
-
-          else if ( delta >= hint->org_len )
-            point->cur_u = hint->cur_pos + hint->cur_len +
-                             FT_MulFix( delta - hint->org_len, scale );
-
-          else if ( hint->org_len > 0 )
-            point->cur_u = hint->cur_pos +
-                             FT_MulDiv( delta, hint->cur_len,
-                                        hint->org_len );
-          else
-            point->cur_u = hint->cur_pos;
-        }
-        psh_point_set_fitted( point );
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-
-#define  PSH_MAX_STRONG_INTERNAL  16
-
-  static void
-  psh_glyph_interpolate_normal_points( PSH_Glyph  glyph,
-                                       FT_Int     dimension )
-  {
-
-#if 1
-    /* first technique: a point is strong if it is a local extremum */
-
-    PSH_Dimension  dim    = &glyph->globals->dimension[dimension];
-    FT_Fixed       scale  = dim->scale_mult;
-    FT_Memory      memory = glyph->memory;
-
-    PSH_Point*     strongs     = NULL;
-    PSH_Point      strongs_0[PSH_MAX_STRONG_INTERNAL];
-    FT_UInt        num_strongs = 0;
-
-    PSH_Point      points = glyph->points;
-    PSH_Point      points_end = points + glyph->num_points;
-    PSH_Point      point;
-
-
-    /* first count the number of strong points */
-    for ( point = points; point < points_end; point++ )
-    {
-      if ( psh_point_is_strong( point ) )
-        num_strongs++;
-    }
-
-    if ( num_strongs == 0 )  /* nothing to do here */
-      return;
-
-    /* allocate an array to store a list of points, */
-    /* stored in increasing org_u order             */
-    if ( num_strongs <= PSH_MAX_STRONG_INTERNAL )
-      strongs = strongs_0;
-    else
-    {
-      FT_Error  error;
-
-
-      if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( strongs, num_strongs ) )
-        return;
-    }
-
-    num_strongs = 0;
-    for ( point = points; point < points_end; point++ )
-    {
-      PSH_Point*  insert;
-
-
-      if ( !psh_point_is_strong( point ) )
-        continue;
-
-      for ( insert = strongs + num_strongs; insert > strongs; insert-- )
-      {
-        if ( insert[-1]->org_u <= point->org_u )
-          break;
-
-        insert[0] = insert[-1];
-      }
-      insert[0] = point;
-      num_strongs++;
-    }
-
-    /* now try to interpolate all normal points */
-    for ( point = points; point < points_end; point++ )
-    {
-      if ( psh_point_is_strong( point ) )
-        continue;
-
-      /* sometimes, some local extrema are smooth points */
-      if ( psh_point_is_smooth( point ) )
-      {
-        if ( point->dir_in == PSH_DIR_NONE   ||
-             point->dir_in != point->dir_out )
-          continue;
-
-        if ( !psh_point_is_extremum( point ) &&
-             !psh_point_is_inflex( point )   )
-          continue;
-
-        point->flags &= ~PSH_POINT_SMOOTH;
-      }
-
-      /* find best enclosing point coordinates then interpolate */
-      {
-        PSH_Point   before, after;
-        FT_UInt     nn;
-
-
-        for ( nn = 0; nn < num_strongs; nn++ )
-          if ( strongs[nn]->org_u > point->org_u )
-            break;
-
-        if ( nn == 0 )  /* point before the first strong point */
-        {
-          after = strongs[0];
-
-          point->cur_u = after->cur_u +
-                           FT_MulFix( point->org_u - after->org_u,
-                                      scale );
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          before = strongs[nn - 1];
-
-          for ( nn = num_strongs; nn > 0; nn-- )
-            if ( strongs[nn - 1]->org_u < point->org_u )
-              break;
-
-          if ( nn == num_strongs )  /* point is after last strong point */
-          {
-            before = strongs[nn - 1];
-
-            point->cur_u = before->cur_u +
-                             FT_MulFix( point->org_u - before->org_u,
-                                        scale );
-          }
-          else
-          {
-            FT_Pos  u;
-
-
-            after = strongs[nn];
-
-            /* now interpolate point between before and after */
-            u = point->org_u;
-
-            if ( u == before->org_u )
-              point->cur_u = before->cur_u;
-
-            else if ( u == after->org_u )
-              point->cur_u = after->cur_u;
-
-            else
-              point->cur_u = before->cur_u +
-                               FT_MulDiv( u - before->org_u,
-                                          after->cur_u - before->cur_u,
-                                          after->org_u - before->org_u );
-          }
-        }
-        psh_point_set_fitted( point );
-      }
-    }
-
-    if ( strongs != strongs_0 )
-      FT_FREE( strongs );
-
-#endif /* 1 */
-
-  }
-
-
-  /* interpolate other points */
-  static void
-  psh_glyph_interpolate_other_points( PSH_Glyph  glyph,
-                                      FT_Int     dimension )
-  {
-    PSH_Dimension  dim          = &glyph->globals->dimension[dimension];
-    FT_Fixed       scale        = dim->scale_mult;
-    FT_Fixed       delta        = dim->scale_delta;
-    PSH_Contour    contour      = glyph->contours;
-    FT_UInt        num_contours = glyph->num_contours;
-
-
-    for ( ; num_contours > 0; num_contours--, contour++ )
-    {
-      PSH_Point  start = contour->start;
-      PSH_Point  first, next, point;
-      FT_UInt    fit_count;
-
-
-      /* count the number of strong points in this contour */
-      next      = start + contour->count;
-      fit_count = 0;
-      first     = 0;
-
-      for ( point = start; point < next; point++ )
-        if ( psh_point_is_fitted( point ) )
-        {
-          if ( !first )
-            first = point;
-
-          fit_count++;
-        }
-
-      /* if there are less than 2 fitted points in the contour, we */
-      /* simply scale and eventually translate the contour points  */
-      if ( fit_count < 2 )
-      {
-        if ( fit_count == 1 )
-          delta = first->cur_u - FT_MulFix( first->org_u, scale );
-
-        for ( point = start; point < next; point++ )
-          if ( point != first )
-            point->cur_u = FT_MulFix( point->org_u, scale ) + delta;
-
-        goto Next_Contour;
-      }
-
-      /* there are more than 2 strong points in this contour; we */
-      /* need to interpolate weak points between them            */
-      start = first;
-      do
-      {
-        point = first;
-
-        /* skip consecutive fitted points */
-        for (;;)
-        {
-          next = first->next;
-          if ( next == start )
-            goto Next_Contour;
-
-          if ( !psh_point_is_fitted( next ) )
-            break;
-
-          first = next;
-        }
-
-        /* find next fitted point after unfitted one */
-        for (;;)
-        {
-          next = next->next;
-          if ( psh_point_is_fitted( next ) )
-            break;
-        }
-
-        /* now interpolate between them */
-        {
-          FT_Pos    org_a, org_ab, cur_a, cur_ab;
-          FT_Pos    org_c, org_ac, cur_c;
-          FT_Fixed  scale_ab;
-
-
-          if ( first->org_u <= next->org_u )
-          {
-            org_a  = first->org_u;
-            cur_a  = first->cur_u;
-            org_ab = next->org_u - org_a;
-            cur_ab = next->cur_u - cur_a;
-          }
-          else
-          {
-            org_a  = next->org_u;
-            cur_a  = next->cur_u;
-            org_ab = first->org_u - org_a;
-            cur_ab = first->cur_u - cur_a;
-          }
-
-          scale_ab = 0x10000L;
-          if ( org_ab > 0 )
-            scale_ab = FT_DivFix( cur_ab, org_ab );
-
-          point = first->next;
-          do
-          {
-            org_c  = point->org_u;
-            org_ac = org_c - org_a;
-
-            if ( org_ac <= 0 )
-            {
-              /* on the left of the interpolation zone */
-              cur_c = cur_a + FT_MulFix( org_ac, scale );
-            }
-            else if ( org_ac >= org_ab )
-            {
-              /* on the right on the interpolation zone */
-              cur_c = cur_a + cur_ab + FT_MulFix( org_ac - org_ab, scale );
-            }
-            else
-            {
-              /* within the interpolation zone */
-              cur_c = cur_a + FT_MulFix( org_ac, scale_ab );
-            }
-
-            point->cur_u = cur_c;
-
-            point = point->next;
-
-          } while ( point != next );
-        }
-
-        /* keep going until all points in the contours have been processed */
-        first = next;
-
-      } while ( first != start );
-
-    Next_Contour:
-      ;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                     HIGH-LEVEL INTERFACE                      *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  FT_Error
-  ps_hints_apply( PS_Hints        ps_hints,
-                  FT_Outline*     outline,
-                  PSH_Globals     globals,
-                  FT_Render_Mode  hint_mode )
-  {
-    PSH_GlyphRec  glyphrec;
-    PSH_Glyph     glyph = &glyphrec;
-    FT_Error      error;
-#ifdef DEBUG_HINTER
-    FT_Memory     memory;
-#endif
-    FT_Int        dimension;
-
-
-    /* something to do? */
-    if ( outline->n_points == 0 || outline->n_contours == 0 )
-      return PSH_Err_Ok;
-
-#ifdef DEBUG_HINTER
-
-    memory = globals->memory;
-
-    if ( ps_debug_glyph )
-    {
-      psh_glyph_done( ps_debug_glyph );
-      FT_FREE( ps_debug_glyph );
-    }
-
-    if ( FT_NEW( glyph ) )
-      return error;
-
-    ps_debug_glyph = glyph;
-
-#endif /* DEBUG_HINTER */
-
-    error = psh_glyph_init( glyph, outline, ps_hints, globals );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* try to optimize the y_scale so that the top of non-capital letters
-     * is aligned on a pixel boundary whenever possible
-     */
-    {
-      PSH_Dimension  dim_x = &glyph->globals->dimension[0];
-      PSH_Dimension  dim_y = &glyph->globals->dimension[1];
-
-      FT_Fixed  x_scale = dim_x->scale_mult;
-      FT_Fixed  y_scale = dim_y->scale_mult;
-
-      FT_Fixed  old_x_scale = x_scale;
-      FT_Fixed  old_y_scale = y_scale;
-
-      FT_Fixed  scaled;
-      FT_Fixed  fitted;
-
-      FT_Bool  rescale = FALSE;
-
-
-      scaled = FT_MulFix( globals->blues.normal_top.zones->org_ref, y_scale );
-      fitted = FT_PIX_ROUND( scaled );
-
-      if ( fitted != 0 && scaled != fitted )
-      {
-        rescale = TRUE;
-
-        y_scale = FT_MulDiv( y_scale, fitted, scaled );
-
-        if ( fitted < scaled )
-          x_scale -= x_scale / 50;
-
-        psh_globals_set_scale( glyph->globals, x_scale, y_scale, 0, 0 );
-      }
-
-      glyph->do_horz_hints = 1;
-      glyph->do_vert_hints = 1;
-
-      glyph->do_horz_snapping = FT_BOOL( hint_mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO ||
-                                         hint_mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD  );
-
-      glyph->do_vert_snapping = FT_BOOL( hint_mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO  ||
-                                         hint_mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V );
-
-      glyph->do_stem_adjust   = FT_BOOL( hint_mode != FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT );
-
-      for ( dimension = 0; dimension < 2; dimension++ )
-      {
-        /* load outline coordinates into glyph */
-        psh_glyph_load_points( glyph, dimension );
-
-        /* compute local extrema */
-        psh_glyph_compute_extrema( glyph );
-
-        /* compute aligned stem/hints positions */
-        psh_hint_table_align_hints( &glyph->hint_tables[dimension],
-                                    glyph->globals,
-                                    dimension,
-                                    glyph );
-
-        /* find strong points, align them, then interpolate others */
-        psh_glyph_find_strong_points( glyph, dimension );
-        if ( dimension == 1 )
-          psh_glyph_find_blue_points( &globals->blues, glyph );
-        psh_glyph_interpolate_strong_points( glyph, dimension );
-        psh_glyph_interpolate_normal_points( glyph, dimension );
-        psh_glyph_interpolate_other_points( glyph, dimension );
-
-        /* save hinted coordinates back to outline */
-        psh_glyph_save_points( glyph, dimension );
-
-        if ( rescale )
-          psh_globals_set_scale( glyph->globals,
-                                 old_x_scale, old_y_scale, 0, 0 );
-      }
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-
-#ifndef DEBUG_HINTER
-    psh_glyph_done( glyph );
-#endif
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshalgo.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshalgo.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 1a248a7..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshalgo.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,255 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  pshalgo.h                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    PostScript hinting algorithm (specification).                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2001, 2002, 2003, 2008 by                                    */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __PSHALGO_H__
-#define __PSHALGO_H__
-
-
-#include "pshrec.h"
-#include "pshglob.h"
-#include FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /* handle to Hint structure */
-  typedef struct PSH_HintRec_*  PSH_Hint;
-
-  /* hint bit-flags */
-  typedef enum  PSH_Hint_Flags_
-  {
-    PSH_HINT_GHOST  = PS_HINT_FLAG_GHOST,
-    PSH_HINT_BOTTOM = PS_HINT_FLAG_BOTTOM,
-    PSH_HINT_ACTIVE = 4,
-    PSH_HINT_FITTED = 8
-
-  } PSH_Hint_Flags;
-
-
-#define psh_hint_is_active( x )  ( ( (x)->flags & PSH_HINT_ACTIVE ) != 0 )
-#define psh_hint_is_ghost( x )   ( ( (x)->flags & PSH_HINT_GHOST  ) != 0 )
-#define psh_hint_is_fitted( x )  ( ( (x)->flags & PSH_HINT_FITTED ) != 0 )
-
-#define psh_hint_activate( x )    (x)->flags |=  PSH_HINT_ACTIVE
-#define psh_hint_deactivate( x )  (x)->flags &= ~PSH_HINT_ACTIVE
-#define psh_hint_set_fitted( x )  (x)->flags |=  PSH_HINT_FITTED
-
-  /* hint structure */
-  typedef struct  PSH_HintRec_
-  {
-    FT_Int    org_pos;
-    FT_Int    org_len;
-    FT_Pos    cur_pos;
-    FT_Pos    cur_len;
-    FT_UInt   flags;
-    PSH_Hint  parent;
-    FT_Int    order;
-
-  } PSH_HintRec;
-
-
-  /* this is an interpolation zone used for strong points;  */
-  /* weak points are interpolated according to their strong */
-  /* neighbours                                             */
-  typedef struct  PSH_ZoneRec_
-  {
-    FT_Fixed  scale;
-    FT_Fixed  delta;
-    FT_Pos    min;
-    FT_Pos    max;
-
-  } PSH_ZoneRec, *PSH_Zone;
-
-
-  typedef struct  PSH_Hint_TableRec_
-  {
-    FT_UInt        max_hints;
-    FT_UInt        num_hints;
-    PSH_Hint       hints;
-    PSH_Hint*      sort;
-    PSH_Hint*      sort_global;
-    FT_UInt        num_zones;
-    PSH_ZoneRec*   zones;
-    PSH_Zone       zone;
-    PS_Mask_Table  hint_masks;
-    PS_Mask_Table  counter_masks;
-
-  } PSH_Hint_TableRec, *PSH_Hint_Table;
-
-
-  typedef struct PSH_PointRec_*    PSH_Point;
-  typedef struct PSH_ContourRec_*  PSH_Contour;
-
-  enum
-  {
-    PSH_DIR_NONE  =  4,
-    PSH_DIR_UP    = -1,
-    PSH_DIR_DOWN  =  1,
-    PSH_DIR_LEFT  = -2,
-    PSH_DIR_RIGHT =  2
-  };
-
-#define PSH_DIR_HORIZONTAL  2
-#define PSH_DIR_VERTICAL    1
-
-#define PSH_DIR_COMPARE( d1, d2 )   ( (d1) == (d2) || (d1) == -(d2) )
-#define PSH_DIR_IS_HORIZONTAL( d )  PSH_DIR_COMPARE( d, PSH_DIR_HORIZONTAL )
-#define PSH_DIR_IS_VERTICAL( d )    PSH_DIR_COMPARE( d, PSH_DIR_VERTICAL )
-
-
- /* the following bit-flags are computed once by the glyph */
- /* analyzer, for both dimensions                          */
-  enum
-  {
-    PSH_POINT_OFF    = 1,   /* point is off the curve */
-    PSH_POINT_SMOOTH = 2,   /* point is smooth        */
-    PSH_POINT_INFLEX = 4    /* point is inflection    */
-  };
-
-#define psh_point_is_smooth( p )  ( (p)->flags & PSH_POINT_SMOOTH )
-#define psh_point_is_off( p )     ( (p)->flags & PSH_POINT_OFF    )
-#define psh_point_is_inflex( p )  ( (p)->flags & PSH_POINT_INFLEX )
-
-#define psh_point_set_smooth( p )  (p)->flags |= PSH_POINT_SMOOTH
-#define psh_point_set_off( p )     (p)->flags |= PSH_POINT_OFF
-#define psh_point_set_inflex( p )  (p)->flags |= PSH_POINT_INFLEX
-
-  /* the following bit-flags are re-computed for each dimension */
-  enum
-  {
-    PSH_POINT_STRONG   = 16,   /* point is strong                           */
-    PSH_POINT_FITTED   = 32,   /* point is already fitted                   */
-    PSH_POINT_EXTREMUM = 64,   /* point is local extremum                   */
-    PSH_POINT_POSITIVE = 128,  /* extremum has positive contour flow        */
-    PSH_POINT_NEGATIVE = 256,  /* extremum has negative contour flow        */
-    PSH_POINT_EDGE_MIN = 512,  /* point is aligned to left/bottom stem edge */
-    PSH_POINT_EDGE_MAX = 1024  /* point is aligned to top/right stem edge   */
-  };
-
-#define psh_point_is_strong( p )    ( (p)->flags2 & PSH_POINT_STRONG )
-#define psh_point_is_fitted( p )    ( (p)->flags2 & PSH_POINT_FITTED )
-#define psh_point_is_extremum( p )  ( (p)->flags2 & PSH_POINT_EXTREMUM )
-#define psh_point_is_positive( p )  ( (p)->flags2 & PSH_POINT_POSITIVE )
-#define psh_point_is_negative( p )  ( (p)->flags2 & PSH_POINT_NEGATIVE )
-#define psh_point_is_edge_min( p )  ( (p)->flags2 & PSH_POINT_EDGE_MIN )
-#define psh_point_is_edge_max( p )  ( (p)->flags2 & PSH_POINT_EDGE_MAX )
-
-#define psh_point_set_strong( p )    (p)->flags2 |= PSH_POINT_STRONG
-#define psh_point_set_fitted( p )    (p)->flags2 |= PSH_POINT_FITTED
-#define psh_point_set_extremum( p )  (p)->flags2 |= PSH_POINT_EXTREMUM
-#define psh_point_set_positive( p )  (p)->flags2 |= PSH_POINT_POSITIVE
-#define psh_point_set_negative( p )  (p)->flags2 |= PSH_POINT_NEGATIVE
-#define psh_point_set_edge_min( p )  (p)->flags2 |= PSH_POINT_EDGE_MIN
-#define psh_point_set_edge_max( p )  (p)->flags2 |= PSH_POINT_EDGE_MAX
-
-
-  typedef struct  PSH_PointRec_
-  {
-    PSH_Point    prev;
-    PSH_Point    next;
-    PSH_Contour  contour;
-    FT_UInt      flags;
-    FT_UInt      flags2;
-    FT_Char      dir_in;
-    FT_Char      dir_out;
-    FT_Angle     angle_in;
-    FT_Angle     angle_out;
-    PSH_Hint     hint;
-    FT_Pos       org_u;
-    FT_Pos       org_v;
-    FT_Pos       cur_u;
-#ifdef DEBUG_HINTER
-    FT_Pos       org_x;
-    FT_Pos       cur_x;
-    FT_Pos       org_y;
-    FT_Pos       cur_y;
-    FT_UInt      flags_x;
-    FT_UInt      flags_y;
-#endif
-
-  } PSH_PointRec;
-
-
-#define PSH_POINT_EQUAL_ORG( a, b )  ( (a)->org_u == (b)->org_u && \
-                                       (a)->org_v == (b)->org_v )
-
-#define PSH_POINT_ANGLE( a, b )  FT_Atan2( (b)->org_u - (a)->org_u,  \
-                                           (b)->org_v - (a)->org_v )
-
-  typedef struct  PSH_ContourRec_
-  {
-    PSH_Point  start;
-    FT_UInt    count;
-
-  } PSH_ContourRec;
-
-
-  typedef struct  PSH_GlyphRec_
-  {
-    FT_UInt            num_points;
-    FT_UInt            num_contours;
-
-    PSH_Point          points;
-    PSH_Contour        contours;
-
-    FT_Memory          memory;
-    FT_Outline*        outline;
-    PSH_Globals        globals;
-    PSH_Hint_TableRec  hint_tables[2];
-
-    FT_Bool            vertical;
-    FT_Int             major_dir;
-    FT_Int             minor_dir;
-
-    FT_Bool            do_horz_hints;
-    FT_Bool            do_vert_hints;
-    FT_Bool            do_horz_snapping;
-    FT_Bool            do_vert_snapping;
-    FT_Bool            do_stem_adjust;
-
-  } PSH_GlyphRec, *PSH_Glyph;
-
-
-#ifdef DEBUG_HINTER
-  extern PSH_Hint_Table  ps_debug_hint_table;
-
-  typedef void
-  (*PSH_HintFunc)( PSH_Hint  hint,
-                   FT_Bool   vertical );
-
-  extern PSH_HintFunc    ps_debug_hint_func;
-
-  extern PSH_Glyph       ps_debug_glyph;
-#endif
-
-
-  extern FT_Error
-  ps_hints_apply( PS_Hints        ps_hints,
-                  FT_Outline*     outline,
-                  PSH_Globals     globals,
-                  FT_Render_Mode  hint_mode );
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-
-#endif /* __PSHALGO_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshglob.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshglob.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 8a69aa1..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshglob.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,750 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  pshglob.c                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    PostScript hinter global hinting management (body).                  */
-/*    Inspired by the new auto-hinter module.                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006 by                              */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used        */
-/*  modified and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project       */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_FREETYPE_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-#include "pshglob.h"
-
-#ifdef DEBUG_HINTER
-  PSH_Globals  ps_debug_globals = 0;
-#endif
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                       STANDARD WIDTHS                         *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /* scale the widths/heights table */
-  static void
-  psh_globals_scale_widths( PSH_Globals  globals,
-                            FT_UInt      direction )
-  {
-    PSH_Dimension  dim   = &globals->dimension[direction];
-    PSH_Widths     stdw  = &dim->stdw;
-    FT_UInt        count = stdw->count;
-    PSH_Width      width = stdw->widths;
-    PSH_Width      stand = width;               /* standard width/height */
-    FT_Fixed       scale = dim->scale_mult;
-
-
-    if ( count > 0 )
-    {
-      width->cur = FT_MulFix( width->org, scale );
-      width->fit = FT_PIX_ROUND( width->cur );
-
-      width++;
-      count--;
-
-      for ( ; count > 0; count--, width++ )
-      {
-        FT_Pos  w, dist;
-
-
-        w    = FT_MulFix( width->org, scale );
-        dist = w - stand->cur;
-
-        if ( dist < 0 )
-          dist = -dist;
-
-        if ( dist < 128 )
-          w = stand->cur;
-
-        width->cur = w;
-        width->fit = FT_PIX_ROUND( w );
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-
-#if 0
-
-  /* org_width is is font units, result in device pixels, 26.6 format */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Pos )
-  psh_dimension_snap_width( PSH_Dimension  dimension,
-                            FT_Int         org_width )
-  {
-    FT_UInt  n;
-    FT_Pos   width     = FT_MulFix( org_width, dimension->scale_mult );
-    FT_Pos   best      = 64 + 32 + 2;
-    FT_Pos   reference = width;
-
-
-    for ( n = 0; n < dimension->stdw.count; n++ )
-    {
-      FT_Pos  w;
-      FT_Pos  dist;
-
-
-      w = dimension->stdw.widths[n].cur;
-      dist = width - w;
-      if ( dist < 0 )
-        dist = -dist;
-      if ( dist < best )
-      {
-        best      = dist;
-        reference = w;
-      }
-    }
-
-    if ( width >= reference )
-    {
-      width -= 0x21;
-      if ( width < reference )
-        width = reference;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      width += 0x21;
-      if ( width > reference )
-        width = reference;
-    }
-
-    return width;
-  }
-
-#endif /* 0 */
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                       BLUE ZONES                              *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  static void
-  psh_blues_set_zones_0( PSH_Blues       target,
-                         FT_Bool         is_others,
-                         FT_UInt         read_count,
-                         FT_Short*       read,
-                         PSH_Blue_Table  top_table,
-                         PSH_Blue_Table  bot_table )
-  {
-    FT_UInt  count_top = top_table->count;
-    FT_UInt  count_bot = bot_table->count;
-    FT_Bool  first     = 1;
-
-    FT_UNUSED( target );
-
-
-    for ( ; read_count > 1; read_count -= 2 )
-    {
-      FT_Int         reference, delta;
-      FT_UInt        count;
-      PSH_Blue_Zone  zones, zone;
-      FT_Bool        top;
-
-
-      /* read blue zone entry, and select target top/bottom zone */
-      top = 0;
-      if ( first || is_others )
-      {
-        reference = read[1];
-        delta     = read[0] - reference;
-
-        zones = bot_table->zones;
-        count = count_bot;
-        first = 0;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        reference = read[0];
-        delta     = read[1] - reference;
-
-        zones = top_table->zones;
-        count = count_top;
-        top   = 1;
-      }
-
-      /* insert into sorted table */
-      zone = zones;
-      for ( ; count > 0; count--, zone++ )
-      {
-        if ( reference < zone->org_ref )
-          break;
-
-        if ( reference == zone->org_ref )
-        {
-          FT_Int  delta0 = zone->org_delta;
-
-
-          /* we have two zones on the same reference position -- */
-          /* only keep the largest one                           */
-          if ( delta < 0 )
-          {
-            if ( delta < delta0 )
-              zone->org_delta = delta;
-          }
-          else
-          {
-            if ( delta > delta0 )
-              zone->org_delta = delta;
-          }
-          goto Skip;
-        }
-      }
-
-      for ( ; count > 0; count-- )
-        zone[count] = zone[count-1];
-
-      zone->org_ref   = reference;
-      zone->org_delta = delta;
-
-      if ( top )
-        count_top++;
-      else
-        count_bot++;
-
-    Skip:
-      read += 2;
-    }
-
-    top_table->count = count_top;
-    bot_table->count = count_bot;
-  }
-
-
-  /* Re-read blue zones from the original fonts and store them into out */
-  /* private structure.  This function re-orders, sanitizes and         */
-  /* fuzz-expands the zones as well.                                    */
-  static void
-  psh_blues_set_zones( PSH_Blues  target,
-                       FT_UInt    count,
-                       FT_Short*  blues,
-                       FT_UInt    count_others,
-                       FT_Short*  other_blues,
-                       FT_Int     fuzz,
-                       FT_Int     family )
-  {
-    PSH_Blue_Table  top_table, bot_table;
-    FT_Int          count_top, count_bot;
-
-
-    if ( family )
-    {
-      top_table = &target->family_top;
-      bot_table = &target->family_bottom;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      top_table = &target->normal_top;
-      bot_table = &target->normal_bottom;
-    }
-
-    /* read the input blue zones, and build two sorted tables  */
-    /* (one for the top zones, the other for the bottom zones) */
-    top_table->count = 0;
-    bot_table->count = 0;
-
-    /* first, the blues */
-    psh_blues_set_zones_0( target, 0,
-                           count, blues, top_table, bot_table );
-    psh_blues_set_zones_0( target, 1,
-                           count_others, other_blues, top_table, bot_table );
-
-    count_top = top_table->count;
-    count_bot = bot_table->count;
-
-    /* sanitize top table */
-    if ( count_top > 0 )
-    {
-      PSH_Blue_Zone  zone = top_table->zones;
-
-
-      for ( count = count_top; count > 0; count--, zone++ )
-      {
-        FT_Int  delta;
-
-
-        if ( count > 1 )
-        {
-          delta = zone[1].org_ref - zone[0].org_ref;
-          if ( zone->org_delta > delta )
-            zone->org_delta = delta;
-        }
-
-        zone->org_bottom = zone->org_ref;
-        zone->org_top    = zone->org_delta + zone->org_ref;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* sanitize bottom table */
-    if ( count_bot > 0 )
-    {
-      PSH_Blue_Zone  zone = bot_table->zones;
-
-
-      for ( count = count_bot; count > 0; count--, zone++ )
-      {
-        FT_Int  delta;
-
-
-        if ( count > 1 )
-        {
-          delta = zone[0].org_ref - zone[1].org_ref;
-          if ( zone->org_delta < delta )
-            zone->org_delta = delta;
-        }
-
-        zone->org_top    = zone->org_ref;
-        zone->org_bottom = zone->org_delta + zone->org_ref;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* expand top and bottom tables with blue fuzz */
-    {
-      FT_Int         dim, top, bot, delta;
-      PSH_Blue_Zone  zone;
-
-
-      zone  = top_table->zones;
-      count = count_top;
-
-      for ( dim = 1; dim >= 0; dim-- )
-      {
-        if ( count > 0 )
-        {
-          /* expand the bottom of the lowest zone normally */
-          zone->org_bottom -= fuzz;
-
-          /* expand the top and bottom of intermediate zones;    */
-          /* checking that the interval is smaller than the fuzz */
-          top = zone->org_top;
-
-          for ( count--; count > 0; count-- )
-          {
-            bot   = zone[1].org_bottom;
-            delta = bot - top;
-
-            if ( delta < 2 * fuzz )
-              zone[0].org_top = zone[1].org_bottom = top + delta / 2;
-            else
-            {
-              zone[0].org_top    = top + fuzz;
-              zone[1].org_bottom = bot - fuzz;
-            }
-
-            zone++;
-            top = zone->org_top;
-          }
-
-          /* expand the top of the highest zone normally */
-          zone->org_top = top + fuzz;
-        }
-        zone  = bot_table->zones;
-        count = count_bot;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  /* reset the blues table when the device transform changes */
-  static void
-  psh_blues_scale_zones( PSH_Blues  blues,
-                         FT_Fixed   scale,
-                         FT_Pos     delta )
-  {
-    FT_UInt         count;
-    FT_UInt         num;
-    PSH_Blue_Table  table = 0;
-
-    /*                                                        */
-    /* Determine whether we need to suppress overshoots or    */
-    /* not.  We simply need to compare the vertical scale     */
-    /* parameter to the raw bluescale value.  Here is why:    */
-    /*                                                        */
-    /*   We need to suppress overshoots for all pointsizes.   */
-    /*   At 300dpi that satisfies:                            */
-    /*                                                        */
-    /*      pointsize < 240*bluescale + 0.49                  */
-    /*                                                        */
-    /*   This corresponds to:                                 */
-    /*                                                        */
-    /*      pixelsize < 1000*bluescale + 49/24                */
-    /*                                                        */
-    /*      scale*EM_Size < 1000*bluescale + 49/24            */
-    /*                                                        */
-    /*   However, for normal Type 1 fonts, EM_Size is 1000!   */
-    /*   We thus only check:                                  */
-    /*                                                        */
-    /*      scale < bluescale + 49/24000                      */
-    /*                                                        */
-    /*   which we shorten to                                  */
-    /*                                                        */
-    /*      "scale < bluescale"                               */
-    /*                                                        */
-    /* Note that `blue_scale' is stored 1000 times its real   */
-    /* value, and that `scale' converts from font units to    */
-    /* fractional pixels.                                     */
-    /*                                                        */
-
-    /* 1000 / 64 = 125 / 8 */
-    if ( scale >= 0x20C49BAL )
-      blues->no_overshoots = FT_BOOL( scale < blues->blue_scale * 8 / 125 );
-    else
-      blues->no_overshoots = FT_BOOL( scale * 125 < blues->blue_scale * 8 );
-
-    /*                                                        */
-    /*  The blue threshold is the font units distance under   */
-    /*  which overshoots are suppressed due to the BlueShift  */
-    /*  even if the scale is greater than BlueScale.          */
-    /*                                                        */
-    /*  It is the smallest distance such that                 */
-    /*                                                        */
-    /*    dist <= BlueShift && dist*scale <= 0.5 pixels       */
-    /*                                                        */
-    {
-      FT_Int  threshold = blues->blue_shift;
-
-
-      while ( threshold > 0 && FT_MulFix( threshold, scale ) > 32 )
-        threshold--;
-
-      blues->blue_threshold = threshold;
-    }
-
-    for ( num = 0; num < 4; num++ )
-    {
-      PSH_Blue_Zone  zone;
-
-
-      switch ( num )
-      {
-      case 0:
-        table = &blues->normal_top;
-        break;
-      case 1:
-        table = &blues->normal_bottom;
-        break;
-      case 2:
-        table = &blues->family_top;
-        break;
-      default:
-        table = &blues->family_bottom;
-        break;
-      }
-
-      zone  = table->zones;
-      count = table->count;
-      for ( ; count > 0; count--, zone++ )
-      {
-        zone->cur_top    = FT_MulFix( zone->org_top,    scale ) + delta;
-        zone->cur_bottom = FT_MulFix( zone->org_bottom, scale ) + delta;
-        zone->cur_ref    = FT_MulFix( zone->org_ref,    scale ) + delta;
-        zone->cur_delta  = FT_MulFix( zone->org_delta,  scale );
-
-        /* round scaled reference position */
-        zone->cur_ref = FT_PIX_ROUND( zone->cur_ref );
-
-#if 0
-        if ( zone->cur_ref > zone->cur_top )
-          zone->cur_ref -= 64;
-        else if ( zone->cur_ref < zone->cur_bottom )
-          zone->cur_ref += 64;
-#endif
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* process the families now */
-
-    for ( num = 0; num < 2; num++ )
-    {
-      PSH_Blue_Zone   zone1, zone2;
-      FT_UInt         count1, count2;
-      PSH_Blue_Table  normal, family;
-
-
-      switch ( num )
-      {
-      case 0:
-        normal = &blues->normal_top;
-        family = &blues->family_top;
-        break;
-
-      default:
-        normal = &blues->normal_bottom;
-        family = &blues->family_bottom;
-      }
-
-      zone1  = normal->zones;
-      count1 = normal->count;
-
-      for ( ; count1 > 0; count1--, zone1++ )
-      {
-        /* try to find a family zone whose reference position is less */
-        /* than 1 pixel far from the current zone                     */
-        zone2  = family->zones;
-        count2 = family->count;
-
-        for ( ; count2 > 0; count2--, zone2++ )
-        {
-          FT_Pos  Delta;
-
-
-          Delta = zone1->org_ref - zone2->org_ref;
-          if ( Delta < 0 )
-            Delta = -Delta;
-
-          if ( FT_MulFix( Delta, scale ) < 64 )
-          {
-            zone1->cur_top    = zone2->cur_top;
-            zone1->cur_bottom = zone2->cur_bottom;
-            zone1->cur_ref    = zone2->cur_ref;
-            zone1->cur_delta  = zone2->cur_delta;
-            break;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  psh_blues_snap_stem( PSH_Blues      blues,
-                       FT_Int         stem_top,
-                       FT_Int         stem_bot,
-                       PSH_Alignment  alignment )
-  {
-    PSH_Blue_Table  table;
-    FT_UInt         count;
-    FT_Pos          delta;
-    PSH_Blue_Zone   zone;
-    FT_Int          no_shoots;
-
-
-    alignment->align = PSH_BLUE_ALIGN_NONE;
-
-    no_shoots = blues->no_overshoots;
-
-    /* look up stem top in top zones table */
-    table = &blues->normal_top;
-    count = table->count;
-    zone  = table->zones;
-
-    for ( ; count > 0; count--, zone++ )
-    {
-      delta = stem_top - zone->org_bottom;
-      if ( delta < -blues->blue_fuzz )
-        break;
-
-      if ( stem_top <= zone->org_top + blues->blue_fuzz )
-      {
-        if ( no_shoots || delta <= blues->blue_threshold )
-        {
-          alignment->align    |= PSH_BLUE_ALIGN_TOP;
-          alignment->align_top = zone->cur_ref;
-        }
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* look up stem bottom in bottom zones table */
-    table = &blues->normal_bottom;
-    count = table->count;
-    zone  = table->zones + count-1;
-
-    for ( ; count > 0; count--, zone-- )
-    {
-      delta = zone->org_top - stem_bot;
-      if ( delta < -blues->blue_fuzz )
-        break;
-
-      if ( stem_bot >= zone->org_bottom - blues->blue_fuzz )
-      {
-        if ( no_shoots || delta < blues->blue_threshold )
-        {
-          alignment->align    |= PSH_BLUE_ALIGN_BOT;
-          alignment->align_bot = zone->cur_ref;
-        }
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                        GLOBAL HINTS                           *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  static void
-  psh_globals_destroy( PSH_Globals  globals )
-  {
-    if ( globals )
-    {
-      FT_Memory  memory;
-
-
-      memory = globals->memory;
-      globals->dimension[0].stdw.count = 0;
-      globals->dimension[1].stdw.count = 0;
-
-      globals->blues.normal_top.count    = 0;
-      globals->blues.normal_bottom.count = 0;
-      globals->blues.family_top.count    = 0;
-      globals->blues.family_bottom.count = 0;
-
-      FT_FREE( globals );
-
-#ifdef DEBUG_HINTER
-      ps_debug_globals = 0;
-#endif
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  psh_globals_new( FT_Memory     memory,
-                   T1_Private*   priv,
-                   PSH_Globals  *aglobals )
-  {
-    PSH_Globals  globals;
-    FT_Error     error;
-
-
-    if ( !FT_NEW( globals ) )
-    {
-      FT_UInt    count;
-      FT_Short*  read;
-
-
-      globals->memory = memory;
-
-      /* copy standard widths */
-      {
-        PSH_Dimension  dim   = &globals->dimension[1];
-        PSH_Width      write = dim->stdw.widths;
-
-
-        write->org = priv->standard_width[0];
-        write++;
-
-        read = priv->snap_widths;
-        for ( count = priv->num_snap_widths; count > 0; count-- )
-        {
-          write->org = *read;
-          write++;
-          read++;
-        }
-
-        dim->stdw.count = priv->num_snap_widths + 1;
-      }
-
-      /* copy standard heights */
-      {
-        PSH_Dimension  dim = &globals->dimension[0];
-        PSH_Width      write = dim->stdw.widths;
-
-
-        write->org = priv->standard_height[0];
-        write++;
-        read = priv->snap_heights;
-        for ( count = priv->num_snap_heights; count > 0; count-- )
-        {
-          write->org = *read;
-          write++;
-          read++;
-        }
-
-        dim->stdw.count = priv->num_snap_heights + 1;
-      }
-
-      /* copy blue zones */
-      psh_blues_set_zones( &globals->blues, priv->num_blue_values,
-                           priv->blue_values, priv->num_other_blues,
-                           priv->other_blues, priv->blue_fuzz, 0 );
-
-      psh_blues_set_zones( &globals->blues, priv->num_family_blues,
-                           priv->family_blues, priv->num_family_other_blues,
-                           priv->family_other_blues, priv->blue_fuzz, 1 );
-
-      globals->blues.blue_scale = priv->blue_scale;
-      globals->blues.blue_shift = priv->blue_shift;
-      globals->blues.blue_fuzz  = priv->blue_fuzz;
-
-      globals->dimension[0].scale_mult  = 0;
-      globals->dimension[0].scale_delta = 0;
-      globals->dimension[1].scale_mult  = 0;
-      globals->dimension[1].scale_delta = 0;
-
-#ifdef DEBUG_HINTER
-      ps_debug_globals = globals;
-#endif
-    }
-
-    *aglobals = globals;
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  psh_globals_set_scale( PSH_Globals  globals,
-                         FT_Fixed     x_scale,
-                         FT_Fixed     y_scale,
-                         FT_Fixed     x_delta,
-                         FT_Fixed     y_delta )
-  {
-    PSH_Dimension  dim = &globals->dimension[0];
-
-
-    dim = &globals->dimension[0];
-    if ( x_scale != dim->scale_mult  ||
-         x_delta != dim->scale_delta )
-    {
-      dim->scale_mult  = x_scale;
-      dim->scale_delta = x_delta;
-
-      psh_globals_scale_widths( globals, 0 );
-    }
-
-    dim = &globals->dimension[1];
-    if ( y_scale != dim->scale_mult  ||
-         y_delta != dim->scale_delta )
-    {
-      dim->scale_mult  = y_scale;
-      dim->scale_delta = y_delta;
-
-      psh_globals_scale_widths( globals, 1 );
-      psh_blues_scale_zones( &globals->blues, y_scale, y_delta );
-    }
-
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  psh_globals_funcs_init( PSH_Globals_FuncsRec*  funcs )
-  {
-    funcs->create    = psh_globals_new;
-    funcs->set_scale = psh_globals_set_scale;
-    funcs->destroy   = psh_globals_destroy;
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshglob.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshglob.h
deleted file mode 100644
index c511626..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshglob.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,196 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  pshglob.h                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    PostScript hinter global hinting management.                         */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2001, 2002, 2003 by                                          */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __PSHGLOB_H__
-#define __PSHGLOB_H__
-
-
-#include FT_FREETYPE_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_HINTS_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                    GLOBAL HINTS INTERNALS                     *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* @constant:                                                            */
-  /*    PS_GLOBALS_MAX_BLUE_ZONES                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* @description:                                                         */
-  /*    The maximum number of blue zones in a font global hints structure. */
-  /*    See @PS_Globals_BluesRec.                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define PS_GLOBALS_MAX_BLUE_ZONES  16
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* @constant:                                                            */
-  /*    PS_GLOBALS_MAX_STD_WIDTHS                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* @description:                                                         */
-  /*    The maximum number of standard and snap widths in either the       */
-  /*    horizontal or vertical direction.  See @PS_Globals_WidthsRec.      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define PS_GLOBALS_MAX_STD_WIDTHS  16
-
-
-  /* standard and snap width */
-  typedef struct  PSH_WidthRec_
-  {
-    FT_Int  org;
-    FT_Pos  cur;
-    FT_Pos  fit;
-
-  } PSH_WidthRec, *PSH_Width;
-
-
-  /* standard and snap widths table */
-  typedef struct  PSH_WidthsRec_
-  {
-    FT_UInt       count;
-    PSH_WidthRec  widths[PS_GLOBALS_MAX_STD_WIDTHS];
-
-  } PSH_WidthsRec, *PSH_Widths;
-
-
-  typedef struct  PSH_DimensionRec_
-  {
-    PSH_WidthsRec  stdw;
-    FT_Fixed       scale_mult;
-    FT_Fixed       scale_delta;
-
-  } PSH_DimensionRec, *PSH_Dimension;
-
-
-  /* blue zone descriptor */
-  typedef struct  PSH_Blue_ZoneRec_
-  {
-    FT_Int  org_ref;
-    FT_Int  org_delta;
-    FT_Int  org_top;
-    FT_Int  org_bottom;
-
-    FT_Pos  cur_ref;
-    FT_Pos  cur_delta;
-    FT_Pos  cur_bottom;
-    FT_Pos  cur_top;
-
-  } PSH_Blue_ZoneRec, *PSH_Blue_Zone;
-
-
-  typedef struct  PSH_Blue_TableRec_
-  {
-    FT_UInt           count;
-    PSH_Blue_ZoneRec  zones[PS_GLOBALS_MAX_BLUE_ZONES];
-
-  } PSH_Blue_TableRec, *PSH_Blue_Table;
-
-
-  /* blue zones table */
-  typedef struct  PSH_BluesRec_
-  {
-    PSH_Blue_TableRec  normal_top;
-    PSH_Blue_TableRec  normal_bottom;
-    PSH_Blue_TableRec  family_top;
-    PSH_Blue_TableRec  family_bottom;
-
-    FT_Fixed           blue_scale;
-    FT_Int             blue_shift;
-    FT_Int             blue_threshold;
-    FT_Int             blue_fuzz;
-    FT_Bool            no_overshoots;
-
-  } PSH_BluesRec, *PSH_Blues;
-
-
-  /* font globals.                                         */
-  /* dimension 0 => X coordinates + vertical hints/stems   */
-  /* dimension 1 => Y coordinates + horizontal hints/stems */
-  typedef struct  PSH_GlobalsRec_
-  {
-    FT_Memory         memory;
-    PSH_DimensionRec  dimension[2];
-    PSH_BluesRec      blues;
-
-  } PSH_GlobalsRec;
-
-
-#define PSH_BLUE_ALIGN_NONE  0
-#define PSH_BLUE_ALIGN_TOP   1
-#define PSH_BLUE_ALIGN_BOT   2
-
-
-  typedef struct  PSH_AlignmentRec_
-  {
-    int     align;
-    FT_Pos  align_top;
-    FT_Pos  align_bot;
-
-  } PSH_AlignmentRec, *PSH_Alignment;
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  psh_globals_funcs_init( PSH_Globals_FuncsRec*  funcs );
-
-
-#if 0
-  /* snap a stem width to fitter coordinates.  `org_width' is in font */
-  /* units.  The result is in device pixels (26.6 format).            */
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Pos )
-  psh_dimension_snap_width( PSH_Dimension  dimension,
-                            FT_Int         org_width );
-#endif
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  psh_globals_set_scale( PSH_Globals  globals,
-                         FT_Fixed     x_scale,
-                         FT_Fixed     y_scale,
-                         FT_Fixed     x_delta,
-                         FT_Fixed     y_delta );
-
-  /* snap a stem to one or two blue zones */
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  psh_blues_snap_stem( PSH_Blues      blues,
-                       FT_Int         stem_top,
-                       FT_Int         stem_bot,
-                       PSH_Alignment  alignment );
-  /* */
-
-#ifdef DEBUG_HINTER
-  extern PSH_Globals  ps_debug_globals;
-#endif
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-
-#endif /* __PSHGLOB_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshinter.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshinter.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 8e3f193..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshinter.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  pshinter.c                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType PostScript Hinting module                                   */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2001, 2003 by                                                */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#define FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include "pshrec.c"
-#include "pshglob.c"
-#include "pshalgo.c"
-#include "pshmod.c"
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshmod.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshmod.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 4eb3d91..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshmod.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,121 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  pshmod.c                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType PostScript hinter module implementation (body).             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2001, 2002, 2007 by                                          */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-#include "pshrec.h"
-#include "pshalgo.h"
-
-
-  /* the Postscript Hinter module structure */
-  typedef struct  PS_Hinter_Module_Rec_
-  {
-    FT_ModuleRec          root;
-    PS_HintsRec           ps_hints;
-
-    PSH_Globals_FuncsRec  globals_funcs;
-    T1_Hints_FuncsRec     t1_funcs;
-    T2_Hints_FuncsRec     t2_funcs;
-
-  } PS_Hinter_ModuleRec, *PS_Hinter_Module;
-
-
-  /* finalize module */
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
-  ps_hinter_done( PS_Hinter_Module  module )
-  {
-    module->t1_funcs.hints = NULL;
-    module->t2_funcs.hints = NULL;
-
-    ps_hints_done( &module->ps_hints );
-  }
-
-
-  /* initialize module, create hints recorder and the interface */
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  ps_hinter_init( PS_Hinter_Module  module )
-  {
-    FT_Memory  memory = module->root.memory;
-    void*      ph     = &module->ps_hints;
-
-
-    ps_hints_init( &module->ps_hints, memory );
-
-    psh_globals_funcs_init( &module->globals_funcs );
-
-    t1_hints_funcs_init( &module->t1_funcs );
-    module->t1_funcs.hints = (T1_Hints)ph;
-
-    t2_hints_funcs_init( &module->t2_funcs );
-    module->t2_funcs.hints = (T2_Hints)ph;
-
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  /* returns global hints interface */
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( PSH_Globals_Funcs )
-  pshinter_get_globals_funcs( FT_Module  module )
-  {
-    return &((PS_Hinter_Module)module)->globals_funcs;
-  }
-
-
-  /* return Type 1 hints interface */
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( T1_Hints_Funcs )
-  pshinter_get_t1_funcs( FT_Module  module )
-  {
-    return &((PS_Hinter_Module)module)->t1_funcs;
-  }
-
-
-  /* return Type 2 hints interface */
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( T2_Hints_Funcs )
-  pshinter_get_t2_funcs( FT_Module  module )
-  {
-    return &((PS_Hinter_Module)module)->t2_funcs;
-  }
-
-
-  static
-  const PSHinter_Interface  pshinter_interface =
-  {
-    pshinter_get_globals_funcs,
-    pshinter_get_t1_funcs,
-    pshinter_get_t2_funcs
-  };
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
-  const FT_Module_Class  pshinter_module_class =
-  {
-    0,
-    sizeof ( PS_Hinter_ModuleRec ),
-    "pshinter",
-    0x10000L,
-    0x20000L,
-
-    &pshinter_interface,            /* module-specific interface */
-
-    (FT_Module_Constructor)ps_hinter_init,
-    (FT_Module_Destructor) ps_hinter_done,
-    (FT_Module_Requester)  0        /* no additional interface for now */
-  };
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshmod.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshmod.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 1a91025..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshmod.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  pshmod.h                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    PostScript hinter module interface (specification).                  */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2001 by                                                      */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __PSHMOD_H__
-#define __PSHMOD_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_MODULE_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  FT_EXPORT_VAR( const FT_Module_Class )  pshinter_module_class;
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-
-#endif /* __PSHMOD_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshnterr.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshnterr.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 3c0029f..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshnterr.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  pshnterr.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    PS Hinter error codes (specification only).                          */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2003 by                                                      */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This file is used to define the PSHinter error enumeration constants. */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef __PSHNTERR_H__
-#define __PSHNTERR_H__
-
-#include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
-
-#undef __FTERRORS_H__
-
-#define FT_ERR_PREFIX  PSH_Err_
-#define FT_ERR_BASE    FT_Mod_Err_PShinter
-
-#include FT_ERRORS_H
-
-#endif /* __PSHNTERR_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshrec.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshrec.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 2a885ef..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshrec.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1215 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  pshrec.c                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType PostScript hints recorder (body).                           */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007 by                              */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_FREETYPE_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-#include "pshrec.h"
-#include "pshalgo.h"
-
-#include "pshnterr.h"
-
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_pshrec
-
-#ifdef DEBUG_HINTER
-  PS_Hints  ps_debug_hints         = 0;
-  int       ps_debug_no_horz_hints = 0;
-  int       ps_debug_no_vert_hints = 0;
-#endif
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                      PS_HINT MANAGEMENT                       *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /* destroy hints table */
-  static void
-  ps_hint_table_done( PS_Hint_Table  table,
-                      FT_Memory      memory )
-  {
-    FT_FREE( table->hints );
-    table->num_hints = 0;
-    table->max_hints = 0;
-  }
-
-
-  /* ensure that a table can contain "count" elements */
-  static FT_Error
-  ps_hint_table_ensure( PS_Hint_Table  table,
-                        FT_UInt        count,
-                        FT_Memory      memory )
-  {
-    FT_UInt   old_max = table->max_hints;
-    FT_UInt   new_max = count;
-    FT_Error  error   = 0;
-
-
-    if ( new_max > old_max )
-    {
-      /* try to grow the table */
-      new_max = FT_PAD_CEIL( new_max, 8 );
-      if ( !FT_RENEW_ARRAY( table->hints, old_max, new_max ) )
-        table->max_hints = new_max;
-    }
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  ps_hint_table_alloc( PS_Hint_Table  table,
-                       FT_Memory      memory,
-                       PS_Hint       *ahint )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error = 0;
-    FT_UInt   count;
-    PS_Hint   hint = 0;
-
-
-    count = table->num_hints;
-    count++;
-
-    if ( count >= table->max_hints )
-    {
-      error = ps_hint_table_ensure( table, count, memory );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    hint        = table->hints + count - 1;
-    hint->pos   = 0;
-    hint->len   = 0;
-    hint->flags = 0;
-
-    table->num_hints = count;
-
-  Exit:
-    *ahint = hint;
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                      PS_MASK MANAGEMENT                       *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /* destroy mask */
-  static void
-  ps_mask_done( PS_Mask    mask,
-                FT_Memory  memory )
-  {
-    FT_FREE( mask->bytes );
-    mask->num_bits  = 0;
-    mask->max_bits  = 0;
-    mask->end_point = 0;
-  }
-
-
-  /* ensure that a mask can contain "count" bits */
-  static FT_Error
-  ps_mask_ensure( PS_Mask    mask,
-                  FT_UInt    count,
-                  FT_Memory  memory )
-  {
-    FT_UInt   old_max = ( mask->max_bits + 7 ) >> 3;
-    FT_UInt   new_max = ( count          + 7 ) >> 3;
-    FT_Error  error   = 0;
-
-
-    if ( new_max > old_max )
-    {
-      new_max = FT_PAD_CEIL( new_max, 8 );
-      if ( !FT_RENEW_ARRAY( mask->bytes, old_max, new_max ) )
-        mask->max_bits = new_max * 8;
-    }
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* test a bit value in a given mask */
-  static FT_Int
-  ps_mask_test_bit( PS_Mask  mask,
-                    FT_Int   idx )
-  {
-    if ( (FT_UInt)idx >= mask->num_bits )
-      return 0;
-
-    return mask->bytes[idx >> 3] & ( 0x80 >> ( idx & 7 ) );
-  }
-
-
-  /* clear a given bit */
-  static void
-  ps_mask_clear_bit( PS_Mask  mask,
-                     FT_Int   idx )
-  {
-    FT_Byte*  p;
-
-
-    if ( (FT_UInt)idx >= mask->num_bits )
-      return;
-
-    p    = mask->bytes + ( idx >> 3 );
-    p[0] = (FT_Byte)( p[0] & ~( 0x80 >> ( idx & 7 ) ) );
-  }
-
-
-  /* set a given bit, possibly grow the mask */
-  static FT_Error
-  ps_mask_set_bit( PS_Mask    mask,
-                   FT_Int     idx,
-                   FT_Memory  memory )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error = 0;
-    FT_Byte*  p;
-
-
-    if ( idx < 0 )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    if ( (FT_UInt)idx >= mask->num_bits )
-    {
-      error = ps_mask_ensure( mask, idx + 1, memory );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      mask->num_bits = idx + 1;
-    }
-
-    p    = mask->bytes + ( idx >> 3 );
-    p[0] = (FT_Byte)( p[0] | ( 0x80 >> ( idx & 7 ) ) );
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* destroy mask table */
-  static void
-  ps_mask_table_done( PS_Mask_Table  table,
-                      FT_Memory      memory )
-  {
-    FT_UInt  count = table->max_masks;
-    PS_Mask  mask  = table->masks;
-
-
-    for ( ; count > 0; count--, mask++ )
-      ps_mask_done( mask, memory );
-
-    FT_FREE( table->masks );
-    table->num_masks = 0;
-    table->max_masks = 0;
-  }
-
-
-  /* ensure that a mask table can contain "count" masks */
-  static FT_Error
-  ps_mask_table_ensure( PS_Mask_Table  table,
-                        FT_UInt        count,
-                        FT_Memory      memory )
-  {
-    FT_UInt   old_max = table->max_masks;
-    FT_UInt   new_max = count;
-    FT_Error  error   = 0;
-
-
-    if ( new_max > old_max )
-    {
-      new_max = FT_PAD_CEIL( new_max, 8 );
-      if ( !FT_RENEW_ARRAY( table->masks, old_max, new_max ) )
-        table->max_masks = new_max;
-    }
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* allocate a new mask in a table */
-  static FT_Error
-  ps_mask_table_alloc( PS_Mask_Table  table,
-                       FT_Memory      memory,
-                       PS_Mask       *amask )
-  {
-    FT_UInt   count;
-    FT_Error  error = 0;
-    PS_Mask   mask  = 0;
-
-
-    count = table->num_masks;
-    count++;
-
-    if ( count > table->max_masks )
-    {
-      error = ps_mask_table_ensure( table, count, memory );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    mask             = table->masks + count - 1;
-    mask->num_bits   = 0;
-    mask->end_point  = 0;
-    table->num_masks = count;
-
-  Exit:
-    *amask = mask;
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* return last hint mask in a table, create one if the table is empty */
-  static FT_Error
-  ps_mask_table_last( PS_Mask_Table  table,
-                      FT_Memory      memory,
-                      PS_Mask       *amask )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error = 0;
-    FT_UInt   count;
-    PS_Mask   mask;
-
-
-    count = table->num_masks;
-    if ( count == 0 )
-    {
-      error = ps_mask_table_alloc( table, memory, &mask );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-    }
-    else
-      mask = table->masks + count - 1;
-
-  Exit:
-    *amask = mask;
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* set a new mask to a given bit range */
-  static FT_Error
-  ps_mask_table_set_bits( PS_Mask_Table   table,
-                          const FT_Byte*  source,
-                          FT_UInt         bit_pos,
-                          FT_UInt         bit_count,
-                          FT_Memory       memory )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error = 0;
-    PS_Mask   mask;
-
-
-    error = ps_mask_table_last( table, memory, &mask );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    error = ps_mask_ensure( mask, bit_count, memory );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    mask->num_bits = bit_count;
-
-    /* now, copy bits */
-    {
-      FT_Byte*  read  = (FT_Byte*)source + ( bit_pos >> 3 );
-      FT_Int    rmask = 0x80 >> ( bit_pos & 7 );
-      FT_Byte*  write = mask->bytes;
-      FT_Int    wmask = 0x80;
-      FT_Int    val;
-
-
-      for ( ; bit_count > 0; bit_count-- )
-      {
-        val = write[0] & ~wmask;
-
-        if ( read[0] & rmask )
-          val |= wmask;
-
-        write[0] = (FT_Byte)val;
-
-        rmask >>= 1;
-        if ( rmask == 0 )
-        {
-          read++;
-          rmask = 0x80;
-        }
-
-        wmask >>= 1;
-        if ( wmask == 0 )
-        {
-          write++;
-          wmask = 0x80;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* test whether two masks in a table intersect */
-  static FT_Int
-  ps_mask_table_test_intersect( PS_Mask_Table  table,
-                                FT_Int         index1,
-                                FT_Int         index2 )
-  {
-    PS_Mask   mask1  = table->masks + index1;
-    PS_Mask   mask2  = table->masks + index2;
-    FT_Byte*  p1     = mask1->bytes;
-    FT_Byte*  p2     = mask2->bytes;
-    FT_UInt   count1 = mask1->num_bits;
-    FT_UInt   count2 = mask2->num_bits;
-    FT_UInt   count;
-
-
-    count = ( count1 <= count2 ) ? count1 : count2;
-    for ( ; count >= 8; count -= 8 )
-    {
-      if ( p1[0] & p2[0] )
-        return 1;
-
-      p1++;
-      p2++;
-    }
-
-    if ( count == 0 )
-      return 0;
-
-    return ( p1[0] & p2[0] ) & ~( 0xFF >> count );
-  }
-
-
-  /* merge two masks, used by ps_mask_table_merge_all */
-  static FT_Error
-  ps_mask_table_merge( PS_Mask_Table  table,
-                       FT_Int         index1,
-                       FT_Int         index2,
-                       FT_Memory      memory )
-  {
-    FT_UInt   temp;
-    FT_Error  error = 0;
-
-
-    /* swap index1 and index2 so that index1 < index2 */
-    if ( index1 > index2 )
-    {
-      temp   = index1;
-      index1 = index2;
-      index2 = temp;
-    }
-
-    if ( index1 < index2 && index1 >= 0 && index2 < (FT_Int)table->num_masks )
-    {
-      /* we need to merge the bitsets of index1 and index2 with a */
-      /* simple union                                             */
-      PS_Mask  mask1  = table->masks + index1;
-      PS_Mask  mask2  = table->masks + index2;
-      FT_UInt  count1 = mask1->num_bits;
-      FT_UInt  count2 = mask2->num_bits;
-      FT_Int   delta;
-
-
-      if ( count2 > 0 )
-      {
-        FT_UInt   pos;
-        FT_Byte*  read;
-        FT_Byte*  write;
-
-
-        /* if "count2" is greater than "count1", we need to grow the */
-        /* first bitset, and clear the highest bits                  */
-        if ( count2 > count1 )
-        {
-          error = ps_mask_ensure( mask1, count2, memory );
-          if ( error )
-            goto Exit;
-
-          for ( pos = count1; pos < count2; pos++ )
-            ps_mask_clear_bit( mask1, pos );
-        }
-
-        /* merge (unite) the bitsets */
-        read  = mask2->bytes;
-        write = mask1->bytes;
-        pos   = (FT_UInt)( ( count2 + 7 ) >> 3 );
-
-        for ( ; pos > 0; pos-- )
-        {
-          write[0] = (FT_Byte)( write[0] | read[0] );
-          write++;
-          read++;
-        }
-      }
-
-      /* Now, remove "mask2" from the list.  We need to keep the masks */
-      /* sorted in order of importance, so move table elements.        */
-      mask2->num_bits  = 0;
-      mask2->end_point = 0;
-
-      delta = table->num_masks - 1 - index2; /* number of masks to move */
-      if ( delta > 0 )
-      {
-        /* move to end of table for reuse */
-        PS_MaskRec  dummy = *mask2;
-
-
-        ft_memmove( mask2, mask2 + 1, delta * sizeof ( PS_MaskRec ) );
-
-        mask2[delta] = dummy;
-      }
-
-      table->num_masks--;
-    }
-    else
-      FT_ERROR(( "ps_mask_table_merge: ignoring invalid indices (%d,%d)\n",
-                 index1, index2 ));
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* Try to merge all masks in a given table.  This is used to merge */
-  /* all counter masks into independent counter "paths".             */
-  /*                                                                 */
-  static FT_Error
-  ps_mask_table_merge_all( PS_Mask_Table  table,
-                           FT_Memory      memory )
-  {
-    FT_Int    index1, index2;
-    FT_Error  error = 0;
-
-
-    for ( index1 = table->num_masks - 1; index1 > 0; index1-- )
-    {
-      for ( index2 = index1 - 1; index2 >= 0; index2-- )
-      {
-        if ( ps_mask_table_test_intersect( table, index1, index2 ) )
-        {
-          error = ps_mask_table_merge( table, index2, index1, memory );
-          if ( error )
-            goto Exit;
-
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                    PS_DIMENSION MANAGEMENT                    *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /* finalize a given dimension */
-  static void
-  ps_dimension_done( PS_Dimension  dimension,
-                     FT_Memory     memory )
-  {
-    ps_mask_table_done( &dimension->counters, memory );
-    ps_mask_table_done( &dimension->masks,    memory );
-    ps_hint_table_done( &dimension->hints,    memory );
-  }
-
-
-  /* initialize a given dimension */
-  static void
-  ps_dimension_init( PS_Dimension  dimension )
-  {
-    dimension->hints.num_hints    = 0;
-    dimension->masks.num_masks    = 0;
-    dimension->counters.num_masks = 0;
-  }
-
-
-#if 0
-
-  /* set a bit at a given index in the current hint mask */
-  static FT_Error
-  ps_dimension_set_mask_bit( PS_Dimension  dim,
-                             FT_UInt       idx,
-                             FT_Memory     memory )
-  {
-    PS_Mask  mask;
-    FT_Error  error = 0;
-
-
-    /* get last hint mask */
-    error = ps_mask_table_last( &dim->masks, memory, &mask );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    error = ps_mask_set_bit( mask, idx, memory );
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-#endif
-
-  /* set the end point in a mask, called from "End" & "Reset" methods */
-  static void
-  ps_dimension_end_mask( PS_Dimension  dim,
-                         FT_UInt       end_point )
-  {
-    FT_UInt  count = dim->masks.num_masks;
-    PS_Mask  mask;
-
-
-    if ( count > 0 )
-    {
-      mask            = dim->masks.masks + count - 1;
-      mask->end_point = end_point;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  /* set the end point in the current mask, then create a new empty one */
-  /* (called by "Reset" method)                                         */
-  static FT_Error
-  ps_dimension_reset_mask( PS_Dimension  dim,
-                           FT_UInt       end_point,
-                           FT_Memory     memory )
-  {
-    PS_Mask  mask;
-
-
-    /* end current mask */
-    ps_dimension_end_mask( dim, end_point );
-
-    /* allocate new one */
-    return ps_mask_table_alloc( &dim->masks, memory, &mask );
-  }
-
-
-  /* set a new mask, called from the "T2Stem" method */
-  static FT_Error
-  ps_dimension_set_mask_bits( PS_Dimension    dim,
-                              const FT_Byte*  source,
-                              FT_UInt         source_pos,
-                              FT_UInt         source_bits,
-                              FT_UInt         end_point,
-                              FT_Memory       memory )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error = 0;
-
-
-    /* reset current mask, if any */
-    error = ps_dimension_reset_mask( dim, end_point, memory );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* set bits in new mask */
-    error = ps_mask_table_set_bits( &dim->masks, source,
-                                    source_pos, source_bits, memory );
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* add a new single stem (called from "T1Stem" method) */
-  static FT_Error
-  ps_dimension_add_t1stem( PS_Dimension  dim,
-                           FT_Int        pos,
-                           FT_Int        len,
-                           FT_Memory     memory,
-                           FT_Int       *aindex )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error = 0;
-    FT_UInt   flags = 0;
-
-
-    /* detect ghost stem */
-    if ( len < 0 )
-    {
-      flags |= PS_HINT_FLAG_GHOST;
-      if ( len == -21 )
-      {
-        flags |= PS_HINT_FLAG_BOTTOM;
-        pos   += len;
-      }
-      len = 0;
-    }
-
-    if ( aindex )
-      *aindex = -1;
-
-    /* now, lookup stem in the current hints table */
-    {
-      PS_Mask  mask;
-      FT_UInt  idx;
-      FT_UInt  max   = dim->hints.num_hints;
-      PS_Hint  hint  = dim->hints.hints;
-
-
-      for ( idx = 0; idx < max; idx++, hint++ )
-      {
-        if ( hint->pos == pos && hint->len == len )
-          break;
-      }
-
-      /* we need to create a new hint in the table */
-      if ( idx >= max )
-      {
-        error = ps_hint_table_alloc( &dim->hints, memory, &hint );
-        if ( error )
-          goto Exit;
-
-        hint->pos   = pos;
-        hint->len   = len;
-        hint->flags = flags;
-      }
-
-      /* now, store the hint in the current mask */
-      error = ps_mask_table_last( &dim->masks, memory, &mask );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      error = ps_mask_set_bit( mask, idx, memory );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      if ( aindex )
-        *aindex = (FT_Int)idx;
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* add a "hstem3/vstem3" counter to our dimension table */
-  static FT_Error
-  ps_dimension_add_counter( PS_Dimension  dim,
-                            FT_Int        hint1,
-                            FT_Int        hint2,
-                            FT_Int        hint3,
-                            FT_Memory     memory )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error   = 0;
-    FT_UInt   count   = dim->counters.num_masks;
-    PS_Mask   counter = dim->counters.masks;
-
-
-    /* try to find an existing counter mask that already uses */
-    /* one of these stems here                                */
-    for ( ; count > 0; count--, counter++ )
-    {
-      if ( ps_mask_test_bit( counter, hint1 ) ||
-           ps_mask_test_bit( counter, hint2 ) ||
-           ps_mask_test_bit( counter, hint3 ) )
-        break;
-    }
-
-    /* create a new counter when needed */
-    if ( count == 0 )
-    {
-      error = ps_mask_table_alloc( &dim->counters, memory, &counter );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* now, set the bits for our hints in the counter mask */
-    error = ps_mask_set_bit( counter, hint1, memory );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    error = ps_mask_set_bit( counter, hint2, memory );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    error = ps_mask_set_bit( counter, hint3, memory );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* end of recording session for a given dimension */
-  static FT_Error
-  ps_dimension_end( PS_Dimension  dim,
-                    FT_UInt       end_point,
-                    FT_Memory     memory )
-  {
-    /* end hint mask table */
-    ps_dimension_end_mask( dim, end_point );
-
-    /* merge all counter masks into independent "paths" */
-    return ps_mask_table_merge_all( &dim->counters, memory );
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                    PS_RECORDER MANAGEMENT                     *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /* destroy hints */
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  ps_hints_done( PS_Hints  hints )
-  {
-    FT_Memory  memory = hints->memory;
-
-
-    ps_dimension_done( &hints->dimension[0], memory );
-    ps_dimension_done( &hints->dimension[1], memory );
-
-    hints->error  = 0;
-    hints->memory = 0;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  ps_hints_init( PS_Hints   hints,
-                 FT_Memory  memory )
-  {
-    FT_MEM_ZERO( hints, sizeof ( *hints ) );
-    hints->memory = memory;
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  /* initialize a hints for a new session */
-  static void
-  ps_hints_open( PS_Hints      hints,
-                 PS_Hint_Type  hint_type )
-  {
-    switch ( hint_type )
-    {
-    case PS_HINT_TYPE_1:
-    case PS_HINT_TYPE_2:
-      hints->error     = 0;
-      hints->hint_type = hint_type;
-
-      ps_dimension_init( &hints->dimension[0] );
-      ps_dimension_init( &hints->dimension[1] );
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      hints->error     = PSH_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-      hints->hint_type = hint_type;
-
-      FT_ERROR(( "ps_hints_open: invalid charstring type!\n" ));
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  /* add one or more stems to the current hints table */
-  static void
-  ps_hints_stem( PS_Hints  hints,
-                 FT_Int    dimension,
-                 FT_UInt   count,
-                 FT_Long*  stems )
-  {
-    if ( !hints->error )
-    {
-      /* limit "dimension" to 0..1 */
-      if ( dimension < 0 || dimension > 1 )
-      {
-        FT_ERROR(( "ps_hints_stem: invalid dimension (%d) used\n",
-                   dimension ));
-        dimension = ( dimension != 0 );
-      }
-
-      /* record the stems in the current hints/masks table */
-      switch ( hints->hint_type )
-      {
-      case PS_HINT_TYPE_1:  /* Type 1 "hstem" or "vstem" operator */
-      case PS_HINT_TYPE_2:  /* Type 2 "hstem" or "vstem" operator */
-        {
-          PS_Dimension  dim = &hints->dimension[dimension];
-
-
-          for ( ; count > 0; count--, stems += 2 )
-          {
-            FT_Error   error;
-            FT_Memory  memory = hints->memory;
-
-
-            error = ps_dimension_add_t1stem(
-                      dim, (FT_Int)stems[0], (FT_Int)stems[1],
-                      memory, NULL );
-            if ( error )
-            {
-              FT_ERROR(( "ps_hints_stem: could not add stem"
-                         " (%d,%d) to hints table\n", stems[0], stems[1] ));
-
-              hints->error = error;
-              return;
-            }
-          }
-          break;
-        }
-
-      default:
-        FT_ERROR(( "ps_hints_stem: called with invalid hint type (%d)\n",
-                   hints->hint_type ));
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  /* add one Type1 counter stem to the current hints table */
-  static void
-  ps_hints_t1stem3( PS_Hints  hints,
-                    FT_Int    dimension,
-                    FT_Long*  stems )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error = 0;
-
-
-    if ( !hints->error )
-    {
-      PS_Dimension  dim;
-      FT_Memory     memory = hints->memory;
-      FT_Int        count;
-      FT_Int        idx[3];
-
-
-      /* limit "dimension" to 0..1 */
-      if ( dimension < 0 || dimension > 1 )
-      {
-        FT_ERROR(( "ps_hints_t1stem3: invalid dimension (%d) used\n",
-                   dimension ));
-        dimension = ( dimension != 0 );
-      }
-
-      dim = &hints->dimension[dimension];
-
-      /* there must be 6 elements in the 'stem' array */
-      if ( hints->hint_type == PS_HINT_TYPE_1 )
-      {
-        /* add the three stems to our hints/masks table */
-        for ( count = 0; count < 3; count++, stems += 2 )
-        {
-          error = ps_dimension_add_t1stem(
-                    dim, (FT_Int)stems[0], (FT_Int)stems[1],
-                    memory, &idx[count] );
-          if ( error )
-            goto Fail;
-        }
-
-        /* now, add the hints to the counters table */
-        error = ps_dimension_add_counter( dim, idx[0], idx[1], idx[2],
-                                          memory );
-        if ( error )
-          goto Fail;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        FT_ERROR(( "ps_hints_t1stem3: called with invalid hint type!\n" ));
-        error = PSH_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-        goto Fail;
-      }
-    }
-
-    return;
-
-  Fail:
-    FT_ERROR(( "ps_hints_t1stem3: could not add counter stems to table\n" ));
-    hints->error = error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* reset hints (only with Type 1 hints) */
-  static void
-  ps_hints_t1reset( PS_Hints  hints,
-                    FT_UInt   end_point )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error = 0;
-
-
-    if ( !hints->error )
-    {
-      FT_Memory  memory = hints->memory;
-
-
-      if ( hints->hint_type == PS_HINT_TYPE_1 )
-      {
-        error = ps_dimension_reset_mask( &hints->dimension[0],
-                                         end_point, memory );
-        if ( error )
-          goto Fail;
-
-        error = ps_dimension_reset_mask( &hints->dimension[1],
-                                         end_point, memory );
-        if ( error )
-          goto Fail;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        /* invalid hint type */
-        error = PSH_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-        goto Fail;
-      }
-    }
-    return;
-
-  Fail:
-    hints->error = error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* Type2 "hintmask" operator, add a new hintmask to each direction */
-  static void
-  ps_hints_t2mask( PS_Hints        hints,
-                   FT_UInt         end_point,
-                   FT_UInt         bit_count,
-                   const FT_Byte*  bytes )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error;
-
-
-    if ( !hints->error )
-    {
-      PS_Dimension  dim    = hints->dimension;
-      FT_Memory     memory = hints->memory;
-      FT_UInt       count1 = dim[0].hints.num_hints;
-      FT_UInt       count2 = dim[1].hints.num_hints;
-
-
-      /* check bit count; must be equal to current total hint count */
-      if ( bit_count !=  count1 + count2 )
-      {
-        FT_ERROR(( "ps_hints_t2mask: "
-                   "called with invalid bitcount %d (instead of %d)\n",
-                   bit_count, count1 + count2 ));
-
-        /* simply ignore the operator */
-        return;
-      }
-
-      /* set-up new horizontal and vertical hint mask now */
-      error = ps_dimension_set_mask_bits( &dim[0], bytes, count2, count1,
-                                          end_point, memory );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Fail;
-
-      error = ps_dimension_set_mask_bits( &dim[1], bytes, 0, count2,
-                                          end_point, memory );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Fail;
-    }
-    return;
-
-  Fail:
-    hints->error = error;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  ps_hints_t2counter( PS_Hints        hints,
-                      FT_UInt         bit_count,
-                      const FT_Byte*  bytes )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error;
-
-
-    if ( !hints->error )
-    {
-      PS_Dimension  dim    = hints->dimension;
-      FT_Memory     memory = hints->memory;
-      FT_UInt       count1 = dim[0].hints.num_hints;
-      FT_UInt       count2 = dim[1].hints.num_hints;
-
-
-      /* check bit count, must be equal to current total hint count */
-      if ( bit_count !=  count1 + count2 )
-      {
-        FT_ERROR(( "ps_hints_t2counter: "
-                   "called with invalid bitcount %d (instead of %d)\n",
-                   bit_count, count1 + count2 ));
-
-        /* simply ignore the operator */
-        return;
-      }
-
-      /* set-up new horizontal and vertical hint mask now */
-      error = ps_dimension_set_mask_bits( &dim[0], bytes, 0, count1,
-                                          0, memory );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Fail;
-
-      error = ps_dimension_set_mask_bits( &dim[1], bytes, count1, count2,
-                                          0, memory );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Fail;
-    }
-    return;
-
-  Fail:
-    hints->error = error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* end recording session */
-  static FT_Error
-  ps_hints_close( PS_Hints  hints,
-                  FT_UInt   end_point )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error;
-
-
-    error = hints->error;
-    if ( !error )
-    {
-      FT_Memory     memory = hints->memory;
-      PS_Dimension  dim    = hints->dimension;
-
-
-      error = ps_dimension_end( &dim[0], end_point, memory );
-      if ( !error )
-      {
-        error = ps_dimension_end( &dim[1], end_point, memory );
-      }
-    }
-
-#ifdef DEBUG_HINTER
-    if ( !error )
-      ps_debug_hints = hints;
-#endif
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                TYPE 1 HINTS RECORDING INTERFACE               *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  static void
-  t1_hints_open( T1_Hints  hints )
-  {
-    ps_hints_open( (PS_Hints)hints, PS_HINT_TYPE_1 );
-  }
-
-  static void
-  t1_hints_stem( T1_Hints  hints,
-                 FT_Int    dimension,
-                 FT_Long*  coords )
-  {
-    ps_hints_stem( (PS_Hints)hints, dimension, 1, coords );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  t1_hints_funcs_init( T1_Hints_FuncsRec*  funcs )
-  {
-    FT_MEM_ZERO( (char*)funcs, sizeof ( *funcs ) );
-
-    funcs->open  = (T1_Hints_OpenFunc)    t1_hints_open;
-    funcs->close = (T1_Hints_CloseFunc)   ps_hints_close;
-    funcs->stem  = (T1_Hints_SetStemFunc) t1_hints_stem;
-    funcs->stem3 = (T1_Hints_SetStem3Func)ps_hints_t1stem3;
-    funcs->reset = (T1_Hints_ResetFunc)   ps_hints_t1reset;
-    funcs->apply = (T1_Hints_ApplyFunc)   ps_hints_apply;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                TYPE 2 HINTS RECORDING INTERFACE               *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  static void
-  t2_hints_open( T2_Hints  hints )
-  {
-    ps_hints_open( (PS_Hints)hints, PS_HINT_TYPE_2 );
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  t2_hints_stems( T2_Hints   hints,
-                  FT_Int     dimension,
-                  FT_Int     count,
-                  FT_Fixed*  coords )
-  {
-    FT_Pos  stems[32], y, n;
-    FT_Int  total = count;
-
-
-    y = 0;
-    while ( total > 0 )
-    {
-      /* determine number of stems to write */
-      count = total;
-      if ( count > 16 )
-        count = 16;
-
-      /* compute integer stem positions in font units */
-      for ( n = 0; n < count * 2; n++ )
-      {
-        y       += coords[n];
-        stems[n] = ( y + 0x8000L ) >> 16;
-      }
-
-      /* compute lengths */
-      for ( n = 0; n < count * 2; n += 2 )
-        stems[n + 1] = stems[n + 1] - stems[n];
-
-      /* add them to the current dimension */
-      ps_hints_stem( (PS_Hints)hints, dimension, count, stems );
-
-      total -= count;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  t2_hints_funcs_init( T2_Hints_FuncsRec*  funcs )
-  {
-    FT_MEM_ZERO( funcs, sizeof ( *funcs ) );
-
-    funcs->open    = (T2_Hints_OpenFunc)   t2_hints_open;
-    funcs->close   = (T2_Hints_CloseFunc)  ps_hints_close;
-    funcs->stems   = (T2_Hints_StemsFunc)  t2_hints_stems;
-    funcs->hintmask= (T2_Hints_MaskFunc)   ps_hints_t2mask;
-    funcs->counter = (T2_Hints_CounterFunc)ps_hints_t2counter;
-    funcs->apply   = (T2_Hints_ApplyFunc)  ps_hints_apply;
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshrec.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshrec.h
deleted file mode 100644
index dcb3197..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshrec.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,176 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  pshrec.h                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Postscript (Type1/Type2) hints recorder (specification).             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2001, 2002, 2003, 2006, 2008 by                              */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /**************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                        */
-  /*  The functions defined here are called from the Type 1, CID and CFF    */
-  /*  font drivers to record the hints of a given character/glyph.          */
-  /*                                                                        */
-  /*  The hints are recorded in a unified format, and are later processed   */
-  /*  by the `optimizer' and `fitter' to adjust the outlines to the pixel   */
-  /*  grid.                                                                 */
-  /*                                                                        */
-  /**************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __PSHREC_H__
-#define __PSHREC_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_HINTS_H
-#include "pshglob.h"
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                 GLYPH HINTS RECORDER INTERNALS                *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /* handle to hint record */
-  typedef struct PS_HintRec_*  PS_Hint;
-
-  /* hint types */
-  typedef enum  PS_Hint_Type_
-  {
-    PS_HINT_TYPE_1 = 1,
-    PS_HINT_TYPE_2 = 2
-
-  } PS_Hint_Type;
-
-
-  /* hint flags */
-  typedef enum  PS_Hint_Flags_
-  {
-    PS_HINT_FLAG_GHOST  = 1,
-    PS_HINT_FLAG_BOTTOM = 2
-
-  } PS_Hint_Flags;
-
-
-  /* hint descriptor */
-  typedef struct  PS_HintRec_
-  {
-    FT_Int   pos;
-    FT_Int   len;
-    FT_UInt  flags;
-
-  } PS_HintRec;
-
-
-#define ps_hint_is_active( x )  ( (x)->flags & PS_HINT_FLAG_ACTIVE )
-#define ps_hint_is_ghost( x )   ( (x)->flags & PS_HINT_FLAG_GHOST  )
-#define ps_hint_is_bottom( x )  ( (x)->flags & PS_HINT_FLAG_BOTTOM )
-
-
-  /* hints table descriptor */
-  typedef struct  PS_Hint_TableRec_
-  {
-    FT_UInt  num_hints;
-    FT_UInt  max_hints;
-    PS_Hint  hints;
-
-  } PS_Hint_TableRec, *PS_Hint_Table;
-
-
-  /* hint and counter mask descriptor */
-  typedef struct  PS_MaskRec_
-  {
-    FT_UInt   num_bits;
-    FT_UInt   max_bits;
-    FT_Byte*  bytes;
-    FT_UInt   end_point;
-
-  } PS_MaskRec, *PS_Mask;
-
-
-  /* masks and counters table descriptor */
-  typedef struct  PS_Mask_TableRec_
-  {
-    FT_UInt  num_masks;
-    FT_UInt  max_masks;
-    PS_Mask  masks;
-
-  } PS_Mask_TableRec, *PS_Mask_Table;
-
-
- /* dimension-specific hints descriptor */
-  typedef struct  PS_DimensionRec_
-  {
-    PS_Hint_TableRec  hints;
-    PS_Mask_TableRec  masks;
-    PS_Mask_TableRec  counters;
-
-  } PS_DimensionRec, *PS_Dimension;
-
-
-  /* glyph hints descriptor                                */
-  /* dimension 0 => X coordinates + vertical hints/stems   */
-  /* dimension 1 => Y coordinates + horizontal hints/stems */
-  typedef struct  PS_HintsRec_
-  {
-    FT_Memory        memory;
-    FT_Error         error;
-    FT_UInt32        magic;
-    PS_Hint_Type     hint_type;
-    PS_DimensionRec  dimension[2];
-
-  } PS_HintsRec, *PS_Hints;
-
-  /* */
-
-  /* initialize hints recorder */
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  ps_hints_init( PS_Hints   hints,
-                 FT_Memory  memory );
-
-  /* finalize hints recorder */
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  ps_hints_done( PS_Hints  hints );
-
-  /* initialize Type1 hints recorder interface */
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  t1_hints_funcs_init( T1_Hints_FuncsRec*  funcs );
-
-  /* initialize Type2 hints recorder interface */
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  t2_hints_funcs_init( T2_Hints_FuncsRec*  funcs );
-
-
-#ifdef DEBUG_HINTER
-  extern PS_Hints  ps_debug_hints;
-  extern  int      ps_debug_no_horz_hints;
-  extern  int      ps_debug_no_vert_hints;
-#endif
-
- /* */
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-
-#endif /* __PS_HINTER_RECORD_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/rules.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/rules.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 5777339..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/rules.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 PSHinter driver configuration rules
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 2001, 2003 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-# PSHINTER driver directory
-#
-PSHINTER_DIR := $(SRC_DIR)/pshinter
-
-
-# compilation flags for the driver
-#
-PSHINTER_COMPILE := $(FT_COMPILE) $I$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$(PSHINTER_DIR))
-
-
-# PSHINTER driver sources (i.e., C files)
-#
-PSHINTER_DRV_SRC := $(PSHINTER_DIR)/pshrec.c  \
-                    $(PSHINTER_DIR)/pshglob.c \
-                    $(PSHINTER_DIR)/pshmod.c  \
-                    $(PSHINTER_DIR)/pshalgo.c
-
-
-# PSHINTER driver headers
-#
-PSHINTER_DRV_H := $(PSHINTER_DRV_SRC:%c=%h) \
-                  $(PSHINTER_DIR)/pshnterr.h
-
-
-# PSHINTER driver object(s)
-#
-#   PSHINTER_DRV_OBJ_M is used during `multi' builds.
-#   PSHINTER_DRV_OBJ_S is used during `single' builds.
-#
-PSHINTER_DRV_OBJ_M := $(PSHINTER_DRV_SRC:$(PSHINTER_DIR)/%.c=$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O)
-PSHINTER_DRV_OBJ_S := $(OBJ_DIR)/pshinter.$O
-
-# PSHINTER driver source file for single build
-#
-PSHINTER_DRV_SRC_S := $(PSHINTER_DIR)/pshinter.c
-
-
-# PSHINTER driver - single object
-#
-$(PSHINTER_DRV_OBJ_S): $(PSHINTER_DRV_SRC_S) $(PSHINTER_DRV_SRC) \
-                       $(FREETYPE_H) $(PSHINTER_DRV_H)
-	$(PSHINTER_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $(PSHINTER_DRV_SRC_S))
-
-
-# PSHINTER driver - multiple objects
-#
-$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O: $(PSHINTER_DIR)/%.c $(FREETYPE_H) $(PSHINTER_DRV_H)
-	$(PSHINTER_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $<)
-
-
-# update main driver object lists
-#
-DRV_OBJS_S += $(PSHINTER_DRV_OBJ_S)
-DRV_OBJS_M += $(PSHINTER_DRV_OBJ_M)
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/Jamfile b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/Jamfile
deleted file mode 100644
index d85c1e9..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/Jamfile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-# FreeType 2 src/psnames Jamfile
-#
-# Copyright 2001 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-SubDir  FT2_TOP $(FT2_SRC_DIR) psnames ;
-
-{
-  local  _sources ;
-
-  if $(FT2_MULTI)
-  {
-    _sources = psmodule ;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    _sources = psnames ;
-  }
-
-  Library  $(FT2_LIB) : $(_sources).c ;
-}
-
-# end of src/psnames Jamfile
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/module.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/module.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index a93063b..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/module.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 PSnames module definition
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2006 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-FTMODULE_H_COMMANDS += PSNAMES_MODULE
-
-define PSNAMES_MODULE
-$(OPEN_DRIVER)psnames_module_class$(CLOSE_DRIVER)
-$(ECHO_DRIVER)psnames   $(ECHO_DRIVER_DESC)Postscript & Unicode Glyph name handling$(ECHO_DRIVER_DONE)
-endef
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/psmodule.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/psmodule.c
deleted file mode 100644
index dbcfe44..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/psmodule.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,565 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  psmodule.c                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    PSNames module implementation (body).                                */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by             */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-#include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_CMAPS_H
-
-#include "psmodule.h"
-#include "pstables.h"
-
-#include "psnamerr.h"
-
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES
-
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ADOBE_GLYPH_LIST
-
-
-#define VARIANT_BIT         0x80000000UL
-#define BASE_GLYPH( code )  ( (code) & ~VARIANT_BIT )
-
-
-  /* Return the Unicode value corresponding to a given glyph.  Note that */
-  /* we do deal with glyph variants by detecting a non-initial dot in    */
-  /* the name, as in `A.swash' or `e.final'; in this case, the           */
-  /* VARIANT_BIT is set in the return value.                             */
-  /*                                                                     */
-  static FT_UInt32
-  ps_unicode_value( const char*  glyph_name )
-  {
-    /* If the name begins with `uni', then the glyph name may be a */
-    /* hard-coded unicode character code.                          */
-    if ( glyph_name[0] == 'u' &&
-         glyph_name[1] == 'n' &&
-         glyph_name[2] == 'i' )
-    {
-      /* determine whether the next four characters following are */
-      /* hexadecimal.                                             */
-
-      /* XXX: Add code to deal with ligatures, i.e. glyph names like */
-      /*      `uniXXXXYYYYZZZZ'...                                   */
-
-      FT_Int       count;
-      FT_ULong     value = 0;
-      const char*  p     = glyph_name + 3;
-
-
-      for ( count = 4; count > 0; count--, p++ )
-      {
-        char          c = *p;
-        unsigned int  d;
-
-
-        d = (unsigned char)c - '0';
-        if ( d >= 10 )
-        {
-          d = (unsigned char)c - 'A';
-          if ( d >= 6 )
-            d = 16;
-          else
-            d += 10;
-        }
-
-        /* Exit if a non-uppercase hexadecimal character was found   */
-        /* -- this also catches character codes below `0' since such */
-        /* negative numbers cast to `unsigned int' are far too big.  */
-        if ( d >= 16 )
-          break;
-
-        value = ( value << 4 ) + d;
-      }
-
-      /* there must be exactly four hex digits */
-      if ( count == 0 )
-      {
-        if ( *p == '\0' )
-          return value;
-        if ( *p == '.' )
-          return value | VARIANT_BIT;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* If the name begins with `u', followed by four to six uppercase */
-    /* hexadecimal digits, it is a hard-coded unicode character code. */
-    if ( glyph_name[0] == 'u' )
-    {
-      FT_Int       count;
-      FT_ULong     value = 0;
-      const char*  p     = glyph_name + 1;
-
-
-      for ( count = 6; count > 0; count--, p++ )
-      {
-        char          c = *p;
-        unsigned int  d;
-
-
-        d = (unsigned char)c - '0';
-        if ( d >= 10 )
-        {
-          d = (unsigned char)c - 'A';
-          if ( d >= 6 )
-            d = 16;
-          else
-            d += 10;
-        }
-
-        if ( d >= 16 )
-          break;
-
-        value = ( value << 4 ) + d;
-      }
-
-      if ( count <= 2 )
-      {
-        if ( *p == '\0' )
-          return value;
-        if ( *p == '.' )
-          return value | VARIANT_BIT;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Look for a non-initial dot in the glyph name in order to */
-    /* find variants like `A.swash', `e.final', etc.            */
-    {
-      const char*  p   = glyph_name;
-      const char*  dot = NULL;
-
-
-      for ( ; *p; p++ )
-      {
-        if ( *p == '.' && p > glyph_name )
-        {
-          dot = p;
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-
-      /* now look up the glyph in the Adobe Glyph List */
-      if ( !dot )
-        return ft_get_adobe_glyph_index( glyph_name, p );
-      else
-        return ft_get_adobe_glyph_index( glyph_name, dot ) | VARIANT_BIT;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  /* ft_qsort callback to sort the unicode map */
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( int )
-  compare_uni_maps( const void*  a,
-                    const void*  b )
-  {
-    PS_UniMap*  map1 = (PS_UniMap*)a;
-    PS_UniMap*  map2 = (PS_UniMap*)b;
-    FT_UInt32   unicode1 = BASE_GLYPH( map1->unicode );
-    FT_UInt32   unicode2 = BASE_GLYPH( map2->unicode );
-
-
-    /* sort base glyphs before glyph variants */
-    if ( unicode1 == unicode2 )
-      return map1->unicode - map2->unicode;
-    else
-      return unicode1 - unicode2;
-  }
-
-
-  /* support for old WGL4 fonts */
-
-#define WGL_EXTRA_LIST_SIZE  8
-
-  static const FT_UInt32  ft_wgl_extra_unicodes[WGL_EXTRA_LIST_SIZE] =
-  {
-    0x0394,
-    0x03A9,
-    0x2215,
-    0x00AD,
-    0x02C9,
-    0x03BC,
-    0x2219,
-    0x00A0
-  };
-
-  static const char  ft_wgl_extra_glyph_names[] =
-  {
-    'D','e','l','t','a',0,
-    'O','m','e','g','a',0,
-    'f','r','a','c','t','i','o','n',0,
-    'h','y','p','h','e','n',0,
-    'm','a','c','r','o','n',0,
-    'm','u',0,
-    'p','e','r','i','o','d','c','e','n','t','e','r','e','d',0,
-    's','p','a','c','e',0
-  };
-
-  static const FT_Int
-  ft_wgl_extra_glyph_name_offsets[WGL_EXTRA_LIST_SIZE] =
-  {
-     0,
-     6,
-    12,
-    21,
-    28,
-    35,
-    38,
-    53
-  };
-
-
-  static void
-  ps_check_wgl_name( const char*  gname,
-                     FT_UInt      glyph,
-                     FT_UInt*     wgl_glyphs,
-                     FT_UInt     *states )
-  {
-    FT_UInt  n;
-
-
-    for ( n = 0; n < WGL_EXTRA_LIST_SIZE; n++ )
-    {
-      if ( ft_strcmp( ft_wgl_extra_glyph_names +
-                        ft_wgl_extra_glyph_name_offsets[n], gname ) == 0 )
-      {
-        if ( states[n] == 0 )
-        {
-          /* mark this WGL extra glyph as a candidate for the cmap */
-          states[n]     = 1;
-          wgl_glyphs[n] = glyph;
-        }
-
-        return;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  ps_check_wgl_unicode( FT_UInt32  uni_char,
-                        FT_UInt   *states )
-  {
-    FT_UInt  n;
-
-
-    for ( n = 0; n < WGL_EXTRA_LIST_SIZE; n++ )
-    {
-      if ( uni_char == ft_wgl_extra_unicodes[n] )
-      {
-        /* disable this WGL extra glyph from being added to the cmap */
-        states[n] = 2;
-
-        return;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  /* Build a table that maps Unicode values to glyph indices. */
-  static FT_Error
-  ps_unicodes_init( FT_Memory             memory,
-                    PS_Unicodes           table,
-                    FT_UInt               num_glyphs,
-                    PS_GetGlyphNameFunc   get_glyph_name,
-                    PS_FreeGlyphNameFunc  free_glyph_name,
-                    FT_Pointer            glyph_data )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error;
-
-    FT_UInt  wgl_list_states[] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
-    FT_UInt  wgl_glyphs[WGL_EXTRA_LIST_SIZE];
-
-
-    /* we first allocate the table */
-    table->num_maps = 0;
-    table->maps     = 0;
-
-    if ( !FT_NEW_ARRAY( table->maps, num_glyphs + WGL_EXTRA_LIST_SIZE ) )
-    {
-      FT_UInt     n;
-      FT_UInt     count;
-      PS_UniMap*  map;
-      FT_UInt32   uni_char;
-
-
-      map = table->maps;
-
-      for ( n = 0; n < num_glyphs; n++ )
-      {
-        const char*  gname = get_glyph_name( glyph_data, n );
-
-
-        if ( gname )
-        {
-          ps_check_wgl_name( gname, n, wgl_glyphs, wgl_list_states );
-          uni_char = ps_unicode_value( gname );
-
-          if ( BASE_GLYPH( uni_char ) != 0 )
-          {
-            ps_check_wgl_unicode( uni_char, wgl_list_states );
-            map->unicode     = uni_char;
-            map->glyph_index = n;
-            map++;
-          }
-
-          if ( free_glyph_name )
-            free_glyph_name( glyph_data, gname );
-        }
-      }
-
-      for ( n = 0; n < WGL_EXTRA_LIST_SIZE; n++ )
-      {
-        if ( wgl_list_states[n] == 1 )
-        {
-          /* This glyph name has an additional WGL4 representation. */
-          /* Add it to the cmap.                                    */
-
-          map->unicode     = ft_wgl_extra_unicodes[n];
-          map->glyph_index = wgl_glyphs[n];
-          map++;
-        }
-      }
-
-      /* now compress the table a bit */
-      count = (FT_UInt)( map - table->maps );
-
-      if ( count == 0 )
-      {
-        FT_FREE( table->maps );
-        if ( !error )
-          error = PSnames_Err_Invalid_Argument;  /* No unicode chars here! */
-      }
-      else {
-        /* Reallocate if the number of used entries is much smaller. */
-        if ( count < num_glyphs / 2 )
-        {
-          (void)FT_RENEW_ARRAY( table->maps, num_glyphs, count );
-          error = PSnames_Err_Ok;
-        }
-
-        /* Sort the table in increasing order of unicode values, */
-        /* taking care of glyph variants.                        */
-        ft_qsort( table->maps, count, sizeof ( PS_UniMap ),
-                  compare_uni_maps );
-      }
-
-      table->num_maps = count;
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_UInt
-  ps_unicodes_char_index( PS_Unicodes  table,
-                          FT_UInt32    unicode )
-  {
-    PS_UniMap  *min, *max, *mid, *result = NULL;
-
-
-    /* Perform a binary search on the table. */
-
-    min = table->maps;
-    max = min + table->num_maps - 1;
-
-    while ( min <= max )
-    {
-      FT_UInt32  base_glyph;
-
-
-      mid = min + ( ( max - min ) >> 1 );
-
-      if ( mid->unicode == unicode )
-      {
-        result = mid;
-        break;
-      }
-
-      base_glyph = BASE_GLYPH( mid->unicode );
-
-      if ( base_glyph == unicode )
-        result = mid; /* remember match but continue search for base glyph */
-
-      if ( min == max )
-        break;
-
-      if ( base_glyph < unicode )
-        min = mid + 1;
-      else
-        max = mid - 1;
-    }
-
-    if ( result )
-      return result->glyph_index;
-    else
-      return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_ULong
-  ps_unicodes_char_next( PS_Unicodes  table,
-                         FT_UInt32   *unicode )
-  {
-    FT_UInt    result    = 0;
-    FT_UInt32  char_code = *unicode + 1;
-
-
-    {
-      FT_UInt     min = 0;
-      FT_UInt     max = table->num_maps;
-      FT_UInt     mid;
-      PS_UniMap*  map;
-      FT_UInt32   base_glyph;
-
-
-      while ( min < max )
-      {
-        mid = min + ( ( max - min ) >> 1 );
-        map = table->maps + mid;
-
-        if ( map->unicode == char_code )
-        {
-          result = map->glyph_index;
-          goto Exit;
-        }
-
-        base_glyph = BASE_GLYPH( map->unicode );
-
-        if ( base_glyph == char_code )
-          result = map->glyph_index;
-
-        if ( base_glyph < char_code )
-          min = mid + 1;
-        else
-          max = mid;
-      }
-
-      if ( result )
-        goto Exit;               /* we have a variant glyph */
-
-      /* we didn't find it; check whether we have a map just above it */
-      char_code = 0;
-
-      if ( min < table->num_maps )
-      {
-        map       = table->maps + min;
-        result    = map->glyph_index;
-        char_code = BASE_GLYPH( map->unicode );
-      }
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    *unicode = char_code;
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ADOBE_GLYPH_LIST */
-
-
-  static const char*
-  ps_get_macintosh_name( FT_UInt  name_index )
-  {
-    if ( name_index >= FT_NUM_MAC_NAMES )
-      name_index = 0;
-
-    return ft_standard_glyph_names + ft_mac_names[name_index];
-  }
-
-
-  static const char*
-  ps_get_standard_strings( FT_UInt  sid )
-  {
-    if ( sid >= FT_NUM_SID_NAMES )
-      return 0;
-
-    return ft_standard_glyph_names + ft_sid_names[sid];
-  }
-
-
-  static
-  const FT_Service_PsCMapsRec  pscmaps_interface =
-  {
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ADOBE_GLYPH_LIST
-
-    (PS_Unicode_ValueFunc)     ps_unicode_value,
-    (PS_Unicodes_InitFunc)     ps_unicodes_init,
-    (PS_Unicodes_CharIndexFunc)ps_unicodes_char_index,
-    (PS_Unicodes_CharNextFunc) ps_unicodes_char_next,
-
-#else
-
-    0,
-    0,
-    0,
-    0,
-
-#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ADOBE_GLYPH_LIST */
-
-    (PS_Macintosh_NameFunc)    ps_get_macintosh_name,
-    (PS_Adobe_Std_StringsFunc) ps_get_standard_strings,
-
-    t1_standard_encoding,
-    t1_expert_encoding
-  };
-
-
-  static const FT_ServiceDescRec  pscmaps_services[] =
-  {
-    { FT_SERVICE_ID_POSTSCRIPT_CMAPS, &pscmaps_interface },
-    { NULL, NULL }
-  };
-
-
-  static FT_Pointer
-  psnames_get_service( FT_Module    module,
-                       const char*  service_id )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( module );
-
-    return ft_service_list_lookup( pscmaps_services, service_id );
-  }
-
-#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES */
-
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
-  const FT_Module_Class  psnames_module_class =
-  {
-    0,  /* this is not a font driver, nor a renderer */
-    sizeof ( FT_ModuleRec ),
-
-    "psnames",  /* driver name                         */
-    0x10000L,   /* driver version                      */
-    0x20000L,   /* driver requires FreeType 2 or above */
-
-#ifndef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES
-    0,
-    (FT_Module_Constructor)0,
-    (FT_Module_Destructor) 0,
-    (FT_Module_Requester)  0
-#else
-    (void*)&pscmaps_interface,   /* module specific interface */
-    (FT_Module_Constructor)0,
-    (FT_Module_Destructor) 0,
-    (FT_Module_Requester)  psnames_get_service
-#endif
-  };
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/psmodule.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/psmodule.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 232fdfb..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/psmodule.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  psmodule.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    High-level PSNames module interface (specification).                 */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001 by                                                 */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __PSMODULE_H__
-#define __PSMODULE_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_MODULE_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  FT_EXPORT_VAR( const FT_Module_Class )  psnames_module_class;
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __PSMODULE_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/psnamerr.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/psnamerr.h
deleted file mode 100644
index ae1541d..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/psnamerr.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  psnamerr.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    PS names module error codes (specification only).                    */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2001 by                                                      */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This file is used to define the PS names module error enumeration     */
-  /* constants.                                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef __PSNAMERR_H__
-#define __PSNAMERR_H__
-
-#include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
-
-#undef __FTERRORS_H__
-
-#define FT_ERR_PREFIX  PSnames_Err_
-#define FT_ERR_BASE    FT_Mod_Err_PSnames
-
-#include FT_ERRORS_H
-
-#endif /* __PSNAMERR_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/psnames.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/psnames.c
deleted file mode 100644
index d6ed998..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/psnames.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  psnames.c                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType PSNames module component (body only).                       */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001 by                                                 */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#define FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include "psmodule.c"
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/pstables.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/pstables.h
deleted file mode 100644
index cc40ef7..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/pstables.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4090 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  pstables.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    PostScript glyph names.                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2005 by                                                      */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /* This file has been generated automatically -- do not edit! */
-
-
-  static const char  ft_standard_glyph_names[3696] =
-  {
-    '.','n','u','l','l', 0,
-    'n','o','n','m','a','r','k','i','n','g','r','e','t','u','r','n', 0,
-    'n','o','t','e','q','u','a','l', 0,
-    'i','n','f','i','n','i','t','y', 0,
-    'l','e','s','s','e','q','u','a','l', 0,
-    'g','r','e','a','t','e','r','e','q','u','a','l', 0,
-    'p','a','r','t','i','a','l','d','i','f','f', 0,
-    's','u','m','m','a','t','i','o','n', 0,
-    'p','r','o','d','u','c','t', 0,
-    'p','i', 0,
-    'i','n','t','e','g','r','a','l', 0,
-    'O','m','e','g','a', 0,
-    'r','a','d','i','c','a','l', 0,
-    'a','p','p','r','o','x','e','q','u','a','l', 0,
-    'D','e','l','t','a', 0,
-    'n','o','n','b','r','e','a','k','i','n','g','s','p','a','c','e', 0,
-    'l','o','z','e','n','g','e', 0,
-    'a','p','p','l','e', 0,
-    'f','r','a','n','c', 0,
-    'G','b','r','e','v','e', 0,
-    'g','b','r','e','v','e', 0,
-    'I','d','o','t','a','c','c','e','n','t', 0,
-    'S','c','e','d','i','l','l','a', 0,
-    's','c','e','d','i','l','l','a', 0,
-    'C','a','c','u','t','e', 0,
-    'c','a','c','u','t','e', 0,
-    'C','c','a','r','o','n', 0,
-    'c','c','a','r','o','n', 0,
-    'd','c','r','o','a','t', 0,
-    '.','n','o','t','d','e','f', 0,
-    's','p','a','c','e', 0,
-    'e','x','c','l','a','m', 0,
-    'q','u','o','t','e','d','b','l', 0,
-    'n','u','m','b','e','r','s','i','g','n', 0,
-    'd','o','l','l','a','r', 0,
-    'p','e','r','c','e','n','t', 0,
-    'a','m','p','e','r','s','a','n','d', 0,
-    'q','u','o','t','e','r','i','g','h','t', 0,
-    'p','a','r','e','n','l','e','f','t', 0,
-    'p','a','r','e','n','r','i','g','h','t', 0,
-    'a','s','t','e','r','i','s','k', 0,
-    'p','l','u','s', 0,
-    'c','o','m','m','a', 0,
-    'h','y','p','h','e','n', 0,
-    'p','e','r','i','o','d', 0,
-    's','l','a','s','h', 0,
-    'z','e','r','o', 0,
-    'o','n','e', 0,
-    't','w','o', 0,
-    't','h','r','e','e', 0,
-    'f','o','u','r', 0,
-    'f','i','v','e', 0,
-    's','i','x', 0,
-    's','e','v','e','n', 0,
-    'e','i','g','h','t', 0,
-    'n','i','n','e', 0,
-    'c','o','l','o','n', 0,
-    's','e','m','i','c','o','l','o','n', 0,
-    'l','e','s','s', 0,
-    'e','q','u','a','l', 0,
-    'g','r','e','a','t','e','r', 0,
-    'q','u','e','s','t','i','o','n', 0,
-    'a','t', 0,
-    'A', 0,
-    'B', 0,
-    'C', 0,
-    'D', 0,
-    'E', 0,
-    'F', 0,
-    'G', 0,
-    'H', 0,
-    'I', 0,
-    'J', 0,
-    'K', 0,
-    'L', 0,
-    'M', 0,
-    'N', 0,
-    'O', 0,
-    'P', 0,
-    'Q', 0,
-    'R', 0,
-    'S', 0,
-    'T', 0,
-    'U', 0,
-    'V', 0,
-    'W', 0,
-    'X', 0,
-    'Y', 0,
-    'Z', 0,
-    'b','r','a','c','k','e','t','l','e','f','t', 0,
-    'b','a','c','k','s','l','a','s','h', 0,
-    'b','r','a','c','k','e','t','r','i','g','h','t', 0,
-    'a','s','c','i','i','c','i','r','c','u','m', 0,
-    'u','n','d','e','r','s','c','o','r','e', 0,
-    'q','u','o','t','e','l','e','f','t', 0,
-    'a', 0,
-    'b', 0,
-    'c', 0,
-    'd', 0,
-    'e', 0,
-    'f', 0,
-    'g', 0,
-    'h', 0,
-    'i', 0,
-    'j', 0,
-    'k', 0,
-    'l', 0,
-    'm', 0,
-    'n', 0,
-    'o', 0,
-    'p', 0,
-    'q', 0,
-    'r', 0,
-    's', 0,
-    't', 0,
-    'u', 0,
-    'v', 0,
-    'w', 0,
-    'x', 0,
-    'y', 0,
-    'z', 0,
-    'b','r','a','c','e','l','e','f','t', 0,
-    'b','a','r', 0,
-    'b','r','a','c','e','r','i','g','h','t', 0,
-    'a','s','c','i','i','t','i','l','d','e', 0,
-    'e','x','c','l','a','m','d','o','w','n', 0,
-    'c','e','n','t', 0,
-    's','t','e','r','l','i','n','g', 0,
-    'f','r','a','c','t','i','o','n', 0,
-    'y','e','n', 0,
-    'f','l','o','r','i','n', 0,
-    's','e','c','t','i','o','n', 0,
-    'c','u','r','r','e','n','c','y', 0,
-    'q','u','o','t','e','s','i','n','g','l','e', 0,
-    'q','u','o','t','e','d','b','l','l','e','f','t', 0,
-    'g','u','i','l','l','e','m','o','t','l','e','f','t', 0,
-    'g','u','i','l','s','i','n','g','l','l','e','f','t', 0,
-    'g','u','i','l','s','i','n','g','l','r','i','g','h','t', 0,
-    'f','i', 0,
-    'f','l', 0,
-    'e','n','d','a','s','h', 0,
-    'd','a','g','g','e','r', 0,
-    'd','a','g','g','e','r','d','b','l', 0,
-    'p','e','r','i','o','d','c','e','n','t','e','r','e','d', 0,
-    'p','a','r','a','g','r','a','p','h', 0,
-    'b','u','l','l','e','t', 0,
-    'q','u','o','t','e','s','i','n','g','l','b','a','s','e', 0,
-    'q','u','o','t','e','d','b','l','b','a','s','e', 0,
-    'q','u','o','t','e','d','b','l','r','i','g','h','t', 0,
-    'g','u','i','l','l','e','m','o','t','r','i','g','h','t', 0,
-    'e','l','l','i','p','s','i','s', 0,
-    'p','e','r','t','h','o','u','s','a','n','d', 0,
-    'q','u','e','s','t','i','o','n','d','o','w','n', 0,
-    'g','r','a','v','e', 0,
-    'a','c','u','t','e', 0,
-    'c','i','r','c','u','m','f','l','e','x', 0,
-    't','i','l','d','e', 0,
-    'm','a','c','r','o','n', 0,
-    'b','r','e','v','e', 0,
-    'd','o','t','a','c','c','e','n','t', 0,
-    'd','i','e','r','e','s','i','s', 0,
-    'r','i','n','g', 0,
-    'c','e','d','i','l','l','a', 0,
-    'h','u','n','g','a','r','u','m','l','a','u','t', 0,
-    'o','g','o','n','e','k', 0,
-    'c','a','r','o','n', 0,
-    'e','m','d','a','s','h', 0,
-    'A','E', 0,
-    'o','r','d','f','e','m','i','n','i','n','e', 0,
-    'L','s','l','a','s','h', 0,
-    'O','s','l','a','s','h', 0,
-    'O','E', 0,
-    'o','r','d','m','a','s','c','u','l','i','n','e', 0,
-    'a','e', 0,
-    'd','o','t','l','e','s','s','i', 0,
-    'l','s','l','a','s','h', 0,
-    'o','s','l','a','s','h', 0,
-    'o','e', 0,
-    'g','e','r','m','a','n','d','b','l','s', 0,
-    'o','n','e','s','u','p','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
-    'l','o','g','i','c','a','l','n','o','t', 0,
-    'm','u', 0,
-    't','r','a','d','e','m','a','r','k', 0,
-    'E','t','h', 0,
-    'o','n','e','h','a','l','f', 0,
-    'p','l','u','s','m','i','n','u','s', 0,
-    'T','h','o','r','n', 0,
-    'o','n','e','q','u','a','r','t','e','r', 0,
-    'd','i','v','i','d','e', 0,
-    'b','r','o','k','e','n','b','a','r', 0,
-    'd','e','g','r','e','e', 0,
-    't','h','o','r','n', 0,
-    't','h','r','e','e','q','u','a','r','t','e','r','s', 0,
-    't','w','o','s','u','p','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
-    'r','e','g','i','s','t','e','r','e','d', 0,
-    'm','i','n','u','s', 0,
-    'e','t','h', 0,
-    'm','u','l','t','i','p','l','y', 0,
-    't','h','r','e','e','s','u','p','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
-    'c','o','p','y','r','i','g','h','t', 0,
-    'A','a','c','u','t','e', 0,
-    'A','c','i','r','c','u','m','f','l','e','x', 0,
-    'A','d','i','e','r','e','s','i','s', 0,
-    'A','g','r','a','v','e', 0,
-    'A','r','i','n','g', 0,
-    'A','t','i','l','d','e', 0,
-    'C','c','e','d','i','l','l','a', 0,
-    'E','a','c','u','t','e', 0,
-    'E','c','i','r','c','u','m','f','l','e','x', 0,
-    'E','d','i','e','r','e','s','i','s', 0,
-    'E','g','r','a','v','e', 0,
-    'I','a','c','u','t','e', 0,
-    'I','c','i','r','c','u','m','f','l','e','x', 0,
-    'I','d','i','e','r','e','s','i','s', 0,
-    'I','g','r','a','v','e', 0,
-    'N','t','i','l','d','e', 0,
-    'O','a','c','u','t','e', 0,
-    'O','c','i','r','c','u','m','f','l','e','x', 0,
-    'O','d','i','e','r','e','s','i','s', 0,
-    'O','g','r','a','v','e', 0,
-    'O','t','i','l','d','e', 0,
-    'S','c','a','r','o','n', 0,
-    'U','a','c','u','t','e', 0,
-    'U','c','i','r','c','u','m','f','l','e','x', 0,
-    'U','d','i','e','r','e','s','i','s', 0,
-    'U','g','r','a','v','e', 0,
-    'Y','a','c','u','t','e', 0,
-    'Y','d','i','e','r','e','s','i','s', 0,
-    'Z','c','a','r','o','n', 0,
-    'a','a','c','u','t','e', 0,
-    'a','c','i','r','c','u','m','f','l','e','x', 0,
-    'a','d','i','e','r','e','s','i','s', 0,
-    'a','g','r','a','v','e', 0,
-    'a','r','i','n','g', 0,
-    'a','t','i','l','d','e', 0,
-    'c','c','e','d','i','l','l','a', 0,
-    'e','a','c','u','t','e', 0,
-    'e','c','i','r','c','u','m','f','l','e','x', 0,
-    'e','d','i','e','r','e','s','i','s', 0,
-    'e','g','r','a','v','e', 0,
-    'i','a','c','u','t','e', 0,
-    'i','c','i','r','c','u','m','f','l','e','x', 0,
-    'i','d','i','e','r','e','s','i','s', 0,
-    'i','g','r','a','v','e', 0,
-    'n','t','i','l','d','e', 0,
-    'o','a','c','u','t','e', 0,
-    'o','c','i','r','c','u','m','f','l','e','x', 0,
-    'o','d','i','e','r','e','s','i','s', 0,
-    'o','g','r','a','v','e', 0,
-    'o','t','i','l','d','e', 0,
-    's','c','a','r','o','n', 0,
-    'u','a','c','u','t','e', 0,
-    'u','c','i','r','c','u','m','f','l','e','x', 0,
-    'u','d','i','e','r','e','s','i','s', 0,
-    'u','g','r','a','v','e', 0,
-    'y','a','c','u','t','e', 0,
-    'y','d','i','e','r','e','s','i','s', 0,
-    'z','c','a','r','o','n', 0,
-    'e','x','c','l','a','m','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'H','u','n','g','a','r','u','m','l','a','u','t','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'd','o','l','l','a','r','o','l','d','s','t','y','l','e', 0,
-    'd','o','l','l','a','r','s','u','p','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
-    'a','m','p','e','r','s','a','n','d','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'A','c','u','t','e','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'p','a','r','e','n','l','e','f','t','s','u','p','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
-    'p','a','r','e','n','r','i','g','h','t','s','u','p','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
-    't','w','o','d','o','t','e','n','l','e','a','d','e','r', 0,
-    'o','n','e','d','o','t','e','n','l','e','a','d','e','r', 0,
-    'z','e','r','o','o','l','d','s','t','y','l','e', 0,
-    'o','n','e','o','l','d','s','t','y','l','e', 0,
-    't','w','o','o','l','d','s','t','y','l','e', 0,
-    't','h','r','e','e','o','l','d','s','t','y','l','e', 0,
-    'f','o','u','r','o','l','d','s','t','y','l','e', 0,
-    'f','i','v','e','o','l','d','s','t','y','l','e', 0,
-    's','i','x','o','l','d','s','t','y','l','e', 0,
-    's','e','v','e','n','o','l','d','s','t','y','l','e', 0,
-    'e','i','g','h','t','o','l','d','s','t','y','l','e', 0,
-    'n','i','n','e','o','l','d','s','t','y','l','e', 0,
-    'c','o','m','m','a','s','u','p','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
-    't','h','r','e','e','q','u','a','r','t','e','r','s','e','m','d','a','s','h', 0,
-    'p','e','r','i','o','d','s','u','p','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
-    'q','u','e','s','t','i','o','n','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'a','s','u','p','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
-    'b','s','u','p','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
-    'c','e','n','t','s','u','p','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
-    'd','s','u','p','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
-    'e','s','u','p','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
-    'i','s','u','p','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
-    'l','s','u','p','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
-    'm','s','u','p','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
-    'n','s','u','p','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
-    'o','s','u','p','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
-    'r','s','u','p','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
-    's','s','u','p','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
-    't','s','u','p','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
-    'f','f', 0,
-    'f','f','i', 0,
-    'f','f','l', 0,
-    'p','a','r','e','n','l','e','f','t','i','n','f','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
-    'p','a','r','e','n','r','i','g','h','t','i','n','f','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
-    'C','i','r','c','u','m','f','l','e','x','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'h','y','p','h','e','n','s','u','p','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
-    'G','r','a','v','e','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'A','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'B','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'C','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'D','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'E','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'F','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'G','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'H','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'I','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'J','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'K','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'L','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'M','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'N','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'O','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'P','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'Q','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'R','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'S','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'T','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'U','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'V','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'W','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'X','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'Y','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'Z','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'c','o','l','o','n','m','o','n','e','t','a','r','y', 0,
-    'o','n','e','f','i','t','t','e','d', 0,
-    'r','u','p','i','a','h', 0,
-    'T','i','l','d','e','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'e','x','c','l','a','m','d','o','w','n','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'c','e','n','t','o','l','d','s','t','y','l','e', 0,
-    'L','s','l','a','s','h','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'S','c','a','r','o','n','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'Z','c','a','r','o','n','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'D','i','e','r','e','s','i','s','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'B','r','e','v','e','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'C','a','r','o','n','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'D','o','t','a','c','c','e','n','t','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'M','a','c','r','o','n','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'f','i','g','u','r','e','d','a','s','h', 0,
-    'h','y','p','h','e','n','i','n','f','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
-    'O','g','o','n','e','k','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'R','i','n','g','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'C','e','d','i','l','l','a','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'q','u','e','s','t','i','o','n','d','o','w','n','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'o','n','e','e','i','g','h','t','h', 0,
-    't','h','r','e','e','e','i','g','h','t','h','s', 0,
-    'f','i','v','e','e','i','g','h','t','h','s', 0,
-    's','e','v','e','n','e','i','g','h','t','h','s', 0,
-    'o','n','e','t','h','i','r','d', 0,
-    't','w','o','t','h','i','r','d','s', 0,
-    'z','e','r','o','s','u','p','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
-    'f','o','u','r','s','u','p','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
-    'f','i','v','e','s','u','p','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
-    's','i','x','s','u','p','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
-    's','e','v','e','n','s','u','p','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
-    'e','i','g','h','t','s','u','p','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
-    'n','i','n','e','s','u','p','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
-    'z','e','r','o','i','n','f','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
-    'o','n','e','i','n','f','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
-    't','w','o','i','n','f','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
-    't','h','r','e','e','i','n','f','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
-    'f','o','u','r','i','n','f','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
-    'f','i','v','e','i','n','f','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
-    's','i','x','i','n','f','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
-    's','e','v','e','n','i','n','f','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
-    'e','i','g','h','t','i','n','f','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
-    'n','i','n','e','i','n','f','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
-    'c','e','n','t','i','n','f','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
-    'd','o','l','l','a','r','i','n','f','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
-    'p','e','r','i','o','d','i','n','f','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
-    'c','o','m','m','a','i','n','f','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
-    'A','g','r','a','v','e','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'A','a','c','u','t','e','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'A','c','i','r','c','u','m','f','l','e','x','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'A','t','i','l','d','e','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'A','d','i','e','r','e','s','i','s','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'A','r','i','n','g','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'A','E','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'C','c','e','d','i','l','l','a','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'E','g','r','a','v','e','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'E','a','c','u','t','e','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'E','c','i','r','c','u','m','f','l','e','x','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'E','d','i','e','r','e','s','i','s','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'I','g','r','a','v','e','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'I','a','c','u','t','e','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'I','c','i','r','c','u','m','f','l','e','x','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'I','d','i','e','r','e','s','i','s','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'E','t','h','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'N','t','i','l','d','e','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'O','g','r','a','v','e','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'O','a','c','u','t','e','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'O','c','i','r','c','u','m','f','l','e','x','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'O','t','i','l','d','e','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'O','d','i','e','r','e','s','i','s','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'O','E','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'O','s','l','a','s','h','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'U','g','r','a','v','e','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'U','a','c','u','t','e','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'U','c','i','r','c','u','m','f','l','e','x','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'U','d','i','e','r','e','s','i','s','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'Y','a','c','u','t','e','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'T','h','o','r','n','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    'Y','d','i','e','r','e','s','i','s','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
-    '0','0','1','.','0','0','0', 0,
-    '0','0','1','.','0','0','1', 0,
-    '0','0','1','.','0','0','2', 0,
-    '0','0','1','.','0','0','3', 0,
-    'B','l','a','c','k', 0,
-    'B','o','l','d', 0,
-    'B','o','o','k', 0,
-    'L','i','g','h','t', 0,
-    'M','e','d','i','u','m', 0,
-    'R','e','g','u','l','a','r', 0,
-    'R','o','m','a','n', 0,
-    'S','e','m','i','b','o','l','d', 0,
-  };
-
-
-#define FT_NUM_MAC_NAMES  258
-
-  /* Values are offsets into the `ft_standard_glyph_names' table */
-
-  static const short  ft_mac_names[FT_NUM_MAC_NAMES] =
-  {
-     253,   0,   6, 261, 267, 274, 283, 294, 301, 309, 758, 330, 340, 351,
-     360, 365, 371, 378, 385, 391, 396, 400, 404, 410, 415, 420, 424, 430,
-     436, 441, 447, 457, 462, 468, 476, 485, 488, 490, 492, 494, 496, 498,
-     500, 502, 504, 506, 508, 510, 512, 514, 516, 518, 520, 522, 524, 526,
-     528, 530, 532, 534, 536, 538, 540, 552, 562, 575, 587, 979, 608, 610,
-     612, 614, 616, 618, 620, 622, 624, 626, 628, 630, 632, 634, 636, 638,
-     640, 642, 644, 646, 648, 650, 652, 654, 656, 658, 660, 670, 674, 685,
-    1375,1392,1405,1414,1486,1512,1562,1603,1632,1610,1622,1645,1639,1652,
-    1661,1690,1668,1680,1697,1726,1704,1716,1733,1740,1769,1747,1759,1776,
-    1790,1819,1797,1809, 839,1263, 707, 712, 741, 881, 871,1160,1302,1346,
-    1197, 985,1031,  23,1086,1108,  32,1219,  41,  51, 730,1194,  64,  76,
-      86,  94,  97,1089,1118, 106,1131,1150, 966, 696,1183, 112, 734, 120,
-     132, 783, 930, 945, 138,1385,1398,1529,1115,1157, 832,1079, 770, 916,
-     598, 319,1246, 155,1833,1586, 721, 749, 797, 811, 826, 829, 846, 856,
-     888, 903, 954,1363,1421,1356,1433,1443,1450,1457,1469,1479,1493,1500,
-     163,1522,1543,1550,1572,1134, 991,1002,1008,1015,1021,1040,1045,1053,
-    1066,1073,1101,1143,1536,1783,1596,1843,1253,1207,1319,1579,1826,1229,
-    1270,1313,1323,1171,1290,1332,1211,1235,1276, 169, 175, 182, 189, 200,
-     209, 218, 225, 232, 239, 246
-  };
-
-
-#define FT_NUM_SID_NAMES  391
-
-  /* Values are offsets into the `ft_standard_glyph_names' table */
-
-  static const short  ft_sid_names[FT_NUM_SID_NAMES] =
-  {
-     253, 261, 267, 274, 283, 294, 301, 309, 319, 330, 340, 351, 360, 365,
-     371, 378, 385, 391, 396, 400, 404, 410, 415, 420, 424, 430, 436, 441,
-     447, 457, 462, 468, 476, 485, 488, 490, 492, 494, 496, 498, 500, 502,
-     504, 506, 508, 510, 512, 514, 516, 518, 520, 522, 524, 526, 528, 530,
-     532, 534, 536, 538, 540, 552, 562, 575, 587, 598, 608, 610, 612, 614,
-     616, 618, 620, 622, 624, 626, 628, 630, 632, 634, 636, 638, 640, 642,
-     644, 646, 648, 650, 652, 654, 656, 658, 660, 670, 674, 685, 696, 707,
-     712, 721, 730, 734, 741, 749, 758, 770, 783, 797, 811, 826, 829, 832,
-     839, 846, 856, 871, 881, 888, 903, 916, 930, 945, 954, 966, 979, 985,
-     991,1002,1008,1015,1021,1031,1040,1045,1053,1066,1073,1079,1086,1089,
-    1101,1108,1115,1118,1131,1134,1143,1150,1157,1160,1171,1183,1194,1197,
-    1207,1211,1219,1229,1235,1246,1253,1263,1270,1276,1290,1302,1313,1319,
-    1323,1332,1346,1356,1363,1375,1385,1392,1398,1405,1414,1421,1433,1443,
-    1450,1457,1469,1479,1486,1493,1500,1512,1522,1529,1536,1543,1550,1562,
-    1572,1579,1586,1596,1603,1610,1622,1632,1639,1645,1652,1661,1668,1680,
-    1690,1697,1704,1716,1726,1733,1740,1747,1759,1769,1776,1783,1790,1797,
-    1809,1819,1826,1833,1843,1850,1862,1880,1895,1910,1925,1936,1954,1973,
-    1988,2003,2016,2028,2040,2054,2067,2080,2092,2106,2120,2133,2147,2167,
-    2182,2196,2206,2216,2229,2239,2249,2259,2269,2279,2289,2299,2309,2319,
-    2329,2332,2336,2340,2358,2377,2393,2408,2419,2426,2433,2440,2447,2454,
-    2461,2468,2475,2482,2489,2496,2503,2510,2517,2524,2531,2538,2545,2552,
-    2559,2566,2573,2580,2587,2594,2601,2615,2625,2632,2643,2659,2672,2684,
-    2696,2708,2722,2733,2744,2759,2771,2782,2797,2809,2819,2832,2850,2860,
-    2873,2885,2898,2907,2917,2930,2943,2956,2968,2982,2996,3009,3022,3034,
-    3046,3060,3073,3086,3098,3112,3126,3139,3152,3167,3182,3196,3208,3220,
-    3237,3249,3264,3275,3283,3297,3309,3321,3338,3353,3365,3377,3394,3409,
-    3418,3430,3442,3454,3471,3483,3498,3506,3518,3530,3542,3559,3574,3586,
-    3597,3612,3620,3628,3636,3644,3650,3655,3660,3666,3673,3681,3687
-  };
-
-
-  /* the following are indices into the SID name table */
-  static const unsigned short  t1_standard_encoding[256] =
-  {
-      0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
-      0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
-      1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16,
-     17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32,
-     33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48,
-     49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64,
-     65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80,
-     81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95,  0,
-      0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
-      0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
-      0, 96, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105,106,107,108,109,110,
-      0,111,112,113,114,  0,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,  0,123,
-      0,124,125,126,127,128,129,130,131,  0,132,133,  0,134,135,136,
-    137,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
-      0,138,  0,139,  0,  0,  0,  0,140,141,142,143,  0,  0,  0,  0,
-      0,144,  0,  0,  0,145,  0,  0,146,147,148,149,  0,  0,  0,  0
-  };
-
-
-  /* the following are indices into the SID name table */
-  static const unsigned short  t1_expert_encoding[256] =
-  {
-      0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
-      0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
-      1,229,230,  0,231,232,233,234,235,236,237,238, 13, 14, 15, 99,
-    239,240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,248, 27, 28,249,250,251,252,
-      0,253,254,255,256,257,  0,  0,  0,258,  0,  0,259,260,261,262,
-      0,  0,263,264,265,  0,266,109,110,267,268,269,  0,270,271,272,
-    273,274,275,276,277,278,279,280,281,282,283,284,285,286,287,288,
-    289,290,291,292,293,294,295,296,297,298,299,300,301,302,303,  0,
-      0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
-      0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
-      0,304,305,306,  0,  0,307,308,309,310,311,  0,312,  0,  0,313,
-      0,  0,314,315,  0,  0,316,317,318,  0,  0,  0,158,155,163,319,
-    320,321,322,323,324,325,  0,  0,326,150,164,169,327,328,329,330,
-    331,332,333,334,335,336,337,338,339,340,341,342,343,344,345,346,
-    347,348,349,350,351,352,353,354,355,356,357,358,359,360,361,362,
-    363,364,365,366,367,368,369,370,371,372,373,374,375,376,377,378
-  };
-
-
-  /*
-   *  This table is a compressed version of the Adobe Glyph List (AGL),
-   *  optimized for efficient searching.  It has been generated by the
-   *  `glnames.py' python script located in the `src/tools' directory.
-   *
-   *  The lookup function to get the Unicode value for a given string
-   *  is defined below the table.
-   */
-  static const unsigned char  ft_adobe_glyph_list[54791] =
-  {
-      0, 52,  0,106,  2,167,  3, 63,  4,220,  6,125,  9,143, 10, 23,
-     11,137, 12,199, 14,246, 15, 87, 16,233, 17,219, 18,104, 19, 88,
-     22,110, 23, 32, 23, 71, 24, 77, 27,156, 29, 73, 31,247, 32,107,
-     32,222, 33, 55, 34,154, 35,218, 53, 84, 59,196, 68,  6, 75,183,
-     83,178, 88,135, 93,242,101,165,109,185,111, 55,117,254,123, 73,
-    130,238,138,206,145, 31,153,182,156,189,163,249,178,221,193, 17,
-    197, 99,199,240,204, 27,204,155,210,100, 65,143,  0, 65,  0,140,
-      0,175,  0,193,  1, 15,  1,147,  1,233,  1,251,  2,  7,  2, 40,
-      2, 57,  2, 82,  2, 91,  2,128,  2,136,  2,154, 69,131,  0,198,
-      0,150,  0,158,  0,167,225,227,245,244,101,128,  1,252,237,225,
-    227,242,239,110,128,  1,226,243,237,225,236,108,128,247,230,225,
-    227,245,244,101,129,  0,193,  0,185,243,237,225,236,108,128,247,
-    225,226,242,229,246,101,134,  1,  2,  0,213,  0,221,  0,232,  0,
-    243,  0,251,  1,  7,225,227,245,244,101,128, 30,174,227,249,242,
-    233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,208,228,239,244,226,229,236,239,119,
-    128, 30,182,231,242,225,246,101,128, 30,176,232,239,239,235,225,
-    226,239,246,101,128, 30,178,244,233,236,228,101,128, 30,180, 99,
-      4,  1, 25,  1, 32,  1,121,  1,137,225,242,239,110,128,  1,205,
-    233,242, 99,  2,  1, 40,  1, 45,236,101,128, 36,182,245,237,230,
-    236,229,120,134,  0,194,  1, 66,  1, 74,  1, 85,  1, 93,  1,105,
-      1,113,225,227,245,244,101,128, 30,164,228,239,244,226,229,236,
-    239,119,128, 30,172,231,242,225,246,101,128, 30,166,232,239,239,
-    235,225,226,239,246,101,128, 30,168,243,237,225,236,108,128,247,
-    226,244,233,236,228,101,128, 30,170,245,244,101,129,246,201,  1,
-    129,243,237,225,236,108,128,247,180,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,
-    128,  4, 16,100,  3,  1,155,  1,165,  1,209,226,236,231,242,225,
-    246,101,128,  2,  0,233,229,242,229,243,233,115,131,  0,196,  1,
-    181,  1,192,  1,201,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,210,
-    237,225,227,242,239,110,128,  1,222,243,237,225,236,108,128,247,
-    228,239,116,  2,  1,216,  1,224,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30,160,
-    237,225,227,242,239,110,128,  1,224,231,242,225,246,101,129,  0,
-    192,  1,243,243,237,225,236,108,128,247,224,232,239,239,235,225,
-    226,239,246,101,128, 30,162,105,  2,  2, 13,  2, 25,229,227,249,
-    242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,212,238,246,229,242,244,229,228,
-    226,242,229,246,101,128,  2,  2,236,240,232, 97,129,  3,145,  2,
-     49,244,239,238,239,115,128,  3,134,109,  2,  2, 63,  2, 71,225,
-    227,242,239,110,128,  1,  0,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,
-    255, 33,239,231,239,238,229,107,128,  1,  4,242,233,238,103,131,
-      0,197,  2,104,  2,112,  2,120,225,227,245,244,101,128,  1,250,
-    226,229,236,239,119,128, 30,  0,243,237,225,236,108,128,247,229,
-    243,237,225,236,108,128,247, 97,244,233,236,228,101,129,  0,195,
-      2,146,243,237,225,236,108,128,247,227,249,226,225,242,237,229,
-    238,233,225,110,128,  5, 49, 66,137,  0, 66,  2,189,  2,198,  2,
-    223,  3,  3,  3, 10,  3, 22,  3, 34,  3, 46,  3, 54,227,233,242,
-    227,236,101,128, 36,183,228,239,116,  2,  2,206,  2,215,225,227,
-    227,229,238,116,128, 30,  2,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30,  4,101,
-      3,  2,231,  2,242,  2,254,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,
-      4, 17,238,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5, 50,244, 97,
-    128,  3,146,232,239,239,107,128,  1,129,236,233,238,229,226,229,
-    236,239,119,128, 30,  6,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,
-    255, 34,242,229,246,229,243,237,225,236,108,128,246,244,243,237,
-    225,236,108,128,247, 98,244,239,240,226,225,114,128,  1,130, 67,
-    137,  0, 67,  3, 85,  3,127,  3,193,  3,210,  3,224,  4,171,  4,
-    188,  4,200,  4,212, 97,  3,  3, 93,  3,104,  3,111,225,242,237,
-    229,238,233,225,110,128,  5, 62,227,245,244,101,128,  1,  6,242,
-    239,110,129,246,202,  3,119,243,237,225,236,108,128,246,245, 99,
-      3,  3,135,  3,142,  3,171,225,242,239,110,128,  1, 12,229,228,
-    233,236,236, 97,130,  0,199,  3,155,  3,163,225,227,245,244,101,
-    128, 30,  8,243,237,225,236,108,128,247,231,233,242, 99,  2,  3,
-    179,  3,184,236,101,128, 36,184,245,237,230,236,229,120,128,  1,
-      8,228,239,116,129,  1, 10,  3,201,225,227,227,229,238,116,128,
-      1, 10,229,228,233,236,236,225,243,237,225,236,108,128,247,184,
-    104,  4,  3,234,  3,246,  4,161,  4,165,225,225,242,237,229,238,
-    233,225,110,128,  5, 73,101,  6,  4,  4,  4, 24,  4, 35,  4,103,
-      4,115,  4,136,225,226,235,232,225,243,233,225,238,227,249,242,
-    233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,188,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,
-    128,  4, 39,100,  2,  4, 41,  4, 85,229,243,227,229,238,228,229,
-    114,  2,  4, 54,  4, 74,225,226,235,232,225,243,233,225,238,227,
-    249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,190,227,249,242,233,236,236,
-    233, 99,128,  4,182,233,229,242,229,243,233,243,227,249,242,233,
-    236,236,233, 99,128,  4,244,232,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,
-    128,  5, 67,235,232,225,235,225,243,243,233,225,238,227,249,242,
-    233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,203,246,229,242,244,233,227,225,236,
-    243,244,242,239,235,229,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,
-    184,105,128,  3,167,239,239,107,128,  1,135,233,242,227,245,237,
-    230,236,229,248,243,237,225,236,108,128,246,246,237,239,238,239,
-    243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 35,239,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,
-    110,128,  5, 81,243,237,225,236,108,128,247, 99, 68,142,  0, 68,
-      4,252,  5, 10,  5, 36,  5, 96,  5,121,  5,166,  5,173,  5,231,
-      5,244,  6,  0,  6, 12,  6, 28,  6, 48,  6, 57, 90,129,  1,241,
-      5,  2,227,225,242,239,110,128,  1,196, 97,  2,  5, 16,  5, 27,
-    225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5, 52,230,242,233,227,225,
-    110,128,  1,137, 99,  4,  5, 46,  5, 53,  5, 62,  5, 89,225,242,
-    239,110,128,  1, 14,229,228,233,236,236, 97,128, 30, 16,233,242,
-     99,  2,  5, 70,  5, 75,236,101,128, 36,185,245,237,230,236,229,
-    248,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30, 18,242,239,225,116,128,  1, 16,
-    228,239,116,  2,  5,104,  5,113,225,227,227,229,238,116,128, 30,
-     10,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30, 12,101,  3,  5,129,  5,140,  5,
-    150,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 20,233,227,239,240,
-    244,233, 99,128,  3,238,236,244, 97,129, 34,  6,  5,158,231,242,
-    229,229,107,128,  3,148,232,239,239,107,128,  1,138,105,  2,  5,
-    179,  5,218,229,242,229,243,233,115,131,246,203,  5,194,  5,202,
-      5,210,193,227,245,244,101,128,246,204,199,242,225,246,101,128,
-    246,205,243,237,225,236,108,128,247,168,231,225,237,237,225,231,
-    242,229,229,107,128,  3,220,234,229,227,249,242,233,236,236,233,
-     99,128,  4,  2,236,233,238,229,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30, 14,
-    237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 36,239,244,225,227,
-    227,229,238,244,243,237,225,236,108,128,246,247,115,  2,  6, 34,
-      6, 41,236,225,243,104,128,  1, 16,237,225,236,108,128,247,100,
-    244,239,240,226,225,114,128,  1,139,122,131,  1,242,  6, 67,  6,
-     75,  6,112,227,225,242,239,110,128,  1,197,101,  2,  6, 81,  6,
-    101,225,226,235,232,225,243,233,225,238,227,249,242,233,236,236,
-    233, 99,128,  4,224,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,  5,
-    232,229,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 15, 69,146,  0,
-     69,  6,165,  6,183,  6,191,  7, 89,  7,153,  7,165,  7,183,  7,
-    211,  8,  7,  8, 36,  8, 94,  8,169,  8,189,  8,208,  8,248,  9,
-     44,  9,109,  9,115,225,227,245,244,101,129,  0,201,  6,175,243,
-    237,225,236,108,128,247,233,226,242,229,246,101,128,  1, 20, 99,
-      5,  6,203,  6,210,  6,224,  6,236,  7, 79,225,242,239,110,128,
-      1, 26,229,228,233,236,236,225,226,242,229,246,101,128, 30, 28,
-    232,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5, 53,233,242, 99,  2,
-      6,244,  6,249,236,101,128, 36,186,245,237,230,236,229,120,135,
-      0,202,  7, 16,  7, 24,  7, 32,  7, 43,  7, 51,  7, 63,  7, 71,
-    225,227,245,244,101,128, 30,190,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30, 24,
-    228,239,244,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30,198,231,242,225,246,101,
-    128, 30,192,232,239,239,235,225,226,239,246,101,128, 30,194,243,
-    237,225,236,108,128,247,234,244,233,236,228,101,128, 30,196,249,
-    242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,  4,100,  3,  7, 97,  7,107,  7,
-    127,226,236,231,242,225,246,101,128,  2,  4,233,229,242,229,243,
-    233,115,129,  0,203,  7,119,243,237,225,236,108,128,247,235,239,
-    116,130,  1, 22,  7,136,  7,145,225,227,227,229,238,116,128,  1,
-     22,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30,184,230,227,249,242,233,236,236,
-    233, 99,128,  4, 36,231,242,225,246,101,129,  0,200,  7,175,243,
-    237,225,236,108,128,247,232,104,  2,  7,189,  7,200,225,242,237,
-    229,238,233,225,110,128,  5, 55,239,239,235,225,226,239,246,101,
-    128, 30,186,105,  3,  7,219,  7,230,  7,245,231,232,244,242,239,
-    237,225,110,128, 33,103,238,246,229,242,244,229,228,226,242,229,
-    246,101,128,  2,  6,239,244,233,230,233,229,228,227,249,242,233,
-    236,236,233, 99,128,  4,100,108,  2,  8, 13,  8, 24,227,249,242,
-    233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 27,229,246,229,238,242,239,237,225,
-    110,128, 33,106,109,  3,  8, 44,  8, 72,  8, 83,225,227,242,239,
-    110,130,  1, 18,  8, 56,  8, 64,225,227,245,244,101,128, 30, 22,
-    231,242,225,246,101,128, 30, 20,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,
-    128,  4, 28,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 37,110,  4,
-      8,104,  8,115,  8,135,  8,154,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,
-    128,  4, 29,228,229,243,227,229,238,228,229,242,227,249,242,233,
-    236,236,233, 99,128,  4,162,103,129,  1, 74,  8,141,232,229,227,
-    249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,164,232,239,239,235,227,249,
-    242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,199,111,  2,  8,175,  8,183,231,
-    239,238,229,107,128,  1, 24,240,229,110,128,  1,144,240,243,233,
-    236,239,110,129,  3,149,  8,200,244,239,238,239,115,128,  3,136,
-    114,  2,  8,214,  8,225,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,
-     32,229,246,229,242,243,229,100,129,  1,142,  8,237,227,249,242,
-    233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 45,115,  4,  9,  2,  9, 13,  9, 33,
-      9, 37,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 33,228,229,243,
-    227,229,238,228,229,242,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,
-    170,104,128,  1,169,237,225,236,108,128,247,101,116,  3,  9, 52,
-      9, 78,  9, 92, 97,130,  3,151,  9, 60,  9, 70,242,237,229,238,
-    233,225,110,128,  5, 56,244,239,238,239,115,128,  3,137,104,129,
-      0,208,  9, 84,243,237,225,236,108,128,247,240,233,236,228,101,
-    129, 30,188,  9,101,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30, 26,245,242,111,
-    128, 32,172,250,104,130,  1,183,  9,124,  9,132,227,225,242,239,
-    110,128,  1,238,242,229,246,229,242,243,229,100,128,  1,184, 70,
-    136,  0, 70,  9,163,  9,172,  9,184,  9,212,  9,219,  9,248, 10,
-      4, 10, 15,227,233,242,227,236,101,128, 36,187,228,239,244,225,
-    227,227,229,238,116,128, 30, 30,101,  2,  9,190,  9,202,232,225,
-    242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5, 86,233,227,239,240,244,233,
-     99,128,  3,228,232,239,239,107,128,  1,145,105,  2,  9,225,  9,
-    238,244,225,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,114,246,229,
-    242,239,237,225,110,128, 33,100,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,
-    101,128,255, 38,239,245,242,242,239,237,225,110,128, 33, 99,243,
-    237,225,236,108,128,247,102, 71,140,  0, 71, 10, 51, 10, 61, 10,
-    107, 10,115, 10,176, 10,193, 10,205, 11, 39, 11, 52, 11, 65, 11,
-     90, 11,107,194,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,135, 97,  3, 10,
-     69, 10, 76, 10, 94,227,245,244,101,128,  1,244,237,237, 97,129,
-      3,147, 10, 84,225,230,242,233,227,225,110,128,  1,148,238,231,
-    233,225,227,239,240,244,233, 99,128,  3,234,226,242,229,246,101,
-    128,  1, 30, 99,  4, 10,125, 10,132, 10,141, 10,163,225,242,239,
-    110,128,  1,230,229,228,233,236,236, 97,128,  1, 34,233,242, 99,
-      2, 10,149, 10,154,236,101,128, 36,188,245,237,230,236,229,120,
-    128,  1, 28,239,237,237,225,225,227,227,229,238,116,128,  1, 34,
-    228,239,116,129,  1, 32, 10,184,225,227,227,229,238,116,128,  1,
-     32,229,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 19,104,  3, 10,
-    213, 10,226, 11, 33,225,228,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,
-      5, 66,101,  3, 10,234, 10,255, 11, 16,237,233,228,228,236,229,
-    232,239,239,235,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,148,243,
-    244,242,239,235,229,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,146,
-    245,240,244,245,242,238,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,
-    144,239,239,107,128,  1,147,233,237,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,
-    110,128,  5, 51,234,229,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,
-      3,109,  2, 11, 71, 11, 79,225,227,242,239,110,128, 30, 32,239,
-    238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 39,242,225,246,101,129,246,
-    206, 11, 99,243,237,225,236,108,128,247, 96,115,  2, 11,113, 11,
-    129,237,225,236,108,129,247,103, 11,122,232,239,239,107,128,  2,
-    155,244,242,239,235,101,128,  1,228, 72,140,  0, 72, 11,165, 11,
-    190, 11,198, 11,208, 12, 17, 12, 40, 12, 77, 12,117, 12,129, 12,
-    157, 12,165, 12,189,177,184, 53,  3, 11,175, 11,180, 11,185,179,
-     51,128, 37,207,180, 51,128, 37,170,181, 49,128, 37,171,178,178,
-    176,183, 51,128, 37,161,208,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,203,
-     97,  3, 11,216, 11,236, 12,  0,225,226,235,232,225,243,233,225,
-    238,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,168,228,229,243,227,
-    229,238,228,229,242,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,178,
-    242,228,243,233,231,238,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,
-     42, 98,  2, 12, 23, 12, 28,225,114,128,  1, 38,242,229,246,229,
-    226,229,236,239,119,128, 30, 42, 99,  2, 12, 46, 12, 55,229,228,
-    233,236,236, 97,128, 30, 40,233,242, 99,  2, 12, 63, 12, 68,236,
-    101,128, 36,189,245,237,230,236,229,120,128,  1, 36,100,  2, 12,
-     83, 12, 93,233,229,242,229,243,233,115,128, 30, 38,239,116,  2,
-     12,100, 12,109,225,227,227,229,238,116,128, 30, 34,226,229,236,
-    239,119,128, 30, 36,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255,
-     40,111,  2, 12,135, 12,146,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,
-      5, 64,242,233,227,239,240,244,233, 99,128,  3,232,243,237,225,
-    236,108,128,247,104,245,238,231,225,242,245,237,236,225,245,116,
-    129,246,207, 12,181,243,237,225,236,108,128,246,248,250,243,241,
-    245,225,242,101,128, 51,144, 73,146,  0, 73, 12,239, 12,251, 12,
-    255, 13, 11, 13, 29, 13, 37, 13, 94, 13,181, 13,214, 13,224, 13,
-    242, 13,254, 14, 48, 14, 86, 14, 99, 14,166, 14,187, 14,205,193,
-    227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 47, 74,128,  1, 50,213,
-    227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 46,225,227,245,244,101,
-    129,  0,205, 13, 21,243,237,225,236,108,128,247,237,226,242,229,
-    246,101,128,  1, 44, 99,  3, 13, 45, 13, 52, 13, 84,225,242,239,
-    110,128,  1,207,233,242, 99,  2, 13, 60, 13, 65,236,101,128, 36,
-    190,245,237,230,236,229,120,129,  0,206, 13, 76,243,237,225,236,
-    108,128,247,238,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,  6,100,  3,
-     13,102, 13,112, 13,155,226,236,231,242,225,246,101,128,  2,  8,
-    233,229,242,229,243,233,115,131,  0,207, 13,128, 13,136, 13,147,
-    225,227,245,244,101,128, 30, 46,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,
-    128,  4,228,243,237,225,236,108,128,247,239,239,116,130,  1, 48,
-     13,164, 13,173,225,227,227,229,238,116,128,  1, 48,226,229,236,
-    239,119,128, 30,202,101,  2, 13,187, 13,203,226,242,229,246,229,
-    227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,214,227,249,242,233,236,
-    236,233, 99,128,  4, 21,230,242,225,235,244,245,114,128, 33, 17,
-    231,242,225,246,101,129,  0,204, 13,234,243,237,225,236,108,128,
-    247,236,232,239,239,235,225,226,239,246,101,128, 30,200,105,  3,
-     14,  6, 14, 17, 14, 32,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,
-     24,238,246,229,242,244,229,228,226,242,229,246,101,128,  2, 10,
-    243,232,239,242,244,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 25,
-    109,  2, 14, 54, 14, 75,225,227,242,239,110,129,  1, 42, 14, 64,
-    227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,226,239,238,239,243,240,
-    225,227,101,128,255, 41,238,233,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,
-    128,  5, 59,111,  3, 14,107, 14,118, 14,126,227,249,242,233,236,
-    236,233, 99,128,  4,  1,231,239,238,229,107,128,  1, 46,244, 97,
-    131,  3,153, 14,137, 14,147, 14,158,225,230,242,233,227,225,110,
-    128,  1,150,228,233,229,242,229,243,233,115,128,  3,170,244,239,
-    238,239,115,128,  3,138,115,  2, 14,172, 14,179,237,225,236,108,
-    128,247,105,244,242,239,235,101,128,  1,151,244,233,236,228,101,
-    129,  1, 40, 14,197,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30, 44,250,232,233,
-    244,243, 97,  2, 14,216, 14,227,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,
-    128,  4,116,228,226,236,231,242,225,246,229,227,249,242,233,236,
-    236,233, 99,128,  4,118, 74,134,  0, 74, 15,  6, 15, 18, 15, 41,
-     15, 53, 15, 67, 15, 79,225,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,
-      5, 65,227,233,242, 99,  2, 15, 27, 15, 32,236,101,128, 36,191,
-    245,237,230,236,229,120,128,  1, 52,229,227,249,242,233,236,236,
-    233, 99,128,  4,  8,232,229,232,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,
-    128,  5, 75,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 42,243,
-    237,225,236,108,128,247,106, 75,140,  0, 75, 15,115, 15,125, 15,
-    135, 16, 18, 16, 65, 16, 76, 16,106, 16,143, 16,156, 16,168, 16,
-    180, 16,208,194,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,133,203,243,241,
-    245,225,242,101,128, 51,205, 97,  7, 15,151, 15,169, 15,191, 15,
-    211, 15,226, 15,232, 15,249,226,225,243,232,235,233,242,227,249,
-    242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,160, 99,  2, 15,175, 15,181,245,
-    244,101,128, 30, 48,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 26,228,
-    229,243,227,229,238,228,229,242,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,
-    128,  4,154,232,239,239,235,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,
-      4,195,240,240, 97,128,  3,154,243,244,242,239,235,229,227,249,
-    242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,158,246,229,242,244,233,227,225,
-    236,243,244,242,239,235,229,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,
-      4,156, 99,  4, 16, 28, 16, 35, 16, 44, 16, 52,225,242,239,110,
-    128,  1,232,229,228,233,236,236, 97,128,  1, 54,233,242,227,236,
-    101,128, 36,192,239,237,237,225,225,227,227,229,238,116,128,  1,
-     54,228,239,244,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30, 50,101,  2, 16, 82,
-     16, 94,232,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5, 84,238,225,
-    242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5, 63,104,  3, 16,114, 16,126,
-     16,137,225,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 37,229,233,
-    227,239,240,244,233, 99,128,  3,230,239,239,107,128,  1,152,234,
-    229,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 12,236,233,238,229,
-    226,229,236,239,119,128, 30, 52,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,
-    101,128,255, 43,239,240,240, 97,  2, 16,189, 16,200,227,249,242,
-    233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,128,231,242,229,229,107,128,  3,222,
-    115,  2, 16,214, 16,226,233,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,
-      4,110,237,225,236,108,128,247,107, 76,138,  0, 76, 17,  1, 17,
-      5, 17,  9, 17, 29, 17, 95, 17,133, 17,147, 17,165, 17,177, 17,
-    189, 74,128,  1,199, 76,128,246,191, 97,  2, 17, 15, 17, 22,227,
-    245,244,101,128,  1, 57,237,226,228, 97,128,  3,155, 99,  4, 17,
-     39, 17, 46, 17, 55, 17, 82,225,242,239,110,128,  1, 61,229,228,
-    233,236,236, 97,128,  1, 59,233,242, 99,  2, 17, 63, 17, 68,236,
-    101,128, 36,193,245,237,230,236,229,248,226,229,236,239,119,128,
-     30, 60,239,237,237,225,225,227,227,229,238,116,128,  1, 59,228,
-    239,116,130,  1, 63, 17,105, 17,114,225,227,227,229,238,116,128,
-      1, 63,226,229,236,239,119,129, 30, 54, 17,124,237,225,227,242,
-    239,110,128, 30, 56,233,247,238,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,
-    128,  5, 60,106,129,  1,200, 17,153,229,227,249,242,233,236,236,
-    233, 99,128,  4,  9,236,233,238,229,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30,
-     58,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 44,115,  2, 17,
-    195, 17,212,236,225,243,104,129,  1, 65, 17,204,243,237,225,236,
-    108,128,246,249,237,225,236,108,128,247,108, 77,137,  0, 77, 17,
-    241, 17,251, 18, 24, 18, 33, 18, 58, 18, 71, 18, 83, 18, 91, 18,
-    100,194,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,134,225, 99,  2, 18,  2,
-     18, 18,242,239,110,129,246,208, 18, 10,243,237,225,236,108,128,
-    247,175,245,244,101,128, 30, 62,227,233,242,227,236,101,128, 36,
-    194,228,239,116,  2, 18, 41, 18, 50,225,227,227,229,238,116,128,
-     30, 64,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30, 66,229,238,225,242,237,229,
-    238,233,225,110,128,  5, 68,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,
-    128,255, 45,243,237,225,236,108,128,247,109,244,245,242,238,229,
-    100,128,  1,156,117,128,  3,156, 78,141,  0, 78, 18,134, 18,138,
-     18,146, 18,212, 18,237, 18,248, 19,  3, 19, 21, 19, 33, 19, 45,
-     19, 58, 19, 66, 19, 84, 74,128,  1,202,225,227,245,244,101,128,
-      1, 67, 99,  4, 18,156, 18,163, 18,172, 18,199,225,242,239,110,
-    128,  1, 71,229,228,233,236,236, 97,128,  1, 69,233,242, 99,  2,
-     18,180, 18,185,236,101,128, 36,195,245,237,230,236,229,248,226,
-    229,236,239,119,128, 30, 74,239,237,237,225,225,227,227,229,238,
-    116,128,  1, 69,228,239,116,  2, 18,220, 18,229,225,227,227,229,
-    238,116,128, 30, 68,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30, 70,232,239,239,
-    235,236,229,230,116,128,  1,157,233,238,229,242,239,237,225,110,
-    128, 33,104,106,129,  1,203, 19,  9,229,227,249,242,233,236,236,
-    233, 99,128,  4, 10,236,233,238,229,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30,
-     72,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 46,239,247,225,
-    242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5, 70,243,237,225,236,108,128,
-    247,110,244,233,236,228,101,129,  0,209, 19, 76,243,237,225,236,
-    108,128,247,241,117,128,  3,157, 79,141,  0, 79, 19,118, 19,132,
-     19,150, 19,203, 20, 78, 20,152, 20,187, 21, 48, 21, 69, 21,213,
-     21,223, 21,254, 22, 53, 69,129,  1, 82, 19,124,243,237,225,236,
-    108,128,246,250,225,227,245,244,101,129,  0,211, 19,142,243,237,
-    225,236,108,128,247,243, 98,  2, 19,156, 19,196,225,242,242,229,
-    100,  2, 19,166, 19,177,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,
-    232,228,233,229,242,229,243,233,243,227,249,242,233,236,236,233,
-     99,128,  4,234,242,229,246,101,128,  1, 78, 99,  4, 19,213, 19,
-    220, 19,235, 20, 68,225,242,239,110,128,  1,209,229,238,244,229,
-    242,229,228,244,233,236,228,101,128,  1,159,233,242, 99,  2, 19,
-    243, 19,248,236,101,128, 36,196,245,237,230,236,229,120,134,  0,
-    212, 20, 13, 20, 21, 20, 32, 20, 40, 20, 52, 20, 60,225,227,245,
-    244,101,128, 30,208,228,239,244,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30,216,
-    231,242,225,246,101,128, 30,210,232,239,239,235,225,226,239,246,
-    101,128, 30,212,243,237,225,236,108,128,247,244,244,233,236,228,
-    101,128, 30,214,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 30,100,  3,
-     20, 86, 20,109, 20,142,226,108,  2, 20, 93, 20,101,225,227,245,
-    244,101,128,  1, 80,231,242,225,246,101,128,  2, 12,233,229,242,
-    229,243,233,115,130,  0,214, 20,123, 20,134,227,249,242,233,236,
-    236,233, 99,128,  4,230,243,237,225,236,108,128,247,246,239,244,
-    226,229,236,239,119,128, 30,204,103,  2, 20,158, 20,170,239,238,
-    229,235,243,237,225,236,108,128,246,251,242,225,246,101,129,  0,
-    210, 20,179,243,237,225,236,108,128,247,242,104,  4, 20,197, 20,
-    208, 20,212, 21, 34,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5, 85,
-    109,128, 33, 38,111,  2, 20,218, 20,228,239,235,225,226,239,246,
-    101,128, 30,206,242,110,133,  1,160, 20,243, 20,251, 21,  6, 21,
-     14, 21, 26,225,227,245,244,101,128, 30,218,228,239,244,226,229,
-    236,239,119,128, 30,226,231,242,225,246,101,128, 30,220,232,239,
-    239,235,225,226,239,246,101,128, 30,222,244,233,236,228,101,128,
-     30,224,245,238,231,225,242,245,237,236,225,245,116,128,  1, 80,
-    105,129,  1,162, 21, 54,238,246,229,242,244,229,228,226,242,229,
-    246,101,128,  2, 14,109,  4, 21, 79, 21,107, 21,184, 21,202,225,
-    227,242,239,110,130,  1, 76, 21, 91, 21, 99,225,227,245,244,101,
-    128, 30, 82,231,242,225,246,101,128, 30, 80,229,231, 97,132, 33,
-     38, 21,121, 21,132, 21,140, 21,156,227,249,242,233,236,236,233,
-     99,128,  4, 96,231,242,229,229,107,128,  3,169,242,239,245,238,
-    228,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,122,116,  2, 21,162,
-     21,177,233,244,236,239,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,
-    124,239,238,239,115,128,  3,143,233,227,242,239,110,129,  3,159,
-     21,194,244,239,238,239,115,128,  3,140,239,238,239,243,240,225,
-    227,101,128,255, 47,238,229,242,239,237,225,110,128, 33, 96,111,
-      2, 21,229, 21,248,231,239,238,229,107,129,  1,234, 21,239,237,
-    225,227,242,239,110,128,  1,236,240,229,110,128,  1,134,115,  3,
-     22,  6, 22, 33, 22, 40,236,225,243,104,130,  0,216, 22, 17, 22,
-     25,225,227,245,244,101,128,  1,254,243,237,225,236,108,128,247,
-    248,237,225,236,108,128,247,111,244,242,239,235,229,225,227,245,
-    244,101,128,  1,254,116,  2, 22, 59, 22, 70,227,249,242,233,236,
-    236,233, 99,128,  4,126,233,236,228,101,131,  0,213, 22, 83, 22,
-     91, 22,102,225,227,245,244,101,128, 30, 76,228,233,229,242,229,
-    243,233,115,128, 30, 78,243,237,225,236,108,128,247,245, 80,136,
-      0, 80, 22,130, 22,138, 22,147, 22,159, 22,211, 22,227, 22,246,
-     23,  2,225,227,245,244,101,128, 30, 84,227,233,242,227,236,101,
-    128, 36,197,228,239,244,225,227,227,229,238,116,128, 30, 86,101,
-      3, 22,167, 22,178, 22,190,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,
-      4, 31,232,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5, 74,237,233,
-    228,228,236,229,232,239,239,235,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,
-    128,  4,166,104,  2, 22,217, 22,221,105,128,  3,166,239,239,107,
-    128,  1,164,105,129,  3,160, 22,233,247,242,225,242,237,229,238,
-    233,225,110,128,  5, 83,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,
-    255, 48,115,  2, 23,  8, 23, 25,105,129,  3,168, 23, 14,227,249,
-    242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,112,237,225,236,108,128,247,112,
-     81,131,  0, 81, 23, 42, 23, 51, 23, 63,227,233,242,227,236,101,
-    128, 36,198,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 49,243,
-    237,225,236,108,128,247,113, 82,138,  0, 82, 23, 95, 23,119, 23,
-    166, 23,217, 23,230, 23,240, 23,245, 24, 19, 24, 31, 24, 43, 97,
-      2, 23,101, 23,112,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5, 76,
-    227,245,244,101,128,  1, 84, 99,  4, 23,129, 23,136, 23,145, 23,
-    153,225,242,239,110,128,  1, 88,229,228,233,236,236, 97,128,  1,
-     86,233,242,227,236,101,128, 36,199,239,237,237,225,225,227,227,
-    229,238,116,128,  1, 86,100,  2, 23,172, 23,182,226,236,231,242,
-    225,246,101,128,  2, 16,239,116,  2, 23,189, 23,198,225,227,227,
-    229,238,116,128, 30, 88,226,229,236,239,119,129, 30, 90, 23,208,
-    237,225,227,242,239,110,128, 30, 92,229,232,225,242,237,229,238,
-    233,225,110,128,  5, 80,230,242,225,235,244,245,114,128, 33, 28,
-    232,111,128,  3,161,233,110,  2, 23,252, 24,  5,231,243,237,225,
-    236,108,128,246,252,246,229,242,244,229,228,226,242,229,246,101,
-    128,  2, 18,236,233,238,229,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30, 94,237,
-    239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 50,243,237,225,236,108,
-    129,247,114, 24, 53,233,238,246,229,242,244,229,100,129,  2,129,
-     24, 66,243,245,240,229,242,233,239,114,128,  2,182, 83,139,  0,
-     83, 24,103, 26, 17, 26, 55, 26,182, 26,221, 26,250, 27, 84, 27,
-    105, 27,117, 27,135, 27,143, 70,  6, 24,117, 24,209, 24,241, 25,
-     77, 25,119, 25,221, 48,  9, 24,137, 24,145, 24,153, 24,161, 24,
-    169, 24,177, 24,185, 24,193, 24,201,177,176,176,176, 48,128, 37,
-     12,178,176,176,176, 48,128, 37, 20,179,176,176,176, 48,128, 37,
-     16,180,176,176,176, 48,128, 37, 24,181,176,176,176, 48,128, 37,
-     60,182,176,176,176, 48,128, 37, 44,183,176,176,176, 48,128, 37,
-     52,184,176,176,176, 48,128, 37, 28,185,176,176,176, 48,128, 37,
-     36, 49,  3, 24,217, 24,225, 24,233,176,176,176,176, 48,128, 37,
-      0,177,176,176,176, 48,128, 37,  2,185,176,176,176, 48,128, 37,
-     97, 50,  9, 25,  5, 25, 13, 25, 21, 25, 29, 25, 37, 25, 45, 25,
-     53, 25, 61, 25, 69,176,176,176,176, 48,128, 37, 98,177,176,176,
-    176, 48,128, 37, 86,178,176,176,176, 48,128, 37, 85,179,176,176,
-    176, 48,128, 37, 99,180,176,176,176, 48,128, 37, 81,181,176,176,
-    176, 48,128, 37, 87,182,176,176,176, 48,128, 37, 93,183,176,176,
-    176, 48,128, 37, 92,184,176,176,176, 48,128, 37, 91, 51,  4, 25,
-     87, 25, 95, 25,103, 25,111,182,176,176,176, 48,128, 37, 94,183,
-    176,176,176, 48,128, 37, 95,184,176,176,176, 48,128, 37, 90,185,
-    176,176,176, 48,128, 37, 84, 52, 10, 25,141, 25,149, 25,157, 25,
-    165, 25,173, 25,181, 25,189, 25,197, 25,205, 25,213,176,176,176,
-    176, 48,128, 37,105,177,176,176,176, 48,128, 37,102,178,176,176,
-    176, 48,128, 37, 96,179,176,176,176, 48,128, 37, 80,180,176,176,
-    176, 48,128, 37,108,181,176,176,176, 48,128, 37,103,182,176,176,
-    176, 48,128, 37,104,183,176,176,176, 48,128, 37,100,184,176,176,
-    176, 48,128, 37,101,185,176,176,176, 48,128, 37, 89, 53,  5, 25,
-    233, 25,241, 25,249, 26,  1, 26,  9,176,176,176,176, 48,128, 37,
-     88,177,176,176,176, 48,128, 37, 82,178,176,176,176, 48,128, 37,
-     83,179,176,176,176, 48,128, 37,107,180,176,176,176, 48,128, 37,
-    106, 97,  2, 26, 23, 26, 44,227,245,244,101,129,  1, 90, 26, 32,
-    228,239,244,225,227,227,229,238,116,128, 30,100,237,240,233,231,
-    242,229,229,107,128,  3,224, 99,  5, 26, 67, 26, 98, 26,107, 26,
-    147, 26,169,225,242,239,110,130,  1, 96, 26, 78, 26, 90,228,239,
-    244,225,227,227,229,238,116,128, 30,102,243,237,225,236,108,128,
-    246,253,229,228,233,236,236, 97,128,  1, 94,232,247, 97,130,  1,
-    143, 26,117, 26,128,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,216,
-    228,233,229,242,229,243,233,243,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,
-    128,  4,218,233,242, 99,  2, 26,155, 26,160,236,101,128, 36,200,
-    245,237,230,236,229,120,128,  1, 92,239,237,237,225,225,227,227,
-    229,238,116,128,  2, 24,228,239,116,  2, 26,190, 26,199,225,227,
-    227,229,238,116,128, 30, 96,226,229,236,239,119,129, 30, 98, 26,
-    209,228,239,244,225,227,227,229,238,116,128, 30,104,101,  2, 26,
-    227, 26,239,232,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5, 77,246,
-    229,238,242,239,237,225,110,128, 33,102,104,  5, 27,  6, 27, 34,
-     27, 48, 27, 59, 27, 72, 97,  2, 27, 12, 27, 23,225,242,237,229,
-    238,233,225,110,128,  5, 71,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,
-      4, 40,227,232,225,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 41,
-    229,233,227,239,240,244,233, 99,128,  3,226,232,225,227,249,242,
-    233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,186,233,237,225,227,239,240,244,233,
-     99,128,  3,236,105,  2, 27, 90, 27, 96,231,237, 97,128,  3,163,
-    248,242,239,237,225,110,128, 33,101,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,
-    227,101,128,255, 51,239,230,244,243,233,231,238,227,249,242,233,
-    236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 44,243,237,225,236,108,128,247,115,244,
-    233,231,237,225,231,242,229,229,107,128,  3,218, 84,141,  0, 84,
-     27,186, 27,191, 27,197, 28,  7, 28, 32, 28, 96, 28,147, 28,177,
-     28,189, 28,201, 28,246, 29,  6, 29, 46,225,117,128,  3,164,226,
-    225,114,128,  1,102, 99,  4, 27,207, 27,214, 27,223, 27,250,225,
-    242,239,110,128,  1,100,229,228,233,236,236, 97,128,  1, 98,233,
-    242, 99,  2, 27,231, 27,236,236,101,128, 36,201,245,237,230,236,
-    229,248,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30,112,239,237,237,225,225,227,
-    227,229,238,116,128,  1, 98,228,239,116,  2, 28, 15, 28, 24,225,
-    227,227,229,238,116,128, 30,106,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30,108,
-    101,  4, 28, 42, 28, 53, 28, 73, 28, 82,227,249,242,233,236,236,
-    233, 99,128,  4, 34,228,229,243,227,229,238,228,229,242,227,249,
-    242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,172,238,242,239,237,225,110,128,
-     33,105,244,243,229,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,180,
-    104,  3, 28,104, 28,110, 28,136,229,244, 97,128,  3,152,111,  2,
-     28,116, 28,121,239,107,128,  1,172,242,110,129,  0,222, 28,128,
-    243,237,225,236,108,128,247,254,242,229,229,242,239,237,225,110,
-    128, 33, 98,105,  2, 28,153, 28,164,236,228,229,243,237,225,236,
-    108,128,246,254,247,238,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5,
-     79,236,233,238,229,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30,110,237,239,238,
-    239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 52,111,  2, 28,207, 28,218,225,
-    242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5, 57,238,101,  3, 28,227, 28,
-    234, 28,240,230,233,246,101,128,  1,188,243,233,120,128,  1,132,
-    244,247,111,128,  1,167,242,229,244,242,239,230,236,229,248,232,
-    239,239,107,128,  1,174,115,  3, 29, 14, 29, 26, 29, 39,229,227,
-    249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 38,232,229,227,249,242,233,
-    236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 11,237,225,236,108,128,247,116,119,  2,
-     29, 52, 29, 64,229,236,246,229,242,239,237,225,110,128, 33,107,
-    239,242,239,237,225,110,128, 33, 97, 85,142,  0, 85, 29,105, 29,
-    123, 29,131, 29,198, 30, 69, 30, 87, 30,198, 30,214, 30,226, 31,
-     21, 31, 30, 31,142, 31,149, 31,219,225,227,245,244,101,129,  0,
-    218, 29,115,243,237,225,236,108,128,247,250,226,242,229,246,101,
-    128,  1,108, 99,  3, 29,139, 29,146, 29,188,225,242,239,110,128,
-      1,211,233,242, 99,  2, 29,154, 29,159,236,101,128, 36,202,245,
-    237,230,236,229,120,130,  0,219, 29,172, 29,180,226,229,236,239,
-    119,128, 30,118,243,237,225,236,108,128,247,251,249,242,233,236,
-    236,233, 99,128,  4, 35,100,  3, 29,206, 29,229, 30, 59,226,108,
-      2, 29,213, 29,221,225,227,245,244,101,128,  1,112,231,242,225,
-    246,101,128,  2, 20,233,229,242,229,243,233,115,134,  0,220, 29,
-    251, 30,  3, 30, 11, 30, 34, 30, 42, 30, 51,225,227,245,244,101,
-    128,  1,215,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30,114, 99,  2, 30, 17, 30,
-     24,225,242,239,110,128,  1,217,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,
-      4,240,231,242,225,246,101,128,  1,219,237,225,227,242,239,110,
-    128,  1,213,243,237,225,236,108,128,247,252,239,244,226,229,236,
-    239,119,128, 30,228,231,242,225,246,101,129,  0,217, 30, 79,243,
-    237,225,236,108,128,247,249,104,  2, 30, 93, 30,171,111,  2, 30,
-     99, 30,109,239,235,225,226,239,246,101,128, 30,230,242,110,133,
-      1,175, 30,124, 30,132, 30,143, 30,151, 30,163,225,227,245,244,
-    101,128, 30,232,228,239,244,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30,240,231,
-    242,225,246,101,128, 30,234,232,239,239,235,225,226,239,246,101,
-    128, 30,236,244,233,236,228,101,128, 30,238,245,238,231,225,242,
-    245,237,236,225,245,116,129,  1,112, 30,187,227,249,242,233,236,
-    236,233, 99,128,  4,242,233,238,246,229,242,244,229,228,226,242,
-    229,246,101,128,  2, 22,235,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,
-      4,120,109,  2, 30,232, 31, 10,225,227,242,239,110,130,  1,106,
-     30,244, 30,255,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,238,228,
-    233,229,242,229,243,233,115,128, 30,122,239,238,239,243,240,225,
-    227,101,128,255, 53,239,231,239,238,229,107,128,  1,114,240,243,
-    233,236,239,110,133,  3,165, 31, 49, 31, 53, 31, 90, 31,121, 31,
-    134, 49,128,  3,210, 97,  2, 31, 59, 31, 81,227,245,244,229,232,
-    239,239,235,243,249,237,226,239,236,231,242,229,229,107,128,  3,
-    211,230,242,233,227,225,110,128,  1,177,228,233,229,242,229,243,
-    233,115,129,  3,171, 31,103,232,239,239,235,243,249,237,226,239,
-    236,231,242,229,229,107,128,  3,212,232,239,239,235,243,249,237,
-    226,239,108,128,  3,210,244,239,238,239,115,128,  3,142,242,233,
-    238,103,128,  1,110,115,  3, 31,157, 31,172, 31,179,232,239,242,
-    244,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 14,237,225,236,108,
-    128,247,117,244,242,225,233,231,232,116,  2, 31,191, 31,202,227,
-    249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,174,243,244,242,239,235,229,
-    227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,176,244,233,236,228,101,
-    130,  1,104, 31,231, 31,239,225,227,245,244,101,128, 30,120,226,
-    229,236,239,119,128, 30,116, 86,136,  0, 86, 32, 11, 32, 20, 32,
-     31, 32, 60, 32, 67, 32, 79, 32, 91, 32, 99,227,233,242,227,236,
-    101,128, 36,203,228,239,244,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30,126,101,
-      2, 32, 37, 32, 48,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 18,
-    247,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5, 78,232,239,239,107,
-    128,  1,178,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 54,239,
-    225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5, 72,243,237,225,236,108,
-    128,247,118,244,233,236,228,101,128, 30,124, 87,134,  0, 87, 32,
-    123, 32,131, 32,154, 32,194, 32,202, 32,214,225,227,245,244,101,
-    128, 30,130,227,233,242, 99,  2, 32,140, 32,145,236,101,128, 36,
-    204,245,237,230,236,229,120,128,  1,116,100,  2, 32,160, 32,170,
-    233,229,242,229,243,233,115,128, 30,132,239,116,  2, 32,177, 32,
-    186,225,227,227,229,238,116,128, 30,134,226,229,236,239,119,128,
-     30,136,231,242,225,246,101,128, 30,128,237,239,238,239,243,240,
-    225,227,101,128,255, 55,243,237,225,236,108,128,247,119, 88,134,
-      0, 88, 32,238, 32,247, 33, 18, 33, 31, 33, 35, 33, 47,227,233,
-    242,227,236,101,128, 36,205,100,  2, 32,253, 33,  7,233,229,242,
-    229,243,233,115,128, 30,140,239,244,225,227,227,229,238,116,128,
-     30,138,229,232,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5, 61,105,
-    128,  3,158,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 56,243,
-    237,225,236,108,128,247,120, 89,139,  0, 89, 33, 81, 33,116, 33,
-    139, 33,189, 33,228, 33,236, 33,253, 34, 40, 34, 52, 34, 60, 34,
-     68, 97,  2, 33, 87, 33,104,227,245,244,101,129,  0,221, 33, 96,
-    243,237,225,236,108,128,247,253,244,227,249,242,233,236,236,233,
-     99,128,  4, 98,227,233,242, 99,  2, 33,125, 33,130,236,101,128,
-     36,206,245,237,230,236,229,120,128,  1,118,100,  2, 33,145, 33,
-    165,233,229,242,229,243,233,115,129,  1,120, 33,157,243,237,225,
-    236,108,128,247,255,239,116,  2, 33,172, 33,181,225,227,227,229,
-    238,116,128, 30,142,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30,244,229,114,  2,
-     33,196, 33,208,233,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 43,
-    245,228,233,229,242,229,243,233,243,227,249,242,233,236,236,233,
-     99,128,  4,248,231,242,225,246,101,128, 30,242,232,239,239,107,
-    129,  1,179, 33,245,225,226,239,246,101,128, 30,246,105,  3, 34,
-      5, 34, 16, 34, 27,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5, 69,
-    227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,  7,247,238,225,242,237,
-    229,238,233,225,110,128,  5, 82,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,
-    101,128,255, 57,243,237,225,236,108,128,247,121,244,233,236,228,
-    101,128, 30,248,245,115,  2, 34, 75, 34,113,226,233,103,  2, 34,
-     83, 34, 94,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,106,233,239,
-    244,233,230,233,229,228,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,
-    108,236,233,244,244,236,101,  2, 34,124, 34,135,227,249,242,233,
-    236,236,233, 99,128,  4,102,233,239,244,233,230,233,229,228,227,
-    249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,104, 90,136,  0, 90, 34,174,
-     34,198, 34,243, 35, 14, 35, 81, 35,173, 35,185, 35,197, 97,  2,
-     34,180, 34,191,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5, 54,227,
-    245,244,101,128,  1,121, 99,  2, 34,204, 34,221,225,242,239,110,
-    129,  1,125, 34,213,243,237,225,236,108,128,246,255,233,242, 99,
-      2, 34,229, 34,234,236,101,128, 36,207,245,237,230,236,229,120,
-    128, 30,144,228,239,116,130,  1,123, 34,253, 35,  6,225,227,227,
-    229,238,116,128,  1,123,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30,146,101,  3,
-     35, 22, 35, 33, 35, 76,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,
-     23,100,  2, 35, 39, 35, 58,229,243,227,229,238,228,229,242,227,
-    249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,152,233,229,242,229,243,233,
-    243,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,222,244, 97,128,  3,
-    150,232,101,  4, 35, 92, 35,103, 35,119, 35,130,225,242,237,229,
-    238,233,225,110,128,  5, 58,226,242,229,246,229,227,249,242,233,
-    236,236,233, 99,128,  4,193,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,
-      4, 22,100,  2, 35,136, 35,155,229,243,227,229,238,228,229,242,
-    227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,150,233,229,242,229,243,
-    233,243,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,220,236,233,238,
-    229,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30,148,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,
-    227,101,128,255, 58,115,  2, 35,203, 35,210,237,225,236,108,128,
-    247,122,244,242,239,235,101,128,  1,181, 97,149,  0, 97, 36,  8,
-     36,144, 37, 35, 37,211, 38, 55, 38, 91, 45, 10, 45, 47, 45, 74,
-     46, 43, 46, 81, 47,170, 47,242, 48,197, 48,206, 49, 79, 51, 87,
-     52, 77, 52,124, 53, 19, 53, 33, 97,  7, 36, 24, 36, 34, 36, 41,
-     36, 48, 36, 73, 36, 89, 36,100,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,
-      9,134,227,245,244,101,128,  0,225,228,229,246, 97,128,  9,  6,
-    231,117,  2, 36, 55, 36, 64,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,134,
-    242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10,  6,237,225,244,242,225,231,245,
-    242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10, 62,242,245,243,241,245,225,242,
-    101,128, 51,  3,246,239,247,229,236,243,233,231,110,  3, 36,116,
-     36,126, 36,133,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,190,228,229,
-    246, 97,128,  9, 62,231,245,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,190,
-     98,  4, 36,154, 36,195, 36,204, 36,214,226,242,229,246,233,225,
-    244,233,239,110,  2, 36,169, 36,184,237,225,242,235,225,242,237,
-    229,238,233,225,110,128,  5, 95,243,233,231,238,228,229,246, 97,
-    128,  9,112,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,133,239,240,239,237,
-    239,230,111,128, 49, 26,242,229,246,101,134,  1,  3, 36,233, 36,
-    241, 36,252, 37,  7, 37, 15, 37, 27,225,227,245,244,101,128, 30,
-    175,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,209,228,239,244,226,
-    229,236,239,119,128, 30,183,231,242,225,246,101,128, 30,177,232,
-    239,239,235,225,226,239,246,101,128, 30,179,244,233,236,228,101,
-    128, 30,181, 99,  4, 37, 45, 37, 52, 37,131, 37,201,225,242,239,
-    110,128,  1,206,233,242, 99,  2, 37, 60, 37, 65,236,101,128, 36,
-    208,245,237,230,236,229,120,133,  0,226, 37, 84, 37, 92, 37,103,
-     37,111, 37,123,225,227,245,244,101,128, 30,165,228,239,244,226,
-    229,236,239,119,128, 30,173,231,242,225,246,101,128, 30,167,232,
-    239,239,235,225,226,239,246,101,128, 30,169,244,233,236,228,101,
-    128, 30,171,245,244,101,133,  0,180, 37,147, 37,158, 37,175, 37,
-    182, 37,191,226,229,236,239,247,227,237, 98,128,  3, 23, 99,  2,
-     37,164, 37,169,237, 98,128,  3,  1,239,237, 98,128,  3,  1,228,
-    229,246, 97,128,  9, 84,236,239,247,237,239,100,128,  2,207,244,
-    239,238,229,227,237, 98,128,  3, 65,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,
-    128,  4, 48,100,  5, 37,223, 37,233, 37,247, 37,253, 38, 31,226,
-    236,231,242,225,246,101,128,  2,  1,228,225,235,231,245,242,237,
-    245,235,232,105,128, 10,113,229,246, 97,128,  9,  5,233,229,242,
-    229,243,233,115,130,  0,228, 38, 11, 38, 22,227,249,242,233,236,
-    236,233, 99,128,  4,211,237,225,227,242,239,110,128,  1,223,239,
-    116,  2, 38, 38, 38, 46,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30,161,237,225,
-    227,242,239,110,128,  1,225,101,131,  0,230, 38, 65, 38, 73, 38,
-     82,225,227,245,244,101,128,  1,253,235,239,242,229,225,110,128,
-     49, 80,237,225,227,242,239,110,128,  1,227,230,233,105,  6, 38,
-    107, 38,127, 41, 64, 41, 70, 41, 85, 44,185, 48,  2, 38,113, 38,
-    120,176,178,176, 56,128, 32, 21,184,185,180, 49,128, 32,164,177,
-     48,  3, 38,136, 40,160, 41, 39, 48,  9, 38,156, 38,176, 38,238,
-     39, 44, 39,106, 39,168, 39,230, 40, 36, 40, 98, 49,  3, 38,164,
-     38,168, 38,172, 55,128,  4, 16, 56,128,  4, 17, 57,128,  4, 18,
-     50, 10, 38,198, 38,202, 38,206, 38,210, 38,214, 38,218, 38,222,
-     38,226, 38,230, 38,234, 48,128,  4, 19, 49,128,  4, 20, 50,128,
-      4, 21, 51,128,  4,  1, 52,128,  4, 22, 53,128,  4, 23, 54,128,
-      4, 24, 55,128,  4, 25, 56,128,  4, 26, 57,128,  4, 27, 51, 10,
-     39,  4, 39,  8, 39, 12, 39, 16, 39, 20, 39, 24, 39, 28, 39, 32,
-     39, 36, 39, 40, 48,128,  4, 28, 49,128,  4, 29, 50,128,  4, 30,
-     51,128,  4, 31, 52,128,  4, 32, 53,128,  4, 33, 54,128,  4, 34,
-     55,128,  4, 35, 56,128,  4, 36, 57,128,  4, 37, 52, 10, 39, 66,
-     39, 70, 39, 74, 39, 78, 39, 82, 39, 86, 39, 90, 39, 94, 39, 98,
-     39,102, 48,128,  4, 38, 49,128,  4, 39, 50,128,  4, 40, 51,128,
-      4, 41, 52,128,  4, 42, 53,128,  4, 43, 54,128,  4, 44, 55,128,
-      4, 45, 56,128,  4, 46, 57,128,  4, 47, 53, 10, 39,128, 39,132,
-     39,136, 39,140, 39,144, 39,148, 39,152, 39,156, 39,160, 39,164,
-     48,128,  4,144, 49,128,  4,  2, 50,128,  4,  3, 51,128,  4,  4,
-     52,128,  4,  5, 53,128,  4,  6, 54,128,  4,  7, 55,128,  4,  8,
-     56,128,  4,  9, 57,128,  4, 10, 54, 10, 39,190, 39,194, 39,198,
-     39,202, 39,206, 39,210, 39,214, 39,218, 39,222, 39,226, 48,128,
-      4, 11, 49,128,  4, 12, 50,128,  4, 14, 51,128,246,196, 52,128,
-    246,197, 53,128,  4, 48, 54,128,  4, 49, 55,128,  4, 50, 56,128,
-      4, 51, 57,128,  4, 52, 55, 10, 39,252, 40,  0, 40,  4, 40,  8,
-     40, 12, 40, 16, 40, 20, 40, 24, 40, 28, 40, 32, 48,128,  4, 53,
-     49,128,  4, 81, 50,128,  4, 54, 51,128,  4, 55, 52,128,  4, 56,
-     53,128,  4, 57, 54,128,  4, 58, 55,128,  4, 59, 56,128,  4, 60,
-     57,128,  4, 61, 56, 10, 40, 58, 40, 62, 40, 66, 40, 70, 40, 74,
-     40, 78, 40, 82, 40, 86, 40, 90, 40, 94, 48,128,  4, 62, 49,128,
-      4, 63, 50,128,  4, 64, 51,128,  4, 65, 52,128,  4, 66, 53,128,
-      4, 67, 54,128,  4, 68, 55,128,  4, 69, 56,128,  4, 70, 57,128,
-      4, 71, 57, 10, 40,120, 40,124, 40,128, 40,132, 40,136, 40,140,
-     40,144, 40,148, 40,152, 40,156, 48,128,  4, 72, 49,128,  4, 73,
-     50,128,  4, 74, 51,128,  4, 75, 52,128,  4, 76, 53,128,  4, 77,
-     54,128,  4, 78, 55,128,  4, 79, 56,128,  4,145, 57,128,  4, 82,
-     49,  4, 40,170, 40,232, 40,237, 41,  7, 48, 10, 40,192, 40,196,
-     40,200, 40,204, 40,208, 40,212, 40,216, 40,220, 40,224, 40,228,
-     48,128,  4, 83, 49,128,  4, 84, 50,128,  4, 85, 51,128,  4, 86,
-     52,128,  4, 87, 53,128,  4, 88, 54,128,  4, 89, 55,128,  4, 90,
-     56,128,  4, 91, 57,128,  4, 92,177, 48,128,  4, 94, 52,  4, 40,
-    247, 40,251, 40,255, 41,  3, 53,128,  4, 15, 54,128,  4, 98, 55,
-    128,  4,114, 56,128,  4,116, 57,  5, 41, 19, 41, 23, 41, 27, 41,
-     31, 41, 35, 50,128,246,198, 51,128,  4, 95, 52,128,  4, 99, 53,
-    128,  4,115, 54,128,  4,117, 56,  2, 41, 45, 41, 59, 51,  2, 41,
-     51, 41, 55, 49,128,246,199, 50,128,246,200,180, 54,128,  4,217,
-    178,185, 57,128, 32, 14,179, 48,  2, 41, 77, 41, 81, 48,128, 32,
-     15, 49,128, 32, 13,181, 55,  7, 41,102, 41,172, 42,237, 43, 58,
-     44, 15, 44,108, 44,179, 51,  2, 41,108, 41,122, 56,  2, 41,114,
-     41,118, 49,128,  6,106, 56,128,  6, 12, 57,  8, 41,140, 41,144,
-     41,148, 41,152, 41,156, 41,160, 41,164, 41,168, 50,128,  6, 96,
-     51,128,  6, 97, 52,128,  6, 98, 53,128,  6, 99, 54,128,  6,100,
-     55,128,  6,101, 56,128,  6,102, 57,128,  6,103, 52,  7, 41,188,
-     41,220, 42, 26, 42, 88, 42,120, 42,176, 42,232, 48,  5, 41,200,
-     41,204, 41,208, 41,212, 41,216, 48,128,  6,104, 49,128,  6,105,
-     51,128,  6, 27, 55,128,  6, 31, 57,128,  6, 33, 49, 10, 41,242,
-     41,246, 41,250, 41,254, 42,  2, 42,  6, 42, 10, 42, 14, 42, 18,
-     42, 22, 48,128,  6, 34, 49,128,  6, 35, 50,128,  6, 36, 51,128,
-      6, 37, 52,128,  6, 38, 53,128,  6, 39, 54,128,  6, 40, 55,128,
-      6, 41, 56,128,  6, 42, 57,128,  6, 43, 50, 10, 42, 48, 42, 52,
-     42, 56, 42, 60, 42, 64, 42, 68, 42, 72, 42, 76, 42, 80, 42, 84,
-     48,128,  6, 44, 49,128,  6, 45, 50,128,  6, 46, 51,128,  6, 47,
-     52,128,  6, 48, 53,128,  6, 49, 54,128,  6, 50, 55,128,  6, 51,
-     56,128,  6, 52, 57,128,  6, 53, 51,  5, 42,100, 42,104, 42,108,
-     42,112, 42,116, 48,128,  6, 54, 49,128,  6, 55, 50,128,  6, 56,
-     51,128,  6, 57, 52,128,  6, 58, 52,  9, 42,140, 42,144, 42,148,
-     42,152, 42,156, 42,160, 42,164, 42,168, 42,172, 48,128,  6, 64,
-     49,128,  6, 65, 50,128,  6, 66, 51,128,  6, 67, 52,128,  6, 68,
-     53,128,  6, 69, 54,128,  6, 70, 56,128,  6, 72, 57,128,  6, 73,
-     53,  9, 42,196, 42,200, 42,204, 42,208, 42,212, 42,216, 42,220,
-     42,224, 42,228, 48,128,  6, 74, 49,128,  6, 75, 50,128,  6, 76,
-     51,128,  6, 77, 52,128,  6, 78, 53,128,  6, 79, 54,128,  6, 80,
-     55,128,  6, 81, 56,128,  6, 82,183, 48,128,  6, 71, 53,  3, 42,
-    245, 43, 21, 43, 53, 48,  5, 43,  1, 43,  5, 43,  9, 43, 13, 43,
-     17, 53,128,  6,164, 54,128,  6,126, 55,128,  6,134, 56,128,  6,
-    152, 57,128,  6,175, 49,  5, 43, 33, 43, 37, 43, 41, 43, 45, 43,
-     49, 49,128,  6,121, 50,128,  6,136, 51,128,  6,145, 52,128,  6,
-    186, 57,128,  6,210,179, 52,128,  6,213, 54,  7, 43, 74, 43, 79,
-     43, 84, 43, 89, 43,127, 43,189, 43,251,179, 54,128, 32,170,180,
-     53,128,  5,190,181, 56,128,  5,195, 54,  6, 43,103, 43,107, 43,
-    111, 43,115, 43,119, 43,123, 52,128,  5,208, 53,128,  5,209, 54,
-    128,  5,210, 55,128,  5,211, 56,128,  5,212, 57,128,  5,213, 55,
-     10, 43,149, 43,153, 43,157, 43,161, 43,165, 43,169, 43,173, 43,
-    177, 43,181, 43,185, 48,128,  5,214, 49,128,  5,215, 50,128,  5,
-    216, 51,128,  5,217, 52,128,  5,218, 53,128,  5,219, 54,128,  5,
-    220, 55,128,  5,221, 56,128,  5,222, 57,128,  5,223, 56, 10, 43,
-    211, 43,215, 43,219, 43,223, 43,227, 43,231, 43,235, 43,239, 43,
-    243, 43,247, 48,128,  5,224, 49,128,  5,225, 50,128,  5,226, 51,
-    128,  5,227, 52,128,  5,228, 53,128,  5,229, 54,128,  5,230, 55,
-    128,  5,231, 56,128,  5,232, 57,128,  5,233, 57,  3, 44,  3, 44,
-      7, 44, 11, 48,128,  5,234, 52,128,251, 42, 53,128,251, 43, 55,
-      4, 44, 25, 44, 39, 44, 59, 44, 64, 48,  2, 44, 31, 44, 35, 48,
-    128,251, 75, 53,128,251, 31, 49,  3, 44, 47, 44, 51, 44, 55, 54,
-    128,  5,240, 55,128,  5,241, 56,128,  5,242,178, 51,128,251, 53,
-     57,  7, 44, 80, 44, 84, 44, 88, 44, 92, 44, 96, 44,100, 44,104,
-     51,128,  5,180, 52,128,  5,181, 53,128,  5,182, 54,128,  5,187,
-     55,128,  5,184, 56,128,  5,183, 57,128,  5,176, 56,  3, 44,116,
-     44,160, 44,165, 48,  7, 44,132, 44,136, 44,140, 44,144, 44,148,
-     44,152, 44,156, 48,128,  5,178, 49,128,  5,177, 50,128,  5,179,
-     51,128,  5,194, 52,128,  5,193, 54,128,  5,185, 55,128,  5,188,
-    179, 57,128,  5,189, 52,  2, 44,171, 44,175, 49,128,  5,191, 50,
-    128,  5,192,185,178, 57,128,  2,188, 54,  3, 44,193, 44,252, 45,
-      3, 49,  4, 44,203, 44,219, 44,225, 44,246, 50,  2, 44,209, 44,
-    214,180, 56,128, 33,  5,184, 57,128, 33, 19,179,181, 50,128, 33,
-     22,181, 55,  3, 44,234, 44,238, 44,242, 51,128, 32, 44, 52,128,
-     32, 45, 53,128, 32, 46,182,182, 52,128, 32, 12,179,177,182, 55,
-    128,  6,109,180,185,179, 55,128,  2,189,103,  2, 45, 16, 45, 23,
-    242,225,246,101,128,  0,224,117,  2, 45, 29, 45, 38,234,225,242,
-    225,244,105,128, 10,133,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10,  5,104,
-      2, 45, 53, 45, 63,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48, 66,239,
-    239,235,225,226,239,246,101,128, 30,163,105,  7, 45, 90, 45,115,
-     45,122, 45,134, 45,159, 45,175, 45,255, 98,  2, 45, 96, 45,105,
-    229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,144,239,240,239,237,239,230,111,
-    128, 49, 30,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 16,229,227,249,242,233,236,
-    236,233, 99,128,  4,213,231,117,  2, 45,141, 45,150,234,225,242,
-    225,244,105,128, 10,144,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10, 16,237,
-    225,244,242,225,231,245,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10, 72,110,
-      5, 45,187, 45,196, 45,210, 45,226, 45,241,225,242,225,226,233,
-     99,128,  6, 57,230,233,238,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,
-    254,202,233,238,233,244,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,
-    254,203,237,229,228,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,
-    204,246,229,242,244,229,228,226,242,229,246,101,128,  2,  3,246,
-    239,247,229,236,243,233,231,110,  3, 46, 15, 46, 25, 46, 32,226,
-    229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,200,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 72,
-    231,245,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,200,107,  2, 46, 49, 46,
-     73,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,162, 46, 61,232,225,236,
-    230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,113,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49,
-     79,108,  3, 46, 89, 47,145, 47,154,101,  2, 46, 95, 47,140,102,
-    136,  5,208, 46,115, 46,124, 46,139, 46,153, 46,242, 47,  0, 47,
-    111, 47,125,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 39,228,225,231,229,
-    243,232,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,251, 48,230,233,238,225,236,
-    225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,142,104,  2, 46,159, 46,234,225,
-    237,250, 97,  2, 46,168, 46,201,225,226,239,246,101,  2, 46,178,
-     46,187,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 35,230,233,238,225,236,
-    225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,132,226,229,236,239,119,  2, 46,
-    211, 46,220,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 37,230,233,238,225,
-    236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,136,229,226,242,229,119,128,
-      5,208,236,225,237,229,228,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,251, 79,
-    237, 97,  2, 47,  7, 47, 43,228,228,225,225,226,239,246,101,  2,
-     47, 20, 47, 29,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 34,230,233,238,
-    225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,130,235,243,245,242, 97,
-      4, 47, 57, 47, 66, 47, 80, 47, 96,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,
-      6, 73,230,233,238,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,240,
-    233,238,233,244,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,243,
-    237,229,228,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,244,240,
-    225,244,225,232,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,251, 46,241,225,237,
-    225,244,243,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,251, 47,240,104,128, 33,
-     53,236,229,241,245,225,108,128, 34, 76,240,232, 97,129,  3,177,
-     47,162,244,239,238,239,115,128,  3,172,109,  4, 47,180, 47,188,
-     47,199, 47,233,225,227,242,239,110,128,  1,  1,239,238,239,243,
-    240,225,227,101,128,255, 65,240,229,242,243,225,238,100,130,  0,
-     38, 47,213, 47,225,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255,
-      6,243,237,225,236,108,128,247, 38,243,241,245,225,242,101,128,
-     51,194,110,  4, 47,252, 48,  7, 48,129, 48,139,226,239,240,239,
-    237,239,230,111,128, 49, 34,103,  4, 48, 17, 48, 28, 48, 42, 48,
-    121,226,239,240,239,237,239,230,111,128, 49, 36,235,232,225,238,
-    235,232,245,244,232,225,105,128, 14, 90,236,101,131, 34, 32, 48,
-     53, 48,106, 48,113,226,242,225,227,235,229,116,  2, 48, 65, 48,
-     85,236,229,230,116,129, 48,  8, 48, 74,246,229,242,244,233,227,
-    225,108,128,254, 63,242,233,231,232,116,129, 48,  9, 48, 95,246,
-    229,242,244,233,227,225,108,128,254, 64,236,229,230,116,128, 35,
-     41,242,233,231,232,116,128, 35, 42,243,244,242,239,109,128, 33,
-     43,239,244,229,236,229,233, 97,128,  3,135,117,  2, 48,145, 48,
-    157,228,225,244,244,225,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 82,243,246,225,
-    242, 97,  3, 48,169, 48,179, 48,186,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,
-    128,  9,130,228,229,246, 97,128,  9,  2,231,245,234,225,242,225,
-    244,105,128, 10,130,239,231,239,238,229,107,128,  1,  5,112,  3,
-     48,214, 48,238, 49, 12, 97,  2, 48,220, 48,232,225,244,239,243,
-    241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,  0,242,229,110,128, 36,156,239,243,
-    244,242,239,240,232,101,  2, 48,251, 49,  6,225,242,237,229,238,
-    233,225,110,128,  5, 90,237,239,100,128,  2,188,112,  2, 49, 18,
-     49, 23,236,101,128,248,255,242,111,  2, 49, 30, 49, 38,225,227,
-    232,229,115,128, 34, 80,120,  2, 49, 44, 49, 64,229,241,245,225,
-    108,129, 34, 72, 49, 54,239,242,233,237,225,231,101,128, 34, 82,
-    233,237,225,244,229,236,249,229,241,245,225,108,128, 34, 69,114,
-      4, 49, 89, 49,116, 49,120, 49,165,225,229, 97,  2, 49, 97, 49,
-    107,229,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49,142,235,239,242,229,225,
-    110,128, 49,141, 99,128, 35, 18,105,  2, 49,126, 49,140,231,232,
-    244,232,225,236,230,242,233,238,103,128, 30,154,238,103,130,  0,
-    229, 49,149, 49,157,225,227,245,244,101,128,  1,251,226,229,236,
-    239,119,128, 30,  1,242,239,119,  8, 49,185, 49,192, 50, 65, 50,
-    131, 50,181, 50,236, 51,  3, 51, 78,226,239,244,104,128, 33,148,
-    100,  3, 49,200, 49,239, 50, 30,225,243,104,  4, 49,212, 49,219,
-     49,226, 49,234,228,239,247,110,128, 33,227,236,229,230,116,128,
-     33,224,242,233,231,232,116,128, 33,226,245,112,128, 33,225,226,
-    108,  5, 49,252, 50,  3, 50, 10, 50, 17, 50, 25,226,239,244,104,
-    128, 33,212,228,239,247,110,128, 33,211,236,229,230,116,128, 33,
-    208,242,233,231,232,116,128, 33,210,245,112,128, 33,209,239,247,
-    110,131, 33,147, 50, 42, 50, 49, 50, 57,236,229,230,116,128, 33,
-    153,242,233,231,232,116,128, 33,152,247,232,233,244,101,128, 33,
-    233,104,  2, 50, 71, 50,122,229,225,100,  4, 50, 83, 50, 93, 50,
-    103, 50,114,228,239,247,238,237,239,100,128,  2,197,236,229,230,
-    244,237,239,100,128,  2,194,242,233,231,232,244,237,239,100,128,
-      2,195,245,240,237,239,100,128,  2,196,239,242,233,250,229,120,
-    128,248,231,236,229,230,116,131, 33,144, 50,144, 50,161, 50,173,
-    228,226,108,129, 33,208, 50,152,243,244,242,239,235,101,128, 33,
-    205,239,246,229,242,242,233,231,232,116,128, 33,198,247,232,233,
-    244,101,128, 33,230,242,233,231,232,116,132, 33,146, 50,197, 50,
-    209, 50,217, 50,228,228,226,236,243,244,242,239,235,101,128, 33,
-    207,232,229,225,246,121,128, 39,158,239,246,229,242,236,229,230,
-    116,128, 33,196,247,232,233,244,101,128, 33,232,244,225, 98,  2,
-     50,244, 50,251,236,229,230,116,128, 33,228,242,233,231,232,116,
-    128, 33,229,245,112,132, 33,145, 51, 16, 51, 44, 51, 62, 51, 70,
-    100,  2, 51, 22, 51, 34,110,129, 33,149, 51, 28,226,243,101,128,
-     33,168,239,247,238,226,225,243,101,128, 33,168,236,229,230,116,
-    129, 33,150, 51, 53,239,230,228,239,247,110,128, 33,197,242,233,
-    231,232,116,128, 33,151,247,232,233,244,101,128, 33,231,246,229,
-    242,244,229,120,128,248,230,115,  5, 51, 99, 51,175, 51,220, 52,
-     47, 52, 57, 99,  2, 51,105, 51,157,233,105,  2, 51,112, 51,135,
-    227,233,242,227,245,109,129,  0, 94, 51,123,237,239,238,239,243,
-    240,225,227,101,128,255, 62,244,233,236,228,101,129,  0,126, 51,
-    145,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 94,242,233,240,
-    116,129,  2, 81, 51,166,244,245,242,238,229,100,128,  2, 82,237,
-    225,236,108,  2, 51,184, 51,195,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,
-    128, 48, 65,235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,161, 51,208,
-    232,225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,103,244,229,242,233,
-    115,  2, 51,230, 52, 43,107,131,  0, 42, 51,240, 52, 12, 52, 35,
-     97,  2, 51,246, 52,  4,236,244,239,238,229,225,242,225,226,233,
-     99,128,  6,109,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6,109,109,  2, 52, 18,
-     52, 24,225,244,104,128, 34, 23,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,
-    128,255, 10,243,237,225,236,108,128,254, 97,109,128, 32, 66,245,
-    240,229,242,233,239,114,128,246,233,249,237,240,244,239,244,233,
-    227,225,236,236,249,229,241,245,225,108,128, 34, 67,116,132,  0,
-     64, 52, 89, 52, 96, 52,108, 52,116,233,236,228,101,128,  0,227,
-    237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 32,243,237,225,236,
-    108,128,254,107,245,242,238,229,100,128,  2, 80,117,  6, 52,138,
-     52,163, 52,170, 52,195, 52,215, 52,231, 98,  2, 52,144, 52,153,
-    229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,148,239,240,239,237,239,230,111,
-    128, 49, 32,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 20,231,117,  2, 52,177, 52,
-    186,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,148,242,237,245,235,232,105,
-    128, 10, 20,236,229,238,231,244,232,237,225,242,235,226,229,238,
-    231,225,236,105,128,  9,215,237,225,244,242,225,231,245,242,237,
-    245,235,232,105,128, 10, 76,246,239,247,229,236,243,233,231,110,
-      3, 52,247, 53,  1, 53,  8,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,
-    204,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 76,231,245,234,225,242,225,244,105,
-    128, 10,204,246,225,231,242,225,232,225,228,229,246, 97,128,  9,
-     61,121,  2, 53, 39, 53, 51,226,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,
-    128,  5, 97,233,110,130,  5,226, 53, 60, 53, 75,225,236,244,239,
-    238,229,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,251, 32,232,229,226,242,229,
-    119,128,  5,226, 98,144,  0, 98, 53,120, 53,255, 54, 10, 54, 19,
-     54, 44, 55, 85, 55,147, 55,220, 57,146, 57,158, 57,201, 57,209,
-     57,219, 59, 89, 59,113, 59,122, 97,  7, 53,136, 53,146, 53,170,
-     53,177, 53,202, 53,226, 53,237,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,
-      9,172,227,235,243,236,225,243,104,129,  0, 92, 53,158,237,239,
-    238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 60,228,229,246, 97,128,  9,
-     44,231,117,  2, 53,184, 53,193,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,
-    172,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10, 44,104,  2, 53,208, 53,218,
-    233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,112,244,244,232,225,105,128,
-     14, 63,235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,128, 48,208,114,129,  0,
-    124, 53,243,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 92,226,
-    239,240,239,237,239,230,111,128, 49,  5,227,233,242,227,236,101,
-    128, 36,209,228,239,116,  2, 54, 27, 54, 36,225,227,227,229,238,
-    116,128, 30,  3,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30,  5,101,  6, 54, 58,
-     54, 79, 54,102, 54,244, 54,255, 55, 11,225,237,229,228,243,233,
-    248,244,229,229,238,244,232,238,239,244,229,115,128, 38,108, 99,
-      2, 54, 85, 54, 92,225,245,243,101,128, 34, 53,249,242,233,236,
-    236,233, 99,128,  4, 49,104,  5, 54,114, 54,123, 54,137, 54,167,
-     54,226,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 40,230,233,238,225,236,
-    225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,144,105,  2, 54,143, 54,158,238,
-    233,244,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,145,242,225,
-    231,225,238, 97,128, 48,121,237,101,  2, 54,174, 54,187,228,233,
-    225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,146,229,237,105,  2, 54,
-    195, 54,210,238,233,244,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,
-    252,159,243,239,236,225,244,229,228,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,
-    252,  8,238,239,239,238,230,233,238,225,236,225,242,225,226,233,
-     99,128,252,109,235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,128, 48,217,238,
-    225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5, 98,116,132,  5,209, 55,
-     23, 55, 43, 55, 63, 55, 72, 97,129,  3,178, 55, 29,243,249,237,
-    226,239,236,231,242,229,229,107,128,  3,208,228,225,231,229,243,
-    104,129,251, 49, 55, 54,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,251, 49,232,
-    229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,209,242,225,230,229,232,229,226,242,
-    229,119,128,251, 76,104,  2, 55, 91, 55,141, 97,  3, 55, 99, 55,
-    109, 55,116,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,173,228,229,246,
-     97,128,  9, 45,231,117,  2, 55,123, 55,132,234,225,242,225,244,
-    105,128, 10,173,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10, 45,239,239,107,
-    128,  2, 83,105,  5, 55,159, 55,170, 55,181, 55,195, 55,209,232,
-    233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,115,235,225,244,225,235,225,
-    238, 97,128, 48,211,236,225,226,233,225,236,227,236,233,227,107,
-    128,  2,152,238,228,233,231,245,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10,
-      2,242,245,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51, 49,108,  3, 55,228,
-     57,129, 57,140, 97,  2, 55,234, 57,124,227,107,  6, 55,249, 56,
-      2, 56, 39, 56,188, 56,243, 57, 39,227,233,242,227,236,101,128,
-     37,207,100,  2, 56,  8, 56, 17,233,225,237,239,238,100,128, 37,
-    198,239,247,238,240,239,233,238,244,233,238,231,244,242,233,225,
-    238,231,236,101,128, 37,188,108,  2, 56, 45, 56,148,101,  2, 56,
-     51, 56, 87,230,244,240,239,233,238,244,233,238,103,  2, 56, 66,
-     56, 76,240,239,233,238,244,229,114,128, 37,196,244,242,233,225,
-    238,231,236,101,128, 37,192,238,244,233,227,245,236,225,242,226,
-    242,225,227,235,229,116,  2, 56,107, 56,127,236,229,230,116,129,
-     48, 16, 56,116,246,229,242,244,233,227,225,108,128,254, 59,242,
-    233,231,232,116,129, 48, 17, 56,137,246,229,242,244,233,227,225,
-    108,128,254, 60,239,247,229,114,  2, 56,157, 56,172,236,229,230,
-    244,244,242,233,225,238,231,236,101,128, 37,227,242,233,231,232,
-    244,244,242,233,225,238,231,236,101,128, 37,226,114,  2, 56,194,
-     56,205,229,227,244,225,238,231,236,101,128, 37,172,233,231,232,
-    244,240,239,233,238,244,233,238,103,  2, 56,222, 56,232,240,239,
-    233,238,244,229,114,128, 37,186,244,242,233,225,238,231,236,101,
-    128, 37,182,115,  3, 56,251, 57, 25, 57, 33,109,  2, 57,  1, 57,
-     13,225,236,236,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 37,170,233,236,233,
-    238,231,230,225,227,101,128, 38, 59,241,245,225,242,101,128, 37,
-    160,244,225,114,128, 38,  5,245,240,112,  2, 57, 47, 57, 85,229,
-    114,  2, 57, 54, 57, 69,236,229,230,244,244,242,233,225,238,231,
-    236,101,128, 37,228,242,233,231,232,244,244,242,233,225,238,231,
-    236,101,128, 37,229,239,233,238,244,233,238,103,  2, 57, 97, 57,
-    113,243,237,225,236,236,244,242,233,225,238,231,236,101,128, 37,
-    180,244,242,233,225,238,231,236,101,128, 37,178,238,107,128, 36,
-     35,233,238,229,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30,  7,239,227,107,128,
-     37,136,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 66,111,  3,
-     57,166, 57,179, 57,190,226,225,233,237,225,233,244,232,225,105,
-    128, 14, 26,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,124,235,225,
-    244,225,235,225,238, 97,128, 48,220,240,225,242,229,110,128, 36,
-    157,241,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,195,114,  4, 57,229, 58,
-    223, 59, 40, 59, 79,225, 99,  2, 57,236, 58,130,101,  3, 57,244,
-     57,249, 58, 61,229,120,128,248,244,236,229,230,116,133,  0,123,
-     58, 10, 58, 15, 58, 37, 58, 45, 58, 50,226,116,128,248,243,109,
-      2, 58, 21, 58, 26,233,100,128,248,242,239,238,239,243,240,225,
-    227,101,128,255, 91,243,237,225,236,108,128,254, 91,244,112,128,
-    248,241,246,229,242,244,233,227,225,108,128,254, 55,242,233,231,
-    232,116,133,  0,125, 58, 79, 58, 84, 58,106, 58,114, 58,119,226,
-    116,128,248,254,109,  2, 58, 90, 58, 95,233,100,128,248,253,239,
-    238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 93,243,237,225,236,108,128,
-    254, 92,244,112,128,248,252,246,229,242,244,233,227,225,108,128,
-    254, 56,235,229,116,  2, 58,138, 58,180,236,229,230,116,132,  0,
-     91, 58,153, 58,158, 58,163, 58,175,226,116,128,248,240,229,120,
-    128,248,239,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 59,244,
-    112,128,248,238,242,233,231,232,116,132,  0, 93, 58,196, 58,201,
-     58,206, 58,218,226,116,128,248,251,229,120,128,248,250,237,239,
-    238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 61,244,112,128,248,249,229,
-    246,101,131,  2,216, 58,235, 58,246, 58,252,226,229,236,239,247,
-    227,237, 98,128,  3, 46,227,237, 98,128,  3,  6,233,238,246,229,
-    242,244,229,100,  3, 59, 11, 59, 22, 59, 28,226,229,236,239,247,
-    227,237, 98,128,  3, 47,227,237, 98,128,  3, 17,228,239,245,226,
-    236,229,227,237, 98,128,  3, 97,233,228,231,101,  2, 59, 49, 59,
-     60,226,229,236,239,247,227,237, 98,128,  3, 42,233,238,246,229,
-    242,244,229,228,226,229,236,239,247,227,237, 98,128,  3, 58,239,
-    235,229,238,226,225,114,128,  0,166,115,  2, 59, 95, 59,103,244,
-    242,239,235,101,128,  1,128,245,240,229,242,233,239,114,128,246,
-    234,244,239,240,226,225,114,128,  1,131,117,  3, 59,130, 59,141,
-     59,152,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,118,235,225,244,
-    225,235,225,238, 97,128, 48,214,236,108,  2, 59,159, 59,189,229,
-    116,130, 32, 34, 59,168, 59,178,233,238,246,229,242,243,101,128,
-     37,216,239,240,229,242,225,244,239,114,128, 34, 25,243,229,249,
-    101,128, 37,206, 99,143,  0, 99, 59,230, 60,179, 60,190, 60,254,
-     61, 29, 61,122, 63, 33, 64, 17, 64,117, 64,166, 67,158, 67,166,
-     67,176, 67,188, 67,221, 97,  9, 59,250, 60,  5, 60, 15, 60, 22,
-     60, 29, 60, 54, 60, 64, 60,116, 60,125,225,242,237,229,238,233,
-    225,110,128,  5,110,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,154,227,
-    245,244,101,128,  1,  7,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 26,231,117,  2,
-     60, 36, 60, 45,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,154,242,237,245,
-    235,232,105,128, 10, 26,236,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,136,
-    238,228,242,225,226,233,238,228,117,  4, 60, 82, 60, 92, 60, 98,
-     60,105,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,129,227,237, 98,128,
-      3, 16,228,229,246, 97,128,  9,  1,231,245,234,225,242,225,244,
-    105,128, 10,129,240,243,236,239,227,107,128, 33,234,114,  3, 60,
-    133, 60,139, 60,165,229,239,102,128, 33,  5,239,110,130,  2,199,
-     60,148, 60,159,226,229,236,239,247,227,237, 98,128,  3, 44,227,
-    237, 98,128,  3, 12,242,233,225,231,229,242,229,244,245,242,110,
-    128, 33,181,226,239,240,239,237,239,230,111,128, 49, 24, 99,  4,
-     60,200, 60,207, 60,226, 60,248,225,242,239,110,128,  1, 13,229,
-    228,233,236,236, 97,129,  0,231, 60,218,225,227,245,244,101,128,
-     30,  9,233,242, 99,  2, 60,234, 60,239,236,101,128, 36,210,245,
-    237,230,236,229,120,128,  1,  9,245,242,108,128,  2, 85,100,  2,
-     61,  4, 61, 20,239,116,129,  1, 11, 61, 11,225,227,227,229,238,
-    116,128,  1, 11,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,197,101,  2, 61,
-     35, 61, 51,228,233,236,236, 97,129,  0,184, 61, 45,227,237, 98,
-    128,  3, 39,238,116,132,  0,162, 61, 64, 61, 88, 61,100, 61,111,
-    105,  2, 61, 70, 61, 78,231,242,225,228,101,128, 33,  3,238,230,
-    229,242,233,239,114,128,246,223,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,
-    101,128,255,224,239,236,228,243,244,249,236,101,128,247,162,243,
-    245,240,229,242,233,239,114,128,246,224,104,  5, 61,134, 61,197,
-     61,208, 62,136, 62,228, 97,  4, 61,144, 61,155, 61,165, 61,172,
-    225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5,121,226,229,238,231,225,
-    236,105,128,  9,155,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 27,231,117,  2, 61,
-    179, 61,188,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,155,242,237,245,235,
-    232,105,128, 10, 27,226,239,240,239,237,239,230,111,128, 49, 20,
-    101,  6, 61,222, 61,242, 62, 10, 62, 78, 62, 90, 62,111,225,226,
-    235,232,225,243,233,225,238,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,
-      4,189, 99,  2, 61,248, 62,  0,235,237,225,242,107,128, 39, 19,
-    249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 71,100,  2, 62, 16, 62, 60,
-    229,243,227,229,238,228,229,114,  2, 62, 29, 62, 49,225,226,235,
-    232,225,243,233,225,238,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,
-    191,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,183,233,229,242,229,
-    243,233,243,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,245,232,225,
-    242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5,115,235,232,225,235,225,243,
-    243,233,225,238,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,204,246,
-    229,242,244,233,227,225,236,243,244,242,239,235,229,227,249,242,
-    233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,185,105,129,  3,199, 62,142,229,245,
-    227,104,  4, 62,155, 62,190, 62,205, 62,214, 97,  2, 62,161, 62,
-    176,227,233,242,227,236,229,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 50,119,
-    240,225,242,229,238,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 50, 23,227,233,
-    242,227,236,229,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 50,105,235,239,242,
-    229,225,110,128, 49, 74,240,225,242,229,238,235,239,242,229,225,
-    110,128, 50,  9,111,  2, 62,234, 63, 28,227,104,  3, 62,243, 63,
-      9, 63, 19,225,110,  2, 62,250, 63,  2,231,244,232,225,105,128,
-     14, 10,244,232,225,105,128, 14,  8,233,238,231,244,232,225,105,
-    128, 14,  9,239,229,244,232,225,105,128, 14, 12,239,107,128,  1,
-    136,105,  2, 63, 39, 63,141,229,245, 99,  5, 63, 53, 63, 88, 63,
-    103, 63,112, 63,126, 97,  2, 63, 59, 63, 74,227,233,242,227,236,
-    229,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 50,118,240,225,242,229,238,235,
-    239,242,229,225,110,128, 50, 22,227,233,242,227,236,229,235,239,
-    242,229,225,110,128, 50,104,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49, 72,
-    240,225,242,229,238,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 50,  8,245,240,
-    225,242,229,238,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 50, 28,242, 99,  2,
-     63,148, 63,243,236,101,132, 37,203, 63,161, 63,172, 63,177, 63,
-    201,237,245,236,244,233,240,236,121,128, 34,151,239,116,128, 34,
-    153,112,  2, 63,183, 63,189,236,245,115,128, 34,149,239,243,244,
-    225,236,237,225,242,107,128, 48, 54,247,233,244,104,  2, 63,210,
-     63,226,236,229,230,244,232,225,236,230,226,236,225,227,107,128,
-     37,208,242,233,231,232,244,232,225,236,230,226,236,225,227,107,
-    128, 37,209,245,237,230,236,229,120,130,  2,198, 64,  0, 64, 11,
-    226,229,236,239,247,227,237, 98,128,  3, 45,227,237, 98,128,  3,
-      2,108,  3, 64, 25, 64, 31, 64, 85,229,225,114,128, 35, 39,233,
-    227,107,  4, 64, 43, 64, 54, 64, 63, 64, 73,225,236,246,229,239,
-    236,225,114,128,  1,194,228,229,238,244,225,108,128,  1,192,236,
-    225,244,229,242,225,108,128,  1,193,242,229,244,242,239,230,236,
-    229,120,128,  1,195,245, 98,129, 38, 99, 64, 92,243,245,233,116,
-      2, 64,101, 64,109,226,236,225,227,107,128, 38, 99,247,232,233,
-    244,101,128, 38,103,109,  3, 64,125, 64,139, 64,150,227,245,226,
-    229,228,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,164,239,238,239,243,240,
-    225,227,101,128,255, 67,243,241,245,225,242,229,228,243,241,245,
-    225,242,101,128, 51,160,111,  8, 64,184, 64,195, 65, 26, 65,224,
-     66,253, 67, 28, 67,135, 67,144,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,
-    128,  5,129,236,239,110,131,  0, 58, 64,207, 64,232, 64,251,237,
-    239,110,  2, 64,215, 64,223,229,244,225,242,121,128, 32,161,239,
-    243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 26,115,  2, 64,238, 64,244,233,231,
-    110,128, 32,161,237,225,236,108,128,254, 85,244,242,233,225,238,
-    231,245,236,225,114,  2, 65, 10, 65, 20,232,225,236,230,237,239,
-    100,128,  2,209,237,239,100,128,  2,208,109,  2, 65, 32, 65,217,
-    237, 97,134,  0, 44, 65, 49, 65,113, 65,124, 65,136, 65,166, 65,
-    189, 97,  3, 65, 57, 65, 83, 65, 91,226,239,246,101,  2, 65, 66,
-     65, 72,227,237, 98,128,  3, 19,242,233,231,232,244,227,237, 98,
-    128,  3, 21,227,227,229,238,116,128,246,195,114,  2, 65, 97, 65,
-    104,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 12,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5,
-     93,233,238,230,229,242,233,239,114,128,246,225,237,239,238,239,
-    243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 12,242,229,246,229,242,243,229,100,
-      2, 65,149, 65,160,225,226,239,246,229,227,237, 98,128,  3, 20,
-    237,239,100,128,  2,189,115,  2, 65,172, 65,179,237,225,236,108,
-    128,254, 80,245,240,229,242,233,239,114,128,246,226,244,245,242,
-    238,229,100,  2, 65,200, 65,211,225,226,239,246,229,227,237, 98,
-    128,  3, 18,237,239,100,128,  2,187,240,225,243,115,128, 38, 60,
-    110,  2, 65,230, 65,239,231,242,245,229,238,116,128, 34, 69,116,
-      2, 65,245, 66,  3,239,245,242,233,238,244,229,231,242,225,108,
-    128, 34, 46,242,239,108,142, 35,  3, 66, 37, 66, 43, 66, 58, 66,
-     73, 66,117, 66,162, 66,176, 66,181, 66,186, 66,191, 66,197, 66,
-    202, 66,243, 66,248,193,195, 75,128,  0,  6, 66,  2, 66, 49, 66,
-     54,197, 76,128,  0,  7, 83,128,  0,  8, 67,  2, 66, 64, 66, 69,
-    193, 78,128,  0, 24, 82,128,  0, 13, 68,  3, 66, 81, 66,107, 66,
-    112, 67,  4, 66, 91, 66, 95, 66, 99, 66,103, 49,128,  0, 17, 50,
-    128,  0, 18, 51,128,  0, 19, 52,128,  0, 20,197, 76,128,  0,127,
-    204, 69,128,  0, 16, 69,  5, 66,129, 66,133, 66,138, 66,143, 66,
-    148, 77,128,  0, 25,206, 81,128,  0,  5,207, 84,128,  0,  4,211,
-     67,128,  0, 27, 84,  2, 66,154, 66,158, 66,128,  0, 23, 88,128,
-      0,  3, 70,  2, 66,168, 66,172, 70,128,  0, 12, 83,128,  0, 28,
-    199, 83,128,  0, 29,200, 84,128,  0,  9,204, 70,128,  0, 10,206,
-    193, 75,128,  0, 21,210, 83,128,  0, 30, 83,  5, 66,214, 66,218,
-     66,228, 66,233, 66,238, 73,128,  0, 15, 79,129,  0, 14, 66,224,
-     84,128,  0,  2,212, 88,128,  0,  1,213, 66,128,  0, 26,217, 78,
-    128,  0, 22,213, 83,128,  0, 31,214, 84,128,  0, 11,240,249,242,
-    233,231,232,116,129,  0,169, 67,  9,115,  2, 67, 15, 67, 21,225,
-    238,115,128,248,233,229,242,233,102,128,246,217,114,  2, 67, 34,
-     67,118,238,229,242,226,242,225,227,235,229,116,  2, 67, 49, 67,
-     83,236,229,230,116,130, 48, 12, 67, 60, 67, 72,232,225,236,230,
-    247,233,228,244,104,128,255, 98,246,229,242,244,233,227,225,108,
-    128,254, 65,242,233,231,232,116,130, 48, 13, 67, 95, 67,107,232,
-    225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255, 99,246,229,242,244,233,
-    227,225,108,128,254, 66,240,239,242,225,244,233,239,238,243,241,
-    245,225,242,101,128, 51,127,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,199,
-    246,229,242,235,231,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,198,240,225,
-    242,229,110,128, 36,158,242,245,250,229,233,242,111,128, 32,162,
-    243,244,242,229,244,227,232,229,100,128,  2,151,245,114,  2, 67,
-    195, 67,213,236,121,  2, 67,202, 67,208,225,238,100,128, 34,207,
-    239,114,128, 34,206,242,229,238,227,121,128,  0,164,249,114,  4,
-     67,232, 67,240, 67,247, 67,255,194,242,229,246,101,128,246,209,
-    198,236,229,120,128,246,210,226,242,229,246,101,128,246,212,230,
-    236,229,120,128,246,213,100,146,  0,100, 68, 46, 69,184, 70,208,
-     71, 12, 71,188, 72,142, 72,204, 73,133, 73,146, 73,155, 73,181,
-     73,206, 73,215, 75, 26, 75, 34, 75, 45, 75, 65, 75, 93, 97, 11,
-     68, 70, 68, 81, 68, 91, 68,163, 68,226, 68,237, 68,248, 69, 61,
-     69,123, 69,129, 69,159,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5,
-    100,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,166,100,  5, 68,103, 68,
-    112, 68,118, 68,132, 68,148,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 54,
-    229,246, 97,128,  9, 38,230,233,238,225,236,225,242,225,226,233,
-     99,128,254,190,233,238,233,244,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233,
-     99,128,254,191,237,229,228,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,
-    128,254,192,103,  3, 68,171, 68,188, 68,202,229,243,104,129,  5,
-    188, 68,179,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,188,231,229,114,129,
-     32, 32, 68,196,228,226,108,128, 32, 33,117,  2, 68,208, 68,217,
-    234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,166,242,237,245,235,232,105,128,
-     10, 38,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48, 96,235,225,244,
-    225,235,225,238, 97,128, 48,192,108,  3, 69,  0, 69,  9, 69, 47,
-    225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 47,229,116,130,  5,211, 69, 18,
-     69, 38,228,225,231,229,243,104,129,251, 51, 69, 29,232,229,226,
-    242,229,119,128,251, 51,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,211,230,
-    233,238,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,170,237,237, 97,
-      3, 69, 71, 69, 80, 69, 92,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 79,
-    236,239,247,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 79,244,225,238, 97,
-      2, 69,101, 69,115,236,244,239,238,229,225,242,225,226,233, 99,
-    128,  6, 76,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 76,238,228, 97,128,  9,
-    100,242,231, 97,  2, 69,137, 69,146,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,
-      5,167,236,229,230,244,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,167,243,
-    233,225,240,238,229,245,237,225,244,225,227,249,242,233,236,236,
-    233,227,227,237, 98,128,  4,133, 98,  3, 69,192, 70,189, 70,199,
-    108,  9, 69,212, 69,220, 70, 77, 70, 85, 70,101, 70,112, 70,130,
-     70,144, 70,155,199,242,225,246,101,128,246,211, 97,  2, 69,226,
-     70, 27,238,231,236,229,226,242,225,227,235,229,116,  2, 69,242,
-     70,  6,236,229,230,116,129, 48, 10, 69,251,246,229,242,244,233,
-    227,225,108,128,254, 61,242,233,231,232,116,129, 48, 11, 70, 16,
-    246,229,242,244,233,227,225,108,128,254, 62,114,  2, 70, 33, 70,
-     54,227,232,233,238,246,229,242,244,229,228,226,229,236,239,247,
-    227,237, 98,128,  3, 43,242,239,119,  2, 70, 62, 70, 69,236,229,
-    230,116,128, 33,212,242,233,231,232,116,128, 33,210,228,225,238,
-    228, 97,128,  9,101,231,242,225,246,101,129,246,214, 70, 95,227,
-    237, 98,128,  3, 15,233,238,244,229,231,242,225,108,128, 34, 44,
-    236,239,247,236,233,238,101,129, 32, 23, 70,124,227,237, 98,128,
-      3, 51,239,246,229,242,236,233,238,229,227,237, 98,128,  3, 63,
-    240,242,233,237,229,237,239,100,128,  2,186,246,229,242,244,233,
-    227,225,108,  2, 70,168, 70,174,226,225,114,128, 32, 22,236,233,
-    238,229,225,226,239,246,229,227,237, 98,128,  3, 14,239,240,239,
-    237,239,230,111,128, 49,  9,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,200,
-     99,  4, 70,218, 70,225, 70,234, 71,  5,225,242,239,110,128,  1,
-     15,229,228,233,236,236, 97,128, 30, 17,233,242, 99,  2, 70,242,
-     70,247,236,101,128, 36,211,245,237,230,236,229,248,226,229,236,
-    239,119,128, 30, 19,242,239,225,116,128,  1, 17,100,  4, 71, 22,
-     71,103, 71,113, 71,164, 97,  4, 71, 32, 71, 42, 71, 49, 71, 74,
-    226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,161,228,229,246, 97,128,  9,
-     33,231,117,  2, 71, 56, 71, 65,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,
-    161,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10, 33,108,  2, 71, 80, 71, 89,
-    225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6,136,230,233,238,225,236,225,242,
-    225,226,233, 99,128,251,137,228,232,225,228,229,246, 97,128,  9,
-     92,232, 97,  3, 71,122, 71,132, 71,139,226,229,238,231,225,236,
-    105,128,  9,162,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 34,231,117,  2, 71,146,
-     71,155,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,162,242,237,245,235,232,
-    105,128, 10, 34,239,116,  2, 71,171, 71,180,225,227,227,229,238,
-    116,128, 30, 11,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30, 13,101,  8, 71,206,
-     72,  3, 72, 10, 72, 35, 72, 45, 72, 56, 72,101, 72,137, 99,  2,
-     71,212, 71,249,233,237,225,236,243,229,240,225,242,225,244,239,
-    114,  2, 71,230, 71,239,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6,107,240,
-    229,242,243,233,225,110,128,  6,107,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,
-    128,  4, 52,231,242,229,101,128,  0,176,232,105,  2, 72, 17, 72,
-     26,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,173,242,225,231,225,238, 97,
-    128, 48,103,233,227,239,240,244,233, 99,128,  3,239,235,225,244,
-    225,235,225,238, 97,128, 48,199,108,  2, 72, 62, 72, 85,229,244,
-    101,  2, 72, 70, 72, 77,236,229,230,116,128, 35, 43,242,233,231,
-    232,116,128, 35, 38,244, 97,129,  3,180, 72, 92,244,245,242,238,
-    229,100,128,  1,141,238,239,237,233,238,225,244,239,242,237,233,
-    238,245,243,239,238,229,238,245,237,229,242,225,244,239,242,226,
-    229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,248,250,104,128,  2,164,104,  2,
-     72,148, 72,198, 97,  3, 72,156, 72,166, 72,173,226,229,238,231,
-    225,236,105,128,  9,167,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 39,231,117,  2,
-     72,180, 72,189,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,167,242,237,245,
-    235,232,105,128, 10, 39,239,239,107,128,  2, 87,105,  6, 72,218,
-     73, 11, 73, 71, 73, 82, 73, 93, 73,103, 97,  2, 72,224, 72,246,
-    236,249,244,233,235,225,244,239,238,239,115,129,  3,133, 72,240,
-    227,237, 98,128,  3, 68,237,239,238,100,129, 38,102, 72,255,243,
-    245,233,244,247,232,233,244,101,128, 38, 98,229,242,229,243,233,
-    115,133,  0,168, 73, 30, 73, 38, 73, 49, 73, 55, 73, 63,225,227,
-    245,244,101,128,246,215,226,229,236,239,247,227,237, 98,128,  3,
-     36,227,237, 98,128,  3,  8,231,242,225,246,101,128,246,216,244,
-    239,238,239,115,128,  3,133,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128,
-     48, 98,235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,128, 48,194,244,244,239,
-    237,225,242,107,128, 48,  3,246,105,  2, 73,110, 73,121,228,101,
-    129,  0,247, 73,117,115,128, 34, 35,243,233,239,238,243,236,225,
-    243,104,128, 34, 21,234,229,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,
-      4, 82,235,243,232,225,228,101,128, 37,147,108,  2, 73,161, 73,
-    172,233,238,229,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30, 15,243,241,245,225,
-    242,101,128, 51,151,109,  2, 73,187, 73,195,225,227,242,239,110,
-    128,  1, 17,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 68,238,226,
-    236,239,227,107,128, 37,132,111, 10, 73,237, 73,249, 74,  3, 74,
-     14, 74, 25, 74, 97, 74,102, 74,113, 74,228, 74,254,227,232,225,
-    228,225,244,232,225,105,128, 14, 14,228,229,235,244,232,225,105,
-    128, 14, 20,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,105,235,225,
-    244,225,235,225,238, 97,128, 48,201,236,236,225,114,132,  0, 36,
-     74, 40, 74, 51, 74, 63, 74, 74,233,238,230,229,242,233,239,114,
-    128,246,227,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255,  4,239,
-    236,228,243,244,249,236,101,128,247, 36,115,  2, 74, 80, 74, 87,
-    237,225,236,108,128,254,105,245,240,229,242,233,239,114,128,246,
-    228,238,103,128, 32,171,242,245,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,
-     38,116,  6, 74,127, 74,144, 74,166, 74,177, 74,209, 74,216,225,
-    227,227,229,238,116,129,  2,217, 74,138,227,237, 98,128,  3,  7,
-    226,229,236,239,247, 99,  2, 74,155, 74,160,237, 98,128,  3, 35,
-    239,237, 98,128,  3, 35,235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,128, 48,
-    251,236,229,243,115,  2, 74,186, 74,190,105,128,  1, 49,106,129,
-    246,190, 74,196,243,244,242,239,235,229,232,239,239,107,128,  2,
-    132,237,225,244,104,128, 34,197,244,229,228,227,233,242,227,236,
-    101,128, 37,204,245,226,236,229,249,239,228,240,225,244,225,104,
-    129,251, 31, 74,245,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,251, 31,247,238,
-    244,225,227,107,  2, 75,  9, 75, 20,226,229,236,239,247,227,237,
-     98,128,  3, 30,237,239,100,128,  2,213,240,225,242,229,110,128,
-     36,159,243,245,240,229,242,233,239,114,128,246,235,116,  2, 75,
-     51, 75, 57,225,233,108,128,  2, 86,239,240,226,225,114,128,  1,
-    140,117,  2, 75, 71, 75, 82,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128,
-     48,101,235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,128, 48,197,122,132,  1,
-    243, 75,105, 75,114, 75,133, 75,170,225,236,244,239,238,101,128,
-      2,163, 99,  2, 75,120, 75,127,225,242,239,110,128,  1,198,245,
-    242,108,128,  2,165,101,  2, 75,139, 75,159,225,226,235,232,225,
-    243,233,225,238,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,225,227,
-    249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 85,232,229,227,249,242,233,
-    236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 95,101,151,  0,101, 75,233, 75,252, 76,
-     30, 77,  4, 77, 66, 77, 99, 77,111, 77,134, 77,187, 79, 43, 79,
-    101, 79,203, 80, 63, 80,198, 81, 17, 81, 48, 81,110, 81,163, 82,
-     98, 82,231, 82,251, 83, 39, 83,130, 97,  2, 75,239, 75,246,227,
-    245,244,101,128,  0,233,242,244,104,128, 38, 65, 98,  3, 76,  4,
-     76, 13, 76, 23,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,143,239,240,239,
-    237,239,230,111,128, 49, 28,242,229,246,101,128,  1, 21, 99,  5,
-     76, 42, 76,115, 76,129, 76,161, 76,250, 97,  2, 76, 48, 76,109,
-    238,228,242, 97,  3, 76, 59, 76, 66, 76, 77,228,229,246, 97,128,
-      9, 13,231,245,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,141,246,239,247,
-    229,236,243,233,231,110,  2, 76, 91, 76, 98,228,229,246, 97,128,
-      9, 69,231,245,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,197,242,239,110,
-    128,  1, 27,229,228,233,236,236,225,226,242,229,246,101,128, 30,
-     29,104,  2, 76,135, 76,146,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,
-      5,101,249,233,247,238,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5,
-    135,233,242, 99,  2, 76,169, 76,174,236,101,128, 36,212,245,237,
-    230,236,229,120,134,  0,234, 76,195, 76,203, 76,211, 76,222, 76,
-    230, 76,242,225,227,245,244,101,128, 30,191,226,229,236,239,119,
-    128, 30, 25,228,239,244,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30,199,231,242,
-    225,246,101,128, 30,193,232,239,239,235,225,226,239,246,101,128,
-     30,195,244,233,236,228,101,128, 30,197,249,242,233,236,236,233,
-     99,128,  4, 84,100,  4, 77, 14, 77, 24, 77, 30, 77, 40,226,236,
-    231,242,225,246,101,128,  2,  5,229,246, 97,128,  9, 15,233,229,
-    242,229,243,233,115,128,  0,235,239,116,130,  1, 23, 77, 49, 77,
-     58,225,227,227,229,238,116,128,  1, 23,226,229,236,239,119,128,
-     30,185,101,  2, 77, 72, 77, 83,231,245,242,237,245,235,232,105,
-    128, 10, 15,237,225,244,242,225,231,245,242,237,245,235,232,105,
-    128, 10, 71,230,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 68,103,
-      2, 77,117, 77,124,242,225,246,101,128,  0,232,245,234,225,242,
-    225,244,105,128, 10,143,104,  4, 77,144, 77,155, 77,166, 77,176,
-    225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5,103,226,239,240,239,237,
-    239,230,111,128, 49, 29,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48, 72,
-    239,239,235,225,226,239,246,101,128, 30,187,105,  4, 77,197, 77,
-    208, 79, 10, 79, 25,226,239,240,239,237,239,230,111,128, 49, 31,
-    231,232,116,142,  0, 56, 77,242, 77,251, 78,  5, 78, 35, 78, 42,
-     78, 80, 78,105, 78,150, 78,184, 78,196, 78,207, 78,240, 78,248,
-     79,  3,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6,104,226,229,238,231,225,
-    236,105,128,  9,238,227,233,242,227,236,101,129, 36,103, 78, 16,
-    233,238,246,229,242,243,229,243,225,238,243,243,229,242,233,102,
-    128, 39,145,228,229,246, 97,128,  9,110,229,229,110,  2, 78, 50,
-     78, 59,227,233,242,227,236,101,128, 36,113,112,  2, 78, 65, 78,
-     72,225,242,229,110,128, 36,133,229,242,233,239,100,128, 36,153,
-    231,117,  2, 78, 87, 78, 96,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,238,
-    242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10,110,104,  2, 78,111, 78,137, 97,
-      2, 78,117, 78,128,227,235,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6,104,
-    238,231,250,232,239,117,128, 48, 40,238,239,244,229,226,229,225,
-    237,229,100,128, 38,107,105,  2, 78,156, 78,174,228,229,239,231,
-    242,225,240,232,233,227,240,225,242,229,110,128, 50, 39,238,230,
-    229,242,233,239,114,128, 32,136,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,
-    101,128,255, 24,239,236,228,243,244,249,236,101,128,247, 56,112,
-      2, 78,213, 78,220,225,242,229,110,128, 36,123,229,114,  2, 78,
-    227, 78,233,233,239,100,128, 36,143,243,233,225,110,128,  6,248,
-    242,239,237,225,110,128, 33,119,243,245,240,229,242,233,239,114,
-    128, 32,120,244,232,225,105,128, 14, 88,238,246,229,242,244,229,
-    228,226,242,229,246,101,128,  2,  7,239,244,233,230,233,229,228,
-    227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,101,107,  2, 79, 49, 79,
-     73,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,168, 79, 61,232,225,236,
-    230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,116,111,  2, 79, 79, 79, 94,238,
-    235,225,242,231,245,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10,116,242,229,
-    225,110,128, 49, 84,108,  3, 79,109, 79,120, 79,181,227,249,242,
-    233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 59,101,  2, 79,126, 79,133,237,229,
-    238,116,128, 34,  8,246,229,110,  3, 79,143, 79,152, 79,173,227,
-    233,242,227,236,101,128, 36,106,112,  2, 79,158, 79,165,225,242,
-    229,110,128, 36,126,229,242,233,239,100,128, 36,146,242,239,237,
-    225,110,128, 33,122,236,233,240,243,233,115,129, 32, 38, 79,192,
-    246,229,242,244,233,227,225,108,128, 34,238,109,  5, 79,215, 79,
-    243, 79,254, 80, 18, 80, 29,225,227,242,239,110,130,  1, 19, 79,
-    227, 79,235,225,227,245,244,101,128, 30, 23,231,242,225,246,101,
-    128, 30, 21,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 60,228,225,
-    243,104,129, 32, 20, 80,  7,246,229,242,244,233,227,225,108,128,
-    254, 49,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 69,112,  2, 80,
-     35, 80, 55,232,225,243,233,243,237,225,242,235,225,242,237,229,
-    238,233,225,110,128,  5, 91,244,249,243,229,116,128, 34,  5,110,
-      6, 80, 77, 80, 88, 80, 99, 80,143, 80,175, 80,190,226,239,240,
-    239,237,239,230,111,128, 49, 35,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,
-    128,  4, 61,100,  2, 80,105, 80,124,225,243,104,129, 32, 19, 80,
-    113,246,229,242,244,233,227,225,108,128,254, 50,229,243,227,229,
-    238,228,229,242,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,163,103,
-    130,  1, 75, 80,151, 80,162,226,239,240,239,237,239,230,111,128,
-     49, 37,232,229,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,165,232,
-    239,239,235,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,200,243,240,
-    225,227,101,128, 32,  2,111,  3, 80,206, 80,214, 80,223,231,239,
-    238,229,107,128,  1, 25,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49, 83,240,
-    229,110,130,  2, 91, 80,233, 80,242,227,236,239,243,229,100,128,
-      2,154,242,229,246,229,242,243,229,100,130,  2, 92, 81,  1, 81,
-     10,227,236,239,243,229,100,128,  2, 94,232,239,239,107,128,  2,
-     93,112,  2, 81, 23, 81, 30,225,242,229,110,128, 36,160,243,233,
-    236,239,110,129,  3,181, 81, 40,244,239,238,239,115,128,  3,173,
-    241,117,  2, 81, 55, 81, 99,225,108,130,  0, 61, 81, 64, 81, 76,
-    237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 29,115,  2, 81, 82,
-     81, 89,237,225,236,108,128,254,102,245,240,229,242,233,239,114,
-    128, 32,124,233,246,225,236,229,238,227,101,128, 34, 97,114,  3,
-     81,118, 81,129, 81,140,226,239,240,239,237,239,230,111,128, 49,
-     38,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 64,229,246,229,242,
-    243,229,100,129,  2, 88, 81,152,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,
-    128,  4, 77,115,  6, 81,177, 81,188, 81,208, 82, 33, 82, 78, 82,
-     88,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 65,228,229,243,227,
-    229,238,228,229,242,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,171,
-    104,132,  2,131, 81,220, 81,227, 82,  2, 82, 17,227,245,242,108,
-    128,  2,134,239,242,116,  2, 81,235, 81,242,228,229,246, 97,128,
-      9, 14,246,239,247,229,236,243,233,231,238,228,229,246, 97,128,
-      9, 70,242,229,246,229,242,243,229,228,236,239,239,112,128,  1,
-    170,243,241,245,225,244,242,229,246,229,242,243,229,100,128,  2,
-    133,237,225,236,108,  2, 82, 42, 82, 53,232,233,242,225,231,225,
-    238, 97,128, 48, 71,235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,167,
-     82, 66,232,225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,106,244,233,
-    237,225,244,229,100,128, 33, 46,245,240,229,242,233,239,114,128,
-    246,236,116,  5, 82,110, 82,136, 82,140, 82,157, 82,223, 97,130,
-      3,183, 82,118, 82,128,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5,104,
-    244,239,238,239,115,128,  3,174,104,128,  0,240,233,236,228,101,
-    129, 30,189, 82,149,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30, 27,238,225,232,
-    244, 97,  3, 82,169, 82,201, 82,210,230,239,245,235,104,  2, 82,
-    179, 82,188,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,145,236,229,230,244,
-    232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,145,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,
-      5,145,236,229,230,244,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,145,245,
-    242,238,229,100,128,  1,221,117,  2, 82,237, 82,246,235,239,242,
-    229,225,110,128, 49, 97,242,111,128, 32,172,246,239,247,229,236,
-    243,233,231,110,  3, 83, 11, 83, 21, 83, 28,226,229,238,231,225,
-    236,105,128,  9,199,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 71,231,245,234,225,
-    242,225,244,105,128, 10,199,120,  2, 83, 45, 83,118,227,236,225,
-    109,132,  0, 33, 83, 60, 83, 71, 83, 98, 83,110,225,242,237,229,
-    238,233,225,110,128,  5, 92,100,  2, 83, 77, 83, 82,226,108,128,
-     32, 60,239,247,110,129,  0,161, 83, 90,243,237,225,236,108,128,
-    247,161,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255,  1,243,237,
-    225,236,108,128,247, 33,233,243,244,229,238,244,233,225,108,128,
-     34,  3,250,104,131,  2,146, 83,141, 83,160, 83,171, 99,  2, 83,
-    147, 83,154,225,242,239,110,128,  1,239,245,242,108,128,  2,147,
-    242,229,246,229,242,243,229,100,128,  1,185,244,225,233,108,128,
-      1,186,102,140,  0,102, 83,206, 84, 32, 84, 43, 84, 52, 84, 64,
-     84,167, 84,183, 86,191, 86,204, 86,230, 88,107, 88,115, 97,  4,
-     83,216, 83,223, 83,234, 83,245,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 94,231,
-    245,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10, 94,232,242,229,238,232,229,
-    233,116,128, 33,  9,244,232, 97,  3, 83,255, 84,  8, 84, 20,225,
-    242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 78,236,239,247,225,242,225,226,233,
-     99,128,  6, 78,244,225,238,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 75,
-    226,239,240,239,237,239,230,111,128, 49,  8,227,233,242,227,236,
-    101,128, 36,213,228,239,244,225,227,227,229,238,116,128, 30, 31,
-    101,  3, 84, 72, 84,150, 84,160,104,  4, 84, 82, 84,105, 84,119,
-     84,135,225,114,  2, 84, 89, 84, 96,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 65,
-    237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5,134,230,233,238,225,236,225,242,
-    225,226,233, 99,128,254,210,233,238,233,244,233,225,236,225,242,
-    225,226,233, 99,128,254,211,237,229,228,233,225,236,225,242,225,
-    226,233, 99,128,254,212,233,227,239,240,244,233, 99,128,  3,229,
-    237,225,236,101,128, 38, 64,102,130,251,  0, 84,175, 84,179,105,
-    128,251,  3,108,128,251,  4,105,136,251,  1, 84,203, 84,243, 84,
-    254, 85, 20, 85,142, 85,159, 85,167, 85,180,230,244,229,229,110,
-      2, 84,213, 84,222,227,233,242,227,236,101,128, 36,110,112,  2,
-     84,228, 84,235,225,242,229,110,128, 36,130,229,242,233,239,100,
-    128, 36,150,231,245,242,229,228,225,243,104,128, 32, 18,236,236,
-    229,100,  2, 85,  7, 85, 13,226,239,120,128, 37,160,242,229,227,
-    116,128, 37,172,238,225,108,  5, 85, 34, 85, 73, 85, 90, 85,107,
-     85,123,235,225,102,130,  5,218, 85, 44, 85, 64,228,225,231,229,
-    243,104,129,251, 58, 85, 55,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,251, 58,
-    232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,218,237,229,109,129,  5,221, 85,
-     81,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,221,238,245,110,129,  5,223,
-     85, 98,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,223,240,101,129,  5,227,
-     85,114,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,227,244,243,225,228,105,
-    129,  5,229, 85,133,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,229,242,243,
-    244,244,239,238,229,227,232,233,238,229,243,101,128,  2,201,243,
-    232,229,249,101,128, 37,201,244,225,227,249,242,233,236,236,233,
-     99,128,  4,115,246,101,142,  0, 53, 85,213, 85,222, 85,232, 86,
-      6, 86, 13, 86, 23, 86, 48, 86, 75, 86,109, 86,121, 86,132, 86,
-    165, 86,173, 86,184,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6,101,226,229,
-    238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,235,227,233,242,227,236,101,129, 36,
-    100, 85,243,233,238,246,229,242,243,229,243,225,238,243,243,229,
-    242,233,102,128, 39,142,228,229,246, 97,128,  9,107,229,233,231,
-    232,244,232,115,128, 33, 93,231,117,  2, 86, 30, 86, 39,234,225,
-    242,225,244,105,128, 10,235,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10,107,
-    232, 97,  2, 86, 55, 86, 66,227,235,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,
-      6,101,238,231,250,232,239,117,128, 48, 37,105,  2, 86, 81, 86,
-     99,228,229,239,231,242,225,240,232,233,227,240,225,242,229,110,
-    128, 50, 36,238,230,229,242,233,239,114,128, 32,133,237,239,238,
-    239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 21,239,236,228,243,244,249,236,
-    101,128,247, 53,112,  2, 86,138, 86,145,225,242,229,110,128, 36,
-    120,229,114,  2, 86,152, 86,158,233,239,100,128, 36,140,243,233,
-    225,110,128,  6,245,242,239,237,225,110,128, 33,116,243,245,240,
-    229,242,233,239,114,128, 32,117,244,232,225,105,128, 14, 85,108,
-    129,251,  2, 86,197,239,242,233,110,128,  1,146,109,  2, 86,210,
-     86,221,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 70,243,241,245,
-    225,242,101,128, 51,153,111,  4, 86,240, 87,  6, 87, 18, 87, 25,
-    230, 97,  2, 86,247, 86,255,238,244,232,225,105,128, 14, 31,244,
-    232,225,105,128, 14, 29,238,231,237,225,238,244,232,225,105,128,
-     14, 79,242,225,236,108,128, 34,  0,245,114,142,  0, 52, 87, 58,
-     87, 67, 87, 77, 87,107, 87,114, 87,139, 87,166, 87,200, 87,212,
-     87,231, 87,242, 88, 19, 88, 27, 88, 38,225,242,225,226,233, 99,
-    128,  6,100,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,234,227,233,242,
-    227,236,101,129, 36, 99, 87, 88,233,238,246,229,242,243,229,243,
-    225,238,243,243,229,242,233,102,128, 39,141,228,229,246, 97,128,
-      9,106,231,117,  2, 87,121, 87,130,234,225,242,225,244,105,128,
-     10,234,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10,106,232, 97,  2, 87,146,
-     87,157,227,235,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6,100,238,231,250,
-    232,239,117,128, 48, 36,105,  2, 87,172, 87,190,228,229,239,231,
-    242,225,240,232,233,227,240,225,242,229,110,128, 50, 35,238,230,
-    229,242,233,239,114,128, 32,132,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,
-    101,128,255, 20,238,245,237,229,242,225,244,239,242,226,229,238,
-    231,225,236,105,128,  9,247,239,236,228,243,244,249,236,101,128,
-    247, 52,112,  2, 87,248, 87,255,225,242,229,110,128, 36,119,229,
-    114,  2, 88,  6, 88, 12,233,239,100,128, 36,139,243,233,225,110,
-    128,  6,244,242,239,237,225,110,128, 33,115,243,245,240,229,242,
-    233,239,114,128, 32,116,116,  2, 88, 44, 88, 82,229,229,110,  2,
-     88, 52, 88, 61,227,233,242,227,236,101,128, 36,109,112,  2, 88,
-     67, 88, 74,225,242,229,110,128, 36,129,229,242,233,239,100,128,
-     36,149,104,  2, 88, 88, 88, 93,225,105,128, 14, 84,244,239,238,
-    229,227,232,233,238,229,243,101,128,  2,203,240,225,242,229,110,
-    128, 36,161,242, 97,  2, 88,122, 88,130,227,244,233,239,110,128,
-     32, 68,238, 99,128, 32,163,103,144,  0,103, 88,171, 89,117, 89,
-    140, 89,201, 89,218, 90,139, 91,132, 91,217, 91,230, 92, 88, 92,
-    113, 92,141, 92,163, 93,108, 93,130, 93,232, 97,  9, 88,191, 88,
-    201, 88,208, 88,215, 89, 23, 89, 48, 89, 59, 89, 70, 89,104,226,
-    229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,151,227,245,244,101,128,  1,245,
-    228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 23,102,  4, 88,225, 88,234, 88,248, 89,
-      8,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6,175,230,233,238,225,236,225,
-    242,225,226,233, 99,128,251,147,233,238,233,244,233,225,236,225,
-    242,225,226,233, 99,128,251,148,237,229,228,233,225,236,225,242,
-    225,226,233, 99,128,251,149,231,117,  2, 89, 30, 89, 39,234,225,
-    242,225,244,105,128, 10,151,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10, 23,
-    232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48, 76,235,225,244,225,235,
-    225,238, 97,128, 48,172,237,237, 97,130,  3,179, 89, 80, 89, 93,
-    236,225,244,233,238,243,237,225,236,108,128,  2, 99,243,245,240,
-    229,242,233,239,114,128,  2,224,238,231,233,225,227,239,240,244,
-    233, 99,128,  3,235, 98,  2, 89,123, 89,133,239,240,239,237,239,
-    230,111,128, 49, 13,242,229,246,101,128,  1, 31, 99,  4, 89,150,
-     89,157, 89,166, 89,188,225,242,239,110,128,  1,231,229,228,233,
-    236,236, 97,128,  1, 35,233,242, 99,  2, 89,174, 89,179,236,101,
-    128, 36,214,245,237,230,236,229,120,128,  1, 29,239,237,237,225,
-    225,227,227,229,238,116,128,  1, 35,228,239,116,129,  1, 33, 89,
-    209,225,227,227,229,238,116,128,  1, 33,101,  6, 89,232, 89,243,
-     89,254, 90,  9, 90, 28, 90,130,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,
-    128,  4, 51,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48, 82,235,225,
-    244,225,235,225,238, 97,128, 48,178,239,237,229,244,242,233,227,
-    225,236,236,249,229,241,245,225,108,128, 34, 81,114,  3, 90, 36,
-     90, 85, 90, 95,229,243,104,  3, 90, 46, 90, 61, 90, 70,225,227,
-    227,229,238,244,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,156,232,229,226,
-    242,229,119,128,  5,243,237,245,241,228,225,237,232,229,226,242,
-    229,119,128,  5,157,237,225,238,228,226,236,115,128,  0,223,243,
-    232,225,249,233,109,  2, 90,106, 90,121,225,227,227,229,238,244,
-    232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,158,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,
-      5,244,244,225,237,225,242,107,128, 48, 19,104,  5, 90,151, 91,
-     28, 91, 91, 91,116, 91,122, 97,  4, 90,161, 90,171, 90,194, 90,
-    219,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,152,100,  2, 90,177, 90,
-    188,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5,114,229,246, 97,128,
-      9, 24,231,117,  2, 90,201, 90,210,234,225,242,225,244,105,128,
-     10,152,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10, 24,233,110,  4, 90,230,
-     90,239, 90,253, 91, 13,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 58,230,
-    233,238,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,206,233,238,233,
-    244,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,207,237,229,228,
-    233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,208,101,  3, 91, 36,
-     91, 57, 91, 74,237,233,228,228,236,229,232,239,239,235,227,249,
-    242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,149,243,244,242,239,235,229,227,
-    249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,147,245,240,244,245,242,238,
-    227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,145,232, 97,  2, 91, 98,
-     91,105,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 90,231,245,242,237,245,235,232,
-    105,128, 10, 90,239,239,107,128,  2, 96,250,243,241,245,225,242,
-    101,128, 51,147,105,  3, 91,140, 91,151, 91,162,232,233,242,225,
-    231,225,238, 97,128, 48, 78,235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,128,
-     48,174,109,  2, 91,168, 91,179,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,
-    128,  5, 99,229,108,130,  5,210, 91,188, 91,208,228,225,231,229,
-    243,104,129,251, 50, 91,199,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,251, 50,
-    232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,210,234,229,227,249,242,233,236,
-    236,233, 99,128,  4, 83,236,239,244,244,225,108,  2, 91,241, 92,
-      2,233,238,246,229,242,244,229,228,243,244,242,239,235,101,128,
-      1,190,243,244,239,112,132,  2,148, 92, 17, 92, 28, 92, 34, 92,
-     66,233,238,246,229,242,244,229,100,128,  2,150,237,239,100,128,
-      2,192,242,229,246,229,242,243,229,100,130,  2,149, 92, 49, 92,
-     55,237,239,100,128,  2,193,243,245,240,229,242,233,239,114,128,
-      2,228,243,244,242,239,235,101,129,  2,161, 92, 77,242,229,246,
-    229,242,243,229,100,128,  2,162,109,  2, 92, 94, 92,102,225,227,
-    242,239,110,128, 30, 33,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255,
-     71,111,  2, 92,119, 92,130,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128,
-     48, 84,235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,128, 48,180,240, 97,  2,
-     92,148, 92,154,242,229,110,128, 36,162,243,241,245,225,242,101,
-    128, 51,172,114,  2, 92,169, 93, 10, 97,  2, 92,175, 92,183,228,
-    233,229,238,116,128, 34,  7,246,101,134,  0, 96, 92,200, 92,211,
-     92,228, 92,235, 92,244, 93,  0,226,229,236,239,247,227,237, 98,
-    128,  3, 22, 99,  2, 92,217, 92,222,237, 98,128,  3,  0,239,237,
-     98,128,  3,  0,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 83,236,239,247,237,239,
-    100,128,  2,206,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 64,
-    244,239,238,229,227,237, 98,128,  3, 64,229,225,244,229,114,132,
-      0, 62, 93, 26, 93, 45, 93, 57, 93,100,229,241,245,225,108,129,
-     34,101, 93, 36,239,242,236,229,243,115,128, 34,219,237,239,238,
-    239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 30,111,  2, 93, 63, 93, 89,114,
-      2, 93, 69, 93, 82,229,241,245,233,246,225,236,229,238,116,128,
-     34,115,236,229,243,115,128, 34,119,246,229,242,229,241,245,225,
-    108,128, 34,103,243,237,225,236,108,128,254,101,115,  2, 93,114,
-     93,122,227,242,233,240,116,128,  2, 97,244,242,239,235,101,128,
-      1,229,117,  4, 93,140, 93,151, 93,208, 93,219,232,233,242,225,
-    231,225,238, 97,128, 48, 80,233,108,  2, 93,158, 93,183,236,229,
-    237,239,116,  2, 93,168, 93,175,236,229,230,116,128,  0,171,242,
-    233,231,232,116,128,  0,187,243,233,238,231,108,  2, 93,193, 93,
-    200,236,229,230,116,128, 32, 57,242,233,231,232,116,128, 32, 58,
-    235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,128, 48,176,242,225,237,245,243,
-    241,245,225,242,101,128, 51, 24,249,243,241,245,225,242,101,128,
-     51,201,104,144,  0,104, 94, 22, 96,164, 96,199, 96,236, 97, 20,
-     98,164, 98,184, 99,149, 99,161, 99,173,100,241,100,249,101,  4,
-    101, 13,101, 93,101, 97, 97, 13, 94, 50, 94, 89, 94, 99, 94,129,
-     94,154, 94,232, 94,244, 95, 13, 95, 28, 95, 57, 95, 70, 95,128,
-     95,137, 97,  2, 94, 56, 94, 75,226,235,232,225,243,233,225,238,
-    227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,169,236,244,239,238,229,
-    225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6,193,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,
-    128,  9,185,228,101,  2, 94,106, 94,124,243,227,229,238,228,229,
-    242,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,179,246, 97,128,  9,
-     57,231,117,  2, 94,136, 94,145,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,
-    185,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10, 57,104,  4, 94,164, 94,173,
-     94,187, 94,217,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 45,230,233,238,
-    225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,162,105,  2, 94,193, 94,
-    208,238,233,244,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,163,
-    242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,111,237,229,228,233,225,236,225,
-    242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,164,233,244,245,243,241,245,225,242,
-    101,128, 51, 42,235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,207, 95,
-      1,232,225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,138,236,225,238,
-    244,231,245,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10, 77,237,250, 97,  2,
-     95, 36, 95, 45,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 33,236,239,247,
-    225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 33,238,231,245,236,230,233,236,
-    236,229,114,128, 49,100,114,  2, 95, 76, 95, 92,228,243,233,231,
-    238,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 74,240,239,239,110,
-      2, 95,101, 95,114,236,229,230,244,226,225,242,226,245,112,128,
-     33,188,242,233,231,232,244,226,225,242,226,245,112,128, 33,192,
-    243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,202,244,225,102,  3, 95,147, 95,
-    239, 96, 74,240,225,244,225,104,134,  5,178, 95,167, 95,172, 95,
-    186, 95,195, 95,210, 95,226,177, 54,128,  5,178, 50,  2, 95,178,
-     95,182, 51,128,  5,178,102,128,  5,178,232,229,226,242,229,119,
-    128,  5,178,238,225,242,242,239,247,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,
-      5,178,241,245,225,242,244,229,242,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,
-      5,178,247,233,228,229,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,178,241,
-    225,237,225,244,115,135,  5,179, 96,  6, 96, 11, 96, 16, 96, 21,
-     96, 30, 96, 45, 96, 61,177, 98,128,  5,179,178, 56,128,  5,179,
-    179, 52,128,  5,179,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,179,238,225,
-    242,242,239,247,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,179,241,245,225,
-    242,244,229,242,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,179,247,233,228,
-    229,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,179,243,229,231,239,108,135,
-      5,177, 96, 96, 96,101, 96,106, 96,111, 96,120, 96,135, 96,151,
-    177, 55,128,  5,177,178, 52,128,  5,177,179, 48,128,  5,177,232,
-    229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,177,238,225,242,242,239,247,232,229,
-    226,242,229,119,128,  5,177,241,245,225,242,244,229,242,232,229,
-    226,242,229,119,128,  5,177,247,233,228,229,232,229,226,242,229,
-    119,128,  5,177, 98,  3, 96,172, 96,177, 96,187,225,114,128,  1,
-     39,239,240,239,237,239,230,111,128, 49, 15,242,229,246,229,226,
-    229,236,239,119,128, 30, 43, 99,  2, 96,205, 96,214,229,228,233,
-    236,236, 97,128, 30, 41,233,242, 99,  2, 96,222, 96,227,236,101,
-    128, 36,215,245,237,230,236,229,120,128,  1, 37,100,  2, 96,242,
-     96,252,233,229,242,229,243,233,115,128, 30, 39,239,116,  2, 97,
-      3, 97, 12,225,227,227,229,238,116,128, 30, 35,226,229,236,239,
-    119,128, 30, 37,101,136,  5,212, 97, 40, 97, 73, 97, 93, 98, 66,
-     98, 82, 98,127, 98,136, 98,149,225,242,116,129, 38,101, 97, 48,
-    243,245,233,116,  2, 97, 57, 97, 65,226,236,225,227,107,128, 38,
-    101,247,232,233,244,101,128, 38, 97,228,225,231,229,243,104,129,
-    251, 52, 97, 84,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,251, 52,104,  6, 97,
-    107, 97,135, 97,143, 97,193, 97,239, 98, 32, 97,  2, 97,113, 97,
-    127,236,244,239,238,229,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6,193,242,
-    225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 71,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,212,230,
-    233,238,225,236, 97,  2, 97,154, 97,185,236,116,  2, 97,161, 97,
-    173,239,238,229,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,251,167,244,247,239,
-    225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,234,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,
-    234,232,225,237,250,225,225,226,239,246,101,  2, 97,208, 97,222,
-    230,233,238,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,251,165,233,243,
-    239,236,225,244,229,228,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,251,164,105,
-      2, 97,245, 98, 23,238,233,244,233,225,236, 97,  2, 98,  1, 98,
-     15,236,244,239,238,229,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,251,168,242,
-    225,226,233, 99,128,254,235,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,120,
-    237,229,228,233,225,236, 97,  2, 98, 44, 98, 58,236,244,239,238,
-    229,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,251,169,242,225,226,233, 99,128,
-    254,236,233,243,229,233,229,242,225,243,241,245,225,242,101,128,
-     51,123,107,  2, 98, 88, 98,112,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129,
-     48,216, 98,100,232,225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,141,
-    245,244,225,225,242,245,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51, 54,238,
-    231,232,239,239,107,128,  2,103,242,245,244,245,243,241,245,225,
-    242,101,128, 51, 57,116,129,  5,215, 98,155,232,229,226,242,229,
-    119,128,  5,215,232,239,239,107,129,  2,102, 98,173,243,245,240,
-    229,242,233,239,114,128,  2,177,105,  4, 98,194, 99, 23, 99, 34,
-     99, 59,229,245,104,  4, 98,206, 98,241, 99,  0, 99,  9, 97,  2,
-     98,212, 98,227,227,233,242,227,236,229,235,239,242,229,225,110,
-    128, 50,123,240,225,242,229,238,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 50,
-     27,227,233,242,227,236,229,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 50,109,
-    235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49, 78,240,225,242,229,238,235,239,
-    242,229,225,110,128, 50, 13,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128,
-     48,114,235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,210, 99, 47,232,
-    225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,139,242,233,113,134,  5,
-    180, 99, 77, 99, 82, 99, 96, 99,105, 99,120, 99,136,177, 52,128,
-      5,180, 50,  2, 99, 88, 99, 92, 49,128,  5,180,100,128,  5,180,
-    232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,180,238,225,242,242,239,247,232,
-    229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,180,241,245,225,242,244,229,242,232,
-    229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,180,247,233,228,229,232,229,226,242,
-    229,119,128,  5,180,236,233,238,229,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30,
-    150,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 72,111,  9, 99,
-    193, 99,204, 99,228, 99,253,100, 85,100, 98,100,184,100,224,100,
-    235,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5,112,232,105,  2, 99,
-    211, 99,219,240,244,232,225,105,128, 14, 43,242,225,231,225,238,
-     97,128, 48,123,235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,219, 99,
-    241,232,225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,142,236,225,109,
-    135,  5,185,100, 17,100, 22,100, 27,100, 32,100, 41,100, 56,100,
-     72,177, 57,128,  5,185,178, 54,128,  5,185,179, 50,128,  5,185,
-    232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,185,238,225,242,242,239,247,232,
-    229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,185,241,245,225,242,244,229,242,232,
-    229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,185,247,233,228,229,232,229,226,242,
-    229,119,128,  5,185,238,239,235,232,245,235,244,232,225,105,128,
-     14, 46,111,  2,100,104,100,174,107,  4,100,114,100,126,100,132,
-    100,154,225,226,239,246,229,227,239,237, 98,128,  3,  9,227,237,
-     98,128,  3,  9,240,225,236,225,244,225,236,233,250,229,228,226,
-    229,236,239,247,227,237, 98,128,  3, 33,242,229,244,242,239,230,
-    236,229,248,226,229,236,239,247,227,237, 98,128,  3, 34,238,243,
-    241,245,225,242,101,128, 51, 66,114,  2,100,190,100,217,105,  2,
-    100,196,100,205,227,239,240,244,233, 99,128,  3,233,250,239,238,
-    244,225,236,226,225,114,128, 32, 21,238,227,237, 98,128,  3, 27,
-    244,243,240,242,233,238,231,115,128, 38,104,245,243,101,128, 35,
-      2,240,225,242,229,110,128, 36,163,243,245,240,229,242,233,239,
-    114,128,  2,176,244,245,242,238,229,100,128,  2,101,117,  4,101,
-     23,101, 34,101, 47,101, 72,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128,
-     48,117,233,233,244,239,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51, 51,235,
-    225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,213,101, 60,232,225,236,230,
-    247,233,228,244,104,128,255,140,238,231,225,242,245,237,236,225,
-    245,116,129,  2,221,101, 87,227,237, 98,128,  3, 11,118,128,  1,
-    149,249,240,232,229,110,132,  0, 45,101,113,101,124,101,136,101,
-    159,233,238,230,229,242,233,239,114,128,246,229,237,239,238,239,
-    243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 13,115,  2,101,142,101,149,237,225,
-    236,108,128,254, 99,245,240,229,242,233,239,114,128,246,230,244,
-    247,111,128, 32, 16,105,149,  0,105,101,211,101,234,102, 12,102,
-     59,105,197,106, 61,106, 98,106,125,107, 31,107, 35,107, 73,107,
-     95,107,179,108, 88,108,163,108,171,108,184,109, 15,109, 72,109,
-    100,109,144,225, 99,  2,101,218,101,224,245,244,101,128,  0,237,
-    249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 79, 98,  3,101,242,101,251,
-    102,  5,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,135,239,240,239,237,239,
-    230,111,128, 49, 39,242,229,246,101,128,  1, 45, 99,  3,102, 20,
-    102, 27,102, 49,225,242,239,110,128,  1,208,233,242, 99,  2,102,
-     35,102, 40,236,101,128, 36,216,245,237,230,236,229,120,128,  0,
-    238,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 86,100,  4,102, 69,102,
-     79,105,154,105,187,226,236,231,242,225,246,101,128,  2,  9,101,
-      2,102, 85,105,149,239,231,242,225,240,104,  7,102,106,102,120,
-    102,133,105, 62,105, 93,105,106,105,118,229,225,242,244,232,227,
-    233,242,227,236,101,128, 50,143,230,233,242,229,227,233,242,227,
-    236,101,128, 50,139,233, 99, 14,102,164,102,180,103, 23,103, 77,
-    103,143,103,172,103,188,103,245,104, 38,104, 50,104, 77,104,144,
-    105, 26,105, 55,225,236,236,233,225,238,227,229,240,225,242,229,
-    110,128, 50, 63, 99,  4,102,190,102,201,102,215,102,222,225,236,
-    236,240,225,242,229,110,128, 50, 58,229,238,244,242,229,227,233,
-    242,227,236,101,128, 50,165,236,239,243,101,128, 48,  6,111,  3,
-    102,230,102,245,103,  9,237,237, 97,129, 48,  1,102,238,236,229,
-    230,116,128,255,100,238,231,242,225,244,245,236,225,244,233,239,
-    238,240,225,242,229,110,128, 50, 55,242,242,229,227,244,227,233,
-    242,227,236,101,128, 50,163,101,  3,103, 31,103, 43,103, 60,225,
-    242,244,232,240,225,242,229,110,128, 50, 47,238,244,229,242,240,
-    242,233,243,229,240,225,242,229,110,128, 50, 61,248,227,229,236,
-    236,229,238,244,227,233,242,227,236,101,128, 50,157,102,  2,103,
-     83,103, 98,229,243,244,233,246,225,236,240,225,242,229,110,128,
-     50, 64,105,  2,103,104,103,133,238,225,238,227,233,225,108,  2,
-    103,116,103,125,227,233,242,227,236,101,128, 50,150,240,225,242,
-    229,110,128, 50, 54,242,229,240,225,242,229,110,128, 50, 43,104,
-      2,103,149,103,160,225,246,229,240,225,242,229,110,128, 50, 50,
-    233,231,232,227,233,242,227,236,101,128, 50,164,233,244,229,242,
-    225,244,233,239,238,237,225,242,107,128, 48,  5,108,  3,103,196,
-    103,222,103,234,225,226,239,114,  2,103,205,103,214,227,233,242,
-    227,236,101,128, 50,152,240,225,242,229,110,128, 50, 56,229,230,
-    244,227,233,242,227,236,101,128, 50,167,239,247,227,233,242,227,
-    236,101,128, 50,166,109,  2,103,251,104, 27,101,  2,104,  1,104,
-     16,228,233,227,233,238,229,227,233,242,227,236,101,128, 50,169,
-    244,225,236,240,225,242,229,110,128, 50, 46,239,239,238,240,225,
-    242,229,110,128, 50, 42,238,225,237,229,240,225,242,229,110,128,
-     50, 52,112,  2,104, 56,104, 64,229,242,233,239,100,128, 48,  2,
-    242,233,238,244,227,233,242,227,236,101,128, 50,158,114,  2,104,
-     83,104,131,101,  3,104, 91,104,102,104,117,225,227,232,240,225,
-    242,229,110,128, 50, 67,240,242,229,243,229,238,244,240,225,242,
-    229,110,128, 50, 57,243,239,245,242,227,229,240,225,242,229,110,
-    128, 50, 62,233,231,232,244,227,233,242,227,236,101,128, 50,168,
-    115,  5,104,156,104,185,104,199,104,224,104,252,101,  2,104,162,
-    104,175,227,242,229,244,227,233,242,227,236,101,128, 50,153,236,
-    230,240,225,242,229,110,128, 50, 66,239,227,233,229,244,249,240,
-    225,242,229,110,128, 50, 51,112,  2,104,205,104,211,225,227,101,
-    128, 48,  0,229,227,233,225,236,240,225,242,229,110,128, 50, 53,
-    116,  2,104,230,104,241,239,227,235,240,225,242,229,110,128, 50,
-     49,245,228,249,240,225,242,229,110,128, 50, 59,117,  2,105,  2,
-    105, 11,238,240,225,242,229,110,128, 50, 48,240,229,242,246,233,
-    243,229,240,225,242,229,110,128, 50, 60,119,  2,105, 32,105, 44,
-    225,244,229,242,240,225,242,229,110,128, 50, 44,239,239,228,240,
-    225,242,229,110,128, 50, 45,250,229,242,111,128, 48,  7,109,  2,
-    105, 68,105, 81,229,244,225,236,227,233,242,227,236,101,128, 50,
-    142,239,239,238,227,233,242,227,236,101,128, 50,138,238,225,237,
-    229,227,233,242,227,236,101,128, 50,148,243,245,238,227,233,242,
-    227,236,101,128, 50,144,119,  2,105,124,105,137,225,244,229,242,
-    227,233,242,227,236,101,128, 50,140,239,239,228,227,233,242,227,
-    236,101,128, 50,141,246, 97,128,  9,  7,233,229,242,229,243,233,
-    115,130,  0,239,105,168,105,176,225,227,245,244,101,128, 30, 47,
-    227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,229,239,244,226,229,236,
-    239,119,128, 30,203,101,  3,105,205,105,221,105,232,226,242,229,
-    246,229,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,215,227,249,242,
-    233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 53,245,238,103,  4,105,244,106, 23,
-    106, 38,106, 47, 97,  2,105,250,106,  9,227,233,242,227,236,229,
-    235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 50,117,240,225,242,229,238,235,239,
-    242,229,225,110,128, 50, 21,227,233,242,227,236,229,235,239,242,
-    229,225,110,128, 50,103,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49, 71,240,
-    225,242,229,238,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 50,  7,103,  2,106,
-     67,106, 74,242,225,246,101,128,  0,236,117,  2,106, 80,106, 89,
-    234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,135,242,237,245,235,232,105,128,
-     10,  7,104,  2,106,104,106,114,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128,
-     48, 68,239,239,235,225,226,239,246,101,128, 30,201,105,  8,106,
-    143,106,153,106,164,106,171,106,196,106,212,106,227,106,243,226,
-    229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,136,227,249,242,233,236,236,233,
-     99,128,  4, 56,228,229,246, 97,128,  9,  8,231,117,  2,106,178,
-    106,187,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,136,242,237,245,235,232,
-    105,128, 10,  8,237,225,244,242,225,231,245,242,237,245,235,232,
-    105,128, 10, 64,238,246,229,242,244,229,228,226,242,229,246,101,
-    128,  2, 11,243,232,239,242,244,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,
-    128,  4, 57,246,239,247,229,236,243,233,231,110,  3,107,  3,107,
-     13,107, 20,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,192,228,229,246,
-     97,128,  9, 64,231,245,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,192,106,
-    128,  1, 51,107,  2,107, 41,107, 65,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,
-    129, 48,164,107, 53,232,225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,
-    114,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49, 99,108,  2,107, 79,107, 84,228,
-    101,128,  2,220,245,249,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,172,109,
-      2,107,101,107,168, 97,  3,107,109,107,129,107,154,227,242,239,
-    110,129,  1, 43,107,118,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,
-    227,231,229,239,242,225,240,240,242,239,248,233,237,225,244,229,
-    236,249,229,241,245,225,108,128, 34, 83,244,242,225,231,245,242,
-    237,245,235,232,105,128, 10, 63,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,
-    128,255, 73,110,  5,107,191,107,201,107,210,107,222,108, 50,227,
-    242,229,237,229,238,116,128, 34,  6,230,233,238,233,244,121,128,
-     34, 30,233,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5,107,116,  2,
-    107,228,108, 40,101,  2,107,234,108, 29,231,242,225,108,131, 34,
-     43,107,247,108,  9,108, 14, 98,  2,107,253,108,  5,239,244,244,
-    239,109,128, 35, 33,116,128, 35, 33,229,120,128,248,245,116,  2,
-    108, 20,108, 25,239,112,128, 35, 32,112,128, 35, 32,242,243,229,
-    227,244,233,239,110,128, 34, 41,233,243,241,245,225,242,101,128,
-     51,  5,118,  3,108, 58,108, 67,108, 76,226,245,236,236,229,116,
-    128, 37,216,227,233,242,227,236,101,128, 37,217,243,237,233,236,
-    229,230,225,227,101,128, 38, 59,111,  3,108, 96,108,107,108,115,
-    227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 81,231,239,238,229,107,
-    128,  1, 47,244, 97,131,  3,185,108,126,108,147,108,155,228,233,
-    229,242,229,243,233,115,129,  3,202,108,139,244,239,238,239,115,
-    128,  3,144,236,225,244,233,110,128,  2,105,244,239,238,239,115,
-    128,  3,175,240,225,242,229,110,128, 36,164,242,233,231,245,242,
-    237,245,235,232,105,128, 10,114,115,  4,108,194,108,239,108,253,
-    109,  5,237,225,236,108,  2,108,203,108,214,232,233,242,225,231,
-    225,238, 97,128, 48, 67,235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,
-    163,108,227,232,225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,104,243,
-    232,225,242,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,250,244,242,239,
-    235,101,128,  2,104,245,240,229,242,233,239,114,128,246,237,116,
-      2,109, 21,109, 55,229,242,225,244,233,239,110,  2,109, 33,109,
-     44,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,157,235,225,244,225,
-    235,225,238, 97,128, 48,253,233,236,228,101,129,  1, 41,109, 64,
-    226,229,236,239,119,128, 30, 45,117,  2,109, 78,109, 89,226,239,
-    240,239,237,239,230,111,128, 49, 41,227,249,242,233,236,236,233,
-     99,128,  4, 78,246,239,247,229,236,243,233,231,110,  3,109,116,
-    109,126,109,133,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,191,228,229,
-    246, 97,128,  9, 63,231,245,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,191,
-    250,232,233,244,243, 97,  2,109,155,109,166,227,249,242,233,236,
-    236,233, 99,128,  4,117,228,226,236,231,242,225,246,229,227,249,
-    242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,119,106,138,  0,106,109,209,110,
-     16,110, 27,110, 77,110, 93,110,206,111, 19,111, 24,111, 36,111,
-     44, 97,  4,109,219,109,230,109,240,109,247,225,242,237,229,238,
-    233,225,110,128,  5,113,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,156,
-    228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 28,231,117,  2,109,254,110,  7,234,225,
-    242,225,244,105,128, 10,156,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10, 28,
-    226,239,240,239,237,239,230,111,128, 49, 16, 99,  3,110, 35,110,
-     42,110, 64,225,242,239,110,128,  1,240,233,242, 99,  2,110, 50,
-    110, 55,236,101,128, 36,217,245,237,230,236,229,120,128,  1, 53,
-    242,239,243,243,229,228,244,225,233,108,128,  2,157,228,239,244,
-    236,229,243,243,243,244,242,239,235,101,128,  2, 95,101,  3,110,
-    101,110,112,110,177,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 88,
-    229,109,  4,110,123,110,132,110,146,110,162,225,242,225,226,233,
-     99,128,  6, 44,230,233,238,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,
-    254,158,233,238,233,244,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,
-    254,159,237,229,228,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,
-    160,104,  2,110,183,110,192,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6,152,
-    230,233,238,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,251,139,104,  2,
-    110,212,111,  6, 97,  3,110,220,110,230,110,237,226,229,238,231,
-    225,236,105,128,  9,157,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 29,231,117,  2,
-    110,244,110,253,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,157,242,237,245,
-    235,232,105,128, 10, 29,229,232,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,
-    128,  5,123,233,115,128, 48,  4,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,
-    101,128,255, 74,240,225,242,229,110,128, 36,165,243,245,240,229,
-    242,233,239,114,128,  2,178,107,146,  0,107,111, 95,113,184,113,
-    195,114,  1,114, 12,114,102,114,116,115,224,116,164,116,177,116,
-    203,116,252,117,134,117,156,117,169,117,192,117,234,117,244, 97,
-     12,111,121,111,153,111,175,111,205,112, 63,112, 88,112,118,112,
-    143,112,249,113,  7,113,130,113,159, 98,  2,111,127,111,144,225,
-    243,232,235,233,242,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,161,
-    229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,149, 99,  2,111,159,111,165,245,
-    244,101,128, 30, 49,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 58,228,
-    101,  2,111,182,111,200,243,227,229,238,228,229,242,227,249,242,
-    233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,155,246, 97,128,  9, 21,102,135,  5,
-    219,111,223,111,232,111,252,112, 10,112, 19,112, 35,112, 50,225,
-    242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 67,228,225,231,229,243,104,129,251,
-     59,111,243,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,251, 59,230,233,238,225,
-    236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,218,232,229,226,242,229,119,
-    128,  5,219,233,238,233,244,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,
-    128,254,219,237,229,228,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,
-    254,220,242,225,230,229,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,251, 77,231,
-    117,  2,112, 70,112, 79,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,149,242,
-    237,245,235,232,105,128, 10, 21,104,  2,112, 94,112,104,233,242,
-    225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48, 75,239,239,235,227,249,242,233,236,
-    236,233, 99,128,  4,196,235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,
-    171,112,131,232,225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,118,112,
-      2,112,149,112,170,240, 97,129,  3,186,112,156,243,249,237,226,
-    239,236,231,242,229,229,107,128,  3,240,249,229,239,245,110,  3,
-    112,182,112,196,112,230,237,233,229,245,237,235,239,242,229,225,
-    110,128, 49,113,112,  2,112,202,112,217,232,233,229,245,240,232,
-    235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49,132,233,229,245,240,235,239,242,
-    229,225,110,128, 49,120,243,243,225,238,231,240,233,229,245,240,
-    235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49,121,242,239,242,233,233,243,241,
-    245,225,242,101,128, 51, 13,115,  5,113, 19,113, 63,113, 78,113,
-     86,113,114,232,233,228,225,225,245,244,111,  2,113, 32,113, 41,
-    225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 64,238,239,243,233,228,229,226,
-    229,225,242,233,238,231,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 64,237,
-    225,236,236,235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,128, 48,245,241,245,
-    225,242,101,128, 51,132,242, 97,  2,113, 93,113,102,225,242,225,
-    226,233, 99,128,  6, 80,244,225,238,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,
-      6, 77,244,242,239,235,229,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,
-      4,159,244,225,232,233,242,225,240,242,239,236,239,238,231,237,
-    225,242,235,232,225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,112,246,
-    229,242,244,233,227,225,236,243,244,242,239,235,229,227,249,242,
-    233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,157,226,239,240,239,237,239,230,111,
-    128, 49, 14, 99,  4,113,205,113,227,113,236,113,244, 97,  2,113,
-    211,113,221,236,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,137,242,239,110,
-    128,  1,233,229,228,233,236,236, 97,128,  1, 55,233,242,227,236,
-    101,128, 36,218,239,237,237,225,225,227,227,229,238,116,128,  1,
-     55,228,239,244,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30, 51,101,  4,114, 22,
-    114, 49,114, 74,114, 86,104,  2,114, 28,114, 39,225,242,237,229,
-    238,233,225,110,128,  5,132,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,
-     81,235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,177,114, 62,232,225,
-    236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,121,238,225,242,237,229,238,
-    233,225,110,128,  5,111,243,237,225,236,236,235,225,244,225,235,
-    225,238, 97,128, 48,246,231,242,229,229,238,236,225,238,228,233,
-     99,128,  1, 56,104,  6,114,130,115,  3,115, 14,115, 39,115,126,
-    115,214, 97,  5,114,142,114,152,114,163,114,170,114,195,226,229,
-    238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,150,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,
-    128,  4, 69,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 22,231,117,  2,114,177,114,
-    186,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,150,242,237,245,235,232,105,
-    128, 10, 22,104,  4,114,205,114,214,114,228,114,244,225,242,225,
-    226,233, 99,128,  6, 46,230,233,238,225,236,225,242,225,226,233,
-     99,128,254,166,233,238,233,244,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233,
-     99,128,254,167,237,229,228,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,
-    128,254,168,229,233,227,239,240,244,233, 99,128,  3,231,232, 97,
-      2,115, 21,115, 28,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 89,231,245,242,237,
-    245,235,232,105,128, 10, 89,233,229,245,235,104,  4,115, 53,115,
-     88,115,103,115,112, 97,  2,115, 59,115, 74,227,233,242,227,236,
-    229,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 50,120,240,225,242,229,238,235,
-    239,242,229,225,110,128, 50, 24,227,233,242,227,236,229,235,239,
-    242,229,225,110,128, 50,106,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49, 75,
-    240,225,242,229,238,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 50, 10,111,  4,
-    115,136,115,185,115,195,115,200,235,104,  4,115,147,115,156,115,
-    165,115,175,225,233,244,232,225,105,128, 14,  2,239,238,244,232,
-    225,105,128, 14,  5,245,225,244,244,232,225,105,128, 14,  3,247,
-    225,233,244,232,225,105,128, 14,  4,237,245,244,244,232,225,105,
-    128, 14, 91,239,107,128,  1,153,242,225,235,232,225,238,231,244,
-    232,225,105,128, 14,  6,250,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,145,
-    105,  4,115,234,115,245,116, 14,116, 63,232,233,242,225,231,225,
-    238, 97,128, 48, 77,235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,173,
-    116,  2,232,225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,119,242,111,
-      3,116, 23,116, 38,116, 54,231,245,242,225,237,245,243,241,245,
-    225,242,101,128, 51, 21,237,229,229,244,239,242,245,243,241,245,
-    225,242,101,128, 51, 22,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51, 20,249,
-    229,239,107,  5,116, 78,116,113,116,128,116,137,116,151, 97,  2,
-    116, 84,116, 99,227,233,242,227,236,229,235,239,242,229,225,110,
-    128, 50,110,240,225,242,229,238,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 50,
-     14,227,233,242,227,236,229,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 50, 96,
-    235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49, 49,240,225,242,229,238,235,239,
-    242,229,225,110,128, 50,  0,243,233,239,243,235,239,242,229,225,
-    110,128, 49, 51,234,229,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,
-     92,108,  2,116,183,116,194,233,238,229,226,229,236,239,119,128,
-     30, 53,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,152,109,  3,116,211,116,
-    225,116,236,227,245,226,229,228,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,
-    166,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 75,243,241,245,225,
-    242,229,228,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,162,111,  5,117,  8,
-    117, 34,117, 72,117, 84,117, 98,104,  2,117, 14,117, 24,233,242,
-    225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48, 83,237,243,241,245,225,242,101,128,
-     51,192,235, 97,  2,117, 41,117, 49,233,244,232,225,105,128, 14,
-      1,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,179,117, 60,232,225,236,230,
-    247,233,228,244,104,128,255,122,239,240,239,243,241,245,225,242,
-    101,128, 51, 30,240,240,225,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,
-      4,129,114,  2,117,104,117,124,229,225,238,243,244,225,238,228,
-    225,242,228,243,249,237,226,239,108,128, 50,127,239,238,233,243,
-    227,237, 98,128,  3, 67,240, 97,  2,117,141,117,147,242,229,110,
-    128, 36,166,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,170,243,233,227,249,
-    242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,111,116,  2,117,175,117,184,243,
-    241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,207,245,242,238,229,100,128,  2,158,
-    117,  2,117,198,117,209,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,
-     79,235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,175,117,222,232,225,
-    236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,120,246,243,241,245,225,242,
-    101,128, 51,184,247,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,190,108,146,
-      0,108,118, 38,120, 65,120, 94,120,160,120,198,121, 94,121,103,
-    121,119,121,143,121,161,122, 23,122, 64,122,199,122,207,122,240,
-    122,249,123,  1,123, 63, 97,  7,118, 54,118, 64,118, 71,118, 78,
-    118,103,118,119,120, 53,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,178,
-    227,245,244,101,128,  1, 58,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 50,231,117,
-      2,118, 85,118, 94,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,178,242,237,
-    245,235,232,105,128, 10, 50,235,235,232,225,238,231,249,225,239,
-    244,232,225,105,128, 14, 69,109, 10,118,141,119, 80,119, 97,119,
-    135,119,149,119,168,119,184,119,204,119,224,119,247, 97,  2,118,
-    147,119, 72,236,229,102,  4,118,159,118,173,119,  9,119, 26,230,
-    233,238,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,252,232,225,237,
-    250, 97,  2,118,183,118,224,225,226,239,246,101,  2,118,193,118,
-    207,230,233,238,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,248,233,
-    243,239,236,225,244,229,228,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,247,
-    226,229,236,239,119,  2,118,234,118,248,230,233,238,225,236,225,
-    242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,250,233,243,239,236,225,244,229,228,
-    225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,249,233,243,239,236,225,244,229,
-    228,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,251,237,225,228,228,225,225,
-    226,239,246,101,  2,119, 41,119, 55,230,233,238,225,236,225,242,
-    225,226,233, 99,128,254,246,233,243,239,236,225,244,229,228,225,
-    242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,245,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 68,
-    226,228, 97,129,  3,187,119, 88,243,244,242,239,235,101,128,  1,
-    155,229,100,130,  5,220,119,106,119,126,228,225,231,229,243,104,
-    129,251, 60,119,117,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,251, 60,232,229,
-    226,242,229,119,128,  5,220,230,233,238,225,236,225,242,225,226,
-    233, 99,128,254,222,232,225,232,233,238,233,244,233,225,236,225,
-    242,225,226,233, 99,128,252,202,233,238,233,244,233,225,236,225,
-    242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,223,234,229,229,237,233,238,233,244,
-    233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,252,201,235,232,225,232,
-    233,238,233,244,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,252,203,
-    236,225,237,232,229,232,233,243,239,236,225,244,229,228,225,242,
-    225,226,233, 99,128,253,242,237,101,  2,119,254,120, 11,228,233,
-    225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,224,229,109,  2,120, 18,
-    120, 37,232,225,232,233,238,233,244,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,
-    233, 99,128,253,136,233,238,233,244,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,
-    233, 99,128,252,204,242,231,229,227,233,242,227,236,101,128, 37,
-    239, 98,  3,120, 73,120, 78,120, 84,225,114,128,  1,154,229,236,
-    116,128,  2,108,239,240,239,237,239,230,111,128, 49, 12, 99,  4,
-    120,104,120,111,120,120,120,147,225,242,239,110,128,  1, 62,229,
-    228,233,236,236, 97,128,  1, 60,233,242, 99,  2,120,128,120,133,
-    236,101,128, 36,219,245,237,230,236,229,248,226,229,236,239,119,
-    128, 30, 61,239,237,237,225,225,227,227,229,238,116,128,  1, 60,
-    228,239,116,130,  1, 64,120,170,120,179,225,227,227,229,238,116,
-    128,  1, 64,226,229,236,239,119,129, 30, 55,120,189,237,225,227,
-    242,239,110,128, 30, 57,101,  3,120,206,120,244,121, 89,230,116,
-      2,120,213,120,229,225,238,231,236,229,225,226,239,246,229,227,
-    237, 98,128,  3, 26,244,225,227,235,226,229,236,239,247,227,237,
-     98,128,  3, 24,243,115,132,  0, 60,121,  1,121, 23,121, 35,121,
-     81,229,241,245,225,108,129, 34,100,121, 11,239,242,231,242,229,
-    225,244,229,114,128, 34,218,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,
-    128,255, 28,111,  2,121, 41,121, 70,114,  2,121, 47,121, 60,229,
-    241,245,233,246,225,236,229,238,116,128, 34,114,231,242,229,225,
-    244,229,114,128, 34,118,246,229,242,229,241,245,225,108,128, 34,
-    102,243,237,225,236,108,128,254,100,250,104,128,  2,110,230,226,
-    236,239,227,107,128, 37,140,232,239,239,235,242,229,244,242,239,
-    230,236,229,120,128,  2,109,105,  2,121,125,121,130,242, 97,128,
-     32,164,247,238,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5,108,106,
-    129,  1,201,121,149,229,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,
-     89,108,132,246,192,121,173,121,197,121,208,121,217, 97,  2,121,
-    179,121,186,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 51,231,245,234,225,242,225,
-    244,105,128, 10,179,233,238,229,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30, 59,
-    236,225,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 52,246,239,227,225,236,233, 99,
-      3,121,231,121,241,121,248,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,
-    225,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 97,246,239,247,229,236,243,233,231,
-    110,  2,122,  6,122, 16,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,227,
-    228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 99,109,  3,122, 31,122, 44,122, 55,233,
-    228,228,236,229,244,233,236,228,101,128,  2,107,239,238,239,243,
-    240,225,227,101,128,255, 76,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,208,
-    111,  6,122, 78,122, 90,122,132,122,143,122,149,122,191,227,232,
-    245,236,225,244,232,225,105,128, 14, 44,231,233,227,225,108,  3,
-    122,102,122,108,122,127,225,238,100,128, 34, 39,238,239,116,129,
-      0,172,122,116,242,229,246,229,242,243,229,100,128, 35, 16,239,
-    114,128, 34, 40,236,233,238,231,244,232,225,105,128, 14, 37,238,
-    231,115,128,  1,127,247,236,233,238,101,  2,122,159,122,182, 99,
-      2,122,165,122,177,229,238,244,229,242,236,233,238,101,128,254,
-     78,237, 98,128,  3, 50,228,225,243,232,229,100,128,254, 77,250,
-    229,238,231,101,128, 37,202,240,225,242,229,110,128, 36,167,115,
-      3,122,215,122,222,122,230,236,225,243,104,128,  1, 66,241,245,
-    225,242,101,128, 33, 19,245,240,229,242,233,239,114,128,246,238,
-    244,243,232,225,228,101,128, 37,145,245,244,232,225,105,128, 14,
-     38,246,239,227,225,236,233, 99,  3,123, 15,123, 25,123, 32,226,
-    229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,140,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 12,
-    246,239,247,229,236,243,233,231,110,  2,123, 46,123, 56,226,229,
-    238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,226,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 98,248,
-    243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,211,109,144,  0,109,123,109,125,
-    218,125,243,126, 14,126, 39,127, 92,127,114,128,169,128,199,128,
-    248,129, 99,129,121,129,146,129,155,130,182,130,210, 97, 12,123,
-    135,123,145,123,209,123,216,123,241,124, 33,125,125,125,150,125,
-    155,125,169,125,181,125,186,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,
-    174, 99,  2,123,151,123,203,242,239,110,132,  0,175,123,165,123,
-    176,123,182,123,191,226,229,236,239,247,227,237, 98,128,  3, 49,
-    227,237, 98,128,  3,  4,236,239,247,237,239,100,128,  2,205,237,
-    239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255,227,245,244,101,128, 30,
-     63,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 46,231,117,  2,123,223,123,232,234,
-    225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,174,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10,
-     46,104,  2,123,247,124, 23,225,240,225,235,104,  2,124,  1,124,
-     10,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,164,236,229,230,244,232,229,
-    226,242,229,119,128,  5,164,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,
-    126,105,  5,124, 45,124,114,124,177,124,207,125,113,227,232,225,
-    244,244,225,247, 97,  3,124, 60,124, 91,124, 98,236,239,119,  2,
-    124, 68,124, 79,236,229,230,244,244,232,225,105,128,248,149,242,
-    233,231,232,244,244,232,225,105,128,248,148,244,232,225,105,128,
-     14, 75,245,240,240,229,242,236,229,230,244,244,232,225,105,128,
-    248,147,229,107,  3,124,123,124,154,124,161,236,239,119,  2,124,
-    131,124,142,236,229,230,244,244,232,225,105,128,248,140,242,233,
-    231,232,244,244,232,225,105,128,248,139,244,232,225,105,128, 14,
-     72,245,240,240,229,242,236,229,230,244,244,232,225,105,128,248,
-    138,232,225,238,225,235,225,116,  2,124,189,124,200,236,229,230,
-    244,244,232,225,105,128,248,132,244,232,225,105,128, 14, 49,116,
-      3,124,215,124,243,125, 50,225,233,235,232,117,  2,124,225,124,
-    236,236,229,230,244,244,232,225,105,128,248,137,244,232,225,105,
-    128, 14, 71,232,111,  3,124,252,125, 27,125, 34,236,239,119,  2,
-    125,  4,125, 15,236,229,230,244,244,232,225,105,128,248,143,242,
-    233,231,232,244,244,232,225,105,128,248,142,244,232,225,105,128,
-     14, 73,245,240,240,229,242,236,229,230,244,244,232,225,105,128,
-    248,141,242,105,  3,125, 59,125, 90,125, 97,236,239,119,  2,125,
-     67,125, 78,236,229,230,244,244,232,225,105,128,248,146,242,233,
-    231,232,244,244,232,225,105,128,248,145,244,232,225,105,128, 14,
-     74,245,240,240,229,242,236,229,230,244,244,232,225,105,128,248,
-    144,249,225,237,239,235,244,232,225,105,128, 14, 70,235,225,244,
-    225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,222,125,138,232,225,236,230,247,233,
-    228,244,104,128,255,143,236,101,128, 38, 66,238,243,249,239,238,
-    243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51, 71,241,225,230,232,229,226,242,
-    229,119,128,  5,190,242,115,128, 38, 66,115,  2,125,192,125,210,
-    239,242,225,227,233,242,227,236,229,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,
-      5,175,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,131, 98,  2,125,224,125,234,
-    239,240,239,237,239,230,111,128, 49,  7,243,241,245,225,242,101,
-    128, 51,212, 99,  2,125,249,126,  1,233,242,227,236,101,128, 36,
-    220,245,226,229,228,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,165,228,239,
-    116,  2,126, 22,126, 31,225,227,227,229,238,116,128, 30, 65,226,
-    229,236,239,119,128, 30, 67,101,  7,126, 55,126,182,126,193,126,
-    208,126,233,127, 14,127, 26,101,  2,126, 61,126,169,109,  4,126,
-     71,126, 80,126, 94,126,110,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 69,
-    230,233,238,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,226,233,238,
-    233,244,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,227,237,101,
-      2,126,117,126,130,228,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,
-    254,228,229,237,105,  2,126,138,126,153,238,233,244,233,225,236,
-    225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,252,209,243,239,236,225,244,229,228,
-    225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,252, 72,244,239,242,245,243,241,245,
-    225,242,101,128, 51, 77,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,
-    129,233,250,233,229,242,225,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,126,
-    235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,225,126,221,232,225,236,
-    230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,146,109,130,  5,222,126,241,127,
-      5,228,225,231,229,243,104,129,251, 62,126,252,232,229,226,242,
-    229,119,128,251, 62,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,222,238,225,
-    242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5,116,242,235,232, 97,  3,127,
-     37,127, 46,127, 79,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,165,235,229,
-    230,245,236, 97,  2,127, 57,127, 66,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,
-      5,166,236,229,230,244,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,166,236,
-    229,230,244,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,165,104,  2,127, 98,
-    127,104,239,239,107,128,  2,113,250,243,241,245,225,242,101,128,
-     51,146,105,  6,127,128,127,165,128, 46,128, 57,128, 82,128,139,
-    228,100,  2,127,135,127,160,236,229,228,239,244,235,225,244,225,
-    235,225,238,225,232,225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,101,
-    239,116,128,  0,183,229,245,109,  5,127,179,127,214,127,229,127,
-    238,128, 33, 97,  2,127,185,127,200,227,233,242,227,236,229,235,
-    239,242,229,225,110,128, 50,114,240,225,242,229,238,235,239,242,
-    229,225,110,128, 50, 18,227,233,242,227,236,229,235,239,242,229,
-    225,110,128, 50,100,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49, 65,112,  2,
-    127,244,128, 20, 97,  2,127,250,128,  8,238,243,233,239,243,235,
-    239,242,229,225,110,128, 49,112,242,229,238,235,239,242,229,225,
-    110,128, 50,  4,233,229,245,240,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49,
-    110,243,233,239,243,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49,111,232,233,
-    242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,127,235,225,244,225,235,225,238,
-     97,129, 48,223,128, 70,232,225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,
-    255,144,238,117,  2,128, 89,128,134,115,132, 34, 18,128,101,128,
-    112,128,121,128,127,226,229,236,239,247,227,237, 98,128,  3, 32,
-    227,233,242,227,236,101,128, 34,150,237,239,100,128,  2,215,240,
-    236,245,115,128, 34, 19,244,101,128, 32, 50,242,105,  2,128,146,
-    128,160,226,225,225,242,245,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51, 74,
-    243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51, 73,108,  2,128,175,128,190,239,
-    238,231,236,229,231,244,245,242,238,229,100,128,  2,112,243,241,
-    245,225,242,101,128, 51,150,109,  3,128,207,128,221,128,232,227,
-    245,226,229,228,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,163,239,238,239,
-    243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 77,243,241,245,225,242,229,228,243,
-    241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,159,111,  5,129,  4,129, 30,129, 55,
-    129, 65,129, 74,104,  2,129, 10,129, 20,233,242,225,231,225,238,
-     97,128, 48,130,237,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,193,235,225,
-    244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,226,129, 43,232,225,236,230,247,
-    233,228,244,104,128,255,147,236,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,
-    214,237,225,244,232,225,105,128, 14, 33,246,229,242,243,243,241,
-    245,225,242,101,129, 51,167,129, 89,228,243,241,245,225,242,101,
-    128, 51,168,240, 97,  2,129,106,129,112,242,229,110,128, 36,168,
-    243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,171,115,  2,129,127,129,136,243,
-    241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,179,245,240,229,242,233,239,114,128,
-    246,239,244,245,242,238,229,100,128,  2,111,117,141,  0,181,129,
-    185,129,189,129,199,129,223,129,233,129,255,130, 10,130, 35,130,
-     58,130, 68,130, 98,130,162,130,172, 49,128,  0,181,225,243,241,
-    245,225,242,101,128, 51,130,227,104,  2,129,206,129,216,231,242,
-    229,225,244,229,114,128, 34,107,236,229,243,115,128, 34,106,230,
-    243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,140,103,  2,129,239,129,246,242,
-    229,229,107,128,  3,188,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,141,232,
-    233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,128,235,225,244,225,235,225,
-    238, 97,129, 48,224,130, 23,232,225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,
-    128,255,145,108,  2,130, 41,130, 50,243,241,245,225,242,101,128,
-     51,149,244,233,240,236,121,128,  0,215,237,243,241,245,225,242,
-    101,128, 51,155,238,225,104,  2,130, 76,130, 85,232,229,226,242,
-    229,119,128,  5,163,236,229,230,244,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,
-      5,163,115,  2,130,104,130,153,233, 99,  3,130,113,130,130,130,
-    141,225,236,238,239,244,101,129, 38,106,130,124,228,226,108,128,
-     38,107,230,236,225,244,243,233,231,110,128, 38,109,243,232,225,
-    242,240,243,233,231,110,128, 38,111,243,241,245,225,242,101,128,
-     51,178,246,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,182,247,243,241,245,
-    225,242,101,128, 51,188,118,  2,130,188,130,201,237,229,231,225,
-    243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,185,243,241,245,225,242,101,128,
-     51,183,119,  2,130,216,130,229,237,229,231,225,243,241,245,225,
-    242,101,128, 51,191,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,189,110,150,
-      0,110,131, 30,131,164,131,188,131,254,132, 23,132, 81,132, 91,
-    132,158,132,201,134,235,134,253,135, 22,135, 53,135, 79,135,144,
-    137,126,137,134,137,159,137,167,138,135,138,145,138,155, 97,  8,
-    131, 48,131, 68,131, 75,131, 82,131,107,131,118,131,143,131,155,
-     98,  2,131, 54,131, 63,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,168,236,
-     97,128, 34,  7,227,245,244,101,128,  1, 68,228,229,246, 97,128,
-      9, 40,231,117,  2,131, 89,131, 98,234,225,242,225,244,105,128,
-     10,168,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10, 40,232,233,242,225,231,
-    225,238, 97,128, 48,106,235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,
-    202,131,131,232,225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,133,240,
-    239,243,244,242,239,240,232,101,128,  1, 73,243,241,245,225,242,
-    101,128, 51,129, 98,  2,131,170,131,180,239,240,239,237,239,230,
-    111,128, 49, 11,243,240,225,227,101,128,  0,160, 99,  4,131,198,
-    131,205,131,214,131,241,225,242,239,110,128,  1, 72,229,228,233,
-    236,236, 97,128,  1, 70,233,242, 99,  2,131,222,131,227,236,101,
-    128, 36,221,245,237,230,236,229,248,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30,
-     75,239,237,237,225,225,227,227,229,238,116,128,  1, 70,228,239,
-    116,  2,132,  6,132, 15,225,227,227,229,238,116,128, 30, 69,226,
-    229,236,239,119,128, 30, 71,101,  3,132, 31,132, 42,132, 67,232,
-    233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,109,235,225,244,225,235,225,
-    238, 97,129, 48,205,132, 55,232,225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,
-    128,255,136,247,243,232,229,241,229,236,243,233,231,110,128, 32,
-    170,230,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,139,103,  2,132, 97,132,
-    147, 97,  3,132,105,132,115,132,122,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,
-    128,  9,153,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 25,231,117,  2,132,129,132,
-    138,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,153,242,237,245,235,232,105,
-    128, 10, 25,239,238,231,245,244,232,225,105,128, 14,  7,104,  2,
-    132,164,132,174,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,147,239,239,
-    107,  2,132,182,132,189,236,229,230,116,128,  2,114,242,229,244,
-    242,239,230,236,229,120,128,  2,115,105,  4,132,211,133,124,133,
-    135,133,193,229,245,110,  7,132,229,133,  8,133, 40,133, 54,133,
-     63,133, 96,133,109, 97,  2,132,235,132,250,227,233,242,227,236,
-    229,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 50,111,240,225,242,229,238,235,
-    239,242,229,225,110,128, 50, 15,227,105,  2,133, 15,133, 27,229,
-    245,227,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49, 53,242,227,236,229,235,
-    239,242,229,225,110,128, 50, 97,232,233,229,245,232,235,239,242,
-    229,225,110,128, 49, 54,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49, 52,240,
-     97,  2,133, 70,133, 84,238,243,233,239,243,235,239,242,229,225,
-    110,128, 49,104,242,229,238,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 50,  1,
-    243,233,239,243,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49,103,244,233,235,
-    229,245,244,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49,102,232,233,242,225,
-    231,225,238, 97,128, 48,107,107,  2,133,141,133,165,225,244,225,
-    235,225,238, 97,129, 48,203,133,153,232,225,236,230,247,233,228,
-    244,104,128,255,134,232,225,232,233,116,  2,133,175,133,186,236,
-    229,230,244,244,232,225,105,128,248,153,244,232,225,105,128, 14,
-     77,238,101,141,  0, 57,133,224,133,233,133,243,134, 17,134, 24,
-    134, 49,134, 76,134,110,134,122,134,133,134,166,134,174,134,185,
-    225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6,105,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,
-    128,  9,239,227,233,242,227,236,101,129, 36,104,133,254,233,238,
-    246,229,242,243,229,243,225,238,243,243,229,242,233,102,128, 39,
-    146,228,229,246, 97,128,  9,111,231,117,  2,134, 31,134, 40,234,
-    225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,239,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10,
-    111,232, 97,  2,134, 56,134, 67,227,235,225,242,225,226,233, 99,
-    128,  6,105,238,231,250,232,239,117,128, 48, 41,105,  2,134, 82,
-    134,100,228,229,239,231,242,225,240,232,233,227,240,225,242,229,
-    110,128, 50, 40,238,230,229,242,233,239,114,128, 32,137,237,239,
-    238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 25,239,236,228,243,244,249,
-    236,101,128,247, 57,112,  2,134,139,134,146,225,242,229,110,128,
-     36,124,229,114,  2,134,153,134,159,233,239,100,128, 36,144,243,
-    233,225,110,128,  6,249,242,239,237,225,110,128, 33,120,243,245,
-    240,229,242,233,239,114,128, 32,121,116,  2,134,191,134,229,229,
-    229,110,  2,134,199,134,208,227,233,242,227,236,101,128, 36,114,
-    112,  2,134,214,134,221,225,242,229,110,128, 36,134,229,242,233,
-    239,100,128, 36,154,232,225,105,128, 14, 89,106,129,  1,204,134,
-    241,229,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 90,235,225,244,
-    225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,243,135, 10,232,225,236,230,247,233,
-    228,244,104,128,255,157,108,  2,135, 28,135, 42,229,231,242,233,
-    231,232,244,236,239,238,103,128,  1,158,233,238,229,226,229,236,
-    239,119,128, 30, 73,109,  2,135, 59,135, 70,239,238,239,243,240,
-    225,227,101,128,255, 78,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,154,110,
-      2,135, 85,135,135, 97,  3,135, 93,135,103,135,110,226,229,238,
-    231,225,236,105,128,  9,163,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 35,231,117,
-      2,135,117,135,126,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,163,242,237,
-    245,235,232,105,128, 10, 35,238,225,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 41,
-    111,  6,135,158,135,169,135,194,135,235,136,187,137,114,232,233,
-    242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,110,235,225,244,225,235,225,238,
-     97,129, 48,206,135,182,232,225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,
-    255,137,110,  3,135,202,135,218,135,227,226,242,229,225,235,233,
-    238,231,243,240,225,227,101,128,  0,160,229,238,244,232,225,105,
-    128, 14, 19,245,244,232,225,105,128, 14, 25,239,110,  7,135,252,
-    136,  5,136, 19,136, 53,136, 69,136,110,136,169,225,242,225,226,
-    233, 99,128,  6, 70,230,233,238,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,
-    128,254,230,231,232,245,238,238, 97,  2,136, 30,136, 39,225,242,
-    225,226,233, 99,128,  6,186,230,233,238,225,236,225,242,225,226,
-    233, 99,128,251,159,233,238,233,244,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,
-    233, 99,128,254,231,234,229,229,237,105,  2,136, 79,136, 94,238,
-    233,244,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,252,210,243,239,
-    236,225,244,229,228,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,252, 75,237,101,
-      2,136,117,136,130,228,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,
-    254,232,229,237,105,  2,136,138,136,153,238,233,244,233,225,236,
-    225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,252,213,243,239,236,225,244,229,228,
-    225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,252, 78,238,239,239,238,230,233,238,
-    225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,252,141,116,  7,136,203,136,
-    214,136,243,137, 22,137, 34,137, 54,137, 80,227,239,238,244,225,
-    233,238,115,128, 34, 12,101,  2,136,220,136,236,236,229,237,229,
-    238,116,129, 34,  9,136,231,239,102,128, 34,  9,241,245,225,108,
-    128, 34, 96,231,242,229,225,244,229,114,129, 34,111,136,255,238,
-    239,114,  2,137,  7,137, 15,229,241,245,225,108,128, 34,113,236,
-    229,243,115,128, 34,121,233,228,229,238,244,233,227,225,108,128,
-     34, 98,236,229,243,115,129, 34,110,137, 43,238,239,242,229,241,
-    245,225,108,128, 34,112,112,  2,137, 60,137, 70,225,242,225,236,
-    236,229,108,128, 34, 38,242,229,227,229,228,229,115,128, 34,128,
-    243,117,  3,137, 89,137, 96,137,105,226,243,229,116,128, 34,132,
-    227,227,229,229,228,115,128, 34,129,240,229,242,243,229,116,128,
-     34,133,247,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5,118,240,225,
-    242,229,110,128, 36,169,115,  2,137,140,137,149,243,241,245,225,
-    242,101,128, 51,177,245,240,229,242,233,239,114,128, 32,127,244,
-    233,236,228,101,128,  0,241,117,132,  3,189,137,179,137,190,138,
-     15,138, 98,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,108,107,  2,
-    137,196,137,220,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,204,137,208,
-    232,225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,135,244, 97,  3,137,
-    229,137,239,137,246,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,188,228,
-    229,246, 97,128,  9, 60,231,117,  2,137,253,138,  6,234,225,242,
-    225,244,105,128, 10,188,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10, 60,109,
-      2,138, 21,138, 55,226,229,242,243,233,231,110,130,  0, 35,138,
-     35,138, 47,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255,  3,243,
-    237,225,236,108,128,254, 95,229,114,  2,138, 62,138, 94,225,236,
-    243,233,231,110,  2,138, 73,138, 81,231,242,229,229,107,128,  3,
-    116,236,239,247,229,242,231,242,229,229,107,128,  3,117,111,128,
-     33, 22,110,130,  5,224,138,106,138,126,228,225,231,229,243,104,
-    129,251, 64,138,117,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,251, 64,232,229,
-    226,242,229,119,128,  5,224,246,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,
-    181,247,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,187,249, 97,  3,138,164,
-    138,174,138,181,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,158,228,229,
-    246, 97,128,  9, 30,231,117,  2,138,188,138,197,234,225,242,225,
-    244,105,128, 10,158,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10, 30,111,147,
-      0,111,138,248,139, 14,139, 92,140,  6,140, 78,140, 93,140,133,
-    141,  0,141, 21,141, 59,141, 70,141,248,143, 82,143,146,143,179,
-    143,225,144, 98,144,145,144,157, 97,  2,138,254,139,  5,227,245,
-    244,101,128,  0,243,238,231,244,232,225,105,128, 14, 45, 98,  4,
-    139, 24,139, 66,139, 75,139, 85,225,242,242,229,100,130,  2,117,
-    139, 36,139, 47,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,233,228,
-    233,229,242,229,243,233,243,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,
-      4,235,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,147,239,240,239,237,239,
-    230,111,128, 49, 27,242,229,246,101,128,  1, 79, 99,  3,139,100,
-    139,173,139,252, 97,  2,139,106,139,167,238,228,242, 97,  3,139,
-    117,139,124,139,135,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 17,231,245,234,225,
-    242,225,244,105,128, 10,145,246,239,247,229,236,243,233,231,110,
-      2,139,149,139,156,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 73,231,245,234,225,
-    242,225,244,105,128, 10,201,242,239,110,128,  1,210,233,242, 99,
-      2,139,181,139,186,236,101,128, 36,222,245,237,230,236,229,120,
-    133,  0,244,139,205,139,213,139,224,139,232,139,244,225,227,245,
-    244,101,128, 30,209,228,239,244,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30,217,
-    231,242,225,246,101,128, 30,211,232,239,239,235,225,226,239,246,
-    101,128, 30,213,244,233,236,228,101,128, 30,215,249,242,233,236,
-    236,233, 99,128,  4, 62,100,  4,140, 16,140, 39,140, 45,140, 68,
-    226,108,  2,140, 23,140, 31,225,227,245,244,101,128,  1, 81,231,
-    242,225,246,101,128,  2, 13,229,246, 97,128,  9, 19,233,229,242,
-    229,243,233,115,129,  0,246,140, 57,227,249,242,233,236,236,233,
-     99,128,  4,231,239,244,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30,205,101,129,
-      1, 83,140, 84,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49, 90,103,  3,140,
-    101,140,116,140,123,239,238,229,107,129,  2,219,140,110,227,237,
-     98,128,  3, 40,242,225,246,101,128,  0,242,245,234,225,242,225,
-    244,105,128, 10,147,104,  4,140,143,140,154,140,164,140,242,225,
-    242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5,133,233,242,225,231,225,238,
-     97,128, 48, 74,111,  2,140,170,140,180,239,235,225,226,239,246,
-    101,128, 30,207,242,110,133,  1,161,140,195,140,203,140,214,140,
-    222,140,234,225,227,245,244,101,128, 30,219,228,239,244,226,229,
-    236,239,119,128, 30,227,231,242,225,246,101,128, 30,221,232,239,
-    239,235,225,226,239,246,101,128, 30,223,244,233,236,228,101,128,
-     30,225,245,238,231,225,242,245,237,236,225,245,116,128,  1, 81,
-    105,129,  1,163,141,  6,238,246,229,242,244,229,228,226,242,229,
-    246,101,128,  2, 15,107,  2,141, 27,141, 51,225,244,225,235,225,
-    238, 97,129, 48,170,141, 39,232,225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,
-    128,255,117,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49, 87,236,229,232,229,226,
-    242,229,119,128,  5,171,109,  6,141, 84,141,112,141,119,141,208,
-    141,219,141,237,225,227,242,239,110,130,  1, 77,141, 96,141,104,
-    225,227,245,244,101,128, 30, 83,231,242,225,246,101,128, 30, 81,
-    228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 80,229,231, 97,133,  3,201,141,135,141,
-    139,141,150,141,164,141,180, 49,128,  3,214,227,249,242,233,236,
-    236,233, 99,128,  4, 97,236,225,244,233,238,227,236,239,243,229,
-    100,128,  2,119,242,239,245,238,228,227,249,242,233,236,236,233,
-     99,128,  4,123,116,  2,141,186,141,201,233,244,236,239,227,249,
-    242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,125,239,238,239,115,128,  3,206,
-    231,245,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,208,233,227,242,239,110,
-    129,  3,191,141,229,244,239,238,239,115,128,  3,204,239,238,239,
-    243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 79,238,101,145,  0, 49,142, 31,142,
-     40,142, 50,142, 80,142,105,142,114,142,123,142,148,142,182,142,
-    216,142,228,142,247,143,  2,143, 35,143, 45,143, 53,143, 64,225,
-    242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 97,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,
-      9,231,227,233,242,227,236,101,129, 36, 96,142, 61,233,238,246,
-    229,242,243,229,243,225,238,243,243,229,242,233,102,128, 39,138,
-    100,  2,142, 86,142, 92,229,246, 97,128,  9,103,239,244,229,238,
-    236,229,225,228,229,114,128, 32, 36,229,233,231,232,244,104,128,
-     33, 91,230,233,244,244,229,100,128,246,220,231,117,  2,142,130,
-    142,139,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,231,242,237,245,235,232,
-    105,128, 10,103,232, 97,  3,142,157,142,168,142,173,227,235,225,
-    242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 97,236,102,128,  0,189,238,231,250,
-    232,239,117,128, 48, 33,105,  2,142,188,142,206,228,229,239,231,
-    242,225,240,232,233,227,240,225,242,229,110,128, 50, 32,238,230,
-    229,242,233,239,114,128, 32,129,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,
-    101,128,255, 17,238,245,237,229,242,225,244,239,242,226,229,238,
-    231,225,236,105,128,  9,244,239,236,228,243,244,249,236,101,128,
-    247, 49,112,  2,143,  8,143, 15,225,242,229,110,128, 36,116,229,
-    114,  2,143, 22,143, 28,233,239,100,128, 36,136,243,233,225,110,
-    128,  6,241,241,245,225,242,244,229,114,128,  0,188,242,239,237,
-    225,110,128, 33,112,243,245,240,229,242,233,239,114,128,  0,185,
-    244,104,  2,143, 71,143, 76,225,105,128, 14, 81,233,242,100,128,
-     33, 83,111,  3,143, 90,143,124,143,140,103,  2,143, 96,143,114,
-    239,238,229,107,129,  1,235,143,105,237,225,227,242,239,110,128,
-      1,237,245,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10, 19,237,225,244,242,
-    225,231,245,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10, 75,240,229,110,128,
-      2, 84,112,  3,143,154,143,161,143,172,225,242,229,110,128, 36,
-    170,229,238,226,245,236,236,229,116,128, 37,230,244,233,239,110,
-    128, 35, 37,114,  2,143,185,143,214,100,  2,143,191,143,202,230,
-    229,237,233,238,233,238,101,128,  0,170,237,225,243,227,245,236,
-    233,238,101,128,  0,186,244,232,239,231,239,238,225,108,128, 34,
-     31,115,  5,143,237,144, 13,144, 30,144, 75,144, 88,232,239,242,
-    116,  2,143,246,143,253,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 18,246,239,247,
-    229,236,243,233,231,238,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 74,236,225,243,
-    104,129,  0,248,144, 22,225,227,245,244,101,128,  1,255,237,225,
-    236,108,  2,144, 39,144, 50,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128,
-     48, 73,235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,169,144, 63,232,
-    225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,107,244,242,239,235,229,
-    225,227,245,244,101,128,  1,255,245,240,229,242,233,239,114,128,
-    246,240,116,  2,144,104,144,115,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,
-    128,  4,127,233,236,228,101,130,  0,245,144,126,144,134,225,227,
-    245,244,101,128, 30, 77,228,233,229,242,229,243,233,115,128, 30,
-     79,245,226,239,240,239,237,239,230,111,128, 49, 33,118,  2,144,
-    163,144,244,229,114,  2,144,170,144,236,236,233,238,101,131, 32,
-     62,144,183,144,206,144,229, 99,  2,144,189,144,201,229,238,244,
-    229,242,236,233,238,101,128,254, 74,237, 98,128,  3,  5,100,  2,
-    144,212,144,220,225,243,232,229,100,128,254, 73,226,236,247,225,
-    246,121,128,254, 76,247,225,246,121,128,254, 75,243,227,239,242,
-    101,128,  0,175,239,247,229,236,243,233,231,110,  3,145,  3,145,
-     13,145, 20,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,203,228,229,246,
-     97,128,  9, 75,231,245,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,203,112,
-    145,  0,112,145, 69,147,197,147,208,147,217,147,229,149,154,149,
-    164,150,156,151,175,152,  9,152, 35,152,166,152,174,153, 76,153,
-    134,153,162,153,172, 97, 14,145, 99,145,131,145,141,145,148,145,
-    155,145,203,145,214,145,228,145,239,146, 30,146, 44,147, 56,147,
-     95,147,185, 97,  2,145,105,145,117,237,240,243,243,241,245,225,
-    242,101,128, 51,128,243,229,238,244,239,243,241,245,225,242,101,
-    128, 51, 43,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,170,227,245,244,
-    101,128, 30, 85,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 42,103,  2,145,161,145,
-    179,101,  2,145,167,145,174,228,239,247,110,128, 33,223,245,112,
-    128, 33,222,117,  2,145,185,145,194,234,225,242,225,244,105,128,
-     10,170,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10, 42,232,233,242,225,231,
-    225,238, 97,128, 48,113,233,249,225,238,238,239,233,244,232,225,
-    105,128, 14, 47,235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,128, 48,209,108,
-      2,145,245,146, 14,225,244,225,236,233,250,225,244,233,239,238,
-    227,249,242,233,236,236,233,227,227,237, 98,128,  4,132,239,227,
-    232,235,225,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,192,238,243,
-    233,239,243,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49,127,114,  3,146, 52,
-    146, 73,147, 45, 97,  2,146, 58,146, 66,231,242,225,240,104,128,
-      0,182,236,236,229,108,128, 34, 37,229,110,  2,146, 80,146,190,
-    236,229,230,116,136,  0, 40,146,103,146,118,146,123,146,128,146,
-    139,146,151,146,174,146,179,225,236,244,239,238,229,225,242,225,
-    226,233, 99,128,253, 62,226,116,128,248,237,229,120,128,248,236,
-    233,238,230,229,242,233,239,114,128, 32,141,237,239,238,239,243,
-    240,225,227,101,128,255,  8,115,  2,146,157,146,164,237,225,236,
-    108,128,254, 89,245,240,229,242,233,239,114,128, 32,125,244,112,
-    128,248,235,246,229,242,244,233,227,225,108,128,254, 53,242,233,
-    231,232,116,136,  0, 41,146,214,146,229,146,234,146,239,146,250,
-    147,  6,147, 29,147, 34,225,236,244,239,238,229,225,242,225,226,
-    233, 99,128,253, 63,226,116,128,248,248,229,120,128,248,247,233,
-    238,230,229,242,233,239,114,128, 32,142,237,239,238,239,243,240,
-    225,227,101,128,255,  9,115,  2,147, 12,147, 19,237,225,236,108,
-    128,254, 90,245,240,229,242,233,239,114,128, 32,126,244,112,128,
-    248,246,246,229,242,244,233,227,225,108,128,254, 54,244,233,225,
-    236,228,233,230,102,128, 34,  2,115,  3,147, 64,147, 75,147, 87,
-    229,241,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,192,232,244,225,232,229,
-    226,242,229,119,128,  5,153,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,169,244,
-    225,104,134,  5,183,147,113,147,127,147,132,147,141,147,156,147,
-    172, 49,  2,147,119,147,123, 49,128,  5,183,100,128,  5,183,178,
-     97,128,  5,183,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,183,238,225,242,
-    242,239,247,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,183,241,245,225,242,
-    244,229,242,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,183,247,233,228,229,
-    232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,183,250,229,242,232,229,226,242,
-    229,119,128,  5,161,226,239,240,239,237,239,230,111,128, 49,  6,
-    227,233,242,227,236,101,128, 36,223,228,239,244,225,227,227,229,
-    238,116,128, 30, 87,101,137,  5,228,147,251,148,  6,148, 26,148,
-     38,148, 58,148,160,148,171,148,192,149,147,227,249,242,233,236,
-    236,233, 99,128,  4, 63,228,225,231,229,243,104,129,251, 68,148,
-     17,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,251, 68,229,250,233,243,241,245,
-    225,242,101,128, 51, 59,230,233,238,225,236,228,225,231,229,243,
-    232,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,251, 67,104,  5,148, 70,148, 93,
-    148,101,148,115,148,145,225,114,  2,148, 77,148, 84,225,226,233,
-     99,128,  6,126,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5,122,229,226,242,
-    229,119,128,  5,228,230,233,238,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,
-    128,251, 87,105,  2,148,121,148,136,238,233,244,233,225,236,225,
-    242,225,226,233, 99,128,251, 88,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,
-    122,237,229,228,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,251, 89,
-    235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,128, 48,218,237,233,228,228,236,
-    229,232,239,239,235,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,167,
-    114,  5,148,204,148,216,149,  2,149,123,149,136,225,230,229,232,
-    229,226,242,229,119,128,251, 78,227,229,238,116,131,  0, 37,148,
-    229,148,238,148,250,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6,106,237,239,
-    238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255,  5,243,237,225,236,108,128,
-    254,106,105,  2,149,  8,149,105,239,100,134,  0, 46,149, 25,149,
-     36,149, 47,149, 59,149, 70,149, 82,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,
-    110,128,  5,137,227,229,238,244,229,242,229,100,128,  0,183,232,
-    225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255, 97,233,238,230,229,242,
-    233,239,114,128,246,231,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,
-    255, 14,115,  2,149, 88,149, 95,237,225,236,108,128,254, 82,245,
-    240,229,242,233,239,114,128,246,232,243,240,239,237,229,238,233,
-    231,242,229,229,235,227,237, 98,128,  3, 66,240,229,238,228,233,
-    227,245,236,225,114,128, 34,165,244,232,239,245,243,225,238,100,
-    128, 32, 48,243,229,244, 97,128, 32,167,230,243,241,245,225,242,
-    101,128, 51,138,104,  3,149,172,149,222,150,103, 97,  3,149,180,
-    149,190,149,197,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,171,228,229,
-    246, 97,128,  9, 43,231,117,  2,149,204,149,213,234,225,242,225,
-    244,105,128, 10,171,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10, 43,105,133,
-      3,198,149,236,149,240,150, 70,150, 78,150, 89, 49,128,  3,213,
-    229,245,240,104,  4,149,253,150, 32,150, 47,150, 56, 97,  2,150,
-      3,150, 18,227,233,242,227,236,229,235,239,242,229,225,110,128,
-     50,122,240,225,242,229,238,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 50, 26,
-    227,233,242,227,236,229,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 50,108,235,
-    239,242,229,225,110,128, 49, 77,240,225,242,229,238,235,239,242,
-    229,225,110,128, 50, 12,236,225,244,233,110,128,  2,120,238,244,
-    232,245,244,232,225,105,128, 14, 58,243,249,237,226,239,236,231,
-    242,229,229,107,128,  3,213,111,  3,150,111,150,116,150,142,239,
-    107,128,  1,165,240,104,  2,150,123,150,132,225,238,244,232,225,
-    105,128, 14, 30,245,238,231,244,232,225,105,128, 14, 28,243,225,
-    237,240,232,225,239,244,232,225,105,128, 14, 32,105,133,  3,192,
-    150,170,151,126,151,137,151,148,151,162,229,245,112,  6,150,186,
-    150,221,150,253,151, 25,151, 39,151, 91, 97,  2,150,192,150,207,
-    227,233,242,227,236,229,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 50,115,240,
-    225,242,229,238,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 50, 19,227,105,  2,
-    150,228,150,240,229,245,227,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49,118,
-    242,227,236,229,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 50,101,107,  2,151,
-      3,151, 17,233,249,229,239,235,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49,
-    114,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49, 66,240,225,242,229,238,235,239,
-    242,229,225,110,128, 50,  5,243,233,239,115,  2,151, 48,151, 76,
-    107,  2,151, 54,151, 68,233,249,229,239,235,235,239,242,229,225,
-    110,128, 49,116,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49, 68,244,233,235,229,
-    245,244,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49,117,116,  2,151, 97,151,
-    112,232,233,229,245,244,232,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49,119,
-    233,235,229,245,244,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49,115,232,233,
-    242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,116,235,225,244,225,235,225,238,
-     97,128, 48,212,243,249,237,226,239,236,231,242,229,229,107,128,
-      3,214,247,242,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5,131,236,
-    245,115,132,  0, 43,151,189,151,200,151,209,151,242,226,229,236,
-    239,247,227,237, 98,128,  3, 31,227,233,242,227,236,101,128, 34,
-    149,109,  2,151,215,151,222,233,238,245,115,128,  0,177,111,  2,
-    151,228,151,232,100,128,  2,214,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,
-    255, 11,115,  2,151,248,151,255,237,225,236,108,128,254, 98,245,
-    240,229,242,233,239,114,128, 32,122,109,  2,152, 15,152, 26,239,
-    238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 80,243,241,245,225,242,101,
-    128, 51,216,111,  5,152, 47,152, 58,152,125,152,136,152,146,232,
-    233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,125,233,238,244,233,238,231,
-    233,238,228,229,120,  4,152, 78,152, 90,152,102,152,115,228,239,
-    247,238,247,232,233,244,101,128, 38, 31,236,229,230,244,247,232,
-    233,244,101,128, 38, 28,242,233,231,232,244,247,232,233,244,101,
-    128, 38, 30,245,240,247,232,233,244,101,128, 38, 29,235,225,244,
-    225,235,225,238, 97,128, 48,221,240,236,225,244,232,225,105,128,
-     14, 27,243,244,225,236,237,225,242,107,129, 48, 18,152,159,230,
-    225,227,101,128, 48, 32,240,225,242,229,110,128, 36,171,114,  3,
-    152,182,152,208,152,233,101,  2,152,188,152,196,227,229,228,229,
-    115,128, 34,122,243,227,242,233,240,244,233,239,110,128, 33, 30,
-    233,237,101,  2,152,216,152,222,237,239,100,128,  2,185,242,229,
-    246,229,242,243,229,100,128, 32, 53,111,  4,152,243,152,250,153,
-      4,153, 17,228,245,227,116,128, 34, 15,234,229,227,244,233,246,
-    101,128, 35,  5,236,239,238,231,229,228,235,225,238, 97,128, 48,
-    252,112,  2,153, 23,153, 60,101,  2,153, 29,153, 36,236,236,239,
-    114,128, 35, 24,242,243,117,  2,153, 44,153, 51,226,243,229,116,
-    128, 34,130,240,229,242,243,229,116,128, 34,131,239,242,244,233,
-    239,110,129, 34, 55,153, 71,225,108,128, 34, 29,115,  2,153, 82,
-    153,125,105,130,  3,200,153, 90,153,101,227,249,242,233,236,236,
-    233, 99,128,  4,113,236,233,240,238,229,245,237,225,244,225,227,
-    249,242,233,236,236,233,227,227,237, 98,128,  4,134,243,241,245,
-    225,242,101,128, 51,176,117,  2,153,140,153,151,232,233,242,225,
-    231,225,238, 97,128, 48,119,235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,128,
-     48,215,246,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,180,247,243,241,245,
-    225,242,101,128, 51,186,113,136,  0,113,153,202,154,251,155,  6,
-    155, 15,155, 22,155, 34,155, 72,155, 80, 97,  4,153,212,153,235,
-    154, 43,154,234,100,  2,153,218,153,224,229,246, 97,128,  9, 88,
-    237,225,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,168,102,  4,153,245,153,
-    254,154, 12,154, 28,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 66,230,233,
-    238,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,214,233,238,233,244,
-    233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,215,237,229,228,233,
-    225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,216,237,225,244,115,136,
-      5,184,154, 66,154, 86,154,100,154,105,154,110,154,119,154,134,
-    154,221, 49,  3,154, 74,154, 78,154, 82, 48,128,  5,184, 97,128,
-      5,184, 99,128,  5,184, 50,  2,154, 92,154, 96, 55,128,  5,184,
-     57,128,  5,184,179, 51,128,  5,184,228,101,128,  5,184,232,229,
-    226,242,229,119,128,  5,184,238,225,242,242,239,247,232,229,226,
-    242,229,119,128,  5,184,113,  2,154,140,154,206,225,244,225,110,
-      4,154,153,154,162,154,177,154,193,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,
-      5,184,238,225,242,242,239,247,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,
-    184,241,245,225,242,244,229,242,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,
-    184,247,233,228,229,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,184,245,225,
-    242,244,229,242,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,184,247,233,228,
-    229,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,184,242,238,229,249,240,225,
-    242,225,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,159,226,239,240,239,237,
-    239,230,111,128, 49, 17,227,233,242,227,236,101,128, 36,224,232,
-    239,239,107,128,  2,160,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,
-    255, 81,239,102,130,  5,231,155, 43,155, 63,228,225,231,229,243,
-    104,129,251, 71,155, 54,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,251, 71,232,
-    229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,231,240,225,242,229,110,128, 36,172,
-    117,  4,155, 90,155,102,155,191,156, 22,225,242,244,229,242,238,
-    239,244,101,128, 38,105,226,245,244,115,135,  5,187,155,123,155,
-    128,155,133,155,138,155,147,155,162,155,178,177, 56,128,  5,187,
-    178, 53,128,  5,187,179, 49,128,  5,187,232,229,226,242,229,119,
-    128,  5,187,238,225,242,242,239,247,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,
-      5,187,241,245,225,242,244,229,242,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,
-      5,187,247,233,228,229,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,187,229,
-    243,244,233,239,110,133,  0, 63,155,210,155,233,155,250,156,  2,
-    156, 14,225,114,  2,155,217,155,224,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 31,
-    237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5, 94,228,239,247,110,129,  0,191,
-    155,242,243,237,225,236,108,128,247,191,231,242,229,229,107,128,
-      3,126,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 31,243,237,
-    225,236,108,128,247, 63,239,244,101,  4,156, 34,156,105,156,125,
-    156,154,228,226,108,133,  0, 34,156, 50,156, 57,156, 64,156, 76,
-    156, 97,226,225,243,101,128, 32, 30,236,229,230,116,128, 32, 28,
-    237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255,  2,240,242,233,237,
-    101,129, 48, 30,156, 86,242,229,246,229,242,243,229,100,128, 48,
-     29,242,233,231,232,116,128, 32, 29,236,229,230,116,129, 32, 24,
-    156,114,242,229,246,229,242,243,229,100,128, 32, 27,114,  2,156,
-    131,156,141,229,246,229,242,243,229,100,128, 32, 27,233,231,232,
-    116,129, 32, 25,156,150,110,128,  1, 73,243,233,238,231,108,  2,
-    156,164,156,171,226,225,243,101,128, 32, 26,101,129,  0, 39,156,
-    177,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255,  7,114,145,  0,
-    114,156,227,157,231,157,242,158, 33,158, 84,159,101,159,125,159,
-    220,161,254,162, 35,162, 47,162,101,162,109,163, 15,163, 26,163,
-     61,163,161, 97, 11,156,251,157,  6,157, 16,157, 23,157, 88,157,
-    104,157,129,157,140,157,165,157,188,157,225,225,242,237,229,238,
-    233,225,110,128,  5,124,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,176,
-    227,245,244,101,128,  1, 85,100,  4,157, 33,157, 39,157, 53,157,
-     79,229,246, 97,128,  9, 48,233,227,225,108,129, 34, 26,157, 48,
-    229,120,128,248,229,239,246,229,242,243,243,241,245,225,242,101,
-    129, 51,174,157, 69,228,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,175,243,
-    241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,173,230,101,129,  5,191,157, 95,232,
-    229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,191,231,117,  2,157,111,157,120,234,
-    225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,176,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10,
-     48,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,137,235,225,244,225,
-    235,225,238, 97,129, 48,233,157,153,232,225,236,230,247,233,228,
-    244,104,128,255,151,236,239,247,229,242,228,233,225,231,239,238,
-    225,236,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,241,109,  2,157,194,
-    157,217,233,228,228,236,229,228,233,225,231,239,238,225,236,226,
-    229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,240,243,232,239,242,110,128,  2,
-    100,244,233,111,128, 34, 54,226,239,240,239,237,239,230,111,128,
-     49, 22, 99,  4,157,252,158,  3,158, 12,158, 20,225,242,239,110,
-    128,  1, 89,229,228,233,236,236, 97,128,  1, 87,233,242,227,236,
-    101,128, 36,225,239,237,237,225,225,227,227,229,238,116,128,  1,
-     87,100,  2,158, 39,158, 49,226,236,231,242,225,246,101,128,  2,
-     17,239,116,  2,158, 56,158, 65,225,227,227,229,238,116,128, 30,
-     89,226,229,236,239,119,129, 30, 91,158, 75,237,225,227,242,239,
-    110,128, 30, 93,101,  6,158, 98,158,143,158,178,158,233,159,  2,
-    159, 35,102,  2,158,104,158,117,229,242,229,238,227,229,237,225,
-    242,107,128, 32, 59,236,229,248,243,117,  2,158,127,158,134,226,
-    243,229,116,128, 34,134,240,229,242,243,229,116,128, 34,135,231,
-    233,243,244,229,114,  2,158,154,158,159,229,100,128,  0,174,115,
-      2,158,165,158,171,225,238,115,128,248,232,229,242,233,102,128,
-    246,218,104,  3,158,186,158,209,158,223,225,114,  2,158,193,158,
-    200,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 49,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5,
-    128,230,233,238,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,174,233,
-    242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,140,235,225,244,225,235,225,238,
-     97,129, 48,236,158,246,232,225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,
-    255,154,243,104,130,  5,232,159, 11,159, 26,228,225,231,229,243,
-    232,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,251, 72,232,229,226,242,229,119,
-    128,  5,232,118,  3,159, 43,159, 56,159, 88,229,242,243,229,228,
-    244,233,236,228,101,128, 34, 61,233, 97,  2,159, 63,159, 72,232,
-    229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,151,237,245,231,242,225,243,232,232,
-    229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,151,236,239,231,233,227,225,236,238,
-    239,116,128, 35, 16,230,233,243,232,232,239,239,107,129,  2,126,
-    159,114,242,229,246,229,242,243,229,100,128,  2,127,104,  2,159,
-    131,159,154, 97,  2,159,137,159,147,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,
-    128,  9,221,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 93,111,131,  3,193,159,164,
-    159,193,159,207,239,107,129,  2,125,159,171,244,245,242,238,229,
-    100,129,  2,123,159,182,243,245,240,229,242,233,239,114,128,  2,
-    181,243,249,237,226,239,236,231,242,229,229,107,128,  3,241,244,
-    233,227,232,239,239,235,237,239,100,128,  2,222,105,  6,159,234,
-    161, 22,161, 68,161, 79,161,104,161,240,229,245,108,  9,160,  0,
-    160, 35,160, 50,160, 64,160,110,160,124,160,210,160,223,161,  2,
-     97,  2,160,  6,160, 21,227,233,242,227,236,229,235,239,242,229,
-    225,110,128, 50,113,240,225,242,229,238,235,239,242,229,225,110,
-    128, 50, 17,227,233,242,227,236,229,235,239,242,229,225,110,128,
-     50, 99,232,233,229,245,232,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49, 64,
-    107,  2,160, 70,160,102,233,249,229,239,107,  2,160, 80,160, 89,
-    235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49, 58,243,233,239,243,235,239,242,
-    229,225,110,128, 49,105,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49, 57,237,233,
-    229,245,237,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49, 59,112,  3,160,132,
-    160,164,160,179, 97,  2,160,138,160,152,238,243,233,239,243,235,
-    239,242,229,225,110,128, 49,108,242,229,238,235,239,242,229,225,
-    110,128, 50,  3,232,233,229,245,240,232,235,239,242,229,225,110,
-    128, 49, 63,233,229,245,112,  2,160,188,160,197,235,239,242,229,
-    225,110,128, 49, 60,243,233,239,243,235,239,242,229,225,110,128,
-     49,107,243,233,239,243,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49, 61,116,
-      2,160,229,160,244,232,233,229,245,244,232,235,239,242,229,225,
-    110,128, 49, 62,233,235,229,245,244,235,239,242,229,225,110,128,
-     49,106,249,229,239,242,233,238,232,233,229,245,232,235,239,242,
-    229,225,110,128, 49,109,231,232,116,  2,161, 30,161, 38,225,238,
-    231,236,101,128, 34, 31,116,  2,161, 44,161, 58,225,227,235,226,
-    229,236,239,247,227,237, 98,128,  3, 25,242,233,225,238,231,236,
-    101,128, 34,191,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,138,235,
-    225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,234,161, 92,232,225,236,230,
-    247,233,228,244,104,128,255,152,110,  2,161,110,161,226,103,131,
-      2,218,161,120,161,131,161,137,226,229,236,239,247,227,237, 98,
-    128,  3, 37,227,237, 98,128,  3, 10,232,225,236,102,  2,161,146,
-    161,192,236,229,230,116,131,  2,191,161,159,161,170,161,181,225,
-    242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5, 89,226,229,236,239,247,227,
-    237, 98,128,  3, 28,227,229,238,244,229,242,229,100,128,  2,211,
-    242,233,231,232,116,130,  2,190,161,204,161,215,226,229,236,239,
-    247,227,237, 98,128,  3, 57,227,229,238,244,229,242,229,100,128,
-      2,210,246,229,242,244,229,228,226,242,229,246,101,128,  2, 19,
-    244,244,239,242,245,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51, 81,108,  2,
-    162,  4,162, 15,233,238,229,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30, 95,239,
-    238,231,236,229,103,129,  2,124,162, 26,244,245,242,238,229,100,
-    128,  2,122,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 82,111,
-      3,162, 55,162, 66,162, 91,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128,
-     48,141,235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,237,162, 79,232,
-    225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,155,242,245,225,244,232,
-    225,105,128, 14, 35,240,225,242,229,110,128, 36,173,114,  3,162,
-    117,162,153,162,183, 97,  3,162,125,162,135,162,142,226,229,238,
-    231,225,236,105,128,  9,220,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 49,231,245,
-    242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10, 92,229,104,  2,162,160,162,169,
-    225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6,145,230,233,238,225,236,225,242,
-    225,226,233, 99,128,251,141,246,239,227,225,236,233, 99,  4,162,
-    199,162,209,162,216,162,227,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,
-    224,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 96,231,245,234,225,242,225,244,105,
-    128, 10,224,246,239,247,229,236,243,233,231,110,  3,162,243,162,
-    253,163,  4,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,196,228,229,246,
-     97,128,  9, 68,231,245,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,196,243,
-    245,240,229,242,233,239,114,128,246,241,116,  2,163, 32,163, 40,
-    226,236,239,227,107,128, 37,144,245,242,238,229,100,129,  2,121,
-    163, 50,243,245,240,229,242,233,239,114,128,  2,180,117,  4,163,
-     71,163, 82,163,107,163,154,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128,
-     48,139,235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,235,163, 95,232,
-    225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,153,112,  2,163,113,163,
-    148,229,101,  2,163,120,163,134,237,225,242,235,226,229,238,231,
-    225,236,105,128,  9,242,243,233,231,238,226,229,238,231,225,236,
-    105,128,  9,243,233,225,104,128,246,221,244,232,225,105,128, 14,
-     36,246,239,227,225,236,233, 99,  4,163,177,163,187,163,194,163,
-    205,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,139,228,229,246, 97,128,
-      9, 11,231,245,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,139,246,239,247,
-    229,236,243,233,231,110,  3,163,221,163,231,163,238,226,229,238,
-    231,225,236,105,128,  9,195,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 67,231,245,
-    234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,195,115,147,  0,115,164, 35,166,
-      5,166, 16,166,142,166,181,169,123,169,134,172, 21,174,159,174,
-    205,174,232,175,167,175,234,177, 11,177, 21,177,207,178, 24,178,
-    194,178,204, 97,  9,164, 55,164, 65,164, 86,164,158,164,183,164,
-    194,164,219,164,251,165, 35,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,
-    184,227,245,244,101,129,  1, 91,164, 74,228,239,244,225,227,227,
-    229,238,116,128, 30,101,100,  5,164, 98,164,107,164,113,164,127,
-    164,143,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 53,229,246, 97,128,  9,
-     56,230,233,238,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,186,233,
-    238,233,244,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,187,237,
-    229,228,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,188,231,117,
-      2,164,165,164,174,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,184,242,237,
-    245,235,232,105,128, 10, 56,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128,
-     48, 85,235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,181,164,207,232,
-    225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,123,236,236,225,236,236,
-    225,232,239,245,225,236,225,249,232,229,247,225,243,225,236,236,
-    225,237,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,253,250,237,229,235,104,130,
-      5,225,165,  6,165, 26,228,225,231,229,243,104,129,251, 65,165,
-     17,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,251, 65,232,229,226,242,229,119,
-    128,  5,225,242, 97,  5,165, 48,165,122,165,130,165,180,165,188,
-     97,  5,165, 60,165, 68,165, 76,165,107,165,115,225,244,232,225,
-    105,128, 14, 50,229,244,232,225,105,128, 14, 65,233,237,225,233,
-    109,  2,165, 86,165, 97,225,236,225,233,244,232,225,105,128, 14,
-     68,245,225,238,244,232,225,105,128, 14, 67,237,244,232,225,105,
-    128, 14, 51,244,232,225,105,128, 14, 48,229,244,232,225,105,128,
-     14, 64,105,  3,165,138,165,162,165,173,105,  2,165,144,165,155,
-    236,229,230,244,244,232,225,105,128,248,134,244,232,225,105,128,
-     14, 53,236,229,230,244,244,232,225,105,128,248,133,244,232,225,
-    105,128, 14, 52,239,244,232,225,105,128, 14, 66,117,  3,165,196,
-    165,246,165,253,101,  3,165,204,165,228,165,239,101,  2,165,210,
-    165,221,236,229,230,244,244,232,225,105,128,248,136,244,232,225,
-    105,128, 14, 55,236,229,230,244,244,232,225,105,128,248,135,244,
-    232,225,105,128, 14, 54,244,232,225,105,128, 14, 56,245,244,232,
-    225,105,128, 14, 57,226,239,240,239,237,239,230,111,128, 49, 25,
-     99,  5,166, 28,166, 49,166, 58,166,107,166,129,225,242,239,110,
-    129,  1, 97,166, 37,228,239,244,225,227,227,229,238,116,128, 30,
-    103,229,228,233,236,236, 97,128,  1, 95,232,247, 97,131,  2, 89,
-    166, 70,166, 81,166,100,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,
-    217,228,233,229,242,229,243,233,243,227,249,242,233,236,236,233,
-     99,128,  4,219,232,239,239,107,128,  2, 90,233,242, 99,  2,166,
-    115,166,120,236,101,128, 36,226,245,237,230,236,229,120,128,  1,
-     93,239,237,237,225,225,227,227,229,238,116,128,  2, 25,228,239,
-    116,  2,166,150,166,159,225,227,227,229,238,116,128, 30, 97,226,
-    229,236,239,119,129, 30, 99,166,169,228,239,244,225,227,227,229,
-    238,116,128, 30,105,101,  9,166,201,166,217,166,252,167, 61,167,
-    164,167,191,167,216,168, 41,168, 68,225,231,245,236,236,226,229,
-    236,239,247,227,237, 98,128,  3, 60, 99,  2,166,223,166,245,239,
-    238,100,129, 32, 51,166,231,244,239,238,229,227,232,233,238,229,
-    243,101,128,  2,202,244,233,239,110,128,  0,167,229,110,  4,167,
-      7,167, 16,167, 30,167, 46,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 51,
-    230,233,238,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,178,233,238,
-    233,244,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,179,237,229,
-    228,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,180,231,239,108,
-    135,  5,182,167, 81,167, 95,167,100,167,109,167,124,167,140,167,
-    151, 49,  2,167, 87,167, 91, 51,128,  5,182,102,128,  5,182,178,
-     99,128,  5,182,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,182,238,225,242,
-    242,239,247,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,182,241,245,225,242,
-    244,229,242,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,182,244,225,232,229,
-    226,242,229,119,128,  5,146,247,233,228,229,232,229,226,242,229,
-    119,128,  5,182,104,  2,167,170,167,181,225,242,237,229,238,233,
-    225,110,128,  5,125,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48, 91,235,
-    225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,187,167,204,232,225,236,230,
-    247,233,228,244,104,128,255,126,237,105,  2,167,223,168, 10,227,
-    239,236,239,110,131,  0, 59,167,237,167,246,168,  2,225,242,225,
-    226,233, 99,128,  6, 27,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,
-    255, 27,243,237,225,236,108,128,254, 84,246,239,233,227,229,228,
-    237,225,242,235,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,156,168, 29,232,225,236,
-    230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,159,238,116,  2,168, 48,168, 58,
-    233,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51, 34,239,243,241,245,225,242,
-    101,128, 51, 35,246,229,110,142,  0, 55,168,102,168,111,168,121,
-    168,151,168,158,168,168,168,193,168,220,168,254,169, 10,169, 21,
-    169, 54,169, 62,169, 73,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6,103,226,
-    229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,237,227,233,242,227,236,101,129,
-     36,102,168,132,233,238,246,229,242,243,229,243,225,238,243,243,
-    229,242,233,102,128, 39,144,228,229,246, 97,128,  9,109,229,233,
-    231,232,244,232,115,128, 33, 94,231,117,  2,168,175,168,184,234,
-    225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,237,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10,
-    109,232, 97,  2,168,200,168,211,227,235,225,242,225,226,233, 99,
-    128,  6,103,238,231,250,232,239,117,128, 48, 39,105,  2,168,226,
-    168,244,228,229,239,231,242,225,240,232,233,227,240,225,242,229,
-    110,128, 50, 38,238,230,229,242,233,239,114,128, 32,135,237,239,
-    238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 23,239,236,228,243,244,249,
-    236,101,128,247, 55,112,  2,169, 27,169, 34,225,242,229,110,128,
-     36,122,229,114,  2,169, 41,169, 47,233,239,100,128, 36,142,243,
-    233,225,110,128,  6,247,242,239,237,225,110,128, 33,118,243,245,
-    240,229,242,233,239,114,128, 32,119,116,  2,169, 79,169,117,229,
-    229,110,  2,169, 87,169, 96,227,233,242,227,236,101,128, 36,112,
-    112,  2,169,102,169,109,225,242,229,110,128, 36,132,229,242,233,
-    239,100,128, 36,152,232,225,105,128, 14, 87,230,244,232,249,240,
-    232,229,110,128,  0,173,104,  7,169,150,170,124,170,135,170,149,
-    171, 94,171,107,172, 15, 97,  6,169,164,169,175,169,185,169,196,
-    170, 83,170,108,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5,119,226,
-    229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,182,227,249,242,233,236,236,233,
-     99,128,  4, 72,100,  2,169,202,170, 42,228, 97,  4,169,213,169,
-    222,169,253,170, 11,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 81,228,225,
-    237,237, 97,  2,169,232,169,241,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,252,
-     97,244,225,238,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,252, 94,230,225,244,
-    232,225,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,252, 96,235,225,243,242, 97,
-      2,170, 21,170, 30,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,252, 98,244,225,
-    238,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,252, 95,101,132, 37,146,170, 54,
-    170, 61,170, 69,170, 78,228,225,242,107,128, 37,147,236,233,231,
-    232,116,128, 37,145,237,229,228,233,245,109,128, 37,146,246, 97,
-    128,  9, 54,231,117,  2,170, 90,170, 99,234,225,242,225,244,105,
-    128, 10,182,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10, 54,236,243,232,229,
-    236,229,244,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,147,226,239,240,239,
-    237,239,230,111,128, 49, 21,227,232,225,227,249,242,233,236,236,
-    233, 99,128,  4, 73,101,  4,170,159,170,224,170,234,170,251,229,
-    110,  4,170,170,170,179,170,193,170,209,225,242,225,226,233, 99,
-    128,  6, 52,230,233,238,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,
-    182,233,238,233,244,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,
-    183,237,229,228,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,184,
-    233,227,239,240,244,233, 99,128,  3,227,241,229,108,129, 32,170,
-    170,242,232,229,226,242,229,119,128, 32,170,246, 97,134,  5,176,
-    171, 12,171, 27,171, 41,171, 50,171, 65,171, 81, 49,  2,171, 18,
-    171, 23,177, 53,128,  5,176, 53,128,  5,176, 50,  2,171, 33,171,
-     37, 50,128,  5,176,101,128,  5,176,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,
-      5,176,238,225,242,242,239,247,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,
-    176,241,245,225,242,244,229,242,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,
-    176,247,233,228,229,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,176,232,225,
-    227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,187,105,  2,171,113,171,
-    124,237,225,227,239,240,244,233, 99,128,  3,237,110,131,  5,233,
-    171,134,171,217,171,226,100,  2,171,140,171,206,225,231,229,243,
-    104,130,251, 73,171,152,171,161,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,251,
-     73,115,  2,171,167,171,187,232,233,238,228,239,116,129,251, 44,
-    171,178,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,251, 44,233,238,228,239,116,
-    129,251, 45,171,197,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,251, 45,239,244,
-    232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,193,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,
-      5,233,115,  2,171,232,171,252,232,233,238,228,239,116,129,251,
-     42,171,243,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,251, 42,233,238,228,239,
-    116,129,251, 43,172,  6,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,251, 43,239,
-    239,107,128,  2,130,105,  8,172, 39,172, 83,172, 94,172,119,172,
-    149,172,157,172,170,173, 85,231,237, 97,131,  3,195,172, 51,172,
-     55,172, 63, 49,128,  3,194,230,233,238,225,108,128,  3,194,236,
-    245,238,225,244,229,243,249,237,226,239,236,231,242,229,229,107,
-    128,  3,242,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48, 87,235,225,
-    244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,183,172,107,232,225,236,230,247,
-    233,228,244,104,128,255,124,236,245,113,  2,172,127,172,136,232,
-    229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,189,236,229,230,244,232,229,226,242,
-    229,119,128,  5,189,237,233,236,225,114,128, 34, 60,238,228,239,
-    244,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,194,239,115,  6,172,185,172,
-    220,172,252,173, 24,173, 38,173, 70, 97,  2,172,191,172,206,227,
-    233,242,227,236,229,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 50,116,240,225,
-    242,229,238,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 50, 20,227,105,  2,172,
-    227,172,239,229,245,227,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49,126,242,
-    227,236,229,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 50,102,107,  2,173,  2,
-    173, 16,233,249,229,239,235,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49,122,
-    239,242,229,225,110,128, 49, 69,238,233,229,245,238,235,239,242,
-    229,225,110,128, 49,123,112,  2,173, 44,173, 57,225,242,229,238,
-    235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 50,  6,233,229,245,240,235,239,242,
-    229,225,110,128, 49,125,244,233,235,229,245,244,235,239,242,229,
-    225,110,128, 49,124,120,141,  0, 54,173,115,173,124,173,134,173,
-    164,173,171,173,196,173,223,174,  1,174, 13,174, 24,174, 57,174,
-     65,174, 76,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6,102,226,229,238,231,
-    225,236,105,128,  9,236,227,233,242,227,236,101,129, 36,101,173,
-    145,233,238,246,229,242,243,229,243,225,238,243,243,229,242,233,
-    102,128, 39,143,228,229,246, 97,128,  9,108,231,117,  2,173,178,
-    173,187,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,236,242,237,245,235,232,
-    105,128, 10,108,232, 97,  2,173,203,173,214,227,235,225,242,225,
-    226,233, 99,128,  6,102,238,231,250,232,239,117,128, 48, 38,105,
-      2,173,229,173,247,228,229,239,231,242,225,240,232,233,227,240,
-    225,242,229,110,128, 50, 37,238,230,229,242,233,239,114,128, 32,
-    134,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 22,239,236,228,
-    243,244,249,236,101,128,247, 54,112,  2,174, 30,174, 37,225,242,
-    229,110,128, 36,121,229,114,  2,174, 44,174, 50,233,239,100,128,
-     36,141,243,233,225,110,128,  6,246,242,239,237,225,110,128, 33,
-    117,243,245,240,229,242,233,239,114,128, 32,118,116,  2,174, 82,
-    174,153,229,229,110,  2,174, 90,174,132, 99,  2,174, 96,174,104,
-    233,242,227,236,101,128, 36,111,245,242,242,229,238,227,249,228,
-    229,238,239,237,233,238,225,244,239,242,226,229,238,231,225,236,
-    105,128,  9,249,112,  2,174,138,174,145,225,242,229,110,128, 36,
-    131,229,242,233,239,100,128, 36,151,232,225,105,128, 14, 86,108,
-      2,174,165,174,185,225,243,104,129,  0, 47,174,173,237,239,238,
-    239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 15,239,238,103,129,  1,127,174,
-    193,228,239,244,225,227,227,229,238,116,128, 30,155,109,  2,174,
-    211,174,221,233,236,229,230,225,227,101,128, 38, 58,239,238,239,
-    243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 83,111,  6,174,246,175, 40,175, 51,
-    175, 76,175,121,175,132,102,  2,174,252,175, 10,240,225,243,245,
-    241,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,195,116,  2,175, 16,175, 25,
-    232,249,240,232,229,110,128,  0,173,243,233,231,238,227,249,242,
-    233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 76,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,
-    128, 48, 93,235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,189,175, 64,
-    232,225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,127,236,233,228,245,
-    115,  2,175, 86,175,103,236,239,238,231,239,246,229,242,236,225,
-    249,227,237, 98,128,  3, 56,243,232,239,242,244,239,246,229,242,
-    236,225,249,227,237, 98,128,  3, 55,242,245,243,233,244,232,225,
-    105,128, 14, 41,115,  3,175,140,175,150,175,158,225,236,225,244,
-    232,225,105,128, 14, 40,239,244,232,225,105,128, 14, 11,245,225,
-    244,232,225,105,128, 14, 42,240, 97,  3,175,176,175,196,175,228,
-    227,101,129,  0, 32,175,183,232,225,227,235,225,242,225,226,233,
-     99,128,  0, 32,228,101,129, 38, 96,175,203,243,245,233,116,  2,
-    175,212,175,220,226,236,225,227,107,128, 38, 96,247,232,233,244,
-    101,128, 38,100,242,229,110,128, 36,174,241,245,225,242,101, 11,
-    176,  6,176, 17,176, 31,176, 56,176, 73,176, 99,176,114,176,147,
-    176,174,176,230,176,245,226,229,236,239,247,227,237, 98,128,  3,
-     59, 99,  2,176, 23,176, 27, 99,128, 51,196,109,128, 51,157,228,
-    233,225,231,239,238,225,236,227,242,239,243,243,232,225,244,227,
-    232,230,233,236,108,128, 37,169,232,239,242,233,250,239,238,244,
-    225,236,230,233,236,108,128, 37,164,107,  2,176, 79,176, 83,103,
-    128, 51,143,109,129, 51,158,176, 89,227,225,240,233,244,225,108,
-    128, 51,206,108,  2,176,105,176,109,110,128, 51,209,239,103,128,
-     51,210,109,  4,176,124,176,128,176,133,176,137,103,128, 51,142,
-    233,108,128, 51,213,109,128, 51,156,243,241,245,225,242,229,100,
-    128, 51,161,239,242,244,232,239,231,239,238,225,236,227,242,239,
-    243,243,232,225,244,227,232,230,233,236,108,128, 37,166,245,240,
-    240,229,114,  2,176,184,176,207,236,229,230,244,244,239,236,239,
-    247,229,242,242,233,231,232,244,230,233,236,108,128, 37,167,242,
-    233,231,232,244,244,239,236,239,247,229,242,236,229,230,244,230,
-    233,236,108,128, 37,168,246,229,242,244,233,227,225,236,230,233,
-    236,108,128, 37,165,247,232,233,244,229,247,233,244,232,243,237,
-    225,236,236,226,236,225,227,107,128, 37,163,242,243,241,245,225,
-    242,101,128, 51,219,115,  2,177, 27,177,197, 97,  4,177, 37,177,
-     47,177, 54,177, 65,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,183,228,
-    229,246, 97,128,  9, 55,231,245,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,
-    183,238,103,  8,177, 84,177, 98,177,112,177,126,177,141,177,155,
-    177,169,177,182,227,233,229,245,227,235,239,242,229,225,110,128,
-     49, 73,232,233,229,245,232,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49,133,
-    233,229,245,238,231,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49,128,235,233,
-    249,229,239,235,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49, 50,238,233,229,
-    245,238,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49,101,240,233,229,245,240,
-    235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49, 67,243,233,239,243,235,239,242,
-    229,225,110,128, 49, 70,244,233,235,229,245,244,235,239,242,229,
-    225,110,128, 49, 56,245,240,229,242,233,239,114,128,246,242,116,
-      2,177,213,177,236,229,242,236,233,238,103,129,  0,163,177,224,
-    237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255,225,242,239,235,101,
-      2,177,245,178,  6,236,239,238,231,239,246,229,242,236,225,249,
-    227,237, 98,128,  3, 54,243,232,239,242,244,239,246,229,242,236,
-    225,249,227,237, 98,128,  3, 53,117,  7,178, 40,178, 72,178, 94,
-    178,105,178,146,178,156,178,160,226,243,229,116,130, 34,130,178,
-     51,178, 62,238,239,244,229,241,245,225,108,128, 34,138,239,242,
-    229,241,245,225,108,128, 34,134, 99,  2,178, 78,178, 86,227,229,
-    229,228,115,128, 34,123,232,244,232,225,116,128, 34, 11,232,233,
-    242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48, 89,107,  2,178,111,178,135,225,
-    244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,185,178,123,232,225,236,230,247,
-    233,228,244,104,128,255,125,245,238,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,
-      6, 82,237,237,225,244,233,239,110,128, 34, 17,110,128, 38, 60,
-    240,229,242,243,229,116,130, 34,131,178,173,178,184,238,239,244,
-    229,241,245,225,108,128, 34,139,239,242,229,241,245,225,108,128,
-     34,135,246,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,220,249,239,245,247,
-    225,229,242,225,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,124,116,144,  0,
-    116,179,  1,180, 10,180, 31,180,174,180,214,183,  6,186,144,187,
-    219,187,231,187,243,189, 20,189, 45,189,131,190, 55,190,239,191,
-     73, 97, 10,179, 23,179, 33,179, 54,179, 61,179, 86,179,164,179,
-    181,179,206,179,220,179,224,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,
-    164,227,107,  2,179, 40,179, 47,228,239,247,110,128, 34,164,236,
-    229,230,116,128, 34,163,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 36,231,117,  2,
-    179, 68,179, 77,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,164,242,237,245,
-    235,232,105,128, 10, 36,104,  4,179, 96,179,105,179,119,179,149,
-    225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 55,230,233,238,225,236,225,242,
-    225,226,233, 99,128,254,194,105,  2,179,125,179,140,238,233,244,
-    233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,195,242,225,231,225,
-    238, 97,128, 48, 95,237,229,228,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233,
-     99,128,254,196,233,243,249,239,245,229,242,225,243,241,245,225,
-    242,101,128, 51,125,235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,191,
-    179,194,232,225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,128,244,247,
-    229,229,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 64,117,128,  3,196,
-    118,130,  5,234,179,232,180,  1,228,225,231,229,115,129,251, 74,
-    179,242,104,129,251, 74,179,248,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,251,
-     74,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,234, 98,  2,180, 16,180, 21,
-    225,114,128,  1,103,239,240,239,237,239,230,111,128, 49, 10, 99,
-      6,180, 45,180, 52,180, 59,180, 68,180,134,180,161,225,242,239,
-    110,128,  1,101,227,245,242,108,128,  2,168,229,228,233,236,236,
-     97,128,  1, 99,232,229,104,  4,180, 80,180, 89,180,103,180,119,
-    225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6,134,230,233,238,225,236,225,242,
-    225,226,233, 99,128,251,123,233,238,233,244,233,225,236,225,242,
-    225,226,233, 99,128,251,124,237,229,228,233,225,236,225,242,225,
-    226,233, 99,128,251,125,233,242, 99,  2,180,142,180,147,236,101,
-    128, 36,227,245,237,230,236,229,248,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30,
-    113,239,237,237,225,225,227,227,229,238,116,128,  1, 99,100,  2,
-    180,180,180,190,233,229,242,229,243,233,115,128, 30,151,239,116,
-      2,180,197,180,206,225,227,227,229,238,116,128, 30,107,226,229,
-    236,239,119,128, 30,109,101,  9,180,234,180,245,181,  9,182, 19,
-    182, 44,182,108,182,175,182,180,182,232,227,249,242,233,236,236,
-    233, 99,128,  4, 66,228,229,243,227,229,238,228,229,242,227,249,
-    242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,173,104,  7,181, 25,181, 34,181,
-     48,181, 88,181,118,181,159,182,  1,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,
-      6, 42,230,233,238,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,150,
-    232,225,232,105,  2,181, 57,181, 72,238,233,244,233,225,236,225,
-    242,225,226,233, 99,128,252,162,243,239,236,225,244,229,228,225,
-    242,225,226,233, 99,128,252, 12,105,  2,181, 94,181,109,238,233,
-    244,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,151,242,225,231,
-    225,238, 97,128, 48,102,234,229,229,237,105,  2,181,128,181,143,
-    238,233,244,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,252,161,243,
-    239,236,225,244,229,228,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,252, 11,109,
-      2,181,165,181,199,225,242,226,245,244, 97,  2,181,176,181,185,
-    225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 41,230,233,238,225,236,225,242,
-    225,226,233, 99,128,254,148,101,  2,181,205,181,218,228,233,225,
-    236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,152,229,237,105,  2,181,226,
-    181,241,238,233,244,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,252,
-    164,243,239,236,225,244,229,228,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,252,
-     14,238,239,239,238,230,233,238,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,
-    128,252,115,235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,198,182, 32,
-    232,225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,131,108,  2,182, 50,
-    182, 69,229,240,232,239,238,101,129, 33, 33,182, 61,226,236,225,
-    227,107,128, 38, 14,233,243,232, 97,  2,182, 78,182, 93,231,229,
-    228,239,236,225,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,160,241,229,244,
-    225,238,225,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,169,110,  4,182,118,
-    182,127,182,146,182,167,227,233,242,227,236,101,128, 36,105,233,
-    228,229,239,231,242,225,240,232,233,227,240,225,242,229,110,128,
-     50, 41,112,  2,182,152,182,159,225,242,229,110,128, 36,125,229,
-    242,233,239,100,128, 36,145,242,239,237,225,110,128, 33,121,243,
-    104,128,  2,167,116,131,  5,216,182,190,182,210,182,219,228,225,
-    231,229,243,104,129,251, 56,182,201,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,
-    251, 56,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,216,243,229,227,249,242,
-    233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,181,246,233,114,  2,182,240,182,249,
-    232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,155,236,229,230,244,232,229,226,
-    242,229,119,128,  5,155,104,  6,183, 20,183,172,184, 38,184,170,
-    185, 77,186,134, 97,  5,183, 32,183, 42,183, 49,183, 74,183,103,
-    226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,165,228,229,246, 97,128,  9,
-     37,231,117,  2,183, 56,183, 65,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,
-    165,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10, 37,108,  2,183, 80,183, 89,
-    225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 48,230,233,238,225,236,225,242,
-    225,226,233, 99,128,254,172,238,244,232,225,235,232,225,116,  3,
-    183,118,183,149,183,156,236,239,119,  2,183,126,183,137,236,229,
-    230,244,244,232,225,105,128,248,152,242,233,231,232,244,244,232,
-    225,105,128,248,151,244,232,225,105,128, 14, 76,245,240,240,229,
-    242,236,229,230,244,244,232,225,105,128,248,150,101,  3,183,180,
-    183,244,184, 11,104,  4,183,190,183,199,183,213,183,229,225,242,
-    225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 43,230,233,238,225,236,225,242,225,226,
-    233, 99,128,254,154,233,238,233,244,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,
-    233, 99,128,254,155,237,229,228,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233,
-     99,128,254,156,242,101,  2,183,251,184,  4,229,248,233,243,244,
-    115,128, 34,  3,230,239,242,101,128, 34, 52,244, 97,130,  3,184,
-    184, 20,184, 24, 49,128,  3,209,243,249,237,226,239,236,231,242,
-    229,229,107,128,  3,209,105,  2,184, 44,184,130,229,245,244,104,
-      4,184, 57,184, 92,184,107,184,116, 97,  2,184, 63,184, 78,227,
-    233,242,227,236,229,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 50,121,240,225,
-    242,229,238,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 50, 25,227,233,242,227,
-    236,229,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 50,107,235,239,242,229,225,
-    110,128, 49, 76,240,225,242,229,238,235,239,242,229,225,110,128,
-     50, 11,242,244,229,229,110,  2,184,140,184,149,227,233,242,227,
-    236,101,128, 36,108,112,  2,184,155,184,162,225,242,229,110,128,
-     36,128,229,242,233,239,100,128, 36,148,111,  6,184,184,184,201,
-    184,206,184,220,184,225,185, 22,238,225,238,231,237,239,238,244,
-    232,239,244,232,225,105,128, 14, 17,239,107,128,  1,173,240,232,
-    245,244,232,225,239,244,232,225,105,128, 14, 18,242,110,128,  0,
-    254,244,104,  3,184,234,185,  2,185, 12, 97,  2,184,240,184,250,
-    232,225,238,244,232,225,105,128, 14, 23,238,244,232,225,105,128,
-     14, 16,239,238,231,244,232,225,105,128, 14, 24,245,238,231,244,
-    232,225,105,128, 14, 22,245,243,225,238,100,  2,185, 32,185, 43,
-    227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,130,243,243,229,240,225,
-    242,225,244,239,114,  2,185, 58,185, 67,225,242,225,226,233, 99,
-    128,  6,108,240,229,242,243,233,225,110,128,  6,108,242,229,101,
-    144,  0, 51,185,115,185,124,185,134,185,164,185,171,185,181,185,
-    206,185,233,186, 11,186, 23,186, 42,186, 53,186, 86,186,108,186,
-    116,186,127,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 99,226,229,238,231,
-    225,236,105,128,  9,233,227,233,242,227,236,101,129, 36, 98,185,
-    145,233,238,246,229,242,243,229,243,225,238,243,243,229,242,233,
-    102,128, 39,140,228,229,246, 97,128,  9,105,229,233,231,232,244,
-    232,115,128, 33, 92,231,117,  2,185,188,185,197,234,225,242,225,
-    244,105,128, 10,233,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10,105,232, 97,
-      2,185,213,185,224,227,235,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 99,
-    238,231,250,232,239,117,128, 48, 35,105,  2,185,239,186,  1,228,
-    229,239,231,242,225,240,232,233,227,240,225,242,229,110,128, 50,
-     34,238,230,229,242,233,239,114,128, 32,131,237,239,238,239,243,
-    240,225,227,101,128,255, 19,238,245,237,229,242,225,244,239,242,
-    226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,246,239,236,228,243,244,249,
-    236,101,128,247, 51,112,  2,186, 59,186, 66,225,242,229,110,128,
-     36,118,229,114,  2,186, 73,186, 79,233,239,100,128, 36,138,243,
-    233,225,110,128,  6,243,241,245,225,242,244,229,242,115,129,  0,
-    190,186, 99,229,237,228,225,243,104,128,246,222,242,239,237,225,
-    110,128, 33,114,243,245,240,229,242,233,239,114,128,  0,179,244,
-    232,225,105,128, 14, 83,250,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,148,
-    105,  7,186,160,186,171,187, 30,187,128,187,140,187,189,187,206,
-    232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48, 97,107,  2,186,177,186,
-    201,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,193,186,189,232,225,236,
-    230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,129,229,245,116,  4,186,213,186,
-    248,187,  7,187, 16, 97,  2,186,219,186,234,227,233,242,227,236,
-    229,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 50,112,240,225,242,229,238,235,
-    239,242,229,225,110,128, 50, 16,227,233,242,227,236,229,235,239,
-    242,229,225,110,128, 50, 98,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49, 55,
-    240,225,242,229,238,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 50,  2,236,228,
-    101,133,  2,220,187, 46,187, 57,187, 74,187, 86,187,114,226,229,
-    236,239,247,227,237, 98,128,  3, 48, 99,  2,187, 63,187, 68,237,
-     98,128,  3,  3,239,237, 98,128,  3,  3,228,239,245,226,236,229,
-    227,237, 98,128,  3, 96,111,  2,187, 92,187,102,240,229,242,225,
-    244,239,114,128, 34, 60,246,229,242,236,225,249,227,237, 98,128,
-      3, 52,246,229,242,244,233,227,225,236,227,237, 98,128,  3, 62,
-    237,229,243,227,233,242,227,236,101,128, 34,151,112,  2,187,146,
-    187,176,229,232, 97,  2,187,154,187,163,232,229,226,242,229,119,
-    128,  5,150,236,229,230,244,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,150,
-    240,233,231,245,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10,112,244,236,239,
-    227,249,242,233,236,236,233,227,227,237, 98,128,  4,131,247,238,
-    225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5,127,236,233,238,229,226,
-    229,236,239,119,128, 30,111,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,
-    128,255, 84,111,  7,188,  3,188, 14,188, 25,188, 50,188,170,188,
-    182,189, 10,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5,105,232,233,
-    242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,104,235,225,244,225,235,225,238,
-     97,129, 48,200,188, 38,232,225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,
-    255,132,110,  3,188, 58,188,156,188,161,101,  4,188, 68,188,137,
-    188,144,188,150,226,225,114,  4,188, 80,188,109,188,119,188,128,
-    229,248,244,242, 97,  2,188, 90,188,100,232,233,231,232,237,239,
-    100,128,  2,229,236,239,247,237,239,100,128,  2,233,232,233,231,
-    232,237,239,100,128,  2,230,236,239,247,237,239,100,128,  2,232,
-    237,233,228,237,239,100,128,  2,231,230,233,246,101,128,  1,189,
-    243,233,120,128,  1,133,244,247,111,128,  1,168,239,115,128,  3,
-    132,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51, 39,240,225,244,225,235,244,
-    232,225,105,128, 14, 15,242,244,239,233,243,229,243,232,229,236,
-    236,226,242,225,227,235,229,116,  2,188,205,188,235,236,229,230,
-    116,130, 48, 20,188,216,188,224,243,237,225,236,108,128,254, 93,
-    246,229,242,244,233,227,225,108,128,254, 57,242,233,231,232,116,
-    130, 48, 21,188,247,188,255,243,237,225,236,108,128,254, 94,246,
-    229,242,244,233,227,225,108,128,254, 58,244,225,239,244,232,225,
-    105,128, 14, 21,240, 97,  2,189, 27,189, 39,236,225,244,225,236,
-    232,239,239,107,128,  1,171,242,229,110,128, 36,175,114,  3,189,
-     53,189, 84,189, 99,225,228,229,237,225,242,107,129, 33, 34,189,
-     65,115,  2,189, 71,189, 77,225,238,115,128,248,234,229,242,233,
-    102,128,246,219,229,244,242,239,230,236,229,248,232,239,239,107,
-    128,  2,136,233,225,103,  4,189,111,189,116,189,121,189,126,228,
-    110,128, 37,188,236,102,128, 37,196,242,116,128, 37,186,245,112,
-    128, 37,178,115,132,  2,166,189,143,189,182,190, 32,190, 45,225,
-    228,105,130,  5,230,189,153,189,173,228,225,231,229,243,104,129,
-    251, 70,189,164,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,251, 70,232,229,226,
-    242,229,119,128,  5,230,101,  2,189,188,189,199,227,249,242,233,
-    236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 70,242,101,134,  5,181,189,216,189,230,
-    189,235,189,244,190,  3,190, 19, 49,  2,189,222,189,226, 50,128,
-      5,181,101,128,  5,181,178, 98,128,  5,181,232,229,226,242,229,
-    119,128,  5,181,238,225,242,242,239,247,232,229,226,242,229,119,
-    128,  5,181,241,245,225,242,244,229,242,232,229,226,242,229,119,
-    128,  5,181,247,233,228,229,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,181,
-    232,229,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 91,245,240,229,
-    242,233,239,114,128,246,243,116,  4,190, 65,190,115,190,180,190,
-    231, 97,  3,190, 73,190, 83,190, 90,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,
-    128,  9,159,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 31,231,117,  2,190, 97,190,
-    106,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,159,242,237,245,235,232,105,
-    128, 10, 31,229,104,  4,190,126,190,135,190,149,190,165,225,242,
-    225,226,233, 99,128,  6,121,230,233,238,225,236,225,242,225,226,
-    233, 99,128,251,103,233,238,233,244,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,
-    233, 99,128,251,104,237,229,228,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233,
-     99,128,251,105,232, 97,  3,190,189,190,199,190,206,226,229,238,
-    231,225,236,105,128,  9,160,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 32,231,117,
-      2,190,213,190,222,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,160,242,237,
-    245,235,232,105,128, 10, 32,245,242,238,229,100,128,  2,135,117,
-      3,190,247,191,  2,191, 27,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128,
-     48,100,235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,196,191, 15,232,
-    225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,130,243,237,225,236,108,
-      2,191, 37,191, 48,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48, 99,
-    235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,195,191, 61,232,225,236,
-    230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,111,119,  2,191, 79,191,184,101,
-      2,191, 85,191,133,236,246,101,  3,191, 95,191,104,191,125,227,
-    233,242,227,236,101,128, 36,107,112,  2,191,110,191,117,225,242,
-    229,110,128, 36,127,229,242,233,239,100,128, 36,147,242,239,237,
-    225,110,128, 33,123,238,244,121,  3,191,143,191,152,191,163,227,
-    233,242,227,236,101,128, 36,115,232,225,238,231,250,232,239,117,
-    128, 83, 68,112,  2,191,169,191,176,225,242,229,110,128, 36,135,
-    229,242,233,239,100,128, 36,155,111,142,  0, 50,191,216,191,225,
-    191,235,192,  9,192, 61,192, 86,192,113,192,147,192,159,192,178,
-    192,189,192,222,192,230,192,254,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6,
-     98,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,232,227,233,242,227,236,
-    101,129, 36, 97,191,246,233,238,246,229,242,243,229,243,225,238,
-    243,243,229,242,233,102,128, 39,139,100,  2,192, 15,192, 21,229,
-    246, 97,128,  9,104,239,116,  2,192, 28,192, 39,229,238,236,229,
-    225,228,229,114,128, 32, 37,236,229,225,228,229,114,129, 32, 37,
-    192, 50,246,229,242,244,233,227,225,108,128,254, 48,231,117,  2,
-    192, 68,192, 77,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,232,242,237,245,
-    235,232,105,128, 10,104,232, 97,  2,192, 93,192,104,227,235,225,
-    242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 98,238,231,250,232,239,117,128, 48,
-     34,105,  2,192,119,192,137,228,229,239,231,242,225,240,232,233,
-    227,240,225,242,229,110,128, 50, 33,238,230,229,242,233,239,114,
-    128, 32,130,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 18,238,
-    245,237,229,242,225,244,239,242,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,
-      9,245,239,236,228,243,244,249,236,101,128,247, 50,112,  2,192,
-    195,192,202,225,242,229,110,128, 36,117,229,114,  2,192,209,192,
-    215,233,239,100,128, 36,137,243,233,225,110,128,  6,242,242,239,
-    237,225,110,128, 33,113,115,  2,192,236,192,244,244,242,239,235,
-    101,128,  1,187,245,240,229,242,233,239,114,128,  0,178,244,104,
-      2,193,  5,193, 10,225,105,128, 14, 82,233,242,228,115,128, 33,
-     84,117,145,  0,117,193, 55,193, 63,193,104,193,161,194, 43,194,
-     80,194,203,194,219,195, 14,195, 84,195,165,195,174,196, 37,196,
-     61,196,169,196,197,197, 55,225,227,245,244,101,128,  0,250, 98,
-      4,193, 73,193, 78,193, 87,193, 97,225,114,128,  2,137,229,238,
-    231,225,236,105,128,  9,137,239,240,239,237,239,230,111,128, 49,
-     40,242,229,246,101,128,  1,109, 99,  3,193,112,193,119,193,151,
-    225,242,239,110,128,  1,212,233,242, 99,  2,193,127,193,132,236,
-    101,128, 36,228,245,237,230,236,229,120,129,  0,251,193,143,226,
-    229,236,239,119,128, 30,119,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,
-     67,100,  5,193,173,193,184,193,207,193,213,194, 33,225,244,244,
-    225,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 81,226,108,  2,193,191,193,199,225,
-    227,245,244,101,128,  1,113,231,242,225,246,101,128,  2, 21,229,
-    246, 97,128,  9,  9,233,229,242,229,243,233,115,133,  0,252,193,
-    233,193,241,193,249,194, 16,194, 24,225,227,245,244,101,128,  1,
-    216,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30,115, 99,  2,193,255,194,  6,225,
-    242,239,110,128,  1,218,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,241,
-    231,242,225,246,101,128,  1,220,237,225,227,242,239,110,128,  1,
-    214,239,244,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30,229,103,  2,194, 49,194,
-     56,242,225,246,101,128,  0,249,117,  2,194, 62,194, 71,234,225,
-    242,225,244,105,128, 10,137,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10,  9,
-    104,  3,194, 88,194, 98,194,176,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128,
-     48, 70,111,  2,194,104,194,114,239,235,225,226,239,246,101,128,
-     30,231,242,110,133,  1,176,194,129,194,137,194,148,194,156,194,
-    168,225,227,245,244,101,128, 30,233,228,239,244,226,229,236,239,
-    119,128, 30,241,231,242,225,246,101,128, 30,235,232,239,239,235,
-    225,226,239,246,101,128, 30,237,244,233,236,228,101,128, 30,239,
-    245,238,231,225,242,245,237,236,225,245,116,129,  1,113,194,192,
-    227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,243,233,238,246,229,242,
-    244,229,228,226,242,229,246,101,128,  2, 23,107,  3,194,227,194,
-    251,195,  6,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,166,194,239,232,
-    225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,115,227,249,242,233,236,
-    236,233, 99,128,  4,121,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49, 92,109,  2,
-    195, 20,195, 73, 97,  2,195, 26,195, 59,227,242,239,110,130,  1,
-    107,195, 37,195, 48,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,239,
-    228,233,229,242,229,243,233,115,128, 30,123,244,242,225,231,245,
-    242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10, 65,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,
-    101,128,255, 85,110,  2,195, 90,195,145,228,229,242,243,227,239,
-    242,101,132,  0, 95,195,109,195,115,195,127,195,138,228,226,108,
-    128, 32, 23,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 63,246,
-    229,242,244,233,227,225,108,128,254, 51,247,225,246,121,128,254,
-     79,105,  2,195,151,195,156,239,110,128, 34, 42,246,229,242,243,
-    225,108,128, 34,  0,239,231,239,238,229,107,128,  1,115,112,  5,
-    195,186,195,193,195,201,195,216,196, 11,225,242,229,110,128, 36,
-    176,226,236,239,227,107,128, 37,128,240,229,242,228,239,244,232,
-    229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,196,243,233,236,239,110,131,  3,197,
-    195,230,195,251,196,  3,228,233,229,242,229,243,233,115,129,  3,
-    203,195,243,244,239,238,239,115,128,  3,176,236,225,244,233,110,
-    128,  2,138,244,239,238,239,115,128,  3,205,244,225,227,107,  2,
-    196, 20,196, 31,226,229,236,239,247,227,237, 98,128,  3, 29,237,
-    239,100,128,  2,212,114,  2,196, 43,196, 55,225,231,245,242,237,
-    245,235,232,105,128, 10,115,233,238,103,128,  1,111,115,  3,196,
-     69,196, 84,196,129,232,239,242,244,227,249,242,233,236,236,233,
-     99,128,  4, 94,237,225,236,108,  2,196, 93,196,104,232,233,242,
-    225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48, 69,235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,
-    129, 48,165,196,117,232,225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,
-    105,244,242,225,233,231,232,116,  2,196,141,196,152,227,249,242,
-    233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,175,243,244,242,239,235,229,227,249,
-    242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,177,244,233,236,228,101,130,  1,
-    105,196,181,196,189,225,227,245,244,101,128, 30,121,226,229,236,
-    239,119,128, 30,117,117,  5,196,209,196,219,196,226,196,251,197,
-     11,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,138,228,229,246, 97,128,
-      9, 10,231,117,  2,196,233,196,242,234,225,242,225,244,105,128,
-     10,138,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10, 10,237,225,244,242,225,
-    231,245,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10, 66,246,239,247,229,236,
-    243,233,231,110,  3,197, 27,197, 37,197, 44,226,229,238,231,225,
-    236,105,128,  9,194,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 66,231,245,234,225,
-    242,225,244,105,128, 10,194,246,239,247,229,236,243,233,231,110,
-      3,197, 71,197, 81,197, 88,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,
-    193,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 65,231,245,234,225,242,225,244,105,
-    128, 10,193,118,139,  0,118,197,125,198, 17,198, 26,198, 37,198,
-    222,198,229,199, 71,199, 83,199,183,199,191,199,212, 97,  4,197,
-    135,197,142,197,167,197,178,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 53,231,117,
-      2,197,149,197,158,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,181,242,237,
-    245,235,232,105,128, 10, 53,235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,128,
-     48,247,118,132,  5,213,197,190,197,217,197,249,198,  5,228,225,
-    231,229,243,104,130,251, 53,197,203,197,208,182, 53,128,251, 53,
-    232,229,226,242,229,119,128,251, 53,104,  2,197,223,197,231,229,
-    226,242,229,119,128,  5,213,239,236,225,109,129,251, 75,197,240,
-    232,229,226,242,229,119,128,251, 75,246,225,246,232,229,226,242,
-    229,119,128,  5,240,249,239,228,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,
-    241,227,233,242,227,236,101,128, 36,229,228,239,244,226,229,236,
-    239,119,128, 30,127,101,  6,198, 51,198, 62,198,126,198,137,198,
-    143,198,210,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 50,104,  4,
-    198, 72,198, 81,198, 95,198,111,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6,
-    164,230,233,238,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,251,107,233,
-    238,233,244,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,251,108,237,
-    229,228,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,251,109,235,225,
-    244,225,235,225,238, 97,128, 48,249,238,245,115,128, 38, 64,242,
-    244,233,227,225,108,  2,198,154,198,160,226,225,114,128,  0,124,
-    236,233,238,101,  4,198,173,198,184,198,195,198,204,225,226,239,
-    246,229,227,237, 98,128,  3, 13,226,229,236,239,247,227,237, 98,
-    128,  3, 41,236,239,247,237,239,100,128,  2,204,237,239,100,128,
-      2,200,247,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5,126,232,239,
-    239,107,128,  2,139,105,  3,198,237,198,248,199, 31,235,225,244,
-    225,235,225,238, 97,128, 48,248,242,225,237, 97,  3,199,  3,199,
-     13,199, 20,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,205,228,229,246,
-     97,128,  9, 77,231,245,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,205,243,
-    225,242,231, 97,  3,199, 43,199, 53,199, 60,226,229,238,231,225,
-    236,105,128,  9,131,228,229,246, 97,128,  9,  3,231,245,234,225,
-    242,225,244,105,128, 10,131,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,
-    128,255, 86,111,  3,199, 91,199,102,199,172,225,242,237,229,238,
-    233,225,110,128,  5,120,233,227,229,100,  2,199,111,199,147,233,
-    244,229,242,225,244,233,239,110,  2,199,125,199,136,232,233,242,
-    225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,158,235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,
-    128, 48,254,237,225,242,235,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,155,199,160,
-    232,225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,158,235,225,244,225,
-    235,225,238, 97,128, 48,250,240,225,242,229,110,128, 36,177,116,
-      2,199,197,199,204,233,236,228,101,128, 30,125,245,242,238,229,
-    100,128,  2,140,117,  2,199,218,199,229,232,233,242,225,231,225,
-    238, 97,128, 48,148,235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,128, 48,244,
-    119,143,  0,119,200, 18,200,251,201,  5,201, 28,201, 68,201,135,
-    201,143,203,114,203,155,203,167,203,242,203,250,204,  1,204, 12,
-    204, 21, 97,  8,200, 36,200, 43,200, 53,200, 64,200,102,200,134,
-    200,146,200,182,227,245,244,101,128, 30,131,229,235,239,242,229,
-    225,110,128, 49, 89,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,143,
-    107,  2,200, 70,200, 94,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,239,
-    200, 82,232,225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,156,239,242,
-    229,225,110,128, 49, 88,243,237,225,236,108,  2,200,112,200,123,
-    232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,142,235,225,244,225,235,
-    225,238, 97,128, 48,238,244,244,239,243,241,245,225,242,101,128,
-     51, 87,118,  2,200,152,200,160,229,228,225,243,104,128, 48, 28,
-    249,245,238,228,229,242,243,227,239,242,229,246,229,242,244,233,
-    227,225,108,128,254, 52,119,  3,200,190,200,199,200,213,225,242,
-    225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 72,230,233,238,225,236,225,242,225,226,
-    233, 99,128,254,238,232,225,237,250,225,225,226,239,246,101,  2,
-    200,228,200,237,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 36,230,233,238,
-    225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,134,226,243,241,245,225,
-    242,101,128, 51,221,227,233,242, 99,  2,201, 14,201, 19,236,101,
-    128, 36,230,245,237,230,236,229,120,128,  1,117,100,  2,201, 34,
-    201, 44,233,229,242,229,243,233,115,128, 30,133,239,116,  2,201,
-     51,201, 60,225,227,227,229,238,116,128, 30,135,226,229,236,239,
-    119,128, 30,137,101,  4,201, 78,201, 89,201,101,201,125,232,233,
-    242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,145,233,229,242,243,244,242,225,
-    243,115,128, 33, 24,107,  2,201,107,201,117,225,244,225,235,225,
-    238, 97,128, 48,241,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49, 94,239,235,239,
-    242,229,225,110,128, 49, 93,231,242,225,246,101,128, 30,129,232,
-    233,244,101,  8,201,164,201,173,202,  1,202, 91,202,175,202,220,
-    203, 16,203, 72,226,245,236,236,229,116,128, 37,230, 99,  2,201,
-    179,201,199,233,242,227,236,101,129, 37,203,201,189,233,238,246,
-    229,242,243,101,128, 37,217,239,242,238,229,242,226,242,225,227,
-    235,229,116,  2,201,216,201,236,236,229,230,116,129, 48, 14,201,
-    225,246,229,242,244,233,227,225,108,128,254, 67,242,233,231,232,
-    116,129, 48, 15,201,246,246,229,242,244,233,227,225,108,128,254,
-     68,100,  2,202,  7,202, 48,233,225,237,239,238,100,129, 37,199,
-    202, 18,227,239,238,244,225,233,238,233,238,231,226,236,225,227,
-    235,243,237,225,236,236,228,233,225,237,239,238,100,128, 37,200,
-    239,247,238,240,239,233,238,244,233,238,103,  2,202, 64,202, 80,
-    243,237,225,236,236,244,242,233,225,238,231,236,101,128, 37,191,
-    244,242,233,225,238,231,236,101,128, 37,189,236,101,  2,202, 98,
-    202,140,230,244,240,239,233,238,244,233,238,103,  2,202,113,202,
-    129,243,237,225,236,236,244,242,233,225,238,231,236,101,128, 37,
-    195,244,242,233,225,238,231,236,101,128, 37,193,238,244,233,227,
-    245,236,225,242,226,242,225,227,235,229,116,  2,202,160,202,167,
-    236,229,230,116,128, 48, 22,242,233,231,232,116,128, 48, 23,242,
-    233,231,232,244,240,239,233,238,244,233,238,103,  2,202,193,202,
-    209,243,237,225,236,236,244,242,233,225,238,231,236,101,128, 37,
-    185,244,242,233,225,238,231,236,101,128, 37,183,115,  3,202,228,
-    203,  2,203, 10,109,  2,202,234,202,246,225,236,236,243,241,245,
-    225,242,101,128, 37,171,233,236,233,238,231,230,225,227,101,128,
-     38, 58,241,245,225,242,101,128, 37,161,244,225,114,128, 38,  6,
-    116,  2,203, 22,203, 33,229,236,229,240,232,239,238,101,128, 38,
-     15,239,242,244,239,233,243,229,243,232,229,236,236,226,242,225,
-    227,235,229,116,  2,203, 57,203, 64,236,229,230,116,128, 48, 24,
-    242,233,231,232,116,128, 48, 25,245,240,240,239,233,238,244,233,
-    238,103,  2,203, 87,203,103,243,237,225,236,236,244,242,233,225,
-    238,231,236,101,128, 37,181,244,242,233,225,238,231,236,101,128,
-     37,179,105,  2,203,120,203,131,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,
-    128, 48,144,107,  2,203,137,203,147,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,
-    128, 48,240,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49, 95,237,239,238,239,243,
-    240,225,227,101,128,255, 87,111,  4,203,177,203,188,203,213,203,
-    231,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,146,235,225,244,225,
-    235,225,238, 97,129, 48,242,203,201,232,225,236,230,247,233,228,
-    244,104,128,255,102,110,129, 32,169,203,219,237,239,238,239,243,
-    240,225,227,101,128,255,230,247,225,229,238,244,232,225,105,128,
-     14, 39,240,225,242,229,110,128, 36,178,242,233,238,103,128, 30,
-    152,243,245,240,229,242,233,239,114,128,  2,183,244,245,242,238,
-    229,100,128,  2,141,249,238,110,128,  1,191,120,137,  0,120,204,
-     49,204, 60,204, 71,204, 80,204,107,204,120,204,124,204,136,204,
-    144,225,226,239,246,229,227,237, 98,128,  3, 61,226,239,240,239,
-    237,239,230,111,128, 49, 18,227,233,242,227,236,101,128, 36,231,
-    100,  2,204, 86,204, 96,233,229,242,229,243,233,115,128, 30,141,
-    239,244,225,227,227,229,238,116,128, 30,139,229,232,225,242,237,
-    229,238,233,225,110,128,  5,109,105,128,  3,190,237,239,238,239,
-    243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 88,240,225,242,229,110,128, 36,179,
-    243,245,240,229,242,233,239,114,128,  2,227,121,143,  0,121,204,
-    189,205,148,205,171,205,211,207,177,207,185,207,202,208, 10,208,
-     22,209, 19,209, 59,209, 71,209, 82,209,103,210, 76, 97, 11,204,
-    213,204,225,204,235,204,242,204,249,205,  3,205, 28,205, 39,205,
-     77,205, 90,205,136,225,228,239,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,
-     78,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,175,227,245,244,101,128,
-      0,253,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 47,229,235,239,242,229,225,110,
-    128, 49, 82,231,117,  2,205, 10,205, 19,234,225,242,225,244,105,
-    128, 10,175,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10, 47,232,233,242,225,
-    231,225,238, 97,128, 48,132,107,  2,205, 45,205, 69,225,244,225,
-    235,225,238, 97,129, 48,228,205, 57,232,225,236,230,247,233,228,
-    244,104,128,255,148,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49, 81,237,225,235,
-    235,225,238,244,232,225,105,128, 14, 78,243,237,225,236,108,  2,
-    205,100,205,111,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,131,235,
-    225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,227,205,124,232,225,236,230,
-    247,233,228,244,104,128,255,108,244,227,249,242,233,236,236,233,
-     99,128,  4, 99,227,233,242, 99,  2,205,157,205,162,236,101,128,
-     36,232,245,237,230,236,229,120,128,  1,119,100,  2,205,177,205,
-    187,233,229,242,229,243,233,115,128,  0,255,239,116,  2,205,194,
-    205,203,225,227,227,229,238,116,128, 30,143,226,229,236,239,119,
-    128, 30,245,101,  7,205,227,206,235,206,244,207,  6,207, 38,207,
-    114,207,165,104,  8,205,245,205,254,206, 32,206, 46,206,119,206,
-    135,206,194,206,212,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 74,226,225,
-    242,242,229,101,  2,206,  9,206, 18,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,
-      6,210,230,233,238,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,251,175,
-    230,233,238,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,242,232,225,
-    237,250,225,225,226,239,246,101,  4,206, 65,206, 74,206, 88,206,
-    104,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 38,230,233,238,225,236,225,
-    242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,138,233,238,233,244,233,225,236,225,
-    242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,139,237,229,228,233,225,236,225,242,
-    225,226,233, 99,128,254,140,233,238,233,244,233,225,236,225,242,
-    225,226,233, 99,128,254,243,237,101,  2,206,142,206,155,228,233,
-    225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,244,229,237,105,  2,206,
-    163,206,178,238,233,244,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,
-    252,221,243,239,236,225,244,229,228,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,
-    252, 88,238,239,239,238,230,233,238,225,236,225,242,225,226,233,
-     99,128,252,148,244,232,242,229,229,228,239,244,243,226,229,236,
-    239,247,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6,209,235,239,242,229,225,
-    110,128, 49, 86,110,129,  0,165,206,250,237,239,238,239,243,240,
-    225,227,101,128,255,229,111,  2,207, 12,207, 21,235,239,242,229,
-    225,110,128, 49, 85,242,233,238,232,233,229,245,232,235,239,242,
-    229,225,110,128, 49,134,114,  3,207, 46,207, 82,207, 94,225,232,
-    226,229,238,249,239,237,111,  2,207, 60,207, 69,232,229,226,242,
-    229,119,128,  5,170,236,229,230,244,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,
-      5,170,233,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 75,245,228,
-    233,229,242,229,243,233,243,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,
-      4,249,243,233,229,245,238,103,  3,207,127,207,136,207,152,235,
-    239,242,229,225,110,128, 49,129,240,225,238,243,233,239,243,235,
-    239,242,229,225,110,128, 49,131,243,233,239,243,235,239,242,229,
-    225,110,128, 49,130,244,233,246,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,
-    154,231,242,225,246,101,128, 30,243,232,239,239,107,129,  1,180,
-    207,194,225,226,239,246,101,128, 30,247,105,  5,207,214,207,225,
-    207,236,207,245,207,253,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5,
-    117,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 87,235,239,242,229,
-    225,110,128, 49, 98,238,249,225,238,103,128, 38, 47,247,238,225,
-    242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5,130,237,239,238,239,243,240,
-    225,227,101,128,255, 89,111,  7,208, 38,208,108,208,119,208,129,
-    208,167,208,213,208,222,100,131,  5,217,208, 48,208, 68,208, 77,
-    228,225,231,229,243,104,129,251, 57,208, 59,232,229,226,242,229,
-    119,128,251, 57,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,217,249,239,100,
-      2,208, 85,208, 94,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,242,240,225,
-    244,225,232,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,251, 31,232,233,242,225,
-    231,225,238, 97,128, 48,136,233,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49,
-    137,107,  2,208,135,208,159,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,
-    232,208,147,232,225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,150,239,
-    242,229,225,110,128, 49, 91,243,237,225,236,108,  2,208,177,208,
-    188,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,135,235,225,244,225,
-    235,225,238, 97,129, 48,231,208,201,232,225,236,230,247,233,228,
-    244,104,128,255,110,244,231,242,229,229,107,128,  3,243,121,  2,
-    208,228,209,  9, 97,  2,208,234,208,244,229,235,239,242,229,225,
-    110,128, 49,136,107,  2,208,250,209,  2,239,242,229,225,110,128,
-     49,135,244,232,225,105,128, 14, 34,233,238,231,244,232,225,105,
-    128, 14, 13,112,  2,209, 25,209, 32,225,242,229,110,128, 36,180,
-    239,231,229,231,242,225,237,237,229,238,105,129,  3,122,209, 48,
-    231,242,229,229,235,227,237, 98,128,  3, 69,114,129,  1,166,209,
-     65,233,238,103,128, 30,153,243,245,240,229,242,233,239,114,128,
-      2,184,116,  2,209, 88,209, 95,233,236,228,101,128, 30,249,245,
-    242,238,229,100,128,  2,142,117,  5,209,115,209,126,209,136,209,
-    174,210, 50,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,134,233,235,
-    239,242,229,225,110,128, 49,140,107,  2,209,142,209,166,225,244,
-    225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,230,209,154,232,225,236,230,247,233,
-    228,244,104,128,255,149,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49, 96,115,  3,
-    209,182,209,220,210,  5,226,233,103,  2,209,190,209,201,227,249,
-    242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,107,233,239,244,233,230,233,229,
-    228,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,109,236,233,244,244,
-    236,101,  2,209,231,209,242,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,
-      4,103,233,239,244,233,230,233,229,228,227,249,242,233,236,236,
-    233, 99,128,  4,105,237,225,236,108,  2,210, 14,210, 25,232,233,
-    242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,133,235,225,244,225,235,225,238,
-     97,129, 48,229,210, 38,232,225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,
-    255,109,249,101,  2,210, 57,210, 66,235,239,242,229,225,110,128,
-     49,139,239,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49,138,249, 97,  2,210,
-     83,210, 93,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,223,228,229,246,
-     97,128,  9, 95,122,142,  0,122,210,132,211,140,211,151,211,194,
-    211,221,213,  0,213,108,213,150,213,162,213,174,213,202,213,210,
-    213,226,213,235, 97, 10,210,154,210,165,210,172,210,179,210,190,
-    211, 12,211, 42,211, 53,211, 89,211,101,225,242,237,229,238,233,
-    225,110,128,  5,102,227,245,244,101,128,  1,122,228,229,246, 97,
-    128,  9, 91,231,245,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10, 91,104,  4,
-    210,200,210,209,210,223,210,253,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6,
-     56,230,233,238,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,198,105,
-      2,210,229,210,244,238,233,244,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233,
-     99,128,254,199,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48, 86,237,229,228,
-    233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,200,233,110,  2,211,
-     19,211, 28,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 50,230,233,238,225,
-    236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,176,235,225,244,225,235,225,
-    238, 97,128, 48,182,241,229,102,  2,211, 61,211, 75,231,225,228,
-    239,236,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,149,241,225,244,225,238,
-    232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,148,242,241,225,232,229,226,242,
-    229,119,128,  5,152,249,233,110,130,  5,214,211,111,211,131,228,
-    225,231,229,243,104,129,251, 54,211,122,232,229,226,242,229,119,
-    128,251, 54,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,214,226,239,240,239,
-    237,239,230,111,128, 49, 23, 99,  3,211,159,211,166,211,188,225,
-    242,239,110,128,  1,126,233,242, 99,  2,211,174,211,179,236,101,
-    128, 36,233,245,237,230,236,229,120,128, 30,145,245,242,108,128,
-      2,145,228,239,116,130,  1,124,211,204,211,213,225,227,227,229,
-    238,116,128,  1,124,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30,147,101,  6,211,
-    235,211,246,212, 33,212, 44,212, 55,212,251,227,249,242,233,236,
-    236,233, 99,128,  4, 55,100,  2,211,252,212, 15,229,243,227,229,
-    238,228,229,242,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,153,233,
-    229,242,229,243,233,243,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,
-    223,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48, 92,235,225,244,225,
-    235,225,238, 97,128, 48,188,242,111,140,  0, 48,212, 84,212, 93,
-    212,103,212,110,212,135,212,148,212,159,212,171,212,182,212,192,
-    212,203,212,210,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 96,226,229,238,
-    231,225,236,105,128,  9,230,228,229,246, 97,128,  9,102,231,117,
-      2,212,117,212,126,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,230,242,237,
-    245,235,232,105,128, 10,102,232,225,227,235,225,242,225,226,233,
-     99,128,  6, 96,233,238,230,229,242,233,239,114,128, 32,128,237,
-    239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 16,239,236,228,243,244,
-    249,236,101,128,247, 48,240,229,242,243,233,225,110,128,  6,240,
-    243,245,240,229,242,233,239,114,128, 32,112,244,232,225,105,128,
-     14, 80,247,233,228,244,104,  3,212,222,212,231,212,243,234,239,
-    233,238,229,114,128,254,255,238,239,238,234,239,233,238,229,114,
-    128, 32, 12,243,240,225,227,101,128, 32, 11,244, 97,128,  3,182,
-    104,  2,213,  6,213, 17,226,239,240,239,237,239,230,111,128, 49,
-     19,101,  4,213, 27,213, 38,213, 54,213, 65,225,242,237,229,238,
-    233,225,110,128,  5,106,226,242,229,246,229,227,249,242,233,236,
-    236,233, 99,128,  4,194,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,
-     54,100,  2,213, 71,213, 90,229,243,227,229,238,228,229,242,227,
-    249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,151,233,229,242,229,243,233,
-    243,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,221,105,  3,213,116,
-    213,127,213,138,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48, 88,235,
-    225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,128, 48,184,238,239,242,232,229,226,
-    242,229,119,128,  5,174,236,233,238,229,226,229,236,239,119,128,
-     30,149,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 90,111,  2,
-    213,180,213,191,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48, 94,235,
-    225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,128, 48,190,240,225,242,229,110,128,
-     36,181,242,229,244,242,239,230,236,229,248,232,239,239,107,128,
-      2,144,243,244,242,239,235,101,128,  1,182,117,  2,213,241,213,
-    252,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48, 90,235,225,244,225,
-    235,225,238, 97,128, 48,186
-  };
-
-
-  /*
-   *  This function searches the compressed table efficiently.
-   */
-  static unsigned long
-  ft_get_adobe_glyph_index( const char*  name,
-                            const char*  limit )
-  {
-    int                   c = 0;
-    int                   count, min, max;
-    const unsigned char*  p = ft_adobe_glyph_list;
-
-
-    if ( name == 0 || name >= limit )
-      goto NotFound;
-
-    c     = *name++;
-    count = p[1];
-    p    += 2;
-
-    min = 0;
-    max = count;
-
-    while ( min < max )
-    {
-      int                   mid = ( min + max ) >> 1;
-      const unsigned char*  q   = p + mid * 2;
-      int                   c2;
-
-
-      q = ft_adobe_glyph_list + ( ( (int)q[0] << 8 ) | q[1] );
-
-      c2 = q[0] & 127;
-      if ( c2 == c )
-      {
-        p = q;
-        goto Found;
-      }
-      if ( c2 < c )
-        min = mid + 1;
-      else
-        max = mid;
-    }
-    goto NotFound;
-
-  Found:
-    for (;;)
-    {
-      /* assert (*p & 127) == c */
-
-      if ( name >= limit )
-      {
-        if ( (p[0] & 128) == 0 &&
-             (p[1] & 128) != 0 )
-          return (unsigned long)( ( (int)p[2] << 8 ) | p[3] );
-
-        goto NotFound;
-      }
-      c = *name++;
-      if ( p[0] & 128 )
-      {
-        p++;
-        if ( c != (p[0] & 127) )
-          goto NotFound;
-
-        continue;
-      }
-
-      p++;
-      count = p[0] & 127;
-      if ( p[0] & 128 )
-        p += 2;
-
-      p++;
-
-      for ( ; count > 0; count--, p += 2 )
-      {
-        int                   offset = ( (int)p[0] << 8 ) | p[1];
-        const unsigned char*  q      = ft_adobe_glyph_list + offset;
-
-        if ( c == ( q[0] & 127 ) )
-        {
-          p = q;
-          goto NextIter;
-        }
-      }
-      goto NotFound;
-
-    NextIter:
-      ;
-    }
-
-  NotFound:
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/rules.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/rules.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 06bd161..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/rules.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 PSNames driver configuration rules
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2001, 2003 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-# PSNames driver directory
-#
-PSNAMES_DIR := $(SRC_DIR)/psnames
-
-
-# compilation flags for the driver
-#
-PSNAMES_COMPILE := $(FT_COMPILE) $I$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$(PSNAMES_DIR))
-
-
-# PSNames driver sources (i.e., C files)
-#
-PSNAMES_DRV_SRC := $(PSNAMES_DIR)/psmodule.c
-
-
-# PSNames driver headers
-#
-PSNAMES_DRV_H := $(PSNAMES_DRV_SRC:%.c=%.h) \
-                 $(PSNAMES_DIR)/pstables.h  \
-                 $(PSNAMES_DIR)/psnamerr.h
-
-
-# PSNames driver object(s)
-#
-#   PSNAMES_DRV_OBJ_M is used during `multi' builds
-#   PSNAMES_DRV_OBJ_S is used during `single' builds
-#
-PSNAMES_DRV_OBJ_M := $(PSNAMES_DRV_SRC:$(PSNAMES_DIR)/%.c=$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O)
-PSNAMES_DRV_OBJ_S := $(OBJ_DIR)/psnames.$O
-
-# PSNames driver source file for single build
-#
-PSNAMES_DRV_SRC_S := $(PSNAMES_DIR)/psmodule.c
-
-
-# PSNames driver - single object
-#
-$(PSNAMES_DRV_OBJ_S): $(PSNAMES_DRV_SRC_S) $(PSNAMES_DRV_SRC) \
-                      $(FREETYPE_H) $(PSNAMES_DRV_H)
-	$(PSNAMES_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $(PSNAMES_DRV_SRC_S))
-
-
-# PSNames driver - multiple objects
-#
-$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O: $(PSNAMES_DIR)/%.c $(FREETYPE_H) $(PSNAMES_DRV_H)
-	$(PSNAMES_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $<)
-
-
-# update main driver object lists
-#
-DRV_OBJS_S += $(PSNAMES_DRV_OBJ_S)
-DRV_OBJS_M += $(PSNAMES_DRV_OBJ_M)
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/Jamfile b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/Jamfile
deleted file mode 100644
index f6e4251..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/Jamfile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-# FreeType 2 src/raster Jamfile
-#
-# Copyright 2001 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-SubDir  FT2_TOP $(FT2_SRC_DIR) raster ;
-
-{
-  local  _sources ;
-
-  if $(FT2_MULTI)
-  {
-    _sources = ftraster ftrend1 ;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    _sources = raster ;
-  }
-
-  Library  $(FT2_LIB) : $(_sources).c ;
-}
-
-# end of src/raster Jamfile
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/ftmisc.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/ftmisc.h
deleted file mode 100644
index c5dbd50..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/ftmisc.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftmisc.h                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Miscellaneous macros for stand-alone rasterizer (specification       */
-/*    only).                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2005 by                                                      */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used        */
-/*  modified and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project       */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /***************************************************/
-  /*                                                 */
-  /* This file is *not* portable!  You have to adapt */
-  /* its definitions to your platform.               */
-  /*                                                 */
-  /***************************************************/
-
-#ifndef __FTMISC_H__
-#define __FTMISC_H__
-
-#include <string.h> /* memset */
-
-#define FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-#define FT_END_HEADER
-
-#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x )   static x
-
-  /* from include/freetype2/fttypes.h */
-
-  typedef unsigned char  FT_Byte;
-  typedef signed int     FT_Int;
-  typedef unsigned int   FT_UInt;
-  typedef signed long    FT_Long;
-  typedef unsigned long  FT_ULong;
-  typedef signed long    FT_F26Dot6;
-  typedef int            FT_Error;
-
-#define FT_MAKE_TAG( _x1, _x2, _x3, _x4 ) \
-          ( ( (FT_ULong)_x1 << 24 ) |     \
-            ( (FT_ULong)_x2 << 16 ) |     \
-            ( (FT_ULong)_x3 <<  8 ) |     \
-              (FT_ULong)_x4         )
-
-
-  /* from src/ftcalc.c */
-
-#include <inttypes.h>
-
-  typedef int64_t  FT_Int64;
-
-  static FT_Long
-  FT_MulDiv( FT_Long  a,
-             FT_Long  b,
-             FT_Long  c )
-  {
-    FT_Int   s;
-    FT_Long  d;
-
-
-    s = 1;
-    if ( a < 0 ) { a = -a; s = -1; }
-    if ( b < 0 ) { b = -b; s = -s; }
-    if ( c < 0 ) { c = -c; s = -s; }
-
-    d = (FT_Long)( c > 0 ? ( (FT_Int64)a * b + ( c >> 1 ) ) / c
-                         : 0x7FFFFFFFL );
-
-    return ( s > 0 ) ? d : -d;
-  }
-
-#endif /* __FTMISC_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/ftraster.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/ftraster.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 86d77d4..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/ftraster.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3382 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftraster.c                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    The FreeType glyph rasterizer (body).                                */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2007, 2008 by                   */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This file can be compiled without the rest of the FreeType engine, by */
-  /* defining the _STANDALONE_ macro when compiling it.  You also need to  */
-  /* put the files `ftimage.h' and `ftmisc.h' into the $(incdir)           */
-  /* directory.  Typically, you should do something like                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* - copy `src/raster/ftraster.c' (this file) to your current directory  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* - copy `include/freetype/ftimage.h' and `src/raster/ftmisc.h'         */
-  /*   to your current directory                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* - compile `ftraster' with the _STANDALONE_ macro defined, as in       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*     cc -c -D_STANDALONE_ ftraster.c                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The renderer can be initialized with a call to                        */
-  /* `ft_standard_raster.raster_new'; a bitmap can be generated            */
-  /* with a call to `ft_standard_raster.raster_render'.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* See the comments and documentation in the file `ftimage.h' for more   */
-  /* details on how the raster works.                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This is a rewrite of the FreeType 1.x scan-line converter             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-#ifdef _STANDALONE_
-
-#include "ftmisc.h"
-#include "ftimage.h"
-
-#else /* !_STANDALONE_ */
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include "ftraster.h"
-#include FT_INTERNAL_CALC_H   /* for FT_MulDiv only */
-
-#endif /* !_STANDALONE_ */
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* A simple technical note on how the raster works                       */
-  /* -----------------------------------------------                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   Converting an outline into a bitmap is achieved in several steps:   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   1 - Decomposing the outline into successive `profiles'.  Each       */
-  /*       profile is simply an array of scanline intersections on a given */
-  /*       dimension.  A profile's main attributes are                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*       o its scanline position boundaries, i.e. `Ymin' and `Ymax'.     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*       o an array of intersection coordinates for each scanline        */
-  /*         between `Ymin' and `Ymax'.                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*       o a direction, indicating whether it was built going `up' or    */
-  /*         `down', as this is very important for filling rules.          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   2 - Sweeping the target map's scanlines in order to compute segment */
-  /*       `spans' which are then filled.  Additionally, this pass         */
-  /*       performs drop-out control.                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   The outline data is parsed during step 1 only.  The profiles are    */
-  /*   built from the bottom of the render pool, used as a stack.  The     */
-  /*   following graphics shows the profile list under construction:       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*     ____________________________________________________________ _ _  */
-  /*    |         |                   |         |                 |        */
-  /*    | profile | coordinates for   | profile | coordinates for |-->     */
-  /*    |    1    |  profile 1        |    2    |  profile 2      |-->     */
-  /*    |_________|___________________|_________|_________________|__ _ _  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    ^                                                         ^        */
-  /*    |                                                         |        */
-  /*  start of render pool                                       top       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   The top of the profile stack is kept in the `top' variable.         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   As you can see, a profile record is pushed on top of the render     */
-  /*   pool, which is then followed by its coordinates/intersections.  If  */
-  /*   a change of direction is detected in the outline, a new profile is  */
-  /*   generated until the end of the outline.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   Note that when all profiles have been generated, the function       */
-  /*   Finalize_Profile_Table() is used to record, for each profile, its   */
-  /*   bottom-most scanline as well as the scanline above its upmost       */
-  /*   boundary.  These positions are called `y-turns' because they (sort  */
-  /*   of) correspond to local extrema.  They are stored in a sorted list  */
-  /*   built from the top of the render pool as a downwards stack:         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*      _ _ _______________________________________                      */
-  /*                            |                    |                     */
-  /*                         <--| sorted list of     |                     */
-  /*                         <--|  extrema scanlines |                     */
-  /*      _ _ __________________|____________________|                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                            ^                    ^                     */
-  /*                            |                    |                     */
-  /*                         maxBuff           sizeBuff = end of pool      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   This list is later used during the sweep phase in order to          */
-  /*   optimize performance (see technical note on the sweep below).       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   Of course, the raster detects whether the two stacks collide and    */
-  /*   handles the situation properly.                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /**                                                                     **/
-  /**  CONFIGURATION MACROS                                               **/
-  /**                                                                     **/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /* define DEBUG_RASTER if you want to compile a debugging version */
-#define xxxDEBUG_RASTER
-
-  /* undefine FT_RASTER_OPTION_ANTI_ALIASING if you do not want to support */
-  /* 5-levels anti-aliasing                                                */
-#undef FT_RASTER_OPTION_ANTI_ALIASING
-
-  /* The size of the two-lines intermediate bitmap used */
-  /* for anti-aliasing, in bytes.                       */
-#define RASTER_GRAY_LINES  2048
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /**                                                                     **/
-  /**  OTHER MACROS (do not change)                                       **/
-  /**                                                                     **/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_raster
-
-
-#ifdef _STANDALONE_
-
-
-  /* This macro is used to indicate that a function parameter is unused. */
-  /* Its purpose is simply to reduce compiler warnings.  Note also that  */
-  /* simply defining it as `(void)x' doesn't avoid warnings with certain */
-  /* ANSI compilers (e.g. LCC).                                          */
-#define FT_UNUSED( x )  (x) = (x)
-
-  /* Disable the tracing mechanism for simplicity -- developers can      */
-  /* activate it easily by redefining these two macros.                  */
-#ifndef FT_ERROR
-#define FT_ERROR( x )  do ; while ( 0 )     /* nothing */
-#endif
-
-#ifndef FT_TRACE
-#define FT_TRACE( x )   do ; while ( 0 )    /* nothing */
-#define FT_TRACE1( x )  do ; while ( 0 )    /* nothing */
-#define FT_TRACE6( x )  do ; while ( 0 )    /* nothing */
-#endif
-
-#define Raster_Err_None          0
-#define Raster_Err_Not_Ini      -1
-#define Raster_Err_Overflow     -2
-#define Raster_Err_Neg_Height   -3
-#define Raster_Err_Invalid      -4
-#define Raster_Err_Unsupported  -5
-
-#define ft_memset   memset
-
-#else /* _STANDALONE_ */
-
-
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H        /* for FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() */
-
-#include "rasterrs.h"
-
-#define Raster_Err_None         Raster_Err_Ok
-#define Raster_Err_Not_Ini      Raster_Err_Raster_Uninitialized
-#define Raster_Err_Overflow     Raster_Err_Raster_Overflow
-#define Raster_Err_Neg_Height   Raster_Err_Raster_Negative_Height
-#define Raster_Err_Invalid      Raster_Err_Invalid_Outline
-#define Raster_Err_Unsupported  Raster_Err_Cannot_Render_Glyph
-
-
-#endif /* _STANDALONE_ */
-
-
-#ifndef FT_MEM_SET
-#define FT_MEM_SET( d, s, c )  ft_memset( d, s, c )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef FT_MEM_ZERO
-#define FT_MEM_ZERO( dest, count )  FT_MEM_SET( dest, 0, count )
-#endif
-
-  /* FMulDiv means `Fast MulDiv'; it is used in case where `b' is       */
-  /* typically a small value and the result of a*b is known to fit into */
-  /* 32 bits.                                                           */
-#define FMulDiv( a, b, c )  ( (a) * (b) / (c) )
-
-  /* On the other hand, SMulDiv means `Slow MulDiv', and is used typically */
-  /* for clipping computations.  It simply uses the FT_MulDiv() function   */
-  /* defined in `ftcalc.h'.                                                */
-#define SMulDiv  FT_MulDiv
-
-  /* The rasterizer is a very general purpose component; please leave */
-  /* the following redefinitions there (you never know your target    */
-  /* environment).                                                    */
-
-#ifndef TRUE
-#define TRUE   1
-#endif
-
-#ifndef FALSE
-#define FALSE  0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef NULL
-#define NULL  (void*)0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SUCCESS
-#define SUCCESS  0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef FAILURE
-#define FAILURE  1
-#endif
-
-
-#define MaxBezier  32   /* The maximum number of stacked Bezier curves. */
-                        /* Setting this constant to more than 32 is a   */
-                        /* pure waste of space.                         */
-
-#define Pixel_Bits  6   /* fractional bits of *input* coordinates */
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /**                                                                     **/
-  /**  SIMPLE TYPE DECLARATIONS                                           **/
-  /**                                                                     **/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  typedef int             Int;
-  typedef unsigned int    UInt;
-  typedef short           Short;
-  typedef unsigned short  UShort, *PUShort;
-  typedef long            Long, *PLong;
-  typedef unsigned long   ULong;
-
-  typedef unsigned char   Byte, *PByte;
-  typedef char            Bool;
-
-
-  typedef union  Alignment_
-  {
-    long    l;
-    void*   p;
-    void  (*f)(void);
-
-  } Alignment, *PAlignment;
-
-
-  typedef struct  TPoint_
-  {
-    Long  x;
-    Long  y;
-
-  } TPoint;
-
-
-  typedef enum  TFlow_
-  {
-    Flow_None = 0,
-    Flow_Up   = 1,
-    Flow_Down = -1
-
-  } TFlow;
-
-
-  /* States of each line, arc, and profile */
-  typedef enum  TStates_
-  {
-    Unknown_State,
-    Ascending_State,
-    Descending_State,
-    Flat_State
-
-  } TStates;
-
-
-  typedef struct TProfile_  TProfile;
-  typedef TProfile*         PProfile;
-
-  struct  TProfile_
-  {
-    FT_F26Dot6  X;           /* current coordinate during sweep        */
-    PProfile    link;        /* link to next profile - various purpose */
-    PLong       offset;      /* start of profile's data in render pool */
-    int         flow;        /* Profile orientation: Asc/Descending    */
-    long        height;      /* profile's height in scanlines          */
-    long        start;       /* profile's starting scanline            */
-
-    unsigned    countL;      /* number of lines to step before this    */
-                             /* profile becomes drawable               */
-
-    PProfile    next;        /* next profile in same contour, used     */
-                             /* during drop-out control                */
-  };
-
-  typedef PProfile   TProfileList;
-  typedef PProfile*  PProfileList;
-
-
-  /* Simple record used to implement a stack of bands, required */
-  /* by the sub-banding mechanism                               */
-  typedef struct  TBand_
-  {
-    Short  y_min;   /* band's minimum */
-    Short  y_max;   /* band's maximum */
-
-  } TBand;
-
-
-#define AlignProfileSize \
-  ( ( sizeof ( TProfile ) + sizeof ( Alignment ) - 1 ) / sizeof ( long ) )
-
-
-#ifdef FT_STATIC_RASTER
-
-
-#define RAS_ARGS       /* void */
-#define RAS_ARG        /* void */
-
-#define RAS_VARS       /* void */
-#define RAS_VAR        /* void */
-
-#define FT_UNUSED_RASTER  do ; while ( 0 )
-
-
-#else /* FT_STATIC_RASTER */
-
-
-#define RAS_ARGS       PWorker    worker,
-#define RAS_ARG        PWorker    worker
-
-#define RAS_VARS       worker,
-#define RAS_VAR        worker
-
-#define FT_UNUSED_RASTER  FT_UNUSED( worker )
-
-
-#endif /* FT_STATIC_RASTER */
-
-
-  typedef struct TWorker_   TWorker, *PWorker;
-
-
-  /* prototypes used for sweep function dispatch */
-  typedef void
-  Function_Sweep_Init( RAS_ARGS Short*  min,
-                                Short*  max );
-
-  typedef void
-  Function_Sweep_Span( RAS_ARGS Short       y,
-                                FT_F26Dot6  x1,
-                                FT_F26Dot6  x2,
-                                PProfile    left,
-                                PProfile    right );
-
-  typedef void
-  Function_Sweep_Step( RAS_ARG );
-
-
-  /* NOTE: These operations are only valid on 2's complement processors */
-
-#define FLOOR( x )    ( (x) & -ras.precision )
-#define CEILING( x )  ( ( (x) + ras.precision - 1 ) & -ras.precision )
-#define TRUNC( x )    ( (signed long)(x) >> ras.precision_bits )
-#define FRAC( x )     ( (x) & ( ras.precision - 1 ) )
-#define SCALED( x )   ( ( (x) << ras.scale_shift ) - ras.precision_half )
-
-  /* Note that I have moved the location of some fields in the */
-  /* structure to ensure that the most used variables are used */
-  /* at the top.  Thus, their offset can be coded with less    */
-  /* opcodes, and it results in a smaller executable.          */
-
-  struct  TWorker_
-  {
-    Int       precision_bits;       /* precision related variables         */
-    Int       precision;
-    Int       precision_half;
-    Long      precision_mask;
-    Int       precision_shift;
-    Int       precision_step;
-    Int       precision_jitter;
-
-    Int       scale_shift;          /* == precision_shift   for bitmaps    */
-                                    /* == precision_shift+1 for pixmaps    */
-
-    PLong     buff;                 /* The profiles buffer                 */
-    PLong     sizeBuff;             /* Render pool size                    */
-    PLong     maxBuff;              /* Profiles buffer size                */
-    PLong     top;                  /* Current cursor in buffer            */
-
-    FT_Error  error;
-
-    Int       numTurns;             /* number of Y-turns in outline        */
-
-    TPoint*   arc;                  /* current Bezier arc pointer          */
-
-    UShort    bWidth;               /* target bitmap width                 */
-    PByte     bTarget;              /* target bitmap buffer                */
-    PByte     gTarget;              /* target pixmap buffer                */
-
-    Long      lastX, lastY, minY, maxY;
-
-    UShort    num_Profs;            /* current number of profiles          */
-
-    Bool      fresh;                /* signals a fresh new profile which   */
-                                    /* 'start' field must be completed     */
-    Bool      joint;                /* signals that the last arc ended     */
-                                    /* exactly on a scanline.  Allows      */
-                                    /* removal of doublets                 */
-    PProfile  cProfile;             /* current profile                     */
-    PProfile  fProfile;             /* head of linked list of profiles     */
-    PProfile  gProfile;             /* contour's first profile in case     */
-                                    /* of impact                           */
-
-    TStates   state;                /* rendering state                     */
-
-    FT_Bitmap   target;             /* description of target bit/pixmap    */
-    FT_Outline  outline;
-
-    Long      traceOfs;             /* current offset in target bitmap     */
-    Long      traceG;               /* current offset in target pixmap     */
-
-    Short     traceIncr;            /* sweep's increment in target bitmap  */
-
-    Short     gray_min_x;           /* current min x during gray rendering */
-    Short     gray_max_x;           /* current max x during gray rendering */
-
-    /* dispatch variables */
-
-    Function_Sweep_Init*  Proc_Sweep_Init;
-    Function_Sweep_Span*  Proc_Sweep_Span;
-    Function_Sweep_Span*  Proc_Sweep_Drop;
-    Function_Sweep_Step*  Proc_Sweep_Step;
-
-    Byte      dropOutControl;       /* current drop_out control method     */
-
-    Bool      second_pass;          /* indicates whether a horizontal pass */
-                                    /* should be performed to control      */
-                                    /* drop-out accurately when calling    */
-                                    /* Render_Glyph.  Note that there is   */
-                                    /* no horizontal pass during gray      */
-                                    /* rendering.                          */
-
-    TPoint    arcs[3 * MaxBezier + 1]; /* The Bezier stack                 */
-
-    TBand     band_stack[16];       /* band stack used for sub-banding     */
-    Int       band_top;             /* band stack top                      */
-
-#ifdef FT_RASTER_OPTION_ANTI_ALIASING
-
-    Byte*     grays;
-
-    Byte      gray_lines[RASTER_GRAY_LINES];
-                                /* Intermediate table used to render the   */
-                                /* graylevels pixmaps.                     */
-                                /* gray_lines is a buffer holding two      */
-                                /* monochrome scanlines                    */
-
-    Short     gray_width;       /* width in bytes of one monochrome        */
-                                /* intermediate scanline of gray_lines.    */
-                                /* Each gray pixel takes 2 bits long there */
-
-                       /* The gray_lines must hold 2 lines, thus with size */
-                       /* in bytes of at least `gray_width*2'.             */
-
-#endif /* FT_RASTER_ANTI_ALIASING */
-
-  };
-
-
-  typedef struct TRaster_
-  {
-    char*     buffer;
-    long      buffer_size;
-    void*     memory;
-    PWorker   worker;
-    Byte      grays[5];
-    Short     gray_width;
-
-  } TRaster, *PRaster;
-
-#ifdef FT_STATIC_RASTER
-
-  static TWorker   cur_ras;
-#define ras  cur_ras
-
-#else
-
-#define ras  (*worker)
-
-#endif /* FT_STATIC_RASTER */
-
-
-#ifdef FT_RASTER_OPTION_ANTI_ALIASING
-
-static const char  count_table[256] =
-{
-  0 , 1 , 1 , 2 , 1 , 2 , 2 , 3 , 1 , 2 , 2 , 3 , 2 , 3 , 3 , 4,
-  1 , 2 , 2 , 3 , 2 , 3 , 3 , 4 , 2 , 3 , 3 , 4 , 3 , 4 , 4 , 5,
-  1 , 2 , 2 , 3 , 2 , 3 , 3 , 4 , 2 , 3 , 3 , 4 , 3 , 4 , 4 , 5,
-  2 , 3 , 3 , 4 , 3 , 4 , 4 , 5 , 3 , 4 , 4 , 5 , 4 , 5 , 5 , 6,
-  1 , 2 , 2 , 3 , 2 , 3 , 3 , 4 , 2 , 3 , 3 , 4 , 3 , 4 , 4 , 5,
-  2 , 3 , 3 , 4 , 3 , 4 , 4 , 5 , 3 , 4 , 4 , 5 , 4 , 5 , 5 , 6,
-  2 , 3 , 3 , 4 , 3 , 4 , 4 , 5 , 3 , 4 , 4 , 5 , 4 , 5 , 5 , 6,
-  3 , 4 , 4 , 5 , 4 , 5 , 5 , 6 , 4 , 5 , 5 , 6 , 5 , 6 , 6 , 7,
-  1 , 2 , 2 , 3 , 2 , 3 , 3 , 4 , 2 , 3 , 3 , 4 , 3 , 4 , 4 , 5,
-  2 , 3 , 3 , 4 , 3 , 4 , 4 , 5 , 3 , 4 , 4 , 5 , 4 , 5 , 5 , 6,
-  2 , 3 , 3 , 4 , 3 , 4 , 4 , 5 , 3 , 4 , 4 , 5 , 4 , 5 , 5 , 6,
-  3 , 4 , 4 , 5 , 4 , 5 , 5 , 6 , 4 , 5 , 5 , 6 , 5 , 6 , 6 , 7,
-  2 , 3 , 3 , 4 , 3 , 4 , 4 , 5 , 3 , 4 , 4 , 5 , 4 , 5 , 5 , 6,
-  3 , 4 , 4 , 5 , 4 , 5 , 5 , 6 , 4 , 5 , 5 , 6 , 5 , 6 , 6 , 7,
-  3 , 4 , 4 , 5 , 4 , 5 , 5 , 6 , 4 , 5 , 5 , 6 , 5 , 6 , 6 , 7,
-  4 , 5 , 5 , 6 , 5 , 6 , 6 , 7 , 5 , 6 , 6 , 7 , 6 , 7 , 7 , 8 };
-
-#endif /* FT_RASTER_OPTION_ANTI_ALIASING */
-
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /**                                                                     **/
-  /**  PROFILES COMPUTATION                                               **/
-  /**                                                                     **/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    Set_High_Precision                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Sets precision variables according to param flag.                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    High :: Set to True for high precision (typically for ppem < 18),  */
-  /*            false otherwise.                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Set_High_Precision( RAS_ARGS Int  High )
-  {
-    if ( High )
-    {
-      ras.precision_bits   = 10;
-      ras.precision_step   = 128;
-      ras.precision_jitter = 24;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      ras.precision_bits   = 6;
-      ras.precision_step   = 32;
-      ras.precision_jitter = 2;
-    }
-
-    FT_TRACE6(( "Set_High_Precision(%s)\n", High ? "true" : "false" ));
-
-    ras.precision       = 1 << ras.precision_bits;
-    ras.precision_half  = ras.precision / 2;
-    ras.precision_shift = ras.precision_bits - Pixel_Bits;
-    ras.precision_mask  = -ras.precision;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    New_Profile                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Creates a new profile in the render pool.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    aState :: The state/orientation of the new profile.                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*   SUCCESS on success.  FAILURE in case of overflow or of incoherent   */
-  /*   profile.                                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static Bool
-  New_Profile( RAS_ARGS TStates  aState )
-  {
-    if ( !ras.fProfile )
-    {
-      ras.cProfile  = (PProfile)ras.top;
-      ras.fProfile  = ras.cProfile;
-      ras.top      += AlignProfileSize;
-    }
-
-    if ( ras.top >= ras.maxBuff )
-    {
-      ras.error = Raster_Err_Overflow;
-      return FAILURE;
-    }
-
-    switch ( aState )
-    {
-    case Ascending_State:
-      ras.cProfile->flow = Flow_Up;
-      FT_TRACE6(( "New ascending profile = %lx\n", (long)ras.cProfile ));
-      break;
-
-    case Descending_State:
-      ras.cProfile->flow = Flow_Down;
-      FT_TRACE6(( "New descending profile = %lx\n", (long)ras.cProfile ));
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      FT_ERROR(( "New_Profile: invalid profile direction!\n" ));
-      ras.error = Raster_Err_Invalid;
-      return FAILURE;
-    }
-
-    ras.cProfile->start  = 0;
-    ras.cProfile->height = 0;
-    ras.cProfile->offset = ras.top;
-    ras.cProfile->link   = (PProfile)0;
-    ras.cProfile->next   = (PProfile)0;
-
-    if ( !ras.gProfile )
-      ras.gProfile = ras.cProfile;
-
-    ras.state = aState;
-    ras.fresh = TRUE;
-    ras.joint = FALSE;
-
-    return SUCCESS;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    End_Profile                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Finalizes the current profile.                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    SUCCESS on success.  FAILURE in case of overflow or incoherency.   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static Bool
-  End_Profile( RAS_ARG )
-  {
-    Long      h;
-    PProfile  oldProfile;
-
-
-    h = (Long)( ras.top - ras.cProfile->offset );
-
-    if ( h < 0 )
-    {
-      FT_ERROR(( "End_Profile: negative height encountered!\n" ));
-      ras.error = Raster_Err_Neg_Height;
-      return FAILURE;
-    }
-
-    if ( h > 0 )
-    {
-      FT_TRACE6(( "Ending profile %lx, start = %ld, height = %ld\n",
-                  (long)ras.cProfile, ras.cProfile->start, h ));
-
-      oldProfile           = ras.cProfile;
-      ras.cProfile->height = h;
-      ras.cProfile         = (PProfile)ras.top;
-
-      ras.top             += AlignProfileSize;
-
-      ras.cProfile->height = 0;
-      ras.cProfile->offset = ras.top;
-      oldProfile->next     = ras.cProfile;
-      ras.num_Profs++;
-    }
-
-    if ( ras.top >= ras.maxBuff )
-    {
-      FT_TRACE1(( "overflow in End_Profile\n" ));
-      ras.error = Raster_Err_Overflow;
-      return FAILURE;
-    }
-
-    ras.joint = FALSE;
-
-    return SUCCESS;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    Insert_Y_Turn                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Inserts a salient into the sorted list placed on top of the render */
-  /*    pool.                                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    New y scanline position.                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    SUCCESS on success.  FAILURE in case of overflow.                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static Bool
-  Insert_Y_Turn( RAS_ARGS Int  y )
-  {
-    PLong  y_turns;
-    Int    y2, n;
-
-
-    n       = ras.numTurns - 1;
-    y_turns = ras.sizeBuff - ras.numTurns;
-
-    /* look for first y value that is <= */
-    while ( n >= 0 && y < y_turns[n] )
-      n--;
-
-    /* if it is <, simply insert it, ignore if == */
-    if ( n >= 0 && y > y_turns[n] )
-      while ( n >= 0 )
-      {
-        y2 = (Int)y_turns[n];
-        y_turns[n] = y;
-        y = y2;
-        n--;
-      }
-
-    if ( n < 0 )
-    {
-      ras.maxBuff--;
-      if ( ras.maxBuff <= ras.top )
-      {
-        ras.error = Raster_Err_Overflow;
-        return FAILURE;
-      }
-      ras.numTurns++;
-      ras.sizeBuff[-ras.numTurns] = y;
-    }
-
-    return SUCCESS;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    Finalize_Profile_Table                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Adjusts all links in the profiles list.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    SUCCESS on success.  FAILURE in case of overflow.                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static Bool
-  Finalize_Profile_Table( RAS_ARG )
-  {
-    Int       bottom, top;
-    UShort    n;
-    PProfile  p;
-
-
-    n = ras.num_Profs;
-
-    if ( n > 1 )
-    {
-      p = ras.fProfile;
-      while ( n > 0 )
-      {
-        if ( n > 1 )
-          p->link = (PProfile)( p->offset + p->height );
-        else
-          p->link = NULL;
-
-        switch ( p->flow )
-        {
-        case Flow_Down:
-          bottom     = (Int)( p->start - p->height + 1 );
-          top        = (Int)p->start;
-          p->start   = bottom;
-          p->offset += p->height - 1;
-          break;
-
-        case Flow_Up:
-        default:
-          bottom = (Int)p->start;
-          top    = (Int)( p->start + p->height - 1 );
-        }
-
-        if ( Insert_Y_Turn( RAS_VARS bottom )   ||
-             Insert_Y_Turn( RAS_VARS top + 1 )  )
-          return FAILURE;
-
-        p = p->link;
-        n--;
-      }
-    }
-    else
-      ras.fProfile = NULL;
-
-    return SUCCESS;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    Split_Conic                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Subdivides one conic Bezier into two joint sub-arcs in the Bezier  */
-  /*    stack.                                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    None (subdivided Bezier is taken from the top of the stack).       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    This routine is the `beef' of this component.  It is  _the_ inner  */
-  /*    loop that should be optimized to hell to get the best performance. */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Split_Conic( TPoint*  base )
-  {
-    Long  a, b;
-
-
-    base[4].x = base[2].x;
-    b = base[1].x;
-    a = base[3].x = ( base[2].x + b ) / 2;
-    b = base[1].x = ( base[0].x + b ) / 2;
-    base[2].x = ( a + b ) / 2;
-
-    base[4].y = base[2].y;
-    b = base[1].y;
-    a = base[3].y = ( base[2].y + b ) / 2;
-    b = base[1].y = ( base[0].y + b ) / 2;
-    base[2].y = ( a + b ) / 2;
-
-    /* hand optimized.  gcc doesn't seem to be too good at common      */
-    /* expression substitution and instruction scheduling ;-)          */
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    Split_Cubic                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Subdivides a third-order Bezier arc into two joint sub-arcs in the */
-  /*    Bezier stack.                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    This routine is the `beef' of the component.  It is one of _the_   */
-  /*    inner loops that should be optimized like hell to get the best     */
-  /*    performance.                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Split_Cubic( TPoint*  base )
-  {
-    Long  a, b, c, d;
-
-
-    base[6].x = base[3].x;
-    c = base[1].x;
-    d = base[2].x;
-    base[1].x = a = ( base[0].x + c + 1 ) >> 1;
-    base[5].x = b = ( base[3].x + d + 1 ) >> 1;
-    c = ( c + d + 1 ) >> 1;
-    base[2].x = a = ( a + c + 1 ) >> 1;
-    base[4].x = b = ( b + c + 1 ) >> 1;
-    base[3].x = ( a + b + 1 ) >> 1;
-
-    base[6].y = base[3].y;
-    c = base[1].y;
-    d = base[2].y;
-    base[1].y = a = ( base[0].y + c + 1 ) >> 1;
-    base[5].y = b = ( base[3].y + d + 1 ) >> 1;
-    c = ( c + d + 1 ) >> 1;
-    base[2].y = a = ( a + c + 1 ) >> 1;
-    base[4].y = b = ( b + c + 1 ) >> 1;
-    base[3].y = ( a + b + 1 ) >> 1;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    Line_Up                                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Computes the x-coordinates of an ascending line segment and stores */
-  /*    them in the render pool.                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    x1   :: The x-coordinate of the segment's start point.             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    y1   :: The y-coordinate of the segment's start point.             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    x2   :: The x-coordinate of the segment's end point.               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    y2   :: The y-coordinate of the segment's end point.               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    miny :: A lower vertical clipping bound value.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    maxy :: An upper vertical clipping bound value.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    SUCCESS on success, FAILURE on render pool overflow.               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static Bool
-  Line_Up( RAS_ARGS Long  x1,
-                    Long  y1,
-                    Long  x2,
-                    Long  y2,
-                    Long  miny,
-                    Long  maxy )
-  {
-    Long   Dx, Dy;
-    Int    e1, e2, f1, f2, size;     /* XXX: is `Short' sufficient? */
-    Long   Ix, Rx, Ax;
-
-    PLong  top;
-
-
-    Dx = x2 - x1;
-    Dy = y2 - y1;
-
-    if ( Dy <= 0 || y2 < miny || y1 > maxy )
-      return SUCCESS;
-
-    if ( y1 < miny )
-    {
-      /* Take care: miny-y1 can be a very large value; we use     */
-      /*            a slow MulDiv function to avoid clipping bugs */
-      x1 += SMulDiv( Dx, miny - y1, Dy );
-      e1  = (Int)TRUNC( miny );
-      f1  = 0;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      e1 = (Int)TRUNC( y1 );
-      f1 = (Int)FRAC( y1 );
-    }
-
-    if ( y2 > maxy )
-    {
-      /* x2 += FMulDiv( Dx, maxy - y2, Dy );  UNNECESSARY */
-      e2  = (Int)TRUNC( maxy );
-      f2  = 0;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      e2 = (Int)TRUNC( y2 );
-      f2 = (Int)FRAC( y2 );
-    }
-
-    if ( f1 > 0 )
-    {
-      if ( e1 == e2 )
-        return SUCCESS;
-      else
-      {
-        x1 += FMulDiv( Dx, ras.precision - f1, Dy );
-        e1 += 1;
-      }
-    }
-    else
-      if ( ras.joint )
-      {
-        ras.top--;
-        ras.joint = FALSE;
-      }
-
-    ras.joint = (char)( f2 == 0 );
-
-    if ( ras.fresh )
-    {
-      ras.cProfile->start = e1;
-      ras.fresh           = FALSE;
-    }
-
-    size = e2 - e1 + 1;
-    if ( ras.top + size >= ras.maxBuff )
-    {
-      ras.error = Raster_Err_Overflow;
-      return FAILURE;
-    }
-
-    if ( Dx > 0 )
-    {
-      Ix = ( ras.precision * Dx ) / Dy;
-      Rx = ( ras.precision * Dx ) % Dy;
-      Dx = 1;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      Ix = -( ( ras.precision * -Dx ) / Dy );
-      Rx =    ( ras.precision * -Dx ) % Dy;
-      Dx = -1;
-    }
-
-    Ax  = -Dy;
-    top = ras.top;
-
-    while ( size > 0 )
-    {
-      *top++ = x1;
-
-      x1 += Ix;
-      Ax += Rx;
-      if ( Ax >= 0 )
-      {
-        Ax -= Dy;
-        x1 += Dx;
-      }
-      size--;
-    }
-
-    ras.top = top;
-    return SUCCESS;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    Line_Down                                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Computes the x-coordinates of an descending line segment and       */
-  /*    stores them in the render pool.                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    x1   :: The x-coordinate of the segment's start point.             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    y1   :: The y-coordinate of the segment's start point.             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    x2   :: The x-coordinate of the segment's end point.               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    y2   :: The y-coordinate of the segment's end point.               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    miny :: A lower vertical clipping bound value.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    maxy :: An upper vertical clipping bound value.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    SUCCESS on success, FAILURE on render pool overflow.               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static Bool
-  Line_Down( RAS_ARGS Long  x1,
-                      Long  y1,
-                      Long  x2,
-                      Long  y2,
-                      Long  miny,
-                      Long  maxy )
-  {
-    Bool  result, fresh;
-
-
-    fresh  = ras.fresh;
-
-    result = Line_Up( RAS_VARS x1, -y1, x2, -y2, -maxy, -miny );
-
-    if ( fresh && !ras.fresh )
-      ras.cProfile->start = -ras.cProfile->start;
-
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-  /* A function type describing the functions used to split Bezier arcs */
-  typedef void  (*TSplitter)( TPoint*  base );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    Bezier_Up                                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Computes the x-coordinates of an ascending Bezier arc and stores   */
-  /*    them in the render pool.                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    degree   :: The degree of the Bezier arc (either 2 or 3).          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    splitter :: The function to split Bezier arcs.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    miny     :: A lower vertical clipping bound value.                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    maxy     :: An upper vertical clipping bound value.                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    SUCCESS on success, FAILURE on render pool overflow.               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static Bool
-  Bezier_Up( RAS_ARGS Int        degree,
-                      TSplitter  splitter,
-                      Long       miny,
-                      Long       maxy )
-  {
-    Long   y1, y2, e, e2, e0;
-    Short  f1;
-
-    TPoint*  arc;
-    TPoint*  start_arc;
-
-    PLong top;
-
-
-    arc = ras.arc;
-    y1  = arc[degree].y;
-    y2  = arc[0].y;
-    top = ras.top;
-
-    if ( y2 < miny || y1 > maxy )
-      goto Fin;
-
-    e2 = FLOOR( y2 );
-
-    if ( e2 > maxy )
-      e2 = maxy;
-
-    e0 = miny;
-
-    if ( y1 < miny )
-      e = miny;
-    else
-    {
-      e  = CEILING( y1 );
-      f1 = (Short)( FRAC( y1 ) );
-      e0 = e;
-
-      if ( f1 == 0 )
-      {
-        if ( ras.joint )
-        {
-          top--;
-          ras.joint = FALSE;
-        }
-
-        *top++ = arc[degree].x;
-
-        e += ras.precision;
-      }
-    }
-
-    if ( ras.fresh )
-    {
-      ras.cProfile->start = TRUNC( e0 );
-      ras.fresh = FALSE;
-    }
-
-    if ( e2 < e )
-      goto Fin;
-
-    if ( ( top + TRUNC( e2 - e ) + 1 ) >= ras.maxBuff )
-    {
-      ras.top   = top;
-      ras.error = Raster_Err_Overflow;
-      return FAILURE;
-    }
-
-    start_arc = arc;
-
-    while ( arc >= start_arc && e <= e2 )
-    {
-      ras.joint = FALSE;
-
-      y2 = arc[0].y;
-
-      if ( y2 > e )
-      {
-        y1 = arc[degree].y;
-        if ( y2 - y1 >= ras.precision_step )
-        {
-          splitter( arc );
-          arc += degree;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          *top++ = arc[degree].x + FMulDiv( arc[0].x-arc[degree].x,
-                                            e - y1, y2 - y1 );
-          arc -= degree;
-          e   += ras.precision;
-        }
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        if ( y2 == e )
-        {
-          ras.joint  = TRUE;
-          *top++     = arc[0].x;
-
-          e += ras.precision;
-        }
-        arc -= degree;
-      }
-    }
-
-  Fin:
-    ras.top  = top;
-    ras.arc -= degree;
-    return SUCCESS;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    Bezier_Down                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Computes the x-coordinates of an descending Bezier arc and stores  */
-  /*    them in the render pool.                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    degree   :: The degree of the Bezier arc (either 2 or 3).          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    splitter :: The function to split Bezier arcs.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    miny     :: A lower vertical clipping bound value.                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    maxy     :: An upper vertical clipping bound value.                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    SUCCESS on success, FAILURE on render pool overflow.               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static Bool
-  Bezier_Down( RAS_ARGS Int        degree,
-                        TSplitter  splitter,
-                        Long       miny,
-                        Long       maxy )
-  {
-    TPoint*  arc = ras.arc;
-    Bool     result, fresh;
-
-
-    arc[0].y = -arc[0].y;
-    arc[1].y = -arc[1].y;
-    arc[2].y = -arc[2].y;
-    if ( degree > 2 )
-      arc[3].y = -arc[3].y;
-
-    fresh = ras.fresh;
-
-    result = Bezier_Up( RAS_VARS degree, splitter, -maxy, -miny );
-
-    if ( fresh && !ras.fresh )
-      ras.cProfile->start = -ras.cProfile->start;
-
-    arc[0].y = -arc[0].y;
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    Line_To                                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Injects a new line segment and adjusts Profiles list.              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*   x :: The x-coordinate of the segment's end point (its start point   */
-  /*        is stored in `lastX').                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   y :: The y-coordinate of the segment's end point (its start point   */
-  /*        is stored in `lastY').                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*   SUCCESS on success, FAILURE on render pool overflow or incorrect    */
-  /*   profile.                                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static Bool
-  Line_To( RAS_ARGS Long  x,
-                    Long  y )
-  {
-    /* First, detect a change of direction */
-
-    switch ( ras.state )
-    {
-    case Unknown_State:
-      if ( y > ras.lastY )
-      {
-        if ( New_Profile( RAS_VARS Ascending_State ) )
-          return FAILURE;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        if ( y < ras.lastY )
-          if ( New_Profile( RAS_VARS Descending_State ) )
-            return FAILURE;
-      }
-      break;
-
-    case Ascending_State:
-      if ( y < ras.lastY )
-      {
-        if ( End_Profile( RAS_VAR )                   ||
-             New_Profile( RAS_VARS Descending_State ) )
-          return FAILURE;
-      }
-      break;
-
-    case Descending_State:
-      if ( y > ras.lastY )
-      {
-        if ( End_Profile( RAS_VAR )                  ||
-             New_Profile( RAS_VARS Ascending_State ) )
-          return FAILURE;
-      }
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      ;
-    }
-
-    /* Then compute the lines */
-
-    switch ( ras.state )
-    {
-    case Ascending_State:
-      if ( Line_Up( RAS_VARS ras.lastX, ras.lastY,
-                    x, y, ras.minY, ras.maxY ) )
-        return FAILURE;
-      break;
-
-    case Descending_State:
-      if ( Line_Down( RAS_VARS ras.lastX, ras.lastY,
-                      x, y, ras.minY, ras.maxY ) )
-        return FAILURE;
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      ;
-    }
-
-    ras.lastX = x;
-    ras.lastY = y;
-
-    return SUCCESS;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    Conic_To                                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Injects a new conic arc and adjusts the profile list.              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*   cx :: The x-coordinate of the arc's new control point.              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   cy :: The y-coordinate of the arc's new control point.              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   x  :: The x-coordinate of the arc's end point (its start point is   */
-  /*         stored in `lastX').                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   y  :: The y-coordinate of the arc's end point (its start point is   */
-  /*         stored in `lastY').                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*   SUCCESS on success, FAILURE on render pool overflow or incorrect    */
-  /*   profile.                                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static Bool
-  Conic_To( RAS_ARGS Long  cx,
-                     Long  cy,
-                     Long  x,
-                     Long  y )
-  {
-    Long     y1, y2, y3, x3, ymin, ymax;
-    TStates  state_bez;
-
-
-    ras.arc      = ras.arcs;
-    ras.arc[2].x = ras.lastX;
-    ras.arc[2].y = ras.lastY;
-    ras.arc[1].x = cx; ras.arc[1].y = cy;
-    ras.arc[0].x = x;  ras.arc[0].y = y;
-
-    do
-    {
-      y1 = ras.arc[2].y;
-      y2 = ras.arc[1].y;
-      y3 = ras.arc[0].y;
-      x3 = ras.arc[0].x;
-
-      /* first, categorize the Bezier arc */
-
-      if ( y1 <= y3 )
-      {
-        ymin = y1;
-        ymax = y3;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        ymin = y3;
-        ymax = y1;
-      }
-
-      if ( y2 < ymin || y2 > ymax )
-      {
-        /* this arc has no given direction, split it! */
-        Split_Conic( ras.arc );
-        ras.arc += 2;
-      }
-      else if ( y1 == y3 )
-      {
-        /* this arc is flat, ignore it and pop it from the Bezier stack */
-        ras.arc -= 2;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        /* the arc is y-monotonous, either ascending or descending */
-        /* detect a change of direction                            */
-        state_bez = y1 < y3 ? Ascending_State : Descending_State;
-        if ( ras.state != state_bez )
-        {
-          /* finalize current profile if any */
-          if ( ras.state != Unknown_State   &&
-               End_Profile( RAS_VAR ) )
-            goto Fail;
-
-          /* create a new profile */
-          if ( New_Profile( RAS_VARS state_bez ) )
-            goto Fail;
-        }
-
-        /* now call the appropriate routine */
-        if ( state_bez == Ascending_State )
-        {
-          if ( Bezier_Up( RAS_VARS 2, Split_Conic, ras.minY, ras.maxY ) )
-            goto Fail;
-        }
-        else
-          if ( Bezier_Down( RAS_VARS 2, Split_Conic, ras.minY, ras.maxY ) )
-            goto Fail;
-      }
-
-    } while ( ras.arc >= ras.arcs );
-
-    ras.lastX = x3;
-    ras.lastY = y3;
-
-    return SUCCESS;
-
-  Fail:
-    return FAILURE;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    Cubic_To                                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Injects a new cubic arc and adjusts the profile list.              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*   cx1 :: The x-coordinate of the arc's first new control point.       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   cy1 :: The y-coordinate of the arc's first new control point.       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   cx2 :: The x-coordinate of the arc's second new control point.      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   cy2 :: The y-coordinate of the arc's second new control point.      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   x   :: The x-coordinate of the arc's end point (its start point is  */
-  /*          stored in `lastX').                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   y   :: The y-coordinate of the arc's end point (its start point is  */
-  /*          stored in `lastY').                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*   SUCCESS on success, FAILURE on render pool overflow or incorrect    */
-  /*   profile.                                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static Bool
-  Cubic_To( RAS_ARGS Long  cx1,
-                     Long  cy1,
-                     Long  cx2,
-                     Long  cy2,
-                     Long  x,
-                     Long  y )
-  {
-    Long     y1, y2, y3, y4, x4, ymin1, ymax1, ymin2, ymax2;
-    TStates  state_bez;
-
-
-    ras.arc      = ras.arcs;
-    ras.arc[3].x = ras.lastX;
-    ras.arc[3].y = ras.lastY;
-    ras.arc[2].x = cx1; ras.arc[2].y = cy1;
-    ras.arc[1].x = cx2; ras.arc[1].y = cy2;
-    ras.arc[0].x = x;   ras.arc[0].y = y;
-
-    do
-    {
-      y1 = ras.arc[3].y;
-      y2 = ras.arc[2].y;
-      y3 = ras.arc[1].y;
-      y4 = ras.arc[0].y;
-      x4 = ras.arc[0].x;
-
-      /* first, categorize the Bezier arc */
-
-      if ( y1 <= y4 )
-      {
-        ymin1 = y1;
-        ymax1 = y4;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        ymin1 = y4;
-        ymax1 = y1;
-      }
-
-      if ( y2 <= y3 )
-      {
-        ymin2 = y2;
-        ymax2 = y3;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        ymin2 = y3;
-        ymax2 = y2;
-      }
-
-      if ( ymin2 < ymin1 || ymax2 > ymax1 )
-      {
-        /* this arc has no given direction, split it! */
-        Split_Cubic( ras.arc );
-        ras.arc += 3;
-      }
-      else if ( y1 == y4 )
-      {
-        /* this arc is flat, ignore it and pop it from the Bezier stack */
-        ras.arc -= 3;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        state_bez = ( y1 <= y4 ) ? Ascending_State : Descending_State;
-
-        /* detect a change of direction */
-        if ( ras.state != state_bez )
-        {
-          if ( ras.state != Unknown_State   &&
-               End_Profile( RAS_VAR ) )
-            goto Fail;
-
-          if ( New_Profile( RAS_VARS state_bez ) )
-            goto Fail;
-        }
-
-        /* compute intersections */
-        if ( state_bez == Ascending_State )
-        {
-          if ( Bezier_Up( RAS_VARS 3, Split_Cubic, ras.minY, ras.maxY ) )
-            goto Fail;
-        }
-        else
-          if ( Bezier_Down( RAS_VARS 3, Split_Cubic, ras.minY, ras.maxY ) )
-            goto Fail;
-      }
-
-    } while ( ras.arc >= ras.arcs );
-
-    ras.lastX = x4;
-    ras.lastY = y4;
-
-    return SUCCESS;
-
-  Fail:
-    return FAILURE;
-  }
-
-
-#undef  SWAP_
-#define SWAP_( x, y )  do                \
-                       {                 \
-                         Long  swap = x; \
-                                         \
-                                         \
-                         x = y;          \
-                         y = swap;       \
-                       } while ( 0 )
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    Decompose_Curve                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Scans the outline arrays in order to emit individual segments and  */
-  /*    Beziers by calling Line_To() and Bezier_To().  It handles all      */
-  /*    weird cases, like when the first point is off the curve, or when   */
-  /*    there are simply no `on' points in the contour!                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    first   :: The index of the first point in the contour.            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    last    :: The index of the last point in the contour.             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    flipped :: If set, flip the direction of the curve.                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    SUCCESS on success, FAILURE on error.                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static Bool
-  Decompose_Curve( RAS_ARGS UShort  first,
-                            UShort  last,
-                            int     flipped )
-  {
-    FT_Vector   v_last;
-    FT_Vector   v_control;
-    FT_Vector   v_start;
-
-    FT_Vector*  points;
-    FT_Vector*  point;
-    FT_Vector*  limit;
-    char*       tags;
-
-    unsigned    tag;       /* current point's state           */
-
-
-    points = ras.outline.points;
-    limit  = points + last;
-
-    v_start.x = SCALED( points[first].x );
-    v_start.y = SCALED( points[first].y );
-    v_last.x  = SCALED( points[last].x );
-    v_last.y  = SCALED( points[last].y );
-
-    if ( flipped )
-    {
-      SWAP_( v_start.x, v_start.y );
-      SWAP_( v_last.x, v_last.y );
-    }
-
-    v_control = v_start;
-
-    point = points + first;
-    tags  = ras.outline.tags  + first;
-    tag   = FT_CURVE_TAG( tags[0] );
-
-    /* A contour cannot start with a cubic control point! */
-    if ( tag == FT_CURVE_TAG_CUBIC )
-      goto Invalid_Outline;
-
-    /* check first point to determine origin */
-    if ( tag == FT_CURVE_TAG_CONIC )
-    {
-      /* first point is conic control.  Yes, this happens. */
-      if ( FT_CURVE_TAG( ras.outline.tags[last] ) == FT_CURVE_TAG_ON )
-      {
-        /* start at last point if it is on the curve */
-        v_start = v_last;
-        limit--;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        /* if both first and last points are conic,         */
-        /* start at their middle and record its position    */
-        /* for closure                                      */
-        v_start.x = ( v_start.x + v_last.x ) / 2;
-        v_start.y = ( v_start.y + v_last.y ) / 2;
-
-        v_last = v_start;
-      }
-      point--;
-      tags--;
-    }
-
-    ras.lastX = v_start.x;
-    ras.lastY = v_start.y;
-
-    while ( point < limit )
-    {
-      point++;
-      tags++;
-
-      tag = FT_CURVE_TAG( tags[0] );
-
-      switch ( tag )
-      {
-      case FT_CURVE_TAG_ON:  /* emit a single line_to */
-        {
-          Long  x, y;
-
-
-          x = SCALED( point->x );
-          y = SCALED( point->y );
-          if ( flipped )
-            SWAP_( x, y );
-
-          if ( Line_To( RAS_VARS x, y ) )
-            goto Fail;
-          continue;
-        }
-
-      case FT_CURVE_TAG_CONIC:  /* consume conic arcs */
-        v_control.x = SCALED( point[0].x );
-        v_control.y = SCALED( point[0].y );
-
-        if ( flipped )
-          SWAP_( v_control.x, v_control.y );
-
-      Do_Conic:
-        if ( point < limit )
-        {
-          FT_Vector  v_middle;
-          Long       x, y;
-
-
-          point++;
-          tags++;
-          tag = FT_CURVE_TAG( tags[0] );
-
-          x = SCALED( point[0].x );
-          y = SCALED( point[0].y );
-
-          if ( flipped )
-            SWAP_( x, y );
-
-          if ( tag == FT_CURVE_TAG_ON )
-          {
-            if ( Conic_To( RAS_VARS v_control.x, v_control.y, x, y ) )
-              goto Fail;
-            continue;
-          }
-
-          if ( tag != FT_CURVE_TAG_CONIC )
-            goto Invalid_Outline;
-
-          v_middle.x = ( v_control.x + x ) / 2;
-          v_middle.y = ( v_control.y + y ) / 2;
-
-          if ( Conic_To( RAS_VARS v_control.x, v_control.y,
-                                  v_middle.x,  v_middle.y ) )
-            goto Fail;
-
-          v_control.x = x;
-          v_control.y = y;
-
-          goto Do_Conic;
-        }
-
-        if ( Conic_To( RAS_VARS v_control.x, v_control.y,
-                                v_start.x,   v_start.y ) )
-          goto Fail;
-
-        goto Close;
-
-      default:  /* FT_CURVE_TAG_CUBIC */
-        {
-          Long  x1, y1, x2, y2, x3, y3;
-
-
-          if ( point + 1 > limit                             ||
-               FT_CURVE_TAG( tags[1] ) != FT_CURVE_TAG_CUBIC )
-            goto Invalid_Outline;
-
-          point += 2;
-          tags  += 2;
-
-          x1 = SCALED( point[-2].x );
-          y1 = SCALED( point[-2].y );
-          x2 = SCALED( point[-1].x );
-          y2 = SCALED( point[-1].y );
-          x3 = SCALED( point[ 0].x );
-          y3 = SCALED( point[ 0].y );
-
-          if ( flipped )
-          {
-            SWAP_( x1, y1 );
-            SWAP_( x2, y2 );
-            SWAP_( x3, y3 );
-          }
-
-          if ( point <= limit )
-          {
-            if ( Cubic_To( RAS_VARS x1, y1, x2, y2, x3, y3 ) )
-              goto Fail;
-            continue;
-          }
-
-          if ( Cubic_To( RAS_VARS x1, y1, x2, y2, v_start.x, v_start.y ) )
-            goto Fail;
-          goto Close;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* close the contour with a line segment */
-    if ( Line_To( RAS_VARS v_start.x, v_start.y ) )
-      goto Fail;
-
-  Close:
-    return SUCCESS;
-
-  Invalid_Outline:
-    ras.error = Raster_Err_Invalid;
-
-  Fail:
-    return FAILURE;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    Convert_Glyph                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Converts a glyph into a series of segments and arcs and makes a    */
-  /*    profiles list with them.                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    flipped :: If set, flip the direction of curve.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    SUCCESS on success, FAILURE if any error was encountered during    */
-  /*    rendering.                                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static Bool
-  Convert_Glyph( RAS_ARGS int  flipped )
-  {
-    int       i;
-    unsigned  start;
-
-    PProfile  lastProfile;
-
-
-    ras.fProfile = NULL;
-    ras.joint    = FALSE;
-    ras.fresh    = FALSE;
-
-    ras.maxBuff  = ras.sizeBuff - AlignProfileSize;
-
-    ras.numTurns = 0;
-
-    ras.cProfile         = (PProfile)ras.top;
-    ras.cProfile->offset = ras.top;
-    ras.num_Profs        = 0;
-
-    start = 0;
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < ras.outline.n_contours; i++ )
-    {
-      ras.state    = Unknown_State;
-      ras.gProfile = NULL;
-
-      if ( Decompose_Curve( RAS_VARS (unsigned short)start,
-                            ras.outline.contours[i],
-                            flipped ) )
-        return FAILURE;
-
-      start = ras.outline.contours[i] + 1;
-
-      /* We must now see whether the extreme arcs join or not */
-      if ( FRAC( ras.lastY ) == 0 &&
-           ras.lastY >= ras.minY  &&
-           ras.lastY <= ras.maxY  )
-        if ( ras.gProfile && ras.gProfile->flow == ras.cProfile->flow )
-          ras.top--;
-        /* Note that ras.gProfile can be nil if the contour was too small */
-        /* to be drawn.                                                   */
-
-      lastProfile = ras.cProfile;
-      if ( End_Profile( RAS_VAR ) )
-        return FAILURE;
-
-      /* close the `next profile in contour' linked list */
-      if ( ras.gProfile )
-        lastProfile->next = ras.gProfile;
-    }
-
-    if ( Finalize_Profile_Table( RAS_VAR ) )
-      return FAILURE;
-
-    return (Bool)( ras.top < ras.maxBuff ? SUCCESS : FAILURE );
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /**                                                                     **/
-  /**  SCAN-LINE SWEEPS AND DRAWING                                       **/
-  /**                                                                     **/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*  Init_Linked                                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    Initializes an empty linked list.                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Init_Linked( TProfileList*  l )
-  {
-    *l = NULL;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*  InsNew                                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    Inserts a new profile in a linked list.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  InsNew( PProfileList  list,
-          PProfile      profile )
-  {
-    PProfile  *old, current;
-    Long       x;
-
-
-    old     = list;
-    current = *old;
-    x       = profile->X;
-
-    while ( current )
-    {
-      if ( x < current->X )
-        break;
-      old     = ¤t->link;
-      current = *old;
-    }
-
-    profile->link = current;
-    *old          = profile;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*  DelOld                                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    Removes an old profile from a linked list.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  DelOld( PProfileList  list,
-          PProfile      profile )
-  {
-    PProfile  *old, current;
-
-
-    old     = list;
-    current = *old;
-
-    while ( current )
-    {
-      if ( current == profile )
-      {
-        *old = current->link;
-        return;
-      }
-
-      old     = ¤t->link;
-      current = *old;
-    }
-
-    /* we should never get there, unless the profile was not part of */
-    /* the list.                                                     */
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*  Sort                                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    Sorts a trace list.  In 95%, the list is already sorted.  We need  */
-  /*    an algorithm which is fast in this case.  Bubble sort is enough    */
-  /*    and simple.                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Sort( PProfileList  list )
-  {
-    PProfile  *old, current, next;
-
-
-    /* First, set the new X coordinate of each profile */
-    current = *list;
-    while ( current )
-    {
-      current->X       = *current->offset;
-      current->offset += current->flow;
-      current->height--;
-      current = current->link;
-    }
-
-    /* Then sort them */
-    old     = list;
-    current = *old;
-
-    if ( !current )
-      return;
-
-    next = current->link;
-
-    while ( next )
-    {
-      if ( current->X <= next->X )
-      {
-        old     = ¤t->link;
-        current = *old;
-
-        if ( !current )
-          return;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        *old          = next;
-        current->link = next->link;
-        next->link    = current;
-
-        old     = list;
-        current = *old;
-      }
-
-      next = current->link;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*  Vertical Sweep Procedure Set                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*  These four routines are used during the vertical black/white sweep   */
-  /*  phase by the generic Draw_Sweep() function.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  static void
-  Vertical_Sweep_Init( RAS_ARGS Short*  min,
-                                Short*  max )
-  {
-    Long  pitch = ras.target.pitch;
-
-    FT_UNUSED( max );
-
-
-    ras.traceIncr = (Short)-pitch;
-    ras.traceOfs  = -*min * pitch;
-    if ( pitch > 0 )
-      ras.traceOfs += ( ras.target.rows - 1 ) * pitch;
-
-    ras.gray_min_x = 0;
-    ras.gray_max_x = 0;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  Vertical_Sweep_Span( RAS_ARGS Short       y,
-                                FT_F26Dot6  x1,
-                                FT_F26Dot6  x2,
-                                PProfile    left,
-                                PProfile    right )
-  {
-    Long   e1, e2;
-    int    c1, c2;
-    Byte   f1, f2;
-    Byte*  target;
-
-    FT_UNUSED( y );
-    FT_UNUSED( left );
-    FT_UNUSED( right );
-
-
-    /* Drop-out control */
-
-    e1 = TRUNC( CEILING( x1 ) );
-
-    if ( x2 - x1 - ras.precision <= ras.precision_jitter )
-      e2 = e1;
-    else
-      e2 = TRUNC( FLOOR( x2 ) );
-
-    if ( e2 >= 0 && e1 < ras.bWidth )
-    {
-      if ( e1 < 0 )
-        e1 = 0;
-      if ( e2 >= ras.bWidth )
-        e2 = ras.bWidth - 1;
-
-      c1 = (Short)( e1 >> 3 );
-      c2 = (Short)( e2 >> 3 );
-
-      f1 = (Byte)  ( 0xFF >> ( e1 & 7 ) );
-      f2 = (Byte) ~( 0x7F >> ( e2 & 7 ) );
-
-      if ( ras.gray_min_x > c1 ) ras.gray_min_x = (short)c1;
-      if ( ras.gray_max_x < c2 ) ras.gray_max_x = (short)c2;
-
-      target = ras.bTarget + ras.traceOfs + c1;
-      c2 -= c1;
-
-      if ( c2 > 0 )
-      {
-        target[0] |= f1;
-
-        /* memset() is slower than the following code on many platforms. */
-        /* This is due to the fact that, in the vast majority of cases,  */
-        /* the span length in bytes is relatively small.                 */
-        c2--;
-        while ( c2 > 0 )
-        {
-          *(++target) = 0xFF;
-          c2--;
-        }
-        target[1] |= f2;
-      }
-      else
-        *target |= ( f1 & f2 );
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  Vertical_Sweep_Drop( RAS_ARGS Short       y,
-                                FT_F26Dot6  x1,
-                                FT_F26Dot6  x2,
-                                PProfile    left,
-                                PProfile    right )
-  {
-    Long   e1, e2;
-    Short  c1, f1;
-
-
-    /* Drop-out control */
-
-    e1 = CEILING( x1 );
-    e2 = FLOOR  ( x2 );
-
-    if ( e1 > e2 )
-    {
-      if ( e1 == e2 + ras.precision )
-      {
-        switch ( ras.dropOutControl )
-        {
-        case 1:
-          e1 = e2;
-          break;
-
-        case 4:
-          e1 = CEILING( (x1 + x2 + 1) / 2 );
-          break;
-
-        case 2:
-        case 5:
-          /* Drop-out Control Rule #4 */
-
-          /* The spec is not very clear regarding rule #4.  It      */
-          /* presents a method that is way too costly to implement  */
-          /* while the general idea seems to get rid of `stubs'.    */
-          /*                                                        */
-          /* Here, we only get rid of stubs recognized if:          */
-          /*                                                        */
-          /*  upper stub:                                           */
-          /*                                                        */
-          /*   - P_Left and P_Right are in the same contour         */
-          /*   - P_Right is the successor of P_Left in that contour */
-          /*   - y is the top of P_Left and P_Right                 */
-          /*                                                        */
-          /*  lower stub:                                           */
-          /*                                                        */
-          /*   - P_Left and P_Right are in the same contour         */
-          /*   - P_Left is the successor of P_Right in that contour */
-          /*   - y is the bottom of P_Left                          */
-          /*                                                        */
-
-          /* FIXXXME: uncommenting this line solves the disappearing */
-          /*          bit problem in the `7' of verdana 10pts, but   */
-          /*          makes a new one in the `C' of arial 14pts      */
-
-#if 0
-          if ( x2 - x1 < ras.precision_half )
-#endif
-          {
-            /* upper stub test */
-            if ( left->next == right && left->height <= 0 )
-              return;
-
-            /* lower stub test */
-            if ( right->next == left && left->start == y )
-              return;
-          }
-
-          /* check that the rightmost pixel isn't set */
-
-          e1 = TRUNC( e1 );
-
-          c1 = (Short)( e1 >> 3 );
-          f1 = (Short)( e1 &  7 );
-
-          if ( e1 >= 0 && e1 < ras.bWidth                      &&
-               ras.bTarget[ras.traceOfs + c1] & ( 0x80 >> f1 ) )
-            return;
-
-          if ( ras.dropOutControl == 2 )
-            e1 = e2;
-          else
-            e1 = CEILING( ( x1 + x2 + 1 ) / 2 );
-
-          break;
-
-        default:
-          return;  /* unsupported mode */
-        }
-      }
-      else
-        return;
-    }
-
-    e1 = TRUNC( e1 );
-
-    if ( e1 >= 0 && e1 < ras.bWidth )
-    {
-      c1 = (Short)( e1 >> 3 );
-      f1 = (Short)( e1 & 7 );
-
-      if ( ras.gray_min_x > c1 ) ras.gray_min_x = c1;
-      if ( ras.gray_max_x < c1 ) ras.gray_max_x = c1;
-
-      ras.bTarget[ras.traceOfs + c1] |= (char)( 0x80 >> f1 );
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  Vertical_Sweep_Step( RAS_ARG )
-  {
-    ras.traceOfs += ras.traceIncr;
-  }
-
-
-  /***********************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                     */
-  /*  Horizontal Sweep Procedure Set                                     */
-  /*                                                                     */
-  /*  These four routines are used during the horizontal black/white     */
-  /*  sweep phase by the generic Draw_Sweep() function.                  */
-  /*                                                                     */
-  /***********************************************************************/
-
-  static void
-  Horizontal_Sweep_Init( RAS_ARGS Short*  min,
-                                  Short*  max )
-  {
-    /* nothing, really */
-    FT_UNUSED_RASTER;
-    FT_UNUSED( min );
-    FT_UNUSED( max );
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  Horizontal_Sweep_Span( RAS_ARGS Short       y,
-                                  FT_F26Dot6  x1,
-                                  FT_F26Dot6  x2,
-                                  PProfile    left,
-                                  PProfile    right )
-  {
-    Long   e1, e2;
-    PByte  bits;
-    Byte   f1;
-
-    FT_UNUSED( left );
-    FT_UNUSED( right );
-
-
-    if ( x2 - x1 < ras.precision )
-    {
-      e1 = CEILING( x1 );
-      e2 = FLOOR  ( x2 );
-
-      if ( e1 == e2 )
-      {
-        bits = ras.bTarget + ( y >> 3 );
-        f1   = (Byte)( 0x80 >> ( y & 7 ) );
-
-        e1 = TRUNC( e1 );
-
-        if ( e1 >= 0 && e1 < ras.target.rows )
-        {
-          PByte  p;
-
-
-          p = bits - e1*ras.target.pitch;
-          if ( ras.target.pitch > 0 )
-            p += ( ras.target.rows - 1 ) * ras.target.pitch;
-
-          p[0] |= f1;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  Horizontal_Sweep_Drop( RAS_ARGS Short       y,
-                                  FT_F26Dot6  x1,
-                                  FT_F26Dot6  x2,
-                                  PProfile    left,
-                                  PProfile    right )
-  {
-    Long   e1, e2;
-    PByte  bits;
-    Byte   f1;
-
-
-    /* During the horizontal sweep, we only take care of drop-outs */
-
-    e1 = CEILING( x1 );
-    e2 = FLOOR  ( x2 );
-
-    if ( e1 > e2 )
-    {
-      if ( e1 == e2 + ras.precision )
-      {
-        switch ( ras.dropOutControl )
-        {
-        case 1:
-          e1 = e2;
-          break;
-
-        case 4:
-          e1 = CEILING( ( x1 + x2 + 1 ) / 2 );
-          break;
-
-        case 2:
-        case 5:
-
-          /* Drop-out Control Rule #4 */
-
-          /* The spec is not very clear regarding rule #4.  It      */
-          /* presents a method that is way too costly to implement  */
-          /* while the general idea seems to get rid of `stubs'.    */
-          /*                                                        */
-
-          /* rightmost stub test */
-          if ( left->next == right && left->height <= 0 )
-            return;
-
-          /* leftmost stub test */
-          if ( right->next == left && left->start == y )
-            return;
-
-          /* check that the rightmost pixel isn't set */
-
-          e1 = TRUNC( e1 );
-
-          bits = ras.bTarget + ( y >> 3 );
-          f1   = (Byte)( 0x80 >> ( y & 7 ) );
-
-          bits -= e1 * ras.target.pitch;
-          if ( ras.target.pitch > 0 )
-            bits += ( ras.target.rows - 1 ) * ras.target.pitch;
-
-          if ( e1 >= 0              &&
-               e1 < ras.target.rows &&
-               *bits & f1 )
-            return;
-
-          if ( ras.dropOutControl == 2 )
-            e1 = e2;
-          else
-            e1 = CEILING( ( x1 + x2 + 1 ) / 2 );
-
-          break;
-
-        default:
-          return;  /* unsupported mode */
-        }
-      }
-      else
-        return;
-    }
-
-    bits = ras.bTarget + ( y >> 3 );
-    f1   = (Byte)( 0x80 >> ( y & 7 ) );
-
-    e1 = TRUNC( e1 );
-
-    if ( e1 >= 0 && e1 < ras.target.rows )
-    {
-      bits -= e1 * ras.target.pitch;
-      if ( ras.target.pitch > 0 )
-        bits += ( ras.target.rows - 1 ) * ras.target.pitch;
-
-      bits[0] |= f1;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  Horizontal_Sweep_Step( RAS_ARG )
-  {
-    /* Nothing, really */
-    FT_UNUSED_RASTER;
-  }
-
-
-#ifdef FT_RASTER_OPTION_ANTI_ALIASING
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*  Vertical Gray Sweep Procedure Set                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*  These two routines are used during the vertical gray-levels sweep    */
-  /*  phase by the generic Draw_Sweep() function.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*  NOTES                                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*  - The target pixmap's width *must* be a multiple of 4.               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*  - You have to use the function Vertical_Sweep_Span() for the gray    */
-  /*    span call.                                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  static void
-  Vertical_Gray_Sweep_Init( RAS_ARGS Short*  min,
-                                     Short*  max )
-  {
-    Long  pitch, byte_len;
-
-
-    *min = *min & -2;
-    *max = ( *max + 3 ) & -2;
-
-    ras.traceOfs  = 0;
-    pitch         = ras.target.pitch;
-    byte_len      = -pitch;
-    ras.traceIncr = (Short)byte_len;
-    ras.traceG    = ( *min / 2 ) * byte_len;
-
-    if ( pitch > 0 )
-    {
-      ras.traceG += ( ras.target.rows - 1 ) * pitch;
-      byte_len    = -byte_len;
-    }
-
-    ras.gray_min_x =  (Short)byte_len;
-    ras.gray_max_x = -(Short)byte_len;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  Vertical_Gray_Sweep_Step( RAS_ARG )
-  {
-    Int    c1, c2;
-    PByte  pix, bit, bit2;
-    char*  count = (char*)count_table;
-    Byte*  grays;
-
-
-    ras.traceOfs += ras.gray_width;
-
-    if ( ras.traceOfs > ras.gray_width )
-    {
-      pix   = ras.gTarget + ras.traceG + ras.gray_min_x * 4;
-      grays = ras.grays;
-
-      if ( ras.gray_max_x >= 0 )
-      {
-        Long   last_pixel = ras.target.width - 1;
-        Int    last_cell  = last_pixel >> 2;
-        Int    last_bit   = last_pixel & 3;
-        Bool   over       = 0;
-
-
-        if ( ras.gray_max_x >= last_cell && last_bit != 3 )
-        {
-          ras.gray_max_x = last_cell - 1;
-          over = 1;
-        }
-
-        if ( ras.gray_min_x < 0 )
-          ras.gray_min_x = 0;
-
-        bit   = ras.bTarget + ras.gray_min_x;
-        bit2  = bit + ras.gray_width;
-
-        c1 = ras.gray_max_x - ras.gray_min_x;
-
-        while ( c1 >= 0 )
-        {
-          c2 = count[*bit] + count[*bit2];
-
-          if ( c2 )
-          {
-            pix[0] = grays[(c2 >> 12) & 0x000F];
-            pix[1] = grays[(c2 >> 8 ) & 0x000F];
-            pix[2] = grays[(c2 >> 4 ) & 0x000F];
-            pix[3] = grays[ c2        & 0x000F];
-
-            *bit  = 0;
-            *bit2 = 0;
-          }
-
-          bit++;
-          bit2++;
-          pix += 4;
-          c1--;
-        }
-
-        if ( over )
-        {
-          c2 = count[*bit] + count[*bit2];
-          if ( c2 )
-          {
-            switch ( last_bit )
-            {
-            case 2:
-              pix[2] = grays[(c2 >> 4 ) & 0x000F];
-            case 1:
-              pix[1] = grays[(c2 >> 8 ) & 0x000F];
-            default:
-              pix[0] = grays[(c2 >> 12) & 0x000F];
-            }
-
-            *bit  = 0;
-            *bit2 = 0;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-
-      ras.traceOfs = 0;
-      ras.traceG  += ras.traceIncr;
-
-      ras.gray_min_x =  32000;
-      ras.gray_max_x = -32000;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  Horizontal_Gray_Sweep_Span( RAS_ARGS Short       y,
-                                       FT_F26Dot6  x1,
-                                       FT_F26Dot6  x2,
-                                       PProfile    left,
-                                       PProfile    right )
-  {
-    /* nothing, really */
-    FT_UNUSED_RASTER;
-    FT_UNUSED( y );
-    FT_UNUSED( x1 );
-    FT_UNUSED( x2 );
-    FT_UNUSED( left );
-    FT_UNUSED( right );
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  Horizontal_Gray_Sweep_Drop( RAS_ARGS Short       y,
-                                       FT_F26Dot6  x1,
-                                       FT_F26Dot6  x2,
-                                       PProfile    left,
-                                       PProfile    right )
-  {
-    Long   e1, e2;
-    PByte  pixel;
-    Byte   color;
-
-
-    /* During the horizontal sweep, we only take care of drop-outs */
-    e1 = CEILING( x1 );
-    e2 = FLOOR  ( x2 );
-
-    if ( e1 > e2 )
-    {
-      if ( e1 == e2 + ras.precision )
-      {
-        switch ( ras.dropOutControl )
-        {
-        case 1:
-          e1 = e2;
-          break;
-
-        case 4:
-          e1 = CEILING( ( x1 + x2 + 1 ) / 2 );
-          break;
-
-        case 2:
-        case 5:
-
-          /* Drop-out Control Rule #4 */
-
-          /* The spec is not very clear regarding rule #4.  It      */
-          /* presents a method that is way too costly to implement  */
-          /* while the general idea seems to get rid of `stubs'.    */
-          /*                                                        */
-
-          /* rightmost stub test */
-          if ( left->next == right && left->height <= 0 )
-            return;
-
-          /* leftmost stub test */
-          if ( right->next == left && left->start == y )
-            return;
-
-          if ( ras.dropOutControl == 2 )
-            e1 = e2;
-          else
-            e1 = CEILING( ( x1 + x2 + 1 ) / 2 );
-
-          break;
-
-        default:
-          return;  /* unsupported mode */
-        }
-      }
-      else
-        return;
-    }
-
-    if ( e1 >= 0 )
-    {
-      if ( x2 - x1 >= ras.precision_half )
-        color = ras.grays[2];
-      else
-        color = ras.grays[1];
-
-      e1 = TRUNC( e1 ) / 2;
-      if ( e1 < ras.target.rows )
-      {
-        pixel = ras.gTarget - e1 * ras.target.pitch + y / 2;
-        if ( ras.target.pitch > 0 )
-          pixel += ( ras.target.rows - 1 ) * ras.target.pitch;
-
-        if ( pixel[0] == ras.grays[0] )
-          pixel[0] = color;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-
-#endif /* FT_RASTER_OPTION_ANTI_ALIASING */
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*  Generic Sweep Drawing routine                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  static Bool
-  Draw_Sweep( RAS_ARG )
-  {
-    Short         y, y_change, y_height;
-
-    PProfile      P, Q, P_Left, P_Right;
-
-    Short         min_Y, max_Y, top, bottom, dropouts;
-
-    Long          x1, x2, xs, e1, e2;
-
-    TProfileList  waiting;
-    TProfileList  draw_left, draw_right;
-
-
-    /* Init empty linked lists */
-
-    Init_Linked( &waiting );
-
-    Init_Linked( &draw_left  );
-    Init_Linked( &draw_right );
-
-    /* first, compute min and max Y */
-
-    P     = ras.fProfile;
-    max_Y = (Short)TRUNC( ras.minY );
-    min_Y = (Short)TRUNC( ras.maxY );
-
-    while ( P )
-    {
-      Q = P->link;
-
-      bottom = (Short)P->start;
-      top    = (Short)( P->start + P->height - 1 );
-
-      if ( min_Y > bottom ) min_Y = bottom;
-      if ( max_Y < top    ) max_Y = top;
-
-      P->X = 0;
-      InsNew( &waiting, P );
-
-      P = Q;
-    }
-
-    /* Check the Y-turns */
-    if ( ras.numTurns == 0 )
-    {
-      ras.error = Raster_Err_Invalid;
-      return FAILURE;
-    }
-
-    /* Now inits the sweep */
-
-    ras.Proc_Sweep_Init( RAS_VARS &min_Y, &max_Y );
-
-    /* Then compute the distance of each profile from min_Y */
-
-    P = waiting;
-
-    while ( P )
-    {
-      P->countL = (UShort)( P->start - min_Y );
-      P = P->link;
-    }
-
-    /* Let's go */
-
-    y        = min_Y;
-    y_height = 0;
-
-    if ( ras.numTurns > 0 &&
-         ras.sizeBuff[-ras.numTurns] == min_Y )
-      ras.numTurns--;
-
-    while ( ras.numTurns > 0 )
-    {
-      /* look in the waiting list for new activations */
-
-      P = waiting;
-
-      while ( P )
-      {
-        Q = P->link;
-        P->countL -= y_height;
-        if ( P->countL == 0 )
-        {
-          DelOld( &waiting, P );
-
-          switch ( P->flow )
-          {
-          case Flow_Up:
-            InsNew( &draw_left,  P );
-            break;
-
-          case Flow_Down:
-            InsNew( &draw_right, P );
-            break;
-          }
-        }
-
-        P = Q;
-      }
-
-      /* Sort the drawing lists */
-
-      Sort( &draw_left );
-      Sort( &draw_right );
-
-      y_change = (Short)ras.sizeBuff[-ras.numTurns--];
-      y_height = (Short)( y_change - y );
-
-      while ( y < y_change )
-      {
-        /* Let's trace */
-
-        dropouts = 0;
-
-        P_Left  = draw_left;
-        P_Right = draw_right;
-
-        while ( P_Left )
-        {
-          x1 = P_Left ->X;
-          x2 = P_Right->X;
-
-          if ( x1 > x2 )
-          {
-            xs = x1;
-            x1 = x2;
-            x2 = xs;
-          }
-
-          if ( x2 - x1 <= ras.precision )
-          {
-            e1 = FLOOR( x1 );
-            e2 = CEILING( x2 );
-
-            if ( ras.dropOutControl != 0                 &&
-                 ( e1 > e2 || e2 == e1 + ras.precision ) )
-            {
-              /* a drop out was detected */
-
-              P_Left ->X = x1;
-              P_Right->X = x2;
-
-              /* mark profile for drop-out processing */
-              P_Left->countL = 1;
-              dropouts++;
-
-              goto Skip_To_Next;
-            }
-          }
-
-          ras.Proc_Sweep_Span( RAS_VARS y, x1, x2, P_Left, P_Right );
-
-        Skip_To_Next:
-
-          P_Left  = P_Left->link;
-          P_Right = P_Right->link;
-        }
-
-        /* now perform the dropouts _after_ the span drawing -- */
-        /* drop-outs processing has been moved out of the loop  */
-        /* for performance tuning                               */
-        if ( dropouts > 0 )
-          goto Scan_DropOuts;
-
-      Next_Line:
-
-        ras.Proc_Sweep_Step( RAS_VAR );
-
-        y++;
-
-        if ( y < y_change )
-        {
-          Sort( &draw_left  );
-          Sort( &draw_right );
-        }
-      }
-
-      /* Now finalize the profiles that needs it */
-
-      P = draw_left;
-      while ( P )
-      {
-        Q = P->link;
-        if ( P->height == 0 )
-          DelOld( &draw_left, P );
-        P = Q;
-      }
-
-      P = draw_right;
-      while ( P )
-      {
-        Q = P->link;
-        if ( P->height == 0 )
-          DelOld( &draw_right, P );
-        P = Q;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* for gray-scaling, flushes the bitmap scanline cache */
-    while ( y <= max_Y )
-    {
-      ras.Proc_Sweep_Step( RAS_VAR );
-      y++;
-    }
-
-    return SUCCESS;
-
-  Scan_DropOuts:
-
-    P_Left  = draw_left;
-    P_Right = draw_right;
-
-    while ( P_Left )
-    {
-      if ( P_Left->countL )
-      {
-        P_Left->countL = 0;
-#if 0
-        dropouts--;  /* -- this is useful when debugging only */
-#endif
-        ras.Proc_Sweep_Drop( RAS_VARS y,
-                                      P_Left->X,
-                                      P_Right->X,
-                                      P_Left,
-                                      P_Right );
-      }
-
-      P_Left  = P_Left->link;
-      P_Right = P_Right->link;
-    }
-
-    goto Next_Line;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    Render_Single_Pass                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Performs one sweep with sub-banding.                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    flipped :: If set, flip the direction of the outline.              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    Renderer error code.                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static int
-  Render_Single_Pass( RAS_ARGS Bool  flipped )
-  {
-    Short  i, j, k;
-
-
-    while ( ras.band_top >= 0 )
-    {
-      ras.maxY = (Long)ras.band_stack[ras.band_top].y_max * ras.precision;
-      ras.minY = (Long)ras.band_stack[ras.band_top].y_min * ras.precision;
-
-      ras.top = ras.buff;
-
-      ras.error = Raster_Err_None;
-
-      if ( Convert_Glyph( RAS_VARS flipped ) )
-      {
-        if ( ras.error != Raster_Err_Overflow )
-          return FAILURE;
-
-        ras.error = Raster_Err_None;
-
-        /* sub-banding */
-
-#ifdef DEBUG_RASTER
-        ClearBand( RAS_VARS TRUNC( ras.minY ), TRUNC( ras.maxY ) );
-#endif
-
-        i = ras.band_stack[ras.band_top].y_min;
-        j = ras.band_stack[ras.band_top].y_max;
-
-        k = (Short)( ( i + j ) / 2 );
-
-        if ( ras.band_top >= 7 || k < i )
-        {
-          ras.band_top = 0;
-          ras.error    = Raster_Err_Invalid;
-
-          return ras.error;
-        }
-
-        ras.band_stack[ras.band_top + 1].y_min = k;
-        ras.band_stack[ras.band_top + 1].y_max = j;
-
-        ras.band_stack[ras.band_top].y_max = (Short)( k - 1 );
-
-        ras.band_top++;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        if ( ras.fProfile )
-          if ( Draw_Sweep( RAS_VAR ) )
-             return ras.error;
-        ras.band_top--;
-      }
-    }
-
-    return SUCCESS;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    Render_Glyph                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Renders a glyph in a bitmap.  Sub-banding if needed.               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  Render_Glyph( RAS_ARG )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error;
-
-
-    Set_High_Precision( RAS_VARS ras.outline.flags &
-                        FT_OUTLINE_HIGH_PRECISION );
-    ras.scale_shift    = ras.precision_shift;
-    /* Drop-out mode 2 is hard-coded since this is the only mode used */
-    /* on Windows platforms.  Using other modes, as specified by the  */
-    /* font, results in misplaced pixels.                             */
-    ras.dropOutControl = 2;
-    ras.second_pass    = (FT_Byte)( !( ras.outline.flags &
-                                       FT_OUTLINE_SINGLE_PASS ) );
-
-    /* Vertical Sweep */
-    ras.Proc_Sweep_Init = Vertical_Sweep_Init;
-    ras.Proc_Sweep_Span = Vertical_Sweep_Span;
-    ras.Proc_Sweep_Drop = Vertical_Sweep_Drop;
-    ras.Proc_Sweep_Step = Vertical_Sweep_Step;
-
-    ras.band_top            = 0;
-    ras.band_stack[0].y_min = 0;
-    ras.band_stack[0].y_max = (short)( ras.target.rows - 1 );
-
-    ras.bWidth  = (unsigned short)ras.target.width;
-    ras.bTarget = (Byte*)ras.target.buffer;
-
-    if ( ( error = Render_Single_Pass( RAS_VARS 0 ) ) != 0 )
-      return error;
-
-    /* Horizontal Sweep */
-    if ( ras.second_pass && ras.dropOutControl != 0 )
-    {
-      ras.Proc_Sweep_Init = Horizontal_Sweep_Init;
-      ras.Proc_Sweep_Span = Horizontal_Sweep_Span;
-      ras.Proc_Sweep_Drop = Horizontal_Sweep_Drop;
-      ras.Proc_Sweep_Step = Horizontal_Sweep_Step;
-
-      ras.band_top            = 0;
-      ras.band_stack[0].y_min = 0;
-      ras.band_stack[0].y_max = (short)( ras.target.width - 1 );
-
-      if ( ( error = Render_Single_Pass( RAS_VARS 1 ) ) != 0 )
-        return error;
-    }
-
-    return Raster_Err_None;
-  }
-
-
-#ifdef FT_RASTER_OPTION_ANTI_ALIASING
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    Render_Gray_Glyph                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Renders a glyph with grayscaling.  Sub-banding if needed.          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  Render_Gray_Glyph( RAS_ARG )
-  {
-    Long      pixel_width;
-    FT_Error  error;
-
-
-    Set_High_Precision( RAS_VARS ras.outline.flags &
-                        FT_OUTLINE_HIGH_PRECISION );
-    ras.scale_shift    = ras.precision_shift + 1;
-    /* Drop-out mode 2 is hard-coded since this is the only mode used */
-    /* on Windows platforms.  Using other modes, as specified by the  */
-    /* font, results in misplaced pixels.                             */
-    ras.dropOutControl = 2;
-    ras.second_pass    = !( ras.outline.flags & FT_OUTLINE_SINGLE_PASS );
-
-    /* Vertical Sweep */
-
-    ras.band_top            = 0;
-    ras.band_stack[0].y_min = 0;
-    ras.band_stack[0].y_max = 2 * ras.target.rows - 1;
-
-    ras.bWidth  = ras.gray_width;
-    pixel_width = 2 * ( ( ras.target.width + 3 ) >> 2 );
-
-    if ( ras.bWidth > pixel_width )
-      ras.bWidth = pixel_width;
-
-    ras.bWidth  = ras.bWidth * 8;
-    ras.bTarget = (Byte*)ras.gray_lines;
-    ras.gTarget = (Byte*)ras.target.buffer;
-
-    ras.Proc_Sweep_Init = Vertical_Gray_Sweep_Init;
-    ras.Proc_Sweep_Span = Vertical_Sweep_Span;
-    ras.Proc_Sweep_Drop = Vertical_Sweep_Drop;
-    ras.Proc_Sweep_Step = Vertical_Gray_Sweep_Step;
-
-    error = Render_Single_Pass( RAS_VARS 0 );
-    if ( error )
-      return error;
-
-    /* Horizontal Sweep */
-    if ( ras.second_pass && ras.dropOutControl != 0 )
-    {
-      ras.Proc_Sweep_Init = Horizontal_Sweep_Init;
-      ras.Proc_Sweep_Span = Horizontal_Gray_Sweep_Span;
-      ras.Proc_Sweep_Drop = Horizontal_Gray_Sweep_Drop;
-      ras.Proc_Sweep_Step = Horizontal_Sweep_Step;
-
-      ras.band_top            = 0;
-      ras.band_stack[0].y_min = 0;
-      ras.band_stack[0].y_max = ras.target.width * 2 - 1;
-
-      error = Render_Single_Pass( RAS_VARS 1 );
-      if ( error )
-        return error;
-    }
-
-    return Raster_Err_None;
-  }
-
-#else /* !FT_RASTER_OPTION_ANTI_ALIASING */
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  Render_Gray_Glyph( RAS_ARG )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED_RASTER;
-
-    return Raster_Err_Unsupported;
-  }
-
-#endif /* !FT_RASTER_OPTION_ANTI_ALIASING */
-
-
-  static void
-  ft_black_init( PRaster  raster )
-  {
-#ifdef FT_RASTER_OPTION_ANTI_ALIASING
-    FT_UInt  n;
-
-
-    /* set default 5-levels gray palette */
-    for ( n = 0; n < 5; n++ )
-      raster->grays[n] = n * 255 / 4;
-
-    raster->gray_width = RASTER_GRAY_LINES / 2;
-
-#else
-    FT_UNUSED( raster );
-#endif
-  }
-
-
-  /**** RASTER OBJECT CREATION: In standalone mode, we simply use *****/
-  /****                         a static object.                  *****/
-
-
-#ifdef _STANDALONE_
-
-
-  static int
-  ft_black_new( void*      memory,
-                FT_Raster  *araster )
-  {
-     static TRaster  the_raster;
-
-
-     *araster = (FT_Raster)&the_raster;
-     FT_MEM_ZERO( &the_raster, sizeof ( the_raster ) );
-     ft_black_init( &the_raster );
-
-     return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  ft_black_done( FT_Raster  raster )
-  {
-    /* nothing */
-    FT_UNUSED( raster );
-  }
-
-
-#else /* _STANDALONE_ */
-
-
-  static int
-  ft_black_new( FT_Memory   memory,
-                PRaster    *araster )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error;
-    PRaster   raster;
-
-
-    *araster = 0;
-    if ( !FT_NEW( raster ) )
-    {
-      raster->memory = memory;
-      ft_black_init( raster );
-
-      *araster = raster;
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  ft_black_done( PRaster  raster )
-  {
-    FT_Memory  memory = (FT_Memory)raster->memory;
-    FT_FREE( raster );
-  }
-
-
-#endif /* _STANDALONE_ */
-
-
-  static void
-  ft_black_reset( PRaster   raster,
-                  char*     pool_base,
-                  long      pool_size )
-  {
-    if ( raster )
-    {
-      if ( pool_base && pool_size >= (long)sizeof(TWorker) + 2048 )
-      {
-        PWorker  worker = (PWorker)pool_base;
-
-
-        raster->buffer      = pool_base + ( (sizeof ( *worker ) + 7 ) & ~7 );
-        raster->buffer_size = ( ( pool_base + pool_size ) -
-                                (char*)raster->buffer ) / sizeof ( Long );
-        raster->worker      = worker;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        raster->buffer      = NULL;
-        raster->buffer_size = 0;
-        raster->worker      = NULL;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  ft_black_set_mode( PRaster            raster,
-                     unsigned long      mode,
-                     const char*        palette )
-  {
-#ifdef FT_RASTER_OPTION_ANTI_ALIASING
-
-    if ( mode == FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'a', 'l', '5' ) )
-    {
-      /* set 5-levels gray palette */
-      raster->grays[0] = palette[0];
-      raster->grays[1] = palette[1];
-      raster->grays[2] = palette[2];
-      raster->grays[3] = palette[3];
-      raster->grays[4] = palette[4];
-    }
-
-#else
-
-    FT_UNUSED( raster );
-    FT_UNUSED( mode );
-    FT_UNUSED( palette );
-
-#endif
-  }
-
-
-  static int
-  ft_black_render( PRaster                  raster,
-                   const FT_Raster_Params*  params )
-  {
-    const FT_Outline*  outline    = (const FT_Outline*)params->source;
-    const FT_Bitmap*   target_map = params->target;
-    PWorker            worker;
-
-
-    if ( !raster || !raster->buffer || !raster->buffer_size )
-      return Raster_Err_Not_Ini;
-
-    if ( !outline )
-      return Raster_Err_Invalid;
-
-    /* return immediately if the outline is empty */
-    if ( outline->n_points == 0 || outline->n_contours <= 0 )
-      return Raster_Err_None;
-
-    if ( !outline->contours || !outline->points )
-      return Raster_Err_Invalid;
-
-    if ( outline->n_points !=
-           outline->contours[outline->n_contours - 1] + 1 )
-      return Raster_Err_Invalid;
-
-    worker = raster->worker;
-
-    /* this version of the raster does not support direct rendering, sorry */
-    if ( params->flags & FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT )
-      return Raster_Err_Unsupported;
-
-    if ( !target_map )
-      return Raster_Err_Invalid;
-
-    /* nothing to do */
-    if ( !target_map->width || !target_map->rows )
-      return Raster_Err_None;
-
-    if ( !target_map->buffer )
-      return Raster_Err_Invalid;
-
-    ras.outline  = *outline;
-    ras.target   = *target_map;
-
-    worker->buff        = (PLong) raster->buffer;
-    worker->sizeBuff    = worker->buff +
-                            raster->buffer_size / sizeof ( Long );
-#ifdef FT_RASTER_OPTION_ANTI_ALIASING
-    worker->grays       = raster->grays;
-    worker->gray_width  = raster->gray_width;
-#endif
-
-    return ( ( params->flags & FT_RASTER_FLAG_AA )
-               ? Render_Gray_Glyph( RAS_VAR )
-               : Render_Glyph( RAS_VAR ) );
-  }
-
-
-  const FT_Raster_Funcs  ft_standard_raster =
-  {
-    FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE,
-    (FT_Raster_New_Func)     ft_black_new,
-    (FT_Raster_Reset_Func)   ft_black_reset,
-    (FT_Raster_Set_Mode_Func)ft_black_set_mode,
-    (FT_Raster_Render_Func)  ft_black_render,
-    (FT_Raster_Done_Func)    ft_black_done
-  };
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/ftraster.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/ftraster.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 80fe46d..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/ftraster.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftraster.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    The FreeType glyph rasterizer (specification).                       */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001 by                                                 */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used        */
-/*  modified and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project       */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __FTRASTER_H__
-#define __FTRASTER_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
-#include FT_IMAGE_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Uncomment the following line if you are using ftraster.c as a         */
-  /* standalone module, fully independent of FreeType.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-/* #define _STANDALONE_ */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_VAR( const FT_Raster_Funcs )  ft_standard_raster;
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __FTRASTER_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/ftrend1.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/ftrend1.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 3cc8d07..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/ftrend1.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,273 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftrend1.c                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    The FreeType glyph rasterizer interface (body).                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2006 by                         */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-#include FT_OUTLINE_H
-#include "ftrend1.h"
-#include "ftraster.h"
-
-#include "rasterrs.h"
-
-
-  /* initialize renderer -- init its raster */
-  static FT_Error
-  ft_raster1_init( FT_Renderer  render )
-  {
-    FT_Library  library = FT_MODULE_LIBRARY( render );
-
-
-    render->clazz->raster_class->raster_reset( render->raster,
-                                               library->raster_pool,
-                                               library->raster_pool_size );
-
-    return Raster_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  /* set render-specific mode */
-  static FT_Error
-  ft_raster1_set_mode( FT_Renderer  render,
-                       FT_ULong     mode_tag,
-                       FT_Pointer   data )
-  {
-    /* we simply pass it to the raster */
-    return render->clazz->raster_class->raster_set_mode( render->raster,
-                                                         mode_tag,
-                                                         data );
-  }
-
-
-  /* transform a given glyph image */
-  static FT_Error
-  ft_raster1_transform( FT_Renderer       render,
-                        FT_GlyphSlot      slot,
-                        const FT_Matrix*  matrix,
-                        const FT_Vector*  delta )
-  {
-    FT_Error error = Raster_Err_Ok;
-
-
-    if ( slot->format != render->glyph_format )
-    {
-      error = Raster_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    if ( matrix )
-      FT_Outline_Transform( &slot->outline, matrix );
-
-    if ( delta )
-      FT_Outline_Translate( &slot->outline, delta->x, delta->y );
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* return the glyph's control box */
-  static void
-  ft_raster1_get_cbox( FT_Renderer   render,
-                       FT_GlyphSlot  slot,
-                       FT_BBox*      cbox )
-  {
-    FT_MEM_ZERO( cbox, sizeof ( *cbox ) );
-
-    if ( slot->format == render->glyph_format )
-      FT_Outline_Get_CBox( &slot->outline, cbox );
-  }
-
-
-  /* convert a slot's glyph image into a bitmap */
-  static FT_Error
-  ft_raster1_render( FT_Renderer       render,
-                     FT_GlyphSlot      slot,
-                     FT_Render_Mode    mode,
-                     const FT_Vector*  origin )
-  {
-    FT_Error     error;
-    FT_Outline*  outline;
-    FT_BBox      cbox;
-    FT_UInt      width, height, pitch;
-    FT_Bitmap*   bitmap;
-    FT_Memory    memory;
-
-    FT_Raster_Params  params;
-
-
-    /* check glyph image format */
-    if ( slot->format != render->glyph_format )
-    {
-      error = Raster_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* check rendering mode */
-    if ( mode != FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO )
-    {
-      /* raster1 is only capable of producing monochrome bitmaps */
-      if ( render->clazz == &ft_raster1_renderer_class )
-        return Raster_Err_Cannot_Render_Glyph;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* raster5 is only capable of producing 5-gray-levels bitmaps */
-      if ( render->clazz == &ft_raster5_renderer_class )
-        return Raster_Err_Cannot_Render_Glyph;
-    }
-
-    outline = &slot->outline;
-
-    /* translate the outline to the new origin if needed */
-    if ( origin )
-      FT_Outline_Translate( outline, origin->x, origin->y );
-
-    /* compute the control box, and grid fit it */
-    FT_Outline_Get_CBox( outline, &cbox );
-
-    cbox.xMin = FT_PIX_FLOOR( cbox.xMin );
-    cbox.yMin = FT_PIX_FLOOR( cbox.yMin );
-    cbox.xMax = FT_PIX_CEIL( cbox.xMax );
-    cbox.yMax = FT_PIX_CEIL( cbox.yMax );
-
-    width  = (FT_UInt)( ( cbox.xMax - cbox.xMin ) >> 6 );
-    height = (FT_UInt)( ( cbox.yMax - cbox.yMin ) >> 6 );
-    bitmap = &slot->bitmap;
-    memory = render->root.memory;
-
-    /* release old bitmap buffer */
-    if ( slot->internal->flags & FT_GLYPH_OWN_BITMAP )
-    {
-      FT_FREE( bitmap->buffer );
-      slot->internal->flags &= ~FT_GLYPH_OWN_BITMAP;
-    }
-
-    /* allocate new one, depends on pixel format */
-    if ( !( mode & FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO ) )
-    {
-      /* we pad to 32 bits, only for backwards compatibility with FT 1.x */
-      pitch              = FT_PAD_CEIL( width, 4 );
-      bitmap->pixel_mode = FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY;
-      bitmap->num_grays  = 256;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      pitch              = ( ( width + 15 ) >> 4 ) << 1;
-      bitmap->pixel_mode = FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO;
-    }
-
-    bitmap->width = width;
-    bitmap->rows  = height;
-    bitmap->pitch = pitch;
-
-    if ( FT_ALLOC_MULT( bitmap->buffer, pitch, height ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    slot->internal->flags |= FT_GLYPH_OWN_BITMAP;
-
-    /* translate outline to render it into the bitmap */
-    FT_Outline_Translate( outline, -cbox.xMin, -cbox.yMin );
-
-    /* set up parameters */
-    params.target = bitmap;
-    params.source = outline;
-    params.flags  = 0;
-
-    if ( bitmap->pixel_mode == FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY )
-      params.flags |= FT_RASTER_FLAG_AA;
-
-    /* render outline into the bitmap */
-    error = render->raster_render( render->raster, ¶ms );
-
-    FT_Outline_Translate( outline, cbox.xMin, cbox.yMin );
-
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    slot->format      = FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP;
-    slot->bitmap_left = (FT_Int)( cbox.xMin >> 6 );
-    slot->bitmap_top  = (FT_Int)( cbox.yMax >> 6 );
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
-  const FT_Renderer_Class  ft_raster1_renderer_class =
-  {
-    {
-      FT_MODULE_RENDERER,
-      sizeof( FT_RendererRec ),
-
-      "raster1",
-      0x10000L,
-      0x20000L,
-
-      0,    /* module specific interface */
-
-      (FT_Module_Constructor)ft_raster1_init,
-      (FT_Module_Destructor) 0,
-      (FT_Module_Requester)  0
-    },
-
-    FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE,
-
-    (FT_Renderer_RenderFunc)   ft_raster1_render,
-    (FT_Renderer_TransformFunc)ft_raster1_transform,
-    (FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc)  ft_raster1_get_cbox,
-    (FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc)  ft_raster1_set_mode,
-
-    (FT_Raster_Funcs*)    &ft_standard_raster
-  };
-
-
-  /* This renderer is _NOT_ part of the default modules; you will need */
-  /* to register it by hand in your application.  It should only be    */
-  /* used for backwards-compatibility with FT 1.x anyway.              */
-  /*                                                                   */
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
-  const FT_Renderer_Class  ft_raster5_renderer_class =
-  {
-    {
-      FT_MODULE_RENDERER,
-      sizeof( FT_RendererRec ),
-
-      "raster5",
-      0x10000L,
-      0x20000L,
-
-      0,    /* module specific interface */
-
-      (FT_Module_Constructor)ft_raster1_init,
-      (FT_Module_Destructor) 0,
-      (FT_Module_Requester)  0
-    },
-
-    FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE,
-
-    (FT_Renderer_RenderFunc)   ft_raster1_render,
-    (FT_Renderer_TransformFunc)ft_raster1_transform,
-    (FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc)  ft_raster1_get_cbox,
-    (FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc)  ft_raster1_set_mode,
-
-    (FT_Raster_Funcs*)    &ft_standard_raster
-  };
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/ftrend1.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/ftrend1.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 76e9a5f..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/ftrend1.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftrend1.h                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    The FreeType glyph rasterizer interface (specification).             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001 by                                                 */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __FTREND1_H__
-#define __FTREND1_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_RENDER_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  FT_EXPORT_VAR( const FT_Renderer_Class )  ft_raster1_renderer_class;
-
-  /* this renderer is _NOT_ part of the default modules, you'll need */
-  /* to register it by hand in your application.  It should only be  */
-  /* used for backwards-compatibility with FT 1.x anyway.            */
-  /*                                                                 */
-  FT_EXPORT_VAR( const FT_Renderer_Class )  ft_raster5_renderer_class;
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __FTREND1_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/module.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/module.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 59c737b..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/module.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 renderer module definition
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2006 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-FTMODULE_H_COMMANDS += RASTER_MODULE
-
-define RASTER_MODULE
-$(OPEN_DRIVER)ft_raster1_renderer_class$(CLOSE_DRIVER)
-$(ECHO_DRIVER)raster    $(ECHO_DRIVER_DESC)monochrome bitmap renderer$(ECHO_DRIVER_DONE)
-endef
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/raster.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/raster.c
deleted file mode 100644
index f13a67a..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/raster.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  raster.c                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType monochrome rasterer module component (body only).           */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001 by                                                 */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#define FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include "ftraster.c"
-#include "ftrend1.c"
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/rasterrs.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/rasterrs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 5df9a7a..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/rasterrs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  rasterrs.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    monochrome renderer error codes (specification only).                */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2001 by                                                      */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This file is used to define the monochrome renderer error enumeration */
-  /* constants.                                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef __RASTERRS_H__
-#define __RASTERRS_H__
-
-#include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
-
-#undef __FTERRORS_H__
-
-#define FT_ERR_PREFIX  Raster_Err_
-#define FT_ERR_BASE    FT_Mod_Err_Raster
-
-#include FT_ERRORS_H
-
-#endif /* __RASTERRS_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/rules.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/rules.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 0dc8782..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/rules.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 renderer module build rules
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2001, 2003 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-# raster driver directory
-#
-RASTER_DIR := $(SRC_DIR)/raster
-
-# compilation flags for the driver
-#
-RASTER_COMPILE := $(FT_COMPILE) $I$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$(RASTER_DIR))
-
-
-# raster driver sources (i.e., C files)
-#
-RASTER_DRV_SRC := $(RASTER_DIR)/ftraster.c \
-                  $(RASTER_DIR)/ftrend1.c
-
-
-# raster driver headers
-#
-RASTER_DRV_H := $(RASTER_DRV_SRC:%.c=%.h) \
-                $(RASTER_DIR)/rasterrs.h
-
-
-# raster driver object(s)
-#
-#   RASTER_DRV_OBJ_M is used during `multi' builds.
-#   RASTER_DRV_OBJ_S is used during `single' builds.
-#
-RASTER_DRV_OBJ_M := $(RASTER_DRV_SRC:$(RASTER_DIR)/%.c=$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O)
-RASTER_DRV_OBJ_S := $(OBJ_DIR)/raster.$O
-
-# raster driver source file for single build
-#
-RASTER_DRV_SRC_S := $(RASTER_DIR)/raster.c
-
-
-# raster driver - single object
-#
-$(RASTER_DRV_OBJ_S): $(RASTER_DRV_SRC_S) $(RASTER_DRV_SRC) \
-                     $(FREETYPE_H) $(RASTER_DRV_H)
-	$(RASTER_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $(RASTER_DRV_SRC_S))
-
-
-# raster driver - multiple objects
-#
-$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O: $(RASTER_DIR)/%.c $(FREETYPE_H) $(RASTER_DRV_H)
-	$(RASTER_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $<)
-
-
-# update main driver object lists
-#
-DRV_OBJS_S += $(RASTER_DRV_OBJ_S)
-DRV_OBJS_M += $(RASTER_DRV_OBJ_M)
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/Jamfile b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/Jamfile
deleted file mode 100644
index 6b8a401..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/Jamfile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-# FreeType 2 src/sfnt Jamfile
-#
-# Copyright 2001, 2002, 2004, 2005 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-SubDir  FT2_TOP $(FT2_SRC_DIR) sfnt ;
-
-{
-  local  _sources ;
-
-  if $(FT2_MULTI)
-  {
-    _sources = sfobjs sfdriver ttcmap ttpost ttload ttsbit ttkern ttbdf ;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    _sources = sfnt ;
-  }
-
-  Library  $(FT2_LIB) : $(_sources).c ;
-}
-
-# end of src/sfnt Jamfile
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/module.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/module.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index d339138..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/module.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 SFNT module definition
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2006 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-FTMODULE_H_COMMANDS += SFNT_MODULE
-
-define SFNT_MODULE
-$(OPEN_DRIVER)sfnt_module_class$(CLOSE_DRIVER)
-$(ECHO_DRIVER)sfnt      $(ECHO_DRIVER_DESC)helper module for TrueType & OpenType formats$(ECHO_DRIVER_DONE)
-endef
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/rules.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/rules.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index ff7840e..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/rules.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 SFNT driver configuration rules
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-# SFNT driver directory
-#
-SFNT_DIR := $(SRC_DIR)/sfnt
-
-
-# compilation flags for the driver
-#
-SFNT_COMPILE := $(FT_COMPILE) $I$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$(SFNT_DIR))
-
-
-# SFNT driver sources (i.e., C files)
-#
-SFNT_DRV_SRC := $(SFNT_DIR)/ttload.c   \
-                $(SFNT_DIR)/ttmtx.c    \
-                $(SFNT_DIR)/ttcmap.c   \
-                $(SFNT_DIR)/ttsbit.c   \
-                $(SFNT_DIR)/ttpost.c   \
-                $(SFNT_DIR)/ttkern.c   \
-                $(SFNT_DIR)/ttbdf.c    \
-                $(SFNT_DIR)/sfobjs.c   \
-                $(SFNT_DIR)/sfdriver.c
-
-# SFNT driver headers
-#
-SFNT_DRV_H := $(SFNT_DRV_SRC:%c=%h) \
-              $(SFNT_DIR)/sferrors.h
-
-
-# SFNT driver object(s)
-#
-#   SFNT_DRV_OBJ_M is used during `multi' builds.
-#   SFNT_DRV_OBJ_S is used during `single' builds.
-#
-SFNT_DRV_OBJ_M := $(SFNT_DRV_SRC:$(SFNT_DIR)/%.c=$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O)
-SFNT_DRV_OBJ_S := $(OBJ_DIR)/sfnt.$O
-
-# SFNT driver source file for single build
-#
-SFNT_DRV_SRC_S := $(SFNT_DIR)/sfnt.c
-
-
-# SFNT driver - single object
-#
-$(SFNT_DRV_OBJ_S): $(SFNT_DRV_SRC_S) $(SFNT_DRV_SRC) \
-                   $(FREETYPE_H) $(SFNT_DRV_H)
-	$(SFNT_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $(SFNT_DRV_SRC_S))
-
-
-# SFNT driver - multiple objects
-#
-$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O: $(SFNT_DIR)/%.c $(FREETYPE_H) $(SFNT_DRV_H)
-	$(SFNT_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $<)
-
-
-# update main driver object lists
-#
-DRV_OBJS_S += $(SFNT_DRV_OBJ_S)
-DRV_OBJS_M += $(SFNT_DRV_OBJ_M)
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/sfdriver.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/sfdriver.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 5ba22a6..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/sfdriver.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,618 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  sfdriver.c                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    High-level SFNT driver interface (body).                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by             */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_SFNT_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-
-#include "sfdriver.h"
-#include "ttload.h"
-#include "sfobjs.h"
-
-#include "sferrors.h"
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS
-#include "ttsbit.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES
-#include "ttpost.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF
-#include "ttbdf.h"
-#include FT_SERVICE_BDF_H
-#endif
-
-#include "ttcmap.h"
-#include "ttkern.h"
-#include "ttmtx.h"
-
-#include FT_SERVICE_GLYPH_DICT_H
-#include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_NAME_H
-#include FT_SERVICE_SFNT_H
-#include FT_SERVICE_TT_CMAP_H
-
-
- /*
-  *  SFNT TABLE SERVICE
-  *
-  */
-
-  static void*
-  get_sfnt_table( TT_Face      face,
-                  FT_Sfnt_Tag  tag )
-  {
-    void*  table;
-
-
-    switch ( tag )
-    {
-    case ft_sfnt_head:
-      table = &face->header;
-      break;
-
-    case ft_sfnt_hhea:
-      table = &face->horizontal;
-      break;
-
-    case ft_sfnt_vhea:
-      table = face->vertical_info ? &face->vertical : 0;
-      break;
-
-    case ft_sfnt_os2:
-      table = face->os2.version == 0xFFFFU ? 0 : &face->os2;
-      break;
-
-    case ft_sfnt_post:
-      table = &face->postscript;
-      break;
-
-    case ft_sfnt_maxp:
-      table = &face->max_profile;
-      break;
-
-    case ft_sfnt_pclt:
-      table = face->pclt.Version ? &face->pclt : 0;
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      table = 0;
-    }
-
-    return table;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  sfnt_table_info( TT_Face    face,
-                   FT_UInt    idx,
-                   FT_ULong  *tag,
-                   FT_ULong  *length )
-  {
-    if ( !tag || !length )
-      return SFNT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    if ( idx >= face->num_tables )
-      return SFNT_Err_Table_Missing;
-
-    *tag    = face->dir_tables[idx].Tag;
-    *length = face->dir_tables[idx].Length;
-
-    return SFNT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  static const FT_Service_SFNT_TableRec  sfnt_service_sfnt_table =
-  {
-    (FT_SFNT_TableLoadFunc)tt_face_load_any,
-    (FT_SFNT_TableGetFunc) get_sfnt_table,
-    (FT_SFNT_TableInfoFunc)sfnt_table_info
-  };
-
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES
-
- /*
-  *  GLYPH DICT SERVICE
-  *
-  */
-
-  static FT_Error
-  sfnt_get_glyph_name( TT_Face     face,
-                       FT_UInt     glyph_index,
-                       FT_Pointer  buffer,
-                       FT_UInt     buffer_max )
-  {
-    FT_String*  gname;
-    FT_Error    error;
-
-
-    error = tt_face_get_ps_name( face, glyph_index, &gname );
-    if ( !error )
-      FT_STRCPYN( buffer, gname, buffer_max );
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static const FT_Service_GlyphDictRec  sfnt_service_glyph_dict =
-  {
-    (FT_GlyphDict_GetNameFunc)  sfnt_get_glyph_name,
-    (FT_GlyphDict_NameIndexFunc)NULL
-  };
-
-#endif /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES */
-
-
- /*
-  *  POSTSCRIPT NAME SERVICE
-  *
-  */
-
-  static const char*
-  sfnt_get_ps_name( TT_Face  face )
-  {
-    FT_Int       n, found_win, found_apple;
-    const char*  result = NULL;
-
-
-    /* shouldn't happen, but just in case to avoid memory leaks */
-    if ( face->postscript_name )
-      return face->postscript_name;
-
-    /* scan the name table to see whether we have a Postscript name here, */
-    /* either in Macintosh or Windows platform encodings                  */
-    found_win   = -1;
-    found_apple = -1;
-
-    for ( n = 0; n < face->num_names; n++ )
-    {
-      TT_NameEntryRec*  name = face->name_table.names + n;
-
-
-      if ( name->nameID == 6 && name->stringLength > 0 )
-      {
-        if ( name->platformID == 3     &&
-             name->encodingID == 1     &&
-             name->languageID == 0x409 )
-          found_win = n;
-
-        if ( name->platformID == 1 &&
-             name->encodingID == 0 &&
-             name->languageID == 0 )
-          found_apple = n;
-      }
-    }
-
-    if ( found_win != -1 )
-    {
-      FT_Memory         memory = face->root.memory;
-      TT_NameEntryRec*  name   = face->name_table.names + found_win;
-      FT_UInt           len    = name->stringLength / 2;
-      FT_Error          error  = SFNT_Err_Ok;
-
-      FT_UNUSED( error );
-
-
-      if ( !FT_ALLOC( result, name->stringLength + 1 ) )
-      {
-        FT_Stream   stream = face->name_table.stream;
-        FT_String*  r      = (FT_String*)result;
-        FT_Byte*    p      = (FT_Byte*)name->string;
-
-
-        if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( name->stringOffset ) ||
-             FT_FRAME_ENTER( name->stringLength ) )
-        {
-          FT_FREE( result );
-          name->stringLength = 0;
-          name->stringOffset = 0;
-          FT_FREE( name->string );
-
-          goto Exit;
-        }
-
-        p = (FT_Byte*)stream->cursor;
-
-        for ( ; len > 0; len--, p += 2 )
-        {
-          if ( p[0] == 0 && p[1] >= 32 && p[1] < 128 )
-            *r++ = p[1];
-        }
-        *r = '\0';
-
-        FT_FRAME_EXIT();
-      }
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    if ( found_apple != -1 )
-    {
-      FT_Memory         memory = face->root.memory;
-      TT_NameEntryRec*  name   = face->name_table.names + found_apple;
-      FT_UInt           len    = name->stringLength;
-      FT_Error          error  = SFNT_Err_Ok;
-
-      FT_UNUSED( error );
-
-
-      if ( !FT_ALLOC( result, len + 1 ) )
-      {
-        FT_Stream  stream = face->name_table.stream;
-
-
-        if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( name->stringOffset ) ||
-             FT_STREAM_READ( result, len )        )
-        {
-          name->stringOffset = 0;
-          name->stringLength = 0;
-          FT_FREE( name->string );
-          FT_FREE( result );
-          goto Exit;
-        }
-        ((char*)result)[len] = '\0';
-      }
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    face->postscript_name = result;
-    return result;
-  }
-
-  static const FT_Service_PsFontNameRec  sfnt_service_ps_name =
-  {
-    (FT_PsName_GetFunc)sfnt_get_ps_name
-  };
-
-
-  /*
-   *  TT CMAP INFO
-   */
-  static const FT_Service_TTCMapsRec  tt_service_get_cmap_info =
-  {
-    (TT_CMap_Info_GetFunc)tt_get_cmap_info
-  };
-
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF
-
-  static FT_Error
-  sfnt_get_charset_id( TT_Face       face,
-                       const char*  *acharset_encoding,
-                       const char*  *acharset_registry )
-  {
-    BDF_PropertyRec  encoding, registry;
-    FT_Error         error;
-
-
-    /* XXX: I don't know whether this is correct, since
-     *      tt_face_find_bdf_prop only returns something correct if we have
-     *      previously selected a size that is listed in the BDF table.
-     *      Should we change the BDF table format to include single offsets
-     *      for `CHARSET_REGISTRY' and `CHARSET_ENCODING'?
-     */
-    error = tt_face_find_bdf_prop( face, "CHARSET_REGISTRY", ®istry );
-    if ( !error )
-    {
-      error = tt_face_find_bdf_prop( face, "CHARSET_ENCODING", &encoding );
-      if ( !error )
-      {
-        if ( registry.type == BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM &&
-             encoding.type == BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM )
-        {
-          *acharset_encoding = encoding.u.atom;
-          *acharset_registry = registry.u.atom;
-        }
-        else
-          error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-      }
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static const FT_Service_BDFRec  sfnt_service_bdf =
-  {
-    (FT_BDF_GetCharsetIdFunc) sfnt_get_charset_id,
-    (FT_BDF_GetPropertyFunc)  tt_face_find_bdf_prop,
-  };
-
-#endif /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF */
-
-
-  /*
-   *  SERVICE LIST
-   */
-
-  static const FT_ServiceDescRec  sfnt_services[] =
-  {
-    { FT_SERVICE_ID_SFNT_TABLE,           &sfnt_service_sfnt_table },
-    { FT_SERVICE_ID_POSTSCRIPT_FONT_NAME, &sfnt_service_ps_name },
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES
-    { FT_SERVICE_ID_GLYPH_DICT,           &sfnt_service_glyph_dict },
-#endif
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF
-    { FT_SERVICE_ID_BDF,                  &sfnt_service_bdf },
-#endif
-    { FT_SERVICE_ID_TT_CMAP,              &tt_service_get_cmap_info },
-
-    { NULL, NULL }
-  };
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Module_Interface )
-  sfnt_get_interface( FT_Module    module,
-                      const char*  module_interface )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( module );
-
-    return ft_service_list_lookup( sfnt_services, module_interface );
-  }
-
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_load_sfnt_header_stub( TT_Face      face,
-                                 FT_Stream    stream,
-                                 FT_Long      face_index,
-                                 SFNT_Header  header )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( face );
-    FT_UNUSED( stream );
-    FT_UNUSED( face_index );
-    FT_UNUSED( header );
-
-    return FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_load_directory_stub( TT_Face      face,
-                               FT_Stream    stream,
-                               SFNT_Header  header )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( face );
-    FT_UNUSED( stream );
-    FT_UNUSED( header );
-
-    return FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_load_hdmx_stub( TT_Face    face,
-                          FT_Stream  stream )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( face );
-    FT_UNUSED( stream );
-
-    return FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
-  tt_face_free_hdmx_stub( TT_Face  face )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( face );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_set_sbit_strike_stub( TT_Face    face,
-                                FT_UInt    x_ppem,
-                                FT_UInt    y_ppem,
-                                FT_ULong*  astrike_index )
-  {
-    /*
-     * We simply forge a FT_Size_Request and call the real function
-     * that does all the work.
-     *
-     * This stub might be called by libXfont in the X.Org Xserver,
-     * compiled against version 2.1.8 or newer.
-     */
-
-    FT_Size_RequestRec  req;
-
-
-    req.type           = FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_NOMINAL;
-    req.width          = (FT_F26Dot6)x_ppem;
-    req.height         = (FT_F26Dot6)y_ppem;
-    req.horiResolution = 0;
-    req.vertResolution = 0;
-
-    *astrike_index = 0x7FFFFFFFUL;
-
-    return tt_face_set_sbit_strike( face, &req, astrike_index );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_load_sbit_stub( TT_Face    face,
-                          FT_Stream  stream )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( face );
-    FT_UNUSED( stream );
-
-    /*
-     *  This function was originally implemented to load the sbit table.
-     *  However, it has been replaced by `tt_face_load_eblc', and this stub
-     *  is only there for some rogue clients which would want to call it
-     *  directly (which doesn't make much sense).
-     */
-    return FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
-  tt_face_free_sbit_stub( TT_Face  face )
-  {
-    /* nothing to do in this stub */
-    FT_UNUSED( face );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_load_charmap_stub( TT_Face    face,
-                             void*      cmap,
-                             FT_Stream  input )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( face );
-    FT_UNUSED( cmap );
-    FT_UNUSED( input );
-
-    return FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_free_charmap_stub( TT_Face  face,
-                             void*    cmap )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( face );
-    FT_UNUSED( cmap );
-
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
-
-
-  static
-  const SFNT_Interface  sfnt_interface =
-  {
-    tt_face_goto_table,
-
-    sfnt_init_face,
-    sfnt_load_face,
-    sfnt_done_face,
-    sfnt_get_interface,
-
-    tt_face_load_any,
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
-    tt_face_load_sfnt_header_stub,
-    tt_face_load_directory_stub,
-#endif
-
-    tt_face_load_head,
-    tt_face_load_hhea,
-    tt_face_load_cmap,
-    tt_face_load_maxp,
-    tt_face_load_os2,
-    tt_face_load_post,
-
-    tt_face_load_name,
-    tt_face_free_name,
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
-    tt_face_load_hdmx_stub,
-    tt_face_free_hdmx_stub,
-#endif
-
-    tt_face_load_kern,
-    tt_face_load_gasp,
-    tt_face_load_pclt,
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS
-    /* see `ttload.h' */
-    tt_face_load_bhed,
-#else
-    0,
-#endif
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
-    tt_face_set_sbit_strike_stub,
-    tt_face_load_sbit_stub,
-
-    tt_find_sbit_image,
-    tt_load_sbit_metrics,
-#endif
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS
-    tt_face_load_sbit_image,
-#else
-    0,
-#endif
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
-    tt_face_free_sbit_stub,
-#endif
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES
-    /* see `ttpost.h' */
-    tt_face_get_ps_name,
-    tt_face_free_ps_names,
-#else
-    0,
-    0,
-#endif
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
-    tt_face_load_charmap_stub,
-    tt_face_free_charmap_stub,
-#endif
-
-    /* since version 2.1.8 */
-
-    tt_face_get_kerning,
-
-    /* since version 2.2 */
-
-    tt_face_load_font_dir,
-    tt_face_load_hmtx,
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS
-    /* see `ttsbit.h' and `sfnt.h' */
-    tt_face_load_eblc,
-    tt_face_free_eblc,
-
-    tt_face_set_sbit_strike,
-    tt_face_load_strike_metrics,
-#else
-    0,
-    0,
-    0,
-    0,
-#endif
-
-    tt_face_get_metrics
-  };
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
-  const FT_Module_Class  sfnt_module_class =
-  {
-    0,  /* not a font driver or renderer */
-    sizeof( FT_ModuleRec ),
-
-    "sfnt",     /* driver name                            */
-    0x10000L,   /* driver version 1.0                     */
-    0x20000L,   /* driver requires FreeType 2.0 or higher */
-
-    (const void*)&sfnt_interface,  /* module specific interface */
-
-    (FT_Module_Constructor)0,
-    (FT_Module_Destructor) 0,
-    (FT_Module_Requester)  sfnt_get_interface
-  };
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/sfdriver.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/sfdriver.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 92db796..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/sfdriver.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  sfdriver.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    High-level SFNT driver interface (specification).                    */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001 by                                                 */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __SFDRIVER_H__
-#define __SFDRIVER_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_MODULE_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  FT_EXPORT_VAR( const FT_Module_Class )  sfnt_module_class;
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __SFDRIVER_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/sferrors.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/sferrors.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 27f90de..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/sferrors.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  sferrors.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    SFNT error codes (specification only).                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2001, 2004 by                                                */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This file is used to define the SFNT error enumeration constants.     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef __SFERRORS_H__
-#define __SFERRORS_H__
-
-#include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
-
-#undef __FTERRORS_H__
-
-#define FT_ERR_PREFIX  SFNT_Err_
-#define FT_ERR_BASE    FT_Mod_Err_SFNT
-
-#define FT_KEEP_ERR_PREFIX
-
-#include FT_ERRORS_H
-
-#endif /* __SFERRORS_H__ */
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/sfnt.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/sfnt.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 45a820b..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/sfnt.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  sfnt.c                                                                 */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Single object library component.                                     */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 by                   */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#define FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include "ttload.c"
-#include "ttmtx.c"
-#include "ttcmap.c"
-#include "ttkern.c"
-#include "sfobjs.c"
-#include "sfdriver.c"
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS
-#include "ttsbit.c"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES
-#include "ttpost.c"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF
-#include "ttbdf.c"
-#endif
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/sfobjs.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/sfobjs.c
deleted file mode 100644
index c25b87d..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/sfobjs.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1116 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  sfobjs.c                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    SFNT object management (base).                                       */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by       */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include "sfobjs.h"
-#include "ttload.h"
-#include "ttcmap.h"
-#include "ttkern.h"
-#include FT_INTERNAL_SFNT_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-#include FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H
-#include FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H
-#include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_CMAPS_H
-#include "sferrors.h"
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF
-#include "ttbdf.h"
-#endif
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_sfobjs
-
-
-
-  /* convert a UTF-16 name entry to ASCII */
-  static FT_String*
-  tt_name_entry_ascii_from_utf16( TT_NameEntry  entry,
-                                  FT_Memory     memory )
-  {
-    FT_String*  string;
-    FT_UInt     len, code, n;
-    FT_Byte*    read = (FT_Byte*)entry->string;
-    FT_Error    error;
-
-
-    len = (FT_UInt)entry->stringLength / 2;
-
-    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( string, len + 1 ) )
-      return NULL;
-
-    for ( n = 0; n < len; n++ )
-    {
-      code = FT_NEXT_USHORT( read );
-      if ( code < 32 || code > 127 )
-        code = '?';
-
-      string[n] = (char)code;
-    }
-
-    string[len] = 0;
-
-    return string;
-  }
-
-
-  /* convert an Apple Roman or symbol name entry to ASCII */
-  static FT_String*
-  tt_name_entry_ascii_from_other( TT_NameEntry  entry,
-                                  FT_Memory     memory )
-  {
-    FT_String*  string;
-    FT_UInt     len, code, n;
-    FT_Byte*    read = (FT_Byte*)entry->string;
-    FT_Error    error;
-
-
-    len = (FT_UInt)entry->stringLength;
-
-    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( string, len + 1 ) )
-      return NULL;
-
-    for ( n = 0; n < len; n++ )
-    {
-      code = *read++;
-      if ( code < 32 || code > 127 )
-        code = '?';
-
-      string[n] = (char)code;
-    }
-
-    string[len] = 0;
-
-    return string;
-  }
-
-
-  typedef FT_String*  (*TT_NameEntry_ConvertFunc)( TT_NameEntry  entry,
-                                                   FT_Memory     memory );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    tt_face_get_name                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Returns a given ENGLISH name record in ASCII.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face   :: A handle to the source face object.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    nameid :: The name id of the name record to return.                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    Character string.  NULL if no name is present.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static FT_String*
-  tt_face_get_name( TT_Face    face,
-                    FT_UShort  nameid )
-  {
-    FT_Memory         memory = face->root.memory;
-    FT_String*        result = NULL;
-    FT_UShort         n;
-    TT_NameEntryRec*  rec;
-    FT_Int            found_apple         = -1;
-    FT_Int            found_apple_roman   = -1;
-    FT_Int            found_apple_english = -1;
-    FT_Int            found_win           = -1;
-    FT_Int            found_unicode       = -1;
-
-    FT_Bool           is_english = 0;
-
-    TT_NameEntry_ConvertFunc  convert;
-
-
-    rec = face->name_table.names;
-    for ( n = 0; n < face->num_names; n++, rec++ )
-    {
-      /* According to the OpenType 1.3 specification, only Microsoft or  */
-      /* Apple platform IDs might be used in the `name' table.  The      */
-      /* `Unicode' platform is reserved for the `cmap' table, and the    */
-      /* `Iso' one is deprecated.                                        */
-      /*                                                                 */
-      /* However, the Apple TrueType specification doesn't say the same  */
-      /* thing and goes to suggest that all Unicode `name' table entries */
-      /* should be coded in UTF-16 (in big-endian format I suppose).     */
-      /*                                                                 */
-      if ( rec->nameID == nameid && rec->stringLength > 0 )
-      {
-        switch ( rec->platformID )
-        {
-        case TT_PLATFORM_APPLE_UNICODE:
-        case TT_PLATFORM_ISO:
-          /* there is `languageID' to check there.  We should use this */
-          /* field only as a last solution when nothing else is        */
-          /* available.                                                */
-          /*                                                           */
-          found_unicode = n;
-          break;
-
-        case TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH:
-          /* This is a bit special because some fonts will use either    */
-          /* an English language id, or a Roman encoding id, to indicate */
-          /* the English version of its font name.                       */
-          /*                                                             */
-          if ( rec->languageID == TT_MAC_LANGID_ENGLISH )
-            found_apple_english = n;
-          else if ( rec->encodingID == TT_MAC_ID_ROMAN )
-            found_apple_roman = n;
-          break;
-
-        case TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT:
-          /* we only take a non-English name when there is nothing */
-          /* else available in the font                            */
-          /*                                                       */
-          if ( found_win == -1 || ( rec->languageID & 0x3FF ) == 0x009 )
-          {
-            switch ( rec->encodingID )
-            {
-            case TT_MS_ID_SYMBOL_CS:
-            case TT_MS_ID_UNICODE_CS:
-            case TT_MS_ID_UCS_4:
-              is_english = FT_BOOL( ( rec->languageID & 0x3FF ) == 0x009 );
-              found_win  = n;
-              break;
-
-            default:
-              ;
-            }
-          }
-          break;
-
-        default:
-          ;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    found_apple = found_apple_roman;
-    if ( found_apple_english >= 0 )
-      found_apple = found_apple_english;
-
-    /* some fonts contain invalid Unicode or Macintosh formatted entries; */
-    /* we will thus favor names encoded in Windows formats if available   */
-    /* (provided it is an English name)                                   */
-    /*                                                                    */
-    convert = NULL;
-    if ( found_win >= 0 && !( found_apple >= 0 && !is_english ) )
-    {
-      rec = face->name_table.names + found_win;
-      switch ( rec->encodingID )
-      {
-        /* all Unicode strings are encoded using UTF-16BE */
-      case TT_MS_ID_UNICODE_CS:
-      case TT_MS_ID_SYMBOL_CS:
-        convert = tt_name_entry_ascii_from_utf16;
-        break;
-
-      case TT_MS_ID_UCS_4:
-        /* Apparently, if this value is found in a name table entry, it is */
-        /* documented as `full Unicode repertoire'.  Experience with the   */
-        /* MsGothic font shipped with Windows Vista shows that this really */
-        /* means UTF-16 encoded names (UCS-4 values are only used within   */
-        /* charmaps).                                                      */
-        convert = tt_name_entry_ascii_from_utf16;
-        break;
-
-      default:
-        ;
-      }
-    }
-    else if ( found_apple >= 0 )
-    {
-      rec     = face->name_table.names + found_apple;
-      convert = tt_name_entry_ascii_from_other;
-    }
-    else if ( found_unicode >= 0 )
-    {
-      rec     = face->name_table.names + found_unicode;
-      convert = tt_name_entry_ascii_from_utf16;
-    }
-
-    if ( rec && convert )
-    {
-      if ( rec->string == NULL )
-      {
-        FT_Error   error  = SFNT_Err_Ok;
-        FT_Stream  stream = face->name_table.stream;
-
-        FT_UNUSED( error );
-
-
-        if ( FT_QNEW_ARRAY ( rec->string, rec->stringLength ) ||
-             FT_STREAM_SEEK( rec->stringOffset )              ||
-             FT_STREAM_READ( rec->string, rec->stringLength ) )
-        {
-          FT_FREE( rec->string );
-          rec->stringLength = 0;
-          result            = NULL;
-          goto Exit;
-        }
-      }
-
-      result = convert( rec, memory );
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Encoding
-  sfnt_find_encoding( int  platform_id,
-                      int  encoding_id )
-  {
-    typedef struct  TEncoding_
-    {
-      int          platform_id;
-      int          encoding_id;
-      FT_Encoding  encoding;
-
-    } TEncoding;
-
-    static
-    const TEncoding  tt_encodings[] =
-    {
-      { TT_PLATFORM_ISO,           -1,                  FT_ENCODING_UNICODE },
-
-      { TT_PLATFORM_APPLE_UNICODE, -1,                  FT_ENCODING_UNICODE },
-
-      { TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH,     TT_MAC_ID_ROMAN,     FT_ENCODING_APPLE_ROMAN },
-
-      { TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT,     TT_MS_ID_SYMBOL_CS,  FT_ENCODING_MS_SYMBOL },
-      { TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT,     TT_MS_ID_UCS_4,      FT_ENCODING_UNICODE },
-      { TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT,     TT_MS_ID_UNICODE_CS, FT_ENCODING_UNICODE },
-      { TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT,     TT_MS_ID_SJIS,       FT_ENCODING_SJIS },
-      { TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT,     TT_MS_ID_GB2312,     FT_ENCODING_GB2312 },
-      { TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT,     TT_MS_ID_BIG_5,      FT_ENCODING_BIG5 },
-      { TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT,     TT_MS_ID_WANSUNG,    FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG },
-      { TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT,     TT_MS_ID_JOHAB,      FT_ENCODING_JOHAB }
-    };
-
-    const TEncoding  *cur, *limit;
-
-
-    cur   = tt_encodings;
-    limit = cur + sizeof ( tt_encodings ) / sizeof ( tt_encodings[0] );
-
-    for ( ; cur < limit; cur++ )
-    {
-      if ( cur->platform_id == platform_id )
-      {
-        if ( cur->encoding_id == encoding_id ||
-             cur->encoding_id == -1          )
-          return cur->encoding;
-      }
-    }
-
-    return FT_ENCODING_NONE;
-  }
-
-
-  /* Fill in face->ttc_header.  If the font is not a TTC, it is */
-  /* synthesized into a TTC with one offset table.              */
-  static FT_Error
-  sfnt_open_font( FT_Stream  stream,
-                  TT_Face    face )
-  {
-    FT_Memory  memory = stream->memory;
-    FT_Error   error;
-    FT_ULong   tag, offset;
-
-    static const FT_Frame_Field  ttc_header_fields[] =
-    {
-#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
-#define FT_STRUCTURE  TTC_HeaderRec
-
-      FT_FRAME_START( 8 ),
-        FT_FRAME_LONG( version ),
-        FT_FRAME_LONG( count   ),
-      FT_FRAME_END
-    };
-
-
-    face->ttc_header.tag     = 0;
-    face->ttc_header.version = 0;
-    face->ttc_header.count   = 0;
-
-    offset = FT_STREAM_POS();
-
-    if ( FT_READ_ULONG( tag ) )
-      return error;
-
-    if ( tag != 0x00010000UL                      &&
-         tag != TTAG_ttcf                         &&
-         tag != FT_MAKE_TAG( 'O', 'T', 'T', 'O' ) &&
-         tag != TTAG_true                         &&
-         tag != 0x00020000UL                      )
-      return SFNT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
-
-    face->ttc_header.tag = TTAG_ttcf;
-
-    if ( tag == TTAG_ttcf )
-    {
-      FT_Int  n;
-
-
-      FT_TRACE3(( "sfnt_open_font: file is a collection\n" ));
-
-      if ( FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( ttc_header_fields, &face->ttc_header ) )
-        return error;
-
-      /* now read the offsets of each font in the file */
-      if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( face->ttc_header.offsets, face->ttc_header.count ) )
-        return error;
-
-      if ( FT_FRAME_ENTER( face->ttc_header.count * 4L ) )
-        return error;
-
-      for ( n = 0; n < face->ttc_header.count; n++ )
-        face->ttc_header.offsets[n] = FT_GET_ULONG();
-
-      FT_FRAME_EXIT();
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      FT_TRACE3(( "sfnt_open_font: synthesize TTC\n" ));
-
-      face->ttc_header.version = 1 << 16;
-      face->ttc_header.count   = 1;
-
-      if ( FT_NEW( face->ttc_header.offsets) )
-        return error;
-
-      face->ttc_header.offsets[0] = offset;
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  sfnt_init_face( FT_Stream      stream,
-                  TT_Face        face,
-                  FT_Int         face_index,
-                  FT_Int         num_params,
-                  FT_Parameter*  params )
-  {
-    FT_Error        error;
-    FT_Library      library = face->root.driver->root.library;
-    SFNT_Service    sfnt;
-
-
-    /* for now, parameters are unused */
-    FT_UNUSED( num_params );
-    FT_UNUSED( params );
-
-
-    sfnt = (SFNT_Service)face->sfnt;
-    if ( !sfnt )
-    {
-      sfnt = (SFNT_Service)FT_Get_Module_Interface( library, "sfnt" );
-      if ( !sfnt )
-        return SFNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-
-      face->sfnt       = sfnt;
-      face->goto_table = sfnt->goto_table;
-    }
-
-    FT_FACE_FIND_GLOBAL_SERVICE( face, face->psnames, POSTSCRIPT_CMAPS );
-
-    error = sfnt_open_font( stream, face );
-    if ( error )
-      return error;
-
-    FT_TRACE2(( "sfnt_init_face: %08p, %ld\n", face, face_index ));
-
-    if ( face_index < 0 )
-      face_index = 0;
-
-    if ( face_index >= face->ttc_header.count )
-        return SFNT_Err_Bad_Argument;
-
-    if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( face->ttc_header.offsets[face_index] ) )
-      return error;
-
-    /* check that we have a valid TrueType file */
-    error = sfnt->load_font_dir( face, stream );
-    if ( error )
-      return error;
-
-    face->root.num_faces = face->ttc_header.count;
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-#define LOAD_( x )                                            \
-  do {                                                        \
-    FT_TRACE2(( "`" #x "' " ));                               \
-    FT_TRACE3(( "-->\n" ));                                   \
-                                                              \
-    error = sfnt->load_##x( face, stream );                   \
-                                                              \
-    FT_TRACE2(( "%s\n", ( !error )                            \
-                        ? "loaded"                            \
-                        : ( error == SFNT_Err_Table_Missing ) \
-                          ? "missing"                         \
-                          : "failed to load" ));              \
-    FT_TRACE3(( "\n" ));                                      \
-  } while ( 0 )
-
-#define LOADM_( x, vertical )                                 \
-  do {                                                        \
-    FT_TRACE2(( "`%s" #x "' ",                                \
-                vertical ? "vertical " : "" ));               \
-    FT_TRACE3(( "-->\n" ));                                   \
-                                                              \
-    error = sfnt->load_##x( face, stream, vertical );         \
-                                                              \
-    FT_TRACE2(( "%s\n", ( !error )                            \
-                        ? "loaded"                            \
-                        : ( error == SFNT_Err_Table_Missing ) \
-                          ? "missing"                         \
-                          : "failed to load" ));              \
-    FT_TRACE3(( "\n" ));                                      \
-  } while ( 0 )
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  sfnt_load_face( FT_Stream      stream,
-                  TT_Face        face,
-                  FT_Int         face_index,
-                  FT_Int         num_params,
-                  FT_Parameter*  params )
-  {
-    FT_Error      error, psnames_error;
-    FT_Bool       has_outline;
-    FT_Bool       is_apple_sbit;
-
-    SFNT_Service  sfnt = (SFNT_Service)face->sfnt;
-
-    FT_UNUSED( face_index );
-    FT_UNUSED( num_params );
-    FT_UNUSED( params );
-
-
-    /* Load tables */
-
-    /* We now support two SFNT-based bitmapped font formats.  They */
-    /* are recognized easily as they do not include a `glyf'       */
-    /* table.                                                      */
-    /*                                                             */
-    /* The first format comes from Apple, and uses a table named   */
-    /* `bhed' instead of `head' to store the font header (using    */
-    /* the same format).  It also doesn't include horizontal and   */
-    /* vertical metrics tables (i.e. `hhea' and `vhea' tables are  */
-    /* missing).                                                   */
-    /*                                                             */
-    /* The other format comes from Microsoft, and is used with     */
-    /* WinCE/PocketPC.  It looks like a standard TTF, except that  */
-    /* it doesn't contain outlines.                                */
-    /*                                                             */
-
-    FT_TRACE2(( "sfnt_load_face: %08p\n\n", face ));
-
-    /* do we have outlines in there? */
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
-    has_outline   = FT_BOOL( face->root.internal->incremental_interface != 0 ||
-                             tt_face_lookup_table( face, TTAG_glyf )    != 0 ||
-                             tt_face_lookup_table( face, TTAG_CFF )     != 0 );
-#else
-    has_outline   = FT_BOOL( tt_face_lookup_table( face, TTAG_glyf ) != 0 ||
-                             tt_face_lookup_table( face, TTAG_CFF )  != 0 );
-#endif
-
-    is_apple_sbit = 0;
-
-    /* if this font doesn't contain outlines, we try to load */
-    /* a `bhed' table                                        */
-    if ( !has_outline && sfnt->load_bhed )
-    {
-      LOAD_( bhed );
-      is_apple_sbit = FT_BOOL( !error );
-    }
-
-    /* load the font header (`head' table) if this isn't an Apple */
-    /* sbit font file                                             */
-    if ( !is_apple_sbit )
-    {
-      LOAD_( head );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    if ( face->header.Units_Per_EM == 0 )
-    {
-      error = SFNT_Err_Invalid_Table;
-
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* the following tables are often not present in embedded TrueType */
-    /* fonts within PDF documents, so don't check for them.            */
-    LOAD_( maxp );
-    LOAD_( cmap );
-
-    /* the following tables are optional in PCL fonts -- */
-    /* don't check for errors                            */
-    LOAD_( name );
-    LOAD_( post );
-    psnames_error = error;
-
-    /* do not load the metrics headers and tables if this is an Apple */
-    /* sbit font file                                                 */
-    if ( !is_apple_sbit )
-    {
-      /* load the `hhea' and `hmtx' tables */
-      LOADM_( hhea, 0 );
-      if ( !error )
-      {
-        LOADM_( hmtx, 0 );
-        if ( error == SFNT_Err_Table_Missing )
-        {
-          error = SFNT_Err_Hmtx_Table_Missing;
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
-          /* If this is an incrementally loaded font and there are */
-          /* overriding metrics, tolerate a missing `hmtx' table.  */
-          if ( face->root.internal->incremental_interface          &&
-               face->root.internal->incremental_interface->funcs->
-                 get_glyph_metrics                                 )
-          {
-            face->horizontal.number_Of_HMetrics = 0;
-            error = SFNT_Err_Ok;
-          }
-#endif
-        }
-      }
-      else if ( error == SFNT_Err_Table_Missing )
-      {
-        /* No `hhea' table necessary for SFNT Mac fonts. */
-        if ( face->format_tag == TTAG_true )
-        {
-          FT_TRACE2(( "This is an SFNT Mac font.\n" ));
-          has_outline = 0;
-          error = SFNT_Err_Ok;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          error = SFNT_Err_Horiz_Header_Missing;
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
-          /* If this is an incrementally loaded font and there are */
-          /* overriding metrics, tolerate a missing `hhea' table.  */
-          if ( face->root.internal->incremental_interface          &&
-               face->root.internal->incremental_interface->funcs->
-                 get_glyph_metrics                                 )
-          {
-            face->horizontal.number_Of_HMetrics = 0;
-            error = SFNT_Err_Ok;
-          }
-#endif
-
-        }
-      }
-
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      /* try to load the `vhea' and `vmtx' tables */
-      LOADM_( hhea, 1 );
-      if ( !error )
-      {
-        LOADM_( hmtx, 1 );
-        if ( !error )
-          face->vertical_info = 1;
-      }
-
-      if ( error && error != SFNT_Err_Table_Missing )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      LOAD_( os2 );
-      if ( error )
-      {
-        if ( error != SFNT_Err_Table_Missing )
-          goto Exit;
-
-        face->os2.version = 0xFFFFU;
-      }
-
-    }
-
-    /* the optional tables */
-
-    /* embedded bitmap support. */
-    if ( sfnt->load_eblc )
-    {
-      LOAD_( eblc );
-      if ( error )
-      {
-        /* return an error if this font file has no outlines */
-        if ( error == SFNT_Err_Table_Missing && has_outline )
-          error = SFNT_Err_Ok;
-        else
-          goto Exit;
-      }
-    }
-
-    LOAD_( pclt );
-    if ( error )
-    {
-      if ( error != SFNT_Err_Table_Missing )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      face->pclt.Version = 0;
-    }
-
-    /* consider the kerning and gasp tables as optional */
-    LOAD_( gasp );
-    LOAD_( kern );
-
-    error = SFNT_Err_Ok;
-
-    face->root.num_glyphs = face->max_profile.numGlyphs;
-
-#if 0
-    /* Bit 8 of the `fsSelection' field in the `OS/2' table denotes  */
-    /* a WWS-only font face.  `WWS' stands for `weight', width', and */
-    /* `slope', a term used by Microsoft's Windows Presentation      */
-    /* Foundation (WPF).  This flag will be introduced in version    */
-    /* 1.5 of the OpenType specification (but is already in use).    */
-
-    if ( face->os2.version != 0xFFFFU && face->os2.fsSelection & 256 )
-#endif
-    {
-      face->root.family_name =
-        tt_face_get_name( face, TT_NAME_ID_PREFERRED_FAMILY );
-      if ( !face->root.family_name )
-        face->root.family_name =
-          tt_face_get_name( face, TT_NAME_ID_FONT_FAMILY );
-
-      face->root.style_name =
-        tt_face_get_name( face, TT_NAME_ID_PREFERRED_SUBFAMILY );
-      if ( !face->root.style_name )
-        face->root.style_name =
-          tt_face_get_name( face, TT_NAME_ID_FONT_SUBFAMILY );
-    }
-#if 0
-    else
-    {
-      /* Support for `name' table ID 21 (WWS family) and 22 (WWS  */
-      /* subfamily) is still under consideration by Microsoft and */
-      /* not implemented in the current version of WPF.           */
-
-      face->root.family_name =
-        tt_face_get_name( face, TT_NAME_ID_WWS_FAMILY );
-      if ( !face->root.family_name )
-        face->root.family_name =
-          tt_face_get_name( face, TT_NAME_ID_PREFERRED_FAMILY );
-      if ( !face->root.family_name )
-        face->root.family_name =
-          tt_face_get_name( face, TT_NAME_ID_FONT_FAMILY );
-
-      face->root.style_name =
-        tt_face_get_name( face, TT_NAME_ID_WWS_SUBFAMILY );
-      if ( !face->root.style_name )
-        face->root.style_name =
-          tt_face_get_name( face, TT_NAME_ID_PREFERRED_SUBFAMILY );
-      if ( !face->root.style_name )
-        face->root.style_name =
-          tt_face_get_name( face, TT_NAME_ID_FONT_SUBFAMILY );
-    }
-#endif
-
-
-    /* now set up root fields */
-    {
-      FT_Face   root  = &face->root;
-      FT_Int32  flags = root->face_flags;
-
-
-      /*********************************************************************/
-      /*                                                                   */
-      /* Compute face flags.                                               */
-      /*                                                                   */
-      if ( has_outline == TRUE )
-        flags |= FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE;   /* scalable outlines */
-
-      /* The sfnt driver only supports bitmap fonts natively, thus we */
-      /* don't set FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTER.                               */
-      flags |= FT_FACE_FLAG_SFNT       |  /* SFNT file format  */
-               FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL;   /* horizontal data   */
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES
-      if ( psnames_error == SFNT_Err_Ok               &&
-           face->postscript.FormatType != 0x00030000L )
-        flags |= FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES;
-#endif
-
-      /* fixed width font? */
-      if ( face->postscript.isFixedPitch )
-        flags |= FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH;
-
-      /* vertical information? */
-      if ( face->vertical_info )
-        flags |= FT_FACE_FLAG_VERTICAL;
-
-      /* kerning available ? */
-      if ( TT_FACE_HAS_KERNING( face ) )
-        flags |= FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING;
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT
-      /* Don't bother to load the tables unless somebody asks for them. */
-      /* No need to do work which will (probably) not be used.          */
-      if ( tt_face_lookup_table( face, TTAG_glyf ) != 0 &&
-           tt_face_lookup_table( face, TTAG_fvar ) != 0 &&
-           tt_face_lookup_table( face, TTAG_gvar ) != 0 )
-        flags |= FT_FACE_FLAG_MULTIPLE_MASTERS;
-#endif
-
-      root->face_flags = flags;
-
-      /*********************************************************************/
-      /*                                                                   */
-      /* Compute style flags.                                              */
-      /*                                                                   */
-
-      flags = 0;
-      if ( has_outline == TRUE && face->os2.version != 0xFFFFU )
-      {
-        /* We have an OS/2 table; use the `fsSelection' field.  Bit 9   */
-        /* indicates an oblique font face.  This flag will be           */
-        /* introduced in version 1.5 of the OpenType specification (but */
-        /* is already in use).                                          */
-
-        if ( face->os2.fsSelection & 512 )       /* bit 9 */
-          flags |= FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC;
-        else if ( face->os2.fsSelection & 1 )    /* bit 0 */
-          flags |= FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC;
-
-        if ( face->os2.fsSelection & 32 )        /* bit 5 */
-          flags |= FT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLD;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        /* this is an old Mac font, use the header field */
-        if ( face->header.Mac_Style & 1 )
-          flags |= FT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLD;
-
-        if ( face->header.Mac_Style & 2 )
-          flags |= FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC;
-      }
-
-      root->style_flags = flags;
-
-      /*********************************************************************/
-      /*                                                                   */
-      /* Polish the charmaps.                                              */
-      /*                                                                   */
-      /*   Try to set the charmap encoding according to the platform &     */
-      /*   encoding ID of each charmap.                                    */
-      /*                                                                   */
-
-      tt_face_build_cmaps( face );  /* ignore errors */
-
-
-      /* set the encoding fields */
-      {
-        FT_Int  m;
-
-
-        for ( m = 0; m < root->num_charmaps; m++ )
-        {
-          FT_CharMap  charmap = root->charmaps[m];
-
-
-          charmap->encoding = sfnt_find_encoding( charmap->platform_id,
-                                                  charmap->encoding_id );
-
-#if 0
-          if ( root->charmap     == NULL &&
-               charmap->encoding == FT_ENCODING_UNICODE )
-          {
-            /* set 'root->charmap' to the first Unicode encoding we find */
-            root->charmap = charmap;
-          }
-#endif
-        }
-      }
-
-
-      /*********************************************************************/
-      /*                                                                   */
-      /*  Set up metrics.                                                  */
-      /*                                                                   */
-      if ( has_outline == TRUE )
-      {
-        /* XXX What about if outline header is missing */
-        /*     (e.g. sfnt wrapped bitmap)?             */
-        root->bbox.xMin    = face->header.xMin;
-        root->bbox.yMin    = face->header.yMin;
-        root->bbox.xMax    = face->header.xMax;
-        root->bbox.yMax    = face->header.yMax;
-        root->units_per_EM = face->header.Units_Per_EM;
-
-
-        /* XXX: Computing the ascender/descender/height is very different */
-        /*      from what the specification tells you.  Apparently, we    */
-        /*      must be careful because                                   */
-        /*                                                                */
-        /*      - not all fonts have an OS/2 table; in this case, we take */
-        /*        the values in the horizontal header.  However, these    */
-        /*        values very often are not reliable.                     */
-        /*                                                                */
-        /*      - otherwise, the correct typographic values are in the    */
-        /*        sTypoAscender, sTypoDescender & sTypoLineGap fields.    */
-        /*                                                                */
-        /*        However, certain fonts have these fields set to 0.      */
-        /*        Rather, they have usWinAscent & usWinDescent correctly  */
-        /*        set (but with different values).                        */
-        /*                                                                */
-        /*      As an example, Arial Narrow is implemented through four   */
-        /*      files ARIALN.TTF, ARIALNI.TTF, ARIALNB.TTF & ARIALNBI.TTF */
-        /*                                                                */
-        /*      Strangely, all fonts have the same values in their        */
-        /*      sTypoXXX fields, except ARIALNB which sets them to 0.     */
-        /*                                                                */
-        /*      On the other hand, they all have different                */
-        /*      usWinAscent/Descent values -- as a conclusion, the OS/2   */
-        /*      table cannot be used to compute the text height reliably! */
-        /*                                                                */
-
-        /* The ascender/descender/height are computed from the OS/2 table */
-        /* when found.  Otherwise, they're taken from the horizontal      */
-        /* header.                                                        */
-        /*                                                                */
-
-        root->ascender  = face->horizontal.Ascender;
-        root->descender = face->horizontal.Descender;
-
-        root->height    = (FT_Short)( root->ascender - root->descender +
-                                      face->horizontal.Line_Gap );
-
-#if 0
-        /* if the line_gap is 0, we add an extra 15% to the text height --  */
-        /* this computation is based on various versions of Times New Roman */
-        if ( face->horizontal.Line_Gap == 0 )
-          root->height = (FT_Short)( ( root->height * 115 + 50 ) / 100 );
-#endif
-
-#if 0
-
-        /* some fonts have the OS/2 "sTypoAscender", "sTypoDescender" & */
-        /* "sTypoLineGap" fields set to 0, like ARIALNB.TTF             */
-        if ( face->os2.version != 0xFFFFU && root->ascender )
-        {
-          FT_Int  height;
-
-
-          root->ascender  =  face->os2.sTypoAscender;
-          root->descender = -face->os2.sTypoDescender;
-
-          height = root->ascender + root->descender + face->os2.sTypoLineGap;
-          if ( height > root->height )
-            root->height = height;
-        }
-
-#endif /* 0 */
-
-        root->max_advance_width   = face->horizontal.advance_Width_Max;
-
-        root->max_advance_height  = (FT_Short)( face->vertical_info
-                                      ? face->vertical.advance_Height_Max
-                                      : root->height );
-
-        root->underline_position  = face->postscript.underlinePosition;
-        root->underline_thickness = face->postscript.underlineThickness;
-      }
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS
-
-      /*
-       *  Now allocate the root array of FT_Bitmap_Size records and
-       *  populate them.  Unfortunately, it isn't possible to indicate bit
-       *  depths in the FT_Bitmap_Size record.  This is a design error.
-       */
-      {
-        FT_UInt  i, count;
-
-
-#if !defined FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
-        count = face->sbit_num_strikes;
-#else
-        count = (FT_UInt)face->num_sbit_strikes;
-#endif
-
-        if ( count > 0 )
-        {
-          FT_Memory        memory   = face->root.stream->memory;
-          FT_UShort        em_size  = face->header.Units_Per_EM;
-          FT_Short         avgwidth = face->os2.xAvgCharWidth;
-          FT_Size_Metrics  metrics;
-
-
-          if ( em_size == 0 || face->os2.version == 0xFFFFU )
-          {
-            avgwidth = 0;
-            em_size = 1;
-          }
-
-          if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( root->available_sizes, count ) )
-            goto Exit;
-
-          for ( i = 0; i < count; i++ )
-          {
-            FT_Bitmap_Size*  bsize = root->available_sizes + i;
-
-
-            error = sfnt->load_strike_metrics( face, i, &metrics );
-            if ( error )
-              goto Exit;
-
-            bsize->height = (FT_Short)( metrics.height >> 6 );
-            bsize->width = (FT_Short)(
-                ( avgwidth * metrics.x_ppem + em_size / 2 ) / em_size );
-
-            bsize->x_ppem = metrics.x_ppem << 6;
-            bsize->y_ppem = metrics.y_ppem << 6;
-
-            /* assume 72dpi */
-            bsize->size   = metrics.y_ppem << 6;
-          }
-
-          root->face_flags     |= FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES;
-          root->num_fixed_sizes = (FT_Int)count;
-        }
-      }
-
-#endif /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS */
-
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    FT_TRACE2(( "sfnt_load_face: done\n" ));
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-#undef LOAD_
-#undef LOADM_
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  sfnt_done_face( TT_Face  face )
-  {
-    FT_Memory     memory = face->root.memory;
-    SFNT_Service  sfnt   = (SFNT_Service)face->sfnt;
-
-
-    if ( sfnt )
-    {
-      /* destroy the postscript names table if it is loaded */
-      if ( sfnt->free_psnames )
-        sfnt->free_psnames( face );
-
-      /* destroy the embedded bitmaps table if it is loaded */
-      if ( sfnt->free_eblc )
-        sfnt->free_eblc( face );
-    }
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF
-    /* freeing the embedded BDF properties */
-    tt_face_free_bdf_props( face );
-#endif
-
-    /* freeing the kerning table */
-    tt_face_done_kern( face );
-
-    /* freeing the collection table */
-    FT_FREE( face->ttc_header.offsets );
-    face->ttc_header.count = 0;
-
-    /* freeing table directory */
-    FT_FREE( face->dir_tables );
-    face->num_tables = 0;
-
-    {
-      FT_Stream  stream = FT_FACE_STREAM( face );
-
-
-      /* simply release the 'cmap' table frame */
-      FT_FRAME_RELEASE( face->cmap_table );
-      face->cmap_size = 0;
-    }
-
-    /* freeing the horizontal metrics */
-#if !defined FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
-    {
-      FT_Stream  stream = FT_FACE_STREAM( face );
-
-
-      FT_FRAME_RELEASE( face->horz_metrics );
-      FT_FRAME_RELEASE( face->vert_metrics );
-      face->horz_metrics_size = 0;
-      face->vert_metrics_size = 0;
-    }
-#else
-    FT_FREE( face->horizontal.long_metrics );
-    FT_FREE( face->horizontal.short_metrics );
-#endif
-
-    /* freeing the vertical ones, if any */
-    if ( face->vertical_info )
-    {
-      FT_FREE( face->vertical.long_metrics  );
-      FT_FREE( face->vertical.short_metrics );
-      face->vertical_info = 0;
-    }
-
-    /* freeing the gasp table */
-    FT_FREE( face->gasp.gaspRanges );
-    face->gasp.numRanges = 0;
-
-    /* freeing the name table */
-    if ( sfnt )
-      sfnt->free_name( face );
-
-    /* freeing family and style name */
-    FT_FREE( face->root.family_name );
-    FT_FREE( face->root.style_name );
-
-    /* freeing sbit size table */
-    FT_FREE( face->root.available_sizes );
-    face->root.num_fixed_sizes = 0;
-
-    FT_FREE( face->postscript_name );
-
-    face->sfnt = 0;
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/sfobjs.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/sfobjs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 6241c93..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/sfobjs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  sfobjs.h                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    SFNT object management (specification).                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002 by                                           */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __SFOBJS_H__
-#define __SFOBJS_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_SFNT_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  sfnt_init_face( FT_Stream      stream,
-                  TT_Face        face,
-                  FT_Int         face_index,
-                  FT_Int         num_params,
-                  FT_Parameter*  params );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  sfnt_load_face( FT_Stream      stream,
-                  TT_Face        face,
-                  FT_Int         face_index,
-                  FT_Int         num_params,
-                  FT_Parameter*  params );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  sfnt_done_face( TT_Face  face );
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __SFDRIVER_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttbdf.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttbdf.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 6c95387..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttbdf.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,250 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ttbdf.c                                                                */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    TrueType and OpenType embedded BDF properties (body).                */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2005, 2006 by                                                */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
-#include FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H
-#include "ttbdf.h"
-
-#include "sferrors.h"
-
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_ttbdf
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  tt_face_free_bdf_props( TT_Face  face )
-  {
-    TT_BDF  bdf = &face->bdf;
-
-
-    if ( bdf->loaded )
-    {
-      FT_Stream  stream = FT_FACE(face)->stream;
-
-
-      if ( bdf->table != NULL )
-        FT_FRAME_RELEASE( bdf->table );
-
-      bdf->table_end    = NULL;
-      bdf->strings      = NULL;
-      bdf->strings_size = 0;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  tt_face_load_bdf_props( TT_Face    face,
-                          FT_Stream  stream )
-  {
-    TT_BDF    bdf = &face->bdf;
-    FT_ULong  length;
-    FT_Error  error;
-
-
-    FT_ZERO( bdf );
-
-    error = tt_face_goto_table( face, TTAG_BDF, stream, &length );
-    if ( error                                  ||
-         length < 8                             ||
-         FT_FRAME_EXTRACT( length, bdf->table ) )
-    {
-      error = FT_Err_Invalid_Table;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    bdf->table_end = bdf->table + length;
-
-    {
-      FT_Byte*   p           = bdf->table;
-      FT_UInt    version     = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-      FT_UInt    num_strikes = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-      FT_UInt32  strings     = FT_NEXT_ULONG ( p );
-      FT_UInt    count;
-      FT_Byte*   strike;
-
-
-      if ( version != 0x0001                 ||
-           strings < 8                       ||
-           ( strings - 8 ) / 4 < num_strikes ||
-           strings + 1 > length              )
-      {
-        goto BadTable;
-      }
-
-      bdf->num_strikes  = num_strikes;
-      bdf->strings      = bdf->table + strings;
-      bdf->strings_size = length - strings;
-
-      count  = bdf->num_strikes;
-      p      = bdf->table + 8;
-      strike = p + count * 4;
-
-
-      for ( ; count > 0; count-- )
-      {
-        FT_UInt  num_items = FT_PEEK_USHORT( p + 2 );
-
-        /*
-         *  We don't need to check the value sets themselves, since this
-         *  is done later.
-         */
-        strike += 10 * num_items;
-
-        p += 4;
-      }
-
-      if ( strike > bdf->strings )
-        goto BadTable;
-    }
-
-    bdf->loaded = 1;
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-
-  BadTable:
-    FT_FRAME_RELEASE( bdf->table );
-    FT_ZERO( bdf );
-    error = FT_Err_Invalid_Table;
-    goto Exit;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_find_bdf_prop( TT_Face           face,
-                         const char*       property_name,
-                         BDF_PropertyRec  *aprop )
-  {
-    TT_BDF    bdf   = &face->bdf;
-    FT_Size   size  = FT_FACE(face)->size;
-    FT_Error  error = 0;
-    FT_Byte*  p;
-    FT_UInt   count;
-    FT_Byte*  strike;
-    FT_UInt   property_len;
-
-
-    aprop->type = BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE;
-
-    if ( bdf->loaded == 0 )
-    {
-      error = tt_face_load_bdf_props( face, FT_FACE( face )->stream );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    count  = bdf->num_strikes;
-    p      = bdf->table + 8;
-    strike = p + 4 * count;
-
-    error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    if ( size == NULL || property_name == NULL )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    property_len = ft_strlen( property_name );
-    if ( property_len == 0 )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    for ( ; count > 0; count-- )
-    {
-      FT_UInt  _ppem  = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-      FT_UInt  _count = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-      if ( _ppem == size->metrics.y_ppem )
-      {
-        count = _count;
-        goto FoundStrike;
-      }
-
-      strike += 10 * _count;
-    }
-    goto Exit;
-
-  FoundStrike:
-    p = strike;
-    for ( ; count > 0; count-- )
-    {
-      FT_UInt  type = FT_PEEK_USHORT( p + 4 );
-
-      if ( ( type & 0x10 ) != 0 )
-      {
-        FT_UInt32  name_offset = FT_PEEK_ULONG( p     );
-        FT_UInt32  value       = FT_PEEK_ULONG( p + 6 );
-
-        /* be a bit paranoid for invalid entries here */
-        if ( name_offset < bdf->strings_size                    &&
-             property_len < bdf->strings_size - name_offset     &&
-             ft_strncmp( property_name,
-                         (const char*)bdf->strings + name_offset,
-                         bdf->strings_size - name_offset ) == 0 )
-        {
-          switch ( type & 0x0F )
-          {
-          case 0x00:  /* string */
-          case 0x01:  /* atoms */
-            /* check that the content is really 0-terminated */
-            if ( value < bdf->strings_size &&
-                 ft_memchr( bdf->strings + value, 0, bdf->strings_size ) )
-            {
-              aprop->type   = BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM;
-              aprop->u.atom = (const char*)bdf->strings + value;
-              error         = 0;
-              goto Exit;
-            }
-            break;
-
-          case 0x02:
-            aprop->type      = BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER;
-            aprop->u.integer = (FT_Int32)value;
-            error            = 0;
-            goto Exit;
-
-          case 0x03:
-            aprop->type       = BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL;
-            aprop->u.cardinal = value;
-            error             = 0;
-            goto Exit;
-
-          default:
-            ;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-      p += 10;
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-#endif /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttbdf.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttbdf.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 48a10d6..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttbdf.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ttbdf.h                                                                */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    TrueType and OpenType embedded BDF properties (specification).       */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2005 by                                                      */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __TTBDF_H__
-#define __TTBDF_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include "ttload.h"
-#include FT_BDF_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  tt_face_free_bdf_props( TT_Face  face );
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_find_bdf_prop( TT_Face           face,
-                         const char*       property_name,
-                         BDF_PropertyRec  *aprop );
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __TTBDF_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttcmap.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttcmap.c
deleted file mode 100644
index b70b64c..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttcmap.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3123 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ttcmap.c                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    TrueType character mapping table (cmap) support (body).              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by                        */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-
-#include "sferrors.h"           /* must come before FT_INTERNAL_VALIDATE_H */
-
-#include FT_INTERNAL_VALIDATE_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
-#include "ttload.h"
-#include "ttcmap.h"
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_ttcmap
-
-
-#define TT_PEEK_SHORT   FT_PEEK_SHORT
-#define TT_PEEK_USHORT  FT_PEEK_USHORT
-#define TT_PEEK_UINT24  FT_PEEK_UOFF3
-#define TT_PEEK_LONG    FT_PEEK_LONG
-#define TT_PEEK_ULONG   FT_PEEK_ULONG
-
-#define TT_NEXT_SHORT   FT_NEXT_SHORT
-#define TT_NEXT_USHORT  FT_NEXT_USHORT
-#define TT_NEXT_UINT24  FT_NEXT_UOFF3
-#define TT_NEXT_LONG    FT_NEXT_LONG
-#define TT_NEXT_ULONG   FT_NEXT_ULONG
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_cmap_init( TT_CMap   cmap,
-                FT_Byte*  table )
-  {
-    cmap->data = table;
-    return SFNT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                           FORMAT 0                            *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* TABLE OVERVIEW                                                        */
-  /* --------------                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   NAME        OFFSET         TYPE          DESCRIPTION                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   format      0              USHORT        must be 0                  */
-  /*   length      2              USHORT        table length in bytes      */
-  /*   language    4              USHORT        Mac language code          */
-  /*   glyph_ids   6              BYTE[256]     array of glyph indices     */
-  /*               262                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_0
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_cmap0_validate( FT_Byte*      table,
-                     FT_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Byte*  p      = table + 2;
-    FT_UInt   length = TT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-
-    if ( table + length > valid->limit || length < 262 )
-      FT_INVALID_TOO_SHORT;
-
-    /* check glyph indices whenever necessary */
-    if ( valid->level >= FT_VALIDATE_TIGHT )
-    {
-      FT_UInt  n, idx;
-
-
-      p = table + 6;
-      for ( n = 0; n < 256; n++ )
-      {
-        idx = *p++;
-        if ( idx >= TT_VALID_GLYPH_COUNT( valid ) )
-          FT_INVALID_GLYPH_ID;
-      }
-    }
-
-    return SFNT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
-  tt_cmap0_char_index( TT_CMap    cmap,
-                       FT_UInt32  char_code )
-  {
-    FT_Byte*  table = cmap->data;
-
-
-    return char_code < 256 ? table[6 + char_code] : 0;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
-  tt_cmap0_char_next( TT_CMap     cmap,
-                      FT_UInt32  *pchar_code )
-  {
-    FT_Byte*   table    = cmap->data;
-    FT_UInt32  charcode = *pchar_code;
-    FT_UInt32  result   = 0;
-    FT_UInt    gindex   = 0;
-
-
-    table += 6;  /* go to glyph ids */
-    while ( ++charcode < 256 )
-    {
-      gindex = table[charcode];
-      if ( gindex != 0 )
-      {
-        result = charcode;
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-
-    *pchar_code = result;
-    return gindex;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_cmap0_get_info( TT_CMap       cmap,
-                     TT_CMapInfo  *cmap_info )
-  {
-    FT_Byte*  p = cmap->data + 4;
-
-
-    cmap_info->format = 0;
-    cmap_info->language = (FT_ULong)TT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
-
-    return SFNT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
-  const TT_CMap_ClassRec  tt_cmap0_class_rec =
-  {
-    {
-      sizeof ( TT_CMapRec ),
-
-      (FT_CMap_InitFunc)     tt_cmap_init,
-      (FT_CMap_DoneFunc)     NULL,
-      (FT_CMap_CharIndexFunc)tt_cmap0_char_index,
-      (FT_CMap_CharNextFunc) tt_cmap0_char_next,
-
-      NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL
-    },
-    0,
-    (TT_CMap_ValidateFunc)   tt_cmap0_validate,
-    (TT_CMap_Info_GetFunc)   tt_cmap0_get_info
-  };
-
-#endif /* TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_0 */
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                          FORMAT 2                             *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /***** This is used for certain CJK encodings that encode text in a  *****/
-  /***** mixed 8/16 bits encoding along the following lines:           *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /***** * Certain byte values correspond to an 8-bit character code   *****/
-  /*****   (typically in the range 0..127 for ASCII compatibility).    *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /***** * Certain byte values signal the first byte of a 2-byte       *****/
-  /*****   character code (but these values are also valid as the      *****/
-  /*****   second byte of a 2-byte character).                         *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /***** The following charmap lookup and iteration functions all      *****/
-  /***** assume that the value "charcode" correspond to following:     *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****   - For one byte characters, "charcode" is simply the         *****/
-  /*****     character code.                                           *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****   - For two byte characters, "charcode" is the 2-byte         *****/
-  /*****     character code in big endian format.  More exactly:       *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****       (charcode >> 8)    is the first byte value              *****/
-  /*****       (charcode & 0xFF)  is the second byte value             *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /***** Note that not all values of "charcode" are valid according    *****/
-  /***** to these rules, and the function moderately check the         *****/
-  /***** arguments.                                                    *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* TABLE OVERVIEW                                                        */
-  /* --------------                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   NAME        OFFSET         TYPE            DESCRIPTION              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   format      0              USHORT          must be 2                */
-  /*   length      2              USHORT          table length in bytes    */
-  /*   language    4              USHORT          Mac language code        */
-  /*   keys        6              USHORT[256]     sub-header keys          */
-  /*   subs        518            SUBHEAD[NSUBS]  sub-headers array        */
-  /*   glyph_ids   518+NSUB*8     USHORT[]        glyph id array           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The `keys' table is used to map charcode high-bytes to sub-headers.   */
-  /* The value of `NSUBS' is the number of sub-headers defined in the      */
-  /* table and is computed by finding the maximum of the `keys' table.     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Note that for any n, `keys[n]' is a byte offset within the `subs'     */
-  /* table, i.e., it is the corresponding sub-header index multiplied      */
-  /* by 8.                                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Each sub-header has the following format:                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   NAME        OFFSET      TYPE            DESCRIPTION                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   first       0           USHORT          first valid low-byte        */
-  /*   count       2           USHORT          number of valid low-bytes   */
-  /*   delta       4           SHORT           see below                   */
-  /*   offset      6           USHORT          see below                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* A sub-header defines, for each high-byte, the range of valid          */
-  /* low-bytes within the charmap.  Note that the range defined by `first' */
-  /* and `count' must be completely included in the interval [0..255]      */
-  /* according to the specification.                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* If a character code is contained within a given sub-header, then      */
-  /* mapping it to a glyph index is done as follows:                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* * The value of `offset' is read.  This is a _byte_ distance from the  */
-  /*   location of the `offset' field itself into a slice of the           */
-  /*   `glyph_ids' table.  Let's call it `slice' (it's a USHORT[] too).    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* * The value `slice[char.lo - first]' is read.  If it is 0, there is   */
-  /*   no glyph for the charcode.  Otherwise, the value of `delta' is      */
-  /*   added to it (modulo 65536) to form a new glyph index.               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* It is up to the validation routine to check that all offsets fall     */
-  /* within the glyph ids table (and not within the `subs' table itself or */
-  /* outside of the CMap).                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_2
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_cmap2_validate( FT_Byte*      table,
-                     FT_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Byte*  p      = table + 2;           /* skip format */
-    FT_UInt   length = TT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
-    FT_UInt   n, max_subs;
-    FT_Byte*  keys;                         /* keys table */
-    FT_Byte*  subs;                         /* sub-headers */
-    FT_Byte*  glyph_ids;                    /* glyph id array */
-
-
-    if ( table + length > valid->limit || length < 6 + 512 )
-      FT_INVALID_TOO_SHORT;
-
-    keys = table + 6;
-
-    /* parse keys to compute sub-headers count */
-    p        = keys;
-    max_subs = 0;
-    for ( n = 0; n < 256; n++ )
-    {
-      FT_UInt  idx = TT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-
-      /* value must be multiple of 8 */
-      if ( valid->level >= FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID && ( idx & 7 ) != 0 )
-        FT_INVALID_DATA;
-
-      idx >>= 3;
-
-      if ( idx > max_subs )
-        max_subs = idx;
-    }
-
-    FT_ASSERT( p == table + 518 );
-
-    subs      = p;
-    glyph_ids = subs + (max_subs + 1) * 8;
-    if ( glyph_ids > valid->limit )
-      FT_INVALID_TOO_SHORT;
-
-    /* parse sub-headers */
-    for ( n = 0; n <= max_subs; n++ )
-    {
-      FT_UInt   first_code, code_count, offset;
-      FT_Int    delta;
-      FT_Byte*  ids;
-
-
-      first_code = TT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-      code_count = TT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-      delta      = TT_NEXT_SHORT( p );
-      offset     = TT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-      /* check range within 0..255 */
-      if ( valid->level >= FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID )
-      {
-        if ( first_code >= 256 || first_code + code_count > 256 )
-          FT_INVALID_DATA;
-      }
-
-      /* check offset */
-      if ( offset != 0 )
-      {
-        ids = p - 2 + offset;
-        if ( ids < glyph_ids || ids + code_count*2 > table + length )
-          FT_INVALID_OFFSET;
-
-        /* check glyph ids */
-        if ( valid->level >= FT_VALIDATE_TIGHT )
-        {
-          FT_Byte*  limit = p + code_count * 2;
-          FT_UInt   idx;
-
-
-          for ( ; p < limit; )
-          {
-            idx = TT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-            if ( idx != 0 )
-            {
-              idx = ( idx + delta ) & 0xFFFFU;
-              if ( idx >= TT_VALID_GLYPH_COUNT( valid ) )
-                FT_INVALID_GLYPH_ID;
-            }
-          }
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    return SFNT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  /* return sub header corresponding to a given character code */
-  /* NULL on invalid charcode                                  */
-  static FT_Byte*
-  tt_cmap2_get_subheader( FT_Byte*   table,
-                          FT_UInt32  char_code )
-  {
-    FT_Byte*  result = NULL;
-
-
-    if ( char_code < 0x10000UL )
-    {
-      FT_UInt   char_lo = (FT_UInt)( char_code & 0xFF );
-      FT_UInt   char_hi = (FT_UInt)( char_code >> 8 );
-      FT_Byte*  p       = table + 6;    /* keys table */
-      FT_Byte*  subs    = table + 518;  /* subheaders table */
-      FT_Byte*  sub;
-
-
-      if ( char_hi == 0 )
-      {
-        /* an 8-bit character code -- we use subHeader 0 in this case */
-        /* to test whether the character code is in the charmap       */
-        /*                                                            */
-        sub = subs;  /* jump to first sub-header */
-
-        /* check that the sub-header for this byte is 0, which */
-        /* indicates that it's really a valid one-byte value   */
-        /* Otherwise, return 0                                 */
-        /*                                                     */
-        p += char_lo * 2;
-        if ( TT_PEEK_USHORT( p ) != 0 )
-          goto Exit;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        /* a 16-bit character code */
-
-        /* jump to key entry  */
-        p  += char_hi * 2;
-        /* jump to sub-header */
-        sub = subs + ( FT_PAD_FLOOR( TT_PEEK_USHORT( p ), 8 ) );
-
-        /* check that the high byte isn't a valid one-byte value */
-        if ( sub == subs )
-          goto Exit;
-      }
-      result = sub;
-    }
-  Exit:
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
-  tt_cmap2_char_index( TT_CMap    cmap,
-                       FT_UInt32  char_code )
-  {
-    FT_Byte*  table   = cmap->data;
-    FT_UInt   result  = 0;
-    FT_Byte*  subheader;
-
-
-    subheader = tt_cmap2_get_subheader( table, char_code );
-    if ( subheader )
-    {
-      FT_Byte*  p   = subheader;
-      FT_UInt   idx = (FT_UInt)(char_code & 0xFF);
-      FT_UInt   start, count;
-      FT_Int    delta;
-      FT_UInt   offset;
-
-
-      start  = TT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-      count  = TT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-      delta  = TT_NEXT_SHORT ( p );
-      offset = TT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
-
-      idx -= start;
-      if ( idx < count && offset != 0 )
-      {
-        p  += offset + 2 * idx;
-        idx = TT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
-
-        if ( idx != 0 )
-          result = (FT_UInt)( idx + delta ) & 0xFFFFU;
-      }
-    }
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
-  tt_cmap2_char_next( TT_CMap     cmap,
-                      FT_UInt32  *pcharcode )
-  {
-    FT_Byte*   table    = cmap->data;
-    FT_UInt    gindex   = 0;
-    FT_UInt32  result   = 0;
-    FT_UInt32  charcode = *pcharcode + 1;
-    FT_Byte*   subheader;
-
-
-    while ( charcode < 0x10000UL )
-    {
-      subheader = tt_cmap2_get_subheader( table, charcode );
-      if ( subheader )
-      {
-        FT_Byte*  p       = subheader;
-        FT_UInt   start   = TT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-        FT_UInt   count   = TT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-        FT_Int    delta   = TT_NEXT_SHORT ( p );
-        FT_UInt   offset  = TT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
-        FT_UInt   char_lo = (FT_UInt)( charcode & 0xFF );
-        FT_UInt   pos, idx;
-
-
-        if ( offset == 0 )
-          goto Next_SubHeader;
-
-        if ( char_lo < start )
-        {
-          char_lo = start;
-          pos     = 0;
-        }
-        else
-          pos = (FT_UInt)( char_lo - start );
-
-        p       += offset + pos * 2;
-        charcode = FT_PAD_FLOOR( charcode, 256 ) + char_lo;
-
-        for ( ; pos < count; pos++, charcode++ )
-        {
-          idx = TT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-          if ( idx != 0 )
-          {
-            gindex = ( idx + delta ) & 0xFFFFU;
-            if ( gindex != 0 )
-            {
-              result = charcode;
-              goto Exit;
-            }
-          }
-        }
-      }
-
-      /* jump to next sub-header, i.e. higher byte value */
-    Next_SubHeader:
-      charcode = FT_PAD_FLOOR( charcode, 256 ) + 256;
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    *pcharcode = result;
-
-    return gindex;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_cmap2_get_info( TT_CMap       cmap,
-                     TT_CMapInfo  *cmap_info )
-  {
-    FT_Byte*  p = cmap->data + 4;
-
-
-    cmap_info->format = 2;
-    cmap_info->language = (FT_ULong)TT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
-
-    return SFNT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
-  const TT_CMap_ClassRec  tt_cmap2_class_rec =
-  {
-    {
-      sizeof ( TT_CMapRec ),
-
-      (FT_CMap_InitFunc)     tt_cmap_init,
-      (FT_CMap_DoneFunc)     NULL,
-      (FT_CMap_CharIndexFunc)tt_cmap2_char_index,
-      (FT_CMap_CharNextFunc) tt_cmap2_char_next,
-
-      NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL
-    },
-    2,
-    (TT_CMap_ValidateFunc)   tt_cmap2_validate,
-    (TT_CMap_Info_GetFunc)   tt_cmap2_get_info
-  };
-
-#endif /* TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_2 */
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                           FORMAT 4                            *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* TABLE OVERVIEW                                                        */
-  /* --------------                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   NAME          OFFSET         TYPE              DESCRIPTION          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   format        0              USHORT            must be 4            */
-  /*   length        2              USHORT            table length         */
-  /*                                                  in bytes             */
-  /*   language      4              USHORT            Mac language code    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   segCountX2    6              USHORT            2*NUM_SEGS           */
-  /*   searchRange   8              USHORT            2*(1 << LOG_SEGS)    */
-  /*   entrySelector 10             USHORT            LOG_SEGS             */
-  /*   rangeShift    12             USHORT            segCountX2 -         */
-  /*                                                    searchRange        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   endCount      14             USHORT[NUM_SEGS]  end charcode for     */
-  /*                                                  each segment; last   */
-  /*                                                  is 0xFFFF            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   pad           14+NUM_SEGS*2  USHORT            padding              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   startCount    16+NUM_SEGS*2  USHORT[NUM_SEGS]  first charcode for   */
-  /*                                                  each segment         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   idDelta       16+NUM_SEGS*4  SHORT[NUM_SEGS]   delta for each       */
-  /*                                                  segment              */
-  /*   idOffset      16+NUM_SEGS*6  SHORT[NUM_SEGS]   range offset for     */
-  /*                                                  each segment; can be */
-  /*                                                  zero                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   glyphIds      16+NUM_SEGS*8  USHORT[]          array of glyph id    */
-  /*                                                  ranges               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Character codes are modelled by a series of ordered (increasing)      */
-  /* intervals called segments.  Each segment has start and end codes,     */
-  /* provided by the `startCount' and `endCount' arrays.  Segments must    */
-  /* not be overlapping and the last segment should always contain the     */
-  /* `0xFFFF' endCount.                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The fields `searchRange', `entrySelector' and `rangeShift' are better */
-  /* ignored (they are traces of over-engineering in the TrueType          */
-  /* specification).                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Each segment also has a signed `delta', as well as an optional offset */
-  /* within the `glyphIds' table.                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* If a segment's idOffset is 0, the glyph index corresponding to any    */
-  /* charcode within the segment is obtained by adding the value of        */
-  /* `idDelta' directly to the charcode, modulo 65536.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Otherwise, a glyph index is taken from the glyph ids sub-array for    */
-  /* the segment, and the value of `idDelta' is added to it.               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Finally, note that certain fonts contain invalid charmaps that        */
-  /* contain end=0xFFFF, start=0xFFFF, delta=0x0001, offset=0xFFFF at the  */
-  /* of their charmaps (e.g. opens___.ttf which comes with OpenOffice.org) */
-  /* we need special code to deal with them correctly...                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_4
-
-  typedef struct  TT_CMap4Rec_
-  {
-    TT_CMapRec  cmap;
-    FT_UInt32   cur_charcode;   /* current charcode */
-    FT_UInt     cur_gindex;     /* current glyph index */
-
-    FT_UInt     num_ranges;
-    FT_UInt     cur_range;
-    FT_UInt     cur_start;
-    FT_UInt     cur_end;
-    FT_Int      cur_delta;
-    FT_Byte*    cur_values;
-
-  } TT_CMap4Rec, *TT_CMap4;
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_cmap4_init( TT_CMap4  cmap,
-                 FT_Byte*  table )
-  {
-    FT_Byte*  p;
-
-
-    cmap->cmap.data    = table;
-
-    p                  = table + 6;
-    cmap->num_ranges   = FT_PEEK_USHORT( p ) >> 1;
-    cmap->cur_charcode = 0xFFFFFFFFUL;
-    cmap->cur_gindex   = 0;
-
-    return SFNT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Int
-  tt_cmap4_set_range( TT_CMap4  cmap,
-                      FT_UInt   range_index )
-  {
-    FT_Byte*  table = cmap->cmap.data;
-    FT_Byte*  p;
-    FT_UInt   num_ranges = cmap->num_ranges;
-
-
-    while ( range_index < num_ranges )
-    {
-      FT_UInt  offset;
-
-
-      p             = table + 14 + range_index * 2;
-      cmap->cur_end = FT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
-
-      p              += 2 + num_ranges * 2;
-      cmap->cur_start = FT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
-
-      p              += num_ranges * 2;
-      cmap->cur_delta = FT_PEEK_SHORT( p );
-
-      p     += num_ranges * 2;
-      offset = FT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
-
-      if ( offset != 0xFFFFU )
-      {
-        cmap->cur_values = offset ? p + offset : NULL;
-        cmap->cur_range  = range_index;
-        return 0;
-      }
-
-      /* we skip empty segments */
-      range_index++;
-    }
-
-    return -1;
-  }
-
-
-  /* search the index of the charcode next to cmap->cur_charcode; */
-  /* caller should call tt_cmap4_set_range with proper range      */
-  /* before calling this function                                 */
-  /*                                                              */
-  static void
-  tt_cmap4_next( TT_CMap4  cmap )
-  {
-    FT_UInt  charcode;
-
-
-    if ( cmap->cur_charcode >= 0xFFFFUL )
-      goto Fail;
-
-    charcode = cmap->cur_charcode + 1;
-
-    if ( charcode < cmap->cur_start )
-      charcode = cmap->cur_start;
-
-    for ( ;; )
-    {
-      FT_Byte*  values = cmap->cur_values;
-      FT_UInt   end    = cmap->cur_end;
-      FT_Int    delta  = cmap->cur_delta;
-
-
-      if ( charcode <= end )
-      {
-        if ( values )
-        {
-          FT_Byte*  p = values + 2 * ( charcode - cmap->cur_start );
-
-
-          do
-          {
-            FT_UInt  gindex = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-
-            if ( gindex != 0 )
-            {
-              gindex = (FT_UInt)( ( gindex + delta ) & 0xFFFFU );
-              if ( gindex != 0 )
-              {
-                cmap->cur_charcode = charcode;
-                cmap->cur_gindex   = gindex;
-                return;
-              }
-            }
-          } while ( ++charcode <= end );
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          do
-          {
-            FT_UInt  gindex = (FT_UInt)( ( charcode + delta ) & 0xFFFFU );
-
-
-            if ( gindex != 0 )
-            {
-              cmap->cur_charcode = charcode;
-              cmap->cur_gindex   = gindex;
-              return;
-            }
-          } while ( ++charcode <= end );
-        }
-      }
-
-      /* we need to find another range */
-      if ( tt_cmap4_set_range( cmap, cmap->cur_range + 1 ) < 0 )
-        break;
-
-      if ( charcode < cmap->cur_start )
-        charcode = cmap->cur_start;
-    }
-
-  Fail:
-    cmap->cur_charcode = 0xFFFFFFFFUL;
-    cmap->cur_gindex   = 0;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_cmap4_validate( FT_Byte*      table,
-                     FT_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Byte*  p      = table + 2;               /* skip format */
-    FT_UInt   length = TT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    FT_Byte   *ends, *starts, *offsets, *deltas, *glyph_ids;
-    FT_UInt   num_segs;
-    FT_Error  error = SFNT_Err_Ok;
-
-
-    if ( length < 16 )
-      FT_INVALID_TOO_SHORT;
-
-    /* in certain fonts, the `length' field is invalid and goes */
-    /* out of bound.  We try to correct this here...            */
-    if ( table + length > valid->limit )
-    {
-      if ( valid->level >= FT_VALIDATE_TIGHT )
-        FT_INVALID_TOO_SHORT;
-
-      length = (FT_UInt)( valid->limit - table );
-    }
-
-    p        = table + 6;
-    num_segs = TT_NEXT_USHORT( p );   /* read segCountX2 */
-
-    if ( valid->level >= FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID )
-    {
-      /* check that we have an even value here */
-      if ( num_segs & 1 )
-        FT_INVALID_DATA;
-    }
-
-    num_segs /= 2;
-
-    if ( length < 16 + num_segs * 2 * 4 )
-      FT_INVALID_TOO_SHORT;
-
-    /* check the search parameters - even though we never use them */
-    /*                                                             */
-    if ( valid->level >= FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID )
-    {
-      /* check the values of 'searchRange', 'entrySelector', 'rangeShift' */
-      FT_UInt  search_range   = TT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-      FT_UInt  entry_selector = TT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-      FT_UInt  range_shift    = TT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-
-      if ( ( search_range | range_shift ) & 1 )  /* must be even values */
-        FT_INVALID_DATA;
-
-      search_range /= 2;
-      range_shift  /= 2;
-
-      /* `search range' is the greatest power of 2 that is <= num_segs */
-
-      if ( search_range                > num_segs                 ||
-           search_range * 2            < num_segs                 ||
-           search_range + range_shift != num_segs                 ||
-           search_range               != ( 1U << entry_selector ) )
-        FT_INVALID_DATA;
-    }
-
-    ends      = table   + 14;
-    starts    = table   + 16 + num_segs * 2;
-    deltas    = starts  + num_segs * 2;
-    offsets   = deltas  + num_segs * 2;
-    glyph_ids = offsets + num_segs * 2;
-
-    /* check last segment, its end count must be FFFF */
-    if ( valid->level >= FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID )
-    {
-      p = ends + ( num_segs - 1 ) * 2;
-      if ( TT_PEEK_USHORT( p ) != 0xFFFFU )
-        FT_INVALID_DATA;
-    }
-
-    {
-      FT_UInt  start, end, offset, n;
-      FT_UInt  last_start = 0, last_end = 0;
-      FT_Int   delta;
-      FT_Byte*  p_start   = starts;
-      FT_Byte*  p_end     = ends;
-      FT_Byte*  p_delta   = deltas;
-      FT_Byte*  p_offset  = offsets;
-
-
-      for ( n = 0; n < num_segs; n++ )
-      {
-        p      = p_offset;
-        start  = TT_NEXT_USHORT( p_start );
-        end    = TT_NEXT_USHORT( p_end );
-        delta  = TT_NEXT_SHORT( p_delta );
-        offset = TT_NEXT_USHORT( p_offset );
-
-        if ( start > end )
-          FT_INVALID_DATA;
-
-        /* this test should be performed at default validation level;  */
-        /* unfortunately, some popular Asian fonts present overlapping */
-        /* ranges in their charmaps                                    */
-        /*                                                             */
-        if ( start <= last_end && n > 0 )
-        {
-          if ( valid->level >= FT_VALIDATE_TIGHT )
-            FT_INVALID_DATA;
-          else
-          {
-            /* allow overlapping segments, provided their start points */
-            /* and end points, respectively, are in ascending order.   */
-            /*                                                         */
-            if ( last_start > start || last_end > end )
-              error |= TT_CMAP_FLAG_UNSORTED;
-            else
-              error |= TT_CMAP_FLAG_OVERLAPPING;
-          }
-        }
-
-        if ( offset && offset != 0xFFFFU )
-        {
-          p += offset;  /* start of glyph id array */
-
-          /* check that we point within the glyph ids table only */
-          if ( valid->level >= FT_VALIDATE_TIGHT )
-          {
-            if ( p < glyph_ids                                ||
-                 p + ( end - start + 1 ) * 2 > table + length )
-              FT_INVALID_DATA;
-          }
-          else
-          {
-            if ( p < glyph_ids                              ||
-                 p + ( end - start + 1 ) * 2 > valid->limit )
-              FT_INVALID_DATA;
-          }
-
-          /* check glyph indices within the segment range */
-          if ( valid->level >= FT_VALIDATE_TIGHT )
-          {
-            FT_UInt  i, idx;
-
-
-            for ( i = start; i < end; i++ )
-            {
-              idx = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-              if ( idx != 0 )
-              {
-                idx = (FT_UInt)( idx + delta ) & 0xFFFFU;
-
-                if ( idx >= TT_VALID_GLYPH_COUNT( valid ) )
-                  FT_INVALID_GLYPH_ID;
-              }
-            }
-          }
-        }
-        else if ( offset == 0xFFFFU )
-        {
-          /* Some fonts (erroneously?) use a range offset of 0xFFFF */
-          /* to mean missing glyph in cmap table                    */
-          /*                                                        */
-          if ( valid->level >= FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID                     ||
-               n != num_segs - 1                                        ||
-               !( start == 0xFFFFU && end == 0xFFFFU && delta == 0x1U ) )
-            FT_INVALID_DATA;
-        }
-
-        last_start = start;
-        last_end   = end;
-      }
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_UInt
-  tt_cmap4_char_map_linear( TT_CMap   cmap,
-                            FT_UInt*  pcharcode,
-                            FT_Bool   next )
-  {
-    FT_UInt    num_segs2, start, end, offset;
-    FT_Int     delta;
-    FT_UInt    i, num_segs;
-    FT_UInt32  charcode = *pcharcode;
-    FT_UInt    gindex   = 0;
-    FT_Byte*   p;
-
-
-    p = cmap->data + 6;
-    num_segs2 = FT_PAD_FLOOR( TT_PEEK_USHORT( p ), 2 );
-
-    num_segs = num_segs2 >> 1;
-
-    if ( !num_segs )
-      return 0;
-
-    if ( next )
-      charcode++;
-
-    /* linear search */
-    for ( ; charcode <= 0xFFFFU; charcode++ )
-    {
-      FT_Byte*  q;
-
-
-      p = cmap->data + 14;               /* ends table   */
-      q = cmap->data + 16 + num_segs2;   /* starts table */
-
-      for ( i = 0; i < num_segs; i++ )
-      {
-        end   = TT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-        start = TT_NEXT_USHORT( q );
-
-        if ( charcode >= start && charcode <= end )
-        {
-          p       = q - 2 + num_segs2;
-          delta   = TT_PEEK_SHORT( p );
-          p      += num_segs2;
-          offset  = TT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
-
-          if ( offset == 0xFFFFU )
-            continue;
-
-          if ( offset )
-          {
-            p += offset + ( charcode - start ) * 2;
-            gindex = TT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
-            if ( gindex != 0 )
-              gindex = (FT_UInt)( gindex + delta ) & 0xFFFFU;
-          }
-          else
-            gindex = (FT_UInt)( charcode + delta ) & 0xFFFFU;
-
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-
-      if ( !next || gindex )
-        break;
-    }
-
-    if ( next && gindex )
-      *pcharcode = charcode;
-
-    return gindex;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_UInt
-  tt_cmap4_char_map_binary( TT_CMap   cmap,
-                            FT_UInt*  pcharcode,
-                            FT_Bool   next )
-  {
-    FT_UInt   num_segs2, start, end, offset;
-    FT_Int    delta;
-    FT_UInt   max, min, mid, num_segs;
-    FT_UInt   charcode = *pcharcode;
-    FT_UInt   gindex   = 0;
-    FT_Byte*  p;
-
-
-    p = cmap->data + 6;
-    num_segs2 = FT_PAD_FLOOR( TT_PEEK_USHORT( p ), 2 );
-
-    if ( !num_segs2 )
-      return 0;
-
-    num_segs = num_segs2 >> 1;
-
-    /* make compiler happy */
-    mid = num_segs;
-    end = 0xFFFFU;
-
-    if ( next )
-      charcode++;
-
-    min = 0;
-    max = num_segs;
-
-    /* binary search */
-    while ( min < max )
-    {
-      mid    = ( min + max ) >> 1;
-      p      = cmap->data + 14 + mid * 2;
-      end    = TT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
-      p     += 2 + num_segs2;
-      start  = TT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
-
-      if ( charcode < start )
-        max = mid;
-      else if ( charcode > end )
-        min = mid + 1;
-      else
-      {
-        p     += num_segs2;
-        delta  = TT_PEEK_SHORT( p );
-        p     += num_segs2;
-        offset = TT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
-
-        /* search the first segment containing `charcode' */
-        if ( cmap->flags & TT_CMAP_FLAG_OVERLAPPING )
-        {
-          FT_UInt  i;
-
-
-          /* call the current segment `max' */
-          max = mid;
-
-          if ( offset == 0xFFFFU )
-            mid = max + 1;
-
-          /* search in segments before the current segment */
-          for ( i = max ; i > 0; i-- )
-          {
-            FT_UInt   prev_end;
-            FT_Byte*  old_p;
-
-
-            old_p    = p;
-            p        = cmap->data + 14 + ( i - 1 ) * 2;
-            prev_end = TT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
-
-            if ( charcode > prev_end )
-            {
-              p = old_p;
-              break;
-            }
-
-            end    = prev_end;
-            p     += 2 + num_segs2;
-            start  = TT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
-            p     += num_segs2;
-            delta  = TT_PEEK_SHORT( p );
-            p     += num_segs2;
-            offset = TT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
-
-            if ( offset != 0xFFFFU )
-              mid = i - 1;
-          }
-
-          /* no luck */
-          if ( mid == max + 1 )
-          {
-            if ( i != max )
-            {
-              p      = cmap->data + 14 + max * 2;
-              end    = TT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
-              p     += 2 + num_segs2;
-              start  = TT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
-              p     += num_segs2;
-              delta  = TT_PEEK_SHORT( p );
-              p     += num_segs2;
-              offset = TT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
-            }
-
-            mid = max;
-
-            /* search in segments after the current segment */
-            for ( i = max + 1; i < num_segs; i++ )
-            {
-              FT_UInt  next_end, next_start;
-
-
-              p          = cmap->data + 14 + i * 2;
-              next_end   = TT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
-              p         += 2 + num_segs2;
-              next_start = TT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
-
-              if ( charcode < next_start )
-                break;
-
-              end    = next_end;
-              start  = next_start;
-              p     += num_segs2;
-              delta  = TT_PEEK_SHORT( p );
-              p     += num_segs2;
-              offset = TT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
-
-              if ( offset != 0xFFFFU )
-                mid = i;
-            }
-            i--;
-
-            /* still no luck */
-            if ( mid == max )
-            {
-              mid = i;
-
-              break;
-            }
-          }
-
-          /* end, start, delta, and offset are for the i'th segment */
-          if ( mid != i )
-          {
-            p      = cmap->data + 14 + mid * 2;
-            end    = TT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
-            p     += 2 + num_segs2;
-            start  = TT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
-            p     += num_segs2;
-            delta  = TT_PEEK_SHORT( p );
-            p     += num_segs2;
-            offset = TT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
-          }
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          if ( offset == 0xFFFFU )
-            break;
-        }
-
-        if ( offset )
-        {
-          p += offset + ( charcode - start ) * 2;
-          gindex = TT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
-          if ( gindex != 0 )
-            gindex = (FT_UInt)( gindex + delta ) & 0xFFFFU;
-        }
-        else
-          gindex = (FT_UInt)( charcode + delta ) & 0xFFFFU;
-
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-
-    if ( next )
-    {
-      TT_CMap4  cmap4 = (TT_CMap4)cmap;
-
-
-      /* if `charcode' is not in any segment, then `mid' is */
-      /* the segment nearest to `charcode'                  */
-      /*                                                    */
-
-      if ( charcode > end )
-      {
-        mid++;
-        if ( mid == num_segs )
-          return 0;
-      }
-
-      if ( tt_cmap4_set_range( cmap4, mid ) )
-      {
-        if ( gindex )
-          *pcharcode = charcode;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        cmap4->cur_charcode = charcode;
-
-        if ( gindex )
-          cmap4->cur_gindex = gindex;
-        else
-        {
-          cmap4->cur_charcode = charcode;
-          tt_cmap4_next( cmap4 );
-          gindex = cmap4->cur_gindex;
-        }
-
-        if ( gindex )
-          *pcharcode = cmap4->cur_charcode;
-      }
-    }
-
-    return gindex;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
-  tt_cmap4_char_index( TT_CMap    cmap,
-                       FT_UInt32  char_code )
-  {
-    if ( char_code >= 0x10000UL )
-      return 0;
-
-    if ( cmap->flags & TT_CMAP_FLAG_UNSORTED )
-      return tt_cmap4_char_map_linear( cmap, &char_code, 0 );
-    else
-      return tt_cmap4_char_map_binary( cmap, &char_code, 0 );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
-  tt_cmap4_char_next( TT_CMap     cmap,
-                      FT_UInt32  *pchar_code )
-  {
-    FT_UInt  gindex;
-
-
-    if ( *pchar_code >= 0xFFFFU )
-      return 0;
-
-    if ( cmap->flags & TT_CMAP_FLAG_UNSORTED )
-      gindex = tt_cmap4_char_map_linear( cmap, pchar_code, 1 );
-    else
-    {
-      TT_CMap4  cmap4 = (TT_CMap4)cmap;
-
-
-      /* no need to search */
-      if ( *pchar_code == cmap4->cur_charcode )
-      {
-        tt_cmap4_next( cmap4 );
-        gindex = cmap4->cur_gindex;
-        if ( gindex )
-          *pchar_code = cmap4->cur_charcode;
-      }
-      else
-        gindex = tt_cmap4_char_map_binary( cmap, pchar_code, 1 );
-    }
-
-    return gindex;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_cmap4_get_info( TT_CMap       cmap,
-                     TT_CMapInfo  *cmap_info )
-  {
-    FT_Byte*  p = cmap->data + 4;
-
-
-    cmap_info->format = 4;
-    cmap_info->language = (FT_ULong)TT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
-
-    return SFNT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
-  const TT_CMap_ClassRec  tt_cmap4_class_rec =
-  {
-    {
-      sizeof ( TT_CMap4Rec ),
-      (FT_CMap_InitFunc)     tt_cmap4_init,
-      (FT_CMap_DoneFunc)     NULL,
-      (FT_CMap_CharIndexFunc)tt_cmap4_char_index,
-      (FT_CMap_CharNextFunc) tt_cmap4_char_next,
-
-      NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL
-    },
-    4,
-    (TT_CMap_ValidateFunc)   tt_cmap4_validate,
-    (TT_CMap_Info_GetFunc)   tt_cmap4_get_info
-  };
-
-#endif /* TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_4 */
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                          FORMAT 6                             *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* TABLE OVERVIEW                                                        */
-  /* --------------                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   NAME        OFFSET          TYPE             DESCRIPTION            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   format       0              USHORT           must be 4              */
-  /*   length       2              USHORT           table length in bytes  */
-  /*   language     4              USHORT           Mac language code      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   first        6              USHORT           first segment code     */
-  /*   count        8              USHORT           segment size in chars  */
-  /*   glyphIds     10             USHORT[count]    glyph ids              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* A very simplified segment mapping.                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_6
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_cmap6_validate( FT_Byte*      table,
-                     FT_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Byte*  p;
-    FT_UInt   length, count;
-
-
-    if ( table + 10 > valid->limit )
-      FT_INVALID_TOO_SHORT;
-
-    p      = table + 2;
-    length = TT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    p      = table + 8;             /* skip language and start index */
-    count  = TT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    if ( table + length > valid->limit || length < 10 + count * 2 )
-      FT_INVALID_TOO_SHORT;
-
-    /* check glyph indices */
-    if ( valid->level >= FT_VALIDATE_TIGHT )
-    {
-      FT_UInt  gindex;
-
-
-      for ( ; count > 0; count-- )
-      {
-        gindex = TT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-        if ( gindex >= TT_VALID_GLYPH_COUNT( valid ) )
-          FT_INVALID_GLYPH_ID;
-      }
-    }
-
-    return SFNT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
-  tt_cmap6_char_index( TT_CMap    cmap,
-                       FT_UInt32  char_code )
-  {
-    FT_Byte*  table  = cmap->data;
-    FT_UInt   result = 0;
-    FT_Byte*  p      = table + 6;
-    FT_UInt   start  = TT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    FT_UInt   count  = TT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    FT_UInt   idx    = (FT_UInt)( char_code - start );
-
-
-    if ( idx < count )
-    {
-      p += 2 * idx;
-      result = TT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
-    }
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
-  tt_cmap6_char_next( TT_CMap     cmap,
-                      FT_UInt32  *pchar_code )
-  {
-    FT_Byte*   table     = cmap->data;
-    FT_UInt32  result    = 0;
-    FT_UInt32  char_code = *pchar_code + 1;
-    FT_UInt    gindex    = 0;
-
-    FT_Byte*   p         = table + 6;
-    FT_UInt    start     = TT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    FT_UInt    count     = TT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    FT_UInt    idx;
-
-
-    if ( char_code >= 0x10000UL )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    if ( char_code < start )
-      char_code = start;
-
-    idx = (FT_UInt)( char_code - start );
-    p  += 2 * idx;
-
-    for ( ; idx < count; idx++ )
-    {
-      gindex = TT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-      if ( gindex != 0 )
-      {
-        result = char_code;
-        break;
-      }
-      char_code++;
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    *pchar_code = result;
-    return gindex;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_cmap6_get_info( TT_CMap       cmap,
-                     TT_CMapInfo  *cmap_info )
-  {
-    FT_Byte*  p = cmap->data + 4;
-
-
-    cmap_info->format = 6;
-    cmap_info->language = (FT_ULong)TT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
-
-    return SFNT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
-  const TT_CMap_ClassRec  tt_cmap6_class_rec =
-  {
-    {
-      sizeof ( TT_CMapRec ),
-
-      (FT_CMap_InitFunc)     tt_cmap_init,
-      (FT_CMap_DoneFunc)     NULL,
-      (FT_CMap_CharIndexFunc)tt_cmap6_char_index,
-      (FT_CMap_CharNextFunc) tt_cmap6_char_next,
-
-      NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL
-    },
-    6,
-    (TT_CMap_ValidateFunc)   tt_cmap6_validate,
-    (TT_CMap_Info_GetFunc)   tt_cmap6_get_info
-  };
-
-#endif /* TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_6 */
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                          FORMAT 8                             *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /***** It's hard to completely understand what the OpenType spec     *****/
-  /***** says about this format, but here is my conclusion.            *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /***** The purpose of this format is to easily map UTF-16 text to    *****/
-  /***** glyph indices.  Basically, the `char_code' must be in one of  *****/
-  /***** the following formats:                                        *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****   - A 16-bit value that isn't part of the Unicode Surrogates  *****/
-  /*****     Area (i.e. U+D800-U+DFFF).                                *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****   - A 32-bit value, made of two surrogate values, i.e.. if    *****/
-  /*****     `char_code = (char_hi << 16) | char_lo', then both        *****/
-  /*****     `char_hi' and `char_lo' must be in the Surrogates Area.   *****/
-  /*****      Area.                                                    *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /***** The 'is32' table embedded in the charmap indicates whether a  *****/
-  /***** given 16-bit value is in the surrogates area or not.          *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /***** So, for any given `char_code', we can assert the following:   *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****   If `char_hi == 0' then we must have `is32[char_lo] == 0'.   *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****   If `char_hi != 0' then we must have both                    *****/
-  /*****   `is32[char_hi] != 0' and `is32[char_lo] != 0'.              *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* TABLE OVERVIEW                                                        */
-  /* --------------                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   NAME        OFFSET         TYPE        DESCRIPTION                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   format      0              USHORT      must be 8                    */
-  /*   reserved    2              USHORT      reserved                     */
-  /*   length      4              ULONG       length in bytes              */
-  /*   language    8              ULONG       Mac language code            */
-  /*   is32        12             BYTE[8192]  32-bitness bitmap            */
-  /*   count       8204           ULONG       number of groups             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This header is followed by 'count' groups of the following format:    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   start       0              ULONG       first charcode               */
-  /*   end         4              ULONG       last charcode                */
-  /*   startId     8              ULONG       start glyph id for the group */
-  /*                                                                       */
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_8
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_cmap8_validate( FT_Byte*      table,
-                     FT_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Byte*   p = table + 4;
-    FT_Byte*   is32;
-    FT_UInt32  length;
-    FT_UInt32  num_groups;
-
-
-    if ( table + 16 + 8192 > valid->limit )
-      FT_INVALID_TOO_SHORT;
-
-    length = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-    if ( table + length > valid->limit || length < 8208 )
-      FT_INVALID_TOO_SHORT;
-
-    is32       = table + 12;
-    p          = is32  + 8192;          /* skip `is32' array */
-    num_groups = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-
-    if ( p + num_groups * 12 > valid->limit )
-      FT_INVALID_TOO_SHORT;
-
-    /* check groups, they must be in increasing order */
-    {
-      FT_UInt32  n, start, end, start_id, count, last = 0;
-
-
-      for ( n = 0; n < num_groups; n++ )
-      {
-        FT_UInt   hi, lo;
-
-
-        start    = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-        end      = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-        start_id = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-
-        if ( start > end )
-          FT_INVALID_DATA;
-
-        if ( n > 0 && start <= last )
-          FT_INVALID_DATA;
-
-        if ( valid->level >= FT_VALIDATE_TIGHT )
-        {
-          if ( start_id + end - start >= TT_VALID_GLYPH_COUNT( valid ) )
-            FT_INVALID_GLYPH_ID;
-
-          count = (FT_UInt32)( end - start + 1 );
-
-          if ( start & ~0xFFFFU )
-          {
-            /* start_hi != 0; check that is32[i] is 1 for each i in */
-            /* the `hi' and `lo' of the range [start..end]          */
-            for ( ; count > 0; count--, start++ )
-            {
-              hi = (FT_UInt)( start >> 16 );
-              lo = (FT_UInt)( start & 0xFFFFU );
-
-              if ( (is32[hi >> 3] & ( 0x80 >> ( hi & 7 ) ) ) == 0 )
-                FT_INVALID_DATA;
-
-              if ( (is32[lo >> 3] & ( 0x80 >> ( lo & 7 ) ) ) == 0 )
-                FT_INVALID_DATA;
-            }
-          }
-          else
-          {
-            /* start_hi == 0; check that is32[i] is 0 for each i in */
-            /* the range [start..end]                               */
-
-            /* end_hi cannot be != 0! */
-            if ( end & ~0xFFFFU )
-              FT_INVALID_DATA;
-
-            for ( ; count > 0; count--, start++ )
-            {
-              lo = (FT_UInt)( start & 0xFFFFU );
-
-              if ( (is32[lo >> 3] & ( 0x80 >> ( lo & 7 ) ) ) != 0 )
-                FT_INVALID_DATA;
-            }
-          }
-        }
-
-        last = end;
-      }
-    }
-
-    return SFNT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
-  tt_cmap8_char_index( TT_CMap    cmap,
-                       FT_UInt32  char_code )
-  {
-    FT_Byte*   table      = cmap->data;
-    FT_UInt    result     = 0;
-    FT_Byte*   p          = table + 8204;
-    FT_UInt32  num_groups = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-    FT_UInt32  start, end, start_id;
-
-
-    for ( ; num_groups > 0; num_groups-- )
-    {
-      start    = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-      end      = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-      start_id = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-
-      if ( char_code < start )
-        break;
-
-      if ( char_code <= end )
-      {
-        result = (FT_UInt)( start_id + char_code - start );
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
-  tt_cmap8_char_next( TT_CMap     cmap,
-                      FT_UInt32  *pchar_code )
-  {
-    FT_UInt32  result     = 0;
-    FT_UInt32  char_code  = *pchar_code + 1;
-    FT_UInt    gindex     = 0;
-    FT_Byte*   table      = cmap->data;
-    FT_Byte*   p          = table + 8204;
-    FT_UInt32  num_groups = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-    FT_UInt32  start, end, start_id;
-
-
-    p = table + 8208;
-
-    for ( ; num_groups > 0; num_groups-- )
-    {
-      start    = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-      end      = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-      start_id = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-
-      if ( char_code < start )
-        char_code = start;
-
-      if ( char_code <= end )
-      {
-        gindex = (FT_UInt)( char_code - start + start_id );
-        if ( gindex != 0 )
-        {
-          result = char_code;
-          goto Exit;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    *pchar_code = result;
-    return gindex;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_cmap8_get_info( TT_CMap       cmap,
-                     TT_CMapInfo  *cmap_info )
-  {
-    FT_Byte*  p = cmap->data + 8;
-
-
-    cmap_info->format = 8;
-    cmap_info->language = (FT_ULong)TT_PEEK_ULONG( p );
-
-    return SFNT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
-  const TT_CMap_ClassRec  tt_cmap8_class_rec =
-  {
-    {
-      sizeof ( TT_CMapRec ),
-
-      (FT_CMap_InitFunc)     tt_cmap_init,
-      (FT_CMap_DoneFunc)     NULL,
-      (FT_CMap_CharIndexFunc)tt_cmap8_char_index,
-      (FT_CMap_CharNextFunc) tt_cmap8_char_next,
-
-      NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL
-    },
-    8,
-    (TT_CMap_ValidateFunc)   tt_cmap8_validate,
-    (TT_CMap_Info_GetFunc)   tt_cmap8_get_info
-  };
-
-#endif /* TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_8 */
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                          FORMAT 10                            *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* TABLE OVERVIEW                                                        */
-  /* --------------                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   NAME      OFFSET  TYPE               DESCRIPTION                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   format     0      USHORT             must be 10                     */
-  /*   reserved   2      USHORT             reserved                       */
-  /*   length     4      ULONG              length in bytes                */
-  /*   language   8      ULONG              Mac language code              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   start     12      ULONG              first char in range            */
-  /*   count     16      ULONG              number of chars in range       */
-  /*   glyphIds  20      USHORT[count]      glyph indices covered          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_10
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_cmap10_validate( FT_Byte*      table,
-                      FT_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Byte*  p = table + 4;
-    FT_ULong  length, count;
-
-
-    if ( table + 20 > valid->limit )
-      FT_INVALID_TOO_SHORT;
-
-    length = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-    p      = table + 16;
-    count  = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-
-    if ( table + length > valid->limit || length < 20 + count * 2 )
-      FT_INVALID_TOO_SHORT;
-
-    /* check glyph indices */
-    if ( valid->level >= FT_VALIDATE_TIGHT )
-    {
-      FT_UInt  gindex;
-
-
-      for ( ; count > 0; count-- )
-      {
-        gindex = TT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-        if ( gindex >= TT_VALID_GLYPH_COUNT( valid ) )
-          FT_INVALID_GLYPH_ID;
-      }
-    }
-
-    return SFNT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
-  tt_cmap10_char_index( TT_CMap    cmap,
-                        FT_UInt32  char_code )
-  {
-    FT_Byte*   table  = cmap->data;
-    FT_UInt    result = 0;
-    FT_Byte*   p      = table + 12;
-    FT_UInt32  start  = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-    FT_UInt32  count  = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-    FT_UInt32  idx    = (FT_ULong)( char_code - start );
-
-
-    if ( idx < count )
-    {
-      p     += 2 * idx;
-      result = TT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
-    }
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
-  tt_cmap10_char_next( TT_CMap     cmap,
-                       FT_UInt32  *pchar_code )
-  {
-    FT_Byte*   table     = cmap->data;
-    FT_UInt32  char_code = *pchar_code + 1;
-    FT_UInt    gindex    = 0;
-    FT_Byte*   p         = table + 12;
-    FT_UInt32  start     = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-    FT_UInt32  count     = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-    FT_UInt32  idx;
-
-
-    if ( char_code < start )
-      char_code = start;
-
-    idx = (FT_UInt32)( char_code - start );
-    p  += 2 * idx;
-
-    for ( ; idx < count; idx++ )
-    {
-      gindex = TT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-      if ( gindex != 0 )
-        break;
-      char_code++;
-    }
-
-    *pchar_code = char_code;
-    return gindex;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_cmap10_get_info( TT_CMap       cmap,
-                      TT_CMapInfo  *cmap_info )
-  {
-    FT_Byte*  p = cmap->data + 8;
-
-
-    cmap_info->format = 10;
-    cmap_info->language = (FT_ULong)TT_PEEK_ULONG( p );
-
-    return SFNT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
-  const TT_CMap_ClassRec  tt_cmap10_class_rec =
-  {
-    {
-      sizeof ( TT_CMapRec ),
-
-      (FT_CMap_InitFunc)     tt_cmap_init,
-      (FT_CMap_DoneFunc)     NULL,
-      (FT_CMap_CharIndexFunc)tt_cmap10_char_index,
-      (FT_CMap_CharNextFunc) tt_cmap10_char_next,
-
-      NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL
-    },
-    10,
-    (TT_CMap_ValidateFunc)   tt_cmap10_validate,
-    (TT_CMap_Info_GetFunc)   tt_cmap10_get_info
-  };
-
-#endif /* TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_10 */
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                          FORMAT 12                            *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* TABLE OVERVIEW                                                        */
-  /* --------------                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   NAME        OFFSET     TYPE       DESCRIPTION                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   format      0          USHORT     must be 12                        */
-  /*   reserved    2          USHORT     reserved                          */
-  /*   length      4          ULONG      length in bytes                   */
-  /*   language    8          ULONG      Mac language code                 */
-  /*   count       12         ULONG      number of groups                  */
-  /*               16                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This header is followed by `count' groups of the following format:    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   start       0          ULONG      first charcode                    */
-  /*   end         4          ULONG      last charcode                     */
-  /*   startId     8          ULONG      start glyph id for the group      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_12
-
-  typedef struct  TT_CMap12Rec_
-  {
-    TT_CMapRec  cmap;
-    FT_Bool     valid;
-    FT_ULong    cur_charcode;
-    FT_UInt     cur_gindex;
-    FT_ULong    cur_group;
-    FT_ULong    num_groups;
-
-  } TT_CMap12Rec, *TT_CMap12;
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_cmap12_init( TT_CMap12  cmap,
-                  FT_Byte*   table )
-  {
-    cmap->cmap.data  = table;
-
-    table           += 12;
-    cmap->num_groups = FT_PEEK_ULONG( table );
-
-    cmap->valid      = 0;
-
-    return SFNT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_cmap12_validate( FT_Byte*      table,
-                      FT_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Byte*   p;
-    FT_ULong   length;
-    FT_ULong   num_groups;
-
-
-    if ( table + 16 > valid->limit )
-      FT_INVALID_TOO_SHORT;
-
-    p      = table + 4;
-    length = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-
-    p          = table + 12;
-    num_groups = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-
-    if ( table + length > valid->limit || length < 16 + 12 * num_groups )
-      FT_INVALID_TOO_SHORT;
-
-    /* check groups, they must be in increasing order */
-    {
-      FT_ULong  n, start, end, start_id, last = 0;
-
-
-      for ( n = 0; n < num_groups; n++ )
-      {
-        start    = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-        end      = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-        start_id = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-
-        if ( start > end )
-          FT_INVALID_DATA;
-
-        if ( n > 0 && start <= last )
-          FT_INVALID_DATA;
-
-        if ( valid->level >= FT_VALIDATE_TIGHT )
-        {
-          if ( start_id + end - start >= TT_VALID_GLYPH_COUNT( valid ) )
-            FT_INVALID_GLYPH_ID;
-        }
-
-        last = end;
-      }
-    }
-
-    return SFNT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  /* search the index of the charcode next to cmap->cur_charcode */
-  /* cmap->cur_group should be set up properly by caller         */
-  /*                                                             */
-  static void
-  tt_cmap12_next( TT_CMap12  cmap )
-  {
-    FT_Byte*  p;
-    FT_ULong  start, end, start_id, char_code;
-    FT_ULong  n;
-    FT_UInt   gindex;
-
-
-    if ( cmap->cur_charcode >= 0xFFFFFFFFUL )
-      goto Fail;
-
-    char_code = cmap->cur_charcode + 1;
-
-    n = cmap->cur_group;
-
-    for ( n = cmap->cur_group; n < cmap->num_groups; n++ )
-    {
-      p        = cmap->cmap.data + 16 + 12 * n;
-      start    = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-      end      = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-      start_id = TT_PEEK_ULONG( p );
-
-      if ( char_code < start )
-        char_code = start;
-
-      for ( ; char_code <= end; char_code++ )
-      {
-        gindex = (FT_UInt)( start_id + char_code - start );
-
-        if ( gindex )
-        {
-          cmap->cur_charcode = char_code;;
-          cmap->cur_gindex   = gindex;
-          cmap->cur_group    = n;
-
-          return;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-  Fail:
-    cmap->valid = 0;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_UInt
-  tt_cmap12_char_map_binary( TT_CMap     cmap,
-                             FT_UInt32*  pchar_code,
-                             FT_Bool     next )
-  {
-    FT_UInt    gindex     = 0;
-    FT_Byte*   p          = cmap->data + 12;
-    FT_UInt32  num_groups = TT_PEEK_ULONG( p );
-    FT_UInt32  char_code  = *pchar_code;
-    FT_UInt32  start, end, start_id;
-    FT_UInt32  max, min, mid;
-
-
-    if ( !num_groups )
-      return 0;
-
-    /* make compiler happy */
-    mid = num_groups;
-    end = 0xFFFFFFFFUL;
-
-    if ( next )
-      char_code++;
-
-    min = 0;
-    max = num_groups;
-
-    /* binary search */
-    while ( min < max )
-    {
-      mid = ( min + max ) >> 1;
-      p   = cmap->data + 16 + 12 * mid;
-
-      start = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-      end   = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-
-      if ( char_code < start )
-        max = mid;
-      else if ( char_code > end )
-        min = mid + 1;
-      else
-      {
-        start_id = TT_PEEK_ULONG( p );
-        gindex = (FT_UInt)( start_id + char_code - start );
-
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-
-    if ( next )
-    {
-      TT_CMap12  cmap12 = (TT_CMap12)cmap;
-
-
-      /* if `char_code' is not in any group, then `mid' is */
-      /* the group nearest to `char_code'                  */
-      /*                                                   */
-
-      if ( char_code > end )
-      {
-        mid++;
-        if ( mid == num_groups )
-          return 0;
-      }
-
-      cmap12->valid        = 1;
-      cmap12->cur_charcode = char_code;
-      cmap12->cur_group    = mid;
-
-      if ( !gindex )
-      {
-        tt_cmap12_next( cmap12 );
-
-        if ( cmap12->valid )
-          gindex = cmap12->cur_gindex;
-      }
-      else
-        cmap12->cur_gindex = gindex;
-
-      if ( gindex )
-        *pchar_code = cmap12->cur_charcode;
-    }
-
-    return gindex;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
-  tt_cmap12_char_index( TT_CMap    cmap,
-                        FT_UInt32  char_code )
-  {
-    return tt_cmap12_char_map_binary( cmap, &char_code, 0 );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
-  tt_cmap12_char_next( TT_CMap     cmap,
-                       FT_UInt32  *pchar_code )
-  {
-    TT_CMap12  cmap12 = (TT_CMap12)cmap;
-    FT_ULong   gindex;
-
-
-    if ( cmap12->cur_charcode >= 0xFFFFFFFFUL )
-      return 0;
-
-    /* no need to search */
-    if ( cmap12->valid && cmap12->cur_charcode == *pchar_code )
-    {
-      tt_cmap12_next( cmap12 );
-      if ( cmap12->valid )
-      {
-        gindex = cmap12->cur_gindex;
-        if ( gindex )
-          *pchar_code = cmap12->cur_charcode;
-      }
-      else
-        gindex = 0;
-    }
-    else
-      gindex = tt_cmap12_char_map_binary( cmap, pchar_code, 1 );
-
-    return gindex;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_cmap12_get_info( TT_CMap       cmap,
-                      TT_CMapInfo  *cmap_info )
-  {
-    FT_Byte*  p = cmap->data + 8;
-
-
-    cmap_info->format = 12;
-    cmap_info->language = (FT_ULong)TT_PEEK_ULONG( p );
-
-    return SFNT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
-  const TT_CMap_ClassRec  tt_cmap12_class_rec =
-  {
-    {
-      sizeof ( TT_CMap12Rec ),
-
-      (FT_CMap_InitFunc)     tt_cmap12_init,
-      (FT_CMap_DoneFunc)     NULL,
-      (FT_CMap_CharIndexFunc)tt_cmap12_char_index,
-      (FT_CMap_CharNextFunc) tt_cmap12_char_next,
-
-      NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL
-    },
-    12,
-    (TT_CMap_ValidateFunc)   tt_cmap12_validate,
-    (TT_CMap_Info_GetFunc)   tt_cmap12_get_info
-  };
-
-#endif /* TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_12 */
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                           FORMAT 14                           *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* TABLE OVERVIEW                                                        */
-  /* --------------                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   NAME         OFFSET  TYPE    DESCRIPTION                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   format         0     USHORT  must be 14                             */
-  /*   length         2     ULONG   table length in bytes                  */
-  /*   numSelector    6     ULONG   number of variation sel. records       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Followed by numSelector records, each of which looks like             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   varSelector    0     UINT24  Unicode codepoint of sel.              */
-  /*   defaultOff     3     ULONG   offset to a default UVS table          */
-  /*                                describing any variants to be found in */
-  /*                                the normal Unicode subtable.           */
-  /*   nonDefOff      7     ULONG   offset to a non-default UVS table      */
-  /*                                describing any variants not in the     */
-  /*                                standard cmap, with GIDs here          */
-  /* (either offset may be 0 NULL)                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Selectors are sorted by code point.                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* A default Unicode Variation Selector (UVS) subtable is just a list of */
-  /* ranges of code points which are to be found in the standard cmap.  No */
-  /* glyph IDs (GIDs) here.                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   numRanges      0     ULONG   number of ranges following             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* A range looks like                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   uniStart       0     UINT24  code point of the first character in   */
-  /*                                this range                             */
-  /*   additionalCnt  3     UBYTE   count of additional characters in this */
-  /*                                range (zero means a range of a single  */
-  /*                                character)                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Ranges are sorted by `uniStart'.                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* A non-default Unicode Variation Selector (UVS) subtable is a list of  */
-  /* mappings from codepoint to GID.                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   numMappings    0     ULONG   number of mappings                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* A range looks like                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   uniStart       0     UINT24  code point of the first character in   */
-  /*                                this range                             */
-  /*   GID            3     USHORT  and its GID                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Ranges are sorted by `uniStart'.                                      */
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_14
-
-  typedef struct  TT_CMap14Rec_
-  {
-    TT_CMapRec  cmap;
-    FT_ULong    num_selectors;
-
-    /* This array is used to store the results of various
-     * cmap 14 query functions.  The data is overwritten
-     * on each call to these functions.
-     */
-    FT_UInt     max_results;
-    FT_UInt32*  results;
-    FT_Memory   memory;
-
-  } TT_CMap14Rec, *TT_CMap14;
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
-  tt_cmap14_done( TT_CMap14  cmap )
-  {
-    FT_Memory  memory = cmap->memory;
-
-
-    cmap->max_results = 0;
-    if ( memory != NULL && cmap->results != NULL )
-      FT_FREE( cmap->results );
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  tt_cmap14_ensure( TT_CMap14  cmap,
-                    FT_UInt    num_results,
-                    FT_Memory  memory )
-  {
-    FT_UInt   old_max = cmap->max_results;
-    FT_Error  error   = 0;
-
-
-    if ( num_results > cmap->max_results )
-    {
-       cmap->memory = memory;
-
-       if ( FT_QRENEW_ARRAY( cmap->results, old_max, num_results ) )
-         return error;
-
-       cmap->max_results = num_results;
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_cmap14_init( TT_CMap14  cmap,
-                  FT_Byte*   table )
-  {
-    cmap->cmap.data = table;
-
-    table               += 6;
-    cmap->num_selectors = FT_PEEK_ULONG( table );
-    cmap->max_results   = 0;
-    cmap->results       = NULL;
-
-    return SFNT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_cmap14_validate( FT_Byte*      table,
-                      FT_Validator  valid )
-  {
-    FT_Byte*  p             = table + 2;
-    FT_ULong  length        = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-    FT_ULong  num_selectors = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-
-
-    if ( table + length > valid->limit || length < 10 + 11 * num_selectors )
-      FT_INVALID_TOO_SHORT;
-
-    /* check selectors, they must be in increasing order */
-    {
-      /* we start lastVarSel at 1 because a variant selector value of 0
-       * isn't valid.
-       */
-      FT_ULong  n, lastVarSel = 1;
-
-
-      for ( n = 0; n < num_selectors; n++ )
-      {
-        FT_ULong  varSel    = TT_NEXT_UINT24( p );
-        FT_ULong  defOff    = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-        FT_ULong  nondefOff = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-
-
-        if ( defOff >= length || nondefOff >= length )
-          FT_INVALID_TOO_SHORT;
-
-        if ( varSel < lastVarSel )
-          FT_INVALID_DATA;
-
-        lastVarSel = varSel + 1;
-
-        /* check the default table (these glyphs should be reached     */
-        /* through the normal Unicode cmap, no GIDs, just check order) */
-        if ( defOff != 0 )
-        {
-          FT_Byte*  defp      = table + defOff;
-          FT_ULong  numRanges = TT_NEXT_ULONG( defp );
-          FT_ULong  i;
-          FT_ULong  lastBase  = 0;
-
-
-          if ( defp + numRanges * 4 > valid->limit )
-            FT_INVALID_TOO_SHORT;
-
-          for ( i = 0; i < numRanges; ++i )
-          {
-            FT_ULong  base = TT_NEXT_UINT24( defp );
-            FT_ULong  cnt  = FT_NEXT_BYTE( defp );
-
-
-            if ( base + cnt >= 0x110000UL )              /* end of Unicode */
-              FT_INVALID_DATA;
-
-            if ( base < lastBase )
-              FT_INVALID_DATA;
-
-            lastBase = base + cnt + 1U;
-          }
-        }
-
-        /* and the non-default table (these glyphs are specified here) */
-        if ( nondefOff != 0 ) {
-          FT_Byte*  ndp         = table + nondefOff;
-          FT_ULong  numMappings = TT_NEXT_ULONG( ndp );
-          FT_ULong  i, lastUni = 0;
-
-
-          if ( ndp + numMappings * 4 > valid->limit )
-            FT_INVALID_TOO_SHORT;
-
-          for ( i = 0; i < numMappings; ++i )
-          {
-            FT_ULong  uni = TT_NEXT_UINT24( ndp );
-            FT_ULong  gid = TT_NEXT_USHORT( ndp );
-
-
-            if ( uni >= 0x110000UL )                     /* end of Unicode */
-              FT_INVALID_DATA;
-
-            if ( uni < lastUni )
-              FT_INVALID_DATA;
-
-            lastUni = uni + 1U;
-
-            if ( valid->level >= FT_VALIDATE_TIGHT    &&
-                 gid >= TT_VALID_GLYPH_COUNT( valid ) )
-              FT_INVALID_GLYPH_ID;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    return SFNT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
-  tt_cmap14_char_index( TT_CMap    cmap,
-                        FT_UInt32  char_code )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( cmap );
-    FT_UNUSED( char_code );
-
-    /* This can't happen */
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
-  tt_cmap14_char_next( TT_CMap     cmap,
-                       FT_UInt32  *pchar_code )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( cmap );
-
-    /* This can't happen */
-    *pchar_code = 0;
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_cmap14_get_info( TT_CMap       cmap,
-                      TT_CMapInfo  *cmap_info )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( cmap );
-
-    cmap_info->format = 14;
-    /* subtable 14 does not define a language field */
-    cmap_info->language = 0xFFFFFFFFUL;
-
-    return SFNT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_UInt
-  tt_cmap14_char_map_def_binary( FT_Byte    *base,
-                                 FT_UInt32   char_code )
-  {
-    FT_UInt32  numRanges = TT_PEEK_ULONG( base );
-    FT_UInt32  max, min;
-
-
-    min = 0;
-    max = numRanges;
-
-    base += 4;
-
-    /* binary search */
-    while ( min < max )
-    {
-      FT_UInt32  mid   = ( min + max ) >> 1;
-      FT_Byte*   p     = base + 4 * mid;
-      FT_ULong   start = TT_NEXT_UINT24( p );
-      FT_UInt    cnt   = FT_NEXT_BYTE( p );
-
-
-      if ( char_code < start )
-        max = mid;
-      else if ( char_code > start+cnt )
-        min = mid + 1;
-      else
-        return TRUE;
-    }
-
-    return FALSE;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_UInt
-  tt_cmap14_char_map_nondef_binary( FT_Byte    *base,
-                                    FT_UInt32   char_code )
-  {
-    FT_UInt32  numMappings = TT_PEEK_ULONG( base );
-    FT_UInt32  max, min;
-
-
-    min = 0;
-    max = numMappings;
-
-    base += 4;
-
-    /* binary search */
-    while ( min < max )
-    {
-      FT_UInt32  mid = ( min + max ) >> 1;
-      FT_Byte*   p   = base + 5 * mid;
-      FT_UInt32  uni = TT_NEXT_UINT24( p );
-
-
-      if ( char_code < uni )
-        max = mid;
-      else if ( char_code > uni )
-        min = mid + 1;
-      else
-        return TT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
-    }
-
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Byte*
-  tt_cmap14_find_variant( FT_Byte    *base,
-                          FT_UInt32   variantCode )
-  {
-    FT_UInt32  numVar = TT_PEEK_ULONG( base );
-    FT_UInt32  max, min;
-
-
-    min = 0;
-    max = numVar;
-
-    base += 4;
-
-    /* binary search */
-    while ( min < max )
-    {
-      FT_UInt32  mid    = ( min + max ) >> 1;
-      FT_Byte*   p      = base + 11 * mid;
-      FT_ULong   varSel = TT_NEXT_UINT24( p );
-
-
-      if ( variantCode < varSel )
-        max = mid;
-      else if ( variantCode > varSel )
-        min = mid + 1;
-      else
-        return p;
-    }
-
-    return NULL;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
-  tt_cmap14_char_var_index( TT_CMap   cmap,
-                            TT_CMap   ucmap,
-                            FT_ULong  charcode,
-                            FT_ULong  variantSelector)
-  {
-    FT_Byte*  p = tt_cmap14_find_variant( cmap->data + 6, variantSelector );
-    FT_ULong  defOff;
-    FT_ULong  nondefOff;
-
-
-    if ( !p )
-      return 0;
-
-    defOff    = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-    nondefOff = TT_PEEK_ULONG( p );
-
-    if ( defOff != 0                                                    &&
-         tt_cmap14_char_map_def_binary( cmap->data + defOff, charcode ) )
-    {
-      /* This is the default variant of this charcode.  GID not stored */
-      /* here; stored in the normal Unicode charmap instead.           */
-      return ucmap->cmap.clazz->char_index( &ucmap->cmap, charcode );
-    }
-
-    if ( nondefOff != 0 )
-      return tt_cmap14_char_map_nondef_binary( cmap->data + nondefOff,
-                                               charcode );
-
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Int )
-  tt_cmap14_char_var_isdefault( TT_CMap   cmap,
-                                FT_ULong  charcode,
-                                FT_ULong  variantSelector )
-  {
-    FT_Byte*  p = tt_cmap14_find_variant( cmap->data + 6, variantSelector );
-    FT_ULong  defOff;
-    FT_ULong  nondefOff;
-
-
-    if ( !p )
-      return -1;
-
-    defOff    = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-    nondefOff = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-
-    if ( defOff != 0                                                    &&
-         tt_cmap14_char_map_def_binary( cmap->data + defOff, charcode ) )
-      return 1;
-
-    if ( nondefOff != 0                                            &&
-         tt_cmap14_char_map_nondef_binary( cmap->data + nondefOff,
-                                           charcode ) != 0         )
-      return 0;
-
-    return -1;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt32* )
-  tt_cmap14_variants( TT_CMap    cmap,
-                      FT_Memory  memory )
-  {
-    TT_CMap14   cmap14 = (TT_CMap14)cmap;
-    FT_UInt     count  = cmap14->num_selectors;
-    FT_Byte*    p      = cmap->data + 10;
-    FT_UInt32*  result;
-    FT_UInt     i;
-
-
-    if ( tt_cmap14_ensure( cmap14, ( count + 1 ), memory ) )
-      return NULL;
-
-    result = cmap14->results;
-    for ( i = 0; i < count; ++i )
-    {
-      result[i] = TT_NEXT_UINT24( p );
-      p        += 8;
-    }
-    result[i] = 0;
-
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt32 * )
-  tt_cmap14_char_variants( TT_CMap    cmap,
-                           FT_Memory  memory,
-                           FT_ULong   charCode )
-  {
-    TT_CMap14   cmap14 = (TT_CMap14)  cmap;
-    FT_UInt     count  = cmap14->num_selectors;
-    FT_Byte*    p      = cmap->data + 10;
-    FT_UInt32*  q;
-
-
-    if ( tt_cmap14_ensure( cmap14, ( count + 1 ), memory ) )
-      return NULL;
-
-    for ( q = cmap14->results; count > 0; --count )
-    {
-      FT_UInt32  varSel    = TT_NEXT_UINT24( p );
-      FT_ULong   defOff    = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-      FT_ULong   nondefOff = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-
-
-      if ( ( defOff != 0                                               &&
-             tt_cmap14_char_map_def_binary( cmap->data + defOff,
-                                            charCode )                 ) ||
-           ( nondefOff != 0                                            &&
-             tt_cmap14_char_map_nondef_binary( cmap->data + nondefOff,
-                                               charCode ) != 0         ) )
-      {
-        q[0] = varSel;
-        q++;
-      }
-    }
-    q[0] = 0;
-
-    return cmap14->results;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_UInt
-  tt_cmap14_def_char_count( FT_Byte  *p )
-  {
-    FT_UInt32  numRanges = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-    FT_UInt    tot       = 0;
-
-
-    p += 3;  /* point to the first 'cnt' field */
-    for ( ; numRanges > 0; numRanges-- )
-    {
-      tot += 1 + p[0];
-      p   += 4;
-    }
-
-    return tot;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_UInt32*
-  tt_cmap14_get_def_chars( TT_CMap     cmap,
-                           FT_Byte*    p,
-                           FT_Memory   memory )
-  {
-    TT_CMap14   cmap14 = (TT_CMap14) cmap;
-    FT_UInt32   numRanges;
-    FT_UInt     cnt;
-    FT_UInt32*  q;
-
-
-    cnt       = tt_cmap14_def_char_count( p );
-    numRanges = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-
-    if ( tt_cmap14_ensure( cmap14, ( cnt + 1 ), memory ) )
-      return NULL;
-
-    for ( q = cmap14->results; numRanges > 0; --numRanges )
-    {
-      FT_UInt  uni = TT_NEXT_UINT24( p );
-
-
-      cnt = FT_NEXT_BYTE( p ) + 1;
-      do
-      {
-        q[0]  = uni;
-        uni  += 1;
-        q    += 1;
-      } while ( --cnt != 0 );
-    }
-    q[0] = 0;
-
-    return cmap14->results;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_UInt*
-  tt_cmap14_get_nondef_chars( TT_CMap     cmap,
-                              FT_Byte    *p,
-                              FT_Memory   memory )
-  {
-    TT_CMap14   cmap14 = (TT_CMap14) cmap;
-    FT_UInt32   numMappings;
-    FT_UInt     i;
-    FT_UInt32  *ret;
-
-
-    numMappings = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-
-    if ( tt_cmap14_ensure( cmap14, ( numMappings + 1 ), memory ) )
-      return NULL;
-
-    ret = cmap14->results;
-    for ( i = 0; i < numMappings; ++i )
-    {
-      ret[i] = TT_NEXT_UINT24( p );
-      p += 2;
-    }
-    ret[i] = 0;
-
-    return ret;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt32 * )
-  tt_cmap14_variant_chars( TT_CMap    cmap,
-                           FT_Memory  memory,
-                           FT_ULong   variantSelector )
-  {
-    FT_Byte    *p  = tt_cmap14_find_variant( cmap->data + 6,
-                                             variantSelector );
-    FT_UInt32  *ret;
-    FT_Int      i;
-    FT_ULong    defOff;
-    FT_ULong    nondefOff;
-
-
-    if ( !p )
-      return NULL;
-
-    defOff    = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-    nondefOff = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-
-    if ( defOff == 0 && nondefOff == 0 )
-      return NULL;
-
-    if ( defOff == 0 )
-      return tt_cmap14_get_nondef_chars( cmap, cmap->data + nondefOff,
-                                         memory );
-    else if ( nondefOff == 0 )
-      return tt_cmap14_get_def_chars( cmap, cmap->data + defOff,
-                                      memory );
-    else
-    {
-      /* Both a default and a non-default glyph set?  That's probably not */
-      /* good font design, but the spec allows for it...                  */
-      TT_CMap14  cmap14 = (TT_CMap14) cmap;
-      FT_UInt32  numRanges;
-      FT_UInt32  numMappings;
-      FT_UInt32  duni;
-      FT_UInt32  dcnt;
-      FT_UInt32  nuni;
-      FT_Byte*   dp;
-      FT_UInt    di, ni, k;
-
-
-      p  = cmap->data + nondefOff;
-      dp = cmap->data + defOff;
-
-      numMappings = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-      dcnt        = tt_cmap14_def_char_count( dp );
-      numRanges   = TT_NEXT_ULONG( dp );
-
-      if ( numMappings == 0 )
-        return tt_cmap14_get_def_chars( cmap, cmap->data + defOff,
-                                        memory );
-      if ( dcnt == 0 )
-        return tt_cmap14_get_nondef_chars( cmap, cmap->data + nondefOff,
-                                           memory );
-
-      if ( tt_cmap14_ensure( cmap14, ( dcnt + numMappings + 1 ), memory ) )
-        return NULL;
-
-      ret  = cmap14->results;
-      duni = TT_NEXT_UINT24( dp );
-      dcnt = FT_NEXT_BYTE( dp );
-      di   = 1;
-      nuni = TT_NEXT_UINT24( p );
-      p   += 2;
-      ni   = 1;
-      i    = 0;
-
-      for ( ;; )
-      {
-        if ( nuni > duni + dcnt )
-        {
-          for ( k = 0; k <= dcnt; ++k )
-            ret[i++] = duni + k;
-
-          ++di;
-
-          if ( di > numRanges )
-            break;
-
-          duni = TT_NEXT_UINT24( dp );
-          dcnt = FT_NEXT_BYTE( dp );
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          if ( nuni < duni )
-            ret[i++] = nuni;
-          /* If it is within the default range then ignore it -- */
-          /* that should not have happened                       */
-          ++ni;
-          if ( ni > numMappings )
-            break;
-
-          nuni = TT_NEXT_UINT24( p );
-          p += 2;
-        }
-      }
-
-      if ( ni <= numMappings )
-      {
-        /* If we get here then we have run out of all default ranges.   */
-        /* We have read one non-default mapping which we haven't stored */
-        /* and there may be others that need to be read.                */
-        ret[i++] = nuni;
-        while ( ni < numMappings )
-        {
-          ret[i++] = TT_NEXT_UINT24( p );
-          p += 2;
-          ++ni;
-        }
-      }
-      else if ( di <= numRanges )
-      {
-        /* If we get here then we have run out of all non-default     */
-        /* mappings.  We have read one default range which we haven't */
-        /* stored and there may be others that need to be read.       */
-        for ( k = 0; k <= dcnt; ++k )
-          ret[i++] = duni + k;
-
-        while ( di < numRanges )
-        {
-          duni = TT_NEXT_UINT24( dp );
-          dcnt = FT_NEXT_BYTE( dp );
-
-          for ( k = 0; k <= dcnt; ++k )
-            ret[i++] = duni + k;
-          ++di;
-        }
-      }
-
-      ret[i] = 0;
-
-      return ret;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
-  const TT_CMap_ClassRec  tt_cmap14_class_rec =
-  {
-    {
-      sizeof ( TT_CMap14Rec ),
-
-      (FT_CMap_InitFunc)     tt_cmap14_init,
-      (FT_CMap_DoneFunc)     tt_cmap14_done,
-      (FT_CMap_CharIndexFunc)tt_cmap14_char_index,
-      (FT_CMap_CharNextFunc) tt_cmap14_char_next,
-
-      /* Format 14 extension functions */
-      (FT_CMap_CharVarIndexFunc)    tt_cmap14_char_var_index,
-      (FT_CMap_CharVarIsDefaultFunc)tt_cmap14_char_var_isdefault,
-      (FT_CMap_VariantListFunc)     tt_cmap14_variants,
-      (FT_CMap_CharVariantListFunc) tt_cmap14_char_variants,
-      (FT_CMap_VariantCharListFunc) tt_cmap14_variant_chars
-    },
-    14,
-    (TT_CMap_ValidateFunc)tt_cmap14_validate,
-    (TT_CMap_Info_GetFunc)tt_cmap14_get_info
-  };
-
-#endif /* TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_0 */
-
-
-  static const TT_CMap_Class  tt_cmap_classes[] =
-  {
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_0
-    &tt_cmap0_class_rec,
-#endif
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_2
-    &tt_cmap2_class_rec,
-#endif
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_4
-    &tt_cmap4_class_rec,
-#endif
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_6
-    &tt_cmap6_class_rec,
-#endif
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_8
-    &tt_cmap8_class_rec,
-#endif
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_10
-    &tt_cmap10_class_rec,
-#endif
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_12
-    &tt_cmap12_class_rec,
-#endif
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_14
-    &tt_cmap14_class_rec,
-#endif
-
-    NULL,
-  };
-
-
-  /* parse the `cmap' table and build the corresponding TT_CMap objects */
-  /* in the current face                                                */
-  /*                                                                    */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_build_cmaps( TT_Face  face )
-  {
-    FT_Byte*           table = face->cmap_table;
-    FT_Byte*           limit = table + face->cmap_size;
-    FT_UInt volatile   num_cmaps;
-    FT_Byte* volatile  p     = table;
-
-
-    if ( p + 4 > limit )
-      return SFNT_Err_Invalid_Table;
-
-    /* only recognize format 0 */
-    if ( TT_NEXT_USHORT( p ) != 0 )
-    {
-      p -= 2;
-      FT_ERROR(( "tt_face_build_cmaps: unsupported `cmap' table format = %d\n",
-                 TT_PEEK_USHORT( p ) ));
-      return SFNT_Err_Invalid_Table;
-    }
-
-    num_cmaps = TT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    for ( ; num_cmaps > 0 && p + 8 <= limit; num_cmaps-- )
-    {
-      FT_CharMapRec  charmap;
-      FT_UInt32      offset;
-
-
-      charmap.platform_id = TT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-      charmap.encoding_id = TT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-      charmap.face        = FT_FACE( face );
-      charmap.encoding    = FT_ENCODING_NONE;  /* will be filled later */
-      offset              = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-
-      if ( offset && offset <= face->cmap_size - 2 )
-      {
-        FT_Byte* volatile              cmap   = table + offset;
-        volatile FT_UInt               format = TT_PEEK_USHORT( cmap );
-        const TT_CMap_Class* volatile  pclazz = tt_cmap_classes;
-        TT_CMap_Class volatile         clazz;
-
-
-        for ( ; *pclazz; pclazz++ )
-        {
-          clazz = *pclazz;
-          if ( clazz->format == format )
-          {
-            volatile TT_ValidatorRec  valid;
-            volatile FT_Error         error = SFNT_Err_Ok;
-
-
-            ft_validator_init( FT_VALIDATOR( &valid ), cmap, limit,
-                               FT_VALIDATE_DEFAULT );
-
-            valid.num_glyphs = (FT_UInt)face->max_profile.numGlyphs;
-
-            if ( ft_setjmp(
-              *((ft_jmp_buf*)&FT_VALIDATOR( &valid )->jump_buffer) ) == 0 )
-            {
-              /* validate this cmap sub-table */
-              error = clazz->validate( cmap, FT_VALIDATOR( &valid ) );
-            }
-
-            if ( valid.validator.error == 0 )
-            {
-              FT_CMap  ttcmap;
-
-
-              /* It might make sense to store the single variation selector */
-              /* cmap somewhere special.  But it would have to be in the    */
-              /* public FT_FaceRec, and we can't change that.               */
-
-              if ( !FT_CMap_New( (FT_CMap_Class)clazz,
-                                 cmap, &charmap, &ttcmap ) )
-              {
-                /* it is simpler to directly set `flags' than adding */
-                /* a parameter to FT_CMap_New                        */
-                ((TT_CMap)ttcmap)->flags = (FT_Int)error;
-              }
-            }
-            else
-            {
-              FT_ERROR(( "tt_face_build_cmaps:" ));
-              FT_ERROR(( " broken cmap sub-table ignored!\n" ));
-            }
-            break;
-          }
-        }
-
-        if ( *pclazz == NULL )
-        {
-          FT_ERROR(( "tt_face_build_cmaps:" ));
-          FT_ERROR(( " unsupported cmap sub-table ignored!\n" ));
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    return SFNT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  tt_get_cmap_info( FT_CharMap    charmap,
-                    TT_CMapInfo  *cmap_info )
-  {
-    FT_CMap        cmap  = (FT_CMap)charmap;
-    TT_CMap_Class  clazz = (TT_CMap_Class)cmap->clazz;
-
-
-    return clazz->get_cmap_info( charmap, cmap_info );
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttcmap.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttcmap.h
deleted file mode 100644
index a10a3e2..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttcmap.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ttcmap.h                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    TrueType character mapping table (cmap) support (specification).     */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 by                                    */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __TTCMAP_H__
-#define __TTCMAP_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_TRUETYPE_TYPES_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_VALIDATE_H
-#include FT_SERVICE_TT_CMAP_H
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-#define TT_CMAP_FLAG_UNSORTED     1
-#define TT_CMAP_FLAG_OVERLAPPING  2
-
-  typedef struct  TT_CMapRec_
-  {
-    FT_CMapRec  cmap;
-    FT_Byte*    data;           /* pointer to in-memory cmap table */
-    FT_Int      flags;          /* for format 4 only               */
-
-  } TT_CMapRec, *TT_CMap;
-
-  typedef const struct TT_CMap_ClassRec_*  TT_CMap_Class;
-
-
-  typedef FT_Error
-  (*TT_CMap_ValidateFunc)( FT_Byte*      data,
-                           FT_Validator  valid );
-
-  typedef struct  TT_CMap_ClassRec_
-  {
-    FT_CMap_ClassRec      clazz;
-    FT_UInt               format;
-    TT_CMap_ValidateFunc  validate;
-    TT_CMap_Info_GetFunc  get_cmap_info;
-
-  } TT_CMap_ClassRec;
-
-
-  typedef struct  TT_ValidatorRec_
-  {
-    FT_ValidatorRec  validator;
-    FT_UInt          num_glyphs;
-
-  } TT_ValidatorRec, *TT_Validator;
-
-
-#define TT_VALIDATOR( x )          ((TT_Validator)( x ))
-#define TT_VALID_GLYPH_COUNT( x )  TT_VALIDATOR( x )->num_glyphs
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_build_cmaps( TT_Face  face );
-
-  /* used in tt-cmaps service */
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  tt_get_cmap_info( FT_CharMap    charmap,
-                    TT_CMapInfo  *cmap_info );
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __TTCMAP_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttkern.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttkern.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 28e52c3..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttkern.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,292 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ttkern.c                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Load the basic TrueType kerning table.  This doesn't handle          */
-/*    kerning data within the GPOS table at the moment.                    */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by             */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
-#include FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H
-#include "ttkern.h"
-#include "ttload.h"
-
-#include "sferrors.h"
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_ttkern
-
-
-#undef  TT_KERN_INDEX
-#define TT_KERN_INDEX( g1, g2 )  ( ( (FT_ULong)(g1) << 16 ) | (g2) )
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_load_kern( TT_Face    face,
-                     FT_Stream  stream )
-  {
-    FT_Error   error;
-    FT_ULong   table_size;
-    FT_Byte*   p;
-    FT_Byte*   p_limit;
-    FT_UInt    nn, num_tables;
-    FT_UInt32  avail = 0, ordered = 0;
-
-
-    /* the kern table is optional; exit silently if it is missing */
-    error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_kern, stream, &table_size );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    if ( table_size < 4 )  /* the case of a malformed table */
-    {
-      FT_ERROR(( "kerning table is too small - ignored\n" ));
-      error = SFNT_Err_Table_Missing;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    if ( FT_FRAME_EXTRACT( table_size, face->kern_table ) )
-    {
-      FT_ERROR(( "could not extract kerning table\n" ));
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    face->kern_table_size = table_size;
-
-    p       = face->kern_table;
-    p_limit = p + table_size;
-
-    p         += 2; /* skip version */
-    num_tables = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    if ( num_tables > 32 ) /* we only support up to 32 sub-tables */
-      num_tables = 32;
-
-    for ( nn = 0; nn < num_tables; nn++ )
-    {
-      FT_UInt    num_pairs, length, coverage;
-      FT_Byte*   p_next;
-      FT_UInt32  mask = 1UL << nn;
-
-
-      if ( p + 6 > p_limit )
-        break;
-
-      p_next = p;
-
-      p += 2; /* skip version */
-      length   = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-      coverage = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-      if ( length <= 6 )
-        break;
-
-      p_next += length;
-
-      /* only use horizontal kerning tables */
-      if ( ( coverage & ~8 ) != 0x0001 ||
-           p + 8 > p_limit             )
-        goto NextTable;
-
-      num_pairs = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-      p        += 6;
-
-      if ( p + 6 * num_pairs > p_limit )
-        goto NextTable;
-
-      avail |= mask;
-
-      /*
-       *  Now check whether the pairs in this table are ordered.
-       *  We then can use binary search.
-       */
-      if ( num_pairs > 0 )
-      {
-        FT_UInt  count;
-        FT_UInt  old_pair;
-
-
-        old_pair = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-        p       += 2;
-
-        for ( count = num_pairs - 1; count > 0; count-- )
-        {
-          FT_UInt32  cur_pair;
-
-
-          cur_pair = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-          if ( cur_pair <= old_pair )
-            break;
-
-          p += 2;
-          old_pair = cur_pair;
-        }
-
-        if ( count == 0 )
-          ordered |= mask;
-      }
-
-    NextTable:
-      p = p_next;
-    }
-
-    face->num_kern_tables = nn;
-    face->kern_avail_bits = avail;
-    face->kern_order_bits = ordered;
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  tt_face_done_kern( TT_Face  face )
-  {
-    FT_Stream  stream = face->root.stream;
-
-
-    FT_FRAME_RELEASE( face->kern_table );
-    face->kern_table_size = 0;
-    face->num_kern_tables = 0;
-    face->kern_avail_bits = 0;
-    face->kern_order_bits = 0;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Int )
-  tt_face_get_kerning( TT_Face  face,
-                       FT_UInt  left_glyph,
-                       FT_UInt  right_glyph )
-  {
-    FT_Int    result = 0;
-    FT_UInt   count, mask = 1;
-    FT_Byte*  p       = face->kern_table;
-
-
-    p   += 4;
-    mask = 0x0001;
-
-    for ( count = face->num_kern_tables; count > 0; count--, mask <<= 1 )
-    {
-      FT_Byte* base     = p;
-      FT_Byte* next     = base;
-      FT_UInt  version  = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-      FT_UInt  length   = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-      FT_UInt  coverage = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-      FT_Int   value    = 0;
-
-      FT_UNUSED( version );
-
-
-      next = base + length;
-
-      if ( ( face->kern_avail_bits & mask ) == 0 )
-        goto NextTable;
-
-      if ( p + 8 > next )
-        goto NextTable;
-
-      switch ( coverage >> 8 )
-      {
-      case 0:
-        {
-          FT_UInt   num_pairs = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-          FT_ULong  key0      = TT_KERN_INDEX( left_glyph, right_glyph );
-
-
-          p += 6;
-
-          if ( face->kern_order_bits & mask )   /* binary search */
-          {
-            FT_UInt   min = 0;
-            FT_UInt   max = num_pairs;
-
-
-            while ( min < max )
-            {
-              FT_UInt   mid = ( min + max ) >> 1;
-              FT_Byte*  q   = p + 6 * mid;
-              FT_ULong  key;
-
-
-              key = FT_NEXT_ULONG( q );
-
-              if ( key == key0 )
-              {
-                value = FT_PEEK_SHORT( q );
-                goto Found;
-              }
-              if ( key < key0 )
-                min = mid + 1;
-              else
-                max = mid;
-            }
-          }
-          else /* linear search */
-          {
-            FT_UInt  count2;
-
-
-            for ( count2 = num_pairs; count2 > 0; count2-- )
-            {
-              FT_ULong  key = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-
-
-              if ( key == key0 )
-              {
-                value = FT_PEEK_SHORT( p );
-                goto Found;
-              }
-              p += 2;
-            }
-          }
-        }
-        break;
-
-       /*
-        *  We don't support format 2 because we haven't seen a single font
-        *  using it in real life...
-        */
-
-      default:
-        ;
-      }
-
-      goto NextTable;
-
-    Found:
-      if ( coverage & 8 ) /* override or add */
-        result = value;
-      else
-        result += value;
-
-    NextTable:
-      p = next;
-    }
-
-    return result;
-  }
-
-#undef TT_KERN_INDEX
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttkern.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttkern.h
deleted file mode 100644
index df1da9b..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttkern.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ttkern.h                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Load the basic TrueType kerning table.  This doesn't handle          */
-/*    kerning data within the GPOS table at the moment.                    */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2005, 2007 by                               */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __TTKERN_H__
-#define __TTKERN_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_TRUETYPE_TYPES_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error  )
-  tt_face_load_kern( TT_Face    face,
-                     FT_Stream  stream );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  tt_face_done_kern( TT_Face  face );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Int )
-  tt_face_get_kerning( TT_Face     face,
-                       FT_UInt     left_glyph,
-                       FT_UInt     right_glyph );
-
-#define TT_FACE_HAS_KERNING( face )  ( (face)->kern_avail_bits != 0 )
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __TTKERN_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttload.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttload.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 6b7c342..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttload.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1185 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ttload.c                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Load the basic TrueType tables, i.e., tables that can be either in   */
-/*    TTF or OTF fonts (body).                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by       */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
-#include FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H
-#include "ttload.h"
-
-#include "sferrors.h"
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_ttload
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    tt_face_lookup_table                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Looks for a TrueType table by name.                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face :: A face object handle.                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    tag  :: The searched tag.                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    A pointer to the table directory entry.  0 if not found.           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( TT_Table  )
-  tt_face_lookup_table( TT_Face   face,
-                        FT_ULong  tag  )
-  {
-    TT_Table  entry;
-    TT_Table  limit;
-
-
-    FT_TRACE4(( "tt_face_lookup_table: %08p, `%c%c%c%c' -- ",
-                face,
-                (FT_Char)( tag >> 24 ),
-                (FT_Char)( tag >> 16 ),
-                (FT_Char)( tag >> 8  ),
-                (FT_Char)( tag       ) ));
-
-    entry = face->dir_tables;
-    limit = entry + face->num_tables;
-
-    for ( ; entry < limit; entry++ )
-    {
-      /* For compatibility with Windows, we consider 0-length */
-      /* tables the same as missing tables.                   */
-      if ( entry->Tag == tag && entry->Length != 0 )
-      {
-        FT_TRACE4(( "found table.\n" ));
-        return entry;
-      }
-    }
-
-    FT_TRACE4(( "could not find table!\n" ));
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    tt_face_goto_table                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Looks for a TrueType table by name, then seek a stream to it.      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face   :: A face object handle.                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    tag    :: The searched tag.                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    stream :: The stream to seek when the table is found.              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Output>                                                              */
-  /*    length :: The length of the table if found, undefined otherwise.   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_goto_table( TT_Face    face,
-                      FT_ULong   tag,
-                      FT_Stream  stream,
-                      FT_ULong*  length )
-  {
-    TT_Table  table;
-    FT_Error  error;
-
-
-    table = tt_face_lookup_table( face, tag );
-    if ( table )
-    {
-      if ( length )
-        *length = table->Length;
-
-      if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( table->Offset ) )
-       goto Exit;
-    }
-    else
-      error = SFNT_Err_Table_Missing;
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* Here, we                                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* - check that `num_tables' is valid                                    */
-  /* - look for a `head' table, check its size, and parse it to check      */
-  /*   whether its `magic' field is correctly set                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* When checking directory entries, ignore the tables `glyx' and `locx'  */
-  /* which are hacked-out versions of `glyf' and `loca' in some PostScript */
-  /* Type 42 fonts, and which are generally invalid.                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static FT_Error
-  check_table_dir( SFNT_Header  sfnt,
-                   FT_Stream    stream )
-  {
-    FT_Error        error;
-    FT_UInt         nn;
-    FT_UInt         has_head = 0, has_sing = 0, has_meta = 0;
-    FT_ULong        offset = sfnt->offset + 12;
-
-    const FT_ULong  glyx_tag = FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'l', 'y', 'x' );
-    const FT_ULong  locx_tag = FT_MAKE_TAG( 'l', 'o', 'c', 'x' );
-
-    static const FT_Frame_Field  table_dir_entry_fields[] =
-    {
-#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
-#define FT_STRUCTURE  TT_TableRec
-
-      FT_FRAME_START( 16 ),
-        FT_FRAME_ULONG( Tag ),
-        FT_FRAME_ULONG( CheckSum ),
-        FT_FRAME_ULONG( Offset ),
-        FT_FRAME_ULONG( Length ),
-      FT_FRAME_END
-    };
-
-
-    if ( sfnt->num_tables == 0                         ||
-         offset + sfnt->num_tables * 16 > stream->size )
-      return SFNT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
-
-    if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( offset ) )
-      return error;
-
-    for ( nn = 0; nn < sfnt->num_tables; nn++ )
-    {
-      TT_TableRec  table;
-
-
-      if ( FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( table_dir_entry_fields, &table ) )
-        return error;
-
-      if ( table.Offset + table.Length > stream->size &&
-           table.Tag != glyx_tag                      &&
-           table.Tag != locx_tag                      )
-        return SFNT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
-
-      if ( table.Tag == TTAG_head || table.Tag == TTAG_bhed )
-      {
-        FT_UInt32  magic;
-
-
-#ifndef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS
-        if ( table.Tag == TTAG_head )
-#endif
-          has_head = 1;
-
-        /*
-         * The table length should be 0x36, but certain font tools make it
-         * 0x38, so we will just check that it is greater.
-         *
-         * Note that according to the specification, the table must be
-         * padded to 32-bit lengths, but this doesn't apply to the value of
-         * its `Length' field!
-         *
-         */
-        if ( table.Length < 0x36 )
-          return SFNT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
-
-        if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( table.Offset + 12 ) ||
-             FT_READ_ULONG( magic )              )
-          return error;
-
-        if ( magic != 0x5F0F3CF5UL )
-          return SFNT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
-
-        if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( offset + ( nn + 1 ) * 16 ) )
-          return error;
-      }
-      else if ( table.Tag == TTAG_SING )
-        has_sing = 1;
-      else if ( table.Tag == TTAG_META )
-        has_meta = 1;
-    }
-
-    /* if `sing' and `meta' tables are present, there is no `head' table */
-    if ( has_head || ( has_sing && has_meta ) )
-      return SFNT_Err_Ok;
-    else
-      return SFNT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    tt_face_load_font_dir                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Loads the header of a SFNT font file.                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face       :: A handle to the target face object.                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    stream     :: The input stream.                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Output>                                                              */
-  /*    sfnt       :: The SFNT header.                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    The stream cursor must be at the beginning of the font directory.  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_load_font_dir( TT_Face    face,
-                         FT_Stream  stream )
-  {
-    SFNT_HeaderRec  sfnt;
-    FT_Error        error;
-    FT_Memory       memory = stream->memory;
-    TT_TableRec*    entry;
-    TT_TableRec*    limit;
-
-    static const FT_Frame_Field  offset_table_fields[] =
-    {
-#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
-#define FT_STRUCTURE  SFNT_HeaderRec
-
-      FT_FRAME_START( 8 ),
-        FT_FRAME_USHORT( num_tables ),
-        FT_FRAME_USHORT( search_range ),
-        FT_FRAME_USHORT( entry_selector ),
-        FT_FRAME_USHORT( range_shift ),
-      FT_FRAME_END
-    };
-
-
-    FT_TRACE2(( "tt_face_load_font_dir: %08p\n", face ));
-
-    /* read the offset table */
-
-    sfnt.offset = FT_STREAM_POS();
-
-    if ( FT_READ_ULONG( sfnt.format_tag )                    ||
-         FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( offset_table_fields, &sfnt ) )
-      return error;
-
-    /* many fonts don't have these fields set correctly */
-#if 0
-    if ( sfnt.search_range != 1 << ( sfnt.entry_selector + 4 )        ||
-         sfnt.search_range + sfnt.range_shift != sfnt.num_tables << 4 )
-      return SFNT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
-#endif
-
-    /* load the table directory */
-
-    FT_TRACE2(( "-- Tables count:   %12u\n",  sfnt.num_tables ));
-    FT_TRACE2(( "-- Format version: %08lx\n", sfnt.format_tag ));
-
-    /* check first */
-    error = check_table_dir( &sfnt, stream );
-    if ( error )
-    {
-      FT_TRACE2(( "tt_face_load_font_dir: invalid table directory!\n" ));
-
-      return error;
-    }
-
-    face->num_tables = sfnt.num_tables;
-    face->format_tag = sfnt.format_tag;
-
-    if ( FT_QNEW_ARRAY( face->dir_tables, face->num_tables ) )
-      return error;
-
-    if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( sfnt.offset + 12 )       ||
-         FT_FRAME_ENTER( face->num_tables * 16L ) )
-      return error;
-
-    entry = face->dir_tables;
-    limit = entry + face->num_tables;
-
-    for ( ; entry < limit; entry++ )
-    {
-      entry->Tag      = FT_GET_TAG4();
-      entry->CheckSum = FT_GET_ULONG();
-      entry->Offset   = FT_GET_LONG();
-      entry->Length   = FT_GET_LONG();
-
-      FT_TRACE2(( "  %c%c%c%c  -  %08lx  -  %08lx\n",
-                  (FT_Char)( entry->Tag >> 24 ),
-                  (FT_Char)( entry->Tag >> 16 ),
-                  (FT_Char)( entry->Tag >> 8  ),
-                  (FT_Char)( entry->Tag       ),
-                  entry->Offset,
-                  entry->Length ));
-    }
-
-    FT_FRAME_EXIT();
-
-    FT_TRACE2(( "table directory loaded\n\n" ));
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    tt_face_load_any                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Loads any font table into client memory.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face   :: The face object to look for.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    tag    :: The tag of table to load.  Use the value 0 if you want   */
-  /*              to access the whole font file, else set this parameter   */
-  /*              to a valid TrueType table tag that you can forge with    */
-  /*              the MAKE_TT_TAG macro.                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    offset :: The starting offset in the table (or the file if         */
-  /*              tag == 0).                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    length :: The address of the decision variable:                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                If length == NULL:                                     */
-  /*                  Loads the whole table.  Returns an error if          */
-  /*                  `offset' == 0!                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                If *length == 0:                                       */
-  /*                  Exits immediately; returning the length of the given */
-  /*                  table or of the font file, depending on the value of */
-  /*                  `tag'.                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                If *length != 0:                                       */
-  /*                  Loads the next `length' bytes of table or font,      */
-  /*                  starting at offset `offset' (in table or font too).  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Output>                                                              */
-  /*    buffer :: The address of target buffer.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_load_any( TT_Face    face,
-                    FT_ULong   tag,
-                    FT_Long    offset,
-                    FT_Byte*   buffer,
-                    FT_ULong*  length )
-  {
-    FT_Error   error;
-    FT_Stream  stream;
-    TT_Table   table;
-    FT_ULong   size;
-
-
-    if ( tag != 0 )
-    {
-      /* look for tag in font directory */
-      table = tt_face_lookup_table( face, tag );
-      if ( !table )
-      {
-        error = SFNT_Err_Table_Missing;
-        goto Exit;
-      }
-
-      offset += table->Offset;
-      size    = table->Length;
-    }
-    else
-      /* tag == 0 -- the user wants to access the font file directly */
-      size = face->root.stream->size;
-
-    if ( length && *length == 0 )
-    {
-      *length = size;
-
-      return SFNT_Err_Ok;
-    }
-
-    if ( length )
-      size = *length;
-
-    stream = face->root.stream;
-    /* the `if' is syntactic sugar for picky compilers */
-    if ( FT_STREAM_READ_AT( offset, buffer, size ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    tt_face_load_generic_header                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Loads the TrueType table `head' or `bhed'.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face   :: A handle to the target face object.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    stream :: The input stream.                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static FT_Error
-  tt_face_load_generic_header( TT_Face    face,
-                               FT_Stream  stream,
-                               FT_ULong   tag )
-  {
-    FT_Error    error;
-    TT_Header*  header;
-
-    static const FT_Frame_Field  header_fields[] =
-    {
-#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
-#define FT_STRUCTURE  TT_Header
-
-      FT_FRAME_START( 54 ),
-        FT_FRAME_ULONG ( Table_Version ),
-        FT_FRAME_ULONG ( Font_Revision ),
-        FT_FRAME_LONG  ( CheckSum_Adjust ),
-        FT_FRAME_LONG  ( Magic_Number ),
-        FT_FRAME_USHORT( Flags ),
-        FT_FRAME_USHORT( Units_Per_EM ),
-        FT_FRAME_LONG  ( Created[0] ),
-        FT_FRAME_LONG  ( Created[1] ),
-        FT_FRAME_LONG  ( Modified[0] ),
-        FT_FRAME_LONG  ( Modified[1] ),
-        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( xMin ),
-        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( yMin ),
-        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( xMax ),
-        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( yMax ),
-        FT_FRAME_USHORT( Mac_Style ),
-        FT_FRAME_USHORT( Lowest_Rec_PPEM ),
-        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( Font_Direction ),
-        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( Index_To_Loc_Format ),
-        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( Glyph_Data_Format ),
-      FT_FRAME_END
-    };
-
-
-    error = face->goto_table( face, tag, stream, 0 );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    header = &face->header;
-
-    if ( FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( header_fields, header ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    FT_TRACE3(( "Units per EM: %4u\n", header->Units_Per_EM ));
-    FT_TRACE3(( "IndexToLoc:   %4d\n", header->Index_To_Loc_Format ));
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_load_head( TT_Face    face,
-                     FT_Stream  stream )
-  {
-    return tt_face_load_generic_header( face, stream, TTAG_head );
-  }
-
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_load_bhed( TT_Face    face,
-                     FT_Stream  stream )
-  {
-    return tt_face_load_generic_header( face, stream, TTAG_bhed );
-  }
-
-#endif /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS */
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    tt_face_load_max_profile                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Loads the maximum profile into a face object.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face   :: A handle to the target face object.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    stream :: The input stream.                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_load_maxp( TT_Face    face,
-                     FT_Stream  stream )
-  {
-    FT_Error        error;
-    TT_MaxProfile*  maxProfile = &face->max_profile;
-
-    const FT_Frame_Field  maxp_fields[] =
-    {
-#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
-#define FT_STRUCTURE  TT_MaxProfile
-
-      FT_FRAME_START( 6 ),
-        FT_FRAME_LONG  ( version ),
-        FT_FRAME_USHORT( numGlyphs ),
-      FT_FRAME_END
-    };
-
-    const FT_Frame_Field  maxp_fields_extra[] =
-    {
-      FT_FRAME_START( 26 ),
-        FT_FRAME_USHORT( maxPoints ),
-        FT_FRAME_USHORT( maxContours ),
-        FT_FRAME_USHORT( maxCompositePoints ),
-        FT_FRAME_USHORT( maxCompositeContours ),
-        FT_FRAME_USHORT( maxZones ),
-        FT_FRAME_USHORT( maxTwilightPoints ),
-        FT_FRAME_USHORT( maxStorage ),
-        FT_FRAME_USHORT( maxFunctionDefs ),
-        FT_FRAME_USHORT( maxInstructionDefs ),
-        FT_FRAME_USHORT( maxStackElements ),
-        FT_FRAME_USHORT( maxSizeOfInstructions ),
-        FT_FRAME_USHORT( maxComponentElements ),
-        FT_FRAME_USHORT( maxComponentDepth ),
-      FT_FRAME_END
-    };
-
-
-    error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_maxp, stream, 0 );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    if ( FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( maxp_fields, maxProfile ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    maxProfile->maxPoints             = 0;
-    maxProfile->maxContours           = 0;
-    maxProfile->maxCompositePoints    = 0;
-    maxProfile->maxCompositeContours  = 0;
-    maxProfile->maxZones              = 0;
-    maxProfile->maxTwilightPoints     = 0;
-    maxProfile->maxStorage            = 0;
-    maxProfile->maxFunctionDefs       = 0;
-    maxProfile->maxInstructionDefs    = 0;
-    maxProfile->maxStackElements      = 0;
-    maxProfile->maxSizeOfInstructions = 0;
-    maxProfile->maxComponentElements  = 0;
-    maxProfile->maxComponentDepth     = 0;
-
-    if ( maxProfile->version >= 0x10000L )
-    {
-      if ( FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( maxp_fields_extra, maxProfile ) )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      /* XXX: an adjustment that is necessary to load certain */
-      /*      broken fonts like `Keystrokes MT' :-(           */
-      /*                                                      */
-      /*   We allocate 64 function entries by default when    */
-      /*   the maxFunctionDefs field is null.                 */
-
-      if ( maxProfile->maxFunctionDefs == 0 )
-        maxProfile->maxFunctionDefs = 64;
-
-      /* we add 4 phantom points later */
-      if ( maxProfile->maxTwilightPoints > ( 0xFFFFU - 4 ) )
-      {
-        FT_ERROR(( "Too much twilight points in `maxp' table;\n" ));
-        FT_ERROR(( "  some glyphs might be rendered incorrectly.\n" ));
-
-        maxProfile->maxTwilightPoints = 0xFFFFU - 4;
-      }
-    }
-
-    FT_TRACE3(( "numGlyphs: %u\n", maxProfile->numGlyphs ));
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    tt_face_load_names                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Loads the name records.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face   :: A handle to the target face object.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    stream :: The input stream.                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_load_name( TT_Face    face,
-                     FT_Stream  stream )
-  {
-    FT_Error      error;
-    FT_Memory     memory = stream->memory;
-    FT_ULong      table_pos, table_len;
-    FT_ULong      storage_start, storage_limit;
-    FT_UInt       count;
-    TT_NameTable  table;
-
-    static const FT_Frame_Field  name_table_fields[] =
-    {
-#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
-#define FT_STRUCTURE  TT_NameTableRec
-
-      FT_FRAME_START( 6 ),
-        FT_FRAME_USHORT( format ),
-        FT_FRAME_USHORT( numNameRecords ),
-        FT_FRAME_USHORT( storageOffset ),
-      FT_FRAME_END
-    };
-
-    static const FT_Frame_Field  name_record_fields[] =
-    {
-#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
-#define FT_STRUCTURE  TT_NameEntryRec
-
-      /* no FT_FRAME_START */
-        FT_FRAME_USHORT( platformID ),
-        FT_FRAME_USHORT( encodingID ),
-        FT_FRAME_USHORT( languageID ),
-        FT_FRAME_USHORT( nameID ),
-        FT_FRAME_USHORT( stringLength ),
-        FT_FRAME_USHORT( stringOffset ),
-      FT_FRAME_END
-    };
-
-
-    table         = &face->name_table;
-    table->stream = stream;
-
-    error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_name, stream, &table_len );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    table_pos = FT_STREAM_POS();
-
-
-    if ( FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( name_table_fields, table ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* Some popular Asian fonts have an invalid `storageOffset' value   */
-    /* (it should be at least "6 + 12*num_names").  However, the string */
-    /* offsets, computed as "storageOffset + entry->stringOffset", are  */
-    /* valid pointers within the name table...                          */
-    /*                                                                  */
-    /* We thus can't check `storageOffset' right now.                   */
-    /*                                                                  */
-    storage_start = table_pos + 6 + 12*table->numNameRecords;
-    storage_limit = table_pos + table_len;
-
-    if ( storage_start > storage_limit )
-    {
-      FT_ERROR(( "invalid `name' table\n" ));
-      error = SFNT_Err_Name_Table_Missing;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* Allocate the array of name records. */
-    count                 = table->numNameRecords;
-    table->numNameRecords = 0;
-
-    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( table->names, count ) ||
-         FT_FRAME_ENTER( count * 12 )        )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* Load the name records and determine how much storage is needed */
-    /* to hold the strings themselves.                                */
-    {
-      TT_NameEntryRec*  entry = table->names;
-
-
-      for ( ; count > 0; count-- )
-      {
-        if ( FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( name_record_fields, entry ) )
-          continue;
-
-        /* check that the name is not empty */
-        if ( entry->stringLength == 0 )
-          continue;
-
-        /* check that the name string is within the table */
-        entry->stringOffset += table_pos + table->storageOffset;
-        if ( entry->stringOffset                       < storage_start ||
-             entry->stringOffset + entry->stringLength > storage_limit )
-        {
-          /* invalid entry - ignore it */
-          entry->stringOffset = 0;
-          entry->stringLength = 0;
-          continue;
-        }
-
-        entry++;
-      }
-
-      table->numNameRecords = (FT_UInt)( entry - table->names );
-    }
-
-    FT_FRAME_EXIT();
-
-    /* everything went well, update face->num_names */
-    face->num_names = (FT_UShort) table->numNameRecords;
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    tt_face_free_names                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Frees the name records.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face :: A handle to the target face object.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  tt_face_free_name( TT_Face  face )
-  {
-    FT_Memory     memory = face->root.driver->root.memory;
-    TT_NameTable  table  = &face->name_table;
-    TT_NameEntry  entry  = table->names;
-    FT_UInt       count  = table->numNameRecords;
-
-
-    if ( table->names )
-    {
-      for ( ; count > 0; count--, entry++ )
-      {
-        FT_FREE( entry->string );
-        entry->stringLength = 0;
-      }
-
-      /* free strings table */
-      FT_FREE( table->names );
-    }
-
-    table->numNameRecords = 0;
-    table->format         = 0;
-    table->storageOffset  = 0;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    tt_face_load_cmap                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Loads the cmap directory in a face object.  The cmaps themselves   */
-  /*    are loaded on demand in the `ttcmap.c' module.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face   :: A handle to the target face object.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    stream :: A handle to the input stream.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_load_cmap( TT_Face    face,
-                     FT_Stream  stream )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error;
-
-
-    error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_cmap, stream, &face->cmap_size );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    if ( FT_FRAME_EXTRACT( face->cmap_size, face->cmap_table ) )
-      face->cmap_size = 0;
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    tt_face_load_os2                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Loads the OS2 table.                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face   :: A handle to the target face object.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    stream :: A handle to the input stream.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_load_os2( TT_Face    face,
-                    FT_Stream  stream )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error;
-    TT_OS2*   os2;
-
-    const FT_Frame_Field  os2_fields[] =
-    {
-#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
-#define FT_STRUCTURE  TT_OS2
-
-      FT_FRAME_START( 78 ),
-        FT_FRAME_USHORT( version ),
-        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( xAvgCharWidth ),
-        FT_FRAME_USHORT( usWeightClass ),
-        FT_FRAME_USHORT( usWidthClass ),
-        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( fsType ),
-        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( ySubscriptXSize ),
-        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( ySubscriptYSize ),
-        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( ySubscriptXOffset ),
-        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( ySubscriptYOffset ),
-        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( ySuperscriptXSize ),
-        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( ySuperscriptYSize ),
-        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( ySuperscriptXOffset ),
-        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( ySuperscriptYOffset ),
-        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( yStrikeoutSize ),
-        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( yStrikeoutPosition ),
-        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( sFamilyClass ),
-        FT_FRAME_BYTE  ( panose[0] ),
-        FT_FRAME_BYTE  ( panose[1] ),
-        FT_FRAME_BYTE  ( panose[2] ),
-        FT_FRAME_BYTE  ( panose[3] ),
-        FT_FRAME_BYTE  ( panose[4] ),
-        FT_FRAME_BYTE  ( panose[5] ),
-        FT_FRAME_BYTE  ( panose[6] ),
-        FT_FRAME_BYTE  ( panose[7] ),
-        FT_FRAME_BYTE  ( panose[8] ),
-        FT_FRAME_BYTE  ( panose[9] ),
-        FT_FRAME_ULONG ( ulUnicodeRange1 ),
-        FT_FRAME_ULONG ( ulUnicodeRange2 ),
-        FT_FRAME_ULONG ( ulUnicodeRange3 ),
-        FT_FRAME_ULONG ( ulUnicodeRange4 ),
-        FT_FRAME_BYTE  ( achVendID[0] ),
-        FT_FRAME_BYTE  ( achVendID[1] ),
-        FT_FRAME_BYTE  ( achVendID[2] ),
-        FT_FRAME_BYTE  ( achVendID[3] ),
-
-        FT_FRAME_USHORT( fsSelection ),
-        FT_FRAME_USHORT( usFirstCharIndex ),
-        FT_FRAME_USHORT( usLastCharIndex ),
-        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( sTypoAscender ),
-        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( sTypoDescender ),
-        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( sTypoLineGap ),
-        FT_FRAME_USHORT( usWinAscent ),
-        FT_FRAME_USHORT( usWinDescent ),
-      FT_FRAME_END
-    };
-
-    const FT_Frame_Field  os2_fields_extra[] =
-    {
-      FT_FRAME_START( 8 ),
-        FT_FRAME_ULONG( ulCodePageRange1 ),
-        FT_FRAME_ULONG( ulCodePageRange2 ),
-      FT_FRAME_END
-    };
-
-    const FT_Frame_Field  os2_fields_extra2[] =
-    {
-      FT_FRAME_START( 10 ),
-        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( sxHeight ),
-        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( sCapHeight ),
-        FT_FRAME_USHORT( usDefaultChar ),
-        FT_FRAME_USHORT( usBreakChar ),
-        FT_FRAME_USHORT( usMaxContext ),
-      FT_FRAME_END
-    };
-
-
-    /* We now support old Mac fonts where the OS/2 table doesn't  */
-    /* exist.  Simply put, we set the `version' field to 0xFFFF   */
-    /* and test this value each time we need to access the table. */
-    error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_OS2, stream, 0 );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    os2 = &face->os2;
-
-    if ( FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( os2_fields, os2 ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    os2->ulCodePageRange1 = 0;
-    os2->ulCodePageRange2 = 0;
-    os2->sxHeight         = 0;
-    os2->sCapHeight       = 0;
-    os2->usDefaultChar    = 0;
-    os2->usBreakChar      = 0;
-    os2->usMaxContext     = 0;
-
-    if ( os2->version >= 0x0001 )
-    {
-      /* only version 1 tables */
-      if ( FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( os2_fields_extra, os2 ) )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      if ( os2->version >= 0x0002 )
-      {
-        /* only version 2 tables */
-        if ( FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( os2_fields_extra2, os2 ) )
-          goto Exit;
-      }
-    }
-
-    FT_TRACE3(( "sTypoAscender:  %4d\n",   os2->sTypoAscender ));
-    FT_TRACE3(( "sTypoDescender: %4d\n",   os2->sTypoDescender ));
-    FT_TRACE3(( "usWinAscent:    %4u\n",   os2->usWinAscent ));
-    FT_TRACE3(( "usWinDescent:   %4u\n",   os2->usWinDescent ));
-    FT_TRACE3(( "fsSelection:    0x%2x\n", os2->fsSelection ));
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    tt_face_load_postscript                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Loads the Postscript table.                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face   :: A handle to the target face object.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    stream :: A handle to the input stream.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_load_post( TT_Face    face,
-                     FT_Stream  stream )
-  {
-    FT_Error        error;
-    TT_Postscript*  post = &face->postscript;
-
-    static const FT_Frame_Field  post_fields[] =
-    {
-#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
-#define FT_STRUCTURE  TT_Postscript
-
-      FT_FRAME_START( 32 ),
-        FT_FRAME_ULONG( FormatType ),
-        FT_FRAME_ULONG( italicAngle ),
-        FT_FRAME_SHORT( underlinePosition ),
-        FT_FRAME_SHORT( underlineThickness ),
-        FT_FRAME_ULONG( isFixedPitch ),
-        FT_FRAME_ULONG( minMemType42 ),
-        FT_FRAME_ULONG( maxMemType42 ),
-        FT_FRAME_ULONG( minMemType1 ),
-        FT_FRAME_ULONG( maxMemType1 ),
-      FT_FRAME_END
-    };
-
-
-    error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_post, stream, 0 );
-    if ( error )
-      return error;
-
-    if ( FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( post_fields, post ) )
-      return error;
-
-    /* we don't load the glyph names, we do that in another */
-    /* module (ttpost).                                     */
-
-    FT_TRACE3(( "FormatType:   0x%x\n", post->FormatType ));
-    FT_TRACE3(( "isFixedPitch:   %s\n", post->isFixedPitch
-                                        ? "  yes" : "   no" ));
-
-    return SFNT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    tt_face_load_pclt                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Loads the PCL 5 Table.                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face   :: A handle to the target face object.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    stream :: A handle to the input stream.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_load_pclt( TT_Face    face,
-                     FT_Stream  stream )
-  {
-    static const FT_Frame_Field  pclt_fields[] =
-    {
-#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
-#define FT_STRUCTURE  TT_PCLT
-
-      FT_FRAME_START( 54 ),
-        FT_FRAME_ULONG ( Version ),
-        FT_FRAME_ULONG ( FontNumber ),
-        FT_FRAME_USHORT( Pitch ),
-        FT_FRAME_USHORT( xHeight ),
-        FT_FRAME_USHORT( Style ),
-        FT_FRAME_USHORT( TypeFamily ),
-        FT_FRAME_USHORT( CapHeight ),
-        FT_FRAME_BYTES ( TypeFace, 16 ),
-        FT_FRAME_BYTES ( CharacterComplement, 8 ),
-        FT_FRAME_BYTES ( FileName, 6 ),
-        FT_FRAME_CHAR  ( StrokeWeight ),
-        FT_FRAME_CHAR  ( WidthType ),
-        FT_FRAME_BYTE  ( SerifStyle ),
-        FT_FRAME_BYTE  ( Reserved ),
-      FT_FRAME_END
-    };
-
-    FT_Error  error;
-    TT_PCLT*  pclt = &face->pclt;
-
-
-    /* optional table */
-    error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_PCLT, stream, 0 );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    if ( FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( pclt_fields, pclt ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    tt_face_load_gasp                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Loads the `gasp' table into a face object.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face   :: A handle to the target face object.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    stream :: The input stream.                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_load_gasp( TT_Face    face,
-                     FT_Stream  stream )
-  {
-    FT_Error   error;
-    FT_Memory  memory = stream->memory;
-
-    FT_UInt        j,num_ranges;
-    TT_GaspRange   gaspranges;
-
-
-    /* the gasp table is optional */
-    error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_gasp, stream, 0 );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    if ( FT_FRAME_ENTER( 4L ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    face->gasp.version   = FT_GET_USHORT();
-    face->gasp.numRanges = FT_GET_USHORT();
-
-    FT_FRAME_EXIT();
-
-    /* only support versions 0 and 1 of the table */
-    if ( face->gasp.version >= 2 )
-    {
-      face->gasp.numRanges = 0;
-      error = SFNT_Err_Invalid_Table;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    num_ranges = face->gasp.numRanges;
-    FT_TRACE3(( "numRanges: %u\n", num_ranges ));
-
-    if ( FT_QNEW_ARRAY( gaspranges, num_ranges ) ||
-         FT_FRAME_ENTER( num_ranges * 4L )      )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    face->gasp.gaspRanges = gaspranges;
-
-    for ( j = 0; j < num_ranges; j++ )
-    {
-      gaspranges[j].maxPPEM  = FT_GET_USHORT();
-      gaspranges[j].gaspFlag = FT_GET_USHORT();
-
-      FT_TRACE3(( "gaspRange %d: rangeMaxPPEM %5d, rangeGaspBehavior 0x%x\n",
-                  j,
-                  gaspranges[j].maxPPEM,
-                  gaspranges[j].gaspFlag ));
-    }
-
-    FT_FRAME_EXIT();
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttload.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttload.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 49a1aee..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttload.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,112 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ttload.h                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Load the basic TrueType tables, i.e., tables that can be either in   */
-/*    TTF or OTF fonts (specification).                                    */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2005, 2006 by                               */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __TTLOAD_H__
-#define __TTLOAD_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_TRUETYPE_TYPES_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( TT_Table  )
-  tt_face_lookup_table( TT_Face   face,
-                        FT_ULong  tag );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_goto_table( TT_Face    face,
-                      FT_ULong   tag,
-                      FT_Stream  stream,
-                      FT_ULong*  length );
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_load_font_dir( TT_Face    face,
-                         FT_Stream  stream );
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_load_any( TT_Face    face,
-                    FT_ULong   tag,
-                    FT_Long    offset,
-                    FT_Byte*   buffer,
-                    FT_ULong*  length );
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_load_head( TT_Face    face,
-                     FT_Stream  stream );
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_load_cmap( TT_Face    face,
-                     FT_Stream  stream );
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_load_maxp( TT_Face    face,
-                     FT_Stream  stream );
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_load_name( TT_Face    face,
-                     FT_Stream  stream );
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_load_os2( TT_Face    face,
-                    FT_Stream  stream );
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_load_post( TT_Face    face,
-                     FT_Stream  stream );
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_load_pclt( TT_Face    face,
-                     FT_Stream  stream );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  tt_face_free_name( TT_Face  face );
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_load_gasp( TT_Face    face,
-                     FT_Stream  stream );
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_load_bhed( TT_Face    face,
-                     FT_Stream  stream );
-
-#endif /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS */
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __TTLOAD_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttmtx.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttmtx.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 55f681a..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttmtx.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,466 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ttmtx.c                                                                */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Load the metrics tables common to TTF and OTF fonts (body).          */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2006, 2007 by                                                */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
-#include FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H
-#include "ttmtx.h"
-
-#include "sferrors.h"
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_ttmtx
-
-
-  /*
-   *  Unfortunately, we can't enable our memory optimizations if
-   *  FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS is defined.  This is because at least
-   *  one rogue client (libXfont in the X.Org XServer) is directly accessing
-   *  the metrics.
-   */
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    tt_face_load_hmtx                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Load the `hmtx' or `vmtx' table into a face object.                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face     :: A handle to the target face object.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    stream   :: The input stream.                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    vertical :: A boolean flag.  If set, load `vmtx'.                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#if !defined FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_load_hmtx( TT_Face    face,
-                     FT_Stream  stream,
-                     FT_Bool    vertical )
-  {
-    FT_Error   error;
-    FT_ULong   tag, table_size;
-    FT_ULong*  ptable_offset;
-    FT_ULong*  ptable_size;
-
-
-    if ( vertical )
-    {
-      tag           = TTAG_vmtx;
-      ptable_offset = &face->vert_metrics_offset;
-      ptable_size   = &face->vert_metrics_size;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      tag           = TTAG_hmtx;
-      ptable_offset = &face->horz_metrics_offset;
-      ptable_size   = &face->horz_metrics_size;
-    }
-
-    error = face->goto_table( face, tag, stream, &table_size );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Fail;
-
-    *ptable_size   = table_size;
-    *ptable_offset = FT_STREAM_POS();
-
-  Fail:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-#else /* !OPTIMIZE_MEMORY || OLD_INTERNALS */
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_load_hmtx( TT_Face    face,
-                     FT_Stream  stream,
-                     FT_Bool    vertical )
-  {
-    FT_Error   error;
-    FT_Memory  memory = stream->memory;
-
-    FT_ULong   table_len;
-    FT_Long    num_shorts, num_longs, num_shorts_checked;
-
-    TT_LongMetrics*    longs;
-    TT_ShortMetrics**  shorts;
-    FT_Byte*           p;
-
-
-    if ( vertical )
-    {
-      void*   lm = &face->vertical.long_metrics;
-      void**  sm = &face->vertical.short_metrics;
-
-
-      error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_vmtx, stream, &table_len );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Fail;
-
-      num_longs = face->vertical.number_Of_VMetrics;
-      if ( (FT_ULong)num_longs > table_len / 4 )
-        num_longs = (FT_Long)( table_len / 4 );
-
-      face->vertical.number_Of_VMetrics = 0;
-
-      longs  = (TT_LongMetrics*)lm;
-      shorts = (TT_ShortMetrics**)sm;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      void*   lm = &face->horizontal.long_metrics;
-      void**  sm = &face->horizontal.short_metrics;
-
-
-      error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_hmtx, stream, &table_len );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Fail;
-
-      num_longs = face->horizontal.number_Of_HMetrics;
-      if ( (FT_ULong)num_longs > table_len / 4 )
-        num_longs = (FT_Long)( table_len / 4 );
-
-      face->horizontal.number_Of_HMetrics = 0;
-
-      longs  = (TT_LongMetrics*)lm;
-      shorts = (TT_ShortMetrics**)sm;
-    }
-
-    /* never trust derived values */
-
-    num_shorts         = face->max_profile.numGlyphs - num_longs;
-    num_shorts_checked = ( table_len - num_longs * 4L ) / 2;
-
-    if ( num_shorts < 0 )
-    {
-      FT_ERROR(( "%cmtx has more metrics than glyphs.\n" ));
-
-      /* Adobe simply ignores this problem.  So we shall do the same. */
-#if 0
-      error = vertical ? SFNT_Err_Invalid_Vert_Metrics
-                       : SFNT_Err_Invalid_Horiz_Metrics;
-      goto Exit;
-#else
-      num_shorts = 0;
-#endif
-    }
-
-    if ( FT_QNEW_ARRAY( *longs,  num_longs  ) ||
-         FT_QNEW_ARRAY( *shorts, num_shorts ) )
-      goto Fail;
-
-    if ( FT_FRAME_ENTER( table_len ) )
-      goto Fail;
-
-    p = stream->cursor;
-
-    {
-      TT_LongMetrics  cur   = *longs;
-      TT_LongMetrics  limit = cur + num_longs;
-
-
-      for ( ; cur < limit; cur++ )
-      {
-        cur->advance = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-        cur->bearing = FT_NEXT_SHORT( p );
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* do we have an inconsistent number of metric values? */
-    {
-      TT_ShortMetrics*  cur   = *shorts;
-      TT_ShortMetrics*  limit = cur +
-                                FT_MIN( num_shorts, num_shorts_checked );
-
-
-      for ( ; cur < limit; cur++ )
-        *cur = FT_NEXT_SHORT( p );
-
-      /* We fill up the missing left side bearings with the     */
-      /* last valid value.  Since this will occur for buggy CJK */
-      /* fonts usually only, nothing serious will happen.       */
-      if ( num_shorts > num_shorts_checked && num_shorts_checked > 0 )
-      {
-        FT_Short  val = (*shorts)[num_shorts_checked - 1];
-
-
-        limit = *shorts + num_shorts;
-        for ( ; cur < limit; cur++ )
-          *cur = val;
-      }
-    }
-
-    FT_FRAME_EXIT();
-
-    if ( vertical )
-      face->vertical.number_Of_VMetrics = (FT_UShort)num_longs;
-    else
-      face->horizontal.number_Of_HMetrics = (FT_UShort)num_longs;
-
-  Fail:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-#endif /* !OPTIMIZE_MEMORY || OLD_INTERNALS */
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    tt_face_load_hhea                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Load the `hhea' or 'vhea' table into a face object.                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face     :: A handle to the target face object.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    stream   :: The input stream.                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    vertical :: A boolean flag.  If set, load `vhea'.                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_load_hhea( TT_Face    face,
-                     FT_Stream  stream,
-                     FT_Bool    vertical )
-  {
-    FT_Error        error;
-    TT_HoriHeader*  header;
-
-    const FT_Frame_Field  metrics_header_fields[] =
-    {
-#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
-#define FT_STRUCTURE  TT_HoriHeader
-
-      FT_FRAME_START( 36 ),
-        FT_FRAME_ULONG ( Version ),
-        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( Ascender ),
-        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( Descender ),
-        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( Line_Gap ),
-        FT_FRAME_USHORT( advance_Width_Max ),
-        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( min_Left_Side_Bearing ),
-        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( min_Right_Side_Bearing ),
-        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( xMax_Extent ),
-        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( caret_Slope_Rise ),
-        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( caret_Slope_Run ),
-        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( caret_Offset ),
-        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( Reserved[0] ),
-        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( Reserved[1] ),
-        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( Reserved[2] ),
-        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( Reserved[3] ),
-        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( metric_Data_Format ),
-        FT_FRAME_USHORT( number_Of_HMetrics ),
-      FT_FRAME_END
-    };
-
-
-    if ( vertical )
-    {
-      void  *v = &face->vertical;
-
-
-      error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_vhea, stream, 0 );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Fail;
-
-      header = (TT_HoriHeader*)v;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_hhea, stream, 0 );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Fail;
-
-      header = &face->horizontal;
-    }
-
-    if ( FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( metrics_header_fields, header ) )
-      goto Fail;
-
-    FT_TRACE3(( "Ascender:          %5d\n", header->Ascender ));
-    FT_TRACE3(( "Descender:         %5d\n", header->Descender ));
-    FT_TRACE3(( "number_Of_Metrics: %5u\n", header->number_Of_HMetrics ));
-
-    header->long_metrics  = NULL;
-    header->short_metrics = NULL;
-
-  Fail:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    tt_face_get_metrics                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Returns the horizontal or vertical metrics in font units for a     */
-  /*    given glyph.  The metrics are the left side bearing (resp. top     */
-  /*    side bearing) and advance width (resp. advance height).            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    header  :: A pointer to either the horizontal or vertical metrics  */
-  /*               structure.                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    idx     :: The glyph index.                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Output>                                                              */
-  /*    bearing :: The bearing, either left side or top side.              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    advance :: The advance width resp. advance height.                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#if !defined FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_get_metrics( TT_Face     face,
-                       FT_Bool     vertical,
-                       FT_UInt     gindex,
-                       FT_Short   *abearing,
-                       FT_UShort  *aadvance )
-  {
-    FT_Error        error;
-    FT_Stream       stream = face->root.stream;
-    TT_HoriHeader*  header;
-    FT_ULong        table_pos, table_size, table_end;
-    FT_UShort       k;
-
-
-    if ( vertical )
-    {
-      void*  v = &face->vertical;
-
-
-      header     = (TT_HoriHeader*)v;
-      table_pos  = face->vert_metrics_offset;
-      table_size = face->vert_metrics_size;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      header     = &face->horizontal;
-      table_pos  = face->horz_metrics_offset;
-      table_size = face->horz_metrics_size;
-    }
-
-    table_end = table_pos + table_size;
-
-    k = header->number_Of_HMetrics;
-
-    if ( k > 0 )
-    {
-      if ( gindex < (FT_UInt)k )
-      {
-        table_pos += 4 * gindex;
-        if ( table_pos + 4 > table_end )
-          goto NoData;
-
-        if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( table_pos ) ||
-             FT_READ_USHORT( *aadvance ) ||
-             FT_READ_SHORT( *abearing )  )
-          goto NoData;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        table_pos += 4 * ( k - 1 );
-        if ( table_pos + 4 > table_end )
-          goto NoData;
-
-        if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( table_pos ) ||
-             FT_READ_USHORT( *aadvance ) )
-          goto NoData;
-
-        table_pos += 4 + 2 * ( gindex - k );
-        if ( table_pos + 2 > table_end )
-          *abearing = 0;
-        else
-        {
-          if ( !FT_STREAM_SEEK( table_pos ) )
-            (void)FT_READ_SHORT( *abearing );
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-    NoData:
-      *abearing = 0;
-      *aadvance = 0;
-    }
-
-    return SFNT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-#else /* OLD_INTERNALS */
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_get_metrics( TT_Face     face,
-                       FT_Bool     vertical,
-                       FT_UInt     gindex,
-                       FT_Short*   abearing,
-                       FT_UShort*  aadvance )
-  {
-    void*           v = &face->vertical;
-    void*           h = &face->horizontal;
-    TT_HoriHeader*  header = vertical ? (TT_HoriHeader*)v
-                                      : (TT_HoriHeader*)h;
-    TT_LongMetrics  longs_m;
-    FT_UShort       k = header->number_Of_HMetrics;
-
-
-    if ( k == 0                                         ||
-         !header->long_metrics                          ||
-         gindex >= (FT_UInt)face->max_profile.numGlyphs )
-    {
-      *abearing = *aadvance = 0;
-      return SFNT_Err_Ok;
-    }
-
-    if ( gindex < (FT_UInt)k )
-    {
-      longs_m   = (TT_LongMetrics)header->long_metrics + gindex;
-      *abearing = longs_m->bearing;
-      *aadvance = longs_m->advance;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      *abearing = ((TT_ShortMetrics*)header->short_metrics)[gindex - k];
-      *aadvance = ((TT_LongMetrics)header->long_metrics)[k - 1].advance;
-    }
-
-    return SFNT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-#endif /* !OPTIMIZE_MEMORY || OLD_INTERNALS */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttmtx.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttmtx.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 8b91a11..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttmtx.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ttmtx.h                                                                */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Load the metrics tables common to TTF and OTF fonts (specification). */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2006 by                                                      */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __TTMTX_H__
-#define __TTMTX_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_TRUETYPE_TYPES_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_load_hhea( TT_Face    face,
-                     FT_Stream  stream,
-                     FT_Bool    vertical );
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_load_hmtx( TT_Face    face,
-                     FT_Stream  stream,
-                     FT_Bool    vertical );
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_get_metrics( TT_Face     face,
-                       FT_Bool     vertical,
-                       FT_UInt     gindex,
-                       FT_Short*   abearing,
-                       FT_UShort*  aadvance );
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __TTMTX_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttpost.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttpost.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 1e61636..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttpost.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,521 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ttpost.c                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Postcript name table processing for TrueType and OpenType fonts      */
-/*    (body).                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2006, 2007 by                         */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The post table is not completely loaded by the core engine.  This     */
-  /* file loads the missing PS glyph names and implements an API to access */
-  /* them.                                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
-#include FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H
-#include "ttpost.h"
-#include "ttload.h"
-
-#include "sferrors.h"
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_ttpost
-
-
-  /* If this configuration macro is defined, we rely on the `PSNames' */
-  /* module to grab the glyph names.                                  */
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES
-
-
-#include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_CMAPS_H
-
-#define MAC_NAME( x )  ( (FT_String*)psnames->macintosh_name( x ) )
-
-
-#else /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES */
-
-
-   /* Otherwise, we ignore the `PSNames' module, and provide our own  */
-   /* table of Mac names.  Thus, it is possible to build a version of */
-   /* FreeType without the Type 1 driver & PSNames module.            */
-
-#define MAC_NAME( x )  tt_post_default_names[x]
-
-  /* the 258 default Mac PS glyph names */
-
-  static const FT_String*  tt_post_default_names[258] =
-  {
-    /*   0 */
-    ".notdef", ".null", "CR", "space", "exclam",
-    "quotedbl", "numbersign", "dollar", "percent", "ampersand",
-    /*  10 */
-    "quotesingle", "parenleft", "parenright", "asterisk", "plus",
-    "comma", "hyphen", "period", "slash", "zero",
-    /*  20 */
-    "one", "two", "three", "four", "five",
-    "six", "seven", "eight", "nine", "colon",
-    /*  30 */
-    "semicolon", "less", "equal", "greater", "question",
-    "at", "A", "B", "C", "D",
-    /*  40 */
-    "E", "F", "G", "H", "I",
-    "J", "K", "L", "M", "N",
-    /*  50 */
-    "O", "P", "Q", "R", "S",
-    "T", "U", "V", "W", "X",
-    /*  60 */
-    "Y", "Z", "bracketleft", "backslash", "bracketright",
-    "asciicircum", "underscore", "grave", "a", "b",
-    /*  70 */
-    "c", "d", "e", "f", "g",
-    "h", "i", "j", "k", "l",
-    /*  80 */
-    "m", "n", "o", "p", "q",
-    "r", "s", "t", "u", "v",
-    /*  90 */
-    "w", "x", "y", "z", "braceleft",
-    "bar", "braceright", "asciitilde", "Adieresis", "Aring",
-    /* 100 */
-    "Ccedilla", "Eacute", "Ntilde", "Odieresis", "Udieresis",
-    "aacute", "agrave", "acircumflex", "adieresis", "atilde",
-    /* 110 */
-    "aring", "ccedilla", "eacute", "egrave", "ecircumflex",
-    "edieresis", "iacute", "igrave", "icircumflex", "idieresis",
-    /* 120 */
-    "ntilde", "oacute", "ograve", "ocircumflex", "odieresis",
-    "otilde", "uacute", "ugrave", "ucircumflex", "udieresis",
-    /* 130 */
-    "dagger", "degree", "cent", "sterling", "section",
-    "bullet", "paragraph", "germandbls", "registered", "copyright",
-    /* 140 */
-    "trademark", "acute", "dieresis", "notequal", "AE",
-    "Oslash", "infinity", "plusminus", "lessequal", "greaterequal",
-    /* 150 */
-    "yen", "mu", "partialdiff", "summation", "product",
-    "pi", "integral", "ordfeminine", "ordmasculine", "Omega",
-    /* 160 */
-    "ae", "oslash", "questiondown", "exclamdown", "logicalnot",
-    "radical", "florin", "approxequal", "Delta", "guillemotleft",
-    /* 170 */
-    "guillemotright", "ellipsis", "nbspace", "Agrave", "Atilde",
-    "Otilde", "OE", "oe", "endash", "emdash",
-    /* 180 */
-    "quotedblleft", "quotedblright", "quoteleft", "quoteright", "divide",
-    "lozenge", "ydieresis", "Ydieresis", "fraction", "currency",
-    /* 190 */
-    "guilsinglleft", "guilsinglright", "fi", "fl", "daggerdbl",
-    "periodcentered", "quotesinglbase", "quotedblbase", "perthousand", "Acircumflex",
-    /* 200 */
-    "Ecircumflex", "Aacute", "Edieresis", "Egrave", "Iacute",
-    "Icircumflex", "Idieresis", "Igrave", "Oacute", "Ocircumflex",
-    /* 210 */
-    "apple", "Ograve", "Uacute", "Ucircumflex", "Ugrave",
-    "dotlessi", "circumflex", "tilde", "macron", "breve",
-    /* 220 */
-    "dotaccent", "ring", "cedilla", "hungarumlaut", "ogonek",
-    "caron", "Lslash", "lslash", "Scaron", "scaron",
-    /* 230 */
-    "Zcaron", "zcaron", "brokenbar", "Eth", "eth",
-    "Yacute", "yacute", "Thorn", "thorn", "minus",
-    /* 240 */
-    "multiply", "onesuperior", "twosuperior", "threesuperior", "onehalf",
-    "onequarter", "threequarters", "franc", "Gbreve", "gbreve",
-    /* 250 */
-    "Idot", "Scedilla", "scedilla", "Cacute", "cacute",
-    "Ccaron", "ccaron", "dmacron",
-  };
-
-
-#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES */
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  load_format_20( TT_Face    face,
-                  FT_Stream  stream )
-  {
-    FT_Memory   memory = stream->memory;
-    FT_Error    error;
-
-    FT_Int      num_glyphs;
-    FT_UShort   num_names;
-
-    FT_UShort*  glyph_indices = 0;
-    FT_Char**   name_strings  = 0;
-
-
-    if ( FT_READ_USHORT( num_glyphs ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* UNDOCUMENTED!  The number of glyphs in this table can be smaller */
-    /* than the value in the maxp table (cf. cyberbit.ttf).             */
-
-    /* There already exist fonts which have more than 32768 glyph names */
-    /* in this table, so the test for this threshold has been dropped.  */
-
-    if ( num_glyphs > face->max_profile.numGlyphs )
-    {
-      error = SFNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* load the indices */
-    {
-      FT_Int  n;
-
-
-      if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY ( glyph_indices, num_glyphs ) ||
-           FT_FRAME_ENTER( num_glyphs * 2L )          )
-        goto Fail;
-
-      for ( n = 0; n < num_glyphs; n++ )
-        glyph_indices[n] = FT_GET_USHORT();
-
-      FT_FRAME_EXIT();
-    }
-
-    /* compute number of names stored in table */
-    {
-      FT_Int  n;
-
-
-      num_names = 0;
-
-      for ( n = 0; n < num_glyphs; n++ )
-      {
-        FT_Int  idx;
-
-
-        idx = glyph_indices[n];
-        if ( idx >= 258 )
-        {
-          idx -= 257;
-          if ( idx > num_names )
-            num_names = (FT_UShort)idx;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* now load the name strings */
-    {
-      FT_UShort  n;
-
-
-      if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( name_strings, num_names ) )
-        goto Fail;
-
-      for ( n = 0; n < num_names; n++ )
-      {
-        FT_UInt  len;
-
-
-        if ( FT_READ_BYTE  ( len )                    ||
-             FT_NEW_ARRAY( name_strings[n], len + 1 ) ||
-             FT_STREAM_READ  ( name_strings[n], len ) )
-          goto Fail1;
-
-        name_strings[n][len] = '\0';
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* all right, set table fields and exit successfully */
-    {
-      TT_Post_20  table = &face->postscript_names.names.format_20;
-
-
-      table->num_glyphs    = (FT_UShort)num_glyphs;
-      table->num_names     = (FT_UShort)num_names;
-      table->glyph_indices = glyph_indices;
-      table->glyph_names   = name_strings;
-    }
-    return SFNT_Err_Ok;
-
-  Fail1:
-    {
-      FT_UShort  n;
-
-
-      for ( n = 0; n < num_names; n++ )
-        FT_FREE( name_strings[n] );
-    }
-
-  Fail:
-    FT_FREE( name_strings );
-    FT_FREE( glyph_indices );
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  load_format_25( TT_Face    face,
-                  FT_Stream  stream )
-  {
-    FT_Memory  memory = stream->memory;
-    FT_Error   error;
-
-    FT_Int     num_glyphs;
-    FT_Char*   offset_table = 0;
-
-
-    /* UNDOCUMENTED!  This value appears only in the Apple TT specs. */
-    if ( FT_READ_USHORT( num_glyphs ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* check the number of glyphs */
-    if ( num_glyphs > face->max_profile.numGlyphs || num_glyphs > 258 )
-    {
-      error = SFNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( offset_table, num_glyphs )   ||
-         FT_STREAM_READ( offset_table, num_glyphs ) )
-      goto Fail;
-
-    /* now check the offset table */
-    {
-      FT_Int  n;
-
-
-      for ( n = 0; n < num_glyphs; n++ )
-      {
-        FT_Long  idx = (FT_Long)n + offset_table[n];
-
-
-        if ( idx < 0 || idx > num_glyphs )
-        {
-          error = SFNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-          goto Fail;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* OK, set table fields and exit successfully */
-    {
-      TT_Post_25  table = &face->postscript_names.names.format_25;
-
-
-      table->num_glyphs = (FT_UShort)num_glyphs;
-      table->offsets    = offset_table;
-    }
-
-    return SFNT_Err_Ok;
-
-  Fail:
-    FT_FREE( offset_table );
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  load_post_names( TT_Face  face )
-  {
-    FT_Stream  stream;
-    FT_Error   error;
-    FT_Fixed   format;
-
-
-    /* get a stream for the face's resource */
-    stream = face->root.stream;
-
-    /* seek to the beginning of the PS names table */
-    error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_post, stream, 0 );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    format = face->postscript.FormatType;
-
-    /* go to beginning of subtable */
-    if ( FT_STREAM_SKIP( 32 ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* now read postscript table */
-    if ( format == 0x00020000L )
-      error = load_format_20( face, stream );
-    else if ( format == 0x00028000L )
-      error = load_format_25( face, stream );
-    else
-      error = SFNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-
-    face->postscript_names.loaded = 1;
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  tt_face_free_ps_names( TT_Face  face )
-  {
-    FT_Memory      memory = face->root.memory;
-    TT_Post_Names  names  = &face->postscript_names;
-    FT_Fixed       format;
-
-
-    if ( names->loaded )
-    {
-      format = face->postscript.FormatType;
-
-      if ( format == 0x00020000L )
-      {
-        TT_Post_20  table = &names->names.format_20;
-        FT_UShort   n;
-
-
-        FT_FREE( table->glyph_indices );
-        table->num_glyphs = 0;
-
-        for ( n = 0; n < table->num_names; n++ )
-          FT_FREE( table->glyph_names[n] );
-
-        FT_FREE( table->glyph_names );
-        table->num_names = 0;
-      }
-      else if ( format == 0x00028000L )
-      {
-        TT_Post_25  table = &names->names.format_25;
-
-
-        FT_FREE( table->offsets );
-        table->num_glyphs = 0;
-      }
-    }
-    names->loaded = 0;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    tt_face_get_ps_name                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Gets the PostScript glyph name of a glyph.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face   :: A handle to the parent face.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    idx    :: The glyph index.                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    PSname :: The address of a string pointer.  Will be NULL in case   */
-  /*              of error, otherwise it is a pointer to the glyph name.   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*              You must not modify the returned string!                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Output>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_get_ps_name( TT_Face      face,
-                       FT_UInt      idx,
-                       FT_String**  PSname )
-  {
-    FT_Error         error;
-    TT_Post_Names    names;
-    FT_Fixed         format;
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES
-    FT_Service_PsCMaps  psnames;
-#endif
-
-
-    if ( !face )
-      return SFNT_Err_Invalid_Face_Handle;
-
-    if ( idx >= (FT_UInt)face->max_profile.numGlyphs )
-      return SFNT_Err_Invalid_Glyph_Index;
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES
-    psnames = (FT_Service_PsCMaps)face->psnames;
-    if ( !psnames )
-      return SFNT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
-#endif
-
-    names = &face->postscript_names;
-
-    /* `.notdef' by default */
-    *PSname = MAC_NAME( 0 );
-
-    format = face->postscript.FormatType;
-
-    if ( format == 0x00010000L )
-    {
-      if ( idx < 258 )                    /* paranoid checking */
-        *PSname = MAC_NAME( idx );
-    }
-    else if ( format == 0x00020000L )
-    {
-      TT_Post_20  table = &names->names.format_20;
-
-
-      if ( !names->loaded )
-      {
-        error = load_post_names( face );
-        if ( error )
-          goto End;
-      }
-
-      if ( idx < (FT_UInt)table->num_glyphs )
-      {
-        FT_UShort  name_index = table->glyph_indices[idx];
-
-
-        if ( name_index < 258 )
-          *PSname = MAC_NAME( name_index );
-        else
-          *PSname = (FT_String*)table->glyph_names[name_index - 258];
-      }
-    }
-    else if ( format == 0x00028000L )
-    {
-      TT_Post_25  table = &names->names.format_25;
-
-
-      if ( !names->loaded )
-      {
-        error = load_post_names( face );
-        if ( error )
-          goto End;
-      }
-
-      if ( idx < (FT_UInt)table->num_glyphs )    /* paranoid checking */
-      {
-        idx    += table->offsets[idx];
-        *PSname = MAC_NAME( idx );
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* nothing to do for format == 0x00030000L */
-
-  End:
-    return SFNT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttpost.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttpost.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 6f06d75..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttpost.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ttpost.h                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Postcript name table processing for TrueType and OpenType fonts      */
-/*    (specification).                                                     */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002 by                                           */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __TTPOST_H__
-#define __TTPOST_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_TRUETYPE_TYPES_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_get_ps_name( TT_Face      face,
-                       FT_UInt      idx,
-                       FT_String**  PSname );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  tt_face_free_ps_names( TT_Face  face );
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __TTPOST_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttsbit.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttsbit.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 8261ba5..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttsbit.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1502 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ttsbit.c                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    TrueType and OpenType embedded bitmap support (body).                */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by             */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
-#include FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H
-
-  /*
-   *  Alas, the memory-optimized sbit loader can't be used when implementing
-   *  the `old internals' hack
-   */
-#if !defined FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
-
-#include "ttsbit0.c"
-
-#else /* !FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
-#include FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H
-#include "ttsbit.h"
-
-#include "sferrors.h"
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_ttsbit
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    blit_sbit                                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Blits a bitmap from an input stream into a given target.  Supports */
-  /*    x and y offsets as well as byte padded lines.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    target      :: The target bitmap/pixmap.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    source      :: The input packed bitmap data.                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    line_bits   :: The number of bits per line.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    byte_padded :: A flag which is true if lines are byte-padded.      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    x_offset    :: The horizontal offset.                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    y_offset    :: The vertical offset.                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    IMPORTANT: The x and y offsets are relative to the top corner of   */
-  /*               the target bitmap (unlike the normal TrueType           */
-  /*               convention).  A positive y offset indicates a downwards */
-  /*               direction!                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  blit_sbit( FT_Bitmap*  target,
-             FT_Byte*    source,
-             FT_Int      line_bits,
-             FT_Bool     byte_padded,
-             FT_Int      x_offset,
-             FT_Int      y_offset )
-  {
-    FT_Byte*   line_buff;
-    FT_Int     line_incr;
-    FT_Int     height;
-
-    FT_UShort  acc;
-    FT_UInt    loaded;
-
-
-    /* first of all, compute starting write position */
-    line_incr = target->pitch;
-    line_buff = target->buffer;
-
-    if ( line_incr < 0 )
-      line_buff -= line_incr * ( target->rows - 1 );
-
-    line_buff += ( x_offset >> 3 ) + y_offset * line_incr;
-
-    /***********************************************************************/
-    /*                                                                     */
-    /* We use the extra-classic `accumulator' trick to extract the bits    */
-    /* from the source byte stream.                                        */
-    /*                                                                     */
-    /* Namely, the variable `acc' is a 16-bit accumulator containing the   */
-    /* last `loaded' bits from the input stream.  The bits are shifted to  */
-    /* the upmost position in `acc'.                                       */
-    /*                                                                     */
-    /***********************************************************************/
-
-    acc    = 0;  /* clear accumulator   */
-    loaded = 0;  /* no bits were loaded */
-
-    for ( height = target->rows; height > 0; height-- )
-    {
-      FT_Byte*  cur   = line_buff;        /* current write cursor          */
-      FT_Int    count = line_bits;        /* # of bits to extract per line */
-      FT_Byte   shift = (FT_Byte)( x_offset & 7 ); /* current write shift  */
-      FT_Byte   space = (FT_Byte)( 8 - shift );
-
-
-      /* first of all, read individual source bytes */
-      if ( count >= 8 )
-      {
-        count -= 8;
-        {
-          do
-          {
-            FT_Byte  val;
-
-
-            /* ensure that there are at least 8 bits in the accumulator */
-            if ( loaded < 8 )
-            {
-              acc    |= (FT_UShort)((FT_UShort)*source++ << ( 8 - loaded ));
-              loaded += 8;
-            }
-
-            /* now write one byte */
-            val = (FT_Byte)( acc >> 8 );
-            if ( shift )
-            {
-              cur[0] |= (FT_Byte)( val >> shift );
-              cur[1] |= (FT_Byte)( val << space );
-            }
-            else
-              cur[0] |= val;
-
-            cur++;
-            acc   <<= 8;  /* remove bits from accumulator */
-            loaded -= 8;
-            count  -= 8;
-
-          } while ( count >= 0 );
-        }
-
-        /* restore `count' to correct value */
-        count += 8;
-      }
-
-      /* now write remaining bits (count < 8) */
-      if ( count > 0 )
-      {
-        FT_Byte  val;
-
-
-        /* ensure that there are at least `count' bits in the accumulator */
-        if ( (FT_Int)loaded < count )
-        {
-          acc    |= (FT_UShort)((FT_UShort)*source++ << ( 8 - loaded ));
-          loaded += 8;
-        }
-
-        /* now write remaining bits */
-        val     = (FT_Byte)( ( (FT_Byte)( acc >> 8 ) ) & ~( 0xFF >> count ) );
-        cur[0] |= (FT_Byte)( val >> shift );
-
-        if ( count > space )
-          cur[1] |= (FT_Byte)( val << space );
-
-        acc   <<= count;
-        loaded -= count;
-      }
-
-      /* now, skip to next line */
-      if ( byte_padded )
-      {
-        acc    = 0;
-        loaded = 0;   /* clear accumulator on byte-padded lines */
-      }
-
-      line_buff += line_incr;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  static const FT_Frame_Field  sbit_metrics_fields[] =
-  {
-#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
-#define FT_STRUCTURE  TT_SBit_MetricsRec
-
-    FT_FRAME_START( 8 ),
-      FT_FRAME_BYTE( height ),
-      FT_FRAME_BYTE( width ),
-
-      FT_FRAME_CHAR( horiBearingX ),
-      FT_FRAME_CHAR( horiBearingY ),
-      FT_FRAME_BYTE( horiAdvance ),
-
-      FT_FRAME_CHAR( vertBearingX ),
-      FT_FRAME_CHAR( vertBearingY ),
-      FT_FRAME_BYTE( vertAdvance ),
-    FT_FRAME_END
-  };
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    Load_SBit_Const_Metrics                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Loads the metrics for `EBLC' index tables format 2 and 5.          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    range  :: The target range.                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    stream :: The input stream.                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static FT_Error
-  Load_SBit_Const_Metrics( TT_SBit_Range  range,
-                           FT_Stream      stream )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error;
-
-
-    if ( FT_READ_ULONG( range->image_size ) )
-      return error;
-
-    return FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( sbit_metrics_fields, &range->metrics );
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    Load_SBit_Range_Codes                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Loads the range codes for `EBLC' index tables format 4 and 5.      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    range        :: The target range.                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    stream       :: The input stream.                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    load_offsets :: A flag whether to load the glyph offset table.     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static FT_Error
-  Load_SBit_Range_Codes( TT_SBit_Range  range,
-                         FT_Stream      stream,
-                         FT_Bool        load_offsets )
-  {
-    FT_Error   error;
-    FT_ULong   count, n, size;
-    FT_Memory  memory = stream->memory;
-
-
-    if ( FT_READ_ULONG( count ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    range->num_glyphs = count;
-
-    /* Allocate glyph offsets table if needed */
-    if ( load_offsets )
-    {
-      if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( range->glyph_offsets, count ) )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      size = count * 4L;
-    }
-    else
-      size = count * 2L;
-
-    /* Allocate glyph codes table and access frame */
-    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY ( range->glyph_codes, count ) ||
-         FT_FRAME_ENTER( size )                     )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    for ( n = 0; n < count; n++ )
-    {
-      range->glyph_codes[n] = FT_GET_USHORT();
-
-      if ( load_offsets )
-        range->glyph_offsets[n] = (FT_ULong)range->image_offset +
-                                  FT_GET_USHORT();
-    }
-
-    FT_FRAME_EXIT();
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    Load_SBit_Range                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Loads a given `EBLC' index/range table.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    range  :: The target range.                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    stream :: The input stream.                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static FT_Error
-  Load_SBit_Range( TT_SBit_Range  range,
-                   FT_Stream      stream )
-  {
-    FT_Error   error;
-    FT_Memory  memory = stream->memory;
-
-
-    switch( range->index_format )
-    {
-    case 1:   /* variable metrics with 4-byte offsets */
-    case 3:   /* variable metrics with 2-byte offsets */
-      {
-        FT_ULong  num_glyphs, n;
-        FT_Int    size_elem;
-        FT_Bool   large = FT_BOOL( range->index_format == 1 );
-
-
-
-        if ( range->last_glyph < range->first_glyph )
-        {
-          error = SFNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-          goto Exit;
-        }
-
-        num_glyphs        = range->last_glyph - range->first_glyph + 1L;
-        range->num_glyphs = num_glyphs;
-        num_glyphs++;                       /* XXX: BEWARE - see spec */
-
-        size_elem = large ? 4 : 2;
-
-        if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( range->glyph_offsets, num_glyphs ) ||
-             FT_FRAME_ENTER( num_glyphs * size_elem )         )
-          goto Exit;
-
-        for ( n = 0; n < num_glyphs; n++ )
-          range->glyph_offsets[n] = (FT_ULong)( range->image_offset +
-                                                ( large ? FT_GET_ULONG()
-                                                        : FT_GET_USHORT() ) );
-        FT_FRAME_EXIT();
-      }
-      break;
-
-    case 2:   /* all glyphs have identical metrics */
-      error = Load_SBit_Const_Metrics( range, stream );
-      break;
-
-    case 4:
-      error = Load_SBit_Range_Codes( range, stream, 1 );
-      break;
-
-    case 5:
-      error = Load_SBit_Const_Metrics( range, stream );
-      if ( !error )
-        error = Load_SBit_Range_Codes( range, stream, 0 );
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      error = SFNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    tt_face_load_eblc                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Loads the table of embedded bitmap sizes for this face.            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face   :: The target face object.                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    stream :: The input stream.                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_load_eblc( TT_Face    face,
-                     FT_Stream  stream )
-  {
-    FT_Error   error  = 0;
-    FT_Memory  memory = stream->memory;
-    FT_Fixed   version;
-    FT_ULong   num_strikes;
-    FT_ULong   table_base;
-
-    static const FT_Frame_Field  sbit_line_metrics_fields[] =
-    {
-#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
-#define FT_STRUCTURE  TT_SBit_LineMetricsRec
-
-      /* no FT_FRAME_START */
-        FT_FRAME_CHAR( ascender ),
-        FT_FRAME_CHAR( descender ),
-        FT_FRAME_BYTE( max_width ),
-
-        FT_FRAME_CHAR( caret_slope_numerator ),
-        FT_FRAME_CHAR( caret_slope_denominator ),
-        FT_FRAME_CHAR( caret_offset ),
-
-        FT_FRAME_CHAR( min_origin_SB ),
-        FT_FRAME_CHAR( min_advance_SB ),
-        FT_FRAME_CHAR( max_before_BL ),
-        FT_FRAME_CHAR( min_after_BL ),
-        FT_FRAME_CHAR( pads[0] ),
-        FT_FRAME_CHAR( pads[1] ),
-      FT_FRAME_END
-    };
-
-    static const FT_Frame_Field  strike_start_fields[] =
-    {
-#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
-#define FT_STRUCTURE  TT_SBit_StrikeRec
-
-      /* no FT_FRAME_START */
-        FT_FRAME_ULONG( ranges_offset ),
-        FT_FRAME_SKIP_LONG,
-        FT_FRAME_ULONG( num_ranges ),
-        FT_FRAME_ULONG( color_ref ),
-      FT_FRAME_END
-    };
-
-    static const FT_Frame_Field  strike_end_fields[] =
-    {
-      /* no FT_FRAME_START */
-        FT_FRAME_USHORT( start_glyph ),
-        FT_FRAME_USHORT( end_glyph ),
-        FT_FRAME_BYTE  ( x_ppem ),
-        FT_FRAME_BYTE  ( y_ppem ),
-        FT_FRAME_BYTE  ( bit_depth ),
-        FT_FRAME_CHAR  ( flags ),
-      FT_FRAME_END
-    };
-
-
-    face->num_sbit_strikes = 0;
-
-    /* this table is optional */
-    error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_EBLC, stream, 0 );
-    if ( error )
-      error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_bloc, stream, 0 );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    table_base = FT_STREAM_POS();
-    if ( FT_FRAME_ENTER( 8L ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    version     = FT_GET_LONG();
-    num_strikes = FT_GET_ULONG();
-
-    FT_FRAME_EXIT();
-
-    /* check version number and strike count */
-    if ( version     != 0x00020000L ||
-         num_strikes >= 0x10000L    )
-    {
-      FT_ERROR(( "tt_face_load_sbit_strikes: invalid table version!\n" ));
-      error = SFNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* allocate the strikes table */
-    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( face->sbit_strikes, num_strikes ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    face->num_sbit_strikes = num_strikes;
-
-    /* now read each strike table separately */
-    {
-      TT_SBit_Strike  strike = face->sbit_strikes;
-      FT_ULong        count  = num_strikes;
-
-
-      if ( FT_FRAME_ENTER( 48L * num_strikes ) )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      while ( count > 0 )
-      {
-        if ( FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( strike_start_fields, strike )             ||
-             FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( sbit_line_metrics_fields, &strike->hori ) ||
-             FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( sbit_line_metrics_fields, &strike->vert ) ||
-             FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( strike_end_fields, strike )               )
-          break;
-
-        count--;
-        strike++;
-      }
-
-      FT_FRAME_EXIT();
-    }
-
-    /* allocate the index ranges for each strike table */
-    {
-      TT_SBit_Strike  strike = face->sbit_strikes;
-      FT_ULong        count  = num_strikes;
-
-
-      while ( count > 0 )
-      {
-        TT_SBit_Range  range;
-        FT_ULong       count2 = strike->num_ranges;
-
-
-        /* read each range */
-        if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( table_base + strike->ranges_offset ) ||
-             FT_FRAME_ENTER( strike->num_ranges * 8L )            )
-          goto Exit;
-
-        if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( strike->sbit_ranges, strike->num_ranges ) )
-          goto Exit;
-
-        range = strike->sbit_ranges;
-        while ( count2 > 0 )
-        {
-          range->first_glyph  = FT_GET_USHORT();
-          range->last_glyph   = FT_GET_USHORT();
-          range->table_offset = table_base + strike->ranges_offset +
-                                  FT_GET_ULONG();
-          count2--;
-          range++;
-        }
-
-        FT_FRAME_EXIT();
-
-        /* Now, read each index table */
-        count2 = strike->num_ranges;
-        range  = strike->sbit_ranges;
-        while ( count2 > 0 )
-        {
-          /* Read the header */
-          if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( range->table_offset ) ||
-               FT_FRAME_ENTER( 8L )                  )
-            goto Exit;
-
-          range->index_format = FT_GET_USHORT();
-          range->image_format = FT_GET_USHORT();
-          range->image_offset = FT_GET_ULONG();
-
-          FT_FRAME_EXIT();
-
-          error = Load_SBit_Range( range, stream );
-          if ( error )
-            goto Exit;
-
-          count2--;
-          range++;
-        }
-
-        count--;
-        strike++;
-      }
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    tt_face_free_eblc                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Releases the embedded bitmap tables.                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face :: The target face object.                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  tt_face_free_eblc( TT_Face  face )
-  {
-    FT_Memory       memory       = face->root.memory;
-    TT_SBit_Strike  strike       = face->sbit_strikes;
-    TT_SBit_Strike  strike_limit = strike + face->num_sbit_strikes;
-
-
-    if ( strike )
-    {
-      for ( ; strike < strike_limit; strike++ )
-      {
-        TT_SBit_Range  range       = strike->sbit_ranges;
-        TT_SBit_Range  range_limit = range + strike->num_ranges;
-
-
-        if ( range )
-        {
-          for ( ; range < range_limit; range++ )
-          {
-            /* release the glyph offsets and codes tables */
-            /* where appropriate                          */
-            FT_FREE( range->glyph_offsets );
-            FT_FREE( range->glyph_codes );
-          }
-        }
-        FT_FREE( strike->sbit_ranges );
-        strike->num_ranges = 0;
-      }
-      FT_FREE( face->sbit_strikes );
-    }
-    face->num_sbit_strikes = 0;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_set_sbit_strike( TT_Face          face,
-                           FT_Size_Request  req,
-                           FT_ULong*        astrike_index )
-  {
-    return FT_Match_Size( (FT_Face)face, req, 0, astrike_index );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_load_strike_metrics( TT_Face           face,
-                               FT_ULong          strike_index,
-                               FT_Size_Metrics*  metrics )
-  {
-    TT_SBit_Strike  strike;
-
-
-    if ( strike_index >= face->num_sbit_strikes )
-      return SFNT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    strike = face->sbit_strikes + strike_index;
-
-    metrics->x_ppem = strike->x_ppem;
-    metrics->y_ppem = strike->y_ppem;
-
-    metrics->ascender  = strike->hori.ascender << 6;
-    metrics->descender = strike->hori.descender << 6;
-
-    /* XXX: Is this correct? */
-    metrics->max_advance = ( strike->hori.min_origin_SB  +
-                             strike->hori.max_width      +
-                             strike->hori.min_advance_SB ) << 6;
-
-    metrics->height = metrics->ascender - metrics->descender;
-
-    return SFNT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    find_sbit_range                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Scans a given strike's ranges and return, for a given glyph        */
-  /*    index, the corresponding sbit range, and `EBDT' offset.            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    glyph_index   :: The glyph index.                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    strike        :: The source/current sbit strike.                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Output>                                                              */
-  /*    arange        :: The sbit range containing the glyph index.        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    aglyph_offset :: The offset of the glyph data in `EBDT' table.     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means the glyph index was found.           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static FT_Error
-  find_sbit_range( FT_UInt          glyph_index,
-                   TT_SBit_Strike   strike,
-                   TT_SBit_Range   *arange,
-                   FT_ULong        *aglyph_offset )
-  {
-    TT_SBit_RangeRec  *range, *range_limit;
-
-
-    /* check whether the glyph index is within this strike's */
-    /* glyph range                                           */
-    if ( glyph_index < (FT_UInt)strike->start_glyph ||
-         glyph_index > (FT_UInt)strike->end_glyph   )
-      goto Fail;
-
-    /* scan all ranges in strike */
-    range       = strike->sbit_ranges;
-    range_limit = range + strike->num_ranges;
-    if ( !range )
-      goto Fail;
-
-    for ( ; range < range_limit; range++ )
-    {
-      if ( glyph_index >= (FT_UInt)range->first_glyph &&
-           glyph_index <= (FT_UInt)range->last_glyph  )
-      {
-        FT_UShort  delta = (FT_UShort)( glyph_index - range->first_glyph );
-
-
-        switch ( range->index_format )
-        {
-        case 1:
-        case 3:
-          *aglyph_offset = range->glyph_offsets[delta];
-          break;
-
-        case 2:
-          *aglyph_offset = range->image_offset +
-                           range->image_size * delta;
-          break;
-
-        case 4:
-        case 5:
-          {
-            FT_ULong  n;
-
-
-            for ( n = 0; n < range->num_glyphs; n++ )
-            {
-              if ( (FT_UInt)range->glyph_codes[n] == glyph_index )
-              {
-                if ( range->index_format == 4 )
-                  *aglyph_offset = range->glyph_offsets[n];
-                else
-                  *aglyph_offset = range->image_offset +
-                                   n * range->image_size;
-                goto Found;
-              }
-            }
-          }
-
-        /* fall-through */
-        default:
-          goto Fail;
-        }
-
-      Found:
-        /* return successfully! */
-        *arange  = range;
-        return 0;
-      }
-    }
-
-  Fail:
-    *arange        = 0;
-    *aglyph_offset = 0;
-
-    return SFNT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    tt_find_sbit_image                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Checks whether an embedded bitmap (an `sbit') exists for a given   */
-  /*    glyph, at a given strike.                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face          :: The target face object.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    glyph_index   :: The glyph index.                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    strike_index  :: The current strike index.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Output>                                                              */
-  /*    arange        :: The SBit range containing the glyph index.        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    astrike       :: The SBit strike containing the glyph index.       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    aglyph_offset :: The offset of the glyph data in `EBDT' table.     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.  Returns                    */
-  /*    SFNT_Err_Invalid_Argument if no sbit exists for the requested      */
-  /*    glyph.                                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  tt_find_sbit_image( TT_Face          face,
-                      FT_UInt          glyph_index,
-                      FT_ULong         strike_index,
-                      TT_SBit_Range   *arange,
-                      TT_SBit_Strike  *astrike,
-                      FT_ULong        *aglyph_offset )
-  {
-    FT_Error        error;
-    TT_SBit_Strike  strike;
-
-
-    if ( !face->sbit_strikes                        ||
-         ( face->num_sbit_strikes <= strike_index ) )
-      goto Fail;
-
-    strike = &face->sbit_strikes[strike_index];
-
-    error = find_sbit_range( glyph_index, strike,
-                             arange, aglyph_offset );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Fail;
-
-    *astrike = strike;
-
-    return SFNT_Err_Ok;
-
-  Fail:
-    /* no embedded bitmap for this glyph in face */
-    *arange        = 0;
-    *astrike       = 0;
-    *aglyph_offset = 0;
-
-    return SFNT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    tt_load_sbit_metrics                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Gets the big metrics for a given SBit.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    stream      :: The input stream.                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    range       :: The SBit range containing the glyph.                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Output>                                                              */
-  /*    big_metrics :: A big SBit metrics structure for the glyph.         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Note>                                                                */
-  /*    The stream cursor must be positioned at the glyph's offset within  */
-  /*    the `EBDT' table before the call.                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    If the image format uses variable metrics, the stream cursor is    */
-  /*    positioned just after the metrics header in the `EBDT' table on    */
-  /*    function exit.                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  tt_load_sbit_metrics( FT_Stream        stream,
-                        TT_SBit_Range    range,
-                        TT_SBit_Metrics  metrics )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error = SFNT_Err_Ok;
-
-
-    switch ( range->image_format )
-    {
-    case 1:
-    case 2:
-    case 8:
-      /* variable small metrics */
-      {
-        TT_SBit_SmallMetricsRec  smetrics;
-
-        static const FT_Frame_Field  sbit_small_metrics_fields[] =
-        {
-#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
-#define FT_STRUCTURE  TT_SBit_SmallMetricsRec
-
-          FT_FRAME_START( 5 ),
-            FT_FRAME_BYTE( height ),
-            FT_FRAME_BYTE( width ),
-            FT_FRAME_CHAR( bearingX ),
-            FT_FRAME_CHAR( bearingY ),
-            FT_FRAME_BYTE( advance ),
-          FT_FRAME_END
-        };
-
-
-        /* read small metrics */
-        if ( FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( sbit_small_metrics_fields, &smetrics ) )
-          goto Exit;
-
-        /* convert it to a big metrics */
-        metrics->height       = smetrics.height;
-        metrics->width        = smetrics.width;
-        metrics->horiBearingX = smetrics.bearingX;
-        metrics->horiBearingY = smetrics.bearingY;
-        metrics->horiAdvance  = smetrics.advance;
-
-        /* these metrics are made up at a higher level when */
-        /* needed.                                          */
-        metrics->vertBearingX = 0;
-        metrics->vertBearingY = 0;
-        metrics->vertAdvance  = 0;
-      }
-      break;
-
-    case 6:
-    case 7:
-    case 9:
-      /* variable big metrics */
-      if ( FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( sbit_metrics_fields, metrics ) )
-        goto Exit;
-      break;
-
-    case 5:
-    default:  /* constant metrics */
-      if ( range->index_format == 2 || range->index_format == 5 )
-        *metrics = range->metrics;
-      else
-        return SFNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-   }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    crop_bitmap                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Crops a bitmap to its tightest bounding box, and adjusts its       */
-  /*    metrics.                                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <InOut>                                                               */
-  /*    map     :: The bitmap.                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    metrics :: The corresponding metrics structure.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  crop_bitmap( FT_Bitmap*       map,
-               TT_SBit_Metrics  metrics )
-  {
-    /***********************************************************************/
-    /*                                                                     */
-    /* In this situation, some bounding boxes of embedded bitmaps are too  */
-    /* large.  We need to crop it to a reasonable size.                    */
-    /*                                                                     */
-    /*      ---------                                                      */
-    /*      |       |                -----                                 */
-    /*      |  ***  |                |***|                                 */
-    /*      |   *   |                | * |                                 */
-    /*      |   *   |    ------>     | * |                                 */
-    /*      |   *   |                | * |                                 */
-    /*      |   *   |                | * |                                 */
-    /*      |  ***  |                |***|                                 */
-    /*      ---------                -----                                 */
-    /*                                                                     */
-    /***********************************************************************/
-
-    FT_Int    rows, count;
-    FT_Long   line_len;
-    FT_Byte*  line;
-
-
-    /***********************************************************************/
-    /*                                                                     */
-    /* first of all, check the top-most lines of the bitmap, and remove    */
-    /* them if they're empty.                                              */
-    /*                                                                     */
-    {
-      line     = (FT_Byte*)map->buffer;
-      rows     = map->rows;
-      line_len = map->pitch;
-
-
-      for ( count = 0; count < rows; count++ )
-      {
-        FT_Byte*  cur   = line;
-        FT_Byte*  limit = line + line_len;
-
-
-        for ( ; cur < limit; cur++ )
-          if ( cur[0] )
-            goto Found_Top;
-
-        /* the current line was empty - skip to next one */
-        line  = limit;
-      }
-
-    Found_Top:
-      /* check that we have at least one filled line */
-      if ( count >= rows )
-        goto Empty_Bitmap;
-
-      /* now, crop the empty upper lines */
-      if ( count > 0 )
-      {
-        line = (FT_Byte*)map->buffer;
-
-        FT_MEM_MOVE( line, line + count * line_len,
-                     ( rows - count ) * line_len );
-
-        metrics->height       = (FT_Byte)( metrics->height - count );
-        metrics->horiBearingY = (FT_Char)( metrics->horiBearingY - count );
-        metrics->vertBearingY = (FT_Char)( metrics->vertBearingY - count );
-
-        map->rows -= count;
-        rows      -= count;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /***********************************************************************/
-    /*                                                                     */
-    /* second, crop the lower lines                                        */
-    /*                                                                     */
-    {
-      line = (FT_Byte*)map->buffer + ( rows - 1 ) * line_len;
-
-      for ( count = 0; count < rows; count++ )
-      {
-        FT_Byte*  cur   = line;
-        FT_Byte*  limit = line + line_len;
-
-
-        for ( ; cur < limit; cur++ )
-          if ( cur[0] )
-            goto Found_Bottom;
-
-        /* the current line was empty - skip to previous one */
-        line -= line_len;
-      }
-
-    Found_Bottom:
-      if ( count > 0 )
-      {
-        metrics->height  = (FT_Byte)( metrics->height - count );
-        rows            -= count;
-        map->rows       -= count;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /***********************************************************************/
-    /*                                                                     */
-    /* third, get rid of the space on the left side of the glyph           */
-    /*                                                                     */
-    do
-    {
-      FT_Byte*  limit;
-
-
-      line  = (FT_Byte*)map->buffer;
-      limit = line + rows * line_len;
-
-      for ( ; line < limit; line += line_len )
-        if ( line[0] & 0x80 )
-          goto Found_Left;
-
-      /* shift the whole glyph one pixel to the left */
-      line  = (FT_Byte*)map->buffer;
-      limit = line + rows * line_len;
-
-      for ( ; line < limit; line += line_len )
-      {
-        FT_Int    n, width = map->width;
-        FT_Byte   old;
-        FT_Byte*  cur = line;
-
-
-        old = (FT_Byte)(cur[0] << 1);
-        for ( n = 8; n < width; n += 8 )
-        {
-          FT_Byte  val;
-
-
-          val    = cur[1];
-          cur[0] = (FT_Byte)( old | ( val >> 7 ) );
-          old    = (FT_Byte)( val << 1 );
-          cur++;
-        }
-        cur[0] = old;
-      }
-
-      map->width--;
-      metrics->horiBearingX++;
-      metrics->vertBearingX++;
-      metrics->width--;
-
-    } while ( map->width > 0 );
-
-  Found_Left:
-
-    /***********************************************************************/
-    /*                                                                     */
-    /* finally, crop the bitmap width to get rid of the space on the right */
-    /* side of the glyph.                                                  */
-    /*                                                                     */
-    do
-    {
-      FT_Int    right = map->width - 1;
-      FT_Byte*  limit;
-      FT_Byte   mask;
-
-
-      line  = (FT_Byte*)map->buffer + ( right >> 3 );
-      limit = line + rows * line_len;
-      mask  = (FT_Byte)( 0x80 >> ( right & 7 ) );
-
-      for ( ; line < limit; line += line_len )
-        if ( line[0] & mask )
-          goto Found_Right;
-
-      /* crop the whole glyph to the right */
-      map->width--;
-      metrics->width--;
-
-    } while ( map->width > 0 );
-
-  Found_Right:
-    /* all right, the bitmap was cropped */
-    return;
-
-  Empty_Bitmap:
-    map->width      = 0;
-    map->rows       = 0;
-    map->pitch      = 0;
-    map->pixel_mode = FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  Load_SBit_Single( FT_Bitmap*       map,
-                    FT_Int           x_offset,
-                    FT_Int           y_offset,
-                    FT_Int           pix_bits,
-                    FT_UShort        image_format,
-                    TT_SBit_Metrics  metrics,
-                    FT_Stream        stream )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error;
-
-
-    /* check that the source bitmap fits into the target pixmap */
-    if ( x_offset < 0 || x_offset + metrics->width  > map->width ||
-         y_offset < 0 || y_offset + metrics->height > map->rows  )
-    {
-      error = SFNT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    {
-      FT_Int   glyph_width  = metrics->width;
-      FT_Int   glyph_height = metrics->height;
-      FT_Int   glyph_size;
-      FT_Int   line_bits    = pix_bits * glyph_width;
-      FT_Bool  pad_bytes    = 0;
-
-
-      /* compute size of glyph image */
-      switch ( image_format )
-      {
-      case 1:  /* byte-padded formats */
-      case 6:
-        {
-          FT_Int  line_length;
-
-
-          switch ( pix_bits )
-          {
-          case 1:
-            line_length = ( glyph_width + 7 ) >> 3;
-            break;
-          case 2:
-            line_length = ( glyph_width + 3 ) >> 2;
-            break;
-          case 4:
-            line_length = ( glyph_width + 1 ) >> 1;
-            break;
-          default:
-            line_length =   glyph_width;
-          }
-
-          glyph_size = glyph_height * line_length;
-          pad_bytes  = 1;
-        }
-        break;
-
-      case 2:
-      case 5:
-      case 7:
-        line_bits  =   glyph_width  * pix_bits;
-        glyph_size = ( glyph_height * line_bits + 7 ) >> 3;
-        break;
-
-      default:  /* invalid format */
-        return SFNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-      }
-
-      /* Now read data and draw glyph into target pixmap       */
-      if ( FT_FRAME_ENTER( glyph_size ) )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      /* don't forget to multiply `x_offset' by `map->pix_bits' as */
-      /* the sbit blitter doesn't make a difference between pixmap */
-      /* depths.                                                   */
-      blit_sbit( map, (FT_Byte*)stream->cursor, line_bits, pad_bytes,
-                 x_offset * pix_bits, y_offset );
-
-      FT_FRAME_EXIT();
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  Load_SBit_Image( TT_SBit_Strike   strike,
-                   TT_SBit_Range    range,
-                   FT_ULong         ebdt_pos,
-                   FT_ULong         glyph_offset,
-                   FT_GlyphSlot     slot,
-                   FT_Int           x_offset,
-                   FT_Int           y_offset,
-                   FT_Stream        stream,
-                   TT_SBit_Metrics  metrics,
-                   FT_Int           depth )
-  {
-    FT_Memory   memory = stream->memory;
-    FT_Bitmap*  map    = &slot->bitmap;
-    FT_Error    error;
-
-
-    /* place stream at beginning of glyph data and read metrics */
-    if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( ebdt_pos + glyph_offset ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    error = tt_load_sbit_metrics( stream, range, metrics );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* This function is recursive.  At the top-level call, we  */
-    /* compute the dimensions of the higher-level glyph to     */
-    /* allocate the final pixmap buffer.                       */
-    if ( depth == 0 )
-    {
-      FT_Long  size;
-
-
-      map->width = metrics->width;
-      map->rows  = metrics->height;
-
-      switch ( strike->bit_depth )
-      {
-      case 1:
-        map->pixel_mode = FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO;
-        map->pitch      = ( map->width + 7 ) >> 3;
-        break;
-
-      case 2:
-        map->pixel_mode = FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2;
-        map->pitch      = ( map->width + 3 ) >> 2;
-        break;
-
-      case 4:
-        map->pixel_mode = FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4;
-        map->pitch      = ( map->width + 1 ) >> 1;
-        break;
-
-      case 8:
-        map->pixel_mode = FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY;
-        map->pitch      = map->width;
-        break;
-
-      default:
-        return SFNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-      }
-
-      size = map->rows * map->pitch;
-
-      /* check that there is no empty image */
-      if ( size == 0 )
-        goto Exit;     /* exit successfully! */
-
-      error = ft_glyphslot_alloc_bitmap( slot, size );
-      if (error)
-        goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    switch ( range->image_format )
-    {
-    case 1:  /* single sbit image - load it */
-    case 2:
-    case 5:
-    case 6:
-    case 7:
-      return Load_SBit_Single( map, x_offset, y_offset, strike->bit_depth,
-                               range->image_format, metrics, stream );
-
-    case 8:  /* compound format */
-      FT_Stream_Skip( stream, 1L );
-      /* fallthrough */
-
-    case 9:
-      break;
-
-    default: /* invalid image format */
-      return SFNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-    }
-
-    /* All right, we have a compound format.  First of all, read */
-    /* the array of elements.                                    */
-    {
-      TT_SBit_Component  components;
-      TT_SBit_Component  comp;
-      FT_UShort          num_components, count;
-
-
-      if ( FT_READ_USHORT( num_components )           ||
-           FT_NEW_ARRAY( components, num_components ) )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      count = num_components;
-
-      if ( FT_FRAME_ENTER( 4L * num_components ) )
-        goto Fail_Memory;
-
-      for ( comp = components; count > 0; count--, comp++ )
-      {
-        comp->glyph_code = FT_GET_USHORT();
-        comp->x_offset   = FT_GET_CHAR();
-        comp->y_offset   = FT_GET_CHAR();
-      }
-
-      FT_FRAME_EXIT();
-
-      /* Now recursively load each element glyph */
-      count = num_components;
-      comp  = components;
-      for ( ; count > 0; count--, comp++ )
-      {
-        TT_SBit_Range       elem_range;
-        TT_SBit_MetricsRec  elem_metrics;
-        FT_ULong            elem_offset;
-
-
-        /* find the range for this element */
-        error = find_sbit_range( comp->glyph_code,
-                                 strike,
-                                 &elem_range,
-                                 &elem_offset );
-        if ( error )
-          goto Fail_Memory;
-
-        /* now load the element, recursively */
-        error = Load_SBit_Image( strike,
-                                 elem_range,
-                                 ebdt_pos,
-                                 elem_offset,
-                                 slot,
-                                 x_offset + comp->x_offset,
-                                 y_offset + comp->y_offset,
-                                 stream,
-                                 &elem_metrics,
-                                 depth + 1 );
-        if ( error )
-          goto Fail_Memory;
-      }
-
-    Fail_Memory:
-      FT_FREE( components );
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    tt_face_load_sbit_image                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Loads a given glyph sbit image from the font resource.  This also  */
-  /*    returns its metrics.                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    face         :: The target face object.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    strike_index :: The current strike index.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    glyph_index  :: The current glyph index.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    load_flags   :: The glyph load flags (the code checks for the flag */
-  /*                    FT_LOAD_CROP_BITMAP).                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    stream       :: The input stream.                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Output>                                                              */
-  /*    map          :: The target pixmap.                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    metrics      :: A big sbit metrics structure for the glyph image.  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.  Returns an error if no     */
-  /*    glyph sbit exists for the index.                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*  <Note>                                                               */
-  /*    The `map.buffer' field is always freed before the glyph is loaded. */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_load_sbit_image( TT_Face              face,
-                           FT_ULong             strike_index,
-                           FT_UInt              glyph_index,
-                           FT_UInt              load_flags,
-                           FT_Stream            stream,
-                           FT_Bitmap           *map,
-                           TT_SBit_MetricsRec  *metrics )
-  {
-    FT_Error        error;
-    FT_ULong        ebdt_pos, glyph_offset;
-
-    TT_SBit_Strike  strike;
-    TT_SBit_Range   range;
-
-
-    /* Check whether there is a glyph sbit for the current index */
-    error = tt_find_sbit_image( face, glyph_index, strike_index,
-                                &range, &strike, &glyph_offset );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* now, find the location of the `EBDT' table in */
-    /* the font file                                 */
-    error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_EBDT, stream, 0 );
-    if ( error )
-      error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_bdat, stream, 0 );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    ebdt_pos = FT_STREAM_POS();
-
-    error = Load_SBit_Image( strike, range, ebdt_pos, glyph_offset,
-                             face->root.glyph, 0, 0, stream, metrics, 0 );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* setup vertical metrics if needed */
-    if ( strike->flags & 1 )
-    {
-      /* in case of a horizontal strike only */
-      FT_Int  advance;
-
-
-      advance = strike->hori.ascender - strike->hori.descender;
-
-      /* some heuristic values */
-
-      metrics->vertBearingX = (FT_Char)(-metrics->width / 2 );
-      metrics->vertBearingY = (FT_Char)( ( advance - metrics->height ) / 2 );
-      metrics->vertAdvance  = (FT_Char)( advance * 12 / 10 );
-    }
-
-    /* Crop the bitmap now, unless specified otherwise */
-    if ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_CROP_BITMAP )
-      crop_bitmap( map, metrics );
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-#endif /* !FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttsbit.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttsbit.h
deleted file mode 100644
index c6067c0..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttsbit.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ttsbit.h                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    TrueType and OpenType embedded bitmap support (specification).       */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by             */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __TTSBIT_H__
-#define __TTSBIT_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include "ttload.h"
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_load_eblc( TT_Face    face,
-                     FT_Stream  stream );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  tt_face_free_eblc( TT_Face  face );
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_set_sbit_strike( TT_Face          face,
-                           FT_Size_Request  req,
-                           FT_ULong*        astrike_index );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_load_strike_metrics( TT_Face           face,
-                               FT_ULong          strike_index,
-                               FT_Size_Metrics*  metrics );
-
-#if defined FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  tt_find_sbit_image( TT_Face          face,
-                      FT_UInt          glyph_index,
-                      FT_ULong         strike_index,
-                      TT_SBit_Range   *arange,
-                      TT_SBit_Strike  *astrike,
-                      FT_ULong        *aglyph_offset );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  tt_load_sbit_metrics( FT_Stream        stream,
-                        TT_SBit_Range    range,
-                        TT_SBit_Metrics  metrics );
-
-#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_load_sbit_image( TT_Face              face,
-                           FT_ULong             strike_index,
-                           FT_UInt              glyph_index,
-                           FT_UInt              load_flags,
-                           FT_Stream            stream,
-                           FT_Bitmap           *map,
-                           TT_SBit_MetricsRec  *metrics );
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __TTSBIT_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttsbit0.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttsbit0.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 37c7a9b..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttsbit0.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,996 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ttsbit0.c                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    TrueType and OpenType embedded bitmap support (body).                */
-/*    This is a heap-optimized version.                                    */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by                                    */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-/* This file is included by ttsbit.c */
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
-#include FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H
-#include "ttsbit.h"
-
-#include "sferrors.h"
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_ttsbit
-
-
-    static const FT_Frame_Field  tt_sbit_line_metrics_fields[] =
-    {
-#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
-#define FT_STRUCTURE  TT_SBit_LineMetricsRec
-
-      /* no FT_FRAME_START */
-        FT_FRAME_CHAR( ascender ),
-        FT_FRAME_CHAR( descender ),
-        FT_FRAME_BYTE( max_width ),
-
-        FT_FRAME_CHAR( caret_slope_numerator ),
-        FT_FRAME_CHAR( caret_slope_denominator ),
-        FT_FRAME_CHAR( caret_offset ),
-
-        FT_FRAME_CHAR( min_origin_SB ),
-        FT_FRAME_CHAR( min_advance_SB ),
-        FT_FRAME_CHAR( max_before_BL ),
-        FT_FRAME_CHAR( min_after_BL ),
-        FT_FRAME_CHAR( pads[0] ),
-        FT_FRAME_CHAR( pads[1] ),
-      FT_FRAME_END
-    };
-
-    static const FT_Frame_Field  tt_strike_start_fields[] =
-    {
-#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
-#define FT_STRUCTURE  TT_SBit_StrikeRec
-
-      /* no FT_FRAME_START */
-        FT_FRAME_ULONG( ranges_offset ),
-        FT_FRAME_SKIP_LONG,
-        FT_FRAME_ULONG( num_ranges ),
-        FT_FRAME_ULONG( color_ref ),
-      FT_FRAME_END
-    };
-
-    static const FT_Frame_Field  tt_strike_end_fields[] =
-    {
-      /* no FT_FRAME_START */
-        FT_FRAME_USHORT( start_glyph ),
-        FT_FRAME_USHORT( end_glyph ),
-        FT_FRAME_BYTE  ( x_ppem ),
-        FT_FRAME_BYTE  ( y_ppem ),
-        FT_FRAME_BYTE  ( bit_depth ),
-        FT_FRAME_CHAR  ( flags ),
-      FT_FRAME_END
-    };
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_load_eblc( TT_Face    face,
-                     FT_Stream  stream )
-  {
-    FT_Error   error  = SFNT_Err_Ok;
-    FT_Fixed   version;
-    FT_ULong   num_strikes, table_size;
-    FT_Byte*   p;
-    FT_Byte*   p_limit;
-    FT_UInt    count;
-
-
-    face->sbit_num_strikes = 0;
-
-    /* this table is optional */
-    error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_EBLC, stream, &table_size );
-    if ( error )
-      error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_bloc, stream, &table_size );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    if ( table_size < 8 )
-    {
-      FT_ERROR(( "%s: table too short!\n", "tt_face_load_sbit_strikes" ));
-      error = SFNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    if ( FT_FRAME_EXTRACT( table_size, face->sbit_table ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    face->sbit_table_size = table_size;
-
-    p       = face->sbit_table;
-    p_limit = p + table_size;
-
-    version     = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-    num_strikes = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-
-    if ( version != 0x00020000UL || num_strikes >= 0x10000UL )
-    {
-      FT_ERROR(( "%s: invalid table version!\n",
-                 "tt_face_load_sbit_strikes" ));
-      error = SFNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-      goto Fail;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     *  Count the number of strikes available in the table.  We are a bit
-     *  paranoid there and don't trust the data.
-     */
-    count = (FT_UInt)num_strikes;
-    if ( 8 + 48UL * count > table_size )
-      count = (FT_UInt)( ( p_limit - p ) / 48 );
-
-    face->sbit_num_strikes = count;
-
-    FT_TRACE3(( "sbit_num_strikes: %u\n", count ));
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-
-  Fail:
-    FT_FRAME_RELEASE( face->sbit_table );
-    face->sbit_table_size = 0;
-    goto Exit;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  tt_face_free_eblc( TT_Face  face )
-  {
-    FT_Stream  stream = face->root.stream;
-
-
-    FT_FRAME_RELEASE( face->sbit_table );
-    face->sbit_table_size  = 0;
-    face->sbit_num_strikes = 0;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_set_sbit_strike( TT_Face          face,
-                           FT_Size_Request  req,
-                           FT_ULong*        astrike_index )
-  {
-    return FT_Match_Size( (FT_Face)face, req, 0, astrike_index );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_load_strike_metrics( TT_Face           face,
-                               FT_ULong          strike_index,
-                               FT_Size_Metrics*  metrics )
-  {
-    FT_Byte*         strike;
-
-
-    if ( strike_index >= (FT_ULong)face->sbit_num_strikes )
-      return SFNT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    strike = face->sbit_table + 8 + strike_index * 48;
-
-    metrics->x_ppem = (FT_UShort)strike[44];
-    metrics->y_ppem = (FT_UShort)strike[45];
-
-    metrics->ascender  = (FT_Char)strike[16] << 6;  /* hori.ascender  */
-    metrics->descender = (FT_Char)strike[17] << 6;  /* hori.descender */
-    metrics->height    = metrics->ascender - metrics->descender;
-
-    /* XXX: Is this correct? */
-    metrics->max_advance = ( (FT_Char)strike[22] + /* min_origin_SB  */
-                                      strike[18] + /* max_width      */
-                             (FT_Char)strike[23]   /* min_advance_SB */
-                                                 ) << 6;
-
-    return SFNT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  typedef struct  TT_SBitDecoderRec_
-  {
-    TT_Face          face;
-    FT_Stream        stream;
-    FT_Bitmap*       bitmap;
-    TT_SBit_Metrics  metrics;
-    FT_Bool          metrics_loaded;
-    FT_Bool          bitmap_allocated;
-    FT_Byte          bit_depth;
-
-    FT_ULong         ebdt_start;
-    FT_ULong         ebdt_size;
-
-    FT_ULong         strike_index_array;
-    FT_ULong         strike_index_count;
-    FT_Byte*         eblc_base;
-    FT_Byte*         eblc_limit;
-
-  } TT_SBitDecoderRec, *TT_SBitDecoder;
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  tt_sbit_decoder_init( TT_SBitDecoder       decoder,
-                        TT_Face              face,
-                        FT_ULong             strike_index,
-                        TT_SBit_MetricsRec*  metrics )
-  {
-    FT_Error   error;
-    FT_Stream  stream = face->root.stream;
-    FT_ULong   ebdt_size;
-
-
-    error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_EBDT, stream, &ebdt_size );
-    if ( error )
-      error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_bdat, stream, &ebdt_size );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    decoder->face    = face;
-    decoder->stream  = stream;
-    decoder->bitmap  = &face->root.glyph->bitmap;
-    decoder->metrics = metrics;
-
-    decoder->metrics_loaded   = 0;
-    decoder->bitmap_allocated = 0;
-
-    decoder->ebdt_start = FT_STREAM_POS();
-    decoder->ebdt_size  = ebdt_size;
-
-    decoder->eblc_base  = face->sbit_table;
-    decoder->eblc_limit = face->sbit_table + face->sbit_table_size;
-
-    /* now find the strike corresponding to the index */
-    {
-      FT_Byte*  p;
-
-
-      if ( 8 + 48 * strike_index + 3 * 4 + 34 + 1 > face->sbit_table_size )
-      {
-        error = SFNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-        goto Exit;
-      }
-
-      p = decoder->eblc_base + 8 + 48 * strike_index;
-
-      decoder->strike_index_array = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-      p                          += 4;
-      decoder->strike_index_count = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-      p                          += 34;
-      decoder->bit_depth          = *p;
-
-      if ( decoder->strike_index_array > face->sbit_table_size             ||
-           decoder->strike_index_array + 8 * decoder->strike_index_count >
-             face->sbit_table_size                                         )
-        error = SFNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  tt_sbit_decoder_done( TT_SBitDecoder  decoder )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( decoder );
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  tt_sbit_decoder_alloc_bitmap( TT_SBitDecoder  decoder )
-  {
-    FT_Error    error = SFNT_Err_Ok;
-    FT_UInt     width, height;
-    FT_Bitmap*  map = decoder->bitmap;
-    FT_Long     size;
-
-
-    if ( !decoder->metrics_loaded )
-    {
-      error = SFNT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    width  = decoder->metrics->width;
-    height = decoder->metrics->height;
-
-    map->width = (int)width;
-    map->rows  = (int)height;
-
-    switch ( decoder->bit_depth )
-    {
-    case 1:
-      map->pixel_mode = FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO;
-      map->pitch      = ( map->width + 7 ) >> 3;
-      break;
-
-    case 2:
-      map->pixel_mode = FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2;
-      map->pitch      = ( map->width + 3 ) >> 2;
-      break;
-
-    case 4:
-      map->pixel_mode = FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4;
-      map->pitch      = ( map->width + 1 ) >> 1;
-      break;
-
-    case 8:
-      map->pixel_mode = FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY;
-      map->pitch      = map->width;
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      error = SFNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    size = map->rows * map->pitch;
-
-    /* check that there is no empty image */
-    if ( size == 0 )
-      goto Exit;     /* exit successfully! */
-
-    error = ft_glyphslot_alloc_bitmap( decoder->face->root.glyph, size );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    decoder->bitmap_allocated = 1;
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  tt_sbit_decoder_load_metrics( TT_SBitDecoder  decoder,
-                                FT_Byte*       *pp,
-                                FT_Byte*        limit,
-                                FT_Bool         big )
-  {
-    FT_Byte*         p       = *pp;
-    TT_SBit_Metrics  metrics = decoder->metrics;
-
-
-    if ( p + 5 > limit )
-      goto Fail;
-
-    if ( !decoder->metrics_loaded )
-    {
-      metrics->height       = p[0];
-      metrics->width        = p[1];
-      metrics->horiBearingX = (FT_Char)p[2];
-      metrics->horiBearingY = (FT_Char)p[3];
-      metrics->horiAdvance  = p[4];
-    }
-
-    p += 5;
-    if ( big )
-    {
-      if ( p + 3 > limit )
-        goto Fail;
-
-      if ( !decoder->metrics_loaded )
-      {
-        metrics->vertBearingX = (FT_Char)p[0];
-        metrics->vertBearingY = (FT_Char)p[1];
-        metrics->vertAdvance  = p[2];
-      }
-
-      p += 3;
-    }
-
-    decoder->metrics_loaded = 1;
-    *pp = p;
-    return 0;
-
-  Fail:
-    return SFNT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-  }
-
-
-  /* forward declaration */
-  static FT_Error
-  tt_sbit_decoder_load_image( TT_SBitDecoder  decoder,
-                              FT_UInt         glyph_index,
-                              FT_Int          x_pos,
-                              FT_Int          y_pos );
-
-  typedef FT_Error  (*TT_SBitDecoder_LoadFunc)( TT_SBitDecoder  decoder,
-                                                FT_Byte*        p,
-                                                FT_Byte*        plimit,
-                                                FT_Int          x_pos,
-                                                FT_Int          y_pos );
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  tt_sbit_decoder_load_byte_aligned( TT_SBitDecoder  decoder,
-                                     FT_Byte*        p,
-                                     FT_Byte*        limit,
-                                     FT_Int          x_pos,
-                                     FT_Int          y_pos )
-  {
-    FT_Error    error = SFNT_Err_Ok;
-    FT_Byte*    line;
-    FT_Int      bit_height, bit_width, pitch, width, height, h;
-    FT_Bitmap*  bitmap;
-
-
-    if ( !decoder->bitmap_allocated )
-    {
-      error = tt_sbit_decoder_alloc_bitmap( decoder );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* check that we can write the glyph into the bitmap */
-    bitmap     = decoder->bitmap;
-    bit_width  = bitmap->width;
-    bit_height = bitmap->rows;
-    pitch      = bitmap->pitch;
-    line       = bitmap->buffer;
-
-    width  = decoder->metrics->width;
-    height = decoder->metrics->height;
-
-    if ( x_pos < 0 || x_pos + width > bit_width   ||
-         y_pos < 0 || y_pos + height > bit_height )
-    {
-      error = SFNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    if ( p + ( ( width + 7 ) >> 3 ) * height > limit )
-    {
-      error = SFNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* now do the blit */
-    line  += y_pos * pitch + ( x_pos >> 3 );
-    x_pos &= 7;
-
-    if ( x_pos == 0 )  /* the easy one */
-    {
-      for ( h = height; h > 0; h--, line += pitch )
-      {
-        FT_Byte*  write = line;
-        FT_Int    w;
-
-
-        for ( w = width; w >= 8; w -= 8 )
-        {
-          write[0] = (FT_Byte)( write[0] | *p++ );
-          write   += 1;
-        }
-
-        if ( w > 0 )
-          write[0] = (FT_Byte)( write[0] | ( *p++ & ( 0xFF00U >> w ) ) );
-      }
-    }
-    else  /* x_pos > 0 */
-    {
-      for ( h = height; h > 0; h--, line += pitch )
-      {
-        FT_Byte*  write = line;
-        FT_Int    w;
-        FT_UInt   wval = 0;
-
-
-        for ( w = width; w >= 8; w -= 8 )
-        {
-          wval      = (FT_UInt)( wval | *p++ );
-          write[0]  = (FT_Byte)( write[0] | ( wval >> x_pos ) );
-          write    += 1;
-          wval    <<= 8;
-        }
-
-        if ( w > 0 )
-          wval = (FT_UInt)( wval | ( *p++ & ( 0xFF00U >> w ) ) );
-
-        /* all bits read and there are ( x_pos + w ) bits to be written */
-
-        write[0] = (FT_Byte)( write[0] | ( wval >> x_pos ) );
-
-        if ( x_pos + w > 8 )
-        {
-          write++;
-          wval   <<= 8;
-          write[0] = (FT_Byte)( write[0] | ( wval >> x_pos ) );
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  tt_sbit_decoder_load_bit_aligned( TT_SBitDecoder  decoder,
-                                    FT_Byte*        p,
-                                    FT_Byte*        limit,
-                                    FT_Int          x_pos,
-                                    FT_Int          y_pos )
-  {
-    FT_Error    error = SFNT_Err_Ok;
-    FT_Byte*    line;
-    FT_Int      bit_height, bit_width, pitch, width, height, h, nbits;
-    FT_Bitmap*  bitmap;
-    FT_UShort   rval;
-
-
-    if ( !decoder->bitmap_allocated )
-    {
-      error = tt_sbit_decoder_alloc_bitmap( decoder );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* check that we can write the glyph into the bitmap */
-    bitmap     = decoder->bitmap;
-    bit_width  = bitmap->width;
-    bit_height = bitmap->rows;
-    pitch      = bitmap->pitch;
-    line       = bitmap->buffer;
-
-    width  = decoder->metrics->width;
-    height = decoder->metrics->height;
-
-    if ( x_pos < 0 || x_pos + width  > bit_width  ||
-         y_pos < 0 || y_pos + height > bit_height )
-    {
-      error = SFNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    if ( p + ( ( width * height + 7 ) >> 3 ) > limit )
-    {
-      error = SFNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* now do the blit */
-    line  += y_pos * pitch + ( x_pos >> 3 );
-    x_pos &= 7;
-
-    /* the higher byte of `rval' is used as a buffer */
-    rval  = 0;
-    nbits = 0;
-
-    for ( h = height; h > 0; h--, line += pitch )
-    {
-      FT_Byte*  write = line;
-      FT_Int    w = width;
-
-
-      if ( x_pos )
-      {
-        w = ( width < 8 - x_pos ) ? width : 8 - x_pos;
-
-        if ( nbits < w )
-        {
-          rval  |= *p++;
-          nbits += 8 - w;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          rval  >>= 8;
-          nbits  -= w;
-        }
-
-        *write++ |= ( ( rval >> nbits ) & 0xFF ) & ~( 0xFF << w );
-        rval    <<= 8;
-
-        w = width - w;
-      }
-
-      for ( ; w >= 8; w -= 8 )
-      {
-        rval     |= *p++;
-        *write++ |= ( rval >> nbits ) & 0xFF;
-
-        rval <<= 8;
-      }
-
-      if ( w > 0 )
-      {
-        if ( nbits < w )
-        {
-          rval   |= *p++;
-          *write |= ( ( rval >> nbits ) & 0xFF ) & ( 0xFF00U >> w );
-          nbits  += 8 - w;
-
-          rval <<= 8;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          *write |= ( ( rval >> nbits ) & 0xFF ) & ( 0xFF00U >> w );
-          nbits  -= w;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  tt_sbit_decoder_load_compound( TT_SBitDecoder  decoder,
-                                 FT_Byte*        p,
-                                 FT_Byte*        limit,
-                                 FT_Int          x_pos,
-                                 FT_Int          y_pos )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error = SFNT_Err_Ok;
-    FT_UInt   num_components, nn;
-
-
-    if ( p + 2 > limit )
-      goto Fail;
-
-    num_components = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    if ( p + 4 * num_components > limit )
-      goto Fail;
-
-    for ( nn = 0; nn < num_components; nn++ )
-    {
-      FT_UInt  gindex = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-      FT_Byte  dx     = FT_NEXT_BYTE( p );
-      FT_Byte  dy     = FT_NEXT_BYTE( p );
-
-
-      /* NB: a recursive call */
-      error = tt_sbit_decoder_load_image( decoder, gindex,
-                                          x_pos + dx, y_pos + dy );
-      if ( error )
-        break;
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-
-  Fail:
-    error = SFNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-    goto Exit;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  tt_sbit_decoder_load_bitmap( TT_SBitDecoder  decoder,
-                               FT_UInt         glyph_format,
-                               FT_ULong        glyph_start,
-                               FT_ULong        glyph_size,
-                               FT_Int          x_pos,
-                               FT_Int          y_pos )
-  {
-    FT_Error   error;
-    FT_Stream  stream = decoder->stream;
-    FT_Byte*   p;
-    FT_Byte*   p_limit;
-    FT_Byte*   data;
-
-
-    /* seek into the EBDT table now */
-    if ( glyph_start + glyph_size > decoder->ebdt_size )
-    {
-      error = SFNT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( decoder->ebdt_start + glyph_start ) ||
-         FT_FRAME_EXTRACT( glyph_size, data )                )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    p       = data;
-    p_limit = p + glyph_size;
-
-    /* read the data, depending on the glyph format */
-    switch ( glyph_format )
-    {
-    case 1:
-    case 2:
-    case 8:
-      error = tt_sbit_decoder_load_metrics( decoder, &p, p_limit, 0 );
-      break;
-
-    case 6:
-    case 7:
-    case 9:
-      error = tt_sbit_decoder_load_metrics( decoder, &p, p_limit, 1 );
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      error = SFNT_Err_Ok;
-    }
-
-    if ( error )
-      goto Fail;
-
-    {
-      TT_SBitDecoder_LoadFunc  loader;
-
-
-      switch ( glyph_format )
-      {
-      case 1:
-      case 6:
-        loader = tt_sbit_decoder_load_byte_aligned;
-        break;
-
-      case 2:
-      case 5:
-      case 7:
-        loader = tt_sbit_decoder_load_bit_aligned;
-        break;
-
-      case 8:
-        if ( p + 1 > p_limit )
-          goto Fail;
-
-        p += 1;  /* skip padding */
-        /* fall-through */
-
-      case 9:
-        loader = tt_sbit_decoder_load_compound;
-        break;
-
-      default:
-        goto Fail;
-      }
-
-      error = loader( decoder, p, p_limit, x_pos, y_pos );
-    }
-
-  Fail:
-    FT_FRAME_RELEASE( data );
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  tt_sbit_decoder_load_image( TT_SBitDecoder  decoder,
-                              FT_UInt         glyph_index,
-                              FT_Int          x_pos,
-                              FT_Int          y_pos )
-  {
-    /*
-     *  First, we find the correct strike range that applies to this
-     *  glyph index.
-     */
-
-    FT_Byte*  p          = decoder->eblc_base + decoder->strike_index_array;
-    FT_Byte*  p_limit    = decoder->eblc_limit;
-    FT_ULong  num_ranges = decoder->strike_index_count;
-    FT_UInt   start, end, index_format, image_format;
-    FT_ULong  image_start = 0, image_end = 0, image_offset;
-
-
-    for ( ; num_ranges > 0; num_ranges-- )
-    {
-      start = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-      end   = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-      if ( glyph_index >= start && glyph_index <= end )
-        goto FoundRange;
-
-      p += 4;  /* ignore index offset */
-    }
-    goto NoBitmap;
-
-  FoundRange:
-    image_offset = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-
-    /* overflow check */
-    if ( decoder->eblc_base + decoder->strike_index_array + image_offset <
-           decoder->eblc_base )
-      goto Failure;
-
-    p = decoder->eblc_base + decoder->strike_index_array + image_offset;
-    if ( p + 8 > p_limit )
-      goto NoBitmap;
-
-    /* now find the glyph's location and extend within the ebdt table */
-    index_format = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    image_format = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    image_offset = FT_NEXT_ULONG ( p );
-
-    switch ( index_format )
-    {
-    case 1: /* 4-byte offsets relative to `image_offset' */
-      {
-        p += 4 * ( glyph_index - start );
-        if ( p + 8 > p_limit )
-          goto NoBitmap;
-
-        image_start = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-        image_end   = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-
-        if ( image_start == image_end )  /* missing glyph */
-          goto NoBitmap;
-      }
-      break;
-
-    case 2: /* big metrics, constant image size */
-      {
-        FT_ULong  image_size;
-
-
-        if ( p + 12 > p_limit )
-          goto NoBitmap;
-
-        image_size = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-
-        if ( tt_sbit_decoder_load_metrics( decoder, &p, p_limit, 1 ) )
-          goto NoBitmap;
-
-        image_start = image_size * ( glyph_index - start );
-        image_end   = image_start + image_size;
-      }
-      break;
-
-    case 3: /* 2-byte offsets relative to 'image_offset' */
-      {
-        p += 2 * ( glyph_index - start );
-        if ( p + 4 > p_limit )
-          goto NoBitmap;
-
-        image_start = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-        image_end   = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-        if ( image_start == image_end )  /* missing glyph */
-          goto NoBitmap;
-      }
-      break;
-
-    case 4: /* sparse glyph array with (glyph,offset) pairs */
-      {
-        FT_ULong  mm, num_glyphs;
-
-
-        if ( p + 4 > p_limit )
-          goto NoBitmap;
-
-        num_glyphs = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-
-        /* overflow check */
-        if ( p + ( num_glyphs + 1 ) * 4 < p )
-          goto Failure;
-
-        if ( p + ( num_glyphs + 1 ) * 4 > p_limit )
-          goto NoBitmap;
-
-        for ( mm = 0; mm < num_glyphs; mm++ )
-        {
-          FT_UInt  gindex = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-
-          if ( gindex == glyph_index )
-          {
-            image_start = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-            p          += 2;
-            image_end   = FT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
-            break;
-          }
-          p += 2;
-        }
-
-        if ( mm >= num_glyphs )
-          goto NoBitmap;
-      }
-      break;
-
-    case 5: /* constant metrics with sparse glyph codes */
-      {
-        FT_ULong  image_size, mm, num_glyphs;
-
-
-        if ( p + 16 > p_limit )
-          goto NoBitmap;
-
-        image_size = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-
-        if ( tt_sbit_decoder_load_metrics( decoder, &p, p_limit, 1 ) )
-          goto NoBitmap;
-
-        num_glyphs = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-
-        /* overflow check */
-        if ( p + 2 * num_glyphs < p )
-          goto Failure;
-
-        if ( p + 2 * num_glyphs > p_limit )
-          goto NoBitmap;
-
-        for ( mm = 0; mm < num_glyphs; mm++ )
-        {
-          FT_UInt  gindex = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-
-          if ( gindex == glyph_index )
-            break;
-        }
-
-        if ( mm >= num_glyphs )
-          goto NoBitmap;
-
-        image_start = image_size * mm;
-        image_end   = image_start + image_size;
-      }
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      goto NoBitmap;
-    }
-
-    if ( image_start > image_end )
-      goto NoBitmap;
-
-    image_end  -= image_start;
-    image_start = image_offset + image_start;
-
-    return tt_sbit_decoder_load_bitmap( decoder,
-                                        image_format,
-                                        image_start,
-                                        image_end,
-                                        x_pos,
-                                        y_pos );
-
-  Failure:
-    return SFNT_Err_Invalid_Table;
-
-  NoBitmap:
-    return SFNT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_load_sbit_image( TT_Face              face,
-                           FT_ULong             strike_index,
-                           FT_UInt              glyph_index,
-                           FT_UInt              load_flags,
-                           FT_Stream            stream,
-                           FT_Bitmap           *map,
-                           TT_SBit_MetricsRec  *metrics )
-  {
-    TT_SBitDecoderRec  decoder[1];
-    FT_Error           error;
-
-    FT_UNUSED( load_flags );
-    FT_UNUSED( stream );
-    FT_UNUSED( map );
-
-
-    error = tt_sbit_decoder_init( decoder, face, strike_index, metrics );
-    if ( !error )
-    {
-      error = tt_sbit_decoder_load_image( decoder, glyph_index, 0, 0 );
-      tt_sbit_decoder_done( decoder );
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-/* EOF */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/Jamfile b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/Jamfile
deleted file mode 100644
index 8a792df..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/Jamfile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-# FreeType 2 src/smooth Jamfile
-#
-# Copyright 2001 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-SubDir  FT2_TOP $(FT2_SRC_DIR) smooth ;
-
-{
-  local  _sources ;
-
-  if $(FT2_MULTI)
-  {
-    _sources = ftgrays ftsmooth ;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    _sources = smooth ;
-  }
-
-  Library  $(FT2_LIB) : $(_sources).c ;
-}
-
-# end of src/smooth Jamfile
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/ftgrays.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/ftgrays.c
deleted file mode 100644
index add1dd2..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/ftgrays.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1986 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftgrays.c                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    A new `perfect' anti-aliasing renderer (body).                       */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2000-2001, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2006, 2007 by                   */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This file can be compiled without the rest of the FreeType engine, by */
-  /* defining the _STANDALONE_ macro when compiling it.  You also need to  */
-  /* put the files `ftgrays.h' and `ftimage.h' into the current            */
-  /* compilation directory.  Typically, you could do something like        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* - copy `src/smooth/ftgrays.c' (this file) to your current directory   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* - copy `include/freetype/ftimage.h' and `src/smooth/ftgrays.h' to the */
-  /*   same directory                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* - compile `ftgrays' with the _STANDALONE_ macro defined, as in        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*     cc -c -D_STANDALONE_ ftgrays.c                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The renderer can be initialized with a call to                        */
-  /* `ft_gray_raster.raster_new'; an anti-aliased bitmap can be generated  */
-  /* with a call to `ft_gray_raster.raster_render'.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* See the comments and documentation in the file `ftimage.h' for more   */
-  /* details on how the raster works.                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This is a new anti-aliasing scan-converter for FreeType 2.  The       */
-  /* algorithm used here is _very_ different from the one in the standard  */
-  /* `ftraster' module.  Actually, `ftgrays' computes the _exact_          */
-  /* coverage of the outline on each pixel cell.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* It is based on ideas that I initially found in Raph Levien's          */
-  /* excellent LibArt graphics library (see http://www.levien.com/libart   */
-  /* for more information, though the web pages do not tell anything       */
-  /* about the renderer; you'll have to dive into the source code to       */
-  /* understand how it works).                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Note, however, that this is a _very_ different implementation         */
-  /* compared to Raph's.  Coverage information is stored in a very         */
-  /* different way, and I don't use sorted vector paths.  Also, it doesn't */
-  /* use floating point values.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This renderer has the following advantages:                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* - It doesn't need an intermediate bitmap.  Instead, one can supply a  */
-  /*   callback function that will be called by the renderer to draw gray  */
-  /*   spans on any target surface.  You can thus do direct composition on */
-  /*   any kind of bitmap, provided that you give the renderer the right   */
-  /*   callback.                                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* - A perfect anti-aliaser, i.e., it computes the _exact_ coverage on   */
-  /*   each pixel cell.                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* - It performs a single pass on the outline (the `standard' FT2        */
-  /*   renderer makes two passes).                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* - It can easily be modified to render to _any_ number of gray levels  */
-  /*   cheaply.                                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* - For small (< 20) pixel sizes, it is faster than the standard        */
-  /*   renderer.                                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_smooth
-
-
-
-
-#ifdef _STANDALONE_
-
-#include <string.h>             /* for ft_memcpy() */
-#include <setjmp.h>
-#include <limits.h>
-#define FT_UINT_MAX  UINT_MAX
-
-#define ft_memset   memset
-
-#define ft_setjmp   setjmp
-#define ft_longjmp  longjmp
-#define ft_jmp_buf  jmp_buf
-
-
-#define ErrRaster_Invalid_Mode      -2
-#define ErrRaster_Invalid_Outline   -1
-#define ErrRaster_Invalid_Argument  -3
-#define ErrRaster_Memory_Overflow   -4
-
-#define FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-#define FT_END_HEADER
-
-#include "ftimage.h"
-#include "ftgrays.h"
-
-  /* This macro is used to indicate that a function parameter is unused. */
-  /* Its purpose is simply to reduce compiler warnings.  Note also that  */
-  /* simply defining it as `(void)x' doesn't avoid warnings with certain */
-  /* ANSI compilers (e.g. LCC).                                          */
-#define FT_UNUSED( x )  (x) = (x)
-
-  /* Disable the tracing mechanism for simplicity -- developers can      */
-  /* activate it easily by redefining these two macros.                  */
-#ifndef FT_ERROR
-#define FT_ERROR( x )  do ; while ( 0 )     /* nothing */
-#endif
-
-#ifndef FT_TRACE
-#define FT_TRACE( x )  do ; while ( 0 )     /* nothing */
-#endif
-
-#else /* !_STANDALONE_ */
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include "ftgrays.h"
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-#include FT_OUTLINE_H
-
-#include "ftsmerrs.h"
-
-#define ErrRaster_Invalid_Mode      Smooth_Err_Cannot_Render_Glyph
-#define ErrRaster_Invalid_Outline   Smooth_Err_Invalid_Outline
-#define ErrRaster_Memory_Overflow   Smooth_Err_Out_Of_Memory
-#define ErrRaster_Invalid_Argument  Smooth_Err_Bad_Argument
-
-#endif /* !_STANDALONE_ */
-
-
-#ifndef FT_MEM_SET
-#define FT_MEM_SET( d, s, c )  ft_memset( d, s, c )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef FT_MEM_ZERO
-#define FT_MEM_ZERO( dest, count )  FT_MEM_SET( dest, 0, count )
-#endif
-
-  /* define this to dump debugging information */
-#define xxxDEBUG_GRAYS
-
-
-  /* as usual, for the speed hungry :-) */
-
-#ifndef FT_STATIC_RASTER
-
-
-#define RAS_ARG   PWorker  worker
-#define RAS_ARG_  PWorker  worker,
-
-#define RAS_VAR   worker
-#define RAS_VAR_  worker,
-
-#define ras       (*worker)
-
-
-#else /* FT_STATIC_RASTER */
-
-
-#define RAS_ARG   /* empty */
-#define RAS_ARG_  /* empty */
-#define RAS_VAR   /* empty */
-#define RAS_VAR_  /* empty */
-
-  static TWorker  ras;
-
-
-#endif /* FT_STATIC_RASTER */
-
-
-  /* must be at least 6 bits! */
-#define PIXEL_BITS  8
-
-#define ONE_PIXEL       ( 1L << PIXEL_BITS )
-#define PIXEL_MASK      ( -1L << PIXEL_BITS )
-#define TRUNC( x )      ( (TCoord)( (x) >> PIXEL_BITS ) )
-#define SUBPIXELS( x )  ( (TPos)(x) << PIXEL_BITS )
-#define FLOOR( x )      ( (x) & -ONE_PIXEL )
-#define CEILING( x )    ( ( (x) + ONE_PIXEL - 1 ) & -ONE_PIXEL )
-#define ROUND( x )      ( ( (x) + ONE_PIXEL / 2 ) & -ONE_PIXEL )
-
-#if PIXEL_BITS >= 6
-#define UPSCALE( x )    ( (x) << ( PIXEL_BITS - 6 ) )
-#define DOWNSCALE( x )  ( (x) >> ( PIXEL_BITS - 6 ) )
-#else
-#define UPSCALE( x )    ( (x) >> ( 6 - PIXEL_BITS ) )
-#define DOWNSCALE( x )  ( (x) << ( 6 - PIXEL_BITS ) )
-#endif
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   TYPE DEFINITIONS                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-
-  /* don't change the following types to FT_Int or FT_Pos, since we might */
-  /* need to define them to "float" or "double" when experimenting with   */
-  /* new algorithms                                                       */
-
-  typedef int   TCoord;   /* integer scanline/pixel coordinate */
-  typedef long  TPos;     /* sub-pixel coordinate              */
-
-  /* determine the type used to store cell areas.  This normally takes at */
-  /* least PIXEL_BITS*2 + 1 bits.  On 16-bit systems, we need to use      */
-  /* `long' instead of `int', otherwise bad things happen                 */
-
-#if PIXEL_BITS <= 7
-
-  typedef int  TArea;
-
-#else /* PIXEL_BITS >= 8 */
-
-  /* approximately determine the size of integers using an ANSI-C header */
-#if FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFU
-  typedef long  TArea;
-#else
-  typedef int   TArea;
-#endif
-
-#endif /* PIXEL_BITS >= 8 */
-
-
-  /* maximal number of gray spans in a call to the span callback */
-#define FT_MAX_GRAY_SPANS  32
-
-
-  typedef struct TCell_*  PCell;
-
-  typedef struct  TCell_
-  {
-    int    x;
-    int    cover;
-    TArea  area;
-    PCell  next;
-
-  } TCell;
-
-
-  typedef struct  TWorker_
-  {
-    TCoord  ex, ey;
-    TPos    min_ex, max_ex;
-    TPos    min_ey, max_ey;
-    TPos    count_ex, count_ey;
-
-    TArea   area;
-    int     cover;
-    int     invalid;
-
-    PCell   cells;
-    int     max_cells;
-    int     num_cells;
-
-    TCoord  cx, cy;
-    TPos    x,  y;
-
-    TPos    last_ey;
-
-    FT_Vector   bez_stack[32 * 3 + 1];
-    int         lev_stack[32];
-
-    FT_Outline  outline;
-    FT_Bitmap   target;
-    FT_BBox     clip_box;
-
-    FT_Span     gray_spans[FT_MAX_GRAY_SPANS];
-    int         num_gray_spans;
-
-    FT_Raster_Span_Func  render_span;
-    void*                render_span_data;
-    int                  span_y;
-
-    int  band_size;
-    int  band_shoot;
-    int  conic_level;
-    int  cubic_level;
-
-    ft_jmp_buf  jump_buffer;
-
-    void*       buffer;
-    long        buffer_size;
-
-    PCell*     ycells;
-    int        ycount;
-
-  } TWorker, *PWorker;
-
-
-  typedef struct TRaster_
-  {
-    void*    buffer;
-    long     buffer_size;
-    int      band_size;
-    void*    memory;
-    PWorker  worker;
-
-  } TRaster, *PRaster;
-
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Initialize the cells table.                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  gray_init_cells( RAS_ARG_ void*  buffer,
-                   long            byte_size )
-  {
-    ras.buffer      = buffer;
-    ras.buffer_size = byte_size;
-
-    ras.ycells      = (PCell*) buffer;
-    ras.cells       = NULL;
-    ras.max_cells   = 0;
-    ras.num_cells   = 0;
-    ras.area        = 0;
-    ras.cover       = 0;
-    ras.invalid     = 1;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Compute the outline bounding box.                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  gray_compute_cbox( RAS_ARG )
-  {
-    FT_Outline*  outline = &ras.outline;
-    FT_Vector*   vec     = outline->points;
-    FT_Vector*   limit   = vec + outline->n_points;
-
-
-    if ( outline->n_points <= 0 )
-    {
-      ras.min_ex = ras.max_ex = 0;
-      ras.min_ey = ras.max_ey = 0;
-      return;
-    }
-
-    ras.min_ex = ras.max_ex = vec->x;
-    ras.min_ey = ras.max_ey = vec->y;
-
-    vec++;
-
-    for ( ; vec < limit; vec++ )
-    {
-      TPos  x = vec->x;
-      TPos  y = vec->y;
-
-
-      if ( x < ras.min_ex ) ras.min_ex = x;
-      if ( x > ras.max_ex ) ras.max_ex = x;
-      if ( y < ras.min_ey ) ras.min_ey = y;
-      if ( y > ras.max_ey ) ras.max_ey = y;
-    }
-
-    /* truncate the bounding box to integer pixels */
-    ras.min_ex = ras.min_ex >> 6;
-    ras.min_ey = ras.min_ey >> 6;
-    ras.max_ex = ( ras.max_ex + 63 ) >> 6;
-    ras.max_ey = ( ras.max_ey + 63 ) >> 6;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Record the current cell in the table.                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static PCell
-  gray_find_cell( RAS_ARG )
-  {
-    PCell  *pcell, cell;
-    int     x = ras.ex;
-
-
-    if ( x > ras.max_ex )
-      x = ras.max_ex;
-
-    pcell = &ras.ycells[ras.ey];
-    for (;;)
-    {
-      cell = *pcell;
-      if ( cell == NULL || cell->x > x )
-        break;
-
-      if ( cell->x == x )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      pcell = &cell->next;
-    }
-
-    if ( ras.num_cells >= ras.max_cells )
-      ft_longjmp( ras.jump_buffer, 1 );
-
-    cell        = ras.cells + ras.num_cells++;
-    cell->x     = x;
-    cell->area  = 0;
-    cell->cover = 0;
-
-    cell->next  = *pcell;
-    *pcell      = cell;
-
-  Exit:
-    return cell;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  gray_record_cell( RAS_ARG )
-  {
-    if ( !ras.invalid && ( ras.area | ras.cover ) )
-    {
-      PCell  cell = gray_find_cell( RAS_VAR );
-
-
-      cell->area  += ras.area;
-      cell->cover += ras.cover;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Set the current cell to a new position.                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  gray_set_cell( RAS_ARG_ TCoord  ex,
-                          TCoord  ey )
-  {
-    /* Move the cell pointer to a new position.  We set the `invalid'      */
-    /* flag to indicate that the cell isn't part of those we're interested */
-    /* in during the render phase.  This means that:                       */
-    /*                                                                     */
-    /* . the new vertical position must be within min_ey..max_ey-1.        */
-    /* . the new horizontal position must be strictly less than max_ex     */
-    /*                                                                     */
-    /* Note that if a cell is to the left of the clipping region, it is    */
-    /* actually set to the (min_ex-1) horizontal position.                 */
-
-    /* All cells that are on the left of the clipping region go to the */
-    /* min_ex - 1 horizontal position.                                 */
-    ey -= ras.min_ey;
-
-    if ( ex > ras.max_ex )
-      ex = ras.max_ex;
-
-    ex -= ras.min_ex;
-    if ( ex < 0 )
-      ex = -1;
-
-    /* are we moving to a different cell ? */
-    if ( ex != ras.ex || ey != ras.ey )
-    {
-      /* record the current one if it is valid */
-      if ( !ras.invalid )
-        gray_record_cell( RAS_VAR );
-
-      ras.area  = 0;
-      ras.cover = 0;
-    }
-
-    ras.ex      = ex;
-    ras.ey      = ey;
-    ras.invalid = ( (unsigned)ey >= (unsigned)ras.count_ey ||
-                              ex >= ras.count_ex           );
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Start a new contour at a given cell.                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  gray_start_cell( RAS_ARG_ TCoord  ex,
-                            TCoord  ey )
-  {
-    if ( ex > ras.max_ex )
-      ex = (TCoord)( ras.max_ex );
-
-    if ( ex < ras.min_ex )
-      ex = (TCoord)( ras.min_ex - 1 );
-
-    ras.area    = 0;
-    ras.cover   = 0;
-    ras.ex      = ex - ras.min_ex;
-    ras.ey      = ey - ras.min_ey;
-    ras.last_ey = SUBPIXELS( ey );
-    ras.invalid = 0;
-
-    gray_set_cell( RAS_VAR_ ex, ey );
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Render a scanline as one or more cells.                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  gray_render_scanline( RAS_ARG_ TCoord  ey,
-                                 TPos    x1,
-                                 TCoord  y1,
-                                 TPos    x2,
-                                 TCoord  y2 )
-  {
-    TCoord  ex1, ex2, fx1, fx2, delta;
-    long    p, first, dx;
-    int     incr, lift, mod, rem;
-
-
-    dx = x2 - x1;
-
-    ex1 = TRUNC( x1 );
-    ex2 = TRUNC( x2 );
-    fx1 = (TCoord)( x1 - SUBPIXELS( ex1 ) );
-    fx2 = (TCoord)( x2 - SUBPIXELS( ex2 ) );
-
-    /* trivial case.  Happens often */
-    if ( y1 == y2 )
-    {
-      gray_set_cell( RAS_VAR_ ex2, ey );
-      return;
-    }
-
-    /* everything is located in a single cell.  That is easy! */
-    /*                                                        */
-    if ( ex1 == ex2 )
-    {
-      delta      = y2 - y1;
-      ras.area  += (TArea)( fx1 + fx2 ) * delta;
-      ras.cover += delta;
-      return;
-    }
-
-    /* ok, we'll have to render a run of adjacent cells on the same */
-    /* scanline...                                                  */
-    /*                                                              */
-    p     = ( ONE_PIXEL - fx1 ) * ( y2 - y1 );
-    first = ONE_PIXEL;
-    incr  = 1;
-
-    if ( dx < 0 )
-    {
-      p     = fx1 * ( y2 - y1 );
-      first = 0;
-      incr  = -1;
-      dx    = -dx;
-    }
-
-    delta = (TCoord)( p / dx );
-    mod   = (TCoord)( p % dx );
-    if ( mod < 0 )
-    {
-      delta--;
-      mod += (TCoord)dx;
-    }
-
-    ras.area  += (TArea)( fx1 + first ) * delta;
-    ras.cover += delta;
-
-    ex1 += incr;
-    gray_set_cell( RAS_VAR_ ex1, ey );
-    y1  += delta;
-
-    if ( ex1 != ex2 )
-    {
-      p    = ONE_PIXEL * ( y2 - y1 + delta );
-      lift = (TCoord)( p / dx );
-      rem  = (TCoord)( p % dx );
-      if ( rem < 0 )
-      {
-        lift--;
-        rem += (TCoord)dx;
-      }
-
-      mod -= (int)dx;
-
-      while ( ex1 != ex2 )
-      {
-        delta = lift;
-        mod  += rem;
-        if ( mod >= 0 )
-        {
-          mod -= (TCoord)dx;
-          delta++;
-        }
-
-        ras.area  += (TArea)ONE_PIXEL * delta;
-        ras.cover += delta;
-        y1        += delta;
-        ex1       += incr;
-        gray_set_cell( RAS_VAR_ ex1, ey );
-      }
-    }
-
-    delta      = y2 - y1;
-    ras.area  += (TArea)( fx2 + ONE_PIXEL - first ) * delta;
-    ras.cover += delta;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Render a given line as a series of scanlines.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  gray_render_line( RAS_ARG_ TPos  to_x,
-                             TPos  to_y )
-  {
-    TCoord  ey1, ey2, fy1, fy2;
-    TPos    dx, dy, x, x2;
-    long    p, first;
-    int     delta, rem, mod, lift, incr;
-
-
-    ey1 = TRUNC( ras.last_ey );
-    ey2 = TRUNC( to_y );     /* if (ey2 >= ras.max_ey) ey2 = ras.max_ey-1; */
-    fy1 = (TCoord)( ras.y - ras.last_ey );
-    fy2 = (TCoord)( to_y - SUBPIXELS( ey2 ) );
-
-    dx = to_x - ras.x;
-    dy = to_y - ras.y;
-
-    /* XXX: we should do something about the trivial case where dx == 0, */
-    /*      as it happens very often!                                    */
-
-    /* perform vertical clipping */
-    {
-      TCoord  min, max;
-
-
-      min = ey1;
-      max = ey2;
-      if ( ey1 > ey2 )
-      {
-        min = ey2;
-        max = ey1;
-      }
-      if ( min >= ras.max_ey || max < ras.min_ey )
-        goto End;
-    }
-
-    /* everything is on a single scanline */
-    if ( ey1 == ey2 )
-    {
-      gray_render_scanline( RAS_VAR_ ey1, ras.x, fy1, to_x, fy2 );
-      goto End;
-    }
-
-    /* vertical line - avoid calling gray_render_scanline */
-    incr = 1;
-
-    if ( dx == 0 )
-    {
-      TCoord  ex     = TRUNC( ras.x );
-      TCoord  two_fx = (TCoord)( ( ras.x - SUBPIXELS( ex ) ) << 1 );
-      TPos    area;
-
-
-      first = ONE_PIXEL;
-      if ( dy < 0 )
-      {
-        first = 0;
-        incr  = -1;
-      }
-
-      delta      = (int)( first - fy1 );
-      ras.area  += (TArea)two_fx * delta;
-      ras.cover += delta;
-      ey1       += incr;
-
-      gray_set_cell( &ras, ex, ey1 );
-
-      delta = (int)( first + first - ONE_PIXEL );
-      area  = (TArea)two_fx * delta;
-      while ( ey1 != ey2 )
-      {
-        ras.area  += area;
-        ras.cover += delta;
-        ey1       += incr;
-
-        gray_set_cell( &ras, ex, ey1 );
-      }
-
-      delta      = (int)( fy2 - ONE_PIXEL + first );
-      ras.area  += (TArea)two_fx * delta;
-      ras.cover += delta;
-
-      goto End;
-    }
-
-    /* ok, we have to render several scanlines */
-    p     = ( ONE_PIXEL - fy1 ) * dx;
-    first = ONE_PIXEL;
-    incr  = 1;
-
-    if ( dy < 0 )
-    {
-      p     = fy1 * dx;
-      first = 0;
-      incr  = -1;
-      dy    = -dy;
-    }
-
-    delta = (int)( p / dy );
-    mod   = (int)( p % dy );
-    if ( mod < 0 )
-    {
-      delta--;
-      mod += (TCoord)dy;
-    }
-
-    x = ras.x + delta;
-    gray_render_scanline( RAS_VAR_ ey1, ras.x, fy1, x, (TCoord)first );
-
-    ey1 += incr;
-    gray_set_cell( RAS_VAR_ TRUNC( x ), ey1 );
-
-    if ( ey1 != ey2 )
-    {
-      p     = ONE_PIXEL * dx;
-      lift  = (int)( p / dy );
-      rem   = (int)( p % dy );
-      if ( rem < 0 )
-      {
-        lift--;
-        rem += (int)dy;
-      }
-      mod -= (int)dy;
-
-      while ( ey1 != ey2 )
-      {
-        delta = lift;
-        mod  += rem;
-        if ( mod >= 0 )
-        {
-          mod -= (int)dy;
-          delta++;
-        }
-
-        x2 = x + delta;
-        gray_render_scanline( RAS_VAR_ ey1, x,
-                                       (TCoord)( ONE_PIXEL - first ), x2,
-                                       (TCoord)first );
-        x = x2;
-
-        ey1 += incr;
-        gray_set_cell( RAS_VAR_ TRUNC( x ), ey1 );
-      }
-    }
-
-    gray_render_scanline( RAS_VAR_ ey1, x,
-                                   (TCoord)( ONE_PIXEL - first ), to_x,
-                                   fy2 );
-
-  End:
-    ras.x       = to_x;
-    ras.y       = to_y;
-    ras.last_ey = SUBPIXELS( ey2 );
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  gray_split_conic( FT_Vector*  base )
-  {
-    TPos  a, b;
-
-
-    base[4].x = base[2].x;
-    b = base[1].x;
-    a = base[3].x = ( base[2].x + b ) / 2;
-    b = base[1].x = ( base[0].x + b ) / 2;
-    base[2].x = ( a + b ) / 2;
-
-    base[4].y = base[2].y;
-    b = base[1].y;
-    a = base[3].y = ( base[2].y + b ) / 2;
-    b = base[1].y = ( base[0].y + b ) / 2;
-    base[2].y = ( a + b ) / 2;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  gray_render_conic( RAS_ARG_ const FT_Vector*  control,
-                              const FT_Vector*  to )
-  {
-    TPos        dx, dy;
-    int         top, level;
-    int*        levels;
-    FT_Vector*  arc;
-
-
-    dx = DOWNSCALE( ras.x ) + to->x - ( control->x << 1 );
-    if ( dx < 0 )
-      dx = -dx;
-    dy = DOWNSCALE( ras.y ) + to->y - ( control->y << 1 );
-    if ( dy < 0 )
-      dy = -dy;
-    if ( dx < dy )
-      dx = dy;
-
-    level = 1;
-    dx = dx / ras.conic_level;
-    while ( dx > 0 )
-    {
-      dx >>= 2;
-      level++;
-    }
-
-    /* a shortcut to speed things up */
-    if ( level <= 1 )
-    {
-      /* we compute the mid-point directly in order to avoid */
-      /* calling gray_split_conic()                          */
-      TPos  to_x, to_y, mid_x, mid_y;
-
-
-      to_x  = UPSCALE( to->x );
-      to_y  = UPSCALE( to->y );
-      mid_x = ( ras.x + to_x + 2 * UPSCALE( control->x ) ) / 4;
-      mid_y = ( ras.y + to_y + 2 * UPSCALE( control->y ) ) / 4;
-
-      gray_render_line( RAS_VAR_ mid_x, mid_y );
-      gray_render_line( RAS_VAR_ to_x, to_y );
-
-      return;
-    }
-
-    arc       = ras.bez_stack;
-    levels    = ras.lev_stack;
-    top       = 0;
-    levels[0] = level;
-
-    arc[0].x = UPSCALE( to->x );
-    arc[0].y = UPSCALE( to->y );
-    arc[1].x = UPSCALE( control->x );
-    arc[1].y = UPSCALE( control->y );
-    arc[2].x = ras.x;
-    arc[2].y = ras.y;
-
-    while ( top >= 0 )
-    {
-      level = levels[top];
-      if ( level > 1 )
-      {
-        /* check that the arc crosses the current band */
-        TPos  min, max, y;
-
-
-        min = max = arc[0].y;
-
-        y = arc[1].y;
-        if ( y < min ) min = y;
-        if ( y > max ) max = y;
-
-        y = arc[2].y;
-        if ( y < min ) min = y;
-        if ( y > max ) max = y;
-
-        if ( TRUNC( min ) >= ras.max_ey || TRUNC( max ) < ras.min_ey )
-          goto Draw;
-
-        gray_split_conic( arc );
-        arc += 2;
-        top++;
-        levels[top] = levels[top - 1] = level - 1;
-        continue;
-      }
-
-    Draw:
-      {
-        TPos  to_x, to_y, mid_x, mid_y;
-
-
-        to_x  = arc[0].x;
-        to_y  = arc[0].y;
-        mid_x = ( ras.x + to_x + 2 * arc[1].x ) / 4;
-        mid_y = ( ras.y + to_y + 2 * arc[1].y ) / 4;
-
-        gray_render_line( RAS_VAR_ mid_x, mid_y );
-        gray_render_line( RAS_VAR_ to_x, to_y );
-
-        top--;
-        arc -= 2;
-      }
-    }
-
-    return;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  gray_split_cubic( FT_Vector*  base )
-  {
-    TPos  a, b, c, d;
-
-
-    base[6].x = base[3].x;
-    c = base[1].x;
-    d = base[2].x;
-    base[1].x = a = ( base[0].x + c ) / 2;
-    base[5].x = b = ( base[3].x + d ) / 2;
-    c = ( c + d ) / 2;
-    base[2].x = a = ( a + c ) / 2;
-    base[4].x = b = ( b + c ) / 2;
-    base[3].x = ( a + b ) / 2;
-
-    base[6].y = base[3].y;
-    c = base[1].y;
-    d = base[2].y;
-    base[1].y = a = ( base[0].y + c ) / 2;
-    base[5].y = b = ( base[3].y + d ) / 2;
-    c = ( c + d ) / 2;
-    base[2].y = a = ( a + c ) / 2;
-    base[4].y = b = ( b + c ) / 2;
-    base[3].y = ( a + b ) / 2;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  gray_render_cubic( RAS_ARG_ const FT_Vector*  control1,
-                              const FT_Vector*  control2,
-                              const FT_Vector*  to )
-  {
-    TPos        dx, dy, da, db;
-    int         top, level;
-    int*        levels;
-    FT_Vector*  arc;
-
-
-    dx = DOWNSCALE( ras.x ) + to->x - ( control1->x << 1 );
-    if ( dx < 0 )
-      dx = -dx;
-    dy = DOWNSCALE( ras.y ) + to->y - ( control1->y << 1 );
-    if ( dy < 0 )
-      dy = -dy;
-    if ( dx < dy )
-      dx = dy;
-    da = dx;
-
-    dx = DOWNSCALE( ras.x ) + to->x - 3 * ( control1->x + control2->x );
-    if ( dx < 0 )
-      dx = -dx;
-    dy = DOWNSCALE( ras.y ) + to->y - 3 * ( control1->x + control2->y );
-    if ( dy < 0 )
-      dy = -dy;
-    if ( dx < dy )
-      dx = dy;
-    db = dx;
-
-    level = 1;
-    da    = da / ras.cubic_level;
-    db    = db / ras.conic_level;
-    while ( da > 0 || db > 0 )
-    {
-      da >>= 2;
-      db >>= 3;
-      level++;
-    }
-
-    if ( level <= 1 )
-    {
-      TPos   to_x, to_y, mid_x, mid_y;
-
-
-      to_x  = UPSCALE( to->x );
-      to_y  = UPSCALE( to->y );
-      mid_x = ( ras.x + to_x +
-                3 * UPSCALE( control1->x + control2->x ) ) / 8;
-      mid_y = ( ras.y + to_y +
-                3 * UPSCALE( control1->y + control2->y ) ) / 8;
-
-      gray_render_line( RAS_VAR_ mid_x, mid_y );
-      gray_render_line( RAS_VAR_ to_x, to_y );
-      return;
-    }
-
-    arc      = ras.bez_stack;
-    arc[0].x = UPSCALE( to->x );
-    arc[0].y = UPSCALE( to->y );
-    arc[1].x = UPSCALE( control2->x );
-    arc[1].y = UPSCALE( control2->y );
-    arc[2].x = UPSCALE( control1->x );
-    arc[2].y = UPSCALE( control1->y );
-    arc[3].x = ras.x;
-    arc[3].y = ras.y;
-
-    levels    = ras.lev_stack;
-    top       = 0;
-    levels[0] = level;
-
-    while ( top >= 0 )
-    {
-      level = levels[top];
-      if ( level > 1 )
-      {
-        /* check that the arc crosses the current band */
-        TPos  min, max, y;
-
-
-        min = max = arc[0].y;
-        y = arc[1].y;
-        if ( y < min ) min = y;
-        if ( y > max ) max = y;
-        y = arc[2].y;
-        if ( y < min ) min = y;
-        if ( y > max ) max = y;
-        y = arc[3].y;
-        if ( y < min ) min = y;
-        if ( y > max ) max = y;
-        if ( TRUNC( min ) >= ras.max_ey || TRUNC( max ) < 0 )
-          goto Draw;
-        gray_split_cubic( arc );
-        arc += 3;
-        top ++;
-        levels[top] = levels[top - 1] = level - 1;
-        continue;
-      }
-
-    Draw:
-      {
-        TPos  to_x, to_y, mid_x, mid_y;
-
-
-        to_x  = arc[0].x;
-        to_y  = arc[0].y;
-        mid_x = ( ras.x + to_x + 3 * ( arc[1].x + arc[2].x ) ) / 8;
-        mid_y = ( ras.y + to_y + 3 * ( arc[1].y + arc[2].y ) ) / 8;
-
-        gray_render_line( RAS_VAR_ mid_x, mid_y );
-        gray_render_line( RAS_VAR_ to_x, to_y );
-        top --;
-        arc -= 3;
-      }
-    }
-
-    return;
-  }
-
-
-
-  static int
-  gray_move_to( const FT_Vector*  to,
-                PWorker           worker )
-  {
-    TPos  x, y;
-
-
-    /* record current cell, if any */
-    gray_record_cell( worker );
-
-    /* start to a new position */
-    x = UPSCALE( to->x );
-    y = UPSCALE( to->y );
-
-    gray_start_cell( worker, TRUNC( x ), TRUNC( y ) );
-
-    worker->x = x;
-    worker->y = y;
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  static int
-  gray_line_to( const FT_Vector*  to,
-                PWorker           worker )
-  {
-    gray_render_line( worker, UPSCALE( to->x ), UPSCALE( to->y ) );
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  static int
-  gray_conic_to( const FT_Vector*  control,
-                 const FT_Vector*  to,
-                 PWorker           worker )
-  {
-    gray_render_conic( worker, control, to );
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  static int
-  gray_cubic_to( const FT_Vector*  control1,
-                 const FT_Vector*  control2,
-                 const FT_Vector*  to,
-                 PWorker           worker )
-  {
-    gray_render_cubic( worker, control1, control2, to );
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  gray_render_span( int             y,
-                    int             count,
-                    const FT_Span*  spans,
-                    PWorker         worker )
-  {
-    unsigned char*  p;
-    FT_Bitmap*      map = &worker->target;
-
-
-    /* first of all, compute the scanline offset */
-    p = (unsigned char*)map->buffer - y * map->pitch;
-    if ( map->pitch >= 0 )
-      p += ( map->rows - 1 ) * map->pitch;
-
-    for ( ; count > 0; count--, spans++ )
-    {
-      unsigned char  coverage = spans->coverage;
-
-
-      if ( coverage )
-      {
-        /* For small-spans it is faster to do it by ourselves than
-         * calling `memset'.  This is mainly due to the cost of the
-         * function call.
-         */
-        if ( spans->len >= 8 )
-          FT_MEM_SET( p + spans->x, (unsigned char)coverage, spans->len );
-        else
-        {
-          unsigned char*  q = p + spans->x;
-
-
-          switch ( spans->len )
-          {
-          case 7: *q++ = (unsigned char)coverage;
-          case 6: *q++ = (unsigned char)coverage;
-          case 5: *q++ = (unsigned char)coverage;
-          case 4: *q++ = (unsigned char)coverage;
-          case 3: *q++ = (unsigned char)coverage;
-          case 2: *q++ = (unsigned char)coverage;
-          case 1: *q   = (unsigned char)coverage;
-          default:
-            ;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  gray_hline( RAS_ARG_ TCoord  x,
-                       TCoord  y,
-                       TPos    area,
-                       int     acount )
-  {
-    FT_Span*  span;
-    int       count;
-    int       coverage;
-
-
-    /* compute the coverage line's coverage, depending on the    */
-    /* outline fill rule                                         */
-    /*                                                           */
-    /* the coverage percentage is area/(PIXEL_BITS*PIXEL_BITS*2) */
-    /*                                                           */
-    coverage = (int)( area >> ( PIXEL_BITS * 2 + 1 - 8 ) );
-                                                    /* use range 0..256 */
-    if ( coverage < 0 )
-      coverage = -coverage;
-
-    if ( ras.outline.flags & FT_OUTLINE_EVEN_ODD_FILL )
-    {
-      coverage &= 511;
-
-      if ( coverage > 256 )
-        coverage = 512 - coverage;
-      else if ( coverage == 256 )
-        coverage = 255;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* normal non-zero winding rule */
-      if ( coverage >= 256 )
-        coverage = 255;
-    }
-
-    y += (TCoord)ras.min_ey;
-    x += (TCoord)ras.min_ex;
-
-    /* FT_Span.x is a 16-bit short, so limit our coordinates appropriately */
-    if ( x >= 32768 )
-      x = 32767;
-
-    if ( coverage )
-    {
-      /* see whether we can add this span to the current list */
-      count = ras.num_gray_spans;
-      span  = ras.gray_spans + count - 1;
-      if ( count > 0                          &&
-           ras.span_y == y                    &&
-           (int)span->x + span->len == (int)x &&
-           span->coverage == coverage         )
-      {
-        span->len = (unsigned short)( span->len + acount );
-        return;
-      }
-
-      if ( ras.span_y != y || count >= FT_MAX_GRAY_SPANS )
-      {
-        if ( ras.render_span && count > 0 )
-          ras.render_span( ras.span_y, count, ras.gray_spans,
-                           ras.render_span_data );
-        /* ras.render_span( span->y, ras.gray_spans, count ); */
-
-#ifdef DEBUG_GRAYS
-
-        if ( ras.span_y >= 0 )
-        {
-          int  n;
-
-
-          fprintf( stderr, "y=%3d ", ras.span_y );
-          span = ras.gray_spans;
-          for ( n = 0; n < count; n++, span++ )
-            fprintf( stderr, "[%d..%d]:%02x ",
-                     span->x, span->x + span->len - 1, span->coverage );
-          fprintf( stderr, "\n" );
-        }
-
-#endif /* DEBUG_GRAYS */
-
-        ras.num_gray_spans = 0;
-        ras.span_y         = y;
-
-        count = 0;
-        span  = ras.gray_spans;
-      }
-      else
-        span++;
-
-      /* add a gray span to the current list */
-      span->x        = (short)x;
-      span->len      = (unsigned short)acount;
-      span->coverage = (unsigned char)coverage;
-
-      ras.num_gray_spans++;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-#ifdef DEBUG_GRAYS
-
-  /* to be called while in the debugger */
-  gray_dump_cells( RAS_ARG )
-  {
-    int  yindex;
-
-
-    for ( yindex = 0; yindex < ras.ycount; yindex++ )
-    {
-      PCell  cell;
-
-
-      printf( "%3d:", yindex );
-
-      for ( cell = ras.ycells[yindex]; cell != NULL; cell = cell->next )
-        printf( " (%3d, c:%4d, a:%6d)", cell->x, cell->cover, cell->area );
-      printf( "\n" );
-    }
-  }
-
-#endif /* DEBUG_GRAYS */
-
-
-  static void
-  gray_sweep( RAS_ARG_ const FT_Bitmap*  target )
-  {
-    int  yindex;
-
-    FT_UNUSED( target );
-
-
-    if ( ras.num_cells == 0 )
-      return;
-
-    ras.num_gray_spans = 0;
-
-    for ( yindex = 0; yindex < ras.ycount; yindex++ )
-    {
-      PCell   cell  = ras.ycells[yindex];
-      TCoord  cover = 0;
-      TCoord  x     = 0;
-
-
-      for ( ; cell != NULL; cell = cell->next )
-      {
-        TArea  area;
-
-
-        if ( cell->x > x && cover != 0 )
-          gray_hline( RAS_VAR_ x, yindex, cover * ( ONE_PIXEL * 2 ),
-                      cell->x - x );
-
-        cover += cell->cover;
-        area   = cover * ( ONE_PIXEL * 2 ) - cell->area;
-
-        if ( area != 0 && cell->x >= 0 )
-          gray_hline( RAS_VAR_ cell->x, yindex, area, 1 );
-
-        x = cell->x + 1;
-      }
-
-      if ( cover != 0 )
-        gray_hline( RAS_VAR_ x, yindex, cover * ( ONE_PIXEL * 2 ),
-                    ras.count_ex - x );
-    }
-
-    if ( ras.render_span && ras.num_gray_spans > 0 )
-      ras.render_span( ras.span_y, ras.num_gray_spans,
-                       ras.gray_spans, ras.render_span_data );
-  }
-
-
-#ifdef _STANDALONE_
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*  The following function should only compile in stand_alone mode,      */
-  /*  i.e., when building this component without the rest of FreeType.     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Function>                                                            */
-  /*    FT_Outline_Decompose                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Description>                                                         */
-  /*    Walks over an outline's structure to decompose it into individual  */
-  /*    segments and Bezier arcs.  This function is also able to emit      */
-  /*    `move to' and `close to' operations to indicate the start and end  */
-  /*    of new contours in the outline.                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Input>                                                               */
-  /*    outline        :: A pointer to the source target.                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    func_interface :: A table of `emitters', i.e,. function pointers   */
-  /*                      called during decomposition to indicate path     */
-  /*                      operations.                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    user           :: A typeless pointer which is passed to each       */
-  /*                      emitter during the decomposition.  It can be     */
-  /*                      used to store the state during the               */
-  /*                      decomposition.                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* <Return>                                                              */
-  /*    Error code.  0 means success.                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static
-  int  FT_Outline_Decompose( const FT_Outline*        outline,
-                             const FT_Outline_Funcs*  func_interface,
-                             void*                    user )
-  {
-#undef SCALED
-#if 0
-#define SCALED( x )  ( ( (x) << shift ) - delta )
-#else
-#define SCALED( x )  (x)
-#endif
-
-    FT_Vector   v_last;
-    FT_Vector   v_control;
-    FT_Vector   v_start;
-
-    FT_Vector*  point;
-    FT_Vector*  limit;
-    char*       tags;
-
-    int   n;         /* index of contour in outline     */
-    int   first;     /* index of first point in contour */
-    int   error;
-    char  tag;       /* current point's state           */
-
-#if 0
-    int   shift = func_interface->shift;
-    TPos  delta = func_interface->delta;
-#endif
-
-
-    first = 0;
-
-    for ( n = 0; n < outline->n_contours; n++ )
-    {
-      int  last;  /* index of last point in contour */
-
-
-      last  = outline->contours[n];
-      limit = outline->points + last;
-
-      v_start = outline->points[first];
-      v_last  = outline->points[last];
-
-      v_start.x = SCALED( v_start.x );
-      v_start.y = SCALED( v_start.y );
-
-      v_last.x  = SCALED( v_last.x );
-      v_last.y  = SCALED( v_last.y );
-
-      v_control = v_start;
-
-      point = outline->points + first;
-      tags  = outline->tags  + first;
-      tag   = FT_CURVE_TAG( tags[0] );
-
-      /* A contour cannot start with a cubic control point! */
-      if ( tag == FT_CURVE_TAG_CUBIC )
-        goto Invalid_Outline;
-
-      /* check first point to determine origin */
-      if ( tag == FT_CURVE_TAG_CONIC )
-      {
-        /* first point is conic control.  Yes, this happens. */
-        if ( FT_CURVE_TAG( outline->tags[last] ) == FT_CURVE_TAG_ON )
-        {
-          /* start at last point if it is on the curve */
-          v_start = v_last;
-          limit--;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          /* if both first and last points are conic,         */
-          /* start at their middle and record its position    */
-          /* for closure                                      */
-          v_start.x = ( v_start.x + v_last.x ) / 2;
-          v_start.y = ( v_start.y + v_last.y ) / 2;
-
-          v_last = v_start;
-        }
-        point--;
-        tags--;
-      }
-
-      error = func_interface->move_to( &v_start, user );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      while ( point < limit )
-      {
-        point++;
-        tags++;
-
-        tag = FT_CURVE_TAG( tags[0] );
-        switch ( tag )
-        {
-        case FT_CURVE_TAG_ON:  /* emit a single line_to */
-          {
-            FT_Vector  vec;
-
-
-            vec.x = SCALED( point->x );
-            vec.y = SCALED( point->y );
-
-            error = func_interface->line_to( &vec, user );
-            if ( error )
-              goto Exit;
-            continue;
-          }
-
-        case FT_CURVE_TAG_CONIC:  /* consume conic arcs */
-          {
-            v_control.x = SCALED( point->x );
-            v_control.y = SCALED( point->y );
-
-          Do_Conic:
-            if ( point < limit )
-            {
-              FT_Vector  vec;
-              FT_Vector  v_middle;
-
-
-              point++;
-              tags++;
-              tag = FT_CURVE_TAG( tags[0] );
-
-              vec.x = SCALED( point->x );
-              vec.y = SCALED( point->y );
-
-              if ( tag == FT_CURVE_TAG_ON )
-              {
-                error = func_interface->conic_to( &v_control, &vec,
-                                                  user );
-                if ( error )
-                  goto Exit;
-                continue;
-              }
-
-              if ( tag != FT_CURVE_TAG_CONIC )
-                goto Invalid_Outline;
-
-              v_middle.x = ( v_control.x + vec.x ) / 2;
-              v_middle.y = ( v_control.y + vec.y ) / 2;
-
-              error = func_interface->conic_to( &v_control, &v_middle,
-                                                user );
-              if ( error )
-                goto Exit;
-
-              v_control = vec;
-              goto Do_Conic;
-            }
-
-            error = func_interface->conic_to( &v_control, &v_start,
-                                              user );
-            goto Close;
-          }
-
-        default:  /* FT_CURVE_TAG_CUBIC */
-          {
-            FT_Vector  vec1, vec2;
-
-
-            if ( point + 1 > limit                             ||
-                 FT_CURVE_TAG( tags[1] ) != FT_CURVE_TAG_CUBIC )
-              goto Invalid_Outline;
-
-            point += 2;
-            tags  += 2;
-
-            vec1.x = SCALED( point[-2].x );
-            vec1.y = SCALED( point[-2].y );
-
-            vec2.x = SCALED( point[-1].x );
-            vec2.y = SCALED( point[-1].y );
-
-            if ( point <= limit )
-            {
-              FT_Vector  vec;
-
-
-              vec.x = SCALED( point->x );
-              vec.y = SCALED( point->y );
-
-              error = func_interface->cubic_to( &vec1, &vec2, &vec, user );
-              if ( error )
-                goto Exit;
-              continue;
-            }
-
-            error = func_interface->cubic_to( &vec1, &vec2, &v_start, user );
-            goto Close;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-
-      /* close the contour with a line segment */
-      error = func_interface->line_to( &v_start, user );
-
-   Close:
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      first = last + 1;
-    }
-
-    return 0;
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-
-  Invalid_Outline:
-    return ErrRaster_Invalid_Outline;
-  }
-
-#endif /* _STANDALONE_ */
-
-
-  typedef struct  TBand_
-  {
-    TPos  min, max;
-
-  } TBand;
-
-
-  static int
-  gray_convert_glyph_inner( RAS_ARG )
-  {
-    static
-    const FT_Outline_Funcs  func_interface =
-    {
-      (FT_Outline_MoveTo_Func) gray_move_to,
-      (FT_Outline_LineTo_Func) gray_line_to,
-      (FT_Outline_ConicTo_Func)gray_conic_to,
-      (FT_Outline_CubicTo_Func)gray_cubic_to,
-      0,
-      0
-    };
-
-    volatile int  error = 0;
-
-    if ( ft_setjmp( ras.jump_buffer ) == 0 )
-    {
-      error = FT_Outline_Decompose( &ras.outline, &func_interface, &ras );
-      gray_record_cell( RAS_VAR );
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      error = ErrRaster_Memory_Overflow;
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static int
-  gray_convert_glyph( RAS_ARG )
-  {
-    TBand            bands[40];
-    TBand* volatile  band;
-    int volatile     n, num_bands;
-    TPos volatile    min, max, max_y;
-    FT_BBox*         clip;
-
-
-    /* Set up state in the raster object */
-    gray_compute_cbox( RAS_VAR );
-
-    /* clip to target bitmap, exit if nothing to do */
-    clip = &ras.clip_box;
-
-    if ( ras.max_ex <= clip->xMin || ras.min_ex >= clip->xMax ||
-         ras.max_ey <= clip->yMin || ras.min_ey >= clip->yMax )
-      return 0;
-
-    if ( ras.min_ex < clip->xMin ) ras.min_ex = clip->xMin;
-    if ( ras.min_ey < clip->yMin ) ras.min_ey = clip->yMin;
-
-    if ( ras.max_ex > clip->xMax ) ras.max_ex = clip->xMax;
-    if ( ras.max_ey > clip->yMax ) ras.max_ey = clip->yMax;
-
-    ras.count_ex = ras.max_ex - ras.min_ex;
-    ras.count_ey = ras.max_ey - ras.min_ey;
-
-    /* simple heuristic used to speed up the bezier decomposition -- see */
-    /* the code in gray_render_conic() and gray_render_cubic() for more  */
-    /* details                                                           */
-    ras.conic_level = 32;
-    ras.cubic_level = 16;
-
-    {
-      int level = 0;
-
-
-      if ( ras.count_ex > 24 || ras.count_ey > 24 )
-        level++;
-      if ( ras.count_ex > 120 || ras.count_ey > 120 )
-        level++;
-
-      ras.conic_level <<= level;
-      ras.cubic_level <<= level;
-    }
-
-    /* setup vertical bands */
-    num_bands = (int)( ( ras.max_ey - ras.min_ey ) / ras.band_size );
-    if ( num_bands == 0 )  num_bands = 1;
-    if ( num_bands >= 39 ) num_bands = 39;
-
-    ras.band_shoot = 0;
-
-    min   = ras.min_ey;
-    max_y = ras.max_ey;
-
-    for ( n = 0; n < num_bands; n++, min = max )
-    {
-      max = min + ras.band_size;
-      if ( n == num_bands - 1 || max > max_y )
-        max = max_y;
-
-      bands[0].min = min;
-      bands[0].max = max;
-      band         = bands;
-
-      while ( band >= bands )
-      {
-        TPos  bottom, top, middle;
-        int   error;
-
-        {
-          PCell  cells_max;
-          int    yindex;
-          long   cell_start, cell_end, cell_mod;
-
-
-          ras.ycells = (PCell*)ras.buffer;
-          ras.ycount = band->max - band->min;
-
-          cell_start = sizeof ( PCell ) * ras.ycount;
-          cell_mod   = cell_start % sizeof ( TCell );
-          if ( cell_mod > 0 )
-            cell_start += sizeof ( TCell ) - cell_mod;
-
-          cell_end  = ras.buffer_size;
-          cell_end -= cell_end % sizeof( TCell );
-
-          cells_max = (PCell)( (char*)ras.buffer + cell_end );
-          ras.cells = (PCell)( (char*)ras.buffer + cell_start );
-          if ( ras.cells >= cells_max )
-            goto ReduceBands;
-
-          ras.max_cells = cells_max - ras.cells;
-          if ( ras.max_cells < 2 )
-            goto ReduceBands;
-
-          for ( yindex = 0; yindex < ras.ycount; yindex++ )
-            ras.ycells[yindex] = NULL;
-        }
-
-        ras.num_cells = 0;
-        ras.invalid   = 1;
-        ras.min_ey    = band->min;
-        ras.max_ey    = band->max;
-        ras.count_ey  = band->max - band->min;
-
-        error = gray_convert_glyph_inner( RAS_VAR );
-
-        if ( !error )
-        {
-          gray_sweep( RAS_VAR_ &ras.target );
-          band--;
-          continue;
-        }
-        else if ( error != ErrRaster_Memory_Overflow )
-          return 1;
-
-      ReduceBands:
-        /* render pool overflow; we will reduce the render band by half */
-        bottom = band->min;
-        top    = band->max;
-        middle = bottom + ( ( top - bottom ) >> 1 );
-
-        /* This is too complex for a single scanline; there must */
-        /* be some problems.                                     */
-        if ( middle == bottom )
-        {
-#ifdef DEBUG_GRAYS
-          fprintf( stderr, "Rotten glyph!\n" );
-#endif
-          return 1;
-        }
-
-        if ( bottom-top >= ras.band_size )
-          ras.band_shoot++;
-
-        band[1].min = bottom;
-        band[1].max = middle;
-        band[0].min = middle;
-        band[0].max = top;
-        band++;
-      }
-    }
-
-    if ( ras.band_shoot > 8 && ras.band_size > 16 )
-      ras.band_size = ras.band_size / 2;
-
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  static int
-  gray_raster_render( PRaster                  raster,
-                      const FT_Raster_Params*  params )
-  {
-    const FT_Outline*  outline    = (const FT_Outline*)params->source;
-    const FT_Bitmap*   target_map = params->target;
-    PWorker            worker;
-
-
-    if ( !raster || !raster->buffer || !raster->buffer_size )
-      return ErrRaster_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    if ( !outline )
-      return ErrRaster_Invalid_Outline;
-
-    /* return immediately if the outline is empty */
-    if ( outline->n_points == 0 || outline->n_contours <= 0 )
-      return 0;
-
-    if ( !outline->contours || !outline->points )
-      return ErrRaster_Invalid_Outline;
-
-    if ( outline->n_points !=
-           outline->contours[outline->n_contours - 1] + 1 )
-      return ErrRaster_Invalid_Outline;
-
-    worker = raster->worker;
-
-    /* if direct mode is not set, we must have a target bitmap */
-    if ( ( params->flags & FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT ) == 0 )
-    {
-      if ( !target_map )
-        return ErrRaster_Invalid_Argument;
-
-      /* nothing to do */
-      if ( !target_map->width || !target_map->rows )
-        return 0;
-
-      if ( !target_map->buffer )
-        return ErrRaster_Invalid_Argument;
-    }
-
-    /* this version does not support monochrome rendering */
-    if ( !( params->flags & FT_RASTER_FLAG_AA ) )
-      return ErrRaster_Invalid_Mode;
-
-    /* compute clipping box */
-    if ( ( params->flags & FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT ) == 0 )
-    {
-      /* compute clip box from target pixmap */
-      ras.clip_box.xMin = 0;
-      ras.clip_box.yMin = 0;
-      ras.clip_box.xMax = target_map->width;
-      ras.clip_box.yMax = target_map->rows;
-    }
-    else if ( params->flags & FT_RASTER_FLAG_CLIP )
-    {
-      ras.clip_box = params->clip_box;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      ras.clip_box.xMin = -32768L;
-      ras.clip_box.yMin = -32768L;
-      ras.clip_box.xMax =  32767L;
-      ras.clip_box.yMax =  32767L;
-    }
-
-    gray_init_cells( worker, raster->buffer, raster->buffer_size );
-
-    ras.outline        = *outline;
-    ras.num_cells      = 0;
-    ras.invalid        = 1;
-    ras.band_size      = raster->band_size;
-    ras.num_gray_spans = 0;
-
-    if ( target_map )
-      ras.target = *target_map;
-
-    ras.render_span      = (FT_Raster_Span_Func)gray_render_span;
-    ras.render_span_data = &ras;
-
-    if ( params->flags & FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT )
-    {
-      ras.render_span      = (FT_Raster_Span_Func)params->gray_spans;
-      ras.render_span_data = params->user;
-    }
-
-    return gray_convert_glyph( worker );
-  }
-
-
-  /**** RASTER OBJECT CREATION: In standalone mode, we simply use *****/
-  /****                         a static object.                  *****/
-
-#ifdef _STANDALONE_
-
-  static int
-  gray_raster_new( void*       memory,
-                   FT_Raster*  araster )
-  {
-    static TRaster  the_raster;
-
-    FT_UNUSED( memory );
-
-
-    *araster = (FT_Raster)&the_raster;
-    FT_MEM_ZERO( &the_raster, sizeof ( the_raster ) );
-
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  gray_raster_done( FT_Raster  raster )
-  {
-    /* nothing */
-    FT_UNUSED( raster );
-  }
-
-#else /* _STANDALONE_ */
-
-  static int
-  gray_raster_new( FT_Memory   memory,
-                   FT_Raster*  araster )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error;
-    PRaster   raster;
-
-
-    *araster = 0;
-    if ( !FT_ALLOC( raster, sizeof ( TRaster ) ) )
-    {
-      raster->memory = memory;
-      *araster = (FT_Raster)raster;
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  gray_raster_done( FT_Raster  raster )
-  {
-    FT_Memory  memory = (FT_Memory)((PRaster)raster)->memory;
-
-
-    FT_FREE( raster );
-  }
-
-#endif /* _STANDALONE_ */
-
-
-  static void
-  gray_raster_reset( FT_Raster  raster,
-                     char*      pool_base,
-                     long       pool_size )
-  {
-    PRaster  rast = (PRaster)raster;
-
-
-    if ( raster )
-    {
-      if ( pool_base && pool_size >= (long)sizeof ( TWorker ) + 2048 )
-      {
-        PWorker  worker = (PWorker)pool_base;
-
-
-        rast->worker      = worker;
-        rast->buffer      = pool_base +
-                              ( ( sizeof ( TWorker ) + sizeof ( TCell ) - 1 ) &
-                                ~( sizeof ( TCell ) - 1 ) );
-        rast->buffer_size = (long)( ( pool_base + pool_size ) -
-                                    (char*)rast->buffer ) &
-                                      ~( sizeof ( TCell ) - 1 );
-        rast->band_size   = (int)( rast->buffer_size /
-                                     ( sizeof ( TCell ) * 8 ) );
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        rast->buffer      = NULL;
-        rast->buffer_size = 0;
-        rast->worker      = NULL;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  const FT_Raster_Funcs  ft_grays_raster =
-  {
-    FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE,
-
-    (FT_Raster_New_Func)     gray_raster_new,
-    (FT_Raster_Reset_Func)   gray_raster_reset,
-    (FT_Raster_Set_Mode_Func)0,
-    (FT_Raster_Render_Func)  gray_raster_render,
-    (FT_Raster_Done_Func)    gray_raster_done
-  };
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/ftgrays.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/ftgrays.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 2d40954..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/ftgrays.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftgrays.h                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType smooth renderer declaration                                 */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001 by                                                 */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __FTGRAYS_H__
-#define __FTGRAYS_H__
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-  extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-
-#ifdef _STANDALONE_
-#include "ftimage.h"
-#else
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_IMAGE_H
-#endif
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* To make ftgrays.h independent from configuration files we check       */
-  /* whether FT_EXPORT_VAR has been defined already.                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* On some systems and compilers (Win32 mostly), an extra keyword is     */
-  /* necessary to compile the library as a DLL.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#ifndef FT_EXPORT_VAR
-#define FT_EXPORT_VAR( x )  extern  x
-#endif
-
-  FT_EXPORT_VAR( const FT_Raster_Funcs )  ft_grays_raster;
-
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-  }
-#endif
-
-#endif /* __FTGRAYS_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/ftsmerrs.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/ftsmerrs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 0c2a2ec..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/ftsmerrs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftsmerrs.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    smooth renderer error codes (specification only).                    */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2001 by                                                      */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This file is used to define the smooth renderer error enumeration     */
-  /* constants.                                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef __FTSMERRS_H__
-#define __FTSMERRS_H__
-
-#include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
-
-#undef __FTERRORS_H__
-
-#define FT_ERR_PREFIX  Smooth_Err_
-#define FT_ERR_BASE    FT_Mod_Err_Smooth
-
-#include FT_ERRORS_H
-
-#endif /* __FTSMERRS_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/ftsmooth.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/ftsmooth.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 85d04eb..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/ftsmooth.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,467 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftsmooth.c                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Anti-aliasing renderer interface (body).                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2000-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 by                   */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-#include FT_OUTLINE_H
-#include "ftsmooth.h"
-#include "ftgrays.h"
-
-#include "ftsmerrs.h"
-
-
-  /* initialize renderer -- init its raster */
-  static FT_Error
-  ft_smooth_init( FT_Renderer  render )
-  {
-    FT_Library  library = FT_MODULE_LIBRARY( render );
-
-
-    render->clazz->raster_class->raster_reset( render->raster,
-                                               library->raster_pool,
-                                               library->raster_pool_size );
-
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  /* sets render-specific mode */
-  static FT_Error
-  ft_smooth_set_mode( FT_Renderer  render,
-                      FT_ULong     mode_tag,
-                      FT_Pointer   data )
-  {
-    /* we simply pass it to the raster */
-    return render->clazz->raster_class->raster_set_mode( render->raster,
-                                                         mode_tag,
-                                                         data );
-  }
-
-  /* transform a given glyph image */
-  static FT_Error
-  ft_smooth_transform( FT_Renderer       render,
-                       FT_GlyphSlot      slot,
-                       const FT_Matrix*  matrix,
-                       const FT_Vector*  delta )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error = Smooth_Err_Ok;
-
-
-    if ( slot->format != render->glyph_format )
-    {
-      error = Smooth_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    if ( matrix )
-      FT_Outline_Transform( &slot->outline, matrix );
-
-    if ( delta )
-      FT_Outline_Translate( &slot->outline, delta->x, delta->y );
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* return the glyph's control box */
-  static void
-  ft_smooth_get_cbox( FT_Renderer   render,
-                      FT_GlyphSlot  slot,
-                      FT_BBox*      cbox )
-  {
-    FT_MEM_ZERO( cbox, sizeof ( *cbox ) );
-
-    if ( slot->format == render->glyph_format )
-      FT_Outline_Get_CBox( &slot->outline, cbox );
-  }
-
-
-  /* convert a slot's glyph image into a bitmap */
-  static FT_Error
-  ft_smooth_render_generic( FT_Renderer       render,
-                            FT_GlyphSlot      slot,
-                            FT_Render_Mode    mode,
-                            const FT_Vector*  origin,
-                            FT_Render_Mode    required_mode )
-  {
-    FT_Error     error;
-    FT_Outline*  outline = NULL;
-    FT_BBox      cbox;
-    FT_UInt      width, height, height_org, width_org, pitch;
-    FT_Bitmap*   bitmap;
-    FT_Memory    memory;
-    FT_Int       hmul = mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD;
-    FT_Int       vmul = mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V;
-    FT_Pos       x_shift, y_shift, x_left, y_top;
-
-    FT_Raster_Params  params;
-
-
-    /* check glyph image format */
-    if ( slot->format != render->glyph_format )
-    {
-      error = Smooth_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* check mode */
-    if ( mode != required_mode )
-      return Smooth_Err_Cannot_Render_Glyph;
-
-    outline = &slot->outline;
-
-    /* translate the outline to the new origin if needed */
-    if ( origin )
-      FT_Outline_Translate( outline, origin->x, origin->y );
-
-    /* compute the control box, and grid fit it */
-    FT_Outline_Get_CBox( outline, &cbox );
-
-    cbox.xMin = FT_PIX_FLOOR( cbox.xMin );
-    cbox.yMin = FT_PIX_FLOOR( cbox.yMin );
-    cbox.xMax = FT_PIX_CEIL( cbox.xMax );
-    cbox.yMax = FT_PIX_CEIL( cbox.yMax );
-
-    width  = (FT_UInt)( ( cbox.xMax - cbox.xMin ) >> 6 );
-    height = (FT_UInt)( ( cbox.yMax - cbox.yMin ) >> 6 );
-    bitmap = &slot->bitmap;
-    memory = render->root.memory;
-
-    width_org  = width;
-    height_org = height;
-
-    /* release old bitmap buffer */
-    if ( slot->internal->flags & FT_GLYPH_OWN_BITMAP )
-    {
-      FT_FREE( bitmap->buffer );
-      slot->internal->flags &= ~FT_GLYPH_OWN_BITMAP;
-    }
-
-    /* allocate new one, depends on pixel format */
-    pitch = width;
-    if ( hmul )
-    {
-      width = width * 3;
-      pitch = FT_PAD_CEIL( width, 4 );
-    }
-
-    if ( vmul )
-      height *= 3;
-
-    x_shift = (FT_Int) cbox.xMin;
-    y_shift = (FT_Int) cbox.yMin;
-    x_left  = (FT_Int)( cbox.xMin >> 6 );
-    y_top   = (FT_Int)( cbox.yMax >> 6 );
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING
-
-    if ( slot->library->lcd_filter_func )
-    {
-      FT_Int  extra = slot->library->lcd_extra;
-
-
-      if ( hmul )
-      {
-        x_shift -= 64 * ( extra >> 1 );
-        width   += 3 * extra;
-        pitch    = FT_PAD_CEIL( width, 4 );
-        x_left  -= extra >> 1;
-      }
-
-      if ( vmul )
-      {
-        y_shift -= 64 * ( extra >> 1 );
-        height  += 3 * extra;
-        y_top   += extra >> 1;
-      }
-    }
-
-#endif
-
-    bitmap->pixel_mode = FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY;
-    bitmap->num_grays  = 256;
-    bitmap->width      = width;
-    bitmap->rows       = height;
-    bitmap->pitch      = pitch;
-
-    /* translate outline to render it into the bitmap */
-    FT_Outline_Translate( outline, -x_shift, -y_shift );
-
-    if ( FT_ALLOC( bitmap->buffer, (FT_ULong)pitch * height ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    slot->internal->flags |= FT_GLYPH_OWN_BITMAP;
-
-    /* set up parameters */
-    params.target = bitmap;
-    params.source = outline;
-    params.flags  = FT_RASTER_FLAG_AA;
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING
-
-    /* implode outline if needed */
-    {
-      FT_Vector*  points     = outline->points;
-      FT_Vector*  points_end = points + outline->n_points;
-      FT_Vector*  vec;
-
-
-      if ( hmul )
-        for ( vec = points; vec < points_end; vec++ )
-          vec->x *= 3;
-
-      if ( vmul )
-        for ( vec = points; vec < points_end; vec++ )
-          vec->y *= 3;
-    }
-
-    /* render outline into the bitmap */
-    error = render->raster_render( render->raster, ¶ms );
-
-    /* deflate outline if needed */
-    {
-      FT_Vector*  points     = outline->points;
-      FT_Vector*  points_end = points + outline->n_points;
-      FT_Vector*  vec;
-
-
-      if ( hmul )
-        for ( vec = points; vec < points_end; vec++ )
-          vec->x /= 3;
-
-      if ( vmul )
-        for ( vec = points; vec < points_end; vec++ )
-          vec->y /= 3;
-    }
-
-    if ( slot->library->lcd_filter_func )
-      slot->library->lcd_filter_func( bitmap, mode, slot->library );
-
-#else /* !FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING */
-
-    /* render outline into bitmap */
-    error = render->raster_render( render->raster, ¶ms );
-
-    /* expand it horizontally */
-    if ( hmul )
-    {
-      FT_Byte*  line = bitmap->buffer;
-      FT_UInt   hh;
-
-
-      for ( hh = height_org; hh > 0; hh--, line += pitch )
-      {
-        FT_UInt   xx;
-        FT_Byte*  end = line + width;
-
-
-        for ( xx = width_org; xx > 0; xx-- )
-        {
-          FT_UInt  pixel = line[xx-1];
-
-
-          end[-3] = (FT_Byte)pixel;
-          end[-2] = (FT_Byte)pixel;
-          end[-1] = (FT_Byte)pixel;
-          end    -= 3;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* expand it vertically */
-    if ( vmul )
-    {
-      FT_Byte*  read  = bitmap->buffer + ( height - height_org ) * pitch;
-      FT_Byte*  write = bitmap->buffer;
-      FT_UInt   hh;
-
-
-      for ( hh = height_org; hh > 0; hh-- )
-      {
-        memcpy( write, read, pitch );
-        write += pitch;
-
-        memcpy( write, read, pitch );
-        write += pitch;
-
-        memcpy( write, read, pitch );
-        write += pitch;
-        read  += pitch;
-      }
-    }
-
-#endif /* !FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING */
-
-    FT_Outline_Translate( outline, x_shift, y_shift );
-
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    slot->format      = FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP;
-    slot->bitmap_left = x_left;
-    slot->bitmap_top  = y_top;
-
-  Exit:
-    if ( outline && origin )
-      FT_Outline_Translate( outline, -origin->x, -origin->y );
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* convert a slot's glyph image into a bitmap */
-  static FT_Error
-  ft_smooth_render( FT_Renderer       render,
-                    FT_GlyphSlot      slot,
-                    FT_Render_Mode    mode,
-                    const FT_Vector*  origin )
-  {
-    if ( mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT )
-      mode = FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL;
-
-    return ft_smooth_render_generic( render, slot, mode, origin,
-                                     FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL );
-  }
-
-
-  /* convert a slot's glyph image into a horizontal LCD bitmap */
-  static FT_Error
-  ft_smooth_render_lcd( FT_Renderer       render,
-                        FT_GlyphSlot      slot,
-                        FT_Render_Mode    mode,
-                        const FT_Vector*  origin )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error;
-
-    error = ft_smooth_render_generic( render, slot, mode, origin,
-                                      FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD );
-    if ( !error )
-      slot->bitmap.pixel_mode = FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD;
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* convert a slot's glyph image into a vertical LCD bitmap */
-  static FT_Error
-  ft_smooth_render_lcd_v( FT_Renderer       render,
-                          FT_GlyphSlot      slot,
-                          FT_Render_Mode    mode,
-                          const FT_Vector*  origin )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error;
-
-    error = ft_smooth_render_generic( render, slot, mode, origin,
-                                      FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V );
-    if ( !error )
-      slot->bitmap.pixel_mode = FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V;
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
-  const FT_Renderer_Class  ft_smooth_renderer_class =
-  {
-    {
-      FT_MODULE_RENDERER,
-      sizeof( FT_RendererRec ),
-
-      "smooth",
-      0x10000L,
-      0x20000L,
-
-      0,    /* module specific interface */
-
-      (FT_Module_Constructor)ft_smooth_init,
-      (FT_Module_Destructor) 0,
-      (FT_Module_Requester)  0
-    },
-
-    FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE,
-
-    (FT_Renderer_RenderFunc)   ft_smooth_render,
-    (FT_Renderer_TransformFunc)ft_smooth_transform,
-    (FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc)  ft_smooth_get_cbox,
-    (FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc)  ft_smooth_set_mode,
-
-    (FT_Raster_Funcs*)    &ft_grays_raster
-  };
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
-  const FT_Renderer_Class  ft_smooth_lcd_renderer_class =
-  {
-    {
-      FT_MODULE_RENDERER,
-      sizeof( FT_RendererRec ),
-
-      "smooth-lcd",
-      0x10000L,
-      0x20000L,
-
-      0,    /* module specific interface */
-
-      (FT_Module_Constructor)ft_smooth_init,
-      (FT_Module_Destructor) 0,
-      (FT_Module_Requester)  0
-    },
-
-    FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE,
-
-    (FT_Renderer_RenderFunc)   ft_smooth_render_lcd,
-    (FT_Renderer_TransformFunc)ft_smooth_transform,
-    (FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc)  ft_smooth_get_cbox,
-    (FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc)  ft_smooth_set_mode,
-
-    (FT_Raster_Funcs*)    &ft_grays_raster
-  };
-
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
-  const FT_Renderer_Class  ft_smooth_lcdv_renderer_class =
-  {
-    {
-      FT_MODULE_RENDERER,
-      sizeof( FT_RendererRec ),
-
-      "smooth-lcdv",
-      0x10000L,
-      0x20000L,
-
-      0,    /* module specific interface */
-
-      (FT_Module_Constructor)ft_smooth_init,
-      (FT_Module_Destructor) 0,
-      (FT_Module_Requester)  0
-    },
-
-    FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE,
-
-    (FT_Renderer_RenderFunc)   ft_smooth_render_lcd_v,
-    (FT_Renderer_TransformFunc)ft_smooth_transform,
-    (FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc)  ft_smooth_get_cbox,
-    (FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc)  ft_smooth_set_mode,
-
-    (FT_Raster_Funcs*)    &ft_grays_raster
-  };
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/ftsmooth.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/ftsmooth.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 62cced4..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/ftsmooth.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ftsmooth.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Anti-aliasing renderer interface (specification).                    */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001 by                                                 */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __FTSMOOTH_H__
-#define __FTSMOOTH_H__
-
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include FT_RENDER_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-#ifndef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_STD_RASTER
-  FT_EXPORT_VAR( const FT_Renderer_Class )  ft_std_renderer_class;
-#endif
-
-#ifndef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_SMOOTH_RASTER
-  FT_EXPORT_VAR( const FT_Renderer_Class )  ft_smooth_renderer_class;
-
-  FT_EXPORT_VAR( const FT_Renderer_Class )  ft_smooth_lcd_renderer_class;
-
-  FT_EXPORT_VAR( const FT_Renderer_Class )  ft_smooth_lcd_v_renderer_class;
-#endif
-
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __FTSMOOTH_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/module.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/module.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 05ad4ba..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/module.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 smooth renderer module definition
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2006 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-FTMODULE_H_COMMANDS += SMOOTH_RENDERER
-
-define SMOOTH_RENDERER
-$(OPEN_DRIVER)ft_smooth_renderer_class$(CLOSE_DRIVER)
-$(ECHO_DRIVER)smooth    $(ECHO_DRIVER_DESC)anti-aliased bitmap renderer$(ECHO_DRIVER_DONE)
-$(OPEN_DRIVER)ft_smooth_lcd_renderer_class$(CLOSE_DRIVER)
-$(ECHO_DRIVER)smooth    $(ECHO_DRIVER_DESC)anti-aliased bitmap renderer for LCDs$(ECHO_DRIVER_DONE)
-$(OPEN_DRIVER)ft_smooth_lcdv_renderer_class$(CLOSE_DRIVER)
-$(ECHO_DRIVER)smooth    $(ECHO_DRIVER_DESC)anti-aliased bitmap renderer for vertical LCDs$(ECHO_DRIVER_DONE)
-endef
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/rules.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/rules.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 4f27f01..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/rules.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 smooth renderer module build rules
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2001, 2003 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-# smooth driver directory
-#
-SMOOTH_DIR := $(SRC_DIR)/smooth
-
-# compilation flags for the driver
-#
-SMOOTH_COMPILE := $(FT_COMPILE) $I$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$(SMOOTH_DIR))
-
-
-# smooth driver sources (i.e., C files)
-#
-SMOOTH_DRV_SRC := $(SMOOTH_DIR)/ftgrays.c  \
-                  $(SMOOTH_DIR)/ftsmooth.c
-
-
-# smooth driver headers
-#
-SMOOTH_DRV_H := $(SMOOTH_DRV_SRC:%c=%h)  \
-                $(SMOOTH_DIR)/ftsmerrs.h
-
-
-# smooth driver object(s)
-#
-#   SMOOTH_DRV_OBJ_M is used during `multi' builds.
-#   SMOOTH_DRV_OBJ_S is used during `single' builds.
-#
-SMOOTH_DRV_OBJ_M := $(SMOOTH_DRV_SRC:$(SMOOTH_DIR)/%.c=$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O)
-SMOOTH_DRV_OBJ_S := $(OBJ_DIR)/smooth.$O
-
-# smooth driver source file for single build
-#
-SMOOTH_DRV_SRC_S := $(SMOOTH_DIR)/smooth.c
-
-
-# smooth driver - single object
-#
-$(SMOOTH_DRV_OBJ_S): $(SMOOTH_DRV_SRC_S) $(SMOOTH_DRV_SRC) \
-                     $(FREETYPE_H) $(SMOOTH_DRV_H)
-	$(SMOOTH_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $(SMOOTH_DRV_SRC_S))
-
-
-# smooth driver - multiple objects
-#
-$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O: $(SMOOTH_DIR)/%.c $(FREETYPE_H) $(SMOOTH_DRV_H)
-	$(SMOOTH_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $<)
-
-
-# update main driver object lists
-#
-DRV_OBJS_S += $(SMOOTH_DRV_OBJ_S)
-DRV_OBJS_M += $(SMOOTH_DRV_OBJ_M)
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/smooth.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/smooth.c
deleted file mode 100644
index ff6be3e..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/smooth.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  smooth.c                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType anti-aliasing rasterer module component (body only).        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001 by                                                 */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#define FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT
-
-#include <ft2build.h>
-#include "ftgrays.c"
-#include "ftsmooth.c"
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/Jamfile b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/Jamfile
deleted file mode 100644
index 475161e..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/Jamfile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
-# Jamfile for src/tools
-#
-SubDir FT2_TOP src tools ;
-
-Main  apinames : apinames.c ;
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/apinames.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/apinames.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 19aec50..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/apinames.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,443 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * This little program is used to parse the FreeType headers and
- * find the declaration of all public APIs.  This is easy, because
- * they all look like the following:
- *
- *   FT_EXPORT( return_type )
- *   function_name( function arguments );
- *
- * You must pass the list of header files as arguments.  Wildcards are
- * accepted if you are using GCC for compilation (and probably by
- * other compilers too).
- *
- * Author: David Turner, 2005, 2006, 2008
- *
- * This code is explicitly placed into the public domain.
- *
- */
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-
-#define  PROGRAM_NAME     "apinames"
-#define  PROGRAM_VERSION  "0.1"
-
-#define  LINEBUFF_SIZE  1024
-
-typedef enum  OutputFormat_
-{
-  OUTPUT_LIST = 0,      /* output the list of names, one per line             */
-  OUTPUT_WINDOWS_DEF,   /* output a Windows .DEF file for Visual C++ or Mingw */
-  OUTPUT_BORLAND_DEF,   /* output a Windows .DEF file for Borland C++         */
-  OUTPUT_WATCOM_LBC     /* output a Watcom Linker Command File                */
-
-} OutputFormat;
-
-
-static void
-panic( const char*  message )
-{
-  fprintf( stderr, "PANIC: %s\n", message );
-  exit(2);
-}
-
-
-typedef struct  NameRec_
-{
-  char*         name;
-  unsigned int  hash;
-
-} NameRec, *Name;
-
-static Name  the_names;
-static int   num_names;
-static int   max_names;
-
-static void
-names_add( const char*  name,
-           const char*  end )
-{
-  int   nn, len, h;
-  Name  nm;
-
-  if ( end <= name )
-    return;
-
-  /* compute hash value */
-  len = (int)(end - name);
-  h   = 0;
-  for ( nn = 0; nn < len; nn++ )
-    h = h*33 + name[nn];
-
-  /* check for an pre-existing name */
-  for ( nn = 0; nn < num_names; nn++ )
-  {
-    nm = the_names + nn;
-
-    if ( (int)nm->hash                 == h &&
-         memcmp( name, nm->name, len ) == 0 &&
-         nm->name[len]                 == 0 )
-      return;
-  }
-
-  /* add new name */
-  if ( num_names >= max_names )
-  {
-    max_names += (max_names >> 1) + 4;
-    the_names  = (NameRec*)realloc( the_names, sizeof(the_names[0])*max_names );
-    if ( the_names == NULL )
-      panic( "not enough memory" );
-  }
-  nm = &the_names[num_names++];
-
-  nm->hash = h;
-  nm->name = (char*)malloc( len+1 );
-  if ( nm->name == NULL )
-    panic( "not enough memory" );
-
-  memcpy( nm->name, name, len );
-  nm->name[len] = 0;
-}
-
-
-static int
-name_compare( const void*  name1,
-              const void*  name2 )
-{
-  Name  n1 = (Name)name1;
-  Name  n2 = (Name)name2;
-
-  return strcmp( n1->name, n2->name );
-}
-
-static void
-names_sort( void )
-{
-  qsort( the_names, (size_t)num_names, sizeof(the_names[0]), name_compare );
-}
-
-
-static void
-names_dump( FILE*         out,
-            OutputFormat  format,
-            const char*   dll_name )
-{
-  int  nn;
-
-  switch ( format )
-  {
-    case OUTPUT_WINDOWS_DEF:
-      if ( dll_name )
-        fprintf( out, "LIBRARY %s\n", dll_name );
-
-      fprintf( out, "DESCRIPTION  FreeType 2 DLL\n" );
-      fprintf( out, "EXPORTS\n" );
-      for ( nn = 0; nn < num_names; nn++ )
-        fprintf( out, "  %s\n", the_names[nn].name );
-      break;
-
-    case OUTPUT_BORLAND_DEF:
-      if ( dll_name )
-        fprintf( out, "LIBRARY %s\n", dll_name );
-
-      fprintf( out, "DESCRIPTION  FreeType 2 DLL\n" );
-      fprintf( out, "EXPORTS\n" );
-      for ( nn = 0; nn < num_names; nn++ )
-        fprintf( out, "  _%s\n", the_names[nn].name );
-      break;
-
-    case OUTPUT_WATCOM_LBC:
-      {
-        /* we must omit the .dll suffix from the library name */
-        char   temp[512];
-        char*  dot;
-
-        if ( dll_name == NULL )
-        {
-          fprintf( stderr,
-                   "you must provide a DLL name with the -d option !!\n" );
-          exit(4);
-        }
-
-        dot = strchr( dll_name, '.' );
-        if ( dot != NULL )
-        {
-          int  len = (dot - dll_name);
-          if ( len > (int)(sizeof(temp)-1) )
-            len = sizeof(temp)-1;
-
-          memcpy( temp, dll_name, len );
-          temp[len] = 0;
-
-          dll_name = (const char*)temp;
-        }
-
-        for ( nn = 0; nn < num_names; nn++ )
-          fprintf( out, "++_%s.%s.%s\n", the_names[nn].name, dll_name,
-                        the_names[nn].name );
-      }
-      break;
-
-    default:  /* LIST */
-      for ( nn = 0; nn < num_names; nn++ )
-        fprintf( out, "%s\n", the_names[nn].name );
-  }
-}
-
-
-
-
-/* states of the line parser */
-
-typedef enum  State_
-{
-  STATE_START = 0,  /* waiting for FT_EXPORT keyword and return type */
-  STATE_TYPE        /* type was read, waiting for function name      */
-
-} State;
-
-static int
-read_header_file( FILE*  file, int  verbose )
-{
-  static char  buff[ LINEBUFF_SIZE+1 ];
-  State        state = STATE_START;
-
-  while ( !feof( file ) )
-  {
-    char*  p;
-
-    if ( !fgets( buff, LINEBUFF_SIZE, file ) )
-      break;
-
-    p = buff;
-
-    while ( *p && (*p == ' ' || *p == '\\') )  /* skip leading whitespace */
-      p++;
-
-    if ( *p == '\n' || *p == '\r' )  /* skip empty lines */
-      continue;
-
-    switch ( state )
-    {
-      case STATE_START:
-        {
-          if ( memcmp( p, "FT_EXPORT(", 10 ) != 0 )
-            break;
-
-          p += 10;
-          for (;;)
-          {
-            if ( *p == 0 || *p == '\n' || *p == '\r' )
-              goto NextLine;
-
-            if ( *p == ')' )
-            {
-              p++;
-              break;
-            }
-
-            p++;
-          }
-
-          state = STATE_TYPE;
-
-         /* sometimes, the name is just after the FT_EXPORT(...), so
-          * skip whitespace, and fall-through if we find an alphanumeric
-          * character
-          */
-          while ( *p == ' ' || *p == '\t' )
-            p++;
-
-          if ( !isalpha(*p) )
-            break;
-        }
-        /* fall-through */
-
-      case STATE_TYPE:
-        {
-          char*   name = p;
-
-          while ( isalnum(*p) || *p == '_' )
-            p++;
-
-          if ( p > name )
-          {
-            if ( verbose )
-              fprintf( stderr, ">>> %.*s\n", p-name, name );
-
-            names_add( name, p );
-          }
-
-          state = STATE_START;
-        }
-        break;
-
-      default:
-        ;
-    }
-
-  NextLine:
-    ;
-  }
-
-  return 0;
-}
-
-
-static void
-usage( void )
-{
-  static const char* const  format =
-   "%s %s: extract FreeType API names from header files\n\n"
-   "this program is used to extract the list of public FreeType API\n"
-   "functions. It receives the list of header files as argument and\n"
-   "generates a sorted list of unique identifiers\n\n"
-
-   "usage: %s header1 [options] [header2 ...]\n\n"
-
-   "options:   -      : parse the content of stdin, ignore arguments\n"
-   "           -v     : verbose mode, output sent to standard error\n"
-   "           -oFILE : write output to FILE instead of standard output\n"
-   "           -dNAME : indicate DLL file name, 'freetype.dll' by default\n"
-   "           -w     : output .DEF file for Visual C++ and Mingw\n"
-   "           -wB    : output .DEF file for Borland C++\n"
-   "           -wW    : output Watcom Linker Response File\n"
-   "\n";
-
-  fprintf( stderr,
-           format,
-           PROGRAM_NAME,
-           PROGRAM_VERSION,
-           PROGRAM_NAME
-           );
-  exit(1);
-}
-
-
-int  main( int argc, const char* const*  argv )
-{
-  int           from_stdin = 0;
-  int           verbose = 0;
-  OutputFormat  format = OUTPUT_LIST;  /* the default */
-  FILE*         out    = stdout;
-  const char*   library_name = NULL;
-
-  if ( argc < 2 )
-    usage();
-
-  /* '-' used as a single argument means read source file from stdin */
-  while ( argc > 1 && argv[1][0] == '-' )
-  {
-    const char*  arg = argv[1];
-
-    switch ( arg[1] )
-    {
-      case 'v':
-        verbose = 1;
-        break;
-
-      case 'o':
-        if ( arg[2] == 0 )
-        {
-          if ( argc < 2 )
-            usage();
-
-          arg = argv[2];
-          argv++;
-          argc--;
-        }
-        else
-          arg += 2;
-
-        out = fopen( arg, "wt" );
-        if ( out == NULL )
-        {
-          fprintf( stderr, "could not open '%s' for writing\n", argv[2] );
-          exit(3);
-        }
-        break;
-
-      case 'd':
-        if ( arg[2] == 0 )
-        {
-          if ( argc < 2 )
-            usage();
-
-          arg = argv[2];
-          argv++;
-          argc--;
-        }
-        else
-          arg += 2;
-
-        library_name = arg;
-        break;
-
-      case 'w':
-        format = OUTPUT_WINDOWS_DEF;
-        switch ( arg[2] )
-        {
-          case 'B':
-            format = OUTPUT_BORLAND_DEF;
-            break;
-
-          case 'W':
-            format = OUTPUT_WATCOM_LBC;
-            break;
-
-          case 0:
-            break;
-
-          default:
-            usage();
-        }
-        break;
-
-      case 0:
-        from_stdin = 1;
-        break;
-
-      default:
-        usage();
-    }
-
-    argc--;
-    argv++;
-  }
-
-  if ( from_stdin )
-  {
-    read_header_file( stdin, verbose );
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    for ( --argc, argv++; argc > 0; argc--, argv++ )
-    {
-      FILE*  file = fopen( argv[0], "rb" );
-
-      if ( file == NULL )
-        fprintf( stderr, "unable to open '%s'\n", argv[0] );
-      else
-      {
-        if ( verbose )
-          fprintf( stderr, "opening '%s'\n", argv[0] );
-
-        read_header_file( file, verbose );
-        fclose( file );
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  if ( num_names == 0 )
-    panic( "could not find exported functions !!\n" );
-
-  names_sort();
-  names_dump( out, format, library_name );
-
-  if ( out != stdout )
-    fclose( out );
-
-  return 0;
-}
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/cordic.py b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/cordic.py
deleted file mode 100644
index 3f80c5f..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/cordic.py
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-# compute arctangent table for CORDIC computations in fttrigon.c
-import sys, math
-
-#units  = 64*65536.0   # don't change !!
-units  = 256
-scale  = units/math.pi
-shrink = 1.0
-comma  = ""
-
-def calc_val( x ):
-    global units, shrink
-    angle  = math.atan(x)
-    shrink = shrink * math.cos(angle)
-    return angle/math.pi * units
-
-def  print_val( n, x ):
-    global comma
-
-    lo  = int(x)
-    hi  = lo + 1
-    alo = math.atan(lo)
-    ahi = math.atan(hi)
-    ax  = math.atan(2.0**n)
-
-    errlo = abs( alo - ax )
-    errhi = abs( ahi - ax )
-
-    if ( errlo < errhi ):
-      hi = lo
-
-    sys.stdout.write( comma + repr( int(hi) ) )
-    comma = ", "
-
-
-print ""
-print "table of arctan( 1/2^n ) for PI = " + repr(units/65536.0) + " units"
-
-# compute range of "i"
-r = [-1]
-r = r + range(32)
-
-for n in r:
-
-    if n >= 0:
-        x = 1.0/(2.0**n)    # tangent value
-    else:
-        x = 2.0**(-n)
-
-    angle  = math.atan(x)    # arctangent
-    angle2 = angle*scale     # arctangent in FT_Angle units
-
-    # determine which integer value for angle gives the best tangent
-    lo  = int(angle2)
-    hi  = lo + 1
-    tlo = math.tan(lo/scale)
-    thi = math.tan(hi/scale)
-
-    errlo = abs( tlo - x )
-    errhi = abs( thi - x )
-
-    angle2 = hi
-    if errlo < errhi:
-        angle2 = lo
-
-    if angle2 <= 0:
-        break
-
-    sys.stdout.write( comma + repr( int(angle2) ) )
-    comma = ", "
-
-    shrink = shrink * math.cos( angle2/scale)
-
-
-print
-print "shrink factor    = " + repr( shrink )
-print "shrink factor 2  = " + repr( shrink * (2.0**32) )
-print "expansion factor = " + repr(1/shrink)
-print ""
-
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/docmaker/content.py b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/docmaker/content.py
deleted file mode 100644
index c10a4ed..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/docmaker/content.py
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,582 +0,0 @@
-#  Content (c) 2002, 2004, 2006, 2007, 2008 David Turner <david@freetype.org>
-#
-#  This file contains routines used to parse the content of documentation
-#  comment blocks and build more structured objects out of them.
-#
-
-from sources import *
-from utils import *
-import string, re
-
-
-# this regular expression is used to detect code sequences. these
-# are simply code fragments embedded in '{' and '}' like in:
-#
-#  {
-#    x = y + z;
-#    if ( zookoo == 2 )
-#    {
-#      foobar();
-#    }
-#  }
-#
-# note that indentation of the starting and ending accolades must be
-# exactly the same. the code sequence can contain accolades at greater
-# indentation
-#
-re_code_start = re.compile( r"(\s*){\s*$" )
-re_code_end   = re.compile( r"(\s*)}\s*$" )
-
-
-# this regular expression is used to isolate identifiers from
-# other text
-#
-re_identifier = re.compile( r'(\w*)' )
-
-
-# we collect macros ending in `_H'; while outputting the object data, we use
-# this info together with the object's file location to emit the appropriate
-# header file macro and name before the object itself
-#
-re_header_macro = re.compile( r'^#define\s{1,}(\w{1,}_H)\s{1,}<(.*)>' )
-
-
-#############################################################################
-#
-# The DocCode class is used to store source code lines.
-#
-#   'self.lines' contains a set of source code lines that will be dumped as
-#   HTML in a <PRE> tag.
-#
-#   The object is filled line by line by the parser; it strips the leading
-#   "margin" space from each input line before storing it in 'self.lines'.
-#
-class  DocCode:
-
-    def  __init__( self, margin, lines ):
-        self.lines = []
-        self.words = None
-
-        # remove margin spaces
-        for l in lines:
-            if string.strip( l[:margin] ) == "":
-                l = l[margin:]
-            self.lines.append( l )
-
-    def  dump( self, prefix = "", width = 60 ):
-        lines = self.dump_lines( 0, width )
-        for l in lines:
-            print prefix + l
-
-    def  dump_lines( self, margin = 0, width = 60 ):
-        result = []
-        for l in self.lines:
-            result.append( " " * margin + l )
-        return result
-
-
-
-#############################################################################
-#
-# The DocPara class is used to store "normal" text paragraph.
-#
-#   'self.words' contains the list of words that make up the paragraph
-#
-class  DocPara:
-
-    def  __init__( self, lines ):
-        self.lines = None
-        self.words = []
-        for l in lines:
-            l = string.strip( l )
-            self.words.extend( string.split( l ) )
-
-    def  dump( self, prefix = "", width = 60 ):
-        lines = self.dump_lines( 0, width )
-        for l in lines:
-            print prefix + l
-
-    def  dump_lines( self, margin = 0, width = 60 ):
-        cur    = ""  # current line
-        col    = 0   # current width
-        result = []
-
-        for word in self.words:
-            ln = len( word )
-            if col > 0:
-                ln = ln + 1
-
-            if col + ln > width:
-                result.append( " " * margin + cur )
-                cur = word
-                col = len( word )
-            else:
-                if col > 0:
-                    cur = cur + " "
-                cur = cur + word
-                col = col + ln
-
-        if col > 0:
-            result.append( " " * margin + cur )
-
-        return result
-
-
-
-#############################################################################
-#
-#  The DocField class is used to store a list containing either DocPara or
-#  DocCode objects. Each DocField also has an optional "name" which is used
-#  when the object corresponds to a field or value definition
-#
-class  DocField:
-
-    def  __init__( self, name, lines ):
-        self.name  = name  # can be None for normal paragraphs/sources
-        self.items = []    # list of items
-
-        mode_none  = 0     # start parsing mode
-        mode_code  = 1     # parsing code sequences
-        mode_para  = 3     # parsing normal paragraph
-
-        margin     = -1    # current code sequence indentation
-        cur_lines  = []
-
-        # now analyze the markup lines to see if they contain paragraphs,
-        # code sequences or fields definitions
-        #
-        start = 0
-        mode  = mode_none
-
-        for l in lines:
-            # are we parsing a code sequence ?
-            if mode == mode_code:
-                m = re_code_end.match( l )
-                if m and len( m.group( 1 ) ) <= margin:
-                    # that's it, we finised the code sequence
-                    code = DocCode( 0, cur_lines )
-                    self.items.append( code )
-                    margin    = -1
-                    cur_lines = []
-                    mode      = mode_none
-                else:
-                    # nope, continue the code sequence
-                    cur_lines.append( l[margin:] )
-            else:
-                # start of code sequence ?
-                m = re_code_start.match( l )
-                if m:
-                    # save current lines
-                    if cur_lines:
-                        para = DocPara( cur_lines )
-                        self.items.append( para )
-                        cur_lines = []
-
-                    # switch to code extraction mode
-                    margin = len( m.group( 1 ) )
-                    mode   = mode_code
-                else:
-                    if not string.split( l ) and cur_lines:
-                        # if the line is empty, we end the current paragraph,
-                        # if any
-                        para = DocPara( cur_lines )
-                        self.items.append( para )
-                        cur_lines = []
-                    else:
-                        # otherwise, simply add the line to the current
-                        # paragraph
-                        cur_lines.append( l )
-
-        if mode == mode_code:
-            # unexpected end of code sequence
-            code = DocCode( margin, cur_lines )
-            self.items.append( code )
-        elif cur_lines:
-            para = DocPara( cur_lines )
-            self.items.append( para )
-
-    def  dump( self, prefix = "" ):
-        if self.field:
-            print prefix + self.field + " ::"
-            prefix = prefix + "----"
-
-        first = 1
-        for p in self.items:
-            if not first:
-                print ""
-            p.dump( prefix )
-            first = 0
-
-    def  dump_lines( self, margin = 0, width = 60 ):
-        result = []
-        nl     = None
-
-        for p in self.items:
-            if nl:
-                result.append( "" )
-
-            result.extend( p.dump_lines( margin, width ) )
-            nl = 1
-
-        return result
-
-
-
-# this regular expression is used to detect field definitions
-#
-re_field = re.compile( r"\s*(\w*|\w(\w|\.)*\w)\s*::" )
-
-
-
-class  DocMarkup:
-
-    def  __init__( self, tag, lines ):
-        self.tag    = string.lower( tag )
-        self.fields = []
-
-        cur_lines = []
-        field     = None
-        mode      = 0
-
-        for l in lines:
-            m = re_field.match( l )
-            if m:
-                # we detected the start of a new field definition
-
-                # first, save the current one
-                if cur_lines:
-                    f = DocField( field, cur_lines )
-                    self.fields.append( f )
-                    cur_lines = []
-                    field     = None
-
-                field     = m.group( 1 )   # record field name
-                ln        = len( m.group( 0 ) )
-                l         = " " * ln + l[ln:]
-                cur_lines = [l]
-            else:
-                cur_lines.append( l )
-
-        if field or cur_lines:
-            f = DocField( field, cur_lines )
-            self.fields.append( f )
-
-    def  get_name( self ):
-        try:
-            return self.fields[0].items[0].words[0]
-        except:
-            return None
-
-    def  get_start( self ):
-        try:
-            result = ""
-            for word in self.fields[0].items[0].words:
-                result = result + " " + word
-            return result[1:]
-        except:
-            return "ERROR"
-
-    def  dump( self, margin ):
-        print " " * margin + "<" + self.tag + ">"
-        for f in self.fields:
-            f.dump( "  " )
-        print " " * margin + "</" + self.tag + ">"
-
-
-
-class  DocChapter:
-
-    def  __init__( self, block ):
-        self.block    = block
-        self.sections = []
-        if block:
-            self.name  = block.name
-            self.title = block.get_markup_words( "title" )
-            self.order = block.get_markup_words( "sections" )
-        else:
-            self.name  = "Other"
-            self.title = string.split( "Miscellaneous" )
-            self.order = []
-
-
-
-class  DocSection:
-
-    def  __init__( self, name = "Other" ):
-        self.name        = name
-        self.blocks      = {}
-        self.block_names = []  # ordered block names in section
-        self.defs        = []
-        self.abstract    = ""
-        self.description = ""
-        self.order       = []
-        self.title       = "ERROR"
-        self.chapter     = None
-
-    def  add_def( self, block ):
-        self.defs.append( block )
-
-    def  add_block( self, block ):
-        self.block_names.append( block.name )
-        self.blocks[block.name] = block
-
-    def  process( self ):
-        # lookup one block that contains a valid section description
-        for block in self.defs:
-            title = block.get_markup_text( "title" )
-            if title:
-                self.title       = title
-                self.abstract    = block.get_markup_words( "abstract" )
-                self.description = block.get_markup_items( "description" )
-                self.order       = block.get_markup_words( "order" )
-                return
-
-    def  reorder( self ):
-        self.block_names = sort_order_list( self.block_names, self.order )
-
-
-
-class  ContentProcessor:
-
-    def  __init__( self ):
-        """initialize a block content processor"""
-        self.reset()
-
-        self.sections = {}    # dictionary of documentation sections
-        self.section  = None  # current documentation section
-
-        self.chapters = []    # list of chapters
-
-        self.headers  = {}    # dictionary of header macros
-
-    def  set_section( self, section_name ):
-        """set current section during parsing"""
-        if not self.sections.has_key( section_name ):
-            section = DocSection( section_name )
-            self.sections[section_name] = section
-            self.section                = section
-        else:
-            self.section = self.sections[section_name]
-
-    def  add_chapter( self, block ):
-        chapter = DocChapter( block )
-        self.chapters.append( chapter )
-
-
-    def  reset( self ):
-        """reset the content processor for a new block"""
-        self.markups      = []
-        self.markup       = None
-        self.markup_lines = []
-
-    def  add_markup( self ):
-        """add a new markup section"""
-        if self.markup and self.markup_lines:
-
-            # get rid of last line of markup if it's empty
-            marks = self.markup_lines
-            if len( marks ) > 0 and not string.strip( marks[-1] ):
-                self.markup_lines = marks[:-1]
-
-            m = DocMarkup( self.markup, self.markup_lines )
-
-            self.markups.append( m )
-
-            self.markup       = None
-            self.markup_lines = []
-
-    def  process_content( self, content ):
-        """process a block content and return a list of DocMarkup objects
-           corresponding to it"""
-        markup       = None
-        markup_lines = []
-        first        = 1
-
-        for line in content:
-            found = None
-            for t in re_markup_tags:
-                m = t.match( line )
-                if m:
-                    found  = string.lower( m.group( 1 ) )
-                    prefix = len( m.group( 0 ) )
-                    line   = " " * prefix + line[prefix:]   # remove markup from line
-                    break
-
-            # is it the start of a new markup section ?
-            if found:
-                first = 0
-                self.add_markup()  # add current markup content
-                self.markup = found
-                if len( string.strip( line ) ) > 0:
-                    self.markup_lines.append( line )
-            elif first == 0:
-                self.markup_lines.append( line )
-
-        self.add_markup()
-
-        return self.markups
-
-    def  parse_sources( self, source_processor ):
-        blocks = source_processor.blocks
-        count  = len( blocks )
-
-        for n in range( count ):
-            source = blocks[n]
-            if source.content:
-                # this is a documentation comment, we need to catch
-                # all following normal blocks in the "follow" list
-                #
-                follow = []
-                m = n + 1
-                while m < count and not blocks[m].content:
-                    follow.append( blocks[m] )
-                    m = m + 1
-
-                doc_block = DocBlock( source, follow, self )
-
-    def  finish( self ):
-        # process all sections to extract their abstract, description
-        # and ordered list of items
-        #
-        for sec in self.sections.values():
-            sec.process()
-
-        # process chapters to check that all sections are correctly
-        # listed there
-        for chap in self.chapters:
-            for sec in chap.order:
-                if self.sections.has_key( sec ):
-                    section = self.sections[sec]
-                    section.chapter = chap
-                    section.reorder()
-                    chap.sections.append( section )
-                else:
-                    sys.stderr.write( "WARNING: chapter '" +          \
-                        chap.name + "' in " + chap.block.location() + \
-                        " lists unknown section '" + sec + "'\n" )
-
-        # check that all sections are in a chapter
-        #
-        others = []
-        for sec in self.sections.values():
-            if not sec.chapter:
-                others.append( sec )
-
-        # create a new special chapter for all remaining sections
-        # when necessary
-        #
-        if others:
-            chap = DocChapter( None )
-            chap.sections = others
-            self.chapters.append( chap )
-
-
-
-class  DocBlock:
-
-    def  __init__( self, source, follow, processor ):
-        processor.reset()
-
-        self.source  = source
-        self.code    = []
-        self.type    = "ERRTYPE"
-        self.name    = "ERRNAME"
-        self.section = processor.section
-        self.markups = processor.process_content( source.content )
-
-        # compute block type from first markup tag
-        try:
-            self.type = self.markups[0].tag
-        except:
-            pass
-
-        # compute block name from first markup paragraph
-        try:
-            markup = self.markups[0]
-            para   = markup.fields[0].items[0]
-            name   = para.words[0]
-            m = re_identifier.match( name )
-            if m:
-                name = m.group( 1 )
-            self.name = name
-        except:
-            pass
-
-        if self.type == "section":
-            # detect new section starts
-            processor.set_section( self.name )
-            processor.section.add_def( self )
-        elif self.type == "chapter":
-            # detect new chapter
-            processor.add_chapter( self )
-        else:
-            processor.section.add_block( self )
-
-        # now, compute the source lines relevant to this documentation
-        # block. We keep normal comments in for obvious reasons (??)
-        source = []
-        for b in follow:
-            if b.format:
-                break
-            for l in b.lines:
-                # collect header macro definitions
-                m = re_header_macro.match( l )
-                if m:
-                    processor.headers[m.group( 2 )] = m.group( 1 );
-
-                # we use "/* */" as a separator
-                if re_source_sep.match( l ):
-                    break
-                source.append( l )
-
-        # now strip the leading and trailing empty lines from the sources
-        start = 0
-        end   = len( source ) - 1
-
-        while start < end and not string.strip( source[start] ):
-            start = start + 1
-
-        while start < end and not string.strip( source[end] ):
-            end = end - 1
-
-        source = source[start:end + 1]
-
-        self.code = source
-
-    def  location( self ):
-        return self.source.location()
-
-    def  get_markup( self, tag_name ):
-        """return the DocMarkup corresponding to a given tag in a block"""
-        for m in self.markups:
-            if m.tag == string.lower( tag_name ):
-                return m
-        return None
-
-    def  get_markup_name( self, tag_name ):
-        """return the name of a given primary markup in a block"""
-        try:
-            m = self.get_markup( tag_name )
-            return m.get_name()
-        except:
-            return None
-
-    def  get_markup_words( self, tag_name ):
-        try:
-            m = self.get_markup( tag_name )
-            return m.fields[0].items[0].words
-        except:
-            return []
-
-    def  get_markup_text( self, tag_name ):
-        result = self.get_markup_words( tag_name )
-        return string.join( result )
-
-    def  get_markup_items( self, tag_name ):
-        try:
-            m = self.get_markup( tag_name )
-            return m.fields[0].items
-        except:
-            return None
-
-# eof
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/docmaker/docbeauty.py b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/docmaker/docbeauty.py
deleted file mode 100644
index 3ddf4a9..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/docmaker/docbeauty.py
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,113 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bin/env python
-#
-#  DocBeauty (c) 2003, 2004, 2008 David Turner <david@freetype.org>
-#
-# This program is used to beautify the documentation comments used
-# in the FreeType 2 public headers.
-#
-
-from sources import *
-from content import *
-from utils   import *
-
-import utils
-
-import sys, os, time, string, getopt
-
-
-content_processor = ContentProcessor()
-
-
-def  beautify_block( block ):
-    if block.content:
-        content_processor.reset()
-
-        markups = content_processor.process_content( block.content )
-        text    = []
-        first   = 1
-
-        for markup in markups:
-            text.extend( markup.beautify( first ) )
-            first = 0
-
-        # now beautify the documentation "borders" themselves
-        lines = [" /*************************************************************************"]
-        for l in text:
-            lines.append( "  *" + l )
-        lines.append( "  */" )
-
-        block.lines = lines
-
-
-def  usage():
-    print "\nDocBeauty 0.1 Usage information\n"
-    print "  docbeauty [options] file1 [file2 ...]\n"
-    print "using the following options:\n"
-    print "  -h : print this page"
-    print "  -b : backup original files with the 'orig' extension"
-    print ""
-    print "  --backup : same as -b"
-
-
-def  main( argv ):
-    """main program loop"""
-
-    global output_dir
-
-    try:
-        opts, args = getopt.getopt( sys.argv[1:], \
-                                    "hb",         \
-                                    ["help", "backup"] )
-    except getopt.GetoptError:
-        usage()
-        sys.exit( 2 )
-
-    if args == []:
-        usage()
-        sys.exit( 1 )
-
-    # process options
-    #
-    output_dir = None
-    do_backup  = None
-
-    for opt in opts:
-        if opt[0] in ( "-h", "--help" ):
-            usage()
-            sys.exit( 0 )
-
-        if opt[0] in ( "-b", "--backup" ):
-            do_backup = 1
-
-    # create context and processor
-    source_processor = SourceProcessor()
-
-    # retrieve the list of files to process
-    file_list = make_file_list( args )
-    for filename in file_list:
-        source_processor.parse_file( filename )
-
-        for block in source_processor.blocks:
-            beautify_block( block )
-
-        new_name = filename + ".new"
-        ok       = None
-
-        try:
-            file = open( new_name, "wt" )
-            for block in source_processor.blocks:
-                for line in block.lines:
-                    file.write( line )
-                    file.write( "\n" )
-            file.close()
-        except:
-            ok = 0
-
-
-# if called from the command line
-#
-if __name__ == '__main__':
-    main( sys.argv )
-
-
-# eof
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/docmaker/docmaker.py b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/docmaker/docmaker.py
deleted file mode 100644
index 1d9de9f..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/docmaker/docmaker.py
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,106 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bin/env python
-#
-#  DocMaker (c) 2002, 2004, 2008 David Turner <david@freetype.org>
-#
-# This program is a re-write of the original DocMaker took used
-# to generate the API Reference of the FreeType font engine
-# by converting in-source comments into structured HTML.
-#
-# This new version is capable of outputting XML data, as well
-# as accepts more liberal formatting options.
-#
-# It also uses regular expression matching and substitution
-# to speed things significantly.
-#
-
-from sources   import *
-from content   import *
-from utils     import *
-from formatter import *
-from tohtml    import *
-
-import utils
-
-import sys, os, time, string, glob, getopt
-
-
-def  usage():
-    print "\nDocMaker Usage information\n"
-    print "  docmaker [options] file1 [file2 ...]\n"
-    print "using the following options:\n"
-    print "  -h : print this page"
-    print "  -t : set project title, as in '-t \"My Project\"'"
-    print "  -o : set output directory, as in '-o mydir'"
-    print "  -p : set documentation prefix, as in '-p ft2'"
-    print ""
-    print "  --title  : same as -t, as in '--title=\"My Project\"'"
-    print "  --output : same as -o, as in '--output=mydir'"
-    print "  --prefix : same as -p, as in '--prefix=ft2'"
-
-
-def  main( argv ):
-    """main program loop"""
-
-    global output_dir
-
-    try:
-        opts, args = getopt.getopt( sys.argv[1:], \
-                                    "ht:o:p:",    \
-                                    ["help", "title=", "output=", "prefix="] )
-    except getopt.GetoptError:
-        usage()
-        sys.exit( 2 )
-
-    if args == []:
-        usage()
-        sys.exit( 1 )
-
-    # process options
-    #
-    project_title  = "Project"
-    project_prefix = None
-    output_dir     = None
-
-    for opt in opts:
-        if opt[0] in ( "-h", "--help" ):
-            usage()
-            sys.exit( 0 )
-
-        if opt[0] in ( "-t", "--title" ):
-            project_title = opt[1]
-
-        if opt[0] in ( "-o", "--output" ):
-            utils.output_dir = opt[1]
-
-        if opt[0] in ( "-p", "--prefix" ):
-            project_prefix = opt[1]
-
-    check_output()
-
-    # create context and processor
-    source_processor  = SourceProcessor()
-    content_processor = ContentProcessor()
-
-    # retrieve the list of files to process
-    file_list = make_file_list( args )
-    for filename in file_list:
-        source_processor.parse_file( filename )
-        content_processor.parse_sources( source_processor )
-
-    # process sections
-    content_processor.finish()
-
-    formatter = HtmlFormatter( content_processor, project_title, project_prefix )
-
-    formatter.toc_dump()
-    formatter.index_dump()
-    formatter.section_dump_all()
-
-
-# if called from the command line
-#
-if __name__ == '__main__':
-    main( sys.argv )
-
-
-# eof
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/docmaker/formatter.py b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/docmaker/formatter.py
deleted file mode 100644
index f62ce67..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/docmaker/formatter.py
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,188 +0,0 @@
-#  Formatter (c) 2002, 2004, 2007, 2008 David Turner <david@freetype.org>
-#
-
-from sources import *
-from content import *
-from utils   import *
-
-# This is the base Formatter class.  Its purpose is to convert
-# a content processor's data into specific documents (i.e., table of
-# contents, global index, and individual API reference indices).
-#
-# You need to sub-class it to output anything sensible.  For example,
-# the file tohtml.py contains the definition of the HtmlFormatter sub-class
-# used to output -- you guessed it -- HTML.
-#
-
-class  Formatter:
-
-    def  __init__( self, processor ):
-        self.processor   = processor
-        self.identifiers = {}
-        self.chapters    = processor.chapters
-        self.sections    = processor.sections.values()
-        self.block_index = []
-
-        # store all blocks in a dictionary
-        self.blocks = []
-        for section in self.sections:
-            for block in section.blocks.values():
-                self.add_identifier( block.name, block )
-
-                # add enumeration values to the index, since this is useful
-                for markup in block.markups:
-                    if markup.tag == 'values':
-                        for field in markup.fields:
-                            self.add_identifier( field.name, block )
-
-        self.block_index = self.identifiers.keys()
-        self.block_index.sort( index_sort )
-
-    def  add_identifier( self, name, block ):
-        if self.identifiers.has_key( name ):
-            # duplicate name!
-            sys.stderr.write(                                           \
-               "WARNING: duplicate definition for '" + name + "' in " + \
-               block.location() + ", previous definition in " +         \
-               self.identifiers[name].location() + "\n" )
-        else:
-            self.identifiers[name] = block
-
-    #
-    #  Formatting the table of contents
-    #
-    def  toc_enter( self ):
-        pass
-
-    def  toc_chapter_enter( self, chapter ):
-        pass
-
-    def  toc_section_enter( self, section ):
-        pass
-
-    def  toc_section_exit( self, section ):
-        pass
-
-    def  toc_chapter_exit( self, chapter ):
-        pass
-
-    def  toc_index( self, index_filename ):
-        pass
-
-    def  toc_exit( self ):
-        pass
-
-    def  toc_dump( self, toc_filename = None, index_filename = None ):
-        output = None
-        if toc_filename:
-            output = open_output( toc_filename )
-
-        self.toc_enter()
-
-        for chap in self.processor.chapters:
-
-            self.toc_chapter_enter( chap )
-
-            for section in chap.sections:
-                self.toc_section_enter( section )
-                self.toc_section_exit( section )
-
-            self.toc_chapter_exit( chap )
-
-        self.toc_index( index_filename )
-
-        self.toc_exit()
-
-        if output:
-            close_output( output )
-
-    #
-    #  Formatting the index
-    #
-    def  index_enter( self ):
-        pass
-
-    def  index_name_enter( self, name ):
-        pass
-
-    def  index_name_exit( self, name ):
-        pass
-
-    def  index_exit( self ):
-        pass
-
-    def  index_dump( self, index_filename = None ):
-        output = None
-        if index_filename:
-            output = open_output( index_filename )
-
-        self.index_enter()
-
-        for name in self.block_index:
-            self.index_name_enter( name )
-            self.index_name_exit( name )
-
-        self.index_exit()
-
-        if output:
-            close_output( output )
-
-    #
-    #  Formatting a section
-    #
-    def  section_enter( self, section ):
-        pass
-
-    def  block_enter( self, block ):
-        pass
-
-    def  markup_enter( self, markup, block = None ):
-        pass
-
-    def  field_enter( self, field, markup = None, block = None ):
-        pass
-
-    def  field_exit( self, field, markup = None, block = None ):
-        pass
-
-    def  markup_exit( self, markup, block = None ):
-        pass
-
-    def  block_exit( self, block ):
-        pass
-
-    def  section_exit( self, section ):
-        pass
-
-    def  section_dump( self, section, section_filename = None ):
-        output = None
-        if section_filename:
-            output = open_output( section_filename )
-
-        self.section_enter( section )
-
-        for name in section.block_names:
-            block = self.identifiers[name]
-            self.block_enter( block )
-
-            for markup in block.markups[1:]:   # always ignore first markup!
-                self.markup_enter( markup, block )
-
-                for field in markup.fields:
-                    self.field_enter( field, markup, block )
-                    self.field_exit( field, markup, block )
-
-                self.markup_exit( markup, block )
-
-            self.block_exit( block )
-
-        self.section_exit( section )
-
-        if output:
-            close_output( output )
-
-    def  section_dump_all( self ):
-        for section in self.sections:
-            self.section_dump( section )
-
-# eof
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/docmaker/sources.py b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/docmaker/sources.py
deleted file mode 100644
index dcfbf7d..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/docmaker/sources.py
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,347 +0,0 @@
-#  Sources (c) 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2007, 2008
-#    David Turner <david@freetype.org>
-#
-#
-# this file contains definitions of classes needed to decompose
-# C sources files into a series of multi-line "blocks". There are
-# two kinds of blocks:
-#
-#   - normal blocks, which contain source code or ordinary comments
-#
-#   - documentation blocks, which have restricted formatting, and
-#     whose text always start with a documentation markup tag like
-#     "<Function>", "<Type>", etc..
-#
-# the routines used to process the content of documentation blocks
-# are not contained here, but in "content.py"
-#
-# the classes and methods found here only deal with text parsing
-# and basic documentation block extraction
-#
-
-import fileinput, re, sys, os, string
-
-
-
-################################################################
-##
-##  BLOCK FORMAT PATTERN
-##
-##   A simple class containing compiled regular expressions used
-##   to detect potential documentation format block comments within
-##   C source code
-##
-##   note that the 'column' pattern must contain a group that will
-##   be used to "unbox" the content of documentation comment blocks
-##
-class  SourceBlockFormat:
-
-    def  __init__( self, id, start, column, end ):
-        """create a block pattern, used to recognize special documentation blocks"""
-        self.id     = id
-        self.start  = re.compile( start, re.VERBOSE )
-        self.column = re.compile( column, re.VERBOSE )
-        self.end    = re.compile( end, re.VERBOSE )
-
-
-
-#
-# format 1 documentation comment blocks look like the following:
-#
-#    /************************************/
-#    /*                                  */
-#    /*                                  */
-#    /*                                  */
-#    /************************************/
-#
-# we define a few regular expressions here to detect them
-#
-
-start = r'''
-  \s*      # any number of whitespace
-  /\*{2,}/ # followed by '/' and at least two asterisks then '/'
-  \s*$     # probably followed by whitespace
-'''
-
-column = r'''
-  \s*      # any number of whitespace
-  /\*{1}   # followed by '/' and precisely one asterisk
-  ([^*].*) # followed by anything (group 1)
-  \*{1}/   # followed by one asterisk and a '/'
-  \s*$     # probably followed by whitespace
-'''
-
-re_source_block_format1 = SourceBlockFormat( 1, start, column, start )
-
-
-#
-# format 2 documentation comment blocks look like the following:
-#
-#    /************************************ (at least 2 asterisks)
-#     *
-#     *
-#     *
-#     *
-#     **/       (1 or more asterisks at the end)
-#
-# we define a few regular expressions here to detect them
-#
-start = r'''
-  \s*     # any number of whitespace
-  /\*{2,} # followed by '/' and at least two asterisks
-  \s*$    # probably followed by whitespace
-'''
-
-column = r'''
-  \s*        # any number of whitespace
-  \*{1}(?!/) # followed by precisely one asterisk not followed by `/'
-  (.*)       # then anything (group1)
-'''
-
-end = r'''
-  \s*  # any number of whitespace
-  \*+/ # followed by at least one asterisk, then '/'
-'''
-
-re_source_block_format2 = SourceBlockFormat( 2, start, column, end )
-
-
-#
-# the list of supported documentation block formats, we could add new ones
-# relatively easily
-#
-re_source_block_formats = [re_source_block_format1, re_source_block_format2]
-
-
-#
-# the following regular expressions corresponds to markup tags
-# within the documentation comment blocks. they're equivalent
-# despite their different syntax
-#
-# notice how each markup tag _must_ begin a new line
-#
-re_markup_tag1 = re.compile( r'''\s*<(\w*)>''' )  # <xxxx> format
-re_markup_tag2 = re.compile( r'''\s*@(\w*):''' )  # @xxxx: format
-
-#
-# the list of supported markup tags, we could add new ones relatively
-# easily
-#
-re_markup_tags = [re_markup_tag1, re_markup_tag2]
-
-#
-# used to detect a cross-reference, after markup tags have been stripped
-#
-re_crossref = re.compile( r'@(\w*)(.*)' )
-
-#
-# used to detect italic and bold styles in paragraph text
-#
-re_italic = re.compile( r"_(\w(\w|')*)_(.*)" )     #  _italic_
-re_bold   = re.compile( r"\*(\w(\w|')*)\*(.*)" )   #  *bold*
-
-#
-# used to detect the end of commented source lines
-#
-re_source_sep = re.compile( r'\s*/\*\s*\*/' )
-
-#
-# used to perform cross-reference within source output
-#
-re_source_crossref = re.compile( r'(\W*)(\w*)' )
-
-#
-# a list of reserved source keywords
-#
-re_source_keywords = re.compile( '''\\b ( typedef   |
-                                          struct    |
-                                          enum      |
-                                          union     |
-                                          const     |
-                                          char      |
-                                          int       |
-                                          short     |
-                                          long      |
-                                          void      |
-                                          signed    |
-                                          unsigned  |
-                                          \#include |
-                                          \#define  |
-                                          \#undef   |
-                                          \#if      |
-                                          \#ifdef   |
-                                          \#ifndef  |
-                                          \#else    |
-                                          \#endif   ) \\b''', re.VERBOSE )
-
-
-################################################################
-##
-##  SOURCE BLOCK CLASS
-##
-##   A SourceProcessor is in charge or reading a C source file
-##   and decomposing it into a series of different "SourceBlocks".
-##   each one of these blocks can be made of the following data:
-##
-##   - A documentation comment block that starts with "/**" and
-##     whose exact format will be discussed later
-##
-##   - normal sources lines, include comments
-##
-##   the important fields in a text block are the following ones:
-##
-##     self.lines   : a list of text lines for the corresponding block
-##
-##     self.content : for documentation comment blocks only, this is the
-##                    block content that has been "unboxed" from its
-##                    decoration. This is None for all other blocks
-##                    (i.e. sources or ordinary comments with no starting
-##                     markup tag)
-##
-class  SourceBlock:
-
-    def  __init__( self, processor, filename, lineno, lines ):
-        self.processor = processor
-        self.filename  = filename
-        self.lineno    = lineno
-        self.lines     = lines[:]
-        self.format    = processor.format
-        self.content   = []
-
-        if self.format == None:
-            return
-
-        words = []
-
-        # extract comment lines
-        lines = []
-
-        for line0 in self.lines:
-            m = self.format.column.match( line0 )
-            if m:
-                lines.append( m.group( 1 ) )
-
-        # now, look for a markup tag
-        for l in lines:
-            l = string.strip( l )
-            if len( l ) > 0:
-                for tag in re_markup_tags:
-                    if tag.match( l ):
-                        self.content = lines
-                        return
-
-    def  location( self ):
-        return "(" + self.filename + ":" + repr( self.lineno ) + ")"
-
-    # debugging only - not used in normal operations
-    def  dump( self ):
-        if self.content:
-            print "{{{content start---"
-            for l in self.content:
-                print l
-            print "---content end}}}"
-            return
-
-        fmt = ""
-        if self.format:
-            fmt = repr( self.format.id ) + " "
-
-        for line in self.lines:
-            print line
-
-
-
-################################################################
-##
-##  SOURCE PROCESSOR CLASS
-##
-##   The SourceProcessor is in charge or reading a C source file
-##   and decomposing it into a series of different "SourceBlock"
-##   objects.
-##
-##   each one of these blocks can be made of the following data:
-##
-##   - A documentation comment block that starts with "/**" and
-##     whose exact format will be discussed later
-##
-##   - normal sources lines, include comments
-##
-##
-class  SourceProcessor:
-
-    def  __init__( self ):
-        """initialize a source processor"""
-        self.blocks   = []
-        self.filename = None
-        self.format   = None
-        self.lines    = []
-
-    def  reset( self ):
-        """reset a block processor, clean all its blocks"""
-        self.blocks = []
-        self.format = None
-
-    def  parse_file( self, filename ):
-        """parse a C source file, and add its blocks to the processor's list"""
-        self.reset()
-
-        self.filename = filename
-
-        fileinput.close()
-        self.format = None
-        self.lineno = 0
-        self.lines  = []
-
-        for line in fileinput.input( filename ):
-            # strip trailing newlines, important on Windows machines!
-            if line[-1] == '\012':
-                line = line[0:-1]
-
-            if self.format == None:
-                self.process_normal_line( line )
-            else:
-                if self.format.end.match( line ):
-                    # that's a normal block end, add it to lines and
-                    # create a new block
-                    self.lines.append( line )
-                    self.add_block_lines()
-                elif self.format.column.match( line ):
-                    # that's a normal column line, add it to 'lines'
-                    self.lines.append( line )
-                else:
-                    # humm.. this is an unexpected block end,
-                    # create a new block, but don't process the line
-                    self.add_block_lines()
-
-                    # we need to process the line again
-                    self.process_normal_line( line )
-
-        # record the last lines
-        self.add_block_lines()
-
-    def  process_normal_line( self, line ):
-        """process a normal line and check whether it is the start of a new block"""
-        for f in re_source_block_formats:
-            if f.start.match( line ):
-                self.add_block_lines()
-                self.format = f
-                self.lineno = fileinput.filelineno()
-
-        self.lines.append( line )
-
-    def  add_block_lines( self ):
-        """add the current accumulated lines and create a new block"""
-        if self.lines != []:
-            block = SourceBlock( self, self.filename, self.lineno, self.lines )
-
-            self.blocks.append( block )
-            self.format = None
-            self.lines  = []
-
-    # debugging only, not used in normal operations
-    def  dump( self ):
-        """print all blocks in a processor"""
-        for b in self.blocks:
-            b.dump()
-
-# eof
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/docmaker/tohtml.py b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/docmaker/tohtml.py
deleted file mode 100644
index 7e5c608..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/docmaker/tohtml.py
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,527 +0,0 @@
-#  ToHTML (c) 2002, 2003, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008
-#    David Turner <david@freetype.org>
-
-from sources import *
-from content import *
-from formatter import *
-
-import time
-
-
-# The following defines the HTML header used by all generated pages.
-html_header_1 = """\
-<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"
-"http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
-<html>
-<head>
-<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>"""
-
-html_header_2= """ API Reference
-
-
-
-
      """
-
-html_header_3=""" API Reference
      
-"""
-
-
-# The HTML footer used by all generated pages.
-html_footer = """\
-
-"""
-
-# The header and footer used for each section.
-section_title_header = "
      "
-section_title_footer = "
      "
-
-# The header and footer used for code segments.
-code_header = '
      '
-code_footer = '
      '
-
-# Paragraph header and footer.
-para_header = "
      "
-para_footer = "
      "
-
-# Block header and footer.
-block_header        = '
      '
-block_footer_start  = """\
-
      
-
      
-
-
-
      [Index][TOC]
      
-"""
-
-# Description header/footer.
-description_header = '
      '
-description_footer = "

      "
-
-# Marker header/inter/footer combination.
-marker_header = '
      '
-marker_inter  = "
      "
-marker_footer = "
      "
-
-# Header location header/footer.
-header_location_header = '
      '
-header_location_footer = "

      "
-
-# Source code extracts header/footer.
-source_header = '
      \n'
-source_footer = "\n

      "
-
-# Chapter header/inter/footer.
-chapter_header = '
      '
-chapter_inter  = '
      • '
-chapter_footer = '
      '
-
-# Index footer.
-index_footer_start = """\
-
      
-
-
      [TOC]
      
-"""
-
-
-# source language keyword coloration/styling
-keyword_prefix = ''
-keyword_suffix = ''
-
-section_synopsis_header = '
      Synopsis
      '
-section_synopsis_footer = ''
-
-
-# Translate a single line of source to HTML.  This will convert
-# a "<" into "<.", ">" into ">.", etc.
-def  html_quote( line ):
-    result = string.replace( line, "&", "&" )
-    result = string.replace( result, "<", "<" )
-    result = string.replace( result, ">", ">" )
-    return result
-
-
-# same as 'html_quote', but ignores left and right brackets
-def  html_quote0( line ):
-    return string.replace( line, "&", "&" )
-
-
-def  dump_html_code( lines, prefix = "" ):
-    # clean the last empty lines
-    l = len( self.lines )
-    while l > 0 and string.strip( self.lines[l - 1] ) == "":
-        l = l - 1
-
-    # The code footer should be directly appended to the last code
-    # line to avoid an additional blank line.
-    print prefix + code_header,
-    for line in self.lines[0 : l + 1]:
-        print '\n' + prefix + html_quote( line ),
-    print prefix + code_footer,
-
-
-
-class  HtmlFormatter( Formatter ):
-
-    def  __init__( self, processor, project_title, file_prefix ):
-        Formatter.__init__( self, processor )
-
-        global html_header_1, html_header_2, html_header_3, html_footer
-
-        if file_prefix:
-            file_prefix = file_prefix + "-"
-        else:
-            file_prefix = ""
-
-        self.headers       = processor.headers
-        self.project_title = project_title
-        self.file_prefix   = file_prefix
-        self.html_header   = html_header_1 + project_title + html_header_2 + \
-                             project_title + html_header_3
-
-        self.html_footer = "
      generated on " +      \
-                            time.asctime( time.localtime( time.time() ) ) + \
-                           "
      " + html_footer
-
-        self.columns = 3
-
-    def  make_section_url( self, section ):
-        return self.file_prefix + section.name + ".html"
-
-    def  make_block_url( self, block ):
-        return self.make_section_url( block.section ) + "#" + block.name
-
-    def  make_html_words( self, words ):
-        """ convert a series of simple words into some HTML text """
-        line = ""
-        if words:
-            line = html_quote( words[0] )
-            for w in words[1:]:
-                line = line + " " + html_quote( w )
-
-        return line
-
-    def  make_html_word( self, word ):
-        """analyze a simple word to detect cross-references and styling"""
-        # look for cross-references
-        m = re_crossref.match( word )
-        if m:
-            try:
-                name = m.group( 1 )
-                rest = m.group( 2 )
-                block = self.identifiers[name]
-                url   = self.make_block_url( block )
-                return '' + name + '' + rest
-            except:
-                # we detected a cross-reference to an unknown item
-                sys.stderr.write( \
-                   "WARNING: undefined cross reference '" + name + "'.\n" )
-                return '?' + name + '?' + rest
-
-        # look for italics and bolds
-        m = re_italic.match( word )
-        if m:
-            name = m.group( 1 )
-            rest = m.group( 3 )
-            return '' + name + '' + rest
-
-        m = re_bold.match( word )
-        if m:
-            name = m.group( 1 )
-            rest = m.group( 3 )
-            return '' + name + '' + rest
-
-        return html_quote( word )
-
-    def  make_html_para( self, words ):
-        """ convert a paragraph's words into tagged HTML text, handle xrefs """
-        line = ""
-        if words:
-            line = self.make_html_word( words[0] )
-            for word in words[1:]:
-                line = line + " " + self.make_html_word( word )
-            # convert `...' quotations into real left and right single quotes
-            line = re.sub( r"(^|\W)`(.*?)'(\W|$)",  \
-                           r'\1‘\2’\3', \
-                           line )
-
-        return para_header + line + para_footer
-
-    def  make_html_code( self, lines ):
-        """ convert a code sequence to HTML """
-        line = code_header + '\n'
-        for l in lines:
-            line = line + html_quote( l ) + '\n'
-
-        return line + code_footer
-
-    def  make_html_items( self, items ):
-        """ convert a field's content into some valid HTML """
-        lines = []
-        for item in items:
-            if item.lines:
-                lines.append( self.make_html_code( item.lines ) )
-            else:
-                lines.append( self.make_html_para( item.words ) )
-
-        return string.join( lines, '\n' )
-
-    def  print_html_items( self, items ):
-        print self.make_html_items( items )
-
-    def  print_html_field( self, field ):
-        if field.name:
-            print "
      " + field.name + ""
-
-        print self.make_html_items( field.items )
-
-        if field.name:
-            print "
      "
-
-    def  html_source_quote( self, line, block_name = None ):
-        result = ""
-        while line:
-            m = re_source_crossref.match( line )
-            if m:
-                name   = m.group( 2 )
-                prefix = html_quote( m.group( 1 ) )
-                length = len( m.group( 0 ) )
-
-                if name == block_name:
-                    # this is the current block name, if any
-                    result = result + prefix + '' + name + ''
-                elif re_source_keywords.match( name ):
-                    # this is a C keyword
-                    result = result + prefix + keyword_prefix + name + keyword_suffix
-                elif self.identifiers.has_key( name ):
-                    # this is a known identifier
-                    block = self.identifiers[name]
-                    result = result + prefix + '' + name + ''
-                else:
-                    result = result + html_quote( line[:length] )
-
-                line = line[length:]
-            else:
-                result = result + html_quote( line )
-                line   = []
-
-        return result
-
-    def  print_html_field_list( self, fields ):
-        print "
      "
-        print ""
-        for field in fields:
-            if len( field.name ) > 22:
-              print ""
-              print ""
-        print "
      " + field.name + "
      "
-            else:
-              print "
      " + field.name + ""
-
-            self.print_html_items( field.items )
-            print "
      "
-
-    def  print_html_markup( self, markup ):
-        table_fields = []
-        for field in markup.fields:
-            if field.name:
-                # we begin a new series of field or value definitions, we
-                # will record them in the 'table_fields' list before outputting
-                # all of them as a single table
-                #
-                table_fields.append( field )
-            else:
-                if table_fields:
-                    self.print_html_field_list( table_fields )
-                    table_fields = []
-
-                self.print_html_items( field.items )
-
-        if table_fields:
-            self.print_html_field_list( table_fields )
-
-    #
-    #  Formatting the index
-    #
-    def  index_enter( self ):
-        print self.html_header
-        self.index_items = {}
-
-    def  index_name_enter( self, name ):
-        block = self.identifiers[name]
-        url   = self.make_block_url( block )
-        self.index_items[name] = url
-
-    def  index_exit( self ):
-        # block_index already contains the sorted list of index names
-        count = len( self.block_index )
-        rows  = ( count + self.columns - 1 ) / self.columns
-
-        print ""
-        for r in range( rows ):
-            line = ""
-            for c in range( self.columns ):
-                i = r + c * rows
-                if i < count:
-                    bname = self.block_index[r + c * rows]
-                    url   = self.index_items[bname]
-                    line = line + ''
-                else:
-                    line = line + ''
-            line = line + ""
-            print line
-
-        print "
      ' + bname + '
      "
-
-        print index_footer_start +            \
-              self.file_prefix + "toc.html" + \
-              index_footer_end
-
-        self.index_items = {}
-
-    def  index_dump( self, index_filename = None ):
-        if index_filename == None:
-            index_filename = self.file_prefix + "index.html"
-
-        Formatter.index_dump( self, index_filename )
-
-    #
-    #  Formatting the table of content
-    #
-    def  toc_enter( self ):
-        print self.html_header
-        print "
      Table of Contents
      "
-
-    def  toc_chapter_enter( self, chapter ):
-        print  chapter_header + string.join( chapter.title ) + chapter_inter
-        print ""
-
-    def  toc_section_enter( self, section ):
-        print '"
-
-    def  toc_chapter_exit( self, chapter ):
-        print "
      '
-        print '' + \
-               section.title + ''
-
-        print self.make_html_para( section.abstract )
-
-    def  toc_section_exit( self, section ):
-        print "
      "
-        print  chapter_footer
-
-    def  toc_index( self, index_filename ):
-        print chapter_header +                                      \
-              'Global Index' + \
-              chapter_inter + chapter_footer
-
-    def  toc_exit( self ):
-        print self.html_footer
-
-    def  toc_dump( self, toc_filename = None, index_filename = None ):
-        if toc_filename == None:
-            toc_filename = self.file_prefix + "toc.html"
-
-        if index_filename == None:
-            index_filename = self.file_prefix + "index.html"
-
-        Formatter.toc_dump( self, toc_filename, index_filename )
-
-    #
-    #  Formatting sections
-    #
-    def  section_enter( self, section ):
-        print self.html_header
-
-        print section_title_header
-        print section.title
-        print section_title_footer
-
-        maxwidth = 0
-        for b in section.blocks.values():
-            if len( b.name ) > maxwidth:
-                maxwidth = len( b.name )
-
-        width = 70  # XXX magic number
-        if maxwidth <> 0:
-            # print section synopsis
-            print section_synopsis_header
-            print ""
-
-            columns = width / maxwidth
-            if columns < 1:
-                columns = 1
-
-            count = len( section.block_names )
-            rows  = ( count + columns - 1 ) / columns
-
-            for r in range( rows ):
-                line = ""
-                for c in range( columns ):
-                    i = r + c * rows
-                    line = line + ''
-                line = line + ""
-                print line
-
-            print "
      '
-                    if i < count:
-                        name = section.block_names[i]
-                        line = line + '' + name + ''
-
-                    line = line + '


      "
-            print section_synopsis_footer
-
-        print description_header
-        print self.make_html_items( section.description )
-        print description_footer
-
-    def  block_enter( self, block ):
-        print block_header
-
-        # place html anchor if needed
-        if block.name:
-            print '
      ' + block.name + '
      '
-
-        # dump the block C source lines now
-        if block.code:
-            header = ''
-            for f in self.headers.keys():
-                if block.source.filename.find( f ) >= 0:
-                    header = self.headers[f] + ' (' + f + ')'
-                    break;
-                
-#           if not header:
-#               sys.stderr.write( \
-#                 'WARNING: No header macro for ' + block.source.filename + '.\n' )
-
-            if header:
-                print header_location_header
-                print 'Defined in ' + header + '.'
-                print header_location_footer
-
-            print source_header
-            for l in block.code:
-                print self.html_source_quote( l, block.name )
-            print source_footer
-
-    def  markup_enter( self, markup, block ):
-        if markup.tag == "description":
-            print description_header
-        else:
-            print marker_header + markup.tag + marker_inter
-
-        self.print_html_markup( markup )
-
-    def  markup_exit( self, markup, block ):
-        if markup.tag == "description":
-            print description_footer
-        else:
-            print marker_footer
-
-    def  block_exit( self, block ):
-        print block_footer_start + self.file_prefix + "index.html" + \
-              block_footer_middle + self.file_prefix + "toc.html" +  \
-              block_footer_end
-
-    def  section_exit( self, section ):
-        print html_footer
-
-    def  section_dump_all( self ):
-        for section in self.sections:
-            self.section_dump( section, self.file_prefix + section.name + '.html' )
-
-# eof
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/docmaker/utils.py b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/docmaker/utils.py
deleted file mode 100644
index 1d96658..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/docmaker/utils.py
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,132 +0,0 @@
-#  Utils (c) 2002, 2004, 2007, 2008  David Turner 
-#
-
-import string, sys, os, glob
-
-# current output directory
-#
-output_dir = None
-
-
-# This function is used to sort the index.  It is a simple lexicographical
-# sort, except that it places capital letters before lowercase ones.
-#
-def  index_sort( s1, s2 ):
-    if not s1:
-        return -1
-
-    if not s2:
-        return 1
-
-    l1 = len( s1 )
-    l2 = len( s2 )
-    m1 = string.lower( s1 )
-    m2 = string.lower( s2 )
-
-    for i in range( l1 ):
-        if i >= l2 or m1[i] > m2[i]:
-            return 1
-
-        if m1[i] < m2[i]:
-            return -1
-
-        if s1[i] < s2[i]:
-            return -1
-
-        if s1[i] > s2[i]:
-            return 1
-
-    if l2 > l1:
-        return -1
-
-    return 0
-
-
-# Sort input_list, placing the elements of order_list in front.
-#
-def  sort_order_list( input_list, order_list ):
-    new_list = order_list[:]
-    for id in input_list:
-        if not id in order_list:
-            new_list.append( id )
-    return new_list
-
-
-# Open the standard output to a given project documentation file.  Use
-# "output_dir" to determine the filename location if necessary and save the
-# old stdout in a tuple that is returned by this function.
-#
-def  open_output( filename ):
-    global output_dir
-
-    if output_dir and output_dir != "":
-        filename = output_dir + os.sep + filename
-
-    old_stdout = sys.stdout
-    new_file   = open( filename, "w" )
-    sys.stdout = new_file
-
-    return ( new_file, old_stdout )
-
-
-# Close the output that was returned by "close_output".
-#
-def  close_output( output ):
-    output[0].close()
-    sys.stdout = output[1]
-
-
-# Check output directory.
-#
-def  check_output():
-    global output_dir
-    if output_dir:
-        if output_dir != "":
-            if not os.path.isdir( output_dir ):
-                sys.stderr.write( "argument" + " '" + output_dir + "' " + \
-                                  "is not a valid directory" )
-                sys.exit( 2 )
-        else:
-            output_dir = None
-
-
-def  file_exists( pathname ):
-    """checks that a given file exists"""
-    result = 1
-    try:
-        file = open( pathname, "r" )
-        file.close()
-    except:
-        result = None
-        sys.stderr.write( pathname + " couldn't be accessed\n" )
-
-    return result
-
-
-def  make_file_list( args = None ):
-    """builds a list of input files from command-line arguments"""
-    file_list = []
-    # sys.stderr.write( repr( sys.argv[1 :] ) + '\n' )
-
-    if not args:
-        args = sys.argv[1 :]
-
-    for pathname in args:
-        if string.find( pathname, '*' ) >= 0:
-            newpath = glob.glob( pathname )
-            newpath.sort()  # sort files -- this is important because
-                            # of the order of files
-        else:
-            newpath = [pathname]
-
-        file_list.extend( newpath )
-
-    if len( file_list ) == 0:
-        file_list = None
-    else:
-        # now filter the file list to remove non-existing ones
-        file_list = filter( file_exists, file_list )
-
-    return file_list
-
-# eof
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/ftrandom/Makefile b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/ftrandom/Makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index 2e61929..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/ftrandom/Makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-# TOP_DIR and OBJ_DIR should be set by the user to the right directories,
-# if necessary.
-
-TOP_DIR ?= ../../..
-OBJ_DIR ?= $(TOP_DIR)/objs
-
-
-# The setup below is for gcc on a Unix-like platform.
-
-SRC_DIR = $(TOP_DIR)/src/tools/ftrandom
-
-CC = gcc
-WFLAGS = -Wmissing-prototypes \
-         -Wunused \
-         -Wimplicit \
-         -Wreturn-type \
-         -Wparentheses \
-         -pedantic \
-         -Wformat \
-         -Wchar-subscripts \
-         -Wsequence-point
-CFLAGS = $(WFLAGS) \
-         -g \
-         -I $(TOP_DIR)/include
-LIBS = -lm \
-       -L $(OBJ_DIR) \
-       -lfreetype \
-       -lz
-
-all: $(OBJ_DIR)/ftrandom
-
-$(OBJ_DIR)/ftrandom: $(SRC_DIR)/ftrandom.c $(OBJ_DIR)/libfreetype.a
-	$(CC) -o $(OBJ_DIR)/ftrandom $(CFLAGS) $(SRC_DIR)/ftrandom.c $(LIBS)
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/ftrandom/README b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/ftrandom/README
deleted file mode 100644
index c093f15..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/ftrandom/README
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-ftrandom
---------
-
-This program expects a set of directories containing good fonts, and a set
-of extensions of fonts to be tested.  It will randomly pick a font, copy it,
-introduce and error and then test it.
-
-The FreeType tests are quite basic:
-
-  For each erroneous font it
-    forks off a new tester;
-    initializes the library;
-    opens each font in the file;
-    loads each glyph;
-      (optionally reviewing the contours of the glyph)
-      (optionally rasterizing)
-    closes the face.
-
-If the tester exits with a signal, or takes longer than 20 seconds then
-ftrandom saves the erroneous font and continues.  If the tester exits
-normally or with an error, then the superstructure removes the test font and
-continues.
-
-Arguments are:
-
-  --all                    Test every font in the directory(ies) no matter
-                           what its extension (some CID-keyed fonts have no
-                           extension).
-  --check-outlines         Call FT_Outline_Decompose on each glyph.
-  --dir               Append  to the list of directories to search
-                           for good fonts.
-  --error-count       Introduce  single-byte errors into the
-                           erroneous fonts.
-  --error-fraction   Multiply the file size of the font by  and
-                           introduce that many errors into the erroneous
-                           font file.
-  --ext               Add  to the set of font types tested.  Known
-                           extensions are `ttf', `otf', `ttc', `cid', `pfb',
-                           `pfa', `bdf', `pcf', `pfr', `fon', `otb', and
-                           `cff'.
-  --help                   Print out this list of options.
-  --nohints                Specify FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING when loading glyphs.
-  --rasterize              Call FT_Render_Glyph as well as loading it.
-  --result            This is the directory in which test files are
-                           placed.
-  --test             Run a single test on a pre-generated testcase. 
-                           Done in the current process so it can be debugged
-                           more easily.
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/ftrandom/ftrandom.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/ftrandom/ftrandom.c
deleted file mode 100644
index fcff27b..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/ftrandom/ftrandom.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,659 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 2005 by George Williams */
-/*
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-
- * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
- * list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-
- * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
- * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
- * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-
- * The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
- * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
-
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
- * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
- * EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
- * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
- * PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS;
- * OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
- * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
- * OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
- * ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-/* modified by Werner Lemberg        */
-/* This file is now part of the FreeType library */
-
-
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-
-#include 
-#include FT_FREETYPE_H
-#include FT_OUTLINE_H
-
-#define true     1
-#define false    0
-#define forever  for (;;)
-
-
-  static int    check_outlines = false;
-  static int    nohints        = false;
-  static int    rasterize      = false;
-  static char*  results_dir    = "results";
-
-#define GOOD_FONTS_DIR  "/home/wl/freetype-testfonts"
-
-  static char*  default_dir_list[] =
-  {
-    GOOD_FONTS_DIR,
-    NULL
-  };
-
-  static char*  default_ext_list[] =
-  {
-    "ttf",
-    "otf",
-    "ttc",
-    "cid",
-    "pfb",
-    "pfa",
-    "bdf",
-    "pcf",
-    "pfr",
-    "fon",
-    "otb",
-    "cff",
-    NULL
-  };
-
-  static int  error_count    = 1;
-  static int  error_fraction = 0;
-
-  static FT_F26Dot6  font_size = 12 * 64;
-
-  static struct fontlist
-  {
-    char*         name;
-    int           len;
-    unsigned int  isbinary: 1;
-    unsigned int  isascii: 1;
-    unsigned int  ishex: 1;
-
-  } *fontlist;
-
-  static int  fcnt;
-
-
-  static int
-  FT_MoveTo( const FT_Vector  *to,
-             void             *user )
-  {
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  static int
-  FT_LineTo( const FT_Vector  *to,
-             void             *user )
-  {
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  static int
-  FT_ConicTo( const FT_Vector  *_cp,
-              const FT_Vector  *to,
-              void             *user )
-  {
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  static int
-  FT_CubicTo( const FT_Vector  *cp1,
-              const FT_Vector  *cp2,
-              const FT_Vector  *to,
-              void             *user )
-  {
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Outline_Funcs outlinefuncs =
-  {
-    FT_MoveTo,
-    FT_LineTo,
-    FT_ConicTo,
-    FT_CubicTo,
-    0, 0          /* No shift, no delta */
-  };
-
-
-  static void
-  TestFace( FT_Face  face )
-  {
-    int  gid;
-    int  load_flags = FT_LOAD_DEFAULT;
-
-
-    if ( check_outlines                               &&
-         ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE ) )
-      load_flags = FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP;
-
-    if ( nohints )
-      load_flags |= FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING;
-
-    FT_Set_Char_Size( face, 0, font_size, 72, 72 );
-
-    for ( gid = 0; gid < face->num_glyphs; ++gid )
-    {
-      if ( check_outlines                               &&
-           ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE ) )
-      {
-        if ( !FT_Load_Glyph( face, gid, load_flags ) )
-          FT_Outline_Decompose( &face->glyph->outline, &outlinefuncs, NULL );
-      }
-      else
-        FT_Load_Glyph( face, gid, load_flags );
-
-      if ( rasterize )
-        FT_Render_Glyph( face->glyph, ft_render_mode_normal );
-    }
-
-    FT_Done_Face( face );
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  ExecuteTest( char*  testfont )
-  {
-    FT_Library  context;
-    FT_Face     face;
-    int         i, num;
-
-
-    if ( FT_Init_FreeType( &context ) )
-    {
-      fprintf( stderr, "Can't initialize FreeType.\n" );
-      exit( 1 );
-    }
-
-    if ( FT_New_Face( context, testfont, 0, &face ) )
-    {
-      /* The font is erroneous, so if this fails that's ok. */
-      exit( 0 );
-    }
-
-    if ( face->num_faces == 1 )
-      TestFace( face );
-    else
-    {
-      num = face->num_faces;
-      FT_Done_Face( face );
-
-      for ( i = 0; i < num; ++i )
-      {
-        if ( !FT_New_Face( context, testfont, i, &face ) )
-          TestFace( face );
-      }
-    }
-
-    exit( 0 );
-  }
-
-
-  static int
-  extmatch( char*   filename,
-            char**  extensions )
-  {
-    int    i;
-    char*  pt;
-
-
-    if ( extensions == NULL )
-      return true;
-
-    pt = strrchr( filename, '.' );
-    if ( pt == NULL )
-      return false;
-    if ( pt < strrchr( filename, '/' ) )
-      return false;
-
-    for ( i = 0; extensions[i] != NULL; ++i )
-      if ( strcasecmp( pt + 1, extensions[i] ) == 0 ||
-           strcasecmp( pt,     extensions[i] ) == 0 )
-        return true;
-
-    return false;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  figurefiletype( struct fontlist*  item )
-  {
-    FILE*  foo;
-
-
-    item->isbinary = item->isascii = item->ishex = false;
-
-    foo = fopen( item->name, "rb" );
-    if ( foo != NULL )
-    {
-      /* Try to guess the file type from the first few characters... */
-      int  ch1 = getc( foo );
-      int  ch2 = getc( foo );
-      int  ch3 = getc( foo );
-      int  ch4 = getc( foo );
-
-
-      fclose( foo );
-
-      if ( ( ch1 == 0   && ch2 == 1   && ch3 == 0   && ch4 == 0   ) ||
-           ( ch1 == 'O' && ch2 == 'T' && ch3 == 'T' && ch4 == 'O' ) ||
-           ( ch1 == 't' && ch2 == 'r' && ch3 == 'u' && ch4 == 'e' ) ||
-           ( ch1 == 't' && ch2 == 't' && ch3 == 'c' && ch4 == 'f' ) )
-      {
-        /* ttf, otf, ttc files */
-        item->isbinary = true;
-      }
-      else if ( ch1 == 0x80 && ch2 == '\01' )
-      {
-        /* PFB header */
-        item->isbinary = true;
-      }
-      else if ( ch1 == '%' && ch2 == '!' )
-      {
-        /* Random PostScript */
-        if ( strstr( item->name, ".pfa" ) != NULL ||
-             strstr( item->name, ".PFA" ) != NULL )
-          item->ishex = true;
-        else
-          item->isascii = true;
-      }
-      else if ( ch1 == 1 && ch2 == 0 && ch3 == 4 )
-      {
-        /* Bare CFF */
-        item->isbinary = true;
-      }
-      else if ( ch1 == 'S' && ch2 == 'T' && ch3 == 'A' && ch4 == 'R' )
-      {
-        /* BDF */
-        item->ishex = true;
-      }
-      else if ( ch1 == 'P' && ch2 == 'F' && ch3 == 'R' && ch4 == '0' )
-      {
-        /* PFR */
-        item->isbinary = true;
-      }
-      else if ( ( ch1 == '\1' && ch2 == 'f' && ch3 == 'c' && ch4 == 'p' ) ||
-                ( ch1 == 'M'  && ch2 == 'Z' )                             )
-      {
-        /* Windows FON */
-        item->isbinary = true;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        fprintf( stderr,
-                 "Can't recognize file type of `%s', assuming binary\n",
-                 item->name );
-        item->isbinary = true;
-      }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      fprintf( stderr, "Can't open `%s' for typing the file.\n",
-               item->name );
-      item->isbinary = true;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  FindFonts( char**  fontdirs,
-             char**  extensions )
-  {
-    DIR*            examples;
-    struct dirent*  ent;
-
-    int             i, max;
-    char            buffer[1025];
-    struct stat     statb;
-
-
-    max  = 0;
-    fcnt = 0;
-
-    for ( i = 0; fontdirs[i] != NULL; ++i )
-    {
-      examples = opendir( fontdirs[i] );
-      if ( examples == NULL )
-      {
-        fprintf( stderr,
-                 "Can't open example font directory `%s'\n",
-                 fontdirs[i] );
-        exit( 1 );
-      }
-
-      while ( ( ent = readdir( examples ) ) != NULL )
-      {
-        snprintf( buffer, sizeof ( buffer ),
-                  "%s/%s", fontdirs[i], ent->d_name );
-        if ( stat( buffer, &statb ) == -1 || S_ISDIR( statb.st_mode ) )
-          continue;
-        if ( extensions == NULL || extmatch( buffer, extensions ) )
-        {
-          if ( fcnt >= max )
-          {
-            max += 100;
-            fontlist = realloc( fontlist, max * sizeof ( struct fontlist ) );
-            if ( fontlist == NULL )
-            {
-              fprintf( stderr, "Can't allocate memory\n" );
-              exit( 1 );
-            }
-          }
-
-          fontlist[fcnt].name = strdup( buffer );
-          fontlist[fcnt].len  = statb.st_size;
-
-          figurefiletype( &fontlist[fcnt] );
-          ++fcnt;
-        }
-      }
-
-      closedir( examples );
-    }
-
-    if ( fcnt == 0 )
-    {
-      fprintf( stderr, "Can't find matching font files.\n" );
-      exit( 1 );
-    }
-
-    fontlist[fcnt].name = NULL;
-  }
-
-
-  static int
-  getErrorCnt( struct fontlist*  item )
-  {
-    if ( error_count == 0 && error_fraction == 0 )
-      return 0;
-
-    return error_count + ceil( error_fraction * item->len );
-  }
-
-
-  static int
-  getRandom( int  low,
-             int  high )
-  {
-    if ( low - high < 0x10000L )
-      return low + ( ( random() >> 8 ) % ( high + 1 - low ) );
-
-    return low + ( random() % ( high + 1 - low ) );
-  }
-
-
-  static int
-  copyfont( struct fontlist*  item,
-            char*             newfont )
-  {
-    static char  buffer[8096];
-    FILE         *good, *new;
-    int          len;
-    int          i, err_cnt;
-
-
-    good = fopen( item->name, "r" );
-    if ( good == NULL )
-    {
-      fprintf( stderr, "Can't open `%s'\n", item->name );
-      return false;
-    }
-
-    new = fopen( newfont, "w+" );
-    if ( new == NULL )
-    {
-      fprintf( stderr, "Can't create temporary output file `%s'\n",
-               newfont );
-      exit( 1 );
-    }
-
-    while ( ( len = fread( buffer, 1, sizeof ( buffer ), good ) ) > 0 )
-      fwrite( buffer, 1, len, new );
-
-    fclose( good );
-
-    err_cnt = getErrorCnt( item );
-    for ( i = 0; i < err_cnt; ++i )
-    {
-      fseek( new, getRandom( 0, item->len - 1 ), SEEK_SET );
-
-      if ( item->isbinary )
-        putc( getRandom( 0, 0xff ), new );
-      else if ( item->isascii )
-        putc( getRandom( 0x20, 0x7e ), new );
-      else
-      {
-        int  hex = getRandom( 0, 15 );
-
-
-        if ( hex < 10 )
-          hex += '0';
-        else
-          hex += 'A' - 10;
-
-        putc( hex, new );
-      }
-    }
-
-    if ( ferror( new ) )
-    {
-      fclose( new );
-      unlink( newfont );
-      return false;
-    }
-
-    fclose( new );
-
-    return true;
-  }
-
-
-  static int  child_pid;
-
-  static void
-  abort_test( int  sig )
-  {
-    /* If a time-out happens, then kill the child */
-    kill( child_pid, SIGFPE );
-    write( 2, "Timeout... ", 11 );
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  do_test( void )
-  {
-    int         i        = getRandom( 0, fcnt - 1 );
-    static int  test_num = 0;
-    char        buffer[1024];
-
-
-    sprintf( buffer, "%s/test%d", results_dir, test_num++ );
-
-    if ( copyfont ( &fontlist[i], buffer ) )
-    {
-      signal( SIGALRM, abort_test );
-      /* Anything that takes more than 20 seconds */
-      /* to parse and/or rasterize is an error.   */
-      alarm( 20 );
-      if ( ( child_pid = fork() ) == 0 )
-        ExecuteTest( buffer );
-      else if ( child_pid != -1 )
-      {
-        int  status;
-
-
-        waitpid( child_pid, &status, 0 );
-        alarm( 0 );
-        if ( WIFSIGNALED ( status ) )
-          printf( "Error found in file `%s'\n", buffer );
-        else
-          unlink( buffer );
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        fprintf( stderr, "Can't fork test case.\n" );
-        exit( 1 );
-      }
-      alarm( 0 );
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  usage( FILE*  out,
-         char*  name )
-  {
-    fprintf( out, "%s [options] -- Generate random erroneous fonts\n"
-                  "  and attempt to parse them with FreeType.\n\n", name );
-
-    fprintf( out, "  --all                    All non-directory files are assumed to be fonts.\n" );
-    fprintf( out, "  --check-outlines         Make sure we can parse the outlines of each glyph.\n" );
-    fprintf( out, "  --dir              Append  to list of font search directories.\n" );
-    fprintf( out, "  --error-count       Introduce  single byte errors into each font.\n" );
-    fprintf( out, "  --error-fraction   Introduce *filesize single byte errors\n"
-                  "                           into each font.\n" );
-    fprintf( out, "  --ext               Add  to list of extensions indicating fonts.\n" );
-    fprintf( out, "  --help                   Print this.\n" );
-    fprintf( out, "  --nohints                Turn off hinting.\n" );
-    fprintf( out, "  --rasterize              Attempt to rasterize each glyph.\n" );
-    fprintf( out, "  --results           Directory in which to place the test fonts.\n" );
-    fprintf( out, "  --size            Use the given font size for the tests.\n" );
-    fprintf( out, "  --test             Run a single test on an already existing file.\n" );
-  }
-
-
-  int
-  main( int     argc,
-        char**  argv )
-  {
-    char    **dirs, **exts;
-    char    *pt, *end;
-    int     dcnt = 0, ecnt = 0, rset = false, allexts = false;
-    int     i;
-    time_t  now;
-    char*   testfile = NULL;
-
-
-    dirs = calloc( argc + 1, sizeof ( char ** ) );
-    exts = calloc( argc + 1, sizeof ( char ** ) );
-
-    for ( i = 1; i < argc; ++i )
-    {
-      pt = argv[i];
-      if ( pt[0] == '-' && pt[1] == '-' )
-        ++pt;
-
-      if ( strcmp( pt, "-all" ) == 0 )
-        allexts = true;
-      else if ( strcmp( pt, "-check-outlines" ) == 0 )
-        check_outlines = true;
-      else if ( strcmp( pt, "-dir" ) == 0 )
-        dirs[dcnt++] = argv[++i];
-      else if ( strcmp( pt, "-error-count" ) == 0 )
-      {
-        if ( !rset )
-          error_fraction = 0;
-        rset = true;
-        error_count = strtol( argv[++i], &end, 10 );
-        if ( *end != '\0' )
-        {
-          fprintf( stderr, "Bad value for error-count: %s\n", argv[i] );
-          exit( 1 );
-        }
-      }
-      else if ( strcmp( pt, "-error-fraction" ) == 0 )
-      {
-        if ( !rset )
-          error_count = 0;
-        rset = true;
-        error_fraction = strtod( argv[++i], &end );
-        if ( *end != '\0' )
-        {
-          fprintf( stderr, "Bad value for error-fraction: %s\n", argv[i] );
-          exit( 1 );
-        }
-      }
-      else if ( strcmp( pt, "-ext" ) == 0 )
-        exts[ecnt++] = argv[++i];
-      else if ( strcmp( pt, "-help" ) == 0 )
-      {
-        usage( stdout, argv[0] );
-        exit( 0 );
-      }
-      else if ( strcmp( pt, "-nohints" ) == 0 )
-        nohints = true;
-      else if ( strcmp( pt, "-rasterize" ) == 0 )
-        rasterize = true;
-      else if ( strcmp( pt, "-results" ) == 0 )
-        results_dir = argv[++i];
-      else if ( strcmp( pt, "-size" ) == 0 )
-      {
-        font_size = (FT_F26Dot6)( strtod( argv[++i], &end ) * 64 );
-        if ( *end != '\0' || font_size < 64 )
-        {
-          fprintf( stderr, "Bad value for size: %s\n", argv[i] );
-          exit( 1 );
-        }
-      }
-      else if ( strcmp( pt, "-test" ) == 0 )
-        testfile = argv[++i];
-      else
-      {
-        usage( stderr, argv[0] );
-        exit( 1 );
-      }
-    }
-
-    if ( allexts )
-      exts = NULL;
-    else if ( ecnt == 0 )
-      exts = default_ext_list;
-
-    if ( dcnt == 0 )
-      dirs = default_dir_list;
-
-    if ( testfile != NULL )
-      ExecuteTest( testfile );         /* This should never return */
-
-    time( &now );
-    srandom( now );
-
-    FindFonts( dirs, exts );
-    mkdir( results_dir, 0755 );
-
-    forever
-      do_test();
-
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-/* EOF */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/glnames.py b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/glnames.py
deleted file mode 100644
index 9a6da38..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/glnames.py
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,5282 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bin/env python
-#
-
-#
-# FreeType 2 glyph name builder
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003, 2005, 2007 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-"""\
-
-usage: %s 
-
-  This python script generates the glyph names tables defined in the
-  PSNames module.
-
-  Its single argument is the name of the header file to be created.
-"""
-
-
-import sys, string, struct, re, os.path
-
-
-# This table lists the glyphs according to the Macintosh specification.
-# It is used by the TrueType Postscript names table.
-#
-# See
-#
-#   http://fonts.apple.com/TTRefMan/RM06/Chap6post.html
-#
-# for the official list.
-#
-mac_standard_names = \
-[
-  # 0
-  ".notdef", ".null", "nonmarkingreturn", "space", "exclam",
-  "quotedbl", "numbersign", "dollar", "percent", "ampersand",
-
-  # 10
-  "quotesingle", "parenleft", "parenright", "asterisk", "plus",
-  "comma", "hyphen", "period", "slash", "zero",
-
-  # 20
-  "one", "two", "three", "four", "five",
-  "six", "seven", "eight", "nine", "colon",
-
-  # 30
-  "semicolon", "less", "equal", "greater", "question",
-  "at", "A", "B", "C", "D",
-
-  # 40
-  "E", "F", "G", "H", "I",
-  "J", "K", "L", "M", "N",
-
-  # 50
-  "O", "P", "Q", "R", "S",
-  "T", "U", "V", "W", "X",
-
-  # 60
-  "Y", "Z", "bracketleft", "backslash", "bracketright",
-  "asciicircum", "underscore", "grave", "a", "b",
-
-  # 70
-  "c", "d", "e", "f", "g",
-  "h", "i", "j", "k", "l",
-
-  # 80
-  "m", "n", "o", "p", "q",
-  "r", "s", "t", "u", "v",
-
-  # 90
-  "w", "x", "y", "z", "braceleft",
-  "bar", "braceright", "asciitilde", "Adieresis", "Aring",
-
-  # 100
-  "Ccedilla", "Eacute", "Ntilde", "Odieresis", "Udieresis",
-  "aacute", "agrave", "acircumflex", "adieresis", "atilde",
-
-  # 110
-  "aring", "ccedilla", "eacute", "egrave", "ecircumflex",
-  "edieresis", "iacute", "igrave", "icircumflex", "idieresis",
-
-  # 120
-  "ntilde", "oacute", "ograve", "ocircumflex", "odieresis",
-  "otilde", "uacute", "ugrave", "ucircumflex", "udieresis",
-
-  # 130
-  "dagger", "degree", "cent", "sterling", "section",
-  "bullet", "paragraph", "germandbls", "registered", "copyright",
-
-  # 140
-  "trademark", "acute", "dieresis", "notequal", "AE",
-  "Oslash", "infinity", "plusminus", "lessequal", "greaterequal",
-
-  # 150
-  "yen", "mu", "partialdiff", "summation", "product",
-  "pi", "integral", "ordfeminine", "ordmasculine", "Omega",
-
-  # 160
-  "ae", "oslash", "questiondown", "exclamdown", "logicalnot",
-  "radical", "florin", "approxequal", "Delta", "guillemotleft",
-
-  # 170
-  "guillemotright", "ellipsis", "nonbreakingspace", "Agrave", "Atilde",
-  "Otilde", "OE", "oe", "endash", "emdash",
-
-  # 180
-  "quotedblleft", "quotedblright", "quoteleft", "quoteright", "divide",
-  "lozenge", "ydieresis", "Ydieresis", "fraction", "currency",
-
-  # 190
-  "guilsinglleft", "guilsinglright", "fi", "fl", "daggerdbl",
-  "periodcentered", "quotesinglbase", "quotedblbase", "perthousand",
-    "Acircumflex",
-
-  # 200
-  "Ecircumflex", "Aacute", "Edieresis", "Egrave", "Iacute",
-  "Icircumflex", "Idieresis", "Igrave", "Oacute", "Ocircumflex",
-
-  # 210
-  "apple", "Ograve", "Uacute", "Ucircumflex", "Ugrave",
-  "dotlessi", "circumflex", "tilde", "macron", "breve",
-
-  # 220
-  "dotaccent", "ring", "cedilla", "hungarumlaut", "ogonek",
-  "caron", "Lslash", "lslash", "Scaron", "scaron",
-
-  # 230
-  "Zcaron", "zcaron", "brokenbar", "Eth", "eth",
-  "Yacute", "yacute", "Thorn", "thorn", "minus",
-
-  # 240
-  "multiply", "onesuperior", "twosuperior", "threesuperior", "onehalf",
-  "onequarter", "threequarters", "franc", "Gbreve", "gbreve",
-
-  # 250
-  "Idotaccent", "Scedilla", "scedilla", "Cacute", "cacute",
-  "Ccaron", "ccaron", "dcroat"
-]
-
-
-# The list of standard `SID' glyph names.  For the official list,
-# see Annex A of document at
-#
-#   http://partners.adobe.com/asn/developer/pdfs/tn/5176.CFF.pdf.
-#
-sid_standard_names = \
-[
-  # 0
-  ".notdef", "space", "exclam", "quotedbl", "numbersign",
-  "dollar", "percent", "ampersand", "quoteright", "parenleft",
-
-  # 10
-  "parenright", "asterisk", "plus", "comma", "hyphen",
-  "period", "slash", "zero", "one", "two",
-
-  # 20
-  "three", "four", "five", "six", "seven",
-  "eight", "nine", "colon", "semicolon", "less",
-
-  # 30
-  "equal", "greater", "question", "at", "A",
-  "B", "C", "D", "E", "F",
-
-  # 40
-  "G", "H", "I", "J", "K",
-  "L", "M", "N", "O", "P",
-
-  # 50
-  "Q", "R", "S", "T", "U",
-  "V", "W", "X", "Y", "Z",
-
-  # 60
-  "bracketleft", "backslash", "bracketright", "asciicircum", "underscore",
-  "quoteleft", "a", "b", "c", "d",
-
-  # 70
-  "e", "f", "g", "h", "i",
-  "j", "k", "l", "m", "n",
-
-  # 80
-  "o", "p", "q", "r", "s",
-  "t", "u", "v", "w", "x",
-
-  # 90
-  "y", "z", "braceleft", "bar", "braceright",
-  "asciitilde", "exclamdown", "cent", "sterling", "fraction",
-
-  # 100
-  "yen", "florin", "section", "currency", "quotesingle",
-  "quotedblleft", "guillemotleft", "guilsinglleft", "guilsinglright", "fi",
-
-  # 110
-  "fl", "endash", "dagger", "daggerdbl", "periodcentered",
-  "paragraph", "bullet", "quotesinglbase", "quotedblbase", "quotedblright",
-
-  # 120
-  "guillemotright", "ellipsis", "perthousand", "questiondown", "grave",
-  "acute", "circumflex", "tilde", "macron", "breve",
-
-  # 130
-  "dotaccent", "dieresis", "ring", "cedilla", "hungarumlaut",
-  "ogonek", "caron", "emdash", "AE", "ordfeminine",
-
-  # 140
-  "Lslash", "Oslash", "OE", "ordmasculine", "ae",
-  "dotlessi", "lslash", "oslash", "oe", "germandbls",
-
-  # 150
-  "onesuperior", "logicalnot", "mu", "trademark", "Eth",
-  "onehalf", "plusminus", "Thorn", "onequarter", "divide",
-
-  # 160
-  "brokenbar", "degree", "thorn", "threequarters", "twosuperior",
-  "registered", "minus", "eth", "multiply", "threesuperior",
-
-  # 170
-  "copyright", "Aacute", "Acircumflex", "Adieresis", "Agrave",
-  "Aring", "Atilde", "Ccedilla", "Eacute", "Ecircumflex",
-
-  # 180
-  "Edieresis", "Egrave", "Iacute", "Icircumflex", "Idieresis",
-  "Igrave", "Ntilde", "Oacute", "Ocircumflex", "Odieresis",
-
-  # 190
-  "Ograve", "Otilde", "Scaron", "Uacute", "Ucircumflex",
-  "Udieresis", "Ugrave", "Yacute", "Ydieresis", "Zcaron",
-
-  # 200
-  "aacute", "acircumflex", "adieresis", "agrave", "aring",
-  "atilde", "ccedilla", "eacute", "ecircumflex", "edieresis",
-
-  # 210
-  "egrave", "iacute", "icircumflex", "idieresis", "igrave",
-  "ntilde", "oacute", "ocircumflex", "odieresis", "ograve",
-
-  # 220
-  "otilde", "scaron", "uacute", "ucircumflex", "udieresis",
-  "ugrave", "yacute", "ydieresis", "zcaron", "exclamsmall",
-
-  # 230
-  "Hungarumlautsmall", "dollaroldstyle", "dollarsuperior", "ampersandsmall",
-    "Acutesmall",
-  "parenleftsuperior", "parenrightsuperior", "twodotenleader",
-    "onedotenleader", "zerooldstyle",
-
-  # 240
-  "oneoldstyle", "twooldstyle", "threeoldstyle", "fouroldstyle",
-    "fiveoldstyle",
-  "sixoldstyle", "sevenoldstyle", "eightoldstyle", "nineoldstyle",
-    "commasuperior",
-
-  # 250
-  "threequartersemdash", "periodsuperior", "questionsmall", "asuperior",
-    "bsuperior",
-  "centsuperior", "dsuperior", "esuperior", "isuperior", "lsuperior",
-
-  # 260
-  "msuperior", "nsuperior", "osuperior", "rsuperior", "ssuperior",
-  "tsuperior", "ff", "ffi", "ffl", "parenleftinferior",
-
-  # 270
-  "parenrightinferior", "Circumflexsmall", "hyphensuperior", "Gravesmall",
-    "Asmall",
-  "Bsmall", "Csmall", "Dsmall", "Esmall", "Fsmall",
-
-  # 280
-  "Gsmall", "Hsmall", "Ismall", "Jsmall", "Ksmall",
-  "Lsmall", "Msmall", "Nsmall", "Osmall", "Psmall",
-
-  # 290
-  "Qsmall", "Rsmall", "Ssmall", "Tsmall", "Usmall",
-  "Vsmall", "Wsmall", "Xsmall", "Ysmall", "Zsmall",
-
-  # 300
-  "colonmonetary", "onefitted", "rupiah", "Tildesmall", "exclamdownsmall",
-  "centoldstyle", "Lslashsmall", "Scaronsmall", "Zcaronsmall",
-    "Dieresissmall",
-
-  # 310
-  "Brevesmall", "Caronsmall", "Dotaccentsmall", "Macronsmall", "figuredash",
-  "hypheninferior", "Ogoneksmall", "Ringsmall", "Cedillasmall",
-    "questiondownsmall",
-
-  # 320
-  "oneeighth", "threeeighths", "fiveeighths", "seveneighths", "onethird",
-  "twothirds", "zerosuperior", "foursuperior", "fivesuperior",
-    "sixsuperior",
-
-  # 330
-  "sevensuperior", "eightsuperior", "ninesuperior", "zeroinferior",
-    "oneinferior",
-  "twoinferior", "threeinferior", "fourinferior", "fiveinferior",
-    "sixinferior",
-
-  # 340
-  "seveninferior", "eightinferior", "nineinferior", "centinferior",
-    "dollarinferior",
-  "periodinferior", "commainferior", "Agravesmall", "Aacutesmall",
-    "Acircumflexsmall",
-
-  # 350
-  "Atildesmall", "Adieresissmall", "Aringsmall", "AEsmall", "Ccedillasmall",
-  "Egravesmall", "Eacutesmall", "Ecircumflexsmall", "Edieresissmall",
-    "Igravesmall",
-
-  # 360
-  "Iacutesmall", "Icircumflexsmall", "Idieresissmall", "Ethsmall",
-    "Ntildesmall",
-  "Ogravesmall", "Oacutesmall", "Ocircumflexsmall", "Otildesmall",
-    "Odieresissmall",
-
-  # 370
-  "OEsmall", "Oslashsmall", "Ugravesmall", "Uacutesmall",
-    "Ucircumflexsmall",
-  "Udieresissmall", "Yacutesmall", "Thornsmall", "Ydieresissmall",
-    "001.000",
-
-  # 380
-  "001.001", "001.002", "001.003", "Black", "Bold",
-  "Book", "Light", "Medium", "Regular", "Roman",
-
-  # 390
-  "Semibold"
-]
-
-
-# This table maps character codes of the Adobe Standard Type 1
-# encoding to glyph indices in the sid_standard_names table.
-#
-t1_standard_encoding = \
-[
-    0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
-    0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
-    0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
-    0,   0,   1,   2,   3,   4,   5,   6,   7,   8,
-    9,  10,  11,  12,  13,  14,  15,  16,  17,  18,
-
-   19,  20,  21,  22,  23,  24,  25,  26,  27,  28,
-   29,  30,  31,  32,  33,  34,  35,  36,  37,  38,
-   39,  40,  41,  42,  43,  44,  45,  46,  47,  48,
-   49,  50,  51,  52,  53,  54,  55,  56,  57,  58,
-   59,  60,  61,  62,  63,  64,  65,  66,  67,  68,
-
-   69,  70,  71,  72,  73,  74,  75,  76,  77,  78,
-   79,  80,  81,  82,  83,  84,  85,  86,  87,  88,
-   89,  90,  91,  92,  93,  94,  95,   0,   0,   0,
-    0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
-    0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
-
-    0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
-    0,  96,  97,  98,  99, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104,
-  105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110,   0, 111, 112, 113,
-  114,   0, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122,
-    0, 123,   0, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130,
-
-  131,   0, 132, 133,   0, 134, 135, 136, 137,   0,
-    0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
-    0,   0,   0,   0,   0, 138,   0, 139,   0,   0,
-    0,   0, 140, 141, 142, 143,   0,   0,   0,   0,
-    0, 144,   0,   0,   0, 145,   0,   0, 146, 147,
-
-  148, 149,   0,   0,   0,   0
-]
-
-
-# This table maps character codes of the Adobe Expert Type 1
-# encoding to glyph indices in the sid_standard_names table.
-#
-t1_expert_encoding = \
-[
-    0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
-    0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
-    0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
-    0,   0,   1, 229, 230,   0, 231, 232, 233, 234,
-  235, 236, 237, 238,  13,  14,  15,  99, 239, 240,
-
-  241, 242, 243, 244, 245, 246, 247, 248,  27,  28,
-  249, 250, 251, 252,   0, 253, 254, 255, 256, 257,
-    0,   0,   0, 258,   0,   0, 259, 260, 261, 262,
-    0,   0, 263, 264, 265,   0, 266, 109, 110, 267,
-  268, 269,   0, 270, 271, 272, 273, 274, 275, 276,
-
-  277, 278, 279, 280, 281, 282, 283, 284, 285, 286,
-  287, 288, 289, 290, 291, 292, 293, 294, 295, 296,
-  297, 298, 299, 300, 301, 302, 303,   0,   0,   0,
-    0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
-    0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
-
-    0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
-    0, 304, 305, 306,   0,   0, 307, 308, 309, 310,
-  311,   0, 312,   0,   0, 313,   0,   0, 314, 315,
-    0,   0, 316, 317, 318,   0,   0,   0, 158, 155,
-  163, 319, 320, 321, 322, 323, 324, 325,   0,   0,
-
-  326, 150, 164, 169, 327, 328, 329, 330, 331, 332,
-  333, 334, 335, 336, 337, 338, 339, 340, 341, 342,
-  343, 344, 345, 346, 347, 348, 349, 350, 351, 352,
-  353, 354, 355, 356, 357, 358, 359, 360, 361, 362,
-  363, 364, 365, 366, 367, 368, 369, 370, 371, 372,
-
-  373, 374, 375, 376, 377, 378
-]
-
-
-# This data has been taken literally from the file `glyphlist.txt',
-# version 2.0, 22 Sept 2002.  It is available from
-#
-#   http://partners.adobe.com/asn/developer/typeforum/unicodegn.html
-#   http://partners.adobe.com/public/developer/en/opentype/glyphlist.txt
-#
-adobe_glyph_list = """\
-A;0041
-AE;00C6
-AEacute;01FC
-AEmacron;01E2
-AEsmall;F7E6
-Aacute;00C1
-Aacutesmall;F7E1
-Abreve;0102
-Abreveacute;1EAE
-Abrevecyrillic;04D0
-Abrevedotbelow;1EB6
-Abrevegrave;1EB0
-Abrevehookabove;1EB2
-Abrevetilde;1EB4
-Acaron;01CD
-Acircle;24B6
-Acircumflex;00C2
-Acircumflexacute;1EA4
-Acircumflexdotbelow;1EAC
-Acircumflexgrave;1EA6
-Acircumflexhookabove;1EA8
-Acircumflexsmall;F7E2
-Acircumflextilde;1EAA
-Acute;F6C9
-Acutesmall;F7B4
-Acyrillic;0410
-Adblgrave;0200
-Adieresis;00C4
-Adieresiscyrillic;04D2
-Adieresismacron;01DE
-Adieresissmall;F7E4
-Adotbelow;1EA0
-Adotmacron;01E0
-Agrave;00C0
-Agravesmall;F7E0
-Ahookabove;1EA2
-Aiecyrillic;04D4
-Ainvertedbreve;0202
-Alpha;0391
-Alphatonos;0386
-Amacron;0100
-Amonospace;FF21
-Aogonek;0104
-Aring;00C5
-Aringacute;01FA
-Aringbelow;1E00
-Aringsmall;F7E5
-Asmall;F761
-Atilde;00C3
-Atildesmall;F7E3
-Aybarmenian;0531
-B;0042
-Bcircle;24B7
-Bdotaccent;1E02
-Bdotbelow;1E04
-Becyrillic;0411
-Benarmenian;0532
-Beta;0392
-Bhook;0181
-Blinebelow;1E06
-Bmonospace;FF22
-Brevesmall;F6F4
-Bsmall;F762
-Btopbar;0182
-C;0043
-Caarmenian;053E
-Cacute;0106
-Caron;F6CA
-Caronsmall;F6F5
-Ccaron;010C
-Ccedilla;00C7
-Ccedillaacute;1E08
-Ccedillasmall;F7E7
-Ccircle;24B8
-Ccircumflex;0108
-Cdot;010A
-Cdotaccent;010A
-Cedillasmall;F7B8
-Chaarmenian;0549
-Cheabkhasiancyrillic;04BC
-Checyrillic;0427
-Chedescenderabkhasiancyrillic;04BE
-Chedescendercyrillic;04B6
-Chedieresiscyrillic;04F4
-Cheharmenian;0543
-Chekhakassiancyrillic;04CB
-Cheverticalstrokecyrillic;04B8
-Chi;03A7
-Chook;0187
-Circumflexsmall;F6F6
-Cmonospace;FF23
-Coarmenian;0551
-Csmall;F763
-D;0044
-DZ;01F1
-DZcaron;01C4
-Daarmenian;0534
-Dafrican;0189
-Dcaron;010E
-Dcedilla;1E10
-Dcircle;24B9
-Dcircumflexbelow;1E12
-Dcroat;0110
-Ddotaccent;1E0A
-Ddotbelow;1E0C
-Decyrillic;0414
-Deicoptic;03EE
-Delta;2206
-Deltagreek;0394
-Dhook;018A
-Dieresis;F6CB
-DieresisAcute;F6CC
-DieresisGrave;F6CD
-Dieresissmall;F7A8
-Digammagreek;03DC
-Djecyrillic;0402
-Dlinebelow;1E0E
-Dmonospace;FF24
-Dotaccentsmall;F6F7
-Dslash;0110
-Dsmall;F764
-Dtopbar;018B
-Dz;01F2
-Dzcaron;01C5
-Dzeabkhasiancyrillic;04E0
-Dzecyrillic;0405
-Dzhecyrillic;040F
-E;0045
-Eacute;00C9
-Eacutesmall;F7E9
-Ebreve;0114
-Ecaron;011A
-Ecedillabreve;1E1C
-Echarmenian;0535
-Ecircle;24BA
-Ecircumflex;00CA
-Ecircumflexacute;1EBE
-Ecircumflexbelow;1E18
-Ecircumflexdotbelow;1EC6
-Ecircumflexgrave;1EC0
-Ecircumflexhookabove;1EC2
-Ecircumflexsmall;F7EA
-Ecircumflextilde;1EC4
-Ecyrillic;0404
-Edblgrave;0204
-Edieresis;00CB
-Edieresissmall;F7EB
-Edot;0116
-Edotaccent;0116
-Edotbelow;1EB8
-Efcyrillic;0424
-Egrave;00C8
-Egravesmall;F7E8
-Eharmenian;0537
-Ehookabove;1EBA
-Eightroman;2167
-Einvertedbreve;0206
-Eiotifiedcyrillic;0464
-Elcyrillic;041B
-Elevenroman;216A
-Emacron;0112
-Emacronacute;1E16
-Emacrongrave;1E14
-Emcyrillic;041C
-Emonospace;FF25
-Encyrillic;041D
-Endescendercyrillic;04A2
-Eng;014A
-Enghecyrillic;04A4
-Enhookcyrillic;04C7
-Eogonek;0118
-Eopen;0190
-Epsilon;0395
-Epsilontonos;0388
-Ercyrillic;0420
-Ereversed;018E
-Ereversedcyrillic;042D
-Escyrillic;0421
-Esdescendercyrillic;04AA
-Esh;01A9
-Esmall;F765
-Eta;0397
-Etarmenian;0538
-Etatonos;0389
-Eth;00D0
-Ethsmall;F7F0
-Etilde;1EBC
-Etildebelow;1E1A
-Euro;20AC
-Ezh;01B7
-Ezhcaron;01EE
-Ezhreversed;01B8
-F;0046
-Fcircle;24BB
-Fdotaccent;1E1E
-Feharmenian;0556
-Feicoptic;03E4
-Fhook;0191
-Fitacyrillic;0472
-Fiveroman;2164
-Fmonospace;FF26
-Fourroman;2163
-Fsmall;F766
-G;0047
-GBsquare;3387
-Gacute;01F4
-Gamma;0393
-Gammaafrican;0194
-Gangiacoptic;03EA
-Gbreve;011E
-Gcaron;01E6
-Gcedilla;0122
-Gcircle;24BC
-Gcircumflex;011C
-Gcommaaccent;0122
-Gdot;0120
-Gdotaccent;0120
-Gecyrillic;0413
-Ghadarmenian;0542
-Ghemiddlehookcyrillic;0494
-Ghestrokecyrillic;0492
-Gheupturncyrillic;0490
-Ghook;0193
-Gimarmenian;0533
-Gjecyrillic;0403
-Gmacron;1E20
-Gmonospace;FF27
-Grave;F6CE
-Gravesmall;F760
-Gsmall;F767
-Gsmallhook;029B
-Gstroke;01E4
-H;0048
-H18533;25CF
-H18543;25AA
-H18551;25AB
-H22073;25A1
-HPsquare;33CB
-Haabkhasiancyrillic;04A8
-Hadescendercyrillic;04B2
-Hardsigncyrillic;042A
-Hbar;0126
-Hbrevebelow;1E2A
-Hcedilla;1E28
-Hcircle;24BD
-Hcircumflex;0124
-Hdieresis;1E26
-Hdotaccent;1E22
-Hdotbelow;1E24
-Hmonospace;FF28
-Hoarmenian;0540
-Horicoptic;03E8
-Hsmall;F768
-Hungarumlaut;F6CF
-Hungarumlautsmall;F6F8
-Hzsquare;3390
-I;0049
-IAcyrillic;042F
-IJ;0132
-IUcyrillic;042E
-Iacute;00CD
-Iacutesmall;F7ED
-Ibreve;012C
-Icaron;01CF
-Icircle;24BE
-Icircumflex;00CE
-Icircumflexsmall;F7EE
-Icyrillic;0406
-Idblgrave;0208
-Idieresis;00CF
-Idieresisacute;1E2E
-Idieresiscyrillic;04E4
-Idieresissmall;F7EF
-Idot;0130
-Idotaccent;0130
-Idotbelow;1ECA
-Iebrevecyrillic;04D6
-Iecyrillic;0415
-Ifraktur;2111
-Igrave;00CC
-Igravesmall;F7EC
-Ihookabove;1EC8
-Iicyrillic;0418
-Iinvertedbreve;020A
-Iishortcyrillic;0419
-Imacron;012A
-Imacroncyrillic;04E2
-Imonospace;FF29
-Iniarmenian;053B
-Iocyrillic;0401
-Iogonek;012E
-Iota;0399
-Iotaafrican;0196
-Iotadieresis;03AA
-Iotatonos;038A
-Ismall;F769
-Istroke;0197
-Itilde;0128
-Itildebelow;1E2C
-Izhitsacyrillic;0474
-Izhitsadblgravecyrillic;0476
-J;004A
-Jaarmenian;0541
-Jcircle;24BF
-Jcircumflex;0134
-Jecyrillic;0408
-Jheharmenian;054B
-Jmonospace;FF2A
-Jsmall;F76A
-K;004B
-KBsquare;3385
-KKsquare;33CD
-Kabashkircyrillic;04A0
-Kacute;1E30
-Kacyrillic;041A
-Kadescendercyrillic;049A
-Kahookcyrillic;04C3
-Kappa;039A
-Kastrokecyrillic;049E
-Kaverticalstrokecyrillic;049C
-Kcaron;01E8
-Kcedilla;0136
-Kcircle;24C0
-Kcommaaccent;0136
-Kdotbelow;1E32
-Keharmenian;0554
-Kenarmenian;053F
-Khacyrillic;0425
-Kheicoptic;03E6
-Khook;0198
-Kjecyrillic;040C
-Klinebelow;1E34
-Kmonospace;FF2B
-Koppacyrillic;0480
-Koppagreek;03DE
-Ksicyrillic;046E
-Ksmall;F76B
-L;004C
-LJ;01C7
-LL;F6BF
-Lacute;0139
-Lambda;039B
-Lcaron;013D
-Lcedilla;013B
-Lcircle;24C1
-Lcircumflexbelow;1E3C
-Lcommaaccent;013B
-Ldot;013F
-Ldotaccent;013F
-Ldotbelow;1E36
-Ldotbelowmacron;1E38
-Liwnarmenian;053C
-Lj;01C8
-Ljecyrillic;0409
-Llinebelow;1E3A
-Lmonospace;FF2C
-Lslash;0141
-Lslashsmall;F6F9
-Lsmall;F76C
-M;004D
-MBsquare;3386
-Macron;F6D0
-Macronsmall;F7AF
-Macute;1E3E
-Mcircle;24C2
-Mdotaccent;1E40
-Mdotbelow;1E42
-Menarmenian;0544
-Mmonospace;FF2D
-Msmall;F76D
-Mturned;019C
-Mu;039C
-N;004E
-NJ;01CA
-Nacute;0143
-Ncaron;0147
-Ncedilla;0145
-Ncircle;24C3
-Ncircumflexbelow;1E4A
-Ncommaaccent;0145
-Ndotaccent;1E44
-Ndotbelow;1E46
-Nhookleft;019D
-Nineroman;2168
-Nj;01CB
-Njecyrillic;040A
-Nlinebelow;1E48
-Nmonospace;FF2E
-Nowarmenian;0546
-Nsmall;F76E
-Ntilde;00D1
-Ntildesmall;F7F1
-Nu;039D
-O;004F
-OE;0152
-OEsmall;F6FA
-Oacute;00D3
-Oacutesmall;F7F3
-Obarredcyrillic;04E8
-Obarreddieresiscyrillic;04EA
-Obreve;014E
-Ocaron;01D1
-Ocenteredtilde;019F
-Ocircle;24C4
-Ocircumflex;00D4
-Ocircumflexacute;1ED0
-Ocircumflexdotbelow;1ED8
-Ocircumflexgrave;1ED2
-Ocircumflexhookabove;1ED4
-Ocircumflexsmall;F7F4
-Ocircumflextilde;1ED6
-Ocyrillic;041E
-Odblacute;0150
-Odblgrave;020C
-Odieresis;00D6
-Odieresiscyrillic;04E6
-Odieresissmall;F7F6
-Odotbelow;1ECC
-Ogoneksmall;F6FB
-Ograve;00D2
-Ogravesmall;F7F2
-Oharmenian;0555
-Ohm;2126
-Ohookabove;1ECE
-Ohorn;01A0
-Ohornacute;1EDA
-Ohorndotbelow;1EE2
-Ohorngrave;1EDC
-Ohornhookabove;1EDE
-Ohorntilde;1EE0
-Ohungarumlaut;0150
-Oi;01A2
-Oinvertedbreve;020E
-Omacron;014C
-Omacronacute;1E52
-Omacrongrave;1E50
-Omega;2126
-Omegacyrillic;0460
-Omegagreek;03A9
-Omegaroundcyrillic;047A
-Omegatitlocyrillic;047C
-Omegatonos;038F
-Omicron;039F
-Omicrontonos;038C
-Omonospace;FF2F
-Oneroman;2160
-Oogonek;01EA
-Oogonekmacron;01EC
-Oopen;0186
-Oslash;00D8
-Oslashacute;01FE
-Oslashsmall;F7F8
-Osmall;F76F
-Ostrokeacute;01FE
-Otcyrillic;047E
-Otilde;00D5
-Otildeacute;1E4C
-Otildedieresis;1E4E
-Otildesmall;F7F5
-P;0050
-Pacute;1E54
-Pcircle;24C5
-Pdotaccent;1E56
-Pecyrillic;041F
-Peharmenian;054A
-Pemiddlehookcyrillic;04A6
-Phi;03A6
-Phook;01A4
-Pi;03A0
-Piwrarmenian;0553
-Pmonospace;FF30
-Psi;03A8
-Psicyrillic;0470
-Psmall;F770
-Q;0051
-Qcircle;24C6
-Qmonospace;FF31
-Qsmall;F771
-R;0052
-Raarmenian;054C
-Racute;0154
-Rcaron;0158
-Rcedilla;0156
-Rcircle;24C7
-Rcommaaccent;0156
-Rdblgrave;0210
-Rdotaccent;1E58
-Rdotbelow;1E5A
-Rdotbelowmacron;1E5C
-Reharmenian;0550
-Rfraktur;211C
-Rho;03A1
-Ringsmall;F6FC
-Rinvertedbreve;0212
-Rlinebelow;1E5E
-Rmonospace;FF32
-Rsmall;F772
-Rsmallinverted;0281
-Rsmallinvertedsuperior;02B6
-S;0053
-SF010000;250C
-SF020000;2514
-SF030000;2510
-SF040000;2518
-SF050000;253C
-SF060000;252C
-SF070000;2534
-SF080000;251C
-SF090000;2524
-SF100000;2500
-SF110000;2502
-SF190000;2561
-SF200000;2562
-SF210000;2556
-SF220000;2555
-SF230000;2563
-SF240000;2551
-SF250000;2557
-SF260000;255D
-SF270000;255C
-SF280000;255B
-SF360000;255E
-SF370000;255F
-SF380000;255A
-SF390000;2554
-SF400000;2569
-SF410000;2566
-SF420000;2560
-SF430000;2550
-SF440000;256C
-SF450000;2567
-SF460000;2568
-SF470000;2564
-SF480000;2565
-SF490000;2559
-SF500000;2558
-SF510000;2552
-SF520000;2553
-SF530000;256B
-SF540000;256A
-Sacute;015A
-Sacutedotaccent;1E64
-Sampigreek;03E0
-Scaron;0160
-Scarondotaccent;1E66
-Scaronsmall;F6FD
-Scedilla;015E
-Schwa;018F
-Schwacyrillic;04D8
-Schwadieresiscyrillic;04DA
-Scircle;24C8
-Scircumflex;015C
-Scommaaccent;0218
-Sdotaccent;1E60
-Sdotbelow;1E62
-Sdotbelowdotaccent;1E68
-Seharmenian;054D
-Sevenroman;2166
-Shaarmenian;0547
-Shacyrillic;0428
-Shchacyrillic;0429
-Sheicoptic;03E2
-Shhacyrillic;04BA
-Shimacoptic;03EC
-Sigma;03A3
-Sixroman;2165
-Smonospace;FF33
-Softsigncyrillic;042C
-Ssmall;F773
-Stigmagreek;03DA
-T;0054
-Tau;03A4
-Tbar;0166
-Tcaron;0164
-Tcedilla;0162
-Tcircle;24C9
-Tcircumflexbelow;1E70
-Tcommaaccent;0162
-Tdotaccent;1E6A
-Tdotbelow;1E6C
-Tecyrillic;0422
-Tedescendercyrillic;04AC
-Tenroman;2169
-Tetsecyrillic;04B4
-Theta;0398
-Thook;01AC
-Thorn;00DE
-Thornsmall;F7FE
-Threeroman;2162
-Tildesmall;F6FE
-Tiwnarmenian;054F
-Tlinebelow;1E6E
-Tmonospace;FF34
-Toarmenian;0539
-Tonefive;01BC
-Tonesix;0184
-Tonetwo;01A7
-Tretroflexhook;01AE
-Tsecyrillic;0426
-Tshecyrillic;040B
-Tsmall;F774
-Twelveroman;216B
-Tworoman;2161
-U;0055
-Uacute;00DA
-Uacutesmall;F7FA
-Ubreve;016C
-Ucaron;01D3
-Ucircle;24CA
-Ucircumflex;00DB
-Ucircumflexbelow;1E76
-Ucircumflexsmall;F7FB
-Ucyrillic;0423
-Udblacute;0170
-Udblgrave;0214
-Udieresis;00DC
-Udieresisacute;01D7
-Udieresisbelow;1E72
-Udieresiscaron;01D9
-Udieresiscyrillic;04F0
-Udieresisgrave;01DB
-Udieresismacron;01D5
-Udieresissmall;F7FC
-Udotbelow;1EE4
-Ugrave;00D9
-Ugravesmall;F7F9
-Uhookabove;1EE6
-Uhorn;01AF
-Uhornacute;1EE8
-Uhorndotbelow;1EF0
-Uhorngrave;1EEA
-Uhornhookabove;1EEC
-Uhorntilde;1EEE
-Uhungarumlaut;0170
-Uhungarumlautcyrillic;04F2
-Uinvertedbreve;0216
-Ukcyrillic;0478
-Umacron;016A
-Umacroncyrillic;04EE
-Umacrondieresis;1E7A
-Umonospace;FF35
-Uogonek;0172
-Upsilon;03A5
-Upsilon1;03D2
-Upsilonacutehooksymbolgreek;03D3
-Upsilonafrican;01B1
-Upsilondieresis;03AB
-Upsilondieresishooksymbolgreek;03D4
-Upsilonhooksymbol;03D2
-Upsilontonos;038E
-Uring;016E
-Ushortcyrillic;040E
-Usmall;F775
-Ustraightcyrillic;04AE
-Ustraightstrokecyrillic;04B0
-Utilde;0168
-Utildeacute;1E78
-Utildebelow;1E74
-V;0056
-Vcircle;24CB
-Vdotbelow;1E7E
-Vecyrillic;0412
-Vewarmenian;054E
-Vhook;01B2
-Vmonospace;FF36
-Voarmenian;0548
-Vsmall;F776
-Vtilde;1E7C
-W;0057
-Wacute;1E82
-Wcircle;24CC
-Wcircumflex;0174
-Wdieresis;1E84
-Wdotaccent;1E86
-Wdotbelow;1E88
-Wgrave;1E80
-Wmonospace;FF37
-Wsmall;F777
-X;0058
-Xcircle;24CD
-Xdieresis;1E8C
-Xdotaccent;1E8A
-Xeharmenian;053D
-Xi;039E
-Xmonospace;FF38
-Xsmall;F778
-Y;0059
-Yacute;00DD
-Yacutesmall;F7FD
-Yatcyrillic;0462
-Ycircle;24CE
-Ycircumflex;0176
-Ydieresis;0178
-Ydieresissmall;F7FF
-Ydotaccent;1E8E
-Ydotbelow;1EF4
-Yericyrillic;042B
-Yerudieresiscyrillic;04F8
-Ygrave;1EF2
-Yhook;01B3
-Yhookabove;1EF6
-Yiarmenian;0545
-Yicyrillic;0407
-Yiwnarmenian;0552
-Ymonospace;FF39
-Ysmall;F779
-Ytilde;1EF8
-Yusbigcyrillic;046A
-Yusbigiotifiedcyrillic;046C
-Yuslittlecyrillic;0466
-Yuslittleiotifiedcyrillic;0468
-Z;005A
-Zaarmenian;0536
-Zacute;0179
-Zcaron;017D
-Zcaronsmall;F6FF
-Zcircle;24CF
-Zcircumflex;1E90
-Zdot;017B
-Zdotaccent;017B
-Zdotbelow;1E92
-Zecyrillic;0417
-Zedescendercyrillic;0498
-Zedieresiscyrillic;04DE
-Zeta;0396
-Zhearmenian;053A
-Zhebrevecyrillic;04C1
-Zhecyrillic;0416
-Zhedescendercyrillic;0496
-Zhedieresiscyrillic;04DC
-Zlinebelow;1E94
-Zmonospace;FF3A
-Zsmall;F77A
-Zstroke;01B5
-a;0061
-aabengali;0986
-aacute;00E1
-aadeva;0906
-aagujarati;0A86
-aagurmukhi;0A06
-aamatragurmukhi;0A3E
-aarusquare;3303
-aavowelsignbengali;09BE
-aavowelsigndeva;093E
-aavowelsigngujarati;0ABE
-abbreviationmarkarmenian;055F
-abbreviationsigndeva;0970
-abengali;0985
-abopomofo;311A
-abreve;0103
-abreveacute;1EAF
-abrevecyrillic;04D1
-abrevedotbelow;1EB7
-abrevegrave;1EB1
-abrevehookabove;1EB3
-abrevetilde;1EB5
-acaron;01CE
-acircle;24D0
-acircumflex;00E2
-acircumflexacute;1EA5
-acircumflexdotbelow;1EAD
-acircumflexgrave;1EA7
-acircumflexhookabove;1EA9
-acircumflextilde;1EAB
-acute;00B4
-acutebelowcmb;0317
-acutecmb;0301
-acutecomb;0301
-acutedeva;0954
-acutelowmod;02CF
-acutetonecmb;0341
-acyrillic;0430
-adblgrave;0201
-addakgurmukhi;0A71
-adeva;0905
-adieresis;00E4
-adieresiscyrillic;04D3
-adieresismacron;01DF
-adotbelow;1EA1
-adotmacron;01E1
-ae;00E6
-aeacute;01FD
-aekorean;3150
-aemacron;01E3
-afii00208;2015
-afii08941;20A4
-afii10017;0410
-afii10018;0411
-afii10019;0412
-afii10020;0413
-afii10021;0414
-afii10022;0415
-afii10023;0401
-afii10024;0416
-afii10025;0417
-afii10026;0418
-afii10027;0419
-afii10028;041A
-afii10029;041B
-afii10030;041C
-afii10031;041D
-afii10032;041E
-afii10033;041F
-afii10034;0420
-afii10035;0421
-afii10036;0422
-afii10037;0423
-afii10038;0424
-afii10039;0425
-afii10040;0426
-afii10041;0427
-afii10042;0428
-afii10043;0429
-afii10044;042A
-afii10045;042B
-afii10046;042C
-afii10047;042D
-afii10048;042E
-afii10049;042F
-afii10050;0490
-afii10051;0402
-afii10052;0403
-afii10053;0404
-afii10054;0405
-afii10055;0406
-afii10056;0407
-afii10057;0408
-afii10058;0409
-afii10059;040A
-afii10060;040B
-afii10061;040C
-afii10062;040E
-afii10063;F6C4
-afii10064;F6C5
-afii10065;0430
-afii10066;0431
-afii10067;0432
-afii10068;0433
-afii10069;0434
-afii10070;0435
-afii10071;0451
-afii10072;0436
-afii10073;0437
-afii10074;0438
-afii10075;0439
-afii10076;043A
-afii10077;043B
-afii10078;043C
-afii10079;043D
-afii10080;043E
-afii10081;043F
-afii10082;0440
-afii10083;0441
-afii10084;0442
-afii10085;0443
-afii10086;0444
-afii10087;0445
-afii10088;0446
-afii10089;0447
-afii10090;0448
-afii10091;0449
-afii10092;044A
-afii10093;044B
-afii10094;044C
-afii10095;044D
-afii10096;044E
-afii10097;044F
-afii10098;0491
-afii10099;0452
-afii10100;0453
-afii10101;0454
-afii10102;0455
-afii10103;0456
-afii10104;0457
-afii10105;0458
-afii10106;0459
-afii10107;045A
-afii10108;045B
-afii10109;045C
-afii10110;045E
-afii10145;040F
-afii10146;0462
-afii10147;0472
-afii10148;0474
-afii10192;F6C6
-afii10193;045F
-afii10194;0463
-afii10195;0473
-afii10196;0475
-afii10831;F6C7
-afii10832;F6C8
-afii10846;04D9
-afii299;200E
-afii300;200F
-afii301;200D
-afii57381;066A
-afii57388;060C
-afii57392;0660
-afii57393;0661
-afii57394;0662
-afii57395;0663
-afii57396;0664
-afii57397;0665
-afii57398;0666
-afii57399;0667
-afii57400;0668
-afii57401;0669
-afii57403;061B
-afii57407;061F
-afii57409;0621
-afii57410;0622
-afii57411;0623
-afii57412;0624
-afii57413;0625
-afii57414;0626
-afii57415;0627
-afii57416;0628
-afii57417;0629
-afii57418;062A
-afii57419;062B
-afii57420;062C
-afii57421;062D
-afii57422;062E
-afii57423;062F
-afii57424;0630
-afii57425;0631
-afii57426;0632
-afii57427;0633
-afii57428;0634
-afii57429;0635
-afii57430;0636
-afii57431;0637
-afii57432;0638
-afii57433;0639
-afii57434;063A
-afii57440;0640
-afii57441;0641
-afii57442;0642
-afii57443;0643
-afii57444;0644
-afii57445;0645
-afii57446;0646
-afii57448;0648
-afii57449;0649
-afii57450;064A
-afii57451;064B
-afii57452;064C
-afii57453;064D
-afii57454;064E
-afii57455;064F
-afii57456;0650
-afii57457;0651
-afii57458;0652
-afii57470;0647
-afii57505;06A4
-afii57506;067E
-afii57507;0686
-afii57508;0698
-afii57509;06AF
-afii57511;0679
-afii57512;0688
-afii57513;0691
-afii57514;06BA
-afii57519;06D2
-afii57534;06D5
-afii57636;20AA
-afii57645;05BE
-afii57658;05C3
-afii57664;05D0
-afii57665;05D1
-afii57666;05D2
-afii57667;05D3
-afii57668;05D4
-afii57669;05D5
-afii57670;05D6
-afii57671;05D7
-afii57672;05D8
-afii57673;05D9
-afii57674;05DA
-afii57675;05DB
-afii57676;05DC
-afii57677;05DD
-afii57678;05DE
-afii57679;05DF
-afii57680;05E0
-afii57681;05E1
-afii57682;05E2
-afii57683;05E3
-afii57684;05E4
-afii57685;05E5
-afii57686;05E6
-afii57687;05E7
-afii57688;05E8
-afii57689;05E9
-afii57690;05EA
-afii57694;FB2A
-afii57695;FB2B
-afii57700;FB4B
-afii57705;FB1F
-afii57716;05F0
-afii57717;05F1
-afii57718;05F2
-afii57723;FB35
-afii57793;05B4
-afii57794;05B5
-afii57795;05B6
-afii57796;05BB
-afii57797;05B8
-afii57798;05B7
-afii57799;05B0
-afii57800;05B2
-afii57801;05B1
-afii57802;05B3
-afii57803;05C2
-afii57804;05C1
-afii57806;05B9
-afii57807;05BC
-afii57839;05BD
-afii57841;05BF
-afii57842;05C0
-afii57929;02BC
-afii61248;2105
-afii61289;2113
-afii61352;2116
-afii61573;202C
-afii61574;202D
-afii61575;202E
-afii61664;200C
-afii63167;066D
-afii64937;02BD
-agrave;00E0
-agujarati;0A85
-agurmukhi;0A05
-ahiragana;3042
-ahookabove;1EA3
-aibengali;0990
-aibopomofo;311E
-aideva;0910
-aiecyrillic;04D5
-aigujarati;0A90
-aigurmukhi;0A10
-aimatragurmukhi;0A48
-ainarabic;0639
-ainfinalarabic;FECA
-aininitialarabic;FECB
-ainmedialarabic;FECC
-ainvertedbreve;0203
-aivowelsignbengali;09C8
-aivowelsigndeva;0948
-aivowelsigngujarati;0AC8
-akatakana;30A2
-akatakanahalfwidth;FF71
-akorean;314F
-alef;05D0
-alefarabic;0627
-alefdageshhebrew;FB30
-aleffinalarabic;FE8E
-alefhamzaabovearabic;0623
-alefhamzaabovefinalarabic;FE84
-alefhamzabelowarabic;0625
-alefhamzabelowfinalarabic;FE88
-alefhebrew;05D0
-aleflamedhebrew;FB4F
-alefmaddaabovearabic;0622
-alefmaddaabovefinalarabic;FE82
-alefmaksuraarabic;0649
-alefmaksurafinalarabic;FEF0
-alefmaksurainitialarabic;FEF3
-alefmaksuramedialarabic;FEF4
-alefpatahhebrew;FB2E
-alefqamatshebrew;FB2F
-aleph;2135
-allequal;224C
-alpha;03B1
-alphatonos;03AC
-amacron;0101
-amonospace;FF41
-ampersand;0026
-ampersandmonospace;FF06
-ampersandsmall;F726
-amsquare;33C2
-anbopomofo;3122
-angbopomofo;3124
-angkhankhuthai;0E5A
-angle;2220
-anglebracketleft;3008
-anglebracketleftvertical;FE3F
-anglebracketright;3009
-anglebracketrightvertical;FE40
-angleleft;2329
-angleright;232A
-angstrom;212B
-anoteleia;0387
-anudattadeva;0952
-anusvarabengali;0982
-anusvaradeva;0902
-anusvaragujarati;0A82
-aogonek;0105
-apaatosquare;3300
-aparen;249C
-apostrophearmenian;055A
-apostrophemod;02BC
-apple;F8FF
-approaches;2250
-approxequal;2248
-approxequalorimage;2252
-approximatelyequal;2245
-araeaekorean;318E
-araeakorean;318D
-arc;2312
-arighthalfring;1E9A
-aring;00E5
-aringacute;01FB
-aringbelow;1E01
-arrowboth;2194
-arrowdashdown;21E3
-arrowdashleft;21E0
-arrowdashright;21E2
-arrowdashup;21E1
-arrowdblboth;21D4
-arrowdbldown;21D3
-arrowdblleft;21D0
-arrowdblright;21D2
-arrowdblup;21D1
-arrowdown;2193
-arrowdownleft;2199
-arrowdownright;2198
-arrowdownwhite;21E9
-arrowheaddownmod;02C5
-arrowheadleftmod;02C2
-arrowheadrightmod;02C3
-arrowheadupmod;02C4
-arrowhorizex;F8E7
-arrowleft;2190
-arrowleftdbl;21D0
-arrowleftdblstroke;21CD
-arrowleftoverright;21C6
-arrowleftwhite;21E6
-arrowright;2192
-arrowrightdblstroke;21CF
-arrowrightheavy;279E
-arrowrightoverleft;21C4
-arrowrightwhite;21E8
-arrowtableft;21E4
-arrowtabright;21E5
-arrowup;2191
-arrowupdn;2195
-arrowupdnbse;21A8
-arrowupdownbase;21A8
-arrowupleft;2196
-arrowupleftofdown;21C5
-arrowupright;2197
-arrowupwhite;21E7
-arrowvertex;F8E6
-asciicircum;005E
-asciicircummonospace;FF3E
-asciitilde;007E
-asciitildemonospace;FF5E
-ascript;0251
-ascriptturned;0252
-asmallhiragana;3041
-asmallkatakana;30A1
-asmallkatakanahalfwidth;FF67
-asterisk;002A
-asteriskaltonearabic;066D
-asteriskarabic;066D
-asteriskmath;2217
-asteriskmonospace;FF0A
-asterisksmall;FE61
-asterism;2042
-asuperior;F6E9
-asymptoticallyequal;2243
-at;0040
-atilde;00E3
-atmonospace;FF20
-atsmall;FE6B
-aturned;0250
-aubengali;0994
-aubopomofo;3120
-audeva;0914
-augujarati;0A94
-augurmukhi;0A14
-aulengthmarkbengali;09D7
-aumatragurmukhi;0A4C
-auvowelsignbengali;09CC
-auvowelsigndeva;094C
-auvowelsigngujarati;0ACC
-avagrahadeva;093D
-aybarmenian;0561
-ayin;05E2
-ayinaltonehebrew;FB20
-ayinhebrew;05E2
-b;0062
-babengali;09AC
-backslash;005C
-backslashmonospace;FF3C
-badeva;092C
-bagujarati;0AAC
-bagurmukhi;0A2C
-bahiragana;3070
-bahtthai;0E3F
-bakatakana;30D0
-bar;007C
-barmonospace;FF5C
-bbopomofo;3105
-bcircle;24D1
-bdotaccent;1E03
-bdotbelow;1E05
-beamedsixteenthnotes;266C
-because;2235
-becyrillic;0431
-beharabic;0628
-behfinalarabic;FE90
-behinitialarabic;FE91
-behiragana;3079
-behmedialarabic;FE92
-behmeeminitialarabic;FC9F
-behmeemisolatedarabic;FC08
-behnoonfinalarabic;FC6D
-bekatakana;30D9
-benarmenian;0562
-bet;05D1
-beta;03B2
-betasymbolgreek;03D0
-betdagesh;FB31
-betdageshhebrew;FB31
-bethebrew;05D1
-betrafehebrew;FB4C
-bhabengali;09AD
-bhadeva;092D
-bhagujarati;0AAD
-bhagurmukhi;0A2D
-bhook;0253
-bihiragana;3073
-bikatakana;30D3
-bilabialclick;0298
-bindigurmukhi;0A02
-birusquare;3331
-blackcircle;25CF
-blackdiamond;25C6
-blackdownpointingtriangle;25BC
-blackleftpointingpointer;25C4
-blackleftpointingtriangle;25C0
-blacklenticularbracketleft;3010
-blacklenticularbracketleftvertical;FE3B
-blacklenticularbracketright;3011
-blacklenticularbracketrightvertical;FE3C
-blacklowerlefttriangle;25E3
-blacklowerrighttriangle;25E2
-blackrectangle;25AC
-blackrightpointingpointer;25BA
-blackrightpointingtriangle;25B6
-blacksmallsquare;25AA
-blacksmilingface;263B
-blacksquare;25A0
-blackstar;2605
-blackupperlefttriangle;25E4
-blackupperrighttriangle;25E5
-blackuppointingsmalltriangle;25B4
-blackuppointingtriangle;25B2
-blank;2423
-blinebelow;1E07
-block;2588
-bmonospace;FF42
-bobaimaithai;0E1A
-bohiragana;307C
-bokatakana;30DC
-bparen;249D
-bqsquare;33C3
-braceex;F8F4
-braceleft;007B
-braceleftbt;F8F3
-braceleftmid;F8F2
-braceleftmonospace;FF5B
-braceleftsmall;FE5B
-bracelefttp;F8F1
-braceleftvertical;FE37
-braceright;007D
-bracerightbt;F8FE
-bracerightmid;F8FD
-bracerightmonospace;FF5D
-bracerightsmall;FE5C
-bracerighttp;F8FC
-bracerightvertical;FE38
-bracketleft;005B
-bracketleftbt;F8F0
-bracketleftex;F8EF
-bracketleftmonospace;FF3B
-bracketlefttp;F8EE
-bracketright;005D
-bracketrightbt;F8FB
-bracketrightex;F8FA
-bracketrightmonospace;FF3D
-bracketrighttp;F8F9
-breve;02D8
-brevebelowcmb;032E
-brevecmb;0306
-breveinvertedbelowcmb;032F
-breveinvertedcmb;0311
-breveinverteddoublecmb;0361
-bridgebelowcmb;032A
-bridgeinvertedbelowcmb;033A
-brokenbar;00A6
-bstroke;0180
-bsuperior;F6EA
-btopbar;0183
-buhiragana;3076
-bukatakana;30D6
-bullet;2022
-bulletinverse;25D8
-bulletoperator;2219
-bullseye;25CE
-c;0063
-caarmenian;056E
-cabengali;099A
-cacute;0107
-cadeva;091A
-cagujarati;0A9A
-cagurmukhi;0A1A
-calsquare;3388
-candrabindubengali;0981
-candrabinducmb;0310
-candrabindudeva;0901
-candrabindugujarati;0A81
-capslock;21EA
-careof;2105
-caron;02C7
-caronbelowcmb;032C
-caroncmb;030C
-carriagereturn;21B5
-cbopomofo;3118
-ccaron;010D
-ccedilla;00E7
-ccedillaacute;1E09
-ccircle;24D2
-ccircumflex;0109
-ccurl;0255
-cdot;010B
-cdotaccent;010B
-cdsquare;33C5
-cedilla;00B8
-cedillacmb;0327
-cent;00A2
-centigrade;2103
-centinferior;F6DF
-centmonospace;FFE0
-centoldstyle;F7A2
-centsuperior;F6E0
-chaarmenian;0579
-chabengali;099B
-chadeva;091B
-chagujarati;0A9B
-chagurmukhi;0A1B
-chbopomofo;3114
-cheabkhasiancyrillic;04BD
-checkmark;2713
-checyrillic;0447
-chedescenderabkhasiancyrillic;04BF
-chedescendercyrillic;04B7
-chedieresiscyrillic;04F5
-cheharmenian;0573
-chekhakassiancyrillic;04CC
-cheverticalstrokecyrillic;04B9
-chi;03C7
-chieuchacirclekorean;3277
-chieuchaparenkorean;3217
-chieuchcirclekorean;3269
-chieuchkorean;314A
-chieuchparenkorean;3209
-chochangthai;0E0A
-chochanthai;0E08
-chochingthai;0E09
-chochoethai;0E0C
-chook;0188
-cieucacirclekorean;3276
-cieucaparenkorean;3216
-cieuccirclekorean;3268
-cieuckorean;3148
-cieucparenkorean;3208
-cieucuparenkorean;321C
-circle;25CB
-circlemultiply;2297
-circleot;2299
-circleplus;2295
-circlepostalmark;3036
-circlewithlefthalfblack;25D0
-circlewithrighthalfblack;25D1
-circumflex;02C6
-circumflexbelowcmb;032D
-circumflexcmb;0302
-clear;2327
-clickalveolar;01C2
-clickdental;01C0
-clicklateral;01C1
-clickretroflex;01C3
-club;2663
-clubsuitblack;2663
-clubsuitwhite;2667
-cmcubedsquare;33A4
-cmonospace;FF43
-cmsquaredsquare;33A0
-coarmenian;0581
-colon;003A
-colonmonetary;20A1
-colonmonospace;FF1A
-colonsign;20A1
-colonsmall;FE55
-colontriangularhalfmod;02D1
-colontriangularmod;02D0
-comma;002C
-commaabovecmb;0313
-commaaboverightcmb;0315
-commaaccent;F6C3
-commaarabic;060C
-commaarmenian;055D
-commainferior;F6E1
-commamonospace;FF0C
-commareversedabovecmb;0314
-commareversedmod;02BD
-commasmall;FE50
-commasuperior;F6E2
-commaturnedabovecmb;0312
-commaturnedmod;02BB
-compass;263C
-congruent;2245
-contourintegral;222E
-control;2303
-controlACK;0006
-controlBEL;0007
-controlBS;0008
-controlCAN;0018
-controlCR;000D
-controlDC1;0011
-controlDC2;0012
-controlDC3;0013
-controlDC4;0014
-controlDEL;007F
-controlDLE;0010
-controlEM;0019
-controlENQ;0005
-controlEOT;0004
-controlESC;001B
-controlETB;0017
-controlETX;0003
-controlFF;000C
-controlFS;001C
-controlGS;001D
-controlHT;0009
-controlLF;000A
-controlNAK;0015
-controlRS;001E
-controlSI;000F
-controlSO;000E
-controlSOT;0002
-controlSTX;0001
-controlSUB;001A
-controlSYN;0016
-controlUS;001F
-controlVT;000B
-copyright;00A9
-copyrightsans;F8E9
-copyrightserif;F6D9
-cornerbracketleft;300C
-cornerbracketlefthalfwidth;FF62
-cornerbracketleftvertical;FE41
-cornerbracketright;300D
-cornerbracketrighthalfwidth;FF63
-cornerbracketrightvertical;FE42
-corporationsquare;337F
-cosquare;33C7
-coverkgsquare;33C6
-cparen;249E
-cruzeiro;20A2
-cstretched;0297
-curlyand;22CF
-curlyor;22CE
-currency;00A4
-cyrBreve;F6D1
-cyrFlex;F6D2
-cyrbreve;F6D4
-cyrflex;F6D5
-d;0064
-daarmenian;0564
-dabengali;09A6
-dadarabic;0636
-dadeva;0926
-dadfinalarabic;FEBE
-dadinitialarabic;FEBF
-dadmedialarabic;FEC0
-dagesh;05BC
-dageshhebrew;05BC
-dagger;2020
-daggerdbl;2021
-dagujarati;0AA6
-dagurmukhi;0A26
-dahiragana;3060
-dakatakana;30C0
-dalarabic;062F
-dalet;05D3
-daletdagesh;FB33
-daletdageshhebrew;FB33
-dalethatafpatah;05D3 05B2
-dalethatafpatahhebrew;05D3 05B2
-dalethatafsegol;05D3 05B1
-dalethatafsegolhebrew;05D3 05B1
-dalethebrew;05D3
-dalethiriq;05D3 05B4
-dalethiriqhebrew;05D3 05B4
-daletholam;05D3 05B9
-daletholamhebrew;05D3 05B9
-daletpatah;05D3 05B7
-daletpatahhebrew;05D3 05B7
-daletqamats;05D3 05B8
-daletqamatshebrew;05D3 05B8
-daletqubuts;05D3 05BB
-daletqubutshebrew;05D3 05BB
-daletsegol;05D3 05B6
-daletsegolhebrew;05D3 05B6
-daletsheva;05D3 05B0
-daletshevahebrew;05D3 05B0
-dalettsere;05D3 05B5
-dalettserehebrew;05D3 05B5
-dalfinalarabic;FEAA
-dammaarabic;064F
-dammalowarabic;064F
-dammatanaltonearabic;064C
-dammatanarabic;064C
-danda;0964
-dargahebrew;05A7
-dargalefthebrew;05A7
-dasiapneumatacyrilliccmb;0485
-dblGrave;F6D3
-dblanglebracketleft;300A
-dblanglebracketleftvertical;FE3D
-dblanglebracketright;300B
-dblanglebracketrightvertical;FE3E
-dblarchinvertedbelowcmb;032B
-dblarrowleft;21D4
-dblarrowright;21D2
-dbldanda;0965
-dblgrave;F6D6
-dblgravecmb;030F
-dblintegral;222C
-dbllowline;2017
-dbllowlinecmb;0333
-dbloverlinecmb;033F
-dblprimemod;02BA
-dblverticalbar;2016
-dblverticallineabovecmb;030E
-dbopomofo;3109
-dbsquare;33C8
-dcaron;010F
-dcedilla;1E11
-dcircle;24D3
-dcircumflexbelow;1E13
-dcroat;0111
-ddabengali;09A1
-ddadeva;0921
-ddagujarati;0AA1
-ddagurmukhi;0A21
-ddalarabic;0688
-ddalfinalarabic;FB89
-dddhadeva;095C
-ddhabengali;09A2
-ddhadeva;0922
-ddhagujarati;0AA2
-ddhagurmukhi;0A22
-ddotaccent;1E0B
-ddotbelow;1E0D
-decimalseparatorarabic;066B
-decimalseparatorpersian;066B
-decyrillic;0434
-degree;00B0
-dehihebrew;05AD
-dehiragana;3067
-deicoptic;03EF
-dekatakana;30C7
-deleteleft;232B
-deleteright;2326
-delta;03B4
-deltaturned;018D
-denominatorminusonenumeratorbengali;09F8
-dezh;02A4
-dhabengali;09A7
-dhadeva;0927
-dhagujarati;0AA7
-dhagurmukhi;0A27
-dhook;0257
-dialytikatonos;0385
-dialytikatonoscmb;0344
-diamond;2666
-diamondsuitwhite;2662
-dieresis;00A8
-dieresisacute;F6D7
-dieresisbelowcmb;0324
-dieresiscmb;0308
-dieresisgrave;F6D8
-dieresistonos;0385
-dihiragana;3062
-dikatakana;30C2
-dittomark;3003
-divide;00F7
-divides;2223
-divisionslash;2215
-djecyrillic;0452
-dkshade;2593
-dlinebelow;1E0F
-dlsquare;3397
-dmacron;0111
-dmonospace;FF44
-dnblock;2584
-dochadathai;0E0E
-dodekthai;0E14
-dohiragana;3069
-dokatakana;30C9
-dollar;0024
-dollarinferior;F6E3
-dollarmonospace;FF04
-dollaroldstyle;F724
-dollarsmall;FE69
-dollarsuperior;F6E4
-dong;20AB
-dorusquare;3326
-dotaccent;02D9
-dotaccentcmb;0307
-dotbelowcmb;0323
-dotbelowcomb;0323
-dotkatakana;30FB
-dotlessi;0131
-dotlessj;F6BE
-dotlessjstrokehook;0284
-dotmath;22C5
-dottedcircle;25CC
-doubleyodpatah;FB1F
-doubleyodpatahhebrew;FB1F
-downtackbelowcmb;031E
-downtackmod;02D5
-dparen;249F
-dsuperior;F6EB
-dtail;0256
-dtopbar;018C
-duhiragana;3065
-dukatakana;30C5
-dz;01F3
-dzaltone;02A3
-dzcaron;01C6
-dzcurl;02A5
-dzeabkhasiancyrillic;04E1
-dzecyrillic;0455
-dzhecyrillic;045F
-e;0065
-eacute;00E9
-earth;2641
-ebengali;098F
-ebopomofo;311C
-ebreve;0115
-ecandradeva;090D
-ecandragujarati;0A8D
-ecandravowelsigndeva;0945
-ecandravowelsigngujarati;0AC5
-ecaron;011B
-ecedillabreve;1E1D
-echarmenian;0565
-echyiwnarmenian;0587
-ecircle;24D4
-ecircumflex;00EA
-ecircumflexacute;1EBF
-ecircumflexbelow;1E19
-ecircumflexdotbelow;1EC7
-ecircumflexgrave;1EC1
-ecircumflexhookabove;1EC3
-ecircumflextilde;1EC5
-ecyrillic;0454
-edblgrave;0205
-edeva;090F
-edieresis;00EB
-edot;0117
-edotaccent;0117
-edotbelow;1EB9
-eegurmukhi;0A0F
-eematragurmukhi;0A47
-efcyrillic;0444
-egrave;00E8
-egujarati;0A8F
-eharmenian;0567
-ehbopomofo;311D
-ehiragana;3048
-ehookabove;1EBB
-eibopomofo;311F
-eight;0038
-eightarabic;0668
-eightbengali;09EE
-eightcircle;2467
-eightcircleinversesansserif;2791
-eightdeva;096E
-eighteencircle;2471
-eighteenparen;2485
-eighteenperiod;2499
-eightgujarati;0AEE
-eightgurmukhi;0A6E
-eighthackarabic;0668
-eighthangzhou;3028
-eighthnotebeamed;266B
-eightideographicparen;3227
-eightinferior;2088
-eightmonospace;FF18
-eightoldstyle;F738
-eightparen;247B
-eightperiod;248F
-eightpersian;06F8
-eightroman;2177
-eightsuperior;2078
-eightthai;0E58
-einvertedbreve;0207
-eiotifiedcyrillic;0465
-ekatakana;30A8
-ekatakanahalfwidth;FF74
-ekonkargurmukhi;0A74
-ekorean;3154
-elcyrillic;043B
-element;2208
-elevencircle;246A
-elevenparen;247E
-elevenperiod;2492
-elevenroman;217A
-ellipsis;2026
-ellipsisvertical;22EE
-emacron;0113
-emacronacute;1E17
-emacrongrave;1E15
-emcyrillic;043C
-emdash;2014
-emdashvertical;FE31
-emonospace;FF45
-emphasismarkarmenian;055B
-emptyset;2205
-enbopomofo;3123
-encyrillic;043D
-endash;2013
-endashvertical;FE32
-endescendercyrillic;04A3
-eng;014B
-engbopomofo;3125
-enghecyrillic;04A5
-enhookcyrillic;04C8
-enspace;2002
-eogonek;0119
-eokorean;3153
-eopen;025B
-eopenclosed;029A
-eopenreversed;025C
-eopenreversedclosed;025E
-eopenreversedhook;025D
-eparen;24A0
-epsilon;03B5
-epsilontonos;03AD
-equal;003D
-equalmonospace;FF1D
-equalsmall;FE66
-equalsuperior;207C
-equivalence;2261
-erbopomofo;3126
-ercyrillic;0440
-ereversed;0258
-ereversedcyrillic;044D
-escyrillic;0441
-esdescendercyrillic;04AB
-esh;0283
-eshcurl;0286
-eshortdeva;090E
-eshortvowelsigndeva;0946
-eshreversedloop;01AA
-eshsquatreversed;0285
-esmallhiragana;3047
-esmallkatakana;30A7
-esmallkatakanahalfwidth;FF6A
-estimated;212E
-esuperior;F6EC
-eta;03B7
-etarmenian;0568
-etatonos;03AE
-eth;00F0
-etilde;1EBD
-etildebelow;1E1B
-etnahtafoukhhebrew;0591
-etnahtafoukhlefthebrew;0591
-etnahtahebrew;0591
-etnahtalefthebrew;0591
-eturned;01DD
-eukorean;3161
-euro;20AC
-evowelsignbengali;09C7
-evowelsigndeva;0947
-evowelsigngujarati;0AC7
-exclam;0021
-exclamarmenian;055C
-exclamdbl;203C
-exclamdown;00A1
-exclamdownsmall;F7A1
-exclammonospace;FF01
-exclamsmall;F721
-existential;2203
-ezh;0292
-ezhcaron;01EF
-ezhcurl;0293
-ezhreversed;01B9
-ezhtail;01BA
-f;0066
-fadeva;095E
-fagurmukhi;0A5E
-fahrenheit;2109
-fathaarabic;064E
-fathalowarabic;064E
-fathatanarabic;064B
-fbopomofo;3108
-fcircle;24D5
-fdotaccent;1E1F
-feharabic;0641
-feharmenian;0586
-fehfinalarabic;FED2
-fehinitialarabic;FED3
-fehmedialarabic;FED4
-feicoptic;03E5
-female;2640
-ff;FB00
-ffi;FB03
-ffl;FB04
-fi;FB01
-fifteencircle;246E
-fifteenparen;2482
-fifteenperiod;2496
-figuredash;2012
-filledbox;25A0
-filledrect;25AC
-finalkaf;05DA
-finalkafdagesh;FB3A
-finalkafdageshhebrew;FB3A
-finalkafhebrew;05DA
-finalkafqamats;05DA 05B8
-finalkafqamatshebrew;05DA 05B8
-finalkafsheva;05DA 05B0
-finalkafshevahebrew;05DA 05B0
-finalmem;05DD
-finalmemhebrew;05DD
-finalnun;05DF
-finalnunhebrew;05DF
-finalpe;05E3
-finalpehebrew;05E3
-finaltsadi;05E5
-finaltsadihebrew;05E5
-firsttonechinese;02C9
-fisheye;25C9
-fitacyrillic;0473
-five;0035
-fivearabic;0665
-fivebengali;09EB
-fivecircle;2464
-fivecircleinversesansserif;278E
-fivedeva;096B
-fiveeighths;215D
-fivegujarati;0AEB
-fivegurmukhi;0A6B
-fivehackarabic;0665
-fivehangzhou;3025
-fiveideographicparen;3224
-fiveinferior;2085
-fivemonospace;FF15
-fiveoldstyle;F735
-fiveparen;2478
-fiveperiod;248C
-fivepersian;06F5
-fiveroman;2174
-fivesuperior;2075
-fivethai;0E55
-fl;FB02
-florin;0192
-fmonospace;FF46
-fmsquare;3399
-fofanthai;0E1F
-fofathai;0E1D
-fongmanthai;0E4F
-forall;2200
-four;0034
-fourarabic;0664
-fourbengali;09EA
-fourcircle;2463
-fourcircleinversesansserif;278D
-fourdeva;096A
-fourgujarati;0AEA
-fourgurmukhi;0A6A
-fourhackarabic;0664
-fourhangzhou;3024
-fourideographicparen;3223
-fourinferior;2084
-fourmonospace;FF14
-fournumeratorbengali;09F7
-fouroldstyle;F734
-fourparen;2477
-fourperiod;248B
-fourpersian;06F4
-fourroman;2173
-foursuperior;2074
-fourteencircle;246D
-fourteenparen;2481
-fourteenperiod;2495
-fourthai;0E54
-fourthtonechinese;02CB
-fparen;24A1
-fraction;2044
-franc;20A3
-g;0067
-gabengali;0997
-gacute;01F5
-gadeva;0917
-gafarabic;06AF
-gaffinalarabic;FB93
-gafinitialarabic;FB94
-gafmedialarabic;FB95
-gagujarati;0A97
-gagurmukhi;0A17
-gahiragana;304C
-gakatakana;30AC
-gamma;03B3
-gammalatinsmall;0263
-gammasuperior;02E0
-gangiacoptic;03EB
-gbopomofo;310D
-gbreve;011F
-gcaron;01E7
-gcedilla;0123
-gcircle;24D6
-gcircumflex;011D
-gcommaaccent;0123
-gdot;0121
-gdotaccent;0121
-gecyrillic;0433
-gehiragana;3052
-gekatakana;30B2
-geometricallyequal;2251
-gereshaccenthebrew;059C
-gereshhebrew;05F3
-gereshmuqdamhebrew;059D
-germandbls;00DF
-gershayimaccenthebrew;059E
-gershayimhebrew;05F4
-getamark;3013
-ghabengali;0998
-ghadarmenian;0572
-ghadeva;0918
-ghagujarati;0A98
-ghagurmukhi;0A18
-ghainarabic;063A
-ghainfinalarabic;FECE
-ghaininitialarabic;FECF
-ghainmedialarabic;FED0
-ghemiddlehookcyrillic;0495
-ghestrokecyrillic;0493
-gheupturncyrillic;0491
-ghhadeva;095A
-ghhagurmukhi;0A5A
-ghook;0260
-ghzsquare;3393
-gihiragana;304E
-gikatakana;30AE
-gimarmenian;0563
-gimel;05D2
-gimeldagesh;FB32
-gimeldageshhebrew;FB32
-gimelhebrew;05D2
-gjecyrillic;0453
-glottalinvertedstroke;01BE
-glottalstop;0294
-glottalstopinverted;0296
-glottalstopmod;02C0
-glottalstopreversed;0295
-glottalstopreversedmod;02C1
-glottalstopreversedsuperior;02E4
-glottalstopstroke;02A1
-glottalstopstrokereversed;02A2
-gmacron;1E21
-gmonospace;FF47
-gohiragana;3054
-gokatakana;30B4
-gparen;24A2
-gpasquare;33AC
-gradient;2207
-grave;0060
-gravebelowcmb;0316
-gravecmb;0300
-gravecomb;0300
-gravedeva;0953
-gravelowmod;02CE
-gravemonospace;FF40
-gravetonecmb;0340
-greater;003E
-greaterequal;2265
-greaterequalorless;22DB
-greatermonospace;FF1E
-greaterorequivalent;2273
-greaterorless;2277
-greateroverequal;2267
-greatersmall;FE65
-gscript;0261
-gstroke;01E5
-guhiragana;3050
-guillemotleft;00AB
-guillemotright;00BB
-guilsinglleft;2039
-guilsinglright;203A
-gukatakana;30B0
-guramusquare;3318
-gysquare;33C9
-h;0068
-haabkhasiancyrillic;04A9
-haaltonearabic;06C1
-habengali;09B9
-hadescendercyrillic;04B3
-hadeva;0939
-hagujarati;0AB9
-hagurmukhi;0A39
-haharabic;062D
-hahfinalarabic;FEA2
-hahinitialarabic;FEA3
-hahiragana;306F
-hahmedialarabic;FEA4
-haitusquare;332A
-hakatakana;30CF
-hakatakanahalfwidth;FF8A
-halantgurmukhi;0A4D
-hamzaarabic;0621
-hamzadammaarabic;0621 064F
-hamzadammatanarabic;0621 064C
-hamzafathaarabic;0621 064E
-hamzafathatanarabic;0621 064B
-hamzalowarabic;0621
-hamzalowkasraarabic;0621 0650
-hamzalowkasratanarabic;0621 064D
-hamzasukunarabic;0621 0652
-hangulfiller;3164
-hardsigncyrillic;044A
-harpoonleftbarbup;21BC
-harpoonrightbarbup;21C0
-hasquare;33CA
-hatafpatah;05B2
-hatafpatah16;05B2
-hatafpatah23;05B2
-hatafpatah2f;05B2
-hatafpatahhebrew;05B2
-hatafpatahnarrowhebrew;05B2
-hatafpatahquarterhebrew;05B2
-hatafpatahwidehebrew;05B2
-hatafqamats;05B3
-hatafqamats1b;05B3
-hatafqamats28;05B3
-hatafqamats34;05B3
-hatafqamatshebrew;05B3
-hatafqamatsnarrowhebrew;05B3
-hatafqamatsquarterhebrew;05B3
-hatafqamatswidehebrew;05B3
-hatafsegol;05B1
-hatafsegol17;05B1
-hatafsegol24;05B1
-hatafsegol30;05B1
-hatafsegolhebrew;05B1
-hatafsegolnarrowhebrew;05B1
-hatafsegolquarterhebrew;05B1
-hatafsegolwidehebrew;05B1
-hbar;0127
-hbopomofo;310F
-hbrevebelow;1E2B
-hcedilla;1E29
-hcircle;24D7
-hcircumflex;0125
-hdieresis;1E27
-hdotaccent;1E23
-hdotbelow;1E25
-he;05D4
-heart;2665
-heartsuitblack;2665
-heartsuitwhite;2661
-hedagesh;FB34
-hedageshhebrew;FB34
-hehaltonearabic;06C1
-heharabic;0647
-hehebrew;05D4
-hehfinalaltonearabic;FBA7
-hehfinalalttwoarabic;FEEA
-hehfinalarabic;FEEA
-hehhamzaabovefinalarabic;FBA5
-hehhamzaaboveisolatedarabic;FBA4
-hehinitialaltonearabic;FBA8
-hehinitialarabic;FEEB
-hehiragana;3078
-hehmedialaltonearabic;FBA9
-hehmedialarabic;FEEC
-heiseierasquare;337B
-hekatakana;30D8
-hekatakanahalfwidth;FF8D
-hekutaarusquare;3336
-henghook;0267
-herutusquare;3339
-het;05D7
-hethebrew;05D7
-hhook;0266
-hhooksuperior;02B1
-hieuhacirclekorean;327B
-hieuhaparenkorean;321B
-hieuhcirclekorean;326D
-hieuhkorean;314E
-hieuhparenkorean;320D
-hihiragana;3072
-hikatakana;30D2
-hikatakanahalfwidth;FF8B
-hiriq;05B4
-hiriq14;05B4
-hiriq21;05B4
-hiriq2d;05B4
-hiriqhebrew;05B4
-hiriqnarrowhebrew;05B4
-hiriqquarterhebrew;05B4
-hiriqwidehebrew;05B4
-hlinebelow;1E96
-hmonospace;FF48
-hoarmenian;0570
-hohipthai;0E2B
-hohiragana;307B
-hokatakana;30DB
-hokatakanahalfwidth;FF8E
-holam;05B9
-holam19;05B9
-holam26;05B9
-holam32;05B9
-holamhebrew;05B9
-holamnarrowhebrew;05B9
-holamquarterhebrew;05B9
-holamwidehebrew;05B9
-honokhukthai;0E2E
-hookabovecomb;0309
-hookcmb;0309
-hookpalatalizedbelowcmb;0321
-hookretroflexbelowcmb;0322
-hoonsquare;3342
-horicoptic;03E9
-horizontalbar;2015
-horncmb;031B
-hotsprings;2668
-house;2302
-hparen;24A3
-hsuperior;02B0
-hturned;0265
-huhiragana;3075
-huiitosquare;3333
-hukatakana;30D5
-hukatakanahalfwidth;FF8C
-hungarumlaut;02DD
-hungarumlautcmb;030B
-hv;0195
-hyphen;002D
-hypheninferior;F6E5
-hyphenmonospace;FF0D
-hyphensmall;FE63
-hyphensuperior;F6E6
-hyphentwo;2010
-i;0069
-iacute;00ED
-iacyrillic;044F
-ibengali;0987
-ibopomofo;3127
-ibreve;012D
-icaron;01D0
-icircle;24D8
-icircumflex;00EE
-icyrillic;0456
-idblgrave;0209
-ideographearthcircle;328F
-ideographfirecircle;328B
-ideographicallianceparen;323F
-ideographiccallparen;323A
-ideographiccentrecircle;32A5
-ideographicclose;3006
-ideographiccomma;3001
-ideographiccommaleft;FF64
-ideographiccongratulationparen;3237
-ideographiccorrectcircle;32A3
-ideographicearthparen;322F
-ideographicenterpriseparen;323D
-ideographicexcellentcircle;329D
-ideographicfestivalparen;3240
-ideographicfinancialcircle;3296
-ideographicfinancialparen;3236
-ideographicfireparen;322B
-ideographichaveparen;3232
-ideographichighcircle;32A4
-ideographiciterationmark;3005
-ideographiclaborcircle;3298
-ideographiclaborparen;3238
-ideographicleftcircle;32A7
-ideographiclowcircle;32A6
-ideographicmedicinecircle;32A9
-ideographicmetalparen;322E
-ideographicmoonparen;322A
-ideographicnameparen;3234
-ideographicperiod;3002
-ideographicprintcircle;329E
-ideographicreachparen;3243
-ideographicrepresentparen;3239
-ideographicresourceparen;323E
-ideographicrightcircle;32A8
-ideographicsecretcircle;3299
-ideographicselfparen;3242
-ideographicsocietyparen;3233
-ideographicspace;3000
-ideographicspecialparen;3235
-ideographicstockparen;3231
-ideographicstudyparen;323B
-ideographicsunparen;3230
-ideographicsuperviseparen;323C
-ideographicwaterparen;322C
-ideographicwoodparen;322D
-ideographiczero;3007
-ideographmetalcircle;328E
-ideographmooncircle;328A
-ideographnamecircle;3294
-ideographsuncircle;3290
-ideographwatercircle;328C
-ideographwoodcircle;328D
-ideva;0907
-idieresis;00EF
-idieresisacute;1E2F
-idieresiscyrillic;04E5
-idotbelow;1ECB
-iebrevecyrillic;04D7
-iecyrillic;0435
-ieungacirclekorean;3275
-ieungaparenkorean;3215
-ieungcirclekorean;3267
-ieungkorean;3147
-ieungparenkorean;3207
-igrave;00EC
-igujarati;0A87
-igurmukhi;0A07
-ihiragana;3044
-ihookabove;1EC9
-iibengali;0988
-iicyrillic;0438
-iideva;0908
-iigujarati;0A88
-iigurmukhi;0A08
-iimatragurmukhi;0A40
-iinvertedbreve;020B
-iishortcyrillic;0439
-iivowelsignbengali;09C0
-iivowelsigndeva;0940
-iivowelsigngujarati;0AC0
-ij;0133
-ikatakana;30A4
-ikatakanahalfwidth;FF72
-ikorean;3163
-ilde;02DC
-iluyhebrew;05AC
-imacron;012B
-imacroncyrillic;04E3
-imageorapproximatelyequal;2253
-imatragurmukhi;0A3F
-imonospace;FF49
-increment;2206
-infinity;221E
-iniarmenian;056B
-integral;222B
-integralbottom;2321
-integralbt;2321
-integralex;F8F5
-integraltop;2320
-integraltp;2320
-intersection;2229
-intisquare;3305
-invbullet;25D8
-invcircle;25D9
-invsmileface;263B
-iocyrillic;0451
-iogonek;012F
-iota;03B9
-iotadieresis;03CA
-iotadieresistonos;0390
-iotalatin;0269
-iotatonos;03AF
-iparen;24A4
-irigurmukhi;0A72
-ismallhiragana;3043
-ismallkatakana;30A3
-ismallkatakanahalfwidth;FF68
-issharbengali;09FA
-istroke;0268
-isuperior;F6ED
-iterationhiragana;309D
-iterationkatakana;30FD
-itilde;0129
-itildebelow;1E2D
-iubopomofo;3129
-iucyrillic;044E
-ivowelsignbengali;09BF
-ivowelsigndeva;093F
-ivowelsigngujarati;0ABF
-izhitsacyrillic;0475
-izhitsadblgravecyrillic;0477
-j;006A
-jaarmenian;0571
-jabengali;099C
-jadeva;091C
-jagujarati;0A9C
-jagurmukhi;0A1C
-jbopomofo;3110
-jcaron;01F0
-jcircle;24D9
-jcircumflex;0135
-jcrossedtail;029D
-jdotlessstroke;025F
-jecyrillic;0458
-jeemarabic;062C
-jeemfinalarabic;FE9E
-jeeminitialarabic;FE9F
-jeemmedialarabic;FEA0
-jeharabic;0698
-jehfinalarabic;FB8B
-jhabengali;099D
-jhadeva;091D
-jhagujarati;0A9D
-jhagurmukhi;0A1D
-jheharmenian;057B
-jis;3004
-jmonospace;FF4A
-jparen;24A5
-jsuperior;02B2
-k;006B
-kabashkircyrillic;04A1
-kabengali;0995
-kacute;1E31
-kacyrillic;043A
-kadescendercyrillic;049B
-kadeva;0915
-kaf;05DB
-kafarabic;0643
-kafdagesh;FB3B
-kafdageshhebrew;FB3B
-kaffinalarabic;FEDA
-kafhebrew;05DB
-kafinitialarabic;FEDB
-kafmedialarabic;FEDC
-kafrafehebrew;FB4D
-kagujarati;0A95
-kagurmukhi;0A15
-kahiragana;304B
-kahookcyrillic;04C4
-kakatakana;30AB
-kakatakanahalfwidth;FF76
-kappa;03BA
-kappasymbolgreek;03F0
-kapyeounmieumkorean;3171
-kapyeounphieuphkorean;3184
-kapyeounpieupkorean;3178
-kapyeounssangpieupkorean;3179
-karoriisquare;330D
-kashidaautoarabic;0640
-kashidaautonosidebearingarabic;0640
-kasmallkatakana;30F5
-kasquare;3384
-kasraarabic;0650
-kasratanarabic;064D
-kastrokecyrillic;049F
-katahiraprolongmarkhalfwidth;FF70
-kaverticalstrokecyrillic;049D
-kbopomofo;310E
-kcalsquare;3389
-kcaron;01E9
-kcedilla;0137
-kcircle;24DA
-kcommaaccent;0137
-kdotbelow;1E33
-keharmenian;0584
-kehiragana;3051
-kekatakana;30B1
-kekatakanahalfwidth;FF79
-kenarmenian;056F
-kesmallkatakana;30F6
-kgreenlandic;0138
-khabengali;0996
-khacyrillic;0445
-khadeva;0916
-khagujarati;0A96
-khagurmukhi;0A16
-khaharabic;062E
-khahfinalarabic;FEA6
-khahinitialarabic;FEA7
-khahmedialarabic;FEA8
-kheicoptic;03E7
-khhadeva;0959
-khhagurmukhi;0A59
-khieukhacirclekorean;3278
-khieukhaparenkorean;3218
-khieukhcirclekorean;326A
-khieukhkorean;314B
-khieukhparenkorean;320A
-khokhaithai;0E02
-khokhonthai;0E05
-khokhuatthai;0E03
-khokhwaithai;0E04
-khomutthai;0E5B
-khook;0199
-khorakhangthai;0E06
-khzsquare;3391
-kihiragana;304D
-kikatakana;30AD
-kikatakanahalfwidth;FF77
-kiroguramusquare;3315
-kiromeetorusquare;3316
-kirosquare;3314
-kiyeokacirclekorean;326E
-kiyeokaparenkorean;320E
-kiyeokcirclekorean;3260
-kiyeokkorean;3131
-kiyeokparenkorean;3200
-kiyeoksioskorean;3133
-kjecyrillic;045C
-klinebelow;1E35
-klsquare;3398
-kmcubedsquare;33A6
-kmonospace;FF4B
-kmsquaredsquare;33A2
-kohiragana;3053
-kohmsquare;33C0
-kokaithai;0E01
-kokatakana;30B3
-kokatakanahalfwidth;FF7A
-kooposquare;331E
-koppacyrillic;0481
-koreanstandardsymbol;327F
-koroniscmb;0343
-kparen;24A6
-kpasquare;33AA
-ksicyrillic;046F
-ktsquare;33CF
-kturned;029E
-kuhiragana;304F
-kukatakana;30AF
-kukatakanahalfwidth;FF78
-kvsquare;33B8
-kwsquare;33BE
-l;006C
-labengali;09B2
-lacute;013A
-ladeva;0932
-lagujarati;0AB2
-lagurmukhi;0A32
-lakkhangyaothai;0E45
-lamaleffinalarabic;FEFC
-lamalefhamzaabovefinalarabic;FEF8
-lamalefhamzaaboveisolatedarabic;FEF7
-lamalefhamzabelowfinalarabic;FEFA
-lamalefhamzabelowisolatedarabic;FEF9
-lamalefisolatedarabic;FEFB
-lamalefmaddaabovefinalarabic;FEF6
-lamalefmaddaaboveisolatedarabic;FEF5
-lamarabic;0644
-lambda;03BB
-lambdastroke;019B
-lamed;05DC
-lameddagesh;FB3C
-lameddageshhebrew;FB3C
-lamedhebrew;05DC
-lamedholam;05DC 05B9
-lamedholamdagesh;05DC 05B9 05BC
-lamedholamdageshhebrew;05DC 05B9 05BC
-lamedholamhebrew;05DC 05B9
-lamfinalarabic;FEDE
-lamhahinitialarabic;FCCA
-laminitialarabic;FEDF
-lamjeeminitialarabic;FCC9
-lamkhahinitialarabic;FCCB
-lamlamhehisolatedarabic;FDF2
-lammedialarabic;FEE0
-lammeemhahinitialarabic;FD88
-lammeeminitialarabic;FCCC
-lammeemjeeminitialarabic;FEDF FEE4 FEA0
-lammeemkhahinitialarabic;FEDF FEE4 FEA8
-largecircle;25EF
-lbar;019A
-lbelt;026C
-lbopomofo;310C
-lcaron;013E
-lcedilla;013C
-lcircle;24DB
-lcircumflexbelow;1E3D
-lcommaaccent;013C
-ldot;0140
-ldotaccent;0140
-ldotbelow;1E37
-ldotbelowmacron;1E39
-leftangleabovecmb;031A
-lefttackbelowcmb;0318
-less;003C
-lessequal;2264
-lessequalorgreater;22DA
-lessmonospace;FF1C
-lessorequivalent;2272
-lessorgreater;2276
-lessoverequal;2266
-lesssmall;FE64
-lezh;026E
-lfblock;258C
-lhookretroflex;026D
-lira;20A4
-liwnarmenian;056C
-lj;01C9
-ljecyrillic;0459
-ll;F6C0
-lladeva;0933
-llagujarati;0AB3
-llinebelow;1E3B
-llladeva;0934
-llvocalicbengali;09E1
-llvocalicdeva;0961
-llvocalicvowelsignbengali;09E3
-llvocalicvowelsigndeva;0963
-lmiddletilde;026B
-lmonospace;FF4C
-lmsquare;33D0
-lochulathai;0E2C
-logicaland;2227
-logicalnot;00AC
-logicalnotreversed;2310
-logicalor;2228
-lolingthai;0E25
-longs;017F
-lowlinecenterline;FE4E
-lowlinecmb;0332
-lowlinedashed;FE4D
-lozenge;25CA
-lparen;24A7
-lslash;0142
-lsquare;2113
-lsuperior;F6EE
-ltshade;2591
-luthai;0E26
-lvocalicbengali;098C
-lvocalicdeva;090C
-lvocalicvowelsignbengali;09E2
-lvocalicvowelsigndeva;0962
-lxsquare;33D3
-m;006D
-mabengali;09AE
-macron;00AF
-macronbelowcmb;0331
-macroncmb;0304
-macronlowmod;02CD
-macronmonospace;FFE3
-macute;1E3F
-madeva;092E
-magujarati;0AAE
-magurmukhi;0A2E
-mahapakhhebrew;05A4
-mahapakhlefthebrew;05A4
-mahiragana;307E
-maichattawalowleftthai;F895
-maichattawalowrightthai;F894
-maichattawathai;0E4B
-maichattawaupperleftthai;F893
-maieklowleftthai;F88C
-maieklowrightthai;F88B
-maiekthai;0E48
-maiekupperleftthai;F88A
-maihanakatleftthai;F884
-maihanakatthai;0E31
-maitaikhuleftthai;F889
-maitaikhuthai;0E47
-maitholowleftthai;F88F
-maitholowrightthai;F88E
-maithothai;0E49
-maithoupperleftthai;F88D
-maitrilowleftthai;F892
-maitrilowrightthai;F891
-maitrithai;0E4A
-maitriupperleftthai;F890
-maiyamokthai;0E46
-makatakana;30DE
-makatakanahalfwidth;FF8F
-male;2642
-mansyonsquare;3347
-maqafhebrew;05BE
-mars;2642
-masoracirclehebrew;05AF
-masquare;3383
-mbopomofo;3107
-mbsquare;33D4
-mcircle;24DC
-mcubedsquare;33A5
-mdotaccent;1E41
-mdotbelow;1E43
-meemarabic;0645
-meemfinalarabic;FEE2
-meeminitialarabic;FEE3
-meemmedialarabic;FEE4
-meemmeeminitialarabic;FCD1
-meemmeemisolatedarabic;FC48
-meetorusquare;334D
-mehiragana;3081
-meizierasquare;337E
-mekatakana;30E1
-mekatakanahalfwidth;FF92
-mem;05DE
-memdagesh;FB3E
-memdageshhebrew;FB3E
-memhebrew;05DE
-menarmenian;0574
-merkhahebrew;05A5
-merkhakefulahebrew;05A6
-merkhakefulalefthebrew;05A6
-merkhalefthebrew;05A5
-mhook;0271
-mhzsquare;3392
-middledotkatakanahalfwidth;FF65
-middot;00B7
-mieumacirclekorean;3272
-mieumaparenkorean;3212
-mieumcirclekorean;3264
-mieumkorean;3141
-mieumpansioskorean;3170
-mieumparenkorean;3204
-mieumpieupkorean;316E
-mieumsioskorean;316F
-mihiragana;307F
-mikatakana;30DF
-mikatakanahalfwidth;FF90
-minus;2212
-minusbelowcmb;0320
-minuscircle;2296
-minusmod;02D7
-minusplus;2213
-minute;2032
-miribaarusquare;334A
-mirisquare;3349
-mlonglegturned;0270
-mlsquare;3396
-mmcubedsquare;33A3
-mmonospace;FF4D
-mmsquaredsquare;339F
-mohiragana;3082
-mohmsquare;33C1
-mokatakana;30E2
-mokatakanahalfwidth;FF93
-molsquare;33D6
-momathai;0E21
-moverssquare;33A7
-moverssquaredsquare;33A8
-mparen;24A8
-mpasquare;33AB
-mssquare;33B3
-msuperior;F6EF
-mturned;026F
-mu;00B5
-mu1;00B5
-muasquare;3382
-muchgreater;226B
-muchless;226A
-mufsquare;338C
-mugreek;03BC
-mugsquare;338D
-muhiragana;3080
-mukatakana;30E0
-mukatakanahalfwidth;FF91
-mulsquare;3395
-multiply;00D7
-mumsquare;339B
-munahhebrew;05A3
-munahlefthebrew;05A3
-musicalnote;266A
-musicalnotedbl;266B
-musicflatsign;266D
-musicsharpsign;266F
-mussquare;33B2
-muvsquare;33B6
-muwsquare;33BC
-mvmegasquare;33B9
-mvsquare;33B7
-mwmegasquare;33BF
-mwsquare;33BD
-n;006E
-nabengali;09A8
-nabla;2207
-nacute;0144
-nadeva;0928
-nagujarati;0AA8
-nagurmukhi;0A28
-nahiragana;306A
-nakatakana;30CA
-nakatakanahalfwidth;FF85
-napostrophe;0149
-nasquare;3381
-nbopomofo;310B
-nbspace;00A0
-ncaron;0148
-ncedilla;0146
-ncircle;24DD
-ncircumflexbelow;1E4B
-ncommaaccent;0146
-ndotaccent;1E45
-ndotbelow;1E47
-nehiragana;306D
-nekatakana;30CD
-nekatakanahalfwidth;FF88
-newsheqelsign;20AA
-nfsquare;338B
-ngabengali;0999
-ngadeva;0919
-ngagujarati;0A99
-ngagurmukhi;0A19
-ngonguthai;0E07
-nhiragana;3093
-nhookleft;0272
-nhookretroflex;0273
-nieunacirclekorean;326F
-nieunaparenkorean;320F
-nieuncieuckorean;3135
-nieuncirclekorean;3261
-nieunhieuhkorean;3136
-nieunkorean;3134
-nieunpansioskorean;3168
-nieunparenkorean;3201
-nieunsioskorean;3167
-nieuntikeutkorean;3166
-nihiragana;306B
-nikatakana;30CB
-nikatakanahalfwidth;FF86
-nikhahitleftthai;F899
-nikhahitthai;0E4D
-nine;0039
-ninearabic;0669
-ninebengali;09EF
-ninecircle;2468
-ninecircleinversesansserif;2792
-ninedeva;096F
-ninegujarati;0AEF
-ninegurmukhi;0A6F
-ninehackarabic;0669
-ninehangzhou;3029
-nineideographicparen;3228
-nineinferior;2089
-ninemonospace;FF19
-nineoldstyle;F739
-nineparen;247C
-nineperiod;2490
-ninepersian;06F9
-nineroman;2178
-ninesuperior;2079
-nineteencircle;2472
-nineteenparen;2486
-nineteenperiod;249A
-ninethai;0E59
-nj;01CC
-njecyrillic;045A
-nkatakana;30F3
-nkatakanahalfwidth;FF9D
-nlegrightlong;019E
-nlinebelow;1E49
-nmonospace;FF4E
-nmsquare;339A
-nnabengali;09A3
-nnadeva;0923
-nnagujarati;0AA3
-nnagurmukhi;0A23
-nnnadeva;0929
-nohiragana;306E
-nokatakana;30CE
-nokatakanahalfwidth;FF89
-nonbreakingspace;00A0
-nonenthai;0E13
-nonuthai;0E19
-noonarabic;0646
-noonfinalarabic;FEE6
-noonghunnaarabic;06BA
-noonghunnafinalarabic;FB9F
-noonhehinitialarabic;FEE7 FEEC
-nooninitialarabic;FEE7
-noonjeeminitialarabic;FCD2
-noonjeemisolatedarabic;FC4B
-noonmedialarabic;FEE8
-noonmeeminitialarabic;FCD5
-noonmeemisolatedarabic;FC4E
-noonnoonfinalarabic;FC8D
-notcontains;220C
-notelement;2209
-notelementof;2209
-notequal;2260
-notgreater;226F
-notgreaternorequal;2271
-notgreaternorless;2279
-notidentical;2262
-notless;226E
-notlessnorequal;2270
-notparallel;2226
-notprecedes;2280
-notsubset;2284
-notsucceeds;2281
-notsuperset;2285
-nowarmenian;0576
-nparen;24A9
-nssquare;33B1
-nsuperior;207F
-ntilde;00F1
-nu;03BD
-nuhiragana;306C
-nukatakana;30CC
-nukatakanahalfwidth;FF87
-nuktabengali;09BC
-nuktadeva;093C
-nuktagujarati;0ABC
-nuktagurmukhi;0A3C
-numbersign;0023
-numbersignmonospace;FF03
-numbersignsmall;FE5F
-numeralsigngreek;0374
-numeralsignlowergreek;0375
-numero;2116
-nun;05E0
-nundagesh;FB40
-nundageshhebrew;FB40
-nunhebrew;05E0
-nvsquare;33B5
-nwsquare;33BB
-nyabengali;099E
-nyadeva;091E
-nyagujarati;0A9E
-nyagurmukhi;0A1E
-o;006F
-oacute;00F3
-oangthai;0E2D
-obarred;0275
-obarredcyrillic;04E9
-obarreddieresiscyrillic;04EB
-obengali;0993
-obopomofo;311B
-obreve;014F
-ocandradeva;0911
-ocandragujarati;0A91
-ocandravowelsigndeva;0949
-ocandravowelsigngujarati;0AC9
-ocaron;01D2
-ocircle;24DE
-ocircumflex;00F4
-ocircumflexacute;1ED1
-ocircumflexdotbelow;1ED9
-ocircumflexgrave;1ED3
-ocircumflexhookabove;1ED5
-ocircumflextilde;1ED7
-ocyrillic;043E
-odblacute;0151
-odblgrave;020D
-odeva;0913
-odieresis;00F6
-odieresiscyrillic;04E7
-odotbelow;1ECD
-oe;0153
-oekorean;315A
-ogonek;02DB
-ogonekcmb;0328
-ograve;00F2
-ogujarati;0A93
-oharmenian;0585
-ohiragana;304A
-ohookabove;1ECF
-ohorn;01A1
-ohornacute;1EDB
-ohorndotbelow;1EE3
-ohorngrave;1EDD
-ohornhookabove;1EDF
-ohorntilde;1EE1
-ohungarumlaut;0151
-oi;01A3
-oinvertedbreve;020F
-okatakana;30AA
-okatakanahalfwidth;FF75
-okorean;3157
-olehebrew;05AB
-omacron;014D
-omacronacute;1E53
-omacrongrave;1E51
-omdeva;0950
-omega;03C9
-omega1;03D6
-omegacyrillic;0461
-omegalatinclosed;0277
-omegaroundcyrillic;047B
-omegatitlocyrillic;047D
-omegatonos;03CE
-omgujarati;0AD0
-omicron;03BF
-omicrontonos;03CC
-omonospace;FF4F
-one;0031
-onearabic;0661
-onebengali;09E7
-onecircle;2460
-onecircleinversesansserif;278A
-onedeva;0967
-onedotenleader;2024
-oneeighth;215B
-onefitted;F6DC
-onegujarati;0AE7
-onegurmukhi;0A67
-onehackarabic;0661
-onehalf;00BD
-onehangzhou;3021
-oneideographicparen;3220
-oneinferior;2081
-onemonospace;FF11
-onenumeratorbengali;09F4
-oneoldstyle;F731
-oneparen;2474
-oneperiod;2488
-onepersian;06F1
-onequarter;00BC
-oneroman;2170
-onesuperior;00B9
-onethai;0E51
-onethird;2153
-oogonek;01EB
-oogonekmacron;01ED
-oogurmukhi;0A13
-oomatragurmukhi;0A4B
-oopen;0254
-oparen;24AA
-openbullet;25E6
-option;2325
-ordfeminine;00AA
-ordmasculine;00BA
-orthogonal;221F
-oshortdeva;0912
-oshortvowelsigndeva;094A
-oslash;00F8
-oslashacute;01FF
-osmallhiragana;3049
-osmallkatakana;30A9
-osmallkatakanahalfwidth;FF6B
-ostrokeacute;01FF
-osuperior;F6F0
-otcyrillic;047F
-otilde;00F5
-otildeacute;1E4D
-otildedieresis;1E4F
-oubopomofo;3121
-overline;203E
-overlinecenterline;FE4A
-overlinecmb;0305
-overlinedashed;FE49
-overlinedblwavy;FE4C
-overlinewavy;FE4B
-overscore;00AF
-ovowelsignbengali;09CB
-ovowelsigndeva;094B
-ovowelsigngujarati;0ACB
-p;0070
-paampssquare;3380
-paasentosquare;332B
-pabengali;09AA
-pacute;1E55
-padeva;092A
-pagedown;21DF
-pageup;21DE
-pagujarati;0AAA
-pagurmukhi;0A2A
-pahiragana;3071
-paiyannoithai;0E2F
-pakatakana;30D1
-palatalizationcyrilliccmb;0484
-palochkacyrillic;04C0
-pansioskorean;317F
-paragraph;00B6
-parallel;2225
-parenleft;0028
-parenleftaltonearabic;FD3E
-parenleftbt;F8ED
-parenleftex;F8EC
-parenleftinferior;208D
-parenleftmonospace;FF08
-parenleftsmall;FE59
-parenleftsuperior;207D
-parenlefttp;F8EB
-parenleftvertical;FE35
-parenright;0029
-parenrightaltonearabic;FD3F
-parenrightbt;F8F8
-parenrightex;F8F7
-parenrightinferior;208E
-parenrightmonospace;FF09
-parenrightsmall;FE5A
-parenrightsuperior;207E
-parenrighttp;F8F6
-parenrightvertical;FE36
-partialdiff;2202
-paseqhebrew;05C0
-pashtahebrew;0599
-pasquare;33A9
-patah;05B7
-patah11;05B7
-patah1d;05B7
-patah2a;05B7
-patahhebrew;05B7
-patahnarrowhebrew;05B7
-patahquarterhebrew;05B7
-patahwidehebrew;05B7
-pazerhebrew;05A1
-pbopomofo;3106
-pcircle;24DF
-pdotaccent;1E57
-pe;05E4
-pecyrillic;043F
-pedagesh;FB44
-pedageshhebrew;FB44
-peezisquare;333B
-pefinaldageshhebrew;FB43
-peharabic;067E
-peharmenian;057A
-pehebrew;05E4
-pehfinalarabic;FB57
-pehinitialarabic;FB58
-pehiragana;307A
-pehmedialarabic;FB59
-pekatakana;30DA
-pemiddlehookcyrillic;04A7
-perafehebrew;FB4E
-percent;0025
-percentarabic;066A
-percentmonospace;FF05
-percentsmall;FE6A
-period;002E
-periodarmenian;0589
-periodcentered;00B7
-periodhalfwidth;FF61
-periodinferior;F6E7
-periodmonospace;FF0E
-periodsmall;FE52
-periodsuperior;F6E8
-perispomenigreekcmb;0342
-perpendicular;22A5
-perthousand;2030
-peseta;20A7
-pfsquare;338A
-phabengali;09AB
-phadeva;092B
-phagujarati;0AAB
-phagurmukhi;0A2B
-phi;03C6
-phi1;03D5
-phieuphacirclekorean;327A
-phieuphaparenkorean;321A
-phieuphcirclekorean;326C
-phieuphkorean;314D
-phieuphparenkorean;320C
-philatin;0278
-phinthuthai;0E3A
-phisymbolgreek;03D5
-phook;01A5
-phophanthai;0E1E
-phophungthai;0E1C
-phosamphaothai;0E20
-pi;03C0
-pieupacirclekorean;3273
-pieupaparenkorean;3213
-pieupcieuckorean;3176
-pieupcirclekorean;3265
-pieupkiyeokkorean;3172
-pieupkorean;3142
-pieupparenkorean;3205
-pieupsioskiyeokkorean;3174
-pieupsioskorean;3144
-pieupsiostikeutkorean;3175
-pieupthieuthkorean;3177
-pieuptikeutkorean;3173
-pihiragana;3074
-pikatakana;30D4
-pisymbolgreek;03D6
-piwrarmenian;0583
-plus;002B
-plusbelowcmb;031F
-pluscircle;2295
-plusminus;00B1
-plusmod;02D6
-plusmonospace;FF0B
-plussmall;FE62
-plussuperior;207A
-pmonospace;FF50
-pmsquare;33D8
-pohiragana;307D
-pointingindexdownwhite;261F
-pointingindexleftwhite;261C
-pointingindexrightwhite;261E
-pointingindexupwhite;261D
-pokatakana;30DD
-poplathai;0E1B
-postalmark;3012
-postalmarkface;3020
-pparen;24AB
-precedes;227A
-prescription;211E
-primemod;02B9
-primereversed;2035
-product;220F
-projective;2305
-prolongedkana;30FC
-propellor;2318
-propersubset;2282
-propersuperset;2283
-proportion;2237
-proportional;221D
-psi;03C8
-psicyrillic;0471
-psilipneumatacyrilliccmb;0486
-pssquare;33B0
-puhiragana;3077
-pukatakana;30D7
-pvsquare;33B4
-pwsquare;33BA
-q;0071
-qadeva;0958
-qadmahebrew;05A8
-qafarabic;0642
-qaffinalarabic;FED6
-qafinitialarabic;FED7
-qafmedialarabic;FED8
-qamats;05B8
-qamats10;05B8
-qamats1a;05B8
-qamats1c;05B8
-qamats27;05B8
-qamats29;05B8
-qamats33;05B8
-qamatsde;05B8
-qamatshebrew;05B8
-qamatsnarrowhebrew;05B8
-qamatsqatanhebrew;05B8
-qamatsqatannarrowhebrew;05B8
-qamatsqatanquarterhebrew;05B8
-qamatsqatanwidehebrew;05B8
-qamatsquarterhebrew;05B8
-qamatswidehebrew;05B8
-qarneyparahebrew;059F
-qbopomofo;3111
-qcircle;24E0
-qhook;02A0
-qmonospace;FF51
-qof;05E7
-qofdagesh;FB47
-qofdageshhebrew;FB47
-qofhatafpatah;05E7 05B2
-qofhatafpatahhebrew;05E7 05B2
-qofhatafsegol;05E7 05B1
-qofhatafsegolhebrew;05E7 05B1
-qofhebrew;05E7
-qofhiriq;05E7 05B4
-qofhiriqhebrew;05E7 05B4
-qofholam;05E7 05B9
-qofholamhebrew;05E7 05B9
-qofpatah;05E7 05B7
-qofpatahhebrew;05E7 05B7
-qofqamats;05E7 05B8
-qofqamatshebrew;05E7 05B8
-qofqubuts;05E7 05BB
-qofqubutshebrew;05E7 05BB
-qofsegol;05E7 05B6
-qofsegolhebrew;05E7 05B6
-qofsheva;05E7 05B0
-qofshevahebrew;05E7 05B0
-qoftsere;05E7 05B5
-qoftserehebrew;05E7 05B5
-qparen;24AC
-quarternote;2669
-qubuts;05BB
-qubuts18;05BB
-qubuts25;05BB
-qubuts31;05BB
-qubutshebrew;05BB
-qubutsnarrowhebrew;05BB
-qubutsquarterhebrew;05BB
-qubutswidehebrew;05BB
-question;003F
-questionarabic;061F
-questionarmenian;055E
-questiondown;00BF
-questiondownsmall;F7BF
-questiongreek;037E
-questionmonospace;FF1F
-questionsmall;F73F
-quotedbl;0022
-quotedblbase;201E
-quotedblleft;201C
-quotedblmonospace;FF02
-quotedblprime;301E
-quotedblprimereversed;301D
-quotedblright;201D
-quoteleft;2018
-quoteleftreversed;201B
-quotereversed;201B
-quoteright;2019
-quoterightn;0149
-quotesinglbase;201A
-quotesingle;0027
-quotesinglemonospace;FF07
-r;0072
-raarmenian;057C
-rabengali;09B0
-racute;0155
-radeva;0930
-radical;221A
-radicalex;F8E5
-radoverssquare;33AE
-radoverssquaredsquare;33AF
-radsquare;33AD
-rafe;05BF
-rafehebrew;05BF
-ragujarati;0AB0
-ragurmukhi;0A30
-rahiragana;3089
-rakatakana;30E9
-rakatakanahalfwidth;FF97
-ralowerdiagonalbengali;09F1
-ramiddlediagonalbengali;09F0
-ramshorn;0264
-ratio;2236
-rbopomofo;3116
-rcaron;0159
-rcedilla;0157
-rcircle;24E1
-rcommaaccent;0157
-rdblgrave;0211
-rdotaccent;1E59
-rdotbelow;1E5B
-rdotbelowmacron;1E5D
-referencemark;203B
-reflexsubset;2286
-reflexsuperset;2287
-registered;00AE
-registersans;F8E8
-registerserif;F6DA
-reharabic;0631
-reharmenian;0580
-rehfinalarabic;FEAE
-rehiragana;308C
-rehyehaleflamarabic;0631 FEF3 FE8E 0644
-rekatakana;30EC
-rekatakanahalfwidth;FF9A
-resh;05E8
-reshdageshhebrew;FB48
-reshhatafpatah;05E8 05B2
-reshhatafpatahhebrew;05E8 05B2
-reshhatafsegol;05E8 05B1
-reshhatafsegolhebrew;05E8 05B1
-reshhebrew;05E8
-reshhiriq;05E8 05B4
-reshhiriqhebrew;05E8 05B4
-reshholam;05E8 05B9
-reshholamhebrew;05E8 05B9
-reshpatah;05E8 05B7
-reshpatahhebrew;05E8 05B7
-reshqamats;05E8 05B8
-reshqamatshebrew;05E8 05B8
-reshqubuts;05E8 05BB
-reshqubutshebrew;05E8 05BB
-reshsegol;05E8 05B6
-reshsegolhebrew;05E8 05B6
-reshsheva;05E8 05B0
-reshshevahebrew;05E8 05B0
-reshtsere;05E8 05B5
-reshtserehebrew;05E8 05B5
-reversedtilde;223D
-reviahebrew;0597
-reviamugrashhebrew;0597
-revlogicalnot;2310
-rfishhook;027E
-rfishhookreversed;027F
-rhabengali;09DD
-rhadeva;095D
-rho;03C1
-rhook;027D
-rhookturned;027B
-rhookturnedsuperior;02B5
-rhosymbolgreek;03F1
-rhotichookmod;02DE
-rieulacirclekorean;3271
-rieulaparenkorean;3211
-rieulcirclekorean;3263
-rieulhieuhkorean;3140
-rieulkiyeokkorean;313A
-rieulkiyeoksioskorean;3169
-rieulkorean;3139
-rieulmieumkorean;313B
-rieulpansioskorean;316C
-rieulparenkorean;3203
-rieulphieuphkorean;313F
-rieulpieupkorean;313C
-rieulpieupsioskorean;316B
-rieulsioskorean;313D
-rieulthieuthkorean;313E
-rieultikeutkorean;316A
-rieulyeorinhieuhkorean;316D
-rightangle;221F
-righttackbelowcmb;0319
-righttriangle;22BF
-rihiragana;308A
-rikatakana;30EA
-rikatakanahalfwidth;FF98
-ring;02DA
-ringbelowcmb;0325
-ringcmb;030A
-ringhalfleft;02BF
-ringhalfleftarmenian;0559
-ringhalfleftbelowcmb;031C
-ringhalfleftcentered;02D3
-ringhalfright;02BE
-ringhalfrightbelowcmb;0339
-ringhalfrightcentered;02D2
-rinvertedbreve;0213
-rittorusquare;3351
-rlinebelow;1E5F
-rlongleg;027C
-rlonglegturned;027A
-rmonospace;FF52
-rohiragana;308D
-rokatakana;30ED
-rokatakanahalfwidth;FF9B
-roruathai;0E23
-rparen;24AD
-rrabengali;09DC
-rradeva;0931
-rragurmukhi;0A5C
-rreharabic;0691
-rrehfinalarabic;FB8D
-rrvocalicbengali;09E0
-rrvocalicdeva;0960
-rrvocalicgujarati;0AE0
-rrvocalicvowelsignbengali;09C4
-rrvocalicvowelsigndeva;0944
-rrvocalicvowelsigngujarati;0AC4
-rsuperior;F6F1
-rtblock;2590
-rturned;0279
-rturnedsuperior;02B4
-ruhiragana;308B
-rukatakana;30EB
-rukatakanahalfwidth;FF99
-rupeemarkbengali;09F2
-rupeesignbengali;09F3
-rupiah;F6DD
-ruthai;0E24
-rvocalicbengali;098B
-rvocalicdeva;090B
-rvocalicgujarati;0A8B
-rvocalicvowelsignbengali;09C3
-rvocalicvowelsigndeva;0943
-rvocalicvowelsigngujarati;0AC3
-s;0073
-sabengali;09B8
-sacute;015B
-sacutedotaccent;1E65
-sadarabic;0635
-sadeva;0938
-sadfinalarabic;FEBA
-sadinitialarabic;FEBB
-sadmedialarabic;FEBC
-sagujarati;0AB8
-sagurmukhi;0A38
-sahiragana;3055
-sakatakana;30B5
-sakatakanahalfwidth;FF7B
-sallallahoualayhewasallamarabic;FDFA
-samekh;05E1
-samekhdagesh;FB41
-samekhdageshhebrew;FB41
-samekhhebrew;05E1
-saraaathai;0E32
-saraaethai;0E41
-saraaimaimalaithai;0E44
-saraaimaimuanthai;0E43
-saraamthai;0E33
-saraathai;0E30
-saraethai;0E40
-saraiileftthai;F886
-saraiithai;0E35
-saraileftthai;F885
-saraithai;0E34
-saraothai;0E42
-saraueeleftthai;F888
-saraueethai;0E37
-saraueleftthai;F887
-sarauethai;0E36
-sarauthai;0E38
-sarauuthai;0E39
-sbopomofo;3119
-scaron;0161
-scarondotaccent;1E67
-scedilla;015F
-schwa;0259
-schwacyrillic;04D9
-schwadieresiscyrillic;04DB
-schwahook;025A
-scircle;24E2
-scircumflex;015D
-scommaaccent;0219
-sdotaccent;1E61
-sdotbelow;1E63
-sdotbelowdotaccent;1E69
-seagullbelowcmb;033C
-second;2033
-secondtonechinese;02CA
-section;00A7
-seenarabic;0633
-seenfinalarabic;FEB2
-seeninitialarabic;FEB3
-seenmedialarabic;FEB4
-segol;05B6
-segol13;05B6
-segol1f;05B6
-segol2c;05B6
-segolhebrew;05B6
-segolnarrowhebrew;05B6
-segolquarterhebrew;05B6
-segoltahebrew;0592
-segolwidehebrew;05B6
-seharmenian;057D
-sehiragana;305B
-sekatakana;30BB
-sekatakanahalfwidth;FF7E
-semicolon;003B
-semicolonarabic;061B
-semicolonmonospace;FF1B
-semicolonsmall;FE54
-semivoicedmarkkana;309C
-semivoicedmarkkanahalfwidth;FF9F
-sentisquare;3322
-sentosquare;3323
-seven;0037
-sevenarabic;0667
-sevenbengali;09ED
-sevencircle;2466
-sevencircleinversesansserif;2790
-sevendeva;096D
-seveneighths;215E
-sevengujarati;0AED
-sevengurmukhi;0A6D
-sevenhackarabic;0667
-sevenhangzhou;3027
-sevenideographicparen;3226
-seveninferior;2087
-sevenmonospace;FF17
-sevenoldstyle;F737
-sevenparen;247A
-sevenperiod;248E
-sevenpersian;06F7
-sevenroman;2176
-sevensuperior;2077
-seventeencircle;2470
-seventeenparen;2484
-seventeenperiod;2498
-seventhai;0E57
-sfthyphen;00AD
-shaarmenian;0577
-shabengali;09B6
-shacyrillic;0448
-shaddaarabic;0651
-shaddadammaarabic;FC61
-shaddadammatanarabic;FC5E
-shaddafathaarabic;FC60
-shaddafathatanarabic;0651 064B
-shaddakasraarabic;FC62
-shaddakasratanarabic;FC5F
-shade;2592
-shadedark;2593
-shadelight;2591
-shademedium;2592
-shadeva;0936
-shagujarati;0AB6
-shagurmukhi;0A36
-shalshelethebrew;0593
-shbopomofo;3115
-shchacyrillic;0449
-sheenarabic;0634
-sheenfinalarabic;FEB6
-sheeninitialarabic;FEB7
-sheenmedialarabic;FEB8
-sheicoptic;03E3
-sheqel;20AA
-sheqelhebrew;20AA
-sheva;05B0
-sheva115;05B0
-sheva15;05B0
-sheva22;05B0
-sheva2e;05B0
-shevahebrew;05B0
-shevanarrowhebrew;05B0
-shevaquarterhebrew;05B0
-shevawidehebrew;05B0
-shhacyrillic;04BB
-shimacoptic;03ED
-shin;05E9
-shindagesh;FB49
-shindageshhebrew;FB49
-shindageshshindot;FB2C
-shindageshshindothebrew;FB2C
-shindageshsindot;FB2D
-shindageshsindothebrew;FB2D
-shindothebrew;05C1
-shinhebrew;05E9
-shinshindot;FB2A
-shinshindothebrew;FB2A
-shinsindot;FB2B
-shinsindothebrew;FB2B
-shook;0282
-sigma;03C3
-sigma1;03C2
-sigmafinal;03C2
-sigmalunatesymbolgreek;03F2
-sihiragana;3057
-sikatakana;30B7
-sikatakanahalfwidth;FF7C
-siluqhebrew;05BD
-siluqlefthebrew;05BD
-similar;223C
-sindothebrew;05C2
-siosacirclekorean;3274
-siosaparenkorean;3214
-sioscieuckorean;317E
-sioscirclekorean;3266
-sioskiyeokkorean;317A
-sioskorean;3145
-siosnieunkorean;317B
-siosparenkorean;3206
-siospieupkorean;317D
-siostikeutkorean;317C
-six;0036
-sixarabic;0666
-sixbengali;09EC
-sixcircle;2465
-sixcircleinversesansserif;278F
-sixdeva;096C
-sixgujarati;0AEC
-sixgurmukhi;0A6C
-sixhackarabic;0666
-sixhangzhou;3026
-sixideographicparen;3225
-sixinferior;2086
-sixmonospace;FF16
-sixoldstyle;F736
-sixparen;2479
-sixperiod;248D
-sixpersian;06F6
-sixroman;2175
-sixsuperior;2076
-sixteencircle;246F
-sixteencurrencydenominatorbengali;09F9
-sixteenparen;2483
-sixteenperiod;2497
-sixthai;0E56
-slash;002F
-slashmonospace;FF0F
-slong;017F
-slongdotaccent;1E9B
-smileface;263A
-smonospace;FF53
-sofpasuqhebrew;05C3
-softhyphen;00AD
-softsigncyrillic;044C
-sohiragana;305D
-sokatakana;30BD
-sokatakanahalfwidth;FF7F
-soliduslongoverlaycmb;0338
-solidusshortoverlaycmb;0337
-sorusithai;0E29
-sosalathai;0E28
-sosothai;0E0B
-sosuathai;0E2A
-space;0020
-spacehackarabic;0020
-spade;2660
-spadesuitblack;2660
-spadesuitwhite;2664
-sparen;24AE
-squarebelowcmb;033B
-squarecc;33C4
-squarecm;339D
-squarediagonalcrosshatchfill;25A9
-squarehorizontalfill;25A4
-squarekg;338F
-squarekm;339E
-squarekmcapital;33CE
-squareln;33D1
-squarelog;33D2
-squaremg;338E
-squaremil;33D5
-squaremm;339C
-squaremsquared;33A1
-squareorthogonalcrosshatchfill;25A6
-squareupperlefttolowerrightfill;25A7
-squareupperrighttolowerleftfill;25A8
-squareverticalfill;25A5
-squarewhitewithsmallblack;25A3
-srsquare;33DB
-ssabengali;09B7
-ssadeva;0937
-ssagujarati;0AB7
-ssangcieuckorean;3149
-ssanghieuhkorean;3185
-ssangieungkorean;3180
-ssangkiyeokkorean;3132
-ssangnieunkorean;3165
-ssangpieupkorean;3143
-ssangsioskorean;3146
-ssangtikeutkorean;3138
-ssuperior;F6F2
-sterling;00A3
-sterlingmonospace;FFE1
-strokelongoverlaycmb;0336
-strokeshortoverlaycmb;0335
-subset;2282
-subsetnotequal;228A
-subsetorequal;2286
-succeeds;227B
-suchthat;220B
-suhiragana;3059
-sukatakana;30B9
-sukatakanahalfwidth;FF7D
-sukunarabic;0652
-summation;2211
-sun;263C
-superset;2283
-supersetnotequal;228B
-supersetorequal;2287
-svsquare;33DC
-syouwaerasquare;337C
-t;0074
-tabengali;09A4
-tackdown;22A4
-tackleft;22A3
-tadeva;0924
-tagujarati;0AA4
-tagurmukhi;0A24
-taharabic;0637
-tahfinalarabic;FEC2
-tahinitialarabic;FEC3
-tahiragana;305F
-tahmedialarabic;FEC4
-taisyouerasquare;337D
-takatakana;30BF
-takatakanahalfwidth;FF80
-tatweelarabic;0640
-tau;03C4
-tav;05EA
-tavdages;FB4A
-tavdagesh;FB4A
-tavdageshhebrew;FB4A
-tavhebrew;05EA
-tbar;0167
-tbopomofo;310A
-tcaron;0165
-tccurl;02A8
-tcedilla;0163
-tcheharabic;0686
-tchehfinalarabic;FB7B
-tchehinitialarabic;FB7C
-tchehmedialarabic;FB7D
-tchehmeeminitialarabic;FB7C FEE4
-tcircle;24E3
-tcircumflexbelow;1E71
-tcommaaccent;0163
-tdieresis;1E97
-tdotaccent;1E6B
-tdotbelow;1E6D
-tecyrillic;0442
-tedescendercyrillic;04AD
-teharabic;062A
-tehfinalarabic;FE96
-tehhahinitialarabic;FCA2
-tehhahisolatedarabic;FC0C
-tehinitialarabic;FE97
-tehiragana;3066
-tehjeeminitialarabic;FCA1
-tehjeemisolatedarabic;FC0B
-tehmarbutaarabic;0629
-tehmarbutafinalarabic;FE94
-tehmedialarabic;FE98
-tehmeeminitialarabic;FCA4
-tehmeemisolatedarabic;FC0E
-tehnoonfinalarabic;FC73
-tekatakana;30C6
-tekatakanahalfwidth;FF83
-telephone;2121
-telephoneblack;260E
-telishagedolahebrew;05A0
-telishaqetanahebrew;05A9
-tencircle;2469
-tenideographicparen;3229
-tenparen;247D
-tenperiod;2491
-tenroman;2179
-tesh;02A7
-tet;05D8
-tetdagesh;FB38
-tetdageshhebrew;FB38
-tethebrew;05D8
-tetsecyrillic;04B5
-tevirhebrew;059B
-tevirlefthebrew;059B
-thabengali;09A5
-thadeva;0925
-thagujarati;0AA5
-thagurmukhi;0A25
-thalarabic;0630
-thalfinalarabic;FEAC
-thanthakhatlowleftthai;F898
-thanthakhatlowrightthai;F897
-thanthakhatthai;0E4C
-thanthakhatupperleftthai;F896
-theharabic;062B
-thehfinalarabic;FE9A
-thehinitialarabic;FE9B
-thehmedialarabic;FE9C
-thereexists;2203
-therefore;2234
-theta;03B8
-theta1;03D1
-thetasymbolgreek;03D1
-thieuthacirclekorean;3279
-thieuthaparenkorean;3219
-thieuthcirclekorean;326B
-thieuthkorean;314C
-thieuthparenkorean;320B
-thirteencircle;246C
-thirteenparen;2480
-thirteenperiod;2494
-thonangmonthothai;0E11
-thook;01AD
-thophuthaothai;0E12
-thorn;00FE
-thothahanthai;0E17
-thothanthai;0E10
-thothongthai;0E18
-thothungthai;0E16
-thousandcyrillic;0482
-thousandsseparatorarabic;066C
-thousandsseparatorpersian;066C
-three;0033
-threearabic;0663
-threebengali;09E9
-threecircle;2462
-threecircleinversesansserif;278C
-threedeva;0969
-threeeighths;215C
-threegujarati;0AE9
-threegurmukhi;0A69
-threehackarabic;0663
-threehangzhou;3023
-threeideographicparen;3222
-threeinferior;2083
-threemonospace;FF13
-threenumeratorbengali;09F6
-threeoldstyle;F733
-threeparen;2476
-threeperiod;248A
-threepersian;06F3
-threequarters;00BE
-threequartersemdash;F6DE
-threeroman;2172
-threesuperior;00B3
-threethai;0E53
-thzsquare;3394
-tihiragana;3061
-tikatakana;30C1
-tikatakanahalfwidth;FF81
-tikeutacirclekorean;3270
-tikeutaparenkorean;3210
-tikeutcirclekorean;3262
-tikeutkorean;3137
-tikeutparenkorean;3202
-tilde;02DC
-tildebelowcmb;0330
-tildecmb;0303
-tildecomb;0303
-tildedoublecmb;0360
-tildeoperator;223C
-tildeoverlaycmb;0334
-tildeverticalcmb;033E
-timescircle;2297
-tipehahebrew;0596
-tipehalefthebrew;0596
-tippigurmukhi;0A70
-titlocyrilliccmb;0483
-tiwnarmenian;057F
-tlinebelow;1E6F
-tmonospace;FF54
-toarmenian;0569
-tohiragana;3068
-tokatakana;30C8
-tokatakanahalfwidth;FF84
-tonebarextrahighmod;02E5
-tonebarextralowmod;02E9
-tonebarhighmod;02E6
-tonebarlowmod;02E8
-tonebarmidmod;02E7
-tonefive;01BD
-tonesix;0185
-tonetwo;01A8
-tonos;0384
-tonsquare;3327
-topatakthai;0E0F
-tortoiseshellbracketleft;3014
-tortoiseshellbracketleftsmall;FE5D
-tortoiseshellbracketleftvertical;FE39
-tortoiseshellbracketright;3015
-tortoiseshellbracketrightsmall;FE5E
-tortoiseshellbracketrightvertical;FE3A
-totaothai;0E15
-tpalatalhook;01AB
-tparen;24AF
-trademark;2122
-trademarksans;F8EA
-trademarkserif;F6DB
-tretroflexhook;0288
-triagdn;25BC
-triaglf;25C4
-triagrt;25BA
-triagup;25B2
-ts;02A6
-tsadi;05E6
-tsadidagesh;FB46
-tsadidageshhebrew;FB46
-tsadihebrew;05E6
-tsecyrillic;0446
-tsere;05B5
-tsere12;05B5
-tsere1e;05B5
-tsere2b;05B5
-tserehebrew;05B5
-tserenarrowhebrew;05B5
-tserequarterhebrew;05B5
-tserewidehebrew;05B5
-tshecyrillic;045B
-tsuperior;F6F3
-ttabengali;099F
-ttadeva;091F
-ttagujarati;0A9F
-ttagurmukhi;0A1F
-tteharabic;0679
-ttehfinalarabic;FB67
-ttehinitialarabic;FB68
-ttehmedialarabic;FB69
-tthabengali;09A0
-tthadeva;0920
-tthagujarati;0AA0
-tthagurmukhi;0A20
-tturned;0287
-tuhiragana;3064
-tukatakana;30C4
-tukatakanahalfwidth;FF82
-tusmallhiragana;3063
-tusmallkatakana;30C3
-tusmallkatakanahalfwidth;FF6F
-twelvecircle;246B
-twelveparen;247F
-twelveperiod;2493
-twelveroman;217B
-twentycircle;2473
-twentyhangzhou;5344
-twentyparen;2487
-twentyperiod;249B
-two;0032
-twoarabic;0662
-twobengali;09E8
-twocircle;2461
-twocircleinversesansserif;278B
-twodeva;0968
-twodotenleader;2025
-twodotleader;2025
-twodotleadervertical;FE30
-twogujarati;0AE8
-twogurmukhi;0A68
-twohackarabic;0662
-twohangzhou;3022
-twoideographicparen;3221
-twoinferior;2082
-twomonospace;FF12
-twonumeratorbengali;09F5
-twooldstyle;F732
-twoparen;2475
-twoperiod;2489
-twopersian;06F2
-tworoman;2171
-twostroke;01BB
-twosuperior;00B2
-twothai;0E52
-twothirds;2154
-u;0075
-uacute;00FA
-ubar;0289
-ubengali;0989
-ubopomofo;3128
-ubreve;016D
-ucaron;01D4
-ucircle;24E4
-ucircumflex;00FB
-ucircumflexbelow;1E77
-ucyrillic;0443
-udattadeva;0951
-udblacute;0171
-udblgrave;0215
-udeva;0909
-udieresis;00FC
-udieresisacute;01D8
-udieresisbelow;1E73
-udieresiscaron;01DA
-udieresiscyrillic;04F1
-udieresisgrave;01DC
-udieresismacron;01D6
-udotbelow;1EE5
-ugrave;00F9
-ugujarati;0A89
-ugurmukhi;0A09
-uhiragana;3046
-uhookabove;1EE7
-uhorn;01B0
-uhornacute;1EE9
-uhorndotbelow;1EF1
-uhorngrave;1EEB
-uhornhookabove;1EED
-uhorntilde;1EEF
-uhungarumlaut;0171
-uhungarumlautcyrillic;04F3
-uinvertedbreve;0217
-ukatakana;30A6
-ukatakanahalfwidth;FF73
-ukcyrillic;0479
-ukorean;315C
-umacron;016B
-umacroncyrillic;04EF
-umacrondieresis;1E7B
-umatragurmukhi;0A41
-umonospace;FF55
-underscore;005F
-underscoredbl;2017
-underscoremonospace;FF3F
-underscorevertical;FE33
-underscorewavy;FE4F
-union;222A
-universal;2200
-uogonek;0173
-uparen;24B0
-upblock;2580
-upperdothebrew;05C4
-upsilon;03C5
-upsilondieresis;03CB
-upsilondieresistonos;03B0
-upsilonlatin;028A
-upsilontonos;03CD
-uptackbelowcmb;031D
-uptackmod;02D4
-uragurmukhi;0A73
-uring;016F
-ushortcyrillic;045E
-usmallhiragana;3045
-usmallkatakana;30A5
-usmallkatakanahalfwidth;FF69
-ustraightcyrillic;04AF
-ustraightstrokecyrillic;04B1
-utilde;0169
-utildeacute;1E79
-utildebelow;1E75
-uubengali;098A
-uudeva;090A
-uugujarati;0A8A
-uugurmukhi;0A0A
-uumatragurmukhi;0A42
-uuvowelsignbengali;09C2
-uuvowelsigndeva;0942
-uuvowelsigngujarati;0AC2
-uvowelsignbengali;09C1
-uvowelsigndeva;0941
-uvowelsigngujarati;0AC1
-v;0076
-vadeva;0935
-vagujarati;0AB5
-vagurmukhi;0A35
-vakatakana;30F7
-vav;05D5
-vavdagesh;FB35
-vavdagesh65;FB35
-vavdageshhebrew;FB35
-vavhebrew;05D5
-vavholam;FB4B
-vavholamhebrew;FB4B
-vavvavhebrew;05F0
-vavyodhebrew;05F1
-vcircle;24E5
-vdotbelow;1E7F
-vecyrillic;0432
-veharabic;06A4
-vehfinalarabic;FB6B
-vehinitialarabic;FB6C
-vehmedialarabic;FB6D
-vekatakana;30F9
-venus;2640
-verticalbar;007C
-verticallineabovecmb;030D
-verticallinebelowcmb;0329
-verticallinelowmod;02CC
-verticallinemod;02C8
-vewarmenian;057E
-vhook;028B
-vikatakana;30F8
-viramabengali;09CD
-viramadeva;094D
-viramagujarati;0ACD
-visargabengali;0983
-visargadeva;0903
-visargagujarati;0A83
-vmonospace;FF56
-voarmenian;0578
-voicediterationhiragana;309E
-voicediterationkatakana;30FE
-voicedmarkkana;309B
-voicedmarkkanahalfwidth;FF9E
-vokatakana;30FA
-vparen;24B1
-vtilde;1E7D
-vturned;028C
-vuhiragana;3094
-vukatakana;30F4
-w;0077
-wacute;1E83
-waekorean;3159
-wahiragana;308F
-wakatakana;30EF
-wakatakanahalfwidth;FF9C
-wakorean;3158
-wasmallhiragana;308E
-wasmallkatakana;30EE
-wattosquare;3357
-wavedash;301C
-wavyunderscorevertical;FE34
-wawarabic;0648
-wawfinalarabic;FEEE
-wawhamzaabovearabic;0624
-wawhamzaabovefinalarabic;FE86
-wbsquare;33DD
-wcircle;24E6
-wcircumflex;0175
-wdieresis;1E85
-wdotaccent;1E87
-wdotbelow;1E89
-wehiragana;3091
-weierstrass;2118
-wekatakana;30F1
-wekorean;315E
-weokorean;315D
-wgrave;1E81
-whitebullet;25E6
-whitecircle;25CB
-whitecircleinverse;25D9
-whitecornerbracketleft;300E
-whitecornerbracketleftvertical;FE43
-whitecornerbracketright;300F
-whitecornerbracketrightvertical;FE44
-whitediamond;25C7
-whitediamondcontainingblacksmalldiamond;25C8
-whitedownpointingsmalltriangle;25BF
-whitedownpointingtriangle;25BD
-whiteleftpointingsmalltriangle;25C3
-whiteleftpointingtriangle;25C1
-whitelenticularbracketleft;3016
-whitelenticularbracketright;3017
-whiterightpointingsmalltriangle;25B9
-whiterightpointingtriangle;25B7
-whitesmallsquare;25AB
-whitesmilingface;263A
-whitesquare;25A1
-whitestar;2606
-whitetelephone;260F
-whitetortoiseshellbracketleft;3018
-whitetortoiseshellbracketright;3019
-whiteuppointingsmalltriangle;25B5
-whiteuppointingtriangle;25B3
-wihiragana;3090
-wikatakana;30F0
-wikorean;315F
-wmonospace;FF57
-wohiragana;3092
-wokatakana;30F2
-wokatakanahalfwidth;FF66
-won;20A9
-wonmonospace;FFE6
-wowaenthai;0E27
-wparen;24B2
-wring;1E98
-wsuperior;02B7
-wturned;028D
-wynn;01BF
-x;0078
-xabovecmb;033D
-xbopomofo;3112
-xcircle;24E7
-xdieresis;1E8D
-xdotaccent;1E8B
-xeharmenian;056D
-xi;03BE
-xmonospace;FF58
-xparen;24B3
-xsuperior;02E3
-y;0079
-yaadosquare;334E
-yabengali;09AF
-yacute;00FD
-yadeva;092F
-yaekorean;3152
-yagujarati;0AAF
-yagurmukhi;0A2F
-yahiragana;3084
-yakatakana;30E4
-yakatakanahalfwidth;FF94
-yakorean;3151
-yamakkanthai;0E4E
-yasmallhiragana;3083
-yasmallkatakana;30E3
-yasmallkatakanahalfwidth;FF6C
-yatcyrillic;0463
-ycircle;24E8
-ycircumflex;0177
-ydieresis;00FF
-ydotaccent;1E8F
-ydotbelow;1EF5
-yeharabic;064A
-yehbarreearabic;06D2
-yehbarreefinalarabic;FBAF
-yehfinalarabic;FEF2
-yehhamzaabovearabic;0626
-yehhamzaabovefinalarabic;FE8A
-yehhamzaaboveinitialarabic;FE8B
-yehhamzaabovemedialarabic;FE8C
-yehinitialarabic;FEF3
-yehmedialarabic;FEF4
-yehmeeminitialarabic;FCDD
-yehmeemisolatedarabic;FC58
-yehnoonfinalarabic;FC94
-yehthreedotsbelowarabic;06D1
-yekorean;3156
-yen;00A5
-yenmonospace;FFE5
-yeokorean;3155
-yeorinhieuhkorean;3186
-yerahbenyomohebrew;05AA
-yerahbenyomolefthebrew;05AA
-yericyrillic;044B
-yerudieresiscyrillic;04F9
-yesieungkorean;3181
-yesieungpansioskorean;3183
-yesieungsioskorean;3182
-yetivhebrew;059A
-ygrave;1EF3
-yhook;01B4
-yhookabove;1EF7
-yiarmenian;0575
-yicyrillic;0457
-yikorean;3162
-yinyang;262F
-yiwnarmenian;0582
-ymonospace;FF59
-yod;05D9
-yoddagesh;FB39
-yoddageshhebrew;FB39
-yodhebrew;05D9
-yodyodhebrew;05F2
-yodyodpatahhebrew;FB1F
-yohiragana;3088
-yoikorean;3189
-yokatakana;30E8
-yokatakanahalfwidth;FF96
-yokorean;315B
-yosmallhiragana;3087
-yosmallkatakana;30E7
-yosmallkatakanahalfwidth;FF6E
-yotgreek;03F3
-yoyaekorean;3188
-yoyakorean;3187
-yoyakthai;0E22
-yoyingthai;0E0D
-yparen;24B4
-ypogegrammeni;037A
-ypogegrammenigreekcmb;0345
-yr;01A6
-yring;1E99
-ysuperior;02B8
-ytilde;1EF9
-yturned;028E
-yuhiragana;3086
-yuikorean;318C
-yukatakana;30E6
-yukatakanahalfwidth;FF95
-yukorean;3160
-yusbigcyrillic;046B
-yusbigiotifiedcyrillic;046D
-yuslittlecyrillic;0467
-yuslittleiotifiedcyrillic;0469
-yusmallhiragana;3085
-yusmallkatakana;30E5
-yusmallkatakanahalfwidth;FF6D
-yuyekorean;318B
-yuyeokorean;318A
-yyabengali;09DF
-yyadeva;095F
-z;007A
-zaarmenian;0566
-zacute;017A
-zadeva;095B
-zagurmukhi;0A5B
-zaharabic;0638
-zahfinalarabic;FEC6
-zahinitialarabic;FEC7
-zahiragana;3056
-zahmedialarabic;FEC8
-zainarabic;0632
-zainfinalarabic;FEB0
-zakatakana;30B6
-zaqefgadolhebrew;0595
-zaqefqatanhebrew;0594
-zarqahebrew;0598
-zayin;05D6
-zayindagesh;FB36
-zayindageshhebrew;FB36
-zayinhebrew;05D6
-zbopomofo;3117
-zcaron;017E
-zcircle;24E9
-zcircumflex;1E91
-zcurl;0291
-zdot;017C
-zdotaccent;017C
-zdotbelow;1E93
-zecyrillic;0437
-zedescendercyrillic;0499
-zedieresiscyrillic;04DF
-zehiragana;305C
-zekatakana;30BC
-zero;0030
-zeroarabic;0660
-zerobengali;09E6
-zerodeva;0966
-zerogujarati;0AE6
-zerogurmukhi;0A66
-zerohackarabic;0660
-zeroinferior;2080
-zeromonospace;FF10
-zerooldstyle;F730
-zeropersian;06F0
-zerosuperior;2070
-zerothai;0E50
-zerowidthjoiner;FEFF
-zerowidthnonjoiner;200C
-zerowidthspace;200B
-zeta;03B6
-zhbopomofo;3113
-zhearmenian;056A
-zhebrevecyrillic;04C2
-zhecyrillic;0436
-zhedescendercyrillic;0497
-zhedieresiscyrillic;04DD
-zihiragana;3058
-zikatakana;30B8
-zinorhebrew;05AE
-zlinebelow;1E95
-zmonospace;FF5A
-zohiragana;305E
-zokatakana;30BE
-zparen;24B5
-zretroflexhook;0290
-zstroke;01B6
-zuhiragana;305A
-zukatakana;30BA
-"""
-
-
-# string table management
-#
-class StringTable:
-  def __init__( self, name_list, master_table_name ):
-    self.names        = name_list
-    self.master_table = master_table_name
-    self.indices      = {}
-    index             = 0
-
-    for name in name_list:
-      self.indices[name] = index
-      index += len( name ) + 1
-
-    self.total = index
-
-  def dump( self, file ):
-    write = file.write
-    write( "  static const char  " + self.master_table +
-           "[" + repr( self.total ) + "] =\n" )
-    write( "  {\n" )
-
-    line = ""
-    for name in self.names:
-      line += "    '"
-      line += string.join( ( re.findall( ".", name ) ), "','" )
-      line += "', 0,\n"
-
-    write( line + "  };\n\n\n" )
-
-  def dump_sublist( self, file, table_name, macro_name, sublist ):
-    write = file.write
-    write( "#define " + macro_name + "  " + repr( len( sublist ) ) + "\n\n" )
-
-    write( "  /* Values are offsets into the `" +
-           self.master_table + "' table */\n\n" )
-    write( "  static const short  " + table_name +
-           "[" + macro_name + "] =\n" )
-    write( "  {\n" )
-
-    line  = "    "
-    comma = ""
-    col   = 0
-
-    for name in sublist:
-      line += comma
-      line += "%4d" % self.indices[name]
-      col  += 1
-      comma = ","
-      if col == 14:
-        col   = 0
-        comma = ",\n    "
-
-    write( line + "\n  };\n\n\n" )
-
-
-# We now store the Adobe Glyph List in compressed form.  The list is put
-# into a data structure called `trie' (because it has a tree-like
-# appearance).  Consider, for example, that you want to store the
-# following name mapping:
-#
-#   A        => 1
-#   Aacute   => 6
-#   Abalon   => 2
-#   Abstract => 4
-#
-# It is possible to store the entries as follows.
-#
-#   A => 1
-#   |
-#   +-acute => 6
-#   |
-#   +-b
-#     |
-#     +-alon => 2
-#     |
-#     +-stract => 4
-#
-# We see that each node in the trie has:
-#
-# - one or more `letters'
-# - an optional value
-# - zero or more child nodes
-#
-# The first step is to call
-#
-#   root = StringNode( "", 0 )
-#   for word in map.values():
-#     root.add( word, map[word] )
-#
-# which creates a large trie where each node has only one children.
-#
-# Executing
-#
-#   root = root.optimize()
-#
-# optimizes the trie by merging the letters of successive nodes whenever
-# possible.
-#
-# Each node of the trie is stored as follows.
-#
-# - First the node's letter, according to the following scheme.  We
-#   use the fact that in the AGL no name contains character codes > 127.
-#
-#     name         bitsize     description
-#     ----------------------------------------------------------------
-#     notlast            1     Set to 1 if this is not the last letter
-#                              in the word.
-#     ascii              7     The letter's ASCII value.
-#
-# - The letter is followed by a children count and the value of the
-#   current key (if any).  Again we can do some optimization because all
-#   AGL entries are from the BMP; this means that 16 bits are sufficient
-#   to store its Unicode values.  Additionally, no node has more than
-#   127 children.
-#
-#     name         bitsize     description
-#     -----------------------------------------
-#     hasvalue           1     Set to 1 if a 16-bit Unicode value follows.
-#     num_children       7     Number of children.  Can be 0 only if
-#                              `hasvalue' is set to 1.
-#     value             16     Optional Unicode value.
-#
-# - A node is finished by a list of 16bit absolute offsets to the
-#   children, which must be sorted in increasing order of their first
-#   letter.
-#
-# For simplicity, all 16bit quantities are stored in big-endian order.
-#
-# The root node has first letter = 0, and no value.
-#
-class StringNode:
-  def __init__( self, letter, value ):
-    self.letter   = letter
-    self.value    = value
-    self.children = {}
-
-  def __cmp__( self, other ):
-    return ord( self.letter[0] ) - ord( other.letter[0] )
-
-  def add( self, word, value ):
-    if len( word ) == 0:
-      self.value = value
-      return
-
-    letter = word[0]
-    word   = word[1:]
-
-    if self.children.has_key( letter ):
-      child = self.children[letter]
-    else:
-      child = StringNode( letter, 0 )
-      self.children[letter] = child
-
-    child.add( word, value )
-
-  def optimize( self ):
-    # optimize all children first
-    children      = self.children.values()
-    self.children = {}
-
-    for child in children:
-      self.children[child.letter[0]] = child.optimize()
-
-    # don't optimize if there's a value,
-    # if we don't have any child or if we
-    # have more than one child
-    if ( self.value != 0 ) or ( not children ) or len( children ) > 1:
-      return self
-
-    child = children[0]
-
-    self.letter  += child.letter
-    self.value    = child.value
-    self.children = child.children
-
-    return self
-
-  def dump_debug( self, write, margin ):
-    # this is used during debugging
-    line = margin + "+-"
-    if len( self.letter ) == 0:
-      line += ""
-    else:
-      line += self.letter
-
-    if self.value:
-      line += " => " + repr( self.value )
-
-    write( line + "\n" )
-
-    if self.children:
-      margin += "| "
-      for child in self.children.values():
-        child.dump_debug( write, margin )
-
-  def locate( self, index ):
-    self.index = index
-    if len( self.letter ) > 0:
-      index += len( self.letter ) + 1
-    else:
-      index += 2
-
-    if self.value != 0:
-      index += 2
-
-    children = self.children.values()
-    children.sort()
-
-    index += 2 * len( children )
-    for child in children:
-      index = child.locate( index )
-
-    return index
-
-  def store( self, storage ):
-    # write the letters
-    l = len( self.letter )
-    if l == 0:
-      storage += struct.pack( "B", 0 )
-    else:
-      for n in range( l ):
-        val = ord( self.letter[n] )
-        if n < l - 1:
-          val += 128
-        storage += struct.pack( "B", val )
-
-    # write the count
-    children = self.children.values()
-    children.sort()
-
-    count = len( children )
-
-    if self.value != 0:
-      storage += struct.pack( "!BH", count + 128, self.value )
-    else:
-      storage += struct.pack( "B", count )
-
-    for child in children:
-      storage += struct.pack( "!H", child.index )
-
-    for child in children:
-      storage = child.store( storage )
-
-    return storage
-
-
-def adobe_glyph_values():
-  """return the list of glyph names and their unicode values"""
-
-  lines  = string.split( adobe_glyph_list, '\n' )
-  glyphs = []
-  values = []
-
-  for line in lines:
-    if line:
-      fields = string.split( line, ';' )
-#     print fields[1] + ' - ' + fields[0]
-      subfields = string.split( fields[1], ' ' )
-      if len( subfields ) == 1:
-        glyphs.append( fields[0] )
-        values.append( fields[1] )
-
-  return glyphs, values
-
-
-def filter_glyph_names( alist, filter ):
-  """filter `alist' by taking _out_ all glyph names that are in `filter'"""
-
-  count  = 0
-  extras = []
-
-  for name in alist:
-    try:
-      filtered_index = filter.index( name )
-    except:
-      extras.append( name )
-
-  return extras
-
-
-def dump_encoding( file, encoding_name, encoding_list ):
-  """dump a given encoding"""
-
-  write = file.write
-  write( "  /* the following are indices into the SID name table */\n" )
-  write( "  static const unsigned short  " + encoding_name +
-         "[" + repr( len( encoding_list ) ) + "] =\n" )
-  write( "  {\n" )
-
-  line  = "    "
-  comma = ""
-  col   = 0
-  for value in encoding_list:
-    line += comma
-    line += "%3d" % value
-    comma = ","
-    col  += 1
-    if col == 16:
-      col = 0
-      comma = ",\n    "
-
-  write( line + "\n  };\n\n\n" )
-
-
-def dump_array( the_array, write, array_name ):
-  """dumps a given encoding"""
-
-  write( "  static const unsigned char  " + array_name +
-         "[" + repr( len( the_array ) ) + "] =\n" )
-  write( "  {\n" )
-
-  line  = ""
-  comma = "    "
-  col   = 0
-
-  for value in the_array:
-    line += comma
-    line += "%3d" % ord( value )
-    comma = ","
-    col  += 1
-
-    if col == 16:
-      col   = 0
-      comma = ",\n    "
-
-    if len( line ) > 1024:
-      write( line )
-      line = ""
-
-  write( line + "\n  };\n\n\n" )
-
-
-def main():
-  """main program body"""
-
-  if len( sys.argv ) != 2:
-    print __doc__ % sys.argv[0]
-    sys.exit( 1 )
-
-  file  = open( sys.argv[1], "w\n" )
-  write = file.write
-
-  count_sid = len( sid_standard_names )
-
-  # `mac_extras' contains the list of glyph names in the Macintosh standard
-  # encoding which are not in the SID Standard Names.
-  #
-  mac_extras = filter_glyph_names( mac_standard_names, sid_standard_names )
-
-  # `base_list' contains the names of our final glyph names table.
-  # It consists of the `mac_extras' glyph names, followed by the SID
-  # standard names.
-  #
-  mac_extras_count = len( mac_extras )
-  base_list        = mac_extras + sid_standard_names
-
-  write( "/***************************************************************************/\n" )
-  write( "/*                                                                         */\n" )
-
-  write( "/*  %-71s*/\n" % os.path.basename( sys.argv[1] ) )
-
-  write( "/*                                                                         */\n" )
-  write( "/*    PostScript glyph names.                                              */\n" )
-  write( "/*                                                                         */\n" )
-  write( "/*  Copyright 2005 by                                                      */\n" )
-  write( "/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */\n" )
-  write( "/*                                                                         */\n" )
-  write( "/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */\n" )
-  write( "/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */\n" )
-  write( "/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */\n" )
-  write( "/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */\n" )
-  write( "/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */\n" )
-  write( "/*                                                                         */\n" )
-  write( "/***************************************************************************/\n" )
-  write( "\n" )
-  write( "\n" )
-  write( "  /* This file has been generated automatically -- do not edit! */\n" )
-  write( "\n" )
-  write( "\n" )
-
-  # dump final glyph list (mac extras + sid standard names)
-  #
-  st = StringTable( base_list, "ft_standard_glyph_names" )
-
-  st.dump( file )
-  st.dump_sublist( file, "ft_mac_names",
-                   "FT_NUM_MAC_NAMES", mac_standard_names )
-  st.dump_sublist( file, "ft_sid_names",
-                   "FT_NUM_SID_NAMES", sid_standard_names )
-
-  dump_encoding( file, "t1_standard_encoding", t1_standard_encoding )
-  dump_encoding( file, "t1_expert_encoding", t1_expert_encoding )
-
-  # dump the AGL in its compressed form
-  #
-  agl_glyphs, agl_values = adobe_glyph_values()
-  dict = StringNode( "", 0 )
-
-  for g in range( len( agl_glyphs ) ):
-    dict.add( agl_glyphs[g], eval( "0x" + agl_values[g] ) )
-
-  dict       = dict.optimize()
-  dict_len   = dict.locate( 0 )
-  dict_array = dict.store( "" )
-
-  write( """\
-  /*
-   *  This table is a compressed version of the Adobe Glyph List (AGL),
-   *  optimized for efficient searching.  It has been generated by the
-   *  `glnames.py' python script located in the `src/tools' directory.
-   *
-   *  The lookup function to get the Unicode value for a given string
-   *  is defined below the table.
-   */
-""" )
-
-  dump_array( dict_array, write, "ft_adobe_glyph_list" )
-
-  # write the lookup routine now
-  #
-  write( """\
-  /*
-   *  This function searches the compressed table efficiently.
-   */
-  static unsigned long
-  ft_get_adobe_glyph_index( const char*  name,
-                            const char*  limit )
-  {
-    int                   c = 0;
-    int                   count, min, max;
-    const unsigned char*  p = ft_adobe_glyph_list;
-
-
-    if ( name == 0 || name >= limit )
-      goto NotFound;
-
-    c     = *name++;
-    count = p[1];
-    p    += 2;
-
-    min = 0;
-    max = count;
-
-    while ( min < max )
-    {
-      int                   mid = ( min + max ) >> 1;
-      const unsigned char*  q   = p + mid * 2;
-      int                   c2;
-
-
-      q = ft_adobe_glyph_list + ( ( (int)q[0] << 8 ) | q[1] );
-
-      c2 = q[0] & 127;
-      if ( c2 == c )
-      {
-        p = q;
-        goto Found;
-      }
-      if ( c2 < c )
-        min = mid + 1;
-      else
-        max = mid;
-    }
-    goto NotFound;
-
-  Found:
-    for (;;)
-    {
-      /* assert (*p & 127) == c */
-
-      if ( name >= limit )
-      {
-        if ( (p[0] & 128) == 0 &&
-             (p[1] & 128) != 0 )
-          return (unsigned long)( ( (int)p[2] << 8 ) | p[3] );
-
-        goto NotFound;
-      }
-      c = *name++;
-      if ( p[0] & 128 )
-      {
-        p++;
-        if ( c != (p[0] & 127) )
-          goto NotFound;
-
-        continue;
-      }
-
-      p++;
-      count = p[0] & 127;
-      if ( p[0] & 128 )
-        p += 2;
-
-      p++;
-
-      for ( ; count > 0; count--, p += 2 )
-      {
-        int                   offset = ( (int)p[0] << 8 ) | p[1];
-        const unsigned char*  q      = ft_adobe_glyph_list + offset;
-
-        if ( c == ( q[0] & 127 ) )
-        {
-          p = q;
-          goto NextIter;
-        }
-      }
-      goto NotFound;
-
-    NextIter:
-      ;
-    }
-
-  NotFound:
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-""" )
-
-  if 0:  # generate unit test, or don't
-    #
-    # now write the unit test to check that everything works OK
-    #
-    write( "#ifdef TEST\n\n" )
-
-    write( "static const char* const  the_names[] = {\n" )
-    for name in agl_glyphs:
-      write( '  "' + name + '",\n' )
-    write( "  0\n};\n" )
-
-    write( "static const unsigned long  the_values[] = {\n" )
-    for val in agl_values:
-      write( '  0x' + val + ',\n' )
-    write( "  0\n};\n" )
-
-    write( """
-#include 
-#include 
-
-  int
-  main( void )
-  {
-    int                   result = 0;
-    const char* const*    names  = the_names;
-    const unsigned long*  values = the_values;
-
-
-    for ( ; *names; names++, values++ )
-    {
-      const char*    name      = *names;
-      unsigned long  reference = *values;
-      unsigned long  value;
-
-
-      value = ft_get_adobe_glyph_index( name, name + strlen( name ) );
-      if ( value != reference )
-      {
-        result = 1;
-        fprintf( stderr, "name '%s' => %04x instead of %04x\\n",
-                         name, value, reference );
-      }
-    }
-
-    return result;
-  }
-""" )
-
-    write( "#endif /* TEST */\n" )
-
-  write("\n/* END */\n")
-
-
-# Now run the main routine
-#
-main()
-
-
-# END
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/test_afm.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/test_afm.c
deleted file mode 100644
index d53cb33..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/test_afm.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,157 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * gcc -DFT2_BUILD_LIBRARY -I../../include -o test_afm test_afm.c \
- *     -L../../objs/.libs -lfreetype -lz -static
- */
-#include 
-#include FT_FREETYPE_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_AUX_H
-
-  void dump_fontinfo( AFM_FontInfo  fi )
-  {
-    FT_Int  i;
-
-
-    printf( "This AFM is for %sCID font.\n\n",
-            ( fi->IsCIDFont ) ? "" : "non-" );
-
-    printf( "FontBBox: %.2f %.2f %.2f %.2f\n", fi->FontBBox.xMin / 65536.,
-                                               fi->FontBBox.yMin / 65536.,
-                                               fi->FontBBox.xMax / 65536.,
-                                               fi->FontBBox.yMax / 65536. );
-    printf( "Ascender: %.2f\n", fi->Ascender / 65536. );
-    printf( "Descender: %.2f\n\n", fi->Descender / 65536. );
-
-    if ( fi->NumTrackKern )
-      printf( "There are %d sets of track kernings:\n",
-              fi->NumTrackKern );
-    else
-      printf( "There is no track kerning.\n" );
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < fi->NumTrackKern; i++ )
-    {
-      AFM_TrackKern  tk = fi->TrackKerns + i;
-
-
-      printf( "\t%2d: %5.2f %5.2f %5.2f %5.2f\n", tk->degree,
-                                                  tk->min_ptsize / 65536.,
-                                                  tk->min_kern / 65536.,
-                                                  tk->max_ptsize / 65536.,
-                                                  tk->max_kern / 65536. );
-    }
-
-    printf( "\n" );
-
-    if ( fi->NumKernPair )
-      printf( "There are %d kerning pairs:\n",
-              fi->NumKernPair );
-    else
-      printf( "There is no kerning pair.\n" );
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < fi->NumKernPair; i++ )
-    {
-      AFM_KernPair  kp = fi->KernPairs + i;
-
-
-      printf( "\t%3d + %3d => (%4d, %4d)\n", kp->index1,
-                                             kp->index2,
-                                             kp->x,
-                                             kp->y );
-    }
-
-  }
-
-  int
-  dummy_get_index( const char*  name,
-                   FT_UInt      len,
-                   void*        user_data )
-  {
-    if ( len )
-      return name[0];
-    else
-      return 0;
-  }
-
-  FT_Error
-  parse_afm( FT_Library    library,
-             FT_Stream     stream,
-             AFM_FontInfo  fi )
-  {
-    PSAux_Service  psaux;
-    AFM_ParserRec  parser;
-    FT_Error       error = FT_Err_Ok;
-
-
-    psaux = (PSAux_Service)FT_Get_Module_Interface( library, "psaux" );
-    if ( !psaux || !psaux->afm_parser_funcs )
-      return -1;
-
-    error = FT_Stream_EnterFrame( stream, stream->size );
-    if ( error )
-      return error;
-
-    error = psaux->afm_parser_funcs->init( &parser,
-                                           library->memory,
-                                           stream->cursor,
-                                           stream->limit );
-    if ( error )
-      return error;
-
-    parser.FontInfo = fi;
-    parser.get_index = dummy_get_index;
-
-    error = psaux->afm_parser_funcs->parse( &parser );
-
-    psaux->afm_parser_funcs->done( &parser );
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  int main( int    argc,
-            char** argv )
-  {
-    FT_Library       library;
-    FT_StreamRec     stream;
-    FT_Error         error = FT_Err_Ok;
-    AFM_FontInfoRec  fi;
-
-
-    if ( argc < 2 )
-      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    error = FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
-    if ( error )
-      return error;
-
-    FT_ZERO( &stream );
-    error = FT_Stream_Open( &stream, argv[1] );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-    stream.memory = library->memory;
-
-    FT_ZERO( &fi );
-    error = parse_afm( library, &stream, &fi );
-
-    if ( !error )
-    {
-      FT_Memory  memory = library->memory;
-
-
-      dump_fontinfo( &fi );
-
-      if ( fi.KernPairs )
-        FT_FREE( fi.KernPairs );
-      if ( fi.TrackKerns )
-        FT_FREE( fi.TrackKerns );
-    }
-    else
-      printf( "parse error\n" );
-
-    FT_Stream_Close( &stream );
-
-  Exit:
-    FT_Done_FreeType( library );
-
-    return error;
-  }
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/test_bbox.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/test_bbox.c
deleted file mode 100644
index e085c5b..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/test_bbox.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,160 +0,0 @@
-#include 
-#include FT_FREETYPE_H
-#include FT_BBOX_H
-
-
-#include     /* for clock() */
-
-/* SunOS 4.1.* does not define CLOCKS_PER_SEC, so include  */
-/* to get the HZ macro which is the equivalent.                         */
-#if defined(__sun__) && !defined(SVR4) && !defined(__SVR4)
-#include 
-#define CLOCKS_PER_SEC HZ
-#endif
-
-  static long
-  get_time( void )
-  {
-    return clock() * 10000L / CLOCKS_PER_SEC;
-  }
-
-
-
-
-  /* test bbox computations */
-
-#define  XSCALE    65536
-#define  XX(x)     ((FT_Pos)(x*XSCALE))
-#define  XVEC(x,y)  { XX(x), XX(y) }
-#define  XVAL(x)   ((x)/(1.0*XSCALE))
-
-  /* dummy outline #1 */
-  static FT_Vector  dummy_vec_1[4] =
-  {
-#if 1
-    XVEC( 408.9111, 535.3164 ),
-    XVEC( 455.8887, 634.396  ),
-    XVEC( -37.8765, 786.2207 ),
-    XVEC( 164.6074, 535.3164 )
-#else
-    { (FT_Int32)0x0198E93DL , (FT_Int32)0x021750FFL },  /* 408.9111, 535.3164 */
-    { (FT_Int32)0x01C7E312L , (FT_Int32)0x027A6560L },  /* 455.8887, 634.3960 */
-    { (FT_Int32)0xFFDA1F9EL , (FT_Int32)0x0312387FL },  /* -37.8765, 786.2207 */
-    { (FT_Int32)0x00A49B7EL , (FT_Int32)0x021750FFL }   /* 164.6074, 535.3164 */
-#endif
-   };
-
-  static char  dummy_tag_1[4] =
-  {
-    FT_CURVE_TAG_ON,
-    FT_CURVE_TAG_CUBIC,
-    FT_CURVE_TAG_CUBIC,
-    FT_CURVE_TAG_ON
-  };
-
-  static short  dummy_contour_1[1] =
-  {
-    3
-  };
-
-  static FT_Outline  dummy_outline_1 =
-  {
-    1,
-    4,
-    dummy_vec_1,
-    dummy_tag_1,
-    dummy_contour_1,
-    0
-  };
-
-
-  /* dummy outline #2 */
-  static FT_Vector  dummy_vec_2[4] =
-  {
-    XVEC( 100.0, 100.0 ),
-    XVEC( 100.0, 200.0 ),
-    XVEC( 200.0, 200.0 ),
-    XVEC( 200.0, 133.0 )
-  };
-
-  static FT_Outline  dummy_outline_2 =
-  {
-    1,
-    4,
-    dummy_vec_2,
-    dummy_tag_1,
-    dummy_contour_1,
-    0
-  };
-
-
-  static void
-  dump_outline( FT_Outline*  outline )
-  {
-    FT_BBox  bbox;
-
-    /* compute and display cbox */
-    FT_Outline_Get_CBox( outline, &bbox );
-    printf( "cbox = [%.2f %.2f %.2f %.2f]\n",
-             XVAL( bbox.xMin ),
-             XVAL( bbox.yMin ),
-             XVAL( bbox.xMax ),
-             XVAL( bbox.yMax ) );
-
-    /* compute and display bbox */
-    FT_Outline_Get_BBox( outline, &bbox );
-    printf( "bbox = [%.2f %.2f %.2f %.2f]\n",
-             XVAL( bbox.xMin ),
-             XVAL( bbox.yMin ),
-             XVAL( bbox.xMax ),
-             XVAL( bbox.yMax ) );
-  }
-
-
-
-  static void
-  profile_outline( FT_Outline*   outline,
-                   long          repeat )
-  {
-    FT_BBox  bbox;
-    long     count;
-    long     time0;
-
-    time0 = get_time();
-    for ( count = repeat; count > 0; count-- )
-      FT_Outline_Get_CBox( outline, &bbox );
-
-    time0 = get_time() - time0;
-    printf( "time = %5.2f cbox = [%.2f %.2f %.2f %.2f]\n",
-             ((double)time0/10000.0),
-             XVAL( bbox.xMin ),
-             XVAL( bbox.yMin ),
-             XVAL( bbox.xMax ),
-             XVAL( bbox.yMax ) );
-
-
-    time0 = get_time();
-    for ( count = repeat; count > 0; count-- )
-      FT_Outline_Get_BBox( outline, &bbox );
-
-    time0 = get_time() - time0;
-    printf( "time = %5.2f bbox = [%.2f %.2f %.2f %.2f]\n",
-             ((double)time0/10000.0),
-             XVAL( bbox.xMin ),
-             XVAL( bbox.yMin ),
-             XVAL( bbox.xMax ),
-             XVAL( bbox.yMax ) );
-  }
-
-#define REPEAT  100000L
-
-  int  main( int  argc, char**  argv )
-  {
-    printf( "outline #1\n" );
-    profile_outline( &dummy_outline_1, REPEAT );
-
-    printf( "outline #2\n" );
-    profile_outline( &dummy_outline_2, REPEAT );
-    return 0;
-  }
-
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/test_trig.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/test_trig.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 8c8a544..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/test_trig.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,236 +0,0 @@
-#include 
-#include FT_FREETYPE_H
-#include FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H
-
-#include 
-#include 
-
-#define  PI   3.14159265358979323846
-#define  SPI  (PI/FT_ANGLE_PI)
-
-/* the precision in 16.16 fixed float points of the checks. Expect */
-/* between 2 and 5 noise LSB bits during operations, due to        */
-/* rounding errors..                                               */
-#define  THRESHOLD  64
-
-  static  error = 0;
-
-  static void
-  test_cos( void )
-  {
-    FT_Fixed  f1, f2;
-    double    d1, d2;
-    int       i;
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < FT_ANGLE_2PI; i += 0x10000 )
-    {
-      f1 = FT_Cos(i);
-      d1 = f1/65536.0;
-      d2 = cos( i*SPI );
-      f2 = (FT_Fixed)(d2*65536.0);
-
-      if ( abs( f2-f1 ) > THRESHOLD )
-      {
-        error = 1;
-        printf( "FT_Cos[%3d] = %.7f  cos[%3d] = %.7f\n",
-                (i >> 16), f1/65536.0, (i >> 16), d2 );
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-
-
-  static void
-  test_sin( void )
-  {
-    FT_Fixed  f1, f2;
-    double    d1, d2;
-    int       i;
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < FT_ANGLE_2PI; i += 0x10000 )
-    {
-      f1 = FT_Sin(i);
-      d1 = f1/65536.0;
-      d2 = sin( i*SPI );
-      f2 = (FT_Fixed)(d2*65536.0);
-
-      if ( abs( f2-f1 ) > THRESHOLD )
-      {
-        error = 1;
-        printf( "FT_Sin[%3d] = %.7f  sin[%3d] = %.7f\n",
-                (i >> 16), f1/65536.0, (i >> 16), d2 );
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  test_tan( void )
-  {
-    FT_Fixed  f1, f2;
-    double    d1, d2;
-    int       i;
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < FT_ANGLE_PI2-0x2000000; i += 0x10000 )
-    {
-      f1 = FT_Tan(i);
-      d1 = f1/65536.0;
-      d2 = tan( i*SPI );
-      f2 = (FT_Fixed)(d2*65536.0);
-
-      if ( abs( f2-f1 ) > THRESHOLD )
-      {
-        error = 1;
-        printf( "FT_Tan[%3d] = %.7f  tan[%3d] = %.7f\n",
-                (i >> 16), f1/65536.0, (i >> 16), d2 );
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  test_atan2( void )
-  {
-    FT_Fixed  c2, s2;
-    double    l, a, c1, s1;
-    int       i, j;
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < FT_ANGLE_2PI; i += 0x10000 )
-    {
-      l  = 5.0;
-      a  = i*SPI;
-
-      c1 = l * cos(a);
-      s1 = l * sin(a);
-
-      c2 = (FT_Fixed)(c1*65536.0);
-      s2 = (FT_Fixed)(s1*65536.0);
-
-      j  = FT_Atan2( c2, s2 );
-      if ( j < 0 )
-        j += FT_ANGLE_2PI;
-
-      if ( abs( i - j ) > 1 )
-      {
-        printf( "FT_Atan2( %.7f, %.7f ) = %.5f, atan = %.5f\n",
-                c2/65536.0, s2/65536.0, j/65536.0, i/65536.0 );
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  static void
-  test_unit( void )
-  {
-    FT_Vector  v;
-    double     a, c1, s1;
-    FT_Fixed   c2, s2;
-    int        i;
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < FT_ANGLE_2PI; i += 0x10000 )
-    {
-      FT_Vector_Unit( &v, i );
-      a  = ( i*SPI );
-      c1 = cos(a);
-      s1 = sin(a);
-      c2 = (FT_Fixed)(c1*65536.0);
-      s2 = (FT_Fixed)(s1*65536.0);
-
-      if ( abs( v.x-c2 ) > THRESHOLD ||
-           abs( v.y-s2 ) > THRESHOLD )
-      {
-        error = 1;
-        printf( "FT_Vector_Unit[%3d] = ( %.7f, %.7f )  vec = ( %.7f, %.7f )\n",
-                (i >> 16),
-                v.x/65536.0, v.y/65536.0,
-                c1, s1 );
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  test_length( void )
-  {
-    FT_Vector  v;
-    FT_Fixed   l, l2;
-    int        i;
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < FT_ANGLE_2PI; i += 0x10000 )
-    {
-      l   = (FT_Fixed)(500.0*65536.0);
-      v.x = (FT_Fixed)( l * cos( i*SPI ) );
-      v.y = (FT_Fixed)( l * sin( i*SPI ) );
-      l2  = FT_Vector_Length( &v );
-
-      if ( abs( l2-l ) > THRESHOLD )
-      {
-        error = 1;
-        printf( "FT_Length( %.7f, %.7f ) = %.5f, length = %.5f\n",
-                v.x/65536.0, v.y/65536.0, l2/65536.0, l/65536.0 );
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  test_rotate( void )
-  {
-    FT_Fixed  c2, s2, c4, s4;
-    FT_Vector v;
-    double    l, ra, a, c1, s1, cra, sra, c3, s3;
-    int       i, j, rotate;
-
-    for ( rotate = 0; rotate < FT_ANGLE_2PI; rotate += 0x10000 )
-    {
-      ra  = rotate*SPI;
-      cra = cos( ra );
-      sra = sin( ra );
-
-      for ( i = 0; i < FT_ANGLE_2PI; i += 0x10000 )
-      {
-        l  = 500.0;
-        a  = i*SPI;
-
-        c1 = l * cos(a);
-        s1 = l * sin(a);
-
-        v.x = c2 = (FT_Fixed)(c1*65536.0);
-        v.y = s2 = (FT_Fixed)(s1*65536.0);
-
-        FT_Vector_Rotate( &v, rotate );
-
-        c3 = c1 * cra - s1 * sra;
-        s3 = c1 * sra + s1 * cra;
-
-        c4 = (FT_Fixed)(c3*65536.0);
-        s4 = (FT_Fixed)(s3*65536.0);
-
-        if ( abs( c4 - v.x ) > THRESHOLD ||
-             abs( s4 - v.y ) > THRESHOLD )
-        {
-          error = 1;
-          printf( "FT_Rotate( (%.7f,%.7f), %.5f ) = ( %.7f, %.7f ), rot = ( %.7f, %.7f )\n",
-                  c1, s1, ra,
-                  c2/65536.0, s2/65536.0,
-                  c4/65536.0, s4/65536.0 );
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  int main( void )
-  {
-    test_cos();
-    test_sin();
-    test_tan();
-    test_atan2();
-    test_unit();
-    test_length();
-    test_rotate();
-
-    if (!error)
-      printf( "trigonometry test ok !\n" );
-
-    return !error;
-  }
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/Jamfile b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/Jamfile
deleted file mode 100644
index a166909..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/Jamfile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-# FreeType 2 src/truetype Jamfile
-#
-# Copyright 2001, 2004 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-SubDir  FT2_TOP $(FT2_SRC_DIR) truetype ;
-
-{
-  local  _sources ;
-
-  if $(FT2_MULTI)
-  {
-    _sources = ttdriver ttobjs ttpload ttgload ttinterp ttgxvar ;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    _sources = truetype ;
-  }
-
-  Library  $(FT2_LIB) : $(_sources).c ;
-}
-
-# end of src/truetype Jamfile
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/module.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/module.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 3b05afc..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/module.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 TrueType module definition
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2006 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-FTMODULE_H_COMMANDS += TRUETYPE_DRIVER
-
-define TRUETYPE_DRIVER
-$(OPEN_DRIVER)tt_driver_class$(CLOSE_DRIVER)
-$(ECHO_DRIVER)truetype  $(ECHO_DRIVER_DESC)Windows/Mac font files with extension *.ttf or *.ttc$(ECHO_DRIVER_DONE)
-endef
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/rules.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/rules.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 7468426..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/rules.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 TrueType driver configuration rules
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2001, 2003, 2004 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-# TrueType driver directory
-#
-TT_DIR := $(SRC_DIR)/truetype
-
-
-# compilation flags for the driver
-#
-TT_COMPILE := $(FT_COMPILE) $I$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$(TT_DIR))
-
-
-# TrueType driver sources (i.e., C files)
-#
-TT_DRV_SRC := $(TT_DIR)/ttobjs.c   \
-              $(TT_DIR)/ttpload.c  \
-              $(TT_DIR)/ttgload.c  \
-              $(TT_DIR)/ttinterp.c \
-              $(TT_DIR)/ttgxvar.c \
-              $(TT_DIR)/ttdriver.c
-
-# TrueType driver headers
-#
-TT_DRV_H := $(TT_DRV_SRC:%.c=%.h) \
-            $(TT_DIR)/tterrors.h
-
-
-# TrueType driver object(s)
-#
-#   TT_DRV_OBJ_M is used during `multi' builds
-#   TT_DRV_OBJ_S is used during `single' builds
-#
-TT_DRV_OBJ_M := $(TT_DRV_SRC:$(TT_DIR)/%.c=$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O)
-TT_DRV_OBJ_S := $(OBJ_DIR)/truetype.$O
-
-# TrueType driver source file for single build
-#
-TT_DRV_SRC_S := $(TT_DIR)/truetype.c
-
-
-# TrueType driver - single object
-#
-$(TT_DRV_OBJ_S): $(TT_DRV_SRC_S) $(TT_DRV_SRC) $(FREETYPE_H) $(TT_DRV_H)
-	$(TT_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $(TT_DRV_SRC_S))
-
-
-# driver - multiple objects
-#
-$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O: $(TT_DIR)/%.c $(FREETYPE_H) $(TT_DRV_H)
-	$(TT_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $<)
-
-
-# update main driver object lists
-#
-DRV_OBJS_S += $(TT_DRV_OBJ_S)
-DRV_OBJS_M += $(TT_DRV_OBJ_M)
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/truetype.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/truetype.c
deleted file mode 100644
index b36473a..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/truetype.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  truetype.c                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType TrueType driver component (body only).                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2004, 2006 by                                     */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#define FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT
-
-#include 
-#include "ttdriver.c"   /* driver interface    */
-#include "ttpload.c"    /* tables loader       */
-#include "ttgload.c"    /* glyph loader        */
-#include "ttobjs.c"     /* object manager      */
-
-#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
-#include "ttinterp.c"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT
-#include "ttgxvar.c"    /* gx distortable font */
-#endif
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttdriver.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttdriver.c
deleted file mode 100644
index c2cf452..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttdriver.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,418 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ttdriver.c                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    TrueType font driver implementation (body).                          */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by             */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include 
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_SFNT_H
-#include FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H
-#include FT_SERVICE_XFREE86_NAME_H
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT
-#include FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H
-#include FT_SERVICE_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H
-#endif
-
-#include FT_SERVICE_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_H
-#include FT_SERVICE_TRUETYPE_GLYF_H
-
-#include "ttdriver.h"
-#include "ttgload.h"
-#include "ttpload.h"
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT
-#include "ttgxvar.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "tterrors.h"
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_ttdriver
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****                          F A C E S                              ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-#undef  PAIR_TAG
-#define PAIR_TAG( left, right )  ( ( (FT_ULong)left << 16 ) | \
-                                     (FT_ULong)right        )
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    tt_get_kerning                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    A driver method used to return the kerning vector between two      */
-  /*    glyphs of the same face.                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    face        :: A handle to the source face object.                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    left_glyph  :: The index of the left glyph in the kern pair.       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    right_glyph :: The index of the right glyph in the kern pair.      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    kerning     :: The kerning vector.  This is in font units for      */
-  /*                   scalable formats, and in pixels for fixed-sizes     */
-  /*                   formats.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                 */
-  /*    Only horizontal layouts (left-to-right & right-to-left) are        */
-  /*    supported by this function.  Other layouts, or more sophisticated  */
-  /*    kernings, are out of scope of this method (the basic driver        */
-  /*    interface is meant to be simple).                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    They can be implemented by format-specific interfaces.             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static FT_Error
-  tt_get_kerning( FT_Face     ttface,          /* TT_Face */
-                  FT_UInt     left_glyph,
-                  FT_UInt     right_glyph,
-                  FT_Vector*  kerning )
-  {
-    TT_Face       face = (TT_Face)ttface;
-    SFNT_Service  sfnt = (SFNT_Service)face->sfnt;
-
-
-    kerning->x = 0;
-    kerning->y = 0;
-
-    if ( sfnt )
-      kerning->x = sfnt->get_kerning( face, left_glyph, right_glyph );
-
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-#undef PAIR_TAG
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****                           S I Z E S                             ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS
-
-  static FT_Error
-  tt_size_select( FT_Size   size,
-                  FT_ULong  strike_index )
-  {
-    TT_Face   ttface = (TT_Face)size->face;
-    TT_Size   ttsize = (TT_Size)size;
-    FT_Error  error  = TT_Err_Ok;
-
-
-    ttsize->strike_index = strike_index;
-
-    if ( FT_IS_SCALABLE( size->face ) )
-    {
-      /* use the scaled metrics, even when tt_size_reset fails */
-      FT_Select_Metrics( size->face, strike_index );
-
-      tt_size_reset( ttsize );
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      SFNT_Service      sfnt    = (SFNT_Service) ttface->sfnt;
-      FT_Size_Metrics*  metrics = &size->metrics;
-
-
-      error = sfnt->load_strike_metrics( ttface, strike_index, metrics );
-      if ( error )
-        ttsize->strike_index = 0xFFFFFFFFUL;
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-#endif /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS */
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  tt_size_request( FT_Size          size,
-                   FT_Size_Request  req )
-  {
-    TT_Size   ttsize = (TT_Size)size;
-    FT_Error  error  = TT_Err_Ok;
-
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS
-
-    if ( FT_HAS_FIXED_SIZES( size->face ) )
-    {
-      TT_Face       ttface = (TT_Face)size->face;
-      SFNT_Service  sfnt   = (SFNT_Service) ttface->sfnt;
-      FT_ULong      strike_index;
-
-
-      error = sfnt->set_sbit_strike( ttface, req, &strike_index );
-
-      if ( error )
-        ttsize->strike_index = 0xFFFFFFFFUL;
-      else
-        return tt_size_select( size, strike_index );
-    }
-
-#endif /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS */
-
-    FT_Request_Metrics( size->face, req );
-
-    if ( FT_IS_SCALABLE( size->face ) )
-      error = tt_size_reset( ttsize );
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    Load_Glyph                                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    A driver method used to load a glyph within a given glyph slot.    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    slot        :: A handle to the target slot object where the glyph  */
-  /*                   will be loaded.                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    size        :: A handle to the source face size at which the glyph */
-  /*                   must be scaled, loaded, etc.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    glyph_index :: The index of the glyph in the font file.            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    load_flags  :: A flag indicating what to load for this glyph.  The */
-  /*                   FTLOAD_??? constants can be used to control the     */
-  /*                   glyph loading process (e.g., whether the outline    */
-  /*                   should be scaled, whether to load bitmaps or not,   */
-  /*                   whether to hint the outline, etc).                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static FT_Error
-  Load_Glyph( FT_GlyphSlot  ttslot,         /* TT_GlyphSlot */
-              FT_Size       ttsize,         /* TT_Size      */
-              FT_UInt       glyph_index,
-              FT_Int32      load_flags )
-  {
-    TT_GlyphSlot  slot = (TT_GlyphSlot)ttslot;
-    TT_Size       size = (TT_Size)ttsize;
-    FT_Face       face = ttslot->face;
-    FT_Error      error;
-
-
-    if ( !slot )
-      return TT_Err_Invalid_Slot_Handle;
-
-    if ( !size )
-      return TT_Err_Invalid_Size_Handle;
-
-    if ( !face || glyph_index >= (FT_UInt)face->num_glyphs )
-      return TT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    if ( load_flags & ( FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE | FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE ) )
-    {
-      load_flags |= FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING |
-                    FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP  |
-                    FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE;
-    }
-
-    /* now load the glyph outline if necessary */
-    error = TT_Load_Glyph( size, slot, glyph_index, load_flags );
-
-    /* force drop-out mode to 2 - irrelevant now */
-    /* slot->outline.dropout_mode = 2; */
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****                D R I V E R  I N T E R F A C E                   ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /****                                                                 ****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT
-  static const FT_Service_MultiMastersRec  tt_service_gx_multi_masters =
-  {
-    (FT_Get_MM_Func)        NULL,
-    (FT_Set_MM_Design_Func) NULL,
-    (FT_Set_MM_Blend_Func)  TT_Set_MM_Blend,
-    (FT_Get_MM_Var_Func)    TT_Get_MM_Var,
-    (FT_Set_Var_Design_Func)TT_Set_Var_Design
-  };
-#endif
-
-  static const FT_Service_TrueTypeEngineRec  tt_service_truetype_engine =
-  {
-#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING
-    FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_UNPATENTED
-#else
-    FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_PATENTED
-#endif
-
-#else /* !TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER */
-
-    FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_NONE
-
-#endif /* TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER */
-  };
-
-  static const FT_Service_TTGlyfRec  tt_service_truetype_glyf =
-  {
-    (TT_Glyf_GetLocationFunc)tt_face_get_location
-  };
-
-  static const FT_ServiceDescRec  tt_services[] =
-  {
-    { FT_SERVICE_ID_XF86_NAME,       FT_XF86_FORMAT_TRUETYPE },
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT
-    { FT_SERVICE_ID_MULTI_MASTERS,   &tt_service_gx_multi_masters },
-#endif
-    { FT_SERVICE_ID_TRUETYPE_ENGINE, &tt_service_truetype_engine },
-    { FT_SERVICE_ID_TT_GLYF,         &tt_service_truetype_glyf },
-    { NULL, NULL }
-  };
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Module_Interface )
-  tt_get_interface( FT_Module    driver,    /* TT_Driver */
-                    const char*  tt_interface )
-  {
-    FT_Module_Interface  result;
-    FT_Module            sfntd;
-    SFNT_Service         sfnt;
-
-
-    result = ft_service_list_lookup( tt_services, tt_interface );
-    if ( result != NULL )
-      return result;
-
-    /* only return the default interface from the SFNT module */
-    sfntd = FT_Get_Module( driver->library, "sfnt" );
-    if ( sfntd )
-    {
-      sfnt = (SFNT_Service)( sfntd->clazz->module_interface );
-      if ( sfnt )
-        return sfnt->get_interface( driver, tt_interface );
-    }
-
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  /* The FT_DriverInterface structure is defined in ftdriver.h. */
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
-  const FT_Driver_ClassRec  tt_driver_class =
-  {
-    {
-      FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER        |
-      FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE    |
-#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
-      FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER,
-#else
-      0,
-#endif
-
-      sizeof ( TT_DriverRec ),
-
-      "truetype",      /* driver name                           */
-      0x10000L,        /* driver version == 1.0                 */
-      0x20000L,        /* driver requires FreeType 2.0 or above */
-
-      (void*)0,        /* driver specific interface */
-
-      tt_driver_init,
-      tt_driver_done,
-      tt_get_interface,
-    },
-
-    sizeof ( TT_FaceRec ),
-    sizeof ( TT_SizeRec ),
-    sizeof ( FT_GlyphSlotRec ),
-
-    tt_face_init,
-    tt_face_done,
-    tt_size_init,
-    tt_size_done,
-    tt_slot_init,
-    0,                      /* FT_Slot_DoneFunc */
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
-    ft_stub_set_char_sizes,
-    ft_stub_set_pixel_sizes,
-#endif
-    Load_Glyph,
-
-    tt_get_kerning,
-    0,                      /* FT_Face_AttachFunc      */
-    0,                      /* FT_Face_GetAdvancesFunc */
-
-    tt_size_request,
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS
-    tt_size_select
-#else
-    0                       /* FT_Size_SelectFunc      */
-#endif
-  };
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttdriver.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttdriver.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f6f26e4..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttdriver.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ttdriver.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    High-level TrueType driver interface (specification).                */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002 by                                           */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __TTDRIVER_H__
-#define __TTDRIVER_H__
-
-
-#include 
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DRIVER_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  FT_EXPORT_VAR( const FT_Driver_ClassRec )  tt_driver_class;
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __TTDRIVER_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/tterrors.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/tterrors.h
deleted file mode 100644
index d317c70..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/tterrors.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  tterrors.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    TrueType error codes (specification only).                           */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2001 by                                                      */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This file is used to define the TrueType error enumeration            */
-  /* constants.                                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef __TTERRORS_H__
-#define __TTERRORS_H__
-
-#include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
-
-#undef __FTERRORS_H__
-
-#define FT_ERR_PREFIX  TT_Err_
-#define FT_ERR_BASE    FT_Mod_Err_TrueType
-
-#include FT_ERRORS_H
-
-#endif /* __TTERRORS_H__ */
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttgload.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttgload.c
deleted file mode 100644
index f6d6f9f..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttgload.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1976 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ttgload.c                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    TrueType Glyph Loader (body).                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by       */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include 
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_CALC_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_SFNT_H
-#include FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H
-#include FT_OUTLINE_H
-
-#include "ttgload.h"
-#include "ttpload.h"
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT
-#include "ttgxvar.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "tterrors.h"
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_ttgload
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Composite font flags.                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define ARGS_ARE_WORDS             0x0001
-#define ARGS_ARE_XY_VALUES         0x0002
-#define ROUND_XY_TO_GRID           0x0004
-#define WE_HAVE_A_SCALE            0x0008
-/* reserved                        0x0010 */
-#define MORE_COMPONENTS            0x0020
-#define WE_HAVE_AN_XY_SCALE        0x0040
-#define WE_HAVE_A_2X2              0x0080
-#define WE_HAVE_INSTR              0x0100
-#define USE_MY_METRICS             0x0200
-#define OVERLAP_COMPOUND           0x0400
-#define SCALED_COMPONENT_OFFSET    0x0800
-#define UNSCALED_COMPONENT_OFFSET  0x1000
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Returns the horizontal metrics in font units for a given glyph.  If   */
-  /* `check' is true, take care of monospaced fonts by returning the       */
-  /* advance width maximum.                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Get_HMetrics( TT_Face     face,
-                FT_UInt     idx,
-                FT_Bool     check,
-                FT_Short*   lsb,
-                FT_UShort*  aw )
-  {
-    ( (SFNT_Service)face->sfnt )->get_metrics( face, 0, idx, lsb, aw );
-
-    if ( check && face->postscript.isFixedPitch )
-      *aw = face->horizontal.advance_Width_Max;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Returns the vertical metrics in font units for a given glyph.         */
-  /* Greg Hitchcock from Microsoft told us that if there were no `vmtx'    */
-  /* table, typoAscender/Descender from the `OS/2' table would be used     */
-  /* instead, and if there were no `OS/2' table, use ascender/descender    */
-  /* from the `hhea' table.  But that is not what Microsoft's rasterizer   */
-  /* apparently does: It uses the ppem value as the advance height, and    */
-  /* sets the top side bearing to be zero.                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The monospace `check' is probably not meaningful here, but we leave   */
-  /* it in for a consistent interface.                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Get_VMetrics( TT_Face     face,
-                FT_UInt     idx,
-                FT_Bool     check,
-                FT_Short*   tsb,
-                FT_UShort*  ah )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( check );
-
-    if ( face->vertical_info )
-      ( (SFNT_Service)face->sfnt )->get_metrics( face, 1, idx, tsb, ah );
-
-#if 1             /* Empirically determined, at variance with what MS said */
-
-    else
-    {
-      *tsb = 0;
-      *ah  = face->root.units_per_EM;
-    }
-
-#else      /* This is what MS said to do.  It isn't what they do, however. */
-
-    else if ( face->os2.version != 0xFFFFU )
-    {
-      *tsb = face->os2.sTypoAscender;
-      *ah  = face->os2.sTypoAscender - face->os2.sTypoDescender;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      *tsb = face->horizontal.Ascender;
-      *ah  = face->horizontal.Ascender - face->horizontal.Descender;
-    }
-
-#endif
-
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Translates an array of coordinates.                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  translate_array( FT_UInt     n,
-                   FT_Vector*  coords,
-                   FT_Pos      delta_x,
-                   FT_Pos      delta_y )
-  {
-    FT_UInt  k;
-
-
-    if ( delta_x )
-      for ( k = 0; k < n; k++ )
-        coords[k].x += delta_x;
-
-    if ( delta_y )
-      for ( k = 0; k < n; k++ )
-        coords[k].y += delta_y;
-  }
-
-
-#undef  IS_HINTED
-#define IS_HINTED( flags )  ( ( flags & FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING ) == 0 )
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The following functions are used by default with TrueType fonts.      */
-  /* However, they can be replaced by alternatives if we need to support   */
-  /* TrueType-compressed formats (like MicroType) in the future.           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  TT_Access_Glyph_Frame( TT_Loader  loader,
-                         FT_UInt    glyph_index,
-                         FT_ULong   offset,
-                         FT_UInt    byte_count )
-  {
-    FT_Error   error;
-    FT_Stream  stream = loader->stream;
-
-    /* for non-debug mode */
-    FT_UNUSED( glyph_index );
-
-
-    FT_TRACE5(( "Glyph %ld\n", glyph_index ));
-
-    /* the following line sets the `error' variable through macros! */
-    if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( offset ) || FT_FRAME_ENTER( byte_count ) )
-      return error;
-
-    loader->cursor = stream->cursor;
-    loader->limit  = stream->limit;
-
-    return TT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
-  TT_Forget_Glyph_Frame( TT_Loader  loader )
-  {
-    FT_Stream  stream = loader->stream;
-
-
-    FT_FRAME_EXIT();
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  TT_Load_Glyph_Header( TT_Loader  loader )
-  {
-    FT_Byte*  p     = loader->cursor;
-    FT_Byte*  limit = loader->limit;
-
-
-    if ( p + 10 > limit )
-      return TT_Err_Invalid_Outline;
-
-    loader->n_contours = FT_NEXT_SHORT( p );
-
-    loader->bbox.xMin = FT_NEXT_SHORT( p );
-    loader->bbox.yMin = FT_NEXT_SHORT( p );
-    loader->bbox.xMax = FT_NEXT_SHORT( p );
-    loader->bbox.yMax = FT_NEXT_SHORT( p );
-
-    FT_TRACE5(( "  # of contours: %d\n", loader->n_contours ));
-    FT_TRACE5(( "  xMin: %4d  xMax: %4d\n", loader->bbox.xMin,
-                                            loader->bbox.xMax ));
-    FT_TRACE5(( "  yMin: %4d  yMax: %4d\n", loader->bbox.yMin,
-                                            loader->bbox.yMax ));
-    loader->cursor = p;
-
-    return TT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  TT_Load_Simple_Glyph( TT_Loader  load )
-  {
-    FT_Error        error;
-    FT_Byte*        p          = load->cursor;
-    FT_Byte*        limit      = load->limit;
-    FT_GlyphLoader  gloader    = load->gloader;
-    FT_Int          n_contours = load->n_contours;
-    FT_Outline*     outline;
-    TT_Face         face       = (TT_Face)load->face;
-    FT_UShort       n_ins;
-    FT_Int          n_points;
-
-    FT_Byte         *flag, *flag_limit;
-    FT_Byte         c, count;
-    FT_Vector       *vec, *vec_limit;
-    FT_Pos          x;
-    FT_Short        *cont, *cont_limit, prev_cont;
-    FT_Int          xy_size = 0;
-
-
-    /* check that we can add the contours to the glyph */
-    error = FT_GLYPHLOADER_CHECK_POINTS( gloader, 0, n_contours );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Fail;
-
-    /* reading the contours' endpoints & number of points */
-    cont       = gloader->current.outline.contours;
-    cont_limit = cont + n_contours;
-
-    /* check space for contours array + instructions count */
-    if ( n_contours >= 0xFFF || p + ( n_contours + 1 ) * 2 > limit )
-      goto Invalid_Outline;
-
-    prev_cont = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    if ( n_contours > 0 )
-      cont[0] = prev_cont;
-
-    for ( cont++; cont < cont_limit; cont++ )
-    {
-      cont[0] = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-      if ( cont[0] <= prev_cont )
-      {
-        /* unordered contours: this is invalid */
-        error = FT_Err_Invalid_Table;
-        goto Fail;
-      }
-      prev_cont = cont[0];
-    }
-
-    n_points = 0;
-    if ( n_contours > 0 )
-    {
-      n_points = cont[-1] + 1;
-      if ( n_points < 0 )
-        goto Invalid_Outline;
-    }
-
-    /* note that we will add four phantom points later */
-    error = FT_GLYPHLOADER_CHECK_POINTS( gloader, n_points + 4, 0 );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Fail;
-
-    /* we'd better check the contours table right now */
-    outline = &gloader->current.outline;
-
-    for ( cont = outline->contours + 1; cont < cont_limit; cont++ )
-      if ( cont[-1] >= cont[0] )
-        goto Invalid_Outline;
-
-    /* reading the bytecode instructions */
-    load->glyph->control_len  = 0;
-    load->glyph->control_data = 0;
-
-    if ( p + 2 > limit )
-      goto Invalid_Outline;
-
-    n_ins = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-    FT_TRACE5(( "  Instructions size: %u\n", n_ins ));
-
-    if ( n_ins > face->max_profile.maxSizeOfInstructions )
-    {
-      FT_TRACE0(( "TT_Load_Simple_Glyph: Too many instructions (%d)\n",
-                  n_ins ));
-      error = TT_Err_Too_Many_Hints;
-      goto Fail;
-    }
-
-    if ( ( limit - p ) < n_ins )
-    {
-      FT_TRACE0(( "TT_Load_Simple_Glyph: Instruction count mismatch!\n" ));
-      error = TT_Err_Too_Many_Hints;
-      goto Fail;
-    }
-
-#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
-
-    if ( IS_HINTED( load->load_flags ) )
-    {
-      load->glyph->control_len  = n_ins;
-      load->glyph->control_data = load->exec->glyphIns;
-
-      FT_MEM_COPY( load->exec->glyphIns, p, (FT_Long)n_ins );
-    }
-
-#endif /* TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER */
-
-    p += n_ins;
-
-    /* reading the point tags */
-    flag       = (FT_Byte*)outline->tags;
-    flag_limit = flag + n_points;
-
-    FT_ASSERT( flag != NULL );
-
-    while ( flag < flag_limit )
-    {
-      if ( p + 1 > limit )
-        goto Invalid_Outline;
-
-      *flag++ = c = FT_NEXT_BYTE( p );
-      if ( c & 8 )
-      {
-        if ( p + 1 > limit )
-          goto Invalid_Outline;
-
-        count = FT_NEXT_BYTE( p );
-        if ( flag + (FT_Int)count > flag_limit )
-          goto Invalid_Outline;
-
-        for ( ; count > 0; count-- )
-          *flag++ = c;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* reading the X coordinates */
-
-    vec       = outline->points;
-    vec_limit = vec + n_points;
-    flag      = (FT_Byte*)outline->tags;
-    x         = 0;
-
-    if ( p + xy_size > limit )
-      goto Invalid_Outline;
-
-    for ( ; vec < vec_limit; vec++, flag++ )
-    {
-      FT_Pos  y = 0;
-      FT_Byte f = *flag;
-
-
-      if ( f & 2 )
-      {
-        if ( p + 1 > limit )
-          goto Invalid_Outline;
-
-        y = (FT_Pos)FT_NEXT_BYTE( p );
-        if ( ( f & 16 ) == 0 )
-          y = -y;
-      }
-      else if ( ( f & 16 ) == 0 )
-      {
-        if ( p + 2 > limit )
-          goto Invalid_Outline;
-
-        y = (FT_Pos)FT_NEXT_SHORT( p );
-      }
-
-      x     += y;
-      vec->x = x;
-      *flag  = f & ~( 2 | 16 );
-    }
-
-    /* reading the Y coordinates */
-
-    vec       = gloader->current.outline.points;
-    vec_limit = vec + n_points;
-    flag      = (FT_Byte*)outline->tags;
-    x         = 0;
-
-    for ( ; vec < vec_limit; vec++, flag++ )
-    {
-      FT_Pos  y = 0;
-      FT_Byte f = *flag;
-
-
-      if ( f & 4 )
-      {
-        if ( p + 1 > limit )
-          goto Invalid_Outline;
-
-        y = (FT_Pos)FT_NEXT_BYTE( p );
-        if ( ( f & 32 ) == 0 )
-          y = -y;
-      }
-      else if ( ( f & 32 ) == 0 )
-      {
-        if ( p + 2 > limit )
-          goto Invalid_Outline;
-
-        y = (FT_Pos)FT_NEXT_SHORT( p );
-      }
-
-      x     += y;
-      vec->y = x;
-      *flag  = f & FT_CURVE_TAG_ON;
-    }
-
-    outline->n_points   = (FT_UShort)n_points;
-    outline->n_contours = (FT_Short) n_contours;
-
-    load->cursor = p;
-
-  Fail:
-    return error;
-
-  Invalid_Outline:
-    error = TT_Err_Invalid_Outline;
-    goto Fail;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  TT_Load_Composite_Glyph( TT_Loader  loader )
-  {
-    FT_Error        error;
-    FT_Byte*        p       = loader->cursor;
-    FT_Byte*        limit   = loader->limit;
-    FT_GlyphLoader  gloader = loader->gloader;
-    FT_SubGlyph     subglyph;
-    FT_UInt         num_subglyphs;
-
-
-    num_subglyphs = 0;
-
-    do
-    {
-      FT_Fixed  xx, xy, yy, yx;
-      FT_UInt   count;
-
-
-      /* check that we can load a new subglyph */
-      error = FT_GlyphLoader_CheckSubGlyphs( gloader, num_subglyphs + 1 );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Fail;
-
-      /* check space */
-      if ( p + 4 > limit )
-        goto Invalid_Composite;
-
-      subglyph = gloader->current.subglyphs + num_subglyphs;
-
-      subglyph->arg1 = subglyph->arg2 = 0;
-
-      subglyph->flags = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-      subglyph->index = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-      /* check space */
-      count = 2;
-      if ( subglyph->flags & ARGS_ARE_WORDS )
-        count += 2;
-      if ( subglyph->flags & WE_HAVE_A_SCALE )
-        count += 2;
-      else if ( subglyph->flags & WE_HAVE_AN_XY_SCALE )
-        count += 4;
-      else if ( subglyph->flags & WE_HAVE_A_2X2 )
-        count += 8;
-
-      if ( p + count > limit )
-        goto Invalid_Composite;
-
-      /* read arguments */
-      if ( subglyph->flags & ARGS_ARE_WORDS )
-      {
-        subglyph->arg1 = FT_NEXT_SHORT( p );
-        subglyph->arg2 = FT_NEXT_SHORT( p );
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        subglyph->arg1 = FT_NEXT_CHAR( p );
-        subglyph->arg2 = FT_NEXT_CHAR( p );
-      }
-
-      /* read transform */
-      xx = yy = 0x10000L;
-      xy = yx = 0;
-
-      if ( subglyph->flags & WE_HAVE_A_SCALE )
-      {
-        xx = (FT_Fixed)FT_NEXT_SHORT( p ) << 2;
-        yy = xx;
-      }
-      else if ( subglyph->flags & WE_HAVE_AN_XY_SCALE )
-      {
-        xx = (FT_Fixed)FT_NEXT_SHORT( p ) << 2;
-        yy = (FT_Fixed)FT_NEXT_SHORT( p ) << 2;
-      }
-      else if ( subglyph->flags & WE_HAVE_A_2X2 )
-      {
-        xx = (FT_Fixed)FT_NEXT_SHORT( p ) << 2;
-        yx = (FT_Fixed)FT_NEXT_SHORT( p ) << 2;
-        xy = (FT_Fixed)FT_NEXT_SHORT( p ) << 2;
-        yy = (FT_Fixed)FT_NEXT_SHORT( p ) << 2;
-      }
-
-      subglyph->transform.xx = xx;
-      subglyph->transform.xy = xy;
-      subglyph->transform.yx = yx;
-      subglyph->transform.yy = yy;
-
-      num_subglyphs++;
-
-    } while ( subglyph->flags & MORE_COMPONENTS );
-
-    gloader->current.num_subglyphs = num_subglyphs;
-
-#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
-
-    {
-      FT_Stream  stream = loader->stream;
-
-
-      /* we must undo the FT_FRAME_ENTER in order to point to the */
-      /* composite instructions, if we find some.               */
-      /* we will process them later...                          */
-      /*                                                        */
-      loader->ins_pos = (FT_ULong)( FT_STREAM_POS() +
-                                    p - limit );
-    }
-
-#endif
-
-    loader->cursor = p;
-
-  Fail:
-    return error;
-
-  Invalid_Composite:
-    error = TT_Err_Invalid_Composite;
-    goto Fail;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  TT_Init_Glyph_Loading( TT_Face  face )
-  {
-    face->access_glyph_frame   = TT_Access_Glyph_Frame;
-    face->read_glyph_header    = TT_Load_Glyph_Header;
-    face->read_simple_glyph    = TT_Load_Simple_Glyph;
-    face->read_composite_glyph = TT_Load_Composite_Glyph;
-    face->forget_glyph_frame   = TT_Forget_Glyph_Frame;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  tt_prepare_zone( TT_GlyphZone  zone,
-                   FT_GlyphLoad  load,
-                   FT_UInt       start_point,
-                   FT_UInt       start_contour )
-  {
-    zone->n_points    = (FT_UShort)( load->outline.n_points - start_point );
-    zone->n_contours  = (FT_Short) ( load->outline.n_contours -
-                                       start_contour );
-    zone->org         = load->extra_points + start_point;
-    zone->cur         = load->outline.points + start_point;
-    zone->orus        = load->extra_points2 + start_point;
-    zone->tags        = (FT_Byte*)load->outline.tags + start_point;
-    zone->contours    = (FT_UShort*)load->outline.contours + start_contour;
-    zone->first_point = (FT_UShort)start_point;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    TT_Hint_Glyph                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Hint the glyph using the zone prepared by the caller.  Note that   */
-  /*    the zone is supposed to include four phantom points.               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static FT_Error
-  TT_Hint_Glyph( TT_Loader  loader,
-                 FT_Bool    is_composite )
-  {
-    TT_GlyphZone  zone = &loader->zone;
-    FT_Pos        origin;
-
-#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
-    FT_UInt       n_ins;
-#else
-    FT_UNUSED( is_composite );
-#endif
-
-
-#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
-    n_ins = loader->glyph->control_len;
-#endif
-
-    origin = zone->cur[zone->n_points - 4].x;
-    origin = FT_PIX_ROUND( origin ) - origin;
-    if ( origin )
-      translate_array( zone->n_points, zone->cur, origin, 0 );
-
-#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
-    /* save original point position in org */
-    if ( n_ins > 0 )
-      FT_ARRAY_COPY( zone->org, zone->cur, zone->n_points );
-
-    /* Reset graphics state. */
-    loader->exec->GS = ((TT_Size)loader->size)->GS;
-
-    /* XXX: UNDOCUMENTED! Hinting instructions of a composite glyph */
-    /*      completely refer to the (already) hinted subglyphs.     */
-    if ( is_composite )
-    {
-      loader->exec->metrics.x_scale = 1 << 16;
-      loader->exec->metrics.y_scale = 1 << 16;
-
-      FT_ARRAY_COPY( zone->orus, zone->cur, zone->n_points );
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      loader->exec->metrics.x_scale =
-        ((TT_Size)loader->size)->metrics.x_scale;
-      loader->exec->metrics.y_scale =
-        ((TT_Size)loader->size)->metrics.y_scale;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    /* round pp2 and pp4 */
-    zone->cur[zone->n_points - 3].x =
-      FT_PIX_ROUND( zone->cur[zone->n_points - 3].x );
-    zone->cur[zone->n_points - 1].y =
-      FT_PIX_ROUND( zone->cur[zone->n_points - 1].y );
-
-#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
-
-    if ( n_ins > 0 )
-    {
-      FT_Bool   debug;
-      FT_Error  error;
-
-
-      error = TT_Set_CodeRange( loader->exec, tt_coderange_glyph,
-                                loader->exec->glyphIns, n_ins );
-      if ( error )
-        return error;
-
-      loader->exec->is_composite = is_composite;
-      loader->exec->pts          = *zone;
-
-      debug = FT_BOOL( !( loader->load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE ) &&
-                       ((TT_Size)loader->size)->debug             );
-
-      error = TT_Run_Context( loader->exec, debug );
-      if ( error && loader->exec->pedantic_hinting )
-        return error;
-    }
-
-#endif
-
-    /* save glyph phantom points */
-    if ( !loader->preserve_pps )
-    {
-      loader->pp1 = zone->cur[zone->n_points - 4];
-      loader->pp2 = zone->cur[zone->n_points - 3];
-      loader->pp3 = zone->cur[zone->n_points - 2];
-      loader->pp4 = zone->cur[zone->n_points - 1];
-    }
-
-    return TT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    TT_Process_Simple_Glyph                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Once a simple glyph has been loaded, it needs to be processed.     */
-  /*    Usually, this means scaling and hinting through bytecode           */
-  /*    interpretation.                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static FT_Error
-  TT_Process_Simple_Glyph( TT_Loader  loader )
-  {
-    FT_GlyphLoader  gloader = loader->gloader;
-    FT_Error        error   = TT_Err_Ok;
-    FT_Outline*     outline;
-    FT_Int          n_points;
-
-
-    outline  = &gloader->current.outline;
-    n_points = outline->n_points;
-
-    /* set phantom points */
-
-    outline->points[n_points    ] = loader->pp1;
-    outline->points[n_points + 1] = loader->pp2;
-    outline->points[n_points + 2] = loader->pp3;
-    outline->points[n_points + 3] = loader->pp4;
-
-    outline->tags[n_points    ] = 0;
-    outline->tags[n_points + 1] = 0;
-    outline->tags[n_points + 2] = 0;
-    outline->tags[n_points + 3] = 0;
-
-    n_points += 4;
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT
-
-    if ( ((TT_Face)loader->face)->doblend )
-    {
-      /* Deltas apply to the unscaled data. */
-      FT_Vector*  deltas;
-      FT_Memory   memory = loader->face->memory;
-      FT_Int      i;
-
-
-      error = TT_Vary_Get_Glyph_Deltas( (TT_Face)(loader->face),
-                                        loader->glyph_index,
-                                        &deltas,
-                                        n_points );
-      if ( error )
-        return error;
-
-      for ( i = 0; i < n_points; ++i )
-      {
-        outline->points[i].x += deltas[i].x;
-        outline->points[i].y += deltas[i].y;
-      }
-
-      FT_FREE( deltas );
-    }
-
-#endif /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT */
-
-    if ( IS_HINTED( loader->load_flags ) )
-    {
-      tt_prepare_zone( &loader->zone, &gloader->current, 0, 0 );
-
-      FT_ARRAY_COPY( loader->zone.orus, loader->zone.cur,
-                     loader->zone.n_points + 4 );
-    }
-
-    /* scale the glyph */
-    if ( ( loader->load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE ) == 0 )
-    {
-      FT_Vector*  vec     = outline->points;
-      FT_Vector*  limit   = outline->points + n_points;
-      FT_Fixed    x_scale = ((TT_Size)loader->size)->metrics.x_scale;
-      FT_Fixed    y_scale = ((TT_Size)loader->size)->metrics.y_scale;
-
-
-      for ( ; vec < limit; vec++ )
-      {
-        vec->x = FT_MulFix( vec->x, x_scale );
-        vec->y = FT_MulFix( vec->y, y_scale );
-      }
-
-      loader->pp1 = outline->points[n_points - 4];
-      loader->pp2 = outline->points[n_points - 3];
-      loader->pp3 = outline->points[n_points - 2];
-      loader->pp4 = outline->points[n_points - 1];
-    }
-
-    if ( IS_HINTED( loader->load_flags ) )
-    {
-      loader->zone.n_points += 4;
-
-      error = TT_Hint_Glyph( loader, 0 );
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    TT_Process_Composite_Component                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Once a composite component has been loaded, it needs to be         */
-  /*    processed.  Usually, this means transforming and translating.      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static FT_Error
-  TT_Process_Composite_Component( TT_Loader    loader,
-                                  FT_SubGlyph  subglyph,
-                                  FT_UInt      start_point,
-                                  FT_UInt      num_base_points )
-  {
-    FT_GlyphLoader  gloader    = loader->gloader;
-    FT_Vector*      base_vec   = gloader->base.outline.points;
-    FT_UInt         num_points = gloader->base.outline.n_points;
-    FT_Bool         have_scale;
-    FT_Pos          x, y;
-
-
-    have_scale = FT_BOOL( subglyph->flags & ( WE_HAVE_A_SCALE     |
-                                              WE_HAVE_AN_XY_SCALE |
-                                              WE_HAVE_A_2X2       ) );
-
-    /* perform the transform required for this subglyph */
-    if ( have_scale )
-    {
-      FT_UInt  i;
-
-
-      for ( i = num_base_points; i < num_points; i++ )
-        FT_Vector_Transform( base_vec + i, &subglyph->transform );
-    }
-
-    /* get offset */
-    if ( !( subglyph->flags & ARGS_ARE_XY_VALUES ) )
-    {
-      FT_UInt     k = subglyph->arg1;
-      FT_UInt     l = subglyph->arg2;
-      FT_Vector*  p1;
-      FT_Vector*  p2;
-
-
-      /* match l-th point of the newly loaded component to the k-th point */
-      /* of the previously loaded components.                             */
-
-      /* change to the point numbers used by our outline */
-      k += start_point;
-      l += num_base_points;
-      if ( k >= num_base_points ||
-           l >= num_points      )
-        return TT_Err_Invalid_Composite;
-
-      p1 = gloader->base.outline.points + k;
-      p2 = gloader->base.outline.points + l;
-
-      x = p1->x - p2->x;
-      y = p1->y - p2->y;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      x = subglyph->arg1;
-      y = subglyph->arg2;
-
-      if ( !x && !y )
-        return TT_Err_Ok;
-
-  /* Use a default value dependent on                                     */
-  /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPONENT_OFFSET_SCALED.  This is useful for old TT */
-  /* fonts which don't set the xxx_COMPONENT_OFFSET bit.                  */
-
-      if ( have_scale &&
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPONENT_OFFSET_SCALED
-           !( subglyph->flags & UNSCALED_COMPONENT_OFFSET ) )
-#else
-            ( subglyph->flags & SCALED_COMPONENT_OFFSET ) )
-#endif
-      {
-
-#if 0
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This algorithm is what Apple documents.  But it doesn't work.         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-        int  a = subglyph->transform.xx > 0 ?  subglyph->transform.xx
-                                            : -subglyph->transform.xx;
-        int  b = subglyph->transform.yx > 0 ?  subglyph->transform.yx
-                                            : -subglyph->transform.yx;
-        int  c = subglyph->transform.xy > 0 ?  subglyph->transform.xy
-                                            : -subglyph->transform.xy;
-        int  d = subglyph->transform.yy > 0 ? subglyph->transform.yy
-                                            : -subglyph->transform.yy;
-        int  m = a > b ? a : b;
-        int  n = c > d ? c : d;
-
-
-        if ( a - b <= 33 && a - b >= -33 )
-          m *= 2;
-        if ( c - d <= 33 && c - d >= -33 )
-          n *= 2;
-        x = FT_MulFix( x, m );
-        y = FT_MulFix( y, n );
-
-#else /* 0 */
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This algorithm is a guess and works much better than the above.       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-        FT_Fixed  mac_xscale = FT_SqrtFixed(
-                                 FT_MulFix( subglyph->transform.xx,
-                                            subglyph->transform.xx ) +
-                                 FT_MulFix( subglyph->transform.xy,
-                                            subglyph->transform.xy ) );
-        FT_Fixed  mac_yscale = FT_SqrtFixed(
-                                 FT_MulFix( subglyph->transform.yy,
-                                            subglyph->transform.yy ) +
-                                 FT_MulFix( subglyph->transform.yx,
-                                            subglyph->transform.yx ) );
-
-
-        x = FT_MulFix( x, mac_xscale );
-        y = FT_MulFix( y, mac_yscale );
-
-#endif /* 0 */
-
-      }
-
-      if ( !( loader->load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE ) )
-      {
-        FT_Fixed  x_scale = ((TT_Size)loader->size)->metrics.x_scale;
-        FT_Fixed  y_scale = ((TT_Size)loader->size)->metrics.y_scale;
-
-
-        x = FT_MulFix( x, x_scale );
-        y = FT_MulFix( y, y_scale );
-
-        if ( subglyph->flags & ROUND_XY_TO_GRID )
-        {
-          x = FT_PIX_ROUND( x );
-          y = FT_PIX_ROUND( y );
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    if ( x || y )
-      translate_array( num_points - num_base_points,
-                       base_vec + num_base_points,
-                       x, y );
-
-    return TT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    TT_Process_Composite_Glyph                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    This is slightly different from TT_Process_Simple_Glyph, in that   */
-  /*    its sole purpose is to hint the glyph.  Thus this function is      */
-  /*    only available when bytecode interpreter is enabled.               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static FT_Error
-  TT_Process_Composite_Glyph( TT_Loader  loader,
-                              FT_UInt    start_point,
-                              FT_UInt    start_contour )
-  {
-    FT_Error     error;
-    FT_Outline*  outline;
-    FT_UInt      i;
-
-
-    outline = &loader->gloader->base.outline;
-
-    /* make room for phantom points */
-    error = FT_GLYPHLOADER_CHECK_POINTS( loader->gloader,
-                                         outline->n_points + 4,
-                                         0 );
-    if ( error )
-      return error;
-
-    outline->points[outline->n_points    ] = loader->pp1;
-    outline->points[outline->n_points + 1] = loader->pp2;
-    outline->points[outline->n_points + 2] = loader->pp3;
-    outline->points[outline->n_points + 3] = loader->pp4;
-
-    outline->tags[outline->n_points    ] = 0;
-    outline->tags[outline->n_points + 1] = 0;
-    outline->tags[outline->n_points + 2] = 0;
-    outline->tags[outline->n_points + 3] = 0;
-
-#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
-
-    {
-      FT_Stream  stream = loader->stream;
-      FT_UShort  n_ins;
-
-
-      /* TT_Load_Composite_Glyph only gives us the offset of instructions */
-      /* so we read them here                                             */
-      if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( loader->ins_pos ) ||
-           FT_READ_USHORT( n_ins )           )
-        return error;
-
-      FT_TRACE5(( "  Instructions size = %d\n", n_ins ));
-
-      /* check it */
-      if ( n_ins > ((TT_Face)loader->face)->max_profile.maxSizeOfInstructions )
-      {
-        FT_TRACE0(( "TT_Process_Composite_Glyph: Too many instructions (%d)\n",
-                    n_ins ));
-
-        return TT_Err_Too_Many_Hints;
-      }
-      else if ( n_ins == 0 )
-        return TT_Err_Ok;
-
-      if ( FT_STREAM_READ( loader->exec->glyphIns, n_ins ) )
-        return error;
-
-      loader->glyph->control_data = loader->exec->glyphIns;
-      loader->glyph->control_len  = n_ins;
-    }
-
-#endif
-
-    tt_prepare_zone( &loader->zone, &loader->gloader->base,
-                     start_point, start_contour );
-
-    /* Some points are likely touched during execution of  */
-    /* instructions on components.  So let's untouch them. */
-    for ( i = start_point; i < loader->zone.n_points; i++ )
-      loader->zone.tags[i] &= ~( FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_X |
-                                 FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_Y );
-
-    loader->zone.n_points += 4;
-
-    return TT_Hint_Glyph( loader, 1 );
-  }
-
-
-  /* Calculate the four phantom points.                     */
-  /* The first two stand for horizontal origin and advance. */
-  /* The last two stand for vertical origin and advance.    */
-#define TT_LOADER_SET_PP( loader )                                          \
-          do {                                                              \
-            (loader)->pp1.x = (loader)->bbox.xMin - (loader)->left_bearing; \
-            (loader)->pp1.y = 0;                                            \
-            (loader)->pp2.x = (loader)->pp1.x + (loader)->advance;          \
-            (loader)->pp2.y = 0;                                            \
-            (loader)->pp3.x = 0;                                            \
-            (loader)->pp3.y = (loader)->top_bearing + (loader)->bbox.yMax;  \
-            (loader)->pp4.x = 0;                                            \
-            (loader)->pp4.y = (loader)->pp3.y - (loader)->vadvance;         \
-          } while ( 0 )
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    load_truetype_glyph                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Loads a given truetype glyph.  Handles composites and uses a       */
-  /*    TT_Loader object.                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static FT_Error
-  load_truetype_glyph( TT_Loader  loader,
-                       FT_UInt    glyph_index,
-                       FT_UInt    recurse_count )
-  {
-    FT_Error        error;
-    FT_Fixed        x_scale, y_scale;
-    FT_ULong        offset;
-    TT_Face         face         = (TT_Face)loader->face;
-    FT_GlyphLoader  gloader      = loader->gloader;
-    FT_Bool         opened_frame = 0;
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT
-    FT_Vector*      deltas       = NULL;
-#endif
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
-    FT_StreamRec    inc_stream;
-    FT_Data         glyph_data;
-    FT_Bool         glyph_data_loaded = 0;
-#endif
-
-
-    /* some fonts have an incorrect value of `maxComponentDepth', */
-    /* thus we allow depth 1 to catch the majority of them        */
-    if ( recurse_count > 1                                   &&
-         recurse_count > face->max_profile.maxComponentDepth )
-    {
-      error = TT_Err_Invalid_Composite;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* check glyph index */
-    if ( glyph_index >= (FT_UInt)face->root.num_glyphs )
-    {
-      error = TT_Err_Invalid_Glyph_Index;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    loader->glyph_index = glyph_index;
-
-    if ( ( loader->load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE ) == 0 )
-    {
-      x_scale = ((TT_Size)loader->size)->metrics.x_scale;
-      y_scale = ((TT_Size)loader->size)->metrics.y_scale;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      x_scale = 0x10000L;
-      y_scale = 0x10000L;
-    }
-
-    /* get metrics, horizontal and vertical */
-    {
-      FT_Short   left_bearing = 0, top_bearing = 0;
-      FT_UShort  advance_width = 0, advance_height = 0;
-
-
-      Get_HMetrics( face, glyph_index,
-                    (FT_Bool)!( loader->load_flags &
-                                FT_LOAD_IGNORE_GLOBAL_ADVANCE_WIDTH ),
-                    &left_bearing,
-                    &advance_width );
-      Get_VMetrics( face, glyph_index,
-                    (FT_Bool)!( loader->load_flags &
-                                FT_LOAD_IGNORE_GLOBAL_ADVANCE_WIDTH ),
-                    &top_bearing,
-                    &advance_height );
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
-
-      /* If this is an incrementally loaded font see if there are */
-      /* overriding metrics for this glyph.                       */
-      if ( face->root.internal->incremental_interface &&
-           face->root.internal->incremental_interface->funcs->get_glyph_metrics )
-      {
-        FT_Incremental_MetricsRec  metrics;
-
-
-        metrics.bearing_x = left_bearing;
-        metrics.bearing_y = 0;
-        metrics.advance = advance_width;
-        error = face->root.internal->incremental_interface->funcs->get_glyph_metrics(
-                  face->root.internal->incremental_interface->object,
-                  glyph_index, FALSE, &metrics );
-        if ( error )
-          goto Exit;
-        left_bearing  = (FT_Short)metrics.bearing_x;
-        advance_width = (FT_UShort)metrics.advance;
-
-#if 0
-
-        /* GWW: Do I do the same for vertical metrics? */
-        metrics.bearing_x = 0;
-        metrics.bearing_y = top_bearing;
-        metrics.advance = advance_height;
-        error = face->root.internal->incremental_interface->funcs->get_glyph_metrics(
-                  face->root.internal->incremental_interface->object,
-                  glyph_index, TRUE, &metrics );
-        if ( error )
-          goto Exit;
-        top_bearing  = (FT_Short)metrics.bearing_y;
-        advance_height = (FT_UShort)metrics.advance;
-
-#endif /* 0 */
-
-      }
-
-#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL */
-
-      loader->left_bearing = left_bearing;
-      loader->advance      = advance_width;
-      loader->top_bearing  = top_bearing;
-      loader->vadvance     = advance_height;
-
-      if ( !loader->linear_def )
-      {
-        loader->linear_def = 1;
-        loader->linear     = advance_width;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Set `offset' to the start of the glyph relative to the start of */
-    /* the `glyf' table, and `byte_len' to the length of the glyph in  */
-    /* bytes.                                                          */
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
-
-    /* If we are loading glyph data via the incremental interface, set */
-    /* the loader stream to a memory stream reading the data returned  */
-    /* by the interface.                                               */
-    if ( face->root.internal->incremental_interface )
-    {
-      error = face->root.internal->incremental_interface->funcs->get_glyph_data(
-                face->root.internal->incremental_interface->object,
-                glyph_index, &glyph_data );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      glyph_data_loaded = 1;
-      offset            = 0;
-      loader->byte_len  = glyph_data.length;
-
-      FT_MEM_ZERO( &inc_stream, sizeof ( inc_stream ) );
-      FT_Stream_OpenMemory( &inc_stream,
-                            glyph_data.pointer, glyph_data.length );
-
-      loader->stream = &inc_stream;
-    }
-    else
-
-#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL */
-
-      offset = tt_face_get_location( face, glyph_index,
-                                     (FT_UInt*)&loader->byte_len );
-
-    if ( loader->byte_len > 0 )
-    {
-      error = face->access_glyph_frame( loader, glyph_index,
-                                        loader->glyf_offset + offset,
-                                        loader->byte_len );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      opened_frame = 1;
-
-      /* read first glyph header */
-      error = face->read_glyph_header( loader );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    if ( loader->byte_len == 0 || loader->n_contours == 0 )
-    {
-      loader->bbox.xMin = 0;
-      loader->bbox.xMax = 0;
-      loader->bbox.yMin = 0;
-      loader->bbox.yMax = 0;
-
-      TT_LOADER_SET_PP( loader );
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT
-
-      if ( ((TT_Face)(loader->face))->doblend )
-      {
-        /* this must be done before scaling */
-        FT_Memory  memory = loader->face->memory;
-
-
-        error = TT_Vary_Get_Glyph_Deltas( (TT_Face)(loader->face),
-                                          glyph_index, &deltas, 4 );
-        if ( error )
-          goto Exit;
-
-        loader->pp1.x += deltas[0].x; loader->pp1.y += deltas[0].y;
-        loader->pp2.x += deltas[1].x; loader->pp2.y += deltas[1].y;
-        loader->pp3.x += deltas[2].x; loader->pp3.y += deltas[2].y;
-        loader->pp4.x += deltas[3].x; loader->pp4.y += deltas[3].y;
-
-        FT_FREE( deltas );
-      }
-
-#endif
-
-      if ( ( loader->load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE ) == 0 )
-      {
-        loader->pp1.x = FT_MulFix( loader->pp1.x, x_scale );
-        loader->pp2.x = FT_MulFix( loader->pp2.x, x_scale );
-        loader->pp3.y = FT_MulFix( loader->pp3.y, y_scale );
-        loader->pp4.y = FT_MulFix( loader->pp4.y, y_scale );
-      }
-
-      error = TT_Err_Ok;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    TT_LOADER_SET_PP( loader );
-
-    /***********************************************************************/
-    /***********************************************************************/
-    /***********************************************************************/
-
-    /* if it is a simple glyph, load it */
-
-    if ( loader->n_contours > 0 )
-    {
-      error = face->read_simple_glyph( loader );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      /* all data have been read */
-      face->forget_glyph_frame( loader );
-      opened_frame = 0;
-
-      error = TT_Process_Simple_Glyph( loader );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      FT_GlyphLoader_Add( gloader );
-    }
-
-    /***********************************************************************/
-    /***********************************************************************/
-    /***********************************************************************/
-
-    /* otherwise, load a composite! */
-    else if ( loader->n_contours == -1 )
-    {
-      FT_UInt   start_point;
-      FT_UInt   start_contour;
-      FT_ULong  ins_pos;  /* position of composite instructions, if any */
-
-
-      start_point   = gloader->base.outline.n_points;
-      start_contour = gloader->base.outline.n_contours;
-
-      /* for each subglyph, read composite header */
-      error = face->read_composite_glyph( loader );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      /* store the offset of instructions */
-      ins_pos = loader->ins_pos;
-
-      /* all data we need are read */
-      face->forget_glyph_frame( loader );
-      opened_frame = 0;
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT
-
-      if ( face->doblend )
-      {
-        FT_Int       i, limit;
-        FT_SubGlyph  subglyph;
-        FT_Memory    memory = face->root.memory;
-
-
-        /* this provides additional offsets */
-        /* for each component's translation */
-
-        if ( ( error = TT_Vary_Get_Glyph_Deltas(
-                         face,
-                         glyph_index,
-                         &deltas,
-                         gloader->current.num_subglyphs + 4 )) != 0 )
-          goto Exit;
-
-        subglyph = gloader->current.subglyphs + gloader->base.num_subglyphs;
-        limit    = gloader->current.num_subglyphs;
-
-        for ( i = 0; i < limit; ++i, ++subglyph )
-        {
-          if ( subglyph->flags & ARGS_ARE_XY_VALUES )
-          {
-            subglyph->arg1 += deltas[i].x;
-            subglyph->arg2 += deltas[i].y;
-          }
-        }
-
-        loader->pp1.x += deltas[i + 0].x; loader->pp1.y += deltas[i + 0].y;
-        loader->pp2.x += deltas[i + 1].x; loader->pp2.y += deltas[i + 1].y;
-        loader->pp3.x += deltas[i + 2].x; loader->pp3.y += deltas[i + 2].y;
-        loader->pp4.x += deltas[i + 3].x; loader->pp4.y += deltas[i + 3].y;
-
-        FT_FREE( deltas );
-      }
-
-#endif /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT */
-
-      if ( ( loader->load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE ) == 0 )
-      {
-        loader->pp1.x = FT_MulFix( loader->pp1.x, x_scale );
-        loader->pp2.x = FT_MulFix( loader->pp2.x, x_scale );
-        loader->pp3.y = FT_MulFix( loader->pp3.y, y_scale );
-        loader->pp4.y = FT_MulFix( loader->pp4.y, y_scale );
-      }
-
-      /* if the flag FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE is set, we return the subglyph */
-      /* `as is' in the glyph slot (the client application will be     */
-      /* responsible for interpreting these data)...                   */
-      if ( loader->load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE )
-      {
-        FT_GlyphLoader_Add( gloader );
-        loader->glyph->format = FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE;
-
-        goto Exit;
-      }
-
-      /*********************************************************************/
-      /*********************************************************************/
-      /*********************************************************************/
-
-      {
-        FT_UInt      n, num_base_points;
-        FT_SubGlyph  subglyph       = 0;
-
-        FT_UInt      num_points     = start_point;
-        FT_UInt      num_subglyphs  = gloader->current.num_subglyphs;
-        FT_UInt      num_base_subgs = gloader->base.num_subglyphs;
-
-        FT_Stream    old_stream     = loader->stream;
-
-
-        FT_GlyphLoader_Add( gloader );
-
-        /* read each subglyph independently */
-        for ( n = 0; n < num_subglyphs; n++ )
-        {
-          FT_Vector  pp[4];
-
-
-          /* Each time we call load_truetype_glyph in this loop, the   */
-          /* value of `gloader.base.subglyphs' can change due to table */
-          /* reallocations.  We thus need to recompute the subglyph    */
-          /* pointer on each iteration.                                */
-          subglyph = gloader->base.subglyphs + num_base_subgs + n;
-
-          pp[0] = loader->pp1;
-          pp[1] = loader->pp2;
-          pp[2] = loader->pp3;
-          pp[3] = loader->pp4;
-
-          num_base_points = gloader->base.outline.n_points;
-
-          error = load_truetype_glyph( loader, subglyph->index,
-                                       recurse_count + 1 );
-          if ( error )
-            goto Exit;
-
-          /* restore subglyph pointer */
-          subglyph = gloader->base.subglyphs + num_base_subgs + n;
-
-          if ( !( subglyph->flags & USE_MY_METRICS ) )
-          {
-            loader->pp1 = pp[0];
-            loader->pp2 = pp[1];
-            loader->pp3 = pp[2];
-            loader->pp4 = pp[3];
-          }
-
-          num_points = gloader->base.outline.n_points;
-
-          if ( num_points == num_base_points )
-            continue;
-
-          /* gloader->base.outline consists of three parts:               */
-          /* 0 -(1)-> start_point -(2)-> num_base_points -(3)-> n_points. */
-          /*                                                              */
-          /* (1): exists from the beginning                               */
-          /* (2): components that have been loaded so far                 */
-          /* (3): the newly loaded component                              */
-          TT_Process_Composite_Component( loader, subglyph, start_point,
-                                          num_base_points );
-        }
-
-        loader->stream = old_stream;
-
-        /* process the glyph */
-        loader->ins_pos = ins_pos;
-        if ( IS_HINTED( loader->load_flags ) &&
-
-#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
-
-             subglyph->flags & WE_HAVE_INSTR &&
-
-#endif
-
-             num_points > start_point )
-          TT_Process_Composite_Glyph( loader, start_point, start_contour );
-
-      }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* invalid composite count (negative but not -1) */
-      error = TT_Err_Invalid_Outline;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /***********************************************************************/
-    /***********************************************************************/
-    /***********************************************************************/
-
-  Exit:
-
-    if ( opened_frame )
-      face->forget_glyph_frame( loader );
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
-
-    if ( glyph_data_loaded )
-      face->root.internal->incremental_interface->funcs->free_glyph_data(
-        face->root.internal->incremental_interface->object,
-        &glyph_data );
-
-#endif
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  compute_glyph_metrics( TT_Loader  loader,
-                         FT_UInt    glyph_index )
-  {
-    FT_BBox       bbox;
-    TT_Face       face = (TT_Face)loader->face;
-    FT_Fixed      y_scale;
-    TT_GlyphSlot  glyph = loader->glyph;
-    TT_Size       size = (TT_Size)loader->size;
-
-
-    y_scale = 0x10000L;
-    if ( ( loader->load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE ) == 0 )
-      y_scale = size->root.metrics.y_scale;
-
-    if ( glyph->format != FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE )
-      FT_Outline_Get_CBox( &glyph->outline, &bbox );
-    else
-      bbox = loader->bbox;
-
-    /* get the device-independent horizontal advance; it is scaled later */
-    /* by the base layer.                                                */
-    {
-      FT_Pos  advance = loader->linear;
-
-
-      /* the flag FT_LOAD_IGNORE_GLOBAL_ADVANCE_WIDTH was introduced to */
-      /* correctly support DynaLab fonts, which have an incorrect       */
-      /* `advance_Width_Max' field!  It is used, to my knowledge,       */
-      /* exclusively in the X-TrueType font server.                     */
-      /*                                                                */
-      if ( face->postscript.isFixedPitch                                     &&
-           ( loader->load_flags & FT_LOAD_IGNORE_GLOBAL_ADVANCE_WIDTH ) == 0 )
-        advance = face->horizontal.advance_Width_Max;
-
-      /* we need to return the advance in font units in linearHoriAdvance, */
-      /* it will be scaled later by the base layer.                        */
-      glyph->linearHoriAdvance = advance;
-    }
-
-    glyph->metrics.horiBearingX = bbox.xMin;
-    glyph->metrics.horiBearingY = bbox.yMax;
-    glyph->metrics.horiAdvance  = loader->pp2.x - loader->pp1.x;
-
-    /* Now take care of vertical metrics.  In the case where there is    */
-    /* no vertical information within the font (relatively common), make */
-    /* up some metrics by `hand'...                                      */
-
-    {
-      FT_Pos  top;      /* scaled vertical top side bearing  */
-      FT_Pos  advance;  /* scaled vertical advance height    */
-
-
-      /* Get the unscaled top bearing and advance height. */
-      if ( face->vertical_info &&
-           face->vertical.number_Of_VMetrics > 0 )
-      {
-        top = (FT_Short)FT_DivFix( loader->pp3.y - bbox.yMax,
-                                   y_scale );
-
-        if ( loader->pp3.y <= loader->pp4.y )
-          advance = 0;
-        else
-          advance = (FT_UShort)FT_DivFix( loader->pp3.y - loader->pp4.y,
-                                          y_scale );
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        FT_Pos  height;
-
-
-        /* XXX Compute top side bearing and advance height in  */
-        /*     Get_VMetrics instead of here.                   */
-
-        /* NOTE: The OS/2 values are the only `portable' ones, */
-        /*       which is why we use them, if there is an OS/2 */
-        /*       table in the font.  Otherwise, we use the     */
-        /*       values defined in the horizontal header.      */
-
-        height = (FT_Short)FT_DivFix( bbox.yMax - bbox.yMin,
-                                      y_scale );
-        if ( face->os2.version != 0xFFFFU )
-          advance = (FT_Pos)( face->os2.sTypoAscender -
-                              face->os2.sTypoDescender );
-        else
-          advance = (FT_Pos)( face->horizontal.Ascender -
-                              face->horizontal.Descender );
-
-        top = ( advance - height ) / 2;
-      }
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
-      {
-        FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec*  incr;
-        FT_Incremental_MetricsRec     metrics;
-        FT_Error                      error;
-
-
-        incr = face->root.internal->incremental_interface;
-
-        /* If this is an incrementally loaded font see if there are */
-        /* overriding metrics for this glyph.                       */
-        if ( incr && incr->funcs->get_glyph_metrics )
-        {
-          metrics.bearing_x = 0;
-          metrics.bearing_y = top;
-          metrics.advance   = advance;
-
-          error = incr->funcs->get_glyph_metrics( incr->object,
-                                                  glyph_index,
-                                                  TRUE,
-                                                  &metrics );
-          if ( error )
-            return error;
-
-          top     = metrics.bearing_y;
-          advance = metrics.advance;
-        }
-      }
-
-      /* GWW: Do vertical metrics get loaded incrementally too? */
-
-#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL */
-
-      glyph->linearVertAdvance = advance;
-
-      /* scale the metrics */
-      if ( !( loader->load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE ) )
-      {
-        top     = FT_MulFix( top, y_scale );
-        advance = FT_MulFix( advance, y_scale );
-      }
-
-      /* XXX: for now, we have no better algorithm for the lsb, but it */
-      /*      should work fine.                                        */
-      /*                                                               */
-      glyph->metrics.vertBearingX = ( bbox.xMin - bbox.xMax ) / 2;
-      glyph->metrics.vertBearingY = top;
-      glyph->metrics.vertAdvance  = advance;
-    }
-
-    /* adjust advance width to the value contained in the hdmx table */
-    if ( !face->postscript.isFixedPitch &&
-         IS_HINTED( loader->load_flags )        )
-    {
-      FT_Byte*  widthp;
-
-
-      widthp = tt_face_get_device_metrics( face,
-                                           size->root.metrics.x_ppem,
-                                           glyph_index );
-
-      if ( widthp )
-        glyph->metrics.horiAdvance = *widthp << 6;
-    }
-
-    /* set glyph dimensions */
-    glyph->metrics.width  = bbox.xMax - bbox.xMin;
-    glyph->metrics.height = bbox.yMax - bbox.yMin;
-
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS
-
-  static FT_Error
-  load_sbit_image( TT_Size       size,
-                   TT_GlyphSlot  glyph,
-                   FT_UInt       glyph_index,
-                   FT_Int32      load_flags )
-  {
-    TT_Face             face;
-    SFNT_Service        sfnt;
-    FT_Stream           stream;
-    FT_Error            error;
-    TT_SBit_MetricsRec  metrics;
-
-
-    face   = (TT_Face)glyph->face;
-    sfnt   = (SFNT_Service)face->sfnt;
-    stream = face->root.stream;
-
-    error = sfnt->load_sbit_image( face,
-                                   size->strike_index,
-                                   glyph_index,
-                                   (FT_Int)load_flags,
-                                   stream,
-                                   &glyph->bitmap,
-                                   &metrics );
-    if ( !error )
-    {
-      glyph->outline.n_points   = 0;
-      glyph->outline.n_contours = 0;
-
-      glyph->metrics.width  = (FT_Pos)metrics.width  << 6;
-      glyph->metrics.height = (FT_Pos)metrics.height << 6;
-
-      glyph->metrics.horiBearingX = (FT_Pos)metrics.horiBearingX << 6;
-      glyph->metrics.horiBearingY = (FT_Pos)metrics.horiBearingY << 6;
-      glyph->metrics.horiAdvance  = (FT_Pos)metrics.horiAdvance  << 6;
-
-      glyph->metrics.vertBearingX = (FT_Pos)metrics.vertBearingX << 6;
-      glyph->metrics.vertBearingY = (FT_Pos)metrics.vertBearingY << 6;
-      glyph->metrics.vertAdvance  = (FT_Pos)metrics.vertAdvance  << 6;
-
-      glyph->format = FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP;
-      if ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT )
-      {
-        glyph->bitmap_left = metrics.vertBearingX;
-        glyph->bitmap_top  = metrics.vertBearingY;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        glyph->bitmap_left = metrics.horiBearingX;
-        glyph->bitmap_top  = metrics.horiBearingY;
-      }
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-#endif /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS */
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  tt_loader_init( TT_Loader     loader,
-                  TT_Size       size,
-                  TT_GlyphSlot  glyph,
-                  FT_Int32      load_flags )
-  {
-    TT_Face    face;
-    FT_Stream  stream;
-
-
-    face   = (TT_Face)glyph->face;
-    stream = face->root.stream;
-
-    FT_MEM_ZERO( loader, sizeof ( TT_LoaderRec ) );
-
-#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
-
-    /* load execution context */
-    if ( IS_HINTED( load_flags ) )
-    {
-      TT_ExecContext  exec;
-      FT_Bool         grayscale;
-
-
-      if ( !size->cvt_ready )
-      {
-        FT_Error  error = tt_size_ready_bytecode( size );
-        if ( error )
-          return error;
-      }
-
-      /* query new execution context */
-      exec = size->debug ? size->context
-                         : ( (TT_Driver)FT_FACE_DRIVER( face ) )->context;
-      if ( !exec )
-        return TT_Err_Could_Not_Find_Context;
-
-      grayscale =
-        FT_BOOL( FT_LOAD_TARGET_MODE( load_flags ) != FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO );
-
-      TT_Load_Context( exec, face, size );
-
-      /* a change from mono to grayscale rendering (and vice versa) */
-      /* requires a re-execution of the CVT program                 */
-      if ( grayscale != exec->grayscale )
-      {
-        FT_UInt  i;
-
-
-        exec->grayscale = grayscale;
-
-        for ( i = 0; i < size->cvt_size; i++ )
-          size->cvt[i] = FT_MulFix( face->cvt[i], size->ttmetrics.scale );
-        tt_size_run_prep( size );
-      }
-
-      /* see whether the cvt program has disabled hinting */
-      if ( exec->GS.instruct_control & 1 )
-        load_flags |= FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING;
-
-      /* load default graphics state -- if needed */
-      if ( exec->GS.instruct_control & 2 )
-        exec->GS = tt_default_graphics_state;
-
-      exec->pedantic_hinting = FT_BOOL( load_flags & FT_LOAD_PEDANTIC );
-      loader->exec = exec;
-      loader->instructions = exec->glyphIns;
-    }
-
-#endif /* TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER */
-
-    /* seek to the beginning of the glyph table -- for Type 42 fonts     */
-    /* the table might be accessed from a Postscript stream or something */
-    /* else...                                                           */
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
-
-    if ( face->root.internal->incremental_interface )
-      loader->glyf_offset = 0;
-    else
-
-#endif
-
-    {
-      FT_Error  error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_glyf, stream, 0 );
-
-
-      if ( error )
-      {
-        FT_ERROR(( "TT_Load_Glyph: could not access glyph table\n" ));
-        return error;
-      }
-      loader->glyf_offset = FT_STREAM_POS();
-    }
-
-    /* get face's glyph loader */
-    {
-      FT_GlyphLoader  gloader = glyph->internal->loader;
-
-
-      FT_GlyphLoader_Rewind( gloader );
-      loader->gloader = gloader;
-    }
-
-    loader->load_flags    = load_flags;
-
-    loader->face   = (FT_Face)face;
-    loader->size   = (FT_Size)size;
-    loader->glyph  = (FT_GlyphSlot)glyph;
-    loader->stream = stream;
-
-    return TT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    TT_Load_Glyph                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    A function used to load a single glyph within a given glyph slot,  */
-  /*    for a given size.                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    glyph       :: A handle to a target slot object where the glyph    */
-  /*                   will be loaded.                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    size        :: A handle to the source face size at which the glyph */
-  /*                   must be scaled/loaded.                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    glyph_index :: The index of the glyph in the font file.            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    load_flags  :: A flag indicating what to load for this glyph.  The */
-  /*                   FT_LOAD_XXX constants can be used to control the    */
-  /*                   glyph loading process (e.g., whether the outline    */
-  /*                   should be scaled, whether to load bitmaps or not,   */
-  /*                   whether to hint the outline, etc).                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  TT_Load_Glyph( TT_Size       size,
-                 TT_GlyphSlot  glyph,
-                 FT_UInt       glyph_index,
-                 FT_Int32      load_flags )
-  {
-    TT_Face       face;
-    FT_Error      error;
-    TT_LoaderRec  loader;
-
-
-    face   = (TT_Face)glyph->face;
-    error  = TT_Err_Ok;
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS
-
-    /* try to load embedded bitmap if any              */
-    /*                                                 */
-    /* XXX: The convention should be emphasized in     */
-    /*      the documents because it can be confusing. */
-    if ( size->strike_index != 0xFFFFFFFFUL      &&
-         ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP ) == 0 )
-    {
-      error = load_sbit_image( size, glyph, glyph_index, load_flags );
-      if ( !error )
-        return TT_Err_Ok;
-    }
-
-#endif /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS */
-
-    /* if FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE is not set, `ttmetrics' must be valid */
-    if ( !( load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE ) && !size->ttmetrics.valid )
-      return TT_Err_Invalid_Size_Handle;
-
-    if ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_SBITS_ONLY )
-      return TT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    error = tt_loader_init( &loader, size, glyph, load_flags );
-    if ( error )
-      return error;
-
-    glyph->format        = FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE;
-    glyph->num_subglyphs = 0;
-    glyph->outline.flags = 0;
-
-    /* main loading loop */
-    error = load_truetype_glyph( &loader, glyph_index, 0 );
-    if ( !error )
-    {
-      if ( glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE )
-      {
-        glyph->num_subglyphs = loader.gloader->base.num_subglyphs;
-        glyph->subglyphs     = loader.gloader->base.subglyphs;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        glyph->outline        = loader.gloader->base.outline;
-        glyph->outline.flags &= ~FT_OUTLINE_SINGLE_PASS;
-
-        /* In case bit 1 of the `flags' field in the `head' table isn't */
-        /* set, translate array so that (0,0) is the glyph's origin.    */
-        if ( ( face->header.Flags & 2 ) == 0 && loader.pp1.x )
-          FT_Outline_Translate( &glyph->outline, -loader.pp1.x, 0 );
-      }
-
-      compute_glyph_metrics( &loader, glyph_index );
-    }
-
-    /* Set the `high precision' bit flag.                           */
-    /* This is _critical_ to get correct output for monochrome      */
-    /* TrueType glyphs at all sizes using the bytecode interpreter. */
-    /*                                                              */
-    if ( !( load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE ) &&
-         size->root.metrics.y_ppem < 24     )
-      glyph->outline.flags |= FT_OUTLINE_HIGH_PRECISION;
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttgload.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttgload.h
deleted file mode 100644
index b261e97..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttgload.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ttgload.h                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    TrueType Glyph Loader (specification).                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 by                   */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __TTGLOAD_H__
-#define __TTGLOAD_H__
-
-
-#include 
-#include "ttobjs.h"
-
-#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
-#include "ttinterp.h"
-#endif
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  TT_Init_Glyph_Loading( TT_Face  face );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  TT_Load_Glyph( TT_Size       size,
-                 TT_GlyphSlot  glyph,
-                 FT_UInt       glyph_index,
-                 FT_Int32      load_flags );
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __TTGLOAD_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttgxvar.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttgxvar.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b3adbc..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttgxvar.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1539 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ttgxvar.c                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    TrueType GX Font Variation loader                                    */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by                              */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, Werner Lemberg, and George Williams.     */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/* Apple documents the `fvar', `gvar', `cvar', and `avar' tables at        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*   http://developer.apple.com/fonts/TTRefMan/RM06/Chap6[fgca]var.html    */
-/*                                                                         */
-/* The documentation for `fvar' is inconsistent.  At one point it says     */
-/* that `countSizePairs' should be 3, at another point 2.  It should be 2. */
-/*                                                                         */
-/* The documentation for `gvar' is not intelligible; `cvar' refers you to  */
-/* `gvar' and is thus also incomprehensible.                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/* The documentation for `avar' appears correct, but Apple has no fonts    */
-/* with an `avar' table, so it is hard to test.                            */
-/*                                                                         */
-/* Many thanks to John Jenkins (at Apple) in figuring this out.            */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*                                                                         */
-/* Apple's `kern' table has some references to tuple indices, but as there */
-/* is no indication where these indices are defined, nor how to            */
-/* interpolate the kerning values (different tuples have different         */
-/* classes) this issue is ignored.                                         */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include 
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-#include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_SFNT_H
-#include FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H
-#include FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H
-#include FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H
-
-#include "ttdriver.h"
-#include "ttpload.h"
-#include "ttgxvar.h"
-
-#include "tterrors.h"
-
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT
-
-
-#define FT_Stream_FTell( stream )  \
-          ( (stream)->cursor - (stream)->base )
-#define FT_Stream_SeekSet( stream, off ) \
-              ( (stream)->cursor = (stream)->base+(off) )
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_ttgxvar
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                       Internal Routines                       *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro ALL_POINTS is used in `ft_var_readpackedpoints'.  It        */
-  /* indicates that there is a delta for every point without needing to    */
-  /* enumerate all of them.                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define ALL_POINTS  (FT_UShort*)( -1 )
-
-
-  enum
-  {
-    GX_PT_POINTS_ARE_WORDS     = 0x80,
-    GX_PT_POINT_RUN_COUNT_MASK = 0x7F
-  };
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    ft_var_readpackedpoints                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Read a set of points to which the following deltas will apply.     */
-  /*    Points are packed with a run length encoding.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    stream    :: The data stream.                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    point_cnt :: The number of points read.  A zero value means that   */
-  /*                 all points in the glyph will be affected, without     */
-  /*                 enumerating them individually.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    An array of FT_UShort containing the affected points or the        */
-  /*    special value ALL_POINTS.                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static FT_UShort*
-  ft_var_readpackedpoints( FT_Stream  stream,
-                           FT_UInt   *point_cnt )
-  {
-    FT_UShort *points;
-    FT_Int     n;
-    FT_Int     runcnt;
-    FT_Int     i;
-    FT_Int     j;
-    FT_Int     first;
-    FT_Memory  memory = stream->memory;
-    FT_Error   error = TT_Err_Ok;
-
-    FT_UNUSED( error );
-
-
-    *point_cnt = n = FT_GET_BYTE();
-    if ( n == 0 )
-      return ALL_POINTS;
-
-    if ( n & GX_PT_POINTS_ARE_WORDS )
-      n = FT_GET_BYTE() | ( ( n & GX_PT_POINT_RUN_COUNT_MASK ) << 8 );
-
-    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( points, n ) )
-      return NULL;
-
-    i = 0;
-    while ( i < n )
-    {
-      runcnt = FT_GET_BYTE();
-      if ( runcnt & GX_PT_POINTS_ARE_WORDS )
-      {
-        runcnt = runcnt & GX_PT_POINT_RUN_COUNT_MASK;
-        first  = points[i++] = FT_GET_USHORT();
-
-        /* first point not included in runcount */
-        for ( j = 0; j < runcnt; ++j )
-          points[i++] = (FT_UShort)( first += FT_GET_USHORT() );
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        first = points[i++] = FT_GET_BYTE();
-
-        for ( j = 0; j < runcnt; ++j )
-          points[i++] = (FT_UShort)( first += FT_GET_BYTE() );
-      }
-    }
-
-    return points;
-  }
-
-
-  enum
-  {
-    GX_DT_DELTAS_ARE_ZERO      = 0x80,
-    GX_DT_DELTAS_ARE_WORDS     = 0x40,
-    GX_DT_DELTA_RUN_COUNT_MASK = 0x3F
-  };
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    ft_var_readpackeddeltas                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Read a set of deltas.  These are packed slightly differently than  */
-  /*    points.  In particular there is no overall count.                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    stream    :: The data stream.                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    delta_cnt :: The number of to be read.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    An array of FT_Short containing the deltas for the affected        */
-  /*    points.  (This only gets the deltas for one dimension.  It will    */
-  /*    generally be called twice, once for x, once for y.  When used in   */
-  /*    cvt table, it will only be called once.)                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static FT_Short*
-  ft_var_readpackeddeltas( FT_Stream  stream,
-                           FT_Int     delta_cnt )
-  {
-    FT_Short  *deltas;
-    FT_Int     runcnt;
-    FT_Int     i;
-    FT_Int     j;
-    FT_Memory  memory = stream->memory;
-    FT_Error   error = TT_Err_Ok;
-
-    FT_UNUSED( error );
-
-
-    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( deltas, delta_cnt ) )
-      return NULL;
-
-    i = 0;
-    while ( i < delta_cnt )
-    {
-      runcnt = FT_GET_BYTE();
-      if ( runcnt & GX_DT_DELTAS_ARE_ZERO )
-      {
-        /* runcnt zeroes get added */
-        for ( j = 0;
-              j <= ( runcnt & GX_DT_DELTA_RUN_COUNT_MASK ) && i < delta_cnt;
-              ++j )
-          deltas[i++] = 0;
-      }
-      else if ( runcnt & GX_DT_DELTAS_ARE_WORDS )
-      {
-        /* runcnt shorts from the stack */
-        for ( j = 0;
-              j <= ( runcnt & GX_DT_DELTA_RUN_COUNT_MASK ) && i < delta_cnt;
-              ++j )
-          deltas[i++] = FT_GET_SHORT();
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        /* runcnt signed bytes from the stack */
-        for ( j = 0;
-              j <= ( runcnt & GX_DT_DELTA_RUN_COUNT_MASK ) && i < delta_cnt;
-              ++j )
-          deltas[i++] = FT_GET_CHAR();
-      }
-
-      if ( j <= ( runcnt & GX_DT_DELTA_RUN_COUNT_MASK ) )
-      {
-        /* Bad format */
-        FT_FREE( deltas );
-        return NULL;
-      }
-    }
-
-    return deltas;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    ft_var_load_avar                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Parse the `avar' table if present.  It need not be, so we return   */
-  /*    nothing.                                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    face :: The font face.                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  ft_var_load_avar( TT_Face  face )
-  {
-    FT_Stream       stream = FT_FACE_STREAM(face);
-    FT_Memory       memory = stream->memory;
-    GX_Blend        blend  = face->blend;
-    GX_AVarSegment  segment;
-    FT_Error        error = TT_Err_Ok;
-    FT_ULong        version;
-    FT_Long         axisCount;
-    FT_Int          i, j;
-    FT_ULong        table_len;
-
-    FT_UNUSED( error );
-
-
-    blend->avar_checked = TRUE;
-    if ( (error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_avar, stream, &table_len )) != 0 )
-      return;
-
-    if ( FT_FRAME_ENTER( table_len ) )
-      return;
-
-    version   = FT_GET_LONG();
-    axisCount = FT_GET_LONG();
-
-    if ( version != 0x00010000L                       ||
-         axisCount != (FT_Long)blend->mmvar->num_axis )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( blend->avar_segment, axisCount ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    segment = &blend->avar_segment[0];
-    for ( i = 0; i < axisCount; ++i, ++segment )
-    {
-      segment->pairCount = FT_GET_USHORT();
-      if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( segment->correspondence, segment->pairCount ) )
-      {
-        /* Failure.  Free everything we have done so far.  We must do */
-        /* it right now since loading the `avar' table is optional.   */
-
-        for ( j = i - 1; j >= 0; --j )
-          FT_FREE( blend->avar_segment[j].correspondence );
-
-        FT_FREE( blend->avar_segment );
-        blend->avar_segment = NULL;
-        goto Exit;
-      }
-
-      for ( j = 0; j < segment->pairCount; ++j )
-      {
-        segment->correspondence[j].fromCoord =
-          FT_GET_SHORT() << 2;    /* convert to Fixed */
-        segment->correspondence[j].toCoord =
-          FT_GET_SHORT()<<2;    /* convert to Fixed */
-      }
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    FT_FRAME_EXIT();
-  }
-
-
-  typedef struct  GX_GVar_Head_
-  {
-    FT_Long    version;
-    FT_UShort  axisCount;
-    FT_UShort  globalCoordCount;
-    FT_ULong   offsetToCoord;
-    FT_UShort  glyphCount;
-    FT_UShort  flags;
-    FT_ULong   offsetToData;
-
-  } GX_GVar_Head;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    ft_var_load_gvar                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Parses the `gvar' table if present.  If `fvar' is there, `gvar'    */
-  /*    had better be there too.                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    face :: The font face.                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static FT_Error
-  ft_var_load_gvar( TT_Face  face )
-  {
-    FT_Stream     stream = FT_FACE_STREAM(face);
-    FT_Memory     memory = stream->memory;
-    GX_Blend      blend  = face->blend;
-    FT_Error      error;
-    FT_UInt       i, j;
-    FT_ULong      table_len;
-    FT_ULong      gvar_start;
-    FT_ULong      offsetToData;
-    GX_GVar_Head  gvar_head;
-
-    static const FT_Frame_Field  gvar_fields[] =
-    {
-
-#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
-#define FT_STRUCTURE  GX_GVar_Head
-
-      FT_FRAME_START( 20 ),
-        FT_FRAME_LONG  ( version ),
-        FT_FRAME_USHORT( axisCount ),
-        FT_FRAME_USHORT( globalCoordCount ),
-        FT_FRAME_ULONG ( offsetToCoord ),
-        FT_FRAME_USHORT( glyphCount ),
-        FT_FRAME_USHORT( flags ),
-        FT_FRAME_ULONG ( offsetToData ),
-      FT_FRAME_END
-    };
-
-    if ( (error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_gvar, stream, &table_len )) != 0 )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    gvar_start = FT_STREAM_POS( );
-    if ( FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( gvar_fields, &gvar_head ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    blend->tuplecount  = gvar_head.globalCoordCount;
-    blend->gv_glyphcnt = gvar_head.glyphCount;
-    offsetToData       = gvar_start + gvar_head.offsetToData;
-
-    if ( gvar_head.version   != (FT_Long)0x00010000L              ||
-         gvar_head.axisCount != (FT_UShort)blend->mmvar->num_axis )
-    {
-      error = TT_Err_Invalid_Table;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( blend->glyphoffsets, blend->gv_glyphcnt + 1 ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    if ( gvar_head.flags & 1 )
-    {
-      /* long offsets (one more offset than glyphs, to mark size of last) */
-      if ( FT_FRAME_ENTER( ( blend->gv_glyphcnt + 1 ) * 4L ) )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      for ( i = 0; i <= blend->gv_glyphcnt; ++i )
-        blend->glyphoffsets[i] = offsetToData + FT_GET_LONG();
-
-      FT_FRAME_EXIT();
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* short offsets (one more offset than glyphs, to mark size of last) */
-      if ( FT_FRAME_ENTER( ( blend->gv_glyphcnt + 1 ) * 2L ) )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      for ( i = 0; i <= blend->gv_glyphcnt; ++i )
-        blend->glyphoffsets[i] = offsetToData + FT_GET_USHORT() * 2;
-                                              /* XXX: Undocumented: `*2'! */
-
-      FT_FRAME_EXIT();
-    }
-
-    if ( blend->tuplecount != 0 )
-    {
-      if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( blend->tuplecoords,
-                         gvar_head.axisCount * blend->tuplecount ) )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( gvar_start + gvar_head.offsetToCoord )       ||
-           FT_FRAME_ENTER( blend->tuplecount * gvar_head.axisCount * 2L )                   )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      for ( i = 0; i < blend->tuplecount; ++i )
-        for ( j = 0 ; j < (FT_UInt)gvar_head.axisCount; ++j )
-          blend->tuplecoords[i * gvar_head.axisCount + j] =
-            FT_GET_SHORT() << 2;                /* convert to FT_Fixed */
-
-      FT_FRAME_EXIT();
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    ft_var_apply_tuple                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Figure out whether a given tuple (design) applies to the current   */
-  /*    blend, and if so, what is the scaling factor.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    blend           :: The current blend of the font.                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    tupleIndex      :: A flag saying whether this is an intermediate   */
-  /*                       tuple or not.                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    tuple_coords    :: The coordinates of the tuple in normalized axis */
-  /*                       units.                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    im_start_coords :: The initial coordinates where this tuple starts */
-  /*                       to apply (for intermediate coordinates).        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    im_end_coords   :: The final coordinates after which this tuple no */
-  /*                       longer applies (for intermediate coordinates).  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    An FT_Fixed value containing the scaling factor.                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static FT_Fixed
-  ft_var_apply_tuple( GX_Blend   blend,
-                      FT_UShort  tupleIndex,
-                      FT_Fixed*  tuple_coords,
-                      FT_Fixed*  im_start_coords,
-                      FT_Fixed*  im_end_coords )
-  {
-    FT_UInt   i;
-    FT_Fixed  apply;
-    FT_Fixed  temp;
-
-
-    apply = 0x10000L;
-    for ( i = 0; i < blend->num_axis; ++i )
-    {
-      if ( tuple_coords[i] == 0 )
-        /* It's not clear why (for intermediate tuples) we don't need     */
-        /* to check against start/end -- the documentation says we don't. */
-        /* Similarly, it's unclear why we don't need to scale along the   */
-        /* axis.                                                          */
-        continue;
-
-      else if ( blend->normalizedcoords[i] == 0                           ||
-                ( blend->normalizedcoords[i] < 0 && tuple_coords[i] > 0 ) ||
-                ( blend->normalizedcoords[i] > 0 && tuple_coords[i] < 0 ) )
-      {
-        apply = 0;
-        break;
-      }
-
-      else if ( !( tupleIndex & GX_TI_INTERMEDIATE_TUPLE ) )
-        /* not an intermediate tuple */
-        apply = FT_MulDiv( apply,
-                           blend->normalizedcoords[i] > 0
-                             ? blend->normalizedcoords[i]
-                             : -blend->normalizedcoords[i],
-                           0x10000L );
-
-      else if ( blend->normalizedcoords[i] <= im_start_coords[i] ||
-                blend->normalizedcoords[i] >= im_end_coords[i]   )
-      {
-        apply = 0;
-        break;
-      }
-
-      else if ( blend->normalizedcoords[i] < tuple_coords[i] )
-      {
-        temp = FT_MulDiv( blend->normalizedcoords[i] - im_start_coords[i],
-                          0x10000L,
-                          tuple_coords[i] - im_start_coords[i]);
-        apply = FT_MulDiv( apply, temp, 0x10000L );
-      }
-
-      else
-      {
-        temp = FT_MulDiv( im_end_coords[i] - blend->normalizedcoords[i],
-                          0x10000L,
-                          im_end_coords[i] - tuple_coords[i] );
-        apply = FT_MulDiv( apply, temp, 0x10000L );
-      }
-    }
-
-    return apply;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****               MULTIPLE MASTERS SERVICE FUNCTIONS              *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  typedef struct  GX_FVar_Head_
-  {
-    FT_Long    version;
-    FT_UShort  offsetToData;
-    FT_UShort  countSizePairs;
-    FT_UShort  axisCount;
-    FT_UShort  axisSize;
-    FT_UShort  instanceCount;
-    FT_UShort  instanceSize;
-
-  } GX_FVar_Head;
-
-
-  typedef struct  fvar_axis_
-  {
-    FT_ULong   axisTag;
-    FT_ULong   minValue;
-    FT_ULong   defaultValue;
-    FT_ULong   maxValue;
-    FT_UShort  flags;
-    FT_UShort  nameID;
-
-  } GX_FVar_Axis;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    TT_Get_MM_Var                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Check that the font's `fvar' table is valid, parse it, and return  */
-  /*    those data.                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    face   :: The font face.                                           */
-  /*              TT_Get_MM_Var initializes the blend structure.           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    master :: The `fvar' data (must be freed by caller).               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  TT_Get_MM_Var( TT_Face      face,
-                 FT_MM_Var*  *master )
-  {
-    FT_Stream            stream = face->root.stream;
-    FT_Memory            memory = face->root.memory;
-    FT_ULong             table_len;
-    FT_Error             error  = TT_Err_Ok;
-    FT_ULong             fvar_start;
-    FT_Int               i, j;
-    FT_MM_Var*           mmvar;
-    FT_Fixed*            next_coords;
-    FT_String*           next_name;
-    FT_Var_Axis*         a;
-    FT_Var_Named_Style*  ns;
-    GX_FVar_Head         fvar_head;
-
-    static const FT_Frame_Field  fvar_fields[] =
-    {
-
-#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
-#define FT_STRUCTURE  GX_FVar_Head
-
-      FT_FRAME_START( 16 ),
-        FT_FRAME_LONG  ( version ),
-        FT_FRAME_USHORT( offsetToData ),
-        FT_FRAME_USHORT( countSizePairs ),
-        FT_FRAME_USHORT( axisCount ),
-        FT_FRAME_USHORT( axisSize ),
-        FT_FRAME_USHORT( instanceCount ),
-        FT_FRAME_USHORT( instanceSize ),
-      FT_FRAME_END
-    };
-
-    static const FT_Frame_Field  fvaraxis_fields[] =
-    {
-
-#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
-#define FT_STRUCTURE  GX_FVar_Axis
-
-      FT_FRAME_START( 20 ),
-        FT_FRAME_ULONG ( axisTag ),
-        FT_FRAME_ULONG ( minValue ),
-        FT_FRAME_ULONG ( defaultValue ),
-        FT_FRAME_ULONG ( maxValue ),
-        FT_FRAME_USHORT( flags ),
-        FT_FRAME_USHORT( nameID ),
-      FT_FRAME_END
-    };
-
-
-    if ( face->blend == NULL )
-    {
-      /* both `fvar' and `gvar' must be present */
-      if ( (error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_gvar,
-                                      stream, &table_len )) != 0 )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      if ( (error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_fvar,
-                                      stream, &table_len )) != 0 )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      fvar_start = FT_STREAM_POS( );
-
-      if ( FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( fvar_fields, &fvar_head ) )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      if ( fvar_head.version != (FT_Long)0x00010000L                      ||
-           fvar_head.countSizePairs != 2                                  ||
-           fvar_head.axisSize != 20                                       ||
-           fvar_head.instanceSize != 4 + 4 * fvar_head.axisCount          ||
-           fvar_head.offsetToData + fvar_head.axisCount * 20U +
-             fvar_head.instanceCount * fvar_head.instanceSize > table_len )
-      {
-        error = TT_Err_Invalid_Table;
-        goto Exit;
-      }
-
-      if ( FT_NEW( face->blend ) )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      /* XXX: TODO - check for overflows */
-      face->blend->mmvar_len =
-        sizeof ( FT_MM_Var ) +
-        fvar_head.axisCount * sizeof ( FT_Var_Axis ) +
-        fvar_head.instanceCount * sizeof ( FT_Var_Named_Style ) +
-        fvar_head.instanceCount * fvar_head.axisCount * sizeof ( FT_Fixed ) +
-        5 * fvar_head.axisCount;
-
-      if ( FT_ALLOC( mmvar, face->blend->mmvar_len ) )
-        goto Exit;
-      face->blend->mmvar = mmvar;
-
-      mmvar->num_axis =
-        fvar_head.axisCount;
-      mmvar->num_designs =
-        (FT_UInt)-1;           /* meaningless in this context; each glyph */
-                               /* may have a different number of designs  */
-                               /* (or tuples, as called by Apple)         */
-      mmvar->num_namedstyles =
-        fvar_head.instanceCount;
-      mmvar->axis =
-        (FT_Var_Axis*)&(mmvar[1]);
-      mmvar->namedstyle =
-        (FT_Var_Named_Style*)&(mmvar->axis[fvar_head.axisCount]);
-
-      next_coords =
-        (FT_Fixed*)&(mmvar->namedstyle[fvar_head.instanceCount]);
-      for ( i = 0; i < fvar_head.instanceCount; ++i )
-      {
-        mmvar->namedstyle[i].coords  = next_coords;
-        next_coords                 += fvar_head.axisCount;
-      }
-
-      next_name = (FT_String*)next_coords;
-      for ( i = 0; i < fvar_head.axisCount; ++i )
-      {
-        mmvar->axis[i].name  = next_name;
-        next_name           += 5;
-      }
-
-      if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( fvar_start + fvar_head.offsetToData ) )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      a = mmvar->axis;
-      for ( i = 0; i < fvar_head.axisCount; ++i )
-      {
-        GX_FVar_Axis  axis_rec;
-
-
-        if ( FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( fvaraxis_fields, &axis_rec ) )
-          goto Exit;
-        a->tag     = axis_rec.axisTag;
-        a->minimum = axis_rec.minValue;     /* A Fixed */
-        a->def     = axis_rec.defaultValue; /* A Fixed */
-        a->maximum = axis_rec.maxValue;     /* A Fixed */
-        a->strid   = axis_rec.nameID;
-
-        a->name[0] = (FT_String)(   a->tag >> 24 );
-        a->name[1] = (FT_String)( ( a->tag >> 16 ) & 0xFF );
-        a->name[2] = (FT_String)( ( a->tag >>  8 ) & 0xFF );
-        a->name[3] = (FT_String)( ( a->tag       ) & 0xFF );
-        a->name[4] = 0;
-
-        ++a;
-      }
-
-      ns = mmvar->namedstyle;
-      for ( i = 0; i < fvar_head.instanceCount; ++i, ++ns )
-      {
-        if ( FT_FRAME_ENTER( 4L + 4L * fvar_head.axisCount ) )
-          goto Exit;
-
-        ns->strid       =    FT_GET_USHORT();
-        (void) /* flags = */ FT_GET_USHORT();
-
-        for ( j = 0; j < fvar_head.axisCount; ++j )
-          ns->coords[j] = FT_GET_ULONG();     /* A Fixed */
-
-        FT_FRAME_EXIT();
-      }
-    }
-
-    if ( master != NULL )
-    {
-      FT_UInt  n;
-
-
-      if ( FT_ALLOC( mmvar, face->blend->mmvar_len ) )
-        goto Exit;
-      FT_MEM_COPY( mmvar, face->blend->mmvar, face->blend->mmvar_len );
-
-      mmvar->axis =
-        (FT_Var_Axis*)&(mmvar[1]);
-      mmvar->namedstyle =
-        (FT_Var_Named_Style*)&(mmvar->axis[mmvar->num_axis]);
-      next_coords =
-        (FT_Fixed*)&(mmvar->namedstyle[mmvar->num_namedstyles]);
-
-      for ( n = 0; n < mmvar->num_namedstyles; ++n )
-      {
-        mmvar->namedstyle[n].coords  = next_coords;
-        next_coords                 += mmvar->num_axis;
-      }
-
-      a = mmvar->axis;
-      next_name = (FT_String*)next_coords;
-      for ( n = 0; n < mmvar->num_axis; ++n )
-      {
-        a->name = next_name;
-
-        /* standard PostScript names for some standard apple tags */
-        if ( a->tag == TTAG_wght )
-          a->name = (char *)"Weight";
-        else if ( a->tag == TTAG_wdth )
-          a->name = (char *)"Width";
-        else if ( a->tag == TTAG_opsz )
-          a->name = (char *)"OpticalSize";
-        else if ( a->tag == TTAG_slnt )
-          a->name = (char *)"Slant";
-
-        next_name += 5;
-        ++a;
-      }
-
-      *master = mmvar;
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    TT_Set_MM_Blend                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Set the blend (normalized) coordinates for this instance of the    */
-  /*    font.  Check that the `gvar' table is reasonable and does some     */
-  /*    initial preparation.                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    face       :: The font.                                            */
-  /*                  Initialize the blend structure with `gvar' data.     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    num_coords :: Must be the axis count of the font.                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    coords     :: An array of num_coords, each between [-1,1].         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  TT_Set_MM_Blend( TT_Face    face,
-                   FT_UInt    num_coords,
-                   FT_Fixed*  coords )
-  {
-    FT_Error    error = TT_Err_Ok;
-    GX_Blend    blend;
-    FT_MM_Var*  mmvar;
-    FT_UInt     i;
-    FT_Memory   memory = face->root.memory;
-
-    enum
-    {
-      mcvt_retain,
-      mcvt_modify,
-      mcvt_load
-
-    } manageCvt;
-
-
-    face->doblend = FALSE;
-
-    if ( face->blend == NULL )
-    {
-      if ( (error = TT_Get_MM_Var( face, NULL)) != 0 )
-        goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    blend = face->blend;
-    mmvar = blend->mmvar;
-
-    if ( num_coords != mmvar->num_axis )
-    {
-      error = TT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < num_coords; ++i )
-      if ( coords[i] < -0x00010000L || coords[i] > 0x00010000L )
-      {
-        error = TT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-        goto Exit;
-      }
-
-    if ( blend->glyphoffsets == NULL )
-      if ( (error = ft_var_load_gvar( face )) != 0 )
-        goto Exit;
-
-    if ( blend->normalizedcoords == NULL )
-    {
-      if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( blend->normalizedcoords, num_coords ) )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      manageCvt = mcvt_modify;
-
-      /* If we have not set the blend coordinates before this, then the  */
-      /* cvt table will still be what we read from the `cvt ' table and  */
-      /* we don't need to reload it.  We may need to change it though... */
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      for ( i = 0;
-            i < num_coords && blend->normalizedcoords[i] == coords[i];
-            ++i );
-        if ( i == num_coords )
-          manageCvt = mcvt_retain;
-        else
-          manageCvt = mcvt_load;
-
-      /* If we don't change the blend coords then we don't need to do  */
-      /* anything to the cvt table.  It will be correct.  Otherwise we */
-      /* no longer have the original cvt (it was modified when we set  */
-      /* the blend last time), so we must reload and then modify it.   */
-    }
-
-    blend->num_axis = num_coords;
-    FT_MEM_COPY( blend->normalizedcoords,
-                 coords,
-                 num_coords * sizeof ( FT_Fixed ) );
-
-    face->doblend = TRUE;
-
-    if ( face->cvt != NULL )
-    {
-      switch ( manageCvt )
-      {
-      case mcvt_load:
-        /* The cvt table has been loaded already; every time we change the */
-        /* blend we may need to reload and remodify the cvt table.         */
-        FT_FREE( face->cvt );
-        face->cvt = NULL;
-
-        tt_face_load_cvt( face, face->root.stream );
-        break;
-
-      case mcvt_modify:
-        /* The original cvt table is in memory.  All we need to do is */
-        /* apply the `cvar' table (if any).                           */
-        tt_face_vary_cvt( face, face->root.stream );
-        break;
-
-      case mcvt_retain:
-        /* The cvt table is correct for this set of coordinates. */
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    TT_Set_Var_Design                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Set the coordinates for the instance, measured in the user         */
-  /*    coordinate system.  Parse the `avar' table (if present) to convert */
-  /*    from user to normalized coordinates.                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    face       :: The font face.                                       */
-  /*                  Initialize the blend struct with `gvar' data.        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    num_coords :: This must be the axis count of the font.             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    coords     :: A coordinate array with `num_coords' elements.       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  TT_Set_Var_Design( TT_Face    face,
-                     FT_UInt    num_coords,
-                     FT_Fixed*  coords )
-  {
-    FT_Error        error      = TT_Err_Ok;
-    FT_Fixed*       normalized = NULL;
-    GX_Blend        blend;
-    FT_MM_Var*      mmvar;
-    FT_UInt         i, j;
-    FT_Var_Axis*    a;
-    GX_AVarSegment  av;
-    FT_Memory       memory = face->root.memory;
-
-
-    if ( face->blend == NULL )
-    {
-      if ( (error = TT_Get_MM_Var( face, NULL )) != 0 )
-        goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    blend = face->blend;
-    mmvar = blend->mmvar;
-
-    if ( num_coords != mmvar->num_axis )
-    {
-      error = TT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* Axis normalization is a two stage process.  First we normalize */
-    /* based on the [min,def,max] values for the axis to be [-1,0,1]. */
-    /* Then, if there's an `avar' table, we renormalize this range.   */
-
-    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( normalized, mmvar->num_axis ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    a = mmvar->axis;
-    for ( i = 0; i < mmvar->num_axis; ++i, ++a )
-    {
-      if ( coords[i] > a->maximum || coords[i] < a->minimum )
-      {
-        error = TT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-        goto Exit;
-      }
-
-      if ( coords[i] < a->def )
-      {
-        normalized[i] = -FT_MulDiv( coords[i] - a->def,
-                                    0x10000L,
-                                    a->minimum - a->def );
-      }
-      else if ( a->maximum == a->def )
-        normalized[i] = 0;
-      else
-      {
-        normalized[i] = FT_MulDiv( coords[i] - a->def,
-                                   0x10000L,
-                                   a->maximum - a->def );
-      }
-    }
-
-    if ( !blend->avar_checked )
-      ft_var_load_avar( face );
-
-    if ( blend->avar_segment != NULL )
-    {
-      av = blend->avar_segment;
-      for ( i = 0; i < mmvar->num_axis; ++i, ++av )
-      {
-        for ( j = 1; j < (FT_UInt)av->pairCount; ++j )
-          if ( normalized[i] < av->correspondence[j].fromCoord )
-          {
-            normalized[i] =
-              FT_MulDiv(
-                FT_MulDiv(
-                  normalized[i] - av->correspondence[j - 1].fromCoord,
-                  0x10000L,
-                  av->correspondence[j].fromCoord -
-                    av->correspondence[j - 1].fromCoord ),
-                av->correspondence[j].toCoord -
-                  av->correspondence[j - 1].toCoord,
-                0x10000L ) +
-              av->correspondence[j - 1].toCoord;
-            break;
-          }
-      }
-    }
-
-    error = TT_Set_MM_Blend( face, num_coords, normalized );
-
-  Exit:
-    FT_FREE( normalized );
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                     GX VAR PARSING ROUTINES                   *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    tt_face_vary_cvt                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Modify the loaded cvt table according to the `cvar' table and the  */
-  /*    font's blend.                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    face   :: A handle to the target face object.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    stream :: A handle to the input stream.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    Most errors are ignored.  It is perfectly valid not to have a      */
-  /*    `cvar' table even if there is a `gvar' and `fvar' table.           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_vary_cvt( TT_Face    face,
-                    FT_Stream  stream )
-  {
-    FT_Error    error;
-    FT_Memory   memory = stream->memory;
-    FT_ULong    table_start;
-    FT_ULong    table_len;
-    FT_UInt     tupleCount;
-    FT_ULong    offsetToData;
-    FT_ULong    here;
-    FT_UInt     i, j;
-    FT_Fixed*   tuple_coords    = NULL;
-    FT_Fixed*   im_start_coords = NULL;
-    FT_Fixed*   im_end_coords   = NULL;
-    GX_Blend    blend           = face->blend;
-    FT_UInt     point_count;
-    FT_UShort*  localpoints;
-    FT_Short*   deltas;
-
-
-    FT_TRACE2(( "CVAR " ));
-
-    if ( blend == NULL )
-    {
-      FT_TRACE2(( "no blend specified!\n" ));
-
-      error = TT_Err_Ok;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    if ( face->cvt == NULL )
-    {
-      FT_TRACE2(( "no `cvt ' table!\n" ));
-
-      error = TT_Err_Ok;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_cvar, stream, &table_len );
-    if ( error )
-    {
-      FT_TRACE2(( "is missing!\n" ));
-
-      error = TT_Err_Ok;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    if ( FT_FRAME_ENTER( table_len ) )
-    {
-      error = TT_Err_Ok;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    table_start = FT_Stream_FTell( stream );
-    if ( FT_GET_LONG() != 0x00010000L )
-    {
-      FT_TRACE2(( "bad table version!\n" ));
-
-      error = TT_Err_Ok;
-      goto FExit;
-    }
-
-    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( tuple_coords, blend->num_axis )    ||
-         FT_NEW_ARRAY( im_start_coords, blend->num_axis ) ||
-         FT_NEW_ARRAY( im_end_coords, blend->num_axis )   )
-      goto FExit;
-
-    tupleCount   = FT_GET_USHORT();
-    offsetToData = table_start + FT_GET_USHORT();
-
-    /* The documentation implies there are flags packed into the        */
-    /* tuplecount, but John Jenkins says that shared points don't apply */
-    /* to `cvar', and no other flags are defined.                       */
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < ( tupleCount & 0xFFF ); ++i )
-    {
-      FT_UInt   tupleDataSize;
-      FT_UInt   tupleIndex;
-      FT_Fixed  apply;
-
-
-      tupleDataSize = FT_GET_USHORT();
-      tupleIndex    = FT_GET_USHORT();
-
-      /* There is no provision here for a global tuple coordinate section, */
-      /* so John says.  There are no tuple indices, just embedded tuples.  */
-
-      if ( tupleIndex & GX_TI_EMBEDDED_TUPLE_COORD )
-      {
-        for ( j = 0; j < blend->num_axis; ++j )
-          tuple_coords[j] = FT_GET_SHORT() << 2; /* convert from        */
-                                                 /* short frac to fixed */
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        /* skip this tuple; it makes no sense */
-
-        if ( tupleIndex & GX_TI_INTERMEDIATE_TUPLE )
-          for ( j = 0; j < 2 * blend->num_axis; ++j )
-            (void)FT_GET_SHORT();
-
-        offsetToData += tupleDataSize;
-        continue;
-      }
-
-      if ( tupleIndex & GX_TI_INTERMEDIATE_TUPLE )
-      {
-        for ( j = 0; j < blend->num_axis; ++j )
-          im_start_coords[j] = FT_GET_SHORT() << 2;
-        for ( j = 0; j < blend->num_axis; ++j )
-          im_end_coords[j] = FT_GET_SHORT() << 2;
-      }
-
-      apply = ft_var_apply_tuple( blend,
-                                  (FT_UShort)tupleIndex,
-                                  tuple_coords,
-                                  im_start_coords,
-                                  im_end_coords );
-      if ( /* tuple isn't active for our blend */
-           apply == 0                                    ||
-           /* global points not allowed,           */
-           /* if they aren't local, makes no sense */
-           !( tupleIndex & GX_TI_PRIVATE_POINT_NUMBERS ) )
-      {
-        offsetToData += tupleDataSize;
-        continue;
-      }
-
-      here = FT_Stream_FTell( stream );
-
-      FT_Stream_SeekSet( stream, offsetToData );
-
-      localpoints = ft_var_readpackedpoints( stream, &point_count );
-      deltas      = ft_var_readpackeddeltas( stream,
-                                             point_count == 0 ? face->cvt_size
-                                                              : point_count );
-      if ( localpoints == NULL || deltas == NULL )
-        /* failure, ignore it */;
-
-      else if ( localpoints == ALL_POINTS )
-      {
-        /* this means that there are deltas for every entry in cvt */
-        for ( j = 0; j < face->cvt_size; ++j )
-          face->cvt[j] = (FT_Short)( face->cvt[j] +
-                                     FT_MulFix( deltas[j], apply ) );
-      }
-
-      else
-      {
-        for ( j = 0; j < point_count; ++j )
-        {
-          int  pindex = localpoints[j];
-
-          face->cvt[pindex] = (FT_Short)( face->cvt[pindex] +
-                                          FT_MulFix( deltas[j], apply ) );
-        }
-      }
-
-      if ( localpoints != ALL_POINTS )
-        FT_FREE( localpoints );
-      FT_FREE( deltas );
-
-      offsetToData += tupleDataSize;
-
-      FT_Stream_SeekSet( stream, here );
-    }
-
-  FExit:
-    FT_FRAME_EXIT();
-
-  Exit:
-    FT_FREE( tuple_coords );
-    FT_FREE( im_start_coords );
-    FT_FREE( im_end_coords );
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    TT_Vary_Get_Glyph_Deltas                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Load the appropriate deltas for the current glyph.                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    face        :: A handle to the target face object.                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    glyph_index :: The index of the glyph being modified.              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    n_points    :: The number of the points in the glyph, including    */
-  /*                   phantom points.                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    deltas      :: The array of points to change.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  TT_Vary_Get_Glyph_Deltas( TT_Face      face,
-                            FT_UInt      glyph_index,
-                            FT_Vector*  *deltas,
-                            FT_UInt      n_points )
-  {
-    FT_Stream   stream = face->root.stream;
-    FT_Memory   memory = stream->memory;
-    GX_Blend    blend  = face->blend;
-    FT_Vector*  delta_xy;
-
-    FT_Error    error;
-    FT_ULong    glyph_start;
-    FT_UInt     tupleCount;
-    FT_ULong    offsetToData;
-    FT_ULong    here;
-    FT_UInt     i, j;
-    FT_Fixed*   tuple_coords    = NULL;
-    FT_Fixed*   im_start_coords = NULL;
-    FT_Fixed*   im_end_coords   = NULL;
-    FT_UInt     point_count, spoint_count = 0;
-    FT_UShort*  sharedpoints = NULL;
-    FT_UShort*  localpoints  = NULL;
-    FT_UShort*  points;
-    FT_Short    *deltas_x, *deltas_y;
-
-
-    if ( !face->doblend || blend == NULL )
-      return TT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    /* to be freed by the caller */
-    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( delta_xy, n_points ) )
-      goto Exit;
-    *deltas = delta_xy;
-
-    if ( glyph_index >= blend->gv_glyphcnt      ||
-         blend->glyphoffsets[glyph_index] ==
-           blend->glyphoffsets[glyph_index + 1] )
-      return TT_Err_Ok;               /* no variation data for this glyph */
-
-    if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( blend->glyphoffsets[glyph_index] )   ||
-         FT_FRAME_ENTER( blend->glyphoffsets[glyph_index + 1] -
-                           blend->glyphoffsets[glyph_index] ) )
-      goto Fail1;
-
-    glyph_start = FT_Stream_FTell( stream );
-
-    /* each set of glyph variation data is formatted similarly to `cvar' */
-    /* (except we get shared points and global tuples)                   */
-
-    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( tuple_coords, blend->num_axis )    ||
-         FT_NEW_ARRAY( im_start_coords, blend->num_axis ) ||
-         FT_NEW_ARRAY( im_end_coords, blend->num_axis )   )
-      goto Fail2;
-
-    tupleCount   = FT_GET_USHORT();
-    offsetToData = glyph_start + FT_GET_USHORT();
-
-    if ( tupleCount & GX_TC_TUPLES_SHARE_POINT_NUMBERS )
-    {
-      here = FT_Stream_FTell( stream );
-
-      FT_Stream_SeekSet( stream, offsetToData );
-
-      sharedpoints = ft_var_readpackedpoints( stream, &spoint_count );
-      offsetToData = FT_Stream_FTell( stream );
-
-      FT_Stream_SeekSet( stream, here );
-    }
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < ( tupleCount & GX_TC_TUPLE_COUNT_MASK ); ++i )
-    {
-      FT_UInt   tupleDataSize;
-      FT_UInt   tupleIndex;
-      FT_Fixed  apply;
-
-
-      tupleDataSize = FT_GET_USHORT();
-      tupleIndex    = FT_GET_USHORT();
-
-      if ( tupleIndex & GX_TI_EMBEDDED_TUPLE_COORD )
-      {
-        for ( j = 0; j < blend->num_axis; ++j )
-          tuple_coords[j] = FT_GET_SHORT() << 2;  /* convert from        */
-                                                  /* short frac to fixed */
-      }
-      else if ( ( tupleIndex & GX_TI_TUPLE_INDEX_MASK ) >= blend->tuplecount )
-      {
-        error = TT_Err_Invalid_Table;
-        goto Fail3;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        FT_MEM_COPY(
-          tuple_coords,
-          &blend->tuplecoords[(tupleIndex & 0xFFF) * blend->num_axis],
-          blend->num_axis * sizeof ( FT_Fixed ) );
-      }
-
-      if ( tupleIndex & GX_TI_INTERMEDIATE_TUPLE )
-      {
-        for ( j = 0; j < blend->num_axis; ++j )
-          im_start_coords[j] = FT_GET_SHORT() << 2;
-        for ( j = 0; j < blend->num_axis; ++j )
-          im_end_coords[j] = FT_GET_SHORT() << 2;
-      }
-
-      apply = ft_var_apply_tuple( blend,
-                                  (FT_UShort)tupleIndex,
-                                  tuple_coords,
-                                  im_start_coords,
-                                  im_end_coords );
-
-      if ( apply == 0 )              /* tuple isn't active for our blend */
-      {
-        offsetToData += tupleDataSize;
-        continue;
-      }
-
-      here = FT_Stream_FTell( stream );
-
-      if ( tupleIndex & GX_TI_PRIVATE_POINT_NUMBERS )
-      {
-        FT_Stream_SeekSet( stream, offsetToData );
-
-        localpoints = ft_var_readpackedpoints( stream, &point_count );
-        points      = localpoints;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        points      = sharedpoints;
-        point_count = spoint_count;
-      }
-
-      deltas_x = ft_var_readpackeddeltas( stream,
-                                          point_count == 0 ? n_points
-                                                           : point_count );
-      deltas_y = ft_var_readpackeddeltas( stream,
-                                          point_count == 0 ? n_points
-                                                           : point_count );
-
-      if ( points == NULL || deltas_y == NULL || deltas_x == NULL )
-        ; /* failure, ignore it */
-
-      else if ( points == ALL_POINTS )
-      {
-        /* this means that there are deltas for every point in the glyph */
-        for ( j = 0; j < n_points; ++j )
-        {
-          delta_xy[j].x += FT_MulFix( deltas_x[j], apply );
-          delta_xy[j].y += FT_MulFix( deltas_y[j], apply );
-        }
-      }
-
-      else
-      {
-        for ( j = 0; j < point_count; ++j )
-        {
-          delta_xy[localpoints[j]].x += FT_MulFix( deltas_x[j], apply );
-          delta_xy[localpoints[j]].y += FT_MulFix( deltas_y[j], apply );
-        }
-      }
-
-      if ( localpoints != ALL_POINTS )
-        FT_FREE( localpoints );
-      FT_FREE( deltas_x );
-      FT_FREE( deltas_y );
-
-      offsetToData += tupleDataSize;
-
-      FT_Stream_SeekSet( stream, here );
-    }
-
-  Fail3:
-    FT_FREE( tuple_coords );
-    FT_FREE( im_start_coords );
-    FT_FREE( im_end_coords );
-
-  Fail2:
-    FT_FRAME_EXIT();
-
-  Fail1:
-    if ( error )
-    {
-      FT_FREE( delta_xy );
-      *deltas = NULL;
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    tt_done_blend                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Frees the blend internal data structure.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  tt_done_blend( FT_Memory  memory,
-                 GX_Blend   blend )
-  {
-    if ( blend != NULL )
-    {
-      FT_UInt  i;
-
-
-      FT_FREE( blend->normalizedcoords );
-      FT_FREE( blend->mmvar );
-
-      if ( blend->avar_segment != NULL )
-      {
-        for ( i = 0; i < blend->num_axis; ++i )
-          FT_FREE( blend->avar_segment[i].correspondence );
-        FT_FREE( blend->avar_segment );
-      }
-
-      FT_FREE( blend->tuplecoords );
-      FT_FREE( blend->glyphoffsets );
-      FT_FREE( blend );
-    }
-  }
-
-#endif /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttgxvar.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttgxvar.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 706cb4d..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttgxvar.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,182 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ttgxvar.h                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    TrueType GX Font Variation loader (specification)                    */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2004 by                                                      */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, Werner Lemberg and George Williams.      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __TTGXVAR_H__
-#define __TTGXVAR_H__
-
-
-#include 
-#include "ttobjs.h"
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    GX_AVarCorrespondenceRec                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    A data structure representing `shortFracCorrespondence' in `avar'  */
-  /*    table according to the specifications from Apple.                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  GX_AVarCorrespondenceRec_
-  {
-    FT_Fixed  fromCoord;
-    FT_Fixed  toCoord;
-
-  } GX_AVarCorrespondenceRec_, *GX_AVarCorrespondence;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    GX_AVarRec                                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Data from the segment field of `avar' table.                       */
-  /*    There is one of these for each axis.                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  GX_AVarSegmentRec_
-  {
-    FT_UShort              pairCount;
-    GX_AVarCorrespondence  correspondence; /* array with pairCount entries */
-
-  } GX_AVarSegmentRec, *GX_AVarSegment;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    GX_BlendRec                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Data for interpolating a font from a distortable font specified    */
-  /*    by the GX *var tables ([fgca]var).                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    num_axis         :: The number of axes along which interpolation   */
-  /*                         may happen                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    normalizedcoords :: A normalized value (between [-1,1]) indicating */
-  /*                        the contribution along each axis to the final  */
-  /*                        interpolated font.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  GX_BlendRec_
-  {
-    FT_UInt         num_axis;
-    FT_Fixed*       normalizedcoords;
-
-    FT_MM_Var*      mmvar;
-    FT_Int          mmvar_len;
-
-    FT_Bool         avar_checked;
-    GX_AVarSegment  avar_segment;
-
-    FT_UInt         tuplecount;      /* shared tuples in `gvar'           */
-    FT_Fixed*       tuplecoords;     /* tuplecoords[tuplecount][num_axis] */
-
-    FT_UInt         gv_glyphcnt;
-    FT_ULong*       glyphoffsets;
-
-  } GX_BlendRec;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                 */
-  /*    GX_TupleCountFlags                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Flags used within the `TupleCount' field of the `gvar' table.      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef enum  GX_TupleCountFlags_
-  {
-    GX_TC_TUPLES_SHARE_POINT_NUMBERS = 0x8000,
-    GX_TC_RESERVED_TUPLE_FLAGS       = 0x7000,
-    GX_TC_TUPLE_COUNT_MASK           = 0x0FFF
-
-  } GX_TupleCountFlags;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                 */
-  /*    GX_TupleIndexFlags                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Flags used within the `TupleIndex' field of the `gvar' and `cvar'  */
-  /*    tables.                                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef enum  GX_TupleIndexFlags_
-  {
-    GX_TI_EMBEDDED_TUPLE_COORD  = 0x8000,
-    GX_TI_INTERMEDIATE_TUPLE    = 0x4000,
-    GX_TI_PRIVATE_POINT_NUMBERS = 0x2000,
-    GX_TI_RESERVED_TUPLE_FLAG   = 0x1000,
-    GX_TI_TUPLE_INDEX_MASK      = 0x0FFF
-
-  } GX_TupleIndexFlags;
-
-
-#define TTAG_wght  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'w', 'g', 'h', 't' )
-#define TTAG_wdth  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'w', 'd', 't', 'h' )
-#define TTAG_opsz  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'o', 'p', 's', 'z' )
-#define TTAG_slnt  FT_MAKE_TAG( 's', 'l', 'n', 't' )
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  TT_Set_MM_Blend( TT_Face    face,
-                   FT_UInt    num_coords,
-                   FT_Fixed*  coords );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  TT_Set_Var_Design( TT_Face    face,
-                     FT_UInt    num_coords,
-                     FT_Fixed*  coords );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  TT_Get_MM_Var( TT_Face      face,
-                 FT_MM_Var*  *master );
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_vary_cvt( TT_Face    face,
-                    FT_Stream  stream );
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  TT_Vary_Get_Glyph_Deltas( TT_Face      face,
-                            FT_UInt      glyph_index,
-                            FT_Vector*  *deltas,
-                            FT_UInt      n_points );
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  tt_done_blend( FT_Memory  memory,
-                 GX_Blend   blend );
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-
-#endif /* __TTGXVAR_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttinterp.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttinterp.c
deleted file mode 100644
index f9c3656..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttinterp.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7837 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ttinterp.c                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    TrueType bytecode interpreter (body).                                */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by       */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include 
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_CALC_H
-#include FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H
-#include FT_SYSTEM_H
-
-#include "ttinterp.h"
-
-#include "tterrors.h"
-
-
-#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
-
-
-#define TT_MULFIX           FT_MulFix
-#define TT_MULDIV           FT_MulDiv
-#define TT_MULDIV_NO_ROUND  FT_MulDiv_No_Round
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_ttinterp
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* In order to detect infinite loops in the code, we set up a counter    */
-  /* within the run loop.  A single stroke of interpretation is now        */
-  /* limited to a maximal number of opcodes defined below.                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define MAX_RUNNABLE_OPCODES  1000000L
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* There are two kinds of implementations:                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* a. static implementation                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    The current execution context is a static variable, which fields   */
-  /*    are accessed directly by the interpreter during execution.  The    */
-  /*    context is named `cur'.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    This version is non-reentrant, of course.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* b. indirect implementation                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    The current execution context is passed to _each_ function as its  */
-  /*    first argument, and each field is thus accessed indirectly.        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    This version is fully re-entrant.                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The idea is that an indirect implementation may be slower to execute  */
-  /* on low-end processors that are used in some systems (like 386s or     */
-  /* even 486s).                                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* As a consequence, the indirect implementation is now the default, as  */
-  /* its performance costs can be considered negligible in our context.    */
-  /* Note, however, that we kept the same source with macros because:      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* - The code is kept very close in design to the Pascal code used for   */
-  /*   development.                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* - It's much more readable that way!                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* - It's still open to experimentation and tuning.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_STATIC_INTERPRETER     /* indirect implementation */
-
-#define CUR  (*exc)                             /* see ttobjs.h */
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This macro is used whenever `exec' is unused in a function, to avoid  */
-  /* stupid warnings from pedantic compilers.                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define FT_UNUSED_EXEC  FT_UNUSED( exc )
-
-#else                                           /* static implementation */
-
-#define CUR  cur
-
-#define FT_UNUSED_EXEC  int  __dummy = __dummy
-
-  static
-  TT_ExecContextRec  cur;   /* static exec. context variable */
-
-  /* apparently, we have a _lot_ of direct indexing when accessing  */
-  /* the static `cur', which makes the code bigger (due to all the  */
-  /* four bytes addresses).                                         */
-
-#endif /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_STATIC_INTERPRETER */
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The instruction argument stack.                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define INS_ARG  EXEC_OP_ FT_Long*  args    /* see ttobjs.h for EXEC_OP_ */
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This macro is used whenever `args' is unused in a function, to avoid  */
-  /* stupid warnings from pedantic compilers.                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define FT_UNUSED_ARG  FT_UNUSED_EXEC; FT_UNUSED( args )
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The following macros hide the use of EXEC_ARG and EXEC_ARG_ to        */
-  /* increase readability of the code.                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-#define SKIP_Code() \
-          SkipCode( EXEC_ARG )
-
-#define GET_ShortIns() \
-          GetShortIns( EXEC_ARG )
-
-#define NORMalize( x, y, v ) \
-          Normalize( EXEC_ARG_ x, y, v )
-
-#define SET_SuperRound( scale, flags ) \
-          SetSuperRound( EXEC_ARG_ scale, flags )
-
-#define ROUND_None( d, c ) \
-          Round_None( EXEC_ARG_ d, c )
-
-#define INS_Goto_CodeRange( range, ip ) \
-          Ins_Goto_CodeRange( EXEC_ARG_ range, ip )
-
-#define CUR_Func_move( z, p, d ) \
-          CUR.func_move( EXEC_ARG_ z, p, d )
-
-#define CUR_Func_move_orig( z, p, d ) \
-          CUR.func_move_orig( EXEC_ARG_ z, p, d )
-
-#define CUR_Func_round( d, c ) \
-          CUR.func_round( EXEC_ARG_ d, c )
-
-#define CUR_Func_read_cvt( index ) \
-          CUR.func_read_cvt( EXEC_ARG_ index )
-
-#define CUR_Func_write_cvt( index, val ) \
-          CUR.func_write_cvt( EXEC_ARG_ index, val )
-
-#define CUR_Func_move_cvt( index, val ) \
-          CUR.func_move_cvt( EXEC_ARG_ index, val )
-
-#define CURRENT_Ratio() \
-          Current_Ratio( EXEC_ARG )
-
-#define CURRENT_Ppem() \
-          Current_Ppem( EXEC_ARG )
-
-#define CUR_Ppem() \
-          Cur_PPEM( EXEC_ARG )
-
-#define INS_SxVTL( a, b, c, d ) \
-          Ins_SxVTL( EXEC_ARG_ a, b, c, d )
-
-#define COMPUTE_Funcs() \
-          Compute_Funcs( EXEC_ARG )
-
-#define COMPUTE_Round( a ) \
-          Compute_Round( EXEC_ARG_ a )
-
-#define COMPUTE_Point_Displacement( a, b, c, d ) \
-          Compute_Point_Displacement( EXEC_ARG_ a, b, c, d )
-
-#define MOVE_Zp2_Point( a, b, c, t ) \
-          Move_Zp2_Point( EXEC_ARG_ a, b, c, t )
-
-
-#define CUR_Func_project( v1, v2 )  \
-          CUR.func_project( EXEC_ARG_ (v1)->x - (v2)->x, (v1)->y - (v2)->y )
-
-#define CUR_Func_dualproj( v1, v2 )  \
-          CUR.func_dualproj( EXEC_ARG_ (v1)->x - (v2)->x, (v1)->y - (v2)->y )
-
-#define CUR_fast_project( v ) \
-          CUR.func_project( EXEC_ARG_ (v)->x, (v)->y )
-
-#define CUR_fast_dualproj( v ) \
-          CUR.func_dualproj( EXEC_ARG_ (v)->x, (v)->y )
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Instruction dispatch function, as used by the interpreter.            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef void  (*TInstruction_Function)( INS_ARG );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* A simple bounds-checking macro.                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define BOUNDS( x, n )  ( (FT_UInt)(x) >= (FT_UInt)(n) )
-
-#undef  SUCCESS
-#define SUCCESS  0
-
-#undef  FAILURE
-#define FAILURE  1
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING
-#define GUESS_VECTOR( V )                                         \
-  if ( CUR.face->unpatented_hinting )                             \
-  {                                                               \
-    CUR.GS.V.x = (FT_F2Dot14)( CUR.GS.both_x_axis ? 0x4000 : 0 ); \
-    CUR.GS.V.y = (FT_F2Dot14)( CUR.GS.both_x_axis ? 0 : 0x4000 ); \
-  }
-#else
-#define GUESS_VECTOR( V )
-#endif
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                        CODERANGE FUNCTIONS                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    TT_Goto_CodeRange                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Switches to a new code range (updates the code related elements in */
-  /*    `exec', and `IP').                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    range :: The new execution code range.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    IP    :: The new IP in the new code range.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    exec  :: The target execution context.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  TT_Goto_CodeRange( TT_ExecContext  exec,
-                     FT_Int          range,
-                     FT_Long         IP )
-  {
-    TT_CodeRange*  coderange;
-
-
-    FT_ASSERT( range >= 1 && range <= 3 );
-
-    coderange = &exec->codeRangeTable[range - 1];
-
-    FT_ASSERT( coderange->base != NULL );
-
-    /* NOTE: Because the last instruction of a program may be a CALL */
-    /*       which will return to the first byte *after* the code    */
-    /*       range, we test for IP <= Size instead of IP < Size.     */
-    /*                                                               */
-    FT_ASSERT( (FT_ULong)IP <= coderange->size );
-
-    exec->code     = coderange->base;
-    exec->codeSize = coderange->size;
-    exec->IP       = IP;
-    exec->curRange = range;
-
-    return TT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    TT_Set_CodeRange                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Sets a code range.                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    range  :: The code range index.                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    base   :: The new code base.                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    length :: The range size in bytes.                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    exec   :: The target execution context.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  TT_Set_CodeRange( TT_ExecContext  exec,
-                    FT_Int          range,
-                    void*           base,
-                    FT_Long         length )
-  {
-    FT_ASSERT( range >= 1 && range <= 3 );
-
-    exec->codeRangeTable[range - 1].base = (FT_Byte*)base;
-    exec->codeRangeTable[range - 1].size = length;
-
-    return TT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    TT_Clear_CodeRange                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Clears a code range.                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    range :: The code range index.                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    exec  :: The target execution context.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                 */
-  /*    Does not set the Error variable.                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  TT_Clear_CodeRange( TT_ExecContext  exec,
-                      FT_Int          range )
-  {
-    FT_ASSERT( range >= 1 && range <= 3 );
-
-    exec->codeRangeTable[range - 1].base = NULL;
-    exec->codeRangeTable[range - 1].size = 0;
-
-    return TT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                   EXECUTION CONTEXT ROUTINES                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    TT_Done_Context                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Destroys a given context.                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    exec   :: A handle to the target execution context.                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    memory :: A handle to the parent memory object.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                 */
-  /*    Only the glyph loader and debugger should call this function.      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  TT_Done_Context( TT_ExecContext  exec )
-  {
-    FT_Memory  memory = exec->memory;
-
-
-    /* points zone */
-    exec->maxPoints   = 0;
-    exec->maxContours = 0;
-
-    /* free stack */
-    FT_FREE( exec->stack );
-    exec->stackSize = 0;
-
-    /* free call stack */
-    FT_FREE( exec->callStack );
-    exec->callSize = 0;
-    exec->callTop  = 0;
-
-    /* free glyph code range */
-    FT_FREE( exec->glyphIns );
-    exec->glyphSize = 0;
-
-    exec->size = NULL;
-    exec->face = NULL;
-
-    FT_FREE( exec );
-
-    return TT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    Init_Context                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Initializes a context object.                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    memory :: A handle to the parent memory object.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    exec   :: A handle to the target execution context.                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static FT_Error
-  Init_Context( TT_ExecContext  exec,
-                FT_Memory       memory )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error;
-
-
-    FT_TRACE1(( "Init_Context: new object at 0x%08p\n", exec ));
-
-    exec->memory   = memory;
-    exec->callSize = 32;
-
-    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( exec->callStack, exec->callSize ) )
-      goto Fail_Memory;
-
-    /* all values in the context are set to 0 already, but this is */
-    /* here as a remainder                                         */
-    exec->maxPoints   = 0;
-    exec->maxContours = 0;
-
-    exec->stackSize = 0;
-    exec->glyphSize = 0;
-
-    exec->stack     = NULL;
-    exec->glyphIns  = NULL;
-
-    exec->face = NULL;
-    exec->size = NULL;
-
-    return TT_Err_Ok;
-
-  Fail_Memory:
-    FT_ERROR(( "Init_Context: not enough memory for 0x%08lx\n",
-               (FT_Long)exec ));
-    TT_Done_Context( exec );
-
-    return error;
- }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    Update_Max                                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Checks the size of a buffer and reallocates it if necessary.       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    memory     :: A handle to the parent memory object.                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    multiplier :: The size in bytes of each element in the buffer.     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    new_max    :: The new capacity (size) of the buffer.               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    size       :: The address of the buffer's current size expressed   */
-  /*                  in elements.                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    buff       :: The address of the buffer base pointer.              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static FT_Error
-  Update_Max( FT_Memory  memory,
-              FT_ULong*  size,
-              FT_Long    multiplier,
-              void*      _pbuff,
-              FT_ULong   new_max )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error;
-    void**    pbuff = (void**)_pbuff;
-
-
-    if ( *size < new_max )
-    {
-      if ( FT_REALLOC( *pbuff, *size * multiplier, new_max * multiplier ) )
-        return error;
-      *size = new_max;
-    }
-
-    return TT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    TT_Load_Context                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Prepare an execution context for glyph hinting.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    face :: A handle to the source face object.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    size :: A handle to the source size object.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    exec :: A handle to the target execution context.                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                 */
-  /*    Only the glyph loader and debugger should call this function.      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  TT_Load_Context( TT_ExecContext  exec,
-                   TT_Face         face,
-                   TT_Size         size )
-  {
-    FT_Int          i;
-    FT_ULong        tmp;
-    TT_MaxProfile*  maxp;
-    FT_Error        error;
-
-
-    exec->face = face;
-    maxp       = &face->max_profile;
-    exec->size = size;
-
-    if ( size )
-    {
-      exec->numFDefs   = size->num_function_defs;
-      exec->maxFDefs   = size->max_function_defs;
-      exec->numIDefs   = size->num_instruction_defs;
-      exec->maxIDefs   = size->max_instruction_defs;
-      exec->FDefs      = size->function_defs;
-      exec->IDefs      = size->instruction_defs;
-      exec->tt_metrics = size->ttmetrics;
-      exec->metrics    = size->metrics;
-
-      exec->maxFunc    = size->max_func;
-      exec->maxIns     = size->max_ins;
-
-      for ( i = 0; i < TT_MAX_CODE_RANGES; i++ )
-        exec->codeRangeTable[i] = size->codeRangeTable[i];
-
-      /* set graphics state */
-      exec->GS = size->GS;
-
-      exec->cvtSize = size->cvt_size;
-      exec->cvt     = size->cvt;
-
-      exec->storeSize = size->storage_size;
-      exec->storage   = size->storage;
-
-      exec->twilight  = size->twilight;
-    }
-
-    /* XXX: We reserve a little more elements on the stack to deal safely */
-    /*      with broken fonts like arialbs, courbs, timesbs, etc.         */
-    tmp = exec->stackSize;
-    error = Update_Max( exec->memory,
-                        &tmp,
-                        sizeof ( FT_F26Dot6 ),
-                        (void*)&exec->stack,
-                        maxp->maxStackElements + 32 );
-    exec->stackSize = (FT_UInt)tmp;
-    if ( error )
-      return error;
-
-    tmp = exec->glyphSize;
-    error = Update_Max( exec->memory,
-                        &tmp,
-                        sizeof ( FT_Byte ),
-                        (void*)&exec->glyphIns,
-                        maxp->maxSizeOfInstructions );
-    exec->glyphSize = (FT_UShort)tmp;
-    if ( error )
-      return error;
-
-    exec->pts.n_points   = 0;
-    exec->pts.n_contours = 0;
-
-    exec->zp1 = exec->pts;
-    exec->zp2 = exec->pts;
-    exec->zp0 = exec->pts;
-
-    exec->instruction_trap = FALSE;
-
-    return TT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    TT_Save_Context                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Saves the code ranges in a `size' object.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    exec :: A handle to the source execution context.                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    size :: A handle to the target size object.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                 */
-  /*    Only the glyph loader and debugger should call this function.      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  TT_Save_Context( TT_ExecContext  exec,
-                   TT_Size         size )
-  {
-    FT_Int  i;
-
-
-    /* XXXX: Will probably disappear soon with all the code range */
-    /*       management, which is now rather obsolete.            */
-    /*                                                            */
-    size->num_function_defs    = exec->numFDefs;
-    size->num_instruction_defs = exec->numIDefs;
-
-    size->max_func = exec->maxFunc;
-    size->max_ins  = exec->maxIns;
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < TT_MAX_CODE_RANGES; i++ )
-      size->codeRangeTable[i] = exec->codeRangeTable[i];
-
-    return TT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    TT_Run_Context                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Executes one or more instructions in the execution context.        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    debug :: A Boolean flag.  If set, the function sets some internal  */
-  /*             variables and returns immediately, otherwise TT_RunIns()  */
-  /*             is called.                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*             This is commented out currently.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    exec  :: A handle to the target execution context.                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    TrueTyoe error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                 */
-  /*    Only the glyph loader and debugger should call this function.      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  TT_Run_Context( TT_ExecContext  exec,
-                  FT_Bool         debug )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error;
-
-
-    if ( ( error = TT_Goto_CodeRange( exec, tt_coderange_glyph, 0  ) )
-           != TT_Err_Ok )
-      return error;
-
-    exec->zp0 = exec->pts;
-    exec->zp1 = exec->pts;
-    exec->zp2 = exec->pts;
-
-    exec->GS.gep0 = 1;
-    exec->GS.gep1 = 1;
-    exec->GS.gep2 = 1;
-
-    exec->GS.projVector.x = 0x4000;
-    exec->GS.projVector.y = 0x0000;
-
-    exec->GS.freeVector = exec->GS.projVector;
-    exec->GS.dualVector = exec->GS.projVector;
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING
-    exec->GS.both_x_axis = TRUE;
-#endif
-
-    exec->GS.round_state = 1;
-    exec->GS.loop        = 1;
-
-    /* some glyphs leave something on the stack. so we clean it */
-    /* before a new execution.                                  */
-    exec->top     = 0;
-    exec->callTop = 0;
-
-#if 1
-    FT_UNUSED( debug );
-
-    return exec->face->interpreter( exec );
-#else
-    if ( !debug )
-      return TT_RunIns( exec );
-    else
-      return TT_Err_Ok;
-#endif
-  }
-
-
-  const TT_GraphicsState  tt_default_graphics_state =
-  {
-    0, 0, 0,
-    { 0x4000, 0 },
-    { 0x4000, 0 },
-    { 0x4000, 0 },
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING
-    TRUE,
-#endif
-
-    1, 64, 1,
-    TRUE, 68, 0, 0, 9, 3,
-    0, FALSE, 2, 1, 1, 1
-  };
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ttinterp.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( TT_ExecContext )
-  TT_New_Context( TT_Driver  driver )
-  {
-    TT_ExecContext  exec;
-    FT_Memory       memory;
-
-
-    memory = driver->root.root.memory;
-    exec   = driver->context;
-
-    if ( !driver->context )
-    {
-      FT_Error  error;
-
-
-      /* allocate object */
-      if ( FT_NEW( exec ) )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      /* initialize it */
-      error = Init_Context( exec, memory );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Fail;
-
-      /* store it into the driver */
-      driver->context = exec;
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return driver->context;
-
-  Fail:
-    FT_FREE( exec );
-
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Before an opcode is executed, the interpreter verifies that there are */
-  /* enough arguments on the stack, with the help of the `Pop_Push_Count'  */
-  /* table.                                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* For each opcode, the first column gives the number of arguments that  */
-  /* are popped from the stack; the second one gives the number of those   */
-  /* that are pushed in result.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Opcodes which have a varying number of parameters in the data stream  */
-  /* (NPUSHB, NPUSHW) are handled specially; they have a negative value in */
-  /* the `opcode_length' table, and the value in `Pop_Push_Count' is set   */
-  /* to zero.                                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-#undef  PACK
-#define PACK( x, y )  ( ( x << 4 ) | y )
-
-
-  static
-  const FT_Byte  Pop_Push_Count[256] =
-  {
-    /* opcodes are gathered in groups of 16 */
-    /* please keep the spaces as they are   */
-
-    /*  SVTCA  y  */  PACK( 0, 0 ),
-    /*  SVTCA  x  */  PACK( 0, 0 ),
-    /*  SPvTCA y  */  PACK( 0, 0 ),
-    /*  SPvTCA x  */  PACK( 0, 0 ),
-    /*  SFvTCA y  */  PACK( 0, 0 ),
-    /*  SFvTCA x  */  PACK( 0, 0 ),
-    /*  SPvTL //  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
-    /*  SPvTL +   */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
-    /*  SFvTL //  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
-    /*  SFvTL +   */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
-    /*  SPvFS     */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
-    /*  SFvFS     */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
-    /*  GPV       */  PACK( 0, 2 ),
-    /*  GFV       */  PACK( 0, 2 ),
-    /*  SFvTPv    */  PACK( 0, 0 ),
-    /*  ISECT     */  PACK( 5, 0 ),
-
-    /*  SRP0      */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  SRP1      */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  SRP2      */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  SZP0      */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  SZP1      */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  SZP2      */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  SZPS      */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  SLOOP     */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  RTG       */  PACK( 0, 0 ),
-    /*  RTHG      */  PACK( 0, 0 ),
-    /*  SMD       */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  ELSE      */  PACK( 0, 0 ),
-    /*  JMPR      */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  SCvTCi    */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  SSwCi     */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  SSW       */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-
-    /*  DUP       */  PACK( 1, 2 ),
-    /*  POP       */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  CLEAR     */  PACK( 0, 0 ),
-    /*  SWAP      */  PACK( 2, 2 ),
-    /*  DEPTH     */  PACK( 0, 1 ),
-    /*  CINDEX    */  PACK( 1, 1 ),
-    /*  MINDEX    */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  AlignPTS  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
-    /*  INS_$28   */  PACK( 0, 0 ),
-    /*  UTP       */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  LOOPCALL  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
-    /*  CALL      */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  FDEF      */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  ENDF      */  PACK( 0, 0 ),
-    /*  MDAP[0]   */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  MDAP[1]   */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-
-    /*  IUP[0]    */  PACK( 0, 0 ),
-    /*  IUP[1]    */  PACK( 0, 0 ),
-    /*  SHP[0]    */  PACK( 0, 0 ),
-    /*  SHP[1]    */  PACK( 0, 0 ),
-    /*  SHC[0]    */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  SHC[1]    */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  SHZ[0]    */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  SHZ[1]    */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  SHPIX     */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  IP        */  PACK( 0, 0 ),
-    /*  MSIRP[0]  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
-    /*  MSIRP[1]  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
-    /*  AlignRP   */  PACK( 0, 0 ),
-    /*  RTDG      */  PACK( 0, 0 ),
-    /*  MIAP[0]   */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
-    /*  MIAP[1]   */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
-
-    /*  NPushB    */  PACK( 0, 0 ),
-    /*  NPushW    */  PACK( 0, 0 ),
-    /*  WS        */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
-    /*  RS        */  PACK( 1, 1 ),
-    /*  WCvtP     */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
-    /*  RCvt      */  PACK( 1, 1 ),
-    /*  GC[0]     */  PACK( 1, 1 ),
-    /*  GC[1]     */  PACK( 1, 1 ),
-    /*  SCFS      */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
-    /*  MD[0]     */  PACK( 2, 1 ),
-    /*  MD[1]     */  PACK( 2, 1 ),
-    /*  MPPEM     */  PACK( 0, 1 ),
-    /*  MPS       */  PACK( 0, 1 ),
-    /*  FlipON    */  PACK( 0, 0 ),
-    /*  FlipOFF   */  PACK( 0, 0 ),
-    /*  DEBUG     */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-
-    /*  LT        */  PACK( 2, 1 ),
-    /*  LTEQ      */  PACK( 2, 1 ),
-    /*  GT        */  PACK( 2, 1 ),
-    /*  GTEQ      */  PACK( 2, 1 ),
-    /*  EQ        */  PACK( 2, 1 ),
-    /*  NEQ       */  PACK( 2, 1 ),
-    /*  ODD       */  PACK( 1, 1 ),
-    /*  EVEN      */  PACK( 1, 1 ),
-    /*  IF        */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  EIF       */  PACK( 0, 0 ),
-    /*  AND       */  PACK( 2, 1 ),
-    /*  OR        */  PACK( 2, 1 ),
-    /*  NOT       */  PACK( 1, 1 ),
-    /*  DeltaP1   */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  SDB       */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  SDS       */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-
-    /*  ADD       */  PACK( 2, 1 ),
-    /*  SUB       */  PACK( 2, 1 ),
-    /*  DIV       */  PACK( 2, 1 ),
-    /*  MUL       */  PACK( 2, 1 ),
-    /*  ABS       */  PACK( 1, 1 ),
-    /*  NEG       */  PACK( 1, 1 ),
-    /*  FLOOR     */  PACK( 1, 1 ),
-    /*  CEILING   */  PACK( 1, 1 ),
-    /*  ROUND[0]  */  PACK( 1, 1 ),
-    /*  ROUND[1]  */  PACK( 1, 1 ),
-    /*  ROUND[2]  */  PACK( 1, 1 ),
-    /*  ROUND[3]  */  PACK( 1, 1 ),
-    /*  NROUND[0] */  PACK( 1, 1 ),
-    /*  NROUND[1] */  PACK( 1, 1 ),
-    /*  NROUND[2] */  PACK( 1, 1 ),
-    /*  NROUND[3] */  PACK( 1, 1 ),
-
-    /*  WCvtF     */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
-    /*  DeltaP2   */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  DeltaP3   */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  DeltaCn[0] */ PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  DeltaCn[1] */ PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  DeltaCn[2] */ PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  SROUND    */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  S45Round  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  JROT      */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
-    /*  JROF      */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
-    /*  ROFF      */  PACK( 0, 0 ),
-    /*  INS_$7B   */  PACK( 0, 0 ),
-    /*  RUTG      */  PACK( 0, 0 ),
-    /*  RDTG      */  PACK( 0, 0 ),
-    /*  SANGW     */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  AA        */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-
-    /*  FlipPT    */  PACK( 0, 0 ),
-    /*  FlipRgON  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
-    /*  FlipRgOFF */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
-    /*  INS_$83   */  PACK( 0, 0 ),
-    /*  INS_$84   */  PACK( 0, 0 ),
-    /*  ScanCTRL  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  SDVPTL[0] */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
-    /*  SDVPTL[1] */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
-    /*  GetINFO   */  PACK( 1, 1 ),
-    /*  IDEF      */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  ROLL      */  PACK( 3, 3 ),
-    /*  MAX       */  PACK( 2, 1 ),
-    /*  MIN       */  PACK( 2, 1 ),
-    /*  ScanTYPE  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  InstCTRL  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
-    /*  INS_$8F   */  PACK( 0, 0 ),
-
-    /*  INS_$90  */   PACK( 0, 0 ),
-    /*  INS_$91  */   PACK( 0, 0 ),
-    /*  INS_$92  */   PACK( 0, 0 ),
-    /*  INS_$93  */   PACK( 0, 0 ),
-    /*  INS_$94  */   PACK( 0, 0 ),
-    /*  INS_$95  */   PACK( 0, 0 ),
-    /*  INS_$96  */   PACK( 0, 0 ),
-    /*  INS_$97  */   PACK( 0, 0 ),
-    /*  INS_$98  */   PACK( 0, 0 ),
-    /*  INS_$99  */   PACK( 0, 0 ),
-    /*  INS_$9A  */   PACK( 0, 0 ),
-    /*  INS_$9B  */   PACK( 0, 0 ),
-    /*  INS_$9C  */   PACK( 0, 0 ),
-    /*  INS_$9D  */   PACK( 0, 0 ),
-    /*  INS_$9E  */   PACK( 0, 0 ),
-    /*  INS_$9F  */   PACK( 0, 0 ),
-
-    /*  INS_$A0  */   PACK( 0, 0 ),
-    /*  INS_$A1  */   PACK( 0, 0 ),
-    /*  INS_$A2  */   PACK( 0, 0 ),
-    /*  INS_$A3  */   PACK( 0, 0 ),
-    /*  INS_$A4  */   PACK( 0, 0 ),
-    /*  INS_$A5  */   PACK( 0, 0 ),
-    /*  INS_$A6  */   PACK( 0, 0 ),
-    /*  INS_$A7  */   PACK( 0, 0 ),
-    /*  INS_$A8  */   PACK( 0, 0 ),
-    /*  INS_$A9  */   PACK( 0, 0 ),
-    /*  INS_$AA  */   PACK( 0, 0 ),
-    /*  INS_$AB  */   PACK( 0, 0 ),
-    /*  INS_$AC  */   PACK( 0, 0 ),
-    /*  INS_$AD  */   PACK( 0, 0 ),
-    /*  INS_$AE  */   PACK( 0, 0 ),
-    /*  INS_$AF  */   PACK( 0, 0 ),
-
-    /*  PushB[0]  */  PACK( 0, 1 ),
-    /*  PushB[1]  */  PACK( 0, 2 ),
-    /*  PushB[2]  */  PACK( 0, 3 ),
-    /*  PushB[3]  */  PACK( 0, 4 ),
-    /*  PushB[4]  */  PACK( 0, 5 ),
-    /*  PushB[5]  */  PACK( 0, 6 ),
-    /*  PushB[6]  */  PACK( 0, 7 ),
-    /*  PushB[7]  */  PACK( 0, 8 ),
-    /*  PushW[0]  */  PACK( 0, 1 ),
-    /*  PushW[1]  */  PACK( 0, 2 ),
-    /*  PushW[2]  */  PACK( 0, 3 ),
-    /*  PushW[3]  */  PACK( 0, 4 ),
-    /*  PushW[4]  */  PACK( 0, 5 ),
-    /*  PushW[5]  */  PACK( 0, 6 ),
-    /*  PushW[6]  */  PACK( 0, 7 ),
-    /*  PushW[7]  */  PACK( 0, 8 ),
-
-    /*  MDRP[00]  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  MDRP[01]  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  MDRP[02]  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  MDRP[03]  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  MDRP[04]  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  MDRP[05]  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  MDRP[06]  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  MDRP[07]  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  MDRP[08]  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  MDRP[09]  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  MDRP[10]  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  MDRP[11]  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  MDRP[12]  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  MDRP[13]  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  MDRP[14]  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  MDRP[15]  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-
-    /*  MDRP[16]  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  MDRP[17]  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  MDRP[18]  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  MDRP[19]  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  MDRP[20]  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  MDRP[21]  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  MDRP[22]  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  MDRP[23]  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  MDRP[24]  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  MDRP[25]  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  MDRP[26]  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  MDRP[27]  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  MDRP[28]  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  MDRP[29]  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  MDRP[30]  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-    /*  MDRP[31]  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
-
-    /*  MIRP[00]  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
-    /*  MIRP[01]  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
-    /*  MIRP[02]  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
-    /*  MIRP[03]  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
-    /*  MIRP[04]  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
-    /*  MIRP[05]  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
-    /*  MIRP[06]  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
-    /*  MIRP[07]  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
-    /*  MIRP[08]  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
-    /*  MIRP[09]  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
-    /*  MIRP[10]  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
-    /*  MIRP[11]  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
-    /*  MIRP[12]  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
-    /*  MIRP[13]  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
-    /*  MIRP[14]  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
-    /*  MIRP[15]  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
-
-    /*  MIRP[16]  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
-    /*  MIRP[17]  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
-    /*  MIRP[18]  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
-    /*  MIRP[19]  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
-    /*  MIRP[20]  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
-    /*  MIRP[21]  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
-    /*  MIRP[22]  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
-    /*  MIRP[23]  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
-    /*  MIRP[24]  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
-    /*  MIRP[25]  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
-    /*  MIRP[26]  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
-    /*  MIRP[27]  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
-    /*  MIRP[28]  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
-    /*  MIRP[29]  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
-    /*  MIRP[30]  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
-    /*  MIRP[31]  */  PACK( 2, 0 )
-  };
-
-
-  static
-  const FT_Char  opcode_length[256] =
-  {
-    1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,
-    1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,
-    1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,
-    1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,
-
-   -1,-2, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,
-    1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,
-    1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,
-    1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,
-
-    1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,
-    1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,
-    1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,
-    2, 3, 4, 5,  6, 7, 8, 9,  3, 5, 7, 9, 11,13,15,17,
-
-    1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,
-    1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,
-    1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,
-    1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1
-  };
-
-#undef PACK
-
-#if 1
-
-  static FT_Int32
-  TT_MulFix14( FT_Int32  a,
-               FT_Int    b )
-  {
-    FT_Int32   sign;
-    FT_UInt32  ah, al, mid, lo, hi;
-
-
-    sign = a ^ b;
-
-    if ( a < 0 )
-      a = -a;
-    if ( b < 0 )
-      b = -b;
-
-    ah = (FT_UInt32)( ( a >> 16 ) & 0xFFFFU );
-    al = (FT_UInt32)( a & 0xFFFFU );
-
-    lo    = al * b;
-    mid   = ah * b;
-    hi    = mid >> 16;
-    mid   = ( mid << 16 ) + ( 1 << 13 ); /* rounding */
-    lo   += mid;
-    if ( lo < mid )
-      hi += 1;
-
-    mid = ( lo >> 14 ) | ( hi << 18 );
-
-    return sign >= 0 ? (FT_Int32)mid : -(FT_Int32)mid;
-  }
-
-#else
-
-  /* compute (a*b)/2^14 with maximal accuracy and rounding */
-  static FT_Int32
-  TT_MulFix14( FT_Int32  a,
-               FT_Int    b )
-  {
-    FT_Int32   m, s, hi;
-    FT_UInt32  l, lo;
-
-
-    /* compute ax*bx as 64-bit value */
-    l  = (FT_UInt32)( ( a & 0xFFFFU ) * b );
-    m  = ( a >> 16 ) * b;
-
-    lo = l + (FT_UInt32)( m << 16 );
-    hi = ( m >> 16 ) + ( (FT_Int32)l >> 31 ) + ( lo < l );
-
-    /* divide the result by 2^14 with rounding */
-    s   = hi >> 31;
-    l   = lo + (FT_UInt32)s;
-    hi += s + ( l < lo );
-    lo  = l;
-
-    l   = lo + 0x2000U;
-    hi += l < lo;
-
-    return ( hi << 18 ) | ( l >> 14 );
-  }
-#endif
-
-
-  /* compute (ax*bx+ay*by)/2^14 with maximal accuracy and rounding */
-  static FT_Int32
-  TT_DotFix14( FT_Int32  ax,
-               FT_Int32  ay,
-               FT_Int    bx,
-               FT_Int    by )
-  {
-    FT_Int32   m, s, hi1, hi2, hi;
-    FT_UInt32  l, lo1, lo2, lo;
-
-
-    /* compute ax*bx as 64-bit value */
-    l = (FT_UInt32)( ( ax & 0xFFFFU ) * bx );
-    m = ( ax >> 16 ) * bx;
-
-    lo1 = l + (FT_UInt32)( m << 16 );
-    hi1 = ( m >> 16 ) + ( (FT_Int32)l >> 31 ) + ( lo1 < l );
-
-    /* compute ay*by as 64-bit value */
-    l = (FT_UInt32)( ( ay & 0xFFFFU ) * by );
-    m = ( ay >> 16 ) * by;
-
-    lo2 = l + (FT_UInt32)( m << 16 );
-    hi2 = ( m >> 16 ) + ( (FT_Int32)l >> 31 ) + ( lo2 < l );
-
-    /* add them */
-    lo = lo1 + lo2;
-    hi = hi1 + hi2 + ( lo < lo1 );
-
-    /* divide the result by 2^14 with rounding */
-    s   = hi >> 31;
-    l   = lo + (FT_UInt32)s;
-    hi += s + ( l < lo );
-    lo  = l;
-
-    l   = lo + 0x2000U;
-    hi += ( l < lo );
-
-    return ( hi << 18 ) | ( l >> 14 );
-  }
-
-
-  /* return length of given vector */
-
-#if 0
-
-  static FT_Int32
-  TT_VecLen( FT_Int32  x,
-             FT_Int32  y )
-  {
-    FT_Int32   m, hi1, hi2, hi;
-    FT_UInt32  l, lo1, lo2, lo;
-
-
-    /* compute x*x as 64-bit value */
-    lo = (FT_UInt32)( x & 0xFFFFU );
-    hi = x >> 16;
-
-    l  = lo * lo;
-    m  = hi * lo;
-    hi = hi * hi;
-
-    lo1 = l + (FT_UInt32)( m << 17 );
-    hi1 = hi + ( m >> 15 ) + ( lo1 < l );
-
-    /* compute y*y as 64-bit value */
-    lo = (FT_UInt32)( y & 0xFFFFU );
-    hi = y >> 16;
-
-    l  = lo * lo;
-    m  = hi * lo;
-    hi = hi * hi;
-
-    lo2 = l + (FT_UInt32)( m << 17 );
-    hi2 = hi + ( m >> 15 ) + ( lo2 < l );
-
-    /* add them to get 'x*x+y*y' as 64-bit value */
-    lo = lo1 + lo2;
-    hi = hi1 + hi2 + ( lo < lo1 );
-
-    /* compute the square root of this value */
-    {
-      FT_UInt32  root, rem, test_div;
-      FT_Int     count;
-
-
-      root = 0;
-
-      {
-        rem   = 0;
-        count = 32;
-        do
-        {
-          rem      = ( rem << 2 ) | ( (FT_UInt32)hi >> 30 );
-          hi       = (  hi << 2 ) | (            lo >> 30 );
-          lo     <<= 2;
-          root   <<= 1;
-          test_div = ( root << 1 ) + 1;
-
-          if ( rem >= test_div )
-          {
-            rem  -= test_div;
-            root += 1;
-          }
-        } while ( --count );
-      }
-
-      return (FT_Int32)root;
-    }
-  }
-
-#else
-
-  /* this version uses FT_Vector_Length which computes the same value */
-  /* much, much faster..                                              */
-  /*                                                                  */
-  static FT_F26Dot6
-  TT_VecLen( FT_F26Dot6  X,
-             FT_F26Dot6  Y )
-  {
-    FT_Vector  v;
-
-
-    v.x = X;
-    v.y = Y;
-
-    return FT_Vector_Length( &v );
-  }
-
-#endif
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    Current_Ratio                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Returns the current aspect ratio scaling factor depending on the   */
-  /*    projection vector's state and device resolutions.                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    The aspect ratio in 16.16 format, always <= 1.0 .                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static FT_Long
-  Current_Ratio( EXEC_OP )
-  {
-    if ( !CUR.tt_metrics.ratio )
-    {
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING
-      if ( CUR.face->unpatented_hinting )
-      {
-        if ( CUR.GS.both_x_axis )
-          CUR.tt_metrics.ratio = CUR.tt_metrics.x_ratio;
-        else
-          CUR.tt_metrics.ratio = CUR.tt_metrics.y_ratio;
-      }
-      else
-#endif
-      {
-        if ( CUR.GS.projVector.y == 0 )
-          CUR.tt_metrics.ratio = CUR.tt_metrics.x_ratio;
-
-        else if ( CUR.GS.projVector.x == 0 )
-          CUR.tt_metrics.ratio = CUR.tt_metrics.y_ratio;
-
-        else
-        {
-          FT_Long  x, y;
-
-
-          x = TT_MULDIV( CUR.GS.projVector.x,
-                         CUR.tt_metrics.x_ratio, 0x4000 );
-          y = TT_MULDIV( CUR.GS.projVector.y,
-                         CUR.tt_metrics.y_ratio, 0x4000 );
-          CUR.tt_metrics.ratio = TT_VecLen( x, y );
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    return CUR.tt_metrics.ratio;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Long
-  Current_Ppem( EXEC_OP )
-  {
-    return TT_MULFIX( CUR.tt_metrics.ppem, CURRENT_Ratio() );
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Functions related to the control value table (CVT).                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_F26Dot6 )
-  Read_CVT( EXEC_OP_ FT_ULong  idx )
-  {
-    return CUR.cvt[idx];
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_F26Dot6 )
-  Read_CVT_Stretched( EXEC_OP_ FT_ULong  idx )
-  {
-    return TT_MULFIX( CUR.cvt[idx], CURRENT_Ratio() );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
-  Write_CVT( EXEC_OP_ FT_ULong    idx,
-                      FT_F26Dot6  value )
-  {
-    CUR.cvt[idx] = value;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
-  Write_CVT_Stretched( EXEC_OP_ FT_ULong    idx,
-                                FT_F26Dot6  value )
-  {
-    CUR.cvt[idx] = FT_DivFix( value, CURRENT_Ratio() );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
-  Move_CVT( EXEC_OP_ FT_ULong    idx,
-                     FT_F26Dot6  value )
-  {
-    CUR.cvt[idx] += value;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
-  Move_CVT_Stretched( EXEC_OP_ FT_ULong    idx,
-                               FT_F26Dot6  value )
-  {
-    CUR.cvt[idx] += FT_DivFix( value, CURRENT_Ratio() );
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    GetShortIns                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Returns a short integer taken from the instruction stream at       */
-  /*    address IP.                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    Short read at code[IP].                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                 */
-  /*    This one could become a macro.                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static FT_Short
-  GetShortIns( EXEC_OP )
-  {
-    /* Reading a byte stream so there is no endianess (DaveP) */
-    CUR.IP += 2;
-    return (FT_Short)( ( CUR.code[CUR.IP - 2] << 8 ) +
-                         CUR.code[CUR.IP - 1]      );
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    Ins_Goto_CodeRange                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Goes to a certain code range in the instruction stream.            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    aRange :: The index of the code range.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    aIP    :: The new IP address in the code range.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    SUCCESS or FAILURE.                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static FT_Bool
-  Ins_Goto_CodeRange( EXEC_OP_ FT_Int    aRange,
-                               FT_ULong  aIP )
-  {
-    TT_CodeRange*  range;
-
-
-    if ( aRange < 1 || aRange > 3 )
-    {
-      CUR.error = TT_Err_Bad_Argument;
-      return FAILURE;
-    }
-
-    range = &CUR.codeRangeTable[aRange - 1];
-
-    if ( range->base == NULL )     /* invalid coderange */
-    {
-      CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_CodeRange;
-      return FAILURE;
-    }
-
-    /* NOTE: Because the last instruction of a program may be a CALL */
-    /*       which will return to the first byte *after* the code    */
-    /*       range, we test for AIP <= Size, instead of AIP < Size.  */
-
-    if ( aIP > range->size )
-    {
-      CUR.error = TT_Err_Code_Overflow;
-      return FAILURE;
-    }
-
-    CUR.code     = range->base;
-    CUR.codeSize = range->size;
-    CUR.IP       = aIP;
-    CUR.curRange = aRange;
-
-    return SUCCESS;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    Direct_Move                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Moves a point by a given distance along the freedom vector.  The   */
-  /*    point will be `touched'.                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    point    :: The index of the point to move.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    distance :: The distance to apply.                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    zone     :: The affected glyph zone.                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Direct_Move( EXEC_OP_ TT_GlyphZone  zone,
-                        FT_UShort     point,
-                        FT_F26Dot6    distance )
-  {
-    FT_F26Dot6  v;
-
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING
-    FT_ASSERT( !CUR.face->unpatented_hinting );
-#endif
-
-    v = CUR.GS.freeVector.x;
-
-    if ( v != 0 )
-    {
-      zone->cur[point].x += TT_MULDIV( distance,
-                                       v * 0x10000L,
-                                       CUR.F_dot_P );
-
-      zone->tags[point] |= FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_X;
-    }
-
-    v = CUR.GS.freeVector.y;
-
-    if ( v != 0 )
-    {
-      zone->cur[point].y += TT_MULDIV( distance,
-                                       v * 0x10000L,
-                                       CUR.F_dot_P );
-
-      zone->tags[point] |= FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_Y;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    Direct_Move_Orig                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Moves the *original* position of a point by a given distance along */
-  /*    the freedom vector.  Obviously, the point will not be `touched'.   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    point    :: The index of the point to move.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    distance :: The distance to apply.                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    zone     :: The affected glyph zone.                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Direct_Move_Orig( EXEC_OP_ TT_GlyphZone  zone,
-                             FT_UShort     point,
-                             FT_F26Dot6    distance )
-  {
-    FT_F26Dot6  v;
-
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING
-    FT_ASSERT( !CUR.face->unpatented_hinting );
-#endif
-
-    v = CUR.GS.freeVector.x;
-
-    if ( v != 0 )
-      zone->org[point].x += TT_MULDIV( distance,
-                                       v * 0x10000L,
-                                       CUR.F_dot_P );
-
-    v = CUR.GS.freeVector.y;
-
-    if ( v != 0 )
-      zone->org[point].y += TT_MULDIV( distance,
-                                       v * 0x10000L,
-                                       CUR.F_dot_P );
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Special versions of Direct_Move()                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   The following versions are used whenever both vectors are both      */
-  /*   along one of the coordinate unit vectors, i.e. in 90% of the cases. */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  static void
-  Direct_Move_X( EXEC_OP_ TT_GlyphZone  zone,
-                          FT_UShort     point,
-                          FT_F26Dot6    distance )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED_EXEC;
-
-    zone->cur[point].x += distance;
-    zone->tags[point]  |= FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_X;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  Direct_Move_Y( EXEC_OP_ TT_GlyphZone  zone,
-                          FT_UShort     point,
-                          FT_F26Dot6    distance )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED_EXEC;
-
-    zone->cur[point].y += distance;
-    zone->tags[point]  |= FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_Y;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Special versions of Direct_Move_Orig()                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   The following versions are used whenever both vectors are both      */
-  /*   along one of the coordinate unit vectors, i.e. in 90% of the cases. */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  static void
-  Direct_Move_Orig_X( EXEC_OP_ TT_GlyphZone  zone,
-                               FT_UShort     point,
-                               FT_F26Dot6    distance )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED_EXEC;
-
-    zone->org[point].x += distance;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  Direct_Move_Orig_Y( EXEC_OP_ TT_GlyphZone  zone,
-                               FT_UShort     point,
-                               FT_F26Dot6    distance )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED_EXEC;
-
-    zone->org[point].y += distance;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    Round_None                                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Does not round, but adds engine compensation.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    distance     :: The distance (not) to round.                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    compensation :: The engine compensation.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    The compensated distance.                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                 */
-  /*    The TrueType specification says very few about the relationship    */
-  /*    between rounding and engine compensation.  However, it seems from  */
-  /*    the description of super round that we should add the compensation */
-  /*    before rounding.                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static FT_F26Dot6
-  Round_None( EXEC_OP_ FT_F26Dot6  distance,
-                       FT_F26Dot6  compensation )
-  {
-    FT_F26Dot6  val;
-
-    FT_UNUSED_EXEC;
-
-
-    if ( distance >= 0 )
-    {
-      val = distance + compensation;
-      if ( distance && val < 0 )
-        val = 0;
-    }
-    else {
-      val = distance - compensation;
-      if ( val > 0 )
-        val = 0;
-    }
-    return val;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    Round_To_Grid                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Rounds value to grid after adding engine compensation.             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    distance     :: The distance to round.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    compensation :: The engine compensation.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    Rounded distance.                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static FT_F26Dot6
-  Round_To_Grid( EXEC_OP_ FT_F26Dot6  distance,
-                          FT_F26Dot6  compensation )
-  {
-    FT_F26Dot6  val;
-
-    FT_UNUSED_EXEC;
-
-
-    if ( distance >= 0 )
-    {
-      val = distance + compensation + 32;
-      if ( distance && val > 0 )
-        val &= ~63;
-      else
-        val = 0;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      val = -FT_PIX_ROUND( compensation - distance );
-      if ( val > 0 )
-        val = 0;
-    }
-
-    return  val;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    Round_To_Half_Grid                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Rounds value to half grid after adding engine compensation.        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    distance     :: The distance to round.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    compensation :: The engine compensation.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    Rounded distance.                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static FT_F26Dot6
-  Round_To_Half_Grid( EXEC_OP_ FT_F26Dot6  distance,
-                               FT_F26Dot6  compensation )
-  {
-    FT_F26Dot6  val;
-
-    FT_UNUSED_EXEC;
-
-
-    if ( distance >= 0 )
-    {
-      val = FT_PIX_FLOOR( distance + compensation ) + 32;
-      if ( distance && val < 0 )
-        val = 0;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      val = -( FT_PIX_FLOOR( compensation - distance ) + 32 );
-      if ( val > 0 )
-        val = 0;
-    }
-
-    return val;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    Round_Down_To_Grid                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Rounds value down to grid after adding engine compensation.        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    distance     :: The distance to round.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    compensation :: The engine compensation.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    Rounded distance.                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static FT_F26Dot6
-  Round_Down_To_Grid( EXEC_OP_ FT_F26Dot6  distance,
-                               FT_F26Dot6  compensation )
-  {
-    FT_F26Dot6  val;
-
-    FT_UNUSED_EXEC;
-
-
-    if ( distance >= 0 )
-    {
-      val = distance + compensation;
-      if ( distance && val > 0 )
-        val &= ~63;
-      else
-        val = 0;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      val = -( ( compensation - distance ) & -64 );
-      if ( val > 0 )
-        val = 0;
-    }
-
-    return val;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    Round_Up_To_Grid                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Rounds value up to grid after adding engine compensation.          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    distance     :: The distance to round.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    compensation :: The engine compensation.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    Rounded distance.                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static FT_F26Dot6
-  Round_Up_To_Grid( EXEC_OP_ FT_F26Dot6  distance,
-                             FT_F26Dot6  compensation )
-  {
-    FT_F26Dot6  val;
-
-    FT_UNUSED_EXEC;
-
-
-    if ( distance >= 0 )
-    {
-      val = distance + compensation + 63;
-      if ( distance && val > 0 )
-        val &= ~63;
-      else
-        val = 0;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      val = - FT_PIX_CEIL( compensation - distance );
-      if ( val > 0 )
-        val = 0;
-    }
-
-    return val;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    Round_To_Double_Grid                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Rounds value to double grid after adding engine compensation.      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    distance     :: The distance to round.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    compensation :: The engine compensation.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    Rounded distance.                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static FT_F26Dot6
-  Round_To_Double_Grid( EXEC_OP_ FT_F26Dot6  distance,
-                                 FT_F26Dot6  compensation )
-  {
-    FT_F26Dot6 val;
-
-    FT_UNUSED_EXEC;
-
-
-    if ( distance >= 0 )
-    {
-      val = distance + compensation + 16;
-      if ( distance && val > 0 )
-        val &= ~31;
-      else
-        val = 0;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      val = -FT_PAD_ROUND( compensation - distance, 32 );
-      if ( val > 0 )
-        val = 0;
-    }
-
-    return val;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    Round_Super                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Super-rounds value to grid after adding engine compensation.       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    distance     :: The distance to round.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    compensation :: The engine compensation.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    Rounded distance.                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                 */
-  /*    The TrueType specification says very few about the relationship    */
-  /*    between rounding and engine compensation.  However, it seems from  */
-  /*    the description of super round that we should add the compensation */
-  /*    before rounding.                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static FT_F26Dot6
-  Round_Super( EXEC_OP_ FT_F26Dot6  distance,
-                        FT_F26Dot6  compensation )
-  {
-    FT_F26Dot6  val;
-
-
-    if ( distance >= 0 )
-    {
-      val = ( distance - CUR.phase + CUR.threshold + compensation ) &
-              -CUR.period;
-      if ( distance && val < 0 )
-        val = 0;
-      val += CUR.phase;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      val = -( ( CUR.threshold - CUR.phase - distance + compensation ) &
-               -CUR.period );
-      if ( val > 0 )
-        val = 0;
-      val -= CUR.phase;
-    }
-
-    return val;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    Round_Super_45                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Super-rounds value to grid after adding engine compensation.       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    distance     :: The distance to round.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    compensation :: The engine compensation.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    Rounded distance.                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                 */
-  /*    There is a separate function for Round_Super_45() as we may need   */
-  /*    greater precision.                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static FT_F26Dot6
-  Round_Super_45( EXEC_OP_ FT_F26Dot6  distance,
-                           FT_F26Dot6  compensation )
-  {
-    FT_F26Dot6  val;
-
-
-    if ( distance >= 0 )
-    {
-      val = ( ( distance - CUR.phase + CUR.threshold + compensation ) /
-                CUR.period ) * CUR.period;
-      if ( distance && val < 0 )
-        val = 0;
-      val += CUR.phase;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      val = -( ( ( CUR.threshold - CUR.phase - distance + compensation ) /
-                   CUR.period ) * CUR.period );
-      if ( val > 0 )
-        val = 0;
-      val -= CUR.phase;
-    }
-
-    return val;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    Compute_Round                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Sets the rounding mode.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    round_mode :: The rounding mode to be used.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Compute_Round( EXEC_OP_ FT_Byte  round_mode )
-  {
-    switch ( round_mode )
-    {
-    case TT_Round_Off:
-      CUR.func_round = (TT_Round_Func)Round_None;
-      break;
-
-    case TT_Round_To_Grid:
-      CUR.func_round = (TT_Round_Func)Round_To_Grid;
-      break;
-
-    case TT_Round_Up_To_Grid:
-      CUR.func_round = (TT_Round_Func)Round_Up_To_Grid;
-      break;
-
-    case TT_Round_Down_To_Grid:
-      CUR.func_round = (TT_Round_Func)Round_Down_To_Grid;
-      break;
-
-    case TT_Round_To_Half_Grid:
-      CUR.func_round = (TT_Round_Func)Round_To_Half_Grid;
-      break;
-
-    case TT_Round_To_Double_Grid:
-      CUR.func_round = (TT_Round_Func)Round_To_Double_Grid;
-      break;
-
-    case TT_Round_Super:
-      CUR.func_round = (TT_Round_Func)Round_Super;
-      break;
-
-    case TT_Round_Super_45:
-      CUR.func_round = (TT_Round_Func)Round_Super_45;
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    SetSuperRound                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Sets Super Round parameters.                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    GridPeriod :: Grid period                                          */
-  /*    selector   :: SROUND opcode                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  SetSuperRound( EXEC_OP_ FT_F26Dot6  GridPeriod,
-                          FT_Long     selector )
-  {
-    switch ( (FT_Int)( selector & 0xC0 ) )
-    {
-      case 0:
-        CUR.period = GridPeriod / 2;
-        break;
-
-      case 0x40:
-        CUR.period = GridPeriod;
-        break;
-
-      case 0x80:
-        CUR.period = GridPeriod * 2;
-        break;
-
-      /* This opcode is reserved, but... */
-
-      case 0xC0:
-        CUR.period = GridPeriod;
-        break;
-    }
-
-    switch ( (FT_Int)( selector & 0x30 ) )
-    {
-    case 0:
-      CUR.phase = 0;
-      break;
-
-    case 0x10:
-      CUR.phase = CUR.period / 4;
-      break;
-
-    case 0x20:
-      CUR.phase = CUR.period / 2;
-      break;
-
-    case 0x30:
-      CUR.phase = CUR.period * 3 / 4;
-      break;
-    }
-
-    if ( ( selector & 0x0F ) == 0 )
-      CUR.threshold = CUR.period - 1;
-    else
-      CUR.threshold = ( (FT_Int)( selector & 0x0F ) - 4 ) * CUR.period / 8;
-
-    CUR.period    /= 256;
-    CUR.phase     /= 256;
-    CUR.threshold /= 256;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    Project                                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Computes the projection of vector given by (v2-v1) along the       */
-  /*    current projection vector.                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    v1 :: First input vector.                                          */
-  /*    v2 :: Second input vector.                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    The distance in F26dot6 format.                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static FT_F26Dot6
-  Project( EXEC_OP_ FT_Pos  dx,
-                    FT_Pos  dy )
-  {
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING
-    FT_ASSERT( !CUR.face->unpatented_hinting );
-#endif
-
-    return TT_DotFix14( dx, dy,
-                        CUR.GS.projVector.x,
-                        CUR.GS.projVector.y );
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    Dual_Project                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Computes the projection of the vector given by (v2-v1) along the   */
-  /*    current dual vector.                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    v1 :: First input vector.                                          */
-  /*    v2 :: Second input vector.                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    The distance in F26dot6 format.                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static FT_F26Dot6
-  Dual_Project( EXEC_OP_ FT_Pos  dx,
-                         FT_Pos  dy )
-  {
-    return TT_DotFix14( dx, dy,
-                        CUR.GS.dualVector.x,
-                        CUR.GS.dualVector.y );
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    Project_x                                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Computes the projection of the vector given by (v2-v1) along the   */
-  /*    horizontal axis.                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    v1 :: First input vector.                                          */
-  /*    v2 :: Second input vector.                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    The distance in F26dot6 format.                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static FT_F26Dot6
-  Project_x( EXEC_OP_ FT_Pos  dx,
-                      FT_Pos  dy )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED_EXEC;
-    FT_UNUSED( dy );
-
-    return dx;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    Project_y                                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Computes the projection of the vector given by (v2-v1) along the   */
-  /*    vertical axis.                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    v1 :: First input vector.                                          */
-  /*    v2 :: Second input vector.                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    The distance in F26dot6 format.                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static FT_F26Dot6
-  Project_y( EXEC_OP_ FT_Pos  dx,
-                      FT_Pos  dy )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED_EXEC;
-    FT_UNUSED( dx );
-
-    return dy;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    Compute_Funcs                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Computes the projection and movement function pointers according   */
-  /*    to the current graphics state.                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Compute_Funcs( EXEC_OP )
-  {
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING
-    if ( CUR.face->unpatented_hinting )
-    {
-      /* If both vectors point rightwards along the x axis, set             */
-      /* `both-x-axis' true, otherwise set it false.  The x values only     */
-      /* need be tested because the vector has been normalised to a unit    */
-      /* vector of length 0x4000 = unity.                                   */
-      CUR.GS.both_x_axis = (FT_Bool)( CUR.GS.projVector.x == 0x4000 &&
-                                      CUR.GS.freeVector.x == 0x4000 );
-
-      /* Throw away projection and freedom vector information */
-      /* because the patents don't allow them to be stored.   */
-      /* The relevant US Patents are 5155805 and 5325479.     */
-      CUR.GS.projVector.x = 0;
-      CUR.GS.projVector.y = 0;
-      CUR.GS.freeVector.x = 0;
-      CUR.GS.freeVector.y = 0;
-
-      if ( CUR.GS.both_x_axis )
-      {
-        CUR.func_project   = Project_x;
-        CUR.func_move      = Direct_Move_X;
-        CUR.func_move_orig = Direct_Move_Orig_X;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        CUR.func_project   = Project_y;
-        CUR.func_move      = Direct_Move_Y;
-        CUR.func_move_orig = Direct_Move_Orig_Y;
-      }
-
-      if ( CUR.GS.dualVector.x == 0x4000 )
-        CUR.func_dualproj = Project_x;
-      else
-      {
-        if ( CUR.GS.dualVector.y == 0x4000 )
-          CUR.func_dualproj = Project_y;
-        else
-          CUR.func_dualproj = Dual_Project;
-      }
-
-      /* Force recalculation of cached aspect ratio */
-      CUR.tt_metrics.ratio = 0;
-
-      return;
-    }
-#endif /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING */
-
-    if ( CUR.GS.freeVector.x == 0x4000 )
-      CUR.F_dot_P       = CUR.GS.projVector.x * 0x10000L;
-    else
-    {
-      if ( CUR.GS.freeVector.y == 0x4000 )
-        CUR.F_dot_P       = CUR.GS.projVector.y * 0x10000L;
-      else
-        CUR.F_dot_P = (FT_Long)CUR.GS.projVector.x * CUR.GS.freeVector.x * 4 +
-                      (FT_Long)CUR.GS.projVector.y * CUR.GS.freeVector.y * 4;
-    }
-
-    if ( CUR.GS.projVector.x == 0x4000 )
-      CUR.func_project = (TT_Project_Func)Project_x;
-    else
-    {
-      if ( CUR.GS.projVector.y == 0x4000 )
-        CUR.func_project = (TT_Project_Func)Project_y;
-      else
-        CUR.func_project = (TT_Project_Func)Project;
-    }
-
-    if ( CUR.GS.dualVector.x == 0x4000 )
-      CUR.func_dualproj = (TT_Project_Func)Project_x;
-    else
-    {
-      if ( CUR.GS.dualVector.y == 0x4000 )
-        CUR.func_dualproj = (TT_Project_Func)Project_y;
-      else
-        CUR.func_dualproj = (TT_Project_Func)Dual_Project;
-    }
-
-    CUR.func_move      = (TT_Move_Func)Direct_Move;
-    CUR.func_move_orig = (TT_Move_Func)Direct_Move_Orig;
-
-    if ( CUR.F_dot_P == 0x40000000L )
-    {
-      if ( CUR.GS.freeVector.x == 0x4000 )
-      {
-        CUR.func_move      = (TT_Move_Func)Direct_Move_X;
-        CUR.func_move_orig = (TT_Move_Func)Direct_Move_Orig_X;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        if ( CUR.GS.freeVector.y == 0x4000 )
-        {
-          CUR.func_move      = (TT_Move_Func)Direct_Move_Y;
-          CUR.func_move_orig = (TT_Move_Func)Direct_Move_Orig_Y;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* at small sizes, F_dot_P can become too small, resulting   */
-    /* in overflows and `spikes' in a number of glyphs like `w'. */
-
-    if ( FT_ABS( CUR.F_dot_P ) < 0x4000000L )
-      CUR.F_dot_P = 0x40000000L;
-
-    /* Disable cached aspect ratio */
-    CUR.tt_metrics.ratio = 0;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    Normalize                                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Norms a vector.                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    Vx :: The horizontal input vector coordinate.                      */
-  /*    Vy :: The vertical input vector coordinate.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    R  :: The normed unit vector.                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    Returns FAILURE if a vector parameter is zero.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                 */
-  /*    In case Vx and Vy are both zero, Normalize() returns SUCCESS, and  */
-  /*    R is undefined.                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-
-
-  static FT_Bool
-  Normalize( EXEC_OP_ FT_F26Dot6      Vx,
-                      FT_F26Dot6      Vy,
-                      FT_UnitVector*  R )
-  {
-    FT_F26Dot6  W;
-    FT_Bool     S1, S2;
-
-    FT_UNUSED_EXEC;
-
-
-    if ( FT_ABS( Vx ) < 0x10000L && FT_ABS( Vy ) < 0x10000L )
-    {
-      Vx *= 0x100;
-      Vy *= 0x100;
-
-      W = TT_VecLen( Vx, Vy );
-
-      if ( W == 0 )
-      {
-        /* XXX: UNDOCUMENTED! It seems that it is possible to try   */
-        /*      to normalize the vector (0,0).  Return immediately. */
-        return SUCCESS;
-      }
-
-      R->x = (FT_F2Dot14)FT_MulDiv( Vx, 0x4000L, W );
-      R->y = (FT_F2Dot14)FT_MulDiv( Vy, 0x4000L, W );
-
-      return SUCCESS;
-    }
-
-    W = TT_VecLen( Vx, Vy );
-
-    Vx = FT_MulDiv( Vx, 0x4000L, W );
-    Vy = FT_MulDiv( Vy, 0x4000L, W );
-
-    W = Vx * Vx + Vy * Vy;
-
-    /* Now, we want that Sqrt( W ) = 0x4000 */
-    /* Or 0x10000000 <= W < 0x10004000        */
-
-    if ( Vx < 0 )
-    {
-      Vx = -Vx;
-      S1 = TRUE;
-    }
-    else
-      S1 = FALSE;
-
-    if ( Vy < 0 )
-    {
-      Vy = -Vy;
-      S2 = TRUE;
-    }
-    else
-      S2 = FALSE;
-
-    while ( W < 0x10000000L )
-    {
-      /* We need to increase W by a minimal amount */
-      if ( Vx < Vy )
-        Vx++;
-      else
-        Vy++;
-
-      W = Vx * Vx + Vy * Vy;
-    }
-
-    while ( W >= 0x10004000L )
-    {
-      /* We need to decrease W by a minimal amount */
-      if ( Vx < Vy )
-        Vx--;
-      else
-        Vy--;
-
-      W = Vx * Vx + Vy * Vy;
-    }
-
-    /* Note that in various cases, we can only  */
-    /* compute a Sqrt(W) of 0x3FFF, eg. Vx = Vy */
-
-    if ( S1 )
-      Vx = -Vx;
-
-    if ( S2 )
-      Vy = -Vy;
-
-    R->x = (FT_F2Dot14)Vx;   /* Type conversion */
-    R->y = (FT_F2Dot14)Vy;   /* Type conversion */
-
-    return SUCCESS;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Here we start with the implementation of the various opcodes.         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  static FT_Bool
-  Ins_SxVTL( EXEC_OP_ FT_UShort       aIdx1,
-                      FT_UShort       aIdx2,
-                      FT_Int          aOpc,
-                      FT_UnitVector*  Vec )
-  {
-    FT_Long     A, B, C;
-    FT_Vector*  p1;
-    FT_Vector*  p2;
-
-
-    if ( BOUNDS( aIdx1, CUR.zp2.n_points ) ||
-         BOUNDS( aIdx2, CUR.zp1.n_points ) )
-    {
-      if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )
-        CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
-      return FAILURE;
-    }
-
-    p1 = CUR.zp1.cur + aIdx2;
-    p2 = CUR.zp2.cur + aIdx1;
-
-    A = p1->x - p2->x;
-    B = p1->y - p2->y;
-
-    if ( ( aOpc & 1 ) != 0 )
-    {
-      C =  B;   /* counter clockwise rotation */
-      B =  A;
-      A = -C;
-    }
-
-    NORMalize( A, B, Vec );
-
-    return SUCCESS;
-  }
-
-
-  /* When not using the big switch statements, the interpreter uses a */
-  /* call table defined later below in this source.  Each opcode must */
-  /* thus have a corresponding function, even trivial ones.           */
-  /*                                                                  */
-  /* They are all defined there.                                      */
-
-#define DO_SVTCA                            \
-  {                                         \
-    FT_Short  A, B;                         \
-                                            \
-                                            \
-    A = (FT_Short)( CUR.opcode & 1 ) << 14; \
-    B = A ^ (FT_Short)0x4000;               \
-                                            \
-    CUR.GS.freeVector.x = A;                \
-    CUR.GS.projVector.x = A;                \
-    CUR.GS.dualVector.x = A;                \
-                                            \
-    CUR.GS.freeVector.y = B;                \
-    CUR.GS.projVector.y = B;                \
-    CUR.GS.dualVector.y = B;                \
-                                            \
-    COMPUTE_Funcs();                        \
-  }
-
-
-#define DO_SPVTCA                           \
-  {                                         \
-    FT_Short  A, B;                         \
-                                            \
-                                            \
-    A = (FT_Short)( CUR.opcode & 1 ) << 14; \
-    B = A ^ (FT_Short)0x4000;               \
-                                            \
-    CUR.GS.projVector.x = A;                \
-    CUR.GS.dualVector.x = A;                \
-                                            \
-    CUR.GS.projVector.y = B;                \
-    CUR.GS.dualVector.y = B;                \
-                                            \
-    GUESS_VECTOR( freeVector );             \
-                                            \
-    COMPUTE_Funcs();                        \
-  }
-
-
-#define DO_SFVTCA                           \
-  {                                         \
-    FT_Short  A, B;                         \
-                                            \
-                                            \
-    A = (FT_Short)( CUR.opcode & 1 ) << 14; \
-    B = A ^ (FT_Short)0x4000;               \
-                                            \
-    CUR.GS.freeVector.x = A;                \
-    CUR.GS.freeVector.y = B;                \
-                                            \
-    GUESS_VECTOR( projVector );             \
-                                            \
-    COMPUTE_Funcs();                        \
-  }
-
-
-#define DO_SPVTL                                      \
-    if ( INS_SxVTL( (FT_UShort)args[1],               \
-                    (FT_UShort)args[0],               \
-                    CUR.opcode,                       \
-                    &CUR.GS.projVector ) == SUCCESS ) \
-    {                                                 \
-      CUR.GS.dualVector = CUR.GS.projVector;          \
-      GUESS_VECTOR( freeVector );                     \
-      COMPUTE_Funcs();                                \
-    }
-
-
-#define DO_SFVTL                                      \
-    if ( INS_SxVTL( (FT_UShort)args[1],               \
-                    (FT_UShort)args[0],               \
-                    CUR.opcode,                       \
-                    &CUR.GS.freeVector ) == SUCCESS ) \
-    {                                                 \
-      GUESS_VECTOR( projVector );                     \
-      COMPUTE_Funcs();                                \
-    }
-
-
-#define DO_SFVTPV                          \
-    GUESS_VECTOR( projVector );            \
-    CUR.GS.freeVector = CUR.GS.projVector; \
-    COMPUTE_Funcs();
-
-
-#define DO_SPVFS                                \
-  {                                             \
-    FT_Short  S;                                \
-    FT_Long   X, Y;                             \
-                                                \
-                                                \
-    /* Only use low 16bits, then sign extend */ \
-    S = (FT_Short)args[1];                      \
-    Y = (FT_Long)S;                             \
-    S = (FT_Short)args[0];                      \
-    X = (FT_Long)S;                             \
-                                                \
-    NORMalize( X, Y, &CUR.GS.projVector );      \
-                                                \
-    CUR.GS.dualVector = CUR.GS.projVector;      \
-    GUESS_VECTOR( freeVector );                 \
-    COMPUTE_Funcs();                            \
-  }
-
-
-#define DO_SFVFS                                \
-  {                                             \
-    FT_Short  S;                                \
-    FT_Long   X, Y;                             \
-                                                \
-                                                \
-    /* Only use low 16bits, then sign extend */ \
-    S = (FT_Short)args[1];                      \
-    Y = (FT_Long)S;                             \
-    S = (FT_Short)args[0];                      \
-    X = S;                                      \
-                                                \
-    NORMalize( X, Y, &CUR.GS.freeVector );      \
-    GUESS_VECTOR( projVector );                 \
-    COMPUTE_Funcs();                            \
-  }
-
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING
-#define DO_GPV                                   \
-    if ( CUR.face->unpatented_hinting )          \
-    {                                            \
-      args[0] = CUR.GS.both_x_axis ? 0x4000 : 0; \
-      args[1] = CUR.GS.both_x_axis ? 0 : 0x4000; \
-    }                                            \
-    else                                         \
-    {                                            \
-      args[0] = CUR.GS.projVector.x;             \
-      args[1] = CUR.GS.projVector.y;             \
-    }
-#else
-#define DO_GPV                                   \
-    args[0] = CUR.GS.projVector.x;               \
-    args[1] = CUR.GS.projVector.y;
-#endif
-
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING
-#define DO_GFV                                   \
-    if ( CUR.face->unpatented_hinting )          \
-    {                                            \
-      args[0] = CUR.GS.both_x_axis ? 0x4000 : 0; \
-      args[1] = CUR.GS.both_x_axis ? 0 : 0x4000; \
-    }                                            \
-    else                                         \
-    {                                            \
-      args[0] = CUR.GS.freeVector.x;             \
-      args[1] = CUR.GS.freeVector.y;             \
-    }
-#else
-#define DO_GFV                                   \
-    args[0] = CUR.GS.freeVector.x;               \
-    args[1] = CUR.GS.freeVector.y;
-#endif
-
-
-#define DO_SRP0                      \
-    CUR.GS.rp0 = (FT_UShort)args[0];
-
-
-#define DO_SRP1                      \
-    CUR.GS.rp1 = (FT_UShort)args[0];
-
-
-#define DO_SRP2                      \
-    CUR.GS.rp2 = (FT_UShort)args[0];
-
-
-#define DO_RTHG                                         \
-    CUR.GS.round_state = TT_Round_To_Half_Grid;         \
-    CUR.func_round = (TT_Round_Func)Round_To_Half_Grid;
-
-
-#define DO_RTG                                     \
-    CUR.GS.round_state = TT_Round_To_Grid;         \
-    CUR.func_round = (TT_Round_Func)Round_To_Grid;
-
-
-#define DO_RTDG                                           \
-    CUR.GS.round_state = TT_Round_To_Double_Grid;         \
-    CUR.func_round = (TT_Round_Func)Round_To_Double_Grid;
-
-
-#define DO_RUTG                                       \
-    CUR.GS.round_state = TT_Round_Up_To_Grid;         \
-    CUR.func_round = (TT_Round_Func)Round_Up_To_Grid;
-
-
-#define DO_RDTG                                         \
-    CUR.GS.round_state = TT_Round_Down_To_Grid;         \
-    CUR.func_round = (TT_Round_Func)Round_Down_To_Grid;
-
-
-#define DO_ROFF                                 \
-    CUR.GS.round_state = TT_Round_Off;          \
-    CUR.func_round = (TT_Round_Func)Round_None;
-
-
-#define DO_SROUND                                \
-    SET_SuperRound( 0x4000, args[0] );           \
-    CUR.GS.round_state = TT_Round_Super;         \
-    CUR.func_round = (TT_Round_Func)Round_Super;
-
-
-#define DO_S45ROUND                                 \
-    SET_SuperRound( 0x2D41, args[0] );              \
-    CUR.GS.round_state = TT_Round_Super_45;         \
-    CUR.func_round = (TT_Round_Func)Round_Super_45;
-
-
-#define DO_SLOOP                       \
-    if ( args[0] < 0 )                 \
-      CUR.error = TT_Err_Bad_Argument; \
-    else                               \
-      CUR.GS.loop = args[0];
-
-
-#define DO_SMD                         \
-    CUR.GS.minimum_distance = args[0];
-
-
-#define DO_SCVTCI                                     \
-    CUR.GS.control_value_cutin = (FT_F26Dot6)args[0];
-
-
-#define DO_SSWCI                                     \
-    CUR.GS.single_width_cutin = (FT_F26Dot6)args[0];
-
-
-    /* XXX: UNDOCUMENTED! or bug in the Windows engine?   */
-    /*                                                    */
-    /*      It seems that the value that is read here is  */
-    /*      expressed in 16.16 format rather than in font */
-    /*      units.                                        */
-    /*                                                    */
-#define DO_SSW                                                 \
-    CUR.GS.single_width_value = (FT_F26Dot6)( args[0] >> 10 );
-
-
-#define DO_FLIPON            \
-    CUR.GS.auto_flip = TRUE;
-
-
-#define DO_FLIPOFF            \
-    CUR.GS.auto_flip = FALSE;
-
-
-#define DO_SDB                             \
-    CUR.GS.delta_base = (FT_Short)args[0];
-
-
-#define DO_SDS                              \
-    CUR.GS.delta_shift = (FT_Short)args[0];
-
-
-#define DO_MD  /* nothing */
-
-
-#define DO_MPPEM              \
-    args[0] = CURRENT_Ppem();
-
-
-  /* Note: The pointSize should be irrelevant in a given font program; */
-  /*       we thus decide to return only the ppem.                     */
-#if 0
-
-#define DO_MPS                       \
-    args[0] = CUR.metrics.pointSize;
-
-#else
-
-#define DO_MPS                \
-    args[0] = CURRENT_Ppem();
-
-#endif /* 0 */
-
-
-#define DO_DUP         \
-    args[1] = args[0];
-
-
-#define DO_CLEAR     \
-    CUR.new_top = 0;
-
-
-#define DO_SWAP        \
-  {                    \
-    FT_Long  L;        \
-                       \
-                       \
-    L       = args[0]; \
-    args[0] = args[1]; \
-    args[1] = L;       \
-  }
-
-
-#define DO_DEPTH       \
-    args[0] = CUR.top;
-
-
-#define DO_CINDEX                           \
-  {                                         \
-    FT_Long  L;                             \
-                                            \
-                                            \
-    L = args[0];                            \
-                                            \
-    if ( L <= 0 || L > CUR.args )           \
-      CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference; \
-    else                                    \
-      args[0] = CUR.stack[CUR.args - L];    \
-  }
-
-
-#define DO_JROT               \
-    if ( args[1] != 0 )       \
-    {                         \
-      CUR.IP      += args[0]; \
-      CUR.step_ins = FALSE;   \
-    }
-
-
-#define DO_JMPR             \
-    CUR.IP      += args[0]; \
-    CUR.step_ins = FALSE;
-
-
-#define DO_JROF               \
-    if ( args[1] == 0 )       \
-    {                         \
-      CUR.IP      += args[0]; \
-      CUR.step_ins = FALSE;   \
-    }
-
-
-#define DO_LT                        \
-    args[0] = ( args[0] < args[1] );
-
-
-#define DO_LTEQ                       \
-    args[0] = ( args[0] <= args[1] );
-
-
-#define DO_GT                        \
-    args[0] = ( args[0] > args[1] );
-
-
-#define DO_GTEQ                       \
-    args[0] = ( args[0] >= args[1] );
-
-
-#define DO_EQ                         \
-    args[0] = ( args[0] == args[1] );
-
-
-#define DO_NEQ                        \
-    args[0] = ( args[0] != args[1] );
-
-
-#define DO_ODD                                                  \
-    args[0] = ( ( CUR_Func_round( args[0], 0 ) & 127 ) == 64 );
-
-
-#define DO_EVEN                                                \
-    args[0] = ( ( CUR_Func_round( args[0], 0 ) & 127 ) == 0 );
-
-
-#define DO_AND                        \
-    args[0] = ( args[0] && args[1] );
-
-
-#define DO_OR                         \
-    args[0] = ( args[0] || args[1] );
-
-
-#define DO_NOT          \
-    args[0] = !args[0];
-
-
-#define DO_ADD          \
-    args[0] += args[1];
-
-
-#define DO_SUB          \
-    args[0] -= args[1];
-
-
-#define DO_DIV                                               \
-    if ( args[1] == 0 )                                      \
-      CUR.error = TT_Err_Divide_By_Zero;                     \
-    else                                                     \
-      args[0] = TT_MULDIV_NO_ROUND( args[0], 64L, args[1] );
-
-
-#define DO_MUL                                    \
-    args[0] = TT_MULDIV( args[0], args[1], 64L );
-
-
-#define DO_ABS                   \
-    args[0] = FT_ABS( args[0] );
-
-
-#define DO_NEG          \
-    args[0] = -args[0];
-
-
-#define DO_FLOOR    \
-    args[0] = FT_PIX_FLOOR( args[0] );
-
-
-#define DO_CEILING                    \
-    args[0] = FT_PIX_CEIL( args[0] );
-
-
-#define DO_RS                          \
-   {                                   \
-     FT_ULong  I = (FT_ULong)args[0];  \
-                                       \
-                                       \
-     if ( BOUNDS( I, CUR.storeSize ) ) \
-     {                                 \
-       if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )     \
-       {                               \
-         ARRAY_BOUND_ERROR;            \
-       }                               \
-       else                            \
-         args[0] = 0;                  \
-     }                                 \
-     else                              \
-       args[0] = CUR.storage[I];       \
-   }
-
-
-#define DO_WS                          \
-   {                                   \
-     FT_ULong  I = (FT_ULong)args[0];  \
-                                       \
-                                       \
-     if ( BOUNDS( I, CUR.storeSize ) ) \
-     {                                 \
-       if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )     \
-       {                               \
-         ARRAY_BOUND_ERROR;            \
-       }                               \
-     }                                 \
-     else                              \
-       CUR.storage[I] = args[1];       \
-   }
-
-
-#define DO_RCVT                          \
-   {                                     \
-     FT_ULong  I = (FT_ULong)args[0];    \
-                                         \
-                                         \
-     if ( BOUNDS( I, CUR.cvtSize ) )     \
-     {                                   \
-       if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )       \
-       {                                 \
-         ARRAY_BOUND_ERROR;              \
-       }                                 \
-       else                              \
-         args[0] = 0;                    \
-     }                                   \
-     else                                \
-       args[0] = CUR_Func_read_cvt( I ); \
-   }
-
-
-#define DO_WCVTP                         \
-   {                                     \
-     FT_ULong  I = (FT_ULong)args[0];    \
-                                         \
-                                         \
-     if ( BOUNDS( I, CUR.cvtSize ) )     \
-     {                                   \
-       if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )       \
-       {                                 \
-         ARRAY_BOUND_ERROR;              \
-       }                                 \
-     }                                   \
-     else                                \
-       CUR_Func_write_cvt( I, args[1] ); \
-   }
-
-
-#define DO_WCVTF                                                \
-   {                                                            \
-     FT_ULong  I = (FT_ULong)args[0];                           \
-                                                                \
-                                                                \
-     if ( BOUNDS( I, CUR.cvtSize ) )                            \
-     {                                                          \
-       if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )                              \
-       {                                                        \
-         ARRAY_BOUND_ERROR;                                     \
-       }                                                        \
-     }                                                          \
-     else                                                       \
-       CUR.cvt[I] = TT_MULFIX( args[1], CUR.tt_metrics.scale ); \
-   }
-
-
-#define DO_DEBUG                     \
-    CUR.error = TT_Err_Debug_OpCode;
-
-
-#define DO_ROUND                                                   \
-    args[0] = CUR_Func_round(                                      \
-                args[0],                                           \
-                CUR.tt_metrics.compensations[CUR.opcode - 0x68] );
-
-
-#define DO_NROUND                                                            \
-    args[0] = ROUND_None( args[0],                                           \
-                          CUR.tt_metrics.compensations[CUR.opcode - 0x6C] );
-
-
-#define DO_MAX               \
-    if ( args[1] > args[0] ) \
-      args[0] = args[1];
-
-
-#define DO_MIN               \
-    if ( args[1] < args[0] ) \
-      args[0] = args[1];
-
-
-#ifndef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_INTERPRETER_SWITCH
-
-
-#undef  ARRAY_BOUND_ERROR
-#define ARRAY_BOUND_ERROR                   \
-    {                                       \
-      CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference; \
-      return;                               \
-    }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* SVTCA[a]:     Set (F and P) Vectors to Coordinate Axis                */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x00-0x01                                               */
-  /* Stack:        -->                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_SVTCA( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_SVTCA
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* SPVTCA[a]:    Set PVector to Coordinate Axis                          */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x02-0x03                                               */
-  /* Stack:        -->                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_SPVTCA( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_SPVTCA
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* SFVTCA[a]:    Set FVector to Coordinate Axis                          */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x04-0x05                                               */
-  /* Stack:        -->                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_SFVTCA( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_SFVTCA
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* SPVTL[a]:     Set PVector To Line                                     */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x06-0x07                                               */
-  /* Stack:        uint32 uint32 -->                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_SPVTL( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_SPVTL
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* SFVTL[a]:     Set FVector To Line                                     */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x08-0x09                                               */
-  /* Stack:        uint32 uint32 -->                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_SFVTL( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_SFVTL
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* SFVTPV[]:     Set FVector To PVector                                  */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x0E                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        -->                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_SFVTPV( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_SFVTPV
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* SPVFS[]:      Set PVector From Stack                                  */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x0A                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        f2.14 f2.14 -->                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_SPVFS( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_SPVFS
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* SFVFS[]:      Set FVector From Stack                                  */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x0B                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        f2.14 f2.14 -->                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_SFVFS( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_SFVFS
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* GPV[]:        Get Projection Vector                                   */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x0C                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        ef2.14 --> ef2.14                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_GPV( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_GPV
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /* GFV[]:        Get Freedom Vector                                      */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x0D                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        ef2.14 --> ef2.14                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_GFV( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_GFV
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* SRP0[]:       Set Reference Point 0                                   */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x10                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        uint32 -->                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_SRP0( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_SRP0
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* SRP1[]:       Set Reference Point 1                                   */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x11                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        uint32 -->                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_SRP1( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_SRP1
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* SRP2[]:       Set Reference Point 2                                   */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x12                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        uint32 -->                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_SRP2( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_SRP2
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* RTHG[]:       Round To Half Grid                                      */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x19                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        -->                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_RTHG( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_RTHG
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* RTG[]:        Round To Grid                                           */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x18                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        -->                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_RTG( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_RTG
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /* RTDG[]:       Round To Double Grid                                    */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x3D                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        -->                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_RTDG( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_RTDG
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /* RUTG[]:       Round Up To Grid                                        */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x7C                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        -->                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_RUTG( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_RUTG
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* RDTG[]:       Round Down To Grid                                      */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x7D                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        -->                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_RDTG( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_RDTG
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* ROFF[]:       Round OFF                                               */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x7A                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        -->                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_ROFF( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_ROFF
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* SROUND[]:     Super ROUND                                             */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x76                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        Eint8 -->                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_SROUND( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_SROUND
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* S45ROUND[]:   Super ROUND 45 degrees                                  */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x77                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        uint32 -->                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_S45ROUND( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_S45ROUND
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* SLOOP[]:      Set LOOP variable                                       */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x17                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        int32? -->                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_SLOOP( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_SLOOP
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* SMD[]:        Set Minimum Distance                                    */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x1A                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        f26.6 -->                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_SMD( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_SMD
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* SCVTCI[]:     Set Control Value Table Cut In                          */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x1D                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        f26.6 -->                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_SCVTCI( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_SCVTCI
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* SSWCI[]:      Set Single Width Cut In                                 */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x1E                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        f26.6 -->                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_SSWCI( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_SSWCI
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* SSW[]:        Set Single Width                                        */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x1F                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        int32? -->                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_SSW( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_SSW
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* FLIPON[]:     Set auto-FLIP to ON                                     */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x4D                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        -->                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_FLIPON( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_FLIPON
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* FLIPOFF[]:    Set auto-FLIP to OFF                                    */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x4E                                                    */
-  /* Stack: -->                                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_FLIPOFF( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_FLIPOFF
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* SANGW[]:      Set ANGle Weight                                        */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x7E                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        uint32 -->                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_SANGW( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    /* instruction not supported anymore */
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* SDB[]:        Set Delta Base                                          */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x5E                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        uint32 -->                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_SDB( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_SDB
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* SDS[]:        Set Delta Shift                                         */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x5F                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        uint32 -->                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_SDS( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_SDS
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* MPPEM[]:      Measure Pixel Per EM                                    */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x4B                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        --> Euint16                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_MPPEM( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_MPPEM
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* MPS[]:        Measure Point Size                                      */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x4C                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        --> Euint16                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_MPS( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_MPS
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* DUP[]:        DUPlicate the top stack's element                       */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x20                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        StkElt --> StkElt StkElt                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_DUP( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_DUP
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* POP[]:        POP the stack's top element                             */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x21                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        StkElt -->                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_POP( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    /* nothing to do */
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* CLEAR[]:      CLEAR the entire stack                                  */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x22                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        StkElt... -->                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_CLEAR( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_CLEAR
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* SWAP[]:       SWAP the stack's top two elements                       */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x23                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        2 * StkElt --> 2 * StkElt                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_SWAP( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_SWAP
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* DEPTH[]:      return the stack DEPTH                                  */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x24                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        --> uint32                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_DEPTH( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_DEPTH
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* CINDEX[]:     Copy INDEXed element                                    */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x25                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        int32 --> StkElt                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_CINDEX( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_CINDEX
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* EIF[]:        End IF                                                  */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x59                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        -->                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_EIF( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    /* nothing to do */
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* JROT[]:       Jump Relative On True                                   */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x78                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        StkElt int32 -->                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_JROT( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_JROT
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* JMPR[]:       JuMP Relative                                           */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x1C                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        int32 -->                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_JMPR( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_JMPR
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* JROF[]:       Jump Relative On False                                  */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x79                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        StkElt int32 -->                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_JROF( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_JROF
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* LT[]:         Less Than                                               */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x50                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        int32? int32? --> bool                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_LT( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_LT
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* LTEQ[]:       Less Than or EQual                                      */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x51                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        int32? int32? --> bool                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_LTEQ( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_LTEQ
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* GT[]:         Greater Than                                            */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x52                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        int32? int32? --> bool                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_GT( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_GT
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* GTEQ[]:       Greater Than or EQual                                   */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x53                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        int32? int32? --> bool                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_GTEQ( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_GTEQ
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* EQ[]:         EQual                                                   */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x54                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        StkElt StkElt --> bool                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_EQ( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_EQ
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* NEQ[]:        Not EQual                                               */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x55                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        StkElt StkElt --> bool                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_NEQ( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_NEQ
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* ODD[]:        Is ODD                                                  */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x56                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        f26.6 --> bool                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_ODD( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_ODD
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* EVEN[]:       Is EVEN                                                 */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x57                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        f26.6 --> bool                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_EVEN( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_EVEN
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* AND[]:        logical AND                                             */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x5A                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        uint32 uint32 --> uint32                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_AND( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_AND
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* OR[]:         logical OR                                              */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x5B                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        uint32 uint32 --> uint32                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_OR( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_OR
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* NOT[]:        logical NOT                                             */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x5C                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        StkElt --> uint32                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_NOT( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_NOT
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* ADD[]:        ADD                                                     */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x60                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        f26.6 f26.6 --> f26.6                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_ADD( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_ADD
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* SUB[]:        SUBtract                                                */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x61                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        f26.6 f26.6 --> f26.6                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_SUB( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_SUB
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* DIV[]:        DIVide                                                  */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x62                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        f26.6 f26.6 --> f26.6                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_DIV( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_DIV
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* MUL[]:        MULtiply                                                */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x63                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        f26.6 f26.6 --> f26.6                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_MUL( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_MUL
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* ABS[]:        ABSolute value                                          */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x64                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        f26.6 --> f26.6                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_ABS( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_ABS
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* NEG[]:        NEGate                                                  */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x65                                                    */
-  /* Stack: f26.6 --> f26.6                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_NEG( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_NEG
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* FLOOR[]:      FLOOR                                                   */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x66                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        f26.6 --> f26.6                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_FLOOR( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_FLOOR
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* CEILING[]:    CEILING                                                 */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x67                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        f26.6 --> f26.6                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_CEILING( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_CEILING
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* RS[]:         Read Store                                              */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x43                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        uint32 --> uint32                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_RS( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_RS
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* WS[]:         Write Store                                             */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x42                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        uint32 uint32 -->                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_WS( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_WS
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* WCVTP[]:      Write CVT in Pixel units                                */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x44                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        f26.6 uint32 -->                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_WCVTP( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_WCVTP
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* WCVTF[]:      Write CVT in Funits                                     */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x70                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        uint32 uint32 -->                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_WCVTF( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_WCVTF
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* RCVT[]:       Read CVT                                                */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x45                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        uint32 --> f26.6                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_RCVT( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_RCVT
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* AA[]:         Adjust Angle                                            */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x7F                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        uint32 -->                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_AA( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    /* intentionally no longer supported */
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* DEBUG[]:      DEBUG.  Unsupported.                                    */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x4F                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        uint32 -->                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Note: The original instruction pops a value from the stack.           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_DEBUG( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_DEBUG
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* ROUND[ab]:    ROUND value                                             */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x68-0x6B                                               */
-  /* Stack:        f26.6 --> f26.6                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_ROUND( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_ROUND
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* NROUND[ab]:   No ROUNDing of value                                    */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x6C-0x6F                                               */
-  /* Stack:        f26.6 --> f26.6                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_NROUND( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_NROUND
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* MAX[]:        MAXimum                                                 */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x68                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        int32? int32? --> int32                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_MAX( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_MAX
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* MIN[]:        MINimum                                                 */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x69                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        int32? int32? --> int32                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_MIN( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    DO_MIN
-  }
-
-
-#endif  /* !TT_CONFIG_OPTION_INTERPRETER_SWITCH */
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The following functions are called as is within the switch statement. */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* MINDEX[]:     Move INDEXed element                                    */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x26                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        int32? --> StkElt                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_MINDEX( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    FT_Long  L, K;
-
-
-    L = args[0];
-
-    if ( L <= 0 || L > CUR.args )
-    {
-      CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
-      return;
-    }
-
-    K = CUR.stack[CUR.args - L];
-
-    FT_ARRAY_MOVE( &CUR.stack[CUR.args - L    ],
-                   &CUR.stack[CUR.args - L + 1],
-                   ( L - 1 ) );
-
-    CUR.stack[CUR.args - 1] = K;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* ROLL[]:       ROLL top three elements                                 */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x8A                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        3 * StkElt --> 3 * StkElt                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_ROLL( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    FT_Long  A, B, C;
-
-    FT_UNUSED_EXEC;
-
-
-    A = args[2];
-    B = args[1];
-    C = args[0];
-
-    args[2] = C;
-    args[1] = A;
-    args[0] = B;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* MANAGING THE FLOW OF CONTROL                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   Instructions appear in the specification's order.                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  static FT_Bool
-  SkipCode( EXEC_OP )
-  {
-    CUR.IP += CUR.length;
-
-    if ( CUR.IP < CUR.codeSize )
-    {
-      CUR.opcode = CUR.code[CUR.IP];
-
-      CUR.length = opcode_length[CUR.opcode];
-      if ( CUR.length < 0 )
-      {
-        if ( CUR.IP + 1 > CUR.codeSize )
-          goto Fail_Overflow;
-        CUR.length = 2 - CUR.length * CUR.code[CUR.IP + 1];
-      }
-
-      if ( CUR.IP + CUR.length <= CUR.codeSize )
-        return SUCCESS;
-    }
-
-  Fail_Overflow:
-    CUR.error = TT_Err_Code_Overflow;
-    return FAILURE;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* IF[]:         IF test                                                 */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x58                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        StkElt -->                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_IF( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    FT_Int   nIfs;
-    FT_Bool  Out;
-
-
-    if ( args[0] != 0 )
-      return;
-
-    nIfs = 1;
-    Out = 0;
-
-    do
-    {
-      if ( SKIP_Code() == FAILURE )
-        return;
-
-      switch ( CUR.opcode )
-      {
-      case 0x58:      /* IF */
-        nIfs++;
-        break;
-
-      case 0x1B:      /* ELSE */
-        Out = FT_BOOL( nIfs == 1 );
-        break;
-
-      case 0x59:      /* EIF */
-        nIfs--;
-        Out = FT_BOOL( nIfs == 0 );
-        break;
-      }
-    } while ( Out == 0 );
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* ELSE[]:       ELSE                                                    */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x1B                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        -->                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_ELSE( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    FT_Int  nIfs;
-
-    FT_UNUSED_ARG;
-
-
-    nIfs = 1;
-
-    do
-    {
-      if ( SKIP_Code() == FAILURE )
-        return;
-
-      switch ( CUR.opcode )
-      {
-      case 0x58:    /* IF */
-        nIfs++;
-        break;
-
-      case 0x59:    /* EIF */
-        nIfs--;
-        break;
-      }
-    } while ( nIfs != 0 );
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* DEFINING AND USING FUNCTIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   Instructions appear in the specification's order.                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* FDEF[]:       Function DEFinition                                     */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x2C                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        uint32 -->                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_FDEF( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    FT_ULong       n;
-    TT_DefRecord*  rec;
-    TT_DefRecord*  limit;
-
-
-    /* some font programs are broken enough to redefine functions! */
-    /* We will then parse the current table.                       */
-
-    rec   = CUR.FDefs;
-    limit = rec + CUR.numFDefs;
-    n     = args[0];
-
-    for ( ; rec < limit; rec++ )
-    {
-      if ( rec->opc == n )
-        break;
-    }
-
-    if ( rec == limit )
-    {
-      /* check that there is enough room for new functions */
-      if ( CUR.numFDefs >= CUR.maxFDefs )
-      {
-        CUR.error = TT_Err_Too_Many_Function_Defs;
-        return;
-      }
-      CUR.numFDefs++;
-    }
-
-    rec->range  = CUR.curRange;
-    rec->opc    = n;
-    rec->start  = CUR.IP + 1;
-    rec->active = TRUE;
-
-    if ( n > CUR.maxFunc )
-      CUR.maxFunc = n;
-
-    /* Now skip the whole function definition. */
-    /* We don't allow nested IDEFS & FDEFs.    */
-
-    while ( SKIP_Code() == SUCCESS )
-    {
-      switch ( CUR.opcode )
-      {
-      case 0x89:    /* IDEF */
-      case 0x2C:    /* FDEF */
-        CUR.error = TT_Err_Nested_DEFS;
-        return;
-
-      case 0x2D:   /* ENDF */
-        return;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* ENDF[]:       END Function definition                                 */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x2D                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        -->                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_ENDF( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    TT_CallRec*  pRec;
-
-    FT_UNUSED_ARG;
-
-
-    if ( CUR.callTop <= 0 )     /* We encountered an ENDF without a call */
-    {
-      CUR.error = TT_Err_ENDF_In_Exec_Stream;
-      return;
-    }
-
-    CUR.callTop--;
-
-    pRec = &CUR.callStack[CUR.callTop];
-
-    pRec->Cur_Count--;
-
-    CUR.step_ins = FALSE;
-
-    if ( pRec->Cur_Count > 0 )
-    {
-      CUR.callTop++;
-      CUR.IP = pRec->Cur_Restart;
-    }
-    else
-      /* Loop through the current function */
-      INS_Goto_CodeRange( pRec->Caller_Range,
-                          pRec->Caller_IP );
-
-    /* Exit the current call frame.                      */
-
-    /* NOTE: If the last instruction of a program is a   */
-    /*       CALL or LOOPCALL, the return address is     */
-    /*       always out of the code range.  This is a    */
-    /*       valid address, and it is why we do not test */
-    /*       the result of Ins_Goto_CodeRange() here!    */
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* CALL[]:       CALL function                                           */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x2B                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        uint32? -->                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_CALL( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    FT_ULong       F;
-    TT_CallRec*    pCrec;
-    TT_DefRecord*  def;
-
-
-    /* first of all, check the index */
-
-    F = args[0];
-    if ( BOUNDS( F, CUR.maxFunc + 1 ) )
-      goto Fail;
-
-    /* Except for some old Apple fonts, all functions in a TrueType */
-    /* font are defined in increasing order, starting from 0.  This */
-    /* means that we normally have                                  */
-    /*                                                              */
-    /*    CUR.maxFunc+1 == CUR.numFDefs                             */
-    /*    CUR.FDefs[n].opc == n for n in 0..CUR.maxFunc             */
-    /*                                                              */
-    /* If this isn't true, we need to look up the function table.   */
-
-    def = CUR.FDefs + F;
-    if ( CUR.maxFunc + 1 != CUR.numFDefs || def->opc != F )
-    {
-      /* look up the FDefs table */
-      TT_DefRecord*  limit;
-
-
-      def   = CUR.FDefs;
-      limit = def + CUR.numFDefs;
-
-      while ( def < limit && def->opc != F )
-        def++;
-
-      if ( def == limit )
-        goto Fail;
-    }
-
-    /* check that the function is active */
-    if ( !def->active )
-      goto Fail;
-
-    /* check the call stack */
-    if ( CUR.callTop >= CUR.callSize )
-    {
-      CUR.error = TT_Err_Stack_Overflow;
-      return;
-    }
-
-    pCrec = CUR.callStack + CUR.callTop;
-
-    pCrec->Caller_Range = CUR.curRange;
-    pCrec->Caller_IP    = CUR.IP + 1;
-    pCrec->Cur_Count    = 1;
-    pCrec->Cur_Restart  = def->start;
-
-    CUR.callTop++;
-
-    INS_Goto_CodeRange( def->range,
-                        def->start );
-
-    CUR.step_ins = FALSE;
-    return;
-
-  Fail:
-    CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* LOOPCALL[]:   LOOP and CALL function                                  */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x2A                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        uint32? Eint16? -->                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_LOOPCALL( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    FT_ULong       F;
-    TT_CallRec*    pCrec;
-    TT_DefRecord*  def;
-
-
-    /* first of all, check the index */
-    F = args[1];
-    if ( BOUNDS( F, CUR.maxFunc + 1 ) )
-      goto Fail;
-
-    /* Except for some old Apple fonts, all functions in a TrueType */
-    /* font are defined in increasing order, starting from 0.  This */
-    /* means that we normally have                                  */
-    /*                                                              */
-    /*    CUR.maxFunc+1 == CUR.numFDefs                             */
-    /*    CUR.FDefs[n].opc == n for n in 0..CUR.maxFunc             */
-    /*                                                              */
-    /* If this isn't true, we need to look up the function table.   */
-
-    def = CUR.FDefs + F;
-    if ( CUR.maxFunc + 1 != CUR.numFDefs || def->opc != F )
-    {
-      /* look up the FDefs table */
-      TT_DefRecord*  limit;
-
-
-      def   = CUR.FDefs;
-      limit = def + CUR.numFDefs;
-
-      while ( def < limit && def->opc != F )
-        def++;
-
-      if ( def == limit )
-        goto Fail;
-    }
-
-    /* check that the function is active */
-    if ( !def->active )
-      goto Fail;
-
-    /* check stack */
-    if ( CUR.callTop >= CUR.callSize )
-    {
-      CUR.error = TT_Err_Stack_Overflow;
-      return;
-    }
-
-    if ( args[0] > 0 )
-    {
-      pCrec = CUR.callStack + CUR.callTop;
-
-      pCrec->Caller_Range = CUR.curRange;
-      pCrec->Caller_IP    = CUR.IP + 1;
-      pCrec->Cur_Count    = (FT_Int)args[0];
-      pCrec->Cur_Restart  = def->start;
-
-      CUR.callTop++;
-
-      INS_Goto_CodeRange( def->range, def->start );
-
-      CUR.step_ins = FALSE;
-    }
-    return;
-
-  Fail:
-    CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* IDEF[]:       Instruction DEFinition                                  */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x89                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        Eint8 -->                                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_IDEF( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    TT_DefRecord*  def;
-    TT_DefRecord*  limit;
-
-
-    /*  First of all, look for the same function in our table */
-
-    def   = CUR.IDefs;
-    limit = def + CUR.numIDefs;
-
-    for ( ; def < limit; def++ )
-      if ( def->opc == (FT_ULong)args[0] )
-        break;
-
-    if ( def == limit )
-    {
-      /* check that there is enough room for a new instruction */
-      if ( CUR.numIDefs >= CUR.maxIDefs )
-      {
-        CUR.error = TT_Err_Too_Many_Instruction_Defs;
-        return;
-      }
-      CUR.numIDefs++;
-    }
-
-    def->opc    = args[0];
-    def->start  = CUR.IP+1;
-    def->range  = CUR.curRange;
-    def->active = TRUE;
-
-    if ( (FT_ULong)args[0] > CUR.maxIns )
-      CUR.maxIns = args[0];
-
-    /* Now skip the whole function definition. */
-    /* We don't allow nested IDEFs & FDEFs.    */
-
-    while ( SKIP_Code() == SUCCESS )
-    {
-      switch ( CUR.opcode )
-      {
-      case 0x89:   /* IDEF */
-      case 0x2C:   /* FDEF */
-        CUR.error = TT_Err_Nested_DEFS;
-        return;
-      case 0x2D:   /* ENDF */
-        return;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* PUSHING DATA ONTO THE INTERPRETER STACK                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   Instructions appear in the specification's order.                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* NPUSHB[]:     PUSH N Bytes                                            */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x40                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        --> uint32...                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_NPUSHB( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    FT_UShort  L, K;
-
-
-    L = (FT_UShort)CUR.code[CUR.IP + 1];
-
-    if ( BOUNDS( L, CUR.stackSize + 1 - CUR.top ) )
-    {
-      CUR.error = TT_Err_Stack_Overflow;
-      return;
-    }
-
-    for ( K = 1; K <= L; K++ )
-      args[K - 1] = CUR.code[CUR.IP + K + 1];
-
-    CUR.new_top += L;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* NPUSHW[]:     PUSH N Words                                            */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x41                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        --> int32...                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_NPUSHW( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    FT_UShort  L, K;
-
-
-    L = (FT_UShort)CUR.code[CUR.IP + 1];
-
-    if ( BOUNDS( L, CUR.stackSize + 1 - CUR.top ) )
-    {
-      CUR.error = TT_Err_Stack_Overflow;
-      return;
-    }
-
-    CUR.IP += 2;
-
-    for ( K = 0; K < L; K++ )
-      args[K] = GET_ShortIns();
-
-    CUR.step_ins = FALSE;
-    CUR.new_top += L;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* PUSHB[abc]:   PUSH Bytes                                              */
-  /* Opcode range: 0xB0-0xB7                                               */
-  /* Stack:        --> uint32...                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_PUSHB( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    FT_UShort  L, K;
-
-
-    L = (FT_UShort)( CUR.opcode - 0xB0 + 1 );
-
-    if ( BOUNDS( L, CUR.stackSize + 1 - CUR.top ) )
-    {
-      CUR.error = TT_Err_Stack_Overflow;
-      return;
-    }
-
-    for ( K = 1; K <= L; K++ )
-      args[K - 1] = CUR.code[CUR.IP + K];
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* PUSHW[abc]:   PUSH Words                                              */
-  /* Opcode range: 0xB8-0xBF                                               */
-  /* Stack:        --> int32...                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_PUSHW( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    FT_UShort  L, K;
-
-
-    L = (FT_UShort)( CUR.opcode - 0xB8 + 1 );
-
-    if ( BOUNDS( L, CUR.stackSize + 1 - CUR.top ) )
-    {
-      CUR.error = TT_Err_Stack_Overflow;
-      return;
-    }
-
-    CUR.IP++;
-
-    for ( K = 0; K < L; K++ )
-      args[K] = GET_ShortIns();
-
-    CUR.step_ins = FALSE;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* MANAGING THE GRAPHICS STATE                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*  Instructions appear in the specs' order.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* GC[a]:        Get Coordinate projected onto                           */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x46-0x47                                               */
-  /* Stack:        uint32 --> f26.6                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* BULLSHIT: Measures from the original glyph must be taken along the    */
-  /*           dual projection vector!                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_GC( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    FT_ULong    L;
-    FT_F26Dot6  R;
-
-
-    L = (FT_ULong)args[0];
-
-    if ( BOUNDS( L, CUR.zp2.n_points ) )
-    {
-      if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )
-      {
-        CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
-        return;
-      }
-      else
-        R = 0;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      if ( CUR.opcode & 1 )
-        R = CUR_fast_dualproj( &CUR.zp2.org[L] );
-      else
-        R = CUR_fast_project( &CUR.zp2.cur[L] );
-    }
-
-    args[0] = R;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* SCFS[]:       Set Coordinate From Stack                               */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x48                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        f26.6 uint32 -->                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Formula:                                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   OA := OA + ( value - OA.p )/( f.p ) * f                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_SCFS( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    FT_Long    K;
-    FT_UShort  L;
-
-
-    L = (FT_UShort)args[0];
-
-    if ( BOUNDS( L, CUR.zp2.n_points ) )
-    {
-      if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )
-        CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
-      return;
-    }
-
-    K = CUR_fast_project( &CUR.zp2.cur[L] );
-
-    CUR_Func_move( &CUR.zp2, L, args[1] - K );
-
-    /* not part of the specs, but here for safety */
-
-    if ( CUR.GS.gep2 == 0 )
-      CUR.zp2.org[L] = CUR.zp2.cur[L];
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* MD[a]:        Measure Distance                                        */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x49-0x4A                                               */
-  /* Stack:        uint32 uint32 --> f26.6                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* BULLSHIT: Measure taken in the original glyph must be along the dual  */
-  /*           projection vector.                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Second BULLSHIT: Flag attributes are inverted!                        */
-  /*                  0 => measure distance in original outline            */
-  /*                  1 => measure distance in grid-fitted outline         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Third one: `zp0 - zp1', and not `zp2 - zp1!                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_MD( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    FT_UShort   K, L;
-    FT_F26Dot6  D;
-
-
-    K = (FT_UShort)args[1];
-    L = (FT_UShort)args[0];
-
-    if( BOUNDS( L, CUR.zp0.n_points ) ||
-        BOUNDS( K, CUR.zp1.n_points ) )
-    {
-      if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )
-      {
-        CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
-        return;
-      }
-      D = 0;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      if ( CUR.opcode & 1 )
-        D = CUR_Func_project( CUR.zp0.cur + L, CUR.zp1.cur + K );
-      else
-      {
-        FT_Vector*  vec1 = CUR.zp0.orus + L;
-        FT_Vector*  vec2 = CUR.zp1.orus + K;
-
-
-        if ( CUR.metrics.x_scale == CUR.metrics.y_scale )
-        {
-          /* this should be faster */
-          D = CUR_Func_dualproj( vec1, vec2 );
-          D = TT_MULFIX( D, CUR.metrics.x_scale );
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          FT_Vector  vec;
-
-
-          vec.x = TT_MULFIX( vec1->x - vec2->x, CUR.metrics.x_scale );
-          vec.y = TT_MULFIX( vec1->y - vec2->y, CUR.metrics.y_scale );
-
-          D = CUR_fast_dualproj( &vec );
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    args[0] = D;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* SDPVTL[a]:    Set Dual PVector to Line                                */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x86-0x87                                               */
-  /* Stack:        uint32 uint32 -->                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_SDPVTL( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    FT_Long    A, B, C;
-    FT_UShort  p1, p2;   /* was FT_Int in pas type ERROR */
-
-
-    p1 = (FT_UShort)args[1];
-    p2 = (FT_UShort)args[0];
-
-    if ( BOUNDS( p2, CUR.zp1.n_points ) ||
-         BOUNDS( p1, CUR.zp2.n_points ) )
-    {
-      if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )
-        CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
-      return;
-    }
-
-    {
-      FT_Vector* v1 = CUR.zp1.org + p2;
-      FT_Vector* v2 = CUR.zp2.org + p1;
-
-
-      A = v1->x - v2->x;
-      B = v1->y - v2->y;
-    }
-
-    if ( ( CUR.opcode & 1 ) != 0 )
-    {
-      C =  B;   /* counter clockwise rotation */
-      B =  A;
-      A = -C;
-    }
-
-    NORMalize( A, B, &CUR.GS.dualVector );
-
-    {
-      FT_Vector*  v1 = CUR.zp1.cur + p2;
-      FT_Vector*  v2 = CUR.zp2.cur + p1;
-
-
-      A = v1->x - v2->x;
-      B = v1->y - v2->y;
-    }
-
-    if ( ( CUR.opcode & 1 ) != 0 )
-    {
-      C =  B;   /* counter clockwise rotation */
-      B =  A;
-      A = -C;
-    }
-
-    NORMalize( A, B, &CUR.GS.projVector );
-
-    GUESS_VECTOR( freeVector );
-
-    COMPUTE_Funcs();
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* SZP0[]:       Set Zone Pointer 0                                      */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x13                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        uint32 -->                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_SZP0( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    switch ( (FT_Int)args[0] )
-    {
-    case 0:
-      CUR.zp0 = CUR.twilight;
-      break;
-
-    case 1:
-      CUR.zp0 = CUR.pts;
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )
-        CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
-      return;
-    }
-
-    CUR.GS.gep0 = (FT_UShort)args[0];
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* SZP1[]:       Set Zone Pointer 1                                      */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x14                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        uint32 -->                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_SZP1( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    switch ( (FT_Int)args[0] )
-    {
-    case 0:
-      CUR.zp1 = CUR.twilight;
-      break;
-
-    case 1:
-      CUR.zp1 = CUR.pts;
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )
-        CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
-      return;
-    }
-
-    CUR.GS.gep1 = (FT_UShort)args[0];
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* SZP2[]:       Set Zone Pointer 2                                      */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x15                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        uint32 -->                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_SZP2( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    switch ( (FT_Int)args[0] )
-    {
-    case 0:
-      CUR.zp2 = CUR.twilight;
-      break;
-
-    case 1:
-      CUR.zp2 = CUR.pts;
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )
-        CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
-      return;
-    }
-
-    CUR.GS.gep2 = (FT_UShort)args[0];
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* SZPS[]:       Set Zone PointerS                                       */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x16                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        uint32 -->                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_SZPS( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    switch ( (FT_Int)args[0] )
-    {
-    case 0:
-      CUR.zp0 = CUR.twilight;
-      break;
-
-    case 1:
-      CUR.zp0 = CUR.pts;
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )
-        CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
-      return;
-    }
-
-    CUR.zp1 = CUR.zp0;
-    CUR.zp2 = CUR.zp0;
-
-    CUR.GS.gep0 = (FT_UShort)args[0];
-    CUR.GS.gep1 = (FT_UShort)args[0];
-    CUR.GS.gep2 = (FT_UShort)args[0];
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* INSTCTRL[]:   INSTruction ConTRoL                                     */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x8e                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        int32 int32 -->                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_INSTCTRL( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    FT_Long  K, L;
-
-
-    K = args[1];
-    L = args[0];
-
-    if ( K < 1 || K > 2 )
-    {
-      if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )
-        CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
-      return;
-    }
-
-    if ( L != 0 )
-        L = K;
-
-    CUR.GS.instruct_control = FT_BOOL(
-      ( (FT_Byte)CUR.GS.instruct_control & ~(FT_Byte)K ) | (FT_Byte)L );
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* SCANCTRL[]:   SCAN ConTRoL                                            */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x85                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        uint32? -->                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_SCANCTRL( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    FT_Int  A;
-
-
-    /* Get Threshold */
-    A = (FT_Int)( args[0] & 0xFF );
-
-    if ( A == 0xFF )
-    {
-      CUR.GS.scan_control = TRUE;
-      return;
-    }
-    else if ( A == 0 )
-    {
-      CUR.GS.scan_control = FALSE;
-      return;
-    }
-
-    A *= 64;
-
-#if 0
-    if ( ( args[0] & 0x100 ) != 0 && CUR.metrics.pointSize <= A )
-      CUR.GS.scan_control = TRUE;
-#endif
-
-    if ( ( args[0] & 0x200 ) != 0 && CUR.tt_metrics.rotated )
-      CUR.GS.scan_control = TRUE;
-
-    if ( ( args[0] & 0x400 ) != 0 && CUR.tt_metrics.stretched )
-      CUR.GS.scan_control = TRUE;
-
-#if 0
-    if ( ( args[0] & 0x800 ) != 0 && CUR.metrics.pointSize > A )
-      CUR.GS.scan_control = FALSE;
-#endif
-
-    if ( ( args[0] & 0x1000 ) != 0 && CUR.tt_metrics.rotated )
-      CUR.GS.scan_control = FALSE;
-
-    if ( ( args[0] & 0x2000 ) != 0 && CUR.tt_metrics.stretched )
-      CUR.GS.scan_control = FALSE;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* SCANTYPE[]:   SCAN TYPE                                               */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x8D                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        uint32? -->                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_SCANTYPE( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    /* for compatibility with future enhancements, */
-    /* we must ignore new modes                    */
-
-    if ( args[0] >= 0 && args[0] <= 5 )
-    {
-      if ( args[0] == 3 )
-        args[0] = 2;
-
-      CUR.GS.scan_type = (FT_Int)args[0];
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* MANAGING OUTLINES                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   Instructions appear in the specification's order.                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* FLIPPT[]:     FLIP PoinT                                              */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x80                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        uint32... -->                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_FLIPPT( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    FT_UShort  point;
-
-    FT_UNUSED_ARG;
-
-
-    if ( CUR.top < CUR.GS.loop )
-    {
-      CUR.error = TT_Err_Too_Few_Arguments;
-      return;
-    }
-
-    while ( CUR.GS.loop > 0 )
-    {
-      CUR.args--;
-
-      point = (FT_UShort)CUR.stack[CUR.args];
-
-      if ( BOUNDS( point, CUR.pts.n_points ) )
-      {
-        if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )
-        {
-          CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
-          return;
-        }
-      }
-      else
-        CUR.pts.tags[point] ^= FT_CURVE_TAG_ON;
-
-      CUR.GS.loop--;
-    }
-
-    CUR.GS.loop = 1;
-    CUR.new_top = CUR.args;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* FLIPRGON[]:   FLIP RanGe ON                                           */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x81                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        uint32 uint32 -->                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_FLIPRGON( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    FT_UShort  I, K, L;
-
-
-    K = (FT_UShort)args[1];
-    L = (FT_UShort)args[0];
-
-    if ( BOUNDS( K, CUR.pts.n_points ) ||
-         BOUNDS( L, CUR.pts.n_points ) )
-    {
-      if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )
-        CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
-      return;
-    }
-
-    for ( I = L; I <= K; I++ )
-      CUR.pts.tags[I] |= FT_CURVE_TAG_ON;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* FLIPRGOFF:    FLIP RanGe OFF                                          */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x82                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        uint32 uint32 -->                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_FLIPRGOFF( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    FT_UShort  I, K, L;
-
-
-    K = (FT_UShort)args[1];
-    L = (FT_UShort)args[0];
-
-    if ( BOUNDS( K, CUR.pts.n_points ) ||
-         BOUNDS( L, CUR.pts.n_points ) )
-    {
-      if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )
-        CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
-      return;
-    }
-
-    for ( I = L; I <= K; I++ )
-      CUR.pts.tags[I] &= ~FT_CURVE_TAG_ON;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Bool
-  Compute_Point_Displacement( EXEC_OP_ FT_F26Dot6*   x,
-                                       FT_F26Dot6*   y,
-                                       TT_GlyphZone  zone,
-                                       FT_UShort*    refp )
-  {
-    TT_GlyphZoneRec  zp;
-    FT_UShort        p;
-    FT_F26Dot6       d;
-
-
-    if ( CUR.opcode & 1 )
-    {
-      zp = CUR.zp0;
-      p  = CUR.GS.rp1;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      zp = CUR.zp1;
-      p  = CUR.GS.rp2;
-    }
-
-    if ( BOUNDS( p, zp.n_points ) )
-    {
-      if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )
-        CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
-      *refp = 0;
-      return FAILURE;
-    }
-
-    *zone = zp;
-    *refp = p;
-
-    d = CUR_Func_project( zp.cur + p, zp.org + p );
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING
-    if ( CUR.face->unpatented_hinting )
-    {
-      if ( CUR.GS.both_x_axis )
-      {
-        *x = d;
-        *y = 0;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        *x = 0;
-        *y = d;
-      }
-    }
-    else
-#endif
-    {
-      *x = TT_MULDIV( d,
-                      (FT_Long)CUR.GS.freeVector.x * 0x10000L,
-                      CUR.F_dot_P );
-      *y = TT_MULDIV( d,
-                      (FT_Long)CUR.GS.freeVector.y * 0x10000L,
-                      CUR.F_dot_P );
-    }
-
-    return SUCCESS;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  Move_Zp2_Point( EXEC_OP_ FT_UShort   point,
-                           FT_F26Dot6  dx,
-                           FT_F26Dot6  dy,
-                           FT_Bool     touch )
-  {
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING
-    if ( CUR.face->unpatented_hinting )
-    {
-      if ( CUR.GS.both_x_axis )
-      {
-        CUR.zp2.cur[point].x += dx;
-        if ( touch )
-          CUR.zp2.tags[point] |= FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_X;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        CUR.zp2.cur[point].y += dy;
-        if ( touch )
-          CUR.zp2.tags[point] |= FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_Y;
-      }
-      return;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    if ( CUR.GS.freeVector.x != 0 )
-    {
-      CUR.zp2.cur[point].x += dx;
-      if ( touch )
-        CUR.zp2.tags[point] |= FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_X;
-    }
-
-    if ( CUR.GS.freeVector.y != 0 )
-    {
-      CUR.zp2.cur[point].y += dy;
-      if ( touch )
-        CUR.zp2.tags[point] |= FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_Y;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* SHP[a]:       SHift Point by the last point                           */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x32-0x33                                               */
-  /* Stack:        uint32... -->                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_SHP( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    TT_GlyphZoneRec  zp;
-    FT_UShort        refp;
-
-    FT_F26Dot6       dx,
-                     dy;
-    FT_UShort        point;
-
-    FT_UNUSED_ARG;
-
-
-    if ( CUR.top < CUR.GS.loop )
-    {
-      CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
-      return;
-    }
-
-    if ( COMPUTE_Point_Displacement( &dx, &dy, &zp, &refp ) )
-      return;
-
-    while ( CUR.GS.loop > 0 )
-    {
-      CUR.args--;
-      point = (FT_UShort)CUR.stack[CUR.args];
-
-      if ( BOUNDS( point, CUR.zp2.n_points ) )
-      {
-        if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )
-        {
-          CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
-          return;
-        }
-      }
-      else
-        /* XXX: UNDOCUMENTED! SHP touches the points */
-        MOVE_Zp2_Point( point, dx, dy, TRUE );
-
-      CUR.GS.loop--;
-    }
-
-    CUR.GS.loop = 1;
-    CUR.new_top = CUR.args;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* SHC[a]:       SHift Contour                                           */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x34-35                                                 */
-  /* Stack:        uint32 -->                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_SHC( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    TT_GlyphZoneRec zp;
-    FT_UShort       refp;
-    FT_F26Dot6      dx,
-                    dy;
-
-    FT_Short        contour;
-    FT_UShort       first_point, last_point, i;
-
-
-    contour = (FT_UShort)args[0];
-
-    if ( BOUNDS( contour, CUR.pts.n_contours ) )
-    {
-      if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )
-        CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
-      return;
-    }
-
-    if ( COMPUTE_Point_Displacement( &dx, &dy, &zp, &refp ) )
-      return;
-
-    if ( contour == 0 )
-      first_point = 0;
-    else
-      first_point = (FT_UShort)( CUR.pts.contours[contour - 1] + 1 -
-                                 CUR.pts.first_point );
-
-    last_point = (FT_UShort)( CUR.pts.contours[contour] -
-                              CUR.pts.first_point );
-
-    /* XXX: this is probably wrong... at least it prevents memory */
-    /*      corruption when zp2 is the twilight zone              */
-    if ( BOUNDS( last_point, CUR.zp2.n_points ) )
-    {
-      if ( CUR.zp2.n_points > 0 )
-        last_point = (FT_UShort)(CUR.zp2.n_points - 1);
-      else
-        last_point = 0;
-    }
-
-    /* XXX: UNDOCUMENTED! SHC touches the points */
-    for ( i = first_point; i <= last_point; i++ )
-    {
-      if ( zp.cur != CUR.zp2.cur || refp != i )
-        MOVE_Zp2_Point( i, dx, dy, TRUE );
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* SHZ[a]:       SHift Zone                                              */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x36-37                                                 */
-  /* Stack:        uint32 -->                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_SHZ( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    TT_GlyphZoneRec zp;
-    FT_UShort       refp;
-    FT_F26Dot6      dx,
-                    dy;
-
-    FT_UShort       last_point, i;
-
-
-    if ( BOUNDS( args[0], 2 ) )
-    {
-      if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )
-        CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
-      return;
-    }
-
-    if ( COMPUTE_Point_Displacement( &dx, &dy, &zp, &refp ) )
-      return;
-
-    /* XXX: UNDOCUMENTED! SHZ doesn't move the phantom points.  */
-    /*      Twilight zone has no contours, so use `n_points'.   */
-    /*      Normal zone's `n_points' includes phantoms, so must */
-    /*      use end of last contour.                            */
-    if ( CUR.GS.gep2 == 0 && CUR.zp2.n_points > 0 )
-      last_point = (FT_UShort)( CUR.zp2.n_points - 1 );
-    else if ( CUR.GS.gep2 == 1 && CUR.zp2.n_contours > 0 )
-      last_point = (FT_UShort)( CUR.zp2.contours[CUR.zp2.n_contours - 1] );
-    else
-      last_point = 0;
-
-    /* XXX: UNDOCUMENTED! SHZ doesn't touch the points */
-    for ( i = 0; i <= last_point; i++ )
-    {
-      if ( zp.cur != CUR.zp2.cur || refp != i )
-        MOVE_Zp2_Point( i, dx, dy, FALSE );
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* SHPIX[]:      SHift points by a PIXel amount                          */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x38                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        f26.6 uint32... -->                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_SHPIX( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    FT_F26Dot6  dx, dy;
-    FT_UShort   point;
-
-
-    if ( CUR.top < CUR.GS.loop + 1 )
-    {
-      CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
-      return;
-    }
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING
-    if ( CUR.face->unpatented_hinting )
-    {
-      if ( CUR.GS.both_x_axis )
-      {
-        dx = TT_MulFix14( args[0], 0x4000 );
-        dy = 0;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        dx = 0;
-        dy = TT_MulFix14( args[0], 0x4000 );
-      }
-    }
-    else
-#endif
-    {
-      dx = TT_MulFix14( args[0], CUR.GS.freeVector.x );
-      dy = TT_MulFix14( args[0], CUR.GS.freeVector.y );
-    }
-
-    while ( CUR.GS.loop > 0 )
-    {
-      CUR.args--;
-
-      point = (FT_UShort)CUR.stack[CUR.args];
-
-      if ( BOUNDS( point, CUR.zp2.n_points ) )
-      {
-        if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )
-        {
-          CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
-          return;
-        }
-      }
-      else
-        MOVE_Zp2_Point( point, dx, dy, TRUE );
-
-      CUR.GS.loop--;
-    }
-
-    CUR.GS.loop = 1;
-    CUR.new_top = CUR.args;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* MSIRP[a]:     Move Stack Indirect Relative Position                   */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x3A-0x3B                                               */
-  /* Stack:        f26.6 uint32 -->                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_MSIRP( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    FT_UShort   point;
-    FT_F26Dot6  distance;
-
-
-    point = (FT_UShort)args[0];
-
-    if ( BOUNDS( point,      CUR.zp1.n_points ) ||
-         BOUNDS( CUR.GS.rp0, CUR.zp0.n_points ) )
-    {
-      if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )
-        CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
-      return;
-    }
-
-    /* XXX: UNDOCUMENTED! behaviour */
-    if ( CUR.GS.gep1 == 0 )   /* if the point that is to be moved */
-                              /* is in twilight zone              */
-    {
-      CUR.zp1.org[point] = CUR.zp0.org[CUR.GS.rp0];
-      CUR_Func_move_orig( &CUR.zp1, point, args[1] );
-      CUR.zp1.cur[point] = CUR.zp1.org[point];
-    }
-
-    distance = CUR_Func_project( CUR.zp1.cur + point,
-                                 CUR.zp0.cur + CUR.GS.rp0 );
-
-    CUR_Func_move( &CUR.zp1, point, args[1] - distance );
-
-    CUR.GS.rp1 = CUR.GS.rp0;
-    CUR.GS.rp2 = point;
-
-    if ( ( CUR.opcode & 1 ) != 0 )
-      CUR.GS.rp0 = point;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* MDAP[a]:      Move Direct Absolute Point                              */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x2E-0x2F                                               */
-  /* Stack:        uint32 -->                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_MDAP( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    FT_UShort   point;
-    FT_F26Dot6  cur_dist,
-                distance;
-
-
-    point = (FT_UShort)args[0];
-
-    if ( BOUNDS( point, CUR.zp0.n_points ) )
-    {
-      if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )
-        CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
-      return;
-    }
-
-    /* XXX: Is there some undocumented feature while in the */
-    /*      twilight zone? ?                                */
-    if ( ( CUR.opcode & 1 ) != 0 )
-    {
-      cur_dist = CUR_fast_project( &CUR.zp0.cur[point] );
-      distance = CUR_Func_round( cur_dist,
-                                 CUR.tt_metrics.compensations[0] ) - cur_dist;
-    }
-    else
-      distance = 0;
-
-    CUR_Func_move( &CUR.zp0, point, distance );
-
-    CUR.GS.rp0 = point;
-    CUR.GS.rp1 = point;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* MIAP[a]:      Move Indirect Absolute Point                            */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x3E-0x3F                                               */
-  /* Stack:        uint32 uint32 -->                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_MIAP( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    FT_ULong    cvtEntry;
-    FT_UShort   point;
-    FT_F26Dot6  distance,
-                org_dist;
-
-
-    cvtEntry = (FT_ULong)args[1];
-    point    = (FT_UShort)args[0];
-
-    if ( BOUNDS( point,    CUR.zp0.n_points ) ||
-         BOUNDS( cvtEntry, CUR.cvtSize )      )
-    {
-      if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )
-        CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
-      return;
-    }
-
-    /* XXX: UNDOCUMENTED!                                */
-    /*                                                   */
-    /* The behaviour of an MIAP instruction is quite     */
-    /* different when used in the twilight zone.         */
-    /*                                                   */
-    /* First, no control value cut-in test is performed  */
-    /* as it would fail anyway.  Second, the original    */
-    /* point, i.e. (org_x,org_y) of zp0.point, is set    */
-    /* to the absolute, unrounded distance found in      */
-    /* the CVT.                                          */
-    /*                                                   */
-    /* This is used in the CVT programs of the Microsoft */
-    /* fonts Arial, Times, etc., in order to re-adjust   */
-    /* some key font heights.  It allows the use of the  */
-    /* IP instruction in the twilight zone, which        */
-    /* otherwise would be `illegal' according to the     */
-    /* specification.                                    */
-    /*                                                   */
-    /* We implement it with a special sequence for the   */
-    /* twilight zone.  This is a bad hack, but it seems  */
-    /* to work.                                          */
-
-    distance = CUR_Func_read_cvt( cvtEntry );
-
-    if ( CUR.GS.gep0 == 0 )   /* If in twilight zone */
-    {
-      CUR.zp0.org[point].x = TT_MulFix14( distance, CUR.GS.freeVector.x );
-      CUR.zp0.org[point].y = TT_MulFix14( distance, CUR.GS.freeVector.y ),
-      CUR.zp0.cur[point]   = CUR.zp0.org[point];
-    }
-
-    org_dist = CUR_fast_project( &CUR.zp0.cur[point] );
-
-    if ( ( CUR.opcode & 1 ) != 0 )   /* rounding and control cutin flag */
-    {
-      if ( FT_ABS( distance - org_dist ) > CUR.GS.control_value_cutin )
-        distance = org_dist;
-
-      distance = CUR_Func_round( distance, CUR.tt_metrics.compensations[0] );
-    }
-
-    CUR_Func_move( &CUR.zp0, point, distance - org_dist );
-
-    CUR.GS.rp0 = point;
-    CUR.GS.rp1 = point;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* MDRP[abcde]:  Move Direct Relative Point                              */
-  /* Opcode range: 0xC0-0xDF                                               */
-  /* Stack:        uint32 -->                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_MDRP( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    FT_UShort   point;
-    FT_F26Dot6  org_dist, distance;
-
-
-    point = (FT_UShort)args[0];
-
-    if ( BOUNDS( point,      CUR.zp1.n_points ) ||
-         BOUNDS( CUR.GS.rp0, CUR.zp0.n_points ) )
-    {
-      if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )
-        CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
-      return;
-    }
-
-    /* XXX: Is there some undocumented feature while in the */
-    /*      twilight zone?                                  */
-
-    /* XXX: UNDOCUMENTED: twilight zone special case */
-
-    if ( CUR.GS.gep0 == 0 || CUR.GS.gep1 == 0 )
-    {
-      FT_Vector*  vec1 = &CUR.zp1.org[point];
-      FT_Vector*  vec2 = &CUR.zp0.org[CUR.GS.rp0];
-
-
-      org_dist = CUR_Func_dualproj( vec1, vec2 );
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      FT_Vector*  vec1 = &CUR.zp1.orus[point];
-      FT_Vector*  vec2 = &CUR.zp0.orus[CUR.GS.rp0];
-
-
-      if ( CUR.metrics.x_scale == CUR.metrics.y_scale )
-      {
-        /* this should be faster */
-        org_dist = CUR_Func_dualproj( vec1, vec2 );
-        org_dist = TT_MULFIX( org_dist, CUR.metrics.x_scale );
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        FT_Vector  vec;
-
-
-        vec.x = TT_MULFIX( vec1->x - vec2->x, CUR.metrics.x_scale );
-        vec.y = TT_MULFIX( vec1->y - vec2->y, CUR.metrics.y_scale );
-
-        org_dist = CUR_fast_dualproj( &vec );
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* single width cut-in test */
-
-    if ( FT_ABS( org_dist - CUR.GS.single_width_value ) <
-         CUR.GS.single_width_cutin )
-    {
-      if ( org_dist >= 0 )
-        org_dist = CUR.GS.single_width_value;
-      else
-        org_dist = -CUR.GS.single_width_value;
-    }
-
-    /* round flag */
-
-    if ( ( CUR.opcode & 4 ) != 0 )
-      distance = CUR_Func_round(
-                   org_dist,
-                   CUR.tt_metrics.compensations[CUR.opcode & 3] );
-    else
-      distance = ROUND_None(
-                   org_dist,
-                   CUR.tt_metrics.compensations[CUR.opcode & 3] );
-
-    /* minimum distance flag */
-
-    if ( ( CUR.opcode & 8 ) != 0 )
-    {
-      if ( org_dist >= 0 )
-      {
-        if ( distance < CUR.GS.minimum_distance )
-          distance = CUR.GS.minimum_distance;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        if ( distance > -CUR.GS.minimum_distance )
-          distance = -CUR.GS.minimum_distance;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* now move the point */
-
-    org_dist = CUR_Func_project( CUR.zp1.cur + point,
-                                 CUR.zp0.cur + CUR.GS.rp0 );
-
-    CUR_Func_move( &CUR.zp1, point, distance - org_dist );
-
-    CUR.GS.rp1 = CUR.GS.rp0;
-    CUR.GS.rp2 = point;
-
-    if ( ( CUR.opcode & 16 ) != 0 )
-      CUR.GS.rp0 = point;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* MIRP[abcde]:  Move Indirect Relative Point                            */
-  /* Opcode range: 0xE0-0xFF                                               */
-  /* Stack:        int32? uint32 -->                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_MIRP( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    FT_UShort   point;
-    FT_ULong    cvtEntry;
-
-    FT_F26Dot6  cvt_dist,
-                distance,
-                cur_dist,
-                org_dist;
-
-
-    point    = (FT_UShort)args[0];
-    cvtEntry = (FT_ULong)( args[1] + 1 );
-
-    /* XXX: UNDOCUMENTED! cvt[-1] = 0 always */
-
-    if ( BOUNDS( point,      CUR.zp1.n_points ) ||
-         BOUNDS( cvtEntry,   CUR.cvtSize + 1 )  ||
-         BOUNDS( CUR.GS.rp0, CUR.zp0.n_points ) )
-    {
-      if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )
-        CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
-      return;
-    }
-
-    if ( !cvtEntry )
-      cvt_dist = 0;
-    else
-      cvt_dist = CUR_Func_read_cvt( cvtEntry - 1 );
-
-    /* single width test */
-
-    if ( FT_ABS( cvt_dist - CUR.GS.single_width_value ) <
-         CUR.GS.single_width_cutin )
-    {
-      if ( cvt_dist >= 0 )
-        cvt_dist =  CUR.GS.single_width_value;
-      else
-        cvt_dist = -CUR.GS.single_width_value;
-    }
-
-    /* XXX: UNDOCUMENTED! -- twilight zone */
-
-    if ( CUR.GS.gep1 == 0 )
-    {
-      CUR.zp1.org[point].x = CUR.zp0.org[CUR.GS.rp0].x +
-                             TT_MulFix14( cvt_dist, CUR.GS.freeVector.x );
-
-      CUR.zp1.org[point].y = CUR.zp0.org[CUR.GS.rp0].y +
-                             TT_MulFix14( cvt_dist, CUR.GS.freeVector.y );
-
-      CUR.zp1.cur[point] = CUR.zp0.cur[point];
-    }
-
-    org_dist = CUR_Func_dualproj( &CUR.zp1.org[point],
-                                  &CUR.zp0.org[CUR.GS.rp0] );
-    cur_dist = CUR_Func_project ( &CUR.zp1.cur[point],
-                                  &CUR.zp0.cur[CUR.GS.rp0] );
-
-    /* auto-flip test */
-
-    if ( CUR.GS.auto_flip )
-    {
-      if ( ( org_dist ^ cvt_dist ) < 0 )
-        cvt_dist = -cvt_dist;
-    }
-
-    /* control value cutin and round */
-
-    if ( ( CUR.opcode & 4 ) != 0 )
-    {
-      /* XXX: UNDOCUMENTED!  Only perform cut-in test when both points */
-      /*      refer to the same zone.                                  */
-
-      if ( CUR.GS.gep0 == CUR.GS.gep1 )
-        if ( FT_ABS( cvt_dist - org_dist ) >= CUR.GS.control_value_cutin )
-          cvt_dist = org_dist;
-
-      distance = CUR_Func_round(
-                   cvt_dist,
-                   CUR.tt_metrics.compensations[CUR.opcode & 3] );
-    }
-    else
-      distance = ROUND_None(
-                   cvt_dist,
-                   CUR.tt_metrics.compensations[CUR.opcode & 3] );
-
-    /* minimum distance test */
-
-    if ( ( CUR.opcode & 8 ) != 0 )
-    {
-      if ( org_dist >= 0 )
-      {
-        if ( distance < CUR.GS.minimum_distance )
-          distance = CUR.GS.minimum_distance;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        if ( distance > -CUR.GS.minimum_distance )
-          distance = -CUR.GS.minimum_distance;
-      }
-    }
-
-    CUR_Func_move( &CUR.zp1, point, distance - cur_dist );
-
-    CUR.GS.rp1 = CUR.GS.rp0;
-
-    if ( ( CUR.opcode & 16 ) != 0 )
-      CUR.GS.rp0 = point;
-
-    /* XXX: UNDOCUMENTED! */
-    CUR.GS.rp2 = point;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* ALIGNRP[]:    ALIGN Relative Point                                    */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x3C                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        uint32 uint32... -->                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_ALIGNRP( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    FT_UShort   point;
-    FT_F26Dot6  distance;
-
-    FT_UNUSED_ARG;
-
-
-    if ( CUR.top < CUR.GS.loop ||
-         BOUNDS( CUR.GS.rp0, CUR.zp0.n_points ) )
-    {
-      if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )
-        CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
-      return;
-    }
-
-    while ( CUR.GS.loop > 0 )
-    {
-      CUR.args--;
-
-      point = (FT_UShort)CUR.stack[CUR.args];
-
-      if ( BOUNDS( point, CUR.zp1.n_points ) )
-      {
-        if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )
-        {
-          CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
-          return;
-        }
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        distance = CUR_Func_project( CUR.zp1.cur + point,
-                                     CUR.zp0.cur + CUR.GS.rp0 );
-
-        CUR_Func_move( &CUR.zp1, point, -distance );
-      }
-
-      CUR.GS.loop--;
-    }
-
-    CUR.GS.loop = 1;
-    CUR.new_top = CUR.args;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* ISECT[]:      moves point to InterSECTion                             */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x0F                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        5 * uint32 -->                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_ISECT( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    FT_UShort   point,
-                a0, a1,
-                b0, b1;
-
-    FT_F26Dot6  discriminant;
-
-    FT_F26Dot6  dx,  dy,
-                dax, day,
-                dbx, dby;
-
-    FT_F26Dot6  val;
-
-    FT_Vector   R;
-
-
-    point = (FT_UShort)args[0];
-
-    a0 = (FT_UShort)args[1];
-    a1 = (FT_UShort)args[2];
-    b0 = (FT_UShort)args[3];
-    b1 = (FT_UShort)args[4];
-
-    if ( BOUNDS( b0, CUR.zp0.n_points )  ||
-         BOUNDS( b1, CUR.zp0.n_points )  ||
-         BOUNDS( a0, CUR.zp1.n_points )  ||
-         BOUNDS( a1, CUR.zp1.n_points )  ||
-         BOUNDS( point, CUR.zp2.n_points ) )
-    {
-      if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )
-        CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
-      return;
-    }
-
-    dbx = CUR.zp0.cur[b1].x - CUR.zp0.cur[b0].x;
-    dby = CUR.zp0.cur[b1].y - CUR.zp0.cur[b0].y;
-
-    dax = CUR.zp1.cur[a1].x - CUR.zp1.cur[a0].x;
-    day = CUR.zp1.cur[a1].y - CUR.zp1.cur[a0].y;
-
-    dx = CUR.zp0.cur[b0].x - CUR.zp1.cur[a0].x;
-    dy = CUR.zp0.cur[b0].y - CUR.zp1.cur[a0].y;
-
-    CUR.zp2.tags[point] |= FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_BOTH;
-
-    discriminant = TT_MULDIV( dax, -dby, 0x40 ) +
-                   TT_MULDIV( day, dbx, 0x40 );
-
-    if ( FT_ABS( discriminant ) >= 0x40 )
-    {
-      val = TT_MULDIV( dx, -dby, 0x40 ) + TT_MULDIV( dy, dbx, 0x40 );
-
-      R.x = TT_MULDIV( val, dax, discriminant );
-      R.y = TT_MULDIV( val, day, discriminant );
-
-      CUR.zp2.cur[point].x = CUR.zp1.cur[a0].x + R.x;
-      CUR.zp2.cur[point].y = CUR.zp1.cur[a0].y + R.y;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* else, take the middle of the middles of A and B */
-
-      CUR.zp2.cur[point].x = ( CUR.zp1.cur[a0].x +
-                               CUR.zp1.cur[a1].x +
-                               CUR.zp0.cur[b0].x +
-                               CUR.zp0.cur[b1].x ) / 4;
-      CUR.zp2.cur[point].y = ( CUR.zp1.cur[a0].y +
-                               CUR.zp1.cur[a1].y +
-                               CUR.zp0.cur[b0].y +
-                               CUR.zp0.cur[b1].y ) / 4;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* ALIGNPTS[]:   ALIGN PoinTS                                            */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x27                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        uint32 uint32 -->                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_ALIGNPTS( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    FT_UShort   p1, p2;
-    FT_F26Dot6  distance;
-
-
-    p1 = (FT_UShort)args[0];
-    p2 = (FT_UShort)args[1];
-
-    if ( BOUNDS( args[0], CUR.zp1.n_points ) ||
-         BOUNDS( args[1], CUR.zp0.n_points ) )
-    {
-      if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )
-        CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
-      return;
-    }
-
-    distance = CUR_Func_project( CUR.zp0.cur + p2,
-                                 CUR.zp1.cur + p1 ) / 2;
-
-    CUR_Func_move( &CUR.zp1, p1, distance );
-    CUR_Func_move( &CUR.zp0, p2, -distance );
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* IP[]:         Interpolate Point                                       */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x39                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        uint32... -->                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-
-  /* SOMETIMES, DUMBER CODE IS BETTER CODE */
-
-  static void
-  Ins_IP( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    FT_F26Dot6  old_range, cur_range;
-    FT_Vector*  orus_base;
-    FT_Vector*  cur_base;
-    FT_Int      twilight;
-
-    FT_UNUSED_ARG;
-
-
-    if ( CUR.top < CUR.GS.loop )
-    {
-      CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
-      return;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * We need to deal in a special way with the twilight zone.
-     * Otherwise, by definition, the value of CUR.twilight.orus[n] is (0,0),
-     * for every n.
-     */
-    twilight = CUR.GS.gep0 == 0 || CUR.GS.gep1 == 0 || CUR.GS.gep2 == 0;
-
-    if ( BOUNDS( CUR.GS.rp1, CUR.zp0.n_points ) )
-    {
-      if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )
-        CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
-      return;
-    }
-
-    if ( twilight )
-      orus_base = &CUR.zp0.org[CUR.GS.rp1];
-    else
-      orus_base = &CUR.zp0.orus[CUR.GS.rp1];
-
-    cur_base = &CUR.zp0.cur[CUR.GS.rp1];
-
-    /* XXX: There are some glyphs in some braindead but popular */
-    /*      fonts out there (e.g. [aeu]grave in monotype.ttf)   */
-    /*      calling IP[] with bad values of rp[12].             */
-    /*      Do something sane when this odd thing happens.      */
-    if ( BOUNDS( CUR.GS.rp1, CUR.zp0.n_points ) ||
-         BOUNDS( CUR.GS.rp2, CUR.zp1.n_points ) )
-    {
-      old_range = 0;
-      cur_range = 0;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      if ( twilight )
-        old_range = CUR_Func_dualproj( &CUR.zp1.org[CUR.GS.rp2],
-                                       orus_base );
-      else
-        old_range = CUR_Func_dualproj( &CUR.zp1.orus[CUR.GS.rp2],
-                                       orus_base );
-
-      cur_range = CUR_Func_project ( &CUR.zp1.cur[CUR.GS.rp2], cur_base );
-    }
-
-    for ( ; CUR.GS.loop > 0; --CUR.GS.loop )
-    {
-      FT_UInt     point = (FT_UInt)CUR.stack[--CUR.args];
-      FT_F26Dot6  org_dist, cur_dist, new_dist;
-
-
-      /* check point bounds */
-      if ( BOUNDS( point, CUR.zp2.n_points ) )
-      {
-        if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )
-        {
-          CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
-          return;
-        }
-        continue;
-      }
-
-      if ( twilight )
-        org_dist = CUR_Func_dualproj( &CUR.zp2.org[point], orus_base );
-      else
-        org_dist = CUR_Func_dualproj( &CUR.zp2.orus[point], orus_base );
-
-      cur_dist = CUR_Func_project ( &CUR.zp2.cur[point], cur_base );
-
-      if ( org_dist )
-        new_dist = ( old_range != 0 )
-                     ? TT_MULDIV( org_dist, cur_range, old_range )
-                     : cur_dist;
-      else
-        new_dist = 0;
-
-      CUR_Func_move( &CUR.zp2, (FT_UShort)point, new_dist - cur_dist );
-    }
-    CUR.GS.loop = 1;
-    CUR.new_top = CUR.args;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* UTP[a]:       UnTouch Point                                           */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x29                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        uint32 -->                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_UTP( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    FT_UShort  point;
-    FT_Byte    mask;
-
-
-    point = (FT_UShort)args[0];
-
-    if ( BOUNDS( point, CUR.zp0.n_points ) )
-    {
-      if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )
-        CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
-      return;
-    }
-
-    mask = 0xFF;
-
-    if ( CUR.GS.freeVector.x != 0 )
-      mask &= ~FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_X;
-
-    if ( CUR.GS.freeVector.y != 0 )
-      mask &= ~FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_Y;
-
-    CUR.zp0.tags[point] &= mask;
-  }
-
-
-  /* Local variables for Ins_IUP: */
-  typedef struct  IUP_WorkerRec_
-  {
-    FT_Vector*  orgs;   /* original and current coordinate */
-    FT_Vector*  curs;   /* arrays                          */
-    FT_Vector*  orus;
-    FT_UInt     max_points;
-
-  } IUP_WorkerRec, *IUP_Worker;
-
-
-  static void
-  _iup_worker_shift( IUP_Worker  worker,
-                     FT_UInt     p1,
-                     FT_UInt     p2,
-                     FT_UInt     p )
-  {
-    FT_UInt     i;
-    FT_F26Dot6  dx;
-
-
-    dx = worker->curs[p].x - worker->orgs[p].x;
-    if ( dx != 0 )
-    {
-      for ( i = p1; i < p; i++ )
-        worker->curs[i].x += dx;
-
-      for ( i = p + 1; i <= p2; i++ )
-        worker->curs[i].x += dx;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  _iup_worker_interpolate( IUP_Worker  worker,
-                           FT_UInt     p1,
-                           FT_UInt     p2,
-                           FT_UInt     ref1,
-                           FT_UInt     ref2 )
-  {
-    FT_UInt     i;
-    FT_F26Dot6  orus1, orus2, org1, org2, delta1, delta2;
-
-
-    if ( p1 > p2 )
-      return;
-
-    if ( BOUNDS( ref1, worker->max_points ) ||
-         BOUNDS( ref2, worker->max_points ) )
-      return;
-
-    orus1 = worker->orus[ref1].x;
-    orus2 = worker->orus[ref2].x;
-
-    if ( orus1 > orus2 )
-    {
-      FT_F26Dot6  tmp_o;
-      FT_UInt     tmp_r;
-
-
-      tmp_o = orus1;
-      orus1 = orus2;
-      orus2 = tmp_o;
-
-      tmp_r = ref1;
-      ref1  = ref2;
-      ref2  = tmp_r;
-    }
-
-    org1   = worker->orgs[ref1].x;
-    org2   = worker->orgs[ref2].x;
-    delta1 = worker->curs[ref1].x - org1;
-    delta2 = worker->curs[ref2].x - org2;
-
-    if ( orus1 == orus2 )
-    {
-      /* simple shift of untouched points */
-      for ( i = p1; i <= p2; i++ )
-      {
-        FT_F26Dot6  x = worker->orgs[i].x;
-
-
-        if ( x <= org1 )
-          x += delta1;
-        else
-          x += delta2;
-
-        worker->curs[i].x = x;
-      }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      FT_Fixed  scale       = 0;
-      FT_Bool   scale_valid = 0;
-
-
-      /* interpolation */
-      for ( i = p1; i <= p2; i++ )
-      {
-        FT_F26Dot6  x = worker->orgs[i].x;
-
-
-        if ( x <= org1 )
-          x += delta1;
-
-        else if ( x >= org2 )
-          x += delta2;
-
-        else
-        {
-          if ( !scale_valid )
-          {
-            scale_valid = 1;
-            scale       = TT_MULDIV( org2 + delta2 - ( org1 + delta1 ),
-                                     0x10000, orus2 - orus1 );
-          }
-
-          x = ( org1 + delta1 ) +
-              TT_MULFIX( worker->orus[i].x - orus1, scale );
-        }
-        worker->curs[i].x = x;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* IUP[a]:       Interpolate Untouched Points                            */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x30-0x31                                               */
-  /* Stack:        -->                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_IUP( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    IUP_WorkerRec  V;
-    FT_Byte        mask;
-
-    FT_UInt   first_point;   /* first point of contour        */
-    FT_UInt   end_point;     /* end point (last+1) of contour */
-
-    FT_UInt   first_touched; /* first touched point in contour   */
-    FT_UInt   cur_touched;   /* current touched point in contour */
-
-    FT_UInt   point;         /* current point   */
-    FT_Short  contour;       /* current contour */
-
-    FT_UNUSED_ARG;
-
-
-    /* ignore empty outlines */
-    if ( CUR.pts.n_contours == 0 )
-      return;
-
-    if ( CUR.opcode & 1 )
-    {
-      mask   = FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_X;
-      V.orgs = CUR.pts.org;
-      V.curs = CUR.pts.cur;
-      V.orus = CUR.pts.orus;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      mask   = FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_Y;
-      V.orgs = (FT_Vector*)( (FT_Pos*)CUR.pts.org + 1 );
-      V.curs = (FT_Vector*)( (FT_Pos*)CUR.pts.cur + 1 );
-      V.orus = (FT_Vector*)( (FT_Pos*)CUR.pts.orus + 1 );
-    }
-    V.max_points = CUR.pts.n_points;
-
-    contour = 0;
-    point   = 0;
-
-    do
-    {
-      end_point   = CUR.pts.contours[contour] - CUR.pts.first_point;
-      first_point = point;
-
-      if ( CUR.pts.n_points <= end_point )
-        end_point = CUR.pts.n_points;
-
-      while ( point <= end_point && ( CUR.pts.tags[point] & mask ) == 0 )
-        point++;
-
-      if ( point <= end_point )
-      {
-        first_touched = point;
-        cur_touched   = point;
-
-        point++;
-
-        while ( point <= end_point )
-        {
-          if ( ( CUR.pts.tags[point] & mask ) != 0 )
-          {
-            if ( point > 0 )
-              _iup_worker_interpolate( &V,
-                                       cur_touched + 1,
-                                       point - 1,
-                                       cur_touched,
-                                       point );
-            cur_touched = point;
-          }
-
-          point++;
-        }
-
-        if ( cur_touched == first_touched )
-          _iup_worker_shift( &V, first_point, end_point, cur_touched );
-        else
-        {
-          _iup_worker_interpolate( &V,
-                                   (FT_UShort)( cur_touched + 1 ),
-                                   end_point,
-                                   cur_touched,
-                                   first_touched );
-
-          if ( first_touched > 0 )
-            _iup_worker_interpolate( &V,
-                                     first_point,
-                                     first_touched - 1,
-                                     cur_touched,
-                                     first_touched );
-        }
-      }
-      contour++;
-    } while ( contour < CUR.pts.n_contours );
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* DELTAPn[]:    DELTA exceptions P1, P2, P3                             */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x5D,0x71,0x72                                          */
-  /* Stack:        uint32 (2 * uint32)... -->                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_DELTAP( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    FT_ULong   k, nump;
-    FT_UShort  A;
-    FT_ULong   C;
-    FT_Long    B;
-
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING
-    /* Delta hinting is covered by US Patent 5159668. */
-    if ( CUR.face->unpatented_hinting )
-    {
-      FT_Long  n = args[0] * 2;
-
-
-      if ( CUR.args < n )
-      {
-        CUR.error = TT_Err_Too_Few_Arguments;
-        return;
-      }
-
-      CUR.args -= n;
-      CUR.new_top = CUR.args;
-      return;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    nump = (FT_ULong)args[0];   /* some points theoretically may occur more
-                                   than once, thus UShort isn't enough */
-
-    for ( k = 1; k <= nump; k++ )
-    {
-      if ( CUR.args < 2 )
-      {
-        CUR.error = TT_Err_Too_Few_Arguments;
-        return;
-      }
-
-      CUR.args -= 2;
-
-      A = (FT_UShort)CUR.stack[CUR.args + 1];
-      B = CUR.stack[CUR.args];
-
-      /* XXX: Because some popular fonts contain some invalid DeltaP */
-      /*      instructions, we simply ignore them when the stacked   */
-      /*      point reference is off limit, rather than returning an */
-      /*      error.  As a delta instruction doesn't change a glyph  */
-      /*      in great ways, this shouldn't be a problem.            */
-
-      if ( !BOUNDS( A, CUR.zp0.n_points ) )
-      {
-        C = ( (FT_ULong)B & 0xF0 ) >> 4;
-
-        switch ( CUR.opcode )
-        {
-        case 0x5D:
-          break;
-
-        case 0x71:
-          C += 16;
-          break;
-
-        case 0x72:
-          C += 32;
-          break;
-        }
-
-        C += CUR.GS.delta_base;
-
-        if ( CURRENT_Ppem() == (FT_Long)C )
-        {
-          B = ( (FT_ULong)B & 0xF ) - 8;
-          if ( B >= 0 )
-            B++;
-          B = B * 64 / ( 1L << CUR.GS.delta_shift );
-
-          CUR_Func_move( &CUR.zp0, A, B );
-        }
-      }
-      else
-        if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )
-          CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
-    }
-
-    CUR.new_top = CUR.args;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* DELTACn[]:    DELTA exceptions C1, C2, C3                             */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x73,0x74,0x75                                          */
-  /* Stack:        uint32 (2 * uint32)... -->                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_DELTAC( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    FT_ULong  nump, k;
-    FT_ULong  A, C;
-    FT_Long   B;
-
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING
-    /* Delta hinting is covered by US Patent 5159668. */
-    if ( CUR.face->unpatented_hinting )
-    {
-      FT_Long  n = args[0] * 2;
-
-
-      if ( CUR.args < n )
-      {
-        CUR.error = TT_Err_Too_Few_Arguments;
-        return;
-      }
-
-      CUR.args -= n;
-      CUR.new_top = CUR.args;
-      return;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    nump = (FT_ULong)args[0];
-
-    for ( k = 1; k <= nump; k++ )
-    {
-      if ( CUR.args < 2 )
-      {
-        CUR.error = TT_Err_Too_Few_Arguments;
-        return;
-      }
-
-      CUR.args -= 2;
-
-      A = (FT_ULong)CUR.stack[CUR.args + 1];
-      B = CUR.stack[CUR.args];
-
-      if ( BOUNDS( A, CUR.cvtSize ) )
-      {
-        if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )
-        {
-          CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
-          return;
-        }
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        C = ( (FT_ULong)B & 0xF0 ) >> 4;
-
-        switch ( CUR.opcode )
-        {
-        case 0x73:
-          break;
-
-        case 0x74:
-          C += 16;
-          break;
-
-        case 0x75:
-          C += 32;
-          break;
-        }
-
-        C += CUR.GS.delta_base;
-
-        if ( CURRENT_Ppem() == (FT_Long)C )
-        {
-          B = ( (FT_ULong)B & 0xF ) - 8;
-          if ( B >= 0 )
-            B++;
-          B = B * 64 / ( 1L << CUR.GS.delta_shift );
-
-          CUR_Func_move_cvt( A, B );
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    CUR.new_top = CUR.args;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* MISC. INSTRUCTIONS                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* GETINFO[]:    GET INFOrmation                                         */
-  /* Opcode range: 0x88                                                    */
-  /* Stack:        uint32 --> uint32                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static void
-  Ins_GETINFO( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    FT_Long  K;
-
-
-    K = 0;
-
-    /* We return MS rasterizer version 1.7 for the font scaler. */
-    if ( ( args[0] & 1 ) != 0 )
-      K = 35;
-
-    /* Has the glyph been rotated? */
-    if ( ( args[0] & 2 ) != 0 && CUR.tt_metrics.rotated )
-      K |= 0x80;
-
-    /* Has the glyph been stretched? */
-    if ( ( args[0] & 4 ) != 0 && CUR.tt_metrics.stretched )
-      K |= 1 << 8;
-
-    /* Are we hinting for grayscale? */
-    if ( ( args[0] & 32 ) != 0 && CUR.grayscale )
-      K |= 1 << 12;
-
-    args[0] = K;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  Ins_UNKNOWN( INS_ARG )
-  {
-    TT_DefRecord*  def   = CUR.IDefs;
-    TT_DefRecord*  limit = def + CUR.numIDefs;
-
-    FT_UNUSED_ARG;
-
-
-    for ( ; def < limit; def++ )
-    {
-      if ( (FT_Byte)def->opc == CUR.opcode && def->active )
-      {
-        TT_CallRec*  call;
-
-
-        if ( CUR.callTop >= CUR.callSize )
-        {
-          CUR.error = TT_Err_Stack_Overflow;
-          return;
-        }
-
-        call = CUR.callStack + CUR.callTop++;
-
-        call->Caller_Range = CUR.curRange;
-        call->Caller_IP    = CUR.IP+1;
-        call->Cur_Count    = 1;
-        call->Cur_Restart  = def->start;
-
-        INS_Goto_CodeRange( def->range, def->start );
-
-        CUR.step_ins = FALSE;
-        return;
-      }
-    }
-
-    CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Opcode;
-  }
-
-
-#ifndef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_INTERPRETER_SWITCH
-
-
-  static
-  TInstruction_Function  Instruct_Dispatch[256] =
-  {
-    /* Opcodes are gathered in groups of 16. */
-    /* Please keep the spaces as they are.   */
-
-    /*  SVTCA  y  */  Ins_SVTCA,
-    /*  SVTCA  x  */  Ins_SVTCA,
-    /*  SPvTCA y  */  Ins_SPVTCA,
-    /*  SPvTCA x  */  Ins_SPVTCA,
-    /*  SFvTCA y  */  Ins_SFVTCA,
-    /*  SFvTCA x  */  Ins_SFVTCA,
-    /*  SPvTL //  */  Ins_SPVTL,
-    /*  SPvTL +   */  Ins_SPVTL,
-    /*  SFvTL //  */  Ins_SFVTL,
-    /*  SFvTL +   */  Ins_SFVTL,
-    /*  SPvFS     */  Ins_SPVFS,
-    /*  SFvFS     */  Ins_SFVFS,
-    /*  GPV       */  Ins_GPV,
-    /*  GFV       */  Ins_GFV,
-    /*  SFvTPv    */  Ins_SFVTPV,
-    /*  ISECT     */  Ins_ISECT,
-
-    /*  SRP0      */  Ins_SRP0,
-    /*  SRP1      */  Ins_SRP1,
-    /*  SRP2      */  Ins_SRP2,
-    /*  SZP0      */  Ins_SZP0,
-    /*  SZP1      */  Ins_SZP1,
-    /*  SZP2      */  Ins_SZP2,
-    /*  SZPS      */  Ins_SZPS,
-    /*  SLOOP     */  Ins_SLOOP,
-    /*  RTG       */  Ins_RTG,
-    /*  RTHG      */  Ins_RTHG,
-    /*  SMD       */  Ins_SMD,
-    /*  ELSE      */  Ins_ELSE,
-    /*  JMPR      */  Ins_JMPR,
-    /*  SCvTCi    */  Ins_SCVTCI,
-    /*  SSwCi     */  Ins_SSWCI,
-    /*  SSW       */  Ins_SSW,
-
-    /*  DUP       */  Ins_DUP,
-    /*  POP       */  Ins_POP,
-    /*  CLEAR     */  Ins_CLEAR,
-    /*  SWAP      */  Ins_SWAP,
-    /*  DEPTH     */  Ins_DEPTH,
-    /*  CINDEX    */  Ins_CINDEX,
-    /*  MINDEX    */  Ins_MINDEX,
-    /*  AlignPTS  */  Ins_ALIGNPTS,
-    /*  INS_0x28  */  Ins_UNKNOWN,
-    /*  UTP       */  Ins_UTP,
-    /*  LOOPCALL  */  Ins_LOOPCALL,
-    /*  CALL      */  Ins_CALL,
-    /*  FDEF      */  Ins_FDEF,
-    /*  ENDF      */  Ins_ENDF,
-    /*  MDAP[0]   */  Ins_MDAP,
-    /*  MDAP[1]   */  Ins_MDAP,
-
-    /*  IUP[0]    */  Ins_IUP,
-    /*  IUP[1]    */  Ins_IUP,
-    /*  SHP[0]    */  Ins_SHP,
-    /*  SHP[1]    */  Ins_SHP,
-    /*  SHC[0]    */  Ins_SHC,
-    /*  SHC[1]    */  Ins_SHC,
-    /*  SHZ[0]    */  Ins_SHZ,
-    /*  SHZ[1]    */  Ins_SHZ,
-    /*  SHPIX     */  Ins_SHPIX,
-    /*  IP        */  Ins_IP,
-    /*  MSIRP[0]  */  Ins_MSIRP,
-    /*  MSIRP[1]  */  Ins_MSIRP,
-    /*  AlignRP   */  Ins_ALIGNRP,
-    /*  RTDG      */  Ins_RTDG,
-    /*  MIAP[0]   */  Ins_MIAP,
-    /*  MIAP[1]   */  Ins_MIAP,
-
-    /*  NPushB    */  Ins_NPUSHB,
-    /*  NPushW    */  Ins_NPUSHW,
-    /*  WS        */  Ins_WS,
-    /*  RS        */  Ins_RS,
-    /*  WCvtP     */  Ins_WCVTP,
-    /*  RCvt      */  Ins_RCVT,
-    /*  GC[0]     */  Ins_GC,
-    /*  GC[1]     */  Ins_GC,
-    /*  SCFS      */  Ins_SCFS,
-    /*  MD[0]     */  Ins_MD,
-    /*  MD[1]     */  Ins_MD,
-    /*  MPPEM     */  Ins_MPPEM,
-    /*  MPS       */  Ins_MPS,
-    /*  FlipON    */  Ins_FLIPON,
-    /*  FlipOFF   */  Ins_FLIPOFF,
-    /*  DEBUG     */  Ins_DEBUG,
-
-    /*  LT        */  Ins_LT,
-    /*  LTEQ      */  Ins_LTEQ,
-    /*  GT        */  Ins_GT,
-    /*  GTEQ      */  Ins_GTEQ,
-    /*  EQ        */  Ins_EQ,
-    /*  NEQ       */  Ins_NEQ,
-    /*  ODD       */  Ins_ODD,
-    /*  EVEN      */  Ins_EVEN,
-    /*  IF        */  Ins_IF,
-    /*  EIF       */  Ins_EIF,
-    /*  AND       */  Ins_AND,
-    /*  OR        */  Ins_OR,
-    /*  NOT       */  Ins_NOT,
-    /*  DeltaP1   */  Ins_DELTAP,
-    /*  SDB       */  Ins_SDB,
-    /*  SDS       */  Ins_SDS,
-
-    /*  ADD       */  Ins_ADD,
-    /*  SUB       */  Ins_SUB,
-    /*  DIV       */  Ins_DIV,
-    /*  MUL       */  Ins_MUL,
-    /*  ABS       */  Ins_ABS,
-    /*  NEG       */  Ins_NEG,
-    /*  FLOOR     */  Ins_FLOOR,
-    /*  CEILING   */  Ins_CEILING,
-    /*  ROUND[0]  */  Ins_ROUND,
-    /*  ROUND[1]  */  Ins_ROUND,
-    /*  ROUND[2]  */  Ins_ROUND,
-    /*  ROUND[3]  */  Ins_ROUND,
-    /*  NROUND[0] */  Ins_NROUND,
-    /*  NROUND[1] */  Ins_NROUND,
-    /*  NROUND[2] */  Ins_NROUND,
-    /*  NROUND[3] */  Ins_NROUND,
-
-    /*  WCvtF     */  Ins_WCVTF,
-    /*  DeltaP2   */  Ins_DELTAP,
-    /*  DeltaP3   */  Ins_DELTAP,
-    /*  DeltaCn[0] */ Ins_DELTAC,
-    /*  DeltaCn[1] */ Ins_DELTAC,
-    /*  DeltaCn[2] */ Ins_DELTAC,
-    /*  SROUND    */  Ins_SROUND,
-    /*  S45Round  */  Ins_S45ROUND,
-    /*  JROT      */  Ins_JROT,
-    /*  JROF      */  Ins_JROF,
-    /*  ROFF      */  Ins_ROFF,
-    /*  INS_0x7B  */  Ins_UNKNOWN,
-    /*  RUTG      */  Ins_RUTG,
-    /*  RDTG      */  Ins_RDTG,
-    /*  SANGW     */  Ins_SANGW,
-    /*  AA        */  Ins_AA,
-
-    /*  FlipPT    */  Ins_FLIPPT,
-    /*  FlipRgON  */  Ins_FLIPRGON,
-    /*  FlipRgOFF */  Ins_FLIPRGOFF,
-    /*  INS_0x83  */  Ins_UNKNOWN,
-    /*  INS_0x84  */  Ins_UNKNOWN,
-    /*  ScanCTRL  */  Ins_SCANCTRL,
-    /*  SDPVTL[0] */  Ins_SDPVTL,
-    /*  SDPVTL[1] */  Ins_SDPVTL,
-    /*  GetINFO   */  Ins_GETINFO,
-    /*  IDEF      */  Ins_IDEF,
-    /*  ROLL      */  Ins_ROLL,
-    /*  MAX       */  Ins_MAX,
-    /*  MIN       */  Ins_MIN,
-    /*  ScanTYPE  */  Ins_SCANTYPE,
-    /*  InstCTRL  */  Ins_INSTCTRL,
-    /*  INS_0x8F  */  Ins_UNKNOWN,
-
-    /*  INS_0x90  */   Ins_UNKNOWN,
-    /*  INS_0x91  */   Ins_UNKNOWN,
-    /*  INS_0x92  */   Ins_UNKNOWN,
-    /*  INS_0x93  */   Ins_UNKNOWN,
-    /*  INS_0x94  */   Ins_UNKNOWN,
-    /*  INS_0x95  */   Ins_UNKNOWN,
-    /*  INS_0x96  */   Ins_UNKNOWN,
-    /*  INS_0x97  */   Ins_UNKNOWN,
-    /*  INS_0x98  */   Ins_UNKNOWN,
-    /*  INS_0x99  */   Ins_UNKNOWN,
-    /*  INS_0x9A  */   Ins_UNKNOWN,
-    /*  INS_0x9B  */   Ins_UNKNOWN,
-    /*  INS_0x9C  */   Ins_UNKNOWN,
-    /*  INS_0x9D  */   Ins_UNKNOWN,
-    /*  INS_0x9E  */   Ins_UNKNOWN,
-    /*  INS_0x9F  */   Ins_UNKNOWN,
-
-    /*  INS_0xA0  */   Ins_UNKNOWN,
-    /*  INS_0xA1  */   Ins_UNKNOWN,
-    /*  INS_0xA2  */   Ins_UNKNOWN,
-    /*  INS_0xA3  */   Ins_UNKNOWN,
-    /*  INS_0xA4  */   Ins_UNKNOWN,
-    /*  INS_0xA5  */   Ins_UNKNOWN,
-    /*  INS_0xA6  */   Ins_UNKNOWN,
-    /*  INS_0xA7  */   Ins_UNKNOWN,
-    /*  INS_0xA8  */   Ins_UNKNOWN,
-    /*  INS_0xA9  */   Ins_UNKNOWN,
-    /*  INS_0xAA  */   Ins_UNKNOWN,
-    /*  INS_0xAB  */   Ins_UNKNOWN,
-    /*  INS_0xAC  */   Ins_UNKNOWN,
-    /*  INS_0xAD  */   Ins_UNKNOWN,
-    /*  INS_0xAE  */   Ins_UNKNOWN,
-    /*  INS_0xAF  */   Ins_UNKNOWN,
-
-    /*  PushB[0]  */  Ins_PUSHB,
-    /*  PushB[1]  */  Ins_PUSHB,
-    /*  PushB[2]  */  Ins_PUSHB,
-    /*  PushB[3]  */  Ins_PUSHB,
-    /*  PushB[4]  */  Ins_PUSHB,
-    /*  PushB[5]  */  Ins_PUSHB,
-    /*  PushB[6]  */  Ins_PUSHB,
-    /*  PushB[7]  */  Ins_PUSHB,
-    /*  PushW[0]  */  Ins_PUSHW,
-    /*  PushW[1]  */  Ins_PUSHW,
-    /*  PushW[2]  */  Ins_PUSHW,
-    /*  PushW[3]  */  Ins_PUSHW,
-    /*  PushW[4]  */  Ins_PUSHW,
-    /*  PushW[5]  */  Ins_PUSHW,
-    /*  PushW[6]  */  Ins_PUSHW,
-    /*  PushW[7]  */  Ins_PUSHW,
-
-    /*  MDRP[00]  */  Ins_MDRP,
-    /*  MDRP[01]  */  Ins_MDRP,
-    /*  MDRP[02]  */  Ins_MDRP,
-    /*  MDRP[03]  */  Ins_MDRP,
-    /*  MDRP[04]  */  Ins_MDRP,
-    /*  MDRP[05]  */  Ins_MDRP,
-    /*  MDRP[06]  */  Ins_MDRP,
-    /*  MDRP[07]  */  Ins_MDRP,
-    /*  MDRP[08]  */  Ins_MDRP,
-    /*  MDRP[09]  */  Ins_MDRP,
-    /*  MDRP[10]  */  Ins_MDRP,
-    /*  MDRP[11]  */  Ins_MDRP,
-    /*  MDRP[12]  */  Ins_MDRP,
-    /*  MDRP[13]  */  Ins_MDRP,
-    /*  MDRP[14]  */  Ins_MDRP,
-    /*  MDRP[15]  */  Ins_MDRP,
-
-    /*  MDRP[16]  */  Ins_MDRP,
-    /*  MDRP[17]  */  Ins_MDRP,
-    /*  MDRP[18]  */  Ins_MDRP,
-    /*  MDRP[19]  */  Ins_MDRP,
-    /*  MDRP[20]  */  Ins_MDRP,
-    /*  MDRP[21]  */  Ins_MDRP,
-    /*  MDRP[22]  */  Ins_MDRP,
-    /*  MDRP[23]  */  Ins_MDRP,
-    /*  MDRP[24]  */  Ins_MDRP,
-    /*  MDRP[25]  */  Ins_MDRP,
-    /*  MDRP[26]  */  Ins_MDRP,
-    /*  MDRP[27]  */  Ins_MDRP,
-    /*  MDRP[28]  */  Ins_MDRP,
-    /*  MDRP[29]  */  Ins_MDRP,
-    /*  MDRP[30]  */  Ins_MDRP,
-    /*  MDRP[31]  */  Ins_MDRP,
-
-    /*  MIRP[00]  */  Ins_MIRP,
-    /*  MIRP[01]  */  Ins_MIRP,
-    /*  MIRP[02]  */  Ins_MIRP,
-    /*  MIRP[03]  */  Ins_MIRP,
-    /*  MIRP[04]  */  Ins_MIRP,
-    /*  MIRP[05]  */  Ins_MIRP,
-    /*  MIRP[06]  */  Ins_MIRP,
-    /*  MIRP[07]  */  Ins_MIRP,
-    /*  MIRP[08]  */  Ins_MIRP,
-    /*  MIRP[09]  */  Ins_MIRP,
-    /*  MIRP[10]  */  Ins_MIRP,
-    /*  MIRP[11]  */  Ins_MIRP,
-    /*  MIRP[12]  */  Ins_MIRP,
-    /*  MIRP[13]  */  Ins_MIRP,
-    /*  MIRP[14]  */  Ins_MIRP,
-    /*  MIRP[15]  */  Ins_MIRP,
-
-    /*  MIRP[16]  */  Ins_MIRP,
-    /*  MIRP[17]  */  Ins_MIRP,
-    /*  MIRP[18]  */  Ins_MIRP,
-    /*  MIRP[19]  */  Ins_MIRP,
-    /*  MIRP[20]  */  Ins_MIRP,
-    /*  MIRP[21]  */  Ins_MIRP,
-    /*  MIRP[22]  */  Ins_MIRP,
-    /*  MIRP[23]  */  Ins_MIRP,
-    /*  MIRP[24]  */  Ins_MIRP,
-    /*  MIRP[25]  */  Ins_MIRP,
-    /*  MIRP[26]  */  Ins_MIRP,
-    /*  MIRP[27]  */  Ins_MIRP,
-    /*  MIRP[28]  */  Ins_MIRP,
-    /*  MIRP[29]  */  Ins_MIRP,
-    /*  MIRP[30]  */  Ins_MIRP,
-    /*  MIRP[31]  */  Ins_MIRP
-  };
-
-
-#endif /* !TT_CONFIG_OPTION_INTERPRETER_SWITCH */
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* RUN                                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*  This function executes a run of opcodes.  It will exit in the        */
-  /*  following cases:                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*  - Errors (in which case it returns FALSE).                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*  - Reaching the end of the main code range (returns TRUE).            */
-  /*    Reaching the end of a code range within a function call is an      */
-  /*    error.                                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*  - After executing one single opcode, if the flag `Instruction_Trap'  */
-  /*    is set to TRUE (returns TRUE).                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*  On exit with TRUE, test IP < CodeSize to know whether it comes from  */
-  /*  an instruction trap or a normal termination.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*  Note: The documented DEBUG opcode pops a value from the stack.  This */
-  /*        behaviour is unsupported; here a DEBUG opcode is always an     */
-  /*        error.                                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* THIS IS THE INTERPRETER'S MAIN LOOP.                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*  Instructions appear in the specification's order.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /* documentation is in ttinterp.h */
-
-  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
-  TT_RunIns( TT_ExecContext  exc )
-  {
-    FT_Long  ins_counter = 0;  /* executed instructions counter */
-
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_STATIC_RASTER
-    cur = *exc;
-#endif
-
-    /* set CVT functions */
-    CUR.tt_metrics.ratio = 0;
-    if ( CUR.metrics.x_ppem != CUR.metrics.y_ppem )
-    {
-      /* non-square pixels, use the stretched routines */
-      CUR.func_read_cvt  = Read_CVT_Stretched;
-      CUR.func_write_cvt = Write_CVT_Stretched;
-      CUR.func_move_cvt  = Move_CVT_Stretched;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* square pixels, use normal routines */
-      CUR.func_read_cvt  = Read_CVT;
-      CUR.func_write_cvt = Write_CVT;
-      CUR.func_move_cvt  = Move_CVT;
-    }
-
-    COMPUTE_Funcs();
-    COMPUTE_Round( (FT_Byte)exc->GS.round_state );
-
-    do
-    {
-      CUR.opcode = CUR.code[CUR.IP];
-
-      if ( ( CUR.length = opcode_length[CUR.opcode] ) < 0 )
-      {
-        if ( CUR.IP + 1 > CUR.codeSize )
-          goto LErrorCodeOverflow_;
-
-        CUR.length = 2 - CUR.length * CUR.code[CUR.IP + 1];
-      }
-
-      if ( CUR.IP + CUR.length > CUR.codeSize )
-        goto LErrorCodeOverflow_;
-
-      /* First, let's check for empty stack and overflow */
-      CUR.args = CUR.top - ( Pop_Push_Count[CUR.opcode] >> 4 );
-
-      /* `args' is the top of the stack once arguments have been popped. */
-      /* One can also interpret it as the index of the last argument.    */
-      if ( CUR.args < 0 )
-      {
-        CUR.error = TT_Err_Too_Few_Arguments;
-        goto LErrorLabel_;
-      }
-
-      CUR.new_top = CUR.args + ( Pop_Push_Count[CUR.opcode] & 15 );
-
-      /* `new_top' is the new top of the stack, after the instruction's */
-      /* execution.  `top' will be set to `new_top' after the `switch'  */
-      /* statement.                                                     */
-      if ( CUR.new_top > CUR.stackSize )
-      {
-        CUR.error = TT_Err_Stack_Overflow;
-        goto LErrorLabel_;
-      }
-
-      CUR.step_ins = TRUE;
-      CUR.error    = TT_Err_Ok;
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_INTERPRETER_SWITCH
-
-      {
-        FT_Long*  args   = CUR.stack + CUR.args;
-        FT_Byte   opcode = CUR.opcode;
-
-
-#undef  ARRAY_BOUND_ERROR
-#define ARRAY_BOUND_ERROR  goto Set_Invalid_Ref
-
-
-        switch ( opcode )
-        {
-        case 0x00:  /* SVTCA y  */
-        case 0x01:  /* SVTCA x  */
-        case 0x02:  /* SPvTCA y */
-        case 0x03:  /* SPvTCA x */
-        case 0x04:  /* SFvTCA y */
-        case 0x05:  /* SFvTCA x */
-          {
-            FT_Short AA, BB;
-
-
-            AA = (FT_Short)( ( opcode & 1 ) << 14 );
-            BB = (FT_Short)( AA ^ 0x4000 );
-
-            if ( opcode < 4 )
-            {
-              CUR.GS.projVector.x = AA;
-              CUR.GS.projVector.y = BB;
-
-              CUR.GS.dualVector.x = AA;
-              CUR.GS.dualVector.y = BB;
-            }
-            else
-            {
-              GUESS_VECTOR( projVector );
-            }
-
-            if ( ( opcode & 2 ) == 0 )
-            {
-              CUR.GS.freeVector.x = AA;
-              CUR.GS.freeVector.y = BB;
-            }
-            else
-            {
-              GUESS_VECTOR( freeVector );
-            }
-
-            COMPUTE_Funcs();
-          }
-          break;
-
-        case 0x06:  /* SPvTL // */
-        case 0x07:  /* SPvTL +  */
-          DO_SPVTL
-          break;
-
-        case 0x08:  /* SFvTL // */
-        case 0x09:  /* SFvTL +  */
-          DO_SFVTL
-          break;
-
-        case 0x0A:  /* SPvFS */
-          DO_SPVFS
-          break;
-
-        case 0x0B:  /* SFvFS */
-          DO_SFVFS
-          break;
-
-        case 0x0C:  /* GPV */
-          DO_GPV
-          break;
-
-        case 0x0D:  /* GFV */
-          DO_GFV
-          break;
-
-        case 0x0E:  /* SFvTPv */
-          DO_SFVTPV
-          break;
-
-        case 0x0F:  /* ISECT  */
-          Ins_ISECT( EXEC_ARG_ args );
-          break;
-
-        case 0x10:  /* SRP0 */
-          DO_SRP0
-          break;
-
-        case 0x11:  /* SRP1 */
-          DO_SRP1
-          break;
-
-        case 0x12:  /* SRP2 */
-          DO_SRP2
-          break;
-
-        case 0x13:  /* SZP0 */
-          Ins_SZP0( EXEC_ARG_ args );
-          break;
-
-        case 0x14:  /* SZP1 */
-          Ins_SZP1( EXEC_ARG_ args );
-          break;
-
-        case 0x15:  /* SZP2 */
-          Ins_SZP2( EXEC_ARG_ args );
-          break;
-
-        case 0x16:  /* SZPS */
-          Ins_SZPS( EXEC_ARG_ args );
-          break;
-
-        case 0x17:  /* SLOOP */
-          DO_SLOOP
-          break;
-
-        case 0x18:  /* RTG */
-          DO_RTG
-          break;
-
-        case 0x19:  /* RTHG */
-          DO_RTHG
-          break;
-
-        case 0x1A:  /* SMD */
-          DO_SMD
-          break;
-
-        case 0x1B:  /* ELSE */
-          Ins_ELSE( EXEC_ARG_ args );
-          break;
-
-        case 0x1C:  /* JMPR */
-          DO_JMPR
-          break;
-
-        case 0x1D:  /* SCVTCI */
-          DO_SCVTCI
-          break;
-
-        case 0x1E:  /* SSWCI */
-          DO_SSWCI
-          break;
-
-        case 0x1F:  /* SSW */
-          DO_SSW
-          break;
-
-        case 0x20:  /* DUP */
-          DO_DUP
-          break;
-
-        case 0x21:  /* POP */
-          /* nothing :-) */
-          break;
-
-        case 0x22:  /* CLEAR */
-          DO_CLEAR
-          break;
-
-        case 0x23:  /* SWAP */
-          DO_SWAP
-          break;
-
-        case 0x24:  /* DEPTH */
-          DO_DEPTH
-          break;
-
-        case 0x25:  /* CINDEX */
-          DO_CINDEX
-          break;
-
-        case 0x26:  /* MINDEX */
-          Ins_MINDEX( EXEC_ARG_ args );
-          break;
-
-        case 0x27:  /* ALIGNPTS */
-          Ins_ALIGNPTS( EXEC_ARG_ args );
-          break;
-
-        case 0x28:  /* ???? */
-          Ins_UNKNOWN( EXEC_ARG_ args );
-          break;
-
-        case 0x29:  /* UTP */
-          Ins_UTP( EXEC_ARG_ args );
-          break;
-
-        case 0x2A:  /* LOOPCALL */
-          Ins_LOOPCALL( EXEC_ARG_ args );
-          break;
-
-        case 0x2B:  /* CALL */
-          Ins_CALL( EXEC_ARG_ args );
-          break;
-
-        case 0x2C:  /* FDEF */
-          Ins_FDEF( EXEC_ARG_ args );
-          break;
-
-        case 0x2D:  /* ENDF */
-          Ins_ENDF( EXEC_ARG_ args );
-          break;
-
-        case 0x2E:  /* MDAP */
-        case 0x2F:  /* MDAP */
-          Ins_MDAP( EXEC_ARG_ args );
-          break;
-
-
-        case 0x30:  /* IUP */
-        case 0x31:  /* IUP */
-          Ins_IUP( EXEC_ARG_ args );
-          break;
-
-        case 0x32:  /* SHP */
-        case 0x33:  /* SHP */
-          Ins_SHP( EXEC_ARG_ args );
-          break;
-
-        case 0x34:  /* SHC */
-        case 0x35:  /* SHC */
-          Ins_SHC( EXEC_ARG_ args );
-          break;
-
-        case 0x36:  /* SHZ */
-        case 0x37:  /* SHZ */
-          Ins_SHZ( EXEC_ARG_ args );
-          break;
-
-        case 0x38:  /* SHPIX */
-          Ins_SHPIX( EXEC_ARG_ args );
-          break;
-
-        case 0x39:  /* IP    */
-          Ins_IP( EXEC_ARG_ args );
-          break;
-
-        case 0x3A:  /* MSIRP */
-        case 0x3B:  /* MSIRP */
-          Ins_MSIRP( EXEC_ARG_ args );
-          break;
-
-        case 0x3C:  /* AlignRP */
-          Ins_ALIGNRP( EXEC_ARG_ args );
-          break;
-
-        case 0x3D:  /* RTDG */
-          DO_RTDG
-          break;
-
-        case 0x3E:  /* MIAP */
-        case 0x3F:  /* MIAP */
-          Ins_MIAP( EXEC_ARG_ args );
-          break;
-
-        case 0x40:  /* NPUSHB */
-          Ins_NPUSHB( EXEC_ARG_ args );
-          break;
-
-        case 0x41:  /* NPUSHW */
-          Ins_NPUSHW( EXEC_ARG_ args );
-          break;
-
-        case 0x42:  /* WS */
-          DO_WS
-          break;
-
-      Set_Invalid_Ref:
-            CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
-          break;
-
-        case 0x43:  /* RS */
-          DO_RS
-          break;
-
-        case 0x44:  /* WCVTP */
-          DO_WCVTP
-          break;
-
-        case 0x45:  /* RCVT */
-          DO_RCVT
-          break;
-
-        case 0x46:  /* GC */
-        case 0x47:  /* GC */
-          Ins_GC( EXEC_ARG_ args );
-          break;
-
-        case 0x48:  /* SCFS */
-          Ins_SCFS( EXEC_ARG_ args );
-          break;
-
-        case 0x49:  /* MD */
-        case 0x4A:  /* MD */
-          Ins_MD( EXEC_ARG_ args );
-          break;
-
-        case 0x4B:  /* MPPEM */
-          DO_MPPEM
-          break;
-
-        case 0x4C:  /* MPS */
-          DO_MPS
-          break;
-
-        case 0x4D:  /* FLIPON */
-          DO_FLIPON
-          break;
-
-        case 0x4E:  /* FLIPOFF */
-          DO_FLIPOFF
-          break;
-
-        case 0x4F:  /* DEBUG */
-          DO_DEBUG
-          break;
-
-        case 0x50:  /* LT */
-          DO_LT
-          break;
-
-        case 0x51:  /* LTEQ */
-          DO_LTEQ
-          break;
-
-        case 0x52:  /* GT */
-          DO_GT
-          break;
-
-        case 0x53:  /* GTEQ */
-          DO_GTEQ
-          break;
-
-        case 0x54:  /* EQ */
-          DO_EQ
-          break;
-
-        case 0x55:  /* NEQ */
-          DO_NEQ
-          break;
-
-        case 0x56:  /* ODD */
-          DO_ODD
-          break;
-
-        case 0x57:  /* EVEN */
-          DO_EVEN
-          break;
-
-        case 0x58:  /* IF */
-          Ins_IF( EXEC_ARG_ args );
-          break;
-
-        case 0x59:  /* EIF */
-          /* do nothing */
-          break;
-
-        case 0x5A:  /* AND */
-          DO_AND
-          break;
-
-        case 0x5B:  /* OR */
-          DO_OR
-          break;
-
-        case 0x5C:  /* NOT */
-          DO_NOT
-          break;
-
-        case 0x5D:  /* DELTAP1 */
-          Ins_DELTAP( EXEC_ARG_ args );
-          break;
-
-        case 0x5E:  /* SDB */
-          DO_SDB
-          break;
-
-        case 0x5F:  /* SDS */
-          DO_SDS
-          break;
-
-        case 0x60:  /* ADD */
-          DO_ADD
-          break;
-
-        case 0x61:  /* SUB */
-          DO_SUB
-          break;
-
-        case 0x62:  /* DIV */
-          DO_DIV
-          break;
-
-        case 0x63:  /* MUL */
-          DO_MUL
-          break;
-
-        case 0x64:  /* ABS */
-          DO_ABS
-          break;
-
-        case 0x65:  /* NEG */
-          DO_NEG
-          break;
-
-        case 0x66:  /* FLOOR */
-          DO_FLOOR
-          break;
-
-        case 0x67:  /* CEILING */
-          DO_CEILING
-          break;
-
-        case 0x68:  /* ROUND */
-        case 0x69:  /* ROUND */
-        case 0x6A:  /* ROUND */
-        case 0x6B:  /* ROUND */
-          DO_ROUND
-          break;
-
-        case 0x6C:  /* NROUND */
-        case 0x6D:  /* NROUND */
-        case 0x6E:  /* NRRUND */
-        case 0x6F:  /* NROUND */
-          DO_NROUND
-          break;
-
-        case 0x70:  /* WCVTF */
-          DO_WCVTF
-          break;
-
-        case 0x71:  /* DELTAP2 */
-        case 0x72:  /* DELTAP3 */
-          Ins_DELTAP( EXEC_ARG_ args );
-          break;
-
-        case 0x73:  /* DELTAC0 */
-        case 0x74:  /* DELTAC1 */
-        case 0x75:  /* DELTAC2 */
-          Ins_DELTAC( EXEC_ARG_ args );
-          break;
-
-        case 0x76:  /* SROUND */
-          DO_SROUND
-          break;
-
-        case 0x77:  /* S45Round */
-          DO_S45ROUND
-          break;
-
-        case 0x78:  /* JROT */
-          DO_JROT
-          break;
-
-        case 0x79:  /* JROF */
-          DO_JROF
-          break;
-
-        case 0x7A:  /* ROFF */
-          DO_ROFF
-          break;
-
-        case 0x7B:  /* ???? */
-          Ins_UNKNOWN( EXEC_ARG_ args );
-          break;
-
-        case 0x7C:  /* RUTG */
-          DO_RUTG
-          break;
-
-        case 0x7D:  /* RDTG */
-          DO_RDTG
-          break;
-
-        case 0x7E:  /* SANGW */
-        case 0x7F:  /* AA    */
-          /* nothing - obsolete */
-          break;
-
-        case 0x80:  /* FLIPPT */
-          Ins_FLIPPT( EXEC_ARG_ args );
-          break;
-
-        case 0x81:  /* FLIPRGON */
-          Ins_FLIPRGON( EXEC_ARG_ args );
-          break;
-
-        case 0x82:  /* FLIPRGOFF */
-          Ins_FLIPRGOFF( EXEC_ARG_ args );
-          break;
-
-        case 0x83:  /* UNKNOWN */
-        case 0x84:  /* UNKNOWN */
-          Ins_UNKNOWN( EXEC_ARG_ args );
-          break;
-
-        case 0x85:  /* SCANCTRL */
-          Ins_SCANCTRL( EXEC_ARG_ args );
-          break;
-
-        case 0x86:  /* SDPVTL */
-        case 0x87:  /* SDPVTL */
-          Ins_SDPVTL( EXEC_ARG_ args );
-          break;
-
-        case 0x88:  /* GETINFO */
-          Ins_GETINFO( EXEC_ARG_ args );
-          break;
-
-        case 0x89:  /* IDEF */
-          Ins_IDEF( EXEC_ARG_ args );
-          break;
-
-        case 0x8A:  /* ROLL */
-          Ins_ROLL( EXEC_ARG_ args );
-          break;
-
-        case 0x8B:  /* MAX */
-          DO_MAX
-          break;
-
-        case 0x8C:  /* MIN */
-          DO_MIN
-          break;
-
-        case 0x8D:  /* SCANTYPE */
-          Ins_SCANTYPE( EXEC_ARG_ args );
-          break;
-
-        case 0x8E:  /* INSTCTRL */
-          Ins_INSTCTRL( EXEC_ARG_ args );
-          break;
-
-        case 0x8F:
-          Ins_UNKNOWN( EXEC_ARG_ args );
-          break;
-
-        default:
-          if ( opcode >= 0xE0 )
-            Ins_MIRP( EXEC_ARG_ args );
-          else if ( opcode >= 0xC0 )
-            Ins_MDRP( EXEC_ARG_ args );
-          else if ( opcode >= 0xB8 )
-            Ins_PUSHW( EXEC_ARG_ args );
-          else if ( opcode >= 0xB0 )
-            Ins_PUSHB( EXEC_ARG_ args );
-          else
-            Ins_UNKNOWN( EXEC_ARG_ args );
-        }
-
-      }
-
-#else
-
-      Instruct_Dispatch[CUR.opcode]( EXEC_ARG_ &CUR.stack[CUR.args] );
-
-#endif /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_INTERPRETER_SWITCH */
-
-      if ( CUR.error != TT_Err_Ok )
-      {
-        switch ( CUR.error )
-        {
-        case TT_Err_Invalid_Opcode: /* looking for redefined instructions */
-          {
-            TT_DefRecord*  def   = CUR.IDefs;
-            TT_DefRecord*  limit = def + CUR.numIDefs;
-
-
-            for ( ; def < limit; def++ )
-            {
-              if ( def->active && CUR.opcode == (FT_Byte)def->opc )
-              {
-                TT_CallRec*  callrec;
-
-
-                if ( CUR.callTop >= CUR.callSize )
-                {
-                  CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
-                  goto LErrorLabel_;
-                }
-
-                callrec = &CUR.callStack[CUR.callTop];
-
-                callrec->Caller_Range = CUR.curRange;
-                callrec->Caller_IP    = CUR.IP + 1;
-                callrec->Cur_Count    = 1;
-                callrec->Cur_Restart  = def->start;
-
-                if ( INS_Goto_CodeRange( def->range, def->start ) == FAILURE )
-                  goto LErrorLabel_;
-
-                goto LSuiteLabel_;
-              }
-            }
-          }
-
-          CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Opcode;
-          goto LErrorLabel_;
-
-#if 0
-          break;   /* Unreachable code warning suppression.             */
-                   /* Leave to remind in case a later change the editor */
-                   /* to consider break;                                */
-#endif
-
-        default:
-          goto LErrorLabel_;
-
-#if 0
-        break;
-#endif
-        }
-      }
-
-      CUR.top = CUR.new_top;
-
-      if ( CUR.step_ins )
-        CUR.IP += CUR.length;
-
-      /* increment instruction counter and check if we didn't */
-      /* run this program for too long (e.g. infinite loops). */
-      if ( ++ins_counter > MAX_RUNNABLE_OPCODES )
-        return TT_Err_Execution_Too_Long;
-
-    LSuiteLabel_:
-      if ( CUR.IP >= CUR.codeSize )
-      {
-        if ( CUR.callTop > 0 )
-        {
-          CUR.error = TT_Err_Code_Overflow;
-          goto LErrorLabel_;
-        }
-        else
-          goto LNo_Error_;
-      }
-    } while ( !CUR.instruction_trap );
-
-  LNo_Error_:
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_STATIC_RASTER
-    *exc = cur;
-#endif
-
-    return TT_Err_Ok;
-
-  LErrorCodeOverflow_:
-    CUR.error = TT_Err_Code_Overflow;
-
-  LErrorLabel_:
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_STATIC_RASTER
-    *exc = cur;
-#endif
-
-    return CUR.error;
-  }
-
-
-#endif /* TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttinterp.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttinterp.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 07a8972..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttinterp.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,311 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ttinterp.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    TrueType bytecode interpreter (specification).                       */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by             */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __TTINTERP_H__
-#define __TTINTERP_H__
-
-#include 
-#include "ttobjs.h"
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-#ifndef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_STATIC_INTERPRETER /* indirect implementation */
-
-#define EXEC_OP_   TT_ExecContext  exc,
-#define EXEC_OP    TT_ExecContext  exc
-#define EXEC_ARG_  exc,
-#define EXEC_ARG   exc
-
-#else                                       /* static implementation */
-
-#define EXEC_OP_   /* void */
-#define EXEC_OP    /* void */
-#define EXEC_ARG_  /* void */
-#define EXEC_ARG   /* void */
-
-#endif /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_STATIC_INTERPRETER */
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Rounding mode constants.                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#define TT_Round_Off             5
-#define TT_Round_To_Half_Grid    0
-#define TT_Round_To_Grid         1
-#define TT_Round_To_Double_Grid  2
-#define TT_Round_Up_To_Grid      4
-#define TT_Round_Down_To_Grid    3
-#define TT_Round_Super           6
-#define TT_Round_Super_45        7
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Function types used by the interpreter, depending on various modes    */
-  /* (e.g. the rounding mode, whether to render a vertical or horizontal   */
-  /* line etc).                                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  /* Rounding function */
-  typedef FT_F26Dot6
-  (*TT_Round_Func)( EXEC_OP_ FT_F26Dot6  distance,
-                             FT_F26Dot6  compensation );
-
-  /* Point displacement along the freedom vector routine */
-  typedef void
-  (*TT_Move_Func)( EXEC_OP_ TT_GlyphZone  zone,
-                            FT_UShort     point,
-                            FT_F26Dot6    distance );
-
-  /* Distance projection along one of the projection vectors */
-  typedef FT_F26Dot6
-  (*TT_Project_Func)( EXEC_OP_ FT_Pos   dx,
-                               FT_Pos   dy );
-
-  /* reading a cvt value.  Take care of non-square pixels if necessary */
-  typedef FT_F26Dot6
-  (*TT_Get_CVT_Func)( EXEC_OP_ FT_ULong  idx );
-
-  /* setting or moving a cvt value.  Take care of non-square pixels  */
-  /* if necessary                                                    */
-  typedef void
-  (*TT_Set_CVT_Func)( EXEC_OP_ FT_ULong    idx,
-                               FT_F26Dot6  value );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This structure defines a call record, used to manage function calls.  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  TT_CallRec_
-  {
-    FT_Int   Caller_Range;
-    FT_Long  Caller_IP;
-    FT_Long  Cur_Count;
-    FT_Long  Cur_Restart;
-
-  } TT_CallRec, *TT_CallStack;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The main structure for the interpreter which collects all necessary   */
-  /* variables and states.                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  TT_ExecContextRec_
-  {
-    TT_Face            face;
-    TT_Size            size;
-    FT_Memory          memory;
-
-    /* instructions state */
-
-    FT_Error           error;      /* last execution error */
-
-    FT_Long            top;        /* top of exec. stack   */
-
-    FT_UInt            stackSize;  /* size of exec. stack  */
-    FT_Long*           stack;      /* current exec. stack  */
-
-    FT_Long            args;
-    FT_UInt            new_top;    /* new top after exec.  */
-
-    TT_GlyphZoneRec    zp0,        /* zone records */
-                       zp1,
-                       zp2,
-                       pts,
-                       twilight;
-
-    FT_Size_Metrics    metrics;
-    TT_Size_Metrics    tt_metrics; /* size metrics */
-
-    TT_GraphicsState   GS;         /* current graphics state */
-
-    FT_Int             curRange;  /* current code range number   */
-    FT_Byte*           code;      /* current code range          */
-    FT_Long            IP;        /* current instruction pointer */
-    FT_Long            codeSize;  /* size of current range       */
-
-    FT_Byte            opcode;    /* current opcode              */
-    FT_Int             length;    /* length of current opcode    */
-
-    FT_Bool            step_ins;  /* true if the interpreter must */
-                                  /* increment IP after ins. exec */
-    FT_Long            cvtSize;
-    FT_Long*           cvt;
-
-    FT_UInt            glyphSize; /* glyph instructions buffer size */
-    FT_Byte*           glyphIns;  /* glyph instructions buffer */
-
-    FT_UInt            numFDefs;  /* number of function defs         */
-    FT_UInt            maxFDefs;  /* maximum number of function defs */
-    TT_DefArray        FDefs;     /* table of FDefs entries          */
-
-    FT_UInt            numIDefs;  /* number of instruction defs */
-    FT_UInt            maxIDefs;  /* maximum number of ins defs */
-    TT_DefArray        IDefs;     /* table of IDefs entries     */
-
-    FT_UInt            maxFunc;   /* maximum function index     */
-    FT_UInt            maxIns;    /* maximum instruction index  */
-
-    FT_Int             callTop,    /* top of call stack during execution */
-                       callSize;   /* size of call stack */
-    TT_CallStack       callStack;  /* call stack */
-
-    FT_UShort          maxPoints;    /* capacity of this context's `pts' */
-    FT_Short           maxContours;  /* record, expressed in points and  */
-                                     /* contours.                        */
-
-    TT_CodeRangeTable  codeRangeTable;  /* table of valid code ranges */
-                                        /* useful for the debugger   */
-
-    FT_UShort          storeSize;  /* size of current storage */
-    FT_Long*           storage;    /* storage area            */
-
-    FT_F26Dot6         period;     /* values used for the */
-    FT_F26Dot6         phase;      /* `SuperRounding'     */
-    FT_F26Dot6         threshold;
-
-#if 0
-    /* this seems to be unused */
-    FT_Int             cur_ppem;   /* ppem along the current proj vector */
-#endif
-
-    FT_Bool            instruction_trap; /* If `True', the interpreter will */
-                                         /* exit after each instruction     */
-
-    TT_GraphicsState   default_GS;       /* graphics state resulting from   */
-                                         /* the prep program                */
-    FT_Bool            is_composite;     /* true if the glyph is composite  */
-    FT_Bool            pedantic_hinting; /* true if pedantic interpretation */
-
-    /* latest interpreter additions */
-
-    FT_Long            F_dot_P;    /* dot product of freedom and projection */
-                                   /* vectors                               */
-    TT_Round_Func      func_round; /* current rounding function             */
-
-    TT_Project_Func    func_project,   /* current projection function */
-                       func_dualproj,  /* current dual proj. function */
-                       func_freeProj;  /* current freedom proj. func  */
-
-    TT_Move_Func       func_move;      /* current point move function */
-    TT_Move_Func       func_move_orig; /* move original position function */
-
-    TT_Get_CVT_Func    func_read_cvt;  /* read a cvt entry              */
-    TT_Set_CVT_Func    func_write_cvt; /* write a cvt entry (in pixels) */
-    TT_Set_CVT_Func    func_move_cvt;  /* incr a cvt entry (in pixels)  */
-
-    FT_Bool            grayscale;      /* are we hinting for grayscale? */
-
-  } TT_ExecContextRec;
-
-
-  extern const TT_GraphicsState  tt_default_graphics_state;
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  TT_Goto_CodeRange( TT_ExecContext  exec,
-                     FT_Int          range,
-                     FT_Long         IP );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  TT_Set_CodeRange( TT_ExecContext  exec,
-                    FT_Int          range,
-                    void*           base,
-                    FT_Long         length );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  TT_Clear_CodeRange( TT_ExecContext  exec,
-                      FT_Int          range );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    TT_New_Context                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Queries the face context for a given font.  Note that there is     */
-  /*    now a _single_ execution context in the TrueType driver which is   */
-  /*    shared among faces.                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    face :: A handle to the source face object.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    A handle to the execution context.  Initialized for `face'.        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                 */
-  /*    Only the glyph loader and debugger should call this function.      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( TT_ExecContext )
-  TT_New_Context( TT_Driver  driver );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  TT_Done_Context( TT_ExecContext  exec );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  TT_Load_Context( TT_ExecContext  exec,
-                   TT_Face         face,
-                   TT_Size         size );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  TT_Save_Context( TT_ExecContext  exec,
-                   TT_Size         ins );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  TT_Run_Context( TT_ExecContext  exec,
-                  FT_Bool         debug );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    TT_RunIns                                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Executes one or more instruction in the execution context.  This   */
-  /*    is the main function of the TrueType opcode interpreter.           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    exec :: A handle to the target execution context.                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                 */
-  /*    Only the object manager and debugger should call this function.    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    This function is publicly exported because it is directly          */
-  /*    invoked by the TrueType debugger.                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
-  TT_RunIns( TT_ExecContext  exec );
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __TTINTERP_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttobjs.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttobjs.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 801559f..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttobjs.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,943 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ttobjs.c                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Objects manager (body).                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by             */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include 
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_CALC_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
-#include FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H
-#include FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_SFNT_H
-
-#include "ttgload.h"
-#include "ttpload.h"
-
-#include "tterrors.h"
-
-#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
-#include "ttinterp.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING
-#include FT_TRUETYPE_UNPATENTED_H
-#endif
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT
-#include "ttgxvar.h"
-#endif
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_ttobjs
-
-
-#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                       GLYPH ZONE FUNCTIONS                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    tt_glyphzone_done                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Deallocate a glyph zone.                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    zone :: A pointer to the target glyph zone.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  tt_glyphzone_done( TT_GlyphZone  zone )
-  {
-    FT_Memory  memory = zone->memory;
-
-
-    if ( memory )
-    {
-      FT_FREE( zone->contours );
-      FT_FREE( zone->tags );
-      FT_FREE( zone->cur );
-      FT_FREE( zone->org );
-      FT_FREE( zone->orus );
-
-      zone->max_points   = zone->n_points   = 0;
-      zone->max_contours = zone->n_contours = 0;
-      zone->memory       = NULL;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    tt_glyphzone_new                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Allocate a new glyph zone.                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    memory      :: A handle to the current memory object.              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    maxPoints   :: The capacity of glyph zone in points.               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    maxContours :: The capacity of glyph zone in contours.             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    zone        :: A pointer to the target glyph zone record.          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_glyphzone_new( FT_Memory     memory,
-                    FT_UShort     maxPoints,
-                    FT_Short      maxContours,
-                    TT_GlyphZone  zone )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error;
-
-
-    FT_MEM_ZERO( zone, sizeof ( *zone ) );
-    zone->memory = memory;
-
-    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( zone->org,      maxPoints   ) ||
-         FT_NEW_ARRAY( zone->cur,      maxPoints   ) ||
-         FT_NEW_ARRAY( zone->orus,     maxPoints   ) ||
-         FT_NEW_ARRAY( zone->tags,     maxPoints   ) ||
-         FT_NEW_ARRAY( zone->contours, maxContours ) )
-    {
-      tt_glyphzone_done( zone );
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      zone->max_points   = maxPoints;
-      zone->max_contours = maxContours;
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-#endif /* TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER */
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    tt_face_init                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Initialize a given TrueType face object.                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    stream     :: The source font stream.                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    face_index :: The index of the font face in the resource.          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    num_params :: Number of additional generic parameters.  Ignored.   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    params     :: Additional generic parameters.  Ignored.             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    face       :: The newly built face object.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_init( FT_Stream      stream,
-                FT_Face        ttface,      /* TT_Face */
-                FT_Int         face_index,
-                FT_Int         num_params,
-                FT_Parameter*  params )
-  {
-    FT_Error      error;
-    FT_Library    library;
-    SFNT_Service  sfnt;
-    TT_Face       face = (TT_Face)ttface;
-
-
-    library = face->root.driver->root.library;
-    sfnt    = (SFNT_Service)FT_Get_Module_Interface( library, "sfnt" );
-    if ( !sfnt )
-      goto Bad_Format;
-
-    /* create input stream from resource */
-    if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( 0 ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* check that we have a valid TrueType file */
-    error = sfnt->init_face( stream, face, face_index, num_params, params );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* We must also be able to accept Mac/GX fonts, as well as OT ones. */
-    /* The 0x00020000 tag is completely undocumented; some fonts from   */
-    /* Arphic made for Chinese Windows 3.1 have this.                   */
-    if ( face->format_tag != 0x00010000L &&    /* MS fonts  */
-         face->format_tag != 0x00020000L &&    /* CJK fonts for Win 3.1 */
-         face->format_tag != TTAG_true   )     /* Mac fonts */
-    {
-      FT_TRACE2(( "[not a valid TTF font]\n" ));
-      goto Bad_Format;
-    }
-
-#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
-    face->root.face_flags |= FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTER;
-#endif
-
-    /* If we are performing a simple font format check, exit immediately. */
-    if ( face_index < 0 )
-      return TT_Err_Ok;
-
-    /* Load font directory */
-    error = sfnt->load_face( stream, face, face_index, num_params, params );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    error = tt_face_load_hdmx( face, stream );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    if ( face->root.face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE )
-    {
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
-
-      if ( !face->root.internal->incremental_interface )
-        error = tt_face_load_loca( face, stream );
-      if ( !error )
-        error = tt_face_load_cvt( face, stream );
-      if ( !error )
-        error = tt_face_load_fpgm( face, stream );
-      if ( !error )
-        error = tt_face_load_prep( face, stream );
-
-#else
-
-      if ( !error )
-        error = tt_face_load_loca( face, stream );
-      if ( !error )
-        error = tt_face_load_cvt( face, stream );
-      if ( !error )
-        error = tt_face_load_fpgm( face, stream );
-      if ( !error )
-        error = tt_face_load_prep( face, stream );
-
-#endif
-
-    }
-
-#if defined( TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING    ) && \
-    !defined( TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER )
-
-    {
-      FT_Bool  unpatented_hinting;
-      int      i;
-
-
-      /* Determine whether unpatented hinting is to be used for this face. */
-      unpatented_hinting = FT_BOOL
-        ( library->debug_hooks[FT_DEBUG_HOOK_UNPATENTED_HINTING] != NULL );
-
-      for ( i = 0; i < num_params && !face->unpatented_hinting; i++ )
-        if ( params[i].tag == FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING )
-          unpatented_hinting = TRUE;
-
-      /* Compare the face with a list of well-known `tricky' fonts. */
-      /* This list shall be expanded as we find more of them.       */
-      if ( !unpatented_hinting )
-      {
-        static const char* const  trick_names[] =
-        {
-          "DFKaiSho-SB",     /* dfkaisb.ttf */
-          "DFKai-SB",        /* kaiu.ttf */
-          "HuaTianSongTi?",  /* htst3.ttf */
-          "MingLiU",         /* mingliu.ttf & mingliu.ttc */
-          "PMingLiU",        /* mingliu.ttc */
-          "MingLi43",        /* mingli.ttf */
-          NULL
-        };
-        int  nn;
-
-
-        /* Note that we only check the face name at the moment; it might */
-        /* be worth to do more checks for a few special cases.           */
-        for ( nn = 0; trick_names[nn] != NULL; nn++ )
-        {
-          if ( ttface->family_name                               &&
-               ft_strstr( ttface->family_name, trick_names[nn] ) )
-          {
-            unpatented_hinting = 1;
-            break;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-
-      ttface->internal->ignore_unpatented_hinter =
-        FT_BOOL( !unpatented_hinting );
-    }
-
-#endif /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING &&
-          !TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER */
-
-    /* initialize standard glyph loading routines */
-    TT_Init_Glyph_Loading( face );
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-
-  Bad_Format:
-    error = TT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
-    goto Exit;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    tt_face_done                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Finalize a given face object.                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    face :: A pointer to the face object to destroy.                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  tt_face_done( FT_Face  ttface )           /* TT_Face */
-  {
-    TT_Face       face   = (TT_Face)ttface;
-    FT_Memory     memory = face->root.memory;
-    FT_Stream     stream = face->root.stream;
-
-    SFNT_Service  sfnt   = (SFNT_Service)face->sfnt;
-
-
-    /* for `extended TrueType formats' (i.e. compressed versions) */
-    if ( face->extra.finalizer )
-      face->extra.finalizer( face->extra.data );
-
-    if ( sfnt )
-      sfnt->done_face( face );
-
-    /* freeing the locations table */
-    tt_face_done_loca( face );
-
-    tt_face_free_hdmx( face );
-
-    /* freeing the CVT */
-    FT_FREE( face->cvt );
-    face->cvt_size = 0;
-
-    /* freeing the programs */
-    FT_FRAME_RELEASE( face->font_program );
-    FT_FRAME_RELEASE( face->cvt_program );
-    face->font_program_size = 0;
-    face->cvt_program_size  = 0;
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT
-    tt_done_blend( memory, face->blend );
-    face->blend = NULL;
-#endif
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                           SIZE  FUNCTIONS                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    tt_size_run_fpgm                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Run the font program.                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    size :: A handle to the size object.                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_size_run_fpgm( TT_Size  size )
-  {
-    TT_Face         face = (TT_Face)size->root.face;
-    TT_ExecContext  exec;
-    FT_Error        error;
-
-
-    /* debugging instances have their own context */
-    if ( size->debug )
-      exec = size->context;
-    else
-      exec = ( (TT_Driver)FT_FACE_DRIVER( face ) )->context;
-
-    if ( !exec )
-      return TT_Err_Could_Not_Find_Context;
-
-    TT_Load_Context( exec, face, size );
-
-    exec->callTop   = 0;
-    exec->top       = 0;
-
-    exec->period    = 64;
-    exec->phase     = 0;
-    exec->threshold = 0;
-
-    exec->instruction_trap = FALSE;
-    exec->F_dot_P = 0x10000L;
-
-    {
-      FT_Size_Metrics*  metrics    = &exec->metrics;
-      TT_Size_Metrics*  tt_metrics = &exec->tt_metrics;
-
-
-      metrics->x_ppem   = 0;
-      metrics->y_ppem   = 0;
-      metrics->x_scale  = 0;
-      metrics->y_scale  = 0;
-
-      tt_metrics->ppem  = 0;
-      tt_metrics->scale = 0;
-      tt_metrics->ratio = 0x10000L;
-    }
-
-    /* allow font program execution */
-    TT_Set_CodeRange( exec,
-                      tt_coderange_font,
-                      face->font_program,
-                      face->font_program_size );
-
-    /* disable CVT and glyph programs coderange */
-    TT_Clear_CodeRange( exec, tt_coderange_cvt );
-    TT_Clear_CodeRange( exec, tt_coderange_glyph );
-
-    if ( face->font_program_size > 0 )
-    {
-      error = TT_Goto_CodeRange( exec, tt_coderange_font, 0 );
-
-      if ( !error )
-        error = face->interpreter( exec );
-    }
-    else
-      error = TT_Err_Ok;
-
-    if ( !error )
-      TT_Save_Context( exec, size );
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    tt_size_run_prep                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Run the control value program.                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    size :: A handle to the size object.                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_size_run_prep( TT_Size  size )
-  {
-    TT_Face         face = (TT_Face)size->root.face;
-    TT_ExecContext  exec;
-    FT_Error        error;
-
-
-    /* debugging instances have their own context */
-    if ( size->debug )
-      exec = size->context;
-    else
-      exec = ( (TT_Driver)FT_FACE_DRIVER( face ) )->context;
-
-    if ( !exec )
-      return TT_Err_Could_Not_Find_Context;
-
-    TT_Load_Context( exec, face, size );
-
-    exec->callTop = 0;
-    exec->top     = 0;
-
-    exec->instruction_trap = FALSE;
-
-    TT_Set_CodeRange( exec,
-                      tt_coderange_cvt,
-                      face->cvt_program,
-                      face->cvt_program_size );
-
-    TT_Clear_CodeRange( exec, tt_coderange_glyph );
-
-    if ( face->cvt_program_size > 0 )
-    {
-      error = TT_Goto_CodeRange( exec, tt_coderange_cvt, 0 );
-
-      if ( !error && !size->debug )
-        error = face->interpreter( exec );
-    }
-    else
-      error = TT_Err_Ok;
-
-    /* save as default graphics state */
-    size->GS = exec->GS;
-
-    TT_Save_Context( exec, size );
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-#endif /* TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER */
-
-
-#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
-
-  static void
-  tt_size_done_bytecode( FT_Size  ftsize )
-  {
-    TT_Size    size   = (TT_Size)ftsize;
-    TT_Face    face   = (TT_Face)ftsize->face;
-    FT_Memory  memory = face->root.memory;
-
-
-    if ( size->debug )
-    {
-      /* the debug context must be deleted by the debugger itself */
-      size->context = NULL;
-      size->debug   = FALSE;
-    }
-
-    FT_FREE( size->cvt );
-    size->cvt_size = 0;
-
-    /* free storage area */
-    FT_FREE( size->storage );
-    size->storage_size = 0;
-
-    /* twilight zone */
-    tt_glyphzone_done( &size->twilight );
-
-    FT_FREE( size->function_defs );
-    FT_FREE( size->instruction_defs );
-
-    size->num_function_defs    = 0;
-    size->max_function_defs    = 0;
-    size->num_instruction_defs = 0;
-    size->max_instruction_defs = 0;
-
-    size->max_func = 0;
-    size->max_ins  = 0;
-
-    size->bytecode_ready = 0;
-    size->cvt_ready      = 0;
-  }
-
-
-  /* Initialize bytecode-related fields in the size object.       */
-  /* We do this only if bytecode interpretation is really needed. */
-  static FT_Error
-  tt_size_init_bytecode( FT_Size  ftsize )
-  {
-    FT_Error   error;
-    TT_Size    size = (TT_Size)ftsize;
-    TT_Face    face = (TT_Face)ftsize->face;
-    FT_Memory  memory = face->root.memory;
-    FT_Int     i;
-
-    FT_UShort       n_twilight;
-    TT_MaxProfile*  maxp = &face->max_profile;
-
-
-    size->bytecode_ready = 1;
-    size->cvt_ready      = 0;
-
-    size->max_function_defs    = maxp->maxFunctionDefs;
-    size->max_instruction_defs = maxp->maxInstructionDefs;
-
-    size->num_function_defs    = 0;
-    size->num_instruction_defs = 0;
-
-    size->max_func = 0;
-    size->max_ins  = 0;
-
-    size->cvt_size     = face->cvt_size;
-    size->storage_size = maxp->maxStorage;
-
-    /* Set default metrics */
-    {
-      FT_Size_Metrics*  metrics  = &size->metrics;
-      TT_Size_Metrics*  metrics2 = &size->ttmetrics;
-
-      metrics->x_ppem = 0;
-      metrics->y_ppem = 0;
-
-      metrics2->rotated   = FALSE;
-      metrics2->stretched = FALSE;
-
-      /* set default compensation (all 0) */
-      for ( i = 0; i < 4; i++ )
-        metrics2->compensations[i] = 0;
-    }
-
-    /* allocate function defs, instruction defs, cvt, and storage area */
-    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( size->function_defs,    size->max_function_defs    ) ||
-         FT_NEW_ARRAY( size->instruction_defs, size->max_instruction_defs ) ||
-         FT_NEW_ARRAY( size->cvt,              size->cvt_size             ) ||
-         FT_NEW_ARRAY( size->storage,          size->storage_size         ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* reserve twilight zone */
-    n_twilight = maxp->maxTwilightPoints;
-
-    /* there are 4 phantom points (do we need this?) */
-    n_twilight += 4;
-
-    error = tt_glyphzone_new( memory, n_twilight, 0, &size->twilight );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    size->twilight.n_points = n_twilight;
-
-    size->GS = tt_default_graphics_state;
-
-    /* set `face->interpreter' according to the debug hook present */
-    {
-      FT_Library  library = face->root.driver->root.library;
-
-
-      face->interpreter = (TT_Interpreter)
-                            library->debug_hooks[FT_DEBUG_HOOK_TRUETYPE];
-      if ( !face->interpreter )
-        face->interpreter = (TT_Interpreter)TT_RunIns;
-    }
-
-    /* Fine, now run the font program! */
-    error = tt_size_run_fpgm( size );
-
-  Exit:
-    if ( error )
-      tt_size_done_bytecode( ftsize );
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_size_ready_bytecode( TT_Size  size )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error = TT_Err_Ok;
-
-
-    if ( !size->bytecode_ready )
-    {
-      error = tt_size_init_bytecode( (FT_Size)size );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* rescale CVT when needed */
-    if ( !size->cvt_ready )
-    {
-      FT_UInt  i;
-      TT_Face  face = (TT_Face) size->root.face;
-
-
-      /* Scale the cvt values to the new ppem.          */
-      /* We use by default the y ppem to scale the CVT. */
-      for ( i = 0; i < size->cvt_size; i++ )
-        size->cvt[i] = FT_MulFix( face->cvt[i], size->ttmetrics.scale );
-
-      /* all twilight points are originally zero */
-      for ( i = 0; i < (FT_UInt)size->twilight.n_points; i++ )
-      {
-        size->twilight.org[i].x = 0;
-        size->twilight.org[i].y = 0;
-        size->twilight.cur[i].x = 0;
-        size->twilight.cur[i].y = 0;
-      }
-
-      /* clear storage area */
-      for ( i = 0; i < (FT_UInt)size->storage_size; i++ )
-        size->storage[i] = 0;
-
-      size->GS = tt_default_graphics_state;
-
-      error = tt_size_run_prep( size );
-      if ( !error )
-        size->cvt_ready = 1;
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-#endif /* TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER */
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    tt_size_init                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Initialize a new TrueType size object.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    size :: A handle to the size object.                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_size_init( FT_Size  ttsize )           /* TT_Size */
-  {
-    TT_Size   size  = (TT_Size)ttsize;
-    FT_Error  error = TT_Err_Ok;
-
-#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
-    size->bytecode_ready = 0;
-    size->cvt_ready      = 0;
-#endif
-
-    size->ttmetrics.valid = FALSE;
-    size->strike_index    = 0xFFFFFFFFUL;
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    tt_size_done                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    The TrueType size object finalizer.                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    size :: A handle to the target size object.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  tt_size_done( FT_Size  ttsize )           /* TT_Size */
-  {
-    TT_Size  size = (TT_Size)ttsize;
-
-
-#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
-    if ( size->bytecode_ready )
-      tt_size_done_bytecode( ttsize );
-#endif
-
-    size->ttmetrics.valid = FALSE;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    tt_size_reset                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Reset a TrueType size when resolutions and character dimensions    */
-  /*    have been changed.                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    size :: A handle to the target size object.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_size_reset( TT_Size  size )
-  {
-    TT_Face           face;
-    FT_Error          error = TT_Err_Ok;
-    FT_Size_Metrics*  metrics;
-
-
-    size->ttmetrics.valid = FALSE;
-
-    face = (TT_Face)size->root.face;
-
-    metrics = &size->metrics;
-
-    /* copy the result from base layer */
-    *metrics = size->root.metrics;
-
-    if ( metrics->x_ppem < 1 || metrics->y_ppem < 1 )
-      return TT_Err_Invalid_PPem;
-
-    /* This bit flag, if set, indicates that the ppems must be       */
-    /* rounded to integers.  Nearly all TrueType fonts have this bit */
-    /* set, as hinting won't work really well otherwise.             */
-    /*                                                               */
-    if ( face->header.Flags & 8 )
-    {
-      metrics->x_scale = FT_DivFix( metrics->x_ppem << 6,
-                                    face->root.units_per_EM );
-      metrics->y_scale = FT_DivFix( metrics->y_ppem << 6,
-                                    face->root.units_per_EM );
-
-      metrics->ascender =
-        FT_PIX_ROUND( FT_MulFix( face->root.ascender, metrics->y_scale ) );
-      metrics->descender =
-        FT_PIX_ROUND( FT_MulFix( face->root.descender, metrics->y_scale ) );
-      metrics->height =
-        FT_PIX_ROUND( FT_MulFix( face->root.height, metrics->y_scale ) );
-      metrics->max_advance =
-        FT_PIX_ROUND( FT_MulFix( face->root.max_advance_width,
-                                 metrics->x_scale ) );
-    }
-
-    /* compute new transformation */
-    if ( metrics->x_ppem >= metrics->y_ppem )
-    {
-      size->ttmetrics.scale   = metrics->x_scale;
-      size->ttmetrics.ppem    = metrics->x_ppem;
-      size->ttmetrics.x_ratio = 0x10000L;
-      size->ttmetrics.y_ratio = FT_MulDiv( metrics->y_ppem,
-                                           0x10000L,
-                                           metrics->x_ppem );
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      size->ttmetrics.scale   = metrics->y_scale;
-      size->ttmetrics.ppem    = metrics->y_ppem;
-      size->ttmetrics.x_ratio = FT_MulDiv( metrics->x_ppem,
-                                           0x10000L,
-                                           metrics->y_ppem );
-      size->ttmetrics.y_ratio = 0x10000L;
-    }
-
-#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
-    size->cvt_ready = 0;
-#endif /* TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER */
-
-    if ( !error )
-      size->ttmetrics.valid = TRUE;
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    tt_driver_init                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Initialize a given TrueType driver object.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    driver :: A handle to the target driver object.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_driver_init( FT_Module  ttdriver )     /* TT_Driver */
-  {
-
-#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
-
-    TT_Driver  driver = (TT_Driver)ttdriver;
-
-
-    if ( !TT_New_Context( driver ) )
-      return TT_Err_Could_Not_Find_Context;
-
-#else
-
-    FT_UNUSED( ttdriver );
-
-#endif
-
-    return TT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    tt_driver_done                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Finalize a given TrueType driver.                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    driver :: A handle to the target TrueType driver.                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  tt_driver_done( FT_Module  ttdriver )     /* TT_Driver */
-  {
-#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
-    TT_Driver  driver = (TT_Driver)ttdriver;
-
-
-    /* destroy the execution context */
-    if ( driver->context )
-    {
-      TT_Done_Context( driver->context );
-      driver->context = NULL;
-    }
-#else
-    FT_UNUSED( ttdriver );
-#endif
-
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    tt_slot_init                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Initialize a new slot object.                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    slot :: A handle to the slot object.                               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_slot_init( FT_GlyphSlot  slot )
-  {
-    return FT_GlyphLoader_CreateExtra( slot->internal->loader );
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttobjs.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttobjs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 6971013..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttobjs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,459 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ttobjs.h                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Objects manager (specification).                                     */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by             */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __TTOBJS_H__
-#define __TTOBJS_H__
-
-
-#include 
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_TRUETYPE_TYPES_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                 */
-  /*    TT_Driver                                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    A handle to a TrueType driver object.                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct TT_DriverRec_*  TT_Driver;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                 */
-  /*    TT_Instance                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    A handle to a TrueType size object.                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct TT_SizeRec_*  TT_Size;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                 */
-  /*    TT_GlyphSlot                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    A handle to a TrueType glyph slot object.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                 */
-  /*    This is a direct typedef of FT_GlyphSlot, as there is nothing      */
-  /*    specific about the TrueType glyph slot.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef FT_GlyphSlot  TT_GlyphSlot;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    TT_GraphicsState                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    The TrueType graphics state used during bytecode interpretation.   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  TT_GraphicsState_
-  {
-    FT_UShort      rp0;
-    FT_UShort      rp1;
-    FT_UShort      rp2;
-
-    FT_UnitVector  dualVector;
-    FT_UnitVector  projVector;
-    FT_UnitVector  freeVector;
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING
-    FT_Bool        both_x_axis;
-#endif
-
-    FT_Long        loop;
-    FT_F26Dot6     minimum_distance;
-    FT_Int         round_state;
-
-    FT_Bool        auto_flip;
-    FT_F26Dot6     control_value_cutin;
-    FT_F26Dot6     single_width_cutin;
-    FT_F26Dot6     single_width_value;
-    FT_Short       delta_base;
-    FT_Short       delta_shift;
-
-    FT_Byte        instruct_control;
-    FT_Bool        scan_control;
-    FT_Int         scan_type;
-
-    FT_UShort      gep0;
-    FT_UShort      gep1;
-    FT_UShort      gep2;
-
-  } TT_GraphicsState;
-
-
-#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  tt_glyphzone_done( TT_GlyphZone  zone );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  tt_glyphzone_new( FT_Memory     memory,
-                    FT_UShort     maxPoints,
-                    FT_Short      maxContours,
-                    TT_GlyphZone  zone );
-
-#endif /* TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER */
-
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*  EXECUTION SUBTABLES                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*  These sub-tables relate to instruction execution.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-#define TT_MAX_CODE_RANGES  3
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* There can only be 3 active code ranges at once:                       */
-  /*   - the Font Program                                                  */
-  /*   - the CVT Program                                                   */
-  /*   - a glyph's instructions set                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef enum  TT_CodeRange_Tag_
-  {
-    tt_coderange_none = 0,
-    tt_coderange_font,
-    tt_coderange_cvt,
-    tt_coderange_glyph
-
-  } TT_CodeRange_Tag;
-
-
-  typedef struct  TT_CodeRange_
-  {
-    FT_Byte*  base;
-    FT_ULong  size;
-
-  } TT_CodeRange;
-
-  typedef TT_CodeRange  TT_CodeRangeTable[TT_MAX_CODE_RANGES];
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Defines a function/instruction definition record.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  TT_DefRecord_
-  {
-    FT_Int   range;      /* in which code range is it located? */
-    FT_Long  start;      /* where does it start?               */
-    FT_UInt  opc;        /* function #, or instruction code    */
-    FT_Bool  active;     /* is it active?                      */
-
-  } TT_DefRecord, *TT_DefArray;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Subglyph transformation record.                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  TT_Transform_
-  {
-    FT_Fixed    xx, xy;     /* transformation matrix coefficients */
-    FT_Fixed    yx, yy;
-    FT_F26Dot6  ox, oy;     /* offsets        */
-
-  } TT_Transform;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Subglyph loading record.  Used to load composite components.          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  TT_SubglyphRec_
-  {
-    FT_Long          index;        /* subglyph index; initialized with -1 */
-    FT_Bool          is_scaled;    /* is the subglyph scaled?             */
-    FT_Bool          is_hinted;    /* should it be hinted?                */
-    FT_Bool          preserve_pps; /* preserve phantom points?            */
-
-    FT_Long          file_offset;
-
-    FT_BBox          bbox;
-    FT_Pos           left_bearing;
-    FT_Pos           advance;
-
-    TT_GlyphZoneRec  zone;
-
-    FT_Long          arg1;         /* first argument                      */
-    FT_Long          arg2;         /* second argument                     */
-
-    FT_UShort        element_flag; /* current load element flag           */
-
-    TT_Transform     transform;    /* transformation matrix               */
-
-    FT_Vector        pp1, pp2;     /* phantom points (horizontal)         */
-    FT_Vector        pp3, pp4;     /* phantom points (vertical)           */
-
-  } TT_SubGlyphRec, *TT_SubGlyph_Stack;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* A note regarding non-squared pixels:                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* (This text will probably go into some docs at some time; for now, it  */
-  /*  is kept here to explain some definitions in the TIns_Metrics         */
-  /*  record).                                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The CVT is a one-dimensional array containing values that control     */
-  /* certain important characteristics in a font, like the height of all   */
-  /* capitals, all lowercase letter, default spacing or stem width/height. */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* These values are found in FUnits in the font file, and must be scaled */
-  /* to pixel coordinates before being used by the CVT and glyph programs. */
-  /* Unfortunately, when using distinct x and y resolutions (or distinct x */
-  /* and y pointsizes), there are two possible scalings.                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* A first try was to implement a `lazy' scheme where all values were    */
-  /* scaled when first used.  However, while some values are always used   */
-  /* in the same direction, some others are used under many different      */
-  /* circumstances and orientations.                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* I have found a simpler way to do the same, and it even seems to work  */
-  /* in most of the cases:                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* - All CVT values are scaled to the maximum ppem size.                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* - When performing a read or write in the CVT, a ratio factor is used  */
-  /*   to perform adequate scaling.  Example:                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*     x_ppem = 14                                                       */
-  /*     y_ppem = 10                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   We choose ppem = x_ppem = 14 as the CVT scaling size.  All cvt      */
-  /*   entries are scaled to it.                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*     x_ratio = 1.0                                                     */
-  /*     y_ratio = y_ppem/ppem (< 1.0)                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   We compute the current ratio like:                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   - If projVector is horizontal,                                      */
-  /*       ratio = x_ratio = 1.0                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   - if projVector is vertical,                                        */
-  /*       ratio = y_ratio                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   - else,                                                             */
-  /*       ratio = sqrt( (proj.x * x_ratio) ^ 2 + (proj.y * y_ratio) ^ 2 ) */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   Reading a cvt value returns                                         */
-  /*     ratio * cvt[index]                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   Writing a cvt value in pixels:                                      */
-  /*     cvt[index] / ratio                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*   The current ppem is simply                                          */
-  /*     ratio * ppem                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Metrics used by the TrueType size and context objects.                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  TT_Size_Metrics_
-  {
-    /* for non-square pixels */
-    FT_Long     x_ratio;
-    FT_Long     y_ratio;
-
-    FT_UShort   ppem;               /* maximum ppem size              */
-    FT_Long     ratio;              /* current ratio                  */
-    FT_Fixed    scale;
-
-    FT_F26Dot6  compensations[4];   /* device-specific compensations  */
-
-    FT_Bool     valid;
-
-    FT_Bool     rotated;            /* `is the glyph rotated?'-flag   */
-    FT_Bool     stretched;          /* `is the glyph stretched?'-flag */
-
-  } TT_Size_Metrics;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* TrueType size class.                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  TT_SizeRec_
-  {
-    FT_SizeRec         root;
-
-    /* we have our own copy of metrics so that we can modify */
-    /* it without affecting auto-hinting (when used)         */
-    FT_Size_Metrics    metrics;
-
-    TT_Size_Metrics    ttmetrics;
-
-    FT_ULong           strike_index;      /* 0xFFFFFFFF to indicate invalid */
-
-#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
-
-    FT_UInt            num_function_defs; /* number of function definitions */
-    FT_UInt            max_function_defs;
-    TT_DefArray        function_defs;     /* table of function definitions  */
-
-    FT_UInt            num_instruction_defs;  /* number of ins. definitions */
-    FT_UInt            max_instruction_defs;
-    TT_DefArray        instruction_defs;      /* table of ins. definitions  */
-
-    FT_UInt            max_func;
-    FT_UInt            max_ins;
-
-    TT_CodeRangeTable  codeRangeTable;
-
-    TT_GraphicsState   GS;
-
-    FT_ULong           cvt_size;      /* the scaled control value table */
-    FT_Long*           cvt;
-
-    FT_UShort          storage_size; /* The storage area is now part of */
-    FT_Long*           storage;      /* the instance                    */
-
-    TT_GlyphZoneRec    twilight;     /* The instance's twilight zone    */
-
-    /* debugging variables */
-
-    /* When using the debugger, we must keep the */
-    /* execution context tied to the instance    */
-    /* object rather than asking it on demand.   */
-
-    FT_Bool            debug;
-    TT_ExecContext     context;
-
-    FT_Bool            bytecode_ready;
-    FT_Bool            cvt_ready;
-
-#endif /* TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER */
-
-  } TT_SizeRec;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* TrueType driver class.                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  TT_DriverRec_
-  {
-    FT_DriverRec     root;
-    TT_ExecContext   context;  /* execution context        */
-    TT_GlyphZoneRec  zone;     /* glyph loader points zone */
-
-    void*            extension_component;
-
-  } TT_DriverRec;
-
-
-  /* Note: All of the functions below (except tt_size_reset()) are used    */
-  /* as function pointers in a FT_Driver_ClassRec.  Therefore their        */
-  /* parameters are of types FT_Face, FT_Size, etc., rather than TT_Face,  */
-  /* TT_Size, etc., so that the compiler can confirm that the types and    */
-  /* number of parameters are correct.  In all cases the FT_xxx types are  */
-  /* cast to their TT_xxx counterparts inside the functions since FreeType */
-  /* will always use the TT driver to create them.                         */
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Face functions                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_init( FT_Stream      stream,
-                FT_Face        ttface,      /* TT_Face */
-                FT_Int         face_index,
-                FT_Int         num_params,
-                FT_Parameter*  params );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  tt_face_done( FT_Face  ttface );          /* TT_Face */
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Size functions                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  tt_size_init( FT_Size  ttsize );          /* TT_Size */
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  tt_size_done( FT_Size  ttsize );          /* TT_Size */
-
-#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  tt_size_run_fpgm( TT_Size  size );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  tt_size_run_prep( TT_Size  size );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  tt_size_ready_bytecode( TT_Size  size );
-
-#endif /* TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER */
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  tt_size_reset( TT_Size  size );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Driver functions                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  tt_driver_init( FT_Module  ttdriver );    /* TT_Driver */
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  tt_driver_done( FT_Module  ttdriver );    /* TT_Driver */
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Slot functions                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  tt_slot_init( FT_GlyphSlot  slot );
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __TTOBJS_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttpload.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttpload.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 9d3381b..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttpload.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,523 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ttpload.c                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    TrueType-specific tables loader (body).                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by                   */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include 
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
-#include FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H
-
-#include "ttpload.h"
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT
-#include "ttgxvar.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "tterrors.h"
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_ttpload
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    tt_face_load_loca                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Load the locations table.                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    face   :: A handle to the target face object.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    stream :: The input stream.                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_load_loca( TT_Face    face,
-                     FT_Stream  stream )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error;
-    FT_ULong  table_len;
-
-
-    /* we need the size of the `glyf' table for malformed `loca' tables */
-    error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_glyf, stream, &face->glyf_len );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    FT_TRACE2(( "Locations " ));
-    error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_loca, stream, &table_len );
-    if ( error )
-    {
-      error = TT_Err_Locations_Missing;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    if ( face->header.Index_To_Loc_Format != 0 )
-    {
-      if ( table_len >= 0x40000L )
-      {
-        FT_TRACE2(( "table too large!\n" ));
-        error = TT_Err_Invalid_Table;
-        goto Exit;
-      }
-      face->num_locations = (FT_UInt)( table_len >> 2 );
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      if ( table_len >= 0x20000L )
-      {
-        FT_TRACE2(( "table too large!\n" ));
-        error = TT_Err_Invalid_Table;
-        goto Exit;
-      }
-      face->num_locations = (FT_UInt)( table_len >> 1 );
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Extract the frame.  We don't need to decompress it since
-     * we are able to parse it directly.
-     */
-    if ( FT_FRAME_EXTRACT( table_len, face->glyph_locations ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    FT_TRACE2(( "loaded\n" ));
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_ULong )
-  tt_face_get_location( TT_Face   face,
-                        FT_UInt   gindex,
-                        FT_UInt  *asize )
-  {
-    FT_ULong  pos1, pos2;
-    FT_Byte*  p;
-    FT_Byte*  p_limit;
-
-
-    pos1 = pos2 = 0;
-
-    if ( gindex < face->num_locations )
-    {
-      if ( face->header.Index_To_Loc_Format != 0 )
-      {
-        p       = face->glyph_locations + gindex * 4;
-        p_limit = face->glyph_locations + face->num_locations * 4;
-
-        pos1 = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-        pos2 = pos1;
-
-        if ( p + 4 <= p_limit )
-          pos2 = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        p       = face->glyph_locations + gindex * 2;
-        p_limit = face->glyph_locations + face->num_locations * 2;
-
-        pos1 = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-        pos2 = pos1;
-
-        if ( p + 2 <= p_limit )
-          pos2 = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-
-        pos1 <<= 1;
-        pos2 <<= 1;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* It isn't mentioned explicitly that the `loca' table must be  */
-    /* ordered, but implicitly it refers to the length of an entry  */
-    /* as the difference between the current and the next position. */
-    /* Anyway, there do exist (malformed) fonts which don't obey    */
-    /* this rule, so we are only able to provide an upper bound for */
-    /* the size.                                                    */
-    if ( pos2 >= pos1 )
-      *asize = (FT_UInt)( pos2 - pos1 );
-    else
-      *asize = (FT_UInt)( face->glyf_len - pos1 );
-
-    return pos1;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  tt_face_done_loca( TT_Face  face )
-  {
-    FT_Stream  stream = face->root.stream;
-
-
-    FT_FRAME_RELEASE( face->glyph_locations );
-    face->num_locations = 0;
-  }
-
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    tt_face_load_cvt                                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Load the control value table into a face object.                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    face   :: A handle to the target face object.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    stream :: A handle to the input stream.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_load_cvt( TT_Face    face,
-                    FT_Stream  stream )
-  {
-#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
-
-    FT_Error   error;
-    FT_Memory  memory = stream->memory;
-    FT_ULong   table_len;
-
-
-    FT_TRACE2(( "CVT " ));
-
-    error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_cvt, stream, &table_len );
-    if ( error )
-    {
-      FT_TRACE2(( "is missing!\n" ));
-
-      face->cvt_size = 0;
-      face->cvt      = NULL;
-      error          = TT_Err_Ok;
-
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    face->cvt_size = table_len / 2;
-
-    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( face->cvt, face->cvt_size ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    if ( FT_FRAME_ENTER( face->cvt_size * 2L ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    {
-      FT_Short*  cur   = face->cvt;
-      FT_Short*  limit = cur + face->cvt_size;
-
-
-      for ( ; cur <  limit; cur++ )
-        *cur = FT_GET_SHORT();
-    }
-
-    FT_FRAME_EXIT();
-    FT_TRACE2(( "loaded\n" ));
-
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT
-    if ( face->doblend )
-      error = tt_face_vary_cvt( face, stream );
-#endif
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-
-#else /* !TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER */
-
-    FT_UNUSED( face   );
-    FT_UNUSED( stream );
-
-    return TT_Err_Ok;
-
-#endif
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    tt_face_load_fpgm                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Load the font program.                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    face   :: A handle to the target face object.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    stream :: A handle to the input stream.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_load_fpgm( TT_Face    face,
-                     FT_Stream  stream )
-  {
-#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
-
-    FT_Error  error;
-    FT_ULong  table_len;
-
-
-    FT_TRACE2(( "Font program " ));
-
-    /* The font program is optional */
-    error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_fpgm, stream, &table_len );
-    if ( error )
-    {
-      face->font_program      = NULL;
-      face->font_program_size = 0;
-      error                   = TT_Err_Ok;
-
-      FT_TRACE2(( "is missing!\n" ));
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      face->font_program_size = table_len;
-      if ( FT_FRAME_EXTRACT( table_len, face->font_program ) )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      FT_TRACE2(( "loaded, %12d bytes\n", face->font_program_size ));
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-
-#else /* !TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER */
-
-    FT_UNUSED( face   );
-    FT_UNUSED( stream );
-
-    return TT_Err_Ok;
-
-#endif
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    tt_face_load_prep                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Load the cvt program.                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    face   :: A handle to the target face object.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    stream :: A handle to the input stream.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_load_prep( TT_Face    face,
-                     FT_Stream  stream )
-  {
-#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
-
-    FT_Error  error;
-    FT_ULong  table_len;
-
-
-    FT_TRACE2(( "Prep program " ));
-
-    error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_prep, stream, &table_len );
-    if ( error )
-    {
-      face->cvt_program      = NULL;
-      face->cvt_program_size = 0;
-      error                  = TT_Err_Ok;
-
-      FT_TRACE2(( "is missing!\n" ));
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      face->cvt_program_size = table_len;
-      if ( FT_FRAME_EXTRACT( table_len, face->cvt_program ) )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      FT_TRACE2(( "loaded, %12d bytes\n", face->cvt_program_size ));
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-
-#else /* !TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER */
-
-    FT_UNUSED( face   );
-    FT_UNUSED( stream );
-
-    return TT_Err_Ok;
-
-#endif
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    tt_face_load_hdmx                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Load the `hdmx' table into the face object.                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    face   :: A handle to the target face object.                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    stream :: A handle to the input stream.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_load_hdmx( TT_Face    face,
-                     FT_Stream  stream )
-  {
-    FT_Error   error;
-    FT_Memory  memory = stream->memory;
-    FT_UInt    version, nn, num_records;
-    FT_ULong   table_size, record_size;
-    FT_Byte*   p;
-    FT_Byte*   limit;
-
-
-    /* this table is optional */
-    error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_hdmx, stream, &table_size );
-    if ( error || table_size < 8 )
-      return TT_Err_Ok;
-
-    if ( FT_FRAME_EXTRACT( table_size, face->hdmx_table ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    p     = face->hdmx_table;
-    limit = p + table_size;
-
-    version     = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    num_records = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
-    record_size = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
-
-    /* The maximum number of bytes in an hdmx device record is the */
-    /* maximum number of glyphs + 2; this is 0xFFFF + 2; this is   */
-    /* the reason why `record_size' is a long (which we read as    */
-    /* unsigned long for convenience).  In practice, two bytes     */
-    /* sufficient to hold the size value.                          */
-    /*                                                             */
-    /* There are at least two fonts, HANNOM-A and HANNOM-B version */
-    /* 2.0 (2005), which get this wrong: The upper two bytes of    */
-    /* the size value are set to 0xFF instead of 0x00.  We catch   */
-    /* and fix this.                                               */
-
-    if ( record_size >= 0xFFFF0000UL )
-      record_size &= 0xFFFFU;
-
-    /* The limit for `num_records' is a heuristic value. */
-
-    if ( version != 0 || num_records > 255 || record_size > 0x10001L )
-    {
-      error = TT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-      goto Fail;
-    }
-
-    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( face->hdmx_record_sizes, num_records ) )
-      goto Fail;
-
-    for ( nn = 0; nn < num_records; nn++ )
-    {
-      if ( p + record_size > limit )
-        break;
-
-      face->hdmx_record_sizes[nn] = p[0];
-      p                          += record_size;
-    }
-
-    face->hdmx_record_count = nn;
-    face->hdmx_table_size   = table_size;
-    face->hdmx_record_size  = record_size;
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-
-  Fail:
-    FT_FRAME_RELEASE( face->hdmx_table );
-    face->hdmx_table_size = 0;
-    goto Exit;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  tt_face_free_hdmx( TT_Face  face )
-  {
-    FT_Stream  stream = face->root.stream;
-    FT_Memory  memory = stream->memory;
-
-
-    FT_FREE( face->hdmx_record_sizes );
-    FT_FRAME_RELEASE( face->hdmx_table );
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Return the advance width table for a given pixel size if it is found  */
-  /* in the font's `hdmx' table (if any).                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Byte* )
-  tt_face_get_device_metrics( TT_Face  face,
-                              FT_UInt  ppem,
-                              FT_UInt  gindex )
-  {
-    FT_UInt   nn;
-    FT_Byte*  result      = NULL;
-    FT_ULong  record_size = face->hdmx_record_size;
-    FT_Byte*  record      = face->hdmx_table + 8;
-
-
-    for ( nn = 0; nn < face->hdmx_record_count; nn++ )
-      if ( face->hdmx_record_sizes[nn] == ppem )
-      {
-        gindex += 2;
-        if ( gindex < record_size )
-          result = record + nn * record_size + gindex;
-        break;
-      }
-
-    return result;
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttpload.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttpload.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f61ac07..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttpload.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  ttpload.h                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    TrueType-specific tables loader (specification).                     */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2005, 2006 by                               */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __TTPLOAD_H__
-#define __TTPLOAD_H__
-
-
-#include 
-#include FT_INTERNAL_TRUETYPE_TYPES_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_load_loca( TT_Face    face,
-                     FT_Stream  stream );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_ULong )
-  tt_face_get_location( TT_Face   face,
-                        FT_UInt   gindex,
-                        FT_UInt  *asize );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  tt_face_done_loca( TT_Face  face );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_load_cvt( TT_Face    face,
-                    FT_Stream  stream );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_load_fpgm( TT_Face    face,
-                     FT_Stream  stream );
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_load_prep( TT_Face    face,
-                     FT_Stream  stream );
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  tt_face_load_hdmx( TT_Face    face,
-                     FT_Stream  stream );
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  tt_face_free_hdmx( TT_Face  face );
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Byte* )
-  tt_face_get_device_metrics( TT_Face    face,
-                              FT_UInt    ppem,
-                              FT_UInt    gindex );
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __TTPLOAD_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/Jamfile b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/Jamfile
deleted file mode 100644
index 8e366ba..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/Jamfile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-# FreeType 2 src/type1 Jamfile
-#
-# Copyright 2001 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-SubDir  FT2_TOP $(FT2_SRC_DIR) type1 ;
-
-{
-  local  _sources ;
-
-  if $(FT2_MULTI)
-  {
-    _sources = t1afm t1driver t1objs t1load t1gload t1parse ;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    _sources = type1 ;
-  }
-
-  Library  $(FT2_LIB) : $(_sources).c ;
-}
-
-# end of src/type1 Jamfile
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/module.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/module.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index baf98c0..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/module.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 Type1 module definition
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2006 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-FTMODULE_H_COMMANDS += TYPE1_DRIVER
-
-define TYPE1_DRIVER
-$(OPEN_DRIVER)t1_driver_class$(CLOSE_DRIVER)
-$(ECHO_DRIVER)type1     $(ECHO_DRIVER_DESC)Postscript font files with extension *.pfa or *.pfb$(ECHO_DRIVER_DONE)
-endef
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/rules.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/rules.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 15087b0..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/rules.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 Type1 driver configuration rules
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2001, 2003 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-# Type1 driver directory
-#
-T1_DIR := $(SRC_DIR)/type1
-
-
-# compilation flags for the driver
-#
-T1_COMPILE := $(FT_COMPILE) $I$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$(T1_DIR))
-
-
-# Type1 driver sources (i.e., C files)
-#
-T1_DRV_SRC := $(T1_DIR)/t1parse.c  \
-              $(T1_DIR)/t1load.c   \
-              $(T1_DIR)/t1driver.c \
-              $(T1_DIR)/t1afm.c    \
-              $(T1_DIR)/t1gload.c  \
-              $(T1_DIR)/t1objs.c
-
-# Type1 driver headers
-#
-T1_DRV_H := $(T1_DRV_SRC:%.c=%.h) \
-            $(T1_DIR)/t1tokens.h  \
-            $(T1_DIR)/t1errors.h
-
-
-# Type1 driver object(s)
-#
-#   T1_DRV_OBJ_M is used during `multi' builds
-#   T1_DRV_OBJ_S is used during `single' builds
-#
-T1_DRV_OBJ_M := $(T1_DRV_SRC:$(T1_DIR)/%.c=$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O)
-T1_DRV_OBJ_S := $(OBJ_DIR)/type1.$O
-
-# Type1 driver source file for single build
-#
-T1_DRV_SRC_S := $(T1_DIR)/type1.c
-
-
-# Type1 driver - single object
-#
-$(T1_DRV_OBJ_S): $(T1_DRV_SRC_S) $(T1_DRV_SRC) $(FREETYPE_H) $(T1_DRV_H)
-	$(T1_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $(T1_DRV_SRC_S))
-
-
-# Type1 driver - multiple objects
-#
-$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O: $(T1_DIR)/%.c $(FREETYPE_H) $(T1_DRV_H)
-	$(T1_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $<)
-
-
-# update main driver object lists
-#
-DRV_OBJS_S += $(T1_DRV_OBJ_S)
-DRV_OBJS_M += $(T1_DRV_OBJ_M)
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1afm.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1afm.c
deleted file mode 100644
index b81a8df..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1afm.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,385 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  t1afm.c                                                                */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    AFM support for Type 1 fonts (body).                                 */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by             */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include 
-#include "t1afm.h"
-#include "t1errors.h"
-#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_AUX_H
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_t1afm
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  T1_Done_Metrics( FT_Memory     memory,
-                   AFM_FontInfo  fi )
-  {
-    FT_FREE( fi->KernPairs );
-    fi->NumKernPair = 0;
-
-    FT_FREE( fi->TrackKerns );
-    fi->NumTrackKern = 0;
-
-    FT_FREE( fi );
-  }
-
-
-  /* read a glyph name and return the equivalent glyph index */
-  static FT_Int
-  t1_get_index( const char*  name,
-                FT_UInt      len,
-                void*        user_data )
-  {
-    T1_Font  type1 = (T1_Font)user_data;
-    FT_Int   n;
-
-
-    for ( n = 0; n < type1->num_glyphs; n++ )
-    {
-      char*  gname = (char*)type1->glyph_names[n];
-
-
-      if ( gname && gname[0] == name[0]        &&
-           ft_strlen( gname ) == len           &&
-           ft_strncmp( gname, name, len ) == 0 )
-        return n;
-    }
-
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-#undef  KERN_INDEX
-#define KERN_INDEX( g1, g2 )  ( ( (FT_ULong)(g1) << 16 ) | (g2) )
-
-
-  /* compare two kerning pairs */
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( int )
-  compare_kern_pairs( const void*  a,
-                      const void*  b )
-  {
-    AFM_KernPair  pair1 = (AFM_KernPair)a;
-    AFM_KernPair  pair2 = (AFM_KernPair)b;
-
-    FT_ULong  index1 = KERN_INDEX( pair1->index1, pair1->index2 );
-    FT_ULong  index2 = KERN_INDEX( pair2->index1, pair2->index2 );
-
-
-    return (int)( index1 - index2 );
-  }
-
-
-  /* parse a PFM file -- for now, only read the kerning pairs */
-  static FT_Error
-  T1_Read_PFM( FT_Face       t1_face,
-               FT_Stream     stream,
-               AFM_FontInfo  fi )
-  {
-    FT_Error      error = T1_Err_Ok;
-    FT_Memory     memory = stream->memory;
-    FT_Byte*      start;
-    FT_Byte*      limit;
-    FT_Byte*      p;
-    AFM_KernPair  kp;
-    FT_Int        width_table_length;
-    FT_CharMap    oldcharmap;
-    FT_CharMap    charmap;
-    FT_Int        n;
-
-
-    start = (FT_Byte*)stream->cursor;
-    limit = (FT_Byte*)stream->limit;
-    p     = start;
-
-    /* Figure out how long the width table is.          */
-    /* This info is a little-endian short at offset 99. */
-    p = start + 99;
-    if ( p + 2 > limit )
-    {
-      error = T1_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-    width_table_length = FT_PEEK_USHORT_LE( p );
-
-    p += 18 + width_table_length;
-    if ( p + 0x12 > limit || FT_PEEK_USHORT_LE( p ) < 0x12 )
-      /* extension table is probably optional */
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* Kerning offset is 14 bytes from start of extensions table. */
-    p += 14;
-    p = start + FT_PEEK_ULONG_LE( p );
-
-    if ( p == start )
-      /* zero offset means no table */
-      goto Exit;
-
-    if ( p + 2 > limit )
-    {
-      error = T1_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    fi->NumKernPair = FT_PEEK_USHORT_LE( p );
-    p += 2;
-    if ( p + 4 * fi->NumKernPair > limit )
-    {
-      error = T1_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* Actually, kerning pairs are simply optional! */
-    if ( fi->NumKernPair == 0 )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* allocate the pairs */
-    if ( FT_QNEW_ARRAY( fi->KernPairs, fi->NumKernPair ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* now, read each kern pair */
-    kp             = fi->KernPairs;
-    limit          = p + 4 * fi->NumKernPair;
-
-    /* PFM kerning data are stored by encoding rather than glyph index, */
-    /* so find the PostScript charmap of this font and install it       */
-    /* temporarily.  If we find no PostScript charmap, then just use    */
-    /* the default and hope it is the right one.                        */
-    oldcharmap = t1_face->charmap;
-    charmap    = NULL;
-
-    for ( n = 0; n < t1_face->num_charmaps; n++ )
-    {
-      charmap = t1_face->charmaps[n];
-      /* check against PostScript pseudo platform */
-      if ( charmap->platform_id == 7 )
-      {
-        error = FT_Set_Charmap( t1_face, charmap );
-        if ( error )
-          goto Exit;
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Kerning info is stored as:             */
-    /*                                        */
-    /*   encoding of first glyph (1 byte)     */
-    /*   encoding of second glyph (1 byte)    */
-    /*   offset (little-endian short)         */
-    for ( ; p < limit ; p += 4 )
-    {
-      kp->index1 = FT_Get_Char_Index( t1_face, p[0] );
-      kp->index2 = FT_Get_Char_Index( t1_face, p[1] );
-
-      kp->x = (FT_Int)FT_PEEK_SHORT_LE(p + 2);
-      kp->y = 0;
-
-      kp++;
-    }
-
-    if ( oldcharmap != NULL )
-      error = FT_Set_Charmap( t1_face, oldcharmap );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* now, sort the kern pairs according to their glyph indices */
-    ft_qsort( fi->KernPairs, fi->NumKernPair, sizeof ( AFM_KernPairRec ),
-              compare_kern_pairs );
-
-  Exit:
-    if ( error )
-    {
-      FT_FREE( fi->KernPairs );
-      fi->NumKernPair = 0;
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* parse a metrics file -- either AFM or PFM depending on what */
-  /* it turns out to be                                          */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  T1_Read_Metrics( FT_Face    t1_face,
-                   FT_Stream  stream )
-  {
-    PSAux_Service  psaux;
-    FT_Memory      memory = stream->memory;
-    AFM_ParserRec  parser;
-    AFM_FontInfo   fi;
-    FT_Error       error = T1_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
-    T1_Font        t1_font = &( (T1_Face)t1_face )->type1;
-
-
-    if ( FT_NEW( fi )                   ||
-         FT_FRAME_ENTER( stream->size ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    fi->FontBBox  = t1_font->font_bbox;
-    fi->Ascender  = t1_font->font_bbox.yMax;
-    fi->Descender = t1_font->font_bbox.yMin;
-
-    psaux = (PSAux_Service)( (T1_Face)t1_face )->psaux;
-    if ( psaux && psaux->afm_parser_funcs )
-    {
-      error = psaux->afm_parser_funcs->init( &parser,
-                                             stream->memory,
-                                             stream->cursor,
-                                             stream->limit );
-
-      if ( !error )
-      {
-        parser.FontInfo  = fi;
-        parser.get_index = t1_get_index;
-        parser.user_data = t1_font;
-
-        error = psaux->afm_parser_funcs->parse( &parser );
-        psaux->afm_parser_funcs->done( &parser );
-      }
-    }
-
-    if ( error == T1_Err_Unknown_File_Format )
-    {
-      FT_Byte*  start = stream->cursor;
-
-
-      /* MS Windows allows versions up to 0x3FF without complaining */
-      if ( stream->size > 6                              &&
-           start[1] < 4                                  &&
-           FT_PEEK_ULONG_LE( start + 2 ) == stream->size )
-        error = T1_Read_PFM( t1_face, stream, fi );
-    }
-
-    if ( !error )
-    {
-      t1_font->font_bbox = fi->FontBBox;
-
-      t1_face->bbox.xMin =   fi->FontBBox.xMin             >> 16;
-      t1_face->bbox.yMin =   fi->FontBBox.yMin             >> 16;
-      t1_face->bbox.xMax = ( fi->FontBBox.xMax + 0xFFFFU ) >> 16;
-      t1_face->bbox.yMax = ( fi->FontBBox.yMax + 0xFFFFU ) >> 16;
-
-      t1_face->ascender  = (FT_Short)( ( fi->Ascender  + 0x8000U ) >> 16 );
-      t1_face->descender = (FT_Short)( ( fi->Descender + 0x8000U ) >> 16 );
-
-      if ( fi->NumKernPair )
-      {
-        t1_face->face_flags |= FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING;
-        ( (T1_Face)t1_face )->afm_data = fi;
-        fi = NULL;
-      }
-    }
-
-    FT_FRAME_EXIT();
-
-  Exit:
-    if ( fi != NULL )
-      T1_Done_Metrics( memory, fi );
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* find the kerning for a given glyph pair */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  T1_Get_Kerning( AFM_FontInfo  fi,
-                  FT_UInt       glyph1,
-                  FT_UInt       glyph2,
-                  FT_Vector*    kerning )
-  {
-    AFM_KernPair  min, mid, max;
-    FT_ULong      idx = KERN_INDEX( glyph1, glyph2 );
-
-
-    /* simple binary search */
-    min = fi->KernPairs;
-    max = min + fi->NumKernPair - 1;
-
-    while ( min <= max )
-    {
-      FT_ULong  midi;
-
-
-      mid  = min + ( max - min ) / 2;
-      midi = KERN_INDEX( mid->index1, mid->index2 );
-
-      if ( midi == idx )
-      {
-        kerning->x = mid->x;
-        kerning->y = mid->y;
-
-        return;
-      }
-
-      if ( midi < idx )
-        min = mid + 1;
-      else
-        max = mid - 1;
-    }
-
-    kerning->x = 0;
-    kerning->y = 0;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  T1_Get_Track_Kerning( FT_Face    face,
-                        FT_Fixed   ptsize,
-                        FT_Int     degree,
-                        FT_Fixed*  kerning )
-  {
-    AFM_FontInfo  fi = (AFM_FontInfo)( (T1_Face)face )->afm_data;
-    FT_Int        i;
-
-
-    if ( !fi )
-      return T1_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < fi->NumTrackKern; i++ )
-    {
-      AFM_TrackKern  tk = fi->TrackKerns + i;
-
-
-      if ( tk->degree != degree )
-        continue;
-
-      if ( ptsize < tk->min_ptsize )
-        *kerning = tk->min_kern;
-      else if ( ptsize > tk->max_ptsize )
-        *kerning = tk->max_kern;
-      else
-      {
-        *kerning = FT_MulDiv( ptsize - tk->min_ptsize,
-                              tk->max_kern - tk->min_kern,
-                              tk->max_ptsize - tk->min_ptsize ) +
-                   tk->min_kern;
-      }
-    }
-
-    return T1_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1afm.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1afm.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 8eb1764..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1afm.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  t1afm.h                                                                */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    AFM support for Type 1 fonts (specification).                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2006 by                                     */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __T1AFM_H__
-#define __T1AFM_H__
-
-#include 
-#include "t1objs.h"
-#include FT_INTERNAL_TYPE1_TYPES_H
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  T1_Read_Metrics( FT_Face    face,
-                   FT_Stream  stream );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  T1_Done_Metrics( FT_Memory     memory,
-                   AFM_FontInfo  fi );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  T1_Get_Kerning( AFM_FontInfo  fi,
-                  FT_UInt       glyph1,
-                  FT_UInt       glyph2,
-                  FT_Vector*    kerning );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  T1_Get_Track_Kerning( FT_Face    face,
-                        FT_Fixed   ptsize,
-                        FT_Int     degree,
-                        FT_Fixed*  kerning );
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __T1AFM_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1driver.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1driver.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 3ca21dc..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1driver.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,313 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  t1driver.c                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Type 1 driver interface (body).                                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2007 by                   */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include 
-#include "t1driver.h"
-#include "t1gload.h"
-#include "t1load.h"
-
-#include "t1errors.h"
-
-#ifndef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_AFM
-#include "t1afm.h"
-#endif
-
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
-
-#include FT_SERVICE_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H
-#include FT_SERVICE_GLYPH_DICT_H
-#include FT_SERVICE_XFREE86_NAME_H
-#include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_NAME_H
-#include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_CMAPS_H
-#include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_INFO_H
-#include FT_SERVICE_KERNING_H
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_t1driver
-
- /*
-  *  GLYPH DICT SERVICE
-  *
-  */
-
-  static FT_Error
-  t1_get_glyph_name( T1_Face     face,
-                     FT_UInt     glyph_index,
-                     FT_Pointer  buffer,
-                     FT_UInt     buffer_max )
-  {
-    FT_STRCPYN( buffer, face->type1.glyph_names[glyph_index], buffer_max );
-
-    return T1_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_UInt
-  t1_get_name_index( T1_Face     face,
-                     FT_String*  glyph_name )
-  {
-    FT_Int      i;
-    FT_String*  gname;
-
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < face->type1.num_glyphs; i++ )
-    {
-      gname = face->type1.glyph_names[i];
-
-      if ( !ft_strcmp( glyph_name, gname ) )
-        return (FT_UInt)i;
-    }
-
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-  static const FT_Service_GlyphDictRec  t1_service_glyph_dict =
-  {
-    (FT_GlyphDict_GetNameFunc)  t1_get_glyph_name,
-    (FT_GlyphDict_NameIndexFunc)t1_get_name_index
-  };
-
-
- /*
-  *  POSTSCRIPT NAME SERVICE
-  *
-  */
-
-  static const char*
-  t1_get_ps_name( T1_Face  face )
-  {
-    return (const char*) face->type1.font_name;
-  }
-
-  static const FT_Service_PsFontNameRec  t1_service_ps_name =
-  {
-    (FT_PsName_GetFunc)t1_get_ps_name
-  };
-
-
- /*
-  *  MULTIPLE MASTERS SERVICE
-  *
-  */
-
-#ifndef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_MM_SUPPORT
-  static const FT_Service_MultiMastersRec  t1_service_multi_masters =
-  {
-    (FT_Get_MM_Func)        T1_Get_Multi_Master,
-    (FT_Set_MM_Design_Func) T1_Set_MM_Design,
-    (FT_Set_MM_Blend_Func)  T1_Set_MM_Blend,
-    (FT_Get_MM_Var_Func)    T1_Get_MM_Var,
-    (FT_Set_Var_Design_Func)T1_Set_Var_Design
-  };
-#endif
-
-
- /*
-  *  POSTSCRIPT INFO SERVICE
-  *
-  */
-
-  static FT_Error
-  t1_ps_get_font_info( FT_Face          face,
-                       PS_FontInfoRec*  afont_info )
-  {
-    *afont_info = ((T1_Face)face)->type1.font_info;
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Int
-  t1_ps_has_glyph_names( FT_Face  face )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( face );
-    return 1;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  t1_ps_get_font_private( FT_Face         face,
-                          PS_PrivateRec*  afont_private )
-  {
-    *afont_private = ((T1_Face)face)->type1.private_dict;
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  static const FT_Service_PsInfoRec  t1_service_ps_info =
-  {
-    (PS_GetFontInfoFunc)   t1_ps_get_font_info,
-    (PS_HasGlyphNamesFunc) t1_ps_has_glyph_names,
-    (PS_GetFontPrivateFunc)t1_ps_get_font_private,
-  };
-
-#ifndef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_AFM
-  static const FT_Service_KerningRec  t1_service_kerning =
-  {
-    T1_Get_Track_Kerning,
-  };
-#endif
-
- /*
-  *  SERVICE LIST
-  *
-  */
-
-  static const FT_ServiceDescRec  t1_services[] =
-  {
-    { FT_SERVICE_ID_POSTSCRIPT_FONT_NAME, &t1_service_ps_name },
-    { FT_SERVICE_ID_GLYPH_DICT,           &t1_service_glyph_dict },
-    { FT_SERVICE_ID_XF86_NAME,            FT_XF86_FORMAT_TYPE_1 },
-    { FT_SERVICE_ID_POSTSCRIPT_INFO,      &t1_service_ps_info },
-
-#ifndef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_AFM
-    { FT_SERVICE_ID_KERNING,              &t1_service_kerning },
-#endif
-
-#ifndef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_MM_SUPPORT
-    { FT_SERVICE_ID_MULTI_MASTERS,        &t1_service_multi_masters },
-#endif
-    { NULL, NULL }
-  };
-
-
-  static FT_Module_Interface
-  Get_Interface( FT_Driver         driver,
-                 const FT_String*  t1_interface )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( driver );
-
-    return ft_service_list_lookup( t1_services, t1_interface );
-  }
-
-
-#ifndef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_AFM
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    Get_Kerning                                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    A driver method used to return the kerning vector between two      */
-  /*    glyphs of the same face.                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    face        :: A handle to the source face object.                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    left_glyph  :: The index of the left glyph in the kern pair.       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    right_glyph :: The index of the right glyph in the kern pair.      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    kerning     :: The kerning vector.  This is in font units for      */
-  /*                   scalable formats, and in pixels for fixed-sizes     */
-  /*                   formats.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                 */
-  /*    Only horizontal layouts (left-to-right & right-to-left) are        */
-  /*    supported by this function.  Other layouts, or more sophisticated  */
-  /*    kernings are out of scope of this method (the basic driver         */
-  /*    interface is meant to be simple).                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    They can be implemented by format-specific interfaces.             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  static FT_Error
-  Get_Kerning( T1_Face     face,
-               FT_UInt     left_glyph,
-               FT_UInt     right_glyph,
-               FT_Vector*  kerning )
-  {
-    kerning->x = 0;
-    kerning->y = 0;
-
-    if ( face->afm_data )
-      T1_Get_Kerning( (AFM_FontInfo)face->afm_data,
-                      left_glyph,
-                      right_glyph,
-                      kerning );
-
-    return T1_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-#endif /* T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_AFM */
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
-  const FT_Driver_ClassRec  t1_driver_class =
-  {
-    {
-      FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER       |
-      FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE   |
-      FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER,
-
-      sizeof( FT_DriverRec ),
-
-      "type1",
-      0x10000L,
-      0x20000L,
-
-      0,   /* format interface */
-
-      (FT_Module_Constructor)T1_Driver_Init,
-      (FT_Module_Destructor) T1_Driver_Done,
-      (FT_Module_Requester)  Get_Interface,
-    },
-
-    sizeof( T1_FaceRec ),
-    sizeof( T1_SizeRec ),
-    sizeof( T1_GlyphSlotRec ),
-
-    (FT_Face_InitFunc)        T1_Face_Init,
-    (FT_Face_DoneFunc)        T1_Face_Done,
-    (FT_Size_InitFunc)        T1_Size_Init,
-    (FT_Size_DoneFunc)        T1_Size_Done,
-    (FT_Slot_InitFunc)        T1_GlyphSlot_Init,
-    (FT_Slot_DoneFunc)        T1_GlyphSlot_Done,
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
-    ft_stub_set_char_sizes,
-    ft_stub_set_pixel_sizes,
-#endif
-    (FT_Slot_LoadFunc)        T1_Load_Glyph,
-
-#ifdef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_AFM
-    (FT_Face_GetKerningFunc)  0,
-    (FT_Face_AttachFunc)      0,
-#else
-    (FT_Face_GetKerningFunc)  Get_Kerning,
-    (FT_Face_AttachFunc)      T1_Read_Metrics,
-#endif
-    (FT_Face_GetAdvancesFunc) 0,
-    (FT_Size_RequestFunc)     T1_Size_Request,
-    (FT_Size_SelectFunc)      0
-  };
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1driver.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1driver.h
deleted file mode 100644
index ad42944..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1driver.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  t1driver.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    High-level Type 1 driver interface (specification).                  */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002 by                                           */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __T1DRIVER_H__
-#define __T1DRIVER_H__
-
-
-#include 
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DRIVER_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  FT_EXPORT_VAR( const FT_Driver_ClassRec )  t1_driver_class;
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __T1DRIVER_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1errors.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1errors.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 81221c3..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1errors.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  t1errors.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Type 1 error codes (specification only).                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2001 by                                                      */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This file is used to define the Type 1 error enumeration constants.   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef __T1ERRORS_H__
-#define __T1ERRORS_H__
-
-#include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
-
-#undef __FTERRORS_H__
-
-#define FT_ERR_PREFIX  T1_Err_
-#define FT_ERR_BASE    FT_Mod_Err_Type1
-
-#include FT_ERRORS_H
-
-#endif /* __T1ERRORS_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1gload.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1gload.c
deleted file mode 100644
index e08a428..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1gload.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,422 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  t1gload.c                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Type 1 Glyph Loader (body).                                          */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 by                   */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include 
-#include "t1gload.h"
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
-#include FT_OUTLINE_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_AUX_H
-
-#include "t1errors.h"
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_t1gload
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /**********                                                      *********/
-  /**********            COMPUTE THE MAXIMUM ADVANCE WIDTH         *********/
-  /**********                                                      *********/
-  /**********    The following code is in charge of computing      *********/
-  /**********    the maximum advance width of the font.  It        *********/
-  /**********    quickly processes each glyph charstring to        *********/
-  /**********    extract the value from either a `sbw' or `seac'   *********/
-  /**********    operator.                                         *********/
-  /**********                                                      *********/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  T1_Parse_Glyph_And_Get_Char_String( T1_Decoder  decoder,
-                                      FT_UInt     glyph_index,
-                                      FT_Data*    char_string )
-  {
-    T1_Face   face  = (T1_Face)decoder->builder.face;
-    T1_Font   type1 = &face->type1;
-    FT_Error  error = T1_Err_Ok;
-
-
-    decoder->font_matrix = type1->font_matrix;
-    decoder->font_offset = type1->font_offset;
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
-
-    /* For incremental fonts get the character data using the */
-    /* callback function.                                     */
-    if ( face->root.internal->incremental_interface )
-      error = face->root.internal->incremental_interface->funcs->get_glyph_data(
-                face->root.internal->incremental_interface->object,
-                glyph_index, char_string );
-    else
-
-#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL */
-
-    /* For ordinary fonts get the character data stored in the face record. */
-    {
-      char_string->pointer = type1->charstrings[glyph_index];
-      char_string->length  = (FT_Int)type1->charstrings_len[glyph_index];
-    }
-
-    if ( !error )
-      error = decoder->funcs.parse_charstrings(
-                decoder, (FT_Byte*)char_string->pointer,
-                char_string->length );
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
-
-    /* Incremental fonts can optionally override the metrics. */
-    if ( !error && face->root.internal->incremental_interface                 &&
-         face->root.internal->incremental_interface->funcs->get_glyph_metrics )
-    {
-      FT_Incremental_MetricsRec  metrics;
-
-
-      metrics.bearing_x = decoder->builder.left_bearing.x;
-      metrics.bearing_y = decoder->builder.left_bearing.y;
-      metrics.advance   = decoder->builder.advance.x;
-      error = face->root.internal->incremental_interface->funcs->get_glyph_metrics(
-                face->root.internal->incremental_interface->object,
-                glyph_index, FALSE, &metrics );
-      decoder->builder.left_bearing.x = metrics.bearing_x;
-      decoder->builder.left_bearing.y = metrics.bearing_y;
-      decoder->builder.advance.x      = metrics.advance;
-      decoder->builder.advance.y      = 0;
-    }
-
-#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL */
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
-  T1_Parse_Glyph( T1_Decoder  decoder,
-                  FT_UInt     glyph_index )
-  {
-    FT_Data   glyph_data;
-    FT_Error  error = T1_Parse_Glyph_And_Get_Char_String(
-                        decoder, glyph_index, &glyph_data );
-
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
-
-    if ( !error )
-    {
-      T1_Face  face = (T1_Face)decoder->builder.face;
-
-
-      if ( face->root.internal->incremental_interface )
-        face->root.internal->incremental_interface->funcs->free_glyph_data(
-          face->root.internal->incremental_interface->object,
-          &glyph_data );
-    }
-
-#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL */
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  T1_Compute_Max_Advance( T1_Face  face,
-                          FT_Pos*  max_advance )
-  {
-    FT_Error       error;
-    T1_DecoderRec  decoder;
-    FT_Int         glyph_index;
-    T1_Font        type1 = &face->type1;
-    PSAux_Service  psaux = (PSAux_Service)face->psaux;
-
-
-    FT_ASSERT( ( face->len_buildchar == 0 ) == ( face->buildchar == NULL ) );
-
-    *max_advance = 0;
-
-    /* initialize load decoder */
-    error = psaux->t1_decoder_funcs->init( &decoder,
-                                           (FT_Face)face,
-                                           0, /* size       */
-                                           0, /* glyph slot */
-                                           (FT_Byte**)type1->glyph_names,
-                                           face->blend,
-                                           0,
-                                           FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL,
-                                           T1_Parse_Glyph );
-    if ( error )
-      return error;
-
-    decoder.builder.metrics_only = 1;
-    decoder.builder.load_points  = 0;
-
-    decoder.num_subrs     = type1->num_subrs;
-    decoder.subrs         = type1->subrs;
-    decoder.subrs_len     = type1->subrs_len;
-
-    decoder.buildchar     = face->buildchar;
-    decoder.len_buildchar = face->len_buildchar;
-
-    *max_advance = 0;
-
-    /* for each glyph, parse the glyph charstring and extract */
-    /* the advance width                                      */
-    for ( glyph_index = 0; glyph_index < type1->num_glyphs; glyph_index++ )
-    {
-      /* now get load the unscaled outline */
-      error = T1_Parse_Glyph( &decoder, glyph_index );
-      if ( glyph_index == 0 || decoder.builder.advance.x > *max_advance )
-        *max_advance = decoder.builder.advance.x;
-
-      /* ignore the error if one occurred - skip to next glyph */
-    }
-
-    psaux->t1_decoder_funcs->done( &decoder );
-
-    return T1_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  T1_Load_Glyph( T1_GlyphSlot  glyph,
-                 T1_Size       size,
-                 FT_UInt       glyph_index,
-                 FT_Int32      load_flags )
-  {
-    FT_Error                error;
-    T1_DecoderRec           decoder;
-    T1_Face                 face = (T1_Face)glyph->root.face;
-    FT_Bool                 hinting;
-    T1_Font                 type1         = &face->type1;
-    PSAux_Service           psaux         = (PSAux_Service)face->psaux;
-    const T1_Decoder_Funcs  decoder_funcs = psaux->t1_decoder_funcs;
-
-    FT_Matrix               font_matrix;
-    FT_Vector               font_offset;
-    FT_Data                 glyph_data;
-    FT_Bool                 must_finish_decoder = FALSE;
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
-    FT_Bool                 glyph_data_loaded = 0;
-#endif
-
-
-    if ( glyph_index >= (FT_UInt)face->root.num_glyphs )
-    {
-      error = T1_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    FT_ASSERT( ( face->len_buildchar == 0 ) == ( face->buildchar == NULL ) );
-
-    if ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE )
-      load_flags |= FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE | FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING;
-
-    glyph->x_scale = size->root.metrics.x_scale;
-    glyph->y_scale = size->root.metrics.y_scale;
-
-    glyph->root.outline.n_points   = 0;
-    glyph->root.outline.n_contours = 0;
-
-    hinting = FT_BOOL( ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE   ) == 0 &&
-                       ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING ) == 0 );
-
-    glyph->root.format = FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE;
-
-    error = decoder_funcs->init( &decoder,
-                                 (FT_Face)face,
-                                 (FT_Size)size,
-                                 (FT_GlyphSlot)glyph,
-                                 (FT_Byte**)type1->glyph_names,
-                                 face->blend,
-                                 FT_BOOL( hinting ),
-                                 FT_LOAD_TARGET_MODE( load_flags ),
-                                 T1_Parse_Glyph );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    must_finish_decoder = TRUE;
-
-    decoder.builder.no_recurse = FT_BOOL(
-                                   ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE ) != 0 );
-
-    decoder.num_subrs     = type1->num_subrs;
-    decoder.subrs         = type1->subrs;
-    decoder.subrs_len     = type1->subrs_len;
-
-    decoder.buildchar     = face->buildchar;
-    decoder.len_buildchar = face->len_buildchar;
-
-    /* now load the unscaled outline */
-    error = T1_Parse_Glyph_And_Get_Char_String( &decoder, glyph_index,
-                                                &glyph_data );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
-    glyph_data_loaded = 1;
-#endif
-
-    font_matrix = decoder.font_matrix;
-    font_offset = decoder.font_offset;
-
-    /* save new glyph tables */
-    decoder_funcs->done( &decoder );
-
-    must_finish_decoder = FALSE;
-
-    /* now, set the metrics -- this is rather simple, as   */
-    /* the left side bearing is the xMin, and the top side */
-    /* bearing the yMax                                    */
-    if ( !error )
-    {
-      glyph->root.outline.flags &= FT_OUTLINE_OWNER;
-      glyph->root.outline.flags |= FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL;
-
-      /* for composite glyphs, return only left side bearing and */
-      /* advance width                                           */
-      if ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE )
-      {
-        FT_Slot_Internal  internal = glyph->root.internal;
-
-
-        glyph->root.metrics.horiBearingX = decoder.builder.left_bearing.x;
-        glyph->root.metrics.horiAdvance  = decoder.builder.advance.x;
-        internal->glyph_matrix           = font_matrix;
-        internal->glyph_delta            = font_offset;
-        internal->glyph_transformed      = 1;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        FT_BBox            cbox;
-        FT_Glyph_Metrics*  metrics = &glyph->root.metrics;
-        FT_Vector          advance;
-
-
-        /* copy the _unscaled_ advance width */
-        metrics->horiAdvance                    = decoder.builder.advance.x;
-        glyph->root.linearHoriAdvance           = decoder.builder.advance.x;
-        glyph->root.internal->glyph_transformed = 0;
-
-        /* make up vertical ones */
-        metrics->vertAdvance = ( face->type1.font_bbox.yMax -
-                                 face->type1.font_bbox.yMin ) >> 16;
-        glyph->root.linearVertAdvance = metrics->vertAdvance;
-
-        glyph->root.format = FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE;
-
-        if ( size && size->root.metrics.y_ppem < 24 )
-          glyph->root.outline.flags |= FT_OUTLINE_HIGH_PRECISION;
-
-#if 1
-        /* apply the font matrix, if any */
-        if ( font_matrix.xx != 0x10000L || font_matrix.yy != font_matrix.xx ||
-             font_matrix.xy != 0        || font_matrix.yx != 0              )
-          FT_Outline_Transform( &glyph->root.outline, &font_matrix );
-
-        if ( font_offset.x || font_offset.y )
-          FT_Outline_Translate( &glyph->root.outline,
-                                font_offset.x,
-                                font_offset.y );
-
-        advance.x = metrics->horiAdvance;
-        advance.y = 0;
-        FT_Vector_Transform( &advance, &font_matrix );
-        metrics->horiAdvance = advance.x + font_offset.x;
-        advance.x = 0;
-        advance.y = metrics->vertAdvance;
-        FT_Vector_Transform( &advance, &font_matrix );
-        metrics->vertAdvance = advance.y + font_offset.y;
-#endif
-
-        if ( ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE ) == 0 )
-        {
-          /* scale the outline and the metrics */
-          FT_Int       n;
-          FT_Outline*  cur = decoder.builder.base;
-          FT_Vector*   vec = cur->points;
-          FT_Fixed     x_scale = glyph->x_scale;
-          FT_Fixed     y_scale = glyph->y_scale;
-
-
-          /* First of all, scale the points, if we are not hinting */
-          if ( !hinting || ! decoder.builder.hints_funcs )
-            for ( n = cur->n_points; n > 0; n--, vec++ )
-            {
-              vec->x = FT_MulFix( vec->x, x_scale );
-              vec->y = FT_MulFix( vec->y, y_scale );
-            }
-
-          /* Then scale the metrics */
-          metrics->horiAdvance  = FT_MulFix( metrics->horiAdvance,  x_scale );
-          metrics->vertAdvance  = FT_MulFix( metrics->vertAdvance,  y_scale );
-        }
-
-        /* compute the other metrics */
-        FT_Outline_Get_CBox( &glyph->root.outline, &cbox );
-
-        metrics->width  = cbox.xMax - cbox.xMin;
-        metrics->height = cbox.yMax - cbox.yMin;
-
-        metrics->horiBearingX = cbox.xMin;
-        metrics->horiBearingY = cbox.yMax;
-
-        /* make up vertical ones */
-        ft_synthesize_vertical_metrics( metrics,
-                                        metrics->vertAdvance );
-      }
-
-      /* Set control data to the glyph charstrings.  Note that this is */
-      /* _not_ zero-terminated.                                        */
-      glyph->root.control_data = (FT_Byte*)glyph_data.pointer;
-      glyph->root.control_len  = glyph_data.length;
-    }
-
-
-  Exit:
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
-    if ( glyph_data_loaded && face->root.internal->incremental_interface )
-    {
-      face->root.internal->incremental_interface->funcs->free_glyph_data(
-        face->root.internal->incremental_interface->object,
-        &glyph_data );
-
-      /* Set the control data to null - it is no longer available if   */
-      /* loaded incrementally.                                         */
-      glyph->root.control_data = 0;
-      glyph->root.control_len  = 0;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    if ( must_finish_decoder )
-      decoder_funcs->done( &decoder );
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1gload.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1gload.h
deleted file mode 100644
index de87896..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1gload.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  t1gload.h                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Type 1 Glyph Loader (specification).                                 */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003 by                                     */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __T1GLOAD_H__
-#define __T1GLOAD_H__
-
-
-#include 
-#include "t1objs.h"
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  T1_Compute_Max_Advance( T1_Face  face,
-                          FT_Pos*  max_advance );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  T1_Load_Glyph( T1_GlyphSlot  glyph,
-                 T1_Size       size,
-                 FT_UInt       glyph_index,
-                 FT_Int32      load_flags );
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __T1GLOAD_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1load.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1load.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 9d7c748..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1load.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2233 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  t1load.c                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Type 1 font loader (body).                                           */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by       */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This is the new and improved Type 1 data loader for FreeType 2.  The  */
-  /* old loader has several problems: it is slow, complex, difficult to    */
-  /* maintain, and contains incredible hacks to make it accept some        */
-  /* ill-formed Type 1 fonts without hiccup-ing.  Moreover, about 5% of    */
-  /* the Type 1 fonts on my machine still aren't loaded correctly by it.   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This version is much simpler, much faster and also easier to read and */
-  /* maintain by a great order of magnitude.  The idea behind it is to     */
-  /* _not_ try to read the Type 1 token stream with a state machine (i.e.  */
-  /* a Postscript-like interpreter) but rather to perform simple pattern   */
-  /* matching.                                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Indeed, nearly all data definitions follow a simple pattern like      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*  ... /Field  ...                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* where  can be a number, a boolean, a string, or an array of     */
-  /* numbers.  There are a few exceptions, namely the encoding, font name, */
-  /* charstrings, and subrs; they are handled with a special pattern       */
-  /* matching routine.                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* All other common cases are handled very simply.  The matching rules   */
-  /* are defined in the file `t1tokens.h' through the use of several       */
-  /* macros calls PARSE_XXX.  This file is included twice here; the first  */
-  /* time to generate parsing callback functions, the second time to       */
-  /* generate a table of keywords (with pointers to the associated         */
-  /* callback functions).                                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The function `parse_dict' simply scans *linearly* a given dictionary  */
-  /* (either the top-level or private one) and calls the appropriate       */
-  /* callback when it encounters an immediate keyword.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This is by far the fastest way one can find to parse and read all     */
-  /* data.                                                                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This led to tremendous code size reduction.  Note that later, the     */
-  /* glyph loader will also be _greatly_ simplified, and the automatic     */
-  /* hinter will replace the clumsy `t1hinter'.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include 
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-#include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
-#include FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_TYPE1_TYPES_H
-
-#include "t1load.h"
-#include "t1errors.h"
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_t1load
-
-
-#ifndef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_MM_SUPPORT
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                    MULTIPLE MASTERS SUPPORT                   *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  static FT_Error
-  t1_allocate_blend( T1_Face  face,
-                     FT_UInt  num_designs,
-                     FT_UInt  num_axis )
-  {
-    PS_Blend   blend;
-    FT_Memory  memory = face->root.memory;
-    FT_Error   error  = T1_Err_Ok;
-
-
-    blend = face->blend;
-    if ( !blend )
-    {
-      if ( FT_NEW( blend ) )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      blend->num_default_design_vector = 0;
-
-      face->blend = blend;
-    }
-
-    /* allocate design data if needed */
-    if ( num_designs > 0 )
-    {
-      if ( blend->num_designs == 0 )
-      {
-        FT_UInt  nn;
-
-
-        /* allocate the blend `private' and `font_info' dictionaries */
-        if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( blend->font_infos[1], num_designs     ) ||
-             FT_NEW_ARRAY( blend->privates[1], num_designs       ) ||
-             FT_NEW_ARRAY( blend->bboxes[1], num_designs         ) ||
-             FT_NEW_ARRAY( blend->weight_vector, num_designs * 2 ) )
-          goto Exit;
-
-        blend->default_weight_vector = blend->weight_vector + num_designs;
-
-        blend->font_infos[0] = &face->type1.font_info;
-        blend->privates  [0] = &face->type1.private_dict;
-        blend->bboxes    [0] = &face->type1.font_bbox;
-
-        for ( nn = 2; nn <= num_designs; nn++ )
-        {
-          blend->privates[nn]   = blend->privates  [nn - 1] + 1;
-          blend->font_infos[nn] = blend->font_infos[nn - 1] + 1;
-          blend->bboxes[nn]     = blend->bboxes    [nn - 1] + 1;
-        }
-
-        blend->num_designs   = num_designs;
-      }
-      else if ( blend->num_designs != num_designs )
-        goto Fail;
-    }
-
-    /* allocate axis data if needed */
-    if ( num_axis > 0 )
-    {
-      if ( blend->num_axis != 0 && blend->num_axis != num_axis )
-        goto Fail;
-
-      blend->num_axis = num_axis;
-    }
-
-    /* allocate the blend design pos table if needed */
-    num_designs = blend->num_designs;
-    num_axis    = blend->num_axis;
-    if ( num_designs && num_axis && blend->design_pos[0] == 0 )
-    {
-      FT_UInt  n;
-
-
-      if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( blend->design_pos[0], num_designs * num_axis ) )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      for ( n = 1; n < num_designs; n++ )
-        blend->design_pos[n] = blend->design_pos[0] + num_axis * n;
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-
-  Fail:
-    error = T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-    goto Exit;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  T1_Get_Multi_Master( T1_Face           face,
-                       FT_Multi_Master*  master )
-  {
-    PS_Blend  blend = face->blend;
-    FT_UInt   n;
-    FT_Error  error;
-
-
-    error = T1_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    if ( blend )
-    {
-      master->num_axis    = blend->num_axis;
-      master->num_designs = blend->num_designs;
-
-      for ( n = 0; n < blend->num_axis; n++ )
-      {
-        FT_MM_Axis*   axis = master->axis + n;
-        PS_DesignMap  map = blend->design_map + n;
-
-
-        axis->name    = blend->axis_names[n];
-        axis->minimum = map->design_points[0];
-        axis->maximum = map->design_points[map->num_points - 1];
-      }
-
-      error = T1_Err_Ok;
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-#define FT_INT_TO_FIXED( a )  ( (a) << 16 )
-#define FT_FIXED_TO_INT( a )  ( FT_RoundFix( a ) >> 16 )
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Given a normalized (blend) coordinate, figure out the design          */
-  /* coordinate appropriate for that value.                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Fixed )
-  mm_axis_unmap( PS_DesignMap  axismap,
-                 FT_Fixed      ncv )
-  {
-    int  j;
-
-
-    if ( ncv <= axismap->blend_points[0] )
-      return axismap->design_points[0];
-
-    for ( j = 1; j < axismap->num_points; ++j )
-    {
-      if ( ncv <= axismap->blend_points[j] )
-      {
-        FT_Fixed  t = FT_MulDiv( ncv - axismap->blend_points[j - 1],
-                                 0x10000L,
-                                 axismap->blend_points[j] -
-                                   axismap->blend_points[j - 1] );
-
-
-        return axismap->design_points[j - 1] +
-                 FT_MulDiv( t,
-                            axismap->design_points[j] -
-                              axismap->design_points[j - 1],
-                            1L );
-      }
-    }
-
-    return axismap->design_points[axismap->num_points - 1];
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Given a vector of weights, one for each design, figure out the        */
-  /* normalized axis coordinates which gave rise to those weights.         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  mm_weights_unmap( FT_Fixed*  weights,
-                    FT_Fixed*  axiscoords,
-                    FT_UInt    axis_count )
-  {
-    FT_ASSERT( axis_count <= T1_MAX_MM_AXIS );
-
-    if ( axis_count == 1 )
-      axiscoords[0] = weights[1];
-
-    else if ( axis_count == 2 )
-    {
-      axiscoords[0] = weights[3] + weights[1];
-      axiscoords[1] = weights[3] + weights[2];
-    }
-
-    else if ( axis_count == 3 )
-    {
-      axiscoords[0] = weights[7] + weights[5] + weights[3] + weights[1];
-      axiscoords[1] = weights[7] + weights[6] + weights[3] + weights[2];
-      axiscoords[2] = weights[7] + weights[6] + weights[5] + weights[4];
-    }
-
-    else
-    {
-      axiscoords[0] = weights[15] + weights[13] + weights[11] + weights[9] +
-                        weights[7] + weights[5] + weights[3] + weights[1];
-      axiscoords[1] = weights[15] + weights[14] + weights[11] + weights[10] +
-                        weights[7] + weights[6] + weights[3] + weights[2];
-      axiscoords[2] = weights[15] + weights[14] + weights[13] + weights[12] +
-                        weights[7] + weights[6] + weights[5] + weights[4];
-      axiscoords[3] = weights[15] + weights[14] + weights[13] + weights[12] +
-                        weights[11] + weights[10] + weights[9] + weights[8];
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Just a wrapper around T1_Get_Multi_Master to support the different    */
-  /*  arguments needed by the GX var distortable fonts.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  T1_Get_MM_Var( T1_Face      face,
-                 FT_MM_Var*  *master )
-  {
-    FT_Memory        memory = face->root.memory;
-    FT_MM_Var       *mmvar;
-    FT_Multi_Master  mmaster;
-    FT_Error         error;
-    FT_UInt          i;
-    FT_Fixed         axiscoords[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];
-    PS_Blend         blend = face->blend;
-
-
-    error = T1_Get_Multi_Master( face, &mmaster );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-    if ( FT_ALLOC( mmvar,
-                   sizeof ( FT_MM_Var ) +
-                     mmaster.num_axis * sizeof ( FT_Var_Axis ) ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    mmvar->num_axis        = mmaster.num_axis;
-    mmvar->num_designs     = mmaster.num_designs;
-    mmvar->num_namedstyles = (FT_UInt)-1;                /* Does not apply */
-    mmvar->axis            = (FT_Var_Axis*)&mmvar[1];
-                                      /* Point to axes after MM_Var struct */
-    mmvar->namedstyle      = NULL;
-
-    for ( i = 0 ; i < mmaster.num_axis; ++i )
-    {
-      mmvar->axis[i].name    = mmaster.axis[i].name;
-      mmvar->axis[i].minimum = FT_INT_TO_FIXED( mmaster.axis[i].minimum);
-      mmvar->axis[i].maximum = FT_INT_TO_FIXED( mmaster.axis[i].maximum);
-      mmvar->axis[i].def     = ( mmvar->axis[i].minimum +
-                                   mmvar->axis[i].maximum ) / 2;
-                            /* Does not apply.  But this value is in range */
-      mmvar->axis[i].strid   = 0xFFFFFFFFUL;   /* Does not apply */
-      mmvar->axis[i].tag     = 0xFFFFFFFFUL;   /* Does not apply */
-
-      if ( ft_strcmp( mmvar->axis[i].name, "Weight" ) == 0 )
-        mmvar->axis[i].tag = FT_MAKE_TAG( 'w', 'g', 'h', 't' );
-      else if ( ft_strcmp( mmvar->axis[i].name, "Width" ) == 0 )
-        mmvar->axis[i].tag = FT_MAKE_TAG( 'w', 'd', 't', 'h' );
-      else if ( ft_strcmp( mmvar->axis[i].name, "OpticalSize" ) == 0 )
-        mmvar->axis[i].tag = FT_MAKE_TAG( 'o', 'p', 's', 'z' );
-    }
-
-    if ( blend->num_designs == 1U << blend->num_axis )
-    {
-      mm_weights_unmap( blend->default_weight_vector,
-                        axiscoords,
-                        blend->num_axis );
-
-      for ( i = 0; i < mmaster.num_axis; ++i )
-        mmvar->axis[i].def =
-          FT_INT_TO_FIXED( mm_axis_unmap( &blend->design_map[i],
-                                          axiscoords[i] ) );
-    }
-
-    *master = mmvar;
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  T1_Set_MM_Blend( T1_Face    face,
-                   FT_UInt    num_coords,
-                   FT_Fixed*  coords )
-  {
-    PS_Blend  blend = face->blend;
-    FT_Error  error;
-    FT_UInt   n, m;
-
-
-    error = T1_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-
-    if ( blend && blend->num_axis == num_coords )
-    {
-      /* recompute the weight vector from the blend coordinates */
-      error = T1_Err_Ok;
-
-      for ( n = 0; n < blend->num_designs; n++ )
-      {
-        FT_Fixed  result = 0x10000L;  /* 1.0 fixed */
-
-
-        for ( m = 0; m < blend->num_axis; m++ )
-        {
-          FT_Fixed  factor;
-
-
-          /* get current blend axis position */
-          factor = coords[m];
-          if ( factor < 0 )        factor = 0;
-          if ( factor > 0x10000L ) factor = 0x10000L;
-
-          if ( ( n & ( 1 << m ) ) == 0 )
-            factor = 0x10000L - factor;
-
-          result = FT_MulFix( result, factor );
-        }
-        blend->weight_vector[n] = result;
-      }
-
-      error = T1_Err_Ok;
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  T1_Set_MM_Design( T1_Face   face,
-                    FT_UInt   num_coords,
-                    FT_Long*  coords )
-  {
-    PS_Blend  blend = face->blend;
-    FT_Error  error;
-    FT_UInt   n, p;
-
-
-    error = T1_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-    if ( blend && blend->num_axis == num_coords )
-    {
-      /* compute the blend coordinates through the blend design map */
-      FT_Fixed  final_blends[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS];
-
-
-      for ( n = 0; n < blend->num_axis; n++ )
-      {
-        FT_Long       design  = coords[n];
-        FT_Fixed      the_blend;
-        PS_DesignMap  map     = blend->design_map + n;
-        FT_Long*      designs = map->design_points;
-        FT_Fixed*     blends  = map->blend_points;
-        FT_Int        before  = -1, after = -1;
-
-
-        for ( p = 0; p < (FT_UInt)map->num_points; p++ )
-        {
-          FT_Long  p_design = designs[p];
-
-
-          /* exact match? */
-          if ( design == p_design )
-          {
-            the_blend = blends[p];
-            goto Found;
-          }
-
-          if ( design < p_design )
-          {
-            after = p;
-            break;
-          }
-
-          before = p;
-        }
-
-        /* now interpolate if necessary */
-        if ( before < 0 )
-          the_blend = blends[0];
-
-        else if ( after < 0 )
-          the_blend = blends[map->num_points - 1];
-
-        else
-          the_blend = FT_MulDiv( design         - designs[before],
-                                 blends [after] - blends [before],
-                                 designs[after] - designs[before] );
-
-      Found:
-        final_blends[n] = the_blend;
-      }
-
-      error = T1_Set_MM_Blend( face, num_coords, final_blends );
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Just a wrapper around T1_Set_MM_Design to support the different       */
-  /* arguments needed by the GX var distortable fonts.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  T1_Set_Var_Design( T1_Face    face,
-                     FT_UInt    num_coords,
-                     FT_Fixed*  coords )
-  {
-     FT_Long   lcoords[4];          /* maximum axis count is 4 */
-     FT_UInt   i;
-     FT_Error  error;
-
-
-     error = T1_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-     if ( num_coords <= 4 && num_coords > 0 )
-     {
-       for ( i = 0; i < num_coords; ++i )
-         lcoords[i] = FT_FIXED_TO_INT( coords[i] );
-       error = T1_Set_MM_Design( face, num_coords, lcoords );
-     }
-
-     return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  T1_Done_Blend( T1_Face  face )
-  {
-    FT_Memory  memory = face->root.memory;
-    PS_Blend   blend  = face->blend;
-
-
-    if ( blend )
-    {
-      FT_UInt  num_designs = blend->num_designs;
-      FT_UInt  num_axis    = blend->num_axis;
-      FT_UInt  n;
-
-
-      /* release design pos table */
-      FT_FREE( blend->design_pos[0] );
-      for ( n = 1; n < num_designs; n++ )
-        blend->design_pos[n] = 0;
-
-      /* release blend `private' and `font info' dictionaries */
-      FT_FREE( blend->privates[1] );
-      FT_FREE( blend->font_infos[1] );
-      FT_FREE( blend->bboxes[1] );
-
-      for ( n = 0; n < num_designs; n++ )
-      {
-        blend->privates  [n] = 0;
-        blend->font_infos[n] = 0;
-        blend->bboxes    [n] = 0;
-      }
-
-      /* release weight vectors */
-      FT_FREE( blend->weight_vector );
-      blend->default_weight_vector = 0;
-
-      /* release axis names */
-      for ( n = 0; n < num_axis; n++ )
-        FT_FREE( blend->axis_names[n] );
-
-      /* release design map */
-      for ( n = 0; n < num_axis; n++ )
-      {
-        PS_DesignMap  dmap = blend->design_map + n;
-
-
-        FT_FREE( dmap->design_points );
-        dmap->num_points = 0;
-      }
-
-      FT_FREE( face->blend );
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  parse_blend_axis_types( T1_Face    face,
-                          T1_Loader  loader )
-  {
-    T1_TokenRec  axis_tokens[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];
-    FT_Int       n, num_axis;
-    FT_Error     error = T1_Err_Ok;
-    PS_Blend     blend;
-    FT_Memory    memory;
-
-
-    /* take an array of objects */
-    T1_ToTokenArray( &loader->parser, axis_tokens,
-                     T1_MAX_MM_AXIS, &num_axis );
-    if ( num_axis < 0 )
-    {
-      error = T1_Err_Ignore;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-    if ( num_axis == 0 || num_axis > T1_MAX_MM_AXIS )
-    {
-      FT_ERROR(( "parse_blend_axis_types: incorrect number of axes: %d\n",
-                 num_axis ));
-      error = T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* allocate blend if necessary */
-    error = t1_allocate_blend( face, 0, (FT_UInt)num_axis );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    blend  = face->blend;
-    memory = face->root.memory;
-
-    /* each token is an immediate containing the name of the axis */
-    for ( n = 0; n < num_axis; n++ )
-    {
-      T1_Token    token = axis_tokens + n;
-      FT_Byte*    name;
-      FT_PtrDist  len;
-
-
-      /* skip first slash, if any */
-      if ( token->start[0] == '/' )
-        token->start++;
-
-      len = token->limit - token->start;
-      if ( len == 0 )
-      {
-        error = T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-        goto Exit;
-      }
-
-      if ( FT_ALLOC( blend->axis_names[n], len + 1 ) )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      name = (FT_Byte*)blend->axis_names[n];
-      FT_MEM_COPY( name, token->start, len );
-      name[len] = 0;
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    loader->parser.root.error = error;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  parse_blend_design_positions( T1_Face    face,
-                                T1_Loader  loader )
-  {
-    T1_TokenRec  design_tokens[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS];
-    FT_Int       num_designs;
-    FT_Int       num_axis;
-    T1_Parser    parser = &loader->parser;
-
-    FT_Error     error = T1_Err_Ok;
-    PS_Blend     blend;
-
-
-    /* get the array of design tokens -- compute number of designs */
-    T1_ToTokenArray( parser, design_tokens,
-                     T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS, &num_designs );
-    if ( num_designs < 0 )
-    {
-      error = T1_Err_Ignore;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-    if ( num_designs == 0 || num_designs > T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS )
-    {
-      FT_ERROR(( "parse_blend_design_positions:" ));
-      FT_ERROR(( " incorrect number of designs: %d\n",
-                 num_designs ));
-      error = T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    {
-      FT_Byte*  old_cursor = parser->root.cursor;
-      FT_Byte*  old_limit  = parser->root.limit;
-      FT_Int    n;
-
-
-      blend    = face->blend;
-      num_axis = 0;  /* make compiler happy */
-
-      for ( n = 0; n < num_designs; n++ )
-      {
-        T1_TokenRec  axis_tokens[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];
-        T1_Token     token;
-        FT_Int       axis, n_axis;
-
-
-        /* read axis/coordinates tokens */
-        token = design_tokens + n;
-        parser->root.cursor = token->start;
-        parser->root.limit  = token->limit;
-        T1_ToTokenArray( parser, axis_tokens, T1_MAX_MM_AXIS, &n_axis );
-
-        if ( n == 0 )
-        {
-          if ( n_axis <= 0 || n_axis > T1_MAX_MM_AXIS )
-          {
-            FT_ERROR(( "parse_blend_design_positions:" ));
-            FT_ERROR(( "  invalid number of axes: %d\n",
-                       n_axis ));
-            error = T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-            goto Exit;
-          }
-
-          num_axis = n_axis;
-          error = t1_allocate_blend( face, num_designs, num_axis );
-          if ( error )
-            goto Exit;
-          blend = face->blend;
-        }
-        else if ( n_axis != num_axis )
-        {
-          FT_ERROR(( "parse_blend_design_positions: incorrect table\n" ));
-          error = T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-          goto Exit;
-        }
-
-        /* now read each axis token into the design position */
-        for ( axis = 0; axis < n_axis; axis++ )
-        {
-          T1_Token  token2 = axis_tokens + axis;
-
-
-          parser->root.cursor = token2->start;
-          parser->root.limit  = token2->limit;
-          blend->design_pos[n][axis] = T1_ToFixed( parser, 0 );
-        }
-      }
-
-      loader->parser.root.cursor = old_cursor;
-      loader->parser.root.limit  = old_limit;
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    loader->parser.root.error = error;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  parse_blend_design_map( T1_Face    face,
-                          T1_Loader  loader )
-  {
-    FT_Error     error  = T1_Err_Ok;
-    T1_Parser    parser = &loader->parser;
-    PS_Blend     blend;
-    T1_TokenRec  axis_tokens[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];
-    FT_Int       n, num_axis;
-    FT_Byte*     old_cursor;
-    FT_Byte*     old_limit;
-    FT_Memory    memory = face->root.memory;
-
-
-    T1_ToTokenArray( parser, axis_tokens,
-                     T1_MAX_MM_AXIS, &num_axis );
-    if ( num_axis < 0 )
-    {
-      error = T1_Err_Ignore;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-    if ( num_axis == 0 || num_axis > T1_MAX_MM_AXIS )
-    {
-      FT_ERROR(( "parse_blend_design_map: incorrect number of axes: %d\n",
-                 num_axis ));
-      error = T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    old_cursor = parser->root.cursor;
-    old_limit  = parser->root.limit;
-
-    error = t1_allocate_blend( face, 0, num_axis );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-    blend = face->blend;
-
-    /* now read each axis design map */
-    for ( n = 0; n < num_axis; n++ )
-    {
-      PS_DesignMap  map = blend->design_map + n;
-      T1_Token      axis_token;
-      T1_TokenRec   point_tokens[T1_MAX_MM_MAP_POINTS];
-      FT_Int        p, num_points;
-
-
-      axis_token = axis_tokens + n;
-
-      parser->root.cursor = axis_token->start;
-      parser->root.limit  = axis_token->limit;
-      T1_ToTokenArray( parser, point_tokens,
-                       T1_MAX_MM_MAP_POINTS, &num_points );
-
-      if ( num_points <= 0 || num_points > T1_MAX_MM_MAP_POINTS )
-      {
-        FT_ERROR(( "parse_blend_design_map: incorrect table\n" ));
-        error = T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-        goto Exit;
-      }
-
-      /* allocate design map data */
-      if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( map->design_points, num_points * 2 ) )
-        goto Exit;
-      map->blend_points = map->design_points + num_points;
-      map->num_points   = (FT_Byte)num_points;
-
-      for ( p = 0; p < num_points; p++ )
-      {
-        T1_Token  point_token;
-
-
-        point_token = point_tokens + p;
-
-        /* don't include delimiting brackets */
-        parser->root.cursor = point_token->start + 1;
-        parser->root.limit  = point_token->limit - 1;
-
-        map->design_points[p] = T1_ToInt( parser );
-        map->blend_points [p] = T1_ToFixed( parser, 0 );
-      }
-    }
-
-    parser->root.cursor = old_cursor;
-    parser->root.limit  = old_limit;
-
-  Exit:
-    parser->root.error = error;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  parse_weight_vector( T1_Face    face,
-                       T1_Loader  loader )
-  {
-    T1_TokenRec  design_tokens[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS];
-    FT_Int       num_designs;
-    FT_Error     error  = T1_Err_Ok;
-    T1_Parser    parser = &loader->parser;
-    PS_Blend     blend  = face->blend;
-    T1_Token     token;
-    FT_Int       n;
-    FT_Byte*     old_cursor;
-    FT_Byte*     old_limit;
-
-
-    T1_ToTokenArray( parser, design_tokens,
-                     T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS, &num_designs );
-    if ( num_designs < 0 )
-    {
-      error = T1_Err_Ignore;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-    if ( num_designs == 0 || num_designs > T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS )
-    {
-      FT_ERROR(( "parse_weight_vector:" ));
-      FT_ERROR(( " incorrect number of designs: %d\n",
-                 num_designs ));
-      error = T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    if ( !blend || !blend->num_designs )
-    {
-      error = t1_allocate_blend( face, num_designs, 0 );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Exit;
-      blend = face->blend;
-    }
-    else if ( blend->num_designs != (FT_UInt)num_designs )
-    {
-      FT_ERROR(( "parse_weight_vector:"
-                 " /BlendDesignPosition and /WeightVector have\n" ));
-      FT_ERROR(( "                    "
-                 " different number of elements!\n" ));
-      error = T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    old_cursor = parser->root.cursor;
-    old_limit  = parser->root.limit;
-
-    for ( n = 0; n < num_designs; n++ )
-    {
-      token = design_tokens + n;
-      parser->root.cursor = token->start;
-      parser->root.limit  = token->limit;
-
-      blend->default_weight_vector[n] =
-      blend->weight_vector[n]         = T1_ToFixed( parser, 0 );
-    }
-
-    parser->root.cursor = old_cursor;
-    parser->root.limit  = old_limit;
-
-  Exit:
-    parser->root.error = error;
-  }
-
-
-  /* e.g., /BuildCharArray [0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0] def           */
-  /* we're only interested in the number of array elements */
-  static void
-  parse_buildchar( T1_Face    face,
-                   T1_Loader  loader )
-  {
-    face->len_buildchar = T1_ToFixedArray( &loader->parser, 0, NULL, 0 );
-
-    return;
-  }
-
-
-#endif /* T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_MM_SUPPORT */
-
-
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                      TYPE 1 SYMBOL PARSING                    *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  static FT_Error
-  t1_load_keyword( T1_Face         face,
-                   T1_Loader       loader,
-                   const T1_Field  field )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error;
-    void*     dummy_object;
-    void**    objects;
-    FT_UInt   max_objects;
-    PS_Blend  blend = face->blend;
-
-
-    /* if the keyword has a dedicated callback, call it */
-    if ( field->type == T1_FIELD_TYPE_CALLBACK )
-    {
-      field->reader( (FT_Face)face, loader );
-      error = loader->parser.root.error;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* now, the keyword is either a simple field, or a table of fields; */
-    /* we are now going to take care of it                              */
-    switch ( field->location )
-    {
-    case T1_FIELD_LOCATION_FONT_INFO:
-      dummy_object = &face->type1.font_info;
-      objects      = &dummy_object;
-      max_objects  = 0;
-
-      if ( blend )
-      {
-        objects     = (void**)blend->font_infos;
-        max_objects = blend->num_designs;
-      }
-      break;
-
-    case T1_FIELD_LOCATION_PRIVATE:
-      dummy_object = &face->type1.private_dict;
-      objects      = &dummy_object;
-      max_objects  = 0;
-
-      if ( blend )
-      {
-        objects     = (void**)blend->privates;
-        max_objects = blend->num_designs;
-      }
-      break;
-
-    case T1_FIELD_LOCATION_BBOX:
-      dummy_object = &face->type1.font_bbox;
-      objects      = &dummy_object;
-      max_objects  = 0;
-
-      if ( blend )
-      {
-        objects     = (void**)blend->bboxes;
-        max_objects = blend->num_designs;
-      }
-      break;
-
-    case T1_FIELD_LOCATION_LOADER:
-      dummy_object = loader;
-      objects      = &dummy_object;
-      max_objects  = 0;
-      break;
-
-    case T1_FIELD_LOCATION_FACE:
-      dummy_object = face;
-      objects      = &dummy_object;
-      max_objects  = 0;
-      break;
-
-#ifndef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_MM_SUPPORT
-    case T1_FIELD_LOCATION_BLEND:
-      dummy_object = face->blend;
-      objects      = &dummy_object;
-      max_objects  = 0;
-      break;
-#endif
-
-    default:
-      dummy_object = &face->type1;
-      objects      = &dummy_object;
-      max_objects  = 0;
-    }
-
-    if ( field->type == T1_FIELD_TYPE_INTEGER_ARRAY ||
-         field->type == T1_FIELD_TYPE_FIXED_ARRAY   )
-      error = T1_Load_Field_Table( &loader->parser, field,
-                                   objects, max_objects, 0 );
-    else
-      error = T1_Load_Field( &loader->parser, field,
-                             objects, max_objects, 0 );
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  parse_private( T1_Face    face,
-                 T1_Loader  loader )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( face );
-
-    loader->keywords_encountered |= T1_PRIVATE;
-  }
-
-
-  static int
-  read_binary_data( T1_Parser  parser,
-                    FT_Long*   size,
-                    FT_Byte**  base )
-  {
-    FT_Byte*  cur;
-    FT_Byte*  limit = parser->root.limit;
-
-
-    /* the binary data has one of the following formats */
-    /*                                                  */
-    /*   `size' [white*] RD white ....... ND            */
-    /*   `size' [white*] -| white ....... |-            */
-    /*                                                  */
-
-    T1_Skip_Spaces( parser );
-
-    cur = parser->root.cursor;
-
-    if ( cur < limit && ft_isdigit( *cur ) )
-    {
-      *size = T1_ToInt( parser );
-
-      T1_Skip_PS_Token( parser );   /* `RD' or `-|' or something else */
-
-      /* there is only one whitespace char after the */
-      /* `RD' or `-|' token                          */
-      *base = parser->root.cursor + 1;
-
-      parser->root.cursor += *size + 1;
-      return !parser->root.error;
-    }
-
-    FT_ERROR(( "read_binary_data: invalid size field\n" ));
-    parser->root.error = T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  /* We now define the routines to handle the `/Encoding', `/Subrs', */
-  /* and `/CharStrings' dictionaries.                                */
-
-  static void
-  parse_font_matrix( T1_Face    face,
-                     T1_Loader  loader )
-  {
-    T1_Parser   parser = &loader->parser;
-    FT_Matrix*  matrix = &face->type1.font_matrix;
-    FT_Vector*  offset = &face->type1.font_offset;
-    FT_Face     root   = (FT_Face)&face->root;
-    FT_Fixed    temp[6];
-    FT_Fixed    temp_scale;
-    FT_Int      result;
-
-
-    result = T1_ToFixedArray( parser, 6, temp, 3 );
-
-    if ( result < 0 )
-    {
-      parser->root.error = T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-      return;
-    }
-
-    temp_scale = FT_ABS( temp[3] );
-
-    if ( temp_scale == 0 )
-    {
-      FT_ERROR(( "parse_font_matrix: invalid font matrix\n" ));
-      parser->root.error = T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-      return;
-    }
-
-    /* Set Units per EM based on FontMatrix values.  We set the value to */
-    /* 1000 / temp_scale, because temp_scale was already multiplied by   */
-    /* 1000 (in t1_tofixed, from psobjs.c).                              */
-
-    root->units_per_EM = (FT_UShort)( FT_DivFix( 1000 * 0x10000L,
-                                                 temp_scale ) >> 16 );
-
-    /* we need to scale the values by 1.0/temp_scale */
-    if ( temp_scale != 0x10000L )
-    {
-      temp[0] = FT_DivFix( temp[0], temp_scale );
-      temp[1] = FT_DivFix( temp[1], temp_scale );
-      temp[2] = FT_DivFix( temp[2], temp_scale );
-      temp[4] = FT_DivFix( temp[4], temp_scale );
-      temp[5] = FT_DivFix( temp[5], temp_scale );
-      temp[3] = 0x10000L;
-    }
-
-    matrix->xx = temp[0];
-    matrix->yx = temp[1];
-    matrix->xy = temp[2];
-    matrix->yy = temp[3];
-
-    /* note that the offsets must be expressed in integer font units */
-    offset->x = temp[4] >> 16;
-    offset->y = temp[5] >> 16;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  parse_encoding( T1_Face    face,
-                  T1_Loader  loader )
-  {
-    T1_Parser  parser = &loader->parser;
-    FT_Byte*   cur;
-    FT_Byte*   limit  = parser->root.limit;
-
-    PSAux_Service  psaux = (PSAux_Service)face->psaux;
-
-
-    T1_Skip_Spaces( parser );
-    cur = parser->root.cursor;
-    if ( cur >= limit )
-    {
-      FT_ERROR(( "parse_encoding: out of bounds!\n" ));
-      parser->root.error = T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-      return;
-    }
-
-    /* if we have a number or `[', the encoding is an array, */
-    /* and we must load it now                               */
-    if ( ft_isdigit( *cur ) || *cur == '[' )
-    {
-      T1_Encoding  encode          = &face->type1.encoding;
-      FT_Int       count, n;
-      PS_Table     char_table      = &loader->encoding_table;
-      FT_Memory    memory          = parser->root.memory;
-      FT_Error     error;
-      FT_Bool      only_immediates = 0;
-
-
-      /* read the number of entries in the encoding; should be 256 */
-      if ( *cur == '[' )
-      {
-        count           = 256;
-        only_immediates = 1;
-        parser->root.cursor++;
-      }
-      else
-        count = (FT_Int)T1_ToInt( parser );
-
-      T1_Skip_Spaces( parser );
-      if ( parser->root.cursor >= limit )
-        return;
-
-      /* we use a T1_Table to store our charnames */
-      loader->num_chars = encode->num_chars = count;
-      if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( encode->char_index, count )     ||
-           FT_NEW_ARRAY( encode->char_name,  count )     ||
-           FT_SET_ERROR( psaux->ps_table_funcs->init(
-                           char_table, count, memory ) ) )
-      {
-        parser->root.error = error;
-        return;
-      }
-
-      /* We need to `zero' out encoding_table.elements */
-      for ( n = 0; n < count; n++ )
-      {
-        char*  notdef = (char *)".notdef";
-
-
-        T1_Add_Table( char_table, n, notdef, 8 );
-      }
-
-      /* Now we need to read records of the form                */
-      /*                                                        */
-      /*   ... charcode /charname ...                           */
-      /*                                                        */
-      /* for each entry in our table.                           */
-      /*                                                        */
-      /* We simply look for a number followed by an immediate   */
-      /* name.  Note that this ignores correctly the sequence   */
-      /* that is often seen in type1 fonts:                     */
-      /*                                                        */
-      /*   0 1 255 { 1 index exch /.notdef put } for dup        */
-      /*                                                        */
-      /* used to clean the encoding array before anything else. */
-      /*                                                        */
-      /* Alternatively, if the array is directly given as       */
-      /*                                                        */
-      /*   /Encoding [ ... ]                                    */
-      /*                                                        */
-      /* we only read immediates.                               */
-
-      n = 0;
-      T1_Skip_Spaces( parser );
-
-      while ( parser->root.cursor < limit )
-      {
-        cur = parser->root.cursor;
-
-        /* we stop when we encounter a `def' or `]' */
-        if ( *cur == 'd' && cur + 3 < limit )
-        {
-          if ( cur[1] == 'e'         &&
-               cur[2] == 'f'         &&
-               IS_PS_DELIM( cur[3] ) )
-          {
-            FT_TRACE6(( "encoding end\n" ));
-            cur += 3;
-            break;
-          }
-        }
-        if ( *cur == ']' )
-        {
-          FT_TRACE6(( "encoding end\n" ));
-          cur++;
-          break;
-        }
-
-        /* check whether we've found an entry */
-        if ( ft_isdigit( *cur ) || only_immediates )
-        {
-          FT_Int  charcode;
-
-
-          if ( only_immediates )
-            charcode = n;
-          else
-          {
-            charcode = (FT_Int)T1_ToInt( parser );
-            T1_Skip_Spaces( parser );
-          }
-
-          cur = parser->root.cursor;
-
-          if ( *cur == '/' && cur + 2 < limit && n < count )
-          {
-            FT_PtrDist  len;
-
-
-            cur++;
-
-            parser->root.cursor = cur;
-            T1_Skip_PS_Token( parser );
-            if ( parser->root.error )
-              return;
-
-            len = parser->root.cursor - cur;
-
-            parser->root.error = T1_Add_Table( char_table, charcode,
-                                               cur, len + 1 );
-            if ( parser->root.error )
-              return;
-            char_table->elements[charcode][len] = '\0';
-
-            n++;
-          }
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          T1_Skip_PS_Token( parser );
-          if ( parser->root.error )
-            return;
-        }
-
-        T1_Skip_Spaces( parser );
-      }
-
-      face->type1.encoding_type = T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ARRAY;
-      parser->root.cursor       = cur;
-    }
-
-    /* Otherwise, we should have either `StandardEncoding', */
-    /* `ExpertEncoding', or `ISOLatin1Encoding'             */
-    else
-    {
-      if ( cur + 17 < limit                                            &&
-           ft_strncmp( (const char*)cur, "StandardEncoding", 16 ) == 0 )
-        face->type1.encoding_type = T1_ENCODING_TYPE_STANDARD;
-
-      else if ( cur + 15 < limit                                          &&
-                ft_strncmp( (const char*)cur, "ExpertEncoding", 14 ) == 0 )
-        face->type1.encoding_type = T1_ENCODING_TYPE_EXPERT;
-
-      else if ( cur + 18 < limit                                             &&
-                ft_strncmp( (const char*)cur, "ISOLatin1Encoding", 17 ) == 0 )
-        face->type1.encoding_type = T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ISOLATIN1;
-
-      else
-        parser->root.error = T1_Err_Ignore;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  parse_subrs( T1_Face    face,
-               T1_Loader  loader )
-  {
-    T1_Parser  parser = &loader->parser;
-    PS_Table   table  = &loader->subrs;
-    FT_Memory  memory = parser->root.memory;
-    FT_Error   error;
-    FT_Int     n, num_subrs;
-
-    PSAux_Service  psaux  = (PSAux_Service)face->psaux;
-
-
-    T1_Skip_Spaces( parser );
-
-    /* test for empty array */
-    if ( parser->root.cursor < parser->root.limit &&
-         *parser->root.cursor == '['              )
-    {
-      T1_Skip_PS_Token( parser );
-      T1_Skip_Spaces  ( parser );
-      if ( parser->root.cursor >= parser->root.limit ||
-           *parser->root.cursor != ']'               )
-        parser->root.error = T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-      return;
-    }
-
-    num_subrs = (FT_Int)T1_ToInt( parser );
-
-    /* position the parser right before the `dup' of the first subr */
-    T1_Skip_PS_Token( parser );         /* `array' */
-    if ( parser->root.error )
-      return;
-    T1_Skip_Spaces( parser );
-
-    /* initialize subrs array -- with synthetic fonts it is possible */
-    /* we get here twice                                             */
-    if ( !loader->num_subrs )
-    {
-      error = psaux->ps_table_funcs->init( table, num_subrs, memory );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Fail;
-    }
-
-    /* the format is simple:                                 */
-    /*                                                       */
-    /*   `index' + binary data                               */
-    /*                                                       */
-    for ( n = 0; n < num_subrs; n++ )
-    {
-      FT_Long   idx, size;
-      FT_Byte*  base;
-
-
-      /* If the next token isn't `dup', we are also done.  This */
-      /* happens when there are `holes' in the Subrs array.     */
-      if ( ft_strncmp( (char*)parser->root.cursor, "dup", 3 ) != 0 )
-        break;
-
-      T1_Skip_PS_Token( parser );       /* `dup' */
-
-      idx = T1_ToInt( parser );
-
-      if ( !read_binary_data( parser, &size, &base ) )
-        return;
-
-      /* The binary string is followed by one token, e.g. `NP' */
-      /* (bound to `noaccess put') or by two separate tokens:  */
-      /* `noaccess' & `put'.  We position the parser right     */
-      /* before the next `dup', if any.                        */
-      T1_Skip_PS_Token( parser );   /* `NP' or `|' or `noaccess' */
-      if ( parser->root.error )
-        return;
-      T1_Skip_Spaces  ( parser );
-
-      if ( ft_strncmp( (char*)parser->root.cursor, "put", 3 ) == 0 )
-      {
-        T1_Skip_PS_Token( parser ); /* skip `put' */
-        T1_Skip_Spaces  ( parser );
-      }
-
-      /* with synthetic fonts it is possible we get here twice */
-      if ( loader->num_subrs )
-        continue;
-
-      /* some fonts use a value of -1 for lenIV to indicate that */
-      /* the charstrings are unencoded                           */
-      /*                                                         */
-      /* thanks to Tom Kacvinsky for pointing this out           */
-      /*                                                         */
-      if ( face->type1.private_dict.lenIV >= 0 )
-      {
-        FT_Byte*  temp;
-
-
-        /* some fonts define empty subr records -- this is not totally */
-        /* compliant to the specification (which says they should at   */
-        /* least contain a `return'), but we support them anyway       */
-        if ( size < face->type1.private_dict.lenIV )
-        {
-          error = T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-          goto Fail;
-        }
-
-        /* t1_decrypt() shouldn't write to base -- make temporary copy */
-        if ( FT_ALLOC( temp, size ) )
-          goto Fail;
-        FT_MEM_COPY( temp, base, size );
-        psaux->t1_decrypt( temp, size, 4330 );
-        size -= face->type1.private_dict.lenIV;
-        error = T1_Add_Table( table, (FT_Int)idx,
-                              temp + face->type1.private_dict.lenIV, size );
-        FT_FREE( temp );
-      }
-      else
-        error = T1_Add_Table( table, (FT_Int)idx, base, size );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Fail;
-    }
-
-    if ( !loader->num_subrs )
-      loader->num_subrs = num_subrs;
-
-    return;
-
-  Fail:
-    parser->root.error = error;
-  }
-
-
-#define TABLE_EXTEND  5
-
-
-  static void
-  parse_charstrings( T1_Face    face,
-                     T1_Loader  loader )
-  {
-    T1_Parser      parser       = &loader->parser;
-    PS_Table       code_table   = &loader->charstrings;
-    PS_Table       name_table   = &loader->glyph_names;
-    PS_Table       swap_table   = &loader->swap_table;
-    FT_Memory      memory       = parser->root.memory;
-    FT_Error       error;
-
-    PSAux_Service  psaux        = (PSAux_Service)face->psaux;
-
-    FT_Byte*       cur;
-    FT_Byte*       limit        = parser->root.limit;
-    FT_Int         n, num_glyphs;
-    FT_UInt        notdef_index = 0;
-    FT_Byte        notdef_found = 0;
-
-
-    num_glyphs = (FT_Int)T1_ToInt( parser );
-    /* some fonts like Optima-Oblique not only define the /CharStrings */
-    /* array but access it also                                        */
-    if ( num_glyphs == 0 || parser->root.error )
-      return;
-
-    /* initialize tables, leaving space for addition of .notdef, */
-    /* if necessary, and a few other glyphs to handle buggy      */
-    /* fonts which have more glyphs than specified.              */
-
-    /* for some non-standard fonts like `Optima' which provides  */
-    /* different outlines depending on the resolution it is      */
-    /* possible to get here twice                                */
-    if ( !loader->num_glyphs )
-    {
-      error = psaux->ps_table_funcs->init(
-                code_table, num_glyphs + 1 + TABLE_EXTEND, memory );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Fail;
-
-      error = psaux->ps_table_funcs->init(
-                name_table, num_glyphs + 1 + TABLE_EXTEND, memory );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Fail;
-
-      /* Initialize table for swapping index notdef_index and */
-      /* index 0 names and codes (if necessary).              */
-
-      error = psaux->ps_table_funcs->init( swap_table, 4, memory );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Fail;
-    }
-
-    n = 0;
-
-    for (;;)
-    {
-      FT_Long   size;
-      FT_Byte*  base;
-
-
-      /* the format is simple:        */
-      /*   `/glyphname' + binary data */
-
-      T1_Skip_Spaces( parser );
-
-      cur = parser->root.cursor;
-      if ( cur >= limit )
-        break;
-
-      /* we stop when we find a `def' or `end' keyword */
-      if ( cur + 3 < limit && IS_PS_DELIM( cur[3] ) )
-      {
-        if ( cur[0] == 'd' &&
-             cur[1] == 'e' &&
-             cur[2] == 'f' )
-        {
-          /* There are fonts which have this: */
-          /*                                  */
-          /*   /CharStrings 118 dict def      */
-          /*   Private begin                  */
-          /*   CharStrings begin              */
-          /*   ...                            */
-          /*                                  */
-          /* To catch this we ignore `def' if */
-          /* no charstring has actually been  */
-          /* seen.                            */
-          if ( n )
-            break;
-        }
-
-        if ( cur[0] == 'e' &&
-             cur[1] == 'n' &&
-             cur[2] == 'd' )
-          break;
-      }
-
-      T1_Skip_PS_Token( parser );
-      if ( parser->root.error )
-        return;
-
-      if ( *cur == '/' )
-      {
-        FT_PtrDist  len;
-
-
-        if ( cur + 1 >= limit )
-        {
-          error = T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-          goto Fail;
-        }
-
-        cur++;                              /* skip `/' */
-        len = parser->root.cursor - cur;
-
-        if ( !read_binary_data( parser, &size, &base ) )
-          return;
-
-        /* for some non-standard fonts like `Optima' which provides */
-        /* different outlines depending on the resolution it is     */
-        /* possible to get here twice                               */
-        if ( loader->num_glyphs )
-          continue;
-
-        error = T1_Add_Table( name_table, n, cur, len + 1 );
-        if ( error )
-          goto Fail;
-
-        /* add a trailing zero to the name table */
-        name_table->elements[n][len] = '\0';
-
-        /* record index of /.notdef */
-        if ( *cur == '.'                                              &&
-             ft_strcmp( ".notdef",
-                        (const char*)(name_table->elements[n]) ) == 0 )
-        {
-          notdef_index = n;
-          notdef_found = 1;
-        }
-
-        if ( face->type1.private_dict.lenIV >= 0 &&
-             n < num_glyphs + TABLE_EXTEND       )
-        {
-          FT_Byte*  temp;
-
-
-          if ( size <= face->type1.private_dict.lenIV )
-          {
-            error = T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-            goto Fail;
-          }
-
-          /* t1_decrypt() shouldn't write to base -- make temporary copy */
-          if ( FT_ALLOC( temp, size ) )
-            goto Fail;
-          FT_MEM_COPY( temp, base, size );
-          psaux->t1_decrypt( temp, size, 4330 );
-          size -= face->type1.private_dict.lenIV;
-          error = T1_Add_Table( code_table, n,
-                                temp + face->type1.private_dict.lenIV, size );
-          FT_FREE( temp );
-        }
-        else
-          error = T1_Add_Table( code_table, n, base, size );
-        if ( error )
-          goto Fail;
-
-        n++;
-      }
-    }
-
-    if ( loader->num_glyphs )
-      return;
-    else
-      loader->num_glyphs = n;
-
-    /* if /.notdef is found but does not occupy index 0, do our magic. */
-    if ( ft_strcmp( (const char*)".notdef",
-                    (const char*)name_table->elements[0] ) &&
-         notdef_found                                      )
-    {
-      /* Swap glyph in index 0 with /.notdef glyph.  First, add index 0  */
-      /* name and code entries to swap_table.  Then place notdef_index   */
-      /* name and code entries into swap_table.  Then swap name and code */
-      /* entries at indices notdef_index and 0 using values stored in    */
-      /* swap_table.                                                     */
-
-      /* Index 0 name */
-      error = T1_Add_Table( swap_table, 0,
-                            name_table->elements[0],
-                            name_table->lengths [0] );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Fail;
-
-      /* Index 0 code */
-      error = T1_Add_Table( swap_table, 1,
-                            code_table->elements[0],
-                            code_table->lengths [0] );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Fail;
-
-      /* Index notdef_index name */
-      error = T1_Add_Table( swap_table, 2,
-                            name_table->elements[notdef_index],
-                            name_table->lengths [notdef_index] );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Fail;
-
-      /* Index notdef_index code */
-      error = T1_Add_Table( swap_table, 3,
-                            code_table->elements[notdef_index],
-                            code_table->lengths [notdef_index] );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Fail;
-
-      error = T1_Add_Table( name_table, notdef_index,
-                            swap_table->elements[0],
-                            swap_table->lengths [0] );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Fail;
-
-      error = T1_Add_Table( code_table, notdef_index,
-                            swap_table->elements[1],
-                            swap_table->lengths [1] );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Fail;
-
-      error = T1_Add_Table( name_table, 0,
-                            swap_table->elements[2],
-                            swap_table->lengths [2] );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Fail;
-
-      error = T1_Add_Table( code_table, 0,
-                            swap_table->elements[3],
-                            swap_table->lengths [3] );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Fail;
-
-    }
-    else if ( !notdef_found )
-    {
-      /* notdef_index is already 0, or /.notdef is undefined in   */
-      /* charstrings dictionary.  Worry about /.notdef undefined. */
-      /* We take index 0 and add it to the end of the table(s)    */
-      /* and add our own /.notdef glyph to index 0.               */
-
-      /* 0 333 hsbw endchar */
-      FT_Byte  notdef_glyph[] = {0x8B, 0xF7, 0xE1, 0x0D, 0x0E};
-      char*    notdef_name    = (char *)".notdef";
-
-
-      error = T1_Add_Table( swap_table, 0,
-                            name_table->elements[0],
-                            name_table->lengths [0] );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Fail;
-
-      error = T1_Add_Table( swap_table, 1,
-                            code_table->elements[0],
-                            code_table->lengths [0] );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Fail;
-
-      error = T1_Add_Table( name_table, 0, notdef_name, 8 );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Fail;
-
-      error = T1_Add_Table( code_table, 0, notdef_glyph, 5 );
-
-      if ( error )
-        goto Fail;
-
-      error = T1_Add_Table( name_table, n,
-                            swap_table->elements[0],
-                            swap_table->lengths [0] );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Fail;
-
-      error = T1_Add_Table( code_table, n,
-                            swap_table->elements[1],
-                            swap_table->lengths [1] );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Fail;
-
-      /* we added a glyph. */
-      loader->num_glyphs = n + 1;
-    }
-
-    return;
-
-  Fail:
-    parser->root.error = error;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* Define the token field static variables.  This is a set of            */
-  /* T1_FieldRec variables.                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  static
-  const T1_FieldRec  t1_keywords[] =
-  {
-
-#include "t1tokens.h"
-
-    /* now add the special functions... */
-    T1_FIELD_CALLBACK( "FontMatrix",           parse_font_matrix,
-                       T1_FIELD_DICT_FONTDICT )
-    T1_FIELD_CALLBACK( "Encoding",             parse_encoding,
-                       T1_FIELD_DICT_FONTDICT )
-    T1_FIELD_CALLBACK( "Subrs",                parse_subrs,
-                       T1_FIELD_DICT_PRIVATE )
-    T1_FIELD_CALLBACK( "CharStrings",          parse_charstrings,
-                       T1_FIELD_DICT_PRIVATE )
-    T1_FIELD_CALLBACK( "Private",              parse_private,
-                       T1_FIELD_DICT_FONTDICT )
-
-#ifndef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_MM_SUPPORT
-    T1_FIELD_CALLBACK( "BlendDesignPositions", parse_blend_design_positions,
-                       T1_FIELD_DICT_FONTDICT )
-    T1_FIELD_CALLBACK( "BlendDesignMap",       parse_blend_design_map,
-                       T1_FIELD_DICT_FONTDICT )
-    T1_FIELD_CALLBACK( "BlendAxisTypes",       parse_blend_axis_types,
-                       T1_FIELD_DICT_FONTDICT )
-    T1_FIELD_CALLBACK( "WeightVector",         parse_weight_vector,
-                       T1_FIELD_DICT_FONTDICT )
-    T1_FIELD_CALLBACK( "BuildCharArray",       parse_buildchar,
-                       T1_FIELD_DICT_PRIVATE )
-#endif
-
-    { 0, T1_FIELD_LOCATION_CID_INFO, T1_FIELD_TYPE_NONE, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
-  };
-
-
-#define T1_FIELD_COUNT                                           \
-          ( sizeof ( t1_keywords ) / sizeof ( t1_keywords[0] ) )
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  parse_dict( T1_Face    face,
-              T1_Loader  loader,
-              FT_Byte*   base,
-              FT_Long    size )
-  {
-    T1_Parser  parser = &loader->parser;
-    FT_Byte   *limit, *start_binary = NULL;
-    FT_Bool    have_integer = 0;
-
-
-    parser->root.cursor = base;
-    parser->root.limit  = base + size;
-    parser->root.error  = T1_Err_Ok;
-
-    limit = parser->root.limit;
-
-    T1_Skip_Spaces( parser );
-
-    while ( parser->root.cursor < limit )
-    {
-      FT_Byte*  cur;
-
-
-      cur = parser->root.cursor;
-
-      /* look for `eexec' */
-      if ( IS_PS_TOKEN( cur, limit, "eexec" ) )
-        break;
-
-      /* look for `closefile' which ends the eexec section */
-      else if ( IS_PS_TOKEN( cur, limit, "closefile" ) )
-        break;
-
-      /* in a synthetic font the base font starts after a           */
-      /* `FontDictionary' token that is placed after a Private dict */
-      else if ( IS_PS_TOKEN( cur, limit, "FontDirectory" ) )
-      {
-        if ( loader->keywords_encountered & T1_PRIVATE )
-          loader->keywords_encountered |=
-            T1_FONTDIR_AFTER_PRIVATE;
-        parser->root.cursor += 13;
-      }
-
-      /* check whether we have an integer */
-      else if ( ft_isdigit( *cur ) )
-      {
-        start_binary = cur;
-        T1_Skip_PS_Token( parser );
-        if ( parser->root.error )
-          goto Exit;
-        have_integer = 1;
-      }
-
-      /* in valid Type 1 fonts we don't see `RD' or `-|' directly */
-      /* since those tokens are handled by parse_subrs and        */
-      /* parse_charstrings                                        */
-      else if ( *cur == 'R' && cur + 6 < limit && *(cur + 1) == 'D' &&
-                have_integer )
-      {
-        FT_Long   s;
-        FT_Byte*  b;
-
-
-        parser->root.cursor = start_binary;
-        if ( !read_binary_data( parser, &s, &b ) )
-          return T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-        have_integer = 0;
-      }
-
-      else if ( *cur == '-' && cur + 6 < limit && *(cur + 1) == '|' &&
-                have_integer )
-      {
-        FT_Long   s;
-        FT_Byte*  b;
-
-
-        parser->root.cursor = start_binary;
-        if ( !read_binary_data( parser, &s, &b ) )
-          return T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-        have_integer = 0;
-      }
-
-      /* look for immediates */
-      else if ( *cur == '/' && cur + 2 < limit )
-      {
-        FT_PtrDist  len;
-
-
-        cur++;
-
-        parser->root.cursor = cur;
-        T1_Skip_PS_Token( parser );
-        if ( parser->root.error )
-          goto Exit;
-
-        len = parser->root.cursor - cur;
-
-        if ( len > 0 && len < 22 && parser->root.cursor < limit )
-        {
-          /* now compare the immediate name to the keyword table */
-          T1_Field  keyword = (T1_Field)t1_keywords;
-
-
-          for (;;)
-          {
-            FT_Byte*  name;
-
-
-            name = (FT_Byte*)keyword->ident;
-            if ( !name )
-              break;
-
-            if ( cur[0] == name[0]                                  &&
-                 len == (FT_PtrDist)ft_strlen( (const char *)name ) &&
-                 ft_memcmp( cur, name, len ) == 0                   )
-            {
-              /* We found it -- run the parsing callback!     */
-              /* We record every instance of every field      */
-              /* (until we reach the base font of a           */
-              /* synthetic font) to deal adequately with      */
-              /* multiple master fonts; this is also          */
-              /* necessary because later PostScript           */
-              /* definitions override earlier ones.           */
-
-              /* Once we encounter `FontDirectory' after      */
-              /* `/Private', we know that this is a synthetic */
-              /* font; except for `/CharStrings' we are not   */
-              /* interested in anything that follows this     */
-              /* `FontDirectory'.                             */
-
-              /* MM fonts have more than one /Private token at */
-              /* the top level; let's hope that all the junk   */
-              /* that follows the first /Private token is not  */
-              /* interesting to us.                            */
-
-              /* According to Adobe Tech Note #5175 (CID-Keyed */
-              /* Font Installation for ATM Software) a `begin' */
-              /* must be followed by exactly one `end', and    */
-              /* `begin' -- `end' pairs must be accurately     */
-              /* paired.  We could use this to distinguish     */
-              /* between the global Private and the Private    */
-              /* dict that is a member of the Blend dict.      */
-
-              const FT_UInt dict =
-                ( loader->keywords_encountered & T1_PRIVATE )
-                    ? T1_FIELD_DICT_PRIVATE
-                    : T1_FIELD_DICT_FONTDICT;
-
-              if ( !( dict & keyword->dict ) )
-              {
-                FT_TRACE1(( "parse_dict: found %s but ignoring it "
-                            "since it is in the wrong dictionary\n",
-                            keyword->ident ));
-                break;
-              }
-
-              if ( !( loader->keywords_encountered &
-                      T1_FONTDIR_AFTER_PRIVATE     )                  ||
-                   ft_strcmp( (const char*)name, "CharStrings" ) == 0 )
-              {
-                parser->root.error = t1_load_keyword( face,
-                                                      loader,
-                                                      keyword );
-                if ( parser->root.error != T1_Err_Ok )
-                {
-                  if ( FT_ERROR_BASE( parser->root.error ) == FT_Err_Ignore )
-                    parser->root.error = T1_Err_Ok;
-                  else
-                    return parser->root.error;
-                }
-              }
-              break;
-            }
-
-            keyword++;
-          }
-        }
-
-        have_integer = 0;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        T1_Skip_PS_Token( parser );
-        if ( parser->root.error )
-          goto Exit;
-        have_integer = 0;
-      }
-
-      T1_Skip_Spaces( parser );
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return parser->root.error;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  t1_init_loader( T1_Loader  loader,
-                  T1_Face    face )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( face );
-
-    FT_MEM_ZERO( loader, sizeof ( *loader ) );
-    loader->num_glyphs = 0;
-    loader->num_chars  = 0;
-
-    /* initialize the tables -- simply set their `init' field to 0 */
-    loader->encoding_table.init  = 0;
-    loader->charstrings.init     = 0;
-    loader->glyph_names.init     = 0;
-    loader->subrs.init           = 0;
-    loader->swap_table.init      = 0;
-    loader->fontdata             = 0;
-    loader->keywords_encountered = 0;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  t1_done_loader( T1_Loader  loader )
-  {
-    T1_Parser  parser = &loader->parser;
-
-
-    /* finalize tables */
-    T1_Release_Table( &loader->encoding_table );
-    T1_Release_Table( &loader->charstrings );
-    T1_Release_Table( &loader->glyph_names );
-    T1_Release_Table( &loader->swap_table );
-    T1_Release_Table( &loader->subrs );
-
-    /* finalize parser */
-    T1_Finalize_Parser( parser );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  T1_Open_Face( T1_Face  face )
-  {
-    T1_LoaderRec   loader;
-    T1_Parser      parser;
-    T1_Font        type1 = &face->type1;
-    PS_Private     priv  = &type1->private_dict;
-    FT_Error       error;
-
-    PSAux_Service  psaux = (PSAux_Service)face->psaux;
-
-
-    t1_init_loader( &loader, face );
-
-    /* default values */
-    face->ndv_idx          = -1;
-    face->cdv_idx          = -1;
-    face->len_buildchar    = 0;
-
-    priv->blue_shift       = 7;
-    priv->blue_fuzz        = 1;
-    priv->lenIV            = 4;
-    priv->expansion_factor = (FT_Fixed)( 0.06 * 0x10000L );
-    priv->blue_scale       = (FT_Fixed)( 0.039625 * 0x10000L * 1000 );
-
-    parser = &loader.parser;
-    error  = T1_New_Parser( parser,
-                            face->root.stream,
-                            face->root.memory,
-                            psaux );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    error = parse_dict( face, &loader,
-                        parser->base_dict, parser->base_len );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    error = T1_Get_Private_Dict( parser, psaux );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    error = parse_dict( face, &loader,
-                        parser->private_dict, parser->private_len );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* ensure even-ness of `num_blue_values' */
-    priv->num_blue_values &= ~1;
-
-#ifndef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_MM_SUPPORT
-
-    if ( face->blend                                                     &&
-         face->blend->num_default_design_vector != 0                     &&
-         face->blend->num_default_design_vector != face->blend->num_axis )
-    {
-      /* we don't use it currently so just warn, reset, and ignore */
-      FT_ERROR(( "T1_Open_Face(): /DesignVector contains %u entries "
-                 "while there are %u axes.\n",
-                 face->blend->num_default_design_vector,
-                 face->blend->num_axis ));
-
-      face->blend->num_default_design_vector = 0;
-    }
-
-    /* the following can happen for MM instances; we then treat the */
-    /* font as a normal PS font                                     */
-    if ( face->blend                                             &&
-         ( !face->blend->num_designs || !face->blend->num_axis ) )
-      T1_Done_Blend( face );
-
-    /* another safety check */
-    if ( face->blend )
-    {
-      FT_UInt  i;
-
-
-      for ( i = 0; i < face->blend->num_axis; i++ )
-        if ( !face->blend->design_map[i].num_points )
-        {
-          T1_Done_Blend( face );
-          break;
-        }
-    }
-
-    if ( face->blend )
-    {
-      if ( face->len_buildchar > 0 )
-      {
-        FT_Memory  memory = face->root.memory;
-
-
-        if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( face->buildchar, face->len_buildchar ) )
-        {
-          FT_ERROR(( "T1_Open_Face: cannot allocate BuildCharArray\n" ));
-          face->len_buildchar = 0;
-          goto Exit;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-#endif /* T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_MM_SUPPORT */
-
-    /* now, propagate the subrs, charstrings, and glyphnames tables */
-    /* to the Type1 data                                            */
-    type1->num_glyphs = loader.num_glyphs;
-
-    if ( loader.subrs.init )
-    {
-      loader.subrs.init  = 0;
-      type1->num_subrs   = loader.num_subrs;
-      type1->subrs_block = loader.subrs.block;
-      type1->subrs       = loader.subrs.elements;
-      type1->subrs_len   = loader.subrs.lengths;
-    }
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
-    if ( !face->root.internal->incremental_interface )
-#endif
-      if ( !loader.charstrings.init )
-      {
-        FT_ERROR(( "T1_Open_Face: no `/CharStrings' array in face!\n" ));
-        error = T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-      }
-
-    loader.charstrings.init  = 0;
-    type1->charstrings_block = loader.charstrings.block;
-    type1->charstrings       = loader.charstrings.elements;
-    type1->charstrings_len   = loader.charstrings.lengths;
-
-    /* we copy the glyph names `block' and `elements' fields; */
-    /* the `lengths' field must be released later             */
-    type1->glyph_names_block    = loader.glyph_names.block;
-    type1->glyph_names          = (FT_String**)loader.glyph_names.elements;
-    loader.glyph_names.block    = 0;
-    loader.glyph_names.elements = 0;
-
-    /* we must now build type1.encoding when we have a custom array */
-    if ( type1->encoding_type == T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ARRAY )
-    {
-      FT_Int    charcode, idx, min_char, max_char;
-      FT_Byte*  char_name;
-      FT_Byte*  glyph_name;
-
-
-      /* OK, we do the following: for each element in the encoding  */
-      /* table, look up the index of the glyph having the same name */
-      /* the index is then stored in type1.encoding.char_index, and */
-      /* a the name to type1.encoding.char_name                     */
-
-      min_char = +32000;
-      max_char = -32000;
-
-      charcode = 0;
-      for ( ; charcode < loader.encoding_table.max_elems; charcode++ )
-      {
-        type1->encoding.char_index[charcode] = 0;
-        type1->encoding.char_name [charcode] = (char *)".notdef";
-
-        char_name = loader.encoding_table.elements[charcode];
-        if ( char_name )
-          for ( idx = 0; idx < type1->num_glyphs; idx++ )
-          {
-            glyph_name = (FT_Byte*)type1->glyph_names[idx];
-            if ( ft_strcmp( (const char*)char_name,
-                            (const char*)glyph_name ) == 0 )
-            {
-              type1->encoding.char_index[charcode] = (FT_UShort)idx;
-              type1->encoding.char_name [charcode] = (char*)glyph_name;
-
-              /* Change min/max encoded char only if glyph name is */
-              /* not /.notdef                                      */
-              if ( ft_strcmp( (const char*)".notdef",
-                              (const char*)glyph_name ) != 0 )
-              {
-                if ( charcode < min_char )
-                  min_char = charcode;
-                if ( charcode > max_char )
-                  max_char = charcode;
-              }
-              break;
-            }
-          }
-      }
-
-      /*
-       *  Yes, this happens: Certain PDF-embedded fonts have only a
-       *  `.notdef' glyph defined!
-       */
-
-      if ( min_char > max_char )
-      {
-        min_char = 0;
-        max_char = loader.encoding_table.max_elems;
-      }
-
-      type1->encoding.code_first = min_char;
-      type1->encoding.code_last  = max_char;
-      type1->encoding.num_chars  = loader.num_chars;
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    t1_done_loader( &loader );
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1load.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1load.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 546fc33..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1load.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  t1load.h                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Type 1 font loader (specification).                                  */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2004, 2006, 2007 by                         */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __T1LOAD_H__
-#define __T1LOAD_H__
-
-
-#include 
-#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_AUX_H
-#include FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H
-
-#include "t1parse.h"
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  typedef struct  T1_Loader_
-  {
-    T1_ParserRec  parser;          /* parser used to read the stream */
-
-    FT_Int        num_chars;       /* number of characters in encoding */
-    PS_TableRec   encoding_table;  /* PS_Table used to store the       */
-                                   /* encoding character names         */
-
-    FT_Int        num_glyphs;
-    PS_TableRec   glyph_names;
-    PS_TableRec   charstrings;
-    PS_TableRec   swap_table;      /* For moving .notdef glyph to index 0. */
-
-    FT_Int        num_subrs;
-    PS_TableRec   subrs;
-    FT_Bool       fontdata;
-
-    FT_UInt       keywords_encountered; /* T1_LOADER_ENCOUNTERED_XXX */
-
-  } T1_LoaderRec, *T1_Loader;
-
-
-  /* treatment of some keywords differs depending on whether */
-  /* they precede or follow certain other keywords           */
-
-#define T1_PRIVATE                ( 1 << 0 )
-#define T1_FONTDIR_AFTER_PRIVATE  ( 1 << 1 )
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  T1_Open_Face( T1_Face  face );
-
-#ifndef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_MM_SUPPORT
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  T1_Get_Multi_Master( T1_Face           face,
-                       FT_Multi_Master*  master );
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  T1_Get_MM_Var( T1_Face      face,
-                 FT_MM_Var*  *master );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  T1_Set_MM_Blend( T1_Face    face,
-                   FT_UInt    num_coords,
-                   FT_Fixed*  coords );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  T1_Set_MM_Design( T1_Face   face,
-                    FT_UInt   num_coords,
-                    FT_Long*  coords );
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  T1_Set_Var_Design( T1_Face    face,
-                     FT_UInt    num_coords,
-                     FT_Fixed*  coords );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  T1_Done_Blend( T1_Face  face );
-
-#endif /* !T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_MM_SUPPORT */
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __T1LOAD_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1objs.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1objs.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 40b258f..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1objs.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,568 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  t1objs.c                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Type 1 objects manager (body).                                       */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by       */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include 
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
-#include FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H
-
-#include "t1gload.h"
-#include "t1load.h"
-
-#include "t1errors.h"
-
-#ifndef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_AFM
-#include "t1afm.h"
-#endif
-
-#include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_CMAPS_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_AUX_H
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_t1objs
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                            SIZE FUNCTIONS                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*  note that we store the global hints in the size's "internal" root    */
-  /*  field                                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  static PSH_Globals_Funcs
-  T1_Size_Get_Globals_Funcs( T1_Size  size )
-  {
-    T1_Face           face     = (T1_Face)size->root.face;
-    PSHinter_Service  pshinter = (PSHinter_Service)face->pshinter;
-    FT_Module         module;
-
-
-    module = FT_Get_Module( size->root.face->driver->root.library,
-                            "pshinter" );
-    return ( module && pshinter && pshinter->get_globals_funcs )
-           ? pshinter->get_globals_funcs( module )
-           : 0 ;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  T1_Size_Done( T1_Size  size )
-  {
-    if ( size->root.internal )
-    {
-      PSH_Globals_Funcs  funcs;
-
-
-      funcs = T1_Size_Get_Globals_Funcs( size );
-      if ( funcs )
-        funcs->destroy( (PSH_Globals)size->root.internal );
-
-      size->root.internal = 0;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  T1_Size_Init( T1_Size  size )
-  {
-    FT_Error           error = 0;
-    PSH_Globals_Funcs  funcs = T1_Size_Get_Globals_Funcs( size );
-
-
-    if ( funcs )
-    {
-      PSH_Globals  globals;
-      T1_Face      face = (T1_Face)size->root.face;
-
-
-      error = funcs->create( size->root.face->memory,
-                             &face->type1.private_dict, &globals );
-      if ( !error )
-        size->root.internal = (FT_Size_Internal)(void*)globals;
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  T1_Size_Request( T1_Size          size,
-                   FT_Size_Request  req )
-  {
-    PSH_Globals_Funcs  funcs = T1_Size_Get_Globals_Funcs( size );
-
-
-    FT_Request_Metrics( size->root.face, req );
-
-    if ( funcs )
-      funcs->set_scale( (PSH_Globals)size->root.internal,
-                        size->root.metrics.x_scale,
-                        size->root.metrics.y_scale,
-                        0, 0 );
-
-    return T1_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                            SLOT  FUNCTIONS                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  T1_GlyphSlot_Done( T1_GlyphSlot  slot )
-  {
-    slot->root.internal->glyph_hints = 0;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  T1_GlyphSlot_Init( T1_GlyphSlot  slot )
-  {
-    T1_Face           face;
-    PSHinter_Service  pshinter;
-
-
-    face     = (T1_Face)slot->root.face;
-    pshinter = (PSHinter_Service)face->pshinter;
-
-    if ( pshinter )
-    {
-      FT_Module  module;
-
-
-      module = FT_Get_Module( slot->root.face->driver->root.library, "pshinter" );
-      if (module)
-      {
-        T1_Hints_Funcs  funcs;
-
-        funcs = pshinter->get_t1_funcs( module );
-        slot->root.internal->glyph_hints = (void*)funcs;
-      }
-    }
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                            FACE  FUNCTIONS                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    T1_Face_Done                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    The face object destructor.                                        */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    face :: A typeless pointer to the face object to destroy.          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  T1_Face_Done( T1_Face  face )
-  {
-    if ( face )
-    {
-      FT_Memory  memory = face->root.memory;
-      T1_Font    type1  = &face->type1;
-
-
-#ifndef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_MM_SUPPORT
-      /* release multiple masters information */
-      FT_ASSERT( ( face->len_buildchar == 0 ) == ( face->buildchar == NULL ) );
-
-      if ( face->buildchar )
-      {
-        FT_FREE( face->buildchar );
-
-        face->buildchar     = NULL;
-        face->len_buildchar = 0;
-      }
-
-      T1_Done_Blend( face );
-      face->blend = 0;
-#endif
-
-      /* release font info strings */
-      {
-        PS_FontInfo  info = &type1->font_info;
-
-
-        FT_FREE( info->version );
-        FT_FREE( info->notice );
-        FT_FREE( info->full_name );
-        FT_FREE( info->family_name );
-        FT_FREE( info->weight );
-      }
-
-      /* release top dictionary */
-      FT_FREE( type1->charstrings_len );
-      FT_FREE( type1->charstrings );
-      FT_FREE( type1->glyph_names );
-
-      FT_FREE( type1->subrs );
-      FT_FREE( type1->subrs_len );
-
-      FT_FREE( type1->subrs_block );
-      FT_FREE( type1->charstrings_block );
-      FT_FREE( type1->glyph_names_block );
-
-      FT_FREE( type1->encoding.char_index );
-      FT_FREE( type1->encoding.char_name );
-      FT_FREE( type1->font_name );
-
-#ifndef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_AFM
-      /* release afm data if present */
-      if ( face->afm_data )
-        T1_Done_Metrics( memory, (AFM_FontInfo)face->afm_data );
-#endif
-
-      /* release unicode map, if any */
-#if 0
-      FT_FREE( face->unicode_map_rec.maps );
-      face->unicode_map_rec.num_maps = 0;
-      face->unicode_map              = NULL;
-#endif
-
-      face->root.family_name = 0;
-      face->root.style_name  = 0;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    T1_Face_Init                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    The face object constructor.                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    stream     ::  input stream where to load font data.               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    face_index :: The index of the font face in the resource.          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    num_params :: Number of additional generic parameters.  Ignored.   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    params     :: Additional generic parameters.  Ignored.             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    face       :: The face record to build.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  T1_Face_Init( FT_Stream      stream,
-                T1_Face        face,
-                FT_Int         face_index,
-                FT_Int         num_params,
-                FT_Parameter*  params )
-  {
-    FT_Error            error;
-    FT_Service_PsCMaps  psnames;
-    PSAux_Service       psaux;
-    T1_Font             type1 = &face->type1;
-    PS_FontInfo         info = &type1->font_info;
-
-    FT_UNUSED( num_params );
-    FT_UNUSED( params );
-    FT_UNUSED( stream );
-
-
-    face->root.num_faces = 1;
-
-    FT_FACE_FIND_GLOBAL_SERVICE( face, psnames, POSTSCRIPT_CMAPS );
-    face->psnames = psnames;
-
-    face->psaux = FT_Get_Module_Interface( FT_FACE_LIBRARY( face ),
-                                           "psaux" );
-    psaux = (PSAux_Service)face->psaux;
-
-    face->pshinter = FT_Get_Module_Interface( FT_FACE_LIBRARY( face ),
-                                              "pshinter" );
-
-    /* open the tokenizer; this will also check the font format */
-    error = T1_Open_Face( face );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* if we just wanted to check the format, leave successfully now */
-    if ( face_index < 0 )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* check the face index */
-    if ( face_index != 0 )
-    {
-      FT_ERROR(( "T1_Face_Init: invalid face index\n" ));
-      error = T1_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* now load the font program into the face object */
-
-    /* initialize the face object fields */
-
-    /* set up root face fields */
-    {
-      FT_Face  root = (FT_Face)&face->root;
-
-
-      root->num_glyphs = type1->num_glyphs;
-      root->face_index = face_index;
-
-      root->face_flags = FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE    |
-                         FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL  |
-                         FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES |
-                         FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTER;
-
-      if ( info->is_fixed_pitch )
-        root->face_flags |= FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH;
-
-      if ( face->blend )
-        root->face_flags |= FT_FACE_FLAG_MULTIPLE_MASTERS;
-
-      /* XXX: TODO -- add kerning with .afm support */
-
-      /* get style name -- be careful, some broken fonts only */
-      /* have a `/FontName' dictionary entry!                 */
-      root->family_name = info->family_name;
-      /* assume "Regular" style if we don't know better */
-      root->style_name = (char *)"Regular";
-
-      if ( info->weight )
-        root->style_name = info->weight;
-      else if ( root->family_name )
-      {
-        char*  full   = info->full_name;
-        char*  family = root->family_name;
-
-
-        if ( full )
-        {
-          while ( *full )
-          {
-            if ( *full == *family )
-            {
-              family++;
-              full++;
-            }
-            else
-            {
-              if ( *full == ' ' || *full == '-' )
-                full++;
-              else if ( *family == ' ' || *family == '-' )
-                family++;
-              else
-              {
-                if ( !*family )
-                  root->style_name = full;
-                break;
-              }
-            }
-          }
-        }
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        /* do we have a `/FontName'? */
-        if ( type1->font_name )
-          root->family_name = type1->font_name;
-      }
-
-      /* compute style flags */
-      root->style_flags = 0;
-      if ( info->italic_angle )
-        root->style_flags |= FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC;
-      if ( info->weight )
-      {
-        if ( !ft_strcmp( info->weight, "Bold"  ) ||
-             !ft_strcmp( info->weight, "Black" ) )
-          root->style_flags |= FT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLD;
-      }
-
-      /* no embedded bitmap support */
-      root->num_fixed_sizes = 0;
-      root->available_sizes = 0;
-
-      root->bbox.xMin =   type1->font_bbox.xMin             >> 16;
-      root->bbox.yMin =   type1->font_bbox.yMin             >> 16;
-      root->bbox.xMax = ( type1->font_bbox.xMax + 0xFFFFU ) >> 16;
-      root->bbox.yMax = ( type1->font_bbox.yMax + 0xFFFFU ) >> 16;
-
-      /* Set units_per_EM if we didn't set it in parse_font_matrix. */
-      if ( !root->units_per_EM )
-        root->units_per_EM = 1000;
-
-      root->ascender  = (FT_Short)( root->bbox.yMax );
-      root->descender = (FT_Short)( root->bbox.yMin );
-
-      root->height = (FT_Short)( ( root->units_per_EM * 12 ) / 10 );
-      if ( root->height < root->ascender - root->descender )
-        root->height = (FT_Short)( root->ascender - root->descender );
-
-      /* now compute the maximum advance width */
-      root->max_advance_width =
-        (FT_Short)( root->bbox.xMax );
-      {
-        FT_Pos  max_advance;
-
-
-        error = T1_Compute_Max_Advance( face, &max_advance );
-
-        /* in case of error, keep the standard width */
-        if ( !error )
-          root->max_advance_width = (FT_Short)max_advance;
-        else
-          error = 0;   /* clear error */
-      }
-
-      root->max_advance_height = root->height;
-
-      root->underline_position  = (FT_Short)info->underline_position;
-      root->underline_thickness = (FT_Short)info->underline_thickness;
-    }
-
-    {
-      FT_Face  root = &face->root;
-
-
-      if ( psnames && psaux )
-      {
-        FT_CharMapRec    charmap;
-        T1_CMap_Classes  cmap_classes = psaux->t1_cmap_classes;
-        FT_CMap_Class    clazz;
-
-
-        charmap.face = root;
-
-        /* first of all, try to synthetize a Unicode charmap */
-        charmap.platform_id = 3;
-        charmap.encoding_id = 1;
-        charmap.encoding    = FT_ENCODING_UNICODE;
-
-        FT_CMap_New( cmap_classes->unicode, NULL, &charmap, NULL );
-
-        /* now, generate an Adobe Standard encoding when appropriate */
-        charmap.platform_id = 7;
-        clazz               = NULL;
-
-        switch ( type1->encoding_type )
-        {
-        case T1_ENCODING_TYPE_STANDARD:
-          charmap.encoding    = FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_STANDARD;
-          charmap.encoding_id = TT_ADOBE_ID_STANDARD;
-          clazz               = cmap_classes->standard;
-          break;
-
-        case T1_ENCODING_TYPE_EXPERT:
-          charmap.encoding    = FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_EXPERT;
-          charmap.encoding_id = TT_ADOBE_ID_EXPERT;
-          clazz               = cmap_classes->expert;
-          break;
-
-        case T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ARRAY:
-          charmap.encoding    = FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_CUSTOM;
-          charmap.encoding_id = TT_ADOBE_ID_CUSTOM;
-          clazz               = cmap_classes->custom;
-          break;
-
-        case T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ISOLATIN1:
-          charmap.encoding    = FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_LATIN_1;
-          charmap.encoding_id = TT_ADOBE_ID_LATIN_1;
-          clazz               = cmap_classes->unicode;
-          break;
-
-        default:
-          ;
-        }
-
-        if ( clazz )
-          FT_CMap_New( clazz, NULL, &charmap, NULL );
-
-#if 0
-        /* Select default charmap */
-        if (root->num_charmaps)
-          root->charmap = root->charmaps[0];
-#endif
-      }
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    T1_Driver_Init                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Initializes a given Type 1 driver object.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    driver :: A handle to the target driver object.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  T1_Driver_Init( T1_Driver  driver )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( driver );
-
-    return T1_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    T1_Driver_Done                                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Finalizes a given Type 1 driver.                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    driver :: A handle to the target Type 1 driver.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  T1_Driver_Done( T1_Driver  driver )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( driver );
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1objs.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1objs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index e5e9029..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1objs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,171 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  t1objs.h                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Type 1 objects manager (specification).                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2006 by                                     */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __T1OBJS_H__
-#define __T1OBJS_H__
-
-
-#include 
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-#include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_TYPE1_TYPES_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /* The following structures must be defined by the hinter */
-  typedef struct T1_Size_Hints_   T1_Size_Hints;
-  typedef struct T1_Glyph_Hints_  T1_Glyph_Hints;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                 */
-  /*    T1_Driver                                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    A handle to a Type 1 driver object.                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct T1_DriverRec_   *T1_Driver;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                 */
-  /*    T1_Size                                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    A handle to a Type 1 size object.                                  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct T1_SizeRec_*  T1_Size;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                 */
-  /*    T1_GlyphSlot                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    A handle to a Type 1 glyph slot object.                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct T1_GlyphSlotRec_*  T1_GlyphSlot;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                 */
-  /*    T1_CharMap                                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    A handle to a Type 1 character mapping object.                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                 */
-  /*    The Type 1 format doesn't use a charmap but an encoding table.     */
-  /*    The driver is responsible for making up charmap objects            */
-  /*    corresponding to these tables.                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct T1_CharMapRec_*   T1_CharMap;
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                  HERE BEGINS THE TYPE1 SPECIFIC STUFF                 */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                 */
-  /*    T1_SizeRec                                                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Type 1 size record.                                                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  T1_SizeRec_
-  {
-    FT_SizeRec  root;
-
-  } T1_SizeRec;
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  T1_Size_Done( T1_Size  size );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  T1_Size_Request( T1_Size          size,
-                   FT_Size_Request  req );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  T1_Size_Init( T1_Size  size );
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                 */
-  /*    T1_GlyphSlotRec                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Type 1 glyph slot record.                                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  T1_GlyphSlotRec_
-  {
-    FT_GlyphSlotRec  root;
-
-    FT_Bool          hint;
-    FT_Bool          scaled;
-
-    FT_Int           max_points;
-    FT_Int           max_contours;
-
-    FT_Fixed         x_scale;
-    FT_Fixed         y_scale;
-
-  } T1_GlyphSlotRec;
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  T1_Face_Init( FT_Stream      stream,
-                T1_Face        face,
-                FT_Int         face_index,
-                FT_Int         num_params,
-                FT_Parameter*  params );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  T1_Face_Done( T1_Face  face );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  T1_GlyphSlot_Init( T1_GlyphSlot  slot );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  T1_GlyphSlot_Done( T1_GlyphSlot  slot );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  T1_Driver_Init( T1_Driver  driver );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  T1_Driver_Done( T1_Driver  driver );
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __T1OBJS_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1parse.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1parse.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 36f5c82..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1parse.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,484 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  t1parse.c                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Type 1 parser (body).                                                */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008 by                   */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The Type 1 parser is in charge of the following:                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*  - provide an implementation of a growing sequence of objects called  */
-  /*    a `T1_Table' (used to build various tables needed by the loader).  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*  - opening .pfb and .pfa files to extract their top-level and private */
-  /*    dictionaries.                                                      */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*  - read numbers, arrays & strings from any dictionary.                */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* See `t1load.c' to see how data is loaded from the font file.          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include 
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_CALC_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_AUX_H
-
-#include "t1parse.h"
-
-#include "t1errors.h"
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_t1parse
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*****                   INPUT STREAM PARSER                         *****/
-  /*****                                                               *****/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /* see Adobe Technical Note 5040.Download_Fonts.pdf */
-
-  static FT_Error
-  read_pfb_tag( FT_Stream   stream,
-                FT_UShort  *atag,
-                FT_ULong   *asize )
-  {
-    FT_Error   error;
-    FT_UShort  tag;
-    FT_ULong   size;
-
-
-    *atag  = 0;
-    *asize = 0;
-
-    if ( !FT_READ_USHORT( tag ) )
-    {
-      if ( tag == 0x8001U || tag == 0x8002U )
-      {
-        if ( !FT_READ_ULONG_LE( size ) )
-          *asize = size;
-      }
-
-      *atag = tag;
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  check_type1_format( FT_Stream    stream,
-                      const char*  header_string,
-                      size_t       header_length )
-  {
-    FT_Error   error;
-    FT_UShort  tag;
-    FT_ULong   dummy;
-
-
-    if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( 0 ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    error = read_pfb_tag( stream, &tag, &dummy );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* We assume that the first segment in a PFB is always encoded as   */
-    /* text.  This might be wrong (and the specification doesn't insist */
-    /* on that), but we have never seen a counterexample.               */
-    if ( tag != 0x8001U && FT_STREAM_SEEK( 0 ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    if ( !FT_FRAME_ENTER( header_length ) )
-    {
-      error = T1_Err_Ok;
-
-      if ( ft_memcmp( stream->cursor, header_string, header_length ) != 0 )
-        error = T1_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
-
-      FT_FRAME_EXIT();
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  T1_New_Parser( T1_Parser      parser,
-                 FT_Stream      stream,
-                 FT_Memory      memory,
-                 PSAux_Service  psaux )
-  {
-    FT_Error   error;
-    FT_UShort  tag;
-    FT_ULong   size;
-
-
-    psaux->ps_parser_funcs->init( &parser->root, 0, 0, memory );
-
-    parser->stream       = stream;
-    parser->base_len     = 0;
-    parser->base_dict    = 0;
-    parser->private_len  = 0;
-    parser->private_dict = 0;
-    parser->in_pfb       = 0;
-    parser->in_memory    = 0;
-    parser->single_block = 0;
-
-    /* check the header format */
-    error = check_type1_format( stream, "%!PS-AdobeFont", 14 );
-    if ( error )
-    {
-      if ( error != T1_Err_Unknown_File_Format )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      error = check_type1_format( stream, "%!FontType", 10 );
-      if ( error )
-      {
-        FT_TRACE2(( "[not a Type1 font]\n" ));
-        goto Exit;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /******************************************************************/
-    /*                                                                */
-    /* Here a short summary of what is going on:                      */
-    /*                                                                */
-    /*   When creating a new Type 1 parser, we try to locate and load */
-    /*   the base dictionary if this is possible (i.e., for PFB       */
-    /*   files).  Otherwise, we load the whole font into memory.      */
-    /*                                                                */
-    /*   When `loading' the base dictionary, we only setup pointers   */
-    /*   in the case of a memory-based stream.  Otherwise, we         */
-    /*   allocate and load the base dictionary in it.                 */
-    /*                                                                */
-    /*   parser->in_pfb is set if we are in a binary (`.pfb') font.   */
-    /*   parser->in_memory is set if we have a memory stream.         */
-    /*                                                                */
-
-    /* try to compute the size of the base dictionary;     */
-    /* look for a Postscript binary file tag, i.e., 0x8001 */
-    if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( 0L ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    error = read_pfb_tag( stream, &tag, &size );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    if ( tag != 0x8001U )
-    {
-      /* assume that this is a PFA file for now; an error will */
-      /* be produced later when more things are checked        */
-      if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( 0L ) )
-        goto Exit;
-      size = stream->size;
-    }
-    else
-      parser->in_pfb = 1;
-
-    /* now, try to load `size' bytes of the `base' dictionary we */
-    /* found previously                                          */
-
-    /* if it is a memory-based resource, set up pointers */
-    if ( !stream->read )
-    {
-      parser->base_dict = (FT_Byte*)stream->base + stream->pos;
-      parser->base_len  = size;
-      parser->in_memory = 1;
-
-      /* check that the `size' field is valid */
-      if ( FT_STREAM_SKIP( size ) )
-        goto Exit;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* read segment in memory -- this is clumsy, but so does the format */
-      if ( FT_ALLOC( parser->base_dict, size )       ||
-           FT_STREAM_READ( parser->base_dict, size ) )
-        goto Exit;
-      parser->base_len = size;
-    }
-
-    parser->root.base   = parser->base_dict;
-    parser->root.cursor = parser->base_dict;
-    parser->root.limit  = parser->root.cursor + parser->base_len;
-
-  Exit:
-    if ( error && !parser->in_memory )
-      FT_FREE( parser->base_dict );
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  T1_Finalize_Parser( T1_Parser  parser )
-  {
-    FT_Memory  memory = parser->root.memory;
-
-
-    /* always free the private dictionary */
-    FT_FREE( parser->private_dict );
-
-    /* free the base dictionary only when we have a disk stream */
-    if ( !parser->in_memory )
-      FT_FREE( parser->base_dict );
-
-    parser->root.funcs.done( &parser->root );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  T1_Get_Private_Dict( T1_Parser      parser,
-                       PSAux_Service  psaux )
-  {
-    FT_Stream  stream = parser->stream;
-    FT_Memory  memory = parser->root.memory;
-    FT_Error   error  = T1_Err_Ok;
-    FT_ULong   size;
-
-
-    if ( parser->in_pfb )
-    {
-      /* in the case of the PFB format, the private dictionary can be  */
-      /* made of several segments.  We thus first read the number of   */
-      /* segments to compute the total size of the private dictionary  */
-      /* then re-read them into memory.                                */
-      FT_Long    start_pos = FT_STREAM_POS();
-      FT_UShort  tag;
-
-
-      parser->private_len = 0;
-      for (;;)
-      {
-        error = read_pfb_tag( stream, &tag, &size );
-        if ( error )
-          goto Fail;
-
-        if ( tag != 0x8002U )
-          break;
-
-        parser->private_len += size;
-
-        if ( FT_STREAM_SKIP( size ) )
-          goto Fail;
-      }
-
-      /* Check that we have a private dictionary there */
-      /* and allocate private dictionary buffer        */
-      if ( parser->private_len == 0 )
-      {
-        FT_ERROR(( "T1_Get_Private_Dict:" ));
-        FT_ERROR(( " invalid private dictionary section\n" ));
-        error = T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-        goto Fail;
-      }
-
-      if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( start_pos )                           ||
-           FT_ALLOC( parser->private_dict, parser->private_len ) )
-        goto Fail;
-
-      parser->private_len = 0;
-      for (;;)
-      {
-        error = read_pfb_tag( stream, &tag, &size );
-        if ( error || tag != 0x8002U )
-        {
-          error = T1_Err_Ok;
-          break;
-        }
-
-        if ( FT_STREAM_READ( parser->private_dict + parser->private_len,
-                             size ) )
-          goto Fail;
-
-        parser->private_len += size;
-      }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* We have already `loaded' the whole PFA font file into memory; */
-      /* if this is a memory resource, allocate a new block to hold    */
-      /* the private dict.  Otherwise, simply overwrite into the base  */
-      /* dictionary block in the heap.                                 */
-
-      /* first of all, look at the `eexec' keyword */
-      FT_Byte*  cur   = parser->base_dict;
-      FT_Byte*  limit = cur + parser->base_len;
-      FT_Byte   c;
-
-
-    Again:
-      for (;;)
-      {
-        c = cur[0];
-        if ( c == 'e' && cur + 9 < limit )  /* 9 = 5 letters for `eexec' + */
-                                            /* newline + 4 chars           */
-        {
-          if ( cur[1] == 'e' &&
-               cur[2] == 'x' &&
-               cur[3] == 'e' &&
-               cur[4] == 'c' )
-            break;
-        }
-        cur++;
-        if ( cur >= limit )
-        {
-          FT_ERROR(( "T1_Get_Private_Dict:" ));
-          FT_ERROR(( " could not find `eexec' keyword\n" ));
-          error = T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-          goto Exit;
-        }
-      }
-
-      /* check whether `eexec' was real -- it could be in a comment */
-      /* or string (as e.g. in u003043t.gsf from ghostscript)       */
-
-      parser->root.cursor = parser->base_dict;
-      parser->root.limit  = cur + 9;
-
-      cur   = parser->root.cursor;
-      limit = parser->root.limit;
-
-      while ( cur < limit )
-      {
-        if ( *cur == 'e' && ft_strncmp( (char*)cur, "eexec", 5 ) == 0 )
-          goto Found;
-
-        T1_Skip_PS_Token( parser );
-        if ( parser->root.error )
-          break;
-        T1_Skip_Spaces  ( parser );
-        cur = parser->root.cursor;
-      }
-
-      /* we haven't found the correct `eexec'; go back and continue */
-      /* searching                                                  */
-
-      cur   = limit;
-      limit = parser->base_dict + parser->base_len;
-      goto Again;
-
-      /* now determine where to write the _encrypted_ binary private  */
-      /* dictionary.  We overwrite the base dictionary for disk-based */
-      /* resources and allocate a new block otherwise                 */
-
-    Found:
-      parser->root.limit = parser->base_dict + parser->base_len;
-
-      T1_Skip_PS_Token( parser );
-      cur = parser->root.cursor;
-      if ( *cur == '\r' )
-      {
-        cur++;
-        if ( *cur == '\n' )
-          cur++;
-      }
-      else if ( *cur == '\n' )
-        cur++;
-      else
-      {
-        FT_ERROR(( "T1_Get_Private_Dict:" ));
-        FT_ERROR(( " `eexec' not properly terminated\n" ));
-        error = T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-        goto Exit;
-      }
-
-      size = parser->base_len - ( cur - parser->base_dict );
-
-      if ( parser->in_memory )
-      {
-        /* note that we allocate one more byte to put a terminating `0' */
-        if ( FT_ALLOC( parser->private_dict, size + 1 ) )
-          goto Fail;
-        parser->private_len = size;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        parser->single_block = 1;
-        parser->private_dict = parser->base_dict;
-        parser->private_len  = size;
-        parser->base_dict    = 0;
-        parser->base_len     = 0;
-      }
-
-      /* now determine whether the private dictionary is encoded in binary */
-      /* or hexadecimal ASCII format -- decode it accordingly              */
-
-      /* we need to access the next 4 bytes (after the final \r following */
-      /* the `eexec' keyword); if they all are hexadecimal digits, then   */
-      /* we have a case of ASCII storage                                  */
-
-      if ( ft_isxdigit( cur[0] ) && ft_isxdigit( cur[1] ) &&
-           ft_isxdigit( cur[2] ) && ft_isxdigit( cur[3] ) )
-      {
-        /* ASCII hexadecimal encoding */
-        FT_Long  len;
-
-
-        parser->root.cursor = cur;
-        (void)psaux->ps_parser_funcs->to_bytes( &parser->root,
-                                                parser->private_dict,
-                                                parser->private_len,
-                                                &len,
-                                                0 );
-        parser->private_len = len;
-
-        /* put a safeguard */
-        parser->private_dict[len] = '\0';
-      }
-      else
-        /* binary encoding -- copy the private dict */
-        FT_MEM_MOVE( parser->private_dict, cur, size );
-    }
-
-    /* we now decrypt the encoded binary private dictionary */
-    psaux->t1_decrypt( parser->private_dict, parser->private_len, 55665U );
-
-    /* replace the four random bytes at the beginning with whitespace */
-    parser->private_dict[0] = ' ';
-    parser->private_dict[1] = ' ';
-    parser->private_dict[2] = ' ';
-    parser->private_dict[3] = ' ';
-
-    parser->root.base   = parser->private_dict;
-    parser->root.cursor = parser->private_dict;
-    parser->root.limit  = parser->root.cursor + parser->private_len;
-
-  Fail:
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1parse.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1parse.h
deleted file mode 100644
index fb1c8a8..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1parse.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,135 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  t1parse.h                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Type 1 parser (specification).                                       */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2008 by                               */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __T1PARSE_H__
-#define __T1PARSE_H__
-
-
-#include 
-#include FT_INTERNAL_TYPE1_TYPES_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    T1_ParserRec                                                       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    A PS_ParserRec is an object used to parse a Type 1 fonts very      */
-  /*    quickly.                                                           */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    root         :: The root parser.                                   */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    stream       :: The current input stream.                          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    base_dict    :: A pointer to the top-level dictionary.             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    base_len     :: The length in bytes of the top dictionary.         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    private_dict :: A pointer to the private dictionary.               */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    private_len  :: The length in bytes of the private dictionary.     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    in_pfb       :: A boolean.  Indicates that we are handling a PFB   */
-  /*                    file.                                              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    in_memory    :: A boolean.  Indicates a memory-based stream.       */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*    single_block :: A boolean.  Indicates that the private dictionary  */
-  /*                    is stored in lieu of the base dictionary.          */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  typedef struct  T1_ParserRec_
-  {
-    PS_ParserRec  root;
-    FT_Stream     stream;
-
-    FT_Byte*      base_dict;
-    FT_ULong      base_len;
-
-    FT_Byte*      private_dict;
-    FT_ULong      private_len;
-
-    FT_Bool       in_pfb;
-    FT_Bool       in_memory;
-    FT_Bool       single_block;
-
-  } T1_ParserRec, *T1_Parser;
-
-
-#define T1_Add_Table( p, i, o, l )  (p)->funcs.add( (p), i, o, l )
-#define T1_Done_Table( p )          \
-          do                        \
-          {                         \
-            if ( (p)->funcs.done )  \
-              (p)->funcs.done( p ); \
-          } while ( 0 )
-#define T1_Release_Table( p )          \
-          do                           \
-          {                            \
-            if ( (p)->funcs.release )  \
-              (p)->funcs.release( p ); \
-          } while ( 0 )
-
-
-#define T1_Skip_Spaces( p )    (p)->root.funcs.skip_spaces( &(p)->root )
-#define T1_Skip_PS_Token( p )  (p)->root.funcs.skip_PS_token( &(p)->root )
-
-#define T1_ToInt( p )       (p)->root.funcs.to_int( &(p)->root )
-#define T1_ToFixed( p, t )  (p)->root.funcs.to_fixed( &(p)->root, t )
-
-#define T1_ToCoordArray( p, m, c )                           \
-          (p)->root.funcs.to_coord_array( &(p)->root, m, c )
-#define T1_ToFixedArray( p, m, f, t )                           \
-          (p)->root.funcs.to_fixed_array( &(p)->root, m, f, t )
-#define T1_ToToken( p, t )                          \
-          (p)->root.funcs.to_token( &(p)->root, t )
-#define T1_ToTokenArray( p, t, m, c )                           \
-          (p)->root.funcs.to_token_array( &(p)->root, t, m, c )
-
-#define T1_Load_Field( p, f, o, m, pf )                         \
-          (p)->root.funcs.load_field( &(p)->root, f, o, m, pf )
-
-#define T1_Load_Field_Table( p, f, o, m, pf )                         \
-          (p)->root.funcs.load_field_table( &(p)->root, f, o, m, pf )
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  T1_New_Parser( T1_Parser      parser,
-                 FT_Stream      stream,
-                 FT_Memory      memory,
-                 PSAux_Service  psaux );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  T1_Get_Private_Dict( T1_Parser      parser,
-                       PSAux_Service  psaux );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  T1_Finalize_Parser( T1_Parser  parser );
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __T1PARSE_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1tokens.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1tokens.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 788c811..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1tokens.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,134 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  t1tokens.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Type 1 tokenizer (specification).                                    */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006 by                         */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
-#define FT_STRUCTURE  PS_FontInfoRec
-#undef  T1CODE
-#define T1CODE        T1_FIELD_LOCATION_FONT_INFO
-
-  T1_FIELD_STRING( "version",            version,
-                   T1_FIELD_DICT_FONTDICT )
-  T1_FIELD_STRING( "Notice",             notice,
-                   T1_FIELD_DICT_FONTDICT )
-  T1_FIELD_STRING( "FullName",           full_name,
-                   T1_FIELD_DICT_FONTDICT )
-  T1_FIELD_STRING( "FamilyName",         family_name,
-                   T1_FIELD_DICT_FONTDICT )
-  T1_FIELD_STRING( "Weight",             weight,
-                   T1_FIELD_DICT_FONTDICT )
-
-  /* we use pointers to detect modifications made by synthetic fonts */
-  T1_FIELD_NUM   ( "ItalicAngle",        italic_angle,
-                   T1_FIELD_DICT_FONTDICT )
-  T1_FIELD_BOOL  ( "isFixedPitch",       is_fixed_pitch,
-                   T1_FIELD_DICT_FONTDICT )
-  T1_FIELD_NUM   ( "UnderlinePosition",  underline_position,
-                   T1_FIELD_DICT_FONTDICT )
-  T1_FIELD_NUM   ( "UnderlineThickness", underline_thickness,
-                   T1_FIELD_DICT_FONTDICT )
-
-
-#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
-#define FT_STRUCTURE  PS_PrivateRec
-#undef  T1CODE
-#define T1CODE        T1_FIELD_LOCATION_PRIVATE
-
-  T1_FIELD_NUM       ( "UniqueID",         unique_id,
-                       T1_FIELD_DICT_FONTDICT | T1_FIELD_DICT_PRIVATE )
-  T1_FIELD_NUM       ( "lenIV",            lenIV,
-                       T1_FIELD_DICT_PRIVATE )
-  T1_FIELD_NUM       ( "LanguageGroup",    language_group,
-                       T1_FIELD_DICT_PRIVATE )
-  T1_FIELD_NUM       ( "password",         password,
-                       T1_FIELD_DICT_PRIVATE )
-
-  T1_FIELD_FIXED_1000( "BlueScale",        blue_scale,
-                       T1_FIELD_DICT_PRIVATE )
-  T1_FIELD_NUM       ( "BlueShift",        blue_shift,
-                       T1_FIELD_DICT_PRIVATE )
-  T1_FIELD_NUM       ( "BlueFuzz",         blue_fuzz,
-                       T1_FIELD_DICT_PRIVATE )
-
-  T1_FIELD_NUM_TABLE ( "BlueValues",       blue_values,        14,
-                       T1_FIELD_DICT_PRIVATE )
-  T1_FIELD_NUM_TABLE ( "OtherBlues",       other_blues,        10,
-                       T1_FIELD_DICT_PRIVATE )
-  T1_FIELD_NUM_TABLE ( "FamilyBlues",      family_blues,       14,
-                       T1_FIELD_DICT_PRIVATE )
-  T1_FIELD_NUM_TABLE ( "FamilyOtherBlues", family_other_blues, 10,
-                       T1_FIELD_DICT_PRIVATE )
-
-  T1_FIELD_NUM_TABLE2( "StdHW",            standard_width,      1,
-                       T1_FIELD_DICT_PRIVATE )
-  T1_FIELD_NUM_TABLE2( "StdVW",            standard_height,     1,
-                       T1_FIELD_DICT_PRIVATE )
-  T1_FIELD_NUM_TABLE2( "MinFeature",       min_feature,         2,
-                       T1_FIELD_DICT_PRIVATE )
-
-  T1_FIELD_NUM_TABLE ( "StemSnapH",        snap_widths,        12,
-                       T1_FIELD_DICT_PRIVATE )
-  T1_FIELD_NUM_TABLE ( "StemSnapV",        snap_heights,       12,
-                       T1_FIELD_DICT_PRIVATE )
-
-  T1_FIELD_FIXED     ( "ExpansionFactor",  expansion_factor,
-                       T1_FIELD_DICT_PRIVATE )
-
-
-#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
-#define FT_STRUCTURE  T1_FontRec
-#undef  T1CODE
-#define T1CODE        T1_FIELD_LOCATION_FONT_DICT
-
-  T1_FIELD_KEY  ( "FontName",    font_name,    T1_FIELD_DICT_FONTDICT )
-  T1_FIELD_NUM  ( "PaintType",   paint_type,   T1_FIELD_DICT_FONTDICT )
-  T1_FIELD_NUM  ( "FontType",    font_type,    T1_FIELD_DICT_FONTDICT )
-  T1_FIELD_FIXED( "StrokeWidth", stroke_width, T1_FIELD_DICT_FONTDICT )
-
-
-#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
-#define FT_STRUCTURE  FT_BBox
-#undef  T1CODE
-#define T1CODE        T1_FIELD_LOCATION_BBOX
-
-  T1_FIELD_BBOX( "FontBBox", xMin, T1_FIELD_DICT_FONTDICT )
-
-
-#ifndef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_MM_SUPPORT
-
-#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
-#define FT_STRUCTURE  T1_FaceRec
-#undef  T1CODE
-#define T1CODE        T1_FIELD_LOCATION_FACE
-
-  T1_FIELD_NUM( "NDV", ndv_idx, T1_FIELD_DICT_PRIVATE )
-  T1_FIELD_NUM( "CDV", cdv_idx, T1_FIELD_DICT_PRIVATE )
-
-
-#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
-#define FT_STRUCTURE  PS_BlendRec
-#undef  T1CODE
-#define T1CODE        T1_FIELD_LOCATION_BLEND
-
-  T1_FIELD_NUM_TABLE( "DesignVector", default_design_vector,
-                      T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS, T1_FIELD_DICT_FONTDICT )
-
-
-#endif /* T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_MM_SUPPORT */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/type1.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/type1.c
deleted file mode 100644
index ccc12be..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/type1.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  type1.c                                                                */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType Type 1 driver component (body only).                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001 by                                                 */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#define FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT
-
-#include 
-#include "t1parse.c"
-#include "t1load.c"
-#include "t1objs.c"
-#include "t1driver.c"
-#include "t1gload.c"
-
-#ifndef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_AFM
-#include "t1afm.c"
-#endif
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/Jamfile b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/Jamfile
deleted file mode 100644
index 00371d5..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/Jamfile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-# FreeType 2 src/type42 Jamfile
-#
-# Copyright 2002 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-SubDir  FT2_TOP $(FT2_SRC_DIR) type42 ;
-
-{
-  local  _sources ;
-
-  if $(FT2_MULTI)
-  {
-    _sources = t42objs t42parse t42drivr ;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    _sources = type42 ;
-  }
-
-  Library  $(FT2_LIB) : $(_sources).c ;
-}
-
-# end of src/type42 Jamfile
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/module.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/module.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 8bd40a5..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/module.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 Type42 module definition
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 2002, 2006 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-FTMODULE_H_COMMANDS += TYPE42_DRIVER
-
-define TYPE42_DRIVER
-$(OPEN_DRIVER)t42_driver_class$(CLOSE_DRIVER)
-$(ECHO_DRIVER)type42    $(ECHO_DRIVER_DESC)Type 42 font files with no known extension$(ECHO_DRIVER_DONE)
-endef
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/rules.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/rules.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 5563061..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/rules.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 Type42 driver configuration rules
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 2002, 2003 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-# Type42 driver directory
-#
-T42_DIR := $(SRC_DIR)/type42
-
-
-# compilation flags for the driver
-#
-T42_COMPILE := $(FT_COMPILE) $I$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$(T42_DIR))
-
-
-# Type42 driver source
-#
-T42_DRV_SRC := $(T42_DIR)/t42objs.c  \
-               $(T42_DIR)/t42parse.c \
-               $(T42_DIR)/t42drivr.c
-
-# Type42 driver headers
-#
-T42_DRV_H := $(T42_DRV_SRC:%.c=%.h) \
-             $(T42_DIR)/t42error.h
-
-
-# Type42 driver object(s)
-#
-#   T42_DRV_OBJ_M is used during `multi' builds
-#   T42_DRV_OBJ_S is used during `single' builds
-#
-T42_DRV_OBJ_M := $(T42_DRV_SRC:$(T42_DIR)/%.c=$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O)
-T42_DRV_OBJ_S := $(OBJ_DIR)/type42.$O
-
-# Type42 driver source file for single build
-#
-T42_DRV_SRC_S := $(T42_DIR)/type42.c
-
-
-# Type42 driver - single object
-#
-$(T42_DRV_OBJ_S): $(T42_DRV_SRC_S) $(T42_DRV_SRC) $(FREETYPE_H) $(T42_DRV_H)
-	$(T42_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $(T42_DRV_SRC_S))
-
-
-# Type42 driver - multiple objects
-#
-$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O: $(T42_DIR)/%.c $(FREETYPE_H) $(T42_DRV_H)
-	$(T42_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $<)
-
-
-# update main driver object lists
-#
-DRV_OBJS_S += $(T42_DRV_OBJ_S)
-DRV_OBJS_M += $(T42_DRV_OBJ_M)
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42drivr.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42drivr.c
deleted file mode 100644
index a6e4cf4..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42drivr.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,232 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  t42drivr.c                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    High-level Type 42 driver interface (body).                          */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2007 by Roberto Alameda.             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This driver implements Type42 fonts as described in the               */
-  /* Technical Note #5012 from Adobe, with these limitations:              */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* 1) CID Fonts are not currently supported.                             */
-  /* 2) Incremental fonts making use of the GlyphDirectory keyword         */
-  /*    will be loaded, but the rendering will be using the TrueType       */
-  /*    tables.                                                            */
-  /* 3) As for Type1 fonts, CDevProc is not supported.                     */
-  /* 4) The Metrics dictionary is not supported.                           */
-  /* 5) AFM metrics are not supported.                                     */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* In other words, this driver supports Type42 fonts derived from        */
-  /* TrueType fonts in a non-CID manner, as done by usual conversion       */
-  /* programs.                                                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include "t42drivr.h"
-#include "t42objs.h"
-#include "t42error.h"
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-
-#include FT_SERVICE_XFREE86_NAME_H
-#include FT_SERVICE_GLYPH_DICT_H
-#include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_NAME_H
-#include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_INFO_H
-
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_t42
-
-
- /*
-  *
-  *  GLYPH DICT SERVICE
-  *
-  */
-
-  static FT_Error
-  t42_get_glyph_name( T42_Face    face,
-                      FT_UInt     glyph_index,
-                      FT_Pointer  buffer,
-                      FT_UInt     buffer_max )
-  {
-    FT_STRCPYN( buffer, face->type1.glyph_names[glyph_index], buffer_max );
-
-    return T42_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_UInt
-  t42_get_name_index( T42_Face    face,
-                      FT_String*  glyph_name )
-  {
-    FT_Int      i;
-    FT_String*  gname;
-
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < face->type1.num_glyphs; i++ )
-    {
-      gname = face->type1.glyph_names[i];
-
-      if ( glyph_name[0] == gname[0] && !ft_strcmp( glyph_name, gname ) )
-        return (FT_UInt)ft_atol( (const char *)face->type1.charstrings[i] );
-    }
-
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  static const FT_Service_GlyphDictRec  t42_service_glyph_dict =
-  {
-    (FT_GlyphDict_GetNameFunc)  t42_get_glyph_name,
-    (FT_GlyphDict_NameIndexFunc)t42_get_name_index
-  };
-
-
- /*
-  *
-  *  POSTSCRIPT NAME SERVICE
-  *
-  */
-
-  static const char*
-  t42_get_ps_font_name( T42_Face  face )
-  {
-    return (const char*)face->type1.font_name;
-  }
-
-
-  static const FT_Service_PsFontNameRec  t42_service_ps_font_name =
-  {
-    (FT_PsName_GetFunc)t42_get_ps_font_name
-  };
-
-
- /*
-  *
-  *  POSTSCRIPT INFO SERVICE
-  *
-  */
-
-  static FT_Error
-  t42_ps_get_font_info( FT_Face          face,
-                        PS_FontInfoRec*  afont_info )
-  {
-    *afont_info = ((T42_Face)face)->type1.font_info;
-    return T42_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Int
-  t42_ps_has_glyph_names( FT_Face  face )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( face );
-    return 1;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  t42_ps_get_font_private( FT_Face         face,
-                           PS_PrivateRec*  afont_private )
-  {
-    *afont_private = ((T42_Face)face)->type1.private_dict;
-    return T42_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  static const FT_Service_PsInfoRec  t42_service_ps_info =
-  {
-    (PS_GetFontInfoFunc)   t42_ps_get_font_info,
-    (PS_HasGlyphNamesFunc) t42_ps_has_glyph_names,
-    (PS_GetFontPrivateFunc)t42_ps_get_font_private
-  };
-
-
- /*
-  *
-  *  SERVICE LIST
-  *
-  */
-
-  static const FT_ServiceDescRec  t42_services[] =
-  {
-    { FT_SERVICE_ID_GLYPH_DICT,           &t42_service_glyph_dict },
-    { FT_SERVICE_ID_POSTSCRIPT_FONT_NAME, &t42_service_ps_font_name },
-    { FT_SERVICE_ID_POSTSCRIPT_INFO,      &t42_service_ps_info },
-    { FT_SERVICE_ID_XF86_NAME,            FT_XF86_FORMAT_TYPE_42 },
-    { NULL, NULL }
-  };
-
-
-  static FT_Module_Interface
-  T42_Get_Interface( FT_Driver         driver,
-                     const FT_String*  t42_interface )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( driver );
-
-    return ft_service_list_lookup( t42_services, t42_interface );
-  }
-
-
-  const FT_Driver_ClassRec  t42_driver_class =
-  {
-    {
-      FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER       |
-      FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE   |
-#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
-      FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER,
-#else
-      0,
-#endif
-
-      sizeof ( T42_DriverRec ),
-
-      "type42",
-      0x10000L,
-      0x20000L,
-
-      0,    /* format interface */
-
-      (FT_Module_Constructor)T42_Driver_Init,
-      (FT_Module_Destructor) T42_Driver_Done,
-      (FT_Module_Requester)  T42_Get_Interface,
-    },
-
-    sizeof ( T42_FaceRec ),
-    sizeof ( T42_SizeRec ),
-    sizeof ( T42_GlyphSlotRec ),
-
-    (FT_Face_InitFunc)        T42_Face_Init,
-    (FT_Face_DoneFunc)        T42_Face_Done,
-    (FT_Size_InitFunc)        T42_Size_Init,
-    (FT_Size_DoneFunc)        T42_Size_Done,
-    (FT_Slot_InitFunc)        T42_GlyphSlot_Init,
-    (FT_Slot_DoneFunc)        T42_GlyphSlot_Done,
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
-    ft_stub_set_char_sizes,
-    ft_stub_set_pixel_sizes,
-#endif
-    (FT_Slot_LoadFunc)        T42_GlyphSlot_Load,
-
-    (FT_Face_GetKerningFunc)  0,
-    (FT_Face_AttachFunc)      0,
-
-    (FT_Face_GetAdvancesFunc) 0,
-    (FT_Size_RequestFunc)     T42_Size_Request,
-    (FT_Size_SelectFunc)      T42_Size_Select
-  };
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42drivr.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42drivr.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 98b7410..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42drivr.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  t42drivr.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    High-level Type 42 driver interface (specification).                 */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2002 by Roberto Alameda.                                     */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __T42DRIVR_H__
-#define __T42DRIVR_H__
-
-
-#include 
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DRIVER_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  FT_EXPORT_VAR( const FT_Driver_ClassRec )  t42_driver_class;
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-
-#endif /* __T42DRIVR_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42error.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42error.h
deleted file mode 100644
index b230910..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42error.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  t42error.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Type 42 error codes (specification only).                            */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2002, 2003 by                                                */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This file is used to define the Type 42 error enumeration constants.  */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef __T42ERROR_H__
-#define __T42ERROR_H__
-
-#include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
-
-#undef __FTERRORS_H__
-
-#define FT_ERR_PREFIX  T42_Err_
-#define FT_ERR_BASE    FT_Mod_Err_Type42
-
-#include FT_ERRORS_H
-
-#endif /* __T42ERROR_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42objs.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42objs.c
deleted file mode 100644
index db04fde..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42objs.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,647 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  t42objs.c                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Type 42 objects manager (body).                                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by Roberto Alameda.       */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include "t42objs.h"
-#include "t42parse.h"
-#include "t42error.h"
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
-#include FT_LIST_H
-
-
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_t42
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  T42_Open_Face( T42_Face  face )
-  {
-    T42_LoaderRec  loader;
-    T42_Parser     parser;
-    T1_Font        type1 = &face->type1;
-    FT_Memory      memory = face->root.memory;
-    FT_Error       error;
-
-    PSAux_Service  psaux  = (PSAux_Service)face->psaux;
-
-
-    t42_loader_init( &loader, face );
-
-    parser = &loader.parser;
-
-    if ( FT_ALLOC( face->ttf_data, 12 ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    error = t42_parser_init( parser,
-                             face->root.stream,
-                             memory,
-                             psaux);
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    error = t42_parse_dict( face, &loader,
-                            parser->base_dict, parser->base_len );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    if ( type1->font_type != 42 )
-    {
-      error = T42_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* now, propagate the charstrings and glyphnames tables */
-    /* to the Type1 data                                    */
-    type1->num_glyphs = loader.num_glyphs;
-
-    if ( !loader.charstrings.init )
-    {
-      FT_ERROR(( "T42_Open_Face: no charstrings array in face!\n" ));
-      error = T42_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-    }
-
-    loader.charstrings.init  = 0;
-    type1->charstrings_block = loader.charstrings.block;
-    type1->charstrings       = loader.charstrings.elements;
-    type1->charstrings_len   = loader.charstrings.lengths;
-
-    /* we copy the glyph names `block' and `elements' fields; */
-    /* the `lengths' field must be released later             */
-    type1->glyph_names_block    = loader.glyph_names.block;
-    type1->glyph_names          = (FT_String**)loader.glyph_names.elements;
-    loader.glyph_names.block    = 0;
-    loader.glyph_names.elements = 0;
-
-    /* we must now build type1.encoding when we have a custom array */
-    if ( type1->encoding_type == T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ARRAY )
-    {
-      FT_Int    charcode, idx, min_char, max_char;
-      FT_Byte*  char_name;
-      FT_Byte*  glyph_name;
-
-
-      /* OK, we do the following: for each element in the encoding   */
-      /* table, look up the index of the glyph having the same name  */
-      /* as defined in the CharStrings array.                        */
-      /* The index is then stored in type1.encoding.char_index, and  */
-      /* the name in type1.encoding.char_name                        */
-
-      min_char = +32000;
-      max_char = -32000;
-
-      charcode = 0;
-      for ( ; charcode < loader.encoding_table.max_elems; charcode++ )
-      {
-        type1->encoding.char_index[charcode] = 0;
-        type1->encoding.char_name [charcode] = (char *)".notdef";
-
-        char_name = loader.encoding_table.elements[charcode];
-        if ( char_name )
-          for ( idx = 0; idx < type1->num_glyphs; idx++ )
-          {
-            glyph_name = (FT_Byte*)type1->glyph_names[idx];
-            if ( ft_strcmp( (const char*)char_name,
-                            (const char*)glyph_name ) == 0 )
-            {
-              type1->encoding.char_index[charcode] = (FT_UShort)idx;
-              type1->encoding.char_name [charcode] = (char*)glyph_name;
-
-              /* Change min/max encoded char only if glyph name is */
-              /* not /.notdef                                      */
-              if ( ft_strcmp( (const char*)".notdef",
-                              (const char*)glyph_name ) != 0 )
-              {
-                if ( charcode < min_char )
-                  min_char = charcode;
-                if ( charcode > max_char )
-                  max_char = charcode;
-              }
-              break;
-            }
-          }
-      }
-      type1->encoding.code_first = min_char;
-      type1->encoding.code_last  = max_char;
-      type1->encoding.num_chars  = loader.num_chars;
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    t42_loader_done( &loader );
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  /***************** Driver Functions *************/
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  T42_Face_Init( FT_Stream      stream,
-                 T42_Face       face,
-                 FT_Int         face_index,
-                 FT_Int         num_params,
-                 FT_Parameter*  params )
-  {
-    FT_Error            error;
-    FT_Service_PsCMaps  psnames;
-    PSAux_Service       psaux;
-    FT_Face             root  = (FT_Face)&face->root;
-    T1_Font             type1 = &face->type1;
-    PS_FontInfo         info  = &type1->font_info;
-
-    FT_UNUSED( num_params );
-    FT_UNUSED( params );
-    FT_UNUSED( face_index );
-    FT_UNUSED( stream );
-
-
-    face->ttf_face       = NULL;
-    face->root.num_faces = 1;
-
-    FT_FACE_FIND_GLOBAL_SERVICE( face, psnames, POSTSCRIPT_CMAPS );
-    face->psnames = psnames;
-
-    face->psaux = FT_Get_Module_Interface( FT_FACE_LIBRARY( face ),
-                                           "psaux" );
-    psaux = (PSAux_Service)face->psaux;
-
-    /* open the tokenizer, this will also check the font format */
-    error = T42_Open_Face( face );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* if we just wanted to check the format, leave successfully now */
-    if ( face_index < 0 )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* check the face index */
-    if ( face_index != 0 )
-    {
-      FT_ERROR(( "T42_Face_Init: invalid face index\n" ));
-      error = T42_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* Now load the font program into the face object */
-
-    /* Init the face object fields */
-    /* Now set up root face fields */
-
-    root->num_glyphs   = type1->num_glyphs;
-    root->num_charmaps = 0;
-    root->face_index   = face_index;
-
-    root->face_flags = FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE    |
-                       FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL  |
-                       FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES;
-
-    if ( info->is_fixed_pitch )
-      root->face_flags |= FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH;
-
-    /* We only set this flag if we have the patented bytecode interpreter. */
-    /* There are no known `tricky' Type42 fonts that could be loaded with  */
-    /* the unpatented interpreter.                                         */
-#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
-    root->face_flags |= FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTER;
-#endif
-
-    /* XXX: TODO -- add kerning with .afm support */
-
-    /* get style name -- be careful, some broken fonts only */
-    /* have a `/FontName' dictionary entry!                 */
-    root->family_name = info->family_name;
-    /* assume "Regular" style if we don't know better */
-    root->style_name = (char *)"Regular";
-    if ( root->family_name )
-    {
-      char*  full   = info->full_name;
-      char*  family = root->family_name;
-
-
-      if ( full )
-      {
-        while ( *full )
-        {
-          if ( *full == *family )
-          {
-            family++;
-            full++;
-          }
-          else
-          {
-            if ( *full == ' ' || *full == '-' )
-              full++;
-            else if ( *family == ' ' || *family == '-' )
-              family++;
-            else
-            {
-              if ( !*family )
-                root->style_name = full;
-              break;
-            }
-          }
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* do we have a `/FontName'? */
-      if ( type1->font_name )
-        root->family_name = type1->font_name;
-    }
-
-    /* no embedded bitmap support */
-    root->num_fixed_sizes = 0;
-    root->available_sizes = 0;
-
-    /* Load the TTF font embedded in the T42 font */
-    {
-      FT_Open_Args  args;
-
-
-      args.flags       = FT_OPEN_MEMORY;
-      args.memory_base = face->ttf_data;
-      args.memory_size = face->ttf_size;
-
-      if ( num_params )
-      {
-        args.flags     |= FT_OPEN_PARAMS;
-        args.num_params = num_params;
-        args.params     = params;
-      }
-
-      error = FT_Open_Face( FT_FACE_LIBRARY( face ),
-                            &args, 0, &face->ttf_face );
-    }
-
-    if ( error )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    FT_Done_Size( face->ttf_face->size );
-
-    /* Ignore info in FontInfo dictionary and use the info from the  */
-    /* loaded TTF font.  The PostScript interpreter also ignores it. */
-    root->bbox         = face->ttf_face->bbox;
-    root->units_per_EM = face->ttf_face->units_per_EM;
-
-    root->ascender  = face->ttf_face->ascender;
-    root->descender = face->ttf_face->descender;
-    root->height    = face->ttf_face->height;
-
-    root->max_advance_width  = face->ttf_face->max_advance_width;
-    root->max_advance_height = face->ttf_face->max_advance_height;
-
-    root->underline_position  = (FT_Short)info->underline_position;
-    root->underline_thickness = (FT_Short)info->underline_thickness;
-
-    /* compute style flags */
-    root->style_flags = 0;
-    if ( info->italic_angle )
-      root->style_flags |= FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC;
-
-    if ( face->ttf_face->style_flags & FT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLD )
-      root->style_flags |= FT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLD;
-
-    if ( face->ttf_face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_VERTICAL )
-      root->face_flags |= FT_FACE_FLAG_VERTICAL;
-
-    {
-      if ( psnames && psaux )
-      {
-        FT_CharMapRec    charmap;
-        T1_CMap_Classes  cmap_classes = psaux->t1_cmap_classes;
-        FT_CMap_Class    clazz;
-
-
-        charmap.face = root;
-
-        /* first of all, try to synthetize a Unicode charmap */
-        charmap.platform_id = 3;
-        charmap.encoding_id = 1;
-        charmap.encoding    = FT_ENCODING_UNICODE;
-
-        FT_CMap_New( cmap_classes->unicode, NULL, &charmap, NULL );
-
-        /* now, generate an Adobe Standard encoding when appropriate */
-        charmap.platform_id = 7;
-        clazz               = NULL;
-
-        switch ( type1->encoding_type )
-        {
-        case T1_ENCODING_TYPE_STANDARD:
-          charmap.encoding    = FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_STANDARD;
-          charmap.encoding_id = 0;
-          clazz               = cmap_classes->standard;
-          break;
-
-        case T1_ENCODING_TYPE_EXPERT:
-          charmap.encoding    = FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_EXPERT;
-          charmap.encoding_id = 1;
-          clazz               = cmap_classes->expert;
-          break;
-
-        case T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ARRAY:
-          charmap.encoding    = FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_CUSTOM;
-          charmap.encoding_id = 2;
-          clazz               = cmap_classes->custom;
-          break;
-
-        case T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ISOLATIN1:
-          charmap.encoding    = FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_LATIN_1;
-          charmap.encoding_id = 3;
-          clazz               = cmap_classes->unicode;
-          break;
-
-        default:
-          ;
-        }
-
-        if ( clazz )
-          FT_CMap_New( clazz, NULL, &charmap, NULL );
-
-#if 0
-        /* Select default charmap */
-        if ( root->num_charmaps )
-          root->charmap = root->charmaps[0];
-#endif
-      }
-    }
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  T42_Face_Done( T42_Face  face )
-  {
-    T1_Font      type1;
-    PS_FontInfo  info;
-    FT_Memory    memory;
-
-
-    if ( face )
-    {
-      type1  = &face->type1;
-      info   = &type1->font_info;
-      memory = face->root.memory;
-
-      /* delete internal ttf face prior to freeing face->ttf_data */
-      if ( face->ttf_face )
-        FT_Done_Face( face->ttf_face );
-
-      /* release font info strings */
-      FT_FREE( info->version );
-      FT_FREE( info->notice );
-      FT_FREE( info->full_name );
-      FT_FREE( info->family_name );
-      FT_FREE( info->weight );
-
-      /* release top dictionary */
-      FT_FREE( type1->charstrings_len );
-      FT_FREE( type1->charstrings );
-      FT_FREE( type1->glyph_names );
-
-      FT_FREE( type1->charstrings_block );
-      FT_FREE( type1->glyph_names_block );
-
-      FT_FREE( type1->encoding.char_index );
-      FT_FREE( type1->encoding.char_name );
-      FT_FREE( type1->font_name );
-
-      FT_FREE( face->ttf_data );
-
-#if 0
-      /* release afm data if present */
-      if ( face->afm_data )
-        T1_Done_AFM( memory, (T1_AFM*)face->afm_data );
-#endif
-
-      /* release unicode map, if any */
-      FT_FREE( face->unicode_map.maps );
-      face->unicode_map.num_maps = 0;
-
-      face->root.family_name = 0;
-      face->root.style_name  = 0;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                             */
-  /*    T42_Driver_Init                                                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                          */
-  /*    Initializes a given Type 42 driver object.                         */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                                */
-  /*    driver :: A handle to the target driver object.                    */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*                                                               */
-  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  T42_Driver_Init( T42_Driver  driver )
-  {
-    FT_Module  ttmodule;
-
-
-    ttmodule = FT_Get_Module( FT_MODULE(driver)->library, "truetype" );
-    driver->ttclazz = (FT_Driver_Class)ttmodule->clazz;
-
-    return T42_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  T42_Driver_Done( T42_Driver  driver )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( driver );
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  T42_Size_Init( T42_Size  size )
-  {
-    FT_Face   face = size->root.face;
-    T42_Face  t42face = (T42_Face)face;
-    FT_Size   ttsize;
-    FT_Error  error   = T42_Err_Ok;
-
-
-    error = FT_New_Size( t42face->ttf_face, &ttsize );
-    size->ttsize = ttsize;
-
-    FT_Activate_Size( ttsize );
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  T42_Size_Request( T42_Size         size,
-                    FT_Size_Request  req )
-  {
-    T42_Face  face = (T42_Face)size->root.face;
-    FT_Error  error;
-
-
-    FT_Activate_Size( size->ttsize );
-
-    error = FT_Request_Size( face->ttf_face, req );
-    if ( !error )
-      ( (FT_Size)size )->metrics = face->ttf_face->size->metrics;
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  T42_Size_Select( T42_Size  size,
-                   FT_ULong  strike_index )
-  {
-    T42_Face  face = (T42_Face)size->root.face;
-    FT_Error  error;
-
-
-    FT_Activate_Size( size->ttsize );
-
-    error = FT_Select_Size( face->ttf_face, strike_index );
-    if ( !error )
-      ( (FT_Size)size )->metrics = face->ttf_face->size->metrics;
-
-    return error;
-
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  T42_Size_Done( T42_Size  size )
-  {
-    FT_Face      face    = size->root.face;
-    T42_Face     t42face = (T42_Face)face;
-    FT_ListNode  node;
-
-
-    node = FT_List_Find( &t42face->ttf_face->sizes_list, size->ttsize );
-    if ( node )
-    {
-      FT_Done_Size( size->ttsize );
-      size->ttsize = NULL;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  T42_GlyphSlot_Init( T42_GlyphSlot  slot )
-  {
-    FT_Face       face    = slot->root.face;
-    T42_Face      t42face = (T42_Face)face;
-    FT_GlyphSlot  ttslot;
-    FT_Error      error   = T42_Err_Ok;
-
-
-    if ( face->glyph == NULL )
-    {
-      /* First glyph slot for this face */
-      slot->ttslot = t42face->ttf_face->glyph;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      error = FT_New_GlyphSlot( t42face->ttf_face, &ttslot );
-      slot->ttslot = ttslot;
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  T42_GlyphSlot_Done( T42_GlyphSlot slot )
-  {
-    FT_Done_GlyphSlot( slot->ttslot );
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  t42_glyphslot_clear( FT_GlyphSlot  slot )
-  {
-    /* free bitmap if needed */
-    ft_glyphslot_free_bitmap( slot );
-
-    /* clear all public fields in the glyph slot */
-    FT_ZERO( &slot->metrics );
-    FT_ZERO( &slot->outline );
-    FT_ZERO( &slot->bitmap );
-
-    slot->bitmap_left   = 0;
-    slot->bitmap_top    = 0;
-    slot->num_subglyphs = 0;
-    slot->subglyphs     = 0;
-    slot->control_data  = 0;
-    slot->control_len   = 0;
-    slot->other         = 0;
-    slot->format        = FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_NONE;
-
-    slot->linearHoriAdvance = 0;
-    slot->linearVertAdvance = 0;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  T42_GlyphSlot_Load( FT_GlyphSlot  glyph,
-                      FT_Size       size,
-                      FT_UInt       glyph_index,
-                      FT_Int32      load_flags )
-  {
-    FT_Error         error;
-    T42_GlyphSlot    t42slot = (T42_GlyphSlot)glyph;
-    T42_Size         t42size = (T42_Size)size;
-    FT_Driver_Class  ttclazz = ((T42_Driver)glyph->face->driver)->ttclazz;
-
-
-    t42_glyphslot_clear( t42slot->ttslot );
-    error = ttclazz->load_glyph( t42slot->ttslot,
-                                 t42size->ttsize,
-                                 glyph_index,
-                                 load_flags | FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP );
-
-    if ( !error )
-    {
-      glyph->metrics = t42slot->ttslot->metrics;
-
-      glyph->linearHoriAdvance = t42slot->ttslot->linearHoriAdvance;
-      glyph->linearVertAdvance = t42slot->ttslot->linearVertAdvance;
-
-      glyph->format  = t42slot->ttslot->format;
-      glyph->outline = t42slot->ttslot->outline;
-
-      glyph->bitmap      = t42slot->ttslot->bitmap;
-      glyph->bitmap_left = t42slot->ttslot->bitmap_left;
-      glyph->bitmap_top  = t42slot->ttslot->bitmap_top;
-
-      glyph->num_subglyphs = t42slot->ttslot->num_subglyphs;
-      glyph->subglyphs     = t42slot->ttslot->subglyphs;
-
-      glyph->control_data  = t42slot->ttslot->control_data;
-      glyph->control_len   = t42slot->ttslot->control_len;
-    }
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42objs.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42objs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 289dedc..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42objs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,124 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  t42objs.h                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Type 42 objects manager (specification).                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2006, 2007 by Roberto Alameda.                   */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __T42OBJS_H__
-#define __T42OBJS_H__
-
-#include 
-#include FT_FREETYPE_H
-#include FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_TYPE1_TYPES_H
-#include "t42types.h"
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DRIVER_H
-#include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_CMAPS_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_HINTS_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  /* Type42 size */
-  typedef struct  T42_SizeRec_
-  {
-    FT_SizeRec  root;
-    FT_Size     ttsize;
-
-  } T42_SizeRec, *T42_Size;
-
-
-  /* Type42 slot */
-  typedef struct  T42_GlyphSlotRec_
-  {
-    FT_GlyphSlotRec  root;
-    FT_GlyphSlot     ttslot;
-
-  } T42_GlyphSlotRec, *T42_GlyphSlot;
-
-
-  /* Type 42 driver */
-  typedef struct  T42_DriverRec_
-  {
-    FT_DriverRec     root;
-    FT_Driver_Class  ttclazz;
-    void*            extension_component;
-
-  } T42_DriverRec, *T42_Driver;
-
-
-  /* */
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  T42_Face_Init( FT_Stream      stream,
-                 T42_Face       face,
-                 FT_Int         face_index,
-                 FT_Int         num_params,
-                 FT_Parameter*  params );
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  T42_Face_Done( T42_Face  face );
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  T42_Size_Init( T42_Size  size );
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  T42_Size_Request( T42_Size         size,
-                    FT_Size_Request  req );
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  T42_Size_Select( T42_Size  size,
-                   FT_ULong  strike_index );
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  T42_Size_Done( T42_Size  size );
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  T42_GlyphSlot_Init( T42_GlyphSlot  slot );
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  T42_GlyphSlot_Load( FT_GlyphSlot  glyph,
-                      FT_Size       size,
-                      FT_UInt       glyph_index,
-                      FT_Int32      load_flags );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  T42_GlyphSlot_Done( T42_GlyphSlot slot );
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  T42_Driver_Init( T42_Driver  driver );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  T42_Driver_Done( T42_Driver  driver );
-
- /* */
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-
-#endif /* __T42OBJS_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42parse.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42parse.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 7d8c267..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42parse.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1167 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  t42parse.c                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Type 42 font parser (body).                                          */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by Roberto Alameda. */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include "t42parse.h"
-#include "t42error.h"
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
-#include FT_LIST_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_AUX_H
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_t42
-
-
-  static void
-  t42_parse_font_matrix( T42_Face    face,
-                         T42_Loader  loader );
-  static void
-  t42_parse_encoding( T42_Face    face,
-                      T42_Loader  loader );
-
-  static void
-  t42_parse_charstrings( T42_Face    face,
-                         T42_Loader  loader );
-
-  static void
-  t42_parse_sfnts( T42_Face    face,
-                   T42_Loader  loader );
-
-
-  /* as Type42 fonts have no Private dict,         */
-  /* we set the last argument of T1_FIELD_XXX to 0 */
-  static const
-  T1_FieldRec  t42_keywords[] = {
-
-#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
-#define FT_STRUCTURE  T1_FontInfo
-#undef  T1CODE
-#define T1CODE        T1_FIELD_LOCATION_FONT_INFO
-
-    T1_FIELD_STRING( "version",            version,             0 )
-    T1_FIELD_STRING( "Notice",             notice,              0 )
-    T1_FIELD_STRING( "FullName",           full_name,           0 )
-    T1_FIELD_STRING( "FamilyName",         family_name,         0 )
-    T1_FIELD_STRING( "Weight",             weight,              0 )
-    T1_FIELD_NUM   ( "ItalicAngle",        italic_angle,        0 )
-    T1_FIELD_BOOL  ( "isFixedPitch",       is_fixed_pitch,      0 )
-    T1_FIELD_NUM   ( "UnderlinePosition",  underline_position,  0 )
-    T1_FIELD_NUM   ( "UnderlineThickness", underline_thickness, 0 )
-
-#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
-#define FT_STRUCTURE  T1_FontRec
-#undef  T1CODE
-#define T1CODE        T1_FIELD_LOCATION_FONT_DICT
-
-    T1_FIELD_KEY  ( "FontName",    font_name,    0 )
-    T1_FIELD_NUM  ( "PaintType",   paint_type,   0 )
-    T1_FIELD_NUM  ( "FontType",    font_type,    0 )
-    T1_FIELD_FIXED( "StrokeWidth", stroke_width, 0 )
-
-#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
-#define FT_STRUCTURE  FT_BBox
-#undef  T1CODE
-#define T1CODE        T1_FIELD_LOCATION_BBOX
-
-    T1_FIELD_BBOX("FontBBox", xMin, 0 )
-
-    T1_FIELD_CALLBACK( "FontMatrix",  t42_parse_font_matrix, 0 )
-    T1_FIELD_CALLBACK( "Encoding",    t42_parse_encoding,    0 )
-    T1_FIELD_CALLBACK( "CharStrings", t42_parse_charstrings, 0 )
-    T1_FIELD_CALLBACK( "sfnts",       t42_parse_sfnts,       0 )
-
-    { 0, T1_FIELD_LOCATION_CID_INFO, T1_FIELD_TYPE_NONE, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
-  };
-
-
-#define T1_Add_Table( p, i, o, l )  (p)->funcs.add( (p), i, o, l )
-#define T1_Done_Table( p )          \
-          do                        \
-          {                         \
-            if ( (p)->funcs.done )  \
-              (p)->funcs.done( p ); \
-          } while ( 0 )
-#define T1_Release_Table( p )          \
-          do                           \
-          {                            \
-            if ( (p)->funcs.release )  \
-              (p)->funcs.release( p ); \
-          } while ( 0 )
-
-#define T1_Skip_Spaces( p )    (p)->root.funcs.skip_spaces( &(p)->root )
-#define T1_Skip_PS_Token( p )  (p)->root.funcs.skip_PS_token( &(p)->root )
-
-#define T1_ToInt( p )                          \
-          (p)->root.funcs.to_int( &(p)->root )
-#define T1_ToBytes( p, b, m, n, d )                          \
-          (p)->root.funcs.to_bytes( &(p)->root, b, m, n, d )
-
-#define T1_ToFixedArray( p, m, f, t )                           \
-          (p)->root.funcs.to_fixed_array( &(p)->root, m, f, t )
-#define T1_ToToken( p, t )                          \
-          (p)->root.funcs.to_token( &(p)->root, t )
-
-#define T1_Load_Field( p, f, o, m, pf )                         \
-          (p)->root.funcs.load_field( &(p)->root, f, o, m, pf )
-#define T1_Load_Field_Table( p, f, o, m, pf )                         \
-          (p)->root.funcs.load_field_table( &(p)->root, f, o, m, pf )
-
-
-  /********************* Parsing Functions ******************/
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  t42_parser_init( T42_Parser     parser,
-                   FT_Stream      stream,
-                   FT_Memory      memory,
-                   PSAux_Service  psaux )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error = T42_Err_Ok;
-    FT_Long   size;
-
-
-    psaux->ps_parser_funcs->init( &parser->root, 0, 0, memory );
-
-    parser->stream    = stream;
-    parser->base_len  = 0;
-    parser->base_dict = 0;
-    parser->in_memory = 0;
-
-    /*******************************************************************/
-    /*                                                                 */
-    /* Here a short summary of what is going on:                       */
-    /*                                                                 */
-    /*   When creating a new Type 42 parser, we try to locate and load */
-    /*   the base dictionary, loading the whole font into memory.      */
-    /*                                                                 */
-    /*   When `loading' the base dictionary, we only set up pointers   */
-    /*   in the case of a memory-based stream.  Otherwise, we allocate */
-    /*   and load the base dictionary in it.                           */
-    /*                                                                 */
-    /*   parser->in_memory is set if we have a memory stream.          */
-    /*                                                                 */
-
-    if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( 0L ) ||
-         FT_FRAME_ENTER( 17 ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    if ( ft_memcmp( stream->cursor, "%!PS-TrueTypeFont", 17 ) != 0 )
-    {
-      FT_TRACE2(( "not a Type42 font\n" ));
-      error = T42_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
-    }
-
-    FT_FRAME_EXIT();
-
-    if ( error || FT_STREAM_SEEK( 0 ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    size = stream->size;
-
-    /* now, try to load `size' bytes of the `base' dictionary we */
-    /* found previously                                          */
-
-    /* if it is a memory-based resource, set up pointers */
-    if ( !stream->read )
-    {
-      parser->base_dict = (FT_Byte*)stream->base + stream->pos;
-      parser->base_len  = size;
-      parser->in_memory = 1;
-
-      /* check that the `size' field is valid */
-      if ( FT_STREAM_SKIP( size ) )
-        goto Exit;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* read segment in memory */
-      if ( FT_ALLOC( parser->base_dict, size )       ||
-           FT_STREAM_READ( parser->base_dict, size ) )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      parser->base_len = size;
-    }
-
-    parser->root.base   = parser->base_dict;
-    parser->root.cursor = parser->base_dict;
-    parser->root.limit  = parser->root.cursor + parser->base_len;
-
-  Exit:
-    if ( error && !parser->in_memory )
-      FT_FREE( parser->base_dict );
-
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  t42_parser_done( T42_Parser  parser )
-  {
-    FT_Memory  memory = parser->root.memory;
-
-
-    /* free the base dictionary only when we have a disk stream */
-    if ( !parser->in_memory )
-      FT_FREE( parser->base_dict );
-
-    parser->root.funcs.done( &parser->root );
-  }
-
-
-  static int
-  t42_is_space( FT_Byte  c )
-  {
-    return ( c == ' '  || c == '\t'              ||
-             c == '\r' || c == '\n' || c == '\f' ||
-             c == '\0'                           );
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  t42_parse_font_matrix( T42_Face    face,
-                         T42_Loader  loader )
-  {
-    T42_Parser  parser = &loader->parser;
-    FT_Matrix*  matrix = &face->type1.font_matrix;
-    FT_Vector*  offset = &face->type1.font_offset;
-    FT_Face     root   = (FT_Face)&face->root;
-    FT_Fixed    temp[6];
-    FT_Fixed    temp_scale;
-
-
-    (void)T1_ToFixedArray( parser, 6, temp, 3 );
-
-    temp_scale = FT_ABS( temp[3] );
-
-    /* Set Units per EM based on FontMatrix values.  We set the value to */
-    /* 1000 / temp_scale, because temp_scale was already multiplied by   */
-    /* 1000 (in t1_tofixed, from psobjs.c).                              */
-
-    root->units_per_EM = (FT_UShort)( FT_DivFix( 1000 * 0x10000L,
-                                                 temp_scale ) >> 16 );
-
-    /* we need to scale the values by 1.0/temp_scale */
-    if ( temp_scale != 0x10000L ) {
-      temp[0] = FT_DivFix( temp[0], temp_scale );
-      temp[1] = FT_DivFix( temp[1], temp_scale );
-      temp[2] = FT_DivFix( temp[2], temp_scale );
-      temp[4] = FT_DivFix( temp[4], temp_scale );
-      temp[5] = FT_DivFix( temp[5], temp_scale );
-      temp[3] = 0x10000L;
-    }
-
-    matrix->xx = temp[0];
-    matrix->yx = temp[1];
-    matrix->xy = temp[2];
-    matrix->yy = temp[3];
-
-    /* note that the offsets must be expressed in integer font units */
-    offset->x = temp[4] >> 16;
-    offset->y = temp[5] >> 16;
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  t42_parse_encoding( T42_Face    face,
-                      T42_Loader  loader )
-  {
-    T42_Parser  parser = &loader->parser;
-    FT_Byte*    cur;
-    FT_Byte*    limit  = parser->root.limit;
-
-    PSAux_Service  psaux  = (PSAux_Service)face->psaux;
-
-
-    T1_Skip_Spaces( parser );
-    cur = parser->root.cursor;
-    if ( cur >= limit )
-    {
-      FT_ERROR(( "t42_parse_encoding: out of bounds!\n" ));
-      parser->root.error = T42_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-      return;
-    }
-
-    /* if we have a number or `[', the encoding is an array, */
-    /* and we must load it now                               */
-    if ( ft_isdigit( *cur ) || *cur == '[' )
-    {
-      T1_Encoding  encode          = &face->type1.encoding;
-      FT_UInt      count, n;
-      PS_Table     char_table      = &loader->encoding_table;
-      FT_Memory    memory          = parser->root.memory;
-      FT_Error     error;
-      FT_Bool      only_immediates = 0;
-
-
-      /* read the number of entries in the encoding; should be 256 */
-      if ( *cur == '[' )
-      {
-        count           = 256;
-        only_immediates = 1;
-        parser->root.cursor++;
-      }
-      else
-        count = (FT_UInt)T1_ToInt( parser );
-
-      T1_Skip_Spaces( parser );
-      if ( parser->root.cursor >= limit )
-        return;
-
-      /* we use a T1_Table to store our charnames */
-      loader->num_chars = encode->num_chars = count;
-      if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( encode->char_index, count )     ||
-           FT_NEW_ARRAY( encode->char_name,  count )     ||
-           FT_SET_ERROR( psaux->ps_table_funcs->init(
-                           char_table, count, memory ) ) )
-      {
-        parser->root.error = error;
-        return;
-      }
-
-      /* We need to `zero' out encoding_table.elements */
-      for ( n = 0; n < count; n++ )
-      {
-        char*  notdef = (char *)".notdef";
-
-
-        T1_Add_Table( char_table, n, notdef, 8 );
-      }
-
-      /* Now we need to read records of the form                */
-      /*                                                        */
-      /*   ... charcode /charname ...                           */
-      /*                                                        */
-      /* for each entry in our table.                           */
-      /*                                                        */
-      /* We simply look for a number followed by an immediate   */
-      /* name.  Note that this ignores correctly the sequence   */
-      /* that is often seen in type42 fonts:                    */
-      /*                                                        */
-      /*   0 1 255 { 1 index exch /.notdef put } for dup        */
-      /*                                                        */
-      /* used to clean the encoding array before anything else. */
-      /*                                                        */
-      /* Alternatively, if the array is directly given as       */
-      /*                                                        */
-      /*   /Encoding [ ... ]                                    */
-      /*                                                        */
-      /* we only read immediates.                               */
-
-      n = 0;
-      T1_Skip_Spaces( parser );
-
-      while ( parser->root.cursor < limit )
-      {
-        cur = parser->root.cursor;
-
-        /* we stop when we encounter `def' or `]' */
-        if ( *cur == 'd' && cur + 3 < limit )
-        {
-          if ( cur[1] == 'e'          &&
-               cur[2] == 'f'          &&
-               t42_is_space( cur[3] ) )
-          {
-            FT_TRACE6(( "encoding end\n" ));
-            cur += 3;
-            break;
-          }
-        }
-        if ( *cur == ']' )
-        {
-          FT_TRACE6(( "encoding end\n" ));
-          cur++;
-          break;
-        }
-
-        /* check whether we have found an entry */
-        if ( ft_isdigit( *cur ) || only_immediates )
-        {
-          FT_Int  charcode;
-
-
-          if ( only_immediates )
-            charcode = n;
-          else
-          {
-            charcode = (FT_Int)T1_ToInt( parser );
-            T1_Skip_Spaces( parser );
-          }
-
-          cur = parser->root.cursor;
-
-          if ( *cur == '/' && cur + 2 < limit && n < count )
-          {
-            FT_PtrDist  len;
-
-
-            cur++;
-
-            parser->root.cursor = cur;
-            T1_Skip_PS_Token( parser );
-            if ( parser->root.error )
-              return;
-
-            len = parser->root.cursor - cur;
-
-            parser->root.error = T1_Add_Table( char_table, charcode,
-                                               cur, len + 1 );
-            if ( parser->root.error )
-              return;
-            char_table->elements[charcode][len] = '\0';
-
-            n++;
-          }
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          T1_Skip_PS_Token( parser );
-          if ( parser->root.error )
-            return;
-        }
-
-        T1_Skip_Spaces( parser );
-      }
-
-      face->type1.encoding_type  = T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ARRAY;
-      parser->root.cursor        = cur;
-    }
-
-    /* Otherwise, we should have either `StandardEncoding', */
-    /* `ExpertEncoding', or `ISOLatin1Encoding'             */
-    else
-    {
-      if ( cur + 17 < limit                                            &&
-           ft_strncmp( (const char*)cur, "StandardEncoding", 16 ) == 0 )
-        face->type1.encoding_type = T1_ENCODING_TYPE_STANDARD;
-
-      else if ( cur + 15 < limit                                          &&
-                ft_strncmp( (const char*)cur, "ExpertEncoding", 14 ) == 0 )
-        face->type1.encoding_type = T1_ENCODING_TYPE_EXPERT;
-
-      else if ( cur + 18 < limit                                             &&
-                ft_strncmp( (const char*)cur, "ISOLatin1Encoding", 17 ) == 0 )
-        face->type1.encoding_type = T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ISOLATIN1;
-
-      else
-      {
-        FT_ERROR(( "t42_parse_encoding: invalid token!\n" ));
-        parser->root.error = T42_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  typedef enum  T42_Load_Status_
-  {
-    BEFORE_START,
-    BEFORE_TABLE_DIR,
-    OTHER_TABLES
-
-  } T42_Load_Status;
-
-
-  static void
-  t42_parse_sfnts( T42_Face    face,
-                   T42_Loader  loader )
-  {
-    T42_Parser  parser = &loader->parser;
-    FT_Memory   memory = parser->root.memory;
-    FT_Byte*    cur;
-    FT_Byte*    limit  = parser->root.limit;
-    FT_Error    error;
-    FT_Int      num_tables = 0;
-    FT_ULong    count, ttf_size = 0;
-
-    FT_Long     n, string_size, old_string_size, real_size;
-    FT_Byte*    string_buf = NULL;
-    FT_Bool     allocated  = 0;
-
-    T42_Load_Status  status;
-
-
-    /* The format is                                */
-    /*                                              */
-    /*   /sfnts [   ... ] def */
-    /*                                              */
-    /* or                                           */
-    /*                                              */
-    /*   /sfnts [                                   */
-    /*       RD         */
-    /*       RD         */
-    /*      ...                                     */
-    /*   ] def                                      */
-    /*                                              */
-    /* with exactly one space after the `RD' token. */
-
-    T1_Skip_Spaces( parser );
-
-    if ( parser->root.cursor >= limit || *parser->root.cursor++ != '[' )
-    {
-      FT_ERROR(( "t42_parse_sfnts: can't find begin of sfnts vector!\n" ));
-      error = T42_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-      goto Fail;
-    }
-
-    T1_Skip_Spaces( parser );
-    status          = BEFORE_START;
-    string_size     = 0;
-    old_string_size = 0;
-    count           = 0;
-
-    while ( parser->root.cursor < limit )
-    {
-      cur = parser->root.cursor;
-
-      if ( *cur == ']' )
-      {
-        parser->root.cursor++;
-        goto Exit;
-      }
-
-      else if ( *cur == '<' )
-      {
-        T1_Skip_PS_Token( parser );
-        if ( parser->root.error )
-          goto Exit;
-
-        /* don't include delimiters */
-        string_size = (FT_Long)( ( parser->root.cursor - cur - 2 + 1 ) / 2 );
-        if ( FT_REALLOC( string_buf, old_string_size, string_size ) )
-          goto Fail;
-
-        allocated = 1;
-
-        parser->root.cursor = cur;
-        (void)T1_ToBytes( parser, string_buf, string_size, &real_size, 1 );
-        old_string_size = string_size;
-        string_size = real_size;
-      }
-
-      else if ( ft_isdigit( *cur ) )
-      {
-        if ( allocated )
-        {
-          FT_ERROR(( "t42_parse_sfnts: "
-                     "can't handle mixed binary and hex strings!\n" ));
-          error = T42_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-          goto Fail;
-        }
-
-        string_size = T1_ToInt( parser );
-
-        T1_Skip_PS_Token( parser );             /* `RD' */
-        if ( parser->root.error )
-          return;
-
-        string_buf = parser->root.cursor + 1;   /* one space after `RD' */
-
-        parser->root.cursor += string_size + 1;
-        if ( parser->root.cursor >= limit )
-        {
-          FT_ERROR(( "t42_parse_sfnts: too many binary data!\n" ));
-          error = T42_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-          goto Fail;
-        }
-      }
-
-      if ( !string_buf )
-      {
-        FT_ERROR(( "t42_parse_sfnts: invalid data in sfnts array!\n" ));
-        error = T42_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-        goto Fail;
-      }
-
-      /* A string can have a trailing zero byte for padding.  Ignore it. */
-      if ( string_buf[string_size - 1] == 0 && ( string_size % 2 == 1 ) )
-        string_size--;
-
-      if ( !string_size )
-      {
-        FT_ERROR(( "t42_parse_sfnts: invalid string!\n" ));
-        error = T42_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-        goto Fail;
-      }
-
-      for ( n = 0; n < string_size; n++ )
-      {
-        switch ( status )
-        {
-        case BEFORE_START:
-          /* load offset table, 12 bytes */
-          if ( count < 12 )
-          {
-            face->ttf_data[count++] = string_buf[n];
-            continue;
-          }
-          else
-          {
-            num_tables = 16 * face->ttf_data[4] + face->ttf_data[5];
-            status     = BEFORE_TABLE_DIR;
-            ttf_size   = 12 + 16 * num_tables;
-
-            if ( FT_REALLOC( face->ttf_data, 12, ttf_size ) )
-              goto Fail;
-          }
-          /* fall through */
-
-        case BEFORE_TABLE_DIR:
-          /* the offset table is read; read the table directory */
-          if ( count < ttf_size )
-          {
-            face->ttf_data[count++] = string_buf[n];
-            continue;
-          }
-          else
-          {
-            int       i;
-            FT_ULong  len;
-
-
-            for ( i = 0; i < num_tables; i++ )
-            {
-              FT_Byte*  p = face->ttf_data + 12 + 16 * i + 12;
-
-
-              len = FT_PEEK_ULONG( p );
-
-              /* Pad to a 4-byte boundary length */
-              ttf_size += ( len + 3 ) & ~3;
-            }
-
-            status         = OTHER_TABLES;
-            face->ttf_size = ttf_size;
-
-            /* there are no more than 256 tables, so no size check here */
-            if ( FT_REALLOC( face->ttf_data, 12 + 16 * num_tables,
-                             ttf_size + 1 ) )
-              goto Fail;
-          }
-          /* fall through */
-
-        case OTHER_TABLES:
-          /* all other tables are just copied */
-          if ( count >= ttf_size )
-          {
-            FT_ERROR(( "t42_parse_sfnts: too many binary data!\n" ));
-            error = T42_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-            goto Fail;
-          }
-          face->ttf_data[count++] = string_buf[n];
-        }
-      }
-
-      T1_Skip_Spaces( parser );
-    }
-
-    /* if control reaches this point, the format was not valid */
-    error = T42_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-
-  Fail:
-    parser->root.error = error;
-
-  Exit:
-    if ( allocated )
-      FT_FREE( string_buf );
-  }
-
-
-  static void
-  t42_parse_charstrings( T42_Face    face,
-                         T42_Loader  loader )
-  {
-    T42_Parser     parser       = &loader->parser;
-    PS_Table       code_table   = &loader->charstrings;
-    PS_Table       name_table   = &loader->glyph_names;
-    PS_Table       swap_table   = &loader->swap_table;
-    FT_Memory      memory       = parser->root.memory;
-    FT_Error       error;
-
-    PSAux_Service  psaux        = (PSAux_Service)face->psaux;
-
-    FT_Byte*       cur;
-    FT_Byte*       limit        = parser->root.limit;
-    FT_UInt        n;
-    FT_UInt        notdef_index = 0;
-    FT_Byte        notdef_found = 0;
-
-
-    T1_Skip_Spaces( parser );
-
-    if ( parser->root.cursor >= limit )
-    {
-      FT_ERROR(( "t42_parse_charstrings: out of bounds!\n" ));
-      error = T42_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-      goto Fail;
-    }
-
-    if ( ft_isdigit( *parser->root.cursor ) )
-    {
-      loader->num_glyphs = (FT_UInt)T1_ToInt( parser );
-      if ( parser->root.error )
-        return;
-    }
-    else if ( *parser->root.cursor == '<' )
-    {
-      /* We have `<< ... >>'.  Count the number of `/' in the dictionary */
-      /* to get its size.                                                */
-      FT_UInt  count = 0;
-
-
-      T1_Skip_PS_Token( parser );
-      if ( parser->root.error )
-        return;
-      T1_Skip_Spaces( parser );
-      cur = parser->root.cursor;
-
-      while ( parser->root.cursor < limit )
-      {
-        if ( *parser->root.cursor == '/' )
-          count++;
-        else if ( *parser->root.cursor == '>' )
-        {
-          loader->num_glyphs  = count;
-          parser->root.cursor = cur;        /* rewind */
-          break;
-        }
-        T1_Skip_PS_Token( parser );
-        if ( parser->root.error )
-          return;
-        T1_Skip_Spaces( parser );
-      }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      FT_ERROR(( "t42_parse_charstrings: invalid token!\n" ));
-      error = T42_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-      goto Fail;
-    }
-
-    if ( parser->root.cursor >= limit )
-    {
-      FT_ERROR(( "t42_parse_charstrings: out of bounds!\n" ));
-      error = T42_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-      goto Fail;
-    }
-
-    /* initialize tables */
-
-    error = psaux->ps_table_funcs->init( code_table,
-                                         loader->num_glyphs,
-                                         memory );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Fail;
-
-    error = psaux->ps_table_funcs->init( name_table,
-                                         loader->num_glyphs,
-                                         memory );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Fail;
-
-    /* Initialize table for swapping index notdef_index and */
-    /* index 0 names and codes (if necessary).              */
-
-    error = psaux->ps_table_funcs->init( swap_table, 4, memory );
-    if ( error )
-      goto Fail;
-
-    n = 0;
-
-    for (;;)
-    {
-      /* The format is simple:                   */
-      /*   `/glyphname' + index [+ def]          */
-
-      T1_Skip_Spaces( parser );
-
-      cur = parser->root.cursor;
-      if ( cur >= limit )
-        break;
-
-      /* We stop when we find an `end' keyword or '>' */
-      if ( *cur   == 'e'          &&
-           cur + 3 < limit        &&
-           cur[1] == 'n'          &&
-           cur[2] == 'd'          &&
-           t42_is_space( cur[3] ) )
-        break;
-      if ( *cur == '>' )
-        break;
-
-      T1_Skip_PS_Token( parser );
-      if ( parser->root.error )
-        return;
-
-      if ( *cur == '/' )
-      {
-        FT_PtrDist  len;
-
-
-        if ( cur + 1 >= limit )
-        {
-          FT_ERROR(( "t42_parse_charstrings: out of bounds!\n" ));
-          error = T42_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-          goto Fail;
-        }
-
-        cur++;                              /* skip `/' */
-        len = parser->root.cursor - cur;
-
-        error = T1_Add_Table( name_table, n, cur, len + 1 );
-        if ( error )
-          goto Fail;
-
-        /* add a trailing zero to the name table */
-        name_table->elements[n][len] = '\0';
-
-        /* record index of /.notdef */
-        if ( *cur == '.'                                              &&
-             ft_strcmp( ".notdef",
-                        (const char*)(name_table->elements[n]) ) == 0 )
-        {
-          notdef_index = n;
-          notdef_found = 1;
-        }
-
-        T1_Skip_Spaces( parser );
-
-        cur = parser->root.cursor;
-
-        (void)T1_ToInt( parser );
-        if ( parser->root.cursor >= limit )
-        {
-          FT_ERROR(( "t42_parse_charstrings: out of bounds!\n" ));
-          error = T42_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-          goto Fail;
-        }
-
-        len = parser->root.cursor - cur;
-
-        error = T1_Add_Table( code_table, n, cur, len + 1 );
-        if ( error )
-          goto Fail;
-
-        code_table->elements[n][len] = '\0';
-
-        n++;
-        if ( n >= loader->num_glyphs )
-          break;
-      }
-    }
-
-    loader->num_glyphs = n;
-
-    if ( !notdef_found )
-    {
-      FT_ERROR(( "t42_parse_charstrings: no /.notdef glyph!\n" ));
-      error = T42_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-      goto Fail;
-    }
-
-    /* if /.notdef does not occupy index 0, do our magic. */
-    if ( ft_strcmp( (const char*)".notdef",
-                    (const char*)name_table->elements[0] ) )
-    {
-      /* Swap glyph in index 0 with /.notdef glyph.  First, add index 0  */
-      /* name and code entries to swap_table.  Then place notdef_index   */
-      /* name and code entries into swap_table.  Then swap name and code */
-      /* entries at indices notdef_index and 0 using values stored in    */
-      /* swap_table.                                                     */
-
-      /* Index 0 name */
-      error = T1_Add_Table( swap_table, 0,
-                            name_table->elements[0],
-                            name_table->lengths [0] );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Fail;
-
-      /* Index 0 code */
-      error = T1_Add_Table( swap_table, 1,
-                            code_table->elements[0],
-                            code_table->lengths [0] );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Fail;
-
-      /* Index notdef_index name */
-      error = T1_Add_Table( swap_table, 2,
-                            name_table->elements[notdef_index],
-                            name_table->lengths [notdef_index] );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Fail;
-
-      /* Index notdef_index code */
-      error = T1_Add_Table( swap_table, 3,
-                            code_table->elements[notdef_index],
-                            code_table->lengths [notdef_index] );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Fail;
-
-      error = T1_Add_Table( name_table, notdef_index,
-                            swap_table->elements[0],
-                            swap_table->lengths [0] );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Fail;
-
-      error = T1_Add_Table( code_table, notdef_index,
-                            swap_table->elements[1],
-                            swap_table->lengths [1] );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Fail;
-
-      error = T1_Add_Table( name_table, 0,
-                            swap_table->elements[2],
-                            swap_table->lengths [2] );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Fail;
-
-      error = T1_Add_Table( code_table, 0,
-                            swap_table->elements[3],
-                            swap_table->lengths [3] );
-      if ( error )
-        goto Fail;
-
-    }
-
-    return;
-
-  Fail:
-    parser->root.error = error;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  t42_load_keyword( T42_Face    face,
-                    T42_Loader  loader,
-                    T1_Field    field )
-  {
-    FT_Error  error;
-    void*     dummy_object;
-    void**    objects;
-    FT_UInt   max_objects = 0;
-
-
-    /* if the keyword has a dedicated callback, call it */
-    if ( field->type == T1_FIELD_TYPE_CALLBACK )
-    {
-      field->reader( (FT_Face)face, loader );
-      error = loader->parser.root.error;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* now the keyword is either a simple field or a table of fields; */
-    /* we are now going to take care of it                            */
-
-    switch ( field->location )
-    {
-    case T1_FIELD_LOCATION_FONT_INFO:
-      dummy_object = &face->type1.font_info;
-      break;
-
-    case T1_FIELD_LOCATION_BBOX:
-      dummy_object = &face->type1.font_bbox;
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      dummy_object = &face->type1;
-    }
-
-    objects = &dummy_object;
-
-    if ( field->type == T1_FIELD_TYPE_INTEGER_ARRAY ||
-         field->type == T1_FIELD_TYPE_FIXED_ARRAY   )
-      error = T1_Load_Field_Table( &loader->parser, field,
-                                   objects, max_objects, 0 );
-    else
-      error = T1_Load_Field( &loader->parser, field,
-                             objects, max_objects, 0 );
-
-   Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
-  t42_parse_dict( T42_Face    face,
-                  T42_Loader  loader,
-                  FT_Byte*    base,
-                  FT_Long     size )
-  {
-    T42_Parser  parser     = &loader->parser;
-    FT_Byte*    limit;
-    FT_Int      n_keywords = (FT_Int)( sizeof ( t42_keywords ) /
-                                         sizeof ( t42_keywords[0] ) );
-
-
-    parser->root.cursor = base;
-    parser->root.limit  = base + size;
-    parser->root.error  = T42_Err_Ok;
-
-    limit = parser->root.limit;
-
-    T1_Skip_Spaces( parser );
-
-    while ( parser->root.cursor < limit )
-    {
-      FT_Byte*  cur;
-
-
-      cur = parser->root.cursor;
-
-      /* look for `FontDirectory' which causes problems for some fonts */
-      if ( *cur == 'F' && cur + 25 < limit                    &&
-           ft_strncmp( (char*)cur, "FontDirectory", 13 ) == 0 )
-      {
-        FT_Byte*  cur2;
-
-
-        /* skip the `FontDirectory' keyword */
-        T1_Skip_PS_Token( parser );
-        T1_Skip_Spaces  ( parser );
-        cur = cur2 = parser->root.cursor;
-
-        /* look up the `known' keyword */
-        while ( cur < limit )
-        {
-          if ( *cur == 'k' && cur + 5 < limit             &&
-                ft_strncmp( (char*)cur, "known", 5 ) == 0 )
-            break;
-
-          T1_Skip_PS_Token( parser );
-          if ( parser->root.error )
-            goto Exit;
-          T1_Skip_Spaces  ( parser );
-          cur = parser->root.cursor;
-        }
-
-        if ( cur < limit )
-        {
-          T1_TokenRec  token;
-
-
-          /* skip the `known' keyword and the token following it */
-          T1_Skip_PS_Token( parser );
-          T1_ToToken( parser, &token );
-
-          /* if the last token was an array, skip it! */
-          if ( token.type == T1_TOKEN_TYPE_ARRAY )
-            cur2 = parser->root.cursor;
-        }
-        parser->root.cursor = cur2;
-      }
-
-      /* look for immediates */
-      else if ( *cur == '/' && cur + 2 < limit )
-      {
-        FT_PtrDist  len;
-
-
-        cur++;
-
-        parser->root.cursor = cur;
-        T1_Skip_PS_Token( parser );
-        if ( parser->root.error )
-          goto Exit;
-
-        len = parser->root.cursor - cur;
-
-        if ( len > 0 && len < 22 && parser->root.cursor < limit )
-        {
-          int  i;
-
-
-          /* now compare the immediate name to the keyword table */
-
-          /* loop through all known keywords */
-          for ( i = 0; i < n_keywords; i++ )
-          {
-            T1_Field  keyword = (T1_Field)&t42_keywords[i];
-            FT_Byte   *name   = (FT_Byte*)keyword->ident;
-
-
-            if ( !name )
-              continue;
-
-            if ( cur[0] == name[0]                                  &&
-                 len == (FT_PtrDist)ft_strlen( (const char *)name ) &&
-                 ft_memcmp( cur, name, len ) == 0                   )
-            {
-              /* we found it -- run the parsing callback! */
-              parser->root.error = t42_load_keyword( face,
-                                                     loader,
-                                                     keyword );
-              if ( parser->root.error )
-                return parser->root.error;
-              break;
-            }
-          }
-        }
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        T1_Skip_PS_Token( parser );
-        if ( parser->root.error )
-          goto Exit;
-      }
-
-      T1_Skip_Spaces( parser );
-    }
-
-  Exit:
-    return parser->root.error;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  t42_loader_init( T42_Loader  loader,
-                   T42_Face    face )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( face );
-
-    FT_MEM_ZERO( loader, sizeof ( *loader ) );
-    loader->num_glyphs = 0;
-    loader->num_chars  = 0;
-
-    /* initialize the tables -- simply set their `init' field to 0 */
-    loader->encoding_table.init = 0;
-    loader->charstrings.init    = 0;
-    loader->glyph_names.init    = 0;
-  }
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
-  t42_loader_done( T42_Loader  loader )
-  {
-    T42_Parser  parser = &loader->parser;
-
-
-    /* finalize tables */
-    T1_Release_Table( &loader->encoding_table );
-    T1_Release_Table( &loader->charstrings );
-    T1_Release_Table( &loader->glyph_names );
-    T1_Release_Table( &loader->swap_table );
-
-    /* finalize parser */
-    t42_parser_done( parser );
-  }
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42parse.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42parse.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f77ec4a..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42parse.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  t42parse.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Type 42 font parser (specification).                                 */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2002, 2003 by Roberto Alameda.                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __T42PARSE_H__
-#define __T42PARSE_H__
-
-
-#include "t42objs.h"
-#include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_AUX_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-  typedef struct  T42_ParserRec_
-  {
-    PS_ParserRec  root;
-    FT_Stream     stream;
-
-    FT_Byte*      base_dict;
-    FT_Long       base_len;
-
-    FT_Bool       in_memory;
-
-  } T42_ParserRec, *T42_Parser;
-
-
-  typedef struct  T42_Loader_
-  {
-    T42_ParserRec  parser;          /* parser used to read the stream */
-
-    FT_UInt        num_chars;       /* number of characters in encoding */
-    PS_TableRec    encoding_table;  /* PS_Table used to store the       */
-                                    /* encoding character names         */
-
-    FT_UInt        num_glyphs;
-    PS_TableRec    glyph_names;
-    PS_TableRec    charstrings;
-    PS_TableRec    swap_table;      /* For moving .notdef glyph to index 0. */
-
-  } T42_LoaderRec, *T42_Loader;
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  t42_parser_init( T42_Parser     parser,
-                   FT_Stream      stream,
-                   FT_Memory      memory,
-                   PSAux_Service  psaux );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  t42_parser_done( T42_Parser  parser );
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
-  t42_parse_dict( T42_Face    face,
-                  T42_Loader  loader,
-                  FT_Byte*    base,
-                  FT_Long     size );
-
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  t42_loader_init( T42_Loader  loader,
-                   T42_Face    face );
-
-  FT_LOCAL( void )
-  t42_loader_done( T42_Loader  loader );
-
-
- /* */
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-
-#endif /* __T42PARSE_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42types.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42types.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 6626b04..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42types.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  t42types.h                                                             */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Type 42 font data types (specification only).                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2006 by Roberto Alameda.                         */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __T42TYPES_H__
-#define __T42TYPES_H__
-
-
-#include 
-#include FT_FREETYPE_H
-#include FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_TYPE1_TYPES_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_HINTS_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-
-  typedef struct  T42_FaceRec_
-  {
-    FT_FaceRec      root;
-    T1_FontRec      type1;
-    const void*     psnames;
-    const void*     psaux;
-    const void*     afm_data;
-    FT_Byte*        ttf_data;
-    FT_ULong        ttf_size;
-    FT_Face         ttf_face;
-    FT_CharMapRec   charmaprecs[2];
-    FT_CharMap      charmaps[2];
-    PS_UnicodesRec  unicode_map;
-
-  } T42_FaceRec, *T42_Face;
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-#endif /* __T1TYPES_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/type42.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/type42.c
deleted file mode 100644
index d13df56..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/type42.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  type42.c                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType Type 42 driver component.                                   */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2002 by                                                      */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-#define FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT
-
-#include 
-#include "t42objs.c"
-#include "t42parse.c"
-#include "t42drivr.c"
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/winfonts/Jamfile b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/winfonts/Jamfile
deleted file mode 100644
index 71cf567..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/winfonts/Jamfile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-# FreeType 2 src/winfonts Jamfile
-#
-# Copyright 2001 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-SubDir  FT2_TOP $(FT2_SRC_DIR) winfonts ;
-
-Library  $(FT2_LIB) : winfnt.c ;
-
-# end of src/winfonts Jamfile
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/winfonts/fnterrs.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/winfonts/fnterrs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index ea80909..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/winfonts/fnterrs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  fnterrs.h                                                              */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    Win FNT/FON error codes (specification only).                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 2001 by                                                      */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* This file is used to define the Windows FNT/FON error enumeration     */
-  /* constants.                                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /*************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef __FNTERRS_H__
-#define __FNTERRS_H__
-
-#include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
-
-#undef __FTERRORS_H__
-
-#define FT_ERR_PREFIX  FNT_Err_
-#define FT_ERR_BASE    FT_Mod_Err_Winfonts
-
-#include FT_ERRORS_H
-
-#endif /* __FNTERRS_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/winfonts/module.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/winfonts/module.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 0ace3ae..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/winfonts/module.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 Windows FNT/FON module definition
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2006 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-FTMODULE_H_COMMANDS += WINDOWS_DRIVER
-
-define WINDOWS_DRIVER
-$(OPEN_DRIVER)winfnt_driver_class$(CLOSE_DRIVER)
-$(ECHO_DRIVER)winfnt    $(ECHO_DRIVER_DESC)Windows bitmap fonts with extension *.fnt or *.fon$(ECHO_DRIVER_DONE)
-endef
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/winfonts/rules.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/winfonts/rules.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 71a7df2..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/winfonts/rules.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
-#
-# FreeType 2 Windows FNT/FON driver configuration rules
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2001, 2003 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-# Windows driver directory
-#
-FNT_DIR := $(SRC_DIR)/winfonts
-
-
-FNT_COMPILE := $(FT_COMPILE) $I$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$(FNT_DIR))
-
-
-# Windows driver sources (i.e., C files)
-#
-FNT_DRV_SRC := $(FNT_DIR)/winfnt.c
-
-# Windows driver headers
-#
-FNT_DRV_H := $(FNT_DRV_SRC:%.c=%.h) \
-             $(FNT_DIR)/fnterrs.h
-
-
-# Windows driver object(s)
-#
-#   FNT_DRV_OBJ_M is used during `multi' builds
-#   FNT_DRV_OBJ_S is used during `single' builds
-#
-FNT_DRV_OBJ_M := $(FNT_DRV_SRC:$(FNT_DIR)/%.c=$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O)
-FNT_DRV_OBJ_S := $(OBJ_DIR)/winfnt.$O
-
-# Windows driver source file for single build
-#
-FNT_DRV_SRC_S := $(FNT_DIR)/winfnt.c
-
-
-# Windows driver - single object
-#
-$(FNT_DRV_OBJ_S): $(FNT_DRV_SRC_S) $(FNT_DRV_SRC) $(FREETYPE_H) $(FNT_DRV_H)
-	$(FNT_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $(FNT_DRV_SRC_S))
-
-
-# Windows driver - multiple objects
-#
-$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O: $(FNT_DIR)/%.c $(FREETYPE_H) $(FNT_DRV_H)
-	$(FNT_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $<)
-
-
-# update main driver object lists
-#
-DRV_OBJS_S += $(FNT_DRV_OBJ_S)
-DRV_OBJS_M += $(FNT_DRV_OBJ_M)
-
-
-# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/winfonts/winfnt.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/winfonts/winfnt.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 833fb88..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/winfonts/winfnt.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1130 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  winfnt.c                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType font driver for Windows FNT/FON files                       */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2007, 2008 by             */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*  Copyright 2003 Huw D M Davies for Codeweavers                          */
-/*  Copyright 2007 Dmitry Timoshkov for Codeweavers                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include 
-#include FT_WINFONTS_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
-
-#include "winfnt.h"
-#include "fnterrs.h"
-#include FT_SERVICE_WINFNT_H
-#include FT_SERVICE_XFREE86_NAME_H
-
-  /*************************************************************************/
-  /*                                                                       */
-  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
-  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
-  /* messages during execution.                                            */
-  /*                                                                       */
-#undef  FT_COMPONENT
-#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_winfnt
-
-
-  static const FT_Frame_Field  winmz_header_fields[] =
-  {
-#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
-#define FT_STRUCTURE  WinMZ_HeaderRec
-
-    FT_FRAME_START( 64 ),
-      FT_FRAME_USHORT_LE ( magic ),
-      FT_FRAME_SKIP_BYTES( 29 * 2 ),
-      FT_FRAME_ULONG_LE  ( lfanew ),
-    FT_FRAME_END
-  };
-
-  static const FT_Frame_Field  winne_header_fields[] =
-  {
-#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
-#define FT_STRUCTURE  WinNE_HeaderRec
-
-    FT_FRAME_START( 40 ),
-      FT_FRAME_USHORT_LE ( magic ),
-      FT_FRAME_SKIP_BYTES( 34 ),
-      FT_FRAME_USHORT_LE ( resource_tab_offset ),
-      FT_FRAME_USHORT_LE ( rname_tab_offset ),
-    FT_FRAME_END
-  };
-
-  static const FT_Frame_Field  winpe32_header_fields[] =
-  {
-#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
-#define FT_STRUCTURE  WinPE32_HeaderRec
-
-    FT_FRAME_START( 248 ),
-      FT_FRAME_ULONG_LE  ( magic ),   /* PE00 */
-      FT_FRAME_USHORT_LE ( machine ), /* 0x014c - i386 */
-      FT_FRAME_USHORT_LE ( number_of_sections ),
-      FT_FRAME_SKIP_BYTES( 12 ),
-      FT_FRAME_USHORT_LE ( size_of_optional_header ),
-      FT_FRAME_SKIP_BYTES( 2 ),
-      FT_FRAME_USHORT_LE ( magic32 ), /* 0x10b */
-      FT_FRAME_SKIP_BYTES( 110 ),
-      FT_FRAME_ULONG_LE  ( rsrc_virtual_address ),
-      FT_FRAME_ULONG_LE  ( rsrc_size ),
-      FT_FRAME_SKIP_BYTES( 104 ),
-    FT_FRAME_END
-  };
-
-  static const FT_Frame_Field  winpe32_section_fields[] =
-  {
-#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
-#define FT_STRUCTURE  WinPE32_SectionRec
-
-    FT_FRAME_START( 40 ),
-      FT_FRAME_BYTES     ( name, 8 ),
-      FT_FRAME_SKIP_BYTES( 4 ),
-      FT_FRAME_ULONG_LE  ( virtual_address ),
-      FT_FRAME_ULONG_LE  ( size_of_raw_data ),
-      FT_FRAME_ULONG_LE  ( pointer_to_raw_data ),
-      FT_FRAME_SKIP_BYTES( 16 ),
-    FT_FRAME_END
-  };
-
-  static const FT_Frame_Field  winpe_rsrc_dir_fields[] =
-  {
-#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
-#define FT_STRUCTURE  WinPE_RsrcDirRec
-
-    FT_FRAME_START( 16 ),
-      FT_FRAME_ULONG_LE ( characteristics ),
-      FT_FRAME_ULONG_LE ( time_date_stamp ),
-      FT_FRAME_USHORT_LE( major_version ),
-      FT_FRAME_USHORT_LE( minor_version ),
-      FT_FRAME_USHORT_LE( number_of_named_entries ),
-      FT_FRAME_USHORT_LE( number_of_id_entries ),
-    FT_FRAME_END
-  };
-
-  static const FT_Frame_Field  winpe_rsrc_dir_entry_fields[] =
-  {
-#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
-#define FT_STRUCTURE  WinPE_RsrcDirEntryRec
-
-    FT_FRAME_START( 8 ),
-      FT_FRAME_ULONG_LE( name ),
-      FT_FRAME_ULONG_LE( offset ),
-    FT_FRAME_END
-  };
-
-  static const FT_Frame_Field  winpe_rsrc_data_entry_fields[] =
-  {
-#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
-#define FT_STRUCTURE  WinPE_RsrcDataEntryRec
-
-    FT_FRAME_START( 16 ),
-      FT_FRAME_ULONG_LE( offset_to_data ),
-      FT_FRAME_ULONG_LE( size ),
-      FT_FRAME_ULONG_LE( code_page ),
-      FT_FRAME_ULONG_LE( reserved ),
-    FT_FRAME_END
-  };
-
-  static const FT_Frame_Field  winfnt_header_fields[] =
-  {
-#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
-#define FT_STRUCTURE  FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec
-
-    FT_FRAME_START( 148 ),
-      FT_FRAME_USHORT_LE( version ),
-      FT_FRAME_ULONG_LE ( file_size ),
-      FT_FRAME_BYTES    ( copyright, 60 ),
-      FT_FRAME_USHORT_LE( file_type ),
-      FT_FRAME_USHORT_LE( nominal_point_size ),
-      FT_FRAME_USHORT_LE( vertical_resolution ),
-      FT_FRAME_USHORT_LE( horizontal_resolution ),
-      FT_FRAME_USHORT_LE( ascent ),
-      FT_FRAME_USHORT_LE( internal_leading ),
-      FT_FRAME_USHORT_LE( external_leading ),
-      FT_FRAME_BYTE     ( italic ),
-      FT_FRAME_BYTE     ( underline ),
-      FT_FRAME_BYTE     ( strike_out ),
-      FT_FRAME_USHORT_LE( weight ),
-      FT_FRAME_BYTE     ( charset ),
-      FT_FRAME_USHORT_LE( pixel_width ),
-      FT_FRAME_USHORT_LE( pixel_height ),
-      FT_FRAME_BYTE     ( pitch_and_family ),
-      FT_FRAME_USHORT_LE( avg_width ),
-      FT_FRAME_USHORT_LE( max_width ),
-      FT_FRAME_BYTE     ( first_char ),
-      FT_FRAME_BYTE     ( last_char ),
-      FT_FRAME_BYTE     ( default_char ),
-      FT_FRAME_BYTE     ( break_char ),
-      FT_FRAME_USHORT_LE( bytes_per_row ),
-      FT_FRAME_ULONG_LE ( device_offset ),
-      FT_FRAME_ULONG_LE ( face_name_offset ),
-      FT_FRAME_ULONG_LE ( bits_pointer ),
-      FT_FRAME_ULONG_LE ( bits_offset ),
-      FT_FRAME_BYTE     ( reserved ),
-      FT_FRAME_ULONG_LE ( flags ),
-      FT_FRAME_USHORT_LE( A_space ),
-      FT_FRAME_USHORT_LE( B_space ),
-      FT_FRAME_USHORT_LE( C_space ),
-      FT_FRAME_ULONG_LE ( color_table_offset ),
-      FT_FRAME_BYTES    ( reserved1, 16 ),
-    FT_FRAME_END
-  };
-
-
-  static void
-  fnt_font_done( FNT_Face face )
-  {
-    FT_Memory  memory = FT_FACE( face )->memory;
-    FT_Stream  stream = FT_FACE( face )->stream;
-    FNT_Font   font   = face->font;
-
-
-    if ( !font )
-      return;
-
-    if ( font->fnt_frame )
-      FT_FRAME_RELEASE( font->fnt_frame );
-    FT_FREE( font->family_name );
-
-    FT_FREE( font );
-    face->font = 0;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  fnt_font_load( FNT_Font   font,
-                 FT_Stream  stream )
-  {
-    FT_Error          error;
-    FT_WinFNT_Header  header = &font->header;
-    FT_Bool           new_format;
-    FT_UInt           size;
-
-
-    /* first of all, read the FNT header */
-    if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( font->offset )                        ||
-         FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( winfnt_header_fields, header ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    /* check header */
-    if ( header->version != 0x200 &&
-         header->version != 0x300 )
-    {
-      FT_TRACE2(( "[not a valid FNT file]\n" ));
-      error = FNT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    new_format = FT_BOOL( font->header.version == 0x300 );
-    size       = new_format ? 148 : 118;
-
-    if ( header->file_size < size )
-    {
-      FT_TRACE2(( "[not a valid FNT file]\n" ));
-      error = FNT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* Version 2 doesn't have these fields */
-    if ( header->version == 0x200 )
-    {
-      header->flags   = 0;
-      header->A_space = 0;
-      header->B_space = 0;
-      header->C_space = 0;
-
-      header->color_table_offset = 0;
-    }
-
-    if ( header->file_type & 1 )
-    {
-      FT_TRACE2(( "[can't handle vector FNT fonts]\n" ));
-      error = FNT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* this is a FNT file/table; extract its frame */
-    if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( font->offset )                         ||
-         FT_FRAME_EXTRACT( header->file_size, font->fnt_frame ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  fnt_face_get_dll_font( FNT_Face  face,
-                         FT_Int    face_index )
-  {
-    FT_Error         error;
-    FT_Stream        stream = FT_FACE( face )->stream;
-    FT_Memory        memory = FT_FACE( face )->memory;
-    WinMZ_HeaderRec  mz_header;
-
-
-    face->font = 0;
-
-    /* does it begin with an MZ header? */
-    if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( 0 )                                      ||
-         FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( winmz_header_fields, &mz_header ) )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    error = FNT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
-    if ( mz_header.magic == WINFNT_MZ_MAGIC )
-    {
-      /* yes, now look for an NE header in the file */
-      WinNE_HeaderRec  ne_header;
-
-
-      FT_TRACE2(( "MZ signature found\n" ));
-
-      if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( mz_header.lfanew )                       ||
-           FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( winne_header_fields, &ne_header ) )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      error = FNT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
-      if ( ne_header.magic == WINFNT_NE_MAGIC )
-      {
-        /* good, now look into the resource table for each FNT resource */
-        FT_ULong   res_offset  = mz_header.lfanew +
-                                   ne_header.resource_tab_offset;
-        FT_UShort  size_shift;
-        FT_UShort  font_count  = 0;
-        FT_ULong   font_offset = 0;
-
-
-        FT_TRACE2(( "NE signature found\n" ));
-
-        if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( res_offset )                    ||
-             FT_FRAME_ENTER( ne_header.rname_tab_offset -
-                             ne_header.resource_tab_offset ) )
-          goto Exit;
-
-        size_shift = FT_GET_USHORT_LE();
-
-        for (;;)
-        {
-          FT_UShort  type_id, count;
-
-
-          type_id = FT_GET_USHORT_LE();
-          if ( !type_id )
-            break;
-
-          count = FT_GET_USHORT_LE();
-
-          if ( type_id == 0x8008U )
-          {
-            font_count  = count;
-            font_offset = (FT_ULong)( FT_STREAM_POS() + 4 +
-                                      ( stream->cursor - stream->limit ) );
-            break;
-          }
-
-          stream->cursor += 4 + count * 12;
-        }
-
-        FT_FRAME_EXIT();
-
-        if ( !font_count || !font_offset )
-        {
-          FT_TRACE2(( "this file doesn't contain any FNT resources!\n" ));
-          error = FNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-          goto Exit;
-        }
-
-        /* loading `winfnt_header_fields' needs at least 118 bytes;    */
-        /* use this as a rough measure to check the expected font size */
-        if ( font_count * 118UL > stream->size )
-        {
-          FT_TRACE2(( "invalid number of faces\n" ));
-          error = FNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-          goto Exit;
-        }
-
-        face->root.num_faces = font_count;
-
-        if ( face_index >= font_count )
-        {
-          error = FNT_Err_Bad_Argument;
-          goto Exit;
-        }
-        else if ( face_index < 0 )
-          goto Exit;
-
-        if ( FT_NEW( face->font ) )
-          goto Exit;
-
-        if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( font_offset + face_index * 12 ) ||
-             FT_FRAME_ENTER( 12 )                            )
-          goto Fail;
-
-        face->font->offset   = (FT_ULong)FT_GET_USHORT_LE() << size_shift;
-        face->font->fnt_size = (FT_ULong)FT_GET_USHORT_LE() << size_shift;
-
-        stream->cursor += 8;
-
-        FT_FRAME_EXIT();
-
-        error = fnt_font_load( face->font, stream );
-      }
-      else if ( ne_header.magic == WINFNT_PE_MAGIC )
-      {
-        WinPE32_HeaderRec       pe32_header;
-        WinPE32_SectionRec      pe32_section;
-        WinPE_RsrcDirRec        root_dir, name_dir, lang_dir;
-        WinPE_RsrcDirEntryRec   dir_entry1, dir_entry2, dir_entry3;
-        WinPE_RsrcDataEntryRec  data_entry;
-
-        FT_Long    root_dir_offset, name_dir_offset, lang_dir_offset;
-        FT_UShort  i, j, k;
-
-
-        FT_TRACE2(( "PE signature found\n" ));
-
-        if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( mz_header.lfanew )                           ||
-             FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( winpe32_header_fields, &pe32_header ) )
-          goto Exit;
-
-        FT_TRACE2(( "magic %04lx, machine %02x, number_of_sections %u, "
-                    "size_of_optional_header %02x\n"
-                    "magic32 %02x, rsrc_virtual_address %04lx, "
-                    "rsrc_size %04lx\n",
-                    pe32_header.magic, pe32_header.machine,
-                    pe32_header.number_of_sections,
-                    pe32_header.size_of_optional_header,
-                    pe32_header.magic32, pe32_header.rsrc_virtual_address,
-                    pe32_header.rsrc_size ));
-
-        if ( pe32_header.magic != WINFNT_PE_MAGIC /* check full signature */ ||
-             pe32_header.machine != 0x014c /* i386 */                        ||
-             pe32_header.size_of_optional_header != 0xe0 /* FIXME */         ||
-             pe32_header.magic32 != 0x10b                                    )
-        {
-          FT_TRACE2(( "this file has an invalid PE header\n" ));
-          error = FNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-          goto Exit;
-        }
-
-        face->root.num_faces = 0;
-
-        for ( i = 0; i < pe32_header.number_of_sections; i++ )
-        {
-          if ( FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( winpe32_section_fields,
-                                      &pe32_section ) )
-            goto Exit;
-
-          FT_TRACE2(( "name %.8s, va %04lx, size %04lx, offset %04lx\n",
-                      pe32_section.name, pe32_section.virtual_address,
-                      pe32_section.size_of_raw_data,
-                      pe32_section.pointer_to_raw_data ));
-
-          if ( pe32_header.rsrc_virtual_address ==
-                 pe32_section.virtual_address )
-            goto Found_rsrc_section;
-        }
-
-        FT_TRACE2(( "this file doesn't contain any resources\n" ));
-        error = FNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-        goto Exit;
-
-      Found_rsrc_section:
-        FT_TRACE2(( "found resources section %.8s\n", pe32_section.name ));
-
-        if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( pe32_section.pointer_to_raw_data )        ||
-             FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( winpe_rsrc_dir_fields, &root_dir ) )
-          goto Exit;
-
-        root_dir_offset = pe32_section.pointer_to_raw_data;
-
-        for ( i = 0; i < root_dir.number_of_named_entries +
-                           root_dir.number_of_id_entries; i++ )
-        {
-          if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( root_dir_offset + 16 + i * 8 )      ||
-               FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( winpe_rsrc_dir_entry_fields,
-                                      &dir_entry1 )                )
-            goto Exit;
-
-          if ( !(dir_entry1.offset & 0x80000000UL ) /* DataIsDirectory */ )
-          {
-            error = FNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-            goto Exit;
-          }
-
-          dir_entry1.offset &= ~0x80000000UL;
-
-          name_dir_offset = pe32_section.pointer_to_raw_data +
-                            dir_entry1.offset;
-
-          if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( pe32_section.pointer_to_raw_data +
-                               dir_entry1.offset )                       ||
-               FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( winpe_rsrc_dir_fields, &name_dir ) )
-            goto Exit;
-
-          for ( j = 0; j < name_dir.number_of_named_entries +
-                             name_dir.number_of_id_entries; j++ )
-          {
-            if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( name_dir_offset + 16 + j * 8 )      ||
-                 FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( winpe_rsrc_dir_entry_fields,
-                                        &dir_entry2 )                )
-              goto Exit;
-
-            if ( !(dir_entry2.offset & 0x80000000UL ) /* DataIsDirectory */ )
-            {
-              error = FNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-              goto Exit;
-            }
-
-            dir_entry2.offset &= ~0x80000000UL;
-
-            lang_dir_offset = pe32_section.pointer_to_raw_data +
-                                dir_entry2.offset;
-
-            if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( pe32_section.pointer_to_raw_data +
-                                   dir_entry2.offset )                     ||
-                 FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( winpe_rsrc_dir_fields, &lang_dir ) )
-              goto Exit;
-
-            for ( k = 0; k < lang_dir.number_of_named_entries +
-                               lang_dir.number_of_id_entries; k++ )
-            {
-              if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( lang_dir_offset + 16 + k * 8 )      ||
-                   FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( winpe_rsrc_dir_entry_fields,
-                                          &dir_entry3 )                )
-                goto Exit;
-
-              if ( dir_entry2.offset & 0x80000000UL /* DataIsDirectory */ )
-              {
-                error = FNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-                goto Exit;
-              }
-
-              if ( dir_entry1.name == 8 /* RT_FONT */ )
-              {
-                if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( root_dir_offset + dir_entry3.offset ) ||
-                     FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( winpe_rsrc_data_entry_fields,
-                                            &data_entry )                  )
-                  goto Exit;
-
-                FT_TRACE2(( "found font #%lu, offset %04lx, "
-                            "size %04lx, cp %lu\n",
-                            dir_entry2.name,
-                            pe32_section.pointer_to_raw_data +
-                              data_entry.offset_to_data -
-                              pe32_section.virtual_address,
-                            data_entry.size, data_entry.code_page ));
-
-                if ( face_index == face->root.num_faces )
-                {
-                  if ( FT_NEW( face->font ) )
-                    goto Exit;
-
-                  face->font->offset   = pe32_section.pointer_to_raw_data +
-                                           data_entry.offset_to_data -
-                                           pe32_section.virtual_address;
-                  face->font->fnt_size = data_entry.size;
-
-                  error = fnt_font_load( face->font, stream );
-                  if ( error )
-                  {
-                    FT_TRACE2(( "font #%lu load error %d\n",
-                                dir_entry2.name, error ));
-                    goto Fail;
-                  }
-                  else
-                    FT_TRACE2(( "font #%lu successfully loaded\n",
-                                dir_entry2.name ));
-                }
-
-                face->root.num_faces++;
-              }
-            }
-          }
-        }
-      }
-
-      if ( !face->root.num_faces )
-      {
-        FT_TRACE2(( "this file doesn't contain any RT_FONT resources\n" ));
-        error = FNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-        goto Exit;
-      }
-
-      if ( face_index >= face->root.num_faces )
-      {
-        error = FNT_Err_Bad_Argument;
-        goto Exit;
-      }
-    }
-
-  Fail:
-    if ( error )
-      fnt_font_done( face );
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  typedef struct  FNT_CMapRec_
-  {
-    FT_CMapRec  cmap;
-    FT_UInt32   first;
-    FT_UInt32   count;
-
-  } FNT_CMapRec, *FNT_CMap;
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  fnt_cmap_init( FNT_CMap  cmap )
-  {
-    FNT_Face  face = (FNT_Face)FT_CMAP_FACE( cmap );
-    FNT_Font  font = face->font;
-
-
-    cmap->first = (FT_UInt32)  font->header.first_char;
-    cmap->count = (FT_UInt32)( font->header.last_char - cmap->first + 1 );
-
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_UInt
-  fnt_cmap_char_index( FNT_CMap   cmap,
-                       FT_UInt32  char_code )
-  {
-    FT_UInt  gindex = 0;
-
-
-    char_code -= cmap->first;
-    if ( char_code < cmap->count )
-      gindex = char_code + 1; /* we artificially increase the glyph index; */
-                              /* FNT_Load_Glyph reverts to the right one   */
-    return gindex;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_UInt
-  fnt_cmap_char_next( FNT_CMap    cmap,
-                      FT_UInt32  *pchar_code )
-  {
-    FT_UInt    gindex = 0;
-    FT_UInt32  result = 0;
-    FT_UInt32  char_code = *pchar_code + 1;
-
-
-    if ( char_code <= cmap->first )
-    {
-      result = cmap->first;
-      gindex = 1;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      char_code -= cmap->first;
-      if ( char_code < cmap->count )
-      {
-        result = cmap->first + char_code;
-        gindex = char_code + 1;
-      }
-    }
-
-    *pchar_code = result;
-    return gindex;
-  }
-
-
-  static const FT_CMap_ClassRec  fnt_cmap_class_rec =
-  {
-    sizeof ( FNT_CMapRec ),
-
-    (FT_CMap_InitFunc)     fnt_cmap_init,
-    (FT_CMap_DoneFunc)     NULL,
-    (FT_CMap_CharIndexFunc)fnt_cmap_char_index,
-    (FT_CMap_CharNextFunc) fnt_cmap_char_next,
-
-    NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL
-  };
-
-  static FT_CMap_Class const  fnt_cmap_class = &fnt_cmap_class_rec;
-
-
-  static void
-  FNT_Face_Done( FNT_Face  face )
-  {
-    if ( face )
-    {
-      FT_Memory  memory = FT_FACE_MEMORY( face );
-
-
-      fnt_font_done( face );
-
-      FT_FREE( face->root.available_sizes );
-      face->root.num_fixed_sizes = 0;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  FNT_Face_Init( FT_Stream      stream,
-                 FNT_Face       face,
-                 FT_Int         face_index,
-                 FT_Int         num_params,
-                 FT_Parameter*  params )
-  {
-    FT_Error   error;
-    FT_Memory  memory = FT_FACE_MEMORY( face );
-
-    FT_UNUSED( num_params );
-    FT_UNUSED( params );
-
-
-    /* try to load font from a DLL */
-    error = fnt_face_get_dll_font( face, face_index );
-    if ( !error && face_index < 0 )
-      goto Exit;
-
-    if ( error == FNT_Err_Unknown_File_Format )
-    {
-      /* this didn't work; try to load a single FNT font */
-      FNT_Font  font;
-
-      if ( FT_NEW( face->font ) )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      face->root.num_faces = 1;
-
-      font           = face->font;
-      font->offset   = 0;
-      font->fnt_size = stream->size;
-
-      error = fnt_font_load( font, stream );
-
-      if ( !error )
-      {
-        if ( face_index > 0 )
-          error = FNT_Err_Bad_Argument;
-        else if ( face_index < 0 )
-          goto Exit;
-      }
-    }
-
-    if ( error )
-      goto Fail;
-
-    /* we now need to fill the root FT_Face fields */
-    /* with relevant information                   */
-    {
-      FT_Face     root = FT_FACE( face );
-      FNT_Font    font = face->font;
-      FT_PtrDist  family_size;
-
-
-      root->face_flags = FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES |
-                         FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL;
-
-      if ( font->header.avg_width == font->header.max_width )
-        root->face_flags |= FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH;
-
-      if ( font->header.italic )
-        root->style_flags |= FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC;
-
-      if ( font->header.weight >= 800 )
-        root->style_flags |= FT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLD;
-
-      /* set up the `fixed_sizes' array */
-      if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( root->available_sizes, 1 ) )
-        goto Fail;
-
-      root->num_fixed_sizes = 1;
-
-      {
-        FT_Bitmap_Size*  bsize = root->available_sizes;
-        FT_UShort        x_res, y_res;
-
-
-        bsize->width  = font->header.avg_width;
-        bsize->height = (FT_Short)(
-          font->header.pixel_height + font->header.external_leading );
-        bsize->size   = font->header.nominal_point_size << 6;
-
-        x_res = font->header.horizontal_resolution;
-        if ( !x_res )
-          x_res = 72;
-
-        y_res = font->header.vertical_resolution;
-        if ( !y_res )
-          y_res = 72;
-
-        bsize->y_ppem = FT_MulDiv( bsize->size, y_res, 72 );
-        bsize->y_ppem = FT_PIX_ROUND( bsize->y_ppem );
-
-        /*
-         * this reads:
-         *
-         * the nominal height is larger than the bbox's height
-         *
-         * => nominal_point_size contains incorrect value;
-         *    use pixel_height as the nominal height
-         */
-        if ( bsize->y_ppem > font->header.pixel_height << 6 )
-        {
-          FT_TRACE2(( "use pixel_height as the nominal height\n" ));
-
-          bsize->y_ppem = font->header.pixel_height << 6;
-          bsize->size   = FT_MulDiv( bsize->y_ppem, 72, y_res );
-        }
-
-        bsize->x_ppem = FT_MulDiv( bsize->size, x_res, 72 );
-        bsize->x_ppem = FT_PIX_ROUND( bsize->x_ppem );
-      }
-
-      {
-        FT_CharMapRec  charmap;
-
-
-        charmap.encoding    = FT_ENCODING_NONE;
-        charmap.platform_id = 0;
-        charmap.encoding_id = 0;
-        charmap.face        = root;
-
-        if ( font->header.charset == FT_WinFNT_ID_MAC )
-        {
-          charmap.encoding    = FT_ENCODING_APPLE_ROMAN;
-          charmap.platform_id = 1;
-/*        charmap.encoding_id = 0; */
-        }
-
-        error = FT_CMap_New( fnt_cmap_class,
-                             NULL,
-                             &charmap,
-                             NULL );
-        if ( error )
-          goto Fail;
-
-        /* Select default charmap */
-        if ( root->num_charmaps )
-          root->charmap = root->charmaps[0];
-      }
-
-      /* setup remaining flags */
-
-      /* reserve one slot for the .notdef glyph at index 0 */
-      root->num_glyphs = font->header.last_char -
-                         font->header.first_char + 1 + 1;
-
-      if ( font->header.face_name_offset >= font->header.file_size )
-      {
-        FT_TRACE2(( "invalid family name offset!\n" ));
-        error = FNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-        goto Fail;
-      }
-      family_size = font->header.file_size - font->header.face_name_offset;
-      /* Some broken fonts don't delimit the face name with a final */
-      /* NULL byte -- the frame is erroneously one byte too small.  */
-      /* We thus allocate one more byte, setting it explicitly to   */
-      /* zero.                                                      */
-      if ( FT_ALLOC( font->family_name, family_size + 1 ) )
-        goto Fail;
-
-      FT_MEM_COPY( font->family_name,
-                   font->fnt_frame + font->header.face_name_offset,
-                   family_size );
-
-      font->family_name[family_size] = '\0';
-
-      if ( FT_REALLOC( font->family_name,
-                       family_size,
-                       ft_strlen( font->family_name ) + 1 ) )
-        goto Fail;
-
-      root->family_name = font->family_name;
-      root->style_name  = (char *)"Regular";
-
-      if ( root->style_flags & FT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLD )
-      {
-        if ( root->style_flags & FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC )
-          root->style_name = (char *)"Bold Italic";
-        else
-          root->style_name = (char *)"Bold";
-      }
-      else if ( root->style_flags & FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC )
-        root->style_name = (char *)"Italic";
-    }
-    goto Exit;
-
-  Fail:
-    FNT_Face_Done( face );
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  FNT_Size_Select( FT_Size  size )
-  {
-    FNT_Face          face   = (FNT_Face)size->face;
-    FT_WinFNT_Header  header = &face->font->header;
-
-
-    FT_Select_Metrics( size->face, 0 );
-
-    size->metrics.ascender    = header->ascent * 64;
-    size->metrics.descender   = -( header->pixel_height -
-                                   header->ascent ) * 64;
-    size->metrics.max_advance = header->max_width * 64;
-
-    return FNT_Err_Ok;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  FNT_Size_Request( FT_Size          size,
-                    FT_Size_Request  req )
-  {
-    FNT_Face          face    = (FNT_Face)size->face;
-    FT_WinFNT_Header  header  = &face->font->header;
-    FT_Bitmap_Size*   bsize   = size->face->available_sizes;
-    FT_Error          error   = FNT_Err_Invalid_Pixel_Size;
-    FT_Long           height;
-
-
-    height = FT_REQUEST_HEIGHT( req );
-    height = ( height + 32 ) >> 6;
-
-    switch ( req->type )
-    {
-    case FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_NOMINAL:
-      if ( height == ( bsize->y_ppem + 32 ) >> 6 )
-        error = FNT_Err_Ok;
-      break;
-
-    case FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_REAL_DIM:
-      if ( height == header->pixel_height )
-        error = FNT_Err_Ok;
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      error = FNT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
-      break;
-    }
-
-    if ( error )
-      return error;
-    else
-      return FNT_Size_Select( size );
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  FNT_Load_Glyph( FT_GlyphSlot  slot,
-                  FT_Size       size,
-                  FT_UInt       glyph_index,
-                  FT_Int32      load_flags )
-  {
-    FNT_Face    face   = (FNT_Face)FT_SIZE_FACE( size );
-    FNT_Font    font   = face->font;
-    FT_Error    error  = FNT_Err_Ok;
-    FT_Byte*    p;
-    FT_Int      len;
-    FT_Bitmap*  bitmap = &slot->bitmap;
-    FT_ULong    offset;
-    FT_Bool     new_format;
-
-    FT_UNUSED( load_flags );
-
-
-    if ( !face || !font ||
-         glyph_index >= (FT_UInt)( FT_FACE( face )->num_glyphs ) )
-    {
-      error = FNT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    if ( glyph_index > 0 )
-      glyph_index--;                           /* revert to real index */
-    else
-      glyph_index = font->header.default_char; /* the .notdef glyph */
-
-    new_format = FT_BOOL( font->header.version == 0x300 );
-    len        = new_format ? 6 : 4;
-
-    /* jump to glyph entry */
-    p = font->fnt_frame + ( new_format ? 148 : 118 ) + len * glyph_index;
-
-    bitmap->width = FT_NEXT_SHORT_LE( p );
-
-    if ( new_format )
-      offset = FT_NEXT_ULONG_LE( p );
-    else
-      offset = FT_NEXT_USHORT_LE( p );
-
-    if ( offset >= font->header.file_size )
-    {
-      FT_TRACE2(( "invalid FNT offset!\n" ));
-      error = FNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-      goto Exit;
-    }
-
-    /* jump to glyph data */
-    p = font->fnt_frame + /* font->header.bits_offset */ + offset;
-
-    /* allocate and build bitmap */
-    {
-      FT_Memory  memory = FT_FACE_MEMORY( slot->face );
-      FT_Int     pitch  = ( bitmap->width + 7 ) >> 3;
-      FT_Byte*   column;
-      FT_Byte*   write;
-
-
-      bitmap->pitch      = pitch;
-      bitmap->rows       = font->header.pixel_height;
-      bitmap->pixel_mode = FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO;
-
-      if ( offset + pitch * bitmap->rows >= font->header.file_size )
-      {
-        FT_TRACE2(( "invalid bitmap width\n" ));
-        error = FNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
-        goto Exit;
-      }
-
-      /* note: since glyphs are stored in columns and not in rows we */
-      /*       can't use ft_glyphslot_set_bitmap                     */
-      if ( FT_ALLOC_MULT( bitmap->buffer, pitch, bitmap->rows ) )
-        goto Exit;
-
-      column = (FT_Byte*)bitmap->buffer;
-
-      for ( ; pitch > 0; pitch--, column++ )
-      {
-        FT_Byte*  limit = p + bitmap->rows;
-
-
-        for ( write = column; p < limit; p++, write += bitmap->pitch )
-          *write = *p;
-      }
-    }
-
-    slot->internal->flags = FT_GLYPH_OWN_BITMAP;
-    slot->bitmap_left     = 0;
-    slot->bitmap_top      = font->header.ascent;
-    slot->format          = FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP;
-
-    /* now set up metrics */
-    slot->metrics.width        = bitmap->width << 6;
-    slot->metrics.height       = bitmap->rows << 6;
-    slot->metrics.horiAdvance  = bitmap->width << 6;
-    slot->metrics.horiBearingX = 0;
-    slot->metrics.horiBearingY = slot->bitmap_top << 6;
-
-    ft_synthesize_vertical_metrics( &slot->metrics,
-                                    bitmap->rows << 6 );
-
-  Exit:
-    return error;
-  }
-
-
-  static FT_Error
-  winfnt_get_header( FT_Face               face,
-                     FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec  *aheader )
-  {
-    FNT_Font  font = ((FNT_Face)face)->font;
-
-
-    *aheader = font->header;
-
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-
-  static const FT_Service_WinFntRec  winfnt_service_rec =
-  {
-    winfnt_get_header
-  };
-
- /*
-  *  SERVICE LIST
-  *
-  */
-
-  static const FT_ServiceDescRec  winfnt_services[] =
-  {
-    { FT_SERVICE_ID_XF86_NAME, FT_XF86_FORMAT_WINFNT },
-    { FT_SERVICE_ID_WINFNT,    &winfnt_service_rec },
-    { NULL, NULL }
-  };
-
-
-  static FT_Module_Interface
-  winfnt_get_service( FT_Driver         driver,
-                      const FT_String*  service_id )
-  {
-    FT_UNUSED( driver );
-
-    return ft_service_list_lookup( winfnt_services, service_id );
-  }
-
-
-
-
-  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
-  const FT_Driver_ClassRec  winfnt_driver_class =
-  {
-    {
-      FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER        |
-      FT_MODULE_DRIVER_NO_OUTLINES,
-      sizeof ( FT_DriverRec ),
-
-      "winfonts",
-      0x10000L,
-      0x20000L,
-
-      0,
-
-      (FT_Module_Constructor)0,
-      (FT_Module_Destructor) 0,
-      (FT_Module_Requester)  winfnt_get_service
-    },
-
-    sizeof( FNT_FaceRec ),
-    sizeof( FT_SizeRec ),
-    sizeof( FT_GlyphSlotRec ),
-
-    (FT_Face_InitFunc)        FNT_Face_Init,
-    (FT_Face_DoneFunc)        FNT_Face_Done,
-    (FT_Size_InitFunc)        0,
-    (FT_Size_DoneFunc)        0,
-    (FT_Slot_InitFunc)        0,
-    (FT_Slot_DoneFunc)        0,
-
-#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
-    ft_stub_set_char_sizes,
-    ft_stub_set_pixel_sizes,
-#endif
-    (FT_Slot_LoadFunc)        FNT_Load_Glyph,
-
-    (FT_Face_GetKerningFunc)  0,
-    (FT_Face_AttachFunc)      0,
-    (FT_Face_GetAdvancesFunc) 0,
-
-    (FT_Size_RequestFunc)     FNT_Size_Request,
-    (FT_Size_SelectFunc)      FNT_Size_Select
-  };
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/winfonts/winfnt.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/winfonts/winfnt.h
deleted file mode 100644
index ca75c95..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/winfonts/winfnt.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,167 +0,0 @@
-/***************************************************************************/
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  winfnt.h                                                               */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*    FreeType font driver for Windows FNT/FON files                       */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007 by                         */
-/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
-/*  Copyright 2007 Dmitry Timoshkov for Codeweavers                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
-/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
-/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
-/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
-/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
-/*                                                                         */
-/***************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef __WINFNT_H__
-#define __WINFNT_H__
-
-
-#include 
-#include FT_WINFONTS_H
-#include FT_INTERNAL_DRIVER_H
-
-
-FT_BEGIN_HEADER
-
-  typedef struct  WinMZ_HeaderRec_
-  {
-    FT_UShort  magic;
-    /* skipped content */
-    FT_UShort  lfanew;
-
-  } WinMZ_HeaderRec;
-
-
-  typedef struct  WinNE_HeaderRec_
-  {
-    FT_UShort  magic;
-    /* skipped content */
-    FT_UShort  resource_tab_offset;
-    FT_UShort  rname_tab_offset;
-
-  } WinNE_HeaderRec;
-
-
-  typedef struct  WinPE32_HeaderRec_
-  {
-    FT_ULong   magic;
-    FT_UShort  machine;
-    FT_UShort  number_of_sections;
-    /* skipped content */
-    FT_UShort  size_of_optional_header;
-    /* skipped content */
-    FT_UShort  magic32;
-    /* skipped content */
-    FT_ULong   rsrc_virtual_address;
-    FT_ULong   rsrc_size;
-    /* skipped content */
-
-  } WinPE32_HeaderRec;
-
-
-  typedef struct  WinPE32_SectionRec_
-  {
-    FT_Byte   name[8];
-    /* skipped content */
-    FT_ULong  virtual_address;
-    FT_ULong  size_of_raw_data;
-    FT_ULong  pointer_to_raw_data;
-    /* skipped content */
-
-  } WinPE32_SectionRec;
-
-
-  typedef struct  WinPE_RsrcDirRec_
-  {
-    FT_ULong   characteristics;
-    FT_ULong   time_date_stamp;
-    FT_UShort  major_version;
-    FT_UShort  minor_version;
-    FT_UShort  number_of_named_entries;
-    FT_UShort  number_of_id_entries;
-
-  } WinPE_RsrcDirRec;
-
-
-  typedef struct  WinPE_RsrcDirEntryRec_
-  {
-    FT_ULong  name;
-    FT_ULong  offset;
-
-  } WinPE_RsrcDirEntryRec;
-
-
-  typedef struct  WinPE_RsrcDataEntryRec_
-  {
-    FT_ULong  offset_to_data;
-    FT_ULong  size;
-    FT_ULong  code_page;
-    FT_ULong  reserved;
-
-  } WinPE_RsrcDataEntryRec;
-
-
-  typedef struct  WinNameInfoRec_
-  {
-    FT_UShort  offset;
-    FT_UShort  length;
-    FT_UShort  flags;
-    FT_UShort  id;
-    FT_UShort  handle;
-    FT_UShort  usage;
-
-  } WinNameInfoRec;
-
-
-  typedef struct  WinResourceInfoRec_
-  {
-    FT_UShort  type_id;
-    FT_UShort  count;
-
-  } WinResourceInfoRec;
-
-
-#define WINFNT_MZ_MAGIC  0x5A4D
-#define WINFNT_NE_MAGIC  0x454E
-#define WINFNT_PE_MAGIC  0x4550
-
-
-  typedef struct  FNT_FontRec_
-  {
-    FT_ULong             offset;
-
-    FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec  header;
-
-    FT_Byte*             fnt_frame;
-    FT_ULong             fnt_size;
-    FT_String*           family_name;
-
-  } FNT_FontRec, *FNT_Font;
-
-
-  typedef struct  FNT_FaceRec_
-  {
-    FT_FaceRec     root;
-    FNT_Font       font;
-
-    FT_CharMap     charmap_handle;
-    FT_CharMapRec  charmap;  /* a single charmap per face */
-
-  } FNT_FaceRec, *FNT_Face;
-
-
-  FT_EXPORT_VAR( const FT_Driver_ClassRec )  winfnt_driver_class;
-
-
-FT_END_HEADER
-
-
-#endif /* __WINFNT_H__ */
-
-
-/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/version.sed b/src/3rdparty/freetype/version.sed
deleted file mode 100644
index c281ff5..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/version.sed
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
-#! /usr/bin/sed -nf
-
-s/^#define  *FREETYPE_MAJOR  *\([^ ][^ ]*\).*$/freetype_major="\1" ;/p
-s/^#define  *FREETYPE_MINOR  *\([^ ][^ ]*\).*$/freetype_minor=".\1" ;/p
-s/^#define  *FREETYPE_PATCH  *\([^ ][^ ]*\).*$/freetype_patch=".\1" ;/p
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/vms_make.com b/src/3rdparty/freetype/vms_make.com
deleted file mode 100644
index 1aa83e7..0000000
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/vms_make.com
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1286 +0,0 @@
-$! make Freetype2 under OpenVMS
-$!
-$! Copyright 2003, 2004, 2006, 2007 by
-$! David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-$!
-$! This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-$! and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-$! LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-$! indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-$! fully.
-$!
-$!
-$! External libraries (like Freetype, XPM, etc.) are supported via the
-$! config file VMSLIB.DAT. Please check the sample file, which is part of this
-$! distribution, for the information you need to provide
-$!
-$! This procedure currently does support the following commandline options
-$! in arbitrary order
-$!
-$! * DEBUG - Compile modules with /noopt/debug and link shareable image
-$!           with /debug
-$! * LOPTS - Options to be passed to the link command
-$! * CCOPT - Options to be passed to the C compiler
-$!
-$! In case of problems with the install you might contact me at
-$! zinser@zinser.no-ip.info(preferred) or
-$! zinser@sysdev.deutsche-boerse.com (work)
-$!
-$! Make procedure history for Freetype2
-$!
-$!------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-$! Version history
-$! 0.01 20040401 First version to receive a number
-$! 0.02 20041030 Add error handling, Freetype 2.1.9
-$!
-$ on error then goto err_exit
-$ true  = 1
-$ false = 0
-$ tmpnam = "temp_" + f$getjpi("","pid")
-$ tt = tmpnam + ".txt"
-$ tc = tmpnam + ".c"
-$ th = tmpnam + ".h"
-$ its_decc = false
-$ its_vaxc = false
-$ its_gnuc = false
-$!
-$! Setup variables holding "config" information
-$!
-$ Make    = ""
-$ ccopt   = "/name=as_is/float=ieee"
-$ lopts   = ""
-$ dnsrl   = ""
-$ aconf_in_file = "config.hin"
-$ name    = "Freetype2"
-$ mapfile =  name + ".map"
-$ optfile =  name + ".opt"
-$ s_case  = false
-$ liblist = ""
-$!
-$ whoami = f$parse(f$environment("Procedure"),,,,"NO_CONCEAL")
-$ mydef  = F$parse(whoami,,,"DEVICE")
-$ mydir  = f$parse(whoami,,,"DIRECTORY") - "]["
-$ myproc = f$parse(whoami,,,"Name") + f$parse(whoami,,,"type")
-$!
-$! Check for MMK/MMS
-$!
-$ If F$Search ("Sys$System:MMS.EXE") .nes. "" Then Make = "MMS"
-$ If F$Type (MMK) .eqs. "STRING" Then Make = "MMK"
-$!
-$! Which command parameters were given
-$!
-$ gosub check_opts
-$!
-$! Create option file
-$!
-$ open/write optf 'optfile'
-$!
-$! Pull in external libraries
-$!
-$ create libs.opt
-$ open/write libsf libs.opt
-$ gosub check_create_vmslib
-$!
-$! Create objects
-$!
-$ if libdefs .nes. ""
-$ then
-$   ccopt = ccopt + "/define=(" + f$extract(0,f$length(libdefs)-1,libdefs) + ")"
-$ endif
-$!
-$ if f$locate("AS_IS",f$edit(ccopt,"UPCASE")) .lt. f$length(ccopt) -
-    then s_case = true
-$ gosub crea_mms
-$!
-$ 'Make' /macro=(comp_flags="''ccopt'")
-$ purge/nolog [...]descrip.mms
-$!
-$! Add them to options
-$!
-$FLOOP:
-$  file = f$edit(f$search("[...]*.obj"),"UPCASE")
-$  if (file .nes. "")
-$  then
-$    if f$locate("DEMOS",file) .eqs. f$length(file) then write optf file
-$    goto floop
-$  endif
-$!
-$ close optf
-$!
-$!
-$! Alpha gets a shareable image
-$!
-$ If f$getsyi("HW_MODEL") .gt. 1024
-$ Then
-$   write sys$output "Creating freetype2shr.exe"
-$   call anal_obj_axp 'optfile' _link.opt
-$   open/append  optf 'optfile'
-$   if s_case then WRITE optf "case_sensitive=YES"
-$   close optf
-$   LINK_/NODEB/SHARE=[.lib]freetype2shr.exe -
-                            'optfile'/opt,libs.opt/opt,_link.opt/opt
-$ endif
-$!
-$ exit
-$!
-$
-$ERR_LIB:
-$ write sys$output "Error reading config file vmslib.dat"
-$ goto err_exit
-$FT2_ERR:
-$ write sys$output "Could not locate Freetype 2 include files"
-$ goto err_exit
-$ERR_EXIT:
-$ set message/facil/ident/sever/text
-$ close/nolog optf
-$ close/nolog out
-$ close/nolog libdata
-$ close/nolog in
-$ close/nolog atmp
-$ close/nolog xtmp
-$ write sys$output "Exiting..."
-$ exit 2
-$!
-$!------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-$!
-$! If MMS/MMK are available dump out the descrip.mms if required
-$!
-$CREA_MMS:
-$ write sys$output "Creating descrip.mms files ..."
-$ write sys$output "... Main directory"
-$ create descrip.mms
-$ open/append out descrip.mms
-$ copy sys$input: out
-$ deck
-#
-# FreeType 2 build system -- top-level Makefile for OpenVMS
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 2001 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-$ EOD
-$ write out "CFLAGS = ", ccopt
-$ copy sys$input: out
-$ deck
-
-
-all :
-        define freetype [--.include.freetype]
-        define psaux [-.psaux]
-        define autofit [-.autofit]
-        define autohint [-.autohint]
-        define base [-.base]
-        define cache [-.cache]
-        define cff [-.cff]
-        define cid [-.cid]
-        define pcf [-.pcf]
-        define psnames [-.psnames]
-        define raster [-.raster]
-        define sfnt [-.sfnt]
-        define smooth [-.smooth]
-        define truetype [-.truetype]
-        define type1 [-.type1]
-        define winfonts [-.winfonts]
-        if f$search("lib.dir") .eqs. "" then create/directory [.lib]
-        set default [.builds.vms]
-        $(MMS)$(MMSQUALIFIERS)
-#        set default [--.src.autofit]
-#        $(MMS)$(MMSQUALIFIERS)
-        set default [--.src.autohint]
-        $(MMS)$(MMSQUALIFIERS)
-        set default [-.base]
-        $(MMS)$(MMSQUALIFIERS)
-        set default [-.bdf]
-        $(MMS)$(MMSQUALIFIERS)
-        set default [-.cache]
-        $(MMS)$(MMSQUALIFIERS)
-        set default [-.cff]
-        $(MMS)$(MMSQUALIFIERS)
-        set default [-.cid]
-        $(MMS)$(MMSQUALIFIERS)
-        set default [-.gzip]
-        $(MMS)$(MMSQUALIFIERS)
-        set default [-.lzw]
-        $(MMS)$(MMSQUALIFIERS)
-        set default [-.otvalid]
-        $(MMS)$(MMSQUALIFIERS)
-        set default [-.pcf]
-        $(MMS)$(MMSQUALIFIERS)
-        set default [-.pfr]
-        $(MMS)$(MMSQUALIFIERS)
-        set default [-.psaux]
-        $(MMS)$(MMSQUALIFIERS)
-        set default [-.pshinter]
-        $(MMS)$(MMSQUALIFIERS)
-        set default [-.psnames]
-        $(MMS)$(MMSQUALIFIERS)
-        set default [-.raster]
-        $(MMS)$(MMSQUALIFIERS)
-        set default [-.sfnt]
-        $(MMS)$(MMSQUALIFIERS)
-        set default [-.smooth]
-        $(MMS)$(MMSQUALIFIERS)
-        set default [-.truetype]
-        $(MMS)$(MMSQUALIFIERS)
-        set default [-.type1]
-        $(MMS)$(MMSQUALIFIERS)
-        set default [-.type42]
-        $(MMS)$(MMSQUALIFIERS)
-        set default [-.winfonts]
-        $(MMS)$(MMSQUALIFIERS)
-        set default [--]
-
-# EOF
-$ eod
-$ close out
-$ write sys$output "... [.builds.vms] directory"
-$ create [.builds.vms]descrip.mms
-$ open/append out [.builds.vms]descrip.mms
-$ copy sys$input: out
-$ deck
-#
-# FreeType 2 system rules for VMS
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 2001 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-CFLAGS=$(COMP_FLAGS)$(DEBUG)/include=([],[--.include],[--.src.base])
-
-OBJS=ftsystem.obj
-
-all : $(OBJS)
-        library/create [--.lib]freetype.olb $(OBJS)
-
-ftsystem.obj : ftsystem.c ftconfig.h
-
-# EOF
-$ eod
-$ close out
-$ write sys$output "... [.src.autofit] directory"
-$ create [.src.autofit]descrip.mms
-$ open/append out [.src.autofit]descrip.mms
-$ copy sys$input: out
-$ deck
-#
-# FreeType 2 auto-fit module compilation rules for VMS
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 2002 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-CFLAGS=$(COMP_FLAGS)$(DEBUG)/include=([--.include],[--.src.autofit])
-
-OBJS=afangles.obj,afhints.obj,aflatin.obj
-
-all : $(OBJS)
-        library [--.lib]freetype.olb $(OBJS)
-
-# EOF
-$ eod
-$ close out
-$ write sys$output "... [.src.autohint] directory"
-$ create [.src.autohint]descrip.mms
-$ open/append out [.src.autohint]descrip.mms
-$ copy sys$input: out
-$ deck
-#
-# FreeType 2 auto-hinter module compilation rules for VMS
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 2001, 2002 Catharon Productions Inc.
-#
-# This file is part of the Catharon Typography Project and shall only
-# be used, modified, and distributed under the terms of the Catharon
-# Open Source License that should come with this file under the name
-# `CatharonLicense.txt'.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
-# this file you indicate that you have read the license and
-# understand and accept it fully.
-#
-# Note that this license is compatible with the FreeType license.
-
-
-CFLAGS=$(COMP_FLAGS)$(DEBUG)/incl=([--.include],[--.src.autohint])
-
-OBJS=autohint.obj
-
-all : $(OBJS)
-        library [--.lib]freetype.olb $(OBJS)
-
-# EOF
-$ eod
-$ close out
-$ write sys$output "... [.src.base] directory"
-$ create [.src.base]descrip.mms
-$ open/append out [.src.base]descrip.mms
-$ copy sys$input: out
-$ deck
-#
-# FreeType 2 base layer compilation rules for VMS
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 2001, 2003 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-CFLAGS=$(COMP_FLAGS)$(DEBUG)/include=([--.builds.vms],[--.include],[--.src.base])
-
-OBJS=ftbase.obj,ftinit.obj,ftglyph.obj,ftdebug.obj,ftbdf.obj,ftmm.obj,\
-     fttype1.obj,ftxf86.obj,ftpfr.obj,ftstroke.obj,ftwinfnt.obj,ftbbox.obj,\
-     ftbitmap.obj ftlcdfil.obj ftgasp.obj
-
-all : $(OBJS)
-        library [--.lib]freetype.olb $(OBJS)
-
-# EOF
-$ eod
-$ close out
-$ write sys$output "... [.src.bdf] directory"
-$ create [.src.bdf]descrip.mms
-$ open/append out [.src.bdf]descrip.mms
-$ copy sys$input: out
-$ deck
-#
-# FreeType 2 BDF driver compilation rules for VMS
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 2002 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-CFLAGS=$(COMP_FLAGS)$(DEBUG)/include=([--.include],[--.src.bdf])
-
-OBJS=bdf.obj
-
-all : $(OBJS)
-        library [--.lib]freetype.olb $(OBJS)
-
-# EOF
-$ eod
-$ close out
-$ write sys$output "... [.src.cache] directory"
-$ create [.src.cache]descrip.mms
-$ open/append out [.src.cache]descrip.mms
-$ copy sys$input: out
-$ deck
-#
-# FreeType 2 Cache compilation rules for VMS
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-CFLAGS=$(COMP_FLAGS)$(DEBUG)/include=([--.include],[--.src.cache])
-
-OBJS=ftcache.obj
-
-all : $(OBJS)
-        library [--.lib]freetype.olb $(OBJS)
-
-ftcache.obj : ftcache.c ftcbasic.c ftccache.c ftccmap.c ftcglyph.c ftcimage.c \
-              ftcmanag.c ftcmru.c ftcsbits.c
-
-# EOF
-$ eod
-$ close out
-$ write sys$output "... [.src.cff] directory"
-$ create [.src.cff]descrip.mms
-$ open/append out [.src.cff]descrip.mms
-$ copy sys$input: out
-$ deck
-#
-# FreeType 2 OpenType/CFF driver compilation rules for VMS
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 2001, 2002 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-CFLAGS=$(COMP_FLAGS)$(DEBUG)/include=([--.include],[--.src.cff])
-
-OBJS=cff.obj
-
-all : $(OBJS)
-        library [--.lib]freetype.olb $(OBJS)
-
-# EOF
-$ eod
-$ close out
-$ write sys$output "... [.src.cid] directory"
-$ create [.src.cid]descrip.mms
-$ open/append out [.src.cid]descrip.mms
-$ copy sys$input: out
-$ deck
-#
-# FreeType 2 CID driver compilation rules for VMS
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 2001 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-CFLAGS=$(COMP_FLAGS)$(DEBUG)/include=([--.include],[--.src.cid])
-
-OBJS=type1cid.obj
-
-all : $(OBJS)
-        library [--.lib]freetype.olb $(OBJS)
-
-# EOF
-$ eod
-$ close out
-$ write sys$output "... [.src.gzip] directory"
-$ create [.src.gzip]descrip.mms
-$ open/append out [.src.gzip]descrip.mms
-$ copy sys$input: out
-$ deck
-#
-# FreeType 2 GZip support compilation rules for VMS
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 2002 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-$EOD
-$ if libincs .nes. "" then write out "LIBINCS = ", libincs - ",", ","
-$ write out "COMP_FLAGS = ", ccopt
-$ copy sys$input: out
-$ deck
-
-CFLAGS=$(COMP_FLAGS)$(DEBUG)/include=($(LIBINCS)[--.include],[--.src.gzip])
-
-OBJS=ftgzip.obj
-
-all : $(OBJS)
-        library [--.lib]freetype.olb $(OBJS)
-
-# EOF
-$ eod
-$ close out
-$ write sys$output "... [.src.lzw] directory"
-$ create [.src.lzw]descrip.mms
-$ open/append out [.src.lzw]descrip.mms
-$ copy sys$input: out
-$ deck
-#
-# FreeType 2 LZW support compilation rules for VMS
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 2004 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-$EOD
-$ if libincs .nes. "" then write out "LIBINCS = ", libincs - ",", ","
-$ write out "COMP_FLAGS = ", ccopt
-$ copy sys$input: out
-$ deck
-
-CFLAGS=$(COMP_FLAGS)$(DEBUG)/include=($(LIBINCS)[--.include],[--.src.lzw])
-
-OBJS=ftlzw.obj
-
-all : $(OBJS)
-        library [--.lib]freetype.olb $(OBJS)
-
-# EOF
-$ eod
-$ close out
-$ write sys$output "... [.src.otlayout] directory"
-$ create [.src.otlayout]descrip.mms
-$ open/append out [.src.otlayout]descrip.mms
-$ copy sys$input: out
-$ deck
-#
-# FreeType 2 OT layout compilation rules for VMS
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 2004 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-CFLAGS=$(COMP_FLAGS)$(DEBUG)/include=([--.include],[--.src.otlayout])
-
-OBJS=otlbase.obj,otlcommn.obj,otlgdef.obj,otlgpos.obj,otlgsub.obj,\
-     otljstf.obj,otlparse.obj
-
-all : $(OBJS)
-        library [--.lib]freetype.olb $(OBJS)
-
-
-# EOF
-$ eod
-$ close out
-$ write sys$output "... [.src.otvalid] directory"
-$ create [.src.otvalid]descrip.mms
-$ open/append out [.src.otvalid]descrip.mms
-$ copy sys$input: out
-$ deck
-#
-# FreeType 2 OpenType validation module compilation rules for VMS
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 2004 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-CFLAGS=$(COMP_FLAGS)$(DEBUG)/include=([--.include],[--.src.otvalid])
-
-OBJS=otvalid.obj
-
-all : $(OBJS)
-        library [--.lib]freetype.olb $(OBJS)
-
-# EOF
-$ eod
-$ close out
-$ write sys$output "... [.src.pcf] directory"
-$ create [.src.pcf]descrip.mms
-$ open/append out [.src.pcf]descrip.mms
-$ copy sys$input: out
-$ deck
-#
-# FreeType 2 pcf driver compilation rules for VMS
-#
-
-
-# Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 by
-# Francesco Zappa Nardelli
-#
-# Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-# of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
-# in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
-# to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
-# copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
-# furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
-#
-# The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-# all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-#
-# THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-# IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-# AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
-# LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
-# OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
-# THE SOFTWARE.
-
-
-CFLAGS=$(COMP_FLAGS)$(DEBUG)/include=([--.include],[--.src.pcf])
-
-OBJS=pcf.obj
-
-all : $(OBJS)
-        library [--.lib]freetype.olb $(OBJS)
-
-# EOF
-$ eod
-$ close out
-$ write sys$output "... [.src.pfr] directory"
-$ create [.src.pfr]descrip.mms
-$ open/append out [.src.pfr]descrip.mms
-$ copy sys$input: out
-$ deck
-#
-# FreeType 2 PFR driver compilation rules for VMS
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 2002 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-CFLAGS=$(COMP_FLAGS)$(DEBUG)/include=([--.include],[--.src.pfr])
-
-OBJS=pfr.obj
-
-all : $(OBJS)
-        library [--.lib]freetype.olb $(OBJS)
-
-# EOF
-$ eod
-$ close out
-$ write sys$output "... [.src.psaux] directory"
-$ create [.src.psaux]descrip.mms
-$ open/append out [.src.psaux]descrip.mms
-$ copy sys$input: out
-$ deck
-#
-# FreeType 2 PSaux driver compilation rules for VMS
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 2001, 2002 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-CFLAGS=$(COMP_FLAGS)$(DEBUG)/include=([--.include],[--.src.psaux])
-
-OBJS=psaux.obj
-
-all : $(OBJS)
-        library [--.lib]freetype.olb $(OBJS)
-
-# EOF
-$ eod
-$ close out
-$ write sys$output "... [.src.pshinter] directory"
-$ create [.src.pshinter]descrip.mms
-$ open/append out [.src.pshinter]descrip.mms
-$ copy sys$input: out
-$ deck
-#
-# FreeType 2 PSHinter driver compilation rules for OpenVMS
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 2001, 2002 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-CFLAGS=$(COMP_FLAGS)$(DEBUG)/include=([--.include],[--.src.psnames])
-
-OBJS=pshinter.obj
-
-all : $(OBJS)
-        library [--.lib]freetype.olb $(OBJS)
-
-# EOF
-$ eod
-$ close out
-$ write sys$output "... [.src.psnames] directory"
-$ create [.src.psnames]descrip.mms
-$ open/append out [.src.psnames]descrip.mms
-$ copy sys$input: out
-$ deck
-#
-# FreeType 2 PSNames driver compilation rules for VMS
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 2001, 2002 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-CFLAGS=$(COMP_FLAGS)$(DEBUG)/include=([--.include],[--.src.psnames])
-
-OBJS=psnames.obj
-
-all : $(OBJS)
-        library [--.lib]freetype.olb $(OBJS)
-
-# EOF
-$ eod
-$ close out
-$ write sys$output "... [.src.raster] directory"
-$ create [.src.raster]descrip.mms
-$ open/append out [.src.raster]descrip.mms
-$ copy sys$input: out
-$ deck
-#
-# FreeType 2 renderer module compilation rules for VMS
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 2001 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-CFLAGS=$(COMP_FLAGS)$(DEBUG)/include=([--.include],[--.src.raster])
-
-OBJS=raster.obj
-
-all : $(OBJS)
-        library [--.lib]freetype.olb $(OBJS)
-
-# EOF
-$ eod
-$ close out
-$ write sys$output "... [.src.sfnt] directory"
-$ create [.src.sfnt]descrip.mms
-$ open/append out [.src.sfnt]descrip.mms
-$ copy sys$input: out
-$ deck
-#
-# FreeType 2 SFNT driver compilation rules for VMS
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 2001, 2002 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-CFLAGS=$(COMP_FLAGS)$(DEBUG)/include=([--.include],[--.src.sfnt])
-
-OBJS=sfnt.obj
-
-all : $(OBJS)
-        library [--.lib]freetype.olb $(OBJS)
-
-# EOF
-$ eod
-$ close out
-$ write sys$output "... [.src.smooth] directory"
-$ create [.src.smooth]descrip.mms
-$ open/append out [.src.smooth]descrip.mms
-$ copy sys$input: out
-$ deck
-#
-# FreeType 2 smooth renderer module compilation rules for VMS
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 2001 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-CFLAGS=$(COMP_FLAGS)$(DEBUG)/include=([--.include],[--.src.smooth])
-
-OBJS=smooth.obj
-
-all : $(OBJS)
-        library [--.lib]freetype.olb $(OBJS)
-
-# EOF
-$ eod
-$ close out
-$ write sys$output "... [.src.truetype] directory"
-$ create [.src.truetype]descrip.mms
-$ open/append out [.src.truetype]descrip.mms
-$ copy sys$input: out
-$ deck
-#
-# FreeType 2 TrueType driver compilation rules for VMS
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 2001, 2002 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-CFLAGS=$(COMP_FLAGS)$(DEBUG)/include=([--.include],[--.src.truetype])
-
-OBJS=truetype.obj
-
-all : $(OBJS)
-        library [--.lib]freetype.olb $(OBJS)
-
-# EOF
-$ eod
-$ close out
-$ write sys$output "... [.src.type1] directory"
-$ create [.src.type1]descrip.mms
-$ open/append out [.src.type1]descrip.mms
-$ copy sys$input: out
-$ deck
-#
-# FreeType 2 Type1 driver compilation rules for VMS
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 1996-2000, 2002 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-CFLAGS=$(COMP_FLAGS)$(DEBUG)/include=([--.include],[--.src.type1])
-
-OBJS=type1.obj
-
-all : $(OBJS)
-        library [--.lib]freetype.olb $(OBJS)
-
-type1.obj : type1.c t1parse.c t1load.c t1objs.c t1driver.c t1gload.c t1afm.c
-
-# EOF
-$ eod
-$ close out
-$ write sys$output "... [.src.type42] directory"
-$ create [.src.type42]descrip.mms
-$ open/append out [.src.type42]descrip.mms
-$ copy sys$input: out
-$ deck
-#
-# FreeType 2 Type 42 driver compilation rules for VMS
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 2002 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-CFLAGS=$(COMP_FLAGS)$(DEBUG)/include=([--.include],[--.src.type42])
-
-OBJS=type42.obj
-
-all : $(OBJS)
-        library [--.lib]freetype.olb $(OBJS)
-
-# EOF
-$ eod
-$ close out
-$ write sys$output "... [.src.winfonts] directory"
-$ create [.src.winfonts]descrip.mms
-$ open/append out [.src.winfonts]descrip.mms
-$ copy sys$input: out
-$ deck
-#
-# FreeType 2 Windows FNT/FON driver compilation rules for VMS
-#
-
-
-# Copyright 2001, 2002 by
-# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
-#
-# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
-# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
-# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
-# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
-# fully.
-
-
-CFLAGS=$(COMP_FLAGS)$(DEBUG)/include=([--.include],[--.src.winfonts])
-
-OBJS=winfnt.obj
-
-all : $(OBJS)
-        library [--.lib]freetype.olb $(OBJS)
-
-# EOF
-$ eod
-$ close out
-$ return
-$!------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-$!
-$! Check command line options and set symbols accordingly
-$!
-$ CHECK_OPTS:
-$ i = 1
-$ OPT_LOOP:
-$ if i .lt. 9
-$ then
-$   cparm = f$edit(p'i',"upcase")
-$   if cparm .eqs. "DEBUG"
-$   then
-$     ccopt = ccopt + "/noopt/deb"
-$     lopts = lopts + "/deb"
-$   endif
-$   if f$locate("CCOPT=",cparm) .lt. f$length(cparm)
-$   then
-$     start = f$locate("=",cparm) + 1
-$     len   = f$length(cparm) - start
-$     ccopt = ccopt + f$extract(start,len,cparm)
-$   endif
-$   if cparm .eqs. "LINK" then linkonly = true
-$   if f$locate("LOPTS=",cparm) .lt. f$length(cparm)
-$   then
-$     start = f$locate("=",cparm) + 1
-$     len   = f$length(cparm) - start
-$     lopts = lopts + f$extract(start,len,cparm)
-$   endif
-$   if f$locate("CC=",cparm) .lt. f$length(cparm)
-$   then
-$     start  = f$locate("=",cparm) + 1
-$     len    = f$length(cparm) - start
-$     cc_com = f$extract(start,len,cparm)
-      if (cc_com .nes. "DECC") .and. -
-         (cc_com .nes. "VAXC") .and. -
-	 (cc_com .nes. "GNUC")
-$     then
-$       write sys$output "Unsupported compiler choice ''cc_com' ignored"
-$       write sys$output "Use DECC, VAXC, or GNUC instead"
-$     else
-$     	if cc_com .eqs. "DECC" then its_decc = true
-$     	if cc_com .eqs. "VAXC" then its_vaxc = true
-$     	if cc_com .eqs. "GNUC" then its_gnuc = true
-$     endif
-$   endif
-$   if f$locate("MAKE=",cparm) .lt. f$length(cparm)
-$   then
-$     start  = f$locate("=",cparm) + 1
-$     len    = f$length(cparm) - start
-$     mmks = f$extract(start,len,cparm)
-$     if (mmks .eqs. "MMK") .or. (mmks .eqs. "MMS")
-$     then
-$       make = mmks
-$     else
-$       write sys$output "Unsupported make choice ''mmks' ignored"
-$       write sys$output "Use MMK or MMS instead"
-$     endif
-$   endif
-$   i = i + 1
-$   goto opt_loop
-$ endif
-$ return
-$!------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-$!
-$! Take care of driver file with information about external libraries
-$!
-$! Version history
-$! 0.01 20040220 First version to receive a number
-$! 0.02 20040229 Echo current procedure name; use general error exit handler
-$!               Remove xpm hack -> Replaced by more general dnsrl handling
-$CHECK_CREATE_VMSLIB:
-$!
-$ if f$search("VMSLIB.DAT") .eqs. ""
-$ then
-$   type/out=vmslib.dat sys$input
-!
-! This is a simple driver file with information used by vms_make.com to
-! check if external libraries (like t1lib and freetype) are available on
-! the system.
-!
-! Layout of the file:
-!
-!    - Lines starting with ! are treated as comments
-!    - Elements in a data line are separated by # signs
-!    - The elements need to be listed in the following order
-!      1.) Name of the Library (only used for informative messages
-!                               from vms_make.com)
-!      2.) Location where the object library can be found
-!      3.) Location where the include files for the library can be found
-!      4.) Include file used to verify library location
-!      5.) CPP define to pass to the build to indicate availability of
-!          the library
-!
-! Example: The following lines show how definitions
-!          might look like. They are site specific and the locations of the
-!          library and include files need almost certainly to be changed.
-!
-! Location: All of the libaries can be found at the following addresses
-!
-!   ZLIB:     http://zinser.no-ip.info/vms/sw/zlib.htmlx
-!
-ZLIB # sys$library:libz.olb # sys$library: # zlib.h # FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB
-$   write sys$output "New driver file vmslib.dat created."
-$   write sys$output "Please customize libary locations for your site"
-$   write sys$output "and afterwards re-execute ''myproc'"
-$   goto err_exit
-$ endif
-$!
-$! Init symbols used to hold CPP definitions and include path
-$!
-$ libdefs = ""
-$ libincs = ""
-$!
-$! Open data file with location of libraries
-$!
-$ open/read/end=end_lib/err=err_lib libdata VMSLIB.DAT
-$LIB_LOOP:
-$ read/end=end_lib libdata libline
-$ libline = f$edit(libline, "UNCOMMENT,COLLAPSE")
-$ if libline .eqs. "" then goto LIB_LOOP ! Comment line
-$ libname = f$edit(f$element(0,"#",libline),"UPCASE")
-$ write sys$output "Processing ''libname' setup ..."
-$ libloc  = f$element(1,"#",libline)
-$ libsrc  = f$element(2,"#",libline)
-$ testinc = f$element(3,"#",libline)
-$ cppdef  = f$element(4,"#",libline)
-$ old_cpp = f$locate("=1",cppdef)
-$ if old_cpp.lt.f$length(cppdef) then cppdef = f$extract(0,old_cpp,cppdef)
-$ if f$search("''libloc'").eqs. ""
-$ then
-$   write sys$output "Can not find library ''libloc' - Skipping ''libname'"
-$   goto LIB_LOOP
-$ endif
-$ libsrc_elem = 0
-$ libsrc_found = false
-$LIBSRC_LOOP:
-$ libsrcdir = f$element(libsrc_elem,",",libsrc)
-$ if (libsrcdir .eqs. ",") then goto END_LIBSRC
-$ if f$search("''libsrcdir'''testinc'") .nes. "" then libsrc_found = true
-$ libsrc_elem = libsrc_elem + 1
-$ goto LIBSRC_LOOP
-$END_LIBSRC:
-$ if .not. libsrc_found
-$ then
-$   write sys$output "Can not find includes at ''libsrc' - Skipping ''libname'"
-$   goto LIB_LOOP
-$ endif
-$ if (cppdef .nes. "") then libdefs = libdefs +  cppdef + ","
-$ libincs = libincs + "," + libsrc
-$ lqual = "/lib"
-$ libtype = f$edit(f$parse(libloc,,,"TYPE"),"UPCASE")
-$ if f$locate("EXE",libtype) .lt. f$length(libtype) then lqual = "/share"
-$ write optf libloc , lqual
-$ if (f$trnlnm("topt") .nes. "") then write topt libloc , lqual
-$!
-$! Nasty hack to get the freetype includes to work
-$!
-$ ft2def = false
-$ if ((libname .eqs. "FREETYPE") .and. -
-      (f$locate("FREETYPE2",cppdef) .lt. f$length(cppdef)))
-$ then
-$   if ((f$search("freetype:freetype.h") .nes. "") .and. -
-        (f$search("freetype:[internal]ftobjs.h") .nes. ""))
-$   then
-$     write sys$output "Will use local definition of freetype logical"
-$   else
-$     ft2elem = 0
-$FT2_LOOP:
-$     ft2srcdir = f$element(ft2elem,",",libsrc)
-$     if f$search("''ft2srcdir'''testinc'") .nes. ""
-$     then
-$        if f$search("''ft2srcdir'internal.dir") .nes. ""
-$        then
-$          ft2dev  = f$parse("''ft2srcdir'",,,"device","no_conceal")
-$          ft2dir  = f$parse("''ft2srcdir'",,,"directory","no_conceal")
-$          ft2conc = f$locate("][",ft2dir)
-$          ft2len  = f$length(ft2dir)
-$          if ft2conc .lt. ft2len
-$          then
-$             ft2dir = f$extract(0,ft2conc,ft2dir) + -
-                       f$extract(ft2conc+2,ft2len-2,ft2dir)
-$          endif
-$          ft2dir = ft2dir - "]" + ".]"
-$          define freetype 'ft2dev''ft2dir','ft2srcdir'
-$          ft2def = true
-$        else
-$          goto ft2_err
-$        endif
-$     else
-$       ft2elem = ft2elem + 1
-$       goto ft2_loop
-$     endif
-$   endif
-$ endif
-$ goto LIB_LOOP
-$END_LIB:
-$ close libdata
-$ return
-$!------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-$!
-$! Analyze Object files for OpenVMS AXP to extract Procedure and Data
-$! information to build a symbol vector for a shareable image
-$! All the "brains" of this logic was suggested by Hartmut Becker
-$! (Hartmut.Becker@compaq.com). All the bugs were introduced by me
-$! (zinser@decus.de), so if you do have problem reports please do not
-$! bother Hartmut/HP, but get in touch with me
-$!
-$! Version history
-$! 0.01 20040006 Skip over shareable images in option file
-$!
-$ ANAL_OBJ_AXP: Subroutine
-$ V = 'F$Verify(0)
-$ SAY := "WRITE_ SYS$OUTPUT"
-$
-$ IF F$SEARCH("''P1'") .EQS. ""
-$ THEN
-$    SAY "ANAL_OBJ_AXP-E-NOSUCHFILE:  Error, inputfile ''p1' not available"
-$    goto exit_aa
-$ ENDIF
-$ IF "''P2'" .EQS. ""
-$ THEN
-$    SAY "ANAL_OBJ_AXP:  Error, no output file provided"
-$    goto exit_aa
-$ ENDIF
-$
-$ open/read in 'p1
-$ create a.tmp
-$ open/append atmp a.tmp
-$ loop:
-$ read/end=end_loop in line
-$ if f$locate("/SHARE",f$edit(line,"upcase")) .lt. f$length(line)
-$ then
-$   write sys$output "ANAL_SKP_SHR-i-skipshare, ''line'"
-$   goto loop
-$ endif
-$ if f$locate("/LIB",f$edit(line,"upcase")) .lt. f$length(line)
-$ then
-$   write libsf line
-$   write sys$output "ANAL_SKP_LIB-i-skiplib, ''line'"
-$   goto loop
-$ endif
-$ f= f$search(line)
-$ if f .eqs. ""
-$ then
-$	write sys$output "ANAL_OBJ_AXP-w-nosuchfile, ''line'"
-$	goto loop
-$ endif
-$ def/user sys$output nl:
-$ def/user sys$error nl:
-$ anal/obj/gsd 'f /out=x.tmp
-$ open/read xtmp x.tmp
-$ XLOOP:
-$ read/end=end_xloop xtmp xline
-$ xline = f$edit(xline,"compress")
-$ write atmp xline
-$ goto xloop
-$ END_XLOOP:
-$ close xtmp
-$ goto loop
-$ end_loop:
-$ close in
-$ close atmp
-$ if f$search("a.tmp") .eqs. "" -
-	then $ exit
-$ ! all global definitions
-$ search a.tmp "symbol:","EGSY$V_DEF 1","EGSY$V_NORM 1"/out=b.tmp
-$ ! all procedures
-$ search b.tmp "EGSY$V_NORM 1"/wind=(0,1) /out=c.tmp
-$ search c.tmp "symbol:"/out=d.tmp
-$ def/user sys$output nl:
-$ edito/edt/command=sys$input d.tmp
-sub/symbol: "/symbol_vector=(/whole
-sub/"/=PROCEDURE)/whole
-exit
-$ ! all data
-$ search b.tmp "EGSY$V_DEF 1"/wind=(0,1) /out=e.tmp
-$ search e.tmp "symbol:"/out=f.tmp
-$ def/user sys$output nl:
-$ edito/edt/command=sys$input f.tmp
-sub/symbol: "/symbol_vector=(/whole
-sub/"/=DATA)/whole
-exit
-$ sort/nodupl d.tmp,f.tmp 'p2'
-$ delete a.tmp;*,b.tmp;*,c.tmp;*,d.tmp;*,e.tmp;*,f.tmp;*
-$ if f$search("x.tmp") .nes. "" -
-	then $ delete x.tmp;*
-$!
-$ close libsf
-$ EXIT_AA:
-$ if V then set verify
-$ endsubroutine
-- 
cgit v0.12


From 881586b9143f48ec56b05cbf0ea047b19c42fc92 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Harald Fernengel 
Date: Fri, 14 Aug 2009 11:54:43 +0200
Subject: Add freetype 2.3.9

---
 src/3rdparty/freetype/ChangeLog                    |  4956 ++++++
 src/3rdparty/freetype/ChangeLog.20                 |  2613 +++
 src/3rdparty/freetype/ChangeLog.21                 |  9439 +++++++++++
 src/3rdparty/freetype/ChangeLog.22                 |  2837 ++++
 src/3rdparty/freetype/Jamfile                      |   203 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/Jamrules                     |    71 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/Makefile                     |    34 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/README                       |    64 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/README.CVS                   |    46 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/autogen.sh                   |   162 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/README          |   110 +
 .../amiga/include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h       |    55 +
 .../amiga/include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h       |   160 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/makefile        |   294 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/makefile.os4    |   297 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/smakefile       |   297 +
 .../freetype/builds/amiga/src/base/ftdebug.c       |   279 +
 .../freetype/builds/amiga/src/base/ftsystem.c      |   522 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/ansi/ansi-def.mk      |    74 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/ansi/ansi.mk          |    21 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/atari/ATARI.H         |    16 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/atari/FNames.SIC      |    37 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/atari/FREETYPE.PRJ    |    32 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/atari/README.TXT      |    51 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/beos/beos-def.mk      |    76 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/beos/beos.mk          |    19 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/beos/detect.mk        |    41 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/ansi-cc.mk   |    80 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/bcc-dev.mk   |    78 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/bcc.mk       |    78 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/emx.mk       |    77 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/gcc-dev.mk   |    95 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/gcc.mk       |    77 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/intelc.mk    |    85 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/unix-lcc.mk  |    83 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/visualage.mk |    76 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/visualc.mk   |    82 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/watcom.mk    |    81 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/win-lcc.mk   |    81 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/detect.mk             |   154 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/dos/detect.mk         |   142 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/dos/dos-def.mk        |    45 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/dos/dos-emx.mk        |    21 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/dos/dos-gcc.mk        |    21 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/dos/dos-wat.mk        |    20 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/exports.mk            |    76 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/freetype.mk           |   361 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/link_dos.mk           |    42 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/link_std.mk           |    42 +
 .../freetype/builds/mac/FreeType.m68k_cfm.make.txt |   208 +
 .../freetype/builds/mac/FreeType.m68k_far.make.txt |   207 +
 .../builds/mac/FreeType.ppc_carbon.make.txt        |   211 +
 .../builds/mac/FreeType.ppc_classic.make.txt       |   212 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/README            |   403 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/ascii2mpw.py      |    24 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/ftlib.prj.xml     |  1194 ++
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/ftmac.c           |  1531 ++
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/modules.mk            |    79 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/newline               |     1 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/os2/detect.mk         |    73 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/os2/os2-def.mk        |    44 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/os2/os2-dev.mk        |    30 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/os2/os2-gcc.mk        |    26 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/symbian/bld.inf       |    65 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/symbian/freetype.mmp  |   142 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/toplevel.mk           |   255 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/aclocal.m4       |  7960 +++++++++
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/config.guess     |  1555 ++
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/config.sub       |  1685 ++
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/configure        | 16014 +++++++++++++++++++
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/configure.ac     |   669 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/configure.raw    |   669 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/detect.mk        |    91 +
 .../freetype/builds/unix/freetype-config.in        |   160 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/freetype2.in     |    12 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/freetype2.m4     |   192 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/ft-munmap.m4     |    32 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/ft2unix.h        |    61 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/ftconfig.in      |   476 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/ftsystem.c       |   419 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/install-sh       |   519 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/install.mk       |    97 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/ltmain.sh        |  8406 ++++++++++
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/mkinstalldirs    |   161 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/unix-cc.in       |   113 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/unix-def.in      |    85 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/unix-dev.mk      |    26 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/unix-lcc.mk      |    24 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/unix.mk          |    62 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/unixddef.mk      |    45 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/vms/ftconfig.h        |   346 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/vms/ftsystem.c        |   321 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/detect.mk       |   183 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/ftdebug.c       |   248 +
 .../freetype/builds/win32/vc2005/freetype.sln      |    31 +
 .../freetype/builds/win32/vc2005/freetype.vcproj   |   636 +
 .../freetype/builds/win32/vc2005/index.html        |    37 +
 .../freetype/builds/win32/vc2008/freetype.sln      |    31 +
 .../freetype/builds/win32/vc2008/freetype.vcproj   |  2160 +++
 .../freetype/builds/win32/vc2008/index.html        |    37 +
 .../freetype/builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsp     |   400 +
 .../freetype/builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsw     |    29 +
 .../freetype/builds/win32/visualc/index.html       |    37 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-bcc.mk      |    28 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-bccd.mk     |    26 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-dev.mk      |    32 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-gcc.mk      |    31 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-icc.mk      |    28 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-intl.mk     |    28 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-lcc.mk      |    24 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-mingw32.mk  |    33 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-vcc.mk      |    28 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-wat.mk      |    28 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/win32-def.mk    |    46 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/wince/ftdebug.c       |   248 +
 .../freetype/builds/wince/vc2005-ce/freetype.sln   |   158 +
 .../builds/wince/vc2005-ce/freetype.vcproj         |  3825 +++++
 .../freetype/builds/wince/vc2005-ce/index.html     |    47 +
 .../freetype/builds/wince/vc2008-ce/freetype.sln   |   158 +
 .../builds/wince/vc2008-ce/freetype.vcproj         | 13467 ++++++++++++++++
 .../freetype/builds/wince/vc2008-ce/index.html     |    47 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/configure                    |   104 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/devel/ft2build.h             |    41 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/devel/ftoption.h             |   694 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/CHANGES                 |  3317 ++++
 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/CUSTOMIZE               |   150 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/DEBUG                   |   199 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/FTL.TXT                 |   169 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/GPL.TXT                 |   340 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL                 |    91 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL.ANY             |   151 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL.CROSS           |   135 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL.GNU             |   159 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL.MAC             |    32 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL.UNIX            |    96 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL.VMS             |    62 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/LICENSE.TXT             |    28 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/MAKEPP                  |     5 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/PATENTS                 |    27 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/PROBLEMS                |    77 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/TODO                    |    40 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/TRUETYPE                |    40 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/UPGRADE.UNIX            |   137 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/VERSION.DLL             |   135 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/formats.txt             |   164 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/raster.txt              |   635 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/README        |     5 +
 .../docs/reference/ft2-base_interface.html         |  3409 ++++
 .../freetype/docs/reference/ft2-basic_types.html   |   948 ++
 .../freetype/docs/reference/ft2-bdf_fonts.html     |   252 +
 .../docs/reference/ft2-bitmap_handling.html        |   302 +
 .../docs/reference/ft2-cache_subsystem.html        |  1098 ++
 .../freetype/docs/reference/ft2-cid_fonts.html     |   204 +
 .../freetype/docs/reference/ft2-computations.html  |   792 +
 .../freetype/docs/reference/ft2-font_formats.html  |    83 +
 .../freetype/docs/reference/ft2-gasp_table.html    |   141 +
 .../docs/reference/ft2-glyph_management.html       |   648 +
 .../freetype/docs/reference/ft2-glyph_stroker.html |   920 ++
 .../docs/reference/ft2-glyph_variants.html         |   267 +
 .../freetype/docs/reference/ft2-gx_validation.html |   348 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-gzip.html |    94 +
 .../docs/reference/ft2-header_file_macros.html     |   626 +
 .../freetype/docs/reference/ft2-incremental.html   |   365 +
 .../freetype/docs/reference/ft2-index.html         |   290 +
 .../freetype/docs/reference/ft2-lcd_filtering.html |   149 +
 .../docs/reference/ft2-list_processing.html        |   467 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-lzw.html  |    94 +
 .../freetype/docs/reference/ft2-mac_specific.html  |   368 +
 .../docs/reference/ft2-module_management.html      |   626 +
 .../docs/reference/ft2-multiple_masters.html       |   511 +
 .../freetype/docs/reference/ft2-ot_validation.html |   208 +
 .../docs/reference/ft2-outline_processing.html     |  1106 ++
 .../freetype/docs/reference/ft2-pfr_fonts.html     |   206 +
 .../freetype/docs/reference/ft2-quick_advance.html |   177 +
 .../freetype/docs/reference/ft2-raster.html        |   598 +
 .../freetype/docs/reference/ft2-sfnt_names.html    |   190 +
 .../docs/reference/ft2-sizes_management.html       |   164 +
 .../docs/reference/ft2-system_interface.html       |   399 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-toc.html  |   215 +
 .../docs/reference/ft2-truetype_engine.html        |   132 +
 .../docs/reference/ft2-truetype_tables.html        |  1209 ++
 .../freetype/docs/reference/ft2-type1_tables.html  |   466 +
 .../docs/reference/ft2-user_allocation.html        |    47 +
 .../freetype/docs/reference/ft2-version.html       |   213 +
 .../freetype/docs/reference/ft2-winfnt_fonts.html  |   270 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/release                 |   166 +
 .../freetype/include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h    |   500 +
 .../freetype/include/freetype/config/ftheader.h    |   780 +
 .../freetype/include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h    |    32 +
 .../freetype/include/freetype/config/ftoption.h    |   693 +
 .../freetype/include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h    |   172 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/freetype.h  |  3862 +++++
 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftadvanc.h  |   179 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftbbox.h    |    94 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftbdf.h     |   209 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftbitmap.h  |   227 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftcache.h   |  1125 ++
 .../freetype/include/freetype/ftchapters.h         |   103 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftcid.h     |   166 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/fterrdef.h  |   239 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/fterrors.h  |   206 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftgasp.h    |   120 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftglyph.h   |   613 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftgxval.h   |   358 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftgzip.h    |   102 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftimage.h   |  1254 ++
 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftincrem.h  |   349 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftlcdfil.h  |   172 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftlist.h    |   273 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftlzw.h     |    99 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftmac.h     |   274 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftmm.h      |   378 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftmodapi.h  |   441 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftmoderr.h  |   155 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftotval.h   |   203 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftoutln.h   |   538 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftpfr.h     |   172 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftrender.h  |   234 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftsizes.h   |   159 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftsnames.h  |   170 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftstroke.h  |   716 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftsynth.h   |    80 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftsystem.h  |   346 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/fttrigon.h  |   350 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/fttypes.h   |   587 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftwinfnt.h  |   274 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftxf86.h    |    80 +
 .../freetype/include/freetype/internal/autohint.h  |   205 +
 .../freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftcalc.h    |   178 +
 .../freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftdebug.h   |   250 +
 .../freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftdriver.h  |   249 +
 .../freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftgloadr.h  |   168 +
 .../freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftmemory.h  |   368 +
 .../freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h    |   875 +
 .../freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftrfork.h   |   196 +
 .../freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftserv.h    |   328 +
 .../freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftstream.h  |   539 +
 .../freetype/include/freetype/internal/fttrace.h   |   134 +
 .../freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftvalid.h   |   150 +
 .../freetype/include/freetype/internal/internal.h  |    50 +
 .../freetype/include/freetype/internal/pcftypes.h  |    56 +
 .../freetype/include/freetype/internal/psaux.h     |   876 +
 .../freetype/include/freetype/internal/pshints.h   |   687 +
 .../include/freetype/internal/services/svbdf.h     |    57 +
 .../include/freetype/internal/services/svcid.h     |    58 +
 .../include/freetype/internal/services/svgldict.h  |    60 +
 .../include/freetype/internal/services/svgxval.h   |    72 +
 .../include/freetype/internal/services/svkern.h    |    51 +
 .../include/freetype/internal/services/svmm.h      |    79 +
 .../include/freetype/internal/services/svotval.h   |    55 +
 .../include/freetype/internal/services/svpfr.h     |    66 +
 .../include/freetype/internal/services/svpostnm.h  |    58 +
 .../include/freetype/internal/services/svpscmap.h  |   129 +
 .../include/freetype/internal/services/svpsinfo.h  |    65 +
 .../include/freetype/internal/services/svsfnt.h    |    80 +
 .../include/freetype/internal/services/svttcmap.h  |    85 +
 .../include/freetype/internal/services/svtteng.h   |    53 +
 .../include/freetype/internal/services/svttglyf.h  |    48 +
 .../include/freetype/internal/services/svwinfnt.h  |    50 +
 .../include/freetype/internal/services/svxf86nm.h  |    55 +
 .../freetype/include/freetype/internal/sfnt.h      |   762 +
 .../freetype/include/freetype/internal/t1types.h   |   268 +
 .../freetype/include/freetype/internal/tttypes.h   |  1543 ++
 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/t1tables.h  |   504 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ttnameid.h  |  1247 ++
 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/tttables.h  |   756 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/tttags.h    |   107 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ttunpat.h   |    59 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/ft2build.h           |    39 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/modules.cfg                  |   250 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/objs/README                  |     2 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/Jamfile                  |    25 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/Jamfile          |    39 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afangles.c       |   292 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afangles.h       |     7 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afcjk.c          |  1513 ++
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afcjk.h          |    58 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afdummy.c        |    62 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afdummy.h        |    43 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/aferrors.h       |    40 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afglobal.c       |   289 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afglobal.h       |    67 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afhints.c        |  1264 ++
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afhints.h        |   333 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afindic.c        |   134 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afindic.h        |    41 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/aflatin.c        |  2177 +++
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/aflatin.h        |   209 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/aflatin2.c       |  2292 +++
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/aflatin2.h       |    40 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afloader.c       |   535 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afloader.h       |    73 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afmodule.c       |    97 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afmodule.h       |    37 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/aftypes.h        |   350 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afwarp.c         |   338 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afwarp.h         |    64 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/autofit.c        |    40 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/module.mk        |    23 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/rules.mk         |    78 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/Jamfile             |    59 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftadvanc.c          |   163 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftapi.c             |   121 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftbase.c            |    39 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftbase.h            |    57 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftbbox.c            |   659 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftbdf.c             |    88 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftbitmap.c          |   659 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftcalc.c            |   953 ++
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftcid.c             |   117 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftdbgmem.c          |   997 ++
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftdebug.c           |   246 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftfstype.c          |    62 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftgasp.c            |    61 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftgloadr.c          |   394 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftglyph.c           |   626 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftgxval.c           |   129 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftinit.c            |   163 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftlcdfil.c          |   351 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftmac.c             |  1057 ++
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftmm.c              |   202 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftnames.c           |    94 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftobjs.c            |  4398 +++++
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftotval.c           |    84 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftoutln.c           |  1128 ++
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftpatent.c          |   281 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftpfr.c             |   143 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftrfork.c           |   821 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftstream.c          |   846 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftstroke.c          |  2009 +++
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftsynth.c           |   137 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftsystem.c          |   301 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/fttrigon.c          |   546 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/fttype1.c           |    94 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftutil.c            |   501 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftwinfnt.c          |    51 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftxf86.c            |    40 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/rules.mk            |    96 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/Jamfile              |    29 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/README               |   148 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/bdf.c                |    34 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/bdf.h                |   295 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c           |   855 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/bdfdrivr.h           |    76 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/bdferror.h           |    44 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/bdflib.c             |  2479 +++
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/module.mk            |    34 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/rules.mk             |    81 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/Jamfile            |    43 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcache.c          |    31 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcbasic.c         |   811 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftccache.c         |   592 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftccache.h         |   317 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftccback.h         |    90 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftccmap.c          |   425 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcerror.h         |    40 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcglyph.c         |   211 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcglyph.h         |   322 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcimage.c         |   163 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcimage.h         |   107 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcmanag.c         |   733 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcmanag.h         |   175 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcmru.c           |   357 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcmru.h           |   247 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcsbits.c         |   401 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcsbits.h         |    98 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/rules.mk           |    80 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/Jamfile              |    29 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cff.c                |    29 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffcmap.c            |   224 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffcmap.h            |    69 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffdrivr.c           |   682 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffdrivr.h           |    39 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cfferrs.h            |    41 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffgload.c           |  2818 ++++
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffgload.h           |   203 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffload.c            |  1604 ++
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffload.h            |    80 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffobjs.c            |   965 ++
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffobjs.h            |   181 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffparse.c           |   848 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffparse.h           |    69 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cfftoken.h           |    97 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cfftypes.h           |   274 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/module.mk            |    23 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/rules.mk             |    72 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/Jamfile              |    29 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/ciderrs.h            |    40 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidgload.c           |   433 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidgload.h           |    51 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidload.c            |   672 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidload.h            |    53 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidobjs.c            |   481 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidobjs.h            |   154 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidparse.c           |   226 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidparse.h           |   123 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidriver.c           |   241 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidriver.h           |    39 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidtoken.h           |   112 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/module.mk            |    23 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/rules.mk             |    70 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/type1cid.c           |    29 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/Jamfile          |    33 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/README           |   532 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvalid.c        |    46 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvalid.h        |   107 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvbsln.c        |   333 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvcommn.c       |  1758 ++
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvcommn.h       |   560 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxverror.h       |    51 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvfeat.c        |   344 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvfeat.h        |   172 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvfgen.c        |   482 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvjust.c        |   630 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvkern.c        |   876 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvlcar.c        |   223 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmod.c         |   285 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmod.h         |    46 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort.c        |   285 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort.h        |    93 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort0.c       |   137 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort1.c       |   258 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort2.c       |   282 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort4.c       |   125 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort5.c       |   226 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx.c        |   184 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx.h        |    67 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx0.c       |   103 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx1.c       |   274 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx2.c       |   285 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx4.c       |    55 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx5.c       |   217 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvopbd.c        |   217 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvprop.c        |   301 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvtrak.c        |   277 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/module.mk        |    23 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/rules.mk         |    94 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/Jamfile             |    16 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/adler32.c           |    48 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/ftgzip.c            |   682 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/infblock.c          |   387 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/infblock.h          |    36 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/infcodes.c          |   250 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/infcodes.h          |    31 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/inffixed.h          |   151 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/inflate.c           |   273 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/inftrees.c          |   468 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/inftrees.h          |    63 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/infutil.c           |    86 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/infutil.h           |    98 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/rules.mk            |    75 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/zconf.h             |   278 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/zlib.h              |   830 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/zutil.c             |   181 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/zutil.h             |   215 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/lzw/Jamfile              |    16 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/lzw/ftlzw.c              |   412 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/lzw/ftzopen.c            |   398 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/lzw/ftzopen.h            |   171 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/lzw/rules.mk             |    70 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/Jamfile          |    29 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/module.mk        |    23 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvalid.c        |    31 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvalid.h        |    78 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvbase.c        |   318 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvcommn.c       |  1086 ++
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvcommn.h       |   437 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otverror.h       |    43 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvgdef.c        |   224 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvgpos.c        |  1016 ++
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvgpos.h        |    36 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvgsub.c        |   584 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvjstf.c        |   258 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvmath.c        |   452 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvmod.c         |   267 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvmod.h         |    39 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/rules.mk         |    78 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/Jamfile              |    29 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/README               |   114 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/module.mk            |    34 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcf.c                |    36 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcf.h                |   237 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcfdrivr.c           |   681 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcfdrivr.h           |    44 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcferror.h           |    40 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcfread.c            |  1271 ++
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcfread.h            |    45 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcfutil.c            |   104 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcfutil.h            |    55 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/rules.mk             |    79 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/Jamfile              |    29 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/module.mk            |    23 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfr.c                |    29 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrcmap.c            |   167 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrcmap.h            |    46 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrdrivr.c           |   214 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrdrivr.h           |    39 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrerror.h           |    40 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrgload.c           |   828 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrgload.h           |    49 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrload.c            |   938 ++
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrload.h            |   118 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrobjs.c            |   581 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrobjs.h            |    96 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrsbit.c            |   680 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrsbit.h            |    36 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrtypes.h           |   362 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/rules.mk             |    73 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/Jamfile            |    31 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/afmparse.c         |   965 ++
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/afmparse.h         |    87 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/module.mk          |    23 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psaux.c            |    34 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psauxerr.h         |    41 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psauxmod.c         |   139 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psauxmod.h         |    38 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psconv.c           |   474 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psconv.h           |    71 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psobjs.c           |  1706 ++
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psobjs.h           |   212 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/rules.mk           |    73 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/t1cmap.c           |   341 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/t1cmap.h           |   105 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/t1decode.c         |  1474 ++
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/t1decode.h         |    64 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/Jamfile         |    29 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/module.mk       |    23 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshalgo.c       |  2302 +++
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshalgo.h       |   255 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshglob.c       |   750 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshglob.h       |   196 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshinter.c      |    28 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshmod.c        |   121 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshmod.h        |    39 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshnterr.h      |    40 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshrec.c        |  1215 ++
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshrec.h        |   176 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/rules.mk        |    72 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/Jamfile          |    29 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/module.mk        |    23 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/psmodule.c       |   590 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/psmodule.h       |    38 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/psnamerr.h       |    41 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/psnames.c        |    25 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/pstables.h       |  4095 +++++
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/rules.mk         |    70 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/Jamfile           |    29 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/ftmisc.h          |    84 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/ftraster.c        |  3433 ++++
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/ftraster.h        |    46 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/ftrend1.c         |   273 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/ftrend1.h         |    44 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/module.mk         |    23 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/raster.c          |    26 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/rasterrs.h        |    41 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/rules.mk          |    70 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/Jamfile             |    29 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/module.mk           |    23 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/rules.mk            |    79 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/sfdriver.c          |   643 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/sfdriver.h          |    38 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/sferrors.h          |    41 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/sfnt.c              |    41 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/sfobjs.c            |  1130 ++
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/sfobjs.h            |    54 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttbdf.c             |   250 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttbdf.h             |    46 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttcmap.c            |  3187 ++++
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttcmap.h            |    85 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttkern.c            |   305 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttkern.h            |    52 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttload.c            |  1248 ++
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttload.h            |   112 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttmtx.c             |   466 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttmtx.h             |    55 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttpost.c            |   522 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttpost.h            |    46 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttsbit.c            |  1507 ++
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttsbit.h            |    79 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttsbit0.c           |   969 ++
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/Jamfile           |    29 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/ftgrays.c         |  2057 +++
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/ftgrays.h         |    57 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/ftsmerrs.h        |    41 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/ftsmooth.c        |   467 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/ftsmooth.h        |    49 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/module.mk         |    27 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/rules.mk          |    69 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/smooth.c          |    26 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/Jamfile            |     5 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/apinames.c         |   443 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/cordic.py          |    79 +
 .../freetype/src/tools/docmaker/content.py         |   584 +
 .../freetype/src/tools/docmaker/docbeauty.py       |   113 +
 .../freetype/src/tools/docmaker/docmaker.py        |   106 +
 .../freetype/src/tools/docmaker/formatter.py       |   188 +
 .../freetype/src/tools/docmaker/sources.py         |   347 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/docmaker/tohtml.py |   593 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/docmaker/utils.py  |   132 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/ftrandom/Makefile  |    35 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/ftrandom/README    |    48 +
 .../freetype/src/tools/ftrandom/ftrandom.c         |   659 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/glnames.py         |  5287 ++++++
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/test_afm.c         |   157 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/test_bbox.c        |   160 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/test_trig.c        |   236 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/Jamfile         |    29 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/module.mk       |    23 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/rules.mk        |    72 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/truetype.c      |    36 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttdriver.c      |   474 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttdriver.h      |    38 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/tterrors.h      |    40 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttgload.c       |  2022 +++
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttgload.h       |    63 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttgxvar.c       |  1541 ++
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttgxvar.h       |   182 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttinterp.c      |  7830 +++++++++
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttinterp.h      |   311 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttobjs.c        |   955 ++
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttobjs.h        |   463 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttpload.c       |   574 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttpload.h       |    75 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/Jamfile            |    29 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/module.mk          |    23 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/rules.mk           |    73 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1afm.c            |   390 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1afm.h            |    54 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1driver.c         |   331 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1driver.h         |    38 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1errors.h         |    40 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1gload.c          |   489 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1gload.h          |    53 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1load.c           |  2245 +++
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1load.h           |   102 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1objs.c           |   592 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1objs.h           |   171 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1parse.c          |   484 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1parse.h          |   135 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1tokens.h         |   143 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/type1.c            |    33 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/Jamfile           |    29 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/module.mk         |    23 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/rules.mk          |    70 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42drivr.c        |   246 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42drivr.h        |    38 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42error.h        |    40 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42objs.c         |   647 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42objs.h         |   124 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42parse.c        |  1175 ++
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42parse.h        |    90 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42types.h        |    56 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/type42.c          |    25 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/winfonts/Jamfile         |    16 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/winfonts/fnterrs.h       |    41 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/winfonts/module.mk       |    23 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/winfonts/rules.mk        |    65 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/winfonts/winfnt.c        |  1135 ++
 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/winfonts/winfnt.h        |   167 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/version.sed                  |     5 +
 src/3rdparty/freetype/vms_make.com                 |  1286 ++
 661 files changed, 292236 insertions(+)
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/ChangeLog
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/ChangeLog.20
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/ChangeLog.21
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/ChangeLog.22
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/Jamfile
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/Jamrules
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/Makefile
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/README
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/README.CVS
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/autogen.sh
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/README
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/makefile
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/makefile.os4
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/smakefile
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/src/base/ftdebug.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/src/base/ftsystem.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/ansi/ansi-def.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/ansi/ansi.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/atari/ATARI.H
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/atari/FNames.SIC
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/atari/FREETYPE.PRJ
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/atari/README.TXT
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/beos/beos-def.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/beos/beos.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/beos/detect.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/ansi-cc.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/bcc-dev.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/bcc.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/emx.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/gcc-dev.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/gcc.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/intelc.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/unix-lcc.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/visualage.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/visualc.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/watcom.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/win-lcc.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/detect.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/dos/detect.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/dos/dos-def.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/dos/dos-emx.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/dos/dos-gcc.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/dos/dos-wat.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/exports.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/freetype.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/link_dos.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/link_std.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/FreeType.m68k_cfm.make.txt
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/FreeType.m68k_far.make.txt
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/FreeType.ppc_carbon.make.txt
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/FreeType.ppc_classic.make.txt
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/README
 create mode 100755 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/ascii2mpw.py
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/ftlib.prj.xml
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/ftmac.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/modules.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/newline
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/os2/detect.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/os2/os2-def.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/os2/os2-dev.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/os2/os2-gcc.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/symbian/bld.inf
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/symbian/freetype.mmp
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/toplevel.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/aclocal.m4
 create mode 100755 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/config.guess
 create mode 100755 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/config.sub
 create mode 100755 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/configure
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/configure.ac
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/configure.raw
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/detect.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/freetype-config.in
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/freetype2.in
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/freetype2.m4
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/ft-munmap.m4
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/ft2unix.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/ftconfig.in
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/ftsystem.c
 create mode 100755 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/install-sh
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/install.mk
 create mode 100755 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/ltmain.sh
 create mode 100755 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/mkinstalldirs
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/unix-cc.in
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/unix-def.in
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/unix-dev.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/unix-lcc.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/unix.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/unixddef.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/vms/ftconfig.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/vms/ftsystem.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/detect.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/ftdebug.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/vc2005/freetype.sln
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/vc2005/freetype.vcproj
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/vc2005/index.html
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/vc2008/freetype.sln
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/vc2008/freetype.vcproj
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/vc2008/index.html
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsp
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsw
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/visualc/index.html
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-bcc.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-bccd.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-dev.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-gcc.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-icc.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-intl.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-lcc.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-mingw32.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-vcc.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-wat.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/win32-def.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/wince/ftdebug.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/wince/vc2005-ce/freetype.sln
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/wince/vc2005-ce/freetype.vcproj
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/wince/vc2005-ce/index.html
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/wince/vc2008-ce/freetype.sln
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/wince/vc2008-ce/freetype.vcproj
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/wince/vc2008-ce/index.html
 create mode 100755 src/3rdparty/freetype/configure
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/devel/ft2build.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/devel/ftoption.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/CHANGES
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/CUSTOMIZE
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/DEBUG
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/FTL.TXT
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/GPL.TXT
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL.ANY
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL.CROSS
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL.GNU
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL.MAC
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL.UNIX
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL.VMS
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/LICENSE.TXT
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/MAKEPP
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/PATENTS
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/PROBLEMS
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/TODO
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/TRUETYPE
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/UPGRADE.UNIX
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/VERSION.DLL
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/formats.txt
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/raster.txt
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/README
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-base_interface.html
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-basic_types.html
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-bdf_fonts.html
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-bitmap_handling.html
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-cache_subsystem.html
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-cid_fonts.html
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-computations.html
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-font_formats.html
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-gasp_table.html
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-glyph_management.html
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-glyph_stroker.html
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-glyph_variants.html
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-gx_validation.html
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-gzip.html
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-header_file_macros.html
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-incremental.html
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-index.html
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-lcd_filtering.html
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-list_processing.html
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-lzw.html
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-mac_specific.html
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-module_management.html
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-multiple_masters.html
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-ot_validation.html
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-outline_processing.html
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-pfr_fonts.html
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-quick_advance.html
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-raster.html
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-sfnt_names.html
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-sizes_management.html
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-system_interface.html
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-toc.html
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-truetype_engine.html
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-truetype_tables.html
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-type1_tables.html
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-user_allocation.html
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-version.html
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-winfnt_fonts.html
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/release
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/config/ftheader.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/config/ftoption.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/freetype.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftadvanc.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftbbox.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftbdf.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftbitmap.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftcache.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftchapters.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftcid.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/fterrdef.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/fterrors.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftgasp.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftglyph.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftgxval.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftgzip.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftimage.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftincrem.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftlcdfil.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftlist.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftlzw.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftmac.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftmm.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftmodapi.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftmoderr.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftotval.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftoutln.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftpfr.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftrender.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftsizes.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftsnames.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftstroke.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftsynth.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftsystem.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/fttrigon.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/fttypes.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftwinfnt.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftxf86.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/autohint.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftcalc.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftdebug.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftdriver.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftgloadr.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftmemory.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftrfork.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftserv.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftstream.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/fttrace.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftvalid.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/internal.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/pcftypes.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/psaux.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/pshints.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svbdf.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svcid.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svgldict.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svgxval.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svkern.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svmm.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svotval.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svpfr.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svpostnm.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svpscmap.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svpsinfo.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svsfnt.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svttcmap.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svtteng.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svttglyf.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svwinfnt.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svxf86nm.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/sfnt.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/t1types.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/tttypes.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/t1tables.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ttnameid.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/tttables.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/tttags.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ttunpat.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/ft2build.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/modules.cfg
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/objs/README
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/Jamfile
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/Jamfile
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afangles.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afangles.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afcjk.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afcjk.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afdummy.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afdummy.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/aferrors.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afglobal.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afglobal.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afhints.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afhints.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afindic.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afindic.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/aflatin.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/aflatin.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/aflatin2.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/aflatin2.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afloader.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afloader.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afmodule.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afmodule.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/aftypes.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afwarp.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afwarp.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/autofit.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/module.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/rules.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/Jamfile
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftadvanc.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftapi.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftbase.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftbase.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftbbox.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftbdf.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftbitmap.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftcalc.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftcid.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftdbgmem.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftdebug.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftfstype.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftgasp.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftgloadr.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftglyph.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftgxval.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftinit.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftlcdfil.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftmac.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftmm.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftnames.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftobjs.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftotval.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftoutln.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftpatent.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftpfr.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftrfork.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftstream.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftstroke.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftsynth.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftsystem.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/fttrigon.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/fttype1.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftutil.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftwinfnt.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftxf86.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/rules.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/Jamfile
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/README
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/bdf.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/bdf.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/bdfdrivr.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/bdferror.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/bdflib.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/module.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/rules.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/Jamfile
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcache.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcbasic.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftccache.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftccache.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftccback.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftccmap.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcerror.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcglyph.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcglyph.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcimage.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcimage.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcmanag.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcmanag.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcmru.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcmru.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcsbits.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcsbits.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/rules.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/Jamfile
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cff.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffcmap.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffcmap.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffdrivr.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffdrivr.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cfferrs.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffgload.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffgload.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffload.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffload.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffobjs.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffobjs.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffparse.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffparse.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cfftoken.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cfftypes.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/module.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/rules.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/Jamfile
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/ciderrs.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidgload.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidgload.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidload.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidload.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidobjs.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidobjs.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidparse.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidparse.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidriver.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidriver.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidtoken.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/module.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/rules.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/type1cid.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/Jamfile
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/README
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvalid.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvalid.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvbsln.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvcommn.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvcommn.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxverror.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvfeat.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvfeat.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvfgen.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvjust.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvkern.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvlcar.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmod.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmod.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort0.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort1.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort2.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort4.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort5.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx0.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx1.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx2.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx4.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx5.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvopbd.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvprop.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvtrak.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/module.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/rules.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/Jamfile
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/adler32.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/ftgzip.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/infblock.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/infblock.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/infcodes.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/infcodes.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/inffixed.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/inflate.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/inftrees.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/inftrees.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/infutil.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/infutil.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/rules.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/zconf.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/zlib.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/zutil.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/zutil.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/lzw/Jamfile
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/lzw/ftlzw.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/lzw/ftzopen.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/lzw/ftzopen.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/lzw/rules.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/Jamfile
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/module.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvalid.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvalid.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvbase.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvcommn.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvcommn.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otverror.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvgdef.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvgpos.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvgpos.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvgsub.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvjstf.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvmath.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvmod.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvmod.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/rules.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/Jamfile
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/README
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/module.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcf.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcf.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcfdrivr.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcfdrivr.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcferror.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcfread.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcfread.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcfutil.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcfutil.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/rules.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/Jamfile
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/module.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfr.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrcmap.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrcmap.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrdrivr.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrdrivr.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrerror.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrgload.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrgload.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrload.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrload.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrobjs.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrobjs.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrsbit.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrsbit.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrtypes.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/rules.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/Jamfile
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/afmparse.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/afmparse.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/module.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psaux.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psauxerr.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psauxmod.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psauxmod.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psconv.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psconv.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psobjs.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psobjs.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/rules.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/t1cmap.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/t1cmap.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/t1decode.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/t1decode.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/Jamfile
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/module.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshalgo.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshalgo.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshglob.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshglob.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshinter.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshmod.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshmod.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshnterr.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshrec.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshrec.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/rules.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/Jamfile
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/module.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/psmodule.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/psmodule.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/psnamerr.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/psnames.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/pstables.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/rules.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/Jamfile
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/ftmisc.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/ftraster.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/ftraster.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/ftrend1.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/ftrend1.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/module.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/raster.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/rasterrs.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/rules.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/Jamfile
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/module.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/rules.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/sfdriver.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/sfdriver.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/sferrors.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/sfnt.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/sfobjs.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/sfobjs.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttbdf.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttbdf.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttcmap.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttcmap.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttkern.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttkern.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttload.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttload.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttmtx.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttmtx.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttpost.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttpost.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttsbit.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttsbit.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttsbit0.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/Jamfile
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/ftgrays.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/ftgrays.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/ftsmerrs.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/ftsmooth.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/ftsmooth.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/module.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/rules.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/smooth.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/Jamfile
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/apinames.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/cordic.py
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/docmaker/content.py
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/docmaker/docbeauty.py
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/docmaker/docmaker.py
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/docmaker/formatter.py
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/docmaker/sources.py
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/docmaker/tohtml.py
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/docmaker/utils.py
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/ftrandom/Makefile
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/ftrandom/README
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/ftrandom/ftrandom.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/glnames.py
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/test_afm.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/test_bbox.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/test_trig.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/Jamfile
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/module.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/rules.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/truetype.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttdriver.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttdriver.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/tterrors.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttgload.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttgload.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttgxvar.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttgxvar.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttinterp.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttinterp.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttobjs.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttobjs.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttpload.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttpload.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/Jamfile
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/module.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/rules.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1afm.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1afm.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1driver.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1driver.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1errors.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1gload.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1gload.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1load.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1load.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1objs.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1objs.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1parse.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1parse.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1tokens.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/type1.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/Jamfile
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/module.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/rules.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42drivr.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42drivr.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42error.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42objs.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42objs.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42parse.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42parse.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42types.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/type42.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/winfonts/Jamfile
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/winfonts/fnterrs.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/winfonts/module.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/winfonts/rules.mk
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/winfonts/winfnt.c
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/src/winfonts/winfnt.h
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/version.sed
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/vms_make.com

diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/ChangeLog b/src/3rdparty/freetype/ChangeLog
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7de9ecf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/ChangeLog
@@ -0,0 +1,4956 @@
+2009-03-12  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* Version 2.3.9 released.
+	=========================
+
+
+	Tag sources with `VER-2-3-9'.
+
+2009-03-12  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/unix/freetype2.in: Move @FT2_EXTRA_LIBS@ to `Libs.private'.
+
+2009-03-12  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Fix some FreeType Coverity issues as reported for Ghostscript.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_New_Face, FT_New_Memory_Face): Initialize
+	`args.stream' (#3874, #3875).
+	(open_face_PS_from_sfnt_stream): Improve error management (#3786).
+	* src/base/ftmm.c (ft_face_get_mm_service): Fix check of `aservice'
+	(#3870).
+	* src/base/ftstroke.c (ft_stroke_border_get_counts): Remove dead
+	code (#3790).
+	* src/base/ftrfork.c (raccess_guess_apple_generic): Check error
+	value of `FT_Stream_Skip' (#3784).
+
+	* src/type1/t1gload.c (T1_Load_Glyph): Check `size' before accessing
+	it (#3872)
+
+	* src/pcf/pcfdrivr.c (PCF_Glyph_Load): Check `face' before accessing
+	it (#3871).
+	* src/pcf/pcfread.c (pcf_get_metrics): Handle return value of
+	`pcf_get_metric' (#3789, #3782).
+	(pcf_get_properties): Use FT_STREAM_SKIP (#3783).
+
+	* src/cache/ftcmanag.c (FTC_Manager_RegisterCache): Fix check of
+	`acache' (#3797)
+
+	* src/cff/cffdrivr.c (cff_ps_get_font_info): Fix check of `cff'
+	(#3796).
+	* src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_decoder_prepare): Check `size' (#3795).
+	* src/cff/cffload.c (cff_index_get_pointers): Add comment (#3794).
+
+	* src/bdf/bdflib.c (_bdf_add_property): Check `fp->value.atom'
+	(#3793).
+	(_bdf_parse_start): Add comment (#3792).
+
+	* src/raster/ftraster.c (Finalize_Profile_Table): Check
+	`ras.fProfile' (#3791).
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttsbit.c (Load_SBit_Image): Use FT_STREAM_SKIP (#3785).
+
+	* src/gzip/ftgzip.c (ft_gzip_get_uncompressed_size): Properly ignore
+	seek error (#3781).
+
+2009-03-11  Michael Toftdal  
+
+	Extend CID service functions to handle CID-keyed CFFs as CID fonts.
+
+	* include/freetype/ftcid.h (FT_Get_CID_Is_Internally_CID_keyed,
+	FT_Get_CID_From_Glyph_Index): New functions.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/services/svcid.h
+	(FT_CID_GetIsInternallyCIDKeyedFunc,
+	FT_CID_GetCIDFromGlyphIndexFunc): New function typedefs.
+	(CID Service): Use them.
+
+	* src/base/ftcid.c: Include FT_CID_H.
+	(FT_Get_CID_Is_Internally_CID_keyed, FT_Get_CID_From_Glyph_Index):
+	New functions.
+
+	* src/cff/cffdrivr.c (cff_get_is_cid, cff_get_cid_from_glyph_index):
+	New functions.
+	(cff_service_cid_info): Add them.
+	* src/cff/cffload.c (cff_font_load): Don't free `font->charset.sids'
+	-- it is needed for access as a CID-keyed font.  It gets deleted
+	later on.
+
+	* src/cid/cidriver.c (cid_get_is_cid, cid_get_cid_from_glyph_index):
+	New functions.
+	(cid_service_cid_info): Add them.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Updated.
+
+2009-03-11  Bram Tassyns  
+
+	Fix Savannah bug #25597.
+
+	* src/cff/cffparse.c (cff_parse_real): Don't allow fraction_length
+	to become larger than 9.
+
+2009-03-11  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Fix Savannah bug #25814.
+
+	* builds/unix/freetype2.in: As suggested in the bug report, move
+	@LIBZ@ to `Libs.private'.
+
+2009-03-11  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Fix Savannah bug #25781.
+	We now simply check for a valid `offset', no longer handling `delta
+	= 1' specially.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttcmap.c (tt_cmap4_validate): Don't check `delta' for
+	last segment.
+	(tt_cmap4_set_range, tt_cmap4_char_map_linear,
+	tt_cmap4_char_map_binary): Check offset.
+
+2009-03-11  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/base/Jamfile: Fix handling of ftadvanc.c.
+	Reported by Oran Agra .
+
+2009-03-10  Vincent Richomme  
+
+	Restructure Win32 and Wince compiler support.
+
+	* src/builds/win32: Remove files for WinCE.
+	Move VC 2005 support to a separate directory.
+	Add directory for VC 2008 support.
+
+	* src/builds/wince: New directory hierarchy for WinCE compilers
+	(VC 2005 and VC 2008).
+
+2009-03-09  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	More preparations for 2.3.9 release.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Updated.
+
+	* Jamfile, README: s/2.3.8/2.3.9/, s/238/239/.
+
+2009-03-09  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/sfnt/rules.mk (SFNT_DRV_H): Add ttsbit0.c.
+
+2009-03-09  Alexey Kryukov  
+
+	Fix handling of EBDT formats 8 and 9 (part 2).
+
+	This patch fixes the following problems in ttsbit0.c:
+
+	. Bitmaps for compound glyphs were never allocated.
+
+	. `SBitDecoder' refused to load metrics if some other metrics have
+	  already been loaded.  This condition certainly makes no sense for
+	  recursive calls, so I've just disabled it.  Another possibility
+	  would be resetting `decoder->metrics_loaded' to false before
+	  loading each composite component.  However, we must restore the
+	  original metrics after finishing the recursion; otherwise we can
+	  get a misaligned glyph.
+
+	. `tt_sbit_decoder_load_bit_aligned' incorrectly handled `x_pos',
+	  causing some glyph components to be shifted too far to the right
+	  (especially noticeable for small sizes).
+
+	Note that support for grayscale bitmaps (not necessarily compound) is
+	completely broken in ttsbit0.c.
+
+	* src/sfnt/tt_sbit_decoder_load_metrics: Always load metrics.
+	(tt_sbit_decoder_load_bit_aligned): Handle `x_pos' correctly in case
+	of `h == height'.
+	(tt_sbit_decoder_load_compound): Reset metrics after loading
+	components.
+	Allocate bitmap.
+
+2009-03-09  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/unix/configure.raw (version_info): Set to 9:20:3.
+
+2009-03-03  David Turner  
+
+	Protect SFNT kerning table parser against malformed tables.
+
+	This closes Savannah BUG #25750.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttkern.c (tt_face_load_kern, tt_face_get_kerning): Fix a
+	bug where a malformed table would be successfully loaded but later
+	crash the engine during parsing.
+
+2009-03-03  David Turner  
+
+	Update documentation and bump version number to 2.3.9.
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h: Bump patch version to 9.
+	* docs/CHANGES: Document the ABI break in 2.3.8.
+	* docs/VERSION.DLL: Update version numbers table for 2.3.9.
+
+2009-03-03  David Turner  
+
+	Remove ABI-breaking field in public PS_InfoFontRec definition.
+
+	Instead, we define a new internal PS_FontExtraRec structure to
+	hold the additionnal field, then place it in various internal
+	positions of the corresponding FT_Face derived objects.
+
+	* include/freetype/t1tables.h (PS_FontInfoRec): Remove the
+	`fs_type' field from the public structure.
+	* include/freetype/internal/psaux.h (T1_FieldLocation): New
+	enumeration `T1_FIELD_LOCATION_FONT_EXTRA'.
+	* include/freetype/internal/t1types.h (PS_FontExtraRec): New
+	structure.
+	(T1_FontRec, CID_FaceRec): Add it.
+
+	* src/cid/cidload.c (cid_load_keyword): Handle
+	T1_FIELD_LOCATION_FONT_EXTRA.
+	* src/cid/cidtoken.h, src/type1/t1tokens.h, src/type42/t42parse.c:
+	Adjust FT_STRUCTURE and T1CODE properly to handle `FSType'.
+	* src/type1/t1load.c (t1_load_keyword): Handle
+	T1_FIELD_LOCATION_FONT_EXTRA.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/services/svpsinfo.h (PsInfo service):
+	Add `PS_GetFontExtraFunc' function typedef.
+
+	* src/base/ftfstype.c: Include FT_INTERNAL_SERVICE_H and
+	FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_INFO_H.
+	(FT_Get_FSType_Flags): Use POSTSCRIPT_INFO service.
+
+	* src/cff/cffdrivr.c (cff_service_ps_info): Updated.
+	* src/cid/cidriver.c (cid_ps_get_font_extra): New function.
+	(cid_service_ps_info): Updated.
+	* src/type1/t1driver.c (t1_ps_get_font_extra): New function.
+	(t1_service_ps_info): Updated.
+	* src/type42/t42drivr.c (t42_ps_get_font_extra): New function.
+	(t42_service_ps_info): Updated.
+
+2009-03-02  Alexey Kryukov  
+
+	Fix handling of EBDT formats 8 and 9.
+
+	The main cycle in `blit_sbit' makes too many iterations: it actually
+	needs the count of lines in the source bitmap rather than in the
+	target image.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttsbit.c (blit_sbit) [FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS]:
+	Add parameter `source_height' and use it for main loop.
+	(Load_SBit_Single) [FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS]: Updated.
+
+2009-02-23  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Fix Savannah bug #25669.
+
+	* src/base/ftadvanc.h (FT_Get_Advances): Fix serious typo.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Select_Metrics, FT_Request_Metrics): Fix
+	scaling factor for non-scalable fonts.
+
+	* src/cff/cffdrivr.c (cff_get_advances): Use correct advance width
+	value to prevent incorrect scaling.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Document it.
+
+2009-02-15  Matt Godbolt  
+
+	Fix Savannah bug #25588.
+
+	* builds/unix/ftconfig.in (FT_MulFix_arm): Use correct syntax for
+	`orr' instruction.
+
+2009-02-11  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttobjs.c (tt_check_trickyness): Add `DFKaiShu'.
+	Reported by David Bevan .
+
+2009-02-09  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Fix Savannah bug #25495.
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (sfnt_load_face): Test for bitmap strikes before
+	setting metrics and bbox values.  This ensures that the check for a
+	font with neither a `glyf' table nor bitmap strikes can be performed
+	early enough to set metrics and bbox values too.
+
+2009-02-04  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Fix Savannah bug #25480.
+
+	* builds/unix/freetype-config.in: For --ftversion, don't use $prefix
+	but $includedir.
+
+2009-01-31  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Minor docmaker improvements.
+
+	* src/tools/docmaker/content.py (DocBlock::__init__): Ignore empty
+	code blocks.
+
+2009-01-25  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Fix SCANCTRL handling in TTFs.
+	Problem reported by Alexey Kryukov .
+
+	* src/truetype/ttinterp.c (Ins_SCANCTRL): Fix threshold handling.
+
+2009-01-23  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Move FT_Get_FSType_Flags to a separate file.
+	Problem reported by Mickey Gabel .
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Get_FSType_Flags): Move to...
+	* src/base/ftfstype.c: This new file.
+
+	* modules.cfg (BASE_EXTENSION): Add ftfstype.c.
+
+	* docs/INSTALL.ANY: Updated.
+
+	* builds/mac/*.txt, builds/amiga/*makefile*,
+	builds/win32/{visualc,visualce}/freetype.*, builds/symbian/*:
+	Updated.
+
+2009-01-22  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* builds/unix/ftsystem.c (FT_Stream_Open): Fix 2 error
+	messages ending without "\n".
+
+2009-01-22  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	Fix Savannah bug #25347.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (open_face_PS_from_sfnt_stream): Rewind
+	the stream to the original position passed to this function,
+	when ft_lookup_PS_in_sfnt_stream() failed.
+	(Mac_Read_sfnt_Resource): Rewind the stream to the head of
+	sfnt resource body, when open_face_PS_from_sfnt_stream()
+	failed.
+
+2009-01-19  Michael Lotz  
+
+	Fix Savannah bug #25355.
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h (FT_MulFix_i386): Make
+	assembler code work with gcc 2.95.3 (as used by the Haiku project).
+	Add `cc' register to the clobber list.
+
+2009-01-18  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Protect FT_Get_Next_Char.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttcmap.c (tt_cmap4_set_range): Apply fix similar to
+	change from 2008-07-22.
+
+	Patch from Ronen Ghoshal .
+
+2009-01-18  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Implement FT_Get_Name_Index for SFNT driver.
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfdriver.c (sfnt_get_name_index): New function.
+	(sfnt_service_glyph_dict): Use it.
+
+	Problem reported by Truc Truong .
+
+2009-01-18  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/ftstroke.h (FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder): Fix
+	documentation.  Problem reported by Truc Truong .
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Updated.
+
+2009-01-14  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* Version 2.3.8 released.
+	=========================
+
+
+	Tag sources with `VER-2-3-8'.
+
+	* docs/VERSION.DLL: Update documentation and bump version number to
+	2.3.8.
+
+	* README, Jamfile (RefDoc), builds/win32/visualc/index.html,
+	builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsp,
+	builds/win32/visualc/freetype.vcproj,
+	builds/win32/visualce/index.html,
+	builds/win32/visualce/freetype.dsp,
+	builds/win32/visualce/freetype.vcproj: s/2.3.7/2.3.8/, s/237/238/.
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FREETYPE_PATCH): Set to 8.
+
+	* builds/unix/configure.raw (version_info): Set to 9:19:3.
+
+	* docs/release: Updated.
+
+2009-01-14  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/toplevel.mk (dist): Compress better.
+
+2009-01-13  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Get_FSType_Flags): Cast for compilation
+	with C++.
+
+2009-01-13  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Don't use stdlib.h and friends directly.
+	Reported by Mickey Gabel .
+
+	* src/base/ftdbgmem.c: s//FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H/.
+
+	* src/gzip/ftgzip.c, src/lzw/ftlzw.c, src/raster/ftmisc.h:
+	s//FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H/.
+
+	* src/autofit/aftypes.h, src/autofit/afhints.c,
+	src/pshinter/pshalgo.c: s//FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H/
+
+	* src/lzw/ftlzw.c, src/base/ftdbgmem.c: Don't include stdio.h.
+
+2009-01-12  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Avoid compiler warnings.
+
+	* */*: s/do ; while ( 0 )/do { } while ( 0 )/.
+	Reported by Sean McBride .
+
+2009-01-12  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Fix stdlib dependencies.
+
+	Problem reported by Mickey Gabel .
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h (ft_exit): Removed.  Unused.
+
+	* src/autofit/afhints.c, src/base/ftlcdfil.c, src/smooth/ftsmooth.c:
+	s/memcpy/ft_memcpy/.
+	* src/psaux/t1decode.c: s/memset/ft_memset/, s/memcpy/ft_memcpy/.
+
+2009-01-11  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* docs/formats.txt: Add link to PCF specification.
+
+	* include/freetype/ftbdf.h (FT_Get_BDF_Property): Improve
+	documentation.
+
+2009-01-09  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* src/base/ftadvanc.c (_ft_face_scale_advances, FT_Get_Advance,
+	FT_Get_Advances): Change the type of load_flags from FT_UInt32 to
+	FT_Int32, to match with the flags for FT_Load_Glyph().
+	* src/cff/cffdrivr.c (cff_get_advances): Ditto.
+	* src/truetype/ttdriver.c (tt_get_advances): Ditto.
+	* include/freetype/ftadvanc.h (FT_Get_Advance, FT_Get_Advances):
+	Ditto.
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftdriver.h (FT_Face_GetAdvancesFunc):
+	Ditto.
+
+2009-01-09  Daniel Zimmermann  
+
+	* src/gxvalid/gxvmort.c (gxv_mort_feature_validate): Fix wrong
+	length check.  From Savannah patch #6682.
+
+2009-01-09  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Fix problem with T1_FIELD_{NUM,FIXED}_TABLE2.
+
+	* src/psaux/psobjs.c (ps_parser_load_field_table): Don't handle
+	`count_offset' if it is zero (i.e., unused).  Otherwise, the first
+	element of the structure which holds the data is erroneously
+	modified.  Problem reported by Chi Nguyen .
+
+2009-01-09  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* src/base/ftadvanc.c (_ft_face_scale_advances, FT_Get_Advance,
+	FT_Get_Advances): Extend the type of load_flags from FT_UInt to
+	FT_UInt32, to pass 32-bit flags on 16bit platforms.
+	* src/cff/cffdrivr.c (cff_get_advances): Ditto.
+	* src/truetype/ttdriver.c (tt_get_advances): Ditto.
+	* include/freetype/ftadvanc.h (FT_Get_Advance, FT_Get_Advances):
+	Ditto.
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftdriver.h (FT_Face_GetAdvancesFunc):
+	Ditto.
+
+2009-01-09  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Done_Library): Issue an error message when
+	FT_Done_Face() cannot free all faces. If the list of the opened
+	faces includes broken face which FT_Done_Face() cannot free,
+	FT_Done_Library() retries FT_Done_Face() and it can fall into
+	an endless loop. See the discussion:
+	http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/freetype-devel/2008-09/msg00047.html
+	http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/freetype-devel/2008-10/msg00000.html
+
+2009-01-07  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Document new key `a' in ftdiff.
+
+2009-01-06  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* autogen.sh: Don't use GNUisms while calling sed.  Problem reported
+	by Sean McBride.
+
+2009-01-06  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/base/ftbitmap.c (FT_Bitmap_Convert): Handle FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD
+	and FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V.  Problem reported by Chi Nguyen
+	.
+
+2009-01-06  Diego Pettenò  
+
+	* builds/unix/configure.raw: Don't call AC_CANONICAL_BUILD and
+	AC_CANONICAL_TARGET and use $host_os only.  A nice explanation for
+	this change can be found at
+	http://blog.flameeyes.eu/s/canonical-target.
+
+	From Savannah patch #6712.
+
+2009-01-06  Sean McBride  
+
+	* src/base/ftdbgmem.c (_debug_mem_dummy): Make it static.
+
+	* src/base/ftmac.c: Remove some #undefs.
+
+2008-12-26  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Set `face_index' field in FT_Face for all font formats.
+
+	* cff/cffobjs.c (cff_face_init), winfonts/winfnt.c (FNT_Face_Init),
+	sfnt/sfobjs.c (sfnt_init_face): Do it.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Document it.
+
+2008-12-22  Steve Grubb
+
+	* builds/unix/ftsystem.c (FT_Stream_Open): Reject zero-length files.
+	Patch from Savannah bug #25151.
+
+2008-12-21  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/pfr/pfrdrivr.c, src/winfonts/winfnt.c, src/cache/ftcmanag.c,
+	src/smooth/ftgrays.c, src/base/ftobjc.s, src/sfobjs.c:
+	s/_Err_Bad_Argument/_Err_Invalid_Argument/.  The former is for
+	errors in the bytecode interpreter only.
+
+2008-12-21  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/base/ftpfr.c (FT_Get_PFR_Metrics): Protect against NULL
+	arguments.
+	Fix return value for non-PFR fonts.  Both problems reported by Chi
+	Nguyen .
+
+2008-12-21  anonymous
+
+	FT_USE_MODULE declares things as:
+
+	  extern const FT_Module_Class
+
+	(or similar for C++).  However, the actual types of the variables
+	being declared are often different, e.g., FT_Driver_ClassRec or
+	FT_Renderer_Class.  (Some are, indeed, FT_Module_Class.)
+
+	This works with most C compilers (since those structs begin with an
+	FT_Module_Class struct), but technically it's undefined behavior.
+
+	To quote the ISO/IEC 9899:TC2 final committee draft, section 6.2.7
+	paragraph 2:
+
+	  All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall
+	  have compatible type; otherwise, the behavior is undefined.
+
+	(And they are not compatible types.)
+
+	Most C compilers don't reject (or even detect!) code which has this
+	issue, but the GCC LTO development branch compiler does.  (It
+	outputs the types of the objects while generating .o files, along
+	with a bunch of other information, then compares them when doing the
+	final link-time code generation pass.)
+
+	Patch from Savannah bug #25133.
+
+	* src/base/ftinit.c (FT_USE_MODULE): Include variable type.
+
+	* builds/amiga/include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h,
+	include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h, */module.mk: Updated to declare
+	pass correct types to FT_USE_MODULE.
+
+2008-12-21  Hongbo Ni  
+
+	* src/autofit/aflatin.c (af_latin_hint_edges),
+	src/autofit/aflatin2.c (af_latin2_hint_edges), src/autofit/afcjk.c
+	(af_cjk_hint_edges): Protect against division by zero.  This fixes
+	Savannah bug #25124.
+
+2008-12-18  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Updated.
+
+2008-12-18  Bevan, David  
+
+	Provide API for accessing embedding and subsetting restriction
+	information.
+
+	* include/freetype.h (FT_FSTYPE_INSTALLABLE_EMBEDDING,
+	FT_FSTYPE_RESTRICTED_LICENSE_EMBEDDING,
+	FT_FSTYPE_PREVIEW_AND_PRINT_EMBEDDING, FT_FSTYPE_EDITABLE_EMBEDDING,
+	FT_FSTYPE_NO_SUBSETTING, FT_FSTYPE_BITMAP_EMBEDDING_ONLY): New
+	macros.
+	(FT_Get_FSType_Flags): New function declaration.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Get_FSType_Flags): New function.
+
+	* src/cid/cidtoken.h, src/type1/t1tokens.h, src/type42/t42parse.c
+	(t42_keywords): Handle `FSType'.
+
+	* include/freetype/t1tables.h (PS_FontInfoRec): Add `fs_type' field.
+
+2008-12-17  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/base/ftsynth.c (FT_GlyphSlot_Embolden): Don't use internal
+	macros so that copying the source code into an application works
+	out of the box.
+
+2008-12-17  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/ftsynth.h, src/base/ftsynth.c: Move
+	FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap to...
+	* include/freetype/ftbitmap.h, src/base/ftbitmap.c: These files.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Document it.
+
+2008-12-10  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Generalize the concept of `tricky' fonts by introducing
+	FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY to indicate that the font format's hinting
+	engine is necessary for correct rendering.
+
+	At the same time, slightly modify the behaviour of tricky fonts:
+	FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING is now ignored.  To really force raw loading
+	of tricky fonts (without hinting), both FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING and
+	FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT must be used.
+
+	Finally, tricky TrueType fonts always use the bytecode interpreter
+	even if the patented code is used.
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY, FT_IS_TRICKY):
+	New macros.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttdriver.c (Load_Glyph): Handle new load flags
+	semantics as described above.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttobjs.c (tt_check_trickyness): New function, using
+	code of ...
+	(tt_face_init): This function, now simplified and updated to new
+	semantics.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Load_Glyph): Don't use autohinter for tricky
+	fonts.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Document it.
+
+2008-12-09  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Really fix Savannah bug #25010: An SFNT font with neither outlines
+	nor bitmaps can be considered as containing space `glyphs' only.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttpload.c (tt_face_load_loca): Handle the case where
+	a `glyf' table is missing.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (load_truetype_glyph): Abort if we have no
+	`glyf' table but a non-zero `loca' entry.
+	(tt_loader_init): Handle missing `glyf' table.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Load_Glyph): Undo change 2008-12-05.
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (sfnt_load_face): A font with neither outlines
+	nor bitmaps is scalable.
+
+2008-12-05  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/autofit/aflatin.c (af_latin_uniranges): Add more ranges.  This
+	fixes Savannah bug #21190 which also provides a basic patch.
+
+2008-12-05  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_LOAD_ADVANCE_ONLY): Use value
+	0x100 instead of 0x10000; the latter value is already occupied by
+	FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT.  Bug reported by James Cloos.
+
+
+	Handle SFNT with neither outlines nor bitmaps.  This fixes Savannah
+	bug #25010.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Load_Glyph): Reject fonts with neither
+	outlines nor bitmaps.
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (sfnt_load_face): Don't return an error if there
+	is no table with glyphs.
+
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttload.c (tt_face_lookup_table): Improve debugging
+	message.
+
+2008-12-01  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	GDEF tables need `glyph_count' too for validation.  Problem reported
+	by Chi Nguyen .
+
+	* src/otvalid/otvgdef.c (otv_GDEF_validate), src/otvalid/otvalid.h
+	(otv_GDEF_validate), src/otvalid/otvmod.c (otv_validate): Pass
+	`glyph_count'.
+
+2008-11-29  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/autofit/afcjk.c, src/base/ftoutln.c, src/base/ftrfork.c,
+	src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c, src/gxvalid/gxvmorx.c, src/otvalid/otvmath.c,
+	src/pcf/pcfdrivr.c, src/psnames/pstables.h, src/smooth/ftgrays.c,
+	src/tools/glnames.py, src/truetype/ttinterp.c, src/type1/t1load.c,
+	src/type42/t42objs.c, src/winfonts/winfnt.c: Fix compiler warnings
+	(Atari PureC).
+
+2008-11-29  James Cloos  
+
+	* src/type/t1load.c (mm_axis_unmap): Revert previous patch and fix
+	it correctly by using FT_INT_TO_FIXED (FreeType expects 16.16 values
+	in the /BlendDesignMap space).
+
+2008-11-29  James Cloos  
+
+	* src/type1/t1load.c (mm_axis_unmap): `blend_points' is FT_Fixed*,
+	whereas `design_points' is FT_Long*.  Therefore, return blend rather
+	than design points.
+
+2008-11-27  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/cff/cffparse.c (cff_parse_real): Handle more than nine
+	significant digits correctly.  This fixes Savannah bug #24953.
+
+2008-11-25  Daniel Zimmermann  
+
+	* src/base/ftstream.c (FT_Stream_ReadFields): Don't access stream
+	before the NULL check.  From Savannah patch #6681.
+
+2008-11-24  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Fixes from the gnuwin32 port.
+
+	* src/base/ftlcdfil.c: s/EXPORT/EXPORT_DEF/.
+
+	* src/base/ftotval.c: Include FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H.
+
+	* src/psaux/psobjs.c (ps_table_add): Check `length'.
+
+2008-11-15  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttinterp.c (tt_default_graphics_state): The default
+	value for `scan_type' is zero, as confirmed by Greg Hitchcock from
+	Microsoft.  Problem reported by Michal Nowakowski
+	.
+
+2008-11-12  Tor Andersson  
+
+	* src/cff/cffdrivr.c (cff_get_cmap_info): Initialize `format' field.
+	This fixes Savannah bug #24819.
+
+2008-11-08  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (sfnt_load_face): Remove #if 0/#endif guards
+	since OpenType version 1.5 has been released.
+
+	* include/ttnameid.h (TT_NAME_ID_WWS_FAMILY,
+	TT_NAME_ID_WWS_SUBFAMILY): New macros for OpenType 1.5.
+	(TT_URC_COPTIC, TT_URC_VAI, TT_URC_NKO, TT_URC_BALINESE,
+	TT_URC_PHAGSPA, TT_URC_NON_PLANE_0, TT_URC_PHOENICIAN,
+	TT_URC_TAI_LE, TT_URC_NEW_TAI_LUE, TT_URC_BUGINESE,
+	TT_URC_GLAGOLITIC, TT_URC_YIJING, TT_URC_SYLOTI_NAGRI,
+	TT_URC_LINEAR_B, TT_URC_ANCIENT_GREEK_NUMBERS, TT_URC_UGARITIC,
+	TT_URC_OLD_PERSIAN, TT_URC_SHAVIAN, TT_URC_OSMANYA,
+	TT_URC_CYPRIOT_SYLLABARY, TT_URC_KHAROSHTHI, TT_URC_TAI_XUAN_JING,
+	TT_URC_CUNEIFORM, TT_URC_COUNTING_ROD_NUMERALS, TT_URC_SUNDANESE,
+	TT_URC_LEPCHA, TT_URC_OL_CHIKI, TT_URC_SAURASHTRA, TT_URC_KAYAH_LI,
+	TT_URC_REJANG, TT_URC_CHAM, TT_URC_ANCIENT_SYMBOLS,
+	TT_URC_PHAISTOS_DISC, TT_URC_OLD_ANATOLIAN, TT_URC_GAME_TILES): New
+	macros for OpenType 1.5.
+
+2008-11-08  Wenlin Institute  
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (ft_glyphslot_free_bitmap): Protect against
+	slot->internal == NULL.  Reported by Graham Asher.
+
+2008-11-08  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (tt_face_get_name): Modified to return an error
+	code so that memory allocation problems can be distinguished from
+	missing table entries.  Reported by Graham Asher.
+	(GET_NAME): New macro.
+	(sfnt_load_face): Use it.
+
+2008-11-05  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* devel/ftoption.h, include/freetype/config/ftoption.h
+	[TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER]: Undefine
+	TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING.  This fixes the return value of
+	`FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type' (and makes it work as documented).
+	Reported in bug #441638 of bugzilla.novell.com.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Document it.
+
+2008-11-03  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/type1/t1load.c (parse_subrs): Use an endless loop.  There are
+	fonts (like HELVI.PFB version 003.001, used on OS/2) which define
+	some `subrs' elements more than once.  Problem reported by Peter
+	Weilbacher .
+
+2008-10-15  Graham Asher  
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttpost.c (tt_post_default_names): Add `const'.
+
+2008-10-15  David Turner  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgxvar.c (TT_Set_MM_Blend): Disambiguate for
+	meddlesome compilers' warning against `for ( ...; ...; ...) ;'.
+
+2008-10-14  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/cff/cffobjs.c (cff_face_init): Remove compiler warning.
+	Suggested by Bram Tassyns in Savannah patch #6651.
+
+2008-10-12  Graham Asher  
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (sfnt_load_face): Fix computation of
+	`underline_position'.
+
+2008-10-12  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Updated.
+
+2008-10-09  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	Fix Savannah bug #24468.
+
+	According to include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h, the appropriate
+	type to interchange single character codepoint is FT_UInt32. It
+	should be distinguished from FT_UInt which can be 16bit integer.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttcmap.c (tt_cmap4_char_map_linear): Change the type
+	of the second argument `pcharcode' from FT_UInt* to FT_UInt32*.
+	(tt_cmap4_char_map_binary): Ditto.
+	(tt_cmap14_get_nondef_chars): Change the type of return value
+	from FT_UInt* to FT_UInt32*.
+
+2008-10-08  John Tytgat  
+
+	Fix Savannah bug #24485.
+
+	* src/type1/t1load.c (parse_charstrings): Assure that we always have
+	a .notdef glyph.
+
+2008-10-05  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* src/base/ftmac.c: Include FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H for multi build.
+	* builds/mac/ftmac.c: Ditto.
+
+2008-10-05  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* include/freetype/tttags.h (TTAG_TYP1, TTAG_typ1): Fix definitions.
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c: Include FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H.
+
+2008-10-05  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (sfnt_open_font): Allow `typ1' version tag in
+	the beginning of sfnt container.
+	* src/sfnt/ttload.c (check_table_dir): Return
+	`SFNT_Err_Table_Missing' when sfnt table directory structure is
+	correct but essential tables for TrueType fonts (`head', `bhed' or
+	`SING') are missing.  Other errors are returned by
+	SFNT_Err_Unknown_File_Format.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Open_Face): When TrueType driver returns
+	`FT_Err_Table_Missing', try `open_face_PS_from_sfnt_stream'.  It is
+	enabled only when old mac font support is configured.
+
+2008-10-04  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* include/freetype/tttags.h (TTAG_CID, TTAG_FOND, TTAG_LWFN,
+	TTAG_POST, TTAG_sfnt, TTAG_TYP1, TTAG_typ1): New tags to simplify
+	the repeated calculations of these values in ftobjs.c and ftmac.c.
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c: Replace all FT_MAKE_TAG by new tags.
+	* src/base/ftmac.c: Ditto.
+	* builds/mac/ftmac.c: Ditto.
+
+2008-10-04  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (ft_lookup_PS_in_sfnt_stream): Remove wrong
+	initialization of *is_sfnt_cid.
+
+2008-10-04  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (open_face_PS_from_sfnt_stream): Remove compiler
+	warnings.
+
+2008-10-04  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (ft_lookup_PS_in_sfnt): Replaced by...
+	(ft_lookup_PS_in_sfnt_stream): This.
+	(open_face_PS_from_sfnt_stream): New function.  It checks whether
+	the stream is sfnt-wrapped Type1 PS font or sfnt-wrapped CID-keyed
+	font, then try to open a face for given face_index.
+	(Mac_Read_sfnt_Resource): Replace the combination of
+	`ft_lookup_PS_in_sfnt' and `open_face_from_buffer' by
+	`open_face_PS_from_sfnt_stream'.
+	* src/base/ftmac.c (FT_New_Face_From_SFNT): Ditto.
+	* builds/mac/ftmac.c (FT_New_Face_From_SFNT): Ditto.
+	* src/base/ftbase.h: Remove `ft_lookup_PS_in_sfnt' and add
+	`open_face_PS_from_sfnt_stream'.
+
+2008-10-03  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (ft_lookup_PS_in_sfnt): Set *is_sfnt_cid to
+	FALSE if neither `CID ' nor `TYP1' is found in the sfnt container.
+
+2008-10-03  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h: Define FT_MACINTOSH when SC or
+	MrC compiler of MPW is used.  These compilers do not define the
+	macro __APPLE__ by themselves.
+	* builds/unix/ftconfig.in: Ditto.
+	* builds/vms/ftconfig.h: Ditto.
+	* src/base/ftbase.c: Use FT_MACINTOSH instead of __APPLE__, to
+	include ftmac.c if FreeType 2 is built by MPW.
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c: Use FT_MACINTOSH instead of __APPLE__, to
+	enable shared functions for ftmac.c if FreeType 2 is built by MPW.
+
+	* builds/mac/ftmac.c: Include ftbase.h.
+	(memory_stream_close): Removed.
+	(new_memory_stream): Ditto.
+	(open_face_from_buffer): Removed.  Use the implementation in
+	ftobjs.c.
+	(ft_lookup_PS_in_sfnt): Ditto.
+
+	* builds/mac/FreeType.m68k_far.make.txt: Build ftmac.c as an
+	included part of ftbase.c, to share the functions in ftobjs.c.  The
+	rule compiling ftmac.c separately is removed and the rule copying
+	ftbase.c from src/base/ftbase.c to builds/mac/ftbase.c is added.
+	* builds/mac/FreeType.m68k_cfm.make.txt: Ditto.
+	* builds/mac/FreeType.ppc_classic.make.txt: Ditto.
+	* builds/mac/FreeType.ppc_carbon.make.txt: Ditto.
+
+2008-10-02  Bram Tassyns  
+
+	* src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_slot_load): Map CID 0 to GID 0.  This
+	fixes Savannah bug #24430.
+
+2008-10-02  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/freetype.mk (BASE_H): Rename to...
+	(INTERNAL_H): This.
+	(FREETYPE_H): Updated.
+	* src/base/rules.mk: (BASE_OBJ_S, OBJ_DIR/%.$O): Add BASE_H.
+	* src/bdf/rules.mk (BDF_DRV_H): Add bdferror.h.
+	* src/cache/rules.mk (CACHE_DRV_H): Add ftccache.h and ftcsbits.h.
+	* src/pcf/rules.mk (PCF_DRV_H): Add pcfread.h.
+	* src/raster/rules.mk (RASTER_DRV_H): Add ftmisc.h.
+	* src/type42/rules.mk (T42_DRV_H): Add t42types.h.
+
+2008-10-02  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* src/base/ftbase.h: New file to declare the private utility
+	functions shared by the sources of base modules.  Currently,
+	`ft_lookup_PS_in_sfnt' and `open_face_from_buffer' are declared to
+	share between ftobjs.c and ftmac.c.
+
+	* src/base/rule.mk: Add ftbase.h.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c: Include ftbase.h.
+	(memory_stream_close): Build on any platform when old MacOS font
+	support is enabled.
+	(new_memory_stream): Ditto.
+	(open_face_from_buffer): Build on any platform when old MacOS font
+	support is enabled.  The counting of the face in a font file is
+	slightly different between Carbon-dependent parser and Carbon-free
+	parser.  They are merged with the platform-specific conditional.
+	(ft_lookup_PS_in_sfnt): Ditto.
+
+	* src/base/ftmac.c: Include ftbase.h.
+	(memory_stream_close): Removed.
+	(new_memory_stream): Ditto.
+	(open_face_from_buffer): Removed.  Use the implementation in
+	ftobjs.c.
+	(ft_lookup_PS_in_sfnt): Ditto.
+
+2008-10-02  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (sfnt_load_face): `psnames_error' is only needed
+	if TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES is defined.
+
+2008-10-01  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttobjs.c (tt_face_done), src/cff/cffobjs.c
+	(cff_face_done), src/pfr/pfrobjs.c (pfr_face_done),
+	src/pcf/pcfdrivr.c (PCF_Face_Done), src/cid/cidobjs.c
+	(cid_face_done), src/bdf/bdfdrivr. (BDF_Face_Done),
+	src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (sfnt_face_done): Protect against face == 0.
+	Reported by Graham Asher.
+
+2008-09-30  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* src/base/rules.mk: Add conditional source to BASE_SRC, for `make
+	multi' on Mac OS X.  If the macro $(ftmac_c) is defined,
+	$(BASE_DIR)/$(ftmac_c) is added to BASE_SRC.  In a normal build, the
+	lack of ftmac.c in BASE_SRC is not serious because ftbase.c includes
+	ftmac.c.
+	* builds/unix/unix-def.in: Add a macro definition of $(ftmac_c).
+	* builds/unix/configure.raw: Add procedure to set up appropriate
+	value of $(ftmac_c) with the consideration of the availability of
+	Carbon framework.
+
+2008-09-30  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* src/base/Jamfile: Add target for multi build by jam on Mac OS X.
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_New_Face): Fix the condition to include this
+	function for MPW building.  It is synchronized the condition to
+	include ftmac.c source into ftbase.c.
+
+2008-09-22  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/cff/cffgload.c (CFF_Operator, cff_argument_counts,
+	cff_decoder_parse_charstrings): Handle (invalid)
+	`callothersubr' and `pop' instructions.
+
+2008-09-22  John Tytgat  
+
+	Fix Savannah bug #24307.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/t1types.h (CID_FaceRec),
+	src/type42/t42types.h (T42_FaceRec): Comment out `afm_data'.
+
+2008-09-21  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/smooth/ftgrays.c (gray_raster_render): Don't dereference
+	`target_map' if FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT is set.  Problem reported by
+	Stephan T. Lavavej .
+
+2008-09-21  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* src/otvalid/Jamfile: Add missing target `otvmath' for multi build
+	by jam.
+	* src/sfnt/Jamfile: Add missing target `ttmtx' for multi build by
+	jam.
+
+2008-09-20  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/smooth/ftgrays.c (gray_find_cell): Fix threshold.  The values
+	passed to this function are already `normalized'.  Problem reported
+	by Stephan T. Lavavej .
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Document it.
+
+2008-09-20  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/base/ftoutln.c: Include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H.
+	(FT_Outline_Decompose): Decorate with tracing messages.
+
+	* src/smooth/ftgrays.c [DEBUG_GRAYS]: Replace with
+	FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE.
+	[_STANDALONE_ && FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE]: Include stdio.h and
+	stdarg.h.
+
+	(FT_TRACE) [_STANDALONE_]: Remove.
+	(FT_Message) [_STANDALONE_ && FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE]: New function.
+	(FT_TRACE5, FT_TRACE7) [_STANDALONE_]: New macros.
+	(FT_ERROR) [_STANDALONE_]: Updated.
+
+	(gray_hline) [FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE]: Fix condition.
+	Use FT_TRACE7.
+	(gray_dump_cells): Make it `static void'.
+	(gray_convert_glyph): Use FT_TRACE7.
+
+	(FT_Outline_Decompose) [_STANDALONE_]: Synchronize with version in
+	ftoutln.c.
+
+	* src/base/ftadvanc.c (FT_Get_Advance, FT_Get_Advances): Use
+	FT_ERROR_BASE.
+
+	* docs/formats.txt: Updated.
+
+2008-09-19  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* src/base/ftmac.c: Import sfnt-wrapped Type1 and sfnt-wrapped
+	CID-keyed font support.
+	* builds/mac/ftmac.c: Ditto.
+
+2008-09-19  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (Mac_Read_sfnt_Resource): Fix double free bug in
+	sfnt-wrapped Type1 and sfnt-wrapped CID-keyed font support code.
+	`open_face_from_buffer' frees the passed buffer if it cannot open a
+	face from the buffer, so the caller must not free it.
+
+2008-09-19  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (Mac_Read_sfnt_Resource): Add initial support
+	for sfnt-wrapped Type1 and sfnt-wrapped CID-keyed font.
+	(ft_lookup_PS_in_sfnt): New function to look up `TYP1' or `CID '
+	table in sfnt table directory.  It is used before loading TrueType
+	font driver.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Add note about the current status of sfnt-wrapped
+	Type1 and sfnt-wrapped CID-keyed font support.
+
+2008-09-18  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/base/ftsystem.c (FT_Done_Memory): Use ft_sfree directly for
+	orthogonality (ft_free and ft_sfree could belong to different memory
+	pools).  This fixes Savannah bug #24297.
+
+2008-09-18  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* src/cff/cffobjs.c (cff_face_init): Use TTAG_OTTO defined
+	in ttags.h instead of numerical value 0x4F54544FL.
+
+2008-09-16  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/cff/cffgload.h, src/cff/cffgload.c
+	(cff_decoder_set_width_only): Eliminate function call.
+
+2008-09-15  George Williams  
+
+	Fix Savannah bug #24179, reported by Bram Tassyns.
+
+	* src/type1/t1load.c (mm_axis_unmap, T1_Get_MM_Var): Fix computation
+	of default values.
+
+2008-09-15  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/tools/glnames.py (main): Surround `ft_get_adobe_glyph_index'
+	and `ft_adobe_glyph_list' with FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ADOBE_GLYPH_LIST to
+	prevent unconditional definition.  This fixes Savannah bug #24241.
+
+	* src/psnames/pstables.h: Regenerated.
+
+2008-09-13  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* autogen.sh, builds/unix/configure.raw,
+	include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h, builds/unix/ftconfig.in: Minor
+	beautifying.
+
+	* include/freetype/ftadvanc.h, include/freetype/ftgasp.h,
+	include/freetype/ftlcdfil.h: Protect against FreeType 1.
+	Some other minor fixes.
+
+	* devel/ftoption.h: Synchronize with
+	include/freetype/config/ftoption.h.
+
+2008-09-11  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/base/ftbase.c: Include ftadvanc.c.
+
+2008-09-11  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* builds/unix/ftconfig.in: Duplicate the cpp computation of
+	FT_SIZEOF_{INT|LONG} from include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h.
+	(FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES): New macro.  If defined, the cpp
+	computation is disabled and the statically configured sizes are
+	used.  This fixes Savannah bug #21250.
+
+	* builds/unix/configure.raw: Add the checks to compare the cpp
+	computation results of the bit length of int and long versus the
+	sizes detected by running `configure'.  If the results are
+	different, FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES is defined to prioritize the
+	results.
+	New option --{enable|disable}-biarch-config is added to define or
+	undefine FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES manually.
+
+2008-09-05  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* builds/unix/configure.raw: Clear FT2_EXTRA_LIBS when Carbon or
+	ApplicationService framework is missing.  Although this value is not
+	used in building of FreeType2, it is written in `freetype2.pc' and
+	`freetype-config'.
+
+2008-09-01  david turner  
+
+	* src/cache/ftccmap.c (FTC_CMapCache_Lookup): Accept a negative cmap
+	index to mean `use default cached FT_Face's charmap'.  This fixes
+	Savannah bug #22625.
+	* include/freetype/ftcache.h: Document it.
+
+
+	Make FT_MulFix an inlined function.  This is done to speed up
+	FreeType a little (on x86 3% when loading+hinting, 10% when
+	rendering, ARM savings are more important though).  Disable this by
+	undefining FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INLINE_MULFIX.
+
+	Use of assembler code can now be controlled with
+	FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_ASSEMBLER.
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h, builds/unix/ftconfig.in
+	[!FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_ASSEMBLER] (FT_MulFix_arm): New assembler
+	implementation.
+	[!FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_ASSEMBLER] (FT_MulFix_i386): Assembler
+	implementation taken from `ftcalc.c'.
+	[!FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_ASSEMBLER] (FT_MULFIX_ASSEMBLER): New macro
+	which is defined to the platform-specific assembler implementation
+	of FT_MulFix.
+	[FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INLINE_MULFIX && FT_MULFIX_ASSEMBLER]
+	(FT_MULFIX_INLINED): New macro.
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftoption.h (FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_ASSEMBLER,
+	FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INLINE_MULFIX): New macros.
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h: Updated to handle FT_MULFIX_INLINED.
+
+	* src/base/ftcalc.c: Updated to use FT_MULFIX_ASSEMBLER and
+	FT_MULFIX_INLINED.
+
+
+	Add a new header named FT_ADVANCES_H declaring some new APIs to
+	extract the advances of one or more glyphs without necessarily
+	loading their outlines.  Also provide `fast loaders' for the
+	TrueType, Type1, and CFF font drivers (more to come later).
+
+	* src/base/ftadvanc.c, include/freetype/ftadvanc.h: New files.
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftheader.h (FT_ADVANCES_H): New macro.
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_LOAD_ADVANCE_ONLY): New macro.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftdriver.h (FT_Face_GetAdvancesFunc):
+	`flags' and `advances' are now of type `FT_UInt' and `FT_Fixed',
+	respectively.
+
+	* src/base/Jamfile (_sources), src/base/rules.mk (BASE_SRC): Add
+	ftadvanc.c.
+
+	* src/cff/cffdrivr.c (cff_get_advances): New function.
+	(cff_driver_class): Register it.
+
+	* src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_decoder_set_width_only): New function.
+	(cff_decoder_parse_charstrings): Handle `width_only'.
+	(cff_slot_load): Handle FT_LOAD_ADVANCE_ONLY.
+
+	* src/cff/cffgload.h (cff_decoder): New element `width_only'.
+	(cff_decoder_set_width_only): New declaration.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttdriver.c (tt_get_advances): New function.
+	(tt_driver_class): Register it.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (Get_HMetrics, Get_VMetrics): Renamed to...
+	(TT_Get_HMetrics, TT_Get_VMetrics): This.
+	Update callers.
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.h: Declare them.
+
+	* src/type1/t1gload.h, src/type1/t1gload.c (T1_Get_Advances): New
+	function.
+	* src/type1/t1driver.c (t1_driver_class): Register T1_Get_Advances.
+
+
+	Add checks for minimum version of the `autotools' stuff.
+
+	* autogen.sh: Implement it.
+	(get_major_version, get_minor_version, get_patch_version,
+	compare_to_minimum_version, check_tool_version): New auxiliary
+	functions.
+
+	* README.CVS: Document it.
+
+2008-08-29  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (sfnt_open_font): Use TTAG_OTTO defined in
+	ttags.h instead of FT_MAKE_TAG( 'O', 'T', 'T', 'O' ).
+
+2008-08-28  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/type1/t1load.c (parse_encoding): Protect against infinite
+	loop.  This fixes Savannah bug #24150 (where a patch has been posted
+	too).
+
+2008-08-23  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/type/t1afm.c (compare_kern_pairs), src/pxaux/afmparse.c
+	(afm_compare_kern_pairs): Fix comparison.  This fixes Savannah bug
+	#24119.
+
+2008-08-19  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Stream_New): Initialize *astream always,
+	even if passed library or arguments are invalid.  This fixes a bug
+	that an uninitialized stream is freed when an invalid library handle
+	is passed.  Originally proposed by Mike Fabian, 2008/08/18 on
+	freetype-devel.
+	(FT_Open_Face): Ditto (stream).
+	(load_face_in_embedded_rfork): Ditto (stream2).
+
+2008-08-18  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* src/base/ftmac.c: Add a fallback to guess the availability of the
+	`ResourceIndex' type.  It is used when built without configure
+	(e.g., a build with Jam).
+	* builds/mac/ftmac.c: Ditto.
+	* builds/unix/configure.raw: Set HAVE_TYPE_RESOURCE_INDEX to 1 or 0
+	explicitly, even if `ResourceIndex' is unavailable.
+
+2008-08-18  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* builds/unix/configure.raw: In checking of Mac OS X features,
+	all-in-one header file `Carbon.h' is replaced by the minimum
+	header file `CoreServices.h', similar to current src/base/ftmac.c.
+
+2008-08-18  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttcmap.c (tt_cmap2_validate): Skip the validation of
+	sub-header when its code_count is 0.  Many Japanese Dynalab fonts
+	include such an empty sub-header (code_count == 0, first_code == 0
+	delta == 0, but offset != 0) as the second sub-header in SJIS cmap.
+
+2008-08-04  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/type1/t1tokens.h: Handle `ForceBold' keyword.  This fixes
+	Savannah bug #23995.
+
+	* src/cid/cidload.c (parse_expansion_factor): New callback function.
+	(cid_field_records): Use it for `ExpansionFactor'.
+	* src/cod/cidtoken.h: Handle `ForceBold' keyword.
+	Don't handle `ExpansionFactor'.
+
+2008-08-04  Bram Tassyns  
+
+	* src/cff/cffparse.c (cff_parse_fixed_scaled): Fix thinko which
+	resulted in incorrect scaling.  This fixes Savannah bug #23973.
+
+2008-08-04  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Be more tolerant w.r.t. invalid entries in SFNT table directory.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttload.c (check_table_dir): Ignore invalid entries and
+	adjust table count.
+	Add more trace messages.
+	(tt_face_load_font_dir): Updated.
+
+2008-07-30  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_decoder_parse_charstrings): No longer
+	assume that the first argument on the stack is the bottom-most
+	element.  Two reasons:
+
+	  o According to people from Adobe it is missing in the Type 2
+	    specification that pushing of additional, superfluous arguments
+	    on the stack is prohibited.
+
+	  o Acroread in general handles fonts differently, namely by popping
+	    the number of arguments needed for a particular operand (as a PS
+	    interpreter would do).  In case of buggy fonts this causes a
+	    different interpretation which of the elements on the stack are
+	    superfluous and which not.
+
+	Since there are CFF subfonts (embedded in PDFs) which rely on
+	Acroread's behaviour, FreeType now does the same.
+
+2008-07-27  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Add extra mappings for `Tcommaaccent' and `tcommaaccent'.  This
+	fixes Savannah bug #23940.
+
+	* src/psnames/psmodule.c (WGL_EXTRA_LIST_SIZE): Rename to...
+	(EXTRA_GLYPH_LIST_SIZE): This.
+	Increase by 2.
+	(ft_wgl_extra_unicodes): Rename to...
+	(ft_extra_glyph_unicodes): This.
+	Add two code values.
+	(ft_wgl_extra_glyph_names): Rename to...
+	(ft_extra_glyph_names): This.
+	Add two glyphs.
+	(ft_wgl_extra_glyph_name_offsets): Rename to...
+	(ft_extra_glyph_name_offsets): This.
+	Add two offsets.
+
+	(ps_check_wgl_name, ps_check_wgl_unicode): Rename to...
+	(ps_check_extra_glyph_name, ps_check_extra_glyph_unicode): This.
+	Updated.
+	(ps_unicodes_init): Updated.
+
+2008-07-26  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_decoder_prepare,
+	cff_decoder_parse_charstrings): Improve debug output.
+
+2008-07-22  Martin McBride  
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttcmap.c (tt_cmap4_validate, tt_cmap4_char_map_linear,
+	tt_cmap4_char_map_binary): Handle fonts which treat the last segment
+	specially.  According to the specification, such fonts would be
+	invalid but acroread accepts them.
+
+2008-07-16  Jon Foster  
+
+	* src/pfr/pfrdrivr.c (pfr_get_advance): Fix off-by-one error.
+
+	* src/base/ftcalc.c (FT_MulFix): Fix portability issue.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttpost.c (MAC_NAME) [!FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES]:
+	Fix compiler warning.
+
+2008-07-16  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Handle CID-keyed fonts wrapped in an SFNT (with cmaps) correctly.
+
+	* src/cff/cffload.c (cff_font_load): Pass `pure_cff'.
+	Invert sids table only if `pure_cff' is set.
+	* src/cff/cffload.h: Udpated.
+
+	* src/cff/cffobjs.c (cff_face_init): Updated.
+	Set FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED only if pure_cff is set.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Updated.
+
+2008-07-09  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttpload.c (tt_face_load_loca): Handle buggy fonts
+	where num_locations < num_glyphs.  Problem reported by Ding Li.
+
+2008-07-05  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Since FreeType uses `$(value ...)', we now need GNU make 3.80 or
+	newer.  This fixes Savannah bug #23648.
+
+	* configure: zsh doesn't like ${1+"$@"}.
+	Update needed GNU make version.
+	* builds/toplevel.mk: Check for `$(eval ...)'.
+	* docs/INSTALL.GNU, docs/INSTALL.CROSS, docs/INSTALL.UNIX: Document
+	it.
+
+2008-07-04  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/raster/ftraster.c (Draw_Sweep): If span is smaller than one
+	pixel, only check for dropouts if neither start nor end point lies
+	on a pixel center.  This fixes Savannah bug #23762.
+
+2008-06-29  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* Version 2.3.7 released.
+	=========================
+
+
+	Tag sources with `VER-2-3-7'.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES, docs/VERSION.DLL: Update documentation and bump
+	version number to 2.3.7.
+
+	* README, Jamfile (RefDoc), builds/win32/visualc/index.html,
+	builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsp,
+	builds/win32/visualc/freetype.vcproj,
+	builds/win32/visualce/index.html,
+	builds/win32/visualce/freetype.dsp,
+	builds/win32/visualce/freetype.vcproj: s/2.3.6/2.3.7/, s/236/237/.
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FREETYPE_PATCH): Set to 7.
+
+	* builds/unix/configure.raw (version_info): Set to 9:18:3.
+
+	* docs/release: Updated.
+
+2008-06-28  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/ftglyph.c (FT_Matrix_Multiply, FT_Matrix_Invert): Move to...
+	* src/ftcalc.c: Here.  This fixes Savannah bug #23729.
+
+2008-06-27  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/raster/ftraster.c (Vertical_Sweep_Drop, Horizontal_Sweep_Drop,
+	Horizontal_Gray_Sweep_Drop): Test for intersections which
+	degenerate to a single point can be ignored; this has been confirmed
+	by Greg Hitchcock from Microsoft.  (This was commented out code.)
+
+2008-06-26  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Improve navigation in API reference.
+
+	* src/tools/docmaker/tohtml.py (html_header_3): Renamed to...
+	(html_header_6): This.
+	(html_header_3, html_header_3i, html_header_4, html_header_5,
+	html_header_5t): New strings.
+	(toc_footer_start, toc_footer_end): New strings.
+	(HtmlFormatter::html_header): Updated.
+	(HtmlFormatter::html_index_header, HtmlFormatter::html_toc_header):
+	New strings.
+	(HtmlFormatter::index_enter): Use `html_index_header'.
+	(HtmlFormatter::index_exit): Print `html_footer'.
+	(HtmlFormatter::toc_enter): Use `html_toc_header'.
+	(HtmlFormatter::toc_exit): Print proper footer.
+
+	Convert ~ to non-breakable space.
+
+	* src/tools/docmaker/tohtml.py (make_html_para): Implement it.
+	Update header files accordingly.
+
+2008-06-24  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* builds/unix/configure.raw: Check type `ResourceIndex' explicitly
+	and define HAVE_TYPE_RESOURCE_INDEX if it is defined.  Mac OS X 10.5
+	bundles 10.4u SDK with MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_5 macro but without
+	ResourceIndex type definition.  The macro does not inform the type
+	availability.
+	* src/base/ftmac.c: More parentheses are inserted to clarify the
+	conditionals to disable legacy APIs in `10.5 and later' cases.  If
+	HAVE_TYPE_RESOURCE_INDEX is not defined, ResourceIndex is defined.
+
+2008-06-24  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttinterp.c (Ins_SCANTYPE): Don't check rendering
+	mode.
+
+	* src/raster/ftraster.c (Render_Glyph, Render_Gray_Glyph,
+	Draw_Sweep): No-dropout mode is value 2, not value 0.
+	(Draw_Sweep): Really skip dropout handling for no-dropout mode.
+
+2008-06-24  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/psaux/psobjs.c (t1_builder_close_contour): Don't add contour
+	if it consists of one point only.  Based on a patch from Savannah
+	bug #23683 (from John Tytgat).
+
+2008-06-22  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (TT_Load_Glyph): Protect bytecode stuff
+	with IS_HINTED.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Updated.
+
+2008-06-22  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* builds/unix/configure.raw: If CFLAGS has `-isysroot XXX' option
+	but LDFLAGS does not, import it to LDFLAGS.  The option is used to
+	specify non-default SDK on Mac OS X (e.g., universal binary SDK for
+	Mac OS X 10.4 on PowerPC platform).  Although Apple TechNote 2137
+	recommends to add the option only to CFLAGS, LDFLAGS should include
+	it because libfreetype.la is built with -no-undefined.  This fixes a
+	bug reported by Ryan Schmidt in MacPorts,
+	http://trac.macports.org/ticket/15331.
+
+2008-06-21  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Enable access to the various dropout rules of the B&W rasterizer.
+	Pass dropout rules from the TT bytecode interpreter to the
+	rasterizer.
+
+	* include/freetype/ftimage.h (FT_OUTLINE_SMART_DROPOUTS,
+	FT_OUTLINE_EXCLUDE_STUBS): New flags for for FT_Outline.
+
+	* src/raster/ftraster.c (Vertical_Sweep_Drop, Horizontal_Sweep_Drop,
+	Horizontal_Gray_Sweep_Drop): Use same mode numbers as given in the
+	OpenType specification.
+	Fix mode 4 computation.
+	(Render_Glyph, Render_Gray_Glyph): Handle new outline flags.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (TT_Load_Glyph) Convert scan conversion
+	mode to FT_OUTLINE_XXX flags.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttinterp.c (Ins_SCANCTRL): Enable ppem check.
+
+2008-06-19  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/cff/cffobjs.c (cff_face_init): Compute final
+	`dict->units_per_em' value before assigning it to
+	`cffface->units_per_EM'.  Otherwise, CFFs without subfonts are
+	scaled incorrectly if the font matrix is non-standard.  This fixes
+	Savannah bug #23630.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Updated.
+
+2008-06-19  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/type/t1objs.c (T1_Face_Init): Slightly improve algorithm fix
+	from 2008-06-19.
+
+2008-06-18  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/type/t1objs.c (T1_Face_Init): Fix change from 2008-03-21.
+	Reported by Peter Weilbacher .
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Updated.
+
+2008-06-15  George Williams  
+
+	* src/otvalid/otvgpos.c (otv_MarkBasePos_validate): Set
+	`valid->extra2' to 1.  This is undocumented in the OpenType 1.5
+	specification.
+
+2008-06-15  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/base/ftcalc.c (FT_MulFix) : Protect registers correctly
+	from clobbering.  Patch from Savannah bug report #23556.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Document it.
+
+2008-06-10  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* autogen.sh: Add option `--install' to libtoolize.
+
+2008-06-10  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* Version 2.3.6 released.
+	=========================
+
+
+	Tag sources with `VER-2-3-6'.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES, docs/VERSION.DLL: Update documentation and bump
+	version number to 2.3.6.
+
+	* README, Jamfile (RefDoc), builds/win32/visualc/index.html,
+	builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsp,
+	builds/win32/visualc/freetype.vcproj,
+	builds/win32/visualce/index.html,
+	builds/win32/visualce/freetype.dsp,
+	builds/win32/visualce/freetype.vcproj: s/2.3.5/2.3.6/, s/235/236/.
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FREETYPE_PATCH): Set to 6.
+
+	* builds/unix/configure.raw (version_info): Set to 9:17:3.
+
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/psaux.h (T1_BuilderRec): Remove `scale_x'
+	and `scale_y'.
+	* src/cff/cffgload.h (CFF_Builder): Remove `scale_x' and `scale_y'.
+
+
+	* src/cff/cffparse.c: Include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H.
+	* src/cff/cffobjs.h: Include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_HINTS_H.
+
+2008-06-10  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (open_face): Check `clazz->init_face' and
+	`clazz->done_face'.
+
+2008-06-09  VaDiM  
+
+	Support debugging on WinCE.  From Savannah patch #6536; this fixes
+	bug #23497.
+
+	* builds/win32/ftdebug.c (OutputDebugStringEx): New function/macro
+	as a replacement for OutputDebugStringA (which WinCE doesn't have).
+	Update all callers.
+	(ft_debug_init) [_WIN32_CE]: WinCE apparently doesn't have
+	environment variables.
+
+2008-06-09  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* README.CVS: Updated.
+
+	* builds/unix/configure.raw, builds/unix/freetype-config.in: Updated
+	for newer versions of autoconf and friends.
+
+2008-06-08  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/type1/t1parse.h (T1_ParserRec): Make `base_len' and
+	`private_len' unsigned.
+
+	* src/type1/t1parse.c (read_pfb_tag): Make `asize' unsigned and read
+	it as such.
+	(T1_New_Parser, T1_Get_Private_Dict): Make `size' unsigned.
+
+
+	* src/base/ftstream.c (FT_Stream_Skip): Reject negative values.
+
+
+	* src/type1/t1load.c (parse_blend_design_positions): Check `n_axis'
+	for sane value.
+	Fix typo.
+
+
+	* src/psaux/psobjs.c (ps_table_add): Check `idx' correctly.
+
+
+	* src/truetype/ttinterp (Ins_SHC): Use BOUNDS() to check
+	`last_point'.
+
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttload.c (tt_face_load_max_profile): Limit
+	`maxTwilightPoints'.
+
+2008-06-06  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttinterp.c (Ins_IP): Handle case `org_dist == 0'
+	correctly.  This fixes glyphs `t' and `h' of Arial Narrow at 12ppem.
+
+2008-06-03  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/ftcache.h (FTC_FaceID): Change type back to
+	FT_Pointer.  Reported by Ian Britten .
+
+2008-06-02  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Emit header info for defined FreeType objects in reference.
+
+	* src/tools/docmaker/content.py (re_header_macro): New regexp.
+	(ContentProcessor::__init__): Initialize new dictionary `headers'.
+	(DocBlock::__init__): Collect macro header definitions.
+
+	* src/tools/docmaker/tohtml.py (header_location_header,
+	header_location_footer): New strings.
+	(HtmlFormatter::__init__): Pass `headers' dictionary.
+	(HtmlFormatter::print_html_field): Don't emit paragraph tags.
+	(HtmlFormatter::print_html_field_list): Emit empty paragraph.
+	(HtmlFormatter::block_enter): Emit header info.
+
+2008-06-01  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftheader.h (FT_UNPATENTED_HINTING_H,
+	FT_INCREMENTAL_H): Added.
+
+2008-05-28  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/tools/docmaker/sources.py (SourceBlock::__init__): While
+	looking for markup tags, return immediately as soon a single one is
+	found.
+
+2008-05-28  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttinterp.c (Ins_MD): The MD instruction also uses
+	original, unscaled input values.  Confirmed by Greg Hitchcock from
+	Microsoft.
+
+2008-05-27  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/tools/docmaker/tohtml.py (block_footer_start,
+	block_footer_middle): Beautify output.
+
+2008-05-25  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/raster/ftraster.c (fc_black_render): Return 0 when we are
+	trying to render into a zero-width/height bitmap, not an error code.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (load_truetype_glyph): Move initialization
+	of the graphics state for subglyphs to...
+	(TT_Hint_Glyph): This function.
+	Hinting instructions for a composite glyph apparently refer to the
+	just hinted subglyphs, not the unhinted, unscaled outline.  This
+	seems to fix Savannah bugs #20973 and (at least partially) #23310.
+
+2008-05-20  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* src/base/ftmac.c (FT_New_Face_From_Suitcase): Check if valid
+	`aface' is returned by FT_New_Face_From_FOND().  The patch was
+	proposed by an anonymous reporter of Savannah bug #23204.
+
+2008-05-18  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/pshinter/pshalgo.c (ps_hints_apply): Reset scale values after
+	correction for pixel boundary.  Without this patch, the effect can
+	be cumulative under certain circumstances, making glyphs taller and
+	taller after each call.  This fixes Savannah bug #19976.
+
+2008-05-18  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/base/ftdebug.c (FT_Message, FT_Panic): Send output to stderr.
+	This fixes Savannah bug #23280.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Updated.
+
+2008-05-18  David Turner  
+
+	* src/psnames/psmodule.c (ft_wgl_extra_unicodes,
+	ft_wgl_extra_glyph_names, ft_wgl_extra_glyph_name_offsets,
+	ps_check_wgl_name, ps_check_wgl_unicode): Use `static' to make
+	declarations non-global.
+
+	* src/type1/t1load.c: Add missing comment.
+
+2008-05-17  Sam Hocevar  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (TT_Load_Simple_Glyph): Handle zero-contour
+	glyphs correctly.  Patch from Savannah bug #23277.
+
+2008-05-16  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Updated.
+
+2008-05-16  Sergey Tolstov  
+
+	Improve support for WGL4 encoded fonts.
+
+	* src/psnames/psmodule.c (WGL_EXTRA_LIST_SIZE): New macro.
+	(ft_wgl_extra_unicodes, ft_wgl_extra_glyph_names,
+	ft_wgl_extra_glyph_name_offsets): New arrays.
+	(ps_check_wgl_name, ps_check_wgl_unicode): New functions.
+	(ps_unicodes_init): Use them to add additional Unicode mappings.
+
+2008-05-15  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/psaux/t1decode.c (t1_decoder_parse_charstrings)
+	: `closepath' without a path is a no-op, not an error
+	(cf. the PS reference manual).
+
+	Reported by Martin McBride.
+
+2008-05-15  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/toplevel.mk (CONFIG_GUESS, CONFIG_SUB): Updated.
+
+2008-05-15  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/type1/t1load.c (parse_subrs): Accept fonts with a subrs array
+	which contains a single but empty entry.  This is technically
+	invalid (since it must end with `return'), but...
+
+	Reported by Martin McBride.
+
+2008-05-14  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Finish fix of scaling bug of CID-keyed CFF subfonts.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftcalc.h, src/base/ftcalc.c
+	(FT_Matrix_Multiply_Scaled, FT_Vector_Transform_Scaled): New
+	functions.
+
+	* src/cff/cffobjs.h (CFF_Internal): New struct.  It is used to
+	provide global hinting data for both the top-font and all subfonts
+	(with proper scaling).
+
+	* src/cff/cffobjs.c (cff_make_private_dict): New function, using
+	code from `cff_size_init'.
+	(cff_size_init, cff_size_done, cff_size_select, cff_size_request):
+	Use CFF_Internal and handle subfonts.
+	(cff_face_init): Handle top-dict and subfont matrices correctly;
+	apply some heuristic in case of unlikely matrix concatenation
+	results.  This has been discussed with people from Adobe (thanks
+	goes mainly to David Lemon) who confirm that the CFF specs are fuzzy
+	and not correct.
+
+	* src/cff/cffgload.h (cff_decoder_prepare): Add `size' argument.
+
+	* src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_builder_init): Updated.
+	(cff_decoder_prepare): Handle hints globals for subfonts.
+	Update all callers.
+	(cff_slot_load): Handling scaling of subfonts properly.
+
+	* src/cff/cffparse.c (cff_parse_fixed_dynamic): New function.
+	(cff_parse_font_matrix): Use it.
+
+	* src/cff/cfftypes.h (CFF_FontDictRec): Make `units_per_em'
+	FT_ULong.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Document it.
+
+2008-05-13  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/winfonts/winfnt.c (fnt_face_get_dll_font, FNT_Face_Init):
+	Handle case `face_index < 0'.
+	* docs/CHANGES: Document it.
+
+2008-05-04  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	First steps to fix the scaling bug of CID-keyed CFF subfonts,
+	reported by Ding Li on 2008/03/28 on freetype-devel.
+
+	* src/base/cff/cffparse.c (power_tens): New array.
+	(cff_parse_real): Rewritten to introduce a fourth parameter which
+	returns the `scaling' of the real number so that we have no
+	precision loss.  This is not used yet.
+	Update all callers.
+	(cff_parse_fixed_thousand): Replace with...
+	(cff_parse_fixed_scaled): This function.  Update all callers.
+
+2008-05-03  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Load_Glyph): Call the auto-hinter without
+	transformation since it recursively calls FT_Load_Glyph.  This fixes
+	Savannah bug #23143.
+
+2008-04-26  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/psaux.h (T1_BuilderRec): Mark `scale_x'
+	and `scale_y' as obsolete since they aren't used.
+	* src/psaux/psobjs.c (t1_builder_init): Updated.
+
+	* src/cff/cffgload.h (CFF_Builder): Mark `scale_x' and `scale_y' as
+	obsolete since they aren't used.
+	* src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_builder_init): Updated.
+
+2008-04-14  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/pcf/pcfdrivr.c (PCF_Face_Init): Protect call to
+	`FT_Stream_OpenLZW' with `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_LZ'.  From Savannah
+	bug #22909.
+
+2008-04-13  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/psaux/psconv.c (PS_Conv_ToFixed): Increase precision if
+	integer part is zero.
+
+2008-04-01  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Fix compilation with g++ 4.1 (with both `single' and `multi'
+	targets).
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Open_Face): Don't define a variable in block
+	which is crossed by a `goto'.
+
+	* src/otvalid/otvalid.h (otv_MATH_validate): Add prototype.
+
+2008-03-31  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Fix support for subsetted CID-keyed CFFs.
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED,
+	FT_IS_CID_KEYED): New macros.
+
+	* src/cff/cffobjs.c (cff_face_init): Set number of glyphs to the
+	maximum CID value in CID-keyed CFFs.
+	Handle FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED flag.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Document it.
+
+
+	Fix CFF font matrix calculation and improve precision.
+
+	* src/cff/cffparse.c (cff_parse_real): Increase precision if integer
+	part is zero.
+	(cff_parse_font_matrix): Simplify computation of `units_per_em';
+	this prevents overflow also.
+
+
+	Support FT_Get_CID_Registry_Ordering_Supplement for PS CID fonts.
+
+	* src/cid/cidriver.c: Include FT_SERVICE_CID_H.
+	(cid_get_ros): New function.
+	(cid_service_cid_info): New service structure.
+	(cid_services): Register it.
+
+2008-03-23  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Adjustments for Visual C++ 8.0, as reported by Rainer Deyke.
+
+	* builds/compiler/visualc.mk (CFLAGS): Remove /W5.
+	(ANSIFLAGS): Add _CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE.
+
+2008-03-21  Laurence Darby  
+
+	* src/type1/t1objs.c (T1_Face_Init): Use `/Weight'.  Patch from
+	Savannah bug #22675.
+
+2008-03-13  Derek Clegg  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgxvar.c (TT_Get_MM_Var): Fix named style loop.
+	Patch from Savannah bug #22541.
+
+2008-03-03  Masatoshi Kimura  
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttcmap.c (tt_cmap14_char_map_nondef_binary,
+	tt_cmap14_find_variant): Return correct value.
+	(tt_cmap14_variant_chars): Fix check for `di'.
+
+2008-02-29  Wermer Lemberg  
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Updated.
+
+2008-02-29  Wolf
+
+	Add build support for symbian platform.  From Savannah bug #22440.
+
+	* builds/symbian/*: New files.
+
+2008-02-21  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* src/base/ftmac.c (parse_fond): Fix a bug of PostScript font name
+	synthesis.  For any face of a specified FOND, always the name for
+	the first face was used.  Except of a FOND that refers multiple
+	Type1 font files, wrong synthesized font names are not used at all,
+	so this is an invisible bug.  A few limit checks are added too.
+
+	* builds/mac/ftmac.c: Ditto.
+
+2008-02-21  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* builds/unix/configure.raw: Split compiler option to link Carbon
+	frameworks to one option for CoreServices framework and another
+	option for ApplicationServices framework.  The split options can be
+	managed by GNU libtool to avoid unrequired duplication when FreeType
+	is linked with other applications.  Suggested by Daniel Macks,
+	Savannah bug #22366.
+
+2008-02-18  Victor Stinner  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttinterp.c (Ins_IUP): Check number of points.  Fix
+	from Savannah bug #22356.
+
+2008-02-17  Jonathan Blow  
+
+	* src/autofit/afloader.c (af_loader_load_g, af_loader_load_glyph):
+	Check for valid callback pointers.
+
+2008-02-15  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* src/base/ftmac.c (FT_New_Face_From_SFNT): Check the sfnt resource
+	handle by its value instead of ResError(), fix provided by Deron
+	Kazmaier.  According to the Resource Manager Reference,
+	GetResource(), Get1Resource(), GetNamedResource(),
+	Get1NamedResource() and RGetResource() set noErr but return NULL
+	handle when they can not find the requested resource.  These
+	functions never return undefined values, so it is sufficient to
+	check if the handle is not NULL.
+
+	* builds/mac/ftmac.c (FT_New_Face_From_SFNT): Ditto.
+
+2008-02-14  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* src/base/ftbase.c:  is replaced by "ftmac.c" as other
+	inclusion styles.  Now it always includes src/base/ftmac.c;
+	builds/mac/ftmac.c is never included in any configuration.
+
+	* builds/unix/configure.raw: Print warning if configure is executed
+	with options to specify Carbon functionalities explicitly.
+
+	* docs/INSTALL.MAC: Note that legacy builds/mac/ftmac.c is not
+	included automatically and manual replacement is required.
+
+2008-02-11  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/modules.mk (CLOSE_MODULE, REMOVE_MODULE), builds/detect.mk
+	(dos_setup), builds/freetype.mk (clean_project_dos,
+	distclean_project_dos): Don't use \ but $(SEP).  Reported by Duncan
+	Murdoch.
+
+2008-01-18  Sylvain Pasche  
+
+	* src/base/ftlcdfil.c (_ft_lcd_filter_legacy): Updated comment to
+	mention intra-pixel algorithm.
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_Render_Mode): Mention that
+	FT_Library_SetLcdFilter can be used to reduce fringes.
+
+2008-01-16  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/raster/ftraster.c (ft_black_render): Check `outline' before
+	using it.  Reported by Allan Yang.
+
+2008-01-12  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/raster/ftraster.c (FT_CONFIG_OPTION_5_GRAY_LEVELS): Remove.
+
+2008-01-12  Allan Yang, Jian Hua - SH  
+
+	* src/raster/ftraster.c (ft_black_init)
+	[FT_RASTER_OPTION_ANTI_ALIASING]: Fix compilation.
+
+2008-01-10  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (load_truetype_glyph): Handle the case
+	where the number of contours in a simple glyph is zero (and which
+	does contain an entry in the `glyf' table).  This fixes Savannah bug
+	#21990.
+
+2008-01-04  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	Formatting suggested by Sean McBride.
+
+	* builds/mac/ftmac.c: Formatting (tab expanded).
+	* src/autofit/afindic.c: Ditto.
+	* src/base/ftcid.c: Ditto.
+	* src/base/ftmac.c: Ditto.
+
+2007-12-30  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/smooth/ftgrays.c (gray_raster_render): Check `outline'
+	correctly.
+
+2007-12-21  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	Improvement of POSIX resource-fork accessor to load unsorted
+	references in a resource.  In HelveLTMM (resource-fork PostScript
+	Type1 font bundled with Mac OS X since 10.3.x), the appearance order
+	of PFB chunks is not sorted; sorting the chunks by reference IDs is
+	required.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftrfork.h (FT_RFork_Ref): New structure
+	type to store a pair of reference ID and offset to the chunk.
+
+	* src/base/ftrfork.c (ft_raccess_sort_ref_by_id): New function to
+	sort FT_RFork_Ref by their reference IDs.
+
+	(FT_Raccess_Get_DataOffsets): Returns an array of offsets that is
+	sorted by reference ID.
+
+2007-12-14  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/cff/cffparse.c (cff_parse_real): Don't apply `power_ten'
+	division too early; otherwise the most significant digit(s) of the
+	final result are lost as the value is truncated to an integer.  This
+	fixes Savannah bug #21794 (where the patch has been posted too).
+
+2007-12-06  Fix  <4d876b82@gmail.com>
+
+	Pass options from one configure script to another as-is (not
+	expanded).  This is needed for options like
+	--includedir='${prefix}/include'.
+
+	* builds/unix/detect.mk, configure: Prevent argument expansion in
+	call to the (real) `configure' script.
+
+2007-12-06  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (load_truetype_glyph): Fix compilation if
+	TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER isn't defined.
+
+2007-12-06  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	There exist CFFs which contain opcodes for the Type 1 operators
+	`hsbw' and `closepath' which are both invalid in Type 2 charstrings.
+	However, it doesn't harm to support them.
+
+	* src/cff/cffgload.c (CFF_Operator): Add `cff_op_hsbw' and
+	`cff_op_closepath.'
+	(cff_argument_counts): Ditto.
+
+	(cff_decoder_parse_charstrings): Handle Type 1 opcodes 9 (closepath)
+	and 13 (hsbw) which are invalid in Type 2 charstrings.
+
+2007-12-06  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* src/base/ftrfork.c (raccess_guess_darwin_newvfs): New function to
+	support new pathname syntax `..namedfork/rsrc' to access a resource
+	fork on Mac OS X.  The legacy syntax `/rsrc' does not work on
+	case-sensitive HFS+.
+	(raccess_guess_darwin_hfsplus): Fix a bug in the calculation of
+	buffer size to store a pathname.
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftrfork.h: Increment the number of
+	resource fork guessing rule.
+
+2007-12-06  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* builds/unix/configure.raw: Improve the compile tests to search
+	Carbon functions.
+	* builds/mac/ftmac.c: Import fixes for Carbon incompatibilities
+	proposed by Sean McBride from src/base/ftmac.c (see 2007-11-16).
+
+2007-12-06  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	The documents and comments for Mac OS X are improved by Sean
+	McBride.
+
+	* src/base/ftmac.c: Fix a comment.
+	* include/freetype/ftmac.h: Ditto.
+	* docs/INSTALL.MAC: Improve English and add comment on lowest
+	system version specified by MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET.
+
+2007-12-04  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/cff/cffload.c (cff_subfont_load): Don't use logical OR to
+	concatenate error codes.
+	* src/sfnt/ttsbit.c (Load_SBit_Range): Ditto.
+
+2007-12-04  Graham Asher  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttobjs.c (tt_face_init): Don't use logical OR to
+	concatenate error codes.
+
+2007-12-04  Sean McBride  
+
+	* src/pfr/pfrgload.c (pfr_glyph_load_compound): Remove compiler
+	warning.
+
+2007-11-20  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	Fix MacOS legacy font support by Masatake Yamato on Mac OS X.  It is
+	not working since 2.3.5.  In FT_Open_New(), if FT_New_Stream()
+	cannot mmap() the specified file and cannot seek to head of the
+	specified file, it returns NULL stream and FT_Open_New() returns the
+	error immediately.  On MacOS, most legacy MacOS fonts fall into such
+	a scenario because their data forks are zero-sized and cannot be
+	sought.  To proceed to guessing of resource fork fonts, the
+	functions for legacy MacOS font must properly handle the NULL stream
+	returned by FT_New_Stream().
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (IsMacBinary): Return error
+	FT_Err_Invalid_Stream_Operation immediately when NULL stream is
+	passed.
+	(FT_Open_Face): Even when FT_New_Stream() returns an error, proceed
+	to fallback.  Originally, legacy MacOS font is tested in the cases
+	of FT_Err_Invalid_Stream_Operation (occurs when data fork is empty)
+	or FT_Err_Unknown_File_Format (occurs when AppleSingle header or
+	.dfont header is combined).  Now the case of
+	FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Stream is included.
+
+	* src/base/ftrfork.c (FT_Raccess_Guess): When passed stream is NULL,
+	skip FT_Stream_Seek(), which seeks to the head of stream, and
+	proceed to unit testing of raccess_guess_XXX().  FT_Stream_Seek()
+	for a NULL stream causes a Bus error on Mac OS X.
+	(raccess_guess_apple_double): Return FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Stream
+	immediately if passed stream is NULL.
+	(raccess_guess_apple_single): Ditto.
+
+2007-11-16  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	Fix for Carbon incompatibilities since Mac OS X 10.5,
+	proposed by Sean McBride.
+
+	* doc/INSTALL.MAC: Comment on MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET.
+
+	* include/freetype/ftmac.h: Deprecate FT_New_Face_From_FOND and
+	FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name.  Since Mac OS X 10.5, calling
+	Carbon functions from a forked process is classified as unsafe
+	by Apple.  All Carbon-dependent functions should be deprecated.
+
+	* src/base/ftmac.c: Use essential header files
+	 and
+	 instead of
+	all-in-one header file .
+
+	Include  and replace HFS_MAXPATHLEN by Apple
+	genuine macro PATH_MAX.
+
+	Add fallback macro for kATSOptionFlagsUnRestrictedScope which
+	is not found in Mac OS X 10.0.
+
+	Multi-character constants ('POST', 'sfnt' etc) are replaced by
+	64bit constants calculated by FT_MAKE_TAG() macro.
+
+	For the index in the segment of resource fork, new portable
+	type ResourceIndex is introduced for better compatibility.
+	This type is since Mac OS X 10.5, so it is defined as short
+	when built on older platforms.
+
+	(FT_ATSFontGetFileReference): If build target is only the systems
+	10.5 and newer, it calls Apple genuine ATSFontGetFileReference().
+
+	(FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name): Return an error if system is 10.5
+	and newer or 64bit platform, because legacy type FSSpec type is
+	removed completely.
+
+	(FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec): Ditto.
+
+2007-11-01  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (sfnt_done_face): Check `sfnt' everywhere.  This
+	fixes Savannah bug #21485.
+
+2007-10-29  Daniel Svoboda  
+
+	* src/winfonts/winfnt.c (FNT_Face_Init): Check first that the driver
+	can handle the font at all, then check `face_index'.  Otherwise, the
+	driver might return the wrong error code.  This fixes Savannah bug
+	#21468.
+
+2007-10-21  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (sfnt_load_face): Support bit 9 and prepare
+	support for bit 8 of the `fsSelection' field in the `OS/2' table.
+	MS is already using this; hopefully, this becomes part of OpenType
+	1.5.
+	Prepare also support for `name' IDs 21 (WWS_FAMILY) and 22
+	(WWS_SUBFAMILY).
+
+2007-10-20  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/tools/docmaker/tohtml.py (html_header_2): Fix typo.
+	Add `td.left' element to CSS.
+	(toc_section_enter): Use it.
+
+2007-10-18  David Turner  
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h, src/base/ftobjs.c: Rename API
+	functions related to cmap type 14 support to the
+	`FT_Object_ActionName' scheme:
+
+	  FT_Get_Char_Variant_index     -> FT_Face_GetCharVariantIndex
+	  FT_Get_Char_Variant_IsDefault -> FT_Face_GetCharVariantIsDefault
+	  FT_Get_Variant_Selectors      -> FT_Face_GetVariantSelectors
+	  FT_Get_Variants_Of_Char       -> FT_Face_GetVariantsOfChar
+	  FT_Get_Chars_Of_Variant       -> FT_Face_GetCharsOfVariant
+
+	Update documentation accordingly.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttcmap.c: Stronger cmap 14 validation.
+	Make the code a little more consistent with FreeType coding
+	conventions and modify the cmap14 functions that returned a newly
+	allocated array to use a persistent vector from the TT_CMap14 object
+	instead.
+
+	(TT_CMap14Rec): Provide array and auxiliary data for result.
+	(tt_cmap14_done, tt_cmap14_ensure): New functions.
+
+	(tt_cmap14_init, tt_cmap14_validate, tt_cmap14_char_map_def_binary,
+	tt_cmap14_char_map_nondef_binary, tt_cmap14_find_variant,
+	tt_cmap14_char_var_index, tt_cmap14_variants,
+	tt_cmap14_char_variants, tt_cmap14_def_char_count,
+	tt_cmap14_get_def_chars, tt_cmap14_get_nondef_chars,
+	tt_cmap14_variant_chars, tt_cmap14_class_rec): Updated and improved.
+
+2007-10-15  George Williams  
+
+	Add support for cmap type 14.
+
+	* devel/ftoption.h, include/freetype/config/ftoption.h
+	(TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_14): New macro.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h (FT_CMap_CharVarIndexFunc,
+	FT_CMap_CharVarIsDefaultFunc, FT_CMap_VariantListFunc,
+	FT_CMap_CharVariantListFunc, FT_CMap_VariantCharListFunc): New
+	support function prototypes.
+	(FT_CMap_ClassRec): Add them.
+	Update all users.
+
+	* include/freetype/ttnameid.h (TT_APPLE_ID_VARIANT_SELECTOR): New
+	macro.
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_Get_Char_Variant_Index,
+	FT_Get_Char_Variant_IsDefault, FT_Get_Variant_Selectors,
+	FT_Get_Variants_Of_Char, FT_Get_Chars_Of_Variant): New API
+	functions.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (find_variant_selector_charmap): New auxiliary
+	function.
+	(FT_Set_Charmap): Disallow cmaps of type 14.
+	(FT_Get_Char_Variant_Index, FT_Get_Char_Variant_IsDefault,
+	FT_Get_Variant_Selectors, FT_Get_Variants_Of_Char,
+	FT_Get_Chars_Of_Variant): New API functions.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttcmap.c (TT_PEEK_UINT24, TT_NEXT_UINT24): New macros.
+
+	(TT_CMap14Rec, tt_cmap14_init, tt_cmap14_validate,
+	tt_cmap14_char_index, tt_cmap14_char_next, tt_cmap14_get_info,
+	tt_cmap14_char_map_def_binary, tt_cmap14_char_map_nondef_binary,
+	tt_cmap14_find_variant, tt_cmap14_char_var_index,
+	tt_cmap14_char_var_isdefault, tt_cmap14_variants,
+	tt_cmap14_char_variants, tt_cmap14_def_char_count,
+	tt_cmap14_get_def_chars, tt_cmap14_get_nondef_chars,
+	tt_cmap14_variant_chars, tt_cmap14_class_rec): New functions and
+	structures for cmap 14 support.
+	(tt_cmap_classes): Register tt_cmap14_class_rec.
+	(tt_face_build_cmaps): One more error message.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Mention cmap 14 support.
+
+2007-10-01  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (find_unicode_charmap): If search for a UCS-4
+	charmap fails, do the loop again while searching a UCS-2 charmap.
+	This favours MS charmaps over Apple ones.
+
+2007-08-29  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* src/base/ftmac.c: Introduction of abstract `short' data types,
+	ResFileRefNum and ResID.  These types were introduced for Copland,
+	then backported to MPW.  The variables exchanged with FileManager
+	QuickDraw frameworks are redefined by these data types.  Patch was
+	proposed by Sean McBride.
+	* builds/mac/ftmac.c: Ditto.
+
+2007-08-18  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/otvalid/otvcmmn.c (otv_x_y_ux_sy): Skip context glyphs.  Found
+	by Imran Yousaf.  Fixes Savannah bug #20773.
+
+	(otv_Lookup_validate): Correct handling of LookupType.  Found by
+	Imran Yousaf.  Fixes Savannah bug #20782.
+
+2007-08-17  George Williams  
+
+	* src/otvalid/otvgsub.c (otv_SingleSubst_validate): Fix handling of
+	SingleSubstFormat1.
+
+2007-08-11  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* builds/unix/configure.raw: Fix a bug which sets CC_BUILD by
+	${build-gcc} (unchecked) instead of by ${build}-gcc (checked).
+	Found by Ryan Hill.
+
+2007-08-11  George Williams  
+
+	* src/otvalid/otvcommn.c, src/otvalid/otvcommn.h
+	(otv_Coverage_validate): Add fourth argument to pass an expected
+	count value.  Update all users.
+	Check glyph IDs.
+	(otv_ClassDef_validate): Check `StartGlyph'.
+
+	* src/otvalid/otvgsub.c (otv_SingleSubst_validate): More glyph ID
+	checks.
+
+	* src/otvalid/otvmath.c (otv_MathConstants_validate): There are only
+	56 constants.
+	(otv_GlyphAssembly_validate, otv_MathGlyphConstruction_validate):
+	Check glyph IDs.
+
+2007-08-08  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/otvalid/otvbase.c, src/otvalid/otvcommn.c,
+	src/otvalid/otvgdef.c, src/otvalid/otvgpos.c, src/otvalid/otvgsub.c,
+	src/otvalid/otvjstf.c: s/FT_INVALID_DATA/FT_INVALID_FORMAT/ where
+	appropriate.  Reported by George.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/fttrace.h: Define `trace_otvmath'.
+
+	* src/otvalid/rules.mk (OTV_DRV_SRC): Add otvmath.c.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Updated.
+
+2007-08-08  George Williams  
+
+	Add `MATH' validating support to otvalid module.
+
+	* include/freetype/tttags.h (TTAG_MATH): New macro.
+	* include/freetype/ftotval.h (FT_VALIDATE_MATH): New macro.
+	(FT_VALIDATE_OT): Updated.
+
+	* src/otvalid/otmath.c: New file.
+
+	* src/otvalid/otvalid.c: Include otvmath.c.
+	* src/otvalid/otvmod.c (otv_validate): Handle `MATH' table.
+
+2007-08-04  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/unix/configure.raw: Add call to AC_LIBTOOL_WIN32_DLL.
+	Fixes Savannah bug #20686.
+
+2007-08-03  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/psnames/psmodule.c: Fix usage of
+	FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES macro.  Reported by Graham Asher.
+
+2007-07-31  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* src/base/ftmac.c (open_face_from_buffer): The argument
+	`driver_name' is typed as `const char*' to match with the
+	callers in FT_New_Face_From_LWFN and FT_New_Face_From_SFNT.
+	This is same with open_face_from_buffer in src/base/ftobjs.c.
+	Found and fixed by Sean McBride.
+
+2007-07-28  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/raster/ftraster.c (count_table): Make it conditional.
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_New_Library): Check FT_RENDER_POOL_SIZE with
+	a preprocessor statement.
+
+2007-07-27  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/base/ftoutln.c (FT_Outline_Translate): Check `outline' before
+	first usage.  From Savannah patch #6115.
+
+2007-07-16  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Updated.
+
+2007-07-16  Derek Clegg  
+
+	Add new service for getting the ROS from a CID font.
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftheader.h (FT_CID_H): New macro.
+	* include/freetype/ftcid.h: New file.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftserv.h (FT_SERVIVE_CID_H): New macro.
+	* include/freetype/internal/services/svcid.h: New file.
+
+	* src/base/ftcid.c: New file.
+
+	* src/cff/cffdrivr.c: Include FT_SERVICE_CID_H.
+	(cff_get_ros): New function.
+	(cff_service_cid_info): New service structure.
+	(cff_services): Register it.
+
+	* src/cff/cffload.c (cff_font_done): Free registry and ordering.
+
+	* src/cff/cfftypes.h (CFF_FontRec): Add `registry' and `ordering'.
+
+	* modules.cfg (BASE_EXTENSIONS): Add ftcid.c.
+
+2007-07-11  Derek Clegg  
+
+	Add support for postscript name service to CFF driver.
+
+	* src/cff/cffdrivr.c: Include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_NAME_H.
+	(cff_get_ps_name): New function.
+	(cff_service_ps_name): New service structure.
+	(cff_services): Register it.
+
+2007-07-07  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/base/ftglyph.c (FT_Glyph_Copy): Fix initialization of
+	`target'.  Reported by Sean McBride.
+
+2007-07-06  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/pfr/pfrcmap.c: Include pfrerror.h.
+
+	* src/autofit/afindic.c: Add some external declarations to pacify
+	`make multi' compilation.
+
+	* src/cid/cidgload.c (cid_load_glyph): Pacify compiler.
+
+	* src/cff/cffdrivr.c (cff_ps_get_font_info), src/cff/cffobjs.c
+	(cff_strcpy), include/freetype/internal/ftmemory.h (FT_MEM_STRDUP),
+	src/autofit/aflatin.c (af_latin_hints_compute_edges),
+	src/autofit/afcjk.c (af_cjk_hints_compute_edges), src/sfnt/ttmtx.c
+	(tt_face_get_metrics), src/base/ftobjs.c (open_face)
+	[FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]: Fix compilation with C++ compiler.
+
+	* docs/release: Mention test compilation targets.
+
+2007-07-04  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* docs/PROBLEMS: Mention that some PS based fonts can't be
+	handled correctly by FreeType.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (load_truetype_glyph): Always allow a
+	recursion depth of 1.  This was the maximum value in TrueType 1.0,
+	and some older fonts don't set this field correctly.
+
+	* src/gxvalid/gxvmort1.c
+	(gxv_mort_subtable_type1_substTable_validate): Fix tracing message.
+
+2007-07-03  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/autofit/aflatin.c (af_latin_metrics_init_blues): Initialize
+	`round' to pacify compiler.
+
+2007-07-02  Werner Lemberg  
+
+
+	* Version 2.3.5 released.
+	=========================
+
+
+	Tag sources with `VER-2-3-5'.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES, docs/VERSION.DLL: Update documentation and bump
+	version number to 2.3.5.
+
+	* README, Jamfile (RefDoc), builds/win32/visualc/index.html,
+	builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsp,
+	builds/win32/visualc/freetype.vcproj,
+	builds/win32/visualce/index.html,
+	builds/win32/visualce/freetype.dsp,
+	builds/win32/visualce/freetype.vcproj: s/2.3.4/2.3.5/, s/234/235/.
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FREETYPE_PATCH): Set to 5.
+
+	* builds/unix/configure.raw (version_info): Set to 9:16:3.
+
+2007-07-01  David Turner  
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h, src/base/ftpatent.c
+	(FT_Face_SetUnpatentedHinting): New function to dynamically change
+	the setting after a face is created.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (TT_Load_Simple_Glyph): Fix a small bug
+	that created distortions in the bytecode interpreter results.
+
+2007-06-30  David Turner  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttinterp.c (Ins_IUP): Add missing variable
+	initialization.
+
+	* src/autofit/aflatin.c (af_latin_metric_init_blues): Get rid of an
+	infinite loop in the case of degenerate fonts.
+
+2007-06-26  Rahul Bhalerao  
+
+	Add autofit module for Indic scripts.  This currently just reuses
+	the CJK-specific functions.
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftoption.h (AF_CONFIG_OPTION_INDIC): New
+	macro.
+	* devel/ftoption.h: Synchronize with
+	include/freetype/config/ftoption.h.
+
+	* src/autofit/afindic.c, src/autofit/afindic.h: New files.
+
+	* src/autofit/afglobal.c, src/autofit/aftypes.h,
+	src/autofit/autofit.c: Updated.
+
+	* src/autofit/Jamfile (_sources), * src/autofit/rules.mk
+	(AUTOF_DRV_SRC): Updated.
+
+2007-06-23  David Turner  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (TT_Load_Simple): Fix change from
+	2007-06-16 that prevented the TrueType module from loading most
+	glyphs.
+
+2007-06-20  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_slot_load): Fix logic of 2007-05-28
+	change.
+
+2007-06-19  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/type1/t1load.c (parse_encoding): Handle one more error.
+
+2007-06-19  Dmitry Timoshkov  
+
+	* src/winfonts/winfnt.c (fnt_face_get_dll_font): Return error
+	FNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format if file format was recognized but
+	the file doesn't contain any FNT(NE) or RT_FONT(PE) resources.
+	Add verbose debug logs to make it easier to debug failing load
+	attempts.
+	(FNT_Face_Init): A single FNT font can't contain more than 1 face,
+	so return an error if requested face index is > 0.
+	Do not do further attempt to load fonts if a previous attempt has
+	failed but returned error FNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format, i.e., the
+	file format has been recognized but no fonts found in the file.
+
+2007-07-19  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* src/base/ftmac.c: Apply patches proposed by Sean McBride.
+	(FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name): Insert FT_UNUSED macros to fix
+	the compiler warnings against unused arguments.
+	(FT_ATSFontGetFileReference): Ditto.
+	(FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name): Ditto.
+	(FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec): Ditto.
+	(lookup_lwfn_by_fond): Fix wrong comment.
+	Replace `const StringPtr' by more appropriate type
+	`ConstStr255Param'.
+	FSRefMakePathPath always returns UTF8 POSIX pathname in
+	Mach-O, thus HFS pathname support is dropped.
+	(count_faces): Remove HLock and HUnlock which is not
+	required on Mac OS X anymore.
+	(FT_New_Face_From_SFNT): Ditto.
+	(FT_New_Face_From_FOND): Ditto.
+	* builds/mac/ftmac.c: Synchronize to src/base/ftmac.c,
+	except of HFS pathname support and HLock/HUnlock.
+	They are required on classic CFM environment.
+
+2007-06-18  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/psaux/psobjs.c (ps_parser_skip_PS_token): Remove incorrect
+	assertion.
+	(ps_parser_to_bytes): Fix error message.
+
+	* src/type42/t42objs.c (T42_Open_Face): Handle one more error.
+	* src/type42/t42parse.c (t42_parse_sfnts): s/alloc/allocated/.
+	Don't allow mixed binary and hex strings.
+	Handle string_size == 0 and string_buf == 0.
+	(t42_parse_encoding): Handle one more error.
+
+2007-06-18  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/psaux/psobjs.c (ps_tofixedarray, ps_tocoordarray): Fix exit
+	logic.
+	(ps_parser_load_field) : Skip delimiters
+	correctly.
+	(ps_parser_load_field_table): Use `fields->array_max' instead of
+	T1_MAX_TABLE_ELEMENTS to limit the number of arguments.
+
+	* src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_decoder_prepare): Fix change from
+	2007-06-06.
+
+2007-06-17  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/tools/ftrandom.c (font_size): New global variable.
+	(TestFace): Use it.
+	(main): Handle new option `--size' to set `font_size'.
+	(Usage): Updated.
+
+	* src/winfonts/winfnt.c (fnt_face_get_dll_font): Exit in case of
+	invalid font.
+	(FNT_Load_Glyph): Protect against invalid bitmap width.
+
+2007-06-16  David Turner  
+
+	* src/smooth/ftgrays.c (gray_find_cell, gray_set_cell, gray_hline):
+	Prevent integer overflows when rendering very large outlines.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (TT_Load_Simple_Glyph): Check the
+	well-formedness of the contours array when loading a glyph.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttinterp.c (TT_Load_Context): Initialize `zp0', `zp1',
+	and `zp2'.
+	(Ins_IP): Check argument ranges to reject bogus operations properly.
+	(IUP_WorkerRec): Add `max_points' member.
+	(_iup_worker_interpolate): Check argument ranges.
+	(Ins_IUP): Ignore empty outlines.
+
+2007-06-16  Dmitry Timoshkov  
+
+	* src/winfonts/winfnt.h: Add necessary structures for PE resource
+	parsing.
+	(WinPE32_HeaderRec): New structure.
+	(WinPE32_SectionRec): New structure.
+	(WinPE_RsrcDirRec): New structure.
+	(WinPE_RsrcDirEntryRec): New structure.
+	(WinPE_RsrcDataEntryRec): New structure.
+	(FNT_FontRec): Remove unused `size_shift' field.
+
+	* src/winfonts/winfnt.c (fnt_face_get_dll_font): Add support for
+	loading bitmap .fon files in PE format.
+
+2007-06-15  Dmitry Timoshkov  
+
+	* builds/win32/ftdebug.c: Unify debug level handling with other
+	platforms.
+
+2007-06-14  Dmitry Timoshkov  
+
+	* builds/win32/ftdebug.c (FT_Message): Send debug output to the
+	console as well as to the debugger.
+
+2007-06-14  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/autofit/aflatin.c (af_latin_uniranges): Expand structure to
+	cover all ranges which could possibly be handled by the aflatin
+	module (since the default fallback for unknown ranges is now the
+	afcjk module).  It might be necessary to fine-tune this further by
+	splitting off modules for Greek, Cyrillic, or other blocks.
+
+2007-06-11  David Turner  
+
+	* src/autofit/aflatin.c (af_latin_hints_link_segments): Fix
+	incorrect segment linking computation.  This was the root cause of
+	Savannah bug #19565.
+
+
+	* src/autofit/* [FT_OPTION_AUTOFIT2]: Some very experimental changes
+	to improve the Latin auto-hinter.  Note that the new code is
+	disabled by default since it is not stabilized yet.
+
+	* src/autofit/aflatin2.c, src/autofit/aflatin2.h: New files
+	(disabled currently).
+
+	* src/autofit/afhints.c: Remove dead code.
+	(af_axis_hints_new_edge): Add argument to handle segment directions.
+	(af_edge_flags_to_string): New function.
+	(af_glyph_hints_dump_segments, af_glyph_hints_dump_edges): Handle
+	option flags.
+	(af_glyph_hints_reload): Add argument to handle inflections.
+	Simplify.
+	(af_direction_compute): Fine tuning.
+	(af_glyph_hints_align_edge_points): Fix logic.
+	(af_glyph_hints_align_strong_points): Do linear search for small
+	edge counts.
+	(af_glyph_hints_align_weak_points): Skip any touched neighbors.
+	(af_iup_shift): Handle zero `delta'.
+
+	* src/autofit/afhints.h: Updated.
+	(AF_SORT_SEGMENTS): New macro (disabled).
+	(AF_AxisHintsRec) [AF_SORT_SEGMENTS]: New member `mid_segments'.
+
+	* src/autofit/afglobal.c (af_face_globals_get_metrics): Add
+	argument to pass option flags for handling scripts.
+	* src/autofit/afglobal.h: Updated.
+
+	* src/autofit/afcjk.c: Updated.
+	* src/autofit/aflatin.c: Updated.
+	(af_latin_metrics_scale_dim): Don't reduce scale by 2%.
+
+	(af_latin_hints_compute_segments) [AF_HINT_METRICS]: Remove dead code.
+	(af_latin_hints_compute_edges) [AF_HINT_METRICS]: Remove dead code.
+	Don't set `edge->dir'
+	(af_latin_hint_edges): Add more logging.
+
+	* src/autofit/afloader.c: Updated.
+
+2007-06-11  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Document FT_Face_CheckTrueTypePatents.
+
+2007-06-10  David Turner  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (TT_Load_Simple_Glyph): Slight speed-up to
+	the TrueType glyph loader.
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftoption.h: Clarify documentation
+	regarding unpatented hinting.
+
+
+	Add new `FT_Face_CheckTrueTypePatents' API.
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_Face_CheckTrueTypePatents): New
+	declaration.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/services/svttglyf.h,
+	src/base/ftpatent.c: New files.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftserv.h (FT_SERVICE_TRUETYPE_GLYF_H):
+	New macro.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttdriver.c: Include FT_SERVICE_TRUETYPE_GLYF_H and
+	`ttpload.h'.
+	(tt_service_truetype_glyf): New service structure.
+	(tt_services): Register it.
+
+	* modules.cfg (BASE_EXTENSIONS), src/base/Jamfile (_sources): Add
+	`ftpatent.c'.
+
+2007-06-08  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (sfnt_load_face): Undo change from 2007-04-28.
+	Fonts without a cmap must be handled correctly by FreeType (anything
+	else would be a bug).
+
+
+	* src/psaux/t1decode.c (t1_decoder_parse_charstrings)
+	[FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE]: Improve tracing message.
+
+2007-06-07  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttsbit0.c (tt_sbit_decoder_init,
+	tt_sbit_decoder_load_image): Protect against integer overflows.
+
+
+	* src/pfr/pfrgload.c (pfr_glyph_load_simple): More bounding checks
+	for `x_control' and `y_control'.
+
+2007-06-06  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/base/ftoutln.c (FT_Outline_Decompose): Check `last'.
+
+
+	* src/pfr/pfrcmap.c (pfr_cmap_init): Convert assertion into normal
+	FreeType error.
+
+
+	* src/winfonts/winfnt.c (fnt_face_get_dll_font): Do a rough check of
+	`font_count'.
+
+
+	* src/type1/t1load.c (parse_font_matrix): Check `temp_scale'.
+
+
+	* src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_decoder_prepare): Change return type to
+	`FT_Error'.
+	Check `fd_index'.
+	(cff_slot_load): Updated.
+	* src/cff/cffgload.h: Updated.
+
+2007-06-05  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/pfr/pfrgload.c (pfr_glyph_done): Comment out unused code.
+	(pfr_glyph_load_simple): Convert assertion into normal FreeType
+	error.
+	Check `idx'.
+	(pfr_glyph_load_compound, pfr_glyph_curve_to, pfr_glyph_line_to):
+	Convert assertion into normal FreeType error.
+
+	* src/pfr/pfrtypes.h (PFR_GlyphRec): Comment out unused code.
+
+
+	* src/winfonts/winfnt.c (FNT_Face_Init): Check `family_size'.
+
+
+	* src/psaux/psobjs.c (ps_tocoordarray, ps_tofixedarray): Return -1
+	in case of parsing error.
+	(ps_parser_load_field): Updated.
+
+	* src/type1/t1load.c (parse_font_matrix): Updated.
+
+2007-06-04  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/cid/cidgload.c (cid_load_glyph): Check `fd_select'.
+
+	* src/tools/ftrandom/Makefile: Depend on `libfreetype.a'.
+
+2007-06-03  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/tools/ftrandom/*: Add the `ftrandom' test program written by
+	George Williams (with some modifications).
+
+2007-06-03  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (destroy_charmaps), src/type1/t1objs.c
+	(T1_Face_Done), src/winfonts/winfnt.c (FNT_Face_Done): Check for
+	face == NULL.  Suggested by Graham Asher.
+
+2007-06-03  Ismail Dönmez  
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Request_Metrics): Fix compiler warning.
+
+2007-06-02  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/fterrdef.h (FT_Err_Corrupted_Font_Header,
+	FT_Err_Corrupted_Font_Glyphs): New error codes for BDF files.
+
+	* src/bdf/bdflib.c (bdf_load_font): Use them.
+
+	* src/bdf/bdflib.c (_bdf_parse_start): Check `FONT' better.
+
+2007-06-01  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Request_Metrics), src/cache/ftccmap.c
+	(FTC_CMapCache_Lookup): Remove unused code.
+
+2007-06-01  Sean McBride  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttinterp.c (Null_Vector, NULL_Vector): Removed,
+	unused.
+
+2007-06-01  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/cid/cidparse.c (cid_parser_new): Don't continue second search
+	pass for `StartData' if an error has occurred.
+	Exit properly if no `StartData' has been seen at all.
+
+	* builds/unix/ftsystem.c (FT_Stream_Open): Don't use ULONG_MAX but
+	LONG_MAX to avoid compiler warning.  Suggested by Sean McBride.
+
+2007-05-30  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/type1/t1load.c (parse_subrs, parse_charstrings): Protect
+	against too small binary data strings.
+
+	* src/bdf/bdflib.c (_bdf_parse_glyphs): Check `STARTCHAR' better.
+
+2007-05-28  David Turner  
+
+	* src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_slot_load): Do not apply the identity
+	transformation.  This significantly reduces the loading time of CFF
+	glyphs.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Updated.
+
+	* src/autofit/afglobal.c (AF_SCRIPT_LIST_DEFAULT): Change default
+	hinting script to CJK, since it works well with more scripts than
+	latin.  Thanks to Rahul Bhalerao  for pointing
+	this out!
+
+2007-05-25  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Updated.
+
+2007-05-24  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttobjs.h (tt_size_ready_bytecode): Move declaration
+	into TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER preprocessor block.
+
+2007-05-24  Graham Asher  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttobjs.c (tt_size_ready_bytecode)
+	[!TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER]: Removed.  Unused.
+
+2007-05-22  David Turner  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (load_truetype_glyph): Fix last change to
+	avoid crashes in case the bytecode interpreter is not used.
+
+
+	Avoid heap blowup with very large .Z font files.  This fixes
+	Savannah bug #19910.
+
+	* src/lzw/ftzopen.h (FT_LzwStateRec): Remove `in_cursor',
+	`in_limit', `pad', `pad_bits', and `in_buff' members.
+	Add `buf_tab', `buf_offset', `buf_size', `buf_clear', and
+	`buf_total' members.
+
+	* src/lzw/ftzopen.c (ft_lzwstate_get_code): Rewritten.  It now takes
+	only one argument.
+	(ft_lzwstate_refill, ft_lzwstate_reset, ft_lzwstate_io): Updated.
+
+2007-05-20  Ismail Dönmez  
+
+	* src/pshinter/pshrec.c (ps_mask_table_set_bits): Add `const'.
+	(ps_dimension_set_mask_bits): Remove `const'.
+
+2007-05-19  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttmtx.c (tt_face_get_metrics)
+	[!FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS]: Another type-punning fix.
+
+2007-05-19  Derek Clegg  
+
+	Savannah patch #5929.
+
+	* include/freetype/tttables.h, src/base/ftobjcs.c
+	(FT_Get_CMap_Format): New function.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/services/svttcmap.c (TT_CMapInfo): Add
+	`format' member.
+	* src/sfnt/ttcmap.c (tt_cmap{0,2,4,6,8,10,12}_get_info): Set
+	cmap_info->format.
+
+2007-05-19  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (load_truetype_glyph): Save graphics state
+	before handling subglyphs so that it can be reinitialized each time.
+	This fixes Savannah bug #19859.
+
+2007-05-16  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/cache/ftccache.c (ftc_node_mru_link, ftc_node_mru_unlink),
+	src/cache/ftccache.h (FTC_CACHE_LOOKUP_CMP), src/cache/ftcglyph.h
+	(FTC_GCACHE_LOOKUP_CMP), src/pshinter/pshmod.c (ps_hinter_init),
+	src/sfnt/ttmtx.c (tt_face_load_hmtx, tt_face_load_hhea,
+	tt_face_get_metrics): Fix type-punning issues.
+
+2007-05-15  David Turner  
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h,
+	include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h: As suggested by Graham Asher,
+	ensure that ft_isalnum, ft_isdigit, etc., use hard-coded values
+	instead on relying on the locale-dependent functions provided by
+	.
+
+2007-05-15  Graham Asher  
+
+	* src/autofit/afcjk.c (af_cjk_hints_compute_edges): Remove unused
+	variable.
+	* src/autofit/afloader.c (af_loader_load_g): Ditto.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (ft_validator_error): Use `ft_jmp_buf'.
+	(open_face_from_buffer): Initialize `stream'.
+	(FT_Request_Metrics): Remove unused variable.
+	Remove redundant `break' statements.
+	(FT_Get_Track_Kerning): Remove unused variable.
+
+	* src/psaux/afmparse.c (afm_parse_track_kern, afm_parse_kern_pairs,
+	afm_parse_kern_data): Remove redundant
+	`break' statements.
+	(afm_parser_parse): Ditto.
+	Don't use uninitialized variables.
+
+	* src/psnames/psmodule.c (VARIANT_BIT): Define as unsigned long.
+	Use `|' operator instead of `^' to set it.
+	Update all users.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttcmap.c (tt_face_build_cmaps): Use `ft_jmp_buf'.
+	* src/sfnt/ttkern.c (tt_face_load_kern): Remove unused variable.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (TT_Load_Simple_Glyph): Remove redundant
+	comparison.
+	(TT_Process_Simple_Glyph): Use FT_UInt for `n_points' and `i'.
+	(TT_Load_Glyph): Remove unused variable.
+
+2007-05-13  Derek Clegg  
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_New_Library): Only allocate rendering pool
+	if FT_RENDER_POOL_SIZE is > 0.  From Savannah patch #5928.
+
+2007-05-11  David Turner  
+
+	* src/cache/ftbasic.c, include/freetype/ftcache.h
+	(FTC_ImageCache_LookupScaler, FTC_SBit_Cache_LookupScaler): Two new
+	functions that allow us to look up glyphs using an FTC_Scaler object
+	to specify the size, making it possible to use fractional pixel
+	sizes.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttobjs.c (tt_size_ready_bytecode): Set
+	`size->cvt_ready'.  Reported by Boris Letocha.
+
+2007-05-09  Graham Asher  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttinterp.c (Ins_IP), src/autofit/aflatin.c
+	(af_latin_metrics_scale_dim): Fix compiler warnings.
+
+2007-05-06  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/win32/visualce/freetype.sln: Removed, as requested by
+	Vincent.
+
+2007-05-04  Vincent RICHOMME  
+
+	* builds/win32/visualce/*: Add Visual C++ project files for Pocket
+	PC targets.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Document them.
+
+2007-05-04  
+
+	* builds/unix/ftsystem.c (FT_Stream_Open): Handle return value 0 of
+	mmap (which might happen on some RTOS).  From Savannah patch #5909.
+
+2007-05-03  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Set_Char_Size): Simplify code.
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_Set_Char_Size): Update
+	documentation.
+
+2007-04-28  Victor Stinner  
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (sfnt_load_face): Check error code after loading
+	`cmap'.
+
+2007-04-27  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (TT_Load_Simple_Glyph): Check for negative
+	number of points in contours.  Problem reported by Victor Stinner
+	.
+	(TT_Process_Simple_Glyph): Synchronize variable types.
+
+2007-04-26  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/base/ftglyph.c (FT_Glyph_Copy): Always set second argument to
+	zero in case of error.  This fixes Savannah bug #19689.
+
+2007-04-25  Boris Letocha  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttobjs.c: Fix a typo that created a speed regression
+	in the TrueType bytecode loader.
+
+2007-04-10  Martin Horak  
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (sfnt_load_face) [FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]:
+	Ignore `hhea' table.  This fixes Savannah bug #19261.
+
+2007-04-09  Werner Lemberg  
+
+
+	* Version 2.3.4 released.
+	=========================
+
+
+	Tag sources with `VER-2-3-4'.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES, docs/VERSION.DLL: Update documentation and bump
+	version number to 2.3.4.
+
+	* README, Jamfile (RefDoc), builds/win32/visualc/index.html,
+	builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsp,
+	builds/win32/visualc/freetype.vcproj: s/2.3.3/2.3.4/, s/233/234/.
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FREETYPE_PATCH): Set to 4.
+
+	* builds/unix/configure.raw (version_info): Set to 9:15:3.
+
+2007-04-09  Martin Horak  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (load_truetype_glyph): Save and restore
+	memory stream to avoid a crash with the incremental memory
+	interface (Savannah bug #19260).
+
+2007-04-06  David Turner  
+
+	* src/base/ftbimap.c (ft_bitmap_assure_buffer): Fix buffer-overwrite bug
+	(Savannah bug #19536).
+
+2007-04-04  Werner Lemberg  
+
+
+	* Version 2.3.3 released.
+	=========================
+
+
+	Tag sources with `VER-2-3-3'.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Mention CVE-2007-1351.
+
+2007-04-03  David Turner  
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Set_Char_Size): As suggested by James Cloos,
+	if one of the resolution values is 0, treat it as if it were the
+	same as the other value.
+
+2007-04-02  David Turner  
+
+	Add special code to detect `extra-light' fonts and do not snap their
+	stem widths too much to avoid bizarre hinting effects.
+
+	* src/autofit/aflatin.h (AF_LatinAxisRec): Add `standard_width' and
+	`extra_light' members.
+
+	* src/autofit/aflatin.c (af_latin_metrics_init_widths): Initialize
+	them.
+	(af_latin_metrics_scale_dim): Set `extra_light'.
+	(af_latin_compute_stem_width): Use `extra_light'.
+
+2007-03-28  David Turner  
+
+	* src/base/ftbitmap.c (ft_bitmap_assure_buffer): Fix zero-ing of the
+	padding.
+
+2007-03-28  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/bdf/bdflib.c (setsbit, sbitset): Handle values >= 128
+	gracefully.
+	(_bdf_set_default_spacing): Increase `name' buffer size to 256 and
+	issue an error for longer names.  This fixes CVE-2007-1351.
+	(_bdf_parse_glyphs): Limit allowed number of glyphs in font to the
+	number of code points in Unicode.
+
+	* builds/win32/visualc/index.html,
+	builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsp,
+	builds/win32/visualc/freetype.vcproj, README: s/2.3.2/2.3.3/,
+	s/232/233/.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Mention ftdiff.
+
+2007-03-26  David Turner  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttinterp.c [FIX_BYTECODE]: Remove it and
+	corresponding code.
+	(Ins_MD): Last regression fix.
+
+	* src/autofit/aflatin.c (af_latin_metrics_init_blues): Fix blues
+	computations in order to ignore single-point contours.  These are
+	never rasterized and correspond in certain fonts to mark-attach
+	points that are very far from the glyph's real outline, ruining the
+	computation.
+
+	* src/autofit/afloader.c (af_loader_load_g): In the case of
+	monospaced fonts, always set `rsb_delta' and `lsb_delta' to 0.
+	Otherwise code that uses them will most certainly ruin the fixed
+	advance property.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES, docs/VERSION.DLL, README, Jamfile (RefDoc): Update
+	documentation and bump version number to 2.3.3.
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FREETYPE_PATCH): Set to 3.
+
+	* builds/unix/configure.raw (version_info): Set to 9:14:3.
+
+2007-03-26  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* builds/unix/ftconfig.in: Disable Carbon framework dependency on
+	64bit ABI on Mac OS X 10.4.x (ppc & i386).  Found by Sean McBride.
+	* builds/vms/ftconfig.h: Ditto.
+	* include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h: Ditto.
+
+2007-03-22  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* builds/unix/ftsystem.c (FT_Stream_Open): Temporary fix to prevent
+	32bit unsigned long overflow by 64bit filesize on LP64 platform, as
+	proposed by Sean McBride:
+	http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/freetype-devel/2007-03/msg00032.html
+
+2007-03-22  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* builds/unix/ftconfig.in: Suppress SGI compiler's warning against
+	setjmp, proposed by Sean McBride:
+	http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/freetype-devel/2007-03/msg00032.html
+
+2007-03-19  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* builds/unix/configure.raw: Dequote `OS_INLINE' in comment of
+	conftest.c, to avoid unexpected shell evaluation.  Possibly it is a
+	bug or undocumented behaviour of autoconf.
+
+2007-03-18  David Turner   
+
+	* src/truetype/ttinterp.c (Ins_MDRP): Another bytecode regression
+	fix; testing still needed.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttinterp.c (Ins_MD): Another bytecode regression fix.
+
+2007-03-17  David Turner   
+
+	* src/truetype/ttinterp.c (Ins_IP): Fix wrong handling of the
+	(undocumented) twilight zone special case.
+
+2007-03-09  Werner Lemberg  
+
+
+	* Version 2.3.2 released.
+	=========================
+
+
+	Tag sources with `VER-2-3-2'.
+
+	* builds/win32/visualc/index.html,
+	builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsp,
+	builds/win32/visualc/freetype.vcproj, README: s/2.3.1/2.3.2/,
+	s/231/232/.
+
+2007-03-08  David Turner  
+
+	* docs/CHANGES, docs/VERSION.DLL: Updated for upcoming release.
+
+	* builds/unix/configure.raw (version_info): Set to 9:13:3.
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FREETYPE_PATCH): Set to 2.
+
+	* README, Jamfile (RefDoc): s/2.3.1/2.3.2/.
+
+	* src/base/ftutil.c (ft_mem_strcpyn): Fix a bug that prevented the
+	function to work properly, over-writing user-provided buffers in
+	some cases.  Reported by James Cloos .
+
+
+2007-03-05  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h (ft_strstr): New wrapper
+	macro for `strstr'.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttobjs.c (tt_face_init): Use ft_strstr for scanning
+	`trick_names', as suggested by Ivan Nincic.
+
+2007-03-05  David Turner  
+
+	* src/base/ftinit.c (FT_Init_FreeType): Fix a small memory leak in
+	case FT_Init_FreeType fails for some reason.  Problem reported by
+	Maximilian Schwerin .
+
+	* src/truetype/ttobs.c (tt_size_init_bytecode): Clear the `x_ppem'
+	and `y_ppem' fields of the `TT_Size.metrics' structure, not those of
+	`TT_Size.root.metrics'.  Problem reported by Daniel Glöckner
+	.
+
+	* src/type1/t1afm.c (T1_Read_PFM): Read kerning values as 16-bit
+	signed values, not unsigned ones.  Problem reported by Johannes
+	Walther .
+
+2007-02-21  David Turner  
+
+	* src/pshinter/pshalgo.c (psh_hint_align): Fix a bug in the hinting
+	of small and ghost stems in the Postscript interpreter.
+
+2007-02-20  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* src/base/ftmac.c (FT_GetFileRef_From_Mac_ATS_Name): Fix memory
+	leak, patch by "Jjgod Jiang" .
+	* builds/mac/ftmac.c (FT_GetFileRef_From_Mac_ATS_Name): Ditto.
+
+2007-02-16  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttinterp.c (Ins_MD): Remove unused variable.
+	* src/autofit/aflatin.c (af_latin_hints_link_segments): Ditto.
+
+2007-02-14  David Turner  
+
+	It seems that the following changes fix most of the known
+	interpreter problems with my fonts, but more testing is needed,
+	though.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttinterp.c (FIX_BYTECODE): Activate.
+	(TT_MulFix14): Rewrite.
+	(Ins_MD, Ins_MDRP, Ins_IP) [FIX_BYTECODE]: Improved and updated.
+	(Ins_MIRP): Ditto.
+
+2007-02-12  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttinterp.c (Project_x, Project_y): Remove compiler
+	warnings.
+
+	* src/pcf/pcfread.c (pcf_interpret_style), src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c
+	(bdf_interpret_style): Ditto.
+
+2007-02-12  David Turner  
+
+	Simplify projection and dual-projection code interface.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttinterp.h (TT_Project_Func): Use `FT_Pos', not
+	FT_Vector' as argument type.
+	* src/truetype/ttinterp.c (CUR_Func_project, CUR_Func_dualproj):
+	Updated.
+	(CUR_fast_project, CUR_fast_dualproj): New macros.
+	(Project, Dual_Project, Project_x, Project_y): Updated.
+	(Ins_GC, Ins_SCFS, Ins_MDAP, Ins_MIAP, Ins_IP): Use new `fast'
+	macros.
+
+
+	* src/autofit/afloader.c (af_loader_load_g): Improve spacing
+	adjustments for the non-light auto-hinted modes.  Gets rid of
+	`inter-letter spacing is too wide' problems.
+
+	* src/autofit/aflatin.c (af_latin_hints_link_segments,
+	af_latin_hints_compute_edges): Slight optimization of the segment
+	linker and better handling of serif segments to get rid of broken
+	`9' in Arial at 9pt (96dpi).
+
+
+	Introduce new string functions and the corresponding macros to get
+	rid of various uses of strcpy and other `evil' functions, as well as
+	to simplify a few things.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftmemory.h (ft_mem_strdup, ft_mem_dup,
+	ft_mem_strcpyn): New declarations.
+	(FT_MEM_STRDUP, FT_STRDUP, FT_MEM_DUP, FT_DUP, FT_STRCPYN): New
+	macros.
+	* src/base/ftutil.c (ft_mem_dup, ft_mem_strdup, ft_mem_strcpyn): New
+	functions.
+
+	* src/bfd/bfddrivr.c (bdf_interpret_style, BDF_Face_Init),
+	src/bdf/bdflib.c (_bdf_add_property), src/pcf/pcfread.c
+	(pcf_get_properties, pcf_interpret_style, pcf_load_font),
+	src/cff/cffdrivr.c (cff_get_glyph_name), src/cff/cffload.c
+	(cff_index_get_sid_string), src/cff/cffobjs.c (cff_strcpy),
+	src/sfnt/sfdriver.c (sfnt_get_glyph_name), src/type1/t1driver.c
+	(t1_get_glyph_name), src/type42/t42drivr.c (t42_get_glyph_name,
+	t42_get_name_index): Use new functions and simplify code.
+
+	* builds/mac/ftmac.c (FT_FSPathMakeSpec): Don't use FT_MIN.
+
+2007-02-11  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/autofit/afloader.c (af_loader_load_g): Don't change width for
+	non-spacing glyphs.
+
+2007-02-07  Tom Parker  
+
+	* src/cff/cffdrivr.c (cff_get_name_index): Protect against NULL
+	pointer.
+
+2007-02-05  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* include/freetype/ftmac.h (FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE):
+	Introduce __attribute((deprecated))__ to warn functions
+	which use non-ANSI data types in its interfaces.
+	(FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name): Deprecated, using FSSpec.
+	(FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name): Deprecated, using FSSpec.
+	(FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec): Deprecated, using FSSpec.
+	(FT_New_Face_From_FSRef): Deprecated, using FSRef.
+
+	* src/base/ftmac.c: Predefine FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE as void
+	to avoid warning in building FreeType.
+	* builds/mac/ftmac.c: Ditto.
+
+2007-02-05  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* src/base/ftbase.c: Fix to use builds/mac/ftmac.c, if configured
+	`--with-fsspec' etc.  Replace #include "ftmac.c" with
+	#include .
+
+2007-02-05  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* include/freetype/ftmac.h (FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name):
+	Introduced as replacement of FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name.
+	* src/base/ftmac.c (FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name): Ditto.
+	(FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name): Rewritten as wrapper of
+	FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name.
+	* builds/mac/ftmac.c: Ditto.
+
+2007-02-05  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* include/freetype/ftmac.h: Fixed wrong comment: FSSpec of
+	FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name, FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name are
+	for passing to FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec.
+
+2007-02-05  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* builds/unix/configure.raw: Check whether Mac OS X system headers
+	can be built under ANSI C mode.
+
+	* src/base/ftmac.c (OS_INLINE): Redefine OS_INLINE by a version
+	compatible to ANSI C in case system headers are ANSI C incompatible.
+	* builds/mac/ftmac.c (OS_INLINE): Ditto.
+
+2007-02-01  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/ttnameid.h (TT_MS_LANGID_DZONGHKA_BHUTAN):
+	Explain why applications shouldn't use it.  Found by Alexei.
+
+2007-02-01  Alexei Podtelezhnikov  
+
+	* builds/unix/freetype2.m4 (AC_CHECK_FT2): Fix spelling of warning
+	message.
+
+	* src/gxvalid/gxvmort1.c
+	(gxv_mort_subtable_type1_substTable_validate): Fix debugging
+	message.
+
+2007-01-31  Werner Lemberg  
+
+
+	* Version 2.3.1 released.
+	=========================
+
+
+	Tag sources with `VER-2-3-1-FINAL'.
+
+	* builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsp,
+	builds/win32/visualc/freetype.vcproj: s/230/231/.
+	* builds/win32/visualc/index.html: s/221/231/.
+
+	* vms_make.com: Add `ftgasp'.
+
+2007-01-30  David Turner  
+
+	Tag sources with VER-2-3-1 to prepare release.
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FREETYPE_PATCH): Set to 1.
+
+	* docs/VERSION.DLL, docs/release, README, Jamfile (RefDoc):
+	s/2.3.0/2.3.1/.
+
+	* builds/unix/configure.raw (version_info): Set to 9:12:3.
+
+
+	* src/autofit/aftypes.h (AF_USE_WARPER), src/autofit/afloader.c
+	(af_loader_load_g): Disable the warper (i.e., the light hinting
+	improvements) to make a 2.3.1 bugfix release before introducing a
+	new feature.  This should give us more time to tune and improve the
+	warper for the next release.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Update accordingly.
+
+2007-01-25  David Turner  
+
+	For light auto-hinting, improve glyph advance widths and resurrect
+	normal/full hinting to its normal quality.
+
+	* src/autofit/afhints.h (AF_GlyphHintsRec): New members `xmin_delta'
+	and `xmax_delta'.
+	* src/autofit/afhints.c (af_glyph_hints_reload): Reset `xmin_delta'
+	and `xmax_delta'.
+
+	* src/autofit/afloader.c (af_loader_load_g) : Replace
+	preprocessor conditional with if-clause, handling both light and
+	normal mode.
+
+	* src/autofit/afwarp.c (AF_WarpScore): Fine-tune again.
+	(af_warper_compute): Handle `xmin_delta' and `xmax_delta'.
+
+2007-01-25  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* docs/release: Updated -- Savannah uses a new uploading scheme.
+
+2007-01-25  David Turner  
+
+	* src/cff/cffload.c (cff_index_get_pointers): Improve previous fix.
+
+	* src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_decoder_parse_charstrings)
+	: Fix sanity check for empty
+	functions.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Document light auto-hinting improvement.
+
+2007-01-25  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/cff/cffload.c (cff_index_get_pointers): Handle last entry
+	correctly in a sanity check.  Since this function is only used to
+	load local and global functions, any charstring that called the last
+	local/global function would fail otherwise.  This fixes Savannah bug
+	#18867.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Document it.
+
+2007-01-23  David Turner  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttobjs.c (tt_size_ready_bytecode): Fix typo that
+	prevented compilation when disabling both the unpatented and the
+	bytecode interpreter in the TrueType font driver.
+
+
+	Fix and enable the warper to improve `light' hinting mode.  This is
+	not necessarily a final version, but it seems to work well.
+
+	* src/autofit/aflatin.c (af_latin_hints_init) [AF_USE_WARPER]:
+	Disable code.
+	(af_latin_hints_apply) [AF_USE_WARPER]: Handle FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT.
+	* src/autofit/aftypes.h: Activate AF_USE_WARPER.
+
+	* src/autofit/afwarp.c (AF_WarpScore): Tune table.
+	(af_warper_compute_line_best): Fix array size of `scores'.
+	(af_warper_compute): Better handling of border cases.
+	* src/autofit/afwarp.h (AF_WarperRec): Remove unused members `X1'
+	and `X2'.
+
+2007-01-21  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* ChangeLog: Split off older entries into...
+	* ChangeLog.22: This new file.
+
+2007-01-21  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Document SHZ fix.
+
+2007-01-21  George Williams  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttinterp.c (Ins_SHZ): SHZ doesn't move phantom
+	points.
+
+2007-01-21  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttmtx.c (tt_face_get_metrics)
+	[!FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS]: Fix limit check.
+
+2007-01-17  Werner Lemberg  
+
+
+	* Version 2.3.0 released.
+	=========================
+
+
+	Tag sources with `VER-2-3-0-FINAL'.
+
+2007-01-17  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* docs/release: Updated.
+
+2007-01-16  David Turner  
+
+	* src/autofit/aflatin.c (af_latin_hints_compute_segments),
+	src/cff/cffdriver.c (cff_ps_get_font_info), src/truetype/ttobjs.c
+	(tt_face_init), src/truetype/ttinterp.c (Ins_SHC): Fix compiler
+	warnings.
+
+2007-01-15  Detlef Würkner  
+
+	* builds/amiga/makefile, builds/amiga/makefile.os4,
+	builds/amiga/smakefile: Add `ftgasp.c' and `ftlcdfil.c'.
+
+	* builds/amiga/include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h: Synchronize.
+
+2007-01-14  Detlef Würkner  
+
+	Fix various compiler warnings.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttdriver.c (tt_size_select), src/cff/cffobjs.h,
+	src/cff/cffobjs.c (cff_size_request), src/type42/t42objs.h:
+	s/index/strike_index/.
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Match_Size): s/index/size_index/.
+
+	* src/gxvalid/gxvmorx5.c
+	(gxv_morx_subtable_type5_InsertList_validate): s/index/table_index/.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttinterp.c (Compute_Point_Displacement),
+	src/pcf/pcfread.c (pcf_seek_to_table_type): Avoid possibly
+	uninitialized variables.
+
+2007-01-13  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* docs/CHANGES, docs/INSTALL.MAC: Improvements.
+
+2007-01-13  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/type1/t1afm.c (T1_Read_Metrics): MS Windows allows PFM
+	versions up to 0x3FF without complaining.
+
+2007-01-13  Derek Clegg  
+
+	Add FT_Get_PS_Font_Info interface to CFF driver.
+
+	* src/cff/cfftypes.h: Include FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H.
+	(CFF_FontRec): Add `font_info' field.
+
+	* src/cff/cffload.c: Include FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H.
+	(cff_font_done): Free font->font_info if necessary.
+
+	* src/cff/cffdrvr.c (cff_ps_get_font_info): New function.
+	(cff_service_ps_info): Register cff_ps_get_font_info.
+
+2007-01-13  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/base/ftoutln.c (FT_Outline_Get_Orientation): Fix compilation
+	with C++ compiler.
+
+	* src/autofit/afhints.c (af_glyph_hints_dump_segments,
+	af_glyph_hints_dump_edges): Ditto.
+
+	* src/base/rules.mk (BASE_SRC): Remove ftgasp.c (it's already in
+	`modules.cfg').
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttsbit0.h: Remove.
+
+	* src/sfnt/rules.mk (SFNT_DRV_SRC): Don't include ttsbit0.c.
+
+2007-01-12  David Turner  
+
+	* src/base/ftbitmap.c (ft_bitmap_assure_buffer): Fix memory stomping
+	bug in the bitmap emboldener if the pitch of the source bitmap is
+	much larger than its width.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttinterp.c (Update_Max): Fix aliasing-related
+	compilation warning.
+
+2007-01-12  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/unix/install-sh, builds/unix/mkinstalldirs: Updated from
+	`automake' CVS module from sources.redhat.com.
+
+2007-01-11  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/type1/t1load.c (is_space): Removed.
+	(parse_encoding, parse_charstrings): Use IS_PS_DELIM.
+	(parse_charstrings): Use IS_PS_TOKEN.
+
+
+	* autogen.sh: Avoid bash specific syntax.
+
+2007-01-11  David Turner  
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Small update.
+
+	* builds/unix/configure.raw (version_info): Set to 9:11:3.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (IsMacResource): Fix a small bug that caused a
+	crash with some Mac OS X .dfont files.  Submitted by Masatake
+	Yamato.
+
+	* autogen.sh: Small fix to get it working on Mac OS X properly:
+	The issue is that GNU libtool is called `glibtool' on this platform,
+	and we must call `glibtoolize', since `libtoolize' doesn't exist.
+
+2007-01-10  David Turner  
+
+	* all-sources: Tag all sources with VER-2-3-0-RC1 and
+	VER-2-3-0.
+
+	* Jamfile (RefDoc), README, builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsp,
+	builds/win32/visualc/freetype.vcproj, docs/VERSION.DLL: Update
+	version number to 2.3.0.
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FREETYPE_MINOR): Set to 3.
+	(FREETYPE_PATCH): Set to 0.
+
+	* include/freetype/ftchapters.h, include/freetype/ftgasp.h,
+	include/freetype/ftlcdfil.h: Update reference documentation with
+	GASP support and LCD filtering sections.
+
+	* src/pshinter/pshalgo.c (psh_glyph_compute_inflections): Fix a typo
+	which created an endless loop with some malformed font files.
+
+2007-01-10  Derek Clegg  
+
+	* src/type1/t1load.c (T1_Get_MM_Var): Always return fixed point
+	values.
+
+2007-01-08  David Turner  
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Updated.
+
+	* include/freetype/ftgasp.h, src/base/ftgasp.c: New files which add
+	a new API `FT_Get_Gasp' to return entries of the `gasp' table
+	corresponding to a given character pixel size.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttload.c (tt_face_load_gasp): Add version check for the
+	`gasp' table, in order to avoid potential problems with later
+	versions.
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftheader.h (FT_GASP_H): New macro for
+	.
+
+	* src/base/rules.mk (BASE_SRC), src/base/Jamfile (_sources),
+	modules.cfg (BASE_EXTENSIONS), builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsp,
+	builds/win32/visualc/freetype.vcproj: Add src/base/ftgasp.c to the
+	default build.
+
+2007-01-07  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/cid/cidparse.c (cid_parser_new): Improve error message for
+	Type 11 fonts.
+	Scan for `/sfnts' token.
+
+2007-01-07  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/cid/cidparse.c (cid_parser_new): Reject Type 11 fonts.
+
+2007-01-06  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/cff/cffload.c (cff_index_init): Remove unused variable.
+	(cff_index_read_offset): s/perror/errorp/ to avoid global shadowing.
+
+2007-01-04  David Turner  
+
+	* src/pfr/pfrobjs.c (pfr_face_init): Detect non-scalable fonts
+	correctly.  This fixes Savannah bug #17876.
+
+
+	Do not allocate interpreter-specific tables in memory if we are not
+	going to load glyphs with the bytecode interpreter anyway.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (tt_loader_init): Load execution context
+	only if glyph is hinted.
+	Updated.
+	* src/truetype/ttobjs.h (TT_SizeRec): Add members `bytecode_ready'
+	and `cvs_ready'.
+	Add `tt_size_ready_bytecode' declaration.
+	* src/truetype/ttobjs.c (tt_size_done_bytecode,
+	tt_size_init_bytecode, tt_size_ready_bytecode): New functions.
+	(tt_size_init): Move most code into `tt_size_init_bytecode'.
+	(tt_size_done): Move most code into `tt_size_done_bytecode'.
+	(tt_size_reset): Move some code to `tt_size_ready_bytecode'.
+
+
+	Don't extract the metrics table from the SFNT font file.  Instead,
+	reparse it on each glyph load.  The runtime difference is not
+	noticeable, and it can save a lot of heap memory when memory-mapped
+	files are not used.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/tttypes.h (TT_FaceRec): Add members
+	`horz_metrics_offset' and `vert_metrics_ofset'.
+	* src/sfnt/ttmtx.c (tt_face_load_hmtx, tt_face_get_metrics):
+	Updated.
+
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttcmap.c (tt_cmap4_validate): Slight optimization.
+
+
+	Do not load the CFF index offsets into memory, since this wastes a
+	*lot* of heap memory with large Asian CFF fonts.  There is no
+	significant performance loss.
+
+	* src/cff/cffload.h: Add `cff_charset_cid_to_gindex' declaration.
+	* src/cff/cfftypes.h (CFF_IndexRec): Add fields `start' and
+	`data_size'.
+	(CFF_CharsetRec): Add field `num_glyphs'.
+
+	* src/cff/cffload.c (cff_index_read_offset, cff_index_load_offsets,
+	cff_charset_cid_to_gindex): New functions.
+	(cff_new_index): Renamed to...
+	(cff_index_init): This.  Update all callers.
+	Updated -- some code has been moved to `cff_index_load_offsets'.
+	(cff_done_index): Renamed to...
+	(cff_index_done): This.  Update all callers.
+	(cff_index_get_pointers, cff_index_access_element): Updated to use
+	stream offsets.
+	(cff_charset_compute_cids): Set `num_glyphs' field.
+	(cff_encoding_load): Updated.
+
+	* src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_slot_load): Updated.
+
+2007-01-04  David Turner  
+
+	* docs/INSTALL.UNIX: Simplify some parts, add reference to
+	autogen.sh and pointer to README.CVS.
+
+	* README.CVS: Add common problem description and solution
+	when running autogen.sh.
+
+	* docs/INSTALL: Add reference to MacOS X.
+
+	* docs/MAKEPP, docs/INSTALL.MAC: New documentation files.
+
+	* docs/TODO: Remove obsolete items.
+
+	* src/raster/ftraster.c: (TRaster_Instance): Replace it with...
+	(TWorker): This.
+	Remove `count_table' and `memory'.
+	Make `grays' a pointer.
+	(TRaster): New structure.
+	(count_table): New static array.
+	(RAS_ARGS, RAS_ARG, RAS_VARS, RAS_VAR, FT_UNUSED_RASTER, cur_ras,
+	Vertical_Gray_Sweep_Step, ft_black_new, ft_black_done,
+	ft_black_set_mode, ft_black_render): Updated.
+	(ft_black_init): Don't initialize `count_table'.
+	(ft_black_reset): Use the render pool.  This saves about 6KB of
+	heap space for each FT_Library instance.
+
+	* src/smooth/ftgrays.c (TRaster): Replaced with...
+	(TWorker): This.
+	Remove `memory'.
+	(TRaster): New structure.
+
+	(RAS_ARG_, RAS_ARG, RAS_VAR_, RAS_VAR, ras, gray_render_line,
+	gray_move_to, gray_line_to, gray_conic_to, gray_cubic_to,
+	gray_render_span, gray_raster_render): Updated.
+	(gray_raster_reset): Use the render pool.  This saves about 6KB of
+	heap space for each FT_Library instance.
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c, src/sfnt/ttkern.c, src/sfnt/ttkern.h,
+	src/sfnt/ttmtx.c, src/sfnt/ttsbit.c, src/sfnt/ttsbit.h,
+	src/truetype/ttpload.c, include/freetype/config/ftoption.h: Remove
+	FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY macro (and code for !FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY) since
+	the optimization is no longer experimental.
+
+	* src/pshinter/pshalgo.c (psh_glyph_interpolate_normal_points):
+	Remove a typo that results in no hinting and a memory leak with some
+	large Asian CFF fonts.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Done_Library): Remove a subtle memory leak
+	which happens when FT_Done_Library is called with still opened
+	CFF_Faces in it.  We need to close all faces before destroying the
+	modules, or else some bad things (memory leaks) may happen.
+
+2007-01-02  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/gxvalid/gxvkern.c (gxv_kern_subtable_fmt0_pairs_validate):
+	Remove compiler warning.
+
+2007-01-02  David Turner  
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c: Add documentation comment.
+
+2006-12-31  Masatake YAMATO  
+
+	* src/gxvalid/gxvkern.c (gxv_kern_subtable_fmt0_pairs_validate): New
+	function.
+	Check uniqueness of the gid pairs.
+	(gxv_kern_subtable_fmt0_validate): Move some code to
+	`gxv_kern_subtable_fmt0_pairs_validate'.
+
+2006-12-22  David Turner  
+
+	* src/autofit/aflatin.c, src/truetype/ttgload.c: Remove compiler
+	warnings.
+
+	* builds/win32/visualc/freetype.vcproj: Add _CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE
+	to avoid deprecation warnings with Visual C++ 8.
+
+2006-12-16  Anders Kaseorg  
+
+	* src/base/ftlcdfil.c (FT_Library_SetLcdFilter)
+	[FT_FORCE_LIGHT_LCD_FILTER]: Fix typo.
+
+2006-12-15  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/services/svotval.h: Add `volatile' to
+	sync with the modification by Jens Claudius on 2006-08-22; cf.
+	  http://cvs.savannah.gnu.org/viewcvs/freetype/freetype2/src/otvalid/otvmod.c?r1=1.4&r2=1.5
+
+2006-12-15  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* src/base/ftmac.c: Specialized for Mac OS X only.
+	* builds/unix/ftconfig.in: Fixed for ppc64 missing Carbon framework.
+	* builds/unix/configure.raw: Ditto.  When explicit switches for
+	FSSpec/FSRef/QuickDraw/ATS availability are given to configure,
+	builds/mac/ftmac.c is used instead of default src/base/ftmac.c.
+
+2006-12-15  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* builds/mac/ftmac.c: Copied src/base/ftmac.c for legacy system.
+	* builds/mac/FreeType.m68k_cfm.make.txt: Fix to use builds/mac/ftmac.c
+	instead of src/base/ftmac.c
+	* builds/mac/FreeType.ppc_carbon.make.txt: Ditto.
+	* builds/mac/FreeType.ppc_classic.make.txt: Ditto.
+	* builds/mac/FreeType.m68k_far.make.txt: Ditto, and exclude gxvalid.c
+	that cannot be built at present.
+
+2006-12-15  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c: Improvement of resource fork handler for
+	POSIX, cf.
+	  http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/freetype-devel/2006-10/msg00025.html
+	(Mac_Read_sfnt_Resource): Count only `sfnt' resource of suitcase font
+	format or .dfont, to simulate the face index number counted by ftmac.c.
+	(IsMacResource): Return the number of scalable faces correctly.
+
+2006-12-10  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/toplevel.mk (version): Protect against `distclean' target.
+
+2006-12-09  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/*/*def.mk, builds/*/detect.mk (CAT): Define to either `cat'
+	or `type'.
+
+	* builds/freetype.mk (version): Extracted from freetype.h, using
+	GNU make's built-in string functions.
+	(refdoc): Use $(version) instead of static version number.
+
+2006-12-08  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/toplevel.mk (dist): Extract version number from freetype.h.
+
+2006-12-08  Vladimir Volovich  
+
+	* src/tools/apinames (State): Remove final comma in structure -- xlc
+	v5 under AIX 4.3 doesn't like this.
+
+2006-12-07  David Turner  
+
+	* src/autofit/afloader.c (af_loader_load_g): Small adjustment
+	to the spacing of auto-fitted glyphs.  This only impacts rare
+	cases (e.g., Arial Bold at rather small character sizes).
+
+2006-12-03  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/sfnt/rules.mk (SFNT_DRV_SRC): Add ttsbit0.c.
+
+2006-12-01  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (tt_face_get_name): All Unicode strings are
+	encoded in UTF-16BE.  Patch from Rajeev Pahuja .
+	(tt_name_entry_ascii_from_ucs4): Removed.
+
+
+	* include/freetype/ftxf86.h: Fix and extend comment so that it
+	appears in the documentation.
+
+	* include/freetype/ftchapters.h: Add `font_format' section.
+
+
+	* src/tools/docmaker/tohtml.py (HtmlFormatter::index_exit): Add link
+	to TOC in index page.
+
+2006-11-28  David Turner  
+
+	* src/smooth/ftgrays.c (gray_raster_render): Return 0 when we are
+	trying to render into a zero-width/height bitmap, not an error code.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttobjs.c (tt_face_init): Fix typo in previous patch.
+
+	* src/smooth/ftgrays.c: Remove hard-coded error values; use FreeType
+	ones instead.
+
+	* src/autofit/afhints.c (af_glyph_hints_dump_segments): Remove unused
+	variable.
+
+2006-11-26  Pierre Hanser  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttobjs.c (tt_face_init): Protect against NULL pointer.
+
+2006-11-25  David Turner  
+
+	* src/autofit/afhints.c	(af_glyph_hints_dump_points,
+	af_glyph_hints_dump_segments, af_glyph_hints_dumpedges) [!AF_DEBUG]:
+	Add stubs to link the `ftgrid' test program when debugging is
+	disabled in the auto-hinter.
+
+2006-11-23  David Turner  
+
+	* src/autofit/afhints.c, src/autofit/afhints.h, src/autofit/aflatin.c,
+	src/autofit/aftypes.h: Miscellaneous auto-hinter improvements.
+
+	* src/autofit/afhints.c (af_glyph_hints_dump_segments) [AF_DEBUG]:
+	Emit more sensible information.
+
+	* src/autofit/afhints.h (AF_SegmentRec): Add `height' member.
+
+	* src/autofit/aflatin.c (af_latin_metrics_scale_dim): Improve
+	rounding of blue values.
+	(af_latin_hints_compute_segments): Hint segment heights.
+	(af_latin_hints_link_segments): Reduce `len_score' value.
+	(af_latin_hints_compute_edges): Increase `segment_length_threshold'
+	value and use `height' member for comparisons.
+	(af_latin_hint_edges): Extend logging message.
+	Improve handling of remaining edges.
+
+2006-11-22  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Fix Savannah bug #15553.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (tt_loader_init): Re-execute the CVT
+	program after a change from mono to grayscaling (and vice versa).
+	Use correct constant for comparison to get `exec->grayscale'.
+
+2006-11-18  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Because FT_Load_Glyph expects CID values for CID-keyed fonts, the
+	test for a valid glyph index must be deferred to the font drivers.
+	This patch fixes Savannah bug #18301.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Load_Glyph): Don't check `glyph_index'.
+	* src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c (BDF_Glyph_Load), src/cff/cffgload.c
+	(cff_slot_load), src/cid/cidgload.c (cid_slot_load_glyph),
+	src/pcf/pcfdrivr.c (PCF_Glyph_Load), src/pfr/pfrobjs.c
+	(pfr_slot_load), src/truetype/ttdriver.c (Load_Glyph),
+	src/type1/t1gload.c (T1_Load_Glyph), src/winfonts/winfnt.c
+	(FNT_Load_Glyph): Check validity of `glyph_index'.
+
+2006-11-13  David Turner  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttinterp.c (FIX_BYTECODE): Undefine.  The interpreter
+	`enhancements' are still too buggy for general use.
+
+	* src/base/ftlcdfil.c: Add support for FT_FORCE_LIGHT_LCD_FILTER and
+	FT_FORCE_LEGACY_LCD_FILTER at compile time.  Define these macros
+	when building the library to change the default LCD filter to be
+	used.  This is only useful for experimentation.
+
+	* include/freetype/ftlcdfil.h: Update documentation.
+
+2006-11-10  David Turner  
+
+	* src/smooth/ftsmooth.c: API change for the LCD
+	filter.  The FT_LcdFilter value is an enumeration describing which
+	filter to apply, with new values FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT and
+	FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY (the latter implements the LibXft original
+	algorithm which produces strong color fringes for everything
+	except very-well hinted text).
+
+	* include/freetype/ftlcdfil.h (FT_Library_SetLcdFilter): Change
+	second parameter to an enum type.
+
+	* src/base/ftlcdfil.c (USE_LEGACY): Define.
+	(_ft_lcd_filter): Rename to...
+	(_ft_lcd_filter_fir): This.
+	Update parameters.
+	(_ft_lcd_filter_legacy) [USE_LEGACY]: New filter function.
+	(FT_Library_Set_LcdFilter): Update parameters.
+	Handle new filter modes.
+
+	* include/internal/ftobjs.h: Include FT_LCD_FILTER_H.
+	(FT_Bitmap_LcdFilterFunc): Change third argument to `FT_Library'.
+	(FT_LibraryRec) [FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING]: Add filtering
+	callback and update other fields.
+
+	* src/smooth/ftsmooth.c (ft_smooth_render_generic)
+	[FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING]: Update.
+	Other minor improvements.
+
+	* src/autofit/aflatin.c: Various tiny improvements that drastically
+	improve the handling of serif fonts and of LCD/LCD_V hinting modes.
+	(af_latin_hints_compute_edges): Fix typo.
+	(af_latin_compute_stem_width): Take better care of diagonal stems.
+
+2006-11-09  David Turner  
+
+	* src/pshinter/pshalgo.c (psh_glyph_compute_inflections): Fix
+	typo which created a variable-used-before-initialized bug.
+
+2006-11-07  Zhe Su  
+
+	* src/base/ftsynth.c (FT_GlyphSlot_Embolden): Handle vertical layout
+	also.
+
+2006-11-03  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/base/ftcalc.c: Don't use `long long' but `FT_Int64'.
+
+2006-11-02  David Turner  
+
+	Add a few tweaks to better handle serif fonts.
+	Add more debugging messages.
+
+	* src/autofit/aflatin.c (af_latin_hints_compute_edges): Ignore
+	segments that are less than 1.5 pixels high.  This gets rid of
+	*many* corner cases with serifs.
+	(af_latin_align_linked_edge): Add logging message.
+	(af_latin_hint_edges): Use AF_HINTS_DO_BLUES.
+	Add logging messages.
+	Handle AF_EDGE_FLAG flag specially.
+
+	* src/autofit/afmodule.c [AF_DEBUG]: Add _af_debug,
+	_af_debug_disable_blue_hints, and _af_debug_hints variables.
+
+	* src/autofit/aftypes.h (AF_LOG) [AF_DEBUG]: Use _af_debug.
+	Update external declarations.
+	(af_corner_orientation, af_corner_is_flat): Replaced by...
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftcalc.h (ft_corner_orientation,
+	ft_corner_is_flat): These declarations.
+
+	* src/autofit/afangles.c (af_corner_orientation, af_corner_is_flat):
+	Comment out.  Replaced by...
+
+	* src/base/ftcalc.h (ft_corner_orientation, ft_corner_is_flat):
+	These functions.  Update all callers.
+	(FT_Add64) [!FT_LONG64]: Simplify.
+
+	* src/autofit/afhints.c: Include FT_INTERNAL_CALC_H.
+	(af_direction_compute): Add a missing FT_ABS call.  This bug caused
+	production of garbage by missing lots of segments.
+
+	* src/autofit/afhints.h (AF_HINTS_DO_BLUES): New macro.
+
+	* src/autofit/afloader.c (af_loader_init, af_loader_done)
+	[AF_DEBUG]: Set _af_debug_hints.
+
+
+	* src/pshinter/pshalgo.c: Include FT_INTERNAL_CALC_H.
+	(psh_corner_is_flat, psh_corner_orientation): Use ft_corner_is_flat
+	and ft_corner_orientation.
+
+
+	* src/gzip/inftrees.c (huft_build): Remove compiler warning.
+
+2006-10-24  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/cff/cffload.c (cff_encoding_load): Remove unused variable.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Select_Charmap): Disallow FT_ENCODING_NONE
+	as argument.
+
+2006-10-23  Zhe Su  
+
+	* src/base/ftoutln.c (FT_Outline_Get_Orientation): Re-implement to
+	better deal with broken Asian fonts with strange glyphs, having
+	self-intersections and other peculiarities.  The used algorithm is
+	based on the nonzero winding rule.
+
+2006-10-23  David Turner  
+
+	Speed up the CFF font loader.  With some large CFF fonts,
+	FT_Open_Face is now more than three times faster.
+
+	* src/cff/cffload.c (cff_get_offset): Removed.
+	(cff_new_index): Inline functionality of `cff_get_offset'.
+	(cff_charset_compute_cids, cff_charset_free_cids): New functions.
+	(cff_charset_done): Call `cff_charset_free_cids'.
+	(cff_charset_load): Call `cff_charset_compute_cids'.
+	(cff_encoding_load) : Ditto, to replace inefficient loop.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttmtx.c (tt_face_load_hmtx): Replace calls to FT_GET_XXX
+	with FT_NEXT_XXX.
+
+
+	Speed up the Postscript hinter, with more than 100% speed increase
+	on my machine.
+
+	* src/pshinter/pshalgo.c (psh_corner_is_flat,
+	psh_corner_orientation): New functions.
+	(psh_glyph_compute_inflections): Merge loops for efficiency.
+	Use `psh_corner_orientation'.
+	(psh_glyph_init): Use `psh_corner_is_flat'.
+	(psh_hint_table_find_strong_point): Renamed to...
+	(psh_hint_table_find_strong_points): This.
+	Rewrite, adding argument to handle all points at once.
+	Update all callers.
+	(PSH_MAX_STRONG_INTERNAL): New macro.
+	(psh_glyph_interpolate_normal_points): Rewrite for efficiency.
+
+2006-10-15  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* src/base/ftmac.c (FT_New_Face_From_FOND): Initialize variable
+	`error' with FT_Err_Ok.
+
+2006-10-14  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* docs/INSTALL.CROSS: New document file for cross-building.
+
+	* builds/unix/configure.raw: Preliminary cross-building support.
+	Find native C compiler and pass it by CC_BUILD, and
+	find suffix for native executable and pass it by EXEEXT_BUILD.
+	Also suffix for target executable is passed by EXEEXT.
+
+	* builds/unix/unix-cc.in (CCraw_build, E_BUILD): New variables to
+	build `apinames' which runs on building system.  They are set by
+	CC_BUILD and EXEEXT_BUILD.
+
+	* builds/exports.mk (APINAMES_EXE): Change the extension for
+	apinames from the suffix for target (E) to that for building host
+	(E_BUILD).
+
+2006-10-12  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* docs/INSTALL.UNX, docs/UPGRADE.UNX: Renamed to...
+	* docs/INSTALL.UNIX, docs/UPGRADE.UNIX: This.  Update all documents
+	which reference those files.
+
+2006-10-12  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* builds/unix/configure.raw (FT2_EXTRA_LIBS): New variable.  It is
+	embedded in freetype2.pc and freetype-config.  Use it to record
+	Carbon dependency of MacOSX.
+
+	* builds/unix/freetype2.in: Embed FT2_EXTRA_LIBS.
+
+	* builds/unix/freetype-config.in: Ditto.
+
+2006-10-11  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* devel/ftoption.h (FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING): Define for
+	development.
+
+2006-10-03  Jens Claudius  
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h: Cast away volatileness from
+	argument to ft_setjmp.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftvalid.h: Add comment that
+	ft_validator_run must not be used.
+
+2006-10-01  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/base/ftbase.c: Undo change from 2006-09-30.
+
+	* src/base/rules.mk (BASE_SRC): Remove `ftlcdfil.c'.
+
+2006-09-30  David Turner  
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h (FT_Face_InternalRec):
+	s/unpatented_hinting/ignore_unpatented_hinter/.
+	Update all callers.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Load_Glyph): Refine the algorithm whether
+	auto-hinting shall be used or not.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttobjs.c (tt_face_init): Ditto.
+
+2006-09-30  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/base/rules.mk (BASE_SRC): Remove `ftapi.c' (which is no longer
+	in use).
+
+	* src/base/ftbase.c: Include `ftlcdfil.c'.
+
+2006-09-29  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttcmap.c (tt_cmap4_char_map_binary): Fix algorithm for
+	overlapping segments.  Bug reported by Stefan Koch.
+
+2006-09-28  David Turner  
+
+	Fix a bug in the automatic unpatented hinting support which prevents
+	normal bytecode hinting to work properly.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h (FT_Face_InternalRec):
+	s/force_autohint/unpatented_hinting/.  Update all callers.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Load_Glyph): Updated code.
+
+	* src/autofit/aftypes.h (AF_DEBUG): Undefine to get rid of traces.
+
+2006-09-27  David Turner  
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_FREETYPE_PATCH): Set to 2.
+
+
+	Add a new API to support color filtering of subpixel glyph bitmaps.
+	In a default build, the function `FT_Library_SetLcdFilter' returns
+	`FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature'; you need to #define
+	FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING in ftoption.h to compile the
+	real implementation.
+
+	* include/freetype/ftlcdfil.h, src/base/ftlcdfil.c: New files.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h (FT_Bitmap_LcdFilterFunc): New
+	typedef.
+	(FT_LibraryRec) [FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING]: New members
+	`lcd_filter_weights' and `lcd_filter'.
+
+	* src/smooth/ftsmooth.c (ft_smooth_render_generic): Remove arguments
+	`hmul' and `vmul'.
+
+	Handle subpixel rendering.
+	Simplify function.
+	(ft_smooth_render_lcd): Use `FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD'.
+	(ft_smooth_render_lcd_v): Use `FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V'.
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftheader.h (FT_LCD_FILTER_H): New macro,
+	pointing to .
+
+	* src/base/Jamfile (_sources), src/base/rules.mk (BASE_SRC),
+	vms_make.com: Add `ftlcdfil.c' to the list of compiled source files.
+
+	* modules.cfg (BASE_EXTENSIONS): Add ftlcdfil.c.
+
+2006-09-26  David Bustin
+
+	* src/pfr/pfrobjs.c (pfr_face_get_kerning): Skip adjustment bytes
+	correctly.  Reported as Savannah bug #17843.
+
+2006-09-26  David Turner  
+
+	* src/autofit/afhints.h (AF_HINTS_DO_HORIZONTAL,
+	AF_HINTS_DO_VERTICAL, AF_HINTS_DO_ADVANCE): New macros to disable
+	horizontal and vertical hinting for the purpose of debugging the
+	auto-fitter.
+
+	* src/autofit/afmodule.c (_af_debug_disable_horz_hints,
+	_af_debug_disable_vert_hints) [AF_DEBUG]: New global variables.
+
+	* src/autofit/aftypes.h [AF_DEBUG]: Declare above variables.
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftoption.h, devel/ftoption.h
+	(FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING): New macro to control whether
+	we want to compile LCD-optimized rendering code (à la ClearType) or
+	not.  The macro *must* be disabled in default builds of the library
+	for patent reasons.
+
+	* src/smooth/ftsmooth.c (ft_smooth_render_generic): Disable
+	LCD-specific rendering when FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING
+	isn't defined at compile time.  This only changes the content of the
+	rendered glyph to match the one of normal gray-level rendering,
+	hence clients should not need to be modified.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Updated.
+
+2006-09-18  Garrick Meeker  
+
+	* src/base/ftmac.c (FT_New_Face_From_FOND): Fall back to SFNT if
+	LWFN fails and both are available.
+
+2006-09-11  David Turner  
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (tt_face_get_name): Support some fonts which
+	report their English names through an Apple Roman
+	(platform,encoding) pair, with language_id != English.
+
+	If the font uses another name entry with language_id == English, it
+	will be selected correctly, though.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttobjs.c (tt_face_init): Add unpatented hinting
+	selection for `mingli.ttf'.
+
+2006-09-05  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttpload.c (tt_face_load_hdmx): Handle `record_size'
+	values which have the upper two bytes set to 0xFF instead of 0x00
+	(as it happens in at least two CJKV fonts, `HAN NOM A.ttf' and
+	`HAN NOM B.ttf').
+
+	* src/smooth/ftgrays.c [GRAYS_USE_GAMMA]: Really remove all code.
+
+2006-09-05  David Turner  
+
+	Minor source cleanups and optimizations.
+
+	* src/smooth/ftgrays.c (GRAYS_COMPACT): Removed.
+	(TRaster): Remove `count_ex' and `count_ey'.
+	(gray_find_cell): Remove 2nd and 3rd argument.
+	(gray_alloc_cell): Merged with `gray_find_cell'.
+	(gray_record_cell): Simplify.
+	(gray_set_cell): Rewrite.
+	(gray_start_cell): Apply offsets to `ras.ex' and `ras.ey'.
+	(gray_render_span): Don't use FT_MEM_SET for small values.
+	(gray_dump_cells) [DEBUG_GRAYS]: New function.
+	(gray_sweep): Avoid buffer overwrites when to drawing the end of a
+	bitmap scanline.
+	(gray_convert_glyph): Fix speed-up.
+
+2006-09-04  David Turner  
+
+	* src/smooth/ftgrays.c (gray_convert_glyphs): Make it work with
+	64bit processors.
+
+2006-09-03  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* devel/ftoption.h: Synchronize with
+	include/freetype/config/ftoption.h.
+
+	* src/smooth/ftgrays.c (gray_record_cell): Remove shadowing
+	variable declaration.
+	(gray_convert_glyph): Fix compiler warnings.
+
+2006-09-01  David Turner  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttobjs.c (tt_face_init): Update the TrueType loader
+	to recognize a few fonts that require the automatic unpatented
+	loader.
+
+	* src/smooth/ftgrays.c: Optmize the performance of the anti-aliased
+	rasterizer.  The speed improvement is between 15% and 25%, depending
+	on the font data.
+
+	(GRAYS_USE_GAMMA, GRAYS_COMPACT): Removed, and all associated code.
+	(TCell): Redefine.
+	(TRaster): New members `buffer', `buffer_size', `ycells', `ycount'.
+	(gray_init_cells): Updated.
+	(gray_find_cell, gray_alloc_cell): New functions.
+	(gray_record_cell): Rewritten to use `gray_find_cell' and
+	`gray_alloc_cell'.
+	(PACK, LESS_THAN, SWAP_CELLS, DEBUG_SORT, QUICK_SORT, SHELL_SORT,
+	QSORT_THRESHOLD):
+	Removed.
+	(gray_shell_sort, gray_quick_sort, gray_check_sort,
+	gray_dump_cells): Removed.
+	(gray_sweep): Rewritten.
+	(gray_convert_glyph): Rewrite code which used one of the sorting
+	functions.
+	(gray_raster_render): Updated.
+
+2006-08-29  Dr. Werner Fink  
+
+	* configure: Make it possible to handle configure options which
+	have strings containing spaces.
+
+2006-08-27  David Turner  
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftoption.h (TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER):
+	New macro, defined if either TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
+	or TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING is defined.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftcalc.h, src/base/ftcalc.c,
+	src/truetype/truetype.c, src/truetype/ttdriver.c,
+	src/truetype/ttgload.c, src/truetype/ttgload.h,
+	src/truetype/ttinterp.c, src/truetype/ttobjs.c,
+	src/truetype/ttobjs.h, src/truetype/ttpload.c, src/type42/t42drivr.c:
+	s/TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER/TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER/.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h (FT_Face_InternalRec): New
+	member `force_autohint'.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Load_Glyph): Use `force_autohint'.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttobjs.c (tt_face_init): Prepare code for testing
+	against a list of font names which need the bytecode interpreter.
+
+2006-08-27  Jens Claudius  
+
+	Fix miscellaneous compiler warnings.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h: Close comment with `*/' to
+	avoid `/* in comment' compiler warning.
+
+	* src/base/ftdbgmem.c (ft_mem_table_get_source): Turn cast
+	`(FT_UInt32)(void*)' into `(FT_UInt32)(FT_PtrDist)(void*)' since on
+	64-bit platforms void* is larger than FT_UInt32.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (t_validator_error): Cast away
+	volatileness of argument to ft_longjmp.  Spotted by Werner
+	`Putzfrau' Lemberg.
+
+	* src/bdf/bdflib.c (bdf_load_font): Initialize local
+	variable `lineno'.
+
+	* src/gxvalid/gxvmod.c (classic_kern_validate): Mark local variable
+	`error' as volatile.
+
+2006-08-27  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/unix/ftconfig.in: Synchronize with main ftconfig.h.
+	Reported by Jens.
+
+2006-08-22  Jens Claudius  
+
+	Fix for previous commit, which caused many compiler warnings/errors
+	about addresses of volatile objects passed as function arguments as
+	non-volatile pointers.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftvalid.h: Make FT_Validator typedef a
+	pointer to a volatile object.
+
+	* src/gxvalid/gxvmod.c (gxv_load_table): Make function argument
+	`table' a pointer to a volatile object.
+
+	* src/otvalid/otvmod.c (otv_load_table): Make function argument
+	`table' a pointer to a volatile object.
+
+2006-08-18  Jens Claudius  
+
+	* src/gxvalid/gxvmod.c (GXV_TABLE_DECL): Mark local variable `_sfnt'
+	as volatile since it must keep its value across a call to ft_setjmp.
+	(gxv_validate): Same for local variables `memory' and `valid'.
+	(classic_kern_validate): Same for local variables `memory',
+	`ckern', and `valid'.
+
+	* src/otvalid/otvmod.c (otv_validate): Same for function parameter
+	`face' and local variables `base', `gdef', `gpos', `gsub', `jstf',
+	and 'valid'.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttcmap.c (tt_face_build_cmaps): Same for local variable
+	`cmap'.
+
+2006-08-16  David Turner  
+
+	* src/cid/cidgload.c (cid_slot_load_glyph): Remove compiler
+	warnings.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (ft_validator_run): Disable function; it is
+	buggy by design.  Always return -1.
+
+
+	Improvements to native TrueType hinting.  This is a first try,
+	controlled by the FIX_BYTECODE macro in src/truetype/ttinterp.c.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftgloadr.h (FT_GlyphLoadRec): Add member
+	`extra_points2'.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/tttypes.h (TT_GlyphZoneRec): Add member
+	`orus'.
+
+	* src/base/ftgloadr.c (FT_GlyphLoader_Reset,
+	FT_GlyphLoader_Adjust_Points, FT_GlyphLoader_CreateExtra,
+	FT_GlyphLoader_CheckPoints, FT_GlyphLoader_CopyPoints): Updated to
+	handle `extra_points2'.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (tt_prepare_zone): Handle `orus'.
+	Remove compiler warning.
+	(cur_to_arg): Remove macro.
+	(TT_Hint_Glyph): Updated.
+	(TT_Process_Simple_Glyph): Handle `orus'.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttinterp.c (FIX_BYTECODE): New macro.
+	(Ins_MD, Ins_MDRP, Ins_IP) [FIX_BYTECODE]: Handle `orus'.
+	(LOC_Ins_IUP): Renamed to...
+	(IUP_WorkerRec): This.
+	Add `orus' member.
+	(Shift): Renamed to...
+	(_iup_worker_shift): This.
+	Updated.
+	(Interp): Renamed to...
+	(_iup_worker_interpolate): This.
+	Updated to handle `orus'.
+	(Ins_IUP): Updated.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttobjs.c (tt_glyphzone_done, tt_glyphzone_new):
+	Handle `orus'.
+
+2006-08-15  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* modules.cfg (BASE_EXTENSIONS): Compile in ftgxval.c by default to
+	build ftvalid in ft2demos.  This has been inadvertedly changed
+	2006-08-13.
+
+2006-08-15  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	`ft_validator_run' wrapping `setjmp' can cause a crash, as found by
+	Jens:
+	http://lists.nongnu.org/archive/html/freetype-devel/2006-08/msg00004.htm.
+
+	* src/otvalid/otvmod.c: Replace `ft_validator_run' by `ft_setjmp'.
+	It reverts the change introduced on 2005-08-20.
+
+	* src/gxvalid/gxvmod.c: Ditto.
+
+2006-08-13  Jens Claudius  
+
+	* finclude/freetype/internal/psaux.h: (T1_TokenType): Add
+	T1_TOKEN_TYPE_KEY.
+	(T1_FieldRec): Add `dict'.
+	(T1_FIELD_DICT_FONTDICT, T1_FIELD_DICT_PRIVATE): New macros.
+	(T1_NEW_XXX, T1_FIELD_XXX): Update to take the dictionary where a PS
+	keyword is expected as an additional argument.
+
+	* src/cid/cidload.c: (cid_field_records): Adjust invocations of
+	T1_FIELD_XXX.
+
+	* src/cid/cidtoken.h: Adjust invocations of T1_FIELD_XXX.
+
+	* src/psaux/psobjs.c: Add macro FT_COMPONENT for tracing.
+	(ps_parser_to_token): Report a PostScript key as T1_TOKEN_TYPE_KEY,
+	not T1_TOKEN_TYPE_ANY.
+	(ps_parser_load_field): Make sure a token that should be a string or
+	name is really a string or name.
+	Avoid memory leak if a keyword has been already encountered and its
+	value is overwritten.
+	* src/type1/t1load.c: (t1_keywords): Adjust invocations of
+	T1_FIELD_XXX.
+	(parse_dict): Ignore keywords that occur in the wrong dictionary
+	(e.g., in `Private' instead of `FontDict').
+
+	* src/type1/t1tokens.h: Adjust invocations of T1_FIELD_XXX.
+
+	* src/type42/t42parse.c: (t42_keywords): Adjust invocations of
+	T1_FIELD_XXX.
+
+2006-07-18  Jens Claudius  
+
+	Move creation of field `buildchar' of T1_DecoderRec out of
+	`t1_decoder_init' and let the caller of `t1_decoder_init' take care
+	of it.
+
+	Call the finisher for T1_Decoder in `cid_face_compute_max_advance'
+	and `T1_Compute_Max_Advance'.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/psaux.h (T1_DecoderRec): Remove field
+	`face', add `len_buildchar'.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/t1types.h (T1_FaceRec): Add field
+	`buildchar'.
+
+	* src/cid/cidgload.c (cid_face_compute_max_advance): Call finisher
+	for T1_Decoder.
+	(cid_slot_load_glyph): Do not ignore failure when initializing the
+	T1_Decoder.
+
+	* src/psaux/t1decode.c (t1_decoder_parse_charstrings): Updated.
+	(t1_decoder_init): Remove initialization of fields `buildchar' and
+	`len_buildchar'.
+	(t1_decoder_done): Remove deallocation of field `buildchar'.
+
+	* freetype/src/type1/t1gload.c (T1_Compute_Max_Advance): Initialize
+	T1_Decoder's `buildchar' and `len_buildchar'; call finisher for
+	T1_Decoder.
+	(T1_Load_Glyph): Initialize T1_Decoder's `buildchar' and
+	`len_buildchar'; make sure to call finisher for T1_Decoder even in
+	case of error.
+
+	* src/type1/t1load.c (T1_Open_Face): Allocate new field `buildchar'
+	of T1_FaceRec.
+
+	* src/type1/t1objs.c (T1_Face_Done): Free new field `buildchar' of
+	T1_FaceRec.
+
+2006-07-14  Jens Claudius  
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/psaux.h: New macros IS_PS_NEWLINE,
+	IS_PS_SPACE, IS_PS_SPECIAL, IS_PS_DELIM, IS_PS_DIGIT, IS_PS_XDIGIT,
+	and IS_PS_BASE85 (from src/psaux/psconv.h).
+	(T1_FieldLocation): Add T1_FIELD_LOCATION_LOADER,
+	T1_FIELD_LOCATION_FACE, and T1_FIELD_LOCATION_BLEND.
+	(T1_DecoderRec): New fields `buildchar' and `face'.
+	(IS_PS_TOKEN): New macro.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/t1types.h (T1_FaceRec): New fields
+	`ndv_idx', `cdv_idx', and `len_buildchar'.
+
+	* include/freetype/t1tables.h (PS_BlendRec): New fields
+	`default_design_vector' and `num_default_design_vector'.
+
+	* src/psaux/psconv.h: Move macros IS_PS_NEWLINE, IS_PS_SPACE,
+	IS_PS_SPECIAL, IS_PS_DELIM, IS_PS_DIGIT, IS_PS_XDIGIT, and
+	IS_PS_BASE85 to include/freetype/internal/psaux.h.
+
+	* src/psaux/psobjs.c (ps_parser_to_token_array): Allow `token'
+	argument to be NULL if we want only to count the number of tokens.
+	(ps_tocoordarray): Allow `coords' argument to be NULL if we just
+	want to skip the array.
+	(ps_tofixedarray): Allow `values' argument to be NULL if we just
+	want to skip the array.
+
+	* src/psaux/t1decode.c (t1_decoder_parse_charstrings): Add support
+	for (partially commented out) othersubrs 19-25, 27, and 28.
+	(t1_decoder_init): Initialize new fields `face' and `buildchar'.
+	(t1_decoder_done): Release new field `buildchar'.
+
+	* src/type1/t1load.c (parse_buildchar, parse_private): New
+	functions.
+	(t1_keywords): Register them.
+	(t1_allocate_blend): Updated.
+	(t1_load_keyword): Handle field types T1_FIELD_LOCATION_LOADER,
+	T1_FIELD_LOCATION_FACE and T1_FIELD_LOCATION_BLEND.
+	(parse_dict): Remove `keyword_flags' argument.
+	Use new macro IS_PS_TOKEN.
+	Changed function so that later PostScript definitions override
+	earlier ones.
+	(t1_init_loader): Initialize new field `keywords_encountered'.
+	(T1_Open_Face): Initialize new fields `ndv_idx', `cdv_idx', and
+	`len_buildchar'.
+	Remove `keywords_flags'.
+
+	* src/type1/t1load.h (T1_LoaderRect): New field
+	`keywords_encountered'.
+	(T1_PRIVATE, T1_FONTDIR_AFTER_PRIVATE): New macros.
+
+	* src/type1/t1tokens.h [!T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_MM_SUPPORT]: New
+	entries for parsing /NDV, /CDV, and /DesignVector.
+
+2006-07-07  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Add many checks to protect against malformed PCF files.
+
+	* src/pcf/pcfdrivr.c (PCF_Face_Done): Protect against NULL pointers.
+	(PCF_Face_Init): Add calls to PCF_Face_Done in case of errors.
+
+	* src/pcf/pcfread.c (pcf_read_TOC): Protect against malformed table
+	data and check that tables don't overlap (using a simple
+	bubblesort).
+	(PCF_METRIC_SIZE, PCF_COMPRESSED_METRIC_SIZE, PCF_PROPERTY_SIZE):
+	New macros which give the size of data structures in the data
+	stream.
+	(pcf_get_properties): Use rough estimates to get array size limits.
+	Assign `face->nprops' and `face->properties' earlier so that a call
+	to PCF_Face_Done can do the clean-up in case of error.
+	Protect against invalid string offsets.
+	(pcf_get_metrics): Clean up code.
+	Adjust tracing message levels.
+	Use rough estimate to get array size limit.
+	(pcf_get_bitmaps): Clean up code.
+	Adjust tracing message levels.
+	Use rough estimates to get offset limits.
+	(pcf_get_encodings): Adjust tracing message level.
+	(pcf_get_accel): Clean up code.
+
+2006-06-26  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c (BDF_Face_Init): Handle fonts correctly which
+	don't have a POINT_SIZE property.  This fixes Savannah bug #16914.
+
+2006-06-26  Jens Claudius  
+
+	* src/psaux/t1decode.c (T1_Operator, t1_args_count): Add opcode 15.
+	(t1_decoder_parse_charstrings): Operator with
+	opcode 15 pops its two arguments.
+	Handle the case where the pops of an othersubr may be part of a
+	subroutine.
+	Handle unknown othersubrs gracefully: count their operands and let
+	the following pop operators push the operands as the results onto
+	the Type1 stack.
+	Improve handling of setcurrentpoint opcode.
+
+2006-06-25  Jens Claudius  
+
+	The Type 1 parser now skips over top-level procedures as required
+	for a `Simplified Parser'.  This makes the parser more robust as it
+	doesn't poke around in PostScript code.  Additionally, it makes the
+	FontDirectory hackery in src/type1/t1load.c unnecessary.
+
+	* src/psaux/psobjs.c (IS_OCTAL_DIGIT): New macro.
+	(skip_literal_string): Add FT_Error as return value.
+	Handle escapes better.
+	(skip_string): Add FT_Error as return value.
+	Don't set `parser->error' but return error code directly.
+	(skip_procedure): New function.
+	(ps_parser_skip_PS_token): Handle procedures.
+	Update code.
+	(ps_parser_to_token): Update code.
+	(ps_parser_load_field_table): Handle bbox entries also.
+
+	* src/type1/t1load.c (parse_dict): Remove FontDirectory hackery.
+	Add commented-out code for synthetic fonts.
+
+2006-06-24  Eugeniy Meshcheryakov  
+
+	Fix two hinting bugs as reported in
+	http://lists.nongnu.org/archive/html/freetype-devel/2006-06/msg00057.html.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/tttypes.h (TT_GlyphZoneRec): Add
+	`first_point' member.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (tt_prepare_zone): Initialize
+	`first_point'.
+	(TT_Process_Composite_Glyph): Always untouch points.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttinterp.c (Ins_SHC): Fix computation of
+	`first_point' and `last_point' in case of composite glyphs.
+	(Ins_IUP): Fix computation of `end_point'.
+
+2006-06-22  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	Insert EndianS16_BtoN and EndianS32_BtoN as workaround for Intel
+	Mac.  The original patch was written by David Sachitano and Lawrence
+	Coopet, and modified by Sean McBride for MPW compatibility.  Only
+	required data are converted; unused data are left in big endian.
+
+	* src/base/ftmac.c: Include  for byteorder macros for non
+	Mac OS X platforms.
+	(OS_INLINE): Undefine before definition.
+	(count_faces_sfnt): Insert EndianS16_BtoN to parse the header of
+	FontAssociation table in FOND resource.
+	(count_faces_scalable): Insert EndianS16_BtoN to parse the header
+	and fontSize at each entry of FontAssociation table in FOND
+	resource.
+	(parse_fond): Insert EndianS16_BtoN and EndianS32_BtoN to parse
+	ffStylOff of FamilyRecord header of FOND resource, the header,
+	fontSize, fontID at each entry of FontAssociation table, and
+	StyleMapping table.
+	(count_faces): Call `HUnlock' after all FOND utilization.
+
+2006-06-08  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	Public API of TrueTypeGX, OpenType, and classic kern table validator
+	should return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if validation service
+	is unavailable (disabled in `modules.cfg').  It is originally
+	suggested by David Turner, cf.
+	http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/freetype-devel/2005-11/msg00078.html
+
+	* src/base/ftgxval.c (FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate): Return
+	FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature if TrueTypeGX validation service is
+	unavailable.
+	(FT_ClassicKern_Validate): Return FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature if
+	classic kern table validation service is unavailable.
+
+	* src/base/ftotval.c (FT_OpenType_Validate): Return
+	FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature if OpenType validation service is
+	unavailable.
+
+2006-06-08  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/bdf/bdflib.c (bdf_load_font): Fix memory leaks in case of
+	errors.
+
+2006-06-07  David Turner  
+
+	* src/type1/t1afm.c (KERN_INDEX): Make it more robust.
+	(T1_Read_Metrics): Fix memory leak which happened when the metrics
+	file doesn't have kerning pairs.  This fixes Savannah bug #16768.
+
+2006-06-06  David Turner  
+
+	Fix memory leak described in Savannah bug #16759.
+
+	We change `ps_unicodes_init' so that it also takes a
+	`free_glyph_name' callback to release the glyph names returned by
+	`get_glyph_name'
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/services/svpscmap.h (PS_Glyph_NameFunc):
+	Renamed to ...
+	(PS_GetGlyphNameFunc): This.
+	(PS_FreeGlyphNameFunc): New typedef.
+	(PS_Unicodes_InitFunc): Add variable for PS_FreeGlyphNameFunc.
+
+	* src/cff/cffcmap.c (cff_sid_to_glyph_name): Use `TT_Face' for first
+	argument.
+	(cff_sid_free_glyph_name): New function.
+	(cff_cmap_unicode_init): Updated.
+
+	* src/psaux/t1cmap.c (t1_cmap_unicode_init): Updated.
+
+	* src/psnames/psmodule.c (ps_unicodes_init): Add variable for
+	PS_FreeGlyphNameFunc and use it.
+
+
+2006-06-04  David Turner  
+
+	* src/base/ftutil.c (ft_mem_qrealloc): Fix the function to accept
+	`item_size == 0' as well -- though this sounds weird, it can
+	theoretically happen.  This fixes Savannah bug #16669.
+
+	* src/pfr/pfrobjs.c (pfr_face_init): Fix the computation
+	of `face->num_glyphs' which missed the last glyph, due to
+	the offset-by-1 computation, since the PFR format doesn't
+	guarantee that glyph index 0 corresponds to the `missing
+	glyph.  This fixes Savannah bug #16668.
+
+2006-05-25  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/unix/unix-cc.in (LINK_LIBRARY): Don't comment out
+	`-no-undefined'.  Reported by Christian Biesinger.
+
+2006-05-19  Brian Weed  
+
+	* builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsp: Release libraries no longer
+	have debug information, and debug libraries use `C7 compatible'
+	debug info.
+
+2006-05-19  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	Apply patch by Derek Clegg to fix two memory leaks in the MacOS
+	resource fork handler.  This fixes Savannah bug #16631.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (load_face_in_embedded_rfork): Replace
+	`FT_Stream_Close' by `FT_Stream_Free' to fix memory leak.
+
+	* src/base/ftrfrk.c (raccess_guess_linux_double_from_file_name):
+	Replace `FT_Stream_Close' by `FT_Stream_Free' to fix memory leak.
+
+2006-05-19  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* build/unix/configure.raw: Add a fallback to disable Carbon
+	dependency, if configured with no options on Mac OS X.
+
+2006-05-19  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* src/base/ftmac.c (open_face_from_buffer): Deallocate stream when
+	its content cannot be parsed as supported font.  This fixes
+	the second part of Savannah bug #16590.
+
+2006-05-18  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (TT_Load_Composite_Glyph)
+	[FT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER]: Make it compilable again.
+
+2006-05-17  David Turner  
+
+	This is a major patch used to drastically improve the performance of
+	loading glyphs.  This both speeds up loading the glyph vectors
+	themselves and the auto-fitter module.
+
+	We now use inline assembler code with GCC to implement `FT_MulFix',
+	which is probably the most important function related to the
+	engine's performance.
+
+	The resulting speed-up is about 25%.
+
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/tttypes.h (TT_LoaderRec): Add fields
+	`cursor' and `limit'.
+
+	* src/autofit/afangles.c (af_corner_is_flat, af_corner_orientation):
+	New functions.
+	(AF_ATAN_BITS, af_arctan, af_angle_atan): Comment out.
+	[TEST]: Remove.
+
+	* src/autofit/afcjk.c (AF_Script_UniRangeRec): Comment out test
+	code.
+
+	* src/autofit/afhints.c (af_axis_hints_new_segment): Don't call
+	`FT_ZERO'
+	(af_direction_compute, af_glyph_hints_compute_inflections): Rewritten.
+	(af_glyph_hints_reload: Rewrite recognition of weak points.
+
+	* src/autofit/aflatin.c (af_latin_hints_compute_segments): Move
+	constant values out of the loops.
+
+	* src/autofit/aftypes.h: Updated.
+
+	* src/base/ftcalc.c (FT_MulFix): Use inline assembler code.
+
+	* src/base/ftoutln.c (FT_Outline_Get_Orientation): Use vector
+	product to get orientation.
+
+	* src/gzip/ftgzip.c (ft_get_uncompressed_size): New function.
+	(FT_Stream_OpenGzip): Use it to handle small files directly in
+	memory.
+
+	* src/psaux/psconv.c (PS_Conv_ASCIIHexDecode, PS_ConvEexecDecode):
+	Improve performance.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (TT_Access_Glyph_Frame): Set `cursor' and
+	`limit'.
+
+	(TT_Load_Glyph_Header, TT_Load_Simple_Glyph,
+	TT_Load_Composite_Glyph): Updated.  Add threshold to protect against
+	exceedingly large values of number of contours.  Speed up by
+	reducing the number of loops.
+
+	* src/type1/t1gload.c (T1_Load_Glyph): Don't apply unit matrix.
+
+
+	* src/cache/ftccmap.c (FTC_CMapCache_Lookup): Change the threshold
+	used to detect rogue clients from 4 to 16.  This is to prevent some
+	segmentation faults with fonts like `KozMinProVI-Regular.otf' which
+	comes from the Japanese Adobe Reader Asian Font pack.
+
+2007-05-17  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/cff/cffload.c (cff_font_done): Deallocate subfont array.  This
+	fixes the first part of Savannah bug #16590.
+
+2006-05-16  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* docs/PROBLEMS: Updated icl issues.
+
+----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Copyright 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 by
+David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+
+This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+fully.
+
+
+Local Variables:
+version-control: never
+coding: utf-8
+End:
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/ChangeLog.20 b/src/3rdparty/freetype/ChangeLog.20
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8fcc5e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/ChangeLog.20
@@ -0,0 +1,2613 @@
+2002-02-09  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* README: Fix typo.
+	* docs/CHANGES: Minor fixes.
+
+
+	* Version 2.0.8 released.
+	=========================
+
+
+2002-02-08  David Turner  
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Updating for 2.0.8.
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h: Setting `PATCH_LEVEL' to 8 and
+	removing `FT_Get_Next_Char' from the API (temporarily).
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h: Adding comments to FT_Get_Next_Char;
+	note that this function might temporarily be removed for the 2.0.8
+	release.
+
+2002-02-07  David Turner  
+
+	* src/pcf/pcfread.c (pcf_load_font): Removed immature support of
+	the AVERAGE_WIDTH property.
+
+2002-02-06  David Turner  
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (SFNT_Load_Face): Since many fonts embedded in
+	PDF documents do not include 'cmap', 'post' and 'name' tables, the
+	SFNT face loader has been changed to not immediately report an
+	error if these are not present.
+
+	Note that the specification _requires_ these tables, but Adobe
+	seems to ignore it completely.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttcmap.c: Removing compiler warnings.
+
+	* src/pcf/pcfread.c (pcf_read_TOC): Use FT_UInt.
+	(pcf_parse_metric, pcf_parse_compressed_metric): Removed.  Code
+	is now in ...
+	(pcf_get_metric): Here.
+	(pcfSeekToType): Renamed to ...
+	(pcf_seek_to_table_type): This.
+	Use FT_Int.
+	(pcfHasType): Renamed to ...
+	(pcf_has_table_type): This.
+	Use FT_Int.
+	(find_property): Renamed to ...
+	(pcf_find_property): This.
+	Use FT_Int.
+	(pcf_get_bitmaps, pcf_get_encodings): Handle invalid PCF fonts
+	better (delaying format checks out of FT_Access_Frame ..
+	FT_Forget_Frame blocks to avoid leaving the stream in an incorrect
+	state when encountering an invalid PCF font).
+
+	* src/pcf/pcfdriver.c (PCF_Done_Face): Renamed to ...
+	(PCF_Face_Done): This.
+	(PCF_Init_Face): Renamed to ...
+	(PCF_Face_Init): This.
+	(PCF_Get_Char_Index): Renamed to ...
+	(PCF_Char_Get_Index): This.
+	(PCF_Get_Next_Char): Renamed to ...
+	(PCF_Char_Get_Next): This.
+	(pcf_driver_class): Updated.
+
+	* src/pcf/pcf.h (PCF_Done_Face): Removed.
+
+2002-02-06  Detlef Würkner  
+
+	* src/pcf/pcfdriver.c (FT_Done_Face): Fixed small memory leak.
+
+	* src/pcf/pcfread.c (pcf_load_font): Now handles the `AVERAGE_WIDTH'
+	property to return correct character pixel (width/height) pairs for
+	embedded bitmaps.
+
+2002-02-04  Keith Packard  
+
+	Adding the function `FT_Get_Next_Char', doing the obvious thing
+	w.r.t. the selected charmap.
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h: Add prototype.
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftdriver.h: Add `FTDriver_getNextChar'
+	typedef.
+	(FT_Driver_Class): Use it.
+	* include/freetype/internal/psnames.h: Add `PS_Next_Unicode_Func'
+	typedef.
+	(PSNames_Interface): Use it.
+	* include/freetype/internal/tttypes.h: Add `TT_CharNext_Func'
+	typedef.
+	(TT_CMapTable): Use it.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Get_Next_Char): New function, implementing
+	high-level API.
+	* src/cff/cffdrivr.c (cff_get_next_char): New function.
+	(cff_driver_class): Add it.
+	* src/cid/cidriver.c (Cid_Get_Next_Char): New function.
+	(t1cid_driver_class): Add it.
+	* src/pcf/pcfdriver.c (PCF_Get_Next_Char): New function.
+	(pcf_driver_class): Add it.
+	* src/psnames/psmodule.c (PS_Next_Unicode): New function.
+	(psnames_interface): Add it.
+	* src/sfnt/ttcmap.c (code_to_next0, code_to_next2, code_to_next4,
+	code_to_next6, code_to_next_8_12, code_to_next_10): New auxiliary
+	functions.
+	(TT_CharMap_Load): Use them.
+	* src/truetype/ttdriver.c (Get_Next_Char): New function.
+	(tt_driver_class): Add it.
+	* src/type1/t1driver.c (Get_Next_Char): New function.
+	(t1_driver_class): Add it.
+	* src/winfonts/winfnt.c (FNT_Get_Next_Char): New function.
+	(winfnt_driver_class): Add it.
+
+	* src/pcf/pcfread.c (pcf_load_font): For now, report Unicode for
+	Unicode and Latin 1 encodings.
+
+2002-02-02  Keith Packard  
+
+	* builds/unix/freetype-config.in: Add missing `fi'.
+
+
+	* Version 2.0.7 released.
+	=========================
+
+
+2002-02-01  David Turner  
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h: Increasing FREETYPE_PATCH to 7
+	for the new release.
+
+2002-01-31  David Turner  
+
+	* README, README.UNX, docs/CHANGES: Updating documentation for the
+	2.0.7 release.
+
+2002-01-30  David Turner  
+
+	* INSTALL: Moved to ...
+	* docs/INSTALL: Here to avoid conflicts with the `install' script on
+	Windows, where the filesystem doesn't preserve case.
+
+2002-01-29  David Turner  
+
+	* configure: Fixed the script.  It previously didn't accept more
+	than one argument correctly.  For example, when typing:
+
+	  ./configure --disable-shared --disable-nls
+
+	the `--disable-nls' was incorrectly sent to the `make' program.
+
+2002-01-29  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* README.UNX: Fix typo.
+	* builds/unix/install.mk (uninstall): Fix library name for libtool.
+
+2002-01-28  Francesco Zappa Nardelli  
+
+	* src/pcf/pcfdriver.c (PCF_Done_Face): Fix incorrect destruction of
+	the face object (face->toc.tables, face->root.family_name,
+	face->root.available_size, face->charset_encoding,
+	face->charset_registry are now freed).  Thanks to Niels Moseley.
+
+2002-01-28  Roberto Alameda  
+
+	* src/type1/t1load.c (parse_encoding): Set `loader->num_chars'.
+
+2002-01-28  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/type1/t1load.c (parse_subrs, parse_charstrings): Use copy
+	of `base' string for decrypting to not modify the original data.
+	Based on a patch by Jakub Bogusz .
+
+2002-01-27  Giuliano Pochini  
+
+	* src/smooth/ftgrays.c (gray_render_scanline): Fix bug which caused
+	bad rendering of thin lines (less than one pixel thick).
+
+2002-01-25  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/cff/cffdrivr.c (cff_get_name_index): Make last patch work
+	actually.
+
+2002-01-25  Martin Zinser  
+
+	* src/cache/ftccache.c (ftc_node_done, ftc_node_destroy): Fix
+	compilation warnings.
+	* src/base/descrip.mms (OBJS): Add `ftmm.obj'.
+	* src/cache/descrip.mms (ftcache.obj): Dependencies added.
+
+2002-01-25  WANG Yi  
+
+	* src/cff/cffdrivr.c (cff_get_name_index): Fix deallocation bug.
+
+2002-01-21  Antoine Leca  
+
+	* docs/PATENTS: Typo fixed (thanks to Detlef `Hawkeye' Würkner) in
+	the URL for the online resource.
+
+2002-01-18  Ian Brown  
+
+	* builds/win32/ftdebug.c: New file.
+	* builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsp: Updated.
+
+2002-01-18  Detlef Würkner  
+
+	* builds/amiga/src/base/ftsystem.c: Updated for AmigaOS 3.9.
+	* builds/amiga/README: Updated.
+
+2002-01-18  Ian Brown  
+
+	* builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsp: Updated.
+
+2002-01-13  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/unix/freetype2.a4: The script was still buggy.
+	* builds/unix/freetype-config.in: Make it really work for any install
+	prefix.
+
+2002-01-10  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/unix/freetype2.a4: Fix some serious bugs.
+
+2002-01-09  David Turner  
+
+	* builds/unix/configure.ac: Build top-level Jamfile.
+
+2002-01-09  Maxim Shemanarev  
+
+	* src/smooth/ftgrays.c (gray_render_line): Small optimization to
+	the smooth anti-aliased renderer that deals with vertical segments.
+	This results in a 5-7% speedup in rendering speed.
+
+2002-01-08  David Turner  
+
+	Added some wrapper scripts to make the installation more
+	Unix-friendly.
+
+	* configure, install: New files.
+
+	* INSTALL, README.UNX: Updated installation documentation to use the
+	new 'configure' and 'install' scripts.
+
+2002-01-07  David Turner  
+
+
+	* Version 2.0.6 released.
+	=========================
+
+
+	* docs/BUGS, docs/CHANGES: Updating documentation for 2.0.6 release.
+
+	* src/tools/docmaker.py: Fixed HTML quoting in sources.
+	(html_format): Replaced with ...
+	(html_quote): New function.
+	(html_quote0): New function.
+	(DocCode::dump_html): Small improvement.
+	(DocParagraph::dump, DocBlock::html): Use html_quote0 and html_quote.
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftoption.h: Setting default options for
+	a release build (debugging off, bytecode interpreter off).
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c, src/base/ftoutln.c, src/cache/ftccmap.c,
+	src/cff/cffload.c, src/cff/cffobjs.c, src/pshinter/pshalgo2.c,
+	src/sfnt/ttload.c, src/sfnt/ttsbit.c: Removing small compiler
+	warnings (in pedantic compilation modes).
+
+2002-01-05  David Turner  
+
+	* src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_align_linked_edge): Modified computation
+	of auto-hinted stem widths; this avoids color fringes in
+	`ClearType-like' rendering.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (TT_Load_Glyph_Header,
+	TT_Load_Simple_Glyph, TT_Load_Composite_Glyph, load_truetype_glyph):
+	Modified the TrueType loader to make it more paranoid; this avoids
+	nasty buffer overflows in the case of invalid glyph data (as
+	encountered in the output of some buggy font converters).
+
+2002-01-04  David Turner  
+
+	* README.UNX: Added special README file for Unix users.
+
+	* builds/unix/ftsystem.c (FT_New_Stream): Fixed typo.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c: Added #include FT_OUTLINE_H to get rid
+	of compiler warnings.
+
+	* src/base/ftoutln.c (FT_Outline_Check): Remove compiler warning.
+
+2002-01-03  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/type1/t1objs.c (T1_Face_Init): Add cast to avoid compiler
+	warning.
+
+2002-01-03  Keith Packard  
+
+	* builds/unix/ftsystem.c (FT_New_Stream): Added a fix to ensure that
+	all FreeType input streams are closed in child processes of a `fork'
+	on Unix systems.  This is important to avoid (potential) access
+	control issues.
+
+2002-01-03  David Turner  
+
+	* src/type1/t1objs.c (T1_Face_Init): Fixed a bug that crashed the
+	library when dealing with certain weird fonts like `Stalingrad', in
+	`sadn.pfb' (this font has no full font name entry).
+
+	* src/base/ftoutln.c, include/freetype/ftoutln.h (FT_Outline_Check):
+	New function to check the consistency of outline data.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Load_Glyph): Use `FT_Outline_Check' to
+	ensure that loaded glyphs are valid.  This allows certain fonts like
+	`tt1095m_.ttf' to be loaded even though it appears they contain
+	really funky glyphs.
+
+	There still is a bug there, though.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (load_truetype_glyph): Fix error condition.
+
+2001-12-30  David Turner  
+
+	* src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_hinter_load): Fix advance width
+	computation of auto-hinted glyphs.  This noticeably improves the
+	spacing of letters in KDE and Gnome.
+
+2001-12-25  Antoine Leca  
+
+	* builds/dos/detect.mk: Correcting the order for Borland compilers:
+	16-bit bcc was never selected, always overridden by 32-bit bcc32.
+
+2001-12-22  Francesco Zappa Nardelli  
+
+	* src/pfc/pcfread.c (pcf_load_font): Handle property `POINT_SIZE'
+	and fix incorrect computation of `available_sizes'.
+
+2001-12-22  David Turner  
+
+	* src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_hinter_load): Auto-hinted glyphs had an
+	incorrect glyph advance in the case of mono-width fonts (like
+	Courier, Andale Mono, and others).
+
+2001-12-22  Detlef Würkner  
+
+	* builds/amiga/*: Adaptations to latest changes.
+	Support added for MorphOS.
+
+2001-12-22  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/pshinter/pshrec.c (FT_COMPONENT): Redefine to `trace_pshrec'.
+	(ps_mask_table_merge, ps_hints_open, ps_hints_stem,
+	ps_hints_t1stem3, ps_hints_t2mask, ps_hints_t2counter): Fix
+	FT_ERROR messages.
+	* src/pshinter/pshalgo1.c (FT_COMPONENT): Define as
+	`trace_pshalgo1'.
+	* src/pshinter/pshalgo2.c (FT_COMPONENT): Define as
+	`trace_pshalgo2'.
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftdebug.h (FT_Trace): Updated.
+
+	* docs/modules.txt: New file.
+
+2001-12-21  David Turner  
+
+	* src/pshinter/pshrec.c (ps_hints_t2mask, ps_hints_t2counter):
+	Ignore invalid `hintmask' and `cntrmask' operators (instead of
+	returning an error).  Glyph 2028 of the CFF font `MSung-Light-Acro'
+	couldn't be rendered otherwise (it seems its charstring is buggy,
+	though this requires more analysis).
+	(FT_COMPONENT): Define.
+
+	* src/cff/cffgload.c (CFF_Parse_CharStrings), src/psaux/t1decode.c
+	(T1_Decoder_Parse_Charstrings), src/pshinter/pshalgo2.c (*), Fixed a
+	bug where the X and Y axis where inverted in the postscript hinter.
+	This caused problem when displaying on non-square surfaces.
+
+	* src/pshinter/pshalgo2.c: s/vertical/dimension/.
+
+	* src/pshinter/pshglob.c (psh_globals_new): Replaced a floating
+	point constant with a fixed-float equivalent.  For some reasons not
+	all compilers are capable of directly computing a floating pointer
+	constant casted to FT_Fixed, and will link a math library instead.
+
+2001-12-20  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/cache/ftccache.c (ftc_node_destroy, ftc_cache_lookup): Fix
+	tracing strings.
+	* src/cache/ftccmap.c (ftc_cmap_family_init): Ditto.
+	* src/cache/ftcmanag.c (ftc_family_table_alloc,
+	ftc_family_table_free, FTC_Manager_Check): Ditto.
+	* src/cache/ftcsbits.c (ftc_sbit_node_load): Ditto.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Done_Library): Remove compiler warning.
+
+2001-12-20  David Turner  
+
+	Added PostScript hinter support to the CFF and CID drivers.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/cfftypes.h (CFF_Font): New member
+	`pshinter'.
+	* src/cff/cffload.c (CFF_Get_Standard_Encoding): New function.
+	* src/cff/cffload.h: Updated.
+	* src/cff/cffgload.c (CFF_Init_Builder): Renamed to ...
+	(CFF_Builder_Init): This.
+	Added new argument `hinting'.
+	(CFF_Done_Builder): Renamed to ...
+	(CFF_Builder_Done): This.
+	(CFF_Init_Decoder): Added new argument `hinting'.
+	(CFF_Parse_CharStrings): Implement vstem support.
+	(CFF_Load_Glyph): Updated.
+	Add hinting support.
+	(cff_lookup_glyph_by_stdcharcode): Use CFF_Get_Standard_Encoding().
+	(cff_argument_counts): Updated.
+	* src/cff/cffgload.h: Updated.
+	* src/cff/cffobjs.c: Include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_HINTS_H.
+	(CFF_Size_Get_Globals_Funcs, CFF_Size_Done, CFF_Size_Init,
+	CFF_Size_Reset, CFF_GlyphSlot_Done, CFF_GLyphSlot_Init): New
+	functions.
+	(CFF_Init_Face): Renamed to ...
+	(CFF_Face_Init): This.
+	Add hinter support.
+	(CFF_Done_Face): Renamed to ...
+	(CFF_Face_Done): This.
+	(CFF_Init_Driver): Renamed to ...
+	(CFF_Driver_Init): This.
+	(CFF_Done_Driver): Renamed to ...
+	(CFF_Driver_Done): This.
+	* src/cff/cffobjs.h: Updated.
+	* src/cff/cffdrivr.c (cff_driver_class): Updated.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/t1types.h (CID_FaceRec): New member
+	`pshinter'.
+	* src/cid/cidgload.c (CID_Load_Glyph): Add hinter support.
+	* src/cid/cidobjs.c: Include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_HINTS_H.
+	(CID_GlyphSlot_Done, CID_GlyphSlot_Init, CID_Size_Get_Globals_Funcs,
+	CID_Size_Done, CID_Size_Init, CID_Size_Reset): New functions.
+	(CID_Done_Face): Renamed to ...
+	(CID_Face_Done): This.
+	(CID_Init_Face): Renamed to ...
+	(CID_Face_Init): This.
+	Add hinting support.
+	(CID_Init_Driver): Renamed to ...
+	(CID_Driver_Init): This.
+	(CID_Done_Driver): Renamed to ...
+	(CID_Driver_Done): This.
+	* src/cid/cidobjs.h: Updated.
+	* src/cidriver.c: Updated.
+
+	* src/pshinter/pshrec.c (t2_hint_stems): Fixed.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Done_Library): Fixed a stupid bug that
+	crashed the library on exit.
+
+	* src/type1/t1gload.c (T1_Load_Glyph): Enable font matrix
+	transformation of hinted glyphs.
+
+	* src/cid/cidload.c (cid_read_subrs): Fix error condition.
+
+	* src/cid/cidobjs.c (CID_Face_Done): Fixed a memory leak; the subrs
+	routines were never released when CID faces were destroyed.
+
+	* src/cff/cffload.h, src/cff/cffload.c, src/cff/cffgload.c: Updated
+	to move the definition of encoding tables back within `cffload.c'
+	instead of making them part of a shared header (causing problems in
+	`multi' builds).  This reverts change 2001-08-08.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Updated for 2.0.6 release.
+	* docs/TODO: Added `stem3 and counter hints support' to the TODO
+	list for the Postscript hinter.
+	* docs/BUGS: Closed the AUTOHINT-NO-SBITS bug.
+
+2001-12-19  David Turner  
+
+	* include/freetype/cache/ftcache.h: Added comments to indicate that
+	some of the exported functions should only be used by applications
+	that need to implement custom cache types.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (cur_to_org, org_to_cur): Fixed a nasty bug
+	that prevented composites from loading correctly, due to missing
+	parentheses around macro parameters.
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (SFNT_Load_Face): Make the `post' and `name'
+	tables optional to load PCL fonts properly.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (TT_Load_Glyph), src/base/ftobjs.c
+	(FT_Load_Glyph), include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_LOAD_SBITS_ONLY):
+	`Fixed' the bug that prevented embedded bitmaps to be loaded when
+	the auto-hinter is used.  This actually is a hack but will be enough
+	until the internal re-design scheduled for FreeType 2.1.
+
+	* src/raster/ftrend1.c (ft_raster1_render): Fixed a nasty outline
+	shifting bug in the monochrome renderer.
+
+	* README: Updated version numbers to 2.0.6.
+
+2001-12-17  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (load_truetype_glyph): Fix test for invalid
+	glyph header.
+
+2001-12-15  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/base/ftglyph.c (FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap): Remove compiler warning.
+	* include/freetype/ftcache.h (FTC_Node_Unref): Removed.  It is
+	already in ftcmanag.h.
+	* src/cache/ftcsbits.c (ftc_sbit_node_load): Remove unused variable
+	`gfam'.
+	* src/cache/ftcmanag.c (ftc_family_table_alloc,
+	* ftc_family_table_free): Use FT_EXPORT_DEF.
+	* include/freetype/cache/ftcmanag.h: Updated.
+	* src/cache/ftccache.c (ftc_node_destroy): Use FT_EXPORT_DEF.
+	* src/cache/ftccmap.c (ftc_cmap_node_init): Remove unused variable
+	`cfam'.
+	Remove compiler warning.
+	(FTC_CMapCache_Lookup): Remove compiler warnings.
+	(ftc_cmap_family_init): Ditto.
+	(FTC_CMapCache_Lookup): Ditto.
+
+	* builds/unix/configure.ac: Increase `version_info' to 8:0:2.
+	* builds/unix/configure: Regenerated.
+
+2001-12-14  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/mac/README: Updated.
+
+2001-12-14  Scott Long  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (load_truetype_glyph): Fixing crash when
+	dealing with invalid fonts (i.e. glyph size < 10 bytes).
+
+2001-12-14  Sam Latinga  
+
+	* builds/mac/freetype.make: A new Makefile to build with MPW on
+	MacOS classic.
+
+2001-12-14  David Turner  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (TT_Load_Glyph), src/type1/t1gload.c
+	(T1_Load_Glyph), src/cid/cidgload.c (CID_Load_Glyph),
+	src/cff/cffgload.c (CFF_Load_Glyph): Fixed a serious bug common to
+	all font drivers (the advance width was never hinted when it
+	should).
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FREETYPE_PATCH): New macro.
+	* src/base/ftdbgmem.c (debug_mem_dummy) [!FT_DEBUG_MEMORY]: Don't
+	use `extern' keyword.
+
+2001-12-12  David Turner  
+
+	* src/pshinter/pshglob.c (psh_blues_scale_zones, psh_blues_snap_stem
+	psh_globals_new): Adding correct BlueScale/BlueShift support, plus
+	family blues processing.
+	* src/pshinter/pshglob.h (PSH_BluesRec): Updated.
+
+	Started adding support for the Postscript hinter in the CFF module.
+
+	* src/cff/cffgload.c: Include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_HINTS_H.
+	(CFF_Parse_CharStrings): Implement it.
+	* src/cff/cffgload.h: Updated.
+
+2001-12-12  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/unix/freetype2.m4: Some portability fixes.
+
+2001-12-11  Jouk Jansen  
+
+	* src/base/descrip.mms (OBJS): Add ftdebug.obj.
+
+2001-12-11  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttload.c (TT_Load_Generic_Header): Typos.
+
+2001-12-11  David Turner  
+
+	* builds/unix/freetype-config.in: Modified the script to prevent
+	passing `-L/usr/lib' to gcc.
+
+	* docs/FTL.TXT: Simple fix (change `LICENSE.TXT' to `FTL.TXT').
+
+	* builds/unix/freetype2.m4: New file for checking configure paths.
+	We need to install it in $(prefix)/share/aclocal/freetype2.m4 but I
+	didn't modify builds/unix/install.mk yet.
+
+	* INSTALL: Updated the instructions to build shared libraries with
+	Jam.  They were simply wrong.
+
+	* src/base/fttrigon.c (FT_Cos): Fixed a small bug that caused
+	slightly improper results for `FT_Cos' and `FT_Sin' (example:
+	FT_Sin(0) == -1!).
+
+2001-12-11  Detlef Würkner  
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftstream.h (GET_LongLE, GET_ULongLE):
+	Fixed incorrect argument types.
+
+2001-12-10  Francesco Zappa Nardelli  
+
+	* src/pcf/pcfdriver.c (PCF_Init_Face): Allow Xft to use PCF fonts
+	by setting the `face->metrics.max_advance' correctly.
+
+2001-12-07  David Turner  
+
+	* include/freetype/cache/ftccmap.h, src/cache/ftccmap.c: Added new
+	charmap cache.
+	* src/cache/ftcache.c: Updated.
+
+	* src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_hinter_hint_edges): s/UNUSED/FT_UNUSED/.
+
+2001-12-06  Leonard Rosenthol  
+
+	Added support for reading .dfont files on Mac OS X.  Also added a
+	new routine which looks up a given font by name in the Mac OS and
+	returns the disk file where it resides.
+
+	* src/base/ftmac.c: Include  and .
+	(is_dfont): New auxiliary function.
+	(FT_New_Face_From_dfont): New function.
+	(FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name): New exported function.
+	(FT_New_Face): Updated.
+	* include/freetype/ftmac.h: Updated.
+
+2001-12-06  David Turner  
+
+	* src/cache/Jamfile, src/cache/rules.mk: Updated.
+
+2001-12-06  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* INSTALL: Small update.
+
+2001-12-05  David Turner  
+
+	* src/base/ftglyph.c (FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap): Re-ordered code for
+	debugging purposes.
+	Comment out use of `origin'.
+
+	* src/smooth/ftsmooth.c (ft_smooth_render): Fixed a nasty hidden bug
+	where outline shifting wasn't correctly undone after bitmap
+	rasterization.  This created problems with certain glyphs (like '"'
+	of certain fonts) and the cache system.
+
+	* src/pshinter/pshalgo1.c (psh1_hint_table_init): Fix typo.
+	* src/pshinter/pshalgo2.c (psh2_hint_table_init): Fix typo.
+	(ps2_hints_apply): Small fix.
+
+2001-12-05  David Turner  
+
+	* src/pshinter/pshalgo2.c (psh2_hint_table_init),
+	src/pshinter/pshalgo1.c (psh1_hint_table_init): Removed compiler
+	warnings.
+
+	* include/freetype/ftcache.h, include/freetype/cache/*, src/cache/*:
+	Yet another massive rewrite of the caching sub-system in order to
+	both increase performance and allow simpler cache sub-classing.  As
+	an example, the code for the image and sbit caches is now much
+	simpler.
+
+	I still need to update the documentation in
+	www/freetype2/docs/cache.html to reflect the new design though.
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftheader.h (FT_CACHE_CHARMAP_H): New
+	macro.
+	(FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_CACHE_H): Updated.
+
+2001-12-05  David Krause  
+
+	* docs/license.txt: s/X Windows/X Window System/.
+
+2001-12-04  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/raster/ftraster.c: Fix definition condition of MEM_Set().
+	* src/smooth/ftgrays.c (M_Y): Change value to 192.
+	* src/base/ftdbgmem.c (ft_mem_table_destroy): Fix printf() parameter.
+	Remove unused variable.
+	* src/cache/ftcimage.c (ftc_image_node_init,
+	ftc_image_node_compare): Remove unused variables.
+	* src/cache/ftcsbits.c (ftc_sbit_node_weight): Remove unused
+	variable.
+	* src/raster/ftraster.c (MEM_Set): Move definition down to avoid
+	compiler warning.
+	* src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_hinter_hint_edges): Use UNUSED() to
+	avoid compiler warnings.
+	* src/pcf/pcfread.c (tableNames): Use `const'.
+	(pcf_read_TOC): Change counter name to avoid compiler warning.
+	Use `const'.
+	* src/pshinter/pshrec.c (ps_hints_close): Remove redundant
+	declaration.
+	* src/pshinter/pshalgo1.c (psh1_hint_table_init): Rename variables
+	to avoid shadowing.
+	* src/pshinter/pshalgo2.c (psh2_hint_table_activate_mask): Ditto.
+	* src/type1/t1objs.h: Remove double declarations of `T1_Size_Init()'
+	and `T1_Size_Done()'.
+
+2001-11-20  Antoine Leca  
+
+	* include/freetype/ttnameid.h: Added some new Microsoft language
+	codes and LCIDs as found in MSDN (Passport SDK).  Also added
+	comments about the meaning of bit 57 of the `OS/2' table
+	(TT_UCR_SURROGATES) which (with OpenType v.1.3) now means `there is
+	a character beyond 0xFFFF in this font'.  Thanks to Detlef Würkner
+	 for noticing this.
+
+2001-11-20  David Turner  
+
+	* src/pshinter/{pshalgo2.c, pshalgo1.c}: Fixed stupid bug in sorting
+	routine that created nasty alignment artefacts.
+
+	* src/pshinter/pshrec.c, tests/gview.c: Debugging updates.
+
+	* src/smooth/ftgrays.c: De-activated experimental gamma support.
+	Apparently, `optimal' gamma tables depend on the monitor type,
+	resolution and general karma, so it's better to compute them outside
+	of the rasterizer itself.
+	(gray_convert_glyph): Use `volatile' keyword.
+
+2001-10-29  David Turner  
+
+	Adding experimental `gamma' support.  This produces smoother glyphs
+	at small sizes for very little cost.
+
+	* src/smooth/ftgrays.c (grays_init_gamma): New function.
+	(gray_raster_new): Use it.
+
+	Various fixes to the auto-hinter.  They merely improve the output of
+	sans-serif fonts.  Note that there are still problems with serifed
+	fonts and composites (accented characters).
+
+	* src/autohint/ahglyph.c (ah_outline_load,
+	ah_outline_link_segments): Implement it.
+	Fix typos.
+	(ah_outline_save, ah_outline_compute_segments): Fix typos.
+	* src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_align_serif_edge): New argument
+	`vertical'.  Implement improvement.
+	(ah_hint_edges_3, ah_hinter_hint_edges): Implement it.
+	Fix typos.
+	(ah_hinter_align_strong_points, ah_hinter_align_weak_points): Fix
+	typos.
+	(ah_hinter_load): Set `ah_debug_hinter' if DEBUG_HINTER is defined.
+	* src/autohint/ahmodule.c: Implement support for DEBUG_HINTER macro.
+	* src/autohint/ahtypes.h: Ditto.
+	(AH_Hinter): Remove `disable_horz_edges' and `disable_vert_edges'
+	(making them global as `ah_debug_disable_horz' and
+	`ah_debug_disable_vert').
+	Fix typos.
+
+	* tests/gview.c: Updated the debugging glyph viewer to show the
+	hints generated by the `autohint' module.
+
+2001-10-27  David Turner  
+
+	* src/cache/ftcchunk.c (ftc_chunk_cache_lookup): Fixed a bug that
+	considerably lowered the performance of the abstract chunk cache.
+
+2001-10-26  David Turner  
+
+	* include/freetype/ftcache.h, include/freetype/cache/*.h,
+	src/cache/*.c: Major re-design of the cache sub-system to provide
+	better performance as well as an `Acquire'/`Release' API.  Seems to
+	work well here, but probably needs a bit more testing.
+
+2001-10-26  Leonard Rosenthol  
+
+	* builds/mac/README: Updated to reflect my taking over the project
+	and that is now being actively maintained.
+
+	* src/base/ftmac.c (parse_fond): Applied patches from Paul Miller
+	 to support loading a face other than the
+	first from a FOND resource.
+	(FT_New_Face_From_FOND): Updated.
+
+2001-10-25  Leonard Rosenthol  
+
+	* builds/mac/ftlib.prj: Update of CodeWarrior project file for Mac
+	OS for latest version (7) of CWPro and for recent changes to the FT
+	source tree.
+
+2001-10-25  David Turner  
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftoption.h: Updated comments to explain
+	precisely how to use project-specific macro definitions without
+	modifying this file manually.
+
+	(FT_CONFIG_FORCE_INT64): Define.
+
+	(FT_DEBUG_MEMORY): New macro.
+
+2001-10-24  Tom Kacvinsky  
+
+	* builds/unix/ftsystem.c (FT_New_Memory): Added a missing `{'.
+
+2001-10-23  David Turner  
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftmemory.h, src/base/ftdbgmem.c:
+	Improvements to the memory debugger to report more information in
+	case of errors.  Also, some allocations that occurred through REALLOC
+	couldn't be previously caught correctly.
+
+	* src/autohint/ahglyph.c (ah_outline_compute_segments,
+	ah_outline_compute_edges), src/raster/ftraster.c (ft_black_new),
+	src/smooth/ftgrays.c (gray_render_span, gray_raster_new): Replaced
+	liberal uses of memset() by the MEM_Set() macro.
+
+2001-10-23  David Turner  
+
+	* src/raster/ftraster.c (Update): Removed to be inlined in ...
+	(Sort): Updated.
+
+2001-10-22  David Turner  
+
+	* builds/unix/ftsystem.c (FT_New_Memory, FT_Done_Memory),
+	builds/vms/ftsystem.c (FT_New_Memory, FT_Done_Memory),
+	builds/amiga/ftsystem.c (FT_New_Memory, FT_Done_Memory),
+	src/base/ftdbgmem.c: Updated the memory debugger and
+	platform-specific implementations of `ftsystem' in order to be able
+	to debug memory allocations on Unix, VMS and Amiga too!
+
+	* src/pshinter/pshalgo2.c (psh2_hint_table_record_mask): Removed
+	some bogus warnings.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftmemory.h, src/base/ftdbgmem.c:
+	Modified the debugging memory manager to report the location (source
+	file name + line number) where leaked memory blocks are allocated in
+	the source file.
+
+	* src/base/ftdbgmem.c: New debugging memory manager.  You must
+	define the FT_DEBUG_MEMORY macro in `ftoption.h' to enable it.  It
+	will record every memory block allocated and report simple errors
+	like memory leaks and double deletes.
+
+	* src/base/Jamfile: Include ftdbgmem.
+	* src/base/rules.mk: Ditto.
+	* src/base/ftbase.c: Include ftdbgmem.c.
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftoption.h: Added the FT_DEBUG_MEMORY
+	macro definition.
+
+	* src/base/ftsystem.c (FT_New_Memory, FT_Done_Memory): Modified the
+	base component to use the debugging memory manager when the macro
+	FT_DEBUG_MEMORY is defined.
+
+2001-10-21  Tom Kacvinsky  
+
+	* src/cff/cffload.c (CFF_Done_Font): Free subfonts array only if
+	we are working with a CID keyed CFF font.  Otherwise, a variable
+	that was never allocated memory might freed.  This is a correction
+	to the previous patch for freeing subfonts.
+
+2001-10-21  Tom Kacvinsky  
+
+	* src/cff/cffload.c (CFF_Done_Font): Free the subfonts array to
+	avoid a memory leak.
+
+2001-10-21  David Turner  
+
+	* src/pshinter/pshalgo2.c, src/pshinter/pshalgo1.c,
+	src/pshinter/pshglob.c: Removing compiler warnings in pedantic modes
+	(in multi-object compilation mode, mainly).
+
+2001-10-20  Tom Kacvinsky  
+
+	* src/type1/t1load.c (parse_encoding): Add a test to make sure
+	that custom encodings (i.e., neither StandardEncoding nor
+	ExpertEncoding) are not loaded twice when the Type 1 font is
+	synthetic.
+
+	* src/type1/t1load.c (parse_font_name, parse_subrs): Added a test
+	for when loading synthetic fonts to make sure that the font name
+	and subroutines are not loaded twice.  This is to remove a memory
+	leak that occurred because the original memory blocks for these
+	objects were not deallocated when the objects were parsed the
+	second time.
+
+2001-10-19  David Turner  
+
+	* src/smooth/ftgrays.c, src/pshinter/pshglob.h,
+	src/pshinter/pshrec.c, src/pshinter/pshalgo2.c: Getting rid of
+	compiler warnings.
+
+	* src/pshinter/module.mk, src/pshinter/rules.mk: Adding control
+	files to build the PostScript hinter with the `old' build system.
+
+2001-10-19  Jacob Jansen  
+
+	* descrip.mms, src/pshinter/descrip.mms: Updates to the VMS build
+	files.
+
+2001-10-18  David Turner  
+
+	* src/psnames/pstables.h, src/tools/glnames.py: Rewrote the
+	`glnames.py' script used to generate the `pstables.h' header file.
+	The old one contained a serious bug that made FreeType return
+	incorrect glyph names for certain glyphs.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttdriver.c (Set_Char_Sizes): Changing computation of
+	pixel size from character size to use rounding.  This is an
+	experiment to see whether this gives values similar to Windows for
+	scaled ascent/descent/etc.
+
+	* src/base/ftcalc.c (FT_Div64by32): Changed the implementation
+	slightly since the original code was mis-compiled on Mac machines
+	using the MPW C compiler.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Realloc): When a memory block was grown
+	through FT_Realloc(), the new bytes were not set to 0, which created
+	some strange bugs in the PostScript hinter.
+	(destroy_face): Don't deallocate unconditionally.
+
+	* src/cid/cidgload.c (CID_Compute_Max_Advance, CID_Load_Glyph):
+	Adding support to new PostScript hinter.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/psglobal.h,
+	include/freetype/internal/pshints.h,
+	include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h, src/pshinter/Jamfile,
+	src/pshinter/pshalgo.h, src/pshinter/pshalgo1.h,
+	src/pshinter/pshalgo1.c, src/pshinter/pshalgo2.h,
+	src/pshinter/pshalgo2.c, src/pshinter/pshglob.h,
+	src/pshinter/pshglob.c, src/pshinter/pshinter.c,
+	src/pshinter/pshmod.c, src/pshinter/pshmod.h, src/pshinter/pshrec.c,
+	src/pshinter/pshrec.h: Adding new PostScript hinter module.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h,
+	include/freetype/internal/internal.h,
+	include/freetype/internal/psaux.h,
+	include/freetype/internal/t1types.h, src/psaux/psobjs.c,
+	src/psaux/psobjs.h, src/psaux/t1decode.h, src/psaux/t1decode.c,
+	src/type1/t1driver.c, src/type1/t1gload.c, src/type1/t1objs.c,
+	src/type1/t1objs.h: Updates to use the new PostScript hinter.
+
+	* tests/Jamfile, tests/gview.c: Adding a new glyph hinting
+	viewer/debugger to the source tree.  Note that you will _not_ be
+	able to compile it since it depends on an unavailable graphics
+	library named `Nirvana' to render vector images.
+
+2001-10-17  David Turner  
+
+
+	* Version 2.0.5 released.
+	=========================
+
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h, include/internal/ftobjs.h,
+	src/base/ftobjs.c, src/type1/t1driver.c: Adding a new function named
+	'FT_Get_Postscript_Name' to retrieve the PostScript name of a given
+	font.  Should work with all formats except pure CFF/CEF fonts (this
+	will be added soon).
+
+	* src/cid/cidriver (cid_get_postscript_name): New function.
+	(CID_Get_Interface): Handle `postscript_name' interface.
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfdriver.c (get_sfnt_postscript_name): New function.
+	(SFNT_Get_Interface): Handle `postscript_name' interface.
+
+	* src/type1/t1driver.c (t1_get_ps_name): New function.
+	(Get_Interface): Handle `postscript_name' interface.
+
+	* README, docs/CHANGES: Updated for 2.0.5 release.
+
+2001-10-08  David Turner  
+
+	Fixed a bug in `glnames.py' that prevented it from generating
+	correct glyph names tables.  This resulted in the unavailability of
+	certain glyphs like `Cacute', `cacute' and `lslash' in Unicode
+	charmaps, even if these were present in the font (causing problems
+	for Polish users).
+
+	* src/tools/glnames.py (mac_standard_names): Fixed.
+	(t1_standard_strings): Some fixes and renamed to ...
+	(sid_standard_names): This.
+	(t1_expert_encoding): Fixed.
+	(the_adobe_glyph_list): Renamed to ...
+	(adobe_glyph_names): This.
+	(the_adobe_glyphs): Renamed to ...
+	(adobe_glyph_values): This.
+	(dump_mac_indices, dump_glyph_list, dump_unicode_values, main):
+	Updated.
+	* src/psnames/pstables.h: Regenerated.
+	* src/psnames/psmodule.c (PS_Unicode_Value): Fix offset.
+	Fix return value.
+	Use `sid_standard_table' and `ps_names_to_unicode' instead of
+	`t1_standard_glyphs' and `names_to_unicode'.
+	(PS_Macintosh_Name): Use `ps_glyph_names' instead of
+	`standard_glyph_names'.
+	(PS_Standard_Strings): Use `sid_standard_names' instead of
+	`t1_standard_glyphs'.
+
+	* doc/BUGS, doc/TODO: New documents.
+
+2001-10-07  Richard Barber  
+
+	* src/cache/ftlru.c (FT_Lru_Lookup_Node): Fixed a bug that prevented
+	correct LRU behaviour.
+
+2001-10-07  David Turner  
+
+	setjmp() and longjmp() are now used for rollback (i.e. when memory
+	pool overflow occurs).
+
+	Function names are now all uniformly prefixed with `gray_'.
+
+	* src/smooth/ftgrays.c: Include .
+	(ErrRaster_MemoryOverflow): New macro.
+	(TArea): New type to store area values in each cell (using `int' was
+	too small on 16-bit systems).   is included to properly
+	get the needed data type.
+	(TCell, TRaster): Use it.
+	(TRaster): New element `jump_buffer'.
+	(gray_compute_cbox): Use `RAS_ARG' as the only parameter and get
+	`outline' from it.
+	(gray_record_cell): Use longjmp().
+	(gray_set_cell): Use gray_record_cell() for error handling.
+	(gray_render_line, gray_render_conic, gray_render_cubic): Simplify.
+	(gray_convert_glyph_inner): New function, using setjmp().
+	(gray_convert_glyph): Use it.
+
+2001-10-07  David Turner  
+
+	Provide a public API to manage multiple size objects for a given
+	FT_Face in the new header file `ftsizes.h'.
+
+	* include/freetype/ftsizes.h: New header file,
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h: Use it.
+	Remove declarations of FT_New_Size and FT_Done_Size (moved to
+	ftsizes.h).
+	* include/freetype/config/ftheader.h (FT_SIZES_H): New macro.
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Activate_Size): New function.
+	* src/cache/ftcmanag.c: Include ftsizes.h.
+	(ftc_manager_init_size, ftc_manager_flush_size): Use
+	FT_Activate_Size.
+
+2001-09-20  Detlef Würkner  
+
+	* builds/amiga/*: Added port to Amiga with the SAS/C compiler.
+
+2001-09-15  Detlef Würkner  
+
+	* src/type1/t1afm.c (T1_Done_AFM): Free `afm'.
+
+2001-09-10  Yao Zhang  
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttcmap.c (code_to_index2): Handle code values with
+	hi-byte == 0 correctly.
+
+2001-09-10  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/link-std.mk ($(PROJECT_LIBRARY)): Fix typo.
+
+2001-08-30  Martin Muskens  
+
+	* src/type1/t1load.c (parse_font_matrix): A new way to compute the
+	units per EM with greater accuracy (important for embedded T1 fonts
+	in PDF documents that were automatically generated from TrueType
+	ones).
+
+	* src/type1/t1load.c (is_alpha): Now supports `+' in font names;
+	this is used in embedded fonts.
+
+	* src/psaux/psobjs.c (PS_Table_Add): Fixed a reallocation bug that
+	generated a dangling pointer reference.
+
+2001-08-30  Anthony Feik  
+
+	* src/type1/t1afm.c (T1_Read_Afm): Now correctly sets the flag
+	FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING when appropriate for Type1 + AFM files.
+
+2001-08-25  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttload.c (TT_Load_CMap): Fix frame length of
+	`cmap_rec_fields'.
+
+	* include/freetype/fterrors.h [!FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS]:
+	Undefine FT_ERR_BASE before defining again.
+
+2001-08-22  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttinterp.h: Fix prototype of TT_Move_Func.
+
+2001-08-21  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/dos/dos-def.mk (NO_OUTPUT): Don't use `&>' but `>'.
+
+2001-08-21  David Turner  
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftoption.h: Changed the default setting
+	for FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS to undefined, since it breaks
+	source compatibility in a few cases.  Updated the comment to explain
+	that too.
+
+2001-08-17  Martin Muskens  
+
+	* src/base/ftcalc.c (FT_MulDiv): Fixed serious typo.
+
+2001-08-12  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Updating to OpenType 1.3.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/tttypes.h (TT_CMap0, TT_CMap2, TT_CMap4,
+	TT_CMap6): Adding field `language'.
+	(TT_CMapTable): Removing field `language'.
+	Type of `length' field changed to FT_ULong.
+	Adding fields for cmaps format 8, 10, and 12.
+	(TT_CMapGroup): New auxiliary structure.
+	(TT_CMap8_12, TT_CMap10): New structures.
+	* include/freetype/tttables.h (TT_HoriHeader, TT_VertHeader):
+	Removed last element of `Reserved' array.
+	* include/freetype/ttnameid.h (TT_PLATFORM_CUSTOM, TT_MS_ID_UCS_4,
+	TT_NAME_ID_CID_FINDFONT_NAME): New macros.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttcmap.c (TT_CharMap_Load): Updated loading of `language'
+	field to the new structures.
+	Fixed freeing of arrays in case of unsuccessful loads.
+	Added support for loading format 8, 10, and 12 cmaps.
+	(TT_CharMap_Free): Added support for freeing format 8, 10, and 12
+	cmaps.
+	(code_to_index4): Small improvement.
+	(code_to_index6): Ditto.
+	(code_to_index8_12, code_to_index10): New functions.
+	* src/sfnt/ttload.c (TT_Load_Metrics_Header): Updated to new
+	structure.
+	(TT_Load_CMap): Ditto.
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (tt_encodings): Add MS UCS4 table (before MS
+	Unicode).
+
+2001-08-11  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/type1/t1driver.c (t1_get_name_index): Fix compiler warning.
+
+2001-08-09  Tom Kacvinsky  
+
+	* src/cff/cffdrivr.c (get_cff_glyph_name): Renamed to
+	cff_get_glyph_name for consistency.
+
+	(cff_get_glyph_index): Minor documentation change.
+
+	* src/type1/t1driver.c (t1_get_name_index): New function used in
+	Get_Interface as the function returned when the `name_index'
+	function is requested.
+
+	(get_t1_glyph_name): Renamed to t1_get_glyph_name for consistency.
+
+2001-08-08  Tom Kacvinsky  
+
+	* src/cff/cffload.c: Removed definitions of cff_isoadobe_charset,
+	cff_expert_charset, cff_expertsubset_charset, cff_standard_encoding,
+	and cff_expert_encoding arrays to cffload.h.
+
+	* src/cff/cffload.h: Added definitions of cff_isoadobe_charset,
+	cff_expert_charset, cff_expertsubset_charset, cff_standard_encoding,
+	and cff_expert_encoding arrays.
+
+	* src/cff/cffdrivr.c (cff_get_name_index): New function, returned
+	when `cff_get_interface' is called with a request for the
+	`name_index' function.
+
+	(cff_get_interface): Modified so that it returns the function
+	`cff_get_name_index' when the `name_index' function is requested.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Get_Name_Index): New function, used to
+	return a glyph index for a given glyph name only if the driver
+	supports glyph names.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h (FT_Name_Index_Requester):
+	New function pointer type definition used in the function
+	FT_Get_Name_Index.
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_Get_Name_Index): Added
+	documentation and prototype.
+
+2001-07-26  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/cygwin/*: Removed.  Use the unix stuff instead.
+
+2001-07-26  Jouk Jansen  
+
+	* builds/vms/ftconfig.h (FT_CALLBACK_DEF): Updated to change dated
+	2001-06-27.
+
+2001-07-17  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/psaux.h (PS_Table): Use FT_Offset for
+	`cursor' and `capacity'.
+	* src/psaux/psobjc.c (reallocate_t1_table): Use FT_Long for second
+	parameter.
+	(PS_Table_Add): Use FT_Offset for `new_size'.
+
+	Add support for version 0.5 maxp tables.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttload.c (TT_Load_MaxProfile): Implement it.
+	(TT_Load_OS2): Initialize some values.
+
+2001-07-13  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/base/ftsynth.c: Include ftcalc.h unconditionally.
+
+2001-07-07  David Turner  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c, src/truetype/ttinterp.c, src/pcf/pcfread:
+	Removed pedantic compiler warnings when the bytecode interpreter is
+	compiled in.
+
+2001-07-03  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_hinter_align_weak_points): Remove
+	unused variable `edges'.
+	(ah_hinter_load): Remove unused variables `old_width' and
+	`new_width'.
+	* src/cid/cidload.c (cid_decrypt): Use `U' for constant (again).
+	* src/psaux/psobjs.c (T1_Decrypt): Ditto.
+	* src/type1/t1parse.c (T1_Get_Private_Dict): Ditto.
+
+2001-06-28  David Turner  
+
+	* include/internal/ftstream.h: Modified the definitions
+	of the FT_GET_XXXX and NEXT_XXXX macros for 16-bit correctness.
+
+2001-06-26  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/cid/cidload.c, src/cid/cidload.h (cid_decrypt): Use FT_Offset
+	instead of FT_Int as type for `length' parameter.
+	* include/freetype/internal/psaux.h (PSAux_Interface): Updated.
+
+2001-06-27  Wolfgang Domröse  
+
+	* src/psaux/psobjs.c, src/psaux/psobjs.h (T1_Decrypt): Use FT_Offset
+	instead of FT_Int as type for `length' parameter.
+
+
+	* Version 2.0.4 released.
+	=========================
+
+
+2001-06-27  David Turner  
+
+	* builds/unix/ftconfig.in: Changed the definition of the
+	FT_CALLBACK_DEF macro.
+
+	* include/freetype/ftconfig.h, src/*/*.c: Changed the definition and
+	use of the FT_CALLBACK_DEF macro in order to support 16-bit
+	compilers.
+
+	* builds/unix/ftconfig.in: Changed the definition of the
+	FT_CALLBACK_DEF macro.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttload.c (TT_Load_Kern): The kern table loader now ensures
+	that the kerning table is correctly sorted (some problem fonts don't
+	have a correct kern table).
+
+2001-06-26  Wolfgang Domröse  
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftstream.h (FT_GET_OFF3_LE): Fix typo.
+
+2001-06-24  David Turner  
+
+	* src/base/ftcalc.c (ft_div64by32): Fixed the source to work
+	correctly on 16-bit systems.
+
+2001-06-23  Anthony Fok  
+
+	* debian/*: Added Debian package build directory for 2.0.4.
+
+2001-06-22  David Turner  
+
+	* docs/PATENTS: Added patents disclaimer.  This one was missing!
+
+	* docs/CHANGES, docs/todo: Updated for the upcoming 2.0.4 release.
+
+2001-06-20  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h: Add two more `L's to
+	constants.
+	Add missing semicolons.
+
+	* builds/toplevel.mk: Do similar change as for
+	builds/unix/detect.mk.
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_ENC_TAG): New version to make it
+	easier to redefine.
+	* include/freetype/ftimage.h (FT_IMAGE_TAG): Ditto.
+
+	* src/pcf/pcfread.c (pcf_get_encodings): Add cast.
+
+2001-06-19  David Turner  
+
+	* builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsp, builds/win32/visualc/index.html:
+	Updated the Visual C++ project (for the 2.0.4 release).
+
+	* builds/unix/detect.mk: Added rule for AIX detection (which uses
+	/usr/sbin/init instead of /sbin/init).
+
+	* include/freetype/fterrors.h, src/*/*err*.h: Updated some of the
+	error macros to simplify handling of new error scheme.
+
+2001-06-19  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/fttypes.h (FT_ERROR_MODULE): New macro.
+
+2001-06-19  David Turner  
+
+	Removing _lots_ of compiler warnings when the most pedantic warning
+	levels of Visual C++ and Borland C++ are used.  Too many files to be
+	listed here, but FT2 now compiles without warnings with VC++ and the
+	`/W4' warning level (lint-style).
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_New_Memory_Face): Updated
+	documentation.
+	* include/freetype/fttypes.h (FT_BOOL): New macro.
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftdebug.h: Add #pragma for Visual C++
+	to suppress warning.
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftstream.h (FT_GET_SHORT_{BE,LE},
+	FT_GET_OFF3_{BE,LE}, FT_GET_LONG_{BE,LE}): New macros.
+	(NEXT_*): Use them.
+	* src/autohint/ahglobal.c: Include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H.
+	(FT_New_Memory_Face): Add `const' to function declaration.
+
+2001-06-18  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Minor cleanups to remove compiler warnings.
+
+	* include/freetype/cache/ftcmanag.h (FTC_MAX_BYTES_DEFAULT): Use
+	`L' for constant.
+	* include/freetype/config/ftoption.h (FT_RENDER_POOL_SIZE): Ditto.
+	* src/base/ftcalc.c (FT_MulDiv): Use `L' for constant.
+	* src/base/ftglyph.c (FT_Glyph_Get_CBox): Remove `error' variable.
+	* src/base/fttrigon.c (ft_trig_arctan_table): Use `L' for constants.
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Done_Size): Fix return value.
+	(FT_Set_Char_Size, FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes, FT_Get_Kerning): Remove
+	unused `memory' variable.
+	* src/autohint/ahglyph.c (ah_get_orientation): Use `L' for constant.
+	* src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_hint_edges_3,
+	ah_hinter_align_edge_points): Remove unused `before' and `after'
+	variables.
+	(ah_hinter_align_weak_points): Remove unused `edge_limit' variable.
+	(ah_hinter_load): Remove unused `new_advance', `start_contour',
+	and `metrics' variables.
+	* src/cff/cffload.c (CFF_Load_Encoding): Remove dead code to avoid
+	compiler warning.
+	* src/cff/cffobjs.c (CFF_Init_Face): Remove unused `base_offset'
+	variable.
+	* src/cff/cffgload.c (CFF_Parse_CharStrings): Remove unused
+	`outline' variable.
+	(cff_compute_bias): Use `U' for constant.
+	* src/cid/cidload.c (cid_decrypt): Ditto.
+	* src/psaux/psobjs.c (T1_Decrypt): Ditto.
+	* src/psaux/t1decode.c (T1_Decoder_Parse_CharStrings): Ditto.
+	* src/sfnt/ttload.c (TT_Load_Kern): Remove unused `version'
+	variable.
+	* src/sfnt/ttsbit.c (TT_Load_SBit_Image): Remove unused `top'
+	variable.
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (load_truetype_glyph): Remove unused
+	`num_contours' and `ins_offset' variables.
+	(compute_glyph_metrics): Remove unused `Top' and `x_scale'
+	variables.
+	(TT_Load_Glyph): Remove unused `memory' variable.
+	* src/smooth/ftgrays.c (grays_raster_render): Use `L' for constants.
+
+2001-06-18  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Make the new error scheme source compatible with older FT versions
+	by introducing another layer.
+
+	* include/freetype/fterrors.h (FT_ERRORDEF_, FT_NOERRORDEF_): New
+	macros.
+	(FT_NOERRORDEF): Removed.
+	* include/*/*err*.h: Use FT_ERRORDEF_ and FT_NOERRORDEF_.
+
+2001-06-16  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_ENC_TAG): New macro.
+	(FT_Encoding_): Use it.
+	* include/freetype/ftimage.h (FT_IMAGE_TAG): Define it
+	conditionally.
+
+2001-06-14  David Turner  
+
+	Modified the TrueType interpreter to let it use the new
+	trigonometric functions provided in `fttrigon.h'.  This gets rid of
+	some old 64-bit computation routines, as well as many warnings when
+	compiling the library with the `long long' 64-bit integer type.
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftoption.h: Undefine
+	FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_CALCS.
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftcalc.h: Rearrange use of
+	FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_CALCS.
+	* src/base/ftcalc.c: Add declaration of FT_Int64 if
+	FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_CALCS isn't defined.
+	* src/truetype/ttinterp.c: Use FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H.
+	(Norm): Add a special version if FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_CALCS isn't
+	defined.
+	(Current_Ratio, Normalize): Simplify code.
+
+2001-06-11  Mike Owens  
+
+	* src/base/ftcalc.c (FT_MulDiv, FT_DivFix, FT_Sqrt64): Remove
+	compiler warnings.
+
+2001-06-08  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/unix/configure.in: Renamed to ...
+	* builds/unix/configure.ac: This to make sure that autoconf 2.50 is
+	needed.
+	Run `autoupdate' on it.
+	Increase `version_info' to 7:0:1.
+	* builds/unix/configure: Regenerated.
+
+2001-06-08  David Turner  
+
+	* src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_hinter_load_glyph): Fixed a bug that
+	corrupted transformed glyphs that were auto-hinted (the transform
+	was applied twice).
+
+	Fixed a bug that returned an invalid linear width for composite
+	TrueType glyphs.
+
+	* include/internal/tttypes.h (TT_Loader_): Two new elements `linear'
+	and `linear_def'.
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (load_truetype_glyph,
+	compute_glyph_metrics): Use it.
+
+	* include/fttypes.h (FT_ERROR_BASE): New macro.
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Open_Face, FT_Render_Glyph_Internal): Use it
+	to make source code work with the new error scheme implemented by
+	Werner.
+	* src/base/ftoutln.c (FT_Outline_Render): Ditto.
+
+2001-06-07  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Updating to libtool 1.4.0 and autoconf 2.50.
+
+	* builds/unix/ltconfig: Removed.
+	* builds/unix/ltmain.sh, builds/unix/configure.in,
+	builds/unix/aclocal.m4: Updated.
+	* builds/unix/configure: Regenerated.
+
+2001-06-06  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Complete redesign of error codes.  Please check ftmoderr.h for more
+	details.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/cfferrs.h,
+	include/freetype/internal/tterrors.h,
+	include/freetype/internal/t1errors.h: Removed.  Replaced with files
+	local to the module.  All extra error codes have been moved to
+	`fterrors.h'.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttpost.h: Move error codes to `fterrors.h'.
+
+	* src/autohint/aherrors.h, src/cache/ftcerror.h, src/cff/cfferrs.h,
+	src/cid/ciderrs.h, src/pcf/pcferror.h, src/psaux/psauxerr.h,
+	src/psnames/psnamerr.h, src/raster/rasterrs.h, src/sfnt/sferrors.h,
+	src/smooth/ftsmerrs.h, src/truetype/tterrors.h,
+	src/type1/t1errors.h, src/winfonts/fnterrs.h: New files defining the
+	error names for the module it belongs to.
+
+	* include/freetype/ftmoderr.h: New file, defining the module error
+	offsets.  Its structure is similar to `fterrors.h'.
+
+	* include/freetype/fterrors.h (FT_NOERRORDEF): New macro.
+	(FT_ERRORDEF): Redefined to use module error offsets.
+	All internal error codes are now public; unused error codes have
+	been removed, some are new.
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftheader.h (FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H): New
+	macro.
+	* include/freetype/config/ftoption.h
+	(FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS): New macro.
+
+	All other source files have been updated to use the new error codes;
+	some already existing (internal) error codes local to a module have
+	been renamed to give them the same name as in the base module.
+
+	All make files have been updated to include the local error files.
+
+2001-06-06  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/cid/cidtokens.h: Replaced with...
+	* src/cid/cidtoken.h: This file for 8+3 consistency.
+
+	* src/raster/ftraster.c: Use macros for header file names.
+
+	* src/include/freetype/tttables.h (TT_HoriHeader_, TT_VertHeader_):
+	Fix length of `Reserved' array.  Note that this isn't the real fix
+	since recent OpenType specs have introduced a `CaretOffset' field
+	instead of the first reserved byte.
+
+2001-05-29  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* INSTALL: Minor fixes.
+
+
+	* Version 2.0.3 released.
+	=========================
+
+
+2001-05-29  David Turner  
+
+	* INSTALL, docs/CHANGES: Updated.
+
+2001-05-25  David Turner  
+
+	Moved several documents from the top-level to the `docs' directory.
+
+	* src/base/ftcalc.c (FT_DivFix): Small fix to return value.
+
+2001-05-16  David Turner  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (load_truetype_glyph): Fixed a bug in the
+	composite loader.  Spotted by Keith Packard.
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_GlyphLoader_Check_Points,
+	FT_GlyphLoader_Check_Subglyphs): Ditto.
+
+2001-05-14  David Turner  
+
+	Fixed the incorrect blue zone computations, and improved the
+	composite support.  Note that these changes result in improved
+	rendering, while sometimes introducing their own artefacts.  This is
+	probably the last big change to the autohinter before the
+	introduction of a complete replacement.
+
+	* src/autohint/ahglobal.c (sort_values): Fix loop.
+	* src/autohint/ahglyph.c: Removed some obsolete code.
+	(ah_outline_compute_edges): Modify code to set the ah_edge_round
+	flag.
+	(ah_outline_compute_blue_edges): Add code to compute active blue
+	zones.
+	* src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_hinter_glyph_load): Change load_flags
+	value.
+
+	* src/base/ftcalc.c (FT_DivFix): Fixed a bug in the 64-bit code that
+	created incorrect scale factors!
+	(FT_Round_Fix, FT_CeilFix, FT_FloorFix): Minor improvements.
+
+2001-05-12  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/ftbbox.h: FTBBOX_H -> __FTBBOX_H__.
+	* include/freetype/fttrigon.h: __FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H__ ->
+	__FTTRIGON_H__.
+	Include FT_FREETYPE_H.
+	Beautified; added copyright.
+	* src/base/fttrigon.c: Beautified; added copyright.
+
+2001-05-11  David Turner  
+
+	* src/cff/cffparse.c (cff_parse_font_matrix), src/cid/cidload.c
+	(parse_font_matrix), src/type1/t1load.c (parse_font_matrix): Fixed
+	the incorrect EM size computation.
+
+	* include/freetype/fttrigon.h, src/base/fttrigon.c: New files,
+	adding trigonometric functions to the core API (using Cordic
+	algorithms).
+	* src/base/ftbase.c, src/base/Jamfile, src/base/rules.mk: Use them.
+
+	* builds/newline: New file.
+	* builds/top_level.mk, builds/detect.mk: Use it.  This fixes
+	problems with Make on Windows 2000, as well as problems when `make
+	distclean' is invoked on a non-Unix platform when there is no
+	`config.mk' in the current directory.
+
+	* builds/freetype.mk: Fixed a problem with object deletions under
+	Dos/Windows/OS/2 systems.
+
+	Added new directory to hold tools and test programs.
+
+	* docs/docmaker.py, docs/glnames.py: Moved to...
+	* src/tools/docmaker.py, src/tools/glnames.py: This place.
+	* src/tools/cordic.py: New file used to compute arctangent table
+	needed by fttrigon.c.
+	* src/tools/test_bbox.c, src/tools/test_trig.c: New test files.
+
+	* src/tools/docmaker.py: Improved the script to add the current date
+	at the footer of each web page (useful to distinguish between
+	versions).
+
+	* Jamfile: Fixed incorrect HDRMACRO argument.
+
+	* TODO: Removed the cubic arc bbox computation note, since it has been
+	fixed recently.
+	* src/base/ftbbox.c (test_cubic_zero): Renamed to...
+	(test_cubic_extrema): This function.  Use `UL' for unsigned long
+	constants.
+
+	* include/freetype/t1tables.h, include/freetype/config/ftoption.h:
+	Formatting.
+
+2001-05-10  David Turner  
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Open_Face): Fixed a small memory leak
+	which happened when trying to open 0-size font files!
+
+2001-05-09  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftcalc.h: Move declaration of
+	FT_SqrtFixed() out of `#ifdef FT_LONG64'.
+
+2001-05-08  Francesco Zappa Nardelli  
+
+	* src/pcfdriver.c (PCF_Load_Glyph): Fixed incorrect bitmap width
+	computation.
+
+2001-05-08  David Turner  
+
+	* docs/docmaker.py: Updated the DocMaker script in order to add
+	command line options (--output,--prefix,--title), fix the erroneous
+	line numbers reported during errors and warnings, and other
+	formatting issues.
+
+	* src/base/ftcalc.c (FT_MulDiv, FT_MulFix, FT_DivFix): Various tiny
+	fixes related to rounding in 64-bits routines and
+	pseudo-`optimizations'.
+
+2001-04-27  David Turner  
+
+	* src/base/ftbbox.c (BBox_Cubic_Check): Fixed the coefficient
+	normalization algorithm (invalid final bit position, and invalid
+	shift computation).
+
+2001-04-26  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/unix/config.guess, builds/unix/config.sub: Updated to
+	latest versions from gnu.org.
+
+	* builds/compiler/gcc-dev.mk: Add `-Wno-long-long' flag.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftcalc.h: Define FT_SqrtFixed()
+	unconditionally.
+	* src/base/ftbbox.c: Include FT_INTERNAL_CALC_H.
+	Fix compiler warnings.
+	* src/base/ftcalc.c: Fix (potential) compiler warnings.
+
+2001-04-26  David Turner  
+
+	* src/base/ftcalc.c (FT_SqrtFixed): Corrected/optimized the 32-bit
+	fixed-point square root computation.  It is now used even with
+	64-bits integers, as it is _much_ faster than calling FT_Sqrt64 :-)
+
+	* src/base/ftbbox.c: Removed invalid `#include FT_BEZIER_H' line.
+
+2001-04-25  David Turner  
+
+	* src/base/ftbbox.c (BBox_Cubic_Check): Rewrote function to use
+	direct computations with 16.16 values instead of sub-divisions.  It
+	is now slower, but proves a point :-)
+
+	* src/raster/ftraster.c, src/smooth/ftgrays.c, src/base/ftbbox.c:
+	Fixed the Bézier stack depths.
+
+	* src/base/ftcalc.c (FT_MulFix): Minor rounding fix.
+
+	* builds/beos: Added BeOS-specific files to the old build system
+	(no changes were necessary to support BeOS in the Jamfile though).
+
+2001-04-20  David Turner  
+
+	* ftconfig.h, ftoption.h: Updated `ftconfig.h' to detect 64-bit int
+	types on platforms where Autoconf is not available).  Also removed
+	FTCALC_USE_LONG_LONG and replaced it with
+	FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64.
+
+	* builds/win32/freetype.dsp: Updated the Visual C++ project file.
+	Doesn't create a DLL yet.
+
+	* cffgload.c: Removed a compilation warning.
+
+2001-04-10  Tom Kacvinsky  
+
+	* t1load.c (parse_charstrings): Changed code for placing .notdef
+	glyph into slot 0 so that we no longer have a memory access
+	violation.
+
+	* t1load.h: In structure T1_Loader, added swap_table (of type
+	PS_Table) to facilitate placing the .notdef glyph into slot 0.
+
+2001-04-10  Francesco Zappa Nardelli  
+
+	* src/pcf/pcfdriver.c (PCF_Get_Char_Index): Fix return value.
+
+2001-04-09  Laurence Withers  
+
+	* builds/dos/detect.mk: Add support for bash.
+
+2001-04-05  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/os2/*.mk: These files have been forgotten to update to
+	the structure of similar makefiles.
+	* builds/dos/*.mk: Ditto.
+	* builds/ansi/*.mk: Ditto.
+
+	* builds/win32/win32-def.mk (BUILD): Fix typo.
+
+	* builds/compiler/*.mk (CLEAN_LIBRARY): Don't use NO_OUTPUT.
+	This is already used in the link_*.mk files.
+
+2001-04-03  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/*/Jamfile: Slight changes	to make files more cryptic.
+
+2001-04-03  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* Jamfile, src/Jamfile, src/*/Jamfile: Formatted.  Slight changes
+	to give files identical structure.
+
+2001-04-02  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* CHANGES: Reformatted, minor fixes.
+	* TODO: Updated.
+	* README: Formatting.
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h: Formatting.
+
+	* Jamfile: Fix typo.
+
+	* src/cff/cffparse.c: Move error code #defines to...
+	* include/freetype/internal/cfferrs.h: This file.
+	* src/cff/cffdrivr.c, src/cff/cffobjs.c, src/cff/cffload.c: Replaced
+	`FT_Err_*' with `CFF_Err_*'.
+	* src/cid/cidparse.c: Replaced `FT_Err_*' with `T1_Err_*'.
+	* src/psaux/psobjs.c, src/psaux/t1decode.c: Ditto.
+	* src/sfnt/sfobcs.c, src/sfnt/ttload.c: Replaced `FT_Err_*' with
+	`TT_Err_*'.
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c, src/truetype/ttobjs.c: Ditto.
+	* src/type1/t1gload.c, src/type1/t1load.c, src/type1/t1objs.c,
+	src/type1/t1parse.c: Replaced `FT_Err_*' with `T1_Err_*'.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/cfferrs.h: Add
+	`CFF_Err_Unknown_File_Format'.
+	* include/freetype/internal/t1errors.h: Add
+	`T1_Err_Unknown_File_Format'.
+	* include/freetype/internal/tterrors.h: Add
+	`TT_Err_Unknown_File_Format'.
+
+	* src/cff/cffload.h: Add `cff_*_encoding' and `cff_*_charset'
+	references.
+	* src/psaux/psobjs.c: Include `FT_INTERNAL_TYPE1_ERRORS_H'.
+
+	* src/cff/cffobjs.c (CFF_Init_Face, CFF_Done_Face): Use
+	FT_LOCAL_DEF.
+	* src/cid/cidobjs.c (CID_Done_Driver): Ditto.
+	* src/trutype/ttobjs.c (TT_Init_Face, TT_Done_Face, TT_Init_Size):
+	Ditto.
+	* src/type1/t1objs.c (T1_Done_Driver): Ditto.
+	* src/pcf/pcfdriver.c (PCF_Done_Face): Ditto.
+	* src/pcf/pcf.h: Use FT_LOCAL for `PCF_Done_Face'.
+
+2001-04-02  Tom Kacvinsky  
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttload.c (TT_Load_Metrics): Fix an improper pointer
+	dereference.  Submitted by Herbert Duerr .
+
+2001-03-26  Tom Kacvinsky  
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h: Changed hexadecimal
+	constants to use suffix U to avoid problems with HP-UX's c89
+	compiler.  Submitted by G.W. Lucas .
+
+2001-03-24  David Turner  
+
+	* Jamrules, Jamfile, src/Jamfile, src/*/Jamfile: Adding jamfiles to
+	the source tree.  See www.freetype.org/jam/index.html for details.
+
+
+	* Version 2.0.2 released.
+	=========================
+
+
+2001-03-20  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/win32/detekt.mk: Fix .PHONY target for Intel compiler.
+
+2001-03-20  David Turner  
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftheader.h, include/freetype/ftsnames.h:
+	Renamed `ftnames.h' to `ftsnames.h', and FT_NAMES_H to
+	FT_SFNT_NAMES_H.
+
+	* docs/docmaker.py: Added generation of INDEX link in table of
+	contents.
+
+	* INSTALL, docs/BUILD: Updated documentation to indicate that the
+	compilation process has changed slightly (no more `src' required in
+	the include path).
+
+	* builds/*/*-def.mk: Changed the objects directory from `obj' to
+	`objs'.
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftheader.h: Removed obsolete macros like
+	FT_SOURCE_FILE, etc. and added cache-specific macro definitions that
+	were previously defined in .  Added comments to
+	be included in a new API Reference section.
+
+	* src/*/*: Removed the use of FT_SOURCE_FILE, etc.  Now, each
+	component needs to add its own directory to the include path at
+	compile time.  Modified all `rules.mk' and `descrip.mms'
+	accordingly.
+
+2001-03-20  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/unix/configure.in: Add $ft_version.
+	* builds/unix/freetype-config.in: Use it.
+	* builds/unix/configure: Updated.
+
+2001-03-19  Tom Kacvinsky  
+
+	* src/type1/t1load.c (parse_font_matrix): Assign the units per em
+	value an unsigned short value, first by shifting right 16 bits,
+	then by casting the results to FT_UShort.
+
+	* src/cff/cffparse.c (cff_parse_font_bbox): Assign the units per em
+	value an unsigned short value, first by shifting right 16 bits,
+	then by casting the results to FT_UShort.
+
+2001-03-17  David Turner  
+
+	* src/cid/cidobjs.c, src/cid/cidload.c, src/pcf/pcfread.c,
+	src/type1/t1load.c, src/type1/t1objs.c: Added a few casts to remove
+	compiler warnings in pedantic modes.
+
+	* include/config/ft2build.h, include/config/ftheader.h: The file
+	`ft2build.h' was renamed to `ftheader.h' to avoid conflicts with the
+	top-level .
+
+	* include/config/ftheader.h: Added new section describing the #include
+	macros.
+
+2001-03-17  Tom Kacvinsky  
+
+	* src/cff/cffparse.c (cff_parse_font_bbox): Obtain rounded FT_Fixed
+	values for the bounding box numbers.
+
+	* src/cff/cffobjs.c (CFF_Init_Face): When processing a CFF/CEF font,
+	set `root->ascender' (`root->descender') to the integer part of
+	`root->bbox.yMax' (`root->bbox.yMin', respectively).
+
+2001-03-16  Tom Kacvinsky  
+
+	* src/cff/cffdrivr.c (get_cff_glyph_name):  New function.  Used in
+	cff_get_interface to facilitate getting a glyph name for glyph index
+	via FT_Get_Glyph_Name().
+
+	(cff_get_interface): Added support for getting a glyph name via the
+	`glyph_name' module interface.  Uses the new function
+	get_cff_glyph_name().
+	Submitted by Sander van der Wal .
+
+	* src/cff/cffobjs.c (CFF_Init_Face): Logical or the face flags with
+	FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES only if FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_GLYPH_NAMES is
+	not defined.  This is to add support for getting a glyph name from a
+	glyph index via FT_Get_Glyph_Name().
+	Submitted by Sander van der Wal .
+
+	* src/cff/cffgload.c (CFF_Parse_CharStrings): Added support for
+	deprecated operator `dotsection'.
+	Submitted by Sander van der Wal .
+
+2001-03-12  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/psaux/t1decode.c (T1_Decoder_Parse_Charstrings): Fix error
+	messages.
+
+	* INSTALL, docs/BUILD: We need GNU make 3.78.1 or newer.
+
+2001-03-12  Tom Kacvinsky  
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/psaux.h:  Changed the lenIV member of
+	the T1_Decoder_ struct to be an FT_Int instead of an FT_UInt.
+
+	* src/psaux/t1decode.c (T1_Decoder_Parse_Charstrings):  Adjust
+	for lenIV seed bytes at the start of a decrypted subroutine.
+
+	* src/cid/cidload.c (cid_read_subrs): Decrypt subroutines only
+	if lenIV >= 0.
+
+	* src/cid/cidgload.c (cid_load_glyph): Decrypt charstrings only
+	if lenIV >= 0.
+
+2001-03-11  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* TODO: Updated.
+
+	* src/pcf/pcfread.c: Put READ_Fields() always in a conditional to
+	avoid compiler warnings.
+
+2001-03-10  Tom Kacvinsky  
+
+	* TODO: New file.
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h: Added prototypes and notes for
+	three new functions: FT_RoundFix, FT_CeilFix, and FT_FloorFix.
+	* src/base/ftcalc.c (FT_RoundFix, FT_CeilFix, FT_FloorFix): Added
+	implementation code.
+
+	* src/cid/cidobjs.c (CID_Init_Face): Use calculated units_per_EM,
+	and if that is not available, default to 1000 units per EM.  Changed
+	assignment code for ascender and descender values.
+	* src/cid/cidload.c (parse_font_matrix): Added units_per_EM
+	processing.
+	(parse_font_bbox): Changed to use FT_Fixed number handling.
+
+	* src/type1/t1objs.c (T1_Init_Face): Changed the assignment code
+	for ascender, descender, and max_advance_width.
+	* src/type1/t1load.c (parse_font_bbox): Changed to use FT_Fixed
+	number handling.
+
+2001-03-10  Henrik Grubbström  
+
+	* src/*/*.c: Added many casts to make code more 64bit-safe.
+
+2001-03-07  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* INSTALL, docs/BUILD: We need GNU make 3.78 or newer.
+
+2001-03-07  Tom Kacvinsky  
+
+	* src/type1/t1objs.c (T1_Init_Face): Minor correction: We must wait
+	until parse_font_bbox is changed before we use logical shift rights
+	in the assignments of `root->ascender', `root->descender', and
+	`root->max_advance_width'.
+
+	(T1_Done_Face): Free `char_name' table to avoid a memory leak.
+	Submitted by Sander van der Wal .
+
+2001-03-05  Tom Kacvinsky  
+
+	* src/cff/cffgload.c (CFF_Load_Glyph): Set glyph control data to the
+	the Type 2 glyph charstring (used by conversion programs).
+	Submitted by Ha Shao .
+
+2001-03-04  Antoine Leca  
+
+	* include/freetype/ttnameid.h: Correct a stupid typo which prevented
+	correct compilation (TT_MS_LANGID_TIGRIGNA_ETHIOPIA appeared twice).
+
+2001-03-04  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/autohint/ahtypes.h (AH_Hinter): Add elements
+	`disable_horz_edges', `disable_vert_edges'.
+	* src/autohint/ahhint.c	(ah_hint_edges_3, ah_hinter_hint_edges): Use
+	them (and remove static variables with the same names).
+	* src/pcf/pcfutil.c (BitOrderInvert): Add `const'.
+	* docs/glnames.py: Updated to latest pstables.h changes.
+
+	* builds/unix/detect.mk: Add test for Hurd.
+	* builds/hurd/detect.mk: Removed.
+
+2001-03-04  Sander van der Wal  
+
+	* src/psnames/pstables.h: Add more `const'.
+	* src/pcf/pcfutil.c: Ditto.
+
+2001-03-04  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/base/ftglyph.c (FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap): Fixing typo
+	(FT_Glyph_Done -> FT_Done_Glyph).
+
+2001-03-01  Antoine Leca  
+
+	* include/freetype/ttnameid.h: Added some new Microsoft language
+	codes and LCIDs as found in Office Xp.
+
+2001-02-28  David Turner  
+
+	* builds/hurd/detect.mk: New file.  Added support to detect the GNU
+	Hurd operating system as Unix-like.  Fix submitted by Anthony Fok
+	.
+
+	* src/type1/t1gload.c (T1_Load_Glyph): Set glyph control data to the
+	the Type 1 glyph charstring (used by conversion programs).
+	Submitted by Ha Shao .
+
+2001-02-22  David Turner  
+
+	* src/base/ftgrays.c (grays_sweep): The function didn't exit
+	immediately if `num_cells' was 0 as it should.  Thanks to Boris for
+	finding this out.
+
+	* src/base/ftglyph.c (FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap): Fixed memory leak when
+	bitmap rendering fails (thanks to Graham Asher).
+
+2001-02-13  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* docs/docmaker.py (DocSection::add_element): Use
+	`self.print_error()'.
+
+	* builds/unix/config.{guess,sub}: Updated (from ftp.gnu.org).
+
+2001-02-13  David Turner  
+
+	* docs/docmaker.py, include/freetype/*.h: Updated the DocMaker
+	script to support chapters and section block ordering.  Updated the
+	public header files accordingly.
+
+	* src/base/ftglyph.c (FT_Glyph_Copy): Advance width and glyph format
+	were not correctly copied.
+
+2001-02-08  Tom Kacvinsky  
+
+	* src/cff/cffparse.c (cff_parse_font_matrix): Removed an
+	unnecessary fprintf( stderr, ... ).
+
+2001-02-07  Tom Kacvinsky  
+
+	* src/type1/t1objs.c (T1_Init_Face): Added code to get the
+	units_per_EM from the value assigned in parse_font_matrix, if
+	available.  Default to 1000 if not available.
+
+	* src/cff/cffparse.c (cff_parse_font_matrix): Added logic to get
+	the units_per_EM from the FontMatrix.
+
+	(cff_parse_fixed_thousand): New function.  Gets a real number from
+	the CFF font, but multiplies by 1000 (this is to avoid rounding
+	errors when placing this real number into a 16.16 fixed number).
+
+	(cff_parse_real): Added code so that the integer part is moved
+	into the high sixteen bits of the 16.16 fixed number.
+
+	* src/cff/cffobjs.c (CFF_Init_Face): Added logic to get the units
+	per EM from the CFF dictionary, if available.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/cfftypes.h: In struct CFF_Font_Dict_,
+	added a units_per_em member to facilitate passing of units_per_em
+	from function cff_parse_font_matrix.
+
+	* src/type1/t1load.c (is_alpha): Make `-' a legal alphanumeric
+	character.  This is so that font names with `-' are fully parsed,
+	etc...
+
+2001-02-02  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/psaux/psobjs.c (shift_elements): Remove if clause (which is
+	obsolete now).
+
+	(reallocate_t1_table, PS_Table_Done): Replace REALLOC() with ALLOC()
+	+ MEM_Copy() to avoid a memory bug.
+
+2001-02-01  David Turner  
+
+	* docs/docmaker.py: Improved the index sorting routine to place
+	capital letters before small ones.  Added the `' marker to
+	section blocks in order to give the order of blocks.
+
+2001-01-30  Antoine Leca  
+
+	* include/freetype/ttnameid.h: Latest updates to Microsoft language
+	ID codes.
+
+2001-01-24  Tom Kacvinsky  
+
+	* src/cff/t1load.c (parse_font_matrix): Added heuristic to get
+	units_per_EM from the font matrix.
+
+	(parse_dict): Deleted test to see whether the FontInfo keyword has
+	been seen.  Deletion of this test allows fonts without FontInfo
+	dictionaries to be parsed by the Type 1 driver.
+
+	(T1_Open_Face): Deleted empty subroutines array test to make sure
+	fonts with no subroutines still are parsed.
+
+2001-01-17  Francesco Zappa Nardelli  
+
+	* src/pcfread.c (pcf_get_properties, pcf_get_metrics,
+	pcf_get_bitmaps): Fix compiler errors.
+
+2001-01-11  David Turner  
+
+	* src/pcf/pcfread.c: Removed some compilation warnings related
+	to comparison of signed vs. unsigned integers.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftdebug.h: Changed the debug trace
+	constants from trace_t2xxxx to trace_cffxxxx to be able to compile
+	the CFF driver in debug mode.
+
+2001-01-11  Matthew Crosby  
+
+	* builds/unix/freetype-config.in: Fix problems with separate
+	--prefix and --exec-prefix.
+
+2001-01-11  David Turner  
+
+	* docs/docmaker.py: Added cross-references generation as well as
+	more robust handling of pathname wildcard matching.
+
+2001-01-10  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* docs/docmaker.py: Minor improvements to reduce unwanted spaces
+	and empty lines in output.
+
+2001-01-09  David Turner  
+
+	* docs/docmaker.py: Improved script to generate table of contents
+	and index pages.  It also supports wildcards on non Unix systems.
+
+	* include/freetype/*.h, include/freetype/cache/*.h: Updated comments
+	to include section definitions/delimitations for the API Reference
+	generator.
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h: Moved declaration of
+	`FT_Generic_Finalizer' and the `FT_Generic' structure to...
+	* include/freetype/fttypes.h: here.
+
+2001-01-04  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/ttnameid.h: Updated Unicode code range comments.
+
+2001-01-03  Tom Kacvinsky  
+
+	* src/cff/rules.mk: Use cffgload.{c,h} instead of t2gload.{c,h}.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/internal.h: Changed to use cfftypes.h
+	(cfferrs.h) instead of t2types.h (t2errors.h, respectively).
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/cfftypes.h: Merged in changes from
+	t2types.h and made this the canonical `types' header for the CFF
+	driver.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/t2types.h: This file was merged with
+	cfftypes.h and is no longer necessary.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/t2errors.h:	Renamed to cfferrs.h.
+
+	* src/cff/cffobjs.c, src/cff/cffobjs.h, src/cff/cffparse.c,
+	src/cff/cffdrivr.c, src/cff/cff.c, src/cff/cffload.c,
+	src/cff/cffgload.c, src/cff/cffgload.h: Changed to use
+	cffgload.{c,h} instead of t2gload.{c,h}.  All occurrences of t2_
+	(T2_) were replaced with cff_ (CFF_, respectively).
+
+	* src/cff/t2gload.h: Renamed cffgload.h.
+
+	* src/cff/t2gload.c: Renamed cffgload.c
+
+2000-01-02  Jouk Jansen  
+
+	* builds/vms: Support files for VMS architecture added.
+	* descrip.mms, src/*/descrip.mms: VMS makefiles added.
+	* README.VMS: New file.
+
+2000-01-01  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* LICENSE.TXT: Added info about PCF driver license.
+
+2001-01-01  Francesco Zappa Nardelli  
+
+	* src/pcf/*: New driver module for PCF font format (used in
+	X Window System).
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftdebug.h (FT_Trace): Added values for
+	PCF driver.
+	* include/freetype/internal/pcftypes.h: New file.
+	* include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h: Added PCF driver module.
+
+2001-01-01  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/winfonts/winfnt.c (FNT_Get_Char_Index): Fix parameter type.
+
+2000-12-31  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/modules.mk (clean_module_list): Fixed deletion of module
+	file in case `make make_module_list' is called before `make setup'.
+
+2000-12-30  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/cff/cffload.c (CFF_Load_Charset): Improved error messages.
+	(CFF_Load_Charset, CFF_Load_Encoding): Remove unnecessary variable
+	definition.
+
+2000-12-30  Tom Kacvinsky  
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/t2types.h,
+	include/freetype/internal/cfftypes.h: Changed the structures for
+	CFF_Encoding and CFF_Encoding for the new implementations of the
+	charset and encoding parsers in the CFF driver.
+
+	* src/cff/t2gload.c (t2_lookup_glyph_by_stdcharcode,
+	t2_operator_seac): Added these functions for use in implementing the
+	seac emulation provided by the Type 2 endchar operator.
+	(T2_Parse_CharStrings): Added seac emulation for the endchar
+	operator.
+
+	* src/cff/cffload.c (CFF_Load_Encoding, CFF_Load_Charset,
+	CFF_Done_Encoding, CFF_Done_Charset): Extended to load and parse the
+	charset/encoding tables, and free the memory used by them when the
+	CFF driver is finished with them.  Added tables
+
+	    cff_isoadobe_charset
+	    cff_expert_charset
+	    cff_expertsubset_charset
+	    cff_standard_encoding
+	    cff_expert_encoding
+
+	so that the encoding/charset parser can handle predefined encodings and
+	charsets.
+
+2000-12-24  Tom Kacvinsky  
+
+	* src/cff/t2gload.c (T2_Load_Glyph): Added code	so that the font
+	transform is applied.
+
+	* src/cff/cffparse.c (cff_parse_font_matrix): Added code so that
+	the font matrix numbers	are scaled by 1/(matrix->yy).  Also, the
+	offset vector now contains integer values instead of 16.16 fixed
+	numbers.
+
+2000-12-22  Tom Kacvinsky  
+
+	* src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_hinter_load_glyph):
+	Removed unnecessary comments and commented-out code.
+
+2000-12-21  David Turner  
+
+	* src/cid/cidafm.c, src/cid/cidafm.h: removed un-needed files,
+	we'll work on supporting CID AFM files later I guess :-)
+
+2000-12-21  Tom Kacvinsky  
+
+	* src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_hinter_load, ah_hinter_load_glyph):
+	Changed so that fonts with a non-standard FontMatrix render
+	correctly.  Previously, the first glyph rendered from such a
+	font did not have the transformation matrix applied.
+
+2000-12-17  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* *.mk: Added lots of `.PHONY' targets.
+
+2000-12-17  Karsten Fleischer  
+
+	* *.mk: Implemented `platform' target to disable auto-detection.
+
+2000-12-14  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* docs/design/modules.html: Removed.  Covered by design-*.html.
+
+	* INSTALL: Added info about makepp.
+
+2000-12-14  David Turner  
+
+	Added support for clipped direct rendering in the smooth renderer.
+	This should not break binary compatibility of existing applications.
+
+	* include/freetype/fttypes.h, include/freetype/ftimage.h: Move
+	definition of the FT_BBox structure from the former to the latter.
+	* include/freetype/ftimage.h: Add `ft_raster_flag_clip' value to
+	FT_Raster_Flag enumeration.
+	Add `clip_box' element to FT_Raster_Params structure.
+	* src/smooth/ftgrays.c (grays_convert_glyph): Implement it.
+
+	* INSTALL: Updated installation instructions on Win32, listing the
+	new `make setup list' target used to list supported
+	compilers/targets.
+
+	* src/raster/ftraster.c (ft_black_render): Test for unsupported
+	direct rendering before testing arguments.
+
+2000-12-13  David Turner  
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ft2build.h,
+	include/freetype/internal/internal.h: Fixed header inclusion macros
+	to use direct definitions.  This is the only way to do these things
+	in a portable way :-(  The rest of the code should follow shortly
+	though everything compiles now.
+
+	* builds/compiler/intelc.mk, builds/compiler/watcom.mk: New files.
+
+	* builds/win32/detect.mk: Added support for the Intel C/C++
+	compiler, as well as _preliminary_ (read: doesn't work!) support for
+	Watcom.  Also added a new setup target.  Type `make setup list' for
+	a list of supported command-line compilers on Win32.
+
+	* src/base/ftdebug.c: Added dummy symbol to avoid empty file if
+	conditionals are off.
+
+2000-12-13  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/unix/ftsystem.c: Fixed typos.  Fixed inclusion of wrong
+	ftconfig.h file.
+
+2000-12-12  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ft2build.h (FT2_ROOT, FT2_CONFIG_ROOT):
+	Removed.  ANSI C doesn't (explicitly) allow macro expansion in
+	arguments using `##'.
+	(FT2_PUBLIC_FILE, FT2_CONFIG_FILE, FT2_INTERNAL_FILE): Use directory
+	names directly.  Make them configurable.  Use `##' to strip leading
+	and trailing spaces from arguments.
+
+	* builds/unix/ft2unix.h: Adapted.
+
+	* src/base/ftsystem.c (ft_alloc, ft_realloc, ft_free, ft_io_stream,
+	ft_close_stream): Use FT_CALLBACK_DEF.
+
+	* builds/unix/ftsystem.c: Use new header scheme.
+	(FT_Done_Memory): Use free() from FT_Memory structure.
+
+	* src/base/ftinit.c, src/base/ftmac.c: Header scheme fixes.
+
+2000-12-11  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ft2build.h (FT2_CONFIG_ROOT,
+	FT2_PUBLIC_FILE, FT2_CONFIG_FILE, FT2_INTERNAL_FILE,
+	FT_SOURCE_FILE): Use `##' operator to be really ANSI C compliant.
+
+2000-12-09  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/unix/detect.mk: Remove unused USE_CFLAGS variable.
+
+2000-12-08  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* */*.h: Changed body inclusion macro names to start and end with
+	`__' (those which haven't converted yet).  Fixed minor conversion
+	issues.
+
+	* src/winfonts/winfnt.c: Updated to new header inclusion scheme.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttinterp.c: Remove unused CALC_Length() macro.
+
+2000-12-07  David Turner  
+
+	* */*.[ch]: Changed source files to adhere to the new
+	header inclusion scheme.  Not completely tested but works for now
+	here.
+
+	* src/cff/t2driver.c: Renamed and updated to...
+	* src/cff/cffdrivr.c: New file.
+	* src/cff/t2driver.h: Renamed and updated to...
+	* src/cff/cffdrivr.h: New file.
+	* src/cff/t2load.c: Renamed and updated to...
+	* src/cff/cffload.c: New file.
+	* src/cff/t2load.h: Renamed and updated to...
+	* src/cff/cffload.h: New file.
+	* src/cff/t2objs.c: Renamed and updated to...
+	* src/cff/cffobjs.c: New file.
+	* src/cff/t2objs.h: Renamed and updated to...
+	* src/cff/cffobjs.h: New file.
+	* src/cff/t2parse.c: Renamed and updated to...
+	* src/cff/cffparse.c: New file.
+	* src/cff/t2parse.h: Renamed and updated to...
+	* src/cff/cffparse.h: New file.
+	* src/cff/t2tokens.h: Renamed and updated to...
+	* src/cff/cfftoken.h: New file.
+
+	* src/cff/cff.c, src/cff/rules.mk: Updated.
+
+2000-12-06  David Turner  
+
+	* src/cache/ftlru.c (FT_Lru_Done): Fixed memory leak.
+
+2000-12-06  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/module.mk: Replaced `xxx #' with `xxx$(space).
+	* builds/os2/detekt.mk, builds/win32/detekt.mk: Moved comment to
+	avoid trailing spaces in variable.
+	* builds/freetype.mk: Use $(D) instead of $D to make statement more
+	readable.
+
+	* docs/docmaker.py: Formatting.
+
+2000-12-05  David Turner  
+
+	* src/psaux/psauxmod.c: Fixed a broken inclusion of component
+	header files (an FT_FLAT_COMPILE test was missing).
+
+	* src/cache/ftcmanag.c (FTC_Manager_Done): Fixed a bug that caused
+	an occasional crash when the function was called (due to a dangling
+	pointer).
+
+	* src/base/ftsystem.c (FT_Done_Memory): Fixed an obvious bug:
+	The ANSI `free()' function was called instead of `memory->free()'.
+
+	* docs/docmaker.py: Added section filtering, multi-page generation
+	(index page generation is still missing though).
+
+2000-12-04  David Turner  
+
+	* builds/unix/install.mk, builds/unix/ft2unix.h: The file `ft2unix.h'
+	is now installed as  for Unix systems.  Note that we
+	still use the `freetype2/freetype' installation path for now.
+
+	* */*.[ch]: Now using  as the default build and setup
+	configuration file in all public headers.  Internal source files
+	still need some changes though.
+
+	* builds/devel/ft2build.h, builds/devel/ftoption.h: Created a new
+	directory to hold all development options for both the Unix and
+	Win32 developer builds.
+
+	* builds/win32/detect.mk, builds/win32/w32-bccd.mk,
+	builds/win32/w32-dev.mk: Changed the developer build targets to
+	`devel-gcc' and `devel-bcc' in order to be able to develop with the
+	Borland C++ compiler.
+
+2000-12-01  David Turner  
+
+
+	* Version 2.0.1 released.
+	=========================
+
+
+	* builds/unix/configure.in, builds/unix/configure,
+	builds/cygwin/configure.in, builds/cygwin/configure: Setting
+	`version_info' to 6:1:0 for the 2.0.1 release.
+
+	* CHANGES: Added a summary of changes between 2.0.1 and 2.0.
+
+	* builds/unix/ftconfig.in, builds/cygwin/ftconfig.in: Changes
+	to allow compilation under Unix with the Unix-specific config
+	files.
+
+2000-12-01  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* INSTALL: Revised.
+	* builds/compiler/bcc-dev.mk, builds/compiler/visualage.mk,
+	builds/compiler/bcc.mk, builds/win32/w32-bcc.mk,
+	builds/win32/w32-bccd.mk: Revised.
+	* include/freetype/config/ftbuild.h,
+	include/freetype/internal/internal.h: Revised.
+	* include/freetype/ftimage.h: Updated to new header inclusion scheme.
+
+2000-11-30  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/toplevel.mk (.PHONY): Adding `distclean'.
+	* builds/unix/detect.mk (.PHONY): Adding `devel', `unix', `lcc',
+	`setup'.
+
+2000-11-30  David Turner  
+
+	* INSTALL: Slightly updated the quick starter documentation to
+	include IDE compilation, prevent against BSD Make, and specify `make
+	setup' instead of a single `make' for build configuration.
+
+	* include/config/ftbuild.h, include/internal/internal.h: Added new
+	configuration files used to determine the location of all public,
+	configuration, and internal header files for FreeType 2.  Modified
+	all headers under `include/freetype' to reflect this change.  Note
+	that we still need to change the library source files themselves
+	though.
+
+	* builds/compiler/bcc.mk, builds/compiler/bcc-dev.mk,
+	builds/win32/w32-bcc.mk, builds/win32/w32-bccd.mk,
+	builds/win32/detect.mk: Added new files to support compilation with
+	the free Borland C++ command-line compiler.  Modified the detection
+	rules to recognize the new `bcc32' target in `make setup bcc32'.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttcmap.c, src/sfnt/ttpost.c, src/sfnt/ttsbit.c,
+	src/truetype/ttobjs.c, src/truetype/ttgload.c,
+	src/truetype/ttinterp.c: Fixed a few comparisons that Borland C++
+	didn't really like.  Basically, this compiler complains when FT_UInt
+	is compared to FT_UShort (apparently, it promotes `UShort' to `Int'
+	in these cases).
+
+2000-11-30  Tom Kacvinsky  
+
+	* t2objs.c (T2_Init_Face): Added calculation of `face->height' for
+	pure CFF fonts.
+
+	* t1objs.c (T1_Init_Face): Fixed computation of `face->height'.
+
+2000-11-29  David Turner  
+
+	* src/base/ftbbox.c (BBox_Conic_Check): Fixed a really stupid
+	bug in the formula used to compute the conic Bézier extrema
+	of non-monotonous arcs.
+
+2000-11-29  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/base/ftcalc.c (FT_SqrtFixed), src/base/ftobjs.c
+	(FT_Set_Renderer): Use FT_EXPORT_DEF.
+	* src/cache/ftcimage.c (FTC_Image_Cache_Lookup),
+	src/cache/ftcmanag.c (FTC_Manager_Done, FTC_Manager_Reset,
+	FTC_Manager_Lookup_Face, FTC_Manager_Lookup_Size,
+	FTC_Manager_Register_Cache), src/cache/ftcsbits.c
+	(FTC_SBit_Cache_Lookup): Ditto.
+
+	* src/include/freetype/cache/ftcglyph.h (FTC_GlyphNode_Init),
+	src/include/freetype/ftmac.h (FT_New_Face_From_FOND): Use FT_EXPORT.
+
+2000-11-29  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfdriver.c: Include ttsbit.h and ttpost.h only
+	conditionally.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttdriver.c (Set_Char_Sizes, Set_Pixel_Sizes): Set
+	`size->strike_index' only conditionally.
+
+	* src/type1/t1driver.c, src/type1/t1objs.c: Include t1afm.h only
+	conditionally.
+
+	* src/winfonts/winfnt.h: Move all type definitions to...
+	* src/include/freetype/internal/fnttypes.h: New file.
+	* src/winfonts/winfnt.c: Use it.
+
+2000-11-29  ??? ???  
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftdebug.h: Replaced FT_CAT and FT_XCAT
+	with a direct solution (which also satisfies picky compilers).
+
+2000-11-28  YAMANO-UCHI Hidetoshi  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttobjs.c (TT_Init_Size): Fix #ifdef's to work with
+	disabled interpreter also.
+
+	* src/base/ftnames.c (FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count): Fix incorrect
+	parentheses.
+
+2000-11-26  Tom Kacvinsky  
+
+	* src/cff/t2gload.c (T2_Parse_CharStrings): Added logic to glyph
+	width setting code to take into account even/odd argument counts
+	and glyph width operand before endchar/hmoveto/vmoveto.
+
+2000-11-26  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/ansi/ansi.mk: Fix inclusion order of files.
+
+2000-11-26  Keith Packard  
+
+	* src/type1/t1objs.c (T1_Init_Face): Compute style flags.
+
+2000-11-26  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/compiler/ansi-cc.mk (CLEAN_LIBRARY): Fix rule and
+	conditional.
+
+2000-11-23  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/type1/t1load.c (parse_subrs, parse_charstrings): Use decrypt
+	function from PSAux module.
+
+	* src/type1/t1parse.c (T1_Done_Parse): Renamed to...
+	(T1_Finalize_Parser): New function (to avoid name clash with a
+	function in the PSAux module).
+	(T1_Decrypt): Removed since it is duplicated in the PSAux module.
+	(T1_Get_Private_Dict): Added `psaux' as new parameter; use decrypt
+	function from PSAux module.
+
+	* src/type1/t1parse.h: Adapted.
+
+2000-11-22  Tom Kacvinsky  
+
+	* src/cff/t2objs.c (T2_Init_Face): For pure CFF fonts, set
+	`root->num_faces' to `cff->num_faces' and set `units_per_EM'
+	to 1000.
+
+	* src/cff/t2parse.c (parse_t2_real): Fixed real number parsing
+	loop.
+
+	* src/cff/t2load.c (T2_Get_String): Called T2_Get_Name with a
+	sid that was off by one.
+
+2000-11-16  David Turner  
+
+	* src/autohint/ahtypes.h (AH_Hinter): Added new fields to control
+	auto-hinting of synthetic Type 1 fonts.
+
+	* src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_hinter_load, ah_hinter_load_glyph):
+	Added auto-hinting support of synthetic Type 1 fonts.
+
+2000-11-12  Tom Kacvinsky  
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttload.c (TT_LookUp_Table, TT_Load_Generic_Table): Change
+	tracing output.
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (SFNT_Load_Face): Set boolean variable
+	`has-outline' to true only if the font has a `glyf' or `CFF ' table.
+
+2000-11-11  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsp: Fix raster1->raster and
+	type1z->type1.
+
+2000-11-11  Tom Kacvinsky  
+
+	* builds/unix/freetype-config.in, builds/cygwin/freetype-config.in:
+	Added a --libtool option.  When freetype-config --libtool is
+	invoked, the absolute path to the libtool convenience library
+	is returned.
+
+2000-11-11  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/cygwin/cygwin-def.in: Same fix as previous.
+
+2000-11-10  Tom Kacvinsky  
+
+	* builds/unix/unix-def.in: Add
+
+	    INSTALL_PROGRAM := @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+	    INSTALL_SCRIPT  := @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+
+	so that installation of freetype-config does not fail.
+
+2000-11-10  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/cygwin/freetype-config.in, builds/unix/freetype-config.in:
+	Move test down for empty --exec-prefix.
+	Fix --version.
+
+	* builds/cygwin/install.mk, builds/unix/install.mk: Use
+	$(INSTALL_SCRIPT) for installation of freetype-config.
+
+	* builds/cygwin/install.mk: Fix clean target names.
+
+2000-11-09  David Turner  
+
+
+	* Version 2.0 released.
+	=======================
+
+----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Copyright 2000, 2001, 2002, 2007 by
+David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+
+This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+fully.
+
+
+Local Variables:
+version-control: never
+coding: utf-8
+End:
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/ChangeLog.21 b/src/3rdparty/freetype/ChangeLog.21
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d6371d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/ChangeLog.21
@@ -0,0 +1,9439 @@
+2005-06-08  Werner Lemberg  
+
+
+	* Version 2.1.10 released.
+	==========================
+
+
+	* src/pcf/readme: Renamed to...
+	* src/pcf/README: This.
+
+2005-06-07  Detlef Würkner  
+
+	* builds/amiga/*: Added copyright notes, reworked some comments.
+
+2005-06-05  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* Add copyright notices to all files which don't have one.
+
+	* docs/license.txt: Renamed to...
+	* docs/LICENSE.TXT: This.
+	* docs/FTL.txt: Renamed to...
+	* docs/FTL.TXT: This.
+	* docs/GPL.txt: Renamed to...
+	* docs/GPL.TXT: This.
+
+	* docs/PATENTS: Slightly reworded.  Suggested by Sylvain Beucler
+	.
+
+2005-06-04  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/ftimage.h (FT_Outline_MoveToFunc,
+	FT_Outline_LineToFunc, FT_Outline_ConicToFunc,
+	FT_Outline_CubicToFunc, FT_Raster_RenderFunc),
+	include/freetype/ftrender.h (FT_Glyph_TransformFunc,
+	FT_Renderer_RenderFunc, FT_Renderer_TransformFunc): Don't use
+	`const' to stay compatible with FreeType 2.1.9.
+
+2005-06-01  Adam D. Moss  
+
+	* src/base/ftstroke.c (ft_stroker_inside): Revert `sigma' patch from
+	2004-07-11; this gives much better results under normal
+	circumstances.
+
+2005-05-30  Chia I Wu  
+
+	* include/freetype/ftbitmap.h (FT_Bitmap_Embolden): Minor
+	documentation improvements.
+
+	* include/freetype/ftoutln.h (FT_Outline_Embolden): Fix typos.
+
+	* src/base/ftbitmap.c (FT_Bitmap_Embolden): Add support for bitmap
+	of pixel_mode FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2 or FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4.
+	If xstr is larger than 8 and bitmap is of pixel_mode
+	FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO, set xstr to 8 instead of returning error.
+
+2005-05-29  Chia I Wu  
+
+	* src/base/ftbitmap.c (FT_Bitmap_Embolden): Fix emboldening bitmap
+	of mode FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY.  Also add support for mode
+	FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD and FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V.
+	(ft_bitmap_assure_buffer): FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD and FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V
+	should have ppb (pixel per byte) 1.
+	Zero the padding when there's no need to allocate memory.
+
+	* src/base/ftsynth.c (FT_GlyphSlot_Embolden): Handle slot->advance
+	too.
+	More suited emboldening strength.
+
+2005-05-28  Chia I Wu  
+
+	* src/base/ftbitmap.c (FT_Bitmap_Embolden): Handle negative pitch.
+	Handle FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY with num_gray != 256.
+	Improve speed for FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY.
+	(ft_bitmap_assure_buffer): Accept FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD and
+	FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V.
+
+2005-05-27  Chia I Wu  
+
+	* src/base/ftsynth.c (FT_GlyphSlot_Embolden): Initialize `error'.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (ft_cmap_done_internal): New function.
+	(FT_CMap_Done): Remove cmap from cmap list.
+	(destroy_charmaps, FT_CMap_New): Don't call FT_CMap_Done but
+	ft_cmap_done_internal.
+
+2005-05-26  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* docs/GPL.txt: Update postal address of FSF.
+
+2005-05-26  Chia I Wu  
+
+	* include/freetype/ftbitmap.h (FT_Bitmap_Embolden): Improve
+	documentation.
+
+	* src/base/ftsynth.c (FT_BOLD_THRESHOLD): Removed.
+	(FT_GlyphSlot_Embolden): Check whether slot is bitmap owner.
+	Always modify the metrics.
+
+2005-05-24  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Updated.
+
+2005-05-24  Chia I Wu  
+
+	* include/freetype/ftbitmap.h (FT_Bitmap_Embolden): New declaration.
+
+	* include/freetype/ftoutln.h (FT_Outline_Embolden): New declaration.
+
+	* src/base/ftbitmap.c (ft_bitmap_assure_buffer): New auxiliary
+	function.
+	(FT_Bitmap_Embolden): New function.
+
+	* src/base/ftoutln.c (FT_Outline_Embolden): New function.
+
+	* src/base/ftsynth.c: Don't include FT_INTERNAL_CALC_H and
+	FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H but FT_BITMAP_H.
+	(FT_GlyphSlot_Embolden): Use FT_Outline_Embolden or
+	FT_Bitmap_Embolden.
+
+2005-05-24  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* configure: Always remove config.mk, builds/unix/unix-def.mk, and
+	builds/unix/unix-cc.mk.  This fixes repeated calls of the script.
+	Reported by Nelson Beebe and Behdad Esfahbod.
+
+	* README.CVS: Mention file permissions.
+
+2005-05-23  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/amiga/makefile.os4 (WARNINGS), builds/compiler/gcc-dev.mk
+	(CFLAGS), builds/compiler/gcc.mk (CFLAGS): Remove
+	-fno-strict-aliasing.
+
+	* src/sfnt/rules.mk (SFNT_DRV_SRC): Don't include ttsbit0.c --
+	it is currently loaded from ttsbit.c.
+
+2005-05-23  Behdad Esfahbod  
+
+	Say you have `(Foo*)x' and want to assign, pass, or return it as
+	`(Bar*)'.  If you simply say `x' or `(Bar*)x', then the C compiler
+	would warn you that type casting incompatible pointer types breaks
+	strict-aliasing.  The solution is to cast to `(void*)' instead which
+	is the generic pointer type, so the compiler knows that it should
+	make no strict-aliasing assumption on `x'.  But the problem with
+	`(void*)x' is that seems like in C++, unlike C, `void*' is not a
+	generic pointer type and assigning `void*' to `Bar*' without a cast
+	causes an error.  The solution is to cast to `Bar*' too, with
+	`(Bar*)(void*)x' as the result -- this is what the patch does.
+
+	* include/freetype/cache/ftccache.h (FTC_CACHE_LOOKUP_CMP),
+	include/freetype/cache/ftcmru.h (FTC_MRULIST_LOOKUP_CMP): Remove
+	cast on lvalue, use a temporary pointer instead.
+	Cast temporarily to (void*) to not break strict aliasing.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftmemory.h (FT_MEM_ALLOC,
+	FT_MEM_REALLOC, FT_MEM_QALLOC, FT_MEM_QREALLOC, FT_MEM_FREE),
+	src/base/ftglyph.c (FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap): Cast temporarily to (void*)
+	to not break strict aliasing.
+
+	* src/base/ftinit.c (FT_USE_MODULE): Fix wrong type information.
+
+	* builds/unix/configure.ac (XX_CFLAGS): Remove -fno-strict-aliasing.
+
+2005-05-23  David Turner  
+
+	Fix Savannah bug #12213 (incorrect behaviour of the cache sub-system
+	in low-memory conditions).
+
+	* include/freetype/cache/ftccache.h (FTC_CACHE_TRYLOOP,
+	FTC_CACHE_TRYLOOP_END): New macros.
+
+	* src/cache/ftccache.c (FTC_Cache_NewNode), src/cache/ftcsbits.c
+	(ftc_snode_compare): Use FT_CACHE_TRYLOOP and FTC_CACE_TRYLOOP_END.
+
+2005-05-23  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/base/rules.mk (BASE_SRC): Don't add ftsynth.c here but...
+	(BASE_EXT_SRC): Here.
+
+2005-05-22  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/base/ftrfork.c (raccess_guess_apple_generic): Mark
+	`version_number' and `entry_length' as unused.
+	(raccess_guess_linux_double_from_file_name): Remove `memory'.
+	(raccess_make_file_name): Mark `error' as unused.
+
+	* src/bdf/bdflib.c (_bdf_parse_properties): Remove `memory'.
+
+	* src/cid/cidobjs.c (cid_face_init): Remove `psnames'.
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (sfnt_load_face): Remove `memory'.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgxvar.c (ft_var_readpackedpoints,
+	ft_var_readpackeddeltas, ft_var_load_avar): Mark `error' as unused.
+
+	* src/base/rules.mk (BASE_SRC): Add ftsynth.c.
+
+2005-05-21  David Turner  
+
+	* src/base/ftsynth.c (FT_GlyphSlot_Embolden): Fix a bug that
+	produced unpleasant artefacts when trying to embolden very sharp
+	corners.
+
+2005-05-20  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Updated.
+
+2005-05-20  Chia I Wu  
+
+	* src/base/ftbitmap.c: Don't include FT_FREETYPE_H and FT_IMAGE_H
+	but FT_BITMAP_H.
+	(FT_Bitmap_Copy): New function (from ftglyph.c).
+
+	* include/freetype/ftbitmap.h (FT_Bitmap_Copy): New public
+	definition.
+
+	* src/base/ftglyph.c: Include FT_BITMAP_H.
+	(ft_bitmap_copy): Move to ftbitmap.c.
+	(ft_bitmap_glyph_init): Remove `memory' variable.
+	Create new bitmap object if FT_GLYPH_OWN_BITMAP isn't set.
+	(ft_bitmap_glyph_copy): Use FT_Bitmap_Copy.
+	(ft_bitmap_glyph_done): Use FT_Bitmap_Done.
+	(ft_outline_glyph_init): Use FT_Outline_Copy.
+
+	* src/base/ftoutln.c (FT_Outline_Copy): Handle source == target.
+	(FT_Outline_Done_Internal): Check for valid `memory' pointer.
+	(FT_Outline_Translate, FT_Outline_Reverse, FT_Outline_Render,
+	FT_Outline_Transform): Check for valid `outline' pointer.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_New_GlyphSlot): Prepend glyph slot to
+	face->glyph, otherwise a new second glyph slot cannot be created.
+	(FT_Done_GlyphSlot): Fix memory leak.
+	(FT_Open_Face): Updated -- face->glyph is already managed by
+	FT_New_GlyphSlot.
+
+	* src/type42/t42objs.c (T42_GlyphSlot_Done): Updated.
+
+2005-05-20  Kirill Smelkov  
+
+	* include/freetype/ftimage.h (FT_Raster_Params),
+	include/freetype/ftoutln.h (FT_Outline_Translate,
+	FT_Outline_Transform), src/base/ftoutln.c (FT_Outline_Translate,
+	FT_Outline_Transform): Decorate parameters with `const' where
+	appropriate.
+	Update all callers.
+
+	* src/raster/ftraster.c (ft_black_reset), src/smooth/ftgrays.c
+	(gray_raster_reset): Remove `const' from `pool_base' argument.
+
+2005-05-18  Kirill Smelkov  
+
+	* src/raster/ftmisc.h: New file.  Only needed if ftraster.c is
+	compiled as stand-alone.
+
+	* src/raster/ftraster.c: Add comment how to compile as stand-alone.
+	s/FT_CONFIG_OPTION_STATIC_RASTER/FT_STATIC_RASTER/.
+	s/TT_STATIC_RASTER/FT_STATIC_RASTER/.
+	[_STANDALONE_]: Include ftimage.h and ftmisc.h.
+	(FT_TRACE1, FT_TRACE6, ft_memset, FT_MEM_ZERO): Define
+	conditionally.
+	(Render_Glyph, Render_Gray_Glyph): Return Raster_Err_None (or
+	Raster_Err_Unsupported).
+	(ft_black_new) [_STANDALONE_]: Fix type of `the_raster'.
+	(ft_black_init, ft_black_reset, ft_black_set_mode, ft_black_render):
+	Use `ras', not `raster'.
+	(ft_black_done): Use FT_UNUSED_RASTER.
+	(Horizontal_Sweep_Init, Horizontal_Sweep_Step,
+	Horizontal_Gray_Sweep_Span): Use FT_UNUSED_RASTER.
+
+2005-05-18  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* docs/announce: Start updating.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Updated.
+
+2005-05-16  Vitaliy Pasternak  
+
+	* builds/win32/visualc/freetype.vcproj: Updated.
+	Exclude debug info for `Release' versions to reduce library size.
+
+2005-05-16  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Open_Face): Make it work as documented, this
+	is, ignore `aface' completely if face_index < 0.  Reported by David
+	Osborn .
+
+2005-05-16  Kirill Smelkov  
+
+	* include/freetype/ftimage.h (FT_Outline_MoveToFunc,
+	FT_Outline_LineTo_Func, FT_Outline_ConicToFunc,
+	FT_Outline_CubicToFunc), src/smooth/ftgrays.c (gray_render_conic,
+	gray_render_cubic, gray_move_to, gray_line_to, gray_conic_to,
+	gray_cubic_to, gray_render_span, gray_sweep): Decorate parameters
+	with `const' where appropriate.
+
+2005-05-11  Kirill Smelkov  
+
+	* include/freetype/ftimage.h (FT_Raster_RenderFunc),
+	include/freetype/ftrender.h (FT_Glyph_TransformFunc,
+	FT_Renderer_Render_Func, FT_Renderer_TransformFunc),
+	src/base/ftglyph.c (ft_outline_glyph_transform),
+	src/raster/ftrend1.c (ft_raster1_transform, ft_raster1_render),
+	src/smooth/ftgrays.c (FT_Outline_Decompose, gray_raster_render),
+	src/smooth/ftsmooth.c (ft_smooth_transform,
+	ft_smooth_render_generic, ft_smooth_render, ft_smooth_render_lcd,
+	ft_smooth_render_lcd_v): Decorate parameters with `const' where
+	appropriate.
+
+	* src/raster/ftraster.c (RASTER_RENDER_POOL): Removed.  Obsolete.
+	(ft_black_render): Decorate parameters with `const' where
+	appropriate.
+
+2005-05-11  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttcmap.c (tt_cmap4_set_range): Fix typo (FT_PEEK_SHORT ->
+	FT_PEEK_USHORT) which caused crashes.  Reported by Ismail Donmez
+	.
+
+2005-05-08  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftserv.h (FT_FACE_FIND_GLOBAL_SERVICE)
+	[__cplusplus]: Fix typo.
+
+2005-05-07  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Handle unsorted SFNT type 4 cmaps correctly (reported by Dirck
+	Blaskey ).
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttcmap.h (TT_CMap): Add member `unsorted'.
+	* src/sfnt/ttcmac.c: Use SFNT_Err_Ok where appropriate.
+
+	(tt_cmap0_validate, tt_cmap2_validate, tt_cmap6_validate,
+	tt_cmap8_validate, tt_cmap10_validate, tt_cmap12_validate): Use
+	`FT_Error' as return type.
+	(tt_cmap4_validate): Use `FT_Error' as return type.
+	Return error code for unsorted cmap.
+	(tt_cmap4_char_index, tt_cmap4_char_next): Use old code for unsorted
+	cmaps.
+	(tt_face_build_cmaps): Set `unsorted' variable in cmap.
+
+2005-05-07  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttpload.c (tt_face_get_location): Fix typo.
+
+2005-05-06  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/cff/cffobjs.c (cff_face_init): Set ppem value in top
+	dictionary for SFNT-based CFF.
+
+2005-05-05  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Handle malformed `loca' table entries.
+
+	* docs/TODO: Add some bugs which should be fixed.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/tttypes.h (TT_FaceRec): Add `glyf_len'
+	element.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttpload.c (tt_face_load_loca): Get length of `glyf'
+	table.
+	(tt_face_get_location): Fix computation of `asize' for malformed
+	`loca' entries.
+
+2005-05-01  David Turner  
+
+	* Jamfile: Remove `otvalid' from the list of compiled modules.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftserv.h: Add compiler pragmas to get
+	rid of annoying warnings with Visual C++ compiler in maximum warning
+	mode.
+
+	* src/autofit/afhints.c, src/autofit/aflatin.c, src/base/ftstroke.c,
+	src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c, src/cache/ftcbasic.c, src/cache/ftccmap.c,
+	src/cache/ftcmanag.c, src/cff/cffload.c, src/cid/cidload.c,
+	src/lzw/zopen.c, src/otvalid/otvgdef.c, src/pcf/pcfread.c,
+	src/sfnt/sfobjs.c, src/truetype/ttgxvar.c: Remove compiler warnings.
+
+2005-04-28  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* docs/TODO: Updated.
+
+2005-04-24  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/otvalid/otvcommn.c
+	(otv_GSUBGPOS_have_MarkAttachmentType_flag): Handle table == 0.
+
+2005-04-16  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/cff/cffobjs.c (cff_face_init): Set default upem value in top
+	font dict also.
+	Handle font matrix settings in subfonts.
+
+	* src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_slot_load): Use the correct font matrix
+	for CID-keyed fonts with subfonts.
+
+	* docs/formats.txt: Updated.
+
+2005-04-14  Kirill Smelkov  
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_Vector_Transform),
+	include/freetype/ftimage.h (FT_Raster_Params),
+	include/freetype/ftoutln.h, src/base/ftoutln.c (FT_Outline_Get_CBox,
+	FT_Outline_Copy, FT_Outline_Transform, FT_Vector_Transform,
+	FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap), src/raster/ftraster.c (ft_black_render),
+	src/smooth/ftgrays.c (gray_raster_render): Decorate parameters with
+	`const' where appropriate.
+
+2005-04-14  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/type1/t1load.c (parse_charstrings): Catch this non-standard
+	beginning of the /CharStrings dictionary:
+
+	  /CharStrings 118 dict def
+	  Private begin
+	  CharStrings begin
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttsbit0.c (tt_sbit_decoder_load_image): Fix arguments
+	to call of tt_sbit_decoder_load_bitmap.
+
+2005-04-13  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* docs/TODO: Updated.
+
+	* autogen.sh: Use `--force' for all commands.
+
+2005-04-09  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/pshinter/pshalgo.c (ps_hints_apply): Change scaling values
+	only if `fitted' is not zero.
+
+2005-04-06  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (tt_face_get_metrics) [FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY]:
+	Fix typo which sometimes causes wrong metrics for the last glyph.
+
+2005-04-04  David Turner  
+
+	* devel/ftoption.h, include/freetype/config/ftoption.h
+	(FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY): Comment out this macro for the upcoming 2.1.10
+	release.
+	(*_CHESTER_*): Removed.  No longer used.
+
+	* src/autofit/afhints.c (af_axis_hints_new_segment,
+	af_axis_hints_new_edge): Small tweak to use less heap memory.
+
+2005-04-03  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/type1/t1parse.c (T1_New_Parser): Relax the check for a valid
+	first line in the font.
+
+2005-04-03  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* docs/CHANGES, include/freetype/freetype.h: Improve documentation
+	of FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes and FT_Set_Char_Size.
+
+2005-03-26  Detlef Würkner  
+
+	* builds/amiga/src/base/ftsystem.c (ft_amiga_stream_io): Fix buffer
+	offsets after a large read.
+
+2005-03-26  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/autofit/afglobal.c (af_face_globals_get_metrics):
+	s/index/gidx/.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttsbit0.c (tt_sbit_decoder_load_image): Fix compiler
+	warnings.
+
+	* src/sfnt/rules.mk (SFNT_DRV_SRC): Add ttsbit0.c.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttsbit0.h: Dummy file for build with `make'.
+
+2005-03-26  Detlef Würkner  
+
+	Update of the Amiga port.
+
+	* builds/amiga/makefile, builds/amiga/makefile.os4,
+	builds/amiga/smakefile: Included the base extension files
+	(ftbitmap.c, ftotval.c, ftpfr.c, ftstroke.c, ftxf86.c).
+
+2005-03-25  Detlef Würkner  
+
+	Update of the Amiga port.
+
+	* builds/amiga/makefile, builds/amiga/smakefile: Handle new modules.
+
+	* builds/amiga/makefile.os4: Makefile for AmigaOS4 SDK.
+
+	* builds/amiga/README: Updated.
+
+	* builds/amiga/include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h: Handle gcc for
+	AmigaOS4.
+
+	* builds/amiga/include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h: Handle new
+	modules.
+
+	* builds/amiga/src/base/ftdebug.c: Updated to current version of
+	default ftdebug.c.
+	Add various include files and macros to have proper support for
+	both AmigaOS4 and older AmigaOS versions.
+	Don't declare KVPrintF explicitly.
+	Replace getenv with GetVar.
+	Actually enable debugging code.
+
+	* builds/amiga/src/base/ftsystem.c: Major rewrite.
+
+2005-03-23  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* tests/*: Removed.
+
+2005-03-23  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* docs/CHANGES, docs/INSTALL.ANY: Updated.
+
+	* include/freetype/ftmoderr.h: Replace `Autohint' with `Autofit'.
+	Add `OTvalid'.
+
+	* src/autofit/aferrors.h: New file.
+
+	* src/autofit/afglobal.c, src/autofit/afhints.c,
+	src/autofit/aflatin.c, src/autofit/afloader.c: s/FT_Err_/AF_Err_/.
+	Include aferrors.h.
+
+	* src/autofit/rules.mk (AUTOF_DRV_H): Include aferrors.h.
+
+	* src/otvalid/otverror.h: s/FT_Mod_Err_OTV/FT_Mod_Err_OTvalid/.
+
+2005-03-22  David Turner  
+
+	* src/autohint/*: Removed.
+	* Jamfile: Updated.
+
+2005-03-15  David Turner  
+
+	* src/bdf/bdflib.c: Remove compiler warnings.
+	(hash_rehash, hash_init): Don't call FT_MEM_ZERO.
+	(_bdf_list_t): Add `memory' field.
+	(_bdf_list_init, _bdf_list_done, _bdf_list_ensure): New functions.
+	(_bdf_shift, _bdf_join): Rename to...
+	(_bdf_list_shift, _bdf_list_join): This.
+	(_bdf_split): Renamed to...
+	(_bdf_list_split): This.  Use new functions.
+	(bdf_internal_readstream): Removed.
+	(NO_SKIP): New macro.
+	(_bdf_readstream): Rewritten.
+	(bdf_create_property, _bdf_add_comment): Improve allocation.
+	(_bdf_set_default_spacing, _bdf_parse_glyphs): Updated.  Improve
+	allocation.
+	(_bdf_parse_properties, _bdf_parse_start): Updated.
+	(bdf_load_font): Updated to use new functions.
+
+	* src/type1/t1parse.c (check_type1_format): New function.
+	(T1_New_Parser): Use it to check font header before allocating
+	anything on the heap.
+
+	* src/type42/t42parse.c	(t42_parser_init): Modify functions to check
+	the font header before allocating anything on the heap.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftmemory.h (FT_ARRAY_MAX,
+	FT_ARRAY_CHECK): New macros.
+
+	* src/base/ftstream.c (FT_Stream_TryRead): New function.
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftstream.h: Updated.
+
+	* src/pcf/pcfread.c (pcf_read_TOC), src/pcf/pcfutil.c
+	(BitOrderInvert, TwoByteSwap, FourByteSwap): Minor fixes and
+	simplifications.  Try to protect the PCF driver from doing stupid
+	things with broken fonts.
+
+	* src/lzw/ftlzw.c (FT_Stream_OpenLZW): Check the LZW header before
+	doing anything else.  This avoids unnecessary heap allocations
+	(400KByte of heap memory for the LZW decoder).
+
+	* src/gzip/ftgzip.c (FT_Stream_OpenGZip): Ditto for the gzip
+	decoder, although the code savings are smaller.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Updated.
+
+2005-03-10  David Turner  
+
+	* src/tools/glnames.py: Add comment to explain the compression
+	being used for the Adobe Glyph List.
+
+2005-03-10  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttpload.c (tt_face_load_cvt, tt_face_load_fpgm):
+	Fix serious typo which prevented correct TT rendering.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftmemory.h: Undo change from 2005-03-03.
+	To suppress warnings it is sufficient to use `-fno-strict-aliasing'.
+
+2005-03-10  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/tools/glnames.py: Formatted.
+	Format output to be in sync with other FreeType code.
+	Import `re' and `os.path'.
+	(StringTable) <__init__>: Add parameter to initialize master table
+	name.
+	(StringTable) : Don't pass master table name.
+	(StringTable) : Emit explanatory comment.
+	Simplify and make output more human readable.
+	(t1_bias, glyph_list, adobe_glyph_names): Removed.  Unused.
+	(main): Use `basename' for file name in header.
+
+	* src/psnames/pstables.h: Regenerated.
+
+2005-03-09  David Turner  
+
+	* src/tools/glnames.py: Rewrite the generator for the `pstables.h'
+	header file which contains various constant tables related to glyph
+	names.  It now uses a different, more compact storage scheme that
+	saves about 20KB.  This also closes Savannah bug #12262.
+
+	* src/psnames/pstables.h: Regenerated.
+
+	* src/psnames/psmodule.c (ps_unicode_value): Use
+	`ft_get_adobe_glyph_index', a new function defined in `pstables.h'.
+	(ps_get_macintosh_name, ps_get_standard_strings): Updated.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Set_Char_Sizes): Handle fractional sizes
+	more carefully.  This fixes Savannah bug #12263.
+
+2005-03-06  David Turner  
+
+	* src/otvalid/otvgsub.c, src/otvalid/otvgpos.c: Make static tables
+	constant.
+
+	* src/autofit/aflatin.c (af_latin_metrics_init): Fix Savannah bug
+	#12212 (auto-hinter refuses to work if no Unicode charmap in font).
+
+2005-03-05  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* autogen.sh: New script for bootstrapping.
+
+	* README.CVS: New file which documents bootstrapping.
+
+	* builds/unix/aclocal.m4, builds/unix/config.guess,
+	builds/unix/config.sub, builds/unix/configure,
+	builds/unix/ltmain.sh: Removed.
+
+2005-03-04  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/base/ftutil.c: Include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H.
+
+2005-03-03  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Various fixes for C and C++ compiling.
+
+	* src/autofit/*: Add copyright messages.
+
+	* src/autofit/afhints.c (af_glyph_hints_done): Don't use
+	`AF_Dimension' but `int' for loop counter.
+
+	* src/autofit/aflatin.c (af_latin_metrics_init_widths): Don't use
+	`AF_Dimension' but `int' for loop counter.
+	Use proper enumeration value for `render_mode'.
+	(af_latin_metrics_scale_dim): Don't shadow variables.
+	(af_latin_hints_compute_segments): Use proper cast for `major_dir'
+	and `segment_dir'.
+	(af_latin_align_linked_edge, af_latin_hint_edges): Fix arguments of call to
+	`af_latin_compute_stem_width'.
+	(af_latin_hints_apply): Don't use `AF_Dimension' but `int' for loop
+	counter.
+
+	* src/base/ftdbgmem.c (ft_mem_table_get_source, FT_DumpMemory): Use
+	proper cast for memory allocation.
+
+	* src/cff/cffdrivr.c (cff_get_kerning): Use proper cast for
+	initialization of `sfnt'.
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfdriver.c: Include `ttkern.h'.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttkern.c (tt_face_get_kerning): Don't shadow variables.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c: Include `ttpload.h'.
+
+2005-03-03  David Turner  
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftmemory.h (FT_ALLOC, FT_REALLOC,
+	FT_QALLOC, FT_QREALLOC) [gcc >= 3.3]: Provide macro versions which
+	avoid compiler warnings.
+	(FT_NEW, FT_NEW_ARRAY, FT_RENEW_ARRAY, FT_QNEW, FT_QNEW_ARRAY,
+	FT_QRENEW_ARRAY, FT_ALLOC_ARRAY, FT_REALLOC_ARRAY): Updated.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftserv.h (FT_FACE_FIND_SERVICE,
+	FT_FACE_FIND_GLOBAL_SERVICE, FT_FACE_LOOKUP_SERVICE) [__cplusplus]:
+	Provide macro versions which avoid compiler warnings.
+
+	* src/base/ftutil.c (ft_highpow2): New utility function.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h: Updated.
+
+	* src/pfr/pfrload.c (pfr_get_gindex, pfr_compare_kern_pairs,
+	pfr_sort_kerning_pairs): Don't define if FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY is set.
+	(pfr_phy_font_done): Don't handle `kern_pairs' if FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY
+	is set.
+	(pfr_phy_font_load): Don't call `pfr_sort_kerning_pairs' if
+	FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY is set.
+
+	* src/pfr/pfrobjs.c (pfr_slot_load): Comment out some code which
+	doesn't work with broken fonts.
+	(pfr_face_get_kerning) [FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY]: Implement.
+
+	* src/pfr/pfrtypes.h (PFR_KernItemRec): Optimize member types.
+	(PFR_NEXT_KPAIR): New macro.
+	(PFR_PhyFontRec): Don't define `kern_pairs' if FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY is
+	set.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttsbit0.c (tt_sbit_decoder_load_image): Introduce
+	temporary variable to avoid gcc warning.
+	(tt_face_load_sbit_image): Mark unused variables with FT_UNUSED.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttpload.c (tt_face_load_loca) [FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY]:
+	Remove redundant variable.
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h: Moving the order of drivers to
+	speed up font loading.  The PCF and BDF loaders are still slow and
+	consume far too much memory.
+
+2005-03-03  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* devel/ftoption.h: Updated to recent changes.
+
+2005-03-02  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/autofit/afdummy.c, src/autofit/afdummy.h
+	(af_dummy_script_class): Fix type.
+
+	* src/autofit/aflatin.c, src/autofit/aflatin.h
+	(af_latin_script_class): Fix type.
+
+	* src/autofit/rules.mk (AUTOF_DRV_SRC): Fix typo.
+
+2005-03-01  David Turner  
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttkern.c (tt_face_load_kern, tt_face_get_kerning),
+	src/sfnt/ttsbit0.c (tt_face_load_sbit_strikes,
+	tt_sbit_decoder_load_byte_aligned, tt_sbit_decoder_load_compound,
+	tt_sbit_decoder_load_image), src/sfnt/ttload.c
+	(tt_face_load_metrics): Remove compiler warnings
+	-- redundant variables, missing initializations, etc.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttsbit.h: Handle FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY.
+
+	* src/autofit/rules.mk, src/autofit/module.mk,
+	src/autofit/afangles.h: New files.
+
+	* src/autofit/afhints.c (af_axis_hints_new_segment,
+	af_axis_hints_new_edge): New functions.
+	(af_glyph_hints_done): Do proper deallocation.
+	(af_glyph_hints_reload): Only reallocate points array.  This
+	drastically reduces heap usage.
+
+	* src/autofit/afhints.h (AF_PointRec, AF_SegmentRec): Optimize
+	member types and positions.
+	(AF_AxisHintsRec): Add `max_segments' and `max_edges'.
+	(af_axis_hints_new_segment, af_axis_hints_new_edge): New prototypes.
+
+	* src/autofit/aflatin.c (af_latin_metricsc_scale): Don't call
+	AF_SCALER_EQUAL_SCALES.
+	(af_latin_hints_compute_segments): Change return type to FT_Error.
+	Update all callers.
+	Improve segment allocation.
+	(af_latin_hints_compute_edges): Change return type to FT_Error.
+	Update all callers.
+	Improve edge allocation and link handling.
+	(af_latin_hints_detect_features): Change return type to FT_Error.
+	Update all callers.
+
+	* src/autofit/aflatin.h: Updated.
+
+	* src/autofit/afloader.c (af_loader_load_g)
+	: Assure axis->num_edges > 1.  This fixes
+	a bug with certain fonts.
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h: The auto-fitter is now the
+	only supported auto-hinting module.
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h (FT_INT_MAX): New macro.
+
+2005-02-28  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttpload.c (tt_face_load_loca): Fix typo.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttkern.c: Include `ttkern.h'.
+	(FT_COMPONENT): Updated.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/fttrace.h: Add entry for `ttkern'.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttsbit0.c: s/FT_Err_/SFNT_Err_/.
+	Decorate constants with `U' and `L' where necessary.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttcmap.c (tt_cmap4_next): Remove unused variable.
+
+2005-02-28  David Turner  
+
+	* src/base/ftdbgmem.c (FT_DumpMemory): Added sorting of memory
+	sources according to decreasing maximum cumulative allocations.
+	(ft_mem_source_compare): New auxiliary function.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttsbit0.c: New file, implementing a heap-optimized
+	embedded bitmap loader.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttsbit.c: Include `ft2build.h', FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H,
+	FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H, FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H.
+	Load `ttsbit0.c' if FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY is set, otherwise use
+	file contents.
+	(tt_face_load_sbit_strikes): Set up root fields to indicate the
+	strikes.  This fixes Savannah bug #12107.
+	Use `static' keyword for `sbit_line_metrics_field',
+	`strike_start_fields', `strike_end_fields'.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/tttypes.h (TT_FaceRec): Define
+	`sbit_table', `sbit_table_size', `sbit_num_strikes' if
+	FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY is set.
+	Don't define `num_sbit_strikes' and `sbit_strikes' if
+	FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY is set.
+
+	* src/cff/cffobjs.c (sbit_size_reset): Handle FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY.
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (sfnt_load_face): Fixed bug that prevented
+	loading SFNT fonts without a `kern' table.
+	Properly pass root->face_flags.
+	Remove code for TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS.
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfdriver.c (sfnt_interface)
+	[TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS]: Don't use `tt_find_sbit_image'
+	and `tt_load_sbit_metrics'.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttcmap.c: Optimize linear charmap scanning for Format 4.
+	(OPT_CMAP4): New macro.
+	(TT_CMap4Rec) [OPT_CMAP4]: New structure.
+	(tt_cmap4_init, tt_cmap4_set_range, tt_cmap4_next, tt_cmap4_reset)
+	[OPT_CMAP4]: New functions.
+	(tt_cmap4_char_next) [OPT_CMAP4]: Use `tt_cmap4_next' and
+	`tt_cmap4_reset'.
+	(tt_cmap4_class_rec) [OPT_CMAP4]: Use `TT_CMap4Rec' and
+	`tt_cmap4_init'.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttobjs.c (Reset_SBit_Size): Handle
+	FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY.
+
+	* src/autofit/afhints.h (AF_PointRec, AF_SegmentRec, AF_EdgeRec):
+	Optimize member types.
+
+	* src/autofit/afloader.c (af_loader_done): Call
+	`af_glyph_hints_done'.
+
+2005-02-27  David Turner  
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttkern.c (tt_face_load_kern): Fix a small bug which
+	caused invalid (random) return values for the horizontal kerning.
+
+2005-02-25  David Turner  
+
+	Implement several memory optimizations to drastically reduce the
+	heap usage of FreeType, especially in the case of memory-mapped
+	files.  The idea is to avoid loading and decoding tables in the
+	heap, and instead access the raw data whenever possible (i.e., when
+	it doesn't compromise performance).
+
+	This has several benefits: For example, opening vera.ttf now uses
+	just a small amount of memory (even when the FT_Library footprint is
+	accounted for), until you start loading glyphs.  Even then, you save
+	at least 20KB compared to the non-optimized case.  Performance of
+	various operations, including open and close, has also been
+	dramatically improved.
+
+	More optimizations to come, especially for the auto-hinter.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/sfnt.h (TT_Face_GetKerningFunc): New
+	function type.
+	(SFNT_Interface): Add it.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/tttypes.h (TT_HdmxEntryRec, TT_HdmxRec,
+	TT_Kern0_PairRec): Don't define if FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY is set.
+	(TT_FaceRec): Define `horz_metrics', `horz_metrics_size',
+	`vert_metrics', `vert_metrics_size', `hdmx_table',
+	`hdmx_table_size', `hdmx_record_count', `hdmx_record_size',
+	`hdmx_record_sizes', `kern_table', `kern_table_size,
+	`num_kern_tables', `kern_avail_bits', `kern_order_bits' if
+	FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY is set.
+	Don't define `hdmx', `num_kern_pairs', `kern_table_index',
+	`kern_pairs' if FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY is set.
+
+	* src/base/ftdbgmem.c (ft_mem_table_set): Don't shadow variable.
+	Fix compiler warning.
+
+	* src/cff/cffdrivr.c (Get_Kerning): Renamed to...
+	(cff_get_kerning): This.  Simplify.
+	(cff_driver_class): Updated.
+
+	* src/sfnt/Jamfile (_sources): Add `ttkern'.
+	* src/sfnt/rules.mk (SFNT_DRV_SRC): Add `ttkern.c'.
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfdriver.c (sfnt_interface): Add `tt_face_get_kerning'.
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfnt.c: Include `ttkern.c'.
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c: Include `ttkern.h'.
+	(sfnt_load_face): Consider the `kern' and `gasp' table as optional.
+	(sfnt_done_face): Call `tt_face_done_kern'.
+	Handle horizontal metrics for FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttkern.c, src/sfnt/ttkern.h: New files.  Code has been
+	taken from `ttload.c' and `ttload.h'.
+	Provide special versions of `tt_face_load_kern',
+	`tt_face_get_kerning', and `tt_face_done_kern' for
+	FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttload.c (tt_face_load_metrics, tt_face_load_hdmx,
+	tt_face_free_hdmx): Provide version for FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY.
+	(tt_face_load_kern, tt_kern_pair_compare, TT_KERN_INDEX): Moved to
+	`ttkern.c'.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttload.h: Updated.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttsbit.c (sbit_metrics_field): Add `static' keyword.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttdriver.c (Get_Kerning): Renamed to...
+	(tt_get_kerning): This.  Simplify.
+	(tt_driver_class): Updated.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (TT_Get_Metrics): Renamed to...
+	(tt_face_get_metrics): This.  Provide version for FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY.
+	Update all callers.
+	(Get_Advance_Widths): Replaced with...
+	(Get_Advance_WidthPtr): This.  Provide version for
+	FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY.
+	Update all callers.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.h: Updated.
+
+2005-02-22  David Turner  
+
+	* src/base/ftdbgmem.c: Partly rewritten.  Added the ability to list
+	all allocation sites in the memory debugger.  Also a new function
+	FT_DumpMemory() was added.  It is only available in builds with
+	FT_DEBUG_MEMORY defined, and you must declare it in your own code to
+	use it, i.e., with something like:
+
+	  extern void FT_DumpMemory( FT_Memory );
+
+	  ...
+
+	  FT_DumpMemory( memory );
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftoption.h
+	(TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER): Comment out definition --
+	again.
+	(FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY): New configuration macro to control various
+	optimizations for reducing the heap footprint of memory-mapped
+	TrueType files.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftmemory.h (FT_ARRAY_ZERO): New
+	convenience macro.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/tttypes.h (TT_FaceRec)
+	[FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY]: Use optimized types for `num_locations' and
+	`glyph_locations'.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (load_truetype_glyph): Call
+	`tt_face_get_location'.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttobjs.c (tt_face_init)
+	[FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]: Improve error handling.
+	(tt_face_done): Call `tt_face_done_loca'.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttpload.c (tt_face_get_location, tt_face_done_loca):
+	New functions.  If FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY is set, the locations table is
+	read directly from memory-mapped streams, instead of being decoded
+	into the heap.
+	(tt_face_load_loca) [FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY]: New implementation.
+	(tt_face_load_cvt, tt_face_load_fpgm): Only load table if the
+	bytecode interpreter is compiled in.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttpload.h: Updated.
+
+	* src/autohint/ahglyph.c (ah_outline_load): Improve allocation
+	logic.
+
+2005-02-20  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/unix/ltmain.sh: Regenerated with `libtoolize --force
+	--copy' from libtool 1.5.14.
+	* builds/unix/aclocal.m4: Regenerated with `aclocal -I .' from
+	automake 1.9.4.
+
+	* builds/unix/config.guess, builds/unix/config.sub: Updated from
+	`config' CVS module at subversions.gnu.org.
+
+	* builds/unix/install-sh, builds/unix/mkinstalldirs: Updated from
+	`texinfo' CVS module at subversions.gnu.org.
+
+2005-02-14  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/cff/cffcmap.c (cff_cmap_unicode_init): Don't try to build
+	a cmap for a CID-keyed font which doesn't have SIDs.
+
+2005-02-13  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/type1/t1load.c (read_binary_data): Return more meaningful
+	value.
+	(parse_encoding, parse_subrs, parse_charstrings, parse_dict): Check
+	parser error value after call to T1_Skip_PS_Token (where necessary).
+
+	* src/type1/t1parse.c (T1_Get_Private_Dict): Check parser error
+	value after call to T1_Skip_PS_Token.
+
+	* src/cid/cidparse.c (cid_parser_new): Check parser error value
+	after call to cid_parser_skip_PS_token.
+
+	* src/type42/t42parse.c (t42_parse_encoding, t42_parse_sfnts,
+	t42_parse_charstrings, t42_parse_dict): Check parser error value
+	after call to T1_Skip_PS_Token (where necessary).
+
+	* src/psaux/psobjc.c (skip_string, ps_parser_skip_PS_token,
+	ps_tobytes): Add error messages.
+
+2005-02-12  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* configure: Output more variables to the created Makefile so that
+	it can be used for ft2demos also (if the FT2DEMOS variable is
+	defined).
+
+2005-02-10  David Turner  
+
+	* src/pfr/pfrgload.c (pfr_glyph_load): Fix an unbounded growing
+	dynamic array when loading a glyph from a PFR font (Savannah bug
+	#11921).
+
+	* src/base/ftbitmap.c (FT_Bitmap_Convert): Small improvements to the
+	conversion function (mainly stupid optimization).
+
+	* src/base/Jamfile: Adding ftbitmap.c to the list of compiled files.
+
+2005-02-10  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/unix/freetype-config.in: Add new flag `--ftversion' to
+	return the FreeType version.  Suggested by George Williams
+	.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Updated.
+
+2005-02-09  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/otvalid/otvmod.c (otv_validate): Deallocate arrays in case
+	of error.  Reported by YAMANO-UCHI Hidetoshi .
+
+2005-02-08  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/psaux/t1decode.c (t1_decoder_parse_charstrings)
+	: Accept `T1_Parse_Have_Moveto' state also which can
+	happen in empty glyphs.  Reported by Ian Brown
+	 (Savannah bug #11856).
+
+2005-02-04  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/otlayout/*: Removed.  Obsolete.
+
+2004-12-28  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/unix/ltmain.sh: Regenerated with `libtoolize --force
+	--copy' from libtool 1.5.10.
+	* builds/unix/aclocal.m4: Regenerated with `aclocal -I .' from
+	automake 1.9.4.
+	* builds/unix/configure: Regenerated with autoconf 2.59b.
+
+	* builds/unix/config.guess, builds/unix/config.sub: Updated from
+	`config' CVS module at subversions.gnu.org.
+
+	* builds/unix/install-sh: Updated from
+	`texinfo' CVS module at subversions.gnu.org.
+
+	* builds/unix/ftsystem.c (FT_Stream_Open): Add proper cast for
+	ft_alloc.
+	Fix compiler warning.
+
+2004-12-27  Dirck Blaskey  
+
+	* src/cff/cffobjs.c (cff_face_init): Improve computation of
+	FT_STYLE_BOLD_FLAG.
+
+2004-12-27  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/cff/cffobjs.c (cff_face_init): A CFF within an SFNT can have
+	only a single font.  This is undocumented but has been verified on
+	the opentype list.
+
+2004-12-26  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* Jamfile (FT2_COMPONENTS): Add `otvalid'.
+
+2004-12-25  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/base/ftbitmap.c (FT_Bitmap_Convert): Fix compiler warning.
+
+2004-12-15  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* vms_make.com: Add ftbitmap.obj.
+
+2004-12-14  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/base/ftbitmap.c, include/freetype/ftbitmap.h: New files for
+	handling various bitmap formats.
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftheader.h (FT_BITMAP_H): New macro.
+
+	* src/base/rules.mk (BASE_EXT_SRC): Add ftbitmap.c.
+
+	* src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c (BDF_Glyph_Load): Don't convert bitmaps to 8bpp
+	but return them as-is.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Mention new bitmap API.
+	* include/freetype/ftchapter.s: Updated.
+
+2004-12-11  Robert Clark  
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Get_Kerning): Make kerning amount
+	dependent on ppem by scaling down for ppem < 25, then do normal
+	rounding.  This gives slightly better results than rounding towards
+	zero.
+
+2004-12-09  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Get_Kerning): Always round towards zero
+	for FT_KERNING_DEFAULT.  This greatly enhances the kerning for
+	small ppem values.
+
+2004-12-08  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (ft_glyphslot_clear): Reset `lsb_delta' and
+	`rsb_delta'.
+
+2004-12-05  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/unix/install.mk (install): Use $(OBJ_BUILD) for ftconfig.h.
+
+2004-12-03  Antoine Leca  
+
+	* include/freetype/ttnameid.h: Updated to latest
+	specifications from Microsoft.
+
+2004-11-26  Jouk Jansen  
+
+	* vms_make.com: Include ftbbox.c.
+	Fix `ccopt'.
+	Handle `otvalid' module.
+	Update `vmslib.dat' default values.
+	Fixes to `libs.opt'.
+
+2004-11-23  Anders Kaseorg  
+
+	* src/base/ftoutln.c (FT_OrientationExtremumRec,
+	ft_orientation_extremum_compute): Removed.
+	(FT_Outline_Get_Orientation): Rewritten, simplified.
+
+	* src/autohint/ahglyph.c: Include FT_OUTLINE_H.
+	(ah_test_extremum, ah_get_orientation): Removed.
+	(ah_outline_load): Use FT_Outline_Get_Orientation.
+
+	* src/base/ftsynth.c (ft_test_extrama, ft_get_orientation): Removed.
+	(FT_GlyphSlot_Embolden): Use FT_Outline_Get_Orientation.
+
+2004-11-23  Fernando Papa  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttinterp.h: Fix typo.
+
+2004-11-22  Antoine Leca  
+
+	* builds/win32/detect.mk: Corrected logic that detects Windows NT to
+	use the previous change even if win32 is forced.  Corrected
+	detection of win32 on Win9X.
+
+	* builds/dos/detect.mk: Added same correction as for win32 about
+	COPY on Windows NT.  Detection of plain DOS 7.x.
+
+2004-11-22  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/detect.mk: Undo change from 2004-11-20.
+	* builds/win32/detect.mk: If the `OS' environment variable contains
+	`Windows_NT', use `cmd.exe /c copy' for copying files.
+
+2004-11-20  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/detect.mk (dos_setup): Use `cmd.exe' for copying
+	$(CONFIG_MK) to force lowercase file name under Windows.
+
+2004-11-19  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Fix a serious bug in the TT hinter.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (TT_Process_Simple_Glyph): Don't shift
+	points vertically before hinting.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Updated.
+
+	* src/cache/ftcglyph.c (FTC_GNode_UnselectFamily,
+	FTC_GCache_Lookup): A new try to fix comparison with zero.
+
+2004-11-16  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/unix/configure.ac: Add `-fno-strict-aliasing' if gcc is
+	used.
+	* builds/unix/configure: Regenerated.
+	* builds/unix/config.guess, builds/unix/config.sub: Updated from
+	`config' CVS module at subversions.gnu.org.
+
+2004-11-16  Dr. Martin P.J. Zinser  
+
+	* src/cache/ftcglyph.c (FTC_GNode_UnselectFamily,
+	FTC_GCache_Lookup): Fix comparison with zero.
+
+	* docs/INSTALL.VMS: Updated.
+
+	* vms_make.com: Updated.  All `descrip.mms' files are now created
+	automatically.
+
+	* src/*/descrip.mms: Removed.
+
+2004-11-16  Owen Taylor  
+
+	* builds/unix/freetype-config.in: Suppress -L$libdir for
+	/usr/lib64 as well as /usr/lib.  (Reported by Dan Winship -
+	https://bugzilla.redhat.com/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=139199)
+
+2004-11-11  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/cff/cffdrivr.c (cff_service_ps_info): Updated.
+	* src/cid/cidriver.c (cid_service_ps_info): Updated.
+	* src/type42/t42drivr.c (t42_ps_get_font_private): New function.
+	(t42_service_ps_info): Updated.
+
+	* src/type42/t42parse.c (t42_parse_dict): Remove compiler warning.
+
+2004-11-11  David Bevan  
+
+	Add new function FT_Get_PS_Font_Private().
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/services/svpsinfo.h
+	(PS_GetFontPrivateFunc): New service function.
+
+	* include/freetype/t1tables.h, src/base/fttype1.c
+	(FT_Get_PS_Font_Private): New function.
+
+	* src/type1/t1driver.c (t1_ps_get_font_private): New function.
+	(t1_service_ps_info): Updated.
+
+2004-10-13  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h: Include `stddef.h'.
+	(ft_ptrdiff_t): Define.
+
+	* include/freetype/fttypes.h (FT_PtrDist): Use `ft_ptrdiff_t'.
+
+	* src/cid/cidload.c (cid_parse_dict), src/type1/t1load.c
+	(parse_dict): Fix compiler warning.
+
+2004-10-11  Joshua Neal  
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttcmap.c (tt_face_build_cmaps): Check for pointer
+	overflow.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttload.c (tt_face_load_hdmx): Protect against bad input.
+	Don't use FT_QNEW_ARRAY but FT_NEW_ARRAY to make deallocation work
+	in case of failure.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttsbit.c (Load_SBit_Range): Check range intervals.
+	(tt_face_load_sbit_strikes): Allocate `strike_sbit_ranges' after
+	frame test.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (TTLoad_Simple_Glyph): Add assertion for
+	`flag'.
+
+2004-10-09  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Updated.
+
+2004-10-09  Boris Letocha  
+
+	Fix handling of NPUSHW if skipped in data stream.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttinterp.c (opcode_length): Set value for NPUSHW
+	to -2.
+	(SkipCode, TT_RunIns): Use opcode_length value for computation of
+	bytes to be skipped.
+
+2004-09-10  Jouk Jansen  
+
+	* vms_make.com: Updated.
+
+2004-09-09  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Adding OpenType validation module.  The code is based on the
+	(unfinished) `otlayout' module but has been heavily modified to make
+	it much more compact.
+
+	* src/otvalid/*: New module.
+
+	* include/freetype/ftotval.h, src/base/ftotval.c,
+	include/freetype/internal/services/svotval.h: New files.
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h: Add otv_module_class.
+	* include/freetype/config/ftheader.h (FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H): New
+	macro.
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftserv.h
+	(FT_SERVICE_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H): New macro.
+	* include/freetype/internal/fttrace.h (otvmodule, otvcommon,
+	otvbase, otvgdef, otvgpos, otvgsub, otvjstf): New trace components.
+
+	* include/freetype/ftchapters.h: Updated.
+
+	* src/base/Jamfile (Library), src/base/descrip.mms (OBJS),
+	src/base/rules.mk (BASE_EXT_SRC): Updated.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Updated.
+
+2004-09-08  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/tools/docmaker/sources.py (re_source_block_format2) :
+	Use lookahead assertion to not match `*/'.  This removes spurious
+	insertions of `/' in the HTML output.
+
+2004-09-07  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgxvar.c (TT_Vary_Get_Glyph_Deltas): Fix call to
+	FT_NEW_ARRAY.
+
+2004-09-04  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h: Don't include
+	FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H.
+	(FT_Validator, FT_ValidationLevel, FT_ValidatorRec, FT_VALIDATOR,
+	ft_validator_init, ft_validator_run, ft_validator_error, FT_INVALID,
+	FT_INVALID_TOO_SHORT, FT_INVALID_OFFSET, FT_INVALID_FORMAT,
+	FT_INVALID_GLYPH_ID, FT_INVALID_DATA): Move to...
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftvalid.h: New file.
+	Make FT_INVALID return module-specific error codes.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/internal.h (FT_INTERNAL_VALIDATE_H): New
+	macro.
+
+	* include/freetype/fterrors.h: Undefine FT_ERR_PREFIX only if
+	FT_KEEP_ERR_PREFIX isn't defined.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c: Include FT_INTERNAL_VALIDATE_H.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttcmap.h: Don't include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H but
+	FT_INTERNAL_VALIDATE_H.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttcmap.c: Don't include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H but
+	FT_INTERNAL_VALIDATE_H.
+	Include sferrors.h before FT_INTERNAL_VALIDATE_H.
+	s/FT_Err_Ok/SFNT_Err_Ok/.
+
+	* src/sfnt/sferrors.h: Define FT_KEEP_ERR_PREFIX.
+
+	* src/type1/t1afm.c: Include t1errors.h.
+
+2004-09-03  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/base/ftdebug.c (ft_debug_init): Highest debug level is 7,
+	not 6.
+	* docs/DEBUG: Updated.
+
+2004-08-30  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/tttags.h (TTAG_BASE, TTAG_GDEF, TTAG_GPOS,
+	TTAG_JSTF): New tags.
+
+	* include/freetype/fttypes.h (FT_Bytes, FT_Tag): New typedefs.
+	(FT_Int): Add `signed'.
+
+2004-08-29  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/otlayout/otlgpos.c (otl_gpos_subtable_validate): Add argument
+	to pass number of lookups.
+	Update all callers.
+	Don't call otl_lookup_list_validate but otl_lookup_validate.
+	(otl_gpos_validate): Call otl_lookup_list_validate instead of
+	otl_gpos_subtable_validate.
+
+	* src/otlayout/otlgpos.h: Updated.
+
+	* src/otlayout/otljstf.c (otl_jstf_max_validate): Add argument to
+	pass number of lookups.
+	Update all callers.
+
+
+	* src/cff/cffparse.c (cff_parse_real): s/exp/exponent/ to avoid
+	compiler warning.
+
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttcmap0.c, src/sfnt/ttcmap0.h: Renamed to...
+	* src/sfnt/ttcmap.c, src/sfnt/ttcmap.h: This.
+	* src/sfnt/Jamfile, src/sfnt/rules.mk, src/sfnt/sfdriver.c,
+	src/sfnt/sfnt.c, src/sfnt/sfobjs.c: Updated.
+
+
+	* builds/compiler/gcc-dev.mk (CFLAGS): Don't add `-Wnested-externs'
+	if compiler is g++ (v3.3.3 emits a warning otherwise).
+
+2004-08-28  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/otlayout/otlgpos.c (otl_value_length): Return number of bytes,
+	not number of 16bit entities.
+	(otl_gpos_lookup2_validate): Check class definition tables for
+	format 2.
+	Fix loop for format 2.
+	(otl_liga_mark2_validate): Fix offset for otl_anchor_validate.
+
+2004-08-27  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/base/ftmac.c: Don't include truetype/ttobjs.h.
+	Don't include type1/t1objs.h.
+	(FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec) [!__MWERKS__]: Remove compiler warnings.
+
+2004-08-27  Mathieu Malaterre  
+
+	* src/base/ftmac.c: Handle OS_INLINE for xlc compiler also.
+
+2004-08-27  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/otlayout/otlayout.h: Add copyright.
+	(OTL_INVALID_OFFSET): Removed.
+
+	* src/otlayout/otlgdef.h: Include otlayout.h.
+	Comment out inclusion of otltable.h.
+
+	* src/otlayout/otlgpos.c (otl_gpos_lookup4_validate): Fix call
+	to otl_base_array_validate.
+	(otl_liga_mark2_validate): Fix `for' loop.
+
+	* src/otlayout/otlgsub.c (otl_ligature_validate): Check `glyph_id',
+	not components array.
+
+	* src/otlcommn.c (otl_lookup_get_count, otl_feature_get_count):
+	Comment out.
+	(otl_lookup_list_get_count, otl_feature_list_get_count): Activate.
+	(otl_feature_list_validate, otl_gsubgpos_get_lookup_count):
+	s/otl_lookup_get_count/otl_lookup_list_get_count/.
+	(otl_script_list_validate):
+	s/otl_feature_get_count/otl_feature_list_get_count/.
+	(otl_script_validate): Call otl_lang_validate for default language.
+
+	* src/otlayout/otlcommn.h: Updated.
+
+2004-08-16  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/otlayout/otlgpos.c (otl_gpos_lookup1_validate,
+	otl_gpos_lookup2_validate, otl_gpos_lookup3_validate,
+	otl_gpos_lookup4_validate, otl_gpos_lookup5_validate,
+	otl_gpos_lookup6_validate, otl_gpos_lookup9_validate,
+	otl_gpos_validate): Update
+	function arguments.
+	(otl_gpos_lookup7_validate, otl_gpos_lookup8_validate): Update
+	function arguments.
+	Handle NULL offsets correctly.
+	Check sequence and lookup indices for format 3.
+	(otl_pos_rule_validate, otl_chain_pos_rule_validate): Add argument
+	to pass lookup count.
+	Check sequence and glyph indices.
+	(otl_gpos_subtable_validate): Update function arguments.
+	Update callers.
+
+	* src/otlayout/otlgpos.h: Updated.
+
+	* src/otlayout/otlgsub.c (otl_gsub_lookup1_validate,
+	otl_gsub_lookup3_validate, otl_gsub_lookup8_validate): Update
+	function arguments.
+	Add glyph index checks.
+	(otl_sequence_validate, otl_alternate_set_validate,
+	otl_ligature_validate): Add argument to pass glyph count.
+	Update callers.
+	Add glyph index check.
+	(otl_gsub_lookup2_validate, otl_gsub_lookup4_validate): Update
+	function arguments.
+	(otl_ligature_set_validate): Add argument to pass glyph count.
+	Update caller.
+	(otl_sub_class_rule_validate,
+	otl_sub_class_rule_set_validate): Removed.
+	(otl_sub_rule_validate, otl_chain_sub_rule_validate): Add argument
+	to pass lookup count.
+	Update callers.
+	Add lookup index check.
+	(otl_sub_rule_set_validate, otl_chain_sub_rule_set_validate): Add
+	argument to pass lookup count.
+	Update callers.
+	(otl_gsub_lookup5_validate): Update function arguments.
+	Handle NULL offsets correctly.
+	Don't call otl_sub_class_rule_set_validate but
+	otl_sub_rule_set_validate.
+	Check sequence and lookup indices for format 3.
+	(otl_gsub_lookup6_validate): Update function arguments.
+	Handle NULL offsets correctly.
+	Check sequence and lookup indices for format 3.
+	(otl_gsub_lookup7_validate, otl_gsub_validate): Update function
+	arguments.
+
+	* src/otlayout/otlgsub.h: Updated.
+
+	* src/otlayout/otlbase.c (otl_base_validate): Handle NULL offsets
+	correctly.
+
+	* src/otlayout/otlcommn.c (otl_class_definition_validate): Fix
+	compiler warning.
+	(otl_coverage_get_first, otl_coverage_get_last): New functions.
+	(otl_lookup_validate): Add arguments to pass lookup and glyph
+	counts.
+	Update callers.
+	(otl_lookup_list_validate): Add argument to pass glyph count.
+	Update callers.
+
+	* src/otlayout/otlcommn.h: Updated.
+
+	* src/otlayout/otljstf.c (otl_jstf_extender_validate,
+	otl_jstf_max_validate, otl_jstf_script_validate,
+	otl_jstf_priority_validate, otl_jstf_lang_validate): Add parameter
+	to validate glyph indices.
+	Update callers.
+	(otl_jstf_validate): Add parameter which specifies number of glyphs
+	in font.
+
+	* src/otlayout/otljstf.h: Updated.
+
+2004-08-15  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/otlayout/otlgpos.c (otl_liga_mark2_validate): Add parameter
+	to handle possible NULL values properly.
+	Update all callers.
+
+2004-08-15  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/otlayout/gpos.c: Rename counting variables to be more
+	meaningful.
+	Add copyright.
+	(otl_liga_attach_validate): Renamed to...
+	(otl_liga_mark2_validate): This.
+	Update all callers.
+	(otl_mark2_array_validate): Removed.
+	(otl_gpos_lookup6_validate): Call otl_liga_mark2_validate, not
+	otl_mark2_array_validate.
+	(otl_pos_class_set_validate, otl_pos_class_rule_validate): Removed.
+	(otl_gpos_lookup7_validate): Complete code for format 2.
+	(otl_chain_pos_class_rule_validate,
+	otl_chain_pos_class_set_validate): Removed.
+	(otl_gpos_lookup8_validate): Don't call
+	otl_chain_pos_class_set_validate but
+	otl_chain_pos_rule_set_validate.
+	Simplify some code.
+
+	* src/otlayout/otlgpos.h: Add copyright.
+
+2004-08-14  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/otlayout/otljstf.c (otl_jstf_gsub_mods_validate): Removed.
+	(otl_jstf_gpos_mods_validate): Renamed to...
+	(otl_jstf_gsubgpos_mods_validate): This.
+	Test whether lookup_count is zero.
+	(otl_jstf_priority_validate): Use otl_jstf_gsubgpos_mods_validate.
+	(otl_jstf_validate): Initialize gsub_lookup_count and
+	gpos_lookup_count if gsub or gpos is zero.
+
+	* src/otlayout/otlgsub.c: Rename counting variables to be more
+	meaningful.
+	Add copyright.
+	(otl_gsub_lookup1_validate): Simplify code.
+	(otl_gsub_lookup2_validate, otl_gsub_lookup3_validate,
+	otl_gsub_lookup4_validate, otl_gsub_lookup7_validate): Remove unused
+	variables.
+	(otl_gsub_lookup5_validate): Remove unused variable.
+	Fix call to otl_sub_rule_set_validate and
+	otl_sub_class_rule_set_validate.
+	(otl_chain_sub_class_rule_validate,
+	otl_chain_sub_class_set_validate): Removed.
+	(otl_gsub_lookup6_validate): Remove unused variable.
+	Fix call to otl_chain_sub_rule_set_validate.
+	(otl_gsub_lookup7_validate): Handle lookup type 8 also.
+	(otl_gsub_lookup8_validate: New function.
+	(otl_gsub_lookup1_apply, otl_gsub_lookup2_apply,
+	otl_gsub_lookup3_apply): Commented out.
+	(otl_gsub_validate_funcs): Add otl_gsub_lookup7_validate and
+	otl_gsub_lookup8_validate.
+	(otl_gsub_validate): Updated.
+
+	* src/otlayout/otlgsub.h: Add copyright.
+
+	* src/otlayout/otlcommn.c, src/otlayout/otlcommn.h
+	(otl_coverage_get_index): Comment out.
+
+2004-08-13  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/otlayout/otlcommn.c (otl_gsubgpos_get_lookup_count): New
+	function.
+	* src/otlayout/otlcommn.h: Updated.
+
+	* src/otlayout/otlbase.c: Rename counting variables to be more
+	meaningful.
+	Add copyright message.
+	* src/otlayout/otlbase.h: Add copyright message.
+
+	* src/otlayout/otlgdef.c: Rename counting variables to be more
+	meaningful.
+	Add copyright message.
+	Use OTL_CHECK everywhere.
+	(otl_caret_value_validate): Remove unused variable.
+	(otl_gdef_validate): All tables are optional.
+	* src/otlayout/otlgdef.h: Add copyright message.
+
+	* src/otlayout/otljstf.c: Rename counting variables to be more
+	meaningful.
+	Add copyright message.
+	(otl_jstf_gsub_mods_validate, otl_jstf_gpos_mods_validate): Add
+	parameter to pass lookup count.
+	Update all callers.
+	Check lookup array.
+	(otl_jstf_max_validate):
+	s/otl_gpos_subtable_check/otl_gpos_subtable_validate/.
+	(otl_jstf_priority_validate, otl_jstf_lang_validate,
+	otl_jstf_script_validate): Add two parameters to pass lookup counts.
+	Update all callers.
+	(otl_jstf_validate): Add two parameters to pass GPOS and GSUB
+	table offsets; use otl_gsubgpos_get_lookup_count to convert extract
+	lookup counts.
+	Fix typo.
+	* src/otlayout/otljstf.h: Updated.
+	Add copyright message.
+
+	* src/otlayout/otlgpos.c (otl_gpos_subtable_validate): New function.
+	(otl_gpos_validate): Use it.
+	* src/otlayout/otlgpos.h: Updated.
+
+2004-08-13  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/otlayout/otcommn.c: Use OTL_CHECK everywhere.
+	(otl_coverage_validate): Initialize `p',
+	s/count/num_glyphs/.
+	s/start_cover/start_coverage/.
+	(otl_coverage_get_index): Return OTL_Long, not OTL_Int.
+	Remove unused variables.
+	(otl_class_definition_validate): s/count/num_glyphs/.
+	Remove unused variables.
+	(otl_class_definition_get_value, otl_device_table_get_start,
+	otl_device_table_get_end, otl_device_table_get_delta,
+	otl_lookup_get_table, otl_lookup_list_get_count,
+	otl_lookup_list_get_lookup, otl_lookup_list_get_table,
+	otl_feature_get_lookups, otl_feature_list_get_count,
+	otl_feature_list_get_feature, otl_lang_get_count,
+	otl_lang_get_req_feature, otl_lang_get_features): Commented out
+	temporarily until we really need it.
+	(otl_lookup_validate): Removed.
+	(otl_lookup_table_validate): Renamed to ...
+	(otl_lookup_validate): This.  Update callers.
+	(otl_lookup_list_validate): Remove already commented out definition
+	and move the other definition up.
+	(otl_feature_validate): Add parameter to pass number of lookups.
+	Update callers.
+	Check lookup indices.
+	(otl_feature_list_validate): Add parameter to pass lookup table.
+	Update callers.
+	(otl_lang_validate): Add parameter to pass number of features.
+	Update callers.
+	Handle req_feature and check feature indices.
+	(otl_script_validate): Add parameter to pass number of features.
+	Update callers.
+	(otl_script_list_validate): Add parameter to pass feature table.
+	Update callers.
+
+	* src/otlayout/otcommn.h: s/LOCALDEF/LOCAL/.
+	Comment out the same functions as in otcommn.c.
+	(otl_script_list_get_script): Removed.
+
+	* src/otlayout/otlgsub.c (otl_gsub_lookup1_apply): Change `index' to
+	type OTL_Long.
+	(otl_gsub_lookup2_apply, otl_gsub_lookup3_apply): Change `index' to
+	type OTL_Long.
+	Fix test.
+	(otl_gsub_validate): Fix order of validation.
+
+	* src/otlayout/otlgpos.c (otl_gpos_validate): Fix order of
+	validation.
+
+2004-08-12  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Make otlayout module compile (without actually working).
+
+	* src/otlayout/*: s/OTL_Valid/OTL_Validator/.
+	s/NULL/0/.
+
+	* src/otlayout/otlayout.h: Fix various typos.
+	(OTL_Bool): New typedef.
+	(OTL_Int, OTL_Long, OTL_Int16, OTL_Int32): Use `signed' keyword.
+	(OTL_Err_InvalidArgument): Removed.
+	(OTL_Err_InvalidData, OTL_Err_InvalidSize): New enum values.
+	(OTL_MAKE_TAG): Add missing parenthesis.
+	(OTL_INVALID_DATA): Use OTL_Err_InvalidData.
+	(OTL_INVALID_TOO_SHORT): Use OTL_Err_InvalidSize.
+	(OTL_INVALID_FORMAT, OTL_INVALID_OFFSET): New macros.
+
+	* src/otlayout/otlgpos.c: s/FT_/OTL_/.
+	s/OTL_Short/OTL_Int16/.
+	(otl_gpos_pairset_validate): Add return type.
+	(otl_base_array_validate): Fix call to otl_anchor_validate.
+	(otl_liga_array_validate): Fix call to otl_liga_attach_validate.
+	(otl_gpos_lookup5_validate): Fix typos.
+	(otl_gpos_lookup6_validate): Fix call to otl_mark2_array_validate.
+	(otl_gpos_lookup7_validate): Comment out unfinished code.
+	Fix typos.
+
+	* src/otlayout/otlgsub.c: Add forward declaration for
+	otl_gsub_validate_funcs.
+	(otl_gsub_lookup1_apply, otl_gsub_lookup2_apply,
+	otl_gsub_lookup3_apply): Fix call to otl_parser_check_property.
+	s/otl_coverage_lookup/otl_coverage_get_index/.
+	(otl_ligature_validate): Add missing variable declaration.
+	(otl_sub_rule_validate): Fix typo.
+	(otl_sub_class_rule_validate): Add missing variable declaration.
+	Fix typo.
+	(otl_gsub_lookup5_validate): Fix typo.
+	(otl_gsub_lookup6_validate): Fix call to
+	otl_chain_sub_class_set_validate.
+	(otl_gsub_validate_funcs): Don't use `const'.
+
+	* src/otlayout/otlcommn.c (otl_class_definition_get_value,
+	otl_device_table_validate, otl_device_table_get_delta,
+	otl_lookup_validate, otl_script_validate): Add missing
+	variable declarations.
+	(otl_lookup_list_validate): Comment out first definition.
+	(otl_lookup_list_foreach, otl_feature_list_foreach): Comment out.
+	(otl_feature_list_validate):
+	s/otl_feature_table_validate/otl_feature_validate/.
+	(otl_script_list_validate):
+	s/otl_script_table_validate/otl_script_validate/.
+
+	* src/otlayout/otlcommn.h: Comment out first declaration.
+	(otl_lookup_list_foreach, otl_feature_list_foreach): Comment out.
+
+	* src/otlayout/otlbase.c (otl_base_coord_validate): Fix call to
+	otl_device_table_validate.
+	(otl_base_script_validate): Add missing variable declarations.
+	(otl_base_script_list_validate): Fix call to
+	otl_base_script_validate.
+	(otl_axis_table_validate): Fix calls to otl_base_tag_list_validate
+	and otl_base_script_list_validate.
+	(otl_base_validate): Fix calls to otl_axis_table_validate.
+
+	* src/otlayout/otlgdef.c (otl_attach_list_validate): Fix call to
+	otl_attach_point_validate.
+	(otl_caret_value_validate): Add missing variable declaration.
+	Fix call to otl_device_table_validate.
+	(otl_ligature_glyph_validate): Fix call to otl_caret_value_validate.
+	(otl_ligature_caret_list_validate): Fix call to
+	otl_ligature_glyph_validate.
+	(otl_gdef_validate): Fix calls to otl_class_definition_validate,
+	otl_attach_list_validate, otl_ligature_caret_list_validate, and
+	otl_class_definition_validate.
+
+	* src/otlayout/otltable.h (otl_table_validate, otl_table_init,
+	otl_table_set_script): Comment out.
+
+	* src/otlayout/otlparse.h (OTL_ParserRec):
+	s/OTL_Alternate/OTL_GSUB_Alternate/.
+	(OTL_ParseError): Add OTL_Err_Parser_Memory and
+	OTL_Err_Parser_Internal.
+	(otl_parser_error): Fix typo.
+	(otl_parser_check_property): Remove third argument.
+
+	* src/otlayout/otlparse.c (otl_string_ensure):
+	s/OTL_Parse_Err_Memory/OTL_Err_Parser_Memory/.
+	(OTL_STRING_ENSURE, otl_parser_error, otl_parser_get_index,
+	otl_parser_replace_1, otl_parser_replace_n): Fix typos.
+	(OTL_PARSER_UNCOVERED): Removed.
+	(otl_parser_check_property): Remove third argument.
+
+	* src/otlayout/otljstf.c (otl_jstf_priority_validate): Add missing
+	variable declaration.
+
+	* src/otlayout/otlutils.h (OTL_MEM_REALLOC): Fix typo.
+
+2004-08-11  Danny  
+
+	* src/base/ftstream.c (FT_Stream_Close): Don't reset stream->close
+	to NULL.  This allows custom close functions to delete the FT_STREAM
+	object.
+
+2004-08-11  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Add API to get information about SFNT tables.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/services/svsfnt.h
+	(FT_SFNT_Table_Info_Func): New typedef.
+	(SFNT_Table): Add it.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs (FT_Sfnt_Table_Info): New function.
+
+	* include/freetype/tttables.h: Updated.
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfdriver.c (sfnt_table_info): New function.
+	(sfnt_service_sfnt_table): Add it.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Updated.
+
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FREETYPE_PATCH): Set to 10.
+
+	* builds/unix/configure.ac (version_info): Set to 9:8:3.
+	* builds/unix/configure: Updated.
+
+	* builds/win32/visualc/index.html,
+	builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsp,
+	builds/win32/visualc/freetype.vcproj: s/219/2110/, s/2.1.9/2.1.10/.
+
+	* builds/freetype.mk (refdoc), README, Jamfile (RefDoc):
+	s/2.1.9/2.1.10/.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES, docs/VERSION.DLL: Updated.
+
+2004-08-11  Detlef Würkner  
+
+	* src/base/ftrfork.c (FT_Raccess_Guess)
+	[!FT_CONFIG_OPTION_GUESSING_EMBEDDED_FORK]: Remove compiler
+	warnings.
+
+2004-08-06  Adam Piotrowski  
+
+	* src/pfr/pfrload.c (pfr_sort_kerning_pairs): Single-byte
+	adjustments are unsigned, not signed.
+
+2004-08-05  David Turner  
+
+	`Activate' gray-scale specifing hinting within the TrueType
+	bytecode interpreter.  This is an experimental feature which
+	should probably be made optional.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (TT_Process_Simple_Glyph,
+	load_truetype_glyph): Move the code to set the pedantic_hinting flag
+	to...
+	(TT_Load_Glyph): Here.
+	Set `grayscale' flag except for `FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO'.
+
+	* src/truetyep/ttinterp.c (Ins_GETINFO): Return MS rasterizer
+	version 1.7.
+	Return rotation and stretching info only if glyph is rotated or
+	stretched, respectively.
+	Handle grayscale info.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttinterp.h (TT_ExecContextRec): Add `grayscale'
+	member.
+
+2004-08-02  George Williams  
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Attach_File): Initialize `open.stream'.
+
+2004-08-01  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Updated.
+
+2004-08-01  George Williams  
+
+	FreeType now can read kerning values from PFM files.
+
+	* src/type1/t1afm.c (T1_Done_AFM): Renamed to...
+	(T1_Done_Metrics): This.
+	Update all callers.
+	(T1_Read_AFM): Make it static.
+	Don't enter and leave a frame.
+	(LITTLE_ENDIAN_USHORT, LITTLE_ENDIAN_UINT): New macros.
+	(T1_Read_PFM): New function.
+	(T1_Read_Metrics): New higher-level function to be used instead of
+	T1Read_AFM.
+	Update all callers.
+
+2004-07-31  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/pcf/pcfread (pcf_load_font), src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c
+	(BDF_Face_Init), src/truetype/ttgxvar (TT_Get_MM_Var,
+	tt_face_vary_cvt): Fix compiler warnings.
+
+2004-07-26  Søren Sandmann  
+
+	* src/pcf/pcfread.c (pcf_interpret_style): Always allocate memory for
+	face->style_name.
+	* src/pcf/pcfdrivr.c (PCF_Face_Done): Free `style_name'.
+
+2004-07-26  Darren J Longhorn  
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h (FT_SIZEOF_LONG): Recognize
+	five-byte `long' (which is avoided then).
+
+2004-07-25  Detlef Würkner  
+
+	* src/pcf/pcfdrivr.c (PCF_Set_Pixel_Size): Compare heights, not
+	ppem values.
+	(PCF_Set_Point_Size): Don't call PCF_Set_Pixel_Size but provide own
+	code to compare ppem values.
+	* src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c (BDF_Set_Pixel_Size): Compare heights, not
+	ppem values.
+	(BDF_Set_Point_Size): Don't call BDF_Set_Pixel_Size but provide own
+	code to compare ppem values.
+
+2004-07-25  Kornfeld Eliyahu Peter  
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (sfnt_load_face): Handle
+	TT_NAME_ID_PREFERRED_FAMILY and TT_NAME_ID_PREFERRED_SUBFAMILY.
+
+2004-07-24  Derek B. Noonburg  
+
+	* src/cff/cffload.c (cff_font_load): Always create inverse mapping.
+	Even if the charstring count is the same as the CID count, it is
+	still possible that the font uses a different CID -> GID mapping.
+
+2004-07-23  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttobjs.c (tt_face_init): Accept 0x00020000 format tag
+	found in some Arphic fonts made for Chinese version of Windows 3.1.
+
+2004-07-17  David Turner  
+
+	Fixed a dangling pointer bug in the cache code that happened in very
+	rare cases, i.e., when a new family object was destroyed by an
+	out-of-memory condition during a glyph node initialization.  The
+	function FTC_Cache_Lookup would flush the cache and restart the
+	lookup with a bad pointer.
+
+	* include/freetype/cache/ftcglyph.h (FTC_FAMILY_TREE): New macro.
+	(FTC_GCACHE_LOOKUP_CMP): Use it.
+	Handle reference count in `num_nodes' correctly.
+
+	* src/cache/ftcglyph.c (FTC_GNode_UnselectFamily): Use
+	FTC_FAMILY_FREE.
+	(FTC_GCache_Lookup): Handle reference count in `num_nodes' correctly.
+
+	* src/cache/ftcmanag.c (FTC_Manager_FlushN): Fixed a cache flushing
+	bug.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttinterp.c (Normalize): Fixed a bug that caused
+	long and unnecessary delays while normalizing huge vectors.
+
+2004-07-15  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Updated.
+
+	* src/base/ftstroke.c (FT_Stroker_ParseOutline): Fix compiler
+	warning.
+
+2004-07-15  David Turner  
+
+	* src/base/ftstroke.c (FT_Stroker_ParseOutline): Single points
+	are not stroked, preventing a bug with pala.ttf and other
+	fonts.
+
+	* include/freetype/ftstroke.h: Updating documentation comments.
+
+2004-07-13  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/base/ftstroke.c (ft_stroke_border_reverse): Removed.  Unused.
+
+2004-07-12  David Turner  
+
+	* src/base/ftstroke.c (ft_stroke_border_close): Add second parameter
+	to indicate reversion of points.
+	Update all callers.
+	(ft_stroke_border_reverse): Fix initialization of `point1' and
+	`tag1'.
+
+	* src/cache/ftcsbits.c (ftc_snode_load): Fixing advance computation
+	for transformed glyphs.
+
+2004-07-11  David Turner  
+
+	Fix bugs that prevented the stroker to correctly generate stroked
+	paths from closed paths, i.e., nearly all glyphs in vectorial fonts.
+
+	The code is still _very_ buggy though; treat with special care.
+
+	* src/base/ftstroke.c (FT_STROKE_TAG_BEGIN_END): New macro.
+	(ft_stroke_border_reverse): New function.
+	(ft_stroker_inside): Remove local variable `sigma'; use different
+	threshold.
+	(ft_stroker_add_reverse_left): Switch begin/end tags if necessary.
+	(FT_Stroker_EndSubPath): Call ft_stroker_inside and
+	ft_stroke_border_reverse.
+
+2004-06-26  Peter Kovar  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (load_truetype_glyph): Fix typo.
+
+2004-06-25  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/type1/t1afm.c (afm_atoindex): Fix boundary test.  Reported
+	by Dirck Blaskey.
+
+2004-06-24  David Turner  
+
+
+	* Version 2.1.9 released.
+	=========================
+
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c, src/truetype/ttxgvar.c: Removing
+	compiler warnings.
+
+2004-06-23  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftmemory.h [FT_DEBUG_MEMORY]: Declare
+	FT_QAlloc_Debug and FT_QRealloc_Debug.
+
+	* src/base/ftutil.c (FT_QAlloc): Fix error and debug messages.
+	(FT_QRealloc): Call FT_QAlloc if original pointer is NULL.
+	Fix error message.
+
+2004-06-23  David Turner  
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftmemory.h, src/base/ftutil.c
+	(FT_QAlloc, FT_QRealloc), src/base/ftdbgmem.c (FT_QAlloc_Debug,
+	FT_QRealloc_Debug): New functions that perform allocation without
+	zero-ing out the corresponding blocks.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftmemory.h (FT_MEM_QALLOC,
+	FT_MEM_QREALLOC, FT_MEM_QNEW, FT_MEM_QNEW_ARRAY,
+	FT_MEM_QRENEW_ARRAY, FT_QALLOC, FT_QREALLOC, FT_QNEW, FT_QNEW_ARRAY,
+	FT_QRENEW_ARRAY): New macros.
+
+	* src/base/ftstream.c (FT_Stream_EnterFrame): Use FT_QALLOC.
+	* src/gzip/ftgzip.c (FT_Stream_OpenGzip):  Use FT_QNEW_ARRAY.
+	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (tt_face_get_name): Use FT_QNEW_ARRAY.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttload.c (tt_face_load_directory, tt_face_load_metrics,
+	tt_face_load_gasp): Use FT_QNEW_ARRAY.
+	(tt_face_load_kern): Use FT_QNEW_ARRAY.
+	Small optimization in the kerning table verifier; this speeds up
+	TrueType face opening by about 7%.
+	(tt_face_load_hdmx): Use FT_QNEW_ARRAY and FT_QALLOC.
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h: Changed the order of modules,
+	putting TrueType and Type 1 first.  This dramatically improves the
+	performance of face open/close operations.  For example, putting the
+	TrueType driver first in the list results in a 5x speedup when
+	opening `Vera.ttf'.
+
+	The very problem is that both the PCF and BDF drivers do a lot more
+	than necessary to detect that they cannot handle a font file.
+
+2004-06-22  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/pcf/pcfread.c (pcf_read_TOC, pcf_get_properties,
+	pcf_get_metrics, pcf_get_bitmaps, pcf_get_encodings): Improve
+	debugging messages.
+
+	* src/pcf/pcfdrivr.c (FT_COMPOMENT): Move up.
+	(PCF_Face_Init): Simplify code.
+
+	* src/bdf/bdfdrivr.h (BDF_FaceRec): New element `default_glyph'.
+
+	* src/bdf/bdflib.c (_bdf_add_property, _bdf_parse_start),
+	src/bdf/bdf.h (bdf_font_t): s/default_glyph/default_char/.
+
+	* src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c (BDF_Face_Init): Fix number of glyphs.
+	Set `default_glyph'.
+	(BDF_Glyph_Load): Use `default_glyph' for undefined glyph.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Updated.
+
+2004-06-21  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Updated.
+
+2004-06-21  David Turner  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (TT_Process_Simple_Glyph,
+	load_truetype_glyph): Don't access (unrounded)
+	`TT_Size.root.metrics' but (rounded) `TT_Size.metrics'.  This fixes
+	a scaling bug that caused incorrect rendering when the bytecode
+	interpreter was enabled.
+
+2004-06-14  Huw D M Davies  
+
+	* src/winfonts/winfnt.c (FNT_Face_Init): Set x_ppem and y_ppem
+	based on pixel_width and pixel_height.
+	(FNT_Size_Set_Pixels): Updated.
+
+2004-06-14  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/lzw/zopen.c: Comment out inclusion of signal.h and unistd.h.
+	Reported by Hyvärinen Jyrki Juhani.
+
+2004-06-11  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Updated.
+
+2004-06-10  David Turner  
+
+	* src/base/ftobject.c, src/base/fthash.c, src/base/ftexcept.c,
+	src/base/ftsysio.c, src/base/ftsysmem.c, src/base/ftlist.c: Removed.
+	Obsolete.
+
+	* src/raster/ftraster.c (Alignment, PAlignment): New union to fix
+	problems with 64bit systems.
+	(AlignProfileSize): Use it.
+
+2004-06-08  David Turner  
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_GlyphMetrics): Move `lsb_delta'
+	and `rsb_delta' elements to...
+	(FT_GlyphSlotRec): Here to retain binary compatibility with older
+	FreeType versions.
+	Update all users.
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (tt_face_get_name): Remove compiler warning.
+
+	* src/winfonts/winfnt.c (FNT_Load_Glyph): Add missing initialization
+	of slot->metrics.width and slot->metrics.height when loading a
+	Windows FNT glyph.  Thanks to Huw Davies.
+
+	* include/freetype/cache/ftcmru.h (FTC_MruNode_CompareFunc): Change
+	return type to FT_Bool.
+
+	* src/cache/ftbasic.c (ftc_basic_family_compare): Change return
+	type to FT_Bool.
+
+	* src/cache/ftccache.c (FTC_Cache_Init, ftc_cache_init): Make
+	the former call the latter, not vice versa.
+	(FTC_Cache_Done, ftc_cache_done): Ditto.
+
+	* src/cache/ftcglyph.c (FTC_GNode_Compare, ftc_gnode_compare): Make
+	the former call the latter, not vice versa.
+	(FTC_GCache_Init, ftc_gcache_init): Ditto.
+	(FTC_GCache_Done, ftc_gcache_done): Ditto.
+
+	* src/cache/ftcimage.c (FTC_INode_Free, ftc_inode_free): Make the
+	former call the latter, not vice versa.
+	(FTC_INode_Weight, ftc_inode_weight): Ditto.
+
+	* src/cache/ftcmanag.c (ftc_size_node_compare,
+	ftc_size_node_compare_faceid, ftc_face_node_compare): Change return
+	type to FT_Bool.
+
+	* src/cache/ftcsbits.c (FTC_SNode_Free, ftc_snode_free): Make the
+	former call the latter, not vice versa.
+	(FTC_SNode_Weight, ftc_snode_weight): Ditto.
+	(FTC_SNode_Compare, ftc_snode_compare): Ditto.
+
+	* src/cache/ftcsbits.c: Fix some bugs and inefficiencies in the cache
+	sub-system.
+
+2004-06-05  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/autofit/afloader.c (af_loader_load_g): Set `lsb_delta' and
+	`rsb_delta' in slot->metrics and tune side bearings slightly.
+
+2004-06-04  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Updated.
+
+2004-06-04  David Chester  
+
+	Improve inter-letter spacing for autohinted glyphs.
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_Glyph_Metrics): Add elements
+	`lsb_delta' and `rsb_delta'.
+
+	* src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_hinter_load): Set `lsb_delta' and
+	`rsb_delta' in slot->metrics and tune side bearings slightly.
+
+2004-06-04  David Turner  
+
+	* src/autofit/*: Important fixes to the auto-fitter.  The output
+	now seems to be 100% equivalent to the auto-hinter, while being
+	about 2% faster (which proves that script-specific algorithm
+	selection isn't a performance problem).
+
+	To test it, change `autohint' to `autofit' in
+	 and recompile.
+
+	A few more testing is needed before making this the official
+	auto-hinting module.
+
+2004-06-02  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (compute_glyph_metrics): Fix compiler
+	warnings.
+
+2004-06-01  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (tt_face_get_name): Make sure that an English
+	name record for the Apple platform is preferred to a non-English
+	entry for the Microsoft platform.  Problem reported by HANDA
+	Ken'ichi.
+
+2004-05-19  George Williams  
+
+	* src/type1/t1load.c (mm_axis_unmap, mm_weights_unmap): New
+	auxiliary functions.
+	(T1_Get_MM_Var): Provide axis tags.
+	Use mm_axis_unmap and mm_weights_unmap to provide default values
+	for design and normalized axis coordinates.
+
+	* include/freetype/t1tables.h (PS_DesignMapRec): Change type of
+	`design_points' to FT_Long.
+	Update all users.
+
+2004-05-17  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/base/ftbbox.c (BBox_Conic_Check): Fix boundary cases.
+	Reported by Mikey Anbary .
+
+2004-05-15  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (sfnt_done_face): Free face->postscript_name.
+
+2004-05-15  George Williams  
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttload.c (tt_face_load_max_profile): Always set
+	face->root.num_glyphs.
+
+2004-05-14  Masatake YAMATO  
+	    George Williams  
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttload.c (sfnt_dir_check): Handle `bhed' properly.
+
+2004-05-14  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/cache/ftcbasic.c (ftc_basic_family_compare,
+	ftc_basic_family_init, ftc_basic_family_get_count,
+	ftc_basic_family_load_bitmap, ftc_basic_family_load_glyph,
+	ftc_basic_gnode_compare_faceid): Adjust parameters and return types
+	to prototypes given in header files from include/freetype/cache.
+	Use casts to proper types locally.
+	(ftc_basic_image_family_class, ftc_basic_image_cache_class,
+	ftc_basic_sbit_family_class, ftc_basic_sbit_cache_class): Remove
+	casts.
+
+	* src/cache/ftccback.h: Adjust parameters and return types to
+	prototypes given in header files from include/freetype/cache.
+
+	* src/cache/ftcimage.c (ftc_inode_free, ftc_inode_new,
+	ftc_inode_weight): Adjust parameters and return types to prototypes
+	given in header files from include/freetype/cache.  Use casts to
+	proper types locally.
+
+	* src/cache/ftcsbits.c (ftc_snode_free, ftc_snode_new,
+	ftc_snode_weight, ftc_snode_compare): Adjust parameters and return
+	types to prototypes given in header files from
+	include/freetype/cache.  Use casts to proper types locally.
+
+	* src/cache/ftccmap.c (ftc_cmap_node_free, ftc_cmap_node_new,
+	ftc_cmap_node_weight, ftc_cmap_node_compare,
+	ftc_cmap_node_remove_faceid): Adjust parameters and return types to
+	prototypes given in header files from include/freetype/cache.  Use
+	casts to proper types locally.
+	(ftc_cmap_cache_class): Remove casts.
+
+	* src/cache/ftcglyph.c (ftc_gnode_compare, ftc_gcache_init,
+	ftc_gcache_done): Adjust parameters and return types to prototypes
+	given in header files from include/freetype/cache.  Use casts to
+	proper types locally.
+
+	* src/cache/ftcmanag.c (ftc_size_node_done, ftc_size_node_compare,
+	ftc_size_node_init, ftc_size_node_reset,
+	ftc_size_node_compare_faceid, ftc_face_node_init,
+	ftc_face_node_done, ftc_face_node_compare: Adjust parameters and
+	return types to prototypes given in header files from
+	include/freetype/cache.  Use casts to proper types locally.
+
+	(ftc_size_list_class, ftc_face_list_class): Remove casts.
+
+2004-05-13  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/autohint/ahmodule.c (ft_autohinter_init, ft_autohinter_done):
+	Use FT_Module as parameter and do a cast to FT_AutoHinter locally.
+	(autohint_module_class): Remove casts.
+
+	* src/base/ftglyph.c (ft_bitmap_glyph_init, ft_bitmap_glyph_copy,
+	ft_bitmap_glyph_done, ft_bitmap_glyph_bbox, ft_outline_glyph_init,
+	ft_outline_glyph_done, ft_outline_glyph_copy,
+	ft_outline_glyph_transform, ft_outline_glyph_bbox,
+	ft_outline_glyph_prepare): Use FT_Glyph as parameter and do a cast
+	to FT_XXXGlyph locally.
+	Use FT_CALLBACK_DEF throughout.
+	(ft_bitmap_glyph_class, ft_outline_glyph_class): Remove casts.
+
+	* src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c (bdf_cmap_init, bdf_cmap_done,
+	bdf_cmap_char_index, bdf_cmap_char_next): Use FT_CMap as parameter
+	and do a cast to BDF_CMap locally.
+	(bdf_cmap_class): Remove casts.
+
+2004-05-12  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/cff/cffgload.h (CFF_Builder): Remove `error'.
+	* src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_decoder_parse_charstrings): Replace
+	`Memory_Error' with `Fail' und update all users.
+
+2004-05-11  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/psaux.h (T1_ParseState): New
+	enumeration.
+	(T1_BuilderRec): Replace `path_begun' with `parse_state'.
+	Remove `error'.
+	* src/psaux/t1decode.c (t1_decoder_parse_charstrings): Replace
+	`Memory_Error' with `Fail' and update all users.
+	Don't use `builder->error'.
+	Replace `path_begun' with `parse_state' and check parsing states.
+
+	* src/psaux/psobjs.c (t1_builder_init, t1_builder_start_point):
+	Replace `path_begun' with `parse_state' and check parsing states.
+
+2004-05-10  George Williams  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttxgvar.c (ft_var_load_avar): Do free arrays in case
+	of error -- `avar' is optional so we can't rely on tt_done_blend
+	being called automatically.
+
+2004-05-09  George Williams  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttxgvar.c (ft_var_load_avar, ft_var_load_gvar): Fix
+	error handling.
+
+2004-05-07  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/pfr/pfrobjs.c, src/pfr/pfrobjs.h (pfr_face_init,
+	pfr_face_done, pfr_face_get_kerning, pfr_slot_init, pfr_slot_done,
+	pfr_slot_load): Don't use PFR_XXX but FT_XXX arguments which are
+	typecast to the proper PFR_XXX types within the function.
+	Update code accordingly.
+
+	* src/pfr/pfrdrivr.c (pfr_get_kerning, pfr_get_advance,
+	pfr_get_metrics, pfr_get_service): Don't use PFR_XXX but FT_XXX
+	arguments which are typecast to the proper PFR_XXX types within the
+	function.
+	Update code accordingly.
+	Use FT_CALLBACK_DEF throughout.
+	(pfr_metrics_service_rec, pfr_driver_class): Remove casts.
+
+2004-05-06  Masatake YAMATO  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgxvar.c (ft_var_load_gvar): Use FT_FACE_STREAM.
+	(*): Rename local variable OffsetToData to offsetToData.
+
+2004-05-06  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/cff/cffobjs.c (cff_size_done, cff_size_init, cff_size_reset,
+	cff_slot_done, cff_slot_init, cff_face_init, cff_face_done): Access
+	root fields directly.
+	* src/cff/cffdrivr.c (Load_Glyph): Access root fields directly.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (TT_Process_Simple_Glyph): Save current
+	frame before calling TT_Vary_Get_Glyph_Deltas.
+
+	* src/pcf/pcfdrivr.c (PCF_CMapRec): Rename `cmap' to `root' for
+	consistency.
+	(pcf_cmap_init, pcf_cmap_done, pcf_cmap_char_index,
+	pcf_cmap_char_next): Don't use PCF_XXX but FT_XXX arguments which
+	are typecast to the proper PCF_XXX types within the function.
+	Update code accordingly.
+	(pcf_cmap_class): Remove casts.
+	(PCF_Face_Done, PCF_Face_Init, PCF_Set_Pixel_Size): Don't use
+	PCF_XXX but FT_XXX arguments which are typecast to the proper
+	PCF_XXX types within the function.
+	Update code accordingly.
+	Use FT_CALLBACK_DEF throughout.
+	(PCF_Set_Point_Size): New wrapper function.
+	(PCF_Glyph_Load, pcf_driver_requester): Use FT_CALLBACK_DEF.
+	(pcf_driver_class): Remove casts.
+
+2004-05-04  Steve Hartwell  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttobjs.c (tt_driver_done): Fix typo.
+
+2004-05-04  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c (BDF_Face_Done, BDF_Face_Init,
+	BDF_Set_Pixel_Size): Don't use BDF_XXX but FT_XXX arguments which
+	are typecast to the proper BDF_XXX types within the function.
+	Update code accordingly.
+	Use FT_CALLBACK_DEF throughout.
+	(BDF_Set_Point_Size): New wrapper function.
+	(bdf_driver_class): Remove casts.
+
+	* src/cff/cffdrivr.c (Get_Kerning, Load_Glyph, cff_get_interface):
+	Don't use CFF_XXX but FT_XXX arguments which are typecast to the
+	proper CFF_XXX types within the function.
+	Update code accordingly.
+	Use FT_CALLBACK_DEF throughout.
+	(cff_driver_class): Remove casts.
+
+	* src/cff/cffobjs.h, src/cff/cffobjs.c (cff_size_done,
+	cff_size_init, cff_size_reset, cff_slot_done, cff_slot_init,
+	cff_face_init, cff_face_done, cff_driver_init, cff_driver_done):
+	Don't use CFF_XXX but FT_XXX arguments which are typecast to the
+	proper CFF_XXX types within the function.
+	Update code accordingly.
+	(cff_point_size_reset): New wrapper function.
+
+	* src/cid/cidobjs.h, src/cid/cidobjs.c (cid_slot_done,
+	cid_slot_init, cid_size_done, cid_size_init, cid_size_reset,
+	cid_face_done, cid_face_init, cid_driver_init, cid_driver_done):
+	Don't use CID_XXX but FT_XXX arguments which are typecast to the
+	proper CID_XXX types within the function.
+	Update code accordingly.
+	(cid_point_size_reset): New wrapper function.
+
+	* src/cid/cidgload.c, src/cid/cidgload.h (cid_slot_load_glyph):
+	Don't use CID_XXX but FT_XXX arguments which are typecast to the
+	proper CID_XXX types within the function.
+	Update code accordingly.
+
+	* src/cid/cidriver.c (cid_get_interface):
+	Don't use CID_XXX but FT_XXX arguments which are typecast to the
+	proper CID_XXX types within the function.
+	Update code accordingly.
+	Use FT_CALLBACK_DEF.
+	(t1cid_driver_class): Remove casts.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttdriver.c (tt_get_interface): Use FT_CALLBACK_DEF.
+	* src/truetype/ttgxvar.c (ft_var_load_avar): Don't free non-local
+	variables (this is done later).
+	(ft_var_load_avar): Fix call to FT_FRAME_ENTER.
+	(TT_Get_MM_Var): Fix size for `fvar_fields'.
+	(TT_Vary_Get_Glyph_Deltas): Handle deallocation of local variables
+	correctly.
+
+	* src/base/ftdbgmem.c (ft_mem_debug_realloc): Don't abort if
+	current size is zero.
+
+2004-05-03  Steve Hartwell  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttobjs.h, src/truetype/ttobjs.c (tt_face_init,
+	tt_face_done, tt_size_init, tt_size_done, tt_driver_init,
+	tt_driver_done): Don't use TT_XXX but FT_XXX arguments which are
+	typecast to the proper TT_XXX types within the function.
+	Update code accordingly.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttdriver.c (Get_Kerning, Set_Char_Sizes,
+	Set_Pixel_Sizes, Load_Glyph, tt_get_interface): Don't use TT_XXX but
+	FT_XXX arguments which are typecast to the proper TT_XXX types
+	within the function.
+	Update code accordingly.
+	(tt_driver_class): Remove casts.
+
+2004-05-02  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttload.c (tt_face_free_names): Check that `table->names'
+	is not NULL.  Reported by Gordon Childs .
+
+2004-04-29  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* docs/formats.txt: Add more information on PFR format.
+
+2004-04-28  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* docs/formats.txt: New file.
+	* docs/CHANGES: Updated.
+
+2004-04-28  Masatake YAMATO  
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/tttypes.h (GX_BlendRec_)
+	[TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT]: Fix a typo.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgxvar.h (GX_BlendRec_): Fix a typo.
+
+2004-04-27  Masatake YAMATO  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgxvar.h: Use FT_LOCAL instead of FT_LOCAL_DEF
+	for function declarations.
+
+2004-04-25  George Williams  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgxvar.c (ft_var_apply_tuple): Fix typo.
+
+2004-04-25  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/truetype/Jamfile, docs/CHANGES: Updated.
+
+2004-04-24  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/pcf/pcfdrivr.c: Revert change from 2004-04-17.
+	* src/pcf/pcfutil.c: Use FT_LOCAL_DEF.
+	* src/pcf/pcfutil.h: Include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H.
+	Use FT_BEGIN_HEADER and FT_END_HEADER.
+	Use FT_LOCAL.
+
+2004-04-24  George Williams  
+
+	Add support for Apple's distortable font technology (in GX fonts).
+
+	* devel/ftoption.h, include/freetype/config/ftoption.h
+	(TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT): New macro.
+
+	* include/freetype/ftmm.h (FT_Var_Axis, FT_Var_Named_Style,
+	FT_MM_Var): New structures.
+	(FT_Get_MM_Var, FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates,
+	FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates): New function declarations.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/services/svmm.h (FT_Get_MM_Var_Func,
+	FT_Set_Var_Design_Func): New typedefs.
+	Update MultiMasters service.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/tttypes.h
+	[TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT]: Include FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H.
+	(GX_Blend) [TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT]: New typedef.
+	(TT_Face) [TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT]: New members `doblend'
+	and `blend'.
+
+	* include/freetype/tttags.h (TTAG_avar, TTAG_cvar, TTAG_gvar): New
+	macros.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/fttrace.h: Add `ttgxvar'.
+
+	* src/base/ftmm.c (FT_Get_MM_Var, FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates,
+	FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates): New functions.
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (sfnt_load_face)
+	[TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT]: Set FT_FACE_FLAG_MULTIPLE_MASTERS
+	flag for GX var fonts.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgxvar.c, src/truetype/ttgxvar.h: New files.
+
+	* src/truetype/truetype.c [TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT]: Include
+	ttgxvar.c.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttdriver.c [TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT]: Include
+	FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H, FT_SERVICE_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H, and ttgxvar.h.
+	(tt_service_gx_multi_masters) [TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT]:
+	New service.
+	(tt_services) [TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT]: Updated.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c [TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT]: Include
+	ttgxvar.h.
+	(TT_Process_Simple_Glyph, load_truetype_glyph)
+	[TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT] :Support GX var fonts.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttobjs.c [TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT]: Include
+	ttgxvar.h.
+	(tt_done_face) [TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT]: Call
+	tt_done_blend.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttpload.c [TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT]: Include
+	ttgxvar.h.
+	(tt_face_load_cvt)  [TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT]: Call
+	tt_face_vary_cvt.
+
+	* src/truetype/rules.mk (TT_DRV_SRC): Add ttgxvar.c.
+
+	* src/type1/t1driver.c (t1_service_multi_masters): Add T1_Get_MM_Var
+	and T1_Set_Var_Design.
+
+	* src/type1/t1load.c (FT_INT_TO_FIXED, FT_FIXED_TO_INT): New macros.
+	(T1_Get_MM_Var, T1_Set_Var_Design): New functions.
+
+	* src/type1/t1load.h (T1_Get_MM_Var, T1_Set_Var_Design): New
+	function declarations.
+
+2004-04-23  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/ftcache.h (FT_Get_CharMap_Index): Rename
+	declaration and move to...
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_Get_Charmap_Index): Here.
+	(FREETYPE_PATCH): Set to 9.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Get_Charmap_Index): New function.
+
+	* builds/unix/configure.ac (version_info): Set to 9:7:3.
+	* builds/unix/configure: Updated.
+
+	* builds/win32/visualc/index.html,
+	builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsp,
+	builds/win32/visualc/freetype.vcproj: s/218/219/.
+
+	* builds/freetype.mk (refdoc), README, Jamfile (RefDoc):
+	s/2.1.8/2.1.9/.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES, docs/VERSION.DLL: Updated.
+
+2004-04-21  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/cff/cffparse.c (cff_parser_run), src/psaux/psobjs.c
+	(ps_parser_load_field): Use FT_CHAR_BIT.
+
+2004-04-21  David Turner  
+
+
+	* Version 2.1.8 released.
+	=========================
+
+
+	* src/cff/cffobjs.c (cff_face_init): Fix a small memory leak.
+
+	* src/autofit/afloader.c (af_loader_load_g), src/autofit/afmodule.c
+	(af_autofitter_load_glyph), src/base/ftdebug.c (FT_Trace_Get_Name):
+	Remove compiler warnings.
+
+	* src/autofit/aftypes.h: Undefine AF_DEBUG.
+
+	* src/lzw/zopen.c (rmask), src/pcf/pcfdrivr.c (pcf_service_bdf,
+	pcf_services), src/pcf/pcfread.c (tableNames), src/psaux/psobjs.c
+	(ft_char_table), src/type42/t42drivr.c (t42_service_glyph_dict,
+	t42_service_ps_font_name): Decorate data arrays with `const' to
+	avoid populating the `.data' segment.
+
+	* src/lzw/Jamfile: New file.
+
+2004-04-20  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/psaux/psobjs.c (T1Radix): Renamed to...
+	(ps_radix): This.
+	Update current cursor position.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Updated.
+
+2004-04-18  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c, src/truetype/ttgload.h (TT_Load_Glyph),
+	src/ttdriver.c (Load_Glyph): Change type of `glyph_index' to
+	FT_UInt.  From Lex Warners.
+
+2004-04-17  Chisato Yamauchi  
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttload.c (tt_face_load_sfnt_header): Really fix change
+	from 2004-03-19.
+
+	* src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c (BDF_Face_Init): Use `ft_strlen'.
+
+	* src/pcf/pcfutil.c, src/pcf/pcfutil.h: Decorate functions with
+	`static'.
+	Remove unused function `RepadBitmap'.
+	* src/pcf/pcfdrivr.c: Don't include pcfutil.h.
+
+2004-04-16  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/unix/freetype-config.in (usage): Fix and improve usage
+	information.
+
+2004-04-15  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/unix/ftconfig.in, builds/vms/ftconfig.h: Define
+	FT_CHAR_BIT.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Load_Glyph): Don't apply autohinting if
+	glyph is vertically distorted or mirrored.
+
+	* src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_slot_load): Handle zero `size' properly
+	for embedded bitmaps.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Updated.
+
+2004-04-15  bytesoftware  
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h, src/base/ftstream.c
+	(FT_Stream_ReadFields): More fixes using FT_CHAR_BIT.
+
+2004-04-14  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h (FT_CHAR_BIT): New macro.
+
+2004-04-14  Alex Strelnikov  
+
+	* src/cache/ftcsbits.c (ftc_snode_load): Initialize `*asize' in case
+	of error.
+
+2004-04-14  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/base/ftmac.c [__GNUC__]: Define OS_INLINE.
+	* builds/unix/configure.ac: Don't try to remove `-ansi' compilation
+	switch on the Mac.
+
+	* builds/unix/ltmain.sh: Regenerated with `libtoolize --force
+	--copy' from libtool 1.5.6.
+	* builds/unix/aclocal.m4: Regenerated with `aclocal -I .' from
+	automake 1.8a.
+	* builds/unix/configure: Regenerated with autoconf 2.59a.
+
+2004-04-13  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h: Use CHAR_BIT to define
+	size of FT_SIZEOF_xxx.
+
+2004-04-12  Chisato Yamauchi  
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/sfnt.h (TT_Find_SBit_Image_Func,
+	TT_Load_SBit_Metrics_Func): New typedefs.
+	(SFNT_Interface): Add find_sbit_image and load_sbit_metrics.
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfdriver.c (sfnt_interface): Updated.
+	* src/sfnt/ttsbit.h (tt_find_sbit_image, tt_load_sbit_metrics): New
+	declarations.
+	* src/sfnt/ttsbit.c (find_sbit_image): Renamed to...
+	(tt_find_sbit_image): This.
+	Updated all callers.
+	(load_sbit_metrics): Renamed to...
+	(tt_load_sbit_metrics): This.
+	Updated all callers.
+
+2004-04-12  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* configure: Accept makepp also.
+
+	* builds/unix/detect.mk: Use proper path to unix-def.mk.
+	* builds/unix/unix-def.in (BUILD_DIR, PLATFORM): Remove.
+	* builds/unix/unix.mk (BUILD_DIR, PLATFORM): Define.
+	Use BUILD_DIR.
+
+	* docs/INSTALL, docs/INSTALL.GNU, docs/INSTALL.UNX: Update
+	documentation on makepp.
+
+2004-04-11  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/lzw/zopen.c: Don't include sys/param.h and sys/stat.h.
+
+2004-04-10  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/lzw/ftlzw.c: Include zopen.h dependent on
+	FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_LZW.
+
+	* src/base/ftdebug.c: s/index/idx/ to avoid compiler warnings.
+
+2004-04-02  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/unix/ltmain.sh: Regenerated with `libtoolize --force
+	--copy' from libtool 1.5.2.
+	* builds/unix/aclocal.m4: Regenerated with `aclocal -I .' from
+	automake 1.8a.
+	* builds/unix/configure: Regenerated with autoconf 2.59a.
+
+2004-04-01  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/unix/ft-munmap.m4 (FT_MUNMAP_PARAM): Fix arguments of
+	AC_COMPILE_IFELSE.
+	* builds/unix/aclocal.m4: Regenerated with `aclocal -I .' from
+	automake 1.8a.
+	* builds/unix/configure: Regenerated with autoconf 2.59a.
+	* builds/unix/config.guess, builds/unix/config.sub: Updated from
+	`config' CVS module at subversions.gnu.org.
+	* builds/unix/install-sh, builds/unix/mkinstalldirs: Updated from
+	`texinfo' CVS module at subversions.gnu.org.
+	* builds/freetype.mk (refdoc): Updated.
+
+2004-03-31  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Handle broken FNT files which don't have a trailing NULL byte
+	in the face name string.
+
+	* src/winfonts/winfnt.h (FNT_FontRec): New member `family_name'.
+	* src/winfonts/winfnt.c (fnt_font_done): Free font->family_name.
+	(FNT_Face_Init): Append a final zero byte to the font face name.
+
+2004-03-30  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttload.c (tt_face_load_sfnt_header): Fix change from
+	2004-03-19.
+
+2004-03-27  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/base/descrip.mms (OBJS): Add ftbbox.obj.
+
+2004-03-26  George Williams  
+
+	Add vertical phantom points.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/tttypes.h (TT_LoaderRec): Add
+	`top_bearing', `vadvance', `pp3', and `pp4'.
+
+	* src/autofit/afloader.c (af_loader_load_g): Handle two more points.
+
+	* src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_hinter_load): Handle two more points.
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (Get_VMetrics): New function.
+	(TT_Load_Simple_Glyph, TT_Process_Simple_Glyph): Handle two more
+	points.
+	(load_truetype_glyph): Use Get_VMetrics.
+	Handle two more points.
+	(compute_glyph_metrics): Thanks to vertical phantom points we now
+	can always compute `advance_height' and `top_bearing'.
+	* src/truetype/ttobjs.h (TT_SubglyphRec): Add vertical phantom
+	points.
+
+
+	* src/autohint/ahglyph.c (ah_outline_load): Fix allocation of
+	`news'.
+
+2004-03-21  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c (BDF_Glyph_Load): Fix left side bearing.
+
+2004-03-20  Steve Hartwell  
+
+	* src/cache/ftcmru.c (FTC_MruList_RemoveSelection): Handle a NULL
+	value for `selection' as `select all'.
+
+2004-03-19  Steve Hartwell  
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttload.c (tt_face_load_sfnt_header): Reject face_index
+	values > 0 if loading non-TTC fonts.
+
+	* src/base/ftmac.c (open_face_from_buffer): Set positive face_index
+	to zero before calling FT_Open_Face.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Updated.
+
+2004-03-04  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* Jamfile, vms_make.com, builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsp,
+	builds/win32/visualc/freetype/vcproj, include/freetype/ftmoderr.h:
+	Add LZW module.
+
+	* Jamfile.in: Removed.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Updated.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h: s/MIN/FT_MIN/, s/MAX/FT_MAX/,
+	s/ABS/FT_ABS/.  Updated all callers.
+
+	* src/type1/t1load.c (parse_dict), src/pcf/pcfdrivr.c
+	(PCF_Face_Init): Use FT_ERROR_BASE.
+
+2004-03-04  Albert Chin  
+
+	Add support for PCF fonts compressed with LZW (extension .pcf.Z,
+	created with `compress').
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftoption.h, devel/ftoption.h
+	(FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_LZW): New macro.
+
+	* include/freetype/ftlzw.h: New file.
+	* include/freetype/config/ftheader.h (FT_LZW_H): New macro for
+	ftlzw.h.
+
+	* src/lzw/*: New files.
+
+	* src/pcf/pcfdrivr.c: Include FT_LZW_H.
+	(PCF_Face_Init): Try LZW also.
+
+	* src/gzip/ftgzip.c: s/0/Gzip_Err_Ok/ where appropriate.
+	Beautify.
+
+2004-03-03  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/pshinter/pshalgo.c (psh_hint_table_init): Simplify code.
+
+2004-03-02  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Add embedded bitmap support to CFF driver.
+
+	* src/cff/cffobjs.h (CFF_SizeRec): New structure.
+
+	* src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_builder_init): Updated.
+	(cff_slot_load): Updated.
+	[TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS]: Load sbit.
+
+	* src/cff/cffobjs.c (sbit_size_reset)
+	[TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS]: New function.
+	(cff_size_get_globals_funcs, cff_size_done, cff_size_init): Updated.
+	(cff_size_reset): Updated.
+	[TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS]: Call sbit_size_reset.
+
+	* src/cff/cffdrivr.c (Load_Glyph): Updated.
+	(cff_driver_class): Use CFF_SizeRec.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Updated.
+
+2004-03-01  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/pshinter/pshglob.c (psh_globals_scale_widths): Don't use
+	FT_RoundFix but FT_PIX_ROUND.
+	(psh_blues_snap_stem): Don't use blue_shift but blue_threshold.
+
+	* src/pshinter/pshalgo.c (PSH_STRONG_THRESHOLD_MAXIMUM): New macro.
+	(psh_glyph_find_string_points): Use PSH_STRONG_THRESHOLD_MAXIMUM.
+	(psh_glyph_find_blue_points): New function.  Needed for fonts like
+	p052003l.pfb (URW Palladio L Roman) which have flex curves at the
+	base line within blue zones, but the flex curves aren't covered by
+	hints.
+	(ps_hints_apply): Use psh_glyph_find_blue_points.
+
+2004-02-27  Garrick Meeker  
+
+	* builds/unix/configure.ac: Fix compiler flags for
+	`--with-old-mac-fonts'.
+	* builds/unix/configure: Regenerated.
+
+	* src/base/ftmac.c: s/TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON/!TARGET_API_MAC_OS8/.
+	(FT_New_Face_From_Resource): New function.
+	(FT_New_Face): Use FT_New_Face_From_Resource.
+	(FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec): Use FT_New_Face_From_Resource.
+	[__MWERKS__]: Don't include FSp_fopen.h.
+
+2004-02-26  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/pshinter/pshglob.c (psh_globals_new): Fix value of
+	`dim->stdw.count'.
+	Don't assign default values to blue scale and blue shift.
+
+2004-02-25  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Updated.
+
+2004-02-25  Garrick Meeker  
+	    Steve Hartwell  
+
+	Improve MacOS fond support.  Provide a new API
+	`FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec' similar to `FT_New_Face'.
+
+	* src/base/ftmac.c [__MWERKS__]: Include FSp_fpopen.h.
+	STREAM_FILE [__MWERKS__]: New macro.
+	(ft_FSp_stream_close, ft_FSp_stream_io) [__MWERKS__]: New functions.
+	(file_spec_from_path) [__MWERKS__]: Updated #if statement.
+	(get_file_type, make_lwfn_spec): Use `const' for argument.
+	(is_dfont) [TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON]: Removed.
+	(count_face_sfnt, count_faces): New functions.
+	(parse_fond): Do some range checking.
+	(read_lwfn): Change type of second argument.
+	No longer call FSpOpenResFile.
+	(OpenFileAsResource): New function.
+	(FT_New_Face_From_LWFN): Use `const' for second argument.
+	Use OpenFileAsResource.
+	(FT_New_Face_From_Suitcase): Change type of second argument.
+	No longer call FSpOpenResFile.
+	Loop over all resource indices.
+	(FT_New_Face_From_dfont) [TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON]: Removed.
+	(FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name): Use `const' for first argument.
+	(ResourceForkSize): Removed.
+	(FT_New_Face): Updated to use new functions.
+	(FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec): New function.
+
+	* include/freetype/ftmac.h: Updated.
+
+2004-02-24  Malcolm Taylor  
+
+	* src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_hinter_load) :
+	Handle case where outline->num_vedges is zero while computing hinted
+	metrics.
+
+2004-02-24  Gordon Childs  
+
+	* src/cff/cffcmap.c (cff_cmap_unicode_init): Provide correct value
+	for `count'.
+
+2004-02-24  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/t1tables.h (PS_PrivateRec): Add
+	`expansion_factor'.
+
+	* src/pshinter/pshglob (psh_blues_scale_zones): Fix computation
+	of blues->no_overshoots -- `blues_scale' is stored with a
+	magnification of 1000, and `scale' returns fractional pixels.
+
+	* src/type1/t1load.c (T1_Open_Face): Initialize `blue_shift',
+	`blue_fuzz', `expansion_factor', and `blue_scale' according to the
+	Type 1 specification.
+
+	* src/type1/t1tokens.h: Handle `ExpansionFactor'.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Updated.
+
+2004-02-24  Masatake YAMATO  
+
+	Provide generic access to MacOS resource forks.
+
+	* src/base/ftrfork.c, include/freetype/internal/ftrfork.h: New
+	files.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c: Include FT_INTERNAL_RFORK_H.
+	(Mac_Read_POST_Resource, Mac_Read_sfnt_Resource): Remove arguments
+	`resource_listoffset' and `resource_data' and adapt code
+	accordingly.  These values are calculated outside of the function
+	now.
+	Add new argument `offsets'.
+	(IsMacResource): Use `FT_Raccess_Get_HeaderInfo' and
+	`FT_Raccess_Get_DataOffsets'.
+	(load_face_in_embedded_rfork): New function.
+	(load_mac_face): Use load_face_in_embedded_rfork.
+	(ft_input_stream_new): Renamed to...
+	(FT_Stream_New): This.  Use FT_BASE_DEF.  Updated all callers.
+	(ft_input_stream_free): Renamed to...
+	(FT_Stream_Free): This.  Use FT_BASE_DEF.  Updated all callers.
+
+	* src/base/ftbase.c: Include ftrfork.c.
+
+	* src/base/rules.mk (BASE_SRC), src/base/Jamfile: Updated.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/internal.h (FT_INTERNAL_RFORK_H):
+	New macro.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/fttrace.h: Added `rfork' as a new
+	trace definition.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftstream.h: Declare FT_Stream_New and
+	FT_Stream_Free.
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftoption.h, devel/ftoption.h
+	(FT_CONFIG_OPTION_GUESSING_EMBEDDED_RFORK): New option.
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h (ft_strrchr): New macro.
+
+2004-02-23  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Updated.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftdebug.h: Include FT_FREETYPE_H.
+
+2004-02-23  Masatake YAMATO  
+
+	Provide a simple API to control FreeType's tracing levels.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftdebug.h (FT_Trace_Get_Count,
+	FT_Trace_Get_Name): New declarations.
+
+	* src/base/ftdebug.c (FT_Trace_Get_Count, FT_Trace_Get_Name): New
+	functions.
+
+2004-02-23  David Turner  
+
+	* src/autofit/afhints.c, src/autofit/afhints.h,
+	src/autofit/aflatin.c, src/autofit/afloader.c, src/types.h: Grave
+	bugs have been fixed.  The auto-fitter works, doesn't crash, but
+	still produces unexpected results...
+
+2004-02-21  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/pshinter/pshalgo.c (PSH_STRONG_THRESHOLD): Changed to hold
+	the accepted shift for strong points in fractional pixels (which
+	is a heuristic value).
+	(psh_glyph_find_strong_points): Compute threshold for
+	psh_hint_table_find_strong_points.
+	(psh_hint_table_find_strong_point): Add parameter to pass threshold.
+
+2004-02-20  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/pshinter/pshrec.c (ps_mask_table_set_bits): Don't call
+	ps_mask_table_alloc but ps_mask_table_last.
+	(ps_hints_t2mask): Use correct position and number for vertical
+	and horizontal hinter mask bits.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Updated.
+
+2004-02-19  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/base/ftstroke.c (FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder): Fix enum handling.
+	* src/cff/cffdrivr.c (cff_get_cmap_info): Remove compiler warning.
+
+2004-02-18  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h: Document FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX properly.
+
+	* src/base/ftglyph.c (ft_bitmap_glyph_class,
+	ft_outline_glyph_class): Tag with FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF.
+
+	* src/smooth/ftsmooth.c (ft_smooth_render): Handle
+	FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT.
+
+2004-02-17  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Fix callback functions in cache module.
+
+	* src/cache/ftccback.h: New file for callback declarations.
+
+	* src/cache/ftcbasic.c (ftc_basic_family_compare,
+	ftc_basic_family_init, ftc_basic_family_get_count,
+	ftc_basic_family_load_bitmap, ftc_basic_family_load_glyph,
+	ftc_basic_gnode_compare_faceid): Use FT_CALLBACK_DEF.
+	(ftc_basic_image_family_class, ftc_basic_image_cache_class,
+	ftc_basic_sbit_family_class, ftc_basic_sbit_cache_class):
+	Use FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF and local wrapper functions.
+
+	* src/cache/ftccache.c: Include ftccback.h.
+	(ftc_cache_init, ftc_cache_done): New wrapper functions which use
+	FT_LOCAL_DEF.
+
+	* src/cache/ftccmap.c: Include ftccback.h.
+	(ftc_cmap_cache_class): Use local wrapper functions.
+
+	* src/cache/ftcglyph.c: Include ftccback.h.
+	(ftc_gnode_compare, ftc_gcache_init, ftc_gcache_done): New wrapper
+	functions which use FT_LOCAL_DEF.
+
+	* src/cache/ftcimage.c: Include ftccback.h.
+	(ftc_inode_free, ftc_inode_new, ftc_inode_weight): New wrapper
+	functions which use FT_LOCAL_DEF.
+
+	* src/cache/ftcmanag.c (ftc_size_list_class, ftc_face_list_class):
+	Use FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF.
+
+	* src/cache;/ftcsbits.c: Include ftccback.h.
+	(ftc_snode_free, ftc_snode_new, ftc_snode_weight,
+	ftc_snode_compare): New wrapper functions which use FT_LOCAL_DEF.
+
+	* src/cache/rules.mk (CACHE_DRV_H): Add ftccback.h.
+
+2004-02-17  Masatake YAMATO  
+
+	* include/freetype/ftmac.h (FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name): Fix a typo
+	(FT_EXPORT_DEF -> FT_EXPORT).
+
+	* include/freetype/ftxf86.h (FT_Get_X11_Font_Format): Ditto.
+
+2004-02-15  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Set_Char_Size): Fix typo.
+
+2004-02-14  Masatake YAMATO  
+
+	* builds/unix/ftsystem.c: Include errno.h.
+	(ft_close_stream): Renamed to...
+	(ft_close_stream_by_munmap): This.
+	(ft_close_stream_by_free): New function.
+	(FT_Stream_Open): Use fallback method if mmap fails.
+	Use proper function for closing the stream.
+
+2004-02-14  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/type1/t1load.c (parse_dict): Initialize `start_binary'.
+
+2004-02-13  Robert Etheridge  
+
+	* src/type42/t42objs.c (T42_Face_Init), src/type1/t1objs.c
+	(T1_Face_Init), src/cid/cidobjs.c (cid_face_init): Fix computation
+	of underline_position and underline_thickness.
+
+2004-02-12  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Set_Char_Size): Return immediately if
+	ppem values don't change.  Suggested by Graham Asher.
+
+2004-02-11  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/cid/cidload.c (cid_face_open): Always allocate
+	face->cid_stream so that we can deallocate it safely.
+
+2004-02-10  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Make the PS parser more tolerant w.r.t. non-standard font data.  In
+	general, an error is only reported in case of a syntax error; a
+	wrong type is now simply ignored (if possible).  To be independent
+	of the order of various MM-specific keywords, the parse_shared_dict
+	routine has been removed -- the PS parser is now capable to skip
+	this data.  It no longer fails on parsing e.g.
+
+	  dup /WeightVector exch def
+
+	Since the token following /WeightVector isn't `[' (starting an
+	array) it is simply ignored.
+
+	* include/freetype/fterrdef.h: Define `FT_Err_Ignore' (0xA2) as a
+	new internal error value.
+
+	* src/type1/t1load.c (parse_blend_axis_types,
+	parse_blend_design_positions, parse_blend_design_map): Return
+	T1_Err_Ignore if no proper array is following the keyword.
+	(parse_weight_vector): Use T1_ToTokenArray, initializing `blend'
+	structure, if necessary.
+	Return T1_Err_Ignore if no proper array is following the keyword.
+	(parse_shared_dict): Removed.
+	(parse_encoding): Set parser->root.error to return T1_Err_Ignore
+	if no result can be obtained.
+	Check for errors before accessing `elements' array.
+	(t1_keywords): Remove /shareddict.
+	(parse_dict): Reset error if t1_load_keyword returns T1_Err_Ignore.
+	Set keyword_flag only in case of success.
+	Check error code if skipping an unrecognized token.
+	(T1_Open_Face) [!T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_MM_SUPPORT]: Call T1_Done_Blend
+	if blend commands haven't set up a proper MM font.
+
+	* src/psaux/psobjs.c (ps_parser_load_field_table): Remove special
+	code for synthetic fonts.
+	Return PSaux_Err_Ignore if no proper value has been found.
+
+2004-02-09  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_decoder_parse_charstrings)
+	: Preserve glyph width before calling
+	cff_operator_seac.
+
+2004-02-09  Martin Muskens  
+
+	* src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_decoder_parse_charstrings): Handle special
+	first argument for `hintmask' and `cntrmask' operators also.
+
+2004-02-08  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/unix/configure.in: Call AC_SUBST for `enable_shared',
+	`hardcode_libdir_flag_spec', and `wl'.
+	* builds/unix/configure: Regenerated.
+
+	* builds/unix/freetype-config.in: Make --prefix and --exec-prefix
+	actually work.
+	Report a proper --rpath (or -R) value for --libs argument if a
+	shared library has been built.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Updated.
+
+2004-02-07  Keith Packard  
+
+	* src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c (BDF_Face_Init, BDF_Set_Pixel_Size): Fix
+	computation of various vertical and horizontal metric values.
+
+	* src/pcfdrivr.c (PCF_Set_Pixel_Size), src/pcfread (pcf_load_font):
+	Ditto.
+
+2004-02-07  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/win32/visualc/index.html,
+	builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsp,
+	builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsw, docs/CHANGES: Updated.
+
+2004-02-07  Vitaliy Pasternak  
+
+	* builds/win32/visualc/freetype.sln,
+	builds/win32/visualc/freetype.vcproj: New files for VS.NET 2003.
+
+2004-02-03  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/cache/ftccache.h (FTC_CACHE_LOOKUP_CMP):
+	Initialize `node'.
+	* src/type1/t1load.c (parse_dict): Initialize `have_integer'.
+
+2004-02-02  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/type1/t1load.c (parse_dict): Handle `RD' and `-|' commands
+	outside of /Subrs or /CharStrings.  This can happen if there is
+	additional code manipulating those two arrays so that FreeType
+	doesn't recognize them properly.
+	(T1_Open_Face): Improve an error message.
+
+2004-02-01  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/type1/t1load.c (parse_charstrings): Exit immediately if
+	there are no elements in /CharStrings.  This is needed for fonts
+	like Optima-Oblique which not only define /CharStrings but access it
+	also.
+
+2004-02-01  David Turner  
+
+	* src/sfnt/Jamfile: Removing `ttcmap' from the list of sources.
+
+	* include/freetype/cache/ftccache.h (FTC_CACHE_LOOKUP_CMP)
+	: Provide macro version which doesn't use inline code.
+	* include/freetype/cache/ftcglyph.h (FTC_GCACHE_LOOKUP_CMP)
+	: Ditto.
+	Use FTC_MRULIST_LOOKUP_CMP.
+	* include/freetype/cache/ftcmru.h (FTC_MRULIST_LOOKUP_CMP): New
+	macro.
+	(FTC_MRULIST_LOOKUP): Use it.
+
+	* src/cache/Jamfile (_sources), src/cache/descrip.mms: Updated.
+	* src/cache/ftcbasic.c: Fix compiler warnings.
+	* src/cache/ftcmanag.c (FTC_Manager_LookupSize,
+	FTC_Manager_LookupFace) : Use FTC_MRULIST_LOOKUP_CMP.
+	* src/cache/ftcmru.c (FTC_MruList_Find): Fix a bug (found after
+	heavy testing).
+
+	* Jamfile: Updating `refdoc' target, and adding `autohint' to the
+	list of modules to build.  Both the autohinter and autofitter will
+	be built by default.  But which one will be used is determined by
+	the content of `ftmodule.h'.
+
+	* src/autofit/*: Many updates, but the code is still buggy...
+
+2004-01-31  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_operator_seac): Fix magnitude of
+	accent offset.
+	Update code similarly to the seac support for Type 1 fonts.
+	(cff_decoder_parse_charstrings) : Fix magnitude
+	of accent offset.
+	Don't hint glyphs twice if seac is emulated.
+	: Assign correct point tags.
+	* docs/CHANGES: Updated.
+
+2004-01-30  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/type1/t1parse.c (T1_Get_Private_Dict): Use FT_MEM_MOVE, not
+	FT_MEM_COPY, for copying the private dict.
+
+	* src/type1/t1load.c (parse_subrs): Assign number of subrs only
+	in first run.
+	(parse_charstrings): Parse /CharStrings in second run without
+	assigning values.
+	(parse_dict): Skip all /CharStrings arrays but the first.  We need
+	this for non-standard fonts like `Optima' which have different
+	outlines depending on the resolution.  Note that there is no
+	guarantee that we get fitting /Subrs and /CharStrings arrays; this
+	can only be done by a real PS interpreter.
+
+2004-01-29  Antoine Leca  
+
+	* builds/win32/visualc/index.html: New file, giving detailed
+	explanations about forcing CR+LF line endings for the VC++ project
+	files.
+
+2004-01-22  Garrick Meeker  
+
+	* src/cff/cffload.c (cff_subfont_load): Initialize `dict'.
+
+2004-01-22  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Add support for the hexadecimal representation of binary data
+	started with `StartData' in CID-keyed Type 1 fonts.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/t1types.h (CID_FaceRec): Add new
+	members `binary_data' and `cid_stream'.
+
+	* src/cid/cidload.c (cid_read_subrs): Use `face->cid_stream'.
+	(cid_hex_to_binary): New auxiliary function.
+	(cid_face_open): Add new argument `face_index' to return quickly
+	if less than zero.  Updated all callers.
+	Call `cid_hex_to_binary', then open and assign memory stream to
+	`face->cid_stream' if `parser->binary_length' is non-zero.
+	* src/cid/cidload.h: Updated.
+
+	* src/cid/cidobjs.c (cid_face_done): Free `binary_data' and
+	`cid_stream'.
+
+	* src/cid/cidparse.c (cid_parser_new): Check arguments to
+	`StartData' and set parser->binary_length accordingly.
+	* src/cid/cidparse.h (CID_Parser): New member `binary_length'.
+
+	* src/cid/cidgload.c (cid_load_glyph): Use `face->cid_stream'.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Updated.
+
+2004-01-21  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h (ft_atoi): Replaced with...
+	(ft_atol): This.
+	* src/base/ftdbgmem.c: s/atol/ft_atol/.
+	* src/type42/t42drivr.c: s/ft_atoi/ft_atol/.
+
+2004-01-20  Masatake YAMATO  
+
+	* include/freetype/ftcache.h: Delete duplicated definition of
+	FTC_FaceID.
+
+	* src/cff/cffdrivr.c (cff_get_cmap_info): Call sfnt module's TT CMap
+	Info service function if the cmap comes from sfnt.  Return 0 if the
+	cmap is sythesized in cff module.
+
+2004-01-20  David Turner  
+
+	* src/cache/ftcmanag.c (ftc_size_node_compare): Call
+	FT_Activate_Size.
+
+2004-01-20  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/type1/t1parse.c (T1_Get_Private_Dict): Skip exactly one
+	CR, LF, or CR/LF after `eexec'.
+
+2004-01-18  David Turner  
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttsbit.c (tt_face_set_sbit_strike): Remove compiler
+	warning.
+
+	* src/tools/docmaker/*: Updating beautifier tool.
+
+2004-01-15  David Turner  
+
+	* src/base/ftoutln.c (ft_orientation_extremum_compute): Fix
+	infinite loop bug.
+
+	* include/freetype/ftstroke.h: Include FT_GLYPH_H.
+	(FT_Stroker_Rewind, FT_Glyph_Stroke, FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder): New
+	declarations.
+
+	* src/base/ftstroke.c: Include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H.
+	(FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder): Inverse result.
+	(FT_Stroker_Rewind, FT_Glyph_Stroke, FT_GlyphStrokeBorder): New
+	functions.
+	(FT_Stroker_EndSubPath): Close path if needed.
+	(FT_Stroker_Set, FT_Stroker_ParseOutline): Use FT_Stroker_Rewind.
+
+	* include/freetype/cache/ftcmanag.h (FTC_ScalerRec,
+	FTC_Manager_LookupSize): Moved to...
+	* include/freetype/ftcache.h (FTC_ScalerRec,
+	FTC_Manager_LookupSize): Here.
+
+	* src/tools/docmaker/docbeauty.py: New file to beautify the
+	documentation comments (e.g., to convert them to single block border
+	mode).
+	* src/tools/docmaker/docmaker.py (file_exists, make_file_list):
+	Moved to...
+	* src/tools/docmaker/utils.py (file_exists, make_file_list): Here.
+
+2004-01-14  David Turner  
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftmemory.h (FT_ARRAY_COPY,
+	FT_ARRAY_MOVE): New macros to make copying arrays easier.
+	Updated all relevant code to use them.
+
+2004-01-14  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/cff/cffload.c (cff_font_load): Load charstrings_index earlier.
+	Use number of charstrings as argument to CFF_Load_FD_Select (as
+	documented in the CFF specs).
+
+2004-01-13  Graham Asher  
+
+	* src/pshinter/pshalgo.c (psh_glyph_init): Move assignment of
+	`glyph->memory' up to free arrays properly in case of failure.
+
+2004-01-10  Masatake YAMATO  
+
+	Make `FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID' work with CFF.  Bug reported by
+	Steve Hartwell .
+
+	* src/cff/cffdrivr.c: Include FT_SERVICE_TT_CMAP_H.
+	(cff_services): Added an entry for FT_SERVICE_ID_TT_CMAP.
+	(cff_get_cmap_info): New function.
+	(cff_service_get_cmap_info) New entry for cff_services.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttcmap0.c: Exit loop after a format match has been found.
+	Suggested by Steve Hartwell .
+
+2004-01-03  Masatake YAMATO  
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (destroy_charmaps): New function.
+	(destroy_face, open_face): Use `destroy_charmaps'.
+
+2004-01-01  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Updated.
+
+2004-01-01  Michael Jansson  
+
+	* src/winfonts/winfnt.c (FNT_Size_Set_Pixels): Fix sign of
+	size->metrics.descender.
+
+2003-12-31  Wolfgang Domröse  
+
+	* src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_decoder_parse_charstrings)
+	[FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE]: Use `%ld' in FT_TRACE4.
+	: Change type of dx and dy to FT_Pos and remove
+	cast for accessing arguments.
+
+2003-12-31  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (TT_Load_Simple_Glyph): Revert previous
+	change.  It's not necessary.
+
+2003-12-29  Smith Charles  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (TT_Load_Simple_Glyph): Handle `repeated
+	flags set' correctly.
+
+2003-12-29  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/cff/cffobjs.c (cff_face_init): Fix memory leak by deallocating
+	`full' and `weight' properly.
+	* src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_decoder_parse_charstrings)
+	 [FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE]: Use `0x' as prefix for
+	tracing output.
+
+2003-12-26  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/sfnt.h (TT_Set_SBit_Strike_Func):
+	Use FT_UInt for ppem values.
+	* src/sfnt/ttsbit.c (tt_face_set_sbit_strike): Use FT_UInt for
+	ppem values.
+	* src/sfnt/ttsbit.h: Updated.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes): Don't allow ppem values
+	larger than -0FFFF.
+
+2003-12-25  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/base/fttrigon.c, src/base/ftgloadr.c: Inlude
+	FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H.
+
+	* src/base/ftstroke.c (FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder,
+	FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder): s/or/o/ to make it compile with
+	C++ compilers.
+
+	* src/cache/ftcmru.c, include/freetype/cache/ftcmru.h:
+	s/select/selection/ to avoid compiler warning.
+	* src/cff/cffload.h: s/select/ftselect/ to avoid potential
+	compiler warning.
+
+2003-12-24  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/cache/ftcsbits.c (FTC_SNode_Weight):
+	s/FTC_SBIT_ITEM_PER_NODE/FTC_SBIT_ITEMS_PER_NODE/.
+
+2003-12-24  David Turner  
+
+	* Fixed compilation problems in the cache sub-system.
+
+	* Partial updates to src/autofit.
+
+	* Jamfile (FT2_COMPONENTS): Add autofit module.
+
+2003-12-23  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_lookup_glyph_by_stdcharcode): Handle
+	CID-keyed fonts.
+
+2003-12-23  David Turner  
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h (FT_PAD_FLOOR, FT_PAD_ROUND,
+	FT_PAD_CEIL, FT_PIX_FLOOR, FT_PIX_ROUND, FT_CEIL): New macros.  They
+	are used to avoid compiler warnings with very pedantic compilers.
+	Note that `(x) & -64' causes a warning if (x) is not signed.  Use
+	`(x) & ~63' instead!
+	Updated all related code.
+
+	Add support for extraction of `inside' and `outside' borders.
+
+	* src/base/ftstroke.c (FT_StrokerBorder): New enumeration.
+	(FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder, FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder,
+	FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts, FT_Stroker_ExportBorder): New functions.
+	(FT_StrokeBorderRec): New boolean member `valid'.
+	(ft_stroke_border_get_counts): Updated.
+	* include/freetype/ftstroke.h: Updated.
+
+2003-12-22  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/ftwinfnt.h (FT_WinFNT_ID_*): New definitions
+	to describe the `charset' field in FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec.
+	* src/winfonts/winfnt.c (FNT_Face_Init): Set encoding to
+	FT_ENCODING_NONE except for FT_WinFNT_ID_MAC.
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_Encoding): Improve comment,
+	based on work by Detlef Würkner .
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Updated.
+
+2003-12-22  David Turner  
+
+	* include/freetype/ftcache.h,
+	include/freetype/cache/ftcmanag.h,
+	include/freetype/cache/ftccache.h,
+	include/freetype/cache/ftcmanag.h,
+	include/freetype/cache/ftcmru.h (added),
+	include/freetype/cache/ftlru.h (removed),
+	include/freetype/cache/ftcsbits.h,
+	include/freetype/cache/ftcimage.h,
+	include/freetype/cache/ftcglyph.h,
+	src/cache/ftcmru.c,
+	src/cache/ftcmanag.c,
+	src/cache/ftccache.c,
+	src/cache/ftcglyph.c,
+	src/cache/ftcimage.c,
+	src/cache/ftcsbits.c,
+	src/cache/ftccmap.c,
+	src/cache/ftcbasic.c (added),
+	src/cache/ftclru.c (removed):
+
+	  *Complete* rewrite of the cache sub-system to `solve' the
+	  following points:
+
+	    - all public APIs have been moved to FT_CACHE_H, everything
+	      under `include/freetype/cache' is only needed by client
+	      applications that want to implement their own caches
+
+	    - a new function named FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID to deal
+	      with the uninstallation of FaceIDs
+
+	    - the image and sbit cache are now abstract classes, that
+	      can be extended much more easily by client applications
+
+	    - better performance in certain areas.  Further optimizations
+	      to come shortly anyway...
+
+	    - the FTC_CMapCache_Lookup function has changed its signature,
+	      charmaps can now only be retrieved by index
+
+	    - FTC_Manager_Lookup_Face => FTC_Manager_LookupFace
+	      FTC_Manager_Lookup_Size => FTC_Manager_LookupSize (still in
+	      private header for the moment)
+
+2003-12-21  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/type1/t1load.c (parse_dict): Stop parsing if `eexec' keyword
+	is encountered.
+
+2003-12-19  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/cff/cfftypes.h (CFF_MAX_CID_FONTS): Increase to 32.  For
+	example, the Japanese Hiragino font already contains 15 subfonts.
+
+	* src/cff/cffload.c (cff_font_load): Deallocate `sids' array for
+	CID-keyed fonts.
+
+	* devel/ftoption.h: Define FT_DEBUG_MEMORY.
+
+2003-12-18  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/ttnameid.h (TT_ADOBE_ID_LATIN_1): New macro.
+	* src/type1/t1objs.c (T1_Face_Init): Use TT_ADOBE_ID* values.
+
+2003-12-18  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/cff/cfftypes.h (CFF_FontRecDictRec): Change type of
+	`cid_count' to `FT_ULong'.
+
+	* src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_slot_load): Take care of empty `cids'
+	array.
+
+	* src/cff/cffload.c (cff_charset_done): Free `cids' array.
+	(cff_font_load): Create cids array only for CID-keyed fonts which
+	are subsetted.
+
+	* src/cff/cffobjs.c (cff_face_init): Check the availability of
+	the PSNames modules for non-pure CFFs also.
+	Set FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES for a non-pure CFF also if it isn't
+	CID-keyed.
+
+	* src/cff/rules.mk (CFF_DRV_H): Add cfftypes.h.
+
+2003-12-17  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (sfnt_init_face): Don't set
+	FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES if the font contains a version 3.0 `post'
+	table.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Updated.
+
+2003-12-17  Masatake YAMATO  
+
+	Add new function FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID to extract the language ID
+	for TrueType/sfnt fonts.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/services/svttcmap.h: New file.
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftserv.h (FT_SERVICE_TT_CMAP_H): Add
+	svttcmap.h.
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfdriver.c: Include ttcmap0.h.
+	(tt_service_get_cmap_info): New service.
+	(sfnt_services): Updated.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttcmap0.c (tt_cmap*_get_info): New functions.
+	(tt_cmap*_class_rec): Add tt_cmap*_get_info members.
+	(tt_get_cmap_info): New function.
+	* src/sfnt/ttcmap0.h: Include FT_SERVICE_TT_CMAP_H.
+	(TT_CMap_ClassRec): New field `get_cmap_info'.
+	(tt_get_cmap_info): New declaration.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c: Include FT_SERVICE_TT_CMAP_H.
+	(FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID): New function implementation.
+	* include/freetype/tttables.h (FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID): New
+	function declaration.
+
+2003-12-16  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttcmap.c, src/sfnt/ttcmap.h: Removed.  Obsolete.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/sfnt.h (SFNT_Interface): Remove
+	obsolete fields `load_charmap' and `free_charmap'.
+	(TT_CharMap_Load_Func, TT_CharMap_Free_Func): Removed.
+	* src/sfnt/sfnt.c: Don't include ttcmap.c.
+	* src/sfnt/rules.mk (SFNT_DRV_SRC): Don't include ttcmap.c.
+	* src/sfnt/ttload.c: Don't include ttcmap.h.
+	* src/sfnt/sfdriver.c: Don't include ttcmap.h.
+	(sfnt_interface): Updated.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/tttypes.h (TT_TableDirRec,
+	TT_CMapDirRec, TT_CMapDirEntryRec, TT_CMap0, TT_CMap2SubHeaderRec,
+	TT_CMap2Rec, TT_CMap4Segment, TT_CMap4Rec, TT_CMap6,
+	TT_CMapGroupRec, TT_CMap8_12Rec, TT_CMap10Rec, TT_CharMap_Func,
+	TT_CharNext_Func, TT_CMapTableRec, TT_CharMapRec): Removed.
+	Obsolete.
+	* src/cff/cffobjs.h (CFF_CharMapRec): Removed.  Obsolete.
+
+2003-12-15  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Updated.
+
+2003-12-15  Wolfgang Domröse  
+
+	* builds/atari/*: New directory for building FreeType 2 on Atari
+	with the PureC compiler.
+
+2003-12-12  Wolfgang Domröse  
+
+	* src/type1/t1gload.c (T1_Parse_Glyph_And_Get_Char_String): Add
+	cast.
+	* src/cff/cffdrivr.c (cff_ps_has_glyph_names): Assure that return
+	value is either 0 or 1.
+
+2003-12-12  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/cff/cffdrivr.c (cff_get_glyph_name): Improve error message.
+	(cff_get_name_index): Return if no PSNames service is available.
+	(cff_ps_has_glyph_names): Handle CID-keyed fonts correctly.
+	* src/cff/cfftypes.h (CFF_CharsetRec): New field `cids', used for
+	CID-keyed fonts.  This is the inverse mapping of `sids'.
+	* src/cff/cffload.c (cff_charset_load): New argument `invert'.
+	Initialize charset->cids if `invert' is set.
+	(cff_font_load): In call to cff_charset_load, set `invert' to true
+	for CID-keyed fonts.
+	* src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_slot_load): Handle glyph index as CID
+	and map it to the real glyph index.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Updated.
+
+2003-12-11  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/cff/cffobjs.c (cff_face_init): Don't set
+	FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES for CID-keyed fonts.
+	Don't construct a cmap for CID-keyed fonts.
+
+2003-12-10  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Use implementation specific SID value 0xFFFF to indicate that
+	a dictionary element is missing.
+
+	* src/cff/cffload.c (cff_subfont_load): Initialize all fields
+	which hold SIDs to 0xFFFF.
+	(cff_index_get_sid_string): Handle SID value 0xFFFF.
+	Handle case where `psnames' is zero.
+	(cff_font_load): Updated.
+	Don't load encoding for CID-keyed CFFs.
+
+	* src/cff/cffobjs.c (cff_face_init): Updated.
+	Don't check for PSNames module if font is CID-keyed.
+	Compute style name properly (using the same algorithm as in the
+	CID driver).
+	Fix computation of style flags.
+
+	* src/cff/cfftoken.h: Comment out handling of base_font_name.
+	Rename `postscript' field to `embedded_postscript'
+	* src/cff/cfftypes.h (CFF_FontRecDictRec): Remove `base_font_name'
+	and `postscript'.
+
+2003-12-10  Detlef Würkner  
+
+	* src/pcf/pcfdrivr.c (pcf_get_charset_id): New function (a clone
+	of the similar BDF function).
+	(pcf_service_bdf): Use it.
+
+2003-12-09  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (sfnt_load_face): Set FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES
+	only if a `post' table is present.
+
+2003-12-09  George Williams  
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (load_mac_face): Recent versions of Linux
+	support Mac's HFS+ file system, thus enable code to read /rsrc on
+	non-Macintosh platforms also.
+
+2003-12-08  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/psaux.h (PS_TableRec): Change type
+	of `lengths' to FT_PtrDist.
+	(T1_DecoderRec): Change type of `subrs_len' to FT_PtrDist.
+	* include/freetype/internal/t1types.h (T1_FontRec): Change type
+	of `subrs_len' and `charstrings_len' to FT_PtrDist.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (Mac_Read_POST_Resource): Replace `junk'
+	variable with better solution.
+	(IsMacResource): Remove unused variable `map_len'.
+	Replace `junk' variable with better solution.
+	(FT_Open_Face) [!FT_MACINTOSH]: Add conditional
+	FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS.
+
+2003-12-08  Wolfgang Domröse  
+
+	* src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_hinter_hint_edges,
+	ah_hinter_align_strong_points): Add some casts.
+
+	* src/base/ftoutln.c (FT_OrientationExtremumRec): Change type
+	of `pos' to FT_Long.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (Mac_Read_POST_Resource,
+	Mac_Read_sfnt_Resource): Change type of `len' to FT_Long.
+
+	* src/type42/t42parse.c (t42_parse_dict): Add cast for `n_keywords'.
+
+2003-12-07  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* docs/raster.txt: New file, taken from FreeType 1 and completely
+	revised.
+
+2003-12-04  Masatake YAMATO  
+
+	* src/type1/t1driver.c (Get_Interface): Remove FT_UNUSED for
+	t1_interface.  t1_interface is used.
+
+2003-11-27  David Turner  
+
+	* src/pfr/pfrdrivr.c (pfr_get_metrics): Revert incorrect change of
+	2003-11-23: For PFR fonts, metrics->x_scale and metrics->y_scale are
+	the scaling values for outline units, not for metric units.
+
+2003-11-25  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/base/ftcalc.c, include/freetype/internal/ftcalc.h
+	(FT_MulDiv_No_Round): Surround code with `#ifdef
+	TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER ... #endif'.
+
+2003-11-23  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/base/ftcalc.c (FT_MulDiv_No_Round): New function (32 and
+	64 bit version).
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftcalc.h: Updated.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttinterp.c (TT_MULDIV_NO_ROUND): New macro.
+	(TT_INT64): Removed.
+	(DO_DIV): Use TT_MULDIV_NO_ROUND.
+
+	* src/pfr/pfrdrivr.c (pfr_get_metrics): Directly use
+	metrics->x_scale and metrics->y_scale.
+
+2003-11-22  Rogier van Dalen  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttinterp.c (CUR_Func_move_orig): New macro.
+	(Direct_Move_Orig, Direct_Move_Orig_X, Direct_Move_Orig_Y): New
+	functions.  Similar to Direct_Move, Direct_Move_X, and
+	Direct_Move_Y but without touching.
+	(Compute_Funcs): Use new functions.
+
+	(Round_None, Round_To_Grid, Round_To_Half_Grid, Round_Down_To_Grid,
+	Round_Up_To_Grid, Round_To_Double_Grid, Round_Super,
+	Round_Super_45): Fix rounding of value zero.
+
+	(DO_DIV): Don't use TT_MULDIV.
+
+	(Ins_SHC): This instruction actually touches the points.
+	(Ins_MSIRP): Fix undocumented behaviour.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttinterp.h (TT_ExecContextRec): Updated.
+
+2003-11-22  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* docs/VERSION.DLL, docs/CHANGES: Updated.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Set_Char_Size): Make metrics->x_scale and
+	metrics->y_scale really precise.
+
+	(FT_Load_Glyph): Update computation of linearHoriAdvance and
+	linearVertAdvance.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttinterp.c (Update_Max): Use FT_REALLOC.
+
+2003-11-22  David Turner  
+
+	* src/autofit/*: More updates.
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FREETYPE_PATCH): Set to 8.
+	* builds/unix/configure.ac (version_info): Set to 9:6:3.
+	* README: Updated.
+
+2003-11-13  John A. Boyd Jr.  
+
+	* src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c (bdf_interpret_style), src/pcf/pcfread.c
+	(pcf_interpret_style): Replace spaces with dashes in properties
+	SETWIDTH_NAME and ADD_STYLE_NAME to simplify parsing.
+
+2003-11-11  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Updated.
+
+2003-11-11  John A. Boyd Jr.  
+
+	Handle SETWIDTH_NAME and ADD_STYLE_NAME properties for BDF and PCF
+	fonts.
+
+	* src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c (bdf_interpret_style): New auxiliary function.
+	(BDF_Face_Init): Don't handle style properties but call
+	bdf_interpret_style.
+
+	* src/pcf/pcfread.c (pcf_interpret_style): New auxiliary function.
+	(pcf_load_font): Don't handle style properties but call
+	pcf_interpret_style.
+
+2003-11-07  Werner Lemberg  
+
+
+	* Version 2.1.7 released.
+	=========================
+
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FREETYPE_PATCH): Set to 7.
+
+	* builds/unix/ft2unix.h: Fix comments.
+
+	* builds/unix/ftconfig.in: Synchronized with ANSI version.
+	Use `#undef' in templates as recommended in the autoconf
+	documentation.
+	Since real `#undef' lines don't survive during configuration, use
+	`/undef' instead; the postprocessing facility of the
+	AC_CONFIG_HEADERS autoconf macro converts them to `#undef'.
+
+	* builds/unix/install.mk (install): Install Unix version of
+	`ftconfig.h'.
+
+	* builds/unix/unix-cc.in (CFLAGS): Set FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H macro
+	to include the correct `ftconfig.h' file.
+
+	* builds/unix/ft-munmap.m4 (FT_MUNMAP_DECL): Removed.
+	(FT_MUNMAP_PARAM): Updated syntax to autoconf 2.59.
+
+	* builds/unix/freetype2.m4: Updated syntax to autoconf 2.59.
+
+	* builds/unix/configure.ac: Use AC_CONFIG_HEADERS instead of
+	AC_CONFIG_HEADER to create ftconfig.h, and use second argument
+	to replace `/undef' with `#undef'.
+	Don't use FT_MUNMAP_DECL but AC_CHECK_DECLS to check for munmap.
+	Use AS_HELP_STRING in AC_ARG_WITH.
+	Update syntax to autoconf 2.59.
+
+	* builds/unix/ltmain.sh: Regenerated with `libtoolize --force
+	--copy' from libtool 1.5.
+	* builds/unix/aclocal.m4: Regenerated with `aclocal -I .' from
+	automake 1.7.8.
+	* builds/unix/configure: Regenerated with autoconf 2.59.
+	* builds/unix/config.guess, builds/unix/config.sub: Updated from
+	`config' CVS module at subversions.gnu.org
+	* builds/unix/install-sh, builds/unix/mkinstalldirs: Updated from
+	`texinfo' CVS module at subversions.gnu.org.
+
+	* builds/vms/ftconfig.h: Synchronized with ANSI version.
+
+	* docs/CUSTOMIZE: Fix documentation error.
+	* docs/CHANGES, docs/VERSION.DLL, docs/release: Updated.
+
+	* builds/freetype.mk (refdoc): Updated --title.
+
+2003-11-07  David Turner  
+
+
+	* Version 2.1.6 released.
+	=========================
+
+
+	* install: Removed.  Obsolete.
+
+2003-11-04  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfdriver.c: Include FT_SERVICE_SFNT_H.
+	(sfnt_service_sfnt_table): New service.
+	(sfnt_services): Updated.
+
+	* docs/license.txt: Reworded.
+
+2003-11-03  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/*: Add a guard to all public header files which
+	load FT_FREETYPE_H to reject freetype.h from FreeType 1.
+
+2003-11-02  Patrick Welche  
+
+	* builds/unix/freetype2.m4, builds/unix/ft-munmap.m4: Protect
+	first argument of AC_DEFUN with brackets to avoid possible
+	expansion.
+
+2003-11-02  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/cache/ftcglyph.h: Don't include stddef.h.
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h: Fix check for ft2build.h.
+
+2003-11-01  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h: Check that ft2build.h has been
+	loaded first.
+
+	* src/base/fttype1.c (FT_Get_PS_Font_Info): Fix incorrectly applied
+	patch.
+
+2003-10-31  Detlef Würkner  
+
+	* src/base/fttype1.c (FT_Get_PS_Font_Info, FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names):
+	Fix parameter order in calls to FT_FACE_FIND_SERVICE.
+
+2003-10-31  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftserv.h
+	(FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H): Removed.  Unused.
+
+	* src/type42/t42drivr.c (t42_services): Updated.
+
+2003-10-29  David Turner  
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/bdftypes.h: Removed.  Obsolete.
+	* src/base/ftbdf.c: Updated.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/cfftypes.h: Moved to...
+	* src/cff/cfftypes.h: This place since no other module needs to
+	know about those types.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/t42types.h: Moved to...
+	* src/type42/t42types.h: This place since no other module needs to
+	know about those types.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/services/svbdf.h: Include FT_BDF_H.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/services/svpsname.h: Renamed to...
+	* include/freetype/internal/services/svpscmap.h: This.
+	Updated `FT_Service_PsNames' -> `FT_Service_PsCMaps' and
+	`POSTSCRIPT_NAMES' -> `POSTSCRIPT_CMAPS' everywhere.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/services/svpsinfo.h: New file, providing
+	PostScript info service.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftserv.h (FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_CMAPS_H,
+	FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_INFO_H): New macros for svpscmap.h and
+	svpsinfo.h.
+	* include/freetype/internal/internal.h (FT_INTERNAL_TYPE42_TYPES_H,
+	FT_INTERNAL_CFF_TYPES_H, FT_INTERNAL_BDF_TYPES_H): Removed.
+
+	* src/base/fttype1.c: Don't include FT_INTERNAL_TYPE1_TYPES_H and
+	FT_INTERNAL_TYPE42_TYPES_H but FT_INTERNAL_SERVICE_H and
+	FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_INFO_H.
+	(FT_Get_PS_Font_Info, FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names): Use new
+	POSTSCRIPT_INFO service.
+
+	* src/cff/cffdrivr.c: Include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_INFO_H.
+	(cff_ps_has_glyph_names): New function.
+	(cff_service_ps_info): New service.
+	(cff_services): Updated.
+
+	* src/cff/cffload.h, src/cff/cffobjs.h, src/cff/cffparse.h: Don't
+	include FT_INTERNAL_CFF_TYPES_H but cfftypes.h directly.
+
+	* src/cif/cidriver.c: Include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_INFO_H.
+	(cid_ps_get_font_info): New function.
+	(cid_service_ps_info): New service.
+	(cid_services): Updated.
+
+	* src/type1/t1driver.c: Include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_INFO_H.
+	(t1_ps_get_font_info, t1_ps_has_glyph_names): New functions.
+	(t1_service_ps_info): New service.
+	(t1_services): Updated.
+
+	* src/type42/t42drivr.c: Include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_INFO_H.
+	(t42_ps_get_font_info, t42_ps_has_glyph_names): New functions.
+	(t42_service_ps_info): New service.
+
+	* src/type42/t42objs.h: Don't include FT_INTERNAL_TYPE42_TYPES_H
+	but t42types.h directly.
+
+	* src/psnames/psmodule.c (psnames_interface, psnames_services):
+	Renamed to...
+	(pscmaps_interface, pscmaps_services): This.
+	Updated all users.
+
+
+	* src/gzip/infblock.c (inflate_blocks): Remove compiler warning.
+
+2003-10-22  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/type1/t1load.c (parse_encoding): Handle `/Encoding [ ... ]'.
+
+	* src/type1/t1parse.c (T1_Get_Private_Dict): Test whether `eexec'
+	is real.
+
+	* src/type42/t42parse.c (t42_parse_encoding): Improve boundary
+	checking while parsing.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Updated.
+
+2003-10-21  Josselin Mouette  
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/t1types.h (T1_FontRec): `paint_type'
+	and `stroke_width' aren't pointers.
+
+	* src/type42/t42objs.c (T42_Face_Done), src/type1/t1objs.c
+	(T1_Face_Done): Don't free `paint_type' and `stroke_width'.
+
+2003-10-20  Graham Asher  
+
+	* src/winfonts/winfnt.c (fnt_cmap_class): Fix position of `const'.
+
+2003-10-19  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_hinter_load_glyph): Patch from
+	2003-08-18 introduced a severe bug (FT_Render_Glyph was called
+	twice under some circumstances, causing strange results).  This
+	is fixed now by clearing the FT_LOAD_RENDER bit of `load_flags'.
+
+	* src/base/ftpfr.c (FT_Get_PFR_Metrics): Initialize `error'.
+	* src/psaux/psobjs.c (ps_tobytes): Initialize `n'.
+	* src/type42/t42parse.c (t42_parse_sfnts): Initialize `string_size'.
+
+2003-10-16  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Completely revised Type 42 parser.  It now handles both fonts
+	produced with ttftot42 (tested version 0.3.1) and
+	TrueTypeToType42.ps (tested version May 2001; it is necessary to
+	fix the broken header comment to be `%!PS-TrueTypeFont...').
+
+	* src/type42/t42objs.c (T42_GlyphSlot_Load): Change fourth
+	parameter to `FT_UInt'.
+	* src/type42/t42objs.h: Updated.
+
+	* src/type42/t42parse.h (T42_ParserRec): Change type of `in_memory'
+	to FT_Bool.
+	(T42_Loader): Change type of `num_chars' and `num_glyphs' to
+	FT_UInt.
+	Add `swap_table' element.
+	* src/type42/t42parse.c (T42_KEYWORD_COUNT, T1_ToFixed,
+	T1_ToCoordArray, T1_ToTokenArray): Removed.
+	(T1_ToBytes): New macro.
+	(t42_is_alpha, t42_hexval): Removed.
+	(t42_is_space): Handle `\0'.
+	(t42_parse_encoding): Updated to use new PostScript parser routines
+	from psaux.
+	Handle `/Encoding [ ... ]' also.
+	(T42_Load_Status): New enumeration.
+	(t42_parse_sfnts): Updated to use new PostScript parser routines
+	from psaux.
+	(t42_parse_charstrings): Updated to use new PostScript parser
+	routines from psaux.
+	Handle `/CharStrings << ... >>' also.
+	Don't expect that /.notdef is the first element in dictionary.  Copy
+	code from type1 module to handle this.
+	(t42_parse_dict): Updated to use new PostScript parser routines
+	from psaux.
+	Remove code for synthetic fonts (which can't occur in Type 42
+	fonts).
+	(t42_loader_done): Release `swap_table'.
+
+	* src/psaux/psobjs.c (skip_string): Increase `cur' properly.
+
+	* src/type1/t1load.c (parse_charstrings): Make test for `.notdef'
+	faster.
+
+2003-10-15  Graham Asher  
+
+	* src/autohint/ahglobal.c (blue_chars), src/winfonts/winfnt.c
+	(fnt_cmap_class_rec, fnt_cmap_class), src/bdf/bdflib.c (empty,
+	_num_bdf_properties), src/gzip/infutil.c (inflate_mask),
+	src/gzip/inffixed.h (fixed_bl, fixed_bd, fixed_tl, fixed_td),
+	src/gzip/inftrees.h (inflate_trees_fixed), srf/gzip/inftrees.c
+	(inflate_trees_fixed): Decorate with more `const' to avoid
+	writable global variables which are disallowed on ARM.
+
+2003-10-08  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/type1/t1load.c (parse_font_matrix, parse_charstrings): Remove
+	code specially for synthetic fonts; this is handled elsewhere.
+	(parse_encoding): Remove code specially for synthetic fonts; this is
+	handled elsewhere.
+	Improve boundary checking while parsing.
+	(parse_dict): Improve boundary checking while parsing.
+	Use ft_memcmp to simplify code.
+
+2003-10-07  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/type1/t1load.c (parse_subrs, parse_dict): Handle synthetic
+	fonts properly.
+	(parse_charstrings): Copy correct number of characters into
+	`name_table'.
+
+2003-10-06  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Heavy modification of the PS parser to handle comments and strings
+	correctly.  This doesn't slow down the loading of PS fonts
+	significantly since charstrings aren't affected.
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h (ft_xdigit): Renamed to...
+	(ft_isxdigit): This.  Updated all callers.
+	(ft_isdigit): New alias to `isdigit'.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/psaux.h (PS_Parser_FuncsRec): Renamed
+	`skip_alpha' to `skip_PS_token'.
+	Add parameter to `to_bytes' and change some argument types.
+
+	* src/psaux/psauxmod.c (ps_parser_funcs): Updated.
+	* src/psaux/psobjs.c (ft_char_table): New array to map character
+	codes (ASCII and EBCDIC) of digits to numbers.
+	(OP): New auxiliary macro holding either `>=' or `<' depending on
+	the character encoding.
+	(skip_comment): New function.
+	(skip_spaces): Use it.
+	(skip_alpha): Removed.
+	(skip_literal_string, skip_string): New functions.
+	(ps_parser_skip_PS_token): New function.  This is a better
+	replacement of...
+	(ps_parser_skip_alpha): Removed.
+	(ps_parser_to_token, ps_parser_to_token_array): Updated.
+	(T1Radix): Rewritten, using `ft_char_table'.
+	(t1_toint): Renamed to...
+	(ps_toint): This.  Update all callers.
+	Use `ft_char_table'.
+	(ps_tobytes): Add parameter to handle delimiters and change some
+	argument types.
+	Use `ft_char_table'.
+	(t1_tofixed): Renamed to...
+	(ps_tofixed): This.  Update all callers.
+	Use `ft_char_table'.
+	(t1_tocoordarray): Renamed and updated to...
+	(ps_tocoordarray): This.  Update all callers.
+	(t1_tofixedarray): Renamed and updated to...
+	(ps_tofixedarray): This.  Update all callers.
+	(t1_tobool): Renamed to...
+	(ps_tobool): This.  Update all callers.
+	(ps_parser_load_field): Updated.
+	(ps_parser_load_field_table): Use `T1_MAX_TABLE_ELEMENTS'
+	everywhere.
+	(ps_parser_to_int, ps_parser_to_fixed, ps_parser_to_coord_array,
+	ps_parser_to_fixed_array): Skip spaces.  Updated.
+	(ps_parser_to_bytes): Add parameter to handle delimiters and change
+	some argument types.  Updated.
+	* src/psaux/psobjs.h: Updated.
+
+	* src/cid/cidload.c (cid_parse_dict): Updated.
+	* src/cid/cidparse.c (cid_parser_new): Check whether the `StartData'
+	token was really found.
+	* src/cid/cidparse.h (cid_parser_skip_alpha): Updated and renamed
+	to...
+	(cid_parser_skip_PS_token): This.
+
+	* src/type1/t1parse.h (T1_ParserRec): Use `FT_Bool' for boolean
+	fields.
+	(T1_Skip_Alpha): Replaced with...
+	(T1_Skip_PS_Token): This new macro.
+	* src/type1/t1parse.c (hexa_value): Removed.
+	(T1_Get_Private_Dict): Use `ft_isxdigit' and
+	`psaux->ps_parser_funcs_to_bytes' for handling ASCII hexadecimal
+	encoding.
+	After decrypting, replace the four random bytes at the beginning
+	with whitespace.
+	* src/type1/t1load.c (t1_allocate_blend): Use proper error values.
+	(parser_blend_design_positions, parse_blend_design_map,
+	parse_weight_vector): Updated.
+	(is_space): Handle `\f' also.
+	(is_name_char): Removed.
+	(read_binary_data): Updated.
+	(parse_encoding): Use `ft_isdigit'.
+	Updated.
+	(parse_subrs): Updated.
+	(TABLE_EXTEND): New macro.
+	(parse_charstrings): Updated.
+	Provide a workaround for buggy fonts which have more entries in the
+	/CharStrings dictionary then expected; the function now adds some
+	slots and skips entries which still exceed the new limit.
+	(parse_dict): Updated.
+	Terminate on the token `closefile'.
+
+	* src/type42/t42parse.c (T1_Skip_Alpha): Replaced with...
+	(T1_Skip_PS_Token): This new macro.  Updated all callers.
+	(t42_parse_encoding): Use `ft_isdigit'.
+
+
+	* src/base/ftmm.c (ft_face_get_mm_service): Return FT_Err_OK if
+	success.
+
+2003-10-05  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/ftmodule.h: Renamed to...
+	* include/freetype/ftmodapi.h: This to avoid duplicate file names.
+	* include/freetype/config/ftheader.h (FT_MODULE_H): Updated.
+
+2003-10-04  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/base/ftoutln.c (FT_OrientationExtremumRec,
+	FT_Outline_Get_Orientation): Trivial typo fixes to make it compile.
+
+2003-10-02  Markus F.X.J. Oberhumer  
+
+	* src/winfonts/winfnt.c (FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec): `color_table_offset'
+	has four bytes, not two.
+	Fix all users.
+	(fnt_font_load, FNT_Load_Glyph): Add more font validity tests.
+
+2003-10-01  David Turner  
+
+	* src/autofit/*: Adding first source files of the new multi-script
+	`auto-fitter'.
+
+	* include/freetype/ftoutln.h (FT_Orientation): New enumeration.
+	(FT_Outline_Get_Orientation): New declaration.
+
+	* src/base/ftoutln.c (FT_OrientationExtremumRec): New structure.
+	(ft_orientation_extremum_compute): New auxiliary function.
+	(FT_Outline_Get_Orientation): New function to compute the fill
+	orientation of a given glyph outline.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftserv.h (FT_FACE_LOOKUP_SERVICE): Fixed
+	trivial bug which could crash the font engine when a cached service
+	pointer was retrieved.
+
+2003-09-30  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/cid/cidload.c (cid_parse_dict): Skip token if no keyword is
+	found.
+
+	* src/type1/t1parse.c (IS_T1_WHITESPACE, IS_T1_LINESPACE,
+	IS_T1_SPACE): Removed.
+	(PFB_Tag): Removed.
+	(read_pfb_tag): Don't use PFB_Tag.
+
+	* src/type42/t42parse.c (t42_is_space): Handle `\f' also.
+	(t42_parse_encoding): Handle synthetic fonts.
+
+2003-09-29  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/t1types.h: Don't include
+	FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H but FT_INTERNAL_SERVICE_H.
+	* src/truetype/ttobjs.c: Don't include
+	FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H.
+
+2003-09-29  David Turner  
+
+	Added new service to handle glyph name dictionaries, replacing the
+	old internal header named `psnames.h' by `services/svpsname.h'.
+	Note that this is different from `services/svpostnm.h' which only
+	handles the retrieval of PostScript font names for a given face.
+	(Should we merge these two services into a single header?)
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/psnames.h: Removed.  Most of its
+	contents is moved to...
+	* include/freetype/internal/services/svpsname.h: New file.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/services/svpostnm.h
+	(FT_SERVICE_ID_POSTSCRIPT_NAME): Replaced with...
+	(FT_SERVICE_ID_POSTSCRIPT_FONT_NAME): New macro.
+	(PsName): Service named changed to...
+	(PsFontName): This.
+	Updated `FT_Service_PsName' -> `FT_Service_PsFontName' and
+	`POSTSCRIPT_NAME' -> `POSTSCRIPT_FONT_NAME' everywhere.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/internal.h
+	(FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H): Removed.
+	* include/freetype/internal/psaux.h: Include
+	FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H.
+	(T1_DecoderRec): Updated type of `psnames'.
+	* include/freetype/internal/t1types.h: Don't include
+	FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H but FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H.
+	Include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H.
+	* include/freetype/internal/t42types.h: Don't include
+	FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H.
+	* include/freetype/internal/tttypes.h (TT_FaceRec): Updated.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftserv.h (FT_FACE_FIND_SERVICE): Changed
+	order of parameters.  All callers updated.
+	(FT_FACE_FIND_GLOBAL_SERVICE): New macro to look up a service
+	globally, checking all modules.
+	(FT_ServiceCacheRec): Updated.
+	(FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H): New macro for accessing
+	`svpsname.h'.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h, src/base/ftobjs.c
+	(ft_module_get_service): New function.
+
+	* src/cff/cffdrivr.c: Don't include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H
+	but FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H.
+	(cff_get_glyph_name, cff_get_name_index): Use new POSTSCRIPT_NAMES
+	service.
+	* src/cff/cffcmap.c (cff_cmap_unicode_init): Updated.
+	* src/cff/cffload.c, src/cff/cffload.h:  Don't include
+	FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H but FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H.
+	(cff_index_get_sid_string): Updated.
+	* src/cff/cffobjs.c:  Don't include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H
+	but FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H.
+	(cff_face_init): Use new POSTSCRIPT_NAMES service.
+	* src/cff/cffobjs.h:  Don't include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H
+	but FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H.
+
+	* src/cid/cidobjs.c:  Don't include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H
+	but FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H.
+	(cid_face_init): Use new POSTSCRIPT_NAMES service.
+	* src/cid/cidriver.c: Don't include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H.
+
+	* src/psaux/t1cmap.c (t1_cmap_std_init, t1_cmap_unicode_init): Use
+	new POSTSCRIPT_NAMES service.
+	* src/psaux/t1decode.h (t1_lookup_glyph_by_stdcharcode,
+	t1_decode_init): Use new POSTSCRIPT_NAMES service.
+	* src/psaux/t1cmap.h, src/psaux/t1decode.h: Dont' include
+	FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H.
+
+	* src/psnames/psmodule.c:  Don't include
+	FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H but FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H.
+	(ps_build_unicode_table): Renamed to...
+	(ps_unicodes_init): This.
+	(ps_lookup_unicode): Renamed to...
+	(ps_unicodes_char_index): This.
+	(ps_next_unicode): Renamed to...
+	(ps_unicodes_char_next): This.
+	(psnames_interface): Updated.
+	(psnames_services): New services list.
+	(psnames_get_service): New function.
+	(psnames_module_class): Updated.
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c: Don't include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H
+	but FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H.
+	(sfnt_init_face): Use new POSTSCRIPT_NAMES service.
+	* src/sfnt/ttpost.c: Don't include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H
+	but FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H.
+	(tt_face_get_ps_name): Updated.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttobjs.c:  Don't include
+	FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H but FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H.
+
+	* src/type1/t1driver.c:  Don't include
+	FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H but FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H.
+	* src/type1/t1objs.c:  Don't include
+	FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H but FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H.
+	(T1_Face_Init): Use new POSTSCRIPT_NAMES service.
+
+	* src/type42/t42drivr.c (t42_get_ps_name): Renamed to...
+	(t42_get_ps_font_name): This.
+	(t42_service_ps_name): Renamed to...
+	(t42_service_ps_font_name): This.
+	(t42_services): Updated.
+	* src/type42/t42objs.c (T42_Face_Init): Use new POSTSCRIPT_NAMES
+	service.
+	* src/type42/t42objs.h:  Don't include
+	FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H but FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES_H.
+
+
+	* src/base/ftglyph.c (FT_Get_Glyph): Don't access `slot' before
+	testing its validity.  Reported by Henry Maddocks
+	.
+
+2003-09-21  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftserv.h (FT_FACE_FIND_SERVICE):
+	Fix compilation warning (s/pptr/Pptr/).
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/internal.h (FT_INTERNAL_PFR_H,
+	FT_INTERNAL_FNT_TYPES_H): Removed.
+
+2003-09-21  David Turner  
+
+	Migrating the PFR and WINFNT drivers to the new service-based
+	internal API.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/fnttypes.h: Removed.  Most of its data
+	are moved to winfnt.h and...
+	* include/freetype/internal/services/svwinfnt.h: New file.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/pfr.h: Removed.  Most of its data are
+	moved to...
+	* include/freetype/internal/services/svpfr.h: New file.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftserv.h (FT_FACE_FIND_SERVICE,
+	FT_FACE_LOOKUP_SERVICE): Simplify fix of 2003-09-16 by removing
+	pointer type argument.
+	Updated all callers.
+	Update macro names of services header files.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Get_Name_Index): Simplified code.
+
+	* src/base/ftpfr.c: Include FT_SERVICE_PFR_H instead of
+	FT_INTERNAL_PFR_H.
+	(ft_pfr_check, FT_Get_PFR_Metrics, FT_Get_PFR_Kerning,
+	FT_Get_PFR_Advance): Use services provided in `PFR_METRICS'.
+
+	* src/base/ftwinfnt.c: Include FT_SERVICE_WINFNT_H instead of
+	FT_INTERNAL_FNT_TYPES_H.
+	(FT_Get_WinFNT_Header): Use service provided in `WINFNT'.
+
+	* src/pfr/pfrdrivr.c: Include FT_SERVICE_PFR_H and
+	FT_SERVICE_XFREE86_NAME_H instead of FT_INTERNAL_PFR_H.
+	(pfr_service_bdf): Updated.
+	(pfr_services): New services list.
+	(pfr_get_service): New function.
+	(pfr_driver_class): Updated.
+
+	* src/winfonts/winfnt.c: Include FT_SERVICE_WINFNT_H and
+	FT_SERVICE_XFREE86_NAME_H instead of FT_INTERNAL_FNT_TYPES_H.
+	(winfnt_get_header, winfnt_get_service): New functions.
+	(winfnt_service_rec): New structure providing WINFNT services.
+	(winfnt_services): New services list.
+	(winfnt_driver_class): Updated.
+	* src/winfonts/winfnt.h: Add most of the removed fnttypes.h data.
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfdriver.c (sfnt_service_ps_name): Fix typo.
+
+	* src/type1/t1driver.c (t1_service_ps_name): Fix typo.
+
+	* src/cff/cffobjs.c, src/cid/cidobjs.c, src/pfr/pfrsbit.c,
+	src/psaux/psobjs.c, src/sfnt/sfobjs.c, src/truetype/ttobjs.c,
+	src/type1/t1objs.c, src/type42/t42objs.c: Removing various compiler
+	warnings.
+
+2003-09-19  David Bevan  
+
+	* src/type1/t1parse.c (pfb_tag_fields): Removed.
+	(read_pfb_tag): Fix code so that it doesn't fail on end-of-file
+	indicator (0x8003).
+	* docs/CHANGES: Updated.
+
+2003-09-16  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftserv.h (FT_FACE_FIND_SERVICE,
+	FT_FACE_LOOKUP_SERVICE): Add parameter to pass pointer type.
+	Ugly, I know, but this is needed for compilation with C++ --
+	maybe someone knows a better solution?
+	Updated all callers.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Get_Name_Index, FT_Get_Glyph_Name): Remove
+	C++ compiler warnings.
+
+	* src/base/ftbdf.c (FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID, FT_Get_BDF_Property):
+	Fix order of arguments passed to FT_FACE_FIND_SERVICE.
+
+2003-09-15  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Avoid header files with identical names.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/services/bdf.h: Renamed to...
+	* include/freetype/internal/services/svbdf.h: This.
+	Add copyright notice.
+	* include/freetype/internal/services/glyfdict.h: Renamed to...
+	* include/freetype/internal/services/svgldict.h: This.
+	Add copyright notice.
+	* include/freetype/internal/services/multmast.h: Renamed to...
+	* include/freetype/internal/services/svmm.h: This.
+	Add copyright notice.
+	Add FT_BEGIN_HEADER and FT_END_HEADER.
+	* include/freetype/internal/services/sfnt.h: Renamed to...
+	* include/freetype/internal/services/svsfnt.h: This.
+	Add copyright notice.
+	* include/freetype/internal/services/postname.h: Renamed to...
+	* include/freetype/internal/services/svpostnm.h: This.
+	Add copyright notice.
+	* include/freetype/internal/services/xf86name.h: Renamed to...
+	* include/freetype/internal/services/svxf86nm.h: This.
+	Add copyright notice.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftserv.h: Add FT_BEGIN_HEADER and
+	FT_END_HEADER.
+	Add copyright notice.
+	Update macro names of services header files.
+
+	* builds/freetype.mk (SERVICES_DIR): New variable.
+	(BASE_H): Add services header files.
+
+2003-09-11  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/toplevel.mk (distclean): Remove `builds/unix/freetype2.pc'.
+
+	* src/cff/cffdrivr.c: Don't load headers twice.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftserv.h (FT_SERVICE_SFNT_H): New macro.
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c: Include FT_SERVICE_SFNT_H.
+
+	* src/cff/cffcmap.c: Include `cfferrs.h'.
+	* src/pfr/pfrdrivr.c: Include `pfrerror.h'.
+	* src/sfnt/sfdriver.c: Include `sferrors.h'.
+	* src/psaux/psobjs.h: Add declaration for `ps_parser_to_bytes'.
+
+2003-09-11  David Turner  
+
+	Introducing the concept of `module services'.  This is the first
+	step towards a massive simplification of the engine's internals, in
+	order to get rid of various numbers of hacks.
+
+	Note that these changes will break source & binary compatibility for
+	authors of external font drivers.
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h (FT_BEGIN_STMNT, FT_END_STMNT,
+	FT_DUMMY_STMNT): New macros.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftserv.h: New file, containing the new
+	structures and macros to provide `services'.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/internal.h (FT_INTERNAL_EXTENSION_H,
+	FT_INTERNAL_EXTEND_H, FT_INTERNAL_HASH_H, FT_INTERNAL_OBJECT_H):
+	Removed, obsolete.
+	(FT_INTERNAL_SERVICE_H): New macro for `ftserv.h'.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/services/bdf.h,
+	include/freetype/internal/services/glyfdict.h,
+	include/freetype/internal/services/postname.h,
+	include/freetype/internal/services/xf86name.h: New files.
+
+	* include/freetype/ftmm.h (FT_Get_MM_Func, FT_Set_MM_Design_Func,
+	FT_Set_MM_Blend_Func): Function pointers moved (in modified form)
+	to...
+	* include/freetype/internal/services/multmast.h: New file.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/sfnt.h (SFNT_Interface): `get_interface'
+	is now of type `FT_Module_Requester'.
+	(SFNT_Get_Interface_Func, SFNT_Load_Table_Func): Function pointers
+	moved (in modified form) to...
+	* include/freetype/internal/services/sfnt.h: New file.
+
+	* include/freetype/tttables.h (FT_Get_Sfnt_Table_Func): Function
+	pointer moved (in modified form) to `services/sfnt.h'.
+
+	* include/freetype/ftmodule.h (FT_Module_Interface): Make it a
+	a typedef to `FT_Pointer'.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/tttypes.h (TT_FaceRec): Add
+	`postscript_name'.
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h (FT_Face_InternalRec): Remove
+	`postscript_name'.
+	Add `services' element.
+	(FT_LibraryRec): Remove `meta_class'.
+
+	* src/base/ftbdf.c: Include FT_SERVICE_BDF_H.
+	(test_font_type): Removed.
+	(FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID, FT_Get_BDF_Property): Use services
+	provided in `FT_SERVICE_ID_BDF'.
+
+	* src/base/ftmm.c: Include FT_SERVICE_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H.
+	(ft_face_get_mm_service): New auxiliary function to get services
+	from `FT_SERVICE_ID_MULTI_MASTERS'.
+	(FT_Get_Multi_Master, FT_Set_MM_Design_Coordinates,
+	FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates): Use `ft_face_get_mm_service'.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c: Include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_NAME_H and
+	FT_SERVICE_GLYPH_DICT_H.
+	(ft_service_list_lookup): New function to get a specific service.
+	(destroy_face): Updated.
+	(Mac_Read_POST_Resource): Simplify some code.
+	(IsMacResource): Fix warnings.
+	(FT_Get_Name_Index, FT_Get_Glyph_Name): Use services provided in
+	`FT_SERVICE_ID_GLYPH_DICT'.
+	(FT_Get_Postscript_Name): Use service provided in
+	`FT_SERVICE_ID_POSTSCRIPT_NAME'.
+	(FT_Get_Sfnt_Table, FT_Load_Sfnt_Table): Use services provided in
+	`FT_SERVICE_ID_SFNT_TABLE'.
+
+	* src/base/ftxf86.c: Include FT_SERVICE_XFREE86_NAME_H.
+	(FT_Get_X11_Font_Format): Use service provided in
+	`FT_SERVICE_ID_XF86_NAME'.
+
+	* src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c: Include FT_SERVICE_BDF_H and
+	FT_SERVICE_XFREE86_NAME_H.
+	(bdf_get_charset_id): New function.
+	(bdf_service_bdf): New structure providing BDF services.
+	(bdf_services): New services list.
+	(bdf_driver_requester): Use `ft_service_list_lookup'.
+
+	* src/cff/cffdrivr.c: Include FT_SERVICE_XFREE86_NAME_H and
+	FT_SERVICE_GLYPH_DICT_H.
+	(cff_service_glyph_dict): New structure providing CFF services.
+	(cff_services): New services list.
+	(cff_get_interface): Use `ft_service_list_lookup'.
+
+	* src/cid/cidriver.c: Include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_NAME_H and
+	FT_SERVICE_XFREE86_NAME_H.
+	(cid_service_ps_name): New structure providing CID services.
+	(cid_services): New services list.
+	(cid_get_interface): Use `ft_service_list_lookup'.
+
+	* src/pcf/pcfdrivr.c: Include FT_SERVICE_BDF_H and
+	FT_SERVICE_XFREE86_NAME_H.
+	(pcf_service_bdf): New structure providing PCF services.
+	(pcf_services): New services list.
+	(pcf_driver_requester): Use `ft_service_list_lookup'.
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfdriver.c: Include FT_SERVICE_GLYPH_DICT_H and
+	FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_NAME_H.
+	(get_sfnt_glyph_name): Renamed to...
+	(sfnt_get_glyph_name): This.
+	(get_sfnt_postscript_name): Renamed to...
+	(sfnt_get_ps_name): This.
+	Updated.
+	(sfnt_service_glyph_dict, sfnt_service_ps_name): New structures
+	providing services.
+	(sfnt_services): New services list.
+	(sfnt_get_interface): Use `ft_service_list_lookup'.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttdriver.c: Include FT_SERVICE_XFREE86_NAME_H.
+	(tt_services): New services list.
+	(tt_get_interface): Use `ft_service_list_lookup'.
+
+	* src/type1/t1driver.c: Include FT_SERVICE_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H,
+	FT_SERVICE_GLYPH_DICT_H, FT_SERVICE_XFREE86_NAME_H, and
+	FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_NAME_H.
+	(t1_service_glyph_dict, t1_service_ps_name,
+	t1_service_multi_masters): New structures providing Type 1 services.
+	(t1_services): New services list.
+	(Get_Interface): Use `ft_service_list_lookup'.
+
+	* src/type42/t42drivr.c: Include FT_SERVICE_XFREE86_NAME_H,
+	FT_SERVICE_GLYPH_DICT_H, and FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_NAME_H.
+	(t42_service_glyph_dict, t42_service_ps_name): New strucures
+	providing Type 42 services.
+	(t42_services): New services list.
+	(T42_Get_Interface): Use `ft_service_list_lookup'.
+
+
+	* README, docs/CHANGES: Updating version numbers for 2.1.6, and
+	removing obsolete warnings in the documentation.
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FREETYPE_PATCH): Set to 6.
+	* builds/unix/configure.ac (version_info): Set to 9:5:3.
+	* builds/unix/configure: Regenerated.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftcore.h,
+	include/freetype/internal/ftexcept.h,
+	include/freetype/internal/fthash.h,
+	include/freetype/internal/ftobject.h: Removed.  Obsolete.
+
+2003-09-09  David Turner  
+
+	Fixing PFR kerning support.  The tables within the font file contain
+	(charcode,charcode) kerning pairs, we need to convert them to
+	(gindex,gindex).
+
+	* src/base/ftpfr.c (ft_pfr_check): Fix serious typo.
+	* src/pfr/prfload.c: Remove dead code.
+	(pfr_get_gindex, pfr_compare_kern_pairs, pfr_sort_kerning_pairs):
+	New functions.
+	(pfr_phy_font_done): Free `kern_pairs'.
+	(pfr_phy_font_load): Call `pfr_sort_kerning_pairs'.
+	* src/pfr/pfrobjs.c (pfr_face_get_kerning): Fix kerning extraction.
+	* src/pfr/pfrtypes.h (PFR_KERN_PAIR_INDEX): New macro.
+	(PFR_KernPairRec): Make `kerning' an FT_Int.
+	(PFR_PhyFontRec): New element `kern_pairs'.
+	(PFR_KernFlags): Values of PFR_KERN_2BYTE_CHAR and
+	PFR_KERN_2BYTE_ADJ were erroneously reversed.
+
+	* include/freetype/ftoption.h: Commenting out the macro
+	TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER.
+
+2003-09-02  David Turner  
+
+
+	* Version 2.1.5 released.
+	=========================
+
+
+2003-08-31  Manish Singh  
+
+	* src/bdf/bdflib.c (_bdf_readstream): Don't use FT_MEM_COPY but
+	FT_MEM_MOVE.
+
+2003-08-30  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_ENCODING_SJIS, FT_ENCODING_GB2312,
+	FT_ENCODING_BIG5, FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG, FT_ENCODING_JOHAB): New
+	enumerations of FT_Encoding.  The FT_ENCODING_MS_* variants except
+	FT_ENCODING_MS_SYMBOL are now deprecated.
+	Updated all users.
+	* docs/CHANGES: Document it.
+
+2003-08-27  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c (BDF_Face_Init): Accept lowercase characters
+	for spacing.
+
+2003-08-27  Mike FABIAN  
+
+	* src/pcf/pcfread.c (pcf_load_font), src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c
+	(BDF_Face_Init): Accept lowercase characters for slant and weight.
+
+2003-08-18  David Turner  
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftoption.h: Disabling TrueType bytecode
+	interpreter until the UNPATENTED_HINTING works as advertised.
+
+	* src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_hinter_load_glyph): Use `|' for
+	setting `load_flags'.
+
+	* Jamfile: Adding the `refdoc' target to the Jamfile in order to
+	build the API Reference in `docs/reference' automatically.
+
+	* include/freetype/t1tables.h (PS_FontInfoRec), src/cid/cidtoken.h,
+	src/type1/t1tokens.h, src/type42/t42parse.c: Resetting the types of
+	`italic_angle', `underline_position', and `underline_thickness' to
+	their previous values (i.e., long, short, and ushort) in order to
+	avoid breaking binary compatibility.
+
+	* include/freetype/ttunpat.h: Fixing documentation comment.
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftoption.h, devel/ftoption.h
+	(TT_CONFIG_OPTION_OPTION_COMPILE_UNPATENTED_HINTING): Replaced
+	with...
+	(TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING): This.  Updated all users.
+	(TT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_UNPATENTED_HINTING): Removed.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h (FT_DEBUG_HOOK_TYPE1): Removed.
+	(FT_DEBUG_HOOK_UNPATENTED_HINTING): New macro.  Use this with
+	`FT_Set_Debug_Hook' to get the same effect as the removed
+	TT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_UNPATENTED_HINTING.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttobjs.c (tt_face_init): Use
+	`FT_DEBUG_HOOK_UNPATENTED_HINTING'.
+
+2003-08-06  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/type1/t1gload.c (T1_Load_Glyph), src/cff/cffgload.c
+	(cff_slot_load), src/cid/cidgload.c (cid_slot_load_glyph): Fix
+	previous change.
+
+2003-08-05  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/type1/t1gload.c (T1_Load_Glyph), src/cff/cffgload.c
+	(cff_slot_load), src/cid/cidgload.c (cid_slot_load_glyph): Apply
+	font matrix to advance width also.
+	* docs/CHANGES: Updated.
+
+2003-07-26  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/unix/configure.ac (version_info): Set to 9:4:3.
+	* builds/unix/configure: Updated.
+	* docs/CHANGES, docs/VERSION.DLL: Updated.
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_GlyphSlot): Change 2003-06-16
+	also breaks binary compatibility.  Reintroduce an unsigned integer
+	at the old position of `flags' called `reserved'.
+
+2003-07-25  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Make API reference valid HTML 4.01 transitional.
+
+	* src/tools/docmaker/tohtml.py (html_header_1): Add doctype
+	and charset.
+	(html_header_2): Fix style elements and add some more.
+	Fix syntax.
+	(block_header, block_footer, description_header, description_footer,
+	marker_header, marker_footer, source_header, source_footer,
+	chapter_header): Don't use 
      ...
       but `align=center'
+	table attribute.
+	(chapter_inter, chapter_footer): Add 
    •  and use special 
        
+	class.
+	Use double quotes around table widths given in percent.
+	(keyword_prefix, keyword_suffix): Don't change font colour directly
+	but use a new  class.
+	(section_synopsis_header, section_synopsis_footer): Don't change
+	colour.
+	(code_header, code_footer): Don't change font colour directly but
+	use a special 
         class.
+	(print_html_field):  gets the `valign' attribute, not .
+	(print_html_field_list): Ditto.
+	(index_exit): Don't use 
        ...
         but `align=center'
+	table attribute.
+	(section_enter): Ditto.
+	(toc_exit): Don't emit 
        .
+	(block_enter): Use 
        , not 
        .
+	(__init__): Fix tag order in self.html_footer.
+
+2003-07-25  David Turner  
+
+	This change reimplements fix from 2003-05-30 without breaking
+	binary compatibility.
+
+	* include/freetype/t1tables.h (PS_FontInfoRec): `italic_angle',
+	`is_fixed_pitch', `underline_position', `underline_thickness' are
+	reverted to be normal values.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/psaux.h (T1_FieldType): Remove
+	`T1_FIELD_TYPE_BOOL_P', `T1_FIELD_TYPE_INTEGER_P',
+	`T1_FIELD_TYPE_FIXED_P', `T1_FIELD_TYPE_FIXED_1000_P'.
+	(T1_FIELD_TYPE_BOOL_P, T1_FIELD_NUM_P, T1_FIELD_FIXED_P,
+	T1_FIELD_FIXED_1000_P): Removed.
+	(T1_FIELD_TYPE_BOOL): Renamed to...
+	(T1_FIELD_BOOL): New macro.  Updated all callers.
+
+	* src/type42/t42parse.c: `italic_angle', `is_fixed_pitch',
+	`underline_position', `underline_thickness', `paint_type',
+	`stroke_width' are reverted to be normal values.
+	(T42_KEYWORD_COUNT): New macro.
+	(t42_parse_dict): New array `keyword_flags' to mark that a value has
+	already been assigned to a dictionary entry.
+	* src/type42/t42objs.c (T42_Face_Init, T42_Face_Done): Updated.
+
+	* src/cid/cidtoken.h: `italic_angle', `is_fixed_pitch',
+	`underline_position', `underline_thickness' are reverted to be
+	normal values.
+	* src/cid/cidobjs.c (cid_face_done, cid_face_init): Updated.
+
+	* src/psaux/psobjs.c (ps_parser_load_field): Updated.
+
+	* src/type1/t1tokens.h: `italic_angle', `is_fixed_pitch',
+	`underline_position', `underline_thickness', `paint_type',
+	`stroke_width' are reverted to be normal values.
+	* src/type1/t1objs.c (T1_Face_Done, T1_Face_Init): Updated.
+	* src/type1/t1load.c (T1_FIELD_COUNT): New macro.
+	(parse_dict): Add parameter for keyword flags.
+	Record only first instance of a field.
+	(T1_Open_Face): New array `keyword_flags'.
+
+2003-07-24  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FREETYPE_PATCH): Set to 5.
+	* builds/unix/configure.ac (version_info): Set to 10:0:3.
+	* builds/unix/configure: Updated.
+	* builds/freetype.mk (refdoc): Fix --title.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES, docs/VERSION.DLL, README: Updated.
+
+	* src/tools/docmaker/sources.py (re_crossref): Fix regular
+	expression to handle trailing punctuation characters.
+	* src/tools/docmaker/tohtml.py (make_html_word): Updated.
+
+	* docs/release: New file.
+
+2003-07-23  YAMANO-UCHI Hidetoshi  
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/psaux.h (PS_Parser_FuncsRec): New
+	member function `to_bytes'.
+
+	* src/psaux/psauxmod.c (ps_parser_funcs): New member
+	`ps_parser_to_bytes'.
+	(psaux_module_class): Increase version to 0x20000L.
+
+	* src/psaux/psobjs.c (IS_T1_LINESPACE): Add \f.
+	(IS_T1_NULLSPACE): New macro.
+	(IS_T1_SPACE): Add it.
+	(skip_spaces, skip_alpha): New functions.
+	(ps_parser_skip_spaces, ps_parser_skip_alpha): Use them.
+	(ps_tobytes, ps_parser_to_bytes): New functions.
+
+2003-07-07  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/freetype.mk (DOC_DIR): New variable.
+	(refdoc): Use *_DIR variables.
+	(distclean): Remove documentation files.
+
+	* builds/detect.mk (std_setup, dos_setup): Mention `make refdoc'.
+
+	* configure: Set DOC_DIR variable.
+
+2003-07-07  Patrik Hägglund  
+
+	* builds/freetype.mk (refdoc): New target to build the
+	documentation.
+	(.PHONY): Updated.
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h: Improve documentation of FT_CharMap.
+	* include/freetype/ftimage,h: Fix documentation of FT_OUTLINE_FLAGS.
+	* include/freetype/tttables.h: Document FT_Sfnt_Tag.
+
+2003-07-06  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c (BDF_Face_Init), src/pcf/pcfread.c
+	(pcf_load_font): Fix computation of height if PIXEL_SIZE property is
+	missing.
+
+2003-07-01  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/cache/ftcsbits.c (ftc_sbit_node_compare): Only add `size' if
+	there is no error.  Reported by Knut St. Osmundsen
+	.
+
+2003-06-30  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	A new try to synchronize bitmap font access.
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_Bitmap_Size): `height' is now
+	defined to return the baseline-to-baseline distance.  This was
+	already the value returned by the BDF and PCF drivers.
+
+	The `width' field now gives the average width.  I wasn't able to
+	find something better.  It should be taken as informative only.
+
+	New fields `size', `x_ppem', and `y_ppem'.
+
+	* src/pcf/pcfread.c (pcf_load_font): Updated to properly fill
+	FT_Bitmap_Size.
+	Do proper rounding and conversion from 72.27 to 72 points.
+
+	* src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c (BDF_Face_Init): Updated to properly fill
+	FT_Bitmap_Size.
+	Do proper rounding and conversion from 72.27 to 72 points.
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (sfnt_load_face): Updated to properly fill
+	FT_Bitmap_Size.
+
+	* src/winfonts/winfnt.c (FNT_Face_Init): Updated to properly fill
+	FT_Bitmap_Size.
+
+2003-06-29  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Redesigning the FNT driver to return multiple faces, not multiple
+	strikes.  At least one font (app850.fon from WinME) contains
+	different FNT charmaps for its subfonts.  Consequently, the previous
+	design of having multiple bitmap strikes in a single font face fails
+	since we have only one charmap per face.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/fnttypes.h (FNT_Size_Rec): Removed.
+	(FNT_FaceRec): Remove `num_fonts' field and replace `fonts' with
+	`font'.
+
+	* src/base/ftwinfnt.c (FT_Get_WinFNT_Header): Updated.
+
+	* src/winfonts/winfnt.c (fnt_font_load): Don't set pixel_width equal
+	to pixel_height.
+	(fnt_face_done_fonts): Removed.
+	(fnt_face_get_dll_fonts): Renamed to...
+	(fnt_face_get_dll_font): This.  Add second function argument to
+	select face index.
+	Updated to load just one subfont.
+	(fnt_font_done, FNT_Face_Done): Updated.
+	(FNT_Face_Init): Handle `face_index'.
+	Updated.
+	(FNT_Size_Set_Pixels): Simplified; similar to BDF and PCF, the
+	bitmap width is now ignored.
+	(FNT_Load_Glyph): Updated.
+	Fix glyph index computation.
+	(winfnt_driver_class): Updated.
+
+2003-06-25  Owen Taylor  
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttload.c (tt_face_load_hdmx): Don't assign
+	num_records until we actually decide to load the table,
+	otherwise, we'll segfault in tt_face_free_hdmx.
+
+2003-06-24  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/cff/cffdrivr.c (cff_get_glyph_name): Protect against zero
+	glyph name pointer.  Reported by Mikey Anbary .
+
+2003-06-23  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/tools/glnames.py: Updated to AGL 2.0.
+	* src/psnames/pstables.h: Regenerated.
+
+2003-06-22  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/cache/ftcglyph.h, include/freetype/ttnameid.h,
+	src/base/ftcalc.c, src/base/fttrigon.c, src/cff/cffgload.c,
+	src/otlayout/otlgsub.c, src/pshinter/pshrec.c,
+	src/psnames/psmodule.c, src/sfnt/sfobjs.c, src/truetype/ttdriver.c:
+	Decorate constants with `U' and `L' if appropriate.
+
+	* include/freetype/ftmoderr.h: Updated to include recent module
+	additions.
+
+	* src/pshinter/pshnterr.h (FT_ERR_BASE): Define as
+	`FT_Mod_Err_PShinter'.
+	* src/type42/t42error.h (FT_ERR_BASE): Define as
+	`FT_Mod_Err_Type42'.
+
+	* src/pshinter/pshrec.h (PS_HINTS_MAGIC): Removed.  Not used.
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h [__MWERKS__]: Define FT_LONG64
+	and FT_INT64.
+
+2003-06-21  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/winfonts/winfnt.c (FNT_Load_Glyph): Use first_char in
+	computation of glyph_index.
+	(FNT_Size_Set_Pixels): To find a strike, first check pixel_height
+	only, then try to find a better hit by comparing pixel_width also.
+	Without this fix it isn't possible to access all strikes.
+	Also compute metrics.max_advance to be in sync with other bitmap
+	drivers.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Set_Char_Size): Remove redundant code.
+	(FT_Set_Pixel_Size): Assign value to `metrics' after validation of
+	arguments.
+
+2003-06-20  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Synchronize computation of height and width for bitmap strikes.  The
+	`width' field in the FT_Bitmap_Size structure is now only useful to
+	enumerate different strikes.  The `max_advance' field of the
+	FT_Size_Metrics structure should be used to get the (maximum) width
+	of a strike.
+
+	* src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c (BDF_Face_Init): Don't use AVERAGE_WIDTH for
+	computing `available_sizes->width' but make it always equal to
+	`available_sizes->height'.
+
+	* src/pcf/pcfread.c (pcf_load_font): Don't use RESOLUTION_X for
+	computing `available_sizes->width' but make it always equal to
+	`available_sizes->height'.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttdriver.c (Set_Pixel_Sizes): Pass only single
+	argument to function.
+
+	* src/psnames/psmodule.c (ps_unicode_value): Handle `.' after
+	`uniXXXX' and `uXXXX[X[X]]'.
+
+2003-06-19  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c: s/FT_Err_/BDF_Err/.
+	* src/cache/ftccache.c, src/cache/ftcsbits.c, src/cache/ftlru.c:
+	s/FT_Err_/FTC_Err_/.
+	* src/cff/cffcmap.c: s/FT_Err_/CFF_Err_/.
+	* src/pcf/pcfdrivr.c: s/FT_Err_/PCF_Err_/.
+	* src/psaux/t1cmap.c: Include psauxerr.h.
+	s/FT_Err_/PSaux_Err_/.
+	* src/pshinter/pshnterr.h: New file.
+	* src/pshinter/rules.mk: Updated.
+	* src/pshinter/pshalgo.c, src/pshinter/pshrec.c: Include pshnterr.h.
+	s/FT_Err_/PSH_Err_/.
+	* src/pfr/pfrdrivr.c, src/pfr/pfrobjs.c, src/pfr/pfrsbit.c:
+	s/FT_Err_/PFR_Err_/.
+	* src/sfnt/sfdriver.c, src/sfnt/sfobjs.c, src/sfnt/ttcmap0.c,
+	src/sfnt/ttload.c: s/FT_Err_/SFNT_Err_/.
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c: s/FT_Err_/TT_Err_/.
+	* src/gzip/ftgzip.c: Load FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H and define
+	FT_ERR_PREFIX and FT_ERR_BASE.
+	s/FT_Err_/Gzip_Err_/.
+
+2003-06-19  Dirck Blaskey  
+
+	* src/cff/cffload (cff_encoding_load): `nleft' must be FT_UInt,
+	otherwise adding 1 might wrap the result.
+
+2003-06-18  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/psnames/psmodule.c (ps_unicode_value): Add support to
+	recognize `uXXXX[X[X]]' glyph names.
+	Don't handle glyph names starting with `uni' which have more than
+	four digits.
+
+2003-06-16  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_Open_Flags): Replaced with
+	#defines for the constants.
+	(FT_Open_Args): Change type of `flags' to FT_UInt.
+	(FT_GlyphSlot): Move `flags' to FT_Slot_Internal.
+
+	* include/freetype/ftimage.h (FT_Outline_Flags, FT_Raster_Flag):
+	Replaced with #defines for the constants.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h (FT_Slot_Internal): New
+	field `flags' (from FT_GlyphSlot).
+	Updated all affected source files.
+	(FT_GLYPH_OWN_BITMAP): New macro (from ftgloadr.h).
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftgloadr.h (FT_GLYPH_OWN_BITMAP): Moved
+	to ftobjs.h.
+
+	* src/base/ftglyph.c (FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap): Use dummy
+	FT_GlyphSlot_Internal object.
+
+2003-06-15  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/compiler/gcc.mk, builds/compiler/gcc-dev.mk (CFLAGS):
+	Add -fno-strict-aliasing to get rid of zillion warnings from gcc
+	version 3.3.
+
+2003-06-14  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/ftglyph.h (ft_glyph_bbox_unscaled,
+	ft_glyph_bbox_subpixels, ft_glyph_bbox_gridfit,
+	ft_glyph_bbox_truncate, ft_glyph_bbox_pixels): Replaced with
+	FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED, FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS,
+	FT_GLYPH_BBIX_GRIDFIT, FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE, FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS.
+	The lowercase variants are now (deprecated aliases) to the uppercase
+	versions.
+	Updated all other files.
+
+	* include/freetype/ftmodule.h (ft_module_font_driver,
+	ft_module_renderer, ft_module_hinter, ft_module_styler,
+	ft_module_driver_scalable, ft_module_driver_no_outlines,
+	ft_module_driver_has_hinter): Replaced with FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER,
+	FT_MODULE_RENDERER, FT_MODULE_HINTER, FT_MODULE_STYLER,
+	FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE, FT_MODULE_DRIVER_NO_OUTLINES,
+	FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER.
+	The lowercase variants are now (deprecated aliases) to the uppercase
+	versions.
+	Updated all other files.
+
+	* src/base/ftglyph.c (FT_Glyph_Get_CBox): Handle bbox_mode better
+	as enumeration.
+
+	* src/pcf/pcfdrivr.c (pcf_driver_class), src/winfonts/winfnt.c
+	(winfnt_driver_class), src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c (bdf_driver_class): Add
+	the FT_MODULE_DRIVER_NO_OUTLINES flag.
+
+2003-06-13  Detlef Würkner  
+
+	* src/pfr/pfrobjs.c (pfr_slot_load): Apply font matrix.
+
+2003-06-13  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/dos/detect.mk: Test not only for `Dos' but for `DOS' also.
+
+	* builds/dos/dos-emx.mk, builds/compiler/emx.mk: New files for
+	EMX gcc compiler.
+	* builds/dos/detect.mk: Add target `emx'.
+
+	* builds/compiler/watcom.mk (LINK_LIBRARY): GNU Make for DOS doesn't
+	like a trailing semicolon; add a dummy command.
+
+	* src/cid/cidload.c: Remove parse_font_bbox code (already enclosed
+	with #if 0 ... #endif).
+
+	* src/type1/t1tokens.h: Handle /FontName.
+	* src/type1/t1load.c (parse_font_name): Removed.
+	Remove parse_font_bbox code (already enclosed with #if 0 ...
+	#endif).
+
+	* src/type42/t42parse.c (t42_parse_font_name): Removed.
+	Remove t42_parse_font_bbox code (already enclosed with #if 0 ...
+	#endif).
+	(t42_keywords): Handle /FontName with T1_FIELD_KEY.
+
+2003-06-12  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/psaux.h (T1_FieldType): Add
+	T1_FIELD_TYPE_KEY.
+	(T1_FIELD_KEY): New macro.
+	* src/psaux/psobjs.c (ps_parser_load_field): Handle
+	T1_FIELD_TYPE_KEY.
+
+	* src/cid/cidtoken.h: Use T1_FIELD_KEY for /CIDFontName.
+
+2003-06-11  Alexander Malmberg  
+
+	* src/cache/ftlru.c (FT_LruList_Remove_Selection): Decrease
+	number of nodes.
+	(FT_LruList_Lookup): Fix assertion for out-of-memory case.
+
+2003-06-11  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/cid/cidload.c (cid_decrypt): Removed.
+	(cid_read_subrs): Use t1_decrypt from psaux module.
+	* src/cid/cidload.h: Updated.
+	* src/cid/cidgload.c (cid_load_glyph): Use t1_decrypt from psaux
+	module.
+
+2003-06-10  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/cid/cidobjs.c: Apply change 2003-05-31 from .
+	Compute style flags.
+	Fix computation of root->height.
+	* src/cid/cidtoken.h: Handle FontBBox.
+	* src/cid/cidload.c (cid_load_keyword): Handle
+	T1_FIELD_LOCATION_BBOX.
+	(parse_font_bbox): Commented out.
+	(cid_field_record): Comment out element for parsing FontBBox.
+
+	* src/type42/t42parse.c (t42_parse_font_bbox): Commented out.
+	(t42_keywords): Handle FontBBox with T1_FIELD_BBOX, not with
+	T1_FIELD_CALLBACK.
+	(t42_parse_font_bbox): Commented out.
+	(t42_load_keyword): Handle T1_FIELD_LOCATION_BBOX.
+	* src/type42/t42objs.c (T42_Face_Init): Apply change 2003-05-31
+	from .
+
+2003-06-09  George Williams  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttinterp.c (SetSuperRound) <0x30>: Follow Apple's
+	TrueType specification.
+	(Ins_MDRP, Ins_MIRP): Fix single width cut-in test.
+
+2003-06-09  Detlef Würkner  
+
+	* src/gzip/ftgzip.c: (inflate_mask): Replaced with...
+	(NO_INFLATE_MASK): This.
+	* src/gzip/infutil.h: Declare `inflate_mask' conditionally by
+	NO_INFLATE_MASK.
+
+2003-06-09  Alexis S. L. Carvalho  
+
+	* src/gzip/ftgzip.c (ft_gzip_file_fill_output): Handle Z_STREAM_END
+	correctly.
+
+2003-06-09  Wolfgang Domröse  
+
+	* src/pshinter/pshglob.c (psh_globals_new): Change calculation of
+	dim->stdw.count to avoid compiler problem.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (TT_Load_Simple_Glyph): Move the block
+	variables to the beginning of the function to avoid compiler
+	problems.
+	Add casts necessary for 16bit compilers.
+
+2003-06-09  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/pfr/rules.mk (PFR_DRV_SRC): Add pfrsbit.c.
+	(PFR_DRV_H): Add pfrtypes.h.
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h: s/__MWKS__/__MWERKS__/.
+
+2003-06-08  Karl Schultz  
+
+	* src/pfr/pfrsbit.c (pfr_bitwriter_init): Change type of third
+	argument to FT_Bool.
+	(pfr_lookup_bitmap_data): Change type of third and fourth argument
+	to FT_UInt.  Updated caller.
+	(pfr_load_bitmap_bits): Change type of fourth argument to FT_Bool.
+
+2003-06-08  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Completely revised FreeType's make management.
+
+	. In all makefiles `/' is used as the path separator.  The
+	  conversion to the real path separators is done as late as
+	  possible using $(subst ...).
+
+	. $(HOSTSEP) no longer exists.  Now, $(SEP) gives the path separator
+	  for the operating system, and the new $(COMPILER_SEP) the path
+	  separator for the compiler tools.
+
+	. $(BUILD) has been renamed to $(BUILD_DIR).  In general, all
+	  directory variables end with `_DIR'.  The variants ending in `_'
+	  (like `BASE_' have been removed).
+
+	The following ChangeLog entries only describe changes which are
+	not related to the redesign.
+
+	* builds/beos/beos-def.mk (BUILD_DIR): Fix typo.
+	* builds/compiler/watcom.mk (LINK_LIBRARY): Fix linker call to avoid
+	overlong arguments as suggested by J. Ali Harlow
+	.
+	* builds/dos/dos-wat.mk: New file.
+	* builds/freetype.mk (FREETYPE_H): Include header files from the
+	`devel' subdirectory.
+
+	* builds/os2/os2-dev.mk, builds/unix/unixddef.mk,
+	builds/unix/unixddef.mk, builds/win32/w32-bccd.mk,
+	builds/win32/w32-dev.mk (BUILD_DIR): Fix path.
+
+	* builds/unix/configure.ac, builds/unix/configure: Updated.
+	* builds/unix/unix-def.in (DISTCLEAN): Add `freetype2.pc'.
+
+2003-06-07  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/base/ftmac.c (FT_New_Face_From_SFNT): s/rlen/sfnt_size/ to
+	make it compile.
+
+	* devel/ftoption.h: Updated.
+
+2003-06-07  Detlef Würkner  
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/psaux.h, src/truetype/ttgload.h:
+	s/index/idx/ to fix compiler warnings.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttcmap0.c (tt_face_build_cmaps): Use more `volatile' to
+	fix compiler warning.
+
+	* src/gzip/ftgzip.c (BUILDFIXED): Removed.
+	* src/gzip/inftrees.c (inflate_trees_fixed) [!BUILDFIXED]: Use
+	FT_UNUSED to remove compiler warning.
+
+2003-06-06  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/ftstroker.h: Renamed to...
+	* include/freetype/ftstroke.h: This.
+
+	* src/base/ftstroker.c: Renamed to...
+	* src/base/ftstroke.c: This.
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftheader.h (FT_STROKER_H): Updated.
+
+	* src/base/descrip.mms, src/base/Jamfile, src/base/rules.mk:
+	Updated.
+
+	* src/pcf/pcfdriver.c: Renamed to...
+	* src/pcf/pcfdrivr.c: This.
+	* src/pcf/pcfdriver.h: Renamed to...
+	* src/pcf/pcfdrivr.h: This.
+
+	* src/pcf/Jamfile, src/pcf/rules.mk: Updated.
+
+2003-06-05  Wenlin Institute (Tom Bishop)  
+
+	* src/base/ftmac.c (file_spec_from_path) [TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON]:
+	Add `#if !defined(__MWERKS__)'.
+
+2003-06-05  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/psaux.h (T1_FieldType): Add
+	T1_FIELD_TYPE_FIXED_1000 and T1_FIELD_TYPE_FIXED_1000_P.
+	(T1_FIELD_FIXED_1000, T1_FIELD_FIXED_1000_P): New macros.
+	* src/psaux/psobjs.c (ps_parser_load_field): Handle
+	T1_FIELD_TYPE_FIXED_1000 and T1_FIELD_TYPE_FIXED_1000_P.
+
+	* src/cff/cffparse.c (cff_kind_fixed_thousand): New enumeration.
+	(CFF_FIELD_FIXED_1000): New macro.
+	(cff_parser_run): Handle cff_kind_fixed_thousand.
+	* src/cff/cfftoken.h: Use CFF_FIELD_FIXED_1000 for blue_scale.
+	* src/cff/cffload (cff_subfont_load): Fix default values of
+	expansion_factor and blue_scale.
+
+	* src/cif/cidtoken.h, src/type1/t1tokens.h: Use T1_FIELD_FIXED_1000
+	for blue_scale.
+
+	* src/pshinter/pshglob.c (psh_globals_new): Fix default value of
+	blue_scale.
+
+2003-06-04  Wolfgang Domröse  
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftdriver.h,
+	include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h,
+	include/freetype/internal/psaux.h, src/cid/cidgload.c,
+	src/psaux/psobjs.c, src/psaux/t1decode.c, src/psaux/psobjs.h,
+	src/pshinter/pshrec.c, src/pshinter/pshalgo.c,
+	src/psnames/psmodule.c, src/raster/ftraster.c, src/sfnt/sfobjs.c,
+	src/smooth/ftgrays.c, src/smooth/ftsmooth.c, src/truetype/ttobjs.c,
+	src/truetype/ttdriver.c, src/truetype/ttgload.c, src/type1/t1afm.c,
+	src/type1/t1gload.c, src/type1/t1gload.h, src/type1/t1load.c,
+	src/type1/t1objs.c, src/type42/t42parse.c, src/type42/t42parse.h:
+	Many casts and slight argument type changes to make it work with
+	a 16bit compiler.
+
+2003-06-04  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftoption.h: Defining
+	TT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_UNPATENTED_HINTING by default is a bad idea
+	since some fonts (e.g. Arial) produce worse results than without
+	hinting.  Reverted.
+
+2003-06-04  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (load_truetype_glyph)
+	[TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER]: Call
+	FT_GlyphLoader_CheckPoints before adding phantom points.  This fixes
+	a segfault bug with fonts (e.g. htst3.ttf) which have nested
+	subglyphs more than one level deep.  Reported by Anthony Fok.
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftoption.h: Define
+	TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER,
+	TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPILE_UNPATENTED_HINTING, and
+	TT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_UNPATENTED_HINTING to make it the new
+	default.
+
+2003-06-03  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_hinter_hint_edges): Removed.  Just a
+	wrapper for ah_hint_edges.
+	(ah_hint_edges): Renamed to...
+	(ah_hinter_hint_edges): This.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Set_Hint_Flags): Removed.  Unused.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h (FT_Face_InternalRec),
+	include/freetype/internal/psaux.h (T1_DecoderRec),
+	src/cff/cffgload.h (CFF_Builder): Remove `hint_flags' field.
+	Unused.
+
+	* src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_builder_init): Updated.
+	(cff_decoder_parse_charstrings) : Call hinter->apply
+	with decoder->hint_mode instead of builder->hint_flags.
+	* src/psaux/t1decode.c (t1_decoder_init): Updated.
+
+	* src/base/ftstroker.c (ft_stroke_border_export): s/index/idx/.
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (sfnt_load_face): Commented out code which
+	increased root->height by 15% if the line gap was zero.  There exist
+	fonts (containing e.g. form drawing characters) which intentionally
+	have a zero line gap value.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttinterp.c (Free_Project, CUR_Func_freeProj):
+	Removed.  Unused.
+	Updated all callers.
+
+2003-06-02  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/cff/cffobjs.c (cff_face_init): Use symbolic names for
+	Adobe specific encoding IDs (there was a wrong EID value for custom
+	encoding).
+
+	* src/cff/cffcmap.h (CFF_CMapStdRec): Remove `count'.
+	* src/cff/cffcmap.c (cff_cmap_encoding_init,
+	cff_cmap_encoding_done): Updated.
+	(cff_cmap_encoding_char_index, cff_cmap_encoding_char_next): Use
+	256 as limit for character code.
+
+2003-06-01  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/winfonts/winfnt.c (FNT_Load_Glyph): Revert change from
+	2003-03-20.
+
+2003-05-31  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/fttrigon.h (FT_Vector_Normalize): Removed.
+
+2003-05-31    
+
+	* src/type1/t1objs.c (T1_Face_Init): Improve algorithm for guessing
+	the font style by ignoring spaces and hyphens.
+
+	* builds/unix/freetype2.in: Fix `Version' field.
+
+2003-05-30  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Avoid overwriting of numeric font dictionary entries for synthetic
+	fonts.  Additionally, some entries were handled as `integer' instead
+	of `number'.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/psaux.h (T1_FieldType): Add
+	T1_FIELD_TYPE_BOOL_P, T1_FIELD_TYPE_INTEGER_P, and
+	T1_FIELD_TYPE_FIXED_P.
+	(T1_FIELD_BOOL_P, T1_FIELD_NUM_P, T1_FIELD_FIXED_P): New macros.
+	* src/psaux/psobjs.c (ps_parser_load_field): Handle new field types.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/cfftypes.h (CFF_FontRecDict),
+	src/cff/cfftoken.h: Change type of underline_position and
+	underline_thickness to FT_Fixed.
+	* src/cff/cffload.c (cff_subfont_load): Fix default values of
+	underline_position and underline_thickness.
+	* src/cff/cffobjs.c (cff_face_init): Set underline_position
+	and underline_thickness in `root'.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/t1types.h (T1_Font): Change point_type
+	and stroke_width to pointers.
+	* include/freetype/t1tables.h (PS_FontInfo): Change italic_angle,
+	is_fixed_pitch, underline_position, and underline_thickness to
+	pointers.
+	* src/type1/t1tokens.h: Change italic_angle, is_fixed_pitch,
+	underline_position, and underline_thickness to pointers.  Change
+	the type of the latter two to `fixed'.
+	Change type of stroke_width to `fixed' and make it a pointer.
+	Change paint_type to pointer.
+	* src/type1/t1objs.c (T1_Face_Done): Updated.
+	(T1_Face_Init): Updated.
+	Fix assignment of underline_position and underline_thickness.
+
+	* src/cid/cidtoken.h: Change italic_angle, is_fixed_pitch,
+	underline_position, and underline_thickness to pointers.  Change
+	the type of the latter two to `fixed'.
+	Change type of stroke_width to `fixed'.
+	* src/cid/cidobjs.c (cid_face_done): Updated.
+	(cid_face_init): Updated.
+	Fix assignment of underline_position and underline_thickness.
+
+	* src/type42/t42parse.c: Change italic_angle, is_fixed_pitch,
+	underline_position, and underline_thickness to pointers.  Change the
+	type of the latter two to `fixed'.
+	Change type of stroke_width to `fixed' and make it a pointer.
+	Change paint_type to pointer.
+	* src/type42/t42objs.c (T42_Face_Init): Updated.
+	Fix assignment of underline_position and underline_thickness.
+	(T42_Face_Done): Updated.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (open_face_from_buffer): Fix compiler warning.
+	* src/pshinter/pshglob.c, src/pshinter/pshglob.h
+	(psh_globals_set_scale): Make it a local function.
+
+	* test/gview.c: Fix renaming ps3->ps typo.
+	Formatting.
+
+2003-05-29  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/pshinter/pshalgo1.[ch], src/pshinter/pshalgo2.[ch]: Removed.
+	* src/pshinter/pshalgo.h: Removed.
+
+	* src/pshinter/pshalgo3.[ch]: Renamed to...
+	* src/pshinter/pshalgo.[ch]: New files.
+	s/PSH3/PSH/.
+	s/psh3/psh/.
+	s/ps3/ps/.
+
+	* src/pshinter/pshrec.c, src/pshinter/pshinter.c: Updated.
+	* src/pshinter/rules.mk, src/pshinter/Jamfile: Updated.
+
+	* src/pshinter/pshglob.[ch] (psh_dimension_snap_width): Commented
+	out.
+
+	* tests/gview.c: Remove code for pshalgo1 and pshalgo2.
+	Updated.
+
+2003-05-28  Martin Zinser  
+
+	* vms_make.com: Reworked support for shareable images on VMS.  The
+	first version was kind of a hack; the current implementation of the
+	procedure to extract the required symbols is much cleaner.
+
+	Reworked creation of MMS files, avoiding a number of temporary files
+	which were created in the previous version.
+
+	Further work on creating descrip.mms files on the fly.
+
+	* builds/vms/descrip.mms, src/autohint/descrip.mms,
+	src/type1/descrip.mms: Removed.
+
+2003-05-28  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/pshinter/pshalgo3.c (psh3_glyph_compute_extrema): Skip
+	contours with only a single point to avoid segfault.
+
+	* src/base/ftglyph.c (FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap): Activate code for
+	handling `origin'.
+
+2003-05-24  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/autohint/ahtypes.h (AH_OPTION_NO_STRONG_INTERPOLATION):
+	Removed since unused.
+
+2003-05-21  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h (ft_strcat): New wrapper macro
+	for strcat.
+
+	* src/base/ftmac.c (create_lwfn_name): s/isupper/ft_isupper/.
+	(parse_font): s/memcpy/ft_memcpy/.
+	(is_dfont) [TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON]: s/memcmp/ft_memcmp/.
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (load_mac_face) [FT_MACINTOSH]:
+	s/strlen/ft_strlen/.
+	s/strcat/ft_strcat/.
+	s/strcpy/ft_strcpy/.
+	* src/gzip/zutil.h: s/memset/ft_memset/.
+	s/memcmp/ft_memcmp/.
+
+	* src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c (BDF_Face_Init), src/pcf/pcfdriver.c
+	(PCF_Face_Init): Test for charset registry case-insensitively.
+
+	* src/gzip/ftgzip.c (ft_gzip_fil_io): Revert change from yesterday;
+	it has already been fixed differently.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttinterp.c (DO_SFVTL): Add missing braces around
+	if-clause.
+
+2003-05-21  Martin Zinser  
+
+	* t1load.c (parse_blend_axis_types): Fix compiler warning.
+
+	* descrip.mms: Removed.  Now created by...
+
+	* vms_make.com: New file.
+
+2003-05-21  Weiqi Gao  
+
+	* src/gzip/ftgzip.c (ft_gzip_file_io): Avoid zero value of `delta'
+	to prevent infinite loop.
+
+2003-05-21  Lars Clausen  
+
+	* docs/VERSION.DLL: Provide better autoconf snippet to check
+	FreeType version.
+
+2003-05-21  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (open_face): Free `internal' not
+	`face->internal' in case of error to avoid possible segfault.
+
+	* src/pshinter/pshalgo3.c (ps3_hints_apply): Check whether we
+	actually have an outline.
+
+2003-05-20  David Chester  
+
+	* src/pshinter/pshalgo3.c (ps3_hints_apply): Try to optimize
+	y_scale so that the top of non-capital letters is aligned on a pixel
+	boundary whenever possible.
+
+	* src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_hint_edges): Make sure that lowercase
+	m's maintain their symmetry.
+
+2003-05-20  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_hinter_load_glyph): Oops!  David's
+	patch from yesterday has been resolved already in a different
+	way.  Reverted.
+
+2003-05-19  David Chester  
+
+	* src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_hinter_load_glyph): Don't scale
+	y_scale locally but face->size->metrics.y_scale.
+
+2003-05-19  David Turner  
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttcmap0.c (tt_cmap4_char_next): Select proper start
+	value for `hi' to avoid infinite loop.
+
+2003-05-18  Yong Sun  
+
+	* src/raster/ftraster.c (Insert_Y_Turn): Fix overflow test.
+
+2003-05-18  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftoption.h [FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS]:
+	New macro.
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c: Use it to control mac font support on non-mac
+	platforms.
+
+2003-05-17  George Williams  
+
+	Implement partial support of Mac fonts on non-Mac platforms.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (memory_stream_close, new_memory_stream,
+	open_face_from_buffer, Mac_Read_POST_Resource,
+	Mac_Read_sfnt_Resource, IsMacResource, IsMacBinary, load_mac_face)
+	[!FT_MACINTOSH]: New functions.
+	(FT_Open_Face) [!FT_MACINTOSH]: Use load_mac_face.
+
+2003-05-17  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Load_Glyph): Scale linear advance width only
+	if FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE is set (otherwise we have a division by
+	zero since FNT and friends don't define `face->units_per_EM').
+
+2003-05-15  David Turner  
+
+	* src/base/fttrigon.c (FT_Vector_Rotate): Avoid rounding errors
+	for small values.
+
+2003-05-15  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/autohint/ahtypes.h (AH_PointRec): Remove unused `in_angle'
+	and `out_angle' fields.
+
+2003-05-14  George Williams  
+
+	* src/base/ftmac.c (FT_New_Face_From_SFNT): Handle CFF files also.
+
+2003-05-14  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h: Fix typo in comment
+	(FT_HAS_FIXED_SIZES).
+
+2003-05-10  Dan Williams  
+
+	* builds/unix/aclocal.m4: Comment out definition of
+	`allow_undefined_flag' for Darwin 1.3.
+	* builds/unix/configure.ac: Add option --with-old-mac-fonts.
+	* builds/unix/ltmain.sh: Fix version numbering for Darwin 1.3.
+	* builds/unix/configure: Regenerated.
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h: Fix conditions for defining
+	`FT_MACINTOSH'.
+	* src/base/ftbase.c: Include `ftmac.c' conditionally.
+	* src/base/ftmac.c: Handle __GNUC__.
+
+2003-05-07  YAMANO-UCHI Hidetoshi  
+
+	* src/cid/cidload.c (is_alpha): Removed.
+	(cid_parse_dict): Use `cid_parser_skip_alpha' instead of `is_alpha'.
+
+2003-05-07  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/autohint/ahoptim.c, src/autohint/ahoptim.h: Obsolete, removed.
+
+2003-05-07  David Turner  
+
+	* src/autohint/ahglyph.c (ah_setup_uv): Exchange `for' loop and
+	`switch' statement to make it run faster.
+	(ah_outline_compute_segments): Reset `segment->score' and
+	`segment->link'.
+	(ah_outline_link_segments): Provide alternative code which does
+	the same but runs much faster.
+	Handle major direction also.
+	(ah_outline_compute_edges): Scale `edge_distance_threshold' down
+	after rounding instead of scaling comparison value in loop.
+
+	* src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_hinter_align_stong_points): Provide
+	alternative code which runs faster.
+	Handle `before->scale == 0'.
+
+	* src/autohint/ahtypes.h (AH_SegmentRec): Move some fields down.
+	(AH_EdgeRec): Move some fields in structure.
+	New field `scale'.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttcmap0.c (tt_cmap4_char_next): Use binary search.
+
+2003-05-02  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/autohint/ahoptim.c (LOG): Renamed to...
+	(AH_OPTIM_LOG): This.
+	(AH_Dump_Springs): Fix log message format.
+
+	* src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_hint_edges_3): Renamed to...
+	(ah_hint_edges): This.
+
+2002-05-02  Keith Packard  
+
+	* src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c (BDF_Set_Pixel_Size): Initialize `max_advance'.
+
+2003-05-01  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/autohint/ahglyph.c (ah_test_extrema): Renamed to...
+	(ah_test_extremum): This.
+
+2003-04-28  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/unix/configure.ac: Generate `freetype.pc' from
+	`freetype.in'.
+	* builds/unix/configure: Regenerated.
+	* builds/unix/install.mk (install, uninstall): Handle `freetype.pc'.
+
+2003-04-28  Gustavo J. A. M. Carneiro  
+
+	* builds/unix/freetype2.in: New file.  Contains building information
+	for the `pkg-config' package.
+
+2003-04-28  David Turner  
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Load_Glyph): Fix boundary check for
+	`glyph_index'.
+
+2003-04-25:  Graham Asher  
+
+	Added the optional unpatented hinting system for TrueType.  It
+	allows typefaces which need hinting to produce correct glyph forms
+	(e.g., Chinese typefaces from Dynalab) to work acceptably without
+	infringing Apple patents.  This system is compiled only if
+	TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPILE_UNPATENTED_HINTING is defined in
+	ftoption.h.
+
+	* include/freetype/ttunpat.h: New file.  Defines
+	FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING.
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftheader.h (FT_TRUETYPE_UNPATENTED_H): New
+	macro to use when including ttunpat.h.
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftoption.h
+	(TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPILE_UNPATENTED_HINTING,
+	TT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_UNPATENTED_HINTING): New configuration macros
+	(not defined, but in comments) for the unpatented hinting system.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/tttypes.h (TT_FaceRec)
+	[TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPILE_UNPATENTED_HINTING]: New element `FT_Bool
+	unpatented_hinting'.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttinterp.c (NO_APPLE_PATENT, APPLE_THRESHOLD):
+	Removed.
+	(GUESS_VECTOR): New macro.
+	(TT_Run_Context) [TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPILE_UNPATENTED_HINTING]:
+	Set `both_x_axis'.
+	(tt_default_graphics_state)
+	[TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPILE_UNPATENTED_HINTING]: Updated.
+	(Current_Ratio) [TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPILE_UNPATENTED_HINTING]:
+	Handle `unpatented_hinting'.
+	(Direct_Move) [NO_APPLE_PATENT]: Removed.
+	[TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPILE_UNPATENTED_HINTING]: Insert assertion.
+	(Project, FreeProject)
+	[TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPILE_UNPATENTED_HINTING]: Insert assertion.
+	(Compute_Funcs) [TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPILE_UNPATENTED_HINTING]:
+	Implement unpatented hinting.
+	(DO_SPVTCA, DO_SFVTCA, DO_SPVTL, DO_SFVTL, DO_SPVFS, DO_SFVFS,
+	Ins_SDPVTL): Call `GUESS_VECTOR'.
+	(DO_GPV, DO_GFV) [TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPILE_UNPATENTED_HINTING]:
+	Handle `unpatented_hinting'.
+	(Compute_Point_Displacement) [NO_APPLE_PATENT]: Removed.
+	[TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPILE_UNPATENTED_HINTING]: Implement unpatented
+	hinting.
+	(Move_Zp2_Point, Ins_SHPIX, Ins_DELTAP, Ins_DELTAC)
+	[TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPILE_UNPATENTED_HINTING]: Implement unpatented
+	hinting.
+	(TT_RunIns): Updated.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttobjs.c
+	[TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPILE_UNPATENTED_HINTING]: Include
+	FT_TRUETYPE_UNPATENTED_H.
+	(tt_face_init) [TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPILE_UNPATENTED_HINTING,
+	TT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_UNPATENTED_HINTING]: Check
+	FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttobjs.h (TT_GraphicsState)
+	[TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPILE_UNPATENTED_HINTING]: Add `both_x_axis'.
+
+2003-04-25  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/bdf/bdflib.c (hash_bucket, hash_lookup): Use `const' for first
+	argument.
+	(bdf_get_font_property): Use `const' for third argument.
+	Updated all callers.
+	* src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c (BDF_Face_Init): Set pixel width and height
+	similar to the PCF driver.
+	* src/bdf/bdf.h (_hashnode): Use `const' for `key'.
+	Updated.
+
+	* src/gzip/ftgzip.c: C++ doesn't like that the array `inflate_mask'
+	is declared twice.  It is perhaps better to modify the zlib source
+	files directly instead of this hack.
+	(zcalloc, zfree, ft_gzip_stream_close, ft_gzip_stream_io): Add casts
+	to make build with g++ successful.
+
+2003-04-24  Manish Singh  
+
+	* src/cid/cidobjs.c (cid_face_init), src/type1/t1objs.c
+	(T1_Face_Init), src/type42/t42objs.c (T42_Face_Init): Split on `-'
+	also for searching the style name.
+
+2003-04-24  David Turner  
+
+	* src/pcf/pcfread.c (pcf_load_font): Fixed the computation of
+	face->num_glyphs.  We must increase the value by 1 to respect the
+	convention that glyph index 0 always corresponds to the `missing
+	glyph'.
+
+2003-04-24  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/unix/unix-cc.in (CFLAGS): Add @CPPFLAGS@.
+
+2003-04-24  Dieter Baron  
+
+	* builds/unix/freetype-config.in (cflags): Emit FreeType 2's include
+	files first.  Otherwise there are conflicts with FreeType 1
+	installed simultaneously.
+
+2003-04-23  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Fixing bugs reported by Nelson Beebe.
+
+	* src/base/ftstroker.c (FT_Stroker_ParseOutline): Remove unused
+	variable `in_path'.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs (ft_glyphslot_set_bitmap): Change type of
+	second argument to `FT_Byte*'.
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h: Updated.
+
+	* src/bdf/bdflib.c (_bdf_readstream): Remove unused variable `res'.
+	(_bdf_parse_glyphs): Remove unused variable `next'.
+	Mark `call_data' as unused.
+
+	* src/cache/ftlru.c (FT_LruList_Lookup): Remove unused variable
+	`plast'.
+
+	* src/pcf/pcfread.c (pcf_seek_to_table_type): Slight recoding to
+	actually use `error'.
+	(pcf_load_font): Remove unused variable `avgw'.
+
+	* src/pfr/pfrobjs.c (pfr_face_get_kerning): Change return type
+	to `void'.
+	Mark `error' as unused.
+	* src/pfr/pfrobjs.h: Updated.
+	* src/pfr/pfrdrivr.c (pfr_get_kerning): Updated.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttload.c (sfnt_dir_check): Remove unused variable
+	`format_tag'.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttcmap0.c (tt_cmap6_validate, tt_cmap10_validate): Remove
+	unused variable `start'.
+	(tt_cmap10_char_next): Remove unused variable `result'
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (tt_face_get_name): Mark `error' as unused.
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfdriver.c (get_sfnt_postscript_name): Mark `error' as
+	unused.
+
+	* src/type1/t1objs.c (T1_Face_Init): Remove unused variable
+	`pshinter'.
+
+	* src/type1/t1gload.c (T1_Load_Glyph): Use `glyph_data_loaded'
+	only for FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL.
+
+2003-04-23  Akito Hirai  
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttcmap0.c (tt_cmap4_validate): Provide a weak variant
+	of the glyph ID bounding check if FT_VALIDATE_TIGHT is not active.
+	Without this change, many CJK fonts from Dynalab are rejected.
+
+2003-04-23  Joe Marcus Clarke  
+
+	* src/base/ftbdf.c (FT_Get_BDF_Property): Check for valid
+	`get_interface'.
+
+2003-04-23  Paul Miller  
+
+	* src/base/ftmac.c (parse_fond): Fix handling of style names.
+
+2003-04-23  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/pfr/pfrload.c (pfr_extra_item_load_font_id): Use FT_PtrDist
+	instead of FT_Uint for `len'.
+
+2003-04-22  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/gzip/ftgzip.c (zcalloc) [!FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB]:
+	Convert K&R format to modern C usage.
+	(FT_Stream_OpenGzip): Use long constant.
+
+2003-04-21  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/cache/ftccache.c (ftc_cache_lookup): Remove shadow declaration
+	of `manager'.
+
+2003-04-20  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* doc/INSTALL.UNX: Cleaned up.
+
+2003-04-09  Torrey Lyons  
+
+	* src/base/ftmac.c (open_face_from_buffer): Removed a double-free
+	bug that had nasty consequences when trying to open an `invalid'
+	font on a Mac.
+
+2003-04-09  Mike Fabian  
+
+	* src/bdf/bdfdrivr.h (BDF_encoding_el), src/pcf/pcf.h
+	(PCF_EncodingRec): Changed FT_Short to FT_UShort in order to be able
+	to access more than 32768 glyphs in fonts.
+
+2003-04-08  David Turner  
+
+
+	* Version 2.1.4 released.
+	=========================
+
+
+2003-04-03  Martin Muskens  
+
+	* src/type1/t1load.c (T1_Open_Face): Fixed the code to make it
+	handle special cases where a font only contains a `.notdef' glyph
+	(happens in PDF-embedded fonts).  Otherwise, FT_Panic was called.
+
+2003-03-27  David Turner  
+
+	* README: Udpated.
+
+	* README.UNX: Removed (now replaced by docs/INSTALL.UNX).
+
+	* src/pshinter/pshalgo3.c: The hinter now performs as in 2.1.3 and
+	will ignore stem quantization only when FT_LOAD_TARGET_SMOOTH is
+	used.
+	(psh3_dimension_quantize_len): Enabled.
+	(psh3_hint_align): Enable commented code.
+	(psh3_hint_align_light): Commented out.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Set_Char_Size): Changed the default
+	computations to include rounding in all cases; this is required to
+	provide accurate kerning data when native TrueType hinting is
+	enabled.
+
+	* src/type1/t1load.c (is_name_char): The Type 1 loader now accepts
+	more general names according to the PostScript specification (the
+	previous one was too restrictive).
+	(parse_font_name, parse_encoding, parse_charstrings, parse_dict):
+	Use `is_name_char'.
+	(parse_subrs): Handle empty arrays.
+
+2003-03-20  David Turner  
+
+	Serious rewriting of the documentation.
+
+	* docs/BUGS, docs/BUILD: Removed.
+	* docs/DEBUG.TXT: Renamed to...
+	* docs/DEBUG: This.
+	* docs/CUSTOMIZE, docs/TRUETYPE, docs/UPGRADE.UNX: New files.
+	* docs/INSTALL.ANY, docs/INSTALL.UNX, docs/INSTALL.GNU New files,
+	containing platform specific information previously in INSTALL.
+	* docs/readme.vms: Renamed to...
+	* docs/INSTALL.VMS: This.
+
+	* docs/*: Updated.
+
+	Introduced three new functions to deal with glyph bitmaps within
+	FT_GlyphSlot objects:
+
+	  ft_glyphslot_free_bitmap
+	  ft_glyphslot_alloc_bitmap
+	  ft_glyphslot_set_bitmap
+
+	These functions are much more convenient to use than managing the
+	FT_GLYPH_OWN_BITMAP flag manually.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h (ft_glyphslot_free_bitmap,
+	ft_glyphslot_alloc_bitmap, ft_glyphslot_set_bitmap): New functions.
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c: Implement them.
+	(ft_glyphslot_done): Use ft_glyphslot_free_bitmap.
+
+	* src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c (BDF_Glyph_Load), src/pcf/pcfdriver.c
+	(PCF_Glyph_Load): Remove unused variable `memory'.
+	Use `ft_glyphslot_*' functions.
+	Don't set `FT_GLYPH_OWN_BITMAP'.
+
+	* src/pfr/pfrsbit.c (pfr_slot_load_bitmap): Use
+	`ft_glyphslot_alloc_bitmap'.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttsbit.c (Load_SBit_Image): Change 5th argument to type
+	`FT_GlyphSlot'.
+	Adding argument `depth' to handle recursive calls.
+	Use `ft_glyphslot_alloc_bitmap'.
+	(tt_face_load_sbit_image): Remove unused variable `memory'.
+	Don't handle `FT_GLYPH_OWN_BITMAP'.
+	Update call to Load_SBit_Image.
+
+	* src/type42/t42objs.c (ft_glyphslot_clear): Renamed to...
+	(t42_glyphslot_clear): This.  Updated caller.
+	Call `ft_glyphslot_free_bitmap'.
+
+	* src/winfonts/winfnt.c (FNT_Load_Glyph): Use
+	`ft_glyphslot_set_bitmap'.
+	Don't handle `FT_GLYPH_OWN_BITMAP'.
+
+	* src/cache/ftlru.c (FT_LruList_Lookup): Fixed an invalid assertion
+	check.
+
+	* src/autohint/ahglyph.c (ah_outline_load): Add two scaling
+	arguments.
+	* src/autohint/ahglyph.h: Updated.
+	* src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_hinter_load): Updated.
+	* src/autohint/ahglobal.c (ah_hinter_compute_widths): Updated.
+
+	* src/cache/ftccache.c (ftc_family_done): Fixed small bug that could
+	crash the cache in rare circumstances (mostly with broken fonts).
+
+2003-03-15  David Turner  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttdriver.c (Set_Char_Sizes): Fixed a small rounding
+	bug.  Actually, it seems that previous versions of FreeType didn't
+	perform TrueType rounding exactly as appropriate.
+
+2003-03-14  David Turner  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttdriver.c (Set_Char_Sizes): Fixing the small
+	TrueType native rendering glitches; they came from a small rounding
+	error.
+
+2003-03-13  David Turner  
+
+	Added new environment variables to control memory debugging with
+	FreeType.  See the description of `FT2_DEBUG_MEMORY',
+	`FT2_ALLOC_TOTAL_MAX' and `FT2_ALLOC_COUNT_MAX' in DEBUG.TXT.
+
+	* src/base/ftdbgmem.c (FT_MemTableRec): Add `alloc_count',
+	`bound_total', `alloc_total_max', `bound_count', `alloc_count_max'.
+	(ft_mem_debug_alloc): Handle new variables.
+	(ft_mem_debug_init): s/FT_DEBUG_MEMORY/FT2_DEBUG_MEMORY/.
+	Handle new environment variables.
+	* docs/DEBUG.TXT: Updated.
+
+	Fixed the cache sub-system to correctly deal with out-of-memory
+	conditions.
+
+	* src/cache/ftccache.c (ftc_node_destroy): Comment out generic
+	check.
+	(ftc_cache_lookup): Implement loop.
+	* src/cache/ftccmap.c: Define FT_COMPONENT.
+	* src/cache/ftcsbits.c (ftc_sbit_node_load): Handle
+	FT_Err_Out_Of_Memory.
+	* src/cache/ftlru.c: Include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H.
+	(FT_LruList_Lookup): Implement loop.
+
+	* src/pfr/pfrobjs.c (pfr_face_done): Fix memory leak.
+	(pfr_face_init): Fixing compiler warnings.
+
+	* src/psaux/psobjs.c (reallocate_t1_table): Fixed a bug (memory
+	leak) that only happened when a try to resize an array would end in
+	an out-of-memory condition.
+
+	* src/smooth/ftgrays.c (gray_convert_glyph): Removed compiler
+	warnings / volatile bug.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttobjs.c (tt_glyphzone_done): Removed segmentation
+	fault that happened in tight memory environments.
+
+2003-02-28  Pixel  
+
+	* src/gzip/ftgzip.c (ft_gzip_file_done): Fixed memory leak: The ZLib
+	stream was not properly finalized.
+
+2003-02-25  Anthony Fok  
+
+	* src/cache/ftccmap.c: Include FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H.
+	(ftc_cmap_family_init): The cmap cache now
+	supports UCS-4 charmaps when available in Asian fonts.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttload.c, src/base/ftobjs.c: Changed `asian' to `Asian'
+	in comments.
+
+2003-02-25  David Turner  
+
+	* src/gzip/ftgzip.c (ft_gzip_file_fill_output): Fixed a bug that
+	caused FreeType to loop endlessly when trying to read certain
+	compressed gzip files.  The following test reveals the bug:
+
+	  touch 0123456789 ; gzip 0123456789 ; ftdump 0123456789.gz
+
+	Several fixes to the PFR font driver:
+
+	- The list of available embedded bitmaps was not correctly set in
+	  the root FT_FaceRec structure describing the face.
+
+	- The glyph loader always tried to load the outlines when
+	  FT_LOAD_SBITS_ONLY was specified.
+
+	- The table loaded now scans for *undocumented* elements of a
+	  physical font's auxiliary data record.  This is necessary to
+	  retrieve the `real' family and style names.
+
+	NOTE THAT THESE CHANGES THE FAMILY NAME OF MANY PFR FONTS!
+
+	* src/pfr/pfrload.c (pfr_aux_name_load): New function.
+	(pfr_phy_font_done): Free `family_name' and `style_name' also.
+	Remove unused variables.
+	(pfr_phy_font_load): Extract useful information from the auxiliary
+	bytes.
+
+	* src/pfr/pfrobjs.c (pfr_face_done): Set pointers to NULL.
+	(pfr_face_init): Provide fallback values for `family_name' and
+	`style_name'.
+	Handle strikes.
+	(pfr_slot_load): Handle FT_LOAD_SBITS_ONLY.
+	* src/pfr/pfrtypes.h (PFR_PhyFontRec): Add fields `ascent',
+	`descent', `leading', `family_name', and `style_name'.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttdriver.c (Set_Char_Sizes): Fixed a rounding bug
+	when computing the scale factors for a given character size in
+	points with resolution.
+
+	* devel/ft2build.h, devel/ftoption.h: New files (in a new directory)
+	which are special development versions of include/ft2build.h and
+	include/freetype/config/ftoption.h, respectively.
+
+2003-02-18  David Turner  
+
+	Fixing the slight distortion problem that occurred due to the latest
+	auto-hinter changes.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (ft_recompute_scaled_metrics): Fix rounding.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttdriver.c (Set_Char_Sizes): New variable `metrics2'.
+	[!TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER]: Removed.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttobjs.h (TT_SizeRec): New field `metrics'.
+	* src/truetype/ttobjs.c (Reset_Outline_Size): Fix initialization of
+	`metrics'.
+	[FT_CONFIG_CHESTER_ASCENDER]: Code removed.
+	(Reset_SBit_Size): Fix initialization of `metrics'.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttinterp.c (TT_Load_Context): Fix initialization of
+	`exec->metrics'.
+
+	* src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_hinter_load): Disabled the advance width
+	`correction' which seemed to provide more trouble than benefits.
+
+2003-02-13  Graham Asher  
+
+	Changed the incremental loading interface in a way that makes it
+	simpler and allows glyph metrics to be changed (e.g., by adding a
+	constant, as required by CFF fonts) rather than just overridden.
+	This was required to make the GhostScript-to-FreeType bridge work.
+
+	* src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_slot_load) [FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]:
+	Allow metrics to be overridden.
+	* src/cid/cidgload.c (cid_load_glyph) [FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]:
+	Ditto.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (load_truetype_glyph)
+	[FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]: Simplify.
+	(compute_glyph_metrics) [FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]: Code block
+	moved down.
+
+	* src/type1/t1gload.c (T1_Parse_Glyph_And_Get_Char_String)
+	[FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]: Updated.
+
+	* include/freetype/ftincrem.h: Updated.
+
+2003-01-31  David Turner  
+
+	* docs/CHANGES, docs/VERSION.DLL, docs/TODO: Updating documentation
+	for the 2.1.4 release.
+
+	* builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsp,
+	builds/win32/visualc/index.html: Updating the project file for
+	2.1.4.
+
+	* src/gzip/adler32.c, src/gzip/ftgzip.c, src/gzip/infblock.c,
+	src/gzip/infcodes.c, src/gzip/inflate.c, src/gzip/inftrees.c,
+	src/gzip/infutil.c: Removed old-style (K&R)function definitions.
+	This avoids warnings with Visual C++ at its most pedantic mode.
+
+	* src/pfr/pfrsbit.c: Removed compiler warnings.
+
+	* src/cache/ftccmap.c (ftc_cmap_family_init): Changed an FT_ERROR
+	into an FT_TRACE1 since it caused `ftview' and others to dump too
+	much junk when trying to display a waterfall with a font without a
+	Unicode charmap (e.g.  SYMBOL.TTF).
+
+	Implemented FT_CONFIG_CHESTER_BLUE_SCALE, corresponding to the last
+	patch from David Chester, but with a much simpler (and saner)
+	implementation.
+
+	* src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_hinter_load_glyph)
+	[FT_CONFIG_CHESTER_BLUE_SCALE]: Try to optimize the y_scale so that
+	the top of non-capital letters is aligned on a pixel boundary
+	whenever possible.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Set_Char_Size)
+	[FT_CONFIG_CHESTER_BLUE_SCALE]: Round differently.
+	* src/truetype/ttdriver.c (Set_Char_Sizes)
+	[TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER]: Do some rounding only
+	if this macro is defined.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttobjs.c (Reset_Outline_Size)
+	[FT_CONFIG_CHESTER_ASCENDER]: Round differently.
+
+	* src/pshinter/pshalgo3.c: Improved the Postscript hinter.  Getting
+	rid of stem snapping seems to work well here (though the stems are
+	still slightly moved to increase contrast).
+	(psh3_dimension_quantize_len): Commented out.
+	(psh3_hint_align_light): New function.
+	(psh3_hint_align): Comment out some code.
+
+	THIS IMPROVES ANTI-ALIASED RENDERING, BUT MONOCHROME AND LCD MODES
+	STILL SUCK.
+
+2003-01-22  David Chester  
+
+	* src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_compute_stem_width): Small fix to the
+	stem width optimization.
+
+2003-01-22  David Turner  
+
+	Adding a new API `FT_Get_BDF_Property' to retrieve the BDF
+	properties of a given PCF or BDF font.
+
+	* include/freetype/ftbdf.h (FT_PropertyType): New enumeration.
+	(BDF_Property, BDF_PropertyRec): New structure.
+	FT_Get_BDF_Property): New function.
+	* include/freetype/internal/bdftypes.h: Include FT_BDF_H.
+	(BDF_GetPropertyFunc): New function pointer.
+
+	* src/base/ftbdf.c (test_font_type): New helper function.
+	(FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID): Use `test_font_type'.
+	(FT_Get_BDF_Property): New function.
+
+	* src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c: Include FT_BDF_H.
+	(bdf_get_bdf_property, bdf_driver_requester): New functions.
+	(bdf_driver_class): Use `bdf_driver_requester'.
+
+	* src/pcf/pcfdrivr.c: Include FT_BDF_H.
+	(pcf_get_bdf_property, pdc_driver_requester): New functions
+	(pcf_driver_class): Use `pcf_driver_requester'.
+
+	* src/pcf/pcfread.c: Include `pcfread.h'.
+	(pcf_find_property): Decorate it with FT_LOCAL_DEF.
+	* src/pcf/pcfread.h: New file, providing `pcf_find_property'.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttload.c (sfnt_dir_check): Relaxed the `head' table size
+	verification to accept a few broken fonts who pad the size
+	incorrectly (the table should be padded, but its `size' field
+	shouldn't according to the specification).
+
+2003-01-18  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/unix/ltmain.sh: Regenerated with `libtoolize --force
+	--copy' from libtool 1.4.3.
+	* builds/unix/aclocal.m4: Regenerated with `aclocal -I .' from
+	automake 1.7.1.
+	* builds/unix/configure: Regenerated with autoconf 2.54.
+	* builds/unix/config.guess, builds/unix/config.sub: Updated from
+	`config' CVS module at subversions.gnu.org.
+	* builds/unix/install-sh, builds/unix/mkinstalldirs: Updated from
+	`automake' CVS module at subversions.gnu.org.
+
+2003-01-15  David Turner  
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h: Fixed documentation for
+	FT_Size_Metrics.
+
+2003-01-15  James Su  
+
+	* src/gzip/ftgzip.c (ft_gzip_check_header): Bugfix: couldn't read
+	certain gzip-ed font files (typo: `&&' -> `&').
+
+2003-01-15  Huw D M Davies  
+
+	Added a Windows .FNT specific API (mostly for Wine).  Also fixed a
+	nasty bug in the header loader which would cause invalid memory
+	overwrites.
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftheader.h (FT_WINFONTS_H): New macro
+	for ftwinfnt.h.
+	* include/freetype/internal/fnttypes.h: Include FT_WINFONTS_H.
+	(FNT_FontRec): Updated.
+	Move Windows FNT definition to...
+	* include/freetype/ftwinfnt.h: This new file.
+	(FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec): Rename `reserved2' to `reserved1'.
+	* src/base/ftwinfnt.c: New file, providing `FT_Get_WinFNT_Header'.
+	* src/winfonts/winfnt.c (winfnt_header_fields): Updated.
+	Rename `reserved2' to `reserved1'.
+	(fnt_font_load): Updated.
+
+	* src/base/Jamfile, src/base/descrip.mms, src/base/rules.mk:
+	Updated.
+
+2003-01-14  Graham Asher  
+
+	* include/freetype/ftglyph.h, src/base/ftglyph.c: Added `const' to
+	the type of the first argument to FT_Matrix_Multiply, which isn't
+	changed -- this adds documentation and convenience.
+
+2003-01-13  Graham Asher  
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttload.c (tt_face_load_metrics)
+	[FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]: TrueType typefaces without
+	horizontal metrics (without the `hmtx' table) are now tolerated if
+	an incremental interface has been specified that has a
+	get_glyph_metrics function, implying that metrics will be supplied
+	from outside.  This happens for certain Type 42 fonts passed from
+	GhostScript.
+
+2003-01-11  David Chester  
+
+	Patches to the auto-hinter in order to slightly improve the output.
+	Note that everything is controlled through the new
+	FT_CONFIG_OPTION_CHESTER_HINTS defined in `ftoption.h'.  There are
+	also individual FT_CONFIG_CHESTER_XXX macros to control individual
+	`features'.
+
+	Note that all improvements are enabled by default, but can be
+	tweaked for optimization and testing purposes.  The configuration
+	macros will most likely disappear in the short future.
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftoption.h
+	(FT_CONFIG_OPTION_CHESTER_HINTS): New macro.
+	(FT_CONFIG_CHESTER_{SMALL_F,ASCENDER,SERIF,STEM,BLUE_SCALE})
+	[FT_CONFIG_OPTION_CHESTER_HINTS]: New macros to control individual
+	features.
+
+	* src/autohint/ahglobal.c (blue_chars) [FT_CONFIG_CHESTER_SMALL_F]:
+	Add blue zone for `fijkdbh'.
+	* src/autohint/ahglobal.h (AH_IS_TOP_BLUE)
+	[FT_CONFIG_CHESTER_SMALL_F]: Use `AH_BLUE_SMALL_F_TOP'.
+	* src/autohint/ahglyph.c (ah_outline_compute_edges)
+	[FT_CONFIG_CHESTER_SERIF]: Use `AH_EDGE_SERIF'.
+	(ah_outline_compute_blue_edges) [FT_CONFIG_CHESTER_SMALL_F]:
+	Increase threshold for `best_dist'.
+	* src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_compute_stem_width)
+	[FT_CONFIG_CHESTER_SERIF]: Provide new version for improved serif
+	handling.
+	(ah_align_linked_edge) [FT_CONFIG_CHESTER_SERIF]: Use special
+	version of `ah_compute_stem_width'.
+	(ah_hint_edges_3) [FT_CONFIG_CHESTER_STEM]: A new algorithm for stem
+	alignment when stem widths are less than 1.5 pixels wide centers the
+	stem slightly off-center of the center of a pixel (this increases
+	sharpness and consistency).
+	[FT_CONFIG_CHESTER_SERIF]: Use special version of
+	`ah_compute_stem_width'.
+	* src/autohint/ahtypes.h [FT_CONFIG_CHESTER_SMALL_F]: Add
+	`AH_BLUE_SMALL_F_TOP'.
+
+2003-01-11  David Turner  
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/fnttypes.h (WinFNT_HeaderRec): Increase
+	size of `reserved2' to avoid memory overwrites.
+
+2003-01-08  Huw Davies  
+
+	* src/winfonts/winfnt.c (winfnt_header_fields): Read 16 bytes into
+	`reserved2', not `reserved'.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (find_unicode_charmap): Fixed the error code
+	returned when the font doesn't contain a Unicode charmap.  This
+	allows FT2 to load `symbol.ttf' and a few others correctly since the
+	last release.
+	(open_face): Fix return value.
+
+2003-01-08  Owen Taylor  
+
+	Implemented the FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT hinting mode in the auto and
+	postscript hinters.
+
+	* src/autohint/ahtypes.h (AH_HinterRec): Add `do_stem_adjust'.
+	* src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_compute_stem_width): Handle
+	hinter->do_stem_adjust.
+	(ah_hinter_load_glyph): Set hinter->do_stem_adjust.
+
+	* src/pshinter/pshalgo3.h (PSH3_GlyphRec): Add `do_stem_adjust'.
+	* src/pshinter/pshalgo3.c (psh3_hint_align): Use `do_stem_adjust'.
+	(ps3_hints_apply): Handle FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT.
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_Render_Mode): Add
+	FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c: Fixing the TrueType loader to handle
+	invalid composites correctly by limiting the recursion depth.
+	(TT_MAX_COMPOSITE_RECURSE): New macro.
+	(load_truetype_glyph): Add argument `recurse_count'.
+	Load a composite only if the numbers of contours is -1, emit error
+	otherwise.
+	(TT_Load_Glyph): Updated.
+
+2003-01-08  David Turner  
+
+	* Jamrules, Jamfile, Jamfile.in, src/*/Jamfile: Small changes to
+	support the compilation of FreeType 2 as part of larger projects
+	with their own configuration options (only with Jam).
+
+2003-01-07  David Turner  
+
+	* src/base/ftstroker.c: Probably the last bug-fixes to the stroker;
+	the API is likely to change, however.
+	(ft_stroke_border_close): Don't record empty paths.
+	(ft_stroke_border_get_counts): Increase `num_points' also in for loop.
+	(ft_stroke_border_export): Don't increase `write' twice in for loops.
+	(ft_stroker_outside): Handle `phi' together with `theta'.
+	(FT_Stroker_ParseOutline): New function.
+
+	* src/base/fttrigon.c (FT_Angle_Diff): Fixing function: It returned
+	invalid values for large negative angle differences (resulting in
+	incorrect stroker computations, among other things).
+
+	* src/cache/ftccache.c (ftc_node_hash_unlink): Removing incorrect
+	assertion, and changing code to avoid hash table size contraction.
+
+	* src/base/Jamfile, src/base/rules.mk, src/base/descrip.mms: Adding
+	`ftstroker' to default build, as optional component.
+
+2002-12-26  David Turner  
+
+	* src/gzip/adler32.c, src/gzip/infblock.c, src/gzip/inflate.c,
+	src/gzip/inftrees.c, src/gzip/zconf.h, src/gzip/zlib.h,
+	src/gzip/zutil.h: Updates to allow compilation without compiler
+	warnings with LCC-Win32.
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FREETYPE_PATCH): Set to 4.
+	* builds/unix/configure.ac (version_info): Increased to 9:3:3.
+	* builds/unix/configure: Regenerated.
+	* docs/VERSION.DLL: Updated.
+
+2002-12-23  Anthony Fok  
+
+	* builds/unix/configure.ac, builds/unix/unix-cc.in (LINK_LIBRARY),
+	builds/unix/unix-def.in (SYSTEM_ZLIB): Small fix to configure
+	sub-system on Unix to allow other programs to correctly link with
+	zlib when needed.
+
+2002-12-19  David Turner  
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/sfnt.h (SFNT_Load_Table_Func): New
+	function pointer.
+
+	* include/freetype/tttables.h (FT_Load_Sfnt_Table): New function.
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c: Implement it.
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfdriver.c (sfnt_get_interface): Handle `load_sfnt'
+	module request.
+
+2002-12-17  David Turner  
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (find_unicode_charmap): Added some comments to
+	better explain what's happening there.
+	(open_face): Included Graham Asher's fix to prevent faces without
+	Unicode charmaps from loading.
+
+	* src/winfonts/winfnt.c: Included George Williams's fix to support
+	version 2 fonts correctly.
+	(winfnt_header_fields): Updated.
+	(fnt_font_load): Handle version 2 fonts.
+	(FNT_Load_Glyph): Updated.
+
+2002-12-16  David Turner  
+
+	* docs/VERSION.DLL: Updating document to better explain the
+	differences between the three version numbers being used on Unix, as
+	well as providing an autoconf fragment provided by Lars Clausen.
+
+	* src/smooth/ftgrays.c (gray_render_conic): Fixed small bug that
+	prevented Bézier arcs with negative vertical coordinates to be
+	rendered appropriately.
+
+2002-12-02  Antoine Leca  
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c: Modified the logic to get Unicode charmaps.
+	Now it loads UCS-4 charmaps when there is one.
+	(find_unicode_charmap): New function.
+	(open_face): Refer to the above one.
+	(FT_Select_Charmap): Idem.
+
+2002-11-29  Antoine Leca  
+
+	* include/freetype/ftgzip.h: Correct the name of the controlling
+	macro (was __FTXF86_H__ ...).
+
+2002-11-27  Vincent Caron  
+
+	* builds/unix/unix-def.in, builds/unix/freetype-config.in,
+	builds/unix/configure.ac, src/gzip/rules.mk, src/gzip/ftgzip.c
+	[FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB]: Adding support for system zlib
+	installations if available on the target platform (Unix only).
+
+2002-11-23  David Turner  
+
+	* src/cff/cffload.c (cff_charset_load, cff_encoding_load): Modified
+	charset loader to accept pre-defined charsets, even when the font
+	contains fewer glyphs.  Also enforced more checks to ensure that we
+	never overflow the character codes array in the encoding.
+
+2002-11-22  Antoine Leca  
+
+	* include/freetype/ttnameid.h: Updated to latest OpenType
+	specification.
+
+2002-11-18  David Turner  
+
+
+	* Version 2.1.3 released.
+	=========================
+
+
+2002-11-07  David Turner  
+
+	* src/cache/ftcsbit.c (ftc_sbit_node_load): Fixed a small bug that
+	caused problems with embedded bitmaps.
+
+	* src/otlayout/otlayout.h, src/otlyaout/otlconf.h,
+	src/otlayout/otlgsub.c, src/otlayout/otlgsub.h,
+	src/otlayout/otlparse.c, src/otlayout/otlparse.h,
+	src/otlayout/otlutils.h: Updating the OpenType Layout code, adding
+	support for the first GSUB lookups.  Nothing that really compiles
+	for now though.
+
+	* src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_align_serif_edge): Disabled serif stem
+	width quantization.  It produces slightly better shapes though this
+	is not distinguishable with many fonts.
+	Remove other dead code.
+
+	* src/Jamfile, src/*/Jamfile: Simplified.
+	Use $(FT2_SRC_DIR).
+
+2002-11-06  David Turner  
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT): New macro.
+	(FT_LOAD_TARGET, FT_LOAD_TARGET_MODE): Use `& 15' instead of `& 7'.
+
+2002-11-05  David Turner  
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftoption.h, src/gzip/ftgzip.c: Added
+	support for the FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB option, used to specify
+	the use of system-wide zlib.
+
+	Note that this macro, as well as
+	TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER, is not #undef-ed anymore.
+	This allows the build system to define them depending on the
+	configuration (typically by adding -D flags at compile time).
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttcmap0.c (tt_face_build_cmaps): Removed compiler
+	warnings in optimized mode relative to the `volatile' local
+	variables.  This was not a compiler bug after all, but the fact that
+	a pointer to a volatile variable is not the same as a volatile
+	pointer to a variable :-)
+
+	The fix was to change
+	  `volatile FT_Byte* p'
+	into
+	  `FT_Byte* volatile p'.
+
+	* src/pfr/pfrload.c (pfr_phy_font_load), src/pfr/pfrdrivr.c
+	(pfr_get_metrics), src/gzip/inftrees.c: Removed compiler warnings in
+	optimized modes.
+
+	* src/gzip/*.[hc]: Modified our zlib copy in order to prevent
+	exporting any zlib function names outside of the component.  This
+	prevents linking problems on some platforms, when applications want
+	to link FreeType _and_ zlib together.
+
+2002-11-05  Juliusz  
+
+	* src/psaux/psobjs.c (ps_table_add): Modified increment loop in
+	order to implement exponential behaviour.
+
+2002-11-01  David Turner  
+
+	Added PFR-specific public API.  Fixed the kerning retrievel routine
+	(it returned invalid values when the outline and metrics resolution
+	differ).
+
+	* include/freetype/ftpfr.h, include/freetype/internal/pfr.h: New
+	files.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/internal.h (FT_INTERNAL_PFR_H): New
+	macro for pfr.h.
+
+	* src/base/ftpfr.c: New file.
+	* src/base/Jamfile, src/base/descrip.mms: Updated.
+
+	* src/pfr/pfrdrivr.c: Include FT_INTERNAL_PFR_H.
+	(pfr_get_kerning, pfr_get_advance, pfr_get_metrics): New functions.
+	(pfr_service_rec): New format interface.
+	(pfr_driver_class): Use `pfr_service_rec'.
+	Replace `pfr_face_get_kerning' with `pfr_get_kerning'.
+	* src/pfr/pfrobjs.c: Remove dead code.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (ft_glyphslot_clear): Small internal fix to
+	better support bitmap-based font formats.
+
+	* src/base/ftsynth.c (FT_GlyphSlot_Embolden): Fix handling of
+	`scale'.
+	Fix arguments to `FT_Vector_From_Polar'.
+
+2002-10-31  David Turner  
+
+	Add support for automatic handling of gzip-compressed PCF files.
+
+	* src/gzip/*: New files, taken from the zlib package (except
+	ftgzip.c).
+
+	* include/freetype/ftgzip.h, src/gzip/ftgzip.c: New files.
+	* include/freetype/config/ftheader.h (FT_GZIP_H): New macro for
+	`ftgzip.h'.
+
+	* src/pcf/pcfdriver.c: Include FT_GZIP_H and FT_ERRORS_H.
+	(PCF_Face_Init): If normal open fails, try to open gzip stream.
+	(PCF_Face_Done): Close gzip stream.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/pcftypes.h (PCF_Public_FaceRec),
+	src/pcf/pcf.h (PCF_FaceRec): Add `gzip_stream' and `gzip_source'.
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftoption.h (FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_ZLIB):
+	New macro.
+	(T1_CONFIG_OPTION_DISABLE_HINTER, FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_CMAPS
+	FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_CONVENIENCE_FUNCS,
+	FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ALTERNATE_GLYPH_FORMATS): Removed.
+
+	(FT_EXPORT, FT_EXPORT_DEF, FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR,
+	FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE, FT_DEBUG_MEMORY): Comment out definitions so
+	that platform specific configuration file can override.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftstream.h: Include FT_SYSTEM_H.
+
+2002-10-30  David Turner  
+
+	* FreeType 2.1.3rc3 released.
+
+2002-10-25  David Turner  
+
+	* include/freetype/ftcache.h (FT_POINTER_TO_ULONG): New macro.
+	(FTC_FACE_ID_HASH): Rewritten, using FT_POINTER_TO_ULONG.
+
+2002-10-22  Giuseppe Ghibò  
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_Encoding): Fix entry for latin-2.
+
+2002-10-07  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_Open_Face): Use `const' for `args'
+	(suggested by Graham).
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Open_Face): Updated.
+	(ft_input_stream_new): Ditto.
+
+2002-10-05  David Turner  
+
+	Adding support for embedded bitmaps to the PFR driver, and rewriting
+	its kerning loader/handler to use all kerning pairs in a physical
+	font (and not just the first item).
+
+	* src/pfr/pfr.c: Include `pfrsbit.c'.
+	* src/pfr/pfrgload.c: Include `pfrsbit.h'.
+	* src/pfr/pfrload.c (pfr_extra_item_load_kerning_pairs): Rewritten.
+	(pfr_phy_font_done, pfr_phy_font_load): Updated.
+	* src/pfr/pfrobks.c: Include `pfrsbit.h'.
+	(pfr_face_init): Handle kerning and embedded bitmaps.
+	(pfr_slot_load): Load embedded bitmaps.
+	(PFR_KERN_INDEX): Removed.
+	(pfr_face_get_kerning): Rewritten.
+	* src/pfr/pfrsbit.c, src/pfr/pfrsbit.h: New files.
+	* src/pfr/pfrtypes.h (PFR_KernItemRec): New structure.
+	(PFR_KERN_INDEX): New macro.
+	(PFR_PhyFontRec): Add items for kerning and embedded bitmaps.
+	* src/pfr/Jamfile (_sources) [FT2_MULTI]: Add `pfrsbit'.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Load_Glyph): Don't load bitmap fonts if
+	FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE is set.
+	Load embedded bitmaps only if FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP isn't set.
+
+	* src/tools/docmaker/content.py, src/tools/docmaker/sources.py,
+	src/tools/docmaker/tohtml.py: Fixing a few nasty bugs.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttcmap0.c (tt_cmap4_validate): The validator for format 4
+	sub-tables is now capable of dealing with invalid `length' fields at
+	the start of the sub-table.  This allows fonts like `mg______.ttf'
+	(i.e.  Marriage) to return accurate charmaps.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Updated.
+
+2002-10-05  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/smooth/ftgrays.c (SUBPIXELS): Add cast to `TPos'.
+	Update all callers.
+	(TRUNC): Add cast to `TCoord'.
+	Update all callers.
+	(TRaster): Use `TPos' for min_ex, max_ex, min_ey, max_ey, and
+	last_ey.
+	Update all casts.
+	(gray_render_line): Fix casts for `p' and `first'.
+
+2002-10-02  Detlef Würkner  
+
+	* src/bdf/bdflib.c (bdf_load_font): Allocate the _bdf_parse_t
+	structure with FT_ALLOC instead of using the stack.
+
+2002-09-27  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/include/freetype/internal/tttypes.h (num_sbit_strikes,
+	num_sbit_scales): Use `FT_ULong'.
+	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (sfnt_load_face): Updated accordingly.
+	* src/sfnt/ttsbit.c (tt_face_set_sbit_strike): Ditto.
+	(find_sbit_image): Remove cast.
+	* src/raster/ftrend1.c (ft_raster1_render): Fix cast.
+
+2002-09-27  Wolfgang Domröse  
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttload.c (tt_face_load_names): Use cast.
+	* src/sfnt/ttcmap.c (code_to_next2): Use long constant.
+	(code_to_index4): Use cast.
+	(code_to_index8_12): Fix cast.
+	* src/sfnt/ttcmap0.c (tt_cmap4_char_next, tt_cmap8_char_index,
+	tt_cmap12_char_index): Use cast for `result'.
+	(tt_face_build_cmaps): Use cast.
+	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (tt_name_entry_ascii_from_ucs4): Use cast for
+	`code'.
+	(sfnt_load_face): Use FT_Int32 for `flags'.
+
+	* src/smooth/ftgrays.c (gray_render_scanline, gray_render_line,
+	gray_compute_cbox, gray_convert_glyph, gray_raster_reset): Add casts
+	to `TCoord' and `int'.
+	More 16bit fixes.
+	s/FT_Pos/TPos/.
+	* src/smooth/ftsmooth.c (ft_smooth_render_generic): Add casts.
+
+2002-09-26  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttpost.c (load_post_names, tt_face_free_ps_names,
+	tt_face_get_ps_name): Replace switch statement with if clauses to
+	make it more portable.
+
+	* src/cff/cffobjs.c (cff_face_init): Ditto.
+
+	* include/freetype/ftmodule.h (FT_Module_Class): Use `FT_Long' for
+	`module_size'.
+	* include/freetype/ftrender.h (FT_Glyph_Class_): Use `FT_Long' for
+	`glyph_size'.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Render_Glyph): Change second parameter to
+	`FT_Render_Mode'.
+	(FT_Render_Glyph_Internal): Change third parameter to
+	`FT_Render_Mode'.
+	* src/base/ftglyph.c (FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap): Change second parameter
+	to `FT_Render_Mode'.
+
+	* src/raster/ftrend1.c (ft_raster1_render): Change third parameter
+	to `FT_Render_Mode'.
+	* src/smooth/ftsmooth.c (ft_smooth_render, ft_smooth_render_lcd,
+	ft_smooth_render_lcd_v): Ditto.
+	(ft_smooth_render_generic): Change third and fifth parameter to
+	`FT_Render_Mode'.
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h, include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h,
+	include/freetype/ftglyph.h: Updated.
+
+	* src/cff/cffdrivr.c (Load_Glyph), src/pcf/pcfdriver.c
+	(PCF_Glyph_Load), src/pfr/pfrobjs.c (pfr_slot_load),
+	src/winfonts/winfnt.c (FNT_Load_Glyph), src/t42/t42objs.c
+	(T42_GlyphSlot_Load), src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c (BDF_Glyph_Load): Change
+	fourth parameter to `FT_Int32'.
+
+	* src/pfr/pfrobjs.c (pfr_face_init): Add two missing parameters
+	and declare them as unused.
+
+	* src/cid/cidparse.h (CID_Parser): Use FT_Long for `postscript_len'.
+
+	* src/psnames/psnames.h (PS_Unicode_Value_Func): Change return
+	value to FT_UInt32.
+	* src/psnames/psmodule.c (ps_unicode_value, ps_build_unicode_table):
+	Updated accordingly.
+
+2002-09-26  Wolfgang Domröse  
+
+	* src/cff/cffdrivr.c (Get_Kerning): Use FT_Long for `middle'.
+	(cff_get_glyph_name): Use cast for result of ft_strlen.
+	* src/cff/cffparse.c (cff_parse_real): User cast for assigning
+	`exp'.
+	* src/cff/cffload.c (cff_index_get_pointers): Use FT_ULong for
+	some local variables.
+	(cff_charset_load, cff_encoding_load): Use casts to FT_UInt for some
+	switch statements.
+	(cff_font_load): Use cast in call to CFF_Load_FD_Select.
+	* src/cff/cffobjs.c (cff_size_init): Use more casts.
+	(cff_face_init): Use FT_Int32 for `flags'.
+	* src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_operator_seac): Use cast for assigning
+	`adx' and `ady'.
+	(cff_decoder_parse_charstrings): Use FT_ULong for third parameter.
+	Use more casts.
+	* src/cff/cffcmap.c (cff_cmap_unicode_init): Use cast for `count'.
+
+	* src/cid/cidload.c (cid_read_subrs): Use FT_ULong for `len'.
+	* src/cid/cidgload.c (cid_load_glyph): Add missing cast for
+	`cid_get_offset'.
+
+	* src/psaux/t1decode.c (t1_decoder_parse_charstrings) <18>: Use
+	cast for `num_points'.
+	(t1_decoder_init): Use cast for assigning `decoder->num_glyphs'.
+
+	* src/base/ftdebug.c (ft_debug_init): Use FT_Int.
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftdriver.h (FT_Slot_LoadFunc): Use
+	`FT_Int32' for fourth parameter.
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (open_face): Use cast for calling
+	clazz->init_face.
+
+	* src/raster/ftraster.c (Set_High_Precision): Use `1' instead of
+	`1L'.
+	(Finalize_Profile_Table, Line_Up, ft_black_init): Use casts.
+	* src/raster/ftrend1.c (ft_raster1_render): Ditto.
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfnt_dir_check: Compare `magic' with unsigned long
+	constant.
+
+2002-09-26  Detlef Würkner  
+
+	* builds/amiga/include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h: Updated.
+
+2002-09-25  David Turner  
+
+	* src/autohint/ahtypes.h (AH_HINT_METRICS): Disabling metrics
+	hinting in the auto-hinter.  This produces much better anti-aliased
+	text.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Updating the changes documentation.
+
+2002-09-25  Anthony Fok  
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttcmap0.c (tt_cmap4_validate, tt_cmap4_char_index,
+	tt_cmap4_char_next): Added support for opens___.ttf (it contains a
+	charmap that uses offset=0xFFFFU instead of 0x0000 to indicate a
+	missing glyph).
+
+2002-09-21  Wolfgang Domröse  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttdriver.c (Load_Glyph): Fourth parameter must be
+	FT_Int32.
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c, src/truetype/ttgload.h (TT_Load_Glyph):
+	Ditto.
+
+2002-09-19  Wolfgang Domröse  
+
+	More 16bit fixes.
+
+	* src/autohint/ahglobal.c (sort_values): Use FT_Pos for `swap'.
+	(ah_hinter_compute_widths): Use FT_Pos for `dist'.
+	Use AH_MAX_WIDTHS.
+	* src/autohint/ahglyph.c (ah_outline_scale_blue_edges): Use FT_Pos
+	for `delta'.
+	(ah_outline_compute_edges): Replace some ints with FT_Int and
+	FT_Pos.
+	(ah_test_extrema): Clean up code.
+	(ah_get_orientation): Use 4 FT_Int variables instead of FT_BBox to
+	hold indices.
+	* src/autohint/ahtypes.h (AH_SegmentRec): Change type of `score'
+	to FT_Pos.
+
+2002-09-19  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/unix/config.guess, builds/unix/config.sub: Updated to
+	recent versions.
+
+2002-09-18  David Turner  
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Library_Version): Bugfix.
+
+	* FreeType 2.1.3rc2 (release candidate 2) is released!
+
+2002-09-17  David Turner  
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h, include/freetype/ftimage.h,
+	include/freetype/ftstroker.h, include/freetype/ftsysio.h,
+	include/freetype/ftsysmem.h, include/freetype/ttnameid.h: Updating
+	the in-source documentation.
+
+	* src/tools/docmaker/tohtml.py: Updating the HTML formatter in the
+	DocMaker tool.
+
+	* src/tools/docmaker.py: Removed.
+
+2002-09-17  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	More 16bit fixes.
+
+	* src/psaux/psobjs.c (reallocate_t1_table): Use FT_Long for
+	second parameter.
+
+2002-09-16  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	16bit fixes from Wolfgang Domröse.
+
+	* src/type1/t1parse.h (T1_ParserRec): Change type of `base_len'
+	and `private_len' to FT_Long.
+	* src/type1/t1parse.c (T1_Get_Private_Dict): Remove cast for
+	`private_len'.
+	* src/type1/t1load.c: Use FT_Int cast for most calls of T1_ToInt.
+	Use FT_PtrDist where appropriate.
+	(parse_encoding): Use FT_Long for `count' and `n'.
+	(read_binary_data): Use FT_Long* for second parameter.
+	* src/type1/t1afm.c (afm_atoindex): Use FT_PtrDist.
+
+	* src/cache/ftcsbits.c (ftc_sbit_node_load): Remove unused label.
+	* src/pshinter/pshalgo3.c (psh3_hint_align): Remove unused variable.
+
+2002-09-14  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Making ftgrays.c compile stand-alone again.
+
+	* include/freetype/ftimage.h: Include ft2build.h only if _STANDALONE_
+	isn't defined.
+	* src/smooth/ftgrays.c [_STANDALONE_]: Define ft_memset,
+	FT_BEGIN_HEADER, FT_END_HEADER.
+	(FT_MEM_ZERO): Define.
+	(TRaster) [GRAYS_USE_GAMMA]: Use `unsigned char' instead of FT_Byte.
+	(gray_render_span, gray_init_gamma): Don't use `FT_UInt'.
+	Don't cast with `FT_Byte'.
+	(grays_init_gamma): Don't use `FT_UInt'.
+
+2002-09-14  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/base/ftinit.c (FT_Add_Default_Modules): Improve error message.
+	* src/pcf/pcfdriver.c (PCF_Face_Done): Improve tracing message.
+	* include/freetype/config/ftoption.h (FT_MAX_MODULES): Increased
+	to 32.
+
+2002-09-10  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/unix/configure.ac (version_info): Set to 9:2:3.
+	* builds/unix/configure: Regenerated.
+	* docs/VERSION.DLL: Updated.
+
+2002-09-09  David Turner  
+
+	* src/pshinter/pshalgo2.c (psh2_glyph_find_strong_points),
+	src/pshinter/pshalgo3.c (psh3_glyph_find_strong_points): Adding fix
+	to prevent seg fault when hints are provided in an empty glyph.
+
+	* src/cache/ftccache.i (GEN_CACHE_LOOKUP) [FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR]:
+	Removed conditional code.  This fixes a bug that prevented
+	compilation in debug mode of template instantiation.
+
+	* include/freetype/ftimage.h: Removed incorrect `zft_' definitions
+	and updated constants documentation comments.
+
+	* src/cff/cffparse.c (cff_parser_run): Fixed the CFF table loader.
+	It didn't accept empty arrays, and this prevented the loading of
+	certain fonts.
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_FaceRec): Updating documentation
+	comment.  The `descender' value is always *negative*, not positive.
+
+2002-09-09  Owen Taylor  
+
+	* src/pcf/pcfdriver.c (PCF_Glyph_Load): Fixing incorrect computation
+	of bitmap metrics.
+
+2002-09-08  David Turner  
+
+	Various updates to correctly support sub-pixel rendering.
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h: Add two renderers for LCD.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Load_Glyph): Updated.
+
+	* src/smooth/ftsmooth.c (ft_smooth_render_lcd,
+	ft_smooth_render_lcd_v): Set FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD and
+	FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V, respectively.
+
+	* include/freetype/cache/ftcimage.h (FTC_ImageTypeRec): New
+	structure.
+	Updated all users.
+	(FTC_ImageDesc): Removed.
+	(FTC_ImageCache_Lookup): Second parameter is now of type
+	`FTC_ImageType'.
+	Updated all users.
+	(FTC_IMAGE_DESC_COMPARE): Updated and renamed to...
+	(FTC_IMAGE_TYPE_COMPARE): This.
+	(FTC_IMAGE_DESC_HASH): Updated and renamed to...
+	(FTC_IMAGE_TYPE_HASH): This.
+
+	* include/freetype/cache/ftcsbits.h (FTC_SBitRec): Field `num_grays'
+	replaced with `max_grays'.
+	`pitch' is now FT_Short.
+	(FTC_SBitCache_Lookup): Second parameter is now of type
+	`FTC_ImageType'.
+	Updated all users.
+
+	* src/cache/ftcimage.c (FTC_ImageQueryRec, FTC_ImageFamilyRec):
+	Updated.
+	(ftc_image_node_init): Updated.
+	Moved code to convert type flags to load flags to...
+	(FTC_Image_Cache_Lookup): This function.
+	(ftc_image_family_init): Updated.
+
+	* src/cache/ftcsbit.c (FTC_SBitQueryRec, FTC_SBitFamilyRec):
+	Updated.
+	(ftc_sbit_node_load): Updated.
+	Moved code to convert type flags to load flags to...
+	(FTC_SBitCache_Lookup): This function.
+
+	* src/autohint/ahtypes.h (AH_HinterRec): Replace `no_*_hints' with
+	`do_*_snapping'.
+	Update all users (with negation).
+	* src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_compute_stem_width): Fix threshold for
+	`dist' for `delta' < 40.
+
+	* src/pshinter/pshalgo3.h (PSH3_GlyphRec): Replace `no_*_hints' with
+	`do_*_snapping'.
+	Update all users (with negation).
+	* src/pshinter/pshalgo3.c (psh3_dimension_quantize_len): New
+	function.
+	(psh3_hint_align): Use it.
+	Improve hinting code.
+	[STRONGER]: Removed.
+	(STRONGER): Removed.
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_Set_Hint_Flags, FT_HINT_*):
+	Removed.
+
+2002-09-05  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/cid/cidobjs.c (CID_Size_Init): Renamed to...
+	(cid_size_init): This.
+	* src/psaux/psobjs.c (T1_Builder_Add_Point1): Renamed to...
+	(t1_builder_add_point1): This.
+
+	Updated all affected code.
+
+	* src/pshinter/pshalgo3.c (psh3_hint_align): Fix compiler warnings.
+	* src/type1/t1gload.c (T1_Compute_Max_Advance): Ditto.
+
+2002-09-04  David Turner  
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h: Corrected the definition of
+	ft_encoding_symbol to be FT_ENCODING_MS_SYMBOL (instead of
+	the erroneous FT_ENCODING_SYMBOL).
+
+	* builds/unix/unix-def.in (datadir): Initialize it (thanks to
+	Anthony Fok).
+
+2002-08-29  David Turner  
+
+	Slight modification to the Postscript hinter to slightly increase
+	the contrast of smooth hinting.  This is very similar to what the
+	auto-hinter does when it comes to stem width computations.  However,
+	it produces better results with well-hinted fonts.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/psaux.h (T1_Decoder_FuncsRec): Add hint
+	mode to `init' member function.
+	(T1_DecoderRec): Add hint mode.
+	* include/freetype/internal/pshints (T1_Hints_ApplyFunc,
+	T2_Hints_ApplyFunc): Pass `hint_mode', not `hint_flags'.
+	* src/psaux/t1decode.c (t1_decoder_init): Add hint mode argument.
+	* src/pshinter/pshalgo1.c (ps1_hints_apply): Pass hint mode, not
+	hint flags.
+	* src/pshinter/pshalgo2.c (ps2_hints_apply): Ditto.
+	* src/pshinter/pshalgo3.c (ps3_hints_apply): Ditto.
+	(STRONGER): New macro.
+	(psh3_hint_align, psh3_hint_table_align_hints): Pass `glyph' instead
+	of `hint_flags'.
+	Implement announced changes.
+	* src/pshinter/pshalgo3.h (PSH3_GlyphRec): Add flags to control
+	vertical and horizontal hints and snapping.
+
+	* README, docs/CHANGES: Updating for the 2.1.3 release.
+
+2002-08-27  David Turner  
+
+	* Massive re-formatting changes to many, many source files.  I don't
+	want to list them all here.  The operations performed were all
+	logical transformations of the sources:
+
+	- trying to convert all enums and constants to CAPITALIZED_STYLE,
+	  #with define definitions like
+
+	    #define my_old_constants   MY_NEW_CONSTANT
+
+	- big, big update of the documentation comments
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h, src/base/ftobjs.c,
+	src/smooth/ftsmooth.c, include/freetype/ftimage.h: Adding support
+	for LCD-optimized rendering though the new constants/enums:
+
+	  FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD, FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V
+	  FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD,  FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V
+
+	This is still work in progress, don't expect everything to work
+	correctly though most of the features have been implemented.
+
+	* Adding new FT_LOAD_XXX flags, used to specify both hinting and
+	rendering targets:
+
+	  FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL :: anti-aliased hinting & rendering
+	  FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO   :: monochrome bitmaps
+	  FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD    :: horizontal RGB/BGR decimated
+	                           hinting & rendering
+	  FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD_V  :: vertical RGB/BGR decimated
+	                           hinting & rendering
+
+	Note that FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL is 0, which means that the default
+	behaviour of the font engine is _unchanged_.
+
+	* include/freetype/ftimage.h
+	(FT_Outline_{Move,Line,Conic,Cubic}To_Func): Renamed to...
+	(FT_Outline_{Move,Line,Conic,Cubic}ToFunc): This.
+	(FT_Raster_Span_Func): Renamed to ...
+	(FT_SpanFunc): This.
+	(FT_Raster_{New,Done,Reset,Set_Mode,Render}_Func): Renamed to ...
+	(FT_Raster_{New,Done,Reset,SetMode,Render}Func}: This.
+
+	Updated all affected code.
+
+	* include/freetype/ftrender.h
+	(FT_Glyph_{Init,Done,Transform,BBox,Copy,Prepare}_Func): Renamed
+	to ...
+	(FT_Glyph_{Init,Done,Transform,GetBBox,Copy,Prepare}Func): This.
+	(FTRenderer_{render,transform,getCBox,setMode}): Renamed to ...
+	(FT_Renderer_{RenderFunc,TransformFunc,GetCBoxFunc,SeteModeFunc}):
+	This.
+
+	Updated all affected code.
+
+	* src/autohint/ahtypes.h (AH_Point, AH_Segment, AH_Edge, AH_Globals,
+	AH_Face_Globals, AH_Outline, AH_Hinter): These typedefs are now
+	pointers to the corresponding `*Rec' structures.  All source files
+	have been updated accordingly.
+
+	* src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_decoder_init): Add hint mode as parameter.
+	* src/cff/cffgload.h (CFF_Decoder): Add `hint_mode' element.
+
+	* src/cid/cidgload.c (CID_Compute_Max_Advance): Renamed to...
+	(cid_face_compute_max_advance): This.
+	(CID_Load_Glyph): Renamed to...
+	(cid_slot_load_glyph): This.
+	* src/cid/cidload.c (CID_Open_Face): Renamed to...
+	(cid_face_open): This.
+	* src/cid/cidobjs.c (CID_GlyphSlot_{Done,Init}): Renamed to...
+	(cid_slot_{done,init}): This.
+	(CID_Size_{Get_Globals_Funcs,Done,Reset): Renamed to...
+	(cid_size_{get_globals_funcs,done,reset): This.
+	(CID_Face_{Done,Init}): Renamed to...
+	(cid_face_{done,init}): This.
+	(CID_Driver_{Done,Init}: Renamed to...
+	(cid_driver_{done,init}: This.
+	* src/cid/cidparse.c (CID_{New,Done}_Parser): Renamed to...
+	(cid_parser_{new,done}): This.
+	* src/cid/cidparse.h (CID_Skip_{Spaces,Alpha}): Renamed to...
+	(cid_parser_skip_{spaces,alpha}): This.
+	(CID_To{Int,Fixed,CoordArray,FixedArray,Token,TokenArray}): Renamed
+	to...
+	(cid_parser_to_{int,fixed,coord_array,fixed_array,token,token_array}):
+	This.
+	(CID_Load_{Field,Field_Table): Renamed to...
+	(cid_parser_load_{field,field_table}): This.
+	* src/cid/cidriver.c (CID_Get_Interface): Renamed to...
+	(cid_get_interface): This.
+
+	Updated all affected code.
+
+	* src/psaux/psobjs.c (PS_Table_*): Renamed to...
+	(ps_table_*): This.
+	(T1_Builder_*): Renamed to...
+	(t1_builder_*): This.
+	* src/psaux/t1decode.c (T1_Decoder_*): Renamed to...
+	(t1_decoder_*): This.
+
+	* src/psnames/psmodule.c (PS_*): Renamed to...
+	(ps_*): This.
+
+	Updated all affected code.
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfdriver (SFNT_Get_Interface): Renamed to...
+	(sfnt_get_interface): This.
+	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (SFNT_*): Renamed to...
+	(sfnt_*): This.
+	* src/sfnt/ttcmap.c (TT_CharMap_{Load,Free}): Renamed to...
+	(tt_face_{load,free}_charmap): This.
+	* src/sfnt/ttcmap0.c (TT_Build_CMaps): Renamed to...
+	(tt_face_build_cmaps): This.
+	* src/sfnt/ttload.c (TT_*): Renamed to...
+	(tt_face_*): This.
+	* src/sfnt/ttpost.c (TT_Post_Default_Names): Renamed to...
+	(tt_post_default_names): This.
+	(Load_*): Renamed to...
+	(load_*): This.
+	(TT_*): Renamed to...
+	(tt_face_*): This.
+	* src/sfnt/ttsbit.c (TT_*): Renamed to...
+	(tt_face_*): This.
+	({Find,Load,Crop}_*): Renamed to...
+	({find,load,crop}_*): This.
+
+	Updated all affected code.
+
+	* src/smooth/ftsmooth.c (ft_smooth_render): Renamed to...
+	(ft_smooth_render_generic): This.
+	Make function more generic by adding vertical and horizontal scaling
+	factors.
+	(ft_smooth_render, ft_smooth_render_lcd, ft_smooth_render_lcd_v):
+	New functions.
+
+	(ft_smooth_locd_renderer_class, ft_smooth_lcdv_renderer_class): New
+	classes.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttobjs.c (TT_{Done,New}_GlyphZone): Renamed to...
+	(tt_glyphzone_{done,new}): This.
+	(TT_{Face,Size,Driver}_*): Renamed to...
+	(tt_{face,size,driver}_*): This.
+	* src/truetype/ttpload.c (TT_Load_Locations): Renamed to...
+	(tt_face_load_loca): This.
+	(TT_Load_Programs): Renamed to...
+	(tt_face_load_fpgm): This.
+	(TT_*): Renamed to...
+	(tt_face_*): This.
+
+2002-08-27  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* docs/VERSION.DLL: New file.
+
+2002-08-23  Graham Asher  
+
+	* src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_operator_seac)
+	[FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]: Incremental fonts (actually not
+	incremental in the case of CFF but just using callbacks to get glyph
+	recipes) pass the character code, not the glyph index, to the
+	get_glyph_data function; they have no valid charset table.
+
+	* src/cff/cffload.c (cff_font_load): Removed special cases for
+	FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL, which are no longer necessary; CFF
+	fonts provided via the incremental interface now have to conform
+	more closely to the CFF font format.
+
+	* src/cff/cffload.h (cff_font_load): Removed argument now unneeded.
+
+	* src/cff/cffobjs.c (cff_face_init): Changed call to cff_font_load
+	to conform with new signature.
+
+2002-08-22  David Turner  
+
+	* src/base/ftobject.c, src/base/ftsynth.c, src/base/ftstroker.c,
+	src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c: Removed compiler warnings.
+
+2002-08-21  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/pshinter/pshalgo3.c (psh3_glyph_compute_inflections,
+	psh3_glyph_compute_extrema, psh3_hint_table_find_strong_point): Fix
+	compiler warnings and resolve shadowing of local variables.
+
+2002-08-21  David Turner  
+
+	The automatic and Postscript hinter now automatically detect
+	inflection points in glyph outlines and treats them specially.  This
+	is very useful to prevent nasty effect like the disappearing
+	diagonals of `S' and `s' in many, many fonts.
+
+	* src/autohint/ahtypes.h (ah_flag_inflection): New macro.
+	* src/autohint/ahangles.c (ah_angle_diff): New function.
+	* src/autohint/ahangles.h: Updated.
+	* src/autohint/ahglyph.c (ah_outline_compute_inflections): New
+	function.
+	(ah_outline_detect_features): Use it.
+	* src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_hinter_align_strong_points)
+	[!AH_OPTION_NO_WEAK_INTERPOLATION]: Handle inflection.
+
+	* src/tools/docmaker/docmaker.py, src/tools/docmaker/utils.py,
+	src/tools/docmaker/tohtml.py: Updating the DocMaker tool.
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h: Changing the type of the `load_flags'
+	parameter from `FT_Int' to `FT_Int32', this in order to support more
+	options.  This should only break binary and/or source compatibility
+	on 16-bit platforms (Atari?).
+	(FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT): New macro.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Load_Glyph): Updated.
+	Handle FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT.
+	(FT_Load_Char): Updated.
+
+	* src/pshinter/pshalgo3.c, src/base/ftobjs.c, src/base/ftobject.c,
+	src/autohint/ahglyph.c, include/freetype/freetype.h: Fixing typos
+	and removing compiler warnings.
+
+2002-08-20  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (TT_Get_Metrics): Add guard for k = 0.
+
+2002-08-20  David Turner  
+
+	* src/pshinter/pshalgo1.c, src/pshinter/pshalgo2.c,
+	src/pshinter/pshglob.c, src/pshinter/pshrec.c,
+	src/autohint/ahmodule.c [DEBUG_HINTER]: Removing compiler warnings
+	(only used in development builds anyway).
+
+	Improve support of local extrema and stem edge points.
+
+	* src/pshinter/pshalgo3.h (PSH3_Hint_TableRec): Use PSH3_ZoneRec
+	for `zones'.
+	(PSH3_DIR_UP, PSH3_DIR_DOWN): Exchange values.
+	(PSH3_DIR_HORIZONTAL, PSH3_DIR_VERTICAL): New macros.
+	(PSH3_DIR_COMPARE, PSH3_DIR_IS_HORIZONTAL, PSH3_IS_VERTICAL): New
+	macros.
+	(PSH3_POINT_INFLEX): New enum.
+	(psh3_point_{is,set}_{off,inflex}): New macros.
+	(PSH3_POINT_{EXTREMUM,POSITIVE,NEGATIVE,EDGE_MIN,EDGE_MAX): New
+	enum values.
+	(psh3_point_{is,set}_{extremum,positive,negative,edge_min,edge_max}):
+	New macros.
+	(PSH3_PointRec): New members `flags2' and `org_v'.
+	(PSH3_POINT_EQUAL_ARG, PSH3_POINT_ANGLE): New macros.
+
+	* src/pshinter/pshalgo3.c [DEBUG_HINTER]: Removing compiler
+	warnings.
+	(COMPUTE_INFLEXS): New macro.
+	(psh3_hint_align): Simplify some basic arithmetic computations.
+	(psh3_point_is_extremum): Removed.
+	(psh3_glyph_compute_inflections) [COMPUTE_INFLEXS]: New function.
+	(psh3_glyph_init) [COMPUTE_INFLEXS]: Use it.
+	(psh3_glyph_compute_extrema): New function.
+	(PSH3_STRONG_THRESHOLD): Increased to 30.
+	(psh3_hint_table_find_strong_point): Improved.
+	(psh3_glyph_find_strong_points,
+	psh3_glyph_interpolate_strong_points): Updated.
+	(psh3_hints_apply): Use psh3_glyph_compute_extrema.
+
+	* test/gview.c (draw_ps3_hint, ps3_draw_control_points): New
+	functions.
+	Other small updates.
+
+	* Jamfile: Small updates.
+
+2002-08-18  Arkadiusz Miskiewicz  
+
+	* builds/unix/install.mk (install, uninstall): Add $(DESTDIR) to
+	make life easier for package maintainers.
+
+2002-08-18  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/pcf/pcfdriver.c (PCF_Glyph_Load): Fix computation of
+	horiBearingX.
+	* src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c (BDF_GlyphLoad): Fix computation of
+	horiBearingY.
+
+2002-08-16  George Williams  
+
+	Add support for Apple composite glyphs.
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftoption.h
+	(TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPONENT_OFFSET_SCALED): New macro.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (OVERLAP_COMPOUND, SCALED_COMPONENT_OFFSET,
+	UNSCALED_COMPONENT_OFFSET): New macros for additional OpenType
+	glyph loading flags.
+	(load_truetype_glyph): Implement it.
+
+2002-08-16  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_free_glyph_data),
+	src/cff/cffload.c (cff_font_load): Use FT_UNUSED.
+
+2002-08-15  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/base/ftglyph.c (FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap): Initialize `error'.
+	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (SFNT_Load_Face): Fix compiler warning.
+
+2002-08-15  Graham Asher  
+
+	Implemented the incremental font loading system for the CFF driver.
+	Tested using the GhostScript-to-FreeType bridge (under development).
+
+	* src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_get_glyph_data, cff_free_glyph_data): New
+	functions.
+	(cff_operator_seac, cff_compute_max_advance, cff_slot_load): Use
+	them.
+	* src/cff/cffload.c (cff_font_load): Add `face' parameter.
+	Load charset and encoding only if there are glyphs.
+	[FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]: Incremental fonts don't need
+	character recipes.
+	* src/cff/cffload.h, src/cff/cffobjs.c: Updated.
+
+	* src/cid/cidgload.c (cid_load_glyph)
+	[FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]: Corrected the incremental font
+	loading implementation to use the new system introduced on
+	2002-08-01.
+
+2002-08-06  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/cff/cffcmap.c: Remove compiler warnings.
+	* src/cache/ftccache.c, src/cache/ftccache.i,
+	src/pfr/pfrload.c, src/pfr/pfrgload.c: s/index/idx/.
+	* src/cff/cffload.c: s/select/fdselect/.
+	* src/raster/ftraster.c: s/wait/waiting/.
+
+2002-08-01  Graham Asher  
+
+	* src/type1/t1load.c (T1_Open_Face): Tolerate a face with no
+	charstrings if there is an incremental loading interface.  Type 1
+	faces supplied by PostScript interpreters like GhostScript will
+	typically not provide any charstrings at load time, so this is
+	essential if they are to work.
+
+2002-08-01  Graham Asher  
+
+	Modified incremental loading interface to be closer to David's
+	preferences.  The header freetype.h is not now affected, the
+	interface is specified via an FT_Parameter, the pointer to the
+	interface is hidden in an internal part of the face record, and all
+	the definitions are in ftincrem.h.
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h [FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]:
+	Removed.
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h [FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]:
+	Include FT_INCREMENTAL_H.
+	(FT_Face_InternalRec) [FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]: Add
+	`incremental_interface'.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (open_face, FT_Open_Face)
+	[FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]: Updated.
+	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (SFNT_Load_Face) [FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]:
+	Updated.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (load_truetype_glyph)
+	[FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]: Updated.
+	Free loaded glyph data properly.
+	(compute_glyph_metrics, TT_Load_Glyph)
+	[FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]: Updated.
+	* src/truetype/ttobjs.c (TT_Face_Init)
+	[FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]: Updated.
+
+	* src/type1/t1gload.c (T1_Parse_Glyph_And_Get_Char_String)
+	[FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]: Updated.
+	(T1_Parse_Glyph) [FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]: Updated.
+	Free loaded glyph data properly.
+	(T1_Load_Glyph): Updated.
+	[FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]: Free loaded glyph data properly.
+
+2002-07-30  David Turner  
+
+	* include/freetype/ftincrem.h: Adding new experimental header file
+	to demonstrate a `cleaner' API to support incremental font loading.
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftheader.h (FT_INCREMENTAL_H): New macro.
+
+	* src/tools/docmaker/*: Adding new (more advanced) version of
+	the DocMaker tool, using Python's sophisticated regexps.
+
+2002-07-28  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	s/ft_memset/FT_MEM_SET/.
+	s/FT_MEM_SET/FT_MEM_ZERO/ where appropriate.
+
+2002-07-27  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttload.c (sfnt_dir_check): Make it work with TTCs.
+
+2002-07-26  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (load_truetype_glyph)
+	[FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]: s/memset/ft_memset/.
+
+	* src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_hint_edges_3): Fix compiler warning.
+	* src/cff/cffload.c (cff_encoding_load): Remove `memory' variable.
+	* src/cff/cffcmap.c (cff_cmap_encoding_init): Remove `psnames'
+	variable.
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (load_truetype_glyph): Remove statement
+	without effect.
+	* src/truetype/ttdriver (Get_Char_Index, Get_Next_Char): Removed.
+
+	* src/pshinter/pshalgo3.c (psh3_hint_table_record,
+	psh3_hint_table_init, psh3_hint_table_activate_mask): Fix error
+	message.
+
+2002-07-24  Graham Asher  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttobjs.c: Fix for bug reported by Sven Neumann
+	[sven@gimp.org] on the FreeType development forum: `If
+	FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL is undefined (this is the default), the
+	TrueType loader crashes in line 852 of src/truetype/ttgload.c when
+	it tries to access face->glyph_locations.'
+
+2002-07-18  Graham Asher  
+
+	Added types and structures to support incremental typeface loading.
+	The FT_Incremental_Interface structure, defined in freetype.h, is
+	designed to be passed to FT_Open_Face to provide callback functions
+	to obtain glyph recipes and metrics, for fonts like those passed
+	from PostScript that do not necessarily provide all, or any, glyph
+	information, when first opened.
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftoption.h (FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL):
+	New configuration macro to enable incremental face loading.  By
+	default it is not defined.
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_Basic_Glyph_Metrics,
+	FT_Get_Glyph_Data_Func, FT_Get_Glyph_Metrics_Func,
+	FT_Incremental_Interface_Funcs, FT_Incremental_Interface)
+	[FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]: New.
+	(FT_Open_Args, FT_FaceRec) [FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]: New field
+	`incremental_interface'.
+	(FT_Open_Flags) [FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]: New enum
+	`ft_open_incremental'.
+
+	* include/freetype/fttypes.h: Include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H.
+	(FT_Data): New structure to represent binary data.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (open_face) [FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]:
+	Add parameter for incremental loading.
+	(FT_Open_Face) [FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]: Use incremental
+	interface.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (load_truetype_glyph)
+	[FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]: Added the incremental loading system
+	for the TrueType driver.
+	(compute_glyph_metrics): Return FT_Error.
+	[FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]: Check for overriding metrics.
+	(TT_Load_Glyph) [FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]: Don't look for
+	the glyph table while handling an incremental font.
+	Get glyph offset.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttobjs.c (TT_Face_Init)
+	[FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCOREMENTAL]: Added the incremental loading
+	system for the TrueType driver.
+
+	* src/cid/cidgload.c (cid_load_glyph)
+	[FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]: Added the incremental loading system
+	for the CID driver.
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (SFNT_Load_Face) [FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]:
+	Changes to support incremental Type 42 fonts: Assume a font has
+	glyphs if it has an incremental interface object.
+
+	* src/type1/t1gload.c (T1_Parse_Glyph): Renamed to...
+	(T1_Parse_Glyph_And_Get_Char_String): This.
+	[FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL]: Added support for incrementally
+	loaded Type 1 faces.
+	(T1_Parse_Glyph): New function.
+	(T1_Load_Glyph): Updated.
+
+2002-07-17  David Turner  
+
+	Cleaning up the cache sub-system code; linear hashing is now the
+	default.
+
+	* include/freetype/cache/ftccache.h, src/cache/ftccache.i,
+	src/cache/ftccache.c [!FTC_CACHE_USE_LINEAR_HASHING]: Removed.
+	(FTC_CACHE_USE_LINEAR_HASHING: Removed also.
+
+	FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_CMAPS is now the default.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftdriver.h (FT_Driver_ClassRec): Remove
+	`get_char_index' and `get_next_char'.
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftoption.h,
+	include/freetype/internal/tttypes.h, src/base/ftobjs.c,
+	src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c, src/cff/cffobjs.c, src/pcf/pcfdrivr.c,
+	src/pfr/pfrdrivr.c, src/sfnt/sfobjs.c, src/sfnt/ttcmap0.c,
+	src/sfnt/ttcmap0.h, src/sfnt/ttload.c, src/type1/t1objs.c,
+	src/type42/t42objs.c, src/winfonts/winfnt.c
+	[!FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_CMAPS]: Removed.  The new cmap code is now
+	the default.
+
+	* src/type42/t42objs.c (T42_CMap_CharIndex, T42_CMap_CharNext):
+	Removed.
+	* src/type42/t42objs.h: Updated.
+
+	* src/cid/cidriver.c (Cid_Get_Char_Index, Cid_Get_Next_Char):
+	Removed.
+	(t1_cid_driver_class): Updated.
+	* src/truetype/ttdriver.c (tt_driver_class): Updated.
+	* src/type1/t1driver.c (Get_Char_Index, Get_Next_Char): Removed
+	(t1_driver_class): Updated.
+	* src/type42/t42drivr.c (t42_driver_class): Updated.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (open_face): Select Unicode cmap by default.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttload.c (TT_Load_SFNT_Header): Fixed a recent bug that
+	prevented OpenType fonts to be recognized by FreeType.
+
+2002-07-11  David Turner  
+
+	Changing the SFNT loader to check for SFNT-based font files
+	differently.  We now ignore the range `helper' fields and check the
+	`head' table's magic number instead.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/tttypes.h (SFNT_HeaderRec): Add `offset'
+	field.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttload.c (sfnt_dir_check): New function.
+	(TT_Load_SFNT_HeaderRec): Renamed to...
+	(TT_Load_SFNT_Header): This.
+	Implement new functionality.
+	* src/sfnt/ttload.h: Updated.
+	* src/sfnt/sfdriver.c (sfnt_interface): Updated.
+
+	* src/base/ftobject.c, src/base/fthash.c: Updated object sub-system
+	and dynamic hash table implementation (still experimental, don't
+	use).
+	* include/freetype/internal/fthash.h: Updated.
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h (FT_LibraryRec): New member
+	`meta_class'.
+
+	Fixing a bug in the Type 1 loader that prevented valid font bounding
+	boxes to be loaded from multiple master fonts.
+
+	* include/freetype/t1tables.h (PS_BlendRec): Add `bboxes' field.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/psaux.h (T1_FieldType): Add
+	`T1_FIELD_TYPE_BBOX'.
+	(T1_FieldLocation): Add `T1_FIELD_LOCATION_BBOX'.
+	(T1_FIELD_BBOX): New macro.
+
+	* src/psaux/psobjs.c (PS_Parser_LoadField): Handle T1_FIELD_TYPE_BBOX.
+	* src/type1/t1load.c (t1_allocate_blend): Create blend->bboxes.
+	(T1_Done_Blend): Free blend->bboxes.
+	(t1_load_keyword): Handle T1_FIELD_LOCATION_BBOX.
+	(parse_font_bbox): Commented out.
+	(t1_keywords): Comment out `parse_font_bbox'.
+	* src/type1/t1tokens.h: Define `FontBBox' field.
+
+2002-07-10  David Turner  
+
+	* src/cff/cffobjs.c: Small fix to select the Unicode charmap by
+	default when needed.
+	Small fix to allow OpenType fonts to support Adobe charmaps when
+	needed.
+
+	* src/cff/cffcmap.c, src/cff/cffcmap.h: New files to support
+	charmaps for CFF fonts.
+
+	* src/cff/cff.c, src/cff/Jamfile, src/cff/rules.mk: Updated.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/cfftypes.h (CFF_EncodingRec): Use
+	fixed-length arrays for `sids' and `codes'.  Add `count' member.
+	(CFF_FontRec): Add `psnames' member.
+
+	* src/cff/cffdrivr.c, src/cff/cffload.c, src/cff/cffload.h,
+	src/cff/cffobjs.c, src/cff/cffobjs.h, src/cff/cffparse.c,
+	src/cffparse.h, src/cff/cffgload.c, src/cff/cffgload.h: Adding
+	support for CFF charmaps, reformatting the sources, and removing
+	some bugs in the Encoding and Charset loaders.
+	Many fonts renamed to use lowercase only:
+
+	  CFF_Builder_Init -> cff_builder_init
+	  CFF_Builder_Done -> cff_builder_done
+	  CFF_Init_Decoder -> cff_decoder_init
+	  CFF_Parse_CharStrings -> cff_decoder_parse_charstrings
+	  CFF_Load_Glyph -> cff_slot_load
+	  CFF_Init_Decoder -> cff_decoder_init
+	  CFF_Prepare_Decoder -> cff_decoder_prepare
+	  CFF_Get_Standard_Encoding -> cff_get_standard_encoding
+	  CFF_Access_Element -> cff_index_access_element
+	  CFF_Forget_Element -> cff_index_forget_element
+	  CFF_Get_Name -> cff_index_get_name
+	  CFF_Get_String -> cff_index_get_sid_string
+	  CFF_Get_FD -> cff_fd_select_get
+	  CFF_Done_Charset -> cff_charset_done
+	  CFF_Load_Charset -> cff_charset_load
+	  CFF_Done_Encoding -> cff_encoding_done
+	  CFF_Load_Encoding -> cff_encoding_load
+	  CFF_Done_SubFont -> cff_subfont_done
+	  CFF_Load_Font -> cff_font_load
+	  CFF_Done_Font -> cff_font_done
+	  CFF_Size_Get_Global_Funcs -> cff_size_get_global_funcs
+	  CFF_Size_Done -> cff_size_done
+	  CFF_Size_Init -> cff_size_init
+	  CFF_Size_Reset -> cff_size_reset
+	  CFF_GlyphSlot_Done -> cff_slot_done
+	  CFF_GlyphSlot_Init -> cff_slot_init
+	  CFF_StrCopy -> cff_strcpy
+	  CFF_Face_Init -> cff_face_init
+	  CFF_Face_Done -> cff_face_done
+	  CFF_Driver_Init -> cff_driver_init
+	  CFF_Driver_Done -> cff_driver_done
+	  CFF_Parser_Init -> cff_parser_init
+	  CFF_Parser_Run -> cff_parser_run
+
+	  add_point -> cff_builder_add_point
+	  add_point1 -> cff_builder_add_point1
+	  add_contour -> cff_builder_add_contour
+	  close_contour -> cff_builder_close_contour
+	  cff_explicit_index -> cff_index_get_pointers
+
+2002-07-09  Owen Taylor  
+
+	* src/pshinter/pshglob.c (psh_globals_new): Fixed a bug that
+	prevented the hinter from using correct standard width and height
+	values, resulting in hinting bugs with certain fonts (e.g. Utopia).
+
+2002-07-07  David Turner  
+
+	* src/base/ftglyph.c (FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap): Added code to return
+	successfully when the function is called with a bitmap glyph (the
+	previous code simply returned with an error).
+
+	* docs/DEBUG.TXT: Adding debugging support documentation.
+
+	* src/base/ftdebug.c (ft_debug_init), builds/win32/ftdebug.c
+	(ft_debug_init), builds/amiga/src/ftdebug.c (ft_debug_init): Changed
+	the syntax of the FT2_DEBUG environment variable used to control
+	debugging output (i.e. logging and error messages).  It must now
+	look like:
+
+	  any:6 memory:4 io:3   or
+	  any:6,memory:4,io:3   or
+	  any:6;memory:4;io:3
+
+2002-07-07  Owen Taylor  
+
+	* src/pshinter/pshglob.c (psh_blues_snap_stem): Adding support for
+	blue fuzz.
+	* src/pshinter/pshglob.h (PSH_BluesRec): Add `blue_fuzz' field.
+	* src/type1/t1load.c (T1_Open_Face): Initialize `blue_fuzz'.
+
+	Adding support for hinter-specific bit flags, and the new
+	FT_Set_Hint_Flags high-level API.
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_Set_Hint_Flags): New function.
+	(FT_HINT_NO_INTEGER_STEM, FT_HINT_NO_HSTEM_ALIGN,
+	FT_HINT_NO_VSTEM_ALIGN): New macros.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h (FT_Face_InternalRec): Add
+	`hint_flags' member.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Set_Hint_Flags): New function.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/psaux.h (T1_DecoderRec): Add `hint_flags'
+	member.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/pshints.h (T1_Hints_ApplyFunc,
+	T2_Hints_ApplyFunc): Add parameter to pass hint flags.
+
+	* src/psaux/t1decode.c (T1_Decoder_Parse_Charstrings,
+	T1_Decoder_Init): Use decoder->hint_flags.
+	* src/cff/cffgload.h (CFF_Builder): Add `hint_flags' field.
+	* src/cff/cffgload.c (CFF_Builder_Init): Set builder->hint_flags.
+	(CFF_Parse_CharStrings): Updated.
+	* src/pshinter/pshalgo1.c (ps1_hints_apply): Add parameter to handle
+	hint flags (unused).
+	* src/pshinter/pshalgo1.h: Updated.
+	* src/pshinter/pshalgo2.c (ps2_hints_apply): Add parameter to handle
+	hint flags (unused).
+	* src/pshinter/pshalgo2.h: Updated.
+	* src/pshinter/pshalgo3.c (ps3_hints_apply): Add parameter to handle
+	hint flags.
+	* src/pshinter/pshalgo3.h: Updated.
+
+2002-07-04  David Turner  
+
+	* src/pfr/pfrobjs.c (pfr_slot_load): Fixed a small bug that returned
+	incorrect advances when the outline resolution was different from
+	the metrics resolution.
+
+	* src/autohint/ahhint.c: Removing compiler warnings.
+
+	* src/autohint/ahglyph.c: s/FT_MEM_SET/FT_ZERO/ where appropriate.
+	(ah_outline_link_segments): Slight improvements to the serif
+	detection code.  More work is needed though.
+
+2002-07-03  David Turner  
+
+	Small improvements to the automatic hinter.  Uneven stem-widths have
+	now disappeared and everything looks much better, even if there are
+	still issues with serifed fonts.
+
+	* src/autohint/ahtypes.h (AH_Globals): Added `stds' array.
+	* src/autohint/ahhint.c (OPTIM_STEM_SNAP): New #define.
+	(ah_snap_width): Commented out.
+	(ah_align_linked_edge): Renamed to...
+	(ah_compute_stem_width): This.
+	Don't allow uneven stem-widths.
+	(ah_align_linked_edge): New function.
+	(ah_align_serifed_edge): Don't strengthen serifs.
+	(ah_hint_edges_3, ah_hinter_scale_globals): Updated.
+
+2002-07-03  Owen Taylor  
+
+	Adding new algorithm based on Owen Taylor's recent work.
+
+	* src/pshinter/pshalgo3.c, src/pshinter/pshalgo3.h: New files.
+	* src/pshinter/pshalgo.h: Updated.
+	Use pshalgo3 by default.
+	* src/pshinter/pshinter.c: Include pshalgo3.c.
+
+	* src/pshinter/Jamfile, src/pshinter/rules.mk: Updated.
+
+2002-07-01  Owen Taylor  
+
+	* src/pshinter/pshalgo2.c (psh2_glyph_find_strong_points): Fix a bug
+	where, if a glyph has more than hint mask, the second mask gets
+	applied to points that should have been covered by the first mask.
+
+2002-07-01  Keith Packard  
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttcmap0.c (tt_cmap8_char_next, tt_cmap12_char_next):
+	Fixing the cmap 8 and 12 parsing routines.
+
+2002-07-01  David Turner  
+
+	* src/base/ftsynth.c: Include FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H.
+	(FT_Outline_Embolden): Renamed to...
+	(FT_GlyphSlot_Embolden): This.
+	Updated to new trigonometric functions.
+	(FT_Outline_Oblique): Renamed to...
+	(FT_GlyphSlot_Oblique): This.
+	(ft_norm): Removed.
+	* include/freetype/ftsynth.h: Updated.
+
+2002-06-26  David Turner  
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftobject.h: Updating the object
+	sub-system definitions (still experimental).
+
+	* src/base/fthash.c (ft_hash_remove): Fixing a small reallocation
+	bug.
+
+	* src/base/fttrigon.c (FT_Vector_From_Polar, FT_Angle_Diff): New
+	functions.
+	* include/freetype/fttrigon.h: Updated.
+
+
+	Adding path stroker component (work in progress).
+
+	* include/freetype/ftstroker.h, src/base/ftstroker.c: New files.
+	* src/base/Jamfile: Updated.
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftheader.h (FT_STROKER_H): New macro.
+
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (TT_Load_Composite_Glyph),
+	src/base/ftoutln.c (FT_Vector_Transform): Fixed Werner's latest fix.
+	FT_Vector_Transform wasn't buggy, the TrueType composite loader was.
+
+2002-06-24  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FREETYPE_PATCH): Set to 3.
+
+2002-06-21  David Turner  
+
+
+	* Version 2.1.2 released.
+	=========================
+
+
+2002-06-21  Roberto Alameda  .
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/t42types.h (T42_Font): Removed since
+	it is already in t42objs.h.
+	(T42_Face): Use T1_FontRec.
+
+	* src/base/fttype1.c (FT_Get_PS_Font_Info): Updated.
+	(FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names): Check for type42 driver name also.
+	* src/type42/t42objs.h: Include FT_INTERNAL_TYPE42_TYPES_H.
+	(T42_Face): Removed since it is already in t42types.h.
+
+2002-06-21  Detlef Würkner  
+
+	* src/pfrgload.c (pfr_glyph_load_compound): Fix loading of composite
+	glyphs.
+
+2002-06-21  Sven Neumann  
+
+	* src/prf/pfrtypes.h (PFR_KernPair): New structure.
+	(PFR_PhyFont): Use it.
+	(PFR_KernFlags): New enumeration.
+	* src/pfr/pfrload.c (pfr_extra_item_load_kerning_pairs): New
+	function.
+	(pfr_phy_font_extra_items): Use it.
+	(pfr_phy_font_done): Updated.
+	* src/pfr/pfrobjs.c (pfr_face_init): Set kerning flag conditionally.
+	(pfr_face_get_kerning): New function.
+	* src/pfr/pfrobjs.h: Updated.
+	* src/pfr/pfrdrivr.c (pfr_driver_class): Updated.
+
+2002-06-21  David Turner  
+
+	* README, docs/CHANGES: Preparing the 2.1.2 release.
+
+2002-06-19  Detlef Würkner  
+
+	* src/base/fttype1.c: Include FT_INTERNAL_TYPE42_TYPES_H.
+	(t1_face_check_cast): Removed.
+	(FT_Get_PS_Font_Info): Make it work with CID and Type 42 drivers
+	also.
+
+2002-06-19  Sebastien BARRE  
+
+	* src/type42/t42parse.c (t42_parse_sfnts): Fix compiler warning.
+
+2002-06-19  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/base/ftoutln.c (FT_Vector_Transform): Fix serious typo
+	(xy <-> yx).
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (load_truetype_glyph): Replace `|' with
+	`||' to make code easier to read.
+
+2002-06-18  Roberto Alameda  .
+
+	* src/type42/t42objs.c (t42_check_size_change): Removed.
+	(T42_Size_SetChars, T42_Size_SetPixels): Use FT_Activate_Size
+	instead.
+	(T42_GlyphSlot_Load): Remove call to t42_check_size_change.
+
+2002-06-18  Detlef Würkner  
+
+	* src/psaux/t1cmap.c (t1_cmap_custom_char_index,
+	t1_cmap_custom_char_next): Fix index computation -- indices start
+	with 0 and not with cmap->first.
+
+	Provide default charmaps.
+
+	* src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c (BDF_Face_Init), src/pcf/pcfdriver.c
+	(PCF_Face_Init), src/pfr/pfrobjs.c (pfr_face_init),
+	src/type1/t1objs (T1_Face_Init), src/winfonts/winfnt.c
+	(FNT_Face_Init): Implement it.
+
+2002-06-17  Sven Neumann  
+
+	* src/pfr/pfrobjs.c (pfr_face_init): Fix typo.
+
+2002-06-16  Leonard Rosenthol  
+
+	Updated Win32/VC++ projects to include the new PFR driver.
+
+	* builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsp: Updated.
+
+2002-06-16  Anthony Fok  
+
+	Install freetype2.m4.
+
+	* builds/unix/install.mk (install, uninstall): Handle it.
+
+2002-06-16  Detlef Würkner  
+
+	Same fix for PFR driver.
+
+	* src/pfr/pfrcmap.c (pfr_cmap_char_index, pfr_cmap_char_next):
+	Increase return value by 1.
+	* src/pfr/pfrobjs.c (pfr_slot_load): Decrease index by 1.
+
+2002-06-15  Detlef Würkner  
+
+	Fix glyph indices to make index zero always the undefined glyph.
+
+	* src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c (bdf_cmap_init): Don't decrease
+	cmap->num_encodings.
+	(bdf_cmap_char_index, bdf_cmap_char_next, BDF_Get_Char_Index):
+	Increase result by 1 for normal cases.
+	(BDF_Glyph_Load): Decrease index by 1.
+
+	* src/pcf/pcfdriver.c (pcf_cmap_char_index, pcf_cmap_char_next,
+	PCF_Char_Get_Index): Increase result by 1 for normal cases.
+	(PCF_Glyph_Load): Decrease index by 1.
+	* src/pcf/pcfread.c (pcf_get_encodings): Don't decrease j for
+	allocating `encoding'.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Load_Glyph, FT_Get_Glyph_Name): Fix
+	bounding tests.
+
+2002-06-14  Detlef Würkner  
+
+	Add new cmap support to BDF driver.
+
+	* src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c (BDF_CMapRec) [FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_CMAPS]:
+	New structure.
+	(bdf_cmap_init, bdf_cmap_done, bdf_cmap_char_index,
+	bdf_cmap_char_next) [FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_CMAPS]: New functions.
+	(BDF_Get_Char_Index) [!FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_CMAPS]: Use only
+	conditionally.
+	(BDF_Face_Init): Handle `AVERAGE_WIDTH' and `POINT_SIZE' keywords.
+	Implement new cmap handling.
+	(bdf_driver_class): Updated.
+
+2002-06-14  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* Makefile, configure, */*.mk, builds/unix/unix-def.in,
+	docs/CHANGES, docs/INSTALL: s/TOP/TOP_DIR/.
+
+2002-06-12  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/bdf/bdflib.c: s/FT_Short/short/ for consistency.
+
+2002-06-11  David Turner  
+
+	* builds/win32/ftdebug.c: Added a missing #endif.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttload.c, src/bdf/bdflib.c: Removing compiler warnings.
+
+	Removed the bug in Type 42 driver that prevented un-hinted outlines
+	to be loaded.
+
+	* src/type42/t42objs.c (T42_Face_Init): Call FT_Done_Size.
+	(T42_Size_Init): Call FT_Activate_Size.
+	(t42_check_size_change): New function.
+	(T42_Size_SetChars, T42_Size_SetPixels): Use it.
+	(ft_glyphslot_clear): Replace FT_MEM_SET with FT_ZERO.
+	(T42_GlyphSlot_Load): Use t42_check_size_change.
+	Initialize more fields of `glyph'.
+
+	* builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsp: Updated.
+
+2002-06-09  David Turner  
+
+
+	* Version 2.1.1 released.
+	=========================
+
+
+2002-06-08  Juliusz Chroboczek  
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h, src/autohint/ahglyph.c,
+	src/base/ftobjs.c, src/sfnt/ttcmap0.c, src/smooth/ftgrays.c: Don't
+	use `setjmp', `longjmp', and `jmp_buf' but `ft_setjmp', `ft_longjmp',
+	and `ft_jmp_buf'.
+	Removed direct references to  and  when
+	appropriate, to eventually replace them with a
+	FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H.  Useful for the XFree86 Font Server
+	backend based on FT2.
+
+	* src/base/fttype1.c (FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names): Fix return value.
+
+2002-06-08  David Turner  
+
+	* src/pcf/pcfdriver.c (pcf_cmap_char_next): Fixed a bug that caused
+	the function to return invalid values.
+
+	* src/cache/ftccache.i: Removing a typo that prevented
+	the source's compilation.
+
+	* src/cache/ftccache.c (ftc_node_hash_unlink): Fixed a
+	bug that caused nasty memory overwrites.  The hash table's
+	buckets array wasn't correctly resized when shrunk.
+
+2002-06-08  Detlef Würkner  
+
+	* builds/amiga/smakefile, builds/amiga/makefile: Updated.
+
+2002-06-08  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/cache/ftccache.c (ftc_node_hash_unlink, ftc_node_hash_link)
+	[FTC_CACHE_USE_LINEAR_HASHING]: Fix returned error code.
+	Fix debugging messages.
+	* src/cache/ftccache.i (GEN_CACHE_LOOKUP): Move declaration of
+	`family' and `hash' up to make it compilable with g++.
+
+	* src/type42/t42error.h: New file.
+	* src/type42/t42drivr.c, src/type42/t42objs.c,
+	src/type42/t42parse.c: Use t42 error codes.
+	* src/type42/rules.mk: Updated.
+
+	* src/base/ftnames.c: Include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H.
+
+2002-06-08  David Turner  
+
+	* src/cache/ftccmap.c: GEN_CACHE_FAMILY_COMPARE,
+	GEN_CACHE_NODE_COMPARE, GEN_CACHE_LOOKUP) [FTC_CACHE_USE_INLINE]:
+	New macros.
+	(ftc_cmap_cache_lookup) [!FTC_CACHE_USE_INLINE]: Typedef to
+	ftc_cache_lookup.
+	(FTC_CMapCache_Lookup): Updated.
+
+	Adding various experimental optimizations to the cache manager.
+
+	* include/freetype/cache/ftccache.h (FTC_CACHE_USE_INLINE,
+	FTC_CACHE_USE_LINEAR_HASHING): New options.
+	(FTC_CacheRec) [FTC_CACHE_USE_LINEAR_HASHING]: New elements `p',
+	`mask', and `slack'.
+
+	* src/cache/ftccache.c (FTC_HASH_MAX_LOAD, FTC_HASH_MIN_LOAD,
+	FTC_HASH_SUB_LOAD) [FTC_CACHE_USE_LINEAR_HASHING,
+	FTC_HASH_INITIAL_SIZE]: New macros.
+	(ftc_node_mru_link, ftc_node_mru_up): Optimized.
+	(ftc_node_hash_unlink, ftc_node_hash_link)
+	[FTC_CACHE_USE_LINEAR_HASHING]: New variants.
+	(FTC_PRIMES_MIN, FTC_PRIMES_MAX, ftc_primes, ftc_prime_closest,
+	FTC_CACHE_RESIZE_TEST, ftc_cache_resize)
+	[!FTC_CACHE_USE_LINEAR_HASHING]: Define it conditionally.
+	(ftc_cache_init, ftc_cache_clear) [FTC_CACHE_USE_LINEAR_HASHING]:
+	Updated.
+	(ftc_cache_lookup) [FTC_CACHE_USE_LINEAR_HASHING]: Implement it.
+
+	* src/cache/ftccache.i: New file.
+
+	* src/cache/ftcsbits.c (GEN_CACHE_FAMILY_COMPARE,
+	GEN_CACHE_NODE_COMPARE, GEN_CACHE_LOOKUP) [FTC_CACHE_USE_INLINE]:
+	New macros.
+	(ftc_sbit_cache_lookup) [!FTC_CACHE_USE_INLINE]: Typedef to
+	ftc_cache_lookup.
+	(FTC_SBitCache_Lookup): Updated.
+
+	* src/type42/t42parse.c: Removing duplicate function.
+
+2002-06-07  Graham Asher  
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Render_Glyph_Internal): Changed definition
+	from FT_EXPORT_DEF to FT_BASE_DEF.
+
+2002-06-07  David Turner  
+
+	Fixed the bug that prevented the correct display of fonts with
+	`ftview'.
+
+	* src/type42/t42drivr.c: Split into...
+	* src/type42/t42drivr.h, src/type42/t42parse.c,
+	src/type42/t42parse.h, src/type42/t42objs.h, src/type42/t42objs.c,
+	src/type42/type42.c: New files.
+
+	(t42_get_glyph_name, t42_get_ps_name, t42_get_name_index): Use
+	`face->type1'.
+
+	(Get_Interface): Renamed to...
+	(T42_Get_Interface): This.
+	Updated.
+	(T42_Open_Face, T42_Face_Done): Updated.
+	(T42_Face_Init): Add new cmap support.
+	Updated.
+	(T42_Driver_Init, T42_Driver_Done, T42_Size_Init, T42_Size_Done,
+	T42_GlyphSlot_Init, T42_GlyphSlot_Done): Updated.
+	(Get_Char_Index, Get_Next_Char): Renamed to...
+	(T42_CMap_CharIndex, T42_CMap_CharNext): This.
+	Updated.
+	(T42_Char_Size, T42_Pixel_Size): Renamed to...
+	(T42_Size_SetChars, T42_Size_SetPixels): This.
+	(T42_Load_Glyph): Renamed to...
+	(T42_GlyphSlot_Load): This.
+
+	(t42_init_loader, t42_done_loader): Renamed to...
+	(t42_loader_init, t42_loader_done): This.
+	(T42_New_Parser, T42_Finalize_Parser): Renamed to...
+	(t42_parser_init, t42_parser_done): This.
+	(parse_dict): Renamed to...
+	(t42_parse_dict): This.
+	(is_alpha, is_space, hexval): Renamed to...
+	(t42_is_alpha, t42_is_space, t42_hexval): This.
+	(parse_font_name, parse_font_bbox, parse_font_matrix,
+	parse_encoding, parse_sfnts, parse_charstrings, parse_dict):
+	Renamed to...
+	(t42_parse_font_name, t42_parse_font_bbox, t42_parse_font_matrix,
+	t42_parse_encoding, t42_parse_sfnts, t42_parse_charstrings,
+	t42_parse_dict): This.
+	Updated.
+
+	(t42_keywords): Updated.
+
+	* src/type42/Jamfile, src/type42/descrip.mms: Updated.
+
+2002-06-03  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Add 8bpp support to BDF driver.
+
+	* src/bdf/bdflib.c (_bdf_parse_start): Handle 8bpp.
+	* src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c (BDF_Glyph_Load): Ditto.
+	* src/bdf/README: Updated.
+
+2002-06-02  Detlef Würkner  
+
+	* src/pfr/pfrload.c (pfr_phy_font_done): Free `blue_values' array.
+
+2002-05-29  Detlef Würkner  
+
+	* src/bdf/bdflib.c (_bdf_readstream): Allocate `buf' dynamically.
+	(_bdf_parse_glyphs): Use correct size for allocating
+	`font->unencoded'.
+	(bdf_load_font): Free array conditionally.
+	Return proper error code in case of failure.
+	* src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c (BDF_Face_Init): Make it more robust against
+	unusual fonts.
+
+2002-05-29  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/bdf/descrip.mms, src/type42/descrip.mms: New files.
+	* descrip.mms (all): Updated.
+
+	* src/bdf/bdflib.c (_bdf_parse_glyphs): Fix typo which prevented
+	compilation.
+	* src/pshglob.c (psh_blues_scale_zones): Fix compiler warning.
+
+2002-05-28  Detlef Würkner  
+
+	* builds/amiga/makefile, builds/amiga/smakefile,
+	amiga/include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h: Updated to include
+	support for BDF and Type42 drivers.
+
+	* docs/modules.txt: Updated.
+
+2005-05-28  David Turner  
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Updating file for next release (2.1.1).
+
+	* src/bdf/bdflib.c: Removing compiler warnings.
+
+	* include/freetype/ftxf86.h, src/base/ftxf86.c: New files.
+	They provide a new API (FT_Get_X11_Font_Format) to retrieve an
+	X11-compatible string describing the font format of a given face.
+	This was put in a new optional base source file, corresponding to a
+	new public header (named FT_XFREE86_H since this function should
+	only be used within the XFree86 font server IMO).
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftheader.h (FT_XFREE86_H): New macro (not
+	documented yet).
+
+	* src/base/fttype1.c: New file, providing two new API functions
+	(FT_Get_PS_Font_Info and FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names).
+	* include/freetype/t1tables.h: Updated.
+
+	* src/base/Jamfile, src/base/rules.mk, src/base/descrip.mms:
+	Updating build control files for the new files `ftxf86.c' and
+	`fttype1.c' in src/base.
+
+	* src/pshinter/pshglob.c (psh_blues_scale_zones): Fixed a bug that
+	prevented family blue zones substitution from hapenning correctly.
+
+	* include/freetype/ftbdf.h FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID): Adding
+	documentation comment.
+
+2002-05-28  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/base/ftnames.c (FT_Get_Sfnt_Name): Don't use FT_STREAM_READ_AT
+	but FT_STREAM_READ.
+	Declare `stream' variable.
+
+	* src/bdf/bdflib.c (_bdf_parse_glyphs): Replace floating point math
+	with calls to `FT_MulDiv'.
+
+2002-05-28  David Turner  
+
+	Fixing the SFNT name table loader to support various buggy fonts.
+	It now ignores empty name entries, entries with invalid pointer
+	Offsets and certain fonts containing tables with broken
+	`storageOffset' fields.
+
+	Name strings are now loaded on demand, which reduces the memory
+	requirements for a given FT_Face tremendously (for example, the name
+	table of Arial.ttf is about 10Kb and contains 70 names).
+
+	This is a temporary fix.  The whole name table loader and interface
+	will be rewritten in a much more cleanly way shortly, once CSEH have
+	been introduced in the sources.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/tttypes.h (TT_NameEntryRec): Change
+	type of `stringOffset' to FT_ULong.
+	(TT_NameTableRec): Change type of `numNameRecords' and
+	`storageOffset' to FT_UInt.
+	Replace `storage' with `stream'.
+	* src/base/ftnames.c (FT_Get_Sfnt_Name): Load name on demand.
+	* src/sfnt/sfdriver.c (get_sfnt_postscript_name): Ditto.
+	Make code more robust.
+	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (TT_NameEntry_ConvertFunc): New typedef.
+	(tt_face_get_name): Use it.
+	Make code more robust.
+	* src/sfnt/ttload.c (TT_Load_Names): Use `static' for arrays.
+	Handle invalid `storageOffset' data better.
+	Set length fields to zero for invalid or ignored data.
+	Remove code within FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE.
+	(TT_Free_Names): Updated.
+
+2002-05-24  Tim Mooney  
+
+	* builds/unix/ft-munmap.m4: New file, extracted FT_MUNMAP_DECL and
+	FT_MUNMAP_PARAM from aclocal.m4 into here, so aclocal.m4 can be
+	rebuilt from sources.  Set macro serial to 1, and use third argument
+	to AC_DEFINE for our two custom symbols, so ftconfig.in could one day
+	be rebuilt with autoheader (not recommended now, ftconfig.in is a
+	custom source file)
+
+2002-05-22  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftheader.h (FT_BEZIER_H): Removed.
+	(FT_BDF_H): New macro for accessing `ftbdf.h'.
+
+	* src/type42/t42drivr.c (hexval): Fix typo.
+
+2002-05-21  Martin Muskens  
+
+	* src/psaux/psobjs.c (T1Radix): New function.
+	(t1_toint): Use it to handle numbers in radix format.
+
+	* src/psaux/t1decode.c (T1_Decoder_Parse_Charstrings): Add dummy
+	for undocumented, obsolete opcode 15.
+
+2002-05-21  David Turner  
+
+	* src/bdf/bdflib.c: Removed compiler warning, and changed all tables
+	to the `static const' storage specifier (instead of simply
+	`static').
+
+	* src/type42/t42drivr.c (hexval): Use more efficient code.
+	Removing compiler warnings.
+	* src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c: Removing compiler warnings.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftbdf.h, src/base/ftbdf.c,
+	src/base/descrip.mms, src/base/Jamfile, src/base/rules.mk
+	(FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID): New API to retrieve BDF-specific strings
+	from a face.  This is much cleaner than accessing the internal types
+	`BDF_Public_Face' defined in FT_INTERNAL_BDF_TYPES_H.
+
+2002-05-21  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/bdf/README: Mention Microsoft's SBIT tool.
+
+	* src/cff/cffdrivr.c, src/cid/cidriver.c, src/pcf/pcfdriver.c,
+	src/truetype/ttdriver.c, src/type1/t1driver.c,
+	src/winfonts/winfnt.c, src/type42/t42drivr.c, src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c
+	[FT_CONFIG_OPTION_DYNAMIC_DRIVERS]: Completely removed.  It has
+	been never used.
+
+2002-05-21  Roberto Alameda  .
+
+	* src/type42/t42drivr.c: s/T42_ENCODING_TYPE_/T1_ENCODING_TYPE_/.
+	(parse_font_matrix): Remove unnecessary code.
+	(parse_sfnts): Initialize some variables.
+	(t42_driver_class) [TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER]: Use
+	ft_module_driver_has_hinter conditionally.
+	Moved some type 42 specific structure definitions to...
+	* include/freetype/internal/t42types.h: New file.
+	* include/freetype/internal/internal.h (FT_INTERNAL_T42_TYPES_H):
+	New macro.
+
+2002-05-20  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/cache/ftcsbits.h (FTC_SBit): Added a new field
+	`num_grays' for specifying the number of used gray levels.
+	* src/cache/ftcsbits.c (ftc_sbit_node_load): Initialize it.
+
+2002-05-19  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Adding a driver for BDF fonts written by Francesco Zappa Nardelli
+	.  Heavily modified by me to
+	better adapt it to FreeType, removing unneeded stuff.  Additionally,
+	it now supports Mark Leisher's BDF extension for anti-aliased
+	bitmap glyphs with 2 and 4 bpp.
+
+	* src/bdf/*: New driver.
+	* include/freetype/internal/bdftypes.h: New file.
+	* include/freetype/internal/fttrace.h: Added BDF driver components.
+	* include/freetype/fterrdef.h: Added error codes for BDF driver.
+	* include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h, src/Jamfile: Updated.
+	* include/freetype/internal/internal.h (FT_INTERNAL_BDF_TYPES_H):
+	New macro.
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h (ft_sprintf): New alias for
+	sprintf.
+
+2002-05-18  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/fttrace.h: Added Type 42 driver
+	component.
+	* src/type42/t42drivr.c: Use it.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/internal.h (FT_INTERNAL_PCF_TYPES_H):
+	New macro.
+
+2002-05-17  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/type42/Jamfile: New file.
+
+2002-05-14  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Adding a driver for Type42 fonts written by Roberto Alameda
+	.
+
+	* src/type42/*: New driver.
+	* include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h, src/Jamfile: Updated.
+	* include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h (ft_xdigit, ft_memcmp,
+	ft_atoi): New aliases for xdigit, memcmp, and atoi, respectively.
+
+2002-05-12  Owen Taylor  
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttload.c (TT_LookUp_Table): Protect against tables
+	with a zero length value.
+
+2002-05-12  Michael Pfeiffer  
+
+	* builds/beos/beos.mk: Include `link-std.mk'.
+
+2002-05-12  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/type1/t1load.h (T1_Loader): Renamed to...
+	(T1_LoaderRec): This.
+	(T1_Loader): Now pointer to T1_LoaderRec.
+	* src/type1/t1load.c: Updated.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/t1types.h, src/type1/t1load.c,
+	src/type1/t1objs.c:
+	s/T1_ENCODING_TYPE_EXPORT/T1_ENCODING_TYPE_EXPERT/.
+
+2002-05-06  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* README: Add a note regarding libttf vs. libfreetype.
+
+2002-05-05  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	FreeType 2 can now be built in an external directory with the
+	configure script also.
+
+	* builds/freetype.mk (INCLUDES): Add `OBJ_DIR'.
+
+	* builds/unix/detect.mk (have_mk): New variable to test for
+	external build.
+	(unix-def.mk): Defined according to value of `have_mk'.
+	* builds/unix/unix.mk (have_mk): New variable to test for
+	external build.
+	Select include paths for unix-def.mk and unix-cc.mk according
+	to value of `have_mk'.
+	* builds/unix/unix-def.in (OBJ_BUILD): New variable.
+	(DISTCLEAN): Use it.
+	* builds/unix/unix-cc.in (LIBTOOL): Define default value only
+	if not yet defined.
+	* builds/unix/install.mk (install): Use `OBJ_BUILD' for installing
+	freetype-config.
+
+	* configure: Don't depend on bash features.
+	(ft2_dir, abs_curr_dir, abs_ft2_dir): New variables (code
+	partially taken from Autoconf).
+	Build a dummy Makefile if not building in source tree.
+
+	* docs/INSTALL: Document it.
+
+2002-05-04  David Turner  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (TT_Load_Glyph): Finally fixing the last
+	bug that prevented FreeType 2.x and FreeType 1.x to produce
+	bit-by-bit identical monochrome glyph bitmaps with native TrueType
+	hinting.  The culprit was a single-bit flag that wasn't set
+	correctly by the TrueType glyph loader.
+
+	* src/otlayout/otlayout.h, src/otlayout/otlbase.c,
+	src/otlayout/otlbase.h, src/otlayout/otlconf.h,
+	src/otlayout/otlgdef.c, src/otlayout/otlgdef.h,
+	src/otlayout/otlgpos.c, src/otlayout/otlgpos.h,
+	src/otlayout/otlgsub.c, src/otlayout/otlgsub.h,
+	src/otlayout/otljstf.c, src/otlayout/otljstf.h,
+	src/otlayout/otltable.c, src/otlayout/otltable.h,
+	src/otlayout/otltags.h: New OpenType Layout source files.  The
+	module is still incomplete.
+
+2002-05-02  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttcmap0.c (tt_cmap4_char_index): Fix serious typo
+	(0xFFFU -> 0xFFFFU).
+
+2002-05-01  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* docs/INSTALL: Fix URL of makepp.
+
+2002-05-01  David Turner  
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (tt_face_get_name): Fixing a bug that caused
+	FreeType to crash when certain broken fonts (e.g. `hya6gb.ttf')
+	were opened.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttload.c (TT_Load_Names): Applied a small work-around to
+	manage fonts containing a broken name table (e.g. `hya6gb.ttf').
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttcmap0.c (tt_cmap4_validate): Fixed over-restrictive
+	validation test.  The charmap validator now accepts overlapping
+	ranges in format 4 charmaps.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttcmap0.c (tt_cmap4_char_index): Switched to a binary
+	search algorithm.  Certain fonts contain more than 170 distinct
+	segments!
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h: Adding an alias for the `exit'
+	function.  This will be used in the near future to panic in case of
+	unexpected exception (which shouldn't happen in theory).
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/fthash.h, src/base/fthash.c: New files.
+	This is generic implementation of dynamic hash tables using a linear
+	algorithm (to get rid of `stalls' during resizes).  In the future
+	this will be used in at least three parts of the library: the cache
+	sub-system, the object sub-system, and the memory debugger.
+
+	* src/base/Jamfile: Updated.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/internal.h (FT_INTERNAL_HASH_H,
+	FT_INTERNAL_OBJECT_H): New macros.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftcore.h: New file to group all new
+	definitions related to exception handling and memory management.  It
+	is very likely that this file will disappear or be renamed in the
+	future.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftobject.h, include/freetype/ftsysmem.h:
+	Adding comments to better explain the object sub-system as well as
+	the new memory manager interface.
+
+2002-04-30  Wenlin Institute (Tom Bishop)  
+
+	* src/base/ftmac.c (p2c_str): Removed.
+	(file_spec_from_path) [TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON]: Added support for
+	OS X.
+	(is_dfont) [TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON]: Define only for OS X.
+	Handle `nameLen' <= 6 also.
+	(parse_fond): Remove unused variable `name_table'.
+	Use functionality of old p2c_str directly.
+	Add safety checks.
+	(read_lwfn): Initialize `size_p'.
+	Check for size_p == NULL.
+	(new_memory_stream, open_face_from_buffer): Updated to FreeType 2.1.
+	(FT_New_Face_From_LWFN): Remove unused variable `memory'.
+	Remove some dead code.
+	(FT_New_Face_From_SFNT): Remove unused variable `stream'.
+	(FT_New_Face_From_dfont) [TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON]: Define only for
+	OS X.
+	(FT_New_Face_From_FOND): Remove unused variable `error'.
+	(ResourceForkSize): New function.
+	(FT_New_Face): Use it.
+	Handle empty resource forks.
+	Conditionalize some code for OS X.
+	Add code to call normal loader as a fallback.
+
+2002-04-30  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	`interface' is reserved on the Mac.
+
+	* include/freetype/ftoutln.h, include/freetype/internal/sfnt.h,
+	src/base/ftoutln.c: s/interface/func_interface/.
+	* src/base/ftbbox.c (FT_Outline_Get_BBox):
+	s/interface/bbox_interface/.
+	* src/cff/cffdrivr.c: s/interface/module_interface/.
+	* src/cff/cffload.c, src/cff/cffload.h:
+	s/interface/psnames_interface/.
+	* src/cid/cidriver.c: s/interface/cid_interface/.
+	* src/sfnt/sfdriver.c: s/interface/module_interface/.
+	* src/smooth/ftgrays.c: s/interface/func_interface/.
+	* src/truetype/ttdriver.c: s/interface/tt_interface/.
+	* src/type1/t1driver.c: s/interface/t1_interface/.
+
+	Some more variable renames to avoid troubles on the Mac.
+
+	* src/raster/ftraster.c:
+	s/Unknown|Ascending|Descending|Flat/\1_State/.
+	* src/smooth/ftgrays.c: s/TScan/TCoord/.
+
+	Other changes for the Mac.
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h: Define FT_MACINTOSH for
+	Mac platforms.
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c: s/macintosh/FT_MACINTOSH/.
+
+	* src/raster/ftrend1.c (ft_raster1_render): Make `pitch' always
+	an even number.
+
+2002-04-29  Jouk Jansen  
+
+	* descrip.mms (all): Add pfr driver.
+
+2002-04-28  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/pfr/pfrerror.h: New file.
+	* include/freetype/ftmoderr.h: Add PFR error codes.
+	* src/pfr/pfrgload.c: Include pfrerror.h.
+	Use PCF error codes.
+	(pfr_extra_item_load_stem_snaps): Fix debug message.
+	* src/pfr/pfrgload.c: Include pfrerror.h.
+	Use PCF error codes.
+	(pfr_extra_item_load_bitmap_info, pfr_glyph_load_simple,
+	pfr_glyph_load_compound): Fix debug message.
+	* src/pfr/pfrobjs.c: Include pfrerror.h.
+	Use PCF error codes.
+	(pfr_face_init): Return PFR_Err_Unknown_File_Format.
+	* src/pfr/rules.mk (PFR_DRV_H): Include pfrerror.h.
+
+	* src/pcf/pcfdriver.c (PCF_Face_Init) [!FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_CMAPS]:
+	`root' -> `face->root'.
+	* src/sfnt/ttcmap0.c (TT_Build_CMaps) [!FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_CMAPS]:
+	Removed.
+	* src/sfnt/ttcmap0.c: Declare TT_Build_CMaps only for
+	FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_CMAPS.
+
+2002-04-27  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/cache/ftccache.c (ftc_cache_lookup),
+	src/cache/ftccmap.c (ftc_cmap_family_init),
+	src/cache/ftcmanag.c (ftc_family_table_alloc),
+	src/cache/ftcsbits.c (FTC_SBit_Cache_Lookup): Use FTC_Err_*.
+	src/cache/ftcimage.c (FTC_Image_Cache_Lookup): Use FTC_Err_*.
+	(FTC_ImageCache_Lookup): Fix handling of invalid arguments.
+
+2002-04-22  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/unix/configure.ac: Set `version_info' to 9:1:3 (FT2
+	version 2.0.9 has 9:0:3).
+	* builds/unix/configure: Regenerated (using autoconf 2.53).
+
+2002-04-19  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/pfr/pfrload.c (pfr_extra_items_farse): Fix debug message.
+	(pfr_phy_font_load): s/size/Size/ for local variable to avoid
+	compiler warning.
+	* src/pfr/pfrobjs.c (pfr_face_init): Fix debug message.
+	(pfr_slot_load): Remove redundant local variable.
+
+2002-04-19  David Turner  
+
+	Adding a PFR font driver to the FreeType sources.  Note that it
+	doesn't support embedded bitmaps or kerning tables yet.
+
+	src/pfr/*: New files.
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h,
+	include/freetype/internal/fttrace.h, src/Jamefile: Updated.
+
+	* src/type1/t1gload.h (T1_Load_Glyph), src/type1/t1gload.c
+	(T1_Load_Glyph): Fixed incorrect parameter sign-ness in callback
+	function.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftmemory.h (FT_MEM_ZERO, FT_ZERO): New
+	macros.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftstream.h (FT_NEXT_OFF3, FT_NEXT_UOFF3,
+	FT_NEXT_OFF3_LE, FT_NEXT_UOFF3_LE): New macros to parse in-memory
+	24-bit integers.
+
+2002-04-18  David Turner  
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c, builds/win32/ftdebug.c,
+	builds/amiga/src/base/ftdebug.c: Version 2.1.0 couldn't be linked
+	against applications in Win32 and Amiga builds due to changes to
+	`src/base/ftdebug.c' that were not properly propagated to
+	`builds/win32' and `builds/amiga'.  This has been fixed.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftobject.h,
+	include/freetype/internal/ftexcept.h, include/freetype/ftsysmem.h,
+	include/freetype/ftsysio.h, src/base/ftsysmem.c, src/base/ftsysio.c:
+	New experimental files.
+
+2002-04-17  David Turner  
+
+
+	* Version 2.1.0 released.
+	=========================
+
+
+2002-04-17  Michael Jansson  
+
+	* src/type1/t1gload.c (T1_Compute_Max_Advance): Fixed a small bug
+	that prevented the function to return the correct value.
+
+2002-04-16  Francesco Zappa Nardelli  
+
+	* src/pcf/pcfread (pcf_get_accell): Fix parsing of accelerator
+	tables.
+
+2002-04-15  David Turner  
+
+	* docs/FTL.txt: Formatting.
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftoption.h: Reduce the size of the
+	render pool from 32kByte to 16kByte.
+
+	* src/pcf/pcfread.c (pcf_seek_to_table_type): Remove compiler
+	warning.
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftoption.h (FT_MAX_EXTENSIONS): Removed.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Preparing 2.1.0 release.
+
+2002-04-13  Werner LEMBERG  
+
+	* src/cff/cffgload.c (CFF_Parse_CharStrings): s/rand/Rand/ to avoid
+	compiler warning.
+
+2002-04-12  David Turner  
+
+	* README.UNX: Updated the Unix-specific quick-compilation guide to
+	warn about the GNU Make requirement at compile time.
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h,
+	include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h,
+	include/freetype/config/ftheader.h,
+	include/freetype/internal/ftmemory.h,
+	include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h,
+
+	src/autohint/ahoptim.c,
+
+	src/base/ftdbgmem.c, src/base/ftdebug.c, src/base/ftmac.c,
+	src/base/ftobjs.c, src/base/ftsystem.c,
+
+	src/cache/ftcimage.c, src/cache/ftcsbits.c,
+
+	src/cff/cffdriver.c, src/cff/cffload.c, src/cff/cffobjs.c,
+
+	src/cid/cidload.c, src/cid/cidparse.c, src/cid/cidriver.c,
+
+	src/pcf/pcfdriver.c, src/pcf/pcfread.c,
+
+	src/psaux/t1cmap.c, src/psaux/t1decode.c,
+
+	src/pshinter/pshalgo1.c, src/pshinter/pshalgo2.c,
+	src/pshinter/pshrec.c,
+
+	src/psnames/psmodule.c,
+
+	src/raster/ftraster.c,
+
+	src/sfnt/sfdriver.c, src/sfnt/ttload.c,
+
+	src/smooth/ftgrays.c,
+
+	src/type1/t1afm.c, src/type1/t1driver.c, src/type1/t1gload.c,
+	src/type1/t1load.c, src/type1/t1objs.c, src/type1/t1parse.c,
+
+	builds/unix/ftconfig.in, builds/vms/ftconfig.h,
+
+	builds/amiga/src/base/ftdebug.c:
+
+	Added the new configuration file `ftstdlib.h' used to define
+	aliases for all ISO C library functions used by the engine
+	(e.g. strlen, qsort, setjmp, etc.).
+
+	This eases the porting of FreeType 2 to environments like
+	XFree86 modules/extensions.
+
+	Also removed many #include , #include , etc.
+	from the engine's sources where they are not needed.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttpost.c: Use macro name for psnames.h.
+
+2002-04-12  Vincent Caron  
+
+	* configure, builds/detect.mk: Updated the build system to print
+	a warning message in case GNU Make isn't used to build the library.
+
+2002-04-11  David Turner  
+
+	* README, docs/CHANGES, Jamfile.in: Updates for the 2.1.0 release.
+
+	* docs/FTL.txt: Updated license text to provide a preferred
+	disclaimer and adjust copyright dates/extents.
+
+	* include/freetype/cache/ftcglyph.h: Removing obsolete (and
+	confusing) comment.
+
+	* Jamfile.in: New file.
+
+2002-04-11  Maxim Shemanarev  
+
+	* src/smooth/ftgrays.c (gray_hline): Minor optimization.
+
+2002-04-02  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Fixes from the stable branch:
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftoption.h (FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_CALCS):
+	Removed.
+	[FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_CALCS]: Removed.
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftcalc.h, src/base/ftcalc.c
+	[FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_CALCS]: Removed.
+
+	* src/base/fttrigon.c (FT_Vector_Length): Change algorithm to match
+	output of FreeType 1.
+
+	* src/pshinter/pshglob.c (psh_globals_scale_widths): Fixed a small
+	bug that created un-even stem widths when hinting Postscript fonts.
+
+	* src/type1/t1driver.c, src/type1/t1parse.c: 16bit fixes.
+
+2002-04-01  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c: 16bit fixes.
+	(TT_Load_Simple_Glyph): Improve debug messages.
+	(load_truetype_glyph): Remove dead code.
+	* src/truetype/ttinterp.c: 16bit fixes.
+	* src/truetype/ttobjs.c: Ditto.
+
+	* include/freetype/ftsnames.h, include/freetype/internal/sfnt.h,
+	src/cff/cffload.h, src/psaux/psobjs.h, src/truetype/ttinterp.[ch],
+	src/sfnt/ttpost.h: s/index/idx/.
+
+2002-03-31  Yao Zhang  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttobjs.c (TT_Size_Init): Fix typo.
+
+2002-03-31  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/otlayout/otlcommn.c, src/otlayout/otlcommn.h: s/index/idx/.
+	* src/psaux/t1cmap.c: Ditto.
+	* src/sfnt/ttcmap0.c: Ditto.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/tttypes.h,
+	include/freetype/internal/sfnt.h (TT_Goto_Table_Func): Renamed to ...
+	(TT_Loader_GotoTableFunc): This.
+	* src/psaux/t1decode.c (T1_Decoder_Parse_Charstrings): Fix debug
+	messages.
+	* src/psnames/psmodule.c (psnames_interface)
+	[!FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ADOBE_GLYPH_LIST]: Fix typo.
+	* src/sfnt/sfdriver.c (get_sfnt_table): 16bit fix.
+	* src/sfnt/ttcmap.c: 16bit fixes (0xFFFF -> 0xFFFFU).
+	* src/sfnt/ttcmap0.c: 16bit fixes.
+	(TT_Build_CMaps): Simplify debug messages.
+	(tt_cmap12_char_next): Fix offset.
+	* src/sfnt/ttload.c (TT_Load_Names, TT_Load_CMap): Fix debug
+	messages.
+	(TT_Load_OS2): 16bit fix.
+
+2002-03-30  David Turner  
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/tttypes.h: Adding comments to some of
+	the TT_FaceRec fields.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttcmap0.c (TT_Build_CMaps): Removed compiler warnings.
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (tt_name_entry_ascii_from_{utf16,ucs4,other}:
+	New functions.
+	(tt_face_get_name): Use them to properly extract an ascii font name.
+
+2002-03-30  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/t1tables.h (t1_blend_max): Fix typo.
+	* src/base/ftstream.c: Simplify FT_ERROR calls.
+	* src/cff/cffdrivr.c (cff_get_glyph_name): Fix debug message.
+
+	* src/cff/cffobjs.c (CFF_Driver_Init, CFF_Driver_Done)
+	[TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EXTEND_ENGINE]: Removed.
+	* src/cff/sfobjs.c (SFNT_Load_Face)
+	[TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EXTEND_ENGINE]: Ditto.
+	* src/truetype/ttobjs.c (TT_Init_Driver, TT_Done_Driver)
+	[TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EXTEND_ENGINE]: Ditto.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttdriver.c, src/truetype/ttobjs.c,
+	src/truetype/ttobjs.h: Renaming driver functions to the
+	FT__ scheme:
+
+	  TT_Init_Driver => TT_Driver_Init
+	  TT_Done_Driver => TT_Driver_Done
+	  TT_Init_Face   => TT_Face_Init
+	  TT_Done_Face   => TT_Face_Done
+	  TT_Init_Size   => TT_Size_Init
+	  TT_Done_Size   => TT_Size_Done
+	  TT_Reset_Size  => TT_Size_Reset
+
+2002-03-29  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/vms/ftconfig.h: Rename LOCAL_DEF and LOCAL_FUNC to
+	FT_LOCAL and FT_LOCAL_DEF, respectively, as with other ftconfig.h
+	files.
+	* builds/unix/ftconfig.in: Add argument to FT_LOCAL and
+	FT_LOCAL_DEF.
+	* src/truetype/ttinterp.c: s/FT_Assert/FT_ASSERT/.
+	* builds/unix/configure.ac: Temporarily deactivate creation of
+	../../Jamfile.
+	* builds/unix/configure: Updated.
+
+2002-03-28  KUSANO Takayuki  
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfdriver.c (get_sfnt_postscript_name): Fix serious typos.
+
+2002-03-28  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/psaux.h (PSAux_ServiceRec): Fix
+	compiler warnings.
+	* include/freetype/internal/t1types.h (T1_FaceRec): Use `const' for
+	some members.
+	* src/base/ftapi.c (FT_New_Memory_Stream): Fix typos.
+	* src/psaux/t1cmap.c (t1_cmap_std_init, t1_cmap_unicode_init): Add
+	cast.
+	(t1_cmap_{standard,expert,custom,unicode}_class_rec): Use
+	`FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF'.
+	* src/psaux/t1cmap.h: Updated.
+	* src/sfnt/ttcmap0.c (TT_Build_CMaps): Use `ft_encoding_none'
+	instead of zero.
+	* src/type1/t1objs.c (T1_Face_Init): Use casts.
+
+2002-03-26  David Turner  
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfdriver.c, src/sfnt/sfobjs.c, src/sfnt/ttcmap0.c:
+	Fixed a small bug in the FT_CMaps support code.
+
+2002-03-25  David Turner  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttinterp.c (Norm): Replaced with...
+	(TT_VecLen): This.
+	(TT_MulFix14, TT_DotFix14): New functions.
+	(Project, Dual_Project, Free_Project, Compute_Point_Displacement,
+	Ins_SHPIX, Ins_MIAP, Ins_MIRP): Use them.
+	[FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_CALCS]: Removed all code.
+
+2002-03-22  David Turner  
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c, src/sfnt/ttcmap0.c, src/type1/t1objs.c:
+	Various fixes to make the FT_CMaps support work correctly (more
+	tests are still needed).
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h, src/sfnt/Jamfile,
+	src/sfnt/rules.mk, src/sfnt/sfnt.c, src/sfnt/sfobjs.c,
+	src/sfnt/ttload.c, src/sfnt/ttcmap0.c, src/sfnt/ttcmap0.h: Updated
+	the SFNT charmap support to use FT_CMaps.
+
+	* include/freetype/fterrdef.h: New file.
+	* include/freetype/fterrors.h: Include it.  It contains all error
+	codes.
+	* include/freetype/config/ftheader.h (FT_ERROR_DEFINITIONS_H): New
+	macro.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftmemory.h, and a lot of other files:
+	Changed the names of memory macros.  Examples:
+
+	  MEM_Set   => FT_MEM_SET
+	  MEM_Copy  => FT_MEM_COPY
+	  MEM_Move  => FT_MEM_MOVE
+
+	  ALLOC     => FT_ALLOC
+	  FREE      => FT_FREE
+	  REALLOC   = >FT_REALLOC
+
+	FT_NEW was introduced to allocate a new object from a _typed_
+	pointer.
+
+	Note that ALLOC_ARRAY and REALLOC_ARRAY have been replaced by
+	FT_NEW_ARRAY and FT_RENEW_ARRAY which take _typed_ pointer
+	arguments.
+
+	This results in _lots_ of sources being changed, but makes the code
+	more generic and less error-prone.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftstream.h, src/base/ftstream.c,
+	src/cff/cffload.c, src/pcf/pcfread.c, src/sfnt/ttcmap.c,
+	src/sfnt/ttcmap0.c, src/sfnt/ttload.c, src/sfnt/ttpost.c,
+	src/sfnt/ttsbit.c, src/truetype/ttgload.c, src/truetype/ttpload.c,
+	src/winfonts/winfnt.c: Changed the definitions of stream macros.
+	Examples:
+
+	  NEXT_Byte     => FT_NEXT_BYTE
+	  NEXT_Short    => FT_NEXT_SHORT
+	  NEXT_UShortLE => FT_NEXT_USHORT_LE
+	  READ_Short    => FT_READ_SHORT
+	  GET_Long      => FT_GET_LONG
+	  etc.
+
+	Also introduced the FT_PEEK_XXXX functions.
+
+	* src/cff/cffobjs.c (CFF_Build_Unicode_Charmap): Removed commented
+	out function.
+	(find_encoding): Removed.
+	(CFF_Face_Init): Remove charmap support.
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftoption.h (FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_CMAPS,
+	TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT{0,2,4,6,8,10,12}): New macros to fine-tune
+	support of cmaps.
+
+2002-03-21  David Turner  
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c, src/pcf/pcfdriver.c, src/pcf/pcfread.c: Updated
+	to new FT_CMap definitions.
+
+	* src/psaux/t1cmap.h, src/psaux/t1cmap.c, src/type1/t1cmap.h,
+	src/type1/t1cmap.c: Updating and moving the Type 1 FT_CMap support
+	from `src/type1' to `src/psaux' since it is going to be shared by
+	the Type 1 and CID font drivers.
+
+	* src/psaux/Jamfile, src/psaux/psaux.c, src/psaux/psauxmod.c,
+	src/psaux/rules.mk, include/freetype/internal/psaux.h: Added support
+	for Type 1 FT_CMaps.
+
+2002-03-20  David Turner  
+
+	* src/base/ftgloadr.c (FT_GlyphLoader_CheckSubGlyphs): Fixed a
+	memory allocation bug that was due to un-careful renaming of the
+	FT_SubGlyph type.
+
+	* src/base/ftdbgmem.c (ft_mem_table_destroy): Fixed a small bug that
+	caused the library to crash with Electric Fence when memory
+	debugging is used.
+
+	* Renaming stream macros.  Examples:
+
+	  FILE_Skip    => FT_STREAM_SKIP
+	  FILE_Read    => FT_STREAM_READ
+	  ACCESS_Frame => FT_FRAME_ENTER
+	  FORGET_Frame => FT_FRAME_EXIT
+	  etc.
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfdriver.c (get_sfnt_postscript_name): Fixed memory leak.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h: Changing the definition of
+	FT_CMap_CharNextFunc slightly.
+
+	* src/cff/*.c: Updating CFF type definitions.
+
+2002-03-14  David Turner  
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/autohint.h, src/autohint/ahmodule.c,
+	src/base/ftapi.c, src/base/ftobjs.c: Updating the type definitions
+	for the auto-hinter module.
+
+	  FT_AutoHinter_Interface  => FT_AutoHinter_ServiceRec
+	  FT_AutoHinter_Interface* => FT_AutoHinter_Service
+	  etc.
+
+	  FT_AutoHinter_Get_Global_Func  => FT_AutoHinter_GlobalGetFunc
+	  FT_AutoHinter_Done_Global_Func => FT_AutoHinter_GlobalDoneFunc
+	  etc.
+
+	* ahloader.h [_STANDALONE_]: Removed all conditional code.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/cfftypes.h, src/cff/*.c: Updating the
+	type definitions of the CFF font driver.
+
+	  CFF_Font  => CFF_FontRec
+	  CFF_Font* => CFF_Font
+	  etc.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/fnttypes.h, src/winfonts/*.c: Updating
+	type definitions of the Windows FNT font driver.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftdriver.h,
+	include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h, src/base/ftapi.c,
+	src/base/ftobjs.c, src/cff/cffdrivr.c, src/cff/cffdrivr.h,
+	src/cid/cidriver.c, src/cid/cidriver.h, src/pcf/pcfdriver.c,
+	src/pcf/pcfdriver.h, src/truetype/ttdriver.c,
+	src/truetype/ttdriver.h, src/type1/t1driver.c, src/type1/t1driver.h,
+	src/winfonts/winfnt.c, src/winfonts/winfnt.h: Updating type
+	definitions for font drivers.
+
+	  FTDriver_initFace      => FT_Face_InitFunc
+	  FTDriver_initGlyphSlot => FT_Slot_InitFunc
+	  etc.
+
+	* src/cid/cidobjs.c (CID_Face_Init): Remove dead code.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h, src/base/ftobjs.c: Updated a
+	few face method definitions:
+
+	  FT_PSName_Requester     => FT_Face_GetPostscriptNameFunc
+	  FT_Glyph_Name_Requester => FT_Face_GetGlyphNameFunc
+	  FT_Name_Index_Requester => FT_Face_GetGlyphNameIndexFunc
+
+	* src/base/ftapi.c: New file.  It contains backwards compatibility
+	functions.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/psaux.h, src/cid/cidload.c,
+	src/cidtoken.h, src/psaux/psobjs.c, src/psaux/psobjs.h,
+	src/psaux/t1decode.c, stc/type1/t1load.c, src/type1/t1tokens.h:
+	Updated common PostScript type definitions.
+	Renamed all enumeration values like to uppercase variants:
+
+	  t1_token_any      => T1_TOKEN_TYPE_ANY
+	  t1_field_cid_info => T1_FIELD_LOCATION_CID_INFO
+	  etc.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/psglobals.h: Removed.
+	* include/freetype/internal/pshints.h, src/pshinter/pshglob.h:
+	Updated.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/tttypes.h,
+	include/freetype/internal/sfnt.h, src/base/ftnames.c,
+	src/cff/cffdrivr.c, src/sfnt/*.c, src/truetype/*.c: Updated
+	SFNT/TrueType type definitions.
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h, include/freetype/internal/ftgloadr.h:
+	Updating type definitions for the glyph loader.
+
+2002-03-13  Antoine Leca  
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftoption.h: Changed the automatic
+	detection of Microsoft C compilers to automatically support 64-bit
+	integers only since revision 9.00 (i.e. >= Visual C++ 2.0).
+
+2002-03-08  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/base/ftutil.c (FT_Realloc): Use MEM_Set instead of memset.
+
+2002-03-07  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/base/ftdbgmem.c (ft_mem_table_resize, ft_mem_table_new,
+	ft_mem_table_set, ft_mem_debug_alloc, ft_mem_debug_free,
+	ft_mem_debug_realloc, ft_mem_debug_done, FT_Alloc_Debug,
+	FT_Realloc_Debug, FT_Free_Debug): Fix compiler warnings.
+	* src/base/ftcalc.c (FT_MulFix): Ditto.
+	* src/cff/cffdrivr.c (cff_get_name_index): Ditto.
+	* src/cff/cffobjs.c (CFF_Size_Get_Global_Funcs, CFF_Size_Init,
+	CFF_GlyphSlot_Init): Ditto.
+	* src/cid/cidobjs.c (CID_GlyphSlot_Init,
+	CID_Size_Get_Globals_Funcs): Ditto.
+	* src/type1/t1objs.c (T1_Size_Get_Globals_Funcs, T1_GlyphSlot_Init):
+	Ditto.
+	* src/pshinter/pshmod.c (pshinter_interface): Use `static const'.
+	* src/winfonts/winfnt.c (FNT_Get_Next_Char): Remove unused
+	variables.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/psaux.h (T1_Builder_Funcs): Renamed
+	to...
+	(T1_Builder_FuncsRec): This.
+	(T1_Builder_Funcs): New typedef.
+	(PSAux_Interface): Remove compiler warnings.
+	* src/psaux/psauxmod.c (t1_builder_funcs), src/psaux/psobjs.h
+	(t1_builder_funcs): Updated.
+
+	* src/pshinter/pshglob.h (PSH_Blue_Align): Replaced with ...
+	(PSH_BLUE_ALIGN_{NONE,TOP,BOT}): New defines.
+	(PSH_AlignmentRec): Updated.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftstream.h (GET_Char, GET_Byte): Fix
+	typo.
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftgloadr.h (FT_SubGlyph): Ditto.
+	* src/base/ftstream (FT_Get_Char): Rename to...
+	(FT_Stream_Get_Char): This.
+
+	* src/base/ftnames.c (FT_Get_Sfnt_Name): s/index/idx/ -- `index' is
+	a built-in function in gcc, causing warning messages with gcc 3.0.
+	* src/autohint/ahglyph.c (ah_outline_load): Ditto.
+	* src/autohint/ahglobal.c (ah_hinter_compute_blues): Ditto.
+	* src/cache/ftcmanag.c (ftc_family_table_alloc,
+	ftc_family_table_free, FTC_Manager_Done, FTC_Manager_Register_Cache):
+	Ditto.
+	* src/cff/cffload.c (cff_new_index, cff_done_index,
+	cff_explicit_index, CFF_Access_Element, CFF_Forget_Element,
+	CFF_Get_Name, CFF_Get_String, CFF_Load_SubFont, CFF_Load_Font,
+	CFF_Done_Font): Ditto.
+	* src/psaux/psobjs.c (PS_Table_Add, PS_Parser_LoadField): Ditto.
+	* src/psaux/t1decode.c (T1_Decoder_Parse_Charstrings): Ditto.
+	* src/pshinter/pshrec.c (ps_mask_test_bit, ps_mask_clear_bit,
+	ps_mask_set_bit, ps_dimension_add_t1stem, ps_hints_t1stem3,
+	* src/pshinter/pshalgo1.c (psh1_hint_table_record,
+	psh1_hint_table_record_mask, psh1_hint_table_activate_mask): Ditto.
+	* src/pshinter/pshalgo2.c (psh2_hint_table_record,
+	psh2_hint_table_record_mask, psh2_hint_table_activate_mask): Ditto.
+	* src/sfnt/ttpost.c (Load_Format_20, Load_Format_25,
+	TT_Get_PS_Name): Ditto.
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (TT_Get_Metrics, Get_HMetrics,
+	load_truetype_glyph): Ditto.
+	* src/type1/t1load.c (parse_subrs, T1_Open_Face): Ditto.
+	* src/type1/t1afm.c (T1_Get_Kerning): Ditto.
+	* include/freetype/cache/ftcmanag.h (ftc_family_table_free): Ditto.
+
+2002-03-06  David Turner  
+
+	* src/type1/t1objs.c (T1_Face_Init), src/cid/cidobjs.c
+	(CID_Face_Init): Fixed another bug related to the
+	ascender/descender/text height of Postscript fonts.
+
+	* src/pshinter/pshalgo2.c (print_zone): Renamed to ...
+	(psh2_print_zone): This.
+	* src/pshinter/pshalgo1.c (print_zone): Renamed to ...
+	(psh1_print_zone): This.
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h, include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h,
+	src/base/ftobjs.c: Adding the new FT_Library_Version API to return
+	the library's current version in dynamic links.
+	* src/base/ftinit.c (FT_Init_FreeType): Updated.
+
+2002-03-06  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/pshinter/pshglob.h (PSH_DimensionRec): s/std/stdw/.
+	* src/pshinter/pshglob.c (psh_global_scale_widths,
+	psh_dimension_snap_width, psh_globals_destroy, psh_globals_new):
+	Ditto.
+
+2002-03-05  David Turner  
+
+	* src/type1/t1objs.c (T1_Face_Init), src/cff/cffobjs.c
+	(CFF_Face_Init), src/cid/cidobjs.c (CID_Face_Init): Removing the bug
+	that returned global BBox values in 16.16 fixed format (instead of
+	integer font units).
+
+	* src/cid/cidriver.c (cid_get_postscript_name): Fixed a bug that
+	caused the CID driver to return Postscript font names with a leading
+	slash (`/') as in `/MOEKai-Regular'.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttload.c (TT_Load_Names), src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (Get_Name),
+	src/sfnt/sfdriver.c (get_sfnt_postscript_name): Fixed the loader so
+	that it accepts broken fonts like `foxjump.ttf', which made FreeType
+	crash when trying to load them.
+
+	Also improved the name table parser to be able to load
+	Windows-encoded entries before Macintosh or Unicode ones, since it
+	seems some fonts don't have reliable values here anyway.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/psnames.h: Add typedef for
+	`PSNames_Service'.
+
+2002-03-05  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/unix/aclocal.m4, builds/unix/ltmain.sh: Update to libtool
+	1.4.2.
+	Apply a small patch for AIX to make shared libraries work (this
+	patch is already in the CVS version of libtool).
+
+	* builds/unix/config.sub, builds/unix/config.guess: Updated to
+	recent versions.
+
+	* builds/unix/configure.ac: Fix typo
+	(AC_CONFIG_FILE->AC_CONFIG_FILES).
+
+	* builds/unix/configure: Regenerated.
+
+2002-02-28  David Turner  
+
+	* include/freetype/ftconfig.h: Changed `FT_LOCAL xxxx' to
+	`FT_LOCAL( xxxx )' everywhere in the source.  The same goes for
+	`FT_LOCAL_DEF xxxx' which is translated to `FT_LOCAL_DEF( xxxxx )'.
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FREETYPE_MINOR, FREETYPE_PATCH):
+	Changing version to 2.1.0 to indicate an unstable branch.
+	Added the declarations of FT_Get_First_Char and FT_Get_Next_Char.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c: Implement FT_Get_First_Char and
+	FT_Get_Next_Char.
+
+	* include/freetype/t1tables.h: Renaming structure types.  This
+
+	  typedef  T1_Struct_
+	  {
+	  } T1_Struct;
+
+	becomes
+
+	  typedef  PS_StructRec_
+	  {
+	  } PS_StructRec, *PS_Struct;
+
+	  typedef PS_StructRec  T1_Struct;  /* backwards-compatibility */
+
+	Hence, we increase the coherency of the source code by effectively
+	using the `Rec' prefix for structure types.
+
+2002-02-27  David Turner  
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttload.c (TT_Load_Names): Simplifying and securing the
+	names table loader.  Invalid individual name entries are now handled
+	correctly.  This allows the loading of very buggy fonts like
+	`foxjump.ttf' without allocating tons of memory and causing crashes.
+
+	* src/otlayout/otlcommon.h, src/otlayout/otlcommon.c: Adding (still
+	experimental) code for OpenType Layout tables validation and
+	parsing.
+
+	* src/type1/t1cmap.h, src/type1/t1cmap.c: Adding (still
+	experimental) code for Type 1 charmap processing.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttcmap0.c: New file.  It contains a new, still
+	experimental SFNT charmap processing support.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h: Adding validation support as
+	well as internal charmap object definitions (FT_CMap != FT_CharMap).
+
+2002-02-24  David Turner  
+
+	* Renaming stream functions to the FT__ scheme:
+
+	  FT_Seek_Stream    => FT_Stream_Seek
+	  FT_Skip_Stream    => FT_Stream_Skip
+	  FT_Read_Stream    => FT_Stream_Read
+	  FT_Read_Stream_At => FT_Stream_Read_At
+	  FT_Access_Frame   => FT_Stream_Enter_Frame
+	  FT_Forget_Frame   => FT_Stream_Exit_Frame
+	  FT_Extract_Frame  => FT_Stream_Extract_Frame
+	  FT_Release_Frame  => FT_Stream_Release_Frame
+	  FT_Get_XXXX       => FT_Stream_Get_XXXX
+	  FT_Read_XXXX      => FT_Stream_Read_XXXX
+
+	  FT_New_Stream( filename, stream ) =>
+	    FT_Stream_Open( stream, filename )
+
+	    (The function doesn't create the FT_Stream structure, it simply
+	    initializes it for reading.)
+
+	  FT_New_Memory_Stream( library, FT_Byte*  base, size, stream ) =>
+	    FT_Stream_Open_Memory( stream, const FT_Byte* base, size )
+
+	  FT_Done_Stream  => FT_Stream_Close
+	  FT_Stream_IO    => FT_Stream_IOFunc
+	  FT_Stream_Close => FT_Stream_CloseFunc
+
+	  ft_close_stream => ft_ansi_stream_close (in base/ftsystem.c only)
+	  ft_io_stream    => ft_ansi_stream_io    (in base/ftsystem.c only)
+
+	* src/base/ftutil.c: New file.  Contains all memory and list
+	management code (previously in `ftobjs.c' and `ftlist.c',
+	respectively).
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h: Moving all code related to
+	glyph loaders to ...
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftgloadr.h: This new file.
+	`FT_GlyphLoader' is now a pointer to the structure
+	`FT_GlyphLoaderRec'.
+	(ft_glyph_own_bitmap): Renamed to ...
+	(FT_GLYPH_OWN_BITMAP): This.
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c: Moving all code related to glyph loaders
+	to ...
+	* src/base/ftgloadr.c: This new file.
+
+2002-02-22  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftdebug.h (FT_Trace): Remove comma in
+	enum to avoid compiler warnings.
+
+2002-02-21  David Turner  
+
+	Modified the debug sub-system initialization.  Trace levels can now
+	be specified within the `FT2_DEBUG' environment variable.  See the
+	comments within `ftdebug.c' for more details.
+
+	* src/base/ftdebug.c: (FT_SetTraceLevel): Removed.
+	(ft_debug_init): New function.
+	(ft_debug_dummy): Removed.
+	Updated to changes in ftdebug.h
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftdebug.h: Always define
+	FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR if FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE is defined.
+	(FT_Assert): Renamed to ...
+	(FT_ASSERT): This.
+	Some stuff from ftdebug.h has been moved to ...
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/fttrace.h: New file, to define the trace
+	levels used for debugging.  It is used both to define enums and
+	toggle names for FT2_DEBUG.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/internal.h: Updated.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c, src/base/ftstream.c: Updated.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftextend.h, src/base/ftextend.c:
+	Removed.  Both files are now completely obsolete.
+	* src/base/Jamfile, src/base/rules.mk: Updated.
+
+	* include/freetype/fterrors.h: Adding `#undef FT_ERR_CAT' and
+	`#undef FT_ERR_XCAT' to avoid warnings with certain compilers (like
+	LCC).
+
+	* src/pshinter/pshalgo2.c (print_zone): Renamed to ...
+	(psh2_print_zone): This to avoid errors during compilation of debug
+	library.
+
+	* src/smooth/ftgrays.c (FT_COMPONENT): Change definition to as
+	`trace_smooth'.
+
+2002-02-20  David Turner  
+
+	* README: Adding `devel@freetype.org' address for bug reports.
+
+2002-02-20  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/unix/install.mk (check): New dummy target.
+	(.PHONY): Add it.
+
+2002-02-19  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/freetype.mk (FT_CFLAGS): Use $(INCLUDE_FLAGS) first.
+
+	* src/cache/ftccache.c (ftc_cache_resize): Mark `error' as unused
+	to avoid compiler warning.
+	* src/cff/cffload.c (CFF_Get_String): Ditto.
+	* src/cff/cffobjs.c (CFF_StrCopy): Ditto.
+	* src/psaux/psobjs.c (PS_Table_Done): Ditto.
+	* src/pcf/pcfread.c (pcf_seek_to_table_type): Ditto.
+	* src/sfnt/sfdriver.c (get_sfnt_postscript_name): Ditto.
+	(pcf_get_bitmaps): The same for `sizebitmaps'.
+	* src/psaux/t1decode.c (T1_Decode_Parse_Charstrings): The same for
+	`orig_y'.
+	(t1operator_seac): Comment out more dead code.
+	* src/pshinter/pshalgo2.c (ps2_hints_apply): Add `DEBUG_HINTER'
+	conditional.
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (TT_Process_Simple_Glyph,
+	load_truetype_glyph): Add `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER'
+	conditional.
+
+2002-02-18  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/autohint/ahglyph.c (ah_outline_link_segments): Remove unused
+	variables.
+	* src/autohint/ahhint.c (ah_align_serif_edge): Use FT_UNUSED instead
+	of UNUSED.
+	* src/autohint/ahmodule.c (ft_autohinter_reset): Ditto.
+	* src/pshinter/pshrec.c (ps_mask_table_merge): Fix typo in variable
+	swapping code.
+	* src/pshinter/pshglob.h (PSH_Blue_Align): Add PSH_BLUE_ALIGN_NONE.
+	* src/pshinter/pshglob.c (psh_blues_snap_stem): Use it.
+	* src/pshinter/pshalgo1.c (psh1_hint_table_optimize): Ditto.
+	* src/pshinter/pshalgo2.c (psh2_hint_align): Ditto.
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h (UNUSED): Removed.
+
+2002-02-10  Roberto Alameda  
+
+	Add support for ISOLatin1 PS encoding.
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h (ft_encoding_latin_1): New tag
+	(`lat1').
+	* include/freetype/internal/t1types.h (T1_Encoding_Type): Add
+	`t1_encoding_isolatin1'.
+	* src/type1/t1driver.c (Get_Char_Index, Get_Next_Char): Handle
+	ft_encoding_latin_1.
+	* src/type1/t1load.c (parse_encoding): Handle `ISOLatin1Encoding'.
+	* src/type1/t1objs.c (T1_Face_Init): Handle `t1_encoding_isolatin1'.
+
+----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2007, 2008 by
+David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+
+This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+fully.
+
+
+Local Variables:
+version-control: never
+coding: utf-8
+End:
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/ChangeLog.22 b/src/3rdparty/freetype/ChangeLog.22
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4144288
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/ChangeLog.22
@@ -0,0 +1,2837 @@
+2006-05-12  Werner Lemberg  
+
+
+	* Version 2.2.1 released.
+	=========================
+
+
+	Tag sources with `VER-2-2-1'.
+
+2006-05-12  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/tools/docmaker/sources.py (re_source_keywords): Add word
+	boundary markers.
+	* src/tools/docmaker/content.py (re_field): Allow `.' in field names
+	(but not at the beginning or end).
+	* src/tools/docmaker/tohtml.py (html_header_1): Use `utf-8' charset.
+	(block_footer): Split into...
+	(block_footer_start, block_footer_middle, block_footer_end): This to
+	add navigation buttons.
+	(HtmlFormatter::block_exit): Updated.
+
+	* include/freetype/*: Many minor documentation improvements (adding
+	links, spelling errors, etc.).
+
+2006-05-11  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* README: Minor updates.
+
+	* include/freetype/*: s/scale/scaling value/ where appropriate.
+	Many other minor documentation improvements.
+
+	* src/tools/docmaker/sources.py (re_italic, re_bold): Handle
+	trailing punctuation.
+	* src/tools/docmaker/tohtml.py (HtmlFormatter::make_html_word): Add
+	warning message for undefined cross references.
+	Update handling of re_italic and re_bold.
+
+2006-05-11  Masatake YAMATO  
+
+	* builds/unix/ftsystem.c (FT_Stream_Open): Check errno only if
+	read system call returns -1.
+	Remove a redundant parenthesis.
+
+2006-05-10  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/unix/ftsystem.c (FT_Stream_Open): Avoid infinite loop if
+	given an empty, un-mmap()able file.  Reported and suggested fix in
+	Savannah bug #16555.
+
+	* builds/freetype.mk (refdoc): Write-protect the `docmaker'
+	directory to suppress generation of .pyc files.  According to the
+	Python docs there isn't a more elegant solution (currently).
+
+	* builds/toplevel.mk (dist): New target which builds .tar.gz,
+	.tar.bz2, and .zip files.  Note that the version number is still
+	hard-coded.
+	(do-dist): Sub-target of `dist'.
+	(CONFIG_GUESS, CONFIG_SUB): New variables.
+	(.PHONY): Updated.
+
+2006-05-09  Rajeev Pahuja  
+
+	* builds/win32/visualc/freetype.sln,
+	builds/win32/visualc/freetype.vcproj: Upgraded to VS.NET 2005 from
+	VS.NET 2003
+	Added files ftbbox.c, fttype1.c, ftwinfnt.c, ftsynth.c.
+
+	* builds/win32/visualc/index.html: Updated.
+
+2006-05-07  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Put version information into the configure script.  Reported by Paul
+	Watson .
+
+	* builds/unix/configure.ac: Renamed to...
+	* builds/unix/configure.raw: This which now serves (with appropriate
+	modifications) as a template for configure.ac.
+
+	* version.sed: New script.
+
+	* autogen.sh: Generate configure.ac from configure.raw, using
+	FREETYPE_MAJOR, FREETYPE_MINOR, and FREETYPE_PATCH from freetype.h.
+
+2006-05-06  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FREETYPE_PATCH): Set to 1.
+
+	* builds/unix/configure.ac (version_info): Set to 9:10:3.
+
+	* builds/win32/visualc/index.html,
+	builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsp,
+	builds/win32/visualc/freetype.vcproj, builds/freetype.mk (refdoc),
+	Jamfile (RefDoc), README: s/220/221/, s/2.2.0/2.2.1/.
+	Minor updates.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES, docs/VERSION.DLL, docs/PROBLEMS, README.CVS:
+	Updated.
+
+	* builds/unix/install-sh: Updated from `texinfo' CVS module at
+	savannah.gnu.org.
+
+	* devel/ftoption.h: Synchronize with
+	include/freetype/config/ftoption.h.
+
+2006-05-04  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/lzw/ftlzw2.c: Renamed to...
+	* src/lzw/ftlzw.c: This.
+
+	* src/lzw/Jamfile, src/lzw/rules.mk: Updated.
+
+	* builds/mac/FreeType.m68k_cfm.make.txt,
+	builds/mac/FreeType.m68k_far.make.txt,
+	builds/mac/FreeType.ppc_carbon.make.txt,
+	builds/mac/FreeType.ppc_classic.make.txt: Updated.
+
+2006-05-03  David Turner  
+
+	Allow compilation again with C++ compilers.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftmemory.h (FT_ASSIGNP,
+	FT_ASSIGNP_INNER): New macros which do the actual assignment, and
+	which exist in two variants (for C and C++).
+	Update callers accordingly.
+
+2006-05-03  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftoption.h (FT_STRICT_ALIASING): Removed.
+
+2006-05-02  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftmemory.h: s/new/newsz/ (for C++).
+	(FT_ALLOC): Remove redundant redefinition.
+
+	* builds/compiler/gcc-dev.mk (CFLAGS) [g++]: Don't use
+	`-Wstrict-prototypes'.
+
+	* src/base/ftstream.c (FT_Stream_EnterFrame): Add cast.
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h (FT_BASE_DEF) [__cplusplus]:
+	Remove `extern'.
+
+2006-05-02  David Turner  
+
+	Update the memory management functions and macros to safely deal
+	with array size buffer overflows.  This corresponds to attempts to
+	allocate arrays that are too large.  For an example, consider the
+	following code:
+
+	  count = read_uint32_from_file(); array = malloc( sizeof ( Item ) *
+	  count ); for ( nn = 0; nn < count; nn++ )
+	    array[nn] = read_item_from_file();
+
+	If `count' is larger than `FT_UINT_MAX/sizeof(Item)', the
+	multiplication overflows, and the array allocated os smaller than
+	the data read from the file.  In this case, the heap will be
+	trashed, and this can be used as a denial-of-service attack, or make
+	the engine crash later.
+
+	The FT_ARRAY_NEW and FT_ARRAY_RENEW macros now ensure that the new
+	count is no larger than `FT_INT_MAX/item_size', otherwise a new
+	error code `FT_Err_Array_Too_Large' will be returned.
+
+	Note that the memory debugger now works again when FT_DEBUG_MEMORY
+	is defined.  FT_STRICT_ALIASING has disappeared; the corresponding
+	code is now the default.
+
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h (FT_BASE_DEF) [!__cplusplus]:
+	Don't use `extern'.
+
+	* include/freetype/fterrdef.h (FT_Err_Array_Too_Large): New error
+	code.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftmemory.h (FT_DEBUG_INNER)
+	[FT_DEBUG_MEMORY]: New macro.
+	(ft_mem_realloc, ft_mem_qrealloc): Pass new object size count also.
+	(ft_mem_alloc_debug, ft_mem_qalloc_debug, ft_mem_realloc_debug,
+	ft_mem_qrealloc_debug, ft_mem_free_debug): Removed.
+	(FT_MEM_ALLOC, FT_MEM_REALLOC, FT_MEM_QALLOC, FT_MEM_QREALLOC,
+	FT_MEM_FREE): Redefine.
+	(FT_MEM_NEW_ARRAY, FT_MEM_RENEW_ARRAY, FT_MEM_QNEW_ARRAY,
+	FT_MEM_QRENEW_ARRAY): Redefine.
+	(FT_ALLOC_MULT, FT_REALLOC_MULT, FT_MEM_QALLOC_MULT,
+	FT_MEM_QREALLOC_MULT): New macros.  Update callers where
+	appropriate.
+	(FT_MEM_SET_ERROR): Slightly redefine.
+
+
+	* src/base/ftdbgmem.c (_ft_debug_file, _ft_debug_lineno)
+	[FT_DEBUG_MEMORY]: New global variables, replacing...
+	(FT_MemTable_Rec) [FT_DEBUG_MEMORY]: Remove `filename' and
+	`line_no'.  Update all callers.
+	(ft_mem_debug_alloc) [FT_DEBUG_MEMORY]: Avoid possible integer
+	overflow.
+	(ft_mem_alloc_debug, ft_mem_realloc_debug, ft_mem_qalloc_debug,
+	ft_mem_qrealloc_debug, ft_mem_free_debug): Removed.
+
+	* src/base/ftmac.c (read_lwfn): Catch integer overflow.
+	* src/base/ftrfork.c (raccess_guess_darwin_hfsplus): Ditto.
+	* src/base/ftutil.c: Remove special code for FT_STRICT_ALIASING.
+	(ft_mem_alloc, ft_mem_realloc, ft_mem_qrealloc): Rewrite.
+
+
+	* include/freetype/ftstream.h (FT_FRAME_ENTER, FT_FRAME_EXIT,
+	FT_FRAME_EXTRACT, FT_FRAME_RELEASE): Use FT_DEBUG_INNER to report the
+	place where the frames were entered, extracted, exited or released
+	in the memory debugger.
+
+	* src/base/ftstream.c (FT_Stream_ReleaseFrame) [FT_DEBUG_MEMORY]:
+	Call ft_mem_free.
+	(FT_Stream_EnterFrame) [FT_DEBUG_MEMORY]: Use ft_mem_qalloc.
+	(FT_Stream_ExitFrame) [FT_DEBUG_MEMORY]: Use ft_mem_free.
+
+2006-04-30  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (Mac_Read_POST_Resource): Correct pfb_pos
+	initialization, remove extra cast to copy to pfb_lenpos.  This fixes
+	parsing of PFB fonts with MacOS resource fork (bug introduced
+	2003-09-11).  Patch provided by Huib-Jan Imbens .
+
+2006-04-29  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Further C library abstraction.  Based on a patch from
+	msn2@bidyut.com.
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h (FT_CHAR_BIT, FT_FILE,
+	ft_fopen, ft_fclose, ft_fseek, ft_ftell, ft_fread, ft_smalloc,
+	ft_scalloc, ft_srealloc, ft_sfree, ft_labs): New wrapper macros for
+	C library functions.  Update all users accordingly (and catch some
+	other places where the C library function was used instead of the
+	wrapper functions).
+
+	* src/base/ftsystem.c: Don't include stdio.h and stdlib.h.
+	* src/gzip/zutil.h [MSDOS && !(__TURBOC__ || __BORLANDC__)]: Don't
+	include malloc.h.
+
+
+	* builds/unix/unix-def.in (datarootdir): Define, for autoconf 2.59c
+	and forthcoming versions.
+
+2006-04-28  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/lzw/ftlzw.c, src/lzw/zopen.c, src/lzw/zopen.h: Removed,
+	obsolete.
+
+2006-04-27  yi luo  
+
+	* builds/win32/visualc/freetype.vcproj: Updated.
+
+2006-04-26  David Turner  
+
+
+	* Version 2.2 released.
+	=======================
+
+
+	Tag sources with `VER-2-2-0'.
+
+2006-04-26  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/psaux/psobjs.c (shift_elements): Don't use FT_Long but
+	FT_PtrDiff for `delta'.  Reported by Céline PILLET
+	.
+
+2006-04-21  David Turner  
+
+	* include/freetype/ftincrem.h: Documentation updates.
+	(FT_Incremental_Interface): New typedef.
+
+	* include/freetype/ftmodapi.h, include/freetype/ftglyph.h:
+	Documentation updates.
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h: Documentation update.
+	(FT_HAS_FAST_GLYPHS): Always set to 0.
+
+	* include/freetype/ftstroke.h, src/base/ftstroke.c (FT_Stroker_New):
+	Take an FT_Library argument instead of FT_Memory.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttcmap.c: Remove compiler warnings (gcc-4.0.2).
+
+2006-04-13  David Turner  
+
+	* src/autofit/afloader.c (af_loader_init, af_loader_load_g): Remove
+	superfluous code in the auto-fitter's loader.
+
+2006-04-05  Detlef Würkner  
+
+	* builds/amiga/makefile, builds/amiga/makefile.os4,
+	builds/amiga/smakefile: Added FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY define.
+
+2006-04-03  luoyi  
+
+	* builds/compiler/intelc.mk (TE): New variable.
+	(ANSIFLAGS): Updated.
+
+2006-04-03  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/exports.mk (clean_symbols_list, clean_apinames): Removed.
+	(CLEAN): Add $(EXPORTS_LIST) and $(APINAMES_EXE).
+	(.PHONY): Updated.
+
+	* configure.ac: Minor fixes to improve --help output.
+
+
+	* docs/PROBLEMS: New file.
+
+2006-04-01  David Turner  
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Updated.
+
+	* include/freetype/ftcache.h, include/freetype/config/ftheader.h:
+	Update documentation comments.
+
+2006-04-01  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/unix/install.mk (uninstall): Don't handle `cache'
+	directory which no longer exists.
+
+2006-03-29  Detlef Würkner  
+
+	* src/psaux/psconv.c: Changed some variables which are expected to
+	hold negative values from `char' to `FT_Char' to allow building with
+	a compiler where `char' is unsigned by default.
+
+2006-03-27  David Turner  
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttkern.c (tt_face_get_kerning): Fix a serious bug that
+	causes some programs to go into an infinite loop when dealing with
+	fonts that don't have a properly sorted kerning sub-table.
+
+2006-03-26  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/bdf/bdflib.c (ERRMSG4): New macro.
+	(_bdf_parse_glyphs): Handle invalid BBX values.
+
+	* include/freetype/fterrdef.h (FT_Err_Bbx_Too_Big): New error
+	macro.
+
+2006-03-23  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Updated.
+
+
+	* src/tools/docmaker/tohtml.py (html_header_2): Add horizontal
+	padding between table elements.
+	(html_header_1): The `DOCTYPE' comment must be in uppercase.
+	(make_html_para): Convert `...' quotations into real left and
+	right single quotes.
+	Use `para_header' and `para_footer'.
+
+	* src/tools/docmaker/sources.py (re_bold, re_italic): Accept "'"
+	also.
+
+2006-03-23  David Turner 
+
+	Add FT_Get_SubGlyph_Info API to retrieve subglyph data.  Note that
+	we do not expose the FT_SubGlyphRec structure.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftgloadr.h (FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAGS_*): Moved
+	to...
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAGS_*): Here.
+	(FT_Get_SybGlyph_Info): New declaration.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Get_SubGlyph_Info): New function.
+
+
+	* src/autofit/afloader.c (af_loader_load_g): Compute lsb_delta and
+	rsb_delta correctly in edge cases.
+
+2006-03-22  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/cache/ftccache.c, (ftc_node_mru_up, FTC_Cache_Lookup)
+	[!FTC_INLINE]: Compile conditionally.
+	* src/cache/ftccache.h: Updated.
+
+	* src/cache/ftcglyph.c (FTC_GNode_Init, FTC_GNode_UnselectFamily,
+	FTC_GNode_Done, FTC_GNode_Compare, FTC_Family_Init, FTC_GCache_New):
+	s/FT_EXPORT/FT_LOCAL/.
+	(FTC_GCache_Init, FTC_GCache_Done): Commented out.
+	(FTC_GCache_Lookup) [!FTC_INLINE]: Compile conditionally.
+	s/FT_EXPORT/FT_LOCAL/.
+	* src/cache/ftcglyph.h: Updated.
+
+	* src/cache/ftcimage.c (FTC_INode_Free, FTC_INode_New):
+	s/FT_EXPORT/FT_LOCAL/.
+	(FTC_INode_Weight): Commented out.
+	* src/cache/ftcimage.h: Updated.
+
+	* src/cache/ftmanag.c (FTC_Manager_Compress,
+	FTC_Manager_RegisterCache, FTC_Manager_FlushN):
+	s/FT_EXPORT/FT_LOCAL/.
+	* src/cache/ftmanag.h: Updated.
+
+	* src/cache/ftcsbits.c (FTC_SNode_Free, FTC_SNode_New,
+	FTC_SNode_Compare): s/FT_EXPORT/FT_LOCAL/.
+	(FTC_SNode_Weight): Commented out.
+	* src/cache/ftcsbits.h: Updated.
+
+2006-03-22  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/cache/ftccache.c, src/cache/ftccache.h (FTC_Node_Destroy):
+	Remove, unused.
+
+	* src/cache/ftccmap.h: Remove, unused.
+
+	* src/cache/rules.mk (CACHE_DRV_H): Remove ftccmap.h.
+
+2006-03-21  Zhe Su  
+
+	* src/base/ftoutln.c (FT_Outline_Get_Orientation): Improve
+	algorithm.
+
+2006-03-21  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/cff/cfftypes.h (CFF_CharsetRec): Add `max_cid' member.
+
+	* src/cff/cffload.c (cff_charset_load): Set `charset->max_cid'.
+
+	* src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_slot_load): Change type of third parameter
+	to `FT_UInt'.
+	Check range of `glyph_index'.
+	* src/cff/cffgload.h: Updated.
+
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttcmap.c (tt_face_build_cmaps): Handle invalid offset
+	correctly.
+
+
+	* builds/freetype.mk (refdoc), docs/CHANGES, Jamfile (RefDoc),
+	README: s/2.1.10/2.2/.
+
+2006-03-21  David Turner  
+
+	* src/autofit/aflatin.c (af_latin_metrics_scale): Fix small bug
+	that crashes the auto-hinter (introduced by previous patch).
+
+2006-03-20  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/freetype.mk (CACHE_DIR, CACHE_H): Remove.
+	(FREETYPE_H): Updated.
+
+	* src/cache/rules.mk (CACHE_H_DIR): Remove.
+	(CACHE_DRV_H): Updated.
+
+2006-03-20  David Turner  
+
+	* include/freetype/cache/ftccache.h,
+	include/freetype/cache/ftccmap.h, include/freetype/cache/ftcglyph.h
+	include/freetype/cache/ftcimage.h include/freetype/cache/ftcmanag.h
+	include/freetype/cache/ftcmru.h include/freetype/cache/ftcsbits.h:
+	Move to...
+
+	* src/cache/ftccache.h, src/cache/ftcglyph.h, src/cache/ftcimage.h,
+	src/cache/ftcsbits.h, src/cache/ftcmanag.h, src/cache/ftccmap.h,
+	src/cache/ftcmru.h: This new location.
+	Update declarations according to the changes in the corresponding
+	source files.
+
+	Note that these files are not used by FreeType clients; all public
+	APIs of the cache module have been already moved to
+	`include/freetype/ftcache.h', and all FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_XXXX_H
+	macros resolve to it.
+
+	Reason for the move is to allow modifications of the internals
+	without interferences with rogue clients.  Note that there are no
+	known clients that access the cache internals at the moment.
+
+	* builds/unix/install.mk (install): Don't install headers from
+	$(CACHE_H).
+	Remove `freetype/cache' from the target directory.
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftheader.h (FT_CACHE_MANAGER_H,
+	FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_MRU_H, FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_MANAGER_H,
+	FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_CACHE_H, FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_GLYPH_H,
+	FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_IMAGE_H, FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_SBITS_H): Point to
+	FT_CACHE_H.
+
+	* src/cache/ftcbasic.c, src/cache/ftccache.h, src/cache/ftccback.h,
+	src/cache/ftccmap.c, src/cache/ftcglyph.c, src/cache/ftcglyph.h,
+	src/cache/ftcimage.c, src/cache/ftcimage.h, src/cache/ftcmanag.c,
+	src/cache/ftcmanag.h, src/cache/ftcmru.h, src/cache/ftcsbits.c,
+	src/cache/ftcsbits.h: Don't use the FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_XXX_H macros
+	but include the headers directly (which are now in `src/cache').
+
+	* src/cache/ftccache.c:  Don't use the FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_XXX_H
+	macros but include the headers directly.
+	(FTC_Cache_Init, FTC_Cache_Done, FTC_Cache_NewNode,
+	FTC_Cache_Lookup, FTC_Cache_RemoveFaceID): Declare as FT_LOCAL_DEF.
+
+	* src/cache/ftccache.c:  Don't use the FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_XXX_H
+	macros but include the headers directly.
+	(FTC_MruNode_Prepend, FTC_MruNode_Up, FTC_MruNode_Remove,
+	FTC_MruList_Init, FTC_MruList_Reset, FTC_MruList_Done,
+	FTC_MruList_New, FTC_MruList_Remove, FTC_MruList_RemoveSelection):
+	Declare as FT_LOCAL_DEF.
+	(FTC_MruListFind, FTC_MruList_Lookup) [!FTC_INLINE]: Compile
+	conditionally.
+	Declare as FT_LOCAL_DEF.
+
+
+	* builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsp: Update project file, add
+	missing base source files (ftstroke.c, ftxf86.c, etc.).
+
+
+	* src/autofit/afcjk.c, src/autofit/aflatin.c, src/base/ftobjs.c,
+	src/cff/cffobjs.c, src/cid/cidobjs.c, src/pfr/pfrobjs.c,
+	src/sfnt/sfobjs.c, src/sfnt/ttmtx.c, src/type1/t1afm.c,
+	src/type1/t1objs.c: Remove compiler warnings when building with
+	Visual C++ 6 and /W4.
+
+	* src/autofit/aflatin.c (af_latin_hints_init): Disable horizontal
+	hinting for italic/oblique fonts.
+
+
+
+	* src/truetype/ttpload.c, src/truetype/ttpload.h
+	(tt_face_get_device_metrics): Change second argument to `FT_UInt'.
+
+2006-03-06  David Turner  
+
+	* src/cache/ftcmanag.c (FTC_Manager_Lookup_Size): Prevent crashes in
+	Mozilla/FireFox print preview in Ubuntu Hoary.
+
+2006-02-28  Chia-I Wu  
+
+	* src/base/ftutil.c (ft_mem_qalloc) [FT_STRICT_ALIASING]: Do not
+	return error when size == 0.
+
+2006-02-28  Chia-I Wu  
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Done_Library): Remove modules in reverse
+	order so that type42 module is removed before truetype module.  This
+	avoids double free in some occasions.
+
+2006-02-28  David Turner  
+
+	* Release candidate VER-2-2-0-RC4.
+	----------------------------------
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Documentation updates.
+
+2006-02-28  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* modules.cfg (BASE_EXTENSIONS): Compile in ftgxval.c by default to
+	build ftvalid in ft2demos.  It works as dummy ABI if gxvalid is not
+	built.
+
+2006-02-27  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/cache/ftccache.h
+	[FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS]: Remove declaration of
+	ftc_node_done.
+
+	* src/cache/ftccache.c (ftc_node_destroy)
+	[!FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS]: Mark as FT_LOCAL_DEF.  This
+	should now fix all possible compilation options.
+
+2006-02-27  David Turner  
+
+	* src/base/ftutil.c (ft_mem_alloc, ft_mem_qalloc, ft_mem_realloc,
+	ft_mem_qrealloc): Return an error if a negative size is passed in
+	parameters.
+
+	* src/cache/ftccache.c (ftc_node_destroy): Mark as FT_BASE_DEF since
+	it needs to be exported for rogue clients.
+
+	* src/pshinter/pshglob.c (psh_blues_set_zones_0): Prevent problems
+	with malformed fonts which have an odd number of blue values (these
+	are broken according to the specs).
+
+	* src/cff/cffload.c (cff_subfont_load), src/type1/t1load.c
+	(T1_Open_Face): Modify the loaders to force even-ness of
+	`num_blue_values'.
+
+	(cff_index_access_element): Ignore invalid entries in index files.
+
+2006-02-27  Chia-I Wu  
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Set_Char_Size): Check the case where width
+	or height is 0.
+
+2006-02-27  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* builds/mac/FreeType.m68k_cfm.make.txt,
+	builds/mac/FreeType.m68k_far.make.txt,
+	builds/mac/FreeType.ppc_carbon.make.txt,
+	builds/mac/FreeType.ppc_classic.make.txt: Update to new header
+	inclusion introduced on 2006-02-16.
+
+2006-02-27  Chia-I Wu  
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (GRID_FIT_METRICS): New macro.
+	(ft_glyphslot_grid_fit_metrics, FT_Load_Glyph) [GRID_FIT_METRICS]:
+	Re-enable glyph metrics grid-fitting.  It is now done in the base
+	layer.
+	(FT_Set_Char_Size, FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes): Make sure the width and
+	height are not too small or too large, just like we were doing in
+	2.1.10.
+
+	* src/autofit/afloader.c (af_loader_load_g): The vertical metrics
+	are not scaled.
+
+2006-02-26  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* docs/release: Minor additions and clarifications.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Updated to reflect many fixes for backwards
+	compatibility.  Still incomplete.
+
+2006-02-26  David Turner  
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (ft_recompute_scaled_metrics): Re-enable
+	conservative rounding of metrics to avoid breaking clients like
+	Pango (see http://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=327852).
+
+2006-02-25  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* devel/ftoption.h: Synchronize with
+	include/freetype/config/ftoption.h.
+
+	* src/cache/ftccache.c (ftc_node_destroy): Use FT_LOCAL_DEF (again).
+
+2006-02-25  David Turner  
+
+	Fix compiler warnings as well as C++ compilation problems.
+	Add missing prototypes.
+
+	* src/autofit/afcjk.c, src/base/ftobjs.c, src/base/ftutil.c,
+	src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c, src/cff/cffcmap.c, src/cff/cffobjs.c,
+	src/psaux/afmparse.c,, src/psaux/t1cmap.c, src/smooth/ftgrays.c
+	src/tools/apinames.c, src/truetype/ttdriver.c: Add various casts,
+	initialize variables, and decorate functions with FT_CALLBACK_DEF,
+	etc., to fix compiler warnings (and C++ compiling errors).
+
+	* src/cache/ftcbasic.c: Fix `-Wmissing-prototypes' warnings with
+	gcc.
+
+	* builds/unix/ftsystem.c: Don't include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H but
+	FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H.
+
+	* src/base/ftsystem.c: Include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H.
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftheader.h (FT_PFR_H): New macro.
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftoption.h (FT_STRICT_ALIASING): Don't
+	define for C++.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/services/svotval.h: Don't include
+	FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H but FT_INTERNAL_VALIDATE_H.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/services/svpfr.h: Include FT_PFR_H.
+
+	* src/gzip/ftgzip.c: Include FT_GZIP_H.
+
+	* src/lzw/ftlzw.c, src/lzw/ftlzw2.c: Include FT_LZW_H.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttbdf.c (tt_face_load_bdf_props): Rearrange code.
+
+2006-02-24  Chia-I Wu  
+
+	* src/base/ftoutln.c (FT_OUTLINE_GET_CONTOUR, ft_contour_has,
+	ft_contour_enclosed, ft_outline_get_orientation): Commented out.  We
+	have to wait until `FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap' is stabilized.
+	(FT_Outline_Embolden): Use `FT_Outline_Get_Orientation'.
+
+2006-02-24  Chia-I Wu  
+
+	* include/freetype/ftbitmap.h (FT_Bitmap_Embolden): Update
+	documentation.
+
+	* include/freetype/ftsynth.h (FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap),
+	src/base/ftsynth.c (FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap): New function to make
+	sure a glyph slot owns its bitmap.  It is also marked experimental
+	and due to change.
+	(FT_GlyphSlot_Embolden): Undo the last change.  It turns out that
+	rendering the outline confuses some applications.
+
+2006-02-24  David Turner  
+
+	* Release candidate VER-2-2-0-RC3.
+	----------------------------------
+
+	* src/cache/ftcbasic.c: Correct compatibility hack bug.
+
+2006-02-24  Chia-I Wu  
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_Size_RequestRec): Change the type
+	of `width' and `height' to `FT_Long'.
+	(enum FT_Size_Request_Type), src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Request_Metrics):
+	New request type `FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_SCALES' to specify the scales
+	directly.
+
+2006-02-23  David Turner  
+
+	Two BDF patches from Debian libfreetype6 for 2.1.10.
+
+	* src/bdf/bdflib.c (_bdf_parse_glyphs): Fix a bug with zero-width
+	glyphs.
+	Fix a problem with large encodings.
+
+
+	Fix binary compatibility issues for gnustep-back (GNUstep backend
+	module) which still crashes under Sarge.
+
+	* src/cache/ftccmap.c (FTC_OldCMapType, FTC_OldCMapIdRec,
+	FTC_OldCMapDesc) [FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS]: New data
+	structures and enumerations.
+	(FTC_CMapCache_Lookup) [FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS]: New
+	compatibility code.
+
+	* src/cache/ftcbasic.c: Fix a silly bug that prevented our `hack' to
+	support rogue clients compiled against 2.1.7 to work correctly.
+	This probably explains the GNUstep crashes with the second release
+	candidate.
+
+2006-02-23  Chia-I Wu  
+
+	* include/freetype/ftoutln.h (enum FT_Orientation): New value
+	`FT_ORIENTATION_NONE'.
+
+	* src/base/ftoutln.c (FT_OUTLINE_GET_CONTOUR, ft_contour_has,
+	ft_contour_enclosed, ft_outline_get_orientation): Another version of
+	`FT_Outline_Get_Orientation'.  This version differs from the public
+	one in that each part (contour not enclosed in another contour) of the
+	outline is checked for orientation.
+	(FT_Outline_Embolden): Use `ft_outline_get_orientation'.
+
+	* src/base/ftsynth.c (FT_GlyphSlot_Embolden): Render the outline and
+	use bitmap's embolden routine when the outline one failed.
+
+2006-02-22  Chia-I Wu  
+
+	* modules.cfg: Compile in ftotval.c and ftxf86.c by default for ABI
+	compatibility.
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (sfnt_done_face): Fix a memory leak.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttsbit0.c (tt_sbit_decoder_load_bit_aligned,
+	tt_sbit_decoder_load_byte_aligned) [FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY]: Fix sbit
+	loading.  (Only tested with bit aligned sbit with x_pos == 0.)
+
+	* src/truetype/ttpload.c (tt_face_load_hdmx,
+	tt_face_get_device_metrics) [FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY]: `hdmx' is not
+	actually used.
+
+2006-02-21  David Turner  
+
+	Add a new API named FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type to determine whether
+	we have a patented, unpatented, or unimplemented TrueType bytecode
+	interpreter.
+
+	The FT_Get_Module_Flags API was removed consequently.
+
+	* include/freetype/ftmodapi.h (FT_Module_Get_Flags): Removed.
+	Replaced with...
+	(FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type): This.
+	(FT_TrueTypeEngineType): New enumeration.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftserv.h (FT_SERVICE_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_H):
+	New macro.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c: Include FT_SERVICE_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_H.
+	(FT_Module_Get_Flags): Removed.  Replaced with...
+	(FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type): This.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttdriver.c: Include FT_SERVICE_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_H.
+	(tt_service_truetype_engine): New service structure.
+	(tt_services): Register it.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/services/svtteng.h: New file.
+
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (sfnt_load_face): Fix silly bug that prevented
+	embedded bitmaps from being correctly listed and used.
+
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttmtx.c (tt_face_load_hmtx): Disable memory optimization
+	if FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS is used.  The is necessary because
+	libXfont is directly accessing the HMTX data, unfortunately.
+	Fix some compiler warnings.
+	(tt_face_get_metrics): Ditto.
+
+
+	* src/pfr/pfrsbit.c (pfr_slot_load_bitmap): Fix handling of
+	character advances.
+
+2006-02-20  David Turner  
+
+	Support binary compatibility with the X.Org server's Xfont library.
+	Note that this change unfortunately prevents memory optimizations
+	for the embedded bitmap loader.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/sfnt.h (SFNT_Interface): Move
+	`set_sbit_strike' and `load_sbit_metrics' fields to the location of
+	version 2.1.8.
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfdriver.c (tt_face_set_sbit_strike_stub): Call
+	FT_Size_Request.
+	(sfnt_interface): Updated.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttsbit.c [FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS]: Don't load
+	ttsbit0.c.
+	(tt_load_sbit_metrics): Make `sbit_small_metrics_fields' static.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttsbit.h: Updated.
+
+2006-02-17  David Turner  
+
+	* builds/unix/unix-cc.in (LINK_LIBRARY): Don't filter out exported
+	functions anymore.  This ensures that all FT_BASE internal functions
+	are available for dynamic linking.
+
+	* include/freetype/ftcache.h (FTC_IMAGE_TYPE_COMPARE,
+	FTC_IMAGE_TYPE_HASH), src/cache/ftcbasic.c (FTC_OldFontRec,
+	FTC_OldImageDescRec, FTC_ImageCache_Lookup, FTC_Image_Cache_New,
+	FTC_OldImage_Desc, FTC_OLD_IMAGE_FORMAT, ftc_old_image_xxx,
+	ftc_image_type_from_old_desc, FTC_Image_Cache_Lookup,
+	FTC_SBitCache_Lookup, FTC_SBit_Cache_New, FTC_SBit_Cache_Lookup)
+	[FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS]: Try to revive old functions of the
+	cache sub-system.  We try to recognize old legacy signatures with a
+	gross hack (hope it works).
+
+2006-02-17  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* devel/ftoption.h: Synchronize with
+	include/freetype/config/ftoption.h.
+
+2006-02-16  David Turner  
+
+	Massive changes to the internals to respect the internal object
+	layouts and exported functions of FreeType 2.1.7.  Note that the
+	cache sub-system cannot be fully retrofitted, unfortunately.
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftoption.h
+	(FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS): New macro.
+
+	* include/freetype/ftcache.h, include/freetype/cache/ftccache.h,
+	include/freetype/cache/ftccmap.h,
+	include/freetype/internal/ftcalc.h,
+	include/freetype/internal/ftdriver.h,
+	include/freetype/internal/ftmemory.h,
+	include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h,
+	include/freetype/internal/psaux.h, include/freetype/internal/sfnt.h,
+	include/freetype/internal/t1types.h,
+	include/freetype/internal/tttypes.h, src/base/ftcalc.c,
+	src/base/ftdbgmem.c, src/base/ftobjs.c, src/base/ftutil.c,
+	src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c, src/cache/ftccache.c, src/cache/ftccback.h,
+	src/cache/ftcmanag.c, src/cff/cffdrivr.c, src/cid/cidriver.c,
+	src/pcf/pcfdrivr.c, src/pfr/pfrdrivr.c, src/psaux/psauxmod.c,
+	src/sfnt/sfdriver.c, src/truetype/ttdriver.c, src/type1/t1driver.c,
+	src/type1/t1objs.c, src/type42/t42drivr.c, src/winfonts/winfnt.c:
+	Use FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS to revive old functions and data
+	structures.
+
+	Move newly added structure elements to the end of the affected
+	structure and add stub fields (if FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS is
+	defined) to assure binary compatibility with older FreeType
+	versions.
+	Use FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS to add function stubs for old
+	functions:
+
+	  ft_stub_set_char_sizes
+	  ft_stub_set_pixel_sizes
+
+	Rename the following internal functions to provide the old function
+	names as stubs:
+
+	  FT_Alloc          -> ft_mem_alloc
+	  FT_QAlloc         -> ft_mem_qalloc
+	  FT_Realloc        -> ft_mem_realloc
+	  FT_QRealloc       -> ft_mem_qrealloc
+	  FT_Free           -> ft_mem_free
+	  FT_Alloc_Debug    -> ft_mem_alloc_debug
+	  FT_QAlloc_Debug   -> ft_mem_qalloc_debug
+	  FT_Realloc_Debug  -> ft_mem_realloc_debug
+	  FT_QRealloc_Debug -> ft_mem_qrealloc_debug
+	  FT_Free_Debug     -> ft_mem_free_debug
+
+2006-02-15  Chia-I Wu  
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h (FT_Face_InternalRec): Remove
+	unused `max_points' and `max_contours'.
+
+	* src/cid/cidobjs.c (cid_face_init), src/type1/t1objs.c
+	(T1_Face_Init), src/type42/t42objs.c (T42_Face_Init): Update.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/tttypes.h (TT_FaceRec): Remove unused
+	`max_components'.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttinterp.h (TT_ExecContextRec): Remove unused
+	`loadSize' and `loadStack'.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttinterp.c (TT_Done_Context, TT_Load_Context),
+	src/sfnt/ttload.c (tt_face_load_maxp): Update.
+
+	* src/cff/cffobjs.h (cff_size_select), src/sfnt/sfdriver.c
+	(sfnt_interface), src/truetype/ttdriver.c (tt_size_request): Fix
+	compiler errors/warnings when TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS is not
+	defined.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttmtx.c (tt_face_load_hmtx, tt_face_get_metrics): Fix
+	possible segment faults for the non-FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY'ed versions.
+	(finally!)
+
+
+	For most OpenType tables, `tt_face_load_xxxx' simply loads the table
+	and `face->root' is set later in `sfnt_load_face'.  Here, we try to
+	make this work for _all_ tables.  Also improve tracing messages.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttsbit.c, src/sfnt/ttsbit0.c, src/sfnt/ttload.c,
+	src/sfnt/ttmtx.c: all `tt_face_load_xxxx' should load the table and
+	then exit.  Error handling or setting face->root is done later in
+	`sfnt_load_face'.
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (sfnt_load_face): Work harder.
+	Mac bitmap-only fonts are not scalable.
+	Check that `face->header.Units_Per_EM' is not zero.
+	(LOAD_, LOADM_): Emit pretty trace messages.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttsbit0.c (tt_face_load_strike_metrics): Read metrics
+	from `eblc'.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttcmap.c (tt_face_build_cmaps), src/sfnt/ttpost.c
+	(load_format_20, load_format_25, tt_face_get_ps_name): Use
+	face->max_profile.numGlyphs, instead of face->root.num_glyphs.
+
+2006-02-14  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/ftoutln.h (FT_Outline_Embolden): Mention in
+	documentation that negative strength values are possible.
+	Give an example call.
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_GlyphSlotRec): Improve
+	documentation of `outline' field.
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfobjc.s: Inckude FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H.
+	* src/sfnt/sfdriver.c: Include ttmtx.h.
+
+	* src/autofit/afcjk.c: Include aftypes.h and aflatin.h.
+
+2006-02-14  Chia-I Wu  
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttmtx.c (tt_face_get_metrics): Typo.
+
+2006-02-14  Chia-I Wu  
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttmtx.c (tt_face_load_hhea, tt_face_load_hmtx): Simply
+	return error if table is missing.
+	Check table length in non-FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY'ed `tt_face_load_hmtx'.
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (sfnt_load_face): Take care of missing metrics
+	tables.  The last change makes Mac bitmap-only font not load and
+	this fixes it.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (load_truetype_glyph): Fix compilation
+	error when FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL is defined.
+
+2006-02-13  Chia-I Wu  
+
+	Clean up the SFNT_Interface.  In this final pass, `load_hmtx' is
+	split from `load_hhea'.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/sfnt.h, src/sfnt/sfdriver.c,
+	src/sfnt/ttmtx.c, src/sfnt/ttmtx.h: Split `hmtx' from `hhea'.
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (sfnt_load_face): Update.
+
+2006-02-13  Chia-I Wu  
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttmtx.h, src/sfnt/ttmtx.c: Why are there two copies of
+	code...
+
+2006-02-13  Chia-I Wu  
+
+	Clean up the SFNT_Interface.  In this pass, we want to treat the
+	font directory (offset table and table directory) as a normal table
+	like the others.  This also means that TTCs are no longer recognized
+	there but in `init_face'.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/sfnt.h (SFNT_Interface),
+	src/sfnt/sfdriver.c: `load_sfnt_header' and `load_directory' are
+	combined and renamed to `load_font_dir'.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttload.h, src/sfnt/ttload.c:
+	s/sfnt_dir_check/check_table_dir/.
+	`sfnt_init' is moved to sfobjs.c and renamed to `sfnt_open_font'.
+	`tt_face_load_sfnt_header' and `tt_face_load_directory' are combined
+	and renamed to `tt_face_load_font_dir'.
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (sfnt_init_face): Recognize TTC here.
+
+2006-02-13  Chia-I Wu  
+
+	Clean up the SFNT_Interface.  Table loading functions are now named
+	after the tables' tags; `hdmx' is TrueType-specific and thus the
+	code is moved to the truetype module; `get_metrics' is moved here
+	from the truetype module so that the code can be shared with the cff
+	module.
+
+	This pass involves no real changes.  That is, the code is moved
+	verbatim mostly.  The only exception is the return value of
+	`tt_face_get_metrics'.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/sfnt.h, src/sfnt/rules.mk,
+	src/sfnt/sfdriver.c, src/sfnt/sfnt.c, src/sfnt/sfobjs.c,
+	src/sfnt/ttload.c, src/sfnt/ttload.h, src/sfnt/ttsbit.c,
+	src/sfnt/ttsbit.h, src/sfnt/ttsbit0.c: Clean up the SFNT_Interface.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttmtx.c, src/sfnt/ttmtx.h: New files.  Metrics-related
+	tables' loading and parsing code is moved to here.
+	Move `tt_face_get_metrics' here from the truetype module.  The
+	return value is changed from `void' to `FT_Error'.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/fttrace.h: New trace: ttmtx.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttpload.c, src/truetype/ttpload.h: `hdmx' loading and
+	parsing code is moved here.
+	New function `tt_face_load_prep' split from `tt_face_load_fpgm'.
+	`tt_face_load_fpgm' returns `FT_Err_Ok' if `fpgm' doesn't exist.
+
+	* src/cff/cffgload.c, src/cff/cffobjs.c: Update.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c, src/truetype/ttobjs.c: Update.
+
+2006-02-11  Chia-I Wu  
+
+	* src/autofit/afcjk.c (af_cjk_metrics_init): Fix a stupid bug...
+
+	* src/autofit/aflatin.c (af_latin_metrics_init_widths): Use
+	AF_LatinMetricsRec as the dummy metrics because we cast the metrics
+	to it later in `af_latin_hints_link_segments'.
+
+2006-02-11  Chia-I Wu  
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftoption.h (AF_CONFIG_OPTION_CJK): #define
+	to enable autofit CJK script support.  (#define'd by default.)
+
+	* src/autofit/aflatin.h (AF_LATIN_CONSTANT): New macro.
+
+	* src/autofit/aflatin.c (af_latin_metrics_init_widths): Make sure
+	that `edge_distance_threshold' is always set.
+	(af_latin_hints_link_segments): Potential divide-by-zero bug.
+	Use latin constant in the scoring formula.
+
+	* src/autofit/afcjk.c: Minor updates due to the above three changes.
+
+	* docs/TODO, docs/CHANGES: Updated.
+
+2006-02-09  Chia-I Wu  
+
+	Introduce experimental autofit CJK module based on akito's autohint
+	patch.  You need to #define AF_MOD_CJK in afcjk.c to enable it.
+
+	* src/autofit/afglobal.c, src/autofit/afcjk.h, src/autofit/afcjk.c,
+	src/autofit/rules.mk, src/autofit/autofit.c, src/autofit/aftypes.h:
+	Add CJK module based on akito's autohint patch.
+
+	* src/autofit/afhints.h (AF_SegmentRec): New field `len' for the
+	overlap length of the segments.
+	(AF_SEGMENT_LEN, AF_SEGMENT_DIST): New macros.
+
+	* src/autofit/aflatin.h (af_latin_metrics_init_widths),
+	src/autofit/aflatin.c (af_latin_metrics_init_widths): Made
+	`FT_LOCAL'.
+	Use the character given by the caller.
+	(af_latin_metrics_init_widths, af_latin_hints_link_segments): Scale
+	the thresholds.
+
+	* src/autofit/afloader.c (af_loader_load_g): Respect
+	AF_SCALER_FLAG_NO_ADVANCE.
+
+2006-02-09  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/cid/cidparse.c (cid_parse_new): Remove shadowing variable.
+
+2006-02-09  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* src/cid/cidparse.c (cid_parse_new): Fix for abnormally short or
+	broken CIDFont.  Reported by Taek Kwan(TK) Lee (see ft-devel
+	2005-11-02).
+
+2006-02-08  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* builds/unix/configure.ac: Fix bug for `--with-old-mac-fonts'
+	option on UNIX platform.  It has been broken since 2006-01-11.
+
+2006-02-01  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/otvalid/module.mk: s/otvalid_module_class/otv_module_class/.
+	* src/gxvalid/module.mk: s/gxvalid_module_class/gxv_module_class/.
+
+	* builds/unix/unixddef.mk: Actually do define PLATFORM (fixing
+	change from 2006-01-31).
+	(TOP_DIR, OBJ_DIR): Update.
+
+	* builds/unix/install.mk (install): Fix path for ftmodule.h.
+
+	* Makefile, *.mk, builds/unix/unix-cc.in, builds/unix-def.in: Use
+	`?=' where appropriate.
+
+	* builds/detect.mk (TOP_DIR), builds/os2/os2-dev.mk (TOP_DIR),
+	builds/win32/w32-dev.mk (TOP_DIR): Removed.  Defined elsewhere.
+
+2006-01-31  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Implement new, simplified module selection.  With GNU make it is now
+	sufficient to modify a single file, `modules.cfg', to control the
+	inclusion of modules and base extension files.
+
+	This change also fixes the creation of ftmodule.h; it now depends on
+	`modules.cfg' and thus is rebuilt only if necessary.
+
+	Finally, a version of `ftoption.h' in OBJ_DIR is preferred over the
+	default location.
+
+	* modules.cfg: New file.
+
+	* builds/freetype.mk: Don't include `modules.mk'.
+	Include all `rules.mk' files as specified in `modules.cfg'.
+	(FTOPTION_FLAG, FTOPTION_H): New variables.
+	(FT_CFLAGS): Add macro definition for FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H.
+	Add FTOPTION_FLAG.
+	($(FT_INIT_OBJ)): Don't use FT_MODULE_LIST.
+	(CONFIG_H): Add FTMODULE_H and FTOPTION_H.
+	(INCLUDES): Add DEVEL_DIR.
+	(INCLUDE_FLAGS, FTSYS_SRC, FTSYS_OBJ, FTDEBUG_SRC, FTDEBUG_OBJ,
+	OBJ_M, OBJ_S): Use `:=', not `='.
+	(remove_ftmodule_h): New phony target to delete `ftmodule.h'.
+	(distclean): Add remove_ftmodule_h.
+
+	* builds/modules.mk: (MODULE_LIST): Removed.
+	(make_module_list, clean_module_list): Replace targets
+	with...
+	(FTMODULE_H_INIT, FTMODULE_H_CREATE, FTMODULE_H_DONE): New
+	variables.  Reason for the change is that it is not possible to have
+	a phony prerequisite which is run only if the target file must be
+	rebuilt (phony prerequisites act like subroutines and are *always*
+	executed).  We only want to rebuild `ftmodule.h' if `module.cfg' is
+	changed.
+	Update all callers.
+	($FTMODULE_H)): Rule to create `ftmodule.h', depending on
+	`modules.cfg'.
+
+	* builds/toplevel.mk: Rewrite and simplify module handling.
+	(MODULES_CFG, FTMODULE_H): New variables.
+	Include MODULES_CFG.
+	(MODULES): New variable to include all `module.mk' and `rules.mk'
+	files.  We no longer use make's `wildcard' function for this.
+
+	* Makefile (USE_MODULES): Remove.  Update all users.
+	(OBJ_DIR): Define it here.
+
+	* src/*/module.mk: Change
+
+	    make_module_list: foo
+	    foo: ...
+
+	to
+
+	    FTMODULE_H_COMMANDS += FOO
+	    define FOO
+	    ...
+	    endef
+
+	in all files.  `FTMODULE_H_COMMANDS' is used in `FTMODULE_H_CREATE'.
+
+	* src/base/rules.mk (BASE_EXT_SRC): Use BASE_EXTENSIONS.
+
+	* builds/unix/detect.mk (setup): Always execute `configure' script.
+	(have_mk): Rename to...
+	(have_Makefile): This.
+	Don't use `strip' function.
+
+	* builds/unix/unix.mk: Include `install.mk' only if BUILD_PROJECT is
+	defined.
+	(have_mk): Don't use `strip' function.
+	Test for unix-def.mk in OBJ_DIR, not BUILD_DIR (and invert the test
+	accordingly).
+
+	* builds/unix/install.mk (install, uninstall): Handle `ftmodule.h'.
+
+	* builds/os2/os2-dev.mk, builds/unix/unix-dev.mk,
+	builds/win32/w32-bccd.mk, builds/win32/w32-dev.mk: Don't define
+	BUILD_DIR but DEVEL_DIR for development header files.
+
+	* builds/ansi/ansi-def.mk (TOP_DIR, OBJ_DIR),
+	builds/beos/beos-def.mk (TOP_DIR, OBJ_DIR), builds/unix/unix-def.in
+	(TOP_DIR, OBJ_DIR): Removed.  Defined elsewhere.
+
+	* builds/dos/dos-def.mk (OBJ_DIR), builds/os2/os2-def.mk (OBJ_DIR),
+	builds/win32/win32-def.mk (OBJ_DIR): Removed.  Defined elsewhere.
+
+	* builds/unix/unixddef.mk: Don't define BUILD_DIR but DEVEL_DIR for
+	development header files.
+	Don't define PLATFORM.
+
+	* configure: Copy `modules.cfg' to builddir if builddir != srcdir.
+	Update snippet taken from autoconf's m4sh.m4 to current CVS version.
+	Be more verbose.
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h: Add comments -- this file is
+	no longer used if FreeType is built with GNU make.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES, docs/CUSTOMIZE, docs/INSTALL, docs/INSTALL.ANY,
+	docs/INSTALL.GNU, docs/INSTALL.UNX: Document new build mechanism.
+	Other minor updates.
+
+	* modules.txt: Removed.  Contents included in `modules.cfg'.
+
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftmemory.h (FT_QAlloc_Debug,
+	FT_Free_Debug) [FT_STRICT_ALIASING]: Fix typos.
+
+	* src/base/ftdbgmem.c (FT_Alloc_Debug, FT_Realloc_Debug,
+	FT_QAlloc_Debug, FT_QRealloc_Debug, FT_Free_Debug)
+	[FT_STRICT_ALIASING]: Implement.
+
+2006-01-31  Chia-I Wu  
+
+	* src/cff/cffobjs.c (cff_face_init), src/cid/cidobjs.c
+	(cid_face_init), src/pfr/pfrobjs.c (pfr_face_init),
+	src/type1/t1objs.c (T1_Face_Init): Set face->height to MAX(1.2 *
+	units_per_EM, ascender - descender).
+
+2006-01-31  Chia-I Wu  
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/t1types.h (AFM_FontInfo),
+	src/psaux/afmparse.c, src/tools/test_afm.c: Read `FontBBox',
+	`Ascender', and `Descender' from an AFM.
+
+	* src/type1/t1afm.c (T1_Read_Metrics): Use the metrics from the AFM.
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_FaceRec): Mention that fields may
+	be changed after file attachment.
+
+2006-01-28  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/*/module.mk (.PHONY): Add.
+
+2006-01-27  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* README, docs/FTL.TXT: Fix email address for bug reports.
+	Other minor formatting.
+
+	* devel/ftoption.h: Synchronize with
+	include/freetype/config/ftoption.h.
+
+	* src/autofit/module.mk (add_autofit_module), src/bdf/module.mk
+	(add_bdf_module), src/type42/module.mk (add_type42_driver): Fix
+	whitespace.
+
+	* src/smooth/module.mk (add_smooth_renderer): Add lcd and lcdv
+	renderer classes.
+
+2006-01-27  David Turner  
+
+	* builds/unix/configure.ac: Fix build problem on Cygwin.
+
+	* builds/unix/install.mk (install): Don't install the internal
+	headers, and remove existing ones if found in the target install
+	directory.
+
+	* src/autofit/afwarp.c: Add simple #ifdef to prevent compilation
+	if the warp hinter isn't active (it shouldn't, still experimental).
+
+	* Jamfile, include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h: Remove `gxvalid'
+	and `otvalid' from the list of modules that are linked statically
+	to a given FreeType library.  Functionality has been moved to the
+	`ftvalid' CVS module.
+
+	Note also that current Make-based build system still compiles the
+	modules though.
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftoption.h (FT_STRICT_ALIASING): New macro
+	which controls the definitions of the memory management functions to
+	avoid warnings with recent versions of GCC.  This macro is only here
+	to be disabled, in case we detect problems with the new scheme.
+
+	NOTE: Disable macro to use the memory debugger -- this will be fixed
+	      later!
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftmemory.h, src/base/ftutil.c (FT_Alloc,
+	FT_QAlloc, FT_Realloc, FT_QRealloc, FT_Free) [FT_STRICT_ALIASING]:
+	New versions.
+
+
+	* builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsp: Updating project file to
+	define FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY, and remove gxvalid + otvalid modules from
+	compilation.
+
+
+	* builds/freetype.mk (FT_CFLAGS), Jamfile (DEFINES): Define the
+	macro FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY when compiling the library.
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftheader.h: Remove inclusions of internal
+	headers except if the macro FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY is defined.
+
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/psaux.h (AFM_KernPair, AFM_TrackKern,
+	AFM_FontInfo): Move structure declarations to...
+	* include/freetype/internal/t1types.h: This file.
+
+
+	* (many files): Fix compiler warnings.
+	Various minor reorganizations.
+
+
+	* src/cff/cffload.c (cff_font_done): Don't free static array
+	`subfonts'.
+
+	* src/otvalid/otvcommn.c (otv_ClassDef_validate),
+	src/otvalid/otvgpos.c (otv_x_sxy): Fix debugging information.
+
+
+	Get rid of writable static variables (i.e., the string table) in
+	afmparse, and fix compilation in FT2_MULTI mode.
+
+	* src/psaux/afmparse.c: Include ft2build.h and FT_FREETYPE_H.
+	(AFM_MAX_ARGUMENTS): Define...
+	* src/psaux/afmparse.h: Here.
+	* src/psaux/Jamfile (_sources): Add afmparse.
+
+	* src/psaux/psconv.c: Include psconv.h.
+
+	* src/type1/t1afm.c: Don't include FT_INTERNAL_TYPE1_TYPES_H but
+	FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_AUX_H.
+	* src/type1/t1afm.h: Include FT_INTERNAL_TYPE1_TYPES_H.
+
+2006-01-23  Chia-I Wu  
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_Select_Size): Rename the second
+	argument from `idx' to `strike_index'.
+	(FT_Size_Request_Type): Add FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_MAX to the end of
+	this enum.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h (FT_REQUEST_WIDTH,
+	FT_REQUEST_HEIGHT): New macros to get the width and height of a
+	request, in fractional pixels.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h (FT_Select_Metrics,
+	FT_Request_Metrics), src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Select_Metrics,
+	FT_Request_Metrics): New base functions to set the font metrics.  They
+	were part of FT_Select_Size/FT_Request_Size and are made independent
+	functions so that metrics are not set again and again.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Select_Size, FT_Request_Size): Metrics are set
+	only when driver's size_select/size_request is NULL.  That is, drivers
+	should set the metrics themselves.
+	(FT_Match_Size): Round before matching.  This was what we did and it
+	does cause some problems without rounding.
+
+	* src/cff/cffobjs.c (cff_size_select), src/truetype/ttdriver.c
+	(tt_size_select): Set the font metrics.
+	s/index/strike_index/.
+	The scaled metrics are always preferred over strikes' metrics, even
+	when some strike is selected.  This is done because the strikes'
+	metrics are not reliable, e.g., the sign of the descender is wrong for
+	some fonts.
+
+	* src/cff/cffobjs.c (cff_size_request), src/truetype/ttdriver.c
+	(tt_size_request): Set the font metrics.
+	Call cff_size_select/tt_size_select when some strike is matched.
+
+	* src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c, src/cff/cffobjs.c, src/cid/cidobjs.c,
+	src/pcf/pcfdrivr.c, src/truetype/ttdriver.c, src/type1/t1objs.c,
+	src/type1/t1objs.h, src/type42/t42objs.c, src/winfonts/winfnt.c:
+	Set the font metrics.
+	s/index/strike_index/.
+
+	* src/tools/test_afm.c, src/psaux/psconv.c: Older versions of these
+	files were committed.  Just a catch-up.
+	(PS_Conv_ToFixed): Remove the `goto'.
+	(PS_Conv_ASCIIHexDecode, PS_Conv_EexecDecode): Speed up a little.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttsbit.c (tt_face_load_sbit_strikes,
+	tt_face_load_strike_metrics), src/sfnt/ttsbit0.c
+	(tt_face_load_sbit_strikes, tt_face_load_strike_metrics): The
+	advertised metrics in `available_sizes' are different from those
+	actually used.
+
+2006-01-23  Chia-I Wu  
+
+	* src/psaux/psaux.c src/psaux/psauxmod.c src/type1/t1driver.c: Make
+	AFM parser optional, controlled by `T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_AFM'.
+
+2006-01-22  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/unix/install-sh, builds/unix/mkinstalldirs: Updated from
+	`texinfo' CVS module at savannah.gnu.org.
+
+2006-01-21  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/autofit/rules.mk (AUTOF_DRV_SRC): Add afwarp.c.
+
+	* src/autofit/afloader.c (af_loader_load_g): Move AF_USE_WARPER up
+	to avoid compiler warnings.
+
+	* src/autofit/afwarp.c (af_warper_compute_line_best): Remove
+	shadowing variable declarations.
+	Fix warning parameters and replace printf with AF_LOG.
+	(af_warper_compute): Remove unused variable.
+
+2006-01-20  David Turner  
+
+	Adding experimental implementation of `warp hinting' (new hinting
+	algorithm for gray-level and LCD rendering).  It is disabled by
+	default, you need to #define AF_USE_WARPER in aftypes.h.
+
+	* src/autofit/afhints.c (af_glyph_hints_scale_dim) [AF_USE_WARPER]:
+	New function.
+	* src/autofit/afhints.h: Updated.
+
+	* src/autofit/aflatin.c [AF_USE_WARPER]: Include afwarp.h.
+	(af_latin_hints_init) [AF_USE_WARPER]: Reset mode to
+	FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL if an LCD mode is selected.
+	(af_latin_hints_apply) [AF_USE_WARPER]: Call af_warper_compute
+	appropriately.
+
+	* src/autofit/afloader.c (af_loader_load_g) [!AF_USER_WARPER]:
+	Isolate code for adjusting metrics.
+
+	* src/autofit/aftypes.h (AF_USE_WARPER): New macro (commented out by
+	default).
+
+	* src/autofit/afwarp.c, src/autofit/afwarp.h: New files.
+
+	* src/autofit/autofit.c [AF_USE_WARPER]: Include afwarp.c.
+
+	* src/autofit/Jamfile (_sources): Add afwarp.
+
+2006-01-19  David Turner  
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttsbit0.c (tt_face_load_strike_metrics): Fix small bug
+	that prevented compilation when FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY is defined.
+
+2006-01-19  Brian Weed  
+
+	* builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsp: Updated.
+
+2006-01-17  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Use pscmap service in CFF module.
+
+	* src/cff/cffcmap.c (cff_cmap_uni_pair_compare): Removed.
+	(cff_sid_to_glyph_name): New function.
+	(cff_cmap_unicode_init, cff_cmap_unicode_done,
+	cff_cmap_unicode_char_index, cff_cmap_unicode_char next): Use pscmap
+	service.
+	(cff_cmap_unicode_class_rec): Updated.
+	* src/cff/cffcmap.h (CFF_CMapUnicode, CFF_CMap_UniPair): Removed.
+
+
+	* src/psnames/psmodule.c (ps_unicodes_char_next): Fix `unicode'
+	return value.
+
+
+	* src/psaux/afmparse.c (afm_parser_read_vals): Use double casting
+	to avoid compiler warnings regarding type-punning.
+
+2006-01-16  Chia-I Wu  
+
+	* src/psaux/afmparse.c, src/psaux/afmparse.h: New files which
+	implement an AFM parser.
+
+	* src/psaux/psconv.c, src/psaux/psconv.h: New files to provide
+	conversion functions (e.g., PS real number => FT_Fixed) for the
+	PS_Parser and AFM_Parser.  Some of the functions are taken, with
+	some modifications, from the file psobjs.c.
+
+	* src/psaux/psobjs.c: Use functions from psconv.c.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/psaux.h, src/psaux/psauxmod.c: Add
+	`AFM_Parser' to the `psaux' service.
+
+	* src/psaux/psaux.c, src/psaux/rules.mk (PSAUX_DRV_SRC): Include
+	those new files.
+
+	* src/tools/test_afm.c: A test program for AFM parser.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/services/svkern.h: New file providing a
+	`Kerning' service.  It is currently only used to get the track
+	kerning information.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftserv.h (FT_SERVICE_KERNING_H): New
+	macro.
+
+	* src/type1/t1driver.c, src/type1/t1objs.c, src/type1/t1afm.c,
+	src/type1/t1afm.h: Update to use the AFM parser.
+	Provide the `Kerning' service.
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h, src/base/ftobjs.c: New API
+	`FT_Get_Track_Kerning'.
+
+2006-01-15  Chia-I Wu  
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h, src/base/ftobjs.c,
+	src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c, src/cff/cffgload.c, src/cid/cidgload.c,
+	src/pcf/pcfdrivr.c, src/type1/t1gload.c, src/winfonts/winfnt.c:
+	s/ft_fake_vertical_metrics/ft_synthesize_vertical_metrics/.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Mention that vertical metrics are synthesized for
+	fonts not having this info.
+
+2006-01-15  Chia-I Wu  
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h (ft_fake_vertical_metrics),
+	src/base/ftobjs.c (ft_fake_vertical_metrics): New function to fake
+	vertical metrics.
+
+	* src/cff/cffgload.c, src/cid/cidgload.c, src/pcf/pcfdrivr.c,
+	src/type1/t1gload.c, src/winfonts/winfnt.c: Fake vertical metrics,
+	which are monotone.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (compute_glyph_metrics): Some fixes and
+	formattings in vertical metrics faking.  There is still room for
+	improvements (and so does the CFF module).
+
+2006-01-15  Chia-I Wu  
+
+	* src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c (BDF_Glyph_Load), src/pcf/pcfdrivr.c
+	(PCF_Glyph_Load), src/winfonts/winfnt.c (FNT_Load_Glyph): Don't set
+	the linear advance fields as they are only used by the outline
+	glyphs.
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h: Documentation updates and
+	clarifications.
+	The meaning of FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT is changed so that no real
+	change need be made to the code.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Load_Glyph): Resolve flag dependencies and
+	decide whether to use the auto-hinter according to documentation.
+	There should to be no real difference.
+	Some checks (e.g., is text height positive?) after the glyph is
+	loaded.
+	(FT_Select_Size, FT_Request_Size): Scales are set to wrong values.
+	Be careful that scales won't be negative.
+
+2006-01-14  Chia-I Wu  
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Mention the size selection change.
+
+	* src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c (BDF_Size_Request, BDF_Size_Select),
+	src/pcf/pcfdrivr.c (PCF_Size_Request, PCF_Size_Select),
+	src/winfonts/winfnt.c (FNT_Size_Request, FNT_Size_Select): Do size
+	matching for requests of type NOMINAL and REAL_DIM.
+
+	* src/winfonts/winfnt.c (FNT_Face_Init): Print trace message when
+	`pixel_height' is used for nominal height.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Request_Size): Call `FT_Match_Size' if the
+	face is bitmap only and driver doesn't provide `request_size'.  This
+	is added merely for completion as no driver satisfies the conditions.
+
+2006-01-13  Chia-I Wu  
+
+	Introduce new size selection interface.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftdriver.h (struct FT_Driver_ClassRec):
+	Replace `set_char_sizes' and `set_pixel_sizes' by `request_size' and
+	`select_size'.
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_Select_Size, FT_Size_Request_Type,
+	FT_Size_Request, FT_Request_Size, FT_Select_Size), src/base/ftobjs.c
+	(FT_Select_Size, FT_Request_Size): API additions to export the new
+	size selection interface.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Set_Char_Size, FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes): Use
+	`FT_Request_Size'.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h (FT_Match_Size),
+	src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Match_Size): New function to match a size
+	request against `available_sizes'.  Drivers supporting bitmap strikes
+	can use this function to implement `request_size'.
+
+	* src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c, src/cid/cidobjs.c, src/cid/cidobjs.h,
+	src/cid/cidriver.c, src/pcf/pcfdrivr.c, src/type1/t1driver.c,
+	src/type1/t1objs.c, src/type1/t1objs.h, src/type42/t42drivr.c,
+	src/type42/t42objs.c, src/type42/t42objs.h, src/winfonts/winfnt.c:
+	Update to new size selection interface.
+
+	* src/cff/cffdrivr.c, src/cff/cffgload.c, src/cff/cffobjs.c,
+	src/cff/cffobjs.h, src/truetype/ttdriver.c, src/truetype/ttgload.c,
+	src/truetype/ttobjs.c, src/truetype/ttobjs.h: Update to new size
+	selection interface.
+	Make `strike_index' FT_ULong and always defined.
+	Use `load_strike_metrics' provided by SFNT interface.
+
+2006-01-13  Chia-I Wu  
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/sfnt.h (SFNT_Interface): New method
+	`load_strike_metrics' used to load the strike's metrics.
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfdriver.c, src/sfnt/ttsbit.c, src/sfnt/ttsbit.h,
+	src/sfnt/ttsbit0.c: New function `tt_face_load_strike_metrics'.
+
+	* src/pfr/pfrobjs.c (pfr_face_init): Set FT_Bitmap_Size correctly.
+
+	* src/winfonts/winfnt.c (FNT_Face_Init): Use `nominal_point_size' for
+	nominal size unless it is obviously incorrect.
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_Bitmap_Size): Update the comments on
+	FNT driver.
+
+2006-01-12  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Prepare use of pscmap service within CFF module.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/services/svpscmap.h: Include
+	FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H.
+	(PS_Unicode_Index_Func): Removed.  Unused.
+	(PS_Macintosh_Name_Func): Renamed to...
+	(PS_Macintosh_NameFunc): This.
+	Update all callers.
+	(PS_Adobe_Std_Strings_Func): Renamed to...
+	(PS_Adobe_Std_StringsFunc): This.
+	Update all callers.
+	(PS_UnicodesRec): This is the former `PS_Unicodes' structure.
+	Add `cmap' member.
+	Update all callers.
+	(PS_Unicodes): This is now a typedef'd pointer to PS_UnicodesRec.
+	Update all callers.
+	(PS_Glyph_NameFunc): New typedef.
+	(PS_Unicodes_InitFunc): Change arguments to expect a function
+	and generic data pointer which returns a glyph name from a given
+	index.
+
+	* src/psnames/psmodule.c (ps_unicodes_init, ps_unicodes_char_index,
+	ps_unicodes_char_next, pscmaps_interface): Updated.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/t1types.h (T1_FaceRec): Updated.
+
+	* src/psaux/t1cmap.h (T1_CmapStdRec): Updated.
+	(T1_CmapUnicode, T1_CmapUnicodeRec): Removed.
+
+	* src/psaux/t1cmap.c (t1_get_glyph_name): New callback function.
+	(t1_cmap_unicode_init, t1_cmap_unicode_done,
+	t1_cmap_unicode_char_index, t1_cmap_unicode_char_next,
+	t1_cmap_unicode_class_rec): Updated.
+
+	* src/type42/t42types.h (T42_FaceRec): Updated.
+
+2006-01-11  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* include/freetype/ftmac.h: Add declaration of new functions
+	FT_New_Face_From_FSRef and FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name that
+	were introduced by the jumbo patch on  2006-01-11.
+
+2006-01-11  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Fix Savannah bug #15056 and use pscmap service in psaux module.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/services/svpscmap.h (PS_UniMap): Use
+	FT_UInt32 for `glyph_index'.
+	(PS_Unicodes_InitFunc): Use FT_String for `glyph_names'.
+	(PS_Unicodes_CharIndexFunc): Use FT_UInt32 for `unicode'.
+	(PS_Unicodes_CharNextFunc): Make second argument a pointer to
+	FT_UInt32.
+
+	* src/psnames/psmodule.c (VARIANT_BIT, BASE_GLYPH): New macros.
+	(ps_unicode_value): Set VARIANT_BIT in return value if glyph is a
+	variant glyph (this is, it has non-leading `.' in its name).
+	(compare_uni_maps): Sort base glyphs before variant glyphs.
+	(ps_unicodes_init): Use FT_String for `glyph_names' argument.
+	Reallocate only if number of used entries is much smaller.
+	Updated to handle variant glyphs.
+	(ps_unicodes_char_index, ps_unicodes_char_next): Prefer base glyphs
+	over variant glyphs.
+	Simplify code.
+
+	* src/psaux/t1cmap.c (t1_cmap_uni_pair_compare): Removed.
+	(t1_cmap_unicode_init, t1_cmap_unicode_char_index,
+	t1_cmap_unicode_char_next): Use pscmap service.
+	(t1_cmap_unicode_done): Updated.
+
+	* src/psaux/t1cmap.h (T1_CMapUniPair): Removed.
+	(T1_CMapUnicode): Use PS_Unicodes structure.
+
+2006-01-11  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	Jumbo patch to fix `deprecated' warning of cross-build for Tiger on
+	Intel, as reported by Sean McBride  on
+	2005-08-24.
+
+	* src/base/ftmac.c: Heavy change to build without deprecated Carbon
+	functions on Tiger.
+
+	* builds/unix/configure.ac: Add options and autochecks for Carbon
+	functions availabilities, for MacOS X.
+
+	* builds/mac/ascii2mpw.py: Add converter for character `\305'.
+	* builds/mac/FreeType.m68k_{far|cfm}.make.txt: Add conditional
+	macros to avoid unavailable functions.
+	ftmac.c must be compiled without `-strict ansi', because it disables
+	cpp macro to use ToolBox system call.
+
+	* builds/mac/FreeType.ppc_{classic|carbon}.make.txt: Add conditional
+	macros to avoid unavailable functions.
+
+	* builds/mac/README: Detailed notes on function availabilities.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Notes about (possible) incompatibilities.
+
+2006-01-08  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Updated.
+
+2006-01-08  Huw D M Davies  
+
+	* include/freetype/ftmodapi.h (FT_Module_Get_Flags): New
+	declaration.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Module_Get_Flags): New function.
+
+2006-01-07  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/pcf/pcfread.c (pcf_get_bitmaps): Remove unused variable
+	`bitmaps'.  Reported by Yu Lei .
+
+	* src/base/ftutil.c (ft_highpow2): s/FT_BASE/FT_BASE_DEF/.
+	Reported by Niels Boldt .
+
+2005-12-28  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfnt/ttbdf.c: Add newline '\n' to the end of file, for
+	MPW compiler.
+
+2005-12-23  David Turner  
+
+	* Jamfile (RefDoc), docs/reference/README: Fix it so that `jam
+	refdoc' works correctly to generate the API reference in
+	`docs/reference'.
+
+	* src/tools/docmaker/tohtml.py (print_html_field,
+	print_html_field_list): Update to output nicer fields lists in the
+	API reference.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Load_Glyph): FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT now
+	forces auto-hinting.
+
+	* freetype/freetype.h: Updating the documentation for
+	FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX and FT_Render_Mode values.
+
+2005-12-23  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* src/base/ftmac.c (FT_New_Face_From_Suitcase): Count scalable faces
+	in supported formats (sfnt, LWFN) only, and ignore bitmap faces in
+	unsupported formats (fbit, NFNT).  The number of available faces are
+	passed via face->num_faces.  If bitmap faces are embedded in sfnt
+	resource, face->num_fixed_size is correctly set.  In public API,
+	FT_New_Face() and FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec() count the faces as
+	FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name(), which ignores NFNT resources.
+
+	* doc/CHANGES: Mention the changes.
+
+2005-12-17  Chia-I Wu  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttinterp.c (Update_Max): Set current size of buffer
+	correctly (so that memory debug system won't panic).
+
+2005-12-16  Chia-I Wu  
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h (ft_glyphslot_grid_fit_metrics),
+	src/base/ftobjs.c (ft_glyphslot_grid_fit_metrics): Removed.
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (ft_recompute_scaled_metrics): Do not round.
+
+	* src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_slot_load), src/cid/cidgload.c
+	(cid_slot_load_glyph), src/truetype/ttgload.c (compute_glyph_metrics),
+	src/type1/t1gload.c (T1_Load_Glyph): Do not round glyph metrics.
+
+	* doc/CHANGES: Mention the changes.
+
+2005-12-13  David Turner  
+
+	Change the implementation of the LIGHT hinting mode to completely
+	disable horizontal hinting.  This is an experimental effort to
+	integrate David Chester's latest patch without affecting the other
+	hinting modes as well.
+
+	Note that this doesn't force auto-hinting for all fonts, however.
+
+	* src/autofit/afhints.c (af_glyph_hints_reload): Don't set
+	scaler_fiags here but...
+	(af_glyph_hints_rescale): Here.
+
+	* src/autofit/aflatin.c (af_latin_hints_init): Disable horizontal
+	hinting for `light' hinting mode.
+
+
+	* Jamfile: Small fix to ensure that ftexport.sym is placed into the
+	same location as other generated objects (i.e., within the `objs'
+	directory of the current directory).
+
+
+	Add support for an embedded `BDF ' table within SFNT-based bitmap
+	font files.  This is used to store atoms & properties from the
+	original BDF fonts that were used to generate the font file.
+
+	The feature is controlled by TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF within
+	`ftoption.h' and is used to implement FT_Get_BDF_Property for these
+	font files.
+
+	At the moment, this is still experimental, the BDF table format
+	isn't cast into stone yet.
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftoption.h (TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF): New
+	macro.
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h (ft_memchr): New macro.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/tttypes.h (TT_BDFRec, TT_BDF)
+	[TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF]: New structure.
+	(TT_FaceRec) [TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF]: New member `bdf'.
+
+	* include/freetype/ttags.h (TTAG_BDF): New macro.
+
+	* src/sfnt/Jamfile (_sources): Add ttbdf.
+
+	* src/sfnt/rules.mk (SFNT_DRV_SRC): Add ttbdf.c.
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfdriver.c [TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF]: Include ttbdf.h and
+	FT_SERVICE_BDF_H.
+	(sfnt_get_charset_it) [TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF]: New function.
+	(sfnt_service_bdf) [TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF]: New service.
+	(sfnt_services) [TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF]: Add sfnt_service_bdf.
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfnt.c [TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF]: Include ttbdf.c.
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c [TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF]: Include ttbdf.h.
+	(sfnt_done_face) [TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF]: Call
+	tt_face_free_bdf_props.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttbdf.h, src/sfnt/ttbdf.c: New files.
+
+2005-12-07  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfobjc.c (sfnt_init_face): Move tag check to...
+	* src/sfnt/ttload.c (sfnt_init): Here, before handling TTCs.
+
+2005-12-06  Chia-I Wu  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttobjs.c (tt_size_init): size->ttmetrics.valid is
+	initialized twice.
+	size->strike_index is not initialized.
+
+2005-12-02  Taek Kwan(TK) Lee  
+
+	* src/type42/t42objs.c (T42_Face_Init): Replace call to
+	FT_New_Memory_Face with call to FT_Open_Face to pass `params'.
+
+2005-11-30  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Document ftdump's `-v' option.
+	Document latest charmap code changes.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttcmap.c, src/sfnt/ttcmap.h:
+	s/TT_CMAP_FLAG_OVERLAPPED/TT_CMAP_FLAG_OVERLAPPING/.
+
+2005-11-30  Chia-I Wu  
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttcmap.c (tt_cmap4_char_map_binary,
+	tt_cmap12_char_map_binary): Fix compiler warnings.
+
+2005-11-29  Chia-I Wu  
+
+	Major update to distinguish between unsorted and overlapping
+	segments for cmap format 4.  For overlapping but sorted segments,
+	which is previously considered unsorted, we still use binary search.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttcmap.h (TT_CMapRec_): Replace `unsorted' by `flags'.
+	(TT_CMAP_FLAG_UNSORTED, TT_CMAP_FLAG_OVERLAPPED): New macros.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttcmap.c (OPT_CMAP4): Removed as it is always defined.
+	(TT_CMap4Rec_): Remove `old_charcode' and `table_length'.
+	(tt_cmap4_reset): Removed.
+	(tt_cmap4_init): Updated accordingly.
+	(tt_cmap4_next): Updated accordingly.
+	Take care of overlapping segments.
+	(tt_cmap4_validate): Make sure the subtable is large enough.
+	Do not check glyph_ids because some fonts set the length wrongly.
+	Also, if all segments have offset 0, glyph_ids is always invalid.
+	It does not cause any problem so far only because the check misses
+	equality.
+	Distinguish between unsorted and overlapping segments.
+	(tt_cmap4_char_map_linear, tt_cmap4_char_map_binary): New functions
+	to do `charcode => glyph index' by linear/binary search.
+	(tt_cmap4_char_index, tt_cmap4_char_next): Use
+	tt_cmap4_char_map_linear and tt_cmap4_char_map_binary.
+	(tt_face_build_cmaps): Treat the return value of validator as flags
+	for cmap.
+
+2005-11-29  Chia-I Wu  
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttcmap.c (TT_CMap12Rec_, tt_cmap12_init, tt_cmap12_next):
+	New structures and functions for fast `next char'.
+	(tt_cmap12_char_map_binary): New function to do `charcode => glyph
+	index' by binary search.
+	(tt_cmap12_char_index, tt_cmap12_char_next): Use
+	tt_cmap12_char_map_binary.
+	(tt_face_build_cmaps): Check table and offset correctly (equality is
+	missing).
+
+2005-11-15  Detlef Würkner  
+
+	* builds/amiga/smakefile: Adjusted the compiler options
+	to the current sources, now really builds the gxvalid, gzip
+	and psnames modules.
+
+	* builds/amiga/src/base/ftsystem.c: The assumed Seek() position
+	in the file cache was off by one byte which could cause false
+	errors in font files.
+
+2005-11-24  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* builds/mac/FreeType.m68k_far.make.txt,
+	builds/mac/FreeType.m68k_cfm.make.txt,
+	builds/mac/FreeType.ppc_classic.make.txt,
+	builds/mac/FreeType.ppc_carbon.make.txt:
+	Updated for MPW to build all available modules.
+
+2005-11-21  HÃ¥vard Wall  
+
+	* src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c (bdf_interpret_style, BDF_Face_Done): Fix small
+	memory leak.
+
+2005-11-21  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttload.c (sfnt_init): Add tracing message.
+
+2005-11-21  Chia-I Wu  
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttsbit0.c (tt_sbit_decoder_load_image): Image_offset was
+	added twice to image_start if image_format was 2 or 5.
+
+2005-11-21  Chia-I Wu  
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (sfnt_init_face): Check that format_tag is known
+	before loading the table directory.
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttload.c (tt_face_load_sfnt_header,
+	tt_face_load_directory): Delay sfnt_dir_check from
+	tt_face_load_sfnt_header to tt_face_load_directory.
+
+2005-11-20  Chia-I Wu  
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttload.c (sfnt_dir_check): Clean up and return correct
+	error code.
+	(sfnt_init): New function to fill in face->ttc_header.  A non-TTC font
+	is synthesized into a TTC font with one offset table.
+	(tt_face_load_sfnt_header): Use sfnt_init.
+	Fix an invalid access if the font is TTC and face_index is -1.
+
+2005-11-18  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttload.c (tt_face_load_metrics): Ignore excess number
+	of metrics instead of aborting.  Patch suggested by Derek Noonburg.
+
+	* src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_slot_load), src/cid/cidgload.c
+	(cid_slot_load_glyph), src/type1/t1gload.c (T1_Load_Glyph): Scale
+	the glyph properly if no hinter is available.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Mention scaling bug.
+
+2005-11-18  susuzki toshiya  
+
+	* include/freetype/ftgxval.h, src/base/ftgxval.c
+	(FT_TrueTypeGX_Free, FT_ClassicKern_Free): New functions to free
+	buffers allocated by gxvalid module.
+	* include/freetype/ftotval.h, src/base/ftotval.c
+	(FT_OpenType_Free): New function to free buffer allocated by
+	otvalid module.
+
+2005-11-18  Chia-I Wu  
+
+	* builds/unix/ftsystem.c (FT_Stream_Open, FT_New_Memory,
+	FT_Done_Memory), builds/vms/ftsystem.c (FT_Stream_Open, FT_New_Memory,
+	FT_Done_Memory), builds/win32/ftdebug.c (FT_Message, FT_Panic):
+	s/FT_EXPORT/FT_BASE/.
+
+2005-11-17  Detlef Würkner  
+
+	* builds/amiga/src/base/ftdebug.c (FT_Trace_Get_Count,
+	FT_Trace_Get_Name, FT_Message, FT_Panic),
+	builds/amiga/src/base/ftsystem.c (FT_New_Memory, FT_Done_Memory,
+	FT_Stream_Open): s/FT_EXPORT/FT_BASE/.
+
+2005-11-17  Detlef Würkner  
+
+	* builds/amiga/makefile, builds/amiga/makefile.os4,
+	builds/amiga/smakefile,
+	builds/amiga/include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h: Updated the Amiga
+	build files (added support for the gxvalid module).
+
+2005-11-17  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Add vertical metrics support to OpenType CFF outlines.  Based on a
+	patch from Mike Moening .
+
+	* src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_face_get_vertical_metrics): New function.
+	(cff_slot_load): Use cff_face_get_vertical_metrics.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Updated.
+
+2005-11-17  Chia-I Wu  
+
+	* src/base/ftcalc.c (FT_MulTo64): Commented out.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftcalc.h (FT_SqrtFixed),
+	src/base/ftcalc.c (FT_SqrtFixed),
+	include/freetype/internal/ftdebug.h (FT_Trace_Get_Count,
+	FT_Trace_Get_Name, FT_Message, FT_Panic), src/base/ftdebug.c
+	(FT_Trace_Get_Count, FT_Trace_Get_Name, FT_Message, FT_Panic),
+	include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h (FT_New_Memory, FT_Done_Memory),
+	include/freetype/internal/ftstream.h (FT_Stream_Open),
+	src/base/ftsystem.c (FT_New_Memory, FT_Done_Memory, FT_Stream_Open):
+	s/FT_EXPORT/FT_BASE/.
+
+	* builds/exports.mk: Manually add TT_New_Context to EXPORTS_LIST
+	too.
+
+2005-11-15  David Turner  
+
+	* src/base/fttrigon.c (ft_trig_prenorm): Fix a bug that created
+	invalid computations, resulting in very weird bugs in TrueType
+	bytecode hinted fonts.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttinterp.c (FT_UNUSED_EXEC): Don't perform a
+	structure copy each time.
+
+2005-11-11  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/cache/ftccache.c (FTC_Cache_Clear), src/cache/ftcmanag.c
+	(FTC_Manager_Check): Remove FT_EXPORT_DEF tag.
+
+	* src/base/ftcalc.c (FT_Add64): Remove FT_EXPORT_DEF tag.
+	(FT_Div64by32, FT_Sqrt32): Commented out.  Unused.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftcalc.h (SQRT_32): Removed.  Unused.
+	(FT_Sqrt32): Commented out.  Unused.
+
+	* include/freetype/cache/ftccache.h:
+	s/ftc_node_destroy/FTC_Node_Destroy/.
+
+	* src/cache/ftccback.h (ftc_node_destroy): New declaration.
+
+	* src/cache/ftccache.c (ftc_node_destroy): Use FT_LOCAL_DEF tag.
+	(FTC_Node_Destroy): New exported wrapper function for
+	ftc_node_destroy.
+
+	* src/cache/ftcmanag.c: Include ftccback.c.
+
+2005-11-10  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/autofit/afangles.c, src/autofit/aftypes.h (af_angle_diff):
+	Comment out.  Unused.
+
+	* builds/exports.mk ($(EXPORTS_LIST)): Add TT_RunIns.
+
+2005-11-10  Christian Biesinger  
+
+	* builds/beos/beos.mk: Call beos-def.mk before anything else to
+	define the separator.
+
+	* builds/unix/unix-cc.in (LINK_LIBRARY): Add `-no-undefined' flag.
+
+2005-11-07  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/type1/t1afm.c (T1_Read_PFM): Zero offset means `no kerning
+	table available'.  From Sergey Tolstov .
+
+2005-11-03  Ville Syrjälä  
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Open_Face): Avoid possible memory leak.
+
+2005-11-02  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Make compiling instructions in docs/CUSTOMIZE work again.
+
+	* builds/unix/unix-cc.in (CPPFLAGS): New variable.
+	(CFLAGS): Don't include @CPPFLAGS@.
+	* builds/freetype.mk (FT_CFLAGS): Add CPPFLAGS.
+
+2005-10-28  David Turner  
+
+	Update build system to support the generation of a list of exported
+	symbols or Windows .DEF files by parsing the public headers with the
+	`apinames' tool located in src/tools/apinames.c.
+
+	Only tested on Unix at the moment.  On Windows, the .DEF file is
+	generated but isn't used yet to generate a DLL.
+
+	* builds/exports.mk: New file.
+
+	* builds/freetype.mk: Include exports.mk.
+	(dll): New target.
+	(clean_project_dos): Fix rule.
+
+	* builds/compiler/visualc.mk (TE), builds/dos/dos-def.mk (E),
+	builds/os2/os2-def.mk (E), builds/win32/win32-def.mk (E): New
+	variables for controlling executable extensions.
+
+	* builds/unix/unix-cc.in (EXPORTS_LIST, CCexe),
+	builds/win32/w32-bcc.mk, builds/win32/w32-gcc.mk,
+	builds/win32/w32-icc.mk, builds/win32/w32-icc.mk,
+	builds/win32/w32-mingw32.mk, builds/win32/w32-vcc,
+	builds/win32/w32-wat.mk (EXPORTS_LIST, EXPORT_OPTIONS,
+	APINAMES_OPTIONS): New targets for controlling the `apinames' tool.
+
+	* Jamfile (GenExportSymbols): Updated.
+
+
+	* src/pfr/pfrtypes.h, src/pfr/pfrload.c, src/pfr/pfrobjs.c
+	[!FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY]: Fold memory optimization code into
+	FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY chunks for better maintainability and simplicity.
+
+
+	* src/base/fttrigon.c (ft_trig_prenorm), src/base/ftcalc.c
+	(FT_MulFix): Performance optimizations.
+
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftgloadr.h (FT_GLYPHLOADER_CHECK_P,
+	FT_GLYPHLOADER_CHECK_C, FT_GLYPHLOADER_CHECK_POINTS): New macros for
+	checking points and contours.  Update callers to use
+	FT_GLYPHLOADER_CHECK_POINTS instead of FT_GlyphLoader_CheckPoints
+	at profile-detected hot-spots.
+
+	* src/base/ftgloadr.c (FT_GlyphLoader_CheckPoints): Set `adjust'
+	to 0 to not call `AdjustPoints' every time.
+
+
+	* src/autofit/aftypes.h (AF_ANGLE_DIFF): New macro to inline
+	FT_Angle_Diff.
+
+	* src/autofit/afhints.c (af_direction_compute): Re-implement.
+	(af_glyph_hints_compute_inflections, af_glyph_hints_reload): Use
+	AF_ANGLE_DIFF to speed up the detection of inflexions.
+
+
+	* src/tools/apinames.c: Include .
+	(OutputFormat): New enumeration.
+	(names_dump): Add two parameters to control output format and DLL
+	name.
+	(names_dump_windef): Removed.  Code folded into `names_dump'.
+	(read_header_file): Use isalnum, not isalpha.  Otherwise function
+	names with digits aren't read correctly.
+	(usage): Updated.
+	(main): New option `-o' to control output file name.
+	New option `-d' to indicate DLL file name.
+	Extend `-w' flag to handle Borland and Watcom compilers and linkers.
+
+2005-10-28  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* builds/mac/ftlib.prj, builds/mac/freetype.mak: Removed.
+	ftlib.prj is unmaintained and incompatible with current tree.
+	freetype.mak is unrecoverably broken.
+
+	* builds/mac/ftlib.prj.xml: Added.
+	Generated by Metrowerks CodeWarrior 9.0.
+
+	* builds/mac/FreeType.m68k_far.make.txt,
+	builds/mac/FreeType.m68k_cfm.make.txt,
+	builds/mac/FreeType.ppc_classic.make.txt,
+	builds/mac/FreeType.ppc_carbon.make.txt: Added.
+	Skeleton files of MPW makefiles.
+
+	* builds/mac/ascii2mpw.py: Added.
+	Python script to make MPW makefile from skeleton.
+
+	* builds/mac/README: Updated.
+	Almost rewritten to use new files.
+
+2005-10-28  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	* src/base/ftmac.c: Fix invalid casts from NULL to integer typed
+	variables.  Advised by David Turner, Masatake YAMATO, Sean McBride,
+	and George Williams.
+
+2005-10-27  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/ftsysmem.h, include/freetype/ftsysio.h: Removed.
+	Obsolete.
+
+2005-10-25  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfdriver.c (sfnt_interface): Move out
+	`tt_face_get_kerning' from a #ifdef clause.  Reported by Tony J.
+	Ibbs .
+
+2005-10-23  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/base/ftdbgmem.c (ft_mem_debug_realloc): Make it compile with
+	C++.
+
+2005-10-21  David Turner  
+
+	* src/base/ftdbgmem.c (ft_mem_table_set, ft_mem_debug_realloc):
+	Another realloc memory counting bug fix.
+
+	* src/tools/Jamfile: Add missing file.
+
+	* src/lzw/Jamfile: Fix incorrect source file reference.
+
+2005-10-20  David Turner  
+
+	* src/base/ftdbgmem.c (ft_mem_table_set, ft_mem_table_remove,
+	ft_mem_debug_alloc, ft_mem_debug_free, ft_mem_debug_realloc): Fixes
+	to better account for memory reallocations.
+
+	* src/lzw/ftlzw2.c, src/lzw/ftzopen.h, src/lzw/ftzopen.c,
+	src/lzw/rules.mk: First version of LZW loader re-implementation.
+	Apparently, this saves about 330 KB of heap memory when loading
+	timR24.pcf.Z.
+
+2005-10-20  Chia-I Wu  
+
+	* include/freetype/ftbitmap.h (FT_Bitmap_Copy, FT_Bitmap_Embolden),
+	src/base/ftbdf.c (FT_Get_BDF_Property), src/cache/ftcmru.c
+	(FTC_MruList_Reset, FTC_MruList_Done, FTC_MruList_Lookup): Fix
+	FT_EXPORT/FT_EXPORT_DEF tagging.
+
+2005-10-19  Chia-I Wu  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (TT_Load_Glyph): Allow size->ttmetrics to
+	be invalid when FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE is set.
+
+2005-10-17  David Turner  
+
+	* src/base/ftobjs.c (FT_Open_Face): Don't call FT_New_GlyphSlot and
+	FT_New_Size if we are opening a face with face_index < 0 (which is
+	only used for testing the format).
+
+	* src/gxvalid/gxvmort0.c (gxv_mort_subtable_type0_entry_validate):
+	Remove compiler warning.
+
+2005-10-16  David Turner  
+
+	* src/tools/apinames.c: Add new tool to extract public API function
+	names from header files.
+
+2005-10-05  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Add FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTER to indicate that a specific font driver has
+	a hinting engine of its own.
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTER): New macro.
+
+	* src/cff/cffobjs.c (cff_face_init), src/cid/cidobjs.c
+	(cid_face_init), src/truetype/ttobjs.c (tt_face_init)
+	[TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER], src/type1/t1objs.c
+	(T1_Face_Init), src/type42/t42objs.c (T42_Face_Init)
+	[TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER]: Update face flags.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Document it.
+
+2005-09-27  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* builds/unix/freetype2.m4: Add license exception so that the file
+	can be used in any other autoconf script.
+
+2005-09-26  David Turner  
+
+	* src/autofit/aflatin.c (af_latin_compute_stem_width): Fix bad
+	computation of the `vertical' flag, causing ugly things in LCD mode
+	and others.
+
+2005-09-23  David Turner  
+
+	* src/autofit/aflatin.c (af_latin_hints_init): Fix a bug that
+	prevented internal hint mode bitflags from being computed correctly.
+
+	* src/base/Jamfile: Adding src/base/ftgxval.c.
+
+	* src/gxvalid/gxvbsln.c, src/gxvalid/gxvcommn.c,
+	src/gxvalid/gxvfeat.c, src/gxvalid/gxvjust.c, src/gxvalid/gxvkern.c,
+	src/gxvalid/gxvlcar.c, src/gxvalid/gxvmort.c,
+	src/gxvalid/gxvmort0.c, src/gxvalid/gxvmort1.c,
+	src/gxvalid/gxvmort2.c, src/gxvalid/gxvmort4.c,
+	src/gxvalid/gxvmort5.c, src/gxvalid/gxvmorx.c,
+	src/gxvalid/gxvmorx0.c, src/gxvalid/gxvmorx1.c,
+	src/gxvalid/gxvmorx2.c, src/gxvalid/gxvmorx5.c,
+	src/gxvalid/gxvopbd.c, src/gxvalid/gxvprop.c,
+	src/truetype/ttgload.c: Remove _many_ compiler warnings when
+	compiling with Visual C++ at maximum level (/W4).
+
+	* src/autofit/afangles.c (af_angle_atan): Replaced CORDIC-based
+	implementation with one using lookup tables.  This simple thing
+	speeds up glyph loading by 18%, according to ftbench!
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfdriver.c (sfnt_get_interface): Don't check for
+	`get_sfnt' and `load_sfnt' module interfaces.
+
+2005-09-22  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Mention SING Glyphlet support.
+
+2005-09-22  David Turner  
+
+	* src/base/Jamfile: Disable compilation of ftgxval module
+	temporarily.
+
+2005-09-19  David Somers  
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttload.c (sfnt_dir_check): Modified to allow a
+	font to have no `head' table if tables `SING' and `META' are
+	present; this is to support `SING Glyphlet'.
+
+	`SING Glyphlet' is an extension to OpenType developed by Adobe
+	primarily to facilitate adding supplemental glyphs to an OpenType
+	font (with emphasis on, but not necessarily limited to, gaiji to a
+	CJK font).  A SING Glyphlet Font is an OpenType font that contains
+	the outline(s), either in a `glyf' or `CFF' table, for a glyph;
+	`cmap', `BASE', and `GSUB' tables are present with the same format
+	and functionaliy as a regular OpenType font; there are no `name',
+	`head', `OS/2', and `post' tables; there are two new tables, `SING'
+	which contains details about the glyphlet, and `META' which contains
+	metadata.
+
+	Further information on the SING Glyphlet format can be found at:
+
+	  http://www.adobe.com/products/indesign/sing_gaiji.html
+
+	* include/freetype/ttags.h (TTAG_SING, TTAG_META): New macros for
+	the OpenType tables `SING' and `META'.  These two tables are used in
+	SING Glyphlet Format fonts.
+
+2005-09-09  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfobjs.c (sfnt_load_face): Reactivate code to set
+	FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING which has been commented out erroneously.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Document it.
+
+2005-09-05  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	Fixes for `make multi' and using C++ compiler.
+
+	* src/gxvalid/gxvcommn.c (gxv_set_length_by_ushort_offset,
+	gxv_set_length_by_ulong_offset, gxv_array_getlimits_byte,
+	gxv_array_getlimits_ushort): Declare with FT_LOCAL_DEF.
+	(gxv_compare_ranges): Make it static.
+	(gxv_LookupTable_fmt0_validate, gxv_LookupTable_fmt2_validate,
+	gxv_LookupTable_fmt4_validate, gxv_LookupTable_fmt6_validate,
+	gxv_LookupTable_fmt8_validate, gxv_LookupTable_validate): Improve
+	trace messages.
+	(gxv_StateArray_validate, gxv_XStateArray_validate): s/class/clazz/.
+	(GXV_STATETABLE_HEADER_SIZE, GXV_STATEHEADER_SIZE,
+	GXV_XSTATETABLE_HEADER_SIZE, GXV_XSTATEHEADER_SIZE): Move to
+	gxvcommn.h.
+
+	* src/gxvalid/gxvcommn.h: Add prototypes for
+	gxv_StateTable_subtable_setup, gxv_XStateTable_subtable_setup,
+	gxv_XStateTable_validate, gxv_array_getlimits_byte,
+	gxv_array_getlimits_ushort, gxv_set_length_by_ushort_offset,
+	gxv_set_length_by_ulong_offset, gxv_odtect_add_range,
+	gxv_odtect_validate.
+	(GXV_STATETABLE_HEADER_SIZE, GXV_STATEHEADER_SIZE,
+	GXV_XSTATETABLE_HEADER_SIZE, GXV_XSTATEHEADER_SIZE): Moved from
+	gxvcommn.c.
+
+	* src/gxvalid/gxvbsln.c (gxv_bsln_LookupValue_validate,
+	gxv_bsln_parts_fmt1_validate): Improve trace messages.
+
+	* src/gxvalid/gxvfeat.c: Split off predefined registry stuff to...
+	* src/gxvalid/gxvfeat.h: New file.
+
+	* src/gxvalid/gxvjust.c (gxv_just_wdc_entry_validate): Improve trace
+	message.
+
+	* src/gxvalid/gxvkern.c (GXV_kern_Dialect): Add KERN_DIALECT_UNKNOWN.
+	(gxv_kern_subtable_fmt1_valueTable_load,
+	gxv_kern_subtable_fmt1_subtable_setup,
+	gxv_kern_subtable_fmt1_entry_validate): Fix C++ compiler errors.
+	(gxv_kern_coverage_validate): Use KERN_DIALECT_UNKWOWN.
+	Improve trace message.
+	(gxv_kern_validate_generic): Fix C++ compiler error.
+	Improve trace message.
+	(gxv_kern_validate_classic): Fix C++ compiler error.
+
+	* src/gxvalid/gxvmort0.c (gxv_mort_subtable_type0_validate): Declare
+	with FT_LOCAL_DEF.
+
+	* src/gxvalid/gxvmort1.c
+	(gxv_mort_subtable_type1_substitutionTable_load,
+	gxv_mort_subtable_type1_subtable_setup): Fix C++ compiler errors.
+	(gxv_mort_subtable_type1_substTable_validate): Improve trace
+	message.
+	(gxv_mort_subtable_type1_validate): Declare with FT_LOCAL_DEF.
+
+	* src/gxvalid/gxvmort2.c (gxv_mort_subtable_type2_opttable_load,
+	gxv_mort_subtable_type2_subtable_setup,
+	gxv_mort_subtable_type2_ligActionOffset_validate,
+	gxv_mort_subtable_type2_ligatureTable_validate): Fix C++ compiler
+	errors.
+	(gxv_mort_subtable_type2_validate): Declare with FT_LOCAL_DEF.
+
+	* src/gxvalid/gxvmort4.c (gxv_mort_subtable_type4_validate): Declare
+	with FT_LOCAL_DEF.
+
+	* src/gxvalid/gxvmort5.c (gxv_mort_subtable_type5_subtable_setup,
+	gxv_mort_subtable_type5_InsertList_validate): Fix C++ compiler
+	errors.
+	(gxv_mort_subtable_type5_validate): Declare with FT_LOCAL_DEF.
+
+	* src/gxvalid/gxvmort.c: Include gxvfeat.h.
+	(gxv_mort_featurearray_validate, gxv_mort_coverage_validate):
+	Declare with FT_LOCAL_DEF.
+	(gxv_mort_subtables_validate, gxv_mort_validate): Improve trace
+	messages.
+
+	* src/gxvalid/gxvmort.h (gxv_mort_feature_validate): Remove.
+
+	* src/gxvalid/gxvmorx0.c (gxv_morx_subtable_type0_validate): Declare
+	with FT_LOCAL_DEF.
+
+	* src/gxvalid/gxvmorx1.c
+	(gxv_morx_subtable_type1_substitutionTable_load,
+	gxv_morx_subtable_type1_subtable_setup,
+	gxv_morx_subtable_type1_entry_validate,
+	gxv_morx_subtable_type1_substitutionTable_validate): Fix C++
+	compiler errors.
+	(gxv_morx_subtable_type1_validate): Declare with FT_LOCAL_DEF.
+
+	* src/gxvalid/gxvmorx2.c (gxv_morx_subtable_type2_opttable_load,
+	gxv_morx_subtable_type2_subtable_setup,
+	gxv_morx_subtable_type2_ligActionIndex_validate,
+	gxv_morx_subtable_type2_ligatureTable_validate): Fix C++ compiler
+	errors.
+	(gxv_morx_subtable_type2_validate): Declare with FT_LOCAL_DEF.
+	Fix typo.
+
+	* src/gxvalid/gxvmorx4.c (gxv_morx_subtable_type4_validate): Declare
+	with FT_LOCAL_DEF.
+
+	* src/gxvalid/gxvmorx5.c (gxv_morx_subtable_type5_insertionGlyph_load,
+	gxv_morx_subtable_type5_subtable_setup): Fix C++ compiler error.
+	(gxv_morx_subtable_type5_validate): Declare with FT_LOCAL_DEF.
+
+	* src/gxvalid/gxvmorx.c (gxv_morx_subtables_validate,
+	gxv_morx_validate): Improve trace message.
+
+	* src/gxvalid/gxvopbd.c (gxv_opbd_LookupFmt4_transit): Fix compiler
+	warnings.
+	(gxv_opbd_validate): Improve trace message.
+
+	* src/gxvalid/gxvprop.c: Decorate constants with `U' and `L' where
+	appropriate.
+	(gxv_prop_zero_advance_validate, gxv_prop_validate): Improve trace
+	message.
+
+	* src/gxvalid/gxvtrak.c (gxv_trak_trackTable_validate): Remove unused
+	parameter.  Update all callers.
+	(gxv_trak_validate): Improve trace message.
+
+	* rules.mk (GXV_DRV_H): Add gxvfeat.h.
+
+2005-09-01  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/gxvalid/gxvbsln.c (GXV_BSLN_VALUE_EMPTY): Add `U'.
+
+	* src/gxvalid/gxmort1.c (GXV_MORT_SUBTABLE_TYPE1_HEADER_SIZE),
+	src/gxvalid/gxmort2.c (GXV_MORT_SUBTABLE_TYPE2_HEADER_SIZE): Fix
+	typo.
+
+	* src/gxvalid/gxvmorx0.c, src/gxvalid/gxvmorx1.c,
+	src/gxvalid/gxvmorx2.c, src/gxvalid/gxvmorx4.c,
+	src/gxvalid/gxvmorx5.c, src/gxvalid/gxvmort.c: Improve trace
+	messages.
+	Decorate constants with `U' and `L' where appropriate.
+	Fix compiler warnings.
+
+2005-08-31  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (load_truetype_glyph): Fix typo.
+
+	* src/gxvalid/gxvbsln.c (gxv_bsln_validate): Fix trace message.
+
+	* src/gxvalid/gxvcommn.c (gxv_odtect_add_range): Use `const'.
+
+	* src/gxvalid/gxvfeat.c, src/gxvalid/gxvjust.c,
+	src/gxvalid/gxvkern.c, src/gxvalid/gxvlcar.c, src/gxvalid/gxvmod.c,
+	src/gxvalid/gxvmort0.c, src/gxvalid/gxvmort1.c,
+	src/gxvalid/gxvmort2.c, src/gxvalid/gxvmort4.c,
+	src/gxvalid/gxvmort5.c, src/gxvalid/gxvmort.c: Improve trace
+	messages.
+	Decorate constants with `U' and `L' where appropriate.
+	Fix compiler warnings.
+
+2005-08-30  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/gxvalid/README: Revised.
+	* src/gxvalid/gxvbsln.c: Fix compiler warnings.
+	* src/gxvalid/gxvcommn.c: Fix compiler warnings.
+	(gxv_XEntryTable_validate, gxv_compare_ranges): Remove unused
+	parameter.  Update all callers.
+	Improve trace messages.
+	Some formatting.
+
+2005-08-29  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h, include/freetype/ftchapters.h: Add
+	a preliminary section with some explanations about user allocation.
+
+	* src/tools/docmaker/tohtml.py (HtmlFormatter.section_enter):
+	Don't abort if there are no data types, functions, etc., in a
+	section.
+	Print synopsis only if we have a data type, function, etc.
+
+	* docs/INSTALL.ANY, docs/INSTALL, docs/INSTALL.UNX, docs/CUSTOMIZE,
+	docs/INSTALL.GNU, docs/TRUETYPE, docs/DEBUG, docs/UPGRADE.UNX,
+	docs/VERSION.DLL, docs/formats.txt: Revised, formatted.
+
+2005-08-28  George Williams  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c [TT_MAX_COMPOSITE_RECURSE]: Removed.
+	(load_truetype_glyph): Limit recursion depth by `maxComponentDepth'.
+
+2005-08-25  J. Ali Harlow  
+
+	* builds/unix/freetype2.in (CFlags): Add missing directory.
+
+2005-08-24  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* docs/CHANGES: Mention gxvalid module.
+
+2005-08-23  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/autofit/aflatin.c (af_latin_metrics_scale): Initialize
+	render mode properly.  Reported by chris@dokein.co.uk.
+
+2005-08-23  suzuki toshiya  
+
+	Add gxvalid module to validate TrueType GX/AAT tables.
+
+	Modifications on existing files:
+
+	* Jamfile: Register gxvalid module.
+	* src/base/Jamfile: Register ftgxval.c.
+	* src/base/rule.mk: Register ftgxval.c.
+	* docs/INSTALL.ANY: Register gxvalid/gxvalid.c.
+
+	* include/freetype/config/ftheader.h (FT_GX_VALIDATE_H): New macro
+	to include gxvalid header file.
+	* include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h: Register gxv_module_class.
+
+	* include/freetype/ftchapters.h: Add comment about gx_validation.
+	* include/freetype/ftotval.h: Change keyword FT_VALIDATE_XXX
+	to FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX to co-exist with gxvalid.
+	* include/freetype/tttags.h: Add tags for TrueType GX/AAT tables.
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftserv.h (FT_SERVICE_GX_VALIDATE_H): New
+	macro for gxvalid service.
+	* include/freetype/internal/fttrace.h: Add trace facilities for
+	gxvalid.
+
+	New files on existing directories:
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/services/svgxval.h: Registration of
+	validation service for TrueType GX/AAT and classic kern table.
+	* include/freetype/ftgxval.h: Public API definition to use gxvalid.
+	* src/base/ftgxval.c: Public API of gxvalid.
+
+	New files under src/gxvalid/:
+
+	* src/gxvalid/Jamfile src/gxvalid/README src/gxvalid/module.mk
+	src/gxvalid/rules.mk src/gxvalid/gxvalid.c src/gxvalid/gxvalid.h
+	src/gxvalid/gxvbsln.c src/gxvalid/gxvcommn.c src/gxvalid/gxvcommn.h
+	src/gxvalid/gxverror.h src/gxvalid/gxvfeat.c src/gxvalid/gxvfgen.c
+	src/gxvalid/gxvjust.c src/gxvalid/gxvkern.c src/gxvalid/gxvlcar.c
+	src/gxvalid/gxvmod.c src/gxvalid/gxvmod.h src/gxvalid/gxvmort.c
+	src/gxvalid/gxvmort.h src/gxvalid/gxvmort0.c src/gxvalid/gxvmort1.c
+	src/gxvalid/gxvmort2.c src/gxvalid/gxvmort4.c src/gxvalid/gxvmort5.c
+	src/gxvalid/gxvmorx.c src/gxvalid/gxvmorx.h src/gxvalid/gxvmorx0.c
+	src/gxvalid/gxvmorx1.c src/gxvalid/gxvmorx2.c src/gxvalid/gxvmorx4.c
+	src/gxvalid/gxvmorx5.c src/gxvalid/gxvopbd.c src/gxvalid/gxvprop.c
+	src/gxvalid/gxvtrak.c: New files, gxvalid body.
+
+2005-08-21  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (TT_Load_Glyph): Only translate outline
+	to (0,0) if bit 1 of the `head' table isn't set.  This improves
+	rendering of buggy fonts.
+
+2005-08-20  Chia I Wu  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttdriver.c (Load_Glyph): Don't check the validity of
+	ttmetrics here.  TrueType fonts with only sbits always have
+	ttmetrics.valid set to false.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (TT_Load_Glyph): Check that ttmetrics is
+	valid before loading outline glyph.
+
+	* src/cache/ftcimage.c (FTC_INode_New): Fix a memory leak.
+
+2005-08-20  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttload.c (tt_face_load_metrics_header): Ignore missing
+	`hhea' table for SFNT Mac fonts.  Change based on a patch by
+	mpsuzuki@hiroshima-u.ac.jp.
+
+2005-08-20  Masatake YAMATO  
+
+	* src/otvalid/otvmod.c (otv_validate): Use ft_validator_run instead
+	of ft_setjmp.
+
+2005-08-19  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (load_truetype_glyph): Fix compiler
+	warnings.
+
+2005-08-16  Chia I Wu  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttinterp.c, src/truetype/ttinterp.h: Update copyright
+	messages.
+
+2005-08-16  Chia I Wu  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttinterp.c, src/truetype/ttinterp.h: Remove original
+	TT_Done_Context and rename TT_Destroy_Context to TT_Done_Context
+	with slight changes.
+	Update all callers.
+	(TT_New_Context): Now takes TT_Driver argument directly.
+	Update all callers.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttobjs.h (tt_slot_init): New function.
+	* src/truetype/ttobjs.c (tt_driver_init): Initialize execution
+	context here.
+	(tt_slot_init): New function to create extra points for the internal
+	glyph loader.  We then use it directly, instead of face's glyph
+	loader, when loading glyph.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttdriver.c (tt_driver_class): Use tt_slot_init for
+	glyph slot initialization.
+	(Load_Glyph): Load flag dependencies are handled here.  Return error
+	if size is NULL.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c: Heavy cleanup and refactoring.
+	(org_to_cur): Removed.
+	(TT_Load_Simple_Glyph): Call FT_GlyphLoader_CheckPoints.
+	(TT_Hint_Glyph): New function to hint a zone, prepared by caller.
+	(TT_Process_Simple_Glyph): s/load/loader/.
+	Use loader->pp values instead of recalculation.
+	Use TT_Hint_Glyph.
+	No need to save/restore loader->stream before and after
+	TT_Vary_Get_Glyph_Deltas now.
+	(TT_LOADER_SET_PP): New macro to calculate and set the four phantom
+	points.
+	(load_truetype_glyph): Never set exec->glyphSize to 0.  This closes
+	Savannah bug #13107.
+	Forget glyph frame before calling TT_Process_Simple_Glyph.
+	Use TT_LOADER_SET_PP.
+	Scale all four phantom points.
+	Split off some functionality to ...
+	(TT_Process_Composite_Component, TT_Process_Composite_Glyph): These
+	new functions.
+	(TT_Load_Glyph): Set various fields of `glyph' here, not in
+	load_truetype_glyph and compute_glyph_metrics.
+	Split off some functionality to ...
+	(load_sbit_image, tt_loader_init): These new functions.
+	(compute_glyph_metrics): Call FT_Outline_Get_CBox.
+
+2005-08-08  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* docs/INSTALL.ANY: Updated.
+
+2005-08-05  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_builder_close_contour),
+	src/psaux/psobjs.c (t1_builder_close_contour): Protect against
+	zero `outline' pointer.
+
+	* src/base/ftgloadr.c (FT_GlyphLoader_Add): Protect against zero
+	`loader' address.
+
+2005-08-03  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/sfnt/sfdriver.c (sfnt_interface) [FT_OPTIMIZE_MEMORY]:
+	Reactivate pointers to tt_find_sbit_image and tt_load_sbit_metrics
+	to make X work again.
+
+2005-08-02  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/otvalid/otvcommn.h: Remove dead code.
+
+2005-07-31  Chia I Wu  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttobjs.h (tt_size_run_fpgm, tt_size_run_prep): New
+	functions.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttobjs.c (tt_size_run_fpgm, tt_size_run_prep): New
+	functions.
+	(tt_size_init): Add 4, instead of 2, (phantom) points to twilight
+	zone.
+	Move code that runs fpgm to tt_size_run_fpgm.
+	(Reset_Outline_Size): Move code that runs prep to tt_size_run_prep.
+	(tt_glyphzone_new): Allocate right size of arrays.
+	Set max_points and max_contours properly.
+
+2005-07-26  Chia I Wu  
+
+	* src/truetype/ttdriver.c (Set_Char_Sizes): Avoid unnecessary
+	computations and clean up.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttobjs.h (struct TT_SizeRec_): Comment on the
+	internal copy of metrics.
+
+2005-07-12  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/ftoutln.h (FT_Outline_Embolden): Fix prototype.
+	Reported by Xerxes.
+
+2005-07-04  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftmemory.h (FT_REALLOC_ARRAY): Fix typo.
+	Reported by Brett Hutley.
+
+2005-06-30  David Turner  
+
+	* src/sfnt/ftbitmap.c, src/truetype/ttgload.c, src/sfnt/ttcmap.c:
+	Removing compiler warnings (Visual C++ /W4).
+
+
+	Implement a work-around for broken C preprocessor in Visual C++ (it
+	has been confirmed by the MS developers that it is indeed a bug
+	which won't be fixed in the very near future).
+
+	* Jamfile (FT2_COMPONENTS): Include otvalid (again).
+
+	* src/otvalid/otvcommn.h (OTV_NAME, OTV_FUNC): New macros.
+	(OTV_NEST1, OTV_NEST2, OTV_NEST3): Use OTV_NAME and OTV_FUNC to
+	avoid argument expansion by argument prescan.
+	Append `Func' to all affected macros and change them to take just a
+	single argument.  Example: `AttachList' is renamed to
+	`AttachListFunc'.
+
+	* src/otvalid/otvgdef.c, src/otvalid/otvgpos.c,
+	src/otvalid/otvgsub.c, src/otvjstf.c: Append `Func' to macros
+	affected by the changes to OTV_NESTx and modify them to take just a
+	single argument.
+
+2005-06-20  Chia I Wu  
+
+	* include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h, src/base/ftobjs.c: New function
+	ft_glyphslot_grid_fit_metrics.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (compute_glyph_metrics): Use
+	ft_glyphslot_grid_fit_metrics.
+
+	* src/cff/cffgload.c (cff_slot_load), src/cid/cidgload.c
+	(cid_slot_load_glyph), src/type1/t1gload.c (T1_Load_Glyph): Use
+	ft_glyphslot_grid_fit_metrics.
+	FT_Outline_Get_CBox is called twice.
+
+	* src/base/ftsynth.c (FT_GlyphSlot_Embolden): Modify metrics to more
+	reasonable values when emboldening outline glyphs.  The theoretic
+	ones are unrealistic.
+
+2005-06-16  Chia I Wu  
+
+	* src/base/ftoutln.c (FT_Outline_Embolden): Strength should be
+	halved.
+
+	* src/base/ftsynth.c (FT_GlyphSlot_Embolden): Change the default
+	strength.
+	Don't increase slot->advance.y.
+
+2005-06-16  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* include/freetype/freetype.h (FREETYPE_MINOR): Set to 2.
+	(FREETYPE_PATCH): Set to 0.
+
+	* builds/unix/configure.ac (version_info): Set to 9:9:3.
+	Currently, we are still binary compatible.
+
+	* builds/win32/visualc/index.html,
+	builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsp,
+	builds/win32/visualc/freetype.vcproj: s/219/2110/, s/2.1.9/2.1.10/.
+
+	* builds/freetype.mk (refdoc), README, Jamfile (RefDoc):
+	s/2.1.9/2.1.10/.
+
+	* docs/CHANGES, docs/VERSION.DLL: Updated.
+
+	* ChangeLog: Split off older entries into...
+	* ChangeLog.20, ChangeLog.21: These new files.
+
+2005-06-15  Kirill Smelkov  
+
+	The next release will be 2.2.0, so don't worry about source code
+	backwards compatibility.
+
+	* include/freetype/ftimage.h (FT_Outline_MoveToFunc,
+	FT_Outline_LineToFunc, FT_Outline_ConicToFunc,
+	FT_Outline_CubicToFunc, FT_SpanFunc, FT_Raster_RenderFunc),
+	include/freetype/ftrender.h (FT_Glyph_TransformFunc,
+	FT_Renderer_RenderFunc, FT_Renderer_TransformFunc): Decorate
+	parameters with `const' where appropriate.
+
+2005-06-15  Chia I Wu  
+
+	* src/sfnt/ttsbit.c (tt_face_load_sbit_image): Compute vertBearingY
+	to make glyphs centered vertically.
+
+	* src/truetype/ttgload.c (compute_glyph_metrics): Compute
+	vertBearingY to make glyphs centered vertically.
+	Fix some bugs in vertical metrics:
+
+	  . loader->pp3.y and loader->pp4.y are in 26.6 format, not in font
+	    units.
+	  . As we use the glyph's cbox to calculate the top bearing now
+	    there is no need to adjust `top'.
+
+2005-06-15  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* src/otvalid/otvcommn.h (OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE): Use FT_UShort to be
+	in sync with OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET.  Reported by YAMATO Masatake.
+
+2005-06-13  Werner Lemberg  
+
+	* docs/release: Update.
+
+----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Copyright 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by
+David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+
+This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+fully.
+
+
+Local Variables:
+version-control: never
+coding: utf-8
+End:
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/Jamfile b/src/3rdparty/freetype/Jamfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e5273d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/Jamfile
@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
+# FreeType 2 top Jamfile.
+#
+# Copyright 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+# The HDRMACRO is already defined in FTJam and is used to add
+# the content of certain macros to the list of included header
+# files.
+#
+# We can compile FreeType 2 with classic Jam however thanks to
+# the following code
+#
+if ! $(JAM_TOOLSET)
+{
+  rule HDRMACRO
+  {
+    # nothing
+  }
+}
+
+
+# We need to invoke a SubDir rule if the FT2 source directory top is not the
+# current directory.  This allows us to build FreeType 2 as part of a larger
+# project easily.
+#
+if $(FT2_TOP) != $(DOT)
+{
+  SubDir  FT2_TOP ;
+}
+
+
+# The following macros define the include directory, the source directory,
+# and the final library name (without library extensions).  They can be
+# replaced by other definitions when the library is compiled as part of
+# a larger project.
+#
+
+# Name of FreeType include directory during compilation.
+# This is relative to FT2_TOP.
+#
+FT2_INCLUDE_DIR ?= include ;
+
+# Name of FreeType source directory during compilation.
+# This is relative to FT2_TOP.
+#
+FT2_SRC_DIR ?= src ;
+
+# Name of final library, without extension.
+#
+FT2_LIB ?= $(LIBPREFIX)freetype ;
+
+
+# Define FT2_BUILD_INCLUDE to point to your build-specific directory.
+# This is prepended to FT2_INCLUDE_DIR.  It can be used to specify
+# the location of a custom  which will point to custom
+# versions of `ftmodule.h' and `ftoption.h', for example.
+#
+FT2_BUILD_INCLUDE ?= ;
+
+# The list of modules to compile on any given build of the library.
+# By default, this will contain _all_ modules defined in FT2_SRC_DIR.
+#
+# IMPORTANT: You'll need to change the content of `ftmodule.h' as well
+#            if you modify this list or provide your own.
+#
+FT2_COMPONENTS ?= autofit    # auto-fitter
+                  base       # base component (public APIs)
+                  bdf        # BDF font driver
+                  cache      # cache sub-system
+                  cff        # CFF/CEF font driver
+                  cid        # PostScript CID-keyed font driver
+                  gzip       # support for gzip-compressed files
+                  lzw        # support for LZW-compressed files
+                  pcf        # PCF font driver
+                  pfr        # PFR/TrueDoc font driver
+                  psaux      # common PostScript routines module
+                  pshinter   # PostScript hinter module
+                  psnames    # PostScript names handling
+                  raster     # monochrome rasterizer
+                  smooth     # anti-aliased rasterizer
+                  sfnt       # SFNT-based format support routines
+                  truetype   # TrueType font driver
+                  type1      # PostScript Type 1 font driver
+                  type42     # PostScript Type 42 (embedded TrueType) driver
+                  winfonts   # Windows FON/FNT font driver
+                  ;
+
+
+# Don't touch.
+#
+FT2_INCLUDE  = $(FT2_BUILD_INCLUDE)
+               [ FT2_SubDir $(FT2_INCLUDE_DIR) ] ;
+
+FT2_SRC      = [ FT2_SubDir $(FT2_SRC_DIR) ] ;
+
+# Location of API Reference Documentation
+#
+if $(DOC_DIR)
+{
+  DOC_DIR = $(DOCDIR:T) ;
+}
+else
+{
+  DOC_DIR = docs/reference ;
+}
+
+
+# Only used by FreeType developers.
+#
+if $(DEBUG_HINTER)
+{
+  CCFLAGS += -DDEBUG_HINTER ;
+}
+
+
+# We need `freetype2/include' in the current include path in order to
+# compile any part of FreeType 2.
+#: updating documentation for upcoming release
+
+HDRS += $(FT2_INCLUDE) ;
+
+
+# We need to #define FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY so that our sources find the
+# internal headers
+#
+DEFINES += FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY ;
+
+# Uncomment the following line if you want to build individual source files
+# for each FreeType 2 module.  This is only useful during development, and
+# is better defined as an environment variable anyway!
+#
+# FT2_MULTI = true ;
+
+
+# The file  is used to define macros that are
+# later used in #include statements.  It needs to be parsed in order to
+# record these definitions.
+#
+HDRMACRO  [ FT2_SubDir  include freetype config ftheader.h ] ;
+HDRMACRO  [ FT2_SubDir  include freetype internal internal.h ] ;
+
+
+# Now include the Jamfile in `freetype2/src', used to drive the compilation
+# of each FreeType 2 component and/or module.
+#
+SubInclude  FT2_TOP $(FT2_SRC_DIR) ;
+
+# Handle the generation of the `ftexport.sym' file which contain the list
+# of exported symbols.  This can be used on Unix by libtool.
+#
+SubInclude FT2_TOP $(FT2_SRC_DIR) tools ;
+
+rule GenExportSymbols
+{
+  local  apinames = apinames$(SUFEXE) ;
+  local  headers  = [ Glob $(2) : *.h ] ;
+
+  LOCATE on $(1) = $(ALL_LOCATE_TARGET) ;
+
+  APINAMES on $(1) = apinames$(SUFEXE) ;
+
+  Depends            $(1) : $(apinames) $(headers) ;
+  GenExportSymbols1  $(1) : $(headers) ;
+  Clean              clean : $(1) ;
+}
+
+actions GenExportSymbols1 bind APINAMES
+{
+  $(APINAMES) $(2) > $(1)
+}
+
+GenExportSymbols  ftexport.sym : include/freetype include/freetype/cache ;
+
+# Test files (hinter debugging).  Only used by FreeType developers.
+#
+if $(DEBUG_HINTER)
+{
+  SubInclude FT2_TOP tests ;
+}
+
+rule RefDoc
+{
+  Depends  $1 : all ;
+  NotFile  $1 ;
+  Always   $1 ;
+}
+
+actions RefDoc
+{
+  python $(FT2_SRC)/tools/docmaker/docmaker.py --prefix=ft2 --title=FreeType-2.3.9 --output=$(DOC_DIR) $(FT2_INCLUDE)/freetype/*.h $(FT2_INCLUDE)/freetype/config/*.h
+}
+
+RefDoc  refdoc ;
+
+
+# end of top Jamfile
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/Jamrules b/src/3rdparty/freetype/Jamrules
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d8d1c7e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/Jamrules
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+# FreeType 2 JamRules.
+#
+# Copyright 2001, 2002, 2003 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+# This file contains the Jam rules needed to build the FreeType 2 library.
+# It is shared by all Jamfiles and is included only once in the build
+# process.
+#
+
+
+# Call SubDirHdrs on a list of directories.
+#
+rule AddSubDirHdrs
+{
+  local x ;
+
+  for x in $(<)
+  {
+    SubDirHdrs $(x) ;
+  }
+}
+
+
+# Determine prefix of library file.  We must use "libxxxxx" on Unix systems,
+# while all other simply use the real name.
+#
+if $(UNIX)
+{
+  LIBPREFIX ?= lib ;
+}
+else
+{
+  LIBPREFIX ?= "" ;
+}
+
+# FT2_TOP contains the location of the FreeType source directory.  You can
+# set it to a specific value if you want to compile the library as part of a
+# larger project.
+#
+FT2_TOP ?= $(DOT) ;
+
+# Define a new rule used to declare a sub directory of the Nirvana source
+# tree.
+#
+rule FT2_SubDir
+{
+  if $(FT2_TOP) = $(DOT)
+  {
+    return [ FDirName  $(<) ] ;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return [ FDirName  $(FT2_TOP) $(<) ] ;
+  }
+}
+
+# We also set ALL_LOCATE_TARGET in order to place all object and library
+# files in "objs".
+#
+ALL_LOCATE_TARGET ?= [ FT2_SubDir  objs ] ;
+
+
+# end of Jamrules
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/Makefile b/src/3rdparty/freetype/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c1fa16c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 build system -- top-level Makefile
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2002, 2006 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+# Project names
+#
+PROJECT       := freetype
+PROJECT_TITLE := FreeType
+
+# The variable TOP_DIR holds the path to the topmost directory in the project
+# engine source hierarchy.  If it is not defined, default it to `.'.
+#
+TOP_DIR ?= .
+
+# The variable OBJ_DIR gives the location where object files and the
+# FreeType library are built.
+#
+OBJ_DIR ?= $(TOP_DIR)/objs
+
+
+include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/toplevel.mk
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/README b/src/3rdparty/freetype/README
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6e5ad46
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/README
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+  Special notes to Unix users
+  ===========================
+
+  Please  read  the file  `docs/UPGRADE.UNIX'.  It contains  important
+  information regarding the installation  of FreeType on Unix systems,
+  especially GNU based operating systems like GNU/Linux.
+
+  FreeType 2's  library is called `libfreetype',  FreeType 1's library
+  is called `libttf'.  They are *not* compatible!
+
+
+  FreeType 2.3.9
+  ==============
+
+  Please   read   the  docs/CHANGES   file,   it  contains   IMPORTANT
+  INFORMATION.
+
+  Read the files `docs/INSTALL' for installation instructions.
+
+  The FreeType 2 API reference is located in `docs/reference'; use the
+  file   `ft2-doc.html'   as   the   top  entry   point.    Additional
+  documentation is available as a separate package from our sites.  Go
+  to
+
+    http://download.savannah.gnu.org/releases/freetype/
+
+  and download one of the following files.
+
+    freetype-doc-2.3.9.tar.bz2
+    freetype-doc-2.3.9.tar.gz
+    ftdoc239.zip
+
+
+  Bugs
+  ====
+
+  Please report bugs  by e-mail to `freetype-devel@nongnu.org'.  Don't
+  forget to  send a  detailed explanation of  the problem --  there is
+  nothing  worse than  receiving a  terse message  that only  says `it
+  doesn't work'.
+
+  Alternatively, you may submit a bug report at
+
+    https://savannah.nongnu.org/bugs/?group=freetype
+
+
+  Enjoy!
+
+
+    The FreeType Team
+
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Copyright 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 by
+David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+
+This  file is  part of  the FreeType  project, and  may only  be used,
+modified,  and distributed  under the  terms of  the  FreeType project
+license,  LICENSE.TXT.  By  continuing to  use, modify,  or distribute
+this file you  indicate that you have read  the license and understand
+and accept it fully.
+
+
+--- end of README ---
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/README.CVS b/src/3rdparty/freetype/README.CVS
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ff1a2d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/README.CVS
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+The CVS  archive doesn't  contain pre-built configuration  scripts for
+UNIXish platforms.  To generate them say
+
+  sh autogen.sh
+
+which in turn depends on the following packages:
+
+  automake (1.10.1)
+  libtool (2.2.4)
+  autoconf (2.62)
+
+The versions given  in parentheses are known to  work.  Newer versions
+should work too, of course.   Note that autogen.sh also sets up proper
+file permissions for the `configure' and auxiliary scripts.
+
+The autogen.sh script  now checks the version of  above three packages
+whether they match the numbers  above.  Otherwise it will complain and
+suggest either upgrading or using  an environment variable to point to
+a more recent version of the required tool(s).
+
+Note that  `aclocal' is provided  by the `automake' package  on Linux,
+and that `libtoolize' is called `glibtoolize' on Darwin (OS X).
+
+
+For static builds which  don't use platform specific optimizations, no
+configure script is necessary at all; saying
+
+  make setup ansi
+  make
+
+should work on all platforms which have GNU make (or makepp).
+
+
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Copyright 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by
+David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+
+This  file is  part of  the FreeType  project, and  may only  be used,
+modified,  and distributed  under the  terms of  the  FreeType project
+license,  LICENSE.TXT.  By  continuing to  use, modify,  or distribute
+this file you  indicate that you have read  the license and understand
+and accept it fully.
+
+
+--- end of README.CVS ---
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/autogen.sh b/src/3rdparty/freetype/autogen.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..16c335f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/autogen.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+
+# Copyright 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+run ()
+{
+  echo "running \`$*'"
+  eval $*
+
+  if test $? != 0 ; then
+    echo "error while running \`$*'"
+    exit 1
+  fi
+}
+
+get_major_version ()
+{
+  echo $1 | sed -e 's/\([0-9][0-9]*\)\..*/\1/g'
+}
+
+get_minor_version ()
+{
+  echo $1 | sed -e 's/[0-9][0-9]*\.\([0-9][0-9]*\).*/\1/g'
+}
+
+get_patch_version ()
+{
+  # tricky: some version numbers don't include a patch
+  # separated with a point, but something like 1.4-p6
+  patch=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/[0-9][0-9]*\.[0-9][0-9]*\.\([0-9][0-9]*\).*/\1/g'`
+  if test "$patch" = "$1"; then
+    patch=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/[0-9][0-9]*\.[0-9][0-9]*\-p\([0-9][0-9]*\).*/\1/g'`
+    # if there isn't any patch number, default to 0
+    if test "$patch" = "$1"; then
+      patch=0
+    fi
+  fi
+  echo $patch
+}
+
+# $1: version to check
+# $2: minimum version
+
+compare_to_minimum_version ()
+{
+  MAJOR1=`get_major_version $1`
+  MAJOR2=`get_major_version $2`
+  if test $MAJOR1 -lt $MAJOR2; then
+    echo 0
+    return
+  else 
+    if test $MAJOR1 -gt $MAJOR2; then
+      echo 1
+      return
+    fi
+  fi
+
+  MINOR1=`get_minor_version $1`
+  MINOR2=`get_minor_version $2`
+  if test $MINOR1 -lt $MINOR2; then
+    echo 0
+    return
+  else 
+    if test $MINOR1 -gt $MINOR2; then
+      echo 1
+      return
+    fi
+  fi
+
+  PATCH1=`get_patch_version $1`
+  PATCH2=`get_patch_version $2`
+  if test $PATCH1 -lt $PATCH2; then
+    echo 0
+  else
+    echo 1
+  fi
+}
+
+# check the version of a given tool against a minimum version number
+#
+# $1: tool path
+# $2: tool usual name (e.g. `aclocal')
+# $3: tool variable  (e.g. `ACLOCAL')
+# $4: minimum version to check against
+# $5: option field index used to extract the tool version from the
+#     output of --version
+
+check_tool_version ()
+{
+  field=$5
+  if test "$field"x = x; then
+    field=4  # default to 4 for all GNU autotools
+  fi
+  version=`$1 --version | head -1 | cut -d ' ' -f $field`
+  version_check=`compare_to_minimum_version $version $4`
+  if test "$version_check"x = 0x; then
+    echo "ERROR: Your version of the \`$2' tool is too old."
+    echo "       Minimum version $4 is required (yours is version $version)."
+    echo "       Please upgrade or use the $3 variable to point to a more recent one."
+    echo ""
+    exit 1
+  fi
+}
+
+if test ! -f ./builds/unix/configure.raw; then
+  echo "You must be in the same directory as \`autogen.sh'."
+  echo "Bootstrapping doesn't work if srcdir != builddir."
+  exit 1
+fi
+
+# On MacOS X, the GNU libtool is named `glibtool'.
+HOSTOS=`uname`
+LIBTOOLIZE=libtoolize
+if test "$HOSTOS"x = Darwinx; then
+  LIBTOOLIZE=glibtoolize
+fi
+
+if test "$ACLOCAL"x = x; then
+  ACLOCAL=aclocal
+fi
+
+if test "$AUTOCONF"x = x; then
+  AUTOCONF=autoconf
+fi
+
+check_tool_version $ACLOCAL    aclocal    ACLOCAL    1.10.1
+check_tool_version $LIBTOOLIZE libtoolize LIBTOOLIZE 2.2.4
+check_tool_version $AUTOCONF   autoconf   AUTOCONF   2.62
+
+# This sets freetype_major, freetype_minor, and freetype_patch.
+eval `sed -nf version.sed include/freetype/freetype.h`
+
+# We set freetype-patch to an empty value if it is zero.
+if test "$freetype_patch" = ".0"; then
+  freetype_patch=
+fi
+
+cd builds/unix
+
+echo "generating \`configure.ac'"
+sed -e "s;@VERSION@;$freetype_major$freetype_minor$freetype_patch;" \
+  < configure.raw > configure.ac
+
+run aclocal -I . --force
+run $LIBTOOLIZE --force --copy --install
+run autoconf --force
+
+chmod +x mkinstalldirs
+chmod +x install-sh
+
+cd ../..
+
+chmod +x ./configure
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/README b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/README
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2b8f8e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/README
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+
+README for the builds/amiga subdirectory.
+
+Copyright 2005 by
+Werner Lemberg and Detlef Würkner.
+
+This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+fully.
+
+
+The makefile.os4 is for the AmigaOS4 SDK.  To use it, type
+"make -f makefile.os4", it produces a link library libft2_ppc.a.
+
+The makefile is for ppc-morphos-gcc-2.95.3-bin.tgz (gcc 2.95.3 hosted on
+68k-Amiga producing MorphOS-PPC-binaries from http://www.morphos.de).
+To use it, type "make assign", then "make"; it produces a link library
+libft2_ppc.a.
+
+The smakefile is a makefile for Amiga SAS/C 6.58 (no longer available,
+latest sold version was 6.50, updates can be found in Aminet).  It is
+based on the version found in the sourcecode of ttf.library 0.83b for
+FreeType 1.3.1 from Richard Griffith (ragriffi@sprynet.com,
+http://ragriffi.home.sprynet.com).
+
+You will also need the latest include files and amiga.lib from the
+Amiga web site (http://www.amiga.com/3.9/download/NDK3.9.lha) for
+AmigaOS 3.9; the generated code should work under AmigaOS 2.04 and up.
+
+To use it, call "smake assign" and then "smake" from the builds/amiga
+directory.  The results are:
+
+- A link library "ft2_680x0.lib" (where x depends on the setting of
+  the CPU entry in the smakefile) containing all FreeType2 parts
+  except of the init code, debugging code, and the system interface
+  code.
+
+- ftsystem.o, an object module containing the standard version of the
+  system interface code which uses fopen() fclose() fread() fseek()
+  ftell() malloc() realloc() and free() from lib:sc.lib (not pure).
+
+- ftsystempure.o, an object module containing the pure version of the
+  system interface code which uses Open() Close() Read() Seek()
+  ExamineFH() AsmAllocPooled() AsmFreePooled() etc.  This version can
+  be used in both normal programs and in Amiga run-time shared system
+  librarys (can be linked with lib:libinit.o, no copying of DATA and
+  BSS hunks for each OpenLibrary() necessary).  Source code is in
+  src/base/ftsystem.c.
+
+- ftdebug.o, an object module containing the standard version of the
+  debugging code which uses vprintf() and exit() (not pure).
+  Debugging can be turned on in FT:include/freetype/config/ftoption.h
+  and with FT_SetTraceLevel().
+
+- ftdebugpure.o, an object module containing the pure version of the
+  debugging code which uses KVPrintf() from lib:debug.lib and no
+  exit().  For debugging of Amiga run-time shared system libraries.
+  Source code is in src/base/ftdebug.c.
+
+- NO ftinit.o.  Because linking with a link library should result in
+  linking only the needed object modules in it, but standard
+  ftsystem.o would force ALL FreeType2 modules to be linked to your
+  program, I decided to use a different scheme: You must #include
+  FT:src/base/ftinit.c in your sourcecode and specify with #define
+  statements which modules you need.  See
+  include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h.
+
+
+To use in your own programs:
+
+- Insert the #define and #include statements from top of
+  include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h in your source code and uncomment
+  the #define statements for the FreeType2 modules you need.
+
+- You can use either PARAMETERS=REGISTER or PARAMETERS=STACK for
+  calling the FreeType2 functions, because the link library and the
+  object files are compiled with PARAMETERS=BOTH.
+
+- "smake assign" (assign "FT:" to the FreeType2 main directory).
+
+- Compile your program.
+
+- Link with either ftsystem.o or ftsystempure.o, if debugging enabled
+  with either ftdebug.o or (ftdebugpure.o and lib:debug.lib), and with
+  ft2_680x0.lib as link library.
+
+
+To adapt to other compilers:
+
+- The standard ANSI C maximum length of 31 significant characters in
+  identifiers is not enough for FreeType2.  Check if your compiler has
+  a minimum length of 40 significant characters or can be switched to
+  it.  "idlen=40" is the option for SAS/C.  Setting #define
+  HAVE_LIMIT_ON_IDENTS in an include file may also work (not tested).
+
+- Make sure that the include directory in builds/amiga is searched
+  before the normal FreeType2 include directory, so you are able to
+  replace problematic include files with your own version (same may be
+  useful for the src directory).
+
+- An example of how to replace/workaround a problematic include file
+  is include/config/ftconfig.h; it changes a #define that would
+  prevent SAS/C from generating XDEF's where it should do that and
+  then includes the standard FreeType2 include file.
+
+Local Variables:
+coding: latin-1
+End:
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c2c2ac8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftconfig.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Amiga-specific configuration file (specification only).              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2005, 2006, 2007 by                                          */
+/*  Werner Lemberg and Detlef Würkner.                                     */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+ * This is an example how to override the default FreeType2 header files
+ * with Amiga-specific changes. When the compiler searches this directory
+ * before the default directory, we can do some modifications.
+ *
+ * Here we must change FT_EXPORT_DEF so that SAS/C does
+ * generate the needed XDEFs.
+ */
+
+#if 0
+#define FT_EXPORT_DEF( x )  extern  x
+#endif
+
+#undef FT_EXPORT_DEF
+#define FT_EXPORT_DEF( x )  x
+
+/* Now include the original file */
+#ifndef __MORPHOS__
+#ifdef __SASC
+#include "FT:include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h"
+#else
+#include "/FT/include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h"
+#endif
+#else
+/* We must define that, it seems that
+ * lib/gcc-lib/ppc-morphos/2.95.3/include/syslimits.h is missing in
+ * ppc-morphos-gcc-2.95.3-bin.tgz (gcc for 68k producing MorphOS PPC elf
+ * binaries from http://www.morphos.de)
+ */
+#define _LIBC_LIMITS_H_
+#include "/FT/include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h"
+#endif
+
+/*
+Local Variables:
+coding: latin-1
+End:
+*/
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5873bab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h
@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftmodule.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Amiga-specific FreeType module selection.                            */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2005 by                                                      */
+/*  Werner Lemberg and Detlef Würkner.                                     */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+ * To avoid that all your programs include all FreeType modules,
+ * you copy the following piece of source code into your own
+ * source file and specify which modules you really need in your
+ * application by uncommenting the appropriate lines.
+ */
+/*
+//#define FT_USE_AUTOFIT // autofitter
+//#define FT_USE_RASTER  // monochrome rasterizer
+//#define FT_USE_SMOOTH  // anti-aliasing rasterizer
+//#define FT_USE_TT      // truetype font driver
+//#define FT_USE_T1      // type1 font driver
+//#define FT_USE_T42     // type42 font driver
+//#define FT_USE_T1CID   // cid-keyed type1 font driver  // no cmap support
+//#define FT_USE_CFF     // opentype font driver
+//#define FT_USE_BDF     // bdf bitmap font driver
+//#define FT_USE_PCF     // pcf bitmap font driver
+//#define FT_USE_PFR     // pfr font driver
+//#define FT_USE_WINFNT  // windows .fnt|.fon bitmap font driver
+//#define FT_USE_OTV     // opentype validator
+//#define FT_USE_GXV     // truetype gx validator
+#include "FT:src/base/ftinit.c"
+*/
+
+/* Make sure that the needed support modules are built in.
+ * Dependencies can be found by searching for FT_Get_Module.
+ */
+
+#ifdef FT_USE_T42
+#define FT_USE_TT
+#endif
+
+#ifdef FT_USE_TT
+#define FT_USE_SFNT
+#endif
+
+#ifdef FT_USE_CFF
+#define FT_USE_SFNT
+#define FT_USE_PSHINT
+#define FT_USE_PSNAMES
+#endif
+
+#ifdef FT_USE_T1
+#define FT_USE_PSAUX
+#define FT_USE_PSHINT
+#define FT_USE_PSNAMES
+#endif
+
+#ifdef FT_USE_T1CID
+#define FT_USE_PSAUX
+#define FT_USE_PSHINT
+#define FT_USE_PSNAMES
+#endif
+
+#ifdef FT_USE_PSAUX
+#define FT_USE_PSNAMES
+#endif
+
+#ifdef FT_USE_SFNT
+#define FT_USE_PSNAMES
+#endif
+
+/* Now include the modules */
+
+#ifdef FT_USE_AUTOFIT
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, autofit_module_class )
+#endif
+
+#ifdef FT_USE_TT
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, tt_driver_class )
+#endif
+
+#ifdef FT_USE_T1
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t1_driver_class )
+#endif
+
+#ifdef FT_USE_CFF
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, cff_driver_class )
+#endif
+
+#ifdef FT_USE_T1CID
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t1cid_driver_class )
+#endif
+
+#ifdef FT_USE_PFR
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, pfr_driver_class )
+#endif
+
+#ifdef FT_USE_T42
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t42_driver_class )
+#endif
+
+#ifdef FT_USE_WINFNT
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, winfnt_driver_class )
+#endif
+
+#ifdef FT_USE_PCF
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, pcf_driver_class )
+#endif
+
+#ifdef FT_USE_PSAUX
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, psaux_module_class )
+#endif
+
+#ifdef FT_USE_PSNAMES
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, psnames_module_class )
+#endif
+
+#ifdef FT_USE_PSHINT
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, pshinter_module_class )
+#endif
+
+#ifdef FT_USE_RASTER
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_raster1_renderer_class )
+#endif
+
+#ifdef FT_USE_SFNT
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, sfnt_module_class )
+#endif
+
+#ifdef FT_USE_SMOOTH
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_renderer_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_lcd_renderer_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_lcdv_renderer_class )
+#endif
+
+#ifdef FT_USE_OTV
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, otv_module_class )
+#endif
+
+#ifdef FT_USE_BDF
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, bdf_driver_class )
+#endif
+
+#ifdef FT_USE_GXV
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, gxv_module_class )
+#endif
+
+/*
+Local Variables:
+coding: latin-1
+End:
+*/
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/makefile b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e874a1f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,294 @@
+#
+# Makefile for FreeType2 link library using ppc-morphos-gcc-2.95.3-bin.tgz
+# (gcc 2.95.3 hosted on 68k-Amiga producing MorphOS-PPC-binaries from
+# http://www.morphos.de)
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 2005, 2006, 2007, 2009 by
+# Werner Lemberg and Detlef Würkner.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+#
+# to build from the builds/amiga directory call
+#
+#  make assign
+#  make
+#
+# Your programs source code should start with this
+# (uncomment the parts you do not need to keep the program small):
+# ---8<---
+#define FT_USE_AUTOFIT // autofitter
+#define FT_USE_RASTER  // monochrome rasterizer
+#define FT_USE_SMOOTH  // anti-aliasing rasterizer
+#define FT_USE_TT      // truetype font driver
+#define FT_USE_T1      // type1 font driver
+#define FT_USE_T42     // type42 font driver
+#define FT_USE_T1CID   // cid-keyed type1 font driver
+#define FT_USE_CFF     // opentype font driver
+#define FT_USE_BDF     // bdf bitmap font driver
+#define FT_USE_PCF     // pcf bitmap font driver
+#define FT_USE_PFR     // pfr font driver
+#define FT_USE_WINFNT  // windows .fnt|.fon bitmap font driver
+#define FT_USE_OTV     // opentype validator
+#define FT_USE_GXV     // truetype gx validator
+#include "FT:src/base/ftinit.c"
+# ---8<---
+#
+# link your programs with libft2_ppc.a and either ftsystem.ppc.o or ftsystempure.ppc.o
+# (and either ftdebug.ppc.o or ftdebugpure.ppc.o if you enabled FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR or
+# FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE in include/freetype/config/ftoption.h).
+
+all:	libft2_ppc.a ftsystem.ppc.o ftsystempure.ppc.o
+
+assign:
+	assign FT: //
+
+FTSRC = /FT/src
+
+CC =     ppc-morphos-gcc
+AR =     ppc-morphos-ar rc
+RANLIB = ppc-morphos-ranlib
+LD =     ppc-morphos-ld
+CFLAGS = -DFT2_BUILD_LIBRARY -O2 -I/emu/emulinclude/includegcc -I/emu/include -Iinclude -I$(FTSRC) -I/FT/include
+
+#
+# FreeType2 library base
+#
+ftbase.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/base/ftbase.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
+
+ftinit.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/base/ftinit.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
+
+ftsystem.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/base/ftsystem.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
+
+# pure version for use in run-time library etc
+ftsystempure.ppc.o: src/base/ftsystem.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
+
+ftdebug.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/base/ftdebug.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
+
+# pure version for use in run-time library etc
+ftdebugpure.ppc.o: src/base/ftdebug.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
+
+#
+# FreeType2 library base extensions
+#
+ftbbox.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/base/ftbbox.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
+
+ftbdf.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/base/ftbdf.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
+
+ftbitmap.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/base/ftbitmap.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
+
+ftcid.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/base/ftcid.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
+
+ftfstype.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/base/ftfstype.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
+
+ftgasp.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/base/ftgasp.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
+
+ftglyph.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/base/ftglyph.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
+
+ftgxval.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/base/ftgxval.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
+
+ftlcdfil.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/base/ftlcdfil.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
+
+ftmm.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/base/ftmm.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
+
+ftotval.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/base/ftotval.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
+
+ftpatent.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/base/ftpatent.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
+
+ftpfr.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/base/ftpfr.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
+
+ftstroke.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/base/ftstroke.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
+
+ftsynth.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/base/ftsynth.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
+
+fttype1.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/base/fttype1.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
+
+ftwinfnt.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/base/ftwinfnt.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
+
+ftxf86.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/base/ftxf86.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
+
+#
+# FreeType2 library autofitting module
+#
+autofit.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/autofit/autofit.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
+
+#
+# FreeType2 library postscript hinting module
+#
+pshinter.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/pshinter/pshinter.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
+
+#
+# FreeType2 library PS support module
+#
+psaux.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/psaux/psaux.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
+
+#
+# FreeType2 library PS glyph names module
+#
+psnames.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/psnames/psnames.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
+
+#
+# FreeType2 library monochrome raster module
+#
+raster.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/raster/raster.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
+
+#
+# FreeType2 library anti-aliasing raster module
+#
+smooth.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/smooth/smooth.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
+
+#
+# FreeType2 library 'sfnt' module
+#
+sfnt.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/sfnt/sfnt.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
+
+#
+# FreeType2 library glyph and image caching system
+#
+ftcache.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/cache/ftcache.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
+
+#
+# FreeType2 library OpenType font driver
+#
+cff.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/cff/cff.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
+
+#
+# FreeType2 library TrueType font driver
+#
+truetype.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/truetype/truetype.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
+
+#
+# FreeType2 library Type1 font driver
+#
+type1.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/type1/type1.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
+
+#
+# FreeType2 library Type42 font driver
+#
+type42.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/type42/type42.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
+
+#
+# FreeType2 library CID-keyed Type1 font driver
+#
+type1cid.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/cid/type1cid.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
+
+#
+# FreeType2 library BDF bitmap font driver
+#
+bdf.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/bdf/bdf.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
+
+#
+# FreeType2 library PCF bitmap font driver
+#
+pcf.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/pcf/pcf.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
+
+#
+# FreeType2 library gzip support for compressed PCF bitmap fonts
+#
+gzip.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/gzip/ftgzip.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
+
+#
+# FreeType2 library compress support for compressed PCF bitmap fonts
+#
+lzw.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/lzw/ftlzw.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
+
+#
+# FreeType2 library PFR font driver
+#
+pfr.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/pfr/pfr.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
+
+#
+# FreeType2 library Windows FNT/FON bitmap font driver
+#
+winfnt.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/winfonts/winfnt.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
+
+#
+# FreeType2 library TrueTypeGX Validator
+#
+gxvalid.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/gxvalid/gxvalid.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
+
+#
+# FreeType2 library OpenType validator
+#
+otvalid.ppc.o: $(FTSRC)/otvalid/otvalid.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $<
+
+BASEPPC = ftbase.ppc.o ftbbox.ppc.o ftbdf.ppc.o ftbitmap.ppc.o ftcid.ppc.o   \
+	  ftfstype.ppc.o ftgasp.ppc.o ftglyph.ppc.o ftgxval.ppc.o            \
+	  ftlcdfil.ppc.o ftmm.ppc.o ftotval.ppc.o ftpatent.ppc.o ftpfr.ppc.o \
+	  ftstroke.ppc.o ftsynth.ppc.o fttype1.ppc.o ftwinfnt.ppc.o          \
+	  ftxf86.ppc.o
+
+DEBUGPPC = ftdebug.ppc.o ftdebugpure.ppc.o
+
+AFITPPC = autofit.ppc.o
+
+GXVPPC = gxvalid.ppc.o
+
+OTVPPC = otvalid.ppc.o
+
+PSPPC = psaux.ppc.o psnames.ppc.o pshinter.ppc.o
+
+RASTERPPC = raster.ppc.o smooth.ppc.o
+
+FONTDPPC = cff.ppc.o type1.ppc.o type42.ppc.o type1cid.ppc.o truetype.ppc.o\
+	   bdf.ppc.o pcf.ppc.o pfr.ppc.o winfnt.ppc.o
+
+libft2_ppc.a:    $(BASEPPC) $(AFITPPC) $(GXVPPC) $(OTVPPC) $(PSPPC) $(RASTERPPC) sfnt.ppc.o ftcache.ppc.o $(FONTDPPC) gzip.ppc.o lzw.ppc.o
+	$(AR) $@ $(BASEPPC) $(AFITPPC) $(GXVPPC) $(OTVPPC) $(PSPPC) $(RASTERPPC) sfnt.ppc.o ftcache.ppc.o $(FONTDPPC) gzip.ppc.o lzw.ppc.o
+	-@ ($(RANLIB) $@ || true) >/dev/null 2>&1
+
+#Local Variables:
+#coding: latin-1
+#End:
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/makefile.os4 b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/makefile.os4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..edd88eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/makefile.os4
@@ -0,0 +1,297 @@
+#
+# Makefile for FreeType2 link library using gcc 4.0.3 from the
+# AmigaOS4 SDK
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 2005, 2006, 2007, 2009 by
+# Werner Lemberg and Detlef Würkner.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+# to build from the builds/amiga directory call
+#
+#  make -f makefile.os4
+#
+# Your programs source code should start with this
+# (uncomment the parts you do not need to keep the program small):
+# ---8<---
+#define FT_USE_AUTOFIT // autofitter
+#define FT_USE_RASTER  // monochrome rasterizer
+#define FT_USE_SMOOTH  // anti-aliasing rasterizer
+#define FT_USE_TT      // truetype font driver
+#define FT_USE_T1      // type1 font driver
+#define FT_USE_T42     // type42 font driver
+#define FT_USE_T1CID   // cid-keyed type1 font driver
+#define FT_USE_CFF     // opentype font driver
+#define FT_USE_BDF     // bdf bitmap font driver
+#define FT_USE_PCF     // pcf bitmap font driver
+#define FT_USE_PFR     // pfr font driver
+#define FT_USE_WINFNT  // windows .fnt|.fon bitmap font driver
+#define FT_USE_OTV     // opentype validator
+#define FT_USE_GXV     // truetype gx validator
+#include "FT:src/base/ftinit.c"
+# ---8<---
+#
+# link your programs with libft2_ppc.a and either ftsystem.ppc.o or ftsystempure.ppc.o
+# (and either ftdebug.ppc.o or ftdebugpure.ppc.o if you enabled FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR or
+# FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE in include/freetype/config/ftoption.h).
+
+all:	assign libft2_ppc.a ftsystem.ppc.o ftsystempure.ppc.o
+
+assign:
+	assign FT: //
+
+CC =     ppc-amigaos-gcc
+AR =     ppc-amigaos-ar
+RANLIB = ppc-amigaos-ranlib
+
+DIRFLAGS  = -Iinclude -I/FT/src -I/FT/include -I/SDK/include
+
+WARNINGS = -Wall -W -Wundef -Wpointer-arith -Wbad-function-cast \
+	   -Waggregate-return -Wwrite-strings -Wshadow
+
+OPTIONS  = -DFT2_BUILD_LIBRARY -DNDEBUG -fno-builtin
+OPTIMIZE = -O2 -fomit-frame-pointer -fstrength-reduce -finline-functions
+
+CFLAGS   = -mcrt=clib2 $(DIRFLAGS) $(WARNINGS) $(FT2FLAGS) $(OPTIONS) $(OPTIMIZE)
+
+#
+# FreeType2 library base
+#
+ftbase.ppc.o: FT:src/base/ftbase.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/base/ftbase.c
+
+ftinit.ppc.o: FT:src/base/ftinit.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/base/ftinit.c
+
+ftsystem.ppc.o: FT:src/base/ftsystem.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/base/ftsystem.c
+
+# pure version for use in run-time library etc
+ftsystempure.ppc.o: src/base/ftsystem.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ src/base/ftsystem.c
+
+#
+# FreeType2 library base extensions
+#
+ftbbox.ppc.o: FT:src/base/ftbbox.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/base/ftbbox.c
+
+ftbdf.ppc.o: FT:src/base/ftbdf.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/base/ftbdf.c
+
+ftbitmap.ppc.o: FT:src/base/ftbitmap.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/base/ftbitmap.c
+
+ftcid.ppc.o: FT:src/base/ftcid.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/base/ftcid.c
+
+ftdebug.ppc.o: FT:src/base/ftdebug.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/base/ftdebug.c
+
+# pure version for use in run-time library etc
+ftdebugpure.ppc.o: src/base/ftdebug.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ src/base/ftdebug.c
+
+ftfstype.ppc.o: FT:src/base/ftfstype.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/base/ftfstype.c
+
+ftgasp.ppc.o: FT:src/base/ftgasp.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/base/ftgasp.c
+
+ftglyph.ppc.o: FT:src/base/ftglyph.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/base/ftglyph.c
+
+ftgxval.ppc.o: FT:src/base/ftgxval.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/base/ftgxval.c
+
+ftlcdfil.ppc.o: FT:src/base/ftlcdfil.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/base/ftlcdfil.c
+
+ftmm.ppc.o: FT:src/base/ftmm.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/base/ftmm.c
+
+ftotval.ppc.o: FT:src/base/ftotval.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/base/ftotval.c
+
+ftpatent.ppc.o: FT:src/base/ftpatent.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/base/ftpatent.c
+
+ftpfr.ppc.o: FT:src/base/ftpfr.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/base/ftpfr.c
+
+ftstroke.ppc.o: FT:src/base/ftstroke.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/base/ftstroke.c
+
+ftsynth.ppc.o: FT:src/base/ftsynth.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/base/ftsynth.c
+
+fttype1.ppc.o: FT:src/base/fttype1.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/base/fttype1.c
+
+ftwinfnt.ppc.o: FT:src/base/ftwinfnt.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/base/ftwinfnt.c
+
+ftxf86.ppc.o: FT:src/base/ftxf86.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/base/ftxf86.c
+
+#
+# FreeType2 library autofitting module
+#
+autofit.ppc.o: FT:src/autofit/autofit.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/autofit/autofit.c
+
+#
+# FreeType2 library postscript hinting module
+#
+pshinter.ppc.o: FT:src/pshinter/pshinter.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/pshinter/pshinter.c
+
+#
+# FreeType2 library PS support module
+#
+psaux.ppc.o: FT:src/psaux/psaux.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/psaux/psaux.c
+
+#
+# FreeType2 library PS glyph names module
+#
+psnames.ppc.o: FT:src/psnames/psnames.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/psnames/psnames.c
+
+#
+# FreeType2 library monochrome raster module
+#
+raster.ppc.o: FT:src/raster/raster.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/raster/raster.c
+
+#
+# FreeType2 library anti-aliasing raster module
+#
+smooth.ppc.o: FT:src/smooth/smooth.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/smooth/smooth.c
+
+#
+# FreeType2 library 'sfnt' module
+#
+sfnt.ppc.o: FT:src/sfnt/sfnt.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/sfnt/sfnt.c
+
+#
+# FreeType2 library glyph and image caching system
+#
+ftcache.ppc.o: FT:src/cache/ftcache.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/cache/ftcache.c
+
+#
+# FreeType2 library OpenType font driver
+#
+cff.ppc.o: FT:src/cff/cff.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/cff/cff.c
+
+#
+# FreeType2 library TrueType font driver
+#
+truetype.ppc.o: FT:src/truetype/truetype.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/truetype/truetype.c
+
+#
+# FreeType2 library Type1 font driver
+#
+type1.ppc.o: FT:src/type1/type1.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/type1/type1.c
+
+#
+# FreeType2 library Type42 font driver
+#
+type42.ppc.o: FT:src/type42/type42.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/type42/type42.c
+
+#
+# FreeType2 library CID-keyed Type1 font driver
+#
+type1cid.ppc.o: FT:src/cid/type1cid.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/cid/type1cid.c
+
+#
+# FreeType2 library BDF bitmap font driver
+#
+bdf.ppc.o: FT:src/bdf/bdf.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/bdf/bdf.c
+
+#
+# FreeType2 library PCF bitmap font driver
+#
+pcf.ppc.o: FT:src/pcf/pcf.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/pcf/pcf.c
+
+#
+# FreeType2 library gzip support for compressed PCF bitmap fonts
+#
+gzip.ppc.o: FT:src/gzip/ftgzip.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/gzip/ftgzip.c
+
+#
+# FreeType2 library compress support for compressed PCF bitmap fonts
+#
+lzw.ppc.o: FT:src/lzw/ftlzw.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/lzw/ftlzw.c
+
+#
+# FreeType2 library PFR font driver
+#
+pfr.ppc.o: FT:src/pfr/pfr.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/pfr/pfr.c
+
+#
+# FreeType2 library Windows FNT/FON bitmap font driver
+#
+winfnt.ppc.o: FT:src/winfonts/winfnt.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/winfonts/winfnt.c
+
+#
+# FreeType2 library TrueTypeGX Validator
+#
+gxvalid.ppc.o: FT:src/gxvalid/gxvalid.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -Wno-aggregate-return -o $@ /FT/src/gxvalid/gxvalid.c
+
+#
+# FreeType2 library OpenType validator
+#
+otvalid.ppc.o: FT:src/otvalid/otvalid.c
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -o $@ /FT/src/otvalid/otvalid.c
+
+BASE = ftbase.ppc.o ftbbox.ppc.o ftbdf.ppc.o ftbitmap.ppc.o ftcid.ppc.o   \
+       ftfstype.ppc.o ftgasp.ppc.o ftglyph.ppc.o ftgxval.ppc.o            \
+       ftlcdfil.ppc.o ftmm.ppc.o ftotval.ppc.o ftpatent.ppc.o ftpfr.ppc.o \
+       ftstroke.ppc.o ftsynth.ppc.o fttype1.ppc.o ftwinfnt.ppc.o          \
+       ftxf86.ppc.o
+
+DEBUG = ftdebug.ppc.o ftdebugpure.ppc.o
+
+AFIT = autofit.ppc.o
+
+GXV = gxvalid.ppc.o
+
+OTV = otvalid.ppc.o
+
+PS = psaux.ppc.o psnames.ppc.o pshinter.ppc.o
+
+RASTER = raster.ppc.o smooth.ppc.o
+
+FONTD = cff.ppc.o type1.ppc.o type42.ppc.o type1cid.ppc.o truetype.ppc.o\
+	bdf.ppc.o pcf.ppc.o pfr.ppc.o winfnt.ppc.o
+
+libft2_ppc.a:      $(BASE) $(AFIT) $(GXV) $(OTV) $(PS) $(RASTER) sfnt.ppc.o ftcache.ppc.o $(FONTD) gzip.ppc.o lzw.ppc.o
+	$(AR) r $@ $(BASE) $(AFIT) $(GXV) $(OTV) $(PS) $(RASTER) sfnt.ppc.o ftcache.ppc.o $(FONTD) gzip.ppc.o lzw.ppc.o
+	$(RANLIB) $@
+
+#Local Variables:
+#coding: latin-1
+#End:
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/smakefile b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/smakefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2a561a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/smakefile
@@ -0,0 +1,297 @@
+#
+# Makefile for FreeType2 link library using Amiga SAS/C 6.58
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 2005,2006, 2007, 2009 by
+# Werner Lemberg and Detlef Würkner.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+# to build from the builds/amiga directory call
+#
+#  smake assign
+#  smake
+#
+# Your programs source code should start with this
+# (uncomment the parts you do not need to keep the program small):
+# ---8<---
+#define FT_USE_AUTOFIT // autofitter
+#define FT_USE_RASTER  // monochrome rasterizer
+#define FT_USE_SMOOTH  // anti-aliasing rasterizer
+#define FT_USE_TT      // truetype font driver
+#define FT_USE_T1      // type1 font driver
+#define FT_USE_T42     // type42 font driver
+#define FT_USE_T1CID   // cid-keyed type1 font driver
+#define FT_USE_CFF     // opentype font driver
+#define FT_USE_BDF     // bdf bitmap font driver
+#define FT_USE_PCF     // pcf bitmap font driver
+#define FT_USE_PFR     // pfr font driver
+#define FT_USE_WINFNT  // windows .fnt|.fon bitmap font driver
+#define FT_USE_OTV     // opentype validator
+#define FT_USE_GXV     // truetype gx validator
+#include "FT:src/base/ftinit.c"
+# ---8<---
+#
+# link your programs with ft2_680x0.lib and either ftsystem.o or ftsystempure.o
+# (and either ftdebug.o or ftdebugpure.o if you enabled FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR or
+# FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE in include/freetype/config/ftoption.h).
+
+OBJBASE = ftbase.o ftbbox.o ftbdf.o ftbitmap.o ftcid.o ftfstype.o ftgasp.o   \
+	  ftglyph.o ftgxval.o ftlcdfil.o ftmm.o ftotval.o ftpatent.o ftpfr.o \
+	  ftstroke.o ftsynth.o fttype1.o ftwinfnt.o ftxf86.o
+
+OBJSYSTEM = ftsystem.o ftsystempure.o
+
+OBJDEBUG = ftdebug.o ftdebugpure.o
+
+OBJAFIT = autofit.o
+
+OBJGXV = gxvalid.o
+
+OBJOTV = otvalid.o
+
+OBJPS = psaux.o psnames.o pshinter.o
+
+OBJRASTER = raster.o smooth.o
+
+OBJSFNT = sfnt.o
+
+OBJCACHE = ftcache.o
+
+OBJFONTD = cff.o type1.o type42.o type1cid.o\
+	   truetype.o winfnt.o bdf.o pcf.o pfr.o
+
+CORE = FT:src/
+
+CPU       = 68000
+#CPU      = 68020
+#CPU      = 68030
+#CPU      = 68040
+#CPU      = 68060
+
+OPTIMIZER = optinlocal
+
+SCFLAGS = optimize opttime optsched strmerge data=faronly idlen=50 cpu=$(CPU)\
+	  idir=include/ idir=$(CORE) idir=FT:include/ nostackcheck nochkabort\
+	  noicons ignore=79,85,110,306 parameters=both define=FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY
+
+LIB  = ft2_$(CPU).lib
+
+# sample linker options
+OPTS = link lib=$(LIB),lib:sc.lib,lib:amiga.lib,lib:debug.lib\
+       smallcode smalldata noicons utillib
+
+# sample program entry
+#myprog: myprog.c ftsystem.o $(LIB)
+#	sc $< programname=$@ ftsystem.o $(SCFLAGS) $(OPTS)
+
+all:	$(LIB) $(OBJSYSTEM) $(OBJDEBUG)
+
+assign:
+	assign FT: //
+
+# uses separate object modules in lib to make for easier debugging
+# also, can make smaller programs if entire engine is not used
+ft2_$(CPU).lib:  $(OBJBASE) $(OBJAFIT) $(OBJOTV) $(OBJPS) $(OBJRASTER) $(OBJSFNT) $(OBJCACHE) $(OBJFONTD) lzw.o gzip.o
+	oml $@ r $(OBJBASE) $(OBJAFIT) $(OBJOTV) $(OBJPS) $(OBJRASTER) $(OBJSFNT) $(OBJCACHE) $(OBJFONTD) lzw.o gzip.o
+
+clean:
+	-delete \#?.o
+
+realclean: clean
+	-delete ft2$(CPU).lib
+
+#
+# freetype library base
+#
+ftbase.o: $(CORE)base/ftbase.c
+	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
+ftinit.o: $(CORE)base/ftinit.c
+	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
+ftsystem.o: $(CORE)base/ftsystem.c
+	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
+ftsystempure.o: src/base/ftsystem.c	## pure version for use in run-time library etc
+	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
+ftdebug.o: $(CORE)base/ftdebug.c
+	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
+ftdebugpure.o: src/base/ftdebug.c	## pure version for use in run-time library etc
+	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
+#
+# freetype library base extensions
+#
+ftbbox.o: $(CORE)base/ftbbox.c
+	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
+ftbdf.o: $(CORE)base/ftbdf.c
+	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
+ftbitmap.o: $(CORE)base/ftbitmap.c
+	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
+ftcid.o: $(CORE)base/ftcid.c
+	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
+ftfstype.o: $(CORE)base/ftfstype.c
+	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
+ftgasp.o: $(CORE)base/ftgasp.c
+	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
+ftglyph.o: $(CORE)base/ftglyph.c
+	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
+ftgxval.o: $(CORE)base/ftgxval.c
+	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
+ftlcdfil.o: $(CORE)base/ftlcdfil.c
+	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
+ftmm.o: $(CORE)base/ftmm.c
+	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
+ftotval.o: $(CORE)base/ftotval.c
+	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
+ftpatent.o: $(CORE)base/ftpatent.c
+	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
+ftpfr.o: $(CORE)base/ftpfr.c
+	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
+ftstroke.o: $(CORE)base/ftstroke.c
+	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
+ftsynth.o: $(CORE)base/ftsynth.c
+	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
+fttype1.o: $(CORE)base/fttype1.c
+	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
+ftwinfnt.o: $(CORE)base/ftwinfnt.c
+	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
+ftxf86.o: $(CORE)base/ftxf86.c
+	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
+
+#
+# freetype library autofitter module
+#
+autofit.o: $(CORE)autofit/autofit.c
+	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
+
+#
+# freetype library PS hinting module
+#
+pshinter.o: $(CORE)pshinter/pshinter.c
+	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
+#
+# freetype library PS support module
+#
+psaux.o: $(CORE)psaux/psaux.c
+	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
+
+#
+# freetype library PS glyph names module
+#
+psnames.o: $(CORE)psnames/psnames.c
+	sc $(SCFLAGS) code=far objname=$@ $<
+
+#
+# freetype library monochrome raster module
+#
+raster.o: $(CORE)raster/raster.c
+	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
+
+#
+# freetype library anti-aliasing raster module
+#
+smooth.o: $(CORE)smooth/smooth.c
+	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
+
+#
+# freetype library 'sfnt' module
+#
+sfnt.o: $(CORE)sfnt/sfnt.c
+	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
+
+#
+# freetype library glyph and image caching system (still experimental)
+#
+ftcache.o: $(CORE)cache/ftcache.c
+	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
+
+#
+# freetype library OpenType font driver
+#
+cff.o: $(CORE)cff/cff.c
+	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
+
+#
+# freetype library TrueType font driver
+#
+truetype.o: $(CORE)truetype/truetype.c
+	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
+
+#
+# freetype library Type1 font driver
+#
+type1.o: $(CORE)type1/type1.c
+	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
+
+#
+# FreeType2 library Type42 font driver
+#
+type42.o: $(CORE)type42/type42.c
+	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
+
+#
+# freetype library CID-keyed Type1 font driver
+#
+type1cid.o: $(CORE)cid/type1cid.c
+	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
+#
+# freetype library CID-keyed Type1 font driver extensions
+#
+#cidafm.o: $(CORE)cid/cidafm.c
+#	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
+
+#
+# freetype library BDF bitmap font driver
+#
+bdf.o: $(CORE)bdf/bdf.c
+	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
+
+#
+# freetype library PCF bitmap font driver
+#
+pcf.o: $(CORE)pcf/pcf.c
+	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
+
+#
+# freetype library gzip support for compressed PCF bitmap fonts
+#
+gzip.o: $(CORE)gzip/ftgzip.c
+	sc $(SCFLAGS) define FAR objname=$@ $<
+
+#
+# freetype library compress support for compressed PCF bitmap fonts
+#
+lzw.o: $(CORE)lzw/ftlzw.c
+	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
+
+#
+# freetype library PFR font driver
+#
+pfr.o: $(CORE)pfr/pfr.c
+	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
+
+#
+# freetype library Windows FNT/FON bitmap font driver
+#
+winfnt.o: $(CORE)winfonts/winfnt.c
+	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
+
+#
+# freetype library TrueTypeGX validator
+#
+gxvalid.o: $(CORE)gxvalid/gxvalid.c
+	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
+
+#
+# freetype library OpenType validator
+#
+otvalid.o: $(CORE)otvalid/otvalid.c
+	sc $(SCFLAGS) objname=$@ $<
+
+#Local Variables:
+#coding: latin-1
+#End:
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/src/base/ftdebug.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/src/base/ftdebug.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5284e69
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/src/base/ftdebug.c
@@ -0,0 +1,279 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftdebug.c                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Debugging and logging component (body).                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2004, 2005 by                               */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, Werner Lemberg and Detlef Würkner.       */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This component contains various macros and functions used to ease the */
+  /* debugging of the FreeType engine.  Its main purpose is in assertion   */
+  /* checking, tracing, and error detection.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* There are now three debugging modes:                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* - trace mode                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Error and trace messages are sent to the log file (which can be the */
+  /*   standard error output).                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* - error mode                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Only error messages are generated.                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* - release mode:                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   No error message is sent or generated.  The code is free from any   */
+  /*   debugging parts.                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+/*
+ * Based on the default ftdebug.c,
+ * replaced vprintf() with KVPrintF(),
+ * commented out exit(),
+ * replaced getenv() with GetVar().
+ */
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#define __NOLIBBASE__
+#define __NOLOBALIFACE__
+#define __USE_INLINE__
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#ifndef __amigaos4__
+extern struct Library *DOSBase;
+#else
+extern struct DOSIFace *IDOS;
+#endif
+
+
+#include 
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+
+
+#if defined( FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR )
+
+  /* documentation is in ftdebug.h */
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
+  FT_Message( const char*  fmt, ... )
+  {
+    va_list  ap;
+
+
+    va_start( ap, fmt );
+/*  vprintf( fmt, ap ); */
+    KVPrintF( fmt, ap );
+    va_end( ap );
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftdebug.h */
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
+  FT_Panic( const char*  fmt, ... )
+  {
+    va_list  ap;
+
+
+    va_start( ap, fmt );
+/*  vprintf( fmt, ap ); */
+    KVPrintF( fmt, ap );
+    va_end( ap );
+
+/*  exit( EXIT_FAILURE ); */
+  }
+
+#endif /* FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR */
+
+
+
+#ifdef FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE
+
+  /* array of trace levels, initialized to 0 */
+  int  ft_trace_levels[trace_count];
+
+
+  /* define array of trace toggle names */
+#define FT_TRACE_DEF( x )  #x ,
+
+  static const char*  ft_trace_toggles[trace_count + 1] =
+  {
+#include FT_INTERNAL_TRACE_H
+    NULL
+  };
+
+#undef FT_TRACE_DEF
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftdebug.h */
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Int )
+  FT_Trace_Get_Count( void )
+  {
+    return trace_count;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftdebug.h */
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( const char * )
+  FT_Trace_Get_Name( FT_Int  idx )
+  {
+    int  max = FT_Trace_Get_Count();
+
+
+    if ( idx < max )
+      return ft_trace_toggles[idx];
+    else
+      return NULL;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Initialize the tracing sub-system.  This is done by retrieving the    */
+  /* value of the `FT2_DEBUG' environment variable.  It must be a list of  */
+  /* toggles, separated by spaces, `;', or `,'.  Example:                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    export FT2_DEBUG="any:3 memory:7 stream:5"                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This requests that all levels be set to 3, except the trace level for */
+  /* the memory and stream components which are set to 7 and 5,            */
+  /* respectively.                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* See the file  for details of the */
+  /* available toggle names.                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The level must be between 0 and 7; 0 means quiet (except for serious  */
+  /* runtime errors), and 7 means _very_ verbose.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
+  ft_debug_init( void )
+  {
+/*  const char*  ft2_debug = getenv( "FT2_DEBUG" ); */
+    char         buf[256];
+    const char*  ft2_debug = &buf[0];
+
+
+/*  if ( ft2_debug ) */
+    if ( GetVar( "FT2_DEBUG", (STRPTR)ft2_debug, 256, LV_VAR ) > 0 )
+    {
+      const char*  p = ft2_debug;
+      const char*  q;
+
+
+      for ( ; *p; p++ )
+      {
+        /* skip leading whitespace and separators */
+        if ( *p == ' ' || *p == '\t' || *p == ',' || *p == ';' || *p == '=' )
+          continue;
+
+        /* read toggle name, followed by ':' */
+        q = p;
+        while ( *p && *p != ':' )
+          p++;
+
+        if ( *p == ':' && p > q )
+        {
+          FT_Int  n, i, len = (FT_Int)( p - q );
+          FT_Int  level = -1, found = -1;
+
+
+          for ( n = 0; n < trace_count; n++ )
+          {
+            const char*  toggle = ft_trace_toggles[n];
+
+
+            for ( i = 0; i < len; i++ )
+            {
+              if ( toggle[i] != q[i] )
+                break;
+            }
+
+            if ( i == len && toggle[i] == 0 )
+            {
+              found = n;
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+
+          /* read level */
+          p++;
+          if ( *p )
+          {
+            level = *p++ - '0';
+            if ( level < 0 || level > 7 )
+              level = -1;
+          }
+
+          if ( found >= 0 && level >= 0 )
+          {
+            if ( found == trace_any )
+            {
+              /* special case for `any' */
+              for ( n = 0; n < trace_count; n++ )
+                ft_trace_levels[n] = level;
+            }
+            else
+              ft_trace_levels[found] = level;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+
+#else  /* !FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE */
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
+  ft_debug_init( void )
+  {
+    /* nothing */
+  }
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Int )
+  FT_Trace_Get_Count( void )
+  {
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( const char * )
+  FT_Trace_Get_Name( FT_Int  idx )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( idx );
+
+    return NULL;
+  }
+
+
+#endif /* !FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE */
+
+/*
+Local Variables:
+coding: latin-1
+End:
+*/
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/src/base/ftsystem.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/src/base/ftsystem.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..016f1e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/amiga/src/base/ftsystem.c
@@ -0,0 +1,522 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftsystem.c                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Amiga-specific FreeType low-level system interface (body).           */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2005, 2006, 2007 by                         */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, Werner Lemberg and Detlef Würkner.       */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This file contains the Amiga interface used by FreeType to access     */
+  /* low-level, i.e. memory management, i/o access as well as thread       */
+  /* synchronisation.                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Maintained by Detlef Würkner                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Based on the original ftsystem.c,                                     */
+  /* modified to avoid fopen(), fclose(), fread(), fseek(), ftell(),       */
+  /* malloc(), realloc(), and free().                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Those C library functions are often not thread-safe or cant be        */
+  /* used in a shared Amiga library. If that's not a problem for you,       */
+  /* you can of course use the default ftsystem.c with C library calls     */
+  /* instead.                                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This implementation needs exec V39+ because it uses AllocPooled() etc */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+#define __NOLIBBASE__
+#define __NOGLOBALIFACE__
+#define __USE_INLINE__
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#ifdef __amigaos4__
+extern struct ExecIFace *IExec;
+extern struct DOSIFace  *IDOS;
+#else
+extern struct Library   *SysBase;
+extern struct Library   *DOSBase;
+#endif
+
+#define IOBUF_SIZE 512
+
+/* structure that helps us to avoid
+ * useless calls of Seek() and Read()
+ */
+struct SysFile
+{
+  BPTR  file;
+  ULONG iobuf_start;
+  ULONG iobuf_end;
+  UBYTE iobuf[IOBUF_SIZE];
+};
+
+#ifndef __amigaos4__
+/* C implementation of AllocVecPooled (see autodoc exec/AllocPooled) */
+APTR
+Alloc_VecPooled( APTR   poolHeader,
+                 ULONG  memSize )
+{
+  ULONG  newSize = memSize + sizeof ( ULONG );
+  ULONG  *mem = AllocPooled( poolHeader, newSize );
+
+  if ( !mem )
+    return NULL;
+  *mem = newSize;
+  return mem + 1;
+}
+
+/* C implementation of FreeVecPooled (see autodoc exec/AllocPooled) */
+void
+Free_VecPooled( APTR  poolHeader,
+                APTR  memory )
+{
+  ULONG  *realmem = (ULONG *)memory - 1;
+
+  FreePooled( poolHeader, realmem, *realmem );
+}
+#endif
+
+#include 
+#include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+#include FT_SYSTEM_H
+#include FT_ERRORS_H
+#include FT_TYPES_H
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                       MEMORY MANAGEMENT INTERFACE                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* It is not necessary to do any error checking for the                  */
+  /* allocation-related functions.  This is done by the higher level       */
+  /* routines like ft_mem_alloc() or ft_mem_realloc().                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    ft_alloc                                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    The memory allocation function.                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    memory :: A pointer to the memory object.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    size   :: The requested size in bytes.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    The address of newly allocated block.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void* )
+  ft_alloc( FT_Memory  memory,
+            long       size )
+  {
+#ifdef __amigaos4__
+    return AllocVecPooled( memory->user, size );
+#else
+    return Alloc_VecPooled( memory->user, size );
+#endif
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    ft_realloc                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    The memory reallocation function.                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    memory   :: A pointer to the memory object.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    cur_size :: The current size of the allocated memory block.        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    new_size :: The newly requested size in bytes.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    block    :: The current address of the block in memory.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    The address of the reallocated memory block.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void* )
+  ft_realloc( FT_Memory  memory,
+              long       cur_size,
+              long       new_size,
+              void*      block )
+  {
+    void* new_block;
+
+#ifdef __amigaos4__
+    new_block = AllocVecPooled ( memory->user, new_size );
+#else
+    new_block = Alloc_VecPooled ( memory->user, new_size );
+#endif
+    if ( new_block != NULL )
+    {
+      CopyMem ( block, new_block,
+                ( new_size > cur_size ) ? cur_size : new_size );
+#ifdef __amigaos4__
+      FreeVecPooled ( memory->user, block );
+#else
+      Free_VecPooled ( memory->user, block );
+#endif
+    }
+    return new_block;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    ft_free                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    The memory release function.                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    memory  :: A pointer to the memory object.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    block   :: The address of block in memory to be freed.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
+  ft_free( FT_Memory  memory,
+           void*      block )
+  {
+#ifdef __amigaos4__
+    FreeVecPooled( memory->user, block );
+#else
+    Free_VecPooled( memory->user, block );
+#endif
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                     RESOURCE MANAGEMENT INTERFACE                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_io
+
+  /* We use the macro STREAM_FILE for convenience to extract the       */
+  /* system-specific stream handle from a given FreeType stream object */
+#define STREAM_FILE( stream )  ( (struct SysFile *)stream->descriptor.pointer )
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    ft_amiga_stream_close                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    The function to close a stream.                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    stream :: A pointer to the stream object.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
+  ft_amiga_stream_close( FT_Stream  stream )
+  {
+    struct SysFile* sysfile;
+
+    sysfile = STREAM_FILE( stream );
+    Close ( sysfile->file );
+    FreeMem ( sysfile, sizeof ( struct SysFile ));
+
+    stream->descriptor.pointer = NULL;
+    stream->size               = 0;
+    stream->base               = 0;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    ft_amiga_stream_io                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    The function to open a stream.                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    stream :: A pointer to the stream object.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    offset :: The position in the data stream to start reading.        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    buffer :: The address of buffer to store the read data.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    count  :: The number of bytes to read from the stream.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    The number of bytes actually read.                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( unsigned long )
+  ft_amiga_stream_io( FT_Stream       stream,
+                      unsigned long   offset,
+                      unsigned char*  buffer,
+                      unsigned long   count )
+  {
+    struct SysFile* sysfile;
+    unsigned long   read_bytes;
+
+    if ( count != 0 )
+    {
+      sysfile = STREAM_FILE( stream );
+
+      /* handle the seek */
+      if ( (offset < sysfile->iobuf_start) || (offset + count > sysfile->iobuf_end) )
+      {
+        /* requested offset implies we need a buffer refill */
+        if ( !sysfile->iobuf_end || offset != sysfile->iobuf_end )
+        {
+          /* a physical seek is necessary */
+          Seek( sysfile->file, offset, OFFSET_BEGINNING );
+        }
+        sysfile->iobuf_start = offset;
+        sysfile->iobuf_end = 0; /* trigger a buffer refill */
+      }
+
+      /* handle the read */
+      if ( offset + count <= sysfile->iobuf_end )
+      {
+        /* we have buffer and requested bytes are all inside our buffer */
+        CopyMem( &sysfile->iobuf[offset - sysfile->iobuf_start], buffer, count );
+        read_bytes = count;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* (re)fill buffer */
+        if ( count <= IOBUF_SIZE )
+        {
+          /* requested bytes is a subset of the buffer */
+          read_bytes = Read( sysfile->file, sysfile->iobuf, IOBUF_SIZE );
+          if ( read_bytes == -1UL )
+          {
+            /* error */
+            read_bytes = 0;
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            sysfile->iobuf_end = offset + read_bytes;
+            CopyMem( sysfile->iobuf, buffer, count );
+            if ( read_bytes > count )
+            {
+              read_bytes = count;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          /* we actually need more than our buffer can hold, so we decide
+          ** to do a single big read, and then copy the last IOBUF_SIZE
+          ** bytes of that to our internal buffer for later use */
+          read_bytes = Read( sysfile->file, buffer, count );
+          if ( read_bytes == -1UL )
+          {
+            /* error */
+            read_bytes = 0;
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            ULONG bufsize;
+
+            bufsize = ( read_bytes > IOBUF_SIZE ) ? IOBUF_SIZE : read_bytes;
+            sysfile->iobuf_end = offset + read_bytes;
+            sysfile->iobuf_start = sysfile->iobuf_end - bufsize;
+            CopyMem( &buffer[read_bytes - bufsize] , sysfile->iobuf, bufsize );
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      read_bytes = 0;
+    }
+
+    return read_bytes;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftobjs.h */
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stream_Open( FT_Stream    stream,
+                  const char*  filepathname )
+  {
+    struct FileInfoBlock*  fib;
+    struct SysFile*        sysfile;
+
+
+    if ( !stream )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Stream_Handle;
+
+#ifdef __amigaos4__
+    sysfile = AllocMem ( sizeof (struct SysFile ), MEMF_SHARED );
+#else
+    sysfile = AllocMem ( sizeof (struct SysFile ), MEMF_PUBLIC );
+#endif
+    if ( !sysfile )
+    {
+      FT_ERROR(( "FT_Stream_Open:" ));
+      FT_ERROR(( " could not open `%s'\n", filepathname ));
+
+      return FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource;
+    }
+    sysfile->file = Open( (STRPTR)filepathname, MODE_OLDFILE );
+    if ( !sysfile->file )
+    {
+      FreeMem ( sysfile, sizeof ( struct SysFile ));
+      FT_ERROR(( "FT_Stream_Open:" ));
+      FT_ERROR(( " could not open `%s'\n", filepathname ));
+
+      return FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource;
+    }
+
+    fib = AllocDosObject( DOS_FIB, NULL );
+    if ( !fib )
+    {
+      Close ( sysfile->file );
+      FreeMem ( sysfile, sizeof ( struct SysFile ));
+      FT_ERROR(( "FT_Stream_Open:" ));
+      FT_ERROR(( " could not open `%s'\n", filepathname ));
+
+      return FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource;
+    }
+    if ( !( ExamineFH( sysfile->file, fib ) ) )
+    {
+      FreeDosObject( DOS_FIB, fib );
+      Close ( sysfile->file );
+      FreeMem ( sysfile, sizeof ( struct SysFile ));
+      FT_ERROR(( "FT_Stream_Open:" ));
+      FT_ERROR(( " could not open `%s'\n", filepathname ));
+
+      return FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource;
+    }
+    stream->size = fib->fib_Size;
+    FreeDosObject( DOS_FIB, fib );
+
+    stream->descriptor.pointer = (void *)sysfile;
+    stream->pathname.pointer   = (char*)filepathname;
+    sysfile->iobuf_start       = 0;
+    sysfile->iobuf_end         = 0;
+    stream->pos                = 0;
+
+    stream->read  = ft_amiga_stream_io;
+    stream->close = ft_amiga_stream_close;
+
+    FT_TRACE1(( "FT_Stream_Open:" ));
+    FT_TRACE1(( " opened `%s' (%ld bytes) successfully\n",
+                filepathname, stream->size ));
+
+    return FT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+#ifdef FT_DEBUG_MEMORY
+
+  extern FT_Int
+  ft_mem_debug_init( FT_Memory  memory );
+
+  extern void
+  ft_mem_debug_done( FT_Memory  memory );
+
+#endif
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftobjs.h */
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Memory )
+  FT_New_Memory( void )
+  {
+    FT_Memory  memory;
+
+
+#ifdef __amigaos4__
+    memory = (FT_Memory)AllocVec( sizeof ( *memory ), MEMF_SHARED );
+#else
+    memory = (FT_Memory)AllocVec( sizeof ( *memory ), MEMF_PUBLIC );
+#endif
+    if ( memory )
+    {
+#ifdef __amigaos4__
+      memory->user = CreatePool( MEMF_SHARED, 16384, 16384 );
+#else
+      memory->user = CreatePool( MEMF_PUBLIC, 16384, 16384 );
+#endif
+      if ( memory->user == NULL )
+      {
+        FreeVec( memory );
+        memory = NULL;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        memory->alloc   = ft_alloc;
+        memory->realloc = ft_realloc;
+        memory->free    = ft_free;
+#ifdef FT_DEBUG_MEMORY
+        ft_mem_debug_init( memory );
+#endif
+      }
+    }
+
+    return memory;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftobjs.h */
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
+  FT_Done_Memory( FT_Memory  memory )
+  {
+#ifdef FT_DEBUG_MEMORY
+    ft_mem_debug_done( memory );
+#endif
+
+    DeletePool( memory->user );
+    FreeVec( memory );
+  }
+
+/*
+Local Variables:
+coding: latin-1
+End:
+*/
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/ansi/ansi-def.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/ansi/ansi-def.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2c58572
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/ansi/ansi-def.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 configuration rules for a `normal' ANSI system
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003, 2006 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+DELETE    := rm -f
+CAT       := cat
+SEP       := /
+BUILD_DIR := $(TOP_DIR)/builds/ansi
+PLATFORM  := ansi
+
+
+# The directory where all library files are placed.
+#
+# By default, this is the same as $(OBJ_DIR); however, this can be changed
+# to suit particular needs.
+#
+LIB_DIR := $(OBJ_DIR)
+
+
+# The name of the final library file.  Note that the DOS-specific Makefile
+# uses a shorter (8.3) name.
+#
+LIBRARY := lib$(PROJECT)
+
+
+# Path inclusion flag.  Some compilers use a different flag than `-I' to
+# specify an additional include path.  Examples are `/i=' or `-J'.
+#
+I := -I
+
+
+# C flag used to define a macro before the compilation of a given source
+# object.  Usually it is `-D' like in `-DDEBUG'.
+#
+D := -D
+
+
+# The link flag used to specify a given library file on link.  Note that
+# this is only used to compile the demo programs, not the library itself.
+#
+L := -l
+
+
+# Target flag.
+#
+T := -o$(space)
+
+
+# C flags
+#
+#   These should concern: debug output, optimization & warnings.
+#
+#   Use the ANSIFLAGS variable to define the compiler flags used to enfore
+#   ANSI compliance.
+#
+CFLAGS ?= -c
+
+# ANSIFLAGS: Put there the flags used to make your compiler ANSI-compliant.
+#
+ANSIFLAGS :=
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/ansi/ansi.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/ansi/ansi.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..32b3bac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/ansi/ansi.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 configuration rules for a `normal' pseudo ANSI compiler/system
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/ansi/ansi-def.mk
+include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/compiler/ansi-cc.mk
+include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/link_std.mk
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/atari/ATARI.H b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/atari/ATARI.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bb69138
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/atari/ATARI.H
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+#ifndef ATARI_H
+#define ATARI_H
+
+#pragma warn -stu
+
+/* PureC doesn't like 32bit enumerations */
+
+#ifndef FT_IMAGE_TAG
+#define FT_IMAGE_TAG( value, _x1, _x2, _x3, _x4 ) value
+#endif /* FT_IMAGE_TAG */
+
+#ifndef FT_ENC_TAG
+#define FT_ENC_TAG( value, a, b, c, d ) value
+#endif /* FT_ENC_TAG */
+
+#endif /* ATARI_H */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/atari/FNames.SIC b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/atari/FNames.SIC
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f365717
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/atari/FNames.SIC
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/* the following changes file names for PureC projects */
+
+if (argc > 0)
+{
+	ordner = argv[0];
+	if (basename(ordner) == "") /* ist Ordner */
+	{
+		ChangeFilenames(ordner);
+	}
+}
+
+proc ChangeFilenames(folder)
+local i,entries,directory,file;
+{
+	entries = filelist(directory,folder);
+	for (i = 0; i < entries; ++i)
+	{
+		file = directory[i,0];
+		if ((directory[i,3]&16) > 0) /* subdirectory */
+		{
+			ChangeFilenames(folder+file+"\\");
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			if ((stricmp(suffix(file),".h")==0)|(stricmp(suffix(file),".c")==0))
+			ChangeFilename(folder,file);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+proc ChangeFilename(path,datei)
+local newfile,err;
+{
+	newfile=datei;
+	newfile[0]=(newfile[0] | 32) ^ 32;
+	err=files.rename("-q",path+datei,newfile);
+}
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/atari/FREETYPE.PRJ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/atari/FREETYPE.PRJ
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4776a5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/atari/FREETYPE.PRJ
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+;FreeType project file
+
+FREETYPE.LIB
+
+.C [-K -P -R -A]
+.L [-J -V]
+.S
+
+=
+
+..\..\src\base\ftsystem.c
+..\..\src\base\ftdebug.c
+
+..\..\src\base\ftinit.c
+..\..\src\base\ftglyph.c
+..\..\src\base\ftmm
+..\..\src\base\ftbbox
+
+..\..\src\base\ftbase.c
+..\..\src\autohint\autohint.c
+;..\..\src\cache\ftcache.c
+..\..\src\cff\cff.c
+..\..\src\cid\type1cid.c
+..\..\src\psaux\psaux.c
+..\..\src\pshinter\pshinter.c
+..\..\src\psnames\psnames.c
+..\..\src\raster\raster.c
+..\..\src\sfnt\sfnt.c
+..\..\src\smooth\smooth.c
+..\..\src\truetype\truetype.c
+..\..\src\type1\type1.c
+..\..\src\type42\type42.c
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/atari/README.TXT b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/atari/README.TXT
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..04eec63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/atari/README.TXT
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+Compiling FreeType 2 with PureC compiler
+========================================
+
+[See below for a German version.]
+
+To compile FreeType 2 as a library the following changes must be applied:
+
+- All *.c files must start with an uppercase letter.
+  (In case GEMSCRIPT is available:
+  Simply drag the whole FreeType 2 directory to the file `FNames.SIC'.)
+
+- You have to change the INCLUDE directory in PureC's compiler options
+  to contain both the `INCLUDE' and `freetype2\include' directory.
+  Example:
+
+    INCLUDE;E:\freetype2\include
+
+- The file `freetype2/include/Ft2build.h' must be patched as follows to
+  include ATARI.H:
+
+    #ifndef __FT2_BUILD_GENERIC_H__
+    #define __FT2_BUILD_GENERIC_H__
+
+    #include "ATARI.H"
+
+
+
+Compilieren von FreeType 2 mit PureC
+====================================
+
+Um FreeType 2 als eine Bibliothek (library) zu compilieren, muss folgendes
+ge„ndert werden:
+
+- Alle *.c-files mssen mit einem GROSSBUCHSTABEN beginnen.
+  (Falls GEMSCRIPT zur Verfgung steht:
+  Den kompletten Ordner freetype2 auf die Datei `FNames.SIC' draggen.)
+
+- In den Compiler-Optionen von PureC muss das INCLUDE directory auf INCLUDE
+  und freetype2\include verweisen. Z.B.:
+
+    INCLUDE;E:\freetype2\include
+
+- In der Datei freetype2/include/Ft2build.h muss zu Beginn
+  ein #include "ATARI.H" wie folgt eingefgt werden:
+
+    #ifndef __FT2_BUILD_GENERIC_H__
+    #define __FT2_BUILD_GENERIC_H__
+
+    #include "ATARI.H"
+
+--- end of README.TXT ---
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/beos/beos-def.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/beos/beos-def.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4371a30
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/beos/beos-def.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 configuration rules for a BeOS system
+#
+# this is similar to the "ansi-def.mk" file, except for BUILD and PLATFORM
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003, 2006 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+DELETE    := rm -f
+CAT       := cat
+SEP       := /
+BUILD_DIR := $(TOP_DIR)/builds/beos
+PLATFORM  := beos
+
+
+# The directory where all library files are placed.
+#
+# By default, this is the same as $(OBJ_DIR); however, this can be changed
+# to suit particular needs.
+#
+LIB_DIR := $(OBJ_DIR)
+
+
+# The name of the final library file.  Note that the DOS-specific Makefile
+# uses a shorter (8.3) name.
+#
+LIBRARY := lib$(PROJECT)
+
+
+# Path inclusion flag.  Some compilers use a different flag than `-I' to
+# specify an additional include path.  Examples are `/i=' or `-J'.
+#
+I := -I
+
+
+# C flag used to define a macro before the compilation of a given source
+# object.  Usually it is `-D' like in `-DDEBUG'.
+#
+D := -D
+
+
+# The link flag used to specify a given library file on link.  Note that
+# this is only used to compile the demo programs, not the library itself.
+#
+L := -l
+
+
+# Target flag.
+#
+T := -o$(space)
+
+
+# C flags
+#
+#   These should concern: debug output, optimization & warnings.
+#
+#   Use the ANSIFLAGS variable to define the compiler flags used to enfore
+#   ANSI compliance.
+#
+CFLAGS ?= -c
+
+# ANSIFLAGS: Put there the flags used to make your compiler ANSI-compliant.
+#
+ANSIFLAGS :=
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/beos/beos.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/beos/beos.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b5c8bda
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/beos/beos.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 configuration rules for a BeOS system
+#
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2002, 2005 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/beos/beos-def.mk
+include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/compiler/ansi-cc.mk
+include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/link_std.mk
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/beos/detect.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/beos/detect.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..24a0878
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/beos/detect.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 configuration file to detect an BeOS host platform.
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003, 2006 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+.PHONY: setup
+
+
+ifeq ($(PLATFORM),ansi)
+
+  ifdef BE_HOST_CPU
+
+    PLATFORM := beos
+
+  endif # test MACHTYPE beos
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(PLATFORM),beos)
+
+  DELETE      := rm -f
+  CAT         := cat
+  SEP         := /
+  BUILD_DIR   := $(TOP_DIR)/builds/beos
+  CONFIG_FILE := beos.mk
+
+  setup: std_setup
+
+endif   # test PLATFORM beos
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/ansi-cc.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/ansi-cc.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3b668e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/ansi-cc.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 generic pseudo ANSI compiler
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003, 2006 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+# Compiler command line name
+#
+CC           := cc
+COMPILER_SEP := $(SEP)
+
+
+# The object file extension (for standard and static libraries).  This can be
+# .o, .tco, .obj, etc., depending on the platform.
+#
+O  := o
+SO := o
+
+# The library file extension (for standard and static libraries).  This can
+# be .a, .lib, etc., depending on the platform.
+#
+A  := a
+SA := a
+
+
+# Path inclusion flag.  Some compilers use a different flag than `-I' to
+# specify an additional include path.  Examples are `/i=' or `-J'.
+#
+I := -I
+
+
+# C flag used to define a macro before the compilation of a given source
+# object.  Usually it is `-D' like in `-DDEBUG'.
+#
+D := -D
+
+
+# The link flag used to specify a given library file on link.  Note that
+# this is only used to compile the demo programs, not the library itself.
+#
+L := -l
+
+
+# Target flag.
+#
+T := -o$(space)
+
+
+# C flags
+#
+#   These should concern: debug output, optimization & warnings.
+#
+#   Use the ANSIFLAGS variable to define the compiler flags used to enfore
+#   ANSI compliance.
+#
+CFLAGS ?= -c
+
+# ANSIFLAGS: Put there the flags used to make your compiler ANSI-compliant.
+#
+#  we assume the compiler is already strictly ANSI
+#
+ANSIFLAGS :=
+
+
+# Library linking
+#
+CLEAN_LIBRARY ?= $(DELETE) $(subst /,$(SEP),$(PROJECT_LIBRARY))
+LINK_LIBRARY   = $(AR) -r $@ $(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$(OBJECTS_LIST))
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/bcc-dev.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/bcc-dev.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ba1a88a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/bcc-dev.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+#
+#  FreeType 2 Borland C++-specific with NO OPTIMIZATIONS + DEBUGGING
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003, 2006 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+# Compiler command line name
+#
+CC           := bcc32
+COMPILER_SEP := $(SEP)
+
+
+# The object file extension (for standard and static libraries).  This can be
+# .o, .tco, .obj, etc., depending on the platform.
+#
+O  := obj
+SO := obj
+
+# The library file extension (for standard and static libraries).  This can
+# be .a, .lib, etc., depending on the platform.
+#
+A  := lib
+SA := lib
+
+
+# Path inclusion flag.  Some compilers use a different flag than `-I' to
+# specify an additional include path.  Examples are `/i=' or `-J'.
+#
+I := -I
+
+
+# C flag used to define a macro before the compilation of a given source
+# object.  Usually it is `-D' like in `-DDEBUG'.
+#
+D := -D
+
+
+# The link flag used to specify a given library file on link.  Note that
+# this is only used to compile the demo programs, not the library itself.
+#
+L :=
+
+
+# Target flag -- no trailing space.
+#
+T := -o
+
+
+# C flags
+#
+#   These should concern: debug output, optimization & warnings.
+#
+#   Use the ANSIFLAGS variable to define the compiler flags used to enfore
+#   ANSI compliance.
+#
+CFLAGS ?= -q -c -y -d -v -Od -w-par -w-ccc -w-rch -w-pro -w-aus
+
+# ANSIFLAGS: Put there the flags used to make your compiler ANSI-compliant.
+#
+ANSIFLAGS := -A
+
+
+# Library linking
+#
+CLEAN_LIBRARY ?= $(DELETE) $(subst /,$(SEP),$(PROJECT_LIBRARY))
+LINK_LIBRARY   = tlib /u $(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $(OBJECTS_LIST:%=+%))
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/bcc.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/bcc.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..509cb72
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/bcc.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 Borland C++-specific rules
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003, 2006 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+# Compiler command line name
+#
+CC           := bcc32
+COMPILER_SEP := $(SEP)
+
+
+# The object file extension (for standard and static libraries).  This can be
+# .o, .tco, .obj, etc., depending on the platform.
+#
+O  := obj
+SO := obj
+
+# The library file extension (for standard and static libraries).  This can
+# be .a, .lib, etc., depending on the platform.
+#
+A  := lib
+SA := lib
+
+
+# Path inclusion flag.  Some compilers use a different flag than `-I' to
+# specify an additional include path.  Examples are `/i=' or `-J'.
+#
+I := -I
+
+
+# C flag used to define a macro before the compilation of a given source
+# object.  Usually it is `-D' like in `-DDEBUG'.
+#
+D := -D
+
+
+# The link flag used to specify a given library file on link.  Note that
+# this is only used to compile the demo programs, not the library itself.
+#
+L :=
+
+
+# Target flag -- no trailing space.
+#
+T := -o
+
+
+# C flags
+#
+#   These should concern: debug output, optimization & warnings.
+#
+#   Use the ANSIFLAGS variable to define the compiler flags used to enfore
+#   ANSI compliance.
+#
+CFLAGS ?= -c -q -y -d -v -Od -w-par -w-ccc -w-rch -w-pro -w-aus
+
+# ANSIFLAGS: Put there the flags used to make your compiler ANSI-compliant.
+#
+ANSIFLAGS := -A
+
+
+# Library linking
+#
+CLEAN_LIBRARY ?= $(DELETE) $(subst /,$(SEP),$(PROJECT_LIBRARY))
+LINK_LIBRARY   = tlib /u $(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $(OBJECTS_LIST:%=+%))
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/emx.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/emx.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c237005
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/emx.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 emx-specific definitions
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 2003, 2006 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+# Compiler command line name
+#
+CC           := set GCCOPT="-ansi -pedantic"; gcc
+COMPILER_SEP := /
+
+
+# The object file extension (for standard and static libraries).  This can be
+# .o, .tco, .obj, etc., depending on the platform.
+#
+O  := o
+SO := o
+
+# The library file extension (for standard and static libraries).  This can
+# be .a, .lib, etc., depending on the platform.
+#
+A  := a
+SA := a
+
+
+# Path inclusion flag.  Some compilers use a different flag than `-I' to
+# specify an additional include path.  Examples are `/i=' or `-J'.
+#
+I := -I
+
+
+# C flag used to define a macro before the compilation of a given source
+# object.  Usually it is `-D' like in `-DDEBUG'.
+#
+D := -D
+
+
+# The link flag used to specify a given library file on link.  Note that
+# this is only used to compile the demo programs, not the library itself.
+#
+L := -l
+
+
+# Target flag.
+#
+T := -o$(space)
+
+# C flags
+#
+#   These should concern: debug output, optimization & warnings.
+#
+#   Use the ANSIFLAGS variable to define the compiler flags used to enfore
+#   ANSI compliance.
+#
+CFLAGS ?= -c -g -O6 -Wall
+
+# ANSIFLAGS: Put there the flags used to make your compiler ANSI-compliant.
+#
+ANSIFLAGS :=
+
+
+# Library linking
+#
+CLEAN_LIBRARY ?= $(DELETE) $(subst /,$(SEP),$(PROJECT_LIBRARY))
+LINK_LIBRARY   = $(foreach m,$(OBJECTS_LIST),$(AR) -r $@ $(m);) echo > nul
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/gcc-dev.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/gcc-dev.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c63e126
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/gcc-dev.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 gcc-specific with NO OPTIMIZATIONS + DEBUGGING
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+# Compiler command line name
+#
+CC           := gcc
+COMPILER_SEP := /
+
+
+# The object file extension (for standard and static libraries).  This can be
+# .o, .tco, .obj, etc., depending on the platform.
+#
+O  := o
+SO := o
+
+# The library file extension (for standard and static libraries).  This can
+# be .a, .lib, etc., depending on the platform.
+#
+A  := a
+SA := a
+
+
+# Path inclusion flag.  Some compilers use a different flag than `-I' to
+# specify an additional include path.  Examples are `/i=' or `-J'.
+#
+I := -I
+
+
+# C flag used to define a macro before the compilation of a given source
+# object.  Usually it is `-D' like in `-DDEBUG'.
+#
+D := -D
+
+
+# The link flag used to specify a given library file on link.  Note that
+# this is only used to compile the demo programs, not the library itself.
+#
+L := -l
+
+
+# Target flag.
+#
+T := -o$(space)
+
+
+# C flags
+#
+#   These should concern: debug output, optimization & warnings.
+#
+#   Use the ANSIFLAGS variable to define the compiler flags used to enfore
+#   ANSI compliance.
+#
+ifndef CFLAGS
+  ifeq ($(findstring g++,$(CC)),)
+    nested_externs    := -Wnested-externs
+    strict_prototypes := -Wstrict-prototypes
+  endif
+
+  CFLAGS := -c -g -O0 \
+            -Wall \
+            -W \
+            -Wundef \
+            -Wshadow \
+            -Wpointer-arith \
+            -Wwrite-strings \
+            -Wredundant-decls \
+            -Wno-long-long \
+            $(nested_externs) \
+            $(strict_prototypes)
+endif
+
+# ANSIFLAGS: Put there the flags used to make your compiler ANSI-compliant.
+#
+ANSIFLAGS := -ansi -pedantic
+
+
+# Library linking
+#
+CLEAN_LIBRARY ?= $(DELETE) $(subst /,$(SEP),$(PROJECT_LIBRARY))
+LINK_LIBRARY   = $(AR) -r $@ $(OBJECTS_LIST)
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/gcc.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/gcc.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e941443
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/gcc.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 gcc-specific definitions
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003, 2005, 2006 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+# Compiler command line name
+#
+CC           := gcc
+COMPILER_SEP := /
+
+
+# The object file extension (for standard and static libraries).  This can be
+# .o, .tco, .obj, etc., depending on the platform.
+#
+O  := o
+SO := o
+
+# The library file extension (for standard and static libraries).  This can
+# be .a, .lib, etc., depending on the platform.
+#
+A  := a
+SA := a
+
+
+# Path inclusion flag.  Some compilers use a different flag than `-I' to
+# specify an additional include path.  Examples are `/i=' or `-J'.
+#
+I := -I
+
+
+# C flag used to define a macro before the compilation of a given source
+# object.  Usually it is `-D' like in `-DDEBUG'.
+#
+D := -D
+
+
+# The link flag used to specify a given library file on link.  Note that
+# this is only used to compile the demo programs, not the library itself.
+#
+L := -l
+
+
+# Target flag.
+#
+T := -o$(space)
+
+# C flags
+#
+#   These should concern: debug output, optimization & warnings.
+#
+#   Use the ANSIFLAGS variable to define the compiler flags used to enfore
+#   ANSI compliance.
+#
+CFLAGS ?= -c -g -O6 -Wall
+
+# ANSIFLAGS: Put there the flags used to make your compiler ANSI-compliant.
+#
+ANSIFLAGS := -ansi -pedantic
+
+
+# Library linking
+#
+CLEAN_LIBRARY ?= $(DELETE) $(subst /,$(SEP),$(PROJECT_LIBRARY))
+LINK_LIBRARY   = $(AR) -r $@ $(OBJECTS_LIST)
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/intelc.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/intelc.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..413ce5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/intelc.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 Intel C/C++ definitions (VC++ compatibility mode)
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003, 2006 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+# compiler command line name
+#
+CC           := icl
+COMPILER_SEP := $(SEP)
+
+
+# The object file extension (for standard and static libraries).  This can be
+# .o, .tco, .obj, etc., depending on the platform.
+#
+O  := obj
+SO := obj
+
+
+# The library file extension (for standard and static libraries).  This can
+# be .a, .lib, etc., depending on the platform.
+#
+A  := lib
+SA := lib
+
+
+# Path inclusion flag.  Some compilers use a different flag than `-I' to
+# specify an additional include path.  Examples are `/i=' or `-J'.
+#
+I := /I
+
+
+# C flag used to define a macro before the compilation of a given source
+# object.  Usually it is `-D' like in `-DDEBUG'.
+#
+D := /D
+
+
+# The link flag used to specify a given library file on link.  Note that
+# this is only used to compile the demo programs, not the library itself.
+#
+L := /Fl
+
+
+# Target flag.
+#
+T := /Fo
+TE := /Fe
+
+
+# C flags
+#
+#   These should concern: debug output, optimization & warnings.
+#
+#   Use the ANSIFLAGS variable to define the compiler flags used to enfore
+#   ANSI compliance.
+#
+#   Note that the Intel C/C++ compiler version 4.5 complains about
+#   the use of FT_FIELD_OFFSET with "value must be arithmetic type"!
+#   This really looks like a bug in the compiler because the macro
+#   _does_ compute an arithmetic value, so we disable this warning
+#   with "/Qwd32".
+#
+CFLAGS ?= /nologo /c /Ox /G5 /W3 /Qwd32
+
+# ANSIFLAGS: Put there the flags used to make your compiler ANSI-compliant.
+#
+ANSIFLAGS := /Qansi_alias /Za
+
+# Library linking
+#
+#CLEAN_LIBRARY =
+LINK_LIBRARY = lib /nologo /out:$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $(OBJECTS_LIST))
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/unix-lcc.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/unix-lcc.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d79f508
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/unix-lcc.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 Unix LCC specific definitions
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003, 2006 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+# Command line name
+#
+CC           := lcc
+COMPILER_SEP := $(SEP)
+
+
+# The object file extension (for standard and static libraries).  This can be
+# .o, .tco, .obj, etc., depending on the platform.
+#
+O  := o
+SO := o
+
+
+# The library file extension (for standard and static libraries).  This can
+# be .a, .lib, etc., depending on the platform.
+#
+A  := a
+SA := a
+
+
+# Path inclusion flag.  Some compilers use a different flag than `-I' to
+# specify an additional include path.  Examples are `/i=' or `-J'.
+#
+I := -I
+
+
+# C flag used to define a macro before the compilation of a given source
+# object.  Usually it is `-D' like in `-DDEBUG'.
+#
+D := -D
+
+
+# The link flag used to specify a given library file on link.  Note that
+# this is only used to compile the demo programs, not the library itself.
+#
+L := -l
+
+
+# Target flag.
+#
+T := -o$(space)
+
+
+# C flags
+#
+#   These should concern: debug output, optimization & warnings.
+#
+#   Use the ANSIFLAGS variable to define the compiler flags used to enfore
+#   ANSI compliance.
+#
+CFLAGS ?= -c -g
+
+# ANSIFLAGS: Put there the flags used to make your compiler ANSI-compliant.
+#
+#  LCC is pure ANSI anyway!
+#
+#  the "-A" flag simply increments verbosity about non ANSI code
+#
+ANSIFLAGS := -A
+
+
+# library linking
+#
+CLEAN_LIBRARY ?= $(DELETE) $(PROJECT_LIBRARY)
+LINK_LIBRARY   = $(AR) -r $@ $(OBJECTS_LIST)
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/visualage.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/visualage.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c109659
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/visualage.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 Visual Age C++ specific definitions
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003, 2006 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+# command line compiler name
+#
+CC           := icc
+COMPILER_SEP := $(SEP)
+
+
+# The object file extension (for standard and static libraries).  This can be
+# .o, .tco, .obj, etc., depending on the platform.
+#
+O  := obj
+SO := obj
+
+
+# The library file extension (for standard and static libraries).  This can
+# be .a, .lib, etc., depending on the platform.
+#
+A  := lib
+SA := lib
+
+
+# Path inclusion flag.  Some compilers use a different flag than `-I' to
+# specify an additional include path.  Examples are `/i=' or `-J'.
+#
+I := /I
+
+
+# C flag used to define a macro before the compilation of a given source
+# object.  Usually it is `-D' like in `-DDEBUG'.
+#
+D := /D
+
+
+# The link flag used to specify a given library file on link.  Note that
+# this is only used to compile the demo programs, not the library itself.
+#
+L := /Fl
+
+
+# Target flag.
+#
+T := /Fo
+
+
+# C flags
+#
+#   These should concern: debug output, optimization & warnings.
+#
+CFLAGS ?= /Q- /Gd+ /O2 /G5 /W3 /C
+
+# ANSIFLAGS: Put there the flags used to make your compiler ANSI-compliant.
+#
+ANSI_FLAGS := /Sa
+
+
+# Library linking
+#
+#CLEAN_LIBRARY :=
+LINK_LIBRARY = lib /nologo /out:$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $(OBJECTS_LIST))
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/visualc.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/visualc.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2e19ef8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/visualc.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 Visual C++ definitions
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003, 2005, 2006, 2008 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+# compiler command line name
+#
+CC           := cl
+COMPILER_SEP := $(SEP)
+
+
+# The object file extension (for standard and static libraries).  This can be
+# .o, .tco, .obj, etc., depending on the platform.
+#
+O  := obj
+SO := obj
+
+
+# The library file extension (for standard and static libraries).  This can
+# be .a, .lib, etc., depending on the platform.
+#
+A  := lib
+SA := lib
+
+
+# Path inclusion flag.  Some compilers use a different flag than `-I' to
+# specify an additional include path.  Examples are `/i=' or `-J'.
+#
+I := /I
+
+
+# C flag used to define a macro before the compilation of a given source
+# object.  Usually it is `-D' like in `-DDEBUG'.
+#
+D := /D
+
+
+# The link flag used to specify a given library file on link.  Note that
+# this is only used to compile the demo programs, not the library itself.
+#
+L := /Fl
+
+
+# Target flag.
+#
+T := /Fo
+
+# Target executable flag
+#
+TE := /Fe
+
+# C flags
+#
+#   These should concern: debug output, optimization & warnings.
+#
+#   Use the ANSIFLAGS variable to define the compiler flags used to enfore
+#   ANSI compliance.
+#
+CFLAGS ?= /nologo /c /Ox /W3 /WX
+
+# ANSIFLAGS: Put there the flags used to make your compiler ANSI-compliant.
+#
+ANSIFLAGS := /Za /D_CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE
+
+
+# Library linking
+#
+#CLEAN_LIBRARY =
+LINK_LIBRARY  = lib /nologo /out:$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $(OBJECTS_LIST))
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/watcom.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/watcom.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4db1e7f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/watcom.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 Watcom-specific definitions
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003, 2006 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+# Compiler command line name
+#
+CC           := wcc386
+COMPILER_SEP := $(SEP)
+
+
+# The object file extension (for standard and static libraries).  This can be
+# .o, .tco, .obj, etc., depending on the platform.
+#
+O  := obj
+SO := obj
+
+
+# The library file extension (for standard and static libraries).  This can
+# be .a, .lib, etc., depending on the platform.
+#
+A  := lib
+SA := lib
+
+
+# Path inclusion flag.  Some compilers use a different flag than `-I' to
+# specify an additional include path.  Examples are `/i=' or `-J'.
+#
+I := -I=
+
+
+# C flag used to define a macro before the compilation of a given source
+# object.  Usually it is `-D' like in `-DDEBUG'.
+#
+D := -D
+
+
+# The link flag used to specify a given library file on link.  Note that
+# this is only used to compile the demo programs, not the library itself.
+#
+L := -l
+
+
+# Target flag.
+#
+T := -FO=
+
+
+# C flags
+#
+#   These should concern: debug output, optimization & warnings.
+#
+#   Use the ANSIFLAGS variable to define the compiler flags used to enfore
+#   ANSI compliance.
+#
+CFLAGS ?= -zq
+
+# ANSIFLAGS: Put there the flags used to make your compiler ANSI-compliant.
+#
+ANSIFLAGS := -za
+
+
+# Library linking
+#
+CLEAN_LIBRARY ?= $(DELETE) $(subst /,$(SEP),$(PROJECT_LIBRARY))
+LINK_LIBRARY   = $(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP), \
+                   wlib -q -n $@; \
+                   $(foreach m, $(OBJECTS_LIST), wlib -q $@ +$(m);) \
+                   echo > nul)
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/win-lcc.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/win-lcc.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5d02d82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/compiler/win-lcc.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 Win32-LCC specific definitions
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003, 2006 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+# Command line name
+#
+CC           := lcc
+COMPILER_SEP := $(SEP)
+
+
+# The object file extension (for standard and static libraries).  This can be
+# .o, .tco, .obj, etc., depending on the platform.
+#
+O  := obj
+SO := obj
+
+
+# The library file extension (for standard and static libraries).  This can
+# be .a, .lib, etc., depending on the platform.
+#
+A  := lib
+SA := lib
+
+
+# Path inclusion flag.  Some compilers use a different flag than `-I' to
+# specify an additional include path.  Examples are `/i=' or `-J'.
+#
+I := -I
+
+
+# C flag used to define a macro before the compilation of a given source
+# object.  Usually it is `-D' like in `-DDEBUG'.
+#
+D := -D
+
+
+# The link flag used to specify a given library file on link.  Note that
+# this is only used to compile the demo programs, not the library itself.
+#
+L := -Fl
+
+
+# Target flag.
+#
+T := -Fo
+
+
+# C flags
+#
+#   These should concern: debug output, optimization & warnings.
+#
+#   Use the ANSIFLAGS variable to define the compiler flags used to enfore
+#   ANSI compliance.
+#
+CFLAGS ?= -c -g2 -O
+
+# ANSIFLAGS: Put there the flags used to make your compiler ANSI-compliant.
+#
+#  LCC is pure ANSI anyway!
+#
+ANSIFLAGS :=
+
+
+# library linking
+#
+#CLEAN_LIBRARY :=
+LINK_LIBRARY = lcclib /out:$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $(OBJECTS_LIST))
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/detect.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/detect.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..987ae51
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/detect.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 host platform detection rules
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2006, 2008 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+# This sub-Makefile is in charge of detecting the current platform.  It sets
+# the following variables:
+#
+#   BUILD_DIR    The configuration and system-specific directory.  Usually
+#                `freetype/builds/$(PLATFORM)' but can be different for
+#                custom builds of the library.
+#
+# The following variables must be defined in system specific `detect.mk'
+# files:
+#
+#   PLATFORM     The detected platform.  This will default to `ansi' if
+#                auto-detection fails.
+#   CONFIG_FILE  The configuration sub-makefile to use.  This usually depends
+#                on the compiler defined in the `CC' environment variable.
+#   DELETE       The shell command used to remove a given file.
+#   COPY         The shell command used to copy one file.
+#   SEP          The platform-specific directory separator.
+#   COMPILER_SEP The separator used in arguments of the compilation tools.
+#   CC           The compiler to use.
+#
+# You need to set the following variable(s) before calling it:
+#
+#   TOP_DIR      The top-most directory in the FreeType library source
+#                hierarchy.  If not defined, it will default to `.'.
+
+# Set auto-detection default to `ansi' resp. UNIX-like operating systems.
+#
+PLATFORM     := ansi
+DELETE       := $(RM)
+COPY         := cp
+CAT          := cat
+SEP          := /
+
+BUILD_CONFIG := $(TOP_DIR)/builds
+
+# These two assignments must be delayed.
+BUILD_DIR    = $(BUILD_CONFIG)/$(PLATFORM)
+CONFIG_RULES = $(BUILD_DIR)/$(CONFIG_FILE)
+
+# We define the BACKSLASH variable to hold a single back-slash character.
+# This is needed because a line like
+#
+#   SEP := \
+#
+# does not work with GNU Make (the backslash is interpreted as a line
+# continuation).  While a line like
+#
+#   SEP := \\
+#
+# really defines $(SEP) as `\' on Unix, and `\\' on Dos and Windows!
+#
+BACKSLASH := $(strip \ )
+
+# Find all auto-detectable platforms.
+#
+PLATFORMS := $(notdir $(subst /detect.mk,,$(wildcard $(BUILD_CONFIG)/*/detect.mk)))
+.PHONY: $(PLATFORMS) ansi
+
+# Filter out platform specified as setup target.
+#
+PLATFORM := $(firstword $(filter $(MAKECMDGOALS),$(PLATFORMS)))
+
+# If no setup target platform was specified, enable auto-detection/
+# default platform.
+#
+ifeq ($(PLATFORM),)
+  PLATFORM := ansi
+endif
+
+# If the user has explicitly asked for `ansi' on the command line,
+# disable auto-detection.
+#
+ifeq ($(findstring ansi,$(MAKECMDGOALS)),)
+  # Now, include all detection rule files found in the `builds/'
+  # directories.  Note that the calling order of the various `detect.mk'
+  # files isn't predictable.
+  #
+  include $(wildcard $(BUILD_CONFIG)/*/detect.mk)
+endif
+
+# In case no detection rule file was successful, use the default.
+#
+ifndef CONFIG_FILE
+  CONFIG_FILE := ansi.mk
+  setup: std_setup
+  .PHONY: setup
+endif
+
+# The following targets are equivalent, with the exception that they use
+# a slightly different syntax for the `echo' command.
+#
+# std_setup: defined for most (i.e. Unix-like) platforms
+# dos_setup: defined for Dos-ish platforms like Dos, Windows & OS/2
+#
+.PHONY: std_setup dos_setup
+
+std_setup:
+	@echo ""
+	@echo "$(PROJECT_TITLE) build system -- automatic system detection"
+	@echo ""
+	@echo "The following settings are used:"
+	@echo ""
+	@echo "  platform                    $(PLATFORM)"
+	@echo "  compiler                    $(CC)"
+	@echo "  configuration directory     $(BUILD_DIR)"
+	@echo "  configuration rules         $(CONFIG_RULES)"
+	@echo ""
+	@echo "If this does not correspond to your system or settings please remove the file"
+	@echo "\`$(CONFIG_MK)' from this directory then read the INSTALL file for help."
+	@echo ""
+	@echo "Otherwise, simply type \`$(MAKE)' again to build the library,"
+	@echo "or \`$(MAKE) refdoc' to build the API reference (the latter needs python)."
+	@echo ""
+	@$(COPY) $(CONFIG_RULES) $(CONFIG_MK)
+
+
+# Special case for Dos, Windows, OS/2, where echo "" doesn't work correctly!
+#
+dos_setup:
+	@type builds$(SEP)newline
+	@echo $(PROJECT_TITLE) build system -- automatic system detection
+	@type builds$(SEP)newline
+	@echo The following settings are used:
+	@type builds$(SEP)newline
+	@echo   platformÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿ$(PLATFORM)
+	@echo   compilerÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿ$(CC)
+	@echo   configuration directoryÿÿÿÿÿÿ$(subst /,$(SEP),$(BUILD_DIR))
+	@echo   configuration rulesÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿ$(subst /,$(SEP),$(CONFIG_RULES))
+	@type builds$(SEP)newline
+	@echo If this does not correspond to your system or settings please remove the file
+	@echo '$(CONFIG_MK)' from this directory then read the INSTALL file for help.
+	@type builds$(SEP)newline
+	@echo Otherwise, simply type 'make' again to build the library.
+	@echo or 'make refdoc' to build the API reference (the latter needs python).
+	@type builds$(SEP)newline
+	@$(COPY) $(subst /,$(SEP),$(CONFIG_RULES) $(CONFIG_MK)) > nul
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/dos/detect.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/dos/detect.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..700a122
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/dos/detect.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 configuration file to detect a DOS host platform.
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003, 2004, 2006 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+.PHONY: setup
+
+
+ifeq ($(PLATFORM),ansi)
+
+  # Test for DJGPP by checking the DJGPP environment variable, which must be
+  # set in order to use the system (ie. it will always be present when the
+  # `make' utility is run).
+  #
+  # We test for the COMSPEC environment variable, then run the `ver'
+  # command-line program to see if its output contains the word `Dos' or
+  # `DOS'.
+  #
+  # If this is true, we are running a Dos-ish platform (or an emulation).
+  #
+  ifdef DJGPP
+    PLATFORM := dos
+  else
+    ifdef COMSPEC
+      is_dos := $(findstring DOS,$(subst Dos,DOS,$(shell ver)))
+
+      # We try to recognize a Dos session under OS/2.  The `ver' command
+      # returns `Operating System/2 ...' there, so `is_dos' should be empty.
+      #
+      # To recognize a Dos session under OS/2, we check COMSPEC for the
+      # substring `MDOS\COMMAND'
+      #
+      ifeq ($(is_dos),)
+        is_dos := $(findstring MDOS\COMMAND,$(COMSPEC))
+      endif
+
+      # We also try to recognize Dos 7.x without Windows 9X launched.
+      # See builds/win32/detect.mk for explanations about the logic.
+      #
+      ifeq ($(is_dos),)
+        ifdef winbootdir
+#ifneq ($(OS),Windows_NT)
+          # If win32 is available, do not trigger this test.
+          ifndef windir
+            is_dos := $(findstring Windows,$(strip $(shell ver)))
+          endif
+#endif
+        endif
+      endif
+
+    endif # test COMSPEC
+
+    ifneq ($(is_dos),)
+
+      PLATFORM := dos
+
+    endif # test Dos
+  endif # test DJGPP
+endif # test PLATFORM ansi
+
+ifeq ($(PLATFORM),dos)
+
+  # Use DJGPP (i.e. gcc) by default.
+  #
+  CONFIG_FILE := dos-gcc.mk
+  CC          ?= gcc
+
+  # additionally, we provide hooks for various other compilers
+  #
+  ifneq ($(findstring emx,$(MAKECMDGOALS)),)        # EMX gcc
+    CONFIG_FILE := dos-emx.mk
+    CC          := gcc
+    emx: setup
+    .PHONY: emx
+  endif
+
+  ifneq ($(findstring turboc,$(MAKECMDGOALS)),)     # Turbo C
+    CONFIG_FILE := dos-tcc.mk
+    CC          := tcc
+    turboc: setup
+    .PHONY: turboc
+  endif
+
+  ifneq ($(findstring watcom,$(MAKECMDGOALS)),)     # Watcom C/C++
+    CONFIG_FILE := dos-wat.mk
+    CC          := wcc386
+    watcom: setup
+    .PHONY: watcom
+  endif
+
+  ifneq ($(findstring borlandc,$(MAKECMDGOALS)),)   # Borland C/C++ 32-bit
+    CONFIG_FILE := dos-bcc.mk
+    CC          := bcc32
+    borlandc: setup
+    .PHONY: borlandc
+  endif
+
+  ifneq ($(findstring borlandc16,$(MAKECMDGOALS)),) # Borland C/C++ 16-bit
+    CONFIG_FILE := dos-bcc.mk
+    CC          := bcc
+    borlandc16: setup
+    .PHONY: borlandc16
+  endif
+
+  ifneq ($(findstring bash,$(SHELL)),)              # check for bash
+    SEP    := /
+    DELETE := rm
+    COPY   := cp
+    CAT    := cat
+    setup: std_setup
+  else
+    SEP    := $(BACKSLASH)
+    DELETE := del
+    CAT    := type
+
+    # Setting COPY is a bit trickier.  We can be running DJGPP on some
+    # Windows NT derivatives, like XP.  See builds/win32/detect.mk for
+    # explanations why we need hacking here.
+    #
+    ifeq ($(OS),Windows_NT)
+      COPY := cmd.exe /c copy
+    else
+      COPY := copy
+    endif  # test NT
+
+    setup: dos_setup
+  endif
+
+endif     # test PLATFORM dos
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/dos/dos-def.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/dos/dos-def.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..950f581
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/dos/dos-def.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 DOS specific definitions
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003, 2005, 2006 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+DELETE    := del
+CAT       := type
+SEP       := $(strip \ )
+BUILD_DIR := $(TOP_DIR)/builds/dos
+PLATFORM  := dos
+
+
+# The executable file extension (for tools), *with* leading dot.
+#
+E := .exe
+
+# The directory where all library files are placed.
+#
+# By default, this is the same as $(OBJ_DIR); however, this can be changed
+# to suit particular needs.
+#
+LIB_DIR := $(OBJ_DIR)
+
+# The name of the final library file.  Note that the DOS-specific Makefile
+# uses a shorter (8.3) name.
+#
+LIBRARY := $(PROJECT)
+
+
+# The NO_OUTPUT macro is used to ignore the output of commands.
+#
+NO_OUTPUT = > nul
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/dos/dos-emx.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/dos/dos-emx.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6ea8f6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/dos/dos-emx.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 configuration rules for the EMX gcc compiler
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 2003 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/dos/dos-def.mk
+include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/compiler/emx.mk
+include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/link_dos.mk
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/dos/dos-gcc.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/dos/dos-gcc.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e14255c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/dos/dos-gcc.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 configuration rules for the DJGPP compiler
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/dos/dos-def.mk
+include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/compiler/gcc.mk
+include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/link_dos.mk
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/dos/dos-wat.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/dos/dos-wat.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c763b16
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/dos/dos-wat.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 configuration rules for the Watcom C/C++ compiler
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 2003 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/dos/dos-def.mk
+include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/compiler/watcom.mk
+include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/link_dos.mk
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/exports.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/exports.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5452b35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/exports.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 exports sub-Makefile
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 2005, 2006 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+# DO NOT INVOKE THIS MAKEFILE DIRECTLY!  IT IS MEANT TO BE INCLUDED BY
+# OTHER MAKEFILES.
+
+
+# This sub-Makefile is used to compute the list of exported symbols whenever
+# the EXPORTS_LIST variable is defined by one of the platform or compiler
+# specific build files.
+#
+# EXPORTS_LIST contains the name of the `list' file, for example a Windows
+# .DEF file.
+#
+ifneq ($(EXPORTS_LIST),)
+
+  # CCexe is the compiler used to compile the `apinames' tool program
+  # on the host machine.  This isn't necessarily the same as the compiler
+  # which can be a cross-compiler for a different architecture, for example.
+  #
+  ifeq ($(CCexe),)
+    CCexe := $(CC)
+  endif
+
+  # TE acts like T, but for executables instead of object files.
+  ifeq ($(TE),)
+    TE := $T
+  endif
+
+  # The list of public headers we're going to parse.
+  PUBLIC_HEADERS := $(wildcard $(PUBLIC_DIR)/*.h)
+
+  # The `apinames' source and executable.  We use $E_BUILD as the host
+  # executable suffix, which *includes* the final dot.
+  #
+  # Note that $(APINAMES_OPTIONS) is empty, except for Windows compilers.
+  #
+  APINAMES_SRC := $(TOP_DIR)/src/tools/apinames.c
+  APINAMES_EXE := $(OBJ_DIR)/apinames$(E_BUILD)
+
+  $(APINAMES_EXE): $(APINAMES_SRC)
+	  $(CCexe) $(TE)$@ $<
+
+  .PHONY: symbols_list
+
+  symbols_list: $(EXPORTS_LIST)
+
+  # We manually add TT_New_Context and TT_RunIns, which are needed by TT
+  # debuggers, to the EXPORTS_LIST.
+  #
+  $(EXPORTS_LIST): $(APINAMES_EXE) $(PUBLIC_HEADERS)
+	  $(subst /,$(SEP),$(APINAMES_EXE)) -o$@ $(APINAMES_OPTIONS) $(PUBLIC_HEADERS)
+	  @echo TT_New_Context >> $(EXPORTS_LIST)
+	  @echo TT_RunIns >> $(EXPORTS_LIST)
+
+  $(PROJECT_LIBRARY): $(EXPORTS_LIST)
+
+  CLEAN += $(EXPORTS_LIST) \
+           $(APINAMES_EXE)
+
+endif
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/freetype.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/freetype.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7a89c8e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/freetype.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,361 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 library sub-Makefile
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+# DO NOT INVOKE THIS MAKEFILE DIRECTLY!  IT IS MEANT TO BE INCLUDED BY
+# OTHER MAKEFILES.
+
+
+# The following variables (set by other Makefile components, in the
+# environment, or on the command line) are used:
+#
+#   BUILD_DIR      The architecture dependent directory,
+#                  e.g. `$(TOP_DIR)/builds/unix'.  Added to INCLUDES also.
+#
+#   OBJ_DIR        The directory in which object files are created.
+#
+#   LIB_DIR        The directory in which the library is created.
+#
+#   DOC_DIR        The directory in which the API reference is created.
+#
+#   INCLUDES       A list of directories to be included additionally.
+#
+#   DEVEL_DIR      Development directory which is added to the INCLUDES
+#                  variable before the standard include directories.
+#
+#   CFLAGS         Compilation flags.  This overrides the default settings
+#                  in the platform-specific configuration files.
+#
+#   FTSYS_SRC      If set, its value is used as the name of a replacement
+#                  file for `src/base/ftsystem.c'.
+#
+#   FTDEBUG_SRC    If set, its value is used as the name of a replacement
+#                  file for `src/base/ftdebug.c'.  [For a normal build, this
+#                  file does nothing.]
+#
+#   FTMODULE_H     The file which contains the list of module classes for
+#                  the current build.  Usually, this is automatically
+#                  created by `modules.mk'.
+#
+#   BASE_OBJ_S
+#   BASE_OBJ_M     A list of base objects (for single object and multiple
+#                  object builds, respectively).  Set up in
+#                  `src/base/rules.mk'.
+#
+#   BASE_EXT_OBJ   A list of base extension objects.  Set up in
+#                  `src/base/rules.mk'.
+#
+#   DRV_OBJ_S
+#   DRV_OBJ_M      A list of driver objects (for single object and multiple
+#                  object builds, respectively).  Set up cumulatively in
+#                  `src//rules.mk'.
+#
+#   CLEAN
+#   DISTCLEAN      The sub-makefiles can append additional stuff to these two
+#                  variables which is to be removed for the `clean' resp.
+#                  `distclean' target.
+#
+#   TOP_DIR, SEP,
+#   COMPILER_SEP,
+#   LIBRARY, CC,
+#   A, I, O, T     Check `config.mk' for details.
+
+
+# The targets `objects' and `library' are defined at the end of this
+# Makefile after all other rules have been included.
+#
+.PHONY: single multi objects library refdoc
+
+# default target -- build single objects and library
+#
+single: objects library
+
+# `multi' target -- build multiple objects and library
+#
+multi: objects library
+
+
+# The FreeType source directory, usually `./src'.
+#
+SRC_DIR := $(TOP_DIR)/src
+
+# The directory where the base layer components are placed, usually
+# `./src/base'.
+#
+BASE_DIR := $(SRC_DIR)/base
+
+# Other derived directories.
+#
+PUBLIC_DIR   := $(TOP_DIR)/include/freetype
+INTERNAL_DIR := $(PUBLIC_DIR)/internal
+SERVICES_DIR := $(INTERNAL_DIR)/services
+CONFIG_DIR   := $(PUBLIC_DIR)/config
+
+# The documentation directory.
+#
+DOC_DIR ?= $(TOP_DIR)/docs/reference
+
+# The final name of the library file.
+#
+PROJECT_LIBRARY := $(LIB_DIR)/$(LIBRARY).$A
+
+
+# include paths
+#
+# IMPORTANT NOTE: The architecture-dependent directory must ALWAYS be placed
+#                 before the standard include list.  Porters are then able to
+#                 put their own version of some of the FreeType components
+#                 in the `freetype/builds/' directory, as these
+#                 files will override the default sources.
+#
+INCLUDES := $(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$(OBJ_DIR) \
+                                      $(DEVEL_DIR) \
+                                      $(BUILD_DIR) \
+                                      $(TOP_DIR)/include)
+
+INCLUDE_FLAGS := $(INCLUDES:%=$I%)
+
+
+# C flags used for the compilation of an object file.  This must include at
+# least the paths for the `base' and `builds/' directories;
+# debug/optimization/warning flags + ansi compliance if needed.
+#
+# $(INCLUDE_FLAGS) should come before $(CFLAGS) to avoid problems with
+# old FreeType versions.
+#
+# Note what we also define the macro FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY when building
+# FreeType.  This is required to let our sources include the internal
+# headers (something forbidden by clients).
+#
+# Finally, we define FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H so that the compiler uses the
+# generated version of `ftmodule.h' in $(OBJ_DIR).  If there is an
+# `ftoption.h' files in $(OBJ_DIR), define FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H too.
+#
+ifneq ($(wildcard $(OBJ_DIR)/ftoption.h),)
+  FTOPTION_H    := $(OBJ_DIR)/ftoption.h
+  FTOPTION_FLAG := $DFT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H=""
+endif
+
+FT_CFLAGS  = $(CPPFLAGS) \
+             $(INCLUDE_FLAGS) \
+             $(CFLAGS) \
+             $DFT2_BUILD_LIBRARY \
+             $DFT_CONFIG_MODULES_H="" \
+             $(FTOPTION_FLAG)
+FT_CC      = $(CC) $(FT_CFLAGS)
+FT_COMPILE = $(CC) $(ANSIFLAGS) $(FT_CFLAGS)
+
+
+# Include the `exports' rules file.
+#
+include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/exports.mk
+
+
+# Initialize the list of objects.
+#
+OBJECTS_LIST :=
+
+
+# Define $(PUBLIC_H) as the list of all public header files located in
+# `$(TOP_DIR)/include/freetype'.  $(INTERNAL_H), and $(CONFIG_H) are defined
+# similarly.
+#
+# This is used to simplify the dependency rules -- if one of these files
+# changes, the whole library is recompiled.
+#
+PUBLIC_H   := $(wildcard $(PUBLIC_DIR)/*.h)
+INTERNAL_H := $(wildcard $(INTERNAL_DIR)/*.h) \
+              $(wildcard $(SERVICES_DIR)/*.h)
+CONFIG_H   := $(wildcard $(CONFIG_DIR)/*.h) \
+              $(wildcard $(BUILD_DIR)/freetype/config/*.h) \
+              $(FTMODULE_H) \
+              $(FTOPTION_H)
+DEVEL_H    := $(wildcard $(TOP_DIR)/devel/*.h)
+
+FREETYPE_H := $(PUBLIC_H) $(INTERNAL_H) $(CONFIG_H) $(DEVEL_H)
+
+
+# ftsystem component
+#
+FTSYS_SRC ?= $(BASE_DIR)/ftsystem.c
+
+FTSYS_OBJ := $(OBJ_DIR)/ftsystem.$O
+
+OBJECTS_LIST += $(FTSYS_OBJ)
+
+$(FTSYS_OBJ): $(FTSYS_SRC) $(FREETYPE_H)
+	$(FT_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $<)
+
+
+# ftdebug component
+#
+FTDEBUG_SRC ?= $(BASE_DIR)/ftdebug.c
+
+FTDEBUG_OBJ := $(OBJ_DIR)/ftdebug.$O
+
+OBJECTS_LIST += $(FTDEBUG_OBJ)
+
+$(FTDEBUG_OBJ): $(FTDEBUG_SRC) $(FREETYPE_H)
+	$(FT_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $<)
+
+
+# Include all rule files from FreeType components.
+#
+include $(SRC_DIR)/base/rules.mk
+include $(patsubst %,$(SRC_DIR)/%/rules.mk,$(MODULES))
+
+
+# ftinit component
+#
+#   The C source `ftinit.c' contains the FreeType initialization routines.
+#   It is able to automatically register one or more drivers when the API
+#   function FT_Init_FreeType() is called.
+#
+#   The set of initial drivers is determined by the driver Makefiles
+#   includes above.  Each driver Makefile updates the FTINIT_xxx lists
+#   which contain additional include paths and macros used to compile the
+#   single `ftinit.c' source.
+#
+FTINIT_SRC := $(BASE_DIR)/ftinit.c
+FTINIT_OBJ := $(OBJ_DIR)/ftinit.$O
+
+OBJECTS_LIST += $(FTINIT_OBJ)
+
+$(FTINIT_OBJ): $(FTINIT_SRC) $(FREETYPE_H)
+	$(FT_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $<)
+
+
+# All FreeType library objects.
+#
+OBJ_M := $(BASE_OBJ_M) $(BASE_EXT_OBJ) $(DRV_OBJS_M)
+OBJ_S := $(BASE_OBJ_S) $(BASE_EXT_OBJ) $(DRV_OBJS_S)
+
+
+# The target `multi' on the Make command line indicates that we want to
+# compile each source file independently.
+#
+# Otherwise, each module/driver is compiled in a single object file through
+# source file inclusion (see `src/base/ftbase.c' or
+# `src/truetype/truetype.c' for examples).
+#
+BASE_OBJECTS := $(OBJECTS_LIST)
+
+ifneq ($(findstring multi,$(MAKECMDGOALS)),)
+  OBJECTS_LIST += $(OBJ_M)
+else
+  OBJECTS_LIST += $(OBJ_S)
+endif
+
+objects: $(OBJECTS_LIST)
+
+library: $(PROJECT_LIBRARY)
+
+dll: $(PROJECT_LIBRARY) exported_symbols
+
+.c.$O:
+	$(FT_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $<)
+
+
+ifneq ($(findstring refdoc,$(MAKECMDGOALS)),)
+  # poor man's `sed' emulation with make's built-in string functions
+  work := $(strip $(shell $(CAT) $(PUBLIC_DIR)/freetype.h))
+  work := $(subst |,x,$(work))
+  work := $(subst $(space),|,$(work))
+  work := $(subst \#define|FREETYPE_MAJOR|,$(space),$(work))
+  work := $(word 2,$(work))
+  major := $(subst |,$(space),$(work))
+  major := $(firstword $(major))
+
+  work := $(subst \#define|FREETYPE_MINOR|,$(space),$(work))
+  work := $(word 2,$(work))
+  minor := $(subst |,$(space),$(work))
+  minor := $(firstword $(minor))
+
+  work := $(subst \#define|FREETYPE_PATCH|,$(space),$(work))
+  work := $(word 2,$(work))
+  patch := $(subst |,$(space),$(work))
+  patch := $(firstword $(patch))
+
+  version := $(major).$(minor).$(patch)
+endif
+
+# We write-protect the docmaker directory to suppress generation
+# of .pyc files.
+#
+refdoc:
+	-chmod -w $(SRC_DIR)/tools/docmaker
+	python $(SRC_DIR)/tools/docmaker/docmaker.py \
+               --prefix=ft2                          \
+               --title=FreeType-$(version)           \
+               --output=$(DOC_DIR)                   \
+               $(PUBLIC_DIR)/*.h                     \
+               $(PUBLIC_DIR)/config/*.h              \
+               $(PUBLIC_DIR)/cache/*.h
+	-chmod +w $(SRC_DIR)/tools/docmaker
+
+
+.PHONY: clean_project_std distclean_project_std
+
+# Standard cleaning and distclean rules.  These are not accepted
+# on all systems though.
+#
+clean_project_std:
+	-$(DELETE) $(BASE_OBJECTS) $(OBJ_M) $(OBJ_S) $(CLEAN)
+
+distclean_project_std: clean_project_std
+	-$(DELETE) $(PROJECT_LIBRARY)
+	-$(DELETE) *.orig *~ core *.core $(DISTCLEAN)
+
+
+.PHONY: clean_project_dos distclean_project_dos
+
+# The Dos command shell does not support very long list of arguments, so
+# we are stuck with wildcards.
+#
+# Don't break the command lines with \; this prevents the "del" command from
+# working correctly on Win9x.
+#
+clean_project_dos:
+	-$(DELETE) $(subst /,$(SEP),$(OBJ_DIR)/*.$O $(CLEAN) $(NO_OUTPUT))
+
+distclean_project_dos: clean_project_dos
+	-$(DELETE) $(subst /,$(SEP),$(PROJECT_LIBRARY) $(DISTCLEAN) $(NO_OUTPUT))
+
+
+.PHONY: remove_config_mk remove_ftmodule_h
+
+# Remove configuration file (used for distclean).
+#
+remove_config_mk:
+	-$(DELETE) $(subst /,$(SEP),$(CONFIG_MK) $(NO_OUTPUT))
+
+# Remove module list (used for distclean).
+#
+remove_ftmodule_h:
+	-$(DELETE) $(subst /,$(SEP),$(FTMODULE_H) $(NO_OUTPUT))
+
+
+.PHONY: clean distclean
+
+# The `config.mk' file must define `clean_freetype' and
+# `distclean_freetype'.  Implementations may use to relay these to either
+# the `std' or `dos' versions from above, or simply provide their own
+# implementation.
+#
+clean: clean_project
+distclean: distclean_project remove_config_mk remove_ftmodule_h
+	-$(DELETE) $(subst /,$(SEP),$(DOC_DIR)/*.html $(NO_OUTPUT))
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/link_dos.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/link_dos.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c37ac7e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/link_dos.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+#
+#  Link instructions for Dos-like systems (Dos, Win32, OS/2)
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+ifdef BUILD_PROJECT
+
+  .PHONY: clean_project distclean_project
+
+  # Now include the main sub-makefile.  It contains all the rules used to
+  # build the library with the previous variables defined.
+  #
+  include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/$(PROJECT).mk
+
+  # The cleanup targets.
+  #
+  clean_project: clean_project_dos
+  distclean_project: distclean_project_dos
+
+  # This final rule is used to link all object files into a single library.
+  # this is compiler-specific
+  #
+  $(PROJECT_LIBRARY): $(OBJECTS_LIST)
+    ifdef CLEAN_LIBRARY
+	  -$(CLEAN_LIBRARY) $(NO_OUTPUT)
+    endif
+	  $(LINK_LIBRARY)
+
+endif
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/link_std.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/link_std.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0bd2163
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/link_std.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+#
+#  Link instructions for standard systems
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+ifdef BUILD_PROJECT
+
+  .PHONY: clean_project distclean_project
+
+  # Now include the main sub-makefile.  It contains all the rules used to
+  # build the library with the previous variables defined.
+  #
+  include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/$(PROJECT).mk
+
+  # The cleanup targets.
+  #
+  clean_project: clean_project_std
+  distclean_project: distclean_project_std
+
+  # This final rule is used to link all object files into a single library.
+  # this is compiler-specific
+  #
+  $(PROJECT_LIBRARY): $(OBJECTS_LIST)
+    ifdef CLEAN_LIBRARY
+	  -$(CLEAN_LIBRARY) $(NO_OUTPUT)
+    endif
+	  $(LINK_LIBRARY)
+
+endif
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/FreeType.m68k_cfm.make.txt b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/FreeType.m68k_cfm.make.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3360d91
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/FreeType.m68k_cfm.make.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,208 @@
+#   File:       FreeType.m68k_cfm.make
+#   Target:     FreeType.m68k_cfm
+#   Created:    Thursday, October 27, 2005 09:23:25 PM
+
+
+MAKEFILE        = FreeType.m68k_cfm.make
+\xA5MondoBuild\xA5    = {MAKEFILE}  # Make blank to avoid rebuilds when makefile is modified
+
+ObjDir          = :objs:
+Includes        =  \xB6
+				  -ansi strict \xB6
+				  -includes unix \xB6
+				  -i :include: \xB6
+				  -i :src: \xB6
+				  -i :include:freetype:config:
+
+Sym-68K         = -sym off
+
+COptions        = \xB6
+			-d HAVE_FSSPEC=1 \xB6
+			-d HAVE_FSREF=0 \xB6
+			-d HAVE_QUICKDRAW_TOOLBOX=1 \xB6
+			-d HAVE_QUICKDRAW_CARBON=0 \xB6
+			-d HAVE_ATS=0 \xB6
+			-d FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY \xB6
+			-d FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H="" \xB6
+			-d FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H="" \xB6
+			{Includes} {Sym-68K} -model cfmseg
+
+
+### Source Files ###
+
+SrcFiles        =  \xB6
+				  :src:autofit:autofit.c \xB6
+				  :builds:mac:ftbase.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:ftbbox.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:ftbdf.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:ftbitmap.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:ftdebug.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:ftfstype.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:ftglyph.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:ftgxval.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:ftinit.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:ftmm.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:ftotval.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:ftpfr.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:ftstroke.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:ftsynth.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:ftsystem.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:fttype1.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:ftwinfnt.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:ftxf86.c \xB6
+				  :src:cache:ftcache.c \xB6
+				  :src:bdf:bdf.c \xB6
+				  :src:cff:cff.c \xB6
+				  :src:cid:type1cid.c \xB6
+#				  :src:gxvalid:gxvalid.c \xB6
+				  :src:gzip:ftgzip.c \xB6
+				  :src:lzw:ftlzw.c \xB6
+				  :src:otvalid:otvalid.c \xB6
+				  :src:pcf:pcf.c \xB6
+				  :src:pfr:pfr.c \xB6
+				  :src:psaux:psaux.c \xB6
+				  :src:pshinter:pshinter.c \xB6
+				  :src:psnames:psmodule.c \xB6
+				  :src:raster:raster.c \xB6
+				  :src:sfnt:sfnt.c \xB6
+				  :src:smooth:smooth.c \xB6
+				  :src:truetype:truetype.c \xB6
+				  :src:type1:type1.c \xB6
+				  :src:type42:type42.c \xB6
+				  :src:winfonts:winfnt.c
+
+
+### Object Files ###
+
+ObjFiles-68K    =  \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}autofit.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftbase.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftbbox.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftbdf.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftbitmap.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftdebug.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftfstype.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftglyph.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftgxval.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftinit.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftmm.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftotval.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftpfr.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftstroke.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftsynth.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftsystem.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}fttype1.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftwinfnt.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftxf86.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftcache.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}bdf.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}cff.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}type1cid.c.o" \xB6
+#				  "{ObjDir}gxvalid.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftgzip.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftlzw.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}otvalid.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}pcf.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}pfr.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}psaux.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}pshinter.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}psmodule.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}raster.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}sfnt.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}smooth.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}truetype.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}type1.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}type42.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}winfnt.c.o"
+
+
+### Libraries ###
+
+LibFiles-68K    =
+
+
+### Default Rules ###
+
+.c.o  \xC4  .c  {\xA5MondoBuild\xA5}
+	{C} {depDir}{default}.c -o {targDir}{default}.c.o {COptions}
+
+
+### Build Rules ###
+
+:builds:mac:ftbase.c \xC4\xC4 :src:base:ftbase.c
+	Duplicate :src:base:ftbase.c :builds:mac:ftbase.c
+
+"{ObjDir}ftbase.c.o" \xC4\xC4 :builds:mac:ftbase.c
+	{C} :builds:mac:ftbase.c -o "{ObjDir}ftbase.c.o" \xB6
+		-i :builds:mac: \xB6
+		-i :src:base: \xB6
+		{COptions}
+
+FreeType.m68k_cfm    \xC4\xC4  FreeType.m68k_cfm.o
+
+FreeType.m68k_cfm.o  \xC4\xC4  {ObjFiles-68K} {LibFiles-68K} {\xA5MondoBuild\xA5}
+	Lib \xB6
+		-o {Targ} \xB6
+		{ObjFiles-68K} \xB6
+		{LibFiles-68K} \xB6
+		{Sym-68K} \xB6
+		-mf -d
+
+
+
+### Required Dependencies ###
+
+"{ObjDir}autofit.c.o" \xC4 :src:autofit:autofit.c
+# "{ObjDir}ftbase.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftbase.c
+"{ObjDir}ftbbox.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftbbox.c
+"{ObjDir}ftbdf.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftbdf.c
+"{ObjDir}ftbitmap.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftbitmap.c
+"{ObjDir}ftdebug.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftdebug.c
+"{ObjDir}ftfstype.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftfstype.c
+"{ObjDir}ftglyph.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftglyph.c
+"{ObjDir}ftgxval.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftgxval.c
+"{ObjDir}ftinit.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftinit.c
+"{ObjDir}ftmm.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftmm.c
+"{ObjDir}ftotval.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftotval.c
+"{ObjDir}ftpfr.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftpfr.c
+"{ObjDir}ftstroke.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftstroke.c
+"{ObjDir}ftsynth.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftsynth.c
+"{ObjDir}ftsystem.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftsystem.c
+"{ObjDir}fttype1.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:fttype1.c
+"{ObjDir}ftwinfnt.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftwinfnt.c
+"{ObjDir}ftxf86.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftxf86.c
+"{ObjDir}ftcache.c.o" \xC4 :src:cache:ftcache.c
+"{ObjDir}bdf.c.o" \xC4 :src:bdf:bdf.c
+"{ObjDir}cff.c.o" \xC4 :src:cff:cff.c
+"{ObjDir}type1cid.c.o" \xC4 :src:cid:type1cid.c
+# "{ObjDir}gxvalid.c.o" \xC4 :src:gxvalid:gxvalid.c
+"{ObjDir}ftgzip.c.o" \xC4 :src:gzip:ftgzip.c
+"{ObjDir}ftlzw.c.o" \xC4 :src:lzw:ftlzw.c
+"{ObjDir}otvalid.c.o" \xC4 :src:otvalid:otvalid.c
+"{ObjDir}pcf.c.o" \xC4 :src:pcf:pcf.c
+"{ObjDir}pfr.c.o" \xC4 :src:pfr:pfr.c
+"{ObjDir}psaux.c.o" \xC4 :src:psaux:psaux.c
+"{ObjDir}pshinter.c.o" \xC4 :src:pshinter:pshinter.c
+"{ObjDir}psmodule.c.o" \xC4 :src:psnames:psmodule.c
+"{ObjDir}raster.c.o" \xC4 :src:raster:raster.c
+"{ObjDir}sfnt.c.o" \xC4 :src:sfnt:sfnt.c
+"{ObjDir}smooth.c.o" \xC4 :src:smooth:smooth.c
+"{ObjDir}truetype.c.o" \xC4 :src:truetype:truetype.c
+"{ObjDir}type1.c.o" \xC4 :src:type1:type1.c
+"{ObjDir}type42.c.o" \xC4 :src:type42:type42.c
+"{ObjDir}winfnt.c.o" \xC4 :src:winfonts:winfnt.c
+
+
+### Optional Dependencies ###
+### Build this target to generate "include file" dependencies. ###
+
+Dependencies  \xC4  $OutOfDate
+	MakeDepend \xB6
+		-append {MAKEFILE} \xB6
+		-ignore "{CIncludes}" \xB6
+		-objdir "{ObjDir}" \xB6
+		-objext .o \xB6
+		{Includes} \xB6
+		{SrcFiles}
+
+
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/FreeType.m68k_far.make.txt b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/FreeType.m68k_far.make.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..224f8e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/FreeType.m68k_far.make.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
+#   File:       FreeType.m68k_far.make
+#   Target:     FreeType.m68k_far
+#   Created:    Tuesday, October 25, 2005 03:34:05 PM
+
+
+MAKEFILE        = FreeType.m68k_far.make
+\xA5MondoBuild\xA5    = {MAKEFILE}  # Make blank to avoid rebuilds when makefile is modified
+
+ObjDir          = :objs:
+Includes        =  \xB6
+				  -includes unix \xB6
+				  -i :include: \xB6
+				  -i :src: \xB6
+				  -i :include:freetype:config:
+
+Sym-68K         = -sym off
+
+COptions        = \xB6
+			-d HAVE_FSSPEC=1 \xB6
+			-d HAVE_FSREF=0 \xB6
+			-d HAVE_QUICKDRAW_TOOLBOX=1 \xB6
+			-d HAVE_QUICKDRAW_CARBON=0 \xB6
+			-d HAVE_ATS=0 \xB6
+			-d FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY \xB6
+			-d FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H="" \xB6
+			-d FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H="" \xB6
+			{Includes} {Sym-68K} -model far
+
+
+### Source Files ###
+
+SrcFiles        =  \xB6
+				  :src:autofit:autofit.c \xB6
+				  :builds:mac:ftbase.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:ftbbox.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:ftbdf.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:ftbitmap.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:ftdebug.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:ftfstype.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:ftglyph.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:ftgxval.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:ftinit.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:ftmm.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:ftotval.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:ftpfr.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:ftstroke.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:ftsynth.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:ftsystem.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:fttype1.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:ftwinfnt.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:ftxf86.c \xB6
+				  :src:cache:ftcache.c \xB6
+				  :src:bdf:bdf.c \xB6
+				  :src:cff:cff.c \xB6
+				  :src:cid:type1cid.c \xB6
+				  :src:gxvalid:gxvalid.c \xB6
+				  :src:gzip:ftgzip.c \xB6
+				  :src:lzw:ftlzw.c \xB6
+				  :src:otvalid:otvalid.c \xB6
+				  :src:pcf:pcf.c \xB6
+				  :src:pfr:pfr.c \xB6
+				  :src:psaux:psaux.c \xB6
+				  :src:pshinter:pshinter.c \xB6
+				  :src:psnames:psmodule.c \xB6
+				  :src:raster:raster.c \xB6
+				  :src:sfnt:sfnt.c \xB6
+				  :src:smooth:smooth.c \xB6
+				  :src:truetype:truetype.c \xB6
+				  :src:type1:type1.c \xB6
+				  :src:type42:type42.c \xB6
+				  :src:winfonts:winfnt.c
+
+
+### Object Files ###
+
+ObjFiles-68K    =  \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}autofit.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftbase.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftbbox.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftbdf.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftbitmap.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftdebug.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftfstype.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftglyph.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftgxval.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftinit.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftmm.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftotval.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftpfr.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftstroke.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftsynth.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftsystem.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}fttype1.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftwinfnt.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftxf86.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftcache.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}bdf.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}cff.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}type1cid.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}gxvalid.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftgzip.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftlzw.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}otvalid.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}pcf.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}pfr.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}psaux.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}pshinter.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}psmodule.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}raster.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}sfnt.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}smooth.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}truetype.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}type1.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}type42.c.o" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}winfnt.c.o"
+
+
+### Libraries ###
+
+LibFiles-68K    =
+
+
+### Default Rules ###
+
+.c.o  \xC4  .c  {\xA5MondoBuild\xA5}
+	{C} {depDir}{default}.c -o {targDir}{default}.c.o {COptions} \xB6
+	-ansi strict
+
+### Build Rules ###
+
+:builds:mac:ftbase.c \xC4\xC4 :src:base:ftbase.c
+	Duplicate :src:base:ftbase.c :builds:mac:ftbase.c
+
+"{ObjDir}ftbase.c.o" \xC4\xC4 :builds:mac:ftbase.c
+	{C} :builds:mac:ftbase.c -o "{ObjDir}ftbase.c.o" \xB6
+				-i :builds:mac: \xB6
+				-i :src:base: \xB6
+				{COptions}
+
+FreeType.m68k_far    \xC4\xC4  FreeType.m68k_far.o
+
+FreeType.m68k_far.o  \xC4\xC4  {ObjFiles-68K} {LibFiles-68K} {\xA5MondoBuild\xA5}
+	Lib \xB6
+		-o {Targ} \xB6
+		{ObjFiles-68K} \xB6
+		{LibFiles-68K} \xB6
+		{Sym-68K} \xB6
+		-mf -d
+
+
+
+### Required Dependencies ###
+
+"{ObjDir}autofit.c.o" \xC4 :src:autofit:autofit.c
+# "{ObjDir}ftbase.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftbase.c
+"{ObjDir}ftbbox.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftbbox.c
+"{ObjDir}ftbdf.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftbdf.c
+"{ObjDir}ftbitmap.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftbitmap.c
+"{ObjDir}ftdebug.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftdebug.c
+"{ObjDir}ftfstype.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftfstype.c
+"{ObjDir}ftglyph.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftglyph.c
+"{ObjDir}ftgxval.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftgxval.c
+"{ObjDir}ftinit.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftinit.c
+"{ObjDir}ftmm.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftmm.c
+"{ObjDir}ftotval.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftotval.c
+"{ObjDir}ftpfr.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftpfr.c
+"{ObjDir}ftstroke.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftstroke.c
+"{ObjDir}ftsynth.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftsynth.c
+"{ObjDir}ftsystem.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftsystem.c
+"{ObjDir}fttype1.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:fttype1.c
+"{ObjDir}ftwinfnt.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftwinfnt.c
+"{ObjDir}ftxf86.c.o" \xC4 :src:base:ftxf86.c
+"{ObjDir}ftcache.c.o" \xC4 :src:cache:ftcache.c
+"{ObjDir}bdf.c.o" \xC4 :src:bdf:bdf.c
+"{ObjDir}cff.c.o" \xC4 :src:cff:cff.c
+"{ObjDir}type1cid.c.o" \xC4 :src:cid:type1cid.c
+"{ObjDir}gxvalid.c.o" \xC4 :src:gxvalid:gxvalid.c
+"{ObjDir}ftgzip.c.o" \xC4 :src:gzip:ftgzip.c
+"{ObjDir}ftlzw.c.o" \xC4 :src:lzw:ftlzw.c
+"{ObjDir}otvalid.c.o" \xC4 :src:otvalid:otvalid.c
+"{ObjDir}pcf.c.o" \xC4 :src:pcf:pcf.c
+"{ObjDir}pfr.c.o" \xC4 :src:pfr:pfr.c
+"{ObjDir}psaux.c.o" \xC4 :src:psaux:psaux.c
+"{ObjDir}pshinter.c.o" \xC4 :src:pshinter:pshinter.c
+"{ObjDir}psmodule.c.o" \xC4 :src:psnames:psmodule.c
+"{ObjDir}raster.c.o" \xC4 :src:raster:raster.c
+"{ObjDir}sfnt.c.o" \xC4 :src:sfnt:sfnt.c
+"{ObjDir}smooth.c.o" \xC4 :src:smooth:smooth.c
+"{ObjDir}truetype.c.o" \xC4 :src:truetype:truetype.c
+"{ObjDir}type1.c.o" \xC4 :src:type1:type1.c
+"{ObjDir}type42.c.o" \xC4 :src:type42:type42.c
+"{ObjDir}winfnt.c.o" \xC4 :src:winfonts:winfnt.c
+
+
+### Optional Dependencies ###
+### Build this target to generate "include file" dependencies. ###
+
+Dependencies  \xC4  $OutOfDate
+	MakeDepend \xB6
+		-append {MAKEFILE} \xB6
+		-ignore "{CIncludes}" \xB6
+		-objdir "{ObjDir}" \xB6
+		-objext .o \xB6
+		{Includes} \xB6
+		{SrcFiles}
+
+
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/FreeType.ppc_carbon.make.txt b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/FreeType.ppc_carbon.make.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b80deb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/FreeType.ppc_carbon.make.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
+#   File:       FreeType.ppc_carbon.make
+#   Target:     FreeType.ppc_carbon
+#   Created:    Friday, October 28, 2005 03:40:06 PM
+
+
+MAKEFILE        = FreeType.ppc_carbon.make
+\xA5MondoBuild\xA5    = {MAKEFILE}  # Make blank to avoid rebuilds when makefile is modified
+
+ObjDir          = :objs:
+Includes        =  \xB6
+				  -ansi strict \xB6
+				  -includes unix \xB6
+				  -i :include: \xB6
+				  -i :src: \xB6
+				  -i :include:freetype:config:
+
+Sym-PPC         = -sym off
+
+PPCCOptions     = \xB6
+			-d HAVE_FSSPEC=1 \xB6
+                        -d HAVE_FSREF=1 \xB6
+			-d HAVE_QUICKDRAW_TOOLBOX=1 \xB6
+			-d HAVE_QUICKDRAW_CARBON=1 \xB6
+                        -d HAVE_ATS=0 \xB6
+			-d FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY \xB6
+			-d FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H="" \xB6
+			-d FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H="" \xB6
+			{Includes} {Sym-PPC} -d TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON=1
+
+
+### Source Files ###
+
+SrcFiles        =  \xB6
+				  :src:autofit:autofit.c \xB6
+				  :builds:mac:ftbase.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:ftbbox.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:ftbdf.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:ftbitmap.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:ftdebug.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:ftfstype.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:ftglyph.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:ftgxval.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:ftinit.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:ftmm.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:ftotval.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:ftpfr.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:ftstroke.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:ftsynth.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:ftsystem.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:fttype1.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:ftwinfnt.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:ftxf86.c \xB6
+				  :src:cache:ftcache.c \xB6
+				  :src:bdf:bdf.c \xB6
+				  :src:cff:cff.c \xB6
+				  :src:cid:type1cid.c \xB6
+				  :src:gxvalid:gxvalid.c \xB6
+				  :src:gzip:ftgzip.c \xB6
+				  :src:lzw:ftlzw.c \xB6
+				  :src:otvalid:otvalid.c \xB6
+				  :src:pcf:pcf.c \xB6
+				  :src:pfr:pfr.c \xB6
+				  :src:psaux:psaux.c \xB6
+				  :src:pshinter:pshinter.c \xB6
+				  :src:psnames:psmodule.c \xB6
+				  :src:raster:raster.c \xB6
+				  :src:sfnt:sfnt.c \xB6
+				  :src:smooth:smooth.c \xB6
+				  :src:truetype:truetype.c \xB6
+				  :src:type1:type1.c \xB6
+				  :src:type42:type42.c \xB6
+				  :src:winfonts:winfnt.c
+
+
+### Object Files ###
+
+ObjFiles-PPC    =  \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}autofit.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftbase.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftbbox.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftbdf.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftbitmap.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftdebug.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftfstype.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftglyph.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftgxval.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftinit.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftmm.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftotval.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftpfr.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftstroke.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftsynth.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftsystem.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}fttype1.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftwinfnt.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftxf86.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftcache.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}bdf.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}cff.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}type1cid.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}gxvalid.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftgzip.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftlzw.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}otvalid.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}pcf.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}pfr.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}psaux.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}pshinter.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}psmodule.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}raster.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}sfnt.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}smooth.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}truetype.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}type1.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}type42.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}winfnt.c.x"
+
+
+### Libraries ###
+
+LibFiles-PPC    =
+
+
+### Default Rules ###
+
+.c.x  \xC4  .c  {\xA5MondoBuild\xA5}
+	{PPCC} {depDir}{default}.c -o {targDir}{default}.c.x {PPCCOptions}
+
+
+### Build Rules ###
+
+:builds:mac:ftbase.c \xC4\xC4 :src:base:ftbase.c
+	Duplicate :src:base:ftbase.c :builds:mac:ftbase.c
+
+"{ObjDir}ftbase.c.x"  \xC4\xC4  :builds:mac:ftbase.c
+	{PPCC} :builds:mac:ftbase.c -o {ObjDir}ftbase.c.x \xB6
+		-i :builds:mac: \xB6
+		-i :src:base: \xB6
+		{PPCCOptions}
+
+FreeType.ppc_carbon    \xC4\xC4  FreeType.ppc_carbon.o
+
+FreeType.ppc_carbon.o  \xC4\xC4  {ObjFiles-PPC} {LibFiles-PPC} {\xA5MondoBuild\xA5}
+	PPCLink \xB6
+		-o {Targ} \xB6
+		{ObjFiles-PPC} \xB6
+		{LibFiles-PPC} \xB6
+		{Sym-PPC} \xB6
+		-mf -d \xB6
+		-t 'XCOF' \xB6
+		-c 'MPS ' \xB6
+		-xm l
+
+
+
+### Required Dependencies ###
+
+"{ObjDir}autofit.c.x" \xC4 :src:autofit:autofit.c
+# "{ObjDir}ftbase.c.x" \xC4 :builds:mac:ftbase.c
+"{ObjDir}ftbbox.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:ftbbox.c
+"{ObjDir}ftbdf.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:ftbdf.c
+"{ObjDir}ftbitmap.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:ftbitmap.c
+"{ObjDir}ftdebug.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:ftdebug.c
+"{ObjDir}ftfstype.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:ftfstype.c
+"{ObjDir}ftglyph.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:ftglyph.c
+"{ObjDir}ftgxval.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:ftgxval.c
+"{ObjDir}ftinit.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:ftinit.c
+"{ObjDir}ftmm.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:ftmm.c
+"{ObjDir}ftotval.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:ftotval.c
+"{ObjDir}ftpfr.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:ftpfr.c
+"{ObjDir}ftstroke.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:ftstroke.c
+"{ObjDir}ftsynth.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:ftsynth.c
+"{ObjDir}ftsystem.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:ftsystem.c
+"{ObjDir}fttype1.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:fttype1.c
+"{ObjDir}ftwinfnt.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:ftwinfnt.c
+"{ObjDir}ftxf86.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:ftxf86.c
+"{ObjDir}ftcache.c.x" \xC4 :src:cache:ftcache.c
+"{ObjDir}bdf.c.x" \xC4 :src:bdf:bdf.c
+"{ObjDir}cff.c.x" \xC4 :src:cff:cff.c
+"{ObjDir}type1cid.c.x" \xC4 :src:cid:type1cid.c
+"{ObjDir}gxvalid.c.x" \xC4 :src:gxvalid:gxvalid.c
+"{ObjDir}ftgzip.c.x" \xC4 :src:gzip:ftgzip.c
+"{ObjDir}ftlzw.c.x" \xC4 :src:lzw:ftlzw.c
+"{ObjDir}otvalid.c.x" \xC4 :src:otvalid:otvalid.c
+"{ObjDir}pcf.c.x" \xC4 :src:pcf:pcf.c
+"{ObjDir}pfr.c.x" \xC4 :src:pfr:pfr.c
+"{ObjDir}psaux.c.x" \xC4 :src:psaux:psaux.c
+"{ObjDir}pshinter.c.x" \xC4 :src:pshinter:pshinter.c
+"{ObjDir}psmodule.c.x" \xC4 :src:psnames:psmodule.c
+"{ObjDir}raster.c.x" \xC4 :src:raster:raster.c
+"{ObjDir}sfnt.c.x" \xC4 :src:sfnt:sfnt.c
+"{ObjDir}smooth.c.x" \xC4 :src:smooth:smooth.c
+"{ObjDir}truetype.c.x" \xC4 :src:truetype:truetype.c
+"{ObjDir}type1.c.x" \xC4 :src:type1:type1.c
+"{ObjDir}type42.c.x" \xC4 :src:type42:type42.c
+"{ObjDir}winfnt.c.x" \xC4 :src:winfonts:winfnt.c
+
+
+### Optional Dependencies ###
+### Build this target to generate "include file" dependencies. ###
+
+Dependencies  \xC4  $OutOfDate
+	MakeDepend \xB6
+		-append {MAKEFILE} \xB6
+		-ignore "{CIncludes}" \xB6
+		-objdir "{ObjDir}" \xB6
+		-objext .x \xB6
+		{Includes} \xB6
+		{SrcFiles}
+
+
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/FreeType.ppc_classic.make.txt b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/FreeType.ppc_classic.make.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ffa23b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/FreeType.ppc_classic.make.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,212 @@
+#   File:       FreeType.ppc_classic.make
+#   Target:     FreeType.ppc_classic
+#   Created:    Thursday, October 27, 2005 07:42:43 PM
+
+
+MAKEFILE        = FreeType.ppc_classic.make
+\xA5MondoBuild\xA5    = {MAKEFILE}  # Make blank to avoid rebuilds when makefile is modified
+
+ObjDir          = :objs:
+Includes        =  \xB6
+				  -ansi strict \xB6
+				  -includes unix \xB6
+				  -i :include: \xB6
+				  -i :src: \xB6
+				  -i :include:freetype:config:
+
+Sym-PPC         = -sym off
+
+PPCCOptions     = \xB6
+                        -d HAVE_FSSPEC=1 \xB6
+                        -d HAVE_FSREF=0 \xB6
+                        -d HAVE_QUICKDRAW_TOOLBOX=1 \xB6
+                        -d HAVE_QUICKDRAW_CARBON=0 \xB6
+                        -d HAVE_ATS=0 \xB6
+			-d FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY \xB6
+			-d FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H="" \xB6
+			-d FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H="" \xB6
+			{Includes} {Sym-PPC}
+
+
+### Source Files ###
+
+SrcFiles        =  \xB6
+				  :src:autofit:autofit.c \xB6
+				  :builds:mac:ftbase.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:ftbbox.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:ftbdf.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:ftbitmap.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:ftdebug.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:ftfstype.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:ftglyph.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:ftgxval.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:ftinit.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:ftmm.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:ftotval.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:ftpfr.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:ftstroke.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:ftsynth.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:ftsystem.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:fttype1.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:ftwinfnt.c \xB6
+				  :src:base:ftxf86.c \xB6
+				  :src:cache:ftcache.c \xB6
+				  :src:bdf:bdf.c \xB6
+				  :src:cff:cff.c \xB6
+				  :src:cid:type1cid.c \xB6
+				  :src:gxvalid:gxvalid.c \xB6
+				  :src:gzip:ftgzip.c \xB6
+				  :src:lzw:ftlzw.c \xB6
+				  :src:otvalid:otvalid.c \xB6
+				  :src:pcf:pcf.c \xB6
+				  :src:pfr:pfr.c \xB6
+				  :src:psaux:psaux.c \xB6
+				  :src:pshinter:pshinter.c \xB6
+				  :src:psnames:psmodule.c \xB6
+				  :src:raster:raster.c \xB6
+				  :src:sfnt:sfnt.c \xB6
+				  :src:smooth:smooth.c \xB6
+				  :src:truetype:truetype.c \xB6
+				  :src:type1:type1.c \xB6
+				  :src:type42:type42.c \xB6
+				  :src:winfonts:winfnt.c
+
+
+### Object Files ###
+
+ObjFiles-PPC    =  \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}autofit.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftbase.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftbbox.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftbdf.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftbitmap.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftdebug.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftfstype.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftglyph.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftgxval.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftinit.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftmm.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftotval.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftpfr.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftstroke.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftsynth.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftsystem.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}fttype1.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftwinfnt.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftxf86.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftcache.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}bdf.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}cff.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}type1cid.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}gxvalid.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftgzip.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}ftlzw.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}otvalid.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}pcf.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}pfr.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}psaux.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}pshinter.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}psmodule.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}raster.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}sfnt.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}smooth.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}truetype.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}type1.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}type42.c.x" \xB6
+				  "{ObjDir}winfnt.c.x"
+
+
+### Libraries ###
+
+LibFiles-PPC    =
+
+
+### Default Rules ###
+
+.c.x  \xC4  .c  {\xA5MondoBuild\xA5}
+	{PPCC} {depDir}{default}.c -o {targDir}{default}.c.x {PPCCOptions}
+
+
+### Build Rules ###
+
+:builds:mac:ftbase.c \xC4\xC4 :src:base:ftbase.c
+	Duplicate :src:base:ftbase.c :builds:mac:ftbase.c
+
+"{ObjDir}ftbase.c.x"  \xC4\xC4  :builds:mac:ftbase.c
+	{PPCC} :builds:mac:ftbase.c -o "{ObjDir}ftbase.c.x" \xB6
+		-i :builds:mac: \xB6
+		-i :src:base: \xB6
+		{PPCCOptions}
+
+FreeType.ppc_classic    \xC4\xC4  FreeType.ppc_classic.o
+
+FreeType.ppc_classic.o  \xC4\xC4  {ObjFiles-PPC} {LibFiles-PPC} {\xA5MondoBuild\xA5}
+	PPCLink \xB6
+		-o {Targ} \xB6
+		{ObjFiles-PPC} \xB6
+		{LibFiles-PPC} \xB6
+		{Sym-PPC} \xB6
+		-mf -d \xB6
+		-t 'XCOF' \xB6
+		-c 'MPS ' \xB6
+		-xm l
+
+
+
+### Required Dependencies ###
+
+"{ObjDir}autofit.c.x" \xC4 :src:autofit:autofit.c
+# "{ObjDir}ftbase.c.x" \xC4 :builds:mac:ftbase.c
+"{ObjDir}ftbbox.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:ftbbox.c
+"{ObjDir}ftbdf.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:ftbdf.c
+"{ObjDir}ftbitmap.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:ftbitmap.c
+"{ObjDir}ftdebug.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:ftdebug.c
+"{ObjDir}ftfstype.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:ftfstype.c
+"{ObjDir}ftglyph.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:ftglyph.c
+"{ObjDir}ftgxval.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:ftgxval.c
+"{ObjDir}ftinit.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:ftinit.c
+"{ObjDir}ftmm.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:ftmm.c
+"{ObjDir}ftotval.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:ftotval.c
+"{ObjDir}ftpfr.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:ftpfr.c
+"{ObjDir}ftstroke.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:ftstroke.c
+"{ObjDir}ftsynth.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:ftsynth.c
+"{ObjDir}ftsystem.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:ftsystem.c
+"{ObjDir}fttype1.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:fttype1.c
+"{ObjDir}ftwinfnt.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:ftwinfnt.c
+"{ObjDir}ftxf86.c.x" \xC4 :src:base:ftxf86.c
+"{ObjDir}ftcache.c.x" \xC4 :src:cache:ftcache.c
+"{ObjDir}bdf.c.x" \xC4 :src:bdf:bdf.c
+"{ObjDir}cff.c.x" \xC4 :src:cff:cff.c
+"{ObjDir}type1cid.c.x" \xC4 :src:cid:type1cid.c
+"{ObjDir}gxvalid.c.x" \xC4 :src:gxvalid:gxvalid.c
+"{ObjDir}ftgzip.c.x" \xC4 :src:gzip:ftgzip.c
+"{ObjDir}ftlzw.c.x" \xC4 :src:lzw:ftlzw.c
+"{ObjDir}otvalid.c.x" \xC4 :src:otvalid:otvalid.c
+"{ObjDir}pcf.c.x" \xC4 :src:pcf:pcf.c
+"{ObjDir}pfr.c.x" \xC4 :src:pfr:pfr.c
+"{ObjDir}psaux.c.x" \xC4 :src:psaux:psaux.c
+"{ObjDir}pshinter.c.x" \xC4 :src:pshinter:pshinter.c
+"{ObjDir}psmodule.c.x" \xC4 :src:psnames:psmodule.c
+"{ObjDir}raster.c.x" \xC4 :src:raster:raster.c
+"{ObjDir}sfnt.c.x" \xC4 :src:sfnt:sfnt.c
+"{ObjDir}smooth.c.x" \xC4 :src:smooth:smooth.c
+"{ObjDir}truetype.c.x" \xC4 :src:truetype:truetype.c
+"{ObjDir}type1.c.x" \xC4 :src:type1:type1.c
+"{ObjDir}type42.c.x" \xC4 :src:type42:type42.c
+"{ObjDir}winfnt.c.x" \xC4 :src:winfonts:winfnt.c
+
+
+
+### Optional Dependencies ###
+### Build this target to generate "include file" dependencies. ###
+
+Dependencies  \xC4  $OutOfDate
+	MakeDepend \xB6
+		-append {MAKEFILE} \xB6
+		-ignore "{CIncludes}" \xB6
+		-objdir "{ObjDir}" \xB6
+		-objext .x \xB6
+		{Includes} \xB6
+		{SrcFiles}
+
+
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/README b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/README
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3bedfca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/README
@@ -0,0 +1,403 @@
+This folder contains
+
+  * Makefile skeltons for Apple MPW (Macintosh's Programmers Workshop)
+
+  * Python script to generate MPW makefile from skelton
+
+  * Metrowerks CodeWarrior 9.0 project file in XML format
+
+------------------------------------------------------------
+
+1. What is this
+---------------
+
+Files in this directory are designed to build FreeType
+running on classic MacOS. To build FreeType running on
+Mac OS X, build as the system is UNIX.
+
+However, Mac OS X is most useful to manipulate files in
+vanilla FreeType to fit classic MacOS.
+
+The information about MacOS specific API is written in
+appendix of this document.
+
+2. Requirement
+--------------
+
+You can use MPW: a free-charged developer environment
+by Apple, or CodeWarrior: a commercial developer
+environment by Metrowerks. GCC for MPW and Symantec
+"Think C" are not tested at present.
+
+
+  2-1. Apple MPW
+  --------------
+
+  Following C compilers are tested:
+
+      m68k target:	Apple SC  8.9.0d3e1
+      ppc  target:	Apple MrC 5.0.0d3c1
+
+  The final MPW-GM (official release on 1999/Dec) is too
+  old and cannot compile FreeType, because bundled C
+  compilers cannot search header files in sub directories.
+  Updating by the final MPW-PR (pre-release on 2001/Feb)
+  is required.
+
+  Required files are downloadable from:
+
+      http://developer.apple.com/tools/mpw-tools/index.html
+
+  Also you can find documents how to update by MPW-PR.
+
+  Python is required to restore MPW makefiles from the
+  skeltons. Python bundled to Mac OS X is enough. For
+  classic MacOS, MacPython is available:
+
+      http://homepages.cwi.nl/~jack/macpython/
+
+  MPW requires all files are typed by resource fork.
+  ResEdit bundled to MPW is enough. In Mac OS X,
+  /Developer/Tools/SetFile of DevTool is useful to
+  manipulate from commandline.
+
+  2-2. Metrowerks CodeWarrior
+  ---------------------------
+
+  XML project file is generated and tested by
+  CodeWarrior 9.0.  Older versions are not tested
+  at all. At present, static library for ppc target
+  is available in the project file.
+
+
+3. How to build
+---------------
+
+  3-1. Apple MPW
+  --------------
+  Detailed building procedure by Apple MPW is
+  described in following.
+
+    3-1-1. Generate MPW makefiles from the skeltons
+    ------------------------------------------------
+
+    Here are 4 skeltons for following targets are
+    included.
+
+    - FreeType.m68k_far.make.txt
+      Ancient 32bit binary executable format for
+      m68k MacOS: System 6, with 32bit addressing
+      mode (far-pointer-model) So-called "Toolbox"
+      API is used.
+
+    - FreeType.m68k_cfm.make.txt
+      CFM binary executable format for m68k MacOS:
+      System 7. So-called "Toolbox" API is used.
+
+    - FreeType.ppc_classic.make.txt
+      CFM binary executable format for ppc MacOS:
+      System 7, MacOS 8, MacOS 9. So-called "Toolbox"
+      API is used.
+
+    - FreeType.ppc_classic.make.txt
+      CFM binary executable format for ppc MacOS:
+      MacOS 9. Carbon API is used.
+
+    At present, static library is only supported,
+    although targets except of m68k_far are capable
+    to use shared library.
+
+    MPW makefile syntax uses 8bit characters. To keep
+    from violating them during version control, here
+    we store skeltons in pure ASCII format. You must
+    generate MPW makefile by Python script ascii2mpw.py.
+
+    In Mac OS X terminal, you can convert as:
+
+	python builds/mac/ascii2mpw.py \
+		< builds/mac/FreeType.m68k_far.make.txt \
+		> FreeType.m68k_far.make
+
+    The skeltons are designed to use in the top
+    directory where there are builds, include, src etc.
+    You must name the generated MPW makefile by removing
+    ".txt" from source skelton name.
+
+    3-1-2. Add resource forks to related files
+    ------------------------------------------
+
+    MPW's Make and C compilers cannot recognize files
+    without resource fork. You have to add resource
+    fork to the files that MPW uses. In Mac OS X
+    terminal of the system, you can do as:
+
+	find . -name '*.[ch]' -exec \
+		/Developer/Tools/SetFile -a l -c "MPS " -t TEXT \{\} \;
+
+	find . -name '*.make' -exec \
+		/Developer/Tools/SetFile -a l -c "MPS " -t TEXT \{\} \;
+
+
+    3-1-3. Open MPW shell and build
+    -------------------------------
+
+    Open MPW shell and go to the top directory that
+    FreeType sources are extracted (MPW makefile must
+    be located in there), from "Set Directory" in
+    "Directory" menu.
+
+    Choose "Build" from "Build" menu, and type the
+    name of project by removing ".make" from MPW
+    makefile, as: FreeType.m68k_far
+
+    If building is successfully finished, you can find
+    built library in objs/ directory.
+
+
+  3-2. Metrowerks CodeWarrior
+  ---------------------------
+
+  Detailed building procedure by Metrowerks
+  CodeWarrior (CW) 9.0 is described in following.
+
+    3-2-1. Import XML project file
+    ------------------------------
+
+    CW XML project file is not ready for double-
+    click. Start CodeWarrior IDE, and choose
+    "Import project" in "File" menu. Choose XML
+    project file: builds/mac/ftlib.prj.xml.
+    In next, you will be asked where to save CW
+    native project file: you must choose
+    "builds/mac/ftlib.prj". The project file is
+    designed with relative path from there. After
+    CW native project file is generated, it is
+    automatically loaded, small project window
+    titled "ftlib.prj" is displayed.
+
+    3-2-2. Building
+    ---------------
+    Choose "Make" from "Project" menu. If building
+    is successfully finished, you can find built
+    library at objs/FreeTypeLib.
+
+4. TODO
+-------
+
+  4-1. All modules should be included
+  -----------------------------------
+
+  At present, MPW makefiles and CW project file are
+  just updated versions of these by Leonard. Some
+  modules are added after the last maintenance, they
+  are not included.
+
+  4-2. Working test with ftdemos
+  ------------------------------
+
+  At present, MPW makefiles and CW project file can
+  build FreeType for classic MacOS. But their working
+  behaviours are not tested at all. Building ftdemos
+  for classic MacOS and working test is required.
+
+  4-3. Porting Jam onto MPW
+  -------------------------
+
+  FreeType uses Jam (and FT-Jam) for unified cross-
+  platform building tool. At present, Jam is not ported
+  to MPW. To update classic MacOS support easily,
+  building by Jam is expected on MPW.
+
+
+APPENDIX I
+----------
+
+  A-1. Framework dependencies
+  ---------------------------
+
+  src/base/ftmac.c adds two Mac-specific features to
+  FreeType. These features are based on MacOS libraries.
+
+  * accessing resource-fork font
+  The fonts for classic MacOS store their graphical data
+  in resource forks which cannot be accessed via ANSI C
+  functions. FreeType2 provides functions to handle such
+  resource fork fonts, they are based on File Manager
+  framework of MacOS. In addition, HFS and HFS+ file
+  system driver of Linux is supported. Following
+  functions are for this purpose.
+
+    FT_New_Face_From_Resource()
+    FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec()
+    FT_New_Face_From_FSRef()
+
+  * resolving font name to font file
+  The font menu of MacOS application prefers font name
+  written in FOND resource than sfnt resource. FreeType2
+  provides functions to find font file by name in MacOS
+  application, they are based on QuickDraw Font Manager
+  and Apple Type Service framework of MacOS.
+
+    FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name()
+    FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name()
+
+  Working functions for each MacOS are summarized as
+  following.
+
+  upto MacOS 6:
+    not tested (you have to obtain MPW 2.x)
+
+  MacOS 7.x, 8.x, 9.x (without CarbonLib):
+    FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name()
+    FT_New_Face_From_Resource()
+    FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec()
+
+  MacOS 9.x (with CarbonLib):
+    FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name()
+    FT_New_Face_From_Resource()
+    FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec()
+    FT_New_Face_From_FSRef()
+
+  Mac OS X upto 10.4.x:
+    FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name()     deprecated
+    FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec()      deprecated
+    FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name() deprecated?
+    FT_New_Face_From_FSRef()
+
+  A-2. Deprecated Functions
+  -------------------------
+
+    A-2-1. FileManager
+    ------------------
+
+    For convenience to write MacOS application, ftmac.c
+    provides functions to specify a file by FSSpec and FSRef,
+    because the file identification pathname had ever been
+    unrecommended method in MacOS programming.
+
+    Toward to MacOS X 10.4 & 5, Carbon functions using FSSpec
+    datatype is noticed as deprecated, and recommended to
+    migrate to FSRef datatype. The big differences of FSRef
+    against FSSpec are explained in Apple TechNotes 2078.
+
+    http://developer.apple.com/technotes/tn2002/tn2078.html
+
+    - filename length: the max length of file
+    name of FSRef is 255 chars (it is limit of HFS+),
+    that of FSSpec is 31 chars (it is limit of HFS).
+
+    - filename encoding: FSSpec is localized by
+    legacy encoding for each language system,
+    FSRef is Unicode enabled.
+
+    A-2-2. FontManager
+    ------------------
+
+    Following functions receive QuickDraw fontname:
+
+      FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name()
+
+    QuickDraw is deprecated and replaced by Quartz
+    since Mac OS X 10.4. They are still kept for
+    backward compatibility. By undefinition of
+    HAVE_QUICKDRAW in building, you can change these
+    functions to return FT_Err_Unimplemented always.
+
+    Replacement functions are added for migration.
+
+      FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name()
+
+    They are usable on Mac OS X only. On older systems,
+    these functions return FT_Err_Unimplemented always.
+
+    The detailed incompatibilities and possibility
+    of FontManager emulation without QuickDraw is
+    explained in
+
+      http://www.gyve.org/~mpsuzuki/ats_benchmark.html
+
+  A-3. Framework Availabilities
+  -----------------------------
+
+  The framework of MacOS are often revised, especially
+  when new format of binary executable is introduced.
+  Following table is the minimum version of frameworks
+  to use functions used in FreeType2. The table is
+  extracted from MPW header files for assembly language.
+
+  *** NOTE ***
+  The conditional definition of available data type
+  in MPW compiler is insufficient. You can compile
+  program using FSRef data type for older systems
+  (MacOS 7, 8) that don't know FSRef data type.
+
+
+                                      +-------------------+-----------------------------+
+           CPU                        |      mc680x0      |           PowerPC           |
+                                      +---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+
+  Binary Executable Format            | Classic | 68K-CFM | CFM     | CFM     | Mach-O  |
+                                      +---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+
+       Framework API                  | Toolbox | Toolbox | Toolbox | Carbon  | Carbon  |
+                                      +---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+
+
+                                      +---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+
+                                      |    ?(*) |Interface|Interface|CarbonLib|Mac OS X |
+                                      |         |Lib      |Lib      |         |         |
+* Files.h                             +---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+
+PBGetFCBInfoSync()                    |    o    | 7.1-    | 7.1-    | 1.0-    |    o    |
+FSMakeFSSpec()                        |    o    | 7.1-    | 7.1-    | 1.0-    |    o    |
+FSGetForkCBInfo()                     |    o    |   (**)  | 9.0-    | 1.0-    |    o    |
+FSpMakeFSRef()                        |    o    |   (**)  | 9.0-    | 1.0-    |    o    |
+FSGetCatalogInfo()                    |    o    |   (**)  | 9.0-    | 1.0-    |   -10.3 |
+FSPathMakeRef()                       |    x    |    x    |    x    | 1.1-    |   -10.3 |
+                                      +---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+
+
+                                      +---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+
+                                      |    ?(*) |Font     |Font     |CarbonLib|Mac OS X |
+                                      |         |Manager  |Manager  |         |         |
+* Fonts.h                             +---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+
+FMCreateFontFamilyIterator()          |    x    |    x    | 9.0-    | 1.0-    |   -10.3 |
+FMDisposeFontFamilyIterator()         |    x    |    x    | 9.0-    | 1.0-    |   -10.3 |
+FMGetNextFontFamily()                 |    x    |    x    | 9.0-    | 1.0-    |   -10.3 |
+FMGetFontFamilyName()                 |    x    |    x    | 9.0-    | 1.0-    |   -10.3 |
+FMCreateFontFamilyInstanceIterator()  |    x    |    x    | 9.0-    | 1.0-    |   -10.3 |
+FMDisposeFontFamilyInstanceIterator() |    x    |    x    | 9.0-    | 1.0-    |   -10.3 |
+FMGetNextFontFamilyInstance()         |    x    |    x    | 9.0-    | 1.0-    |   -10.3 |
+                                      +---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+
+
+                                      +---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+
+                                      |    -    |    -    |    -    |CarbonLib|Mac OS X |
+* ATSFont.h (***)                     +---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+
+ATSFontFindFromName()                 |    x    |    x    |    x    |    x    |    o    |
+ATSFontGetFileSpecification()         |    x    |    x    |    x    |    x    |    o    |
+                                      +---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+
+
+    (*)
+    In the "Classic": the original binary executable
+    format, these framework functions are directly
+    transformed to MacOS system call. Therefore, the
+    exact availability should be checked by running
+    system.
+
+    (**)
+    InterfaceLib is bundled to MacOS and its version
+    is usually equal to MacOS. There's no separate
+    update for InterfaceLib. It is supposed that
+    there's no InterfaceLib 9.x for m68k platforms.
+    In fact, these functions are FSRef dependent.
+
+    (***)
+    ATSUI framework is available on ATSUnicode 8.5 on
+    ppc Toolbox CFM, CarbonLib 1.0 too. But its base:
+    ATS font manager is not published in these versions.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------
+Last update: 2007-Feb-01, by Alexei Podtelezhnikov.
+
+Currently maintained by
+	suzuki toshiya, 
+Originally prepared by
+	Leonard Rosenthol, 
+	Just van Rossum, 
+
+This directory is now actively maintained as part of the FreeType Project.
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/ascii2mpw.py b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/ascii2mpw.py
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..ad32b21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/ascii2mpw.py
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env python
+import sys
+import string
+
+if len( sys.argv ) == 1 :
+  for asc_line in sys.stdin.readlines():
+    mpw_line = string.replace(asc_line, "\\xA5", "\245")
+    mpw_line = string.replace(mpw_line, "\\xB6", "\266")
+    mpw_line = string.replace(mpw_line, "\\xC4", "\304")
+    mpw_line = string.replace(mpw_line, "\\xC5", "\305")
+    mpw_line = string.replace(mpw_line, "\\xFF", "\377")
+    mpw_line = string.replace(mpw_line, "\n",   "\r")
+    mpw_line = string.replace(mpw_line, "\\n",   "\n")
+    sys.stdout.write(mpw_line)
+elif sys.argv[1] == "-r" :
+  for mpw_line in sys.stdin.readlines():
+    asc_line = string.replace(mpw_line, "\n",   "\\n")
+    asc_line = string.replace(asc_line, "\r",   "\n")
+    asc_line = string.replace(asc_line, "\245", "\\xA5")
+    asc_line = string.replace(asc_line, "\266", "\\xB6")
+    asc_line = string.replace(asc_line, "\304", "\\xC4")
+    asc_line = string.replace(asc_line, "\305", "\\xC5")
+    asc_line = string.replace(asc_line, "\377", "\\xFF")
+    sys.stdout.write(asc_line)
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/ftlib.prj.xml b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/ftlib.prj.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cbbc45e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/ftlib.prj.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,1194 @@
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+]>
+
+
+    
+        
+            FreeTypeLib
+            
+
+                
+                UserSourceTrees
+
+                
+                AlwaysSearchUserPathstrue
+                InterpretDOSAndUnixPathstrue
+                RequireFrameworkStyleIncludesfalse
+                SourceRelativeIncludesfalse
+                UserSearchPaths
+                    
+                        SearchPath
+                            Path:
+                            PathFormatMacOS
+                            PathRootProject
+                        
+                        Recursivetrue
+                        FrameworkPathfalse
+                        HostFlagsAll
+                    
+                    
+                        SearchPath
+                            Path:::include:
+                            PathFormatMacOS
+                            PathRootProject
+                        
+                        Recursivetrue
+                        FrameworkPathfalse
+                        HostFlagsAll
+                    
+                    
+                        SearchPath
+                            Path:::src:
+                            PathFormatMacOS
+                            PathRootProject
+                        
+                        Recursivetrue
+                        FrameworkPathfalse
+                        HostFlagsAll
+                    
+                    
+                        SearchPath
+                            Path::
+                            PathFormatMacOS
+                            PathRootProject
+                        
+                        Recursivetrue
+                        FrameworkPathfalse
+                        HostFlagsAll
+                    
+                
+                SystemSearchPaths
+                    
+                        SearchPath
+                            Path:
+                            PathFormatMacOS
+                            PathRootCodeWarrior
+                        
+                        Recursivetrue
+                        FrameworkPathfalse
+                        HostFlagsAll
+                    
+                
+
+                
+                MWRuntimeSettings_WorkingDirectory
+                MWRuntimeSettings_CommandLine
+                MWRuntimeSettings_HostApplication
+                    Path
+                    PathFormatGeneric
+                    PathRootAbsolute
+                
+                MWRuntimeSettings_EnvVars
+
+                
+                LinkerMacOS PPC Linker
+                PreLinker
+                PostLinker
+                TargetnameFreeTypeLib
+                OutputDirectory
+                    Path:::objs:
+                    PathFormatMacOS
+                    PathRootProject
+                
+                SaveEntriesUsingRelativePathsfalse
+
+                
+                FileMappings
+                    
+                        FileTypeAPPL
+                        FileExtension
+                        Compiler
+                        EditLanguage
+                        Precompilefalse
+                        Launchabletrue
+                        ResourceFiletrue
+                        IgnoredByMakefalse
+                    
+                    
+                        FileTypeAppl
+                        FileExtension
+                        Compiler
+                        EditLanguage
+                        Precompilefalse
+                        Launchabletrue
+                        ResourceFiletrue
+                        IgnoredByMakefalse
+                    
+                    
+                        FileTypeMMLB
+                        FileExtension
+                        CompilerLib Import PPC
+                        EditLanguage
+                        Precompilefalse
+                        Launchablefalse
+                        ResourceFilefalse
+                        IgnoredByMakefalse
+                    
+                    
+                        FileTypeMPLF
+                        FileExtension
+                        CompilerLib Import PPC
+                        EditLanguage
+                        Precompilefalse
+                        Launchablefalse
+                        ResourceFilefalse
+                        IgnoredByMakefalse
+                    
+                    
+                        FileTypeMWCD
+                        FileExtension
+                        Compiler
+                        EditLanguage
+                        Precompilefalse
+                        Launchabletrue
+                        ResourceFiletrue
+                        IgnoredByMakefalse
+                    
+                    
+                        FileTypeRSRC
+                        FileExtension
+                        Compiler
+                        EditLanguage
+                        Precompilefalse
+                        Launchabletrue
+                        ResourceFiletrue
+                        IgnoredByMakefalse
+                    
+                    
+                        FileTypeTEXT
+                        FileExtension.bh
+                        CompilerBalloon Help
+                        EditLanguage
+                        Precompilefalse
+                        Launchablefalse
+                        ResourceFilefalse
+                        IgnoredByMakefalse
+                    
+                    
+                        FileTypeTEXT
+                        FileExtension.c
+                        CompilerMW C/C++ PPC
+                        EditLanguageC/C++
+                        Precompilefalse
+                        Launchablefalse
+                        ResourceFilefalse
+                        IgnoredByMakefalse
+                    
+                    
+                        FileTypeTEXT
+                        FileExtension.c++
+                        CompilerMW C/C++ PPC
+                        EditLanguageC/C++
+                        Precompilefalse
+                        Launchablefalse
+                        ResourceFilefalse
+                        IgnoredByMakefalse
+                    
+                    
+                        FileTypeTEXT
+                        FileExtension.cc
+                        CompilerMW C/C++ PPC
+                        EditLanguageC/C++
+                        Precompilefalse
+                        Launchablefalse
+                        ResourceFilefalse
+                        IgnoredByMakefalse
+                    
+                    
+                        FileTypeTEXT
+                        FileExtension.cp
+                        CompilerMW C/C++ PPC
+                        EditLanguageC/C++
+                        Precompilefalse
+                        Launchablefalse
+                        ResourceFilefalse
+                        IgnoredByMakefalse
+                    
+                    
+                        FileTypeTEXT
+                        FileExtension.cpp
+                        CompilerMW C/C++ PPC
+                        EditLanguageC/C++
+                        Precompilefalse
+                        Launchablefalse
+                        ResourceFilefalse
+                        IgnoredByMakefalse
+                    
+                    
+                        FileTypeTEXT
+                        FileExtension.exp
+                        Compiler
+                        EditLanguage
+                        Precompilefalse
+                        Launchablefalse
+                        ResourceFilefalse
+                        IgnoredByMakefalse
+                    
+                    
+                        FileTypeTEXT
+                        FileExtension.h
+                        CompilerMW C/C++ PPC
+                        EditLanguageC/C++
+                        Precompilefalse
+                        Launchablefalse
+                        ResourceFilefalse
+                        IgnoredByMaketrue
+                    
+                    
+                        FileTypeTEXT
+                        FileExtension.p
+                        CompilerMW Pascal PPC
+                        EditLanguage
+                        Precompilefalse
+                        Launchablefalse
+                        ResourceFilefalse
+                        IgnoredByMakefalse
+                    
+                    
+                        FileTypeTEXT
+                        FileExtension.pas
+                        CompilerMW Pascal PPC
+                        EditLanguage
+                        Precompilefalse
+                        Launchablefalse
+                        ResourceFilefalse
+                        IgnoredByMakefalse
+                    
+                    
+                        FileTypeTEXT
+                        FileExtension.pch
+                        CompilerMW C/C++ PPC
+                        EditLanguageC/C++
+                        Precompiletrue
+                        Launchablefalse
+                        ResourceFilefalse
+                        IgnoredByMakefalse
+                    
+                    
+                        FileTypeTEXT
+                        FileExtension.pch++
+                        CompilerMW C/C++ PPC
+                        EditLanguageC/C++
+                        Precompiletrue
+                        Launchablefalse
+                        ResourceFilefalse
+                        IgnoredByMakefalse
+                    
+                    
+                        FileTypeTEXT
+                        FileExtension.ppu
+                        CompilerMW Pascal PPC
+                        EditLanguage
+                        Precompiletrue
+                        Launchablefalse
+                        ResourceFilefalse
+                        IgnoredByMakefalse
+                    
+                    
+                        FileTypeTEXT
+                        FileExtension.r
+                        CompilerRez
+                        EditLanguageRez
+                        Precompilefalse
+                        Launchablefalse
+                        ResourceFilefalse
+                        IgnoredByMakefalse
+                    
+                    
+                        FileTypeTEXT
+                        FileExtension.s
+                        CompilerPPCAsm
+                        EditLanguage
+                        Precompilefalse
+                        Launchablefalse
+                        ResourceFilefalse
+                        IgnoredByMakefalse
+                    
+                    
+                        FileTypeXCOF
+                        FileExtension
+                        CompilerXCOFF Import PPC
+                        EditLanguage
+                        Precompilefalse
+                        Launchablefalse
+                        ResourceFilefalse
+                        IgnoredByMakefalse
+                    
+                    
+                        FileTypedocu
+                        FileExtension
+                        Compiler
+                        EditLanguage
+                        Precompilefalse
+                        Launchabletrue
+                        ResourceFiletrue
+                        IgnoredByMakefalse
+                    
+                    
+                        FileTypersrc
+                        FileExtension
+                        Compiler
+                        EditLanguage
+                        Precompilefalse
+                        Launchabletrue
+                        ResourceFiletrue
+                        IgnoredByMakefalse
+                    
+                    
+                        FileTypeshlb
+                        FileExtension
+                        CompilerPEF Import PPC
+                        EditLanguage
+                        Precompilefalse
+                        Launchablefalse
+                        ResourceFilefalse
+                        IgnoredByMakefalse
+                    
+                    
+                        FileTypestub
+                        FileExtension
+                        CompilerPEF Import PPC
+                        EditLanguage
+                        Precompilefalse
+                        Launchablefalse
+                        ResourceFilefalse
+                        IgnoredByMakefalse
+                    
+                    
+                        FileExtension.doc
+                        Compiler
+                        EditLanguage
+                        Precompilefalse
+                        Launchabletrue
+                        ResourceFilefalse
+                        IgnoredByMaketrue
+                    
+                    
+                        FileExtension.o
+                        CompilerXCOFF Import PPC
+                        EditLanguage
+                        Precompilefalse
+                        Launchablefalse
+                        ResourceFilefalse
+                        IgnoredByMakefalse
+                    
+                    
+                        FileExtension.ppob
+                        Compiler
+                        EditLanguage
+                        Precompilefalse
+                        Launchabletrue
+                        ResourceFiletrue
+                        IgnoredByMakefalse
+                    
+                    
+                        FileExtension.rsrc
+                        Compiler
+                        EditLanguage
+                        Precompilefalse
+                        Launchabletrue
+                        ResourceFiletrue
+                        IgnoredByMakefalse
+                    
+                
+
+                
+                CacheModDatestrue
+                DumpBrowserInfofalse
+                CacheSubprojectstrue
+                UseThirdPartyDebuggerfalse
+                BrowserGenerator1
+                DebuggerAppPath
+                    Path
+                    PathFormatGeneric
+                    PathRootAbsolute
+                
+                DebuggerCmdLineArgs
+                DebuggerWorkingDir
+                    Path
+                    PathFormatGeneric
+                    PathRootAbsolute
+                
+                CodeCompletionPrefixFileNameMacHeaders.c
+                CodeCompletionMacroFileNameMacOS_Carbon_C++_Macros.h
+
+                
+                ConsoleEncoding0
+                LogSystemMessagestrue
+                AutoTargetDLLsfalse
+                StopAtWatchpointstrue
+                PauseWhileRunningfalse
+                PauseInterval5
+                PauseUIFlags0
+                AltExePath
+                    Path
+                    PathFormatGeneric
+                    PathRootAbsolute
+                
+                StopAtTempBPOnLaunchtrue
+                CacheSymbolicstrue
+                TempBPFunctionNamemain
+                TempBPType0
+
+                
+                Enabledfalse
+                ConnectionName
+                DownloadPath
+                LaunchRemoteAppfalse
+                RemoteAppPath
+                CoreID0
+                JTAGClockSpeed8000
+                IsMultiCorefalse
+                OSDownloadfalse
+                UseGlobalOSDownloadfalse
+                OSDownloadConnectionName
+                OSDownloadPath
+                AltDownloadfalse
+                AltDownloadConnectionName
+
+                
+                OtherExecutables
+
+                
+                AnalyzerConnectionName
+
+                
+                CustomColor1
+                    Red0
+                    Green32767
+                    Blue0
+                
+                CustomColor2
+                    Red0
+                    Green32767
+                    Blue0
+                
+                CustomColor3
+                    Red0
+                    Green32767
+                    Blue0
+                
+                CustomColor4
+                    Red0
+                    Green32767
+                    Blue0
+                
+
+                
+                MWFrontEnd_C_cplusplus0
+                MWFrontEnd_C_checkprotos1
+                MWFrontEnd_C_arm0
+                MWFrontEnd_C_trigraphs0
+                MWFrontEnd_C_onlystdkeywords0
+                MWFrontEnd_C_enumsalwaysint0
+                MWFrontEnd_C_ansistrict1
+                MWFrontEnd_C_wchar_type1
+                MWFrontEnd_C_enableexceptions1
+                MWFrontEnd_C_dontreusestrings0
+                MWFrontEnd_C_poolstrings0
+                MWFrontEnd_C_dontinline0
+                MWFrontEnd_C_useRTTI1
+                MWFrontEnd_C_unsignedchars0
+                MWFrontEnd_C_autoinline0
+                MWFrontEnd_C_booltruefalse1
+                MWFrontEnd_C_inlinelevel0
+                MWFrontEnd_C_ecplusplus0
+                MWFrontEnd_C_defer_codegen0
+                MWFrontEnd_C_templateparser0
+                MWFrontEnd_C_c990
+                MWFrontEnd_C_bottomupinline1
+                MWFrontEnd_C_gcc_extensions0
+                MWFrontEnd_C_instance_manager0
+
+                
+                C_CPP_Preprocessor_EmitFiletrue
+                C_CPP_Preprocessor_EmitLinefalse
+                C_CPP_Preprocessor_EmitFullPathfalse
+                C_CPP_Preprocessor_KeepCommentsfalse
+                C_CPP_Preprocessor_PCHUsesPrefixTextfalse
+                C_CPP_Preprocessor_EmitPragmastrue
+                C_CPP_Preprocessor_KeepWhiteSpacefalse
+                C_CPP_Preprocessor_MultiByteEncodingencASCII_Unicode
+                C_CPP_Preprocessor_PrefixText/* settings imported from old "C/C++ Language" panel */
+
+#if !__option(precompile)
+#include "ftoption.h" /* was "Prefix file" */
+#endif
+
+
+                
+                MWWarning_C_warn_illpragma0
+                MWWarning_C_warn_emptydecl0
+                MWWarning_C_warn_possunwant0
+                MWWarning_C_warn_unusedvar1
+                MWWarning_C_warn_unusedarg1
+                MWWarning_C_warn_extracomma0
+                MWWarning_C_pedantic0
+                MWWarning_C_warningerrors0
+                MWWarning_C_warn_hidevirtual0
+                MWWarning_C_warn_implicitconv0
+                MWWarning_C_warn_notinlined0
+                MWWarning_C_warn_structclass0
+                MWWarning_C_warn_missingreturn0
+                MWWarning_C_warn_no_side_effect0
+                MWWarning_C_warn_resultnotused0
+                MWWarning_C_warn_padding0
+                MWWarning_C_warn_impl_i2f_conv0
+                MWWarning_C_warn_impl_f2i_conv0
+                MWWarning_C_warn_impl_s2u_conv0
+                MWWarning_C_warn_illtokenpasting0
+                MWWarning_C_warn_filenamecaps0
+                MWWarning_C_warn_filenamecapssystem0
+                MWWarning_C_warn_undefmacro0
+                MWWarning_C_warn_ptrintconv0
+
+                
+                MWMerge_MacOS_projectTypeApplication
+                MWMerge_MacOS_outputNameMerge Out
+                MWMerge_MacOS_outputCreator????
+                MWMerge_MacOS_outputTypeAPPL
+                MWMerge_MacOS_suppressWarning0
+                MWMerge_MacOS_copyFragments1
+                MWMerge_MacOS_copyResources1
+                MWMerge_MacOS_flattenResource0
+                MWMerge_MacOS_flatFileNamea.rsrc
+                MWMerge_MacOS_flatFileOutputPath
+                    Path:
+                    PathFormatMacOS
+                    PathRootProject
+                
+                MWMerge_MacOS_skipResources
+                    DLGX
+                    ckid
+                    Proj
+                    WSPC
+                
+
+                
+                FileLockedfalse
+                ResourcesMapIsReadOnlyfalse
+                PrinterDriverIsMultiFinderCompatiblefalse
+                Invisiblefalse
+                HasBundlefalse
+                NameLockedfalse
+                Stationeryfalse
+                HasCustomIconfalse
+                Sharedfalse
+                HasBeenInitedfalse
+                Label0
+                Comments
+                HasCustomBadgefalse
+                HasRoutingInfofalse
+
+                
+                MWCodeGen_PPC_structalignmentPPC_mw
+                MWCodeGen_PPC_tracebacktablesNone
+                MWCodeGen_PPC_processorGeneric
+                MWCodeGen_PPC_function_align4
+                MWCodeGen_PPC_tocdata1
+                MWCodeGen_PPC_largetoc0
+                MWCodeGen_PPC_profiler0
+                MWCodeGen_PPC_vectortocdata0
+                MWCodeGen_PPC_poolconst0
+                MWCodeGen_PPC_peephole0
+                MWCodeGen_PPC_readonlystrings0
+                MWCodeGen_PPC_linkerpoolsstrings0
+                MWCodeGen_PPC_volatileasm0
+                MWCodeGen_PPC_schedule0
+                MWCodeGen_PPC_altivec0
+                MWCodeGen_PPC_altivec_move_block0
+                MWCodeGen_PPC_strictIEEEfp0
+                MWCodeGen_PPC_fpcontract1
+                MWCodeGen_PPC_genfsel0
+                MWCodeGen_PPC_orderedfpcmp0
+
+                
+                MWCodeGen_MachO_structalignmentPPC_mw
+                MWCodeGen_MachO_profiler_enumOff
+                MWCodeGen_MachO_processorGeneric
+                MWCodeGen_MachO_function_align4
+                MWCodeGen_MachO_common0
+                MWCodeGen_MachO_boolisint0
+                MWCodeGen_MachO_peephole1
+                MWCodeGen_MachO_readonlystrings0
+                MWCodeGen_MachO_linkerpoolsstrings1
+                MWCodeGen_MachO_volatileasm0
+                MWCodeGen_MachO_schedule0
+                MWCodeGen_MachO_altivec0
+                MWCodeGen_MachO_vecmove0
+                MWCodeGen_MachO_fp_ieee_strict0
+                MWCodeGen_MachO_fpcontract1
+                MWCodeGen_MachO_genfsel0
+                MWCodeGen_MachO_fp_cmps_ordered0
+
+                
+                MWDisassembler_PPC_showcode1
+                MWDisassembler_PPC_extended1
+                MWDisassembler_PPC_mix0
+                MWDisassembler_PPC_nohex0
+                MWDisassembler_PPC_showdata1
+                MWDisassembler_PPC_showexceptions1
+                MWDisassembler_PPC_showsym0
+                MWDisassembler_PPC_shownames1
+
+                
+                GlobalOptimizer_PPC_optimizationlevelLevel0
+                GlobalOptimizer_PPC_optforSpeed
+
+                
+                MWLinker_PPC_linksym1
+                MWLinker_PPC_symfullpath1
+                MWLinker_PPC_linkmap0
+                MWLinker_PPC_nolinkwarnings0
+                MWLinker_PPC_dontdeadstripinitcode0
+                MWLinker_PPC_permitmultdefs0
+                MWLinker_PPC_linkmodeFast
+                MWLinker_PPC_code_foldingNone
+                MWLinker_PPC_initname
+                MWLinker_PPC_mainname
+                MWLinker_PPC_termname
+
+                
+                MWLinker_MacOSX_linksym1
+                MWLinker_MacOSX_symfullpath0
+                MWLinker_MacOSX_nolinkwarnings0
+                MWLinker_MacOSX_linkmap0
+                MWLinker_MacOSX_dontdeadstripinitcode0
+                MWLinker_MacOSX_permitmultdefs0
+                MWLinker_MacOSX_use_objectivec_semantics0
+                MWLinker_MacOSX_strip_debug_symbols0
+                MWLinker_MacOSX_split_segs0
+                MWLinker_MacOSX_report_msl_overloads0
+                MWLinker_MacOSX_objects_follow_linkorder0
+                MWLinker_MacOSX_linkmodeNormal
+                MWLinker_MacOSX_exportsReferencedGlobals
+                MWLinker_MacOSX_sortcodeNone
+                MWLinker_MacOSX_mainname
+                MWLinker_MacOSX_initname
+                MWLinker_MacOSX_code_foldingNone
+                MWLinker_MacOSX_stabsgenNone
+
+                
+                MWProject_MacOSX_typeExecutable
+                MWProject_MacOSX_outfile
+                MWProject_MacOSX_filecreator????
+                MWProject_MacOSX_filetypeMEXE
+                MWProject_MacOSX_vmaddress4096
+                MWProject_MacOSX_usedefaultvmaddr1
+                MWProject_MacOSX_flatrsrc0
+                MWProject_MacOSX_flatrsrcfilename
+                MWProject_MacOSX_flatrsrcoutputdir
+                    Path:
+                    PathFormatMacOS
+                    PathRootProject
+                
+                MWProject_MacOSX_installpath./
+                MWProject_MacOSX_dont_prebind0
+                MWProject_MacOSX_flat_namespace0
+                MWProject_MacOSX_frameworkversionA
+                MWProject_MacOSX_currentversion0
+                MWProject_MacOSX_flat_oldimpversion0
+                MWProject_MacOSX_AddrMode1
+
+                
+                MWPEF_exportsNone
+                MWPEF_libfolder0
+                MWPEF_sortcodeNone
+                MWPEF_expandbss0
+                MWPEF_sharedata0
+                MWPEF_olddefversion0
+                MWPEF_oldimpversion0
+                MWPEF_currentversion0
+                MWPEF_fragmentname
+                MWPEF_collapsereloads0
+
+                
+                MWProject_PPC_typeLibrary
+                MWProject_PPC_outfileFreeTypeLib
+                MWProject_PPC_filecreator????
+                MWProject_PPC_filetype????
+                MWProject_PPC_size0
+                MWProject_PPC_minsize0
+                MWProject_PPC_stacksize0
+                MWProject_PPC_flags0
+                MWProject_PPC_symfilename
+                MWProject_PPC_rsrcname
+                MWProject_PPC_rsrcheaderNative
+                MWProject_PPC_rsrctype????
+                MWProject_PPC_rsrcid0
+                MWProject_PPC_rsrcflags0
+                MWProject_PPC_rsrcstore0
+                MWProject_PPC_rsrcmerge0
+                MWProject_PPC_flatrsrc0
+                MWProject_PPC_flatrsrcoutputdir
+                    Path:
+                    PathFormatMacOS
+                    PathRootProject
+                
+                MWProject_PPC_flatrsrcfilename
+
+                
+                MWAssembler_PPC_auxheader0
+                MWAssembler_PPC_symmodeMac
+                MWAssembler_PPC_dialectPPC
+                MWAssembler_PPC_prefixfile
+                MWAssembler_PPC_typecheck0
+                MWAssembler_PPC_warnings0
+                MWAssembler_PPC_casesensitive0
+
+                
+                PList_OutputTypeFile
+                PList_OutputEncodingUTF-8
+                PList_PListVersion1.0
+                PList_Prefix
+                PList_FileFilenameInfo.plist
+                PList_FileDirectory
+                    Path:
+                    PathFormatMacOS
+                    PathRootProject
+                
+                PList_ResourceTypeplst
+                PList_ResourceID0
+                PList_ResourceName
+
+                
+                MWRez_Language_maxwidth80
+                MWRez_Language_scriptRoman
+                MWRez_Language_alignmentAlign1
+                MWRez_Language_filtermodeFilterSkip
+                MWRez_Language_suppresswarnings0
+                MWRez_Language_escapecontrolchars1
+                MWRez_Language_prefixname
+                MWRez_Language_filteredtypes'CODE' 'DATA' 'PICT'
+            
+            
+                
+                    Name
+                    ftsystem.c
+                    MacOS
+                    Text
+                    Debug
+                
+                
+                    Name
+                    ftbase.c
+                    MacOS
+                    Text
+                    Debug
+                
+                
+                    Name
+                    ftinit.c
+                    MacOS
+                    Text
+                    Debug
+                
+                
+                    Name
+                    sfnt.c
+                    MacOS
+                    Text
+                    Debug
+                
+                
+                    Name
+                    psnames.c
+                    MacOS
+                    Text
+                    Debug
+                
+                
+                    Name
+                    ftdebug.c
+                    MacOS
+                    Text
+                    Debug
+                
+                
+                    Name
+                    type1cid.c
+                    MacOS
+                    Text
+                    Debug
+                
+                
+                    Name
+                    cff.c
+                    MacOS
+                    Text
+                    Debug
+                
+                
+                    Name
+                    smooth.c
+                    MacOS
+                    Text
+                    Debug
+                
+                
+                    Name
+                    winfnt.c
+                    MacOS
+                    Text
+                    Debug
+                
+                
+                    Name
+                    truetype.c
+                    MacOS
+                    Text
+                    Debug
+                
+                
+                    Name
+                    ftmac.c
+                    MacOS
+                    Text
+                    Debug
+                
+                
+                    Name
+                    psaux.c
+                    MacOS
+                    Text
+                    
+                
+                
+                    Name
+                    ftcache.c
+                    MacOS
+                    Text
+                    
+                
+                
+                    Name
+                    ftglyph.c
+                    MacOS
+                    Text
+                    
+                
+                
+                    Name
+                    type1.c
+                    MacOS
+                    Text
+                    Debug
+                
+                
+                    Name
+                    pshinter.c
+                    MacOS
+                    Text
+                    Debug
+                
+                
+                    Name
+                    pcf.c
+                    MacOS
+                    Text
+                    Debug
+                
+                
+                    Name
+                    ftraster.c
+                    MacOS
+                    Text
+                    Debug
+                
+                
+                    Name
+                    ftrend1.c
+                    MacOS
+                    Text
+                    Debug
+                
+            
+            
+                
+                    Name
+                    ftsystem.c
+                    MacOS
+                
+                
+                    Name
+                    ftbase.c
+                    MacOS
+                
+                
+                    Name
+                    ftinit.c
+                    MacOS
+                
+                
+                    Name
+                    sfnt.c
+                    MacOS
+                
+                
+                    Name
+                    psnames.c
+                    MacOS
+                
+                
+                    Name
+                    ftdebug.c
+                    MacOS
+                
+                
+                    Name
+                    type1cid.c
+                    MacOS
+                
+                
+                    Name
+                    cff.c
+                    MacOS
+                
+                
+                    Name
+                    smooth.c
+                    MacOS
+                
+                
+                    Name
+                    winfnt.c
+                    MacOS
+                
+                
+                    Name
+                    truetype.c
+                    MacOS
+                
+                
+                    Name
+                    ftmac.c
+                    MacOS
+                
+                
+                    Name
+                    psaux.c
+                    MacOS
+                
+                
+                    Name
+                    ftcache.c
+                    MacOS
+                
+                
+                    Name
+                    ftglyph.c
+                    MacOS
+                
+                
+                    Name
+                    type1.c
+                    MacOS
+                
+                
+                    Name
+                    pshinter.c
+                    MacOS
+                
+                
+                    Name
+                    pcf.c
+                    MacOS
+                
+                
+                    Name
+                    ftraster.c
+                    MacOS
+                
+                
+                    Name
+                    ftrend1.c
+                    MacOS
+                
+            
+        
+    
+
+    
+        FreeTypeLib
+    
+
+    
+        base
+            
+                FreeTypeLib
+                Name
+                ftbase.c
+                MacOS
+            
+            
+                FreeTypeLib
+                Name
+                ftdebug.c
+                MacOS
+            
+            
+                FreeTypeLib
+                Name
+                ftglyph.c
+                MacOS
+            
+            
+                FreeTypeLib
+                Name
+                ftinit.c
+                MacOS
+            
+            
+                FreeTypeLib
+                Name
+                ftsystem.c
+                MacOS
+            
+            
+                FreeTypeLib
+                Name
+                ftmac.c
+                MacOS
+            
+        
+        ftmodules
+            
+                FreeTypeLib
+                Name
+                cff.c
+                MacOS
+            
+            
+                FreeTypeLib
+                Name
+                ftcache.c
+                MacOS
+            
+            
+                FreeTypeLib
+                Name
+                psaux.c
+                MacOS
+            
+            
+                FreeTypeLib
+                Name
+                psnames.c
+                MacOS
+            
+            
+                FreeTypeLib
+                Name
+                sfnt.c
+                MacOS
+            
+            
+                FreeTypeLib
+                Name
+                smooth.c
+                MacOS
+            
+            
+                FreeTypeLib
+                Name
+                truetype.c
+                MacOS
+            
+            
+                FreeTypeLib
+                Name
+                type1cid.c
+                MacOS
+            
+            
+                FreeTypeLib
+                Name
+                winfnt.c
+                MacOS
+            
+            
+                FreeTypeLib
+                Name
+                type1.c
+                MacOS
+            
+            
+                FreeTypeLib
+                Name
+                pshinter.c
+                MacOS
+            
+            
+                FreeTypeLib
+                Name
+                pcf.c
+                MacOS
+            
+            
+                FreeTypeLib
+                Name
+                ftraster.c
+                MacOS
+            
+            
+                FreeTypeLib
+                Name
+                ftrend1.c
+                MacOS
+            
+        
+    
+
+
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/ftmac.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/ftmac.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c974f67
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/mac/ftmac.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1531 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftmac.c                                                                */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Mac FOND support.  Written by just@letterror.com.                    */
+/*  Heavily Fixed by mpsuzuki, George Williams and Sean McBride            */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by       */
+/*  Just van Rossum, David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.     */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*
+    Notes
+
+    Mac suitcase files can (and often do!) contain multiple fonts.  To
+    support this I use the face_index argument of FT_(Open|New)_Face()
+    functions, and pretend the suitcase file is a collection.
+
+    Warning: fbit and NFNT bitmap resources are not supported yet.  In old
+    sfnt fonts, bitmap glyph data for each size is stored in each `NFNT'
+    resources instead of the `bdat' table in the sfnt resource.  Therefore,
+    face->num_fixed_sizes is set to 0, because bitmap data in `NFNT'
+    resource is unavailable at present.
+
+    The Mac FOND support works roughly like this:
+
+    - Check whether the offered stream points to a Mac suitcase file.  This
+      is done by checking the file type: it has to be 'FFIL' or 'tfil'.  The
+      stream that gets passed to our init_face() routine is a stdio stream,
+      which isn't usable for us, since the FOND resources live in the
+      resource fork.  So we just grab the stream->pathname field.
+
+    - Read the FOND resource into memory, then check whether there is a
+      TrueType font and/or(!) a Type 1 font available.
+
+    - If there is a Type 1 font available (as a separate `LWFN' file), read
+      its data into memory, massage it slightly so it becomes PFB data, wrap
+      it into a memory stream, load the Type 1 driver and delegate the rest
+      of the work to it by calling FT_Open_Face().  (XXX TODO: after this
+      has been done, the kerning data from the FOND resource should be
+      appended to the face: On the Mac there are usually no AFM files
+      available.  However, this is tricky since we need to map Mac char
+      codes to ps glyph names to glyph ID's...)
+
+    - If there is a TrueType font (an `sfnt' resource), read it into memory,
+      wrap it into a memory stream, load the TrueType driver and delegate
+      the rest of the work to it, by calling FT_Open_Face().
+
+    - Some suitcase fonts (notably Onyx) might point the `LWFN' file to
+      itself, even though it doesn't contains `POST' resources.  To handle
+      this special case without opening the file an extra time, we just
+      ignore errors from the `LWFN' and fallback to the `sfnt' if both are
+      available.
+  */
+
+
+#include 
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+#include FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
+#include "ftbase.h"
+
+#if defined( __GNUC__ ) || defined( __IBMC__ )
+  /* This is for Mac OS X.  Without redefinition, OS_INLINE */
+  /* expands to `static inline' which doesn't survive the   */
+  /* -ansi compilation flag of GCC.                         */
+#if !HAVE_ANSI_OS_INLINE
+#undef  OS_INLINE
+#define OS_INLINE   static __inline__
+#endif
+#include 
+#include 
+#include  /* PATH_MAX */
+#else
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#endif
+
+#ifndef PATH_MAX
+#define PATH_MAX 1024 /* same with Mac OS X's syslimits.h */
+#endif
+
+#if defined( __MWERKS__ ) && !TARGET_RT_MAC_MACHO
+#include 
+#endif
+
+#define FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE
+
+#include FT_MAC_H
+
+  /* undefine blocking-macros in ftmac.h */
+#undef FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name
+#undef FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name
+#undef FT_New_Face_From_FOND
+#undef FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec
+#undef FT_New_Face_From_FSRef
+
+
+  /* FSSpec functions are deprecated since Mac OS X 10.4 */
+#ifndef HAVE_FSSPEC
+#if TARGET_API_MAC_OS8 || TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
+#define HAVE_FSSPEC  1
+#else
+#define HAVE_FSSPEC  0
+#endif
+#endif
+
+  /* most FSRef functions were introduced since Mac OS 9 */
+#ifndef HAVE_FSREF
+#if TARGET_API_MAC_OSX
+#define HAVE_FSREF  1
+#else
+#define HAVE_FSREF  0
+#endif
+#endif
+
+  /* QuickDraw is deprecated since Mac OS X 10.4 */
+#ifndef HAVE_QUICKDRAW_CARBON
+#if TARGET_API_MAC_OS8 || TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
+#define HAVE_QUICKDRAW_CARBON  1
+#else
+#define HAVE_QUICKDRAW_CARBON  0
+#endif
+#endif
+
+  /* AppleTypeService is available since Mac OS X */
+#ifndef HAVE_ATS
+#if TARGET_API_MAC_OSX
+#define HAVE_ATS  1
+#ifndef kATSOptionFlagsUnRestrictedScope /* since Mac OS X 10.1 */
+#define kATSOptionFlagsUnRestrictedScope kATSOptionFlagsDefault
+#endif
+#else
+#define HAVE_ATS  0
+#endif
+#endif
+
+  /* `configure' checks the availability of `ResourceIndex' strictly */
+  /* and sets HAVE_TYPE_RESOURCE_INDEX to 1 or 0 always.  If it is   */
+  /* not set (e.g., a build without `configure'), the availability   */
+  /* is guessed from the SDK version.                                */
+#ifndef HAVE_TYPE_RESOURCE_INDEX
+#if !defined( MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_5 ) || \
+    ( MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_5 )
+#define HAVE_TYPE_RESOURCE_INDEX 0
+#else
+#define HAVE_TYPE_RESOURCE_INDEX 1
+#endif
+#endif /* !HAVE_TYPE_RESOURCE_INDEX */
+
+#if ( HAVE_TYPE_RESOURCE_INDEX == 0 )
+typedef short ResourceIndex;
+#endif
+
+  /* Set PREFER_LWFN to 1 if LWFN (Type 1) is preferred over
+     TrueType in case *both* are available (this is not common,
+     but it *is* possible). */
+#ifndef PREFER_LWFN
+#define PREFER_LWFN  1
+#endif
+
+
+#if !HAVE_QUICKDRAW_CARBON  /* QuickDraw is deprecated since Mac OS X 10.4 */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name( const char*  fontName,
+                            FSSpec*      pathSpec,
+                            FT_Long*     face_index )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( fontName );
+    FT_UNUSED( pathSpec );
+    FT_UNUSED( face_index );
+
+    return FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
+  }
+
+#else
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name( const char*  fontName,
+                            FSSpec*      pathSpec,
+                            FT_Long*     face_index )
+  {
+    OptionBits            options = kFMUseGlobalScopeOption;
+
+    FMFontFamilyIterator  famIter;
+    OSStatus              status = FMCreateFontFamilyIterator( NULL, NULL,
+                                                               options,
+                                                               &famIter );
+    FMFont                the_font = 0;
+    FMFontFamily          family   = 0;
+
+
+    *face_index = 0;
+    while ( status == 0 && !the_font )
+    {
+      status = FMGetNextFontFamily( &famIter, &family );
+      if ( status == 0 )
+      {
+        int                           stat2;
+        FMFontFamilyInstanceIterator  instIter;
+        Str255                        famNameStr;
+        char                          famName[256];
+
+
+        /* get the family name */
+        FMGetFontFamilyName( family, famNameStr );
+        CopyPascalStringToC( famNameStr, famName );
+
+        /* iterate through the styles */
+        FMCreateFontFamilyInstanceIterator( family, &instIter );
+
+        *face_index = 0;
+        stat2       = 0;
+
+        while ( stat2 == 0 && !the_font )
+        {
+          FMFontStyle  style;
+          FMFontSize   size;
+          FMFont       font;
+
+
+          stat2 = FMGetNextFontFamilyInstance( &instIter, &font,
+                                               &style, &size );
+          if ( stat2 == 0 && size == 0 )
+          {
+            char  fullName[256];
+
+
+            /* build up a complete face name */
+            ft_strcpy( fullName, famName );
+            if ( style & bold )
+              ft_strcat( fullName, " Bold" );
+            if ( style & italic )
+              ft_strcat( fullName, " Italic" );
+
+            /* compare with the name we are looking for */
+            if ( ft_strcmp( fullName, fontName ) == 0 )
+            {
+              /* found it! */
+              the_font = font;
+            }
+            else
+              ++(*face_index);
+          }
+        }
+
+        FMDisposeFontFamilyInstanceIterator( &instIter );
+      }
+    }
+
+    FMDisposeFontFamilyIterator( &famIter );
+
+    if ( the_font )
+    {
+      FMGetFontContainer( the_font, pathSpec );
+      return FT_Err_Ok;
+    }
+    else
+      return FT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
+  }
+
+#endif /* HAVE_QUICKDRAW_CARBON */
+
+
+#if HAVE_ATS
+
+  /* Private function.                                         */
+  /* The FSSpec type has been discouraged for a long time,     */
+  /* unfortunately an FSRef replacement API for                */
+  /* ATSFontGetFileSpecification() is only available in        */
+  /* Mac OS X 10.5 and later.                                  */
+  static OSStatus
+  FT_ATSFontGetFileReference( ATSFontRef  ats_font_id,
+                              FSRef*      ats_font_ref )
+  {
+    OSStatus  err;
+
+#if !defined( MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_5 ) || \
+    MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_5
+    FSSpec    spec;
+
+
+    err = ATSFontGetFileSpecification( ats_font_id, &spec );
+    if ( noErr == err )
+      err = FSpMakeFSRef( &spec, ats_font_ref );
+#else
+    err = ATSFontGetFileReference( ats_font_id, ats_font_ref );
+#endif
+
+    return err;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  FT_GetFileRef_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char*  fontName,
+                                   FSRef*       ats_font_ref,
+                                   FT_Long*     face_index )
+  {
+    CFStringRef  cf_fontName;
+    ATSFontRef   ats_font_id;
+
+
+    *face_index = 0;
+
+    cf_fontName = CFStringCreateWithCString( NULL, fontName,
+                                             kCFStringEncodingMacRoman );
+    ats_font_id = ATSFontFindFromName( cf_fontName,
+                                       kATSOptionFlagsUnRestrictedScope );
+    CFRelease( cf_fontName );
+
+    if ( ats_font_id == 0 || ats_font_id == 0xFFFFFFFFUL )
+      return FT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
+
+    if ( noErr != FT_ATSFontGetFileReference( ats_font_id, ats_font_ref ) )
+      return FT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
+
+    /* face_index calculation by searching preceding fontIDs */
+    /* with same FSRef                                       */
+    {
+      ATSFontRef  id2 = ats_font_id - 1;
+      FSRef       ref2;
+
+
+      while ( id2 > 0 )
+      {
+        if ( noErr != FT_ATSFontGetFileReference( id2, &ref2 ) )
+          break;
+        if ( noErr != FSCompareFSRefs( ats_font_ref, &ref2 ) )
+          break;
+
+        id2--;
+      }
+      *face_index = ats_font_id - ( id2 + 1 );
+    }
+
+    return FT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+#endif
+
+#if !HAVE_ATS
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char*  fontName,
+                                    UInt8*       path,
+                                    UInt32       maxPathSize,
+                                    FT_Long*     face_index )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( fontName );
+    FT_UNUSED( path );
+    FT_UNUSED( maxPathSize );
+    FT_UNUSED( face_index );
+
+    return FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
+  }
+
+#else
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char*  fontName,
+                                    UInt8*       path,
+                                    UInt32       maxPathSize,
+                                    FT_Long*     face_index )
+  {
+    FSRef     ref;
+    FT_Error  err;
+
+
+    err = FT_GetFileRef_From_Mac_ATS_Name( fontName, &ref, face_index );
+    if ( FT_Err_Ok != err )
+      return err;
+
+    if ( noErr != FSRefMakePath( &ref, path, maxPathSize ) )
+      return FT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
+
+    return FT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+#endif /* HAVE_ATS */
+
+
+#if !HAVE_FSSPEC || !HAVE_ATS
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char*  fontName,
+                                FSSpec*      pathSpec,
+                                FT_Long*     face_index )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( fontName );
+    FT_UNUSED( pathSpec );
+    FT_UNUSED( face_index );
+
+    return FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
+  }
+
+#else
+
+  /* This function is deprecated because FSSpec is deprecated in Mac OS X. */
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char*  fontName,
+                                FSSpec*      pathSpec,
+                                FT_Long*     face_index )
+  {
+    FSRef     ref;
+    FT_Error  err;
+
+
+    err = FT_GetFileRef_From_Mac_ATS_Name( fontName, &ref, face_index );
+    if ( FT_Err_Ok != err )
+      return err;
+
+    if ( noErr != FSGetCatalogInfo( &ref, kFSCatInfoNone, NULL, NULL,
+                                    pathSpec, NULL ) )
+      return FT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
+
+    return FT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+#endif
+
+
+#if defined( __MWERKS__ ) && !TARGET_RT_MAC_MACHO
+
+#define STREAM_FILE( stream )  ( (FT_FILE*)stream->descriptor.pointer )
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
+  ft_FSp_stream_close( FT_Stream  stream )
+  {
+    ft_fclose( STREAM_FILE( stream ) );
+
+    stream->descriptor.pointer = NULL;
+    stream->size               = 0;
+    stream->base               = 0;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( unsigned long )
+  ft_FSp_stream_io( FT_Stream       stream,
+                    unsigned long   offset,
+                    unsigned char*  buffer,
+                    unsigned long   count )
+  {
+    FT_FILE*  file;
+
+
+    file = STREAM_FILE( stream );
+
+    ft_fseek( file, offset, SEEK_SET );
+
+    return (unsigned long)ft_fread( buffer, 1, count, file );
+  }
+
+#endif  /* __MWERKS__ && !TARGET_RT_MAC_MACHO */
+
+
+#if HAVE_FSSPEC && !HAVE_FSREF
+
+  /* isDirectory is a dummy to synchronize API with FSPathMakeRef() */
+  static OSErr
+  FT_FSPathMakeSpec( const UInt8*  pathname,
+                     FSSpec*       spec_p,
+                     Boolean       isDirectory )
+  {
+    const char  *p, *q;
+    short       vRefNum;
+    long        dirID;
+    Str255      nodeName;
+    OSErr       err;
+    FT_UNUSED( isDirectory );
+
+
+    p = q = (const char *)pathname;
+    dirID   = 0;
+    vRefNum = 0;
+
+    while ( 1 )
+    {
+      int  len = ft_strlen( p );
+
+
+      if ( len > 255 )
+        len = 255;
+
+      q = p + len;
+
+      if ( q == p )
+        return 0;
+
+      if ( 255 < ft_strlen( (char *)pathname ) )
+      {
+        while ( p < q && *q != ':' )
+          q--;
+      }
+
+      if ( p < q )
+        *(char *)nodeName = q - p;
+      else if ( ft_strlen( p ) < 256 )
+        *(char *)nodeName = ft_strlen( p );
+      else
+        return errFSNameTooLong;
+
+      ft_strncpy( (char *)nodeName + 1, (char *)p, *(char *)nodeName );
+      err = FSMakeFSSpec( vRefNum, dirID, nodeName, spec_p );
+      if ( err || '\0' == *q )
+        return err;
+
+      vRefNum = spec_p->vRefNum;
+      dirID   = spec_p->parID;
+
+      p = q;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  static OSErr
+  FT_FSpMakePath( const FSSpec*  spec_p,
+                  UInt8*         path,
+                  UInt32         maxPathSize )
+  {
+    OSErr   err;
+    FSSpec  spec = *spec_p;
+    short   vRefNum;
+    long    dirID;
+    Str255  parDir_name;
+
+
+    FT_MEM_SET( path, 0, maxPathSize );
+    while ( 1 )
+    {
+      int             child_namelen = ft_strlen( (char *)path );
+      unsigned char   node_namelen  = spec.name[0];
+      unsigned char*  node_name     = spec.name + 1;
+
+
+      if ( node_namelen + child_namelen > maxPathSize )
+        return errFSNameTooLong;
+
+      FT_MEM_MOVE( path + node_namelen + 1, path, child_namelen );
+      FT_MEM_COPY( path, node_name, node_namelen );
+      if ( child_namelen > 0 )
+        path[node_namelen] = ':';
+
+      vRefNum        = spec.vRefNum;
+      dirID          = spec.parID;
+      parDir_name[0] = '\0';
+      err = FSMakeFSSpec( vRefNum, dirID, parDir_name, &spec );
+      if ( noErr != err || dirID == spec.parID )
+        break;
+    }
+    return noErr;
+  }
+
+#endif /* HAVE_FSSPEC && !HAVE_FSREF */
+
+
+  static OSErr
+  FT_FSPathMakeRes( const UInt8*    pathname,
+                    ResFileRefNum*  res )
+  {
+
+#if HAVE_FSREF
+
+    OSErr  err;
+    FSRef  ref;
+
+
+    if ( noErr != FSPathMakeRef( pathname, &ref, FALSE ) )
+      return FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource;
+
+    /* at present, no support for dfont format */
+    err = FSOpenResourceFile( &ref, 0, NULL, fsRdPerm, res );
+    if ( noErr == err )
+      return err;
+
+    /* fallback to original resource-fork font */
+    *res = FSOpenResFile( &ref, fsRdPerm );
+    err  = ResError();
+
+#else
+
+    OSErr   err;
+    FSSpec  spec;
+
+
+    if ( noErr != FT_FSPathMakeSpec( pathname, &spec, FALSE ) )
+      return FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource;
+
+    /* at present, no support for dfont format without FSRef */
+    /* (see above), try original resource-fork font          */
+    *res = FSpOpenResFile( &spec, fsRdPerm );
+    err  = ResError();
+
+#endif /* HAVE_FSREF */
+
+    return err;
+  }
+
+
+  /* Return the file type for given pathname */
+  static OSType
+  get_file_type_from_path( const UInt8*  pathname )
+  {
+
+#if HAVE_FSREF
+
+    FSRef          ref;
+    FSCatalogInfo  info;
+
+
+    if ( noErr != FSPathMakeRef( pathname, &ref, FALSE ) )
+      return ( OSType ) 0;
+
+    if ( noErr != FSGetCatalogInfo( &ref, kFSCatInfoFinderInfo, &info,
+                                    NULL, NULL, NULL ) )
+      return ( OSType ) 0;
+
+    return ((FInfo *)(info.finderInfo))->fdType;
+
+#else
+
+    FSSpec  spec;
+    FInfo   finfo;
+
+
+    if ( noErr != FT_FSPathMakeSpec( pathname, &spec, FALSE ) )
+      return ( OSType ) 0;
+
+    if ( noErr != FSpGetFInfo( &spec, &finfo ) )
+      return ( OSType ) 0;
+
+    return finfo.fdType;
+
+#endif /* HAVE_FSREF */
+
+  }
+
+
+  /* Given a PostScript font name, create the Macintosh LWFN file name. */
+  static void
+  create_lwfn_name( char*   ps_name,
+                    Str255  lwfn_file_name )
+  {
+    int       max = 5, count = 0;
+    FT_Byte*  p = lwfn_file_name;
+    FT_Byte*  q = (FT_Byte*)ps_name;
+
+
+    lwfn_file_name[0] = 0;
+
+    while ( *q )
+    {
+      if ( ft_isupper( *q ) )
+      {
+        if ( count )
+          max = 3;
+        count = 0;
+      }
+      if ( count < max && ( ft_isalnum( *q ) || *q == '_' ) )
+      {
+        *++p = *q;
+        lwfn_file_name[0]++;
+        count++;
+      }
+      q++;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  static short
+  count_faces_sfnt( char*  fond_data )
+  {
+    /* The count is 1 greater than the value in the FOND.  */
+    /* Isn't that cute? :-)                                */
+
+    return EndianS16_BtoN( *( (short*)( fond_data +
+                                        sizeof ( FamRec ) ) ) ) + 1;
+  }
+
+
+  static short
+  count_faces_scalable( char*  fond_data )
+  {
+    AsscEntry*  assoc;
+    FamRec*     fond;
+    short       i, face, face_all;
+
+
+    fond     = (FamRec*)fond_data;
+    face_all = EndianS16_BtoN( *( (short *)( fond_data +
+                                             sizeof ( FamRec ) ) ) ) + 1;
+    assoc    = (AsscEntry*)( fond_data + sizeof ( FamRec ) + 2 );
+    face     = 0;
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < face_all; i++ )
+    {
+      if ( 0 == EndianS16_BtoN( assoc[i].fontSize ) )
+        face++;
+    }
+    return face;
+  }
+
+
+  /* Look inside the FOND data, answer whether there should be an SFNT
+     resource, and answer the name of a possible LWFN Type 1 file.
+
+     Thanks to Paul Miller (paulm@profoundeffects.com) for the fix
+     to load a face OTHER than the first one in the FOND!
+  */
+
+  static void
+  parse_fond( char*   fond_data,
+              short*  have_sfnt,
+              ResID*  sfnt_id,
+              Str255  lwfn_file_name,
+              short   face_index )
+  {
+    AsscEntry*  assoc;
+    AsscEntry*  base_assoc;
+    FamRec*     fond;
+
+
+    *sfnt_id          = 0;
+    *have_sfnt        = 0;
+    lwfn_file_name[0] = 0;
+
+    fond       = (FamRec*)fond_data;
+    assoc      = (AsscEntry*)( fond_data + sizeof ( FamRec ) + 2 );
+    base_assoc = assoc;
+
+    /* the maximum faces in a FOND is 48, size of StyleTable.indexes[] */
+    if ( 47 < face_index )
+      return;
+
+    /* Let's do a little range checking before we get too excited here */
+    if ( face_index < count_faces_sfnt( fond_data ) )
+    {
+      assoc += face_index;        /* add on the face_index! */
+
+      /* if the face at this index is not scalable,
+         fall back to the first one (old behavior) */
+      if ( EndianS16_BtoN( assoc->fontSize ) == 0 )
+      {
+        *have_sfnt = 1;
+        *sfnt_id   = EndianS16_BtoN( assoc->fontID );
+      }
+      else if ( base_assoc->fontSize == 0 )
+      {
+        *have_sfnt = 1;
+        *sfnt_id   = EndianS16_BtoN( base_assoc->fontID );
+      }
+    }
+
+    if ( EndianS32_BtoN( fond->ffStylOff ) )
+    {
+      unsigned char*  p = (unsigned char*)fond_data;
+      StyleTable*     style;
+      unsigned short  string_count;
+      char            ps_name[256];
+      unsigned char*  names[64];
+      int             i;
+
+
+      p += EndianS32_BtoN( fond->ffStylOff );
+      style = (StyleTable*)p;
+      p += sizeof ( StyleTable );
+      string_count = EndianS16_BtoN( *(short*)(p) );
+      p += sizeof ( short );
+
+      for ( i = 0; i < string_count && i < 64; i++ )
+      {
+        names[i] = p;
+        p       += names[i][0];
+        p++;
+      }
+
+      {
+        size_t  ps_name_len = (size_t)names[0][0];
+
+
+        if ( ps_name_len != 0 )
+        {
+          ft_memcpy(ps_name, names[0] + 1, ps_name_len);
+          ps_name[ps_name_len] = 0;
+        }
+        if ( style->indexes[face_index] > 1 &&
+             style->indexes[face_index] <= FT_MIN( string_count, 64 ) )
+        {
+          unsigned char*  suffixes = names[style->indexes[face_index] - 1];
+
+
+          for ( i = 1; i <= suffixes[0]; i++ )
+          {
+            unsigned char*  s;
+            size_t          j = suffixes[i] - 1;
+
+
+            if ( j < string_count && ( s = names[j] ) != NULL )
+            {
+              size_t  s_len = (size_t)s[0];
+
+
+              if ( s_len != 0 && ps_name_len + s_len < sizeof ( ps_name ) )
+              {
+                ft_memcpy( ps_name + ps_name_len, s + 1, s_len );
+                ps_name_len += s_len;
+                ps_name[ps_name_len] = 0;
+              }
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+
+      create_lwfn_name( ps_name, lwfn_file_name );
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  static  FT_Error
+  lookup_lwfn_by_fond( const UInt8*      path_fond,
+                       ConstStr255Param  base_lwfn,
+                       UInt8*            path_lwfn,
+                       int               path_size )
+  {
+
+#if HAVE_FSREF
+
+    FSRef  ref, par_ref;
+    int    dirname_len;
+
+
+    /* Pathname for FSRef can be in various formats: HFS, HFS+, and POSIX. */
+    /* We should not extract parent directory by string manipulation.      */
+
+    if ( noErr != FSPathMakeRef( path_fond, &ref, FALSE ) )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    if ( noErr != FSGetCatalogInfo( &ref, kFSCatInfoNone,
+                                    NULL, NULL, NULL, &par_ref ) )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    if ( noErr != FSRefMakePath( &par_ref, path_lwfn, path_size ) )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    if ( ft_strlen( (char *)path_lwfn ) + 1 + base_lwfn[0] > path_size )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    /* now we have absolute dirname in path_lwfn */
+    if ( path_lwfn[0] == '/' )
+      ft_strcat( (char *)path_lwfn, "/" );
+    else
+      ft_strcat( (char *)path_lwfn, ":" );
+
+    dirname_len = ft_strlen( (char *)path_lwfn );
+    ft_strcat( (char *)path_lwfn, (char *)base_lwfn + 1 );
+    path_lwfn[dirname_len + base_lwfn[0]] = '\0';
+
+    if ( noErr != FSPathMakeRef( path_lwfn, &ref, FALSE ) )
+      return FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource;
+
+    if ( noErr != FSGetCatalogInfo( &ref, kFSCatInfoNone,
+                                    NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL ) )
+      return FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource;
+
+    return FT_Err_Ok;
+
+#else
+
+    int     i;
+    FSSpec  spec;
+
+
+    /* pathname for FSSpec is always HFS format */
+    if ( ft_strlen( (char *)path_fond ) > path_size )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    ft_strcpy( (char *)path_lwfn, (char *)path_fond );
+
+    i = ft_strlen( (char *)path_lwfn ) - 1;
+    while ( i > 0 && ':' != path_lwfn[i] )
+      i--;
+
+    if ( i + 1 + base_lwfn[0] > path_size )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    if ( ':' == path_lwfn[i] )
+    {
+      ft_strcpy( (char *)path_lwfn + i + 1, (char *)base_lwfn + 1 );
+      path_lwfn[i + 1 + base_lwfn[0]] = '\0';
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      ft_strcpy( (char *)path_lwfn, (char *)base_lwfn + 1 );
+      path_lwfn[base_lwfn[0]] = '\0';
+    }
+
+    if ( noErr != FT_FSPathMakeSpec( path_lwfn, &spec, FALSE ) )
+      return FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource;
+
+    return FT_Err_Ok;
+
+#endif /* HAVE_FSREF */
+
+  }
+
+
+  static short
+  count_faces( Handle        fond,
+               const UInt8*  pathname )
+  {
+    ResID     sfnt_id;
+    short     have_sfnt, have_lwfn;
+    Str255    lwfn_file_name;
+    UInt8     buff[PATH_MAX];
+    FT_Error  err;
+    short     num_faces;
+
+
+    have_sfnt = have_lwfn = 0;
+
+    HLock( fond );
+    parse_fond( *fond, &have_sfnt, &sfnt_id, lwfn_file_name, 0 );
+
+    if ( lwfn_file_name[0] )
+    {
+      err = lookup_lwfn_by_fond( pathname, lwfn_file_name,
+                                 buff, sizeof ( buff )  );
+      if ( FT_Err_Ok == err )
+        have_lwfn = 1;
+    }
+
+    if ( have_lwfn && ( !have_sfnt || PREFER_LWFN ) )
+      num_faces = 1;
+    else
+      num_faces = count_faces_scalable( *fond );
+
+    HUnlock( fond );
+    return num_faces;
+  }
+
+
+  /* Read Type 1 data from the POST resources inside the LWFN file,
+     return a PFB buffer.  This is somewhat convoluted because the FT2
+     PFB parser wants the ASCII header as one chunk, and the LWFN
+     chunks are often not organized that way, so we glue chunks
+     of the same type together. */
+  static FT_Error
+  read_lwfn( FT_Memory      memory,
+             ResFileRefNum  res,
+             FT_Byte**      pfb_data,
+             FT_ULong*      size )
+  {
+    FT_Error       error = FT_Err_Ok;
+    ResID          res_id;
+    unsigned char  *buffer, *p, *size_p = NULL;
+    FT_ULong       total_size = 0;
+    FT_ULong       old_total_size = 0;
+    FT_ULong       post_size, pfb_chunk_size;
+    Handle         post_data;
+    char           code, last_code;
+
+
+    UseResFile( res );
+
+    /* First pass: load all POST resources, and determine the size of */
+    /* the output buffer.                                             */
+    res_id    = 501;
+    last_code = -1;
+
+    for (;;)
+    {
+      post_data = Get1Resource( TTAG_POST, res_id++ );
+      if ( post_data == NULL )
+        break;  /* we are done */
+
+      code = (*post_data)[0];
+
+      if ( code != last_code )
+      {
+        if ( code == 5 )
+          total_size += 2; /* just the end code */
+        else
+          total_size += 6; /* code + 4 bytes chunk length */
+      }
+
+      total_size += GetHandleSize( post_data ) - 2;
+      last_code = code;
+
+      /* detect integer overflows */
+      if ( total_size < old_total_size )
+      {
+        error = FT_Err_Array_Too_Large;
+        goto Error;
+      }
+
+      old_total_size = total_size;
+    }
+
+    if ( FT_ALLOC( buffer, (FT_Long)total_size ) )
+      goto Error;
+
+    /* Second pass: append all POST data to the buffer, add PFB fields. */
+    /* Glue all consecutive chunks of the same type together.           */
+    p              = buffer;
+    res_id         = 501;
+    last_code      = -1;
+    pfb_chunk_size = 0;
+
+    for (;;)
+    {
+      post_data = Get1Resource( TTAG_POST, res_id++ );
+      if ( post_data == NULL )
+        break;  /* we are done */
+
+      post_size = (FT_ULong)GetHandleSize( post_data ) - 2;
+      code = (*post_data)[0];
+
+      if ( code != last_code )
+      {
+        if ( last_code != -1 )
+        {
+          /* we are done adding a chunk, fill in the size field */
+          if ( size_p != NULL )
+          {
+            *size_p++ = (FT_Byte)(   pfb_chunk_size         & 0xFF );
+            *size_p++ = (FT_Byte)( ( pfb_chunk_size >> 8  ) & 0xFF );
+            *size_p++ = (FT_Byte)( ( pfb_chunk_size >> 16 ) & 0xFF );
+            *size_p++ = (FT_Byte)( ( pfb_chunk_size >> 24 ) & 0xFF );
+          }
+          pfb_chunk_size = 0;
+        }
+
+        *p++ = 0x80;
+        if ( code == 5 )
+          *p++ = 0x03;  /* the end */
+        else if ( code == 2 )
+          *p++ = 0x02;  /* binary segment */
+        else
+          *p++ = 0x01;  /* ASCII segment */
+
+        if ( code != 5 )
+        {
+          size_p = p;   /* save for later */
+          p += 4;       /* make space for size field */
+        }
+      }
+
+      ft_memcpy( p, *post_data + 2, post_size );
+      pfb_chunk_size += post_size;
+      p += post_size;
+      last_code = code;
+    }
+
+    *pfb_data = buffer;
+    *size = total_size;
+
+  Error:
+    CloseResFile( res );
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* Create a new FT_Face from a file spec to an LWFN file. */
+  static FT_Error
+  FT_New_Face_From_LWFN( FT_Library    library,
+                         const UInt8*  pathname,
+                         FT_Long       face_index,
+                         FT_Face*      aface )
+  {
+    FT_Byte*       pfb_data;
+    FT_ULong       pfb_size;
+    FT_Error       error;
+    ResFileRefNum  res;
+
+
+    if ( noErr != FT_FSPathMakeRes( pathname, &res ) )
+      return FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource;
+
+    pfb_data = NULL;
+    pfb_size = 0;
+    error = read_lwfn( library->memory, res, &pfb_data, &pfb_size );
+    CloseResFile( res ); /* PFB is already loaded, useless anymore */
+    if ( error )
+      return error;
+
+    return open_face_from_buffer( library,
+                                  pfb_data,
+                                  pfb_size,
+                                  face_index,
+                                  "type1",
+                                  aface );
+  }
+
+
+  /* Create a new FT_Face from an SFNT resource, specified by res ID. */
+  static FT_Error
+  FT_New_Face_From_SFNT( FT_Library  library,
+                         ResID       sfnt_id,
+                         FT_Long     face_index,
+                         FT_Face*    aface )
+  {
+    Handle     sfnt = NULL;
+    FT_Byte*   sfnt_data;
+    size_t     sfnt_size;
+    FT_Error   error  = FT_Err_Ok;
+    FT_Memory  memory = library->memory;
+    int        is_cff, is_sfnt_ps;
+
+
+    sfnt = GetResource( TTAG_sfnt, sfnt_id );
+    if ( sfnt == NULL )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Handle;
+
+    sfnt_size = (FT_ULong)GetHandleSize( sfnt );
+    if ( FT_ALLOC( sfnt_data, (FT_Long)sfnt_size ) )
+    {
+      ReleaseResource( sfnt );
+      return error;
+    }
+
+    HLock( sfnt );
+    ft_memcpy( sfnt_data, *sfnt, sfnt_size );
+    HUnlock( sfnt );
+    ReleaseResource( sfnt );
+
+    is_cff     = sfnt_size > 4 && !ft_memcmp( sfnt_data, "OTTO", 4 );
+    is_sfnt_ps = sfnt_size > 4 && !ft_memcmp( sfnt_data, "typ1", 4 );
+
+    if ( is_sfnt_ps )
+    {
+      FT_Stream  stream;
+
+
+      if ( FT_NEW( stream ) )
+        goto Try_OpenType;
+
+      FT_Stream_OpenMemory( stream, sfnt_data, sfnt_size );
+      if ( !open_face_PS_from_sfnt_stream( library,
+                                           stream,
+                                           face_index,
+                                           0, NULL,
+                                           aface ) )
+      {
+        FT_Stream_Close( stream );
+        FT_FREE( stream );
+        FT_FREE( sfnt_data );
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+
+      FT_FREE( stream );
+    }
+  Try_OpenType:
+    error = open_face_from_buffer( library,
+                                   sfnt_data,
+                                   sfnt_size,
+                                   face_index,
+                                   is_cff ? "cff" : "truetype",
+                                   aface );
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* Create a new FT_Face from a file spec to a suitcase file. */
+  static FT_Error
+  FT_New_Face_From_Suitcase( FT_Library    library,
+                             const UInt8*  pathname,
+                             FT_Long       face_index,
+                             FT_Face*      aface )
+  {
+    FT_Error       error = FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource;
+    ResFileRefNum  res_ref;
+    ResourceIndex  res_index;
+    Handle         fond;
+    short          num_faces_in_res, num_faces_in_fond;
+
+
+    if ( noErr != FT_FSPathMakeRes( pathname, &res_ref ) )
+      return FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource;
+
+    UseResFile( res_ref );
+    if ( ResError() )
+      return FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource;
+
+    num_faces_in_res = 0;
+    for ( res_index = 1; ; ++res_index )
+    {
+      fond = Get1IndResource( TTAG_FOND, res_index );
+      if ( ResError() )
+        break;
+
+      num_faces_in_fond  = count_faces( fond, pathname );
+      num_faces_in_res  += num_faces_in_fond;
+
+      if ( 0 <= face_index && face_index < num_faces_in_fond && error )
+        error = FT_New_Face_From_FOND( library, fond, face_index, aface );
+
+      face_index -= num_faces_in_fond;
+    }
+
+    CloseResFile( res_ref );
+    if ( FT_Err_Ok == error && NULL != aface )
+      (*aface)->num_faces = num_faces_in_res;
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftmac.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_New_Face_From_FOND( FT_Library  library,
+                         Handle      fond,
+                         FT_Long     face_index,
+                         FT_Face*    aface )
+  {
+    short     have_sfnt, have_lwfn = 0;
+    ResID     sfnt_id, fond_id;
+    OSType    fond_type;
+    Str255    fond_name;
+    Str255    lwfn_file_name;
+    UInt8     path_lwfn[PATH_MAX];
+    OSErr     err;
+    FT_Error  error = FT_Err_Ok;
+
+
+    GetResInfo( fond, &fond_id, &fond_type, fond_name );
+    if ( ResError() != noErr || fond_type != TTAG_FOND )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+
+    HLock( fond );
+    parse_fond( *fond, &have_sfnt, &sfnt_id, lwfn_file_name, face_index );
+    HUnlock( fond );
+
+    if ( lwfn_file_name[0] )
+    {
+      ResFileRefNum  res;
+
+
+      res = HomeResFile( fond );
+      if ( noErr != ResError() )
+        goto found_no_lwfn_file;
+
+#if HAVE_FSREF
+
+      {
+        UInt8  path_fond[PATH_MAX];
+        FSRef  ref;
+
+
+        err = FSGetForkCBInfo( res, kFSInvalidVolumeRefNum,
+                               NULL, NULL, NULL, &ref, NULL );
+        if ( noErr != err )
+          goto found_no_lwfn_file;
+
+        err = FSRefMakePath( &ref, path_fond, sizeof ( path_fond ) );
+        if ( noErr != err )
+          goto found_no_lwfn_file;
+
+        error = lookup_lwfn_by_fond( path_fond, lwfn_file_name,
+                                     path_lwfn, sizeof ( path_lwfn ) );
+        if ( FT_Err_Ok == error )
+          have_lwfn = 1;
+      }
+
+#elif HAVE_FSSPEC
+
+      {
+        UInt8     path_fond[PATH_MAX];
+        FCBPBRec  pb;
+        Str255    fond_file_name;
+        FSSpec    spec;
+
+
+        FT_MEM_SET( &spec, 0, sizeof ( FSSpec ) );
+        FT_MEM_SET( &pb,   0, sizeof ( FCBPBRec ) );
+
+        pb.ioNamePtr = fond_file_name;
+        pb.ioVRefNum = 0;
+        pb.ioRefNum  = res;
+        pb.ioFCBIndx = 0;
+
+        err = PBGetFCBInfoSync( &pb );
+        if ( noErr != err )
+          goto found_no_lwfn_file;
+
+        err = FSMakeFSSpec( pb.ioFCBVRefNum, pb.ioFCBParID,
+                            fond_file_name, &spec );
+        if ( noErr != err )
+          goto found_no_lwfn_file;
+
+        err = FT_FSpMakePath( &spec, path_fond, sizeof ( path_fond ) );
+        if ( noErr != err )
+          goto found_no_lwfn_file;
+
+        error = lookup_lwfn_by_fond( path_fond, lwfn_file_name,
+                                     path_lwfn, sizeof ( path_lwfn ) );
+        if ( FT_Err_Ok == error )
+          have_lwfn = 1;
+      }
+
+#endif /* HAVE_FSREF, HAVE_FSSPEC */
+
+    }
+
+    if ( have_lwfn && ( !have_sfnt || PREFER_LWFN ) )
+      error = FT_New_Face_From_LWFN( library,
+                                     path_lwfn,
+                                     face_index,
+                                     aface );
+    else
+      error = FT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
+
+  found_no_lwfn_file:
+    if ( have_sfnt && FT_Err_Ok != error )
+      error = FT_New_Face_From_SFNT( library,
+                                     sfnt_id,
+                                     face_index,
+                                     aface );
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* Common function to load a new FT_Face from a resource file. */
+  static FT_Error
+  FT_New_Face_From_Resource( FT_Library    library,
+                             const UInt8*  pathname,
+                             FT_Long       face_index,
+                             FT_Face*      aface )
+  {
+    OSType    file_type;
+    FT_Error  error;
+
+
+    /* LWFN is a (very) specific file format, check for it explicitly */
+    file_type = get_file_type_from_path( pathname );
+    if ( file_type == TTAG_LWFN )
+      return FT_New_Face_From_LWFN( library, pathname, face_index, aface );
+
+    /* Otherwise the file type doesn't matter (there are more than  */
+    /* `FFIL' and `tfil').  Just try opening it as a font suitcase; */
+    /* if it works, fine.                                           */
+
+    error = FT_New_Face_From_Suitcase( library, pathname, face_index, aface );
+    if ( error == 0 )
+      return error;
+
+    /* let it fall through to normal loader (.ttf, .otf, etc.); */
+    /* we signal this by returning no error and no FT_Face      */
+    *aface = NULL;
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    FT_New_Face                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    This is the Mac-specific implementation of FT_New_Face.  In        */
+  /*    addition to the standard FT_New_Face() functionality, it also      */
+  /*    accepts pathnames to Mac suitcase files.  For further              */
+  /*    documentation see the original FT_New_Face() in freetype.h.        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_New_Face( FT_Library   library,
+               const char*  pathname,
+               FT_Long      face_index,
+               FT_Face*     aface )
+  {
+    FT_Open_Args  args;
+    FT_Error      error;
+
+
+    /* test for valid `library' and `aface' delayed to FT_Open_Face() */
+    if ( !pathname )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    error  = FT_Err_Ok;
+    *aface = NULL;
+
+    /* try resourcefork based font: LWFN, FFIL */
+    error = FT_New_Face_From_Resource( library, (UInt8 *)pathname,
+                                       face_index, aface );
+    if ( error != 0 || *aface != NULL )
+      return error;
+
+    /* let it fall through to normal loader (.ttf, .otf, etc.) */
+    args.flags    = FT_OPEN_PATHNAME;
+    args.pathname = (char*)pathname;
+    return FT_Open_Face( library, &args, face_index, aface );
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    FT_New_Face_From_FSRef                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    FT_New_Face_From_FSRef is identical to FT_New_Face except it       */
+  /*    accepts an FSRef instead of a path.                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This function is deprecated because Carbon data types (FSRef)         */
+  /* are not cross-platform, and thus not suitable for the freetype API.   */
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_New_Face_From_FSRef( FT_Library    library,
+                          const FSRef*  ref,
+                          FT_Long       face_index,
+                          FT_Face*      aface )
+  {
+
+#if !HAVE_FSREF
+
+    FT_UNUSED( library );
+    FT_UNUSED( ref );
+    FT_UNUSED( face_index );
+    FT_UNUSED( aface );
+
+    return FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
+
+#else
+
+    FT_Error      error;
+    FT_Open_Args  args;
+    OSErr   err;
+    UInt8   pathname[PATH_MAX];
+
+
+    if ( !ref )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    err = FSRefMakePath( ref, pathname, sizeof ( pathname ) );
+    if ( err )
+      error = FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource;
+
+    error = FT_New_Face_From_Resource( library, pathname, face_index, aface );
+    if ( error != 0 || *aface != NULL )
+      return error;
+
+    /* fallback to datafork font */
+    args.flags    = FT_OPEN_PATHNAME;
+    args.pathname = (char*)pathname;
+    return FT_Open_Face( library, &args, face_index, aface );
+
+#endif /* HAVE_FSREF */
+
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec is identical to FT_New_Face except it      */
+  /*    accepts an FSSpec instead of a path.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This function is deprecated because Carbon data types (FSSpec)        */
+  /* are not cross-platform, and thus not suitable for the freetype API.   */
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec( FT_Library     library,
+                           const FSSpec*  spec,
+                           FT_Long        face_index,
+                           FT_Face*       aface )
+  {
+
+#if HAVE_FSREF
+
+    FSRef  ref;
+
+
+    if ( !spec || FSpMakeFSRef( spec, &ref ) != noErr )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+    else
+      return FT_New_Face_From_FSRef( library, &ref, face_index, aface );
+
+#elif HAVE_FSSPEC
+
+    FT_Error      error;
+    FT_Open_Args  args;
+    OSErr         err;
+    UInt8         pathname[PATH_MAX];
+
+
+    if ( !spec )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    err = FT_FSpMakePath( spec, pathname, sizeof ( pathname ) );
+    if ( err )
+      error = FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource;
+
+    error = FT_New_Face_From_Resource( library, pathname, face_index, aface );
+    if ( error != 0 || *aface != NULL )
+      return error;
+
+    /* fallback to datafork font */
+    args.flags    = FT_OPEN_PATHNAME;
+    args.pathname = (char*)pathname;
+    return FT_Open_Face( library, &args, face_index, aface );
+
+#else
+
+    FT_UNUSED( library );
+    FT_UNUSED( spec );
+    FT_UNUSED( face_index );
+    FT_UNUSED( aface );
+
+    return FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
+
+#endif /* HAVE_FSREF, HAVE_FSSPEC */
+
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/modules.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/modules.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c4a882c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/modules.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 modules sub-Makefile
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003, 2006, 2008 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+# DO NOT INVOKE THIS MAKEFILE DIRECTLY!  IT IS MEANT TO BE INCLUDED BY
+# OTHER MAKEFILES.
+
+
+# This file is in charge of handling the generation of the modules list
+# file.
+
+
+# Build the modules list.
+#
+$(FTMODULE_H): $(MODULES_CFG)
+	$(FTMODULE_H_INIT)
+	$(FTMODULE_H_CREATE)
+	$(FTMODULE_H_DONE)
+
+ifneq ($(findstring $(PLATFORM),dos win32 win16 os2),)
+  OPEN_MODULE   := @echo$(space)
+  CLOSE_MODULE  :=  >> $(subst /,$(SEP),$(FTMODULE_H))
+  REMOVE_MODULE := @-$(DELETE) $(subst /,$(SEP),$(FTMODULE_H))
+else
+  OPEN_MODULE   := @echo "
+  CLOSE_MODULE  := " >> $(FTMODULE_H)
+  REMOVE_MODULE := @-$(DELETE) $(FTMODULE_H)
+endif
+
+
+define FTMODULE_H_INIT
+$(REMOVE_MODULE)
+@-echo Generating modules list in $(FTMODULE_H)...
+$(OPEN_MODULE)/* This is a generated file. */$(CLOSE_MODULE)
+endef
+
+# It is no mistake that the final closing parenthesis is on the
+# next line -- it produces proper newlines during the expansion
+# of `foreach'.
+#
+define FTMODULE_H_CREATE
+$(foreach COMMAND,$(FTMODULE_H_COMMANDS),$($(COMMAND))
+)
+endef
+
+define FTMODULE_H_DONE
+$(OPEN_MODULE)/* EOF */$(CLOSE_MODULE)
+@echo done.
+endef
+
+
+# $(OPEN_DRIVER) & $(CLOSE_DRIVER) are used to specify a given font driver
+# in the `module.mk' rules file.
+#
+OPEN_DRIVER  := $(OPEN_MODULE)FT_USE_MODULE(
+CLOSE_DRIVER := )$(CLOSE_MODULE)
+
+ECHO_DRIVER      := @echo "* module:$(space)
+ECHO_DRIVER_DESC := (
+ECHO_DRIVER_DONE := )"
+
+# Each `module.mk' in the `src/*' subdirectories adds a variable with
+# commands to $(FTMODULE_H_COMMANDS).  Note that we can't use SRC_DIR here.
+#
+-include $(patsubst %,$(TOP_DIR)/src/%/module.mk,$(MODULES))
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/newline b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/newline
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b13789
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/newline
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/os2/detect.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/os2/detect.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..47a40a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/os2/detect.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 configuration file to detect an OS/2 host platform.
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003, 2006 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+.PHONY: setup
+
+
+ifeq ($(PLATFORM),ansi)
+
+  ifdef OS2_SHELL
+
+    PLATFORM := os2
+
+  endif # test OS2_SHELL
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(PLATFORM),os2)
+
+  COPY   := copy
+  DELETE := del
+  CAT    := type
+  SEP    := $(BACKSLASH)
+
+  # gcc-emx by default
+  CONFIG_FILE := os2-gcc.mk
+
+  # additionally, we provide hooks for various other compilers
+  #
+  ifneq ($(findstring visualage,$(MAKECMDGOALS)),)     # Visual Age C++
+    CONFIG_FILE := os2-icc.mk
+    CC          := icc
+    visualage: setup
+    .PHONY: visualage
+  endif
+
+  ifneq ($(findstring watcom,$(MAKECMDGOALS)),)        # Watcom C/C++
+    CONFIG_FILE := os2-wat.mk
+    CC          := wcc386
+    watcom: setup
+    .PHONY: watcom
+  endif
+
+  ifneq ($(findstring borlandc,$(MAKECMDGOALS)),)      # Borland C++ 32-bit
+    CONFIG_FILE := os2-bcc.mk
+    CC          := bcc32
+    borlandc: setup
+    .PHONY: borlandc
+  endif
+
+  ifneq ($(findstring devel,$(MAKECMDGOALS)),)         # development target
+    CONFIG_FILE := os2-dev.mk
+    CC          := gcc
+    devel: setup
+    .PHONY: devel
+  endif
+
+  setup: dos_setup
+
+endif   # test PLATFORM os2
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/os2/os2-def.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/os2/os2-def.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..01cda92
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/os2/os2-def.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 OS/2 specific definitions
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003, 2005, 2006 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+DELETE    := del
+CAT       := type
+SEP       := $(strip \ )
+BUILD_DIR := $(TOP_DIR)/builds/os2
+PLATFORM  := os2
+
+# The executable file extension (for tools), *with* leading dot.
+#
+E := .exe
+
+# The directory where all library files are placed.
+#
+# By default, this is the same as $(OBJ_DIR); however, this can be changed
+# to suit particular needs.
+#
+LIB_DIR := $(OBJ_DIR)
+
+# The name of the final library file.  Note that the DOS-specific Makefile
+# uses a shorter (8.3) name.
+#
+LIBRARY := $(PROJECT)
+
+
+# The NO_OUTPUT macro is used to ignore the output of commands.
+#
+NO_OUTPUT = 2> nul
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/os2/os2-dev.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/os2/os2-dev.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..83da8de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/os2/os2-dev.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 configuration rules for OS/2 + GCC
+#
+#   Development version without optimizations.
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003, 2006 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+DEVEL_DIR := $(TOP_DIR)/devel
+
+# include OS/2-specific definitions
+include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/os2/os2-def.mk
+
+# include gcc-specific definitions
+include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/compiler/gcc-dev.mk
+
+# include linking instructions
+include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/link_dos.mk
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/os2/os2-gcc.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/os2/os2-gcc.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..446073e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/os2/os2-gcc.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 configuration rules for the OS/2 + gcc
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+# include OS/2-specific definitions
+include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/os2/os2-def.mk
+
+# include gcc-specific definitions
+include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/compiler/gcc.mk
+
+# include linking instructions
+include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/link_dos.mk
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/symbian/bld.inf b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/symbian/bld.inf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7932dcb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/symbian/bld.inf
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+//
+// FreeType 2 project for the symbian platform
+//
+
+// Copyright 2008, 2009 by
+// David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+//
+// This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+// and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+// LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+// indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+// fully.
+
+PRJ_PLATFORMS
+DEFAULT
+
+PRJ_MMPFILES
+freetype.mmp
+
+PRJ_EXPORTS
+../../include/ft2build.h
+../../include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h	freetype/config/ftconfig.h
+../../include/freetype/config/ftheader.h	freetype/config/ftheader.h
+../../include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h	freetype/config/ftmodule.h
+../../include/freetype/config/ftoption.h	freetype/config/ftoption.h
+../../include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h	freetype/config/ftstdlib.h
+../../include/freetype/freetype.h		freetype/freetype.h
+../../include/freetype/ftbbox.h			freetype/ftbbox.h
+../../include/freetype/ftbdf.h			freetype/ftbdf.h
+../../include/freetype/ftbitmap.h		freetype/ftbitmap.h
+../../include/freetype/ftcache.h		freetype/ftcache.h
+../../include/freetype/ftcid.h			freetype/ftcid.h
+../../include/freetype/fterrdef.h		freetype/fterrdef.h
+../../include/freetype/fterrors.h		freetype/fterrors.h
+../../include/freetype/ftgasp.h			freetype/ftgasp.h
+../../include/freetype/ftglyph.h		freetype/ftglyph.h
+../../include/freetype/ftgxval.h		freetype/ftgxval.h
+../../include/freetype/ftgzip.h			freetype/ftgzip.h
+../../include/freetype/ftimage.h		freetype/ftimage.h
+../../include/freetype/ftincrem.h		freetype/ftincrem.h
+../../include/freetype/ftlcdfil.h		freetype/ftlcdfil.h
+../../include/freetype/ftlist.h			freetype/ftlist.h
+../../include/freetype/ftlzw.h			freetype/ftlzw.h
+../../include/freetype/ftmac.h			freetype/ftmac.h
+../../include/freetype/ftmm.h			freetype/ftmm.h
+../../include/freetype/ftmodapi.h		freetype/ftmodapi.h
+../../include/freetype/ftmoderr.h		freetype/ftmoderr.h
+../../include/freetype/ftotval.h		freetype/ftotval.h
+../../include/freetype/ftoutln.h		freetype/ftoutln.h
+../../include/freetype/ftpfr.h			freetype/ftpfr.h
+../../include/freetype/ftrender.h		freetype/ftrender.h
+../../include/freetype/ftsizes.h		freetype/ftsizes.h
+../../include/freetype/ftsnames.h		freetype/ftsnames.h
+../../include/freetype/ftstroke.h		freetype/ftstroke.h
+../../include/freetype/ftsynth.h		freetype/ftsynth.h
+../../include/freetype/ftsystem.h		freetype/ftsystem.h
+../../include/freetype/fttrigon.h		freetype/fttrigon.h
+../../include/freetype/fttypes.h		freetype/fttypes.h
+../../include/freetype/ftwinfnt.h		freetype/ftwinfnt.h
+../../include/freetype/ftxf86.h			freetype/ftxf86.h
+../../include/freetype/t1tables.h		freetype/t1tables.h
+../../include/freetype/ttnameid.h		freetype/ttnameid.h
+../../include/freetype/tttables.h		freetype/tttables.h
+../../include/freetype/tttags.h			freetype/tttags.h
+../../include/freetype/ttunpat.h		freetype/ttunpat.h
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/symbian/freetype.mmp b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/symbian/freetype.mmp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c10f357
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/symbian/freetype.mmp
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+//
+// FreeType 2 makefile for the symbian platform
+//
+
+// Copyright 2008, 2009 by
+// David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+//
+// This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+// and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+// LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+// indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+// fully.
+
+target 			freetype.lib
+targettype 		lib
+
+macro NDEBUG
+macro FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY
+
+sourcepath ..\..\src\autofit
+
+source autofit.c
+
+sourcepath ..\..\src\base
+
+source ftbase.c
+source ftbbox.c
+source ftbdf.c
+source ftbitmap.c
+source ftcid.c
+source ftfstype.c
+source ftgasp.c
+source ftglyph.c
+source ftgxval.c
+source ftinit.c
+source ftlcdfil.c
+source ftmm.c
+source ftotval.c
+source ftpatent.c
+source ftpfr.c
+source ftstroke.c
+source ftsynth.c
+source ftsystem.c
+source fttype1.c
+source ftwinfnt.c
+
+sourcepath ..\..\src\bdf
+
+source bdf.c
+
+sourcepath ..\..\src\cache
+
+source ftcache.c
+
+sourcepath ..\..\src\cff
+
+source cff.c
+
+sourcepath ..\..\src\cid
+
+source type1cid.c
+
+sourcepath ..\..\src\gzip
+
+source ftgzip.c
+
+sourcepath ..\..\src\lzw
+
+source ftlzw.c
+
+sourcepath ..\..\src\pcf
+
+source pcf.c
+
+sourcepath ..\..\src\pfr
+
+source pfr.c
+
+sourcepath ..\..\src\psaux
+
+source psaux.c
+
+sourcepath ..\..\src\pshinter
+
+source pshinter.c
+
+sourcepath ..\..\src\psnames
+
+source psmodule.c
+
+sourcepath ..\..\src\raster
+
+source raster.c
+
+sourcepath ..\..\src\sfnt
+
+source sfnt.c
+
+sourcepath ..\..\src\smooth
+
+source smooth.c
+
+sourcepath ..\..\src\truetype
+
+source truetype.c
+
+sourcepath ..\..\src\type1
+
+source type1.c
+
+sourcepath ..\..\src\type42
+
+source type42.c
+
+sourcepath ..\..\src\winfonts
+
+source winfnt.c
+
+
+systeminclude		..\..\include
+systeminclude		\epoc32\include\stdapis
+userinclude		..\..\src\autofit
+userinclude		..\..\src\bdf
+userinclude		..\..\src\cache
+userinclude		..\..\src\cff
+userinclude		..\..\src\cid
+userinclude		..\..\src\gxvalid
+userinclude		..\..\src\gzip
+userinclude		..\..\src\lzw
+userinclude		..\..\src\otvalid
+userinclude		..\..\src\pcf
+userinclude		..\..\src\pfr
+userinclude		..\..\src\psaux
+userinclude		..\..\src\pshinter
+userinclude		..\..\src\psnames
+userinclude		..\..\src\raster
+userinclude		..\..\src\sfnt
+userinclude		..\..\src\smooth
+userinclude		..\..\src\truetype
+userinclude		..\..\src\type1
+userinclude		..\..\src\type42
+userinclude		..\..\src\winfonts
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/toplevel.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/toplevel.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e6a8e93
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/toplevel.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,255 @@
+#
+# FreeType build system -- top-level sub-Makefile
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2001, 2003, 2006, 2008, 2009 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+# This file is designed for GNU Make, do not use it with another Make tool!
+#
+# It works as follows:
+#
+# - When invoked for the first time, this Makefile includes the rules found
+#   in `PROJECT/builds/detect.mk'.  They are in charge of detecting the
+#   current platform.
+#
+#   A summary of the detection is displayed, and the file `config.mk' is
+#   created in the current directory.
+#
+# - When invoked later, this Makefile includes the rules found in
+#   `config.mk'.  This sub-Makefile defines some system-specific variables
+#   (like compiler, compilation flags, object suffix, etc.), then includes
+#   the rules found in `PROJECT/builds/PROJECT.mk', used to build the
+#   library.
+#
+# See the comments in `builds/detect.mk' and `builds/PROJECT.mk' for more
+# details on host platform detection and library builds.
+
+
+# First of all, check whether we have `$(value ...)'.  We do this by testing
+# for `$(eval ...)' which has been introduced in the same GNU make version.
+
+eval_available :=
+$(eval eval_available := T)
+ifneq ($(eval_available),T)
+  $(error FreeType's build system needs a Make program which supports $$(value))
+endif
+
+
+.PHONY: all dist distclean modules setup
+
+
+# The `space' variable is used to avoid trailing spaces in defining the
+# `T' variable later.
+#
+empty :=
+space := $(empty) $(empty)
+
+
+# The main configuration file, defining the `XXX_MODULES' variables.  We
+# prefer a `modules.cfg' file in OBJ_DIR over TOP_DIR.
+#
+ifndef MODULES_CFG
+  MODULES_CFG := $(TOP_DIR)/modules.cfg
+  ifneq ($(wildcard $(OBJ_DIR)/modules.cfg),)
+    MODULES_CFG := $(OBJ_DIR)/modules.cfg
+  endif
+endif
+
+
+# FTMODULE_H, as its name suggests, indicates where the FreeType module
+# class file resides.
+#
+FTMODULE_H ?= $(OBJ_DIR)/ftmodule.h
+
+
+include $(MODULES_CFG)
+
+
+# The list of modules we are using.
+#
+MODULES := $(FONT_MODULES)    \
+           $(HINTING_MODULES) \
+           $(RASTER_MODULES)  \
+           $(AUX_MODULES)
+
+
+CONFIG_MK ?= config.mk
+
+# If no configuration sub-makefile is present, or if `setup' is the target
+# to be built, run the auto-detection rules to figure out which
+# configuration rules file to use.
+#
+# Note that the configuration file is put in the current directory, which is
+# not necessarily $(TOP_DIR).
+
+# If `config.mk' is not present, set `check_platform'.
+#
+ifeq ($(wildcard $(CONFIG_MK)),)
+  check_platform := 1
+endif
+
+# If `setup' is one of the targets requested, set `check_platform'.
+#
+ifneq ($(findstring setup,$(MAKECMDGOALS)),)
+  check_platform := 1
+endif
+
+# Include the automatic host platform detection rules when we need to
+# check the platform.
+#
+ifdef check_platform
+
+  all modules: setup
+
+  include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/detect.mk
+
+  # This rule makes sense for Unix only to remove files created by a run
+  # of the configure script which hasn't been successful (so that no
+  # `config.mk' has been created).  It uses the built-in $(RM) command of
+  # GNU make.  Similarly, `nul' is created if e.g. `make setup win32' has
+  # been erroneously used.
+  #
+  # Note: This test is duplicated in `builds/unix/detect.mk'.
+  #
+  is_unix := $(strip $(wildcard /sbin/init) \
+                     $(wildcard /usr/sbin/init) \
+                     $(wildcard /hurd/auth))
+  ifneq ($(is_unix),)
+
+    distclean:
+	  $(RM) builds/unix/config.cache
+	  $(RM) builds/unix/config.log
+	  $(RM) builds/unix/config.status
+	  $(RM) builds/unix/unix-def.mk
+	  $(RM) builds/unix/unix-cc.mk
+	  $(RM) builds/unix/freetype2.pc
+	  $(RM) nul
+
+  endif # test is_unix
+
+  # IMPORTANT:
+  #
+  # `setup' must be defined by the host platform detection rules to create
+  # the `config.mk' file in the current directory.
+
+else
+
+  # A configuration sub-Makefile is present -- simply run it.
+  #
+  all: single
+
+  BUILD_PROJECT := yes
+  include $(CONFIG_MK)
+
+endif # test check_platform
+
+
+# We always need the list of modules in ftmodule.h.
+#
+all setup: $(FTMODULE_H)
+
+
+# The `modules' target unconditionally rebuilds the module list.
+#
+modules:
+	$(FTMODULE_H_INIT)
+	$(FTMODULE_H_CREATE)
+	$(FTMODULE_H_DONE)
+
+include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/modules.mk
+
+
+# This target builds the tarballs.
+#
+# Not to be run by a normal user -- there are no attempts to make it
+# generic.
+
+# we check for `dist', not `distclean'
+ifneq ($(findstring distx,$(MAKECMDGOALS)x),)
+  FT_H := include/freetype/freetype.h
+
+  major := $(shell sed -n 's/.*FREETYPE_MAJOR.*\([0-9]\+\)/\1/p' < $(FT_H))
+  minor := $(shell sed -n 's/.*FREETYPE_MINOR.*\([0-9]\+\)/\1/p' < $(FT_H))
+  patch := $(shell sed -n 's/.*FREETYPE_PATCH.*\([0-9]\+\)/\1/p' < $(FT_H))
+
+  version    := $(major).$(minor).$(patch)
+  winversion := $(major)$(minor)$(patch)
+endif
+
+dist:
+	-rm -rf tmp
+	rm -f freetype-$(version).tar.gz
+	rm -f freetype-$(version).tar.bz2
+	rm -f ft$(winversion).zip
+
+	for d in `find . -wholename '*/CVS' -prune \
+	                 -o -type f \
+	                 -o -print` ; do \
+	  mkdir -p tmp/$$d ; \
+	done ;
+
+	currdir=`pwd` ; \
+	for f in `find . -wholename '*/CVS' -prune \
+	                 -o -name .cvsignore \
+	                 -o -type d \
+	                 -o -print` ; do \
+	  ln -s $$currdir/$$f tmp/$$f ; \
+	done
+
+	@# Prevent generation of .pyc files.  Python follows (soft) links if
+	@# the link's directory is write protected, so we have temporarily
+	@# disable write access here too.
+	chmod -w src/tools/docmaker
+
+	cd tmp ; \
+	$(MAKE) devel ; \
+	$(MAKE) do-dist
+
+	chmod +w src/tools/docmaker
+
+	mv tmp freetype-$(version)
+
+	tar cfh - freetype-$(version) \
+	| gzip -9 -c > freetype-$(version).tar.gz
+	tar cfh - freetype-$(version) \
+	| bzip2 -c > freetype-$(version).tar.bz2
+
+	@# Use CR/LF for zip files.
+	zip -lr9 ft$(winversion).zip freetype-$(version)
+
+	rm -fr freetype-$(version)
+
+
+# The locations of the latest `config.guess' and `config.sub' versions (from
+# GNU `config' CVS), relative to the `tmp' directory used during `make dist'.
+#
+CONFIG_GUESS = ~/git/config/config.guess
+CONFIG_SUB   = ~/git/config/config.sub
+
+
+# Don't say `make do-dist'.  Always use `make dist' instead.
+#
+.PHONY: do-dist
+
+do-dist: distclean refdoc
+	@# Without removing the files, `autoconf' and friends follow links.
+	rm -f builds/unix/aclocal.m4
+	rm -f builds/unix/configure.ac
+	rm -f builds/unix/configure
+
+	sh autogen.sh
+	rm -rf builds/unix/autom4te.cache
+
+	cp $(CONFIG_GUESS) builds/unix
+	cp $(CONFIG_SUB) builds/unix
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/aclocal.m4 b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/aclocal.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..36a5242
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/aclocal.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,7960 @@
+# generated automatically by aclocal 1.10.1 -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004,
+# 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+# libtool.m4 - Configure libtool for the host system. -*-Autoconf-*-
+#
+#   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005,
+#                 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#   Written by Gordon Matzigkeit, 1996
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives
+# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without
+# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+m4_define([_LT_COPYING], [dnl
+#   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005,
+#                 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#   Written by Gordon Matzigkeit, 1996
+#
+#   This file is part of GNU Libtool.
+#
+# GNU Libtool is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
+# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License,
+# if you distribute this file as part of a program or library that
+# is built using GNU Libtool, you may include this file under the
+# same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+#
+# GNU Libtool is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with GNU Libtool; see the file COPYING.  If not, a copy
+# can be downloaded from http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html, or
+# obtained by writing to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+# 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+])
+
+# serial 56 LT_INIT
+
+
+# LT_PREREQ(VERSION)
+# ------------------
+# Complain and exit if this libtool version is less that VERSION.
+m4_defun([LT_PREREQ],
+[m4_if(m4_version_compare(m4_defn([LT_PACKAGE_VERSION]), [$1]), -1,
+       [m4_default([$3],
+		   [m4_fatal([Libtool version $1 or higher is required],
+		             63)])],
+       [$2])])
+
+
+# _LT_CHECK_BUILDDIR
+# ------------------
+# Complain if the absolute build directory name contains unusual characters
+m4_defun([_LT_CHECK_BUILDDIR],
+[case `pwd` in
+  *\ * | *\	*)
+    AC_MSG_WARN([Libtool does not cope well with whitespace in `pwd`]) ;;
+esac
+])
+
+
+# LT_INIT([OPTIONS])
+# ------------------
+AC_DEFUN([LT_INIT],
+[AC_PREREQ([2.58])dnl We use AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT
+AC_BEFORE([$0], [LT_LANG])dnl
+AC_BEFORE([$0], [LT_OUTPUT])dnl
+AC_BEFORE([$0], [LTDL_INIT])dnl
+m4_require([_LT_CHECK_BUILDDIR])dnl
+
+dnl Autoconf doesn't catch unexpanded LT_ macros by default:
+m4_pattern_forbid([^_?LT_[A-Z_]+$])dnl
+m4_pattern_allow([^(_LT_EOF|LT_DLGLOBAL|LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW|LT_MULTI_MODULE)$])dnl
+dnl aclocal doesn't pull ltoptions.m4, ltsugar.m4, or ltversion.m4
+dnl unless we require an AC_DEFUNed macro:
+AC_REQUIRE([LTOPTIONS_VERSION])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([LTSUGAR_VERSION])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([LTVERSION_VERSION])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([LTOBSOLETE_VERSION])dnl
+m4_require([_LT_PROG_LTMAIN])dnl
+
+dnl Parse OPTIONS
+_LT_SET_OPTIONS([$0], [$1])
+
+# This can be used to rebuild libtool when needed
+LIBTOOL_DEPS="$ltmain"
+
+# Always use our own libtool.
+LIBTOOL='$(SHELL) $(top_builddir)/libtool'
+AC_SUBST(LIBTOOL)dnl
+
+_LT_SETUP
+
+# Only expand once:
+m4_define([LT_INIT])
+])# LT_INIT
+
+# Old names:
+AU_ALIAS([AC_PROG_LIBTOOL], [LT_INIT])
+AU_ALIAS([AM_PROG_LIBTOOL], [LT_INIT])
+dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
+dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_LIBTOOL], [])
+dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_LIBTOOL], [])
+
+
+# _LT_CC_BASENAME(CC)
+# -------------------
+# Calculate cc_basename.  Skip known compiler wrappers and cross-prefix.
+m4_defun([_LT_CC_BASENAME],
+[for cc_temp in $1""; do
+  case $cc_temp in
+    compile | *[[\\/]]compile | ccache | *[[\\/]]ccache ) ;;
+    distcc | *[[\\/]]distcc | purify | *[[\\/]]purify ) ;;
+    \-*) ;;
+    *) break;;
+  esac
+done
+cc_basename=`$ECHO "X$cc_temp" | $Xsed -e 's%.*/%%' -e "s%^$host_alias-%%"`
+])
+
+
+# _LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS
+# ----------------------
+# It is okay to use these file commands and assume they have been set
+# sensibly after `m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])'.
+m4_defun([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS],
+[: ${CP="cp -f"}
+: ${MV="mv -f"}
+: ${RM="rm -f"}
+])# _LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS
+
+
+# _LT_SETUP
+# ---------
+m4_defun([_LT_SETUP],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_BUILD])dnl
+_LT_DECL([], [host_alias], [0], [The host system])dnl
+_LT_DECL([], [host], [0])dnl
+_LT_DECL([], [host_os], [0])dnl
+dnl
+_LT_DECL([], [build_alias], [0], [The build system])dnl
+_LT_DECL([], [build], [0])dnl
+_LT_DECL([], [build_os], [0])dnl
+dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([LT_PATH_LD])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([LT_PATH_NM])dnl
+dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_LN_S])dnl
+test -z "$LN_S" && LN_S="ln -s"
+_LT_DECL([], [LN_S], [1], [Whether we need soft or hard links])dnl
+dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([LT_CMD_MAX_LEN])dnl
+_LT_DECL([objext], [ac_objext], [0], [Object file suffix (normally "o")])dnl
+_LT_DECL([], [exeext], [0], [Executable file suffix (normally "")])dnl
+dnl
+m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl
+m4_require([_LT_CHECK_SHELL_FEATURES])dnl
+m4_require([_LT_CMD_RELOAD])dnl
+m4_require([_LT_CHECK_MAGIC_METHOD])dnl
+m4_require([_LT_CMD_OLD_ARCHIVE])dnl
+m4_require([_LT_CMD_GLOBAL_SYMBOLS])dnl
+
+_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT([
+# See if we are running on zsh, and set the options which allow our
+# commands through without removal of \ escapes INIT.
+if test -n "\${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then
+   setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
+fi
+])
+if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then
+   setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
+fi
+
+_LT_CHECK_OBJDIR
+
+m4_require([_LT_TAG_COMPILER])dnl
+_LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH
+
+case $host_os in
+aix3*)
+  # AIX sometimes has problems with the GCC collect2 program.  For some
+  # reason, if we set the COLLECT_NAMES environment variable, the problems
+  # vanish in a puff of smoke.
+  if test "X${COLLECT_NAMES+set}" != Xset; then
+    COLLECT_NAMES=
+    export COLLECT_NAMES
+  fi
+  ;;
+esac
+
+# Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting.  It backslashifies
+# metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings.
+sed_quote_subst='s/\([["`$\\]]\)/\\\1/g'
+
+# Same as above, but do not quote variable references.
+double_quote_subst='s/\([["`\\]]\)/\\\1/g'
+
+# Sed substitution to delay expansion of an escaped shell variable in a
+# double_quote_subst'ed string.
+delay_variable_subst='s/\\\\\\\\\\\$/\\\\\\$/g'
+
+# Sed substitution to delay expansion of an escaped single quote.
+delay_single_quote_subst='s/'\''/'\'\\\\\\\'\''/g'
+
+# Sed substitution to avoid accidental globbing in evaled expressions
+no_glob_subst='s/\*/\\\*/g'
+
+# Global variables:
+ofile=libtool
+can_build_shared=yes
+
+# All known linkers require a `.a' archive for static linking (except MSVC,
+# which needs '.lib').
+libext=a
+
+with_gnu_ld="$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld"
+
+old_CC="$CC"
+old_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+
+# Set sane defaults for various variables
+test -z "$CC" && CC=cc
+test -z "$LTCC" && LTCC=$CC
+test -z "$LTCFLAGS" && LTCFLAGS=$CFLAGS
+test -z "$LD" && LD=ld
+test -z "$ac_objext" && ac_objext=o
+
+_LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler])
+
+# Only perform the check for file, if the check method requires it
+test -z "$MAGIC_CMD" && MAGIC_CMD=file
+case $deplibs_check_method in
+file_magic*)
+  if test "$file_magic_cmd" = '$MAGIC_CMD'; then
+    _LT_PATH_MAGIC
+  fi
+  ;;
+esac
+
+# Use C for the default configuration in the libtool script
+LT_SUPPORTED_TAG([CC])
+_LT_LANG_C_CONFIG
+_LT_LANG_DEFAULT_CONFIG
+_LT_CONFIG_COMMANDS
+])# _LT_SETUP
+
+
+# _LT_PROG_LTMAIN
+# ---------------
+# Note that this code is called both from `configure', and `config.status'
+# now that we use AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS to generate libtool.  Notably,
+# `config.status' has no value for ac_aux_dir unless we are using Automake,
+# so we pass a copy along to make sure it has a sensible value anyway.
+m4_defun([_LT_PROG_LTMAIN],
+[m4_ifdef([AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE], [AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE([ltmain.sh])])dnl
+_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT([ac_aux_dir='$ac_aux_dir'])
+ltmain="$ac_aux_dir/ltmain.sh"
+])# _LT_PROG_LTMAIN
+
+
+
+# So that we can recreate a full libtool script including additional
+# tags, we accumulate the chunks of code to send to AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS
+# in macros and then make a single call at the end using the `libtool'
+# label.
+
+
+# _LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT([INIT-COMMANDS])
+# ----------------------------------------
+# Register INIT-COMMANDS to be passed to AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS later.
+m4_define([_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT],
+[m4_ifval([$1],
+          [m4_append([_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_INIT],
+                     [$1
+])])])
+
+# Initialize.
+m4_define([_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_INIT])
+
+
+# _LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL([COMMANDS])
+# ------------------------------
+# Register COMMANDS to be passed to AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS later.
+m4_define([_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL],
+[m4_ifval([$1],
+          [m4_append([_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS],
+                     [$1
+])])])
+
+# Initialize.
+m4_define([_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS])
+
+
+# _LT_CONFIG_SAVE_COMMANDS([COMMANDS], [INIT_COMMANDS])
+# -----------------------------------------------------
+m4_defun([_LT_CONFIG_SAVE_COMMANDS],
+[_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL([$1])
+_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT([$2])
+])
+
+
+# _LT_FORMAT_COMMENT([COMMENT])
+# -----------------------------
+# Add leading comment marks to the start of each line, and a trailing
+# full-stop to the whole comment if one is not present already.
+m4_define([_LT_FORMAT_COMMENT],
+[m4_ifval([$1], [
+m4_bpatsubst([m4_bpatsubst([$1], [^ *], [# ])],
+              [['`$\]], [\\\&])]m4_bmatch([$1], [[!?.]$], [], [.])
+)])
+
+
+
+
+
+# _LT_DECL([CONFIGNAME], VARNAME, VALUE, [DESCRIPTION], [IS-TAGGED?])
+# -------------------------------------------------------------------
+# CONFIGNAME is the name given to the value in the libtool script.
+# VARNAME is the (base) name used in the configure script.
+# VALUE may be 0, 1 or 2 for a computed quote escaped value based on
+# VARNAME.  Any other value will be used directly.
+m4_define([_LT_DECL],
+[lt_if_append_uniq([lt_decl_varnames], [$2], [, ],
+    [lt_dict_add_subkey([lt_decl_dict], [$2], [libtool_name],
+	[m4_ifval([$1], [$1], [$2])])
+    lt_dict_add_subkey([lt_decl_dict], [$2], [value], [$3])
+    m4_ifval([$4],
+	[lt_dict_add_subkey([lt_decl_dict], [$2], [description], [$4])])
+    lt_dict_add_subkey([lt_decl_dict], [$2],
+	[tagged?], [m4_ifval([$5], [yes], [no])])])
+])
+
+
+# _LT_TAGDECL([CONFIGNAME], VARNAME, VALUE, [DESCRIPTION])
+# --------------------------------------------------------
+m4_define([_LT_TAGDECL], [_LT_DECL([$1], [$2], [$3], [$4], [yes])])
+
+
+# lt_decl_tag_varnames([SEPARATOR], [VARNAME1...])
+# ------------------------------------------------
+m4_define([lt_decl_tag_varnames],
+[_lt_decl_filter([tagged?], [yes], $@)])
+
+
+# _lt_decl_filter(SUBKEY, VALUE, [SEPARATOR], [VARNAME1..])
+# ---------------------------------------------------------
+m4_define([_lt_decl_filter],
+[m4_case([$#],
+  [0], [m4_fatal([$0: too few arguments: $#])],
+  [1], [m4_fatal([$0: too few arguments: $#: $1])],
+  [2], [lt_dict_filter([lt_decl_dict], [$1], [$2], [], lt_decl_varnames)],
+  [3], [lt_dict_filter([lt_decl_dict], [$1], [$2], [$3], lt_decl_varnames)],
+  [lt_dict_filter([lt_decl_dict], $@)])[]dnl
+])
+
+
+# lt_decl_quote_varnames([SEPARATOR], [VARNAME1...])
+# --------------------------------------------------
+m4_define([lt_decl_quote_varnames],
+[_lt_decl_filter([value], [1], $@)])
+
+
+# lt_decl_dquote_varnames([SEPARATOR], [VARNAME1...])
+# ---------------------------------------------------
+m4_define([lt_decl_dquote_varnames],
+[_lt_decl_filter([value], [2], $@)])
+
+
+# lt_decl_varnames_tagged([SEPARATOR], [VARNAME1...])
+# ---------------------------------------------------
+m4_define([lt_decl_varnames_tagged],
+[m4_assert([$# <= 2])dnl
+_$0(m4_quote(m4_default([$1], [[, ]])),
+    m4_ifval([$2], [[$2]], [m4_dquote(lt_decl_tag_varnames)]),
+    m4_split(m4_normalize(m4_quote(_LT_TAGS)), [ ]))])
+m4_define([_lt_decl_varnames_tagged],
+[m4_ifval([$3], [lt_combine([$1], [$2], [_], $3)])])
+
+
+# lt_decl_all_varnames([SEPARATOR], [VARNAME1...])
+# ------------------------------------------------
+m4_define([lt_decl_all_varnames],
+[_$0(m4_quote(m4_default([$1], [[, ]])),
+     m4_if([$2], [],
+	   m4_quote(lt_decl_varnames),
+	m4_quote(m4_shift($@))))[]dnl
+])
+m4_define([_lt_decl_all_varnames],
+[lt_join($@, lt_decl_varnames_tagged([$1],
+			lt_decl_tag_varnames([[, ]], m4_shift($@))))dnl
+])
+
+
+# _LT_CONFIG_STATUS_DECLARE([VARNAME])
+# ------------------------------------
+# Quote a variable value, and forward it to `config.status' so that its
+# declaration there will have the same value as in `configure'.  VARNAME
+# must have a single quote delimited value for this to work.
+m4_define([_LT_CONFIG_STATUS_DECLARE],
+[$1='`$ECHO "X$][$1" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'])
+
+
+# _LT_CONFIG_STATUS_DECLARATIONS
+# ------------------------------
+# We delimit libtool config variables with single quotes, so when
+# we write them to config.status, we have to be sure to quote all
+# embedded single quotes properly.  In configure, this macro expands
+# each variable declared with _LT_DECL (and _LT_TAGDECL) into:
+#
+#    ='`$ECHO "X$" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+m4_defun([_LT_CONFIG_STATUS_DECLARATIONS],
+[m4_foreach([_lt_var], m4_quote(lt_decl_all_varnames),
+    [m4_n([_LT_CONFIG_STATUS_DECLARE(_lt_var)])])])
+
+
+# _LT_LIBTOOL_TAGS
+# ----------------
+# Output comment and list of tags supported by the script
+m4_defun([_LT_LIBTOOL_TAGS],
+[_LT_FORMAT_COMMENT([The names of the tagged configurations supported by this script])dnl
+available_tags="_LT_TAGS"dnl
+])
+
+
+# _LT_LIBTOOL_DECLARE(VARNAME, [TAG])
+# -----------------------------------
+# Extract the dictionary values for VARNAME (optionally with TAG) and
+# expand to a commented shell variable setting:
+#
+#    # Some comment about what VAR is for.
+#    visible_name=$lt_internal_name
+m4_define([_LT_LIBTOOL_DECLARE],
+[_LT_FORMAT_COMMENT(m4_quote(lt_dict_fetch([lt_decl_dict], [$1],
+					   [description])))[]dnl
+m4_pushdef([_libtool_name],
+    m4_quote(lt_dict_fetch([lt_decl_dict], [$1], [libtool_name])))[]dnl
+m4_case(m4_quote(lt_dict_fetch([lt_decl_dict], [$1], [value])),
+    [0], [_libtool_name=[$]$1],
+    [1], [_libtool_name=$lt_[]$1],
+    [2], [_libtool_name=$lt_[]$1],
+    [_libtool_name=lt_dict_fetch([lt_decl_dict], [$1], [value])])[]dnl
+m4_ifval([$2], [_$2])[]m4_popdef([_libtool_name])[]dnl
+])
+
+
+# _LT_LIBTOOL_CONFIG_VARS
+# -----------------------
+# Produce commented declarations of non-tagged libtool config variables
+# suitable for insertion in the LIBTOOL CONFIG section of the `libtool'
+# script.  Tagged libtool config variables (even for the LIBTOOL CONFIG
+# section) are produced by _LT_LIBTOOL_TAG_VARS.
+m4_defun([_LT_LIBTOOL_CONFIG_VARS],
+[m4_foreach([_lt_var],
+    m4_quote(_lt_decl_filter([tagged?], [no], [], lt_decl_varnames)),
+    [m4_n([_LT_LIBTOOL_DECLARE(_lt_var)])])])
+
+
+# _LT_LIBTOOL_TAG_VARS(TAG)
+# -------------------------
+m4_define([_LT_LIBTOOL_TAG_VARS],
+[m4_foreach([_lt_var], m4_quote(lt_decl_tag_varnames),
+    [m4_n([_LT_LIBTOOL_DECLARE(_lt_var, [$1])])])])
+
+
+# _LT_TAGVAR(VARNAME, [TAGNAME])
+# ------------------------------
+m4_define([_LT_TAGVAR], [m4_ifval([$2], [$1_$2], [$1])])
+
+
+# _LT_CONFIG_COMMANDS
+# -------------------
+# Send accumulated output to $CONFIG_STATUS.  Thanks to the lists of
+# variables for single and double quote escaping we saved from calls
+# to _LT_DECL, we can put quote escaped variables declarations
+# into `config.status', and then the shell code to quote escape them in
+# for loops in `config.status'.  Finally, any additional code accumulated
+# from calls to _LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT is expanded.
+m4_defun([_LT_CONFIG_COMMANDS],
+[AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([LT_OUTPUT],
+	dnl If the libtool generation code has been placed in $CONFIG_LT,
+	dnl instead of duplicating it all over again into config.status,
+	dnl then we will have config.status run $CONFIG_LT later, so it
+	dnl needs to know what name is stored there:
+        [AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([libtool],
+            [$SHELL $CONFIG_LT || AS_EXIT(1)], [CONFIG_LT='$CONFIG_LT'])],
+    dnl If the libtool generation code is destined for config.status,
+    dnl expand the accumulated commands and init code now:
+    [AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([libtool],
+        [_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS], [_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS_INIT])])
+])#_LT_CONFIG_COMMANDS
+
+
+# Initialize.
+m4_define([_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS_INIT],
+[
+
+# The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout
+# if CDPATH is set.
+(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH
+
+sed_quote_subst='$sed_quote_subst'
+double_quote_subst='$double_quote_subst'
+delay_variable_subst='$delay_variable_subst'
+_LT_CONFIG_STATUS_DECLARATIONS
+LTCC='$LTCC'
+LTCFLAGS='$LTCFLAGS'
+compiler='$compiler_DEFAULT'
+
+# Quote evaled strings.
+for var in lt_decl_all_varnames([[ \
+]], lt_decl_quote_varnames); do
+    case \`eval \\\\\$ECHO "X\\\\\$\$var"\` in
+    *[[\\\\\\\`\\"\\\$]]*)
+      eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\`\\\$ECHO \\"X\\\$\$var\\" | \\\$Xsed -e \\"\\\$sed_quote_subst\\"\\\`\\\\\\""
+      ;;
+    *)
+      eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\$\$var\\\\\\""
+      ;;
+    esac
+done
+
+# Double-quote double-evaled strings.
+for var in lt_decl_all_varnames([[ \
+]], lt_decl_dquote_varnames); do
+    case \`eval \\\\\$ECHO "X\\\\\$\$var"\` in
+    *[[\\\\\\\`\\"\\\$]]*)
+      eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\`\\\$ECHO \\"X\\\$\$var\\" | \\\$Xsed -e \\"\\\$double_quote_subst\\" -e \\"\\\$sed_quote_subst\\" -e \\"\\\$delay_variable_subst\\"\\\`\\\\\\""
+      ;;
+    *)
+      eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\$\$var\\\\\\""
+      ;;
+    esac
+done
+
+# Fix-up fallback echo if it was mangled by the above quoting rules.
+case \$lt_ECHO in
+*'\\\[$]0 --fallback-echo"')dnl "
+  lt_ECHO=\`\$ECHO "X\$lt_ECHO" | \$Xsed -e 's/\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\[$]0 --fallback-echo"\[$]/\[$]0 --fallback-echo"/'\`
+  ;;
+esac
+
+_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_INIT
+])
+
+
+# LT_OUTPUT
+# ---------
+# This macro allows early generation of the libtool script (before
+# AC_OUTPUT is called), incase it is used in configure for compilation
+# tests.
+AC_DEFUN([LT_OUTPUT],
+[: ${CONFIG_LT=./config.lt}
+AC_MSG_NOTICE([creating $CONFIG_LT])
+cat >"$CONFIG_LT" <<_LTEOF
+#! $SHELL
+# Generated by $as_me.
+# Run this file to recreate a libtool stub with the current configuration.
+
+lt_cl_silent=false
+SHELL=\${CONFIG_SHELL-$SHELL}
+_LTEOF
+
+cat >>"$CONFIG_LT" <<\_LTEOF
+AS_SHELL_SANITIZE
+_AS_PREPARE
+
+exec AS_MESSAGE_FD>&1
+exec AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD>>config.log
+{
+  echo
+  AS_BOX([Running $as_me.])
+} >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
+
+lt_cl_help="\
+\`$as_me' creates a local libtool stub from the current configuration,
+for use in further configure time tests before the real libtool is
+generated.
+
+Usage: $[0] [[OPTIONS]]
+
+  -h, --help      print this help, then exit
+  -V, --version   print version number, then exit
+  -q, --quiet     do not print progress messages
+  -d, --debug     don't remove temporary files
+
+Report bugs to ."
+
+lt_cl_version="\
+m4_ifset([AC_PACKAGE_NAME], [AC_PACKAGE_NAME ])config.lt[]dnl
+m4_ifset([AC_PACKAGE_VERSION], [ AC_PACKAGE_VERSION])
+configured by $[0], generated by m4_PACKAGE_STRING.
+
+Copyright (C) 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+This config.lt script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+gives unlimited permision to copy, distribute and modify it."
+
+while test $[#] != 0
+do
+  case $[1] in
+    --version | --v* | -V )
+      echo "$lt_cl_version"; exit 0 ;;
+    --help | --h* | -h )
+      echo "$lt_cl_help"; exit 0 ;;
+    --debug | --d* | -d )
+      debug=: ;;
+    --quiet | --q* | --silent | --s* | -q )
+      lt_cl_silent=: ;;
+
+    -*) AC_MSG_ERROR([unrecognized option: $[1]
+Try \`$[0] --help' for more information.]) ;;
+
+    *) AC_MSG_ERROR([unrecognized argument: $[1]
+Try \`$[0] --help' for more information.]) ;;
+  esac
+  shift
+done
+
+if $lt_cl_silent; then
+  exec AS_MESSAGE_FD>/dev/null
+fi
+_LTEOF
+
+cat >>"$CONFIG_LT" <<_LTEOF
+_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS_INIT
+_LTEOF
+
+cat >>"$CONFIG_LT" <<\_LTEOF
+AC_MSG_NOTICE([creating $ofile])
+_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS
+AS_EXIT(0)
+_LTEOF
+chmod +x "$CONFIG_LT"
+
+# configure is writing to config.log, but config.lt does its own redirection,
+# appending to config.log, which fails on DOS, as config.log is still kept
+# open by configure.  Here we exec the FD to /dev/null, effectively closing
+# config.log, so it can be properly (re)opened and appended to by config.lt.
+if test "$no_create" != yes; then
+  lt_cl_success=:
+  test "$silent" = yes &&
+    lt_config_lt_args="$lt_config_lt_args --quiet"
+  exec AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD>/dev/null
+  $SHELL "$CONFIG_LT" $lt_config_lt_args || lt_cl_success=false
+  exec AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD>>config.log
+  $lt_cl_success || AS_EXIT(1)
+fi
+])# LT_OUTPUT
+
+
+# _LT_CONFIG(TAG)
+# ---------------
+# If TAG is the built-in tag, create an initial libtool script with a
+# default configuration from the untagged config vars.  Otherwise add code
+# to config.status for appending the configuration named by TAG from the
+# matching tagged config vars.
+m4_defun([_LT_CONFIG],
+[m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl
+_LT_CONFIG_SAVE_COMMANDS([
+  m4_define([_LT_TAG], m4_if([$1], [], [C], [$1]))dnl
+  m4_if(_LT_TAG, [C], [
+    # See if we are running on zsh, and set the options which allow our
+    # commands through without removal of \ escapes.
+    if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then
+      setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
+    fi
+
+    cfgfile="${ofile}T"
+    trap "$RM \"$cfgfile\"; exit 1" 1 2 15
+    $RM "$cfgfile"
+
+    cat <<_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile"
+#! $SHELL
+
+# `$ECHO "$ofile" | sed 's%^.*/%%'` - Provide generalized library-building support services.
+# Generated automatically by $as_me ($PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION
+# Libtool was configured on host `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`:
+# NOTE: Changes made to this file will be lost: look at ltmain.sh.
+#
+_LT_COPYING
+_LT_LIBTOOL_TAGS
+
+# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL CONFIG
+_LT_LIBTOOL_CONFIG_VARS
+_LT_LIBTOOL_TAG_VARS
+# ### END LIBTOOL CONFIG
+
+_LT_EOF
+
+  case $host_os in
+  aix3*)
+    cat <<\_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile"
+# AIX sometimes has problems with the GCC collect2 program.  For some
+# reason, if we set the COLLECT_NAMES environment variable, the problems
+# vanish in a puff of smoke.
+if test "X${COLLECT_NAMES+set}" != Xset; then
+  COLLECT_NAMES=
+  export COLLECT_NAMES
+fi
+_LT_EOF
+    ;;
+  esac
+
+  _LT_PROG_LTMAIN
+
+  # We use sed instead of cat because bash on DJGPP gets confused if
+  # if finds mixed CR/LF and LF-only lines.  Since sed operates in
+  # text mode, it properly converts lines to CR/LF.  This bash problem
+  # is reportedly fixed, but why not run on old versions too?
+  sed '/^# Generated shell functions inserted here/q' "$ltmain" >> "$cfgfile" \
+    || (rm -f "$cfgfile"; exit 1)
+
+  _LT_PROG_XSI_SHELLFNS
+
+  sed -n '/^# Generated shell functions inserted here/,$p' "$ltmain" >> "$cfgfile" \
+    || (rm -f "$cfgfile"; exit 1)
+
+  mv -f "$cfgfile" "$ofile" ||
+    (rm -f "$ofile" && cp "$cfgfile" "$ofile" && rm -f "$cfgfile")
+  chmod +x "$ofile"
+],
+[cat <<_LT_EOF >> "$ofile"
+
+dnl Unfortunately we have to use $1 here, since _LT_TAG is not expanded
+dnl in a comment (ie after a #).
+# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $1
+_LT_LIBTOOL_TAG_VARS(_LT_TAG)
+# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $1
+_LT_EOF
+])dnl /m4_if
+],
+[m4_if([$1], [], [
+    PACKAGE='$PACKAGE'
+    VERSION='$VERSION'
+    TIMESTAMP='$TIMESTAMP'
+    RM='$RM'
+    ofile='$ofile'], [])
+])dnl /_LT_CONFIG_SAVE_COMMANDS
+])# _LT_CONFIG
+
+
+# LT_SUPPORTED_TAG(TAG)
+# ---------------------
+# Trace this macro to discover what tags are supported by the libtool
+# --tag option, using:
+#    autoconf --trace 'LT_SUPPORTED_TAG:$1'
+AC_DEFUN([LT_SUPPORTED_TAG], [])
+
+
+# C support is built-in for now
+m4_define([_LT_LANG_C_enabled], [])
+m4_define([_LT_TAGS], [])
+
+
+# LT_LANG(LANG)
+# -------------
+# Enable libtool support for the given language if not already enabled.
+AC_DEFUN([LT_LANG],
+[AC_BEFORE([$0], [LT_OUTPUT])dnl
+m4_case([$1],
+  [C],			[_LT_LANG(C)],
+  [C++],		[_LT_LANG(CXX)],
+  [Java],		[_LT_LANG(GCJ)],
+  [Fortran 77],		[_LT_LANG(F77)],
+  [Fortran],		[_LT_LANG(FC)],
+  [Windows Resource],	[_LT_LANG(RC)],
+  [m4_ifdef([_LT_LANG_]$1[_CONFIG],
+    [_LT_LANG($1)],
+    [m4_fatal([$0: unsupported language: "$1"])])])dnl
+])# LT_LANG
+
+
+# _LT_LANG(LANGNAME)
+# ------------------
+m4_defun([_LT_LANG],
+[m4_ifdef([_LT_LANG_]$1[_enabled], [],
+  [LT_SUPPORTED_TAG([$1])dnl
+  m4_append([_LT_TAGS], [$1 ])dnl
+  m4_define([_LT_LANG_]$1[_enabled], [])dnl
+  _LT_LANG_$1_CONFIG($1)])dnl
+])# _LT_LANG
+
+
+# _LT_LANG_DEFAULT_CONFIG
+# -----------------------
+m4_defun([_LT_LANG_DEFAULT_CONFIG],
+[AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CXX],
+  [LT_LANG(CXX)],
+  [m4_define([AC_PROG_CXX], defn([AC_PROG_CXX])[LT_LANG(CXX)])])
+
+AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_F77],
+  [LT_LANG(F77)],
+  [m4_define([AC_PROG_F77], defn([AC_PROG_F77])[LT_LANG(F77)])])
+
+AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_FC],
+  [LT_LANG(FC)],
+  [m4_define([AC_PROG_FC], defn([AC_PROG_FC])[LT_LANG(FC)])])
+
+dnl The call to [A][M_PROG_GCJ] is quoted like that to stop aclocal
+dnl pulling things in needlessly.
+AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_GCJ],
+  [LT_LANG(GCJ)],
+  [AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([A][M_PROG_GCJ],
+    [LT_LANG(GCJ)],
+    [AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([LT_PROG_GCJ],
+      [LT_LANG(GCJ)],
+      [m4_ifdef([AC_PROG_GCJ],
+	[m4_define([AC_PROG_GCJ], defn([AC_PROG_GCJ])[LT_LANG(GCJ)])])
+       m4_ifdef([A][M_PROG_GCJ],
+	[m4_define([A][M_PROG_GCJ], defn([A][M_PROG_GCJ])[LT_LANG(GCJ)])])
+       m4_ifdef([LT_PROG_GCJ],
+	[m4_define([LT_PROG_GCJ], defn([LT_PROG_GCJ])[LT_LANG(GCJ)])])])])])
+
+AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([LT_PROG_RC],
+  [LT_LANG(RC)],
+  [m4_define([LT_PROG_RC], defn([LT_PROG_RC])[LT_LANG(RC)])])
+])# _LT_LANG_DEFAULT_CONFIG
+
+# Obsolete macros:
+AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_CXX], [LT_LANG(C++)])
+AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_F77], [LT_LANG(Fortran 77)])
+AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_FC], [LT_LANG(Fortran)])
+AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_GCJ], [LT_LANG(Java)])
+dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
+dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_CXX], [])
+dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_F77], [])
+dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_FC], [])
+dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_GCJ], [])
+
+
+# _LT_TAG_COMPILER
+# ----------------
+m4_defun([_LT_TAG_COMPILER],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
+
+_LT_DECL([LTCC], [CC], [1], [A C compiler])dnl
+_LT_DECL([LTCFLAGS], [CFLAGS], [1], [LTCC compiler flags])dnl
+_LT_TAGDECL([CC], [compiler], [1], [A language specific compiler])dnl
+_LT_TAGDECL([with_gcc], [GCC], [0], [Is the compiler the GNU compiler?])dnl
+
+# If no C compiler was specified, use CC.
+LTCC=${LTCC-"$CC"}
+
+# If no C compiler flags were specified, use CFLAGS.
+LTCFLAGS=${LTCFLAGS-"$CFLAGS"}
+
+# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments.
+compiler=$CC
+])# _LT_TAG_COMPILER
+
+
+# _LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE
+# ------------------------
+# Check for compiler boilerplate output or warnings with
+# the simple compiler test code.
+m4_defun([_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE],
+[m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl
+ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext
+echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" >conftest.$ac_ext
+eval "$ac_compile" 2>&1 >/dev/null | $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' >conftest.err
+_lt_compiler_boilerplate=`cat conftest.err`
+$RM conftest*
+])# _LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE
+
+
+# _LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE
+# ----------------------
+# Check for linker boilerplate output or warnings with
+# the simple link test code.
+m4_defun([_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE],
+[m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl
+ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext
+echo "$lt_simple_link_test_code" >conftest.$ac_ext
+eval "$ac_link" 2>&1 >/dev/null | $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' >conftest.err
+_lt_linker_boilerplate=`cat conftest.err`
+$RM -r conftest*
+])# _LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE
+
+# _LT_REQUIRED_DARWIN_CHECKS
+# -------------------------
+m4_defun_once([_LT_REQUIRED_DARWIN_CHECKS],[
+  case $host_os in
+    rhapsody* | darwin*)
+    AC_CHECK_TOOL([DSYMUTIL], [dsymutil], [:])
+    AC_CHECK_TOOL([NMEDIT], [nmedit], [:])
+    AC_CHECK_TOOL([LIPO], [lipo], [:])
+    AC_CHECK_TOOL([OTOOL], [otool], [:])
+    AC_CHECK_TOOL([OTOOL64], [otool64], [:])
+    _LT_DECL([], [DSYMUTIL], [1],
+      [Tool to manipulate archived DWARF debug symbol files on Mac OS X])
+    _LT_DECL([], [NMEDIT], [1],
+      [Tool to change global to local symbols on Mac OS X])
+    _LT_DECL([], [LIPO], [1],
+      [Tool to manipulate fat objects and archives on Mac OS X])
+    _LT_DECL([], [OTOOL], [1],
+      [ldd/readelf like tool for Mach-O binaries on Mac OS X])
+    _LT_DECL([], [OTOOL64], [1],
+      [ldd/readelf like tool for 64 bit Mach-O binaries on Mac OS X 10.4])
+
+    AC_CACHE_CHECK([for -single_module linker flag],[lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod],
+      [lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod=no
+      if test -z "${LT_MULTI_MODULE}"; then
+	# By default we will add the -single_module flag. You can override
+	# by either setting the environment variable LT_MULTI_MODULE
+	# non-empty at configure time, or by adding -multi_module to the
+	# link flags.
+	rm -rf libconftest.dylib*
+	echo "int foo(void){return 1;}" > conftest.c
+	echo "$LTCC $LTCFLAGS $LDFLAGS -o libconftest.dylib \
+-dynamiclib -Wl,-single_module conftest.c" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
+	$LTCC $LTCFLAGS $LDFLAGS -o libconftest.dylib \
+	  -dynamiclib -Wl,-single_module conftest.c 2>conftest.err
+        _lt_result=$?
+	if test -f libconftest.dylib && test ! -s conftest.err && test $_lt_result = 0; then
+	  lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod=yes
+	else
+	  cat conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
+	fi
+	rm -rf libconftest.dylib*
+	rm -f conftest.*
+      fi])
+    AC_CACHE_CHECK([for -exported_symbols_list linker flag],
+      [lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list],
+      [lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list=no
+      save_LDFLAGS=$LDFLAGS
+      echo "_main" > conftest.sym
+      LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-exported_symbols_list,conftest.sym"
+      AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([],[])],
+	[lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list=yes],
+	[lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list=no])
+	LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS"
+    ])
+    case $host_os in
+    rhapsody* | darwin1.[[012]])
+      _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;;
+    darwin1.*)
+      _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-flat_namespace ${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;;
+    darwin*) # darwin 5.x on
+      # if running on 10.5 or later, the deployment target defaults
+      # to the OS version, if on x86, and 10.4, the deployment
+      # target defaults to 10.4. Don't you love it?
+      case ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET-10.0},$host in
+	10.0,*86*-darwin8*|10.0,*-darwin[[91]]*)
+	  _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-undefined ${wl}dynamic_lookup' ;;
+	10.[[012]]*)
+	  _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-flat_namespace ${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;;
+	10.*)
+	  _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-undefined ${wl}dynamic_lookup' ;;
+      esac
+    ;;
+  esac
+    if test "$lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod" = "yes"; then
+      _lt_dar_single_mod='$single_module'
+    fi
+    if test "$lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list" = "yes"; then
+      _lt_dar_export_syms=' ${wl}-exported_symbols_list,$output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym'
+    else
+      _lt_dar_export_syms='~$NMEDIT -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}'
+    fi
+    if test "$DSYMUTIL" != ":"; then
+      _lt_dsymutil='~$DSYMUTIL $lib || :'
+    else
+      _lt_dsymutil=
+    fi
+    ;;
+  esac
+])
+
+
+# _LT_DARWIN_LINKER_FEATURES
+# --------------------------
+# Checks for linker and compiler features on darwin
+m4_defun([_LT_DARWIN_LINKER_FEATURES],
+[
+  m4_require([_LT_REQUIRED_DARWIN_CHECKS])
+  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
+  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no
+  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)=yes
+  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=unsupported
+  _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)=''
+  _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes
+  _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)="$_lt_dar_allow_undefined"
+  case $cc_basename in
+     ifort*) _lt_dar_can_shared=yes ;;
+     *) _lt_dar_can_shared=$GCC ;;
+  esac
+  if test "$_lt_dar_can_shared" = "yes"; then
+    output_verbose_link_cmd=echo
+    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)="\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring $_lt_dar_single_mod${_lt_dsymutil}"
+    _LT_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)="\$CC \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib -bundle \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags${_lt_dsymutil}"
+    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="sed 's,^,_,' < \$export_symbols > \$output_objdir/\${libname}-symbols.expsym~\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring ${_lt_dar_single_mod}${_lt_dar_export_syms}${_lt_dsymutil}"
+    _LT_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)="sed -e 's,^,_,' < \$export_symbols > \$output_objdir/\${libname}-symbols.expsym~\$CC \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib -bundle \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags${_lt_dar_export_syms}${_lt_dsymutil}"
+    m4_if([$1], [CXX],
+[   if test "$lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod" != "yes"; then
+      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)="\$CC -r -keep_private_externs -nostdlib -o \${lib}-master.o \$libobjs~\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \${lib}-master.o \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring${_lt_dsymutil}"
+      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="sed 's,^,_,' < \$export_symbols > \$output_objdir/\${libname}-symbols.expsym~\$CC -r -keep_private_externs -nostdlib -o \${lib}-master.o \$libobjs~\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \${lib}-master.o \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring${_lt_dar_export_syms}${_lt_dsymutil}"
+    fi
+],[])
+  else
+  _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+  fi
+])
+
+# _LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX
+# -----------------------
+# Links a minimal program and checks the executable
+# for the system default hardcoded library path. In most cases,
+# this is /usr/lib:/lib, but when the MPI compilers are used
+# the location of the communication and MPI libs are included too.
+# If we don't find anything, use the default library path according
+# to the aix ld manual.
+m4_defun([_LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX],
+[m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl
+AC_LINK_IFELSE(AC_LANG_PROGRAM,[
+lt_aix_libpath_sed='
+    /Import File Strings/,/^$/ {
+	/^0/ {
+	    s/^0  *\(.*\)$/\1/
+	    p
+	}
+    }'
+aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"`
+# Check for a 64-bit object if we didn't find anything.
+if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then
+  aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"`
+fi],[])
+if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib"; fi
+])# _LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX
+
+
+# _LT_SHELL_INIT(ARG)
+# -------------------
+m4_define([_LT_SHELL_INIT],
+[ifdef([AC_DIVERSION_NOTICE],
+	     [AC_DIVERT_PUSH(AC_DIVERSION_NOTICE)],
+	 [AC_DIVERT_PUSH(NOTICE)])
+$1
+AC_DIVERT_POP
+])# _LT_SHELL_INIT
+
+
+# _LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH
+# -----------------------
+# Add some code to the start of the generated configure script which
+# will find an echo command which doesn't interpret backslashes.
+m4_defun([_LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH],
+[_LT_SHELL_INIT([
+# Check that we are running under the correct shell.
+SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}
+
+case X$lt_ECHO in
+X*--fallback-echo)
+  # Remove one level of quotation (which was required for Make).
+  ECHO=`echo "$lt_ECHO" | sed 's,\\\\\[$]\\[$]0,'[$]0','`
+  ;;
+esac
+
+ECHO=${lt_ECHO-echo}
+if test "X[$]1" = X--no-reexec; then
+  # Discard the --no-reexec flag, and continue.
+  shift
+elif test "X[$]1" = X--fallback-echo; then
+  # Avoid inline document here, it may be left over
+  :
+elif test "X`{ $ECHO '\t'; } 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' ; then
+  # Yippee, $ECHO works!
+  :
+else
+  # Restart under the correct shell.
+  exec $SHELL "[$]0" --no-reexec ${1+"[$]@"}
+fi
+
+if test "X[$]1" = X--fallback-echo; then
+  # used as fallback echo
+  shift
+  cat <<_LT_EOF
+[$]*
+_LT_EOF
+  exit 0
+fi
+
+# The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout
+# if CDPATH is set.
+(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH
+
+if test -z "$lt_ECHO"; then
+  if test "X${echo_test_string+set}" != Xset; then
+    # find a string as large as possible, as long as the shell can cope with it
+    for cmd in 'sed 50q "[$]0"' 'sed 20q "[$]0"' 'sed 10q "[$]0"' 'sed 2q "[$]0"' 'echo test'; do
+      # expected sizes: less than 2Kb, 1Kb, 512 bytes, 16 bytes, ...
+      if { echo_test_string=`eval $cmd`; } 2>/dev/null &&
+	 { test "X$echo_test_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; } 2>/dev/null
+      then
+        break
+      fi
+    done
+  fi
+
+  if test "X`{ $ECHO '\t'; } 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' &&
+     echo_testing_string=`{ $ECHO "$echo_test_string"; } 2>/dev/null` &&
+     test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then
+    :
+  else
+    # The Solaris, AIX, and Digital Unix default echo programs unquote
+    # backslashes.  This makes it impossible to quote backslashes using
+    #   echo "$something" | sed 's/\\/\\\\/g'
+    #
+    # So, first we look for a working echo in the user's PATH.
+
+    lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+    for dir in $PATH /usr/ucb; do
+      IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
+      if (test -f $dir/echo || test -f $dir/echo$ac_exeext) &&
+         test "X`($dir/echo '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' &&
+         echo_testing_string=`($dir/echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` &&
+         test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then
+        ECHO="$dir/echo"
+        break
+      fi
+    done
+    IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
+
+    if test "X$ECHO" = Xecho; then
+      # We didn't find a better echo, so look for alternatives.
+      if test "X`{ print -r '\t'; } 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' &&
+         echo_testing_string=`{ print -r "$echo_test_string"; } 2>/dev/null` &&
+         test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then
+        # This shell has a builtin print -r that does the trick.
+        ECHO='print -r'
+      elif { test -f /bin/ksh || test -f /bin/ksh$ac_exeext; } &&
+	   test "X$CONFIG_SHELL" != X/bin/ksh; then
+        # If we have ksh, try running configure again with it.
+        ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}
+        export ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL
+        CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/ksh
+        export CONFIG_SHELL
+        exec $CONFIG_SHELL "[$]0" --no-reexec ${1+"[$]@"}
+      else
+        # Try using printf.
+        ECHO='printf %s\n'
+        if test "X`{ $ECHO '\t'; } 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' &&
+	   echo_testing_string=`{ $ECHO "$echo_test_string"; } 2>/dev/null` &&
+	   test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then
+	  # Cool, printf works
+	  :
+        elif echo_testing_string=`($ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL "[$]0" --fallback-echo '\t') 2>/dev/null` &&
+	     test "X$echo_testing_string" = 'X\t' &&
+	     echo_testing_string=`($ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL "[$]0" --fallback-echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` &&
+	     test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then
+	  CONFIG_SHELL=$ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL
+	  export CONFIG_SHELL
+	  SHELL="$CONFIG_SHELL"
+	  export SHELL
+	  ECHO="$CONFIG_SHELL [$]0 --fallback-echo"
+        elif echo_testing_string=`($CONFIG_SHELL "[$]0" --fallback-echo '\t') 2>/dev/null` &&
+	     test "X$echo_testing_string" = 'X\t' &&
+	     echo_testing_string=`($CONFIG_SHELL "[$]0" --fallback-echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` &&
+	     test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then
+	  ECHO="$CONFIG_SHELL [$]0 --fallback-echo"
+        else
+	  # maybe with a smaller string...
+	  prev=:
+
+	  for cmd in 'echo test' 'sed 2q "[$]0"' 'sed 10q "[$]0"' 'sed 20q "[$]0"' 'sed 50q "[$]0"'; do
+	    if { test "X$echo_test_string" = "X`eval $cmd`"; } 2>/dev/null
+	    then
+	      break
+	    fi
+	    prev="$cmd"
+	  done
+
+	  if test "$prev" != 'sed 50q "[$]0"'; then
+	    echo_test_string=`eval $prev`
+	    export echo_test_string
+	    exec ${ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL-${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}} "[$]0" ${1+"[$]@"}
+	  else
+	    # Oops.  We lost completely, so just stick with echo.
+	    ECHO=echo
+	  fi
+        fi
+      fi
+    fi
+  fi
+fi
+
+# Copy echo and quote the copy suitably for passing to libtool from
+# the Makefile, instead of quoting the original, which is used later.
+lt_ECHO=$ECHO
+if test "X$lt_ECHO" = "X$CONFIG_SHELL [$]0 --fallback-echo"; then
+   lt_ECHO="$CONFIG_SHELL \\\$\[$]0 --fallback-echo"
+fi
+
+AC_SUBST(lt_ECHO)
+])
+_LT_DECL([], [SHELL], [1], [Shell to use when invoking shell scripts])
+_LT_DECL([], [ECHO], [1],
+    [An echo program that does not interpret backslashes])
+])# _LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH
+
+
+# _LT_ENABLE_LOCK
+# ---------------
+m4_defun([_LT_ENABLE_LOCK],
+[AC_ARG_ENABLE([libtool-lock],
+  [AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-libtool-lock],
+    [avoid locking (might break parallel builds)])])
+test "x$enable_libtool_lock" != xno && enable_libtool_lock=yes
+
+# Some flags need to be propagated to the compiler or linker for good
+# libtool support.
+case $host in
+ia64-*-hpux*)
+  # Find out which ABI we are using.
+  echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext
+  if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then
+    case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in
+      *ELF-32*)
+	HPUX_IA64_MODE="32"
+	;;
+      *ELF-64*)
+	HPUX_IA64_MODE="64"
+	;;
+    esac
+  fi
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ;;
+*-*-irix6*)
+  # Find out which ABI we are using.
+  echo '[#]line __oline__ "configure"' > conftest.$ac_ext
+  if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then
+    if test "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes; then
+      case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in
+	*32-bit*)
+	  LD="${LD-ld} -melf32bsmip"
+	  ;;
+	*N32*)
+	  LD="${LD-ld} -melf32bmipn32"
+	  ;;
+	*64-bit*)
+	  LD="${LD-ld} -melf64bmip"
+	;;
+      esac
+    else
+      case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in
+	*32-bit*)
+	  LD="${LD-ld} -32"
+	  ;;
+	*N32*)
+	  LD="${LD-ld} -n32"
+	  ;;
+	*64-bit*)
+	  LD="${LD-ld} -64"
+	  ;;
+      esac
+    fi
+  fi
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ;;
+
+x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu|x86_64-*linux*|ppc*-*linux*|powerpc*-*linux*| \
+s390*-*linux*|s390*-*tpf*|sparc*-*linux*)
+  # Find out which ABI we are using.
+  echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext
+  if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then
+    case `/usr/bin/file conftest.o` in
+      *32-bit*)
+	case $host in
+	  x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu)
+	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_i386_fbsd"
+	    ;;
+	  x86_64-*linux*)
+	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_i386"
+	    ;;
+	  ppc64-*linux*|powerpc64-*linux*)
+	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf32ppclinux"
+	    ;;
+	  s390x-*linux*)
+	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_s390"
+	    ;;
+	  sparc64-*linux*)
+	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf32_sparc"
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+      *64-bit*)
+	case $host in
+	  x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu)
+	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_x86_64_fbsd"
+	    ;;
+	  x86_64-*linux*)
+	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_x86_64"
+	    ;;
+	  ppc*-*linux*|powerpc*-*linux*)
+	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64ppc"
+	    ;;
+	  s390*-*linux*|s390*-*tpf*)
+	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_s390"
+	    ;;
+	  sparc*-*linux*)
+	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_sparc"
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+    esac
+  fi
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ;;
+
+*-*-sco3.2v5*)
+  # On SCO OpenServer 5, we need -belf to get full-featured binaries.
+  SAVE_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -belf"
+  AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether the C compiler needs -belf], lt_cv_cc_needs_belf,
+    [AC_LANG_PUSH(C)
+     AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[]],[[]])],[lt_cv_cc_needs_belf=yes],[lt_cv_cc_needs_belf=no])
+     AC_LANG_POP])
+  if test x"$lt_cv_cc_needs_belf" != x"yes"; then
+    # this is probably gcc 2.8.0, egcs 1.0 or newer; no need for -belf
+    CFLAGS="$SAVE_CFLAGS"
+  fi
+  ;;
+sparc*-*solaris*)
+  # Find out which ABI we are using.
+  echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext
+  if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then
+    case `/usr/bin/file conftest.o` in
+    *64-bit*)
+      case $lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld in
+      yes*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_sparc" ;;
+      *)
+	if ${LD-ld} -64 -r -o conftest2.o conftest.o >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+	  LD="${LD-ld} -64"
+	fi
+	;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+    esac
+  fi
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ;;
+esac
+
+need_locks="$enable_libtool_lock"
+])# _LT_ENABLE_LOCK
+
+
+# _LT_CMD_OLD_ARCHIVE
+# -------------------
+m4_defun([_LT_CMD_OLD_ARCHIVE],
+[AC_CHECK_TOOL(AR, ar, false)
+test -z "$AR" && AR=ar
+test -z "$AR_FLAGS" && AR_FLAGS=cru
+_LT_DECL([], [AR], [1], [The archiver])
+_LT_DECL([], [AR_FLAGS], [1])
+
+AC_CHECK_TOOL(STRIP, strip, :)
+test -z "$STRIP" && STRIP=:
+_LT_DECL([], [STRIP], [1], [A symbol stripping program])
+
+AC_CHECK_TOOL(RANLIB, ranlib, :)
+test -z "$RANLIB" && RANLIB=:
+_LT_DECL([], [RANLIB], [1],
+    [Commands used to install an old-style archive])
+
+# Determine commands to create old-style static archives.
+old_archive_cmds='$AR $AR_FLAGS $oldlib$oldobjs'
+old_postinstall_cmds='chmod 644 $oldlib'
+old_postuninstall_cmds=
+
+if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
+  case $host_os in
+  openbsd*)
+    old_postinstall_cmds="$old_postinstall_cmds~\$RANLIB -t \$oldlib"
+    ;;
+  *)
+    old_postinstall_cmds="$old_postinstall_cmds~\$RANLIB \$oldlib"
+    ;;
+  esac
+  old_archive_cmds="$old_archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$oldlib"
+fi
+_LT_DECL([], [old_postinstall_cmds], [2])
+_LT_DECL([], [old_postuninstall_cmds], [2])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [old_archive_cmds], [2],
+    [Commands used to build an old-style archive])
+])# _LT_CMD_OLD_ARCHIVE
+
+
+# _LT_COMPILER_OPTION(MESSAGE, VARIABLE-NAME, FLAGS,
+#		[OUTPUT-FILE], [ACTION-SUCCESS], [ACTION-FAILURE])
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------
+# Check whether the given compiler option works
+AC_DEFUN([_LT_COMPILER_OPTION],
+[m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl
+m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([$1], [$2],
+  [$2=no
+   m4_if([$4], , [ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext], [ac_outfile=$4])
+   echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext
+   lt_compiler_flag="$3"
+   # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or
+   # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end.
+   # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins
+   # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly.
+   # The option is referenced via a variable to avoid confusing sed.
+   lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \
+   -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \
+   -e 's: [[^ ]]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \
+   -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'`
+   (eval echo "\"\$as_me:__oline__: $lt_compile\"" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD)
+   (eval "$lt_compile" 2>conftest.err)
+   ac_status=$?
+   cat conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
+   echo "$as_me:__oline__: \$? = $ac_status" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
+   if (exit $ac_status) && test -s "$ac_outfile"; then
+     # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized
+     # So say no if there are warnings other than the usual output.
+     $ECHO "X$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' >conftest.exp
+     $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2
+     if test ! -s conftest.er2 || diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then
+       $2=yes
+     fi
+   fi
+   $RM conftest*
+])
+
+if test x"[$]$2" = xyes; then
+    m4_if([$5], , :, [$5])
+else
+    m4_if([$6], , :, [$6])
+fi
+])# _LT_COMPILER_OPTION
+
+# Old name:
+AU_ALIAS([AC_LIBTOOL_COMPILER_OPTION], [_LT_COMPILER_OPTION])
+dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
+dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_COMPILER_OPTION], [])
+
+
+# _LT_LINKER_OPTION(MESSAGE, VARIABLE-NAME, FLAGS,
+#                  [ACTION-SUCCESS], [ACTION-FAILURE])
+# ----------------------------------------------------
+# Check whether the given linker option works
+AC_DEFUN([_LT_LINKER_OPTION],
+[m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl
+m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([$1], [$2],
+  [$2=no
+   save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS"
+   LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $3"
+   echo "$lt_simple_link_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext
+   if (eval $ac_link 2>conftest.err) && test -s conftest$ac_exeext; then
+     # The linker can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized
+     # So say no if there are warnings
+     if test -s conftest.err; then
+       # Append any errors to the config.log.
+       cat conftest.err 1>&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
+       $ECHO "X$_lt_linker_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' > conftest.exp
+       $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2
+       if diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then
+         $2=yes
+       fi
+     else
+       $2=yes
+     fi
+   fi
+   $RM -r conftest*
+   LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS"
+])
+
+if test x"[$]$2" = xyes; then
+    m4_if([$4], , :, [$4])
+else
+    m4_if([$5], , :, [$5])
+fi
+])# _LT_LINKER_OPTION
+
+# Old name:
+AU_ALIAS([AC_LIBTOOL_LINKER_OPTION], [_LT_LINKER_OPTION])
+dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
+dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LINKER_OPTION], [])
+
+
+# LT_CMD_MAX_LEN
+#---------------
+AC_DEFUN([LT_CMD_MAX_LEN],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
+# find the maximum length of command line arguments
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([the maximum length of command line arguments])
+AC_CACHE_VAL([lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len], [dnl
+  i=0
+  teststring="ABCD"
+
+  case $build_os in
+  msdosdjgpp*)
+    # On DJGPP, this test can blow up pretty badly due to problems in libc
+    # (any single argument exceeding 2000 bytes causes a buffer overrun
+    # during glob expansion).  Even if it were fixed, the result of this
+    # check would be larger than it should be.
+    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=12288;    # 12K is about right
+    ;;
+
+  gnu*)
+    # Under GNU Hurd, this test is not required because there is
+    # no limit to the length of command line arguments.
+    # Libtool will interpret -1 as no limit whatsoever
+    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=-1;
+    ;;
+
+  cygwin* | mingw* | cegcc*)
+    # On Win9x/ME, this test blows up -- it succeeds, but takes
+    # about 5 minutes as the teststring grows exponentially.
+    # Worse, since 9x/ME are not pre-emptively multitasking,
+    # you end up with a "frozen" computer, even though with patience
+    # the test eventually succeeds (with a max line length of 256k).
+    # Instead, let's just punt: use the minimum linelength reported by
+    # all of the supported platforms: 8192 (on NT/2K/XP).
+    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192;
+    ;;
+
+  amigaos*)
+    # On AmigaOS with pdksh, this test takes hours, literally.
+    # So we just punt and use a minimum line length of 8192.
+    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192;
+    ;;
+
+  netbsd* | freebsd* | openbsd* | darwin* | dragonfly*)
+    # This has been around since 386BSD, at least.  Likely further.
+    if test -x /sbin/sysctl; then
+      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`/sbin/sysctl -n kern.argmax`
+    elif test -x /usr/sbin/sysctl; then
+      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`/usr/sbin/sysctl -n kern.argmax`
+    else
+      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=65536	# usable default for all BSDs
+    fi
+    # And add a safety zone
+    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 4`
+    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \* 3`
+    ;;
+
+  interix*)
+    # We know the value 262144 and hardcode it with a safety zone (like BSD)
+    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=196608
+    ;;
+
+  osf*)
+    # Dr. Hans Ekkehard Plesser reports seeing a kernel panic running configure
+    # due to this test when exec_disable_arg_limit is 1 on Tru64. It is not
+    # nice to cause kernel panics so lets avoid the loop below.
+    # First set a reasonable default.
+    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=16384
+    #
+    if test -x /sbin/sysconfig; then
+      case `/sbin/sysconfig -q proc exec_disable_arg_limit` in
+        *1*) lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=-1 ;;
+      esac
+    fi
+    ;;
+  sco3.2v5*)
+    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=102400
+    ;;
+  sysv5* | sco5v6* | sysv4.2uw2*)
+    kargmax=`grep ARG_MAX /etc/conf/cf.d/stune 2>/dev/null`
+    if test -n "$kargmax"; then
+      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`echo $kargmax | sed 's/.*[[	 ]]//'`
+    else
+      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=32768
+    fi
+    ;;
+  *)
+    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`(getconf ARG_MAX) 2> /dev/null`
+    if test -n "$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len"; then
+      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 4`
+      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \* 3`
+    else
+      # Make teststring a little bigger before we do anything with it.
+      # a 1K string should be a reasonable start.
+      for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ; do
+        teststring=$teststring$teststring
+      done
+      SHELL=${SHELL-${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}}
+      # If test is not a shell built-in, we'll probably end up computing a
+      # maximum length that is only half of the actual maximum length, but
+      # we can't tell.
+      while { test "X"`$SHELL [$]0 --fallback-echo "X$teststring$teststring" 2>/dev/null` \
+	         = "XX$teststring$teststring"; } >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
+	      test $i != 17 # 1/2 MB should be enough
+      do
+        i=`expr $i + 1`
+        teststring=$teststring$teststring
+      done
+      # Only check the string length outside the loop.
+      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr "X$teststring" : ".*" 2>&1`
+      teststring=
+      # Add a significant safety factor because C++ compilers can tack on
+      # massive amounts of additional arguments before passing them to the
+      # linker.  It appears as though 1/2 is a usable value.
+      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 2`
+    fi
+    ;;
+  esac
+])
+if test -n $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len ; then
+  AC_MSG_RESULT($lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len)
+else
+  AC_MSG_RESULT(none)
+fi
+max_cmd_len=$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len
+_LT_DECL([], [max_cmd_len], [0],
+    [What is the maximum length of a command?])
+])# LT_CMD_MAX_LEN
+
+# Old name:
+AU_ALIAS([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_MAX_CMD_LEN], [LT_CMD_MAX_LEN])
+dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
+dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_MAX_CMD_LEN], [])
+
+
+# _LT_HEADER_DLFCN
+# ----------------
+m4_defun([_LT_HEADER_DLFCN],
+[AC_CHECK_HEADERS([dlfcn.h], [], [], [AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT])dnl
+])# _LT_HEADER_DLFCN
+
+
+# _LT_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF (ACTION-IF-TRUE, ACTION-IF-TRUE-W-USCORE,
+#                      ACTION-IF-FALSE, ACTION-IF-CROSS-COMPILING)
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------
+m4_defun([_LT_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF],
+[m4_require([_LT_HEADER_DLFCN])dnl
+if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then :
+  [$4]
+else
+  lt_dlunknown=0; lt_dlno_uscore=1; lt_dlneed_uscore=2
+  lt_status=$lt_dlunknown
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF
+[#line __oline__ "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+#if HAVE_DLFCN_H
+#include 
+#endif
+
+#include 
+
+#ifdef RTLD_GLOBAL
+#  define LT_DLGLOBAL		RTLD_GLOBAL
+#else
+#  ifdef DL_GLOBAL
+#    define LT_DLGLOBAL		DL_GLOBAL
+#  else
+#    define LT_DLGLOBAL		0
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+/* We may have to define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW in the command line if we
+   find out it does not work in some platform. */
+#ifndef LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW
+#  ifdef RTLD_LAZY
+#    define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW		RTLD_LAZY
+#  else
+#    ifdef DL_LAZY
+#      define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW		DL_LAZY
+#    else
+#      ifdef RTLD_NOW
+#        define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW	RTLD_NOW
+#      else
+#        ifdef DL_NOW
+#          define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW	DL_NOW
+#        else
+#          define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW	0
+#        endif
+#      endif
+#    endif
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+void fnord() { int i=42;}
+int main ()
+{
+  void *self = dlopen (0, LT_DLGLOBAL|LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW);
+  int status = $lt_dlunknown;
+
+  if (self)
+    {
+      if (dlsym (self,"fnord"))       status = $lt_dlno_uscore;
+      else if (dlsym( self,"_fnord")) status = $lt_dlneed_uscore;
+      /* dlclose (self); */
+    }
+  else
+    puts (dlerror ());
+
+  return status;
+}]
+_LT_EOF
+  if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_link) && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} 2>/dev/null; then
+    (./conftest; exit; ) >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD 2>/dev/null
+    lt_status=$?
+    case x$lt_status in
+      x$lt_dlno_uscore) $1 ;;
+      x$lt_dlneed_uscore) $2 ;;
+      x$lt_dlunknown|x*) $3 ;;
+    esac
+  else :
+    # compilation failed
+    $3
+  fi
+fi
+rm -fr conftest*
+])# _LT_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF
+
+
+# LT_SYS_DLOPEN_SELF
+# ------------------
+AC_DEFUN([LT_SYS_DLOPEN_SELF],
+[m4_require([_LT_HEADER_DLFCN])dnl
+if test "x$enable_dlopen" != xyes; then
+  enable_dlopen=unknown
+  enable_dlopen_self=unknown
+  enable_dlopen_self_static=unknown
+else
+  lt_cv_dlopen=no
+  lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
+
+  case $host_os in
+  beos*)
+    lt_cv_dlopen="load_add_on"
+    lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
+    lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes
+    ;;
+
+  mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
+    lt_cv_dlopen="LoadLibrary"
+    lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
+    ;;
+
+  cygwin*)
+    lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen"
+    lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
+    ;;
+
+  darwin*)
+  # if libdl is installed we need to link against it
+    AC_CHECK_LIB([dl], [dlopen],
+		[lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldl"],[
+    lt_cv_dlopen="dyld"
+    lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
+    lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes
+    ])
+    ;;
+
+  *)
+    AC_CHECK_FUNC([shl_load],
+	  [lt_cv_dlopen="shl_load"],
+      [AC_CHECK_LIB([dld], [shl_load],
+	    [lt_cv_dlopen="shl_load" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldld"],
+	[AC_CHECK_FUNC([dlopen],
+	      [lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen"],
+	  [AC_CHECK_LIB([dl], [dlopen],
+		[lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldl"],
+	    [AC_CHECK_LIB([svld], [dlopen],
+		  [lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-lsvld"],
+	      [AC_CHECK_LIB([dld], [dld_link],
+		    [lt_cv_dlopen="dld_link" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldld"])
+	      ])
+	    ])
+	  ])
+	])
+      ])
+    ;;
+  esac
+
+  if test "x$lt_cv_dlopen" != xno; then
+    enable_dlopen=yes
+  else
+    enable_dlopen=no
+  fi
+
+  case $lt_cv_dlopen in
+  dlopen)
+    save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
+    test "x$ac_cv_header_dlfcn_h" = xyes && CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -DHAVE_DLFCN_H"
+
+    save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS"
+    wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl eval LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $export_dynamic_flag_spec\"
+
+    save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+    LIBS="$lt_cv_dlopen_libs $LIBS"
+
+    AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether a program can dlopen itself],
+	  lt_cv_dlopen_self, [dnl
+	  _LT_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF(
+	    lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes, lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes,
+	    lt_cv_dlopen_self=no, lt_cv_dlopen_self=cross)
+    ])
+
+    if test "x$lt_cv_dlopen_self" = xyes; then
+      wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl eval LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $lt_prog_compiler_static\"
+      AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether a statically linked program can dlopen itself],
+	  lt_cv_dlopen_self_static, [dnl
+	  _LT_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF(
+	    lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=yes, lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=yes,
+	    lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=no,  lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=cross)
+      ])
+    fi
+
+    CPPFLAGS="$save_CPPFLAGS"
+    LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS"
+    LIBS="$save_LIBS"
+    ;;
+  esac
+
+  case $lt_cv_dlopen_self in
+  yes|no) enable_dlopen_self=$lt_cv_dlopen_self ;;
+  *) enable_dlopen_self=unknown ;;
+  esac
+
+  case $lt_cv_dlopen_self_static in
+  yes|no) enable_dlopen_self_static=$lt_cv_dlopen_self_static ;;
+  *) enable_dlopen_self_static=unknown ;;
+  esac
+fi
+_LT_DECL([dlopen_support], [enable_dlopen], [0],
+	 [Whether dlopen is supported])
+_LT_DECL([dlopen_self], [enable_dlopen_self], [0],
+	 [Whether dlopen of programs is supported])
+_LT_DECL([dlopen_self_static], [enable_dlopen_self_static], [0],
+	 [Whether dlopen of statically linked programs is supported])
+])# LT_SYS_DLOPEN_SELF
+
+# Old name:
+AU_ALIAS([AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN_SELF], [LT_SYS_DLOPEN_SELF])
+dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
+dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN_SELF], [])
+
+
+# _LT_COMPILER_C_O([TAGNAME])
+# ---------------------------
+# Check to see if options -c and -o are simultaneously supported by compiler.
+# This macro does not hard code the compiler like AC_PROG_CC_C_O.
+m4_defun([_LT_COMPILER_C_O],
+[m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl
+m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl
+m4_require([_LT_TAG_COMPILER])dnl
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext],
+  [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)],
+  [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)=no
+   $RM -r conftest 2>/dev/null
+   mkdir conftest
+   cd conftest
+   mkdir out
+   echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext
+
+   lt_compiler_flag="-o out/conftest2.$ac_objext"
+   # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or
+   # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end.
+   # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins
+   # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly.
+   lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \
+   -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \
+   -e 's: [[^ ]]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \
+   -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'`
+   (eval echo "\"\$as_me:__oline__: $lt_compile\"" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD)
+   (eval "$lt_compile" 2>out/conftest.err)
+   ac_status=$?
+   cat out/conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
+   echo "$as_me:__oline__: \$? = $ac_status" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
+   if (exit $ac_status) && test -s out/conftest2.$ac_objext
+   then
+     # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized
+     # So say no if there are warnings
+     $ECHO "X$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' > out/conftest.exp
+     $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' out/conftest.err >out/conftest.er2
+     if test ! -s out/conftest.er2 || diff out/conftest.exp out/conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then
+       _LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)=yes
+     fi
+   fi
+   chmod u+w . 2>&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
+   $RM conftest*
+   # SGI C++ compiler will create directory out/ii_files/ for
+   # template instantiation
+   test -d out/ii_files && $RM out/ii_files/* && rmdir out/ii_files
+   $RM out/* && rmdir out
+   cd ..
+   $RM -r conftest
+   $RM conftest*
+])
+_LT_TAGDECL([compiler_c_o], [lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o], [1],
+	[Does compiler simultaneously support -c and -o options?])
+])# _LT_COMPILER_C_O
+
+
+# _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS([TAGNAME])
+# ----------------------------------
+# Check to see if we can do hard links to lock some files if needed
+m4_defun([_LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS],
+[m4_require([_LT_ENABLE_LOCK])dnl
+m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl
+_LT_COMPILER_C_O([$1])
+
+hard_links="nottested"
+if test "$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)" = no && test "$need_locks" != no; then
+  # do not overwrite the value of need_locks provided by the user
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([if we can lock with hard links])
+  hard_links=yes
+  $RM conftest*
+  ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no
+  touch conftest.a
+  ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>&5 || hard_links=no
+  ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no
+  AC_MSG_RESULT([$hard_links])
+  if test "$hard_links" = no; then
+    AC_MSG_WARN([`$CC' does not support `-c -o', so `make -j' may be unsafe])
+    need_locks=warn
+  fi
+else
+  need_locks=no
+fi
+_LT_DECL([], [need_locks], [1], [Must we lock files when doing compilation?])
+])# _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS
+
+
+# _LT_CHECK_OBJDIR
+# ----------------
+m4_defun([_LT_CHECK_OBJDIR],
+[AC_CACHE_CHECK([for objdir], [lt_cv_objdir],
+[rm -f .libs 2>/dev/null
+mkdir .libs 2>/dev/null
+if test -d .libs; then
+  lt_cv_objdir=.libs
+else
+  # MS-DOS does not allow filenames that begin with a dot.
+  lt_cv_objdir=_libs
+fi
+rmdir .libs 2>/dev/null])
+objdir=$lt_cv_objdir
+_LT_DECL([], [objdir], [0],
+         [The name of the directory that contains temporary libtool files])dnl
+m4_pattern_allow([LT_OBJDIR])dnl
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(LT_OBJDIR, "$lt_cv_objdir/",
+  [Define to the sub-directory in which libtool stores uninstalled libraries.])
+])# _LT_CHECK_OBJDIR
+
+
+# _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH([TAGNAME])
+# --------------------------------------
+# Check hardcoding attributes.
+m4_defun([_LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH],
+[AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to hardcode library paths into programs])
+_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)=
+if test -n "$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)" ||
+   test -n "$_LT_TAGVAR(runpath_var, $1)" ||
+   test "X$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)" = "Xyes" ; then
+
+  # We can hardcode non-existent directories.
+  if test "$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)" != no &&
+     # If the only mechanism to avoid hardcoding is shlibpath_var, we
+     # have to relink, otherwise we might link with an installed library
+     # when we should be linking with a yet-to-be-installed one
+     ## test "$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)" != no &&
+     test "$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)" != no; then
+    # Linking always hardcodes the temporary library directory.
+    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)=relink
+  else
+    # We can link without hardcoding, and we can hardcode nonexisting dirs.
+    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)=immediate
+  fi
+else
+  # We cannot hardcode anything, or else we can only hardcode existing
+  # directories.
+  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)=unsupported
+fi
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)])
+
+if test "$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)" = relink ||
+   test "$_LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)" = yes; then
+  # Fast installation is not supported
+  enable_fast_install=no
+elif test "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" = yes ||
+     test "$enable_shared" = no; then
+  # Fast installation is not necessary
+  enable_fast_install=needless
+fi
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_action], [0],
+    [How to hardcode a shared library path into an executable])
+])# _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH
+
+
+# _LT_CMD_STRIPLIB
+# ----------------
+m4_defun([_LT_CMD_STRIPLIB],
+[m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])
+striplib=
+old_striplib=
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether stripping libraries is possible])
+if test -n "$STRIP" && $STRIP -V 2>&1 | $GREP "GNU strip" >/dev/null; then
+  test -z "$old_striplib" && old_striplib="$STRIP --strip-debug"
+  test -z "$striplib" && striplib="$STRIP --strip-unneeded"
+  AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
+else
+# FIXME - insert some real tests, host_os isn't really good enough
+  case $host_os in
+  darwin*)
+    if test -n "$STRIP" ; then
+      striplib="$STRIP -x"
+      old_striplib="$STRIP -S"
+      AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
+    else
+      AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+    fi
+    ;;
+  *)
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+    ;;
+  esac
+fi
+_LT_DECL([], [old_striplib], [1], [Commands to strip libraries])
+_LT_DECL([], [striplib], [1])
+])# _LT_CMD_STRIPLIB
+
+
+# _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER([TAG])
+# -----------------------------
+# PORTME Fill in your ld.so characteristics
+m4_defun([_LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
+m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl
+m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl
+m4_require([_LT_DECL_OBJDUMP])dnl
+m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([dynamic linker characteristics])
+m4_if([$1],
+	[], [
+if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+  case $host_os in
+    darwin*) lt_awk_arg="/^libraries:/,/LR/" ;;
+    *) lt_awk_arg="/^libraries:/" ;;
+  esac
+  lt_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | awk $lt_awk_arg | $SED -e "s/^libraries://" -e "s,=/,/,g"`
+  if $ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" | $GREP ';' >/dev/null ; then
+    # if the path contains ";" then we assume it to be the separator
+    # otherwise default to the standard path separator (i.e. ":") - it is
+    # assumed that no part of a normal pathname contains ";" but that should
+    # okay in the real world where ";" in dirpaths is itself problematic.
+    lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" | $SED -e 's/;/ /g'`
+  else
+    lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" | $SED  -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"`
+  fi
+  # Ok, now we have the path, separated by spaces, we can step through it
+  # and add multilib dir if necessary.
+  lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec=
+  lt_multi_os_dir=`$CC $CPPFLAGS $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS -print-multi-os-directory 2>/dev/null`
+  for lt_sys_path in $lt_search_path_spec; do
+    if test -d "$lt_sys_path/$lt_multi_os_dir"; then
+      lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec="$lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec $lt_sys_path/$lt_multi_os_dir"
+    else
+      test -d "$lt_sys_path" && \
+	lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec="$lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec $lt_sys_path"
+    fi
+  done
+  lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO $lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec | awk '
+BEGIN {RS=" "; FS="/|\n";} {
+  lt_foo="";
+  lt_count=0;
+  for (lt_i = NF; lt_i > 0; lt_i--) {
+    if ($lt_i != "" && $lt_i != ".") {
+      if ($lt_i == "..") {
+        lt_count++;
+      } else {
+        if (lt_count == 0) {
+          lt_foo="/" $lt_i lt_foo;
+        } else {
+          lt_count--;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if (lt_foo != "") { lt_freq[[lt_foo]]++; }
+  if (lt_freq[[lt_foo]] == 1) { print lt_foo; }
+}'`
+  sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO $lt_search_path_spec`
+else
+  sys_lib_search_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib"
+fi])
+library_names_spec=
+libname_spec='lib$name'
+soname_spec=
+shrext_cmds=".so"
+postinstall_cmds=
+postuninstall_cmds=
+finish_cmds=
+finish_eval=
+shlibpath_var=
+shlibpath_overrides_runpath=unknown
+version_type=none
+dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so"
+sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib"
+need_lib_prefix=unknown
+hardcode_into_libs=no
+
+# when you set need_version to no, make sure it does not cause -set_version
+# flags to be left without arguments
+need_version=unknown
+
+case $host_os in
+aix3*)
+  version_type=linux
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname.a'
+  shlibpath_var=LIBPATH
+
+  # AIX 3 has no versioning support, so we append a major version to the name.
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  ;;
+
+aix[[4-9]]*)
+  version_type=linux
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
+    # AIX 5 supports IA64
+    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}'
+    shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  else
+    # With GCC up to 2.95.x, collect2 would create an import file
+    # for dependence libraries.  The import file would start with
+    # the line `#! .'.  This would cause the generated library to
+    # depend on `.', always an invalid library.  This was fixed in
+    # development snapshots of GCC prior to 3.0.
+    case $host_os in
+      aix4 | aix4.[[01]] | aix4.[[01]].*)
+      if { echo '#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 97)'
+	   echo ' yes '
+	   echo '#endif'; } | ${CC} -E - | $GREP yes > /dev/null; then
+	:
+      else
+	can_build_shared=no
+      fi
+      ;;
+    esac
+    # AIX (on Power*) has no versioning support, so currently we can not hardcode correct
+    # soname into executable. Probably we can add versioning support to
+    # collect2, so additional links can be useful in future.
+    if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
+      # If using run time linking (on AIX 4.2 or later) use lib.so
+      # instead of lib.a to let people know that these are not
+      # typical AIX shared libraries.
+      library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+    else
+      # We preserve .a as extension for shared libraries through AIX4.2
+      # and later when we are not doing run time linking.
+      library_names_spec='${libname}${release}.a $libname.a'
+      soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+    fi
+    shlibpath_var=LIBPATH
+  fi
+  ;;
+
+amigaos*)
+  case $host_cpu in
+  powerpc)
+    # Since July 2007 AmigaOS4 officially supports .so libraries.
+    # When compiling the executable, add -use-dynld -Lsobjs: to the compileline.
+    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+    ;;
+  m68k)
+    library_names_spec='$libname.ixlibrary $libname.a'
+    # Create ${libname}_ixlibrary.a entries in /sys/libs.
+    finish_eval='for lib in `ls $libdir/*.ixlibrary 2>/dev/null`; do libname=`$ECHO "X$lib" | $Xsed -e '\''s%^.*/\([[^/]]*\)\.ixlibrary$%\1%'\''`; test $RM /sys/libs/${libname}_ixlibrary.a; $show "cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a"; cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a || exit 1; done'
+    ;;
+  esac
+  ;;
+
+beos*)
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${shared_ext}'
+  dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so"
+  shlibpath_var=LIBRARY_PATH
+  ;;
+
+bsdi[[45]]*)
+  version_type=linux
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig $libdir'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  sys_lib_search_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/X11/lib /usr/contrib/lib /lib /usr/local/lib"
+  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib"
+  # the default ld.so.conf also contains /usr/contrib/lib and
+  # /usr/X11R6/lib (/usr/X11 is a link to /usr/X11R6), but let us allow
+  # libtool to hard-code these into programs
+  ;;
+
+cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
+  version_type=windows
+  shrext_cmds=".dll"
+  need_version=no
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+
+  case $GCC,$host_os in
+  yes,cygwin* | yes,mingw* | yes,pw32* | yes,cegcc*)
+    library_names_spec='$libname.dll.a'
+    # DLL is installed to $(libdir)/../bin by postinstall_cmds
+    postinstall_cmds='base_file=`basename \${file}`~
+      dlpath=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $dir/'\''\${base_file}'\''i; echo \$dlname'\''`~
+      dldir=$destdir/`dirname \$dlpath`~
+      test -d \$dldir || mkdir -p \$dldir~
+      $install_prog $dir/$dlname \$dldir/$dlname~
+      chmod a+x \$dldir/$dlname~
+      if test -n '\''$stripme'\'' && test -n '\''$striplib'\''; then
+        eval '\''$striplib \$dldir/$dlname'\'' || exit \$?;
+      fi'
+    postuninstall_cmds='dldll=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $file; echo \$dlname'\''`~
+      dlpath=$dir/\$dldll~
+       $RM \$dlpath'
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+
+    case $host_os in
+    cygwin*)
+      # Cygwin DLLs use 'cyg' prefix rather than 'lib'
+      soname_spec='`echo ${libname} | sed -e 's/^lib/cyg/'``echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[[.]]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}'
+      sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib /lib/w32api /lib /usr/local/lib"
+      ;;
+    mingw* | cegcc*)
+      # MinGW DLLs use traditional 'lib' prefix
+      soname_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[[.]]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}'
+      sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | $GREP "^libraries:" | $SED -e "s/^libraries://" -e "s,=/,/,g"`
+      if $ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | [$GREP ';[c-zC-Z]:/' >/dev/null]; then
+        # It is most probably a Windows format PATH printed by
+        # mingw gcc, but we are running on Cygwin. Gcc prints its search
+        # path with ; separators, and with drive letters. We can handle the
+        # drive letters (cygwin fileutils understands them), so leave them,
+        # especially as we might pass files found there to a mingw objdump,
+        # which wouldn't understand a cygwinified path. Ahh.
+        sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e 's/;/ /g'`
+      else
+        sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED  -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"`
+      fi
+      ;;
+    pw32*)
+      # pw32 DLLs use 'pw' prefix rather than 'lib'
+      library_names_spec='`echo ${libname} | sed -e 's/^lib/pw/'``echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[[.]]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}'
+      ;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+
+  *)
+    library_names_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[[.]]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext} $libname.lib'
+    ;;
+  esac
+  dynamic_linker='Win32 ld.exe'
+  # FIXME: first we should search . and the directory the executable is in
+  shlibpath_var=PATH
+  ;;
+
+darwin* | rhapsody*)
+  dynamic_linker="$host_os dyld"
+  version_type=darwin
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${major}$shared_ext ${libname}$shared_ext'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${major}$shared_ext'
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+  shlibpath_var=DYLD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shrext_cmds='`test .$module = .yes && echo .so || echo .dylib`'
+m4_if([$1], [],[
+  sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec /usr/local/lib"])
+  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/usr/local/lib /lib /usr/lib'
+  ;;
+
+dgux*)
+  version_type=linux
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname$shared_ext'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  ;;
+
+freebsd1*)
+  dynamic_linker=no
+  ;;
+
+freebsd* | dragonfly*)
+  # DragonFly does not have aout.  When/if they implement a new
+  # versioning mechanism, adjust this.
+  if test -x /usr/bin/objformat; then
+    objformat=`/usr/bin/objformat`
+  else
+    case $host_os in
+    freebsd[[123]]*) objformat=aout ;;
+    *) objformat=elf ;;
+    esac
+  fi
+  version_type=freebsd-$objformat
+  case $version_type in
+    freebsd-elf*)
+      library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}'
+      need_version=no
+      need_lib_prefix=no
+      ;;
+    freebsd-*)
+      library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}$versuffix'
+      need_version=yes
+      ;;
+  esac
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  case $host_os in
+  freebsd2*)
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+    ;;
+  freebsd3.[[01]]* | freebsdelf3.[[01]]*)
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+    hardcode_into_libs=yes
+    ;;
+  freebsd3.[[2-9]]* | freebsdelf3.[[2-9]]* | \
+  freebsd4.[[0-5]] | freebsdelf4.[[0-5]] | freebsd4.1.1 | freebsdelf4.1.1)
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+    hardcode_into_libs=yes
+    ;;
+  *) # from 4.6 on, and DragonFly
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+    hardcode_into_libs=yes
+    ;;
+  esac
+  ;;
+
+gnu*)
+  version_type=linux
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}${major} ${libname}${shared_ext}'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  ;;
+
+hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
+  # Give a soname corresponding to the major version so that dld.sl refuses to
+  # link against other versions.
+  version_type=sunos
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  case $host_cpu in
+  ia64*)
+    shrext_cmds='.so'
+    hardcode_into_libs=yes
+    dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.so"
+    shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified.
+    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+    soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+    if test "X$HPUX_IA64_MODE" = X32; then
+      sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/hpux32 /usr/local/lib/hpux32 /usr/local/lib"
+    else
+      sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/hpux64 /usr/local/lib/hpux64"
+    fi
+    sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec
+    ;;
+  hppa*64*)
+    shrext_cmds='.sl'
+    hardcode_into_libs=yes
+    dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl"
+    shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH # How should we handle SHLIB_PATH
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified.
+    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+    soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+    sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/pa20_64 /usr/ccs/lib/pa20_64"
+    sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec
+    ;;
+  *)
+    shrext_cmds='.sl'
+    dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl"
+    shlibpath_var=SHLIB_PATH
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no # +s is required to enable SHLIB_PATH
+    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+    soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+    ;;
+  esac
+  # HP-UX runs *really* slowly unless shared libraries are mode 555.
+  postinstall_cmds='chmod 555 $lib'
+  ;;
+
+interix[[3-9]]*)
+  version_type=linux
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  dynamic_linker='Interix 3.x ld.so.1 (PE, like ELF)'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  ;;
+
+irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
+  case $host_os in
+    nonstopux*) version_type=nonstopux ;;
+    *)
+	if test "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes; then
+		version_type=linux
+	else
+		version_type=irix
+	fi ;;
+  esac
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}'
+  case $host_os in
+  irix5* | nonstopux*)
+    libsuff= shlibsuff=
+    ;;
+  *)
+    case $LD in # libtool.m4 will add one of these switches to LD
+    *-32|*"-32 "|*-melf32bsmip|*"-melf32bsmip ")
+      libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=32-bit;;
+    *-n32|*"-n32 "|*-melf32bmipn32|*"-melf32bmipn32 ")
+      libsuff=32 shlibsuff=N32 libmagic=N32;;
+    *-64|*"-64 "|*-melf64bmip|*"-melf64bmip ")
+      libsuff=64 shlibsuff=64 libmagic=64-bit;;
+    *) libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=never-match;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+  esac
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY${shlibsuff}_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+  sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff} /usr/local/lib${libsuff}"
+  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff}"
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  ;;
+
+# No shared lib support for Linux oldld, aout, or coff.
+linux*oldld* | linux*aout* | linux*coff*)
+  dynamic_linker=no
+  ;;
+
+# This must be Linux ELF.
+linux* | k*bsd*-gnu)
+  version_type=linux
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -n $libdir'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+  # Some binutils ld are patched to set DT_RUNPATH
+  save_LDFLAGS=$LDFLAGS
+  save_libdir=$libdir
+  eval "libdir=/foo; wl=\"$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)\"; \
+       LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)\""
+  AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([],[])],
+    [AS_IF([ ($OBJDUMP -p conftest$ac_exeext) 2>/dev/null | grep "RUNPATH.*$libdir" >/dev/null],
+       [shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes])])
+  LDFLAGS=$save_LDFLAGS
+  libdir=$save_libdir
+
+  # This implies no fast_install, which is unacceptable.
+  # Some rework will be needed to allow for fast_install
+  # before this can be enabled.
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+
+  # Append ld.so.conf contents to the search path
+  if test -f /etc/ld.so.conf; then
+    lt_ld_extra=`awk '/^include / { system(sprintf("cd /etc; cat %s 2>/dev/null", \[$]2)); skip = 1; } { if (!skip) print \[$]0; skip = 0; }' < /etc/ld.so.conf | $SED -e 's/#.*//;/^[	 ]*hwcap[	 ]/d;s/[:,	]/ /g;s/=[^=]*$//;s/=[^= ]* / /g;/^$/d' | tr '\n' ' '`
+    sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib $lt_ld_extra"
+  fi
+
+  # We used to test for /lib/ld.so.1 and disable shared libraries on
+  # powerpc, because MkLinux only supported shared libraries with the
+  # GNU dynamic linker.  Since this was broken with cross compilers,
+  # most powerpc-linux boxes support dynamic linking these days and
+  # people can always --disable-shared, the test was removed, and we
+  # assume the GNU/Linux dynamic linker is in use.
+  dynamic_linker='GNU/Linux ld.so'
+  ;;
+
+netbsd*)
+  version_type=sunos
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then
+    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix'
+    finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir'
+    dynamic_linker='NetBSD (a.out) ld.so'
+  else
+    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}'
+    soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+    dynamic_linker='NetBSD ld.elf_so'
+  fi
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  ;;
+
+newsos6)
+  version_type=linux
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+  ;;
+
+*nto* | *qnx*)
+  version_type=qnx
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  dynamic_linker='ldqnx.so'
+  ;;
+
+openbsd*)
+  version_type=sunos
+  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/usr/lib"
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  # Some older versions of OpenBSD (3.3 at least) *do* need versioned libs.
+  case $host_os in
+    openbsd3.3 | openbsd3.3.*)	need_version=yes ;;
+    *)				need_version=no  ;;
+  esac
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix'
+  finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then
+    case $host_os in
+      openbsd2.[[89]] | openbsd2.[[89]].*)
+	shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+	;;
+      *)
+	shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+	;;
+      esac
+  else
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+  fi
+  ;;
+
+os2*)
+  libname_spec='$name'
+  shrext_cmds=".dll"
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  library_names_spec='$libname${shared_ext} $libname.a'
+  dynamic_linker='OS/2 ld.exe'
+  shlibpath_var=LIBPATH
+  ;;
+
+osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
+  version_type=osf
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/shlib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib/cmplrs/cc /usr/lib /usr/local/lib /var/shlib"
+  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec"
+  ;;
+
+rdos*)
+  dynamic_linker=no
+  ;;
+
+solaris*)
+  version_type=linux
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  # ldd complains unless libraries are executable
+  postinstall_cmds='chmod +x $lib'
+  ;;
+
+sunos4*)
+  version_type=sunos
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix'
+  finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/usr/etc" ldconfig $libdir'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+  if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
+    need_lib_prefix=no
+  fi
+  need_version=yes
+  ;;
+
+sysv4 | sysv4.3*)
+  version_type=linux
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  case $host_vendor in
+    sni)
+      shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+      need_lib_prefix=no
+      runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
+      ;;
+    siemens)
+      need_lib_prefix=no
+      ;;
+    motorola)
+      need_lib_prefix=no
+      need_version=no
+      shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+      sys_lib_search_path_spec='/lib /usr/lib /usr/ccs/lib'
+      ;;
+  esac
+  ;;
+
+sysv4*MP*)
+  if test -d /usr/nec ;then
+    version_type=linux
+    library_names_spec='$libname${shared_ext}.$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}.$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+    soname_spec='$libname${shared_ext}.$major'
+    shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  fi
+  ;;
+
+sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*)
+  version_type=freebsd-elf
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
+    sys_lib_search_path_spec='/usr/local/lib /usr/gnu/lib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib /lib'
+  else
+    sys_lib_search_path_spec='/usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib'
+    case $host_os in
+      sco3.2v5*)
+        sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec /lib"
+	;;
+    esac
+  fi
+  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/usr/lib'
+  ;;
+
+tpf*)
+  # TPF is a cross-target only.  Preferred cross-host = GNU/Linux.
+  version_type=linux
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  ;;
+
+uts4*)
+  version_type=linux
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  ;;
+
+*)
+  dynamic_linker=no
+  ;;
+esac
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$dynamic_linker])
+test "$dynamic_linker" = no && can_build_shared=no
+
+variables_saved_for_relink="PATH $shlibpath_var $runpath_var"
+if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+  variables_saved_for_relink="$variables_saved_for_relink GCC_EXEC_PREFIX COMPILER_PATH LIBRARY_PATH"
+fi
+
+if test "${lt_cv_sys_lib_search_path_spec+set}" = set; then
+  sys_lib_search_path_spec="$lt_cv_sys_lib_search_path_spec"
+fi
+if test "${lt_cv_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec+set}" = set; then
+  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$lt_cv_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec"
+fi
+
+_LT_DECL([], [variables_saved_for_relink], [1],
+    [Variables whose values should be saved in libtool wrapper scripts and
+    restored at link time])
+_LT_DECL([], [need_lib_prefix], [0],
+    [Do we need the "lib" prefix for modules?])
+_LT_DECL([], [need_version], [0], [Do we need a version for libraries?])
+_LT_DECL([], [version_type], [0], [Library versioning type])
+_LT_DECL([], [runpath_var], [0],  [Shared library runtime path variable])
+_LT_DECL([], [shlibpath_var], [0],[Shared library path variable])
+_LT_DECL([], [shlibpath_overrides_runpath], [0],
+    [Is shlibpath searched before the hard-coded library search path?])
+_LT_DECL([], [libname_spec], [1], [Format of library name prefix])
+_LT_DECL([], [library_names_spec], [1],
+    [[List of archive names.  First name is the real one, the rest are links.
+    The last name is the one that the linker finds with -lNAME]])
+_LT_DECL([], [soname_spec], [1],
+    [[The coded name of the library, if different from the real name]])
+_LT_DECL([], [postinstall_cmds], [2],
+    [Command to use after installation of a shared archive])
+_LT_DECL([], [postuninstall_cmds], [2],
+    [Command to use after uninstallation of a shared archive])
+_LT_DECL([], [finish_cmds], [2],
+    [Commands used to finish a libtool library installation in a directory])
+_LT_DECL([], [finish_eval], [1],
+    [[As "finish_cmds", except a single script fragment to be evaled but
+    not shown]])
+_LT_DECL([], [hardcode_into_libs], [0],
+    [Whether we should hardcode library paths into libraries])
+_LT_DECL([], [sys_lib_search_path_spec], [2],
+    [Compile-time system search path for libraries])
+_LT_DECL([], [sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec], [2],
+    [Run-time system search path for libraries])
+])# _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER
+
+
+# _LT_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX(TOOL)
+# --------------------------
+# find a file program which can recognize shared library
+AC_DEFUN([_LT_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX],
+[m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $1])
+AC_CACHE_VAL(lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD,
+[case $MAGIC_CMD in
+[[\\/*] |  ?:[\\/]*])
+  lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD" # Let the user override the test with a path.
+  ;;
+*)
+  lt_save_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD"
+  lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+dnl $ac_dummy forces splitting on constant user-supplied paths.
+dnl POSIX.2 word splitting is done only on the output of word expansions,
+dnl not every word.  This closes a longstanding sh security hole.
+  ac_dummy="m4_if([$2], , $PATH, [$2])"
+  for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do
+    IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    if test -f $ac_dir/$1; then
+      lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$ac_dir/$1"
+      if test -n "$file_magic_test_file"; then
+	case $deplibs_check_method in
+	"file_magic "*)
+	  file_magic_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "file_magic \(.*\)"`
+	  MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD"
+	  if eval $file_magic_cmd \$file_magic_test_file 2> /dev/null |
+	    $EGREP "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then
+	    :
+	  else
+	    cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2
+
+*** Warning: the command libtool uses to detect shared libraries,
+*** $file_magic_cmd, produces output that libtool cannot recognize.
+*** The result is that libtool may fail to recognize shared libraries
+*** as such.  This will affect the creation of libtool libraries that
+*** depend on shared libraries, but programs linked with such libtool
+*** libraries will work regardless of this problem.  Nevertheless, you
+*** may want to report the problem to your system manager and/or to
+*** bug-libtool@gnu.org
+
+_LT_EOF
+	  fi ;;
+	esac
+      fi
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
+  MAGIC_CMD="$lt_save_MAGIC_CMD"
+  ;;
+esac])
+MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD"
+if test -n "$MAGIC_CMD"; then
+  AC_MSG_RESULT($MAGIC_CMD)
+else
+  AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+fi
+_LT_DECL([], [MAGIC_CMD], [0],
+	 [Used to examine libraries when file_magic_cmd begins with "file"])dnl
+])# _LT_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX
+
+# Old name:
+AU_ALIAS([AC_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX], [_LT_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX])
+dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
+dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX], [])
+
+
+# _LT_PATH_MAGIC
+# --------------
+# find a file program which can recognize a shared library
+m4_defun([_LT_PATH_MAGIC],
+[_LT_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX(${ac_tool_prefix}file, /usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH)
+if test -z "$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD"; then
+  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+    _LT_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX(file, /usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH)
+  else
+    MAGIC_CMD=:
+  fi
+fi
+])# _LT_PATH_MAGIC
+
+
+# LT_PATH_LD
+# ----------
+# find the pathname to the GNU or non-GNU linker
+AC_DEFUN([LT_PATH_LD],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_BUILD])dnl
+m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl
+m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl
+
+AC_ARG_WITH([gnu-ld],
+    [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-gnu-ld],
+	[assume the C compiler uses GNU ld @<:@default=no@:>@])],
+    [test "$withval" = no || with_gnu_ld=yes],
+    [with_gnu_ld=no])dnl
+
+ac_prog=ld
+if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+  # Check if gcc -print-prog-name=ld gives a path.
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for ld used by $CC])
+  case $host in
+  *-*-mingw*)
+    # gcc leaves a trailing carriage return which upsets mingw
+    ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5 | tr -d '\015'` ;;
+  *)
+    ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5` ;;
+  esac
+  case $ac_prog in
+    # Accept absolute paths.
+    [[\\/]]* | ?:[[\\/]]*)
+      re_direlt='/[[^/]][[^/]]*/\.\./'
+      # Canonicalize the pathname of ld
+      ac_prog=`$ECHO "$ac_prog"| $SED 's%\\\\%/%g'`
+      while $ECHO "$ac_prog" | $GREP "$re_direlt" > /dev/null 2>&1; do
+	ac_prog=`$ECHO $ac_prog| $SED "s%$re_direlt%/%"`
+      done
+      test -z "$LD" && LD="$ac_prog"
+      ;;
+  "")
+    # If it fails, then pretend we aren't using GCC.
+    ac_prog=ld
+    ;;
+  *)
+    # If it is relative, then search for the first ld in PATH.
+    with_gnu_ld=unknown
+    ;;
+  esac
+elif test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for GNU ld])
+else
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for non-GNU ld])
+fi
+AC_CACHE_VAL(lt_cv_path_LD,
+[if test -z "$LD"; then
+  lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+    IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog" || test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exeext"; then
+      lt_cv_path_LD="$ac_dir/$ac_prog"
+      # Check to see if the program is GNU ld.  I'd rather use --version,
+      # but apparently some variants of GNU ld only accept -v.
+      # Break only if it was the GNU/non-GNU ld that we prefer.
+      case `"$lt_cv_path_LD" -v 2>&1 &1 /dev/null 2>&1; then
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ^x86 archive import|^x86 DLL'
+    lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='func_win32_libid'
+  else
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic file format pei*-i386(.*architecture: i386)?'
+    lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='$OBJDUMP -f'
+  fi
+  ;;
+
+cegcc)
+  # use the weaker test based on 'objdump'. See mingw*.
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic file format pe-arm-.*little(.*architecture: arm)?'
+  lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='$OBJDUMP -f'
+  ;;
+
+darwin* | rhapsody*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+
+freebsd* | dragonfly*)
+  if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ > /dev/null; then
+    case $host_cpu in
+    i*86 )
+      # Not sure whether the presence of OpenBSD here was a mistake.
+      # Let's accept both of them until this is cleared up.
+      lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (FreeBSD|OpenBSD|DragonFly)/i[[3-9]]86 (compact )?demand paged shared library'
+      lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file
+      lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=`echo /usr/lib/libc.so.*`
+      ;;
+    esac
+  else
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  fi
+  ;;
+
+gnu*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+
+hpux10.20* | hpux11*)
+  lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file
+  case $host_cpu in
+  ia64*)
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[[0-9]][[0-9]][[0-9]]|ELF-[[0-9]][[0-9]]) shared object file - IA64'
+    lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/hpux32/libc.so
+    ;;
+  hppa*64*)
+    [lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[0-9][0-9][0-9]|ELF-[0-9][0-9]) shared object file - PA-RISC [0-9].[0-9]']
+    lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/pa20_64/libc.sl
+    ;;
+  *)
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[[0-9]][[0-9]][[0-9]]|PA-RISC[[0-9]].[[0-9]]) shared library'
+    lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/libc.sl
+    ;;
+  esac
+  ;;
+
+interix[[3-9]]*)
+  # PIC code is broken on Interix 3.x, that's why |\.a not |_pic\.a here
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[[^/]]+(\.so|\.a)$'
+  ;;
+
+irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
+  case $LD in
+  *-32|*"-32 ") libmagic=32-bit;;
+  *-n32|*"-n32 ") libmagic=N32;;
+  *-64|*"-64 ") libmagic=64-bit;;
+  *) libmagic=never-match;;
+  esac
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+
+# This must be Linux ELF.
+linux* | k*bsd*-gnu)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+
+netbsd*)
+  if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ > /dev/null; then
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[[^/]]+(\.so\.[[0-9]]+\.[[0-9]]+|_pic\.a)$'
+  else
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[[^/]]+(\.so|_pic\.a)$'
+  fi
+  ;;
+
+newos6*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [[0-9]][[0-9]]*-bit [[ML]]SB (executable|dynamic lib)'
+  lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file
+  lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/libnls.so
+  ;;
+
+*nto* | *qnx*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+
+openbsd*)
+  if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[[^/]]+(\.so\.[[0-9]]+\.[[0-9]]+|\.so|_pic\.a)$'
+  else
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[[^/]]+(\.so\.[[0-9]]+\.[[0-9]]+|_pic\.a)$'
+  fi
+  ;;
+
+osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+
+rdos*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+
+solaris*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+
+sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+
+sysv4 | sysv4.3*)
+  case $host_vendor in
+  motorola)
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [[0-9]][[0-9]]*-bit [[ML]]SB (shared object|dynamic lib) M[[0-9]][[0-9]]* Version [[0-9]]'
+    lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=`echo /usr/lib/libc.so*`
+    ;;
+  ncr)
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+    ;;
+  sequent)
+    lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/bin/file'
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [[0-9]][[0-9]]*-bit [[LM]]SB (shared object|dynamic lib )'
+    ;;
+  sni)
+    lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/bin/file'
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method="file_magic ELF [[0-9]][[0-9]]*-bit [[LM]]SB dynamic lib"
+    lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/lib/libc.so
+    ;;
+  siemens)
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+    ;;
+  pc)
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+    ;;
+  esac
+  ;;
+
+tpf*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+esac
+])
+file_magic_cmd=$lt_cv_file_magic_cmd
+deplibs_check_method=$lt_cv_deplibs_check_method
+test -z "$deplibs_check_method" && deplibs_check_method=unknown
+
+_LT_DECL([], [deplibs_check_method], [1],
+    [Method to check whether dependent libraries are shared objects])
+_LT_DECL([], [file_magic_cmd], [1],
+    [Command to use when deplibs_check_method == "file_magic"])
+])# _LT_CHECK_MAGIC_METHOD
+
+
+# LT_PATH_NM
+# ----------
+# find the pathname to a BSD- or MS-compatible name lister
+AC_DEFUN([LT_PATH_NM],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([for BSD- or MS-compatible name lister (nm)], lt_cv_path_NM,
+[if test -n "$NM"; then
+  # Let the user override the test.
+  lt_cv_path_NM="$NM"
+else
+  lt_nm_to_check="${ac_tool_prefix}nm"
+  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix" && test "$build" = "$host"; then
+    lt_nm_to_check="$lt_nm_to_check nm"
+  fi
+  for lt_tmp_nm in $lt_nm_to_check; do
+    lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+    for ac_dir in $PATH /usr/ccs/bin/elf /usr/ccs/bin /usr/ucb /bin; do
+      IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
+      test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+      tmp_nm="$ac_dir/$lt_tmp_nm"
+      if test -f "$tmp_nm" || test -f "$tmp_nm$ac_exeext" ; then
+	# Check to see if the nm accepts a BSD-compat flag.
+	# Adding the `sed 1q' prevents false positives on HP-UX, which says:
+	#   nm: unknown option "B" ignored
+	# Tru64's nm complains that /dev/null is an invalid object file
+	case `"$tmp_nm" -B /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'` in
+	*/dev/null* | *'Invalid file or object type'*)
+	  lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm -B"
+	  break
+	  ;;
+	*)
+	  case `"$tmp_nm" -p /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'` in
+	  */dev/null*)
+	    lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm -p"
+	    break
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    lt_cv_path_NM=${lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm"} # keep the first match, but
+	    continue # so that we can try to find one that supports BSD flags
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	  ;;
+	esac
+      fi
+    done
+    IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
+  done
+  : ${lt_cv_path_NM=no}
+fi])
+if test "$lt_cv_path_NM" != "no"; then
+  NM="$lt_cv_path_NM"
+else
+  # Didn't find any BSD compatible name lister, look for dumpbin.
+  AC_CHECK_TOOLS(DUMPBIN, ["dumpbin -symbols" "link -dump -symbols"], :)
+  AC_SUBST([DUMPBIN])
+  if test "$DUMPBIN" != ":"; then
+    NM="$DUMPBIN"
+  fi
+fi
+test -z "$NM" && NM=nm
+AC_SUBST([NM])
+_LT_DECL([], [NM], [1], [A BSD- or MS-compatible name lister])dnl
+
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([the name lister ($NM) interface], [lt_cv_nm_interface],
+  [lt_cv_nm_interface="BSD nm"
+  echo "int some_variable = 0;" > conftest.$ac_ext
+  (eval echo "\"\$as_me:__oline__: $ac_compile\"" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD)
+  (eval "$ac_compile" 2>conftest.err)
+  cat conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
+  (eval echo "\"\$as_me:__oline__: $NM \\\"conftest.$ac_objext\\\"\"" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD)
+  (eval "$NM \"conftest.$ac_objext\"" 2>conftest.err > conftest.out)
+  cat conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
+  (eval echo "\"\$as_me:__oline__: output\"" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD)
+  cat conftest.out >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
+  if $GREP 'External.*some_variable' conftest.out > /dev/null; then
+    lt_cv_nm_interface="MS dumpbin"
+  fi
+  rm -f conftest*])
+])# LT_PATH_NM
+
+# Old names:
+AU_ALIAS([AM_PROG_NM], [LT_PATH_NM])
+AU_ALIAS([AC_PROG_NM], [LT_PATH_NM])
+dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
+dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_NM], [])
+dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_NM], [])
+
+
+# LT_LIB_M
+# --------
+# check for math library
+AC_DEFUN([LT_LIB_M],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
+LIBM=
+case $host in
+*-*-beos* | *-*-cygwin* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-darwin*)
+  # These system don't have libm, or don't need it
+  ;;
+*-ncr-sysv4.3*)
+  AC_CHECK_LIB(mw, _mwvalidcheckl, LIBM="-lmw")
+  AC_CHECK_LIB(m, cos, LIBM="$LIBM -lm")
+  ;;
+*)
+  AC_CHECK_LIB(m, cos, LIBM="-lm")
+  ;;
+esac
+AC_SUBST([LIBM])
+])# LT_LIB_M
+
+# Old name:
+AU_ALIAS([AC_CHECK_LIBM], [LT_LIB_M])
+dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
+dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_CHECK_LIBM], [])
+
+
+# _LT_COMPILER_NO_RTTI([TAGNAME])
+# -------------------------------
+m4_defun([_LT_COMPILER_NO_RTTI],
+[m4_require([_LT_TAG_COMPILER])dnl
+
+_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)=
+
+if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+  _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)=' -fno-builtin'
+
+  _LT_COMPILER_OPTION([if $compiler supports -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions],
+    lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions,
+    [-fno-rtti -fno-exceptions], [],
+    [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)="$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1) -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions"])
+fi
+_LT_TAGDECL([no_builtin_flag], [lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag], [1],
+	[Compiler flag to turn off builtin functions])
+])# _LT_COMPILER_NO_RTTI
+
+
+# _LT_CMD_GLOBAL_SYMBOLS
+# ----------------------
+m4_defun([_LT_CMD_GLOBAL_SYMBOLS],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([LT_PATH_NM])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([LT_PATH_LD])dnl
+m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl
+m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl
+m4_require([_LT_TAG_COMPILER])dnl
+
+# Check for command to grab the raw symbol name followed by C symbol from nm.
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([command to parse $NM output from $compiler object])
+AC_CACHE_VAL([lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe],
+[
+# These are sane defaults that work on at least a few old systems.
+# [They come from Ultrix.  What could be older than Ultrix?!! ;)]
+
+# Character class describing NM global symbol codes.
+symcode='[[BCDEGRST]]'
+
+# Regexp to match symbols that can be accessed directly from C.
+sympat='\([[_A-Za-z]][[_A-Za-z0-9]]*\)'
+
+# Define system-specific variables.
+case $host_os in
+aix*)
+  symcode='[[BCDT]]'
+  ;;
+cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
+  symcode='[[ABCDGISTW]]'
+  ;;
+hpux*)
+  if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
+    symcode='[[ABCDEGRST]]'
+  fi
+  ;;
+irix* | nonstopux*)
+  symcode='[[BCDEGRST]]'
+  ;;
+osf*)
+  symcode='[[BCDEGQRST]]'
+  ;;
+solaris*)
+  symcode='[[BDRT]]'
+  ;;
+sco3.2v5*)
+  symcode='[[DT]]'
+  ;;
+sysv4.2uw2*)
+  symcode='[[DT]]'
+  ;;
+sysv5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*)
+  symcode='[[ABDT]]'
+  ;;
+sysv4)
+  symcode='[[DFNSTU]]'
+  ;;
+esac
+
+# If we're using GNU nm, then use its standard symbol codes.
+case `$NM -V 2>&1` in
+*GNU* | *'with BFD'*)
+  symcode='[[ABCDGIRSTW]]' ;;
+esac
+
+# Transform an extracted symbol line into a proper C declaration.
+# Some systems (esp. on ia64) link data and code symbols differently,
+# so use this general approach.
+lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl="sed -n -e 's/^T .* \(.*\)$/extern int \1();/p' -e 's/^$symcode* .* \(.*\)$/extern char \1;/p'"
+
+# Transform an extracted symbol line into symbol name and symbol address
+lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address="sed -n -e 's/^: \([[^ ]]*\) $/  {\\\"\1\\\", (void *) 0},/p' -e 's/^$symcode* \([[^ ]]*\) \([[^ ]]*\)$/  {\"\2\", (void *) \&\2},/p'"
+lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix="sed -n -e 's/^: \([[^ ]]*\) $/  {\\\"\1\\\", (void *) 0},/p' -e 's/^$symcode* \([[^ ]]*\) \(lib[[^ ]]*\)$/  {\"\2\", (void *) \&\2},/p' -e 's/^$symcode* \([[^ ]]*\) \([[^ ]]*\)$/  {\"lib\2\", (void *) \&\2},/p'"
+
+# Handle CRLF in mingw tool chain
+opt_cr=
+case $build_os in
+mingw*)
+  opt_cr=`$ECHO 'x\{0,1\}' | tr x '\015'` # option cr in regexp
+  ;;
+esac
+
+# Try without a prefix underscore, then with it.
+for ac_symprfx in "" "_"; do
+
+  # Transform symcode, sympat, and symprfx into a raw symbol and a C symbol.
+  symxfrm="\\1 $ac_symprfx\\2 \\2"
+
+  # Write the raw and C identifiers.
+  if test "$lt_cv_nm_interface" = "MS dumpbin"; then
+    # Fake it for dumpbin and say T for any non-static function
+    # and D for any global variable.
+    # Also find C++ and __fastcall symbols from MSVC++,
+    # which start with @ or ?.
+    lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe="$AWK ['"\
+"     {last_section=section; section=\$ 3};"\
+"     /Section length .*#relocs.*(pick any)/{hide[last_section]=1};"\
+"     \$ 0!~/External *\|/{next};"\
+"     / 0+ UNDEF /{next}; / UNDEF \([^|]\)*()/{next};"\
+"     {if(hide[section]) next};"\
+"     {f=0}; \$ 0~/\(\).*\|/{f=1}; {printf f ? \"T \" : \"D \"};"\
+"     {split(\$ 0, a, /\||\r/); split(a[2], s)};"\
+"     s[1]~/^[@?]/{print s[1], s[1]; next};"\
+"     s[1]~prfx {split(s[1],t,\"@\"); print t[1], substr(t[1],length(prfx))}"\
+"     ' prfx=^$ac_symprfx]"
+  else
+    lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe="sed -n -e 's/^.*[[	 ]]\($symcode$symcode*\)[[	 ]][[	 ]]*$ac_symprfx$sympat$opt_cr$/$symxfrm/p'"
+  fi
+
+  # Check to see that the pipe works correctly.
+  pipe_works=no
+
+  rm -f conftest*
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+char nm_test_var;
+void nm_test_func(void);
+void nm_test_func(void){}
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+int main(){nm_test_var='a';nm_test_func();return(0);}
+_LT_EOF
+
+  if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then
+    # Now try to grab the symbols.
+    nlist=conftest.nm
+    if AC_TRY_EVAL(NM conftest.$ac_objext \| $lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe \> $nlist) && test -s "$nlist"; then
+      # Try sorting and uniquifying the output.
+      if sort "$nlist" | uniq > "$nlist"T; then
+	mv -f "$nlist"T "$nlist"
+      else
+	rm -f "$nlist"T
+      fi
+
+      # Make sure that we snagged all the symbols we need.
+      if $GREP ' nm_test_var$' "$nlist" >/dev/null; then
+	if $GREP ' nm_test_func$' "$nlist" >/dev/null; then
+	  cat <<_LT_EOF > conftest.$ac_ext
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+_LT_EOF
+	  # Now generate the symbol file.
+	  eval "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl"' < "$nlist" | $GREP -v main >> conftest.$ac_ext'
+
+	  cat <<_LT_EOF >> conftest.$ac_ext
+
+/* The mapping between symbol names and symbols.  */
+const struct {
+  const char *name;
+  void       *address;
+}
+lt__PROGRAM__LTX_preloaded_symbols[[]] =
+{
+  { "@PROGRAM@", (void *) 0 },
+_LT_EOF
+	  $SED "s/^$symcode$symcode* \(.*\) \(.*\)$/  {\"\2\", (void *) \&\2},/" < "$nlist" | $GREP -v main >> conftest.$ac_ext
+	  cat <<\_LT_EOF >> conftest.$ac_ext
+  {0, (void *) 0}
+};
+
+/* This works around a problem in FreeBSD linker */
+#ifdef FREEBSD_WORKAROUND
+static const void *lt_preloaded_setup() {
+  return lt__PROGRAM__LTX_preloaded_symbols;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+_LT_EOF
+	  # Now try linking the two files.
+	  mv conftest.$ac_objext conftstm.$ac_objext
+	  lt_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+	  lt_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+	  LIBS="conftstm.$ac_objext"
+	  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)"
+	  if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_link) && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
+	    pipe_works=yes
+	  fi
+	  LIBS="$lt_save_LIBS"
+	  CFLAGS="$lt_save_CFLAGS"
+	else
+	  echo "cannot find nm_test_func in $nlist" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
+	fi
+      else
+	echo "cannot find nm_test_var in $nlist" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
+      fi
+    else
+      echo "cannot run $lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
+    fi
+  else
+    echo "$progname: failed program was:" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
+    cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  fi
+  rm -rf conftest* conftst*
+
+  # Do not use the global_symbol_pipe unless it works.
+  if test "$pipe_works" = yes; then
+    break
+  else
+    lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe=
+  fi
+done
+])
+if test -z "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe"; then
+  lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl=
+fi
+if test -z "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl"; then
+  AC_MSG_RESULT(failed)
+else
+  AC_MSG_RESULT(ok)
+fi
+
+_LT_DECL([global_symbol_pipe], [lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe], [1],
+    [Take the output of nm and produce a listing of raw symbols and C names])
+_LT_DECL([global_symbol_to_cdecl], [lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl], [1],
+    [Transform the output of nm in a proper C declaration])
+_LT_DECL([global_symbol_to_c_name_address],
+    [lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address], [1],
+    [Transform the output of nm in a C name address pair])
+_LT_DECL([global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix],
+    [lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix], [1],
+    [Transform the output of nm in a C name address pair when lib prefix is needed])
+]) # _LT_CMD_GLOBAL_SYMBOLS
+
+
+# _LT_COMPILER_PIC([TAGNAME])
+# ---------------------------
+m4_defun([_LT_COMPILER_PIC],
+[m4_require([_LT_TAG_COMPILER])dnl
+_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)=
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $compiler option to produce PIC])
+m4_if([$1], [CXX], [
+  # C++ specific cases for pic, static, wl, etc.
+  if test "$GXX" = yes; then
+    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static'
+
+    case $host_os in
+    aix*)
+      # All AIX code is PIC.
+      if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
+	# AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    amigaos*)
+      case $host_cpu in
+      powerpc)
+            # see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support
+            _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC'
+        ;;
+      m68k)
+            # FIXME: we need at least 68020 code to build shared libraries, but
+            # adding the `-m68020' flag to GCC prevents building anything better,
+            # like `-m68040'.
+            _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-m68020 -resident32 -malways-restore-a4'
+        ;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+
+    beos* | irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux* | osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
+      # PIC is the default for these OSes.
+      ;;
+    mingw* | cygwin* | os2* | pw32* | cegcc*)
+      # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being
+      # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example).
+      # Although the cygwin gcc ignores -fPIC, still need this for old-style
+      # (--disable-auto-import) libraries
+      m4_if([$1], [GCJ], [],
+	[_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-DDLL_EXPORT'])
+      ;;
+    darwin* | rhapsody*)
+      # PIC is the default on this platform
+      # Common symbols not allowed in MH_DYLIB files
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fno-common'
+      ;;
+    *djgpp*)
+      # DJGPP does not support shared libraries at all
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=
+      ;;
+    interix[[3-9]]*)
+      # Interix 3.x gcc -fpic/-fPIC options generate broken code.
+      # Instead, we relocate shared libraries at runtime.
+      ;;
+    sysv4*MP*)
+      if test -d /usr/nec; then
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=-Kconform_pic
+      fi
+      ;;
+    hpux*)
+      # PIC is the default for 64-bit PA HP-UX, but not for 32-bit
+      # PA HP-UX.  On IA64 HP-UX, PIC is the default but the pic flag
+      # sets the default TLS model and affects inlining.
+      case $host_cpu in
+      hppa*64*)
+	;;
+      *)
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC'
+	;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+    *qnx* | *nto*)
+      # QNX uses GNU C++, but need to define -shared option too, otherwise
+      # it will coredump.
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC -shared'
+      ;;
+    *)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC'
+      ;;
+    esac
+  else
+    case $host_os in
+      aix[[4-9]]*)
+	# All AIX code is PIC.
+	if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
+	  # AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
+	else
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-bnso -bI:/lib/syscalls.exp'
+	fi
+	;;
+      chorus*)
+	case $cc_basename in
+	cxch68*)
+	  # Green Hills C++ Compiler
+	  # _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)="--no_auto_instantiation -u __main -u __premain -u _abort -r $COOL_DIR/lib/libOrb.a $MVME_DIR/lib/CC/libC.a $MVME_DIR/lib/classix/libcx.s.a"
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+      dgux*)
+	case $cc_basename in
+	  ec++*)
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
+	    ;;
+	  ghcx*)
+	    # Green Hills C++ Compiler
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-pic'
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+      freebsd* | dragonfly*)
+	# FreeBSD uses GNU C++
+	;;
+      hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
+	case $cc_basename in
+	  CC*)
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='${wl}-a ${wl}archive'
+	    if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then
+	      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='+Z'
+	    fi
+	    ;;
+	  aCC*)
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='${wl}-a ${wl}archive'
+	    case $host_cpu in
+	    hppa*64*|ia64*)
+	      # +Z the default
+	      ;;
+	    *)
+	      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='+Z'
+	      ;;
+	    esac
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+      interix*)
+	# This is c89, which is MS Visual C++ (no shared libs)
+	# Anyone wants to do a port?
+	;;
+      irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
+	case $cc_basename in
+	  CC*)
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared'
+	    # CC pic flag -KPIC is the default.
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+      linux* | k*bsd*-gnu)
+	case $cc_basename in
+	  KCC*)
+	    # KAI C++ Compiler
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='--backend -Wl,'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC'
+	    ;;
+	  ecpc* )
+	    # old Intel C++ for x86_64 which still supported -KPIC.
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static'
+	    ;;
+	  icpc* )
+	    # Intel C++, used to be incompatible with GCC.
+	    # ICC 10 doesn't accept -KPIC any more.
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static'
+	    ;;
+	  pgCC* | pgcpp*)
+	    # Portland Group C++ compiler
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fpic'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
+	    ;;
+	  cxx*)
+	    # Compaq C++
+	    # Make sure the PIC flag is empty.  It appears that all Alpha
+	    # Linux and Compaq Tru64 Unix objects are PIC.
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared'
+	    ;;
+	  xlc* | xlC*)
+	    # IBM XL 8.0 on PPC
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-qpic'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-qstaticlink'
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in
+	    *Sun\ C*)
+	      # Sun C++ 5.9
+	      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
+	      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
+	      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Qoption ld '
+	      ;;
+	    esac
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+      lynxos*)
+	;;
+      m88k*)
+	;;
+      mvs*)
+	case $cc_basename in
+	  cxx*)
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-W c,exportall'
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+      netbsd*)
+	;;
+      *qnx* | *nto*)
+        # QNX uses GNU C++, but need to define -shared option too, otherwise
+        # it will coredump.
+        _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC -shared'
+        ;;
+      osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
+	case $cc_basename in
+	  KCC*)
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='--backend -Wl,'
+	    ;;
+	  RCC*)
+	    # Rational C++ 2.4.1
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-pic'
+	    ;;
+	  cxx*)
+	    # Digital/Compaq C++
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+	    # Make sure the PIC flag is empty.  It appears that all Alpha
+	    # Linux and Compaq Tru64 Unix objects are PIC.
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared'
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+      psos*)
+	;;
+      solaris*)
+	case $cc_basename in
+	  CC*)
+	    # Sun C++ 4.2, 5.x and Centerline C++
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Qoption ld '
+	    ;;
+	  gcx*)
+	    # Green Hills C++ Compiler
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-PIC'
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+      sunos4*)
+	case $cc_basename in
+	  CC*)
+	    # Sun C++ 4.x
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-pic'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
+	    ;;
+	  lcc*)
+	    # Lucid
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-pic'
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+      sysv5* | unixware* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | OpenUNIX*)
+	case $cc_basename in
+	  CC*)
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+      tandem*)
+	case $cc_basename in
+	  NCC*)
+	    # NonStop-UX NCC 3.20
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+      vxworks*)
+	;;
+      *)
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared, $1)=no
+	;;
+    esac
+  fi
+],
+[
+  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static'
+
+    case $host_os in
+      aix*)
+      # All AIX code is PIC.
+      if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
+	# AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    amigaos*)
+      case $host_cpu in
+      powerpc)
+            # see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support
+            _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC'
+        ;;
+      m68k)
+            # FIXME: we need at least 68020 code to build shared libraries, but
+            # adding the `-m68020' flag to GCC prevents building anything better,
+            # like `-m68040'.
+            _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-m68020 -resident32 -malways-restore-a4'
+        ;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+
+    beos* | irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux* | osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
+      # PIC is the default for these OSes.
+      ;;
+
+    mingw* | cygwin* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*)
+      # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being
+      # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example).
+      # Although the cygwin gcc ignores -fPIC, still need this for old-style
+      # (--disable-auto-import) libraries
+      m4_if([$1], [GCJ], [],
+	[_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-DDLL_EXPORT'])
+      ;;
+
+    darwin* | rhapsody*)
+      # PIC is the default on this platform
+      # Common symbols not allowed in MH_DYLIB files
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fno-common'
+      ;;
+
+    hpux*)
+      # PIC is the default for 64-bit PA HP-UX, but not for 32-bit
+      # PA HP-UX.  On IA64 HP-UX, PIC is the default but the pic flag
+      # sets the default TLS model and affects inlining.
+      case $host_cpu in
+      hppa*64*)
+	# +Z the default
+	;;
+      *)
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC'
+	;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+
+    interix[[3-9]]*)
+      # Interix 3.x gcc -fpic/-fPIC options generate broken code.
+      # Instead, we relocate shared libraries at runtime.
+      ;;
+
+    msdosdjgpp*)
+      # Just because we use GCC doesn't mean we suddenly get shared libraries
+      # on systems that don't support them.
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared, $1)=no
+      enable_shared=no
+      ;;
+
+    *nto* | *qnx*)
+      # QNX uses GNU C++, but need to define -shared option too, otherwise
+      # it will coredump.
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC -shared'
+      ;;
+
+    sysv4*MP*)
+      if test -d /usr/nec; then
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=-Kconform_pic
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    *)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC'
+      ;;
+    esac
+  else
+    # PORTME Check for flag to pass linker flags through the system compiler.
+    case $host_os in
+    aix*)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+      if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
+	# AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
+      else
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-bnso -bI:/lib/syscalls.exp'
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    mingw* | cygwin* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*)
+      # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being
+      # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example).
+      m4_if([$1], [GCJ], [],
+	[_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-DDLL_EXPORT'])
+      ;;
+
+    hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+      # PIC is the default for IA64 HP-UX and 64-bit HP-UX, but
+      # not for PA HP-UX.
+      case $host_cpu in
+      hppa*64*|ia64*)
+	# +Z the default
+	;;
+      *)
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='+Z'
+	;;
+      esac
+      # Is there a better lt_prog_compiler_static that works with the bundled CC?
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='${wl}-a ${wl}archive'
+      ;;
+
+    irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+      # PIC (with -KPIC) is the default.
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared'
+      ;;
+
+    linux* | k*bsd*-gnu)
+      case $cc_basename in
+      # old Intel for x86_64 which still supported -KPIC.
+      ecc*)
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static'
+        ;;
+      # icc used to be incompatible with GCC.
+      # ICC 10 doesn't accept -KPIC any more.
+      icc* | ifort*)
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static'
+        ;;
+      # Lahey Fortran 8.1.
+      lf95*)
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='--shared'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='--static'
+	;;
+      pgcc* | pgf77* | pgf90* | pgf95*)
+        # Portland Group compilers (*not* the Pentium gcc compiler,
+	# which looks to be a dead project)
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fpic'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
+        ;;
+      ccc*)
+        _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+        # All Alpha code is PIC.
+        _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared'
+        ;;
+      xl*)
+	# IBM XL C 8.0/Fortran 10.1 on PPC
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-qpic'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-qstaticlink'
+	;;
+      *)
+	case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in
+	*Sun\ C*)
+	  # Sun C 5.9
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+	  ;;
+	*Sun\ F*)
+	  # Sun Fortran 8.3 passes all unrecognized flags to the linker
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)=''
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+
+    newsos6)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
+      ;;
+
+    *nto* | *qnx*)
+      # QNX uses GNU C++, but need to define -shared option too, otherwise
+      # it will coredump.
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC -shared'
+      ;;
+
+    osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+      # All OSF/1 code is PIC.
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared'
+      ;;
+
+    rdos*)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared'
+      ;;
+
+    solaris*)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
+      case $cc_basename in
+      f77* | f90* | f95*)
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Qoption ld ';;
+      *)
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,';;
+      esac
+      ;;
+
+    sunos4*)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Qoption ld '
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-PIC'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
+      ;;
+
+    sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3*)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
+      ;;
+
+    sysv4*MP*)
+      if test -d /usr/nec ;then
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-Kconform_pic'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    sysv5* | unixware* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | OpenUNIX*)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
+      ;;
+
+    unicos*)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared, $1)=no
+      ;;
+
+    uts4*)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-pic'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
+      ;;
+
+    *)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared, $1)=no
+      ;;
+    esac
+  fi
+])
+case $host_os in
+  # For platforms which do not support PIC, -DPIC is meaningless:
+  *djgpp*)
+    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=
+    ;;
+  *)
+    _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)="$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)@&t@m4_if([$1],[],[ -DPIC],[m4_if([$1],[CXX],[ -DPIC],[])])"
+    ;;
+esac
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)])
+_LT_TAGDECL([wl], [lt_prog_compiler_wl], [1],
+	[How to pass a linker flag through the compiler])
+
+#
+# Check to make sure the PIC flag actually works.
+#
+if test -n "$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)"; then
+  _LT_COMPILER_OPTION([if $compiler PIC flag $_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1) works],
+    [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works, $1)],
+    [$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)@&t@m4_if([$1],[],[ -DPIC],[m4_if([$1],[CXX],[ -DPIC],[])])], [],
+    [case $_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1) in
+     "" | " "*) ;;
+     *) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=" $_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)" ;;
+     esac],
+    [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=
+     _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared, $1)=no])
+fi
+_LT_TAGDECL([pic_flag], [lt_prog_compiler_pic], [1],
+	[Additional compiler flags for building library objects])
+
+#
+# Check to make sure the static flag actually works.
+#
+wl=$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1) eval lt_tmp_static_flag=\"$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)\"
+_LT_LINKER_OPTION([if $compiler static flag $lt_tmp_static_flag works],
+  _LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works, $1),
+  $lt_tmp_static_flag,
+  [],
+  [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)=])
+_LT_TAGDECL([link_static_flag], [lt_prog_compiler_static], [1],
+	[Compiler flag to prevent dynamic linking])
+])# _LT_COMPILER_PIC
+
+
+# _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS([TAGNAME])
+# ----------------------------
+# See if the linker supports building shared libraries.
+m4_defun([_LT_LINKER_SHLIBS],
+[AC_REQUIRE([LT_PATH_LD])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([LT_PATH_NM])dnl
+m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl
+m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl
+m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl
+m4_require([_LT_CMD_GLOBAL_SYMBOLS])dnl
+m4_require([_LT_TAG_COMPILER])dnl
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries])
+m4_if([$1], [CXX], [
+  _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED '\''s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols'
+  case $host_os in
+  aix[[4-9]]*)
+    # If we're using GNU nm, then we don't want the "-C" option.
+    # -C means demangle to AIX nm, but means don't demangle with GNU nm
+    if $NM -V 2>&1 | $GREP 'GNU' > /dev/null; then
+      _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM -Bpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$ 2 == "T") || (\$ 2 == "D") || (\$ 2 == "B")) && ([substr](\$ 3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$ 3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols'
+    else
+      _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM -BCpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$ 2 == "T") || (\$ 2 == "D") || (\$ 2 == "B")) && ([substr](\$ 3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$ 3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols'
+    fi
+    ;;
+  pw32*)
+    _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)="$ltdll_cmds"
+  ;;
+  cygwin* | mingw* | cegcc*)
+    _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED -e '\''/^[[BCDGRS]][[ ]]/s/.*[[ ]]\([[^ ]]*\)/\1 DATA/;/^.*[[ ]]__nm__/s/^.*[[ ]]__nm__\([[^ ]]*\)[[ ]][[^ ]]*/\1 DATA/;/^I[[ ]]/d;/^[[AITW]][[ ]]/s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols'
+  ;;
+  *)
+    _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED '\''s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols'
+  ;;
+  esac
+  _LT_TAGVAR(exclude_expsyms, $1)=['_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_|_GLOBAL__F[ID]_.*']
+], [
+  runpath_var=
+  _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=
+  _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no
+  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)=
+  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)=
+  _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_needs_object, $1)=no
+  _LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=no
+  _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)=
+  _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED '\''s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols'
+  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)=no
+  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no
+  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=no
+  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)=
+  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld, $1)=
+  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=
+  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=no
+  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=unsupported
+  _LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)=no
+  _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=unknown
+  _LT_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)=
+  _LT_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)=
+  _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_new_cmds, $1)=
+  _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds, $1)=
+  _LT_TAGVAR(thread_safe_flag_spec, $1)=
+  _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)=
+  # include_expsyms should be a list of space-separated symbols to be *always*
+  # included in the symbol list
+  _LT_TAGVAR(include_expsyms, $1)=
+  # exclude_expsyms can be an extended regexp of symbols to exclude
+  # it will be wrapped by ` (' and `)$', so one must not match beginning or
+  # end of line.  Example: `a|bc|.*d.*' will exclude the symbols `a' and `bc',
+  # as well as any symbol that contains `d'.
+  _LT_TAGVAR(exclude_expsyms, $1)=['_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_|_GLOBAL__F[ID]_.*']
+  # Although _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is a valid symbol C name, most a.out
+  # platforms (ab)use it in PIC code, but their linkers get confused if
+  # the symbol is explicitly referenced.  Since portable code cannot
+  # rely on this symbol name, it's probably fine to never include it in
+  # preloaded symbol tables.
+  # Exclude shared library initialization/finalization symbols.
+dnl Note also adjust exclude_expsyms for C++ above.
+  extract_expsyms_cmds=
+
+  case $host_os in
+  cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
+    # FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time
+    # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
+    # Microsoft Visual C++.
+    if test "$GCC" != yes; then
+      with_gnu_ld=no
+    fi
+    ;;
+  interix*)
+    # we just hope/assume this is gcc and not c89 (= MSVC++)
+    with_gnu_ld=yes
+    ;;
+  openbsd*)
+    with_gnu_ld=no
+    ;;
+  esac
+
+  _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=yes
+  if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
+    # If archive_cmds runs LD, not CC, wlarc should be empty
+    wlarc='${wl}'
+
+    # Set some defaults for GNU ld with shared library support. These
+    # are reset later if shared libraries are not supported. Putting them
+    # here allows them to be overridden if necessary.
+    runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
+    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+    _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic'
+    # ancient GNU ld didn't support --whole-archive et. al.
+    if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP 'no-whole-archive' > /dev/null; then
+      _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)="$wlarc"'--whole-archive$convenience '"$wlarc"'--no-whole-archive'
+    else
+      _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)=
+    fi
+    supports_anon_versioning=no
+    case `$LD -v 2>&1` in
+      *\ [[01]].* | *\ 2.[[0-9]].* | *\ 2.10.*) ;; # catch versions < 2.11
+      *\ 2.11.93.0.2\ *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; # RH7.3 ...
+      *\ 2.11.92.0.12\ *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; # Mandrake 8.2 ...
+      *\ 2.11.*) ;; # other 2.11 versions
+      *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;;
+    esac
+
+    # See if GNU ld supports shared libraries.
+    case $host_os in
+    aix[[3-9]]*)
+      # On AIX/PPC, the GNU linker is very broken
+      if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then
+	_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2
+
+*** Warning: the GNU linker, at least up to release 2.9.1, is reported
+*** to be unable to reliably create shared libraries on AIX.
+*** Therefore, libtool is disabling shared libraries support.  If you
+*** really care for shared libraries, you may want to modify your PATH
+*** so that a non-GNU linker is found, and then restart.
+
+_LT_EOF
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    amigaos*)
+      case $host_cpu in
+      powerpc)
+            # see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support
+            _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+            _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)=''
+        ;;
+      m68k)
+            _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$RM $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)'
+            _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir'
+            _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
+        ;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+
+    beos*)
+      if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
+	_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported
+	# Joseph Beckenbach  says some releases of gcc
+	# support --undefined.  This deserves some investigation.  FIXME
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -nostart $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+      else
+	_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
+      # _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1) is actually meaningless,
+      # as there is no search path for DLLs.
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported
+      _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no
+      _LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=yes
+      _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED -e '\''/^[[BCDGRS]][[ ]]/s/.*[[ ]]\([[^ ]]*\)/\1 DATA/'\'' | $SED -e '\''/^[[AITW]][[ ]]/s/.*[[ ]]//'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols'
+
+      if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then
+        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib'
+	# If the export-symbols file already is a .def file (1st line
+	# is EXPORTS), use it as is; otherwise, prepend...
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" = xEXPORTS; then
+	  cp $export_symbols $output_objdir/$soname.def;
+	else
+	  echo EXPORTS > $output_objdir/$soname.def;
+	  cat $export_symbols >> $output_objdir/$soname.def;
+	fi~
+	$CC -shared $output_objdir/$soname.def $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib'
+      else
+	_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    interix[[3-9]]*)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E'
+      # Hack: On Interix 3.x, we cannot compile PIC because of a broken gcc.
+      # Instead, shared libraries are loaded at an image base (0x10000000 by
+      # default) and relocated if they conflict, which is a slow very memory
+      # consuming and fragmenting process.  To avoid this, we pick a random,
+      # 256 KiB-aligned image base between 0x50000000 and 0x6FFC0000 at link
+      # time.  Moving up from 0x10000000 also allows more sbrk(2) space.
+      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='sed "s,^,_," $export_symbols >$output_objdir/$soname.expsym~$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--retain-symbols-file,$output_objdir/$soname.expsym ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib'
+      ;;
+
+    gnu* | linux* | tpf* | k*bsd*-gnu)
+      tmp_diet=no
+      if test "$host_os" = linux-dietlibc; then
+	case $cc_basename in
+	  diet\ *) tmp_diet=yes;;	# linux-dietlibc with static linking (!diet-dyn)
+	esac
+      fi
+      if $LD --help 2>&1 | $EGREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null \
+	 && test "$tmp_diet" = no
+      then
+	tmp_addflag=
+	tmp_sharedflag='-shared'
+	case $cc_basename,$host_cpu in
+        pgcc*)				# Portland Group C compiler
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test  -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $ECHO \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive'
+	  tmp_addflag=' $pic_flag'
+	  ;;
+	pgf77* | pgf90* | pgf95*)	# Portland Group f77 and f90 compilers
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test  -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $ECHO \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive'
+	  tmp_addflag=' $pic_flag -Mnomain' ;;
+	ecc*,ia64* | icc*,ia64*)	# Intel C compiler on ia64
+	  tmp_addflag=' -i_dynamic' ;;
+	efc*,ia64* | ifort*,ia64*)	# Intel Fortran compiler on ia64
+	  tmp_addflag=' -i_dynamic -nofor_main' ;;
+	ifc* | ifort*)			# Intel Fortran compiler
+	  tmp_addflag=' -nofor_main' ;;
+	lf95*)				# Lahey Fortran 8.1
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)=
+	  tmp_sharedflag='--shared' ;;
+	xl[[cC]]*)			# IBM XL C 8.0 on PPC (deal with xlf below)
+	  tmp_sharedflag='-qmkshrobj'
+	  tmp_addflag= ;;
+	esac
+	case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in
+	*Sun\ C*)			# Sun C 5.9
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive`new_convenience=; for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -z \"$conv\" || new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $ECHO \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive'
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_needs_object, $1)=yes
+	  tmp_sharedflag='-G' ;;
+	*Sun\ F*)			# Sun Fortran 8.3
+	  tmp_sharedflag='-G' ;;
+	esac
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC '"$tmp_sharedflag""$tmp_addflag"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+
+        if test "x$supports_anon_versioning" = xyes; then
+          _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
+	    cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
+	    echo "local: *; };" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
+	    $CC '"$tmp_sharedflag""$tmp_addflag"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-version-script ${wl}$output_objdir/$libname.ver -o $lib'
+        fi
+
+	case $cc_basename in
+	xlf*)
+	  # IBM XL Fortran 10.1 on PPC cannot create shared libs itself
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='--whole-archive$convenience --no-whole-archive'
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)=
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld, $1)='-rpath $libdir'
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname -o $lib'
+	  if test "x$supports_anon_versioning" = xyes; then
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
+	      cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
+	      echo "local: *; };" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
+	      $LD -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname -version-script $output_objdir/$libname.ver -o $lib'
+	  fi
+	  ;;
+	esac
+      else
+        _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    netbsd*)
+      if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -o $lib'
+	wlarc=
+      else
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    solaris*)
+      if $LD -v 2>&1 | $GREP 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then
+	_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2
+
+*** Warning: The releases 2.8.* of the GNU linker cannot reliably
+*** create shared libraries on Solaris systems.  Therefore, libtool
+*** is disabling shared libraries support.  We urge you to upgrade GNU
+*** binutils to release 2.9.1 or newer.  Another option is to modify
+*** your PATH or compiler configuration so that the native linker is
+*** used, and then restart.
+
+_LT_EOF
+      elif $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
+      else
+	_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*)
+      case `$LD -v 2>&1` in
+        *\ [[01]].* | *\ 2.[[0-9]].* | *\ 2.1[[0-5]].*)
+	_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2
+
+*** Warning: Releases of the GNU linker prior to 2.16.91.0.3 can not
+*** reliably create shared libraries on SCO systems.  Therefore, libtool
+*** is disabling shared libraries support.  We urge you to upgrade GNU
+*** binutils to release 2.16.91.0.3 or newer.  Another option is to modify
+*** your PATH or compiler configuration so that the native linker is
+*** used, and then restart.
+
+_LT_EOF
+	;;
+	*)
+	  # For security reasons, it is highly recommended that you always
+	  # use absolute paths for naming shared libraries, and exclude the
+	  # DT_RUNPATH tag from executables and libraries.  But doing so
+	  # requires that you compile everything twice, which is a pain.
+	  if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
+	  else
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	  fi
+	;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+
+    sunos4*)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -assert pure-text -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      wlarc=
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+      ;;
+
+    *)
+      if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
+      else
+	_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+      fi
+      ;;
+    esac
+
+    if test "$_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)" = no; then
+      runpath_var=
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)=
+      _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)=
+      _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)=
+    fi
+  else
+    # PORTME fill in a description of your system's linker (not GNU ld)
+    case $host_os in
+    aix3*)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported
+      _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=yes
+      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$LD -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -bE:$export_symbols -T512 -H512 -bM:SRE~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $output_objdir/$soname'
+      # Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there
+      # are no directories specified by -L.
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
+      if test "$GCC" = yes && test -z "$lt_prog_compiler_static"; then
+	# Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a
+	# broken collect2.
+	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=unsupported
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    aix[[4-9]]*)
+      if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
+	# On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't
+	# have to do anything special.
+	aix_use_runtimelinking=no
+	exp_sym_flag='-Bexport'
+	no_entry_flag=""
+      else
+	# If we're using GNU nm, then we don't want the "-C" option.
+	# -C means demangle to AIX nm, but means don't demangle with GNU nm
+	if $NM -V 2>&1 | $GREP 'GNU' > /dev/null; then
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM -Bpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$ 2 == "T") || (\$ 2 == "D") || (\$ 2 == "B")) && ([substr](\$ 3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$ 3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols'
+	else
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM -BCpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$ 2 == "T") || (\$ 2 == "D") || (\$ 2 == "B")) && ([substr](\$ 3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$ 3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols'
+	fi
+	aix_use_runtimelinking=no
+
+	# Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal
+	# AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we
+	# need to do runtime linking.
+	case $host_os in aix4.[[23]]|aix4.[[23]].*|aix[[5-9]]*)
+	  for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do
+	  if (test $ld_flag = "-brtl" || test $ld_flag = "-Wl,-brtl"); then
+	    aix_use_runtimelinking=yes
+	    break
+	  fi
+	  done
+	  ;;
+	esac
+
+	exp_sym_flag='-bexport'
+	no_entry_flag='-bnoentry'
+      fi
+
+      # When large executables or shared objects are built, AIX ld can
+      # have problems creating the table of contents.  If linking a library
+      # or program results in "error TOC overflow" add -mminimal-toc to
+      # CXXFLAGS/CFLAGS for g++/gcc.  In the cases where that is not
+      # enough to fix the problem, add -Wl,-bbigtoc to LDFLAGS.
+
+      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)=''
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=':'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes
+      _LT_TAGVAR(file_list_spec, $1)='${wl}-f,'
+
+      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+	case $host_os in aix4.[[012]]|aix4.[[012]].*)
+	# We only want to do this on AIX 4.2 and lower, the check
+	# below for broken collect2 doesn't work under 4.3+
+	  collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2`
+	  if test -f "$collect2name" &&
+	   strings "$collect2name" | $GREP resolve_lib_name >/dev/null
+	  then
+	  # We have reworked collect2
+	  :
+	  else
+	  # We have old collect2
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=unsupported
+	  # It fails to find uninstalled libraries when the uninstalled
+	  # path is not listed in the libpath.  Setting hardcode_minus_L
+	  # to unsupported forces relinking
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir'
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=
+	  fi
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	shared_flag='-shared'
+	if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
+	  shared_flag="$shared_flag "'${wl}-G'
+	fi
+      else
+	# not using gcc
+	if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
+	# VisualAge C++, Version 5.5 for AIX 5L for IA-64, Beta 3 Release
+	# chokes on -Wl,-G. The following line is correct:
+	  shared_flag='-G'
+	else
+	  if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
+	    shared_flag='${wl}-G'
+	  else
+	    shared_flag='${wl}-bM:SRE'
+	  fi
+	fi
+      fi
+
+      _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-bexpall'
+      # It seems that -bexpall does not export symbols beginning with
+      # underscore (_), so it is better to generate a list of symbols to export.
+      _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=yes
+      if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
+	# Warning - without using the other runtime loading flags (-brtl),
+	# -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library.
+	_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='-berok'
+        # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an
+        # empty executable.
+        _LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX
+        _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
+        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags `if test "x${allow_undefined_flag}" != "x"; then $ECHO "X${wl}${allow_undefined_flag}" | $Xsed; else :; fi` '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols $shared_flag"
+      else
+	if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib'
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)="-z nodefs"
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags ${wl}${allow_undefined_flag} '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols"
+	else
+	 # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an
+	 # empty executable.
+	 _LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX
+	 _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
+	  # Warning - without using the other run time loading flags,
+	  # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library.
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-bernotok'
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-berok'
+	  # Exported symbols can be pulled into shared objects from archives
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='$convenience'
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=yes
+	  # This is similar to how AIX traditionally builds its shared libraries.
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs ${wl}-bnoentry $compiler_flags ${wl}-bE:$export_symbols${allow_undefined_flag}~$AR $AR_FLAGS $output_objdir/$libname$release.a $output_objdir/$soname'
+	fi
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    amigaos*)
+      case $host_cpu in
+      powerpc)
+            # see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support
+            _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+            _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)=''
+        ;;
+      m68k)
+            _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$RM $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)'
+            _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir'
+            _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
+        ;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+
+    bsdi[[45]]*)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)=-rdynamic
+      ;;
+
+    cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
+      # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
+      # Microsoft Visual C++.
+      # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is
+      # no search path for DLLs.
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)=' '
+      _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported
+      # Tell ltmain to make .lib files, not .a files.
+      libext=lib
+      # Tell ltmain to make .dll files, not .so files.
+      shrext_cmds=".dll"
+      # FIXME: Setting linknames here is a bad hack.
+      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -o $lib $libobjs $compiler_flags `$ECHO "X$deplibs" | $Xsed -e '\''s/ -lc$//'\''` -link -dll~linknames='
+      # The linker will automatically build a .lib file if we build a DLL.
+      _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_new_cmds, $1)='true'
+      # FIXME: Should let the user specify the lib program.
+      _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='lib -OUT:$oldlib$oldobjs$old_deplibs'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(fix_srcfile_path, $1)='`cygpath -w "$srcfile"`'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=yes
+      ;;
+
+    darwin* | rhapsody*)
+      _LT_DARWIN_LINKER_FEATURES($1)
+      ;;
+
+    dgux*)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+      ;;
+
+    freebsd1*)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+      ;;
+
+    # FreeBSD 2.2.[012] allows us to include c++rt0.o to get C++ constructor
+    # support.  Future versions do this automatically, but an explicit c++rt0.o
+    # does not break anything, and helps significantly (at the cost of a little
+    # extra space).
+    freebsd2.2*)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags /usr/lib/c++rt0.o'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+      ;;
+
+    # Unfortunately, older versions of FreeBSD 2 do not have this feature.
+    freebsd2*)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+      ;;
+
+    # FreeBSD 3 and greater uses gcc -shared to do shared libraries.
+    freebsd* | dragonfly*)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+      ;;
+
+    hpux9*)
+      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$RM $output_objdir/$soname~$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib'
+      else
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$RM $output_objdir/$soname~$LD -b +b $install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib'
+      fi
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
+
+      # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
+      # but as the default location of the library.
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
+      _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E'
+      ;;
+
+    hpux10*)
+      if test "$GCC" = yes -a "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+      else
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -b +h $soname +b $install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      fi
+      if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
+	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld, $1)='+b $libdir'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
+	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
+	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes
+	_LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E'
+	# hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
+	# but as the default location of the library.
+	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    hpux11*)
+      if test "$GCC" = yes -a "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
+	case $host_cpu in
+	hppa*64*)
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	  ;;
+	ia64*)
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	  ;;
+	*)
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	  ;;
+	esac
+      else
+	case $host_cpu in
+	hppa*64*)
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	  ;;
+	ia64*)
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	  ;;
+	*)
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	  ;;
+	esac
+      fi
+      if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
+	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
+
+	case $host_cpu in
+	hppa*64*|ia64*)
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+	  ;;
+	*)
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E'
+
+	  # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
+	  # but as the default location of the library.
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
+	  ;;
+	esac
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
+      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring" | $Xsed` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
+	# Try to use the -exported_symbol ld option, if it does not
+	# work, assume that -exports_file does not work either and
+	# implicitly export all symbols.
+        save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS"
+        LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -shared ${wl}-exported_symbol ${wl}foo ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}/dev/null"
+        AC_LINK_IFELSE(int foo(void) {},
+          _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring" | $Xsed` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations ${wl}-exports_file ${wl}$export_symbols -o $lib'
+        )
+        LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS"
+      else
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -exports_file $export_symbols -o $lib'
+      fi
+      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)='no'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
+      _LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)=yes
+      _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes
+      ;;
+
+    netbsd*)
+      if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'  # a.out
+      else
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -shared -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'      # ELF
+      fi
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+      ;;
+
+    newsos6)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+      ;;
+
+    *nto* | *qnx*)
+      ;;
+
+    openbsd*)
+      if test -f /usr/libexec/ld.so; then
+	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
+	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes
+	if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-retain-symbols-file,$export_symbols'
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E'
+	else
+	  case $host_os in
+	   openbsd[[01]].* | openbsd2.[[0-7]] | openbsd2.[[0-7]].*)
+	     _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+	     _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir'
+	     ;;
+	   *)
+	     _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	     _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
+	     ;;
+	  esac
+	fi
+      else
+	_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    os2*)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
+      _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported
+      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$ECHO "LIBRARY $libname INITINSTANCE" > $output_objdir/$libname.def~$ECHO "DESCRIPTION \"$libname\"" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$ECHO DATA >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$ECHO " SINGLE NONSHARED" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$ECHO EXPORTS >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~emxexp $libobjs >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$CC -Zdll -Zcrtdll -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $output_objdir/$libname.def'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_new_cmds, $1)='emximp -o $output_objdir/$libname.a $output_objdir/$libname.def'
+      ;;
+
+    osf3*)
+      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+	_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring" | $Xsed` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
+      else
+	_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' -expect_unresolved \*'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
+      fi
+      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)='no'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
+      ;;
+
+    osf4* | osf5*)	# as osf3* with the addition of -msym flag
+      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+	_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-msym ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring" | $Xsed` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+      else
+	_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' -expect_unresolved \*'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -msym -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='for i in `cat $export_symbols`; do printf "%s %s\\n" -exported_symbol "\$i" >> $lib.exp; done; printf "%s\\n" "-hidden">> $lib.exp~
+	$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} ${wl}-input ${wl}$lib.exp $compiler_flags $libobjs $deplibs -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib~$RM $lib.exp'
+
+	# Both c and cxx compiler support -rpath directly
+	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-rpath $libdir'
+      fi
+      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)='no'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
+      ;;
+
+    solaris*)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' -z defs'
+      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+	wlarc='${wl}'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-z ${wl}text ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
+	  $CC -shared ${wl}-z ${wl}text ${wl}-M ${wl}$lib.exp ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp'
+      else
+	case `$CC -V 2>&1` in
+	*"Compilers 5.0"*)
+	  wlarc=''
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
+	  $LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -M $lib.exp -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~$RM $lib.exp'
+	  ;;
+	*)
+	  wlarc='${wl}'
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
+	  $CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -M $lib.exp -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp'
+	  ;;
+	esac
+      fi
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+      case $host_os in
+      solaris2.[[0-5]] | solaris2.[[0-5]].*) ;;
+      *)
+	# The compiler driver will combine and reorder linker options,
+	# but understands `-z linker_flag'.  GCC discards it without `$wl',
+	# but is careful enough not to reorder.
+	# Supported since Solaris 2.6 (maybe 2.5.1?)
+	if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-z ${wl}allextract$convenience ${wl}-z ${wl}defaultextract'
+	else
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='-z allextract$convenience -z defaultextract'
+	fi
+	;;
+      esac
+      _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes
+      ;;
+
+    sunos4*)
+      if test "x$host_vendor" = xsequent; then
+	# Use $CC to link under sequent, because it throws in some extra .o
+	# files that make .init and .fini sections work.
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+      else
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -assert pure-text -Bstatic -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      fi
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+      ;;
+
+    sysv4)
+      case $host_vendor in
+	sni)
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes # is this really true???
+	;;
+	siemens)
+	  ## LD is ld it makes a PLAMLIB
+	  ## CC just makes a GrossModule.
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(reload_cmds, $1)='$CC -r -o $output$reload_objs'
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no
+        ;;
+	motorola)
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no #Motorola manual says yes, but my tests say they lie
+	;;
+      esac
+      runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+      ;;
+
+    sysv4.3*)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+      _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='-Bexport'
+      ;;
+
+    sysv4*MP*)
+      if test -d /usr/nec; then
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+	runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
+	hardcode_runpath_var=yes
+	_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=yes
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[[01]].[[10]]* | unixware7* | sco3.2v5.0.[[024]]*)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z,text'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+      runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH'
+
+      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+      else
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6*)
+      # Note: We can NOT use -z defs as we might desire, because we do not
+      # link with -lc, and that would cause any symbols used from libc to
+      # always be unresolved, which means just about no library would
+      # ever link correctly.  If we're not using GNU ld we use -z text
+      # though, which does catch some bad symbols but isn't as heavy-handed
+      # as -z defs.
+      _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z,text'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z,nodefs'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-R,$libdir'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=':'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes
+      _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-Bexport'
+      runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH'
+
+      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+      else
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    uts4*)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+      ;;
+
+    *)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+      ;;
+    esac
+
+    if test x$host_vendor = xsni; then
+      case $host in
+      sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3* | sysv5*)
+	_LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-Blargedynsym'
+	;;
+      esac
+    fi
+  fi
+])
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)])
+test "$_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)" = no && can_build_shared=no
+
+_LT_TAGVAR(with_gnu_ld, $1)=$with_gnu_ld
+
+_LT_DECL([], [libext], [0], [Old archive suffix (normally "a")])dnl
+_LT_DECL([], [shrext_cmds], [1], [Shared library suffix (normally ".so")])dnl
+_LT_DECL([], [extract_expsyms_cmds], [2],
+    [The commands to extract the exported symbol list from a shared archive])
+
+#
+# Do we need to explicitly link libc?
+#
+case "x$_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)" in
+x|xyes)
+  # Assume -lc should be added
+  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=yes
+
+  if test "$enable_shared" = yes && test "$GCC" = yes; then
+    case $_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1) in
+    *'~'*)
+      # FIXME: we may have to deal with multi-command sequences.
+      ;;
+    '$CC '*)
+      # Test whether the compiler implicitly links with -lc since on some
+      # systems, -lgcc has to come before -lc. If gcc already passes -lc
+      # to ld, don't add -lc before -lgcc.
+      AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether -lc should be explicitly linked in])
+      $RM conftest*
+      echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext
+
+      if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile) 2>conftest.err; then
+        soname=conftest
+        lib=conftest
+        libobjs=conftest.$ac_objext
+        deplibs=
+        wl=$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)
+	pic_flag=$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)
+        compiler_flags=-v
+        linker_flags=-v
+        verstring=
+        output_objdir=.
+        libname=conftest
+        lt_save_allow_undefined_flag=$_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)
+        _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=
+        if AC_TRY_EVAL(_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1) 2\>\&1 \| $GREP \" -lc \" \>/dev/null 2\>\&1)
+        then
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
+        else
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=yes
+        fi
+        _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=$lt_save_allow_undefined_flag
+      else
+        cat conftest.err 1>&5
+      fi
+      $RM conftest*
+      AC_MSG_RESULT([$_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)])
+      ;;
+    esac
+  fi
+  ;;
+esac
+
+_LT_TAGDECL([build_libtool_need_lc], [archive_cmds_need_lc], [0],
+    [Whether or not to add -lc for building shared libraries])
+_LT_TAGDECL([allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes],
+    [enable_shared_with_static_runtimes], [0],
+    [Whether or not to disallow shared libs when runtime libs are static])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [export_dynamic_flag_spec], [1],
+    [Compiler flag to allow reflexive dlopens])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [whole_archive_flag_spec], [1],
+    [Compiler flag to generate shared objects directly from archives])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [compiler_needs_object], [1],
+    [Whether the compiler copes with passing no objects directly])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [old_archive_from_new_cmds], [2],
+    [Create an old-style archive from a shared archive])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds], [2],
+    [Create a temporary old-style archive to link instead of a shared archive])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [archive_cmds], [2], [Commands used to build a shared archive])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [archive_expsym_cmds], [2])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [module_cmds], [2],
+    [Commands used to build a loadable module if different from building
+    a shared archive.])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [module_expsym_cmds], [2])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [with_gnu_ld], [1],
+    [Whether we are building with GNU ld or not])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [allow_undefined_flag], [1],
+    [Flag that allows shared libraries with undefined symbols to be built])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [no_undefined_flag], [1],
+    [Flag that enforces no undefined symbols])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_libdir_flag_spec], [1],
+    [Flag to hardcode $libdir into a binary during linking.
+    This must work even if $libdir does not exist])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld], [1],
+    [[If ld is used when linking, flag to hardcode $libdir into a binary
+    during linking.  This must work even if $libdir does not exist]])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_libdir_separator], [1],
+    [Whether we need a single "-rpath" flag with a separated argument])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_direct], [0],
+    [Set to "yes" if using DIR/libNAME${shared_ext} during linking hardcodes
+    DIR into the resulting binary])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_direct_absolute], [0],
+    [Set to "yes" if using DIR/libNAME${shared_ext} during linking hardcodes
+    DIR into the resulting binary and the resulting library dependency is
+    "absolute", i.e impossible to change by setting ${shlibpath_var} if the
+    library is relocated])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_minus_L], [0],
+    [Set to "yes" if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR
+    into the resulting binary])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_shlibpath_var], [0],
+    [Set to "yes" if using SHLIBPATH_VAR=DIR during linking hardcodes DIR
+    into the resulting binary])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_automatic], [0],
+    [Set to "yes" if building a shared library automatically hardcodes DIR
+    into the library and all subsequent libraries and executables linked
+    against it])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [inherit_rpath], [0],
+    [Set to yes if linker adds runtime paths of dependent libraries
+    to runtime path list])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [link_all_deplibs], [0],
+    [Whether libtool must link a program against all its dependency libraries])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [fix_srcfile_path], [1],
+    [Fix the shell variable $srcfile for the compiler])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [always_export_symbols], [0],
+    [Set to "yes" if exported symbols are required])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [export_symbols_cmds], [2],
+    [The commands to list exported symbols])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [exclude_expsyms], [1],
+    [Symbols that should not be listed in the preloaded symbols])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [include_expsyms], [1],
+    [Symbols that must always be exported])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [prelink_cmds], [2],
+    [Commands necessary for linking programs (against libraries) with templates])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [file_list_spec], [1],
+    [Specify filename containing input files])
+dnl FIXME: Not yet implemented
+dnl _LT_TAGDECL([], [thread_safe_flag_spec], [1],
+dnl    [Compiler flag to generate thread safe objects])
+])# _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS
+
+
+# _LT_LANG_C_CONFIG([TAG])
+# ------------------------
+# Ensure that the configuration variables for a C compiler are suitably
+# defined.  These variables are subsequently used by _LT_CONFIG to write
+# the compiler configuration to `libtool'.
+m4_defun([_LT_LANG_C_CONFIG],
+[m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl
+lt_save_CC="$CC"
+AC_LANG_PUSH(C)
+
+# Source file extension for C test sources.
+ac_ext=c
+
+# Object file extension for compiled C test sources.
+objext=o
+_LT_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext
+
+# Code to be used in simple compile tests
+lt_simple_compile_test_code="int some_variable = 0;"
+
+# Code to be used in simple link tests
+lt_simple_link_test_code='int main(){return(0);}'
+
+_LT_TAG_COMPILER
+# Save the default compiler, since it gets overwritten when the other
+# tags are being tested, and _LT_TAGVAR(compiler, []) is a NOP.
+compiler_DEFAULT=$CC
+
+# save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code
+_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE
+_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE
+
+if test -n "$compiler"; then
+  _LT_COMPILER_NO_RTTI($1)
+  _LT_COMPILER_PIC($1)
+  _LT_COMPILER_C_O($1)
+  _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS($1)
+  _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS($1)
+  _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER($1)
+  _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH($1)
+  LT_SYS_DLOPEN_SELF
+  _LT_CMD_STRIPLIB
+
+  # Report which library types will actually be built
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([if libtool supports shared libraries])
+  AC_MSG_RESULT([$can_build_shared])
+
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build shared libraries])
+  test "$can_build_shared" = "no" && enable_shared=no
+
+  # On AIX, shared libraries and static libraries use the same namespace, and
+  # are all built from PIC.
+  case $host_os in
+  aix3*)
+    test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no
+    if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
+      archive_cmds="$archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$lib"
+      postinstall_cmds='$RANLIB $lib'
+    fi
+    ;;
+
+  aix[[4-9]]*)
+    if test "$host_cpu" != ia64 && test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = no ; then
+      test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no
+    fi
+    ;;
+  esac
+  AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_shared])
+
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build static libraries])
+  # Make sure either enable_shared or enable_static is yes.
+  test "$enable_shared" = yes || enable_static=yes
+  AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_static])
+
+  _LT_CONFIG($1)
+fi
+AC_LANG_POP
+CC="$lt_save_CC"
+])# _LT_LANG_C_CONFIG
+
+
+# _LT_PROG_CXX
+# ------------
+# Since AC_PROG_CXX is broken, in that it returns g++ if there is no c++
+# compiler, we have our own version here.
+m4_defun([_LT_PROG_CXX],
+[
+pushdef([AC_MSG_ERROR], [_lt_caught_CXX_error=yes])
+AC_PROG_CXX
+if test -n "$CXX" && ( test "X$CXX" != "Xno" &&
+    ( (test "X$CXX" = "Xg++" && `g++ -v >/dev/null 2>&1` ) ||
+    (test "X$CXX" != "Xg++"))) ; then
+  AC_PROG_CXXCPP
+else
+  _lt_caught_CXX_error=yes
+fi
+popdef([AC_MSG_ERROR])
+])# _LT_PROG_CXX
+
+dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
+dnl AC_DEFUN([_LT_PROG_CXX], [])
+
+
+# _LT_LANG_CXX_CONFIG([TAG])
+# --------------------------
+# Ensure that the configuration variables for a C++ compiler are suitably
+# defined.  These variables are subsequently used by _LT_CONFIG to write
+# the compiler configuration to `libtool'.
+m4_defun([_LT_LANG_CXX_CONFIG],
+[AC_REQUIRE([_LT_PROG_CXX])dnl
+m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl
+m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl
+
+AC_LANG_PUSH(C++)
+_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
+_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no
+_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_needs_object, $1)=no
+_LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no
+_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=no
+_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=no
+_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=unsupported
+_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)=no
+_LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)=no
+_LT_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=unknown
+_LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)=$old_archive_cmds
+_LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=no
+
+# Source file extension for C++ test sources.
+ac_ext=cpp
+
+# Object file extension for compiled C++ test sources.
+objext=o
+_LT_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext
+
+# No sense in running all these tests if we already determined that
+# the CXX compiler isn't working.  Some variables (like enable_shared)
+# are currently assumed to apply to all compilers on this platform,
+# and will be corrupted by setting them based on a non-working compiler.
+if test "$_lt_caught_CXX_error" != yes; then
+  # Code to be used in simple compile tests
+  lt_simple_compile_test_code="int some_variable = 0;"
+
+  # Code to be used in simple link tests
+  lt_simple_link_test_code='int main(int, char *[[]]) { return(0); }'
+
+  # ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set.
+  _LT_TAG_COMPILER
+
+  # save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code
+  _LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE
+  _LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE
+
+  # Allow CC to be a program name with arguments.
+  lt_save_CC=$CC
+  lt_save_LD=$LD
+  lt_save_GCC=$GCC
+  GCC=$GXX
+  lt_save_with_gnu_ld=$with_gnu_ld
+  lt_save_path_LD=$lt_cv_path_LD
+  if test -n "${lt_cv_prog_gnu_ldcxx+set}"; then
+    lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld=$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ldcxx
+  else
+    $as_unset lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld
+  fi
+  if test -n "${lt_cv_path_LDCXX+set}"; then
+    lt_cv_path_LD=$lt_cv_path_LDCXX
+  else
+    $as_unset lt_cv_path_LD
+  fi
+  test -z "${LDCXX+set}" || LD=$LDCXX
+  CC=${CXX-"c++"}
+  compiler=$CC
+  _LT_TAGVAR(compiler, $1)=$CC
+  _LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler])
+
+  if test -n "$compiler"; then
+    # We don't want -fno-exception when compiling C++ code, so set the
+    # no_builtin_flag separately
+    if test "$GXX" = yes; then
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)=' -fno-builtin'
+    else
+      _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)=
+    fi
+
+    if test "$GXX" = yes; then
+      # Set up default GNU C++ configuration
+
+      LT_PATH_LD
+
+      # Check if GNU C++ uses GNU ld as the underlying linker, since the
+      # archiving commands below assume that GNU ld is being used.
+      if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
+        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
+
+        _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+        _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic'
+
+        # If archive_cmds runs LD, not CC, wlarc should be empty
+        # XXX I think wlarc can be eliminated in ltcf-cxx, but I need to
+        #     investigate it a little bit more. (MM)
+        wlarc='${wl}'
+
+        # ancient GNU ld didn't support --whole-archive et. al.
+        if eval "`$CC -print-prog-name=ld` --help 2>&1" |
+	  $GREP 'no-whole-archive' > /dev/null; then
+          _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)="$wlarc"'--whole-archive$convenience '"$wlarc"'--no-whole-archive'
+        else
+          _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)=
+        fi
+      else
+        with_gnu_ld=no
+        wlarc=
+
+        # A generic and very simple default shared library creation
+        # command for GNU C++ for the case where it uses the native
+        # linker, instead of GNU ld.  If possible, this setting should
+        # overridden to take advantage of the native linker features on
+        # the platform it is being used on.
+        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -o $lib'
+      fi
+
+      # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
+      # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
+      # linking a shared library.
+      output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP "\-L"'
+
+    else
+      GXX=no
+      with_gnu_ld=no
+      wlarc=
+    fi
+
+    # PORTME: fill in a description of your system's C++ link characteristics
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries])
+    _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=yes
+    case $host_os in
+      aix3*)
+        # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+        _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+        ;;
+      aix[[4-9]]*)
+        if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
+          # On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't
+          # have to do anything special.
+          aix_use_runtimelinking=no
+          exp_sym_flag='-Bexport'
+          no_entry_flag=""
+        else
+          aix_use_runtimelinking=no
+
+          # Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal
+          # AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we
+          # need to do runtime linking.
+          case $host_os in aix4.[[23]]|aix4.[[23]].*|aix[[5-9]]*)
+	    for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do
+	      case $ld_flag in
+	      *-brtl*)
+	        aix_use_runtimelinking=yes
+	        break
+	        ;;
+	      esac
+	    done
+	    ;;
+          esac
+
+          exp_sym_flag='-bexport'
+          no_entry_flag='-bnoentry'
+        fi
+
+        # When large executables or shared objects are built, AIX ld can
+        # have problems creating the table of contents.  If linking a library
+        # or program results in "error TOC overflow" add -mminimal-toc to
+        # CXXFLAGS/CFLAGS for g++/gcc.  In the cases where that is not
+        # enough to fix the problem, add -Wl,-bbigtoc to LDFLAGS.
+
+        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)=''
+        _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
+        _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes
+        _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=':'
+        _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes
+        _LT_TAGVAR(file_list_spec, $1)='${wl}-f,'
+
+        if test "$GXX" = yes; then
+          case $host_os in aix4.[[012]]|aix4.[[012]].*)
+          # We only want to do this on AIX 4.2 and lower, the check
+          # below for broken collect2 doesn't work under 4.3+
+	  collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2`
+	  if test -f "$collect2name" &&
+	     strings "$collect2name" | $GREP resolve_lib_name >/dev/null
+	  then
+	    # We have reworked collect2
+	    :
+	  else
+	    # We have old collect2
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=unsupported
+	    # It fails to find uninstalled libraries when the uninstalled
+	    # path is not listed in the libpath.  Setting hardcode_minus_L
+	    # to unsupported forces relinking
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=
+	  fi
+          esac
+          shared_flag='-shared'
+	  if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
+	    shared_flag="$shared_flag "'${wl}-G'
+	  fi
+        else
+          # not using gcc
+          if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
+	  # VisualAge C++, Version 5.5 for AIX 5L for IA-64, Beta 3 Release
+	  # chokes on -Wl,-G. The following line is correct:
+	  shared_flag='-G'
+          else
+	    if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
+	      shared_flag='${wl}-G'
+	    else
+	      shared_flag='${wl}-bM:SRE'
+	    fi
+          fi
+        fi
+
+        _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-bexpall'
+        # It seems that -bexpall does not export symbols beginning with
+        # underscore (_), so it is better to generate a list of symbols to
+	# export.
+        _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=yes
+        if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
+          # Warning - without using the other runtime loading flags (-brtl),
+          # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library.
+          _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='-berok'
+          # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an empty
+          # executable.
+          _LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX
+          _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
+
+          _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags `if test "x${allow_undefined_flag}" != "x"; then $ECHO "X${wl}${allow_undefined_flag}" | $Xsed; else :; fi` '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols $shared_flag"
+        else
+          if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)="-z nodefs"
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags ${wl}${allow_undefined_flag} '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols"
+          else
+	    # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an
+	    # empty executable.
+	    _LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
+	    # Warning - without using the other run time loading flags,
+	    # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library.
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-bernotok'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-berok'
+	    # Exported symbols can be pulled into shared objects from archives
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='$convenience'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=yes
+	    # This is similar to how AIX traditionally builds its shared
+	    # libraries.
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs ${wl}-bnoentry $compiler_flags ${wl}-bE:$export_symbols${allow_undefined_flag}~$AR $AR_FLAGS $output_objdir/$libname$release.a $output_objdir/$soname'
+          fi
+        fi
+        ;;
+
+      beos*)
+	if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported
+	  # Joseph Beckenbach  says some releases of gcc
+	  # support --undefined.  This deserves some investigation.  FIXME
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -nostart $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+	else
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	fi
+	;;
+
+      chorus*)
+        case $cc_basename in
+          *)
+	  # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	  ;;
+        esac
+        ;;
+
+      cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
+        # _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1) is actually meaningless,
+        # as there is no search path for DLLs.
+        _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir'
+        _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported
+        _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no
+        _LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=yes
+
+        if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then
+          _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib'
+          # If the export-symbols file already is a .def file (1st line
+          # is EXPORTS), use it as is; otherwise, prepend...
+          _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" = xEXPORTS; then
+	    cp $export_symbols $output_objdir/$soname.def;
+          else
+	    echo EXPORTS > $output_objdir/$soname.def;
+	    cat $export_symbols >> $output_objdir/$soname.def;
+          fi~
+          $CC -shared -nostdlib $output_objdir/$soname.def $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib'
+        else
+          _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+        fi
+        ;;
+      darwin* | rhapsody*)
+        _LT_DARWIN_LINKER_FEATURES($1)
+	;;
+
+      dgux*)
+        case $cc_basename in
+          ec++*)
+	    # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	    ;;
+          ghcx*)
+	    # Green Hills C++ Compiler
+	    # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	    ;;
+          *)
+	    # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	    ;;
+        esac
+        ;;
+
+      freebsd[[12]]*)
+        # C++ shared libraries reported to be fairly broken before
+	# switch to ELF
+        _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+        ;;
+
+      freebsd-elf*)
+        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
+        ;;
+
+      freebsd* | dragonfly*)
+        # FreeBSD 3 and later use GNU C++ and GNU ld with standard ELF
+        # conventions
+        _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=yes
+        ;;
+
+      gnu*)
+        ;;
+
+      hpux9*)
+        _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
+        _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
+        _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E'
+        _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
+        _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes # Not in the search PATH,
+				             # but as the default
+				             # location of the library.
+
+        case $cc_basename in
+          CC*)
+            # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+            _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+            ;;
+          aCC*)
+            _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$RM $output_objdir/$soname~$CC -b ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib'
+            # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
+            # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
+            # linking a shared library.
+            #
+            # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from
+            # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them
+            # from the output so that they don't get included in the library
+            # dependencies.
+            output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`($CC -b $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1) | $EGREP "\-L"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; $ECHO "X$list" | $Xsed'
+            ;;
+          *)
+            if test "$GXX" = yes; then
+              _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$RM $output_objdir/$soname~$CC -shared -nostdlib -fPIC ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib'
+            else
+              # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+              _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+            fi
+            ;;
+        esac
+        ;;
+
+      hpux10*|hpux11*)
+        if test $with_gnu_ld = no; then
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
+
+          case $host_cpu in
+            hppa*64*|ia64*)
+              ;;
+            *)
+	      _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E'
+              ;;
+          esac
+        fi
+        case $host_cpu in
+          hppa*64*|ia64*)
+            _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no
+            _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+            ;;
+          *)
+            _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
+            _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes
+            _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes # Not in the search PATH,
+					         # but as the default
+					         # location of the library.
+            ;;
+        esac
+
+        case $cc_basename in
+          CC*)
+	    # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	    ;;
+          aCC*)
+	    case $host_cpu in
+	      hppa*64*)
+	        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags'
+	        ;;
+	      ia64*)
+	        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags'
+	        ;;
+	      *)
+	        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags'
+	        ;;
+	    esac
+	    # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
+	    # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
+	    # linking a shared library.
+	    #
+	    # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from
+	    # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them
+	    # from the output so that they don't get included in the library
+	    # dependencies.
+	    output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`($CC -b $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1) | $GREP "\-L"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; $ECHO "X$list" | $Xsed'
+	    ;;
+          *)
+	    if test "$GXX" = yes; then
+	      if test $with_gnu_ld = no; then
+	        case $host_cpu in
+	          hppa*64*)
+	            _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags'
+	            ;;
+	          ia64*)
+	            _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags'
+	            ;;
+	          *)
+	            _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags'
+	            ;;
+	        esac
+	      fi
+	    else
+	      # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	      _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	    fi
+	    ;;
+        esac
+        ;;
+
+      interix[[3-9]]*)
+	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no
+	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E'
+	# Hack: On Interix 3.x, we cannot compile PIC because of a broken gcc.
+	# Instead, shared libraries are loaded at an image base (0x10000000 by
+	# default) and relocated if they conflict, which is a slow very memory
+	# consuming and fragmenting process.  To avoid this, we pick a random,
+	# 256 KiB-aligned image base between 0x50000000 and 0x6FFC0000 at link
+	# time.  Moving up from 0x10000000 also allows more sbrk(2) space.
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='sed "s,^,_," $export_symbols >$output_objdir/$soname.expsym~$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--retain-symbols-file,$output_objdir/$soname.expsym ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib'
+	;;
+      irix5* | irix6*)
+        case $cc_basename in
+          CC*)
+	    # SGI C++
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -all -multigot $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
+
+	    # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using
+	    # "CC -ar", where "CC" is the IRIX C++ compiler.  This is
+	    # necessary to make sure instantiated templates are included
+	    # in the archive.
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -ar -WR,-u -o $oldlib $oldobjs'
+	    ;;
+          *)
+	    if test "$GXX" = yes; then
+	      if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
+	        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring" | $Xsed` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
+	      else
+	        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring" | $Xsed` -o $lib'
+	      fi
+	    fi
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes
+	    ;;
+        esac
+        _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+        _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
+        _LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)=yes
+        ;;
+
+      linux* | k*bsd*-gnu)
+        case $cc_basename in
+          KCC*)
+	    # Kuck and Associates, Inc. (KAI) C++ Compiler
+
+	    # KCC will only create a shared library if the output file
+	    # ends with ".so" (or ".sl" for HP-UX), so rename the library
+	    # to its proper name (with version) after linking.
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='tempext=`echo $shared_ext | $SED -e '\''s/\([[^()0-9A-Za-z{}]]\)/\\\\\1/g'\''`; templib=`echo $lib | $SED -e "s/\${tempext}\..*/.so/"`; $CC $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags --soname $soname -o \$templib; mv \$templib $lib'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='tempext=`echo $shared_ext | $SED -e '\''s/\([[^()0-9A-Za-z{}]]\)/\\\\\1/g'\''`; templib=`echo $lib | $SED -e "s/\${tempext}\..*/.so/"`; $CC $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags --soname $soname -o \$templib ${wl}-retain-symbols-file,$export_symbols; mv \$templib $lib'
+	    # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
+	    # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
+	    # linking a shared library.
+	    #
+	    # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from
+	    # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them
+	    # from the output so that they don't get included in the library
+	    # dependencies.
+	    output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`$CC $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext -o libconftest$shared_ext 2>&1 | $GREP "ld"`; rm -f libconftest$shared_ext; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; $ECHO "X$list" | $Xsed'
+
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic'
+
+	    # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using
+	    # "CC -Bstatic", where "CC" is the KAI C++ compiler.
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -Bstatic -o $oldlib $oldobjs'
+	    ;;
+	  icpc* | ecpc* )
+	    # Intel C++
+	    with_gnu_ld=yes
+	    # version 8.0 and above of icpc choke on multiply defined symbols
+	    # if we add $predep_objects and $postdep_objects, however 7.1 and
+	    # earlier do not add the objects themselves.
+	    case `$CC -V 2>&1` in
+	      *"Version 7."*)
+	        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+		_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
+		;;
+	      *)  # Version 8.0 or newer
+	        tmp_idyn=
+	        case $host_cpu in
+		  ia64*) tmp_idyn=' -i_dynamic';;
+		esac
+	        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared'"$tmp_idyn"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+		_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared'"$tmp_idyn"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
+		;;
+	    esac
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive$convenience ${wl}--no-whole-archive'
+	    ;;
+          pgCC* | pgcpp*)
+            # Portland Group C++ compiler
+	    case `$CC -V` in
+	    *pgCC\ [[1-5]]* | *pgcpp\ [[1-5]]*)
+	      _LT_TAGVAR(prelink_cmds, $1)='tpldir=Template.dir~
+		rm -rf $tpldir~
+		$CC --prelink_objects --instantiation_dir $tpldir $objs $libobjs $compile_deplibs~
+		compile_command="$compile_command `find $tpldir -name \*.o | $NL2SP`"'
+	      _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='tpldir=Template.dir~
+		rm -rf $tpldir~
+		$CC --prelink_objects --instantiation_dir $tpldir $oldobjs$old_deplibs~
+		$AR $AR_FLAGS $oldlib$oldobjs$old_deplibs `find $tpldir -name \*.o | $NL2SP`~
+		$RANLIB $oldlib'
+	      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='tpldir=Template.dir~
+		rm -rf $tpldir~
+		$CC --prelink_objects --instantiation_dir $tpldir $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $convenience $postdep_objects~
+		$CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs `find $tpldir -name \*.o | $NL2SP` $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname -o $lib'
+	      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='tpldir=Template.dir~
+		rm -rf $tpldir~
+		$CC --prelink_objects --instantiation_dir $tpldir $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $convenience $postdep_objects~
+		$CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs `find $tpldir -name \*.o | $NL2SP` $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file ${wl}$export_symbols -o $lib'
+	      ;;
+	    *) # Version 6 will use weak symbols
+	      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname -o $lib'
+	      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file ${wl}$export_symbols -o $lib'
+	      ;;
+	    esac
+
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test  -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $ECHO \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive'
+            ;;
+	  cxx*)
+	    # Compaq C++
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname  -o $lib ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols'
+
+	    runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-rpath $libdir'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
+
+	    # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
+	    # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
+	    # linking a shared library.
+	    #
+	    # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from
+	    # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them
+	    # from the output so that they don't get included in the library
+	    # dependencies.
+	    output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP "ld"`; templist=`$ECHO "X$templist" | $Xsed -e "s/\(^.*ld.*\)\( .*ld .*$\)/\1/"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; $ECHO "X$list" | $Xsed'
+	    ;;
+	  xl*)
+	    # IBM XL 8.0 on PPC, with GNU ld
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -qmkshrobj $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+	    if test "x$supports_anon_versioning" = xyes; then
+	      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
+		cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
+		echo "local: *; };" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
+		$CC -qmkshrobj $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-version-script ${wl}$output_objdir/$libname.ver -o $lib'
+	    fi
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in
+	    *Sun\ C*)
+	      # Sun C++ 5.9
+	      _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' -zdefs'
+	      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags'
+	      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-retain-symbols-file ${wl}$export_symbols'
+	      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir'
+	      _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive`new_convenience=; for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -z \"$conv\" || new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $ECHO \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive'
+	      _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_needs_object, $1)=yes
+
+	      # Not sure whether something based on
+	      # $CC $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext -o libconftest$shared_ext 2>&1
+	      # would be better.
+	      output_verbose_link_cmd='echo'
+
+	      # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using
+	      # "CC -xar", where "CC" is the Sun C++ compiler.  This is
+	      # necessary to make sure instantiated templates are included
+	      # in the archive.
+	      _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -xar -o $oldlib $oldobjs'
+	      ;;
+	    esac
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+
+      lynxos*)
+        # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	;;
+
+      m88k*)
+        # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+        _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	;;
+
+      mvs*)
+        case $cc_basename in
+          cxx*)
+	    # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+
+      netbsd*)
+        if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable  -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $linker_flags'
+	  wlarc=
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir'
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+	fi
+	# Workaround some broken pre-1.5 toolchains
+	output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP conftest.$objext | $SED -e "s:-lgcc -lc -lgcc::"'
+	;;
+
+      *nto* | *qnx*)
+        _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=yes
+	;;
+
+      openbsd2*)
+        # C++ shared libraries are fairly broken
+	_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	;;
+
+      openbsd*)
+	if test -f /usr/libexec/ld.so; then
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -o $lib'
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
+	  if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-retain-symbols-file,$export_symbols -o $lib'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)="$wlarc"'--whole-archive$convenience '"$wlarc"'--no-whole-archive'
+	  fi
+	  output_verbose_link_cmd=echo
+	else
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	fi
+	;;
+
+      osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
+        case $cc_basename in
+          KCC*)
+	    # Kuck and Associates, Inc. (KAI) C++ Compiler
+
+	    # KCC will only create a shared library if the output file
+	    # ends with ".so" (or ".sl" for HP-UX), so rename the library
+	    # to its proper name (with version) after linking.
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='tempext=`echo $shared_ext | $SED -e '\''s/\([[^()0-9A-Za-z{}]]\)/\\\\\1/g'\''`; templib=`echo "$lib" | $SED -e "s/\${tempext}\..*/.so/"`; $CC $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags --soname $soname -o \$templib; mv \$templib $lib'
+
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
+
+	    # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using
+	    # the KAI C++ compiler.
+	    case $host in
+	      osf3*) _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -Bstatic -o $oldlib $oldobjs' ;;
+	      *) _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -o $oldlib $oldobjs' ;;
+	    esac
+	    ;;
+          RCC*)
+	    # Rational C++ 2.4.1
+	    # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	    ;;
+          cxx*)
+	    case $host in
+	      osf3*)
+	        _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*'
+	        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X${wl}-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
+	        _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+		;;
+	      *)
+	        _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' -expect_unresolved \*'
+	        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -msym -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
+	        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='for i in `cat $export_symbols`; do printf "%s %s\\n" -exported_symbol "\$i" >> $lib.exp; done~
+	          echo "-hidden">> $lib.exp~
+	          $CC -shared$allow_undefined_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -msym -soname $soname ${wl}-input ${wl}$lib.exp  `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib~
+	          $RM $lib.exp'
+	        _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-rpath $libdir'
+		;;
+	    esac
+
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
+
+	    # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
+	    # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
+	    # linking a shared library.
+	    #
+	    # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from
+	    # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them
+	    # from the output so that they don't get included in the library
+	    # dependencies.
+	    output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP "ld" | $GREP -v "ld:"`; templist=`$ECHO "X$templist" | $Xsed -e "s/\(^.*ld.*\)\( .*ld.*$\)/\1/"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; $ECHO "X$list" | $Xsed'
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    if test "$GXX" = yes && test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
+	      _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*'
+	      case $host in
+	        osf3*)
+	          _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib ${allow_undefined_flag} $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring" | $Xsed` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
+		  ;;
+	        *)
+	          _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib ${allow_undefined_flag} $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-msym ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring" | $Xsed` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
+		  ;;
+	      esac
+
+	      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+	      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
+
+	      # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
+	      # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
+	      # linking a shared library.
+	      output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP "\-L"'
+
+	    else
+	      # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	      _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	    fi
+	    ;;
+        esac
+        ;;
+
+      psos*)
+        # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+        _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+        ;;
+
+      sunos4*)
+        case $cc_basename in
+          CC*)
+	    # Sun C++ 4.x
+	    # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	    ;;
+          lcc*)
+	    # Lucid
+	    # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	    ;;
+          *)
+	    # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	    ;;
+        esac
+        ;;
+
+      solaris*)
+        case $cc_basename in
+          CC*)
+	    # Sun C++ 4.2, 5.x and Centerline C++
+            _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc,$1)=yes
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' -zdefs'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G${allow_undefined_flag}  -h$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
+	      $CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} ${wl}-M ${wl}$lib.exp -h$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp'
+
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+	    case $host_os in
+	      solaris2.[[0-5]] | solaris2.[[0-5]].*) ;;
+	      *)
+		# The compiler driver will combine and reorder linker options,
+		# but understands `-z linker_flag'.
+	        # Supported since Solaris 2.6 (maybe 2.5.1?)
+		_LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='-z allextract$convenience -z defaultextract'
+	        ;;
+	    esac
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes
+
+	    output_verbose_link_cmd='echo'
+
+	    # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using
+	    # "CC -xar", where "CC" is the Sun C++ compiler.  This is
+	    # necessary to make sure instantiated templates are included
+	    # in the archive.
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -xar -o $oldlib $oldobjs'
+	    ;;
+          gcx*)
+	    # Green Hills C++ Compiler
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-h $wl$soname -o $lib'
+
+	    # The C++ compiler must be used to create the archive.
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC $LDFLAGS -archive -o $oldlib $oldobjs'
+	    ;;
+          *)
+	    # GNU C++ compiler with Solaris linker
+	    if test "$GXX" = yes && test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
+	      _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-z ${wl}defs'
+	      if $CC --version | $GREP -v '^2\.7' > /dev/null; then
+	        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $LDFLAGS $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-h $wl$soname -o $lib'
+	        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
+		  $CC -shared -nostdlib ${wl}-M $wl$lib.exp -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp'
+
+	        # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
+	        # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
+	        # linking a shared library.
+	        output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP "\-L"'
+	      else
+	        # g++ 2.7 appears to require `-G' NOT `-shared' on this
+	        # platform.
+	        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G -nostdlib $LDFLAGS $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-h $wl$soname -o $lib'
+	        _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
+		  $CC -G -nostdlib ${wl}-M $wl$lib.exp -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp'
+
+	        # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
+	        # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
+	        # linking a shared library.
+	        output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -G $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP "\-L"'
+	      fi
+
+	      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-R $wl$libdir'
+	      case $host_os in
+		solaris2.[[0-5]] | solaris2.[[0-5]].*) ;;
+		*)
+		  _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-z ${wl}allextract$convenience ${wl}-z ${wl}defaultextract'
+		  ;;
+	      esac
+	    fi
+	    ;;
+        esac
+        ;;
+
+    sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[[01]].[[10]]* | unixware7* | sco3.2v5.0.[[024]]*)
+      _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z,text'
+      _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
+      _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+      runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH'
+
+      case $cc_basename in
+        CC*)
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	  ;;
+	*)
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	  _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	  ;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+
+      sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6*)
+	# Note: We can NOT use -z defs as we might desire, because we do not
+	# link with -lc, and that would cause any symbols used from libc to
+	# always be unresolved, which means just about no library would
+	# ever link correctly.  If we're not using GNU ld we use -z text
+	# though, which does catch some bad symbols but isn't as heavy-handed
+	# as -z defs.
+	_LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z,text'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z,nodefs'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
+	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-R,$libdir'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=':'
+	_LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes
+	_LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-Bexport'
+	runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH'
+
+	case $cc_basename in
+          CC*)
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	    ;;
+	esac
+      ;;
+
+      tandem*)
+        case $cc_basename in
+          NCC*)
+	    # NonStop-UX NCC 3.20
+	    # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	    ;;
+          *)
+	    # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	    _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	    ;;
+        esac
+        ;;
+
+      vxworks*)
+        # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+        _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+        ;;
+
+      *)
+        # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+        _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+        ;;
+    esac
+
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([$_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)])
+    test "$_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)" = no && can_build_shared=no
+
+    _LT_TAGVAR(GCC, $1)="$GXX"
+    _LT_TAGVAR(LD, $1)="$LD"
+
+    ## CAVEAT EMPTOR:
+    ## There is no encapsulation within the following macros, do not change
+    ## the running order or otherwise move them around unless you know exactly
+    ## what you are doing...
+    _LT_SYS_HIDDEN_LIBDEPS($1)
+    _LT_COMPILER_PIC($1)
+    _LT_COMPILER_C_O($1)
+    _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS($1)
+    _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS($1)
+    _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER($1)
+    _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH($1)
+
+    _LT_CONFIG($1)
+  fi # test -n "$compiler"
+
+  CC=$lt_save_CC
+  LDCXX=$LD
+  LD=$lt_save_LD
+  GCC=$lt_save_GCC
+  with_gnu_ld=$lt_save_with_gnu_ld
+  lt_cv_path_LDCXX=$lt_cv_path_LD
+  lt_cv_path_LD=$lt_save_path_LD
+  lt_cv_prog_gnu_ldcxx=$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld
+  lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld=$lt_save_with_gnu_ld
+fi # test "$_lt_caught_CXX_error" != yes
+
+AC_LANG_POP
+])# _LT_LANG_CXX_CONFIG
+
+
+# _LT_SYS_HIDDEN_LIBDEPS([TAGNAME])
+# ---------------------------------
+# Figure out "hidden" library dependencies from verbose
+# compiler output when linking a shared library.
+# Parse the compiler output and extract the necessary
+# objects, libraries and library flags.
+m4_defun([_LT_SYS_HIDDEN_LIBDEPS],
+[m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl
+# Dependencies to place before and after the object being linked:
+_LT_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(predeps, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)=
+
+dnl we can't use the lt_simple_compile_test_code here,
+dnl because it contains code intended for an executable,
+dnl not a library.  It's possible we should let each
+dnl tag define a new lt_????_link_test_code variable,
+dnl but it's only used here...
+m4_if([$1], [], [cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF
+int a;
+void foo (void) { a = 0; }
+_LT_EOF
+], [$1], [CXX], [cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF
+class Foo
+{
+public:
+  Foo (void) { a = 0; }
+private:
+  int a;
+};
+_LT_EOF
+], [$1], [F77], [cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF
+      subroutine foo
+      implicit none
+      integer*4 a
+      a=0
+      return
+      end
+_LT_EOF
+], [$1], [FC], [cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF
+      subroutine foo
+      implicit none
+      integer a
+      a=0
+      return
+      end
+_LT_EOF
+], [$1], [GCJ], [cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF
+public class foo {
+  private int a;
+  public void bar (void) {
+    a = 0;
+  }
+};
+_LT_EOF
+])
+dnl Parse the compiler output and extract the necessary
+dnl objects, libraries and library flags.
+if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then
+  # Parse the compiler output and extract the necessary
+  # objects, libraries and library flags.
+
+  # Sentinel used to keep track of whether or not we are before
+  # the conftest object file.
+  pre_test_object_deps_done=no
+
+  for p in `eval "$output_verbose_link_cmd"`; do
+    case $p in
+
+    -L* | -R* | -l*)
+       # Some compilers place space between "-{L,R}" and the path.
+       # Remove the space.
+       if test $p = "-L" ||
+          test $p = "-R"; then
+	 prev=$p
+	 continue
+       else
+	 prev=
+       fi
+
+       if test "$pre_test_object_deps_done" = no; then
+	 case $p in
+	 -L* | -R*)
+	   # Internal compiler library paths should come after those
+	   # provided the user.  The postdeps already come after the
+	   # user supplied libs so there is no need to process them.
+	   if test -z "$_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)"; then
+	     _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)="${prev}${p}"
+	   else
+	     _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)="${_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)} ${prev}${p}"
+	   fi
+	   ;;
+	 # The "-l" case would never come before the object being
+	 # linked, so don't bother handling this case.
+	 esac
+       else
+	 if test -z "$_LT_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1)"; then
+	   _LT_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1)="${prev}${p}"
+	 else
+	   _LT_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1)="${_LT_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1)} ${prev}${p}"
+	 fi
+       fi
+       ;;
+
+    *.$objext)
+       # This assumes that the test object file only shows up
+       # once in the compiler output.
+       if test "$p" = "conftest.$objext"; then
+	 pre_test_object_deps_done=yes
+	 continue
+       fi
+
+       if test "$pre_test_object_deps_done" = no; then
+	 if test -z "$_LT_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1)"; then
+	   _LT_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1)="$p"
+	 else
+	   _LT_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1)="$_LT_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1) $p"
+	 fi
+       else
+	 if test -z "$_LT_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1)"; then
+	   _LT_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1)="$p"
+	 else
+	   _LT_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1)="$_LT_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1) $p"
+	 fi
+       fi
+       ;;
+
+    *) ;; # Ignore the rest.
+
+    esac
+  done
+
+  # Clean up.
+  rm -f a.out a.exe
+else
+  echo "libtool.m4: error: problem compiling $1 test program"
+fi
+
+$RM -f confest.$objext
+
+# PORTME: override above test on systems where it is broken
+m4_if([$1], [CXX],
+[case $host_os in
+interix[[3-9]]*)
+  # Interix 3.5 installs completely hosed .la files for C++, so rather than
+  # hack all around it, let's just trust "g++" to DTRT.
+  _LT_TAGVAR(predep_objects,$1)=
+  _LT_TAGVAR(postdep_objects,$1)=
+  _LT_TAGVAR(postdeps,$1)=
+  ;;
+
+linux*)
+  case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in
+  *Sun\ C*)
+    # Sun C++ 5.9
+
+    # The more standards-conforming stlport4 library is
+    # incompatible with the Cstd library. Avoid specifying
+    # it if it's in CXXFLAGS. Ignore libCrun as
+    # -library=stlport4 depends on it.
+    case " $CXX $CXXFLAGS " in
+    *" -library=stlport4 "*)
+      solaris_use_stlport4=yes
+      ;;
+    esac
+
+    if test "$solaris_use_stlport4" != yes; then
+      _LT_TAGVAR(postdeps,$1)='-library=Cstd -library=Crun'
+    fi
+    ;;
+  esac
+  ;;
+
+solaris*)
+  case $cc_basename in
+  CC*)
+    # The more standards-conforming stlport4 library is
+    # incompatible with the Cstd library. Avoid specifying
+    # it if it's in CXXFLAGS. Ignore libCrun as
+    # -library=stlport4 depends on it.
+    case " $CXX $CXXFLAGS " in
+    *" -library=stlport4 "*)
+      solaris_use_stlport4=yes
+      ;;
+    esac
+
+    # Adding this requires a known-good setup of shared libraries for
+    # Sun compiler versions before 5.6, else PIC objects from an old
+    # archive will be linked into the output, leading to subtle bugs.
+    if test "$solaris_use_stlport4" != yes; then
+      _LT_TAGVAR(postdeps,$1)='-library=Cstd -library=Crun'
+    fi
+    ;;
+  esac
+  ;;
+esac
+])
+
+case " $_LT_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1) " in
+*" -lc "*) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no ;;
+esac
+ _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_dirs, $1)=
+if test -n "${_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)}"; then
+ _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_dirs, $1)=`echo " ${_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)}" | ${SED} -e 's! -L! !g' -e 's!^ !!'`
+fi
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [compiler_lib_search_dirs], [1],
+    [The directories searched by this compiler when creating a shared library])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [predep_objects], [1],
+    [Dependencies to place before and after the objects being linked to
+    create a shared library])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [postdep_objects], [1])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [predeps], [1])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [postdeps], [1])
+_LT_TAGDECL([], [compiler_lib_search_path], [1],
+    [The library search path used internally by the compiler when linking
+    a shared library])
+])# _LT_SYS_HIDDEN_LIBDEPS
+
+
+# _LT_PROG_F77
+# ------------
+# Since AC_PROG_F77 is broken, in that it returns the empty string
+# if there is no fortran compiler, we have our own version here.
+m4_defun([_LT_PROG_F77],
+[
+pushdef([AC_MSG_ERROR], [_lt_disable_F77=yes])
+AC_PROG_F77
+if test -z "$F77" || test "X$F77" = "Xno"; then
+  _lt_disable_F77=yes
+fi
+popdef([AC_MSG_ERROR])
+])# _LT_PROG_F77
+
+dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
+dnl AC_DEFUN([_LT_PROG_F77], [])
+
+
+# _LT_LANG_F77_CONFIG([TAG])
+# --------------------------
+# Ensure that the configuration variables for a Fortran 77 compiler are
+# suitably defined.  These variables are subsequently used by _LT_CONFIG
+# to write the compiler configuration to `libtool'.
+m4_defun([_LT_LANG_F77_CONFIG],
+[AC_REQUIRE([_LT_PROG_F77])dnl
+AC_LANG_PUSH(Fortran 77)
+
+_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
+_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no
+_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no
+_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=no
+_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=no
+_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)=no
+_LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)=no
+_LT_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=unknown
+_LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)=$old_archive_cmds
+_LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=no
+
+# Source file extension for f77 test sources.
+ac_ext=f
+
+# Object file extension for compiled f77 test sources.
+objext=o
+_LT_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext
+
+# No sense in running all these tests if we already determined that
+# the F77 compiler isn't working.  Some variables (like enable_shared)
+# are currently assumed to apply to all compilers on this platform,
+# and will be corrupted by setting them based on a non-working compiler.
+if test "$_lt_disable_F77" != yes; then
+  # Code to be used in simple compile tests
+  lt_simple_compile_test_code="\
+      subroutine t
+      return
+      end
+"
+
+  # Code to be used in simple link tests
+  lt_simple_link_test_code="\
+      program t
+      end
+"
+
+  # ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set.
+  _LT_TAG_COMPILER
+
+  # save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code
+  _LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE
+  _LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE
+
+  # Allow CC to be a program name with arguments.
+  lt_save_CC="$CC"
+  lt_save_GCC=$GCC
+  CC=${F77-"f77"}
+  compiler=$CC
+  _LT_TAGVAR(compiler, $1)=$CC
+  _LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler])
+  GCC=$G77
+  if test -n "$compiler"; then
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([if libtool supports shared libraries])
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([$can_build_shared])
+
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build shared libraries])
+    test "$can_build_shared" = "no" && enable_shared=no
+
+    # On AIX, shared libraries and static libraries use the same namespace, and
+    # are all built from PIC.
+    case $host_os in
+      aix3*)
+        test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no
+        if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
+          archive_cmds="$archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$lib"
+          postinstall_cmds='$RANLIB $lib'
+        fi
+        ;;
+      aix[[4-9]]*)
+	if test "$host_cpu" != ia64 && test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = no ; then
+	  test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no
+	fi
+        ;;
+    esac
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_shared])
+
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build static libraries])
+    # Make sure either enable_shared or enable_static is yes.
+    test "$enable_shared" = yes || enable_static=yes
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_static])
+
+    _LT_TAGVAR(GCC, $1)="$G77"
+    _LT_TAGVAR(LD, $1)="$LD"
+
+    ## CAVEAT EMPTOR:
+    ## There is no encapsulation within the following macros, do not change
+    ## the running order or otherwise move them around unless you know exactly
+    ## what you are doing...
+    _LT_COMPILER_PIC($1)
+    _LT_COMPILER_C_O($1)
+    _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS($1)
+    _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS($1)
+    _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER($1)
+    _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH($1)
+
+    _LT_CONFIG($1)
+  fi # test -n "$compiler"
+
+  GCC=$lt_save_GCC
+  CC="$lt_save_CC"
+fi # test "$_lt_disable_F77" != yes
+
+AC_LANG_POP
+])# _LT_LANG_F77_CONFIG
+
+
+# _LT_PROG_FC
+# -----------
+# Since AC_PROG_FC is broken, in that it returns the empty string
+# if there is no fortran compiler, we have our own version here.
+m4_defun([_LT_PROG_FC],
+[
+pushdef([AC_MSG_ERROR], [_lt_disable_FC=yes])
+AC_PROG_FC
+if test -z "$FC" || test "X$FC" = "Xno"; then
+  _lt_disable_FC=yes
+fi
+popdef([AC_MSG_ERROR])
+])# _LT_PROG_FC
+
+dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
+dnl AC_DEFUN([_LT_PROG_FC], [])
+
+
+# _LT_LANG_FC_CONFIG([TAG])
+# -------------------------
+# Ensure that the configuration variables for a Fortran compiler are
+# suitably defined.  These variables are subsequently used by _LT_CONFIG
+# to write the compiler configuration to `libtool'.
+m4_defun([_LT_LANG_FC_CONFIG],
+[AC_REQUIRE([_LT_PROG_FC])dnl
+AC_LANG_PUSH(Fortran)
+
+_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
+_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no
+_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no
+_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=no
+_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=no
+_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)=no
+_LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)=no
+_LT_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=unknown
+_LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)=$old_archive_cmds
+_LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)=
+_LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=no
+
+# Source file extension for fc test sources.
+ac_ext=${ac_fc_srcext-f}
+
+# Object file extension for compiled fc test sources.
+objext=o
+_LT_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext
+
+# No sense in running all these tests if we already determined that
+# the FC compiler isn't working.  Some variables (like enable_shared)
+# are currently assumed to apply to all compilers on this platform,
+# and will be corrupted by setting them based on a non-working compiler.
+if test "$_lt_disable_FC" != yes; then
+  # Code to be used in simple compile tests
+  lt_simple_compile_test_code="\
+      subroutine t
+      return
+      end
+"
+
+  # Code to be used in simple link tests
+  lt_simple_link_test_code="\
+      program t
+      end
+"
+
+  # ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set.
+  _LT_TAG_COMPILER
+
+  # save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code
+  _LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE
+  _LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE
+
+  # Allow CC to be a program name with arguments.
+  lt_save_CC="$CC"
+  lt_save_GCC=$GCC
+  CC=${FC-"f95"}
+  compiler=$CC
+  GCC=$ac_cv_fc_compiler_gnu
+
+  _LT_TAGVAR(compiler, $1)=$CC
+  _LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler])
+
+  if test -n "$compiler"; then
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([if libtool supports shared libraries])
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([$can_build_shared])
+
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build shared libraries])
+    test "$can_build_shared" = "no" && enable_shared=no
+
+    # On AIX, shared libraries and static libraries use the same namespace, and
+    # are all built from PIC.
+    case $host_os in
+      aix3*)
+        test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no
+        if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
+          archive_cmds="$archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$lib"
+          postinstall_cmds='$RANLIB $lib'
+        fi
+        ;;
+      aix[[4-9]]*)
+	if test "$host_cpu" != ia64 && test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = no ; then
+	  test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no
+	fi
+        ;;
+    esac
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_shared])
+
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build static libraries])
+    # Make sure either enable_shared or enable_static is yes.
+    test "$enable_shared" = yes || enable_static=yes
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_static])
+
+    _LT_TAGVAR(GCC, $1)="$ac_cv_fc_compiler_gnu"
+    _LT_TAGVAR(LD, $1)="$LD"
+
+    ## CAVEAT EMPTOR:
+    ## There is no encapsulation within the following macros, do not change
+    ## the running order or otherwise move them around unless you know exactly
+    ## what you are doing...
+    _LT_SYS_HIDDEN_LIBDEPS($1)
+    _LT_COMPILER_PIC($1)
+    _LT_COMPILER_C_O($1)
+    _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS($1)
+    _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS($1)
+    _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER($1)
+    _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH($1)
+
+    _LT_CONFIG($1)
+  fi # test -n "$compiler"
+
+  GCC=$lt_save_GCC
+  CC="$lt_save_CC"
+fi # test "$_lt_disable_FC" != yes
+
+AC_LANG_POP
+])# _LT_LANG_FC_CONFIG
+
+
+# _LT_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG([TAG])
+# --------------------------
+# Ensure that the configuration variables for the GNU Java Compiler compiler
+# are suitably defined.  These variables are subsequently used by _LT_CONFIG
+# to write the compiler configuration to `libtool'.
+m4_defun([_LT_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG],
+[AC_REQUIRE([LT_PROG_GCJ])dnl
+AC_LANG_SAVE
+
+# Source file extension for Java test sources.
+ac_ext=java
+
+# Object file extension for compiled Java test sources.
+objext=o
+_LT_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext
+
+# Code to be used in simple compile tests
+lt_simple_compile_test_code="class foo {}"
+
+# Code to be used in simple link tests
+lt_simple_link_test_code='public class conftest { public static void main(String[[]] argv) {}; }'
+
+# ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set.
+_LT_TAG_COMPILER
+
+# save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code
+_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE
+_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE
+
+# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments.
+lt_save_CC="$CC"
+lt_save_GCC=$GCC
+GCC=yes
+CC=${GCJ-"gcj"}
+compiler=$CC
+_LT_TAGVAR(compiler, $1)=$CC
+_LT_TAGVAR(LD, $1)="$LD"
+_LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler])
+
+# GCJ did not exist at the time GCC didn't implicitly link libc in.
+_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
+
+_LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)=$old_archive_cmds
+
+if test -n "$compiler"; then
+  _LT_COMPILER_NO_RTTI($1)
+  _LT_COMPILER_PIC($1)
+  _LT_COMPILER_C_O($1)
+  _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS($1)
+  _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS($1)
+  _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH($1)
+
+  _LT_CONFIG($1)
+fi
+
+AC_LANG_RESTORE
+
+GCC=$lt_save_GCC
+CC="$lt_save_CC"
+])# _LT_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG
+
+
+# _LT_LANG_RC_CONFIG([TAG])
+# -------------------------
+# Ensure that the configuration variables for the Windows resource compiler
+# are suitably defined.  These variables are subsequently used by _LT_CONFIG
+# to write the compiler configuration to `libtool'.
+m4_defun([_LT_LANG_RC_CONFIG],
+[AC_REQUIRE([LT_PROG_RC])dnl
+AC_LANG_SAVE
+
+# Source file extension for RC test sources.
+ac_ext=rc
+
+# Object file extension for compiled RC test sources.
+objext=o
+_LT_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext
+
+# Code to be used in simple compile tests
+lt_simple_compile_test_code='sample MENU { MENUITEM "&Soup", 100, CHECKED }'
+
+# Code to be used in simple link tests
+lt_simple_link_test_code="$lt_simple_compile_test_code"
+
+# ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set.
+_LT_TAG_COMPILER
+
+# save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code
+_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE
+_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE
+
+# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments.
+lt_save_CC="$CC"
+lt_save_GCC=$GCC
+GCC=
+CC=${RC-"windres"}
+compiler=$CC
+_LT_TAGVAR(compiler, $1)=$CC
+_LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler])
+_LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)=yes
+
+if test -n "$compiler"; then
+  :
+  _LT_CONFIG($1)
+fi
+
+GCC=$lt_save_GCC
+AC_LANG_RESTORE
+CC="$lt_save_CC"
+])# _LT_LANG_RC_CONFIG
+
+
+# LT_PROG_GCJ
+# -----------
+AC_DEFUN([LT_PROG_GCJ],
+[m4_ifdef([AC_PROG_GCJ], [AC_PROG_GCJ],
+  [m4_ifdef([A][M_PROG_GCJ], [A][M_PROG_GCJ],
+    [AC_CHECK_TOOL(GCJ, gcj,)
+      test "x${GCJFLAGS+set}" = xset || GCJFLAGS="-g -O2"
+      AC_SUBST(GCJFLAGS)])])[]dnl
+])
+
+# Old name:
+AU_ALIAS([LT_AC_PROG_GCJ], [LT_PROG_GCJ])
+dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
+dnl AC_DEFUN([LT_AC_PROG_GCJ], [])
+
+
+# LT_PROG_RC
+# ----------
+AC_DEFUN([LT_PROG_RC],
+[AC_CHECK_TOOL(RC, windres,)
+])
+
+# Old name:
+AU_ALIAS([LT_AC_PROG_RC], [LT_PROG_RC])
+dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
+dnl AC_DEFUN([LT_AC_PROG_RC], [])
+
+
+# _LT_DECL_EGREP
+# --------------
+# If we don't have a new enough Autoconf to choose the best grep
+# available, choose the one first in the user's PATH.
+m4_defun([_LT_DECL_EGREP],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_EGREP])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_FGREP])dnl
+test -z "$GREP" && GREP=grep
+_LT_DECL([], [GREP], [1], [A grep program that handles long lines])
+_LT_DECL([], [EGREP], [1], [An ERE matcher])
+_LT_DECL([], [FGREP], [1], [A literal string matcher])
+dnl Non-bleeding-edge autoconf doesn't subst GREP, so do it here too
+AC_SUBST([GREP])
+])
+
+
+# _LT_DECL_OBJDUMP
+# --------------
+# If we don't have a new enough Autoconf to choose the best objdump
+# available, choose the one first in the user's PATH.
+m4_defun([_LT_DECL_OBJDUMP],
+[AC_CHECK_TOOL(OBJDUMP, objdump, false)
+test -z "$OBJDUMP" && OBJDUMP=objdump
+_LT_DECL([], [OBJDUMP], [1], [An object symbol dumper])
+AC_SUBST([OBJDUMP])
+])
+
+
+# _LT_DECL_SED
+# ------------
+# Check for a fully-functional sed program, that truncates
+# as few characters as possible.  Prefer GNU sed if found.
+m4_defun([_LT_DECL_SED],
+[AC_PROG_SED
+test -z "$SED" && SED=sed
+Xsed="$SED -e 1s/^X//"
+_LT_DECL([], [SED], [1], [A sed program that does not truncate output])
+_LT_DECL([], [Xsed], ["\$SED -e 1s/^X//"],
+    [Sed that helps us avoid accidentally triggering echo(1) options like -n])
+])# _LT_DECL_SED
+
+m4_ifndef([AC_PROG_SED], [
+# NOTE: This macro has been submitted for inclusion into   #
+#  GNU Autoconf as AC_PROG_SED.  When it is available in   #
+#  a released version of Autoconf we should remove this    #
+#  macro and use it instead.                               #
+
+m4_defun([AC_PROG_SED],
+[AC_MSG_CHECKING([for a sed that does not truncate output])
+AC_CACHE_VAL(lt_cv_path_SED,
+[# Loop through the user's path and test for sed and gsed.
+# Then use that list of sed's as ones to test for truncation.
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for lt_ac_prog in sed gsed; do
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+      if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$lt_ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"; then
+        lt_ac_sed_list="$lt_ac_sed_list $as_dir/$lt_ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"
+      fi
+    done
+  done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+lt_ac_max=0
+lt_ac_count=0
+# Add /usr/xpg4/bin/sed as it is typically found on Solaris
+# along with /bin/sed that truncates output.
+for lt_ac_sed in $lt_ac_sed_list /usr/xpg4/bin/sed; do
+  test ! -f $lt_ac_sed && continue
+  cat /dev/null > conftest.in
+  lt_ac_count=0
+  echo $ECHO_N "0123456789$ECHO_C" >conftest.in
+  # Check for GNU sed and select it if it is found.
+  if "$lt_ac_sed" --version 2>&1 < /dev/null | grep 'GNU' > /dev/null; then
+    lt_cv_path_SED=$lt_ac_sed
+    break
+  fi
+  while true; do
+    cat conftest.in conftest.in >conftest.tmp
+    mv conftest.tmp conftest.in
+    cp conftest.in conftest.nl
+    echo >>conftest.nl
+    $lt_ac_sed -e 's/a$//' < conftest.nl >conftest.out || break
+    cmp -s conftest.out conftest.nl || break
+    # 10000 chars as input seems more than enough
+    test $lt_ac_count -gt 10 && break
+    lt_ac_count=`expr $lt_ac_count + 1`
+    if test $lt_ac_count -gt $lt_ac_max; then
+      lt_ac_max=$lt_ac_count
+      lt_cv_path_SED=$lt_ac_sed
+    fi
+  done
+done
+])
+SED=$lt_cv_path_SED
+AC_SUBST([SED])
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$SED])
+])#AC_PROG_SED
+])#m4_ifndef
+
+# Old name:
+AU_ALIAS([LT_AC_PROG_SED], [AC_PROG_SED])
+dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
+dnl AC_DEFUN([LT_AC_PROG_SED], [])
+
+
+# _LT_CHECK_SHELL_FEATURES
+# ------------------------
+# Find out whether the shell is Bourne or XSI compatible,
+# or has some other useful features.
+m4_defun([_LT_CHECK_SHELL_FEATURES],
+[AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether the shell understands some XSI constructs])
+# Try some XSI features
+xsi_shell=no
+( _lt_dummy="a/b/c"
+  test "${_lt_dummy##*/},${_lt_dummy%/*},"${_lt_dummy%"$_lt_dummy"}, \
+      = c,a/b,, \
+    && eval 'test $(( 1 + 1 )) -eq 2 \
+    && test "${#_lt_dummy}" -eq 5' ) >/dev/null 2>&1 \
+  && xsi_shell=yes
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$xsi_shell])
+_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT([xsi_shell='$xsi_shell'])
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether the shell understands "+="])
+lt_shell_append=no
+( foo=bar; set foo baz; eval "$[1]+=\$[2]" && test "$foo" = barbaz ) \
+    >/dev/null 2>&1 \
+  && lt_shell_append=yes
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$lt_shell_append])
+_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT([lt_shell_append='$lt_shell_append'])
+
+if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  lt_unset=unset
+else
+  lt_unset=false
+fi
+_LT_DECL([], [lt_unset], [0], [whether the shell understands "unset"])dnl
+
+# test EBCDIC or ASCII
+case `echo X|tr X '\101'` in
+ A) # ASCII based system
+    # \n is not interpreted correctly by Solaris 8 /usr/ucb/tr
+  lt_SP2NL='tr \040 \012'
+  lt_NL2SP='tr \015\012 \040\040'
+  ;;
+ *) # EBCDIC based system
+  lt_SP2NL='tr \100 \n'
+  lt_NL2SP='tr \r\n \100\100'
+  ;;
+esac
+_LT_DECL([SP2NL], [lt_SP2NL], [1], [turn spaces into newlines])dnl
+_LT_DECL([NL2SP], [lt_NL2SP], [1], [turn newlines into spaces])dnl
+])# _LT_CHECK_SHELL_FEATURES
+
+
+# _LT_PROG_XSI_SHELLFNS
+# ---------------------
+# Bourne and XSI compatible variants of some useful shell functions.
+m4_defun([_LT_PROG_XSI_SHELLFNS],
+[case $xsi_shell in
+  yes)
+    cat << \_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile"
+
+# func_dirname file append nondir_replacement
+# Compute the dirname of FILE.  If nonempty, add APPEND to the result,
+# otherwise set result to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT.
+func_dirname ()
+{
+  case ${1} in
+    */*) func_dirname_result="${1%/*}${2}" ;;
+    *  ) func_dirname_result="${3}" ;;
+  esac
+}
+
+# func_basename file
+func_basename ()
+{
+  func_basename_result="${1##*/}"
+}
+
+# func_dirname_and_basename file append nondir_replacement
+# perform func_basename and func_dirname in a single function
+# call:
+#   dirname:  Compute the dirname of FILE.  If nonempty,
+#             add APPEND to the result, otherwise set result
+#             to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT.
+#             value returned in "$func_dirname_result"
+#   basename: Compute filename of FILE.
+#             value retuned in "$func_basename_result"
+# Implementation must be kept synchronized with func_dirname
+# and func_basename. For efficiency, we do not delegate to
+# those functions but instead duplicate the functionality here.
+func_dirname_and_basename ()
+{
+  case ${1} in
+    */*) func_dirname_result="${1%/*}${2}" ;;
+    *  ) func_dirname_result="${3}" ;;
+  esac
+  func_basename_result="${1##*/}"
+}
+
+# func_stripname prefix suffix name
+# strip PREFIX and SUFFIX off of NAME.
+# PREFIX and SUFFIX must not contain globbing or regex special
+# characters, hashes, percent signs, but SUFFIX may contain a leading
+# dot (in which case that matches only a dot).
+func_stripname ()
+{
+  # pdksh 5.2.14 does not do ${X%$Y} correctly if both X and Y are
+  # positional parameters, so assign one to ordinary parameter first.
+  func_stripname_result=${3}
+  func_stripname_result=${func_stripname_result#"${1}"}
+  func_stripname_result=${func_stripname_result%"${2}"}
+}
+
+# func_opt_split
+func_opt_split ()
+{
+  func_opt_split_opt=${1%%=*}
+  func_opt_split_arg=${1#*=}
+}
+
+# func_lo2o object
+func_lo2o ()
+{
+  case ${1} in
+    *.lo) func_lo2o_result=${1%.lo}.${objext} ;;
+    *)    func_lo2o_result=${1} ;;
+  esac
+}
+
+# func_xform libobj-or-source
+func_xform ()
+{
+  func_xform_result=${1%.*}.lo
+}
+
+# func_arith arithmetic-term...
+func_arith ()
+{
+  func_arith_result=$(( $[*] ))
+}
+
+# func_len string
+# STRING may not start with a hyphen.
+func_len ()
+{
+  func_len_result=${#1}
+}
+
+_LT_EOF
+    ;;
+  *) # Bourne compatible functions.
+    cat << \_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile"
+
+# func_dirname file append nondir_replacement
+# Compute the dirname of FILE.  If nonempty, add APPEND to the result,
+# otherwise set result to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT.
+func_dirname ()
+{
+  # Extract subdirectory from the argument.
+  func_dirname_result=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$dirname"`
+  if test "X$func_dirname_result" = "X${1}"; then
+    func_dirname_result="${3}"
+  else
+    func_dirname_result="$func_dirname_result${2}"
+  fi
+}
+
+# func_basename file
+func_basename ()
+{
+  func_basename_result=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$basename"`
+}
+
+dnl func_dirname_and_basename
+dnl A portable version of this function is already defined in general.m4sh
+dnl so there is no need for it here.
+
+# func_stripname prefix suffix name
+# strip PREFIX and SUFFIX off of NAME.
+# PREFIX and SUFFIX must not contain globbing or regex special
+# characters, hashes, percent signs, but SUFFIX may contain a leading
+# dot (in which case that matches only a dot).
+# func_strip_suffix prefix name
+func_stripname ()
+{
+  case ${2} in
+    .*) func_stripname_result=`$ECHO "X${3}" \
+           | $Xsed -e "s%^${1}%%" -e "s%\\\\${2}\$%%"`;;
+    *)  func_stripname_result=`$ECHO "X${3}" \
+           | $Xsed -e "s%^${1}%%" -e "s%${2}\$%%"`;;
+  esac
+}
+
+# sed scripts:
+my_sed_long_opt='1s/^\(-[[^=]]*\)=.*/\1/;q'
+my_sed_long_arg='1s/^-[[^=]]*=//'
+
+# func_opt_split
+func_opt_split ()
+{
+  func_opt_split_opt=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$my_sed_long_opt"`
+  func_opt_split_arg=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$my_sed_long_arg"`
+}
+
+# func_lo2o object
+func_lo2o ()
+{
+  func_lo2o_result=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"`
+}
+
+# func_xform libobj-or-source
+func_xform ()
+{
+  func_xform_result=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e 's/\.[[^.]]*$/.lo/'`
+}
+
+# func_arith arithmetic-term...
+func_arith ()
+{
+  func_arith_result=`expr "$[@]"`
+}
+
+# func_len string
+# STRING may not start with a hyphen.
+func_len ()
+{
+  func_len_result=`expr "$[1]" : ".*" 2>/dev/null || echo $max_cmd_len`
+}
+
+_LT_EOF
+esac
+
+case $lt_shell_append in
+  yes)
+    cat << \_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile"
+
+# func_append var value
+# Append VALUE to the end of shell variable VAR.
+func_append ()
+{
+  eval "$[1]+=\$[2]"
+}
+_LT_EOF
+    ;;
+  *)
+    cat << \_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile"
+
+# func_append var value
+# Append VALUE to the end of shell variable VAR.
+func_append ()
+{
+  eval "$[1]=\$$[1]\$[2]"
+}
+
+_LT_EOF
+    ;;
+  esac
+])
+
+# Helper functions for option handling.                    -*- Autoconf -*-
+#
+#   Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#   Written by Gary V. Vaughan, 2004
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives
+# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without
+# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# serial 6 ltoptions.m4
+
+# This is to help aclocal find these macros, as it can't see m4_define.
+AC_DEFUN([LTOPTIONS_VERSION], [m4_if([1])])
+
+
+# _LT_MANGLE_OPTION(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-NAME)
+# ------------------------------------------
+m4_define([_LT_MANGLE_OPTION],
+[[_LT_OPTION_]m4_bpatsubst($1__$2, [[^a-zA-Z0-9_]], [_])])
+
+
+# _LT_SET_OPTION(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-NAME)
+# ---------------------------------------
+# Set option OPTION-NAME for macro MACRO-NAME, and if there is a
+# matching handler defined, dispatch to it.  Other OPTION-NAMEs are
+# saved as a flag.
+m4_define([_LT_SET_OPTION],
+[m4_define(_LT_MANGLE_OPTION([$1], [$2]))dnl
+m4_ifdef(_LT_MANGLE_DEFUN([$1], [$2]),
+        _LT_MANGLE_DEFUN([$1], [$2]),
+    [m4_warning([Unknown $1 option `$2'])])[]dnl
+])
+
+
+# _LT_IF_OPTION(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-NAME, IF-SET, [IF-NOT-SET])
+# ------------------------------------------------------------
+# Execute IF-SET if OPTION is set, IF-NOT-SET otherwise.
+m4_define([_LT_IF_OPTION],
+[m4_ifdef(_LT_MANGLE_OPTION([$1], [$2]), [$3], [$4])])
+
+
+# _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-LIST, IF-NOT-SET)
+# -------------------------------------------------------
+# Execute IF-NOT-SET unless all options in OPTION-LIST for MACRO-NAME
+# are set.
+m4_define([_LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS],
+[m4_foreach([_LT_Option], m4_split(m4_normalize([$2])),
+	    [m4_ifdef(_LT_MANGLE_OPTION([$1], _LT_Option),
+		      [m4_define([$0_found])])])[]dnl
+m4_ifdef([$0_found], [m4_undefine([$0_found])], [$3
+])[]dnl
+])
+
+
+# _LT_SET_OPTIONS(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-LIST)
+# ----------------------------------------
+# OPTION-LIST is a space-separated list of Libtool options associated
+# with MACRO-NAME.  If any OPTION has a matching handler declared with
+# LT_OPTION_DEFINE, dispatch to that macro; otherwise complain about
+# the unknown option and exit.
+m4_defun([_LT_SET_OPTIONS],
+[# Set options
+m4_foreach([_LT_Option], m4_split(m4_normalize([$2])),
+    [_LT_SET_OPTION([$1], _LT_Option)])
+
+m4_if([$1],[LT_INIT],[
+  dnl
+  dnl Simply set some default values (i.e off) if boolean options were not
+  dnl specified:
+  _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [dlopen], [enable_dlopen=no
+  ])
+  _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [win32-dll], [enable_win32_dll=no
+  ])
+  dnl
+  dnl If no reference was made to various pairs of opposing options, then
+  dnl we run the default mode handler for the pair.  For example, if neither
+  dnl `shared' nor `disable-shared' was passed, we enable building of shared
+  dnl archives by default:
+  _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [shared disable-shared], [_LT_ENABLE_SHARED])
+  _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [static disable-static], [_LT_ENABLE_STATIC])
+  _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [pic-only no-pic], [_LT_WITH_PIC])
+  _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [fast-install disable-fast-install],
+  		   [_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL])
+  ])
+])# _LT_SET_OPTIONS
+
+
+
+# _LT_MANGLE_DEFUN(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-NAME)
+# -----------------------------------------
+m4_define([_LT_MANGLE_DEFUN],
+[[_LT_OPTION_DEFUN_]m4_bpatsubst(m4_toupper([$1__$2]), [[^A-Z0-9_]], [_])])
+
+
+# LT_OPTION_DEFINE(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-NAME, CODE)
+# -----------------------------------------------
+m4_define([LT_OPTION_DEFINE],
+[m4_define(_LT_MANGLE_DEFUN([$1], [$2]), [$3])[]dnl
+])# LT_OPTION_DEFINE
+
+
+# dlopen
+# ------
+LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [dlopen], [enable_dlopen=yes
+])
+
+AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN],
+[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [dlopen])
+AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete],
+[$0: Remove this warning and the call to _LT_SET_OPTION when you
+put the `dlopen' option into LT_INIT's first parameter.])
+])
+
+dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
+dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN], [])
+
+
+# win32-dll
+# ---------
+# Declare package support for building win32 dll's.
+LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [win32-dll],
+[enable_win32_dll=yes
+
+case $host in
+*-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-cegcc*)
+  AC_CHECK_TOOL(AS, as, false)
+  AC_CHECK_TOOL(DLLTOOL, dlltool, false)
+  AC_CHECK_TOOL(OBJDUMP, objdump, false)
+  ;;
+esac
+
+test -z "$AS" && AS=as
+_LT_DECL([], [AS],      [0], [Assembler program])dnl
+
+test -z "$DLLTOOL" && DLLTOOL=dlltool
+_LT_DECL([], [DLLTOOL], [0], [DLL creation program])dnl
+
+test -z "$OBJDUMP" && OBJDUMP=objdump
+_LT_DECL([], [OBJDUMP], [0], [Object dumper program])dnl
+])# win32-dll
+
+AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_WIN32_DLL],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
+_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [win32-dll])
+AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete],
+[$0: Remove this warning and the call to _LT_SET_OPTION when you
+put the `win32-dll' option into LT_INIT's first parameter.])
+])
+
+dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
+dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_WIN32_DLL], [])
+
+
+# _LT_ENABLE_SHARED([DEFAULT])
+# ----------------------------
+# implement the --enable-shared flag, and supports the `shared' and
+# `disable-shared' LT_INIT options.
+# DEFAULT is either `yes' or `no'.  If omitted, it defaults to `yes'.
+m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_SHARED],
+[m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT], [m4_if($1, no, no, yes)])dnl
+AC_ARG_ENABLE([shared],
+    [AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-shared@<:@=PKGS@:>@],
+	[build shared libraries @<:@default=]_LT_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT[@:>@])],
+    [p=${PACKAGE-default}
+    case $enableval in
+    yes) enable_shared=yes ;;
+    no) enable_shared=no ;;
+    *)
+      enable_shared=no
+      # Look at the argument we got.  We use all the common list separators.
+      lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR,"
+      for pkg in $enableval; do
+	IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
+	if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then
+	  enable_shared=yes
+	fi
+      done
+      IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
+      ;;
+    esac],
+    [enable_shared=]_LT_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT)
+
+    _LT_DECL([build_libtool_libs], [enable_shared], [0],
+	[Whether or not to build shared libraries])
+])# _LT_ENABLE_SHARED
+
+LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [shared], [_LT_ENABLE_SHARED([yes])])
+LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [disable-shared], [_LT_ENABLE_SHARED([no])])
+
+# Old names:
+AC_DEFUN([AC_ENABLE_SHARED],
+[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], m4_if([$1], [no], [disable-])[shared])
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([AC_DISABLE_SHARED],
+[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [disable-shared])
+])
+
+AU_DEFUN([AM_ENABLE_SHARED], [AC_ENABLE_SHARED($@)])
+AU_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_SHARED], [AC_DISABLE_SHARED($@)])
+
+dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
+dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_ENABLE_SHARED], [])
+dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_SHARED], [])
+
+
+
+# _LT_ENABLE_STATIC([DEFAULT])
+# ----------------------------
+# implement the --enable-static flag, and support the `static' and
+# `disable-static' LT_INIT options.
+# DEFAULT is either `yes' or `no'.  If omitted, it defaults to `yes'.
+m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_STATIC],
+[m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_STATIC_DEFAULT], [m4_if($1, no, no, yes)])dnl
+AC_ARG_ENABLE([static],
+    [AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-static@<:@=PKGS@:>@],
+	[build static libraries @<:@default=]_LT_ENABLE_STATIC_DEFAULT[@:>@])],
+    [p=${PACKAGE-default}
+    case $enableval in
+    yes) enable_static=yes ;;
+    no) enable_static=no ;;
+    *)
+     enable_static=no
+      # Look at the argument we got.  We use all the common list separators.
+      lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR,"
+      for pkg in $enableval; do
+	IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
+	if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then
+	  enable_static=yes
+	fi
+      done
+      IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
+      ;;
+    esac],
+    [enable_static=]_LT_ENABLE_STATIC_DEFAULT)
+
+    _LT_DECL([build_old_libs], [enable_static], [0],
+	[Whether or not to build static libraries])
+])# _LT_ENABLE_STATIC
+
+LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [static], [_LT_ENABLE_STATIC([yes])])
+LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [disable-static], [_LT_ENABLE_STATIC([no])])
+
+# Old names:
+AC_DEFUN([AC_ENABLE_STATIC],
+[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], m4_if([$1], [no], [disable-])[static])
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([AC_DISABLE_STATIC],
+[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [disable-static])
+])
+
+AU_DEFUN([AM_ENABLE_STATIC], [AC_ENABLE_STATIC($@)])
+AU_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_STATIC], [AC_DISABLE_STATIC($@)])
+
+dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
+dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_ENABLE_STATIC], [])
+dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_STATIC], [])
+
+
+
+# _LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL([DEFAULT])
+# ----------------------------------
+# implement the --enable-fast-install flag, and support the `fast-install'
+# and `disable-fast-install' LT_INIT options.
+# DEFAULT is either `yes' or `no'.  If omitted, it defaults to `yes'.
+m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL],
+[m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL_DEFAULT], [m4_if($1, no, no, yes)])dnl
+AC_ARG_ENABLE([fast-install],
+    [AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-fast-install@<:@=PKGS@:>@],
+    [optimize for fast installation @<:@default=]_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL_DEFAULT[@:>@])],
+    [p=${PACKAGE-default}
+    case $enableval in
+    yes) enable_fast_install=yes ;;
+    no) enable_fast_install=no ;;
+    *)
+      enable_fast_install=no
+      # Look at the argument we got.  We use all the common list separators.
+      lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR,"
+      for pkg in $enableval; do
+	IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
+	if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then
+	  enable_fast_install=yes
+	fi
+      done
+      IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
+      ;;
+    esac],
+    [enable_fast_install=]_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL_DEFAULT)
+
+_LT_DECL([fast_install], [enable_fast_install], [0],
+	 [Whether or not to optimize for fast installation])dnl
+])# _LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL
+
+LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [fast-install], [_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL([yes])])
+LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [disable-fast-install], [_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL([no])])
+
+# Old names:
+AU_DEFUN([AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL],
+[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], m4_if([$1], [no], [disable-])[fast-install])
+AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete],
+[$0: Remove this warning and the call to _LT_SET_OPTION when you put
+the `fast-install' option into LT_INIT's first parameter.])
+])
+
+AU_DEFUN([AC_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL],
+[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [disable-fast-install])
+AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete],
+[$0: Remove this warning and the call to _LT_SET_OPTION when you put
+the `disable-fast-install' option into LT_INIT's first parameter.])
+])
+
+dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
+dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL], [])
+dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL], [])
+
+
+# _LT_WITH_PIC([MODE])
+# --------------------
+# implement the --with-pic flag, and support the `pic-only' and `no-pic'
+# LT_INIT options.
+# MODE is either `yes' or `no'.  If omitted, it defaults to `both'.
+m4_define([_LT_WITH_PIC],
+[AC_ARG_WITH([pic],
+    [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-pic],
+	[try to use only PIC/non-PIC objects @<:@default=use both@:>@])],
+    [pic_mode="$withval"],
+    [pic_mode=default])
+
+test -z "$pic_mode" && pic_mode=m4_default([$1], [default])
+
+_LT_DECL([], [pic_mode], [0], [What type of objects to build])dnl
+])# _LT_WITH_PIC
+
+LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [pic-only], [_LT_WITH_PIC([yes])])
+LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [no-pic], [_LT_WITH_PIC([no])])
+
+# Old name:
+AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PICMODE],
+[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [pic-only])
+AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete],
+[$0: Remove this warning and the call to _LT_SET_OPTION when you
+put the `pic-only' option into LT_INIT's first parameter.])
+])
+
+dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
+dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PICMODE], [])
+
+
+m4_define([_LTDL_MODE], [])
+LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LTDL_INIT], [nonrecursive],
+		 [m4_define([_LTDL_MODE], [nonrecursive])])
+LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LTDL_INIT], [recursive],
+		 [m4_define([_LTDL_MODE], [recursive])])
+LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LTDL_INIT], [subproject],
+		 [m4_define([_LTDL_MODE], [subproject])])
+
+m4_define([_LTDL_TYPE], [])
+LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LTDL_INIT], [installable],
+		 [m4_define([_LTDL_TYPE], [installable])])
+LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LTDL_INIT], [convenience],
+		 [m4_define([_LTDL_TYPE], [convenience])])
+
+# ltsugar.m4 -- libtool m4 base layer.                         -*-Autoconf-*-
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Written by Gary V. Vaughan, 2004
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives
+# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without
+# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# serial 6 ltsugar.m4
+
+# This is to help aclocal find these macros, as it can't see m4_define.
+AC_DEFUN([LTSUGAR_VERSION], [m4_if([0.1])])
+
+
+# lt_join(SEP, ARG1, [ARG2...])
+# -----------------------------
+# Produce ARG1SEPARG2...SEPARGn, omitting [] arguments and their
+# associated separator.
+# Needed until we can rely on m4_join from Autoconf 2.62, since all earlier
+# versions in m4sugar had bugs.
+m4_define([lt_join],
+[m4_if([$#], [1], [],
+       [$#], [2], [[$2]],
+       [m4_if([$2], [], [], [[$2]_])$0([$1], m4_shift(m4_shift($@)))])])
+m4_define([_lt_join],
+[m4_if([$#$2], [2], [],
+       [m4_if([$2], [], [], [[$1$2]])$0([$1], m4_shift(m4_shift($@)))])])
+
+
+# lt_car(LIST)
+# lt_cdr(LIST)
+# ------------
+# Manipulate m4 lists.
+# These macros are necessary as long as will still need to support
+# Autoconf-2.59 which quotes differently.
+m4_define([lt_car], [[$1]])
+m4_define([lt_cdr],
+[m4_if([$#], 0, [m4_fatal([$0: cannot be called without arguments])],
+       [$#], 1, [],
+       [m4_dquote(m4_shift($@))])])
+m4_define([lt_unquote], $1)
+
+
+# lt_append(MACRO-NAME, STRING, [SEPARATOR])
+# ------------------------------------------
+# Redefine MACRO-NAME to hold its former content plus `SEPARATOR'`STRING'.
+# Note that neither SEPARATOR nor STRING are expanded; they are appended
+# to MACRO-NAME as is (leaving the expansion for when MACRO-NAME is invoked).
+# No SEPARATOR is output if MACRO-NAME was previously undefined (different
+# than defined and empty).
+#
+# This macro is needed until we can rely on Autoconf 2.62, since earlier
+# versions of m4sugar mistakenly expanded SEPARATOR but not STRING.
+m4_define([lt_append],
+[m4_define([$1],
+	   m4_ifdef([$1], [m4_defn([$1])[$3]])[$2])])
+
+
+
+# lt_combine(SEP, PREFIX-LIST, INFIX, SUFFIX1, [SUFFIX2...])
+# ----------------------------------------------------------
+# Produce a SEP delimited list of all paired combinations of elements of
+# PREFIX-LIST with SUFFIX1 through SUFFIXn.  Each element of the list
+# has the form PREFIXmINFIXSUFFIXn.
+# Needed until we can rely on m4_combine added in Autoconf 2.62.
+m4_define([lt_combine],
+[m4_if(m4_eval([$# > 3]), [1],
+       [m4_pushdef([_Lt_sep], [m4_define([_Lt_sep], m4_defn([lt_car]))])]]dnl
+[[m4_foreach([_Lt_prefix], [$2],
+	     [m4_foreach([_Lt_suffix],
+		]m4_dquote(m4_dquote(m4_shift(m4_shift(m4_shift($@)))))[,
+	[_Lt_sep([$1])[]m4_defn([_Lt_prefix])[$3]m4_defn([_Lt_suffix])])])])])
+
+
+# lt_if_append_uniq(MACRO-NAME, VARNAME, [SEPARATOR], [UNIQ], [NOT-UNIQ])
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Iff MACRO-NAME does not yet contain VARNAME, then append it (delimited
+# by SEPARATOR if supplied) and expand UNIQ, else NOT-UNIQ.
+m4_define([lt_if_append_uniq],
+[m4_ifdef([$1],
+	  [m4_if(m4_index([$3]m4_defn([$1])[$3], [$3$2$3]), [-1],
+		 [lt_append([$1], [$2], [$3])$4],
+		 [$5])],
+	  [lt_append([$1], [$2], [$3])$4])])
+
+
+# lt_dict_add(DICT, KEY, VALUE)
+# -----------------------------
+m4_define([lt_dict_add],
+[m4_define([$1($2)], [$3])])
+
+
+# lt_dict_add_subkey(DICT, KEY, SUBKEY, VALUE)
+# --------------------------------------------
+m4_define([lt_dict_add_subkey],
+[m4_define([$1($2:$3)], [$4])])
+
+
+# lt_dict_fetch(DICT, KEY, [SUBKEY])
+# ----------------------------------
+m4_define([lt_dict_fetch],
+[m4_ifval([$3],
+	m4_ifdef([$1($2:$3)], [m4_defn([$1($2:$3)])]),
+    m4_ifdef([$1($2)], [m4_defn([$1($2)])]))])
+
+
+# lt_if_dict_fetch(DICT, KEY, [SUBKEY], VALUE, IF-TRUE, [IF-FALSE])
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------
+m4_define([lt_if_dict_fetch],
+[m4_if(lt_dict_fetch([$1], [$2], [$3]), [$4],
+	[$5],
+    [$6])])
+
+
+# lt_dict_filter(DICT, [SUBKEY], VALUE, [SEPARATOR], KEY, [...])
+# --------------------------------------------------------------
+m4_define([lt_dict_filter],
+[m4_if([$5], [], [],
+  [lt_join(m4_quote(m4_default([$4], [[, ]])),
+           lt_unquote(m4_split(m4_normalize(m4_foreach(_Lt_key, lt_car([m4_shiftn(4, $@)]),
+		      [lt_if_dict_fetch([$1], _Lt_key, [$2], [$3], [_Lt_key ])])))))])[]dnl
+])
+
+# ltversion.m4 -- version numbers			-*- Autoconf -*-
+#
+#   Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#   Written by Scott James Remnant, 2004
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives
+# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without
+# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# Generated from ltversion.in.
+
+# serial 3012 ltversion.m4
+# This file is part of GNU Libtool
+
+m4_define([LT_PACKAGE_VERSION], [2.2.6])
+m4_define([LT_PACKAGE_REVISION], [1.3012])
+
+AC_DEFUN([LTVERSION_VERSION],
+[macro_version='2.2.6'
+macro_revision='1.3012'
+_LT_DECL(, macro_version, 0, [Which release of libtool.m4 was used?])
+_LT_DECL(, macro_revision, 0)
+])
+
+# lt~obsolete.m4 -- aclocal satisfying obsolete definitions.    -*-Autoconf-*-
+#
+#   Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#   Written by Scott James Remnant, 2004.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives
+# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without
+# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# serial 4 lt~obsolete.m4
+
+# These exist entirely to fool aclocal when bootstrapping libtool.
+#
+# In the past libtool.m4 has provided macros via AC_DEFUN (or AU_DEFUN)
+# which have later been changed to m4_define as they aren't part of the
+# exported API, or moved to Autoconf or Automake where they belong.
+#
+# The trouble is, aclocal is a bit thick.  It'll see the old AC_DEFUN
+# in /usr/share/aclocal/libtool.m4 and remember it, then when it sees us
+# using a macro with the same name in our local m4/libtool.m4 it'll
+# pull the old libtool.m4 in (it doesn't see our shiny new m4_define
+# and doesn't know about Autoconf macros at all.)
+#
+# So we provide this file, which has a silly filename so it's always
+# included after everything else.  This provides aclocal with the
+# AC_DEFUNs it wants, but when m4 processes it, it doesn't do anything
+# because those macros already exist, or will be overwritten later.
+# We use AC_DEFUN over AU_DEFUN for compatibility with aclocal-1.6. 
+#
+# Anytime we withdraw an AC_DEFUN or AU_DEFUN, remember to add it here.
+# Yes, that means every name once taken will need to remain here until
+# we give up compatibility with versions before 1.7, at which point
+# we need to keep only those names which we still refer to.
+
+# This is to help aclocal find these macros, as it can't see m4_define.
+AC_DEFUN([LTOBSOLETE_VERSION], [m4_if([1])])
+
+m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LINKER_OPTION],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LINKER_OPTION])])
+m4_ifndef([AC_PROG_EGREP],		[AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_EGREP])])
+m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH])])
+m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_SHELL_INIT],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_SHELL_INIT])])
+m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX])])
+m4_ifndef([_LT_PROG_LTMAIN],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_PROG_LTMAIN])])
+m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_TAGVAR],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_TAGVAR])])
+m4_ifndef([AC_LTDL_ENABLE_INSTALL],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_ENABLE_INSTALL])])
+m4_ifndef([AC_LTDL_PREOPEN],		[AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_PREOPEN])])
+m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_SYS_COMPILER],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_SYS_COMPILER])])
+m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LOCK],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LOCK])])
+m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_OLD_ARCHIVE],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_OLD_ARCHIVE])])
+m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF])])
+m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_CC_C_O],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_CC_C_O])])
+m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_HARD_LINK_LOCKS], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_HARD_LINK_LOCKS])])
+m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_OBJDIR],		[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_OBJDIR])])
+m4_ifndef([AC_LTDL_OBJDIR],		[AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_OBJDIR])])
+m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_HARDCODE_LIBPATH], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_HARDCODE_LIBPATH])])
+m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_LIB_STRIP],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_LIB_STRIP])])
+m4_ifndef([AC_PATH_MAGIC],		[AC_DEFUN([AC_PATH_MAGIC])])
+m4_ifndef([AC_PROG_LD_GNU],		[AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_LD_GNU])])
+m4_ifndef([AC_PROG_LD_RELOAD_FLAG],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_LD_RELOAD_FLAG])])
+m4_ifndef([AC_DEPLIBS_CHECK_METHOD],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_DEPLIBS_CHECK_METHOD])])
+m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_NO_RTTI], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_NO_RTTI])])
+m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_GLOBAL_SYMBOL_PIPE], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_GLOBAL_SYMBOL_PIPE])])
+m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_PIC], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_PIC])])
+m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_SHLIBS],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_SHLIBS])])
+m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_POSTDEP_PREDEP],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_POSTDEP_PREDEP])])
+m4_ifndef([LT_AC_PROG_EGREP],		[AC_DEFUN([LT_AC_PROG_EGREP])])
+m4_ifndef([LT_AC_PROG_SED],		[AC_DEFUN([LT_AC_PROG_SED])])
+m4_ifndef([_LT_CC_BASENAME],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_CC_BASENAME])])
+m4_ifndef([_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE])])
+m4_ifndef([_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE])])
+m4_ifndef([_AC_PROG_LIBTOOL],		[AC_DEFUN([_AC_PROG_LIBTOOL])])
+m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP],		[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])])
+m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_CHECK_DLFCN],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_CHECK_DLFCN])])
+m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER])])
+m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_TAGCONFIG],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_TAGCONFIG])])
+m4_ifndef([AC_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL])])
+m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_CXX],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_CXX])])
+m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_F77],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_F77])])
+m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_GCJ],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_GCJ])])
+m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_RC],		[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_RC])])
+m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_C_CONFIG],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_C_CONFIG])])
+m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_C_CONFIG],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_C_CONFIG])])
+m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_CXX_CONFIG],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_CXX_CONFIG])])
+m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_CXX_CONFIG],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_CXX_CONFIG])])
+m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_F77_CONFIG],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_F77_CONFIG])])
+m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_F77_CONFIG],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_F77_CONFIG])])
+m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG])])
+m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG])])
+m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_RC_CONFIG],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_RC_CONFIG])])
+m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_RC_CONFIG],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_RC_CONFIG])])
+m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_CONFIG],		[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_CONFIG])])
+m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_FILE_LTDLL_C],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_FILE_LTDLL_C])])
+
+m4_include([ft-munmap.m4])
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/config.guess b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/config.guess
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..e5716ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/config.guess
@@ -0,0 +1,1555 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Attempt to guess a canonical system name.
+#   Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
+#   2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008
+#   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+timestamp='2009-02-03'
+
+# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+# 02110-1301, USA.
+#
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+
+# Originally written by Per Bothner .
+# Please send patches to .  Submit a context
+# diff and a properly formatted ChangeLog entry.
+#
+# This script attempts to guess a canonical system name similar to
+# config.sub.  If it succeeds, it prints the system name on stdout, and
+# exits with 0.  Otherwise, it exits with 1.
+#
+# The plan is that this can be called by configure scripts if you
+# don't specify an explicit build system type.
+
+me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`
+
+usage="\
+Usage: $0 [OPTION]
+
+Output the configuration name of the system \`$me' is run on.
+
+Operation modes:
+  -h, --help         print this help, then exit
+  -t, --time-stamp   print date of last modification, then exit
+  -v, --version      print version number, then exit
+
+Report bugs and patches to ."
+
+version="\
+GNU config.guess ($timestamp)
+
+Originally written by Per Bothner.
+Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
+2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO
+warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
+
+help="
+Try \`$me --help' for more information."
+
+# Parse command line
+while test $# -gt 0 ; do
+  case $1 in
+    --time-stamp | --time* | -t )
+       echo "$timestamp" ; exit ;;
+    --version | -v )
+       echo "$version" ; exit ;;
+    --help | --h* | -h )
+       echo "$usage"; exit ;;
+    -- )     # Stop option processing
+       shift; break ;;
+    - )	# Use stdin as input.
+       break ;;
+    -* )
+       echo "$me: invalid option $1$help" >&2
+       exit 1 ;;
+    * )
+       break ;;
+  esac
+done
+
+if test $# != 0; then
+  echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2
+  exit 1
+fi
+
+trap 'exit 1' 1 2 15
+
+# CC_FOR_BUILD -- compiler used by this script. Note that the use of a
+# compiler to aid in system detection is discouraged as it requires
+# temporary files to be created and, as you can see below, it is a
+# headache to deal with in a portable fashion.
+
+# Historically, `CC_FOR_BUILD' used to be named `HOST_CC'. We still
+# use `HOST_CC' if defined, but it is deprecated.
+
+# Portable tmp directory creation inspired by the Autoconf team.
+
+set_cc_for_build='
+trap "exitcode=\$?; (rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null) && exit \$exitcode" 0 ;
+trap "rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null; exit 1" 1 2 13 15 ;
+: ${TMPDIR=/tmp} ;
+ { tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d "$TMPDIR/cgXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` && test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp" ; } ||
+ { test -n "$RANDOM" && tmp=$TMPDIR/cg$$-$RANDOM && (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) ; } ||
+ { tmp=$TMPDIR/cg-$$ && (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) && echo "Warning: creating insecure temp directory" >&2 ; } ||
+ { echo "$me: cannot create a temporary directory in $TMPDIR" >&2 ; exit 1 ; } ;
+dummy=$tmp/dummy ;
+tmpfiles="$dummy.c $dummy.o $dummy.rel $dummy" ;
+case $CC_FOR_BUILD,$HOST_CC,$CC in
+ ,,)    echo "int x;" > $dummy.c ;
+	for c in cc gcc c89 c99 ; do
+	  if ($c -c -o $dummy.o $dummy.c) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
+	     CC_FOR_BUILD="$c"; break ;
+	  fi ;
+	done ;
+	if test x"$CC_FOR_BUILD" = x ; then
+	  CC_FOR_BUILD=no_compiler_found ;
+	fi
+	;;
+ ,,*)   CC_FOR_BUILD=$CC ;;
+ ,*,*)  CC_FOR_BUILD=$HOST_CC ;;
+esac ; set_cc_for_build= ;'
+
+# This is needed to find uname on a Pyramid OSx when run in the BSD universe.
+# (ghazi@noc.rutgers.edu 1994-08-24)
+if (test -f /.attbin/uname) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
+	PATH=$PATH:/.attbin ; export PATH
+fi
+
+UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -m) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_MACHINE=unknown
+UNAME_RELEASE=`(uname -r) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_RELEASE=unknown
+UNAME_SYSTEM=`(uname -s) 2>/dev/null`  || UNAME_SYSTEM=unknown
+UNAME_VERSION=`(uname -v) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_VERSION=unknown
+
+# Note: order is significant - the case branches are not exclusive.
+
+case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
+    *:NetBSD:*:*)
+	# NetBSD (nbsd) targets should (where applicable) match one or
+	# more of the tupples: *-*-netbsdelf*, *-*-netbsdaout*,
+	# *-*-netbsdecoff* and *-*-netbsd*.  For targets that recently
+	# switched to ELF, *-*-netbsd* would select the old
+	# object file format.  This provides both forward
+	# compatibility and a consistent mechanism for selecting the
+	# object file format.
+	#
+	# Note: NetBSD doesn't particularly care about the vendor
+	# portion of the name.  We always set it to "unknown".
+	sysctl="sysctl -n hw.machine_arch"
+	UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`(/sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || \
+	    /usr/sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || echo unknown)`
+	case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in
+	    armeb) machine=armeb-unknown ;;
+	    arm*) machine=arm-unknown ;;
+	    sh3el) machine=shl-unknown ;;
+	    sh3eb) machine=sh-unknown ;;
+	    sh5el) machine=sh5le-unknown ;;
+	    *) machine=${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown ;;
+	esac
+	# The Operating System including object format, if it has switched
+	# to ELF recently, or will in the future.
+	case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in
+	    arm*|i386|m68k|ns32k|sh3*|sparc|vax)
+		eval $set_cc_for_build
+		if echo __ELF__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \
+			| grep __ELF__ >/dev/null
+		then
+		    # Once all utilities can be ECOFF (netbsdecoff) or a.out (netbsdaout).
+		    # Return netbsd for either.  FIX?
+		    os=netbsd
+		else
+		    os=netbsdelf
+		fi
+		;;
+	    *)
+	        os=netbsd
+		;;
+	esac
+	# The OS release
+	# Debian GNU/NetBSD machines have a different userland, and
+	# thus, need a distinct triplet. However, they do not need
+	# kernel version information, so it can be replaced with a
+	# suitable tag, in the style of linux-gnu.
+	case "${UNAME_VERSION}" in
+	    Debian*)
+		release='-gnu'
+		;;
+	    *)
+		release=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*/\./'`
+		;;
+	esac
+	# Since CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM:
+	# contains redundant information, the shorter form:
+	# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM is used.
+	echo "${machine}-${os}${release}"
+	exit ;;
+    *:OpenBSD:*:*)
+	UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/OpenBSD.//'`
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    *:ekkoBSD:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-ekkobsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    *:SolidBSD:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-solidbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    macppc:MirBSD:*:*)
+	echo powerpc-unknown-mirbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    *:MirBSD:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-mirbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    alpha:OSF1:*:*)
+	case $UNAME_RELEASE in
+	*4.0)
+		UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $3}'`
+		;;
+	*5.*)
+	        UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $4}'`
+		;;
+	esac
+	# According to Compaq, /usr/sbin/psrinfo has been available on
+	# OSF/1 and Tru64 systems produced since 1995.  I hope that
+	# covers most systems running today.  This code pipes the CPU
+	# types through head -n 1, so we only detect the type of CPU 0.
+	ALPHA_CPU_TYPE=`/usr/sbin/psrinfo -v | sed -n -e 's/^  The alpha \(.*\) processor.*$/\1/p' | head -n 1`
+	case "$ALPHA_CPU_TYPE" in
+	    "EV4 (21064)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;;
+	    "EV4.5 (21064)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;;
+	    "LCA4 (21066/21068)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;;
+	    "EV5 (21164)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev5" ;;
+	    "EV5.6 (21164A)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev56" ;;
+	    "EV5.6 (21164PC)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca56" ;;
+	    "EV5.7 (21164PC)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca57" ;;
+	    "EV6 (21264)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev6" ;;
+	    "EV6.7 (21264A)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev67" ;;
+	    "EV6.8CB (21264C)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;;
+	    "EV6.8AL (21264B)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;;
+	    "EV6.8CX (21264D)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;;
+	    "EV6.9A (21264/EV69A)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev69" ;;
+	    "EV7 (21364)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev7" ;;
+	    "EV7.9 (21364A)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev79" ;;
+	esac
+	# A Pn.n version is a patched version.
+	# A Vn.n version is a released version.
+	# A Tn.n version is a released field test version.
+	# A Xn.n version is an unreleased experimental baselevel.
+	# 1.2 uses "1.2" for uname -r.
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-osf`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/^[PVTX]//' | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'`
+	exit ;;
+    Alpha\ *:Windows_NT*:*)
+	# How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem?
+	# Should we change UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead
+	# of the specific Alpha model?
+	echo alpha-pc-interix
+	exit ;;
+    21064:Windows_NT:50:3)
+	echo alpha-dec-winnt3.5
+	exit ;;
+    Amiga*:UNIX_System_V:4.0:*)
+	echo m68k-unknown-sysv4
+	exit ;;
+    *:[Aa]miga[Oo][Ss]:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-amigaos
+	exit ;;
+    *:[Mm]orph[Oo][Ss]:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-morphos
+	exit ;;
+    *:OS/390:*:*)
+	echo i370-ibm-openedition
+	exit ;;
+    *:z/VM:*:*)
+	echo s390-ibm-zvmoe
+	exit ;;
+    *:OS400:*:*)
+        echo powerpc-ibm-os400
+	exit ;;
+    arm:RISC*:1.[012]*:*|arm:riscix:1.[012]*:*)
+	echo arm-acorn-riscix${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    arm:riscos:*:*|arm:RISCOS:*:*)
+	echo arm-unknown-riscos
+	exit ;;
+    SR2?01:HI-UX/MPP:*:* | SR8000:HI-UX/MPP:*:*)
+	echo hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxmpp
+	exit ;;
+    Pyramid*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:SMP_DC-OSx*:*:*)
+	# akee@wpdis03.wpafb.af.mil (Earle F. Ake) contributed MIS and NILE.
+	if test "`(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null`" = att ; then
+		echo pyramid-pyramid-sysv3
+	else
+		echo pyramid-pyramid-bsd
+	fi
+	exit ;;
+    NILE*:*:*:dcosx)
+	echo pyramid-pyramid-svr4
+	exit ;;
+    DRS?6000:unix:4.0:6*)
+	echo sparc-icl-nx6
+	exit ;;
+    DRS?6000:UNIX_SV:4.2*:7* | DRS?6000:isis:4.2*:7*)
+	case `/usr/bin/uname -p` in
+	    sparc) echo sparc-icl-nx7; exit ;;
+	esac ;;
+    sun4H:SunOS:5.*:*)
+	echo sparc-hal-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+	exit ;;
+    sun4*:SunOS:5.*:* | tadpole*:SunOS:5.*:*)
+	echo sparc-sun-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+	exit ;;
+    i86pc:SunOS:5.*:* | i86xen:SunOS:5.*:*)
+	eval $set_cc_for_build
+	SUN_ARCH="i386"
+	# If there is a compiler, see if it is configured for 64-bit objects.
+	# Note that the Sun cc does not turn __LP64__ into 1 like gcc does.
+	# This test works for both compilers.
+	if [ "$CC_FOR_BUILD" != 'no_compiler_found' ]; then
+	    if (echo '#ifdef __amd64'; echo IS_64BIT_ARCH; echo '#endif') | \
+		(CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | \
+		grep IS_64BIT_ARCH >/dev/null
+	    then
+		SUN_ARCH="x86_64"
+	    fi
+	fi
+	echo ${SUN_ARCH}-pc-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+	exit ;;
+    sun4*:SunOS:6*:*)
+	# According to config.sub, this is the proper way to canonicalize
+	# SunOS6.  Hard to guess exactly what SunOS6 will be like, but
+	# it's likely to be more like Solaris than SunOS4.
+	echo sparc-sun-solaris3`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+	exit ;;
+    sun4*:SunOS:*:*)
+	case "`/usr/bin/arch -k`" in
+	    Series*|S4*)
+		UNAME_RELEASE=`uname -v`
+		;;
+	esac
+	# Japanese Language versions have a version number like `4.1.3-JL'.
+	echo sparc-sun-sunos`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/'`
+	exit ;;
+    sun3*:SunOS:*:*)
+	echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    sun*:*:4.2BSD:*)
+	UNAME_RELEASE=`(sed 1q /etc/motd | awk '{print substr($5,1,3)}') 2>/dev/null`
+	test "x${UNAME_RELEASE}" = "x" && UNAME_RELEASE=3
+	case "`/bin/arch`" in
+	    sun3)
+		echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+		;;
+	    sun4)
+		echo sparc-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+		;;
+	esac
+	exit ;;
+    aushp:SunOS:*:*)
+	echo sparc-auspex-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    # The situation for MiNT is a little confusing.  The machine name
+    # can be virtually everything (everything which is not
+    # "atarist" or "atariste" at least should have a processor
+    # > m68000).  The system name ranges from "MiNT" over "FreeMiNT"
+    # to the lowercase version "mint" (or "freemint").  Finally
+    # the system name "TOS" denotes a system which is actually not
+    # MiNT.  But MiNT is downward compatible to TOS, so this should
+    # be no problem.
+    atarist[e]:*MiNT:*:* | atarist[e]:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*)
+        echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    atari*:*MiNT:*:* | atari*:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*)
+	echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+        exit ;;
+    *falcon*:*MiNT:*:* | *falcon*:*mint:*:* | *falcon*:*TOS:*:*)
+        echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    milan*:*MiNT:*:* | milan*:*mint:*:* | *milan*:*TOS:*:*)
+        echo m68k-milan-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+        exit ;;
+    hades*:*MiNT:*:* | hades*:*mint:*:* | *hades*:*TOS:*:*)
+        echo m68k-hades-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+        exit ;;
+    *:*MiNT:*:* | *:*mint:*:* | *:*TOS:*:*)
+        echo m68k-unknown-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+        exit ;;
+    m68k:machten:*:*)
+	echo m68k-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    powerpc:machten:*:*)
+	echo powerpc-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    RISC*:Mach:*:*)
+	echo mips-dec-mach_bsd4.3
+	exit ;;
+    RISC*:ULTRIX:*:*)
+	echo mips-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    VAX*:ULTRIX*:*:*)
+	echo vax-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    2020:CLIX:*:* | 2430:CLIX:*:*)
+	echo clipper-intergraph-clix${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    mips:*:*:UMIPS | mips:*:*:RISCos)
+	eval $set_cc_for_build
+	sed 's/^	//' << EOF >$dummy.c
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#include   /* for printf() prototype */
+	int main (int argc, char *argv[]) {
+#else
+	int main (argc, argv) int argc; char *argv[]; {
+#endif
+	#if defined (host_mips) && defined (MIPSEB)
+	#if defined (SYSTYPE_SYSV)
+	  printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssysv\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
+	#endif
+	#if defined (SYSTYPE_SVR4)
+	  printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssvr4\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
+	#endif
+	#if defined (SYSTYPE_BSD43) || defined(SYSTYPE_BSD)
+	  printf ("mips-mips-riscos%sbsd\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
+	#endif
+	#endif
+	  exit (-1);
+	}
+EOF
+	$CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c &&
+	  dummyarg=`echo "${UNAME_RELEASE}" | sed -n 's/\([0-9]*\).*/\1/p'` &&
+	  SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy $dummyarg` &&
+	    { echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; }
+	echo mips-mips-riscos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    Motorola:PowerMAX_OS:*:*)
+	echo powerpc-motorola-powermax
+	exit ;;
+    Motorola:*:4.3:PL8-*)
+	echo powerpc-harris-powermax
+	exit ;;
+    Night_Hawk:*:*:PowerMAX_OS | Synergy:PowerMAX_OS:*:*)
+	echo powerpc-harris-powermax
+	exit ;;
+    Night_Hawk:Power_UNIX:*:*)
+	echo powerpc-harris-powerunix
+	exit ;;
+    m88k:CX/UX:7*:*)
+	echo m88k-harris-cxux7
+	exit ;;
+    m88k:*:4*:R4*)
+	echo m88k-motorola-sysv4
+	exit ;;
+    m88k:*:3*:R3*)
+	echo m88k-motorola-sysv3
+	exit ;;
+    AViiON:dgux:*:*)
+        # DG/UX returns AViiON for all architectures
+        UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p`
+	if [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88100 ] || [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88110 ]
+	then
+	    if [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = m88kdguxelfx ] || \
+	       [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = x ]
+	    then
+		echo m88k-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	    else
+		echo m88k-dg-dguxbcs${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	    fi
+	else
+	    echo i586-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	fi
+ 	exit ;;
+    M88*:DolphinOS:*:*)	# DolphinOS (SVR3)
+	echo m88k-dolphin-sysv3
+	exit ;;
+    M88*:*:R3*:*)
+	# Delta 88k system running SVR3
+	echo m88k-motorola-sysv3
+	exit ;;
+    XD88*:*:*:*) # Tektronix XD88 system running UTekV (SVR3)
+	echo m88k-tektronix-sysv3
+	exit ;;
+    Tek43[0-9][0-9]:UTek:*:*) # Tektronix 4300 system running UTek (BSD)
+	echo m68k-tektronix-bsd
+	exit ;;
+    *:IRIX*:*:*)
+	echo mips-sgi-irix`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/g'`
+	exit ;;
+    ????????:AIX?:[12].1:2)   # AIX 2.2.1 or AIX 2.1.1 is RT/PC AIX.
+	echo romp-ibm-aix     # uname -m gives an 8 hex-code CPU id
+	exit ;;               # Note that: echo "'`uname -s`'" gives 'AIX '
+    i*86:AIX:*:*)
+	echo i386-ibm-aix
+	exit ;;
+    ia64:AIX:*:*)
+	if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then
+		IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel`
+	else
+		IBM_REV=${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	fi
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV}
+	exit ;;
+    *:AIX:2:3)
+	if grep bos325 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+		eval $set_cc_for_build
+		sed 's/^		//' << EOF >$dummy.c
+		#include 
+
+		main()
+			{
+			if (!__power_pc())
+				exit(1);
+			puts("powerpc-ibm-aix3.2.5");
+			exit(0);
+			}
+EOF
+		if $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy`
+		then
+			echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"
+		else
+			echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.5
+		fi
+	elif grep bos324 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+		echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.4
+	else
+		echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2
+	fi
+	exit ;;
+    *:AIX:*:[456])
+	IBM_CPU_ID=`/usr/sbin/lsdev -C -c processor -S available | sed 1q | awk '{ print $1 }'`
+	if /usr/sbin/lsattr -El ${IBM_CPU_ID} | grep ' POWER' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+		IBM_ARCH=rs6000
+	else
+		IBM_ARCH=powerpc
+	fi
+	if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then
+		IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel`
+	else
+		IBM_REV=${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	fi
+	echo ${IBM_ARCH}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV}
+	exit ;;
+    *:AIX:*:*)
+	echo rs6000-ibm-aix
+	exit ;;
+    ibmrt:4.4BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*)
+	echo romp-ibm-bsd4.4
+	exit ;;
+    ibmrt:*BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*)            # covers RT/PC BSD and
+	echo romp-ibm-bsd${UNAME_RELEASE}   # 4.3 with uname added to
+	exit ;;                             # report: romp-ibm BSD 4.3
+    *:BOSX:*:*)
+	echo rs6000-bull-bosx
+	exit ;;
+    DPX/2?00:B.O.S.:*:*)
+	echo m68k-bull-sysv3
+	exit ;;
+    9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:1.*:*)
+	echo m68k-hp-bsd
+	exit ;;
+    hp300:4.4BSD:*:* | 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:2.*:*)
+	echo m68k-hp-bsd4.4
+	exit ;;
+    9000/[34678]??:HP-UX:*:*)
+	HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'`
+	case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in
+	    9000/31? )            HP_ARCH=m68000 ;;
+	    9000/[34]?? )         HP_ARCH=m68k ;;
+	    9000/[678][0-9][0-9])
+		if [ -x /usr/bin/getconf ]; then
+		    sc_cpu_version=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_CPU_VERSION 2>/dev/null`
+                    sc_kernel_bits=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_KERNEL_BITS 2>/dev/null`
+                    case "${sc_cpu_version}" in
+                      523) HP_ARCH="hppa1.0" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_0
+                      528) HP_ARCH="hppa1.1" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_1
+                      532)                      # CPU_PA_RISC2_0
+                        case "${sc_kernel_bits}" in
+                          32) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0n" ;;
+                          64) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w" ;;
+			  '') HP_ARCH="hppa2.0" ;;   # HP-UX 10.20
+                        esac ;;
+                    esac
+		fi
+		if [ "${HP_ARCH}" = "" ]; then
+		    eval $set_cc_for_build
+		    sed 's/^              //' << EOF >$dummy.c
+
+              #define _HPUX_SOURCE
+              #include 
+              #include 
+
+              int main ()
+              {
+              #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS)
+                  long bits = sysconf(_SC_KERNEL_BITS);
+              #endif
+                  long cpu  = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION);
+
+                  switch (cpu)
+              	{
+              	case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0"); break;
+              	case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1"); break;
+              	case CPU_PA_RISC2_0:
+              #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS)
+              	    switch (bits)
+              		{
+              		case 64: puts ("hppa2.0w"); break;
+              		case 32: puts ("hppa2.0n"); break;
+              		default: puts ("hppa2.0"); break;
+              		} break;
+              #else  /* !defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) */
+              	    puts ("hppa2.0"); break;
+              #endif
+              	default: puts ("hppa1.0"); break;
+              	}
+                  exit (0);
+              }
+EOF
+		    (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null) && HP_ARCH=`$dummy`
+		    test -z "$HP_ARCH" && HP_ARCH=hppa
+		fi ;;
+	esac
+	if [ ${HP_ARCH} = "hppa2.0w" ]
+	then
+	    eval $set_cc_for_build
+
+	    # hppa2.0w-hp-hpux* has a 64-bit kernel and a compiler generating
+	    # 32-bit code.  hppa64-hp-hpux* has the same kernel and a compiler
+	    # generating 64-bit code.  GNU and HP use different nomenclature:
+	    #
+	    # $ CC_FOR_BUILD=cc ./config.guess
+	    # => hppa2.0w-hp-hpux11.23
+	    # $ CC_FOR_BUILD="cc +DA2.0w" ./config.guess
+	    # => hppa64-hp-hpux11.23
+
+	    if echo __LP64__ | (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) |
+		grep __LP64__ >/dev/null
+	    then
+		HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w"
+	    else
+		HP_ARCH="hppa64"
+	    fi
+	fi
+	echo ${HP_ARCH}-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV}
+	exit ;;
+    ia64:HP-UX:*:*)
+	HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'`
+	echo ia64-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV}
+	exit ;;
+    3050*:HI-UX:*:*)
+	eval $set_cc_for_build
+	sed 's/^	//' << EOF >$dummy.c
+	#include 
+	int
+	main ()
+	{
+	  long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION);
+	  /* The order matters, because CPU_IS_HP_MC68K erroneously returns
+	     true for CPU_PA_RISC1_0.  CPU_IS_PA_RISC returns correct
+	     results, however.  */
+	  if (CPU_IS_PA_RISC (cpu))
+	    {
+	      switch (cpu)
+		{
+		  case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
+		  case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
+		  case CPU_PA_RISC2_0: puts ("hppa2.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
+		  default: puts ("hppa-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
+		}
+	    }
+	  else if (CPU_IS_HP_MC68K (cpu))
+	    puts ("m68k-hitachi-hiuxwe2");
+	  else puts ("unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2");
+	  exit (0);
+	}
+EOF
+	$CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy` &&
+		{ echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; }
+	echo unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2
+	exit ;;
+    9000/7??:4.3bsd:*:* | 9000/8?[79]:4.3bsd:*:* )
+	echo hppa1.1-hp-bsd
+	exit ;;
+    9000/8??:4.3bsd:*:*)
+	echo hppa1.0-hp-bsd
+	exit ;;
+    *9??*:MPE/iX:*:* | *3000*:MPE/iX:*:*)
+	echo hppa1.0-hp-mpeix
+	exit ;;
+    hp7??:OSF1:*:* | hp8?[79]:OSF1:*:* )
+	echo hppa1.1-hp-osf
+	exit ;;
+    hp8??:OSF1:*:*)
+	echo hppa1.0-hp-osf
+	exit ;;
+    i*86:OSF1:*:*)
+	if [ -x /usr/sbin/sysversion ] ; then
+	    echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1mk
+	else
+	    echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1
+	fi
+	exit ;;
+    parisc*:Lites*:*:*)
+	echo hppa1.1-hp-lites
+	exit ;;
+    C1*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C1*:*)
+	echo c1-convex-bsd
+        exit ;;
+    C2*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C2*:*)
+	if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc
+	then echo c32-convex-bsd
+	else echo c2-convex-bsd
+	fi
+        exit ;;
+    C34*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C34*:*)
+	echo c34-convex-bsd
+        exit ;;
+    C38*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C38*:*)
+	echo c38-convex-bsd
+        exit ;;
+    C4*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C4*:*)
+	echo c4-convex-bsd
+        exit ;;
+    CRAY*Y-MP:*:*:*)
+	echo ymp-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
+	exit ;;
+    CRAY*[A-Z]90:*:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} \
+	| sed -e 's/CRAY.*\([A-Z]90\)/\1/' \
+	      -e y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/ \
+	      -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
+	exit ;;
+    CRAY*TS:*:*:*)
+	echo t90-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
+	exit ;;
+    CRAY*T3E:*:*:*)
+	echo alphaev5-cray-unicosmk${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
+	exit ;;
+    CRAY*SV1:*:*:*)
+	echo sv1-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
+	exit ;;
+    *:UNICOS/mp:*:*)
+	echo craynv-cray-unicosmp${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
+	exit ;;
+    F30[01]:UNIX_System_V:*:* | F700:UNIX_System_V:*:*)
+	FUJITSU_PROC=`uname -m | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'`
+        FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'`
+        FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/ /_/'`
+        echo "${FUJITSU_PROC}-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}"
+        exit ;;
+    5000:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*)
+        FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'`
+        FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/ /_/'`
+        echo "sparc-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}"
+	exit ;;
+    i*86:BSD/386:*:* | i*86:BSD/OS:*:* | *:Ascend\ Embedded/OS:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    sparc*:BSD/OS:*:*)
+	echo sparc-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    *:BSD/OS:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    *:FreeBSD:*:*)
+	case ${UNAME_MACHINE} in
+	    pc98)
+		echo i386-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;;
+	    amd64)
+		echo x86_64-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;;
+	    *)
+		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;;
+	esac
+	exit ;;
+    i*:CYGWIN*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-cygwin
+	exit ;;
+    *:MINGW*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mingw32
+	exit ;;
+    i*:windows32*:*)
+    	# uname -m includes "-pc" on this system.
+    	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-mingw32
+	exit ;;
+    i*:PW*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-pw32
+	exit ;;
+    *:Interix*:[3456]*)
+    	case ${UNAME_MACHINE} in
+	    x86)
+		echo i586-pc-interix${UNAME_RELEASE}
+		exit ;;
+	    EM64T | authenticamd | genuineintel)
+		echo x86_64-unknown-interix${UNAME_RELEASE}
+		exit ;;
+	    IA64)
+		echo ia64-unknown-interix${UNAME_RELEASE}
+		exit ;;
+	esac ;;
+    [345]86:Windows_95:* | [345]86:Windows_98:* | [345]86:Windows_NT:*)
+	echo i${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mks
+	exit ;;
+    i*:Windows_NT*:* | Pentium*:Windows_NT*:*)
+	# How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem?
+	# It also conflicts with pre-2.0 versions of AT&T UWIN. Should we
+	# UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead of i386?
+	echo i586-pc-interix
+	exit ;;
+    i*:UWIN*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-uwin
+	exit ;;
+    amd64:CYGWIN*:*:* | x86_64:CYGWIN*:*:*)
+	echo x86_64-unknown-cygwin
+	exit ;;
+    p*:CYGWIN*:*)
+	echo powerpcle-unknown-cygwin
+	exit ;;
+    prep*:SunOS:5.*:*)
+	echo powerpcle-unknown-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+	exit ;;
+    *:GNU:*:*)
+	# the GNU system
+	echo `echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}|sed -e 's,[-/].*$,,'`-unknown-gnu`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's,/.*$,,'`
+	exit ;;
+    *:GNU/*:*:*)
+	# other systems with GNU libc and userland
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-`echo ${UNAME_SYSTEM} | sed 's,^[^/]*/,,' | tr '[A-Z]' '[a-z]'``echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`-gnu
+	exit ;;
+    i*86:Minix:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-minix
+	exit ;;
+    arm*:Linux:*:*)
+	eval $set_cc_for_build
+	if echo __ARM_EABI__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \
+	    | grep -q __ARM_EABI__
+	then
+	    echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+	else
+	    echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnueabi
+	fi
+	exit ;;
+    avr32*:Linux:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+	exit ;;
+    cris:Linux:*:*)
+	echo cris-axis-linux-gnu
+	exit ;;
+    crisv32:Linux:*:*)
+	echo crisv32-axis-linux-gnu
+	exit ;;
+    frv:Linux:*:*)
+    	echo frv-unknown-linux-gnu
+	exit ;;
+    ia64:Linux:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+	exit ;;
+    m32r*:Linux:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+	exit ;;
+    m68*:Linux:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+	exit ;;
+    mips:Linux:*:*)
+	eval $set_cc_for_build
+	sed 's/^	//' << EOF >$dummy.c
+	#undef CPU
+	#undef mips
+	#undef mipsel
+	#if defined(__MIPSEL__) || defined(__MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(MIPSEL)
+	CPU=mipsel
+	#else
+	#if defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__MIPSEB) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(MIPSEB)
+	CPU=mips
+	#else
+	CPU=
+	#endif
+	#endif
+EOF
+	eval "`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | sed -n '
+	    /^CPU/{
+		s: ::g
+		p
+	    }'`"
+	test x"${CPU}" != x && { echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu"; exit; }
+	;;
+    mips64:Linux:*:*)
+	eval $set_cc_for_build
+	sed 's/^	//' << EOF >$dummy.c
+	#undef CPU
+	#undef mips64
+	#undef mips64el
+	#if defined(__MIPSEL__) || defined(__MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(MIPSEL)
+	CPU=mips64el
+	#else
+	#if defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__MIPSEB) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(MIPSEB)
+	CPU=mips64
+	#else
+	CPU=
+	#endif
+	#endif
+EOF
+	eval "`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | sed -n '
+	    /^CPU/{
+		s: ::g
+		p
+	    }'`"
+	test x"${CPU}" != x && { echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu"; exit; }
+	;;
+    or32:Linux:*:*)
+	echo or32-unknown-linux-gnu
+	exit ;;
+    ppc:Linux:*:*)
+	echo powerpc-unknown-linux-gnu
+	exit ;;
+    ppc64:Linux:*:*)
+	echo powerpc64-unknown-linux-gnu
+	exit ;;
+    alpha:Linux:*:*)
+	case `sed -n '/^cpu model/s/^.*: \(.*\)/\1/p' < /proc/cpuinfo` in
+	  EV5)   UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev5 ;;
+	  EV56)  UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev56 ;;
+	  PCA56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;;
+	  PCA57) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;;
+	  EV6)   UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev6 ;;
+	  EV67)  UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev67 ;;
+	  EV68*) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;;
+        esac
+	objdump --private-headers /bin/sh | grep ld.so.1 >/dev/null
+	if test "$?" = 0 ; then LIBC="libc1" ; else LIBC="" ; fi
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu${LIBC}
+	exit ;;
+    padre:Linux:*:*)
+	echo sparc-unknown-linux-gnu
+	exit ;;
+    parisc:Linux:*:* | hppa:Linux:*:*)
+	# Look for CPU level
+	case `grep '^cpu[^a-z]*:' /proc/cpuinfo 2>/dev/null | cut -d' ' -f2` in
+	  PA7*) echo hppa1.1-unknown-linux-gnu ;;
+	  PA8*) echo hppa2.0-unknown-linux-gnu ;;
+	  *)    echo hppa-unknown-linux-gnu ;;
+	esac
+	exit ;;
+    parisc64:Linux:*:* | hppa64:Linux:*:*)
+	echo hppa64-unknown-linux-gnu
+	exit ;;
+    s390:Linux:*:* | s390x:Linux:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-linux
+	exit ;;
+    sh64*:Linux:*:*)
+    	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+	exit ;;
+    sh*:Linux:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+	exit ;;
+    sparc:Linux:*:* | sparc64:Linux:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+	exit ;;
+    vax:Linux:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-linux-gnu
+	exit ;;
+    x86_64:Linux:*:*)
+	echo x86_64-unknown-linux-gnu
+	exit ;;
+    xtensa*:Linux:*:*)
+    	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+	exit ;;
+    i*86:Linux:*:*)
+	# The BFD linker knows what the default object file format is, so
+	# first see if it will tell us. cd to the root directory to prevent
+	# problems with other programs or directories called `ld' in the path.
+	# Set LC_ALL=C to ensure ld outputs messages in English.
+	ld_supported_targets=`cd /; LC_ALL=C ld --help 2>&1 \
+			 | sed -ne '/supported targets:/!d
+				    s/[ 	][ 	]*/ /g
+				    s/.*supported targets: *//
+				    s/ .*//
+				    p'`
+        case "$ld_supported_targets" in
+	  elf32-i386)
+		TENTATIVE="${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnu"
+		;;
+	  a.out-i386-linux)
+		echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuaout"
+		exit ;;
+	  "")
+		# Either a pre-BFD a.out linker (linux-gnuoldld) or
+		# one that does not give us useful --help.
+		echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuoldld"
+		exit ;;
+	esac
+	# Determine whether the default compiler is a.out or elf
+	eval $set_cc_for_build
+	sed 's/^	//' << EOF >$dummy.c
+	#include 
+	#ifdef __ELF__
+	# ifdef __GLIBC__
+	#  if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+	LIBC=gnu
+	#  else
+	LIBC=gnulibc1
+	#  endif
+	# else
+	LIBC=gnulibc1
+	# endif
+	#else
+	#if defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) || defined(__PGI) || defined(__SUNPRO_C) || defined(__SUNPRO_CC)
+	LIBC=gnu
+	#else
+	LIBC=gnuaout
+	#endif
+	#endif
+	#ifdef __dietlibc__
+	LIBC=dietlibc
+	#endif
+EOF
+	eval "`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | sed -n '
+	    /^LIBC/{
+		s: ::g
+		p
+	    }'`"
+	test x"${LIBC}" != x && {
+		echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-${LIBC}"
+		exit
+	}
+	test x"${TENTATIVE}" != x && { echo "${TENTATIVE}"; exit; }
+	;;
+    i*86:DYNIX/ptx:4*:*)
+	# ptx 4.0 does uname -s correctly, with DYNIX/ptx in there.
+	# earlier versions are messed up and put the nodename in both
+	# sysname and nodename.
+	echo i386-sequent-sysv4
+	exit ;;
+    i*86:UNIX_SV:4.2MP:2.*)
+        # Unixware is an offshoot of SVR4, but it has its own version
+        # number series starting with 2...
+        # I am not positive that other SVR4 systems won't match this,
+	# I just have to hope.  -- rms.
+        # Use sysv4.2uw... so that sysv4* matches it.
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv4.2uw${UNAME_VERSION}
+	exit ;;
+    i*86:OS/2:*:*)
+	# If we were able to find `uname', then EMX Unix compatibility
+	# is probably installed.
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-os2-emx
+	exit ;;
+    i*86:XTS-300:*:STOP)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-stop
+	exit ;;
+    i*86:atheos:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-atheos
+	exit ;;
+    i*86:syllable:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-syllable
+	exit ;;
+    i*86:LynxOS:2.*:* | i*86:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | i*86:LynxOS:4.0*:*)
+	echo i386-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    i*86:*DOS:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-msdosdjgpp
+	exit ;;
+    i*86:*:4.*:* | i*86:SYSTEM_V:4.*:*)
+	UNAME_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed 's/\/MP$//'`
+	if grep Novell /usr/include/link.h >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then
+		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-univel-sysv${UNAME_REL}
+	else
+		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv${UNAME_REL}
+	fi
+	exit ;;
+    i*86:*:5:[678]*)
+    	# UnixWare 7.x, OpenUNIX and OpenServer 6.
+	case `/bin/uname -X | grep "^Machine"` in
+	    *486*)	     UNAME_MACHINE=i486 ;;
+	    *Pentium)	     UNAME_MACHINE=i586 ;;
+	    *Pent*|*Celeron) UNAME_MACHINE=i686 ;;
+	esac
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}${UNAME_SYSTEM}${UNAME_VERSION}
+	exit ;;
+    i*86:*:3.2:*)
+	if test -f /usr/options/cb.name; then
+		UNAME_REL=`sed -n 's/.*Version //p' /dev/null >/dev/null ; then
+		UNAME_REL=`(/bin/uname -X|grep Release|sed -e 's/.*= //')`
+		(/bin/uname -X|grep i80486 >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i486
+		(/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium' >/dev/null) \
+			&& UNAME_MACHINE=i586
+		(/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pent *II' >/dev/null) \
+			&& UNAME_MACHINE=i686
+		(/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium Pro' >/dev/null) \
+			&& UNAME_MACHINE=i686
+		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sco$UNAME_REL
+	else
+		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv32
+	fi
+	exit ;;
+    pc:*:*:*)
+	# Left here for compatibility:
+        # uname -m prints for DJGPP always 'pc', but it prints nothing about
+        # the processor, so we play safe by assuming i386.
+	echo i386-pc-msdosdjgpp
+        exit ;;
+    Intel:Mach:3*:*)
+	echo i386-pc-mach3
+	exit ;;
+    paragon:*:*:*)
+	echo i860-intel-osf1
+	exit ;;
+    i860:*:4.*:*) # i860-SVR4
+	if grep Stardent /usr/include/sys/uadmin.h >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
+	  echo i860-stardent-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} # Stardent Vistra i860-SVR4
+	else # Add other i860-SVR4 vendors below as they are discovered.
+	  echo i860-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}  # Unknown i860-SVR4
+	fi
+	exit ;;
+    mini*:CTIX:SYS*5:*)
+	# "miniframe"
+	echo m68010-convergent-sysv
+	exit ;;
+    mc68k:UNIX:SYSTEM5:3.51m)
+	echo m68k-convergent-sysv
+	exit ;;
+    M680?0:D-NIX:5.3:*)
+	echo m68k-diab-dnix
+	exit ;;
+    M68*:*:R3V[5678]*:*)
+	test -r /sysV68 && { echo 'm68k-motorola-sysv'; exit; } ;;
+    3[345]??:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??A:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??/*:*:4.0:3.0 | 4400:*:4.0:3.0 | 4850:*:4.0:3.0 | SKA40:*:4.0:3.0 | SDS2:*:4.0:3.0 | SHG2:*:4.0:3.0 | S7501*:*:4.0:3.0)
+	OS_REL=''
+	test -r /etc/.relid \
+	&& OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid`
+	/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
+	  && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; }
+	/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \
+	  && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } ;;
+    3[34]??:*:4.0:* | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:*)
+        /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
+          && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4; exit; } ;;
+    NCR*:*:4.2:* | MPRAS*:*:4.2:*)
+	OS_REL='.3'
+	test -r /etc/.relid \
+	    && OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid`
+	/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
+	    && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; }
+	/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \
+	    && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; }
+	/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep pteron >/dev/null \
+	    && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } ;;
+    m68*:LynxOS:2.*:* | m68*:LynxOS:3.0*:*)
+	echo m68k-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    mc68030:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*)
+	echo m68k-atari-sysv4
+	exit ;;
+    TSUNAMI:LynxOS:2.*:*)
+	echo sparc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    rs6000:LynxOS:2.*:*)
+	echo rs6000-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    PowerPC:LynxOS:2.*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:4.0*:*)
+	echo powerpc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    SM[BE]S:UNIX_SV:*:*)
+	echo mips-dde-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    RM*:ReliantUNIX-*:*:*)
+	echo mips-sni-sysv4
+	exit ;;
+    RM*:SINIX-*:*:*)
+	echo mips-sni-sysv4
+	exit ;;
+    *:SINIX-*:*:*)
+	if uname -p 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then
+		UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
+		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-sni-sysv4
+	else
+		echo ns32k-sni-sysv
+	fi
+	exit ;;
+    PENTIUM:*:4.0*:*) # Unisys `ClearPath HMP IX 4000' SVR4/MP effort
+                      # says 
+        echo i586-unisys-sysv4
+        exit ;;
+    *:UNIX_System_V:4*:FTX*)
+	# From Gerald Hewes .
+	# How about differentiating between stratus architectures? -djm
+	echo hppa1.1-stratus-sysv4
+	exit ;;
+    *:*:*:FTX*)
+	# From seanf@swdc.stratus.com.
+	echo i860-stratus-sysv4
+	exit ;;
+    i*86:VOS:*:*)
+	# From Paul.Green@stratus.com.
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-stratus-vos
+	exit ;;
+    *:VOS:*:*)
+	# From Paul.Green@stratus.com.
+	echo hppa1.1-stratus-vos
+	exit ;;
+    mc68*:A/UX:*:*)
+	echo m68k-apple-aux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    news*:NEWS-OS:6*:*)
+	echo mips-sony-newsos6
+	exit ;;
+    R[34]000:*System_V*:*:* | R4000:UNIX_SYSV:*:* | R*000:UNIX_SV:*:*)
+	if [ -d /usr/nec ]; then
+	        echo mips-nec-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	else
+	        echo mips-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	fi
+        exit ;;
+    BeBox:BeOS:*:*)	# BeOS running on hardware made by Be, PPC only.
+	echo powerpc-be-beos
+	exit ;;
+    BeMac:BeOS:*:*)	# BeOS running on Mac or Mac clone, PPC only.
+	echo powerpc-apple-beos
+	exit ;;
+    BePC:BeOS:*:*)	# BeOS running on Intel PC compatible.
+	echo i586-pc-beos
+	exit ;;
+    BePC:Haiku:*:*)	# Haiku running on Intel PC compatible.
+	echo i586-pc-haiku
+	exit ;;
+    SX-4:SUPER-UX:*:*)
+	echo sx4-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    SX-5:SUPER-UX:*:*)
+	echo sx5-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    SX-6:SUPER-UX:*:*)
+	echo sx6-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    SX-7:SUPER-UX:*:*)
+	echo sx7-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    SX-8:SUPER-UX:*:*)
+	echo sx8-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    SX-8R:SUPER-UX:*:*)
+	echo sx8r-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    Power*:Rhapsody:*:*)
+	echo powerpc-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    *:Rhapsody:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    *:Darwin:*:*)
+	UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p` || UNAME_PROCESSOR=unknown
+	case $UNAME_PROCESSOR in
+	    unknown) UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc ;;
+	esac
+	echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-apple-darwin${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    *:procnto*:*:* | *:QNX:[0123456789]*:*)
+	UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p`
+	if test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = "x86"; then
+		UNAME_PROCESSOR=i386
+		UNAME_MACHINE=pc
+	fi
+	echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-${UNAME_MACHINE}-nto-qnx${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    *:QNX:*:4*)
+	echo i386-pc-qnx
+	exit ;;
+    NSE-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
+	echo nse-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    NSR-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
+	echo nsr-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    *:NonStop-UX:*:*)
+	echo mips-compaq-nonstopux
+	exit ;;
+    BS2000:POSIX*:*:*)
+	echo bs2000-siemens-sysv
+	exit ;;
+    DS/*:UNIX_System_V:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-${UNAME_SYSTEM}-${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    *:Plan9:*:*)
+	# "uname -m" is not consistent, so use $cputype instead. 386
+	# is converted to i386 for consistency with other x86
+	# operating systems.
+	if test "$cputype" = "386"; then
+	    UNAME_MACHINE=i386
+	else
+	    UNAME_MACHINE="$cputype"
+	fi
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-plan9
+	exit ;;
+    *:TOPS-10:*:*)
+	echo pdp10-unknown-tops10
+	exit ;;
+    *:TENEX:*:*)
+	echo pdp10-unknown-tenex
+	exit ;;
+    KS10:TOPS-20:*:* | KL10:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE4:TOPS-20:*:*)
+	echo pdp10-dec-tops20
+	exit ;;
+    XKL-1:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE5:TOPS-20:*:*)
+	echo pdp10-xkl-tops20
+	exit ;;
+    *:TOPS-20:*:*)
+	echo pdp10-unknown-tops20
+	exit ;;
+    *:ITS:*:*)
+	echo pdp10-unknown-its
+	exit ;;
+    SEI:*:*:SEIUX)
+        echo mips-sei-seiux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    *:DragonFly:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-dragonfly`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`
+	exit ;;
+    *:*VMS:*:*)
+    	UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
+	case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in
+	    A*) echo alpha-dec-vms ; exit ;;
+	    I*) echo ia64-dec-vms ; exit ;;
+	    V*) echo vax-dec-vms ; exit ;;
+	esac ;;
+    *:XENIX:*:SysV)
+	echo i386-pc-xenix
+	exit ;;
+    i*86:skyos:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-skyos`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}` | sed -e 's/ .*$//'
+	exit ;;
+    i*86:rdos:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-rdos
+	exit ;;
+    i*86:AROS:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-aros
+	exit ;;
+esac
+
+#echo '(No uname command or uname output not recognized.)' 1>&2
+#echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" 1>&2
+
+eval $set_cc_for_build
+cat >$dummy.c <
+# include 
+#endif
+main ()
+{
+#if defined (sony)
+#if defined (MIPSEB)
+  /* BFD wants "bsd" instead of "newsos".  Perhaps BFD should be changed,
+     I don't know....  */
+  printf ("mips-sony-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#else
+#include 
+  printf ("m68k-sony-newsos%s\n",
+#ifdef NEWSOS4
+          "4"
+#else
+	  ""
+#endif
+         ); exit (0);
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined (__arm) && defined (__acorn) && defined (__unix)
+  printf ("arm-acorn-riscix\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (hp300) && !defined (hpux)
+  printf ("m68k-hp-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (NeXT)
+#if !defined (__ARCHITECTURE__)
+#define __ARCHITECTURE__ "m68k"
+#endif
+  int version;
+  version=`(hostinfo | sed -n 's/.*NeXT Mach \([0-9]*\).*/\1/p') 2>/dev/null`;
+  if (version < 4)
+    printf ("%s-next-nextstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version);
+  else
+    printf ("%s-next-openstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version);
+  exit (0);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (MULTIMAX) || defined (n16)
+#if defined (UMAXV)
+  printf ("ns32k-encore-sysv\n"); exit (0);
+#else
+#if defined (CMU)
+  printf ("ns32k-encore-mach\n"); exit (0);
+#else
+  printf ("ns32k-encore-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined (__386BSD__)
+  printf ("i386-pc-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (sequent)
+#if defined (i386)
+  printf ("i386-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+#if defined (ns32000)
+  printf ("ns32k-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined (_SEQUENT_)
+    struct utsname un;
+
+    uname(&un);
+
+    if (strncmp(un.version, "V2", 2) == 0) {
+	printf ("i386-sequent-ptx2\n"); exit (0);
+    }
+    if (strncmp(un.version, "V1", 2) == 0) { /* XXX is V1 correct? */
+	printf ("i386-sequent-ptx1\n"); exit (0);
+    }
+    printf ("i386-sequent-ptx\n"); exit (0);
+
+#endif
+
+#if defined (vax)
+# if !defined (ultrix)
+#  include 
+#  if defined (BSD)
+#   if BSD == 43
+      printf ("vax-dec-bsd4.3\n"); exit (0);
+#   else
+#    if BSD == 199006
+      printf ("vax-dec-bsd4.3reno\n"); exit (0);
+#    else
+      printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#    endif
+#   endif
+#  else
+    printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#  endif
+# else
+    printf ("vax-dec-ultrix\n"); exit (0);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined (alliant) && defined (i860)
+  printf ("i860-alliant-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+
+  exit (1);
+}
+EOF
+
+$CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy` &&
+	{ echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; }
+
+# Apollos put the system type in the environment.
+
+test -d /usr/apollo && { echo ${ISP}-apollo-${SYSTYPE}; exit; }
+
+# Convex versions that predate uname can use getsysinfo(1)
+
+if [ -x /usr/convex/getsysinfo ]
+then
+    case `getsysinfo -f cpu_type` in
+    c1*)
+	echo c1-convex-bsd
+	exit ;;
+    c2*)
+	if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc
+	then echo c32-convex-bsd
+	else echo c2-convex-bsd
+	fi
+	exit ;;
+    c34*)
+	echo c34-convex-bsd
+	exit ;;
+    c38*)
+	echo c38-convex-bsd
+	exit ;;
+    c4*)
+	echo c4-convex-bsd
+	exit ;;
+    esac
+fi
+
+cat >&2 < in order to provide the needed
+information to handle your system.
+
+config.guess timestamp = $timestamp
+
+uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+
+/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
+/bin/uname -X     = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null`
+
+hostinfo               = `(hostinfo) 2>/dev/null`
+/bin/universe          = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null`
+/usr/bin/arch -k       = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null`
+/bin/arch              = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null`
+/usr/bin/oslevel       = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null`
+/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null`
+
+UNAME_MACHINE = ${UNAME_MACHINE}
+UNAME_RELEASE = ${UNAME_RELEASE}
+UNAME_SYSTEM  = ${UNAME_SYSTEM}
+UNAME_VERSION = ${UNAME_VERSION}
+EOF
+
+exit 1
+
+# Local variables:
+# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "timestamp='"
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d"
+# time-stamp-end: "'"
+# End:
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/config.sub b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/config.sub
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..d546a94
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/config.sub
@@ -0,0 +1,1685 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Configuration validation subroutine script.
+#   Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
+#   2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008
+#   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+timestamp='2009-02-03'
+
+# This file is (in principle) common to ALL GNU software.
+# The presence of a machine in this file suggests that SOME GNU software
+# can handle that machine.  It does not imply ALL GNU software can.
+#
+# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+# 02110-1301, USA.
+#
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+
+# Please send patches to .  Submit a context
+# diff and a properly formatted ChangeLog entry.
+#
+# Configuration subroutine to validate and canonicalize a configuration type.
+# Supply the specified configuration type as an argument.
+# If it is invalid, we print an error message on stderr and exit with code 1.
+# Otherwise, we print the canonical config type on stdout and succeed.
+
+# This file is supposed to be the same for all GNU packages
+# and recognize all the CPU types, system types and aliases
+# that are meaningful with *any* GNU software.
+# Each package is responsible for reporting which valid configurations
+# it does not support.  The user should be able to distinguish
+# a failure to support a valid configuration from a meaningless
+# configuration.
+
+# The goal of this file is to map all the various variations of a given
+# machine specification into a single specification in the form:
+#	CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+# or in some cases, the newer four-part form:
+#	CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+# It is wrong to echo any other type of specification.
+
+me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`
+
+usage="\
+Usage: $0 [OPTION] CPU-MFR-OPSYS
+       $0 [OPTION] ALIAS
+
+Canonicalize a configuration name.
+
+Operation modes:
+  -h, --help         print this help, then exit
+  -t, --time-stamp   print date of last modification, then exit
+  -v, --version      print version number, then exit
+
+Report bugs and patches to ."
+
+version="\
+GNU config.sub ($timestamp)
+
+Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
+2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO
+warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
+
+help="
+Try \`$me --help' for more information."
+
+# Parse command line
+while test $# -gt 0 ; do
+  case $1 in
+    --time-stamp | --time* | -t )
+       echo "$timestamp" ; exit ;;
+    --version | -v )
+       echo "$version" ; exit ;;
+    --help | --h* | -h )
+       echo "$usage"; exit ;;
+    -- )     # Stop option processing
+       shift; break ;;
+    - )	# Use stdin as input.
+       break ;;
+    -* )
+       echo "$me: invalid option $1$help"
+       exit 1 ;;
+
+    *local*)
+       # First pass through any local machine types.
+       echo $1
+       exit ;;
+
+    * )
+       break ;;
+  esac
+done
+
+case $# in
+ 0) echo "$me: missing argument$help" >&2
+    exit 1;;
+ 1) ;;
+ *) echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2
+    exit 1;;
+esac
+
+# Separate what the user gave into CPU-COMPANY and OS or KERNEL-OS (if any).
+# Here we must recognize all the valid KERNEL-OS combinations.
+maybe_os=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\2/'`
+case $maybe_os in
+  nto-qnx* | linux-gnu* | linux-dietlibc | linux-newlib* | linux-uclibc* | \
+  uclinux-uclibc* | uclinux-gnu* | kfreebsd*-gnu* | knetbsd*-gnu* | netbsd*-gnu* | \
+  kopensolaris*-gnu* | \
+  storm-chaos* | os2-emx* | rtmk-nova*)
+    os=-$maybe_os
+    basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\1/'`
+    ;;
+  *)
+    basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/-[^-]*$//'`
+    if [ $basic_machine != $1 ]
+    then os=`echo $1 | sed 's/.*-/-/'`
+    else os=; fi
+    ;;
+esac
+
+### Let's recognize common machines as not being operating systems so
+### that things like config.sub decstation-3100 work.  We also
+### recognize some manufacturers as not being operating systems, so we
+### can provide default operating systems below.
+case $os in
+	-sun*os*)
+		# Prevent following clause from handling this invalid input.
+		;;
+	-dec* | -mips* | -sequent* | -encore* | -pc532* | -sgi* | -sony* | \
+	-att* | -7300* | -3300* | -delta* | -motorola* | -sun[234]* | \
+	-unicom* | -ibm* | -next | -hp | -isi* | -apollo | -altos* | \
+	-convergent* | -ncr* | -news | -32* | -3600* | -3100* | -hitachi* |\
+	-c[123]* | -convex* | -sun | -crds | -omron* | -dg | -ultra | -tti* | \
+	-harris | -dolphin | -highlevel | -gould | -cbm | -ns | -masscomp | \
+	-apple | -axis | -knuth | -cray)
+		os=
+		basic_machine=$1
+		;;
+	-sim | -cisco | -oki | -wec | -winbond)
+		os=
+		basic_machine=$1
+		;;
+	-scout)
+		;;
+	-wrs)
+		os=-vxworks
+		basic_machine=$1
+		;;
+	-chorusos*)
+		os=-chorusos
+		basic_machine=$1
+		;;
+ 	-chorusrdb)
+ 		os=-chorusrdb
+		basic_machine=$1
+ 		;;
+	-hiux*)
+		os=-hiuxwe2
+		;;
+	-sco6)
+		os=-sco5v6
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+		;;
+	-sco5)
+		os=-sco3.2v5
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+		;;
+	-sco4)
+		os=-sco3.2v4
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+		;;
+	-sco3.2.[4-9]*)
+		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/sco3.2./sco3.2v/'`
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+		;;
+	-sco3.2v[4-9]*)
+		# Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer.
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+		;;
+	-sco5v6*)
+		# Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer.
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+		;;
+	-sco*)
+		os=-sco3.2v2
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+		;;
+	-udk*)
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+		;;
+	-isc)
+		os=-isc2.2
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+		;;
+	-clix*)
+		basic_machine=clipper-intergraph
+		;;
+	-isc*)
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+		;;
+	-lynx*)
+		os=-lynxos
+		;;
+	-ptx*)
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-sequent/'`
+		;;
+	-windowsnt*)
+		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/windowsnt/winnt/'`
+		;;
+	-psos*)
+		os=-psos
+		;;
+	-mint | -mint[0-9]*)
+		basic_machine=m68k-atari
+		os=-mint
+		;;
+esac
+
+# Decode aliases for certain CPU-COMPANY combinations.
+case $basic_machine in
+	# Recognize the basic CPU types without company name.
+	# Some are omitted here because they have special meanings below.
+	1750a | 580 \
+	| a29k \
+	| alpha | alphaev[4-8] | alphaev56 | alphaev6[78] | alphapca5[67] \
+	| alpha64 | alpha64ev[4-8] | alpha64ev56 | alpha64ev6[78] | alpha64pca5[67] \
+	| am33_2.0 \
+	| arc | arm | arm[bl]e | arme[lb] | armv[2345] | armv[345][lb] | avr | avr32 \
+	| bfin \
+	| c4x | clipper \
+	| d10v | d30v | dlx | dsp16xx \
+	| fido | fr30 | frv \
+	| h8300 | h8500 | hppa | hppa1.[01] | hppa2.0 | hppa2.0[nw] | hppa64 \
+	| i370 | i860 | i960 | ia64 \
+	| ip2k | iq2000 \
+	| lm32 \
+	| m32c | m32r | m32rle | m68000 | m68k | m88k \
+	| maxq | mb | microblaze | mcore | mep | metag \
+	| mips | mipsbe | mipseb | mipsel | mipsle \
+	| mips16 \
+	| mips64 | mips64el \
+	| mips64octeon | mips64octeonel \
+	| mips64orion | mips64orionel \
+	| mips64r5900 | mips64r5900el \
+	| mips64vr | mips64vrel \
+	| mips64vr4100 | mips64vr4100el \
+	| mips64vr4300 | mips64vr4300el \
+	| mips64vr5000 | mips64vr5000el \
+	| mips64vr5900 | mips64vr5900el \
+	| mipsisa32 | mipsisa32el \
+	| mipsisa32r2 | mipsisa32r2el \
+	| mipsisa64 | mipsisa64el \
+	| mipsisa64r2 | mipsisa64r2el \
+	| mipsisa64sb1 | mipsisa64sb1el \
+	| mipsisa64sr71k | mipsisa64sr71kel \
+	| mipstx39 | mipstx39el \
+	| mn10200 | mn10300 \
+	| mt \
+	| msp430 \
+	| nios | nios2 \
+	| ns16k | ns32k \
+	| or32 \
+	| pdp10 | pdp11 | pj | pjl \
+	| powerpc | powerpc64 | powerpc64le | powerpcle | ppcbe \
+	| pyramid \
+	| score \
+	| sh | sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[24]aeb | sh[23]e | sh[34]eb | sheb | shbe | shle | sh[1234]le | sh3ele \
+	| sh64 | sh64le \
+	| sparc | sparc64 | sparc64b | sparc64v | sparc86x | sparclet | sparclite \
+	| sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b | sparcv9v \
+	| spu | strongarm \
+	| tahoe | thumb | tic4x | tic80 | tron \
+	| v850 | v850e \
+	| we32k \
+	| x86 | xc16x | xscale | xscalee[bl] | xstormy16 | xtensa \
+	| z8k | z80)
+		basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
+		;;
+	m6811 | m68hc11 | m6812 | m68hc12)
+		# Motorola 68HC11/12.
+		basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
+		os=-none
+		;;
+	m88110 | m680[12346]0 | m683?2 | m68360 | m5200 | v70 | w65 | z8k)
+		;;
+	ms1)
+		basic_machine=mt-unknown
+		;;
+
+	# We use `pc' rather than `unknown'
+	# because (1) that's what they normally are, and
+	# (2) the word "unknown" tends to confuse beginning users.
+	i*86 | x86_64)
+	  basic_machine=$basic_machine-pc
+	  ;;
+	# Object if more than one company name word.
+	*-*-*)
+		echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2
+		exit 1
+		;;
+	# Recognize the basic CPU types with company name.
+	580-* \
+	| a29k-* \
+	| alpha-* | alphaev[4-8]-* | alphaev56-* | alphaev6[78]-* \
+	| alpha64-* | alpha64ev[4-8]-* | alpha64ev56-* | alpha64ev6[78]-* \
+	| alphapca5[67]-* | alpha64pca5[67]-* | arc-* \
+	| arm-*  | armbe-* | armle-* | armeb-* | armv*-* \
+	| avr-* | avr32-* \
+	| bfin-* | bs2000-* \
+	| c[123]* | c30-* | [cjt]90-* | c4x-* | c54x-* | c55x-* | c6x-* \
+	| clipper-* | craynv-* | cydra-* \
+	| d10v-* | d30v-* | dlx-* \
+	| elxsi-* \
+	| f30[01]-* | f700-* | fido-* | fr30-* | frv-* | fx80-* \
+	| h8300-* | h8500-* \
+	| hppa-* | hppa1.[01]-* | hppa2.0-* | hppa2.0[nw]-* | hppa64-* \
+	| i*86-* | i860-* | i960-* | ia64-* \
+	| ip2k-* | iq2000-* \
+	| lm32-* \
+	| m32c-* | m32r-* | m32rle-* \
+	| m68000-* | m680[012346]0-* | m68360-* | m683?2-* | m68k-* \
+	| m88110-* | m88k-* | maxq-* | mcore-* | metag-* \
+	| mips-* | mipsbe-* | mipseb-* | mipsel-* | mipsle-* \
+	| mips16-* \
+	| mips64-* | mips64el-* \
+	| mips64octeon-* | mips64octeonel-* \
+	| mips64orion-* | mips64orionel-* \
+	| mips64r5900-* | mips64r5900el-* \
+	| mips64vr-* | mips64vrel-* \
+	| mips64vr4100-* | mips64vr4100el-* \
+	| mips64vr4300-* | mips64vr4300el-* \
+	| mips64vr5000-* | mips64vr5000el-* \
+	| mips64vr5900-* | mips64vr5900el-* \
+	| mipsisa32-* | mipsisa32el-* \
+	| mipsisa32r2-* | mipsisa32r2el-* \
+	| mipsisa64-* | mipsisa64el-* \
+	| mipsisa64r2-* | mipsisa64r2el-* \
+	| mipsisa64sb1-* | mipsisa64sb1el-* \
+	| mipsisa64sr71k-* | mipsisa64sr71kel-* \
+	| mipstx39-* | mipstx39el-* \
+	| mmix-* \
+	| mt-* \
+	| msp430-* \
+	| nios-* | nios2-* \
+	| none-* | np1-* | ns16k-* | ns32k-* \
+	| orion-* \
+	| pdp10-* | pdp11-* | pj-* | pjl-* | pn-* | power-* \
+	| powerpc-* | powerpc64-* | powerpc64le-* | powerpcle-* | ppcbe-* \
+	| pyramid-* \
+	| romp-* | rs6000-* \
+	| sh-* | sh[1234]-* | sh[24]a-* | sh[24]aeb-* | sh[23]e-* | sh[34]eb-* | sheb-* | shbe-* \
+	| shle-* | sh[1234]le-* | sh3ele-* | sh64-* | sh64le-* \
+	| sparc-* | sparc64-* | sparc64b-* | sparc64v-* | sparc86x-* | sparclet-* \
+	| sparclite-* \
+	| sparcv8-* | sparcv9-* | sparcv9b-* | sparcv9v-* | strongarm-* | sv1-* | sx?-* \
+	| tahoe-* | thumb-* \
+	| tic30-* | tic4x-* | tic54x-* | tic55x-* | tic6x-* | tic80-* | tile-* \
+	| tron-* \
+	| v850-* | v850e-* | vax-* \
+	| we32k-* \
+	| x86-* | x86_64-* | xc16x-* | xps100-* | xscale-* | xscalee[bl]-* \
+	| xstormy16-* | xtensa*-* \
+	| ymp-* \
+	| z8k-* | z80-*)
+		;;
+	# Recognize the basic CPU types without company name, with glob match.
+	xtensa*)
+		basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
+		;;
+	# Recognize the various machine names and aliases which stand
+	# for a CPU type and a company and sometimes even an OS.
+	386bsd)
+		basic_machine=i386-unknown
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	3b1 | 7300 | 7300-att | att-7300 | pc7300 | safari | unixpc)
+		basic_machine=m68000-att
+		;;
+	3b*)
+		basic_machine=we32k-att
+		;;
+	a29khif)
+		basic_machine=a29k-amd
+		os=-udi
+		;;
+    	abacus)
+		basic_machine=abacus-unknown
+		;;
+	adobe68k)
+		basic_machine=m68010-adobe
+		os=-scout
+		;;
+	alliant | fx80)
+		basic_machine=fx80-alliant
+		;;
+	altos | altos3068)
+		basic_machine=m68k-altos
+		;;
+	am29k)
+		basic_machine=a29k-none
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	amd64)
+		basic_machine=x86_64-pc
+		;;
+	amd64-*)
+		basic_machine=x86_64-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		;;
+	amdahl)
+		basic_machine=580-amdahl
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	amiga | amiga-*)
+		basic_machine=m68k-unknown
+		;;
+	amigaos | amigados)
+		basic_machine=m68k-unknown
+		os=-amigaos
+		;;
+	amigaunix | amix)
+		basic_machine=m68k-unknown
+		os=-sysv4
+		;;
+	apollo68)
+		basic_machine=m68k-apollo
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	apollo68bsd)
+		basic_machine=m68k-apollo
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	aros)
+		basic_machine=i386-pc
+		os=-aros
+		;;
+	aux)
+		basic_machine=m68k-apple
+		os=-aux
+		;;
+	balance)
+		basic_machine=ns32k-sequent
+		os=-dynix
+		;;
+	blackfin)
+		basic_machine=bfin-unknown
+		os=-linux
+		;;
+	blackfin-*)
+		basic_machine=bfin-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		os=-linux
+		;;
+	c90)
+		basic_machine=c90-cray
+		os=-unicos
+		;;
+        cegcc)
+		basic_machine=arm-unknown
+		os=-cegcc
+		;;
+	convex-c1)
+		basic_machine=c1-convex
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	convex-c2)
+		basic_machine=c2-convex
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	convex-c32)
+		basic_machine=c32-convex
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	convex-c34)
+		basic_machine=c34-convex
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	convex-c38)
+		basic_machine=c38-convex
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	cray | j90)
+		basic_machine=j90-cray
+		os=-unicos
+		;;
+	craynv)
+		basic_machine=craynv-cray
+		os=-unicosmp
+		;;
+	cr16)
+		basic_machine=cr16-unknown
+		os=-elf
+		;;
+	crds | unos)
+		basic_machine=m68k-crds
+		;;
+	crisv32 | crisv32-* | etraxfs*)
+		basic_machine=crisv32-axis
+		;;
+	cris | cris-* | etrax*)
+		basic_machine=cris-axis
+		;;
+	crx)
+		basic_machine=crx-unknown
+		os=-elf
+		;;
+	da30 | da30-*)
+		basic_machine=m68k-da30
+		;;
+	decstation | decstation-3100 | pmax | pmax-* | pmin | dec3100 | decstatn)
+		basic_machine=mips-dec
+		;;
+	decsystem10* | dec10*)
+		basic_machine=pdp10-dec
+		os=-tops10
+		;;
+	decsystem20* | dec20*)
+		basic_machine=pdp10-dec
+		os=-tops20
+		;;
+	delta | 3300 | motorola-3300 | motorola-delta \
+	      | 3300-motorola | delta-motorola)
+		basic_machine=m68k-motorola
+		;;
+	delta88)
+		basic_machine=m88k-motorola
+		os=-sysv3
+		;;
+	dicos)
+		basic_machine=i686-pc
+		os=-dicos
+		;;
+	djgpp)
+		basic_machine=i586-pc
+		os=-msdosdjgpp
+		;;
+	dpx20 | dpx20-*)
+		basic_machine=rs6000-bull
+		os=-bosx
+		;;
+	dpx2* | dpx2*-bull)
+		basic_machine=m68k-bull
+		os=-sysv3
+		;;
+	ebmon29k)
+		basic_machine=a29k-amd
+		os=-ebmon
+		;;
+	elxsi)
+		basic_machine=elxsi-elxsi
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	encore | umax | mmax)
+		basic_machine=ns32k-encore
+		;;
+	es1800 | OSE68k | ose68k | ose | OSE)
+		basic_machine=m68k-ericsson
+		os=-ose
+		;;
+	fx2800)
+		basic_machine=i860-alliant
+		;;
+	genix)
+		basic_machine=ns32k-ns
+		;;
+	gmicro)
+		basic_machine=tron-gmicro
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	go32)
+		basic_machine=i386-pc
+		os=-go32
+		;;
+	h3050r* | hiux*)
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi
+		os=-hiuxwe2
+		;;
+	h8300hms)
+		basic_machine=h8300-hitachi
+		os=-hms
+		;;
+	h8300xray)
+		basic_machine=h8300-hitachi
+		os=-xray
+		;;
+	h8500hms)
+		basic_machine=h8500-hitachi
+		os=-hms
+		;;
+	harris)
+		basic_machine=m88k-harris
+		os=-sysv3
+		;;
+	hp300-*)
+		basic_machine=m68k-hp
+		;;
+	hp300bsd)
+		basic_machine=m68k-hp
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	hp300hpux)
+		basic_machine=m68k-hp
+		os=-hpux
+		;;
+	hp3k9[0-9][0-9] | hp9[0-9][0-9])
+		basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp
+		;;
+	hp9k2[0-9][0-9] | hp9k31[0-9])
+		basic_machine=m68000-hp
+		;;
+	hp9k3[2-9][0-9])
+		basic_machine=m68k-hp
+		;;
+	hp9k6[0-9][0-9] | hp6[0-9][0-9])
+		basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp
+		;;
+	hp9k7[0-79][0-9] | hp7[0-79][0-9])
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
+		;;
+	hp9k78[0-9] | hp78[0-9])
+		# FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
+		;;
+	hp9k8[67]1 | hp8[67]1 | hp9k80[24] | hp80[24] | hp9k8[78]9 | hp8[78]9 | hp9k893 | hp893)
+		# FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
+		;;
+	hp9k8[0-9][13679] | hp8[0-9][13679])
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
+		;;
+	hp9k8[0-9][0-9] | hp8[0-9][0-9])
+		basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp
+		;;
+	hppa-next)
+		os=-nextstep3
+		;;
+	hppaosf)
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
+		os=-osf
+		;;
+	hppro)
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
+		os=-proelf
+		;;
+	i370-ibm* | ibm*)
+		basic_machine=i370-ibm
+		;;
+# I'm not sure what "Sysv32" means.  Should this be sysv3.2?
+	i*86v32)
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
+		os=-sysv32
+		;;
+	i*86v4*)
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
+		os=-sysv4
+		;;
+	i*86v)
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	i*86sol2)
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
+		os=-solaris2
+		;;
+	i386mach)
+		basic_machine=i386-mach
+		os=-mach
+		;;
+	i386-vsta | vsta)
+		basic_machine=i386-unknown
+		os=-vsta
+		;;
+	iris | iris4d)
+		basic_machine=mips-sgi
+		case $os in
+		    -irix*)
+			;;
+		    *)
+			os=-irix4
+			;;
+		esac
+		;;
+	isi68 | isi)
+		basic_machine=m68k-isi
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	m68knommu)
+		basic_machine=m68k-unknown
+		os=-linux
+		;;
+	m68knommu-*)
+		basic_machine=m68k-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		os=-linux
+		;;
+	m88k-omron*)
+		basic_machine=m88k-omron
+		;;
+	magnum | m3230)
+		basic_machine=mips-mips
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	merlin)
+		basic_machine=ns32k-utek
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	mingw32)
+		basic_machine=i386-pc
+		os=-mingw32
+		;;
+	mingw32ce)
+		basic_machine=arm-unknown
+		os=-mingw32ce
+		;;
+	miniframe)
+		basic_machine=m68000-convergent
+		;;
+	*mint | -mint[0-9]* | *MiNT | *MiNT[0-9]*)
+		basic_machine=m68k-atari
+		os=-mint
+		;;
+	mips3*-*)
+		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'`
+		;;
+	mips3*)
+		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'`-unknown
+		;;
+	monitor)
+		basic_machine=m68k-rom68k
+		os=-coff
+		;;
+	morphos)
+		basic_machine=powerpc-unknown
+		os=-morphos
+		;;
+	msdos)
+		basic_machine=i386-pc
+		os=-msdos
+		;;
+	ms1-*)
+		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/ms1-/mt-/'`
+		;;
+	mvs)
+		basic_machine=i370-ibm
+		os=-mvs
+		;;
+	ncr3000)
+		basic_machine=i486-ncr
+		os=-sysv4
+		;;
+	netbsd386)
+		basic_machine=i386-unknown
+		os=-netbsd
+		;;
+	netwinder)
+		basic_machine=armv4l-rebel
+		os=-linux
+		;;
+	news | news700 | news800 | news900)
+		basic_machine=m68k-sony
+		os=-newsos
+		;;
+	news1000)
+		basic_machine=m68030-sony
+		os=-newsos
+		;;
+	news-3600 | risc-news)
+		basic_machine=mips-sony
+		os=-newsos
+		;;
+	necv70)
+		basic_machine=v70-nec
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	next | m*-next )
+		basic_machine=m68k-next
+		case $os in
+		    -nextstep* )
+			;;
+		    -ns2*)
+		      os=-nextstep2
+			;;
+		    *)
+		      os=-nextstep3
+			;;
+		esac
+		;;
+	nh3000)
+		basic_machine=m68k-harris
+		os=-cxux
+		;;
+	nh[45]000)
+		basic_machine=m88k-harris
+		os=-cxux
+		;;
+	nindy960)
+		basic_machine=i960-intel
+		os=-nindy
+		;;
+	mon960)
+		basic_machine=i960-intel
+		os=-mon960
+		;;
+	nonstopux)
+		basic_machine=mips-compaq
+		os=-nonstopux
+		;;
+	np1)
+		basic_machine=np1-gould
+		;;
+	nsr-tandem)
+		basic_machine=nsr-tandem
+		;;
+	op50n-* | op60c-*)
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki
+		os=-proelf
+		;;
+	openrisc | openrisc-*)
+		basic_machine=or32-unknown
+		;;
+	os400)
+		basic_machine=powerpc-ibm
+		os=-os400
+		;;
+	OSE68000 | ose68000)
+		basic_machine=m68000-ericsson
+		os=-ose
+		;;
+	os68k)
+		basic_machine=m68k-none
+		os=-os68k
+		;;
+	pa-hitachi)
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi
+		os=-hiuxwe2
+		;;
+	paragon)
+		basic_machine=i860-intel
+		os=-osf
+		;;
+	parisc)
+		basic_machine=hppa-unknown
+		os=-linux
+		;;
+	parisc-*)
+		basic_machine=hppa-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		os=-linux
+		;;
+	pbd)
+		basic_machine=sparc-tti
+		;;
+	pbb)
+		basic_machine=m68k-tti
+		;;
+	pc532 | pc532-*)
+		basic_machine=ns32k-pc532
+		;;
+	pc98)
+		basic_machine=i386-pc
+		;;
+	pc98-*)
+		basic_machine=i386-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		;;
+	pentium | p5 | k5 | k6 | nexgen | viac3)
+		basic_machine=i586-pc
+		;;
+	pentiumpro | p6 | 6x86 | athlon | athlon_*)
+		basic_machine=i686-pc
+		;;
+	pentiumii | pentium2 | pentiumiii | pentium3)
+		basic_machine=i686-pc
+		;;
+	pentium4)
+		basic_machine=i786-pc
+		;;
+	pentium-* | p5-* | k5-* | k6-* | nexgen-* | viac3-*)
+		basic_machine=i586-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		;;
+	pentiumpro-* | p6-* | 6x86-* | athlon-*)
+		basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		;;
+	pentiumii-* | pentium2-* | pentiumiii-* | pentium3-*)
+		basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		;;
+	pentium4-*)
+		basic_machine=i786-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		;;
+	pn)
+		basic_machine=pn-gould
+		;;
+	power)	basic_machine=power-ibm
+		;;
+	ppc)	basic_machine=powerpc-unknown
+		;;
+	ppc-*)	basic_machine=powerpc-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		;;
+	ppcle | powerpclittle | ppc-le | powerpc-little)
+		basic_machine=powerpcle-unknown
+		;;
+	ppcle-* | powerpclittle-*)
+		basic_machine=powerpcle-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		;;
+	ppc64)	basic_machine=powerpc64-unknown
+		;;
+	ppc64-*) basic_machine=powerpc64-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		;;
+	ppc64le | powerpc64little | ppc64-le | powerpc64-little)
+		basic_machine=powerpc64le-unknown
+		;;
+	ppc64le-* | powerpc64little-*)
+		basic_machine=powerpc64le-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		;;
+	ps2)
+		basic_machine=i386-ibm
+		;;
+	pw32)
+		basic_machine=i586-unknown
+		os=-pw32
+		;;
+	rdos)
+		basic_machine=i386-pc
+		os=-rdos
+		;;
+	rom68k)
+		basic_machine=m68k-rom68k
+		os=-coff
+		;;
+	rm[46]00)
+		basic_machine=mips-siemens
+		;;
+	rtpc | rtpc-*)
+		basic_machine=romp-ibm
+		;;
+	s390 | s390-*)
+		basic_machine=s390-ibm
+		;;
+	s390x | s390x-*)
+		basic_machine=s390x-ibm
+		;;
+	sa29200)
+		basic_machine=a29k-amd
+		os=-udi
+		;;
+	sb1)
+		basic_machine=mipsisa64sb1-unknown
+		;;
+	sb1el)
+		basic_machine=mipsisa64sb1el-unknown
+		;;
+	sde)
+		basic_machine=mipsisa32-sde
+		os=-elf
+		;;
+	sei)
+		basic_machine=mips-sei
+		os=-seiux
+		;;
+	sequent)
+		basic_machine=i386-sequent
+		;;
+	sh)
+		basic_machine=sh-hitachi
+		os=-hms
+		;;
+	sh5el)
+		basic_machine=sh5le-unknown
+		;;
+	sh64)
+		basic_machine=sh64-unknown
+		;;
+	sparclite-wrs | simso-wrs)
+		basic_machine=sparclite-wrs
+		os=-vxworks
+		;;
+	sps7)
+		basic_machine=m68k-bull
+		os=-sysv2
+		;;
+	spur)
+		basic_machine=spur-unknown
+		;;
+	st2000)
+		basic_machine=m68k-tandem
+		;;
+	stratus)
+		basic_machine=i860-stratus
+		os=-sysv4
+		;;
+	sun2)
+		basic_machine=m68000-sun
+		;;
+	sun2os3)
+		basic_machine=m68000-sun
+		os=-sunos3
+		;;
+	sun2os4)
+		basic_machine=m68000-sun
+		os=-sunos4
+		;;
+	sun3os3)
+		basic_machine=m68k-sun
+		os=-sunos3
+		;;
+	sun3os4)
+		basic_machine=m68k-sun
+		os=-sunos4
+		;;
+	sun4os3)
+		basic_machine=sparc-sun
+		os=-sunos3
+		;;
+	sun4os4)
+		basic_machine=sparc-sun
+		os=-sunos4
+		;;
+	sun4sol2)
+		basic_machine=sparc-sun
+		os=-solaris2
+		;;
+	sun3 | sun3-*)
+		basic_machine=m68k-sun
+		;;
+	sun4)
+		basic_machine=sparc-sun
+		;;
+	sun386 | sun386i | roadrunner)
+		basic_machine=i386-sun
+		;;
+	sv1)
+		basic_machine=sv1-cray
+		os=-unicos
+		;;
+	symmetry)
+		basic_machine=i386-sequent
+		os=-dynix
+		;;
+	t3e)
+		basic_machine=alphaev5-cray
+		os=-unicos
+		;;
+	t90)
+		basic_machine=t90-cray
+		os=-unicos
+		;;
+	tic54x | c54x*)
+		basic_machine=tic54x-unknown
+		os=-coff
+		;;
+	tic55x | c55x*)
+		basic_machine=tic55x-unknown
+		os=-coff
+		;;
+	tic6x | c6x*)
+		basic_machine=tic6x-unknown
+		os=-coff
+		;;
+	tile*)
+		basic_machine=tile-unknown
+		os=-linux-gnu
+		;;
+	tx39)
+		basic_machine=mipstx39-unknown
+		;;
+	tx39el)
+		basic_machine=mipstx39el-unknown
+		;;
+	toad1)
+		basic_machine=pdp10-xkl
+		os=-tops20
+		;;
+	tower | tower-32)
+		basic_machine=m68k-ncr
+		;;
+	tpf)
+		basic_machine=s390x-ibm
+		os=-tpf
+		;;
+	udi29k)
+		basic_machine=a29k-amd
+		os=-udi
+		;;
+	ultra3)
+		basic_machine=a29k-nyu
+		os=-sym1
+		;;
+	v810 | necv810)
+		basic_machine=v810-nec
+		os=-none
+		;;
+	vaxv)
+		basic_machine=vax-dec
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	vms)
+		basic_machine=vax-dec
+		os=-vms
+		;;
+	vpp*|vx|vx-*)
+		basic_machine=f301-fujitsu
+		;;
+	vxworks960)
+		basic_machine=i960-wrs
+		os=-vxworks
+		;;
+	vxworks68)
+		basic_machine=m68k-wrs
+		os=-vxworks
+		;;
+	vxworks29k)
+		basic_machine=a29k-wrs
+		os=-vxworks
+		;;
+	w65*)
+		basic_machine=w65-wdc
+		os=-none
+		;;
+	w89k-*)
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-winbond
+		os=-proelf
+		;;
+	xbox)
+		basic_machine=i686-pc
+		os=-mingw32
+		;;
+	xps | xps100)
+		basic_machine=xps100-honeywell
+		;;
+	ymp)
+		basic_machine=ymp-cray
+		os=-unicos
+		;;
+	z8k-*-coff)
+		basic_machine=z8k-unknown
+		os=-sim
+		;;
+	z80-*-coff)
+		basic_machine=z80-unknown
+		os=-sim
+		;;
+	none)
+		basic_machine=none-none
+		os=-none
+		;;
+
+# Here we handle the default manufacturer of certain CPU types.  It is in
+# some cases the only manufacturer, in others, it is the most popular.
+	w89k)
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-winbond
+		;;
+	op50n)
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki
+		;;
+	op60c)
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki
+		;;
+	romp)
+		basic_machine=romp-ibm
+		;;
+	mmix)
+		basic_machine=mmix-knuth
+		;;
+	rs6000)
+		basic_machine=rs6000-ibm
+		;;
+	vax)
+		basic_machine=vax-dec
+		;;
+	pdp10)
+		# there are many clones, so DEC is not a safe bet
+		basic_machine=pdp10-unknown
+		;;
+	pdp11)
+		basic_machine=pdp11-dec
+		;;
+	we32k)
+		basic_machine=we32k-att
+		;;
+	sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[24]aeb | sh[34]eb | sh[1234]le | sh[23]ele)
+		basic_machine=sh-unknown
+		;;
+	sparc | sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b | sparcv9v)
+		basic_machine=sparc-sun
+		;;
+	cydra)
+		basic_machine=cydra-cydrome
+		;;
+	orion)
+		basic_machine=orion-highlevel
+		;;
+	orion105)
+		basic_machine=clipper-highlevel
+		;;
+	mac | mpw | mac-mpw)
+		basic_machine=m68k-apple
+		;;
+	pmac | pmac-mpw)
+		basic_machine=powerpc-apple
+		;;
+	*-unknown)
+		# Make sure to match an already-canonicalized machine name.
+		;;
+	*)
+		echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2
+		exit 1
+		;;
+esac
+
+# Here we canonicalize certain aliases for manufacturers.
+case $basic_machine in
+	*-digital*)
+		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/digital.*/dec/'`
+		;;
+	*-commodore*)
+		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/commodore.*/cbm/'`
+		;;
+	*)
+		;;
+esac
+
+# Decode manufacturer-specific aliases for certain operating systems.
+
+if [ x"$os" != x"" ]
+then
+case $os in
+        # First match some system type aliases
+        # that might get confused with valid system types.
+	# -solaris* is a basic system type, with this one exception.
+	-solaris1 | -solaris1.*)
+		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|solaris1|sunos4|'`
+		;;
+	-solaris)
+		os=-solaris2
+		;;
+	-svr4*)
+		os=-sysv4
+		;;
+	-unixware*)
+		os=-sysv4.2uw
+		;;
+	-gnu/linux*)
+		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|gnu/linux|linux-gnu|'`
+		;;
+	# First accept the basic system types.
+	# The portable systems comes first.
+	# Each alternative MUST END IN A *, to match a version number.
+	# -sysv* is not here because it comes later, after sysvr4.
+	-gnu* | -bsd* | -mach* | -minix* | -genix* | -ultrix* | -irix* \
+	      | -*vms* | -sco* | -esix* | -isc* | -aix* | -sunos | -sunos[34]*\
+	      | -hpux* | -unos* | -osf* | -luna* | -dgux* | -solaris* | -sym* \
+	      | -kopensolaris* \
+	      | -amigaos* | -amigados* | -msdos* | -newsos* | -unicos* | -aof* \
+	      | -aos* | -aros* \
+	      | -nindy* | -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -ebmon* | -hms* | -mvs* \
+	      | -clix* | -riscos* | -uniplus* | -iris* | -rtu* | -xenix* \
+	      | -hiux* | -386bsd* | -knetbsd* | -mirbsd* | -netbsd* \
+	      | -openbsd* | -solidbsd* \
+	      | -ekkobsd* | -kfreebsd* | -freebsd* | -riscix* | -lynxos* \
+	      | -bosx* | -nextstep* | -cxux* | -aout* | -elf* | -oabi* \
+	      | -ptx* | -coff* | -ecoff* | -winnt* | -domain* | -vsta* \
+	      | -udi* | -eabi* | -lites* | -ieee* | -go32* | -aux* \
+	      | -chorusos* | -chorusrdb* | -cegcc* \
+	      | -cygwin* | -pe* | -psos* | -moss* | -proelf* | -rtems* \
+	      | -mingw32* | -linux-gnu* | -linux-newlib* | -linux-uclibc* \
+	      | -uxpv* | -beos* | -mpeix* | -udk* \
+	      | -interix* | -uwin* | -mks* | -rhapsody* | -darwin* | -opened* \
+	      | -openstep* | -oskit* | -conix* | -pw32* | -nonstopux* \
+	      | -storm-chaos* | -tops10* | -tenex* | -tops20* | -its* \
+	      | -os2* | -vos* | -palmos* | -uclinux* | -nucleus* \
+	      | -morphos* | -superux* | -rtmk* | -rtmk-nova* | -windiss* \
+	      | -powermax* | -dnix* | -nx6 | -nx7 | -sei* | -dragonfly* \
+	      | -skyos* | -haiku* | -rdos* | -toppers* | -drops*)
+	# Remember, each alternative MUST END IN *, to match a version number.
+		;;
+	-qnx*)
+		case $basic_machine in
+		    x86-* | i*86-*)
+			;;
+		    *)
+			os=-nto$os
+			;;
+		esac
+		;;
+	-nto-qnx*)
+		;;
+	-nto*)
+		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|nto|nto-qnx|'`
+		;;
+	-sim | -es1800* | -hms* | -xray | -os68k* | -none* | -v88r* \
+	      | -windows* | -osx | -abug | -netware* | -os9* | -beos* | -haiku* \
+	      | -macos* | -mpw* | -magic* | -mmixware* | -mon960* | -lnews*)
+		;;
+	-mac*)
+		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|mac|macos|'`
+		;;
+	-linux-dietlibc)
+		os=-linux-dietlibc
+		;;
+	-linux*)
+		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|linux|linux-gnu|'`
+		;;
+	-sunos5*)
+		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos5|solaris2|'`
+		;;
+	-sunos6*)
+		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos6|solaris3|'`
+		;;
+	-opened*)
+		os=-openedition
+		;;
+        -os400*)
+		os=-os400
+		;;
+	-wince*)
+		os=-wince
+		;;
+	-osfrose*)
+		os=-osfrose
+		;;
+	-osf*)
+		os=-osf
+		;;
+	-utek*)
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	-dynix*)
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	-acis*)
+		os=-aos
+		;;
+	-atheos*)
+		os=-atheos
+		;;
+	-syllable*)
+		os=-syllable
+		;;
+	-386bsd)
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	-ctix* | -uts*)
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	-nova*)
+		os=-rtmk-nova
+		;;
+	-ns2 )
+		os=-nextstep2
+		;;
+	-nsk*)
+		os=-nsk
+		;;
+	# Preserve the version number of sinix5.
+	-sinix5.*)
+		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sinix|sysv|'`
+		;;
+	-sinix*)
+		os=-sysv4
+		;;
+        -tpf*)
+		os=-tpf
+		;;
+	-triton*)
+		os=-sysv3
+		;;
+	-oss*)
+		os=-sysv3
+		;;
+	-svr4)
+		os=-sysv4
+		;;
+	-svr3)
+		os=-sysv3
+		;;
+	-sysvr4)
+		os=-sysv4
+		;;
+	# This must come after -sysvr4.
+	-sysv*)
+		;;
+	-ose*)
+		os=-ose
+		;;
+	-es1800*)
+		os=-ose
+		;;
+	-xenix)
+		os=-xenix
+		;;
+	-*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*)
+		os=-mint
+		;;
+	-aros*)
+		os=-aros
+		;;
+	-kaos*)
+		os=-kaos
+		;;
+	-zvmoe)
+		os=-zvmoe
+		;;
+	-dicos*)
+		os=-dicos
+		;;
+	-none)
+		;;
+	*)
+		# Get rid of the `-' at the beginning of $os.
+		os=`echo $os | sed 's/[^-]*-//'`
+		echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': system \`$os\' not recognized 1>&2
+		exit 1
+		;;
+esac
+else
+
+# Here we handle the default operating systems that come with various machines.
+# The value should be what the vendor currently ships out the door with their
+# machine or put another way, the most popular os provided with the machine.
+
+# Note that if you're going to try to match "-MANUFACTURER" here (say,
+# "-sun"), then you have to tell the case statement up towards the top
+# that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating system.  Otherwise, code above
+# will signal an error saying that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating
+# system, and we'll never get to this point.
+
+case $basic_machine in
+        score-*)
+		os=-elf
+		;;
+        spu-*)
+		os=-elf
+		;;
+	*-acorn)
+		os=-riscix1.2
+		;;
+	arm*-rebel)
+		os=-linux
+		;;
+	arm*-semi)
+		os=-aout
+		;;
+        c4x-* | tic4x-*)
+        	os=-coff
+		;;
+	# This must come before the *-dec entry.
+	pdp10-*)
+		os=-tops20
+		;;
+	pdp11-*)
+		os=-none
+		;;
+	*-dec | vax-*)
+		os=-ultrix4.2
+		;;
+	m68*-apollo)
+		os=-domain
+		;;
+	i386-sun)
+		os=-sunos4.0.2
+		;;
+	m68000-sun)
+		os=-sunos3
+		# This also exists in the configure program, but was not the
+		# default.
+		# os=-sunos4
+		;;
+	m68*-cisco)
+		os=-aout
+		;;
+        mep-*)
+		os=-elf
+		;;
+	mips*-cisco)
+		os=-elf
+		;;
+	mips*-*)
+		os=-elf
+		;;
+	or32-*)
+		os=-coff
+		;;
+	*-tti)	# must be before sparc entry or we get the wrong os.
+		os=-sysv3
+		;;
+	sparc-* | *-sun)
+		os=-sunos4.1.1
+		;;
+	*-be)
+		os=-beos
+		;;
+	*-haiku)
+		os=-haiku
+		;;
+	*-ibm)
+		os=-aix
+		;;
+    	*-knuth)
+		os=-mmixware
+		;;
+	*-wec)
+		os=-proelf
+		;;
+	*-winbond)
+		os=-proelf
+		;;
+	*-oki)
+		os=-proelf
+		;;
+	*-hp)
+		os=-hpux
+		;;
+	*-hitachi)
+		os=-hiux
+		;;
+	i860-* | *-att | *-ncr | *-altos | *-motorola | *-convergent)
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	*-cbm)
+		os=-amigaos
+		;;
+	*-dg)
+		os=-dgux
+		;;
+	*-dolphin)
+		os=-sysv3
+		;;
+	m68k-ccur)
+		os=-rtu
+		;;
+	m88k-omron*)
+		os=-luna
+		;;
+	*-next )
+		os=-nextstep
+		;;
+	*-sequent)
+		os=-ptx
+		;;
+	*-crds)
+		os=-unos
+		;;
+	*-ns)
+		os=-genix
+		;;
+	i370-*)
+		os=-mvs
+		;;
+	*-next)
+		os=-nextstep3
+		;;
+	*-gould)
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	*-highlevel)
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	*-encore)
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	*-sgi)
+		os=-irix
+		;;
+	*-siemens)
+		os=-sysv4
+		;;
+	*-masscomp)
+		os=-rtu
+		;;
+	f30[01]-fujitsu | f700-fujitsu)
+		os=-uxpv
+		;;
+	*-rom68k)
+		os=-coff
+		;;
+	*-*bug)
+		os=-coff
+		;;
+	*-apple)
+		os=-macos
+		;;
+	*-atari*)
+		os=-mint
+		;;
+	*)
+		os=-none
+		;;
+esac
+fi
+
+# Here we handle the case where we know the os, and the CPU type, but not the
+# manufacturer.  We pick the logical manufacturer.
+vendor=unknown
+case $basic_machine in
+	*-unknown)
+		case $os in
+			-riscix*)
+				vendor=acorn
+				;;
+			-sunos*)
+				vendor=sun
+				;;
+			-aix*)
+				vendor=ibm
+				;;
+			-beos*)
+				vendor=be
+				;;
+			-hpux*)
+				vendor=hp
+				;;
+			-mpeix*)
+				vendor=hp
+				;;
+			-hiux*)
+				vendor=hitachi
+				;;
+			-unos*)
+				vendor=crds
+				;;
+			-dgux*)
+				vendor=dg
+				;;
+			-luna*)
+				vendor=omron
+				;;
+			-genix*)
+				vendor=ns
+				;;
+			-mvs* | -opened*)
+				vendor=ibm
+				;;
+			-os400*)
+				vendor=ibm
+				;;
+			-ptx*)
+				vendor=sequent
+				;;
+			-tpf*)
+				vendor=ibm
+				;;
+			-vxsim* | -vxworks* | -windiss*)
+				vendor=wrs
+				;;
+			-aux*)
+				vendor=apple
+				;;
+			-hms*)
+				vendor=hitachi
+				;;
+			-mpw* | -macos*)
+				vendor=apple
+				;;
+			-*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*)
+				vendor=atari
+				;;
+			-vos*)
+				vendor=stratus
+				;;
+		esac
+		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed "s/unknown/$vendor/"`
+		;;
+esac
+
+echo $basic_machine$os
+exit
+
+# Local variables:
+# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "timestamp='"
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d"
+# time-stamp-end: "'"
+# End:
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/configure b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/configure
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..97849a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/configure
@@ -0,0 +1,16014 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
+# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.63 for FreeType 2.3.9.
+#
+# Report bugs to .
+#
+# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
+# 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
+## --------------------- ##
+## M4sh Initialization.  ##
+## --------------------- ##
+
+# Be more Bourne compatible
+DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh
+if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  emulate sh
+  NULLCMD=:
+  # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
+  # is contrary to our usage.  Disable this feature.
+  alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
+  setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
+else
+  case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in
+  *posix*) set -o posix ;;
+esac
+
+fi
+
+
+
+
+# PATH needs CR
+# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges.
+as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'
+as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'
+as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS
+as_cr_digits='0123456789'
+as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits
+
+as_nl='
+'
+export as_nl
+# Printing a long string crashes Solaris 7 /usr/bin/printf.
+as_echo='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\'
+as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo
+as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo
+if (test "X`printf %s $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then
+  as_echo='printf %s\n'
+  as_echo_n='printf %s'
+else
+  if test "X`(/usr/ucb/echo -n -n $as_echo) 2>/dev/null`" = "X-n $as_echo"; then
+    as_echo_body='eval /usr/ucb/echo -n "$1$as_nl"'
+    as_echo_n='/usr/ucb/echo -n'
+  else
+    as_echo_body='eval expr "X$1" : "X\\(.*\\)"'
+    as_echo_n_body='eval
+      arg=$1;
+      case $arg in
+      *"$as_nl"*)
+	expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)$as_nl";
+	arg=`expr "X$arg" : ".*$as_nl\\(.*\\)"`;;
+      esac;
+      expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)" | tr -d "$as_nl"
+    '
+    export as_echo_n_body
+    as_echo_n='sh -c $as_echo_n_body as_echo'
+  fi
+  export as_echo_body
+  as_echo='sh -c $as_echo_body as_echo'
+fi
+
+# The user is always right.
+if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
+  PATH_SEPARATOR=:
+  (PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 && {
+    (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
+      PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
+  }
+fi
+
+# Support unset when possible.
+if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  as_unset=unset
+else
+  as_unset=false
+fi
+
+
+# IFS
+# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order.  Quoting is
+# there to prevent editors from complaining about space-tab.
+# (If _AS_PATH_WALK were called with IFS unset, it would disable word
+# splitting by setting IFS to empty value.)
+IFS=" ""	$as_nl"
+
+# Find who we are.  Look in the path if we contain no directory separator.
+case $0 in
+  *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;;
+  *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+     ;;
+esac
+# We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND'
+# in which case we are not to be found in the path.
+if test "x$as_myself" = x; then
+  as_myself=$0
+fi
+if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then
+  $as_echo "$as_myself: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute file name" >&2
+  { (exit 1); exit 1; }
+fi
+
+# Work around bugs in pre-3.0 UWIN ksh.
+for as_var in ENV MAIL MAILPATH
+do ($as_unset $as_var) >/dev/null 2>&1 && $as_unset $as_var
+done
+PS1='$ '
+PS2='> '
+PS4='+ '
+
+# NLS nuisances.
+LC_ALL=C
+export LC_ALL
+LANGUAGE=C
+export LANGUAGE
+
+# Required to use basename.
+if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
+   test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then
+  as_expr=expr
+else
+  as_expr=false
+fi
+
+if (basename -- /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename -- / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then
+  as_basename=basename
+else
+  as_basename=false
+fi
+
+
+# Name of the executable.
+as_me=`$as_basename -- "$0" ||
+$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \
+	 X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	 X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_echo X/"$0" |
+    sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\/\(\/\).*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  s/.*/./; q'`
+
+# CDPATH.
+$as_unset CDPATH
+
+
+if test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" = x; then
+  if (eval ":") 2>/dev/null; then
+  as_have_required=yes
+else
+  as_have_required=no
+fi
+
+  if test $as_have_required = yes &&	 (eval ":
+(as_func_return () {
+  (exit \$1)
+}
+as_func_success () {
+  as_func_return 0
+}
+as_func_failure () {
+  as_func_return 1
+}
+as_func_ret_success () {
+  return 0
+}
+as_func_ret_failure () {
+  return 1
+}
+
+exitcode=0
+if as_func_success; then
+  :
+else
+  exitcode=1
+  echo as_func_success failed.
+fi
+
+if as_func_failure; then
+  exitcode=1
+  echo as_func_failure succeeded.
+fi
+
+if as_func_ret_success; then
+  :
+else
+  exitcode=1
+  echo as_func_ret_success failed.
+fi
+
+if as_func_ret_failure; then
+  exitcode=1
+  echo as_func_ret_failure succeeded.
+fi
+
+if ( set x; as_func_ret_success y && test x = \"\$1\" ); then
+  :
+else
+  exitcode=1
+  echo positional parameters were not saved.
+fi
+
+test \$exitcode = 0) || { (exit 1); exit 1; }
+
+(
+  as_lineno_1=\$LINENO
+  as_lineno_2=\$LINENO
+  test \"x\$as_lineno_1\" != \"x\$as_lineno_2\" &&
+  test \"x\`expr \$as_lineno_1 + 1\`\" = \"x\$as_lineno_2\") || { (exit 1); exit 1; }
+") 2> /dev/null; then
+  :
+else
+  as_candidate_shells=
+    as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in /bin$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  case $as_dir in
+	 /*)
+	   for as_base in sh bash ksh sh5; do
+	     as_candidate_shells="$as_candidate_shells $as_dir/$as_base"
+	   done;;
+       esac
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+
+      for as_shell in $as_candidate_shells $SHELL; do
+	 # Try only shells that exist, to save several forks.
+	 if { test -f "$as_shell" || test -f "$as_shell.exe"; } &&
+		{ ("$as_shell") 2> /dev/null <<\_ASEOF
+if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  emulate sh
+  NULLCMD=:
+  # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
+  # is contrary to our usage.  Disable this feature.
+  alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
+  setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
+else
+  case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in
+  *posix*) set -o posix ;;
+esac
+
+fi
+
+
+:
+_ASEOF
+}; then
+  CONFIG_SHELL=$as_shell
+	       as_have_required=yes
+	       if { "$as_shell" 2> /dev/null <<\_ASEOF
+if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  emulate sh
+  NULLCMD=:
+  # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
+  # is contrary to our usage.  Disable this feature.
+  alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
+  setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
+else
+  case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in
+  *posix*) set -o posix ;;
+esac
+
+fi
+
+
+:
+(as_func_return () {
+  (exit $1)
+}
+as_func_success () {
+  as_func_return 0
+}
+as_func_failure () {
+  as_func_return 1
+}
+as_func_ret_success () {
+  return 0
+}
+as_func_ret_failure () {
+  return 1
+}
+
+exitcode=0
+if as_func_success; then
+  :
+else
+  exitcode=1
+  echo as_func_success failed.
+fi
+
+if as_func_failure; then
+  exitcode=1
+  echo as_func_failure succeeded.
+fi
+
+if as_func_ret_success; then
+  :
+else
+  exitcode=1
+  echo as_func_ret_success failed.
+fi
+
+if as_func_ret_failure; then
+  exitcode=1
+  echo as_func_ret_failure succeeded.
+fi
+
+if ( set x; as_func_ret_success y && test x = "$1" ); then
+  :
+else
+  exitcode=1
+  echo positional parameters were not saved.
+fi
+
+test $exitcode = 0) || { (exit 1); exit 1; }
+
+(
+  as_lineno_1=$LINENO
+  as_lineno_2=$LINENO
+  test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" &&
+  test "x`expr $as_lineno_1 + 1`" = "x$as_lineno_2") || { (exit 1); exit 1; }
+
+_ASEOF
+}; then
+  break
+fi
+
+fi
+
+      done
+
+      if test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" != x; then
+  for as_var in BASH_ENV ENV
+	do ($as_unset $as_var) >/dev/null 2>&1 && $as_unset $as_var
+	done
+	export CONFIG_SHELL
+	exec "$CONFIG_SHELL" "$as_myself" ${1+"$@"}
+fi
+
+
+    if test $as_have_required = no; then
+  echo This script requires a shell more modern than all the
+      echo shells that I found on your system.  Please install a
+      echo modern shell, or manually run the script under such a
+      echo shell if you do have one.
+      { (exit 1); exit 1; }
+fi
+
+
+fi
+
+fi
+
+
+
+(eval "as_func_return () {
+  (exit \$1)
+}
+as_func_success () {
+  as_func_return 0
+}
+as_func_failure () {
+  as_func_return 1
+}
+as_func_ret_success () {
+  return 0
+}
+as_func_ret_failure () {
+  return 1
+}
+
+exitcode=0
+if as_func_success; then
+  :
+else
+  exitcode=1
+  echo as_func_success failed.
+fi
+
+if as_func_failure; then
+  exitcode=1
+  echo as_func_failure succeeded.
+fi
+
+if as_func_ret_success; then
+  :
+else
+  exitcode=1
+  echo as_func_ret_success failed.
+fi
+
+if as_func_ret_failure; then
+  exitcode=1
+  echo as_func_ret_failure succeeded.
+fi
+
+if ( set x; as_func_ret_success y && test x = \"\$1\" ); then
+  :
+else
+  exitcode=1
+  echo positional parameters were not saved.
+fi
+
+test \$exitcode = 0") || {
+  echo No shell found that supports shell functions.
+  echo Please tell bug-autoconf@gnu.org about your system,
+  echo including any error possibly output before this message.
+  echo This can help us improve future autoconf versions.
+  echo Configuration will now proceed without shell functions.
+}
+
+
+
+  as_lineno_1=$LINENO
+  as_lineno_2=$LINENO
+  test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" &&
+  test "x`expr $as_lineno_1 + 1`" = "x$as_lineno_2" || {
+
+  # Create $as_me.lineno as a copy of $as_myself, but with $LINENO
+  # uniformly replaced by the line number.  The first 'sed' inserts a
+  # line-number line after each line using $LINENO; the second 'sed'
+  # does the real work.  The second script uses 'N' to pair each
+  # line-number line with the line containing $LINENO, and appends
+  # trailing '-' during substitution so that $LINENO is not a special
+  # case at line end.
+  # (Raja R Harinath suggested sed '=', and Paul Eggert wrote the
+  # scripts with optimization help from Paolo Bonzini.  Blame Lee
+  # E. McMahon (1931-1989) for sed's syntax.  :-)
+  sed -n '
+    p
+    /[$]LINENO/=
+  ' <$as_myself |
+    sed '
+      s/[$]LINENO.*/&-/
+      t lineno
+      b
+      :lineno
+      N
+      :loop
+      s/[$]LINENO\([^'$as_cr_alnum'_].*\n\)\(.*\)/\2\1\2/
+      t loop
+      s/-\n.*//
+    ' >$as_me.lineno &&
+  chmod +x "$as_me.lineno" ||
+    { $as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+
+  # Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems
+  # (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the
+  # original and so on.  Autoconf is especially sensitive to this).
+  . "./$as_me.lineno"
+  # Exit status is that of the last command.
+  exit
+}
+
+
+if (as_dir=`dirname -- /` && test "X$as_dir" = X/) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  as_dirname=dirname
+else
+  as_dirname=false
+fi
+
+ECHO_C= ECHO_N= ECHO_T=
+case `echo -n x` in
+-n*)
+  case `echo 'x\c'` in
+  *c*) ECHO_T='	';;	# ECHO_T is single tab character.
+  *)   ECHO_C='\c';;
+  esac;;
+*)
+  ECHO_N='-n';;
+esac
+if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
+   test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then
+  as_expr=expr
+else
+  as_expr=false
+fi
+
+rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
+if test -d conf$$.dir; then
+  rm -f conf$$.dir/conf$$.file
+else
+  rm -f conf$$.dir
+  mkdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null
+fi
+if (echo >conf$$.file) 2>/dev/null; then
+  if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
+    as_ln_s='ln -s'
+    # ... but there are two gotchas:
+    # 1) On MSYS, both `ln -s file dir' and `ln file dir' fail.
+    # 2) DJGPP < 2.04 has no symlinks; `ln -s' creates a wrapper executable.
+    # In both cases, we have to default to `cp -p'.
+    ln -s conf$$.file conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null && test ! -f conf$$.exe ||
+      as_ln_s='cp -p'
+  elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
+    as_ln_s=ln
+  else
+    as_ln_s='cp -p'
+  fi
+else
+  as_ln_s='cp -p'
+fi
+rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.dir/conf$$.file conf$$.file
+rmdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null
+
+if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then
+  as_mkdir_p=:
+else
+  test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p
+  as_mkdir_p=false
+fi
+
+if test -x / >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  as_test_x='test -x'
+else
+  if ls -dL / >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+    as_ls_L_option=L
+  else
+    as_ls_L_option=
+  fi
+  as_test_x='
+    eval sh -c '\''
+      if test -d "$1"; then
+	test -d "$1/.";
+      else
+	case $1 in
+	-*)set "./$1";;
+	esac;
+	case `ls -ld'$as_ls_L_option' "$1" 2>/dev/null` in
+	???[sx]*):;;*)false;;esac;fi
+    '\'' sh
+  '
+fi
+as_executable_p=$as_test_x
+
+# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name.
+as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
+
+# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name.
+as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
+
+
+
+
+# Check that we are running under the correct shell.
+SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}
+
+case X$lt_ECHO in
+X*--fallback-echo)
+  # Remove one level of quotation (which was required for Make).
+  ECHO=`echo "$lt_ECHO" | sed 's,\\\\\$\\$0,'$0','`
+  ;;
+esac
+
+ECHO=${lt_ECHO-echo}
+if test "X$1" = X--no-reexec; then
+  # Discard the --no-reexec flag, and continue.
+  shift
+elif test "X$1" = X--fallback-echo; then
+  # Avoid inline document here, it may be left over
+  :
+elif test "X`{ $ECHO '\t'; } 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' ; then
+  # Yippee, $ECHO works!
+  :
+else
+  # Restart under the correct shell.
+  exec $SHELL "$0" --no-reexec ${1+"$@"}
+fi
+
+if test "X$1" = X--fallback-echo; then
+  # used as fallback echo
+  shift
+  cat <<_LT_EOF
+$*
+_LT_EOF
+  exit 0
+fi
+
+# The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout
+# if CDPATH is set.
+(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH
+
+if test -z "$lt_ECHO"; then
+  if test "X${echo_test_string+set}" != Xset; then
+    # find a string as large as possible, as long as the shell can cope with it
+    for cmd in 'sed 50q "$0"' 'sed 20q "$0"' 'sed 10q "$0"' 'sed 2q "$0"' 'echo test'; do
+      # expected sizes: less than 2Kb, 1Kb, 512 bytes, 16 bytes, ...
+      if { echo_test_string=`eval $cmd`; } 2>/dev/null &&
+	 { test "X$echo_test_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; } 2>/dev/null
+      then
+        break
+      fi
+    done
+  fi
+
+  if test "X`{ $ECHO '\t'; } 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' &&
+     echo_testing_string=`{ $ECHO "$echo_test_string"; } 2>/dev/null` &&
+     test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then
+    :
+  else
+    # The Solaris, AIX, and Digital Unix default echo programs unquote
+    # backslashes.  This makes it impossible to quote backslashes using
+    #   echo "$something" | sed 's/\\/\\\\/g'
+    #
+    # So, first we look for a working echo in the user's PATH.
+
+    lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+    for dir in $PATH /usr/ucb; do
+      IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
+      if (test -f $dir/echo || test -f $dir/echo$ac_exeext) &&
+         test "X`($dir/echo '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' &&
+         echo_testing_string=`($dir/echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` &&
+         test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then
+        ECHO="$dir/echo"
+        break
+      fi
+    done
+    IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
+
+    if test "X$ECHO" = Xecho; then
+      # We didn't find a better echo, so look for alternatives.
+      if test "X`{ print -r '\t'; } 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' &&
+         echo_testing_string=`{ print -r "$echo_test_string"; } 2>/dev/null` &&
+         test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then
+        # This shell has a builtin print -r that does the trick.
+        ECHO='print -r'
+      elif { test -f /bin/ksh || test -f /bin/ksh$ac_exeext; } &&
+	   test "X$CONFIG_SHELL" != X/bin/ksh; then
+        # If we have ksh, try running configure again with it.
+        ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}
+        export ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL
+        CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/ksh
+        export CONFIG_SHELL
+        exec $CONFIG_SHELL "$0" --no-reexec ${1+"$@"}
+      else
+        # Try using printf.
+        ECHO='printf %s\n'
+        if test "X`{ $ECHO '\t'; } 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' &&
+	   echo_testing_string=`{ $ECHO "$echo_test_string"; } 2>/dev/null` &&
+	   test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then
+	  # Cool, printf works
+	  :
+        elif echo_testing_string=`($ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL "$0" --fallback-echo '\t') 2>/dev/null` &&
+	     test "X$echo_testing_string" = 'X\t' &&
+	     echo_testing_string=`($ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL "$0" --fallback-echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` &&
+	     test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then
+	  CONFIG_SHELL=$ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL
+	  export CONFIG_SHELL
+	  SHELL="$CONFIG_SHELL"
+	  export SHELL
+	  ECHO="$CONFIG_SHELL $0 --fallback-echo"
+        elif echo_testing_string=`($CONFIG_SHELL "$0" --fallback-echo '\t') 2>/dev/null` &&
+	     test "X$echo_testing_string" = 'X\t' &&
+	     echo_testing_string=`($CONFIG_SHELL "$0" --fallback-echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` &&
+	     test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then
+	  ECHO="$CONFIG_SHELL $0 --fallback-echo"
+        else
+	  # maybe with a smaller string...
+	  prev=:
+
+	  for cmd in 'echo test' 'sed 2q "$0"' 'sed 10q "$0"' 'sed 20q "$0"' 'sed 50q "$0"'; do
+	    if { test "X$echo_test_string" = "X`eval $cmd`"; } 2>/dev/null
+	    then
+	      break
+	    fi
+	    prev="$cmd"
+	  done
+
+	  if test "$prev" != 'sed 50q "$0"'; then
+	    echo_test_string=`eval $prev`
+	    export echo_test_string
+	    exec ${ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL-${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}} "$0" ${1+"$@"}
+	  else
+	    # Oops.  We lost completely, so just stick with echo.
+	    ECHO=echo
+	  fi
+        fi
+      fi
+    fi
+  fi
+fi
+
+# Copy echo and quote the copy suitably for passing to libtool from
+# the Makefile, instead of quoting the original, which is used later.
+lt_ECHO=$ECHO
+if test "X$lt_ECHO" = "X$CONFIG_SHELL $0 --fallback-echo"; then
+   lt_ECHO="$CONFIG_SHELL \\\$\$0 --fallback-echo"
+fi
+
+
+
+
+exec 7<&0 &1
+
+# Name of the host.
+# hostname on some systems (SVR3.2, Linux) returns a bogus exit status,
+# so uname gets run too.
+ac_hostname=`(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`
+
+#
+# Initializations.
+#
+ac_default_prefix=/usr/local
+ac_clean_files=
+ac_config_libobj_dir=.
+LIBOBJS=
+cross_compiling=no
+subdirs=
+MFLAGS=
+MAKEFLAGS=
+SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}
+
+# Identity of this package.
+PACKAGE_NAME='FreeType'
+PACKAGE_TARNAME='freetype'
+PACKAGE_VERSION='2.3.9'
+PACKAGE_STRING='FreeType 2.3.9'
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT='freetype@nongnu.org'
+
+ac_unique_file="ftconfig.in"
+# Factoring default headers for most tests.
+ac_includes_default="\
+#include 
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
+# include 
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
+# include 
+#endif
+#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
+# include 
+# include 
+#else
+# ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+#  include 
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
+# if !defined STDC_HEADERS && defined HAVE_MEMORY_H
+#  include 
+# endif
+# include 
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H
+# include 
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+# include 
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H
+# include 
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include 
+#endif"
+
+ac_subst_vars='LTLIBOBJS
+LIBOBJS
+build_libtool_libs
+wl
+hardcode_libdir_flag_spec
+OTOOL64
+OTOOL
+LIPO
+NMEDIT
+DSYMUTIL
+lt_ECHO
+RANLIB
+STRIP
+AR
+LN_S
+NM
+ac_ct_DUMPBIN
+DUMPBIN
+LD
+FGREP
+SED
+LIBTOOL
+OBJDUMP
+DLLTOOL
+AS
+SYSTEM_ZLIB
+FT2_EXTRA_LIBS
+LIBZ
+ftmac_c
+FTSYS_SRC
+EGREP
+GREP
+INSTALL_DATA
+INSTALL_SCRIPT
+INSTALL_PROGRAM
+RMDIR
+RMF
+XX_ANSIFLAGS
+XX_CFLAGS
+EXEEXT_BUILD
+CC_BUILD
+CPP
+OBJEXT
+EXEEXT
+ac_ct_CC
+CPPFLAGS
+LDFLAGS
+CFLAGS
+CC
+host_os
+host_vendor
+host_cpu
+host
+build_os
+build_vendor
+build_cpu
+build
+ft_version
+version_info
+target_alias
+host_alias
+build_alias
+LIBS
+ECHO_T
+ECHO_N
+ECHO_C
+DEFS
+mandir
+localedir
+libdir
+psdir
+pdfdir
+dvidir
+htmldir
+infodir
+docdir
+oldincludedir
+includedir
+localstatedir
+sharedstatedir
+sysconfdir
+datadir
+datarootdir
+libexecdir
+sbindir
+bindir
+program_transform_name
+prefix
+exec_prefix
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
+PACKAGE_STRING
+PACKAGE_VERSION
+PACKAGE_TARNAME
+PACKAGE_NAME
+PATH_SEPARATOR
+SHELL'
+ac_subst_files=''
+ac_user_opts='
+enable_option_checking
+enable_biarch_config
+with_zlib
+with_old_mac_fonts
+with_fsspec
+with_fsref
+with_quickdraw_toolbox
+with_quickdraw_carbon
+with_ats
+enable_shared
+enable_static
+with_pic
+enable_fast_install
+with_gnu_ld
+enable_libtool_lock
+'
+      ac_precious_vars='build_alias
+host_alias
+target_alias
+CC
+CFLAGS
+LDFLAGS
+LIBS
+CPPFLAGS
+CPP'
+
+
+# Initialize some variables set by options.
+ac_init_help=
+ac_init_version=false
+ac_unrecognized_opts=
+ac_unrecognized_sep=
+# The variables have the same names as the options, with
+# dashes changed to underlines.
+cache_file=/dev/null
+exec_prefix=NONE
+no_create=
+no_recursion=
+prefix=NONE
+program_prefix=NONE
+program_suffix=NONE
+program_transform_name=s,x,x,
+silent=
+site=
+srcdir=
+verbose=
+x_includes=NONE
+x_libraries=NONE
+
+# Installation directory options.
+# These are left unexpanded so users can "make install exec_prefix=/foo"
+# and all the variables that are supposed to be based on exec_prefix
+# by default will actually change.
+# Use braces instead of parens because sh, perl, etc. also accept them.
+# (The list follows the same order as the GNU Coding Standards.)
+bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin'
+sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin'
+libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec'
+datarootdir='${prefix}/share'
+datadir='${datarootdir}'
+sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc'
+sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com'
+localstatedir='${prefix}/var'
+includedir='${prefix}/include'
+oldincludedir='/usr/include'
+docdir='${datarootdir}/doc/${PACKAGE_TARNAME}'
+infodir='${datarootdir}/info'
+htmldir='${docdir}'
+dvidir='${docdir}'
+pdfdir='${docdir}'
+psdir='${docdir}'
+libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib'
+localedir='${datarootdir}/locale'
+mandir='${datarootdir}/man'
+
+ac_prev=
+ac_dashdash=
+for ac_option
+do
+  # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it.
+  if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
+    eval $ac_prev=\$ac_option
+    ac_prev=
+    continue
+  fi
+
+  case $ac_option in
+  *=*)	ac_optarg=`expr "X$ac_option" : '[^=]*=\(.*\)'` ;;
+  *)	ac_optarg=yes ;;
+  esac
+
+  # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos.
+
+  case $ac_dashdash$ac_option in
+  --)
+    ac_dashdash=yes ;;
+
+  -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi)
+    ac_prev=bindir ;;
+  -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*)
+    bindir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu)
+    ac_prev=build_alias ;;
+  -build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=*)
+    build_alias=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \
+  | --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c)
+    ac_prev=cache_file ;;
+  -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \
+  | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*)
+    cache_file=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  --config-cache | -C)
+    cache_file=config.cache ;;
+
+  -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad)
+    ac_prev=datadir ;;
+  -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=*)
+    datadir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -datarootdir | --datarootdir | --datarootdi | --datarootd | --dataroot \
+  | --dataroo | --dataro | --datar)
+    ac_prev=datarootdir ;;
+  -datarootdir=* | --datarootdir=* | --datarootdi=* | --datarootd=* \
+  | --dataroot=* | --dataroo=* | --dataro=* | --datar=*)
+    datarootdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -disable-* | --disable-*)
+    ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*disable-\(.*\)'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+      { $as_echo "$as_me: error: invalid feature name: $ac_useropt" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+    ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt
+    ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'`
+    case $ac_user_opts in
+      *"
+"enable_$ac_useropt"
+"*) ;;
+      *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--disable-$ac_useropt_orig"
+	 ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';;
+    esac
+    eval enable_$ac_useropt=no ;;
+
+  -docdir | --docdir | --docdi | --doc | --do)
+    ac_prev=docdir ;;
+  -docdir=* | --docdir=* | --docdi=* | --doc=* | --do=*)
+    docdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -dvidir | --dvidir | --dvidi | --dvid | --dvi | --dv)
+    ac_prev=dvidir ;;
+  -dvidir=* | --dvidir=* | --dvidi=* | --dvid=* | --dvi=* | --dv=*)
+    dvidir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -enable-* | --enable-*)
+    ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*enable-\([^=]*\)'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+      { $as_echo "$as_me: error: invalid feature name: $ac_useropt" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+    ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt
+    ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'`
+    case $ac_user_opts in
+      *"
+"enable_$ac_useropt"
+"*) ;;
+      *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--enable-$ac_useropt_orig"
+	 ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';;
+    esac
+    eval enable_$ac_useropt=\$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \
+  | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \
+  | --exec | --exe | --ex)
+    ac_prev=exec_prefix ;;
+  -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \
+  | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \
+  | --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*)
+    exec_prefix=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -gas | --gas | --ga | --g)
+    # Obsolete; use --with-gas.
+    with_gas=yes ;;
+
+  -help | --help | --hel | --he | -h)
+    ac_init_help=long ;;
+  -help=r* | --help=r* | --hel=r* | --he=r* | -hr*)
+    ac_init_help=recursive ;;
+  -help=s* | --help=s* | --hel=s* | --he=s* | -hs*)
+    ac_init_help=short ;;
+
+  -host | --host | --hos | --ho)
+    ac_prev=host_alias ;;
+  -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*)
+    host_alias=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -htmldir | --htmldir | --htmldi | --htmld | --html | --htm | --ht)
+    ac_prev=htmldir ;;
+  -htmldir=* | --htmldir=* | --htmldi=* | --htmld=* | --html=* | --htm=* \
+  | --ht=*)
+    htmldir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \
+  | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc)
+    ac_prev=includedir ;;
+  -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \
+  | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*)
+    includedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -infodir | --infodir | --infodi | --infod | --info | --inf)
+    ac_prev=infodir ;;
+  -infodir=* | --infodir=* | --infodi=* | --infod=* | --info=* | --inf=*)
+    infodir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -libdir | --libdir | --libdi | --libd)
+    ac_prev=libdir ;;
+  -libdir=* | --libdir=* | --libdi=* | --libd=*)
+    libdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \
+  | --libexe | --libex | --libe)
+    ac_prev=libexecdir ;;
+  -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \
+  | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*)
+    libexecdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -localedir | --localedir | --localedi | --localed | --locale)
+    ac_prev=localedir ;;
+  -localedir=* | --localedir=* | --localedi=* | --localed=* | --locale=*)
+    localedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \
+  | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst | --locals)
+    ac_prev=localstatedir ;;
+  -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \
+  | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* | --locals=*)
+    localstatedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m)
+    ac_prev=mandir ;;
+  -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*)
+    mandir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -nfp | --nfp | --nf)
+    # Obsolete; use --without-fp.
+    with_fp=no ;;
+
+  -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \
+  | --no-cr | --no-c | -n)
+    no_create=yes ;;
+
+  -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \
+  | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r)
+    no_recursion=yes ;;
+
+  -oldincludedir | --oldincludedir | --oldincludedi | --oldincluded \
+  | --oldinclude | --oldinclud | --oldinclu | --oldincl | --oldinc \
+  | --oldin | --oldi | --old | --ol | --o)
+    ac_prev=oldincludedir ;;
+  -oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedi=* | --oldincluded=* \
+  | --oldinclude=* | --oldinclud=* | --oldinclu=* | --oldincl=* | --oldinc=* \
+  | --oldin=* | --oldi=* | --old=* | --ol=* | --o=*)
+    oldincludedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p)
+    ac_prev=prefix ;;
+  -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*)
+    prefix=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \
+  | --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p)
+    ac_prev=program_prefix ;;
+  -program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \
+  | --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*)
+    program_prefix=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \
+  | --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s)
+    ac_prev=program_suffix ;;
+  -program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \
+  | --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*)
+    program_suffix=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \
+  | --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \
+  | --program-transform-n | --program-transform- \
+  | --program-transform | --program-transfor \
+  | --program-transfo | --program-transf \
+  | --program-trans | --program-tran \
+  | --progr-tra | --program-tr | --program-t)
+    ac_prev=program_transform_name ;;
+  -program-transform-name=* | --program-transform-name=* \
+  | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \
+  | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \
+  | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \
+  | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \
+  | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \
+  | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*)
+    program_transform_name=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -pdfdir | --pdfdir | --pdfdi | --pdfd | --pdf | --pd)
+    ac_prev=pdfdir ;;
+  -pdfdir=* | --pdfdir=* | --pdfdi=* | --pdfd=* | --pdf=* | --pd=*)
+    pdfdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -psdir | --psdir | --psdi | --psd | --ps)
+    ac_prev=psdir ;;
+  -psdir=* | --psdir=* | --psdi=* | --psd=* | --ps=*)
+    psdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
+  | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
+    silent=yes ;;
+
+  -sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb)
+    ac_prev=sbindir ;;
+  -sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \
+  | --sbi=* | --sb=*)
+    sbindir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedi \
+  | --sharedstated | --sharedstate | --sharedstat | --sharedsta \
+  | --sharedst | --shareds | --shared | --share | --shar \
+  | --sha | --sh)
+    ac_prev=sharedstatedir ;;
+  -sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedi=* \
+  | --sharedstated=* | --sharedstate=* | --sharedstat=* | --sharedsta=* \
+  | --sharedst=* | --shareds=* | --shared=* | --share=* | --shar=* \
+  | --sha=* | --sh=*)
+    sharedstatedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -site | --site | --sit)
+    ac_prev=site ;;
+  -site=* | --site=* | --sit=*)
+    site=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr)
+    ac_prev=srcdir ;;
+  -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*)
+    srcdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -sysconfdir | --sysconfdir | --sysconfdi | --sysconfd | --sysconf \
+  | --syscon | --sysco | --sysc | --sys | --sy)
+    ac_prev=sysconfdir ;;
+  -sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdi=* | --sysconfd=* | --sysconf=* \
+  | --syscon=* | --sysco=* | --sysc=* | --sys=* | --sy=*)
+    sysconfdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t)
+    ac_prev=target_alias ;;
+  -target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*)
+    target_alias=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb)
+    verbose=yes ;;
+
+  -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | -V)
+    ac_init_version=: ;;
+
+  -with-* | --with-*)
+    ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*with-\([^=]*\)'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+      { $as_echo "$as_me: error: invalid package name: $ac_useropt" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+    ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt
+    ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'`
+    case $ac_user_opts in
+      *"
+"with_$ac_useropt"
+"*) ;;
+      *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--with-$ac_useropt_orig"
+	 ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';;
+    esac
+    eval with_$ac_useropt=\$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -without-* | --without-*)
+    ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*without-\(.*\)'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+      { $as_echo "$as_me: error: invalid package name: $ac_useropt" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+    ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt
+    ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'`
+    case $ac_user_opts in
+      *"
+"with_$ac_useropt"
+"*) ;;
+      *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--without-$ac_useropt_orig"
+	 ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';;
+    esac
+    eval with_$ac_useropt=no ;;
+
+  --x)
+    # Obsolete; use --with-x.
+    with_x=yes ;;
+
+  -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \
+  | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i)
+    ac_prev=x_includes ;;
+  -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \
+  | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*)
+    x_includes=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \
+  | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l)
+    ac_prev=x_libraries ;;
+  -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \
+  | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*)
+    x_libraries=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -*) { $as_echo "$as_me: error: unrecognized option: $ac_option
+Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+    ;;
+
+  *=*)
+    ac_envvar=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x\([^=]*\)='`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    expr "x$ac_envvar" : ".*[^_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+      { $as_echo "$as_me: error: invalid variable name: $ac_envvar" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+    eval $ac_envvar=\$ac_optarg
+    export $ac_envvar ;;
+
+  *)
+    # FIXME: should be removed in autoconf 3.0.
+    $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: you should use --build, --host, --target" >&2
+    expr "x$ac_option" : ".*[^-._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+      $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: invalid host type: $ac_option" >&2
+    : ${build_alias=$ac_option} ${host_alias=$ac_option} ${target_alias=$ac_option}
+    ;;
+
+  esac
+done
+
+if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
+  ac_option=--`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'`
+  { $as_echo "$as_me: error: missing argument to $ac_option" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+fi
+
+if test -n "$ac_unrecognized_opts"; then
+  case $enable_option_checking in
+    no) ;;
+    fatal) { $as_echo "$as_me: error: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ;;
+    *)     $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&2 ;;
+  esac
+fi
+
+# Check all directory arguments for consistency.
+for ac_var in	exec_prefix prefix bindir sbindir libexecdir datarootdir \
+		datadir sysconfdir sharedstatedir localstatedir includedir \
+		oldincludedir docdir infodir htmldir dvidir pdfdir psdir \
+		libdir localedir mandir
+do
+  eval ac_val=\$$ac_var
+  # Remove trailing slashes.
+  case $ac_val in
+    */ )
+      ac_val=`expr "X$ac_val" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)' \| "X$ac_val" : 'X\(.*\)'`
+      eval $ac_var=\$ac_val;;
+  esac
+  # Be sure to have absolute directory names.
+  case $ac_val in
+    [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* )  continue;;
+    NONE | '' ) case $ac_var in *prefix ) continue;; esac;;
+  esac
+  { $as_echo "$as_me: error: expected an absolute directory name for --$ac_var: $ac_val" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+done
+
+# There might be people who depend on the old broken behavior: `$host'
+# used to hold the argument of --host etc.
+# FIXME: To remove some day.
+build=$build_alias
+host=$host_alias
+target=$target_alias
+
+# FIXME: To remove some day.
+if test "x$host_alias" != x; then
+  if test "x$build_alias" = x; then
+    cross_compiling=maybe
+    $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: If you wanted to set the --build type, don't use --host.
+    If a cross compiler is detected then cross compile mode will be used." >&2
+  elif test "x$build_alias" != "x$host_alias"; then
+    cross_compiling=yes
+  fi
+fi
+
+ac_tool_prefix=
+test -n "$host_alias" && ac_tool_prefix=$host_alias-
+
+test "$silent" = yes && exec 6>/dev/null
+
+
+ac_pwd=`pwd` && test -n "$ac_pwd" &&
+ac_ls_di=`ls -di .` &&
+ac_pwd_ls_di=`cd "$ac_pwd" && ls -di .` ||
+  { $as_echo "$as_me: error: working directory cannot be determined" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+test "X$ac_ls_di" = "X$ac_pwd_ls_di" ||
+  { $as_echo "$as_me: error: pwd does not report name of working directory" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+
+
+# Find the source files, if location was not specified.
+if test -z "$srcdir"; then
+  ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes
+  # Try the directory containing this script, then the parent directory.
+  ac_confdir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_myself" ||
+$as_expr X"$as_myself" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+	 X"$as_myself" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+	 X"$as_myself" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	 X"$as_myself" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_echo X"$as_myself" |
+    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\).*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  s/.*/./; q'`
+  srcdir=$ac_confdir
+  if test ! -r "$srcdir/$ac_unique_file"; then
+    srcdir=..
+  fi
+else
+  ac_srcdir_defaulted=no
+fi
+if test ! -r "$srcdir/$ac_unique_file"; then
+  test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes && srcdir="$ac_confdir or .."
+  { $as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot find sources ($ac_unique_file) in $srcdir" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+fi
+ac_msg="sources are in $srcdir, but \`cd $srcdir' does not work"
+ac_abs_confdir=`(
+	cd "$srcdir" && test -r "./$ac_unique_file" || { $as_echo "$as_me: error: $ac_msg" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+	pwd)`
+# When building in place, set srcdir=.
+if test "$ac_abs_confdir" = "$ac_pwd"; then
+  srcdir=.
+fi
+# Remove unnecessary trailing slashes from srcdir.
+# Double slashes in file names in object file debugging info
+# mess up M-x gdb in Emacs.
+case $srcdir in
+*/) srcdir=`expr "X$srcdir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)' \| "X$srcdir" : 'X\(.*\)'`;;
+esac
+for ac_var in $ac_precious_vars; do
+  eval ac_env_${ac_var}_set=\${${ac_var}+set}
+  eval ac_env_${ac_var}_value=\$${ac_var}
+  eval ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set=\${${ac_var}+set}
+  eval ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value=\$${ac_var}
+done
+
+#
+# Report the --help message.
+#
+if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then
+  # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
+  # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.
+  cat <<_ACEOF
+\`configure' configures FreeType 2.3.9 to adapt to many kinds of systems.
+
+Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]...
+
+To assign environment variables (e.g., CC, CFLAGS...), specify them as
+VAR=VALUE.  See below for descriptions of some of the useful variables.
+
+Defaults for the options are specified in brackets.
+
+Configuration:
+  -h, --help              display this help and exit
+      --help=short        display options specific to this package
+      --help=recursive    display the short help of all the included packages
+  -V, --version           display version information and exit
+  -q, --quiet, --silent   do not print \`checking...' messages
+      --cache-file=FILE   cache test results in FILE [disabled]
+  -C, --config-cache      alias for \`--cache-file=config.cache'
+  -n, --no-create         do not create output files
+      --srcdir=DIR        find the sources in DIR [configure dir or \`..']
+
+Installation directories:
+  --prefix=PREFIX         install architecture-independent files in PREFIX
+                          [$ac_default_prefix]
+  --exec-prefix=EPREFIX   install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX
+                          [PREFIX]
+
+By default, \`make install' will install all the files in
+\`$ac_default_prefix/bin', \`$ac_default_prefix/lib' etc.  You can specify
+an installation prefix other than \`$ac_default_prefix' using \`--prefix',
+for instance \`--prefix=\$HOME'.
+
+For better control, use the options below.
+
+Fine tuning of the installation directories:
+  --bindir=DIR            user executables [EPREFIX/bin]
+  --sbindir=DIR           system admin executables [EPREFIX/sbin]
+  --libexecdir=DIR        program executables [EPREFIX/libexec]
+  --sysconfdir=DIR        read-only single-machine data [PREFIX/etc]
+  --sharedstatedir=DIR    modifiable architecture-independent data [PREFIX/com]
+  --localstatedir=DIR     modifiable single-machine data [PREFIX/var]
+  --libdir=DIR            object code libraries [EPREFIX/lib]
+  --includedir=DIR        C header files [PREFIX/include]
+  --oldincludedir=DIR     C header files for non-gcc [/usr/include]
+  --datarootdir=DIR       read-only arch.-independent data root [PREFIX/share]
+  --datadir=DIR           read-only architecture-independent data [DATAROOTDIR]
+  --infodir=DIR           info documentation [DATAROOTDIR/info]
+  --localedir=DIR         locale-dependent data [DATAROOTDIR/locale]
+  --mandir=DIR            man documentation [DATAROOTDIR/man]
+  --docdir=DIR            documentation root [DATAROOTDIR/doc/freetype]
+  --htmldir=DIR           html documentation [DOCDIR]
+  --dvidir=DIR            dvi documentation [DOCDIR]
+  --pdfdir=DIR            pdf documentation [DOCDIR]
+  --psdir=DIR             ps documentation [DOCDIR]
+_ACEOF
+
+  cat <<\_ACEOF
+
+System types:
+  --build=BUILD     configure for building on BUILD [guessed]
+  --host=HOST       cross-compile to build programs to run on HOST [BUILD]
+_ACEOF
+fi
+
+if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then
+  case $ac_init_help in
+     short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of FreeType 2.3.9:";;
+   esac
+  cat <<\_ACEOF
+
+Optional Features:
+  --disable-option-checking  ignore unrecognized --enable/--with options
+  --disable-FEATURE       do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no)
+  --enable-FEATURE[=ARG]  include FEATURE [ARG=yes]
+  --enable-biarch-config  install biarch ftconfig.h to support multiple
+                          architectures by single file
+  --enable-shared[=PKGS]  build shared libraries [default=yes]
+  --enable-static[=PKGS]  build static libraries [default=yes]
+  --enable-fast-install[=PKGS]
+                          optimize for fast installation [default=yes]
+  --disable-libtool-lock  avoid locking (might break parallel builds)
+
+Optional Packages:
+  --with-PACKAGE[=ARG]    use PACKAGE [ARG=yes]
+  --without-PACKAGE       do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no)
+  --without-zlib          use internal zlib instead of system-wide
+  --with-old-mac-fonts    allow Mac resource-based fonts to be used
+  --with-fsspec           use obsolete FSSpec API of MacOS, if available
+                          (default=yes)
+  --with-fsref            use Carbon FSRef API of MacOS, if available
+                          (default=yes)
+  --with-quickdraw-toolbox
+                          use MacOS QuickDraw in ToolBox, if available
+                          (default=yes)
+  --with-quickdraw-carbon use MacOS QuickDraw in Carbon, if available
+                          (default=yes)
+  --with-ats              use AppleTypeService, if available (default=yes)
+  --with-pic              try to use only PIC/non-PIC objects [default=use
+                          both]
+  --with-gnu-ld           assume the C compiler uses GNU ld [default=no]
+
+Some influential environment variables:
+  CC          C compiler command
+  CFLAGS      C compiler flags
+  LDFLAGS     linker flags, e.g. -L if you have libraries in a
+              nonstandard directory 
+  LIBS        libraries to pass to the linker, e.g. -l
+  CPPFLAGS    C/C++/Objective C preprocessor flags, e.g. -I if
+              you have headers in a nonstandard directory 
+  CPP         C preprocessor
+
+Use these variables to override the choices made by `configure' or to help
+it to find libraries and programs with nonstandard names/locations.
+
+Report bugs to .
+_ACEOF
+ac_status=$?
+fi
+
+if test "$ac_init_help" = "recursive"; then
+  # If there are subdirs, report their specific --help.
+  for ac_dir in : $ac_subdirs_all; do test "x$ac_dir" = x: && continue
+    test -d "$ac_dir" ||
+      { cd "$srcdir" && ac_pwd=`pwd` && srcdir=. && test -d "$ac_dir"; } ||
+      continue
+    ac_builddir=.
+
+case "$ac_dir" in
+.) ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;;
+*)
+  ac_dir_suffix=/`$as_echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's|^\.[\\/]||'`
+  # A ".." for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
+  ac_top_builddir_sub=`$as_echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's|/[^\\/]*|/..|g;s|/||'`
+  case $ac_top_builddir_sub in
+  "") ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;;
+  *)  ac_top_build_prefix=$ac_top_builddir_sub/ ;;
+  esac ;;
+esac
+ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_pwd
+ac_abs_builddir=$ac_pwd$ac_dir_suffix
+# for backward compatibility:
+ac_top_builddir=$ac_top_build_prefix
+
+case $srcdir in
+  .)  # We are building in place.
+    ac_srcdir=.
+    ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir_sub
+    ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd ;;
+  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* )  # Absolute name.
+    ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix;
+    ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir
+    ac_abs_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;;
+  *) # Relative name.
+    ac_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
+    ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir
+    ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd/$srcdir ;;
+esac
+ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_top_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
+
+    cd "$ac_dir" || { ac_status=$?; continue; }
+    # Check for guested configure.
+    if test -f "$ac_srcdir/configure.gnu"; then
+      echo &&
+      $SHELL "$ac_srcdir/configure.gnu" --help=recursive
+    elif test -f "$ac_srcdir/configure"; then
+      echo &&
+      $SHELL "$ac_srcdir/configure" --help=recursive
+    else
+      $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: no configuration information is in $ac_dir" >&2
+    fi || ac_status=$?
+    cd "$ac_pwd" || { ac_status=$?; break; }
+  done
+fi
+
+test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit $ac_status
+if $ac_init_version; then
+  cat <<\_ACEOF
+FreeType configure 2.3.9
+generated by GNU Autoconf 2.63
+
+Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
+2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
+_ACEOF
+  exit
+fi
+cat >config.log <<_ACEOF
+This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
+running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.
+
+It was created by FreeType $as_me 2.3.9, which was
+generated by GNU Autoconf 2.63.  Invocation command line was
+
+  $ $0 $@
+
+_ACEOF
+exec 5>>config.log
+{
+cat <<_ASUNAME
+## --------- ##
+## Platform. ##
+## --------- ##
+
+hostname = `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`
+uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+
+/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+/bin/uname -X     = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null     || echo unknown`
+
+/bin/arch              = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null              || echo unknown`
+/usr/bin/arch -k       = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null       || echo unknown`
+/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+/usr/bin/hostinfo      = `(/usr/bin/hostinfo) 2>/dev/null      || echo unknown`
+/bin/machine           = `(/bin/machine) 2>/dev/null           || echo unknown`
+/usr/bin/oslevel       = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null       || echo unknown`
+/bin/universe          = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null          || echo unknown`
+
+_ASUNAME
+
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  $as_echo "PATH: $as_dir"
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+} >&5
+
+cat >&5 <<_ACEOF
+
+
+## ----------- ##
+## Core tests. ##
+## ----------- ##
+
+_ACEOF
+
+
+# Keep a trace of the command line.
+# Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up.
+# Strip out --silent because we don't want to record it for future runs.
+# Also quote any args containing shell meta-characters.
+# Make two passes to allow for proper duplicate-argument suppression.
+ac_configure_args=
+ac_configure_args0=
+ac_configure_args1=
+ac_must_keep_next=false
+for ac_pass in 1 2
+do
+  for ac_arg
+  do
+    case $ac_arg in
+    -no-create | --no-c* | -n | -no-recursion | --no-r*) continue ;;
+    -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
+    | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
+      continue ;;
+    *\'*)
+      ac_arg=`$as_echo "$ac_arg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;;
+    esac
+    case $ac_pass in
+    1) ac_configure_args0="$ac_configure_args0 '$ac_arg'" ;;
+    2)
+      ac_configure_args1="$ac_configure_args1 '$ac_arg'"
+      if test $ac_must_keep_next = true; then
+	ac_must_keep_next=false # Got value, back to normal.
+      else
+	case $ac_arg in
+	  *=* | --config-cache | -C | -disable-* | --disable-* \
+	  | -enable-* | --enable-* | -gas | --g* | -nfp | --nf* \
+	  | -q | -quiet | --q* | -silent | --sil* | -v | -verb* \
+	  | -with-* | --with-* | -without-* | --without-* | --x)
+	    case "$ac_configure_args0 " in
+	      "$ac_configure_args1"*" '$ac_arg' "* ) continue ;;
+	    esac
+	    ;;
+	  -* ) ac_must_keep_next=true ;;
+	esac
+      fi
+      ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args '$ac_arg'"
+      ;;
+    esac
+  done
+done
+$as_unset ac_configure_args0 || test "${ac_configure_args0+set}" != set || { ac_configure_args0=; export ac_configure_args0; }
+$as_unset ac_configure_args1 || test "${ac_configure_args1+set}" != set || { ac_configure_args1=; export ac_configure_args1; }
+
+# When interrupted or exit'd, cleanup temporary files, and complete
+# config.log.  We remove comments because anyway the quotes in there
+# would cause problems or look ugly.
+# WARNING: Use '\'' to represent an apostrophe within the trap.
+# WARNING: Do not start the trap code with a newline, due to a FreeBSD 4.0 bug.
+trap 'exit_status=$?
+  # Save into config.log some information that might help in debugging.
+  {
+    echo
+
+    cat <<\_ASBOX
+## ---------------- ##
+## Cache variables. ##
+## ---------------- ##
+_ASBOX
+    echo
+    # The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
+(
+  for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 | sed -n '\''s/^\([a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=.*/\1/p'\''`; do
+    eval ac_val=\$$ac_var
+    case $ac_val in #(
+    *${as_nl}*)
+      case $ac_var in #(
+      *_cv_*) { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&2;} ;;
+      esac
+      case $ac_var in #(
+      _ | IFS | as_nl) ;; #(
+      BASH_ARGV | BASH_SOURCE) eval $ac_var= ;; #(
+      *) $as_unset $ac_var ;;
+      esac ;;
+    esac
+  done
+  (set) 2>&1 |
+    case $as_nl`(ac_space='\'' '\''; set) 2>&1` in #(
+    *${as_nl}ac_space=\ *)
+      sed -n \
+	"s/'\''/'\''\\\\'\'''\''/g;
+	  s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\''\\2'\''/p"
+      ;; #(
+    *)
+      sed -n "/^[_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*=/p"
+      ;;
+    esac |
+    sort
+)
+    echo
+
+    cat <<\_ASBOX
+## ----------------- ##
+## Output variables. ##
+## ----------------- ##
+_ASBOX
+    echo
+    for ac_var in $ac_subst_vars
+    do
+      eval ac_val=\$$ac_var
+      case $ac_val in
+      *\'\''*) ac_val=`$as_echo "$ac_val" | sed "s/'\''/'\''\\\\\\\\'\'''\''/g"`;;
+      esac
+      $as_echo "$ac_var='\''$ac_val'\''"
+    done | sort
+    echo
+
+    if test -n "$ac_subst_files"; then
+      cat <<\_ASBOX
+## ------------------- ##
+## File substitutions. ##
+## ------------------- ##
+_ASBOX
+      echo
+      for ac_var in $ac_subst_files
+      do
+	eval ac_val=\$$ac_var
+	case $ac_val in
+	*\'\''*) ac_val=`$as_echo "$ac_val" | sed "s/'\''/'\''\\\\\\\\'\'''\''/g"`;;
+	esac
+	$as_echo "$ac_var='\''$ac_val'\''"
+      done | sort
+      echo
+    fi
+
+    if test -s confdefs.h; then
+      cat <<\_ASBOX
+## ----------- ##
+## confdefs.h. ##
+## ----------- ##
+_ASBOX
+      echo
+      cat confdefs.h
+      echo
+    fi
+    test "$ac_signal" != 0 &&
+      $as_echo "$as_me: caught signal $ac_signal"
+    $as_echo "$as_me: exit $exit_status"
+  } >&5
+  rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* &&
+    rm -f -r conftest* confdefs* conf$$* $ac_clean_files &&
+    exit $exit_status
+' 0
+for ac_signal in 1 2 13 15; do
+  trap 'ac_signal='$ac_signal'; { (exit 1); exit 1; }' $ac_signal
+done
+ac_signal=0
+
+# confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed.
+rm -f -r conftest* confdefs.h
+
+# Predefined preprocessor variables.
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_NAME "$PACKAGE_NAME"
+_ACEOF
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_TARNAME "$PACKAGE_TARNAME"
+_ACEOF
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_VERSION "$PACKAGE_VERSION"
+_ACEOF
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_STRING "$PACKAGE_STRING"
+_ACEOF
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "$PACKAGE_BUGREPORT"
+_ACEOF
+
+
+# Let the site file select an alternate cache file if it wants to.
+# Prefer an explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones.
+ac_site_file1=NONE
+ac_site_file2=NONE
+if test -n "$CONFIG_SITE"; then
+  ac_site_file1=$CONFIG_SITE
+elif test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then
+  ac_site_file1=$prefix/share/config.site
+  ac_site_file2=$prefix/etc/config.site
+else
+  ac_site_file1=$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site
+  ac_site_file2=$ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site
+fi
+for ac_site_file in "$ac_site_file1" "$ac_site_file2"
+do
+  test "x$ac_site_file" = xNONE && continue
+  if test -r "$ac_site_file"; then
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&6;}
+    sed 's/^/| /' "$ac_site_file" >&5
+    . "$ac_site_file"
+  fi
+done
+
+if test -r "$cache_file"; then
+  # Some versions of bash will fail to source /dev/null (special
+  # files actually), so we avoid doing that.
+  if test -f "$cache_file"; then
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: loading cache $cache_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: loading cache $cache_file" >&6;}
+    case $cache_file in
+      [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) . "$cache_file";;
+      *)                      . "./$cache_file";;
+    esac
+  fi
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating cache $cache_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: creating cache $cache_file" >&6;}
+  >$cache_file
+fi
+
+# Check that the precious variables saved in the cache have kept the same
+# value.
+ac_cache_corrupted=false
+for ac_var in $ac_precious_vars; do
+  eval ac_old_set=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set
+  eval ac_new_set=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_set
+  eval ac_old_val=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value
+  eval ac_new_val=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_value
+  case $ac_old_set,$ac_new_set in
+    set,)
+      { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&2;}
+      ac_cache_corrupted=: ;;
+    ,set)
+      { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&2;}
+      ac_cache_corrupted=: ;;
+    ,);;
+    *)
+      if test "x$ac_old_val" != "x$ac_new_val"; then
+	# differences in whitespace do not lead to failure.
+	ac_old_val_w=`echo x $ac_old_val`
+	ac_new_val_w=`echo x $ac_new_val`
+	if test "$ac_old_val_w" != "$ac_new_val_w"; then
+	  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&2;}
+	  ac_cache_corrupted=:
+	else
+	  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: warning: ignoring whitespace changes in \`$ac_var' since the previous run:" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: warning: ignoring whitespace changes in \`$ac_var' since the previous run:" >&2;}
+	  eval $ac_var=\$ac_old_val
+	fi
+	{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO:   former value:  \`$ac_old_val'" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me:   former value:  \`$ac_old_val'" >&2;}
+	{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO:   current value: \`$ac_new_val'" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me:   current value: \`$ac_new_val'" >&2;}
+      fi;;
+  esac
+  # Pass precious variables to config.status.
+  if test "$ac_new_set" = set; then
+    case $ac_new_val in
+    *\'*) ac_arg=$ac_var=`$as_echo "$ac_new_val" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;;
+    *) ac_arg=$ac_var=$ac_new_val ;;
+    esac
+    case " $ac_configure_args " in
+      *" '$ac_arg' "*) ;; # Avoid dups.  Use of quotes ensures accuracy.
+      *) ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args '$ac_arg'" ;;
+    esac
+  fi
+done
+if $ac_cache_corrupted; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&2;}
+  { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: run \`make distclean' and/or \`rm $cache_file' and start over" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: run \`make distclean' and/or \`rm $cache_file' and start over" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+fi
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+
+
+
+
+
+# Don't forget to update docs/VERSION.DLL!
+
+version_info='9:20:3'
+
+ft_version=`echo $version_info | tr : .`
+
+
+
+# checks for system type
+
+ac_aux_dir=
+for ac_dir in "$srcdir" "$srcdir/.." "$srcdir/../.."; do
+  if test -f "$ac_dir/install-sh"; then
+    ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+    ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install-sh -c"
+    break
+  elif test -f "$ac_dir/install.sh"; then
+    ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+    ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install.sh -c"
+    break
+  elif test -f "$ac_dir/shtool"; then
+    ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+    ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/shtool install -c"
+    break
+  fi
+done
+if test -z "$ac_aux_dir"; then
+  { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find install-sh or install.sh in \"$srcdir\" \"$srcdir/..\" \"$srcdir/../..\"" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot find install-sh or install.sh in \"$srcdir\" \"$srcdir/..\" \"$srcdir/../..\"" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+fi
+
+# These three variables are undocumented and unsupported,
+# and are intended to be withdrawn in a future Autoconf release.
+# They can cause serious problems if a builder's source tree is in a directory
+# whose full name contains unusual characters.
+ac_config_guess="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.guess"  # Please don't use this var.
+ac_config_sub="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub"  # Please don't use this var.
+ac_configure="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/configure"  # Please don't use this var.
+
+
+# Make sure we can run config.sub.
+$SHELL "$ac_aux_dir/config.sub" sun4 >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
+  { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot run $SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot run $SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking build system type" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking build system type... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_build+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_build_alias=$build_alias
+test "x$ac_build_alias" = x &&
+  ac_build_alias=`$SHELL "$ac_aux_dir/config.guess"`
+test "x$ac_build_alias" = x &&
+  { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot guess build type; you must specify one" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot guess build type; you must specify one" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+ac_cv_build=`$SHELL "$ac_aux_dir/config.sub" $ac_build_alias` ||
+  { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: $SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub $ac_build_alias failed" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: $SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub $ac_build_alias failed" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_build" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_build" >&6; }
+case $ac_cv_build in
+*-*-*) ;;
+*) { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: invalid value of canonical build" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: invalid value of canonical build" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
+esac
+build=$ac_cv_build
+ac_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS='-'
+set x $ac_cv_build
+shift
+build_cpu=$1
+build_vendor=$2
+shift; shift
+# Remember, the first character of IFS is used to create $*,
+# except with old shells:
+build_os=$*
+IFS=$ac_save_IFS
+case $build_os in *\ *) build_os=`echo "$build_os" | sed 's/ /-/g'`;; esac
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking host system type" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking host system type... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_host+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test "x$host_alias" = x; then
+  ac_cv_host=$ac_cv_build
+else
+  ac_cv_host=`$SHELL "$ac_aux_dir/config.sub" $host_alias` ||
+    { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: $SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub $host_alias failed" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: $SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub $host_alias failed" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+fi
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_host" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_host" >&6; }
+case $ac_cv_host in
+*-*-*) ;;
+*) { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: invalid value of canonical host" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: invalid value of canonical host" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
+esac
+host=$ac_cv_host
+ac_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS='-'
+set x $ac_cv_host
+shift
+host_cpu=$1
+host_vendor=$2
+shift; shift
+# Remember, the first character of IFS is used to create $*,
+# except with old shells:
+host_os=$*
+IFS=$ac_save_IFS
+case $host_os in *\ *) host_os=`echo "$host_os" | sed 's/ /-/g'`;; esac
+
+
+
+
+# checks for programs
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}gcc; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}gcc"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then
+  ac_ct_CC=$CC
+  # Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="gcc"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
+if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+  if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then
+    CC=""
+  else
+    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
+yes:)
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
+ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
+esac
+    CC=$ac_ct_CC
+  fi
+else
+  CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC"
+fi
+
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+          if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+    # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}cc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}cc; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}cc"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+  fi
+fi
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy cc; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+  ac_prog_rejected=no
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    if test "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then
+       ac_prog_rejected=yes
+       continue
+     fi
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="cc"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then
+  # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it.
+  set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC
+  shift
+  if test $# != 0; then
+    # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one.
+    # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen
+    # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name.
+    shift
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="$as_dir/$ac_word${1+' '}$@"
+  fi
+fi
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+fi
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  for ac_prog in cl.exe
+  do
+    # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+    test -n "$CC" && break
+  done
+fi
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+  ac_ct_CC=$CC
+  for ac_prog in cl.exe
+do
+  # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_prog"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
+if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+  test -n "$ac_ct_CC" && break
+done
+
+  if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then
+    CC=""
+  else
+    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
+yes:)
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
+ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
+esac
+    CC=$ac_ct_CC
+  fi
+fi
+
+fi
+
+
+test -z "$CC" && { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+{ { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }; }
+
+# Provide some information about the compiler.
+$as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for C compiler version" >&5
+set X $ac_compile
+ac_compiler=$2
+{ (ac_try="$ac_compiler --version >&5"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compiler --version >&5") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }
+{ (ac_try="$ac_compiler -v >&5"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compiler -v >&5") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }
+{ (ac_try="$ac_compiler -V >&5"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compiler -V >&5") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }
+
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files
+ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files a.out a.out.dSYM a.exe b.out"
+# Try to create an executable without -o first, disregard a.out.
+# It will help us diagnose broken compilers, and finding out an intuition
+# of exeext.
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for C compiler default output file name" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for C compiler default output file name... " >&6; }
+ac_link_default=`$as_echo "$ac_link" | sed 's/ -o *conftest[^ ]*//'`
+
+# The possible output files:
+ac_files="a.out conftest.exe conftest a.exe a_out.exe b.out conftest.*"
+
+ac_rmfiles=
+for ac_file in $ac_files
+do
+  case $ac_file in
+    *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj ) ;;
+    * ) ac_rmfiles="$ac_rmfiles $ac_file";;
+  esac
+done
+rm -f $ac_rmfiles
+
+if { (ac_try="$ac_link_default"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link_default") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; then
+  # Autoconf-2.13 could set the ac_cv_exeext variable to `no'.
+# So ignore a value of `no', otherwise this would lead to `EXEEXT = no'
+# in a Makefile.  We should not override ac_cv_exeext if it was cached,
+# so that the user can short-circuit this test for compilers unknown to
+# Autoconf.
+for ac_file in $ac_files ''
+do
+  test -f "$ac_file" || continue
+  case $ac_file in
+    *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj )
+	;;
+    [ab].out )
+	# We found the default executable, but exeext='' is most
+	# certainly right.
+	break;;
+    *.* )
+        if test "${ac_cv_exeext+set}" = set && test "$ac_cv_exeext" != no;
+	then :; else
+	   ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'`
+	fi
+	# We set ac_cv_exeext here because the later test for it is not
+	# safe: cross compilers may not add the suffix if given an `-o'
+	# argument, so we may need to know it at that point already.
+	# Even if this section looks crufty: it has the advantage of
+	# actually working.
+	break;;
+    * )
+	break;;
+  esac
+done
+test "$ac_cv_exeext" = no && ac_cv_exeext=
+
+else
+  ac_file=''
+fi
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_file" >&6; }
+if test -z "$ac_file"; then
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+{ { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+{ { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: C compiler cannot create executables
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: C compiler cannot create executables
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
+   { (exit 77); exit 77; }; }; }
+fi
+
+ac_exeext=$ac_cv_exeext
+
+# Check that the compiler produces executables we can run.  If not, either
+# the compiler is broken, or we cross compile.
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether the C compiler works" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether the C compiler works... " >&6; }
+# FIXME: These cross compiler hacks should be removed for Autoconf 3.0
+# If not cross compiling, check that we can run a simple program.
+if test "$cross_compiling" != yes; then
+  if { ac_try='./$ac_file'
+  { (case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+    cross_compiling=no
+  else
+    if test "$cross_compiling" = maybe; then
+	cross_compiling=yes
+    else
+	{ { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+{ { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot run C compiled programs.
+If you meant to cross compile, use \`--host'.
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot run C compiled programs.
+If you meant to cross compile, use \`--host'.
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }; }
+    fi
+  fi
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5
+$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
+
+rm -f -r a.out a.out.dSYM a.exe conftest$ac_cv_exeext b.out
+ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save
+# Check that the compiler produces executables we can run.  If not, either
+# the compiler is broken, or we cross compile.
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether we are cross compiling" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether we are cross compiling... " >&6; }
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $cross_compiling" >&5
+$as_echo "$cross_compiling" >&6; }
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for suffix of executables" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for suffix of executables... " >&6; }
+if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; then
+  # If both `conftest.exe' and `conftest' are `present' (well, observable)
+# catch `conftest.exe'.  For instance with Cygwin, `ls conftest' will
+# work properly (i.e., refer to `conftest.exe'), while it won't with
+# `rm'.
+for ac_file in conftest.exe conftest conftest.*; do
+  test -f "$ac_file" || continue
+  case $ac_file in
+    *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj ) ;;
+    *.* ) ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'`
+	  break;;
+    * ) break;;
+  esac
+done
+else
+  { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+{ { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot compute suffix of executables: cannot compile and link
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot compute suffix of executables: cannot compile and link
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }; }
+fi
+
+rm -f conftest$ac_cv_exeext
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_exeext" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_exeext" >&6; }
+
+rm -f conftest.$ac_ext
+EXEEXT=$ac_cv_exeext
+ac_exeext=$EXEEXT
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for suffix of object files" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for suffix of object files... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_objext+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.o conftest.obj
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; then
+  for ac_file in conftest.o conftest.obj conftest.*; do
+  test -f "$ac_file" || continue;
+  case $ac_file in
+    *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM ) ;;
+    *) ac_cv_objext=`expr "$ac_file" : '.*\.\(.*\)'`
+       break;;
+  esac
+done
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+{ { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+{ { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot compute suffix of object files: cannot compile
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot compute suffix of object files: cannot compile
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }; }
+fi
+
+rm -f conftest.$ac_cv_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_objext" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_objext" >&6; }
+OBJEXT=$ac_cv_objext
+ac_objext=$OBJEXT
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+#ifndef __GNUC__
+       choke me
+#endif
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  ac_compiler_gnu=yes
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	ac_compiler_gnu=no
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu=$ac_compiler_gnu
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&6; }
+if test $ac_compiler_gnu = yes; then
+  GCC=yes
+else
+  GCC=
+fi
+ac_test_CFLAGS=${CFLAGS+set}
+ac_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether $CC accepts -g" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether $CC accepts -g... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_g+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_save_c_werror_flag=$ac_c_werror_flag
+   ac_c_werror_flag=yes
+   ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no
+   CFLAGS="-g"
+   cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	CFLAGS=""
+      cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  :
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag
+	 CFLAGS="-g"
+	 cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+   ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&6; }
+if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then
+  CFLAGS=$ac_save_CFLAGS
+elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then
+  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+    CFLAGS="-g -O2"
+  else
+    CFLAGS="-g"
+  fi
+else
+  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+    CFLAGS="-O2"
+  else
+    CFLAGS=
+  fi
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_c89+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=no
+ac_save_CC=$CC
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+/* Most of the following tests are stolen from RCS 5.7's src/conf.sh.  */
+struct buf { int x; };
+FILE * (*rcsopen) (struct buf *, struct stat *, int);
+static char *e (p, i)
+     char **p;
+     int i;
+{
+  return p[i];
+}
+static char *f (char * (*g) (char **, int), char **p, ...)
+{
+  char *s;
+  va_list v;
+  va_start (v,p);
+  s = g (p, va_arg (v,int));
+  va_end (v);
+  return s;
+}
+
+/* OSF 4.0 Compaq cc is some sort of almost-ANSI by default.  It has
+   function prototypes and stuff, but not '\xHH' hex character constants.
+   These don't provoke an error unfortunately, instead are silently treated
+   as 'x'.  The following induces an error, until -std is added to get
+   proper ANSI mode.  Curiously '\x00'!='x' always comes out true, for an
+   array size at least.  It's necessary to write '\x00'==0 to get something
+   that's true only with -std.  */
+int osf4_cc_array ['\x00' == 0 ? 1 : -1];
+
+/* IBM C 6 for AIX is almost-ANSI by default, but it replaces macro parameters
+   inside strings and character constants.  */
+#define FOO(x) 'x'
+int xlc6_cc_array[FOO(a) == 'x' ? 1 : -1];
+
+int test (int i, double x);
+struct s1 {int (*f) (int a);};
+struct s2 {int (*f) (double a);};
+int pairnames (int, char **, FILE *(*)(struct buf *, struct stat *, int), int, int);
+int argc;
+char **argv;
+int
+main ()
+{
+return f (e, argv, 0) != argv[0]  ||  f (e, argv, 1) != argv[1];
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+for ac_arg in '' -qlanglvl=extc89 -qlanglvl=ansi -std \
+	-Ae "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE" "-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__"
+do
+  CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg"
+  rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=$ac_arg
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext
+  test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != "xno" && break
+done
+rm -f conftest.$ac_ext
+CC=$ac_save_CC
+
+fi
+# AC_CACHE_VAL
+case "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" in
+  x)
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: none needed" >&5
+$as_echo "none needed" >&6; } ;;
+  xno)
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: unsupported" >&5
+$as_echo "unsupported" >&6; } ;;
+  *)
+    CC="$CC $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89"
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&6; } ;;
+esac
+
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking how to run the C preprocessor" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking how to run the C preprocessor... " >&6; }
+# On Suns, sometimes $CPP names a directory.
+if test -n "$CPP" && test -d "$CPP"; then
+  CPP=
+fi
+if test -z "$CPP"; then
+  if test "${ac_cv_prog_CPP+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+      # Double quotes because CPP needs to be expanded
+    for CPP in "$CC -E" "$CC -E -traditional-cpp" "/lib/cpp"
+    do
+      ac_preproc_ok=false
+for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes
+do
+  # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc
+  # with a fresh cross-compiler works.
+  # Prefer  to  if __STDC__ is defined, since
+  #  exists even on freestanding compilers.
+  # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser,
+  # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case.
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#ifdef __STDC__
+# include 
+#else
+# include 
+#endif
+		     Syntax error
+_ACEOF
+if { (ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       }; then
+  :
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+  # Broken: fails on valid input.
+continue
+fi
+
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+
+  # OK, works on sane cases.  Now check whether nonexistent headers
+  # can be detected and how.
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include 
+_ACEOF
+if { (ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       }; then
+  # Broken: success on invalid input.
+continue
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+  # Passes both tests.
+ac_preproc_ok=:
+break
+fi
+
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+
+done
+# Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped.
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+if $ac_preproc_ok; then
+  break
+fi
+
+    done
+    ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP
+
+fi
+  CPP=$ac_cv_prog_CPP
+else
+  ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CPP" >&5
+$as_echo "$CPP" >&6; }
+ac_preproc_ok=false
+for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes
+do
+  # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc
+  # with a fresh cross-compiler works.
+  # Prefer  to  if __STDC__ is defined, since
+  #  exists even on freestanding compilers.
+  # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser,
+  # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case.
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#ifdef __STDC__
+# include 
+#else
+# include 
+#endif
+		     Syntax error
+_ACEOF
+if { (ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       }; then
+  :
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+  # Broken: fails on valid input.
+continue
+fi
+
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+
+  # OK, works on sane cases.  Now check whether nonexistent headers
+  # can be detected and how.
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include 
+_ACEOF
+if { (ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       }; then
+  # Broken: success on invalid input.
+continue
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+  # Passes both tests.
+ac_preproc_ok=:
+break
+fi
+
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+
+done
+# Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped.
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+if $ac_preproc_ok; then
+  :
+else
+  { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+{ { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: C preprocessor \"$CPP\" fails sanity check
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: C preprocessor \"$CPP\" fails sanity check
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }; }
+fi
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+
+
+
+
+# checks for native programs to generate building tool
+
+if test ${cross_compiling} = yes; then
+  # Extract the first word of "${build}-gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${build}-gcc; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC_BUILD+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC_BUILD"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC_BUILD="$CC_BUILD" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_CC_BUILD="${build}-gcc"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+CC_BUILD=$ac_cv_prog_CC_BUILD
+if test -n "$CC_BUILD"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC_BUILD" >&5
+$as_echo "$CC_BUILD" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+  test -z "${CC_BUILD}" && # Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC_BUILD+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC_BUILD"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC_BUILD="$CC_BUILD" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_CC_BUILD="gcc"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+CC_BUILD=$ac_cv_prog_CC_BUILD
+if test -n "$CC_BUILD"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC_BUILD" >&5
+$as_echo "$CC_BUILD" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+  test -z "${CC_BUILD}" && # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy cc; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC_BUILD+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC_BUILD"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC_BUILD="$CC_BUILD" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+  ac_prog_rejected=no
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    if test "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then
+       ac_prog_rejected=yes
+       continue
+     fi
+    ac_cv_prog_CC_BUILD="cc"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then
+  # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it.
+  set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC_BUILD
+  shift
+  if test $# != 0; then
+    # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one.
+    # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen
+    # first if we set CC_BUILD to just the basename; use the full file name.
+    shift
+    ac_cv_prog_CC_BUILD="$as_dir/$ac_word${1+' '}$@"
+  fi
+fi
+fi
+fi
+CC_BUILD=$ac_cv_prog_CC_BUILD
+if test -n "$CC_BUILD"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC_BUILD" >&5
+$as_echo "$CC_BUILD" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+  test -z "${CC_BUILD}" && { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find native C compiler" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot find native C compiler" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for suffix of native executables" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for suffix of native executables... " >&6; }
+  rm -f a.* b.* a_out.exe conftest.*
+  echo > conftest.c "int main() { return 0;}"
+  ${CC_BUILD} conftest.c || { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: native C compiler is not working" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: native C compiler is not working" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+  rm -f conftest.c
+  if test -x a.out -o -x b.out -o -x conftest; then
+    EXEEXT_BUILD=""
+  elif test -x a_out.exe -o -x conftest.exe; then
+    EXEEXT_BUILD=".exe"
+  elif test -x conftest.* ; then
+    EXEEXT_BUILD=`echo conftest.* | sed -n '1s/^.*\.//g'`
+  fi
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $EXEEXT_BUILD" >&5
+$as_echo "$EXEEXT_BUILD" >&6; }
+else
+  CC_BUILD=${CC}
+  EXEEXT_BUILD=${EXEEXT}
+fi
+
+
+if test ! -z ${EXEEXT_BUILD}; then
+  EXEEXT_BUILD=."${EXEEXT_BUILD}"
+fi
+
+
+
+
+
+# get compiler flags right
+
+if test "x$CC" = xgcc; then
+  XX_CFLAGS="-Wall"
+  XX_ANSIFLAGS="-pedantic -ansi"
+else
+  case "$host" in
+  *-dec-osf*)
+    CFLAGS=
+    XX_CFLAGS="-std1 -g3"
+    XX_ANSIFLAGS=
+    ;;
+  *)
+    XX_CFLAGS=
+    XX_ANSIFLAGS=
+    ;;
+  esac
+fi
+
+
+
+
+# auxiliary programs
+
+# Extract the first word of "rm", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy rm; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_RMF+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$RMF"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_RMF="$RMF" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_RMF="rm -f"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+RMF=$ac_cv_prog_RMF
+if test -n "$RMF"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $RMF" >&5
+$as_echo "$RMF" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+# Extract the first word of "rmdir", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy rmdir; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_RMDIR+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$RMDIR"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_RMDIR="$RMDIR" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_RMDIR="rmdir"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+RMDIR=$ac_cv_prog_RMDIR
+if test -n "$RMDIR"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $RMDIR" >&5
+$as_echo "$RMDIR" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+
+
+# Since this file will be finally moved to another directory we make
+# the path of the install script absolute.  This small code snippet has
+# been taken from automake's `ylwrap' script.
+
+# Find a good install program.  We prefer a C program (faster),
+# so one script is as good as another.  But avoid the broken or
+# incompatible versions:
+# SysV /etc/install, /usr/sbin/install
+# SunOS /usr/etc/install
+# IRIX /sbin/install
+# AIX /bin/install
+# AmigaOS /C/install, which installs bootblocks on floppy discs
+# AIX 4 /usr/bin/installbsd, which doesn't work without a -g flag
+# AFS /usr/afsws/bin/install, which mishandles nonexistent args
+# SVR4 /usr/ucb/install, which tries to use the nonexistent group "staff"
+# OS/2's system install, which has a completely different semantic
+# ./install, which can be erroneously created by make from ./install.sh.
+# Reject install programs that cannot install multiple files.
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for a BSD-compatible install" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for a BSD-compatible install... " >&6; }
+if test -z "$INSTALL"; then
+if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  # Account for people who put trailing slashes in PATH elements.
+case $as_dir/ in
+  ./ | .// | /cC/* | \
+  /etc/* | /usr/sbin/* | /usr/etc/* | /sbin/* | /usr/afsws/bin/* | \
+  ?:\\/os2\\/install\\/* | ?:\\/OS2\\/INSTALL\\/* | \
+  /usr/ucb/* ) ;;
+  *)
+    # OSF1 and SCO ODT 3.0 have their own names for install.
+    # Don't use installbsd from OSF since it installs stuff as root
+    # by default.
+    for ac_prog in ginstall scoinst install; do
+      for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+	if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+	  if test $ac_prog = install &&
+	    grep dspmsg "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+	    # AIX install.  It has an incompatible calling convention.
+	    :
+	  elif test $ac_prog = install &&
+	    grep pwplus "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+	    # program-specific install script used by HP pwplus--don't use.
+	    :
+	  else
+	    rm -rf conftest.one conftest.two conftest.dir
+	    echo one > conftest.one
+	    echo two > conftest.two
+	    mkdir conftest.dir
+	    if "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" -c conftest.one conftest.two "`pwd`/conftest.dir" &&
+	      test -s conftest.one && test -s conftest.two &&
+	      test -s conftest.dir/conftest.one &&
+	      test -s conftest.dir/conftest.two
+	    then
+	      ac_cv_path_install="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext -c"
+	      break 3
+	    fi
+	  fi
+	fi
+      done
+    done
+    ;;
+esac
+
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+rm -rf conftest.one conftest.two conftest.dir
+
+fi
+  if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then
+    INSTALL=$ac_cv_path_install
+  else
+    # As a last resort, use the slow shell script.  Don't cache a
+    # value for INSTALL within a source directory, because that will
+    # break other packages using the cache if that directory is
+    # removed, or if the value is a relative name.
+    INSTALL=$ac_install_sh
+  fi
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $INSTALL" >&5
+$as_echo "$INSTALL" >&6; }
+
+# Use test -z because SunOS4 sh mishandles braces in ${var-val}.
+# It thinks the first close brace ends the variable substitution.
+test -z "$INSTALL_PROGRAM" && INSTALL_PROGRAM='${INSTALL}'
+
+test -z "$INSTALL_SCRIPT" && INSTALL_SCRIPT='${INSTALL}'
+
+test -z "$INSTALL_DATA" && INSTALL_DATA='${INSTALL} -m 644'
+
+case "$INSTALL" in
+/*)
+  ;;
+*/*)
+  INSTALL="`pwd`/$INSTALL" ;;
+esac
+
+
+# checks for header files
+
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for grep that handles long lines and -e" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for grep that handles long lines and -e... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_path_GREP+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -z "$GREP"; then
+  ac_path_GREP_found=false
+  # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST
+  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_prog in grep ggrep; do
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+      ac_path_GREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"
+      { test -f "$ac_path_GREP" && $as_test_x "$ac_path_GREP"; } || continue
+# Check for GNU ac_path_GREP and select it if it is found.
+  # Check for GNU $ac_path_GREP
+case `"$ac_path_GREP" --version 2>&1` in
+*GNU*)
+  ac_cv_path_GREP="$ac_path_GREP" ac_path_GREP_found=:;;
+*)
+  ac_count=0
+  $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in"
+  while :
+  do
+    cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp"
+    mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in"
+    cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl"
+    $as_echo 'GREP' >> "conftest.nl"
+    "$ac_path_GREP" -e 'GREP$' -e '-(cannot match)-' < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break
+    diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break
+    ac_count=`expr $ac_count + 1`
+    if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_GREP_max-0}; then
+      # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one
+      ac_cv_path_GREP="$ac_path_GREP"
+      ac_path_GREP_max=$ac_count
+    fi
+    # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough
+    test $ac_count -gt 10 && break
+  done
+  rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;;
+esac
+
+      $ac_path_GREP_found && break 3
+    done
+  done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  if test -z "$ac_cv_path_GREP"; then
+    { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: no acceptable grep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: no acceptable grep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+  fi
+else
+  ac_cv_path_GREP=$GREP
+fi
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_path_GREP" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_path_GREP" >&6; }
+ GREP="$ac_cv_path_GREP"
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for egrep" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for egrep... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_path_EGREP+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if echo a | $GREP -E '(a|b)' >/dev/null 2>&1
+   then ac_cv_path_EGREP="$GREP -E"
+   else
+     if test -z "$EGREP"; then
+  ac_path_EGREP_found=false
+  # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST
+  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_prog in egrep; do
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+      ac_path_EGREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"
+      { test -f "$ac_path_EGREP" && $as_test_x "$ac_path_EGREP"; } || continue
+# Check for GNU ac_path_EGREP and select it if it is found.
+  # Check for GNU $ac_path_EGREP
+case `"$ac_path_EGREP" --version 2>&1` in
+*GNU*)
+  ac_cv_path_EGREP="$ac_path_EGREP" ac_path_EGREP_found=:;;
+*)
+  ac_count=0
+  $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in"
+  while :
+  do
+    cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp"
+    mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in"
+    cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl"
+    $as_echo 'EGREP' >> "conftest.nl"
+    "$ac_path_EGREP" 'EGREP$' < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break
+    diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break
+    ac_count=`expr $ac_count + 1`
+    if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_EGREP_max-0}; then
+      # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one
+      ac_cv_path_EGREP="$ac_path_EGREP"
+      ac_path_EGREP_max=$ac_count
+    fi
+    # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough
+    test $ac_count -gt 10 && break
+  done
+  rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;;
+esac
+
+      $ac_path_EGREP_found && break 3
+    done
+  done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  if test -z "$ac_cv_path_EGREP"; then
+    { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: no acceptable egrep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: no acceptable egrep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+  fi
+else
+  ac_cv_path_EGREP=$EGREP
+fi
+
+   fi
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_path_EGREP" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_path_EGREP" >&6; }
+ EGREP="$ac_cv_path_EGREP"
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for ANSI C header files" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for ANSI C header files... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_header_stdc+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  ac_cv_header_stdc=yes
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+  # SunOS 4.x string.h does not declare mem*, contrary to ANSI.
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include 
+
+_ACEOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+  $EGREP "memchr" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  :
+else
+  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+  # ISC 2.0.2 stdlib.h does not declare free, contrary to ANSI.
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include 
+
+_ACEOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+  $EGREP "free" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  :
+else
+  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+  # /bin/cc in Irix-4.0.5 gets non-ANSI ctype macros unless using -ansi.
+  if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then
+  :
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include 
+#include 
+#if ((' ' & 0x0FF) == 0x020)
+# define ISLOWER(c) ('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z')
+# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? 'A' + ((c) - 'a') : (c))
+#else
+# define ISLOWER(c) \
+		   (('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'i') \
+		     || ('j' <= (c) && (c) <= 'r') \
+		     || ('s' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z'))
+# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? ((c) | 0x40) : (c))
+#endif
+
+#define XOR(e, f) (((e) && !(f)) || (!(e) && (f)))
+int
+main ()
+{
+  int i;
+  for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
+    if (XOR (islower (i), ISLOWER (i))
+	|| toupper (i) != TOUPPER (i))
+      return 2;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  :
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+( exit $ac_status )
+ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -rf conftest.dSYM
+rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+
+
+fi
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_stdc" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_header_stdc" >&6; }
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define STDC_HEADERS 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+# On IRIX 5.3, sys/types and inttypes.h are conflicting.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+for ac_header in sys/types.h sys/stat.h stdlib.h string.h memory.h strings.h \
+		  inttypes.h stdint.h unistd.h
+do
+as_ac_Header=`$as_echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh`
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_header... " >&6; }
+if { as_var=$as_ac_Header; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_includes_default
+
+#include <$ac_header>
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  eval "$as_ac_Header=yes"
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	eval "$as_ac_Header=no"
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+ac_res=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_Header'}
+		 $as_echo "$as_val"'`
+	       { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_res" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; }
+as_val=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_Header'}
+		 $as_echo "$as_val"'`
+   if test "x$as_val" = x""yes; then
+  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+done
+
+
+
+
+for ac_header in fcntl.h unistd.h
+do
+as_ac_Header=`$as_echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh`
+if { as_var=$as_ac_Header; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_header... " >&6; }
+if { as_var=$as_ac_Header; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+fi
+ac_res=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_Header'}
+		 $as_echo "$as_val"'`
+	       { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_res" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; }
+else
+  # Is the header compilable?
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking $ac_header usability" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking $ac_header usability... " >&6; }
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_includes_default
+#include <$ac_header>
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  ac_header_compiler=yes
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	ac_header_compiler=no
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_compiler" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_header_compiler" >&6; }
+
+# Is the header present?
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking $ac_header presence" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking $ac_header presence... " >&6; }
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <$ac_header>
+_ACEOF
+if { (ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       }; then
+  ac_header_preproc=yes
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+  ac_header_preproc=no
+fi
+
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_preproc" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_header_preproc" >&6; }
+
+# So?  What about this header?
+case $ac_header_compiler:$ac_header_preproc:$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in
+  yes:no: )
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&2;}
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;}
+    ac_header_preproc=yes
+    ;;
+  no:yes:* )
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: present but cannot be compiled" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: present but cannot be compiled" >&2;}
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&2;}
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: see the Autoconf documentation" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: see the Autoconf documentation" >&2;}
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header:     section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header:     section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&2;}
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&2;}
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&2;}
+    ( cat <<\_ASBOX
+## ---------------------------------- ##
+## Report this to freetype@nongnu.org ##
+## ---------------------------------- ##
+_ASBOX
+     ) | sed "s/^/$as_me: WARNING:     /" >&2
+    ;;
+esac
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_header... " >&6; }
+if { as_var=$as_ac_Header; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  eval "$as_ac_Header=\$ac_header_preproc"
+fi
+ac_res=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_Header'}
+		 $as_echo "$as_val"'`
+	       { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_res" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; }
+
+fi
+as_val=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_Header'}
+		 $as_echo "$as_val"'`
+   if test "x$as_val" = x""yes; then
+  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+done
+
+
+
+# checks for typedefs, structures, and compiler characteristics
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for an ANSI C-conforming const" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for an ANSI C-conforming const... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_c_const+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+/* FIXME: Include the comments suggested by Paul. */
+#ifndef __cplusplus
+  /* Ultrix mips cc rejects this.  */
+  typedef int charset[2];
+  const charset cs;
+  /* SunOS 4.1.1 cc rejects this.  */
+  char const *const *pcpcc;
+  char **ppc;
+  /* NEC SVR4.0.2 mips cc rejects this.  */
+  struct point {int x, y;};
+  static struct point const zero = {0,0};
+  /* AIX XL C 1.02.0.0 rejects this.
+     It does not let you subtract one const X* pointer from another in
+     an arm of an if-expression whose if-part is not a constant
+     expression */
+  const char *g = "string";
+  pcpcc = &g + (g ? g-g : 0);
+  /* HPUX 7.0 cc rejects these. */
+  ++pcpcc;
+  ppc = (char**) pcpcc;
+  pcpcc = (char const *const *) ppc;
+  { /* SCO 3.2v4 cc rejects this.  */
+    char *t;
+    char const *s = 0 ? (char *) 0 : (char const *) 0;
+
+    *t++ = 0;
+    if (s) return 0;
+  }
+  { /* Someone thinks the Sun supposedly-ANSI compiler will reject this.  */
+    int x[] = {25, 17};
+    const int *foo = &x[0];
+    ++foo;
+  }
+  { /* Sun SC1.0 ANSI compiler rejects this -- but not the above. */
+    typedef const int *iptr;
+    iptr p = 0;
+    ++p;
+  }
+  { /* AIX XL C 1.02.0.0 rejects this saying
+       "k.c", line 2.27: 1506-025 (S) Operand must be a modifiable lvalue. */
+    struct s { int j; const int *ap[3]; };
+    struct s *b; b->j = 5;
+  }
+  { /* ULTRIX-32 V3.1 (Rev 9) vcc rejects this */
+    const int foo = 10;
+    if (!foo) return 0;
+  }
+  return !cs[0] && !zero.x;
+#endif
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  ac_cv_c_const=yes
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	ac_cv_c_const=no
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_c_const" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_c_const" >&6; }
+if test $ac_cv_c_const = no; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define const /**/
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+# The cast to long int works around a bug in the HP C Compiler
+# version HP92453-01 B.11.11.23709.GP, which incorrectly rejects
+# declarations like `int a3[[(sizeof (unsigned char)) >= 0]];'.
+# This bug is HP SR number 8606223364.
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking size of int" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking size of int... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_sizeof_int+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then
+  # Depending upon the size, compute the lo and hi bounds.
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_includes_default
+int
+main ()
+{
+static int test_array [1 - 2 * !(((long int) (sizeof (int))) >= 0)];
+test_array [0] = 0
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  ac_lo=0 ac_mid=0
+  while :; do
+    cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_includes_default
+int
+main ()
+{
+static int test_array [1 - 2 * !(((long int) (sizeof (int))) <= $ac_mid)];
+test_array [0] = 0
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  ac_hi=$ac_mid; break
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	ac_lo=`expr $ac_mid + 1`
+			if test $ac_lo -le $ac_mid; then
+			  ac_lo= ac_hi=
+			  break
+			fi
+			ac_mid=`expr 2 '*' $ac_mid + 1`
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+  done
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_includes_default
+int
+main ()
+{
+static int test_array [1 - 2 * !(((long int) (sizeof (int))) < 0)];
+test_array [0] = 0
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  ac_hi=-1 ac_mid=-1
+  while :; do
+    cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_includes_default
+int
+main ()
+{
+static int test_array [1 - 2 * !(((long int) (sizeof (int))) >= $ac_mid)];
+test_array [0] = 0
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  ac_lo=$ac_mid; break
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	ac_hi=`expr '(' $ac_mid ')' - 1`
+			if test $ac_mid -le $ac_hi; then
+			  ac_lo= ac_hi=
+			  break
+			fi
+			ac_mid=`expr 2 '*' $ac_mid`
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+  done
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	ac_lo= ac_hi=
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+# Binary search between lo and hi bounds.
+while test "x$ac_lo" != "x$ac_hi"; do
+  ac_mid=`expr '(' $ac_hi - $ac_lo ')' / 2 + $ac_lo`
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_includes_default
+int
+main ()
+{
+static int test_array [1 - 2 * !(((long int) (sizeof (int))) <= $ac_mid)];
+test_array [0] = 0
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  ac_hi=$ac_mid
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	ac_lo=`expr '(' $ac_mid ')' + 1`
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+done
+case $ac_lo in
+?*) ac_cv_sizeof_int=$ac_lo;;
+'') if test "$ac_cv_type_int" = yes; then
+     { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+{ { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot compute sizeof (int)
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot compute sizeof (int)
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
+   { (exit 77); exit 77; }; }; }
+   else
+     ac_cv_sizeof_int=0
+   fi ;;
+esac
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_includes_default
+static long int longval () { return (long int) (sizeof (int)); }
+static unsigned long int ulongval () { return (long int) (sizeof (int)); }
+#include 
+#include 
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  FILE *f = fopen ("conftest.val", "w");
+  if (! f)
+    return 1;
+  if (((long int) (sizeof (int))) < 0)
+    {
+      long int i = longval ();
+      if (i != ((long int) (sizeof (int))))
+	return 1;
+      fprintf (f, "%ld", i);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      unsigned long int i = ulongval ();
+      if (i != ((long int) (sizeof (int))))
+	return 1;
+      fprintf (f, "%lu", i);
+    }
+  /* Do not output a trailing newline, as this causes \r\n confusion
+     on some platforms.  */
+  return ferror (f) || fclose (f) != 0;
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_sizeof_int=`cat conftest.val`
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+( exit $ac_status )
+if test "$ac_cv_type_int" = yes; then
+     { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+{ { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot compute sizeof (int)
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot compute sizeof (int)
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
+   { (exit 77); exit 77; }; }; }
+   else
+     ac_cv_sizeof_int=0
+   fi
+fi
+rm -rf conftest.dSYM
+rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+rm -f conftest.val
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_sizeof_int" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_sizeof_int" >&6; }
+
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define SIZEOF_INT $ac_cv_sizeof_int
+_ACEOF
+
+
+# The cast to long int works around a bug in the HP C Compiler
+# version HP92453-01 B.11.11.23709.GP, which incorrectly rejects
+# declarations like `int a3[[(sizeof (unsigned char)) >= 0]];'.
+# This bug is HP SR number 8606223364.
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking size of long" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking size of long... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_sizeof_long+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then
+  # Depending upon the size, compute the lo and hi bounds.
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_includes_default
+int
+main ()
+{
+static int test_array [1 - 2 * !(((long int) (sizeof (long))) >= 0)];
+test_array [0] = 0
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  ac_lo=0 ac_mid=0
+  while :; do
+    cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_includes_default
+int
+main ()
+{
+static int test_array [1 - 2 * !(((long int) (sizeof (long))) <= $ac_mid)];
+test_array [0] = 0
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  ac_hi=$ac_mid; break
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	ac_lo=`expr $ac_mid + 1`
+			if test $ac_lo -le $ac_mid; then
+			  ac_lo= ac_hi=
+			  break
+			fi
+			ac_mid=`expr 2 '*' $ac_mid + 1`
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+  done
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_includes_default
+int
+main ()
+{
+static int test_array [1 - 2 * !(((long int) (sizeof (long))) < 0)];
+test_array [0] = 0
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  ac_hi=-1 ac_mid=-1
+  while :; do
+    cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_includes_default
+int
+main ()
+{
+static int test_array [1 - 2 * !(((long int) (sizeof (long))) >= $ac_mid)];
+test_array [0] = 0
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  ac_lo=$ac_mid; break
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	ac_hi=`expr '(' $ac_mid ')' - 1`
+			if test $ac_mid -le $ac_hi; then
+			  ac_lo= ac_hi=
+			  break
+			fi
+			ac_mid=`expr 2 '*' $ac_mid`
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+  done
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	ac_lo= ac_hi=
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+# Binary search between lo and hi bounds.
+while test "x$ac_lo" != "x$ac_hi"; do
+  ac_mid=`expr '(' $ac_hi - $ac_lo ')' / 2 + $ac_lo`
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_includes_default
+int
+main ()
+{
+static int test_array [1 - 2 * !(((long int) (sizeof (long))) <= $ac_mid)];
+test_array [0] = 0
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  ac_hi=$ac_mid
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	ac_lo=`expr '(' $ac_mid ')' + 1`
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+done
+case $ac_lo in
+?*) ac_cv_sizeof_long=$ac_lo;;
+'') if test "$ac_cv_type_long" = yes; then
+     { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+{ { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot compute sizeof (long)
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot compute sizeof (long)
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
+   { (exit 77); exit 77; }; }; }
+   else
+     ac_cv_sizeof_long=0
+   fi ;;
+esac
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_includes_default
+static long int longval () { return (long int) (sizeof (long)); }
+static unsigned long int ulongval () { return (long int) (sizeof (long)); }
+#include 
+#include 
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  FILE *f = fopen ("conftest.val", "w");
+  if (! f)
+    return 1;
+  if (((long int) (sizeof (long))) < 0)
+    {
+      long int i = longval ();
+      if (i != ((long int) (sizeof (long))))
+	return 1;
+      fprintf (f, "%ld", i);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      unsigned long int i = ulongval ();
+      if (i != ((long int) (sizeof (long))))
+	return 1;
+      fprintf (f, "%lu", i);
+    }
+  /* Do not output a trailing newline, as this causes \r\n confusion
+     on some platforms.  */
+  return ferror (f) || fclose (f) != 0;
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_sizeof_long=`cat conftest.val`
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+( exit $ac_status )
+if test "$ac_cv_type_long" = yes; then
+     { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+{ { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot compute sizeof (long)
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot compute sizeof (long)
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
+   { (exit 77); exit 77; }; }; }
+   else
+     ac_cv_sizeof_long=0
+   fi
+fi
+rm -rf conftest.dSYM
+rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+rm -f conftest.val
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_sizeof_long" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_sizeof_long" >&6; }
+
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define SIZEOF_LONG $ac_cv_sizeof_long
+_ACEOF
+
+
+
+
+# check whether cpp computation of size of int and long in ftconfig.in works
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking cpp computation of bit length in ftconfig.in works" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking cpp computation of bit length in ftconfig.in works... " >&6; }
+orig_CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS}"
+CPPFLAGS="-I${srcdir} -I. ${CPPFLAGS}"
+ac_clean_files="ft2build.h ftoption.h ftstdlib.h"
+touch ft2build.h ftoption.h ftstdlib.h
+
+cat > conftest.c <<\_ACEOF
+#include 
+#define FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H "ftoption.h"
+#define FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H "ftstdlib.h"
+#define FT_UINT_MAX  UINT_MAX
+#define FT_ULONG_MAX ULONG_MAX
+#include "ftconfig.in"
+_ACEOF
+echo >> conftest.c "#if FT_SIZEOF_INT == "${ac_cv_sizeof_int}
+echo >> conftest.c "ac_cpp_ft_sizeof_int="${ac_cv_sizeof_int}
+echo >> conftest.c "#endif"
+echo >> conftest.c "#if FT_SIZEOF_LONG == "${ac_cv_sizeof_long}
+echo >> conftest.c "ac_cpp_ft_sizeof_long="${ac_cv_sizeof_long}
+echo >> conftest.c "#endif"
+
+${CPP} ${CPPFLAGS} conftest.c | ${GREP} ac_cpp_ft > conftest.sh
+eval `cat conftest.sh`
+${RMF} conftest.c conftest.sh confft2build.h ftoption.h ftstdlib.h
+
+if test x != "x${ac_cpp_ft_sizeof_int}" \
+   -a x != x"${ac_cpp_ft_sizeof_long}"; then
+  unset ft_use_autoconf_sizeof_types
+else
+  ft_use_autoconf_sizeof_types=yes
+fi
+
+# Check whether --enable-biarch-config was given.
+if test "${enable_biarch_config+set}" = set; then
+  enableval=$enable_biarch_config;
+fi
+
+
+case :${ft_use_autoconf_sizeof_types}:${enable_biarch_config}: in
+  :yes:yes:)
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: broken but use it" >&5
+$as_echo "broken but use it" >&6; }
+    unset ft_use_autoconf_sizeof_types
+    ;;
+  ::no:)
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: works but ignore it" >&5
+$as_echo "works but ignore it" >&6; }
+    ft_use_autoconf_sizeof_types=yes
+    ;;
+  ::yes: | :::)
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5
+$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
+    unset ft_use_autoconf_sizeof_types
+    ;;
+  *)
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+    ft_use_autoconf_sizeof_types=yes
+    ;;
+esac
+
+if test x"${ft_use_autoconf_sizeof_types}" = xyes; then
+  cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+CPPFLAGS="${orig_CPPFLAGS}"
+
+
+# checks for library functions
+
+# Here we check whether we can use our mmap file component.
+
+
+
+for ac_header in stdlib.h unistd.h
+do
+as_ac_Header=`$as_echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh`
+if { as_var=$as_ac_Header; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_header... " >&6; }
+if { as_var=$as_ac_Header; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+fi
+ac_res=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_Header'}
+		 $as_echo "$as_val"'`
+	       { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_res" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; }
+else
+  # Is the header compilable?
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking $ac_header usability" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking $ac_header usability... " >&6; }
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_includes_default
+#include <$ac_header>
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  ac_header_compiler=yes
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	ac_header_compiler=no
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_compiler" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_header_compiler" >&6; }
+
+# Is the header present?
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking $ac_header presence" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking $ac_header presence... " >&6; }
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <$ac_header>
+_ACEOF
+if { (ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       }; then
+  ac_header_preproc=yes
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+  ac_header_preproc=no
+fi
+
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_preproc" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_header_preproc" >&6; }
+
+# So?  What about this header?
+case $ac_header_compiler:$ac_header_preproc:$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in
+  yes:no: )
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&2;}
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;}
+    ac_header_preproc=yes
+    ;;
+  no:yes:* )
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: present but cannot be compiled" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: present but cannot be compiled" >&2;}
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&2;}
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: see the Autoconf documentation" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: see the Autoconf documentation" >&2;}
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header:     section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header:     section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&2;}
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&2;}
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&2;}
+    ( cat <<\_ASBOX
+## ---------------------------------- ##
+## Report this to freetype@nongnu.org ##
+## ---------------------------------- ##
+_ASBOX
+     ) | sed "s/^/$as_me: WARNING:     /" >&2
+    ;;
+esac
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_header... " >&6; }
+if { as_var=$as_ac_Header; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  eval "$as_ac_Header=\$ac_header_preproc"
+fi
+ac_res=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_Header'}
+		 $as_echo "$as_val"'`
+	       { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_res" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; }
+
+fi
+as_val=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_Header'}
+		 $as_echo "$as_val"'`
+   if test "x$as_val" = x""yes; then
+  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+done
+
+
+for ac_func in getpagesize
+do
+as_ac_var=`$as_echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh`
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_func" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_func... " >&6; }
+if { as_var=$as_ac_var; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+/* Define $ac_func to an innocuous variant, in case  declares $ac_func.
+   For example, HP-UX 11i  declares gettimeofday.  */
+#define $ac_func innocuous_$ac_func
+
+/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
+    which can conflict with char $ac_func (); below.
+    Prefer  to  if __STDC__ is defined, since
+     exists even on freestanding compilers.  */
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+# include 
+#else
+# include 
+#endif
+
+#undef $ac_func
+
+/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
+   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+char $ac_func ();
+/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
+    to always fail with ENOSYS.  Some functions are actually named
+    something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias.  */
+#if defined __stub_$ac_func || defined __stub___$ac_func
+choke me
+#endif
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+return $ac_func ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && {
+	 test "$cross_compiling" = yes ||
+	 $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext
+       }; then
+  eval "$as_ac_var=yes"
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	eval "$as_ac_var=no"
+fi
+
+rm -rf conftest.dSYM
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+ac_res=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_var'}
+		 $as_echo "$as_val"'`
+	       { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_res" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; }
+as_val=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_var'}
+		 $as_echo "$as_val"'`
+   if test "x$as_val" = x""yes; then
+  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_func" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+done
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for working mmap" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for working mmap... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then
+  ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped=no
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_includes_default
+/* malloc might have been renamed as rpl_malloc. */
+#undef malloc
+
+/* Thanks to Mike Haertel and Jim Avera for this test.
+   Here is a matrix of mmap possibilities:
+	mmap private not fixed
+	mmap private fixed at somewhere currently unmapped
+	mmap private fixed at somewhere already mapped
+	mmap shared not fixed
+	mmap shared fixed at somewhere currently unmapped
+	mmap shared fixed at somewhere already mapped
+   For private mappings, we should verify that changes cannot be read()
+   back from the file, nor mmap's back from the file at a different
+   address.  (There have been systems where private was not correctly
+   implemented like the infamous i386 svr4.0, and systems where the
+   VM page cache was not coherent with the file system buffer cache
+   like early versions of FreeBSD and possibly contemporary NetBSD.)
+   For shared mappings, we should conversely verify that changes get
+   propagated back to all the places they're supposed to be.
+
+   Grep wants private fixed already mapped.
+   The main things grep needs to know about mmap are:
+   * does it exist and is it safe to write into the mmap'd area
+   * how to use it (BSD variants)  */
+
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#if !defined STDC_HEADERS && !defined HAVE_STDLIB_H
+char *malloc ();
+#endif
+
+/* This mess was copied from the GNU getpagesize.h.  */
+#ifndef HAVE_GETPAGESIZE
+/* Assume that all systems that can run configure have sys/param.h.  */
+# ifndef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+#  define HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H 1
+# endif
+
+# ifdef _SC_PAGESIZE
+#  define getpagesize() sysconf(_SC_PAGESIZE)
+# else /* no _SC_PAGESIZE */
+#  ifdef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+#   include 
+#   ifdef EXEC_PAGESIZE
+#    define getpagesize() EXEC_PAGESIZE
+#   else /* no EXEC_PAGESIZE */
+#    ifdef NBPG
+#     define getpagesize() NBPG * CLSIZE
+#     ifndef CLSIZE
+#      define CLSIZE 1
+#     endif /* no CLSIZE */
+#    else /* no NBPG */
+#     ifdef NBPC
+#      define getpagesize() NBPC
+#     else /* no NBPC */
+#      ifdef PAGESIZE
+#       define getpagesize() PAGESIZE
+#      endif /* PAGESIZE */
+#     endif /* no NBPC */
+#    endif /* no NBPG */
+#   endif /* no EXEC_PAGESIZE */
+#  else /* no HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H */
+#   define getpagesize() 8192	/* punt totally */
+#  endif /* no HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H */
+# endif /* no _SC_PAGESIZE */
+
+#endif /* no HAVE_GETPAGESIZE */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+  char *data, *data2, *data3;
+  int i, pagesize;
+  int fd;
+
+  pagesize = getpagesize ();
+
+  /* First, make a file with some known garbage in it. */
+  data = (char *) malloc (pagesize);
+  if (!data)
+    return 1;
+  for (i = 0; i < pagesize; ++i)
+    *(data + i) = rand ();
+  umask (0);
+  fd = creat ("conftest.mmap", 0600);
+  if (fd < 0)
+    return 1;
+  if (write (fd, data, pagesize) != pagesize)
+    return 1;
+  close (fd);
+
+  /* Next, try to mmap the file at a fixed address which already has
+     something else allocated at it.  If we can, also make sure that
+     we see the same garbage.  */
+  fd = open ("conftest.mmap", O_RDWR);
+  if (fd < 0)
+    return 1;
+  data2 = (char *) malloc (2 * pagesize);
+  if (!data2)
+    return 1;
+  data2 += (pagesize - ((long int) data2 & (pagesize - 1))) & (pagesize - 1);
+  if (data2 != mmap (data2, pagesize, PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE,
+		     MAP_PRIVATE | MAP_FIXED, fd, 0L))
+    return 1;
+  for (i = 0; i < pagesize; ++i)
+    if (*(data + i) != *(data2 + i))
+      return 1;
+
+  /* Finally, make sure that changes to the mapped area do not
+     percolate back to the file as seen by read().  (This is a bug on
+     some variants of i386 svr4.0.)  */
+  for (i = 0; i < pagesize; ++i)
+    *(data2 + i) = *(data2 + i) + 1;
+  data3 = (char *) malloc (pagesize);
+  if (!data3)
+    return 1;
+  if (read (fd, data3, pagesize) != pagesize)
+    return 1;
+  for (i = 0; i < pagesize; ++i)
+    if (*(data + i) != *(data3 + i))
+      return 1;
+  close (fd);
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped=yes
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+( exit $ac_status )
+ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped=no
+fi
+rm -rf conftest.dSYM
+rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped" >&6; }
+if test $ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped = yes; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_MMAP 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+rm -f conftest.mmap
+
+if test "$ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped" != yes; then
+  FTSYS_SRC='$(BASE_DIR)/ftsystem.c'
+else
+  FTSYS_SRC='$(BUILD_DIR)/ftsystem.c'
+
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether munmap is declared" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether munmap is declared... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_have_decl_munmap+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#include 
+#endif
+#include 
+
+
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+#ifndef munmap
+  (void) munmap;
+#endif
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  ac_cv_have_decl_munmap=yes
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	ac_cv_have_decl_munmap=no
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_have_decl_munmap" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_have_decl_munmap" >&6; }
+if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl_munmap" = x""yes; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_DECL_MUNMAP 1
+_ACEOF
+
+
+else
+  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_DECL_MUNMAP 0
+_ACEOF
+
+
+fi
+
+
+
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for munmap's first parameter type" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for munmap's first parameter type... " >&6; }
+   cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+
+       /* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+
+#include 
+#include 
+int munmap(void *, size_t);
+
+
+
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: void *" >&5
+$as_echo "void *" >&6; }
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define MUNMAP_USES_VOIDP /**/
+_ACEOF
+
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: char *" >&5
+$as_echo "char *" >&6; }
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+
+fi
+
+
+
+
+for ac_func in memcpy memmove
+do
+as_ac_var=`$as_echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh`
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_func" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_func... " >&6; }
+if { as_var=$as_ac_var; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+/* Define $ac_func to an innocuous variant, in case  declares $ac_func.
+   For example, HP-UX 11i  declares gettimeofday.  */
+#define $ac_func innocuous_$ac_func
+
+/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
+    which can conflict with char $ac_func (); below.
+    Prefer  to  if __STDC__ is defined, since
+     exists even on freestanding compilers.  */
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+# include 
+#else
+# include 
+#endif
+
+#undef $ac_func
+
+/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
+   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+char $ac_func ();
+/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
+    to always fail with ENOSYS.  Some functions are actually named
+    something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias.  */
+#if defined __stub_$ac_func || defined __stub___$ac_func
+choke me
+#endif
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+return $ac_func ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && {
+	 test "$cross_compiling" = yes ||
+	 $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext
+       }; then
+  eval "$as_ac_var=yes"
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	eval "$as_ac_var=no"
+fi
+
+rm -rf conftest.dSYM
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+ac_res=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_var'}
+		 $as_echo "$as_val"'`
+	       { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_res" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; }
+as_val=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_var'}
+		 $as_echo "$as_val"'`
+   if test "x$as_val" = x""yes; then
+  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_func" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+done
+
+
+
+# check for system zlib
+
+# don't quote AS_HELP_STRING!
+
+# Check whether --with-zlib was given.
+if test "${with_zlib+set}" = set; then
+  withval=$with_zlib;
+fi
+
+if test x$with_zlib != xno && test -z "$LIBZ"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for gzsetparams in -lz" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for gzsetparams in -lz... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_z_gzsetparams+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lz  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
+   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+char gzsetparams ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+return gzsetparams ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && {
+	 test "$cross_compiling" = yes ||
+	 $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext
+       }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_z_gzsetparams=yes
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	ac_cv_lib_z_gzsetparams=no
+fi
+
+rm -rf conftest.dSYM
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_z_gzsetparams" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_z_gzsetparams" >&6; }
+if test "x$ac_cv_lib_z_gzsetparams" = x""yes; then
+  if test "${ac_cv_header_zlib_h+set}" = set; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for zlib.h" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for zlib.h... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_header_zlib_h+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_zlib_h" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_header_zlib_h" >&6; }
+else
+  # Is the header compilable?
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking zlib.h usability" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking zlib.h usability... " >&6; }
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_includes_default
+#include 
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  ac_header_compiler=yes
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	ac_header_compiler=no
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_compiler" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_header_compiler" >&6; }
+
+# Is the header present?
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking zlib.h presence" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking zlib.h presence... " >&6; }
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include 
+_ACEOF
+if { (ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       }; then
+  ac_header_preproc=yes
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+  ac_header_preproc=no
+fi
+
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_preproc" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_header_preproc" >&6; }
+
+# So?  What about this header?
+case $ac_header_compiler:$ac_header_preproc:$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in
+  yes:no: )
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: zlib.h: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: zlib.h: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&2;}
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: zlib.h: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: zlib.h: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;}
+    ac_header_preproc=yes
+    ;;
+  no:yes:* )
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: zlib.h: present but cannot be compiled" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: zlib.h: present but cannot be compiled" >&2;}
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: zlib.h:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: zlib.h:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&2;}
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: zlib.h: see the Autoconf documentation" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: zlib.h: see the Autoconf documentation" >&2;}
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: zlib.h:     section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: zlib.h:     section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&2;}
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: zlib.h: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: zlib.h: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&2;}
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: zlib.h: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: zlib.h: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&2;}
+    ( cat <<\_ASBOX
+## ---------------------------------- ##
+## Report this to freetype@nongnu.org ##
+## ---------------------------------- ##
+_ASBOX
+     ) | sed "s/^/$as_me: WARNING:     /" >&2
+    ;;
+esac
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for zlib.h" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for zlib.h... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_header_zlib_h+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_cv_header_zlib_h=$ac_header_preproc
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_zlib_h" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_header_zlib_h" >&6; }
+
+fi
+if test "x$ac_cv_header_zlib_h" = x""yes; then
+  LIBZ='-lz'
+fi
+
+
+fi
+
+fi
+if test x$with_zlib != xno && test -n "$LIBZ"; then
+  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DFT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB"
+  LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $LIBZ"
+  SYSTEM_ZLIB=yes
+fi
+
+
+# check Apple's `-isysroot' option and duplicate it to LDFLAGS if required --
+# Apple TechNote 2137 recommends to include it in CFLAGS but not in LDFLAGS
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether CFLAGS includes -isysroot option" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether CFLAGS includes -isysroot option... " >&6; }
+case "$CFLAGS" in
+*sysroot* )
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5
+$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether LDFLAGS includes -isysroot option" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether LDFLAGS includes -isysroot option... " >&6; }
+  case "$LDFLAGS" in
+  *sysroot* )
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5
+$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
+    ;;
+  *)
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+    isysroot_dir=`echo ${CFLAGS} | tr '\t' ' ' | sed 's/^.*-isysroot *//;s/ .*//'`
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: -isysroot ${isysroot_dir} is added to LDFLAGS" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: -isysroot ${isysroot_dir} is added to LDFLAGS" >&2;}
+    LDFLAGS="-isysroot ${isysroot_dir} ${LDFLAGS}"
+    ;;
+  esac
+  ;;
+*)
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+  ;;
+esac
+
+
+# Whether to use Mac OS resource-based fonts.
+
+ftmac_c="" # src/base/ftmac.c should not be included in makefiles by default
+
+# don't quote AS_HELP_STRING!
+
+# Check whether --with-old-mac-fonts was given.
+if test "${with_old_mac_fonts+set}" = set; then
+  withval=$with_old_mac_fonts;
+fi
+
+if test x$with_old_mac_fonts = xyes; then
+  orig_LDFLAGS="${LDFLAGS}"
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking CoreServices & ApplicationServices of Mac OS X" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking CoreServices & ApplicationServices of Mac OS X... " >&6; }
+  FT2_EXTRA_LIBS="-Wl,-framework,CoreServices -Wl,-framework,ApplicationServices"
+  LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $FT2_EXTRA_LIBS"
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+
+    /* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+
+#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__APPLE_CC__)
+# include 
+# include 
+#else
+# include 
+# include 
+#endif
+
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+
+        short res = 0;
+
+
+        UseResFile( res );
+
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && {
+	 test "$cross_compiling" = yes ||
+	 $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext
+       }; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: ok" >&5
+$as_echo "ok" >&6; }
+     ftmac_c='ftmac.c'
+     { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking OS_INLINE macro is ANSI compatible" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking OS_INLINE macro is ANSI compatible... " >&6; }
+     orig_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $XX_CFLAGS $XX_ANSIFLAGS"
+     cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+
+       /* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+
+#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__APPLE_CC__)
+# include 
+# include 
+#else
+# include 
+# include 
+#endif
+
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+
+           /* OSHostByteOrder() is typed as OS_INLINE */
+           int32_t  os_byte_order = OSHostByteOrder();
+
+
+           if ( OSBigEndian != os_byte_order )
+             return 1;
+
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: ok" >&5
+$as_echo "ok" >&6; }
+        CFLAGS="$orig_CFLAGS"
+        CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_ANSI_OS_INLINE=1"
+
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no, ANSI incompatible" >&5
+$as_echo "no, ANSI incompatible" >&6; }
+        CFLAGS="$orig_CFLAGS"
+
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+     { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking type ResourceIndex" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking type ResourceIndex... " >&6; }
+     orig_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $XX_CFLAGS $XX_ANSIFLAGS"
+     cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+
+       /* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+
+#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__APPLE_CC__)
+# include 
+# include 
+#else
+# include 
+# include 
+# include 
+#endif
+
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+
+           ResourceIndex i = 0;
+           return i;
+
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: ok" >&5
+$as_echo "ok" >&6; }
+        CFLAGS="$orig_CFLAGS"
+        CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_TYPE_RESOURCE_INDEX=1"
+
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+        CFLAGS="$orig_CFLAGS"
+        CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_TYPE_RESOURCE_INDEX=0"
+
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: not found" >&5
+$as_echo "not found" >&6; }
+     FT2_EXTRA_LIBS=""
+     LDFLAGS="${orig_LDFLAGS}"
+     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DDARWIN_NO_CARBON"
+fi
+
+rm -rf conftest.dSYM
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+else
+  case x$host_os in
+  xdarwin*)
+        CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DDARWIN_NO_CARBON"
+    ;;
+  *) ;;
+  esac
+fi
+
+
+# Whether to use FileManager which is deprecated since Mac OS X 10.4.
+
+
+# Check whether --with-fsspec was given.
+if test "${with_fsspec+set}" = set; then
+  withval=$with_fsspec;
+fi
+
+if test x$with_fsspec = xno; then
+  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_FSSPEC=0"
+elif test x$with_old_mac_fonts = xyes -a x$with_fsspec != x; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking FSSpec-based FileManager" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking FSSpec-based FileManager... " >&6; }
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+
+    /* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+
+#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__APPLE_CC__)
+# include 
+# include 
+#else
+# include 
+# include 
+#endif
+
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+
+        FCBPBPtr          paramBlock;
+        short             vRefNum;
+        long              dirID;
+        ConstStr255Param  fileName;
+        FSSpec*           spec;
+
+
+        /* FSSpec functions: deprecated since Mac OS X 10.4 */
+        PBGetFCBInfoSync( paramBlock );
+        FSMakeFSSpec( vRefNum, dirID, fileName, spec );
+
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && {
+	 test "$cross_compiling" = yes ||
+	 $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext
+       }; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: ok" >&5
+$as_echo "ok" >&6; }
+     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_FSSPEC=1"
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: not found" >&5
+$as_echo "not found" >&6; }
+     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_FSSPEC=0"
+fi
+
+rm -rf conftest.dSYM
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+
+
+# Whether to use FileManager in Carbon since MacOS 9.x.
+
+
+# Check whether --with-fsref was given.
+if test "${with_fsref+set}" = set; then
+  withval=$with_fsref;
+fi
+
+if test x$with_fsref = xno; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING:
+*** WARNING
+    FreeType2 built without FSRef API cannot load
+    data-fork fonts on MacOS, except of XXX.dfont.
+    " >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING:
+*** WARNING
+    FreeType2 built without FSRef API cannot load
+    data-fork fonts on MacOS, except of XXX.dfont.
+    " >&2;}
+  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_FSREF=0"
+elif test x$with_old_mac_fonts = xyes -a x$with_fsref != x; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking FSRef-based FileManager" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking FSRef-based FileManager... " >&6; }
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+
+    /* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+
+#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__APPLE_CC__)
+# include 
+# include 
+#else
+# include 
+# include 
+#endif
+
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+
+        short                vRefNum;
+        long                 dirID;
+        ConstStr255Param     fileName;
+
+        Boolean*             isDirectory;
+        UInt8*               path;
+        SInt16               desiredRefNum;
+        SInt16*              iterator;
+        SInt16*              actualRefNum;
+        HFSUniStr255*        outForkName;
+        FSVolumeRefNum       volume;
+        FSCatalogInfoBitmap  whichInfo;
+        FSCatalogInfo*       catalogInfo;
+        FSForkInfo*          forkInfo;
+        FSRef*               ref;
+
+#if HAVE_FSSPEC
+        FSSpec*              spec;
+#endif
+
+        /* FSRef functions: no need to check? */
+        FSGetForkCBInfo( desiredRefNum, volume, iterator,
+                         actualRefNum, forkInfo, ref,
+                         outForkName );
+        FSPathMakeRef( path, ref, isDirectory );
+
+#if HAVE_FSSPEC
+        FSpMakeFSRef ( spec, ref );
+        FSGetCatalogInfo( ref, whichInfo, catalogInfo,
+                          outForkName, spec, ref );
+#endif
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && {
+	 test "$cross_compiling" = yes ||
+	 $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext
+       }; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: ok" >&5
+$as_echo "ok" >&6; }
+     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_FSREF=1"
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: not found" >&5
+$as_echo "not found" >&6; }
+     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_FSREF=0"
+fi
+
+rm -rf conftest.dSYM
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+
+
+# Whether to use QuickDraw API in ToolBox which is deprecated since
+# Mac OS X 10.4.
+
+
+# Check whether --with-quickdraw-toolbox was given.
+if test "${with_quickdraw_toolbox+set}" = set; then
+  withval=$with_quickdraw_toolbox;
+fi
+
+if test x$with_quickdraw_toolbox = xno; then
+  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_QUICKDRAW_TOOLBOX=0"
+elif test x$with_old_mac_fonts = xyes -a x$with_quickdraw_toolbox != x; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking QuickDraw FontManager functions in ToolBox" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking QuickDraw FontManager functions in ToolBox... " >&6; }
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+
+    /* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+
+#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__APPLE_CC__)
+# include 
+# include 
+#else
+# include 
+# include 
+#endif
+
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+
+        Str255     familyName;
+        SInt16     familyID   = 0;
+        FMInput*   fmIn       = NULL;
+        FMOutput*  fmOut      = NULL;
+
+
+        GetFontName( familyID, familyName );
+        GetFNum( familyName, &familyID );
+        fmOut = FMSwapFont( fmIn );
+
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && {
+	 test "$cross_compiling" = yes ||
+	 $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext
+       }; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: ok" >&5
+$as_echo "ok" >&6; }
+     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_QUICKDRAW_TOOLBOX=1"
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: not found" >&5
+$as_echo "not found" >&6; }
+     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_QUICKDRAW_TOOLBOX=0"
+fi
+
+rm -rf conftest.dSYM
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+
+
+# Whether to use QuickDraw API in Carbon which is deprecated since
+# Mac OS X 10.4.
+
+
+# Check whether --with-quickdraw-carbon was given.
+if test "${with_quickdraw_carbon+set}" = set; then
+  withval=$with_quickdraw_carbon;
+fi
+
+if test x$with_quickdraw_carbon = xno; then
+  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_QUICKDRAW_CARBON=0"
+elif test x$with_old_mac_fonts = xyes -a x$with_quickdraw_carbon != x; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking QuickDraw FontManager functions in Carbon" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking QuickDraw FontManager functions in Carbon... " >&6; }
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+
+    /* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+
+#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__APPLE_CC__)
+# include 
+# include 
+#else
+# include 
+# include 
+#endif
+
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+
+        FMFontFamilyIterator          famIter;
+        FMFontFamily                  family;
+        Str255                        famNameStr;
+        FMFontFamilyInstanceIterator  instIter;
+        FMFontStyle                   style;
+        FMFontSize                    size;
+        FMFont                        font;
+        FSSpec*                       pathSpec;
+
+
+        FMCreateFontFamilyIterator( NULL, NULL, kFMUseGlobalScopeOption,
+                                    &famIter );
+        FMGetNextFontFamily( &famIter, &family );
+        FMGetFontFamilyName( family, famNameStr );
+        FMCreateFontFamilyInstanceIterator( family, &instIter );
+        FMGetNextFontFamilyInstance( &instIter, &font, &style, &size );
+        FMDisposeFontFamilyInstanceIterator( &instIter );
+        FMDisposeFontFamilyIterator( &famIter );
+        FMGetFontContainer( font, pathSpec );
+
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && {
+	 test "$cross_compiling" = yes ||
+	 $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext
+       }; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: ok" >&5
+$as_echo "ok" >&6; }
+     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_QUICKDRAW_CARBON=1"
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: not found" >&5
+$as_echo "not found" >&6; }
+     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_QUICKDRAW_CARBON=0"
+fi
+
+rm -rf conftest.dSYM
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+
+
+# Whether to use AppleTypeService since Mac OS X.
+
+# don't quote AS_HELP_STRING!
+
+# Check whether --with-ats was given.
+if test "${with_ats+set}" = set; then
+  withval=$with_ats;
+fi
+
+if test x$with_ats = xno; then
+  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_ATS=0"
+elif test x$with_old_mac_fonts = xyes -a x$with_ats != x ; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking AppleTypeService functions" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking AppleTypeService functions... " >&6; }
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+
+    /* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+
+#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__APPLE_CC__)
+# include 
+# include 
+#else
+# include 
+# include 
+#endif
+
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+
+        FSSpec*  pathSpec;
+
+
+        ATSFontFindFromName( NULL, kATSOptionFlagsUnRestrictedScope );
+#if HAVE_FSSPEC
+        ATSFontGetFileSpecification( 0, pathSpec );
+#endif
+
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && {
+	 test "$cross_compiling" = yes ||
+	 $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext
+       }; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: ok" >&5
+$as_echo "ok" >&6; }
+     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_ATS=1"
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: not found" >&5
+$as_echo "not found" >&6; }
+     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_ATS=0"
+fi
+
+rm -rf conftest.dSYM
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+
+case "$CFLAGS" in
+  *HAVE_FSSPEC* | *HAVE_FSREF* | *HAVE_QUICKDRAW* | *HAVE_ATS* )
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING:
+*** WARNING
+    FSSpec/FSRef/QuickDraw/ATS options are explicitly given,
+    thus it is recommended to replace src/base/ftmac.c by builds/mac/ftmac.c.
+    " >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING:
+*** WARNING
+    FSSpec/FSRef/QuickDraw/ATS options are explicitly given,
+    thus it is recommended to replace src/base/ftmac.c by builds/mac/ftmac.c.
+    " >&2;}
+    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS "'-I$(TOP_DIR)/builds/mac/'
+    ;;
+  *)
+    ;;
+esac
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+case `pwd` in
+  *\ * | *\	*)
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: Libtool does not cope well with whitespace in \`pwd\`" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: Libtool does not cope well with whitespace in \`pwd\`" >&2;} ;;
+esac
+
+
+
+macro_version='2.2.6'
+macro_revision='1.3012'
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ltmain="$ac_aux_dir/ltmain.sh"
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for a sed that does not truncate output" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for a sed that does not truncate output... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_path_SED+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+            ac_script=s/aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa/bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb/
+     for ac_i in 1 2 3 4 5 6 7; do
+       ac_script="$ac_script$as_nl$ac_script"
+     done
+     echo "$ac_script" 2>/dev/null | sed 99q >conftest.sed
+     $as_unset ac_script || ac_script=
+     if test -z "$SED"; then
+  ac_path_SED_found=false
+  # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST
+  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_prog in sed gsed; do
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+      ac_path_SED="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"
+      { test -f "$ac_path_SED" && $as_test_x "$ac_path_SED"; } || continue
+# Check for GNU ac_path_SED and select it if it is found.
+  # Check for GNU $ac_path_SED
+case `"$ac_path_SED" --version 2>&1` in
+*GNU*)
+  ac_cv_path_SED="$ac_path_SED" ac_path_SED_found=:;;
+*)
+  ac_count=0
+  $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in"
+  while :
+  do
+    cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp"
+    mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in"
+    cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl"
+    $as_echo '' >> "conftest.nl"
+    "$ac_path_SED" -f conftest.sed < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break
+    diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break
+    ac_count=`expr $ac_count + 1`
+    if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_SED_max-0}; then
+      # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one
+      ac_cv_path_SED="$ac_path_SED"
+      ac_path_SED_max=$ac_count
+    fi
+    # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough
+    test $ac_count -gt 10 && break
+  done
+  rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;;
+esac
+
+      $ac_path_SED_found && break 3
+    done
+  done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  if test -z "$ac_cv_path_SED"; then
+    { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: no acceptable sed could be found in \$PATH" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: no acceptable sed could be found in \$PATH" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+  fi
+else
+  ac_cv_path_SED=$SED
+fi
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_path_SED" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_path_SED" >&6; }
+ SED="$ac_cv_path_SED"
+  rm -f conftest.sed
+
+test -z "$SED" && SED=sed
+Xsed="$SED -e 1s/^X//"
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for fgrep" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for fgrep... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_path_FGREP+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if echo 'ab*c' | $GREP -F 'ab*c' >/dev/null 2>&1
+   then ac_cv_path_FGREP="$GREP -F"
+   else
+     if test -z "$FGREP"; then
+  ac_path_FGREP_found=false
+  # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST
+  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_prog in fgrep; do
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+      ac_path_FGREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"
+      { test -f "$ac_path_FGREP" && $as_test_x "$ac_path_FGREP"; } || continue
+# Check for GNU ac_path_FGREP and select it if it is found.
+  # Check for GNU $ac_path_FGREP
+case `"$ac_path_FGREP" --version 2>&1` in
+*GNU*)
+  ac_cv_path_FGREP="$ac_path_FGREP" ac_path_FGREP_found=:;;
+*)
+  ac_count=0
+  $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in"
+  while :
+  do
+    cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp"
+    mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in"
+    cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl"
+    $as_echo 'FGREP' >> "conftest.nl"
+    "$ac_path_FGREP" FGREP < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break
+    diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break
+    ac_count=`expr $ac_count + 1`
+    if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_FGREP_max-0}; then
+      # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one
+      ac_cv_path_FGREP="$ac_path_FGREP"
+      ac_path_FGREP_max=$ac_count
+    fi
+    # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough
+    test $ac_count -gt 10 && break
+  done
+  rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;;
+esac
+
+      $ac_path_FGREP_found && break 3
+    done
+  done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  if test -z "$ac_cv_path_FGREP"; then
+    { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: no acceptable fgrep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: no acceptable fgrep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+  fi
+else
+  ac_cv_path_FGREP=$FGREP
+fi
+
+   fi
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_path_FGREP" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_path_FGREP" >&6; }
+ FGREP="$ac_cv_path_FGREP"
+
+
+test -z "$GREP" && GREP=grep
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+# Check whether --with-gnu-ld was given.
+if test "${with_gnu_ld+set}" = set; then
+  withval=$with_gnu_ld; test "$withval" = no || with_gnu_ld=yes
+else
+  with_gnu_ld=no
+fi
+
+ac_prog=ld
+if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+  # Check if gcc -print-prog-name=ld gives a path.
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for ld used by $CC" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for ld used by $CC... " >&6; }
+  case $host in
+  *-*-mingw*)
+    # gcc leaves a trailing carriage return which upsets mingw
+    ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5 | tr -d '\015'` ;;
+  *)
+    ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5` ;;
+  esac
+  case $ac_prog in
+    # Accept absolute paths.
+    [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*)
+      re_direlt='/[^/][^/]*/\.\./'
+      # Canonicalize the pathname of ld
+      ac_prog=`$ECHO "$ac_prog"| $SED 's%\\\\%/%g'`
+      while $ECHO "$ac_prog" | $GREP "$re_direlt" > /dev/null 2>&1; do
+	ac_prog=`$ECHO $ac_prog| $SED "s%$re_direlt%/%"`
+      done
+      test -z "$LD" && LD="$ac_prog"
+      ;;
+  "")
+    # If it fails, then pretend we aren't using GCC.
+    ac_prog=ld
+    ;;
+  *)
+    # If it is relative, then search for the first ld in PATH.
+    with_gnu_ld=unknown
+    ;;
+  esac
+elif test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for GNU ld" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for GNU ld... " >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for non-GNU ld" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for non-GNU ld... " >&6; }
+fi
+if test "${lt_cv_path_LD+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -z "$LD"; then
+  lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+    IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog" || test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exeext"; then
+      lt_cv_path_LD="$ac_dir/$ac_prog"
+      # Check to see if the program is GNU ld.  I'd rather use --version,
+      # but apparently some variants of GNU ld only accept -v.
+      # Break only if it was the GNU/non-GNU ld that we prefer.
+      case `"$lt_cv_path_LD" -v 2>&1 &5
+$as_echo "$LD" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+test -z "$LD" && { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: no acceptable ld found in \$PATH" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: no acceptable ld found in \$PATH" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld... " >&6; }
+if test "${lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  # I'd rather use --version here, but apparently some GNU lds only accept -v.
+case `$LD -v 2>&1 &5
+$as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" >&6; }
+with_gnu_ld=$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for BSD- or MS-compatible name lister (nm)" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for BSD- or MS-compatible name lister (nm)... " >&6; }
+if test "${lt_cv_path_NM+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$NM"; then
+  # Let the user override the test.
+  lt_cv_path_NM="$NM"
+else
+  lt_nm_to_check="${ac_tool_prefix}nm"
+  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix" && test "$build" = "$host"; then
+    lt_nm_to_check="$lt_nm_to_check nm"
+  fi
+  for lt_tmp_nm in $lt_nm_to_check; do
+    lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+    for ac_dir in $PATH /usr/ccs/bin/elf /usr/ccs/bin /usr/ucb /bin; do
+      IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
+      test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+      tmp_nm="$ac_dir/$lt_tmp_nm"
+      if test -f "$tmp_nm" || test -f "$tmp_nm$ac_exeext" ; then
+	# Check to see if the nm accepts a BSD-compat flag.
+	# Adding the `sed 1q' prevents false positives on HP-UX, which says:
+	#   nm: unknown option "B" ignored
+	# Tru64's nm complains that /dev/null is an invalid object file
+	case `"$tmp_nm" -B /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'` in
+	*/dev/null* | *'Invalid file or object type'*)
+	  lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm -B"
+	  break
+	  ;;
+	*)
+	  case `"$tmp_nm" -p /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'` in
+	  */dev/null*)
+	    lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm -p"
+	    break
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    lt_cv_path_NM=${lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm"} # keep the first match, but
+	    continue # so that we can try to find one that supports BSD flags
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	  ;;
+	esac
+      fi
+    done
+    IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
+  done
+  : ${lt_cv_path_NM=no}
+fi
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_path_NM" >&5
+$as_echo "$lt_cv_path_NM" >&6; }
+if test "$lt_cv_path_NM" != "no"; then
+  NM="$lt_cv_path_NM"
+else
+  # Didn't find any BSD compatible name lister, look for dumpbin.
+  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  for ac_prog in "dumpbin -symbols" "link -dump -symbols"
+  do
+    # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_DUMPBIN+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$DUMPBIN"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_DUMPBIN="$DUMPBIN" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_DUMPBIN="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+DUMPBIN=$ac_cv_prog_DUMPBIN
+if test -n "$DUMPBIN"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $DUMPBIN" >&5
+$as_echo "$DUMPBIN" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+    test -n "$DUMPBIN" && break
+  done
+fi
+if test -z "$DUMPBIN"; then
+  ac_ct_DUMPBIN=$DUMPBIN
+  for ac_prog in "dumpbin -symbols" "link -dump -symbols"
+do
+  # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DUMPBIN+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_DUMPBIN"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DUMPBIN="$ac_ct_DUMPBIN" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DUMPBIN="$ac_prog"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_DUMPBIN=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DUMPBIN
+if test -n "$ac_ct_DUMPBIN"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_DUMPBIN" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_ct_DUMPBIN" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+  test -n "$ac_ct_DUMPBIN" && break
+done
+
+  if test "x$ac_ct_DUMPBIN" = x; then
+    DUMPBIN=":"
+  else
+    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
+yes:)
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
+ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
+esac
+    DUMPBIN=$ac_ct_DUMPBIN
+  fi
+fi
+
+
+  if test "$DUMPBIN" != ":"; then
+    NM="$DUMPBIN"
+  fi
+fi
+test -z "$NM" && NM=nm
+
+
+
+
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking the name lister ($NM) interface" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking the name lister ($NM) interface... " >&6; }
+if test "${lt_cv_nm_interface+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  lt_cv_nm_interface="BSD nm"
+  echo "int some_variable = 0;" > conftest.$ac_ext
+  (eval echo "\"\$as_me:7333: $ac_compile\"" >&5)
+  (eval "$ac_compile" 2>conftest.err)
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  (eval echo "\"\$as_me:7336: $NM \\\"conftest.$ac_objext\\\"\"" >&5)
+  (eval "$NM \"conftest.$ac_objext\"" 2>conftest.err > conftest.out)
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  (eval echo "\"\$as_me:7339: output\"" >&5)
+  cat conftest.out >&5
+  if $GREP 'External.*some_variable' conftest.out > /dev/null; then
+    lt_cv_nm_interface="MS dumpbin"
+  fi
+  rm -f conftest*
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_nm_interface" >&5
+$as_echo "$lt_cv_nm_interface" >&6; }
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether ln -s works" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether ln -s works... " >&6; }
+LN_S=$as_ln_s
+if test "$LN_S" = "ln -s"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5
+$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no, using $LN_S" >&5
+$as_echo "no, using $LN_S" >&6; }
+fi
+
+# find the maximum length of command line arguments
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking the maximum length of command line arguments" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking the maximum length of command line arguments... " >&6; }
+if test "${lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+    i=0
+  teststring="ABCD"
+
+  case $build_os in
+  msdosdjgpp*)
+    # On DJGPP, this test can blow up pretty badly due to problems in libc
+    # (any single argument exceeding 2000 bytes causes a buffer overrun
+    # during glob expansion).  Even if it were fixed, the result of this
+    # check would be larger than it should be.
+    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=12288;    # 12K is about right
+    ;;
+
+  gnu*)
+    # Under GNU Hurd, this test is not required because there is
+    # no limit to the length of command line arguments.
+    # Libtool will interpret -1 as no limit whatsoever
+    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=-1;
+    ;;
+
+  cygwin* | mingw* | cegcc*)
+    # On Win9x/ME, this test blows up -- it succeeds, but takes
+    # about 5 minutes as the teststring grows exponentially.
+    # Worse, since 9x/ME are not pre-emptively multitasking,
+    # you end up with a "frozen" computer, even though with patience
+    # the test eventually succeeds (with a max line length of 256k).
+    # Instead, let's just punt: use the minimum linelength reported by
+    # all of the supported platforms: 8192 (on NT/2K/XP).
+    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192;
+    ;;
+
+  amigaos*)
+    # On AmigaOS with pdksh, this test takes hours, literally.
+    # So we just punt and use a minimum line length of 8192.
+    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192;
+    ;;
+
+  netbsd* | freebsd* | openbsd* | darwin* | dragonfly*)
+    # This has been around since 386BSD, at least.  Likely further.
+    if test -x /sbin/sysctl; then
+      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`/sbin/sysctl -n kern.argmax`
+    elif test -x /usr/sbin/sysctl; then
+      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`/usr/sbin/sysctl -n kern.argmax`
+    else
+      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=65536	# usable default for all BSDs
+    fi
+    # And add a safety zone
+    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 4`
+    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \* 3`
+    ;;
+
+  interix*)
+    # We know the value 262144 and hardcode it with a safety zone (like BSD)
+    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=196608
+    ;;
+
+  osf*)
+    # Dr. Hans Ekkehard Plesser reports seeing a kernel panic running configure
+    # due to this test when exec_disable_arg_limit is 1 on Tru64. It is not
+    # nice to cause kernel panics so lets avoid the loop below.
+    # First set a reasonable default.
+    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=16384
+    #
+    if test -x /sbin/sysconfig; then
+      case `/sbin/sysconfig -q proc exec_disable_arg_limit` in
+        *1*) lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=-1 ;;
+      esac
+    fi
+    ;;
+  sco3.2v5*)
+    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=102400
+    ;;
+  sysv5* | sco5v6* | sysv4.2uw2*)
+    kargmax=`grep ARG_MAX /etc/conf/cf.d/stune 2>/dev/null`
+    if test -n "$kargmax"; then
+      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`echo $kargmax | sed 's/.*[	 ]//'`
+    else
+      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=32768
+    fi
+    ;;
+  *)
+    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`(getconf ARG_MAX) 2> /dev/null`
+    if test -n "$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len"; then
+      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 4`
+      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \* 3`
+    else
+      # Make teststring a little bigger before we do anything with it.
+      # a 1K string should be a reasonable start.
+      for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ; do
+        teststring=$teststring$teststring
+      done
+      SHELL=${SHELL-${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}}
+      # If test is not a shell built-in, we'll probably end up computing a
+      # maximum length that is only half of the actual maximum length, but
+      # we can't tell.
+      while { test "X"`$SHELL $0 --fallback-echo "X$teststring$teststring" 2>/dev/null` \
+	         = "XX$teststring$teststring"; } >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
+	      test $i != 17 # 1/2 MB should be enough
+      do
+        i=`expr $i + 1`
+        teststring=$teststring$teststring
+      done
+      # Only check the string length outside the loop.
+      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr "X$teststring" : ".*" 2>&1`
+      teststring=
+      # Add a significant safety factor because C++ compilers can tack on
+      # massive amounts of additional arguments before passing them to the
+      # linker.  It appears as though 1/2 is a usable value.
+      lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 2`
+    fi
+    ;;
+  esac
+
+fi
+
+if test -n $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len ; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len" >&5
+$as_echo "$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: none" >&5
+$as_echo "none" >&6; }
+fi
+max_cmd_len=$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len
+
+
+
+
+
+
+: ${CP="cp -f"}
+: ${MV="mv -f"}
+: ${RM="rm -f"}
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether the shell understands some XSI constructs" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether the shell understands some XSI constructs... " >&6; }
+# Try some XSI features
+xsi_shell=no
+( _lt_dummy="a/b/c"
+  test "${_lt_dummy##*/},${_lt_dummy%/*},"${_lt_dummy%"$_lt_dummy"}, \
+      = c,a/b,, \
+    && eval 'test $(( 1 + 1 )) -eq 2 \
+    && test "${#_lt_dummy}" -eq 5' ) >/dev/null 2>&1 \
+  && xsi_shell=yes
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $xsi_shell" >&5
+$as_echo "$xsi_shell" >&6; }
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether the shell understands \"+=\"" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether the shell understands \"+=\"... " >&6; }
+lt_shell_append=no
+( foo=bar; set foo baz; eval "$1+=\$2" && test "$foo" = barbaz ) \
+    >/dev/null 2>&1 \
+  && lt_shell_append=yes
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_shell_append" >&5
+$as_echo "$lt_shell_append" >&6; }
+
+
+if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  lt_unset=unset
+else
+  lt_unset=false
+fi
+
+
+
+
+
+# test EBCDIC or ASCII
+case `echo X|tr X '\101'` in
+ A) # ASCII based system
+    # \n is not interpreted correctly by Solaris 8 /usr/ucb/tr
+  lt_SP2NL='tr \040 \012'
+  lt_NL2SP='tr \015\012 \040\040'
+  ;;
+ *) # EBCDIC based system
+  lt_SP2NL='tr \100 \n'
+  lt_NL2SP='tr \r\n \100\100'
+  ;;
+esac
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $LD option to reload object files" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $LD option to reload object files... " >&6; }
+if test "${lt_cv_ld_reload_flag+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  lt_cv_ld_reload_flag='-r'
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_ld_reload_flag" >&5
+$as_echo "$lt_cv_ld_reload_flag" >&6; }
+reload_flag=$lt_cv_ld_reload_flag
+case $reload_flag in
+"" | " "*) ;;
+*) reload_flag=" $reload_flag" ;;
+esac
+reload_cmds='$LD$reload_flag -o $output$reload_objs'
+case $host_os in
+  darwin*)
+    if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+      reload_cmds='$LTCC $LTCFLAGS -nostdlib ${wl}-r -o $output$reload_objs'
+    else
+      reload_cmds='$LD$reload_flag -o $output$reload_objs'
+    fi
+    ;;
+esac
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}objdump", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}objdump; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$OBJDUMP"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP="$OBJDUMP" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP="${ac_tool_prefix}objdump"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+OBJDUMP=$ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP
+if test -n "$OBJDUMP"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $OBJDUMP" >&5
+$as_echo "$OBJDUMP" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP"; then
+  ac_ct_OBJDUMP=$OBJDUMP
+  # Extract the first word of "objdump", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy objdump; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OBJDUMP+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_OBJDUMP"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OBJDUMP="$ac_ct_OBJDUMP" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OBJDUMP="objdump"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_OBJDUMP=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OBJDUMP
+if test -n "$ac_ct_OBJDUMP"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_OBJDUMP" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_ct_OBJDUMP" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+  if test "x$ac_ct_OBJDUMP" = x; then
+    OBJDUMP="false"
+  else
+    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
+yes:)
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
+ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
+esac
+    OBJDUMP=$ac_ct_OBJDUMP
+  fi
+else
+  OBJDUMP="$ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP"
+fi
+
+test -z "$OBJDUMP" && OBJDUMP=objdump
+
+
+
+
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking how to recognize dependent libraries" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking how to recognize dependent libraries... " >&6; }
+if test "${lt_cv_deplibs_check_method+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='$MAGIC_CMD'
+lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=
+lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='unknown'
+# Need to set the preceding variable on all platforms that support
+# interlibrary dependencies.
+# 'none' -- dependencies not supported.
+# `unknown' -- same as none, but documents that we really don't know.
+# 'pass_all' -- all dependencies passed with no checks.
+# 'test_compile' -- check by making test program.
+# 'file_magic [[regex]]' -- check by looking for files in library path
+# which responds to the $file_magic_cmd with a given extended regex.
+# If you have `file' or equivalent on your system and you're not sure
+# whether `pass_all' will *always* work, you probably want this one.
+
+case $host_os in
+aix[4-9]*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+
+beos*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+
+bsdi[45]*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [ML]SB (shared object|dynamic lib)'
+  lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/usr/bin/file -L'
+  lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/shlib/libc.so
+  ;;
+
+cygwin*)
+  # func_win32_libid is a shell function defined in ltmain.sh
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ^x86 archive import|^x86 DLL'
+  lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='func_win32_libid'
+  ;;
+
+mingw* | pw32*)
+  # Base MSYS/MinGW do not provide the 'file' command needed by
+  # func_win32_libid shell function, so use a weaker test based on 'objdump',
+  # unless we find 'file', for example because we are cross-compiling.
+  if ( file / ) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ^x86 archive import|^x86 DLL'
+    lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='func_win32_libid'
+  else
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic file format pei*-i386(.*architecture: i386)?'
+    lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='$OBJDUMP -f'
+  fi
+  ;;
+
+cegcc)
+  # use the weaker test based on 'objdump'. See mingw*.
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic file format pe-arm-.*little(.*architecture: arm)?'
+  lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='$OBJDUMP -f'
+  ;;
+
+darwin* | rhapsody*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+
+freebsd* | dragonfly*)
+  if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ > /dev/null; then
+    case $host_cpu in
+    i*86 )
+      # Not sure whether the presence of OpenBSD here was a mistake.
+      # Let's accept both of them until this is cleared up.
+      lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (FreeBSD|OpenBSD|DragonFly)/i[3-9]86 (compact )?demand paged shared library'
+      lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file
+      lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=`echo /usr/lib/libc.so.*`
+      ;;
+    esac
+  else
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  fi
+  ;;
+
+gnu*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+
+hpux10.20* | hpux11*)
+  lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file
+  case $host_cpu in
+  ia64*)
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[0-9][0-9][0-9]|ELF-[0-9][0-9]) shared object file - IA64'
+    lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/hpux32/libc.so
+    ;;
+  hppa*64*)
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[0-9][0-9][0-9]|ELF-[0-9][0-9]) shared object file - PA-RISC [0-9].[0-9]'
+    lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/pa20_64/libc.sl
+    ;;
+  *)
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[0-9][0-9][0-9]|PA-RISC[0-9].[0-9]) shared library'
+    lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/libc.sl
+    ;;
+  esac
+  ;;
+
+interix[3-9]*)
+  # PIC code is broken on Interix 3.x, that's why |\.a not |_pic\.a here
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[^/]+(\.so|\.a)$'
+  ;;
+
+irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
+  case $LD in
+  *-32|*"-32 ") libmagic=32-bit;;
+  *-n32|*"-n32 ") libmagic=N32;;
+  *-64|*"-64 ") libmagic=64-bit;;
+  *) libmagic=never-match;;
+  esac
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+
+# This must be Linux ELF.
+linux* | k*bsd*-gnu)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+
+netbsd*)
+  if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ > /dev/null; then
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[^/]+(\.so\.[0-9]+\.[0-9]+|_pic\.a)$'
+  else
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[^/]+(\.so|_pic\.a)$'
+  fi
+  ;;
+
+newos6*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [ML]SB (executable|dynamic lib)'
+  lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file
+  lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/libnls.so
+  ;;
+
+*nto* | *qnx*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+
+openbsd*)
+  if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[^/]+(\.so\.[0-9]+\.[0-9]+|\.so|_pic\.a)$'
+  else
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[^/]+(\.so\.[0-9]+\.[0-9]+|_pic\.a)$'
+  fi
+  ;;
+
+osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+
+rdos*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+
+solaris*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+
+sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+
+sysv4 | sysv4.3*)
+  case $host_vendor in
+  motorola)
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [ML]SB (shared object|dynamic lib) M[0-9][0-9]* Version [0-9]'
+    lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=`echo /usr/lib/libc.so*`
+    ;;
+  ncr)
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+    ;;
+  sequent)
+    lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/bin/file'
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [LM]SB (shared object|dynamic lib )'
+    ;;
+  sni)
+    lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/bin/file'
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method="file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [LM]SB dynamic lib"
+    lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/lib/libc.so
+    ;;
+  siemens)
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+    ;;
+  pc)
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+    ;;
+  esac
+  ;;
+
+tpf*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+esac
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_deplibs_check_method" >&5
+$as_echo "$lt_cv_deplibs_check_method" >&6; }
+file_magic_cmd=$lt_cv_file_magic_cmd
+deplibs_check_method=$lt_cv_deplibs_check_method
+test -z "$deplibs_check_method" && deplibs_check_method=unknown
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ar", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ar; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_AR+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$AR"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_AR="$AR" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_AR="${ac_tool_prefix}ar"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+AR=$ac_cv_prog_AR
+if test -n "$AR"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $AR" >&5
+$as_echo "$AR" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_AR"; then
+  ac_ct_AR=$AR
+  # Extract the first word of "ar", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ar; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_AR"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR="$ac_ct_AR" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR="ar"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_AR=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR
+if test -n "$ac_ct_AR"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_AR" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_ct_AR" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+  if test "x$ac_ct_AR" = x; then
+    AR="false"
+  else
+    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
+yes:)
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
+ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
+esac
+    AR=$ac_ct_AR
+  fi
+else
+  AR="$ac_cv_prog_AR"
+fi
+
+test -z "$AR" && AR=ar
+test -z "$AR_FLAGS" && AR_FLAGS=cru
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}strip", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}strip; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_STRIP+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$STRIP"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_STRIP="$STRIP" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_STRIP="${ac_tool_prefix}strip"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_STRIP
+if test -n "$STRIP"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $STRIP" >&5
+$as_echo "$STRIP" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_STRIP"; then
+  ac_ct_STRIP=$STRIP
+  # Extract the first word of "strip", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy strip; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="$ac_ct_STRIP" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="strip"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP
+if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_STRIP" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_ct_STRIP" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+  if test "x$ac_ct_STRIP" = x; then
+    STRIP=":"
+  else
+    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
+yes:)
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
+ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
+esac
+    STRIP=$ac_ct_STRIP
+  fi
+else
+  STRIP="$ac_cv_prog_STRIP"
+fi
+
+test -z "$STRIP" && STRIP=:
+
+
+
+
+
+
+if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_RANLIB+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="$RANLIB" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB
+if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $RANLIB" >&5
+$as_echo "$RANLIB" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"; then
+  ac_ct_RANLIB=$RANLIB
+  # Extract the first word of "ranlib", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ranlib; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="$ac_ct_RANLIB" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="ranlib"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB
+if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_RANLIB" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_ct_RANLIB" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+  if test "x$ac_ct_RANLIB" = x; then
+    RANLIB=":"
+  else
+    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
+yes:)
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
+ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
+esac
+    RANLIB=$ac_ct_RANLIB
+  fi
+else
+  RANLIB="$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"
+fi
+
+test -z "$RANLIB" && RANLIB=:
+
+
+
+
+
+
+# Determine commands to create old-style static archives.
+old_archive_cmds='$AR $AR_FLAGS $oldlib$oldobjs'
+old_postinstall_cmds='chmod 644 $oldlib'
+old_postuninstall_cmds=
+
+if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
+  case $host_os in
+  openbsd*)
+    old_postinstall_cmds="$old_postinstall_cmds~\$RANLIB -t \$oldlib"
+    ;;
+  *)
+    old_postinstall_cmds="$old_postinstall_cmds~\$RANLIB \$oldlib"
+    ;;
+  esac
+  old_archive_cmds="$old_archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$oldlib"
+fi
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+# If no C compiler was specified, use CC.
+LTCC=${LTCC-"$CC"}
+
+# If no C compiler flags were specified, use CFLAGS.
+LTCFLAGS=${LTCFLAGS-"$CFLAGS"}
+
+# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments.
+compiler=$CC
+
+
+# Check for command to grab the raw symbol name followed by C symbol from nm.
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking command to parse $NM output from $compiler object" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking command to parse $NM output from $compiler object... " >&6; }
+if test "${lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+
+# These are sane defaults that work on at least a few old systems.
+# [They come from Ultrix.  What could be older than Ultrix?!! ;)]
+
+# Character class describing NM global symbol codes.
+symcode='[BCDEGRST]'
+
+# Regexp to match symbols that can be accessed directly from C.
+sympat='\([_A-Za-z][_A-Za-z0-9]*\)'
+
+# Define system-specific variables.
+case $host_os in
+aix*)
+  symcode='[BCDT]'
+  ;;
+cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
+  symcode='[ABCDGISTW]'
+  ;;
+hpux*)
+  if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
+    symcode='[ABCDEGRST]'
+  fi
+  ;;
+irix* | nonstopux*)
+  symcode='[BCDEGRST]'
+  ;;
+osf*)
+  symcode='[BCDEGQRST]'
+  ;;
+solaris*)
+  symcode='[BDRT]'
+  ;;
+sco3.2v5*)
+  symcode='[DT]'
+  ;;
+sysv4.2uw2*)
+  symcode='[DT]'
+  ;;
+sysv5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*)
+  symcode='[ABDT]'
+  ;;
+sysv4)
+  symcode='[DFNSTU]'
+  ;;
+esac
+
+# If we're using GNU nm, then use its standard symbol codes.
+case `$NM -V 2>&1` in
+*GNU* | *'with BFD'*)
+  symcode='[ABCDGIRSTW]' ;;
+esac
+
+# Transform an extracted symbol line into a proper C declaration.
+# Some systems (esp. on ia64) link data and code symbols differently,
+# so use this general approach.
+lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl="sed -n -e 's/^T .* \(.*\)$/extern int \1();/p' -e 's/^$symcode* .* \(.*\)$/extern char \1;/p'"
+
+# Transform an extracted symbol line into symbol name and symbol address
+lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address="sed -n -e 's/^: \([^ ]*\) $/  {\\\"\1\\\", (void *) 0},/p' -e 's/^$symcode* \([^ ]*\) \([^ ]*\)$/  {\"\2\", (void *) \&\2},/p'"
+lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix="sed -n -e 's/^: \([^ ]*\) $/  {\\\"\1\\\", (void *) 0},/p' -e 's/^$symcode* \([^ ]*\) \(lib[^ ]*\)$/  {\"\2\", (void *) \&\2},/p' -e 's/^$symcode* \([^ ]*\) \([^ ]*\)$/  {\"lib\2\", (void *) \&\2},/p'"
+
+# Handle CRLF in mingw tool chain
+opt_cr=
+case $build_os in
+mingw*)
+  opt_cr=`$ECHO 'x\{0,1\}' | tr x '\015'` # option cr in regexp
+  ;;
+esac
+
+# Try without a prefix underscore, then with it.
+for ac_symprfx in "" "_"; do
+
+  # Transform symcode, sympat, and symprfx into a raw symbol and a C symbol.
+  symxfrm="\\1 $ac_symprfx\\2 \\2"
+
+  # Write the raw and C identifiers.
+  if test "$lt_cv_nm_interface" = "MS dumpbin"; then
+    # Fake it for dumpbin and say T for any non-static function
+    # and D for any global variable.
+    # Also find C++ and __fastcall symbols from MSVC++,
+    # which start with @ or ?.
+    lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe="$AWK '"\
+"     {last_section=section; section=\$ 3};"\
+"     /Section length .*#relocs.*(pick any)/{hide[last_section]=1};"\
+"     \$ 0!~/External *\|/{next};"\
+"     / 0+ UNDEF /{next}; / UNDEF \([^|]\)*()/{next};"\
+"     {if(hide[section]) next};"\
+"     {f=0}; \$ 0~/\(\).*\|/{f=1}; {printf f ? \"T \" : \"D \"};"\
+"     {split(\$ 0, a, /\||\r/); split(a[2], s)};"\
+"     s[1]~/^[@?]/{print s[1], s[1]; next};"\
+"     s[1]~prfx {split(s[1],t,\"@\"); print t[1], substr(t[1],length(prfx))}"\
+"     ' prfx=^$ac_symprfx"
+  else
+    lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe="sed -n -e 's/^.*[	 ]\($symcode$symcode*\)[	 ][	 ]*$ac_symprfx$sympat$opt_cr$/$symxfrm/p'"
+  fi
+
+  # Check to see that the pipe works correctly.
+  pipe_works=no
+
+  rm -f conftest*
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+char nm_test_var;
+void nm_test_func(void);
+void nm_test_func(void){}
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+int main(){nm_test_var='a';nm_test_func();return(0);}
+_LT_EOF
+
+  if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; then
+    # Now try to grab the symbols.
+    nlist=conftest.nm
+    if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$NM conftest.$ac_objext \| $lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe \> $nlist\"") >&5
+  (eval $NM conftest.$ac_objext \| $lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe \> $nlist) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && test -s "$nlist"; then
+      # Try sorting and uniquifying the output.
+      if sort "$nlist" | uniq > "$nlist"T; then
+	mv -f "$nlist"T "$nlist"
+      else
+	rm -f "$nlist"T
+      fi
+
+      # Make sure that we snagged all the symbols we need.
+      if $GREP ' nm_test_var$' "$nlist" >/dev/null; then
+	if $GREP ' nm_test_func$' "$nlist" >/dev/null; then
+	  cat <<_LT_EOF > conftest.$ac_ext
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+_LT_EOF
+	  # Now generate the symbol file.
+	  eval "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl"' < "$nlist" | $GREP -v main >> conftest.$ac_ext'
+
+	  cat <<_LT_EOF >> conftest.$ac_ext
+
+/* The mapping between symbol names and symbols.  */
+const struct {
+  const char *name;
+  void       *address;
+}
+lt__PROGRAM__LTX_preloaded_symbols[] =
+{
+  { "@PROGRAM@", (void *) 0 },
+_LT_EOF
+	  $SED "s/^$symcode$symcode* \(.*\) \(.*\)$/  {\"\2\", (void *) \&\2},/" < "$nlist" | $GREP -v main >> conftest.$ac_ext
+	  cat <<\_LT_EOF >> conftest.$ac_ext
+  {0, (void *) 0}
+};
+
+/* This works around a problem in FreeBSD linker */
+#ifdef FREEBSD_WORKAROUND
+static const void *lt_preloaded_setup() {
+  return lt__PROGRAM__LTX_preloaded_symbols;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+_LT_EOF
+	  # Now try linking the two files.
+	  mv conftest.$ac_objext conftstm.$ac_objext
+	  lt_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+	  lt_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+	  LIBS="conftstm.$ac_objext"
+	  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS$lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag"
+	  if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
+	    pipe_works=yes
+	  fi
+	  LIBS="$lt_save_LIBS"
+	  CFLAGS="$lt_save_CFLAGS"
+	else
+	  echo "cannot find nm_test_func in $nlist" >&5
+	fi
+      else
+	echo "cannot find nm_test_var in $nlist" >&5
+      fi
+    else
+      echo "cannot run $lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe" >&5
+    fi
+  else
+    echo "$progname: failed program was:" >&5
+    cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  fi
+  rm -rf conftest* conftst*
+
+  # Do not use the global_symbol_pipe unless it works.
+  if test "$pipe_works" = yes; then
+    break
+  else
+    lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe=
+  fi
+done
+
+fi
+
+if test -z "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe"; then
+  lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl=
+fi
+if test -z "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: failed" >&5
+$as_echo "failed" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: ok" >&5
+$as_echo "ok" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+# Check whether --enable-libtool-lock was given.
+if test "${enable_libtool_lock+set}" = set; then
+  enableval=$enable_libtool_lock;
+fi
+
+test "x$enable_libtool_lock" != xno && enable_libtool_lock=yes
+
+# Some flags need to be propagated to the compiler or linker for good
+# libtool support.
+case $host in
+ia64-*-hpux*)
+  # Find out which ABI we are using.
+  echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext
+  if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; then
+    case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in
+      *ELF-32*)
+	HPUX_IA64_MODE="32"
+	;;
+      *ELF-64*)
+	HPUX_IA64_MODE="64"
+	;;
+    esac
+  fi
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ;;
+*-*-irix6*)
+  # Find out which ABI we are using.
+  echo '#line 8541 "configure"' > conftest.$ac_ext
+  if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; then
+    if test "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes; then
+      case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in
+	*32-bit*)
+	  LD="${LD-ld} -melf32bsmip"
+	  ;;
+	*N32*)
+	  LD="${LD-ld} -melf32bmipn32"
+	  ;;
+	*64-bit*)
+	  LD="${LD-ld} -melf64bmip"
+	;;
+      esac
+    else
+      case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in
+	*32-bit*)
+	  LD="${LD-ld} -32"
+	  ;;
+	*N32*)
+	  LD="${LD-ld} -n32"
+	  ;;
+	*64-bit*)
+	  LD="${LD-ld} -64"
+	  ;;
+      esac
+    fi
+  fi
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ;;
+
+x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu|x86_64-*linux*|ppc*-*linux*|powerpc*-*linux*| \
+s390*-*linux*|s390*-*tpf*|sparc*-*linux*)
+  # Find out which ABI we are using.
+  echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext
+  if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; then
+    case `/usr/bin/file conftest.o` in
+      *32-bit*)
+	case $host in
+	  x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu)
+	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_i386_fbsd"
+	    ;;
+	  x86_64-*linux*)
+	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_i386"
+	    ;;
+	  ppc64-*linux*|powerpc64-*linux*)
+	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf32ppclinux"
+	    ;;
+	  s390x-*linux*)
+	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_s390"
+	    ;;
+	  sparc64-*linux*)
+	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf32_sparc"
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+      *64-bit*)
+	case $host in
+	  x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu)
+	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_x86_64_fbsd"
+	    ;;
+	  x86_64-*linux*)
+	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_x86_64"
+	    ;;
+	  ppc*-*linux*|powerpc*-*linux*)
+	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64ppc"
+	    ;;
+	  s390*-*linux*|s390*-*tpf*)
+	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_s390"
+	    ;;
+	  sparc*-*linux*)
+	    LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_sparc"
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+    esac
+  fi
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ;;
+
+*-*-sco3.2v5*)
+  # On SCO OpenServer 5, we need -belf to get full-featured binaries.
+  SAVE_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -belf"
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether the C compiler needs -belf" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether the C compiler needs -belf... " >&6; }
+if test "${lt_cv_cc_needs_belf+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+
+     cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && {
+	 test "$cross_compiling" = yes ||
+	 $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext
+       }; then
+  lt_cv_cc_needs_belf=yes
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	lt_cv_cc_needs_belf=no
+fi
+
+rm -rf conftest.dSYM
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+     ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_cc_needs_belf" >&5
+$as_echo "$lt_cv_cc_needs_belf" >&6; }
+  if test x"$lt_cv_cc_needs_belf" != x"yes"; then
+    # this is probably gcc 2.8.0, egcs 1.0 or newer; no need for -belf
+    CFLAGS="$SAVE_CFLAGS"
+  fi
+  ;;
+sparc*-*solaris*)
+  # Find out which ABI we are using.
+  echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext
+  if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; then
+    case `/usr/bin/file conftest.o` in
+    *64-bit*)
+      case $lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld in
+      yes*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_sparc" ;;
+      *)
+	if ${LD-ld} -64 -r -o conftest2.o conftest.o >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+	  LD="${LD-ld} -64"
+	fi
+	;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+    esac
+  fi
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ;;
+esac
+
+need_locks="$enable_libtool_lock"
+
+
+  case $host_os in
+    rhapsody* | darwin*)
+    if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}dsymutil", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}dsymutil; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$DSYMUTIL"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL="$DSYMUTIL" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL="${ac_tool_prefix}dsymutil"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+DSYMUTIL=$ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL
+if test -n "$DSYMUTIL"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $DSYMUTIL" >&5
+$as_echo "$DSYMUTIL" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL"; then
+  ac_ct_DSYMUTIL=$DSYMUTIL
+  # Extract the first word of "dsymutil", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy dsymutil; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DSYMUTIL+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_DSYMUTIL"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DSYMUTIL="$ac_ct_DSYMUTIL" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DSYMUTIL="dsymutil"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_DSYMUTIL=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DSYMUTIL
+if test -n "$ac_ct_DSYMUTIL"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_DSYMUTIL" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_ct_DSYMUTIL" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+  if test "x$ac_ct_DSYMUTIL" = x; then
+    DSYMUTIL=":"
+  else
+    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
+yes:)
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
+ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
+esac
+    DSYMUTIL=$ac_ct_DSYMUTIL
+  fi
+else
+  DSYMUTIL="$ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL"
+fi
+
+    if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}nmedit", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}nmedit; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$NMEDIT"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT="$NMEDIT" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT="${ac_tool_prefix}nmedit"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+NMEDIT=$ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT
+if test -n "$NMEDIT"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $NMEDIT" >&5
+$as_echo "$NMEDIT" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT"; then
+  ac_ct_NMEDIT=$NMEDIT
+  # Extract the first word of "nmedit", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy nmedit; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_NMEDIT+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_NMEDIT"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_NMEDIT="$ac_ct_NMEDIT" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_NMEDIT="nmedit"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_NMEDIT=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_NMEDIT
+if test -n "$ac_ct_NMEDIT"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_NMEDIT" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_ct_NMEDIT" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+  if test "x$ac_ct_NMEDIT" = x; then
+    NMEDIT=":"
+  else
+    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
+yes:)
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
+ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
+esac
+    NMEDIT=$ac_ct_NMEDIT
+  fi
+else
+  NMEDIT="$ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT"
+fi
+
+    if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}lipo", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}lipo; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_LIPO+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$LIPO"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_LIPO="$LIPO" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_LIPO="${ac_tool_prefix}lipo"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+LIPO=$ac_cv_prog_LIPO
+if test -n "$LIPO"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $LIPO" >&5
+$as_echo "$LIPO" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_LIPO"; then
+  ac_ct_LIPO=$LIPO
+  # Extract the first word of "lipo", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy lipo; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_LIPO+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_LIPO"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_LIPO="$ac_ct_LIPO" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_LIPO="lipo"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_LIPO=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_LIPO
+if test -n "$ac_ct_LIPO"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_LIPO" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_ct_LIPO" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+  if test "x$ac_ct_LIPO" = x; then
+    LIPO=":"
+  else
+    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
+yes:)
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
+ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
+esac
+    LIPO=$ac_ct_LIPO
+  fi
+else
+  LIPO="$ac_cv_prog_LIPO"
+fi
+
+    if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}otool", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}otool; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_OTOOL+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$OTOOL"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_OTOOL="$OTOOL" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_OTOOL="${ac_tool_prefix}otool"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+OTOOL=$ac_cv_prog_OTOOL
+if test -n "$OTOOL"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $OTOOL" >&5
+$as_echo "$OTOOL" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_OTOOL"; then
+  ac_ct_OTOOL=$OTOOL
+  # Extract the first word of "otool", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy otool; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_OTOOL"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL="$ac_ct_OTOOL" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL="otool"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_OTOOL=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL
+if test -n "$ac_ct_OTOOL"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_OTOOL" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_ct_OTOOL" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+  if test "x$ac_ct_OTOOL" = x; then
+    OTOOL=":"
+  else
+    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
+yes:)
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
+ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
+esac
+    OTOOL=$ac_ct_OTOOL
+  fi
+else
+  OTOOL="$ac_cv_prog_OTOOL"
+fi
+
+    if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}otool64", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}otool64; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_OTOOL64+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$OTOOL64"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_OTOOL64="$OTOOL64" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_OTOOL64="${ac_tool_prefix}otool64"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+OTOOL64=$ac_cv_prog_OTOOL64
+if test -n "$OTOOL64"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $OTOOL64" >&5
+$as_echo "$OTOOL64" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_OTOOL64"; then
+  ac_ct_OTOOL64=$OTOOL64
+  # Extract the first word of "otool64", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy otool64; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL64+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_OTOOL64"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL64="$ac_ct_OTOOL64" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL64="otool64"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_OTOOL64=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL64
+if test -n "$ac_ct_OTOOL64"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_OTOOL64" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_ct_OTOOL64" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+  if test "x$ac_ct_OTOOL64" = x; then
+    OTOOL64=":"
+  else
+    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
+yes:)
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
+ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
+esac
+    OTOOL64=$ac_ct_OTOOL64
+  fi
+else
+  OTOOL64="$ac_cv_prog_OTOOL64"
+fi
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for -single_module linker flag" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for -single_module linker flag... " >&6; }
+if test "${lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod=no
+      if test -z "${LT_MULTI_MODULE}"; then
+	# By default we will add the -single_module flag. You can override
+	# by either setting the environment variable LT_MULTI_MODULE
+	# non-empty at configure time, or by adding -multi_module to the
+	# link flags.
+	rm -rf libconftest.dylib*
+	echo "int foo(void){return 1;}" > conftest.c
+	echo "$LTCC $LTCFLAGS $LDFLAGS -o libconftest.dylib \
+-dynamiclib -Wl,-single_module conftest.c" >&5
+	$LTCC $LTCFLAGS $LDFLAGS -o libconftest.dylib \
+	  -dynamiclib -Wl,-single_module conftest.c 2>conftest.err
+        _lt_result=$?
+	if test -f libconftest.dylib && test ! -s conftest.err && test $_lt_result = 0; then
+	  lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod=yes
+	else
+	  cat conftest.err >&5
+	fi
+	rm -rf libconftest.dylib*
+	rm -f conftest.*
+      fi
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod" >&5
+$as_echo "$lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod" >&6; }
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for -exported_symbols_list linker flag" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for -exported_symbols_list linker flag... " >&6; }
+if test "${lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list=no
+      save_LDFLAGS=$LDFLAGS
+      echo "_main" > conftest.sym
+      LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-exported_symbols_list,conftest.sym"
+      cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && {
+	 test "$cross_compiling" = yes ||
+	 $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext
+       }; then
+  lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list=yes
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list=no
+fi
+
+rm -rf conftest.dSYM
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+	LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS"
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list" >&5
+$as_echo "$lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list" >&6; }
+    case $host_os in
+    rhapsody* | darwin1.[012])
+      _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;;
+    darwin1.*)
+      _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-flat_namespace ${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;;
+    darwin*) # darwin 5.x on
+      # if running on 10.5 or later, the deployment target defaults
+      # to the OS version, if on x86, and 10.4, the deployment
+      # target defaults to 10.4. Don't you love it?
+      case ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET-10.0},$host in
+	10.0,*86*-darwin8*|10.0,*-darwin[91]*)
+	  _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-undefined ${wl}dynamic_lookup' ;;
+	10.[012]*)
+	  _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-flat_namespace ${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;;
+	10.*)
+	  _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-undefined ${wl}dynamic_lookup' ;;
+      esac
+    ;;
+  esac
+    if test "$lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod" = "yes"; then
+      _lt_dar_single_mod='$single_module'
+    fi
+    if test "$lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list" = "yes"; then
+      _lt_dar_export_syms=' ${wl}-exported_symbols_list,$output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym'
+    else
+      _lt_dar_export_syms='~$NMEDIT -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}'
+    fi
+    if test "$DSYMUTIL" != ":"; then
+      _lt_dsymutil='~$DSYMUTIL $lib || :'
+    else
+      _lt_dsymutil=
+    fi
+    ;;
+  esac
+
+
+for ac_header in dlfcn.h
+do
+as_ac_Header=`$as_echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh`
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_header... " >&6; }
+if { as_var=$as_ac_Header; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_includes_default
+
+#include <$ac_header>
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  eval "$as_ac_Header=yes"
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	eval "$as_ac_Header=no"
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+ac_res=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_Header'}
+		 $as_echo "$as_val"'`
+	       { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_res" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; }
+as_val=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_Header'}
+		 $as_echo "$as_val"'`
+   if test "x$as_val" = x""yes; then
+  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+done
+
+
+
+# Set options
+enable_win32_dll=yes
+
+case $host in
+*-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-cegcc*)
+  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}as", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}as; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_AS+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$AS"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_AS="$AS" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_AS="${ac_tool_prefix}as"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+AS=$ac_cv_prog_AS
+if test -n "$AS"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $AS" >&5
+$as_echo "$AS" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_AS"; then
+  ac_ct_AS=$AS
+  # Extract the first word of "as", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy as; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AS+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_AS"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AS="$ac_ct_AS" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AS="as"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_AS=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AS
+if test -n "$ac_ct_AS"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_AS" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_ct_AS" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+  if test "x$ac_ct_AS" = x; then
+    AS="false"
+  else
+    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
+yes:)
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
+ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
+esac
+    AS=$ac_ct_AS
+  fi
+else
+  AS="$ac_cv_prog_AS"
+fi
+
+  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}dlltool", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}dlltool; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_DLLTOOL+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$DLLTOOL"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_DLLTOOL="$DLLTOOL" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_DLLTOOL="${ac_tool_prefix}dlltool"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+DLLTOOL=$ac_cv_prog_DLLTOOL
+if test -n "$DLLTOOL"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $DLLTOOL" >&5
+$as_echo "$DLLTOOL" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_DLLTOOL"; then
+  ac_ct_DLLTOOL=$DLLTOOL
+  # Extract the first word of "dlltool", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy dlltool; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DLLTOOL+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_DLLTOOL"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DLLTOOL="$ac_ct_DLLTOOL" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DLLTOOL="dlltool"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_DLLTOOL=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DLLTOOL
+if test -n "$ac_ct_DLLTOOL"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_DLLTOOL" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_ct_DLLTOOL" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+  if test "x$ac_ct_DLLTOOL" = x; then
+    DLLTOOL="false"
+  else
+    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
+yes:)
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
+ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
+esac
+    DLLTOOL=$ac_ct_DLLTOOL
+  fi
+else
+  DLLTOOL="$ac_cv_prog_DLLTOOL"
+fi
+
+  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}objdump", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}objdump; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$OBJDUMP"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP="$OBJDUMP" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP="${ac_tool_prefix}objdump"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+OBJDUMP=$ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP
+if test -n "$OBJDUMP"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $OBJDUMP" >&5
+$as_echo "$OBJDUMP" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP"; then
+  ac_ct_OBJDUMP=$OBJDUMP
+  # Extract the first word of "objdump", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy objdump; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OBJDUMP+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_OBJDUMP"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OBJDUMP="$ac_ct_OBJDUMP" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OBJDUMP="objdump"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_OBJDUMP=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OBJDUMP
+if test -n "$ac_ct_OBJDUMP"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_OBJDUMP" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_ct_OBJDUMP" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+  if test "x$ac_ct_OBJDUMP" = x; then
+    OBJDUMP="false"
+  else
+    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
+yes:)
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
+ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
+esac
+    OBJDUMP=$ac_ct_OBJDUMP
+  fi
+else
+  OBJDUMP="$ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP"
+fi
+
+  ;;
+esac
+
+test -z "$AS" && AS=as
+
+
+
+
+
+test -z "$DLLTOOL" && DLLTOOL=dlltool
+
+
+
+
+
+test -z "$OBJDUMP" && OBJDUMP=objdump
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+        enable_dlopen=no
+
+
+
+            # Check whether --enable-shared was given.
+if test "${enable_shared+set}" = set; then
+  enableval=$enable_shared; p=${PACKAGE-default}
+    case $enableval in
+    yes) enable_shared=yes ;;
+    no) enable_shared=no ;;
+    *)
+      enable_shared=no
+      # Look at the argument we got.  We use all the common list separators.
+      lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR,"
+      for pkg in $enableval; do
+	IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
+	if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then
+	  enable_shared=yes
+	fi
+      done
+      IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
+      ;;
+    esac
+else
+  enable_shared=yes
+fi
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+  # Check whether --enable-static was given.
+if test "${enable_static+set}" = set; then
+  enableval=$enable_static; p=${PACKAGE-default}
+    case $enableval in
+    yes) enable_static=yes ;;
+    no) enable_static=no ;;
+    *)
+     enable_static=no
+      # Look at the argument we got.  We use all the common list separators.
+      lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR,"
+      for pkg in $enableval; do
+	IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
+	if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then
+	  enable_static=yes
+	fi
+      done
+      IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
+      ;;
+    esac
+else
+  enable_static=yes
+fi
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+# Check whether --with-pic was given.
+if test "${with_pic+set}" = set; then
+  withval=$with_pic; pic_mode="$withval"
+else
+  pic_mode=default
+fi
+
+
+test -z "$pic_mode" && pic_mode=default
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+  # Check whether --enable-fast-install was given.
+if test "${enable_fast_install+set}" = set; then
+  enableval=$enable_fast_install; p=${PACKAGE-default}
+    case $enableval in
+    yes) enable_fast_install=yes ;;
+    no) enable_fast_install=no ;;
+    *)
+      enable_fast_install=no
+      # Look at the argument we got.  We use all the common list separators.
+      lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR,"
+      for pkg in $enableval; do
+	IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
+	if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then
+	  enable_fast_install=yes
+	fi
+      done
+      IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
+      ;;
+    esac
+else
+  enable_fast_install=yes
+fi
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+# This can be used to rebuild libtool when needed
+LIBTOOL_DEPS="$ltmain"
+
+# Always use our own libtool.
+LIBTOOL='$(SHELL) $(top_builddir)/libtool'
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+test -z "$LN_S" && LN_S="ln -s"
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then
+   setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
+fi
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for objdir" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for objdir... " >&6; }
+if test "${lt_cv_objdir+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  rm -f .libs 2>/dev/null
+mkdir .libs 2>/dev/null
+if test -d .libs; then
+  lt_cv_objdir=.libs
+else
+  # MS-DOS does not allow filenames that begin with a dot.
+  lt_cv_objdir=_libs
+fi
+rmdir .libs 2>/dev/null
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_objdir" >&5
+$as_echo "$lt_cv_objdir" >&6; }
+objdir=$lt_cv_objdir
+
+
+
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define LT_OBJDIR "$lt_cv_objdir/"
+_ACEOF
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+case $host_os in
+aix3*)
+  # AIX sometimes has problems with the GCC collect2 program.  For some
+  # reason, if we set the COLLECT_NAMES environment variable, the problems
+  # vanish in a puff of smoke.
+  if test "X${COLLECT_NAMES+set}" != Xset; then
+    COLLECT_NAMES=
+    export COLLECT_NAMES
+  fi
+  ;;
+esac
+
+# Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting.  It backslashifies
+# metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings.
+sed_quote_subst='s/\(["`$\\]\)/\\\1/g'
+
+# Same as above, but do not quote variable references.
+double_quote_subst='s/\(["`\\]\)/\\\1/g'
+
+# Sed substitution to delay expansion of an escaped shell variable in a
+# double_quote_subst'ed string.
+delay_variable_subst='s/\\\\\\\\\\\$/\\\\\\$/g'
+
+# Sed substitution to delay expansion of an escaped single quote.
+delay_single_quote_subst='s/'\''/'\'\\\\\\\'\''/g'
+
+# Sed substitution to avoid accidental globbing in evaled expressions
+no_glob_subst='s/\*/\\\*/g'
+
+# Global variables:
+ofile=libtool
+can_build_shared=yes
+
+# All known linkers require a `.a' archive for static linking (except MSVC,
+# which needs '.lib').
+libext=a
+
+with_gnu_ld="$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld"
+
+old_CC="$CC"
+old_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+
+# Set sane defaults for various variables
+test -z "$CC" && CC=cc
+test -z "$LTCC" && LTCC=$CC
+test -z "$LTCFLAGS" && LTCFLAGS=$CFLAGS
+test -z "$LD" && LD=ld
+test -z "$ac_objext" && ac_objext=o
+
+for cc_temp in $compiler""; do
+  case $cc_temp in
+    compile | *[\\/]compile | ccache | *[\\/]ccache ) ;;
+    distcc | *[\\/]distcc | purify | *[\\/]purify ) ;;
+    \-*) ;;
+    *) break;;
+  esac
+done
+cc_basename=`$ECHO "X$cc_temp" | $Xsed -e 's%.*/%%' -e "s%^$host_alias-%%"`
+
+
+# Only perform the check for file, if the check method requires it
+test -z "$MAGIC_CMD" && MAGIC_CMD=file
+case $deplibs_check_method in
+file_magic*)
+  if test "$file_magic_cmd" = '$MAGIC_CMD'; then
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for ${ac_tool_prefix}file" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for ${ac_tool_prefix}file... " >&6; }
+if test "${lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  case $MAGIC_CMD in
+[\\/*] |  ?:[\\/]*)
+  lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD" # Let the user override the test with a path.
+  ;;
+*)
+  lt_save_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD"
+  lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+  ac_dummy="/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH"
+  for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do
+    IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    if test -f $ac_dir/${ac_tool_prefix}file; then
+      lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$ac_dir/${ac_tool_prefix}file"
+      if test -n "$file_magic_test_file"; then
+	case $deplibs_check_method in
+	"file_magic "*)
+	  file_magic_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "file_magic \(.*\)"`
+	  MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD"
+	  if eval $file_magic_cmd \$file_magic_test_file 2> /dev/null |
+	    $EGREP "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then
+	    :
+	  else
+	    cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2
+
+*** Warning: the command libtool uses to detect shared libraries,
+*** $file_magic_cmd, produces output that libtool cannot recognize.
+*** The result is that libtool may fail to recognize shared libraries
+*** as such.  This will affect the creation of libtool libraries that
+*** depend on shared libraries, but programs linked with such libtool
+*** libraries will work regardless of this problem.  Nevertheless, you
+*** may want to report the problem to your system manager and/or to
+*** bug-libtool@gnu.org
+
+_LT_EOF
+	  fi ;;
+	esac
+      fi
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
+  MAGIC_CMD="$lt_save_MAGIC_CMD"
+  ;;
+esac
+fi
+
+MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD"
+if test -n "$MAGIC_CMD"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $MAGIC_CMD" >&5
+$as_echo "$MAGIC_CMD" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+
+
+
+if test -z "$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD"; then
+  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for file" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for file... " >&6; }
+if test "${lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  case $MAGIC_CMD in
+[\\/*] |  ?:[\\/]*)
+  lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD" # Let the user override the test with a path.
+  ;;
+*)
+  lt_save_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD"
+  lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+  ac_dummy="/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH"
+  for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do
+    IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    if test -f $ac_dir/file; then
+      lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$ac_dir/file"
+      if test -n "$file_magic_test_file"; then
+	case $deplibs_check_method in
+	"file_magic "*)
+	  file_magic_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "file_magic \(.*\)"`
+	  MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD"
+	  if eval $file_magic_cmd \$file_magic_test_file 2> /dev/null |
+	    $EGREP "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then
+	    :
+	  else
+	    cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2
+
+*** Warning: the command libtool uses to detect shared libraries,
+*** $file_magic_cmd, produces output that libtool cannot recognize.
+*** The result is that libtool may fail to recognize shared libraries
+*** as such.  This will affect the creation of libtool libraries that
+*** depend on shared libraries, but programs linked with such libtool
+*** libraries will work regardless of this problem.  Nevertheless, you
+*** may want to report the problem to your system manager and/or to
+*** bug-libtool@gnu.org
+
+_LT_EOF
+	  fi ;;
+	esac
+      fi
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
+  MAGIC_CMD="$lt_save_MAGIC_CMD"
+  ;;
+esac
+fi
+
+MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD"
+if test -n "$MAGIC_CMD"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $MAGIC_CMD" >&5
+$as_echo "$MAGIC_CMD" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+  else
+    MAGIC_CMD=:
+  fi
+fi
+
+  fi
+  ;;
+esac
+
+# Use C for the default configuration in the libtool script
+
+lt_save_CC="$CC"
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+
+
+# Source file extension for C test sources.
+ac_ext=c
+
+# Object file extension for compiled C test sources.
+objext=o
+objext=$objext
+
+# Code to be used in simple compile tests
+lt_simple_compile_test_code="int some_variable = 0;"
+
+# Code to be used in simple link tests
+lt_simple_link_test_code='int main(){return(0);}'
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+# If no C compiler was specified, use CC.
+LTCC=${LTCC-"$CC"}
+
+# If no C compiler flags were specified, use CFLAGS.
+LTCFLAGS=${LTCFLAGS-"$CFLAGS"}
+
+# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments.
+compiler=$CC
+
+# Save the default compiler, since it gets overwritten when the other
+# tags are being tested, and _LT_TAGVAR(compiler, []) is a NOP.
+compiler_DEFAULT=$CC
+
+# save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code
+ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext
+echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" >conftest.$ac_ext
+eval "$ac_compile" 2>&1 >/dev/null | $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' >conftest.err
+_lt_compiler_boilerplate=`cat conftest.err`
+$RM conftest*
+
+ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext
+echo "$lt_simple_link_test_code" >conftest.$ac_ext
+eval "$ac_link" 2>&1 >/dev/null | $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' >conftest.err
+_lt_linker_boilerplate=`cat conftest.err`
+$RM -r conftest*
+
+
+if test -n "$compiler"; then
+
+lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag=
+
+if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+  lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag=' -fno-builtin'
+
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if $compiler supports -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking if $compiler supports -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions... " >&6; }
+if test "${lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions=no
+   ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext
+   echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext
+   lt_compiler_flag="-fno-rtti -fno-exceptions"
+   # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or
+   # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end.
+   # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins
+   # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly.
+   # The option is referenced via a variable to avoid confusing sed.
+   lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \
+   -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \
+   -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \
+   -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'`
+   (eval echo "\"\$as_me:10204: $lt_compile\"" >&5)
+   (eval "$lt_compile" 2>conftest.err)
+   ac_status=$?
+   cat conftest.err >&5
+   echo "$as_me:10208: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+   if (exit $ac_status) && test -s "$ac_outfile"; then
+     # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized
+     # So say no if there are warnings other than the usual output.
+     $ECHO "X$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' >conftest.exp
+     $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2
+     if test ! -s conftest.er2 || diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then
+       lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions=yes
+     fi
+   fi
+   $RM conftest*
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions" >&5
+$as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions" >&6; }
+
+if test x"$lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions" = xyes; then
+    lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag="$lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions"
+else
+    :
+fi
+
+fi
+
+
+
+
+
+
+  lt_prog_compiler_wl=
+lt_prog_compiler_pic=
+lt_prog_compiler_static=
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $compiler option to produce PIC" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $compiler option to produce PIC... " >&6; }
+
+  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+    lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
+    lt_prog_compiler_static='-static'
+
+    case $host_os in
+      aix*)
+      # All AIX code is PIC.
+      if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
+	# AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor
+	lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic'
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    amigaos*)
+      case $host_cpu in
+      powerpc)
+            # see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support
+            lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC'
+        ;;
+      m68k)
+            # FIXME: we need at least 68020 code to build shared libraries, but
+            # adding the `-m68020' flag to GCC prevents building anything better,
+            # like `-m68040'.
+            lt_prog_compiler_pic='-m68020 -resident32 -malways-restore-a4'
+        ;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+
+    beos* | irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux* | osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
+      # PIC is the default for these OSes.
+      ;;
+
+    mingw* | cygwin* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*)
+      # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being
+      # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example).
+      # Although the cygwin gcc ignores -fPIC, still need this for old-style
+      # (--disable-auto-import) libraries
+      lt_prog_compiler_pic='-DDLL_EXPORT'
+      ;;
+
+    darwin* | rhapsody*)
+      # PIC is the default on this platform
+      # Common symbols not allowed in MH_DYLIB files
+      lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fno-common'
+      ;;
+
+    hpux*)
+      # PIC is the default for 64-bit PA HP-UX, but not for 32-bit
+      # PA HP-UX.  On IA64 HP-UX, PIC is the default but the pic flag
+      # sets the default TLS model and affects inlining.
+      case $host_cpu in
+      hppa*64*)
+	# +Z the default
+	;;
+      *)
+	lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC'
+	;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+
+    interix[3-9]*)
+      # Interix 3.x gcc -fpic/-fPIC options generate broken code.
+      # Instead, we relocate shared libraries at runtime.
+      ;;
+
+    msdosdjgpp*)
+      # Just because we use GCC doesn't mean we suddenly get shared libraries
+      # on systems that don't support them.
+      lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared=no
+      enable_shared=no
+      ;;
+
+    *nto* | *qnx*)
+      # QNX uses GNU C++, but need to define -shared option too, otherwise
+      # it will coredump.
+      lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC -shared'
+      ;;
+
+    sysv4*MP*)
+      if test -d /usr/nec; then
+	lt_prog_compiler_pic=-Kconform_pic
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    *)
+      lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC'
+      ;;
+    esac
+  else
+    # PORTME Check for flag to pass linker flags through the system compiler.
+    case $host_os in
+    aix*)
+      lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
+      if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
+	# AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor
+	lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic'
+      else
+	lt_prog_compiler_static='-bnso -bI:/lib/syscalls.exp'
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    mingw* | cygwin* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*)
+      # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being
+      # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example).
+      lt_prog_compiler_pic='-DDLL_EXPORT'
+      ;;
+
+    hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
+      lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
+      # PIC is the default for IA64 HP-UX and 64-bit HP-UX, but
+      # not for PA HP-UX.
+      case $host_cpu in
+      hppa*64*|ia64*)
+	# +Z the default
+	;;
+      *)
+	lt_prog_compiler_pic='+Z'
+	;;
+      esac
+      # Is there a better lt_prog_compiler_static that works with the bundled CC?
+      lt_prog_compiler_static='${wl}-a ${wl}archive'
+      ;;
+
+    irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
+      lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
+      # PIC (with -KPIC) is the default.
+      lt_prog_compiler_static='-non_shared'
+      ;;
+
+    linux* | k*bsd*-gnu)
+      case $cc_basename in
+      # old Intel for x86_64 which still supported -KPIC.
+      ecc*)
+	lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
+	lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC'
+	lt_prog_compiler_static='-static'
+        ;;
+      # icc used to be incompatible with GCC.
+      # ICC 10 doesn't accept -KPIC any more.
+      icc* | ifort*)
+	lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
+	lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC'
+	lt_prog_compiler_static='-static'
+        ;;
+      # Lahey Fortran 8.1.
+      lf95*)
+	lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
+	lt_prog_compiler_pic='--shared'
+	lt_prog_compiler_static='--static'
+	;;
+      pgcc* | pgf77* | pgf90* | pgf95*)
+        # Portland Group compilers (*not* the Pentium gcc compiler,
+	# which looks to be a dead project)
+	lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
+	lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fpic'
+	lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic'
+        ;;
+      ccc*)
+        lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
+        # All Alpha code is PIC.
+        lt_prog_compiler_static='-non_shared'
+        ;;
+      xl*)
+	# IBM XL C 8.0/Fortran 10.1 on PPC
+	lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
+	lt_prog_compiler_pic='-qpic'
+	lt_prog_compiler_static='-qstaticlink'
+	;;
+      *)
+	case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in
+	*Sun\ C*)
+	  # Sun C 5.9
+	  lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC'
+	  lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic'
+	  lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
+	  ;;
+	*Sun\ F*)
+	  # Sun Fortran 8.3 passes all unrecognized flags to the linker
+	  lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC'
+	  lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic'
+	  lt_prog_compiler_wl=''
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+
+    newsos6)
+      lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC'
+      lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic'
+      ;;
+
+    *nto* | *qnx*)
+      # QNX uses GNU C++, but need to define -shared option too, otherwise
+      # it will coredump.
+      lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC -shared'
+      ;;
+
+    osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
+      lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
+      # All OSF/1 code is PIC.
+      lt_prog_compiler_static='-non_shared'
+      ;;
+
+    rdos*)
+      lt_prog_compiler_static='-non_shared'
+      ;;
+
+    solaris*)
+      lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC'
+      lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic'
+      case $cc_basename in
+      f77* | f90* | f95*)
+	lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Qoption ld ';;
+      *)
+	lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,';;
+      esac
+      ;;
+
+    sunos4*)
+      lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Qoption ld '
+      lt_prog_compiler_pic='-PIC'
+      lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic'
+      ;;
+
+    sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3*)
+      lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
+      lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC'
+      lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic'
+      ;;
+
+    sysv4*MP*)
+      if test -d /usr/nec ;then
+	lt_prog_compiler_pic='-Kconform_pic'
+	lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic'
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    sysv5* | unixware* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | OpenUNIX*)
+      lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
+      lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC'
+      lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic'
+      ;;
+
+    unicos*)
+      lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
+      lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared=no
+      ;;
+
+    uts4*)
+      lt_prog_compiler_pic='-pic'
+      lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic'
+      ;;
+
+    *)
+      lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared=no
+      ;;
+    esac
+  fi
+
+case $host_os in
+  # For platforms which do not support PIC, -DPIC is meaningless:
+  *djgpp*)
+    lt_prog_compiler_pic=
+    ;;
+  *)
+    lt_prog_compiler_pic="$lt_prog_compiler_pic -DPIC"
+    ;;
+esac
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_prog_compiler_pic" >&5
+$as_echo "$lt_prog_compiler_pic" >&6; }
+
+
+
+
+
+
+#
+# Check to make sure the PIC flag actually works.
+#
+if test -n "$lt_prog_compiler_pic"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if $compiler PIC flag $lt_prog_compiler_pic works" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking if $compiler PIC flag $lt_prog_compiler_pic works... " >&6; }
+if test "${lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works=no
+   ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext
+   echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext
+   lt_compiler_flag="$lt_prog_compiler_pic -DPIC"
+   # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or
+   # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end.
+   # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins
+   # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly.
+   # The option is referenced via a variable to avoid confusing sed.
+   lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \
+   -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \
+   -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \
+   -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'`
+   (eval echo "\"\$as_me:10543: $lt_compile\"" >&5)
+   (eval "$lt_compile" 2>conftest.err)
+   ac_status=$?
+   cat conftest.err >&5
+   echo "$as_me:10547: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+   if (exit $ac_status) && test -s "$ac_outfile"; then
+     # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized
+     # So say no if there are warnings other than the usual output.
+     $ECHO "X$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' >conftest.exp
+     $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2
+     if test ! -s conftest.er2 || diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then
+       lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works=yes
+     fi
+   fi
+   $RM conftest*
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works" >&5
+$as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works" >&6; }
+
+if test x"$lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works" = xyes; then
+    case $lt_prog_compiler_pic in
+     "" | " "*) ;;
+     *) lt_prog_compiler_pic=" $lt_prog_compiler_pic" ;;
+     esac
+else
+    lt_prog_compiler_pic=
+     lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared=no
+fi
+
+fi
+
+
+
+
+
+
+#
+# Check to make sure the static flag actually works.
+#
+wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl eval lt_tmp_static_flag=\"$lt_prog_compiler_static\"
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if $compiler static flag $lt_tmp_static_flag works" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking if $compiler static flag $lt_tmp_static_flag works... " >&6; }
+if test "${lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works=no
+   save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS"
+   LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $lt_tmp_static_flag"
+   echo "$lt_simple_link_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext
+   if (eval $ac_link 2>conftest.err) && test -s conftest$ac_exeext; then
+     # The linker can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized
+     # So say no if there are warnings
+     if test -s conftest.err; then
+       # Append any errors to the config.log.
+       cat conftest.err 1>&5
+       $ECHO "X$_lt_linker_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' > conftest.exp
+       $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2
+       if diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then
+         lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works=yes
+       fi
+     else
+       lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works=yes
+     fi
+   fi
+   $RM -r conftest*
+   LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS"
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works" >&5
+$as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works" >&6; }
+
+if test x"$lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works" = xyes; then
+    :
+else
+    lt_prog_compiler_static=
+fi
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext... " >&6; }
+if test "${lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o=no
+   $RM -r conftest 2>/dev/null
+   mkdir conftest
+   cd conftest
+   mkdir out
+   echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext
+
+   lt_compiler_flag="-o out/conftest2.$ac_objext"
+   # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or
+   # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end.
+   # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins
+   # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly.
+   lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \
+   -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \
+   -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \
+   -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'`
+   (eval echo "\"\$as_me:10648: $lt_compile\"" >&5)
+   (eval "$lt_compile" 2>out/conftest.err)
+   ac_status=$?
+   cat out/conftest.err >&5
+   echo "$as_me:10652: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+   if (exit $ac_status) && test -s out/conftest2.$ac_objext
+   then
+     # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized
+     # So say no if there are warnings
+     $ECHO "X$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' > out/conftest.exp
+     $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' out/conftest.err >out/conftest.er2
+     if test ! -s out/conftest.er2 || diff out/conftest.exp out/conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then
+       lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o=yes
+     fi
+   fi
+   chmod u+w . 2>&5
+   $RM conftest*
+   # SGI C++ compiler will create directory out/ii_files/ for
+   # template instantiation
+   test -d out/ii_files && $RM out/ii_files/* && rmdir out/ii_files
+   $RM out/* && rmdir out
+   cd ..
+   $RM -r conftest
+   $RM conftest*
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" >&5
+$as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" >&6; }
+
+
+
+
+
+
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext... " >&6; }
+if test "${lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o=no
+   $RM -r conftest 2>/dev/null
+   mkdir conftest
+   cd conftest
+   mkdir out
+   echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext
+
+   lt_compiler_flag="-o out/conftest2.$ac_objext"
+   # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or
+   # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end.
+   # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins
+   # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly.
+   lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \
+   -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \
+   -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \
+   -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'`
+   (eval echo "\"\$as_me:10703: $lt_compile\"" >&5)
+   (eval "$lt_compile" 2>out/conftest.err)
+   ac_status=$?
+   cat out/conftest.err >&5
+   echo "$as_me:10707: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+   if (exit $ac_status) && test -s out/conftest2.$ac_objext
+   then
+     # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized
+     # So say no if there are warnings
+     $ECHO "X$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' > out/conftest.exp
+     $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' out/conftest.err >out/conftest.er2
+     if test ! -s out/conftest.er2 || diff out/conftest.exp out/conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then
+       lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o=yes
+     fi
+   fi
+   chmod u+w . 2>&5
+   $RM conftest*
+   # SGI C++ compiler will create directory out/ii_files/ for
+   # template instantiation
+   test -d out/ii_files && $RM out/ii_files/* && rmdir out/ii_files
+   $RM out/* && rmdir out
+   cd ..
+   $RM -r conftest
+   $RM conftest*
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" >&5
+$as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" >&6; }
+
+
+
+
+hard_links="nottested"
+if test "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" = no && test "$need_locks" != no; then
+  # do not overwrite the value of need_locks provided by the user
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if we can lock with hard links" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking if we can lock with hard links... " >&6; }
+  hard_links=yes
+  $RM conftest*
+  ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no
+  touch conftest.a
+  ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>&5 || hard_links=no
+  ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $hard_links" >&5
+$as_echo "$hard_links" >&6; }
+  if test "$hard_links" = no; then
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: \`$CC' does not support \`-c -o', so \`make -j' may be unsafe" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: \`$CC' does not support \`-c -o', so \`make -j' may be unsafe" >&2;}
+    need_locks=warn
+  fi
+else
+  need_locks=no
+fi
+
+
+
+
+
+
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries... " >&6; }
+
+  runpath_var=
+  allow_undefined_flag=
+  always_export_symbols=no
+  archive_cmds=
+  archive_expsym_cmds=
+  compiler_needs_object=no
+  enable_shared_with_static_runtimes=no
+  export_dynamic_flag_spec=
+  export_symbols_cmds='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED '\''s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols'
+  hardcode_automatic=no
+  hardcode_direct=no
+  hardcode_direct_absolute=no
+  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=
+  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld=
+  hardcode_libdir_separator=
+  hardcode_minus_L=no
+  hardcode_shlibpath_var=unsupported
+  inherit_rpath=no
+  link_all_deplibs=unknown
+  module_cmds=
+  module_expsym_cmds=
+  old_archive_from_new_cmds=
+  old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds=
+  thread_safe_flag_spec=
+  whole_archive_flag_spec=
+  # include_expsyms should be a list of space-separated symbols to be *always*
+  # included in the symbol list
+  include_expsyms=
+  # exclude_expsyms can be an extended regexp of symbols to exclude
+  # it will be wrapped by ` (' and `)$', so one must not match beginning or
+  # end of line.  Example: `a|bc|.*d.*' will exclude the symbols `a' and `bc',
+  # as well as any symbol that contains `d'.
+  exclude_expsyms='_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_|_GLOBAL__F[ID]_.*'
+  # Although _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is a valid symbol C name, most a.out
+  # platforms (ab)use it in PIC code, but their linkers get confused if
+  # the symbol is explicitly referenced.  Since portable code cannot
+  # rely on this symbol name, it's probably fine to never include it in
+  # preloaded symbol tables.
+  # Exclude shared library initialization/finalization symbols.
+  extract_expsyms_cmds=
+
+  case $host_os in
+  cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
+    # FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time
+    # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
+    # Microsoft Visual C++.
+    if test "$GCC" != yes; then
+      with_gnu_ld=no
+    fi
+    ;;
+  interix*)
+    # we just hope/assume this is gcc and not c89 (= MSVC++)
+    with_gnu_ld=yes
+    ;;
+  openbsd*)
+    with_gnu_ld=no
+    ;;
+  esac
+
+  ld_shlibs=yes
+  if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
+    # If archive_cmds runs LD, not CC, wlarc should be empty
+    wlarc='${wl}'
+
+    # Set some defaults for GNU ld with shared library support. These
+    # are reset later if shared libraries are not supported. Putting them
+    # here allows them to be overridden if necessary.
+    runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
+    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+    export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}--export-dynamic'
+    # ancient GNU ld didn't support --whole-archive et. al.
+    if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP 'no-whole-archive' > /dev/null; then
+      whole_archive_flag_spec="$wlarc"'--whole-archive$convenience '"$wlarc"'--no-whole-archive'
+    else
+      whole_archive_flag_spec=
+    fi
+    supports_anon_versioning=no
+    case `$LD -v 2>&1` in
+      *\ [01].* | *\ 2.[0-9].* | *\ 2.10.*) ;; # catch versions < 2.11
+      *\ 2.11.93.0.2\ *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; # RH7.3 ...
+      *\ 2.11.92.0.12\ *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; # Mandrake 8.2 ...
+      *\ 2.11.*) ;; # other 2.11 versions
+      *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;;
+    esac
+
+    # See if GNU ld supports shared libraries.
+    case $host_os in
+    aix[3-9]*)
+      # On AIX/PPC, the GNU linker is very broken
+      if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then
+	ld_shlibs=no
+	cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2
+
+*** Warning: the GNU linker, at least up to release 2.9.1, is reported
+*** to be unable to reliably create shared libraries on AIX.
+*** Therefore, libtool is disabling shared libraries support.  If you
+*** really care for shared libraries, you may want to modify your PATH
+*** so that a non-GNU linker is found, and then restart.
+
+_LT_EOF
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    amigaos*)
+      case $host_cpu in
+      powerpc)
+            # see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support
+            archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+            archive_expsym_cmds=''
+        ;;
+      m68k)
+            archive_cmds='$RM $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)'
+            hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+            hardcode_minus_L=yes
+        ;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+
+    beos*)
+      if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
+	allow_undefined_flag=unsupported
+	# Joseph Beckenbach  says some releases of gcc
+	# support --undefined.  This deserves some investigation.  FIXME
+	archive_cmds='$CC -nostart $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+      else
+	ld_shlibs=no
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
+      # _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, ) is actually meaningless,
+      # as there is no search path for DLLs.
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+      allow_undefined_flag=unsupported
+      always_export_symbols=no
+      enable_shared_with_static_runtimes=yes
+      export_symbols_cmds='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED -e '\''/^[BCDGRS][ ]/s/.*[ ]\([^ ]*\)/\1 DATA/'\'' | $SED -e '\''/^[AITW][ ]/s/.*[ ]//'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols'
+
+      if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then
+        archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib'
+	# If the export-symbols file already is a .def file (1st line
+	# is EXPORTS), use it as is; otherwise, prepend...
+	archive_expsym_cmds='if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" = xEXPORTS; then
+	  cp $export_symbols $output_objdir/$soname.def;
+	else
+	  echo EXPORTS > $output_objdir/$soname.def;
+	  cat $export_symbols >> $output_objdir/$soname.def;
+	fi~
+	$CC -shared $output_objdir/$soname.def $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib'
+      else
+	ld_shlibs=no
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    interix[3-9]*)
+      hardcode_direct=no
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
+      export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-E'
+      # Hack: On Interix 3.x, we cannot compile PIC because of a broken gcc.
+      # Instead, shared libraries are loaded at an image base (0x10000000 by
+      # default) and relocated if they conflict, which is a slow very memory
+      # consuming and fragmenting process.  To avoid this, we pick a random,
+      # 256 KiB-aligned image base between 0x50000000 and 0x6FFC0000 at link
+      # time.  Moving up from 0x10000000 also allows more sbrk(2) space.
+      archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib'
+      archive_expsym_cmds='sed "s,^,_," $export_symbols >$output_objdir/$soname.expsym~$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--retain-symbols-file,$output_objdir/$soname.expsym ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib'
+      ;;
+
+    gnu* | linux* | tpf* | k*bsd*-gnu)
+      tmp_diet=no
+      if test "$host_os" = linux-dietlibc; then
+	case $cc_basename in
+	  diet\ *) tmp_diet=yes;;	# linux-dietlibc with static linking (!diet-dyn)
+	esac
+      fi
+      if $LD --help 2>&1 | $EGREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null \
+	 && test "$tmp_diet" = no
+      then
+	tmp_addflag=
+	tmp_sharedflag='-shared'
+	case $cc_basename,$host_cpu in
+        pgcc*)				# Portland Group C compiler
+	  whole_archive_flag_spec='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test  -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $ECHO \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive'
+	  tmp_addflag=' $pic_flag'
+	  ;;
+	pgf77* | pgf90* | pgf95*)	# Portland Group f77 and f90 compilers
+	  whole_archive_flag_spec='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test  -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $ECHO \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive'
+	  tmp_addflag=' $pic_flag -Mnomain' ;;
+	ecc*,ia64* | icc*,ia64*)	# Intel C compiler on ia64
+	  tmp_addflag=' -i_dynamic' ;;
+	efc*,ia64* | ifort*,ia64*)	# Intel Fortran compiler on ia64
+	  tmp_addflag=' -i_dynamic -nofor_main' ;;
+	ifc* | ifort*)			# Intel Fortran compiler
+	  tmp_addflag=' -nofor_main' ;;
+	lf95*)				# Lahey Fortran 8.1
+	  whole_archive_flag_spec=
+	  tmp_sharedflag='--shared' ;;
+	xl[cC]*)			# IBM XL C 8.0 on PPC (deal with xlf below)
+	  tmp_sharedflag='-qmkshrobj'
+	  tmp_addflag= ;;
+	esac
+	case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in
+	*Sun\ C*)			# Sun C 5.9
+	  whole_archive_flag_spec='${wl}--whole-archive`new_convenience=; for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -z \"$conv\" || new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $ECHO \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive'
+	  compiler_needs_object=yes
+	  tmp_sharedflag='-G' ;;
+	*Sun\ F*)			# Sun Fortran 8.3
+	  tmp_sharedflag='-G' ;;
+	esac
+	archive_cmds='$CC '"$tmp_sharedflag""$tmp_addflag"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+
+        if test "x$supports_anon_versioning" = xyes; then
+          archive_expsym_cmds='echo "{ global:" > $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
+	    cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
+	    echo "local: *; };" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
+	    $CC '"$tmp_sharedflag""$tmp_addflag"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-version-script ${wl}$output_objdir/$libname.ver -o $lib'
+        fi
+
+	case $cc_basename in
+	xlf*)
+	  # IBM XL Fortran 10.1 on PPC cannot create shared libs itself
+	  whole_archive_flag_spec='--whole-archive$convenience --no-whole-archive'
+	  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=
+	  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld='-rpath $libdir'
+	  archive_cmds='$LD -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname -o $lib'
+	  if test "x$supports_anon_versioning" = xyes; then
+	    archive_expsym_cmds='echo "{ global:" > $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
+	      cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
+	      echo "local: *; };" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
+	      $LD -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname -version-script $output_objdir/$libname.ver -o $lib'
+	  fi
+	  ;;
+	esac
+      else
+        ld_shlibs=no
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    netbsd*)
+      if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then
+	archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -o $lib'
+	wlarc=
+      else
+	archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+	archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    solaris*)
+      if $LD -v 2>&1 | $GREP 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then
+	ld_shlibs=no
+	cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2
+
+*** Warning: The releases 2.8.* of the GNU linker cannot reliably
+*** create shared libraries on Solaris systems.  Therefore, libtool
+*** is disabling shared libraries support.  We urge you to upgrade GNU
+*** binutils to release 2.9.1 or newer.  Another option is to modify
+*** your PATH or compiler configuration so that the native linker is
+*** used, and then restart.
+
+_LT_EOF
+      elif $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
+	archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+	archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
+      else
+	ld_shlibs=no
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*)
+      case `$LD -v 2>&1` in
+        *\ [01].* | *\ 2.[0-9].* | *\ 2.1[0-5].*)
+	ld_shlibs=no
+	cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2
+
+*** Warning: Releases of the GNU linker prior to 2.16.91.0.3 can not
+*** reliably create shared libraries on SCO systems.  Therefore, libtool
+*** is disabling shared libraries support.  We urge you to upgrade GNU
+*** binutils to release 2.16.91.0.3 or newer.  Another option is to modify
+*** your PATH or compiler configuration so that the native linker is
+*** used, and then restart.
+
+_LT_EOF
+	;;
+	*)
+	  # For security reasons, it is highly recommended that you always
+	  # use absolute paths for naming shared libraries, and exclude the
+	  # DT_RUNPATH tag from executables and libraries.  But doing so
+	  # requires that you compile everything twice, which is a pain.
+	  if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
+	    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+	    archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+	    archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
+	  else
+	    ld_shlibs=no
+	  fi
+	;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+
+    sunos4*)
+      archive_cmds='$LD -assert pure-text -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      wlarc=
+      hardcode_direct=yes
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
+      ;;
+
+    *)
+      if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
+	archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+	archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
+      else
+	ld_shlibs=no
+      fi
+      ;;
+    esac
+
+    if test "$ld_shlibs" = no; then
+      runpath_var=
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=
+      export_dynamic_flag_spec=
+      whole_archive_flag_spec=
+    fi
+  else
+    # PORTME fill in a description of your system's linker (not GNU ld)
+    case $host_os in
+    aix3*)
+      allow_undefined_flag=unsupported
+      always_export_symbols=yes
+      archive_expsym_cmds='$LD -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -bE:$export_symbols -T512 -H512 -bM:SRE~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $output_objdir/$soname'
+      # Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there
+      # are no directories specified by -L.
+      hardcode_minus_L=yes
+      if test "$GCC" = yes && test -z "$lt_prog_compiler_static"; then
+	# Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a
+	# broken collect2.
+	hardcode_direct=unsupported
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    aix[4-9]*)
+      if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
+	# On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't
+	# have to do anything special.
+	aix_use_runtimelinking=no
+	exp_sym_flag='-Bexport'
+	no_entry_flag=""
+      else
+	# If we're using GNU nm, then we don't want the "-C" option.
+	# -C means demangle to AIX nm, but means don't demangle with GNU nm
+	if $NM -V 2>&1 | $GREP 'GNU' > /dev/null; then
+	  export_symbols_cmds='$NM -Bpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$ 2 == "T") || (\$ 2 == "D") || (\$ 2 == "B")) && (substr(\$ 3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$ 3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols'
+	else
+	  export_symbols_cmds='$NM -BCpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$ 2 == "T") || (\$ 2 == "D") || (\$ 2 == "B")) && (substr(\$ 3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$ 3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols'
+	fi
+	aix_use_runtimelinking=no
+
+	# Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal
+	# AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we
+	# need to do runtime linking.
+	case $host_os in aix4.[23]|aix4.[23].*|aix[5-9]*)
+	  for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do
+	  if (test $ld_flag = "-brtl" || test $ld_flag = "-Wl,-brtl"); then
+	    aix_use_runtimelinking=yes
+	    break
+	  fi
+	  done
+	  ;;
+	esac
+
+	exp_sym_flag='-bexport'
+	no_entry_flag='-bnoentry'
+      fi
+
+      # When large executables or shared objects are built, AIX ld can
+      # have problems creating the table of contents.  If linking a library
+      # or program results in "error TOC overflow" add -mminimal-toc to
+      # CXXFLAGS/CFLAGS for g++/gcc.  In the cases where that is not
+      # enough to fix the problem, add -Wl,-bbigtoc to LDFLAGS.
+
+      archive_cmds=''
+      hardcode_direct=yes
+      hardcode_direct_absolute=yes
+      hardcode_libdir_separator=':'
+      link_all_deplibs=yes
+      file_list_spec='${wl}-f,'
+
+      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+	case $host_os in aix4.[012]|aix4.[012].*)
+	# We only want to do this on AIX 4.2 and lower, the check
+	# below for broken collect2 doesn't work under 4.3+
+	  collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2`
+	  if test -f "$collect2name" &&
+	   strings "$collect2name" | $GREP resolve_lib_name >/dev/null
+	  then
+	  # We have reworked collect2
+	  :
+	  else
+	  # We have old collect2
+	  hardcode_direct=unsupported
+	  # It fails to find uninstalled libraries when the uninstalled
+	  # path is not listed in the libpath.  Setting hardcode_minus_L
+	  # to unsupported forces relinking
+	  hardcode_minus_L=yes
+	  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+	  hardcode_libdir_separator=
+	  fi
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	shared_flag='-shared'
+	if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
+	  shared_flag="$shared_flag "'${wl}-G'
+	fi
+      else
+	# not using gcc
+	if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
+	# VisualAge C++, Version 5.5 for AIX 5L for IA-64, Beta 3 Release
+	# chokes on -Wl,-G. The following line is correct:
+	  shared_flag='-G'
+	else
+	  if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
+	    shared_flag='${wl}-G'
+	  else
+	    shared_flag='${wl}-bM:SRE'
+	  fi
+	fi
+      fi
+
+      export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-bexpall'
+      # It seems that -bexpall does not export symbols beginning with
+      # underscore (_), so it is better to generate a list of symbols to export.
+      always_export_symbols=yes
+      if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
+	# Warning - without using the other runtime loading flags (-brtl),
+	# -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library.
+	allow_undefined_flag='-berok'
+        # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an
+        # empty executable.
+        cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && {
+	 test "$cross_compiling" = yes ||
+	 $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext
+       }; then
+
+lt_aix_libpath_sed='
+    /Import File Strings/,/^$/ {
+	/^0/ {
+	    s/^0  *\(.*\)$/\1/
+	    p
+	}
+    }'
+aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"`
+# Check for a 64-bit object if we didn't find anything.
+if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then
+  aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"`
+fi
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+
+fi
+
+rm -rf conftest.dSYM
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib"; fi
+
+        hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
+        archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags `if test "x${allow_undefined_flag}" != "x"; then $ECHO "X${wl}${allow_undefined_flag}" | $Xsed; else :; fi` '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols $shared_flag"
+      else
+	if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
+	  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib'
+	  allow_undefined_flag="-z nodefs"
+	  archive_expsym_cmds="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags ${wl}${allow_undefined_flag} '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols"
+	else
+	 # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an
+	 # empty executable.
+	 cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && {
+	 test "$cross_compiling" = yes ||
+	 $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext
+       }; then
+
+lt_aix_libpath_sed='
+    /Import File Strings/,/^$/ {
+	/^0/ {
+	    s/^0  *\(.*\)$/\1/
+	    p
+	}
+    }'
+aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"`
+# Check for a 64-bit object if we didn't find anything.
+if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then
+  aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"`
+fi
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+
+fi
+
+rm -rf conftest.dSYM
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib"; fi
+
+	 hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
+	  # Warning - without using the other run time loading flags,
+	  # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library.
+	  no_undefined_flag=' ${wl}-bernotok'
+	  allow_undefined_flag=' ${wl}-berok'
+	  # Exported symbols can be pulled into shared objects from archives
+	  whole_archive_flag_spec='$convenience'
+	  archive_cmds_need_lc=yes
+	  # This is similar to how AIX traditionally builds its shared libraries.
+	  archive_expsym_cmds="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs ${wl}-bnoentry $compiler_flags ${wl}-bE:$export_symbols${allow_undefined_flag}~$AR $AR_FLAGS $output_objdir/$libname$release.a $output_objdir/$soname'
+	fi
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    amigaos*)
+      case $host_cpu in
+      powerpc)
+            # see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support
+            archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+            archive_expsym_cmds=''
+        ;;
+      m68k)
+            archive_cmds='$RM $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)'
+            hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+            hardcode_minus_L=yes
+        ;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+
+    bsdi[45]*)
+      export_dynamic_flag_spec=-rdynamic
+      ;;
+
+    cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
+      # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
+      # Microsoft Visual C++.
+      # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is
+      # no search path for DLLs.
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=' '
+      allow_undefined_flag=unsupported
+      # Tell ltmain to make .lib files, not .a files.
+      libext=lib
+      # Tell ltmain to make .dll files, not .so files.
+      shrext_cmds=".dll"
+      # FIXME: Setting linknames here is a bad hack.
+      archive_cmds='$CC -o $lib $libobjs $compiler_flags `$ECHO "X$deplibs" | $Xsed -e '\''s/ -lc$//'\''` -link -dll~linknames='
+      # The linker will automatically build a .lib file if we build a DLL.
+      old_archive_from_new_cmds='true'
+      # FIXME: Should let the user specify the lib program.
+      old_archive_cmds='lib -OUT:$oldlib$oldobjs$old_deplibs'
+      fix_srcfile_path='`cygpath -w "$srcfile"`'
+      enable_shared_with_static_runtimes=yes
+      ;;
+
+    darwin* | rhapsody*)
+
+
+  archive_cmds_need_lc=no
+  hardcode_direct=no
+  hardcode_automatic=yes
+  hardcode_shlibpath_var=unsupported
+  whole_archive_flag_spec=''
+  link_all_deplibs=yes
+  allow_undefined_flag="$_lt_dar_allow_undefined"
+  case $cc_basename in
+     ifort*) _lt_dar_can_shared=yes ;;
+     *) _lt_dar_can_shared=$GCC ;;
+  esac
+  if test "$_lt_dar_can_shared" = "yes"; then
+    output_verbose_link_cmd=echo
+    archive_cmds="\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring $_lt_dar_single_mod${_lt_dsymutil}"
+    module_cmds="\$CC \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib -bundle \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags${_lt_dsymutil}"
+    archive_expsym_cmds="sed 's,^,_,' < \$export_symbols > \$output_objdir/\${libname}-symbols.expsym~\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring ${_lt_dar_single_mod}${_lt_dar_export_syms}${_lt_dsymutil}"
+    module_expsym_cmds="sed -e 's,^,_,' < \$export_symbols > \$output_objdir/\${libname}-symbols.expsym~\$CC \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib -bundle \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags${_lt_dar_export_syms}${_lt_dsymutil}"
+
+  else
+  ld_shlibs=no
+  fi
+
+      ;;
+
+    dgux*)
+      archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
+      ;;
+
+    freebsd1*)
+      ld_shlibs=no
+      ;;
+
+    # FreeBSD 2.2.[012] allows us to include c++rt0.o to get C++ constructor
+    # support.  Future versions do this automatically, but an explicit c++rt0.o
+    # does not break anything, and helps significantly (at the cost of a little
+    # extra space).
+    freebsd2.2*)
+      archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags /usr/lib/c++rt0.o'
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
+      hardcode_direct=yes
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
+      ;;
+
+    # Unfortunately, older versions of FreeBSD 2 do not have this feature.
+    freebsd2*)
+      archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      hardcode_direct=yes
+      hardcode_minus_L=yes
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
+      ;;
+
+    # FreeBSD 3 and greater uses gcc -shared to do shared libraries.
+    freebsd* | dragonfly*)
+      archive_cmds='$CC -shared -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
+      hardcode_direct=yes
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
+      ;;
+
+    hpux9*)
+      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+	archive_cmds='$RM $output_objdir/$soname~$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib'
+      else
+	archive_cmds='$RM $output_objdir/$soname~$LD -b +b $install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib'
+      fi
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
+      hardcode_libdir_separator=:
+      hardcode_direct=yes
+
+      # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
+      # but as the default location of the library.
+      hardcode_minus_L=yes
+      export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-E'
+      ;;
+
+    hpux10*)
+      if test "$GCC" = yes -a "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
+	archive_cmds='$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+      else
+	archive_cmds='$LD -b +h $soname +b $install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      fi
+      if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
+	hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
+	hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld='+b $libdir'
+	hardcode_libdir_separator=:
+	hardcode_direct=yes
+	hardcode_direct_absolute=yes
+	export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-E'
+	# hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
+	# but as the default location of the library.
+	hardcode_minus_L=yes
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    hpux11*)
+      if test "$GCC" = yes -a "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
+	case $host_cpu in
+	hppa*64*)
+	  archive_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	  ;;
+	ia64*)
+	  archive_cmds='$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	  ;;
+	*)
+	  archive_cmds='$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	  ;;
+	esac
+      else
+	case $host_cpu in
+	hppa*64*)
+	  archive_cmds='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	  ;;
+	ia64*)
+	  archive_cmds='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	  ;;
+	*)
+	  archive_cmds='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	  ;;
+	esac
+      fi
+      if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
+	hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
+	hardcode_libdir_separator=:
+
+	case $host_cpu in
+	hppa*64*|ia64*)
+	  hardcode_direct=no
+	  hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
+	  ;;
+	*)
+	  hardcode_direct=yes
+	  hardcode_direct_absolute=yes
+	  export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-E'
+
+	  # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
+	  # but as the default location of the library.
+	  hardcode_minus_L=yes
+	  ;;
+	esac
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
+      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+	archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring" | $Xsed` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
+	# Try to use the -exported_symbol ld option, if it does not
+	# work, assume that -exports_file does not work either and
+	# implicitly export all symbols.
+        save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS"
+        LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -shared ${wl}-exported_symbol ${wl}foo ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}/dev/null"
+        cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+int foo(void) {}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && {
+	 test "$cross_compiling" = yes ||
+	 $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext
+       }; then
+  archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring" | $Xsed` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations ${wl}-exports_file ${wl}$export_symbols -o $lib'
+
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+
+fi
+
+rm -rf conftest.dSYM
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+        LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS"
+      else
+	archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
+	archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -exports_file $export_symbols -o $lib'
+      fi
+      archive_cmds_need_lc='no'
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+      hardcode_libdir_separator=:
+      inherit_rpath=yes
+      link_all_deplibs=yes
+      ;;
+
+    netbsd*)
+      if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then
+	archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'  # a.out
+      else
+	archive_cmds='$LD -shared -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'      # ELF
+      fi
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
+      hardcode_direct=yes
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
+      ;;
+
+    newsos6)
+      archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      hardcode_direct=yes
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+      hardcode_libdir_separator=:
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
+      ;;
+
+    *nto* | *qnx*)
+      ;;
+
+    openbsd*)
+      if test -f /usr/libexec/ld.so; then
+	hardcode_direct=yes
+	hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
+	hardcode_direct_absolute=yes
+	if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then
+	  archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	  archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-retain-symbols-file,$export_symbols'
+	  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
+	  export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-E'
+	else
+	  case $host_os in
+	   openbsd[01].* | openbsd2.[0-7] | openbsd2.[0-7].*)
+	     archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+	     hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
+	     ;;
+	   *)
+	     archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	     hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
+	     ;;
+	  esac
+	fi
+      else
+	ld_shlibs=no
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    os2*)
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+      hardcode_minus_L=yes
+      allow_undefined_flag=unsupported
+      archive_cmds='$ECHO "LIBRARY $libname INITINSTANCE" > $output_objdir/$libname.def~$ECHO "DESCRIPTION \"$libname\"" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$ECHO DATA >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$ECHO " SINGLE NONSHARED" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$ECHO EXPORTS >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~emxexp $libobjs >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$CC -Zdll -Zcrtdll -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $output_objdir/$libname.def'
+      old_archive_from_new_cmds='emximp -o $output_objdir/$libname.a $output_objdir/$libname.def'
+      ;;
+
+    osf3*)
+      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+	allow_undefined_flag=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*'
+	archive_cmds='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring" | $Xsed` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
+      else
+	allow_undefined_flag=' -expect_unresolved \*'
+	archive_cmds='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
+      fi
+      archive_cmds_need_lc='no'
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+      hardcode_libdir_separator=:
+      ;;
+
+    osf4* | osf5*)	# as osf3* with the addition of -msym flag
+      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+	allow_undefined_flag=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*'
+	archive_cmds='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-msym ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring" | $Xsed` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
+	hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+      else
+	allow_undefined_flag=' -expect_unresolved \*'
+	archive_cmds='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -msym -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
+	archive_expsym_cmds='for i in `cat $export_symbols`; do printf "%s %s\\n" -exported_symbol "\$i" >> $lib.exp; done; printf "%s\\n" "-hidden">> $lib.exp~
+	$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} ${wl}-input ${wl}$lib.exp $compiler_flags $libobjs $deplibs -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib~$RM $lib.exp'
+
+	# Both c and cxx compiler support -rpath directly
+	hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-rpath $libdir'
+      fi
+      archive_cmds_need_lc='no'
+      hardcode_libdir_separator=:
+      ;;
+
+    solaris*)
+      no_undefined_flag=' -z defs'
+      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+	wlarc='${wl}'
+	archive_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}-z ${wl}text ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	archive_expsym_cmds='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
+	  $CC -shared ${wl}-z ${wl}text ${wl}-M ${wl}$lib.exp ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp'
+      else
+	case `$CC -V 2>&1` in
+	*"Compilers 5.0"*)
+	  wlarc=''
+	  archive_cmds='$LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+	  archive_expsym_cmds='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
+	  $LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -M $lib.exp -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~$RM $lib.exp'
+	  ;;
+	*)
+	  wlarc='${wl}'
+	  archive_cmds='$CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	  archive_expsym_cmds='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
+	  $CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -M $lib.exp -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp'
+	  ;;
+	esac
+      fi
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
+      case $host_os in
+      solaris2.[0-5] | solaris2.[0-5].*) ;;
+      *)
+	# The compiler driver will combine and reorder linker options,
+	# but understands `-z linker_flag'.  GCC discards it without `$wl',
+	# but is careful enough not to reorder.
+	# Supported since Solaris 2.6 (maybe 2.5.1?)
+	if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+	  whole_archive_flag_spec='${wl}-z ${wl}allextract$convenience ${wl}-z ${wl}defaultextract'
+	else
+	  whole_archive_flag_spec='-z allextract$convenience -z defaultextract'
+	fi
+	;;
+      esac
+      link_all_deplibs=yes
+      ;;
+
+    sunos4*)
+      if test "x$host_vendor" = xsequent; then
+	# Use $CC to link under sequent, because it throws in some extra .o
+	# files that make .init and .fini sections work.
+	archive_cmds='$CC -G ${wl}-h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+      else
+	archive_cmds='$LD -assert pure-text -Bstatic -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      fi
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+      hardcode_direct=yes
+      hardcode_minus_L=yes
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
+      ;;
+
+    sysv4)
+      case $host_vendor in
+	sni)
+	  archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+	  hardcode_direct=yes # is this really true???
+	;;
+	siemens)
+	  ## LD is ld it makes a PLAMLIB
+	  ## CC just makes a GrossModule.
+	  archive_cmds='$LD -G -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+	  reload_cmds='$CC -r -o $output$reload_objs'
+	  hardcode_direct=no
+        ;;
+	motorola)
+	  archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+	  hardcode_direct=no #Motorola manual says yes, but my tests say they lie
+	;;
+      esac
+      runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH'
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
+      ;;
+
+    sysv4.3*)
+      archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
+      export_dynamic_flag_spec='-Bexport'
+      ;;
+
+    sysv4*MP*)
+      if test -d /usr/nec; then
+	archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+	hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
+	runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
+	hardcode_runpath_var=yes
+	ld_shlibs=yes
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[01].[10]* | unixware7* | sco3.2v5.0.[024]*)
+      no_undefined_flag='${wl}-z,text'
+      archive_cmds_need_lc=no
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
+      runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH'
+
+      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+	archive_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+      else
+	archive_cmds='$CC -G ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6*)
+      # Note: We can NOT use -z defs as we might desire, because we do not
+      # link with -lc, and that would cause any symbols used from libc to
+      # always be unresolved, which means just about no library would
+      # ever link correctly.  If we're not using GNU ld we use -z text
+      # though, which does catch some bad symbols but isn't as heavy-handed
+      # as -z defs.
+      no_undefined_flag='${wl}-z,text'
+      allow_undefined_flag='${wl}-z,nodefs'
+      archive_cmds_need_lc=no
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-R,$libdir'
+      hardcode_libdir_separator=':'
+      link_all_deplibs=yes
+      export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-Bexport'
+      runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH'
+
+      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+	archive_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+      else
+	archive_cmds='$CC -G ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    uts4*)
+      archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
+      ;;
+
+    *)
+      ld_shlibs=no
+      ;;
+    esac
+
+    if test x$host_vendor = xsni; then
+      case $host in
+      sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3* | sysv5*)
+	export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-Blargedynsym'
+	;;
+      esac
+    fi
+  fi
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ld_shlibs" >&5
+$as_echo "$ld_shlibs" >&6; }
+test "$ld_shlibs" = no && can_build_shared=no
+
+with_gnu_ld=$with_gnu_ld
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+#
+# Do we need to explicitly link libc?
+#
+case "x$archive_cmds_need_lc" in
+x|xyes)
+  # Assume -lc should be added
+  archive_cmds_need_lc=yes
+
+  if test "$enable_shared" = yes && test "$GCC" = yes; then
+    case $archive_cmds in
+    *'~'*)
+      # FIXME: we may have to deal with multi-command sequences.
+      ;;
+    '$CC '*)
+      # Test whether the compiler implicitly links with -lc since on some
+      # systems, -lgcc has to come before -lc. If gcc already passes -lc
+      # to ld, don't add -lc before -lgcc.
+      { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether -lc should be explicitly linked in" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether -lc should be explicitly linked in... " >&6; }
+      $RM conftest*
+      echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext
+
+      if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } 2>conftest.err; then
+        soname=conftest
+        lib=conftest
+        libobjs=conftest.$ac_objext
+        deplibs=
+        wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl
+	pic_flag=$lt_prog_compiler_pic
+        compiler_flags=-v
+        linker_flags=-v
+        verstring=
+        output_objdir=.
+        libname=conftest
+        lt_save_allow_undefined_flag=$allow_undefined_flag
+        allow_undefined_flag=
+        if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$archive_cmds 2\>\&1 \| $GREP \" -lc \" \>/dev/null 2\>\&1\"") >&5
+  (eval $archive_cmds 2\>\&1 \| $GREP \" -lc \" \>/dev/null 2\>\&1) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }
+        then
+	  archive_cmds_need_lc=no
+        else
+	  archive_cmds_need_lc=yes
+        fi
+        allow_undefined_flag=$lt_save_allow_undefined_flag
+      else
+        cat conftest.err 1>&5
+      fi
+      $RM conftest*
+      { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $archive_cmds_need_lc" >&5
+$as_echo "$archive_cmds_need_lc" >&6; }
+      ;;
+    esac
+  fi
+  ;;
+esac
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking dynamic linker characteristics" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking dynamic linker characteristics... " >&6; }
+
+if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+  case $host_os in
+    darwin*) lt_awk_arg="/^libraries:/,/LR/" ;;
+    *) lt_awk_arg="/^libraries:/" ;;
+  esac
+  lt_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | awk $lt_awk_arg | $SED -e "s/^libraries://" -e "s,=/,/,g"`
+  if $ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" | $GREP ';' >/dev/null ; then
+    # if the path contains ";" then we assume it to be the separator
+    # otherwise default to the standard path separator (i.e. ":") - it is
+    # assumed that no part of a normal pathname contains ";" but that should
+    # okay in the real world where ";" in dirpaths is itself problematic.
+    lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" | $SED -e 's/;/ /g'`
+  else
+    lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" | $SED  -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"`
+  fi
+  # Ok, now we have the path, separated by spaces, we can step through it
+  # and add multilib dir if necessary.
+  lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec=
+  lt_multi_os_dir=`$CC $CPPFLAGS $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS -print-multi-os-directory 2>/dev/null`
+  for lt_sys_path in $lt_search_path_spec; do
+    if test -d "$lt_sys_path/$lt_multi_os_dir"; then
+      lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec="$lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec $lt_sys_path/$lt_multi_os_dir"
+    else
+      test -d "$lt_sys_path" && \
+	lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec="$lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec $lt_sys_path"
+    fi
+  done
+  lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO $lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec | awk '
+BEGIN {RS=" "; FS="/|\n";} {
+  lt_foo="";
+  lt_count=0;
+  for (lt_i = NF; lt_i > 0; lt_i--) {
+    if ($lt_i != "" && $lt_i != ".") {
+      if ($lt_i == "..") {
+        lt_count++;
+      } else {
+        if (lt_count == 0) {
+          lt_foo="/" $lt_i lt_foo;
+        } else {
+          lt_count--;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if (lt_foo != "") { lt_freq[lt_foo]++; }
+  if (lt_freq[lt_foo] == 1) { print lt_foo; }
+}'`
+  sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO $lt_search_path_spec`
+else
+  sys_lib_search_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib"
+fi
+library_names_spec=
+libname_spec='lib$name'
+soname_spec=
+shrext_cmds=".so"
+postinstall_cmds=
+postuninstall_cmds=
+finish_cmds=
+finish_eval=
+shlibpath_var=
+shlibpath_overrides_runpath=unknown
+version_type=none
+dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so"
+sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib"
+need_lib_prefix=unknown
+hardcode_into_libs=no
+
+# when you set need_version to no, make sure it does not cause -set_version
+# flags to be left without arguments
+need_version=unknown
+
+case $host_os in
+aix3*)
+  version_type=linux
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname.a'
+  shlibpath_var=LIBPATH
+
+  # AIX 3 has no versioning support, so we append a major version to the name.
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  ;;
+
+aix[4-9]*)
+  version_type=linux
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
+    # AIX 5 supports IA64
+    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}'
+    shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  else
+    # With GCC up to 2.95.x, collect2 would create an import file
+    # for dependence libraries.  The import file would start with
+    # the line `#! .'.  This would cause the generated library to
+    # depend on `.', always an invalid library.  This was fixed in
+    # development snapshots of GCC prior to 3.0.
+    case $host_os in
+      aix4 | aix4.[01] | aix4.[01].*)
+      if { echo '#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 97)'
+	   echo ' yes '
+	   echo '#endif'; } | ${CC} -E - | $GREP yes > /dev/null; then
+	:
+      else
+	can_build_shared=no
+      fi
+      ;;
+    esac
+    # AIX (on Power*) has no versioning support, so currently we can not hardcode correct
+    # soname into executable. Probably we can add versioning support to
+    # collect2, so additional links can be useful in future.
+    if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
+      # If using run time linking (on AIX 4.2 or later) use lib.so
+      # instead of lib.a to let people know that these are not
+      # typical AIX shared libraries.
+      library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+    else
+      # We preserve .a as extension for shared libraries through AIX4.2
+      # and later when we are not doing run time linking.
+      library_names_spec='${libname}${release}.a $libname.a'
+      soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+    fi
+    shlibpath_var=LIBPATH
+  fi
+  ;;
+
+amigaos*)
+  case $host_cpu in
+  powerpc)
+    # Since July 2007 AmigaOS4 officially supports .so libraries.
+    # When compiling the executable, add -use-dynld -Lsobjs: to the compileline.
+    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+    ;;
+  m68k)
+    library_names_spec='$libname.ixlibrary $libname.a'
+    # Create ${libname}_ixlibrary.a entries in /sys/libs.
+    finish_eval='for lib in `ls $libdir/*.ixlibrary 2>/dev/null`; do libname=`$ECHO "X$lib" | $Xsed -e '\''s%^.*/\([^/]*\)\.ixlibrary$%\1%'\''`; test $RM /sys/libs/${libname}_ixlibrary.a; $show "cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a"; cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a || exit 1; done'
+    ;;
+  esac
+  ;;
+
+beos*)
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${shared_ext}'
+  dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so"
+  shlibpath_var=LIBRARY_PATH
+  ;;
+
+bsdi[45]*)
+  version_type=linux
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig $libdir'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  sys_lib_search_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/X11/lib /usr/contrib/lib /lib /usr/local/lib"
+  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib"
+  # the default ld.so.conf also contains /usr/contrib/lib and
+  # /usr/X11R6/lib (/usr/X11 is a link to /usr/X11R6), but let us allow
+  # libtool to hard-code these into programs
+  ;;
+
+cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
+  version_type=windows
+  shrext_cmds=".dll"
+  need_version=no
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+
+  case $GCC,$host_os in
+  yes,cygwin* | yes,mingw* | yes,pw32* | yes,cegcc*)
+    library_names_spec='$libname.dll.a'
+    # DLL is installed to $(libdir)/../bin by postinstall_cmds
+    postinstall_cmds='base_file=`basename \${file}`~
+      dlpath=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $dir/'\''\${base_file}'\''i; echo \$dlname'\''`~
+      dldir=$destdir/`dirname \$dlpath`~
+      test -d \$dldir || mkdir -p \$dldir~
+      $install_prog $dir/$dlname \$dldir/$dlname~
+      chmod a+x \$dldir/$dlname~
+      if test -n '\''$stripme'\'' && test -n '\''$striplib'\''; then
+        eval '\''$striplib \$dldir/$dlname'\'' || exit \$?;
+      fi'
+    postuninstall_cmds='dldll=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $file; echo \$dlname'\''`~
+      dlpath=$dir/\$dldll~
+       $RM \$dlpath'
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+
+    case $host_os in
+    cygwin*)
+      # Cygwin DLLs use 'cyg' prefix rather than 'lib'
+      soname_spec='`echo ${libname} | sed -e 's/^lib/cyg/'``echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}'
+      sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib /lib/w32api /lib /usr/local/lib"
+      ;;
+    mingw* | cegcc*)
+      # MinGW DLLs use traditional 'lib' prefix
+      soname_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}'
+      sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | $GREP "^libraries:" | $SED -e "s/^libraries://" -e "s,=/,/,g"`
+      if $ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $GREP ';[c-zC-Z]:/' >/dev/null; then
+        # It is most probably a Windows format PATH printed by
+        # mingw gcc, but we are running on Cygwin. Gcc prints its search
+        # path with ; separators, and with drive letters. We can handle the
+        # drive letters (cygwin fileutils understands them), so leave them,
+        # especially as we might pass files found there to a mingw objdump,
+        # which wouldn't understand a cygwinified path. Ahh.
+        sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e 's/;/ /g'`
+      else
+        sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED  -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"`
+      fi
+      ;;
+    pw32*)
+      # pw32 DLLs use 'pw' prefix rather than 'lib'
+      library_names_spec='`echo ${libname} | sed -e 's/^lib/pw/'``echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}'
+      ;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+
+  *)
+    library_names_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext} $libname.lib'
+    ;;
+  esac
+  dynamic_linker='Win32 ld.exe'
+  # FIXME: first we should search . and the directory the executable is in
+  shlibpath_var=PATH
+  ;;
+
+darwin* | rhapsody*)
+  dynamic_linker="$host_os dyld"
+  version_type=darwin
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${major}$shared_ext ${libname}$shared_ext'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${major}$shared_ext'
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+  shlibpath_var=DYLD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shrext_cmds='`test .$module = .yes && echo .so || echo .dylib`'
+
+  sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec /usr/local/lib"
+  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/usr/local/lib /lib /usr/lib'
+  ;;
+
+dgux*)
+  version_type=linux
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname$shared_ext'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  ;;
+
+freebsd1*)
+  dynamic_linker=no
+  ;;
+
+freebsd* | dragonfly*)
+  # DragonFly does not have aout.  When/if they implement a new
+  # versioning mechanism, adjust this.
+  if test -x /usr/bin/objformat; then
+    objformat=`/usr/bin/objformat`
+  else
+    case $host_os in
+    freebsd[123]*) objformat=aout ;;
+    *) objformat=elf ;;
+    esac
+  fi
+  version_type=freebsd-$objformat
+  case $version_type in
+    freebsd-elf*)
+      library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}'
+      need_version=no
+      need_lib_prefix=no
+      ;;
+    freebsd-*)
+      library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}$versuffix'
+      need_version=yes
+      ;;
+  esac
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  case $host_os in
+  freebsd2*)
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+    ;;
+  freebsd3.[01]* | freebsdelf3.[01]*)
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+    hardcode_into_libs=yes
+    ;;
+  freebsd3.[2-9]* | freebsdelf3.[2-9]* | \
+  freebsd4.[0-5] | freebsdelf4.[0-5] | freebsd4.1.1 | freebsdelf4.1.1)
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+    hardcode_into_libs=yes
+    ;;
+  *) # from 4.6 on, and DragonFly
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+    hardcode_into_libs=yes
+    ;;
+  esac
+  ;;
+
+gnu*)
+  version_type=linux
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}${major} ${libname}${shared_ext}'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  ;;
+
+hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
+  # Give a soname corresponding to the major version so that dld.sl refuses to
+  # link against other versions.
+  version_type=sunos
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  case $host_cpu in
+  ia64*)
+    shrext_cmds='.so'
+    hardcode_into_libs=yes
+    dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.so"
+    shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified.
+    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+    soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+    if test "X$HPUX_IA64_MODE" = X32; then
+      sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/hpux32 /usr/local/lib/hpux32 /usr/local/lib"
+    else
+      sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/hpux64 /usr/local/lib/hpux64"
+    fi
+    sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec
+    ;;
+  hppa*64*)
+    shrext_cmds='.sl'
+    hardcode_into_libs=yes
+    dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl"
+    shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH # How should we handle SHLIB_PATH
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified.
+    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+    soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+    sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/pa20_64 /usr/ccs/lib/pa20_64"
+    sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec
+    ;;
+  *)
+    shrext_cmds='.sl'
+    dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl"
+    shlibpath_var=SHLIB_PATH
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no # +s is required to enable SHLIB_PATH
+    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+    soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+    ;;
+  esac
+  # HP-UX runs *really* slowly unless shared libraries are mode 555.
+  postinstall_cmds='chmod 555 $lib'
+  ;;
+
+interix[3-9]*)
+  version_type=linux
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  dynamic_linker='Interix 3.x ld.so.1 (PE, like ELF)'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  ;;
+
+irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
+  case $host_os in
+    nonstopux*) version_type=nonstopux ;;
+    *)
+	if test "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes; then
+		version_type=linux
+	else
+		version_type=irix
+	fi ;;
+  esac
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}'
+  case $host_os in
+  irix5* | nonstopux*)
+    libsuff= shlibsuff=
+    ;;
+  *)
+    case $LD in # libtool.m4 will add one of these switches to LD
+    *-32|*"-32 "|*-melf32bsmip|*"-melf32bsmip ")
+      libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=32-bit;;
+    *-n32|*"-n32 "|*-melf32bmipn32|*"-melf32bmipn32 ")
+      libsuff=32 shlibsuff=N32 libmagic=N32;;
+    *-64|*"-64 "|*-melf64bmip|*"-melf64bmip ")
+      libsuff=64 shlibsuff=64 libmagic=64-bit;;
+    *) libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=never-match;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+  esac
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY${shlibsuff}_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+  sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff} /usr/local/lib${libsuff}"
+  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff}"
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  ;;
+
+# No shared lib support for Linux oldld, aout, or coff.
+linux*oldld* | linux*aout* | linux*coff*)
+  dynamic_linker=no
+  ;;
+
+# This must be Linux ELF.
+linux* | k*bsd*-gnu)
+  version_type=linux
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -n $libdir'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+  # Some binutils ld are patched to set DT_RUNPATH
+  save_LDFLAGS=$LDFLAGS
+  save_libdir=$libdir
+  eval "libdir=/foo; wl=\"$lt_prog_compiler_wl\"; \
+       LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\""
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && {
+	 test "$cross_compiling" = yes ||
+	 $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext
+       }; then
+  if  ($OBJDUMP -p conftest$ac_exeext) 2>/dev/null | grep "RUNPATH.*$libdir" >/dev/null; then
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+fi
+
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+
+fi
+
+rm -rf conftest.dSYM
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+  LDFLAGS=$save_LDFLAGS
+  libdir=$save_libdir
+
+  # This implies no fast_install, which is unacceptable.
+  # Some rework will be needed to allow for fast_install
+  # before this can be enabled.
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+
+  # Append ld.so.conf contents to the search path
+  if test -f /etc/ld.so.conf; then
+    lt_ld_extra=`awk '/^include / { system(sprintf("cd /etc; cat %s 2>/dev/null", \$2)); skip = 1; } { if (!skip) print \$0; skip = 0; }' < /etc/ld.so.conf | $SED -e 's/#.*//;/^[	 ]*hwcap[	 ]/d;s/[:,	]/ /g;s/=[^=]*$//;s/=[^= ]* / /g;/^$/d' | tr '\n' ' '`
+    sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib $lt_ld_extra"
+  fi
+
+  # We used to test for /lib/ld.so.1 and disable shared libraries on
+  # powerpc, because MkLinux only supported shared libraries with the
+  # GNU dynamic linker.  Since this was broken with cross compilers,
+  # most powerpc-linux boxes support dynamic linking these days and
+  # people can always --disable-shared, the test was removed, and we
+  # assume the GNU/Linux dynamic linker is in use.
+  dynamic_linker='GNU/Linux ld.so'
+  ;;
+
+netbsd*)
+  version_type=sunos
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then
+    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix'
+    finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir'
+    dynamic_linker='NetBSD (a.out) ld.so'
+  else
+    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}'
+    soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+    dynamic_linker='NetBSD ld.elf_so'
+  fi
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  ;;
+
+newsos6)
+  version_type=linux
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+  ;;
+
+*nto* | *qnx*)
+  version_type=qnx
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  dynamic_linker='ldqnx.so'
+  ;;
+
+openbsd*)
+  version_type=sunos
+  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/usr/lib"
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  # Some older versions of OpenBSD (3.3 at least) *do* need versioned libs.
+  case $host_os in
+    openbsd3.3 | openbsd3.3.*)	need_version=yes ;;
+    *)				need_version=no  ;;
+  esac
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix'
+  finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then
+    case $host_os in
+      openbsd2.[89] | openbsd2.[89].*)
+	shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+	;;
+      *)
+	shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+	;;
+      esac
+  else
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+  fi
+  ;;
+
+os2*)
+  libname_spec='$name'
+  shrext_cmds=".dll"
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  library_names_spec='$libname${shared_ext} $libname.a'
+  dynamic_linker='OS/2 ld.exe'
+  shlibpath_var=LIBPATH
+  ;;
+
+osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
+  version_type=osf
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/shlib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib/cmplrs/cc /usr/lib /usr/local/lib /var/shlib"
+  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec"
+  ;;
+
+rdos*)
+  dynamic_linker=no
+  ;;
+
+solaris*)
+  version_type=linux
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  # ldd complains unless libraries are executable
+  postinstall_cmds='chmod +x $lib'
+  ;;
+
+sunos4*)
+  version_type=sunos
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix'
+  finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/usr/etc" ldconfig $libdir'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+  if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
+    need_lib_prefix=no
+  fi
+  need_version=yes
+  ;;
+
+sysv4 | sysv4.3*)
+  version_type=linux
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  case $host_vendor in
+    sni)
+      shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+      need_lib_prefix=no
+      runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
+      ;;
+    siemens)
+      need_lib_prefix=no
+      ;;
+    motorola)
+      need_lib_prefix=no
+      need_version=no
+      shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+      sys_lib_search_path_spec='/lib /usr/lib /usr/ccs/lib'
+      ;;
+  esac
+  ;;
+
+sysv4*MP*)
+  if test -d /usr/nec ;then
+    version_type=linux
+    library_names_spec='$libname${shared_ext}.$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}.$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+    soname_spec='$libname${shared_ext}.$major'
+    shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  fi
+  ;;
+
+sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*)
+  version_type=freebsd-elf
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
+    sys_lib_search_path_spec='/usr/local/lib /usr/gnu/lib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib /lib'
+  else
+    sys_lib_search_path_spec='/usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib'
+    case $host_os in
+      sco3.2v5*)
+        sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec /lib"
+	;;
+    esac
+  fi
+  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/usr/lib'
+  ;;
+
+tpf*)
+  # TPF is a cross-target only.  Preferred cross-host = GNU/Linux.
+  version_type=linux
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  ;;
+
+uts4*)
+  version_type=linux
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  ;;
+
+*)
+  dynamic_linker=no
+  ;;
+esac
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $dynamic_linker" >&5
+$as_echo "$dynamic_linker" >&6; }
+test "$dynamic_linker" = no && can_build_shared=no
+
+variables_saved_for_relink="PATH $shlibpath_var $runpath_var"
+if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+  variables_saved_for_relink="$variables_saved_for_relink GCC_EXEC_PREFIX COMPILER_PATH LIBRARY_PATH"
+fi
+
+if test "${lt_cv_sys_lib_search_path_spec+set}" = set; then
+  sys_lib_search_path_spec="$lt_cv_sys_lib_search_path_spec"
+fi
+if test "${lt_cv_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec+set}" = set; then
+  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$lt_cv_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec"
+fi
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking how to hardcode library paths into programs" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking how to hardcode library paths into programs... " >&6; }
+hardcode_action=
+if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" ||
+   test -n "$runpath_var" ||
+   test "X$hardcode_automatic" = "Xyes" ; then
+
+  # We can hardcode non-existent directories.
+  if test "$hardcode_direct" != no &&
+     # If the only mechanism to avoid hardcoding is shlibpath_var, we
+     # have to relink, otherwise we might link with an installed library
+     # when we should be linking with a yet-to-be-installed one
+     ## test "$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, )" != no &&
+     test "$hardcode_minus_L" != no; then
+    # Linking always hardcodes the temporary library directory.
+    hardcode_action=relink
+  else
+    # We can link without hardcoding, and we can hardcode nonexisting dirs.
+    hardcode_action=immediate
+  fi
+else
+  # We cannot hardcode anything, or else we can only hardcode existing
+  # directories.
+  hardcode_action=unsupported
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $hardcode_action" >&5
+$as_echo "$hardcode_action" >&6; }
+
+if test "$hardcode_action" = relink ||
+   test "$inherit_rpath" = yes; then
+  # Fast installation is not supported
+  enable_fast_install=no
+elif test "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" = yes ||
+     test "$enable_shared" = no; then
+  # Fast installation is not necessary
+  enable_fast_install=needless
+fi
+
+
+
+
+
+
+  if test "x$enable_dlopen" != xyes; then
+  enable_dlopen=unknown
+  enable_dlopen_self=unknown
+  enable_dlopen_self_static=unknown
+else
+  lt_cv_dlopen=no
+  lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
+
+  case $host_os in
+  beos*)
+    lt_cv_dlopen="load_add_on"
+    lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
+    lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes
+    ;;
+
+  mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
+    lt_cv_dlopen="LoadLibrary"
+    lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
+    ;;
+
+  cygwin*)
+    lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen"
+    lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
+    ;;
+
+  darwin*)
+  # if libdl is installed we need to link against it
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for dlopen in -ldl" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for dlopen in -ldl... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-ldl  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
+   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+char dlopen ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+return dlopen ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && {
+	 test "$cross_compiling" = yes ||
+	 $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext
+       }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=yes
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=no
+fi
+
+rm -rf conftest.dSYM
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&6; }
+if test "x$ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" = x""yes; then
+  lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldl"
+else
+
+    lt_cv_dlopen="dyld"
+    lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
+    lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes
+
+fi
+
+    ;;
+
+  *)
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for shl_load" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for shl_load... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_func_shl_load+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+/* Define shl_load to an innocuous variant, in case  declares shl_load.
+   For example, HP-UX 11i  declares gettimeofday.  */
+#define shl_load innocuous_shl_load
+
+/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
+    which can conflict with char shl_load (); below.
+    Prefer  to  if __STDC__ is defined, since
+     exists even on freestanding compilers.  */
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+# include 
+#else
+# include 
+#endif
+
+#undef shl_load
+
+/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
+   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+char shl_load ();
+/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
+    to always fail with ENOSYS.  Some functions are actually named
+    something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias.  */
+#if defined __stub_shl_load || defined __stub___shl_load
+choke me
+#endif
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+return shl_load ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && {
+	 test "$cross_compiling" = yes ||
+	 $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext
+       }; then
+  ac_cv_func_shl_load=yes
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	ac_cv_func_shl_load=no
+fi
+
+rm -rf conftest.dSYM
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_func_shl_load" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_func_shl_load" >&6; }
+if test "x$ac_cv_func_shl_load" = x""yes; then
+  lt_cv_dlopen="shl_load"
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for shl_load in -ldld" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for shl_load in -ldld... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-ldld  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
+   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+char shl_load ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+return shl_load ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && {
+	 test "$cross_compiling" = yes ||
+	 $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext
+       }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load=yes
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load=no
+fi
+
+rm -rf conftest.dSYM
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load" >&6; }
+if test "x$ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load" = x""yes; then
+  lt_cv_dlopen="shl_load" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldld"
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for dlopen" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for dlopen... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_func_dlopen+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+/* Define dlopen to an innocuous variant, in case  declares dlopen.
+   For example, HP-UX 11i  declares gettimeofday.  */
+#define dlopen innocuous_dlopen
+
+/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
+    which can conflict with char dlopen (); below.
+    Prefer  to  if __STDC__ is defined, since
+     exists even on freestanding compilers.  */
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+# include 
+#else
+# include 
+#endif
+
+#undef dlopen
+
+/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
+   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+char dlopen ();
+/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
+    to always fail with ENOSYS.  Some functions are actually named
+    something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias.  */
+#if defined __stub_dlopen || defined __stub___dlopen
+choke me
+#endif
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+return dlopen ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && {
+	 test "$cross_compiling" = yes ||
+	 $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext
+       }; then
+  ac_cv_func_dlopen=yes
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	ac_cv_func_dlopen=no
+fi
+
+rm -rf conftest.dSYM
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_func_dlopen" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_func_dlopen" >&6; }
+if test "x$ac_cv_func_dlopen" = x""yes; then
+  lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen"
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for dlopen in -ldl" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for dlopen in -ldl... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-ldl  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
+   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+char dlopen ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+return dlopen ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && {
+	 test "$cross_compiling" = yes ||
+	 $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext
+       }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=yes
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=no
+fi
+
+rm -rf conftest.dSYM
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&6; }
+if test "x$ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" = x""yes; then
+  lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldl"
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for dlopen in -lsvld" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for dlopen in -lsvld... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lsvld  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
+   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+char dlopen ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+return dlopen ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && {
+	 test "$cross_compiling" = yes ||
+	 $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext
+       }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen=yes
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen=no
+fi
+
+rm -rf conftest.dSYM
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen" >&6; }
+if test "x$ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen" = x""yes; then
+  lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-lsvld"
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for dld_link in -ldld" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for dld_link in -ldld... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-ldld  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
+   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+char dld_link ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+return dld_link ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && {
+	 test "$cross_compiling" = yes ||
+	 $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext
+       }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link=yes
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link=no
+fi
+
+rm -rf conftest.dSYM
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link" >&6; }
+if test "x$ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link" = x""yes; then
+  lt_cv_dlopen="dld_link" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldld"
+fi
+
+
+fi
+
+
+fi
+
+
+fi
+
+
+fi
+
+
+fi
+
+    ;;
+  esac
+
+  if test "x$lt_cv_dlopen" != xno; then
+    enable_dlopen=yes
+  else
+    enable_dlopen=no
+  fi
+
+  case $lt_cv_dlopen in
+  dlopen)
+    save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
+    test "x$ac_cv_header_dlfcn_h" = xyes && CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -DHAVE_DLFCN_H"
+
+    save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS"
+    wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl eval LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $export_dynamic_flag_spec\"
+
+    save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+    LIBS="$lt_cv_dlopen_libs $LIBS"
+
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether a program can dlopen itself" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether a program can dlopen itself... " >&6; }
+if test "${lt_cv_dlopen_self+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  	  if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then :
+  lt_cv_dlopen_self=cross
+else
+  lt_dlunknown=0; lt_dlno_uscore=1; lt_dlneed_uscore=2
+  lt_status=$lt_dlunknown
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF
+#line 13503 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+#if HAVE_DLFCN_H
+#include 
+#endif
+
+#include 
+
+#ifdef RTLD_GLOBAL
+#  define LT_DLGLOBAL		RTLD_GLOBAL
+#else
+#  ifdef DL_GLOBAL
+#    define LT_DLGLOBAL		DL_GLOBAL
+#  else
+#    define LT_DLGLOBAL		0
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+/* We may have to define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW in the command line if we
+   find out it does not work in some platform. */
+#ifndef LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW
+#  ifdef RTLD_LAZY
+#    define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW		RTLD_LAZY
+#  else
+#    ifdef DL_LAZY
+#      define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW		DL_LAZY
+#    else
+#      ifdef RTLD_NOW
+#        define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW	RTLD_NOW
+#      else
+#        ifdef DL_NOW
+#          define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW	DL_NOW
+#        else
+#          define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW	0
+#        endif
+#      endif
+#    endif
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+void fnord() { int i=42;}
+int main ()
+{
+  void *self = dlopen (0, LT_DLGLOBAL|LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW);
+  int status = $lt_dlunknown;
+
+  if (self)
+    {
+      if (dlsym (self,"fnord"))       status = $lt_dlno_uscore;
+      else if (dlsym( self,"_fnord")) status = $lt_dlneed_uscore;
+      /* dlclose (self); */
+    }
+  else
+    puts (dlerror ());
+
+  return status;
+}
+_LT_EOF
+  if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} 2>/dev/null; then
+    (./conftest; exit; ) >&5 2>/dev/null
+    lt_status=$?
+    case x$lt_status in
+      x$lt_dlno_uscore) lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes ;;
+      x$lt_dlneed_uscore) lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes ;;
+      x$lt_dlunknown|x*) lt_cv_dlopen_self=no ;;
+    esac
+  else :
+    # compilation failed
+    lt_cv_dlopen_self=no
+  fi
+fi
+rm -fr conftest*
+
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_dlopen_self" >&5
+$as_echo "$lt_cv_dlopen_self" >&6; }
+
+    if test "x$lt_cv_dlopen_self" = xyes; then
+      wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl eval LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $lt_prog_compiler_static\"
+      { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether a statically linked program can dlopen itself" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether a statically linked program can dlopen itself... " >&6; }
+if test "${lt_cv_dlopen_self_static+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  	  if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then :
+  lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=cross
+else
+  lt_dlunknown=0; lt_dlno_uscore=1; lt_dlneed_uscore=2
+  lt_status=$lt_dlunknown
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF
+#line 13599 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+#if HAVE_DLFCN_H
+#include 
+#endif
+
+#include 
+
+#ifdef RTLD_GLOBAL
+#  define LT_DLGLOBAL		RTLD_GLOBAL
+#else
+#  ifdef DL_GLOBAL
+#    define LT_DLGLOBAL		DL_GLOBAL
+#  else
+#    define LT_DLGLOBAL		0
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+/* We may have to define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW in the command line if we
+   find out it does not work in some platform. */
+#ifndef LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW
+#  ifdef RTLD_LAZY
+#    define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW		RTLD_LAZY
+#  else
+#    ifdef DL_LAZY
+#      define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW		DL_LAZY
+#    else
+#      ifdef RTLD_NOW
+#        define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW	RTLD_NOW
+#      else
+#        ifdef DL_NOW
+#          define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW	DL_NOW
+#        else
+#          define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW	0
+#        endif
+#      endif
+#    endif
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+void fnord() { int i=42;}
+int main ()
+{
+  void *self = dlopen (0, LT_DLGLOBAL|LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW);
+  int status = $lt_dlunknown;
+
+  if (self)
+    {
+      if (dlsym (self,"fnord"))       status = $lt_dlno_uscore;
+      else if (dlsym( self,"_fnord")) status = $lt_dlneed_uscore;
+      /* dlclose (self); */
+    }
+  else
+    puts (dlerror ());
+
+  return status;
+}
+_LT_EOF
+  if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} 2>/dev/null; then
+    (./conftest; exit; ) >&5 2>/dev/null
+    lt_status=$?
+    case x$lt_status in
+      x$lt_dlno_uscore) lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=yes ;;
+      x$lt_dlneed_uscore) lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=yes ;;
+      x$lt_dlunknown|x*) lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=no ;;
+    esac
+  else :
+    # compilation failed
+    lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=no
+  fi
+fi
+rm -fr conftest*
+
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_dlopen_self_static" >&5
+$as_echo "$lt_cv_dlopen_self_static" >&6; }
+    fi
+
+    CPPFLAGS="$save_CPPFLAGS"
+    LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS"
+    LIBS="$save_LIBS"
+    ;;
+  esac
+
+  case $lt_cv_dlopen_self in
+  yes|no) enable_dlopen_self=$lt_cv_dlopen_self ;;
+  *) enable_dlopen_self=unknown ;;
+  esac
+
+  case $lt_cv_dlopen_self_static in
+  yes|no) enable_dlopen_self_static=$lt_cv_dlopen_self_static ;;
+  *) enable_dlopen_self_static=unknown ;;
+  esac
+fi
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+striplib=
+old_striplib=
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether stripping libraries is possible" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether stripping libraries is possible... " >&6; }
+if test -n "$STRIP" && $STRIP -V 2>&1 | $GREP "GNU strip" >/dev/null; then
+  test -z "$old_striplib" && old_striplib="$STRIP --strip-debug"
+  test -z "$striplib" && striplib="$STRIP --strip-unneeded"
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5
+$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
+else
+# FIXME - insert some real tests, host_os isn't really good enough
+  case $host_os in
+  darwin*)
+    if test -n "$STRIP" ; then
+      striplib="$STRIP -x"
+      old_striplib="$STRIP -S"
+      { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5
+$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
+    else
+      { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+    fi
+    ;;
+  *)
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+    ;;
+  esac
+fi
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+  # Report which library types will actually be built
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if libtool supports shared libraries" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking if libtool supports shared libraries... " >&6; }
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $can_build_shared" >&5
+$as_echo "$can_build_shared" >&6; }
+
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether to build shared libraries" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether to build shared libraries... " >&6; }
+  test "$can_build_shared" = "no" && enable_shared=no
+
+  # On AIX, shared libraries and static libraries use the same namespace, and
+  # are all built from PIC.
+  case $host_os in
+  aix3*)
+    test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no
+    if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
+      archive_cmds="$archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$lib"
+      postinstall_cmds='$RANLIB $lib'
+    fi
+    ;;
+
+  aix[4-9]*)
+    if test "$host_cpu" != ia64 && test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = no ; then
+      test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no
+    fi
+    ;;
+  esac
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $enable_shared" >&5
+$as_echo "$enable_shared" >&6; }
+
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether to build static libraries" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether to build static libraries... " >&6; }
+  # Make sure either enable_shared or enable_static is yes.
+  test "$enable_shared" = yes || enable_static=yes
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $enable_static" >&5
+$as_echo "$enable_static" >&6; }
+
+
+
+
+fi
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+
+CC="$lt_save_CC"
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+        ac_config_commands="$ac_config_commands libtool"
+
+
+
+
+# Only expand once:
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+# configuration file -- stay in 8.3 limit
+#
+# since #undef doesn't survive in configuration header files we replace
+# `/undef' with `#undef' after creating the output file
+
+ac_config_headers="$ac_config_headers ftconfig.h:ftconfig.in"
+
+
+# create the Unix-specific sub-Makefiles `builds/unix/unix-def.mk'
+# and `builds/unix/unix-cc.mk' that will be used by the build system
+#
+ac_config_files="$ac_config_files unix-cc.mk:unix-cc.in unix-def.mk:unix-def.in freetype-config freetype2.pc:freetype2.in"
+
+
+# re-generate the Jamfile to use libtool now
+#
+# AC_CONFIG_FILES([../../Jamfile:../../Jamfile.in])
+
+cat >confcache <<\_ACEOF
+# This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure
+# tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure
+# scripts and configure runs, see configure's option --config-cache.
+# It is not useful on other systems.  If it contains results you don't
+# want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
+#
+# config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it
+# the --recheck option to rerun configure.
+#
+# `ac_cv_env_foo' variables (set or unset) will be overridden when
+# loading this file, other *unset* `ac_cv_foo' will be assigned the
+# following values.
+
+_ACEOF
+
+# The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
+# but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient.
+# So, we kill variables containing newlines.
+# Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly,
+# and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars.
+(
+  for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 | sed -n 's/^\([a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=.*/\1/p'`; do
+    eval ac_val=\$$ac_var
+    case $ac_val in #(
+    *${as_nl}*)
+      case $ac_var in #(
+      *_cv_*) { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&2;} ;;
+      esac
+      case $ac_var in #(
+      _ | IFS | as_nl) ;; #(
+      BASH_ARGV | BASH_SOURCE) eval $ac_var= ;; #(
+      *) $as_unset $ac_var ;;
+      esac ;;
+    esac
+  done
+
+  (set) 2>&1 |
+    case $as_nl`(ac_space=' '; set) 2>&1` in #(
+    *${as_nl}ac_space=\ *)
+      # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes (double-quote
+      # substitution turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \).
+      sed -n \
+	"s/'/'\\\\''/g;
+	  s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\\2'/p"
+      ;; #(
+    *)
+      # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes.
+      sed -n "/^[_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*=/p"
+      ;;
+    esac |
+    sort
+) |
+  sed '
+     /^ac_cv_env_/b end
+     t clear
+     :clear
+     s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*[{}].*\)$/test "${\1+set}" = set || &/
+     t end
+     s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*\)$/\1=${\1=\2}/
+     :end' >>confcache
+if diff "$cache_file" confcache >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else
+  if test -w "$cache_file"; then
+    test "x$cache_file" != "x/dev/null" &&
+      { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: updating cache $cache_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: updating cache $cache_file" >&6;}
+    cat confcache >$cache_file
+  else
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" >&6;}
+  fi
+fi
+rm -f confcache
+
+test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix
+# Let make expand exec_prefix.
+test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}'
+
+DEFS=-DHAVE_CONFIG_H
+
+ac_libobjs=
+ac_ltlibobjs=
+for ac_i in : $LIBOBJS; do test "x$ac_i" = x: && continue
+  # 1. Remove the extension, and $U if already installed.
+  ac_script='s/\$U\././;s/\.o$//;s/\.obj$//'
+  ac_i=`$as_echo "$ac_i" | sed "$ac_script"`
+  # 2. Prepend LIBOBJDIR.  When used with automake>=1.10 LIBOBJDIR
+  #    will be set to the directory where LIBOBJS objects are built.
+  ac_libobjs="$ac_libobjs \${LIBOBJDIR}$ac_i\$U.$ac_objext"
+  ac_ltlibobjs="$ac_ltlibobjs \${LIBOBJDIR}$ac_i"'$U.lo'
+done
+LIBOBJS=$ac_libobjs
+
+LTLIBOBJS=$ac_ltlibobjs
+
+
+
+: ${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status}
+ac_write_fail=0
+ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files
+ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files $CONFIG_STATUS"
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&6;}
+cat >$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+#! $SHELL
+# Generated by $as_me.
+# Run this file to recreate the current configuration.
+# Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging
+# configure, is in config.log if it exists.
+
+debug=false
+ac_cs_recheck=false
+ac_cs_silent=false
+SHELL=\${CONFIG_SHELL-$SHELL}
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+## --------------------- ##
+## M4sh Initialization.  ##
+## --------------------- ##
+
+# Be more Bourne compatible
+DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh
+if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  emulate sh
+  NULLCMD=:
+  # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
+  # is contrary to our usage.  Disable this feature.
+  alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
+  setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
+else
+  case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in
+  *posix*) set -o posix ;;
+esac
+
+fi
+
+
+
+
+# PATH needs CR
+# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges.
+as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'
+as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'
+as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS
+as_cr_digits='0123456789'
+as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits
+
+as_nl='
+'
+export as_nl
+# Printing a long string crashes Solaris 7 /usr/bin/printf.
+as_echo='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\'
+as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo
+as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo
+if (test "X`printf %s $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then
+  as_echo='printf %s\n'
+  as_echo_n='printf %s'
+else
+  if test "X`(/usr/ucb/echo -n -n $as_echo) 2>/dev/null`" = "X-n $as_echo"; then
+    as_echo_body='eval /usr/ucb/echo -n "$1$as_nl"'
+    as_echo_n='/usr/ucb/echo -n'
+  else
+    as_echo_body='eval expr "X$1" : "X\\(.*\\)"'
+    as_echo_n_body='eval
+      arg=$1;
+      case $arg in
+      *"$as_nl"*)
+	expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)$as_nl";
+	arg=`expr "X$arg" : ".*$as_nl\\(.*\\)"`;;
+      esac;
+      expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)" | tr -d "$as_nl"
+    '
+    export as_echo_n_body
+    as_echo_n='sh -c $as_echo_n_body as_echo'
+  fi
+  export as_echo_body
+  as_echo='sh -c $as_echo_body as_echo'
+fi
+
+# The user is always right.
+if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
+  PATH_SEPARATOR=:
+  (PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 && {
+    (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
+      PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
+  }
+fi
+
+# Support unset when possible.
+if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  as_unset=unset
+else
+  as_unset=false
+fi
+
+
+# IFS
+# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order.  Quoting is
+# there to prevent editors from complaining about space-tab.
+# (If _AS_PATH_WALK were called with IFS unset, it would disable word
+# splitting by setting IFS to empty value.)
+IFS=" ""	$as_nl"
+
+# Find who we are.  Look in the path if we contain no directory separator.
+case $0 in
+  *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;;
+  *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+     ;;
+esac
+# We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND'
+# in which case we are not to be found in the path.
+if test "x$as_myself" = x; then
+  as_myself=$0
+fi
+if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then
+  $as_echo "$as_myself: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute file name" >&2
+  { (exit 1); exit 1; }
+fi
+
+# Work around bugs in pre-3.0 UWIN ksh.
+for as_var in ENV MAIL MAILPATH
+do ($as_unset $as_var) >/dev/null 2>&1 && $as_unset $as_var
+done
+PS1='$ '
+PS2='> '
+PS4='+ '
+
+# NLS nuisances.
+LC_ALL=C
+export LC_ALL
+LANGUAGE=C
+export LANGUAGE
+
+# Required to use basename.
+if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
+   test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then
+  as_expr=expr
+else
+  as_expr=false
+fi
+
+if (basename -- /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename -- / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then
+  as_basename=basename
+else
+  as_basename=false
+fi
+
+
+# Name of the executable.
+as_me=`$as_basename -- "$0" ||
+$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \
+	 X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	 X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_echo X/"$0" |
+    sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\/\(\/\).*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  s/.*/./; q'`
+
+# CDPATH.
+$as_unset CDPATH
+
+
+
+  as_lineno_1=$LINENO
+  as_lineno_2=$LINENO
+  test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" &&
+  test "x`expr $as_lineno_1 + 1`" = "x$as_lineno_2" || {
+
+  # Create $as_me.lineno as a copy of $as_myself, but with $LINENO
+  # uniformly replaced by the line number.  The first 'sed' inserts a
+  # line-number line after each line using $LINENO; the second 'sed'
+  # does the real work.  The second script uses 'N' to pair each
+  # line-number line with the line containing $LINENO, and appends
+  # trailing '-' during substitution so that $LINENO is not a special
+  # case at line end.
+  # (Raja R Harinath suggested sed '=', and Paul Eggert wrote the
+  # scripts with optimization help from Paolo Bonzini.  Blame Lee
+  # E. McMahon (1931-1989) for sed's syntax.  :-)
+  sed -n '
+    p
+    /[$]LINENO/=
+  ' <$as_myself |
+    sed '
+      s/[$]LINENO.*/&-/
+      t lineno
+      b
+      :lineno
+      N
+      :loop
+      s/[$]LINENO\([^'$as_cr_alnum'_].*\n\)\(.*\)/\2\1\2/
+      t loop
+      s/-\n.*//
+    ' >$as_me.lineno &&
+  chmod +x "$as_me.lineno" ||
+    { $as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+
+  # Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems
+  # (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the
+  # original and so on.  Autoconf is especially sensitive to this).
+  . "./$as_me.lineno"
+  # Exit status is that of the last command.
+  exit
+}
+
+
+if (as_dir=`dirname -- /` && test "X$as_dir" = X/) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  as_dirname=dirname
+else
+  as_dirname=false
+fi
+
+ECHO_C= ECHO_N= ECHO_T=
+case `echo -n x` in
+-n*)
+  case `echo 'x\c'` in
+  *c*) ECHO_T='	';;	# ECHO_T is single tab character.
+  *)   ECHO_C='\c';;
+  esac;;
+*)
+  ECHO_N='-n';;
+esac
+if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
+   test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then
+  as_expr=expr
+else
+  as_expr=false
+fi
+
+rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
+if test -d conf$$.dir; then
+  rm -f conf$$.dir/conf$$.file
+else
+  rm -f conf$$.dir
+  mkdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null
+fi
+if (echo >conf$$.file) 2>/dev/null; then
+  if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
+    as_ln_s='ln -s'
+    # ... but there are two gotchas:
+    # 1) On MSYS, both `ln -s file dir' and `ln file dir' fail.
+    # 2) DJGPP < 2.04 has no symlinks; `ln -s' creates a wrapper executable.
+    # In both cases, we have to default to `cp -p'.
+    ln -s conf$$.file conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null && test ! -f conf$$.exe ||
+      as_ln_s='cp -p'
+  elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
+    as_ln_s=ln
+  else
+    as_ln_s='cp -p'
+  fi
+else
+  as_ln_s='cp -p'
+fi
+rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.dir/conf$$.file conf$$.file
+rmdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null
+
+if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then
+  as_mkdir_p=:
+else
+  test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p
+  as_mkdir_p=false
+fi
+
+if test -x / >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  as_test_x='test -x'
+else
+  if ls -dL / >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+    as_ls_L_option=L
+  else
+    as_ls_L_option=
+  fi
+  as_test_x='
+    eval sh -c '\''
+      if test -d "$1"; then
+	test -d "$1/.";
+      else
+	case $1 in
+	-*)set "./$1";;
+	esac;
+	case `ls -ld'$as_ls_L_option' "$1" 2>/dev/null` in
+	???[sx]*):;;*)false;;esac;fi
+    '\'' sh
+  '
+fi
+as_executable_p=$as_test_x
+
+# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name.
+as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
+
+# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name.
+as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
+
+
+exec 6>&1
+
+# Save the log message, to keep $[0] and so on meaningful, and to
+# report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their
+# values after options handling.
+ac_log="
+This file was extended by FreeType $as_me 2.3.9, which was
+generated by GNU Autoconf 2.63.  Invocation command line was
+
+  CONFIG_FILES    = $CONFIG_FILES
+  CONFIG_HEADERS  = $CONFIG_HEADERS
+  CONFIG_LINKS    = $CONFIG_LINKS
+  CONFIG_COMMANDS = $CONFIG_COMMANDS
+  $ $0 $@
+
+on `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`
+"
+
+_ACEOF
+
+case $ac_config_files in *"
+"*) set x $ac_config_files; shift; ac_config_files=$*;;
+esac
+
+case $ac_config_headers in *"
+"*) set x $ac_config_headers; shift; ac_config_headers=$*;;
+esac
+
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+# Files that config.status was made for.
+config_files="$ac_config_files"
+config_headers="$ac_config_headers"
+config_commands="$ac_config_commands"
+
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+ac_cs_usage="\
+\`$as_me' instantiates files from templates according to the
+current configuration.
+
+Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [FILE]...
+
+  -h, --help       print this help, then exit
+  -V, --version    print version number and configuration settings, then exit
+  -q, --quiet, --silent
+                   do not print progress messages
+  -d, --debug      don't remove temporary files
+      --recheck    update $as_me by reconfiguring in the same conditions
+      --file=FILE[:TEMPLATE]
+                   instantiate the configuration file FILE
+      --header=FILE[:TEMPLATE]
+                   instantiate the configuration header FILE
+
+Configuration files:
+$config_files
+
+Configuration headers:
+$config_headers
+
+Configuration commands:
+$config_commands
+
+Report bugs to ."
+
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+ac_cs_version="\\
+FreeType config.status 2.3.9
+configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.63,
+  with options \\"`$as_echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/^ //; s/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`\\"
+
+Copyright (C) 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+This config.status script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it."
+
+ac_pwd='$ac_pwd'
+srcdir='$srcdir'
+INSTALL='$INSTALL'
+test -n "\$AWK" || AWK=awk
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+# The default lists apply if the user does not specify any file.
+ac_need_defaults=:
+while test $# != 0
+do
+  case $1 in
+  --*=*)
+    ac_option=`expr "X$1" : 'X\([^=]*\)='`
+    ac_optarg=`expr "X$1" : 'X[^=]*=\(.*\)'`
+    ac_shift=:
+    ;;
+  *)
+    ac_option=$1
+    ac_optarg=$2
+    ac_shift=shift
+    ;;
+  esac
+
+  case $ac_option in
+  # Handling of the options.
+  -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r)
+    ac_cs_recheck=: ;;
+  --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | --ver | --ve | --v | -V )
+    $as_echo "$ac_cs_version"; exit ;;
+  --debug | --debu | --deb | --de | --d | -d )
+    debug=: ;;
+  --file | --fil | --fi | --f )
+    $ac_shift
+    case $ac_optarg in
+    *\'*) ac_optarg=`$as_echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;;
+    esac
+    CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES '$ac_optarg'"
+    ac_need_defaults=false;;
+  --header | --heade | --head | --hea )
+    $ac_shift
+    case $ac_optarg in
+    *\'*) ac_optarg=`$as_echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;;
+    esac
+    CONFIG_HEADERS="$CONFIG_HEADERS '$ac_optarg'"
+    ac_need_defaults=false;;
+  --he | --h)
+    # Conflict between --help and --header
+    { $as_echo "$as_me: error: ambiguous option: $1
+Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
+  --help | --hel | -h )
+    $as_echo "$ac_cs_usage"; exit ;;
+  -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
+  | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil | --si | --s)
+    ac_cs_silent=: ;;
+
+  # This is an error.
+  -*) { $as_echo "$as_me: error: unrecognized option: $1
+Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ;;
+
+  *) ac_config_targets="$ac_config_targets $1"
+     ac_need_defaults=false ;;
+
+  esac
+  shift
+done
+
+ac_configure_extra_args=
+
+if $ac_cs_silent; then
+  exec 6>/dev/null
+  ac_configure_extra_args="$ac_configure_extra_args --silent"
+fi
+
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+if \$ac_cs_recheck; then
+  set X '$SHELL' '$0' $ac_configure_args \$ac_configure_extra_args --no-create --no-recursion
+  shift
+  \$as_echo "running CONFIG_SHELL=$SHELL \$*" >&6
+  CONFIG_SHELL='$SHELL'
+  export CONFIG_SHELL
+  exec "\$@"
+fi
+
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+exec 5>>config.log
+{
+  echo
+  sed 'h;s/./-/g;s/^.../## /;s/...$/ ##/;p;x;p;x' <<_ASBOX
+## Running $as_me. ##
+_ASBOX
+  $as_echo "$ac_log"
+} >&5
+
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+#
+# INIT-COMMANDS
+#
+
+
+# The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout
+# if CDPATH is set.
+(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH
+
+sed_quote_subst='$sed_quote_subst'
+double_quote_subst='$double_quote_subst'
+delay_variable_subst='$delay_variable_subst'
+macro_version='`$ECHO "X$macro_version" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+macro_revision='`$ECHO "X$macro_revision" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+AS='`$ECHO "X$AS" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+DLLTOOL='`$ECHO "X$DLLTOOL" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+OBJDUMP='`$ECHO "X$OBJDUMP" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+enable_shared='`$ECHO "X$enable_shared" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+enable_static='`$ECHO "X$enable_static" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+pic_mode='`$ECHO "X$pic_mode" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+enable_fast_install='`$ECHO "X$enable_fast_install" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+host_alias='`$ECHO "X$host_alias" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+host='`$ECHO "X$host" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+host_os='`$ECHO "X$host_os" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+build_alias='`$ECHO "X$build_alias" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+build='`$ECHO "X$build" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+build_os='`$ECHO "X$build_os" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+SED='`$ECHO "X$SED" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+Xsed='`$ECHO "X$Xsed" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+GREP='`$ECHO "X$GREP" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+EGREP='`$ECHO "X$EGREP" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+FGREP='`$ECHO "X$FGREP" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+LD='`$ECHO "X$LD" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+NM='`$ECHO "X$NM" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+LN_S='`$ECHO "X$LN_S" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+max_cmd_len='`$ECHO "X$max_cmd_len" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+ac_objext='`$ECHO "X$ac_objext" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+exeext='`$ECHO "X$exeext" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+lt_unset='`$ECHO "X$lt_unset" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+lt_SP2NL='`$ECHO "X$lt_SP2NL" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+lt_NL2SP='`$ECHO "X$lt_NL2SP" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+reload_flag='`$ECHO "X$reload_flag" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+reload_cmds='`$ECHO "X$reload_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+deplibs_check_method='`$ECHO "X$deplibs_check_method" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+file_magic_cmd='`$ECHO "X$file_magic_cmd" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+AR='`$ECHO "X$AR" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+AR_FLAGS='`$ECHO "X$AR_FLAGS" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+STRIP='`$ECHO "X$STRIP" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+RANLIB='`$ECHO "X$RANLIB" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+old_postinstall_cmds='`$ECHO "X$old_postinstall_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+old_postuninstall_cmds='`$ECHO "X$old_postuninstall_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+old_archive_cmds='`$ECHO "X$old_archive_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+CC='`$ECHO "X$CC" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+CFLAGS='`$ECHO "X$CFLAGS" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+compiler='`$ECHO "X$compiler" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+GCC='`$ECHO "X$GCC" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe='`$ECHO "X$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl='`$ECHO "X$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address='`$ECHO "X$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix='`$ECHO "X$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+objdir='`$ECHO "X$objdir" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+SHELL='`$ECHO "X$SHELL" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+ECHO='`$ECHO "X$ECHO" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+MAGIC_CMD='`$ECHO "X$MAGIC_CMD" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag='`$ECHO "X$lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+lt_prog_compiler_wl='`$ECHO "X$lt_prog_compiler_wl" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+lt_prog_compiler_pic='`$ECHO "X$lt_prog_compiler_pic" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+lt_prog_compiler_static='`$ECHO "X$lt_prog_compiler_static" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o='`$ECHO "X$lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+need_locks='`$ECHO "X$need_locks" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+DSYMUTIL='`$ECHO "X$DSYMUTIL" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+NMEDIT='`$ECHO "X$NMEDIT" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+LIPO='`$ECHO "X$LIPO" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+OTOOL='`$ECHO "X$OTOOL" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+OTOOL64='`$ECHO "X$OTOOL64" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+libext='`$ECHO "X$libext" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+shrext_cmds='`$ECHO "X$shrext_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+extract_expsyms_cmds='`$ECHO "X$extract_expsyms_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+archive_cmds_need_lc='`$ECHO "X$archive_cmds_need_lc" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+enable_shared_with_static_runtimes='`$ECHO "X$enable_shared_with_static_runtimes" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+export_dynamic_flag_spec='`$ECHO "X$export_dynamic_flag_spec" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+whole_archive_flag_spec='`$ECHO "X$whole_archive_flag_spec" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+compiler_needs_object='`$ECHO "X$compiler_needs_object" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+old_archive_from_new_cmds='`$ECHO "X$old_archive_from_new_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds='`$ECHO "X$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+archive_cmds='`$ECHO "X$archive_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+archive_expsym_cmds='`$ECHO "X$archive_expsym_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+module_cmds='`$ECHO "X$module_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+module_expsym_cmds='`$ECHO "X$module_expsym_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+with_gnu_ld='`$ECHO "X$with_gnu_ld" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+allow_undefined_flag='`$ECHO "X$allow_undefined_flag" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+no_undefined_flag='`$ECHO "X$no_undefined_flag" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+hardcode_libdir_separator='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_libdir_separator" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+hardcode_direct='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_direct" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+hardcode_direct_absolute='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_direct_absolute" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+hardcode_minus_L='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_minus_L" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+hardcode_shlibpath_var='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_shlibpath_var" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+hardcode_automatic='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_automatic" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+inherit_rpath='`$ECHO "X$inherit_rpath" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+link_all_deplibs='`$ECHO "X$link_all_deplibs" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+fix_srcfile_path='`$ECHO "X$fix_srcfile_path" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+always_export_symbols='`$ECHO "X$always_export_symbols" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+export_symbols_cmds='`$ECHO "X$export_symbols_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+exclude_expsyms='`$ECHO "X$exclude_expsyms" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+include_expsyms='`$ECHO "X$include_expsyms" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+prelink_cmds='`$ECHO "X$prelink_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+file_list_spec='`$ECHO "X$file_list_spec" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+variables_saved_for_relink='`$ECHO "X$variables_saved_for_relink" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+need_lib_prefix='`$ECHO "X$need_lib_prefix" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+need_version='`$ECHO "X$need_version" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+version_type='`$ECHO "X$version_type" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+runpath_var='`$ECHO "X$runpath_var" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+shlibpath_var='`$ECHO "X$shlibpath_var" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+shlibpath_overrides_runpath='`$ECHO "X$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+libname_spec='`$ECHO "X$libname_spec" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+library_names_spec='`$ECHO "X$library_names_spec" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+soname_spec='`$ECHO "X$soname_spec" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+postinstall_cmds='`$ECHO "X$postinstall_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+postuninstall_cmds='`$ECHO "X$postuninstall_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+finish_cmds='`$ECHO "X$finish_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+finish_eval='`$ECHO "X$finish_eval" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+hardcode_into_libs='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_into_libs" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+sys_lib_search_path_spec='`$ECHO "X$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='`$ECHO "X$sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+hardcode_action='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_action" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+enable_dlopen='`$ECHO "X$enable_dlopen" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+enable_dlopen_self='`$ECHO "X$enable_dlopen_self" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+enable_dlopen_self_static='`$ECHO "X$enable_dlopen_self_static" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+old_striplib='`$ECHO "X$old_striplib" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+striplib='`$ECHO "X$striplib" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
+
+LTCC='$LTCC'
+LTCFLAGS='$LTCFLAGS'
+compiler='$compiler_DEFAULT'
+
+# Quote evaled strings.
+for var in SED \
+GREP \
+EGREP \
+FGREP \
+LD \
+NM \
+LN_S \
+lt_SP2NL \
+lt_NL2SP \
+reload_flag \
+deplibs_check_method \
+file_magic_cmd \
+AR \
+AR_FLAGS \
+STRIP \
+RANLIB \
+CC \
+CFLAGS \
+compiler \
+lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe \
+lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl \
+lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address \
+lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix \
+SHELL \
+ECHO \
+lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag \
+lt_prog_compiler_wl \
+lt_prog_compiler_pic \
+lt_prog_compiler_static \
+lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o \
+need_locks \
+DSYMUTIL \
+NMEDIT \
+LIPO \
+OTOOL \
+OTOOL64 \
+shrext_cmds \
+export_dynamic_flag_spec \
+whole_archive_flag_spec \
+compiler_needs_object \
+with_gnu_ld \
+allow_undefined_flag \
+no_undefined_flag \
+hardcode_libdir_flag_spec \
+hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld \
+hardcode_libdir_separator \
+fix_srcfile_path \
+exclude_expsyms \
+include_expsyms \
+file_list_spec \
+variables_saved_for_relink \
+libname_spec \
+library_names_spec \
+soname_spec \
+finish_eval \
+old_striplib \
+striplib; do
+    case \`eval \\\\\$ECHO "X\\\\\$\$var"\` in
+    *[\\\\\\\`\\"\\\$]*)
+      eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\`\\\$ECHO \\"X\\\$\$var\\" | \\\$Xsed -e \\"\\\$sed_quote_subst\\"\\\`\\\\\\""
+      ;;
+    *)
+      eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\$\$var\\\\\\""
+      ;;
+    esac
+done
+
+# Double-quote double-evaled strings.
+for var in reload_cmds \
+old_postinstall_cmds \
+old_postuninstall_cmds \
+old_archive_cmds \
+extract_expsyms_cmds \
+old_archive_from_new_cmds \
+old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds \
+archive_cmds \
+archive_expsym_cmds \
+module_cmds \
+module_expsym_cmds \
+export_symbols_cmds \
+prelink_cmds \
+postinstall_cmds \
+postuninstall_cmds \
+finish_cmds \
+sys_lib_search_path_spec \
+sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec; do
+    case \`eval \\\\\$ECHO "X\\\\\$\$var"\` in
+    *[\\\\\\\`\\"\\\$]*)
+      eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\`\\\$ECHO \\"X\\\$\$var\\" | \\\$Xsed -e \\"\\\$double_quote_subst\\" -e \\"\\\$sed_quote_subst\\" -e \\"\\\$delay_variable_subst\\"\\\`\\\\\\""
+      ;;
+    *)
+      eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\$\$var\\\\\\""
+      ;;
+    esac
+done
+
+# Fix-up fallback echo if it was mangled by the above quoting rules.
+case \$lt_ECHO in
+*'\\\$0 --fallback-echo"')  lt_ECHO=\`\$ECHO "X\$lt_ECHO" | \$Xsed -e 's/\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\$0 --fallback-echo"\$/\$0 --fallback-echo"/'\`
+  ;;
+esac
+
+ac_aux_dir='$ac_aux_dir'
+xsi_shell='$xsi_shell'
+lt_shell_append='$lt_shell_append'
+
+# See if we are running on zsh, and set the options which allow our
+# commands through without removal of \ escapes INIT.
+if test -n "\${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then
+   setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
+fi
+
+
+    PACKAGE='$PACKAGE'
+    VERSION='$VERSION'
+    TIMESTAMP='$TIMESTAMP'
+    RM='$RM'
+    ofile='$ofile'
+
+
+
+
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+
+# Handling of arguments.
+for ac_config_target in $ac_config_targets
+do
+  case $ac_config_target in
+    "libtool") CONFIG_COMMANDS="$CONFIG_COMMANDS libtool" ;;
+    "ftconfig.h") CONFIG_HEADERS="$CONFIG_HEADERS ftconfig.h:ftconfig.in" ;;
+    "unix-cc.mk") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES unix-cc.mk:unix-cc.in" ;;
+    "unix-def.mk") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES unix-def.mk:unix-def.in" ;;
+    "freetype-config") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES freetype-config" ;;
+    "freetype2.pc") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES freetype2.pc:freetype2.in" ;;
+
+  *) { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: invalid argument: $ac_config_target" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: invalid argument: $ac_config_target" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
+  esac
+done
+
+
+# If the user did not use the arguments to specify the items to instantiate,
+# then the envvar interface is used.  Set only those that are not.
+# We use the long form for the default assignment because of an extremely
+# bizarre bug on SunOS 4.1.3.
+if $ac_need_defaults; then
+  test "${CONFIG_FILES+set}" = set || CONFIG_FILES=$config_files
+  test "${CONFIG_HEADERS+set}" = set || CONFIG_HEADERS=$config_headers
+  test "${CONFIG_COMMANDS+set}" = set || CONFIG_COMMANDS=$config_commands
+fi
+
+# Have a temporary directory for convenience.  Make it in the build tree
+# simply because there is no reason against having it here, and in addition,
+# creating and moving files from /tmp can sometimes cause problems.
+# Hook for its removal unless debugging.
+# Note that there is a small window in which the directory will not be cleaned:
+# after its creation but before its name has been assigned to `$tmp'.
+$debug ||
+{
+  tmp=
+  trap 'exit_status=$?
+  { test -z "$tmp" || test ! -d "$tmp" || rm -fr "$tmp"; } && exit $exit_status
+' 0
+  trap '{ (exit 1); exit 1; }' 1 2 13 15
+}
+# Create a (secure) tmp directory for tmp files.
+
+{
+  tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d "./confXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` &&
+  test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp"
+}  ||
+{
+  tmp=./conf$$-$RANDOM
+  (umask 077 && mkdir "$tmp")
+} ||
+{
+   $as_echo "$as_me: cannot create a temporary directory in ." >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }
+}
+
+# Set up the scripts for CONFIG_FILES section.
+# No need to generate them if there are no CONFIG_FILES.
+# This happens for instance with `./config.status config.h'.
+if test -n "$CONFIG_FILES"; then
+
+
+ac_cr='
'
+ac_cs_awk_cr=`$AWK 'BEGIN { print "a\rb" }' /dev/null`
+if test "$ac_cs_awk_cr" = "a${ac_cr}b"; then
+  ac_cs_awk_cr='\\r'
+else
+  ac_cs_awk_cr=$ac_cr
+fi
+
+echo 'BEGIN {' >"$tmp/subs1.awk" &&
+_ACEOF
+
+
+{
+  echo "cat >conf$$subs.awk <<_ACEOF" &&
+  echo "$ac_subst_vars" | sed 's/.*/&!$&$ac_delim/' &&
+  echo "_ACEOF"
+} >conf$$subs.sh ||
+  { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+ac_delim_num=`echo "$ac_subst_vars" | grep -c '$'`
+ac_delim='%!_!# '
+for ac_last_try in false false false false false :; do
+  . ./conf$$subs.sh ||
+    { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+
+  ac_delim_n=`sed -n "s/.*$ac_delim\$/X/p" conf$$subs.awk | grep -c X`
+  if test $ac_delim_n = $ac_delim_num; then
+    break
+  elif $ac_last_try; then
+    { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+  else
+    ac_delim="$ac_delim!$ac_delim _$ac_delim!! "
+  fi
+done
+rm -f conf$$subs.sh
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+cat >>"\$tmp/subs1.awk" <<\\_ACAWK &&
+_ACEOF
+sed -n '
+h
+s/^/S["/; s/!.*/"]=/
+p
+g
+s/^[^!]*!//
+:repl
+t repl
+s/'"$ac_delim"'$//
+t delim
+:nl
+h
+s/\(.\{148\}\).*/\1/
+t more1
+s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/\\n"\\/
+p
+n
+b repl
+:more1
+s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"\\/
+p
+g
+s/.\{148\}//
+t nl
+:delim
+h
+s/\(.\{148\}\).*/\1/
+t more2
+s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"/
+p
+b
+:more2
+s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"\\/
+p
+g
+s/.\{148\}//
+t delim
+' >$CONFIG_STATUS || ac_write_fail=1
+rm -f conf$$subs.awk
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+_ACAWK
+cat >>"\$tmp/subs1.awk" <<_ACAWK &&
+  for (key in S) S_is_set[key] = 1
+  FS = ""
+
+}
+{
+  line = $ 0
+  nfields = split(line, field, "@")
+  substed = 0
+  len = length(field[1])
+  for (i = 2; i < nfields; i++) {
+    key = field[i]
+    keylen = length(key)
+    if (S_is_set[key]) {
+      value = S[key]
+      line = substr(line, 1, len) "" value "" substr(line, len + keylen + 3)
+      len += length(value) + length(field[++i])
+      substed = 1
+    } else
+      len += 1 + keylen
+  }
+
+  print line
+}
+
+_ACAWK
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+if sed "s/$ac_cr//" < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+  sed "s/$ac_cr\$//; s/$ac_cr/$ac_cs_awk_cr/g"
+else
+  cat
+fi < "$tmp/subs1.awk" > "$tmp/subs.awk" \
+  || { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not setup config files machinery" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: could not setup config files machinery" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+_ACEOF
+
+# VPATH may cause trouble with some makes, so we remove $(srcdir),
+# ${srcdir} and @srcdir@ from VPATH if srcdir is ".", strip leading and
+# trailing colons and then remove the whole line if VPATH becomes empty
+# (actually we leave an empty line to preserve line numbers).
+if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then
+  ac_vpsub='/^[	 ]*VPATH[	 ]*=/{
+s/:*\$(srcdir):*/:/
+s/:*\${srcdir}:*/:/
+s/:*@srcdir@:*/:/
+s/^\([^=]*=[	 ]*\):*/\1/
+s/:*$//
+s/^[^=]*=[	 ]*$//
+}'
+fi
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+fi # test -n "$CONFIG_FILES"
+
+# Set up the scripts for CONFIG_HEADERS section.
+# No need to generate them if there are no CONFIG_HEADERS.
+# This happens for instance with `./config.status Makefile'.
+if test -n "$CONFIG_HEADERS"; then
+cat >"$tmp/defines.awk" <<\_ACAWK ||
+BEGIN {
+_ACEOF
+
+# Transform confdefs.h into an awk script `defines.awk', embedded as
+# here-document in config.status, that substitutes the proper values into
+# config.h.in to produce config.h.
+
+# Create a delimiter string that does not exist in confdefs.h, to ease
+# handling of long lines.
+ac_delim='%!_!# '
+for ac_last_try in false false :; do
+  ac_t=`sed -n "/$ac_delim/p" confdefs.h`
+  if test -z "$ac_t"; then
+    break
+  elif $ac_last_try; then
+    { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not make $CONFIG_HEADERS" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: could not make $CONFIG_HEADERS" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+  else
+    ac_delim="$ac_delim!$ac_delim _$ac_delim!! "
+  fi
+done
+
+# For the awk script, D is an array of macro values keyed by name,
+# likewise P contains macro parameters if any.  Preserve backslash
+# newline sequences.
+
+ac_word_re=[_$as_cr_Letters][_$as_cr_alnum]*
+sed -n '
+s/.\{148\}/&'"$ac_delim"'/g
+t rset
+:rset
+s/^[	 ]*#[	 ]*define[	 ][	 ]*/ /
+t def
+d
+:def
+s/\\$//
+t bsnl
+s/["\\]/\\&/g
+s/^ \('"$ac_word_re"'\)\(([^()]*)\)[	 ]*\(.*\)/P["\1"]="\2"\
+D["\1"]=" \3"/p
+s/^ \('"$ac_word_re"'\)[	 ]*\(.*\)/D["\1"]=" \2"/p
+d
+:bsnl
+s/["\\]/\\&/g
+s/^ \('"$ac_word_re"'\)\(([^()]*)\)[	 ]*\(.*\)/P["\1"]="\2"\
+D["\1"]=" \3\\\\\\n"\\/p
+t cont
+s/^ \('"$ac_word_re"'\)[	 ]*\(.*\)/D["\1"]=" \2\\\\\\n"\\/p
+t cont
+d
+:cont
+n
+s/.\{148\}/&'"$ac_delim"'/g
+t clear
+:clear
+s/\\$//
+t bsnlc
+s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"/p
+d
+:bsnlc
+s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/\\\\\\n"\\/p
+b cont
+' >$CONFIG_STATUS || ac_write_fail=1
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+  for (key in D) D_is_set[key] = 1
+  FS = ""
+}
+/^[\t ]*#[\t ]*(define|undef)[\t ]+$ac_word_re([\t (]|\$)/ {
+  line = \$ 0
+  split(line, arg, " ")
+  if (arg[1] == "#") {
+    defundef = arg[2]
+    mac1 = arg[3]
+  } else {
+    defundef = substr(arg[1], 2)
+    mac1 = arg[2]
+  }
+  split(mac1, mac2, "(") #)
+  macro = mac2[1]
+  prefix = substr(line, 1, index(line, defundef) - 1)
+  if (D_is_set[macro]) {
+    # Preserve the white space surrounding the "#".
+    print prefix "define", macro P[macro] D[macro]
+    next
+  } else {
+    # Replace #undef with comments.  This is necessary, for example,
+    # in the case of _POSIX_SOURCE, which is predefined and required
+    # on some systems where configure will not decide to define it.
+    if (defundef == "undef") {
+      print "/*", prefix defundef, macro, "*/"
+      next
+    }
+  }
+}
+{ print }
+_ACAWK
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+  { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not setup config headers machinery" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: could not setup config headers machinery" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+fi # test -n "$CONFIG_HEADERS"
+
+
+eval set X "  :F $CONFIG_FILES  :H $CONFIG_HEADERS    :C $CONFIG_COMMANDS"
+shift
+for ac_tag
+do
+  case $ac_tag in
+  :[FHLC]) ac_mode=$ac_tag; continue;;
+  esac
+  case $ac_mode$ac_tag in
+  :[FHL]*:*);;
+  :L* | :C*:*) { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: invalid tag $ac_tag" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: invalid tag $ac_tag" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
+  :[FH]-) ac_tag=-:-;;
+  :[FH]*) ac_tag=$ac_tag:$ac_tag.in;;
+  esac
+  ac_save_IFS=$IFS
+  IFS=:
+  set x $ac_tag
+  IFS=$ac_save_IFS
+  shift
+  ac_file=$1
+  shift
+
+  case $ac_mode in
+  :L) ac_source=$1;;
+  :[FH])
+    ac_file_inputs=
+    for ac_f
+    do
+      case $ac_f in
+      -) ac_f="$tmp/stdin";;
+      *) # Look for the file first in the build tree, then in the source tree
+	 # (if the path is not absolute).  The absolute path cannot be DOS-style,
+	 # because $ac_f cannot contain `:'.
+	 test -f "$ac_f" ||
+	   case $ac_f in
+	   [\\/$]*) false;;
+	   *) test -f "$srcdir/$ac_f" && ac_f="$srcdir/$ac_f";;
+	   esac ||
+	   { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find input file: $ac_f" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot find input file: $ac_f" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
+      esac
+      case $ac_f in *\'*) ac_f=`$as_echo "$ac_f" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; esac
+      ac_file_inputs="$ac_file_inputs '$ac_f'"
+    done
+
+    # Let's still pretend it is `configure' which instantiates (i.e., don't
+    # use $as_me), people would be surprised to read:
+    #    /* config.h.  Generated by config.status.  */
+    configure_input='Generated from '`
+	  $as_echo "$*" | sed 's|^[^:]*/||;s|:[^:]*/|, |g'
+	`' by configure.'
+    if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then
+      configure_input="$ac_file.  $configure_input"
+      { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating $ac_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: creating $ac_file" >&6;}
+    fi
+    # Neutralize special characters interpreted by sed in replacement strings.
+    case $configure_input in #(
+    *\&* | *\|* | *\\* )
+       ac_sed_conf_input=`$as_echo "$configure_input" |
+       sed 's/[\\\\&|]/\\\\&/g'`;; #(
+    *) ac_sed_conf_input=$configure_input;;
+    esac
+
+    case $ac_tag in
+    *:-:* | *:-) cat >"$tmp/stdin" \
+      || { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not create $ac_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: could not create $ac_file" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+  esac
+
+  ac_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$ac_file" ||
+$as_expr X"$ac_file" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+	 X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+	 X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	 X"$ac_file" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_echo X"$ac_file" |
+    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\).*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  s/.*/./; q'`
+  { as_dir="$ac_dir"
+  case $as_dir in #(
+  -*) as_dir=./$as_dir;;
+  esac
+  test -d "$as_dir" || { $as_mkdir_p && mkdir -p "$as_dir"; } || {
+    as_dirs=
+    while :; do
+      case $as_dir in #(
+      *\'*) as_qdir=`$as_echo "$as_dir" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; #'(
+      *) as_qdir=$as_dir;;
+      esac
+      as_dirs="'$as_qdir' $as_dirs"
+      as_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_dir" ||
+$as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_echo X"$as_dir" |
+    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\).*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  s/.*/./; q'`
+      test -d "$as_dir" && break
+    done
+    test -z "$as_dirs" || eval "mkdir $as_dirs"
+  } || test -d "$as_dir" || { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot create directory $as_dir" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot create directory $as_dir" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }; }
+  ac_builddir=.
+
+case "$ac_dir" in
+.) ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;;
+*)
+  ac_dir_suffix=/`$as_echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's|^\.[\\/]||'`
+  # A ".." for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
+  ac_top_builddir_sub=`$as_echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's|/[^\\/]*|/..|g;s|/||'`
+  case $ac_top_builddir_sub in
+  "") ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;;
+  *)  ac_top_build_prefix=$ac_top_builddir_sub/ ;;
+  esac ;;
+esac
+ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_pwd
+ac_abs_builddir=$ac_pwd$ac_dir_suffix
+# for backward compatibility:
+ac_top_builddir=$ac_top_build_prefix
+
+case $srcdir in
+  .)  # We are building in place.
+    ac_srcdir=.
+    ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir_sub
+    ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd ;;
+  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* )  # Absolute name.
+    ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix;
+    ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir
+    ac_abs_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;;
+  *) # Relative name.
+    ac_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
+    ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir
+    ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd/$srcdir ;;
+esac
+ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_top_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
+
+
+  case $ac_mode in
+  :F)
+  #
+  # CONFIG_FILE
+  #
+
+  case $INSTALL in
+  [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_INSTALL=$INSTALL ;;
+  *) ac_INSTALL=$ac_top_build_prefix$INSTALL ;;
+  esac
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+# If the template does not know about datarootdir, expand it.
+# FIXME: This hack should be removed a few years after 2.60.
+ac_datarootdir_hack=; ac_datarootdir_seen=
+
+ac_sed_dataroot='
+/datarootdir/ {
+  p
+  q
+}
+/@datadir@/p
+/@docdir@/p
+/@infodir@/p
+/@localedir@/p
+/@mandir@/p
+'
+case `eval "sed -n \"\$ac_sed_dataroot\" $ac_file_inputs"` in
+*datarootdir*) ac_datarootdir_seen=yes;;
+*@datadir@*|*@docdir@*|*@infodir@*|*@localedir@*|*@mandir@*)
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_file_inputs seems to ignore the --datarootdir setting" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_file_inputs seems to ignore the --datarootdir setting" >&2;}
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+  ac_datarootdir_hack='
+  s&@datadir@&$datadir&g
+  s&@docdir@&$docdir&g
+  s&@infodir@&$infodir&g
+  s&@localedir@&$localedir&g
+  s&@mandir@&$mandir&g
+    s&\\\${datarootdir}&$datarootdir&g' ;;
+esac
+_ACEOF
+
+# Neutralize VPATH when `$srcdir' = `.'.
+# Shell code in configure.ac might set extrasub.
+# FIXME: do we really want to maintain this feature?
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+ac_sed_extra="$ac_vpsub
+$extrasub
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+:t
+/@[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*@/!b
+s|@configure_input@|$ac_sed_conf_input|;t t
+s&@top_builddir@&$ac_top_builddir_sub&;t t
+s&@top_build_prefix@&$ac_top_build_prefix&;t t
+s&@srcdir@&$ac_srcdir&;t t
+s&@abs_srcdir@&$ac_abs_srcdir&;t t
+s&@top_srcdir@&$ac_top_srcdir&;t t
+s&@abs_top_srcdir@&$ac_abs_top_srcdir&;t t
+s&@builddir@&$ac_builddir&;t t
+s&@abs_builddir@&$ac_abs_builddir&;t t
+s&@abs_top_builddir@&$ac_abs_top_builddir&;t t
+s&@INSTALL@&$ac_INSTALL&;t t
+$ac_datarootdir_hack
+"
+eval sed \"\$ac_sed_extra\" "$ac_file_inputs" | $AWK -f "$tmp/subs.awk" >$tmp/out \
+  || { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not create $ac_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: could not create $ac_file" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+
+test -z "$ac_datarootdir_hack$ac_datarootdir_seen" &&
+  { ac_out=`sed -n '/\${datarootdir}/p' "$tmp/out"`; test -n "$ac_out"; } &&
+  { ac_out=`sed -n '/^[	 ]*datarootdir[	 ]*:*=/p' "$tmp/out"`; test -z "$ac_out"; } &&
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_file contains a reference to the variable \`datarootdir'
+which seems to be undefined.  Please make sure it is defined." >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_file contains a reference to the variable \`datarootdir'
+which seems to be undefined.  Please make sure it is defined." >&2;}
+
+  rm -f "$tmp/stdin"
+  case $ac_file in
+  -) cat "$tmp/out" && rm -f "$tmp/out";;
+  *) rm -f "$ac_file" && mv "$tmp/out" "$ac_file";;
+  esac \
+  || { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not create $ac_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: could not create $ac_file" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+ ;;
+  :H)
+  #
+  # CONFIG_HEADER
+  #
+  if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then
+    {
+      $as_echo "/* $configure_input  */" \
+      && eval '$AWK -f "$tmp/defines.awk"' "$ac_file_inputs"
+    } >"$tmp/config.h" \
+      || { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not create $ac_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: could not create $ac_file" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+    if diff "$ac_file" "$tmp/config.h" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+      { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_file is unchanged" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: $ac_file is unchanged" >&6;}
+    else
+      rm -f "$ac_file"
+      mv "$tmp/config.h" "$ac_file" \
+	|| { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not create $ac_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: could not create $ac_file" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+    fi
+  else
+    $as_echo "/* $configure_input  */" \
+      && eval '$AWK -f "$tmp/defines.awk"' "$ac_file_inputs" \
+      || { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not create -" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: could not create -" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+  fi
+ ;;
+
+  :C)  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: executing $ac_file commands" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: executing $ac_file commands" >&6;}
+ ;;
+  esac
+
+
+  case $ac_file$ac_mode in
+    "libtool":C)
+
+    # See if we are running on zsh, and set the options which allow our
+    # commands through without removal of \ escapes.
+    if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then
+      setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
+    fi
+
+    cfgfile="${ofile}T"
+    trap "$RM \"$cfgfile\"; exit 1" 1 2 15
+    $RM "$cfgfile"
+
+    cat <<_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile"
+#! $SHELL
+
+# `$ECHO "$ofile" | sed 's%^.*/%%'` - Provide generalized library-building support services.
+# Generated automatically by $as_me ($PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION
+# Libtool was configured on host `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`:
+# NOTE: Changes made to this file will be lost: look at ltmain.sh.
+#
+#   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005,
+#                 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#   Written by Gordon Matzigkeit, 1996
+#
+#   This file is part of GNU Libtool.
+#
+# GNU Libtool is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
+# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License,
+# if you distribute this file as part of a program or library that
+# is built using GNU Libtool, you may include this file under the
+# same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+#
+# GNU Libtool is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with GNU Libtool; see the file COPYING.  If not, a copy
+# can be downloaded from http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html, or
+# obtained by writing to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+# 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+
+
+# The names of the tagged configurations supported by this script.
+available_tags=""
+
+# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL CONFIG
+
+# Which release of libtool.m4 was used?
+macro_version=$macro_version
+macro_revision=$macro_revision
+
+# Assembler program.
+AS=$AS
+
+# DLL creation program.
+DLLTOOL=$DLLTOOL
+
+# Object dumper program.
+OBJDUMP=$OBJDUMP
+
+# Whether or not to build shared libraries.
+build_libtool_libs=$enable_shared
+
+# Whether or not to build static libraries.
+build_old_libs=$enable_static
+
+# What type of objects to build.
+pic_mode=$pic_mode
+
+# Whether or not to optimize for fast installation.
+fast_install=$enable_fast_install
+
+# The host system.
+host_alias=$host_alias
+host=$host
+host_os=$host_os
+
+# The build system.
+build_alias=$build_alias
+build=$build
+build_os=$build_os
+
+# A sed program that does not truncate output.
+SED=$lt_SED
+
+# Sed that helps us avoid accidentally triggering echo(1) options like -n.
+Xsed="\$SED -e 1s/^X//"
+
+# A grep program that handles long lines.
+GREP=$lt_GREP
+
+# An ERE matcher.
+EGREP=$lt_EGREP
+
+# A literal string matcher.
+FGREP=$lt_FGREP
+
+# A BSD- or MS-compatible name lister.
+NM=$lt_NM
+
+# Whether we need soft or hard links.
+LN_S=$lt_LN_S
+
+# What is the maximum length of a command?
+max_cmd_len=$max_cmd_len
+
+# Object file suffix (normally "o").
+objext=$ac_objext
+
+# Executable file suffix (normally "").
+exeext=$exeext
+
+# whether the shell understands "unset".
+lt_unset=$lt_unset
+
+# turn spaces into newlines.
+SP2NL=$lt_lt_SP2NL
+
+# turn newlines into spaces.
+NL2SP=$lt_lt_NL2SP
+
+# How to create reloadable object files.
+reload_flag=$lt_reload_flag
+reload_cmds=$lt_reload_cmds
+
+# Method to check whether dependent libraries are shared objects.
+deplibs_check_method=$lt_deplibs_check_method
+
+# Command to use when deplibs_check_method == "file_magic".
+file_magic_cmd=$lt_file_magic_cmd
+
+# The archiver.
+AR=$lt_AR
+AR_FLAGS=$lt_AR_FLAGS
+
+# A symbol stripping program.
+STRIP=$lt_STRIP
+
+# Commands used to install an old-style archive.
+RANLIB=$lt_RANLIB
+old_postinstall_cmds=$lt_old_postinstall_cmds
+old_postuninstall_cmds=$lt_old_postuninstall_cmds
+
+# A C compiler.
+LTCC=$lt_CC
+
+# LTCC compiler flags.
+LTCFLAGS=$lt_CFLAGS
+
+# Take the output of nm and produce a listing of raw symbols and C names.
+global_symbol_pipe=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe
+
+# Transform the output of nm in a proper C declaration.
+global_symbol_to_cdecl=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl
+
+# Transform the output of nm in a C name address pair.
+global_symbol_to_c_name_address=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address
+
+# Transform the output of nm in a C name address pair when lib prefix is needed.
+global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix
+
+# The name of the directory that contains temporary libtool files.
+objdir=$objdir
+
+# Shell to use when invoking shell scripts.
+SHELL=$lt_SHELL
+
+# An echo program that does not interpret backslashes.
+ECHO=$lt_ECHO
+
+# Used to examine libraries when file_magic_cmd begins with "file".
+MAGIC_CMD=$MAGIC_CMD
+
+# Must we lock files when doing compilation?
+need_locks=$lt_need_locks
+
+# Tool to manipulate archived DWARF debug symbol files on Mac OS X.
+DSYMUTIL=$lt_DSYMUTIL
+
+# Tool to change global to local symbols on Mac OS X.
+NMEDIT=$lt_NMEDIT
+
+# Tool to manipulate fat objects and archives on Mac OS X.
+LIPO=$lt_LIPO
+
+# ldd/readelf like tool for Mach-O binaries on Mac OS X.
+OTOOL=$lt_OTOOL
+
+# ldd/readelf like tool for 64 bit Mach-O binaries on Mac OS X 10.4.
+OTOOL64=$lt_OTOOL64
+
+# Old archive suffix (normally "a").
+libext=$libext
+
+# Shared library suffix (normally ".so").
+shrext_cmds=$lt_shrext_cmds
+
+# The commands to extract the exported symbol list from a shared archive.
+extract_expsyms_cmds=$lt_extract_expsyms_cmds
+
+# Variables whose values should be saved in libtool wrapper scripts and
+# restored at link time.
+variables_saved_for_relink=$lt_variables_saved_for_relink
+
+# Do we need the "lib" prefix for modules?
+need_lib_prefix=$need_lib_prefix
+
+# Do we need a version for libraries?
+need_version=$need_version
+
+# Library versioning type.
+version_type=$version_type
+
+# Shared library runtime path variable.
+runpath_var=$runpath_var
+
+# Shared library path variable.
+shlibpath_var=$shlibpath_var
+
+# Is shlibpath searched before the hard-coded library search path?
+shlibpath_overrides_runpath=$shlibpath_overrides_runpath
+
+# Format of library name prefix.
+libname_spec=$lt_libname_spec
+
+# List of archive names.  First name is the real one, the rest are links.
+# The last name is the one that the linker finds with -lNAME
+library_names_spec=$lt_library_names_spec
+
+# The coded name of the library, if different from the real name.
+soname_spec=$lt_soname_spec
+
+# Command to use after installation of a shared archive.
+postinstall_cmds=$lt_postinstall_cmds
+
+# Command to use after uninstallation of a shared archive.
+postuninstall_cmds=$lt_postuninstall_cmds
+
+# Commands used to finish a libtool library installation in a directory.
+finish_cmds=$lt_finish_cmds
+
+# As "finish_cmds", except a single script fragment to be evaled but
+# not shown.
+finish_eval=$lt_finish_eval
+
+# Whether we should hardcode library paths into libraries.
+hardcode_into_libs=$hardcode_into_libs
+
+# Compile-time system search path for libraries.
+sys_lib_search_path_spec=$lt_sys_lib_search_path_spec
+
+# Run-time system search path for libraries.
+sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$lt_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec
+
+# Whether dlopen is supported.
+dlopen_support=$enable_dlopen
+
+# Whether dlopen of programs is supported.
+dlopen_self=$enable_dlopen_self
+
+# Whether dlopen of statically linked programs is supported.
+dlopen_self_static=$enable_dlopen_self_static
+
+# Commands to strip libraries.
+old_striplib=$lt_old_striplib
+striplib=$lt_striplib
+
+
+# The linker used to build libraries.
+LD=$lt_LD
+
+# Commands used to build an old-style archive.
+old_archive_cmds=$lt_old_archive_cmds
+
+# A language specific compiler.
+CC=$lt_compiler
+
+# Is the compiler the GNU compiler?
+with_gcc=$GCC
+
+# Compiler flag to turn off builtin functions.
+no_builtin_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag
+
+# How to pass a linker flag through the compiler.
+wl=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_wl
+
+# Additional compiler flags for building library objects.
+pic_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_pic
+
+# Compiler flag to prevent dynamic linking.
+link_static_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_static
+
+# Does compiler simultaneously support -c and -o options?
+compiler_c_o=$lt_lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o
+
+# Whether or not to add -lc for building shared libraries.
+build_libtool_need_lc=$archive_cmds_need_lc
+
+# Whether or not to disallow shared libs when runtime libs are static.
+allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes=$enable_shared_with_static_runtimes
+
+# Compiler flag to allow reflexive dlopens.
+export_dynamic_flag_spec=$lt_export_dynamic_flag_spec
+
+# Compiler flag to generate shared objects directly from archives.
+whole_archive_flag_spec=$lt_whole_archive_flag_spec
+
+# Whether the compiler copes with passing no objects directly.
+compiler_needs_object=$lt_compiler_needs_object
+
+# Create an old-style archive from a shared archive.
+old_archive_from_new_cmds=$lt_old_archive_from_new_cmds
+
+# Create a temporary old-style archive to link instead of a shared archive.
+old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds=$lt_old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds
+
+# Commands used to build a shared archive.
+archive_cmds=$lt_archive_cmds
+archive_expsym_cmds=$lt_archive_expsym_cmds
+
+# Commands used to build a loadable module if different from building
+# a shared archive.
+module_cmds=$lt_module_cmds
+module_expsym_cmds=$lt_module_expsym_cmds
+
+# Whether we are building with GNU ld or not.
+with_gnu_ld=$lt_with_gnu_ld
+
+# Flag that allows shared libraries with undefined symbols to be built.
+allow_undefined_flag=$lt_allow_undefined_flag
+
+# Flag that enforces no undefined symbols.
+no_undefined_flag=$lt_no_undefined_flag
+
+# Flag to hardcode \$libdir into a binary during linking.
+# This must work even if \$libdir does not exist
+hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=$lt_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec
+
+# If ld is used when linking, flag to hardcode \$libdir into a binary
+# during linking.  This must work even if \$libdir does not exist.
+hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld=$lt_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld
+
+# Whether we need a single "-rpath" flag with a separated argument.
+hardcode_libdir_separator=$lt_hardcode_libdir_separator
+
+# Set to "yes" if using DIR/libNAME\${shared_ext} during linking hardcodes
+# DIR into the resulting binary.
+hardcode_direct=$hardcode_direct
+
+# Set to "yes" if using DIR/libNAME\${shared_ext} during linking hardcodes
+# DIR into the resulting binary and the resulting library dependency is
+# "absolute",i.e impossible to change by setting \${shlibpath_var} if the
+# library is relocated.
+hardcode_direct_absolute=$hardcode_direct_absolute
+
+# Set to "yes" if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR
+# into the resulting binary.
+hardcode_minus_L=$hardcode_minus_L
+
+# Set to "yes" if using SHLIBPATH_VAR=DIR during linking hardcodes DIR
+# into the resulting binary.
+hardcode_shlibpath_var=$hardcode_shlibpath_var
+
+# Set to "yes" if building a shared library automatically hardcodes DIR
+# into the library and all subsequent libraries and executables linked
+# against it.
+hardcode_automatic=$hardcode_automatic
+
+# Set to yes if linker adds runtime paths of dependent libraries
+# to runtime path list.
+inherit_rpath=$inherit_rpath
+
+# Whether libtool must link a program against all its dependency libraries.
+link_all_deplibs=$link_all_deplibs
+
+# Fix the shell variable \$srcfile for the compiler.
+fix_srcfile_path=$lt_fix_srcfile_path
+
+# Set to "yes" if exported symbols are required.
+always_export_symbols=$always_export_symbols
+
+# The commands to list exported symbols.
+export_symbols_cmds=$lt_export_symbols_cmds
+
+# Symbols that should not be listed in the preloaded symbols.
+exclude_expsyms=$lt_exclude_expsyms
+
+# Symbols that must always be exported.
+include_expsyms=$lt_include_expsyms
+
+# Commands necessary for linking programs (against libraries) with templates.
+prelink_cmds=$lt_prelink_cmds
+
+# Specify filename containing input files.
+file_list_spec=$lt_file_list_spec
+
+# How to hardcode a shared library path into an executable.
+hardcode_action=$hardcode_action
+
+# ### END LIBTOOL CONFIG
+
+_LT_EOF
+
+  case $host_os in
+  aix3*)
+    cat <<\_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile"
+# AIX sometimes has problems with the GCC collect2 program.  For some
+# reason, if we set the COLLECT_NAMES environment variable, the problems
+# vanish in a puff of smoke.
+if test "X${COLLECT_NAMES+set}" != Xset; then
+  COLLECT_NAMES=
+  export COLLECT_NAMES
+fi
+_LT_EOF
+    ;;
+  esac
+
+
+ltmain="$ac_aux_dir/ltmain.sh"
+
+
+  # We use sed instead of cat because bash on DJGPP gets confused if
+  # if finds mixed CR/LF and LF-only lines.  Since sed operates in
+  # text mode, it properly converts lines to CR/LF.  This bash problem
+  # is reportedly fixed, but why not run on old versions too?
+  sed '/^# Generated shell functions inserted here/q' "$ltmain" >> "$cfgfile" \
+    || (rm -f "$cfgfile"; exit 1)
+
+  case $xsi_shell in
+  yes)
+    cat << \_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile"
+
+# func_dirname file append nondir_replacement
+# Compute the dirname of FILE.  If nonempty, add APPEND to the result,
+# otherwise set result to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT.
+func_dirname ()
+{
+  case ${1} in
+    */*) func_dirname_result="${1%/*}${2}" ;;
+    *  ) func_dirname_result="${3}" ;;
+  esac
+}
+
+# func_basename file
+func_basename ()
+{
+  func_basename_result="${1##*/}"
+}
+
+# func_dirname_and_basename file append nondir_replacement
+# perform func_basename and func_dirname in a single function
+# call:
+#   dirname:  Compute the dirname of FILE.  If nonempty,
+#             add APPEND to the result, otherwise set result
+#             to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT.
+#             value returned in "$func_dirname_result"
+#   basename: Compute filename of FILE.
+#             value retuned in "$func_basename_result"
+# Implementation must be kept synchronized with func_dirname
+# and func_basename. For efficiency, we do not delegate to
+# those functions but instead duplicate the functionality here.
+func_dirname_and_basename ()
+{
+  case ${1} in
+    */*) func_dirname_result="${1%/*}${2}" ;;
+    *  ) func_dirname_result="${3}" ;;
+  esac
+  func_basename_result="${1##*/}"
+}
+
+# func_stripname prefix suffix name
+# strip PREFIX and SUFFIX off of NAME.
+# PREFIX and SUFFIX must not contain globbing or regex special
+# characters, hashes, percent signs, but SUFFIX may contain a leading
+# dot (in which case that matches only a dot).
+func_stripname ()
+{
+  # pdksh 5.2.14 does not do ${X%$Y} correctly if both X and Y are
+  # positional parameters, so assign one to ordinary parameter first.
+  func_stripname_result=${3}
+  func_stripname_result=${func_stripname_result#"${1}"}
+  func_stripname_result=${func_stripname_result%"${2}"}
+}
+
+# func_opt_split
+func_opt_split ()
+{
+  func_opt_split_opt=${1%%=*}
+  func_opt_split_arg=${1#*=}
+}
+
+# func_lo2o object
+func_lo2o ()
+{
+  case ${1} in
+    *.lo) func_lo2o_result=${1%.lo}.${objext} ;;
+    *)    func_lo2o_result=${1} ;;
+  esac
+}
+
+# func_xform libobj-or-source
+func_xform ()
+{
+  func_xform_result=${1%.*}.lo
+}
+
+# func_arith arithmetic-term...
+func_arith ()
+{
+  func_arith_result=$(( $* ))
+}
+
+# func_len string
+# STRING may not start with a hyphen.
+func_len ()
+{
+  func_len_result=${#1}
+}
+
+_LT_EOF
+    ;;
+  *) # Bourne compatible functions.
+    cat << \_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile"
+
+# func_dirname file append nondir_replacement
+# Compute the dirname of FILE.  If nonempty, add APPEND to the result,
+# otherwise set result to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT.
+func_dirname ()
+{
+  # Extract subdirectory from the argument.
+  func_dirname_result=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$dirname"`
+  if test "X$func_dirname_result" = "X${1}"; then
+    func_dirname_result="${3}"
+  else
+    func_dirname_result="$func_dirname_result${2}"
+  fi
+}
+
+# func_basename file
+func_basename ()
+{
+  func_basename_result=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$basename"`
+}
+
+
+# func_stripname prefix suffix name
+# strip PREFIX and SUFFIX off of NAME.
+# PREFIX and SUFFIX must not contain globbing or regex special
+# characters, hashes, percent signs, but SUFFIX may contain a leading
+# dot (in which case that matches only a dot).
+# func_strip_suffix prefix name
+func_stripname ()
+{
+  case ${2} in
+    .*) func_stripname_result=`$ECHO "X${3}" \
+           | $Xsed -e "s%^${1}%%" -e "s%\\\\${2}\$%%"`;;
+    *)  func_stripname_result=`$ECHO "X${3}" \
+           | $Xsed -e "s%^${1}%%" -e "s%${2}\$%%"`;;
+  esac
+}
+
+# sed scripts:
+my_sed_long_opt='1s/^\(-[^=]*\)=.*/\1/;q'
+my_sed_long_arg='1s/^-[^=]*=//'
+
+# func_opt_split
+func_opt_split ()
+{
+  func_opt_split_opt=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$my_sed_long_opt"`
+  func_opt_split_arg=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$my_sed_long_arg"`
+}
+
+# func_lo2o object
+func_lo2o ()
+{
+  func_lo2o_result=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"`
+}
+
+# func_xform libobj-or-source
+func_xform ()
+{
+  func_xform_result=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.lo/'`
+}
+
+# func_arith arithmetic-term...
+func_arith ()
+{
+  func_arith_result=`expr "$@"`
+}
+
+# func_len string
+# STRING may not start with a hyphen.
+func_len ()
+{
+  func_len_result=`expr "$1" : ".*" 2>/dev/null || echo $max_cmd_len`
+}
+
+_LT_EOF
+esac
+
+case $lt_shell_append in
+  yes)
+    cat << \_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile"
+
+# func_append var value
+# Append VALUE to the end of shell variable VAR.
+func_append ()
+{
+  eval "$1+=\$2"
+}
+_LT_EOF
+    ;;
+  *)
+    cat << \_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile"
+
+# func_append var value
+# Append VALUE to the end of shell variable VAR.
+func_append ()
+{
+  eval "$1=\$$1\$2"
+}
+
+_LT_EOF
+    ;;
+  esac
+
+
+  sed -n '/^# Generated shell functions inserted here/,$p' "$ltmain" >> "$cfgfile" \
+    || (rm -f "$cfgfile"; exit 1)
+
+  mv -f "$cfgfile" "$ofile" ||
+    (rm -f "$ofile" && cp "$cfgfile" "$ofile" && rm -f "$cfgfile")
+  chmod +x "$ofile"
+
+ ;;
+    "ftconfig.h":H) mv ftconfig.h ftconfig.tmp
+   sed 's|/undef|#undef|' < ftconfig.tmp > ftconfig.h
+   rm ftconfig.tmp ;;
+
+  esac
+done # for ac_tag
+
+
+{ (exit 0); exit 0; }
+_ACEOF
+chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS
+ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save
+
+test $ac_write_fail = 0 ||
+  { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: write failure creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: write failure creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+
+
+# configure is writing to config.log, and then calls config.status.
+# config.status does its own redirection, appending to config.log.
+# Unfortunately, on DOS this fails, as config.log is still kept open
+# by configure, so config.status won't be able to write to it; its
+# output is simply discarded.  So we exec the FD to /dev/null,
+# effectively closing config.log, so it can be properly (re)opened and
+# appended to by config.status.  When coming back to configure, we
+# need to make the FD available again.
+if test "$no_create" != yes; then
+  ac_cs_success=:
+  ac_config_status_args=
+  test "$silent" = yes &&
+    ac_config_status_args="$ac_config_status_args --quiet"
+  exec 5>/dev/null
+  $SHELL $CONFIG_STATUS $ac_config_status_args || ac_cs_success=false
+  exec 5>>config.log
+  # Use ||, not &&, to avoid exiting from the if with $? = 1, which
+  # would make configure fail if this is the last instruction.
+  $ac_cs_success || { (exit 1); exit 1; }
+fi
+if test -n "$ac_unrecognized_opts" && test "$enable_option_checking" != no; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&2;}
+fi
+
+
+# end of configure.raw
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/configure.ac b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/configure.ac
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..26f40dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/configure.ac
@@ -0,0 +1,669 @@
+# This file is part of the FreeType project.
+#
+# Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
+#
+# Copyright 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+AC_INIT([FreeType], [2.3.9], [freetype@nongnu.org], [freetype])
+AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([ftconfig.in])
+
+
+# Don't forget to update docs/VERSION.DLL!
+
+version_info='9:20:3'
+AC_SUBST([version_info])
+ft_version=`echo $version_info | tr : .`
+AC_SUBST([ft_version])
+
+
+# checks for system type
+
+AC_CANONICAL_HOST
+
+
+# checks for programs
+
+AC_PROG_CC
+AC_PROG_CPP
+AC_SUBST(EXEEXT)
+
+
+# checks for native programs to generate building tool
+
+if test ${cross_compiling} = yes; then
+  AC_CHECK_PROG(CC_BUILD, ${build}-gcc, ${build}-gcc)
+  test -z "${CC_BUILD}" && AC_CHECK_PROG(CC_BUILD, gcc, gcc)
+  test -z "${CC_BUILD}" && AC_CHECK_PROG(CC_BUILD, cc, cc, , , /usr/ucb/cc)
+  test -z "${CC_BUILD}" && AC_MSG_ERROR([cannot find native C compiler])
+
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for suffix of native executables])
+  rm -f a.* b.* a_out.exe conftest.*
+  echo > conftest.c "int main() { return 0;}"
+  ${CC_BUILD} conftest.c || AC_MSG_ERROR([native C compiler is not working])
+  rm -f conftest.c
+  if test -x a.out -o -x b.out -o -x conftest; then
+    EXEEXT_BUILD=""
+  elif test -x a_out.exe -o -x conftest.exe; then
+    EXEEXT_BUILD=".exe"
+  elif test -x conftest.* ; then
+    EXEEXT_BUILD=`echo conftest.* | sed -n '1s/^.*\.//g'`
+  fi
+  AC_MSG_RESULT($EXEEXT_BUILD)
+else
+  CC_BUILD=${CC}
+  EXEEXT_BUILD=${EXEEXT}
+fi
+
+
+if test ! -z ${EXEEXT_BUILD}; then
+  EXEEXT_BUILD=."${EXEEXT_BUILD}"
+fi
+AC_SUBST(CC_BUILD)
+AC_SUBST(EXEEXT_BUILD)
+
+
+
+# get compiler flags right
+
+if test "x$CC" = xgcc; then
+  XX_CFLAGS="-Wall"
+  XX_ANSIFLAGS="-pedantic -ansi"
+else
+  case "$host" in
+  *-dec-osf*)
+    CFLAGS=
+    XX_CFLAGS="-std1 -g3"
+    XX_ANSIFLAGS=
+    ;;
+  *)
+    XX_CFLAGS=
+    XX_ANSIFLAGS=
+    ;;
+  esac
+fi
+AC_SUBST([XX_CFLAGS])
+AC_SUBST([XX_ANSIFLAGS])
+
+
+# auxiliary programs
+
+AC_CHECK_PROG([RMF], [rm], [rm -f])
+AC_CHECK_PROG([RMDIR], [rmdir], [rmdir])
+
+
+# Since this file will be finally moved to another directory we make
+# the path of the install script absolute.  This small code snippet has
+# been taken from automake's `ylwrap' script.
+
+AC_PROG_INSTALL
+case "$INSTALL" in
+/*)
+  ;;
+*/*)
+  INSTALL="`pwd`/$INSTALL" ;;
+esac
+
+
+# checks for header files
+
+AC_HEADER_STDC
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS([fcntl.h unistd.h])
+
+
+# checks for typedefs, structures, and compiler characteristics
+
+AC_C_CONST
+AC_CHECK_SIZEOF([int])
+AC_CHECK_SIZEOF([long])
+
+
+# check whether cpp computation of size of int and long in ftconfig.in works
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([cpp computation of bit length in ftconfig.in works])
+orig_CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS}"
+CPPFLAGS="-I${srcdir} -I. ${CPPFLAGS}"
+ac_clean_files="ft2build.h ftoption.h ftstdlib.h"
+touch ft2build.h ftoption.h ftstdlib.h
+
+cat > conftest.c <<\_ACEOF
+#include 
+#define FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H "ftoption.h"
+#define FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H "ftstdlib.h"
+#define FT_UINT_MAX  UINT_MAX
+#define FT_ULONG_MAX ULONG_MAX
+#include "ftconfig.in"
+_ACEOF
+echo >> conftest.c "#if FT_SIZEOF_INT == "${ac_cv_sizeof_int}
+echo >> conftest.c "ac_cpp_ft_sizeof_int="${ac_cv_sizeof_int}
+echo >> conftest.c "#endif"
+echo >> conftest.c "#if FT_SIZEOF_LONG == "${ac_cv_sizeof_long}
+echo >> conftest.c "ac_cpp_ft_sizeof_long="${ac_cv_sizeof_long}
+echo >> conftest.c "#endif"
+
+${CPP} ${CPPFLAGS} conftest.c | ${GREP} ac_cpp_ft > conftest.sh
+eval `cat conftest.sh`
+${RMF} conftest.c conftest.sh confft2build.h ftoption.h ftstdlib.h
+
+if test x != "x${ac_cpp_ft_sizeof_int}" \
+   -a x != x"${ac_cpp_ft_sizeof_long}"; then
+  unset ft_use_autoconf_sizeof_types
+else
+  ft_use_autoconf_sizeof_types=yes
+fi
+
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(biarch-config,
+[  --enable-biarch-config  install biarch ftconfig.h to support multiple
+                          architectures by single file], [], [])
+
+case :${ft_use_autoconf_sizeof_types}:${enable_biarch_config}: in
+  :yes:yes:)
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([broken but use it])
+    unset ft_use_autoconf_sizeof_types
+    ;;
+  ::no:)
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([works but ignore it])
+    ft_use_autoconf_sizeof_types=yes
+    ;;
+  ::yes: | :::)
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
+    unset ft_use_autoconf_sizeof_types
+    ;;
+  *)
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+    ft_use_autoconf_sizeof_types=yes
+    ;;
+esac
+
+if test x"${ft_use_autoconf_sizeof_types}" = xyes; then
+  AC_DEFINE([FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES])
+fi
+
+CPPFLAGS="${orig_CPPFLAGS}"
+
+
+# checks for library functions
+
+# Here we check whether we can use our mmap file component.
+
+AC_FUNC_MMAP
+if test "$ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped" != yes; then
+  FTSYS_SRC='$(BASE_DIR)/ftsystem.c'
+else
+  FTSYS_SRC='$(BUILD_DIR)/ftsystem.c'
+
+  AC_CHECK_DECLS([munmap],
+    [],
+    [],
+    [
+
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#include 
+#endif
+#include 
+
+    ])
+
+  FT_MUNMAP_PARAM
+fi
+AC_SUBST([FTSYS_SRC])
+
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS([memcpy memmove])
+
+
+# check for system zlib
+
+# don't quote AS_HELP_STRING!
+AC_ARG_WITH([zlib],
+  AS_HELP_STRING([--without-zlib],
+                 [use internal zlib instead of system-wide]))
+if test x$with_zlib != xno && test -z "$LIBZ"; then
+  AC_CHECK_LIB([z], [gzsetparams], [AC_CHECK_HEADER([zlib.h], [LIBZ='-lz'])])
+fi
+if test x$with_zlib != xno && test -n "$LIBZ"; then
+  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DFT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB"
+  LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $LIBZ"
+  SYSTEM_ZLIB=yes
+fi
+
+
+# check Apple's `-isysroot' option and duplicate it to LDFLAGS if required --
+# Apple TechNote 2137 recommends to include it in CFLAGS but not in LDFLAGS
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether CFLAGS includes -isysroot option])
+case "$CFLAGS" in
+*sysroot* )
+  AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether LDFLAGS includes -isysroot option])
+  case "$LDFLAGS" in
+  *sysroot* )
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
+    ;;
+  *)
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+    isysroot_dir=`echo ${CFLAGS} | tr '\t' ' ' | sed 's/^.*-isysroot *//;s/ .*//'`
+    AC_MSG_WARN(-isysroot ${isysroot_dir} is added to LDFLAGS)
+    LDFLAGS="-isysroot ${isysroot_dir} ${LDFLAGS}"
+    ;;
+  esac
+  ;;
+*)
+  AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+  ;;
+esac
+
+
+# Whether to use Mac OS resource-based fonts.
+
+ftmac_c="" # src/base/ftmac.c should not be included in makefiles by default
+
+# don't quote AS_HELP_STRING!
+AC_ARG_WITH([old-mac-fonts],
+  AS_HELP_STRING([--with-old-mac-fonts],
+                 [allow Mac resource-based fonts to be used]))
+if test x$with_old_mac_fonts = xyes; then
+  orig_LDFLAGS="${LDFLAGS}"
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([CoreServices & ApplicationServices of Mac OS X])
+  FT2_EXTRA_LIBS="-Wl,-framework,CoreServices -Wl,-framework,ApplicationServices"
+  LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $FT2_EXTRA_LIBS"
+  AC_LINK_IFELSE([
+    AC_LANG_PROGRAM([
+
+#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__APPLE_CC__)
+# include 
+# include 
+#else
+# include 
+# include 
+#endif
+
+      ],
+      [
+
+        short res = 0;
+
+
+        UseResFile( res );
+
+      ])],
+    [AC_MSG_RESULT([ok])
+     ftmac_c='ftmac.c'
+     AC_MSG_CHECKING([OS_INLINE macro is ANSI compatible])
+     orig_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $XX_CFLAGS $XX_ANSIFLAGS"
+     AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([
+       AC_LANG_PROGRAM([
+
+#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__APPLE_CC__)
+# include 
+# include 
+#else
+# include 
+# include 
+#endif
+
+         ],
+         [
+
+           /* OSHostByteOrder() is typed as OS_INLINE */
+           int32_t  os_byte_order = OSHostByteOrder();
+
+
+           if ( OSBigEndian != os_byte_order )
+             return 1;
+
+         ])],
+       [AC_MSG_RESULT([ok])
+        CFLAGS="$orig_CFLAGS"
+        CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_ANSI_OS_INLINE=1"
+       ],
+       [AC_MSG_RESULT([no, ANSI incompatible])
+        CFLAGS="$orig_CFLAGS"
+       ])
+     AC_MSG_CHECKING([type ResourceIndex])
+     orig_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $XX_CFLAGS $XX_ANSIFLAGS"
+     AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([
+       AC_LANG_PROGRAM([
+
+#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__APPLE_CC__)
+# include 
+# include 
+#else
+# include 
+# include 
+# include 
+#endif
+
+         ],
+         [
+
+           ResourceIndex i = 0;
+           return i;
+
+         ])],
+       [AC_MSG_RESULT([ok])
+        CFLAGS="$orig_CFLAGS"
+        CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_TYPE_RESOURCE_INDEX=1"
+       ],
+       [AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+        CFLAGS="$orig_CFLAGS"
+        CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_TYPE_RESOURCE_INDEX=0"
+       ])],
+    [AC_MSG_RESULT([not found])
+     FT2_EXTRA_LIBS=""
+     LDFLAGS="${orig_LDFLAGS}"
+     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DDARWIN_NO_CARBON"])
+else
+  case x$host_os in
+  xdarwin*)
+    dnl AC_MSG_WARN([host system is MacOS but configured to build without Carbon])
+    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DDARWIN_NO_CARBON"
+    ;;
+  *) ;;
+  esac
+fi
+
+
+# Whether to use FileManager which is deprecated since Mac OS X 10.4.
+
+AC_ARG_WITH([fsspec],
+  AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fsspec],
+                 [use obsolete FSSpec API of MacOS, if available (default=yes)]))
+if test x$with_fsspec = xno; then
+  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_FSSPEC=0"
+elif test x$with_old_mac_fonts = xyes -a x$with_fsspec != x; then
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([FSSpec-based FileManager])
+  AC_LINK_IFELSE([
+    AC_LANG_PROGRAM([
+
+#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__APPLE_CC__)
+# include 
+# include 
+#else
+# include 
+# include 
+#endif
+
+      ],
+      [
+
+        FCBPBPtr          paramBlock;
+        short             vRefNum;
+        long              dirID;
+        ConstStr255Param  fileName;
+        FSSpec*           spec;
+
+
+        /* FSSpec functions: deprecated since Mac OS X 10.4 */
+        PBGetFCBInfoSync( paramBlock );
+        FSMakeFSSpec( vRefNum, dirID, fileName, spec );
+
+      ])],
+    [AC_MSG_RESULT([ok])
+     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_FSSPEC=1"],
+    [AC_MSG_RESULT([not found])
+     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_FSSPEC=0"])
+fi
+
+
+# Whether to use FileManager in Carbon since MacOS 9.x.
+
+AC_ARG_WITH([fsref],
+  AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fsref],
+                 [use Carbon FSRef API of MacOS, if available (default=yes)]))
+if test x$with_fsref = xno; then
+  AC_MSG_WARN([
+*** WARNING
+    FreeType2 built without FSRef API cannot load
+    data-fork fonts on MacOS, except of XXX.dfont.
+    ])
+  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_FSREF=0"
+elif test x$with_old_mac_fonts = xyes -a x$with_fsref != x; then
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([FSRef-based FileManager])
+  AC_LINK_IFELSE([
+    AC_LANG_PROGRAM([
+
+#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__APPLE_CC__)
+# include 
+# include 
+#else
+# include 
+# include 
+#endif
+
+      ],
+      [
+
+        short                vRefNum;
+        long                 dirID;
+        ConstStr255Param     fileName;
+
+        Boolean*             isDirectory;
+        UInt8*               path;
+        SInt16               desiredRefNum;
+        SInt16*              iterator;
+        SInt16*              actualRefNum;
+        HFSUniStr255*        outForkName;
+        FSVolumeRefNum       volume;
+        FSCatalogInfoBitmap  whichInfo;
+        FSCatalogInfo*       catalogInfo;
+        FSForkInfo*          forkInfo;
+        FSRef*               ref;
+
+#if HAVE_FSSPEC
+        FSSpec*              spec;
+#endif
+
+        /* FSRef functions: no need to check? */
+        FSGetForkCBInfo( desiredRefNum, volume, iterator,
+                         actualRefNum, forkInfo, ref,
+                         outForkName );
+        FSPathMakeRef( path, ref, isDirectory );
+
+#if HAVE_FSSPEC
+        FSpMakeFSRef ( spec, ref );
+        FSGetCatalogInfo( ref, whichInfo, catalogInfo,
+                          outForkName, spec, ref );
+#endif
+      ])],
+    [AC_MSG_RESULT([ok])
+     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_FSREF=1"],
+    [AC_MSG_RESULT([not found])
+     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_FSREF=0"])
+fi
+
+
+# Whether to use QuickDraw API in ToolBox which is deprecated since
+# Mac OS X 10.4.
+
+AC_ARG_WITH([quickdraw-toolbox],
+  AS_HELP_STRING([--with-quickdraw-toolbox],
+                 [use MacOS QuickDraw in ToolBox, if available (default=yes)]))
+if test x$with_quickdraw_toolbox = xno; then
+  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_QUICKDRAW_TOOLBOX=0"
+elif test x$with_old_mac_fonts = xyes -a x$with_quickdraw_toolbox != x; then
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([QuickDraw FontManager functions in ToolBox])
+  AC_LINK_IFELSE([
+    AC_LANG_PROGRAM([
+
+#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__APPLE_CC__)
+# include 
+# include 
+#else
+# include 
+# include 
+#endif
+
+      ],
+      [
+
+        Str255     familyName;
+        SInt16     familyID   = 0;
+        FMInput*   fmIn       = NULL;
+        FMOutput*  fmOut      = NULL;
+
+
+        GetFontName( familyID, familyName );
+        GetFNum( familyName, &familyID );
+        fmOut = FMSwapFont( fmIn );
+
+      ])],
+    [AC_MSG_RESULT([ok])
+     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_QUICKDRAW_TOOLBOX=1"],
+    [AC_MSG_RESULT([not found])
+     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_QUICKDRAW_TOOLBOX=0"])
+fi
+
+
+# Whether to use QuickDraw API in Carbon which is deprecated since
+# Mac OS X 10.4.
+
+AC_ARG_WITH([quickdraw-carbon],
+  AS_HELP_STRING([--with-quickdraw-carbon],
+                 [use MacOS QuickDraw in Carbon, if available (default=yes)]))
+if test x$with_quickdraw_carbon = xno; then
+  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_QUICKDRAW_CARBON=0"
+elif test x$with_old_mac_fonts = xyes -a x$with_quickdraw_carbon != x; then
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([QuickDraw FontManager functions in Carbon])
+  AC_LINK_IFELSE([
+    AC_LANG_PROGRAM([
+
+#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__APPLE_CC__)
+# include 
+# include 
+#else
+# include 
+# include 
+#endif
+
+      ],
+      [
+
+        FMFontFamilyIterator          famIter;
+        FMFontFamily                  family;
+        Str255                        famNameStr;
+        FMFontFamilyInstanceIterator  instIter;
+        FMFontStyle                   style;
+        FMFontSize                    size;
+        FMFont                        font;
+        FSSpec*                       pathSpec;
+
+
+        FMCreateFontFamilyIterator( NULL, NULL, kFMUseGlobalScopeOption,
+                                    &famIter );
+        FMGetNextFontFamily( &famIter, &family );
+        FMGetFontFamilyName( family, famNameStr );
+        FMCreateFontFamilyInstanceIterator( family, &instIter );
+        FMGetNextFontFamilyInstance( &instIter, &font, &style, &size );
+        FMDisposeFontFamilyInstanceIterator( &instIter );
+        FMDisposeFontFamilyIterator( &famIter );
+        FMGetFontContainer( font, pathSpec );
+
+      ])],
+    [AC_MSG_RESULT([ok])
+     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_QUICKDRAW_CARBON=1"],
+    [AC_MSG_RESULT([not found])
+     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_QUICKDRAW_CARBON=0"])
+fi
+
+
+# Whether to use AppleTypeService since Mac OS X.
+
+# don't quote AS_HELP_STRING!
+AC_ARG_WITH([ats],
+  AS_HELP_STRING([--with-ats],
+                 [use AppleTypeService, if available (default=yes)]))
+if test x$with_ats = xno; then
+  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_ATS=0"
+elif test x$with_old_mac_fonts = xyes -a x$with_ats != x ; then
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([AppleTypeService functions])
+  AC_LINK_IFELSE([
+    AC_LANG_PROGRAM([
+
+#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__APPLE_CC__)
+# include 
+# include 
+#else
+# include 
+# include 
+#endif
+
+      ],
+      [
+
+        FSSpec*  pathSpec;
+
+
+        ATSFontFindFromName( NULL, kATSOptionFlagsUnRestrictedScope );
+#if HAVE_FSSPEC
+        ATSFontGetFileSpecification( 0, pathSpec );
+#endif
+
+      ])],
+    [AC_MSG_RESULT([ok])
+     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_ATS=1"],
+    [AC_MSG_RESULT([not found])
+     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_ATS=0"])
+fi
+
+case "$CFLAGS" in
+  *HAVE_FSSPEC* | *HAVE_FSREF* | *HAVE_QUICKDRAW* | *HAVE_ATS* )
+    AC_MSG_WARN([
+*** WARNING
+    FSSpec/FSRef/QuickDraw/ATS options are explicitly given,
+    thus it is recommended to replace src/base/ftmac.c by builds/mac/ftmac.c.
+    ])
+    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS "'-I$(TOP_DIR)/builds/mac/'
+    ;;
+  *)
+    ;;
+esac
+
+
+AC_SUBST([ftmac_c])
+AC_SUBST([LIBZ])
+AC_SUBST([CFLAGS])
+AC_SUBST([LDFLAGS])
+AC_SUBST([FT2_EXTRA_LIBS])
+AC_SUBST([SYSTEM_ZLIB])
+
+
+LT_INIT(win32-dll)
+
+AC_SUBST([hardcode_libdir_flag_spec])
+AC_SUBST([wl])
+AC_SUBST([build_libtool_libs])
+
+
+# configuration file -- stay in 8.3 limit
+#
+# since #undef doesn't survive in configuration header files we replace
+# `/undef' with `#undef' after creating the output file
+
+AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([ftconfig.h:ftconfig.in],
+  [mv ftconfig.h ftconfig.tmp
+   sed 's|/undef|#undef|' < ftconfig.tmp > ftconfig.h
+   rm ftconfig.tmp])
+
+# create the Unix-specific sub-Makefiles `builds/unix/unix-def.mk'
+# and `builds/unix/unix-cc.mk' that will be used by the build system
+#
+AC_CONFIG_FILES([unix-cc.mk:unix-cc.in
+                 unix-def.mk:unix-def.in
+                 freetype-config
+                 freetype2.pc:freetype2.in])
+
+# re-generate the Jamfile to use libtool now
+#
+# AC_CONFIG_FILES([../../Jamfile:../../Jamfile.in])
+
+AC_OUTPUT
+
+# end of configure.raw
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/configure.raw b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/configure.raw
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..38c5241
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/configure.raw
@@ -0,0 +1,669 @@
+# This file is part of the FreeType project.
+#
+# Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
+#
+# Copyright 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+AC_INIT([FreeType], [@VERSION@], [freetype@nongnu.org], [freetype])
+AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([ftconfig.in])
+
+
+# Don't forget to update docs/VERSION.DLL!
+
+version_info='9:20:3'
+AC_SUBST([version_info])
+ft_version=`echo $version_info | tr : .`
+AC_SUBST([ft_version])
+
+
+# checks for system type
+
+AC_CANONICAL_HOST
+
+
+# checks for programs
+
+AC_PROG_CC
+AC_PROG_CPP
+AC_SUBST(EXEEXT)
+
+
+# checks for native programs to generate building tool
+
+if test ${cross_compiling} = yes; then
+  AC_CHECK_PROG(CC_BUILD, ${build}-gcc, ${build}-gcc)
+  test -z "${CC_BUILD}" && AC_CHECK_PROG(CC_BUILD, gcc, gcc)
+  test -z "${CC_BUILD}" && AC_CHECK_PROG(CC_BUILD, cc, cc, , , /usr/ucb/cc)
+  test -z "${CC_BUILD}" && AC_MSG_ERROR([cannot find native C compiler])
+
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for suffix of native executables])
+  rm -f a.* b.* a_out.exe conftest.*
+  echo > conftest.c "int main() { return 0;}"
+  ${CC_BUILD} conftest.c || AC_MSG_ERROR([native C compiler is not working])
+  rm -f conftest.c
+  if test -x a.out -o -x b.out -o -x conftest; then
+    EXEEXT_BUILD=""
+  elif test -x a_out.exe -o -x conftest.exe; then
+    EXEEXT_BUILD=".exe"
+  elif test -x conftest.* ; then
+    EXEEXT_BUILD=`echo conftest.* | sed -n '1s/^.*\.//g'`
+  fi
+  AC_MSG_RESULT($EXEEXT_BUILD)
+else
+  CC_BUILD=${CC}
+  EXEEXT_BUILD=${EXEEXT}
+fi
+
+
+if test ! -z ${EXEEXT_BUILD}; then
+  EXEEXT_BUILD=."${EXEEXT_BUILD}"
+fi
+AC_SUBST(CC_BUILD)
+AC_SUBST(EXEEXT_BUILD)
+
+
+
+# get compiler flags right
+
+if test "x$CC" = xgcc; then
+  XX_CFLAGS="-Wall"
+  XX_ANSIFLAGS="-pedantic -ansi"
+else
+  case "$host" in
+  *-dec-osf*)
+    CFLAGS=
+    XX_CFLAGS="-std1 -g3"
+    XX_ANSIFLAGS=
+    ;;
+  *)
+    XX_CFLAGS=
+    XX_ANSIFLAGS=
+    ;;
+  esac
+fi
+AC_SUBST([XX_CFLAGS])
+AC_SUBST([XX_ANSIFLAGS])
+
+
+# auxiliary programs
+
+AC_CHECK_PROG([RMF], [rm], [rm -f])
+AC_CHECK_PROG([RMDIR], [rmdir], [rmdir])
+
+
+# Since this file will be finally moved to another directory we make
+# the path of the install script absolute.  This small code snippet has
+# been taken from automake's `ylwrap' script.
+
+AC_PROG_INSTALL
+case "$INSTALL" in
+/*)
+  ;;
+*/*)
+  INSTALL="`pwd`/$INSTALL" ;;
+esac
+
+
+# checks for header files
+
+AC_HEADER_STDC
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS([fcntl.h unistd.h])
+
+
+# checks for typedefs, structures, and compiler characteristics
+
+AC_C_CONST
+AC_CHECK_SIZEOF([int])
+AC_CHECK_SIZEOF([long])
+
+
+# check whether cpp computation of size of int and long in ftconfig.in works
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([cpp computation of bit length in ftconfig.in works])
+orig_CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS}"
+CPPFLAGS="-I${srcdir} -I. ${CPPFLAGS}"
+ac_clean_files="ft2build.h ftoption.h ftstdlib.h"
+touch ft2build.h ftoption.h ftstdlib.h
+
+cat > conftest.c <<\_ACEOF
+#include 
+#define FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H "ftoption.h"
+#define FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H "ftstdlib.h"
+#define FT_UINT_MAX  UINT_MAX
+#define FT_ULONG_MAX ULONG_MAX
+#include "ftconfig.in"
+_ACEOF
+echo >> conftest.c "#if FT_SIZEOF_INT == "${ac_cv_sizeof_int}
+echo >> conftest.c "ac_cpp_ft_sizeof_int="${ac_cv_sizeof_int}
+echo >> conftest.c "#endif"
+echo >> conftest.c "#if FT_SIZEOF_LONG == "${ac_cv_sizeof_long}
+echo >> conftest.c "ac_cpp_ft_sizeof_long="${ac_cv_sizeof_long}
+echo >> conftest.c "#endif"
+
+${CPP} ${CPPFLAGS} conftest.c | ${GREP} ac_cpp_ft > conftest.sh
+eval `cat conftest.sh`
+${RMF} conftest.c conftest.sh confft2build.h ftoption.h ftstdlib.h
+
+if test x != "x${ac_cpp_ft_sizeof_int}" \
+   -a x != x"${ac_cpp_ft_sizeof_long}"; then
+  unset ft_use_autoconf_sizeof_types
+else
+  ft_use_autoconf_sizeof_types=yes
+fi
+
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(biarch-config,
+[  --enable-biarch-config  install biarch ftconfig.h to support multiple
+                          architectures by single file], [], [])
+
+case :${ft_use_autoconf_sizeof_types}:${enable_biarch_config}: in
+  :yes:yes:)
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([broken but use it])
+    unset ft_use_autoconf_sizeof_types
+    ;;
+  ::no:)
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([works but ignore it])
+    ft_use_autoconf_sizeof_types=yes
+    ;;
+  ::yes: | :::)
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
+    unset ft_use_autoconf_sizeof_types
+    ;;
+  *)
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+    ft_use_autoconf_sizeof_types=yes
+    ;;
+esac
+
+if test x"${ft_use_autoconf_sizeof_types}" = xyes; then
+  AC_DEFINE([FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES])
+fi
+
+CPPFLAGS="${orig_CPPFLAGS}"
+
+
+# checks for library functions
+
+# Here we check whether we can use our mmap file component.
+
+AC_FUNC_MMAP
+if test "$ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped" != yes; then
+  FTSYS_SRC='$(BASE_DIR)/ftsystem.c'
+else
+  FTSYS_SRC='$(BUILD_DIR)/ftsystem.c'
+
+  AC_CHECK_DECLS([munmap],
+    [],
+    [],
+    [
+
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#include 
+#endif
+#include 
+
+    ])
+
+  FT_MUNMAP_PARAM
+fi
+AC_SUBST([FTSYS_SRC])
+
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS([memcpy memmove])
+
+
+# check for system zlib
+
+# don't quote AS_HELP_STRING!
+AC_ARG_WITH([zlib],
+  AS_HELP_STRING([--without-zlib],
+                 [use internal zlib instead of system-wide]))
+if test x$with_zlib != xno && test -z "$LIBZ"; then
+  AC_CHECK_LIB([z], [gzsetparams], [AC_CHECK_HEADER([zlib.h], [LIBZ='-lz'])])
+fi
+if test x$with_zlib != xno && test -n "$LIBZ"; then
+  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DFT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB"
+  LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $LIBZ"
+  SYSTEM_ZLIB=yes
+fi
+
+
+# check Apple's `-isysroot' option and duplicate it to LDFLAGS if required --
+# Apple TechNote 2137 recommends to include it in CFLAGS but not in LDFLAGS
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether CFLAGS includes -isysroot option])
+case "$CFLAGS" in
+*sysroot* )
+  AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether LDFLAGS includes -isysroot option])
+  case "$LDFLAGS" in
+  *sysroot* )
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
+    ;;
+  *)
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+    isysroot_dir=`echo ${CFLAGS} | tr '\t' ' ' | sed 's/^.*-isysroot *//;s/ .*//'`
+    AC_MSG_WARN(-isysroot ${isysroot_dir} is added to LDFLAGS)
+    LDFLAGS="-isysroot ${isysroot_dir} ${LDFLAGS}"
+    ;;
+  esac
+  ;;
+*)
+  AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+  ;;
+esac
+
+
+# Whether to use Mac OS resource-based fonts.
+
+ftmac_c="" # src/base/ftmac.c should not be included in makefiles by default
+
+# don't quote AS_HELP_STRING!
+AC_ARG_WITH([old-mac-fonts],
+  AS_HELP_STRING([--with-old-mac-fonts],
+                 [allow Mac resource-based fonts to be used]))
+if test x$with_old_mac_fonts = xyes; then
+  orig_LDFLAGS="${LDFLAGS}"
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([CoreServices & ApplicationServices of Mac OS X])
+  FT2_EXTRA_LIBS="-Wl,-framework,CoreServices -Wl,-framework,ApplicationServices"
+  LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $FT2_EXTRA_LIBS"
+  AC_LINK_IFELSE([
+    AC_LANG_PROGRAM([
+
+#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__APPLE_CC__)
+# include 
+# include 
+#else
+# include 
+# include 
+#endif
+
+      ],
+      [
+
+        short res = 0;
+
+
+        UseResFile( res );
+
+      ])],
+    [AC_MSG_RESULT([ok])
+     ftmac_c='ftmac.c'
+     AC_MSG_CHECKING([OS_INLINE macro is ANSI compatible])
+     orig_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $XX_CFLAGS $XX_ANSIFLAGS"
+     AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([
+       AC_LANG_PROGRAM([
+
+#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__APPLE_CC__)
+# include 
+# include 
+#else
+# include 
+# include 
+#endif
+
+         ],
+         [
+
+           /* OSHostByteOrder() is typed as OS_INLINE */
+           int32_t  os_byte_order = OSHostByteOrder();
+
+
+           if ( OSBigEndian != os_byte_order )
+             return 1;
+
+         ])],
+       [AC_MSG_RESULT([ok])
+        CFLAGS="$orig_CFLAGS"
+        CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_ANSI_OS_INLINE=1"
+       ],
+       [AC_MSG_RESULT([no, ANSI incompatible])
+        CFLAGS="$orig_CFLAGS"
+       ])
+     AC_MSG_CHECKING([type ResourceIndex])
+     orig_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $XX_CFLAGS $XX_ANSIFLAGS"
+     AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([
+       AC_LANG_PROGRAM([
+
+#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__APPLE_CC__)
+# include 
+# include 
+#else
+# include 
+# include 
+# include 
+#endif
+
+         ],
+         [
+
+           ResourceIndex i = 0;
+           return i;
+
+         ])],
+       [AC_MSG_RESULT([ok])
+        CFLAGS="$orig_CFLAGS"
+        CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_TYPE_RESOURCE_INDEX=1"
+       ],
+       [AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+        CFLAGS="$orig_CFLAGS"
+        CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_TYPE_RESOURCE_INDEX=0"
+       ])],
+    [AC_MSG_RESULT([not found])
+     FT2_EXTRA_LIBS=""
+     LDFLAGS="${orig_LDFLAGS}"
+     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DDARWIN_NO_CARBON"])
+else
+  case x$host_os in
+  xdarwin*)
+    dnl AC_MSG_WARN([host system is MacOS but configured to build without Carbon])
+    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DDARWIN_NO_CARBON"
+    ;;
+  *) ;;
+  esac
+fi
+
+
+# Whether to use FileManager which is deprecated since Mac OS X 10.4.
+
+AC_ARG_WITH([fsspec],
+  AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fsspec],
+                 [use obsolete FSSpec API of MacOS, if available (default=yes)]))
+if test x$with_fsspec = xno; then
+  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_FSSPEC=0"
+elif test x$with_old_mac_fonts = xyes -a x$with_fsspec != x; then
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([FSSpec-based FileManager])
+  AC_LINK_IFELSE([
+    AC_LANG_PROGRAM([
+
+#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__APPLE_CC__)
+# include 
+# include 
+#else
+# include 
+# include 
+#endif
+
+      ],
+      [
+
+        FCBPBPtr          paramBlock;
+        short             vRefNum;
+        long              dirID;
+        ConstStr255Param  fileName;
+        FSSpec*           spec;
+
+
+        /* FSSpec functions: deprecated since Mac OS X 10.4 */
+        PBGetFCBInfoSync( paramBlock );
+        FSMakeFSSpec( vRefNum, dirID, fileName, spec );
+
+      ])],
+    [AC_MSG_RESULT([ok])
+     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_FSSPEC=1"],
+    [AC_MSG_RESULT([not found])
+     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_FSSPEC=0"])
+fi
+
+
+# Whether to use FileManager in Carbon since MacOS 9.x.
+
+AC_ARG_WITH([fsref],
+  AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fsref],
+                 [use Carbon FSRef API of MacOS, if available (default=yes)]))
+if test x$with_fsref = xno; then
+  AC_MSG_WARN([
+*** WARNING
+    FreeType2 built without FSRef API cannot load
+    data-fork fonts on MacOS, except of XXX.dfont.
+    ])
+  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_FSREF=0"
+elif test x$with_old_mac_fonts = xyes -a x$with_fsref != x; then
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([FSRef-based FileManager])
+  AC_LINK_IFELSE([
+    AC_LANG_PROGRAM([
+
+#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__APPLE_CC__)
+# include 
+# include 
+#else
+# include 
+# include 
+#endif
+
+      ],
+      [
+
+        short                vRefNum;
+        long                 dirID;
+        ConstStr255Param     fileName;
+
+        Boolean*             isDirectory;
+        UInt8*               path;
+        SInt16               desiredRefNum;
+        SInt16*              iterator;
+        SInt16*              actualRefNum;
+        HFSUniStr255*        outForkName;
+        FSVolumeRefNum       volume;
+        FSCatalogInfoBitmap  whichInfo;
+        FSCatalogInfo*       catalogInfo;
+        FSForkInfo*          forkInfo;
+        FSRef*               ref;
+
+#if HAVE_FSSPEC
+        FSSpec*              spec;
+#endif
+
+        /* FSRef functions: no need to check? */
+        FSGetForkCBInfo( desiredRefNum, volume, iterator,
+                         actualRefNum, forkInfo, ref,
+                         outForkName );
+        FSPathMakeRef( path, ref, isDirectory );
+
+#if HAVE_FSSPEC
+        FSpMakeFSRef ( spec, ref );
+        FSGetCatalogInfo( ref, whichInfo, catalogInfo,
+                          outForkName, spec, ref );
+#endif
+      ])],
+    [AC_MSG_RESULT([ok])
+     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_FSREF=1"],
+    [AC_MSG_RESULT([not found])
+     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_FSREF=0"])
+fi
+
+
+# Whether to use QuickDraw API in ToolBox which is deprecated since
+# Mac OS X 10.4.
+
+AC_ARG_WITH([quickdraw-toolbox],
+  AS_HELP_STRING([--with-quickdraw-toolbox],
+                 [use MacOS QuickDraw in ToolBox, if available (default=yes)]))
+if test x$with_quickdraw_toolbox = xno; then
+  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_QUICKDRAW_TOOLBOX=0"
+elif test x$with_old_mac_fonts = xyes -a x$with_quickdraw_toolbox != x; then
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([QuickDraw FontManager functions in ToolBox])
+  AC_LINK_IFELSE([
+    AC_LANG_PROGRAM([
+
+#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__APPLE_CC__)
+# include 
+# include 
+#else
+# include 
+# include 
+#endif
+
+      ],
+      [
+
+        Str255     familyName;
+        SInt16     familyID   = 0;
+        FMInput*   fmIn       = NULL;
+        FMOutput*  fmOut      = NULL;
+
+
+        GetFontName( familyID, familyName );
+        GetFNum( familyName, &familyID );
+        fmOut = FMSwapFont( fmIn );
+
+      ])],
+    [AC_MSG_RESULT([ok])
+     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_QUICKDRAW_TOOLBOX=1"],
+    [AC_MSG_RESULT([not found])
+     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_QUICKDRAW_TOOLBOX=0"])
+fi
+
+
+# Whether to use QuickDraw API in Carbon which is deprecated since
+# Mac OS X 10.4.
+
+AC_ARG_WITH([quickdraw-carbon],
+  AS_HELP_STRING([--with-quickdraw-carbon],
+                 [use MacOS QuickDraw in Carbon, if available (default=yes)]))
+if test x$with_quickdraw_carbon = xno; then
+  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_QUICKDRAW_CARBON=0"
+elif test x$with_old_mac_fonts = xyes -a x$with_quickdraw_carbon != x; then
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([QuickDraw FontManager functions in Carbon])
+  AC_LINK_IFELSE([
+    AC_LANG_PROGRAM([
+
+#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__APPLE_CC__)
+# include 
+# include 
+#else
+# include 
+# include 
+#endif
+
+      ],
+      [
+
+        FMFontFamilyIterator          famIter;
+        FMFontFamily                  family;
+        Str255                        famNameStr;
+        FMFontFamilyInstanceIterator  instIter;
+        FMFontStyle                   style;
+        FMFontSize                    size;
+        FMFont                        font;
+        FSSpec*                       pathSpec;
+
+
+        FMCreateFontFamilyIterator( NULL, NULL, kFMUseGlobalScopeOption,
+                                    &famIter );
+        FMGetNextFontFamily( &famIter, &family );
+        FMGetFontFamilyName( family, famNameStr );
+        FMCreateFontFamilyInstanceIterator( family, &instIter );
+        FMGetNextFontFamilyInstance( &instIter, &font, &style, &size );
+        FMDisposeFontFamilyInstanceIterator( &instIter );
+        FMDisposeFontFamilyIterator( &famIter );
+        FMGetFontContainer( font, pathSpec );
+
+      ])],
+    [AC_MSG_RESULT([ok])
+     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_QUICKDRAW_CARBON=1"],
+    [AC_MSG_RESULT([not found])
+     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_QUICKDRAW_CARBON=0"])
+fi
+
+
+# Whether to use AppleTypeService since Mac OS X.
+
+# don't quote AS_HELP_STRING!
+AC_ARG_WITH([ats],
+  AS_HELP_STRING([--with-ats],
+                 [use AppleTypeService, if available (default=yes)]))
+if test x$with_ats = xno; then
+  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_ATS=0"
+elif test x$with_old_mac_fonts = xyes -a x$with_ats != x ; then
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([AppleTypeService functions])
+  AC_LINK_IFELSE([
+    AC_LANG_PROGRAM([
+
+#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__APPLE_CC__)
+# include 
+# include 
+#else
+# include 
+# include 
+#endif
+
+      ],
+      [
+
+        FSSpec*  pathSpec;
+
+
+        ATSFontFindFromName( NULL, kATSOptionFlagsUnRestrictedScope );
+#if HAVE_FSSPEC
+        ATSFontGetFileSpecification( 0, pathSpec );
+#endif
+
+      ])],
+    [AC_MSG_RESULT([ok])
+     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_ATS=1"],
+    [AC_MSG_RESULT([not found])
+     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_ATS=0"])
+fi
+
+case "$CFLAGS" in
+  *HAVE_FSSPEC* | *HAVE_FSREF* | *HAVE_QUICKDRAW* | *HAVE_ATS* )
+    AC_MSG_WARN([
+*** WARNING
+    FSSpec/FSRef/QuickDraw/ATS options are explicitly given,
+    thus it is recommended to replace src/base/ftmac.c by builds/mac/ftmac.c.
+    ])
+    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS "'-I$(TOP_DIR)/builds/mac/'
+    ;;
+  *)
+    ;;
+esac
+
+
+AC_SUBST([ftmac_c])
+AC_SUBST([LIBZ])
+AC_SUBST([CFLAGS])
+AC_SUBST([LDFLAGS])
+AC_SUBST([FT2_EXTRA_LIBS])
+AC_SUBST([SYSTEM_ZLIB])
+
+
+LT_INIT(win32-dll)
+
+AC_SUBST([hardcode_libdir_flag_spec])
+AC_SUBST([wl])
+AC_SUBST([build_libtool_libs])
+
+
+# configuration file -- stay in 8.3 limit
+#
+# since #undef doesn't survive in configuration header files we replace
+# `/undef' with `#undef' after creating the output file
+
+AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([ftconfig.h:ftconfig.in],
+  [mv ftconfig.h ftconfig.tmp
+   sed 's|/undef|#undef|' < ftconfig.tmp > ftconfig.h
+   rm ftconfig.tmp])
+
+# create the Unix-specific sub-Makefiles `builds/unix/unix-def.mk'
+# and `builds/unix/unix-cc.mk' that will be used by the build system
+#
+AC_CONFIG_FILES([unix-cc.mk:unix-cc.in
+                 unix-def.mk:unix-def.in
+                 freetype-config
+                 freetype2.pc:freetype2.in])
+
+# re-generate the Jamfile to use libtool now
+#
+# AC_CONFIG_FILES([../../Jamfile:../../Jamfile.in])
+
+AC_OUTPUT
+
+# end of configure.raw
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/detect.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/detect.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e74af57
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/detect.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 configuration file to detect a UNIX host platform.
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+.PHONY: setup
+
+ifeq ($(PLATFORM),ansi)
+
+  # Note: this test is duplicated in "builds/toplevel.mk".
+  #
+  is_unix := $(strip $(wildcard /sbin/init) \
+                     $(wildcard /usr/sbin/init) \
+                     $(wildcard /hurd/auth))
+  ifneq ($(is_unix),)
+
+    PLATFORM := unix
+
+  endif # test is_unix
+endif # test PLATFORM ansi
+
+ifeq ($(PLATFORM),unix)
+  COPY   := cp
+  DELETE := rm -f
+  CAT    := cat
+
+  # If `devel' is the requested target, we use a special configuration
+  # file named `unix-dev.mk'.  It disables optimization and libtool.
+  #
+  ifneq ($(findstring devel,$(MAKECMDGOALS)),)
+    CONFIG_FILE := unix-dev.mk
+    CC          := gcc
+    devel: setup
+    .PHONY: devel
+  else
+
+    # If `lcc' is the requested target, we use a special configuration
+    # file named `unix-lcc.mk'.  It disables libtool for LCC.
+    #
+    ifneq ($(findstring lcc,$(MAKECMDGOALS)),)
+      CONFIG_FILE := unix-lcc.mk
+      CC          := lcc
+      lcc: setup
+      .PHONY: lcc
+    else
+
+      # If a Unix platform is detected, the configure script is called and
+      # `unix-def.mk' together with `unix-cc.mk' is created.
+      #
+      # Arguments to `configure' should be in the CFG variable.  Example:
+      #
+      #   make CFG="--prefix=/usr --disable-static"
+      #
+      # If you need to set CFLAGS or LDFLAGS, do it here also.
+      #
+      # Feel free to add support for other platform specific compilers in
+      # this directory (e.g. solaris.mk + changes here to detect the
+      # platform).
+      #
+      CONFIG_FILE := unix.mk
+      unix: setup
+      must_configure := 1
+      .PHONY: unix
+    endif
+  endif
+
+  have_Makefile := $(wildcard $(OBJ_DIR)/Makefile)
+
+      setup: std_setup
+  ifdef must_configure
+    ifneq ($(have_Makefile),)
+      # we are building FT2 not in the src tree
+	      $(TOP_DIR)/builds/unix/configure $(value CFG)
+    else
+	      cd builds/unix; ./configure $(value CFG)
+    endif
+  endif
+
+endif   # test PLATFORM unix
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/freetype-config.in b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/freetype-config.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9606d31
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/freetype-config.in
@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+#
+# Copyright 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008, 2009 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+prefix=@prefix@
+exec_prefix=@exec_prefix@
+exec_prefix_set=no
+includedir=@includedir@
+libdir=@libdir@
+enable_shared=@build_libtool_libs@
+wl=@wl@
+hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='@hardcode_libdir_flag_spec@'
+
+usage()
+{
+  cat <&2
+fi
+
+while test $# -gt 0 ; do
+  case "$1" in
+  -*=*)
+    optarg=`echo "$1" | sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]*=//'`
+    ;;
+  *)
+    optarg=
+    ;;
+  esac
+
+  case $1 in
+  --prefix=*)
+    prefix=$optarg
+    local_prefix=yes
+    ;;
+  --prefix)
+    echo_prefix=yes
+    ;;
+  --exec-prefix=*)
+    exec_prefix=$optarg
+    exec_prefix_set=yes
+    local_prefix=yes
+    ;;
+  --exec-prefix)
+    echo_exec_prefix=yes
+    ;;
+  --version)
+    echo @ft_version@
+    exit 0
+    ;;
+  --ftversion)
+    echo_ft_version=yes
+    ;;
+  --cflags)
+    echo_cflags=yes
+    ;;
+  --libs)
+    echo_libs=yes
+    ;;
+  --libtool)
+    echo_libtool=yes
+    ;;
+  *)
+    usage 1 1>&2
+    ;;
+  esac
+  shift
+done
+
+if test "$local_prefix" = "yes" ; then
+  if test "$exec_prefix_set" != "yes" ; then
+    exec_prefix=$prefix
+  fi
+fi
+
+if test "$echo_prefix" = "yes" ; then
+  echo $prefix
+fi
+
+if test "$echo_exec_prefix" = "yes" ; then
+  echo $exec_prefix
+fi
+
+if test "$exec_prefix_set" = "yes" ; then
+  libdir=$exec_prefix/lib
+else
+  if test "$local_prefix" = "yes" ; then
+    includedir=$prefix/include
+    libdir=$prefix/lib
+  fi
+fi
+
+if test "$echo_ft_version" = "yes" ; then
+  major=`grep define $includedir/freetype2/freetype/freetype.h \
+         | grep FREETYPE_MAJOR \
+         | sed 's/.*[ 	]\([0-9][0-9]*\).*/\1/'`
+  minor=`grep define $includedir/freetype2/freetype/freetype.h \
+         | grep FREETYPE_MINOR \
+         | sed 's/.*[ 	]\([0-9][0-9]*\).*/\1/'`
+  patch=`grep define $includedir/freetype2/freetype/freetype.h \
+         | grep FREETYPE_PATCH \
+         | sed 's/.*[ 	]\([0-9][0-9]*\).*/\1/'`
+  echo $major.$minor.$patch
+fi
+
+if test "$echo_cflags" = "yes" ; then
+  cflags="-I$includedir/freetype2"
+  if test "$includedir" != "/usr/include" ; then
+    echo $cflags -I$includedir
+  else
+    echo $cflags
+  fi
+fi
+
+if test "$echo_libs" = "yes" ; then
+  rpath=
+  if test "$enable_shared" = "yes" ; then
+    eval "rpath=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\""
+  fi
+  libs="-lfreetype @LIBZ@ @FT2_EXTRA_LIBS@"
+  if test "$libdir" != "/usr/lib" && test "$libdir" != "/usr/lib64"; then
+    echo -L$libdir $rpath $libs
+  else
+    echo $libs
+  fi
+fi
+
+if test "$echo_libtool" = "yes" ; then
+  convlib="libfreetype.la"
+  echo $libdir/$convlib
+fi
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/freetype2.in b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/freetype2.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7e948f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/freetype2.in
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+prefix=@prefix@
+exec_prefix=@exec_prefix@
+libdir=@libdir@
+includedir=@includedir@
+
+Name: FreeType 2
+Description: A free, high-quality, and portable font engine.
+Version: @ft_version@
+Requires:
+Libs: -L${libdir} -lfreetype
+Libs.private: @LIBZ@ @FT2_EXTRA_LIBS@
+Cflags: -I${includedir}/freetype2 -I${includedir}
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/freetype2.m4 b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/freetype2.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d1da07d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/freetype2.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,192 @@
+# Configure paths for FreeType2
+# Marcelo Magallon 2001-10-26, based on gtk.m4 by Owen Taylor
+#
+# Copyright 2001, 2003, 2007 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+#
+# As a special exception to the FreeType project license, this file may be
+# distributed as part of a program that contains a configuration script
+# generated by Autoconf, under the same distribution terms as the rest of
+# that program.
+#
+# serial 2
+
+# AC_CHECK_FT2([MINIMUM-VERSION [, ACTION-IF-FOUND [, ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND]]])
+# Test for FreeType 2, and define FT2_CFLAGS and FT2_LIBS.
+# MINIMUM-VERSION is what libtool reports; the default is `7.0.1' (this is
+# FreeType 2.0.4).
+#
+AC_DEFUN([AC_CHECK_FT2],
+  [# Get the cflags and libraries from the freetype-config script
+   #
+   AC_ARG_WITH([ft-prefix],
+     dnl don't quote AS_HELP_STRING!
+     AS_HELP_STRING([--with-ft-prefix=PREFIX],
+                    [Prefix where FreeType is installed (optional)]),
+     [ft_config_prefix="$withval"],
+     [ft_config_prefix=""])
+
+   AC_ARG_WITH([ft-exec-prefix],
+     dnl don't quote AS_HELP_STRING!
+     AS_HELP_STRING([--with-ft-exec-prefix=PREFIX],
+                    [Exec prefix where FreeType is installed (optional)]),
+     [ft_config_exec_prefix="$withval"],
+     [ft_config_exec_prefix=""])
+
+   AC_ARG_ENABLE([freetypetest],
+     dnl don't quote AS_HELP_STRING!
+     AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-freetypetest],
+                    [Do not try to compile and run a test FreeType program]),
+     [],
+     [enable_fttest=yes])
+
+   if test x$ft_config_exec_prefix != x ; then
+     ft_config_args="$ft_config_args --exec-prefix=$ft_config_exec_prefix"
+     if test x${FT2_CONFIG+set} != xset ; then
+       FT2_CONFIG=$ft_config_exec_prefix/bin/freetype-config
+     fi
+   fi
+
+   if test x$ft_config_prefix != x ; then
+     ft_config_args="$ft_config_args --prefix=$ft_config_prefix"
+     if test x${FT2_CONFIG+set} != xset ; then
+       FT2_CONFIG=$ft_config_prefix/bin/freetype-config
+     fi
+   fi
+
+   AC_PATH_PROG([FT2_CONFIG], [freetype-config], [no])
+
+   min_ft_version=m4_if([$1], [], [7.0.1], [$1])
+   AC_MSG_CHECKING([for FreeType -- version >= $min_ft_version])
+   no_ft=""
+   if test "$FT2_CONFIG" = "no" ; then
+     no_ft=yes
+   else
+     FT2_CFLAGS=`$FT2_CONFIG $ft_config_args --cflags`
+     FT2_LIBS=`$FT2_CONFIG $ft_config_args --libs`
+     ft_config_major_version=`$FT2_CONFIG $ft_config_args --version | \
+       sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\1/'`
+     ft_config_minor_version=`$FT2_CONFIG $ft_config_args --version | \
+       sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\2/'`
+     ft_config_micro_version=`$FT2_CONFIG $ft_config_args --version | \
+       sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\3/'`
+     ft_min_major_version=`echo $min_ft_version | \
+       sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\1/'`
+     ft_min_minor_version=`echo $min_ft_version | \
+       sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\2/'`
+     ft_min_micro_version=`echo $min_ft_version | \
+       sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\3/'`
+     if test x$enable_fttest = xyes ; then
+       ft_config_is_lt=""
+       if test $ft_config_major_version -lt $ft_min_major_version ; then
+         ft_config_is_lt=yes
+       else
+         if test $ft_config_major_version -eq $ft_min_major_version ; then
+           if test $ft_config_minor_version -lt $ft_min_minor_version ; then
+             ft_config_is_lt=yes
+           else
+             if test $ft_config_minor_version -eq $ft_min_minor_version ; then
+               if test $ft_config_micro_version -lt $ft_min_micro_version ; then
+                 ft_config_is_lt=yes
+               fi
+             fi
+           fi
+         fi
+       fi
+       if test x$ft_config_is_lt = xyes ; then
+         no_ft=yes
+       else
+         ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+         ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+         CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $FT2_CFLAGS"
+         LIBS="$FT2_LIBS $LIBS"
+
+         #
+         # Sanity checks for the results of freetype-config to some extent.
+         #
+         AC_RUN_IFELSE([
+             AC_LANG_SOURCE([[
+
+#include 
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+#include 
+#include 
+
+int
+main()
+{
+  FT_Library library;
+  FT_Error  error;
+
+  error = FT_Init_FreeType(&library);
+
+  if (error)
+    return 1;
+  else
+  {
+    FT_Done_FreeType(library);
+    return 0;
+  }
+}
+
+             ]])
+           ],
+           [],
+           [no_ft=yes],
+           [echo $ECHO_N "cross compiling; assuming OK... $ECHO_C"])
+
+         CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
+         LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+       fi             # test $ft_config_version -lt $ft_min_version
+     fi               # test x$enable_fttest = xyes
+   fi                 # test "$FT2_CONFIG" = "no"
+
+   if test x$no_ft = x ; then
+     AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
+     m4_if([$2], [], [:], [$2])
+   else
+     AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+     if test "$FT2_CONFIG" = "no" ; then
+       AC_MSG_WARN([
+
+  The freetype-config script installed by FreeType 2 could not be found.
+  If FreeType 2 was installed in PREFIX, make sure PREFIX/bin is in
+  your path, or set the FT2_CONFIG environment variable to the
+  full path to freetype-config.
+       ])
+     else
+       if test x$ft_config_is_lt = xyes ; then
+         AC_MSG_WARN([
+
+  Your installed version of the FreeType 2 library is too old.
+  If you have different versions of FreeType 2, make sure that
+  correct values for --with-ft-prefix or --with-ft-exec-prefix
+  are used, or set the FT2_CONFIG environment variable to the
+  full path to freetype-config.
+         ])
+       else
+         AC_MSG_WARN([
+
+  The FreeType test program failed to run.  If your system uses
+  shared libraries and they are installed outside the normal
+  system library path, make sure the variable LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  (or whatever is appropriate for your system) is correctly set.
+         ])
+       fi
+     fi
+
+     FT2_CFLAGS=""
+     FT2_LIBS=""
+     m4_if([$3], [], [:], [$3])
+   fi
+
+   AC_SUBST([FT2_CFLAGS])
+   AC_SUBST([FT2_LIBS])])
+
+# end of freetype2.m4
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/ft-munmap.m4 b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/ft-munmap.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..68b3361
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/ft-munmap.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+## FreeType specific autoconf tests
+#
+# Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+# serial 2
+
+AC_DEFUN([FT_MUNMAP_PARAM],
+  [AC_MSG_CHECKING([for munmap's first parameter type])
+   AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([
+       AC_LANG_SOURCE([[
+
+#include 
+#include 
+int munmap(void *, size_t);
+
+       ]])
+     ],
+     [AC_MSG_RESULT([void *])
+      AC_DEFINE([MUNMAP_USES_VOIDP],
+        [],
+        [Define to 1 if the first argument of munmap is of type void *])],
+     [AC_MSG_RESULT([char *])])
+  ])
+
+# end of ft-munmap.m4
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/ft2unix.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/ft2unix.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6a3b8d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/ft2unix.h
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ft2build.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Build macros of the FreeType 2 library.                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2003, 2006 by                                     */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This is a Unix-specific version of  that should be used   */
+  /* exclusively *after* installation of the library.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* It assumes that `/usr/local/include/freetype2' (or whatever is        */
+  /* returned by the `freetype-config --cflags' or `pkg-config --cflags'   */
+  /* command) is in your compilation include path.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* We don't need to do anything special in this release.  However, for   */
+  /* a future FreeType 2 release, the following installation changes will  */
+  /* be performed:                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   - The contents of `freetype-2.x/include/freetype' will be installed */
+  /*     to `/usr/local/include/freetype2' instead of                      */
+  /*     `/usr/local/include/freetype2/freetype'.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   - This file will #include , instead    */
+  /*     of .                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   - The contents of `ftheader.h' will be processed with `sed' to      */
+  /*     replace all `' with `'.              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   - Adding `/usr/local/include/freetype2' to your compilation include */
+  /*     path will not be necessary anymore.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* These changes will be transparent to client applications which use    */
+  /* freetype-config (or pkg-config).  No modifications will be necessary  */
+  /* to compile with the new scheme.                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FT2_BUILD_UNIX_H__
+#define __FT2_BUILD_UNIX_H__
+
+  /* `/include/freetype2' must be in your current inclusion path */
+#include 
+
+#endif /* __FT2_BUILD_UNIX_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/ftconfig.in b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/ftconfig.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0adfdcf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/ftconfig.in
@@ -0,0 +1,476 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftconfig.in                                                            */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    UNIX-specific configuration file (specification only).               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 by       */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This header file contains a number of macro definitions that are used */
+  /* by the rest of the engine.  Most of the macros here are automatically */
+  /* determined at compile time, and you should not need to change it to   */
+  /* port FreeType, except to compile the library with a non-ANSI          */
+  /* compiler.                                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Note however that if some specific modifications are needed, we       */
+  /* advise you to place a modified copy in your build directory.          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The build directory is usually `freetype/builds/', and        */
+  /* contains system-specific files that are always included first when    */
+  /* building the library.                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTCONFIG_H__
+#define __FTCONFIG_H__
+
+#include 
+#include FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
+#include FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*               PLATFORM-SPECIFIC CONFIGURATION MACROS                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* These macros can be toggled to suit a specific system.  The current   */
+  /* ones are defaults used to compile FreeType in an ANSI C environment   */
+  /* (16bit compilers are also supported).  Copy this file to your own     */
+  /* `freetype/builds/' directory, and edit it to port the engine. */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#undef HAVE_FCNTL_H
+#undef HAVE_STDINT_H
+
+
+  /* There are systems (like the Texas Instruments 'C54x) where a `char' */
+  /* has 16 bits.  ANSI C says that sizeof(char) is always 1.  Since an  */
+  /* `int' has 16 bits also for this system, sizeof(int) gives 1 which   */
+  /* is probably unexpected.                                             */
+  /*                                                                     */
+  /* `CHAR_BIT' (defined in limits.h) gives the number of bits in a      */
+  /* `char' type.                                                        */
+
+#ifndef FT_CHAR_BIT
+#define FT_CHAR_BIT  CHAR_BIT
+#endif
+
+
+#undef FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES
+#ifdef FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES
+
+#undef SIZEOF_INT
+#undef SIZEOF_LONG
+#define FT_SIZEOF_INT  SIZEOF_INT
+#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG SIZEOF_LONG
+
+#else /* !FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES */
+
+  /* Following cpp computation of the bit length of int and long */
+  /* is copied from default include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h.  */
+  /* If any improvement is required for this file, it should be  */
+  /* applied to the original header file for the builders that   */
+  /* does not use configure script.                              */
+
+  /* The size of an `int' type.  */
+#if                                 FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFUL
+#define FT_SIZEOF_INT  (16 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
+#elif                               FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFUL
+#define FT_SIZEOF_INT  (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
+#elif FT_UINT_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFUL
+#define FT_SIZEOF_INT  (64 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
+#else
+#error "Unsupported size of `int' type!"
+#endif
+
+  /* The size of a `long' type.  A five-byte `long' (as used e.g. on the */
+  /* DM642) is recognized but avoided.                                   */
+#if                                  FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFUL
+#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG  (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
+#elif FT_ULONG_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFUL
+#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG  (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
+#elif FT_ULONG_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFUL
+#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG  (64 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
+#else
+#error "Unsupported size of `long' type!"
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES */
+
+
+  /* Preferred alignment of data */
+#define FT_ALIGNMENT  8
+
+
+  /* FT_UNUSED is a macro used to indicate that a given parameter is not  */
+  /* used -- this is only used to get rid of unpleasant compiler warnings */
+#ifndef FT_UNUSED
+#define FT_UNUSED( arg )  ( (arg) = (arg) )
+#endif
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                     AUTOMATIC CONFIGURATION MACROS                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* These macros are computed from the ones defined above.  Don't touch   */
+  /* their definition, unless you know precisely what you are doing.  No   */
+  /* porter should need to mess with them.                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Mac support                                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   This is the only necessary change, so it is defined here instead    */
+  /*   providing a new configuration file.                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#if ( defined( __APPLE__ ) && !defined( DARWIN_NO_CARBON ) ) || \
+    ( defined( __MWERKS__ ) && defined( macintosh )        )
+  /* no Carbon frameworks for 64bit 10.4.x */
+#include "AvailabilityMacros.h"
+#if defined( __LP64__ ) && \
+    ( MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED <= MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_4 )
+#define DARWIN_NO_CARBON 1
+#else
+#define FT_MACINTOSH 1
+#endif
+
+#elif defined( __SC__ ) || defined( __MRC__ )
+  /* Classic MacOS compilers */
+#include "ConditionalMacros.h"
+#if TARGET_OS_MAC
+#define FT_MACINTOSH 1
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+
+  /* Fix compiler warning with sgi compiler */
+#if defined( __sgi ) && !defined( __GNUC__ )
+#if defined( _COMPILER_VERSION ) && ( _COMPILER_VERSION >= 730 )
+#pragma set woff 3505
+#endif
+#endif
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* IntN types                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Used to guarantee the size of some specific integers.               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef signed short    FT_Int16;
+  typedef unsigned short  FT_UInt16;
+
+#if FT_SIZEOF_INT == 4
+
+  typedef signed int      FT_Int32;
+  typedef unsigned int    FT_UInt32;
+
+#elif FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 4
+
+  typedef signed long     FT_Int32;
+  typedef unsigned long   FT_UInt32;
+
+#else
+#error "no 32bit type found -- please check your configuration files"
+#endif
+
+
+  /* look up an integer type that is at least 32 bits */
+#if FT_SIZEOF_INT >= 4
+
+  typedef int            FT_Fast;
+  typedef unsigned int   FT_UFast;
+
+#elif FT_SIZEOF_LONG >= 4
+
+  typedef long           FT_Fast;
+  typedef unsigned long  FT_UFast;
+
+#endif
+
+
+  /* determine whether we have a 64-bit int type for platforms without */
+  /* Autoconf                                                          */
+#if FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 8
+
+  /* FT_LONG64 must be defined if a 64-bit type is available */
+#define FT_LONG64
+#define FT_INT64  long
+
+#elif defined( _MSC_VER ) && _MSC_VER >= 900  /* Visual C++ (and Intel C++) */
+
+  /* this compiler provides the __int64 type */
+#define FT_LONG64
+#define FT_INT64  __int64
+
+#elif defined( __BORLANDC__ )  /* Borland C++ */
+
+  /* XXXX: We should probably check the value of __BORLANDC__ in order */
+  /*       to test the compiler version.                               */
+
+  /* this compiler provides the __int64 type */
+#define FT_LONG64
+#define FT_INT64  __int64
+
+#elif defined( __WATCOMC__ )   /* Watcom C++ */
+
+  /* Watcom doesn't provide 64-bit data types */
+
+#elif defined( __MWERKS__ )    /* Metrowerks CodeWarrior */
+
+#define FT_LONG64
+#define FT_INT64  long long int
+
+#elif defined( __GNUC__ )
+
+  /* GCC provides the `long long' type */
+#define FT_LONG64
+#define FT_INT64  long long int
+
+#endif /* FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 8 */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* A 64-bit data type will create compilation problems if you compile    */
+  /* in strict ANSI mode.  To avoid them, we disable its use if __STDC__   */
+  /* is defined.  You can however ignore this rule by defining the         */
+  /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 configuration macro.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#if defined( FT_LONG64 ) && !defined( FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 )
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+
+  /* Undefine the 64-bit macros in strict ANSI compilation mode.  */
+  /* Since `#undef' doesn't survive in configuration header files */
+  /* we use the postprocessing facility of AC_CONFIG_HEADERS to   */
+  /* replace the leading `/' with `#'.                            */
+/undef FT_LONG64
+/undef FT_INT64
+
+#endif /* __STDC__ */
+
+#endif /* FT_LONG64 && !FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 */
+
+
+#define FT_BEGIN_STMNT  do {
+#define FT_END_STMNT    } while ( 0 )
+#define FT_DUMMY_STMNT  FT_BEGIN_STMNT FT_END_STMNT
+
+
+#ifndef  FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_ASSEMBLER
+  /* Provide assembler fragments for performance-critical functions. */
+  /* These must be defined `static __inline__' with GCC.             */
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+
+#if defined( __arm__ ) && !defined( __thumb__ )
+#define FT_MULFIX_ASSEMBLER  FT_MulFix_arm
+
+  static __inline__ FT_Int32
+  FT_MulFix_arm( FT_Int32  a,
+                 FT_Int32  b )
+  {
+    register FT_Int32  t, t2;
+
+
+    asm __volatile__ (
+      "smull  %1, %2, %4, %3\n\t"       /* (lo=%1,hi=%2) = a*b */
+      "mov    %0, %2, asr #31\n\t"      /* %0  = (hi >> 31) */
+      "add    %0, %0, #0x8000\n\t"      /* %0 += 0x8000 */
+      "adds   %1, %1, %0\n\t"           /* %1 += %0 */
+      "adc    %2, %2, #0\n\t"           /* %2 += carry */
+      "mov    %0, %1, lsr #16\n\t"      /* %0  = %1 >> 16 */
+      "orr    %0, %0, %2, lsl #16\n\t"  /* %0 |= %2 << 16 */
+      : "=r"(a), "=&r"(t2), "=&r"(t)
+      : "r"(a), "r"(b) );
+    return a;
+  }
+
+#endif /* __arm__ && !__thumb__ */
+
+#if defined( i386 )
+#define FT_MULFIX_ASSEMBLER  FT_MulFix_i386
+
+  static __inline__ FT_Int32
+  FT_MulFix_i386( FT_Int32  a,
+                  FT_Int32  b )
+  {
+    register FT_Int32  result;
+
+
+    __asm__ __volatile__ (
+      "imul  %%edx\n"
+      "movl  %%edx, %%ecx\n"
+      "sarl  $31, %%ecx\n"
+      "addl  $0x8000, %%ecx\n"
+      "addl  %%ecx, %%eax\n"
+      "adcl  $0, %%edx\n"
+      "shrl  $16, %%eax\n"
+      "shll  $16, %%edx\n"
+      "addl  %%edx, %%eax\n"
+      : "=a"(result), "+d"(b)
+      : "a"(a)
+      : "%ecx" );
+    return result;
+  }
+
+#endif /* i386 */
+
+#endif /* __GNUC__ */
+
+#endif /* !FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_ASSEMBLER */
+
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INLINE_MULFIX
+#ifdef FT_MULFIX_ASSEMBLER
+#define FT_MULFIX_INLINED  FT_MULFIX_ASSEMBLER
+#endif
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT
+
+#define FT_LOCAL( x )      static  x
+#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x )  static  x
+
+#else
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_LOCAL( x )      extern "C"  x
+#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x )  extern "C"  x
+#else
+#define FT_LOCAL( x )      extern  x
+#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x )  x
+#endif
+
+#endif /* FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT */
+
+
+#ifndef FT_BASE
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_BASE( x )  extern "C"  x
+#else
+#define FT_BASE( x )  extern  x
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !FT_BASE */
+
+
+#ifndef FT_BASE_DEF
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_BASE_DEF( x )  x
+#else
+#define FT_BASE_DEF( x )  x
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !FT_BASE_DEF */
+
+
+#ifndef FT_EXPORT
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_EXPORT( x )  extern "C"  x
+#else
+#define FT_EXPORT( x )  extern  x
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !FT_EXPORT */
+
+
+#ifndef FT_EXPORT_DEF
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_EXPORT_DEF( x )  extern "C"  x
+#else
+#define FT_EXPORT_DEF( x )  extern  x
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !FT_EXPORT_DEF */
+
+
+#ifndef FT_EXPORT_VAR
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_EXPORT_VAR( x )  extern "C"  x
+#else
+#define FT_EXPORT_VAR( x )  extern  x
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !FT_EXPORT_VAR */
+
+  /* The following macros are needed to compile the library with a   */
+  /* C++ compiler and with 16bit compilers.                          */
+  /*                                                                 */
+
+  /* This is special.  Within C++, you must specify `extern "C"' for */
+  /* functions which are used via function pointers, and you also    */
+  /* must do that for structures which contain function pointers to  */
+  /* assure C linkage -- it's not possible to have (local) anonymous */
+  /* functions which are accessed by (global) function pointers.     */
+  /*                                                                 */
+  /*                                                                 */
+  /* FT_CALLBACK_DEF is used to _define_ a callback function.        */
+  /*                                                                 */
+  /* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE is used to _declare_ a constant variable that */
+  /* contains pointers to callback functions.                        */
+  /*                                                                 */
+  /* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF is used to _define_ a constant variable   */
+  /* that contains pointers to callback functions.                   */
+  /*                                                                 */
+  /*                                                                 */
+  /* Some 16bit compilers have to redefine these macros to insert    */
+  /* the infamous `_cdecl' or `__fastcall' declarations.             */
+  /*                                                                 */
+#ifndef FT_CALLBACK_DEF
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_CALLBACK_DEF( x )  extern "C"  x
+#else
+#define FT_CALLBACK_DEF( x )  static  x
+#endif
+#endif /* FT_CALLBACK_DEF */
+
+#ifndef FT_CALLBACK_TABLE
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE      extern "C"
+#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF  extern "C"
+#else
+#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE      extern
+#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF  /* nothing */
+#endif
+#endif /* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+
+#endif /* __FTCONFIG_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/ftsystem.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/ftsystem.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..95f8271
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/ftsystem.c
@@ -0,0 +1,419 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftsystem.c                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Unix-specific FreeType low-level system interface (body).            */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by             */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include 
+  /* we use our special ftconfig.h file, not the standard one */
+#include 
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+#include FT_SYSTEM_H
+#include FT_ERRORS_H
+#include FT_TYPES_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
+
+  /* memory-mapping includes and definitions */
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#include 
+#endif
+
+#include 
+#ifndef MAP_FILE
+#define MAP_FILE  0x00
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MUNMAP_USES_VOIDP
+#define MUNMAP_ARG_CAST  void *
+#else
+#define MUNMAP_ARG_CAST  char *
+#endif
+
+#ifdef NEED_MUNMAP_DECL
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+  extern "C"
+#else
+  extern
+#endif
+  int
+  munmap( char*  addr,
+          int    len );
+
+#define MUNMAP_ARG_CAST  char *
+
+#endif /* NEED_DECLARATION_MUNMAP */
+
+
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#ifdef HAVE_FCNTL_H
+#include 
+#endif
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                       MEMORY MANAGEMENT INTERFACE                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    ft_alloc                                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    The memory allocation function.                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    memory :: A pointer to the memory object.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    size   :: The requested size in bytes.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    The address of newly allocated block.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void* )
+  ft_alloc( FT_Memory  memory,
+            long       size )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( memory );
+
+    return malloc( size );
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    ft_realloc                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    The memory reallocation function.                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    memory   :: A pointer to the memory object.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    cur_size :: The current size of the allocated memory block.        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    new_size :: The newly requested size in bytes.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    block    :: The current address of the block in memory.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    The address of the reallocated memory block.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void* )
+  ft_realloc( FT_Memory  memory,
+              long       cur_size,
+              long       new_size,
+              void*      block )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( memory );
+    FT_UNUSED( cur_size );
+
+    return realloc( block, new_size );
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    ft_free                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    The memory release function.                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    memory :: A pointer to the memory object.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    block  :: The address of block in memory to be freed.              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
+  ft_free( FT_Memory  memory,
+           void*      block )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( memory );
+
+    free( block );
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                     RESOURCE MANAGEMENT INTERFACE                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_io
+
+  /* We use the macro STREAM_FILE for convenience to extract the       */
+  /* system-specific stream handle from a given FreeType stream object */
+#define STREAM_FILE( stream )  ( (FILE*)stream->descriptor.pointer )
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    ft_close_stream_by_munmap                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    The function to close a stream which is opened by mmap.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    stream :: A pointer to the stream object.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
+  ft_close_stream_by_munmap( FT_Stream  stream )
+  {
+    munmap( (MUNMAP_ARG_CAST)stream->descriptor.pointer, stream->size );
+
+    stream->descriptor.pointer = NULL;
+    stream->size               = 0;
+    stream->base               = 0;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    ft_close_stream_by_free                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    The function to close a stream which is created by ft_alloc.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    stream :: A pointer to the stream object.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
+  ft_close_stream_by_free( FT_Stream  stream )
+  {
+    ft_free( NULL, stream->descriptor.pointer );
+
+    stream->descriptor.pointer = NULL;
+    stream->size               = 0;
+    stream->base               = 0;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftobjs.h */
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stream_Open( FT_Stream    stream,
+                  const char*  filepathname )
+  {
+    int          file;
+    struct stat  stat_buf;
+
+
+    if ( !stream )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Stream_Handle;
+
+    /* open the file */
+    file = open( filepathname, O_RDONLY );
+    if ( file < 0 )
+    {
+      FT_ERROR(( "FT_Stream_Open:" ));
+      FT_ERROR(( " could not open `%s'\n", filepathname ));
+      return FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource;
+    }
+
+    /* Here we ensure that a "fork" will _not_ duplicate   */
+    /* our opened input streams on Unix.  This is critical */
+    /* since it avoids some (possible) access control      */
+    /* issues and cleans up the kernel file table a bit.   */
+    /*                                                     */
+#ifdef F_SETFD
+#ifdef FD_CLOEXEC
+    (void)fcntl( file, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC );
+#else
+    (void)fcntl( file, F_SETFD, 1 );
+#endif /* FD_CLOEXEC */
+#endif /* F_SETFD */
+
+    if ( fstat( file, &stat_buf ) < 0 )
+    {
+      FT_ERROR(( "FT_Stream_Open:" ));
+      FT_ERROR(( " could not `fstat' file `%s'\n", filepathname ));
+      goto Fail_Map;
+    }
+
+    /* XXX: TODO -- real 64bit platform support                        */
+    /*                                                                 */
+    /* `stream->size' is typedef'd to unsigned long (in                */
+    /* freetype/ftsystem.h); `stat_buf.st_size', however, is usually   */
+    /* typedef'd to off_t (in sys/stat.h).                             */
+    /* On some platforms, the former is 32bit and the latter is 64bit. */
+    /* To avoid overflow caused by fonts in huge files larger than     */
+    /* 2GB, do a test.  Temporary fix proposed by Sean McBride.        */
+    /*                                                                 */
+    if ( stat_buf.st_size > LONG_MAX )
+    {
+      FT_ERROR(( "FT_Stream_Open: file is too big\n" ));
+      goto Fail_Map;
+    }
+    else if ( stat_buf.st_size == 0 )
+    {
+      FT_ERROR(( "FT_Stream_Open: zero-length file\n" ));
+      goto Fail_Map;
+    }
+
+    /* This cast potentially truncates a 64bit to 32bit! */
+    stream->size = (unsigned long)stat_buf.st_size;
+    stream->pos  = 0;
+    stream->base = (unsigned char *)mmap( NULL,
+                                          stream->size,
+                                          PROT_READ,
+                                          MAP_FILE | MAP_PRIVATE,
+                                          file,
+                                          0 );
+
+    /* on some RTOS, mmap might return 0 */
+    if ( (long)stream->base != -1 && stream->base != NULL )
+      stream->close = ft_close_stream_by_munmap;
+    else
+    {
+      ssize_t  total_read_count;
+
+
+      FT_ERROR(( "FT_Stream_Open:" ));
+      FT_ERROR(( " could not `mmap' file `%s'\n", filepathname ));
+
+      stream->base = (unsigned char*)ft_alloc( NULL, stream->size );
+
+      if ( !stream->base )
+      {
+        FT_ERROR(( "FT_Stream_Open:" ));
+        FT_ERROR(( " could not `alloc' memory\n" ));
+        goto Fail_Map;
+      }
+
+      total_read_count = 0;
+      do {
+        ssize_t  read_count;
+
+
+        read_count = read( file,
+                           stream->base + total_read_count,
+                           stream->size - total_read_count );
+
+        if ( read_count <= 0 )
+        {
+          if ( read_count == -1 && errno == EINTR )
+            continue;
+
+          FT_ERROR(( "FT_Stream_Open:" ));
+          FT_ERROR(( " error while `read'ing file `%s'\n", filepathname ));
+          goto Fail_Read;
+        }
+
+        total_read_count += read_count;
+
+      } while ( (unsigned long)total_read_count != stream->size );
+
+      stream->close = ft_close_stream_by_free;
+    }
+
+    close( file );
+
+    stream->descriptor.pointer = stream->base;
+    stream->pathname.pointer   = (char*)filepathname;
+
+    stream->read = 0;
+
+    FT_TRACE1(( "FT_Stream_Open:" ));
+    FT_TRACE1(( " opened `%s' (%d bytes) successfully\n",
+                filepathname, stream->size ));
+
+    return FT_Err_Ok;
+
+  Fail_Read:
+    ft_free( NULL, stream->base );
+
+  Fail_Map:
+    close( file );
+
+    stream->base = NULL;
+    stream->size = 0;
+    stream->pos  = 0;
+
+    return FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Stream;
+  }
+
+
+#ifdef FT_DEBUG_MEMORY
+
+  extern FT_Int
+  ft_mem_debug_init( FT_Memory  memory );
+
+  extern void
+  ft_mem_debug_done( FT_Memory  memory );
+
+#endif
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftobjs.h */
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Memory )
+  FT_New_Memory( void )
+  {
+    FT_Memory  memory;
+
+
+    memory = (FT_Memory)malloc( sizeof ( *memory ) );
+    if ( memory )
+    {
+      memory->user    = 0;
+      memory->alloc   = ft_alloc;
+      memory->realloc = ft_realloc;
+      memory->free    = ft_free;
+#ifdef FT_DEBUG_MEMORY
+      ft_mem_debug_init( memory );
+#endif
+    }
+
+    return memory;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftobjs.h */
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
+  FT_Done_Memory( FT_Memory  memory )
+  {
+#ifdef FT_DEBUG_MEMORY
+    ft_mem_debug_done( memory );
+#endif
+    memory->free( memory, memory );
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/install-sh b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/install-sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..a5897de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/install-sh
@@ -0,0 +1,519 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# install - install a program, script, or datafile
+
+scriptversion=2006-12-25.00
+
+# This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was
+# later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the
+# following copyright and license.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 1994 X Consortium
+#
+# Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+# of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to
+# deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the
+# rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
+# sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+# furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+#
+# The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+# all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+#
+# THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+# IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+# X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+# AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNEC-
+# TION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+#
+# Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+# be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other deal-
+# ings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consor-
+# tium.
+#
+#
+# FSF changes to this file are in the public domain.
+#
+# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
+# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
+# when there is no Makefile.
+#
+# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
+# from scratch.
+
+nl='
+'
+IFS=" ""	$nl"
+
+# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script
+
+# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it.
+doit=${DOITPROG-}
+if test -z "$doit"; then
+  doit_exec=exec
+else
+  doit_exec=$doit
+fi
+
+# Put in absolute file names if you don't have them in your path;
+# or use environment vars.
+
+chgrpprog=${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}
+chmodprog=${CHMODPROG-chmod}
+chownprog=${CHOWNPROG-chown}
+cmpprog=${CMPPROG-cmp}
+cpprog=${CPPROG-cp}
+mkdirprog=${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}
+mvprog=${MVPROG-mv}
+rmprog=${RMPROG-rm}
+stripprog=${STRIPPROG-strip}
+
+posix_glob='?'
+initialize_posix_glob='
+  test "$posix_glob" != "?" || {
+    if (set -f) 2>/dev/null; then
+      posix_glob=
+    else
+      posix_glob=:
+    fi
+  }
+'
+
+posix_mkdir=
+
+# Desired mode of installed file.
+mode=0755
+
+chgrpcmd=
+chmodcmd=$chmodprog
+chowncmd=
+mvcmd=$mvprog
+rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
+stripcmd=
+
+src=
+dst=
+dir_arg=
+dst_arg=
+
+copy_on_change=false
+no_target_directory=
+
+usage="\
+Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [-T] SRCFILE DSTFILE
+   or: $0 [OPTION]... SRCFILES... DIRECTORY
+   or: $0 [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SRCFILES...
+   or: $0 [OPTION]... -d DIRECTORIES...
+
+In the 1st form, copy SRCFILE to DSTFILE.
+In the 2nd and 3rd, copy all SRCFILES to DIRECTORY.
+In the 4th, create DIRECTORIES.
+
+Options:
+     --help     display this help and exit.
+     --version  display version info and exit.
+
+  -c            (ignored)
+  -C            install only if different (preserve the last data modification time)
+  -d            create directories instead of installing files.
+  -g GROUP      $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP.
+  -m MODE       $chmodprog installed files to MODE.
+  -o USER       $chownprog installed files to USER.
+  -s            $stripprog installed files.
+  -t DIRECTORY  install into DIRECTORY.
+  -T            report an error if DSTFILE is a directory.
+
+Environment variables override the default commands:
+  CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CMPPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG
+  RMPROG STRIPPROG
+"
+
+while test $# -ne 0; do
+  case $1 in
+    -c) ;;
+
+    -C) copy_on_change=true;;
+
+    -d) dir_arg=true;;
+
+    -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
+	shift;;
+
+    --help) echo "$usage"; exit $?;;
+
+    -m) mode=$2
+	case $mode in
+	  *' '* | *'	'* | *'
+'*	  | *'*'* | *'?'* | *'['*)
+	    echo "$0: invalid mode: $mode" >&2
+	    exit 1;;
+	esac
+	shift;;
+
+    -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
+	shift;;
+
+    -s) stripcmd=$stripprog;;
+
+    -t) dst_arg=$2
+	shift;;
+
+    -T) no_target_directory=true;;
+
+    --version) echo "$0 $scriptversion"; exit $?;;
+
+    --)	shift
+	break;;
+
+    -*)	echo "$0: invalid option: $1" >&2
+	exit 1;;
+
+    *)  break;;
+  esac
+  shift
+done
+
+if test $# -ne 0 && test -z "$dir_arg$dst_arg"; then
+  # When -d is used, all remaining arguments are directories to create.
+  # When -t is used, the destination is already specified.
+  # Otherwise, the last argument is the destination.  Remove it from $@.
+  for arg
+  do
+    if test -n "$dst_arg"; then
+      # $@ is not empty: it contains at least $arg.
+      set fnord "$@" "$dst_arg"
+      shift # fnord
+    fi
+    shift # arg
+    dst_arg=$arg
+  done
+fi
+
+if test $# -eq 0; then
+  if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
+    echo "$0: no input file specified." >&2
+    exit 1
+  fi
+  # It's OK to call `install-sh -d' without argument.
+  # This can happen when creating conditional directories.
+  exit 0
+fi
+
+if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
+  trap '(exit $?); exit' 1 2 13 15
+
+  # Set umask so as not to create temps with too-generous modes.
+  # However, 'strip' requires both read and write access to temps.
+  case $mode in
+    # Optimize common cases.
+    *644) cp_umask=133;;
+    *755) cp_umask=22;;
+
+    *[0-7])
+      if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
+	u_plus_rw=
+      else
+	u_plus_rw='% 200'
+      fi
+      cp_umask=`expr '(' 777 - $mode % 1000 ')' $u_plus_rw`;;
+    *)
+      if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
+	u_plus_rw=
+      else
+	u_plus_rw=,u+rw
+      fi
+      cp_umask=$mode$u_plus_rw;;
+  esac
+fi
+
+for src
+do
+  # Protect names starting with `-'.
+  case $src in
+    -*) src=./$src;;
+  esac
+
+  if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
+    dst=$src
+    dstdir=$dst
+    test -d "$dstdir"
+    dstdir_status=$?
+  else
+
+    # Waiting for this to be detected by the "$cpprog $src $dsttmp" command
+    # might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad
+    # if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
+    if test ! -f "$src" && test ! -d "$src"; then
+      echo "$0: $src does not exist." >&2
+      exit 1
+    fi
+
+    if test -z "$dst_arg"; then
+      echo "$0: no destination specified." >&2
+      exit 1
+    fi
+
+    dst=$dst_arg
+    # Protect names starting with `-'.
+    case $dst in
+      -*) dst=./$dst;;
+    esac
+
+    # If destination is a directory, append the input filename; won't work
+    # if double slashes aren't ignored.
+    if test -d "$dst"; then
+      if test -n "$no_target_directory"; then
+	echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is a directory" >&2
+	exit 1
+      fi
+      dstdir=$dst
+      dst=$dstdir/`basename "$src"`
+      dstdir_status=0
+    else
+      # Prefer dirname, but fall back on a substitute if dirname fails.
+      dstdir=`
+	(dirname "$dst") 2>/dev/null ||
+	expr X"$dst" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+	     X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+	     X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	     X"$dst" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
+	echo X"$dst" |
+	    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
+		   s//\1/
+		   q
+		 }
+		 /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
+		   s//\1/
+		   q
+		 }
+		 /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
+		   s//\1/
+		   q
+		 }
+		 /^X\(\/\).*/{
+		   s//\1/
+		   q
+		 }
+		 s/.*/./; q'
+      `
+
+      test -d "$dstdir"
+      dstdir_status=$?
+    fi
+  fi
+
+  obsolete_mkdir_used=false
+
+  if test $dstdir_status != 0; then
+    case $posix_mkdir in
+      '')
+	# Create intermediate dirs using mode 755 as modified by the umask.
+	# This is like FreeBSD 'install' as of 1997-10-28.
+	umask=`umask`
+	case $stripcmd.$umask in
+	  # Optimize common cases.
+	  *[2367][2367]) mkdir_umask=$umask;;
+	  .*0[02][02] | .[02][02] | .[02]) mkdir_umask=22;;
+
+	  *[0-7])
+	    mkdir_umask=`expr $umask + 22 \
+	      - $umask % 100 % 40 + $umask % 20 \
+	      - $umask % 10 % 4 + $umask % 2
+	    `;;
+	  *) mkdir_umask=$umask,go-w;;
+	esac
+
+	# With -d, create the new directory with the user-specified mode.
+	# Otherwise, rely on $mkdir_umask.
+	if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
+	  mkdir_mode=-m$mode
+	else
+	  mkdir_mode=
+	fi
+
+	posix_mkdir=false
+	case $umask in
+	  *[123567][0-7][0-7])
+	    # POSIX mkdir -p sets u+wx bits regardless of umask, which
+	    # is incompatible with FreeBSD 'install' when (umask & 300) != 0.
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    tmpdir=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/ins$RANDOM-$$
+	    trap 'ret=$?; rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null; exit $ret' 0
+
+	    if (umask $mkdir_umask &&
+		exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$tmpdir/d") >/dev/null 2>&1
+	    then
+	      if test -z "$dir_arg" || {
+		   # Check for POSIX incompatibilities with -m.
+		   # HP-UX 11.23 and IRIX 6.5 mkdir -m -p sets group- or
+		   # other-writeable bit of parent directory when it shouldn't.
+		   # FreeBSD 6.1 mkdir -m -p sets mode of existing directory.
+		   ls_ld_tmpdir=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"`
+		   case $ls_ld_tmpdir in
+		     d????-?r-*) different_mode=700;;
+		     d????-?--*) different_mode=755;;
+		     *) false;;
+		   esac &&
+		   $mkdirprog -m$different_mode -p -- "$tmpdir" && {
+		     ls_ld_tmpdir_1=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"`
+		     test "$ls_ld_tmpdir" = "$ls_ld_tmpdir_1"
+		   }
+		 }
+	      then posix_mkdir=:
+	      fi
+	      rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir"
+	    else
+	      # Remove any dirs left behind by ancient mkdir implementations.
+	      rmdir ./$mkdir_mode ./-p ./-- 2>/dev/null
+	    fi
+	    trap '' 0;;
+	esac;;
+    esac
+
+    if
+      $posix_mkdir && (
+	umask $mkdir_umask &&
+	$doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir"
+      )
+    then :
+    else
+
+      # The umask is ridiculous, or mkdir does not conform to POSIX,
+      # or it failed possibly due to a race condition.  Create the
+      # directory the slow way, step by step, checking for races as we go.
+
+      case $dstdir in
+	/*) prefix='/';;
+	-*) prefix='./';;
+	*)  prefix='';;
+      esac
+
+      eval "$initialize_posix_glob"
+
+      oIFS=$IFS
+      IFS=/
+      $posix_glob set -f
+      set fnord $dstdir
+      shift
+      $posix_glob set +f
+      IFS=$oIFS
+
+      prefixes=
+
+      for d
+      do
+	test -z "$d" && continue
+
+	prefix=$prefix$d
+	if test -d "$prefix"; then
+	  prefixes=
+	else
+	  if $posix_mkdir; then
+	    (umask=$mkdir_umask &&
+	     $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir") && break
+	    # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
+	    test -d "$prefix" || exit 1
+	  else
+	    case $prefix in
+	      *\'*) qprefix=`echo "$prefix" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;;
+	      *) qprefix=$prefix;;
+	    esac
+	    prefixes="$prefixes '$qprefix'"
+	  fi
+	fi
+	prefix=$prefix/
+      done
+
+      if test -n "$prefixes"; then
+	# Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
+	(umask $mkdir_umask &&
+	 eval "\$doit_exec \$mkdirprog $prefixes") ||
+	  test -d "$dstdir" || exit 1
+	obsolete_mkdir_used=true
+      fi
+    fi
+  fi
+
+  if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
+    { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; } &&
+    { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; } &&
+    { test "$obsolete_mkdir_used$chowncmd$chgrpcmd" = false ||
+      test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dst"; } || exit 1
+  else
+
+    # Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory.
+    dsttmp=$dstdir/_inst.$$_
+    rmtmp=$dstdir/_rm.$$_
+
+    # Trap to clean up those temp files at exit.
+    trap 'ret=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $ret' 0
+
+    # Copy the file name to the temp name.
+    (umask $cp_umask && $doit_exec $cpprog "$src" "$dsttmp") &&
+
+    # and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits.
+    #
+    # If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing.  If we want to
+    # ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
+    # errors from the above "$doit $cpprog $src $dsttmp" command.
+    #
+    { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
+    { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
+    { test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
+    { test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dsttmp"; } &&
+
+    # If -C, don't bother to copy if it wouldn't change the file.
+    if $copy_on_change &&
+       old=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dst"	2>/dev/null` &&
+       new=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dsttmp"	2>/dev/null` &&
+
+       eval "$initialize_posix_glob" &&
+       $posix_glob set -f &&
+       set X $old && old=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
+       set X $new && new=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
+       $posix_glob set +f &&
+
+       test "$old" = "$new" &&
+       $cmpprog "$dst" "$dsttmp" >/dev/null 2>&1
+    then
+      rm -f "$dsttmp"
+    else
+      # Rename the file to the real destination.
+      $doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
+
+      # The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else
+      # to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not
+      # support -f.
+      {
+	# Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location.
+	# We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some
+	# systems and the destination file might be busy for other
+	# reasons.  In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new
+	# file should still install successfully.
+	{
+	  test ! -f "$dst" ||
+	  $doit $rmcmd -f "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
+	  { $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null &&
+	    { $doit $rmcmd -f "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null; :; }
+	  } ||
+	  { echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dst" >&2
+	    (exit 1); exit 1
+	  }
+	} &&
+
+	# Now rename the file to the real destination.
+	$doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dst"
+      }
+    fi || exit 1
+
+    trap '' 0
+  fi
+done
+
+# Local variables:
+# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-end: "$"
+# End:
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/install.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/install.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2e5ef08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/install.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 installation instructions for Unix systems
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2002, 2003, 2006 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+# If you say
+#
+#   make install DESTDIR=/tmp/somewhere/
+#
+# don't forget the final backslash (this command is mainly for package
+# maintainers).
+
+
+.PHONY: install uninstall check
+
+# Unix installation and deinstallation targets.
+#
+# Note that we no longer install internal headers, and we remove any
+# `internal' subdirectory found in `$(includedir)/freetype2/freetype'.
+#
+install: $(PROJECT_LIBRARY)
+	$(MKINSTALLDIRS) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)                               \
+                         $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/pkgconfig                     \
+                         $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/freetype2/freetype/config \
+                         $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/freetype2/freetype/cache  \
+                         $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)                               \
+                         $(DESTDIR)$(datadir)/aclocal
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=install $(INSTALL)                             \
+                                  $(PROJECT_LIBRARY) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)
+	-for P in $(PUBLIC_H) ; do                           \
+          $(INSTALL_DATA)                                    \
+            $$P $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/freetype2/freetype ; \
+        done
+	-for P in $(CONFIG_H) ; do                                  \
+          $(INSTALL_DATA)                                           \
+            $$P $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/freetype2/freetype/config ; \
+        done
+	-$(DELETE) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/freetype2/freetype/cache/*
+	-$(DELDIR) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/freetype2/freetype/cache
+	-$(DELETE) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/freetype2/freetype/internal/*
+	-$(DELDIR) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/freetype2/freetype/internal
+	$(INSTALL_DATA) $(BUILD_DIR)/ft2unix.h \
+          $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/ft2build.h
+	$(INSTALL_DATA) $(OBJ_BUILD)/ftconfig.h                        \
+          $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/freetype2/freetype/config/ftconfig.h
+	$(INSTALL_DATA) $(OBJ_DIR)/ftmodule.h                          \
+          $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/freetype2/freetype/config/ftmodule.h
+	$(INSTALL_SCRIPT) -m 755 $(OBJ_BUILD)/freetype-config \
+          $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/freetype-config
+	$(INSTALL_SCRIPT) -m 644 $(BUILD_DIR)/freetype2.m4 \
+          $(DESTDIR)$(datadir)/aclocal/freetype2.m4
+	$(INSTALL_SCRIPT) -m 644 $(OBJ_BUILD)/freetype2.pc \
+          $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/pkgconfig/freetype2.pc
+
+
+uninstall:
+	-$(LIBTOOL) --mode=uninstall $(RM) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/$(LIBRARY).$A
+	-$(DELETE) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/freetype2/freetype/config/*
+	-$(DELDIR) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/freetype2/freetype/config
+	-$(DELETE) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/freetype2/freetype/*
+	-$(DELDIR) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/freetype2/freetype
+	-$(DELDIR) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/freetype2
+	-$(DELETE) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/ft2build.h
+	-$(DELETE) $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/freetype-config
+	-$(DELETE) $(DESTDIR)$(datadir)/aclocal/freetype2.m4
+	-$(DELETE) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/pkgconfig/freetype2.pc
+
+
+check:
+	@echo There is no validation suite for this package.
+
+
+.PHONY: clean_project_unix distclean_project_unix
+
+# Unix cleaning and distclean rules.
+#
+clean_project_unix:
+	-$(DELETE) $(BASE_OBJECTS) $(OBJ_M) $(OBJ_S)
+	-$(DELETE) $(patsubst %.$O,%.$(SO),$(BASE_OBJECTS) $(OBJ_M) $(OBJ_S)) \
+                   $(CLEAN)
+
+distclean_project_unix: clean_project_unix
+	-$(DELETE) $(PROJECT_LIBRARY)
+	-$(DELETE) $(OBJ_DIR)/.libs/*
+	-$(DELDIR) $(OBJ_DIR)/.libs
+	-$(DELETE) *.orig *~ core *.core $(DISTCLEAN)
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/ltmain.sh b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/ltmain.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..b36c4ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/ltmain.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,8406 @@
+# Generated from ltmain.m4sh.
+
+# ltmain.sh (GNU libtool) 2.2.6
+# Written by Gordon Matzigkeit , 1996
+
+# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO
+# warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+# GNU Libtool is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License,
+# if you distribute this file as part of a program or library that
+# is built using GNU Libtool, you may include this file under the
+# same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+#
+# GNU Libtool is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with GNU Libtool; see the file COPYING.  If not, a copy
+# can be downloaded from http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html,
+# or obtained by writing to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+# 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+
+# Usage: $progname [OPTION]... [MODE-ARG]...
+#
+# Provide generalized library-building support services.
+#
+#     --config             show all configuration variables
+#     --debug              enable verbose shell tracing
+# -n, --dry-run            display commands without modifying any files
+#     --features           display basic configuration information and exit
+#     --mode=MODE          use operation mode MODE
+#     --preserve-dup-deps  don't remove duplicate dependency libraries
+#     --quiet, --silent    don't print informational messages
+#     --tag=TAG            use configuration variables from tag TAG
+# -v, --verbose            print informational messages (default)
+#     --version            print version information
+# -h, --help               print short or long help message
+#
+# MODE must be one of the following:
+#
+#       clean              remove files from the build directory
+#       compile            compile a source file into a libtool object
+#       execute            automatically set library path, then run a program
+#       finish             complete the installation of libtool libraries
+#       install            install libraries or executables
+#       link               create a library or an executable
+#       uninstall          remove libraries from an installed directory
+#
+# MODE-ARGS vary depending on the MODE.
+# Try `$progname --help --mode=MODE' for a more detailed description of MODE.
+#
+# When reporting a bug, please describe a test case to reproduce it and
+# include the following information:
+#
+#       host-triplet:	$host
+#       shell:		$SHELL
+#       compiler:		$LTCC
+#       compiler flags:		$LTCFLAGS
+#       linker:		$LD (gnu? $with_gnu_ld)
+#       $progname:		(GNU libtool) 2.2.6
+#       automake:		$automake_version
+#       autoconf:		$autoconf_version
+#
+# Report bugs to .
+
+PROGRAM=ltmain.sh
+PACKAGE=libtool
+VERSION=2.2.6
+TIMESTAMP=""
+package_revision=1.3012
+
+# Be Bourne compatible
+if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  emulate sh
+  NULLCMD=:
+  # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
+  # is contrary to our usage.  Disable this feature.
+  alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
+  setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
+else
+  case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in *posix*) set -o posix;; esac
+fi
+BIN_SH=xpg4; export BIN_SH # for Tru64
+DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh
+
+# NLS nuisances: We save the old values to restore during execute mode.
+# Only set LANG and LC_ALL to C if already set.
+# These must not be set unconditionally because not all systems understand
+# e.g. LANG=C (notably SCO).
+lt_user_locale=
+lt_safe_locale=
+for lt_var in LANG LANGUAGE LC_ALL LC_CTYPE LC_COLLATE LC_MESSAGES
+do
+  eval "if test \"\${$lt_var+set}\" = set; then
+          save_$lt_var=\$$lt_var
+          $lt_var=C
+	  export $lt_var
+	  lt_user_locale=\"$lt_var=\\\$save_\$lt_var; \$lt_user_locale\"
+	  lt_safe_locale=\"$lt_var=C; \$lt_safe_locale\"
+	fi"
+done
+
+$lt_unset CDPATH
+
+
+
+
+
+: ${CP="cp -f"}
+: ${ECHO="echo"}
+: ${EGREP="/usr/bin/grep -E"}
+: ${FGREP="/usr/bin/grep -F"}
+: ${GREP="/usr/bin/grep"}
+: ${LN_S="ln -s"}
+: ${MAKE="make"}
+: ${MKDIR="mkdir"}
+: ${MV="mv -f"}
+: ${RM="rm -f"}
+: ${SED="/opt/local/bin/gsed"}
+: ${SHELL="${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}"}
+: ${Xsed="$SED -e 1s/^X//"}
+
+# Global variables:
+EXIT_SUCCESS=0
+EXIT_FAILURE=1
+EXIT_MISMATCH=63  # $? = 63 is used to indicate version mismatch to missing.
+EXIT_SKIP=77	  # $? = 77 is used to indicate a skipped test to automake.
+
+exit_status=$EXIT_SUCCESS
+
+# Make sure IFS has a sensible default
+lt_nl='
+'
+IFS=" 	$lt_nl"
+
+dirname="s,/[^/]*$,,"
+basename="s,^.*/,,"
+
+# func_dirname_and_basename file append nondir_replacement
+# perform func_basename and func_dirname in a single function
+# call:
+#   dirname:  Compute the dirname of FILE.  If nonempty,
+#             add APPEND to the result, otherwise set result
+#             to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT.
+#             value returned in "$func_dirname_result"
+#   basename: Compute filename of FILE.
+#             value retuned in "$func_basename_result"
+# Implementation must be kept synchronized with func_dirname
+# and func_basename. For efficiency, we do not delegate to
+# those functions but instead duplicate the functionality here.
+func_dirname_and_basename ()
+{
+  # Extract subdirectory from the argument.
+  func_dirname_result=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$dirname"`
+  if test "X$func_dirname_result" = "X${1}"; then
+    func_dirname_result="${3}"
+  else
+    func_dirname_result="$func_dirname_result${2}"
+  fi
+  func_basename_result=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$basename"`
+}
+
+# Generated shell functions inserted here.
+
+# Work around backward compatibility issue on IRIX 6.5. On IRIX 6.4+, sh
+# is ksh but when the shell is invoked as "sh" and the current value of
+# the _XPG environment variable is not equal to 1 (one), the special
+# positional parameter $0, within a function call, is the name of the
+# function.
+progpath="$0"
+
+# The name of this program:
+# In the unlikely event $progname began with a '-', it would play havoc with
+# func_echo (imagine progname=-n), so we prepend ./ in that case:
+func_dirname_and_basename "$progpath"
+progname=$func_basename_result
+case $progname in
+  -*) progname=./$progname ;;
+esac
+
+# Make sure we have an absolute path for reexecution:
+case $progpath in
+  [\\/]*|[A-Za-z]:\\*) ;;
+  *[\\/]*)
+     progdir=$func_dirname_result
+     progdir=`cd "$progdir" && pwd`
+     progpath="$progdir/$progname"
+     ;;
+  *)
+     save_IFS="$IFS"
+     IFS=:
+     for progdir in $PATH; do
+       IFS="$save_IFS"
+       test -x "$progdir/$progname" && break
+     done
+     IFS="$save_IFS"
+     test -n "$progdir" || progdir=`pwd`
+     progpath="$progdir/$progname"
+     ;;
+esac
+
+# Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting.  It backslashifies
+# metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings.
+Xsed="${SED}"' -e 1s/^X//'
+sed_quote_subst='s/\([`"$\\]\)/\\\1/g'
+
+# Same as above, but do not quote variable references.
+double_quote_subst='s/\(["`\\]\)/\\\1/g'
+
+# Re-`\' parameter expansions in output of double_quote_subst that were
+# `\'-ed in input to the same.  If an odd number of `\' preceded a '$'
+# in input to double_quote_subst, that '$' was protected from expansion.
+# Since each input `\' is now two `\'s, look for any number of runs of
+# four `\'s followed by two `\'s and then a '$'.  `\' that '$'.
+bs='\\'
+bs2='\\\\'
+bs4='\\\\\\\\'
+dollar='\$'
+sed_double_backslash="\
+  s/$bs4/&\\
+/g
+  s/^$bs2$dollar/$bs&/
+  s/\\([^$bs]\\)$bs2$dollar/\\1$bs2$bs$dollar/g
+  s/\n//g"
+
+# Standard options:
+opt_dry_run=false
+opt_help=false
+opt_quiet=false
+opt_verbose=false
+opt_warning=:
+
+# func_echo arg...
+# Echo program name prefixed message, along with the current mode
+# name if it has been set yet.
+func_echo ()
+{
+    $ECHO "$progname${mode+: }$mode: $*"
+}
+
+# func_verbose arg...
+# Echo program name prefixed message in verbose mode only.
+func_verbose ()
+{
+    $opt_verbose && func_echo ${1+"$@"}
+
+    # A bug in bash halts the script if the last line of a function
+    # fails when set -e is in force, so we need another command to
+    # work around that:
+    :
+}
+
+# func_error arg...
+# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error.
+func_error ()
+{
+    $ECHO "$progname${mode+: }$mode: "${1+"$@"} 1>&2
+}
+
+# func_warning arg...
+# Echo program name prefixed warning message to standard error.
+func_warning ()
+{
+    $opt_warning && $ECHO "$progname${mode+: }$mode: warning: "${1+"$@"} 1>&2
+
+    # bash bug again:
+    :
+}
+
+# func_fatal_error arg...
+# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error, and exit.
+func_fatal_error ()
+{
+    func_error ${1+"$@"}
+    exit $EXIT_FAILURE
+}
+
+# func_fatal_help arg...
+# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error, followed by
+# a help hint, and exit.
+func_fatal_help ()
+{
+    func_error ${1+"$@"}
+    func_fatal_error "$help"
+}
+help="Try \`$progname --help' for more information."  ## default
+
+
+# func_grep expression filename
+# Check whether EXPRESSION matches any line of FILENAME, without output.
+func_grep ()
+{
+    $GREP "$1" "$2" >/dev/null 2>&1
+}
+
+
+# func_mkdir_p directory-path
+# Make sure the entire path to DIRECTORY-PATH is available.
+func_mkdir_p ()
+{
+    my_directory_path="$1"
+    my_dir_list=
+
+    if test -n "$my_directory_path" && test "$opt_dry_run" != ":"; then
+
+      # Protect directory names starting with `-'
+      case $my_directory_path in
+        -*) my_directory_path="./$my_directory_path" ;;
+      esac
+
+      # While some portion of DIR does not yet exist...
+      while test ! -d "$my_directory_path"; do
+        # ...make a list in topmost first order.  Use a colon delimited
+	# list incase some portion of path contains whitespace.
+        my_dir_list="$my_directory_path:$my_dir_list"
+
+        # If the last portion added has no slash in it, the list is done
+        case $my_directory_path in */*) ;; *) break ;; esac
+
+        # ...otherwise throw away the child directory and loop
+        my_directory_path=`$ECHO "X$my_directory_path" | $Xsed -e "$dirname"`
+      done
+      my_dir_list=`$ECHO "X$my_dir_list" | $Xsed -e 's,:*$,,'`
+
+      save_mkdir_p_IFS="$IFS"; IFS=':'
+      for my_dir in $my_dir_list; do
+	IFS="$save_mkdir_p_IFS"
+        # mkdir can fail with a `File exist' error if two processes
+        # try to create one of the directories concurrently.  Don't
+        # stop in that case!
+        $MKDIR "$my_dir" 2>/dev/null || :
+      done
+      IFS="$save_mkdir_p_IFS"
+
+      # Bail out if we (or some other process) failed to create a directory.
+      test -d "$my_directory_path" || \
+        func_fatal_error "Failed to create \`$1'"
+    fi
+}
+
+
+# func_mktempdir [string]
+# Make a temporary directory that won't clash with other running
+# libtool processes, and avoids race conditions if possible.  If
+# given, STRING is the basename for that directory.
+func_mktempdir ()
+{
+    my_template="${TMPDIR-/tmp}/${1-$progname}"
+
+    if test "$opt_dry_run" = ":"; then
+      # Return a directory name, but don't create it in dry-run mode
+      my_tmpdir="${my_template}-$$"
+    else
+
+      # If mktemp works, use that first and foremost
+      my_tmpdir=`mktemp -d "${my_template}-XXXXXXXX" 2>/dev/null`
+
+      if test ! -d "$my_tmpdir"; then
+        # Failing that, at least try and use $RANDOM to avoid a race
+        my_tmpdir="${my_template}-${RANDOM-0}$$"
+
+        save_mktempdir_umask=`umask`
+        umask 0077
+        $MKDIR "$my_tmpdir"
+        umask $save_mktempdir_umask
+      fi
+
+      # If we're not in dry-run mode, bomb out on failure
+      test -d "$my_tmpdir" || \
+        func_fatal_error "cannot create temporary directory \`$my_tmpdir'"
+    fi
+
+    $ECHO "X$my_tmpdir" | $Xsed
+}
+
+
+# func_quote_for_eval arg
+# Aesthetically quote ARG to be evaled later.
+# This function returns two values: FUNC_QUOTE_FOR_EVAL_RESULT
+# is double-quoted, suitable for a subsequent eval, whereas
+# FUNC_QUOTE_FOR_EVAL_UNQUOTED_RESULT has merely all characters
+# which are still active within double quotes backslashified.
+func_quote_for_eval ()
+{
+    case $1 in
+      *[\\\`\"\$]*)
+	func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result=`$ECHO "X$1" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` ;;
+      *)
+        func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result="$1" ;;
+    esac
+
+    case $func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result in
+      # Double-quote args containing shell metacharacters to delay
+      # word splitting, command substitution and and variable
+      # expansion for a subsequent eval.
+      # Many Bourne shells cannot handle close brackets correctly
+      # in scan sets, so we specify it separately.
+      *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \	]*|*]*|"")
+        func_quote_for_eval_result="\"$func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result\""
+        ;;
+      *)
+        func_quote_for_eval_result="$func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result"
+    esac
+}
+
+
+# func_quote_for_expand arg
+# Aesthetically quote ARG to be evaled later; same as above,
+# but do not quote variable references.
+func_quote_for_expand ()
+{
+    case $1 in
+      *[\\\`\"]*)
+	my_arg=`$ECHO "X$1" | $Xsed \
+	    -e "$double_quote_subst" -e "$sed_double_backslash"` ;;
+      *)
+        my_arg="$1" ;;
+    esac
+
+    case $my_arg in
+      # Double-quote args containing shell metacharacters to delay
+      # word splitting and command substitution for a subsequent eval.
+      # Many Bourne shells cannot handle close brackets correctly
+      # in scan sets, so we specify it separately.
+      *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \	]*|*]*|"")
+        my_arg="\"$my_arg\""
+        ;;
+    esac
+
+    func_quote_for_expand_result="$my_arg"
+}
+
+
+# func_show_eval cmd [fail_exp]
+# Unless opt_silent is true, then output CMD.  Then, if opt_dryrun is
+# not true, evaluate CMD.  If the evaluation of CMD fails, and FAIL_EXP
+# is given, then evaluate it.
+func_show_eval ()
+{
+    my_cmd="$1"
+    my_fail_exp="${2-:}"
+
+    ${opt_silent-false} || {
+      func_quote_for_expand "$my_cmd"
+      eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result"
+    }
+
+    if ${opt_dry_run-false}; then :; else
+      eval "$my_cmd"
+      my_status=$?
+      if test "$my_status" -eq 0; then :; else
+	eval "(exit $my_status); $my_fail_exp"
+      fi
+    fi
+}
+
+
+# func_show_eval_locale cmd [fail_exp]
+# Unless opt_silent is true, then output CMD.  Then, if opt_dryrun is
+# not true, evaluate CMD.  If the evaluation of CMD fails, and FAIL_EXP
+# is given, then evaluate it.  Use the saved locale for evaluation.
+func_show_eval_locale ()
+{
+    my_cmd="$1"
+    my_fail_exp="${2-:}"
+
+    ${opt_silent-false} || {
+      func_quote_for_expand "$my_cmd"
+      eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result"
+    }
+
+    if ${opt_dry_run-false}; then :; else
+      eval "$lt_user_locale
+	    $my_cmd"
+      my_status=$?
+      eval "$lt_safe_locale"
+      if test "$my_status" -eq 0; then :; else
+	eval "(exit $my_status); $my_fail_exp"
+      fi
+    fi
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+# func_version
+# Echo version message to standard output and exit.
+func_version ()
+{
+    $SED -n '/^# '$PROGRAM' (GNU /,/# warranty; / {
+        s/^# //
+	s/^# *$//
+        s/\((C)\)[ 0-9,-]*\( [1-9][0-9]*\)/\1\2/
+        p
+     }' < "$progpath"
+     exit $?
+}
+
+# func_usage
+# Echo short help message to standard output and exit.
+func_usage ()
+{
+    $SED -n '/^# Usage:/,/# -h/ {
+        s/^# //
+	s/^# *$//
+	s/\$progname/'$progname'/
+	p
+    }' < "$progpath"
+    $ECHO
+    $ECHO "run \`$progname --help | more' for full usage"
+    exit $?
+}
+
+# func_help
+# Echo long help message to standard output and exit.
+func_help ()
+{
+    $SED -n '/^# Usage:/,/# Report bugs to/ {
+        s/^# //
+	s/^# *$//
+	s*\$progname*'$progname'*
+	s*\$host*'"$host"'*
+	s*\$SHELL*'"$SHELL"'*
+	s*\$LTCC*'"$LTCC"'*
+	s*\$LTCFLAGS*'"$LTCFLAGS"'*
+	s*\$LD*'"$LD"'*
+	s/\$with_gnu_ld/'"$with_gnu_ld"'/
+	s/\$automake_version/'"`(automake --version) 2>/dev/null |$SED 1q`"'/
+	s/\$autoconf_version/'"`(autoconf --version) 2>/dev/null |$SED 1q`"'/
+	p
+     }' < "$progpath"
+    exit $?
+}
+
+# func_missing_arg argname
+# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error and set global
+# exit_cmd.
+func_missing_arg ()
+{
+    func_error "missing argument for $1"
+    exit_cmd=exit
+}
+
+exit_cmd=:
+
+
+
+
+
+# Check that we have a working $ECHO.
+if test "X$1" = X--no-reexec; then
+  # Discard the --no-reexec flag, and continue.
+  shift
+elif test "X$1" = X--fallback-echo; then
+  # Avoid inline document here, it may be left over
+  :
+elif test "X`{ $ECHO '\t'; } 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t'; then
+  # Yippee, $ECHO works!
+  :
+else
+  # Restart under the correct shell, and then maybe $ECHO will work.
+  exec $SHELL "$progpath" --no-reexec ${1+"$@"}
+fi
+
+if test "X$1" = X--fallback-echo; then
+  # used as fallback echo
+  shift
+  cat </dev/null 2>&1; then
+	taglist="$taglist $tagname"
+
+	# Evaluate the configuration.  Be careful to quote the path
+	# and the sed script, to avoid splitting on whitespace, but
+	# also don't use non-portable quotes within backquotes within
+	# quotes we have to do it in 2 steps:
+	extractedcf=`$SED -n -e "$sed_extractcf" < "$progpath"`
+	eval "$extractedcf"
+      else
+	func_error "ignoring unknown tag $tagname"
+      fi
+      ;;
+  esac
+}
+
+# Parse options once, thoroughly.  This comes as soon as possible in
+# the script to make things like `libtool --version' happen quickly.
+{
+
+  # Shorthand for --mode=foo, only valid as the first argument
+  case $1 in
+  clean|clea|cle|cl)
+    shift; set dummy --mode clean ${1+"$@"}; shift
+    ;;
+  compile|compil|compi|comp|com|co|c)
+    shift; set dummy --mode compile ${1+"$@"}; shift
+    ;;
+  execute|execut|execu|exec|exe|ex|e)
+    shift; set dummy --mode execute ${1+"$@"}; shift
+    ;;
+  finish|finis|fini|fin|fi|f)
+    shift; set dummy --mode finish ${1+"$@"}; shift
+    ;;
+  install|instal|insta|inst|ins|in|i)
+    shift; set dummy --mode install ${1+"$@"}; shift
+    ;;
+  link|lin|li|l)
+    shift; set dummy --mode link ${1+"$@"}; shift
+    ;;
+  uninstall|uninstal|uninsta|uninst|unins|unin|uni|un|u)
+    shift; set dummy --mode uninstall ${1+"$@"}; shift
+    ;;
+  esac
+
+  # Parse non-mode specific arguments:
+  while test "$#" -gt 0; do
+    opt="$1"
+    shift
+
+    case $opt in
+      --config)		func_config					;;
+
+      --debug)		preserve_args="$preserve_args $opt"
+			func_echo "enabling shell trace mode"
+			opt_debug='set -x'
+			$opt_debug
+			;;
+
+      -dlopen)		test "$#" -eq 0 && func_missing_arg "$opt" && break
+			execute_dlfiles="$execute_dlfiles $1"
+			shift
+			;;
+
+      --dry-run | -n)	opt_dry_run=:					;;
+      --features)       func_features					;;
+      --finish)		mode="finish"					;;
+
+      --mode)		test "$#" -eq 0 && func_missing_arg "$opt" && break
+			case $1 in
+			  # Valid mode arguments:
+			  clean)	;;
+			  compile)	;;
+			  execute)	;;
+			  finish)	;;
+			  install)	;;
+			  link)		;;
+			  relink)	;;
+			  uninstall)	;;
+
+			  # Catch anything else as an error
+			  *) func_error "invalid argument for $opt"
+			     exit_cmd=exit
+			     break
+			     ;;
+		        esac
+
+			mode="$1"
+			shift
+			;;
+
+      --preserve-dup-deps)
+			opt_duplicate_deps=:				;;
+
+      --quiet|--silent)	preserve_args="$preserve_args $opt"
+			opt_silent=:
+			;;
+
+      --verbose| -v)	preserve_args="$preserve_args $opt"
+			opt_silent=false
+			;;
+
+      --tag)		test "$#" -eq 0 && func_missing_arg "$opt" && break
+			preserve_args="$preserve_args $opt $1"
+			func_enable_tag "$1"	# tagname is set here
+			shift
+			;;
+
+      # Separate optargs to long options:
+      -dlopen=*|--mode=*|--tag=*)
+			func_opt_split "$opt"
+			set dummy "$func_opt_split_opt" "$func_opt_split_arg" ${1+"$@"}
+			shift
+			;;
+
+      -\?|-h)		func_usage					;;
+      --help)		opt_help=:					;;
+      --version)	func_version					;;
+
+      -*)		func_fatal_help "unrecognized option \`$opt'"	;;
+
+      *)		nonopt="$opt"
+			break
+			;;
+    esac
+  done
+
+
+  case $host in
+    *cygwin* | *mingw* | *pw32* | *cegcc*)
+      # don't eliminate duplications in $postdeps and $predeps
+      opt_duplicate_compiler_generated_deps=:
+      ;;
+    *)
+      opt_duplicate_compiler_generated_deps=$opt_duplicate_deps
+      ;;
+  esac
+
+  # Having warned about all mis-specified options, bail out if
+  # anything was wrong.
+  $exit_cmd $EXIT_FAILURE
+}
+
+# func_check_version_match
+# Ensure that we are using m4 macros, and libtool script from the same
+# release of libtool.
+func_check_version_match ()
+{
+  if test "$package_revision" != "$macro_revision"; then
+    if test "$VERSION" != "$macro_version"; then
+      if test -z "$macro_version"; then
+        cat >&2 <<_LT_EOF
+$progname: Version mismatch error.  This is $PACKAGE $VERSION, but the
+$progname: definition of this LT_INIT comes from an older release.
+$progname: You should recreate aclocal.m4 with macros from $PACKAGE $VERSION
+$progname: and run autoconf again.
+_LT_EOF
+      else
+        cat >&2 <<_LT_EOF
+$progname: Version mismatch error.  This is $PACKAGE $VERSION, but the
+$progname: definition of this LT_INIT comes from $PACKAGE $macro_version.
+$progname: You should recreate aclocal.m4 with macros from $PACKAGE $VERSION
+$progname: and run autoconf again.
+_LT_EOF
+      fi
+    else
+      cat >&2 <<_LT_EOF
+$progname: Version mismatch error.  This is $PACKAGE $VERSION, revision $package_revision,
+$progname: but the definition of this LT_INIT comes from revision $macro_revision.
+$progname: You should recreate aclocal.m4 with macros from revision $package_revision
+$progname: of $PACKAGE $VERSION and run autoconf again.
+_LT_EOF
+    fi
+
+    exit $EXIT_MISMATCH
+  fi
+}
+
+
+## ----------- ##
+##    Main.    ##
+## ----------- ##
+
+$opt_help || {
+  # Sanity checks first:
+  func_check_version_match
+
+  if test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes && test "$build_old_libs" != yes; then
+    func_fatal_configuration "not configured to build any kind of library"
+  fi
+
+  test -z "$mode" && func_fatal_error "error: you must specify a MODE."
+
+
+  # Darwin sucks
+  eval std_shrext=\"$shrext_cmds\"
+
+
+  # Only execute mode is allowed to have -dlopen flags.
+  if test -n "$execute_dlfiles" && test "$mode" != execute; then
+    func_error "unrecognized option \`-dlopen'"
+    $ECHO "$help" 1>&2
+    exit $EXIT_FAILURE
+  fi
+
+  # Change the help message to a mode-specific one.
+  generic_help="$help"
+  help="Try \`$progname --help --mode=$mode' for more information."
+}
+
+
+# func_lalib_p file
+# True iff FILE is a libtool `.la' library or `.lo' object file.
+# This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out
+# determined imposters.
+func_lalib_p ()
+{
+    test -f "$1" &&
+      $SED -e 4q "$1" 2>/dev/null \
+        | $GREP "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE" > /dev/null 2>&1
+}
+
+# func_lalib_unsafe_p file
+# True iff FILE is a libtool `.la' library or `.lo' object file.
+# This function implements the same check as func_lalib_p without
+# resorting to external programs.  To this end, it redirects stdin and
+# closes it afterwards, without saving the original file descriptor.
+# As a safety measure, use it only where a negative result would be
+# fatal anyway.  Works if `file' does not exist.
+func_lalib_unsafe_p ()
+{
+    lalib_p=no
+    if test -f "$1" && test -r "$1" && exec 5<&0 <"$1"; then
+	for lalib_p_l in 1 2 3 4
+	do
+	    read lalib_p_line
+	    case "$lalib_p_line" in
+		\#\ Generated\ by\ *$PACKAGE* ) lalib_p=yes; break;;
+	    esac
+	done
+	exec 0<&5 5<&-
+    fi
+    test "$lalib_p" = yes
+}
+
+# func_ltwrapper_script_p file
+# True iff FILE is a libtool wrapper script
+# This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out
+# determined imposters.
+func_ltwrapper_script_p ()
+{
+    func_lalib_p "$1"
+}
+
+# func_ltwrapper_executable_p file
+# True iff FILE is a libtool wrapper executable
+# This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out
+# determined imposters.
+func_ltwrapper_executable_p ()
+{
+    func_ltwrapper_exec_suffix=
+    case $1 in
+    *.exe) ;;
+    *) func_ltwrapper_exec_suffix=.exe ;;
+    esac
+    $GREP "$magic_exe" "$1$func_ltwrapper_exec_suffix" >/dev/null 2>&1
+}
+
+# func_ltwrapper_scriptname file
+# Assumes file is an ltwrapper_executable
+# uses $file to determine the appropriate filename for a
+# temporary ltwrapper_script.
+func_ltwrapper_scriptname ()
+{
+    func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result=""
+    if func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$1"; then
+	func_dirname_and_basename "$1" "" "."
+	func_stripname '' '.exe' "$func_basename_result"
+	func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result="$func_dirname_result/$objdir/${func_stripname_result}_ltshwrapper"
+    fi
+}
+
+# func_ltwrapper_p file
+# True iff FILE is a libtool wrapper script or wrapper executable
+# This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out
+# determined imposters.
+func_ltwrapper_p ()
+{
+    func_ltwrapper_script_p "$1" || func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$1"
+}
+
+
+# func_execute_cmds commands fail_cmd
+# Execute tilde-delimited COMMANDS.
+# If FAIL_CMD is given, eval that upon failure.
+# FAIL_CMD may read-access the current command in variable CMD!
+func_execute_cmds ()
+{
+    $opt_debug
+    save_ifs=$IFS; IFS='~'
+    for cmd in $1; do
+      IFS=$save_ifs
+      eval cmd=\"$cmd\"
+      func_show_eval "$cmd" "${2-:}"
+    done
+    IFS=$save_ifs
+}
+
+
+# func_source file
+# Source FILE, adding directory component if necessary.
+# Note that it is not necessary on cygwin/mingw to append a dot to
+# FILE even if both FILE and FILE.exe exist: automatic-append-.exe
+# behavior happens only for exec(3), not for open(2)!  Also, sourcing
+# `FILE.' does not work on cygwin managed mounts.
+func_source ()
+{
+    $opt_debug
+    case $1 in
+    */* | *\\*)	. "$1" ;;
+    *)		. "./$1" ;;
+    esac
+}
+
+
+# func_infer_tag arg
+# Infer tagged configuration to use if any are available and
+# if one wasn't chosen via the "--tag" command line option.
+# Only attempt this if the compiler in the base compile
+# command doesn't match the default compiler.
+# arg is usually of the form 'gcc ...'
+func_infer_tag ()
+{
+    $opt_debug
+    if test -n "$available_tags" && test -z "$tagname"; then
+      CC_quoted=
+      for arg in $CC; do
+        func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
+	CC_quoted="$CC_quoted $func_quote_for_eval_result"
+      done
+      case $@ in
+      # Blanks in the command may have been stripped by the calling shell,
+      # but not from the CC environment variable when configure was run.
+      " $CC "* | "$CC "* | " `$ECHO $CC` "* | "`$ECHO $CC` "* | " $CC_quoted"* | "$CC_quoted "* | " `$ECHO $CC_quoted` "* | "`$ECHO $CC_quoted` "*) ;;
+      # Blanks at the start of $base_compile will cause this to fail
+      # if we don't check for them as well.
+      *)
+	for z in $available_tags; do
+	  if $GREP "^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $z$" < "$progpath" > /dev/null; then
+	    # Evaluate the configuration.
+	    eval "`${SED} -n -e '/^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: '$z'$/,/^# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: '$z'$/p' < $progpath`"
+	    CC_quoted=
+	    for arg in $CC; do
+	      # Double-quote args containing other shell metacharacters.
+	      func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
+	      CC_quoted="$CC_quoted $func_quote_for_eval_result"
+	    done
+	    case "$@ " in
+	      " $CC "* | "$CC "* | " `$ECHO $CC` "* | "`$ECHO $CC` "* | " $CC_quoted"* | "$CC_quoted "* | " `$ECHO $CC_quoted` "* | "`$ECHO $CC_quoted` "*)
+	      # The compiler in the base compile command matches
+	      # the one in the tagged configuration.
+	      # Assume this is the tagged configuration we want.
+	      tagname=$z
+	      break
+	      ;;
+	    esac
+	  fi
+	done
+	# If $tagname still isn't set, then no tagged configuration
+	# was found and let the user know that the "--tag" command
+	# line option must be used.
+	if test -z "$tagname"; then
+	  func_echo "unable to infer tagged configuration"
+	  func_fatal_error "specify a tag with \`--tag'"
+#	else
+#	  func_verbose "using $tagname tagged configuration"
+	fi
+	;;
+      esac
+    fi
+}
+
+
+
+# func_write_libtool_object output_name pic_name nonpic_name
+# Create a libtool object file (analogous to a ".la" file),
+# but don't create it if we're doing a dry run.
+func_write_libtool_object ()
+{
+    write_libobj=${1}
+    if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then
+      write_lobj=\'${2}\'
+    else
+      write_lobj=none
+    fi
+
+    if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then
+      write_oldobj=\'${3}\'
+    else
+      write_oldobj=none
+    fi
+
+    $opt_dry_run || {
+      cat >${write_libobj}T <?"'"'"'	 &()|`$[]' \
+      && func_warning "libobj name \`$libobj' may not contain shell special characters."
+    func_dirname_and_basename "$obj" "/" ""
+    objname="$func_basename_result"
+    xdir="$func_dirname_result"
+    lobj=${xdir}$objdir/$objname
+
+    test -z "$base_compile" && \
+      func_fatal_help "you must specify a compilation command"
+
+    # Delete any leftover library objects.
+    if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then
+      removelist="$obj $lobj $libobj ${libobj}T"
+    else
+      removelist="$lobj $libobj ${libobj}T"
+    fi
+
+    # On Cygwin there's no "real" PIC flag so we must build both object types
+    case $host_os in
+    cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*)
+      pic_mode=default
+      ;;
+    esac
+    if test "$pic_mode" = no && test "$deplibs_check_method" != pass_all; then
+      # non-PIC code in shared libraries is not supported
+      pic_mode=default
+    fi
+
+    # Calculate the filename of the output object if compiler does
+    # not support -o with -c
+    if test "$compiler_c_o" = no; then
+      output_obj=`$ECHO "X$srcfile" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%' -e 's%\.[^.]*$%%'`.${objext}
+      lockfile="$output_obj.lock"
+    else
+      output_obj=
+      need_locks=no
+      lockfile=
+    fi
+
+    # Lock this critical section if it is needed
+    # We use this script file to make the link, it avoids creating a new file
+    if test "$need_locks" = yes; then
+      until $opt_dry_run || ln "$progpath" "$lockfile" 2>/dev/null; do
+	func_echo "Waiting for $lockfile to be removed"
+	sleep 2
+      done
+    elif test "$need_locks" = warn; then
+      if test -f "$lockfile"; then
+	$ECHO "\
+*** ERROR, $lockfile exists and contains:
+`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`
+
+This indicates that another process is trying to use the same
+temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because
+your compiler does not support \`-c' and \`-o' together.  If you
+repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better
+avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better
+compiler."
+
+	$opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist
+	exit $EXIT_FAILURE
+      fi
+      removelist="$removelist $output_obj"
+      $ECHO "$srcfile" > "$lockfile"
+    fi
+
+    $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist
+    removelist="$removelist $lockfile"
+    trap '$opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $EXIT_FAILURE' 1 2 15
+
+    if test -n "$fix_srcfile_path"; then
+      eval srcfile=\"$fix_srcfile_path\"
+    fi
+    func_quote_for_eval "$srcfile"
+    qsrcfile=$func_quote_for_eval_result
+
+    # Only build a PIC object if we are building libtool libraries.
+    if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then
+      # Without this assignment, base_compile gets emptied.
+      fbsd_hideous_sh_bug=$base_compile
+
+      if test "$pic_mode" != no; then
+	command="$base_compile $qsrcfile $pic_flag"
+      else
+	# Don't build PIC code
+	command="$base_compile $qsrcfile"
+      fi
+
+      func_mkdir_p "$xdir$objdir"
+
+      if test -z "$output_obj"; then
+	# Place PIC objects in $objdir
+	command="$command -o $lobj"
+      fi
+
+      func_show_eval_locale "$command"	\
+          'test -n "$output_obj" && $RM $removelist; exit $EXIT_FAILURE'
+
+      if test "$need_locks" = warn &&
+	 test "X`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`" != "X$srcfile"; then
+	$ECHO "\
+*** ERROR, $lockfile contains:
+`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`
+
+but it should contain:
+$srcfile
+
+This indicates that another process is trying to use the same
+temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because
+your compiler does not support \`-c' and \`-o' together.  If you
+repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better
+avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better
+compiler."
+
+	$opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist
+	exit $EXIT_FAILURE
+      fi
+
+      # Just move the object if needed, then go on to compile the next one
+      if test -n "$output_obj" && test "X$output_obj" != "X$lobj"; then
+	func_show_eval '$MV "$output_obj" "$lobj"' \
+	  'error=$?; $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $error'
+      fi
+
+      # Allow error messages only from the first compilation.
+      if test "$suppress_opt" = yes; then
+	suppress_output=' >/dev/null 2>&1'
+      fi
+    fi
+
+    # Only build a position-dependent object if we build old libraries.
+    if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then
+      if test "$pic_mode" != yes; then
+	# Don't build PIC code
+	command="$base_compile $qsrcfile$pie_flag"
+      else
+	command="$base_compile $qsrcfile $pic_flag"
+      fi
+      if test "$compiler_c_o" = yes; then
+	command="$command -o $obj"
+      fi
+
+      # Suppress compiler output if we already did a PIC compilation.
+      command="$command$suppress_output"
+      func_show_eval_locale "$command" \
+        '$opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $EXIT_FAILURE'
+
+      if test "$need_locks" = warn &&
+	 test "X`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`" != "X$srcfile"; then
+	$ECHO "\
+*** ERROR, $lockfile contains:
+`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`
+
+but it should contain:
+$srcfile
+
+This indicates that another process is trying to use the same
+temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because
+your compiler does not support \`-c' and \`-o' together.  If you
+repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better
+avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better
+compiler."
+
+	$opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist
+	exit $EXIT_FAILURE
+      fi
+
+      # Just move the object if needed
+      if test -n "$output_obj" && test "X$output_obj" != "X$obj"; then
+	func_show_eval '$MV "$output_obj" "$obj"' \
+	  'error=$?; $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $error'
+      fi
+    fi
+
+    $opt_dry_run || {
+      func_write_libtool_object "$libobj" "$objdir/$objname" "$objname"
+
+      # Unlock the critical section if it was locked
+      if test "$need_locks" != no; then
+	removelist=$lockfile
+        $RM "$lockfile"
+      fi
+    }
+
+    exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
+}
+
+$opt_help || {
+test "$mode" = compile && func_mode_compile ${1+"$@"}
+}
+
+func_mode_help ()
+{
+    # We need to display help for each of the modes.
+    case $mode in
+      "")
+        # Generic help is extracted from the usage comments
+        # at the start of this file.
+        func_help
+        ;;
+
+      clean)
+        $ECHO \
+"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=clean RM [RM-OPTION]... FILE...
+
+Remove files from the build directory.
+
+RM is the name of the program to use to delete files associated with each FILE
+(typically \`/bin/rm').  RM-OPTIONS are options (such as \`-f') to be passed
+to RM.
+
+If FILE is a libtool library, object or program, all the files associated
+with it are deleted. Otherwise, only FILE itself is deleted using RM."
+        ;;
+
+      compile)
+      $ECHO \
+"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=compile COMPILE-COMMAND... SOURCEFILE
+
+Compile a source file into a libtool library object.
+
+This mode accepts the following additional options:
+
+  -o OUTPUT-FILE    set the output file name to OUTPUT-FILE
+  -no-suppress      do not suppress compiler output for multiple passes
+  -prefer-pic       try to building PIC objects only
+  -prefer-non-pic   try to building non-PIC objects only
+  -shared           do not build a \`.o' file suitable for static linking
+  -static           only build a \`.o' file suitable for static linking
+
+COMPILE-COMMAND is a command to be used in creating a \`standard' object file
+from the given SOURCEFILE.
+
+The output file name is determined by removing the directory component from
+SOURCEFILE, then substituting the C source code suffix \`.c' with the
+library object suffix, \`.lo'."
+        ;;
+
+      execute)
+        $ECHO \
+"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=execute COMMAND [ARGS]...
+
+Automatically set library path, then run a program.
+
+This mode accepts the following additional options:
+
+  -dlopen FILE      add the directory containing FILE to the library path
+
+This mode sets the library path environment variable according to \`-dlopen'
+flags.
+
+If any of the ARGS are libtool executable wrappers, then they are translated
+into their corresponding uninstalled binary, and any of their required library
+directories are added to the library path.
+
+Then, COMMAND is executed, with ARGS as arguments."
+        ;;
+
+      finish)
+        $ECHO \
+"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=finish [LIBDIR]...
+
+Complete the installation of libtool libraries.
+
+Each LIBDIR is a directory that contains libtool libraries.
+
+The commands that this mode executes may require superuser privileges.  Use
+the \`--dry-run' option if you just want to see what would be executed."
+        ;;
+
+      install)
+        $ECHO \
+"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=install INSTALL-COMMAND...
+
+Install executables or libraries.
+
+INSTALL-COMMAND is the installation command.  The first component should be
+either the \`install' or \`cp' program.
+
+The following components of INSTALL-COMMAND are treated specially:
+
+  -inst-prefix PREFIX-DIR  Use PREFIX-DIR as a staging area for installation
+
+The rest of the components are interpreted as arguments to that command (only
+BSD-compatible install options are recognized)."
+        ;;
+
+      link)
+        $ECHO \
+"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=link LINK-COMMAND...
+
+Link object files or libraries together to form another library, or to
+create an executable program.
+
+LINK-COMMAND is a command using the C compiler that you would use to create
+a program from several object files.
+
+The following components of LINK-COMMAND are treated specially:
+
+  -all-static       do not do any dynamic linking at all
+  -avoid-version    do not add a version suffix if possible
+  -dlopen FILE      \`-dlpreopen' FILE if it cannot be dlopened at runtime
+  -dlpreopen FILE   link in FILE and add its symbols to lt_preloaded_symbols
+  -export-dynamic   allow symbols from OUTPUT-FILE to be resolved with dlsym(3)
+  -export-symbols SYMFILE
+                    try to export only the symbols listed in SYMFILE
+  -export-symbols-regex REGEX
+                    try to export only the symbols matching REGEX
+  -LLIBDIR          search LIBDIR for required installed libraries
+  -lNAME            OUTPUT-FILE requires the installed library libNAME
+  -module           build a library that can dlopened
+  -no-fast-install  disable the fast-install mode
+  -no-install       link a not-installable executable
+  -no-undefined     declare that a library does not refer to external symbols
+  -o OUTPUT-FILE    create OUTPUT-FILE from the specified objects
+  -objectlist FILE  Use a list of object files found in FILE to specify objects
+  -precious-files-regex REGEX
+                    don't remove output files matching REGEX
+  -release RELEASE  specify package release information
+  -rpath LIBDIR     the created library will eventually be installed in LIBDIR
+  -R[ ]LIBDIR       add LIBDIR to the runtime path of programs and libraries
+  -shared           only do dynamic linking of libtool libraries
+  -shrext SUFFIX    override the standard shared library file extension
+  -static           do not do any dynamic linking of uninstalled libtool libraries
+  -static-libtool-libs
+                    do not do any dynamic linking of libtool libraries
+  -version-info CURRENT[:REVISION[:AGE]]
+                    specify library version info [each variable defaults to 0]
+  -weak LIBNAME     declare that the target provides the LIBNAME interface
+
+All other options (arguments beginning with \`-') are ignored.
+
+Every other argument is treated as a filename.  Files ending in \`.la' are
+treated as uninstalled libtool libraries, other files are standard or library
+object files.
+
+If the OUTPUT-FILE ends in \`.la', then a libtool library is created,
+only library objects (\`.lo' files) may be specified, and \`-rpath' is
+required, except when creating a convenience library.
+
+If OUTPUT-FILE ends in \`.a' or \`.lib', then a standard library is created
+using \`ar' and \`ranlib', or on Windows using \`lib'.
+
+If OUTPUT-FILE ends in \`.lo' or \`.${objext}', then a reloadable object file
+is created, otherwise an executable program is created."
+        ;;
+
+      uninstall)
+        $ECHO \
+"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=uninstall RM [RM-OPTION]... FILE...
+
+Remove libraries from an installation directory.
+
+RM is the name of the program to use to delete files associated with each FILE
+(typically \`/bin/rm').  RM-OPTIONS are options (such as \`-f') to be passed
+to RM.
+
+If FILE is a libtool library, all the files associated with it are deleted.
+Otherwise, only FILE itself is deleted using RM."
+        ;;
+
+      *)
+        func_fatal_help "invalid operation mode \`$mode'"
+        ;;
+    esac
+
+    $ECHO
+    $ECHO "Try \`$progname --help' for more information about other modes."
+
+    exit $?
+}
+
+  # Now that we've collected a possible --mode arg, show help if necessary
+  $opt_help && func_mode_help
+
+
+# func_mode_execute arg...
+func_mode_execute ()
+{
+    $opt_debug
+    # The first argument is the command name.
+    cmd="$nonopt"
+    test -z "$cmd" && \
+      func_fatal_help "you must specify a COMMAND"
+
+    # Handle -dlopen flags immediately.
+    for file in $execute_dlfiles; do
+      test -f "$file" \
+	|| func_fatal_help "\`$file' is not a file"
+
+      dir=
+      case $file in
+      *.la)
+	# Check to see that this really is a libtool archive.
+	func_lalib_unsafe_p "$file" \
+	  || func_fatal_help "\`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive"
+
+	# Read the libtool library.
+	dlname=
+	library_names=
+	func_source "$file"
+
+	# Skip this library if it cannot be dlopened.
+	if test -z "$dlname"; then
+	  # Warn if it was a shared library.
+	  test -n "$library_names" && \
+	    func_warning "\`$file' was not linked with \`-export-dynamic'"
+	  continue
+	fi
+
+	func_dirname "$file" "" "."
+	dir="$func_dirname_result"
+
+	if test -f "$dir/$objdir/$dlname"; then
+	  dir="$dir/$objdir"
+	else
+	  if test ! -f "$dir/$dlname"; then
+	    func_fatal_error "cannot find \`$dlname' in \`$dir' or \`$dir/$objdir'"
+	  fi
+	fi
+	;;
+
+      *.lo)
+	# Just add the directory containing the .lo file.
+	func_dirname "$file" "" "."
+	dir="$func_dirname_result"
+	;;
+
+      *)
+	func_warning "\`-dlopen' is ignored for non-libtool libraries and objects"
+	continue
+	;;
+      esac
+
+      # Get the absolute pathname.
+      absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd`
+      test -n "$absdir" && dir="$absdir"
+
+      # Now add the directory to shlibpath_var.
+      if eval "test -z \"\$$shlibpath_var\""; then
+	eval "$shlibpath_var=\"\$dir\""
+      else
+	eval "$shlibpath_var=\"\$dir:\$$shlibpath_var\""
+      fi
+    done
+
+    # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set shlibpath_var
+    # rather than running their programs.
+    libtool_execute_magic="$magic"
+
+    # Check if any of the arguments is a wrapper script.
+    args=
+    for file
+    do
+      case $file in
+      -*) ;;
+      *)
+	# Do a test to see if this is really a libtool program.
+	if func_ltwrapper_script_p "$file"; then
+	  func_source "$file"
+	  # Transform arg to wrapped name.
+	  file="$progdir/$program"
+	elif func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$file"; then
+	  func_ltwrapper_scriptname "$file"
+	  func_source "$func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result"
+	  # Transform arg to wrapped name.
+	  file="$progdir/$program"
+	fi
+	;;
+      esac
+      # Quote arguments (to preserve shell metacharacters).
+      func_quote_for_eval "$file"
+      args="$args $func_quote_for_eval_result"
+    done
+
+    if test "X$opt_dry_run" = Xfalse; then
+      if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then
+	# Export the shlibpath_var.
+	eval "export $shlibpath_var"
+      fi
+
+      # Restore saved environment variables
+      for lt_var in LANG LANGUAGE LC_ALL LC_CTYPE LC_COLLATE LC_MESSAGES
+      do
+	eval "if test \"\${save_$lt_var+set}\" = set; then
+                $lt_var=\$save_$lt_var; export $lt_var
+	      else
+		$lt_unset $lt_var
+	      fi"
+      done
+
+      # Now prepare to actually exec the command.
+      exec_cmd="\$cmd$args"
+    else
+      # Display what would be done.
+      if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then
+	eval "\$ECHO \"\$shlibpath_var=\$$shlibpath_var\""
+	$ECHO "export $shlibpath_var"
+      fi
+      $ECHO "$cmd$args"
+      exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
+    fi
+}
+
+test "$mode" = execute && func_mode_execute ${1+"$@"}
+
+
+# func_mode_finish arg...
+func_mode_finish ()
+{
+    $opt_debug
+    libdirs="$nonopt"
+    admincmds=
+
+    if test -n "$finish_cmds$finish_eval" && test -n "$libdirs"; then
+      for dir
+      do
+	libdirs="$libdirs $dir"
+      done
+
+      for libdir in $libdirs; do
+	if test -n "$finish_cmds"; then
+	  # Do each command in the finish commands.
+	  func_execute_cmds "$finish_cmds" 'admincmds="$admincmds
+'"$cmd"'"'
+	fi
+	if test -n "$finish_eval"; then
+	  # Do the single finish_eval.
+	  eval cmds=\"$finish_eval\"
+	  $opt_dry_run || eval "$cmds" || admincmds="$admincmds
+       $cmds"
+	fi
+      done
+    fi
+
+    # Exit here if they wanted silent mode.
+    $opt_silent && exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
+
+    $ECHO "X----------------------------------------------------------------------" | $Xsed
+    $ECHO "Libraries have been installed in:"
+    for libdir in $libdirs; do
+      $ECHO "   $libdir"
+    done
+    $ECHO
+    $ECHO "If you ever happen to want to link against installed libraries"
+    $ECHO "in a given directory, LIBDIR, you must either use libtool, and"
+    $ECHO "specify the full pathname of the library, or use the \`-LLIBDIR'"
+    $ECHO "flag during linking and do at least one of the following:"
+    if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then
+      $ECHO "   - add LIBDIR to the \`$shlibpath_var' environment variable"
+      $ECHO "     during execution"
+    fi
+    if test -n "$runpath_var"; then
+      $ECHO "   - add LIBDIR to the \`$runpath_var' environment variable"
+      $ECHO "     during linking"
+    fi
+    if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then
+      libdir=LIBDIR
+      eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
+
+      $ECHO "   - use the \`$flag' linker flag"
+    fi
+    if test -n "$admincmds"; then
+      $ECHO "   - have your system administrator run these commands:$admincmds"
+    fi
+    if test -f /etc/ld.so.conf; then
+      $ECHO "   - have your system administrator add LIBDIR to \`/etc/ld.so.conf'"
+    fi
+    $ECHO
+
+    $ECHO "See any operating system documentation about shared libraries for"
+    case $host in
+      solaris2.[6789]|solaris2.1[0-9])
+        $ECHO "more information, such as the ld(1), crle(1) and ld.so(8) manual"
+	$ECHO "pages."
+	;;
+      *)
+        $ECHO "more information, such as the ld(1) and ld.so(8) manual pages."
+        ;;
+    esac
+    $ECHO "X----------------------------------------------------------------------" | $Xsed
+    exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
+}
+
+test "$mode" = finish && func_mode_finish ${1+"$@"}
+
+
+# func_mode_install arg...
+func_mode_install ()
+{
+    $opt_debug
+    # There may be an optional sh(1) argument at the beginning of
+    # install_prog (especially on Windows NT).
+    if test "$nonopt" = "$SHELL" || test "$nonopt" = /bin/sh ||
+       # Allow the use of GNU shtool's install command.
+       $ECHO "X$nonopt" | $GREP shtool >/dev/null; then
+      # Aesthetically quote it.
+      func_quote_for_eval "$nonopt"
+      install_prog="$func_quote_for_eval_result "
+      arg=$1
+      shift
+    else
+      install_prog=
+      arg=$nonopt
+    fi
+
+    # The real first argument should be the name of the installation program.
+    # Aesthetically quote it.
+    func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
+    install_prog="$install_prog$func_quote_for_eval_result"
+
+    # We need to accept at least all the BSD install flags.
+    dest=
+    files=
+    opts=
+    prev=
+    install_type=
+    isdir=no
+    stripme=
+    for arg
+    do
+      if test -n "$dest"; then
+	files="$files $dest"
+	dest=$arg
+	continue
+      fi
+
+      case $arg in
+      -d) isdir=yes ;;
+      -f)
+	case " $install_prog " in
+	*[\\\ /]cp\ *) ;;
+	*) prev=$arg ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+      -g | -m | -o)
+	prev=$arg
+	;;
+      -s)
+	stripme=" -s"
+	continue
+	;;
+      -*)
+	;;
+      *)
+	# If the previous option needed an argument, then skip it.
+	if test -n "$prev"; then
+	  prev=
+	else
+	  dest=$arg
+	  continue
+	fi
+	;;
+      esac
+
+      # Aesthetically quote the argument.
+      func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
+      install_prog="$install_prog $func_quote_for_eval_result"
+    done
+
+    test -z "$install_prog" && \
+      func_fatal_help "you must specify an install program"
+
+    test -n "$prev" && \
+      func_fatal_help "the \`$prev' option requires an argument"
+
+    if test -z "$files"; then
+      if test -z "$dest"; then
+	func_fatal_help "no file or destination specified"
+      else
+	func_fatal_help "you must specify a destination"
+      fi
+    fi
+
+    # Strip any trailing slash from the destination.
+    func_stripname '' '/' "$dest"
+    dest=$func_stripname_result
+
+    # Check to see that the destination is a directory.
+    test -d "$dest" && isdir=yes
+    if test "$isdir" = yes; then
+      destdir="$dest"
+      destname=
+    else
+      func_dirname_and_basename "$dest" "" "."
+      destdir="$func_dirname_result"
+      destname="$func_basename_result"
+
+      # Not a directory, so check to see that there is only one file specified.
+      set dummy $files; shift
+      test "$#" -gt 1 && \
+	func_fatal_help "\`$dest' is not a directory"
+    fi
+    case $destdir in
+    [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;;
+    *)
+      for file in $files; do
+	case $file in
+	*.lo) ;;
+	*)
+	  func_fatal_help "\`$destdir' must be an absolute directory name"
+	  ;;
+	esac
+      done
+      ;;
+    esac
+
+    # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set variables rather
+    # than running their programs.
+    libtool_install_magic="$magic"
+
+    staticlibs=
+    future_libdirs=
+    current_libdirs=
+    for file in $files; do
+
+      # Do each installation.
+      case $file in
+      *.$libext)
+	# Do the static libraries later.
+	staticlibs="$staticlibs $file"
+	;;
+
+      *.la)
+	# Check to see that this really is a libtool archive.
+	func_lalib_unsafe_p "$file" \
+	  || func_fatal_help "\`$file' is not a valid libtool archive"
+
+	library_names=
+	old_library=
+	relink_command=
+	func_source "$file"
+
+	# Add the libdir to current_libdirs if it is the destination.
+	if test "X$destdir" = "X$libdir"; then
+	  case "$current_libdirs " in
+	  *" $libdir "*) ;;
+	  *) current_libdirs="$current_libdirs $libdir" ;;
+	  esac
+	else
+	  # Note the libdir as a future libdir.
+	  case "$future_libdirs " in
+	  *" $libdir "*) ;;
+	  *) future_libdirs="$future_libdirs $libdir" ;;
+	  esac
+	fi
+
+	func_dirname "$file" "/" ""
+	dir="$func_dirname_result"
+	dir="$dir$objdir"
+
+	if test -n "$relink_command"; then
+	  # Determine the prefix the user has applied to our future dir.
+	  inst_prefix_dir=`$ECHO "X$destdir" | $Xsed -e "s%$libdir\$%%"`
+
+	  # Don't allow the user to place us outside of our expected
+	  # location b/c this prevents finding dependent libraries that
+	  # are installed to the same prefix.
+	  # At present, this check doesn't affect windows .dll's that
+	  # are installed into $libdir/../bin (currently, that works fine)
+	  # but it's something to keep an eye on.
+	  test "$inst_prefix_dir" = "$destdir" && \
+	    func_fatal_error "error: cannot install \`$file' to a directory not ending in $libdir"
+
+	  if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then
+	    # Stick the inst_prefix_dir data into the link command.
+	    relink_command=`$ECHO "X$relink_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@inst_prefix_dir@%-inst-prefix-dir $inst_prefix_dir%"`
+	  else
+	    relink_command=`$ECHO "X$relink_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@inst_prefix_dir@%%"`
+	  fi
+
+	  func_warning "relinking \`$file'"
+	  func_show_eval "$relink_command" \
+	    'func_fatal_error "error: relink \`$file'\'' with the above command before installing it"'
+	fi
+
+	# See the names of the shared library.
+	set dummy $library_names; shift
+	if test -n "$1"; then
+	  realname="$1"
+	  shift
+
+	  srcname="$realname"
+	  test -n "$relink_command" && srcname="$realname"T
+
+	  # Install the shared library and build the symlinks.
+	  func_show_eval "$install_prog $dir/$srcname $destdir/$realname" \
+	      'exit $?'
+	  tstripme="$stripme"
+	  case $host_os in
+	  cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
+	    case $realname in
+	    *.dll.a)
+	      tstripme=""
+	      ;;
+	    esac
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	  if test -n "$tstripme" && test -n "$striplib"; then
+	    func_show_eval "$striplib $destdir/$realname" 'exit $?'
+	  fi
+
+	  if test "$#" -gt 0; then
+	    # Delete the old symlinks, and create new ones.
+	    # Try `ln -sf' first, because the `ln' binary might depend on
+	    # the symlink we replace!  Solaris /bin/ln does not understand -f,
+	    # so we also need to try rm && ln -s.
+	    for linkname
+	    do
+	      test "$linkname" != "$realname" \
+		&& func_show_eval "(cd $destdir && { $LN_S -f $realname $linkname || { $RM $linkname && $LN_S $realname $linkname; }; })"
+	    done
+	  fi
+
+	  # Do each command in the postinstall commands.
+	  lib="$destdir/$realname"
+	  func_execute_cmds "$postinstall_cmds" 'exit $?'
+	fi
+
+	# Install the pseudo-library for information purposes.
+	func_basename "$file"
+	name="$func_basename_result"
+	instname="$dir/$name"i
+	func_show_eval "$install_prog $instname $destdir/$name" 'exit $?'
+
+	# Maybe install the static library, too.
+	test -n "$old_library" && staticlibs="$staticlibs $dir/$old_library"
+	;;
+
+      *.lo)
+	# Install (i.e. copy) a libtool object.
+
+	# Figure out destination file name, if it wasn't already specified.
+	if test -n "$destname"; then
+	  destfile="$destdir/$destname"
+	else
+	  func_basename "$file"
+	  destfile="$func_basename_result"
+	  destfile="$destdir/$destfile"
+	fi
+
+	# Deduce the name of the destination old-style object file.
+	case $destfile in
+	*.lo)
+	  func_lo2o "$destfile"
+	  staticdest=$func_lo2o_result
+	  ;;
+	*.$objext)
+	  staticdest="$destfile"
+	  destfile=
+	  ;;
+	*)
+	  func_fatal_help "cannot copy a libtool object to \`$destfile'"
+	  ;;
+	esac
+
+	# Install the libtool object if requested.
+	test -n "$destfile" && \
+	  func_show_eval "$install_prog $file $destfile" 'exit $?'
+
+	# Install the old object if enabled.
+	if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then
+	  # Deduce the name of the old-style object file.
+	  func_lo2o "$file"
+	  staticobj=$func_lo2o_result
+	  func_show_eval "$install_prog \$staticobj \$staticdest" 'exit $?'
+	fi
+	exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
+	;;
+
+      *)
+	# Figure out destination file name, if it wasn't already specified.
+	if test -n "$destname"; then
+	  destfile="$destdir/$destname"
+	else
+	  func_basename "$file"
+	  destfile="$func_basename_result"
+	  destfile="$destdir/$destfile"
+	fi
+
+	# If the file is missing, and there is a .exe on the end, strip it
+	# because it is most likely a libtool script we actually want to
+	# install
+	stripped_ext=""
+	case $file in
+	  *.exe)
+	    if test ! -f "$file"; then
+	      func_stripname '' '.exe' "$file"
+	      file=$func_stripname_result
+	      stripped_ext=".exe"
+	    fi
+	    ;;
+	esac
+
+	# Do a test to see if this is really a libtool program.
+	case $host in
+	*cygwin* | *mingw*)
+	    if func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$file"; then
+	      func_ltwrapper_scriptname "$file"
+	      wrapper=$func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result
+	    else
+	      func_stripname '' '.exe' "$file"
+	      wrapper=$func_stripname_result
+	    fi
+	    ;;
+	*)
+	    wrapper=$file
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	if func_ltwrapper_script_p "$wrapper"; then
+	  notinst_deplibs=
+	  relink_command=
+
+	  func_source "$wrapper"
+
+	  # Check the variables that should have been set.
+	  test -z "$generated_by_libtool_version" && \
+	    func_fatal_error "invalid libtool wrapper script \`$wrapper'"
+
+	  finalize=yes
+	  for lib in $notinst_deplibs; do
+	    # Check to see that each library is installed.
+	    libdir=
+	    if test -f "$lib"; then
+	      func_source "$lib"
+	    fi
+	    libfile="$libdir/"`$ECHO "X$lib" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%g'` ### testsuite: skip nested quoting test
+	    if test -n "$libdir" && test ! -f "$libfile"; then
+	      func_warning "\`$lib' has not been installed in \`$libdir'"
+	      finalize=no
+	    fi
+	  done
+
+	  relink_command=
+	  func_source "$wrapper"
+
+	  outputname=
+	  if test "$fast_install" = no && test -n "$relink_command"; then
+	    $opt_dry_run || {
+	      if test "$finalize" = yes; then
+	        tmpdir=`func_mktempdir`
+		func_basename "$file$stripped_ext"
+		file="$func_basename_result"
+	        outputname="$tmpdir/$file"
+	        # Replace the output file specification.
+	        relink_command=`$ECHO "X$relink_command" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$outputname"'%g'`
+
+	        $opt_silent || {
+	          func_quote_for_expand "$relink_command"
+		  eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result"
+	        }
+	        if eval "$relink_command"; then :
+	          else
+		  func_error "error: relink \`$file' with the above command before installing it"
+		  $opt_dry_run || ${RM}r "$tmpdir"
+		  continue
+	        fi
+	        file="$outputname"
+	      else
+	        func_warning "cannot relink \`$file'"
+	      fi
+	    }
+	  else
+	    # Install the binary that we compiled earlier.
+	    file=`$ECHO "X$file$stripped_ext" | $Xsed -e "s%\([^/]*\)$%$objdir/\1%"`
+	  fi
+	fi
+
+	# remove .exe since cygwin /usr/bin/install will append another
+	# one anyway
+	case $install_prog,$host in
+	*/usr/bin/install*,*cygwin*)
+	  case $file:$destfile in
+	  *.exe:*.exe)
+	    # this is ok
+	    ;;
+	  *.exe:*)
+	    destfile=$destfile.exe
+	    ;;
+	  *:*.exe)
+	    func_stripname '' '.exe' "$destfile"
+	    destfile=$func_stripname_result
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	func_show_eval "$install_prog\$stripme \$file \$destfile" 'exit $?'
+	$opt_dry_run || if test -n "$outputname"; then
+	  ${RM}r "$tmpdir"
+	fi
+	;;
+      esac
+    done
+
+    for file in $staticlibs; do
+      func_basename "$file"
+      name="$func_basename_result"
+
+      # Set up the ranlib parameters.
+      oldlib="$destdir/$name"
+
+      func_show_eval "$install_prog \$file \$oldlib" 'exit $?'
+
+      if test -n "$stripme" && test -n "$old_striplib"; then
+	func_show_eval "$old_striplib $oldlib" 'exit $?'
+      fi
+
+      # Do each command in the postinstall commands.
+      func_execute_cmds "$old_postinstall_cmds" 'exit $?'
+    done
+
+    test -n "$future_libdirs" && \
+      func_warning "remember to run \`$progname --finish$future_libdirs'"
+
+    if test -n "$current_libdirs"; then
+      # Maybe just do a dry run.
+      $opt_dry_run && current_libdirs=" -n$current_libdirs"
+      exec_cmd='$SHELL $progpath $preserve_args --finish$current_libdirs'
+    else
+      exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
+    fi
+}
+
+test "$mode" = install && func_mode_install ${1+"$@"}
+
+
+# func_generate_dlsyms outputname originator pic_p
+# Extract symbols from dlprefiles and create ${outputname}S.o with
+# a dlpreopen symbol table.
+func_generate_dlsyms ()
+{
+    $opt_debug
+    my_outputname="$1"
+    my_originator="$2"
+    my_pic_p="${3-no}"
+    my_prefix=`$ECHO "$my_originator" | sed 's%[^a-zA-Z0-9]%_%g'`
+    my_dlsyms=
+
+    if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test "$dlself" != no; then
+      if test -n "$NM" && test -n "$global_symbol_pipe"; then
+	my_dlsyms="${my_outputname}S.c"
+      else
+	func_error "not configured to extract global symbols from dlpreopened files"
+      fi
+    fi
+
+    if test -n "$my_dlsyms"; then
+      case $my_dlsyms in
+      "") ;;
+      *.c)
+	# Discover the nlist of each of the dlfiles.
+	nlist="$output_objdir/${my_outputname}.nm"
+
+	func_show_eval "$RM $nlist ${nlist}S ${nlist}T"
+
+	# Parse the name list into a source file.
+	func_verbose "creating $output_objdir/$my_dlsyms"
+
+	$opt_dry_run || $ECHO > "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\
+/* $my_dlsyms - symbol resolution table for \`$my_outputname' dlsym emulation. */
+/* Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern \"C\" {
+#endif
+
+/* External symbol declarations for the compiler. */\
+"
+
+	if test "$dlself" = yes; then
+	  func_verbose "generating symbol list for \`$output'"
+
+	  $opt_dry_run || echo ': @PROGRAM@ ' > "$nlist"
+
+	  # Add our own program objects to the symbol list.
+	  progfiles=`$ECHO "X$objs$old_deplibs" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`
+	  for progfile in $progfiles; do
+	    func_verbose "extracting global C symbols from \`$progfile'"
+	    $opt_dry_run || eval "$NM $progfile | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'"
+	  done
+
+	  if test -n "$exclude_expsyms"; then
+	    $opt_dry_run || {
+	      eval '$EGREP -v " ($exclude_expsyms)$" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T'
+	      eval '$MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"'
+	    }
+	  fi
+
+	  if test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then
+	    $opt_dry_run || {
+	      eval '$EGREP -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T'
+	      eval '$MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"'
+	    }
+	  fi
+
+	  # Prepare the list of exported symbols
+	  if test -z "$export_symbols"; then
+	    export_symbols="$output_objdir/$outputname.exp"
+	    $opt_dry_run || {
+	      $RM $export_symbols
+	      eval "${SED} -n -e '/^: @PROGRAM@ $/d' -e 's/^.* \(.*\)$/\1/p' "'< "$nlist" > "$export_symbols"'
+	      case $host in
+	      *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* )
+                eval "echo EXPORTS "'> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"'
+                eval 'cat "$export_symbols" >> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"'
+	        ;;
+	      esac
+	    }
+	  else
+	    $opt_dry_run || {
+	      eval "${SED} -e 's/\([].[*^$]\)/\\\\\1/g' -e 's/^/ /' -e 's/$/$/'"' < "$export_symbols" > "$output_objdir/$outputname.exp"'
+	      eval '$GREP -f "$output_objdir/$outputname.exp" < "$nlist" > "$nlist"T'
+	      eval '$MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"'
+	      case $host in
+	        *cygwin | *mingw* | *cegcc* )
+	          eval "echo EXPORTS "'> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"'
+	          eval 'cat "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"'
+	          ;;
+	      esac
+	    }
+	  fi
+	fi
+
+	for dlprefile in $dlprefiles; do
+	  func_verbose "extracting global C symbols from \`$dlprefile'"
+	  func_basename "$dlprefile"
+	  name="$func_basename_result"
+	  $opt_dry_run || {
+	    eval '$ECHO ": $name " >> "$nlist"'
+	    eval "$NM $dlprefile 2>/dev/null | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'"
+	  }
+	done
+
+	$opt_dry_run || {
+	  # Make sure we have at least an empty file.
+	  test -f "$nlist" || : > "$nlist"
+
+	  if test -n "$exclude_expsyms"; then
+	    $EGREP -v " ($exclude_expsyms)$" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T
+	    $MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"
+	  fi
+
+	  # Try sorting and uniquifying the output.
+	  if $GREP -v "^: " < "$nlist" |
+	      if sort -k 3 /dev/null 2>&1; then
+		sort -k 3
+	      else
+		sort +2
+	      fi |
+	      uniq > "$nlist"S; then
+	    :
+	  else
+	    $GREP -v "^: " < "$nlist" > "$nlist"S
+	  fi
+
+	  if test -f "$nlist"S; then
+	    eval "$global_symbol_to_cdecl"' < "$nlist"S >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms"'
+	  else
+	    $ECHO '/* NONE */' >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms"
+	  fi
+
+	  $ECHO >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\
+
+/* The mapping between symbol names and symbols.  */
+typedef struct {
+  const char *name;
+  void *address;
+} lt_dlsymlist;
+"
+	  case $host in
+	  *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* )
+	    $ECHO >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\
+/* DATA imports from DLLs on WIN32 con't be const, because
+   runtime relocations are performed -- see ld's documentation
+   on pseudo-relocs.  */"
+	    lt_dlsym_const= ;;
+	  *osf5*)
+	    echo >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\
+/* This system does not cope well with relocations in const data */"
+	    lt_dlsym_const= ;;
+	  *)
+	    lt_dlsym_const=const ;;
+	  esac
+
+	  $ECHO >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\
+extern $lt_dlsym_const lt_dlsymlist
+lt_${my_prefix}_LTX_preloaded_symbols[];
+$lt_dlsym_const lt_dlsymlist
+lt_${my_prefix}_LTX_preloaded_symbols[] =
+{\
+  { \"$my_originator\", (void *) 0 },"
+
+	  case $need_lib_prefix in
+	  no)
+	    eval "$global_symbol_to_c_name_address" < "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms"
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    eval "$global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix" < "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms"
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	  $ECHO >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\
+  {0, (void *) 0}
+};
+
+/* This works around a problem in FreeBSD linker */
+#ifdef FREEBSD_WORKAROUND
+static const void *lt_preloaded_setup() {
+  return lt_${my_prefix}_LTX_preloaded_symbols;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif\
+"
+	} # !$opt_dry_run
+
+	pic_flag_for_symtable=
+	case "$compile_command " in
+	*" -static "*) ;;
+	*)
+	  case $host in
+	  # compiling the symbol table file with pic_flag works around
+	  # a FreeBSD bug that causes programs to crash when -lm is
+	  # linked before any other PIC object.  But we must not use
+	  # pic_flag when linking with -static.  The problem exists in
+	  # FreeBSD 2.2.6 and is fixed in FreeBSD 3.1.
+	  *-*-freebsd2*|*-*-freebsd3.0*|*-*-freebsdelf3.0*)
+	    pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag -DFREEBSD_WORKAROUND" ;;
+	  *-*-hpux*)
+	    pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag"  ;;
+	  *)
+	    if test "X$my_pic_p" != Xno; then
+	      pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag"
+	    fi
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	symtab_cflags=
+	for arg in $LTCFLAGS; do
+	  case $arg in
+	  -pie | -fpie | -fPIE) ;;
+	  *) symtab_cflags="$symtab_cflags $arg" ;;
+	  esac
+	done
+
+	# Now compile the dynamic symbol file.
+	func_show_eval '(cd $output_objdir && $LTCC$symtab_cflags -c$no_builtin_flag$pic_flag_for_symtable "$my_dlsyms")' 'exit $?'
+
+	# Clean up the generated files.
+	func_show_eval '$RM "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "$nlist" "${nlist}S" "${nlist}T"'
+
+	# Transform the symbol file into the correct name.
+	symfileobj="$output_objdir/${my_outputname}S.$objext"
+	case $host in
+	*cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* )
+	  if test -f "$output_objdir/$my_outputname.def"; then
+	    compile_command=`$ECHO "X$compile_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$output_objdir/$my_outputname.def $symfileobj%"`
+	    finalize_command=`$ECHO "X$finalize_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$output_objdir/$my_outputname.def $symfileobj%"`
+	  else
+	    compile_command=`$ECHO "X$compile_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"`
+	    finalize_command=`$ECHO "X$finalize_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"`
+	  fi
+	  ;;
+	*)
+	  compile_command=`$ECHO "X$compile_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"`
+	  finalize_command=`$ECHO "X$finalize_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"`
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+      *)
+	func_fatal_error "unknown suffix for \`$my_dlsyms'"
+	;;
+      esac
+    else
+      # We keep going just in case the user didn't refer to
+      # lt_preloaded_symbols.  The linker will fail if global_symbol_pipe
+      # really was required.
+
+      # Nullify the symbol file.
+      compile_command=`$ECHO "X$compile_command" | $Xsed -e "s% @SYMFILE@%%"`
+      finalize_command=`$ECHO "X$finalize_command" | $Xsed -e "s% @SYMFILE@%%"`
+    fi
+}
+
+# func_win32_libid arg
+# return the library type of file 'arg'
+#
+# Need a lot of goo to handle *both* DLLs and import libs
+# Has to be a shell function in order to 'eat' the argument
+# that is supplied when $file_magic_command is called.
+func_win32_libid ()
+{
+  $opt_debug
+  win32_libid_type="unknown"
+  win32_fileres=`file -L $1 2>/dev/null`
+  case $win32_fileres in
+  *ar\ archive\ import\ library*) # definitely import
+    win32_libid_type="x86 archive import"
+    ;;
+  *ar\ archive*) # could be an import, or static
+    if eval $OBJDUMP -f $1 | $SED -e '10q' 2>/dev/null |
+       $EGREP 'file format pe-i386(.*architecture: i386)?' >/dev/null ; then
+      win32_nmres=`eval $NM -f posix -A $1 |
+	$SED -n -e '
+	    1,100{
+		/ I /{
+		    s,.*,import,
+		    p
+		    q
+		}
+	    }'`
+      case $win32_nmres in
+      import*)  win32_libid_type="x86 archive import";;
+      *)        win32_libid_type="x86 archive static";;
+      esac
+    fi
+    ;;
+  *DLL*)
+    win32_libid_type="x86 DLL"
+    ;;
+  *executable*) # but shell scripts are "executable" too...
+    case $win32_fileres in
+    *MS\ Windows\ PE\ Intel*)
+      win32_libid_type="x86 DLL"
+      ;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+  esac
+  $ECHO "$win32_libid_type"
+}
+
+
+
+# func_extract_an_archive dir oldlib
+func_extract_an_archive ()
+{
+    $opt_debug
+    f_ex_an_ar_dir="$1"; shift
+    f_ex_an_ar_oldlib="$1"
+    func_show_eval "(cd \$f_ex_an_ar_dir && $AR x \"\$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib\")" 'exit $?'
+    if ($AR t "$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib" | sort | sort -uc >/dev/null 2>&1); then
+     :
+    else
+      func_fatal_error "object name conflicts in archive: $f_ex_an_ar_dir/$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib"
+    fi
+}
+
+
+# func_extract_archives gentop oldlib ...
+func_extract_archives ()
+{
+    $opt_debug
+    my_gentop="$1"; shift
+    my_oldlibs=${1+"$@"}
+    my_oldobjs=""
+    my_xlib=""
+    my_xabs=""
+    my_xdir=""
+
+    for my_xlib in $my_oldlibs; do
+      # Extract the objects.
+      case $my_xlib in
+	[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) my_xabs="$my_xlib" ;;
+	*) my_xabs=`pwd`"/$my_xlib" ;;
+      esac
+      func_basename "$my_xlib"
+      my_xlib="$func_basename_result"
+      my_xlib_u=$my_xlib
+      while :; do
+        case " $extracted_archives " in
+	*" $my_xlib_u "*)
+	  func_arith $extracted_serial + 1
+	  extracted_serial=$func_arith_result
+	  my_xlib_u=lt$extracted_serial-$my_xlib ;;
+	*) break ;;
+	esac
+      done
+      extracted_archives="$extracted_archives $my_xlib_u"
+      my_xdir="$my_gentop/$my_xlib_u"
+
+      func_mkdir_p "$my_xdir"
+
+      case $host in
+      *-darwin*)
+	func_verbose "Extracting $my_xabs"
+	# Do not bother doing anything if just a dry run
+	$opt_dry_run || {
+	  darwin_orig_dir=`pwd`
+	  cd $my_xdir || exit $?
+	  darwin_archive=$my_xabs
+	  darwin_curdir=`pwd`
+	  darwin_base_archive=`basename "$darwin_archive"`
+	  darwin_arches=`$LIPO -info "$darwin_archive" 2>/dev/null | $GREP Architectures 2>/dev/null || true`
+	  if test -n "$darwin_arches"; then
+	    darwin_arches=`$ECHO "$darwin_arches" | $SED -e 's/.*are://'`
+	    darwin_arch=
+	    func_verbose "$darwin_base_archive has multiple architectures $darwin_arches"
+	    for darwin_arch in  $darwin_arches ; do
+	      func_mkdir_p "unfat-$$/${darwin_base_archive}-${darwin_arch}"
+	      $LIPO -thin $darwin_arch -output "unfat-$$/${darwin_base_archive}-${darwin_arch}/${darwin_base_archive}" "${darwin_archive}"
+	      cd "unfat-$$/${darwin_base_archive}-${darwin_arch}"
+	      func_extract_an_archive "`pwd`" "${darwin_base_archive}"
+	      cd "$darwin_curdir"
+	      $RM "unfat-$$/${darwin_base_archive}-${darwin_arch}/${darwin_base_archive}"
+	    done # $darwin_arches
+            ## Okay now we've a bunch of thin objects, gotta fatten them up :)
+	    darwin_filelist=`find unfat-$$ -type f -name \*.o -print -o -name \*.lo -print | $SED -e "$basename" | sort -u`
+	    darwin_file=
+	    darwin_files=
+	    for darwin_file in $darwin_filelist; do
+	      darwin_files=`find unfat-$$ -name $darwin_file -print | $NL2SP`
+	      $LIPO -create -output "$darwin_file" $darwin_files
+	    done # $darwin_filelist
+	    $RM -rf unfat-$$
+	    cd "$darwin_orig_dir"
+	  else
+	    cd $darwin_orig_dir
+	    func_extract_an_archive "$my_xdir" "$my_xabs"
+	  fi # $darwin_arches
+	} # !$opt_dry_run
+	;;
+      *)
+        func_extract_an_archive "$my_xdir" "$my_xabs"
+	;;
+      esac
+      my_oldobjs="$my_oldobjs "`find $my_xdir -name \*.$objext -print -o -name \*.lo -print | $NL2SP`
+    done
+
+    func_extract_archives_result="$my_oldobjs"
+}
+
+
+
+# func_emit_wrapper_part1 [arg=no]
+#
+# Emit the first part of a libtool wrapper script on stdout.
+# For more information, see the description associated with
+# func_emit_wrapper(), below.
+func_emit_wrapper_part1 ()
+{
+	func_emit_wrapper_part1_arg1=no
+	if test -n "$1" ; then
+	  func_emit_wrapper_part1_arg1=$1
+	fi
+
+	$ECHO "\
+#! $SHELL
+
+# $output - temporary wrapper script for $objdir/$outputname
+# Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION
+#
+# The $output program cannot be directly executed until all the libtool
+# libraries that it depends on are installed.
+#
+# This wrapper script should never be moved out of the build directory.
+# If it is, it will not operate correctly.
+
+# Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting.  It backslashifies
+# metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings.
+Xsed='${SED} -e 1s/^X//'
+sed_quote_subst='$sed_quote_subst'
+
+# Be Bourne compatible
+if test -n \"\${ZSH_VERSION+set}\" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  emulate sh
+  NULLCMD=:
+  # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on \${1+\"\$@\"}, which
+  # is contrary to our usage.  Disable this feature.
+  alias -g '\${1+\"\$@\"}'='\"\$@\"'
+  setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
+else
+  case \`(set -o) 2>/dev/null\` in *posix*) set -o posix;; esac
+fi
+BIN_SH=xpg4; export BIN_SH # for Tru64
+DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh
+
+# The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout
+# if CDPATH is set.
+(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH
+
+relink_command=\"$relink_command\"
+
+# This environment variable determines our operation mode.
+if test \"\$libtool_install_magic\" = \"$magic\"; then
+  # install mode needs the following variables:
+  generated_by_libtool_version='$macro_version'
+  notinst_deplibs='$notinst_deplibs'
+else
+  # When we are sourced in execute mode, \$file and \$ECHO are already set.
+  if test \"\$libtool_execute_magic\" != \"$magic\"; then
+    ECHO=\"$qecho\"
+    file=\"\$0\"
+    # Make sure echo works.
+    if test \"X\$1\" = X--no-reexec; then
+      # Discard the --no-reexec flag, and continue.
+      shift
+    elif test \"X\`{ \$ECHO '\t'; } 2>/dev/null\`\" = 'X\t'; then
+      # Yippee, \$ECHO works!
+      :
+    else
+      # Restart under the correct shell, and then maybe \$ECHO will work.
+      exec $SHELL \"\$0\" --no-reexec \${1+\"\$@\"}
+    fi
+  fi\
+"
+	$ECHO "\
+
+  # Find the directory that this script lives in.
+  thisdir=\`\$ECHO \"X\$file\" | \$Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'\`
+  test \"x\$thisdir\" = \"x\$file\" && thisdir=.
+
+  # Follow symbolic links until we get to the real thisdir.
+  file=\`ls -ld \"\$file\" | ${SED} -n 's/.*-> //p'\`
+  while test -n \"\$file\"; do
+    destdir=\`\$ECHO \"X\$file\" | \$Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*\$%%'\`
+
+    # If there was a directory component, then change thisdir.
+    if test \"x\$destdir\" != \"x\$file\"; then
+      case \"\$destdir\" in
+      [\\\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\\\/]*) thisdir=\"\$destdir\" ;;
+      *) thisdir=\"\$thisdir/\$destdir\" ;;
+      esac
+    fi
+
+    file=\`\$ECHO \"X\$file\" | \$Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'\`
+    file=\`ls -ld \"\$thisdir/\$file\" | ${SED} -n 's/.*-> //p'\`
+  done
+"
+}
+# end: func_emit_wrapper_part1
+
+# func_emit_wrapper_part2 [arg=no]
+#
+# Emit the second part of a libtool wrapper script on stdout.
+# For more information, see the description associated with
+# func_emit_wrapper(), below.
+func_emit_wrapper_part2 ()
+{
+	func_emit_wrapper_part2_arg1=no
+	if test -n "$1" ; then
+	  func_emit_wrapper_part2_arg1=$1
+	fi
+
+	$ECHO "\
+
+  # Usually 'no', except on cygwin/mingw when embedded into
+  # the cwrapper.
+  WRAPPER_SCRIPT_BELONGS_IN_OBJDIR=$func_emit_wrapper_part2_arg1
+  if test \"\$WRAPPER_SCRIPT_BELONGS_IN_OBJDIR\" = \"yes\"; then
+    # special case for '.'
+    if test \"\$thisdir\" = \".\"; then
+      thisdir=\`pwd\`
+    fi
+    # remove .libs from thisdir
+    case \"\$thisdir\" in
+    *[\\\\/]$objdir ) thisdir=\`\$ECHO \"X\$thisdir\" | \$Xsed -e 's%[\\\\/][^\\\\/]*$%%'\` ;;
+    $objdir )   thisdir=. ;;
+    esac
+  fi
+
+  # Try to get the absolute directory name.
+  absdir=\`cd \"\$thisdir\" && pwd\`
+  test -n \"\$absdir\" && thisdir=\"\$absdir\"
+"
+
+	if test "$fast_install" = yes; then
+	  $ECHO "\
+  program=lt-'$outputname'$exeext
+  progdir=\"\$thisdir/$objdir\"
+
+  if test ! -f \"\$progdir/\$program\" ||
+     { file=\`ls -1dt \"\$progdir/\$program\" \"\$progdir/../\$program\" 2>/dev/null | ${SED} 1q\`; \\
+       test \"X\$file\" != \"X\$progdir/\$program\"; }; then
+
+    file=\"\$\$-\$program\"
+
+    if test ! -d \"\$progdir\"; then
+      $MKDIR \"\$progdir\"
+    else
+      $RM \"\$progdir/\$file\"
+    fi"
+
+	  $ECHO "\
+
+    # relink executable if necessary
+    if test -n \"\$relink_command\"; then
+      if relink_command_output=\`eval \$relink_command 2>&1\`; then :
+      else
+	$ECHO \"\$relink_command_output\" >&2
+	$RM \"\$progdir/\$file\"
+	exit 1
+      fi
+    fi
+
+    $MV \"\$progdir/\$file\" \"\$progdir/\$program\" 2>/dev/null ||
+    { $RM \"\$progdir/\$program\";
+      $MV \"\$progdir/\$file\" \"\$progdir/\$program\"; }
+    $RM \"\$progdir/\$file\"
+  fi"
+	else
+	  $ECHO "\
+  program='$outputname'
+  progdir=\"\$thisdir/$objdir\"
+"
+	fi
+
+	$ECHO "\
+
+  if test -f \"\$progdir/\$program\"; then"
+
+	# Export our shlibpath_var if we have one.
+	if test "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" = yes && test -n "$shlibpath_var" && test -n "$temp_rpath"; then
+	  $ECHO "\
+    # Add our own library path to $shlibpath_var
+    $shlibpath_var=\"$temp_rpath\$$shlibpath_var\"
+
+    # Some systems cannot cope with colon-terminated $shlibpath_var
+    # The second colon is a workaround for a bug in BeOS R4 sed
+    $shlibpath_var=\`\$ECHO \"X\$$shlibpath_var\" | \$Xsed -e 's/::*\$//'\`
+
+    export $shlibpath_var
+"
+	fi
+
+	# fixup the dll searchpath if we need to.
+	if test -n "$dllsearchpath"; then
+	  $ECHO "\
+    # Add the dll search path components to the executable PATH
+    PATH=$dllsearchpath:\$PATH
+"
+	fi
+
+	$ECHO "\
+    if test \"\$libtool_execute_magic\" != \"$magic\"; then
+      # Run the actual program with our arguments.
+"
+	case $host in
+	# Backslashes separate directories on plain windows
+	*-*-mingw | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*)
+	  $ECHO "\
+      exec \"\$progdir\\\\\$program\" \${1+\"\$@\"}
+"
+	  ;;
+
+	*)
+	  $ECHO "\
+      exec \"\$progdir/\$program\" \${1+\"\$@\"}
+"
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	$ECHO "\
+      \$ECHO \"\$0: cannot exec \$program \$*\" 1>&2
+      exit 1
+    fi
+  else
+    # The program doesn't exist.
+    \$ECHO \"\$0: error: \\\`\$progdir/\$program' does not exist\" 1>&2
+    \$ECHO \"This script is just a wrapper for \$program.\" 1>&2
+    $ECHO \"See the $PACKAGE documentation for more information.\" 1>&2
+    exit 1
+  fi
+fi\
+"
+}
+# end: func_emit_wrapper_part2
+
+
+# func_emit_wrapper [arg=no]
+#
+# Emit a libtool wrapper script on stdout.
+# Don't directly open a file because we may want to
+# incorporate the script contents within a cygwin/mingw
+# wrapper executable.  Must ONLY be called from within
+# func_mode_link because it depends on a number of variables
+# set therein.
+#
+# ARG is the value that the WRAPPER_SCRIPT_BELONGS_IN_OBJDIR
+# variable will take.  If 'yes', then the emitted script
+# will assume that the directory in which it is stored is
+# the $objdir directory.  This is a cygwin/mingw-specific
+# behavior.
+func_emit_wrapper ()
+{
+	func_emit_wrapper_arg1=no
+	if test -n "$1" ; then
+	  func_emit_wrapper_arg1=$1
+	fi
+
+	# split this up so that func_emit_cwrapperexe_src
+	# can call each part independently.
+	func_emit_wrapper_part1 "${func_emit_wrapper_arg1}"
+	func_emit_wrapper_part2 "${func_emit_wrapper_arg1}"
+}
+
+
+# func_to_host_path arg
+#
+# Convert paths to host format when used with build tools.
+# Intended for use with "native" mingw (where libtool itself
+# is running under the msys shell), or in the following cross-
+# build environments:
+#    $build          $host
+#    mingw (msys)    mingw  [e.g. native]
+#    cygwin          mingw
+#    *nix + wine     mingw
+# where wine is equipped with the `winepath' executable.
+# In the native mingw case, the (msys) shell automatically
+# converts paths for any non-msys applications it launches,
+# but that facility isn't available from inside the cwrapper.
+# Similar accommodations are necessary for $host mingw and
+# $build cygwin.  Calling this function does no harm for other
+# $host/$build combinations not listed above.
+#
+# ARG is the path (on $build) that should be converted to
+# the proper representation for $host. The result is stored
+# in $func_to_host_path_result.
+func_to_host_path ()
+{
+  func_to_host_path_result="$1"
+  if test -n "$1" ; then
+    case $host in
+      *mingw* )
+        lt_sed_naive_backslashify='s|\\\\*|\\|g;s|/|\\|g;s|\\|\\\\|g'
+        case $build in
+          *mingw* ) # actually, msys
+            # awkward: cmd appends spaces to result
+            lt_sed_strip_trailing_spaces="s/[ ]*\$//"
+            func_to_host_path_tmp1=`( cmd //c echo "$1" |\
+              $SED -e "$lt_sed_strip_trailing_spaces" ) 2>/dev/null || echo ""`
+            func_to_host_path_result=`echo "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" |\
+              $SED -e "$lt_sed_naive_backslashify"`
+            ;;
+          *cygwin* )
+            func_to_host_path_tmp1=`cygpath -w "$1"`
+            func_to_host_path_result=`echo "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" |\
+              $SED -e "$lt_sed_naive_backslashify"`
+            ;;
+          * )
+            # Unfortunately, winepath does not exit with a non-zero
+            # error code, so we are forced to check the contents of
+            # stdout. On the other hand, if the command is not
+            # found, the shell will set an exit code of 127 and print
+            # *an error message* to stdout. So we must check for both
+            # error code of zero AND non-empty stdout, which explains
+            # the odd construction:
+            func_to_host_path_tmp1=`winepath -w "$1" 2>/dev/null`
+            if test "$?" -eq 0 && test -n "${func_to_host_path_tmp1}"; then
+              func_to_host_path_result=`echo "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" |\
+                $SED -e "$lt_sed_naive_backslashify"`
+            else
+              # Allow warning below.
+              func_to_host_path_result=""
+            fi
+            ;;
+        esac
+        if test -z "$func_to_host_path_result" ; then
+          func_error "Could not determine host path corresponding to"
+          func_error "  '$1'"
+          func_error "Continuing, but uninstalled executables may not work."
+          # Fallback:
+          func_to_host_path_result="$1"
+        fi
+        ;;
+    esac
+  fi
+}
+# end: func_to_host_path
+
+# func_to_host_pathlist arg
+#
+# Convert pathlists to host format when used with build tools.
+# See func_to_host_path(), above. This function supports the
+# following $build/$host combinations (but does no harm for
+# combinations not listed here):
+#    $build          $host
+#    mingw (msys)    mingw  [e.g. native]
+#    cygwin          mingw
+#    *nix + wine     mingw
+#
+# Path separators are also converted from $build format to
+# $host format. If ARG begins or ends with a path separator
+# character, it is preserved (but converted to $host format)
+# on output.
+#
+# ARG is a pathlist (on $build) that should be converted to
+# the proper representation on $host. The result is stored
+# in $func_to_host_pathlist_result.
+func_to_host_pathlist ()
+{
+  func_to_host_pathlist_result="$1"
+  if test -n "$1" ; then
+    case $host in
+      *mingw* )
+        lt_sed_naive_backslashify='s|\\\\*|\\|g;s|/|\\|g;s|\\|\\\\|g'
+        # Remove leading and trailing path separator characters from
+        # ARG. msys behavior is inconsistent here, cygpath turns them
+        # into '.;' and ';.', and winepath ignores them completely.
+        func_to_host_pathlist_tmp2="$1"
+        # Once set for this call, this variable should not be
+        # reassigned. It is used in tha fallback case.
+        func_to_host_pathlist_tmp1=`echo "$func_to_host_pathlist_tmp2" |\
+          $SED -e 's|^:*||' -e 's|:*$||'`
+        case $build in
+          *mingw* ) # Actually, msys.
+            # Awkward: cmd appends spaces to result.
+            lt_sed_strip_trailing_spaces="s/[ ]*\$//"
+            func_to_host_pathlist_tmp2=`( cmd //c echo "$func_to_host_pathlist_tmp1" |\
+              $SED -e "$lt_sed_strip_trailing_spaces" ) 2>/dev/null || echo ""`
+            func_to_host_pathlist_result=`echo "$func_to_host_pathlist_tmp2" |\
+              $SED -e "$lt_sed_naive_backslashify"`
+            ;;
+          *cygwin* )
+            func_to_host_pathlist_tmp2=`cygpath -w -p "$func_to_host_pathlist_tmp1"`
+            func_to_host_pathlist_result=`echo "$func_to_host_pathlist_tmp2" |\
+              $SED -e "$lt_sed_naive_backslashify"`
+            ;;
+          * )
+            # unfortunately, winepath doesn't convert pathlists
+            func_to_host_pathlist_result=""
+            func_to_host_pathlist_oldIFS=$IFS
+            IFS=:
+            for func_to_host_pathlist_f in $func_to_host_pathlist_tmp1 ; do
+              IFS=$func_to_host_pathlist_oldIFS
+              if test -n "$func_to_host_pathlist_f" ; then
+                func_to_host_path "$func_to_host_pathlist_f"
+                if test -n "$func_to_host_path_result" ; then
+                  if test -z "$func_to_host_pathlist_result" ; then
+                    func_to_host_pathlist_result="$func_to_host_path_result"
+                  else
+                    func_to_host_pathlist_result="$func_to_host_pathlist_result;$func_to_host_path_result"
+                  fi
+                fi
+              fi
+              IFS=:
+            done
+            IFS=$func_to_host_pathlist_oldIFS
+            ;;
+        esac
+        if test -z "$func_to_host_pathlist_result" ; then
+          func_error "Could not determine the host path(s) corresponding to"
+          func_error "  '$1'"
+          func_error "Continuing, but uninstalled executables may not work."
+          # Fallback. This may break if $1 contains DOS-style drive
+          # specifications. The fix is not to complicate the expression
+          # below, but for the user to provide a working wine installation
+          # with winepath so that path translation in the cross-to-mingw
+          # case works properly.
+          lt_replace_pathsep_nix_to_dos="s|:|;|g"
+          func_to_host_pathlist_result=`echo "$func_to_host_pathlist_tmp1" |\
+            $SED -e "$lt_replace_pathsep_nix_to_dos"`
+        fi
+        # Now, add the leading and trailing path separators back
+        case "$1" in
+          :* ) func_to_host_pathlist_result=";$func_to_host_pathlist_result"
+            ;;
+        esac
+        case "$1" in
+          *: ) func_to_host_pathlist_result="$func_to_host_pathlist_result;"
+            ;;
+        esac
+        ;;
+    esac
+  fi
+}
+# end: func_to_host_pathlist
+
+# func_emit_cwrapperexe_src
+# emit the source code for a wrapper executable on stdout
+# Must ONLY be called from within func_mode_link because
+# it depends on a number of variable set therein.
+func_emit_cwrapperexe_src ()
+{
+	cat <
+#include 
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+# include 
+# include 
+# include 
+# define setmode _setmode
+#else
+# include 
+# include 
+# ifdef __CYGWIN__
+#  include 
+#  define HAVE_SETENV
+#  ifdef __STRICT_ANSI__
+char *realpath (const char *, char *);
+int putenv (char *);
+int setenv (const char *, const char *, int);
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#if defined(PATH_MAX)
+# define LT_PATHMAX PATH_MAX
+#elif defined(MAXPATHLEN)
+# define LT_PATHMAX MAXPATHLEN
+#else
+# define LT_PATHMAX 1024
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_IXOTH
+# define S_IXOTH 0
+#endif
+#ifndef S_IXGRP
+# define S_IXGRP 0
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+# define S_IXUSR _S_IEXEC
+# define stat _stat
+# ifndef _INTPTR_T_DEFINED
+#  define intptr_t int
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR
+# define DIR_SEPARATOR '/'
+# define PATH_SEPARATOR ':'
+#endif
+
+#if defined (_WIN32) || defined (__MSDOS__) || defined (__DJGPP__) || \
+  defined (__OS2__)
+# define HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
+# define FOPEN_WB "wb"
+# ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR_2
+#  define DIR_SEPARATOR_2 '\\'
+# endif
+# ifndef PATH_SEPARATOR_2
+#  define PATH_SEPARATOR_2 ';'
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR_2
+# define IS_DIR_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR)
+#else /* DIR_SEPARATOR_2 */
+# define IS_DIR_SEPARATOR(ch) \
+	(((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR) || ((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR_2))
+#endif /* DIR_SEPARATOR_2 */
+
+#ifndef PATH_SEPARATOR_2
+# define IS_PATH_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == PATH_SEPARATOR)
+#else /* PATH_SEPARATOR_2 */
+# define IS_PATH_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == PATH_SEPARATOR_2)
+#endif /* PATH_SEPARATOR_2 */
+
+#ifdef __CYGWIN__
+# define FOPEN_WB "wb"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef FOPEN_WB
+# define FOPEN_WB "w"
+#endif
+#ifndef _O_BINARY
+# define _O_BINARY 0
+#endif
+
+#define XMALLOC(type, num)      ((type *) xmalloc ((num) * sizeof(type)))
+#define XFREE(stale) do { \
+  if (stale) { free ((void *) stale); stale = 0; } \
+} while (0)
+
+#undef LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF
+#if defined DEBUGWRAPPER
+# define LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF(args) ltwrapper_debugprintf args
+static void
+ltwrapper_debugprintf (const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+    va_list args;
+    va_start (args, fmt);
+    (void) vfprintf (stderr, fmt, args);
+    va_end (args);
+}
+#else
+# define LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF(args)
+#endif
+
+const char *program_name = NULL;
+
+void *xmalloc (size_t num);
+char *xstrdup (const char *string);
+const char *base_name (const char *name);
+char *find_executable (const char *wrapper);
+char *chase_symlinks (const char *pathspec);
+int make_executable (const char *path);
+int check_executable (const char *path);
+char *strendzap (char *str, const char *pat);
+void lt_fatal (const char *message, ...);
+void lt_setenv (const char *name, const char *value);
+char *lt_extend_str (const char *orig_value, const char *add, int to_end);
+void lt_opt_process_env_set (const char *arg);
+void lt_opt_process_env_prepend (const char *arg);
+void lt_opt_process_env_append (const char *arg);
+int lt_split_name_value (const char *arg, char** name, char** value);
+void lt_update_exe_path (const char *name, const char *value);
+void lt_update_lib_path (const char *name, const char *value);
+
+static const char *script_text_part1 =
+EOF
+
+	    func_emit_wrapper_part1 yes |
+	        $SED -e 's/\([\\"]\)/\\\1/g' \
+	             -e 's/^/  "/' -e 's/$/\\n"/'
+	    echo ";"
+	    cat <")));
+  for (i = 0; i < newargc; i++)
+    {
+      LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(main) newargz[%d]   : %s\n", i, (newargz[i] ? newargz[i] : "")));
+    }
+
+EOF
+
+	    case $host_os in
+	      mingw*)
+		cat <<"EOF"
+  /* execv doesn't actually work on mingw as expected on unix */
+  rval = _spawnv (_P_WAIT, lt_argv_zero, (const char * const *) newargz);
+  if (rval == -1)
+    {
+      /* failed to start process */
+      LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(main) failed to launch target \"%s\": errno = %d\n", lt_argv_zero, errno));
+      return 127;
+    }
+  return rval;
+EOF
+		;;
+	      *)
+		cat <<"EOF"
+  execv (lt_argv_zero, newargz);
+  return rval; /* =127, but avoids unused variable warning */
+EOF
+		;;
+	    esac
+
+	    cat <<"EOF"
+}
+
+void *
+xmalloc (size_t num)
+{
+  void *p = (void *) malloc (num);
+  if (!p)
+    lt_fatal ("Memory exhausted");
+
+  return p;
+}
+
+char *
+xstrdup (const char *string)
+{
+  return string ? strcpy ((char *) xmalloc (strlen (string) + 1),
+			  string) : NULL;
+}
+
+const char *
+base_name (const char *name)
+{
+  const char *base;
+
+#if defined (HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM)
+  /* Skip over the disk name in MSDOS pathnames. */
+  if (isalpha ((unsigned char) name[0]) && name[1] == ':')
+    name += 2;
+#endif
+
+  for (base = name; *name; name++)
+    if (IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (*name))
+      base = name + 1;
+  return base;
+}
+
+int
+check_executable (const char *path)
+{
+  struct stat st;
+
+  LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(check_executable)  : %s\n",
+			  path ? (*path ? path : "EMPTY!") : "NULL!"));
+  if ((!path) || (!*path))
+    return 0;
+
+  if ((stat (path, &st) >= 0)
+      && (st.st_mode & (S_IXUSR | S_IXGRP | S_IXOTH)))
+    return 1;
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+int
+make_executable (const char *path)
+{
+  int rval = 0;
+  struct stat st;
+
+  LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(make_executable)   : %s\n",
+			  path ? (*path ? path : "EMPTY!") : "NULL!"));
+  if ((!path) || (!*path))
+    return 0;
+
+  if (stat (path, &st) >= 0)
+    {
+      rval = chmod (path, st.st_mode | S_IXOTH | S_IXGRP | S_IXUSR);
+    }
+  return rval;
+}
+
+/* Searches for the full path of the wrapper.  Returns
+   newly allocated full path name if found, NULL otherwise
+   Does not chase symlinks, even on platforms that support them.
+*/
+char *
+find_executable (const char *wrapper)
+{
+  int has_slash = 0;
+  const char *p;
+  const char *p_next;
+  /* static buffer for getcwd */
+  char tmp[LT_PATHMAX + 1];
+  int tmp_len;
+  char *concat_name;
+
+  LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(find_executable)   : %s\n",
+			  wrapper ? (*wrapper ? wrapper : "EMPTY!") : "NULL!"));
+
+  if ((wrapper == NULL) || (*wrapper == '\0'))
+    return NULL;
+
+  /* Absolute path? */
+#if defined (HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM)
+  if (isalpha ((unsigned char) wrapper[0]) && wrapper[1] == ':')
+    {
+      concat_name = xstrdup (wrapper);
+      if (check_executable (concat_name))
+	return concat_name;
+      XFREE (concat_name);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+#endif
+      if (IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (wrapper[0]))
+	{
+	  concat_name = xstrdup (wrapper);
+	  if (check_executable (concat_name))
+	    return concat_name;
+	  XFREE (concat_name);
+	}
+#if defined (HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM)
+    }
+#endif
+
+  for (p = wrapper; *p; p++)
+    if (*p == '/')
+      {
+	has_slash = 1;
+	break;
+      }
+  if (!has_slash)
+    {
+      /* no slashes; search PATH */
+      const char *path = getenv ("PATH");
+      if (path != NULL)
+	{
+	  for (p = path; *p; p = p_next)
+	    {
+	      const char *q;
+	      size_t p_len;
+	      for (q = p; *q; q++)
+		if (IS_PATH_SEPARATOR (*q))
+		  break;
+	      p_len = q - p;
+	      p_next = (*q == '\0' ? q : q + 1);
+	      if (p_len == 0)
+		{
+		  /* empty path: current directory */
+		  if (getcwd (tmp, LT_PATHMAX) == NULL)
+		    lt_fatal ("getcwd failed");
+		  tmp_len = strlen (tmp);
+		  concat_name =
+		    XMALLOC (char, tmp_len + 1 + strlen (wrapper) + 1);
+		  memcpy (concat_name, tmp, tmp_len);
+		  concat_name[tmp_len] = '/';
+		  strcpy (concat_name + tmp_len + 1, wrapper);
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  concat_name =
+		    XMALLOC (char, p_len + 1 + strlen (wrapper) + 1);
+		  memcpy (concat_name, p, p_len);
+		  concat_name[p_len] = '/';
+		  strcpy (concat_name + p_len + 1, wrapper);
+		}
+	      if (check_executable (concat_name))
+		return concat_name;
+	      XFREE (concat_name);
+	    }
+	}
+      /* not found in PATH; assume curdir */
+    }
+  /* Relative path | not found in path: prepend cwd */
+  if (getcwd (tmp, LT_PATHMAX) == NULL)
+    lt_fatal ("getcwd failed");
+  tmp_len = strlen (tmp);
+  concat_name = XMALLOC (char, tmp_len + 1 + strlen (wrapper) + 1);
+  memcpy (concat_name, tmp, tmp_len);
+  concat_name[tmp_len] = '/';
+  strcpy (concat_name + tmp_len + 1, wrapper);
+
+  if (check_executable (concat_name))
+    return concat_name;
+  XFREE (concat_name);
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+char *
+chase_symlinks (const char *pathspec)
+{
+#ifndef S_ISLNK
+  return xstrdup (pathspec);
+#else
+  char buf[LT_PATHMAX];
+  struct stat s;
+  char *tmp_pathspec = xstrdup (pathspec);
+  char *p;
+  int has_symlinks = 0;
+  while (strlen (tmp_pathspec) && !has_symlinks)
+    {
+      LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("checking path component for symlinks: %s\n",
+			      tmp_pathspec));
+      if (lstat (tmp_pathspec, &s) == 0)
+	{
+	  if (S_ISLNK (s.st_mode) != 0)
+	    {
+	      has_symlinks = 1;
+	      break;
+	    }
+
+	  /* search backwards for last DIR_SEPARATOR */
+	  p = tmp_pathspec + strlen (tmp_pathspec) - 1;
+	  while ((p > tmp_pathspec) && (!IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (*p)))
+	    p--;
+	  if ((p == tmp_pathspec) && (!IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (*p)))
+	    {
+	      /* no more DIR_SEPARATORS left */
+	      break;
+	    }
+	  *p = '\0';
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  char *errstr = strerror (errno);
+	  lt_fatal ("Error accessing file %s (%s)", tmp_pathspec, errstr);
+	}
+    }
+  XFREE (tmp_pathspec);
+
+  if (!has_symlinks)
+    {
+      return xstrdup (pathspec);
+    }
+
+  tmp_pathspec = realpath (pathspec, buf);
+  if (tmp_pathspec == 0)
+    {
+      lt_fatal ("Could not follow symlinks for %s", pathspec);
+    }
+  return xstrdup (tmp_pathspec);
+#endif
+}
+
+char *
+strendzap (char *str, const char *pat)
+{
+  size_t len, patlen;
+
+  assert (str != NULL);
+  assert (pat != NULL);
+
+  len = strlen (str);
+  patlen = strlen (pat);
+
+  if (patlen <= len)
+    {
+      str += len - patlen;
+      if (strcmp (str, pat) == 0)
+	*str = '\0';
+    }
+  return str;
+}
+
+static void
+lt_error_core (int exit_status, const char *mode,
+	       const char *message, va_list ap)
+{
+  fprintf (stderr, "%s: %s: ", program_name, mode);
+  vfprintf (stderr, message, ap);
+  fprintf (stderr, ".\n");
+
+  if (exit_status >= 0)
+    exit (exit_status);
+}
+
+void
+lt_fatal (const char *message, ...)
+{
+  va_list ap;
+  va_start (ap, message);
+  lt_error_core (EXIT_FAILURE, "FATAL", message, ap);
+  va_end (ap);
+}
+
+void
+lt_setenv (const char *name, const char *value)
+{
+  LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(lt_setenv) setting '%s' to '%s'\n",
+                          (name ? name : ""),
+                          (value ? value : "")));
+  {
+#ifdef HAVE_SETENV
+    /* always make a copy, for consistency with !HAVE_SETENV */
+    char *str = xstrdup (value);
+    setenv (name, str, 1);
+#else
+    int len = strlen (name) + 1 + strlen (value) + 1;
+    char *str = XMALLOC (char, len);
+    sprintf (str, "%s=%s", name, value);
+    if (putenv (str) != EXIT_SUCCESS)
+      {
+        XFREE (str);
+      }
+#endif
+  }
+}
+
+char *
+lt_extend_str (const char *orig_value, const char *add, int to_end)
+{
+  char *new_value;
+  if (orig_value && *orig_value)
+    {
+      int orig_value_len = strlen (orig_value);
+      int add_len = strlen (add);
+      new_value = XMALLOC (char, add_len + orig_value_len + 1);
+      if (to_end)
+        {
+          strcpy (new_value, orig_value);
+          strcpy (new_value + orig_value_len, add);
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          strcpy (new_value, add);
+          strcpy (new_value + add_len, orig_value);
+        }
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      new_value = xstrdup (add);
+    }
+  return new_value;
+}
+
+int
+lt_split_name_value (const char *arg, char** name, char** value)
+{
+  const char *p;
+  int len;
+  if (!arg || !*arg)
+    return 1;
+
+  p = strchr (arg, (int)'=');
+
+  if (!p)
+    return 1;
+
+  *value = xstrdup (++p);
+
+  len = strlen (arg) - strlen (*value);
+  *name = XMALLOC (char, len);
+  strncpy (*name, arg, len-1);
+  (*name)[len - 1] = '\0';
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+void
+lt_opt_process_env_set (const char *arg)
+{
+  char *name = NULL;
+  char *value = NULL;
+
+  if (lt_split_name_value (arg, &name, &value) != 0)
+    {
+      XFREE (name);
+      XFREE (value);
+      lt_fatal ("bad argument for %s: '%s'", env_set_opt, arg);
+    }
+
+  lt_setenv (name, value);
+  XFREE (name);
+  XFREE (value);
+}
+
+void
+lt_opt_process_env_prepend (const char *arg)
+{
+  char *name = NULL;
+  char *value = NULL;
+  char *new_value = NULL;
+
+  if (lt_split_name_value (arg, &name, &value) != 0)
+    {
+      XFREE (name);
+      XFREE (value);
+      lt_fatal ("bad argument for %s: '%s'", env_prepend_opt, arg);
+    }
+
+  new_value = lt_extend_str (getenv (name), value, 0);
+  lt_setenv (name, new_value);
+  XFREE (new_value);
+  XFREE (name);
+  XFREE (value);
+}
+
+void
+lt_opt_process_env_append (const char *arg)
+{
+  char *name = NULL;
+  char *value = NULL;
+  char *new_value = NULL;
+
+  if (lt_split_name_value (arg, &name, &value) != 0)
+    {
+      XFREE (name);
+      XFREE (value);
+      lt_fatal ("bad argument for %s: '%s'", env_append_opt, arg);
+    }
+
+  new_value = lt_extend_str (getenv (name), value, 1);
+  lt_setenv (name, new_value);
+  XFREE (new_value);
+  XFREE (name);
+  XFREE (value);
+}
+
+void
+lt_update_exe_path (const char *name, const char *value)
+{
+  LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(lt_update_exe_path) modifying '%s' by prepending '%s'\n",
+                          (name ? name : ""),
+                          (value ? value : "")));
+
+  if (name && *name && value && *value)
+    {
+      char *new_value = lt_extend_str (getenv (name), value, 0);
+      /* some systems can't cope with a ':'-terminated path #' */
+      int len = strlen (new_value);
+      while (((len = strlen (new_value)) > 0) && IS_PATH_SEPARATOR (new_value[len-1]))
+        {
+          new_value[len-1] = '\0';
+        }
+      lt_setenv (name, new_value);
+      XFREE (new_value);
+    }
+}
+
+void
+lt_update_lib_path (const char *name, const char *value)
+{
+  LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(lt_update_lib_path) modifying '%s' by prepending '%s'\n",
+                          (name ? name : ""),
+                          (value ? value : "")));
+
+  if (name && *name && value && *value)
+    {
+      char *new_value = lt_extend_str (getenv (name), value, 0);
+      lt_setenv (name, new_value);
+      XFREE (new_value);
+    }
+}
+
+
+EOF
+}
+# end: func_emit_cwrapperexe_src
+
+# func_mode_link arg...
+func_mode_link ()
+{
+    $opt_debug
+    case $host in
+    *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*)
+      # It is impossible to link a dll without this setting, and
+      # we shouldn't force the makefile maintainer to figure out
+      # which system we are compiling for in order to pass an extra
+      # flag for every libtool invocation.
+      # allow_undefined=no
+
+      # FIXME: Unfortunately, there are problems with the above when trying
+      # to make a dll which has undefined symbols, in which case not
+      # even a static library is built.  For now, we need to specify
+      # -no-undefined on the libtool link line when we can be certain
+      # that all symbols are satisfied, otherwise we get a static library.
+      allow_undefined=yes
+      ;;
+    *)
+      allow_undefined=yes
+      ;;
+    esac
+    libtool_args=$nonopt
+    base_compile="$nonopt $@"
+    compile_command=$nonopt
+    finalize_command=$nonopt
+
+    compile_rpath=
+    finalize_rpath=
+    compile_shlibpath=
+    finalize_shlibpath=
+    convenience=
+    old_convenience=
+    deplibs=
+    old_deplibs=
+    compiler_flags=
+    linker_flags=
+    dllsearchpath=
+    lib_search_path=`pwd`
+    inst_prefix_dir=
+    new_inherited_linker_flags=
+
+    avoid_version=no
+    dlfiles=
+    dlprefiles=
+    dlself=no
+    export_dynamic=no
+    export_symbols=
+    export_symbols_regex=
+    generated=
+    libobjs=
+    ltlibs=
+    module=no
+    no_install=no
+    objs=
+    non_pic_objects=
+    precious_files_regex=
+    prefer_static_libs=no
+    preload=no
+    prev=
+    prevarg=
+    release=
+    rpath=
+    xrpath=
+    perm_rpath=
+    temp_rpath=
+    thread_safe=no
+    vinfo=
+    vinfo_number=no
+    weak_libs=
+    single_module="${wl}-single_module"
+    func_infer_tag $base_compile
+
+    # We need to know -static, to get the right output filenames.
+    for arg
+    do
+      case $arg in
+      -shared)
+	test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes && \
+	  func_fatal_configuration "can not build a shared library"
+	build_old_libs=no
+	break
+	;;
+      -all-static | -static | -static-libtool-libs)
+	case $arg in
+	-all-static)
+	  if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && test -z "$link_static_flag"; then
+	    func_warning "complete static linking is impossible in this configuration"
+	  fi
+	  if test -n "$link_static_flag"; then
+	    dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static
+	  fi
+	  prefer_static_libs=yes
+	  ;;
+	-static)
+	  if test -z "$pic_flag" && test -n "$link_static_flag"; then
+	    dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static
+	  fi
+	  prefer_static_libs=built
+	  ;;
+	-static-libtool-libs)
+	  if test -z "$pic_flag" && test -n "$link_static_flag"; then
+	    dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static
+	  fi
+	  prefer_static_libs=yes
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	build_libtool_libs=no
+	build_old_libs=yes
+	break
+	;;
+      esac
+    done
+
+    # See if our shared archives depend on static archives.
+    test -n "$old_archive_from_new_cmds" && build_old_libs=yes
+
+    # Go through the arguments, transforming them on the way.
+    while test "$#" -gt 0; do
+      arg="$1"
+      shift
+      func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
+      qarg=$func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result
+      func_append libtool_args " $func_quote_for_eval_result"
+
+      # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it.
+      if test -n "$prev"; then
+	case $prev in
+	output)
+	  func_append compile_command " @OUTPUT@"
+	  func_append finalize_command " @OUTPUT@"
+	  ;;
+	esac
+
+	case $prev in
+	dlfiles|dlprefiles)
+	  if test "$preload" = no; then
+	    # Add the symbol object into the linking commands.
+	    func_append compile_command " @SYMFILE@"
+	    func_append finalize_command " @SYMFILE@"
+	    preload=yes
+	  fi
+	  case $arg in
+	  *.la | *.lo) ;;  # We handle these cases below.
+	  force)
+	    if test "$dlself" = no; then
+	      dlself=needless
+	      export_dynamic=yes
+	    fi
+	    prev=
+	    continue
+	    ;;
+	  self)
+	    if test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then
+	      dlself=yes
+	    elif test "$prev" = dlfiles && test "$dlopen_self" != yes; then
+	      dlself=yes
+	    else
+	      dlself=needless
+	      export_dynamic=yes
+	    fi
+	    prev=
+	    continue
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then
+	      dlfiles="$dlfiles $arg"
+	    else
+	      dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $arg"
+	    fi
+	    prev=
+	    continue
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	  ;;
+	expsyms)
+	  export_symbols="$arg"
+	  test -f "$arg" \
+	    || func_fatal_error "symbol file \`$arg' does not exist"
+	  prev=
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	expsyms_regex)
+	  export_symbols_regex="$arg"
+	  prev=
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	framework)
+	  case $host in
+	    *-*-darwin*)
+	      case "$deplibs " in
+		*" $qarg.ltframework "*) ;;
+		*) deplibs="$deplibs $qarg.ltframework" # this is fixed later
+		   ;;
+	      esac
+	      ;;
+	  esac
+	  prev=
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	inst_prefix)
+	  inst_prefix_dir="$arg"
+	  prev=
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	objectlist)
+	  if test -f "$arg"; then
+	    save_arg=$arg
+	    moreargs=
+	    for fil in `cat "$save_arg"`
+	    do
+#	      moreargs="$moreargs $fil"
+	      arg=$fil
+	      # A libtool-controlled object.
+
+	      # Check to see that this really is a libtool object.
+	      if func_lalib_unsafe_p "$arg"; then
+		pic_object=
+		non_pic_object=
+
+		# Read the .lo file
+		func_source "$arg"
+
+		if test -z "$pic_object" ||
+		   test -z "$non_pic_object" ||
+		   test "$pic_object" = none &&
+		   test "$non_pic_object" = none; then
+		  func_fatal_error "cannot find name of object for \`$arg'"
+		fi
+
+		# Extract subdirectory from the argument.
+		func_dirname "$arg" "/" ""
+		xdir="$func_dirname_result"
+
+		if test "$pic_object" != none; then
+		  # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in.
+		  pic_object="$xdir$pic_object"
+
+		  if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then
+		    if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && test "$dlopen_support" = yes; then
+		      dlfiles="$dlfiles $pic_object"
+		      prev=
+		      continue
+		    else
+		      # If libtool objects are unsupported, then we need to preload.
+		      prev=dlprefiles
+		    fi
+		  fi
+
+		  # CHECK ME:  I think I busted this.  -Ossama
+		  if test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then
+		    # Preload the old-style object.
+		    dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $pic_object"
+		    prev=
+		  fi
+
+		  # A PIC object.
+		  func_append libobjs " $pic_object"
+		  arg="$pic_object"
+		fi
+
+		# Non-PIC object.
+		if test "$non_pic_object" != none; then
+		  # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in.
+		  non_pic_object="$xdir$non_pic_object"
+
+		  # A standard non-PIC object
+		  func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object"
+		  if test -z "$pic_object" || test "$pic_object" = none ; then
+		    arg="$non_pic_object"
+		  fi
+		else
+		  # If the PIC object exists, use it instead.
+		  # $xdir was prepended to $pic_object above.
+		  non_pic_object="$pic_object"
+		  func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object"
+		fi
+	      else
+		# Only an error if not doing a dry-run.
+		if $opt_dry_run; then
+		  # Extract subdirectory from the argument.
+		  func_dirname "$arg" "/" ""
+		  xdir="$func_dirname_result"
+
+		  func_lo2o "$arg"
+		  pic_object=$xdir$objdir/$func_lo2o_result
+		  non_pic_object=$xdir$func_lo2o_result
+		  func_append libobjs " $pic_object"
+		  func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object"
+	        else
+		  func_fatal_error "\`$arg' is not a valid libtool object"
+		fi
+	      fi
+	    done
+	  else
+	    func_fatal_error "link input file \`$arg' does not exist"
+	  fi
+	  arg=$save_arg
+	  prev=
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	precious_regex)
+	  precious_files_regex="$arg"
+	  prev=
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	release)
+	  release="-$arg"
+	  prev=
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	rpath | xrpath)
+	  # We need an absolute path.
+	  case $arg in
+	  [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;;
+	  *)
+	    func_fatal_error "only absolute run-paths are allowed"
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	  if test "$prev" = rpath; then
+	    case "$rpath " in
+	    *" $arg "*) ;;
+	    *) rpath="$rpath $arg" ;;
+	    esac
+	  else
+	    case "$xrpath " in
+	    *" $arg "*) ;;
+	    *) xrpath="$xrpath $arg" ;;
+	    esac
+	  fi
+	  prev=
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	shrext)
+	  shrext_cmds="$arg"
+	  prev=
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	weak)
+	  weak_libs="$weak_libs $arg"
+	  prev=
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	xcclinker)
+	  linker_flags="$linker_flags $qarg"
+	  compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $qarg"
+	  prev=
+	  func_append compile_command " $qarg"
+	  func_append finalize_command " $qarg"
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	xcompiler)
+	  compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $qarg"
+	  prev=
+	  func_append compile_command " $qarg"
+	  func_append finalize_command " $qarg"
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	xlinker)
+	  linker_flags="$linker_flags $qarg"
+	  compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $wl$qarg"
+	  prev=
+	  func_append compile_command " $wl$qarg"
+	  func_append finalize_command " $wl$qarg"
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	*)
+	  eval "$prev=\"\$arg\""
+	  prev=
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	esac
+      fi # test -n "$prev"
+
+      prevarg="$arg"
+
+      case $arg in
+      -all-static)
+	if test -n "$link_static_flag"; then
+	  # See comment for -static flag below, for more details.
+	  func_append compile_command " $link_static_flag"
+	  func_append finalize_command " $link_static_flag"
+	fi
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -allow-undefined)
+	# FIXME: remove this flag sometime in the future.
+	func_fatal_error "\`-allow-undefined' must not be used because it is the default"
+	;;
+
+      -avoid-version)
+	avoid_version=yes
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -dlopen)
+	prev=dlfiles
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -dlpreopen)
+	prev=dlprefiles
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -export-dynamic)
+	export_dynamic=yes
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -export-symbols | -export-symbols-regex)
+	if test -n "$export_symbols" || test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then
+	  func_fatal_error "more than one -exported-symbols argument is not allowed"
+	fi
+	if test "X$arg" = "X-export-symbols"; then
+	  prev=expsyms
+	else
+	  prev=expsyms_regex
+	fi
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -framework)
+	prev=framework
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -inst-prefix-dir)
+	prev=inst_prefix
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      # The native IRIX linker understands -LANG:*, -LIST:* and -LNO:*
+      # so, if we see these flags be careful not to treat them like -L
+      -L[A-Z][A-Z]*:*)
+	case $with_gcc/$host in
+	no/*-*-irix* | /*-*-irix*)
+	  func_append compile_command " $arg"
+	  func_append finalize_command " $arg"
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -L*)
+	func_stripname '-L' '' "$arg"
+	dir=$func_stripname_result
+	if test -z "$dir"; then
+	  if test "$#" -gt 0; then
+	    func_fatal_error "require no space between \`-L' and \`$1'"
+	  else
+	    func_fatal_error "need path for \`-L' option"
+	  fi
+	fi
+	# We need an absolute path.
+	case $dir in
+	[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;;
+	*)
+	  absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd`
+	  test -z "$absdir" && \
+	    func_fatal_error "cannot determine absolute directory name of \`$dir'"
+	  dir="$absdir"
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	case "$deplibs " in
+	*" -L$dir "*) ;;
+	*)
+	  deplibs="$deplibs -L$dir"
+	  lib_search_path="$lib_search_path $dir"
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	case $host in
+	*-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*)
+	  testbindir=`$ECHO "X$dir" | $Xsed -e 's*/lib$*/bin*'`
+	  case :$dllsearchpath: in
+	  *":$dir:"*) ;;
+	  ::) dllsearchpath=$dir;;
+	  *) dllsearchpath="$dllsearchpath:$dir";;
+	  esac
+	  case :$dllsearchpath: in
+	  *":$testbindir:"*) ;;
+	  ::) dllsearchpath=$testbindir;;
+	  *) dllsearchpath="$dllsearchpath:$testbindir";;
+	  esac
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -l*)
+	if test "X$arg" = "X-lc" || test "X$arg" = "X-lm"; then
+	  case $host in
+	  *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-beos* | *-cegcc*)
+	    # These systems don't actually have a C or math library (as such)
+	    continue
+	    ;;
+	  *-*-os2*)
+	    # These systems don't actually have a C library (as such)
+	    test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue
+	    ;;
+	  *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd* | *-*-dragonfly*)
+	    # Do not include libc due to us having libc/libc_r.
+	    test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue
+	    ;;
+	  *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012])
+	    # Rhapsody C and math libraries are in the System framework
+	    deplibs="$deplibs System.ltframework"
+	    continue
+	    ;;
+	  *-*-sco3.2v5* | *-*-sco5v6*)
+	    # Causes problems with __ctype
+	    test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue
+	    ;;
+	  *-*-sysv4.2uw2* | *-*-sysv5* | *-*-unixware* | *-*-OpenUNIX*)
+	    # Compiler inserts libc in the correct place for threads to work
+	    test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	elif test "X$arg" = "X-lc_r"; then
+	 case $host in
+	 *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd* | *-*-dragonfly*)
+	   # Do not include libc_r directly, use -pthread flag.
+	   continue
+	   ;;
+	 esac
+	fi
+	deplibs="$deplibs $arg"
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -module)
+	module=yes
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      # Tru64 UNIX uses -model [arg] to determine the layout of C++
+      # classes, name mangling, and exception handling.
+      # Darwin uses the -arch flag to determine output architecture.
+      -model|-arch|-isysroot)
+	compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $arg"
+	func_append compile_command " $arg"
+	func_append finalize_command " $arg"
+	prev=xcompiler
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -mt|-mthreads|-kthread|-Kthread|-pthread|-pthreads|--thread-safe|-threads)
+	compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $arg"
+	func_append compile_command " $arg"
+	func_append finalize_command " $arg"
+	case "$new_inherited_linker_flags " in
+	    *" $arg "*) ;;
+	    * ) new_inherited_linker_flags="$new_inherited_linker_flags $arg" ;;
+	esac
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -multi_module)
+	single_module="${wl}-multi_module"
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -no-fast-install)
+	fast_install=no
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -no-install)
+	case $host in
+	*-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-*-darwin* | *-cegcc*)
+	  # The PATH hackery in wrapper scripts is required on Windows
+	  # and Darwin in order for the loader to find any dlls it needs.
+	  func_warning "\`-no-install' is ignored for $host"
+	  func_warning "assuming \`-no-fast-install' instead"
+	  fast_install=no
+	  ;;
+	*) no_install=yes ;;
+	esac
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -no-undefined)
+	allow_undefined=no
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -objectlist)
+	prev=objectlist
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -o) prev=output ;;
+
+      -precious-files-regex)
+	prev=precious_regex
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -release)
+	prev=release
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -rpath)
+	prev=rpath
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -R)
+	prev=xrpath
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -R*)
+	func_stripname '-R' '' "$arg"
+	dir=$func_stripname_result
+	# We need an absolute path.
+	case $dir in
+	[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;;
+	*)
+	  func_fatal_error "only absolute run-paths are allowed"
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	case "$xrpath " in
+	*" $dir "*) ;;
+	*) xrpath="$xrpath $dir" ;;
+	esac
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -shared)
+	# The effects of -shared are defined in a previous loop.
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -shrext)
+	prev=shrext
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -static | -static-libtool-libs)
+	# The effects of -static are defined in a previous loop.
+	# We used to do the same as -all-static on platforms that
+	# didn't have a PIC flag, but the assumption that the effects
+	# would be equivalent was wrong.  It would break on at least
+	# Digital Unix and AIX.
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -thread-safe)
+	thread_safe=yes
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -version-info)
+	prev=vinfo
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -version-number)
+	prev=vinfo
+	vinfo_number=yes
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -weak)
+        prev=weak
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -Wc,*)
+	func_stripname '-Wc,' '' "$arg"
+	args=$func_stripname_result
+	arg=
+	save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=','
+	for flag in $args; do
+	  IFS="$save_ifs"
+          func_quote_for_eval "$flag"
+	  arg="$arg $wl$func_quote_for_eval_result"
+	  compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $func_quote_for_eval_result"
+	done
+	IFS="$save_ifs"
+	func_stripname ' ' '' "$arg"
+	arg=$func_stripname_result
+	;;
+
+      -Wl,*)
+	func_stripname '-Wl,' '' "$arg"
+	args=$func_stripname_result
+	arg=
+	save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=','
+	for flag in $args; do
+	  IFS="$save_ifs"
+          func_quote_for_eval "$flag"
+	  arg="$arg $wl$func_quote_for_eval_result"
+	  compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $wl$func_quote_for_eval_result"
+	  linker_flags="$linker_flags $func_quote_for_eval_result"
+	done
+	IFS="$save_ifs"
+	func_stripname ' ' '' "$arg"
+	arg=$func_stripname_result
+	;;
+
+      -Xcompiler)
+	prev=xcompiler
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -Xlinker)
+	prev=xlinker
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -XCClinker)
+	prev=xcclinker
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      # -msg_* for osf cc
+      -msg_*)
+	func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
+	arg="$func_quote_for_eval_result"
+	;;
+
+      # -64, -mips[0-9] enable 64-bit mode on the SGI compiler
+      # -r[0-9][0-9]* specifies the processor on the SGI compiler
+      # -xarch=*, -xtarget=* enable 64-bit mode on the Sun compiler
+      # +DA*, +DD* enable 64-bit mode on the HP compiler
+      # -q* pass through compiler args for the IBM compiler
+      # -m*, -t[45]*, -txscale* pass through architecture-specific
+      # compiler args for GCC
+      # -F/path gives path to uninstalled frameworks, gcc on darwin
+      # -p, -pg, --coverage, -fprofile-* pass through profiling flag for GCC
+      # @file GCC response files
+      -64|-mips[0-9]|-r[0-9][0-9]*|-xarch=*|-xtarget=*|+DA*|+DD*|-q*|-m*| \
+      -t[45]*|-txscale*|-p|-pg|--coverage|-fprofile-*|-F*|@*)
+        func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
+	arg="$func_quote_for_eval_result"
+        func_append compile_command " $arg"
+        func_append finalize_command " $arg"
+        compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $arg"
+        continue
+        ;;
+
+      # Some other compiler flag.
+      -* | +*)
+        func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
+	arg="$func_quote_for_eval_result"
+	;;
+
+      *.$objext)
+	# A standard object.
+	objs="$objs $arg"
+	;;
+
+      *.lo)
+	# A libtool-controlled object.
+
+	# Check to see that this really is a libtool object.
+	if func_lalib_unsafe_p "$arg"; then
+	  pic_object=
+	  non_pic_object=
+
+	  # Read the .lo file
+	  func_source "$arg"
+
+	  if test -z "$pic_object" ||
+	     test -z "$non_pic_object" ||
+	     test "$pic_object" = none &&
+	     test "$non_pic_object" = none; then
+	    func_fatal_error "cannot find name of object for \`$arg'"
+	  fi
+
+	  # Extract subdirectory from the argument.
+	  func_dirname "$arg" "/" ""
+	  xdir="$func_dirname_result"
+
+	  if test "$pic_object" != none; then
+	    # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in.
+	    pic_object="$xdir$pic_object"
+
+	    if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then
+	      if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && test "$dlopen_support" = yes; then
+		dlfiles="$dlfiles $pic_object"
+		prev=
+		continue
+	      else
+		# If libtool objects are unsupported, then we need to preload.
+		prev=dlprefiles
+	      fi
+	    fi
+
+	    # CHECK ME:  I think I busted this.  -Ossama
+	    if test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then
+	      # Preload the old-style object.
+	      dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $pic_object"
+	      prev=
+	    fi
+
+	    # A PIC object.
+	    func_append libobjs " $pic_object"
+	    arg="$pic_object"
+	  fi
+
+	  # Non-PIC object.
+	  if test "$non_pic_object" != none; then
+	    # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in.
+	    non_pic_object="$xdir$non_pic_object"
+
+	    # A standard non-PIC object
+	    func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object"
+	    if test -z "$pic_object" || test "$pic_object" = none ; then
+	      arg="$non_pic_object"
+	    fi
+	  else
+	    # If the PIC object exists, use it instead.
+	    # $xdir was prepended to $pic_object above.
+	    non_pic_object="$pic_object"
+	    func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object"
+	  fi
+	else
+	  # Only an error if not doing a dry-run.
+	  if $opt_dry_run; then
+	    # Extract subdirectory from the argument.
+	    func_dirname "$arg" "/" ""
+	    xdir="$func_dirname_result"
+
+	    func_lo2o "$arg"
+	    pic_object=$xdir$objdir/$func_lo2o_result
+	    non_pic_object=$xdir$func_lo2o_result
+	    func_append libobjs " $pic_object"
+	    func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object"
+	  else
+	    func_fatal_error "\`$arg' is not a valid libtool object"
+	  fi
+	fi
+	;;
+
+      *.$libext)
+	# An archive.
+	deplibs="$deplibs $arg"
+	old_deplibs="$old_deplibs $arg"
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      *.la)
+	# A libtool-controlled library.
+
+	if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then
+	  # This library was specified with -dlopen.
+	  dlfiles="$dlfiles $arg"
+	  prev=
+	elif test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then
+	  # The library was specified with -dlpreopen.
+	  dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $arg"
+	  prev=
+	else
+	  deplibs="$deplibs $arg"
+	fi
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      # Some other compiler argument.
+      *)
+	# Unknown arguments in both finalize_command and compile_command need
+	# to be aesthetically quoted because they are evaled later.
+	func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
+	arg="$func_quote_for_eval_result"
+	;;
+      esac # arg
+
+      # Now actually substitute the argument into the commands.
+      if test -n "$arg"; then
+	func_append compile_command " $arg"
+	func_append finalize_command " $arg"
+      fi
+    done # argument parsing loop
+
+    test -n "$prev" && \
+      func_fatal_help "the \`$prevarg' option requires an argument"
+
+    if test "$export_dynamic" = yes && test -n "$export_dynamic_flag_spec"; then
+      eval arg=\"$export_dynamic_flag_spec\"
+      func_append compile_command " $arg"
+      func_append finalize_command " $arg"
+    fi
+
+    oldlibs=
+    # calculate the name of the file, without its directory
+    func_basename "$output"
+    outputname="$func_basename_result"
+    libobjs_save="$libobjs"
+
+    if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then
+      # get the directories listed in $shlibpath_var
+      eval shlib_search_path=\`\$ECHO \"X\${$shlibpath_var}\" \| \$Xsed -e \'s/:/ /g\'\`
+    else
+      shlib_search_path=
+    fi
+    eval sys_lib_search_path=\"$sys_lib_search_path_spec\"
+    eval sys_lib_dlsearch_path=\"$sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec\"
+
+    func_dirname "$output" "/" ""
+    output_objdir="$func_dirname_result$objdir"
+    # Create the object directory.
+    func_mkdir_p "$output_objdir"
+
+    # Determine the type of output
+    case $output in
+    "")
+      func_fatal_help "you must specify an output file"
+      ;;
+    *.$libext) linkmode=oldlib ;;
+    *.lo | *.$objext) linkmode=obj ;;
+    *.la) linkmode=lib ;;
+    *) linkmode=prog ;; # Anything else should be a program.
+    esac
+
+    specialdeplibs=
+
+    libs=
+    # Find all interdependent deplibs by searching for libraries
+    # that are linked more than once (e.g. -la -lb -la)
+    for deplib in $deplibs; do
+      if $opt_duplicate_deps ; then
+	case "$libs " in
+	*" $deplib "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $deplib" ;;
+	esac
+      fi
+      libs="$libs $deplib"
+    done
+
+    if test "$linkmode" = lib; then
+      libs="$predeps $libs $compiler_lib_search_path $postdeps"
+
+      # Compute libraries that are listed more than once in $predeps
+      # $postdeps and mark them as special (i.e., whose duplicates are
+      # not to be eliminated).
+      pre_post_deps=
+      if $opt_duplicate_compiler_generated_deps; then
+	for pre_post_dep in $predeps $postdeps; do
+	  case "$pre_post_deps " in
+	  *" $pre_post_dep "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $pre_post_deps" ;;
+	  esac
+	  pre_post_deps="$pre_post_deps $pre_post_dep"
+	done
+      fi
+      pre_post_deps=
+    fi
+
+    deplibs=
+    newdependency_libs=
+    newlib_search_path=
+    need_relink=no # whether we're linking any uninstalled libtool libraries
+    notinst_deplibs= # not-installed libtool libraries
+    notinst_path= # paths that contain not-installed libtool libraries
+
+    case $linkmode in
+    lib)
+	passes="conv dlpreopen link"
+	for file in $dlfiles $dlprefiles; do
+	  case $file in
+	  *.la) ;;
+	  *)
+	    func_fatal_help "libraries can \`-dlopen' only libtool libraries: $file"
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	done
+	;;
+    prog)
+	compile_deplibs=
+	finalize_deplibs=
+	alldeplibs=no
+	newdlfiles=
+	newdlprefiles=
+	passes="conv scan dlopen dlpreopen link"
+	;;
+    *)  passes="conv"
+	;;
+    esac
+
+    for pass in $passes; do
+      # The preopen pass in lib mode reverses $deplibs; put it back here
+      # so that -L comes before libs that need it for instance...
+      if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "lib,link"; then
+	## FIXME: Find the place where the list is rebuilt in the wrong
+	##        order, and fix it there properly
+        tmp_deplibs=
+	for deplib in $deplibs; do
+	  tmp_deplibs="$deplib $tmp_deplibs"
+	done
+	deplibs="$tmp_deplibs"
+      fi
+
+      if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "lib,link" ||
+	 test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,scan"; then
+	libs="$deplibs"
+	deplibs=
+      fi
+      if test "$linkmode" = prog; then
+	case $pass in
+	dlopen) libs="$dlfiles" ;;
+	dlpreopen) libs="$dlprefiles" ;;
+	link) libs="$deplibs %DEPLIBS% $dependency_libs" ;;
+	esac
+      fi
+      if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "lib,dlpreopen"; then
+	# Collect and forward deplibs of preopened libtool libs
+	for lib in $dlprefiles; do
+	  # Ignore non-libtool-libs
+	  dependency_libs=
+	  case $lib in
+	  *.la)	func_source "$lib" ;;
+	  esac
+
+	  # Collect preopened libtool deplibs, except any this library
+	  # has declared as weak libs
+	  for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
+            deplib_base=`$ECHO "X$deplib" | $Xsed -e "$basename"`
+	    case " $weak_libs " in
+	    *" $deplib_base "*) ;;
+	    *) deplibs="$deplibs $deplib" ;;
+	    esac
+	  done
+	done
+	libs="$dlprefiles"
+      fi
+      if test "$pass" = dlopen; then
+	# Collect dlpreopened libraries
+	save_deplibs="$deplibs"
+	deplibs=
+      fi
+
+      for deplib in $libs; do
+	lib=
+	found=no
+	case $deplib in
+	-mt|-mthreads|-kthread|-Kthread|-pthread|-pthreads|--thread-safe|-threads)
+	  if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then
+	    compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
+	    finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
+	  else
+	    compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $deplib"
+	    if test "$linkmode" = lib ; then
+		case "$new_inherited_linker_flags " in
+		    *" $deplib "*) ;;
+		    * ) new_inherited_linker_flags="$new_inherited_linker_flags $deplib" ;;
+		esac
+	    fi
+	  fi
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	-l*)
+	  if test "$linkmode" != lib && test "$linkmode" != prog; then
+	    func_warning "\`-l' is ignored for archives/objects"
+	    continue
+	  fi
+	  func_stripname '-l' '' "$deplib"
+	  name=$func_stripname_result
+	  if test "$linkmode" = lib; then
+	    searchdirs="$newlib_search_path $lib_search_path $compiler_lib_search_dirs $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path"
+	  else
+	    searchdirs="$newlib_search_path $lib_search_path $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path"
+	  fi
+	  for searchdir in $searchdirs; do
+	    for search_ext in .la $std_shrext .so .a; do
+	      # Search the libtool library
+	      lib="$searchdir/lib${name}${search_ext}"
+	      if test -f "$lib"; then
+		if test "$search_ext" = ".la"; then
+		  found=yes
+		else
+		  found=no
+		fi
+		break 2
+	      fi
+	    done
+	  done
+	  if test "$found" != yes; then
+	    # deplib doesn't seem to be a libtool library
+	    if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then
+	      compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
+	      finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
+	    else
+	      deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+	      test "$linkmode" = lib && newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs"
+	    fi
+	    continue
+	  else # deplib is a libtool library
+	    # If $allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes && $deplib is a stdlib,
+	    # We need to do some special things here, and not later.
+	    if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then
+	      case " $predeps $postdeps " in
+	      *" $deplib "*)
+		if func_lalib_p "$lib"; then
+		  library_names=
+		  old_library=
+		  func_source "$lib"
+		  for l in $old_library $library_names; do
+		    ll="$l"
+		  done
+		  if test "X$ll" = "X$old_library" ; then # only static version available
+		    found=no
+		    func_dirname "$lib" "" "."
+		    ladir="$func_dirname_result"
+		    lib=$ladir/$old_library
+		    if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then
+		      compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
+		      finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
+		    else
+		      deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+		      test "$linkmode" = lib && newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs"
+		    fi
+		    continue
+		  fi
+		fi
+		;;
+	      *) ;;
+	      esac
+	    fi
+	  fi
+	  ;; # -l
+	*.ltframework)
+	  if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then
+	    compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
+	    finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
+	  else
+	    deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+	    if test "$linkmode" = lib ; then
+		case "$new_inherited_linker_flags " in
+		    *" $deplib "*) ;;
+		    * ) new_inherited_linker_flags="$new_inherited_linker_flags $deplib" ;;
+		esac
+	    fi
+	  fi
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	-L*)
+	  case $linkmode in
+	  lib)
+	    deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+	    test "$pass" = conv && continue
+	    newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs"
+	    func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib"
+	    newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path $func_stripname_result"
+	    ;;
+	  prog)
+	    if test "$pass" = conv; then
+	      deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+	      continue
+	    fi
+	    if test "$pass" = scan; then
+	      deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+	    else
+	      compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
+	      finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
+	    fi
+	    func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib"
+	    newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path $func_stripname_result"
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    func_warning "\`-L' is ignored for archives/objects"
+	    ;;
+	  esac # linkmode
+	  continue
+	  ;; # -L
+	-R*)
+	  if test "$pass" = link; then
+	    func_stripname '-R' '' "$deplib"
+	    dir=$func_stripname_result
+	    # Make sure the xrpath contains only unique directories.
+	    case "$xrpath " in
+	    *" $dir "*) ;;
+	    *) xrpath="$xrpath $dir" ;;
+	    esac
+	  fi
+	  deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	*.la) lib="$deplib" ;;
+	*.$libext)
+	  if test "$pass" = conv; then
+	    deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+	    continue
+	  fi
+	  case $linkmode in
+	  lib)
+	    # Linking convenience modules into shared libraries is allowed,
+	    # but linking other static libraries is non-portable.
+	    case " $dlpreconveniencelibs " in
+	    *" $deplib "*) ;;
+	    *)
+	      valid_a_lib=no
+	      case $deplibs_check_method in
+		match_pattern*)
+		  set dummy $deplibs_check_method; shift
+		  match_pattern_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "$1 \(.*\)"`
+		  if eval "\$ECHO \"X$deplib\"" 2>/dev/null | $Xsed -e 10q \
+		    | $EGREP "$match_pattern_regex" > /dev/null; then
+		    valid_a_lib=yes
+		  fi
+		;;
+		pass_all)
+		  valid_a_lib=yes
+		;;
+	      esac
+	      if test "$valid_a_lib" != yes; then
+		$ECHO
+		$ECHO "*** Warning: Trying to link with static lib archive $deplib."
+		$ECHO "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when"
+		$ECHO "*** you link to this library.  But I can only do this if you have a"
+		$ECHO "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have"
+		$ECHO "*** because the file extensions .$libext of this argument makes me believe"
+		$ECHO "*** that it is just a static archive that I should not use here."
+	      else
+		$ECHO
+		$ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the"
+		$ECHO "*** static library $deplib is not portable!"
+		deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+	      fi
+	      ;;
+	    esac
+	    continue
+	    ;;
+	  prog)
+	    if test "$pass" != link; then
+	      deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+	    else
+	      compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
+	      finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
+	    fi
+	    continue
+	    ;;
+	  esac # linkmode
+	  ;; # *.$libext
+	*.lo | *.$objext)
+	  if test "$pass" = conv; then
+	    deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+	  elif test "$linkmode" = prog; then
+	    if test "$pass" = dlpreopen || test "$dlopen_support" != yes || test "$build_libtool_libs" = no; then
+	      # If there is no dlopen support or we're linking statically,
+	      # we need to preload.
+	      newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $deplib"
+	      compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
+	      finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
+	    else
+	      newdlfiles="$newdlfiles $deplib"
+	    fi
+	  fi
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	%DEPLIBS%)
+	  alldeplibs=yes
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	esac # case $deplib
+
+	if test "$found" = yes || test -f "$lib"; then :
+	else
+	  func_fatal_error "cannot find the library \`$lib' or unhandled argument \`$deplib'"
+	fi
+
+	# Check to see that this really is a libtool archive.
+	func_lalib_unsafe_p "$lib" \
+	  || func_fatal_error "\`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive"
+
+	func_dirname "$lib" "" "."
+	ladir="$func_dirname_result"
+
+	dlname=
+	dlopen=
+	dlpreopen=
+	libdir=
+	library_names=
+	old_library=
+	inherited_linker_flags=
+	# If the library was installed with an old release of libtool,
+	# it will not redefine variables installed, or shouldnotlink
+	installed=yes
+	shouldnotlink=no
+	avoidtemprpath=
+
+
+	# Read the .la file
+	func_source "$lib"
+
+	# Convert "-framework foo" to "foo.ltframework"
+	if test -n "$inherited_linker_flags"; then
+	  tmp_inherited_linker_flags=`$ECHO "X$inherited_linker_flags" | $Xsed -e 's/-framework \([^ $]*\)/\1.ltframework/g'`
+	  for tmp_inherited_linker_flag in $tmp_inherited_linker_flags; do
+	    case " $new_inherited_linker_flags " in
+	      *" $tmp_inherited_linker_flag "*) ;;
+	      *) new_inherited_linker_flags="$new_inherited_linker_flags $tmp_inherited_linker_flag";;
+	    esac
+	  done
+	fi
+	dependency_libs=`$ECHO "X $dependency_libs" | $Xsed -e 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
+	if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "lib,link" ||
+	   test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,scan" ||
+	   { test "$linkmode" != prog && test "$linkmode" != lib; }; then
+	  test -n "$dlopen" && dlfiles="$dlfiles $dlopen"
+	  test -n "$dlpreopen" && dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $dlpreopen"
+	fi
+
+	if test "$pass" = conv; then
+	  # Only check for convenience libraries
+	  deplibs="$lib $deplibs"
+	  if test -z "$libdir"; then
+	    if test -z "$old_library"; then
+	      func_fatal_error "cannot find name of link library for \`$lib'"
+	    fi
+	    # It is a libtool convenience library, so add in its objects.
+	    convenience="$convenience $ladir/$objdir/$old_library"
+	    old_convenience="$old_convenience $ladir/$objdir/$old_library"
+	  elif test "$linkmode" != prog && test "$linkmode" != lib; then
+	    func_fatal_error "\`$lib' is not a convenience library"
+	  fi
+	  tmp_libs=
+	  for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
+	    deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+	    if $opt_duplicate_deps ; then
+	      case "$tmp_libs " in
+	      *" $deplib "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $deplib" ;;
+	      esac
+	    fi
+	    tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib"
+	  done
+	  continue
+	fi # $pass = conv
+
+
+	# Get the name of the library we link against.
+	linklib=
+	for l in $old_library $library_names; do
+	  linklib="$l"
+	done
+	if test -z "$linklib"; then
+	  func_fatal_error "cannot find name of link library for \`$lib'"
+	fi
+
+	# This library was specified with -dlopen.
+	if test "$pass" = dlopen; then
+	  if test -z "$libdir"; then
+	    func_fatal_error "cannot -dlopen a convenience library: \`$lib'"
+	  fi
+	  if test -z "$dlname" ||
+	     test "$dlopen_support" != yes ||
+	     test "$build_libtool_libs" = no; then
+	    # If there is no dlname, no dlopen support or we're linking
+	    # statically, we need to preload.  We also need to preload any
+	    # dependent libraries so libltdl's deplib preloader doesn't
+	    # bomb out in the load deplibs phase.
+	    dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $lib $dependency_libs"
+	  else
+	    newdlfiles="$newdlfiles $lib"
+	  fi
+	  continue
+	fi # $pass = dlopen
+
+	# We need an absolute path.
+	case $ladir in
+	[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs_ladir="$ladir" ;;
+	*)
+	  abs_ladir=`cd "$ladir" && pwd`
+	  if test -z "$abs_ladir"; then
+	    func_warning "cannot determine absolute directory name of \`$ladir'"
+	    func_warning "passing it literally to the linker, although it might fail"
+	    abs_ladir="$ladir"
+	  fi
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	func_basename "$lib"
+	laname="$func_basename_result"
+
+	# Find the relevant object directory and library name.
+	if test "X$installed" = Xyes; then
+	  if test ! -f "$libdir/$linklib" && test -f "$abs_ladir/$linklib"; then
+	    func_warning "library \`$lib' was moved."
+	    dir="$ladir"
+	    absdir="$abs_ladir"
+	    libdir="$abs_ladir"
+	  else
+	    dir="$libdir"
+	    absdir="$libdir"
+	  fi
+	  test "X$hardcode_automatic" = Xyes && avoidtemprpath=yes
+	else
+	  if test ! -f "$ladir/$objdir/$linklib" && test -f "$abs_ladir/$linklib"; then
+	    dir="$ladir"
+	    absdir="$abs_ladir"
+	    # Remove this search path later
+	    notinst_path="$notinst_path $abs_ladir"
+	  else
+	    dir="$ladir/$objdir"
+	    absdir="$abs_ladir/$objdir"
+	    # Remove this search path later
+	    notinst_path="$notinst_path $abs_ladir"
+	  fi
+	fi # $installed = yes
+	func_stripname 'lib' '.la' "$laname"
+	name=$func_stripname_result
+
+	# This library was specified with -dlpreopen.
+	if test "$pass" = dlpreopen; then
+	  if test -z "$libdir" && test "$linkmode" = prog; then
+	    func_fatal_error "only libraries may -dlpreopen a convenience library: \`$lib'"
+	  fi
+	  # Prefer using a static library (so that no silly _DYNAMIC symbols
+	  # are required to link).
+	  if test -n "$old_library"; then
+	    newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $dir/$old_library"
+	    # Keep a list of preopened convenience libraries to check
+	    # that they are being used correctly in the link pass.
+	    test -z "$libdir" && \
+		dlpreconveniencelibs="$dlpreconveniencelibs $dir/$old_library"
+	  # Otherwise, use the dlname, so that lt_dlopen finds it.
+	  elif test -n "$dlname"; then
+	    newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $dir/$dlname"
+	  else
+	    newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $dir/$linklib"
+	  fi
+	fi # $pass = dlpreopen
+
+	if test -z "$libdir"; then
+	  # Link the convenience library
+	  if test "$linkmode" = lib; then
+	    deplibs="$dir/$old_library $deplibs"
+	  elif test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then
+	    compile_deplibs="$dir/$old_library $compile_deplibs"
+	    finalize_deplibs="$dir/$old_library $finalize_deplibs"
+	  else
+	    deplibs="$lib $deplibs" # used for prog,scan pass
+	  fi
+	  continue
+	fi
+
+
+	if test "$linkmode" = prog && test "$pass" != link; then
+	  newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path $ladir"
+	  deplibs="$lib $deplibs"
+
+	  linkalldeplibs=no
+	  if test "$link_all_deplibs" != no || test -z "$library_names" ||
+	     test "$build_libtool_libs" = no; then
+	    linkalldeplibs=yes
+	  fi
+
+	  tmp_libs=
+	  for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
+	    case $deplib in
+	    -L*) func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib"
+	         newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path $func_stripname_result"
+		 ;;
+	    esac
+	    # Need to link against all dependency_libs?
+	    if test "$linkalldeplibs" = yes; then
+	      deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+	    else
+	      # Need to hardcode shared library paths
+	      # or/and link against static libraries
+	      newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs"
+	    fi
+	    if $opt_duplicate_deps ; then
+	      case "$tmp_libs " in
+	      *" $deplib "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $deplib" ;;
+	      esac
+	    fi
+	    tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib"
+	  done # for deplib
+	  continue
+	fi # $linkmode = prog...
+
+	if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then
+	  if test -n "$library_names" &&
+	     { { test "$prefer_static_libs" = no ||
+	         test "$prefer_static_libs,$installed" = "built,yes"; } ||
+	       test -z "$old_library"; }; then
+	    # We need to hardcode the library path
+	    if test -n "$shlibpath_var" && test -z "$avoidtemprpath" ; then
+	      # Make sure the rpath contains only unique directories.
+	      case "$temp_rpath:" in
+	      *"$absdir:"*) ;;
+	      *) temp_rpath="$temp_rpath$absdir:" ;;
+	      esac
+	    fi
+
+	    # Hardcode the library path.
+	    # Skip directories that are in the system default run-time
+	    # search path.
+	    case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in
+	    *" $absdir "*) ;;
+	    *)
+	      case "$compile_rpath " in
+	      *" $absdir "*) ;;
+	      *) compile_rpath="$compile_rpath $absdir"
+	      esac
+	      ;;
+	    esac
+	    case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in
+	    *" $libdir "*) ;;
+	    *)
+	      case "$finalize_rpath " in
+	      *" $libdir "*) ;;
+	      *) finalize_rpath="$finalize_rpath $libdir"
+	      esac
+	      ;;
+	    esac
+	  fi # $linkmode,$pass = prog,link...
+
+	  if test "$alldeplibs" = yes &&
+	     { test "$deplibs_check_method" = pass_all ||
+	       { test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes &&
+		 test -n "$library_names"; }; }; then
+	    # We only need to search for static libraries
+	    continue
+	  fi
+	fi
+
+	link_static=no # Whether the deplib will be linked statically
+	use_static_libs=$prefer_static_libs
+	if test "$use_static_libs" = built && test "$installed" = yes; then
+	  use_static_libs=no
+	fi
+	if test -n "$library_names" &&
+	   { test "$use_static_libs" = no || test -z "$old_library"; }; then
+	  case $host in
+	  *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc*)
+	      # No point in relinking DLLs because paths are not encoded
+	      notinst_deplibs="$notinst_deplibs $lib"
+	      need_relink=no
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    if test "$installed" = no; then
+	      notinst_deplibs="$notinst_deplibs $lib"
+	      need_relink=yes
+	    fi
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	  # This is a shared library
+
+	  # Warn about portability, can't link against -module's on some
+	  # systems (darwin).  Don't bleat about dlopened modules though!
+	  dlopenmodule=""
+	  for dlpremoduletest in $dlprefiles; do
+	    if test "X$dlpremoduletest" = "X$lib"; then
+	      dlopenmodule="$dlpremoduletest"
+	      break
+	    fi
+	  done
+	  if test -z "$dlopenmodule" && test "$shouldnotlink" = yes && test "$pass" = link; then
+	    $ECHO
+	    if test "$linkmode" = prog; then
+	      $ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the executable $output against the loadable module"
+	    else
+	      $ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the loadable module"
+	    fi
+	    $ECHO "*** $linklib is not portable!"
+	  fi
+	  if test "$linkmode" = lib &&
+	     test "$hardcode_into_libs" = yes; then
+	    # Hardcode the library path.
+	    # Skip directories that are in the system default run-time
+	    # search path.
+	    case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in
+	    *" $absdir "*) ;;
+	    *)
+	      case "$compile_rpath " in
+	      *" $absdir "*) ;;
+	      *) compile_rpath="$compile_rpath $absdir"
+	      esac
+	      ;;
+	    esac
+	    case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in
+	    *" $libdir "*) ;;
+	    *)
+	      case "$finalize_rpath " in
+	      *" $libdir "*) ;;
+	      *) finalize_rpath="$finalize_rpath $libdir"
+	      esac
+	      ;;
+	    esac
+	  fi
+
+	  if test -n "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds"; then
+	    # figure out the soname
+	    set dummy $library_names
+	    shift
+	    realname="$1"
+	    shift
+	    libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""`
+	    # use dlname if we got it. it's perfectly good, no?
+	    if test -n "$dlname"; then
+	      soname="$dlname"
+	    elif test -n "$soname_spec"; then
+	      # bleh windows
+	      case $host in
+	      *cygwin* | mingw* | *cegcc*)
+	        func_arith $current - $age
+		major=$func_arith_result
+		versuffix="-$major"
+		;;
+	      esac
+	      eval soname=\"$soname_spec\"
+	    else
+	      soname="$realname"
+	    fi
+
+	    # Make a new name for the extract_expsyms_cmds to use
+	    soroot="$soname"
+	    func_basename "$soroot"
+	    soname="$func_basename_result"
+	    func_stripname 'lib' '.dll' "$soname"
+	    newlib=libimp-$func_stripname_result.a
+
+	    # If the library has no export list, then create one now
+	    if test -f "$output_objdir/$soname-def"; then :
+	    else
+	      func_verbose "extracting exported symbol list from \`$soname'"
+	      func_execute_cmds "$extract_expsyms_cmds" 'exit $?'
+	    fi
+
+	    # Create $newlib
+	    if test -f "$output_objdir/$newlib"; then :; else
+	      func_verbose "generating import library for \`$soname'"
+	      func_execute_cmds "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds" 'exit $?'
+	    fi
+	    # make sure the library variables are pointing to the new library
+	    dir=$output_objdir
+	    linklib=$newlib
+	  fi # test -n "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds"
+
+	  if test "$linkmode" = prog || test "$mode" != relink; then
+	    add_shlibpath=
+	    add_dir=
+	    add=
+	    lib_linked=yes
+	    case $hardcode_action in
+	    immediate | unsupported)
+	      if test "$hardcode_direct" = no; then
+		add="$dir/$linklib"
+		case $host in
+		  *-*-sco3.2v5.0.[024]*) add_dir="-L$dir" ;;
+		  *-*-sysv4*uw2*) add_dir="-L$dir" ;;
+		  *-*-sysv5OpenUNIX* | *-*-sysv5UnixWare7.[01].[10]* | \
+		    *-*-unixware7*) add_dir="-L$dir" ;;
+		  *-*-darwin* )
+		    # if the lib is a (non-dlopened) module then we can not
+		    # link against it, someone is ignoring the earlier warnings
+		    if /usr/bin/file -L $add 2> /dev/null |
+			 $GREP ": [^:]* bundle" >/dev/null ; then
+		      if test "X$dlopenmodule" != "X$lib"; then
+			$ECHO "*** Warning: lib $linklib is a module, not a shared library"
+			if test -z "$old_library" ; then
+			  $ECHO
+			  $ECHO "*** And there doesn't seem to be a static archive available"
+			  $ECHO "*** The link will probably fail, sorry"
+			else
+			  add="$dir/$old_library"
+			fi
+		      elif test -n "$old_library"; then
+			add="$dir/$old_library"
+		      fi
+		    fi
+		esac
+	      elif test "$hardcode_minus_L" = no; then
+		case $host in
+		*-*-sunos*) add_shlibpath="$dir" ;;
+		esac
+		add_dir="-L$dir"
+		add="-l$name"
+	      elif test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = no; then
+		add_shlibpath="$dir"
+		add="-l$name"
+	      else
+		lib_linked=no
+	      fi
+	      ;;
+	    relink)
+	      if test "$hardcode_direct" = yes &&
+	         test "$hardcode_direct_absolute" = no; then
+		add="$dir/$linklib"
+	      elif test "$hardcode_minus_L" = yes; then
+		add_dir="-L$dir"
+		# Try looking first in the location we're being installed to.
+		if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then
+		  case $libdir in
+		    [\\/]*)
+		      add_dir="$add_dir -L$inst_prefix_dir$libdir"
+		      ;;
+		  esac
+		fi
+		add="-l$name"
+	      elif test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = yes; then
+		add_shlibpath="$dir"
+		add="-l$name"
+	      else
+		lib_linked=no
+	      fi
+	      ;;
+	    *) lib_linked=no ;;
+	    esac
+
+	    if test "$lib_linked" != yes; then
+	      func_fatal_configuration "unsupported hardcode properties"
+	    fi
+
+	    if test -n "$add_shlibpath"; then
+	      case :$compile_shlibpath: in
+	      *":$add_shlibpath:"*) ;;
+	      *) compile_shlibpath="$compile_shlibpath$add_shlibpath:" ;;
+	      esac
+	    fi
+	    if test "$linkmode" = prog; then
+	      test -n "$add_dir" && compile_deplibs="$add_dir $compile_deplibs"
+	      test -n "$add" && compile_deplibs="$add $compile_deplibs"
+	    else
+	      test -n "$add_dir" && deplibs="$add_dir $deplibs"
+	      test -n "$add" && deplibs="$add $deplibs"
+	      if test "$hardcode_direct" != yes &&
+		 test "$hardcode_minus_L" != yes &&
+		 test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = yes; then
+		case :$finalize_shlibpath: in
+		*":$libdir:"*) ;;
+		*) finalize_shlibpath="$finalize_shlibpath$libdir:" ;;
+		esac
+	      fi
+	    fi
+	  fi
+
+	  if test "$linkmode" = prog || test "$mode" = relink; then
+	    add_shlibpath=
+	    add_dir=
+	    add=
+	    # Finalize command for both is simple: just hardcode it.
+	    if test "$hardcode_direct" = yes &&
+	       test "$hardcode_direct_absolute" = no; then
+	      add="$libdir/$linklib"
+	    elif test "$hardcode_minus_L" = yes; then
+	      add_dir="-L$libdir"
+	      add="-l$name"
+	    elif test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = yes; then
+	      case :$finalize_shlibpath: in
+	      *":$libdir:"*) ;;
+	      *) finalize_shlibpath="$finalize_shlibpath$libdir:" ;;
+	      esac
+	      add="-l$name"
+	    elif test "$hardcode_automatic" = yes; then
+	      if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir" &&
+		 test -f "$inst_prefix_dir$libdir/$linklib" ; then
+		add="$inst_prefix_dir$libdir/$linklib"
+	      else
+		add="$libdir/$linklib"
+	      fi
+	    else
+	      # We cannot seem to hardcode it, guess we'll fake it.
+	      add_dir="-L$libdir"
+	      # Try looking first in the location we're being installed to.
+	      if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then
+		case $libdir in
+		  [\\/]*)
+		    add_dir="$add_dir -L$inst_prefix_dir$libdir"
+		    ;;
+		esac
+	      fi
+	      add="-l$name"
+	    fi
+
+	    if test "$linkmode" = prog; then
+	      test -n "$add_dir" && finalize_deplibs="$add_dir $finalize_deplibs"
+	      test -n "$add" && finalize_deplibs="$add $finalize_deplibs"
+	    else
+	      test -n "$add_dir" && deplibs="$add_dir $deplibs"
+	      test -n "$add" && deplibs="$add $deplibs"
+	    fi
+	  fi
+	elif test "$linkmode" = prog; then
+	  # Here we assume that one of hardcode_direct or hardcode_minus_L
+	  # is not unsupported.  This is valid on all known static and
+	  # shared platforms.
+	  if test "$hardcode_direct" != unsupported; then
+	    test -n "$old_library" && linklib="$old_library"
+	    compile_deplibs="$dir/$linklib $compile_deplibs"
+	    finalize_deplibs="$dir/$linklib $finalize_deplibs"
+	  else
+	    compile_deplibs="-l$name -L$dir $compile_deplibs"
+	    finalize_deplibs="-l$name -L$dir $finalize_deplibs"
+	  fi
+	elif test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then
+	  # Not a shared library
+	  if test "$deplibs_check_method" != pass_all; then
+	    # We're trying link a shared library against a static one
+	    # but the system doesn't support it.
+
+	    # Just print a warning and add the library to dependency_libs so
+	    # that the program can be linked against the static library.
+	    $ECHO
+	    $ECHO "*** Warning: This system can not link to static lib archive $lib."
+	    $ECHO "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when"
+	    $ECHO "*** you link to this library.  But I can only do this if you have a"
+	    $ECHO "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have."
+	    if test "$module" = yes; then
+	      $ECHO "*** But as you try to build a module library, libtool will still create "
+	      $ECHO "*** a static module, that should work as long as the dlopening application"
+	      $ECHO "*** is linked with the -dlopen flag to resolve symbols at runtime."
+	      if test -z "$global_symbol_pipe"; then
+		$ECHO
+		$ECHO "*** However, this would only work if libtool was able to extract symbol"
+		$ECHO "*** lists from a program, using \`nm' or equivalent, but libtool could"
+		$ECHO "*** not find such a program.  So, this module is probably useless."
+		$ECHO "*** \`nm' from GNU binutils and a full rebuild may help."
+	      fi
+	      if test "$build_old_libs" = no; then
+		build_libtool_libs=module
+		build_old_libs=yes
+	      else
+		build_libtool_libs=no
+	      fi
+	    fi
+	  else
+	    deplibs="$dir/$old_library $deplibs"
+	    link_static=yes
+	  fi
+	fi # link shared/static library?
+
+	if test "$linkmode" = lib; then
+	  if test -n "$dependency_libs" &&
+	     { test "$hardcode_into_libs" != yes ||
+	       test "$build_old_libs" = yes ||
+	       test "$link_static" = yes; }; then
+	    # Extract -R from dependency_libs
+	    temp_deplibs=
+	    for libdir in $dependency_libs; do
+	      case $libdir in
+	      -R*) func_stripname '-R' '' "$libdir"
+	           temp_xrpath=$func_stripname_result
+		   case " $xrpath " in
+		   *" $temp_xrpath "*) ;;
+		   *) xrpath="$xrpath $temp_xrpath";;
+		   esac;;
+	      *) temp_deplibs="$temp_deplibs $libdir";;
+	      esac
+	    done
+	    dependency_libs="$temp_deplibs"
+	  fi
+
+	  newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path $absdir"
+	  # Link against this library
+	  test "$link_static" = no && newdependency_libs="$abs_ladir/$laname $newdependency_libs"
+	  # ... and its dependency_libs
+	  tmp_libs=
+	  for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
+	    newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs"
+	    if $opt_duplicate_deps ; then
+	      case "$tmp_libs " in
+	      *" $deplib "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $deplib" ;;
+	      esac
+	    fi
+	    tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib"
+	  done
+
+	  if test "$link_all_deplibs" != no; then
+	    # Add the search paths of all dependency libraries
+	    for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
+	      case $deplib in
+	      -L*) path="$deplib" ;;
+	      *.la)
+	        func_dirname "$deplib" "" "."
+		dir="$func_dirname_result"
+		# We need an absolute path.
+		case $dir in
+		[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) absdir="$dir" ;;
+		*)
+		  absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd`
+		  if test -z "$absdir"; then
+		    func_warning "cannot determine absolute directory name of \`$dir'"
+		    absdir="$dir"
+		  fi
+		  ;;
+		esac
+		if $GREP "^installed=no" $deplib > /dev/null; then
+		case $host in
+		*-*-darwin*)
+		  depdepl=
+		  eval deplibrary_names=`${SED} -n -e 's/^library_names=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $deplib`
+		  if test -n "$deplibrary_names" ; then
+		    for tmp in $deplibrary_names ; do
+		      depdepl=$tmp
+		    done
+		    if test -f "$absdir/$objdir/$depdepl" ; then
+		      depdepl="$absdir/$objdir/$depdepl"
+		      darwin_install_name=`${OTOOL} -L $depdepl | awk '{if (NR == 2) {print $1;exit}}'`
+                      if test -z "$darwin_install_name"; then
+                          darwin_install_name=`${OTOOL64} -L $depdepl  | awk '{if (NR == 2) {print $1;exit}}'`
+                      fi
+		      compiler_flags="$compiler_flags ${wl}-dylib_file ${wl}${darwin_install_name}:${depdepl}"
+		      linker_flags="$linker_flags -dylib_file ${darwin_install_name}:${depdepl}"
+		      path=
+		    fi
+		  fi
+		  ;;
+		*)
+		  path="-L$absdir/$objdir"
+		  ;;
+		esac
+		else
+		  eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $deplib`
+		  test -z "$libdir" && \
+		    func_fatal_error "\`$deplib' is not a valid libtool archive"
+		  test "$absdir" != "$libdir" && \
+		    func_warning "\`$deplib' seems to be moved"
+
+		  path="-L$absdir"
+		fi
+		;;
+	      esac
+	      case " $deplibs " in
+	      *" $path "*) ;;
+	      *) deplibs="$path $deplibs" ;;
+	      esac
+	    done
+	  fi # link_all_deplibs != no
+	fi # linkmode = lib
+      done # for deplib in $libs
+      if test "$pass" = link; then
+	if test "$linkmode" = "prog"; then
+	  compile_deplibs="$new_inherited_linker_flags $compile_deplibs"
+	  finalize_deplibs="$new_inherited_linker_flags $finalize_deplibs"
+	else
+	  compiler_flags="$compiler_flags "`$ECHO "X $new_inherited_linker_flags" | $Xsed -e 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
+	fi
+      fi
+      dependency_libs="$newdependency_libs"
+      if test "$pass" = dlpreopen; then
+	# Link the dlpreopened libraries before other libraries
+	for deplib in $save_deplibs; do
+	  deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+	done
+      fi
+      if test "$pass" != dlopen; then
+	if test "$pass" != conv; then
+	  # Make sure lib_search_path contains only unique directories.
+	  lib_search_path=
+	  for dir in $newlib_search_path; do
+	    case "$lib_search_path " in
+	    *" $dir "*) ;;
+	    *) lib_search_path="$lib_search_path $dir" ;;
+	    esac
+	  done
+	  newlib_search_path=
+	fi
+
+	if test "$linkmode,$pass" != "prog,link"; then
+	  vars="deplibs"
+	else
+	  vars="compile_deplibs finalize_deplibs"
+	fi
+	for var in $vars dependency_libs; do
+	  # Add libraries to $var in reverse order
+	  eval tmp_libs=\"\$$var\"
+	  new_libs=
+	  for deplib in $tmp_libs; do
+	    # FIXME: Pedantically, this is the right thing to do, so
+	    #        that some nasty dependency loop isn't accidentally
+	    #        broken:
+	    #new_libs="$deplib $new_libs"
+	    # Pragmatically, this seems to cause very few problems in
+	    # practice:
+	    case $deplib in
+	    -L*) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;;
+	    -R*) ;;
+	    *)
+	      # And here is the reason: when a library appears more
+	      # than once as an explicit dependence of a library, or
+	      # is implicitly linked in more than once by the
+	      # compiler, it is considered special, and multiple
+	      # occurrences thereof are not removed.  Compare this
+	      # with having the same library being listed as a
+	      # dependency of multiple other libraries: in this case,
+	      # we know (pedantically, we assume) the library does not
+	      # need to be listed more than once, so we keep only the
+	      # last copy.  This is not always right, but it is rare
+	      # enough that we require users that really mean to play
+	      # such unportable linking tricks to link the library
+	      # using -Wl,-lname, so that libtool does not consider it
+	      # for duplicate removal.
+	      case " $specialdeplibs " in
+	      *" $deplib "*) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;;
+	      *)
+		case " $new_libs " in
+		*" $deplib "*) ;;
+		*) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;;
+		esac
+		;;
+	      esac
+	      ;;
+	    esac
+	  done
+	  tmp_libs=
+	  for deplib in $new_libs; do
+	    case $deplib in
+	    -L*)
+	      case " $tmp_libs " in
+	      *" $deplib "*) ;;
+	      *) tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib" ;;
+	      esac
+	      ;;
+	    *) tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib" ;;
+	    esac
+	  done
+	  eval $var=\"$tmp_libs\"
+	done # for var
+      fi
+      # Last step: remove runtime libs from dependency_libs
+      # (they stay in deplibs)
+      tmp_libs=
+      for i in $dependency_libs ; do
+	case " $predeps $postdeps $compiler_lib_search_path " in
+	*" $i "*)
+	  i=""
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	if test -n "$i" ; then
+	  tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $i"
+	fi
+      done
+      dependency_libs=$tmp_libs
+    done # for pass
+    if test "$linkmode" = prog; then
+      dlfiles="$newdlfiles"
+    fi
+    if test "$linkmode" = prog || test "$linkmode" = lib; then
+      dlprefiles="$newdlprefiles"
+    fi
+
+    case $linkmode in
+    oldlib)
+      if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test "$dlself" != no; then
+	func_warning "\`-dlopen' is ignored for archives"
+      fi
+
+      case " $deplibs" in
+      *\ -l* | *\ -L*)
+	func_warning "\`-l' and \`-L' are ignored for archives" ;;
+      esac
+
+      test -n "$rpath" && \
+	func_warning "\`-rpath' is ignored for archives"
+
+      test -n "$xrpath" && \
+	func_warning "\`-R' is ignored for archives"
+
+      test -n "$vinfo" && \
+	func_warning "\`-version-info/-version-number' is ignored for archives"
+
+      test -n "$release" && \
+	func_warning "\`-release' is ignored for archives"
+
+      test -n "$export_symbols$export_symbols_regex" && \
+	func_warning "\`-export-symbols' is ignored for archives"
+
+      # Now set the variables for building old libraries.
+      build_libtool_libs=no
+      oldlibs="$output"
+      objs="$objs$old_deplibs"
+      ;;
+
+    lib)
+      # Make sure we only generate libraries of the form `libNAME.la'.
+      case $outputname in
+      lib*)
+	func_stripname 'lib' '.la' "$outputname"
+	name=$func_stripname_result
+	eval shared_ext=\"$shrext_cmds\"
+	eval libname=\"$libname_spec\"
+	;;
+      *)
+	test "$module" = no && \
+	  func_fatal_help "libtool library \`$output' must begin with \`lib'"
+
+	if test "$need_lib_prefix" != no; then
+	  # Add the "lib" prefix for modules if required
+	  func_stripname '' '.la' "$outputname"
+	  name=$func_stripname_result
+	  eval shared_ext=\"$shrext_cmds\"
+	  eval libname=\"$libname_spec\"
+	else
+	  func_stripname '' '.la' "$outputname"
+	  libname=$func_stripname_result
+	fi
+	;;
+      esac
+
+      if test -n "$objs"; then
+	if test "$deplibs_check_method" != pass_all; then
+	  func_fatal_error "cannot build libtool library \`$output' from non-libtool objects on this host:$objs"
+	else
+	  $ECHO
+	  $ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the non-libtool"
+	  $ECHO "*** objects $objs is not portable!"
+	  libobjs="$libobjs $objs"
+	fi
+      fi
+
+      test "$dlself" != no && \
+	func_warning "\`-dlopen self' is ignored for libtool libraries"
+
+      set dummy $rpath
+      shift
+      test "$#" -gt 1 && \
+	func_warning "ignoring multiple \`-rpath's for a libtool library"
+
+      install_libdir="$1"
+
+      oldlibs=
+      if test -z "$rpath"; then
+	if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then
+	  # Building a libtool convenience library.
+	  # Some compilers have problems with a `.al' extension so
+	  # convenience libraries should have the same extension an
+	  # archive normally would.
+	  oldlibs="$output_objdir/$libname.$libext $oldlibs"
+	  build_libtool_libs=convenience
+	  build_old_libs=yes
+	fi
+
+	test -n "$vinfo" && \
+	  func_warning "\`-version-info/-version-number' is ignored for convenience libraries"
+
+	test -n "$release" && \
+	  func_warning "\`-release' is ignored for convenience libraries"
+      else
+
+	# Parse the version information argument.
+	save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=':'
+	set dummy $vinfo 0 0 0
+	shift
+	IFS="$save_ifs"
+
+	test -n "$7" && \
+	  func_fatal_help "too many parameters to \`-version-info'"
+
+	# convert absolute version numbers to libtool ages
+	# this retains compatibility with .la files and attempts
+	# to make the code below a bit more comprehensible
+
+	case $vinfo_number in
+	yes)
+	  number_major="$1"
+	  number_minor="$2"
+	  number_revision="$3"
+	  #
+	  # There are really only two kinds -- those that
+	  # use the current revision as the major version
+	  # and those that subtract age and use age as
+	  # a minor version.  But, then there is irix
+	  # which has an extra 1 added just for fun
+	  #
+	  case $version_type in
+	  darwin|linux|osf|windows|none)
+	    func_arith $number_major + $number_minor
+	    current=$func_arith_result
+	    age="$number_minor"
+	    revision="$number_revision"
+	    ;;
+	  freebsd-aout|freebsd-elf|sunos)
+	    current="$number_major"
+	    revision="$number_minor"
+	    age="0"
+	    ;;
+	  irix|nonstopux)
+	    func_arith $number_major + $number_minor
+	    current=$func_arith_result
+	    age="$number_minor"
+	    revision="$number_minor"
+	    lt_irix_increment=no
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	  ;;
+	no)
+	  current="$1"
+	  revision="$2"
+	  age="$3"
+	  ;;
+	esac
+
+	# Check that each of the things are valid numbers.
+	case $current in
+	0|[1-9]|[1-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;;
+	*)
+	  func_error "CURRENT \`$current' must be a nonnegative integer"
+	  func_fatal_error "\`$vinfo' is not valid version information"
+	  ;;
+	esac
+
+	case $revision in
+	0|[1-9]|[1-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;;
+	*)
+	  func_error "REVISION \`$revision' must be a nonnegative integer"
+	  func_fatal_error "\`$vinfo' is not valid version information"
+	  ;;
+	esac
+
+	case $age in
+	0|[1-9]|[1-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;;
+	*)
+	  func_error "AGE \`$age' must be a nonnegative integer"
+	  func_fatal_error "\`$vinfo' is not valid version information"
+	  ;;
+	esac
+
+	if test "$age" -gt "$current"; then
+	  func_error "AGE \`$age' is greater than the current interface number \`$current'"
+	  func_fatal_error "\`$vinfo' is not valid version information"
+	fi
+
+	# Calculate the version variables.
+	major=
+	versuffix=
+	verstring=
+	case $version_type in
+	none) ;;
+
+	darwin)
+	  # Like Linux, but with the current version available in
+	  # verstring for coding it into the library header
+	  func_arith $current - $age
+	  major=.$func_arith_result
+	  versuffix="$major.$age.$revision"
+	  # Darwin ld doesn't like 0 for these options...
+	  func_arith $current + 1
+	  minor_current=$func_arith_result
+	  xlcverstring="${wl}-compatibility_version ${wl}$minor_current ${wl}-current_version ${wl}$minor_current.$revision"
+	  verstring="-compatibility_version $minor_current -current_version $minor_current.$revision"
+	  ;;
+
+	freebsd-aout)
+	  major=".$current"
+	  versuffix=".$current.$revision";
+	  ;;
+
+	freebsd-elf)
+	  major=".$current"
+	  versuffix=".$current"
+	  ;;
+
+	irix | nonstopux)
+	  if test "X$lt_irix_increment" = "Xno"; then
+	    func_arith $current - $age
+	  else
+	    func_arith $current - $age + 1
+	  fi
+	  major=$func_arith_result
+
+	  case $version_type in
+	    nonstopux) verstring_prefix=nonstopux ;;
+	    *)         verstring_prefix=sgi ;;
+	  esac
+	  verstring="$verstring_prefix$major.$revision"
+
+	  # Add in all the interfaces that we are compatible with.
+	  loop=$revision
+	  while test "$loop" -ne 0; do
+	    func_arith $revision - $loop
+	    iface=$func_arith_result
+	    func_arith $loop - 1
+	    loop=$func_arith_result
+	    verstring="$verstring_prefix$major.$iface:$verstring"
+	  done
+
+	  # Before this point, $major must not contain `.'.
+	  major=.$major
+	  versuffix="$major.$revision"
+	  ;;
+
+	linux)
+	  func_arith $current - $age
+	  major=.$func_arith_result
+	  versuffix="$major.$age.$revision"
+	  ;;
+
+	osf)
+	  func_arith $current - $age
+	  major=.$func_arith_result
+	  versuffix=".$current.$age.$revision"
+	  verstring="$current.$age.$revision"
+
+	  # Add in all the interfaces that we are compatible with.
+	  loop=$age
+	  while test "$loop" -ne 0; do
+	    func_arith $current - $loop
+	    iface=$func_arith_result
+	    func_arith $loop - 1
+	    loop=$func_arith_result
+	    verstring="$verstring:${iface}.0"
+	  done
+
+	  # Make executables depend on our current version.
+	  verstring="$verstring:${current}.0"
+	  ;;
+
+	qnx)
+	  major=".$current"
+	  versuffix=".$current"
+	  ;;
+
+	sunos)
+	  major=".$current"
+	  versuffix=".$current.$revision"
+	  ;;
+
+	windows)
+	  # Use '-' rather than '.', since we only want one
+	  # extension on DOS 8.3 filesystems.
+	  func_arith $current - $age
+	  major=$func_arith_result
+	  versuffix="-$major"
+	  ;;
+
+	*)
+	  func_fatal_configuration "unknown library version type \`$version_type'"
+	  ;;
+	esac
+
+	# Clear the version info if we defaulted, and they specified a release.
+	if test -z "$vinfo" && test -n "$release"; then
+	  major=
+	  case $version_type in
+	  darwin)
+	    # we can't check for "0.0" in archive_cmds due to quoting
+	    # problems, so we reset it completely
+	    verstring=
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    verstring="0.0"
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	  if test "$need_version" = no; then
+	    versuffix=
+	  else
+	    versuffix=".0.0"
+	  fi
+	fi
+
+	# Remove version info from name if versioning should be avoided
+	if test "$avoid_version" = yes && test "$need_version" = no; then
+	  major=
+	  versuffix=
+	  verstring=""
+	fi
+
+	# Check to see if the archive will have undefined symbols.
+	if test "$allow_undefined" = yes; then
+	  if test "$allow_undefined_flag" = unsupported; then
+	    func_warning "undefined symbols not allowed in $host shared libraries"
+	    build_libtool_libs=no
+	    build_old_libs=yes
+	  fi
+	else
+	  # Don't allow undefined symbols.
+	  allow_undefined_flag="$no_undefined_flag"
+	fi
+
+      fi
+
+      func_generate_dlsyms "$libname" "$libname" "yes"
+      libobjs="$libobjs $symfileobj"
+      test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs=
+
+      if test "$mode" != relink; then
+	# Remove our outputs, but don't remove object files since they
+	# may have been created when compiling PIC objects.
+	removelist=
+	tempremovelist=`$ECHO "$output_objdir/*"`
+	for p in $tempremovelist; do
+	  case $p in
+	    *.$objext | *.gcno)
+	       ;;
+	    $output_objdir/$outputname | $output_objdir/$libname.* | $output_objdir/${libname}${release}.*)
+	       if test "X$precious_files_regex" != "X"; then
+		 if $ECHO "$p" | $EGREP -e "$precious_files_regex" >/dev/null 2>&1
+		 then
+		   continue
+		 fi
+	       fi
+	       removelist="$removelist $p"
+	       ;;
+	    *) ;;
+	  esac
+	done
+	test -n "$removelist" && \
+	  func_show_eval "${RM}r \$removelist"
+      fi
+
+      # Now set the variables for building old libraries.
+      if test "$build_old_libs" = yes && test "$build_libtool_libs" != convenience ; then
+	oldlibs="$oldlibs $output_objdir/$libname.$libext"
+
+	# Transform .lo files to .o files.
+	oldobjs="$objs "`$ECHO "X$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e '/\.'${libext}'$/d' -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`
+      fi
+
+      # Eliminate all temporary directories.
+      #for path in $notinst_path; do
+      #	lib_search_path=`$ECHO "X$lib_search_path " | $Xsed -e "s% $path % %g"`
+      #	deplibs=`$ECHO "X$deplibs " | $Xsed -e "s% -L$path % %g"`
+      #	dependency_libs=`$ECHO "X$dependency_libs " | $Xsed -e "s% -L$path % %g"`
+      #done
+
+      if test -n "$xrpath"; then
+	# If the user specified any rpath flags, then add them.
+	temp_xrpath=
+	for libdir in $xrpath; do
+	  temp_xrpath="$temp_xrpath -R$libdir"
+	  case "$finalize_rpath " in
+	  *" $libdir "*) ;;
+	  *) finalize_rpath="$finalize_rpath $libdir" ;;
+	  esac
+	done
+	if test "$hardcode_into_libs" != yes || test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then
+	  dependency_libs="$temp_xrpath $dependency_libs"
+	fi
+      fi
+
+      # Make sure dlfiles contains only unique files that won't be dlpreopened
+      old_dlfiles="$dlfiles"
+      dlfiles=
+      for lib in $old_dlfiles; do
+	case " $dlprefiles $dlfiles " in
+	*" $lib "*) ;;
+	*) dlfiles="$dlfiles $lib" ;;
+	esac
+      done
+
+      # Make sure dlprefiles contains only unique files
+      old_dlprefiles="$dlprefiles"
+      dlprefiles=
+      for lib in $old_dlprefiles; do
+	case "$dlprefiles " in
+	*" $lib "*) ;;
+	*) dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $lib" ;;
+	esac
+      done
+
+      if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then
+	if test -n "$rpath"; then
+	  case $host in
+	  *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-*-beos* | *-cegcc*)
+	    # these systems don't actually have a c library (as such)!
+	    ;;
+	  *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012])
+	    # Rhapsody C library is in the System framework
+	    deplibs="$deplibs System.ltframework"
+	    ;;
+	  *-*-netbsd*)
+	    # Don't link with libc until the a.out ld.so is fixed.
+	    ;;
+	  *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd* | *-*-dragonfly*)
+	    # Do not include libc due to us having libc/libc_r.
+	    ;;
+	  *-*-sco3.2v5* | *-*-sco5v6*)
+	    # Causes problems with __ctype
+	    ;;
+	  *-*-sysv4.2uw2* | *-*-sysv5* | *-*-unixware* | *-*-OpenUNIX*)
+	    # Compiler inserts libc in the correct place for threads to work
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    # Add libc to deplibs on all other systems if necessary.
+	    if test "$build_libtool_need_lc" = "yes"; then
+	      deplibs="$deplibs -lc"
+	    fi
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	fi
+
+	# Transform deplibs into only deplibs that can be linked in shared.
+	name_save=$name
+	libname_save=$libname
+	release_save=$release
+	versuffix_save=$versuffix
+	major_save=$major
+	# I'm not sure if I'm treating the release correctly.  I think
+	# release should show up in the -l (ie -lgmp5) so we don't want to
+	# add it in twice.  Is that correct?
+	release=""
+	versuffix=""
+	major=""
+	newdeplibs=
+	droppeddeps=no
+	case $deplibs_check_method in
+	pass_all)
+	  # Don't check for shared/static.  Everything works.
+	  # This might be a little naive.  We might want to check
+	  # whether the library exists or not.  But this is on
+	  # osf3 & osf4 and I'm not really sure... Just
+	  # implementing what was already the behavior.
+	  newdeplibs=$deplibs
+	  ;;
+	test_compile)
+	  # This code stresses the "libraries are programs" paradigm to its
+	  # limits. Maybe even breaks it.  We compile a program, linking it
+	  # against the deplibs as a proxy for the library.  Then we can check
+	  # whether they linked in statically or dynamically with ldd.
+	  $opt_dry_run || $RM conftest.c
+	  cat > conftest.c </dev/null`
+		  for potent_lib in $potential_libs; do
+		      # Follow soft links.
+		      if ls -lLd "$potent_lib" 2>/dev/null |
+			 $GREP " -> " >/dev/null; then
+			continue
+		      fi
+		      # The statement above tries to avoid entering an
+		      # endless loop below, in case of cyclic links.
+		      # We might still enter an endless loop, since a link
+		      # loop can be closed while we follow links,
+		      # but so what?
+		      potlib="$potent_lib"
+		      while test -h "$potlib" 2>/dev/null; do
+			potliblink=`ls -ld $potlib | ${SED} 's/.* -> //'`
+			case $potliblink in
+			[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) potlib="$potliblink";;
+			*) potlib=`$ECHO "X$potlib" | $Xsed -e 's,[^/]*$,,'`"$potliblink";;
+			esac
+		      done
+		      if eval $file_magic_cmd \"\$potlib\" 2>/dev/null |
+			 $SED -e 10q |
+			 $EGREP "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then
+			newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib"
+			a_deplib=""
+			break 2
+		      fi
+		  done
+		done
+	      fi
+	      if test -n "$a_deplib" ; then
+		droppeddeps=yes
+		$ECHO
+		$ECHO "*** Warning: linker path does not have real file for library $a_deplib."
+		$ECHO "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when"
+		$ECHO "*** you link to this library.  But I can only do this if you have a"
+		$ECHO "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have"
+		$ECHO "*** because I did check the linker path looking for a file starting"
+		if test -z "$potlib" ; then
+		  $ECHO "*** with $libname but no candidates were found. (...for file magic test)"
+		else
+		  $ECHO "*** with $libname and none of the candidates passed a file format test"
+		  $ECHO "*** using a file magic. Last file checked: $potlib"
+		fi
+	      fi
+	      ;;
+	    *)
+	      # Add a -L argument.
+	      newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib"
+	      ;;
+	    esac
+	  done # Gone through all deplibs.
+	  ;;
+	match_pattern*)
+	  set dummy $deplibs_check_method; shift
+	  match_pattern_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "$1 \(.*\)"`
+	  for a_deplib in $deplibs; do
+	    case $a_deplib in
+	    -l*)
+	      func_stripname -l '' "$a_deplib"
+	      name=$func_stripname_result
+	      if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then
+		case " $predeps $postdeps " in
+		*" $a_deplib "*)
+		  newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib"
+		  a_deplib=""
+		  ;;
+		esac
+	      fi
+	      if test -n "$a_deplib" ; then
+		libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""`
+		for i in $lib_search_path $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path; do
+		  potential_libs=`ls $i/$libname[.-]* 2>/dev/null`
+		  for potent_lib in $potential_libs; do
+		    potlib="$potent_lib" # see symlink-check above in file_magic test
+		    if eval "\$ECHO \"X$potent_lib\"" 2>/dev/null | $Xsed -e 10q | \
+		       $EGREP "$match_pattern_regex" > /dev/null; then
+		      newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib"
+		      a_deplib=""
+		      break 2
+		    fi
+		  done
+		done
+	      fi
+	      if test -n "$a_deplib" ; then
+		droppeddeps=yes
+		$ECHO
+		$ECHO "*** Warning: linker path does not have real file for library $a_deplib."
+		$ECHO "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when"
+		$ECHO "*** you link to this library.  But I can only do this if you have a"
+		$ECHO "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have"
+		$ECHO "*** because I did check the linker path looking for a file starting"
+		if test -z "$potlib" ; then
+		  $ECHO "*** with $libname but no candidates were found. (...for regex pattern test)"
+		else
+		  $ECHO "*** with $libname and none of the candidates passed a file format test"
+		  $ECHO "*** using a regex pattern. Last file checked: $potlib"
+		fi
+	      fi
+	      ;;
+	    *)
+	      # Add a -L argument.
+	      newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib"
+	      ;;
+	    esac
+	  done # Gone through all deplibs.
+	  ;;
+	none | unknown | *)
+	  newdeplibs=""
+	  tmp_deplibs=`$ECHO "X $deplibs" | $Xsed \
+	      -e 's/ -lc$//' -e 's/ -[LR][^ ]*//g'`
+	  if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then
+	    for i in $predeps $postdeps ; do
+	      # can't use Xsed below, because $i might contain '/'
+	      tmp_deplibs=`$ECHO "X $tmp_deplibs" | $Xsed -e "s,$i,,"`
+	    done
+	  fi
+	  if $ECHO "X $tmp_deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's/[	 ]//g' |
+	     $GREP . >/dev/null; then
+	    $ECHO
+	    if test "X$deplibs_check_method" = "Xnone"; then
+	      $ECHO "*** Warning: inter-library dependencies are not supported in this platform."
+	    else
+	      $ECHO "*** Warning: inter-library dependencies are not known to be supported."
+	    fi
+	    $ECHO "*** All declared inter-library dependencies are being dropped."
+	    droppeddeps=yes
+	  fi
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	versuffix=$versuffix_save
+	major=$major_save
+	release=$release_save
+	libname=$libname_save
+	name=$name_save
+
+	case $host in
+	*-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012])
+	  # On Rhapsody replace the C library with the System framework
+	  newdeplibs=`$ECHO "X $newdeplibs" | $Xsed -e 's/ -lc / System.ltframework /'`
+	  ;;
+	esac
+
+	if test "$droppeddeps" = yes; then
+	  if test "$module" = yes; then
+	    $ECHO
+	    $ECHO "*** Warning: libtool could not satisfy all declared inter-library"
+	    $ECHO "*** dependencies of module $libname.  Therefore, libtool will create"
+	    $ECHO "*** a static module, that should work as long as the dlopening"
+	    $ECHO "*** application is linked with the -dlopen flag."
+	    if test -z "$global_symbol_pipe"; then
+	      $ECHO
+	      $ECHO "*** However, this would only work if libtool was able to extract symbol"
+	      $ECHO "*** lists from a program, using \`nm' or equivalent, but libtool could"
+	      $ECHO "*** not find such a program.  So, this module is probably useless."
+	      $ECHO "*** \`nm' from GNU binutils and a full rebuild may help."
+	    fi
+	    if test "$build_old_libs" = no; then
+	      oldlibs="$output_objdir/$libname.$libext"
+	      build_libtool_libs=module
+	      build_old_libs=yes
+	    else
+	      build_libtool_libs=no
+	    fi
+	  else
+	    $ECHO "*** The inter-library dependencies that have been dropped here will be"
+	    $ECHO "*** automatically added whenever a program is linked with this library"
+	    $ECHO "*** or is declared to -dlopen it."
+
+	    if test "$allow_undefined" = no; then
+	      $ECHO
+	      $ECHO "*** Since this library must not contain undefined symbols,"
+	      $ECHO "*** because either the platform does not support them or"
+	      $ECHO "*** it was explicitly requested with -no-undefined,"
+	      $ECHO "*** libtool will only create a static version of it."
+	      if test "$build_old_libs" = no; then
+		oldlibs="$output_objdir/$libname.$libext"
+		build_libtool_libs=module
+		build_old_libs=yes
+	      else
+		build_libtool_libs=no
+	      fi
+	    fi
+	  fi
+	fi
+	# Done checking deplibs!
+	deplibs=$newdeplibs
+      fi
+      # Time to change all our "foo.ltframework" stuff back to "-framework foo"
+      case $host in
+	*-*-darwin*)
+	  newdeplibs=`$ECHO "X $newdeplibs" | $Xsed -e 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
+	  new_inherited_linker_flags=`$ECHO "X $new_inherited_linker_flags" | $Xsed -e 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
+	  deplibs=`$ECHO "X $deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
+	  ;;
+      esac
+
+      # move library search paths that coincide with paths to not yet
+      # installed libraries to the beginning of the library search list
+      new_libs=
+      for path in $notinst_path; do
+	case " $new_libs " in
+	*" -L$path/$objdir "*) ;;
+	*)
+	  case " $deplibs " in
+	  *" -L$path/$objdir "*)
+	    new_libs="$new_libs -L$path/$objdir" ;;
+	  esac
+	  ;;
+	esac
+      done
+      for deplib in $deplibs; do
+	case $deplib in
+	-L*)
+	  case " $new_libs " in
+	  *" $deplib "*) ;;
+	  *) new_libs="$new_libs $deplib" ;;
+	  esac
+	  ;;
+	*) new_libs="$new_libs $deplib" ;;
+	esac
+      done
+      deplibs="$new_libs"
+
+      # All the library-specific variables (install_libdir is set above).
+      library_names=
+      old_library=
+      dlname=
+
+      # Test again, we may have decided not to build it any more
+      if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then
+	if test "$hardcode_into_libs" = yes; then
+	  # Hardcode the library paths
+	  hardcode_libdirs=
+	  dep_rpath=
+	  rpath="$finalize_rpath"
+	  test "$mode" != relink && rpath="$compile_rpath$rpath"
+	  for libdir in $rpath; do
+	    if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then
+	      if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then
+		if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
+		  hardcode_libdirs="$libdir"
+		else
+		  # Just accumulate the unique libdirs.
+		  case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in
+		  *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*)
+		    ;;
+		  *)
+		    hardcode_libdirs="$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir"
+		    ;;
+		  esac
+		fi
+	      else
+		eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
+		dep_rpath="$dep_rpath $flag"
+	      fi
+	    elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then
+	      case "$perm_rpath " in
+	      *" $libdir "*) ;;
+	      *) perm_rpath="$perm_rpath $libdir" ;;
+	      esac
+	    fi
+	  done
+	  # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath.
+	  if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" &&
+	     test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
+	    libdir="$hardcode_libdirs"
+	    if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld"; then
+	      eval dep_rpath=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld\"
+	    else
+	      eval dep_rpath=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
+	    fi
+	  fi
+	  if test -n "$runpath_var" && test -n "$perm_rpath"; then
+	    # We should set the runpath_var.
+	    rpath=
+	    for dir in $perm_rpath; do
+	      rpath="$rpath$dir:"
+	    done
+	    eval "$runpath_var='$rpath\$$runpath_var'; export $runpath_var"
+	  fi
+	  test -n "$dep_rpath" && deplibs="$dep_rpath $deplibs"
+	fi
+
+	shlibpath="$finalize_shlibpath"
+	test "$mode" != relink && shlibpath="$compile_shlibpath$shlibpath"
+	if test -n "$shlibpath"; then
+	  eval "$shlibpath_var='$shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var'; export $shlibpath_var"
+	fi
+
+	# Get the real and link names of the library.
+	eval shared_ext=\"$shrext_cmds\"
+	eval library_names=\"$library_names_spec\"
+	set dummy $library_names
+	shift
+	realname="$1"
+	shift
+
+	if test -n "$soname_spec"; then
+	  eval soname=\"$soname_spec\"
+	else
+	  soname="$realname"
+	fi
+	if test -z "$dlname"; then
+	  dlname=$soname
+	fi
+
+	lib="$output_objdir/$realname"
+	linknames=
+	for link
+	do
+	  linknames="$linknames $link"
+	done
+
+	# Use standard objects if they are pic
+	test -z "$pic_flag" && libobjs=`$ECHO "X$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`
+	test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs=
+
+	delfiles=
+	if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$include_expsyms"; then
+	  $opt_dry_run || cp "$export_symbols" "$output_objdir/$libname.uexp"
+	  export_symbols="$output_objdir/$libname.uexp"
+	  delfiles="$delfiles $export_symbols"
+	fi
+
+	orig_export_symbols=
+	case $host_os in
+	cygwin* | mingw* | cegcc*)
+	  if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -z "$export_symbols_regex"; then
+	    # exporting using user supplied symfile
+	    if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" != xEXPORTS; then
+	      # and it's NOT already a .def file. Must figure out
+	      # which of the given symbols are data symbols and tag
+	      # them as such. So, trigger use of export_symbols_cmds.
+	      # export_symbols gets reassigned inside the "prepare
+	      # the list of exported symbols" if statement, so the
+	      # include_expsyms logic still works.
+	      orig_export_symbols="$export_symbols"
+	      export_symbols=
+	      always_export_symbols=yes
+	    fi
+	  fi
+	  ;;
+	esac
+
+	# Prepare the list of exported symbols
+	if test -z "$export_symbols"; then
+	  if test "$always_export_symbols" = yes || test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then
+	    func_verbose "generating symbol list for \`$libname.la'"
+	    export_symbols="$output_objdir/$libname.exp"
+	    $opt_dry_run || $RM $export_symbols
+	    cmds=$export_symbols_cmds
+	    save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~'
+	    for cmd in $cmds; do
+	      IFS="$save_ifs"
+	      eval cmd=\"$cmd\"
+	      func_len " $cmd"
+	      len=$func_len_result
+	      if test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len" || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; then
+		func_show_eval "$cmd" 'exit $?'
+		skipped_export=false
+	      else
+		# The command line is too long to execute in one step.
+		func_verbose "using reloadable object file for export list..."
+		skipped_export=:
+		# Break out early, otherwise skipped_export may be
+		# set to false by a later but shorter cmd.
+		break
+	      fi
+	    done
+	    IFS="$save_ifs"
+	    if test -n "$export_symbols_regex" && test "X$skipped_export" != "X:"; then
+	      func_show_eval '$EGREP -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$export_symbols" > "${export_symbols}T"'
+	      func_show_eval '$MV "${export_symbols}T" "$export_symbols"'
+	    fi
+	  fi
+	fi
+
+	if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$include_expsyms"; then
+	  tmp_export_symbols="$export_symbols"
+	  test -n "$orig_export_symbols" && tmp_export_symbols="$orig_export_symbols"
+	  $opt_dry_run || eval '$ECHO "X$include_expsyms" | $Xsed | $SP2NL >> "$tmp_export_symbols"'
+	fi
+
+	if test "X$skipped_export" != "X:" && test -n "$orig_export_symbols"; then
+	  # The given exports_symbols file has to be filtered, so filter it.
+	  func_verbose "filter symbol list for \`$libname.la' to tag DATA exports"
+	  # FIXME: $output_objdir/$libname.filter potentially contains lots of
+	  # 's' commands which not all seds can handle. GNU sed should be fine
+	  # though. Also, the filter scales superlinearly with the number of
+	  # global variables. join(1) would be nice here, but unfortunately
+	  # isn't a blessed tool.
+	  $opt_dry_run || $SED -e '/[ ,]DATA/!d;s,\(.*\)\([ \,].*\),s|^\1$|\1\2|,' < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/$libname.filter
+	  delfiles="$delfiles $export_symbols $output_objdir/$libname.filter"
+	  export_symbols=$output_objdir/$libname.def
+	  $opt_dry_run || $SED -f $output_objdir/$libname.filter < $orig_export_symbols > $export_symbols
+	fi
+
+	tmp_deplibs=
+	for test_deplib in $deplibs; do
+	  case " $convenience " in
+	  *" $test_deplib "*) ;;
+	  *)
+	    tmp_deplibs="$tmp_deplibs $test_deplib"
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	done
+	deplibs="$tmp_deplibs"
+
+	if test -n "$convenience"; then
+	  if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec" &&
+	    test "$compiler_needs_object" = yes &&
+	    test -z "$libobjs"; then
+	    # extract the archives, so we have objects to list.
+	    # TODO: could optimize this to just extract one archive.
+	    whole_archive_flag_spec=
+	  fi
+	  if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then
+	    save_libobjs=$libobjs
+	    eval libobjs=\"\$libobjs $whole_archive_flag_spec\"
+	    test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs=
+	  else
+	    gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x"
+	    generated="$generated $gentop"
+
+	    func_extract_archives $gentop $convenience
+	    libobjs="$libobjs $func_extract_archives_result"
+	    test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs=
+	  fi
+	fi
+
+	if test "$thread_safe" = yes && test -n "$thread_safe_flag_spec"; then
+	  eval flag=\"$thread_safe_flag_spec\"
+	  linker_flags="$linker_flags $flag"
+	fi
+
+	# Make a backup of the uninstalled library when relinking
+	if test "$mode" = relink; then
+	  $opt_dry_run || eval '(cd $output_objdir && $RM ${realname}U && $MV $realname ${realname}U)' || exit $?
+	fi
+
+	# Do each of the archive commands.
+	if test "$module" = yes && test -n "$module_cmds" ; then
+	  if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$module_expsym_cmds"; then
+	    eval test_cmds=\"$module_expsym_cmds\"
+	    cmds=$module_expsym_cmds
+	  else
+	    eval test_cmds=\"$module_cmds\"
+	    cmds=$module_cmds
+	  fi
+	else
+	  if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$archive_expsym_cmds"; then
+	    eval test_cmds=\"$archive_expsym_cmds\"
+	    cmds=$archive_expsym_cmds
+	  else
+	    eval test_cmds=\"$archive_cmds\"
+	    cmds=$archive_cmds
+	  fi
+	fi
+
+	if test "X$skipped_export" != "X:" &&
+	   func_len " $test_cmds" &&
+	   len=$func_len_result &&
+	   test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len" || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; then
+	  :
+	else
+	  # The command line is too long to link in one step, link piecewise
+	  # or, if using GNU ld and skipped_export is not :, use a linker
+	  # script.
+
+	  # Save the value of $output and $libobjs because we want to
+	  # use them later.  If we have whole_archive_flag_spec, we
+	  # want to use save_libobjs as it was before
+	  # whole_archive_flag_spec was expanded, because we can't
+	  # assume the linker understands whole_archive_flag_spec.
+	  # This may have to be revisited, in case too many
+	  # convenience libraries get linked in and end up exceeding
+	  # the spec.
+	  if test -z "$convenience" || test -z "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then
+	    save_libobjs=$libobjs
+	  fi
+	  save_output=$output
+	  output_la=`$ECHO "X$output" | $Xsed -e "$basename"`
+
+	  # Clear the reloadable object creation command queue and
+	  # initialize k to one.
+	  test_cmds=
+	  concat_cmds=
+	  objlist=
+	  last_robj=
+	  k=1
+
+	  if test -n "$save_libobjs" && test "X$skipped_export" != "X:" && test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
+	    output=${output_objdir}/${output_la}.lnkscript
+	    func_verbose "creating GNU ld script: $output"
+	    $ECHO 'INPUT (' > $output
+	    for obj in $save_libobjs
+	    do
+	      $ECHO "$obj" >> $output
+	    done
+	    $ECHO ')' >> $output
+	    delfiles="$delfiles $output"
+	  elif test -n "$save_libobjs" && test "X$skipped_export" != "X:" && test "X$file_list_spec" != X; then
+	    output=${output_objdir}/${output_la}.lnk
+	    func_verbose "creating linker input file list: $output"
+	    : > $output
+	    set x $save_libobjs
+	    shift
+	    firstobj=
+	    if test "$compiler_needs_object" = yes; then
+	      firstobj="$1 "
+	      shift
+	    fi
+	    for obj
+	    do
+	      $ECHO "$obj" >> $output
+	    done
+	    delfiles="$delfiles $output"
+	    output=$firstobj\"$file_list_spec$output\"
+	  else
+	    if test -n "$save_libobjs"; then
+	      func_verbose "creating reloadable object files..."
+	      output=$output_objdir/$output_la-${k}.$objext
+	      eval test_cmds=\"$reload_cmds\"
+	      func_len " $test_cmds"
+	      len0=$func_len_result
+	      len=$len0
+
+	      # Loop over the list of objects to be linked.
+	      for obj in $save_libobjs
+	      do
+		func_len " $obj"
+		func_arith $len + $func_len_result
+		len=$func_arith_result
+		if test "X$objlist" = X ||
+		   test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len"; then
+		  func_append objlist " $obj"
+		else
+		  # The command $test_cmds is almost too long, add a
+		  # command to the queue.
+		  if test "$k" -eq 1 ; then
+		    # The first file doesn't have a previous command to add.
+		    eval concat_cmds=\"$reload_cmds $objlist $last_robj\"
+		  else
+		    # All subsequent reloadable object files will link in
+		    # the last one created.
+		    eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~$reload_cmds $objlist $last_robj~\$RM $last_robj\"
+		  fi
+		  last_robj=$output_objdir/$output_la-${k}.$objext
+		  func_arith $k + 1
+		  k=$func_arith_result
+		  output=$output_objdir/$output_la-${k}.$objext
+		  objlist=$obj
+		  func_len " $last_robj"
+		  func_arith $len0 + $func_len_result
+		  len=$func_arith_result
+		fi
+	      done
+	      # Handle the remaining objects by creating one last
+	      # reloadable object file.  All subsequent reloadable object
+	      # files will link in the last one created.
+	      test -z "$concat_cmds" || concat_cmds=$concat_cmds~
+	      eval concat_cmds=\"\${concat_cmds}$reload_cmds $objlist $last_robj\"
+	      if test -n "$last_robj"; then
+	        eval concat_cmds=\"\${concat_cmds}~\$RM $last_robj\"
+	      fi
+	      delfiles="$delfiles $output"
+
+	    else
+	      output=
+	    fi
+
+	    if ${skipped_export-false}; then
+	      func_verbose "generating symbol list for \`$libname.la'"
+	      export_symbols="$output_objdir/$libname.exp"
+	      $opt_dry_run || $RM $export_symbols
+	      libobjs=$output
+	      # Append the command to create the export file.
+	      test -z "$concat_cmds" || concat_cmds=$concat_cmds~
+	      eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds$export_symbols_cmds\"
+	      if test -n "$last_robj"; then
+		eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~\$RM $last_robj\"
+	      fi
+	    fi
+
+	    test -n "$save_libobjs" &&
+	      func_verbose "creating a temporary reloadable object file: $output"
+
+	    # Loop through the commands generated above and execute them.
+	    save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~'
+	    for cmd in $concat_cmds; do
+	      IFS="$save_ifs"
+	      $opt_silent || {
+		  func_quote_for_expand "$cmd"
+		  eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result"
+	      }
+	      $opt_dry_run || eval "$cmd" || {
+		lt_exit=$?
+
+		# Restore the uninstalled library and exit
+		if test "$mode" = relink; then
+		  ( cd "$output_objdir" && \
+		    $RM "${realname}T" && \
+		    $MV "${realname}U" "$realname" )
+		fi
+
+		exit $lt_exit
+	      }
+	    done
+	    IFS="$save_ifs"
+
+	    if test -n "$export_symbols_regex" && ${skipped_export-false}; then
+	      func_show_eval '$EGREP -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$export_symbols" > "${export_symbols}T"'
+	      func_show_eval '$MV "${export_symbols}T" "$export_symbols"'
+	    fi
+	  fi
+
+          if ${skipped_export-false}; then
+	    if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$include_expsyms"; then
+	      tmp_export_symbols="$export_symbols"
+	      test -n "$orig_export_symbols" && tmp_export_symbols="$orig_export_symbols"
+	      $opt_dry_run || eval '$ECHO "X$include_expsyms" | $Xsed | $SP2NL >> "$tmp_export_symbols"'
+	    fi
+
+	    if test -n "$orig_export_symbols"; then
+	      # The given exports_symbols file has to be filtered, so filter it.
+	      func_verbose "filter symbol list for \`$libname.la' to tag DATA exports"
+	      # FIXME: $output_objdir/$libname.filter potentially contains lots of
+	      # 's' commands which not all seds can handle. GNU sed should be fine
+	      # though. Also, the filter scales superlinearly with the number of
+	      # global variables. join(1) would be nice here, but unfortunately
+	      # isn't a blessed tool.
+	      $opt_dry_run || $SED -e '/[ ,]DATA/!d;s,\(.*\)\([ \,].*\),s|^\1$|\1\2|,' < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/$libname.filter
+	      delfiles="$delfiles $export_symbols $output_objdir/$libname.filter"
+	      export_symbols=$output_objdir/$libname.def
+	      $opt_dry_run || $SED -f $output_objdir/$libname.filter < $orig_export_symbols > $export_symbols
+	    fi
+	  fi
+
+	  libobjs=$output
+	  # Restore the value of output.
+	  output=$save_output
+
+	  if test -n "$convenience" && test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then
+	    eval libobjs=\"\$libobjs $whole_archive_flag_spec\"
+	    test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs=
+	  fi
+	  # Expand the library linking commands again to reset the
+	  # value of $libobjs for piecewise linking.
+
+	  # Do each of the archive commands.
+	  if test "$module" = yes && test -n "$module_cmds" ; then
+	    if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$module_expsym_cmds"; then
+	      cmds=$module_expsym_cmds
+	    else
+	      cmds=$module_cmds
+	    fi
+	  else
+	    if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$archive_expsym_cmds"; then
+	      cmds=$archive_expsym_cmds
+	    else
+	      cmds=$archive_cmds
+	    fi
+	  fi
+	fi
+
+	if test -n "$delfiles"; then
+	  # Append the command to remove temporary files to $cmds.
+	  eval cmds=\"\$cmds~\$RM $delfiles\"
+	fi
+
+	# Add any objects from preloaded convenience libraries
+	if test -n "$dlprefiles"; then
+	  gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x"
+	  generated="$generated $gentop"
+
+	  func_extract_archives $gentop $dlprefiles
+	  libobjs="$libobjs $func_extract_archives_result"
+	  test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs=
+	fi
+
+	save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~'
+	for cmd in $cmds; do
+	  IFS="$save_ifs"
+	  eval cmd=\"$cmd\"
+	  $opt_silent || {
+	    func_quote_for_expand "$cmd"
+	    eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result"
+	  }
+	  $opt_dry_run || eval "$cmd" || {
+	    lt_exit=$?
+
+	    # Restore the uninstalled library and exit
+	    if test "$mode" = relink; then
+	      ( cd "$output_objdir" && \
+	        $RM "${realname}T" && \
+		$MV "${realname}U" "$realname" )
+	    fi
+
+	    exit $lt_exit
+	  }
+	done
+	IFS="$save_ifs"
+
+	# Restore the uninstalled library and exit
+	if test "$mode" = relink; then
+	  $opt_dry_run || eval '(cd $output_objdir && $RM ${realname}T && $MV $realname ${realname}T && $MV ${realname}U $realname)' || exit $?
+
+	  if test -n "$convenience"; then
+	    if test -z "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then
+	      func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"'
+	    fi
+	  fi
+
+	  exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
+	fi
+
+	# Create links to the real library.
+	for linkname in $linknames; do
+	  if test "$realname" != "$linkname"; then
+	    func_show_eval '(cd "$output_objdir" && $RM "$linkname" && $LN_S "$realname" "$linkname")' 'exit $?'
+	  fi
+	done
+
+	# If -module or -export-dynamic was specified, set the dlname.
+	if test "$module" = yes || test "$export_dynamic" = yes; then
+	  # On all known operating systems, these are identical.
+	  dlname="$soname"
+	fi
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    obj)
+      if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test "$dlself" != no; then
+	func_warning "\`-dlopen' is ignored for objects"
+      fi
+
+      case " $deplibs" in
+      *\ -l* | *\ -L*)
+	func_warning "\`-l' and \`-L' are ignored for objects" ;;
+      esac
+
+      test -n "$rpath" && \
+	func_warning "\`-rpath' is ignored for objects"
+
+      test -n "$xrpath" && \
+	func_warning "\`-R' is ignored for objects"
+
+      test -n "$vinfo" && \
+	func_warning "\`-version-info' is ignored for objects"
+
+      test -n "$release" && \
+	func_warning "\`-release' is ignored for objects"
+
+      case $output in
+      *.lo)
+	test -n "$objs$old_deplibs" && \
+	  func_fatal_error "cannot build library object \`$output' from non-libtool objects"
+
+	libobj=$output
+	func_lo2o "$libobj"
+	obj=$func_lo2o_result
+	;;
+      *)
+	libobj=
+	obj="$output"
+	;;
+      esac
+
+      # Delete the old objects.
+      $opt_dry_run || $RM $obj $libobj
+
+      # Objects from convenience libraries.  This assumes
+      # single-version convenience libraries.  Whenever we create
+      # different ones for PIC/non-PIC, this we'll have to duplicate
+      # the extraction.
+      reload_conv_objs=
+      gentop=
+      # reload_cmds runs $LD directly, so let us get rid of
+      # -Wl from whole_archive_flag_spec and hope we can get by with
+      # turning comma into space..
+      wl=
+
+      if test -n "$convenience"; then
+	if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then
+	  eval tmp_whole_archive_flags=\"$whole_archive_flag_spec\"
+	  reload_conv_objs=$reload_objs\ `$ECHO "X$tmp_whole_archive_flags" | $Xsed -e 's|,| |g'`
+	else
+	  gentop="$output_objdir/${obj}x"
+	  generated="$generated $gentop"
+
+	  func_extract_archives $gentop $convenience
+	  reload_conv_objs="$reload_objs $func_extract_archives_result"
+	fi
+      fi
+
+      # Create the old-style object.
+      reload_objs="$objs$old_deplibs "`$ECHO "X$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e '/\.'${libext}$'/d' -e '/\.lib$/d' -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`" $reload_conv_objs" ### testsuite: skip nested quoting test
+
+      output="$obj"
+      func_execute_cmds "$reload_cmds" 'exit $?'
+
+      # Exit if we aren't doing a library object file.
+      if test -z "$libobj"; then
+	if test -n "$gentop"; then
+	  func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"'
+	fi
+
+	exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
+      fi
+
+      if test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes; then
+	if test -n "$gentop"; then
+	  func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"'
+	fi
+
+	# Create an invalid libtool object if no PIC, so that we don't
+	# accidentally link it into a program.
+	# $show "echo timestamp > $libobj"
+	# $opt_dry_run || eval "echo timestamp > $libobj" || exit $?
+	exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
+      fi
+
+      if test -n "$pic_flag" || test "$pic_mode" != default; then
+	# Only do commands if we really have different PIC objects.
+	reload_objs="$libobjs $reload_conv_objs"
+	output="$libobj"
+	func_execute_cmds "$reload_cmds" 'exit $?'
+      fi
+
+      if test -n "$gentop"; then
+	func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"'
+      fi
+
+      exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
+      ;;
+
+    prog)
+      case $host in
+	*cygwin*) func_stripname '' '.exe' "$output"
+	          output=$func_stripname_result.exe;;
+      esac
+      test -n "$vinfo" && \
+	func_warning "\`-version-info' is ignored for programs"
+
+      test -n "$release" && \
+	func_warning "\`-release' is ignored for programs"
+
+      test "$preload" = yes \
+        && test "$dlopen_support" = unknown \
+	&& test "$dlopen_self" = unknown \
+	&& test "$dlopen_self_static" = unknown && \
+	  func_warning "\`LT_INIT([dlopen])' not used. Assuming no dlopen support."
+
+      case $host in
+      *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012])
+	# On Rhapsody replace the C library is the System framework
+	compile_deplibs=`$ECHO "X $compile_deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's/ -lc / System.ltframework /'`
+	finalize_deplibs=`$ECHO "X $finalize_deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's/ -lc / System.ltframework /'`
+	;;
+      esac
+
+      case $host in
+      *-*-darwin*)
+	# Don't allow lazy linking, it breaks C++ global constructors
+	# But is supposedly fixed on 10.4 or later (yay!).
+	if test "$tagname" = CXX ; then
+	  case ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET-10.0} in
+	    10.[0123])
+	      compile_command="$compile_command ${wl}-bind_at_load"
+	      finalize_command="$finalize_command ${wl}-bind_at_load"
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	fi
+	# Time to change all our "foo.ltframework" stuff back to "-framework foo"
+	compile_deplibs=`$ECHO "X $compile_deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
+	finalize_deplibs=`$ECHO "X $finalize_deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
+	;;
+      esac
+
+
+      # move library search paths that coincide with paths to not yet
+      # installed libraries to the beginning of the library search list
+      new_libs=
+      for path in $notinst_path; do
+	case " $new_libs " in
+	*" -L$path/$objdir "*) ;;
+	*)
+	  case " $compile_deplibs " in
+	  *" -L$path/$objdir "*)
+	    new_libs="$new_libs -L$path/$objdir" ;;
+	  esac
+	  ;;
+	esac
+      done
+      for deplib in $compile_deplibs; do
+	case $deplib in
+	-L*)
+	  case " $new_libs " in
+	  *" $deplib "*) ;;
+	  *) new_libs="$new_libs $deplib" ;;
+	  esac
+	  ;;
+	*) new_libs="$new_libs $deplib" ;;
+	esac
+      done
+      compile_deplibs="$new_libs"
+
+
+      compile_command="$compile_command $compile_deplibs"
+      finalize_command="$finalize_command $finalize_deplibs"
+
+      if test -n "$rpath$xrpath"; then
+	# If the user specified any rpath flags, then add them.
+	for libdir in $rpath $xrpath; do
+	  # This is the magic to use -rpath.
+	  case "$finalize_rpath " in
+	  *" $libdir "*) ;;
+	  *) finalize_rpath="$finalize_rpath $libdir" ;;
+	  esac
+	done
+      fi
+
+      # Now hardcode the library paths
+      rpath=
+      hardcode_libdirs=
+      for libdir in $compile_rpath $finalize_rpath; do
+	if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then
+	  if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then
+	    if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
+	      hardcode_libdirs="$libdir"
+	    else
+	      # Just accumulate the unique libdirs.
+	      case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in
+	      *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*)
+		;;
+	      *)
+		hardcode_libdirs="$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir"
+		;;
+	      esac
+	    fi
+	  else
+	    eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
+	    rpath="$rpath $flag"
+	  fi
+	elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then
+	  case "$perm_rpath " in
+	  *" $libdir "*) ;;
+	  *) perm_rpath="$perm_rpath $libdir" ;;
+	  esac
+	fi
+	case $host in
+	*-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*)
+	  testbindir=`${ECHO} "$libdir" | ${SED} -e 's*/lib$*/bin*'`
+	  case :$dllsearchpath: in
+	  *":$libdir:"*) ;;
+	  ::) dllsearchpath=$libdir;;
+	  *) dllsearchpath="$dllsearchpath:$libdir";;
+	  esac
+	  case :$dllsearchpath: in
+	  *":$testbindir:"*) ;;
+	  ::) dllsearchpath=$testbindir;;
+	  *) dllsearchpath="$dllsearchpath:$testbindir";;
+	  esac
+	  ;;
+	esac
+      done
+      # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath.
+      if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" &&
+	 test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
+	libdir="$hardcode_libdirs"
+	eval rpath=\" $hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
+      fi
+      compile_rpath="$rpath"
+
+      rpath=
+      hardcode_libdirs=
+      for libdir in $finalize_rpath; do
+	if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then
+	  if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then
+	    if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
+	      hardcode_libdirs="$libdir"
+	    else
+	      # Just accumulate the unique libdirs.
+	      case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in
+	      *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*)
+		;;
+	      *)
+		hardcode_libdirs="$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir"
+		;;
+	      esac
+	    fi
+	  else
+	    eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
+	    rpath="$rpath $flag"
+	  fi
+	elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then
+	  case "$finalize_perm_rpath " in
+	  *" $libdir "*) ;;
+	  *) finalize_perm_rpath="$finalize_perm_rpath $libdir" ;;
+	  esac
+	fi
+      done
+      # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath.
+      if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" &&
+	 test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
+	libdir="$hardcode_libdirs"
+	eval rpath=\" $hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
+      fi
+      finalize_rpath="$rpath"
+
+      if test -n "$libobjs" && test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then
+	# Transform all the library objects into standard objects.
+	compile_command=`$ECHO "X$compile_command" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`
+	finalize_command=`$ECHO "X$finalize_command" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`
+      fi
+
+      func_generate_dlsyms "$outputname" "@PROGRAM@" "no"
+
+      # template prelinking step
+      if test -n "$prelink_cmds"; then
+	func_execute_cmds "$prelink_cmds" 'exit $?'
+      fi
+
+      wrappers_required=yes
+      case $host in
+      *cygwin* | *mingw* )
+        if test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes; then
+          wrappers_required=no
+        fi
+        ;;
+      *cegcc)
+        # Disable wrappers for cegcc, we are cross compiling anyway.
+        wrappers_required=no
+        ;;
+      *)
+        if test "$need_relink" = no || test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes; then
+          wrappers_required=no
+        fi
+        ;;
+      esac
+      if test "$wrappers_required" = no; then
+	# Replace the output file specification.
+	compile_command=`$ECHO "X$compile_command" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g'`
+	link_command="$compile_command$compile_rpath"
+
+	# We have no uninstalled library dependencies, so finalize right now.
+	exit_status=0
+	func_show_eval "$link_command" 'exit_status=$?'
+
+	# Delete the generated files.
+	if test -f "$output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}"; then
+	  func_show_eval '$RM "$output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}"'
+	fi
+
+	exit $exit_status
+      fi
+
+      if test -n "$compile_shlibpath$finalize_shlibpath"; then
+	compile_command="$shlibpath_var=\"$compile_shlibpath$finalize_shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var\" $compile_command"
+      fi
+      if test -n "$finalize_shlibpath"; then
+	finalize_command="$shlibpath_var=\"$finalize_shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var\" $finalize_command"
+      fi
+
+      compile_var=
+      finalize_var=
+      if test -n "$runpath_var"; then
+	if test -n "$perm_rpath"; then
+	  # We should set the runpath_var.
+	  rpath=
+	  for dir in $perm_rpath; do
+	    rpath="$rpath$dir:"
+	  done
+	  compile_var="$runpath_var=\"$rpath\$$runpath_var\" "
+	fi
+	if test -n "$finalize_perm_rpath"; then
+	  # We should set the runpath_var.
+	  rpath=
+	  for dir in $finalize_perm_rpath; do
+	    rpath="$rpath$dir:"
+	  done
+	  finalize_var="$runpath_var=\"$rpath\$$runpath_var\" "
+	fi
+      fi
+
+      if test "$no_install" = yes; then
+	# We don't need to create a wrapper script.
+	link_command="$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath"
+	# Replace the output file specification.
+	link_command=`$ECHO "X$link_command" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g'`
+	# Delete the old output file.
+	$opt_dry_run || $RM $output
+	# Link the executable and exit
+	func_show_eval "$link_command" 'exit $?'
+	exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
+      fi
+
+      if test "$hardcode_action" = relink; then
+	# Fast installation is not supported
+	link_command="$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath"
+	relink_command="$finalize_var$finalize_command$finalize_rpath"
+
+	func_warning "this platform does not like uninstalled shared libraries"
+	func_warning "\`$output' will be relinked during installation"
+      else
+	if test "$fast_install" != no; then
+	  link_command="$finalize_var$compile_command$finalize_rpath"
+	  if test "$fast_install" = yes; then
+	    relink_command=`$ECHO "X$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%\$progdir/\$file%g'`
+	  else
+	    # fast_install is set to needless
+	    relink_command=
+	  fi
+	else
+	  link_command="$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath"
+	  relink_command="$finalize_var$finalize_command$finalize_rpath"
+	fi
+      fi
+
+      # Replace the output file specification.
+      link_command=`$ECHO "X$link_command" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output_objdir/$outputname"'%g'`
+
+      # Delete the old output files.
+      $opt_dry_run || $RM $output $output_objdir/$outputname $output_objdir/lt-$outputname
+
+      func_show_eval "$link_command" 'exit $?'
+
+      # Now create the wrapper script.
+      func_verbose "creating $output"
+
+      # Quote the relink command for shipping.
+      if test -n "$relink_command"; then
+	# Preserve any variables that may affect compiler behavior
+	for var in $variables_saved_for_relink; do
+	  if eval test -z \"\${$var+set}\"; then
+	    relink_command="{ test -z \"\${$var+set}\" || $lt_unset $var || { $var=; export $var; }; }; $relink_command"
+	  elif eval var_value=\$$var; test -z "$var_value"; then
+	    relink_command="$var=; export $var; $relink_command"
+	  else
+	    func_quote_for_eval "$var_value"
+	    relink_command="$var=$func_quote_for_eval_result; export $var; $relink_command"
+	  fi
+	done
+	relink_command="(cd `pwd`; $relink_command)"
+	relink_command=`$ECHO "X$relink_command" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
+      fi
+
+      # Quote $ECHO for shipping.
+      if test "X$ECHO" = "X$SHELL $progpath --fallback-echo"; then
+	case $progpath in
+	[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) qecho="$SHELL $progpath --fallback-echo";;
+	*) qecho="$SHELL `pwd`/$progpath --fallback-echo";;
+	esac
+	qecho=`$ECHO "X$qecho" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
+      else
+	qecho=`$ECHO "X$ECHO" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
+      fi
+
+      # Only actually do things if not in dry run mode.
+      $opt_dry_run || {
+	# win32 will think the script is a binary if it has
+	# a .exe suffix, so we strip it off here.
+	case $output in
+	  *.exe) func_stripname '' '.exe' "$output"
+	         output=$func_stripname_result ;;
+	esac
+	# test for cygwin because mv fails w/o .exe extensions
+	case $host in
+	  *cygwin*)
+	    exeext=.exe
+	    func_stripname '' '.exe' "$outputname"
+	    outputname=$func_stripname_result ;;
+	  *) exeext= ;;
+	esac
+	case $host in
+	  *cygwin* | *mingw* )
+	    func_dirname_and_basename "$output" "" "."
+	    output_name=$func_basename_result
+	    output_path=$func_dirname_result
+	    cwrappersource="$output_path/$objdir/lt-$output_name.c"
+	    cwrapper="$output_path/$output_name.exe"
+	    $RM $cwrappersource $cwrapper
+	    trap "$RM $cwrappersource $cwrapper; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15
+
+	    func_emit_cwrapperexe_src > $cwrappersource
+
+	    # The wrapper executable is built using the $host compiler,
+	    # because it contains $host paths and files. If cross-
+	    # compiling, it, like the target executable, must be
+	    # executed on the $host or under an emulation environment.
+	    $opt_dry_run || {
+	      $LTCC $LTCFLAGS -o $cwrapper $cwrappersource
+	      $STRIP $cwrapper
+	    }
+
+	    # Now, create the wrapper script for func_source use:
+	    func_ltwrapper_scriptname $cwrapper
+	    $RM $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result
+	    trap "$RM $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15
+	    $opt_dry_run || {
+	      # note: this script will not be executed, so do not chmod.
+	      if test "x$build" = "x$host" ; then
+		$cwrapper --lt-dump-script > $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result
+	      else
+		func_emit_wrapper no > $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result
+	      fi
+	    }
+	  ;;
+	  * )
+	    $RM $output
+	    trap "$RM $output; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15
+
+	    func_emit_wrapper no > $output
+	    chmod +x $output
+	  ;;
+	esac
+      }
+      exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
+      ;;
+    esac
+
+    # See if we need to build an old-fashioned archive.
+    for oldlib in $oldlibs; do
+
+      if test "$build_libtool_libs" = convenience; then
+	oldobjs="$libobjs_save $symfileobj"
+	addlibs="$convenience"
+	build_libtool_libs=no
+      else
+	if test "$build_libtool_libs" = module; then
+	  oldobjs="$libobjs_save"
+	  build_libtool_libs=no
+	else
+	  oldobjs="$old_deplibs $non_pic_objects"
+	  if test "$preload" = yes && test -f "$symfileobj"; then
+	    oldobjs="$oldobjs $symfileobj"
+	  fi
+	fi
+	addlibs="$old_convenience"
+      fi
+
+      if test -n "$addlibs"; then
+	gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x"
+	generated="$generated $gentop"
+
+	func_extract_archives $gentop $addlibs
+	oldobjs="$oldobjs $func_extract_archives_result"
+      fi
+
+      # Do each command in the archive commands.
+      if test -n "$old_archive_from_new_cmds" && test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then
+	cmds=$old_archive_from_new_cmds
+      else
+
+	# Add any objects from preloaded convenience libraries
+	if test -n "$dlprefiles"; then
+	  gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x"
+	  generated="$generated $gentop"
+
+	  func_extract_archives $gentop $dlprefiles
+	  oldobjs="$oldobjs $func_extract_archives_result"
+	fi
+
+	# POSIX demands no paths to be encoded in archives.  We have
+	# to avoid creating archives with duplicate basenames if we
+	# might have to extract them afterwards, e.g., when creating a
+	# static archive out of a convenience library, or when linking
+	# the entirety of a libtool archive into another (currently
+	# not supported by libtool).
+	if (for obj in $oldobjs
+	    do
+	      func_basename "$obj"
+	      $ECHO "$func_basename_result"
+	    done | sort | sort -uc >/dev/null 2>&1); then
+	  :
+	else
+	  $ECHO "copying selected object files to avoid basename conflicts..."
+	  gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x"
+	  generated="$generated $gentop"
+	  func_mkdir_p "$gentop"
+	  save_oldobjs=$oldobjs
+	  oldobjs=
+	  counter=1
+	  for obj in $save_oldobjs
+	  do
+	    func_basename "$obj"
+	    objbase="$func_basename_result"
+	    case " $oldobjs " in
+	    " ") oldobjs=$obj ;;
+	    *[\ /]"$objbase "*)
+	      while :; do
+		# Make sure we don't pick an alternate name that also
+		# overlaps.
+		newobj=lt$counter-$objbase
+		func_arith $counter + 1
+		counter=$func_arith_result
+		case " $oldobjs " in
+		*[\ /]"$newobj "*) ;;
+		*) if test ! -f "$gentop/$newobj"; then break; fi ;;
+		esac
+	      done
+	      func_show_eval "ln $obj $gentop/$newobj || cp $obj $gentop/$newobj"
+	      oldobjs="$oldobjs $gentop/$newobj"
+	      ;;
+	    *) oldobjs="$oldobjs $obj" ;;
+	    esac
+	  done
+	fi
+	eval cmds=\"$old_archive_cmds\"
+
+	func_len " $cmds"
+	len=$func_len_result
+	if test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len" || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; then
+	  cmds=$old_archive_cmds
+	else
+	  # the command line is too long to link in one step, link in parts
+	  func_verbose "using piecewise archive linking..."
+	  save_RANLIB=$RANLIB
+	  RANLIB=:
+	  objlist=
+	  concat_cmds=
+	  save_oldobjs=$oldobjs
+	  oldobjs=
+	  # Is there a better way of finding the last object in the list?
+	  for obj in $save_oldobjs
+	  do
+	    last_oldobj=$obj
+	  done
+	  eval test_cmds=\"$old_archive_cmds\"
+	  func_len " $test_cmds"
+	  len0=$func_len_result
+	  len=$len0
+	  for obj in $save_oldobjs
+	  do
+	    func_len " $obj"
+	    func_arith $len + $func_len_result
+	    len=$func_arith_result
+	    func_append objlist " $obj"
+	    if test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len"; then
+	      :
+	    else
+	      # the above command should be used before it gets too long
+	      oldobjs=$objlist
+	      if test "$obj" = "$last_oldobj" ; then
+		RANLIB=$save_RANLIB
+	      fi
+	      test -z "$concat_cmds" || concat_cmds=$concat_cmds~
+	      eval concat_cmds=\"\${concat_cmds}$old_archive_cmds\"
+	      objlist=
+	      len=$len0
+	    fi
+	  done
+	  RANLIB=$save_RANLIB
+	  oldobjs=$objlist
+	  if test "X$oldobjs" = "X" ; then
+	    eval cmds=\"\$concat_cmds\"
+	  else
+	    eval cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~\$old_archive_cmds\"
+	  fi
+	fi
+      fi
+      func_execute_cmds "$cmds" 'exit $?'
+    done
+
+    test -n "$generated" && \
+      func_show_eval "${RM}r$generated"
+
+    # Now create the libtool archive.
+    case $output in
+    *.la)
+      old_library=
+      test "$build_old_libs" = yes && old_library="$libname.$libext"
+      func_verbose "creating $output"
+
+      # Preserve any variables that may affect compiler behavior
+      for var in $variables_saved_for_relink; do
+	if eval test -z \"\${$var+set}\"; then
+	  relink_command="{ test -z \"\${$var+set}\" || $lt_unset $var || { $var=; export $var; }; }; $relink_command"
+	elif eval var_value=\$$var; test -z "$var_value"; then
+	  relink_command="$var=; export $var; $relink_command"
+	else
+	  func_quote_for_eval "$var_value"
+	  relink_command="$var=$func_quote_for_eval_result; export $var; $relink_command"
+	fi
+      done
+      # Quote the link command for shipping.
+      relink_command="(cd `pwd`; $SHELL $progpath $preserve_args --mode=relink $libtool_args @inst_prefix_dir@)"
+      relink_command=`$ECHO "X$relink_command" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
+      if test "$hardcode_automatic" = yes ; then
+	relink_command=
+      fi
+
+      # Only create the output if not a dry run.
+      $opt_dry_run || {
+	for installed in no yes; do
+	  if test "$installed" = yes; then
+	    if test -z "$install_libdir"; then
+	      break
+	    fi
+	    output="$output_objdir/$outputname"i
+	    # Replace all uninstalled libtool libraries with the installed ones
+	    newdependency_libs=
+	    for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
+	      case $deplib in
+	      *.la)
+		func_basename "$deplib"
+		name="$func_basename_result"
+		eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $deplib`
+		test -z "$libdir" && \
+		  func_fatal_error "\`$deplib' is not a valid libtool archive"
+		newdependency_libs="$newdependency_libs $libdir/$name"
+		;;
+	      *) newdependency_libs="$newdependency_libs $deplib" ;;
+	      esac
+	    done
+	    dependency_libs="$newdependency_libs"
+	    newdlfiles=
+
+	    for lib in $dlfiles; do
+	      case $lib in
+	      *.la)
+	        func_basename "$lib"
+		name="$func_basename_result"
+		eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $lib`
+		test -z "$libdir" && \
+		  func_fatal_error "\`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive"
+		newdlfiles="$newdlfiles $libdir/$name"
+		;;
+	      *) newdlfiles="$newdlfiles $lib" ;;
+	      esac
+	    done
+	    dlfiles="$newdlfiles"
+	    newdlprefiles=
+	    for lib in $dlprefiles; do
+	      case $lib in
+	      *.la)
+		# Only pass preopened files to the pseudo-archive (for
+		# eventual linking with the app. that links it) if we
+		# didn't already link the preopened objects directly into
+		# the library:
+		func_basename "$lib"
+		name="$func_basename_result"
+		eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $lib`
+		test -z "$libdir" && \
+		  func_fatal_error "\`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive"
+		newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $libdir/$name"
+		;;
+	      esac
+	    done
+	    dlprefiles="$newdlprefiles"
+	  else
+	    newdlfiles=
+	    for lib in $dlfiles; do
+	      case $lib in
+		[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs="$lib" ;;
+		*) abs=`pwd`"/$lib" ;;
+	      esac
+	      newdlfiles="$newdlfiles $abs"
+	    done
+	    dlfiles="$newdlfiles"
+	    newdlprefiles=
+	    for lib in $dlprefiles; do
+	      case $lib in
+		[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs="$lib" ;;
+		*) abs=`pwd`"/$lib" ;;
+	      esac
+	      newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $abs"
+	    done
+	    dlprefiles="$newdlprefiles"
+	  fi
+	  $RM $output
+	  # place dlname in correct position for cygwin
+	  tdlname=$dlname
+	  case $host,$output,$installed,$module,$dlname in
+	    *cygwin*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll | *mingw*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll | *cegcc*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll) tdlname=../bin/$dlname ;;
+	  esac
+	  $ECHO > $output "\
+# $outputname - a libtool library file
+# Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION
+#
+# Please DO NOT delete this file!
+# It is necessary for linking the library.
+
+# The name that we can dlopen(3).
+dlname='$tdlname'
+
+# Names of this library.
+library_names='$library_names'
+
+# The name of the static archive.
+old_library='$old_library'
+
+# Linker flags that can not go in dependency_libs.
+inherited_linker_flags='$new_inherited_linker_flags'
+
+# Libraries that this one depends upon.
+dependency_libs='$dependency_libs'
+
+# Names of additional weak libraries provided by this library
+weak_library_names='$weak_libs'
+
+# Version information for $libname.
+current=$current
+age=$age
+revision=$revision
+
+# Is this an already installed library?
+installed=$installed
+
+# Should we warn about portability when linking against -modules?
+shouldnotlink=$module
+
+# Files to dlopen/dlpreopen
+dlopen='$dlfiles'
+dlpreopen='$dlprefiles'
+
+# Directory that this library needs to be installed in:
+libdir='$install_libdir'"
+	  if test "$installed" = no && test "$need_relink" = yes; then
+	    $ECHO >> $output "\
+relink_command=\"$relink_command\""
+	  fi
+	done
+      }
+
+      # Do a symbolic link so that the libtool archive can be found in
+      # LD_LIBRARY_PATH before the program is installed.
+      func_show_eval '( cd "$output_objdir" && $RM "$outputname" && $LN_S "../$outputname" "$outputname" )' 'exit $?'
+      ;;
+    esac
+    exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
+}
+
+{ test "$mode" = link || test "$mode" = relink; } &&
+    func_mode_link ${1+"$@"}
+
+
+# func_mode_uninstall arg...
+func_mode_uninstall ()
+{
+    $opt_debug
+    RM="$nonopt"
+    files=
+    rmforce=
+    exit_status=0
+
+    # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set variables rather
+    # than running their programs.
+    libtool_install_magic="$magic"
+
+    for arg
+    do
+      case $arg in
+      -f) RM="$RM $arg"; rmforce=yes ;;
+      -*) RM="$RM $arg" ;;
+      *) files="$files $arg" ;;
+      esac
+    done
+
+    test -z "$RM" && \
+      func_fatal_help "you must specify an RM program"
+
+    rmdirs=
+
+    origobjdir="$objdir"
+    for file in $files; do
+      func_dirname "$file" "" "."
+      dir="$func_dirname_result"
+      if test "X$dir" = X.; then
+	objdir="$origobjdir"
+      else
+	objdir="$dir/$origobjdir"
+      fi
+      func_basename "$file"
+      name="$func_basename_result"
+      test "$mode" = uninstall && objdir="$dir"
+
+      # Remember objdir for removal later, being careful to avoid duplicates
+      if test "$mode" = clean; then
+	case " $rmdirs " in
+	  *" $objdir "*) ;;
+	  *) rmdirs="$rmdirs $objdir" ;;
+	esac
+      fi
+
+      # Don't error if the file doesn't exist and rm -f was used.
+      if { test -L "$file"; } >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
+	 { test -h "$file"; } >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
+	 test -f "$file"; then
+	:
+      elif test -d "$file"; then
+	exit_status=1
+	continue
+      elif test "$rmforce" = yes; then
+	continue
+      fi
+
+      rmfiles="$file"
+
+      case $name in
+      *.la)
+	# Possibly a libtool archive, so verify it.
+	if func_lalib_p "$file"; then
+	  func_source $dir/$name
+
+	  # Delete the libtool libraries and symlinks.
+	  for n in $library_names; do
+	    rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/$n"
+	  done
+	  test -n "$old_library" && rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/$old_library"
+
+	  case "$mode" in
+	  clean)
+	    case "  $library_names " in
+	    # "  " in the beginning catches empty $dlname
+	    *" $dlname "*) ;;
+	    *) rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/$dlname" ;;
+	    esac
+	    test -n "$libdir" && rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/$name $objdir/${name}i"
+	    ;;
+	  uninstall)
+	    if test -n "$library_names"; then
+	      # Do each command in the postuninstall commands.
+	      func_execute_cmds "$postuninstall_cmds" 'test "$rmforce" = yes || exit_status=1'
+	    fi
+
+	    if test -n "$old_library"; then
+	      # Do each command in the old_postuninstall commands.
+	      func_execute_cmds "$old_postuninstall_cmds" 'test "$rmforce" = yes || exit_status=1'
+	    fi
+	    # FIXME: should reinstall the best remaining shared library.
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	fi
+	;;
+
+      *.lo)
+	# Possibly a libtool object, so verify it.
+	if func_lalib_p "$file"; then
+
+	  # Read the .lo file
+	  func_source $dir/$name
+
+	  # Add PIC object to the list of files to remove.
+	  if test -n "$pic_object" &&
+	     test "$pic_object" != none; then
+	    rmfiles="$rmfiles $dir/$pic_object"
+	  fi
+
+	  # Add non-PIC object to the list of files to remove.
+	  if test -n "$non_pic_object" &&
+	     test "$non_pic_object" != none; then
+	    rmfiles="$rmfiles $dir/$non_pic_object"
+	  fi
+	fi
+	;;
+
+      *)
+	if test "$mode" = clean ; then
+	  noexename=$name
+	  case $file in
+	  *.exe)
+	    func_stripname '' '.exe' "$file"
+	    file=$func_stripname_result
+	    func_stripname '' '.exe' "$name"
+	    noexename=$func_stripname_result
+	    # $file with .exe has already been added to rmfiles,
+	    # add $file without .exe
+	    rmfiles="$rmfiles $file"
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	  # Do a test to see if this is a libtool program.
+	  if func_ltwrapper_p "$file"; then
+	    if func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$file"; then
+	      func_ltwrapper_scriptname "$file"
+	      relink_command=
+	      func_source $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result
+	      rmfiles="$rmfiles $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result"
+	    else
+	      relink_command=
+	      func_source $dir/$noexename
+	    fi
+
+	    # note $name still contains .exe if it was in $file originally
+	    # as does the version of $file that was added into $rmfiles
+	    rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/$name $objdir/${name}S.${objext}"
+	    if test "$fast_install" = yes && test -n "$relink_command"; then
+	      rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/lt-$name"
+	    fi
+	    if test "X$noexename" != "X$name" ; then
+	      rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/lt-${noexename}.c"
+	    fi
+	  fi
+	fi
+	;;
+      esac
+      func_show_eval "$RM $rmfiles" 'exit_status=1'
+    done
+    objdir="$origobjdir"
+
+    # Try to remove the ${objdir}s in the directories where we deleted files
+    for dir in $rmdirs; do
+      if test -d "$dir"; then
+	func_show_eval "rmdir $dir >/dev/null 2>&1"
+      fi
+    done
+
+    exit $exit_status
+}
+
+{ test "$mode" = uninstall || test "$mode" = clean; } &&
+    func_mode_uninstall ${1+"$@"}
+
+test -z "$mode" && {
+  help="$generic_help"
+  func_fatal_help "you must specify a MODE"
+}
+
+test -z "$exec_cmd" && \
+  func_fatal_help "invalid operation mode \`$mode'"
+
+if test -n "$exec_cmd"; then
+  eval exec "$exec_cmd"
+  exit $EXIT_FAILURE
+fi
+
+exit $exit_status
+
+
+# The TAGs below are defined such that we never get into a situation
+# in which we disable both kinds of libraries.  Given conflicting
+# choices, we go for a static library, that is the most portable,
+# since we can't tell whether shared libraries were disabled because
+# the user asked for that or because the platform doesn't support
+# them.  This is particularly important on AIX, because we don't
+# support having both static and shared libraries enabled at the same
+# time on that platform, so we default to a shared-only configuration.
+# If a disable-shared tag is given, we'll fallback to a static-only
+# configuration.  But we'll never go from static-only to shared-only.
+
+# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-shared
+build_libtool_libs=no
+build_old_libs=yes
+# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-shared
+
+# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-static
+build_old_libs=`case $build_libtool_libs in yes) echo no;; *) echo yes;; esac`
+# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-static
+
+# Local Variables:
+# mode:shell-script
+# sh-indentation:2
+# End:
+# vi:sw=2
+
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/mkinstalldirs b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/mkinstalldirs
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..ef7e16f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/mkinstalldirs
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# mkinstalldirs --- make directory hierarchy
+
+scriptversion=2006-05-11.19
+
+# Original author: Noah Friedman 
+# Created: 1993-05-16
+# Public domain.
+#
+# This file is maintained in Automake, please report
+# bugs to  or send patches to
+# .
+
+nl='
+'
+IFS=" ""	$nl"
+errstatus=0
+dirmode=
+
+usage="\
+Usage: mkinstalldirs [-h] [--help] [--version] [-m MODE] DIR ...
+
+Create each directory DIR (with mode MODE, if specified), including all
+leading file name components.
+
+Report bugs to ."
+
+# process command line arguments
+while test $# -gt 0 ; do
+  case $1 in
+    -h | --help | --h*)         # -h for help
+      echo "$usage"
+      exit $?
+      ;;
+    -m)                         # -m PERM arg
+      shift
+      test $# -eq 0 && { echo "$usage" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+      dirmode=$1
+      shift
+      ;;
+    --version)
+      echo "$0 $scriptversion"
+      exit $?
+      ;;
+    --)                         # stop option processing
+      shift
+      break
+      ;;
+    -*)                         # unknown option
+      echo "$usage" 1>&2
+      exit 1
+      ;;
+    *)                          # first non-opt arg
+      break
+      ;;
+  esac
+done
+
+for file
+do
+  if test -d "$file"; then
+    shift
+  else
+    break
+  fi
+done
+
+case $# in
+  0) exit 0 ;;
+esac
+
+# Solaris 8's mkdir -p isn't thread-safe.  If you mkdir -p a/b and
+# mkdir -p a/c at the same time, both will detect that a is missing,
+# one will create a, then the other will try to create a and die with
+# a "File exists" error.  This is a problem when calling mkinstalldirs
+# from a parallel make.  We use --version in the probe to restrict
+# ourselves to GNU mkdir, which is thread-safe.
+case $dirmode in
+  '')
+    if mkdir -p --version . >/dev/null 2>&1 && test ! -d ./--version; then
+      echo "mkdir -p -- $*"
+      exec mkdir -p -- "$@"
+    else
+      # On NextStep and OpenStep, the `mkdir' command does not
+      # recognize any option.  It will interpret all options as
+      # directories to create, and then abort because `.' already
+      # exists.
+      test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p
+      test -d ./--version && rmdir ./--version
+    fi
+    ;;
+  *)
+    if mkdir -m "$dirmode" -p --version . >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
+       test ! -d ./--version; then
+      echo "mkdir -m $dirmode -p -- $*"
+      exec mkdir -m "$dirmode" -p -- "$@"
+    else
+      # Clean up after NextStep and OpenStep mkdir.
+      for d in ./-m ./-p ./--version "./$dirmode";
+      do
+        test -d $d && rmdir $d
+      done
+    fi
+    ;;
+esac
+
+for file
+do
+  case $file in
+    /*) pathcomp=/ ;;
+    *)  pathcomp= ;;
+  esac
+  oIFS=$IFS
+  IFS=/
+  set fnord $file
+  shift
+  IFS=$oIFS
+
+  for d
+  do
+    test "x$d" = x && continue
+
+    pathcomp=$pathcomp$d
+    case $pathcomp in
+      -*) pathcomp=./$pathcomp ;;
+    esac
+
+    if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then
+      echo "mkdir $pathcomp"
+
+      mkdir "$pathcomp" || lasterr=$?
+
+      if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then
+	errstatus=$lasterr
+      else
+	if test ! -z "$dirmode"; then
+	  echo "chmod $dirmode $pathcomp"
+	  lasterr=
+	  chmod "$dirmode" "$pathcomp" || lasterr=$?
+
+	  if test ! -z "$lasterr"; then
+	    errstatus=$lasterr
+	  fi
+	fi
+      fi
+    fi
+
+    pathcomp=$pathcomp/
+  done
+done
+
+exit $errstatus
+
+# Local Variables:
+# mode: shell-script
+# sh-indentation: 2
+# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-end: "$"
+# End:
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/unix-cc.in b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/unix-cc.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9c6d5de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/unix-cc.in
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 template for Unix-specific compiler definitions
+#
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2006 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+CC           := @CC@
+COMPILER_SEP := $(SEP)
+
+LIBTOOL ?= $(BUILD_DIR)/libtool
+
+
+# The object file extension (for standard and static libraries).  This can be
+# .o, .tco, .obj, etc., depending on the platform.
+#
+O  := lo
+SO := o
+
+
+# The executable file extension.  Although most Unix platforms use no
+# extension, we copy the extension detected by autoconf.  Useful for cross
+# building on Unix systems for non-Unix systems.
+#
+E := @EXEEXT@
+
+
+# The library file extension (for standard and static libraries).  This can
+# be .a, .lib, etc., depending on the platform.
+#
+A  := la
+SA := a
+
+
+# The name of the final library file.  Note that the DOS-specific Makefile
+# uses a shorter (8.3) name.
+#
+LIBRARY := lib$(PROJECT)
+
+
+# Path inclusion flag.  Some compilers use a different flag than `-I' to
+# specify an additional include path.  Examples are `/i=' or `-J'.
+#
+I := -I
+
+
+# C flag used to define a macro before the compilation of a given source
+# object.  Usually it is `-D' like in `-DDEBUG'.
+#
+D := -D
+
+
+# The link flag used to specify a given library file on link.  Note that
+# this is only used to compile the demo programs, not the library itself.
+#
+L := -l
+
+
+# Target flag.
+#
+T := -o$(space)
+
+
+# C flags
+#
+#   These should concern: debug output, optimization & warnings.
+#
+#   Use the ANSIFLAGS variable to define the compiler flags used to enfore
+#   ANSI compliance.
+#
+#   We use our own FreeType configuration file.
+#
+CPPFLAGS := @CPPFLAGS@
+CFLAGS   := -c @XX_CFLAGS@ @CFLAGS@ -DFT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H=""
+
+# ANSIFLAGS: Put there the flags used to make your compiler ANSI-compliant.
+#
+ANSIFLAGS := @XX_ANSIFLAGS@
+
+# C compiler to use -- we use libtool!
+#
+#
+CCraw := $(CC)
+CC    := $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(CCraw)
+
+# Linker flags.
+#
+LDFLAGS := @LDFLAGS@
+
+
+# export symbols
+#
+CCraw_build  := @CC_BUILD@	# native CC of building system
+E_BUILD      := @EXEEXT_BUILD@	# extension for exexutable on building system
+EXPORTS_LIST := $(OBJ_DIR)/ftexport.sym
+CCexe        := $(CCraw_build)	# used to compile `apinames' only
+
+
+# Library linking
+#
+LINK_LIBRARY = $(LIBTOOL) --mode=link $(CCraw) -o $@ $(OBJECTS_LIST) \
+                          -rpath $(libdir) -version-info $(version_info) \
+                          $(LDFLAGS) -no-undefined \
+                          # -export-symbols $(EXPORTS_LIST)
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/unix-def.in b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/unix-def.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e0a7a3a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/unix-def.in
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 configuration rules templates for Unix + configure
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2002, 2004, 2006, 2008 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+TOP_DIR := $(shell cd $(TOP_DIR); pwd)
+
+DELETE    := @RMF@
+DELDIR    := @RMDIR@
+CAT       := cat
+SEP       := /
+
+# this is used for `make distclean' and `make install'
+OBJ_BUILD ?= $(BUILD_DIR)
+
+# don't use `:=' here since the path stuff will be included after this file
+#
+FTSYS_SRC = @FTSYS_SRC@
+
+INSTALL         := @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_DATA    := @INSTALL_DATA@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM := @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_SCRIPT  := @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+MKINSTALLDIRS   := $(BUILD_DIR)/mkinstalldirs
+
+DISTCLEAN += $(OBJ_BUILD)/config.cache    \
+             $(OBJ_BUILD)/config.log      \
+             $(OBJ_BUILD)/config.status   \
+             $(OBJ_BUILD)/unix-def.mk     \
+             $(OBJ_BUILD)/unix-cc.mk      \
+             $(OBJ_BUILD)/ftconfig.h      \
+             $(OBJ_BUILD)/freetype-config \
+             $(OBJ_BUILD)/freetype2.pc    \
+             $(LIBTOOL)                   \
+             $(OBJ_BUILD)/Makefile
+
+
+# Standard installation variables.
+#
+prefix       := @prefix@
+exec_prefix  := @exec_prefix@
+libdir       := @libdir@
+bindir       := @bindir@
+includedir   := @includedir@
+datarootdir  := @datarootdir@
+datadir      := @datadir@
+
+version_info := @version_info@
+
+
+# The directory where all library files are placed.
+#
+# By default, this is the same as $(OBJ_DIR); however, this can be changed
+# to suit particular needs.
+#
+LIB_DIR := $(OBJ_DIR)
+
+# The BASE_SRC macro lists all source files that should be included in
+# src/base/ftbase.c.  When configure sets up CFLAGS to build ftmac.c,
+# ftmac.c should be added to BASE_SRC.
+ftmac_c := @ftmac_c@
+
+# The SYSTEM_ZLIB macro is defined if the user wishes to link dynamically
+# with its system wide zlib. If SYSTEM_ZLIB is 'yes', the zlib part of the
+# ftgzip module is not compiled in.
+SYSTEM_ZLIB := @SYSTEM_ZLIB@
+
+
+# The NO_OUTPUT macro is appended to command lines in order to ignore
+# the output of some programs.
+#
+NO_OUTPUT := 2> /dev/null
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/unix-dev.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/unix-dev.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..76bae38
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/unix-dev.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 Configuration rules for Unix + GCC
+#
+#   Development version without optimizations & libtool
+#   and no installation.
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003, 2006 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+DEVEL_DIR := $(TOP_DIR)/devel
+
+include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/unix/unixddef.mk
+include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/compiler/gcc-dev.mk
+include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/link_std.mk
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/unix-lcc.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/unix-lcc.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6038e52
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/unix-lcc.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 Configuration rules for Unix + LCC
+#
+#   Development version without optimizations & libtool
+#   and no installation.
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/unix/unixddef.mk
+include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/compiler/unix-lcc.mk
+include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/link_std.mk
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/unix.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/unix.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7f9d9a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/unix.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 configuration rules for UNIX platforms
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2002, 2004, 2006 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+# We need these declarations here since unix-def.mk is a generated file.
+BUILD_DIR := $(TOP_DIR)/builds/unix
+PLATFORM  := unix
+
+have_mk := $(wildcard $(OBJ_DIR)/unix-def.mk)
+ifneq ($(have_mk),)
+  # We are building FreeType 2 not in the src tree.
+  include $(OBJ_DIR)/unix-def.mk
+  include $(OBJ_DIR)/unix-cc.mk
+else
+  include $(BUILD_DIR)/unix-def.mk
+  include $(BUILD_DIR)/unix-cc.mk
+endif
+
+ifdef BUILD_PROJECT
+
+  .PHONY: clean_project distclean_project
+
+  # Now include the main sub-makefile.  It contains all the rules used to
+  # build the library with the previous variables defined.
+  #
+  include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/$(PROJECT).mk
+
+
+  # The cleanup targets.
+  #
+  clean_project: clean_project_unix
+  distclean_project: distclean_project_unix
+
+
+  # This final rule is used to link all object files into a single library.
+  # It is part of the system-specific sub-Makefile because not all
+  # librarians accept a simple syntax like
+  #
+  #   librarian library_file {list of object files}
+  #
+    $(PROJECT_LIBRARY): $(OBJECTS_LIST)
+  ifdef CLEAN_LIBRARY
+	    -$(CLEAN_LIBRARY) $(NO_OUTPUT)
+  endif
+	    $(LINK_LIBRARY)
+
+  include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/unix/install.mk
+
+endif
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/unixddef.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/unixddef.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..130d6b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/unixddef.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 configuration rules templates for
+# development under Unix with no configure script (gcc only)
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003, 2006 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+TOP_DIR := $(shell cd $(TOP_DIR); pwd)
+OBJ_DIR := $(shell cd $(OBJ_DIR); pwd)
+
+PLATFORM := unix
+
+DELETE := rm -f
+CAT    := cat
+SEP    := /
+
+# we use a special devel ftoption.h
+DEVEL_DIR := $(TOP_DIR)/devel
+
+
+# library file name
+#
+LIBRARY := lib$(PROJECT)
+
+
+# The directory where all library files are placed.
+#
+# By default, this is the same as $(OBJ_DIR); however, this can be changed
+# to suit particular needs.
+#
+LIB_DIR := $(OBJ_DIR)
+
+
+NO_OUTPUT := 2> /dev/null
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/vms/ftconfig.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/vms/ftconfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1659d03
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/vms/ftconfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,346 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftconfig.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    VMS-specific configuration file (specification only).                */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2007, 2008 by             */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This header file contains a number of macro definitions that are used */
+  /* by the rest of the engine.  Most of the macros here are automatically */
+  /* determined at compile time, and you should not need to change it to   */
+  /* port FreeType, except to compile the library with a non-ANSI          */
+  /* compiler.                                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Note however that if some specific modifications are needed, we       */
+  /* advise you to place a modified copy in your build directory.          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The build directory is usually `freetype/builds/', and        */
+  /* contains system-specific files that are always included first when    */
+  /* building the library.                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTCONFIG_H__
+#define __FTCONFIG_H__
+
+
+  /* Include the header file containing all developer build options */
+#include 
+#include FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
+#include FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*               PLATFORM-SPECIFIC CONFIGURATION MACROS                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* These macros can be toggled to suit a specific system.  The current   */
+  /* ones are defaults used to compile FreeType in an ANSI C environment   */
+  /* (16bit compilers are also supported).  Copy this file to your own     */
+  /* `freetype/builds/' directory, and edit it to port the engine. */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#define HAVE_UNISTD_H  1
+#define HAVE_FCNTL_H   1
+
+#define SIZEOF_INT   4
+#define SIZEOF_LONG  4
+
+#define FT_SIZEOF_INT   4
+#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG  4
+
+#define FT_CHAR_BIT  8
+
+
+  /* Preferred alignment of data */
+#define FT_ALIGNMENT  8
+
+
+  /* FT_UNUSED is a macro used to indicate that a given parameter is not  */
+  /* used -- this is only used to get rid of unpleasant compiler warnings */
+#ifndef FT_UNUSED
+#define FT_UNUSED( arg )  ( (arg) = (arg) )
+#endif
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                     AUTOMATIC CONFIGURATION MACROS                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* These macros are computed from the ones defined above.  Don't touch   */
+  /* their definition, unless you know precisely what you are doing.  No   */
+  /* porter should need to mess with them.                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Mac support                                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   This is the only necessary change, so it is defined here instead    */
+  /*   providing a new configuration file.                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#if ( defined( __APPLE__ ) && !defined( DARWIN_NO_CARBON ) ) || \
+    ( defined( __MWERKS__ ) && defined( macintosh )        )
+  /* no Carbon frameworks for 64bit 10.4.x */
+#include "AvailabilityMacros.h"
+#if defined( __LP64__ ) && \
+    ( MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED <= MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_4 )
+#define DARWIN_NO_CARBON 1
+#else
+#define FT_MACINTOSH 1
+#endif
+
+#elif defined( __SC__ ) || defined( __MRC__ )
+  /* Classic MacOS compilers */
+#include "ConditionalMacros.h"
+#if TARGET_OS_MAC
+#define FT_MACINTOSH 1
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* IntN types                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Used to guarantee the size of some specific integers.               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef signed short    FT_Int16;
+  typedef unsigned short  FT_UInt16;
+
+#if FT_SIZEOF_INT == 4
+
+  typedef signed int      FT_Int32;
+  typedef unsigned int    FT_UInt32;
+
+#elif FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 4
+
+  typedef signed long     FT_Int32;
+  typedef unsigned long   FT_UInt32;
+
+#else
+#error "no 32bit type found -- please check your configuration files"
+#endif
+
+  /* look up an integer type that is at least 32 bits */
+#if FT_SIZEOF_INT >= 4
+
+  typedef int            FT_Fast;
+  typedef unsigned int   FT_UFast;
+
+#elif FT_SIZEOF_LONG >= 4
+
+  typedef long           FT_Fast;
+  typedef unsigned long  FT_UFast;
+
+#endif
+
+
+  /* determine whether we have a 64-bit int type for platforms without */
+  /* Autoconf                                                          */
+#if FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 8
+
+  /* FT_LONG64 must be defined if a 64-bit type is available */
+#define FT_LONG64
+#define FT_INT64  long
+
+#elif defined( _MSC_VER ) && _MSC_VER >= 900  /* Visual C++ (and Intel C++) */
+
+  /* this compiler provides the __int64 type */
+#define FT_LONG64
+#define FT_INT64  __int64
+
+#elif defined( __BORLANDC__ )  /* Borland C++ */
+
+  /* XXXX: We should probably check the value of __BORLANDC__ in order */
+  /*       to test the compiler version.                               */
+
+  /* this compiler provides the __int64 type */
+#define FT_LONG64
+#define FT_INT64  __int64
+
+#elif defined( __WATCOMC__ )   /* Watcom C++ */
+
+  /* Watcom doesn't provide 64-bit data types */
+
+#elif defined( __MWERKS__ )    /* Metrowerks CodeWarrior */
+
+#define FT_LONG64
+#define FT_INT64  long long int
+
+#elif defined( __GNUC__ )
+
+  /* GCC provides the `long long' type */
+#define FT_LONG64
+#define FT_INT64  long long int
+
+#endif /* FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 8 */
+
+
+#define FT_BEGIN_STMNT  do {
+#define FT_END_STMNT    } while ( 0 )
+#define FT_DUMMY_STMNT  FT_BEGIN_STMNT FT_END_STMNT
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* A 64-bit data type will create compilation problems if you compile    */
+  /* in strict ANSI mode.  To avoid them, we disable their use if          */
+  /* __STDC__ is defined.  You can however ignore this rule by             */
+  /* defining the FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 configuration macro.        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#if defined( FT_LONG64 ) && !defined( FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 )
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+
+  /* undefine the 64-bit macros in strict ANSI compilation mode */
+#undef FT_LONG64
+#undef FT_INT64
+
+#endif /* __STDC__ */
+
+#endif /* FT_LONG64 && !FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 */
+
+
+#ifdef FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT
+
+#define FT_LOCAL( x )      static  x
+#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x )  static  x
+
+#else
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_LOCAL( x )      extern "C"  x
+#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x )  extern "C"  x
+#else
+#define FT_LOCAL( x )      extern  x
+#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x )  x
+#endif
+
+#endif /* FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT */
+
+
+#ifndef FT_BASE
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_BASE( x )  extern "C"  x
+#else
+#define FT_BASE( x )  extern  x
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !FT_BASE */
+
+
+#ifndef FT_BASE_DEF
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_BASE_DEF( x )  extern "C"  x
+#else
+#define FT_BASE_DEF( x )  extern  x
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !FT_BASE_DEF */
+
+
+#ifndef FT_EXPORT
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_EXPORT( x )  extern "C"  x
+#else
+#define FT_EXPORT( x )  extern  x
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !FT_EXPORT */
+
+
+#ifndef FT_EXPORT_DEF
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_EXPORT_DEF( x )  extern "C"  x
+#else
+#define FT_EXPORT_DEF( x )  extern  x
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !FT_EXPORT_DEF */
+
+
+#ifndef FT_EXPORT_VAR
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_EXPORT_VAR( x )  extern "C"  x
+#else
+#define FT_EXPORT_VAR( x )  extern  x
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !FT_EXPORT_VAR */
+
+  /* The following macros are needed to compile the library with a   */
+  /* C++ compiler and with 16bit compilers.                          */
+  /*                                                                 */
+
+  /* This is special.  Within C++, you must specify `extern "C"' for */
+  /* functions which are used via function pointers, and you also    */
+  /* must do that for structures which contain function pointers to  */
+  /* assure C linkage -- it's not possible to have (local) anonymous */
+  /* functions which are accessed by (global) function pointers.     */
+  /*                                                                 */
+  /*                                                                 */
+  /* FT_CALLBACK_DEF is used to _define_ a callback function.        */
+  /*                                                                 */
+  /* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE is used to _declare_ a constant variable that */
+  /* contains pointers to callback functions.                        */
+  /*                                                                 */
+  /* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF is used to _define_ a constant variable   */
+  /* that contains pointers to callback functions.                   */
+  /*                                                                 */
+  /*                                                                 */
+  /* Some 16bit compilers have to redefine these macros to insert    */
+  /* the infamous `_cdecl' or `__fastcall' declarations.             */
+  /*                                                                 */
+#ifndef FT_CALLBACK_DEF
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_CALLBACK_DEF( x )  extern "C"  x
+#else
+#define FT_CALLBACK_DEF( x )  static  x
+#endif
+#endif /* FT_CALLBACK_DEF */
+
+#ifndef FT_CALLBACK_TABLE
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE      extern "C"
+#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF  extern "C"
+#else
+#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE      extern
+#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF  /* nothing */
+#endif
+#endif /* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+
+#endif /* __FTCONFIG_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/vms/ftsystem.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/vms/ftsystem.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..76bfae9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/vms/ftsystem.c
@@ -0,0 +1,321 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftsystem.c                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    VMS-specific FreeType low-level system interface (body).             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2005 by                                     */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include 
+  /* we use our special ftconfig.h file, not the standard one */
+#include 
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+#include FT_SYSTEM_H
+#include FT_ERRORS_H
+#include FT_TYPES_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+
+  /* memory-mapping includes and definitions */
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#include 
+#endif
+
+#include 
+#ifndef MAP_FILE
+#define MAP_FILE  0x00
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MUNMAP_USES_VOIDP
+#define MUNMAP_ARG_CAST  void *
+#else
+#define MUNMAP_ARG_CAST  char *
+#endif
+
+#ifdef NEED_MUNMAP_DECL
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+  extern "C"
+#else
+  extern
+#endif
+  int
+  munmap( char*  addr,
+          int    len );
+
+#define MUNMAP_ARG_CAST  char *
+
+#endif /* NEED_DECLARATION_MUNMAP */
+
+
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#ifdef HAVE_FCNTL_H
+#include 
+#endif
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                       MEMORY MANAGEMENT INTERFACE                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    ft_alloc                                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    The memory allocation function.                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    memory :: A pointer to the memory object.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    size   :: The requested size in bytes.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    The address of newly allocated block.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void* )
+  ft_alloc( FT_Memory  memory,
+            long       size )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( memory );
+
+    return malloc( size );
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    ft_realloc                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    The memory reallocation function.                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    memory   :: A pointer to the memory object.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    cur_size :: The current size of the allocated memory block.        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    new_size :: The newly requested size in bytes.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    block    :: The current address of the block in memory.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    The address of the reallocated memory block.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void* )
+  ft_realloc( FT_Memory  memory,
+              long       cur_size,
+              long       new_size,
+              void*      block )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( memory );
+    FT_UNUSED( cur_size );
+
+    return realloc( block, new_size );
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    ft_free                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    The memory release function.                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    memory :: A pointer to the memory object.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    block  :: The address of block in memory to be freed.              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
+  ft_free( FT_Memory  memory,
+           void*      block )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( memory );
+
+    free( block );
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                     RESOURCE MANAGEMENT INTERFACE                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_io
+
+  /* We use the macro STREAM_FILE for convenience to extract the       */
+  /* system-specific stream handle from a given FreeType stream object */
+#define STREAM_FILE( stream )  ( (FILE*)stream->descriptor.pointer )
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    ft_close_stream                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    The function to close a stream.                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    stream :: A pointer to the stream object.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
+  ft_close_stream( FT_Stream  stream )
+  {
+    munmap( (MUNMAP_ARG_CAST)stream->descriptor.pointer, stream->size );
+
+    stream->descriptor.pointer = NULL;
+    stream->size               = 0;
+    stream->base               = 0;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftobjs.h */
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stream_Open( FT_Stream    stream,
+                  const char*  filepathname )
+  {
+    int          file;
+    struct stat  stat_buf;
+
+
+    if ( !stream )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Stream_Handle;
+
+    /* open the file */
+    file = open( filepathname, O_RDONLY );
+    if ( file < 0 )
+    {
+      FT_ERROR(( "FT_Stream_Open:" ));
+      FT_ERROR(( " could not open `%s'\n", filepathname ));
+      return FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource;
+    }
+
+    if ( fstat( file, &stat_buf ) < 0 )
+    {
+      FT_ERROR(( "FT_Stream_Open:" ));
+      FT_ERROR(( " could not `fstat' file `%s'\n", filepathname ));
+      goto Fail_Map;
+    }
+
+    stream->size = stat_buf.st_size;
+    stream->pos  = 0;
+    stream->base = (unsigned char *)mmap( NULL,
+                                          stream->size,
+                                          PROT_READ,
+                                          MAP_FILE | MAP_PRIVATE,
+                                          file,
+                                          0 );
+
+    if ( (long)stream->base == -1 )
+    {
+      FT_ERROR(( "FT_Stream_Open:" ));
+      FT_ERROR(( " could not `mmap' file `%s'\n", filepathname ));
+      goto Fail_Map;
+    }
+
+    close( file );
+
+    stream->descriptor.pointer = stream->base;
+    stream->pathname.pointer   = (char*)filepathname;
+
+    stream->close = ft_close_stream;
+    stream->read  = 0;
+
+    FT_TRACE1(( "FT_Stream_Open:" ));
+    FT_TRACE1(( " opened `%s' (%d bytes) successfully\n",
+                filepathname, stream->size ));
+
+    return FT_Err_Ok;
+
+  Fail_Map:
+    close( file );
+
+    stream->base = NULL;
+    stream->size = 0;
+    stream->pos  = 0;
+
+    return FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Stream;
+  }
+
+
+#ifdef FT_DEBUG_MEMORY
+
+  extern FT_Int
+  ft_mem_debug_init( FT_Memory  memory );
+
+  extern void
+  ft_mem_debug_done( FT_Memory  memory );
+
+#endif
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftobjs.h */
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Memory )
+  FT_New_Memory( void )
+  {
+    FT_Memory  memory;
+
+
+    memory = (FT_Memory)malloc( sizeof ( *memory ) );
+    if ( memory )
+    {
+      memory->user    = 0;
+      memory->alloc   = ft_alloc;
+      memory->realloc = ft_realloc;
+      memory->free    = ft_free;
+#ifdef FT_DEBUG_MEMORY
+      ft_mem_debug_init( memory );
+#endif
+    }
+
+    return memory;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftobjs.h */
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
+  FT_Done_Memory( FT_Memory  memory )
+  {
+#ifdef FT_DEBUG_MEMORY
+    ft_mem_debug_done( memory );
+#endif
+    memory->free( memory, memory );
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/detect.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/detect.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1906539
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/detect.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 configuration file to detect a Win32 host platform.
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2007 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+.PHONY: setup
+
+
+ifeq ($(PLATFORM),ansi)
+
+  # Detecting Windows NT is easy, as the OS variable must be defined and
+  # contains `Windows_NT'.  This also works with Windows 2000 and XP.
+  #
+  ifeq ($(OS),Windows_NT)
+
+    PLATFORM := win32
+
+  else
+
+    # Detecting Windows 9X
+
+    # We used to run the `ver' command to see if its output contains the
+    # word `Windows'.  If this is true, we are running Windows 95 or later:
+    #
+    #   ifdef COMSPEC
+    #     # First, check if we have the COMSPEC environment variable, which
+    #     # indicates we can use COMMAND.COM's internal commands
+    #     is_windows := $(findstring Windows,$(strip $(shell ver)))
+    #   endif
+    #
+    # Unfortunately, this also detects the case when one is running
+    # DOS 7.x (the MS-DOS version that lies below Windows) without actually
+    # launching the GUI.
+    #
+    # A better test is to check whether there are both the environment
+    # variables `winbootdir' and `windir'.  The first indicates an
+    # underlying DOS 7.x, while the second is set only if win32 is available.
+    #
+    # Note that on Windows NT, such an environment variable will not be seen
+    # from DOS-based tools like DJGPP's make; this is not actually a problem
+    # since NT is detected independently above.  But do not try to be clever!
+    #
+    ifdef winbootdir
+      ifdef windir
+
+        PLATFORM := win32
+
+      endif
+    endif
+
+  endif  # test NT
+
+endif # test PLATFORM ansi
+
+ifeq ($(PLATFORM),win32)
+
+  DELETE := del
+  CAT    := type
+  SEP    := $(BACKSLASH)
+
+  # Setting COPY is a bit trickier.  Plain COPY on NT will not work
+  # correctly, because it will uppercase 8.3 filenames, creating a
+  # `CONFIG.MK' file which isn't found later on by `make'.
+  # Since we do not want that, we need to force execution of CMD.EXE.
+  # Unfortunately, CMD.EXE is not available on Windows 9X.
+  # So we need to hack.
+  #
+  # Kudos to Eli Zaretskii (DJGPP guru) that helped debug it.
+  # Details are available in threads of the freetype mailing list
+  # (2004-11-11), and then in the devel mailing list (2004-11-20 to -23).
+  #
+  ifeq ($(OS),Windows_NT)
+    COPY := cmd.exe /c copy
+  else
+    COPY := copy
+  endif  # test NT
+
+
+  # gcc Makefile by default
+  CONFIG_FILE := w32-gcc.mk
+  ifeq ($(firstword $(CC)),cc)
+    CC        := gcc
+  endif
+
+  ifneq ($(findstring list,$(MAKECMDGOALS)),)  # test for the "list" target
+    dump_target_list:
+	    @echo ÿ
+	    @echo $(PROJECT_TITLE) build system -- supported compilers
+	    @echo ÿ
+	    @echo Several command-line compilers are supported on Win32:
+	    @echo ÿ
+	    @echo ÿÿmake setupÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿgcc (with Mingw)
+	    @echo ÿÿmake setup visualcÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿMicrosoft Visual C++
+	    @echo ÿÿmake setup bcc32ÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿBorland C/C++
+	    @echo ÿÿmake setup lccÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿWin32-LCC
+	    @echo ÿÿmake setup intelcÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿIntel C/C++
+	    @echo ÿ
+
+    setup: dump_target_list
+    .PHONY: dump_target_list list
+  else
+    setup: dos_setup
+  endif
+
+  # additionally, we provide hooks for various other compilers
+  #
+  ifneq ($(findstring visualc,$(MAKECMDGOALS)),)     # Visual C/C++
+    CONFIG_FILE := w32-vcc.mk
+    CC          := cl
+    visualc: setup
+    .PHONY: visualc
+  endif
+
+  ifneq ($(findstring intelc,$(MAKECMDGOALS)),)      # Intel C/C++
+    CONFIG_FILE := w32-intl.mk
+    CC          := cl
+    visualc: setup
+    .PHONY: intelc
+  endif
+
+  ifneq ($(findstring watcom,$(MAKECMDGOALS)),)      # Watcom C/C++
+    CONFIG_FILE := w32-wat.mk
+    CC          := wcc386
+    watcom: setup
+    .PHONY: watcom
+  endif
+
+  ifneq ($(findstring visualage,$(MAKECMDGOALS)),)   # Visual Age C++
+    CONFIG_FILE := w32-icc.mk
+    CC          := icc
+    visualage: setup
+    .PHONY: visualage
+  endif
+
+  ifneq ($(findstring lcc,$(MAKECMDGOALS)),)         # LCC-Win32
+    CONFIG_FILE := w32-lcc.mk
+    CC          := lcc
+    lcc: setup
+    .PHONY: lcc
+  endif
+
+  ifneq ($(findstring mingw32,$(MAKECMDGOALS)),)     # mingw32
+    CONFIG_FILE := w32-mingw32.mk
+    CC          := gcc
+    mingw32: setup
+    .PHONY: mingw32
+  endif
+
+  ifneq ($(findstring bcc32,$(MAKECMDGOALS)),)       # Borland C++
+    CONFIG_FILE := w32-bcc.mk
+    CC          := bcc32
+    bcc32: setup
+    .PHONY: bcc32
+  endif
+
+  ifneq ($(findstring devel-bcc,$(MAKECMDGOALS)),)   # development target
+    CONFIG_FILE := w32-bccd.mk
+    CC          := bcc32
+    devel-bcc: setup
+    .PHONY: devel-bcc
+  endif
+
+  ifneq ($(findstring devel-gcc,$(MAKECMDGOALS)),)   # development target
+    CONFIG_FILE := w32-dev.mk
+    CC          := gcc
+    devel-gcc: setup
+    .PHONY: devel-gcc
+  endif
+
+endif   # test PLATFORM win32
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/ftdebug.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/ftdebug.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8f7a9ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/ftdebug.c
@@ -0,0 +1,248 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftdebug.c                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Debugging and logging component for Win32 (body).                    */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2005, 2008 by                               */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This component contains various macros and functions used to ease the */
+  /* debugging of the FreeType engine.  Its main purpose is in assertion   */
+  /* checking, tracing, and error detection.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* There are now three debugging modes:                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* - trace mode                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Error and trace messages are sent to the log file (which can be the */
+  /*   standard error output).                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* - error mode                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Only error messages are generated.                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* - release mode:                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   No error message is sent or generated.  The code is free from any   */
+  /*   debugging parts.                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include 
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+
+
+#ifdef FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR
+
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#include 
+
+
+#ifdef _WIN32_WCE
+
+  void
+  OutputDebugStringEx( const char*  str )
+  {
+    static WCHAR  buf[8192];
+
+
+    int sz = MultiByteToWideChar( CP_ACP, 0, str, -1, buf,
+                                  sizeof ( buf ) / sizeof ( *buf ) );
+    if ( !sz )
+      lstrcpyW( buf, L"OutputDebugStringEx: MultiByteToWideChar failed" );
+
+    OutputDebugStringW( buf );
+  }
+
+#else
+
+#define OutputDebugStringEx  OutputDebugStringA
+
+#endif
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
+  FT_Message( const char*  fmt, ... )
+  {
+    static char  buf[8192];
+    va_list      ap;
+
+
+    va_start( ap, fmt );
+    vprintf( fmt, ap );
+    /* send the string to the debugger as well */
+    vsprintf( buf, fmt, ap );
+    OutputDebugStringEx( buf );
+    va_end( ap );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
+  FT_Panic( const char*  fmt, ... )
+  {
+    static char  buf[8192];
+    va_list      ap;
+
+
+    va_start( ap, fmt );
+    vsprintf( buf, fmt, ap );
+    OutputDebugStringEx( buf );
+    va_end( ap );
+
+    exit( EXIT_FAILURE );
+  }
+
+
+#ifdef FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE
+
+
+  /* array of trace levels, initialized to 0 */
+  int  ft_trace_levels[trace_count];
+
+  /* define array of trace toggle names */
+#define FT_TRACE_DEF( x )  #x ,
+
+  static const char*  ft_trace_toggles[trace_count + 1] =
+  {
+#include FT_INTERNAL_TRACE_H
+    NULL
+  };
+
+#undef FT_TRACE_DEF
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Initialize the tracing sub-system.  This is done by retrieving the    */
+  /* value of the "FT2_DEBUG" environment variable.  It must be a list of  */
+  /* toggles, separated by spaces, `;' or `,'.  Example:                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    "any:3 memory:6 stream:5"                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This will request that all levels be set to 3, except the trace level */
+  /* for the memory and stream components which are set to 6 and 5,        */
+  /* respectively.                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* See the file  for details of the         */
+  /* available toggle names.                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The level must be between 0 and 6; 0 means quiet (except for serious  */
+  /* runtime errors), and 6 means _very_ verbose.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
+  ft_debug_init( void )
+  {
+#ifdef _WIN32_WCE
+
+    /* Windows Mobile doesn't have environment API:           */
+    /* GetEnvironmentStrings, GetEnvironmentVariable, getenv. */
+    /*                                                        */
+    /* FIXME!!! How to set debug mode?                        */
+    const char*  ft2_debug = 0;
+
+#else
+
+    const char*  ft2_debug = getenv( "FT2_DEBUG" );
+
+#endif
+
+    if ( ft2_debug )
+    {
+      const char*  p = ft2_debug;
+      const char*  q;
+
+
+      for ( ; *p; p++ )
+      {
+        /* skip leading whitespace and separators */
+        if ( *p == ' ' || *p == '\t' || *p == ',' || *p == ';' || *p == '=' )
+          continue;
+
+        /* read toggle name, followed by ':' */
+        q = p;
+        while ( *p && *p != ':' )
+          p++;
+
+        if ( *p == ':' && p > q )
+        {
+          int  n, i, len = p - q;
+          int  level = -1, found = -1;
+
+
+          for ( n = 0; n < trace_count; n++ )
+          {
+            const char*  toggle = ft_trace_toggles[n];
+
+
+            for ( i = 0; i < len; i++ )
+            {
+              if ( toggle[i] != q[i] )
+                break;
+            }
+
+            if ( i == len && toggle[i] == 0 )
+            {
+              found = n;
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+
+          /* read level */
+          p++;
+          if ( *p )
+          {
+            level = *p++ - '0';
+            if ( level < 0 || level > 7 )
+              level = -1;
+          }
+
+          if ( found >= 0 && level >= 0 )
+          {
+            if ( found == trace_any )
+            {
+              /* special case for "any" */
+              for ( n = 0; n < trace_count; n++ )
+                ft_trace_levels[n] = level;
+            }
+            else
+              ft_trace_levels[found] = level;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+
+#else  /* !FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE */
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
+  ft_debug_init( void )
+  {
+    /* nothing */
+  }
+
+
+#endif /* !FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE */
+
+#endif /* FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/vc2005/freetype.sln b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/vc2005/freetype.sln
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2049203
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/vc2005/freetype.sln
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+Microsoft Visual Studio Solution File, Format Version 10.00
+# Visual Studio 2005
+Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "freetype", "freetype.vcproj", "{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}"
+EndProject
+Global
+	GlobalSection(SolutionConfigurationPlatforms) = preSolution
+		LIB Debug Multithreaded|Win32 = LIB Debug Multithreaded|Win32
+		LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Win32 = LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Win32
+		LIB Debug|Win32 = LIB Debug|Win32
+		LIB Release Multithreaded|Win32 = LIB Release Multithreaded|Win32
+		LIB Release Singlethreaded|Win32 = LIB Release Singlethreaded|Win32
+		LIB Release|Win32 = LIB Release|Win32
+	EndGlobalSection
+	GlobalSection(ProjectConfigurationPlatforms) = postSolution
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Multithreaded|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug Multithreaded|Win32
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Multithreaded|Win32.Build.0 = Debug Multithreaded|Win32
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug Singlethreaded|Win32
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Win32.Build.0 = Debug Singlethreaded|Win32
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Multithreaded|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release Multithreaded|Win32
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Multithreaded|Win32.Build.0 = Release Multithreaded|Win32
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Singlethreaded|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release Singlethreaded|Win32
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Singlethreaded|Win32.Build.0 = Release Singlethreaded|Win32
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
+	EndGlobalSection
+	GlobalSection(SolutionProperties) = preSolution
+		HideSolutionNode = FALSE
+	EndGlobalSection
+EndGlobal
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/vc2005/freetype.vcproj b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/vc2005/freetype.vcproj
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bd8634c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/vc2005/freetype.vcproj
@@ -0,0 +1,636 @@
+
+
+  
+    
+  
+  
+  
+  
+    
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+    
+    
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+    
+    
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+    
+    
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+    
+    
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+    
+    
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+    
+  
+  
+  
+  
+    
+      
+      
+      
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+      
+      
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+      
+      
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+      
+      
+      
+      
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+      
+      
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+      
+      
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+      
+      
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+      
+      
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+      
+      
+      
+      
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+      
+      
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+      
+      
+        
+        
+        
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+        
+        
+        
+        
+        
+        
+        
+        
+        
+        
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+        
+        
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+        
+        
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+        
+        
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+        
+        
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+        
+        
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+        
+        
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+        
+        
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+        
+        
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+        
+        
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+        
+        
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+        
+        
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+        
+      
+    
+    
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+    
+  
+  
+  
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/vc2005/index.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/vc2005/index.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..41d5e0a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/vc2005/index.html
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+
+
        
+
+  FreeType 2 Project Files for VS.NET 2005
+
+
+
+
        
+  FreeType 2 Project Files for VS.NET 2005
+
        
+
+
        This directory contains project files for Visual C++, named
+freetype.vcproj, and Visual Studio, called freetype.sln.  It
+compiles the following libraries from the FreeType 2.3.9 sources:
        
+
+
          
+  
          +    freetype239.lib     - release build; single threaded
+    freetype239_D.lib   - debug build;   single threaded
+    freetype239MT.lib   - release build; multi-threaded
+    freetype239MT_D.lib - debug build;   multi-threaded
          
+
        
+
+
        Be sure to extract the files with the Windows (CR+LF) line endings.  ZIP
+archives are already stored this way, so no further action is required.  If
+you use some .tar.*z archives, be sure to configure your extracting
+tool to convert the line endings.  For example, with WinZip, you should activate the TAR
+file smart CR/LF Conversion option.  Alternatively, you may consider
+using the unix2dos or u2d utilities that are floating
+around, which specifically deal with this particular problem.
+
+
        Build directories are placed in the top-level objs
+directory.
        
+
+
+
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/vc2008/freetype.sln b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/vc2008/freetype.sln
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0995f80
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/vc2008/freetype.sln
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+Microsoft Visual Studio Solution File, Format Version 10.00
+# Visual Studio 2008
+Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "freetype", "freetype.vcproj", "{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}"
+EndProject
+Global
+	GlobalSection(SolutionConfigurationPlatforms) = preSolution
+		LIB Debug Multithreaded|Win32 = LIB Debug Multithreaded|Win32
+		LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Win32 = LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Win32
+		LIB Debug|Win32 = LIB Debug|Win32
+		LIB Release Multithreaded|Win32 = LIB Release Multithreaded|Win32
+		LIB Release Singlethreaded|Win32 = LIB Release Singlethreaded|Win32
+		LIB Release|Win32 = LIB Release|Win32
+	EndGlobalSection
+	GlobalSection(ProjectConfigurationPlatforms) = postSolution
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Multithreaded|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug Multithreaded|Win32
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Multithreaded|Win32.Build.0 = Debug Multithreaded|Win32
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug Singlethreaded|Win32
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Win32.Build.0 = Debug Singlethreaded|Win32
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Multithreaded|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release Multithreaded|Win32
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Multithreaded|Win32.Build.0 = Release Multithreaded|Win32
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Singlethreaded|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release Singlethreaded|Win32
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Singlethreaded|Win32.Build.0 = Release Singlethreaded|Win32
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
+	EndGlobalSection
+	GlobalSection(SolutionProperties) = preSolution
+		HideSolutionNode = FALSE
+	EndGlobalSection
+EndGlobal
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/vc2008/freetype.vcproj b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/vc2008/freetype.vcproj
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..07d950b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/vc2008/freetype.vcproj
@@ -0,0 +1,2160 @@
+
+
+	
+		
+	
+	
+	
+	
+		
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+		
+		
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+		
+		
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+		
+		
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+		
+		
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+		
+		
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+		
+	
+	
+	
+	
+		
+			
+			
+			
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+			
+			
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+			
+			
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+			
+			
+			
+			
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+			
+			
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+			
+			
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+			
+			
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+			
+			
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+			
+			
+			
+			
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+			
+			
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+			
+			
+				
+				
+				
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+				
+				
+				
+				
+				
+				
+				
+				
+				
+				
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+				
+				
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+				
+				
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+				
+				
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+				
+				
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+				
+				
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+				
+				
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+				
+				
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+				
+				
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+				
+				
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+				
+				
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+				
+				
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+				
+			
+		
+		
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+		
+	
+	
+	
+
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/vc2008/index.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/vc2008/index.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5e349b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/vc2008/index.html
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+
+
        
+
+  FreeType 2 Project Files for VS.NET 2008
+
+
+
+
        
+  FreeType 2 Project Files for VS.NET 2008
+
        
+
+
        This directory contains project files for Visual C++, named
+freetype.vcproj, and Visual Studio, called freetype.sln.  It
+compiles the following libraries from the FreeType 2.3.9 sources:
        
+
+
          
+  
          +    freetype239.lib     - release build; single threaded
+    freetype239_D.lib   - debug build;   single threaded
+    freetype239MT.lib   - release build; multi-threaded
+    freetype239MT_D.lib - debug build;   multi-threaded
          
+
        
+
+
        Be sure to extract the files with the Windows (CR+LF) line endings.  ZIP
+archives are already stored this way, so no further action is required.  If
+you use some .tar.*z archives, be sure to configure your extracting
+tool to convert the line endings.  For example, with WinZip, you should activate the TAR
+file smart CR/LF Conversion option.  Alternatively, you may consider
+using the unix2dos or u2d utilities that are floating
+around, which specifically deal with this particular problem.
+
+
        Build directories are placed in the top-level objs
+directory.
        
+
+
+
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsp b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..556dfb6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsp
@@ -0,0 +1,400 @@
+# Microsoft Developer Studio Project File - Name="freetype" - Package Owner=<4>
+# Microsoft Developer Studio Generated Build File, Format Version 6.00
+# ** DO NOT EDIT **
+
+# TARGTYPE "Win32 (x86) Static Library" 0x0104
+
+CFG=freetype - Win32 Debug Singlethreaded
+!MESSAGE This is not a valid makefile. To build this project using NMAKE,
+!MESSAGE use the Export Makefile command and run
+!MESSAGE 
+!MESSAGE NMAKE /f "freetype.mak".
+!MESSAGE 
+!MESSAGE You can specify a configuration when running NMAKE
+!MESSAGE by defining the macro CFG on the command line. For example:
+!MESSAGE 
+!MESSAGE NMAKE /f "freetype.mak" CFG="freetype - Win32 Debug Singlethreaded"
+!MESSAGE 
+!MESSAGE Possible choices for configuration are:
+!MESSAGE 
+!MESSAGE "freetype - Win32 Release" (based on "Win32 (x86) Static Library")
+!MESSAGE "freetype - Win32 Debug" (based on "Win32 (x86) Static Library")
+!MESSAGE "freetype - Win32 Debug Multithreaded" (based on "Win32 (x86) Static Library")
+!MESSAGE "freetype - Win32 Release Multithreaded" (based on "Win32 (x86) Static Library")
+!MESSAGE "freetype - Win32 Release Singlethreaded" (based on "Win32 (x86) Static Library")
+!MESSAGE "freetype - Win32 Debug Singlethreaded" (based on "Win32 (x86) Static Library")
+!MESSAGE 
+
+# Begin Project
+# PROP AllowPerConfigDependencies 0
+# PROP Scc_ProjName ""
+# PROP Scc_LocalPath ""
+CPP=cl.exe
+RSC=rc.exe
+
+!IF  "$(CFG)" == "freetype - Win32 Release"
+
+# PROP BASE Use_MFC 0
+# PROP BASE Use_Debug_Libraries 0
+# PROP BASE Output_Dir "Release"
+# PROP BASE Intermediate_Dir "Release"
+# PROP BASE Target_Dir ""
+# PROP Use_MFC 0
+# PROP Use_Debug_Libraries 0
+# PROP Output_Dir "..\..\..\objs\release"
+# PROP Intermediate_Dir "..\..\..\objs\release"
+# PROP Target_Dir ""
+# ADD BASE CPP /nologo /W3 /GX /O2 /D "WIN32" /D "NDEBUG" /D "_MBCS" /D "_LIB" /YX /FD /c
+# ADD CPP /MD /Za /W4 /GX /O2 /I "..\..\..\include" /D "NDEBUG" /D "WIN32" /D "_MBCS" /D "_LIB" /D "FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY" /FD /c
+# SUBTRACT CPP /nologo /Z /YX
+# ADD BASE RSC /l 0x409 /d "NDEBUG"
+# ADD RSC /l 0x409 /d "NDEBUG"
+BSC32=bscmake.exe
+# ADD BASE BSC32 /nologo
+# ADD BSC32 /nologo
+LIB32=link.exe -lib
+# ADD BASE LIB32 /nologo
+# ADD LIB32 /nologo /out:"..\..\..\objs\freetype239.lib"
+
+!ELSEIF  "$(CFG)" == "freetype - Win32 Debug"
+
+# PROP BASE Use_MFC 0
+# PROP BASE Use_Debug_Libraries 1
+# PROP BASE Output_Dir "Debug"
+# PROP BASE Intermediate_Dir "Debug"
+# PROP BASE Target_Dir ""
+# PROP Use_MFC 0
+# PROP Use_Debug_Libraries 1
+# PROP Output_Dir "..\..\..\objs\debug"
+# PROP Intermediate_Dir "..\..\..\objs\debug"
+# PROP Target_Dir ""
+# ADD BASE CPP /nologo /W3 /Gm /GX /ZI /Od /D "WIN32" /D "_DEBUG" /D "_MBCS" /D "_LIB" /YX /FD /GZ /c
+# ADD CPP /MDd /Za /W4 /GX /Z7 /Od /I "..\..\..\include" /D "_DEBUG" /D "FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR" /D "FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE" /D "WIN32" /D "_MBCS" /D "_LIB" /D "FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY" /FD /GZ /c
+# SUBTRACT CPP /nologo /X /YX
+# ADD BASE RSC /l 0x409 /d "_DEBUG"
+# ADD RSC /l 0x409 /d "_DEBUG"
+BSC32=bscmake.exe
+# ADD BASE BSC32 /nologo
+# ADD BSC32 /nologo
+LIB32=link.exe -lib
+# ADD BASE LIB32 /nologo
+# ADD LIB32 /nologo /out:"..\..\..\objs\freetype239_D.lib"
+
+!ELSEIF  "$(CFG)" == "freetype - Win32 Debug Multithreaded"
+
+# PROP BASE Use_MFC 0
+# PROP BASE Use_Debug_Libraries 1
+# PROP BASE Output_Dir "freetype___Win32_Debug_Multithreaded"
+# PROP BASE Intermediate_Dir "freetype___Win32_Debug_Multithreaded"
+# PROP BASE Target_Dir ""
+# PROP Use_MFC 0
+# PROP Use_Debug_Libraries 1
+# PROP Output_Dir "..\..\..\objs\debug_mt"
+# PROP Intermediate_Dir "..\..\..\objs\debug_mt"
+# PROP Target_Dir ""
+# ADD BASE CPP /nologo /Za /W3 /Gm /GX /ZI /Od /I "..\freetype\include\\" /D "_DEBUG" /D "WIN32" /D "_MBCS" /D "_LIB" /D "FT_FLAT_COMPILE" /YX /FD /GZ /c
+# SUBTRACT BASE CPP /X
+# ADD CPP /MTd /Za /W4 /GX /Z7 /Od /I "..\..\..\include" /D "_DEBUG" /D "FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR" /D "FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE" /D "WIN32" /D "_MBCS" /D "_LIB" /D "FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY" /FD /GZ /c
+# SUBTRACT CPP /nologo /X /YX
+# ADD BASE RSC /l 0x409 /d "_DEBUG"
+# ADD RSC /l 0x409 /d "_DEBUG"
+BSC32=bscmake.exe
+# ADD BASE BSC32 /nologo
+# ADD BSC32 /nologo
+LIB32=link.exe -lib
+# ADD BASE LIB32 /nologo /out:"lib\freetype239_D.lib"
+# ADD LIB32 /nologo /out:"..\..\..\objs\freetype239MT_D.lib"
+
+!ELSEIF  "$(CFG)" == "freetype - Win32 Release Multithreaded"
+
+# PROP BASE Use_MFC 0
+# PROP BASE Use_Debug_Libraries 0
+# PROP BASE Output_Dir "freetype___Win32_Release_Multithreaded"
+# PROP BASE Intermediate_Dir "freetype___Win32_Release_Multithreaded"
+# PROP BASE Target_Dir ""
+# PROP Use_MFC 0
+# PROP Use_Debug_Libraries 0
+# PROP Output_Dir "..\..\..\objs\release_mt"
+# PROP Intermediate_Dir "..\..\..\objs\release_mt"
+# PROP Target_Dir ""
+# ADD BASE CPP /nologo /Za /W3 /GX /O2 /I "..\freetype\include\\" /D "NDEBUG" /D "WIN32" /D "_MBCS" /D "_LIB" /D "FT_FLAT_COMPILE" /YX /FD /c
+# ADD CPP /MT /Za /W4 /GX /O2 /I "..\..\..\include" /D "NDEBUG" /D "WIN32" /D "_MBCS" /D "_LIB" /D "FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY" /FD /c
+# SUBTRACT CPP /nologo /Z /YX
+# ADD BASE RSC /l 0x409 /d "NDEBUG"
+# ADD RSC /l 0x409 /d "NDEBUG"
+BSC32=bscmake.exe
+# ADD BASE BSC32 /nologo
+# ADD BSC32 /nologo
+LIB32=link.exe -lib
+# ADD BASE LIB32 /nologo /out:"lib\freetype239.lib"
+# ADD LIB32 /nologo /out:"..\..\..\objs\freetype239MT.lib"
+
+!ELSEIF  "$(CFG)" == "freetype - Win32 Release Singlethreaded"
+
+# PROP BASE Use_MFC 0
+# PROP BASE Use_Debug_Libraries 0
+# PROP BASE Output_Dir "freetype___Win32_Release_Singlethreaded"
+# PROP BASE Intermediate_Dir "freetype___Win32_Release_Singlethreaded"
+# PROP BASE Target_Dir ""
+# PROP Use_MFC 0
+# PROP Use_Debug_Libraries 0
+# PROP Output_Dir "..\..\..\objs\release_st"
+# PROP Intermediate_Dir "..\..\..\objs\release_st"
+# PROP Target_Dir ""
+# ADD BASE CPP /nologo /MD /Za /W4 /GX /Zi /O2 /I "..\..\..\include" /D "NDEBUG" /D "WIN32" /D "_MBCS" /D "_LIB" /FD /c
+# SUBTRACT BASE CPP /YX
+# ADD CPP /Za /W4 /GX /O2 /I "..\..\..\include" /D "NDEBUG" /D "WIN32" /D "_MBCS" /D "_LIB" /D "FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY" /FD /c
+# SUBTRACT CPP /nologo /Z /YX
+# ADD BASE RSC /l 0x409 /d "NDEBUG"
+# ADD RSC /l 0x409 /d "NDEBUG"
+BSC32=bscmake.exe
+# ADD BASE BSC32 /nologo
+# ADD BSC32 /nologo
+LIB32=link.exe -lib
+# ADD BASE LIB32 /nologo /out:"..\..\..\objs\freetype239.lib"
+# ADD LIB32 /out:"..\..\..\objs\freetype239ST.lib"
+# SUBTRACT LIB32 /nologo
+
+!ELSEIF  "$(CFG)" == "freetype - Win32 Debug Singlethreaded"
+
+# PROP BASE Use_MFC 0
+# PROP BASE Use_Debug_Libraries 1
+# PROP BASE Output_Dir "freetype___Win32_Debug_Singlethreaded"
+# PROP BASE Intermediate_Dir "freetype___Win32_Debug_Singlethreaded"
+# PROP BASE Target_Dir ""
+# PROP Use_MFC 0
+# PROP Use_Debug_Libraries 1
+# PROP Output_Dir "..\..\..\objs\debug_st"
+# PROP Intermediate_Dir "..\..\..\objs\debug_st"
+# PROP Target_Dir ""
+# ADD BASE CPP /nologo /MDd /Za /W4 /Gm /GX /Zi /Od /I "..\..\..\include" /D "_DEBUG" /D "WIN32" /D "_MBCS" /D "_LIB" /D "FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR" /D "FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE" /FD /GZ /c
+# SUBTRACT BASE CPP /X /YX
+# ADD CPP /Za /W4 /GX /Z7 /Od /I "..\..\..\include" /D "_DEBUG" /D "FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR" /D "FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE" /D "WIN32" /D "_MBCS" /D "_LIB" /D "FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY" /FD /GZ /c
+# SUBTRACT CPP /nologo /X /YX
+# ADD BASE RSC /l 0x409 /d "_DEBUG"
+# ADD RSC /l 0x409 /d "_DEBUG"
+BSC32=bscmake.exe
+# ADD BASE BSC32 /nologo
+# ADD BSC32 /nologo
+LIB32=link.exe -lib
+# ADD BASE LIB32 /nologo /out:"..\..\..\objs\freetype239_D.lib"
+# ADD LIB32 /nologo /out:"..\..\..\objs\freetype239ST_D.lib"
+
+!ENDIF 
+
+# Begin Target
+
+# Name "freetype - Win32 Release"
+# Name "freetype - Win32 Debug"
+# Name "freetype - Win32 Debug Multithreaded"
+# Name "freetype - Win32 Release Multithreaded"
+# Name "freetype - Win32 Release Singlethreaded"
+# Name "freetype - Win32 Debug Singlethreaded"
+# Begin Group "Source Files"
+
+# PROP Default_Filter "cpp;c;cxx;rc;def;r;odl;idl;hpj;bat"
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\..\src\autofit\autofit.c
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\..\src\bdf\bdf.c
+# SUBTRACT CPP /Fr
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\..\src\cff\cff.c
+# SUBTRACT CPP /Fr
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\..\src\base\ftbase.c
+# SUBTRACT CPP /Fr
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\..\src\base\ftbbox.c
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\..\src\base\ftbdf.c
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\..\src\base\ftbitmap.c
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\..\src\base\ftfstype.c
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\..\src\base\ftgasp.c
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\..\src\cache\ftcache.c
+# SUBTRACT CPP /Fr
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\ftdebug.c
+# ADD CPP /Ze
+# SUBTRACT CPP /Fr
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\..\src\base\ftglyph.c
+# SUBTRACT CPP /Fr
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\..\src\base\ftgxval.c
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\..\src\gzip\ftgzip.c
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\..\src\base\ftinit.c
+# SUBTRACT CPP /Fr
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\..\src\lzw\ftlzw.c
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\..\src\base\ftmm.c
+# SUBTRACT CPP /Fr
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\..\src\base\ftotval.c
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\..\src\base\ftpfr.c
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\..\src\base\ftstroke.c
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\..\src\base\ftsynth.c
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\..\src\base\ftsystem.c
+# SUBTRACT CPP /Fr
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\..\src\base\fttype1.c
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\..\src\base\ftwinfnt.c
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\..\src\base\ftxf86.c
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\..\src\pcf\pcf.c
+# SUBTRACT CPP /Fr
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\..\src\pfr\pfr.c
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\..\src\psaux\psaux.c
+# SUBTRACT CPP /Fr
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\..\src\pshinter\pshinter.c
+# SUBTRACT CPP /Fr
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\..\src\psnames\psmodule.c
+# SUBTRACT CPP /Fr
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\..\src\raster\raster.c
+# SUBTRACT CPP /Fr
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\..\src\sfnt\sfnt.c
+# SUBTRACT CPP /Fr
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\..\src\smooth\smooth.c
+# SUBTRACT CPP /Fr
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\..\src\truetype\truetype.c
+# SUBTRACT CPP /Fr
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\..\src\type1\type1.c
+# SUBTRACT CPP /Fr
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\..\src\cid\type1cid.c
+# SUBTRACT CPP /Fr
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\..\src\type42\type42.c
+# SUBTRACT CPP /Fr
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\..\src\winfonts\winfnt.c
+# SUBTRACT CPP /Fr
+# End Source File
+# End Group
+# Begin Group "Header Files"
+
+# PROP Default_Filter "h;hpp;hxx;hm;inl"
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\..\include\ft2build.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\..\include\freetype\config\ftconfig.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\..\include\freetype\config\ftheader.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\..\include\freetype\config\ftmodule.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\..\include\freetype\config\ftoption.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\..\include\freetype\config\ftstdlib.h
+# End Source File
+# End Group
+# End Target
+# End Project
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsw b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsw
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b1b375d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsw
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+Microsoft Developer Studio Workspace File, Format Version 6.00
+# WARNING: DO NOT EDIT OR DELETE THIS WORKSPACE FILE!
+
+###############################################################################
+
+Project: "freetype"=.\freetype.dsp - Package Owner=<4>
+
+Package=<5>
+{{{
+}}}
+
+Package=<4>
+{{{
+}}}
+
+###############################################################################
+
+Global:
+
+Package=<5>
+{{{
+}}}
+
+Package=<3>
+{{{
+}}}
+
+###############################################################################
+
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/visualc/index.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/visualc/index.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fffcf4f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/visualc/index.html
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+
+
        
+
+  FreeType 2 Project Files for Visual C++ and VS.NET 2005
+
+
+
+
        
+  FreeType 2 Project Files for Visual C++ and VS.NET 2005
+
        
+
+
        This directory contains project files for Visual C++, named
+freetype.dsp, and Visual Studio, called freetype.sln.  It
+compiles the following libraries from the FreeType 2.3.9 sources:
        
+
+
          
+  
          +    freetype239.lib     - release build; single threaded
+    freetype239_D.lib   - debug build;   single threaded
+    freetype239MT.lib   - release build; multi-threaded
+    freetype239MT_D.lib - debug build;   multi-threaded
          
+
        
+
+
        Be sure to extract the files with the Windows (CR+LF) line endings.  ZIP
+archives are already stored this way, so no further action is required.  If
+you use some .tar.*z archives, be sure to configure your extracting
+tool to convert the line endings.  For example, with WinZip, you should activate the TAR
+file smart CR/LF Conversion option.  Alternatively, you may consider
+using the unix2dos or u2d utilities that are floating
+around, which specifically deal with this particular problem.
+
+
        Build directories are placed in the top-level objs
+directory.
        
+
+
+
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-bcc.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-bcc.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a9f48fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-bcc.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 Borland C++ on Win32
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003, 2005 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+# default definitions of the export list
+#
+EXPORTS_LIST      = $(OBJ_DIR)/freetype.def
+EXPORTS_OPTIONS   = /DEF:$(EXPORTS_LIST)
+APINAMES_OPTIONS := -dfreetype.dll -wB
+
+include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/win32/win32-def.mk
+include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/compiler/bcc.mk
+
+# include linking instructions
+include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/link_dos.mk
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-bccd.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-bccd.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..51b15d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-bccd.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 Borland C++ on Win32 + debugging
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003, 2006 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+DEVEL_DIR := $(TOP_DIR)/devel
+
+include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/win32/win32-def.mk
+
+include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/compiler/bcc-dev.mk
+
+# include linking instructions
+include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/link_dos.mk
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-dev.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-dev.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..00cacb0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-dev.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 configuration rules for Win32 + GCC
+#
+#   Development version without optimizations.
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003, 2006 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+# NOTE: This version requires that GNU Make is invoked from the Windows
+#       Shell (_not_ Cygwin BASH)!
+#
+
+DEVEL_DIR := $(TOP_DIR)/devel
+
+include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/win32/win32-def.mk
+
+include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/compiler/gcc-dev.mk
+
+# include linking instructions
+include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/link_dos.mk
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-gcc.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-gcc.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..580afc5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-gcc.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 configuration rules for Win32 + GCC
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003, 2005 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+# default definitions of the export list
+#
+EXPORTS_LIST      = $(OBJ_DIR)/freetype.def
+EXPORTS_OPTIONS   = $(EXPORTS_LIST)
+APINAMES_OPTIONS := -dfreetype.dll -w
+
+# include Win32-specific definitions
+include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/win32/win32-def.mk
+
+# include gcc-specific definitions
+include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/compiler/gcc.mk
+
+# include linking instructions
+include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/link_dos.mk
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-icc.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-icc.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8819a1f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-icc.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 configuration rules for Win32 + IBM Visual Age C++
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2005 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+# default definitions of the export list
+#
+EXPORTS_LIST      = $(OBJ_DIR)/freetype.def
+EXPORTS_OPTIONS   = /DEF:$(EXPORTS_LIST)
+APINAMES_OPTIONS := -dfreetype.dll -w
+
+include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/win32/win32-def.mk
+include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/compiler/visualage.mk
+
+# include linking instructions
+include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/link_dos.mk
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-intl.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-intl.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ae62e1b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-intl.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 configuration rules for Intel C/C++ on Win32
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003, 2005 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+# default definitions of the export list
+#
+EXPORTS_LIST      = $(OBJ_DIR)/freetype.def
+EXPORTS_OPTIONS   = /DEF:$(EXPORTS_LIST)
+APINAMES_OPTIONS := -dfreetype.dll -w
+
+include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/win32/win32-def.mk
+include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/compiler/intelc.mk
+
+# include linking instructions
+include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/link_dos.mk
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-lcc.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-lcc.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a147c4c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-lcc.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 configuration rules for Win32 + LCC
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+SEP := /
+include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/win32/win32-def.mk
+include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/compiler/win-lcc.mk
+
+# include linking instructions
+include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/link_dos.mk
+
+# EOF
+
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-mingw32.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-mingw32.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..04e9e21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-mingw32.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 configuration rules for mingw32
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003, 2005 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+# default definitions of the export list
+#
+EXPORTS_LIST      = $(OBJ_DIR)/freetype.def
+EXPORTS_OPTIONS   = $(EXPORTS_LIST)
+APINAMES_OPTIONS := -dfreetype.dll -w
+
+# include Win32-specific definitions
+include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/win32/win32-def.mk
+
+LIBRARY := lib$(PROJECT)
+
+# include gcc-specific definitions
+include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/compiler/gcc.mk
+
+# include linking instructions
+include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/link_dos.mk
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-vcc.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-vcc.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7fb8794
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-vcc.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 Visual C++ on Win32
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003, 2005 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+# definitions of the export list
+#
+EXPORTS_LIST      = $(OBJ_DIR)/freetype.def
+EXPORTS_OPTIONS   = /DEF:$(EXPORTS_LIST)
+APINAMES_OPTIONS := -dfreetype.dll -w
+
+include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/win32/win32-def.mk
+include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/compiler/visualc.mk
+
+# include linking instructions
+include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/link_dos.mk
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-wat.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-wat.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..820b817
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/w32-wat.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 configuration rules for Watcom C/C++
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003, 2005 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+# redefine export symbol definitions
+#
+EXPORTS_LIST      = $(OBJ_DIR)/watcom-ftexports.lbc
+EXPORTS_OPTIONS   = -\"export @$(EXPORTS_LIST)\"-
+APINAMES_OPTIONS := -wW
+
+include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/win32/win32-def.mk
+include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/compiler/watcom.mk
+
+# include linking instructions
+include $(TOP_DIR)/builds/link_dos.mk
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/win32-def.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/win32-def.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a82b146
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/win32/win32-def.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 Win32 specific definitions
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003, 2005, 2006 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+DELETE    := del
+CAT       := type
+SEP       := $(strip \ )
+BUILD_DIR := $(TOP_DIR)/builds/win32
+PLATFORM  := win32
+
+# The executable file extension (for tools). NOTE: WE INCLUDE THE DOT HERE !!
+#
+E := .exe
+
+
+# The directory where all library files are placed.
+#
+# By default, this is the same as $(OBJ_DIR); however, this can be changed
+# to suit particular needs.
+#
+LIB_DIR := $(OBJ_DIR)
+
+
+# The name of the final library file.  Note that the DOS-specific Makefile
+# uses a shorter (8.3) name.
+#
+LIBRARY := $(PROJECT)
+
+
+# The NO_OUTPUT macro is used to ignore the output of commands.
+#
+NO_OUTPUT = 2> nul
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/wince/ftdebug.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/wince/ftdebug.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8f7a9ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/wince/ftdebug.c
@@ -0,0 +1,248 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftdebug.c                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Debugging and logging component for Win32 (body).                    */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2005, 2008 by                               */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This component contains various macros and functions used to ease the */
+  /* debugging of the FreeType engine.  Its main purpose is in assertion   */
+  /* checking, tracing, and error detection.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* There are now three debugging modes:                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* - trace mode                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Error and trace messages are sent to the log file (which can be the */
+  /*   standard error output).                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* - error mode                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Only error messages are generated.                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* - release mode:                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   No error message is sent or generated.  The code is free from any   */
+  /*   debugging parts.                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include 
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+
+
+#ifdef FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR
+
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#include 
+
+
+#ifdef _WIN32_WCE
+
+  void
+  OutputDebugStringEx( const char*  str )
+  {
+    static WCHAR  buf[8192];
+
+
+    int sz = MultiByteToWideChar( CP_ACP, 0, str, -1, buf,
+                                  sizeof ( buf ) / sizeof ( *buf ) );
+    if ( !sz )
+      lstrcpyW( buf, L"OutputDebugStringEx: MultiByteToWideChar failed" );
+
+    OutputDebugStringW( buf );
+  }
+
+#else
+
+#define OutputDebugStringEx  OutputDebugStringA
+
+#endif
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
+  FT_Message( const char*  fmt, ... )
+  {
+    static char  buf[8192];
+    va_list      ap;
+
+
+    va_start( ap, fmt );
+    vprintf( fmt, ap );
+    /* send the string to the debugger as well */
+    vsprintf( buf, fmt, ap );
+    OutputDebugStringEx( buf );
+    va_end( ap );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
+  FT_Panic( const char*  fmt, ... )
+  {
+    static char  buf[8192];
+    va_list      ap;
+
+
+    va_start( ap, fmt );
+    vsprintf( buf, fmt, ap );
+    OutputDebugStringEx( buf );
+    va_end( ap );
+
+    exit( EXIT_FAILURE );
+  }
+
+
+#ifdef FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE
+
+
+  /* array of trace levels, initialized to 0 */
+  int  ft_trace_levels[trace_count];
+
+  /* define array of trace toggle names */
+#define FT_TRACE_DEF( x )  #x ,
+
+  static const char*  ft_trace_toggles[trace_count + 1] =
+  {
+#include FT_INTERNAL_TRACE_H
+    NULL
+  };
+
+#undef FT_TRACE_DEF
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Initialize the tracing sub-system.  This is done by retrieving the    */
+  /* value of the "FT2_DEBUG" environment variable.  It must be a list of  */
+  /* toggles, separated by spaces, `;' or `,'.  Example:                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    "any:3 memory:6 stream:5"                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This will request that all levels be set to 3, except the trace level */
+  /* for the memory and stream components which are set to 6 and 5,        */
+  /* respectively.                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* See the file  for details of the         */
+  /* available toggle names.                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The level must be between 0 and 6; 0 means quiet (except for serious  */
+  /* runtime errors), and 6 means _very_ verbose.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
+  ft_debug_init( void )
+  {
+#ifdef _WIN32_WCE
+
+    /* Windows Mobile doesn't have environment API:           */
+    /* GetEnvironmentStrings, GetEnvironmentVariable, getenv. */
+    /*                                                        */
+    /* FIXME!!! How to set debug mode?                        */
+    const char*  ft2_debug = 0;
+
+#else
+
+    const char*  ft2_debug = getenv( "FT2_DEBUG" );
+
+#endif
+
+    if ( ft2_debug )
+    {
+      const char*  p = ft2_debug;
+      const char*  q;
+
+
+      for ( ; *p; p++ )
+      {
+        /* skip leading whitespace and separators */
+        if ( *p == ' ' || *p == '\t' || *p == ',' || *p == ';' || *p == '=' )
+          continue;
+
+        /* read toggle name, followed by ':' */
+        q = p;
+        while ( *p && *p != ':' )
+          p++;
+
+        if ( *p == ':' && p > q )
+        {
+          int  n, i, len = p - q;
+          int  level = -1, found = -1;
+
+
+          for ( n = 0; n < trace_count; n++ )
+          {
+            const char*  toggle = ft_trace_toggles[n];
+
+
+            for ( i = 0; i < len; i++ )
+            {
+              if ( toggle[i] != q[i] )
+                break;
+            }
+
+            if ( i == len && toggle[i] == 0 )
+            {
+              found = n;
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+
+          /* read level */
+          p++;
+          if ( *p )
+          {
+            level = *p++ - '0';
+            if ( level < 0 || level > 7 )
+              level = -1;
+          }
+
+          if ( found >= 0 && level >= 0 )
+          {
+            if ( found == trace_any )
+            {
+              /* special case for "any" */
+              for ( n = 0; n < trace_count; n++ )
+                ft_trace_levels[n] = level;
+            }
+            else
+              ft_trace_levels[found] = level;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+
+#else  /* !FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE */
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
+  ft_debug_init( void )
+  {
+    /* nothing */
+  }
+
+
+#endif /* !FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE */
+
+#endif /* FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/wince/vc2005-ce/freetype.sln b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/wince/vc2005-ce/freetype.sln
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..67b2216
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/wince/vc2005-ce/freetype.sln
@@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
+
+Microsoft Visual Studio Solution File, Format Version 9.00
+# Visual Studio 2005
+Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "freetype", "freetype.vcproj", "{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}"
+EndProject
+Global
+	GlobalSection(SolutionConfigurationPlatforms) = preSolution
+		LIB Debug Multithreaded|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4) = LIB Debug Multithreaded|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4)
+		LIB Debug Multithreaded|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4) = LIB Debug Multithreaded|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4)
+		LIB Debug Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I) = LIB Debug Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I)
+		LIB Debug Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I) = LIB Debug Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I)
+		LIB Debug Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I) = LIB Debug Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I)
+		LIB Debug Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I) = LIB Debug Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I)
+		LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4) = LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4)
+		LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4) = LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4)
+		LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I) = LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I)
+		LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I) = LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I)
+		LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I) = LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I)
+		LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I) = LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I)
+		LIB Debug|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4) = LIB Debug|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4)
+		LIB Debug|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4) = LIB Debug|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4)
+		LIB Debug|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I) = LIB Debug|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I)
+		LIB Debug|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I) = LIB Debug|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I)
+		LIB Debug|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I) = LIB Debug|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I)
+		LIB Debug|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I) = LIB Debug|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I)
+		LIB Release Multithreaded|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4) = LIB Release Multithreaded|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4)
+		LIB Release Multithreaded|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4) = LIB Release Multithreaded|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4)
+		LIB Release Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I) = LIB Release Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I)
+		LIB Release Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I) = LIB Release Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I)
+		LIB Release Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I) = LIB Release Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I)
+		LIB Release Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I) = LIB Release Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I)
+		LIB Release Singlethreaded|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4) = LIB Release Singlethreaded|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4)
+		LIB Release Singlethreaded|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4) = LIB Release Singlethreaded|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4)
+		LIB Release Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I) = LIB Release Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I)
+		LIB Release Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I) = LIB Release Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I)
+		LIB Release Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I) = LIB Release Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I)
+		LIB Release Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I) = LIB Release Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I)
+		LIB Release|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4) = LIB Release|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4)
+		LIB Release|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4) = LIB Release|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4)
+		LIB Release|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I) = LIB Release|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I)
+		LIB Release|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I) = LIB Release|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I)
+		LIB Release|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I) = LIB Release|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I)
+		LIB Release|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I) = LIB Release|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I)
+	EndGlobalSection
+	GlobalSection(ProjectConfigurationPlatforms) = postSolution
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Multithreaded|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4).ActiveCfg = Debug Multithreaded|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Multithreaded|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4).Build.0 = Debug Multithreaded|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Multithreaded|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4).Deploy.0 = Debug Multithreaded|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Multithreaded|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4).ActiveCfg = Debug Multithreaded|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Multithreaded|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4).Build.0 = Debug Multithreaded|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Multithreaded|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4).Deploy.0 = Debug Multithreaded|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I).ActiveCfg = Debug Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I).Build.0 = Debug Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I).Deploy.0 = Debug Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I).ActiveCfg = Debug Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I).Build.0 = Debug Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I).Deploy.0 = Debug Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I).ActiveCfg = Debug Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I).Build.0 = Debug Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I).Deploy.0 = Debug Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I).ActiveCfg = Debug Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I).Build.0 = Debug Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I).Deploy.0 = Debug Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4).ActiveCfg = Debug Singlethreaded|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4).Build.0 = Debug Singlethreaded|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4).Deploy.0 = Debug Singlethreaded|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4).ActiveCfg = Debug Singlethreaded|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4).Build.0 = Debug Singlethreaded|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4).Deploy.0 = Debug Singlethreaded|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I).ActiveCfg = Debug Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I).Build.0 = Debug Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I).Deploy.0 = Debug Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I).ActiveCfg = Debug Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I).Build.0 = Debug Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I).Deploy.0 = Debug Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I).ActiveCfg = Debug Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I).Build.0 = Debug Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I).Deploy.0 = Debug Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I).ActiveCfg = Debug Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I).Build.0 = Debug Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I).Deploy.0 = Debug Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4).ActiveCfg = Debug|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4).Build.0 = Debug|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4).Deploy.0 = Debug|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4).ActiveCfg = Debug|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4).Build.0 = Debug|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4).Deploy.0 = Debug|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I).ActiveCfg = Debug|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I).Build.0 = Debug|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I).Deploy.0 = Debug|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I).ActiveCfg = Debug|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I).Build.0 = Debug|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I).Deploy.0 = Debug|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I).ActiveCfg = Debug|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I).Build.0 = Debug|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I).Deploy.0 = Debug|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I).ActiveCfg = Debug|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I).Build.0 = Debug|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I).Deploy.0 = Debug|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Multithreaded|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4).ActiveCfg = Release Multithreaded|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Multithreaded|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4).Build.0 = Release Multithreaded|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Multithreaded|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4).Deploy.0 = Release Multithreaded|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Multithreaded|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4).ActiveCfg = Release Multithreaded|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Multithreaded|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4).Build.0 = Release Multithreaded|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Multithreaded|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4).Deploy.0 = Release Multithreaded|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I).ActiveCfg = Release Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I).Build.0 = Release Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I).Deploy.0 = Release Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I).ActiveCfg = Release Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I).Build.0 = Release Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I).Deploy.0 = Release Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I).ActiveCfg = Release Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I).Build.0 = Release Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I).Deploy.0 = Release Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I).ActiveCfg = Release Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I).Build.0 = Release Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I).Deploy.0 = Release Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Singlethreaded|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4).ActiveCfg = Release Singlethreaded|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Singlethreaded|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4).Build.0 = Release Singlethreaded|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Singlethreaded|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4).Deploy.0 = Release Singlethreaded|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Singlethreaded|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4).ActiveCfg = Release Singlethreaded|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Singlethreaded|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4).Build.0 = Release Singlethreaded|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Singlethreaded|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4).Deploy.0 = Release Singlethreaded|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I).ActiveCfg = Release Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I).Build.0 = Release Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I).Deploy.0 = Release Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I).ActiveCfg = Release Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I).Build.0 = Release Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I).Deploy.0 = Release Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I).ActiveCfg = Release Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I).Build.0 = Release Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I).Deploy.0 = Release Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I).ActiveCfg = Release Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I).Build.0 = Release Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I).Deploy.0 = Release Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4).ActiveCfg = Release|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4).Build.0 = Release|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4).Deploy.0 = Release|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4).ActiveCfg = Release|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4).Build.0 = Release|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4).Deploy.0 = Release|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I).ActiveCfg = Release|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I).Build.0 = Release|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I).Deploy.0 = Release|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I).ActiveCfg = Release|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I).Build.0 = Release|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I).Deploy.0 = Release|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I).ActiveCfg = Release|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I).Build.0 = Release|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Releaase|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I).Deploy.0 = Release|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I).ActiveCfg = Release|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I).Build.0 = Release|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I).Deploy.0 = Release|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I)
+	EndGlobalSection
+	GlobalSection(SolutionProperties) = preSolution
+		HideSolutionNode = FALSE
+	EndGlobalSection
+EndGlobal
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/wince/vc2005-ce/freetype.vcproj b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/wince/vc2005-ce/freetype.vcproj
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fcb9a8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/wince/vc2005-ce/freetype.vcproj
@@ -0,0 +1,3825 @@
+
+
+  
+    
+    
+    
+    
+    
+    
+  
+  
+  
+  
+    
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+    
+    
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+    
+    
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+    
+    
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+    
+    
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+    
+    
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+    
+    
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+    
+    
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+    
+    
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+    
+    
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+    
+    
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+    
+    
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+    
+    
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+    
+    
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+    
+    
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+    
+    
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+    
+    
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+    
+    
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+    
+    
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+    
+    
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+    
+    
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+    
+    
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+    
+    
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+    
+    
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+    
+    
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+    
+    
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+    
+    
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+    
+    
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+    
+    
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+    
+    
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+    
+    
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+    
+    
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+    
+    
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+    
+    
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+    
+    
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+    
+    
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+    
+    
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+    
+    
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+    
+  
+  
+  
+  
+    
+      
+      
+      
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+      
+      
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+      
+      
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+      
+      
+      
+      
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+      
+      
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+      
+      
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+      
+      
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+      
+      
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+      
+      
+      
+      
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+      
+      
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+        
+          
+        
+      
+      
+        
+        
+        
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+        
+        
+        
+        
+        
+        
+        
+        
+        
+        
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+        
+        
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+        
+        
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+        
+        
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+        
+        
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+        
+        
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+        
+        
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+        
+        
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+        
+        
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+        
+        
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+        
+        
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+        
+        
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+          
+            
+          
+        
+      
+    
+    
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+    
+  
+  
+  
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/wince/vc2005-ce/index.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/wince/vc2005-ce/index.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..780ce41
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/wince/vc2005-ce/index.html
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+
+
        
+
+  FreeType 2 Project Files for VS.NET 2005
+  (Pocket PC)
+
+
+
+
        
+  FreeType 2 Project Files for VS.NET 2005
+  (Pocket PC)
+
        
+
+
        This directory contains project files for Visual C++, named
+freetype.vcproj, and Visual Studio, called freetype.sln for
+the following targets:
+
+
          
+  
        • PPC/SP 2003 (Pocket PC 2003)
          • 
+  
        • PPC/SP WM5 (Windows Mobile 5)
          • 
+  
        • PPC/SP WM6 (Windows Mobile 6)
          • 
+
        
+
+It compiles the following libraries from the FreeType 2.3.9 sources:
        
+
+
          
+  
          +    freetype239.lib     - release build; single threaded
+    freetype239_D.lib   - debug build;   single threaded
+    freetype239MT.lib   - release build; multi-threaded
+    freetype239MT_D.lib - debug build;   multi-threaded
          
+
        
+
+
        Be sure to extract the files with the Windows (CR+LF) line endings.  ZIP
+archives are already stored this way, so no further action is required.  If
+you use some .tar.*z archives, be sure to configure your extracting
+tool to convert the line endings.  For example, with WinZip, you should activate the TAR
+file smart CR/LF Conversion option.  Alternatively, you may consider
+using the unix2dos or u2d utilities that are floating
+around, which specifically deal with this particular problem.
+
+
        Build directories are placed in the top-level objs
+directory.
        
+
+
+
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/wince/vc2008-ce/freetype.sln b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/wince/vc2008-ce/freetype.sln
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0468e90
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/wince/vc2008-ce/freetype.sln
@@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
+
+Microsoft Visual Studio Solution File, Format Version 10.00
+# Visual Studio 2008
+Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "freetype", "freetype.vcproj", "{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}"
+EndProject
+Global
+	GlobalSection(SolutionConfigurationPlatforms) = preSolution
+		LIB Debug Multithreaded|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4) = LIB Debug Multithreaded|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4)
+		LIB Debug Multithreaded|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4) = LIB Debug Multithreaded|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4)
+		LIB Debug Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I) = LIB Debug Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I)
+		LIB Debug Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I) = LIB Debug Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I)
+		LIB Debug Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I) = LIB Debug Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I)
+		LIB Debug Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I) = LIB Debug Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I)
+		LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4) = LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4)
+		LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4) = LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4)
+		LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I) = LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I)
+		LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I) = LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I)
+		LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I) = LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I)
+		LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I) = LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I)
+		LIB Debug|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4) = LIB Debug|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4)
+		LIB Debug|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4) = LIB Debug|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4)
+		LIB Debug|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I) = LIB Debug|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I)
+		LIB Debug|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I) = LIB Debug|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I)
+		LIB Debug|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I) = LIB Debug|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I)
+		LIB Debug|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I) = LIB Debug|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I)
+		LIB Release Multithreaded|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4) = LIB Release Multithreaded|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4)
+		LIB Release Multithreaded|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4) = LIB Release Multithreaded|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4)
+		LIB Release Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I) = LIB Release Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I)
+		LIB Release Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I) = LIB Release Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I)
+		LIB Release Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I) = LIB Release Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I)
+		LIB Release Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I) = LIB Release Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I)
+		LIB Release Singlethreaded|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4) = LIB Release Singlethreaded|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4)
+		LIB Release Singlethreaded|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4) = LIB Release Singlethreaded|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4)
+		LIB Release Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I) = LIB Release Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I)
+		LIB Release Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I) = LIB Release Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I)
+		LIB Release Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I) = LIB Release Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I)
+		LIB Release Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I) = LIB Release Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I)
+		LIB Release|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4) = LIB Release|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4)
+		LIB Release|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4) = LIB Release|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4)
+		LIB Release|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I) = LIB Release|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I)
+		LIB Release|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I) = LIB Release|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I)
+		LIB Release|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I) = LIB Release|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I)
+		LIB Release|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I) = LIB Release|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I)
+	EndGlobalSection
+	GlobalSection(ProjectConfigurationPlatforms) = postSolution
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Multithreaded|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4).ActiveCfg = Debug Multithreaded|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Multithreaded|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4).Build.0 = Debug Multithreaded|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Multithreaded|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4).Deploy.0 = Debug Multithreaded|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Multithreaded|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4).ActiveCfg = Debug Multithreaded|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Multithreaded|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4).Build.0 = Debug Multithreaded|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Multithreaded|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4).Deploy.0 = Debug Multithreaded|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I).ActiveCfg = Debug Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I).Build.0 = Debug Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I).Deploy.0 = Debug Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I).ActiveCfg = Debug Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I).Build.0 = Debug Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I).Deploy.0 = Debug Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I).ActiveCfg = Debug Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I).Build.0 = Debug Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I).Deploy.0 = Debug Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I).ActiveCfg = Debug Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I).Build.0 = Debug Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I).Deploy.0 = Debug Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4).ActiveCfg = Debug Singlethreaded|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4).Build.0 = Debug Singlethreaded|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4).Deploy.0 = Debug Singlethreaded|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4).ActiveCfg = Debug Singlethreaded|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4).Build.0 = Debug Singlethreaded|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4).Deploy.0 = Debug Singlethreaded|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I).ActiveCfg = Debug Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I).Build.0 = Debug Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I).Deploy.0 = Debug Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I).ActiveCfg = Debug Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I).Build.0 = Debug Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I).Deploy.0 = Debug Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I).ActiveCfg = Debug Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I).Build.0 = Debug Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I).Deploy.0 = Debug Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I).ActiveCfg = Debug Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I).Build.0 = Debug Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I).Deploy.0 = Debug Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4).ActiveCfg = Debug|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4).Build.0 = Debug|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4).Deploy.0 = Debug|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4).ActiveCfg = Debug|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4).Build.0 = Debug|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4).Deploy.0 = Debug|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I).ActiveCfg = Debug|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I).Build.0 = Debug|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I).Deploy.0 = Debug|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I).ActiveCfg = Debug|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I).Build.0 = Debug|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I).Deploy.0 = Debug|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I).ActiveCfg = Debug|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I).Build.0 = Debug|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I).Deploy.0 = Debug|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I).ActiveCfg = Debug|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I).Build.0 = Debug|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Debug|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I).Deploy.0 = Debug|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Multithreaded|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4).ActiveCfg = Release Multithreaded|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Multithreaded|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4).Build.0 = Release Multithreaded|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Multithreaded|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4).Deploy.0 = Release Multithreaded|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Multithreaded|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4).ActiveCfg = Release Multithreaded|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Multithreaded|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4).Build.0 = Release Multithreaded|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Multithreaded|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4).Deploy.0 = Release Multithreaded|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I).ActiveCfg = Release Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I).Build.0 = Release Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I).Deploy.0 = Release Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I).ActiveCfg = Release Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I).Build.0 = Release Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I).Deploy.0 = Release Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I).ActiveCfg = Release Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I).Build.0 = Release Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I).Deploy.0 = Release Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I).ActiveCfg = Release Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I).Build.0 = Release Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I).Deploy.0 = Release Multithreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Singlethreaded|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4).ActiveCfg = Release Singlethreaded|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Singlethreaded|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4).Build.0 = Release Singlethreaded|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Singlethreaded|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4).Deploy.0 = Release Singlethreaded|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Singlethreaded|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4).ActiveCfg = Release Singlethreaded|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Singlethreaded|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4).Build.0 = Release Singlethreaded|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Singlethreaded|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4).Deploy.0 = Release Singlethreaded|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I).ActiveCfg = Release Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I).Build.0 = Release Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I).Deploy.0 = Release Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I).ActiveCfg = Release Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I).Build.0 = Release Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I).Deploy.0 = Release Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I).ActiveCfg = Release Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I).Build.0 = Release Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I).Deploy.0 = Release Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I).ActiveCfg = Release Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I).Build.0 = Release Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I).Deploy.0 = Release Singlethreaded|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4).ActiveCfg = Release|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4).Build.0 = Release|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4).Deploy.0 = Release|Pocket PC 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4).ActiveCfg = Release|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4).Build.0 = Release|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4).Deploy.0 = Release|Smartphone 2003 (ARMV4)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I).ActiveCfg = Release|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I).Build.0 = Release|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I).Deploy.0 = Release|Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I).ActiveCfg = Release|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I).Build.0 = Release|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I).Deploy.0 = Release|Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I).ActiveCfg = Release|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I).Build.0 = Release|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I).Deploy.0 = Release|Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I).ActiveCfg = Release|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I).Build.0 = Release|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I)
+		{78B079BD-9FC7-4B9E-B4A6-96DA0F00248B}.LIB Release|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I).Deploy.0 = Release|Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK (ARMV4I)
+	EndGlobalSection
+	GlobalSection(SolutionProperties) = preSolution
+		HideSolutionNode = FALSE
+	EndGlobalSection
+EndGlobal
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/wince/vc2008-ce/freetype.vcproj b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/wince/vc2008-ce/freetype.vcproj
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2233577
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/wince/vc2008-ce/freetype.vcproj
@@ -0,0 +1,13467 @@
+
+
+	
+		
+		
+		
+		
+		
+		
+	
+	
+	
+	
+		
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+		
+		
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+		
+		
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+		
+		
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+		
+		
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+		
+		
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+		
+		
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+		
+		
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+		
+		
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+		
+		
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+		
+		
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+		
+		
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+		
+		
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+		
+		
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+		
+		
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+		
+		
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+		
+		
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+		
+		
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+		
+		
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+		
+		
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+		
+		
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+		
+		
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+		
+		
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+		
+		
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+		
+		
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+		
+		
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+		
+		
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+		
+		
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+		
+		
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+		
+		
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+		
+		
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+		
+		
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+		
+		
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+		
+		
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+		
+		
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+		
+		
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+		
+		
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+		
+		
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+		
+	
+	
+	
+	
+		
+			
+			
+			
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+			
+			
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+			
+			
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+			
+			
+			
+			
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+			
+			
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+			
+			
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+			
+			
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+			
+			
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+			
+			
+			
+			
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+			
+			
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+				
+					
+				
+			
+			
+				
+				
+				
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+				
+				
+				
+				
+				
+				
+				
+				
+				
+				
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+				
+				
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+				
+				
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+				
+				
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+				
+				
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+				
+				
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+				
+				
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+				
+				
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+				
+				
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+				
+				
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+				
+				
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+				
+				
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+					
+						
+					
+				
+			
+		
+		
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+			
+		
+	
+	
+	
+
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/wince/vc2008-ce/index.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/wince/vc2008-ce/index.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..20e576f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/wince/vc2008-ce/index.html
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+
+
        
+
+  FreeType 2 Project Files for VS.NET 2008
+  (Pocket PC)
+
+
+
+
        
+  FreeType 2 Project Files for VS.NET 2008
+  (Pocket PC)
+
        
+
+
        This directory contains project files for Visual C++, named
+freetype.dsp, and Visual Studio, called freetype.sln for
+the following targets:
+
+
          
+  
        • PPC/SP 2003 (Pocket PC 2003)
          • 
+  
        • PPC/SP WM5 (Windows Mobile 5)
          • 
+  
        • PPC/SP WM6 (Windows Mobile 6)
          • 
+
        
+
+It compiles the following libraries from the FreeType 2.3.9 sources:
        
+
+
          
+  
          +    freetype239.lib     - release build; single threaded
+    freetype239_D.lib   - debug build;   single threaded
+    freetype239MT.lib   - release build; multi-threaded
+    freetype239MT_D.lib - debug build;   multi-threaded
          
+
        
+
+
        Be sure to extract the files with the Windows (CR+LF) line endings.  ZIP
+archives are already stored this way, so no further action is required.  If
+you use some .tar.*z archives, be sure to configure your extracting
+tool to convert the line endings.  For example, with WinZip, you should activate the TAR
+file smart CR/LF Conversion option.  Alternatively, you may consider
+using the unix2dos or u2d utilities that are floating
+around, which specifically deal with this particular problem.
+
+
        Build directories are placed in the top-level objs
+directory.
        
+
+
+
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/configure b/src/3rdparty/freetype/configure
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..b59d35d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/configure
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+#
+# Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+#
+#
+# Call the `configure' script located in `builds/unix'.
+#
+
+rm -f config.mk builds/unix/unix-def.mk builds/unix/unix-cc.mk
+
+if test "x$GNUMAKE" = x; then
+  GNUMAKE=make
+fi
+
+if test -z "`$GNUMAKE -v 2>/dev/null | grep GNU`"; then
+  if test -z "`$GNUMAKE -v 2>/dev/null | grep makepp`"; then
+    echo "GNU make (>= 3.80) or makepp (>= 1.19) is required to build FreeType2." >&2
+    echo "Please try" >&2
+    echo "  \`GNUMAKE= $0'." >&2
+    echo "or >&2"
+    echo "  \`GNUMAKE=\"makepp --norc-substitution\" $0'." >&2
+    exit 1
+  fi
+fi
+
+# Get `dirname' functionality.  This is taken and adapted from autoconf's
+# m4sh.m4 (_AS_EXPR_PREPARE, AS_DIRNAME_EXPR, and AS_DIRNAME_SED).
+
+if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  ft_expr=expr
+else
+  ft_expr=false
+fi
+
+ft2_dir=`(dirname "$0") 2>/dev/null                         ||
+         $ft_expr X"$0" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+                  X"$0" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+                  X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+                  X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| \
+                  .     : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null               ||
+         echo X"$0" |
+           sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
+                  s//\1/
+                  q
+                }
+                /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
+                  s//\1/
+                  q
+                }
+                /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
+                  s//\1/
+                  q
+                }
+                /^X\(\/\).*/{
+                  s//\1/
+                  q
+                }
+                s/.*/./; q'`
+
+abs_curr_dir=`pwd`
+abs_ft2_dir=`cd "$ft2_dir" && pwd`
+
+# build a dummy Makefile if we are not building in the source tree
+
+if test "$abs_curr_dir" != "$abs_ft2_dir"; then
+  mkdir reference
+  echo "Copying \`modules.cfg'"
+  cp $abs_ft2_dir/modules.cfg $abs_curr_dir
+  echo "Generating \`Makefile'"
+  echo "TOP_DIR   := $abs_ft2_dir"               > Makefile
+  echo "OBJ_DIR   := $abs_curr_dir"             >> Makefile
+  echo "OBJ_BUILD := \$(OBJ_DIR)"               >> Makefile
+  echo "DOC_DIR   := \$(OBJ_DIR)/reference"     >> Makefile
+  echo "LIBTOOL   := \$(OBJ_DIR)/libtool"       >> Makefile
+  echo "ifndef FT2DEMOS"                        >> Makefile
+  echo "  include \$(TOP_DIR)/Makefile"         >> Makefile
+  echo "else"                                   >> Makefile
+  echo "  TOP_DIR_2 := \$(TOP_DIR)/../ft2demos" >> Makefile
+  echo "  PROJECT   := freetype"                >> Makefile
+  echo "  CONFIG_MK := \$(OBJ_DIR)/config.mk"   >> Makefile
+  echo "  include \$(TOP_DIR_2)/Makefile"       >> Makefile
+  echo "endif"                                  >> Makefile
+fi
+
+# call make
+
+CFG=
+# work around zsh bug which doesn't like `${1+"$@"}'
+case $# in
+0) ;;
+*) for x in "$@"; do
+     CFG="$CFG '$x'"
+   done ;;
+esac
+CFG=$CFG $GNUMAKE setup unix
+
+# eof
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/devel/ft2build.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/devel/ft2build.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c1d38c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/devel/ft2build.h
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ft2build.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType 2 build and setup macros.                                   */
+/*    (Generic version)                                                    */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2003, 2006 by                                     */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*
+  *  This is a development version of  that is used
+  *  to build the library in debug mode.  Its only difference with
+  *  the reference is that it forces the use of the local `ftoption.h'
+  *  which contains different settings for all configuration macros.
+  *
+  *  To use it, you must define the environment variable FT2_BUILD_INCLUDE
+  *  to point to the directory containing these two files (`ft2build.h' and
+  *  `ftoption.h'), then invoke Jam as usual.
+  */
+
+#ifndef __FT2_BUILD_DEVEL_H__
+#define __FT2_BUILD_DEVEL_H__
+
+#define  FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H   
+
+#include 
+
+#endif /* __FT2_BUILD_DEVEL_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/devel/ftoption.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/devel/ftoption.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f7f7fcc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/devel/ftoption.h
@@ -0,0 +1,694 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftoption.h (for development)                                           */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    User-selectable configuration macros (specification only).           */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by       */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTOPTION_H__
+#define __FTOPTION_H__
+
+
+#include 
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                 USER-SELECTABLE CONFIGURATION MACROS                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This file contains the default configuration macro definitions for    */
+  /* a standard build of the FreeType library.  There are three ways to    */
+  /* use this file to build project-specific versions of the library:      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*  - You can modify this file by hand, but this is not recommended in   */
+  /*    cases where you would like to build several versions of the        */
+  /*    library from a single source directory.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*  - You can put a copy of this file in your build directory, more      */
+  /*    precisely in `$BUILD/freetype/config/ftoption.h', where `$BUILD'   */
+  /*    is the name of a directory that is included _before_ the FreeType  */
+  /*    include path during compilation.                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    The default FreeType Makefiles and Jamfiles use the build          */
+  /*    directory `builds/' by default, but you can easily change  */
+  /*    that for your own projects.                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*  - Copy the file  to `$BUILD/ft2build.h' and modify it    */
+  /*    slightly to pre-define the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H used to       */
+  /*    locate this file during the build.  For example,                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*      #define FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H                       */
+  /*      #include                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    will use `$BUILD/myftoptions.h' instead of this file for macro     */
+  /*    definitions.                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Note also that you can similarly pre-define the macro              */
+  /*    FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H used to locate the file listing of the modules */
+  /*    that are statically linked to the library at compile time.  By     */
+  /*    default, this file is .                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*  We highly recommend using the third method whenever possible.        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /**** G E N E R A L   F R E E T Y P E   2   C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Uncomment the line below if you want to activate sub-pixel rendering  */
+  /* (a.k.a. LCD rendering, or ClearType) in this build of the library.    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Note that this feature is covered by several Microsoft patents        */
+  /* and should not be activated in any default build of the library.      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This macro has no impact on the FreeType API, only on its             */
+  /* _implementation_.  For example, using FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD when calling */
+  /* FT_Render_Glyph still generates a bitmap that is 3 times larger than  */
+  /* the original size; the difference will be that each triplet of        */
+  /* subpixels has R=G=B.                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This is done to allow FreeType clients to run unmodified, forcing     */
+  /* them to display normal gray-level anti-aliased glyphs.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Many compilers provide a non-ANSI 64-bit data type that can be used   */
+  /* by FreeType to speed up some computations.  However, this will create */
+  /* some problems when compiling the library in strict ANSI mode.         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* For this reason, the use of 64-bit integers is normally disabled when */
+  /* the __STDC__ macro is defined.  You can however disable this by       */
+  /* defining the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 here.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* For most compilers, this will only create compilation warnings when   */
+  /* building the library.                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* ObNote: The compiler-specific 64-bit integers are detected in the     */
+  /*         file `ftconfig.h' either statically or through the            */
+  /*         `configure' script on supported platforms.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* If this macro is defined, do not try to use an assembler version of   */
+  /* performance-critical functions (e.g. FT_MulFix).  You should only do  */
+  /* that to verify that the assembler function works properly, or to      */
+  /* execute benchmark tests of the various implementations.               */
+/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_ASSEMBLER */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* If this macro is defined, try to use an inlined assembler version of  */
+  /* the `FT_MulFix' function, which is a `hotspot' when loading and       */
+  /* hinting glyphs, and which should be executed as fast as possible.     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Note that if your compiler or CPU is not supported, this will default */
+  /* to the standard and portable implementation found in `ftcalc.c'.      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INLINE_MULFIX
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* LZW-compressed file support.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the  */
+  /*   `compress' program.  This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF   */
+  /*   files that come with various X11 distributions.  The implementation */
+  /*   uses NetBSD's `zopen' to partially uncompress the file on the fly   */
+  /*   (see src/lzw/ftgzip.c).                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_LZW
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Gzip-compressed file support.                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the  */
+  /*   `gzip' program.  This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF files */
+  /*   that come with XFree86.  The implementation uses `zlib' to          */
+  /*   partially uncompress the file on the fly (see src/gzip/ftgzip.c).   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'.  See also   */
+  /*   the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB below.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_ZLIB
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* ZLib library selection                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   This macro is only used when FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_ZLIB is defined.  */
+  /*   It allows FreeType's `ftgzip' component to link to the system's     */
+  /*   installation of the ZLib library.  This is useful on systems like   */
+  /*   Unix or VMS where it generally is already available.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   If you let it undefined, the component will use its own copy        */
+  /*   of the zlib sources instead.  These have been modified to be        */
+  /*   included directly within the component and *not* export external    */
+  /*   function names.  This allows you to link any program with FreeType  */
+  /*   _and_ ZLib without linking conflicts.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Do not #undef this macro here since the build system might define   */
+  /*   it for certain configurations only.                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+/* #define  FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* DLL export compilation                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   When compiling FreeType as a DLL, some systems/compilers need a     */
+  /*   special keyword in front OR after the return type of function       */
+  /*   declarations.                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Two macros are used within the FreeType source code to define       */
+  /*   exported library functions: FT_EXPORT and FT_EXPORT_DEF.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*     FT_EXPORT( return_type )                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*       is used in a function declaration, as in                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*         FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )                                         */
+  /*         FT_Init_FreeType( FT_Library*  alibrary );                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*     FT_EXPORT_DEF( return_type )                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*       is used in a function definition, as in                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*         FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )                                     */
+  /*         FT_Init_FreeType( FT_Library*  alibrary )                     */
+  /*         {                                                             */
+  /*           ... some code ...                                           */
+  /*           return FT_Err_Ok;                                           */
+  /*         }                                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   You can provide your own implementation of FT_EXPORT and            */
+  /*   FT_EXPORT_DEF here if you want.  If you leave them undefined, they  */
+  /*   will be later automatically defined as `extern return_type' to      */
+  /*   allow normal compilation.                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Do not #undef these macros here since the build system might define */
+  /*   them for certain configurations only.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+/* #define  FT_EXPORT(x)       extern x */
+/* #define  FT_EXPORT_DEF(x)   x */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Glyph Postscript Names handling                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   By default, FreeType 2 is compiled with the `PSNames' module.  This */
+  /*   module is in charge of converting a glyph name string into a        */
+  /*   Unicode value, or return a Macintosh standard glyph name for the    */
+  /*   use with the TrueType `post' table.                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Undefine this macro if you do not want `PSNames' compiled in your   */
+  /*   build of FreeType.  This has the following effects:                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   - The TrueType driver will provide its own set of glyph names,      */
+  /*     if you build it to support postscript names in the TrueType       */
+  /*     `post' table.                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   - The Type 1 driver will not be able to synthesize a Unicode        */
+  /*     charmap out of the glyphs found in the fonts.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   You would normally undefine this configuration macro when building  */
+  /*   a version of FreeType that doesn't contain a Type 1 or CFF driver.  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Postscript Names to Unicode Values support                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   By default, FreeType 2 is built with the `PSNames' module compiled  */
+  /*   in.  Among other things, the module is used to convert a glyph name */
+  /*   into a Unicode value.  This is especially useful in order to        */
+  /*   synthesize on the fly a Unicode charmap from the CFF/Type 1 driver  */
+  /*   through a big table named the `Adobe Glyph List' (AGL).             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Undefine this macro if you do not want the Adobe Glyph List         */
+  /*   compiled in your `PSNames' module.  The Type 1 driver will not be   */
+  /*   able to synthesize a Unicode charmap out of the glyphs found in the */
+  /*   fonts.                                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ADOBE_GLYPH_LIST
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Support for Mac fonts                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Define this macro if you want support for outline fonts in Mac      */
+  /*   format (mac dfont, mac resource, macbinary containing a mac         */
+  /*   resource) on non-Mac platforms.                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Note that the `FOND' resource isn't checked.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Guessing methods to access embedded resource forks                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Enable extra Mac fonts support on non-Mac platforms (e.g.           */
+  /*   GNU/Linux).                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Resource forks which include fonts data are stored sometimes in     */
+  /*   locations which users or developers don't expected.  In some cases, */
+  /*   resource forks start with some offset from the head of a file.  In  */
+  /*   other cases, the actual resource fork is stored in file different   */
+  /*   from what the user specifies.  If this option is activated,         */
+  /*   FreeType tries to guess whether such offsets or different file      */
+  /*   names must be used.                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Note that normal, direct access of resource forks is controlled via */
+  /*   the FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS option.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS
+#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_GUESSING_EMBEDDED_RFORK
+#endif
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Allow the use of FT_Incremental_Interface to load typefaces that      */
+  /* contain no glyph data, but supply it via a callback function.         */
+  /* This allows FreeType to be used with the PostScript language, using   */
+  /* the GhostScript interpreter.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The size in bytes of the render pool used by the scan-line converter  */
+  /* to do all of its work.                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This must be greater than 4KByte if you use FreeType to rasterize     */
+  /* glyphs; otherwise, you may set it to zero to avoid unnecessary        */
+  /* allocation of the render pool.                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define FT_RENDER_POOL_SIZE  16384L
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* FT_MAX_MODULES                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   The maximum number of modules that can be registered in a single    */
+  /*   FreeType library object.  32 is the default.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define FT_MAX_MODULES  32
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Debug level                                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   FreeType can be compiled in debug or trace mode.  In debug mode,    */
+  /*   errors are reported through the `ftdebug' component.  In trace      */
+  /*   mode, additional messages are sent to the standard output during    */
+  /*   execution.                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR to build the library in debug mode.     */
+  /*   Define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE to build it in trace mode.              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Don't define any of these macros to compile in `release' mode!      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Do not #undef these macros here since the build system might define */
+  /*   them for certain configurations only.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR
+#define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Memory Debugging                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   FreeType now comes with an integrated memory debugger that is       */
+  /*   capable of detecting simple errors like memory leaks or double      */
+  /*   deletes.  To compile it within your build of the library, you       */
+  /*   should define FT_DEBUG_MEMORY here.                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Note that the memory debugger is only activated at runtime when     */
+  /*   when the _environment_ variable `FT2_DEBUG_MEMORY' is defined also! */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Do not #undef this macro here since the build system might define   */
+  /*   it for certain configurations only.                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define FT_DEBUG_MEMORY
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Module errors                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   If this macro is set (which is _not_ the default), the higher byte  */
+  /*   of an error code gives the module in which the error has occurred,  */
+  /*   while the lower byte is the real error code.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Setting this macro makes sense for debugging purposes only, since   */
+  /*   it would break source compatibility of certain programs that use    */
+  /*   FreeType 2.                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   More details can be found in the files ftmoderr.h and fterrors.h.   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS
+
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****        S F N T   D R I V E R    C O N F I G U R A T I O N       ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS if you want to support       */
+  /* embedded bitmaps in all formats using the SFNT module (namely         */
+  /* TrueType & OpenType).                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES if you want to be able to    */
+  /* load and enumerate the glyph Postscript names in a TrueType or        */
+  /* OpenType file.                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Note that when you do not compile the `PSNames' module by undefining  */
+  /* the above FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES, the `sfnt' module will   */
+  /* contain additional code used to read the PS Names table from a font.  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* (By default, the module uses `PSNames' to extract glyph names.)       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SFNT_NAMES if your applications need to       */
+  /* access the internal name table in a SFNT-based format like TrueType   */
+  /* or OpenType.  The name table contains various strings used to         */
+  /* describe the font, like family name, copyright, version, etc.  It     */
+  /* does not contain any glyph name though.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Accessing SFNT names is done through the functions declared in        */
+  /* `freetype/ftnames.h'.                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SFNT_NAMES
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* TrueType CMap support                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Here you can fine-tune which TrueType CMap table format shall be    */
+  /*   supported.                                                          */
+#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_0
+#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_2
+#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_4
+#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_6
+#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_8
+#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_10
+#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_12
+#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_14
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****    T R U E T Y P E   D R I V E R    C O N F I G U R A T I O N   ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER if you want to compile   */
+  /* a bytecode interpreter in the TrueType driver.  Note that there are   */
+  /* important patent issues related to the use of the interpreter.        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* By undefining this, you will only compile the code necessary to load  */
+  /* TrueType glyphs without hinting.                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Do not #undef this macro here, since the build system might         */
+  /*   define it for certain configurations only.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* If you define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING, a special version  */
+  /* of the TrueType bytecode interpreter is used that doesn't implement   */
+  /* any of the patented opcodes and algorithms.  Note that the            */
+  /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING macro is *ignored* if you define  */
+  /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER; in other words, either define  */
+  /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER or                              */
+  /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING but not both at the same time.    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This macro is only useful for a small number of font files (mostly    */
+  /* for Asian scripts) that require bytecode interpretation to properly   */
+  /* load glyphs.  For all other fonts, this produces unpleasant results,  */
+  /* thus the unpatented interpreter is never used to load glyphs from     */
+  /* TrueType fonts unless one of the following two options is used.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   - The unpatented interpreter is explicitly activated by the user    */
+  /*     through the FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING parameter tag         */
+  /*     when opening the FT_Face.                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   - FreeType detects that the FT_Face corresponds to one of the       */
+  /*     `trick' fonts (e.g., `Mingliu') it knows about.  The font engine  */
+  /*     contains a hard-coded list of font names and other matching       */
+  /*     parameters (see function `tt_face_init' in file                   */
+  /*     `src/truetype/ttobjs.c').                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Here a sample code snippet for using FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING. */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   {                                                                   */
+  /*     FT_Parameter  parameter;                                          */
+  /*     FT_Open_Args  open_args;                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*     parameter.tag = FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING;                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*     open_args.flags      = FT_OPEN_PATHNAME | FT_OPEN_PARAMS;         */
+  /*     open_args.pathname   = my_font_pathname;                          */
+  /*     open_args.num_params = 1;                                         */
+  /*     open_args.params     = ¶meter;                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*     error = FT_Open_Face( library, &open_args, index, &face );        */
+  /*     ...                                                               */
+  /*   }                                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+/* #define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_INTERPRETER_SWITCH to compile the TrueType    */
+  /* bytecode interpreter with a huge switch statement, rather than a call */
+  /* table.  This results in smaller and faster code for a number of       */
+  /* architectures.                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Note however that on some compiler/processor combinations, undefining */
+  /* this macro will generate faster, though larger, code.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_INTERPRETER_SWITCH
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPONENT_OFFSET_SCALED to compile the        */
+  /* TrueType glyph loader to use Apple's definition of how to handle      */
+  /* component offsets in composite glyphs.                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Apple and MS disagree on the default behavior of component offsets    */
+  /* in composites.  Apple says that they should be scaled by the scaling  */
+  /* factors in the transformation matrix (roughly, it's more complex)     */
+  /* while MS says they should not.  OpenType defines two bits in the      */
+  /* composite flags array which can be used to disambiguate, but old      */
+  /* fonts will not have them.                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   http://partners.adobe.com/asn/developer/opentype/glyf.html          */
+  /*   http://fonts.apple.com/TTRefMan/RM06/Chap6glyf.html                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPONENT_OFFSET_SCALED
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT if you want to include         */
+  /* support for Apple's distortable font technology (fvar, gvar, cvar,    */
+  /* and avar tables).  This has many similarities to Type 1 Multiple      */
+  /* Masters support.                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF if you want to include support for        */
+  /* an embedded `BDF ' table within SFNT-based bitmap formats.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****      T Y P E 1   D R I V E R    C O N F I G U R A T I O N       ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* T1_MAX_DICT_DEPTH is the maximal depth of nest dictionaries and       */
+  /* arrays in the Type 1 stream (see t1load.c).  A minimum of 4 is        */
+  /* required.                                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define T1_MAX_DICT_DEPTH  5
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* T1_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS details the maximum number of nested sub-routine   */
+  /* calls during glyph loading.                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define T1_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS  16
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* T1_MAX_CHARSTRING_OPERANDS is the charstring stack's capacity.  A     */
+  /* minimum of 16 is required.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The Chinese font MingTiEG-Medium (CNS 11643 character set) needs 256. */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define T1_MAX_CHARSTRINGS_OPERANDS  256
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Define this configuration macro if you want to prevent the            */
+  /* compilation of `t1afm', which is in charge of reading Type 1 AFM      */
+  /* files into an existing face.  Note that if set, the T1 driver will be */
+  /* unable to produce kerning distances.                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_AFM
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Define this configuration macro if you want to prevent the            */
+  /* compilation of the Multiple Masters font support in the Type 1        */
+  /* driver.                                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_MM_SUPPORT
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****    A U T O F I T   M O D U L E    C O N F I G U R A T I O N     ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Compile autofit module with CJK (Chinese, Japanese, Korean) script    */
+  /* support.                                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_CJK
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Compile autofit module with Indic script support.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_INDIC
+
+  /* */
+
+
+  /*
+   * Define this variable if you want to keep the layout of internal
+   * structures that was used prior to FreeType 2.2.  This also compiles in
+   * a few obsolete functions to avoid linking problems on typical Unix
+   * distributions.
+   *
+   * For embedded systems or building a new distribution from scratch, it
+   * is recommended to disable the macro since it reduces the library's code
+   * size and activates a few memory-saving optimizations as well.
+   */
+#undef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+
+
+  /*
+   * This variable is defined if either unpatented or native TrueType
+   * hinting is requested by the definitions above.
+   */
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
+#define  TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
+#undef   TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING
+#elif defined TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING
+#define  TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
+#endif
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+
+#endif /* __FTOPTION_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/CHANGES b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/CHANGES
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9eb68c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/CHANGES
@@ -0,0 +1,3317 @@
+CHANGES BETWEEN 2.3.9 and 2.3.8
+
+  I. IMPORTANT BUG FIXES
+
+    - Very unfortunately, FreeType 2.3.8 contained a change that broke
+      its  official ABI.  The  end result  is  that programs  compiled
+      against previous versions of the library, but dynamically linked
+      to  2.3.8 can  experience  memory corruption  if  they call  the
+      `FT_Get_PS_Font_Info' function.
+
+      We recommend all users to  upgrade to 2.3.9 as soon as possible,
+      or to downgrade to a previous  release of the library if this is
+      not an option.
+
+      The  origin of the  bug is  that a  new field  was added  to the
+      publicly  defined  `PS_FontInfoRec'  structure.   Unfortunately,
+      objects of this  type can be stack or  heap allocated by callers
+      of   `FT_Get_PS_Font_Info',  resulting   in   a  memory   buffer
+      overwrite with its implementation in 2.3.8.
+
+      If  you want to  know whether  your code  is vulnerable  to this
+      issue,  simply  search  for  the  substrings  `PS_FontInfo'  and
+      `PS_Font_Info' in your source code.  If none is found, your code
+      is safe and is not affected.
+
+      The FreeType team apologizes for the problem.
+
+    - The POSIX support  of MacOS resource-fork fonts  (Suitcase fonts
+      and LaserWriter Type1 PostScript fonts) was broken in 2.3.8.  If
+      FreeType2 is built without Carbon framework, these fonts are not
+      handled correctly.  Version 2.3.7 didn't have this bug.
+
+    - `FT_Get_Advance' (and `FT_Get_Advances') returned bad values for
+      almost all font formats except TrueType fonts.
+
+    - Fix a bug  in the SFNT  kerning table  loader/parser which could
+      crash the engine if certain malformed tables were encountered.
+
+    - Composite SFNT bitmaps are now handled correctly.
+
+
+  II. IMPORTANT CHANGES
+
+    - The   new  functions   `FT_Get_CID_Is_Internally_CID_keyed'  and
+      `FT_Get_CID_From_Glyph_Index'  can be  used to  access CID-keyed
+      CFF fonts  via CID  values.  This code  has been  contributed by
+      Michael Toftdal.
+
+
+  III. MISCELLANEOUS
+
+    - `FT_Outline_Get_InsideBorder'  returns   FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT
+      for empty outlines.  This was incorrectly documented.
+
+    - The `ftview' demo program now supports UTF-8 encoded strings.
+
+
+======================================================================
+
+CHANGES BETWEEN 2.3.8 and 2.3.7
+
+  I. IMPORTANT BUG FIXES
+
+    - CID-keyed fonts in an SFNT wrapper were not handled correctly.
+
+    - The smooth renderer produced truncated images (on the right) for
+      outline parts with negative horizontal values.  Most fonts don't
+      contain outlines left  to the y coordinate axis, but  the effect
+      was very noticeable for outlines processed with FT_Glyph_Stroke,
+      using thick strokes.
+
+    - `FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type'  returned a  wrong  value if  both
+      configuration  macros  TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER and
+      TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING were defined.
+
+    - The  `face_index'  field  in   the  `FT_Face'  structure  wasn't
+      initialized properly after calling FT_Open_Face and friends with
+      a positive face index for CFFs,  WinFNTs, and, most importantly,
+      for TrueType Collections (TTCs).
+
+
+  II. IMPORTANT CHANGES
+
+    - Rudimentary support for Type 1  fonts and CID-keyed Type 1 fonts
+      in an SFNT wrapper has been  added -- such fonts are used on the
+      Mac.  The core  SFNT tables `TYP1' and `CID '  are passed to the
+      PS Type 1  and CID-keyed PS font drivers;  other tables (`ALMX',
+      `BBOX', etc.) are not supported yet.
+
+    - A  new interface  to extract  advance values  of glyphs  without
+      loading their outlines has been added.  The functions are called
+      `FT_Get_Advance' and `FT_Get_Advances'; they are defined in file
+      `ftadvanc.h' (to be accessed as FT_ADVANCES_H).
+
+    - A new function `FT_Get_FSType_Flags' (in FT_FREETYPE_H) has been
+      contributed  by   David  Bevan  to  access   the  embedding  and
+      subsetting restriction information of fonts.
+
+
+  III. MISCELLANEOUS
+
+    - FT_MulFix is now an inlined function; by default, assembler code
+      is provided for x86 and ARM.  See FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INLINE_MULFIX
+      and FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_ASSEMBLER (in ftoption.h) for more.
+
+    - The handling of `tricky' fonts  (this is, fonts which don't work
+      with the  autohinter, needing the font  format's hinting engine)
+      has been generalized and changed slightly:
+
+      . A new  face flag  FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY indicates that  the font
+        format's  hinting engine is  necessary for  correct rendering.
+        The macro FT_IS_TRICKY can be used to check this flag.
+
+      . FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING is now ignored for tricky fonts.  To really
+        force  raw  loading  of  such fonts  (without  hinting),  both
+        FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING  and FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT  must  be used  --
+        this is something which you probably never want to do.
+
+      . Tricky  TrueType fonts  always use  the  bytecode interpreter,
+        either the patented or unpatented version.
+
+    - The  function  `FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap'  has  been  moved  from
+      FT_SYNTHESIS_H to FT_BITMAP_H; it  is now part of the `official'
+      API.   (The functions  in  FT_SYNTHESIS_H are  still subject  to
+      change, however.)
+
+    - In the  `ftdiff'  demo  program you  can now  toggle the  use of
+      FT_LOAD_IGNORE_GLOBAL_ADVANCE_WIDTH with key `a'.
+
+
+======================================================================
+
+CHANGES BETWEEN 2.3.7 and 2.3.6
+
+  I. IMPORTANT BUG FIXES
+
+    - If the library  was compiled on an i386  platform using gcc, and
+      compiler  option -O3 was  given, `FT_MulFix'  sometimes returned
+      incorrect  results   which  could  have   caused  problems  with
+      `FT_Request_Metrics'   and  `FT_Select_Metrics',   returning  an
+      incorrect descender size.
+
+    - Pure CFFs without  subfonts were scaled incorrectly  if the font
+      matrix  was  non-standard.  This  bug  has  been  introduced  in
+      version 2.3.6.
+
+    - The  `style_name'  field  in  the  `FT_FaceRec'  structure often
+      contained  a wrong  value for  Type 1  fonts.  This misbehaviour
+      has been  introduced  in  version  2.3.6  while  trying  to  fix
+      another   problem.   [Note,  however,   that   this   value   is
+      informative only  since  the  used  algorithm to  extract  it is
+      very simplistic.]
+
+
+  II. IMPORTANT CHANGES
+
+    - Two      new      macros,      FT_OUTLINE_SMART_DROPOUTS     and
+      FT_OUTLINE_EXCLUDE_STUBS,  have been introduced.   Together with
+      FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS (which  was ignored previously) it is
+      now possible to control the dropout mode  of the `raster' module
+      (for B&W rasterization),   using  the   `flags'  field   in  the
+      `FT_Outline' structure.
+
+    - The TrueType bytecode interpreter now passes the dropout mode to
+      the B&W rasterizer.  This greatly increases the output for small
+      ppem values of many fonts like `pala.ttf'.
+
+
+======================================================================
+
+CHANGES BETWEEN 2.3.6 and 2.3.5
+
+  I. IMPORTANT BUG FIXES
+
+    - A  bunch of  potential security  problems have  been found.  All
+      users should update.
+
+    - Microsoft  Unicode  cmaps  in  TrueType  fonts  are  now  always
+      preferred over Apple cmaps.  This is not a bug per se, but there
+      exist some buggy  fonts created for MS which  have broken  Apple
+      cmaps.  This affects  only the automatic  selection of FreeType;
+      it's always possible to manually select an Apple Unicode cmap if
+      desired.
+
+    - Many bug fixes to the TrueType bytecode interpreter.
+
+    - Improved Mac support.
+
+    - Subsetted CID-keyed CFFs are now supported correctly.
+
+    - CID-keyed CFFs with subfonts which are scaled in a  non-standard
+      way are now handled correctly.
+
+    - A call to FT_Open_Face with `face_index' < 0 crashed FreeType if
+      the font was a Windows (bitmap) FNT/FON.
+
+
+  II. IMPORTANT CHANGES
+
+    - The new function `FT_Get_CID_Registry_Ordering_Supplement' gives
+      access to  those fields in a CID-keyed font.  The code  has been
+      contributed by Derek Clegg.
+
+    - George Williams  contributed  code  to validate  the new  `MATH'
+      OpenType  table (within  the `otvalid'  module).  The  `ftvalid'
+      demo program has been extended accordingly.
+
+    - An API for cmap 14 support  (for Unicode Variant Selectors, UVS)
+      has been contributed by George Williams.
+
+    - A new face flag FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED has been added,  together
+      with a macro FT_IS_CID_KEYED which evaluates to 1 if the font is
+      CID-keyed.
+
+
+  III. MISCELLANEOUS
+
+    - Build support for symbian has been contributed.
+
+    - Better WGL4 glyph name support, contributed by Sergey Tolstov.
+
+    - Debugging output of the  various FT_TRACEX macros is now sent to
+      stderr.
+
+    - The `ftview' demo program now provides artificial slanting too.
+
+    - The `ftvalid' demo  program has a new  option `-f' to select the
+      font index.
+
+
+======================================================================
+
+CHANGES BETWEEN 2.3.5 and 2.3.4
+
+  I. IMPORTANT BUG FIXES
+
+    - Some subglyphs in TrueType fonts were handled incorrectly due to
+      a missing graphics state reinitialization.
+
+    - Large .Z files  (as distributed with some X11  packages) weren't
+      handled correctly, making FreeType increase the heap stack in an
+      endless loop.
+
+    - A large  number of  bugs have  been fixed  to avoid  crashes and
+      endless loops with invalid fonts.
+
+
+  II. IMPORTANT CHANGES
+
+    - The  two new  cache functions  `FTC_ImageCache_LookupScaler' and
+      `FTC_SBit_Cache_LookupScaler' have been added to allow lookup of
+      glyphs using an  `FTC_Scaler' object;  this makes it possible to
+      use fractional pixel sizes in the cache.  The demo programs have
+      been updated accordingly to use this feature.
+
+    - A new API  `FT_Get_CMap_Format' has been added to  get the  cmap
+      format  of a  TrueType font.   This  is useful  in handling  PDF
+      files.  The code has been contributed by Derek Clegg.
+
+    - The  auto-hinter  now  produces  better  output  by  default for
+      non-Latin scripts  like Indic.   This was done by  using the CJK
+      hinting module  as the default instead of the Latin one.  Thanks
+      to Rahul Bhalerao for this suggestion.
+
+    - A new API `FT_Face_CheckTrueTypePatents'  has been added to find
+      out  whether  a  given  TrueType  font  uses  patented  bytecode
+      instructions.   The  `ft2demos' bundle  contains a  new  program
+      called `ftpatchk' which demonstrates its usage.
+
+    - A  new  API  `FT_Face_SetUnpatentedHinting'  has  been  added to
+      enable or disable the unpatented hinter.
+
+    - Support for Windows FON files in PE format  has been contributed
+      by Dmitry Timoshkov.
+
+
+  III. MISCELLANEOUS
+
+    - Vincent Richomme contributed Visual C++ project files for Pocket
+      PCs.
+
+
+======================================================================
+
+CHANGES BETWEEN 2.3.4 and 2.3.3
+
+  I. IMPORTANT BUG FIXES
+
+    - A serious  bug  in  the  handling  of bitmap  fonts (and  bitmap
+      strikes of outline fonts) has been introduced in 2.3.3.
+
+
+======================================================================
+
+CHANGES BETWEEN 2.3.3 and 2.3.2
+
+  I. IMPORTANT BUG FIXES
+
+    - Remove a serious regression in the TrueType bytecode interpreter
+      that was introduced  in version 2.3.2.  Note that  this does not
+      disable  the  improvements  introduced  to  the  interpreter  in
+      version 2.3.2,  only some ill  cases that occurred  with certain
+      fonts (though a few popular ones).
+
+    - The auto-hinter now  ignores single-point contours for computing
+      blue zones.   This bug  created `wavy' baselines  when rendering
+      text  with  various  fonts  that  use these  contours  to  model
+      mark-attach points  (these are points that  are never rasterized
+      and are placed outside of the glyph's real outline).
+
+    - The `rsb_delta' and `lsb_delta' glyph slot fields are now set to
+      zero for mono-spaced fonts.  Otherwise code that uses them would
+      essentially ruin the fixed-advance property.
+
+    - Fix  CVE-2007-1351 which  can  cause an  integer overflow  while
+      parsing  BDF fonts,  leading to  a potentially  exploitable heap
+      overflow condition.
+
+
+  II. MISCELLANEOUS
+
+    - Fixed compilation issues on some 64-bit platforms (see ChangeLog
+      for details).
+
+    - A new demo  program `ftdiff' has been added  to compare TrueType
+      hinting, FreeType's auto  hinting, and rendering without hinting
+      in three columns.
+
+
+======================================================================
+
+CHANGES BETWEEN 2.3.2 and 2.3.1
+
+  I. IMPORTANT BUG FIXES
+
+    - FreeType  returned incorrect  kerning information  from TrueType
+      fonts when the bytecode  interpreter was enabled.  This happened
+      due to a typo introduced in version 2.3.0.
+
+    - Negative  kerning  values  from   PFM  files  are  now  reported
+      correctly  (they were read  as 16-bit  unsigned values  from the
+      file).
+
+    - Fixed  a small  memory leak  when `FT_Init_FreeType'  failed for
+      some reason.
+
+    - The Postscript hinter placed and sized very thin and ghost stems
+      incorrectly.
+
+    - The TrueType bytecode  interpreter has been fixed to  get rid of
+      most of the  rare differences seen in comparison  to the Windows
+      font loader.
+
+
+  II. IMPORTANT CHANGES
+
+    - The auto-hinter  now better deals  with serifs and  corner cases
+      (e.g.,  glyph '9'  in Arial  at 9pt,  96dpi).  It  also improves
+      spacing  adjustments and doesn't  change widths  for non-spacing
+      glyphs.
+
+    - Many   Mac-specific   functions   are  deprecated   (but   still
+      available);  modern replacements  have been  provided  for them.
+      See the documentation in file `ftmac.h'.
+
+
+======================================================================
+
+CHANGES BETWEEN 2.3.1 and 2.3.0
+
+  I. IMPORTANT BUG FIXES
+
+    - The TrueType interpreter sometimes returned incorrect horizontal
+      metrics due to a bug in the handling of the SHZ instruction.
+
+    - A typo  in  a  security  check  introduced  after  version 2.2.1
+      prevented FreeType to render some glyphs in CFF fonts.
+
+
+======================================================================
+
+CHANGES BETWEEN 2.3.0 and 2.2.1
+
+  I. IMPORTANT BUG FIXES
+
+    - The  PCF font  loader  is  now much  more  robust while  loading
+      malformed font files.
+
+    - Various memory leaks have been found and fixed.
+
+    - The TrueType name loader now deals properly with some fonts that
+      encode their  names in UTF-16 (the specification  was vague, and
+      the code incorrectly assumed UCS-4).
+
+    - Fixed the TrueType bytecode  loader to deal properly with subtle
+      monochrome/gray  issues  when   scaling  the  CVT.   Some  fonts
+      exhibited bad rendering artifacts otherwise.
+
+    - `FT_GlyphSlot_Embolden' now  supports vertical layouts correctly
+      (it mangled the vertical advance height).
+
+    - Fixed byte  endian issues  of `ftmac.c' to  support Mac OS  X on
+      i386.
+
+    - The  PFR  font loader  no  longer  erroneously  tags font  files
+      without any outlines as FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE.
+
+
+  II. NEW API FUNCTIONS
+
+    - `FT_Library_SetLcdFilter' allows you  to select a special filter
+      to be  applied to the bitmaps generated  by `FT_Render_Glyph' if
+      one of the FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD and FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V modes has
+      been  selected.  This filter  is used  to reduce  color fringes;
+      several  settings are  available  through the  FT_LCD_FILTER_XXX
+      enumeration.
+
+      Its  declaration   and  documentation  can  be   found  in  file
+      `include/freetype/ftlcdfil.h'   (to  be   accessed   with  macro
+      FT_LCD_FILTER_H).
+
+      *IMPORTANT*:     This      function     returns     an     error
+      (FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature) in default  builds of the library
+      for patent reasons.  See below.
+
+    - `FT_Get_Gasp'  allows you  to query  the flags  of  the TrueType
+      `gasp' table for  a given character pixel size.   This is useful
+      to duplicate  the text rendering  of MS Windows when  the native
+      bytecode  interpreter is  enabled (which  isn't the  default for
+      other patent reasons).
+
+      Its  declaration   and  documentation  can  be   found  in  file
+      `include/freetype/ftgasp.h'   (to   be   accessed   with   macro
+      FT_GASP_H).
+
+
+  III. IMPORTANT CHANGES
+
+    - The auto-hinter has been tuned a lot to improve its results with
+      serif fonts, resulting in much better font rendering of many web
+      pages.
+
+    - The unpatented  hinter is now part  of the default  build of the
+      library; we  have added  code to automatically  support `tricky'
+      fonts that need it.
+
+      This means  that FreeType should `just work'  with certain Asian
+      fonts, like  MingLiU, which cannot properly be  loaded without a
+      bytecode interpreter,  but which fortunately  do not use  any of
+      the patented  bytecode opcodes.  We detect these  fonts by name,
+      so please  report any font file  that doesn't seem  to work with
+      FreeType, and  we shall do what we  can to support it  in a next
+      release.
+
+      Note  that  the API  hasn't  changed,  so  you can  still  force
+      unpatented hinting with a special parameter to `FT_Open_Face' as
+      well.  This  might be useful in  same cases; for  example, a PDF
+      reader might present  a user option to activate  it to deal with
+      certain  `tricky'   embedded  fonts  which   cannot  be  clearly
+      identified.
+
+      If you are  a developer for embedded systems,  you might want to
+      *disable*  the   feature  to  save  code   space  by  undefining
+      TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING in file `ftoption.h'.
+
+    - LCD-optimized rendering is now  *disabled* in all default builds
+      of  the  library,  mainly   due  to  patent  issues.   For  more
+      information see:
+
+      http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/freetype/2006-09/msg00064.html
+
+      A  new  configuration macro  FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING
+      has been introduced in  `ftoption.h'; manually define it in this
+      file if you want to re-enable the feature.
+
+      The  change only  affects the  implementation, not  the FreeType
+      API.  This means that clients don't need to be modified, because
+      the library still generates  LCD decimated bitmaps, but with the
+      added constraint that R=G=B on each triplet.
+
+      The  displayed result  should  be equal  to normal  anti-aliased
+      rendering.
+
+      Additionally,  if   FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING  is  not
+      defined, the new  `FT_Library_SetLcdFilter' function returns the
+      FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature error code.
+
+    - Some computation bugs in  the TrueType bytecode interpreter were
+      found,  which  allow us  to  get rid  of  very  subtle and  rare
+      differences we had experienced with the Windows renderer.
+
+    - It is now possible to cross-compile the library easily.  See the
+      file `docs/INSTALL.CROSS' for details.
+
+    - The file `src/base/ftmac.c' now contains code for Mac OS X only;
+      its  deprecated function  `FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Font_Name' always
+      returns an  error even if the QuickDraw  framework is available.
+      The previous version has been moved to `builds/mac/ftmac.c'.
+
+      Selecting  configure option `--with-quickdraw-carbon'  makes the
+      build process use the original `ftmac.c' file instead of the Mac
+      OS X-only version.
+
+
+  IV. MISCELLANEOUS
+
+    - Various performance and memory footprint optimizations have been
+      performed on  the TrueType and CFF font  loaders, sometimes with
+      very drastic  benefits (e.g., the  TrueType loader is  now about
+      25% faster;  FreeType should use  less heap memory  under nearly
+      all conditions).
+
+    - The anti-aliased rasterizer has been optimized and is now 15% to
+      25%  percent  faster than  in  previous  versions, depending  on
+      content.
+
+    - The Type 1 loader has been improved; as an example, it now skips
+      top-level dictionaries properly.
+
+    - Better support for Mac  fonts on POSIX systems, plus compilation
+      fixes for Mac OS X on ppc64 where `ftmac.c' cannot be built.
+
+    - Configuration  without `--with-old-mac-fonts'  does  not include
+      `ftmac.c' (this was the behaviour in FreeType version 2.1.10).
+
+    - The TrueTypeGX validator (gxvalid) checks the order of glyph IDs
+      in the kern table.
+
+
+======================================================================
+
+CHANGES BETWEEN 2.2.1 and 2.2
+
+  I. IMPORTANT BUG FIXES
+
+    - Various integer overflows have been fixed.
+
+    - PFB fonts with MacOS resource fork weren't  handled correctly on
+      non-MacOS platforms.
+
+
+======================================================================
+
+CHANGES BETWEEN 2.2 and 2.1.10
+
+(not released officially)
+
+  I. IMPORTANT BUG FIXES
+
+    - Vertical metrics for SFNT fonts were incorrect sometimes.
+
+    - The FT_HAS_KERNING macro always returned 0.
+
+    - CFF OpenType  fonts didn't  return correct vertical  metrics for
+      glyphs with outlines.
+
+    - If FreeType was compiled without hinters, all font formats based
+      on PS outlines weren't scaled correctly.
+
+
+  II. IMPORTANT CHANGES
+
+    - Version 2.2 no longer exposes its internals, this is, the header
+      files  located in  the `include/freetype/internal'  directory of
+      the source package are not  copied anymore by the `make install'
+      command.  Consequently, a number of rogue clients which directly
+      access  FreeType's  internal   functions  and  structures  won't
+      compile without modification.
+
+      We provide  patches for  most of those  rogue clients.   See the
+      following page for more information:
+
+        http://www.freetype.org/freetype2/patches/rogue-patches.html
+
+      Note that, as  a convenience to our Unix  desktop users, version
+      2.2 is *binary* compatible with FreeType 2.1.7, which means that
+      installing this  release on  an existing distribution  shall not
+      break any working desktop.
+
+    - FreeType's build  mechanism has been redesigned.   With GNU make
+      it  is  now  sufficient  in   most  cases  to  edit  two  files:
+      `modules.cfg',  to  select   the  library  components,  and  the
+      configuration  file  `include/freetype/config/ftoption.h' (which
+      can be copied to the objects directory).  Removing unused module
+      directories   to    prevent   its   compilation    and   editing
+      `include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h' is no longer necessary.
+
+    - The  LIGHT  hinting algorithm  produces  more pleasant  results.
+      Also, using the  FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT flags within FT_Load_Glyph
+      always forces auto-hinting, as a special exception.  This allows
+      you to experiment with it  even if you have enabled the TrueType
+      bytecode interpreter in your build.
+
+    - The auto hinter now employs a new algorithm for CJK fonts, based
+      on Akito  Hirai's patch.   Note that this  only works  for fonts
+      with a Unicode charmap at the moment.
+
+    - The following callback function  types have changed slightly (by
+      adding the `const' keyword where appropriate):
+
+        FT_Outline_MoveToFunc
+        FT_Outline_LineToFunc
+        FT_Outline_ConicToFunc
+        FT_Outline_CubicToFunc
+        FT_SpanFunc
+        FT_Raster_RenderFunc
+
+        FT_Glyph_TransformFunc
+        FT_Renderer_RenderFunc
+        FT_Renderer_TransformFunc
+
+      Note that this doesn't affect binary backward compatibility.
+
+    - On MacOS,  new APIs have  been added as replacements  for legacy
+      APIs:  `FT_New_Face_From_FSRef'  for  `FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec',
+      and              `FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name'              for
+      `FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name'.  Legacy APIs are still available, if
+      FreeType is built without disabling them.
+
+    - A new  API `FT_Select_Size'  has been added  to select  a bitmap
+      strike  by its  index.   Code using  other  functions to  select
+      bitmap strikes should be updated to use this function.
+
+    - A  new API  `FT_Get_SubGlyph_Info'  has been  added to  retrieve
+      subglyph data.  This can be  used by rogue clients which used to
+      access the internal headers to get the corresponding data.
+
+    - In 2.1.10, the behaviour of `FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes' was changed for
+      BDF/PCF fonts,  and only  for them.  This  causes inconsistency.
+      In this release,  we undo the change.  The  intent of the change
+      in 2.1.10  is to allow  size selection through  real dimensions,
+      which can now be done through `FT_Request_Size'.
+
+    - Some security  issues were discovered  and fixed in the  CFF and
+      Type  1 loader, causing  crashes of  FreeType by  malformed font
+      files.
+
+
+  III. MISCELLANEOUS
+
+    - The documentation  for FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX and FT_RENDER_MODE_XXX
+      values now better reflects its usage and differences: One set is
+      used to specify the hinting algorithm, the other to specify  the
+      pixel rendering mode.
+
+    - `FT_New_Face' and `FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec' in ftmac.c have been
+      changed to count supported scalable faces (sfnt, LWFN) only, and
+      to  return the  number of  available faces  via face->num_faces.
+      Unsupported bitmap faces (fbit, NFNT) are ignored.
+
+    - builds/unix/configure  has been  improved for  MacOS X.   It now
+      automatically checks available  functions in Carbon library, and
+      prepare to use newest  functions by default.  Options to specify
+      the  dependencies of  each Carbon  APIs (FSSpec,  FSRef, old/new
+      QuickDraw, ATS)  are available too.  By manual  disabling of all
+      QuickDraw   functionality,  FreeType   can   be  built   without
+      `deprecated   function'   warnings    on   MacOS   10.4.x,   but
+      FT_GetFile_Mac_Name  in  ftmac.c  then  is changed  to  a  dummy
+      function, and returns an `unimplemented' error.  For details see
+      builds/mac/README.
+
+    - SFNT cmap handling has been  improved, mainly to run much faster
+      with CJK fonts.
+
+    - A   new  function   `FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type   (declared  in
+      `FT_MODULE_H')  is  provided  to  determine the  status  of  the
+      TrueType   bytecode  interpreter   compiled  into   the  library
+      (patented, unpatented, unimplemented).
+
+    - Vertical metrics of glyphs are  synthesized if the font does not
+      provide such information.  You can tell whether  the metrics are
+      synthesized or not by checking the FT_FACE_FLAG_VERTICAL flag of
+      the face.
+
+    - The demo programs  `ftview' and  `ftstring' have been  rewritten
+      for better readability.   `ftview' has a new switch `-p' to test
+      FT_New_Memory_Face (instead of FT_New_Face).
+
+    - FreeType now honours bit 1 in the `head' table of TrueType fonts
+      (meaning `left sidebearing point at x=0').  This helps with some
+      buggy fonts.
+
+    - Rudimentary support for Adobe's new `SING Glyphlet' format.  See
+
+        http://www.adobe.com/products/indesign/sing_gaiji.html
+
+      for more information.
+
+    - The `ftdump'  program from the `ft2demos' bundle  now shows some
+      information about charmaps.  It  also supports a new switch `-v'
+      to increase verbosity.
+
+    - Better AFM support.  This includes track kerning support.
+
+
+======================================================================
+
+CHANGES BETWEEN 2.1.10 and 2.1.9
+
+  I. IMPORTANT BUG FIXES
+
+    - The size comparison for BDF and PCF files could fail sometimes.
+
+    - Some  CFF files  were still not  loaded  correctly.   Patch from
+      Derek Noonburg.
+
+    - The stroker still had some serious bugs.
+
+    - Boris  Letocha  fixed a  bug in  the  TrueType interpreter:  The
+      NPUSHW instruction wasn't skipped correctly in IF clauses.  Some
+      fonts like `Helvetica 75 Bold' failed.
+
+    - Another  serious  bug  in  handling  TrueType hints  caused many
+      distortions.  It has been introduced in version 2.1.8, and it is
+      highly recommended to upgrade.
+
+    - FreeType didn't properly parse empty Type 1 glyphs.
+
+    - An unbound dynamic buffer growth was fixed in the PFR loader.
+
+    - Several bugs have been fixed in the cache sub-system.
+
+    - FreeType behaved incorrectly when resizing two distinct but very
+      close character pixel sizes through `FT_Set_Char_Size' (Savannah
+      bug #12263).
+
+    - The auto-hinter didn't work properly for fonts without a Unicode
+      charmap -- it even refused to load the glyphs.
+
+
+  II. IMPORTANT CHANGES
+
+    - Many fixes have been applied to drastically reduce the amount of
+      heap   memory   used   by   FreeType,   especially   when  using
+      memory-mapped font files  (which is the default on Unix  systems
+      which support them).
+
+    - The auto-hinter  has been replaced with a new module, called the
+      `auto-fitter'.  It consumes  less memory  than its  predecessor,
+      and it is  prepared to support non-latin scripts  better in next
+      releases.
+
+    - George Williams  contributed code to read  kerning data from PFM
+      files.
+
+    - FreeType   now   uses    the   TT_NAME_ID_PREFERRED_FAMILY   and
+      TT_NAME_ID_PREFERRED_SUBFAMILY   strings   (if   available)  for
+      setting  family  and  style in SFNT  fonts  (patch from Kornfeld
+      Eliyahu Peter).
+
+    - A  new  API `FT_Sfnt_Table_Info'  (in FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H)  has
+      been added to retrieve name and size information of SFNT tables.
+
+    - A new API `FT_OpenType_Validate' (in FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H) has
+      been added to validate OpenType tables  (BASE, GDEF, GPOS, GSUB,
+      JSTF).   After validation  it is  no longer  necessary to  check
+      for errors in those tables while accessing them.
+
+      Note that  this module might  be moved to another library in the
+      future  to avoid  a tight  dependency between  FreeType and  the
+      OpenType specification.
+
+    - A new API in FT_BITMAP_H  (`FT_Bitmap_New', `FT_Bitmap_Convert',
+      `FT_Bitmap_Copy',  `FT_Bitmap_Embolden',  `FT_Bitmap_Done')  has
+      been added.   Its  use is  to convert an  FT_Bitmap structure in
+      1bpp, 2bpp,  4bpp, or 8bpp  format into  another 8bpp FT_Bitmap,
+      probably using a different pitch, and to further manipulate it.
+
+    - A new  API `FT_Outline_Embolden'  (in FT_OUTLINE_H) gives  finer
+      control how  outlines are embolded.
+
+    - `FT_GlyphSlot_Embolden' (in FT_SYNTHESIS_H)  now handles bitmaps
+      also (code contributed  by Chia I Wu).  Note that this  function
+      is still experimental and may be replaced with a better API.
+
+    - The method  how BDF and PCF  bitmap fonts  are accessed has been
+      refined.   Formerly,   FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes  and  FT_Set_Char_Size
+      were  synonyms in  FreeType's  BDF and PCF interface.  This  has
+      changed now.  FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes  should be  used to  select the
+      actual  font dimensions  (the `strike',  which is the sum of the
+      `FONT_ASCENT'    and    `FONT_DESCENT'    properties),     while
+      FT_Set_Char_Size  selects  the  `nominal' size  (the `PIXELSIZE'
+      property).  In both functions, the width parameter is ignored.
+
+
+  III. MISCELLANEOUS
+
+    - The BDF driver  no longer converts  all returned bitmaps  with a
+      depth of 2bpp or 4bpp to a depth of 8bpp.  The documentation has
+      not  mentioned  this  explicitly,  but  implementors  might have
+      relied on this after looking into the source files.
+
+    - A new option `--ftversion' has been  added to freetype-config to
+      return the FreeType version.
+
+    - The  memory  debugger  has  been  updated   to  dump  allocation
+      statistics on  all allocation  sources in the library.   This is
+      useful to  spot greedy  allocations when  loading and processing
+      fonts.
+
+    - We removed a huge array of constant pointers to constant strings
+      in the `psnames' module.   The problem was that  compilations in
+      PIC mode (i.e.,  when generating a  Unix shared object/dll)  put
+      the array  into the non-shared  writable section of  the library
+      since absolute pointers are not relocatable by nature.
+
+      This reduces the memory consumption by approximately 16KByte per
+      process linked  to FreeType.   We now also store  the array in a
+      compressed form (as a trie) which saves about 20KByte of code as
+      well.
+
+    - Kirill  Smelkov provided  patches to make  src/raster/ftraster.c
+      compile stand-alone again.
+
+
+======================================================================
+
+CHANGES BETWEEN 2.1.9 and 2.1.8
+
+  I. IMPORTANT BUG FIXES
+
+    - The function  `FT_Get_CharMap_Index' was only declared,  without
+      any  real  code.   For  consistency,  it  has  been  renamed  to
+      `FT_Get_Charmap_Index'.   (This function is needed  to implement
+      cmap caches.)
+
+    - `FT_Outline_Get_BBox'  sometimes returned  incorrect values  for
+      conic outlines (e.g., for TrueType fonts).
+
+    - Handling of `bhed' table has been fixed.
+
+    - The TrueType driver with enabled byte code interpreter sometimes
+      returned artifacts due to incorrect rounding.  This bug has been
+      introduced after version 2.1.4.
+
+    - The BDF driver dropped the last glyph in the font.
+
+    - The BDF driver now uses the DEFAULT_CHAR property (if available)
+      to select a glyph shape for the undefined glyph.
+
+    - The stroker failed for closed outlines and single points.
+
+
+  II. IMPORTANT CHANGES
+
+    - George  Williams   contributed  code  to   handle  Apple's  font
+      distortion technology found in GX fonts (`avar', `cvar', `fvar',
+      and `gvar' tables;  the Multiple Masters  API has been  slightly
+      extended to cope with the new functionality).
+
+    - The `FT_GlyphSlotRec' structure has been extended:  The elements
+      `lsb_delta' and  `rsb_delta' give the difference  between hinted
+      and  unhinted  left and right  side bearings  if autohinting  is
+      active.  Using those values can improve the inter-letter spacing
+      considerably.   See the documentation of  `FT_GlyphSlotRec'  and
+      the `ftstring' demo program how to use it.
+
+    - Loading TrueType and Type 1 fonts has been made much faster.
+
+    - The stroker is  no longer experimental (but the  cache subsystem
+      still is).
+
+
+  III. MISCELLANEOUS
+
+    - A new  documentation file  `formats.txt' describes various  font
+      formats supported (and not supported) by FreeType.
+
+
+======================================================================
+
+CHANGES BETWEEN 2.1.8 and 2.1.7
+
+  I. IMPORTANT BUG FIXES
+
+    - The native  TrueType hinter contained some  bugs which prevented
+      some fonts to be rendered correctly, most notably Legendum.otf.
+
+    - The PostScript hinter now produces improved results.
+
+    - The  linear advance  width  and height  values were  incorrectly
+      rounded,  making  them virtually  unusable  if  not loaded  with
+      FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN.
+
+    - Indexing CID-keyed CFF fonts is  now working: The glyph index is
+      correctly  treated as a  CID, similar  to FreeType's  CID driver
+      module.  Note that CID CMap support is still missing.
+
+    - The FT_FACE_FLAGS_GLYPH_NAMES flag is now  set correctly for all
+      font formats.
+
+    - Some subsetted Type 1  fonts weren't parsed correctly.  This bug
+      has been introduced in 2.1.7.  In summary, the Type 1 parser has
+      become more robust.
+
+    - Non-decimal numbers weren't parsed correctly in PS fonts.
+
+    - The WinFNT driver now correctly reports FT_ENCODING_NONE for all
+      but one encoding.  Use  the new FT_WinFNT_ID_XXX values together
+      with `FT_Get_WinFNT_Header' to get the WinFNT charset ID.
+
+    - The descender metrics (face->size->metrics.descender) for WinFNT
+      bitmap fonts had the wrong sign.
+
+    - The (emulated) `seac' support for CFF fonts was broken.
+
+    - The `flex' operator didn't work for CFF fonts.
+
+    - PS glyphs  which  use  the   `hintmask'  operator  haven't  been
+      rendered correctly in some cases.
+
+    - Metrics for BDF and PCF bitmap font formats have been fixed.
+
+    - Autohinting  is now  disabled for  glyphs  which  are vertically
+      distorted  or mirrored  (using a  transformation matrix).   This
+      fixes a bug which produced zero-height glyphs.
+
+    - The   `freetype-config'   script   now  handles   --prefix   and
+      --exec-prefix correctly; it also  returns the proper --rpath (or
+      -R) value if FreeType has been built as a shared library.
+
+
+  II. IMPORTANT CHANGES
+
+    - Both  PCF  and BDF  drivers  now  handle  the SETWIDTH_NAME  and
+      ADD_STYLE_NAME    properties.     Values    are   appended    to
+      face->style_name; example: `Bold SemiCondensed'.
+
+    - The PCF driver now handles bitmap  fonts compressed with the LZW
+      algorithm (extension .pcf.Z, compressed with `compress').
+
+    - A  new  API   function  `FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID'  (declared  in
+      `tttables.h')  is  available  to   get  the  language  ID  of  a
+      TrueType/SFNT cmap.
+
+    - The hexadecimal format of  data after the `StartData' command in
+      CID-keyed Type 1 fonts is now supported.  While this can't occur
+      in  file-based   fonts,  it  can   happen  in  document-embedded
+      resources of PostScript documents.
+
+    - Embedded bitmaps in SFNT-based CFF fonts are now supported.
+
+    - A simple  API is  now available  to control  FreeType's  tracing
+      mechanism if compiled  with FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE.   See the file
+      `ftdebug.h' for more details.
+
+    - YAMATO Masatake contributed improved  handling of MacOS resource
+      forks on non-MacOS platforms (for example, Linux can mount MacOS
+      file systems).
+
+    - Support for MacOS has been improved; there is now a new function
+      `FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec'  similar to `FT_New_Face'  except that
+      it accepts an FSSpec instead of a path.
+
+    - The cache sub-system has been rewritten.
+
+      - There is now support for deinstallation of faces.
+
+      - A new  API function `FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID'  has been added
+        to  delete  all  `idle'  nodes  that  correspond  to  a  given
+        FTC_FaceID.  All `locked' nodes  (i.e., those with a reference
+        count > 0), will be modified to prevent them from appearing in
+        further  lookups (they  will  be cleaned  normally when  their
+        reference count reaches 0).
+
+      - There  is  now  support  for point  scaling  (i.e.,  providing
+        character sizes in points + dpis, instead of pixels).
+
+      - Three abstract cache classes are now available:
+
+          FTC_GCache:  Used to store  one glyph  item per  cache node,
+                      with the ability to group common attributes into
+                      `families'.      This    replaces     the    old
+                      FTC_GlyphCache class.
+
+          FTC_ICache: Used to store one FT_Glyph per cache node.  This
+                      extends  FTC_GCache.  Family  definition, family
+                      comparison, and  glyph loading are  however left
+                      to sub-classes.
+
+          FTC_SCache: Used to  store up to 16 small  bitmaps per cache
+                      node.    This    extends   FTC_GCache.    Family
+                      definition, family  comparison and glyph loading
+                      are however left to sub-classes.
+
+      - The file `src/cache/ftcbasic.c' implements:
+
+          FTC_ImageCache: Extends    FTC_ICache;   implements   family
+                          definitions and glyph loading similar to the
+                          old API.
+
+          FTC_SBitCache: Extends    FTC_SCache,    implements   family
+                         definitions and glyph  loading similar to the
+                         old API
+
+        Client  applications  should  be  able to  extend  FTC_GCache,
+        FTC_ICache, or FTC_SCache much more easily (i.e., less code to
+        write, and  less callbacks).  For example,  one could envision
+        caches  that are  capable of  storing  transformed (obliqued),
+        stroked,   emboldened,   or   colored   glyph   images.    Use
+        `ftcbasic.c' as an example.
+
+      - All public  APIs are now  in `include/freetype/ftcache.h', (to
+        be    accessed   as    `FT_CACHE_H').     The   contents    of
+        `include/freetype/cache/' is only  needed by applications that
+        wish to implement their own caches.
+
+      - There were some major performance improvements through the use
+        of  various programming  tricks.   Cache hits  are  up to  70%
+        faster than in the old code.
+
+      - The  FTC_CMapCache has  been simplified.  Charmaps can only be
+        accessed by  index right now.  There  is also a  new API named
+        `FT_Charmap_GetIndex' for this purpose.
+
+      - The  demo programs  have been  updated to  the new  code.  The
+        previous versions will not work with the current one.
+
+      - Using  an invalid face  index in FT_Open_Face and friends  now
+        causes an error even if the font contains a single face only.
+
+
+  III. MISCELLANEOUS
+
+    - Wolfgang Domröse contributed support files for building FreeType
+      on the Atari using the PureC compiler.  Note that the Atari is a
+      16bit platform.
+
+    - Vitaliy Pasternak contributed project files for VS.NET 2003.
+
+
+======================================================================
+
+CHANGES BETWEEN 2.1.7 and 2.1.6
+
+  I. IMPORTANT BUG FIXES
+
+    - Updated  to newest  libtool  version, fixing  build problems  on
+      various platforms.
+
+    - On  Unix  platforms,  `make  install' didn't  copy  the  correct
+      `ftconfig.h' file.
+
+  Note that version 2.1.7  contains the same library  C source code as
+  version 2.1.6.
+
+
+======================================================================
+
+CHANGES BETWEEN 2.1.6 and 2.1.5
+
+  I. IMPORTANT BUG FIXES
+
+    - The PFR  font driver didn't  load kerning tables  correctly, and
+      the functions in FT_PFR_H didn't work at all.
+
+    - Type 1 font  files in  binary format  (PFB) with  an end-of-file
+      indicator weren't accepted by the FreeType engine.
+
+    - Fonts which contain /PaintType  and /StrokeWidth no longer cause
+      a segfault.  This bug has been introduced in version 2.1.5.
+
+    - Fonts  loaded  with   FT_LOAD_RENDER  no  longer  cause  strange
+      results.  This bug has been introduced in version 2.1.5.
+
+    - Some  Windows   (bitmap)  FNT/FON  files   couldn't  be  handled
+      correctly.
+
+
+  II. IMPORTANT CHANGES
+
+    - The internal  module API  has been heavily  changed in  favor of
+      massive simplifications within the font engine.  This also means
+      that authors of third-party modules must adapt their code to the
+      new scheme.
+
+      NOTE:  THE NEW SCHEME IS NOT COMPLETED YET.  PLEASE WAIT UNTIL A
+      FINAL ANNOUNCEMENT!
+
+    - The PostScript  parser has been enhanced to  handle comments and
+      strings   correctly.   Additionally,   more  syntax   forms  are
+      recognized.
+
+    - Added the  optional unpatented hinting system  for TrueType.  It
+      allows  typefaces which  need hinting  to produce  correct glyph
+      forms (e.g., Chinese typefaces  from Dynalab) to work acceptably
+      without infringing Apple patents.   This system is compiled only
+      if  TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPILE_UNPATENTED_HINTING  is  defined  in
+      ftoption.h (activated by default).
+
+
+  III. MISCELLANEOUS
+
+    - There  is now  a guard  in the  public header  files  to protect
+      against inclusion of freetype.h from FreeType 1.
+
+    - Direct inclusion of freetype.h  and other public header files no
+      longer works.  You have to use the documented scheme
+
+        #include 
+        #include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+      to load freetype.h with  a symbolic name.  This protects against
+      renaming  of public  header  files (which  shouldn't happen  but
+      actually  has, avoiding two  public header  files with  the same
+      name).
+
+
+======================================================================
+
+CHANGES BETWEEN 2.1.5 and 2.1.4
+
+  I. IMPORTANT BUG FIXES
+
+    - Parsing the /CIDFontName field  now removes the leading slash to
+      be in sync with other font drivers.
+
+    - gzip support was buggy.  Some fonts could not be read.
+
+    - Fonts which  have nested subglyphs  more than one level  deep no
+      longer cause a segfault.
+
+    - Creation of synthetic  cmaps for fonts in CFF  format was broken
+      partially.
+
+    - Numeric  font  dictionary entries  for  synthetic  fonts are  no
+      longer overwritten.
+
+    - The font matrix  wasn't applied to the advance  width for Type1,
+      CID, and  CFF fonts.  This caused problems  when loading certain
+      synthetic Type 1 fonts like `Helvetica Narrow'.
+
+    - The test  for the charset registry  in BDF and PCF  fonts is now
+      case-insensitive.
+
+    - FT_Vector_Rotate  sometimes  returned   strange  values  due  to
+      rounding errors.
+
+    - The  PCF  driver  now  returns  the  correct  number  of  glyphs
+      (including an artificial `notdef' glyph at index 0).
+
+    - FreeType now  supports buggy CMaps  which are contained  in many
+      CJK fonts from Dynalab.
+
+    - Opening  an invalid  font  on a  Mac  caused a  segfault due  to
+      double-freeing memory.
+
+    - BDF  fonts  with  more   than  32768  glyphs  weren't  supported
+      properly.
+
+
+  II. IMPORTANT CHANGES
+
+    - Accessing bitmap font formats has been synchronized.  To do that
+      the FT_Bitmap_Size  structure has  been extended to  contain new
+      fields `size', `x_ppem', and `y_ppem'.
+
+    - The FNT driver now returns multiple faces, not multiple strikes.
+
+    - The `psnames'  module has been  updated to the Adobe  Glyph List
+      version 2.0.
+
+    - The `psnames' module now understands `uXXXX[X[X]]' glyph names.
+
+    - The algorithm for guessing the font style has been improved.
+
+    - For fonts in SFNT format, root->height is no longer increased if
+      the line gap  is zero.  There exist fonts  (containing e.g. form
+      drawing  characters) which  intentionally have  a zero  line gap
+      value.
+
+    - ft_glyph_bbox_xxx  flags   are  now  deprecated   in  favour  of
+      FT_GLYPH_BBOX_XXX.
+
+    - ft_module_xxx   flags   are   now   deprecated  in   favour   of
+      FT_MODULE_XXX.
+
+    - FT_ENCODING_MS_{SJIS,GB2312,BIG5,WANSUNG,JOHAB}      are     now
+      deprecated               in               favour              of
+      FT_ENCODING_{SJIS,GB2312,GIB5,WANSONG,JOHAB}  -- those encodings
+      are not specific to Microsoft.
+
+
+  III. MISCELLANEOUS
+
+    - The  autohinter  has been  further  improved;  for example,  `m'
+      glyphs now retain its vertical symmetry.
+
+    - Partial support of Mac fonts on non-Mac platforms.
+
+    - `make   refdoc'   (after   first   `make')   builds   the   HTML
+      documentation.  You need Python for this.
+
+    - The make build system should  now work more reliably on DOS-like
+      platforms.
+
+    - Support for  EMX gcc  and Watson C/C++  compilers on  MS-DOS has
+      been added.
+
+    - Better VMS build support.
+
+    - Support for the pkg-config  package by providing a `freetype.pc'
+      file.
+
+    - New configure option --with-old-mac-fonts for Darwin.
+
+    - Some source files have been  renamed (mainly to fit into the 8.3
+      naming scheme).
+
+
+======================================================================
+
+CHANGES BETWEEN 2.1.4 and 2.1.3
+
+  I. IMPORTANT BUG FIXES
+
+    - Updated  to newest  libtool  version, fixing  build problems  on
+      various platforms.
+
+    - A fix  in the Gzip stream  reader: It couldn't  read certain .gz
+      files properly due to a  small typo.  In certain cases, FreeType
+      could  also loop  endlessly  when trying  to  load tiny  gzipped
+      files.
+
+    - The configure script now tries  to use the system-wide zlib when
+      it  finds one  (instead of  the  copy found  in src/gzip).   And
+      `freetype-config' has  been updated to return  relevant flags in
+      this case when invoked with `--libs' (e.g. `-lzlib').
+
+    - Certain fonts couldn't be loaded  by 2.1.3 because they lacked a
+      Unicode   charmap  (e.g.   SYMBOL.TTF).    FreeType  erroneously
+      rejected them.
+
+    - The CFF loader was modified to accept fonts which only contain a
+      subset of  their reference charset.  This  prevented the correct
+      use of PDF-embedded fonts.
+
+    - The logic to detect Unicode charmaps has been modified.  This is
+      required to  support fonts which include both  16-bit and 32-bit
+      charmaps (like very  recent asian ones) using the  new 10 and 12
+      SFNT formats.
+
+    - The TrueType  loader now limits  the depth of  composite glyphs.
+      This is necessary to prevent broken fonts to break the engine by
+      blowing the stack with recursive glyph definitions.
+
+    - The CMap cache is now  capable of managing UCS-4 character codes
+      that   are   mapped   through   extended  charmaps   in   recent
+      TrueType/OpenType fonts.
+
+    - The   cache  sub-system   now  properly   manages  out-of-memory
+      conditions  instead of  blindly  reporting them  to the  caller.
+      This means that it will try to empty the cache before restarting
+      its allocations to see if that can help.
+
+    - The  PFR driver  didn't return  the list  of  available embedded
+      bitmaps properly.
+
+    - There was  a nasty  memory leak when  using embedded  bitmaps in
+      certain font formats.
+
+
+  II. IMPORTANT CHANGES
+
+    - David Chester  contributed some enhancements  to the auto-hinter
+      that  significantly increase  the  quality of  its output.   The
+      Postscript hinter was also improved in several ways.
+
+    - The FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT render mode was implemented.
+
+    - A new  API function called `FT_Get_BDF_Property'  has been added
+      to FT_BDF_H to  retrieve BDF properties from BDF  _and_ PCF font
+      files.   THIS  IS  STILL  EXPERIMENTAL,  since  it  hasn't  been
+      properly tested yet.
+
+    - A Windows FNT specific API has been added, mostly to access font
+      headers.  This is used by Wine.
+
+    - TrueType tables  without an `hmtx' table are  now tolerated when
+      an  incremental interface  is  used.  This  happens for  certain
+      Type42 fonts passed from Ghostscript to FreeType.
+
+    - The PFR font driver is  now capable of returning the font family
+      and style  names when  they are available  (instead of  the sole
+      `FontID').   This  is  performed  by parsing  an  *undocumented*
+      portion of the font file!
+
+
+  III. MISCELLANEOUS
+
+    - The path stroker in FT_STROKER_H has entered beta stage.  It now
+      works very  well, but  its interface might  change a bit  in the
+      future.  More on this in later releases.
+
+    - The documentation for  FT_Size_Metrics didn't appear properly in
+      the API reference.
+
+    - The file docs/VERSION.DLL has been updated to explain versioning
+      with FreeType  (i.e., comparing release/libtool/so  numbers, and
+      how to use them in autoconf scripts).
+
+    - The  installation  documentation  has been  seriously  revamped.
+      Everything is now in the `docs' directory.
+
+
+======================================================================
+
+CHANGES BETWEEN 2.1.3 and 2.1.2
+
+  I. IMPORTANT BUG FIXES
+
+    - FT_Vector_Transform  had  been  incorrectly modified  in  2.1.2,
+      resulting  in  incorrect   transformations  being  applied  (for
+      example, rotations were processed in opposite angles).
+
+    - The format  8 and 12 TrueType charmap  enumeration routines have
+      been fixed (FT_Get_Next_Char returned invalid values).
+
+    - The  PFR font driver  returned incorrect  advance widths  if the
+      outline  and metrics resolution  defined in  the font  file were
+      different.
+
+    - FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap now returns  successfully when called with an
+      FT_BitmapGlyph argument (it previously returned an error).
+
+    - A bug  in the Type 1  loader that prevented  valid font bounding
+      boxes to be loaded from multiple master fonts.
+
+    - The SFNT  validation code has been rewritten.   FreeType can now
+      load `broken'  fonts that were  usable on Windows, but  not with
+      previous versions of the library.
+
+    - The computation of bearings in the BDF driver has been fixed.
+
+    - The Postscript hinter crashed when trying to hint certain glyphs
+      (more precisely,  when trying to  apply hints to an  empty glyph
+      outline).
+
+    - The  TrueType glyph  loader  now supports  composites in  `Apple
+      format'  (they differ slightly  from Microsoft/OpenType  ones in
+      the way transformation offsets are computed).
+
+    - FreeType was  very slow at opening certain  asian CID/CFF fonts,
+      due to  fixed increment  in dynamic array  re-allocations.  This
+      has  been changed  to  exponential behaviour  to get  acceptable
+      performance.
+
+
+
+  II. IMPORTANT CHANGES
+
+    - The PCF driver now supports gzip-compressed font files natively.
+      This means that  you will be able to use  all these bitmap fonts
+      that  come with  XFree86 with  FreeType (and  libXft/libXft2, by
+      extension).
+
+    - The  automatic and  postscript hinters  have both  been updated.
+      This  results in  a relatively  important increase  of rendering
+      quality since  many nasty defaults have been suppressed.  Please
+      visit the web page:
+
+        http://www.freetype.org/hinting/smooth-hinting.html
+
+      for additional details on this topic.
+
+    - The `load_flags' parameter of `FT_Load_Glyph' is now an FT_Int32
+      (instead  of just  being  an FT_Int).   This  breaks source  and
+      binary  compatibility for  16bit systems  only,  while retaining
+      both of them for 32 and 64 bit ones.
+
+      Some new flags have been added consequently:
+
+        FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT   :: Disable the use of the auto-hinter
+                                 (but not native format hinters).
+
+        FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL :: Hint and render for normal
+                                 anti-aliased displays.
+
+        FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO   :: Hint and render for 1-bit displays.
+
+        FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD    :: Hint and render for horizontal RGB or
+                                 BGR sub-pixel displays (like LCD
+                                 screens).  THIS IS STILL
+                                 EXPERIMENTAL!
+
+        FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD_V  :: Same as FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD, for
+                                 vertical sub-pixel displays (like
+                                 rotated LCD screens).  THIS IS STILL
+                                 EXPERIMENTAL!
+
+      FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME   is  still   supported,  but   only  affects
+      rendering, not the hinting.
+
+      Note that the `ftview'  demo program available in the `ft2demos'
+      package  has been  updated to  support LCD-optimized  display on
+      non-paletted displays (under Win32 and X11).
+
+    - The  PFR  driver  now  supports embedded  bitmaps  (all  formats
+      supported), and returns correct kerning metrics for all glyphs.
+
+    - The TrueType charmap loader  now supports certain `broken' fonts
+      that load under Windows without problems.
+
+    - The cache API has been slightly modified (it's still a beta!):
+
+       - The type  FTC_ImageDesc has been removed; it  is now replaced
+         by  FTC_ImageTypeRec.   Note that  one  of  its  fields is  a
+         `load_flag' parameter for FT_Load_Glyph.
+
+       - The  field  `num_grays' of  FT_SBitRec  has  been changed  to
+         `max_grays'  in  order to  fit  within  a  single byte.   Its
+         maximum value is thus 255 (instead of 256 as previously).
+
+
+  III. MISCELLANEOUS
+
+    - Added support  for the  DESTDIR variable during  `make install'.
+      This simplifies packaging of FreeType.
+
+    - Included modified  copies of the  ZLib sources in  `src/gzip' in
+      order to support  gzip-compressed PCF fonts.  We do  not use the
+      system-provided  zlib  for  now,   though  this  is  a  probable
+      enhancement for future releases.
+
+    - The DocMaker tool used to generate the on-line API reference has
+      been   completely    rewritten.    It   is    now   located   in
+      `src/tools/docmaker/docmaker.py'.  Features:
+
+        - better cross-referenced output
+        - more polished output
+        - uses Python regular expressions  (though it didn't speed the
+          program)
+        - much  more  modular structure,  which  allows for  different
+          `backends'  in  order to  generate  HTML,  XML, or  whatever
+          format.
+
+      One can regenerate the API reference by calling:
+
+         python src/tools/docmaker/docmaker.py \
+                --prefix=ft2 \
+                --title=FreeType-2.1.3 \
+                --output=
+                include/freetype/*.h \
+                include/freetype/config/*.h \
+                include/freetype/cache/*.h
+
+    - A new, experimental, support for incremental font loading (i.e.,
+      loading  of fonts  where the  glyphs are  not in  the  font file
+      itself, but provided by an external component, like a Postscript
+      interpreter) has been added by Graham Asher.  This is still work
+      in progress, however.
+
+    - A new,  EXPERIMENTAL, path stroker  has been added.   It doesn't
+      suffer  from  severe  rounding  errors  and  treat  bezier  arcs
+      directly.  Still work in progress (i.e. not part of the official
+      API).   See  the file    for  some of  the
+      details.
+
+    - The massive  re-formatting of sources and  internal re-design is
+      still under-way.  Many  internal functions, constants, and types
+      have been renamed.
+
+
+======================================================================
+
+CHANGES BETWEEN 2.1.2 and 2.1.1
+
+  I. IMPORTANT BUG FIXES
+
+    - Many  font drivers didn't  select a  Unicode charmap  by default
+      when a new face  was opened (with the FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_CMAPS
+      options enabled),  causing many applications  to not be  able to
+      display text correctly with the 2.1.x releases.
+
+    - The  PFR driver had  a bug  in its  composite loading  code that
+      produces incorrectly placed accents with many fonts.
+
+    - The Type42 driver crashed sometimes due to a nasty bug.
+
+    - The Type 1 custom encoding  charmap didn't handle the case where
+      the first glyph index wasn't 0.
+
+    - A  serious  typo  in  the  TrueType  composite  loader  produced
+      incorrectly placed  glyphs in fonts  like `Wingdings' and  a few
+      others.
+
+
+  II. MISCELLANEOUS
+
+    - The Win32  Visual C++ project  file has been updated  to include
+      the PFR driver as well.
+
+    - `freetype.m4' is  now installed by default by  `make install' on
+      Unix systems.
+
+    - The function  FT_Get_PS_Font_Info now works with  CID and Type42
+      fonts as well.
+
+
+======================================================================
+
+CHANGES BETWEEN 2.1.1 and 2.1.0
+
+  I. IMPORTANT BUG FIXES
+
+    - The  `version_info'  returned   by  `freetype-config'  in  2.1.0
+      returned an invalid value.  It now returns 9:1:3 (2.0.9 returned
+      9:0:3).
+
+    - Version 2.1.0  couldn't be linked against  applications on Win32
+      and  Amiga systems  due  to  a new  debug  function that  wasn't
+      properly   propagated  to   the  system-specific   directory  in
+      `builds'.
+
+    - Various MacOS and Mac OS X specific fixes.
+
+    - Fixed  a bug in  the TrueType  charmap validation  routines that
+      made version  2.1.0 too restrictive  -- many popular  fonts have
+      been rejected.
+
+    - There was  still a very small difference  between the monochrome
+      glyph bitmaps produced by FreeType 1.x and FreeType 2.x with the
+      bytecode  interpreter enabled.   This was  caused by  an invalid
+      flag setting in the TrueType glyph loader, making the rasterizer
+      change  its  drop-out   control  mode.   Now  the results should
+      _really_ be completely identical.
+
+    - The TrueType name table loader has been improved to support many
+      popular  though buggy Asian  fonts.  It  now ignores  empty name
+      entries,  invalid  pointer offsets  and  a  few other  incorrect
+      subtleties.  Moreover,  name strings  are now loaded  on demand,
+      which reduces the memory load  of many faces (e.g. the ARIAL.TTF
+      font file contains a 10kByte name table with 70 names).
+
+    - Fixed a bug in the Postscript hinter that prevented family blues
+      substitution to happen correctly.
+
+
+  II. NEW FEATURES
+
+    - Three new font drivers in this release:
+
+      * A  BDF  font driver,  contributed  by  Franco Zappa  Nardelli,
+        heavily  modified   by  Werner  Lemberg.    It  also  supports
+        anti-aliased bitmaps (using a slightly extended BDF format).
+
+      * A Type42  font driver, contributed by Roberto  Alameda.  It is
+        still experimental but seems to work relatively well.
+
+      * A PFR  font driver, contributed  by David Turner  himself.  It
+        doesn't  support PFR  hinting --  note that  BitStream  has at
+        least two patents on this format!
+
+
+  III. MISCELLANEOUS
+
+    - The  cache  sub-system has  been  optimized  in important  ways.
+      Cache hits are now significantly faster.  For example, using the
+      CMap cache is about  twice faster than calling FT_Get_Char_Index
+      on most platforms.  Similarly, using an SBit cache is about five
+      times faster  than loading the  bitmaps from a bitmap  file, and
+      300 to  500 times  faster than generating  them from  a scalable
+      format.
+
+      Note that  you should recompile  your sources if you  designed a
+      custom  cache  class for  the  FT2  Cache  subsystem, since  the
+      changes performed are source, but not binary, compatible.
+
+
+======================================================================
+
+CHANGES BETWEEN 2.1.0 and 2.0.9
+
+  I. IMPORTANT BUG FIXES
+
+    - The  TrueType bytecode  interpreter  has been  fixed to  produce
+      _exactly_ the same output as FreeType 1.x.  Previous differences
+      were due  to slightly distinct  fixed-point computation routines
+      used to perform dot products and vector length measurements.
+
+      It seems  that native TrueType hinting  is _extremely_ sensitive
+      to  rounding errors.  The  required vector  computation routines
+      have been optimized and placed within the `ttinterp.c' file.
+
+    - Fixed the parsing of accelerator tables in the PCF font driver.
+
+    - Fixed the Type1 glyph loader  routine used to compute the font's
+      maximum advance width.
+
+
+  II. NEW FEATURES
+
+    - The `configure' script used on Unix systems has been modified to
+      check  that  GNU  Make  is  being used  to  build  the  library.
+      Otherwise,  it  will display  a  message  proposing  to use  the
+      GNUMAKE environment variable to name it.
+
+      The Unix-specific file README.UNX has been modified accordingly.
+
+
+  III. MISCELLANEOUS
+
+    - The  FreeType  License in  `docs/FTL.TXT'  has  been updated  to
+      include  a  proposed preferred  disclaimer.   If  you are  using
+      FreeType in your products, you are encouraged (but not mandated)
+      to use the following text in your documentation:
+
+      """
+        Portions of this software are copyright © 1996-2002 The
+        FreeType Project (www.freetype.org).  All rights reserved.
+      """
+
+    - The default size of the render pool has been reduced to 16kByte.
+      This  shouldn't result  in any  noticeable  performance penalty,
+      unless you are  using the engine as-is to  render very large and
+      complex glyphs.
+
+    - The  FreeType 2  redesign has  begun.  More  information  can be
+      found at this URL:
+
+        http://www.freetype.org/freetype2/redesign.html
+
+      The following  internal changes  have been performed  within the
+      sources of this release:
+
+        - Many   internal  types   have  been   renamed   to  increase
+          consistency.   The  following  should  be true,  except  for
+          public types:
+
+            * All structure  types have a name ending  in `Rec' (short
+              for `record').
+
+            * A  pointer-to-structure type  has the  same name  as the
+              structure, _without_ the `Rec' suffix.
+
+              Example:
+
+                typedef struct FooRec_
+                {
+                  ...
+
+                } FooRec, *Foo;
+
+        - Many   internal  macros  have   been  renamed   to  increase
+          consistency.  The following should be true:
+
+            * All  macros  have a  name  beginning  with `FT_'.   This
+              required a few changes like
+
+                ALLOC   => FT_ALLOC
+                FREE    => FT_FREE
+                REALLOC => FT_REALLOC
+
+            * All  macros are completely  UPPERCASE.  This  required a
+              few changes like:
+
+                READ_Short  => FT_READ_SHORT
+                NEXT_Short  => FT_NEXT_SHORT
+                GET_ULongLE => FT_GET_ULONG_LE
+                MEM_Set     => FT_MEM_SET
+                MEM_Copy    => FT_MEM_COPY
+                etc.
+
+            * Whenever   possible,   all   macro  names   follow   the
+              FT__ pattern.  For example
+
+                ACCESS_Frame   => FT_FRAME_ENTER
+                FORGET_Frame   => FT_FRAME_EXIT
+                EXTRACT_Frame  => FT_FRAME_EXTRACT
+                RELEASE_Frame  => FT_FRAME_RELEASE
+
+                FILE_Pos       => FT_STREAM_POS
+                FILE_Seek      => FT_STREAM_SEEK
+                FILE_Read      => FT_STREAM_READ
+                FILE_ReadAt    => FT_STREAM_READ_AT
+                READ_Fields    => FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS
+
+        - Many  internal functions  have  been renamed  to follow  the
+          FT__ pattern.  For example:
+
+            FT_Seek_Stream       => FT_Stream_Seek
+            FT_Read_Stream_At    => FT_Stream_ReadAt
+            FT_Done_Stream       => FT_Stream_Close
+            FT_New_Stream        => FT_Stream_Open
+            FT_New_Memory_Stream => FT_Stream_OpenMemory
+            FT_Extract_Frame     => FT_Stream_ExtractFrame
+
+          Note that method names do not contain `_'.
+
+        - The FT_ALLOC_ARRAY  and FT_REALLOC_ARRAY have  been replaced
+          with  FT_NEW_ARRAY and  FT_RENEW_ARRAY which  do not  take a
+          type  as the  fourth argument.   Instead, the  array element
+          type  size is computed  automatically from  the type  of the
+          target pointer used.
+
+        - A  new object  class, FT_CMap,  has been  introduced.  These
+          internal  objects are  used to  model character  maps.  This
+          eases  the support  of additional  charmap types  within the
+          engine.
+
+        - A new  configuration file named `ftstdlib.h'  has been added
+          to `include/freetype/config'.  It  is used to define aliases
+          for  _every_ routine  of the  ISO  C library  that the  font
+          engine   uses.    Each    aliases   has   a   `ft_'   prefix
+          (e.g. `ft_strlen' is an alias for `strlen').
+
+          This is  used to  ease the porting  of FreeType 2  to exotic
+          runtime environments where the ISO C Library isn't available
+          (e.g.  XFree86 extension modules).
+
+      More details are available in the `ChangeLog' file.
+
+
+======================================================================
+
+CHANGES BETWEEN 2.0.9 and 2.0.8
+
+  I. IMPORTANT BUG FIXES
+
+    - Certain fonts like `foxjump.ttf' contain broken name tables with
+      invalid entries and wild offsets.  This caused FreeType to crash
+      when trying to load them.
+
+      The  SFNT `name'  table  loader has  been  fixed to  be able  to
+      support these strange fonts.
+
+      Moreover, the code  in charge of processing this  table has been
+      changed  to always favour  Windows-formatted entries  over other
+      ones.  Hence,  a font that works  on Windows but not  on the Mac
+      will  load cleanly in  FreeType and  report accurate  values for
+      Family & PostScript names.
+
+    - The CID font driver has been fixed.  It unfortunately returned a
+      Postscript   Font   name   with   a   leading   slash,   as   in
+      `/MunhwaGothic-Regular'.
+
+    - FreeType  2 should now  compile fine  on AIX  4.3.3 as  a shared
+      library.
+
+    - A  bug  in the  Postscript  hinter  has  been found  and  fixed,
+      removing un-even stem widths at small pixel sizes (like 14-17).
+
+      This  improves the  quality of  a certain  number  of Postscript
+      fonts.
+
+
+  II. NEW FEATURES
+
+    - A  new function  named  `FT_Library_Version' has  been added  to
+      return  the current  library's major,  minor, and  patch version
+      numbers.   This is  important since  the  macros FREETYPE_MAJOR,
+      FREETYPE_MINOR,  and  FREETYPE_PATCH  cannot  be used  when  the
+      library is dynamically linked by a program.
+
+    - Two   new  APIs   have  been   added:   `FT_Get_First_Char'  and
+      `FT_Get_Next_Char'.
+
+      Together,  these can  be used  to iterate  efficiently  over the
+      currently  selected  charmap of  a  given  face.   Read the  API
+      reference for more details.
+
+
+  III. MISCELLANEOUS
+
+    - The FreeType sources are  under heavy internal re-factoring.  As
+      a consequence,  we have created  a branch named `STABLE'  on the
+      CVS to hold all future releases/fixes in the 2.0.x family.
+
+      The  HEAD  branch  now  contains  the  re-factored  sources  and
+      shouldn't  be used for  testing or  packaging new  releases.  In
+      case you  would like  to access the  2.0.9 sources from  our CVS
+      repository, use the tag `VER-2-0-9'.
+
+
+======================================================================
+
+CHANGES BETWEEN 2.0.8 and 2.0.7
+
+  I. IMPORTANT BUG FIXES
+
+    - There was  a small but  nasty bug in  `freetype-config.in' which
+      caused the `freetype-config' script to fail on Unix.
+
+      This didn't prevent the installation  of the library or even its
+      execution, but caused problems  when trying to compile many Unix
+      packages that depend on it.
+
+    - Some TrueType or OpenType fonts embedded in PDF documents do not
+      have  a  'cmap',  'post'  and  'name'  as  is  required  by  the
+      specification.  FreeType no longer refuses to load such fonts.
+
+    - Various fixes to the PCF font driver.
+
+
+======================================================================
+
+CHANGES BETWEEN 2.0.7 and 2.0.6
+
+  I. IMPORTANT BUG FIXES
+
+    - Fixed  two  bugs in  the  Type 1  font  driver.   The first  one
+      resulted in a memory leak in subtle cases.  The other one caused
+      FreeType to crash when  trying to load `.gsf' files (Ghostscript
+      so-called Postscript fonts).
+
+      (This  made _many_  KDE applications  crash on  certain systems.
+       FreeType _is_ becoming a critical system component on Linux :-)
+
+    - Fixed a memory leak in the CFF font driver.
+
+    - Fixed a memory leak in the PCF font driver.
+
+    - Fixed       the        Visual       C++       project       file
+      `builds/win32/visualc/freetype.dsp' since  it didn't include the
+      Postscript hinter component, causing errors at build time.
+
+    - Fixed a  small rendering bug  in the anti-aliased  renderer that
+      only  occurred when  trying to  draw  thin (less  than 1  pixel)
+      strokes.
+
+    - Fixed  `builds/unix/freetype2.a4' which  is used  to  generate a
+      valid `freetype2.m4' for use with autoconf.
+
+    - Fixed the OpenVMS Makefiles.
+
+
+  II. MISCELLANEOUS
+
+    - Added  `configure'  and   `install'  scripts  to  the  top-level
+      directory.  A GNU-style installation is thus now easily possible
+      with
+
+        ./configure  
+        make
+        make install
+
+
+======================================================================
+
+CHANGES BETWEEN 2.0.6 and 2.0.5
+
+  I. IMPORTANT BUG FIXES
+
+    - It wasn't possible to load embedded bitmaps when the auto-hinter
+      was used.  This is now fixed.
+
+    - The TrueType  font driver  didn't load some  composites properly
+      (the  sub-glyphs  were  slightly  shifted,  and  this  was  only
+      noticeable when using monochrome rendering).
+
+    - Various  fixes  to the  auto-hinter.   They  merely improve  the
+      output of sans-serif fonts.   Note that there are still problems
+      with serifed fonts and composites (accented characters).
+
+    - All scalable  font drivers erroneously  returned un-fitted glyph
+      advances when hinting was  requested.  This created problems for
+      a number  of layout applications.  This  is a very  old bug that
+      got  undetected mainly  because most  test/demo  program perform
+      rounding explicitly or implicitly (through the cache).
+
+    - `FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap' did erroneously  modify the source glyph in
+      certain cases.
+
+    - `glnames.py'  still contained  a bug  that made  FreeType return
+      invalid names for certain glyphs.
+
+    - The  library crashed  when  loading certain  Type  1 fonts  like
+      `sadn.pfb'  (`Stalingrad  Normal'),   which  appear  to  contain
+      pathetic font info dictionaries.
+
+    - The TrueType glyph  loader is now much more  paranoid and checks
+      everything when loading a given glyph image.  This was necessary
+      to avoid problems (crashes and/or memory overwrites) with broken
+      fonts that came from a really buggy automatic font converter.
+
+
+  II. IMPORTANT UPDATES AND NEW FEATURES
+
+    - Important updates to the Mac-specific parts of the library.
+
+    - The caching sub-system has  been completely re-designed, and its
+      API has  evolved (the  old one is  still supported  for backward
+      compatibility).
+
+      The documentation for it is  not yet completed, sorry.  For now,
+      you are encouraged to continue  using the old API.  However, the
+      ftview  demo program in  the ft2demos  package has  already been
+      updated to use the new caching functions.
+
+    - A new charmap cache is provided too.  See `FTC_CMapCache'.  This
+      is useful to perform  character code -> glyph index translations
+      quickly, without the need for an opened FT_Face.
+
+    - A NEW POSTSCRIPT HINTER module  has been added to support native
+      hints in  the following  formats: PostScript Type  1, PostScript
+      CID, and CFF/CEF.
+
+      Please test!  Note that  the auto-hinter produces better results
+      for a number of  badly-hinted fonts (mostly auto-generated ones)
+      though.
+
+    - A memory debugger is now  part of the standard FreeType sources.
+      To      enable      it,      define      FT_DEBUG_MEMORY      in
+      , and recompile the library.
+
+      Additionally, define  the _environment_ variable FT_DEBUG_MEMORY
+      and run any program using FreeType.  When the library is exited,
+      a  summary  of memory  footprints  and  possible  leaks will  be
+      displayed.
+
+      This works transparently with  _any_ program that uses FreeType.
+      However, you  will need a lot  of memory to  use this (allocated
+      blocks are never  released to the heap to  detect double deletes
+      easily).
+
+
+  III. MISCELLANEOUS
+
+    - We  are  aware  of  subtle  differences between  the  output  of
+      FreeType  versions   1  and  2  when  it   comes  to  monochrome
+      TrueType-hinted glyphs.   These are  most probably due  to small
+      differences in the monochrome rasterizers and will be worked out
+      in an upcoming release.
+
+    - We have decided to fork the sources in a `stable' branch, and an
+      `unstable' one, since FreeType  is becoming a critical component
+      of many Unix systems.
+
+      The next  bug-fix releases of  the library will be  named 2.0.7,
+      2.0.8, etc.,  while the `2.1'  branch will contain a  version of
+      the sources where we will start major reworking of the library's
+      internals, in order to produce FreeType 2.2.0 (or even 3.0) in a
+      more distant future.
+
+      We  also hope  that this  scheme will  allow much  more frequent
+      releases than in the past.
+
+
+======================================================================
+
+CHANGES BETWEEN 2.0.5 and 2.0.4
+
+  NOTE THAT 2.0.5 DOES NOT CONTAIN THE POSTSCRIPT HINTER.  THIS MODULE
+  WILL BE PART OF THE NEXT RELEASE (EITHER 2.0.6 or 2.1)
+
+  - Fixed a bug that made  certain glyphs, like `Cacute', `cacute' and
+    `lslash'  unavailable from Unicode  charmaps of  Postscript fonts.
+    This prevented the correct display of Polish text, for example.
+
+  - The kerning table of Type 1 fonts was loaded by FreeType, when its
+    AFM    file    was    attached    to    its    face,    but    the
+    FT_FACE_FLAG_HAS_KERNING   bit  flags   was  not   set  correctly,
+    preventing FT_Get_Kerning to return meaningful values.
+
+  - Improved  SFNT (TrueType  & OpenType)  charmap  support.  Slightly
+    better performance, as well as support for the new formats defined
+    by the OpenType 1.3 specification (8, 10, and 12)
+
+  - Fixed a  serious typo in `src/base/ftcalc.c'  which caused invalid
+    computations in certain rare cases, producing ugly artefacts.
+
+  - The  size  of the  EM  square is  computed  with  a more  accurate
+    algorithm for Postscript fonts.   The old one caused slight errors
+    with embedded fonts found in PDF documents.
+
+  - Fixed  a  bug in  the  cache  manager  that prevented  normal  LRU
+    behaviour  within the cache  manager, causing  unnecessary reloads
+    (for FT_Face and FT_Size objects only).
+
+  - Added  a new  function named  `FT_Get_Name_Index' to  retrieve the
+    glyph index of a given glyph name, when found in a face.
+
+  - Added  a new function  named `FT_Get_Postscript_Name'  to retrieve
+    the `unique' Postscript font name of a given face.
+
+  - Added   a   new   public   header  size   named   FT_SIZES_H   (or
+    ) providing  new FT_Size-management functions:
+    FT_New_Size, FT_Activate_Size, FT_Done_Size.
+
+  - Fixed a  reallocation bug that  generated a dangling  pointer (and
+    possibly    memory    leaks)    with    Postscript    fonts    (in
+    src/psaux/psobjs.c).
+
+  - Many fixes for 16-bit correctness.
+
+  - Removed many pedantic compiler warnings from the sources.
+
+  - Added an Amiga build directory in `builds/amiga'.
+
+
+======================================================================
+
+CHANGES BETWEEN 2.0.4 and 2.0.3
+
+  - Fixed a rather annoying bug that was introduced in 2.0.3.  Namely,
+    the font  transformation set through  FT_Set_Transform was applied
+    twice to auto-hinted glyphs, resulting in incorrectly rotated text
+    output.
+
+  - Fixed _many_  compiler warnings.   FT2 should now  compile cleanly
+    with Visual  C++'s most pedantic warning level  (/W4).  It already
+    compiled fine with GCC and a few other compilers.
+
+  - Fixed a bug  that prevented the linear advance  width of composite
+    TrueType glyphs to be correctly returned.
+
+  - Fixed    the    Visual    C++    project    files    located    in
+    `builds/win32/visualc' (previous versions  used older names of the
+    library).
+
+  - Many  32-bit constants  have an  `L' appended  to their  value, in
+    order to improve the 16-bitness  of the code.  Someone is actually
+    trying to use FT2 on an Atari ST machine!
+
+  - Updated  the  `builds/detect.mk' file  in  order to  automatically
+    build FT2  on AIX systems.   AIX uses `/usr/sbin/init'  instead of
+    `/sbin/init' and wasn't previously  detected as a Unix platform by
+    the FreeType build system.
+
+  - Updated  the  Unix-specific  portions  of the  build  system  (new
+    libtool version, etc.).
+
+  - The  SFNT kerning  loader now  ensures  that the  table is  sorted
+    (since some problem fonts do not meet this requirement).
+
+
+=======================================================================
+
+CHANGES BETWEEN 2.0.3 and 2.0.2
+
+  I. CHANGES TO THE MODULES / FONT DRIVERS
+
+    - THE  AUTO-HINTER HAS  BEEN SLIGHTLY  IMPROVED, in  order  to fix
+      several annoying artefacts, mainly:
+
+        - Blue  zone alignment  of  horizontal stems  wasn't performed
+          correctly, resulting in artefacts  like the `d' being placed
+          one pixel below the `b' in some fonts like Time New Roman.
+
+        - Overshoot thresholding  wasn't performed correctly, creating
+          unpleasant artefacts at large character pixel sizes.
+
+        - Composite glyph loading has  been simplified.  This gets rid
+          of  various artefacts  where the  components of  a composite
+          glyphs were not correctly spaced.
+
+      These are  the last changes to the  current auto-hinting module.
+      A new  hinting sub-system is currently  in the work  in order to
+      support native hints  in Type 1 / CFF /  OpenType fonts, as well
+      as globally improve rendering.
+
+    - The  PCF  driver has  been  fixed.   It  reported invalid  glyph
+      dimensions for the fonts available on Solaris.
+
+    - The Type  1, CID and CFF  drivers have been modified  to fix the
+      computation of the EM size.
+
+    - The Type 1  driver has been fixed to avoid  a dangerous bug that
+      crashed the library with non-conforming fonts (i.e. ones that do
+      not place the .notdef glyph at position 0).
+
+    - The TrueType  driver had a  rather subtle bug  (dangling pointer
+      when loading  composite glyphs) that could crash  the library in
+      rare occasions!
+
+
+  II. HIGH-LEVEL API CHANGES
+
+    - The error  code enumeration values have been  changed.  An error
+      value  is decomposed  in  a  generic error  code,  and a  module
+      number.  see  for details.
+
+    - A   new  public   header   file  has   been  introduced,   named
+      FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H     (include/freetype/fttrig.h),     providing
+      trigonometric functions to  compute sines, cosines, arctangents,
+      etc. with 16.16 fixed precision.  The implementation is based on
+      the CORDIC  algorithm and is very fast  while being sufficiently
+      accurate.
+
+
+  III. INTERNALS
+
+    - Added  BeOS-specific files  in the  old build  sub-system.  Note
+      that no changes were required to compile the library with Jam.
+
+    - The  configuration  is now  capable  of automatically  detecting
+      64-bit integers  on a set  of predefined compilers  (GCC, Visual
+      C++, Borland C++) and will use them by default.  This provides a
+      small performance boost.
+
+    - A  small memory leak  that happened  when opening  0-sized files
+      (duh!)  have been fixed.
+
+    - Fixed bezier  stack depth  bug in the  routines provided  by the
+      FT_BBOX_H  header   file.   Also  fixed  similar   bugs  in  the
+      rasterizers.
+
+    - The outline bounding  box code has been rewritten  to use direct
+      computations,  instead of  bezier sub-division,  to  compute the
+      exact bounding box of glyphs.   This is slightly slower but more
+      accurate.
+
+    - The build system has been  improved and fixed, mainly to support
+      `make'  on Windows  2000  correctly, avoid  problems with  `make
+      distclean' on non Unix systems, etc.
+
+    - Hexadecimal  constants  have been  suffixed  with  `U' to  avoid
+      problems with certain compilers on 64-bit platforms.
+
+    - A new directory named `src/tools' has been created.  It contains
+      Python scripts and simple unit test programs used to develop the
+      library.
+
+    - The DocMaker tool has been  moved from `docs' to `src/tools' and
+      has been updated with the following:
+
+         - Now accepts the `--title=XXXX' or `-t XXXX' option from the
+           command line to set the project's name in the generated API
+           reference.
+
+         - Now accepts the `--output=DIR'  or `-o DIR' option from the
+           command line to set  the output directory for all generated
+           HTML files.
+
+         - Now accepts the `--prefix=XXXX' or `-p XXX' option from the
+           command  line  to  set  the  file prefix  to  use  for  all
+           generated HTML files.
+
+         - Now generates the current  time/data on each generated page
+           in order to distinguish between versions.
+
+      DocMaker  can be  used with  other  projects now,  not only  FT2
+      (e.g. MLib, FTLayout, etc.).
+
+
+======================================================================
+
+CHANGES BETWEEN 2.0.2 and 2.0.1
+
+  I. CHANGES TO THE MODULES / FONT DRIVERS
+
+    - THE TRUETYPE BYTECODE INTERPRETER IS NOW TURNED OFF, in order to
+      avoid legal problems  with the Apple patents.  It  seems that we
+      mistakenly  turned this option  on in  previous releases  of the
+      build.
+
+      Note that if  you want to use the  bytecode interpreter in order
+      to get high-quality TrueType  rendering, you will need to toggle
+      by        hand        the        definition        of        the
+      TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER   macro    in   the   file
+      `include/freetype/config/ftoption.h'.
+
+    - The CFF driver has been improved by Tom Kacvinsky and Sander van
+      der Wal:
+
+      * Support for `seac' emulation.
+      * Support for `dotsection'.
+      * Support for retrieving glyph names through
+        `FT_Get_Glyph_Name'.
+
+      The first two items are necessary to correctly a large number of
+      Type 1 fonts converted to the CFF formats by Adobe Acrobat.
+
+    - The Type 1 driver was also improved by Tom & others:
+
+      * Better EM size computation.
+      * Better support for synthetic (transformed) fonts.
+      * The  Type 1  driver returns  the charstrings  corresponding to
+        each glyph in the  `glyph->control_data' field after a call to
+        `FT_Load_Glyph' (thanks Ha Shao).
+
+    - Various other bugfixes, including the following:
+
+      * Fixed a nasty memory leak in the Type 1 driver.
+      * The autohinter  and the pcf  driver used static  writable data
+        when they shouldn't.
+      * Many casts were added to  make the code more 64-bits safe.  It
+        also now compiles on Windows XP 64-bits without warnings.
+      * Some incorrect writable statics were removed in the `autohint'
+        and `pcf' drivers.  FreeType 2 now compiles on Epoc again.
+
+
+  II. CHANGES TO THE HIGH-LEVEL API
+
+    - The library header files inclusion scheme has been changed.  The
+      old scheme looked like:
+
+        #include 
+        #include 
+        #include 
+        #include 
+
+      Now you should use:
+
+        #include 
+        #include FT_FREETYPE_H
+        #include FT_GLYPH_H
+        #include FT_CACHE_H
+        #include FT_CACHE_IMAGE_H
+
+      NOTE THAT  THE OLD  INCLUSION SCHEME WILL  STILL WORK  WITH THIS
+      RELEASE.  HOWEVER, WE  DO NOT GUARANTEE THAT THIS  WILL STILL BE
+      TRUE IN THE NEXT ONE (A.K.A. FREETYPE 2.1).
+
+      The  file   is used  to define  the  header filename
+      macros.  The complete and  commented list of macros is available
+      in the API reference under the section name `Header File Macros'
+      in Chapter I.
+
+      For more information, see section I of the following document:
+
+        http://www.freetype.org/
+          freetype2/docs/tutorial/step1.html
+
+      or
+
+        http://freetype.sourceforge.net/
+          freetype2/docs/tutorial/step1.html
+
+    - Many, many comments have been added to the public source file in
+      order to  automatically generate  the API Reference  through the
+      `docmaker.py' Python script.
+
+      The latter has been updated  to support the grouping of sections
+      in chapters and better index sort.  See:
+
+        http://www.freetype.org/freetype2/docs/reference/ft2-toc.html
+
+
+  III. CHANGES TO THE BUILD PROCESS
+
+    - If you  are not  building FreeType 2  with its own  build system
+      (but with your own Makefiles or project files), you will need to
+      be  aware that  the  build  process has  changed  a little  bit.
+
+      You don't  need to put the  `src' directory in  the include path
+      when  compiling  any FT2  component.   Instead,  simply put  the
+      component's directory in the current include path.
+
+      So, if you were doing something like:
+
+        cc -c -Iinclude -Isrc src/base/ftbase.c
+
+      change the line to:
+
+        cc -c -Iinclude -Isrc/base src/base/ftbase.c
+
+      If you were doing something like:
+
+        cd src/base
+        cc -c -I../../include -I.. ftbase.c
+
+      change it to:
+
+        cd src/base
+        cc -c -I../../include ftbase.c
+
+
+======================================================================
+
+CHANGES BETWEEN 2.0.1 and 2.0
+
+  2.0.1 introduces a few changes:
+
+    - Fixed many bugs related to  the support of CFF / OpenType fonts.
+      These  formats are  now much  better supported  though  there is
+      still work planned to  deal with charset tables and PDF-embedded
+      CFF files that use the old `seac' command.
+
+    - The  library could not  be compiled  in debug  mode with  a very
+      small  number   of  C  compilers   whose  pre-processors  didn't
+      implement the `##'  directive correctly (i.e. per se  the ANSI C
+      specification!)  An elegant fix was found.
+
+    - Added  support for  the  free Borland  command-line C++  Builder
+      compiler.   Use `make  setup bcc32'.   Also fixed  a  few source
+      lines that generated new warnings with BCC32.
+
+    - Fixed a bug in FT_Outline_Get_BBox when computing the extrema of
+      a conic Bezier arc.
+
+    - Updated the INSTALL file to add IDE compilation.
+
+    - Other  minor bug  fixes,  from  invalid Type  1  style flags  to
+      correct   support   of  synthetic   (obliqued)   fonts  in   the
+      auto-hinter, better support for embedded bitmaps in a SFNT font.
+
+    - Fixed some problems with `freetype-config'.
+
+  Finally, the `standard' scheme for including FreeType headers is now
+  gradually changing,  but this will  be explained in a  later release
+  (probably 2.0.2).
+
+  And very  special thanks to Tom Kacvinsky  and YAMANO-UCHI Hidetoshi
+  for their contributions!
+
+
+======================================================================
+
+CHANGES BETWEEN beta8 and 2.0
+
+  - Changed  the default  installation  path for  public headers  from
+    `include/freetype' to `include/freetype2'.
+
+    Also added a new `freetype-config' that is automatically generated
+    and installed  on Unix and  Cygwin systems.  The script  itself is
+    used to retrieve the current  install path, C compilation flags as
+    well as linker flags.
+
+  - Fixed several small bugs:
+
+    * Incorrect max advance width for fixed-pitch Type 1 fonts.
+    * Incorrect glyph names for certain TrueType fonts.
+    * The  glyph advance  was not  copied when  FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap was
+      called.
+    * The  linearHoriAdvance  and  linearVertAdvance  fields  were not
+      correctly returned for glyphs processed by the auto-hinter.
+    * `type1z'  renamed back to  `type1'; the  old `type1'  module has
+      been removed.
+
+  - Revamped the  build system  to make it  a lot more  generic.  This
+    will  allow us  to  re-use  nearly un-modified  in  lots of  other
+    projects (including FreeType Layout).
+
+  - Changed `cid' to use `psaux' too.
+
+  - Added the  cache sub-system.  See   as well as
+    the sources  in `src/cache'.  Note  that it compiles but  is still
+    untested for now.
+
+  - Updated `docs/docmaker.py', a draft  API reference is available at
+    http://www.freetype.org/ft2api.html.
+
+  - Changed `type1' to use `psaux'.
+
+  - Created a  new module named  `psaux' to hold  the Type 1 &  Type 2
+    parsing routines.  It should be  used by `type1', `cid', and `cff'
+    in the future.
+
+  - Fixed an important bug in `FT_Glyph_Get_CBox'.
+
+  - Fixed  some compiler  warnings  that happened  since the  TrueType
+    bytecode decoder was deactivated by default.
+
+  - Fixed two memory leaks:
+
+    * The    memory   manager   (16    bytes)   isn't    released   in
+      FT_Done_FreeType!
+    * Using custom input streams, the  copy of the original stream was
+      never released.
+
+  - Fixed the  auto-hinter by performing automatic  computation of the
+    `filling direction' of each glyph.   This is done through a simple
+    and  fast approximation, and  seems to  work (problems  spotted by
+    Werner though).  The Arphic fonts are a lot nicer though there are
+    still a lot of things to do to handle Asian fonts correctly.
+
+
+======================================================================
+
+BETA-8 (RELEASE CANDIDATE) CHANGES
+
+  - Deactivated the TrueType bytecode interpreter by default.
+
+  - Deactivated the `src/type1' font driver.  Now `src/type1z' is used
+    by default.
+
+  - Updates to the build system.  We now compile the library correctly
+    under  Unix  system  through  `configure' which  is  automatically
+    called on the first `make' invocation.
+
+  - Added the auto-hinting module!  Fixing some bugs here and there.
+
+  - Found some bugs in the  composite loader (seac) of the Type1-based
+    font drivers.
+
+  - Renamed the directory `freetype2/config' to `freetype2/builds' and
+    updated all relevant files.
+
+  - Found a memory leak in the `type1' driver.
+
+  - Incorporated Tom's patches to  support flex operators correctly in
+    OpenType/CFF fonts.  Now all I need is to support pure CFF and CEF
+    fonts to be done with this driver :-)
+
+  - Added the  Windows FNT/FON driver in `src/winfonts'.   For now, it
+    always  `simulates'   a  Unicode  charmap,  so   it  shouldn't  be
+    considered completed right now.
+
+    It  is there  to be  more a  proof of  concept than  anything else
+    anyway.  The driver is a single  C source file, that compiles to 3
+    Kb of code.
+
+    I'm  still working on  the PCF/BDF  drivers, but  I'm too  lazy to
+    finish them now.
+
+  - CHANGES TO THE HIGH-LEVEL API
+
+    * FT_Get_Kerning has a new parameter that allows you to select the
+      coordinates of the kerning  vector (font units, scaled, scaled +
+      grid-fitted).
+    * The  outline functions are  now in   and not
+      part of  anymore.
+    *     now     contains    declarations    for
+       FT_New_Library, FT_Done_Library, FT_Add_Default_Modules.
+    * The so-called convenience  functions have moved from `ftoutln.c'
+      to  `ftglyph.c',  and  are  thus available  with  this  optional
+      component    of   the   library.     They   are    declared   in
+       now.
+    * Anti-aliased  rendering is now  the default  for FT_Render_Glyph
+      (i.e. corresponds to render_mode == 0 == ft_render_mode_normal).
+      To generate a monochrome bitmap, use ft_render_mode_mono, or the
+      FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME     flag    in    FT_Load_Glyph/FT_Load_Char.
+      FT_LOAD_ANTI_ALIAS is still defined, but values to 0.
+    *   now include ,
+      solving a few headaches :-)
+    * The type FT_GlyphSlotRec has now a `library' field.
+
+  - CHANGES TO THE `ftglyph.h' API
+
+    This API has  been severely modified in order  to make it simpler,
+    clearer, and more  efficient.  It certainly now looks  like a real
+    `glyph factory'  object, and allows client  applications to manage
+    (i.e.  transform,  bbox  and  render) glyph  images  without  ever
+    knowing their original format.
+
+  - Added  support  for CID-keyed  fonts  to  the  CFF driver.   Maybe
+    support for pure CFF + CEF fonts should come in?
+
+  - Cleaned up  source code in order  to avoid two  functions with the
+    same name.  Also  changed the names of the  files in `type1z' from
+    `t1XXXX' to `z1XXXX' in order to avoid any conflicts.
+
+    `make multi' now works well :-)
+
+    Also removed the use of `cidafm' for now, even if the source files
+    are  still there.  This  functionality will  certainly  go into  a
+    specific module.
+
+  - ADDED SUPPORT FOR THE AUTO-HINTER
+
+    It  works :-) I  have a  demo program  which simply  is a  copy of
+    `ftview'       that      does       a      `FT_Add_Module(library,
+    &autohinter_module_class)' after  library initialization, and Type
+    1 & OpenType/CFF fonts are now hinted.
+
+    CID  fonts are  not hinted,  as they  include no  charmap  and the
+    auto-hinter doesn't include  `generic' global metrics computations
+    yet.
+
+    Now, I need to release this thing to the FreeType 2 source.
+
+  - CHANGES TO THE RENDERER MODULES
+
+    The  monochrome  and smooth  renderers  are  now  in two  distinct
+    directories, namely `src/raster1' and `src/smooth'.  Note that the
+    old `src/renderer' is now gone.
+
+    I ditched  the 5-gray-levels renderers.  Basically,  it involved a
+    simple #define toggle in 'src/raster1/ftraster.c'.
+
+    FT_Render_Glyph,  FT_Outline_Render  &  FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap  now
+    select the best renderer  available, depending on render mode.  If
+    the current renderer for a  given glyph image format isn't capable
+    of supporting  the render mode, another  one will be  found in the
+    library's list.   This means that client applications  do not need
+    to  switch or  set  the  renderers themselves  (as  in the  latest
+    change), they'll get what they want automatically.  At last.
+
+    Changed the demo programs accordingly.
+
+  - MAJOR INTERNAL REDESIGN:
+
+    A lot of internal modifications  have been performed lately on the
+    source in order to provide the following enhancements:
+
+    * More generic module support:
+
+      The FT_Module  type is  now defined to  represent a handle  to a
+      given  module.   The  file    contains  the
+      FT_Module_Class definition, as well as the module-loading public
+      API.
+
+      The  FT_Driver type  is still  defined, and  still  represents a
+      pointer to  a font driver.  Note that  FT_Add_Driver is replaced
+      by FT_Add_Module, FT_Get_Driver by FT_Get_Module, etc.
+
+    * Support for generic glyph image types:
+
+      The FT_Renderer  type is a pointer  to a module  used to perform
+      various operations on glyph image.
+
+      Each renderer is  capable of handling images in  a single format
+      (e.g. ft_glyph_format_outline).  Its functions are used to:
+
+      - transform an glyph image
+      - render a glyph image into a bitmap
+      - return the control box (dimensions) of a given glyph image
+
+      The scan converters `ftraster.c' and `ftgrays.c' have been moved
+      to the new directory `src/renderer', and are used to provide two
+      default renderer modules.
+
+      One corresponds  to the `standard' scan-converter,  the other to
+      the `smooth' one.
+
+      he  current  renderer  can  be  set  through  the  new  function
+      FT_Set_Renderer.
+
+      The old raster-related function FT_Set_Raster, FT_Get_Raster and
+      FT_Set_Raster_Mode have now disappeared, in favor of the new:
+
+        FT_Get_Renderer
+        FT_Set_Renderer
+
+      See the file  for more details.
+
+      These  changes  were  necessary  to properly  support  different
+      scalable formats in the future, like bi-color glyphs, etc.
+
+    * Glyph loader object:
+
+      A  new  internal  object,  called  a  'glyph  loader'  has  been
+      introduced in the base layer.  It is used by all scalable format
+      font drivers to load glyphs and composites.
+
+      This object  has been  created to reduce  the code size  of each
+      driver,  as  each  one  of  them  basically  re-implemented  its
+      functionality.
+
+      See  and the FT_GlyphLoader type for
+      more information.
+
+    * FT_GlyphSlot has new fields:
+
+      In  order   to  support  extended  features   (see  below),  the
+      FT_GlyphSlot structure has a few new fields:
+
+      linearHoriAdvance:
+
+        This  field  gives  the   linearly  scaled  (i.e.  scaled  but
+        unhinted) advance  width for the  glyph, expressed as  a 16.16
+        fixed pixel value.  This is useful to perform WYSIWYG text.
+
+      linearVertAdvance:
+        This field  gives the linearly  scaled advance height  for the
+        glyph  (relevant in  vertical  glyph layouts  only).  This  is
+        useful to perform WYSIWYG text.
+
+        Note that  the two above field replace  the removed `metrics2'
+        field in the glyph slot.
+
+      advance:
+        This field is a vector  that gives the transformed advance for
+        the glyph.   By default, it corresponds to  the advance width,
+        unless  FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT  was  specified  when  calling
+        FT_Load_Glyph or FT_Load_Char.
+
+      bitmap_left:
+        This  field gives  the  distance in  integer  pixels from  the
+        current pen position  to the left-most pixel of  a glyph image
+        IF IT IS  A BITMAP.  It is only valid  when the `format' field
+        is set to `ft_glyph_format_bitmap', for example, after calling
+        the new function FT_Render_Glyph.
+
+      bitmap_top:
+        This  field gives  the  distance in  integer  pixels from  the
+        current pen position (located on the baseline) to the top-most
+        pixel of the  glyph image IF IT IS  A BITMAP.  Positive values
+        correspond to upwards Y.
+
+      loader:
+        This  is a  new  private  field for  the  glyph slot.   Client
+        applications should not touch it.
+
+
+    * Support for transforms and direct rendering in FT_Load_Glyph:
+
+      Most of the functionality found in  has been
+      moved to the core library.  Hence, the following:
+
+      - A   transform   can   be   specified  for   a   face   through
+        FT_Set_Transform.  this transform  is applied by FT_Load_Glyph
+        to  scalable glyph  images (i.e.  NOT TO  BITMAPS)  before the
+        function returns, unless the bit flag FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM
+        was set in the load flags.
+
+      - Once  a  glyph image  has  been  loaded,  it can  be  directly
+        converted  to  a  bitmap  by  using  the  new  FT_Render_Glyph
+        function.  Note that this  function takes the glyph image from
+        the glyph slot,  and converts it to a  bitmap whose properties
+        are returned  in `face.glyph.bitmap', `face.glyph.bitmap_left'
+        and `face.glyph.bitmap_top'.  The  original native image might
+        be lost after the conversion.
+
+      - When using the new  bit flag FT_LOAD_RENDER, the FT_Load_Glyph
+        and   FT_Load_Char   functions   will   call   FT_Render_Glyph
+        automatically when needed.
+
+  - Reformatted all  modules source  code in order  to get rid  of the
+    basic data types redifinitions (i.e. `TT_Int' instead of `FT_Int',
+    `T1_Fixed'  instead  of  `FT_Fixed').  Hence  the  format-specific
+    prefixes like  `TT_', `T1_',  `T2_' and `CID_'  are only  used for
+    relevant structures.
+
+
+======================================================================
+
+OLD CHANGES FOR BETA 7
+
+  - bug-fixed the  OpenType/CFF parser.  It  now loads and displays my
+    two  fonts nicely,  but I'm  pretty certain  that more  testing is
+    needed :-)
+
+  - fixed the crummy Type 1 hinter, it now handles accented characters
+    correctly (well, the accent is  not always well placed, but that's
+    another problem..)
+
+  - added the CID-keyed Type 1 driver in `src/cid'.  Works pretty well
+    for only 13 Kb of code  ;-) Doesn't read AFM files though, nor the
+    really useful CMAP files..
+
+  - fixed  two  bugs  in  the  smooth  renderer  (src/base/ftgrays.c).
+    Thanks to Boris Letocha for spotting them and providing a fix.
+
+  - fixed potential `divide by zero' bugs in ftcalc.c.
+
+  - added source  code for  the OpenType/CFF driver  (still incomplete
+    though..)
+
+  - modified the  SFNT driver slightly  to perform more  robust header
+    checks  in TT_Load_SFNT_Header.  This prevents certain  font files
+    (e.g.  some  Type  1  Multiple  Masters)  from  being  incorrectly
+    `recognized' as TrueType font files..
+
+  - moved a lot of stuff from  the TrueType driver to the SFNT module,
+    this   allows   greater   code   re-use   between   font   drivers
+    (e.g. TrueType, OpenType, Compact-TrueType, etc..)
+
+  - added a tiny segment cache to the SFNT Charmap 4 decoder, in order
+    to minimally speed it up..
+
+  - added  support for  Multiple Master  fonts in  `type1z'.  There is
+    also a new file named  which defines functions to
+    manage them from client applications.
+
+    The new file `src/base/ftmm.c' is also optional to the engine..
+
+  - various  formatting changes (e.g.  EXPORT_DEF ->  FT_EXPORT_DEF) +
+    small bug fixes in FT_Load_Glyph, the `type1' driver, etc..
+
+  - a minor fix to the Type 1 driver to let them apply the font matrix
+    correctly (used for many oblique fonts..)
+
+  - some fixes for 64-bit systems (mainly changing some FT_TRACE calls
+    to use %p instead of %lx).  Thanks to Karl Robillard.
+
+  - fixed  some bugs  in  the sbit  loader (src/base/sfnt/ttsbit.c)  +
+    added  a new flag,  FT_LOAD_CROP_BITMAP to  query that  bitmaps be
+    cropped when  loaded from a file  (maybe I should  move the bitmap
+    cropper to the base layer ??).
+
+  - changed the default  number of gray levels of  the smooth renderer
+    to 256  (instead of  the previous 128).  Of course, the  human eye
+    can't see any difference ;-)
+
+  - removed TT_MAX_SUBGLYPHS,  there is no static limit  on the number
+    of subglyphs in a TrueType font now..
+
+
+======================================================================
+
+OLD CHANGES 16 May 2000
+
+  - tagged `BETA-6'  in the  CVS tree.  This one is a  serious release
+    candidate even though it doesn't incorporate the auto-hinter yet..
+
+  - various obsolete files were removed, and copyright header updated
+
+  - finally  updated  the  standard   raster  to  fix  the  monochrome
+    rendering bug + re-enable  support for 5-gray levels anti-aliasing
+    (suck, suck..)
+
+  - created new header files, and modified sources accordingly:
+
+     
+       - simple FreeType types, without the API
+     
+       - definition of memory-management macros
+
+  - added   the   `DSIG'   (OpenType   Digital   Signature)   tag   to
+    
+
+  - light update/cleaning of the build system + changes to the sources
+    in  order  to  get  rid  of _all_  compiler  warnings  with  three
+    compilers, i.e:
+
+    gcc with `-ansi -pedantic -Wall -W', Visual C++ with `/W3 /WX' and
+    LCC
+
+    IMPORTANT NOTE FOR WIN32-LCC USERS:
+    |
+    |  It seems the C pre-processor  that comes with LCC is broken, it
+    |  doesn't  recognize  the  ANSI  standard  directives  #  and  ##
+    |  correctly   when  one  of   the  argument  is  a  macro.  Also,
+    |  something like:
+    |
+    |     #define F(x)  print##x
+    |
+    |     F(("hello"))
+    |
+    |  will get incorrectly translated to:
+    |
+    |     print "hello")
+    |
+    |  by its pre-processor.  For this reason, you simply cannot build
+    |  FreeType 2 in debug mode with this compiler..
+
+  - yet  another massive grunt work.  I've  changed the  definition of
+    the EXPORT_DEF,  EXPORT_FUNC, BASE_DEF &  BASE_FUNC macros.  These
+    now take an argument, which is the function's return value type.
+
+    This  is necessary to  compile FreeType  as a  DLL on  Windows and
+    OS/2.  Depending on the compiler used, a compiler-specific keyword
+    like  __export or __system  must be  placed before  (VisualC++) or
+    after (BorlandC++) the type..
+
+    Of course, this needed a lot of changes throughout the source code
+    to make it compile again...  All cleaned up now, apparently..
+
+    Note also  that there is a  new EXPORT_VAR macro  defined to allow
+    the   _declaration_    of   an   exportable    public   (constant)
+    variable.  This  is  the   case  of  the  raster  interfaces  (see
+    ftraster.h and ftgrays.h), as well as each module's interface (see
+    sfdriver.h, psdriver.h, etc..)
+
+  - new feature: it  is now possible to pass  extra parameters to font
+                 drivers  when creating  a new  face object.  For now,
+                 this capability is unused.  It could however prove to
+                 be useful in a near future..
+
+      the FT_Open_Args structure was  changes, as well as the internal
+      driver interface  (the specific `init_face'  module function has
+      now a different signature).
+
+  - updated the tutorial (not finished though).
+
+  - updated the top-level BUILD  document
+
+  - fixed  a  potential memory  leak  that  could  occur when  loading
+    embedded bitmaps.
+
+  - added     the     declaration     of     FT_New_Memory_Face     in
+    , as  it was  missing from the  public header
+    (the implementation was already in `ftobjs.c').
+
+  - the file  has been seriously updated in order
+    to allow  the automatic generation  of error message tables.   See
+    the comments within it for more information.
+
+  - major directory  hierarchy re-organisation.  This was done for two
+    things:
+
+      * first,  to ease  the `manual'  compilation of  the  library by
+        requiring at lot less include paths :-)
+
+      * second,  to  allow  external  programs to  effectively  access
+        internal  data  fields.  For example,  this  can be  extremely
+        useful if  someone wants  to write a  font producer or  a font
+        manager on top of FreeType.
+
+    Basically, you  should now use  the 'freetype/' prefix  for header
+    inclusion, as in:
+
+        #include 
+        #include 
+
+    Some new include sub-directories are available:
+
+     a. the  `freetype/config' directory,  contains two files  used to
+        configure  the  build  of  the  library.  Client  applications
+        should  not need  to look  at these  normally, but they can if
+        they want.
+
+        #include 
+        #include 
+
+     b. the `freetype/internal'  directory, contains header files that
+        describes library  internals.  These are the header files that
+        were  previously  found  in  the `src/base'  and  `src/shared'
+        directories.
+
+
+    As  usual, the build  system and  the demos  have been  updated to
+    reflect the change..
+
+    Here's a layout of the new directory hierarchy:
+
+    TOP_DIR
+      include/
+         freetype/
+            freetype.h
+            ...
+            config/
+              ftoption.h
+              ftconfig.h
+              ftmodule.h
+
+            internal/
+              ftobjs.h
+              ftstream.h
+              ftcalc.h
+              ...
+
+      src/
+         base/
+            ...
+
+         sfnt/
+         psnames/
+         truetype/
+         type1/
+         type1z/
+
+
+    Compiling a module is now  much easier, for example, the following
+    should work when in the TOP_DIR directory on an ANSI build:
+
+       gcc -c -I./include -I./src/base src/base/ftbase.c
+       gcc -c -I./include -I./src/sfnt src/sfnt/sfnt.c
+       etc..
+
+    (of course, using -Iconfig/ if you provide system-specific
+     configuration files).
+
+  - updated the structure of FT_Outline_Funcs in order to allow direct
+    coordinate scaling within  the outline decomposition routine (this
+    is  important for virtual  `on' points  with TrueType  outlines) +
+    updates to the rasters to support this..
+
+  - updated  the OS/2  table  loading code  in `src/sfnt/ttload.c'  in
+    order to support version 2 of the table (see OpenType 1.2 spec)
+
+  - created  `include/tttables.h'  and  `include/t1tables.h' to  allow
+    client applications to access some of  the SFNT and T1 tables of a
+    face  with  a  procedural  interface (see  `FT_Get_Sfnt_Table')  +
+    updates to internal source files to reflect the change..
+
+  - some  cleanups in  the source  code to  get rid  of  warnings when
+    compiling with the `-Wall -W -ansi -pedantic' options in gcc.
+
+  - debugged and moved the smooth renderer to `src/base/ftgrays.c' and
+    its header to `include/ftgrays.h'
+
+  - updated TT_MAX_SUBGLYPHS  to 96 as some CJK  fonts have composites
+    with up to 80 sub-glyphs !! Thanks to Werner
+
+
+======================================================================
+
+OLD CHANGES - 14-apr-2000
+
+  - fixed  a bug  in  the  TrueType glyph  loader  that prevented  the
+    correct loading of some CJK glyphs in mingli.ttf
+
+  - improved the standard Type 1 hinter in `src/type1'
+
+  - fixed two bugs  in the experimental Type 1  driver in `src/type1z'
+    to handle the new XFree86 4.0 fonts (and a few other ones..)
+
+  - the smooth  renderer is now  complete and supports  sub-banding to
+    render large glyphs  at high speed.  However, it is still  located
+    in `demos/src/ftgrays.c' and should move to the  library itself in
+    the next  beta.  NOTE: The  smooth  renderer  doesn't  compile  in
+    stand-alone mode anymore, but this should be fixed RSN..
+
+  - introduced convenience  functions to  more easily deal  with glyph
+    images, see  `include/ftglyph.h' for more details, as  well as the
+    new  demo program  named `demos/src/ftstring.c'  that demonstrates
+    its use
+
+  - implemented  FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE in  both the  TrueType and  Type 1
+    drivers  (this  is required  by  the  auto-hinter  to improve  its
+    results).
+
+  - changed   the  raster   interface,  in   order  to   allow  client
+    applications  to   provide  their   own  span-drawing   callbacks.
+    However,   only   the   smooth   renderer   supports   this.   See
+    `FT_Raster_Params' in the file `include/ftimage.h'.
+
+  - fixed  a small bug  in FT_MulFix  that caused  incorrect transform
+    computation!
+
+  - Note: The tutorial is out-of-date.
+
+
+======================================================================
+
+OLD CHANGES - 12-mar-2000
+
+  - changed  the  layout  of  configuration  files  :  now,  all  ANSI
+    configuration         files         are         located         in
+    `freetype2/config'.  System-specific over-rides  can be  placed in
+    `freetype2/config/'.
+
+  - moved all configuration macros to `config/ftoption.h'
+
+  - improvements in the Type 1 driver with AFM support
+
+  - changed the fields  in the FT_Outline structure :  the old `flags'
+    array is re-named `tags', while all ancient flags are encoded into
+    a single unsigned int named `flags'.
+
+  - introduced     new      flags     in     FT_Outline.flags     (see
+    ft_outline_.... enums in `ftimage.h').
+
+  - changed outline functions to `FT_Outline_' syntax
+
+  - added a smooth anti-alias renderer to the demonstration programs
+
+  - added Mac graphics driver (thanks Just)
+
+  - FT_Open_Face  changed  in  order   to  received  a  pointer  to  a
+    FT_Open_Args descriptor..
+
+  - various  cleanups,  a  few  more API  functions  implemented  (see
+    FT_Attach_File)
+
+  - updated some docs
+
+
+======================================================================
+
+OLD CHANGES - 22-feb-2000
+
+  - introduced the `psnames' module.  It is used to:
+
+      o convert  a Postscript glyph  name into the  equivalent Unicode
+        character code (used by the  Type 1 driver(s) to synthesize on
+        the fly a Unicode charmap).
+
+      o provide an  interface to retrieve the Postscript  names of the
+        Macintosh,  Adobe  Standard &  Adobe  Expert character  codes.
+        (the Macintosh  names are  used by the  SFNT-module postscript
+        names support routines, while the other two tables are used by
+        the Type 1 driver(s)).
+
+  - introduced the `type1z' alternate Type 1 driver.  This is a (still
+    experimental) driver  for the Type  1 format that  will ultimately
+    replace the one  in `src/type1'.  It uses pattern matching to load
+    data from the font, instead of a finite  state analyzer.  It works
+    much better than the `old' driver with `broken' fonts.  It is also
+    much smaller (under 15 Kb).
+
+  - the  Type 1  drivers (both  in `src/type1'  and  `src/type1z') are
+    nearly  complete.  They  both  provide automatic  Unicode  charmap
+    synthesis through  the `psnames' module.  No re-encoding vector is
+    needed.  (note  that they  still  leak  memory  due to  some  code
+    missing, and I'm getting lazy).
+
+    Trivial AFM support has been added to read kerning information but
+    wasn't exactly tested as it should ;-)
+
+  - The TrueType  glyph loader has  been seriously rewritten  (see the
+    file  `src/truetype/ttgload.c'.  It is now  much, much  simpler as
+    well as  easier to read,  maintain and understand  :-) Preliminary
+    versions introduced a  memory leak that has been  reported by Jack
+    Davis, and is now fixed..
+
+  - introduced  the new  `ft_glyph_format_plotter', used  to represent
+    stroked outlines  like Windows `Vector' fonts, and  certain Type 1
+    fonts  like `Hershey'.  The corresponding  raster will  be written
+    soon.
+
+  - FT_New_Memory_Face  is  gone.  Likewise,  FT_Open_Face has  a  new
+    interface that uses a structure  to describe the input stream, the
+    driver (if required), etc..
+
+
+TODO
+
+  - Write FT_Get_Glyph_Bitmap and FT_Load_Glyph_Bitmap
+
+  - Add a function like FT_Load_Character(face, char_code, load_flags)
+    that  would   really  embed  a  call   to  FT_Get_Char_Index  then
+    FT_Load_Glyph to ease developer's work.
+
+  - Update the tutorial!
+
+  - consider adding  support for Multiple  Master fonts in the  Type 1
+    drivers.
+
+  - Test the AFM routines of the  Type 1 drivers to check that kerning
+    information is returned correctly.
+
+  - write a decent auto-gridding component  !! We need this to release
+    FreeType 2.0 gold !
+
+
+less urgent needs:
+
+  - add a CFF/Type2 driver
+  - add a BDF driver
+  - add a FNT/PCF/HBF driver
+  - add a Speedo driver from the X11 sources
+
+
+======================================================================
+
+OLDER CHANGES - 27-jan-2000
+
+  - updated the  `sfnt' module  interface to allow  several SFNT-based
+    drivers to co-exist peacefully
+
+  - updated  the `T1_Face'  type  to better  separate Postscript  font
+    content  from the  rest of  the FT_Face  structure.  Might be used
+    later by the CFF/Type2 driver..
+
+  - added an experimental replacement Type 1 driver featuring advanced
+    (and speedy) pattern matching to retrieve the data from postscript
+    fonts.
+
+  - very minor  changes in the implementation  of FT_Set_Char_Size and
+    FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes (they now implement default to lighten the font
+    driver's code).
+
+
+======================================================================
+
+OLD MESSAGE
+
+This file summarizes the changes  that occurred  since the last `beta'
+of FreeType 2. Because the list is important, it has been divided into
+separate sections:
+
+Table Of Contents:
+
+    I   High-Level Interface (easier !)
+   II   Directory Structure
+  III   Glyph Image Formats
+   IV   Build System
+    V   Portability
+   VI   Font Drivers
+
+
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+High-Level Interface:
+
+  The high-level API has been considerably simplified.  Here is how:
+
+    - resource objects have disappeared.  this means that face objects
+      can now be created with  a single function call (see FT_New_Face
+      and FT_Open_Face)
+
+    - when calling  either FT_New_Face  & FT_Open_Face, a  size object
+      and a glyph slot object  are automatically created for the face,
+      and can  be accessed  through `face->glyph' and  `face->size' if
+      one really  needs to.   In most cases,  there's no need  to call
+      FT_New_Size or FT_New_Glyph.
+
+    - similarly,  FT_Load_Glyph  now  only  takes  a  `face'  argument
+      (instead  of a  glyph  slot  and a  size).  Also,  its  `result'
+      parameter is  gone, as the glyph  image type is  returned in the
+      field `face->glyph.format'
+
+    - the list  of available  charmaps is directly  accessible through
+      `face->charmaps', counting `face->num_charmaps'  elements.  Each
+      charmap  has an  'encoding'  field which  specifies which  known
+      encoding it deals with.  Valid values are, for example:
+
+          ft_encoding_unicode      (for ASCII, Latin-1 and Unicode)
+          ft_encoding_apple_roman
+          ft_encoding_sjis
+          ft_encoding_adobe_standard
+          ft_encoding_adobe_expert
+
+      other  values may  be added  in the  future.  Each charmap still
+      holds  its `platform_id'  and `encoding_id'  values in  case the
+      encoding is too exotic for the current library
+
+
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Directory Structure:
+
+  Should seem obvious to most of you:
+
+     freetype/
+         config/        -- configuration sub-makefiles
+            ansi/
+            unix/       -- platform-specific configuration files
+            win32/
+            os2/
+            msdos/
+
+         include/       -- public header  files, those to  be included
+                           directly by client apps
+
+         src/           -- sources of the library
+           base/        -- the base layer
+           sfnt/        -- the sfnt `driver'  (see the drivers section
+                           below)
+           truetype/    -- the truetype driver
+           type1/       -- the type1 driver
+           shared/      -- some header files shared between drivers
+
+         demos/         -- demos/tools
+
+         docs/          -- documentation (a bit empty for now)
+
+
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Glyph Image Formats:
+
+  Drivers are now able to  register new glyph image formats within the
+  library.  For  now, the  base layer supports  of course  bitmaps and
+  vector  outlines, but  one  could imagine  something different  like
+  colored bitmaps, bi-color vectors or whatever else (Metafonts anyone
+  ??).
+
+  See  the   file  `include/ftimage.h'.   Note  also  that   the  type
+  FT_Raster_Map  is gone,  and  is now  replaced  by FT_Bitmap,  which
+  should encompass all known bitmap types.
+
+  Each new  image format  must provide at  least one `raster',  i.e. a
+  module capable of  transforming the glyph image into a bitmap.  It's
+  also possible  to change the default  raster used for  a given glyph
+  image format.
+
+  The default outline  scan-converter now uses 128 levels  of grays by
+  default,  which tends  to smooth  many  things.  Note that the  demo
+  programs have been updated significantly in order to display these..
+
+
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Build system:
+
+  You still need  GNU Make to build the library.  The build system has
+  been very seriously re-vamped in order to provide things like :
+
+   - automatic host platform  detection (reverting to 'config/ansi' if
+     it is not detected, with pseudo-standard compilation flags)
+
+   - the ability to compile from the Makefiles with very different and
+     exotic compilers.  Note that linking the library can be difficult
+     for some platforms.
+
+     For example, the file `config/win32/lcclib.bat' is invoked by the
+     build system to create the `.lib' file with LCC-Win32 because its
+     librarian  has too  many flaws  to be  invoked directly  from the
+     Makefile.
+
+  Here's how it works:
+
+  - the first time you type `make',  the build system runs a series of
+    sub-makefiles  in order  to detect  your host  platform.  It  then
+    dumps what it found, and creates a file called `config.mk' in  the
+    current  directory.  This is a  sub-Makefile used  to  define many
+    important Make variables used to build the library.
+
+  - the second time, the build system detects the `config.mk' then use
+    it  to  build the  library.  All object  files  go  into 'obj'  by
+    default,  as well  as the  library file,  but this  can  easily be
+    changed.
+
+  Note that  you can run `make  setup' to force  another host platform
+  detection  even   if  a  `config.mk'  is  present   in  the  current
+  directory.  Another solution  is  simply to  delete  the file,  then
+  re-run make.
+
+  Finally, the  default compiler  for all platforms  is gcc  (for now,
+  this will hopefully changed in the future).  You can however specify
+  a different  compiler by specifying  it after the 'setup'  target as
+  in:
+
+      gnumake setup lcc         on Win32 to use the LCC compiler
+      gnumake setup visualc     on Win32 to use Visual C++
+
+  See  the file  `config//detect.mk' for  a list  of supported
+  compilers for your platforms.
+
+  It should be relatively easy  to write new detection rules files and
+  config.mk..
+
+  Finally, to  build the demo programs,  go to `demos'  and launch GNU
+  Make, it will use the `config.mk'  in the top directory to build the
+  test programs..
+
+
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Portability:
+
+  In  the  previous  beta,  a  single FT_System  object  was  used  to
+  encompass  all  low-level  operations like  thread  synchronisation,
+  memory management and i/o access.  This has been greatly simplified:
+
+    - thread synchronisation  has been dropped, for  the simple reason
+      that the library  is already re-entrant, and that  if you really
+      need  two  threads accessing  the  same  FT_Library, you  should
+      really synchronize access to it yourself with a simple mutex.
+
+    - memory  management is  performed  through a  very simple  object
+      called `FT_Memory',  which really is a table  containing a table
+      of pointers to  functions like malloc, realloc and  free as well
+      as some user data (closure).
+
+    - resources have disappeared (they created more problems than they
+      solved), and  i/o management have  been simplified greatly  as a
+      result.  Streams are  defined through  FT_Stream objects,  which
+      can be either memory-based or disk-based.
+
+      Note that  each face  has its own  stream, which is  closed only
+      when  the  face object  is  destroyed.  Hence,  a function  like
+      TT_Flush_Face in 1.x cannot be directly  supported.  However, if
+      you really need something like  this, you can easily tailor your
+      own streams  to achieve the same  feature at a  lower level (and
+      use FT_Open_Face instead of FT_New_Face to create the face).
+
+  See the file  `include/ftsystem.h' for more details, as  well as the
+  implementations found in `config/unix' and `config/ansi'.
+
+
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Font Drivers:
+
+  The  Font Driver  interface has  been modified  in order  to support
+  extensions & versioning.
+
+
+  The  list of  the font  drivers that  are statically  linked  to the
+  library at compile time is  managed through a new configuration file
+  called `config//ftmodule.h'.
+
+  This  file is  autogenerated  when  invoking  `make modules'.   This
+  target  will  parse  all  sub-directories  of  'src', looking  for a
+  `module.mk' rules  file, used  to describe  the driver to  the build
+  system.
+
+  Hence, one  should call  `make modules' each  time a font  driver is
+  added or removed from the `src' directory.
+
+  Finally, this  version  provides  a `pseudo-driver'  in  `src/sfnt'.
+  This  driver  doesn't  support  font  files  directly, but  provides
+  services used by all TrueType-like font drivers.  Hence, its code is
+  shared between  the TrueType & OpenType  font formats,  and possibly
+  more formats to come if we're lucky..
+
+
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Extensions support:
+
+  The extensions support is inspired by the one found in 1.x.
+
+  Now, each font driver has  its own `extension registry', which lists
+  which extensions  are available  for the font  faces managed  by the
+  driver.
+
+  Extension ids are  now strings, rather than 4-byte  tags, as this is
+  usually more readable.
+
+  Each extension has:
+    - some data, associated to each face object
+    - an interface (table of function pointers)
+
+  An extension  that is format-specific should  simply register itself
+  to the correct font driver.  Here is some example code:
+
+   // Registering an extensions
+   //
+   FT_Error  FT_Init_XXXX_Extension( FT_Library  library )
+   {
+     FT_DriverInterface*  tt_driver;
+
+     driver = FT_Get_Driver( library, "truetype" );
+     if (!driver) return FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
+
+     return FT_Register_Extension( driver, &extension_class );
+   }
+
+
+   // Implementing the extensions
+   //
+   FT_Error  FT_Proceed_Extension_XXX( FT_Face  face )
+   {
+     FT_XXX_Extension            ext;
+     FT_XXX_Extension_Interface  ext_interface;
+
+     ext = FT_Get_Extension( face, "extensionid", &ext_interface );
+     if (!ext) return error;
+
+     return ext_interface->do_it(ext);
+   }
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Copyright 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 by
+David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+
+This  file  is  part  of the  FreeType  project, and may  only be  used,
+modified,  and  distributed  under  the  terms of  the FreeType  project
+license, LICENSE.TXT.   By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this
+file you  indicate that  you have  read the  license and understand  and
+accept it fully.
+
+
+Local Variables:
+version-control: never
+coding: utf-8
+End:
+
+--- end of CHANGES ---
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/CUSTOMIZE b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/CUSTOMIZE
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7d7d474
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/CUSTOMIZE
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+How to customize the compilation of the library
+===============================================
+
+  FreeType  is highly  customizable  to fit  various  needs, and  this
+  document  describes  how  it  is  possible  to  select  options  and
+  components at compilation time.
+
+
+I. Configuration macros
+
+  The  file found  in `include/freetype/config/ftoption.h'  contains a
+  list  of  commented configuration  macros  that  can  be toggled  by
+  developers  to  indicate  which  features  should  be  active  while
+  building the library.
+
+  These  options range  from debug  level to  availability  of certain
+  features,   like  native   TrueType  hinting   through   a  bytecode
+  interpreter.
+
+  We  invite you  to read  this file  for more  information.   You can
+  change the  file's content to suit  your needs, or  override it with
+  one of the techniques described below.
+
+
+II. Modules list
+
+  If you  use GNU make  please edit the top-level  file `modules.cfg'.
+  It contains a  list of available FreeType modules  and extensions to
+  be compiled.  Change it to suit your own preferences.  Be aware that
+  certain modules  depend on  others, as described  in the  file.  GNU
+  make  uses `modules.cfg'  to  generate `ftmodule.h'  (in the  object
+  directory).
+
+  If  you don't  use  GNU make  you  have to  manually  edit the  file
+  `include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h'  (which is  *not* used  with if
+  compiled with GNU make) to  add or remove the drivers and components
+  you want  to compile into  the library.  See `INSTALL.ANY'  for more
+  information.
+
+
+III. System interface
+
+  FreeType's  default interface to  the system  (i.e., the  parts that
+  deal  with  memory  management   and  i/o  streams)  is  located  in
+  `src/base/ftsystem.c'.
+
+  The current  implementation uses standard C library  calls to manage
+  memory  and to read  font files.   It is  however possible  to write
+  custom implementations to suit specific systems.
+
+  To  tell the  GNU Make-based  build system  to use  a  custom system
+  interface, you have to  define the environment variable FTSYS_SRC to
+  point to the relevant implementation:
+
+    on Unix:
+
+      ./configure 
+      export FTSYS_SRC=foo/my_ftsystem.c
+      make
+      make install
+
+    on Windows:
+
+      make setup 
+      set FTSYS_SRC=foo/my_ftsystem.c
+      make
+
+
+IV. Overriding default configuration and module headers
+
+  It  is possible  to override  the default  configuration  and module
+  headers without  changing the original files.  There  are three ways
+  to do that:
+
+
+  1. With GNU make
+
+    [This is actually a combination of method 2 and 3.]
+
+    Just put your custom  `ftoption.h' file into the objects directory
+    (normally  `/objs'),  which  GNU  make  prefers  over  the
+    standard location.   No action is needed  for `ftmodule.h' because
+    it is generated automatically in the objects directory.
+
+
+  2. Using the C include path
+
+    Use the  C include path  to ensure that  your own versions  of the
+    files are used at compile time when the lines
+
+      #include FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
+      #include FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H
+
+    are      compiled.       Their      default      values      being
+     and , you
+    can do something like:
+
+      custom/
+        freetype/
+          config/
+            ftoption.h    => custom options header
+            ftmodule.h    => custom modules list
+
+      include/            => normal FreeType 2 include
+        freetype/
+          ...
+
+    then change the C include path to always give the path to `custom'
+    before the FreeType 2 `include'.
+
+
+  3. Redefining FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H and FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H
+
+    Another way to do the same thing is to redefine the macros used to
+    name  the configuration  headers.  To  do  so, you  need a  custom
+    `ft2build.h' whose content can be as simple as:
+
+      #ifndef __FT2_BUILD_MY_PLATFORM_H__
+      #define __FT2_BUILD_MY_PLATFORM_H__
+
+      #define FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H  
+      #define FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H  
+
+      #include 
+
+      #endif /* __FT2_BUILD_MY_PLATFORM_H__ */
+
+    Place those files in a separate directory, e.g.,
+
+      custom/
+        ft2build.h           => custom version described above
+        my-ftoption.h        => custom options header
+        my-ftmodule.h        => custom modules list header
+
+    and change  the C include path  to ensure that  `custom' is always
+    placed before the FT2 `include' during compilation.
+
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Copyright 2003, 2005, 2006 by
+David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+
+This  file is  part of  the FreeType  project, and  may only  be used,
+modified,  and distributed  under the  terms of  the  FreeType project
+license,  LICENSE.TXT.  By  continuing to  use, modify,  or distribute
+this file you  indicate that you have read  the license and understand
+and accept it fully.
+
+
+--- end of CUSTOMIZE ---
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/DEBUG b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/DEBUG
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1fccc21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/DEBUG
@@ -0,0 +1,199 @@
+Debugging within the FreeType sources
+=====================================
+
+I. Configuration macros
+-----------------------
+
+There  are several ways  to enable  debugging features  in a  FreeType 2
+builds.   This is controlled  through the  definition of  special macros
+located in the file `ftoptions.h'.  The macros are:
+
+
+  FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR
+
+    #define this macro  if you want to compile  the FT_ERROR macro calls
+    to  print error messages  during program  execution.  This  will not
+    stop  the  program.   Very  useful  to  spot  invalid  fonts  during
+    development and to code workarounds for them.
+
+  FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE
+
+    #define this macro  if you want to compile  both macros FT_ERROR and
+    FT_TRACE.   This also  includes the  variants  FT_TRACE0, FT_TRACE1,
+    FT_TRACE2, ..., FT_TRACE7.
+
+    The  trace  macros are  used  to  send  debugging messages  when  an
+    appropriate  `debug  level' is  configured  at  runtime through  the
+    FT2_DEBUG environment variable (more on this later).
+
+  FT_DEBUG_MEMORY
+
+    If  this macro is  #defined, the  FreeType engine  is linked  with a
+    small  but  effective  debugging  memory  manager  that  tracks  all
+    allocations and frees that are performed within the font engine.
+
+    When  the  FT2_DEBUG_MEMORY   environment  variable  is  defined  at
+    runtime,  a call  to FT_Done_FreeType  will dump  memory statistics,
+    including the list of leaked memory blocks with the source locations
+    where these were allocated.  It is always a very good idea to define
+    this in development builds.  This works with _any_ program linked to
+    FreeType, but  requires a big  deal of memory (the  debugging memory
+    manager never frees the blocks to the heap in order to detect double
+    frees).
+
+    When FT2_DEBUG_MEMORY isn't defined at runtime, the debugging memory
+    manager is ignored, and performance is unaffected.
+
+
+II. Debugging macros
+--------------------
+
+Several macros can be used within the FreeType sources to help debugging
+its code:
+
+
+  1. FT_ERROR(( ... ))
+
+    This macro is  used to send debug messages  that indicate relatively
+    serious  errors (like  broken font  files),  but will  not stop  the
+    execution of  the running program.   Its code is compiled  only when
+    either FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR  or FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE are  defined in
+    `ftoption.h'.
+
+    Note that you  have to use a printf-like  signature, but with double
+    parentheses, like in
+
+      FT_ERROR(( "your %s is not %s\n", "foo", "bar" ));
+
+
+  2. FT_ASSERT( condition )
+
+    This macro  is used to check  strong assertions at  runtime.  If its
+    condition isn't TRUE,  the program will abort with  a panic message.
+    Its   code   is  compiled   when   either  FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR   or
+    FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE are defined.  You don't need double parentheses
+    here.  For example
+
+      FT_ASSERT( ptr != NULL );
+
+
+  3. FT_TRACE( level, (message...) )
+
+    The  FT_TRACE  macro  is  used  to  send  general-purpose  debugging
+    messages during  program execution.   This macro uses  an *implicit*
+    macro named FT_COMPONENT used to name the current FreeType component
+    being run.
+
+    The developer should always  define FT_COMPONENT as appropriate, for
+    example as in
+
+      #undef  FT_COMPONENT
+      #define FT_COMPONENT  trace_io
+
+    The  value  of  the  FT_COMPONENT  macro  is  an  enumeration  named
+    trace_XXXX where XXXX  is one of the component  names defined in the
+    internal file `freetype/internal/fttrace.h'.
+
+    Each  such component  is assigned  a `debug  level', ranging  from 0
+    to  7,  through  the  use  of  the  FT2_DEBUG  environment  variable
+    (described below) when a program linked with FreeType starts.
+
+    When FT_TRACE  is called, its  level is compared  to the one  of the
+    corresponding component.   Messages with trace  levels *higher* than
+    the corresponding component level are filtered and never printed.
+
+    This  means that  trace messages  with level  0 are  always printed,
+    those with level 2 are only  printed when the component level is *at
+    least* 2.
+
+    The  second  parameter  to  FT_TRACE must  contain  parentheses  and
+    correspond to a printf-like call, as in
+
+      FT_TRACE( 2, ( "your %s is not %s\n", "foo", "bar" ) )
+
+    The shortcut macros  FT_TRACE0, FT_TRACE1, FT_TRACE2, ..., FT_TRACE7
+    can be  used with  constant level indices,  and are much  cleaner to
+    use, as in
+
+     FT_TRACE2(( "your %s is not %s\n", "foo", "bar" ));
+
+
+III. Environment variables
+--------------------------
+
+The  following  environment   variables  control  debugging  output  and
+behaviour of FreeType at runtime.
+
+
+  FT2_DEBUG
+
+    This   variable  is   only  used   when  FreeType   is   built  with
+    FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE defined.  It contains a list of component level
+    definitions, following this format:
+
+       component1:level1 component2:level2 component3:level3 ...
+
+    where `componentX' is the name of a tracing component, as defined in
+    `fttrace.h',  but  without the  `trace_'  prefix.   `levelX' is  the
+    corresponding level to use at runtime.
+
+    `any'  is a  special  component  name that  will  be interpreted  as
+    `any/all components'.  For example, the following definitions
+
+       set FT2_DEBUG=any:2 memory:5 io:4        (on Windows)
+       export FT2_DEBUG="any:2 memory:5 io:4"   (on Linux with bash)
+
+    both stipulate that  all components should have level  2, except for
+    the memory and io components which will be set to trace levels 5 and
+    4, respectively.
+
+
+  FT2_DEBUG_MEMORY
+
+    This  environment variable, when  defined, tells  FreeType to  use a
+    debugging memory  manager that will  track leaking memory  blocks as
+    well as other  common errors like double frees.   It is also capable
+    of  reporting  _where_  the  leaking blocks  were  allocated,  which
+    considerably saves time when debugging new additions to the library.
+
+    This  code  is  only  compiled  when  FreeType  is  built  with  the
+    FT_DEBUG_MEMORY macro  #defined in  `ftoption.h' though, it  will be
+    ignored in other builds.
+
+
+  FT2_ALLOC_TOTAL_MAX
+
+    This  variable is ignored  if FT2_DEBUG_MEMORY  is not  defined.  It
+    allows you to specify a maximum heap size for all memory allocations
+    performed by FreeType.   This is very useful to  test the robustness
+    of  the  font  engine and  programs  that  use  it in  tight  memory
+    conditions.
+
+    If it is  undefined, or if its value is  not strictly positive, then
+    no allocation bounds are checked at runtime.
+
+
+  FT2_ALLOC_COUNT_MAX
+
+    This  variable is ignored  if FT2_DEBUG_MEMORY  is not  defined.  It
+    allows  you  to  specify  a  maximum number  of  memory  allocations
+    performed    by     FreeType    before    returning     the    error
+    FT_Err_Out_Of_Memory.  This is useful  for debugging and testing the
+    engine's robustness.
+
+    If it is  undefined, or if its value is  not strictly positive, then
+    no allocation bounds are checked at runtime.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 by
+David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+
+This  file is  part  of the  FreeType  project, and  may  only be  used,
+modified,  and  distributed under  the  terms  of  the FreeType  project
+license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing  to use, modify, or distribute this
+file  you indicate that  you have  read the  license and  understand and
+accept it fully.
+
+
+--- end of DEBUG ---
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/FTL.TXT b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/FTL.TXT
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bbaba33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/FTL.TXT
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+                    The FreeType Project LICENSE
+                    ----------------------------
+
+                            2006-Jan-27
+
+                    Copyright 1996-2002, 2006 by
+          David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg
+
+
+
+Introduction
+============
+
+  The FreeType  Project is distributed in  several archive packages;
+  some of them may contain, in addition to the FreeType font engine,
+  various tools and  contributions which rely on, or  relate to, the
+  FreeType Project.
+
+  This  license applies  to all  files found  in such  packages, and
+  which do not  fall under their own explicit  license.  The license
+  affects  thus  the  FreeType   font  engine,  the  test  programs,
+  documentation and makefiles, at the very least.
+
+  This  license   was  inspired  by  the  BSD,   Artistic,  and  IJG
+  (Independent JPEG  Group) licenses, which  all encourage inclusion
+  and  use of  free  software in  commercial  and freeware  products
+  alike.  As a consequence, its main points are that:
+
+    o We don't promise that this software works. However, we will be
+      interested in any kind of bug reports. (`as is' distribution)
+
+    o You can  use this software for whatever you  want, in parts or
+      full form, without having to pay us. (`royalty-free' usage)
+
+    o You may not pretend that  you wrote this software.  If you use
+      it, or  only parts of it,  in a program,  you must acknowledge
+      somewhere  in  your  documentation  that  you  have  used  the
+      FreeType code. (`credits')
+
+  We  specifically  permit  and  encourage  the  inclusion  of  this
+  software, with  or without modifications,  in commercial products.
+  We  disclaim  all warranties  covering  The  FreeType Project  and
+  assume no liability related to The FreeType Project.
+
+
+  Finally,  many  people  asked  us  for  a  preferred  form  for  a
+  credit/disclaimer to use in compliance with this license.  We thus
+  encourage you to use the following text:
+
+   """
+    Portions of this software are copyright ©  The FreeType
+    Project (www.freetype.org).  All rights reserved.
+   """
+
+  Please replace  with the value from the FreeType version you
+  actually use.
+
+
+Legal Terms
+===========
+
+0. Definitions
+--------------
+
+  Throughout this license,  the terms `package', `FreeType Project',
+  and  `FreeType  archive' refer  to  the  set  of files  originally
+  distributed  by the  authors  (David Turner,  Robert Wilhelm,  and
+  Werner Lemberg) as the `FreeType Project', be they named as alpha,
+  beta or final release.
+
+  `You' refers to  the licensee, or person using  the project, where
+  `using' is a generic term including compiling the project's source
+  code as  well as linking it  to form a  `program' or `executable'.
+  This  program is  referred to  as  `a program  using the  FreeType
+  engine'.
+
+  This  license applies  to all  files distributed  in  the original
+  FreeType  Project,   including  all  source   code,  binaries  and
+  documentation,  unless  otherwise  stated   in  the  file  in  its
+  original, unmodified form as  distributed in the original archive.
+  If you are  unsure whether or not a particular  file is covered by
+  this license, you must contact us to verify this.
+
+  The FreeType  Project is copyright (C) 1996-2000  by David Turner,
+  Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.  All rights reserved except as
+  specified below.
+
+1. No Warranty
+--------------
+
+  THE FREETYPE PROJECT  IS PROVIDED `AS IS' WITHOUT  WARRANTY OF ANY
+  KIND, EITHER  EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,  INCLUDING, BUT NOT  LIMITED TO,
+  WARRANTIES  OF  MERCHANTABILITY   AND  FITNESS  FOR  A  PARTICULAR
+  PURPOSE.  IN NO EVENT WILL ANY OF THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
+  BE LIABLE  FOR ANY DAMAGES CAUSED  BY THE USE OR  THE INABILITY TO
+  USE, OF THE FREETYPE PROJECT.
+
+2. Redistribution
+-----------------
+
+  This  license  grants  a  worldwide, royalty-free,  perpetual  and
+  irrevocable right  and license to use,  execute, perform, compile,
+  display,  copy,   create  derivative  works   of,  distribute  and
+  sublicense the  FreeType Project (in  both source and  object code
+  forms)  and  derivative works  thereof  for  any  purpose; and  to
+  authorize others  to exercise  some or all  of the  rights granted
+  herein, subject to the following conditions:
+
+    o Redistribution of  source code  must retain this  license file
+      (`FTL.TXT') unaltered; any  additions, deletions or changes to
+      the original  files must be clearly  indicated in accompanying
+      documentation.   The  copyright   notices  of  the  unaltered,
+      original  files must  be  preserved in  all  copies of  source
+      files.
+
+    o Redistribution in binary form must provide a  disclaimer  that
+      states  that  the software is based in part of the work of the
+      FreeType Team,  in  the  distribution  documentation.  We also
+      encourage you to put an URL to the FreeType web page  in  your
+      documentation, though this isn't mandatory.
+
+  These conditions  apply to any  software derived from or  based on
+  the FreeType Project,  not just the unmodified files.   If you use
+  our work, you  must acknowledge us.  However, no  fee need be paid
+  to us.
+
+3. Advertising
+--------------
+
+  Neither the  FreeType authors and  contributors nor you  shall use
+  the name of the  other for commercial, advertising, or promotional
+  purposes without specific prior written permission.
+
+  We suggest,  but do not require, that  you use one or  more of the
+  following phrases to refer  to this software in your documentation
+  or advertising  materials: `FreeType Project',  `FreeType Engine',
+  `FreeType library', or `FreeType Distribution'.
+
+  As  you have  not signed  this license,  you are  not  required to
+  accept  it.   However,  as  the FreeType  Project  is  copyrighted
+  material, only  this license, or  another one contracted  with the
+  authors, grants you  the right to use, distribute,  and modify it.
+  Therefore,  by  using,  distributing,  or modifying  the  FreeType
+  Project, you indicate that you understand and accept all the terms
+  of this license.
+
+4. Contacts
+-----------
+
+  There are two mailing lists related to FreeType:
+
+    o freetype@nongnu.org
+
+      Discusses general use and applications of FreeType, as well as
+      future and  wanted additions to the  library and distribution.
+      If  you are looking  for support,  start in  this list  if you
+      haven't found anything to help you in the documentation.
+
+    o freetype-devel@nongnu.org
+
+      Discusses bugs,  as well  as engine internals,  design issues,
+      specific licenses, porting, etc.
+
+  Our home page can be found at
+
+    http://www.freetype.org
+
+
+--- end of FTL.TXT ---
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/GPL.TXT b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/GPL.TXT
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b2fe7b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/GPL.TXT
@@ -0,0 +1,340 @@
+		    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+		       Version 2, June 1991
+
+ Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+     51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+			    Preamble
+
+  The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
+freedom to share and change it.  By contrast, the GNU General Public
+License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
+software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.  This
+General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
+Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
+using it.  (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
+the GNU Library General Public License instead.)  You can apply it to
+your programs, too.
+
+  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
+price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
+have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
+this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
+if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
+in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
+
+  To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
+anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
+These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
+distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
+
+  For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
+gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
+you have.  You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
+source code.  And you must show them these terms so they know their
+rights.
+
+  We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
+(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
+distribute and/or modify the software.
+
+  Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
+that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
+software.  If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
+want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
+that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
+authors' reputations.
+
+  Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
+patents.  We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
+program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
+program proprietary.  To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
+patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
+
+  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.
+
+		    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+   TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+
+  0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
+a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
+under the terms of this General Public License.  The "Program", below,
+refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
+means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
+that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
+either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
+language.  (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
+the term "modification".)  Each licensee is addressed as "you".
+
+Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
+covered by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act of
+running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
+is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
+Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
+Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
+
+  1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
+source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
+conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
+copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
+notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
+and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
+along with the Program.
+
+You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
+you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
+
+  2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
+of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
+distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
+above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+    a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
+    stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
+
+    b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
+    whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
+    part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
+    parties under the terms of this License.
+
+    c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
+    when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
+    interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
+    announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
+    notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
+    a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
+    these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
+    License.  (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
+    does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
+    the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
+
+These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If
+identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
+and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
+themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
+sections when you distribute them as separate works.  But when you
+distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
+on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
+this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
+entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
+
+Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
+your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
+exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
+collective works based on the Program.
+
+In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
+with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
+a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
+the scope of this License.
+
+  3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
+under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
+Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
+
+    a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
+    source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
+    1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
+
+    b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
+    years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
+    cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
+    machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
+    distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
+    customarily used for software interchange; or,
+
+    c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
+    to distribute corresponding source code.  (This alternative is
+    allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
+    received the program in object code or executable form with such
+    an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
+
+The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
+making modifications to it.  For an executable work, complete source
+code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
+associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
+control compilation and installation of the executable.  However, as a
+special exception, the source code distributed need not include
+anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
+form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
+operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
+itself accompanies the executable.
+
+If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
+access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
+access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
+distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
+compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
+
+  4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
+except as expressly provided under this License.  Any attempt
+otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
+void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
+However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
+this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+parties remain in full compliance.
+
+  5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
+signed it.  However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
+distribute the Program or its derivative works.  These actions are
+prohibited by law if you do not accept this License.  Therefore, by
+modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
+Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
+all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
+the Program or works based on it.
+
+  6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
+Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
+original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
+these terms and conditions.  You may not impose any further
+restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
+You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
+this License.
+
+  7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
+infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
+conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot
+distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
+may not distribute the Program at all.  For example, if a patent
+license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
+all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
+the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
+refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
+
+If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
+any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
+apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
+circumstances.
+
+It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
+patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
+such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
+integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
+implemented by public license practices.  Many people have made
+generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
+through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
+system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
+to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
+impose that choice.
+
+This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
+be a consequence of the rest of this License.
+
+  8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
+certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
+original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
+may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
+those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
+countries not thus excluded.  In such case, this License incorporates
+the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
+
+  9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
+of the General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will
+be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
+address new problems or concerns.
+
+Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Program
+specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
+later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
+either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
+Software Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of
+this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
+Foundation.
+
+  10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
+programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
+to ask for permission.  For software which is copyrighted by the Free
+Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
+make exceptions for this.  Our decision will be guided by the two goals
+of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
+of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
+
+			    NO WARRANTY
+
+  11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
+FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN
+OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
+PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
+OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS
+TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE
+PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
+REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+  12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
+WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
+REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
+INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
+OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
+TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
+YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
+PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+		     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+	    How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
+
+  If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
+free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
+
+  To do so, attach the following notices to the program.  It is safest
+to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
+the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+    
+    Copyright (C)   
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA
+
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
+when it starts in an interactive mode:
+
+    Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year  name of author
+    Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
+    This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
+    under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
+
+The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
+parts of the General Public License.  Of course, the commands you use may
+be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
+mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
+
+You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
+school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
+necessary.  Here is a sample; alter the names:
+
+  Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
+  `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
+
+  , 1 April 1989
+  Ty Coon, President of Vice
+
+This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
+proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you may
+consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
+library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
+Public License instead of this License.
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..de50d0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+
+There are  several ways  to build the  FreeType library,  depending on
+your system and the level of  customization you need.  Here is a short
+overview of the documentation available:
+
+
+I. Normal installation and upgrades
+===================================
+
+  1. Native TrueType Hinting
+
+    Native TrueType hinting is  disabled by default[1].  If you really
+    need it, read the file `TRUETYPE' for information.
+
+
+  2. Unix Systems (including Mac OS X, Cygwin, and MSys on Windows)
+
+    Please read *both* `UPGRADE.UNIX' and `INSTALL.UNIX' to install or
+    upgrade FreeType  2 on  a Unix system.   Note that you  *need* GNU
+    Make for automatic compilation,  since other make tools won't work
+    (this includes BSD Make).
+
+    GNU Make VERSION 3.80 OR NEWER IS NEEDED!
+
+
+  3. On VMS with the `mms' build tool
+
+    See `INSTALL.VMS' for installation instructions on this platform.
+
+
+  4. Other systems using GNU Make
+
+    On non-Unix platforms,  it is possible to build  the library using
+    GNU Make  utility.  Note that  *NO OTHER MAKE TOOL  WILL WORK*[2]!
+    This  methods supports  several  compilers on  Windows, OS/2,  and
+    BeOS, including MinGW, Visual C++, Borland C++, and more.
+
+    Instructions are provided in the file `INSTALL.GNU'.
+
+
+  5. With an IDE Project File (e.g., for Visual Studio or CodeWarrior)
+
+    We provide a  small number of `project files'  for various IDEs to
+    automatically build  the library as  well.  Note that  these files
+    are  not supported  and only  sporadically maintained  by FreeType
+    developers, so don't expect them to work in each release.
+
+    To find them, have a  look at the content of the `builds/'
+    directory, where  stands for your OS or environment.
+
+
+  6. From you own IDE, or own Makefiles
+
+    If  you  want  to  create   your  own  project  file,  follow  the
+    instructions   given  in  the   `INSTALL.ANY'  document   of  this
+    directory.
+
+
+II. Custom builds of the library
+================================
+
+  Customizing the compilation  of FreeType is easy, and  allows you to
+  select only the components of  the font engine that you really need.
+  For more details read the file `CUSTOMIZE'.
+
+
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+[1] More details on:  http://www.freetype.org/patents.html
+
+[2] make++, a make tool written in Perl, has sufficient support of GNU
+    make extensions to build FreeType.  See
+
+      http://makepp.sourceforge.net
+
+    for more information; you need version 1.19 or newer, and you must
+    pass option `--norc-substitution'.
+
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Copyright 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by
+David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+
+This  file is  part of  the FreeType  project, and  may only  be used,
+modified,  and distributed  under the  terms of  the  FreeType project
+license,  LICENSE.TXT.  By  continuing to  use, modify,  or distribute
+this file you  indicate that you have read  the license and understand
+and accept it fully.
+
+
+--- end of INSTALL ---
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL.ANY b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL.ANY
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..86e94d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL.ANY
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+Instructions on how to build FreeType with your own build tool
+==============================================================
+
+See  the  file `CUSTOMIZE'  to  learn  how  to customize  FreeType  to
+specific environments.
+
+
+I. Standard procedure
+---------------------
+
+  * DISABLE PRE-COMPILED  HEADERS!  This is very  important for Visual
+    C++, because FreeType uses lines like:
+
+      #include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+    which are not correctly supported by this compiler while being ISO
+    C compliant!
+
+  * You  need  to  add  the directories  `freetype2/include'  to  your
+    include path when compiling the library.
+
+  * FreeType 2 is made of  several components; each of them is located
+    in    a   subdirectory    of   `freetype2/src'.     For   example,
+    `freetype2/src/truetype/' contains the TrueType font driver.
+
+  * DO NOT COMPILE ALL C FILES!  Rather, compile the following ones.
+
+    -- base components (required)
+
+      src/base/ftsystem.c
+      src/base/ftinit.c
+      src/base/ftdebug.c
+
+      src/base/ftbase.c
+
+      src/base/ftbbox.c       -- recommended, see 
+      src/base/ftglyph.c      -- recommended, see 
+
+      src/base/ftbdf.c        -- optional, see 
+      src/base/ftbitmap.c     -- optional, see 
+      src/base/ftcid.c        -- optional, see 
+      src/base/ftfstype.c     -- optional
+      src/base/ftgasp.c       -- optional, see 
+      src/base/ftgxval.c      -- optional, see 
+      src/base/ftlcdfil.c     -- optional, see 
+      src/base/ftmm.c         -- optional, see 
+      src/base/ftotval.c      -- optional, see 
+      src/base/ftpatent.c     -- optional
+      src/base/ftpfr.c        -- optional, see 
+      src/base/ftstroke.c     -- optional, see 
+      src/base/ftsynth.c      -- optional, see 
+      src/base/fttype1.c      -- optional, see 
+      src/base/ftwinfnt.c     -- optional, see 
+      src/base/ftxf86.c       -- optional, see 
+
+      src/base/ftmac.c        -- only on the Macintosh
+
+    -- font drivers (optional; at least one is needed)
+
+      src/bdf/bdf.c           -- BDF font driver
+      src/cff/cff.c           -- CFF/OpenType font driver
+      src/cid/type1cid.c      -- Type 1 CID-keyed font driver
+      src/pcf/pcf.c           -- PCF font driver
+      src/pfr/pfr.c           -- PFR/TrueDoc font driver
+      src/sfnt/sfnt.c         -- SFNT files support
+                                 (TrueType & OpenType)
+      src/truetype/truetype.c -- TrueType font driver
+      src/type1/type1.c       -- Type 1 font driver
+      src/type42/type42.c     -- Type 42 font driver
+      src/winfonts/winfnt.c   -- Windows FONT / FNT font driver
+
+    -- rasterizers (optional; at least one is needed for vector
+       formats)
+
+      src/raster/raster.c     -- monochrome rasterizer
+      src/smooth/smooth.c     -- anti-aliasing rasterizer
+
+    -- auxiliary modules (optional)
+
+      src/autofit/autofit.c   -- auto hinting module
+      src/cache/ftcache.c     -- cache sub-system (in beta)
+      src/gzip/ftgzip.c       -- support for compressed fonts (.gz)
+      src/lzw/ftlzw.c         -- support for compressed fonts (.Z)
+      src/gxvalid/gxvalid.c   -- TrueTypeGX/AAT table validation
+      src/otvalid/otvalid.c   -- OpenType table validation
+      src/psaux/psaux.c       -- PostScript Type 1 parsing
+      src/pshinter/pshinter.c -- PS hinting module
+      src/psnames/psnames.c   -- PostScript glyph names support
+
+
+    Notes:
+
+      `ftcache.c'  needs `ftglyph.c'
+      `ftfstype.c' needs `fttype1.c'
+      `ftglyph.c'  needs `ftbitmap.c'
+      `ftstroke.c' needs `ftglyph.c'
+      `ftsynth.c'  needs `ftbitmap.c'
+
+      `cff.c'      needs `sfnt.c', `pshinter.c', and `psnames.c'
+      `truetype.c' needs `sfnt.c' and `psnames.c'
+      `type1.c'    needs `psaux.c' `pshinter.c', and `psnames.c'
+      `type1cid.c' needs `psaux.c', `pshinter.c', and `psnames.c'
+      `type42.c'   needs `truetype.c'
+
+
+  Read the file `CUSTOMIZE' in case  you want to compile only a subset
+  of  the  drivers,  renderers,   and  optional  modules;  a  detailed
+  description of the various base  extension is given in the top-level
+  file `modules.cfg'.
+
+  You are done.  In case of problems, see the archives of the FreeType
+  development mailing list.
+
+
+II. Support for flat-directory compilation
+------------------------------------------
+
+  It is  possible to  put all  FreeType 2 source  files into  a single
+  directory, with the *exception* of the `include' hierarchy.
+
+  1. Copy all files in current directory
+
+      cp freetype2/src/base/*.[hc] .
+      cp freetype2/src/raster1/*.[hc] .
+      cp freetype2/src/smooth/*.[hc] .
+      etc.
+
+  2. Compile sources
+
+      cc -c -Ifreetype2/include ftsystem.c
+      cc -c -Ifreetype2/include ftinit.c
+      cc -c -Ifreetype2/include ftdebug.c
+      cc -c -Ifreetype2/include ftbase.c
+      etc.
+
+    You don't  need to define  the FT_FLAT_COMPILATION macro  (as this
+    was required in previous releases of FreeType 2).
+
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Copyright 2003, 2005, 2006, 2009 by
+David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+
+This  file is  part of  the FreeType  project, and  may only  be used,
+modified,  and distributed  under the  terms of  the  FreeType project
+license,  LICENSE.TXT.  By  continuing to  use, modify,  or distribute
+this file you  indicate that you have read  the license and understand
+and accept it fully.
+
+
+--- end of INSTALL.ANY ---
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL.CROSS b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL.CROSS
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3def12c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL.CROSS
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+This document contains instructions on how to cross-build the FreeType
+library on Unix systems, for example, building binaries for Linux/MIPS
+on  FreeBSD/i386.   Before   reading  this  document,  please  consult
+INSTALL.UNIX for required tools and the basic self-building procedure.
+
+
+  1. Required Tools
+  -----------------
+
+    For self-building the FreeType library  on a Unix system, GNU Make
+    3.80 or  newer is required.   INSTALL.UNIX  contains  hints how to
+    check the installed `make'.
+
+    The GNU C  compiler to cross-build the target  system is required.
+    At present, using non-GNU cross compiler is not tested.  The cross
+    compiler is  expected to be  installed with a system  prefix.  For
+    example, if  your building system  is FreeBSD/i386 and  the target
+    system is Linux/MIPS, the  cross compiler should be installed with
+    the name `mips-ip22-linuxelf-gcc'.
+
+    A C  compiler for a self-build  is required also, to  build a tool
+    that  is executed  during  the building  procedure.  Non-GNU  self
+    compilers are acceptable, but such a setup is not tested yet.
+
+
+  2. Configuration
+  ----------------
+
+    2.1. Building and target system
+
+      To configure for  cross-build, the options `--host=' and
+      `--build=' must be passed to configure.  For example, if
+      your building  system is FreeBSD/i386  and the target  system is
+      Linux/MIPS, say
+
+        ./configure \
+          --build=i386-unknown-freebsd \
+          --host=mips-ip22-linuxelf \
+          [other options]
+
+      It should  be noted that `--host='  specifies the system
+      where the built binaries will  be executed, not the system where
+      the build actually happens.   Older versions of GNU autoconf use
+      the option  pair `--host=' and `--target='.  This  is broken and
+      doesn't work.  Similarly, an explicit CC specification like
+
+        env CC=mips-ip22-linux-gcc ./configure
+
+      or
+
+        env CC=/usr/local/mips-ip22-linux/bin/gcc ./configure
+
+      doesn't   work  either;  such   a  configuration   confuses  the
+      `configure' script while  trying to find the cross  and native C
+      compilers.
+
+
+    2.2. The prefix to install FreeType2
+
+      Setting `--prefix='  properly is important.   The prefix
+      to install FreeType2 is  written into the freetype-config script
+      and freetype2.pc configuration file.
+
+      If  the built  FreeType  2 library  is  used as  a  part of  the
+      cross-building system,  the prefix  is expected to  be different
+      from the self-building  system.  For example, configuration with
+      `--prefix=/usr/local'  installs binaries  into  the system  wide
+      `/usr/local'  directory  which  then  can't be  executed.   This
+      causes confusion in configuration  of all applications which use
+      FreeType2.   Instead,  use a  prefix to install  the cross-build
+      into     a     separate     system    tree,     for     example,
+      `--prefix=/usr/local/mips-ip22-linux/'.
+
+      On the other  hand, if the built FreeType2 is used  as a part of
+      the target system, the prefix to install should reflect the file
+      system structure of the target system.
+
+
+  3. Building command
+  -------------------
+
+    If  the  configuration  finishes successfully,  invoking  GNU make
+    builds FreeType2.  Just say
+
+      make
+
+    or
+
+      gmake
+
+    depending on the name the GNU make binary actually has.
+
+
+  4. Installation
+  ---------------
+
+    Saying
+
+      make install
+
+    as usual to install FreeType2 into the directory tree specified by
+    the argument of the `--prefix' option.
+
+    As noted in section 2.2,  FreeType2  is sometimes configured to be
+    installed  into the  system directory  of the  target  system, and
+    should  not be installed  in the  cross-building system.   In such
+    cases, the  make variable `DESTDIR'  is useful to change  the root
+    directory in the installation.  For example, after
+
+      make DESTDIR=/mnt/target_system_root/ install
+
+    the built FreeType2 library files are installed into the directory
+    `/mnt/target_system_root//lib'.
+
+
+  5. TODO
+  -------
+
+    Cross building between Cygwin (or MSys) and Unix must be tested.
+
+
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Copyright 2006, 2008 by suzuki toshiya
+David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+
+
+This  file is  part of  the FreeType  project, and  may only  be used,
+modified,  and distributed  under the  terms of  the  FreeType project
+license,  LICENSE.TXT.  By  continuing to  use, modify,  or distribute
+this file you  indicate that you have read  the license and understand
+and accept it fully.
+
+
+--- end of INSTALL.CROSS ---
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL.GNU b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL.GNU
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..72df50a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL.GNU
@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
+This document contains instructions  how to build the FreeType library
+on non-Unix systems  with the help of GNU Make.  Note  that if you are
+running Cygwin or MSys in  Windows, you should follow the instructions
+in the file INSTALL.UNIX instead.
+
+
+  FreeType 2 includes a powerful and flexible build system that allows
+  you to  easily compile it on  a great variety of  platforms from the
+  command line.  To do so, just follow these simple instructions.
+
+  1. Install GNU Make
+  -------------------
+
+    Because  GNU Make  is  the  only Make  tool  supported to  compile
+    FreeType 2, you should install it on your machine.
+
+    The FreeType 2 build system relies on many features special to GNU
+    Make.
+
+    NEARLY ALL OTHER MAKE TOOLS  FAIL, INCLUDING `BSD MAKE', SO REALLY
+    INSTALL A RECENT VERSION OF GNU MAKE ON YOUR SYSTEM!
+
+    Note that  make++, a  make tool written  in Perl,  supports enough
+    features of GNU make to compile FreeType.  See
+
+      http://makepp.sourceforge.net
+
+    for more information; you need version 1.19 or newer, and you must
+    pass option `--norc-substitution'.
+
+    Make sure that you are invoking GNU Make from the command line, by
+    typing something like:
+
+      make -v
+
+    to display its version number.
+
+    VERSION 3.80 OR NEWER IS NEEDED!
+
+
+  2. Invoke `make'
+  ----------------
+
+    Go to  the root  directory of FreeType  2, then simply  invoke GNU
+    Make from the command line.   This will launch the FreeType 2 host
+    platform  detection routines.   A summary  will be  displayed, for
+    example, on Win32.
+
+
+      ==============================================================
+      FreeType build system -- automatic system detection
+
+      The following settings are used:
+
+        platform                     win32
+        compiler                     gcc
+        configuration directory      .\builds\win32
+        configuration rules          .\builds\win32\w32-gcc.mk
+
+      If this does not correspond to your system or settings please
+      remove the file 'config.mk' from this directory then read the
+      INSTALL file for help.
+
+      Otherwise, simply type 'make' again to build the library
+      or 'make refdoc' to build the API reference (the latter needs
+      python).
+      =============================================================
+
+
+    If the detected settings correspond to your platform and compiler,
+    skip to step 5.  Note that if your platform is completely alien to
+    the build system, the detected platform will be `ansi'.
+
+
+  3. Configure the build system for a different compiler
+  ------------------------------------------------------
+
+    If the build system correctly detected your platform, but you want
+    to use a different compiler  than the one specified in the summary
+    (for most platforms, gcc is the default compiler), invoke GNU Make
+    with
+
+      make setup 
+
+    Examples:
+
+      to use Visual C++ on Win32, type:  `make setup visualc'
+      to use Borland C++ on Win32, type  `make setup bcc32'
+      to use Watcom C++ on Win32, type   `make setup watcom'
+      to use Intel C++ on Win32, type    `make setup intelc'
+      to use LCC-Win32 on Win32, type:   `make setup lcc'
+      to use Watcom C++ on OS/2, type    `make setup watcom'
+      to use VisualAge C++ on OS/2, type `make setup visualage'
+
+    The   name to  use is  platform-dependent.  The  list of
+    available  compilers for  your  system is  available  in the  file
+    `builds//detect.mk'.
+
+    If you  are satisfied  by the new  configuration summary,  skip to
+    step 5.
+
+
+  4. Configure the build system for an unknown platform/compiler
+  --------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    The auto-detection/setup  phase of the build system  copies a file
+    to the current directory under the name `config.mk'.
+
+    For    example,    on    OS/2+gcc,    it   would    simply    copy
+    `builds/os2/os2-gcc.mk' to `./config.mk'.
+
+    If for  some reason your  platform isn't correctly  detected, copy
+    manually the configuration sub-makefile to `./config.mk' and go to
+    step 5.
+
+    Note  that  this file  is  a  sub-Makefile  used to  specify  Make
+    variables  for compiler  and linker  invocation during  the build.
+    You can  easily create your own  version from one  of the existing
+    configuration files,  then copy it to the  current directory under
+    the name `./config.mk'.
+
+
+  5. Build the library
+  --------------------
+
+    The auto-detection/setup  phase should have  copied a file  in the
+    current  directory,  called  `./config.mk'.   This  file  contains
+    definitions of various Make  variables used to invoke the compiler
+    and linker during the build.  [It has also generated a file called
+    `ftmodule.h'   in  the  objects   directory  (which   is  normally
+    `/objs/');  please read  the  file `docs/CUSTOMIZE'  for
+    customization of FreeType.]
+
+    To  launch  the build,  simply  invoke  GNU  Make again:  The  top
+    Makefile will detect the configuration file and run the build with
+    it.
+
+
+  Final note
+
+    The build  system builds a  statically linked library of  the font
+    engine in the  `objs' directory.  It does _not_  support the build
+    of  DLLs on  Windows and  OS/2.  If  you need  these, you  have to
+    either   use  an   IDE-specific  project   file,  or   follow  the
+    instructions in `INSTALL.ANY' to create your own Makefiles.
+
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Copyright 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008 by
+David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+
+This  file is  part of  the FreeType  project, and  may only  be used,
+modified,  and distributed  under the  terms of  the  FreeType project
+license,  LICENSE.TXT.  By  continuing to  use, modify,  or distribute
+this file you  indicate that you have read  the license and understand
+and accept it fully.
+
+
+--- end of INSTALL.GNU ---
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL.MAC b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL.MAC
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..42bb0d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL.MAC
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+Please follow the instructions  in INSTALL.UNIX to install FreeType on
+Mac OS X.
+
+Currently FreeType2 functions based on some deprecated Carbon APIs
+return FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature always, even if FreeType2 is
+configured and built on the system that deprecated Carbon APIs are
+available. To enable deprecated FreeType2 functions as far as possible,
+replace src/base/ftmac.c by builds/mac/ftmac.c.
+
+Starting with Mac OS X 10.5, gcc defaults the deployment target
+to 10.5. In previous versions of Mac OS X, this defaulted to 10.1.
+If you want your built binaries to run only on 10.5, this change
+does not concern you.  If you want them to also run on older versions
+of Mac OS X, then you must either set the MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET
+environment variable or pass -mmacosx-version-min to gcc. You should
+specify the oldest version of Mac OS you want the code to run on.
+For example, if you use Bourne shell:
+
+	export MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET=10.2
+
+or, if you use C shell:
+
+	setenv MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET 10.2
+
+Alternatively, you could pass "-mmacosx-version-min=10.2" to gcc.
+
+Here the number 10.2 is the lowest version that the built binaries
+can run on. In the cases in above, the built binaries will run on
+Mac OS X 10.2 and later, but _not_ earlier. If you want to run on
+earlier, you have to set lower version, e.g. 10.0.
+
+For classic Mac OS (Mac OS 7, 8, 9) please refer to builds/mac/README.
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL.UNIX b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL.UNIX
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1d5af99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL.UNIX
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+This  document contains  instructions  on how  to  build the  FreeType
+library on Unix  systems.  This also works for  emulations like Cygwin
+or MSys on Win32:
+
+
+  1. Ensure that you are using GNU Make
+  -------------------------------------
+
+    The FreeType build system  _exclusively_ works with GNU Make.  You
+    will  not be  able to  compile the  library with  the instructions
+    below using any other alternative (including BSD Make).
+
+    Check that you have GNU make by running the command:
+
+       make -v
+
+    This should dump some text that begins with:
+
+       GNU Make  
+       Copyright (C)  Free Software Foundation Inc.
+
+    Note that version  3.80 or higher is *required* or the  build will
+    fail.
+
+    It is also fine to have GNU Make under another name (e.g. 'gmake')
+    if you use the GNUMAKE variable as described below.
+
+    As  a  special exception,  'makepp'  can  also  be used  to  build
+    FreeType 2.  See the file docs/MAKEPP for details.
+
+
+  2. Regenerate the configure script if needed
+  --------------------------------------------
+
+    This only applies if you  are building a CVS snapshot or checkout,
+    *not* if you grabbed the sources of an official release.
+
+    You  need  to invoke  the  `autogen.sh'  script  in the  top-level
+    directory  in order  to  create the  `configure'  script for  your
+    platform.  Normally, this simply means typing:
+
+      sh autogen.sh
+
+    In case of problems, you  may need to install or upgrade Automake,
+    Autoconf or  Libtool.  See  README.CVS in the  top-level directory
+    for more information.
+
+
+  3. Build and install the library
+  --------------------------------
+
+    The following  should work  on all Unix  systems where  the `make'
+    command invokes GNU Make:
+
+      ./configure [options]
+      make
+      make install           (as root)
+
+    The default installation path  is `/usr/local'.  It can be changed
+    with the `--prefix=' option.  Example:
+
+      ./configure --prefix=/usr
+
+    When using a different command to invoke GNU Make, use the GNUMAKE
+    variable.  For example,  if `gmake' is the command  to use on your
+    system, do something like:
+
+       GNUMAKE=gmake ./configure [options]
+       gmake
+       gmake install            (as root)
+
+    If  this still doesn't  work, there  must be  a problem  with your
+    system (e.g., you are using a very old version of GNU Make).
+
+    It  is possible  to  compile FreeType  in  a different  directory.
+    Assuming the FreeType source  files in directory `/src/freetype' a
+    compilation in directory `foo' works as follows:
+
+      cd foo
+      /src/freetype/configure [options]
+      make
+      make install
+
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Copyright 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by
+David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+
+This  file is  part of  the FreeType  project, and  may only  be used,
+modified,  and distributed  under the  terms of  the  FreeType project
+license,  LICENSE.TXT.  By  continuing to  use, modify,  or distribute
+this file you  indicate that you have read  the license and understand
+and accept it fully.
+
+
+--- end of INSTALL.UNIX ---
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL.VMS b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL.VMS
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..994e566
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/INSTALL.VMS
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+How to build the freetype2 library on VMS
+-----------------------------------------
+
+It is actually very  straightforward to install the Freetype2 library.
+Just  execute vms_make.com from  the toplevel  directory to  build the
+library.  This procedure currently accepts the following options:
+
+DEBUG
+  Build the library with debug information and without optimization.
+
+lopts=
+  Options to pass to the link command e.g. lopts=/traceback
+
+ccopt=
+  Options to pass to the C compiler e.g. ccopt=/float=ieee
+
+In case you did download the demos, place them in a separate directory
+sharing the same toplevel as the directory of Freetype2 and follow the
+same  instructions as  above  for  the demos  from  there.  The  build
+process relies on this to figure the location of the Freetype2 include
+files.
+
+
+To rebuild  the  sources it is necessary to  have MMS/MMK installed on
+the system.
+
+The library is available in the directory
+
+  [.LIB]
+
+To  compile applications  using  FreeType  2 you  have  to define  the
+logical FREETYPE pointing to the directory
+
+  [.INCLUDE.FREETYPE]
+
+i.e., if  the directory in which  this INSTALL.VMS file  is located is
+$disk:[freetype] then define the logical with
+
+  define freetype $disk:[freetype.include.freetype]
+
+This version has  been tested with Compaq C  V6.2-006 on OpenVMS Alpha
+V7.2-1.
+
+
+  Any problems can be reported to
+
+    Jouk Jansen  or
+    Martin P.J. Zinser 
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Copyright 2000, 2004 by
+David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+
+This  file  is  part  of the  FreeType  project, and may  only be  used,
+modified,  and  distributed  under  the  terms of  the FreeType  project
+license, LICENSE.TXT.   By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this
+file you  indicate that  you have  read the  license and understand  and
+accept it fully.
+
+
+--- end of INSTALL.VMS ---
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/LICENSE.TXT b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/LICENSE.TXT
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..102a03d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/LICENSE.TXT
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+
+The  FreeType 2  font  engine is  copyrighted  work and  cannot be  used
+legally  without a  software license.   In  order to  make this  project
+usable  to a vast  majority of  developers, we  distribute it  under two
+mutually exclusive open-source licenses.
+
+This means  that *you* must choose  *one* of the  two licenses described
+below, then obey  all its terms and conditions when  using FreeType 2 in
+any of your projects or products.
+
+  - The FreeType License, found in  the file `FTL.TXT', which is similar
+    to the original BSD license *with* an advertising clause that forces
+    you  to  explicitly cite  the  FreeType  project  in your  product's
+    documentation.  All  details are in the license  file.  This license
+    is  suited  to products  which  don't  use  the GNU  General  Public
+    License.
+
+  - The GNU  General Public License  version 2, found in  `GPL.TXT' (any
+    later version can be used  also), for programs which already use the
+    GPL.  Note  that the  FTL is  incompatible with the  GPL due  to its
+    advertisement clause.
+
+The contributed PCF driver comes with a license similar to that of the X
+Window System.   It is  compatible to the  above two licenses  (see file
+src/pcf/readme).
+
+
+--- end of LICENSE.TXT ---
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/MAKEPP b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/MAKEPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..58eaf55
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/MAKEPP
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+As a special  exception, FreeType can also be  built with the 'makepp'
+build tool, available from http://makepp.sourceforge.net.
+
+Note, however. that  you will need at least version  1.19 and pass the
+option --norc-substitution to have it work correctly.
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/PATENTS b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/PATENTS
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f36778b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/PATENTS
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+
+                    FreeType Patents Disclaimer
+                            August 1999
+
+
+
+WE HAVE  DISCOVERED THAT APPLE  OWNS SEVERAL PATENTS RELATED  TO THE
+RENDERING OF TRUETYPE  FONTS.  THIS COULD MEAN THAT  THE FREE USE OF
+FREETYPE  MIGHT BE  ILLEGAL IN  THE USA,  JAPAN, AND  POSSIBLY OTHER
+COUNTRIES, BE IT IN PROPRIETARY OR FREE SOFTWARE PRODUCTS.
+
+FOR  MORE DETAILS,  WE STRONGLY  ADVISE YOU  TO GO  TO  THE FREETYPE
+PATENTS PAGE AT THE FOLLOWING WEB ADDRESS:
+
+                http://www.freetype.org/patents.html
+
+WE WILL NOT PLACE INFORMATION IN THIS FILE AS THE SITUATION IS STILL
+UNDETERMINED FOR NOW.  AT THE  TIME THESE LINES ARE WRITTEN, WE HAVE
+CONTACTED APPLE'S  LEGAL DEPARTMENT AND ARE STILL  WAITING FOR THEIR
+ANSWER ON THE SUBJECT.
+
+PLEASE READ  THE `INSTALL' FILE TO  SEE HOW TO  DISABLE THE ENGINE'S
+BYTECODE INTERPRETER IN ORDER TO  BUILD A PATENT-FREE ENGINE, AT THE
+COST OF RENDERING QUALITY.
+
+
+--- end of PATENTS ---
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/PROBLEMS b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/PROBLEMS
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9b59896
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/PROBLEMS
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+This  file describes various  problems that  have been  encountered in
+compiling,  installing  and   running  FreeType  2.   Suggestions  for
+additions or other improvements to this file are welcome.
+
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Running Problems
+================
+
+
+* Some Type 1, Multiple Masters, and CID-keyed PostScript fonts aren't
+  handled correctly.
+
+-----
+
+Of course,  there might be  bugs in FreeType,  but some fonts based on
+the  PostScript  format can't  behandled indeed.  The  reason  is that
+FreeType  doesn't contain a full  PostScript  interpreter  but applies
+pattern matching instead.  In case a font doesn't follow the  standard
+structure of the given font format, FreeType fails.  A typical example
+is Adobe's `Optima'  font family which  contains extra code  to switch
+between low and high resolution versions of the glyphs.
+
+It might be  possible to patch  FreeType in  some situations,  though.
+Please report failing fonts so that we investigate the problem and set
+up a list of such problematic fonts.
+
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+Compilation Problems
+====================
+
+
+* I get an `internal compilation error' (ICE) while compiling FreeType
+  2.2.1 with Intel C++.
+
+  This has been reported for the following compiler version:
+
+    Intel(R) C++ Compiler for 32-bit applications,
+      Version 9.0 Build 20050430Z Package ID: W_CC_P_9.0.019
+
+-----
+
+The best solution is to update the compiler to version
+
+  Intel(R) C++ Compiler for 32-bit applications,
+    Version 9.1 Build 20060323Z Package ID: W_CC_P_9.1.022
+
+or newer.  If this isn't feasible, apply the following patch.
+
+
+--- src/cache/ftcbasic.c 20 Mar 2006 12:10:24 -0000 1.20
++++ src/cache/ftcbasic.c.patched 15 May 2006 02:51:02 -0000
+@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@
+   */
+
+   FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
+-  const FTC_IFamilyClassRec  ftc_basic_image_family_class =
++  FTC_IFamilyClassRec  ftc_basic_image_family_class =
+   {
+     {
+       sizeof ( FTC_BasicFamilyRec ),
+@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@
+
+
+   FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
+-  const FTC_GCacheClassRec  ftc_basic_image_cache_class =
++  FTC_GCacheClassRec  ftc_basic_image_cache_class =
+   {
+     {
+       ftc_inode_new,
+
+
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+--- end of PROBLEMS ---
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/TODO b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/TODO
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..be60d6f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/TODO
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+Here is a list of items that need to be addressed in FreeType 2
+---------------------------------------------------------------
+
+* Implement stem3/counter hints properly in the Postscript hinter.
+
+* Add CIDCMap support to the CID driver.
+
+* Add track kerning support to the PFR driver.
+
+* Add kerning (AFM file) support to the CID driver.
+
+
+Here is a list of bugs which should be handled
+----------------------------------------------
+
+Other bugs have been registered at the savannah bugzilla of FreeType.
+
+* CID driver:
+    Handle the case where a CID font has a top-level font matrix also
+    (see PLRM, 5.11.3, Type 0 CIDFonts).  Since CID_FaceInfoRec lacks
+    a font_matrix entry we have to directly apply it to all subfont
+    matrices.
+
+* CID driver:
+    Use top-level font matrix entry for setting the upem value, not the
+    entries in the FDarray.  If absent, use 1000.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Copyright 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by
+David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+
+This  file  is  part  of the  FreeType  project, and may  only be  used,
+modified,  and  distributed  under  the  terms of  the FreeType  project
+license, LICENSE.TXT.   By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this
+file you  indicate that  you have  read the  license and understand  and
+accept it fully.
+
+
+--- end of TODO ---
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/TRUETYPE b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/TRUETYPE
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3e1614a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/TRUETYPE
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+How to enable the TrueType native hinter if you need it
+-------------------------------------------------------
+
+  The TrueType  bytecode interpreter is disabled in  all public releases
+  of the FreeType packages for patents reasons; see
+
+    http://www.freetype.org/patents.html
+
+  for more details.
+
+  However,  many Linux distributions  do enable  the interpreter  in the
+  FreeType packages (DEB/RPM/etc.) they produce for their platforms.  If
+  you are using TrueType fonts on your system, you most probably want to
+  enable it manually by doing the following:
+
+    - open the file `include/freetype/config/ftoption.h'
+
+    - locate a line that says:
+
+        /* #define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER */
+
+    - change it to:
+
+        #define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
+
+  These steps must be done _before_ compiling the library.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Copyright 2003, 2005, 2006 by
+David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+
+This  file is  part  of the  FreeType  project, and  may  only be  used,
+modified,  and  distributed under  the  terms  of  the FreeType  project
+license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing  to use, modify, or distribute this
+file  you indicate that  you have  read the  license and  understand and
+accept it fully.
+
+
+--- end of TRUETYPE ---
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/UPGRADE.UNIX b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/UPGRADE.UNIX
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..48c746d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/UPGRADE.UNIX
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+
+SPECIAL NOTE FOR UNIX USERS
+===========================
+
+  If  you are  installing  this release  of  FreeType on  a system  that
+  already uses  release 2.0.5  (or even an  older version), you  have to
+  perform a few special steps to ensure that everything goes well.
+
+
+  1. Enable the TrueType bytecode hinter if you need it
+  -----------------------------------------------------
+
+    See the instructions in the file `TRUETYPE' of this directory.
+
+    Note  that FreeType  supports  TrueType fonts  without the  bytecode
+    interpreter through its  auto-hinter, which now generates relatively
+    good results with most fonts.
+
+
+  2. Determine the correct installation path
+  ------------------------------------------
+
+    By   default,  the   configure  script   installs  the   library  in
+    `/usr/local'.   However,  many Unix  distributions  now install  the
+    library  in `/usr',  since FreeType  is becoming  a  critical system
+    component.
+
+    If FreeType is already installed on your system, type
+
+      freetype-config --prefix
+
+    on  the command  line.   This should  return  the installation  path
+    (e.g.,  `/usr'  or `/usr/local').   To  avoid  problems of  parallel
+    FreeType  versions, use  this path  for the  --prefix option  of the
+    configure script.
+
+    Otherwise, simply use `/usr' (or  whatever you think is adequate for
+    your installation).
+
+
+  3. Ensure that you are using GNU Make
+  -------------------------------------
+
+    The FreeType build  system _exclusively_ works with GNU  Make (as an
+    exception you  can use make++ which emulates  GNU Make sufficiently;
+    see http://makepp.sourceforge.net).  You will not be able to compile
+    the library with the  instructions below using any other alternative
+    (including BSD Make).
+
+    Trying to  compile the library with  a different Make  tool prints a
+    message like:
+
+      Sorry, GNU make is required to build FreeType2.
+
+    and the build process is aborted.  If this happens, install GNU Make
+    on your system, and use the GNUMAKE environment variable to name it.
+
+
+  4. Build and install the library
+  --------------------------------
+
+    The  following should  work on  all  Unix systems  where the  `make'
+    command invokes GNU Make:
+
+      ./configure --prefix=
+      make
+      make install           (as root)
+
+    where `' must be replaced  by the prefix returned by the
+    `freetype-config' command.
+
+    When using a  different command to invoke GNU  Make, use the GNUMAKE
+    variable.  For  example, if  `gmake' is the  command to use  on your
+    system, do something like:
+
+      GNUMAKE=gmake ./configure --prefix=
+      gmake
+      gmake install            (as root)
+
+
+  5. Take care of XFree86 version 4
+  ---------------------------------
+
+    Certain Linux  distributions install _several_  versions of FreeType
+    on your  system.  For example, on  a fresh Mandrake  8.1 system, you
+    can find the following files:
+
+      /usr/lib/libfreetype.so             which links to
+      /usr/lib/libfreetype.6.1.0.so
+
+    and
+
+      /usr/X11R6/lib/libfreetype.so       which links to
+      /usr/X11R6/lib/libfreetype.6.0.so
+
+    Note that  these files  correspond to two  distinct versions  of the
+    library!  It seems that this  surprising issue is due to the install
+    scripts of  recent XFree86 servers (from 4.1.0)  which install their
+    own (dated) version of the library in `/usr/X11R6/lib'.
+
+    In certain  _rare_ cases  you may experience  minor problems  if you
+    install this  release of  the library in  `/usr' only,  namely, that
+    certain applications do not benefit from the bug fixes and rendering
+    improvements you would expect.
+
+    There are two good ways to deal with this situation:
+
+      - Install the library _twice_,  in `/usr' and in `/usr/X11R6' (you
+        have to  do that  each time you  install a new  FreeType release
+        though).
+
+      - Change the link in /usr/X11R6/lib/libfreetype.so to point to
+
+          /usr/lib/libfreetype.so,
+
+        and get rid of
+
+          /usr/X11R6/lib/libfreetype.6.0.so
+
+    The FreeType  Team is  not responsible for  this problem,  so please
+    contact  either   the  XFree86   development  team  or   your  Linux
+    distributor to help  clear this issue in case  the information given
+    here doesn't help.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Copyright 2003, 2005 by
+David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+
+This  file is  part  of the  FreeType  project, and  may  only be  used,
+modified,  and  distributed under  the  terms  of  the FreeType  project
+license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing  to use, modify, or distribute this
+file  you indicate that  you have  read the  license and  understand and
+accept it fully.
+
+
+---- end of UPGRADE.UNIX ---
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/VERSION.DLL b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/VERSION.DLL
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6b028b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/VERSION.DLL
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+Due  to our  use of  `libtool' to  generate and  install the  FreeType 2
+libraries on  Unix systems,  as well as  other historical events,  it is
+generally very  difficult to  know precisely which  release of  the font
+engine is installed on a given system.
+
+This file tries  to explain why and to document  ways to properly detect
+FreeType on Unix.
+
+
+1. Version and Release numbers
+------------------------------
+
+For each new  public release of FreeType 2,  there are generally *three*
+distinct `version' numbers to consider:
+
+  * The official FreeType 2 release number, like 2.0.9 or 2.1.3.
+
+  * The libtool (and Unix) specific version number, like 9.2.3.  This is
+    what `freetype-config --version' returns.
+
+  * The platform-specific  shared object  number, used for  example when
+    the library is installed as `/usr/lib/libfreetype.so.6.3.2'.
+
+The platform-specific  number is, unsurprisingly,  platform-specific and
+varies  with the  operating system  you are  using (several  variants of
+Linux, FreeBSD,  Solaris, etc.).  You  should thus _never_ use  it, even
+for simple tests.
+
+The libtool-specific  number does  not equal the  release number  but is
+tied to it.
+
+The release number is available  at *compile* time through the following
+macros defined in FT_FREETYPE_H:
+
+  - FREETYPE_MAJOR: major release number
+  - FREETYPE_MINOR: minor release number
+  - FREETYPE_PATCH: patch release number
+
+See below for a small autoconf fragment.
+
+The  release   number  is  also  available  at   *runtime*  through  the
+`FT_Library_Version' API.   Unfortunately, this one  wasn't available or
+working correctly before the 2.1.3 official release.
+
+
+2. History
+----------
+
+The following table gives,  for each official release, the corresponding
+libtool  number, as well  as the  shared object  number found  on _most_
+systems, but not all of them:
+
+
+    release    libtool      so
+  -------------------------------
+     2.3.9      9.20.3    6.3.20
+     2.3.8      9.19.3    6.3.19
+     2.3.7      9.18.3    6.3.18
+     2.3.6      9.17.3    6.3.17
+     2.3.5      9.16.3    6.3.16
+     2.3.4      9.15.3    6.3.15
+     2.3.3      9.14.3    6.3.14
+     2.3.2      9.13.3    6.3.13
+     2.3.1      9.12.3    6.3.12
+     2.3.0      9.11.3    6.3.11
+     2.2.1      9.10.3    6.3.10
+     2.2.0      9.9.3     6.3.9
+     2.1.10     9.8.3     6.3.8
+     2.1.9      9.7.3     6.3.7
+     2.1.8      9.6.3     6.3.6
+     2.1.7      9.5.3     6.3.5
+     2.1.6      9.5.3     6.3.5
+     2.1.5      9.4.3     6.3.4
+     2.1.4      9.3.3     6.3.3
+     2.1.3      9.2.3     6.3.2
+     2.1.2      9.1.3     6.3.1
+     2.1.1      9.0.3         ?
+     2.1.0      8.0.2         ?
+     2.0.9      9.0.3         ?
+     2.0.8      8.0.2         ?
+     2.0.4      7.0.1         ?
+     2.0.1      6.1.0         ?
+
+The libtool numbers are a bit inconsistent due to the library's history:
+
+  - 2.1.0 was created as a development branch from 2.0.8 (hence the same
+    libtool numbers).
+
+  - 2.0.9  was  a  bug-fix  release  of  the  `stable'  branch,  and  we
+    incorrectly increased its libtool number.
+
+  - 2.1.4 was a development version, however it was stable  enough to be
+    the basis of the 2.2.0 release.
+
+
+3. Autoconf Code Fragment
+-------------------------
+
+Lars Clausen contributed the following autoconf fragment to detect which
+version of  FreeType is  installed on  a system.  This  one tests  for a
+version that  is at least 2.0.9;  you should change it  to check against
+other release numbers.
+
+
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether FreeType version is 2.0.9 or higher])
+  old_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
+  CPPFLAGS=`freetype-config --cflags`
+  AC_TRY_CPP([
+
+#include 
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+#if (FREETYPE_MAJOR*1000 + FREETYPE_MINOR)*1000 + FREETYPE_PATCH < 2000009
+#error Freetype version too low.
+#endif
+  ],
+  [AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+   FREETYPE_LIBS=`freetype-config --libs`
+   AC_SUBST(FREETYPE_LIBS)
+   AC_DEFINE(HAVE_FREETYPE,1,[Define if you have the FreeType2 library])
+   CPPFLAGS="$old_CPPFLAGS"],
+  [AC_MSG_ERROR([Need FreeType library version 2.0.9 or higher])])
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 by
+David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+
+This  file is  part  of the  FreeType  project, and  may  only be  used,
+modified,  and  distributed under  the  terms  of  the FreeType  project
+license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing  to use, modify, or distribute this
+file  you indicate that  you have  read the  license and  understand and
+accept it fully.
+
+
+--- end of VERSION.DLL ---
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/formats.txt b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/formats.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..571f5ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/formats.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+This  file  contains a  list  of various  font  formats.   It gives  the
+reference document and whether it is supported in FreeType 2.
+
+
+  file type:
+    The only special  case is `MAC'; on older Mac  OS versions, a `file'
+    is  stored as  a  data and  a  resource fork,  this  is, within  two
+    separate data chunks.   In all other cases, the  font data is stored
+    in a single file.
+
+  wrapper format:
+    The format used  to represent the font data.  In  the table below it
+    is used only if the font format differs.  Possible values are `SFNT'
+    (binary), `PS' (a text header, followed by binary or text data), and
+    `LZW' (compressed with either `gzip' or `compress').
+
+  font format:
+    How the font  is to be accessed, possibly  after converting the file
+    type and  wrapper format  into a generic  form.  Bitmap  formats are
+    `BDF',  `PCF', and  one  form  of `WINFNT';  all  others are  vector
+    formats.
+
+  font type:
+    Sub-formats  of the font  format.  `SBIT'  and `MACSBIT'  are bitmap
+    formats, `MM' and `VAR' support optical axes.
+
+  glyph access:
+    If not specified, the glyph access is `standard' to the font format.
+    Values are  `CID' for CID-keyed  fonts, `SYNTHETIC' for  fonts which
+    are modified  versions of other  fonts by means of  a transformation
+    matrix, `COLLECTION' for collecting  multiple fonts (sharing most of
+    the data) into a single file, and `TYPE_0' for PS fonts which are to
+    be accessed in a tree-like structure.
+
+  FreeType driver:
+    The module in  the FreeType library which handles  the specific font
+    format.   A missing entry  means that  FreeType doesn't  support the
+    font format (yet).
+
+
+Please  send  additions  and/or  corrections  to wl@gnu.org  or  to  the
+FreeType developer's list  at freetype-devel@nongnu.org (for subscribers
+only).   If you  can provide  a font  example for  a format  which isn't
+supported yet please send a mail too.
+
+
+file wrapper font   font    glyph      FreeType reference
+type format  format type    access     driver   documents
+----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+---  ---     BDF    ---     ---        bdf      5005.BDF_Spec.pdf, X11
+
+
+---  SFNT    PS     TYPE_1  ---        type1    Type 1 GX Font Format
+                                                (for the Mac) [3]
+MAC  SFNT    PS     TYPE_1  ---        type1    Type 1 GX Font Format
+                                                (for the Mac) [3]
+---  SFNT    PS     TYPE_1  CID        cid      5180.sfnt.pdf (for the Mac)
+                                                [3]
+MAC  SFNT    PS     TYPE_1  CID        cid      5180.sfnt.pdf (for the Mac)
+                                                [3]
+---  SFNT    PS     CFF     ---        cff      OT spec, 5176.CFF.pdf
+                                                (`OTTO' format)
+MAC  SFNT    PS     CFF     ---        cff      OT spec, 5176.CFF.pdf
+                                                (`OTTO' format)
+---  SFNT    PS     CFF     CID        cff      OT spec, 5176.CFF.pdf
+MAC  SFNT    PS     CFF     CID        cff      OT spec, 5176.CFF.pdf
+---  SFNT    PS     CFF     SYNTHETIC  ---      OT spec, 5176.CFF.pdf
+MAC  SFNT    PS     CFF     SYNTHETIC  ---      OT spec, 5176.CFF.pdf
+---  SFNT    TT     SBIT    ---        sfnt     XFree86 (bitmaps only;
+                                                with `head' table)
+---  SFNT    TT     MACSBIT ---        sfnt     OT spec (for the Mac;
+                                                bitmaps only; `bhed' table)
+MAC  SFNT    TT     MACSBIT ---        sfnt     OT spec (for the Mac;
+                                                bitmaps only; `bhed' table)
+---  SFNT    TT     ---     ---        truetype OT spec (`normal' TT font)
+MAC  SFNT    TT     ---     ---        truetype OT spec (`normal' TT font)
+MAC  SFNT    TT     VAR     ---        truetype GX spec (`?var' tables)
+---  SFNT    TT     ---     COLLECTION truetype OT spec (this can't be CFF)
+MAC  SFNT    TT     ---     COLLECTION truetype OT spec (this can't be CFF)
+
+
+---  ---     PS     TYPE_1  ---        type1    T1_SPEC.pdf
+                                                (`normal' Type 1 font)
+MAC  ---     PS     TYPE_1  ---        type1    T1_SPEC.pdf
+                                                (`normal' Type 1 font)
+---  ---     PS     TYPE_1  CID        cid      PLRM.pdf (CID Font Type 0;
+                                                Type 9 font)
+---  ---     PS     MM      ---        type1    5015.Type1_Supp.pdf
+                                                (Multiple Masters)
+---  ---     PS     CFF     ---        cff      5176.CFF.pdf (`pure' CFF)
+---  ---     PS     CFF     CID        cff      5176.CFF.pdf (`pure' CFF)
+---  ---     PS     CFF     SYNTHETIC  ---      5176.CFF.pdf (`pure' CFF)
+---  PS      PS     CFF     ---        ---      PLRM.pdf (Type 2) [1]
+---  PS      PS     CFF     CID        ---      PLRM.pdf (Type 2) [1]
+---  PS      PS     CFF     SYNTHETIC  ---      PLRM.pdf (Type 2) [1]
+---  ---     PS     ---     TYPE_0     ---      PLRM.pdf
+---  ---     PS     TYPE_3  ---        ---      PLRM.pdf (never supported)
+---  ---     PS     TYPE_3  CID        ---      PLRM.pdf (CID Font Type 1;
+                                                Type 10 font; never supported)
+---  PS      PS     TYPE_14 ---        ---      PLRM.pdf (Chameleon font;
+                                                Type 14 font; never supported?)
+---  ---     PS     TYPE_32 CID        ---      PLRM.pdf (CID Font Type 4;
+                                                Type 32 font; never supported?)
+---  PS      TT     ---     ---        type42   5012.Type42_Spec.pdf
+                                                (Type 42 font)
+---  PS      TT     ---     CID        ---      PLRM.pdf (CID Font Type 2;
+                                                Type 11 font)
+
+
+---  ?       ?      CEF     ?          cff      ?
+
+
+---  ---     PCF    ---     ---        pcf      X11, [4]
+---  LZW     PCF    ---     ---        pcf      X11, [4]
+
+
+---  ---     PFR    PFR0    ---        pfr      [2]
+---  ---     PFR    PFR1    ---        ---      (undocumented, proprietary;
+                                                probably never supported)
+
+
+---  ---     WINFNT ---     ---        winfonts MS Windows 3 Developer's Notes
+---  ---     WINFNT VECTOR  ---        ---      MS Windows 3 Developer's Notes
+
+
+[1] Support should be rather simple since this is identical to `CFF' but
+    in a PS wrapper.
+
+[2] Official PFR specification:
+
+      http://www.bitstream.com/categories/developer/truedoc/pfrspec.html
+      http://www.bitstream.com/categories/developer/truedoc/pfrspec1.2.pdf
+
+    The  syntax of  the  auxiliary data  is  not defined  there, but  is
+    partially defined in  MHP 1.0.3 (also called ETSI  TS 101812 V1.3.1)
+    section 7.4.
+
+      http://www.etsi.org/
+      http://webapp.etsi.org/workprogram/Report_WorkItem.asp?WKI_ID=18799
+
+    (free registration required).
+
+[3] Support is rudimentary currently; some tables are not loaded yet.
+
+[4] There is no formal PCF specification; you have to deduce the exact
+    format from the source code within X11.  George Williams did this for
+    his FontForge editor:
+
+      http://fontforge.sourceforge.net/pcf-format.html
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Copyright 2004, 2005, 2008, 2009 by
+David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+
+This  file is  part  of the  FreeType  project, and  may  only be  used,
+modified,  and  distributed under  the  terms  of  the FreeType  project
+license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing  to use, modify, or distribute this
+file  you indicate that  you have  read the  license and  understand and
+accept it fully.
+
+
+--- end of formats.txt ---
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/raster.txt b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/raster.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..95d9e24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/raster.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,635 @@
+
+                   How FreeType's rasterizer work
+
+                          by David Turner
+
+                        Revised 2007-Feb-01
+
+
+This file  is an  attempt to explain  the internals of  the FreeType
+rasterizer.  The  rasterizer is of  quite general purpose  and could
+easily be integrated into other programs.
+
+
+  I. Introduction
+
+ II. Rendering Technology
+     1. Requirements
+     2. Profiles and Spans
+        a. Sweeping the Shape
+        b. Decomposing Outlines into Profiles
+        c. The Render Pool
+        d. Computing Profiles Extents
+        e. Computing Profiles Coordinates
+        f. Sweeping and Sorting the Spans
+
+
+I. Introduction
+===============
+
+  A  rasterizer is  a library  in charge  of converting  a vectorial
+  representation of a shape  into a bitmap.  The FreeType rasterizer
+  has  been  originally developed  to  render  the  glyphs found  in
+  TrueType  files, made  up  of segments  and second-order  Béziers.
+  Meanwhile it has been extended to render third-order Bézier curves
+  also.   This  document  is   an  explanation  of  its  design  and
+  implementation.
+
+  While  these explanations start  from the  basics, a  knowledge of
+  common rasterization techniques is assumed.
+
+
+II. Rendering Technology
+========================
+
+1. Requirements
+---------------
+
+  We  assume that  all scaling,  rotating, hinting,  etc.,  has been
+  already done.  The glyph is thus  described by a list of points in
+  the device space.
+
+  - All point coordinates  are in the 26.6 fixed  float format.  The
+    used orientation is:
+
+
+       ^ y
+       |         reference orientation
+       |
+       *----> x
+      0
+
+
+    `26.6' means  that 26 bits  are used for  the integer part  of a
+    value   and  6   bits  are   used  for   the   fractional  part.
+    Consequently, the `distance'  between two neighbouring pixels is
+    64 `units' (1 unit = 1/64th of a pixel).
+
+    Note  that, for  the rasterizer,  pixel centers  are  located at
+    integer   coordinates.   The   TrueType   bytecode  interpreter,
+    however, assumes that  the lower left edge of  a pixel (which is
+    taken  to be  a square  with  a length  of 1  unit) has  integer
+    coordinates.
+
+
+        ^ y                                        ^ y
+        |                                          |
+        |            (1,1)                         |      (0.5,0.5)
+        +-----------+                        +-----+-----+
+        |           |                        |     |     |
+        |           |                        |     |     |
+        |           |                        |     o-----+-----> x
+        |           |                        |   (0,0)   |
+        |           |                        |           |
+        o-----------+-----> x                +-----------+
+      (0,0)                             (-0.5,-0.5)
+
+   TrueType bytecode interpreter          FreeType rasterizer
+
+
+    A pixel line in the target bitmap is called a `scanline'.
+
+  - A  glyph  is  usually  made  of several  contours,  also  called
+    `outlines'.  A contour is simply a closed curve that delimits an
+    outer or inner region of the glyph.  It is described by a series
+    of successive points of the points table.
+
+    Each point  of the glyph  has an associated flag  that indicates
+    whether  it is  `on' or  `off' the  curve.  Two  successive `on'
+    points indicate a line segment joining the two points.
+
+    One `off' point amidst two `on' points indicates a second-degree
+    (conic)  Bézier parametric  arc, defined  by these  three points
+    (the `off' point being the  control point, and the `on' ones the
+    start and end points).  Similarly, a third-degree (cubic) Bézier
+    curve  is described  by four  points (two  `off'  control points
+    between two `on' points).
+
+    Finally,  for  second-order curves  only,  two successive  `off'
+    points  forces the  rasterizer to  create, during  rendering, an
+    `on'  point amidst them,  at their  exact middle.   This greatly
+    facilitates the  definition of  successive Bézier arcs.
+
+  The parametric form of a second-order Bézier curve is:
+
+      P(t) = (1-t)^2*P1 + 2*t*(1-t)*P2 + t^2*P3
+
+      (P1 and P3 are the end points, P2 the control point.)
+
+  The parametric form of a third-order Bézier curve is:
+
+      P(t) = (1-t)^3*P1 + 3*t*(1-t)^2*P2 + 3*t^2*(1-t)*P3 + t^3*P4
+
+      (P1 and P4 are the end points, P2 and P3 the control points.)
+
+  For both formulae, t is a real number in the range [0..1].
+
+  Note  that the rasterizer  does not  use these  formulae directly.
+  They exhibit,  however, one very  useful property of  Bézier arcs:
+  Each  point of  the curve  is a  weighted average  of  the control
+  points.
+
+  As all weights  are positive and always sum up  to 1, whatever the
+  value  of t,  each arc  point lies  within the  triangle (polygon)
+  defined by the arc's three (four) control points.
+
+  In  the following,  only second-order  curves are  discussed since
+  rasterization of third-order curves is completely identical.
+
+  Here some samples for second-order curves.
+
+
+                                        *            # on curve
+                                                     * off curve
+                                     __---__
+        #-__                      _--       -_
+            --__                _-            -
+                --__           #               \
+                    --__                        #
+                        -#
+                                 Two `on' points
+         Two `on' points       and one `off' point
+                                  between them
+
+                      *
+        #            __      Two `on' points with two `off'
+         \          -  -     points between them. The point
+          \        /    \    marked `0' is the middle of the
+           -      0      \   `off' points, and is a `virtual
+            -_  _-       #   on' point where the curve passes.
+              --             It does not appear in the point
+              *              list.
+
+
+2. Profiles and Spans
+---------------------
+
+  The following is a basic explanation of the _kind_ of computations
+  made  by  the   rasterizer  to  build  a  bitmap   from  a  vector
+  representation.  Note  that the actual  implementation is slightly
+  different, due to performance tuning and other factors.
+
+  However, the following ideas remain  in the same category, and are
+  more convenient to understand.
+
+
+  a. Sweeping the Shape
+
+    The best way to fill a shape is to decompose it into a number of
+    simple  horizontal segments,  then turn  them on  in  the target
+    bitmap.  These segments are called `spans'.
+
+                __---__
+             _--       -_
+           _-            -
+          -               \
+         /                 \
+        /                   \
+       |                     \
+
+                __---__         Example: filling a shape
+             _----------_                with spans.
+           _--------------
+          ----------------\
+         /-----------------\    This is typically done from the top
+        /                   \   to the bottom of the shape, in a
+       |           |         \  movement called a `sweep'.
+                   V
+
+                __---__
+             _----------_
+           _--------------
+          ----------------\
+         /-----------------\
+        /-------------------\
+       |---------------------\
+
+
+    In  order  to draw  a  span,  the  rasterizer must  compute  its
+    coordinates, which  are simply the x coordinates  of the shape's
+    contours, taken on the y scanlines.
+
+
+                   /---/    |---|   Note that there are usually
+                  /---/     |---|   several spans per scanline.
+        |        /---/      |---|
+        |       /---/_______|---|   When rendering this shape to the
+        V      /----------------|   current scanline y, we must
+              /-----------------|   compute the x values of the
+           a /----|         |---|   points a, b, c, and d.
+      - - - *     * - - - - *   * - - y -
+           /     / b       c|   |d
+
+
+                   /---/    |---|
+                  /---/     |---|  And then turn on the spans a-b
+                 /---/      |---|  and c-d.
+                /---/_______|---|
+               /----------------|
+              /-----------------|
+           a /----|         |---|
+      - - - ####### - - - - ##### - - y -
+           /     / b       c|   |d
+
+
+  b. Decomposing Outlines into Profiles
+
+    For  each  scanline during  the  sweep,  we  need the  following
+    information:
+
+    o The  number of  spans on  the current  scanline, given  by the
+      number of  shape points  intersecting the scanline  (these are
+      the points a, b, c, and d in the above example).
+
+    o The x coordinates of these points.
+
+    x coordinates are  computed before the sweep, in  a phase called
+    `decomposition' which converts the glyph into *profiles*.
+
+    Put it simply, a `profile'  is a contour's portion that can only
+    be either ascending or descending,  i.e., it is monotonic in the
+    vertical direction (we also say  y-monotonic).  There is no such
+    thing as a horizontal profile, as we shall see.
+
+    Here are a few examples:
+
+
+      this square
+                                          1         2
+         ---->----     is made of two
+        |         |                       |         |
+        |         |       profiles        |         |
+        ^         v                       ^    +    v
+        |         |                       |         |
+        |         |                       |         |
+         ----<----
+
+                                         up        down
+
+
+      this triangle
+
+             P2                             1          2
+
+             |\        is made of two       |         \
+          ^  | \  \                         |          \
+          | |   \  \      profiles         |            \      |
+         |  |    \  v                  ^   |             \     |
+           |      \                    |  |         +     \    v
+           |       \                   |  |                \
+        P1 ---___   \                     ---___            \
+                 ---_\                          ---_         \
+             <--__     P3                   up           down
+
+
+
+      A more general contour can be made of more than two profiles:
+
+              __     ^
+             /  |   /  ___          /    |
+            /   |     /   |        /     |       /     |
+           |    |    /   /    =>  |      v      /     /
+           |    |   |   |         |      |     ^     |
+        ^  |    |___|   |  |      ^   +  |  +  |  +  v
+        |  |           |   v      |                 |
+           |           |          |           up    |
+           |___________|          |    down         |
+
+                <--               up              down
+
+
+    Successive  profiles are  always joined  by  horizontal segments
+    that are not part of the profiles themselves.
+
+    For  the  rasterizer,  a  profile  is  simply  an  *array*  that
+    associates  one  horizontal *pixel*  coordinate  to each  bitmap
+    *scanline*  crossed  by  the  contour's section  containing  the
+    profile.  Note that profiles are *oriented* up or down along the
+    glyph's original flow orientation.
+
+    In other graphics libraries, profiles are also called `edges' or
+    `edgelists'.
+
+
+  c. The Render Pool
+
+    FreeType  has been designed  to be  able to  run well  on _very_
+    light systems, including embedded systems with very few memory.
+
+    A render pool  will be allocated once; the  rasterizer uses this
+    pool for all  its needs by managing this  memory directly in it.
+    The  algorithms that are  used for  profile computation  make it
+    possible to use  the pool as a simple  growing heap.  This means
+    that this  memory management is  actually quite easy  and faster
+    than any kind of malloc()/free() combination.
+
+    Moreover,  we'll see  later that  the rasterizer  is  able, when
+    dealing with profiles too large  and numerous to lie all at once
+    in  the render  pool, to  immediately decompose  recursively the
+    rendering process  into independent sub-tasks,  each taking less
+    memory to be performed (see `sub-banding' below).
+
+    The  render pool doesn't  need to  be large.   A 4KByte  pool is
+    enough for nearly all renditions, though nearly 100% slower than
+    a more comfortable 16KByte or 32KByte pool (that was tested with
+    complex glyphs at sizes over 500 pixels).
+
+
+  d. Computing Profiles Extents
+
+    Remember that a profile is an array, associating a _scanline_ to
+    the x pixel coordinate of its intersection with a contour.
+
+    Though it's not exactly how the FreeType rasterizer works, it is
+    convenient  to think  that  we need  a  profile's height  before
+    allocating it in the pool and computing its coordinates.
+
+    The profile's height  is the number of scanlines  crossed by the
+    y-monotonic section of a contour.  We thus need to compute these
+    sections from  the vectorial description.  In order  to do that,
+    we are  obliged to compute all  (local and global)  y extrema of
+    the glyph (minima and maxima).
+
+
+           P2             For instance, this triangle has only
+                          two y-extrema, which are simply
+           |\
+           | \               P2.y  as a vertical maximum
+          |   \              P3.y  as a vertical minimum
+          |    \
+         |      \            P1.y is not a vertical extremum (though
+         |       \           it is a horizontal minimum, which we
+      P1 ---___   \          don't need).
+               ---_\
+                     P3
+
+
+    Note  that the  extrema are  expressed  in pixel  units, not  in
+    scanlines.   The triangle's  height  is certainly  (P3.y-P2.y+1)
+    pixel  units,   but  its  profiles'  heights   are  computed  in
+    scanlines.  The exact conversion is simple:
+
+      - min scanline = FLOOR  ( min y )
+      - max scanline = CEILING( max y )
+
+    A problem  arises with Bézier  Arcs.  While a segment  is always
+    necessarily y-monotonic (i.e.,  flat, ascending, or descending),
+    which makes extrema computations easy,  the ascent of an arc can
+    vary between its control points.
+
+
+                          P2
+                         *
+                                       # on curve
+                                       * off curve
+                   __-x--_
+                _--       -_
+          P1  _-            -          A non y-monotonic Bézier arc.
+             #               \
+                              -        The arc goes from P1 to P3.
+                               \
+                                \  P3
+                                 #
+
+
+    We first  need to be  able to easily detect  non-monotonic arcs,
+    according to  their control points.  I will  state here, without
+    proof, that the monotony condition can be expressed as:
+
+      P1.y <= P2.y <= P3.y   for an ever-ascending arc
+
+      P1.y >= P2.y >= P3.y   for an ever-descending arc
+
+    with the special case of
+
+      P1.y = P2.y = P3.y     where the arc is said to be `flat'.
+
+    As  you can  see, these  conditions can  be very  easily tested.
+    They are, however, extremely important, as any arc that does not
+    satisfy them necessarily contains an extremum.
+
+    Note  also that  a monotonic  arc can  contain an  extremum too,
+    which is then one of its `on' points:
+
+
+        P1           P2
+          #---__   *         P1P2P3 is ever-descending, but P1
+                -_           is an y-extremum.
+                  -
+           ---_    \
+               ->   \
+                     \  P3
+                      #
+
+
+    Let's go back to our previous example:
+
+
+                          P2
+                         *
+                                       # on curve
+                                       * off curve
+                   __-x--_
+                _--       -_
+          P1  _-            -          A non-y-monotonic Bézier arc.
+             #               \
+                              -        Here we have
+                               \              P2.y >= P1.y &&
+                                \  P3         P2.y >= P3.y      (!)
+                                 #
+
+
+    We need to  compute the vertical maximum of this  arc to be able
+    to compute a profile's height (the point marked by an `x').  The
+    arc's equation indicates that  a direct computation is possible,
+    but  we rely  on a  different technique,  which use  will become
+    apparent soon.
+
+    Bézier  arcs have  the  special property  of  being very  easily
+    decomposed into two sub-arcs,  which are themselves Bézier arcs.
+    Moreover, it is easy to prove that there is at most one vertical
+    extremum on  each Bézier arc (for  second-degree curves; similar
+    conditions can be found for third-order arcs).
+
+    For instance,  the following arc  P1P2P3 can be  decomposed into
+    two sub-arcs Q1Q2Q3 and R1R2R3:
+
+
+                    P2
+                   *
+                                    # on  curve
+                                    * off curve
+
+
+                                    original Bézier arc P1P2P3.
+                __---__
+             _--       --_
+           _-             -_
+          -                 -
+         /                   \
+        /                     \
+       #                       #
+     P1                         P3
+
+
+
+                    P2
+                   *
+
+
+
+                   Q3                 Decomposed into two subarcs
+          Q2                R2        Q1Q2Q3 and R1R2R3
+            *   __-#-__   *
+             _--       --_
+           _-       R1    -_          Q1 = P1         R3 = P3
+          -                 -         Q2 = (P1+P2)/2  R2 = (P2+P3)/2
+         /                   \
+        /                     \            Q3 = R1 = (Q2+R2)/2
+       #                       #
+     Q1                         R3    Note that Q2, R2, and Q3=R1
+                                      are on a single line which is
+                                      tangent to the curve.
+
+
+    We have then decomposed  a non-y-monotonic Bézier curve into two
+    smaller sub-arcs.  Note that in the above drawing, both sub-arcs
+    are monotonic, and that the extremum is then Q3=R1.  However, in
+    a  more general  case,  only  one sub-arc  is  guaranteed to  be
+    monotonic.  Getting back to our former example:
+
+
+                    Q2
+                   *
+
+                   __-x--_ R1
+                _--       #_
+          Q1  _-        Q3  -   R2
+             #               \ *
+                              -
+                               \
+                                \  R3
+                                 #
+
+
+    Here, we see that,  though Q1Q2Q3 is still non-monotonic, R1R2R3
+    is ever  descending: We  thus know that  it doesn't  contain the
+    extremum.  We can then re-subdivide Q1Q2Q3 into two sub-arcs and
+    go  on recursively,  stopping  when we  encounter two  monotonic
+    subarcs, or when the subarcs become simply too small.
+
+    We  will finally  find  the vertical  extremum.   Note that  the
+    iterative process of finding an extremum is called `flattening'.
+
+
+  e. Computing Profiles Coordinates
+
+    Once we have the height of each profile, we are able to allocate
+    it in the render pool.   The next task is to compute coordinates
+    for each scanline.
+
+    In  the case  of segments,  the computation  is straightforward,
+    using  the  Euclidean   algorithm  (also  known  as  Bresenham).
+    However, for Bézier arcs, the job is a little more complicated.
+
+    We assume  that all Béziers that  are part of a  profile are the
+    result of  flattening the curve,  which means that they  are all
+    y-monotonic (ascending  or descending, and never  flat).  We now
+    have  to compute the  intersections of  arcs with  the profile's
+    scanlines.  One  way is  to use a  similar scheme  to flattening
+    called `stepping'.
+
+
+                                 Consider this arc, going from P1 to
+      ---------------------      P3.  Suppose that we need to
+                                 compute its intersections with the
+                                 drawn scanlines.  As already
+      ---------------------      mentioned this can be done
+                                 directly, but the involved
+          * P2         _---# P3  algorithm is far too slow.
+      ------------- _--  --
+                  _-
+                _/               Instead, it is still possible to
+      ---------/-----------      use the decomposition property in
+              /                  the same recursive way, i.e.,
+             |                   subdivide the arc into subarcs
+      ------|--------------      until these get too small to cross
+            |                    more than one scanline!
+           |
+      -----|---------------      This is very easily done using a
+          |                      rasterizer-managed stack of
+          |                      subarcs.
+          # P1
+
+
+  f. Sweeping and Sorting the Spans
+
+    Once all our profiles have  been computed, we begin the sweep to
+    build (and fill) the spans.
+
+    As both the  TrueType and Type 1 specifications  use the winding
+    fill  rule (but  with opposite  directions), we  place,  on each
+    scanline, the present profiles in two separate lists.
+
+    One  list,  called  the  `left'  one,  only  contains  ascending
+    profiles, while  the other `right' list  contains the descending
+    profiles.
+
+    As  each glyph  is made  of  closed curves,  a simple  geometric
+    property ensures that  the two lists contain the  same number of
+    elements.
+
+    Creating spans is thus straightforward:
+
+    1. We sort each list in increasing horizontal order.
+
+    2. We pair  each value of  the left list with  its corresponding
+       value in the right list.
+
+
+                   /     /  |   |          For example, we have here
+                  /     /   |   |          four profiles.  Two of
+                >/     /    |   |  |       them are ascending (1 &
+              1//     /   ^ |   |  | 2     3), while the two others
+              //     //  3| |   |  v       are descending (2 & 4).
+              /     //4   | |   |          On the given scanline,
+           a /     /<       |   |          the left list is (1,3),
+      - - - *-----* - - - - *---* - - y -  and the right one is
+           /     / b       c|   |d         (4,2) (sorted).
+
+                                   There are then two spans, joining
+                                   1 to 4 (i.e. a-b) and 3 to 2
+                                   (i.e. c-d)!
+
+
+    Sorting doesn't necessarily  take much time, as in  99 cases out
+    of 100, the lists' order is  kept from one scanline to the next.
+    We can  thus implement it  with two simple  singly-linked lists,
+    sorted by a classic bubble-sort, which takes a minimum amount of
+    time when the lists are already sorted.
+
+    A  previous  version  of  the  rasterizer  used  more  elaborate
+    structures, like arrays to  perform `faster' sorting.  It turned
+    out that  this old scheme is  not faster than  the one described
+    above.
+
+    Once the spans  have been `created', we can  simply draw them in
+    the target bitmap.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Copyright 2003, 2007 by
+David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+
+This  file  is  part  of the  FreeType  project, and may  only be  used,
+modified,  and  distributed  under  the  terms of  the FreeType  project
+license, LICENSE.TXT.   By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this
+file you  indicate that  you have  read the  license and understand  and
+accept it fully.
+
+
+--- end of raster.txt ---
+
+Local Variables:
+coding: utf-8
+End:
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/README b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/README
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..51b04d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/README
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+After saying `make refdoc' this directory contains the FreeType API
+reference.  You need python to make this target.
+
+This also works with Jam: Just type `jam refdoc' in the main directory.
+
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-base_interface.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-base_interface.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..27f454b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-base_interface.html
@@ -0,0 +1,3409 @@
+
+
+
+
+FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
        FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
        
+
+
        
+Base Interface
+
        
+
        Synopsis
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        FT_LibraryFT_IS_TRICKYFT_LOAD_XXX
        FT_FaceFT_STYLE_FLAG_XXXFT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX
        FT_SizeFT_Size_InternalFT_LOAD_TARGET_MODE
        FT_GlyphSlotFT_Size_MetricsFT_Set_Transform
        FT_CharMapFT_SizeRecFT_Render_Mode
        FT_EncodingFT_SubGlyphft_render_mode_xxx
        FT_Glyph_MetricsFT_Slot_InternalFT_Render_Glyph
        FT_Bitmap_SizeFT_GlyphSlotRecFT_Kerning_Mode
        FT_ModuleFT_Init_FreeTypeft_kerning_default
        FT_DriverFT_Done_FreeTypeft_kerning_unfitted
        FT_RendererFT_OPEN_XXXft_kerning_unscaled
        FT_ENC_TAGFT_ParameterFT_Get_Kerning
        ft_encoding_xxxFT_Open_ArgsFT_Get_Track_Kerning
        FT_CharMapRecFT_New_FaceFT_Get_Glyph_Name
        FT_Face_InternalFT_New_Memory_FaceFT_Get_Postscript_Name
        FT_FaceRecFT_Open_FaceFT_Select_Charmap
        FT_FACE_FLAG_XXXFT_Attach_FileFT_Set_Charmap
        FT_HAS_HORIZONTALFT_Attach_StreamFT_Get_Charmap_Index
        FT_HAS_VERTICALFT_Done_FaceFT_Get_Char_Index
        FT_HAS_KERNINGFT_Select_SizeFT_Get_First_Char
        FT_IS_SCALABLEFT_Size_Request_TypeFT_Get_Next_Char
        FT_IS_SFNTFT_Size_RequestRecFT_Get_Name_Index
        FT_IS_FIXED_WIDTHFT_Size_RequestFT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XXX
        FT_HAS_FIXED_SIZESFT_Request_SizeFT_Get_SubGlyph_Info
        FT_HAS_FAST_GLYPHSFT_Set_Char_SizeFT_FSTYPE_XXX
        FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMESFT_Set_Pixel_SizesFT_Get_FSType_Flags
        FT_HAS_MULTIPLE_MASTERSFT_Load_Glyph
        FT_IS_CID_KEYEDFT_Load_Char


        
+
+
        
+
        This section describes the public high-level API of FreeType 2.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        FT_Library
        
+
        
+
        A handle to a FreeType library instance. Each ‘library’ is completely independent from the others; it is the ‘root’ of a set of objects like fonts, faces, sizes, etc.
        
+
        It also embeds a memory manager (see FT_Memory), as well as a scan-line converter object (see FT_Raster).
        
+
        For multi-threading applications each thread should have its own FT_Library object.
        
+

        
+
        note
        
+
        Library objects are normally created by FT_Init_FreeType, and destroyed with FT_Done_FreeType.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Face
        
+
        
+
        A handle to a given typographic face object. A face object models a given typeface, in a given style.
        
+

        
+
        note
        
+
        Each face object also owns a single FT_GlyphSlot object, as well as one or more FT_Size objects.
        
+
        Use FT_New_Face or FT_Open_Face to create a new face object from a given filepathname or a custom input stream.
        
+
        Use FT_Done_Face to destroy it (along with its slot and sizes).
        
+
        
+
        also
        
+
        See FT_FaceRec for the publicly accessible fields of a given face object.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Size
        
+
        
+
        A handle to an object used to model a face scaled to a given character size.
        
+

        
+
        note
        
+
        Each FT_Face has an active FT_Size object that is used by functions like FT_Load_Glyph to determine the scaling transformation which is used to load and hint glyphs and metrics.
        
+
        You can use FT_Set_Char_Size, FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes, FT_Request_Size or even FT_Select_Size to change the content (i.e., the scaling values) of the active FT_Size.
        
+
        You can use FT_New_Size to create additional size objects for a given FT_Face, but they won't be used by other functions until you activate it through FT_Activate_Size. Only one size can be activated at any given time per face.
        
+
        
+
        also
        
+
        See FT_SizeRec for the publicly accessible fields of a given size object.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_GlyphSlot
        
+
        
+
        A handle to a given ‘glyph slot’. A slot is a container where it is possible to load any of the glyphs contained in its parent face.
        
+
        In other words, each time you call FT_Load_Glyph or FT_Load_Char, the slot's content is erased by the new glyph data, i.e., the glyph's metrics, its image (bitmap or outline), and other control information.
        
+

        
+
        also
        
+
        See FT_GlyphSlotRec for the publicly accessible glyph fields.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_CharMap
        
+
        
+
        A handle to a given character map. A charmap is used to translate character codes in a given encoding into glyph indexes for its parent's face. Some font formats may provide several charmaps per font.
        
+
        Each face object owns zero or more charmaps, but only one of them can be ‘active’ and used by FT_Get_Char_Index or FT_Load_Char.
        
+
        The list of available charmaps in a face is available through the ‘face->num_charmaps’ and ‘face->charmaps’ fields of FT_FaceRec.
        
+
        The currently active charmap is available as ‘face->charmap’. You should call FT_Set_Charmap to change it.
        
+

        
+
        note
        
+
        When a new face is created (either through FT_New_Face or FT_Open_Face), the library looks for a Unicode charmap within the list and automatically activates it.
        
+
        
+
        also
        
+
        See FT_CharMapRec for the publicly accessible fields of a given character map.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Encoding
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef enum  FT_Encoding_
+  {
+    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_NONE, 0, 0, 0, 0 ),
+
+    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_MS_SYMBOL, 's', 'y', 'm', 'b' ),
+    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_UNICODE,   'u', 'n', 'i', 'c' ),
+
+    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_SJIS,    's', 'j', 'i', 's' ),
+    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_GB2312,  'g', 'b', ' ', ' ' ),
+    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_BIG5,    'b', 'i', 'g', '5' ),
+    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG, 'w', 'a', 'n', 's' ),
+    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_JOHAB,   'j', 'o', 'h', 'a' ),
+
+    /* for backwards compatibility */
+    FT_ENCODING_MS_SJIS    = FT_ENCODING_SJIS,
+    FT_ENCODING_MS_GB2312  = FT_ENCODING_GB2312,
+    FT_ENCODING_MS_BIG5    = FT_ENCODING_BIG5,
+    FT_ENCODING_MS_WANSUNG = FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG,
+    FT_ENCODING_MS_JOHAB   = FT_ENCODING_JOHAB,
+
+    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_STANDARD, 'A', 'D', 'O', 'B' ),
+    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_EXPERT,   'A', 'D', 'B', 'E' ),
+    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_CUSTOM,   'A', 'D', 'B', 'C' ),
+    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_LATIN_1,  'l', 'a', 't', '1' ),
+
+    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_OLD_LATIN_2, 'l', 'a', 't', '2' ),
+
+    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_APPLE_ROMAN, 'a', 'r', 'm', 'n' )
+
+  } FT_Encoding;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        An enumeration used to specify character sets supported by charmaps. Used in the FT_Select_Charmap API function.
        
+

        
+
        note
        
+
        Despite the name, this enumeration lists specific character repertories (i.e., charsets), and not text encoding methods (e.g., UTF-8, UTF-16, GB2312_EUC, etc.).
        
+
        Because of 32-bit charcodes defined in Unicode (i.e., surrogates), all character codes must be expressed as FT_Longs.
        
+
        Other encodings might be defined in the future.
        
+
        
+
        values
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        FT_ENCODING_NONE
+
        The encoding value 0 is reserved.
        
+
        FT_ENCODING_UNICODE
+
        Corresponds to the Unicode character set. This value covers all versions of the Unicode repertoire, including ASCII and Latin-1. Most fonts include a Unicode charmap, but not all of them.
        
+
        FT_ENCODING_MS_SYMBOL
+
        Corresponds to the Microsoft Symbol encoding, used to encode mathematical symbols in the 32..255 character code range. For more information, see ‘http://www.ceviz.net/symbol.htm’.
        
+
        FT_ENCODING_SJIS
+
        Corresponds to Japanese SJIS encoding. More info at at ‘http://langsupport.japanreference.com/encoding.shtml’. See note on multi-byte encodings below.
        
+
        FT_ENCODING_GB2312
+
        Corresponds to an encoding system for Simplified Chinese as used used in mainland China.
        
+
        FT_ENCODING_BIG5
+
        Corresponds to an encoding system for Traditional Chinese as used in Taiwan and Hong Kong.
        
+
        FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG
+
        Corresponds to the Korean encoding system known as Wansung. For more information see ‘http://www.microsoft.com/typography/unicode/949.txt’.
        
+
        FT_ENCODING_JOHAB
+
        The Korean standard character set (KS C 5601-1992), which corresponds to MS Windows code page 1361. This character set includes all possible Hangeul character combinations.
        
+
        FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_LATIN_1
        
+
        Corresponds to a Latin-1 encoding as defined in a Type 1 PostScript font. It is limited to 256 character codes.
        
+
        FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_STANDARD
        
+
        Corresponds to the Adobe Standard encoding, as found in Type 1, CFF, and OpenType/CFF fonts. It is limited to 256 character codes.
        
+
        FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_EXPERT
        
+
        Corresponds to the Adobe Expert encoding, as found in Type 1, CFF, and OpenType/CFF fonts. It is limited to 256 character codes.
        
+
        FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_CUSTOM
        
+
        Corresponds to a custom encoding, as found in Type 1, CFF, and OpenType/CFF fonts. It is limited to 256 character codes.
        
+
        FT_ENCODING_APPLE_ROMAN
        
+
        Corresponds to the 8-bit Apple roman encoding. Many TrueType and OpenType fonts contain a charmap for this encoding, since older versions of Mac OS are able to use it.
        
+
        FT_ENCODING_OLD_LATIN_2
        
+
        This value is deprecated and was never used nor reported by FreeType. Don't use or test for it.
        
+
        FT_ENCODING_MS_SJIS
+
        Same as FT_ENCODING_SJIS. Deprecated.
        
+
        FT_ENCODING_MS_GB2312
+
        Same as FT_ENCODING_GB2312. Deprecated.
        
+
        FT_ENCODING_MS_BIG5
+
        Same as FT_ENCODING_BIG5. Deprecated.
        
+
        FT_ENCODING_MS_WANSUNG
+
        Same as FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG. Deprecated.
        
+
        FT_ENCODING_MS_JOHAB
+
        Same as FT_ENCODING_JOHAB. Deprecated.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        By default, FreeType automatically synthesizes a Unicode charmap for PostScript fonts, using their glyph names dictionaries. However, it also reports the encodings defined explicitly in the font file, for the cases when they are needed, with the Adobe values as well.
        
+
        FT_ENCODING_NONE is set by the BDF and PCF drivers if the charmap is neither Unicode nor ISO-8859-1 (otherwise it is set to FT_ENCODING_UNICODE). Use FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID to find out which encoding is really present. If, for example, the ‘cs_registry’ field is ‘KOI8’ and the ‘cs_encoding’ field is ‘R’, the font is encoded in KOI8-R.
        
+
        FT_ENCODING_NONE is always set (with a single exception) by the winfonts driver. Use FT_Get_WinFNT_Header and examine the ‘charset’ field of the FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec structure to find out which encoding is really present. For example, FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1251 (204) means Windows code page 1251 (for Russian).
        
+
        FT_ENCODING_NONE is set if ‘platform_id’ is TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH and ‘encoding_id’ is not TT_MAC_ID_ROMAN (otherwise it is set to FT_ENCODING_APPLE_ROMAN).
        
+
        If ‘platform_id’ is TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH, use the function FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID to query the Mac language ID which may be needed to be able to distinguish Apple encoding variants. See
        
+
        http://www.unicode.org/Public/MAPPINGS/VENDORS/APPLE/README.TXT
        
+
        to get an idea how to do that. Basically, if the language ID is 0, don't use it, otherwise subtract 1 from the language ID. Then examine ‘encoding_id’. If, for example, ‘encoding_id’ is TT_MAC_ID_ROMAN and the language ID (minus 1) is ‘TT_MAC_LANGID_GREEK’, it is the Greek encoding, not Roman. TT_MAC_ID_ARABIC with ‘TT_MAC_LANGID_FARSI’ means the Farsi variant the Arabic encoding.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Glyph_Metrics
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef struct  FT_Glyph_Metrics_
+  {
+    FT_Pos  width;
+    FT_Pos  height;
+
+    FT_Pos  horiBearingX;
+    FT_Pos  horiBearingY;
+    FT_Pos  horiAdvance;
+
+    FT_Pos  vertBearingX;
+    FT_Pos  vertBearingY;
+    FT_Pos  vertAdvance;
+
+  } FT_Glyph_Metrics;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A structure used to model the metrics of a single glyph. The values are expressed in 26.6 fractional pixel format; if the flag FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE has been used while loading the glyph, values are expressed in font units instead.
        
+

        
+
        fields
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        width
+
        The glyph's width.
        
+
        height
+
        The glyph's height.
        
+
        horiBearingX
+
        Left side bearing for horizontal layout.
        
+
        horiBearingY
+
        Top side bearing for horizontal layout.
        
+
        horiAdvance
+
        Advance width for horizontal layout.
        
+
        vertBearingX
+
        Left side bearing for vertical layout.
        
+
        vertBearingY
+
        Top side bearing for vertical layout.
        
+
        vertAdvance
+
        Advance height for vertical layout.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Bitmap_Size
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef struct  FT_Bitmap_Size_
+  {
+    FT_Short  height;
+    FT_Short  width;
+
+    FT_Pos    size;
+
+    FT_Pos    x_ppem;
+    FT_Pos    y_ppem;
+
+  } FT_Bitmap_Size;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        This structure models the metrics of a bitmap strike (i.e., a set of glyphs for a given point size and resolution) in a bitmap font. It is used for the ‘available_sizes’ field of FT_Face.
        
+

        
+
        fields
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        height
+
        The vertical distance, in pixels, between two consecutive baselines. It is always positive.
        
+
        width
+
        The average width, in pixels, of all glyphs in the strike.
        
+
        size
+
        The nominal size of the strike in 26.6 fractional points. This field is not very useful.
        
+
        x_ppem
+
        The horizontal ppem (nominal width) in 26.6 fractional pixels.
        
+
        y_ppem
+
        The vertical ppem (nominal height) in 26.6 fractional pixels.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        Windows FNT: The nominal size given in a FNT font is not reliable. Thus when the driver finds it incorrect, it sets ‘size’ to some calculated values and sets ‘x_ppem’ and ‘y_ppem’ to the pixel width and height given in the font, respectively.
        
+
        TrueType embedded bitmaps: ‘size’, ‘width’, and ‘height’ values are not contained in the bitmap strike itself. They are computed from the global font parameters.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Module
        
+
        
+
        A handle to a given FreeType module object. Each module can be a font driver, a renderer, or anything else that provides services to the formers.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Driver
        
+
        
+
        A handle to a given FreeType font driver object. Each font driver is a special module capable of creating faces from font files.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Renderer
        
+
        
+
        A handle to a given FreeType renderer. A renderer is a special module in charge of converting a glyph image to a bitmap, when necessary. Each renderer supports a given glyph image format, and one or more target surface depths.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_ENC_TAG
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+#ifndef FT_ENC_TAG
+#define FT_ENC_TAG( value, a, b, c, d )         \
+          value = ( ( (FT_UInt32)(a) << 24 ) |  \
+                    ( (FT_UInt32)(b) << 16 ) |  \
+                    ( (FT_UInt32)(c) <<  8 ) |  \
+                      (FT_UInt32)(d)         )
+
+#endif /* FT_ENC_TAG */
+
+

        
+
        
+
        This macro converts four-letter tags into an unsigned long. It is used to define ‘encoding’ identifiers (see FT_Encoding).
        
+

        
+
        note
        
+
        Since many 16-bit compilers don't like 32-bit enumerations, you should redefine this macro in case of problems to something like this:
        
+
        +  #define FT_ENC_TAG( value, a, b, c, d )  value                   
+
        
+
        to get a simple enumeration without assigning special numbers.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        ft_encoding_xxx
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+#define ft_encoding_none            FT_ENCODING_NONE
+#define ft_encoding_unicode         FT_ENCODING_UNICODE
+#define ft_encoding_symbol          FT_ENCODING_MS_SYMBOL
+#define ft_encoding_latin_1         FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_LATIN_1
+#define ft_encoding_latin_2         FT_ENCODING_OLD_LATIN_2
+#define ft_encoding_sjis            FT_ENCODING_SJIS
+#define ft_encoding_gb2312          FT_ENCODING_GB2312
+#define ft_encoding_big5            FT_ENCODING_BIG5
+#define ft_encoding_wansung         FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG
+#define ft_encoding_johab           FT_ENCODING_JOHAB
+
+#define ft_encoding_adobe_standard  FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_STANDARD
+#define ft_encoding_adobe_expert    FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_EXPERT
+#define ft_encoding_adobe_custom    FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_CUSTOM
+#define ft_encoding_apple_roman     FT_ENCODING_APPLE_ROMAN
+
+

        
+
        
+
        These constants are deprecated; use the corresponding FT_Encoding values instead.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_CharMapRec
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef struct  FT_CharMapRec_
+  {
+    FT_Face      face;
+    FT_Encoding  encoding;
+    FT_UShort    platform_id;
+    FT_UShort    encoding_id;
+
+  } FT_CharMapRec;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        The base charmap structure.
        
+

        
+
        fields
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
        face
+
        A handle to the parent face object.
        
+
        encoding
+
        An FT_Encoding tag identifying the charmap. Use this with FT_Select_Charmap.
        
+
        platform_id
+
        An ID number describing the platform for the following encoding ID. This comes directly from the TrueType specification and should be emulated for other formats.
        
+
        encoding_id
+
        A platform specific encoding number. This also comes from the TrueType specification and should be emulated similarly.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Face_Internal
        
+
        
+
        An opaque handle to an ‘FT_Face_InternalRec’ structure, used to model private data of a given FT_Face object.
        
+
        This structure might change between releases of FreeType 2 and is not generally available to client applications.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_FaceRec
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef struct  FT_FaceRec_
+  {
+    FT_Long           num_faces;
+    FT_Long           face_index;
+
+    FT_Long           face_flags;
+    FT_Long           style_flags;
+
+    FT_Long           num_glyphs;
+
+    FT_String*        family_name;
+    FT_String*        style_name;
+
+    FT_Int            num_fixed_sizes;
+    FT_Bitmap_Size*   available_sizes;
+
+    FT_Int            num_charmaps;
+    FT_CharMap*       charmaps;
+
+    FT_Generic        generic;
+
+    /*# The following member variables (down to `underline_thickness') */
+    /*# are only relevant to scalable outlines; cf. @FT_Bitmap_Size    */
+    /*# for bitmap fonts.                                              */
+    FT_BBox           bbox;
+
+    FT_UShort         units_per_EM;
+    FT_Short          ascender;
+    FT_Short          descender;
+    FT_Short          height;
+
+    FT_Short          max_advance_width;
+    FT_Short          max_advance_height;
+
+    FT_Short          underline_position;
+    FT_Short          underline_thickness;
+
+    FT_GlyphSlot      glyph;
+    FT_Size           size;
+    FT_CharMap        charmap;
+
+    /*@private begin */
+
+    FT_Driver         driver;
+    FT_Memory         memory;
+    FT_Stream         stream;
+
+    FT_ListRec        sizes_list;
+
+    FT_Generic        autohint;
+    void*             extensions;
+
+    FT_Face_Internal  internal;
+
+    /*@private end */
+
+  } FT_FaceRec;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        FreeType root face class structure. A face object models a typeface in a font file.
        
+

        
+
        fields
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        num_faces
+
        The number of faces in the font file. Some font formats can have multiple faces in a font file.
        
+
        face_index
+
        The index of the face in the font file. It is set to 0 if there is only one face in the font file.
        
+
        face_flags
+
        A set of bit flags that give important information about the face; see FT_FACE_FLAG_XXX for the details.
        
+
        style_flags
+
        A set of bit flags indicating the style of the face; see FT_STYLE_FLAG_XXX for the details.
        
+
        num_glyphs
+
        The number of glyphs in the face. If the face is scalable and has sbits (see ‘num_fixed_sizes’), it is set to the number of outline glyphs.
        
+
        For CID-keyed fonts, this value gives the highest CID used in the font.
        
+
        family_name
+
        The face's family name. This is an ASCII string, usually in English, which describes the typeface's family (like ‘Times New Roman’, ‘Bodoni’, ‘Garamond’, etc). This is a least common denominator used to list fonts. Some formats (TrueType & OpenType) provide localized and Unicode versions of this string. Applications should use the format specific interface to access them. Can be NULL (e.g., in fonts embedded in a PDF file).
        
+
        style_name
+
        The face's style name. This is an ASCII string, usually in English, which describes the typeface's style (like ‘Italic’, ‘Bold’, ‘Condensed’, etc). Not all font formats provide a style name, so this field is optional, and can be set to NULL. As for ‘family_name’, some formats provide localized and Unicode versions of this string. Applications should use the format specific interface to access them.
        
+
        num_fixed_sizes
+
        The number of bitmap strikes in the face. Even if the face is scalable, there might still be bitmap strikes, which are called ‘sbits’ in that case.
        
+
        available_sizes
+
        An array of FT_Bitmap_Size for all bitmap strikes in the face. It is set to NULL if there is no bitmap strike.
        
+
        num_charmaps
+
        The number of charmaps in the face.
        
+
        charmaps
+
        An array of the charmaps of the face.
        
+
        generic
+
        A field reserved for client uses. See the FT_Generic type description.
        
+
        bbox
+
        The font bounding box. Coordinates are expressed in font units (see ‘units_per_EM’). The box is large enough to contain any glyph from the font. Thus, ‘bbox.yMax’ can be seen as the ‘maximal ascender’, and ‘bbox.yMin’ as the ‘minimal descender’. Only relevant for scalable formats.
        
+
        Note that the bounding box might be off by (at least) one pixel for hinted fonts. See FT_Size_Metrics for further discussion.
        
+
        units_per_EM
+
        The number of font units per EM square for this face. This is typically 2048 for TrueType fonts, and 1000 for Type 1 fonts. Only relevant for scalable formats.
        
+
        ascender
+
        The typographic ascender of the face, expressed in font units. For font formats not having this information, it is set to ‘bbox.yMax’. Only relevant for scalable formats.
        
+
        descender
+
        The typographic descender of the face, expressed in font units. For font formats not having this information, it is set to ‘bbox.yMin’. Note that this field is usually negative. Only relevant for scalable formats.
        
+
        height
+
        The height is the vertical distance between two consecutive baselines, expressed in font units. It is always positive. Only relevant for scalable formats.
        
+
        max_advance_width
+
        The maximal advance width, in font units, for all glyphs in this face. This can be used to make word wrapping computations faster. Only relevant for scalable formats.
        
+
        max_advance_height
+
        The maximal advance height, in font units, for all glyphs in this face. This is only relevant for vertical layouts, and is set to ‘height’ for fonts that do not provide vertical metrics. Only relevant for scalable formats.
        
+
        underline_position
+
        The position, in font units, of the underline line for this face. It is the center of the underlining stem. Only relevant for scalable formats.
        
+
        underline_thickness
+
        The thickness, in font units, of the underline for this face. Only relevant for scalable formats.
        
+
        glyph
+
        The face's associated glyph slot(s).
        
+
        size
+
        The current active size for this face.
        
+
        charmap
+
        The current active charmap for this face.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        Fields may be changed after a call to FT_Attach_File or FT_Attach_Stream.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_FACE_FLAG_XXX
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE          ( 1L <<  0 )
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES       ( 1L <<  1 )
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH       ( 1L <<  2 )
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_SFNT              ( 1L <<  3 )
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL        ( 1L <<  4 )
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_VERTICAL          ( 1L <<  5 )
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING           ( 1L <<  6 )
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_FAST_GLYPHS       ( 1L <<  7 )
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_MULTIPLE_MASTERS  ( 1L <<  8 )
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES       ( 1L <<  9 )
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_EXTERNAL_STREAM   ( 1L << 10 )
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTER            ( 1L << 11 )
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED         ( 1L << 12 )
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY            ( 1L << 13 )
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A list of bit flags used in the ‘face_flags’ field of the FT_FaceRec structure. They inform client applications of properties of the corresponding face.
        
+

        
+
        values
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE
+
        Indicates that the face contains outline glyphs. This doesn't prevent bitmap strikes, i.e., a face can have both this and and FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES set.
        
+
        FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES
        
+
        Indicates that the face contains bitmap strikes. See also the ‘num_fixed_sizes’ and ‘available_sizes’ fields of FT_FaceRec.
        
+
        FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH
        
+
        Indicates that the face contains fixed-width characters (like Courier, Lucido, MonoType, etc.).
        
+
        FT_FACE_FLAG_SFNT
+
        Indicates that the face uses the ‘sfnt’ storage scheme. For now, this means TrueType and OpenType.
        
+
        FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL
        
+
        Indicates that the face contains horizontal glyph metrics. This should be set for all common formats.
        
+
        FT_FACE_FLAG_VERTICAL
+
        Indicates that the face contains vertical glyph metrics. This is only available in some formats, not all of them.
        
+
        FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING
+
        Indicates that the face contains kerning information. If set, the kerning distance can be retrieved through the function FT_Get_Kerning. Otherwise the function always return the vector (0,0). Note that FreeType doesn't handle kerning data from the ‘GPOS’ table (as present in some OpenType fonts).
        
+
        FT_FACE_FLAG_FAST_GLYPHS
        
+
        THIS FLAG IS DEPRECATED. DO NOT USE OR TEST IT.
        
+
        FT_FACE_FLAG_MULTIPLE_MASTERS
        
+
        Indicates that the font contains multiple masters and is capable of interpolating between them. See the multiple-masters specific API for details.
        
+
        FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES
        
+
        Indicates that the font contains glyph names that can be retrieved through FT_Get_Glyph_Name. Note that some TrueType fonts contain broken glyph name tables. Use the function FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names when needed.
        
+
        FT_FACE_FLAG_EXTERNAL_STREAM
        
+
        Used internally by FreeType to indicate that a face's stream was provided by the client application and should not be destroyed when FT_Done_Face is called. Don't read or test this flag.
        
+
        FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTER
+
        Set if the font driver has a hinting machine of its own. For example, with TrueType fonts, it makes sense to use data from the SFNT ‘gasp’ table only if the native TrueType hinting engine (with the bytecode interpreter) is available and active.
        
+
        FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED
+
        Set if the font is CID-keyed. In that case, the font is not accessed by glyph indices but by CID values. For subsetted CID-keyed fonts this has the consequence that not all index values are a valid argument to FT_Load_Glyph. Only the CID values for which corresponding glyphs in the subsetted font exist make FT_Load_Glyph return successfully; in all other cases you get an ‘FT_Err_Invalid_Argument’ error.
        
+
        Note that CID-keyed fonts which are in an SFNT wrapper don't have this flag set since the glyphs are accessed in the normal way (using contiguous indices); the ‘CID-ness’ isn't visible to the application.
        
+
        FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY
+
        Set if the font is ‘tricky’, this is, it always needs the font format's native hinting engine to get a reasonable result. A typical example is the Chinese font ‘mingli.ttf’ which uses TrueType bytecode instructions to move and scale all of its subglyphs.
        
+
        It is not possible to autohint such fonts using FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT; it will also ignore FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING. You have to set both FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING and FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT to really disable hinting; however, you probably never want this except for demonstration purposes.
        
+
        Currently, there are six TrueType fonts in the list of tricky fonts; they are hard-coded in file ‘ttobjs.c’.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_HAS_HORIZONTAL
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+#define FT_HAS_HORIZONTAL( face ) \
+          ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL )
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains horizontal metrics (this is true for all font formats though).
        
+

        
+
        also
        
+
        FT_HAS_VERTICAL can be used to check for vertical metrics.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_HAS_VERTICAL
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+#define FT_HAS_VERTICAL( face ) \
+          ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_VERTICAL )
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains vertical metrics.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_HAS_KERNING
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+#define FT_HAS_KERNING( face ) \
+          ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING )
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains kerning data that can be accessed with FT_Get_Kerning.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_IS_SCALABLE
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+#define FT_IS_SCALABLE( face ) \
+          ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE )
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains a scalable font face (true for TrueType, Type 1, Type 42, CID, OpenType/CFF, and PFR font formats.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_IS_SFNT
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+#define FT_IS_SFNT( face ) \
+          ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_SFNT )
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains a font whose format is based on the SFNT storage scheme. This usually means: TrueType fonts, OpenType fonts, as well as SFNT-based embedded bitmap fonts.
        
+
        If this macro is true, all functions defined in FT_SFNT_NAMES_H and FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H are available.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_IS_FIXED_WIDTH
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+#define FT_IS_FIXED_WIDTH( face ) \
+          ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH )
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains a font face that contains fixed-width (or ‘monospace’, ‘fixed-pitch’, etc.) glyphs.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_HAS_FIXED_SIZES
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+#define FT_HAS_FIXED_SIZES( face ) \
+          ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES )
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains some embedded bitmaps. See the ‘available_sizes’ field of the FT_FaceRec structure.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_HAS_FAST_GLYPHS
        
+
        
+
        Deprecated.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+#define FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES( face ) \
+          ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES )
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains some glyph names that can be accessed through FT_Get_Glyph_Name.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_HAS_MULTIPLE_MASTERS
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+#define FT_HAS_MULTIPLE_MASTERS( face ) \
+          ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_MULTIPLE_MASTERS )
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains some multiple masters. The functions provided by FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H are then available to choose the exact design you want.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_IS_CID_KEYED
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+#define FT_IS_CID_KEYED( face ) \
+          ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED )
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains a CID-keyed font. See the discussion of FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED for more details.
        
+
        If this macro is true, all functions defined in FT_CID_H are available.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_IS_TRICKY
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+#define FT_IS_TRICKY( face ) \
+          ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY )
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A macro that returns true whenever a face represents a ‘tricky’ font. See the discussion of FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY for more details.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_STYLE_FLAG_XXX
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+#define FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC  ( 1 << 0 )
+#define FT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLD    ( 1 << 1 )
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A list of bit-flags used to indicate the style of a given face. These are used in the ‘style_flags’ field of FT_FaceRec.
        
+

        
+
        values
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC
+
        Indicates that a given face style is italic or oblique.
        
+
        FT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLD
+
        Indicates that a given face is bold.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        The style information as provided by FreeType is very basic. More details are beyond the scope and should be done on a higher level (for example, by analyzing various fields of the ‘OS/2’ table in SFNT based fonts).
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Size_Internal
        
+
        
+
        An opaque handle to an ‘FT_Size_InternalRec’ structure, used to model private data of a given FT_Size object.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Size_Metrics
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef struct  FT_Size_Metrics_
+  {
+    FT_UShort  x_ppem;      /* horizontal pixels per EM               */
+    FT_UShort  y_ppem;      /* vertical pixels per EM                 */
+
+    FT_Fixed   x_scale;     /* scaling values used to convert font    */
+    FT_Fixed   y_scale;     /* units to 26.6 fractional pixels        */
+
+    FT_Pos     ascender;    /* ascender in 26.6 frac. pixels          */
+    FT_Pos     descender;   /* descender in 26.6 frac. pixels         */
+    FT_Pos     height;      /* text height in 26.6 frac. pixels       */
+    FT_Pos     max_advance; /* max horizontal advance, in 26.6 pixels */
+
+  } FT_Size_Metrics;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        The size metrics structure gives the metrics of a size object.
        
+

        
+
        fields
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        x_ppem
+
        The width of the scaled EM square in pixels, hence the term ‘ppem’ (pixels per EM). It is also referred to as ‘nominal width’.
        
+
        y_ppem
+
        The height of the scaled EM square in pixels, hence the term ‘ppem’ (pixels per EM). It is also referred to as ‘nominal height’.
        
+
        x_scale
+
        A 16.16 fractional scaling value used to convert horizontal metrics from font units to 26.6 fractional pixels. Only relevant for scalable font formats.
        
+
        y_scale
+
        A 16.16 fractional scaling value used to convert vertical metrics from font units to 26.6 fractional pixels. Only relevant for scalable font formats.
        
+
        ascender
+
        The ascender in 26.6 fractional pixels. See FT_FaceRec for the details.
        
+
        descender
+
        The descender in 26.6 fractional pixels. See FT_FaceRec for the details.
        
+
        height
+
        The height in 26.6 fractional pixels. See FT_FaceRec for the details.
        
+
        max_advance
+
        The maximal advance width in 26.6 fractional pixels. See FT_FaceRec for the details.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        The scaling values, if relevant, are determined first during a size changing operation. The remaining fields are then set by the driver. For scalable formats, they are usually set to scaled values of the corresponding fields in FT_FaceRec.
        
+
        Note that due to glyph hinting, these values might not be exact for certain fonts. Thus they must be treated as unreliable with an error margin of at least one pixel!
        
+
        Indeed, the only way to get the exact metrics is to render all glyphs. As this would be a definite performance hit, it is up to client applications to perform such computations.
        
+
        The FT_Size_Metrics structure is valid for bitmap fonts also.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_SizeRec
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef struct  FT_SizeRec_
+  {
+    FT_Face           face;      /* parent face object              */
+    FT_Generic        generic;   /* generic pointer for client uses */
+    FT_Size_Metrics   metrics;   /* size metrics                    */
+    FT_Size_Internal  internal;
+
+  } FT_SizeRec;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        FreeType root size class structure. A size object models a face object at a given size.
        
+

        
+
        fields
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
        face
+
        Handle to the parent face object.
        
+
        generic
+
        A typeless pointer, which is unused by the FreeType library or any of its drivers. It can be used by client applications to link their own data to each size object.
        
+
        metrics
+
        Metrics for this size object. This field is read-only.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_SubGlyph
        
+
        
+
        The subglyph structure is an internal object used to describe subglyphs (for example, in the case of composites).
        
+

        
+
        note
        
+
        The subglyph implementation is not part of the high-level API, hence the forward structure declaration.
        
+
        You can however retrieve subglyph information with FT_Get_SubGlyph_Info.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Slot_Internal
        
+
        
+
        An opaque handle to an ‘FT_Slot_InternalRec’ structure, used to model private data of a given FT_GlyphSlot object.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_GlyphSlotRec
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef struct  FT_GlyphSlotRec_
+  {
+    FT_Library        library;
+    FT_Face           face;
+    FT_GlyphSlot      next;
+    FT_UInt           reserved;       /* retained for binary compatibility */
+    FT_Generic        generic;
+
+    FT_Glyph_Metrics  metrics;
+    FT_Fixed          linearHoriAdvance;
+    FT_Fixed          linearVertAdvance;
+    FT_Vector         advance;
+
+    FT_Glyph_Format   format;
+
+    FT_Bitmap         bitmap;
+    FT_Int            bitmap_left;
+    FT_Int            bitmap_top;
+
+    FT_Outline        outline;
+
+    FT_UInt           num_subglyphs;
+    FT_SubGlyph       subglyphs;
+
+    void*             control_data;
+    long              control_len;
+
+    FT_Pos            lsb_delta;
+    FT_Pos            rsb_delta;
+
+    void*             other;
+
+    FT_Slot_Internal  internal;
+
+  } FT_GlyphSlotRec;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        FreeType root glyph slot class structure. A glyph slot is a container where individual glyphs can be loaded, be they in outline or bitmap format.
        
+

        
+
        fields
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        library
+
        A handle to the FreeType library instance this slot belongs to.
        
+
        face
+
        A handle to the parent face object.
        
+
        next
+
        In some cases (like some font tools), several glyph slots per face object can be a good thing. As this is rare, the glyph slots are listed through a direct, single-linked list using its ‘next’ field.
        
+
        generic
+
        A typeless pointer which is unused by the FreeType library or any of its drivers. It can be used by client applications to link their own data to each glyph slot object.
        
+
        metrics
+
        The metrics of the last loaded glyph in the slot. The returned values depend on the last load flags (see the FT_Load_Glyph API function) and can be expressed either in 26.6 fractional pixels or font units.
        
+
        Note that even when the glyph image is transformed, the metrics are not.
        
+
        linearHoriAdvance
+
        The advance width of the unhinted glyph. Its value is expressed in 16.16 fractional pixels, unless FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN is set when loading the glyph. This field can be important to perform correct WYSIWYG layout. Only relevant for outline glyphs.
        
+
        linearVertAdvance
+
        The advance height of the unhinted glyph. Its value is expressed in 16.16 fractional pixels, unless FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN is set when loading the glyph. This field can be important to perform correct WYSIWYG layout. Only relevant for outline glyphs.
        
+
        advance
+
        This is the transformed advance width for the glyph (in 26.6 fractional pixel format).
        
+
        format
+
        This field indicates the format of the image contained in the glyph slot. Typically FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP, FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE, or FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE, but others are possible.
        
+
        bitmap
+
        This field is used as a bitmap descriptor when the slot format is FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP. Note that the address and content of the bitmap buffer can change between calls of FT_Load_Glyph and a few other functions.
        
+
        bitmap_left
+
        This is the bitmap's left bearing expressed in integer pixels. Of course, this is only valid if the format is FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP.
        
+
        bitmap_top
+
        This is the bitmap's top bearing expressed in integer pixels. Remember that this is the distance from the baseline to the top-most glyph scanline, upwards y coordinates being positive.
        
+
        outline
+
        The outline descriptor for the current glyph image if its format is FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE. Once a glyph is loaded, ‘outline’ can be transformed, distorted, embolded, etc. However, it must not be freed.
        
+
        num_subglyphs
+
        The number of subglyphs in a composite glyph. This field is only valid for the composite glyph format that should normally only be loaded with the FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE flag. For now this is internal to FreeType.
        
+
        subglyphs
+
        An array of subglyph descriptors for composite glyphs. There are ‘num_subglyphs’ elements in there. Currently internal to FreeType.
        
+
        control_data
+
        Certain font drivers can also return the control data for a given glyph image (e.g. TrueType bytecode, Type 1 charstrings, etc.). This field is a pointer to such data.
        
+
        control_len
+
        This is the length in bytes of the control data.
        
+
        other
+
        Really wicked formats can use this pointer to present their own glyph image to client applications. Note that the application needs to know about the image format.
        
+
        lsb_delta
+
        The difference between hinted and unhinted left side bearing while autohinting is active. Zero otherwise.
        
+
        rsb_delta
+
        The difference between hinted and unhinted right side bearing while autohinting is active. Zero otherwise.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        If FT_Load_Glyph is called with default flags (see FT_LOAD_DEFAULT) the glyph image is loaded in the glyph slot in its native format (e.g., an outline glyph for TrueType and Type 1 formats).
        
+
        This image can later be converted into a bitmap by calling FT_Render_Glyph. This function finds the current renderer for the native image's format, then invokes it.
        
+
        The renderer is in charge of transforming the native image through the slot's face transformation fields, then converting it into a bitmap that is returned in ‘slot->bitmap’.
        
+
        Note that ‘slot->bitmap_left’ and ‘slot->bitmap_top’ are also used to specify the position of the bitmap relative to the current pen position (e.g., coordinates (0,0) on the baseline). Of course, ‘slot->format’ is also changed to FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        Here a small pseudo code fragment which shows how to use ‘lsb_delta’ and ‘rsb_delta’:
        
+
        +  FT_Pos  origin_x       = 0;                                      
+  FT_Pos  prev_rsb_delta = 0;                                      
+                                                                   
+                                                                   
+  for all glyphs do                                                
+    <compute kern between current and previous glyph and add it to 
+     `origin_x'>                                                   
+                                                                   
+    <load glyph with `FT_Load_Glyph'>                              
+                                                                   
+    if ( prev_rsb_delta - face->glyph->lsb_delta >= 32 )           
+      origin_x -= 64;                                              
+    else if ( prev_rsb_delta - face->glyph->lsb_delta < -32 )      
+      origin_x += 64;                                              
+                                                                   
+    prev_rsb_delta = face->glyph->rsb_delta;                       
+                                                                   
+    <save glyph image, or render glyph, or ...>                    
+                                                                   
+    origin_x += face->glyph->advance.x;                            
+  endfor                                                           
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Init_FreeType
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Init_FreeType( FT_Library  *alibrary );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Initialize a new FreeType library object. The set of modules that are registered by this function is determined at build time.
        
+

        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
        alibrary
+
        A handle to a new library object.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Done_FreeType
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Done_FreeType( FT_Library  library );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Destroy a given FreeType library object and all of its children, including resources, drivers, faces, sizes, etc.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        library
+
        A handle to the target library object.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_OPEN_XXX
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+#define FT_OPEN_MEMORY    0x1
+#define FT_OPEN_STREAM    0x2
+#define FT_OPEN_PATHNAME  0x4
+#define FT_OPEN_DRIVER    0x8
+#define FT_OPEN_PARAMS    0x10
+
+#define ft_open_memory    FT_OPEN_MEMORY     /* deprecated */
+#define ft_open_stream    FT_OPEN_STREAM     /* deprecated */
+#define ft_open_pathname  FT_OPEN_PATHNAME   /* deprecated */
+#define ft_open_driver    FT_OPEN_DRIVER     /* deprecated */
+#define ft_open_params    FT_OPEN_PARAMS     /* deprecated */
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A list of bit-field constants used within the ‘flags’ field of the FT_Open_Args structure.
        
+

        
+
        values
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        FT_OPEN_MEMORY
+
        This is a memory-based stream.
        
+
        FT_OPEN_STREAM
+
        Copy the stream from the ‘stream’ field.
        
+
        FT_OPEN_PATHNAME
+
        Create a new input stream from a C path name.
        
+
        FT_OPEN_DRIVER
+
        Use the ‘driver’ field.
        
+
        FT_OPEN_PARAMS
+
        Use the ‘num_params’ and ‘params’ fields.
        
+
        ft_open_memory
+
        Deprecated; use FT_OPEN_MEMORY instead.
        
+
        ft_open_stream
+
        Deprecated; use FT_OPEN_STREAM instead.
        
+
        ft_open_pathname
+
        Deprecated; use FT_OPEN_PATHNAME instead.
        
+
        ft_open_driver
+
        Deprecated; use FT_OPEN_DRIVER instead.
        
+
        ft_open_params
+
        Deprecated; use FT_OPEN_PARAMS instead.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        The ‘FT_OPEN_MEMORY’, ‘FT_OPEN_STREAM’, and ‘FT_OPEN_PATHNAME’ flags are mutually exclusive.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Parameter
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef struct  FT_Parameter_
+  {
+    FT_ULong    tag;
+    FT_Pointer  data;
+
+  } FT_Parameter;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A simple structure used to pass more or less generic parameters to FT_Open_Face.
        
+

        
+
        fields
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        tag
+
        A four-byte identification tag.
        
+
        data
+
        A pointer to the parameter data.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        The ID and function of parameters are driver-specific.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Open_Args
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef struct  FT_Open_Args_
+  {
+    FT_UInt         flags;
+    const FT_Byte*  memory_base;
+    FT_Long         memory_size;
+    FT_String*      pathname;
+    FT_Stream       stream;
+    FT_Module       driver;
+    FT_Int          num_params;
+    FT_Parameter*   params;
+
+  } FT_Open_Args;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A structure used to indicate how to open a new font file or stream. A pointer to such a structure can be used as a parameter for the functions FT_Open_Face and FT_Attach_Stream.
        
+

        
+
        fields
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        flags
+
        A set of bit flags indicating how to use the structure.
        
+
        memory_base
+
        The first byte of the file in memory.
        
+
        memory_size
+
        The size in bytes of the file in memory.
        
+
        pathname
+
        A pointer to an 8-bit file pathname.
        
+
        stream
+
        A handle to a source stream object.
        
+
        driver
+
        This field is exclusively used by FT_Open_Face; it simply specifies the font driver to use to open the face. If set to 0, FreeType tries to load the face with each one of the drivers in its list.
        
+
        num_params
+
        The number of extra parameters.
        
+
        params
+
        Extra parameters passed to the font driver when opening a new face.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        The stream type is determined by the contents of ‘flags’ which are tested in the following order by FT_Open_Face:
        
+
        If the ‘FT_OPEN_MEMORY’ bit is set, assume that this is a memory file of ‘memory_size’ bytes, located at ‘memory_address’. The data are are not copied, and the client is responsible for releasing and destroying them after the corresponding call to FT_Done_Face.
        
+
        Otherwise, if the ‘FT_OPEN_STREAM’ bit is set, assume that a custom input stream ‘stream’ is used.
        
+
        Otherwise, if the ‘FT_OPEN_PATHNAME’ bit is set, assume that this is a normal file and use ‘pathname’ to open it.
        
+
        If the ‘FT_OPEN_DRIVER’ bit is set, FT_Open_Face only tries to open the file with the driver whose handler is in ‘driver’.
        
+
        If the ‘FT_OPEN_PARAMS’ bit is set, the parameters given by ‘num_params’ and ‘params’ is used. They are ignored otherwise.
        
+
        Ideally, both the ‘pathname’ and ‘params’ fields should be tagged as ‘const’; this is missing for API backwards compatibility. In other words, applications should treat them as read-only.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_New_Face
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_New_Face( FT_Library   library,
+               const char*  filepathname,
+               FT_Long      face_index,
+               FT_Face     *aface );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        This function calls FT_Open_Face to open a font by its pathname.
        
+

        
+
        inout
        
+
        
+
+
+
        library
+
        A handle to the library resource.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        pathname
+
        A path to the font file.
        
+
        face_index
+
        The index of the face within the font. The first face has index 0.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
        aface
+
        A handle to a new face object. If ‘face_index’ is greater than or equal to zero, it must be non-NULL. See FT_Open_Face for more details.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_New_Memory_Face
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_New_Memory_Face( FT_Library      library,
+                      const FT_Byte*  file_base,
+                      FT_Long         file_size,
+                      FT_Long         face_index,
+                      FT_Face        *aface );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        This function calls FT_Open_Face to open a font which has been loaded into memory.
        
+

        
+
        inout
        
+
        
+
+
+
        library
+
        A handle to the library resource.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
        file_base
+
        A pointer to the beginning of the font data.
        
+
        file_size
+
        The size of the memory chunk used by the font data.
        
+
        face_index
+
        The index of the face within the font. The first face has index 0.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
        aface
+
        A handle to a new face object. If ‘face_index’ is greater than or equal to zero, it must be non-NULL. See FT_Open_Face for more details.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        You must not deallocate the memory before calling FT_Done_Face.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Open_Face
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Open_Face( FT_Library           library,
+                const FT_Open_Args*  args,
+                FT_Long              face_index,
+                FT_Face             *aface );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Create a face object from a given resource described by FT_Open_Args.
        
+

        
+
        inout
        
+
        
+
+
+
        library
+
        A handle to the library resource.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        args
+
        A pointer to an ‘FT_Open_Args’ structure which must be filled by the caller.
        
+
        face_index
+
        The index of the face within the font. The first face has index 0.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
        aface
+
        A handle to a new face object. If ‘face_index’ is greater than or equal to zero, it must be non-NULL. See note below.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        Unlike FreeType 1.x, this function automatically creates a glyph slot for the face object which can be accessed directly through ‘face->glyph’.
        
+
        FT_Open_Face can be used to quickly check whether the font format of a given font resource is supported by FreeType. If the ‘face_index’ field is negative, the function's return value is 0 if the font format is recognized, or non-zero otherwise; the function returns a more or less empty face handle in ‘*aface’ (if ‘aface’ isn't NULL). The only useful field in this special case is ‘face->num_faces’ which gives the number of faces within the font file. After examination, the returned FT_Face structure should be deallocated with a call to FT_Done_Face.
        
+
        Each new face object created with this function also owns a default FT_Size object, accessible as ‘face->size’.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Attach_File
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Attach_File( FT_Face      face,
+                  const char*  filepathname );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        This function calls FT_Attach_Stream to attach a file.
        
+

        
+
        inout
        
+
        
+
+
+
        face
+
        The target face object.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        filepathname
+
        The pathname.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Attach_Stream
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Attach_Stream( FT_Face        face,
+                    FT_Open_Args*  parameters );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        ‘Attach’ data to a face object. Normally, this is used to read additional information for the face object. For example, you can attach an AFM file that comes with a Type 1 font to get the kerning values and other metrics.
        
+

        
+
        inout
        
+
        
+
+
+
        face
+
        The target face object.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        parameters
+
        A pointer to FT_Open_Args which must be filled by the caller.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        The meaning of the ‘attach’ (i.e., what really happens when the new file is read) is not fixed by FreeType itself. It really depends on the font format (and thus the font driver).
        
+
        Client applications are expected to know what they are doing when invoking this function. Most drivers simply do not implement file attachments.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Done_Face
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Done_Face( FT_Face  face );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Discard a given face object, as well as all of its child slots and sizes.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        face
+
        A handle to a target face object.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Select_Size
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Select_Size( FT_Face  face,
+                  FT_Int   strike_index );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Select a bitmap strike.
        
+

        
+
        inout
        
+
        
+
+
+
        face
+
        A handle to a target face object.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        strike_index
+
        The index of the bitmap strike in the ‘available_sizes’ field of FT_FaceRec structure.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Size_Request_Type
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef enum  FT_Size_Request_Type_
+  {
+    FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_NOMINAL,
+    FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_REAL_DIM,
+    FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_BBOX,
+    FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_CELL,
+    FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_SCALES,
+
+    FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_MAX
+
+  } FT_Size_Request_Type;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        An enumeration type that lists the supported size request types.
        
+

        
+
        values
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_NOMINAL
        
+
        The nominal size. The ‘units_per_EM’ field of FT_FaceRec is used to determine both scaling values.
        
+
        FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_REAL_DIM
        
+
        The real dimension. The sum of the the ‘Ascender’ and (minus of) the ‘Descender’ fields of FT_FaceRec are used to determine both scaling values.
        
+
        FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_BBOX
        
+
        The font bounding box. The width and height of the ‘bbox’ field of FT_FaceRec are used to determine the horizontal and vertical scaling value, respectively.
        
+
        FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_CELL
        
+
        The ‘max_advance_width’ field of FT_FaceRec is used to determine the horizontal scaling value; the vertical scaling value is determined the same way as FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_REAL_DIM does. Finally, both scaling values are set to the smaller one. This type is useful if you want to specify the font size for, say, a window of a given dimension and 80x24 cells.
        
+
        FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_SCALES
        
+
        Specify the scaling values directly.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        The above descriptions only apply to scalable formats. For bitmap formats, the behaviour is up to the driver.
        
+
        See the note section of FT_Size_Metrics if you wonder how size requesting relates to scaling values.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Size_RequestRec
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef struct  FT_Size_RequestRec_
+  {
+    FT_Size_Request_Type  type;
+    FT_Long               width;
+    FT_Long               height;
+    FT_UInt               horiResolution;
+    FT_UInt               vertResolution;
+
+  } FT_Size_RequestRec;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A structure used to model a size request.
        
+

        
+
        fields
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        type
+
        See FT_Size_Request_Type.
        
+
        width
+
        The desired width.
        
+
        height
+
        The desired height.
        
+
        horiResolution
+
        The horizontal resolution. If set to zero, ‘width’ is treated as a 26.6 fractional pixel value.
        
+
        vertResolution
+
        The vertical resolution. If set to zero, ‘height’ is treated as a 26.6 fractional pixel value.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        If ‘width’ is zero, then the horizontal scaling value is set equal to the vertical scaling value, and vice versa.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Size_Request
        
+
        
+
        A handle to a size request structure.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Request_Size
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Request_Size( FT_Face          face,
+                   FT_Size_Request  req );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Resize the scale of the active FT_Size object in a face.
        
+

        
+
        inout
        
+
        
+
+
+
        face
+
        A handle to a target face object.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        req
+
        A pointer to a FT_Size_RequestRec.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        Although drivers may select the bitmap strike matching the request, you should not rely on this if you intend to select a particular bitmap strike. Use FT_Select_Size instead in that case.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Set_Char_Size
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Set_Char_Size( FT_Face     face,
+                    FT_F26Dot6  char_width,
+                    FT_F26Dot6  char_height,
+                    FT_UInt     horz_resolution,
+                    FT_UInt     vert_resolution );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        This function calls FT_Request_Size to request the nominal size (in points).
        
+

        
+
        inout
        
+
        
+
+
+
        face
+
        A handle to a target face object.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
        char_width
+
        The nominal width, in 26.6 fractional points.
        
+
        char_height
+
        The nominal height, in 26.6 fractional points.
        
+
        horz_resolution
+
        The horizontal resolution in dpi.
        
+
        vert_resolution
+
        The vertical resolution in dpi.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        If either the character width or height is zero, it is set equal to the other value.
        
+
        If either the horizontal or vertical resolution is zero, it is set equal to the other value.
        
+
        A character width or height smaller than 1pt is set to 1pt; if both resolution values are zero, they are set to 72dpi.
        
+
        Don't use this function if you are using the FreeType cache API.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes( FT_Face  face,
+                      FT_UInt  pixel_width,
+                      FT_UInt  pixel_height );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        This function calls FT_Request_Size to request the nominal size (in pixels).
        
+

        
+
        inout
        
+
        
+
+
+
        face
+
        A handle to the target face object.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        pixel_width
+
        The nominal width, in pixels.
        
+
        pixel_height
+
        The nominal height, in pixels.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Load_Glyph
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Load_Glyph( FT_Face   face,
+                 FT_UInt   glyph_index,
+                 FT_Int32  load_flags );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A function used to load a single glyph into the glyph slot of a face object.
        
+

        
+
        inout
        
+
        
+
+
+
        face
+
        A handle to the target face object where the glyph is loaded.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        glyph_index
+
        The index of the glyph in the font file. For CID-keyed fonts (either in PS or in CFF format) this argument specifies the CID value.
        
+
        load_flags
+
        A flag indicating what to load for this glyph. The FT_LOAD_XXX constants can be used to control the glyph loading process (e.g., whether the outline should be scaled, whether to load bitmaps or not, whether to hint the outline, etc).
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        The loaded glyph may be transformed. See FT_Set_Transform for the details.
        
+
        For subsetted CID-keyed fonts, ‘FT_Err_Invalid_Argument’ is returned for invalid CID values (this is, for CID values which don't have a corresponding glyph in the font). See the discussion of the FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED flag for more details.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Load_Char
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Load_Char( FT_Face   face,
+                FT_ULong  char_code,
+                FT_Int32  load_flags );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A function used to load a single glyph into the glyph slot of a face object, according to its character code.
        
+

        
+
        inout
        
+
        
+
+
+
        face
+
        A handle to a target face object where the glyph is loaded.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        char_code
+
        The glyph's character code, according to the current charmap used in the face.
        
+
        load_flags
+
        A flag indicating what to load for this glyph. The FT_LOAD_XXX constants can be used to control the glyph loading process (e.g., whether the outline should be scaled, whether to load bitmaps or not, whether to hint the outline, etc).
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        This function simply calls FT_Get_Char_Index and FT_Load_Glyph.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_LOAD_XXX
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+#define FT_LOAD_DEFAULT                      0x0
+#define FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE                     0x1
+#define FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING                   0x2
+#define FT_LOAD_RENDER                       0x4
+#define FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP                    0x8
+#define FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT              0x10
+#define FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT               0x20
+#define FT_LOAD_CROP_BITMAP                  0x40
+#define FT_LOAD_PEDANTIC                     0x80
+#define FT_LOAD_IGNORE_GLOBAL_ADVANCE_WIDTH  0x200
+#define FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE                   0x400
+#define FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM             0x800
+#define FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME                   0x1000
+#define FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN                0x2000
+#define FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT                  0x8000U
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A list of bit-field constants used with FT_Load_Glyph to indicate what kind of operations to perform during glyph loading.
        
+

        
+
        values
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        FT_LOAD_DEFAULT
+
        Corresponding to 0, this value is used as the default glyph load operation. In this case, the following happens:
        
+
        1. FreeType looks for a bitmap for the glyph corresponding to the face's current size. If one is found, the function returns. The bitmap data can be accessed from the glyph slot (see note below).
        
+
        2. If no embedded bitmap is searched or found, FreeType looks for a scalable outline. If one is found, it is loaded from the font file, scaled to device pixels, then ‘hinted’ to the pixel grid in order to optimize it. The outline data can be accessed from the glyph slot (see note below).
        
+
        Note that by default, the glyph loader doesn't render outlines into bitmaps. The following flags are used to modify this default behaviour to more specific and useful cases.
        
+
        FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE
+
        Don't scale the outline glyph loaded, but keep it in font units.
        
+
        This flag implies FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING and FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP, and unsets FT_LOAD_RENDER.
        
+
        FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING
+
        Disable hinting. This generally generates ‘blurrier’ bitmap glyph when the glyph is rendered in any of the anti-aliased modes. See also the note below.
        
+
        This flag is implied by FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE.
        
+
        FT_LOAD_RENDER
+
        Call FT_Render_Glyph after the glyph is loaded. By default, the glyph is rendered in FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL mode. This can be overridden by FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX or FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME.
        
+
        This flag is unset by FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE.
        
+
        FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP
+
        Ignore bitmap strikes when loading. Bitmap-only fonts ignore this flag.
        
+
        FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE always sets this flag.
        
+
        FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT
        
+
        Load the glyph for vertical text layout. Don't use it as it is problematic currently.
        
+
        FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT
+
        Indicates that the auto-hinter is preferred over the font's native hinter. See also the note below.
        
+
        FT_LOAD_CROP_BITMAP
+
        Indicates that the font driver should crop the loaded bitmap glyph (i.e., remove all space around its black bits). Not all drivers implement this.
        
+
        FT_LOAD_PEDANTIC
+
        Indicates that the font driver should perform pedantic verifications during glyph loading. This is mostly used to detect broken glyphs in fonts. By default, FreeType tries to handle broken fonts also.
        
+
        FT_LOAD_IGNORE_GLOBAL_ADVANCE_WIDTH
        
+
        Indicates that the font driver should ignore the global advance width defined in the font. By default, that value is used as the advance width for all glyphs when the face has FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH set.
        
+
        This flag exists for historical reasons (to support buggy CJK fonts).
        
+
        FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE
+
        This flag is only used internally. It merely indicates that the font driver should not load composite glyphs recursively. Instead, it should set the ‘num_subglyph’ and ‘subglyphs’ values of the glyph slot accordingly, and set ‘glyph->format’ to FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE.
        
+
        The description of sub-glyphs is not available to client applications for now.
        
+
        This flag implies FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE and FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM.
        
+
        FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM
        
+
        Indicates that the transform matrix set by FT_Set_Transform should be ignored.
        
+
        FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME
+
        This flag is used with FT_LOAD_RENDER to indicate that you want to render an outline glyph to a 1-bit monochrome bitmap glyph, with 8 pixels packed into each byte of the bitmap data.
        
+
        Note that this has no effect on the hinting algorithm used. You should rather use FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO so that the monochrome-optimized hinting algorithm is used.
        
+
        FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN
+
        Indicates that the ‘linearHoriAdvance’ and ‘linearVertAdvance’ fields of FT_GlyphSlotRec should be kept in font units. See FT_GlyphSlotRec for details.
        
+
        FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT
+
        Disable auto-hinter. See also the note below.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        By default, hinting is enabled and the font's native hinter (see FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTER) is preferred over the auto-hinter. You can disable hinting by setting FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING or change the precedence by setting FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT. You can also set FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT in case you don't want the auto-hinter to be used at all.
        
+
        See the description of FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY for a special exception (affecting only a handful of Asian fonts).
        
+
        Besides deciding which hinter to use, you can also decide which hinting algorithm to use. See FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX for details.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_( x )   ( (FT_Int32)( (x) & 15 ) << 16 )
+
+#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL  FT_LOAD_TARGET_( FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL )
+#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT   FT_LOAD_TARGET_( FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT  )
+#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO    FT_LOAD_TARGET_( FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO   )
+#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD     FT_LOAD_TARGET_( FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD    )
+#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD_V   FT_LOAD_TARGET_( FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V  )
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A list of values that are used to select a specific hinting algorithm to use by the hinter. You should OR one of these values to your ‘load_flags’ when calling FT_Load_Glyph.
        
+
        Note that font's native hinters may ignore the hinting algorithm you have specified (e.g., the TrueType bytecode interpreter). You can set FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT to ensure that the auto-hinter is used.
        
+
        Also note that FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT is an exception, in that it always implies FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT.
        
+

        
+
        values
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL
+
        This corresponds to the default hinting algorithm, optimized for standard gray-level rendering. For monochrome output, use FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO instead.
        
+
        FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT
+
        A lighter hinting algorithm for non-monochrome modes. Many generated glyphs are more fuzzy but better resemble its original shape. A bit like rendering on Mac OS X.
        
+
        As a special exception, this target implies FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT.
        
+
        FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO
+
        Strong hinting algorithm that should only be used for monochrome output. The result is probably unpleasant if the glyph is rendered in non-monochrome modes.
        
+
        FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD
+
        A variant of FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL optimized for horizontally decimated LCD displays.
        
+
        FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD_V
+
        A variant of FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL optimized for vertically decimated LCD displays.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        You should use only one of the FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX values in your ‘load_flags’. They can't be ORed.
        
+
        If FT_LOAD_RENDER is also set, the glyph is rendered in the corresponding mode (i.e., the mode which matches the used algorithm best) unless FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME is set.
        
+
        You can use a hinting algorithm that doesn't correspond to the same rendering mode. As an example, it is possible to use the ‘light’ hinting algorithm and have the results rendered in horizontal LCD pixel mode, with code like
        
+
        +  FT_Load_Glyph( face, glyph_index,
+                 load_flags | FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT );
+
+  FT_Render_Glyph( face->glyph, FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD );
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_LOAD_TARGET_MODE
        
+
        
+
        Return the FT_Render_Mode corresponding to a given FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX value.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Set_Transform
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_Set_Transform( FT_Face     face,
+                    FT_Matrix*  matrix,
+                    FT_Vector*  delta );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A function used to set the transformation that is applied to glyph images when they are loaded into a glyph slot through FT_Load_Glyph.
        
+

        
+
        inout
        
+
        
+
+
+
        face
+
        A handle to the source face object.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        matrix
+
        A pointer to the transformation's 2x2 matrix. Use 0 for the identity matrix.
        
+
        delta
+
        A pointer to the translation vector. Use 0 for the null vector.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        The transformation is only applied to scalable image formats after the glyph has been loaded. It means that hinting is unaltered by the transformation and is performed on the character size given in the last call to FT_Set_Char_Size or FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes.
        
+
        Note that this also transforms the ‘face.glyph.advance’ field, but not the values in ‘face.glyph.metrics’.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Render_Mode
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef enum  FT_Render_Mode_
+  {
+    FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL = 0,
+    FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT,
+    FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO,
+    FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD,
+    FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V,
+
+    FT_RENDER_MODE_MAX
+
+  } FT_Render_Mode;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        An enumeration type that lists the render modes supported by FreeType 2. Each mode corresponds to a specific type of scanline conversion performed on the outline.
        
+
        For bitmap fonts and embedded bitmaps the ‘bitmap->pixel_mode’ field in the FT_GlyphSlotRec structure gives the format of the returned bitmap.
        
+
        All modes except FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO use 256 levels of opacity.
        
+

        
+
        values
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL
+
        This is the default render mode; it corresponds to 8-bit anti-aliased bitmaps.
        
+
        FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT
+
        This is equivalent to FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL. It is only defined as a separate value because render modes are also used indirectly to define hinting algorithm selectors. See FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX for details.
        
+
        FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO
+
        This mode corresponds to 1-bit bitmaps (with 2 levels of opacity).
        
+
        FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD
+
        This mode corresponds to horizontal RGB and BGR sub-pixel displays like LCD screens. It produces 8-bit bitmaps that are 3 times the width of the original glyph outline in pixels, and which use the FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD mode.
        
+
        FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V
+
        This mode corresponds to vertical RGB and BGR sub-pixel displays (like PDA screens, rotated LCD displays, etc.). It produces 8-bit bitmaps that are 3 times the height of the original glyph outline in pixels and use the FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V mode.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        The LCD-optimized glyph bitmaps produced by FT_Render_Glyph can be filtered to reduce color-fringes by using FT_Library_SetLcdFilter (not active in the default builds). It is up to the caller to either call FT_Library_SetLcdFilter (if available) or do the filtering itself.
        
+
        The selected render mode only affects vector glyphs of a font. Embedded bitmaps often have a different pixel mode like FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO. You can use FT_Bitmap_Convert to transform them into 8-bit pixmaps.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        ft_render_mode_xxx
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+#define ft_render_mode_normal  FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL
+#define ft_render_mode_mono    FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO
+
+

        
+
        
+
        These constants are deprecated. Use the corresponding FT_Render_Mode values instead.
        
+

        
+
        values
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        ft_render_mode_normal
+
        see FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL
        
+
        ft_render_mode_mono
+
        see FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Render_Glyph
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Render_Glyph( FT_GlyphSlot    slot,
+                   FT_Render_Mode  render_mode );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Convert a given glyph image to a bitmap. It does so by inspecting the glyph image format, finding the relevant renderer, and invoking it.
        
+

        
+
        inout
        
+
        
+
+
+
        slot
+
        A handle to the glyph slot containing the image to convert.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        render_mode
+
        This is the render mode used to render the glyph image into a bitmap. See FT_Render_Mode for a list of possible values.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Kerning_Mode
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef enum  FT_Kerning_Mode_
+  {
+    FT_KERNING_DEFAULT  = 0,
+    FT_KERNING_UNFITTED,
+    FT_KERNING_UNSCALED
+
+  } FT_Kerning_Mode;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        An enumeration used to specify which kerning values to return in FT_Get_Kerning.
        
+

        
+
        values
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
        FT_KERNING_DEFAULT
+
        Return scaled and grid-fitted kerning distances (value is 0).
        
+
        FT_KERNING_UNFITTED
+
        Return scaled but un-grid-fitted kerning distances.
        
+
        FT_KERNING_UNSCALED
+
        Return the kerning vector in original font units.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        ft_kerning_default
        
+
        
+
        This constant is deprecated. Please use FT_KERNING_DEFAULT instead.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        ft_kerning_unfitted
        
+
        
+
        This constant is deprecated. Please use FT_KERNING_UNFITTED instead.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        ft_kerning_unscaled
        
+
        
+
        This constant is deprecated. Please use FT_KERNING_UNSCALED instead.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Get_Kerning
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_Kerning( FT_Face     face,
+                  FT_UInt     left_glyph,
+                  FT_UInt     right_glyph,
+                  FT_UInt     kern_mode,
+                  FT_Vector  *akerning );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Return the kerning vector between two glyphs of a same face.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
        face
+
        A handle to a source face object.
        
+
        left_glyph
+
        The index of the left glyph in the kern pair.
        
+
        right_glyph
+
        The index of the right glyph in the kern pair.
        
+
        kern_mode
+
        See FT_Kerning_Mode for more information. Determines the scale and dimension of the returned kerning vector.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
        akerning
+
        The kerning vector. This is either in font units or in pixels (26.6 format) for scalable formats, and in pixels for fixed-sizes formats.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        Only horizontal layouts (left-to-right & right-to-left) are supported by this method. Other layouts, or more sophisticated kernings, are out of the scope of this API function -- they can be implemented through format-specific interfaces.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Get_Track_Kerning
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_Track_Kerning( FT_Face    face,
+                        FT_Fixed   point_size,
+                        FT_Int     degree,
+                        FT_Fixed*  akerning );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Return the track kerning for a given face object at a given size.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
        face
+
        A handle to a source face object.
        
+
        point_size
+
        The point size in 16.16 fractional points.
        
+
        degree
+
        The degree of tightness.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
        akerning
+
        The kerning in 16.16 fractional points.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Get_Glyph_Name
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_Glyph_Name( FT_Face     face,
+                     FT_UInt     glyph_index,
+                     FT_Pointer  buffer,
+                     FT_UInt     buffer_max );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Retrieve the ASCII name of a given glyph in a face. This only works for those faces where FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES(face) returns 1.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
        face
+
        A handle to a source face object.
        
+
        glyph_index
+
        The glyph index.
        
+
        buffer_max
+
        The maximal number of bytes available in the buffer.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
        buffer
+
        A pointer to a target buffer where the name is copied to.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        An error is returned if the face doesn't provide glyph names or if the glyph index is invalid. In all cases of failure, the first byte of ‘buffer’ is set to 0 to indicate an empty name.
        
+
        The glyph name is truncated to fit within the buffer if it is too long. The returned string is always zero-terminated.
        
+
        This function is not compiled within the library if the config macro ‘FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_GLYPH_NAMES’ is defined in ‘include/freetype/config/ftoptions.h’.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Get_Postscript_Name
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( const char* )
+  FT_Get_Postscript_Name( FT_Face  face );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Retrieve the ASCII PostScript name of a given face, if available. This only works with PostScript and TrueType fonts.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        face
+
        A handle to the source face object.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        A pointer to the face's PostScript name. NULL if unavailable.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        The returned pointer is owned by the face and is destroyed with it.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Select_Charmap
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Select_Charmap( FT_Face      face,
+                     FT_Encoding  encoding );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Select a given charmap by its encoding tag (as listed in ‘freetype.h’).
        
+

        
+
        inout
        
+
        
+
+
+
        face
+
        A handle to the source face object.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        encoding
+
        A handle to the selected encoding.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        This function returns an error if no charmap in the face corresponds to the encoding queried here.
        
+
        Because many fonts contain more than a single cmap for Unicode encoding, this function has some special code to select the one which covers Unicode best (‘best’ in the sense that a UCS-4 cmap is preferred to a UCS-2 cmap). It is thus preferable to FT_Set_Charmap in this case.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Set_Charmap
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Set_Charmap( FT_Face     face,
+                  FT_CharMap  charmap );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Select a given charmap for character code to glyph index mapping.
        
+

        
+
        inout
        
+
        
+
+
+
        face
+
        A handle to the source face object.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        charmap
+
        A handle to the selected charmap.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        This function returns an error if the charmap is not part of the face (i.e., if it is not listed in the ‘face->charmaps’ table).
        
+
        It also fails if a type 14 charmap is selected.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Get_Charmap_Index
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Int )
+  FT_Get_Charmap_Index( FT_CharMap  charmap );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Retrieve index of a given charmap.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        charmap
+
        A handle to a charmap.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        The index into the array of character maps within the face to which ‘charmap’ belongs.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Get_Char_Index
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt )
+  FT_Get_Char_Index( FT_Face   face,
+                     FT_ULong  charcode );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Return the glyph index of a given character code. This function uses a charmap object to do the mapping.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        face
+
        A handle to the source face object.
        
+
        charcode
+
        The character code.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        The glyph index. 0 means ‘undefined character code’.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        If you use FreeType to manipulate the contents of font files directly, be aware that the glyph index returned by this function doesn't always correspond to the internal indices used within the file. This is done to ensure that value 0 always corresponds to the ‘missing glyph’.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Get_First_Char
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_ULong )
+  FT_Get_First_Char( FT_Face   face,
+                     FT_UInt  *agindex );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        This function is used to return the first character code in the current charmap of a given face. It also returns the corresponding glyph index.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        face
+
        A handle to the source face object.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
        agindex
+
        Glyph index of first character code. 0 if charmap is empty.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        The charmap's first character code.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        You should use this function with FT_Get_Next_Char to be able to parse all character codes available in a given charmap. The code should look like this:
        
+
        +  FT_ULong  charcode;                                              
+  FT_UInt   gindex;                                                
+                                                                   
+                                                                   
+  charcode = FT_Get_First_Char( face, &gindex );                   
+  while ( gindex != 0 )                                            
+  {                                                                
+    ... do something with (charcode,gindex) pair ...               
+                                                                   
+    charcode = FT_Get_Next_Char( face, charcode, &gindex );        
+  }                                                                
+
        
+
        Note that ‘*agindex’ is set to 0 if the charmap is empty. The result itself can be 0 in two cases: if the charmap is empty or if the value 0 is the first valid character code.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Get_Next_Char
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_ULong )
+  FT_Get_Next_Char( FT_Face    face,
+                    FT_ULong   char_code,
+                    FT_UInt   *agindex );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        This function is used to return the next character code in the current charmap of a given face following the value ‘char_code’, as well as the corresponding glyph index.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        face
+
        A handle to the source face object.
        
+
        char_code
+
        The starting character code.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
        agindex
+
        Glyph index of next character code. 0 if charmap is empty.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        The charmap's next character code.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        You should use this function with FT_Get_First_Char to walk over all character codes available in a given charmap. See the note for this function for a simple code example.
        
+
        Note that ‘*agindex’ is set to 0 when there are no more codes in the charmap.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Get_Name_Index
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt )
+  FT_Get_Name_Index( FT_Face     face,
+                     FT_String*  glyph_name );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Return the glyph index of a given glyph name. This function uses driver specific objects to do the translation.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        face
+
        A handle to the source face object.
        
+
        glyph_name
+
        The glyph name.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        The glyph index. 0 means ‘undefined character code’.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XXX
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_WORDS          1
+#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_XY_VALUES      2
+#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ROUND_XY_TO_GRID        4
+#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_SCALE                   8
+#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XY_SCALE             0x40
+#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_2X2                  0x80
+#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_USE_MY_METRICS      0x200
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A list of constants used to describe subglyphs. Please refer to the TrueType specification for the meaning of the various flags.
        
+

        
+
        values
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_WORDS
        
+
        
+
        FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_XY_VALUES
        
+
        
+
        FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ROUND_XY_TO_GRID
        
+
        
+
        FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_SCALE
+
        
+
        FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XY_SCALE
        
+
        
+
        FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_2X2
+
        
+
        FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_USE_MY_METRICS
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Get_SubGlyph_Info
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_SubGlyph_Info( FT_GlyphSlot  glyph,
+                        FT_UInt       sub_index,
+                        FT_Int       *p_index,
+                        FT_UInt      *p_flags,
+                        FT_Int       *p_arg1,
+                        FT_Int       *p_arg2,
+                        FT_Matrix    *p_transform );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Retrieve a description of a given subglyph. Only use it if ‘glyph->format’ is FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE; an error is returned otherwise.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        glyph
+
        The source glyph slot.
        
+
        sub_index
+
        The index of the subglyph. Must be less than ‘glyph->num_subglyphs’.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        p_index
+
        The glyph index of the subglyph.
        
+
        p_flags
+
        The subglyph flags, see FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XXX.
        
+
        p_arg1
+
        The subglyph's first argument (if any).
        
+
        p_arg2
+
        The subglyph's second argument (if any).
        
+
        p_transform
+
        The subglyph transformation (if any).
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        The values of ‘*p_arg1’, ‘*p_arg2’, and ‘*p_transform’ must be interpreted depending on the flags returned in ‘*p_flags’. See the TrueType specification for details.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_FSTYPE_XXX
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+#define FT_FSTYPE_INSTALLABLE_EMBEDDING         0x0000
+#define FT_FSTYPE_RESTRICTED_LICENSE_EMBEDDING  0x0002
+#define FT_FSTYPE_PREVIEW_AND_PRINT_EMBEDDING   0x0004
+#define FT_FSTYPE_EDITABLE_EMBEDDING            0x0008
+#define FT_FSTYPE_NO_SUBSETTING                 0x0100
+#define FT_FSTYPE_BITMAP_EMBEDDING_ONLY         0x0200
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A list of bit flags used in the ‘fsType’ field of the OS/2 table in a TrueType or OpenType font and the ‘FSType’ entry in a PostScript font. These bit flags are returned by FT_Get_FSType_Flags; they inform client applications of embedding and subsetting restrictions associated with a font.
        
+
        See http://www.adobe.com/devnet/acrobat/pdfs/FontPolicies.pdf for more details.
        
+

        
+
        values
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        FT_FSTYPE_INSTALLABLE_EMBEDDING
        
+
        Fonts with no fsType bit set may be embedded and permanently installed on the remote system by an application.
        
+
        FT_FSTYPE_RESTRICTED_LICENSE_EMBEDDING
        
+
        Fonts that have only this bit set must not be modified, embedded or exchanged in any manner without first obtaining permission of the font software copyright owner.
        
+
        FT_FSTYPE_PREVIEW_AND_PRINT_EMBEDDING
        
+
        If this bit is set, the font may be embedded and temporarily loaded on the remote system. Documents containing Preview & Print fonts must be opened ‘read-only’; no edits can be applied to the document.
        
+
        FT_FSTYPE_EDITABLE_EMBEDDING
        
+
        If this bit is set, the font may be embedded but must only be installed temporarily on other systems. In contrast to Preview & Print fonts, documents containing editable fonts may be opened for reading, editing is permitted, and changes may be saved.
        
+
        FT_FSTYPE_NO_SUBSETTING
        
+
        If this bit is set, the font may not be subsetted prior to embedding.
        
+
        FT_FSTYPE_BITMAP_EMBEDDING_ONLY
        
+
        If this bit is set, only bitmaps contained in the font may be embedded; no outline data may be embedded. If there are no bitmaps available in the font, then the font is unembeddable.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        While the fsType flags can indicate that a font may be embedded, a license with the font vendor may be separately required to use the font in this way.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Get_FSType_Flags
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_UShort )
+  FT_Get_FSType_Flags( FT_Face  face );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Return the fsType flags for a font.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        face
+
        A handle to the source face object.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        The fsType flags, FT_FSTYPE_XXX.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        Use this function rather than directly reading the ‘fs_type’ field in the PS_FontInfoRec structure which is only guaranteed to return the correct results for Type 1 fonts.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
+
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-basic_types.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-basic_types.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9e77145
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-basic_types.html
@@ -0,0 +1,948 @@
+
+
+
+
+FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
        FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
        
+
+
        
+Basic Data Types
+
        
+
        Synopsis
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        FT_ByteFT_OffsetFT_UnitVector
        FT_BytesFT_PtrDistFT_F26Dot6
        FT_CharFT_StringFT_Pixel_Mode
        FT_IntFT_Tagft_pixel_mode_xxx
        FT_UIntFT_ErrorFT_Palette_Mode
        FT_Int16FT_FixedFT_Bitmap
        FT_UInt16FT_PointerFT_IMAGE_TAG
        FT_Int32FT_PosFT_Glyph_Format
        FT_UInt32FT_Vectorft_glyph_format_xxx
        FT_ShortFT_BBoxFT_Data
        FT_UShortFT_MatrixFT_Generic_Finalizer
        FT_LongFT_FWordFT_Generic
        FT_ULongFT_UFWordFT_MAKE_TAG
        FT_BoolFT_F2Dot14


        
+
+
        
+
        This section contains the basic data types defined by FreeType 2, ranging from simple scalar types to bitmap descriptors. More font-specific structures are defined in a different section.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        FT_Byte
        
+
        
+
        A simple typedef for the unsigned char type.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Bytes
        
+
        
+
        A typedef for constant memory areas.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Char
        
+
        
+
        A simple typedef for the signed char type.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Int
        
+
        
+
        A typedef for the int type.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_UInt
        
+
        
+
        A typedef for the unsigned int type.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Int16
        
+
        
+
        A typedef for a 16bit signed integer type.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_UInt16
        
+
        
+
        A typedef for a 16bit unsigned integer type.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Int32
        
+
        
+
        A typedef for a 32bit signed integer type. The size depends on the configuration.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_UInt32
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Short
        
+
        
+
        A typedef for signed short.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_UShort
        
+
        
+
        A typedef for unsigned short.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Long
        
+
        
+
        A typedef for signed long.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_ULong
        
+
        
+
        A typedef for unsigned long.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Bool
        
+
        
+
        A typedef of unsigned char, used for simple booleans. As usual, values 1 and 0 represent true and false, respectively.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Offset
        
+
        
+
        This is equivalent to the ANSI C ‘size_t’ type, i.e., the largest unsigned integer type used to express a file size or position, or a memory block size.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_PtrDist
        
+
        
+
        This is equivalent to the ANSI C ‘ptrdiff_t’ type, i.e., the largest signed integer type used to express the distance between two pointers.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_String
        
+
        
+
        A simple typedef for the char type, usually used for strings.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Tag
        
+
        
+
        A typedef for 32-bit tags (as used in the SFNT format).
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Error
        
+
        
+
        The FreeType error code type. A value of 0 is always interpreted as a successful operation.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Fixed
        
+
        
+
        This type is used to store 16.16 fixed float values, like scaling values or matrix coefficients.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Pointer
        
+
        
+
        A simple typedef for a typeless pointer.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Pos
        
+
        
+
        The type FT_Pos is a 32-bit integer used to store vectorial coordinates. Depending on the context, these can represent distances in integer font units, or 16.16, or 26.6 fixed float pixel coordinates.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Vector
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_IMAGE_H (freetype/ftimage.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef struct  FT_Vector_
+  {
+    FT_Pos  x;
+    FT_Pos  y;
+
+  } FT_Vector;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A simple structure used to store a 2D vector; coordinates are of the FT_Pos type.
        
+

        
+
        fields
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        x
+
        The horizontal coordinate.
        
+
        y
+
        The vertical coordinate.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_BBox
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_IMAGE_H (freetype/ftimage.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef struct  FT_BBox_
+  {
+    FT_Pos  xMin, yMin;
+    FT_Pos  xMax, yMax;
+
+  } FT_BBox;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A structure used to hold an outline's bounding box, i.e., the coordinates of its extrema in the horizontal and vertical directions.
        
+

        
+
        fields
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
        xMin
+
        The horizontal minimum (left-most).
        
+
        yMin
+
        The vertical minimum (bottom-most).
        
+
        xMax
+
        The horizontal maximum (right-most).
        
+
        yMax
+
        The vertical maximum (top-most).
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Matrix
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_TYPES_H (freetype/fttypes.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef struct  FT_Matrix_
+  {
+    FT_Fixed  xx, xy;
+    FT_Fixed  yx, yy;
+
+  } FT_Matrix;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A simple structure used to store a 2x2 matrix. Coefficients are in 16.16 fixed float format. The computation performed is:
        
+
        +   x' = x*xx + y*xy                                             
+   y' = x*yx + y*yy                                             
+
        
+

        
+
        fields
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
        xx
+
        Matrix coefficient.
        
+
        xy
+
        Matrix coefficient.
        
+
        yx
+
        Matrix coefficient.
        
+
        yy
+
        Matrix coefficient.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_FWord
        
+
        
+
        A signed 16-bit integer used to store a distance in original font units.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_UFWord
        
+
        
+
        An unsigned 16-bit integer used to store a distance in original font units.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_F2Dot14
        
+
        
+
        A signed 2.14 fixed float type used for unit vectors.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_UnitVector
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_TYPES_H (freetype/fttypes.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef struct  FT_UnitVector_
+  {
+    FT_F2Dot14  x;
+    FT_F2Dot14  y;
+
+  } FT_UnitVector;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A simple structure used to store a 2D vector unit vector. Uses FT_F2Dot14 types.
        
+

        
+
        fields
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        x
+
        Horizontal coordinate.
        
+
        y
+
        Vertical coordinate.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_F26Dot6
        
+
        
+
        A signed 26.6 fixed float type used for vectorial pixel coordinates.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Pixel_Mode
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_IMAGE_H (freetype/ftimage.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef enum  FT_Pixel_Mode_
+  {
+    FT_PIXEL_MODE_NONE = 0,
+    FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO,
+    FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY,
+    FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2,
+    FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4,
+    FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD,
+    FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V,
+
+    FT_PIXEL_MODE_MAX      /* do not remove */
+
+  } FT_Pixel_Mode;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        An enumeration type used to describe the format of pixels in a given bitmap. Note that additional formats may be added in the future.
        
+

        
+
        values
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        FT_PIXEL_MODE_NONE
+
        Value 0 is reserved.
        
+
        FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO
+
        A monochrome bitmap, using 1 bit per pixel. Note that pixels are stored in most-significant order (MSB), which means that the left-most pixel in a byte has value 128.
        
+
        FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY
+
        An 8-bit bitmap, generally used to represent anti-aliased glyph images. Each pixel is stored in one byte. Note that the number of ‘gray’ levels is stored in the ‘num_grays’ field of the FT_Bitmap structure (it generally is 256).
        
+
        FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2
+
        A 2-bit per pixel bitmap, used to represent embedded anti-aliased bitmaps in font files according to the OpenType specification. We haven't found a single font using this format, however.
        
+
        FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4
+
        A 4-bit per pixel bitmap, representing embedded anti-aliased bitmaps in font files according to the OpenType specification. We haven't found a single font using this format, however.
        
+
        FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD
+
        An 8-bit bitmap, representing RGB or BGR decimated glyph images used for display on LCD displays; the bitmap is three times wider than the original glyph image. See also FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD.
        
+
        FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V
+
        An 8-bit bitmap, representing RGB or BGR decimated glyph images used for display on rotated LCD displays; the bitmap is three times taller than the original glyph image. See also FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        ft_pixel_mode_xxx
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_IMAGE_H (freetype/ftimage.h).
+

        
+
        +
+#define ft_pixel_mode_none   FT_PIXEL_MODE_NONE
+#define ft_pixel_mode_mono   FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO
+#define ft_pixel_mode_grays  FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY
+#define ft_pixel_mode_pal2   FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2
+#define ft_pixel_mode_pal4   FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A list of deprecated constants. Use the corresponding FT_Pixel_Mode values instead.
        
+

        
+
        values
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        ft_pixel_mode_none
+
        See FT_PIXEL_MODE_NONE.
        
+
        ft_pixel_mode_mono
+
        See FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO.
        
+
        ft_pixel_mode_grays
+
        See FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY.
        
+
        ft_pixel_mode_pal2
+
        See FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2.
        
+
        ft_pixel_mode_pal4
+
        See FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Palette_Mode
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_IMAGE_H (freetype/ftimage.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef enum  FT_Palette_Mode_
+  {
+    ft_palette_mode_rgb = 0,
+    ft_palette_mode_rgba,
+
+    ft_palette_mode_max   /* do not remove */
+
+  } FT_Palette_Mode;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        THIS TYPE IS DEPRECATED. DO NOT USE IT!
        
+
        An enumeration type to describe the format of a bitmap palette, used with ft_pixel_mode_pal4 and ft_pixel_mode_pal8.
        
+

        
+
        values
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        ft_palette_mode_rgb
+
        The palette is an array of 3-byte RGB records.
        
+
        ft_palette_mode_rgba
+
        The palette is an array of 4-byte RGBA records.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        As ft_pixel_mode_pal2, pal4 and pal8 are currently unused by FreeType, these types are not handled by the library itself.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Bitmap
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_IMAGE_H (freetype/ftimage.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef struct  FT_Bitmap_
+  {
+    int             rows;
+    int             width;
+    int             pitch;
+    unsigned char*  buffer;
+    short           num_grays;
+    char            pixel_mode;
+    char            palette_mode;
+    void*           palette;
+
+  } FT_Bitmap;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A structure used to describe a bitmap or pixmap to the raster. Note that we now manage pixmaps of various depths through the ‘pixel_mode’ field.
        
+

        
+
        fields
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        rows
+
        The number of bitmap rows.
        
+
        width
+
        The number of pixels in bitmap row.
        
+
        pitch
+
        The pitch's absolute value is the number of bytes taken by one bitmap row, including padding. However, the pitch is positive when the bitmap has a ‘down’ flow, and negative when it has an ‘up’ flow. In all cases, the pitch is an offset to add to a bitmap pointer in order to go down one row.
        
+
        buffer
+
        A typeless pointer to the bitmap buffer. This value should be aligned on 32-bit boundaries in most cases.
        
+
        num_grays
+
        This field is only used with FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY; it gives the number of gray levels used in the bitmap.
        
+
        pixel_mode
+
        The pixel mode, i.e., how pixel bits are stored. See FT_Pixel_Mode for possible values.
        
+
        palette_mode
+
        This field is intended for paletted pixel modes; it indicates how the palette is stored. Not used currently.
        
+
        palette
+
        A typeless pointer to the bitmap palette; this field is intended for paletted pixel modes. Not used currently.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        For now, the only pixel modes supported by FreeType are mono and grays. However, drivers might be added in the future to support more ‘colorful’ options.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_IMAGE_TAG
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_IMAGE_H (freetype/ftimage.h).
+

        
+
        +
+#ifndef FT_IMAGE_TAG
+#define FT_IMAGE_TAG( value, _x1, _x2, _x3, _x4 )  \
+          value = ( ( (unsigned long)_x1 << 24 ) | \
+                    ( (unsigned long)_x2 << 16 ) | \
+                    ( (unsigned long)_x3 << 8  ) | \
+                      (unsigned long)_x4         )
+#endif /* FT_IMAGE_TAG */
+
+

        
+
        
+
        This macro converts four-letter tags to an unsigned long type.
        
+

        
+
        note
        
+
        Since many 16-bit compilers don't like 32-bit enumerations, you should redefine this macro in case of problems to something like this:
        
+
        +  #define FT_IMAGE_TAG( value, _x1, _x2, _x3, _x4 )  value         
+
        
+
        to get a simple enumeration without assigning special numbers.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Glyph_Format
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_IMAGE_H (freetype/ftimage.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef enum  FT_Glyph_Format_
+  {
+    FT_IMAGE_TAG( FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_NONE, 0, 0, 0, 0 ),
+
+    FT_IMAGE_TAG( FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE, 'c', 'o', 'm', 'p' ),
+    FT_IMAGE_TAG( FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP,    'b', 'i', 't', 's' ),
+    FT_IMAGE_TAG( FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE,   'o', 'u', 't', 'l' ),
+    FT_IMAGE_TAG( FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_PLOTTER,   'p', 'l', 'o', 't' )
+
+  } FT_Glyph_Format;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        An enumeration type used to describe the format of a given glyph image. Note that this version of FreeType only supports two image formats, even though future font drivers will be able to register their own format.
        
+

        
+
        values
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_NONE
+
        The value 0 is reserved.
        
+
        FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE
        
+
        The glyph image is a composite of several other images. This format is only used with FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE, and is used to report compound glyphs (like accented characters).
        
+
        FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP
+
        The glyph image is a bitmap, and can be described as an FT_Bitmap. You generally need to access the ‘bitmap’ field of the FT_GlyphSlotRec structure to read it.
        
+
        FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE
        
+
        The glyph image is a vectorial outline made of line segments and Bézier arcs; it can be described as an FT_Outline; you generally want to access the ‘outline’ field of the FT_GlyphSlotRec structure to read it.
        
+
        FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_PLOTTER
        
+
        The glyph image is a vectorial path with no inside and outside contours. Some Type 1 fonts, like those in the Hershey family, contain glyphs in this format. These are described as FT_Outline, but FreeType isn't currently capable of rendering them correctly.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        ft_glyph_format_xxx
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_IMAGE_H (freetype/ftimage.h).
+

        
+
        +
+#define ft_glyph_format_none       FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_NONE
+#define ft_glyph_format_composite  FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE
+#define ft_glyph_format_bitmap     FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP
+#define ft_glyph_format_outline    FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE
+#define ft_glyph_format_plotter    FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_PLOTTER
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A list of deprecated constants. Use the corresponding FT_Glyph_Format values instead.
        
+

        
+
        values
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        ft_glyph_format_none
+
        See FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_NONE.
        
+
        ft_glyph_format_composite
        
+
        See FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE.
        
+
        ft_glyph_format_bitmap
+
        See FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP.
        
+
        ft_glyph_format_outline
        
+
        See FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE.
        
+
        ft_glyph_format_plotter
        
+
        See FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_PLOTTER.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Data
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_TYPES_H (freetype/fttypes.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef struct  FT_Data_
+  {
+    const FT_Byte*  pointer;
+    FT_Int          length;
+
+  } FT_Data;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Read-only binary data represented as a pointer and a length.
        
+

        
+
        fields
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        pointer
+
        The data.
        
+
        length
+
        The length of the data in bytes.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Generic_Finalizer
        
+
        
+
        Describe a function used to destroy the ‘client’ data of any FreeType object. See the description of the FT_Generic type for details of usage.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        The address of the FreeType object which is under finalization. Its client data is accessed through its ‘generic’ field.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Generic
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_TYPES_H (freetype/fttypes.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef struct  FT_Generic_
+  {
+    void*                 data;
+    FT_Generic_Finalizer  finalizer;
+
+  } FT_Generic;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Client applications often need to associate their own data to a variety of FreeType core objects. For example, a text layout API might want to associate a glyph cache to a given size object.
        
+
        Most FreeType object contains a ‘generic’ field, of type FT_Generic, which usage is left to client applications and font servers.
        
+
        It can be used to store a pointer to client-specific data, as well as the address of a ‘finalizer’ function, which will be called by FreeType when the object is destroyed (for example, the previous client example would put the address of the glyph cache destructor in the ‘finalizer’ field).
        
+

        
+
        fields
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        data
+
        A typeless pointer to any client-specified data. This field is completely ignored by the FreeType library.
        
+
        finalizer
+
        A pointer to a ‘generic finalizer’ function, which will be called when the object is destroyed. If this field is set to NULL, no code will be called.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_MAKE_TAG
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_TYPES_H (freetype/fttypes.h).
+

        
+
        +
+#define FT_MAKE_TAG( _x1, _x2, _x3, _x4 ) \
+          ( ( (FT_ULong)_x1 << 24 ) |     \
+            ( (FT_ULong)_x2 << 16 ) |     \
+            ( (FT_ULong)_x3 <<  8 ) |     \
+              (FT_ULong)_x4         )
+
+

        
+
        
+
        This macro converts four-letter tags which are used to label TrueType tables into an unsigned long to be used within FreeType.
        
+

        
+
        note
        
+
        The produced values must be 32-bit integers. Don't redefine this macro.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
+
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-bdf_fonts.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-bdf_fonts.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e7bf5a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-bdf_fonts.html
@@ -0,0 +1,252 @@
+
+
+
+
+FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
        FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
        
+
+
        
+BDF and PCF Files
+
        
+
        Synopsis
        
+
+
+
+
        FT_PropertyTypeBDF_PropertyRecFT_Get_BDF_Property
        BDF_PropertyFT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID


        
+
+
        
+
        This section contains the declaration of functions specific to BDF and PCF fonts.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        FT_PropertyType
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_BDF_H (freetype/ftbdf.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef enum  BDF_PropertyType_
+  {
+    BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE     = 0,
+    BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM     = 1,
+    BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER  = 2,
+    BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL = 3
+
+  } BDF_PropertyType;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A list of BDF property types.
        
+

        
+
        values
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE
+
        Value 0 is used to indicate a missing property.
        
+
        BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM
+
        Property is a string atom.
        
+
        BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER
        
+
        Property is a 32-bit signed integer.
        
+
        BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL
        
+
        Property is a 32-bit unsigned integer.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        BDF_Property
        
+
        
+
        A handle to a BDF_PropertyRec structure to model a given BDF/PCF property.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        BDF_PropertyRec
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_BDF_H (freetype/ftbdf.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef struct  BDF_PropertyRec_
+  {
+    BDF_PropertyType  type;
+    union {
+      const char*     atom;
+      FT_Int32        integer;
+      FT_UInt32       cardinal;
+
+    } u;
+
+  } BDF_PropertyRec;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        This structure models a given BDF/PCF property.
        
+

        
+
        fields
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
        type
+
        The property type.
        
+
        u.atom
+
        The atom string, if type is BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM.
        
+
        u.integer
+
        A signed integer, if type is BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER.
        
+
        u.cardinal
+
        An unsigned integer, if type is BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_BDF_H (freetype/ftbdf.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID( FT_Face       face,
+                         const char*  *acharset_encoding,
+                         const char*  *acharset_registry );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Retrieve a BDF font character set identity, according to the BDF specification.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        face
+
        A handle to the input face.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        acharset_encoding
+
        Charset encoding, as a C string, owned by the face.
        
+
        acharset_registry
+
        Charset registry, as a C string, owned by the face.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        This function only works with BDF faces, returning an error otherwise.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Get_BDF_Property
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_BDF_H (freetype/ftbdf.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_BDF_Property( FT_Face           face,
+                       const char*       prop_name,
+                       BDF_PropertyRec  *aproperty );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Retrieve a BDF property from a BDF or PCF font file.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        face
+
        A handle to the input face.
        
+
        name
+
        The property name.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
        aproperty
+
        The property.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        This function works with BDF and PCF fonts. It returns an error otherwise. It also returns an error if the property is not in the font.
        
+
        A ‘property’ is a either key-value pair within the STARTPROPERTIES ... ENDPROPERTIES block of a BDF font or a key-value pair from the ‘info->props’ array within a ‘FontRec’ structure of a PCF font.
        
+
        Integer properties are always stored as ‘signed’ within PCF fonts; consequently, BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL is a possible return value for BDF fonts only.
        
+
        In case of error, ‘aproperty->type’ is always set to BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
+
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-bitmap_handling.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-bitmap_handling.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5fd64d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-bitmap_handling.html
@@ -0,0 +1,302 @@
+
+
+
+
+FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
        FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
        
+
+
        
+Bitmap Handling
+
        
+
        Synopsis
        
+
+
+
+
        FT_Bitmap_NewFT_Bitmap_EmboldenFT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap
        FT_Bitmap_CopyFT_Bitmap_ConvertFT_Bitmap_Done


        
+
+
        
+
        This section contains functions for converting FT_Bitmap objects.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        FT_Bitmap_New
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_BITMAP_H (freetype/ftbitmap.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_Bitmap_New( FT_Bitmap  *abitmap );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Initialize a pointer to an FT_Bitmap structure.
        
+

        
+
        inout
        
+
        
+
+
+
        abitmap
+
        A pointer to the bitmap structure.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Bitmap_Copy
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_BITMAP_H (freetype/ftbitmap.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Bitmap_Copy( FT_Library        library,
+                  const FT_Bitmap  *source,
+                  FT_Bitmap        *target);
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Copy a bitmap into another one.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        library
+
        A handle to a library object.
        
+
        source
+
        A handle to the source bitmap.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
        target
+
        A handle to the target bitmap.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Bitmap_Embolden
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_BITMAP_H (freetype/ftbitmap.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Bitmap_Embolden( FT_Library  library,
+                      FT_Bitmap*  bitmap,
+                      FT_Pos      xStrength,
+                      FT_Pos      yStrength );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Embolden a bitmap. The new bitmap will be about ‘xStrength’ pixels wider and ‘yStrength’ pixels higher. The left and bottom borders are kept unchanged.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
        library
+
        A handle to a library object.
        
+
        xStrength
+
        How strong the glyph is emboldened horizontally. Expressed in 26.6 pixel format.
        
+
        yStrength
+
        How strong the glyph is emboldened vertically. Expressed in 26.6 pixel format.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        inout
        
+
        
+
+
+
        bitmap
+
        A handle to the target bitmap.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        The current implementation restricts ‘xStrength’ to be less than or equal to 8 if bitmap is of pixel_mode FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO.
        
+
        If you want to embolden the bitmap owned by a FT_GlyphSlotRec, you should call FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap on the slot first.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Bitmap_Convert
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_BITMAP_H (freetype/ftbitmap.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Bitmap_Convert( FT_Library        library,
+                     const FT_Bitmap  *source,
+                     FT_Bitmap        *target,
+                     FT_Int            alignment );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Convert a bitmap object with depth 1bpp, 2bpp, 4bpp, or 8bpp to a bitmap object with depth 8bpp, making the number of used bytes per line (a.k.a. the ‘pitch’) a multiple of ‘alignment’.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
        library
+
        A handle to a library object.
        
+
        source
+
        The source bitmap.
        
+
        alignment
+
        The pitch of the bitmap is a multiple of this parameter. Common values are 1, 2, or 4.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
        target
+
        The target bitmap.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        It is possible to call FT_Bitmap_Convert multiple times without calling FT_Bitmap_Done (the memory is simply reallocated).
        
+
        Use FT_Bitmap_Done to finally remove the bitmap object.
        
+
        The ‘library’ argument is taken to have access to FreeType's memory handling functions.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_BITMAP_H (freetype/ftbitmap.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap( FT_GlyphSlot  slot );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Make sure that a glyph slot owns ‘slot->bitmap’.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        slot
+
        The glyph slot.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        This function is to be used in combination with FT_Bitmap_Embolden.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Bitmap_Done
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_BITMAP_H (freetype/ftbitmap.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Bitmap_Done( FT_Library  library,
+                  FT_Bitmap  *bitmap );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Destroy a bitmap object created with FT_Bitmap_New.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        library
+
        A handle to a library object.
        
+
        bitmap
+
        The bitmap object to be freed.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        The ‘library’ argument is taken to have access to FreeType's memory handling functions.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
+
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-cache_subsystem.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-cache_subsystem.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8cf3b5a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-cache_subsystem.html
@@ -0,0 +1,1098 @@
+
+
+
+
+FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
        FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
        
+
+
        
+Cache Sub-System
+
        
+
        Synopsis
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        FTC_ManagerFTC_CMapCache_New
        FTC_FaceIDFTC_CMapCache_Lookup
        FTC_Face_RequesterFTC_ImageTypeRec
        FTC_NodeFTC_ImageType
        FTC_Manager_NewFTC_ImageCache
        FTC_Manager_ResetFTC_ImageCache_New
        FTC_Manager_DoneFTC_ImageCache_Lookup
        FTC_Manager_LookupFaceFTC_ImageCache_LookupScaler
        FTC_ScalerRecFTC_SBit
        FTC_ScalerFTC_SBitRec
        FTC_Manager_LookupSizeFTC_SBitCache
        FTC_Node_UnrefFTC_SBitCache_New
        FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceIDFTC_SBitCache_Lookup
        FTC_CMapCacheFTC_SBitCache_LookupScaler


        
+
+
        
+
        This section describes the FreeType 2 cache sub-system, which is used to limit the number of concurrently opened FT_Face and FT_Size objects, as well as caching information like character maps and glyph images while limiting their maximum memory usage.
        
+
        Note that all types and functions begin with the ‘FTC_’ prefix.
        
+
        The cache is highly portable and thus doesn't know anything about the fonts installed on your system, or how to access them. This implies the following scheme:
        
+
        First, available or installed font faces are uniquely identified by FTC_FaceID values, provided to the cache by the client. Note that the cache only stores and compares these values, and doesn't try to interpret them in any way.
        
+
        Second, the cache calls, only when needed, a client-provided function to convert a FTC_FaceID into a new FT_Face object. The latter is then completely managed by the cache, including its termination through FT_Done_Face.
        
+
        Clients are free to map face IDs to anything else. The most simple usage is to associate them to a (pathname,face_index) pair that is used to call FT_New_Face. However, more complex schemes are also possible.
        
+
        Note that for the cache to work correctly, the face ID values must be persistent, which means that the contents they point to should not change at runtime, or that their value should not become invalid.
        
+
        If this is unavoidable (e.g., when a font is uninstalled at runtime), you should call FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID as soon as possible, to let the cache get rid of any references to the old FTC_FaceID it may keep internally. Failure to do so will lead to incorrect behaviour or even crashes.
        
+
        To use the cache, start with calling FTC_Manager_New to create a new FTC_Manager object, which models a single cache instance. You can then look up FT_Face and FT_Size objects with FTC_Manager_LookupFace and FTC_Manager_LookupSize, respectively.
        
+
        If you want to use the charmap caching, call FTC_CMapCache_New, then later use FTC_CMapCache_Lookup to perform the equivalent of FT_Get_Char_Index, only much faster.
        
+
        If you want to use the FT_Glyph caching, call FTC_ImageCache, then later use FTC_ImageCache_Lookup to retrieve the corresponding FT_Glyph objects from the cache.
        
+
        If you need lots of small bitmaps, it is much more memory efficient to call FTC_SBitCache_New followed by FTC_SBitCache_Lookup. This returns FTC_SBitRec structures, which are used to store small bitmaps directly. (A small bitmap is one whose metrics and dimensions all fit into 8-bit integers).
        
+
        We hope to also provide a kerning cache in the near future.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        FTC_Manager
        
+
        
+
        This object corresponds to one instance of the cache-subsystem. It is used to cache one or more FT_Face objects, along with corresponding FT_Size objects.
        
+
        The manager intentionally limits the total number of opened FT_Face and FT_Size objects to control memory usage. See the ‘max_faces’ and ‘max_sizes’ parameters of FTC_Manager_New.
        
+
        The manager is also used to cache ‘nodes’ of various types while limiting their total memory usage.
        
+
        All limitations are enforced by keeping lists of managed objects in most-recently-used order, and flushing old nodes to make room for new ones.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FTC_FaceID
        
+
        
+
        An opaque pointer type that is used to identity face objects. The contents of such objects is application-dependent.
        
+
        These pointers are typically used to point to a user-defined structure containing a font file path, and face index.
        
+

        
+
        note
        
+
        Never use NULL as a valid FTC_FaceID.
        
+
        Face IDs are passed by the client to the cache manager, which calls, when needed, the FTC_Face_Requester to translate them into new FT_Face objects.
        
+
        If the content of a given face ID changes at runtime, or if the value becomes invalid (e.g., when uninstalling a font), you should immediately call FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID before any other cache function.
        
+
        Failure to do so will result in incorrect behaviour or even memory leaks and crashes.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FTC_Face_Requester
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_CACHE_H (freetype/ftcache.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*FTC_Face_Requester)( FTC_FaceID  face_id,
+                         FT_Library  library,
+                         FT_Pointer  request_data,
+                         FT_Face*    aface );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A callback function provided by client applications. It is used by the cache manager to translate a given FTC_FaceID into a new valid FT_Face object, on demand.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
        face_id
+
        The face ID to resolve.
        
+
        library
+
        A handle to a FreeType library object.
        
+
        req_data
+
        Application-provided request data (see note below).
        
+
        
+
        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
        aface
+
        A new FT_Face handle.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        The third parameter ‘req_data’ is the same as the one passed by the client when FTC_Manager_New is called.
        
+
        The face requester should not perform funny things on the returned face object, like creating a new FT_Size for it, or setting a transformation through FT_Set_Transform!
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FTC_Node
        
+
        
+
        An opaque handle to a cache node object. Each cache node is reference-counted. A node with a count of 0 might be flushed out of a full cache whenever a lookup request is performed.
        
+
        If you lookup nodes, you have the ability to ‘acquire’ them, i.e., to increment their reference count. This will prevent the node from being flushed out of the cache until you explicitly ‘release’ it (see FTC_Node_Unref).
        
+
        See also FTC_SBitCache_Lookup and FTC_ImageCache_Lookup.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FTC_Manager_New
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_CACHE_H (freetype/ftcache.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FTC_Manager_New( FT_Library          library,
+                   FT_UInt             max_faces,
+                   FT_UInt             max_sizes,
+                   FT_ULong            max_bytes,
+                   FTC_Face_Requester  requester,
+                   FT_Pointer          req_data,
+                   FTC_Manager        *amanager );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Create a new cache manager.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        library
+
        The parent FreeType library handle to use.
        
+
        max_faces
+
        Maximum number of opened FT_Face objects managed by this cache instance. Use 0 for defaults.
        
+
        max_sizes
+
        Maximum number of opened FT_Size objects managed by this cache instance. Use 0 for defaults.
        
+
        max_bytes
+
        Maximum number of bytes to use for cached data nodes. Use 0 for defaults. Note that this value does not account for managed FT_Face and FT_Size objects.
        
+
        requester
+
        An application-provided callback used to translate face IDs into real FT_Face objects.
        
+
        req_data
+
        A generic pointer that is passed to the requester each time it is called (see FTC_Face_Requester).
        
+
        
+
        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
        amanager
+
        A handle to a new manager object. 0 in case of failure.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FTC_Manager_Reset
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_CACHE_H (freetype/ftcache.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FTC_Manager_Reset( FTC_Manager  manager );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Empty a given cache manager. This simply gets rid of all the currently cached FT_Face and FT_Size objects within the manager.
        
+

        
+
        inout
        
+
        
+
+
+
        manager
+
        A handle to the manager.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FTC_Manager_Done
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_CACHE_H (freetype/ftcache.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FTC_Manager_Done( FTC_Manager  manager );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Destroy a given manager after emptying it.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        manager
+
        A handle to the target cache manager object.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FTC_Manager_LookupFace
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_CACHE_H (freetype/ftcache.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FTC_Manager_LookupFace( FTC_Manager  manager,
+                          FTC_FaceID   face_id,
+                          FT_Face     *aface );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Retrieve the FT_Face object that corresponds to a given face ID through a cache manager.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        manager
+
        A handle to the cache manager.
        
+
        face_id
+
        The ID of the face object.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
        aface
+
        A handle to the face object.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        The returned FT_Face object is always owned by the manager. You should never try to discard it yourself.
        
+
        The FT_Face object doesn't necessarily have a current size object (i.e., face->size can be 0). If you need a specific ‘font size’, use FTC_Manager_LookupSize instead.
        
+
        Never change the face's transformation matrix (i.e., never call the FT_Set_Transform function) on a returned face! If you need to transform glyphs, do it yourself after glyph loading.
        
+
        When you perform a lookup, out-of-memory errors are detected within the lookup and force incremental flushes of the cache until enough memory is released for the lookup to succeed.
        
+
        If a lookup fails with ‘FT_Err_Out_Of_Memory’ the cache has already been completely flushed, and still no memory was available for the operation.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FTC_ScalerRec
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_CACHE_H (freetype/ftcache.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef struct  FTC_ScalerRec_
+  {
+    FTC_FaceID  face_id;
+    FT_UInt     width;
+    FT_UInt     height;
+    FT_Int      pixel;
+    FT_UInt     x_res;
+    FT_UInt     y_res;
+
+  } FTC_ScalerRec;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A structure used to describe a given character size in either pixels or points to the cache manager. See FTC_Manager_LookupSize.
        
+

        
+
        fields
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        face_id
+
        The source face ID.
        
+
        width
+
        The character width.
        
+
        height
+
        The character height.
        
+
        pixel
+
        A Boolean. If 1, the ‘width’ and ‘height’ fields are interpreted as integer pixel character sizes. Otherwise, they are expressed as 1/64th of points.
        
+
        x_res
+
        Only used when ‘pixel’ is value 0 to indicate the horizontal resolution in dpi.
        
+
        y_res
+
        Only used when ‘pixel’ is value 0 to indicate the vertical resolution in dpi.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        This type is mainly used to retrieve FT_Size objects through the cache manager.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FTC_Scaler
        
+
        
+
        A handle to an FTC_ScalerRec structure.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FTC_Manager_LookupSize
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_CACHE_H (freetype/ftcache.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FTC_Manager_LookupSize( FTC_Manager  manager,
+                          FTC_Scaler   scaler,
+                          FT_Size     *asize );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Retrieve the FT_Size object that corresponds to a given FTC_ScalerRec pointer through a cache manager.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        manager
+
        A handle to the cache manager.
        
+
        scaler
+
        A scaler handle.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
        asize
+
        A handle to the size object.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        The returned FT_Size object is always owned by the manager. You should never try to discard it by yourself.
        
+
        You can access the parent FT_Face object simply as ‘size->face’ if you need it. Note that this object is also owned by the manager.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        When you perform a lookup, out-of-memory errors are detected within the lookup and force incremental flushes of the cache until enough memory is released for the lookup to succeed.
        
+
        If a lookup fails with ‘FT_Err_Out_Of_Memory’ the cache has already been completely flushed, and still no memory is available for the operation.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FTC_Node_Unref
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_CACHE_H (freetype/ftcache.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FTC_Node_Unref( FTC_Node     node,
+                  FTC_Manager  manager );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Decrement a cache node's internal reference count. When the count reaches 0, it is not destroyed but becomes eligible for subsequent cache flushes.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        node
+
        The cache node handle.
        
+
        manager
+
        The cache manager handle.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_CACHE_H (freetype/ftcache.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID( FTC_Manager  manager,
+                            FTC_FaceID   face_id );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A special function used to indicate to the cache manager that a given FTC_FaceID is no longer valid, either because its content changed, or because it was deallocated or uninstalled.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        manager
+
        The cache manager handle.
        
+
        face_id
+
        The FTC_FaceID to be removed.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        This function flushes all nodes from the cache corresponding to this ‘face_id’, with the exception of nodes with a non-null reference count.
        
+
        Such nodes are however modified internally so as to never appear in later lookups with the same ‘face_id’ value, and to be immediately destroyed when released by all their users.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FTC_CMapCache
        
+
        
+
        An opaque handle used to model a charmap cache. This cache is to hold character codes -> glyph indices mappings.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FTC_CMapCache_New
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_CACHE_H (freetype/ftcache.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FTC_CMapCache_New( FTC_Manager     manager,
+                     FTC_CMapCache  *acache );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Create a new charmap cache.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        manager
+
        A handle to the cache manager.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
        acache
+
        A new cache handle. NULL in case of error.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        Like all other caches, this one will be destroyed with the cache manager.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FTC_CMapCache_Lookup
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_CACHE_H (freetype/ftcache.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt )
+  FTC_CMapCache_Lookup( FTC_CMapCache  cache,
+                        FTC_FaceID     face_id,
+                        FT_Int         cmap_index,
+                        FT_UInt32      char_code );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Translate a character code into a glyph index, using the charmap cache.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
        cache
+
        A charmap cache handle.
        
+
        face_id
+
        The source face ID.
        
+
        cmap_index
+
        The index of the charmap in the source face. Any negative value means to use the cache FT_Face's default charmap.
        
+
        char_code
+
        The character code (in the corresponding charmap).
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        Glyph index. 0 means ‘no glyph’.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FTC_ImageTypeRec
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_CACHE_H (freetype/ftcache.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef struct  FTC_ImageTypeRec_
+  {
+    FTC_FaceID  face_id;
+    FT_Int      width;
+    FT_Int      height;
+    FT_Int32    flags;
+
+  } FTC_ImageTypeRec;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A structure used to model the type of images in a glyph cache.
        
+

        
+
        fields
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
        face_id
+
        The face ID.
        
+
        width
+
        The width in pixels.
        
+
        height
+
        The height in pixels.
        
+
        flags
+
        The load flags, as in FT_Load_Glyph.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FTC_ImageType
        
+
        
+
        A handle to an FTC_ImageTypeRec structure.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FTC_ImageCache
        
+
        
+
        A handle to an glyph image cache object. They are designed to hold many distinct glyph images while not exceeding a certain memory threshold.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FTC_ImageCache_New
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_CACHE_H (freetype/ftcache.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FTC_ImageCache_New( FTC_Manager      manager,
+                      FTC_ImageCache  *acache );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Create a new glyph image cache.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        manager
+
        The parent manager for the image cache.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
        acache
+
        A handle to the new glyph image cache object.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FTC_ImageCache_Lookup
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_CACHE_H (freetype/ftcache.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FTC_ImageCache_Lookup( FTC_ImageCache  cache,
+                         FTC_ImageType   type,
+                         FT_UInt         gindex,
+                         FT_Glyph       *aglyph,
+                         FTC_Node       *anode );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Retrieve a given glyph image from a glyph image cache.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
        cache
+
        A handle to the source glyph image cache.
        
+
        type
+
        A pointer to a glyph image type descriptor.
        
+
        gindex
+
        The glyph index to retrieve.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        aglyph
+
        The corresponding FT_Glyph object. 0 in case of failure.
        
+
        anode
+
        Used to return the address of of the corresponding cache node after incrementing its reference count (see note below).
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        The returned glyph is owned and managed by the glyph image cache. Never try to transform or discard it manually! You can however create a copy with FT_Glyph_Copy and modify the new one.
        
+
        If ‘anode’ is not NULL, it receives the address of the cache node containing the glyph image, after increasing its reference count. This ensures that the node (as well as the FT_Glyph) will always be kept in the cache until you call FTC_Node_Unref to ‘release’ it.
        
+
        If ‘anode’ is NULL, the cache node is left unchanged, which means that the FT_Glyph could be flushed out of the cache on the next call to one of the caching sub-system APIs. Don't assume that it is persistent!
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FTC_ImageCache_LookupScaler
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_CACHE_H (freetype/ftcache.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FTC_ImageCache_LookupScaler( FTC_ImageCache  cache,
+                               FTC_Scaler      scaler,
+                               FT_ULong        load_flags,
+                               FT_UInt         gindex,
+                               FT_Glyph       *aglyph,
+                               FTC_Node       *anode );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A variant of FTC_ImageCache_Lookup that uses an FTC_ScalerRec to specify the face ID and its size.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
        cache
+
        A handle to the source glyph image cache.
        
+
        scaler
+
        A pointer to a scaler descriptor.
        
+
        load_flags
+
        The corresponding load flags.
        
+
        gindex
+
        The glyph index to retrieve.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        aglyph
+
        The corresponding FT_Glyph object. 0 in case of failure.
        
+
        anode
+
        Used to return the address of of the corresponding cache node after incrementing its reference count (see note below).
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        The returned glyph is owned and managed by the glyph image cache. Never try to transform or discard it manually! You can however create a copy with FT_Glyph_Copy and modify the new one.
        
+
        If ‘anode’ is not NULL, it receives the address of the cache node containing the glyph image, after increasing its reference count. This ensures that the node (as well as the FT_Glyph) will always be kept in the cache until you call FTC_Node_Unref to ‘release’ it.
        
+
        If ‘anode’ is NULL, the cache node is left unchanged, which means that the FT_Glyph could be flushed out of the cache on the next call to one of the caching sub-system APIs. Don't assume that it is persistent!
        
+
        Calls to FT_Set_Char_Size and friends have no effect on cached glyphs; you should always use the FreeType cache API instead.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FTC_SBit
        
+
        
+
        A handle to a small bitmap descriptor. See the FTC_SBitRec structure for details.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FTC_SBitRec
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_CACHE_H (freetype/ftcache.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef struct  FTC_SBitRec_
+  {
+    FT_Byte   width;
+    FT_Byte   height;
+    FT_Char   left;
+    FT_Char   top;
+
+    FT_Byte   format;
+    FT_Byte   max_grays;
+    FT_Short  pitch;
+    FT_Char   xadvance;
+    FT_Char   yadvance;
+
+    FT_Byte*  buffer;
+
+  } FTC_SBitRec;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A very compact structure used to describe a small glyph bitmap.
        
+

        
+
        fields
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        width
+
        The bitmap width in pixels.
        
+
        height
+
        The bitmap height in pixels.
        
+
        left
+
        The horizontal distance from the pen position to the left bitmap border (a.k.a. ‘left side bearing’, or ‘lsb’).
        
+
        top
+
        The vertical distance from the pen position (on the baseline) to the upper bitmap border (a.k.a. ‘top side bearing’). The distance is positive for upwards y coordinates.
        
+
        format
+
        The format of the glyph bitmap (monochrome or gray).
        
+
        max_grays
+
        Maximum gray level value (in the range 1 to 255).
        
+
        pitch
+
        The number of bytes per bitmap line. May be positive or negative.
        
+
        xadvance
+
        The horizontal advance width in pixels.
        
+
        yadvance
+
        The vertical advance height in pixels.
        
+
        buffer
+
        A pointer to the bitmap pixels.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FTC_SBitCache
        
+
        
+
        A handle to a small bitmap cache. These are special cache objects used to store small glyph bitmaps (and anti-aliased pixmaps) in a much more efficient way than the traditional glyph image cache implemented by FTC_ImageCache.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FTC_SBitCache_New
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_CACHE_H (freetype/ftcache.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FTC_SBitCache_New( FTC_Manager     manager,
+                     FTC_SBitCache  *acache );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Create a new cache to store small glyph bitmaps.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        manager
+
        A handle to the source cache manager.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
        acache
+
        A handle to the new sbit cache. NULL in case of error.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FTC_SBitCache_Lookup
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_CACHE_H (freetype/ftcache.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FTC_SBitCache_Lookup( FTC_SBitCache    cache,
+                        FTC_ImageType    type,
+                        FT_UInt          gindex,
+                        FTC_SBit        *sbit,
+                        FTC_Node        *anode );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Look up a given small glyph bitmap in a given sbit cache and ‘lock’ it to prevent its flushing from the cache until needed.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
        cache
+
        A handle to the source sbit cache.
        
+
        type
+
        A pointer to the glyph image type descriptor.
        
+
        gindex
+
        The glyph index.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        sbit
+
        A handle to a small bitmap descriptor.
        
+
        anode
+
        Used to return the address of of the corresponding cache node after incrementing its reference count (see note below).
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        The small bitmap descriptor and its bit buffer are owned by the cache and should never be freed by the application. They might as well disappear from memory on the next cache lookup, so don't treat them as persistent data.
        
+
        The descriptor's ‘buffer’ field is set to 0 to indicate a missing glyph bitmap.
        
+
        If ‘anode’ is not NULL, it receives the address of the cache node containing the bitmap, after increasing its reference count. This ensures that the node (as well as the image) will always be kept in the cache until you call FTC_Node_Unref to ‘release’ it.
        
+
        If ‘anode’ is NULL, the cache node is left unchanged, which means that the bitmap could be flushed out of the cache on the next call to one of the caching sub-system APIs. Don't assume that it is persistent!
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FTC_SBitCache_LookupScaler
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_CACHE_H (freetype/ftcache.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FTC_SBitCache_LookupScaler( FTC_SBitCache  cache,
+                              FTC_Scaler     scaler,
+                              FT_ULong       load_flags,
+                              FT_UInt        gindex,
+                              FTC_SBit      *sbit,
+                              FTC_Node      *anode );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A variant of FTC_SBitCache_Lookup that uses an FTC_ScalerRec to specify the face ID and its size.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
        cache
+
        A handle to the source sbit cache.
        
+
        scaler
+
        A pointer to the scaler descriptor.
        
+
        load_flags
+
        The corresponding load flags.
        
+
        gindex
+
        The glyph index.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        sbit
+
        A handle to a small bitmap descriptor.
        
+
        anode
+
        Used to return the address of of the corresponding cache node after incrementing its reference count (see note below).
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        The small bitmap descriptor and its bit buffer are owned by the cache and should never be freed by the application. They might as well disappear from memory on the next cache lookup, so don't treat them as persistent data.
        
+
        The descriptor's ‘buffer’ field is set to 0 to indicate a missing glyph bitmap.
        
+
        If ‘anode’ is not NULL, it receives the address of the cache node containing the bitmap, after increasing its reference count. This ensures that the node (as well as the image) will always be kept in the cache until you call FTC_Node_Unref to ‘release’ it.
        
+
        If ‘anode’ is NULL, the cache node is left unchanged, which means that the bitmap could be flushed out of the cache on the next call to one of the caching sub-system APIs. Don't assume that it is persistent!
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
+
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-cid_fonts.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-cid_fonts.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2749e55
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-cid_fonts.html
@@ -0,0 +1,204 @@
+
+
+
+
+FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
        FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
        
+
+
        
+CID Fonts
+
        
+
        Synopsis
        
+
+
+
+
+
        FT_Get_CID_Registry_Ordering_Supplement
        FT_Get_CID_Is_Internally_CID_Keyed
        FT_Get_CID_From_Glyph_Index


        
+
+
        
+
        This section contains the declaration of CID-keyed font specific functions.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        FT_Get_CID_Registry_Ordering_Supplement
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_CID_H (freetype/ftcid.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_CID_Registry_Ordering_Supplement( FT_Face       face,
+                                           const char*  *registry,
+                                           const char*  *ordering,
+                                           FT_Int       *supplement);
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Retrieve the Registry/Ordering/Supplement triple (also known as the "R/O/S") from a CID-keyed font.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        face
+
        A handle to the input face.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
        registry
+
        The registry, as a C string, owned by the face.
        
+
        ordering
+
        The ordering, as a C string, owned by the face.
        
+
        supplement
+
        The supplement.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        This function only works with CID faces, returning an error otherwise.
        
+
        
+
        since
        
+
        2.3.6
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Get_CID_Is_Internally_CID_Keyed
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_CID_H (freetype/ftcid.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_CID_Is_Internally_CID_Keyed( FT_Face   face,
+                                      FT_Bool  *is_cid );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Retrieve the type of the input face, CID keyed or not. In constrast to the FT_IS_CID_KEYED macro this function returns successfully also for CID-keyed fonts in an SNFT wrapper.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        face
+
        A handle to the input face.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
        is_cid
+
        The type of the face as an FT_Bool.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        This function only works with CID faces and OpenType fonts, returning an error otherwise.
        
+
        
+
        since
        
+
        2.3.9
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Get_CID_From_Glyph_Index
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_CID_H (freetype/ftcid.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_CID_From_Glyph_Index( FT_Face   face,
+                               FT_UInt   glyph_index,
+                               FT_UInt  *cid );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Retrieve the CID of the input glyph index.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        face
+
        A handle to the input face.
        
+
        glyph_index
+
        The input glyph index.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
        cid
+
        The CID as an FT_UInt.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        This function only works with CID faces and OpenType fonts, returning an error otherwise.
        
+
        
+
        since
        
+
        2.3.9
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
+
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-computations.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-computations.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6081390
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-computations.html
@@ -0,0 +1,792 @@
+
+
+
+
+FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
        FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
        
+
+
        
+Computations
+
        
+
        Synopsis
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        FT_MulDivFT_Matrix_InvertFT_Tan
        FT_MulFixFT_AngleFT_Atan2
        FT_DivFixFT_ANGLE_PIFT_Angle_Diff
        FT_RoundFixFT_ANGLE_2PIFT_Vector_Unit
        FT_CeilFixFT_ANGLE_PI2FT_Vector_Rotate
        FT_FloorFixFT_ANGLE_PI4FT_Vector_Length
        FT_Vector_TransformFT_SinFT_Vector_Polarize
        FT_Matrix_MultiplyFT_CosFT_Vector_From_Polar


        
+
+
        
+
        This section contains various functions used to perform computations on 16.16 fixed-float numbers or 2d vectors.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        FT_MulDiv
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Long )
+  FT_MulDiv( FT_Long  a,
+             FT_Long  b,
+             FT_Long  c );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A very simple function used to perform the computation ‘(a*b)/c’ with maximal accuracy (it uses a 64-bit intermediate integer whenever necessary).
        
+
        This function isn't necessarily as fast as some processor specific operations, but is at least completely portable.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
        a
+
        The first multiplier.
        
+
        b
+
        The second multiplier.
        
+
        c
+
        The divisor.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        The result of ‘(a*b)/c’. This function never traps when trying to divide by zero; it simply returns ‘MaxInt’ or ‘MinInt’ depending on the signs of ‘a’ and ‘b’.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_MulFix
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Long )
+  FT_MulFix( FT_Long  a,
+             FT_Long  b );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A very simple function used to perform the computation ‘(a*b)/0x10000’ with maximal accuracy. Most of the time this is used to multiply a given value by a 16.16 fixed float factor.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        a
+
        The first multiplier.
        
+
        b
+
        The second multiplier. Use a 16.16 factor here whenever possible (see note below).
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        The result of ‘(a*b)/0x10000’.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        This function has been optimized for the case where the absolute value of ‘a’ is less than 2048, and ‘b’ is a 16.16 scaling factor. As this happens mainly when scaling from notional units to fractional pixels in FreeType, it resulted in noticeable speed improvements between versions 2.x and 1.x.
        
+
        As a conclusion, always try to place a 16.16 factor as the second argument of this function; this can make a great difference.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_DivFix
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Long )
+  FT_DivFix( FT_Long  a,
+             FT_Long  b );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A very simple function used to perform the computation ‘(a*0x10000)/b’ with maximal accuracy. Most of the time, this is used to divide a given value by a 16.16 fixed float factor.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        a
+
        The first multiplier.
        
+
        b
+
        The second multiplier. Use a 16.16 factor here whenever possible (see note below).
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        The result of ‘(a*0x10000)/b’.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        The optimization for FT_DivFix() is simple: If (a << 16) fits in 32 bits, then the division is computed directly. Otherwise, we use a specialized version of FT_MulDiv.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_RoundFix
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
+  FT_RoundFix( FT_Fixed  a );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A very simple function used to round a 16.16 fixed number.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        a
+
        The number to be rounded.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        The result of ‘(a + 0x8000) & -0x10000’.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_CeilFix
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
+  FT_CeilFix( FT_Fixed  a );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A very simple function used to compute the ceiling function of a 16.16 fixed number.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        a
+
        The number for which the ceiling function is to be computed.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        The result of ‘(a + 0x10000 - 1) & -0x10000’.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_FloorFix
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
+  FT_FloorFix( FT_Fixed  a );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A very simple function used to compute the floor function of a 16.16 fixed number.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        a
+
        The number for which the floor function is to be computed.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        The result of ‘a & -0x10000’.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Vector_Transform
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_Vector_Transform( FT_Vector*        vec,
+                       const FT_Matrix*  matrix );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Transform a single vector through a 2x2 matrix.
        
+

        
+
        inout
        
+
        
+
+
+
        vector
+
        The target vector to transform.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        matrix
+
        A pointer to the source 2x2 matrix.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        The result is undefined if either ‘vector’ or ‘matrix’ is invalid.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Matrix_Multiply
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_GLYPH_H (freetype/ftglyph.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_Matrix_Multiply( const FT_Matrix*  a,
+                      FT_Matrix*        b );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Perform the matrix operation ‘b = a*b’.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        a
+
        A pointer to matrix ‘a’.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        inout
        
+
        
+
+
+
        b
+
        A pointer to matrix ‘b’.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        The result is undefined if either ‘a’ or ‘b’ is zero.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Matrix_Invert
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_GLYPH_H (freetype/ftglyph.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Matrix_Invert( FT_Matrix*  matrix );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Invert a 2x2 matrix. Return an error if it can't be inverted.
        
+

        
+
        inout
        
+
        
+
+
+
        matrix
+
        A pointer to the target matrix. Remains untouched in case of error.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Angle
        
+
        
+
        This type is used to model angle values in FreeType. Note that the angle is a 16.16 fixed float value expressed in degrees.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_ANGLE_PI
        
+
        
+
        The angle pi expressed in FT_Angle units.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_ANGLE_2PI
        
+
        
+
        The angle 2*pi expressed in FT_Angle units.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_ANGLE_PI2
        
+
        
+
        The angle pi/2 expressed in FT_Angle units.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_ANGLE_PI4
        
+
        
+
        The angle pi/4 expressed in FT_Angle units.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Sin
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H (freetype/fttrigon.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
+  FT_Sin( FT_Angle  angle );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Return the sinus of a given angle in fixed point format.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        angle
+
        The input angle.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        The sinus value.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        If you need both the sinus and cosinus for a given angle, use the function FT_Vector_Unit.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Cos
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H (freetype/fttrigon.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
+  FT_Cos( FT_Angle  angle );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Return the cosinus of a given angle in fixed point format.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        angle
+
        The input angle.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        The cosinus value.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        If you need both the sinus and cosinus for a given angle, use the function FT_Vector_Unit.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Tan
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H (freetype/fttrigon.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
+  FT_Tan( FT_Angle  angle );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Return the tangent of a given angle in fixed point format.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        angle
+
        The input angle.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        The tangent value.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Atan2
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H (freetype/fttrigon.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Angle )
+  FT_Atan2( FT_Fixed  x,
+            FT_Fixed  y );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Return the arc-tangent corresponding to a given vector (x,y) in the 2d plane.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        x
+
        The horizontal vector coordinate.
        
+
        y
+
        The vertical vector coordinate.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        The arc-tangent value (i.e. angle).
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Angle_Diff
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H (freetype/fttrigon.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Angle )
+  FT_Angle_Diff( FT_Angle  angle1,
+                 FT_Angle  angle2 );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Return the difference between two angles. The result is always constrained to the ]-PI..PI] interval.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        angle1
+
        First angle.
        
+
        angle2
+
        Second angle.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        Constrained value of ‘value2-value1’.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Vector_Unit
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H (freetype/fttrigon.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_Vector_Unit( FT_Vector*  vec,
+                  FT_Angle    angle );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Return the unit vector corresponding to a given angle. After the call, the value of ‘vec.x’ will be ‘sin(angle)’, and the value of ‘vec.y’ will be ‘cos(angle)’.
        
+
        This function is useful to retrieve both the sinus and cosinus of a given angle quickly.
        
+

        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
        vec
+
        The address of target vector.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        angle
+
        The address of angle.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Vector_Rotate
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H (freetype/fttrigon.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_Vector_Rotate( FT_Vector*  vec,
+                    FT_Angle    angle );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Rotate a vector by a given angle.
        
+

        
+
        inout
        
+
        
+
+
+
        vec
+
        The address of target vector.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        angle
+
        The address of angle.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Vector_Length
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H (freetype/fttrigon.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
+  FT_Vector_Length( FT_Vector*  vec );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Return the length of a given vector.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        vec
+
        The address of target vector.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        The vector length, expressed in the same units that the original vector coordinates.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Vector_Polarize
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H (freetype/fttrigon.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_Vector_Polarize( FT_Vector*  vec,
+                      FT_Fixed   *length,
+                      FT_Angle   *angle );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Compute both the length and angle of a given vector.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        vec
+
        The address of source vector.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        length
+
        The vector length.
        
+
        angle
+
        The vector angle.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Vector_From_Polar
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H (freetype/fttrigon.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_Vector_From_Polar( FT_Vector*  vec,
+                        FT_Fixed    length,
+                        FT_Angle    angle );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Compute vector coordinates from a length and angle.
        
+

        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
        vec
+
        The address of source vector.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        length
+
        The vector length.
        
+
        angle
+
        The vector angle.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
+
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-font_formats.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-font_formats.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..589d749
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-font_formats.html
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+
+
+
+
+FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
        FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
        
+
+
        
+Font Formats
+
        
+
        Synopsis
        
+
+
+
        FT_Get_X11_Font_Format


        
+
+
        
+
        The single function in this section can be used to get the font format. Note that this information is not needed normally; however, there are special cases (like in PDF devices) where it is important to differentiate, in spite of FreeType's uniform API.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        FT_Get_X11_Font_Format
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_XFREE86_H (freetype/ftxf86.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( const char* )
+  FT_Get_X11_Font_Format( FT_Face  face );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Return a string describing the format of a given face, using values which can be used as an X11 FONT_PROPERTY. Possible values are ‘TrueType’, ‘Type 1’, ‘BDF’, ‘PCF’, ‘Type 42’, ‘CID Type 1’, ‘CFF’, ‘PFR’, and ‘Windows FNT’.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        face
+
        Input face handle.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        Font format string. NULL in case of error.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
+
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-gasp_table.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-gasp_table.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2f0d2f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-gasp_table.html
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+
+
+
+
+FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
        FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
        
+
+
        
+Gasp Table
+
        
+
        Synopsis
        
+
+
+
        FT_GASP_XXXFT_Get_Gasp


        
+
+
        
+
        The function FT_Get_Gasp can be used to query a TrueType or OpenType font for specific entries in its ‘gasp’ table, if any. This is mainly useful when implementing native TrueType hinting with the bytecode interpreter to duplicate the Windows text rendering results.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        FT_GASP_XXX
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_GASP_H (freetype/ftgasp.h).
+

        
+
        +
+#define FT_GASP_NO_TABLE               -1
+#define FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT           0x01
+#define FT_GASP_DO_GRAY              0x02
+#define FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING  0x08
+#define FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT    0x10
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A list of values and/or bit-flags returned by the FT_Get_Gasp function.
        
+

        
+
        values
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        FT_GASP_NO_TABLE
+
        This special value means that there is no GASP table in this face. It is up to the client to decide what to do.
        
+
        FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT
+
        Grid-fitting and hinting should be performed at the specified ppem. This really means TrueType bytecode interpretation.
        
+
        FT_GASP_DO_GRAY
+
        Anti-aliased rendering should be performed at the specified ppem.
        
+
        FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING
        
+
        Smoothing along multiple axes must be used with ClearType.
        
+
        FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT
        
+
        Grid-fitting must be used with ClearType's symmetric smoothing.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        ‘ClearType’ is Microsoft's implementation of LCD rendering, partly protected by patents.
        
+
        
+
        since
        
+
        2.3.0
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Get_Gasp
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_GASP_H (freetype/ftgasp.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Int )
+  FT_Get_Gasp( FT_Face  face,
+               FT_UInt  ppem );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Read the ‘gasp’ table from a TrueType or OpenType font file and return the entry corresponding to a given character pixel size.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        face
+
        The source face handle.
        
+
        ppem
+
        The vertical character pixel size.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        Bit flags (see FT_GASP_XXX), or FT_GASP_NO_TABLE if there is no ‘gasp’ table in the face.
        
+
        
+
        since
        
+
        2.3.0
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
+
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-glyph_management.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-glyph_management.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..79fc5b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-glyph_management.html
@@ -0,0 +1,648 @@
+
+
+
+
+FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
        FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
        
+
+
        
+Glyph Management
+
        
+
        Synopsis
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        FT_GlyphFT_OutlineGlyphRecft_glyph_bbox_xxx
        FT_GlyphRecFT_Get_GlyphFT_Glyph_Get_CBox
        FT_BitmapGlyphFT_Glyph_CopyFT_Glyph_To_Bitmap
        FT_BitmapGlyphRecFT_Glyph_TransformFT_Done_Glyph
        FT_OutlineGlyphFT_Glyph_BBox_Mode


        
+
+
        
+
        This section contains definitions used to manage glyph data through generic FT_Glyph objects. Each of them can contain a bitmap, a vector outline, or even images in other formats.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        FT_Glyph
        
+
        
+
        Handle to an object used to model generic glyph images. It is a pointer to the FT_GlyphRec structure and can contain a glyph bitmap or pointer.
        
+

        
+
        note
        
+
        Glyph objects are not owned by the library. You must thus release them manually (through FT_Done_Glyph) before calling FT_Done_FreeType.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_GlyphRec
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_GLYPH_H (freetype/ftglyph.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef struct  FT_GlyphRec_
+  {
+    FT_Library             library;
+    const FT_Glyph_Class*  clazz;
+    FT_Glyph_Format        format;
+    FT_Vector              advance;
+
+  } FT_GlyphRec;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        The root glyph structure contains a given glyph image plus its advance width in 16.16 fixed float format.
        
+

        
+
        fields
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
        library
+
        A handle to the FreeType library object.
        
+
        clazz
+
        A pointer to the glyph's class. Private.
        
+
        format
+
        The format of the glyph's image.
        
+
        advance
+
        A 16.16 vector that gives the glyph's advance width.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_BitmapGlyph
        
+
        
+
        A handle to an object used to model a bitmap glyph image. This is a sub-class of FT_Glyph, and a pointer to FT_BitmapGlyphRec.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_BitmapGlyphRec
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_GLYPH_H (freetype/ftglyph.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef struct  FT_BitmapGlyphRec_
+  {
+    FT_GlyphRec  root;
+    FT_Int       left;
+    FT_Int       top;
+    FT_Bitmap    bitmap;
+
+  } FT_BitmapGlyphRec;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A structure used for bitmap glyph images. This really is a ‘sub-class’ of FT_GlyphRec.
        
+

        
+
        fields
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
        root
+
        The root FT_Glyph fields.
        
+
        left
+
        The left-side bearing, i.e., the horizontal distance from the current pen position to the left border of the glyph bitmap.
        
+
        top
+
        The top-side bearing, i.e., the vertical distance from the current pen position to the top border of the glyph bitmap. This distance is positive for upwards y!
        
+
        bitmap
+
        A descriptor for the bitmap.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        You can typecast an FT_Glyph to FT_BitmapGlyph if you have ‘glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP’. This lets you access the bitmap's contents easily.
        
+
        The corresponding pixel buffer is always owned by FT_BitmapGlyph and is thus created and destroyed with it.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_OutlineGlyph
        
+
        
+
        A handle to an object used to model an outline glyph image. This is a sub-class of FT_Glyph, and a pointer to FT_OutlineGlyphRec.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_OutlineGlyphRec
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_GLYPH_H (freetype/ftglyph.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef struct  FT_OutlineGlyphRec_
+  {
+    FT_GlyphRec  root;
+    FT_Outline   outline;
+
+  } FT_OutlineGlyphRec;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A structure used for outline (vectorial) glyph images. This really is a ‘sub-class’ of FT_GlyphRec.
        
+

        
+
        fields
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        root
+
        The root FT_Glyph fields.
        
+
        outline
+
        A descriptor for the outline.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        You can typecast an FT_Glyph to FT_OutlineGlyph if you have ‘glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE’. This lets you access the outline's content easily.
        
+
        As the outline is extracted from a glyph slot, its coordinates are expressed normally in 26.6 pixels, unless the flag FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE was used in FT_Load_Glyph() or FT_Load_Char().
        
+
        The outline's tables are always owned by the object and are destroyed with it.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Get_Glyph
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_GLYPH_H (freetype/ftglyph.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_Glyph( FT_GlyphSlot  slot,
+                FT_Glyph     *aglyph );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A function used to extract a glyph image from a slot. Note that the created FT_Glyph object must be released with FT_Done_Glyph.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        slot
+
        A handle to the source glyph slot.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
        aglyph
+
        A handle to the glyph object.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Glyph_Copy
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_GLYPH_H (freetype/ftglyph.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Glyph_Copy( FT_Glyph   source,
+                 FT_Glyph  *target );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A function used to copy a glyph image. Note that the created FT_Glyph object must be released with FT_Done_Glyph.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        source
+
        A handle to the source glyph object.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
        target
+
        A handle to the target glyph object. 0 in case of error.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Glyph_Transform
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_GLYPH_H (freetype/ftglyph.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Glyph_Transform( FT_Glyph    glyph,
+                      FT_Matrix*  matrix,
+                      FT_Vector*  delta );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Transform a glyph image if its format is scalable.
        
+

        
+
        inout
        
+
        
+
+
+
        glyph
+
        A handle to the target glyph object.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        matrix
+
        A pointer to a 2x2 matrix to apply.
        
+
        delta
+
        A pointer to a 2d vector to apply. Coordinates are expressed in 1/64th of a pixel.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code (if not 0, the glyph format is not scalable).
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        The 2x2 transformation matrix is also applied to the glyph's advance vector.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_GLYPH_H (freetype/ftglyph.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef enum  FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode_
+  {
+    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED  = 0,
+    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS = 0,
+    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT   = 1,
+    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE  = 2,
+    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS    = 3
+
+  } FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        The mode how the values of FT_Glyph_Get_CBox are returned.
        
+

        
+
        values
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED
+
        Return unscaled font units.
        
+
        FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS
        
+
        Return unfitted 26.6 coordinates.
        
+
        FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT
+
        Return grid-fitted 26.6 coordinates.
        
+
        FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE
+
        Return coordinates in integer pixels.
        
+
        FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS
+
        Return grid-fitted pixel coordinates.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        ft_glyph_bbox_xxx
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_GLYPH_H (freetype/ftglyph.h).
+

        
+
        +
+#define ft_glyph_bbox_unscaled   FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED
+#define ft_glyph_bbox_subpixels  FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS
+#define ft_glyph_bbox_gridfit    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT
+#define ft_glyph_bbox_truncate   FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE
+#define ft_glyph_bbox_pixels     FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS
+
+

        
+
        
+
        These constants are deprecated. Use the corresponding FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode values instead.
        
+

        
+
        values
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        ft_glyph_bbox_unscaled
+
        See FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED.
        
+
        ft_glyph_bbox_subpixels
        
+
        See FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS.
        
+
        ft_glyph_bbox_gridfit
+
        See FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT.
        
+
        ft_glyph_bbox_truncate
+
        See FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE.
        
+
        ft_glyph_bbox_pixels
+
        See FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Glyph_Get_CBox
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_GLYPH_H (freetype/ftglyph.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_Glyph_Get_CBox( FT_Glyph  glyph,
+                     FT_UInt   bbox_mode,
+                     FT_BBox  *acbox );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Return a glyph's ‘control box’. The control box encloses all the outline's points, including Bézier control points. Though it coincides with the exact bounding box for most glyphs, it can be slightly larger in some situations (like when rotating an outline which contains Bézier outside arcs).
        
+
        Computing the control box is very fast, while getting the bounding box can take much more time as it needs to walk over all segments and arcs in the outline. To get the latter, you can use the ‘ftbbox’ component which is dedicated to this single task.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        glyph
+
        A handle to the source glyph object.
        
+
        mode
+
        The mode which indicates how to interpret the returned bounding box values.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
        acbox
+
        The glyph coordinate bounding box. Coordinates are expressed in 1/64th of pixels if it is grid-fitted.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        Coordinates are relative to the glyph origin, using the y upwards convention.
        
+
        If the glyph has been loaded with FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, ‘bbox_mode’ must be set to FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED to get unscaled font units in 26.6 pixel format. The value FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS is another name for this constant.
        
+
        Note that the maximum coordinates are exclusive, which means that one can compute the width and height of the glyph image (be it in integer or 26.6 pixels) as:
        
+
        +  width  = bbox.xMax - bbox.xMin;                                  
+  height = bbox.yMax - bbox.yMin;                                  
+
        
+
        Note also that for 26.6 coordinates, if ‘bbox_mode’ is set to FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT, the coordinates will also be grid-fitted, which corresponds to:
        
+
        +  bbox.xMin = FLOOR(bbox.xMin);                                    
+  bbox.yMin = FLOOR(bbox.yMin);                                    
+  bbox.xMax = CEILING(bbox.xMax);                                  
+  bbox.yMax = CEILING(bbox.yMax);                                  
+
        
+
        To get the bbox in pixel coordinates, set ‘bbox_mode’ to FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE.
        
+
        To get the bbox in grid-fitted pixel coordinates, set ‘bbox_mode’ to FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_GLYPH_H (freetype/ftglyph.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( FT_Glyph*       the_glyph,
+                      FT_Render_Mode  render_mode,
+                      FT_Vector*      origin,
+                      FT_Bool         destroy );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Convert a given glyph object to a bitmap glyph object.
        
+

        
+
        inout
        
+
        
+
+
+
        the_glyph
+
        A pointer to a handle to the target glyph.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
        render_mode
+
        An enumeration that describes how the data is rendered.
        
+
        origin
+
        A pointer to a vector used to translate the glyph image before rendering. Can be 0 (if no translation). The origin is expressed in 26.6 pixels.
        
+
        destroy
+
        A boolean that indicates that the original glyph image should be destroyed by this function. It is never destroyed in case of error.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        This function does nothing if the glyph format isn't scalable.
        
+
        The glyph image is translated with the ‘origin’ vector before rendering.
        
+
        The first parameter is a pointer to an FT_Glyph handle, that will be replaced by this function (with newly allocated data). Typically, you would use (omitting error handling):
        
+
        
+
        +  FT_Glyph        glyph;                                         
+  FT_BitmapGlyph  glyph_bitmap;                                  
+                                                                 
+                                                                 
+  // load glyph                                                  
+  error = FT_Load_Char( face, glyph_index, FT_LOAD_DEFAUT );     
+                                                                 
+  // extract glyph image                                         
+  error = FT_Get_Glyph( face->glyph, &glyph );                   
+                                                                 
+  // convert to a bitmap (default render mode + destroying old)  
+  if ( glyph->format != FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP )                 
+  {                                                              
+    error = FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( &glyph, FT_RENDER_MODE_DEFAULT,  
+                                0, 1 );                          
+    if ( error ) // `glyph' unchanged                            
+      ...                                                        
+  }                                                              
+                                                                 
+  // access bitmap content by typecasting                        
+  glyph_bitmap = (FT_BitmapGlyph)glyph;                          
+                                                                 
+  // do funny stuff with it, like blitting/drawing               
+  ...                                                            
+                                                                 
+  // discard glyph image (bitmap or not)                         
+  FT_Done_Glyph( glyph );                                        
+
        
+
        
+
        Here another example, again without error handling:
        
+
        
+
        +  FT_Glyph  glyphs[MAX_GLYPHS]                                   
+                                                                 
+                                                                 
+  ...                                                            
+                                                                 
+  for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ )                           
+    error = FT_Load_Glyph( face, idx, FT_LOAD_DEFAULT ) ||       
+            FT_Get_Glyph ( face->glyph, &glyph[idx] );           
+                                                                 
+  ...                                                            
+                                                                 
+  for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ )                           
+  {                                                              
+    FT_Glyph  bitmap = glyphs[idx];                              
+                                                                 
+                                                                 
+    ...                                                          
+                                                                 
+    // after this call, `bitmap' no longer points into           
+    // the `glyphs' array (and the old value isn't destroyed)    
+    FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( &bitmap, FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO, 0, 0 );    
+                                                                 
+    ...                                                          
+                                                                 
+    FT_Done_Glyph( bitmap );                                     
+  }                                                              
+                                                                 
+  ...                                                            
+                                                                 
+  for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ )                           
+    FT_Done_Glyph( glyphs[idx] );                                
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Done_Glyph
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_GLYPH_H (freetype/ftglyph.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_Done_Glyph( FT_Glyph  glyph );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Destroy a given glyph.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        glyph
+
        A handle to the target glyph object.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
+
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-glyph_stroker.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-glyph_stroker.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f5f24e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-glyph_stroker.html
@@ -0,0 +1,920 @@
+
+
+
+
+FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
        FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
        
+
+
        
+Glyph Stroker
+
        
+
        Synopsis
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        FT_StrokerFT_Stroker_EndSubPath
        FT_Stroker_LineJoinFT_Stroker_LineTo
        FT_Stroker_LineCapFT_Stroker_ConicTo
        FT_StrokerBorderFT_Stroker_CubicTo
        FT_Outline_GetInsideBorderFT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts
        FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorderFT_Stroker_ExportBorder
        FT_Stroker_NewFT_Stroker_GetCounts
        FT_Stroker_SetFT_Stroker_Export
        FT_Stroker_RewindFT_Stroker_Done
        FT_Stroker_ParseOutlineFT_Glyph_Stroke
        FT_Stroker_BeginSubPathFT_Glyph_StrokeBorder


        
+
+
        
+
        This component generates stroked outlines of a given vectorial glyph. It also allows you to retrieve the ‘outside’ and/or the ‘inside’ borders of the stroke.
        
+
        This can be useful to generate ‘bordered’ glyph, i.e., glyphs displayed with a coloured (and anti-aliased) border around their shape.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        FT_Stroker
        
+
        
+
        Opaque handler to a path stroker object.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Stroker_LineJoin
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_STROKER_H (freetype/ftstroke.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef enum  FT_Stroker_LineJoin_
+  {
+    FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_ROUND = 0,
+    FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_BEVEL,
+    FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER
+
+  } FT_Stroker_LineJoin;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        These values determine how two joining lines are rendered in a stroker.
        
+

        
+
        values
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_ROUND
        
+
        Used to render rounded line joins. Circular arcs are used to join two lines smoothly.
        
+
        FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_BEVEL
        
+
        Used to render beveled line joins; i.e., the two joining lines are extended until they intersect.
        
+
        FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER
        
+
        Same as beveled rendering, except that an additional line break is added if the angle between the two joining lines is too closed (this is useful to avoid unpleasant spikes in beveled rendering).
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Stroker_LineCap
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_STROKER_H (freetype/ftstroke.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef enum  FT_Stroker_LineCap_
+  {
+    FT_STROKER_LINECAP_BUTT = 0,
+    FT_STROKER_LINECAP_ROUND,
+    FT_STROKER_LINECAP_SQUARE
+
+  } FT_Stroker_LineCap;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        These values determine how the end of opened sub-paths are rendered in a stroke.
        
+

        
+
        values
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        FT_STROKER_LINECAP_BUTT
        
+
        The end of lines is rendered as a full stop on the last point itself.
        
+
        FT_STROKER_LINECAP_ROUND
        
+
        The end of lines is rendered as a half-circle around the last point.
        
+
        FT_STROKER_LINECAP_SQUARE
        
+
        The end of lines is rendered as a square around the last point.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_StrokerBorder
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_STROKER_H (freetype/ftstroke.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef enum  FT_StrokerBorder_
+  {
+    FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT = 0,
+    FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT
+
+  } FT_StrokerBorder;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        These values are used to select a given stroke border in FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts and FT_Stroker_ExportBorder.
        
+

        
+
        values
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
        FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT
+
        Select the left border, relative to the drawing direction.
        
+
        FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT
        
+
        Select the right border, relative to the drawing direction.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        Applications are generally interested in the ‘inside’ and ‘outside’ borders. However, there is no direct mapping between these and the ‘left’ and ‘right’ ones, since this really depends on the glyph's drawing orientation, which varies between font formats.
        
+
        You can however use FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder and FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder to get these.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_STROKER_H (freetype/ftstroke.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_StrokerBorder )
+  FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder( FT_Outline*  outline );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Retrieve the FT_StrokerBorder value corresponding to the ‘inside’ borders of a given outline.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        outline
+
        The source outline handle.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        The border index. FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT for empty or invalid outlines.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_STROKER_H (freetype/ftstroke.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_StrokerBorder )
+  FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder( FT_Outline*  outline );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Retrieve the FT_StrokerBorder value corresponding to the ‘outside’ borders of a given outline.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        outline
+
        The source outline handle.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        The border index. FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT for empty or invalid outlines.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Stroker_New
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_STROKER_H (freetype/ftstroke.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stroker_New( FT_Library   library,
+                  FT_Stroker  *astroker );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Create a new stroker object.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        library
+
        FreeType library handle.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
        astroker
+
        A new stroker object handle. NULL in case of error.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Stroker_Set
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_STROKER_H (freetype/ftstroke.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_Stroker_Set( FT_Stroker           stroker,
+                  FT_Fixed             radius,
+                  FT_Stroker_LineCap   line_cap,
+                  FT_Stroker_LineJoin  line_join,
+                  FT_Fixed             miter_limit );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Reset a stroker object's attributes.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        stroker
+
        The target stroker handle.
        
+
        radius
+
        The border radius.
        
+
        line_cap
+
        The line cap style.
        
+
        line_join
+
        The line join style.
        
+
        miter_limit
+
        The miter limit for the FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER style, expressed as 16.16 fixed point value.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        The radius is expressed in the same units as the outline coordinates.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Stroker_Rewind
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_STROKER_H (freetype/ftstroke.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_Stroker_Rewind( FT_Stroker  stroker );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Reset a stroker object without changing its attributes. You should call this function before beginning a new series of calls to FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath or FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        stroker
+
        The target stroker handle.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Stroker_ParseOutline
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_STROKER_H (freetype/ftstroke.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stroker_ParseOutline( FT_Stroker   stroker,
+                           FT_Outline*  outline,
+                           FT_Bool      opened );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A convenience function used to parse a whole outline with the stroker. The resulting outline(s) can be retrieved later by functions like FT_Stroker_GetCounts and FT_Stroker_Export.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
        stroker
+
        The target stroker handle.
        
+
        outline
+
        The source outline.
        
+
        opened
+
        A boolean. If 1, the outline is treated as an open path instead of a closed one.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        If ‘opened’ is 0 (the default), the outline is treated as a closed path, and the stroker generates two distinct ‘border’ outlines.
        
+
        If ‘opened’ is 1, the outline is processed as an open path, and the stroker generates a single ‘stroke’ outline.
        
+
        This function calls FT_Stroker_Rewind automatically.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_STROKER_H (freetype/ftstroke.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath( FT_Stroker  stroker,
+                           FT_Vector*  to,
+                           FT_Bool     open );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Start a new sub-path in the stroker.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
        stroker
+
        The target stroker handle.
        
+
        to
+
        A pointer to the start vector.
        
+
        open
+
        A boolean. If 1, the sub-path is treated as an open one.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        This function is useful when you need to stroke a path that is not stored as an FT_Outline object.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Stroker_EndSubPath
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_STROKER_H (freetype/ftstroke.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stroker_EndSubPath( FT_Stroker  stroker );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Close the current sub-path in the stroker.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        stroker
+
        The target stroker handle.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        You should call this function after FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath. If the subpath was not ‘opened’, this function ‘draws’ a single line segment to the start position when needed.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Stroker_LineTo
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_STROKER_H (freetype/ftstroke.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stroker_LineTo( FT_Stroker  stroker,
+                     FT_Vector*  to );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        ‘Draw’ a single line segment in the stroker's current sub-path, from the last position.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        stroker
+
        The target stroker handle.
        
+
        to
+
        A pointer to the destination point.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        You should call this function between FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Stroker_ConicTo
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_STROKER_H (freetype/ftstroke.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stroker_ConicTo( FT_Stroker  stroker,
+                      FT_Vector*  control,
+                      FT_Vector*  to );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        ‘Draw’ a single quadratic Bézier in the stroker's current sub-path, from the last position.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
        stroker
+
        The target stroker handle.
        
+
        control
+
        A pointer to a Bézier control point.
        
+
        to
+
        A pointer to the destination point.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        You should call this function between FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Stroker_CubicTo
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_STROKER_H (freetype/ftstroke.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stroker_CubicTo( FT_Stroker  stroker,
+                      FT_Vector*  control1,
+                      FT_Vector*  control2,
+                      FT_Vector*  to );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        ‘Draw’ a single cubic Bézier in the stroker's current sub-path, from the last position.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
        stroker
+
        The target stroker handle.
        
+
        control1
+
        A pointer to the first Bézier control point.
        
+
        control2
+
        A pointer to second Bézier control point.
        
+
        to
+
        A pointer to the destination point.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        You should call this function between FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_STROKER_H (freetype/ftstroke.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts( FT_Stroker        stroker,
+                              FT_StrokerBorder  border,
+                              FT_UInt          *anum_points,
+                              FT_UInt          *anum_contours );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Call this function once you have finished parsing your paths with the stroker. It returns the number of points and contours necessary to export one of the ‘border’ or ‘stroke’ outlines generated by the stroker.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        stroker
+
        The target stroker handle.
        
+
        border
+
        The border index.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        anum_points
+
        The number of points.
        
+
        anum_contours
+
        The number of contours.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        When an outline, or a sub-path, is ‘closed’, the stroker generates two independent ‘border’ outlines, named ‘left’ and ‘right’.
        
+
        When the outline, or a sub-path, is ‘opened’, the stroker merges the ‘border’ outlines with caps. The ‘left’ border receives all points, while the ‘right’ border becomes empty.
        
+
        Use the function FT_Stroker_GetCounts instead if you want to retrieve the counts associated to both borders.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Stroker_ExportBorder
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_STROKER_H (freetype/ftstroke.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_Stroker_ExportBorder( FT_Stroker        stroker,
+                           FT_StrokerBorder  border,
+                           FT_Outline*       outline );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Call this function after FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to export the corresponding border to your own FT_Outline structure.
        
+
        Note that this function appends the border points and contours to your outline, but does not try to resize its arrays.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
        stroker
+
        The target stroker handle.
        
+
        border
+
        The border index.
        
+
        outline
+
        The target outline handle.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        Always call this function after FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to get sure that there is enough room in your FT_Outline object to receive all new data.
        
+
        When an outline, or a sub-path, is ‘closed’, the stroker generates two independent ‘border’ outlines, named ‘left’ and ‘right’
        
+
        When the outline, or a sub-path, is ‘opened’, the stroker merges the ‘border’ outlines with caps. The ‘left’ border receives all points, while the ‘right’ border becomes empty.
        
+
        Use the function FT_Stroker_Export instead if you want to retrieve all borders at once.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Stroker_GetCounts
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_STROKER_H (freetype/ftstroke.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stroker_GetCounts( FT_Stroker  stroker,
+                        FT_UInt    *anum_points,
+                        FT_UInt    *anum_contours );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Call this function once you have finished parsing your paths with the stroker. It returns the number of points and contours necessary to export all points/borders from the stroked outline/path.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        stroker
+
        The target stroker handle.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        anum_points
+
        The number of points.
        
+
        anum_contours
+
        The number of contours.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Stroker_Export
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_STROKER_H (freetype/ftstroke.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_Stroker_Export( FT_Stroker   stroker,
+                     FT_Outline*  outline );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Call this function after FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to export the all borders to your own FT_Outline structure.
        
+
        Note that this function appends the border points and contours to your outline, but does not try to resize its arrays.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        stroker
+
        The target stroker handle.
        
+
        outline
+
        The target outline handle.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Stroker_Done
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_STROKER_H (freetype/ftstroke.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_Stroker_Done( FT_Stroker  stroker );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Destroy a stroker object.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        stroker
+
        A stroker handle. Can be NULL.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Glyph_Stroke
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_STROKER_H (freetype/ftstroke.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Glyph_Stroke( FT_Glyph    *pglyph,
+                   FT_Stroker   stroker,
+                   FT_Bool      destroy );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Stroke a given outline glyph object with a given stroker.
        
+

        
+
        inout
        
+
        
+
+
+
        pglyph
+
        Source glyph handle on input, new glyph handle on output.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        stroker
+
        A stroker handle.
        
+
        destroy
+
        A Boolean. If 1, the source glyph object is destroyed on success.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        The source glyph is untouched in case of error.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_STROKER_H (freetype/ftstroke.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder( FT_Glyph    *pglyph,
+                         FT_Stroker   stroker,
+                         FT_Bool      inside,
+                         FT_Bool      destroy );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Stroke a given outline glyph object with a given stroker, but only return either its inside or outside border.
        
+

        
+
        inout
        
+
        
+
+
+
        pglyph
+
        Source glyph handle on input, new glyph handle on output.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
        stroker
+
        A stroker handle.
        
+
        inside
+
        A Boolean. If 1, return the inside border, otherwise the outside border.
        
+
        destroy
+
        A Boolean. If 1, the source glyph object is destroyed on success.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        The source glyph is untouched in case of error.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
+
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-glyph_variants.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-glyph_variants.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..499c7e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-glyph_variants.html
@@ -0,0 +1,267 @@
+
+
+
+
+FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
        FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
        
+
+
        
+Glyph Variants
+
        
+
        Synopsis
        
+
+
+
+
+
        FT_Face_GetCharVariantIndexFT_Face_GetVariantsOfChar
        FT_Face_GetCharVariantIsDefaultFT_Face_GetCharsOfVariant
        FT_Face_GetVariantSelectors


        
+
+
        
+
        Many CJK characters have variant forms. They are a sort of grey area somewhere between being totally irrelevant and semantically distinct; for this reason, the Unicode consortium decided to introduce Ideographic Variation Sequences (IVS), consisting of a Unicode base character and one of 240 variant selectors (U+E0100-U+E01EF), instead of further extending the already huge code range for CJK characters.
        
+
        An IVS is registered and unique; for further details please refer to Unicode Technical Report #37, the Ideographic Variation Database. To date (October 2007), the character with the most variants is U+908A, having 8 such IVS.
        
+
        Adobe and MS decided to support IVS with a new cmap subtable (format 14). It is an odd subtable because it is not a mapping of input code points to glyphs, but contains lists of all variants supported by the font.
        
+
        A variant may be either ‘default’ or ‘non-default’. A default variant is the one you will get for that code point if you look it up in the standard Unicode cmap. A non-default variant is a different glyph.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        FT_Face_GetCharVariantIndex
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt )
+  FT_Face_GetCharVariantIndex( FT_Face   face,
+                               FT_ULong  charcode,
+                               FT_ULong  variantSelector );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Return the glyph index of a given character code as modified by the variation selector.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
        face
+
        A handle to the source face object.
        
+
        charcode
+
        The character code point in Unicode.
        
+
        variantSelector
+
        The Unicode code point of the variation selector.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        The glyph index. 0 means either ‘undefined character code’, or ‘undefined selector code’, or ‘no variation selector cmap subtable’, or ‘current CharMap is not Unicode’.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        If you use FreeType to manipulate the contents of font files directly, be aware that the glyph index returned by this function doesn't always correspond to the internal indices used within the file. This is done to ensure that value 0 always corresponds to the ‘missing glyph’.
        
+
        This function is only meaningful if a) the font has a variation selector cmap sub table, and b) the current charmap has a Unicode encoding.
        
+
        
+
        since
        
+
        2.3.6
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Face_GetCharVariantIsDefault
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Int )
+  FT_Face_GetCharVariantIsDefault( FT_Face   face,
+                                   FT_ULong  charcode,
+                                   FT_ULong  variantSelector );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Check whether this variant of this Unicode character is the one to be found in the ‘cmap’.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
        face
+
        A handle to the source face object.
        
+
        charcode
+
        The character codepoint in Unicode.
        
+
        variantSelector
+
        The Unicode codepoint of the variation selector.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        1 if found in the standard (Unicode) cmap, 0 if found in the variation selector cmap, or -1 if it is not a variant.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        This function is only meaningful if the font has a variation selector cmap subtable.
        
+
        
+
        since
        
+
        2.3.6
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Face_GetVariantSelectors
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt32* )
+  FT_Face_GetVariantSelectors( FT_Face  face );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Return a zero-terminated list of Unicode variant selectors found in the font.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        face
+
        A handle to the source face object.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        A pointer to an array of selector code points, or NULL if there is no valid variant selector cmap subtable.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        The last item in the array is 0; the array is owned by the FT_Face object but can be overwritten or released on the next call to a FreeType function.
        
+
        
+
        since
        
+
        2.3.6
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Face_GetVariantsOfChar
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt32* )
+  FT_Face_GetVariantsOfChar( FT_Face   face,
+                             FT_ULong  charcode );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Return a zero-terminated list of Unicode variant selectors found for the specified character code.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        face
+
        A handle to the source face object.
        
+
        charcode
+
        The character codepoint in Unicode.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        A pointer to an array of variant selector code points which are active for the given character, or NULL if the corresponding list is empty.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        The last item in the array is 0; the array is owned by the FT_Face object but can be overwritten or released on the next call to a FreeType function.
        
+
        
+
        since
        
+
        2.3.6
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Face_GetCharsOfVariant
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt32* )
+  FT_Face_GetCharsOfVariant( FT_Face   face,
+                             FT_ULong  variantSelector );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Return a zero-terminated list of Unicode character codes found for the specified variant selector.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        face
+
        A handle to the source face object.
        
+
        variantSelector
+
        The variant selector code point in Unicode.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        A list of all the code points which are specified by this selector (both default and non-default codes are returned) or NULL if there is no valid cmap or the variant selector is invalid.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        The last item in the array is 0; the array is owned by the FT_Face object but can be overwritten or released on the next call to a FreeType function.
        
+
        
+
        since
        
+
        2.3.6
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
+
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-gx_validation.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-gx_validation.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8c3a98f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-gx_validation.html
@@ -0,0 +1,348 @@
+
+
+
+
+FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
        FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
        
+
+
        
+TrueTypeGX/AAT Validation
+
        
+
        Synopsis
        
+
+
+
+
+
        FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTHFT_TrueTypeGX_FreeFT_ClassicKern_Free
        FT_VALIDATE_GXXXXFT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX
        FT_TrueTypeGX_ValidateFT_ClassicKern_Validate


        
+
+
        
+
        This section contains the declaration of functions to validate some TrueTypeGX tables (feat, mort, morx, bsln, just, kern, opbd, trak, prop, lcar).
        
+

        
+
        
+
        FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH
        
+
        
+
        The number of tables checked in this module. Use it as a parameter for the ‘table-length’ argument of function FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_GX_VALIDATE_H (freetype/ftgxval.h).
+

        
+
        +
+#define FT_VALIDATE_feat  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( feat )
+#define FT_VALIDATE_mort  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( mort )
+#define FT_VALIDATE_morx  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( morx )
+#define FT_VALIDATE_bsln  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( bsln )
+#define FT_VALIDATE_just  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( just )
+#define FT_VALIDATE_kern  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( kern )
+#define FT_VALIDATE_opbd  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( opbd )
+#define FT_VALIDATE_trak  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( trak )
+#define FT_VALIDATE_prop  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( prop )
+#define FT_VALIDATE_lcar  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( lcar )
+
+#define FT_VALIDATE_GX  ( FT_VALIDATE_feat | \
+                          FT_VALIDATE_mort | \
+                          FT_VALIDATE_morx | \
+                          FT_VALIDATE_bsln | \
+                          FT_VALIDATE_just | \
+                          FT_VALIDATE_kern | \
+                          FT_VALIDATE_opbd | \
+                          FT_VALIDATE_trak | \
+                          FT_VALIDATE_prop | \
+                          FT_VALIDATE_lcar )
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A list of bit-field constants used with FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate to indicate which TrueTypeGX/AAT Type tables should be validated.
        
+

        
+
        values
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        FT_VALIDATE_feat
+
        Validate ‘feat’ table.
        
+
        FT_VALIDATE_mort
+
        Validate ‘mort’ table.
        
+
        FT_VALIDATE_morx
+
        Validate ‘morx’ table.
        
+
        FT_VALIDATE_bsln
+
        Validate ‘bsln’ table.
        
+
        FT_VALIDATE_just
+
        Validate ‘just’ table.
        
+
        FT_VALIDATE_kern
+
        Validate ‘kern’ table.
        
+
        FT_VALIDATE_opbd
+
        Validate ‘opbd’ table.
        
+
        FT_VALIDATE_trak
+
        Validate ‘trak’ table.
        
+
        FT_VALIDATE_prop
+
        Validate ‘prop’ table.
        
+
        FT_VALIDATE_lcar
+
        Validate ‘lcar’ table.
        
+
        FT_VALIDATE_GX
+
        Validate all TrueTypeGX tables (feat, mort, morx, bsln, just, kern, opbd, trak, prop and lcar).
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_GX_VALIDATE_H (freetype/ftgxval.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate( FT_Face   face,
+                          FT_UInt   validation_flags,
+                          FT_Bytes  tables[FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH],
+                          FT_UInt   table_length );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Validate various TrueTypeGX tables to assure that all offsets and indices are valid. The idea is that a higher-level library which actually does the text layout can access those tables without error checking (which can be quite time consuming).
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
        face
+
        A handle to the input face.
        
+
        validation_flags
+
        A bit field which specifies the tables to be validated. See FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX for possible values.
        
+
        table_length
+
        The size of the ‘tables’ array. Normally, FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH should be passed.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
        tables
+
        The array where all validated sfnt tables are stored. The array itself must be allocated by a client.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        This function only works with TrueTypeGX fonts, returning an error otherwise.
        
+
        After use, the application should deallocate the buffers pointed to by each ‘tables’ element, by calling FT_TrueTypeGX_Free. A NULL value indicates that the table either doesn't exist in the font, the application hasn't asked for validation, or the validator doesn't have the ability to validate the sfnt table.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_TrueTypeGX_Free
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_GX_VALIDATE_H (freetype/ftgxval.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_TrueTypeGX_Free( FT_Face   face,
+                      FT_Bytes  table );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Free the buffer allocated by TrueTypeGX validator.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        face
+
        A handle to the input face.
        
+
        table
+
        The pointer to the buffer allocated by FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate only.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_GX_VALIDATE_H (freetype/ftgxval.h).
+

        
+
        +
+#define FT_VALIDATE_MS     ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << 0 )
+#define FT_VALIDATE_APPLE  ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << 1 )
+
+#define FT_VALIDATE_CKERN  ( FT_VALIDATE_MS | FT_VALIDATE_APPLE )
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A list of bit-field constants used with FT_ClassicKern_Validate to indicate the classic kern dialect or dialects. If the selected type doesn't fit, FT_ClassicKern_Validate regards the table as invalid.
        
+

        
+
        values
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
        FT_VALIDATE_MS
+
        Handle the ‘kern’ table as a classic Microsoft kern table.
        
+
        FT_VALIDATE_APPLE
+
        Handle the ‘kern’ table as a classic Apple kern table.
        
+
        FT_VALIDATE_CKERN
+
        Handle the ‘kern’ as either classic Apple or Microsoft kern table.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_ClassicKern_Validate
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_GX_VALIDATE_H (freetype/ftgxval.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_ClassicKern_Validate( FT_Face    face,
+                           FT_UInt    validation_flags,
+                           FT_Bytes  *ckern_table );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Validate classic (16-bit format) kern table to assure that the offsets and indices are valid. The idea is that a higher-level library which actually does the text layout can access those tables without error checking (which can be quite time consuming).
        
+
        The ‘kern’ table validator in FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate deals with both the new 32-bit format and the classic 16-bit format, while FT_ClassicKern_Validate only supports the classic 16-bit format.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        face
+
        A handle to the input face.
        
+
        validation_flags
+
        A bit field which specifies the dialect to be validated. See FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX for possible values.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
        ckern_table
+
        A pointer to the kern table.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        After use, the application should deallocate the buffers pointed to by ‘ckern_table’, by calling FT_ClassicKern_Free. A NULL value indicates that the table doesn't exist in the font.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_ClassicKern_Free
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_GX_VALIDATE_H (freetype/ftgxval.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_ClassicKern_Free( FT_Face   face,
+                       FT_Bytes  table );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Free the buffer allocated by classic Kern validator.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        face
+
        A handle to the input face.
        
+
        table
+
        The pointer to the buffer that is allocated by FT_ClassicKern_Validate.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by FT_ClassicKern_Validate only.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
+
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-gzip.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-gzip.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f9eca6a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-gzip.html
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+
+
+
+
+FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
        FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
        
+
+
        
+GZIP Streams
+
        
+
        Synopsis
        
+
+
+
        FT_Stream_OpenGzip


        
+
+
        
+
        This section contains the declaration of Gzip-specific functions.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        FT_Stream_OpenGzip
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_GZIP_H (freetype/ftgzip.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stream_OpenGzip( FT_Stream  stream,
+                      FT_Stream  source );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Open a new stream to parse gzip-compressed font files. This is mainly used to support the compressed ‘*.pcf.gz’ fonts that come with XFree86.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        stream
+
        The target embedding stream.
        
+
        source
+
        The source stream.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        The source stream must be opened before calling this function.
        
+
        Calling the internal function ‘FT_Stream_Close’ on the new stream will not call ‘FT_Stream_Close’ on the source stream. None of the stream objects will be released to the heap.
        
+
        The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream.
        
+
        In certain builds of the library, gzip compression recognition is automatically handled when calling FT_New_Face or FT_Open_Face. This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw compressed file, the library will try to open a gzipped stream from it and re-open the face with it.
        
+
        This function may return ‘FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature’ if your build of FreeType was not compiled with zlib support.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
+
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-header_file_macros.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-header_file_macros.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f81f2f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-header_file_macros.html
@@ -0,0 +1,626 @@
+
+
+
+
+FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
        FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
        
+
+
        
+Header File Macros
+
        
+
        Synopsis
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_HFT_WINFONTS_H
        FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_HFT_GLYPH_H
        FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_HFT_BITMAP_H
        FT_CONFIG_MODULES_HFT_BBOX_H
        FT_FREETYPE_HFT_CACHE_H
        FT_ERRORS_HFT_CACHE_IMAGE_H
        FT_MODULE_ERRORS_HFT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_H
        FT_SYSTEM_HFT_CACHE_CHARMAP_H
        FT_IMAGE_HFT_MAC_H
        FT_TYPES_HFT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H
        FT_LIST_HFT_SFNT_NAMES_H
        FT_OUTLINE_HFT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H
        FT_SIZES_HFT_GX_VALIDATE_H
        FT_MODULE_HFT_PFR_H
        FT_RENDER_HFT_STROKER_H
        FT_TYPE1_TABLES_HFT_SYNTHESIS_H
        FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_HFT_XFREE86_H
        FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_HFT_TRIGONOMETRY_H
        FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_HFT_LCD_FILTER_H
        FT_BDF_HFT_UNPATENTED_HINTING_H
        FT_CID_HFT_INCREMENTAL_H
        FT_GZIP_HFT_GASP_H
        FT_LZW_HFT_ADVANCES_H


        
+
+
        
+
        The following macros are defined to the name of specific FreeType 2 header files. They can be used directly in #include statements as in:
        
+
        +  #include FT_FREETYPE_H                                           
+  #include FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H                                   
+  #include FT_GLYPH_H                                              
+
        
+
        There are several reasons why we are now using macros to name public header files. The first one is that such macros are not limited to the infamous 8.3 naming rule required by DOS (and ‘FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H’ is a lot more meaningful than ‘ftmm.h’).
        
+
        The second reason is that it allows for more flexibility in the way FreeType 2 is installed on a given system.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
        
+
        +
+#ifndef FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
+#define FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H  <freetype/config/ftconfig.h>
+#endif
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing FreeType 2 configuration data.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
        
+
        +
+#ifndef FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
+#define FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H  <freetype/config/ftstdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing FreeType 2 interface to the standard C library functions.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
        
+
        +
+#ifndef FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
+#define FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H  <freetype/config/ftoption.h>
+#endif
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing FreeType 2 project-specific configuration options.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H
        
+
        +
+#ifndef FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H
+#define FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H  <freetype/config/ftmodule.h>
+#endif
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the list of FreeType 2 modules that are statically linked to new library instances in FT_Init_FreeType.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_FREETYPE_H
        
+
        
+
        A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the base FreeType 2 API.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_ERRORS_H
        
+
        
+
        A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the list of FreeType 2 error codes (and messages).
        
+
        It is included by FT_FREETYPE_H.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
        
+
        
+
        A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the list of FreeType 2 module error offsets (and messages).
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_SYSTEM_H
        
+
        
+
        A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the FreeType 2 interface to low-level operations (i.e., memory management and stream i/o).
        
+
        It is included by FT_FREETYPE_H.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_IMAGE_H
        
+
        
+
        A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing type definitions related to glyph images (i.e., bitmaps, outlines, scan-converter parameters).
        
+
        It is included by FT_FREETYPE_H.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_TYPES_H
        
+
        
+
        A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the basic data types defined by FreeType 2.
        
+
        It is included by FT_FREETYPE_H.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_LIST_H
        
+
        
+
        A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the list management API of FreeType 2.
        
+
        (Most applications will never need to include this file.)
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_OUTLINE_H
        
+
        
+
        A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the scalable outline management API of FreeType 2.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_SIZES_H
        
+
        
+
        A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the API which manages multiple FT_Size objects per face.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_MODULE_H
        
+
        
+
        A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the module management API of FreeType 2.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_RENDER_H
        
+
        
+
        A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the renderer module management API of FreeType 2.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H
        
+
        
+
        A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the types and API specific to the Type 1 format.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H
        
+
        
+
        A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the enumeration values which identify name strings, languages, encodings, etc. This file really contains a large set of constant macro definitions, taken from the TrueType and OpenType specifications.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H
        
+
        
+
        A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the types and API specific to the TrueType (as well as OpenType) format.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H
        
+
        
+
        A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the definitions of TrueType four-byte ‘tags’ which identify blocks in SFNT-based font formats (i.e., TrueType and OpenType).
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_BDF_H
        
+
        
+
        A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the definitions of an API which accesses BDF-specific strings from a face.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_CID_H
        
+
        
+
        A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the definitions of an API which access CID font information from a face.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_GZIP_H
        
+
        
+
        A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the definitions of an API which supports gzip-compressed files.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_LZW_H
        
+
        
+
        A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the definitions of an API which supports LZW-compressed files.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_WINFONTS_H
        
+
        
+
        A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the definitions of an API which supports Windows FNT files.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_GLYPH_H
        
+
        
+
        A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the API of the optional glyph management component.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_BITMAP_H
        
+
        
+
        A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the API of the optional bitmap conversion component.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_BBOX_H
        
+
        
+
        A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the API of the optional exact bounding box computation routines.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_CACHE_H
        
+
        
+
        A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the API of the optional FreeType 2 cache sub-system.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_CACHE_IMAGE_H
        
+
        
+
        A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the ‘glyph image’ API of the FreeType 2 cache sub-system.
        
+
        It is used to define a cache for FT_Glyph elements. You can also use the API defined in FT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_H if you only need to store small glyph bitmaps, as it will use less memory.
        
+
        This macro is deprecated. Simply include FT_CACHE_H to have all glyph image-related cache declarations.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_H
        
+
        
+
        A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the ‘small bitmaps’ API of the FreeType 2 cache sub-system.
        
+
        It is used to define a cache for small glyph bitmaps in a relatively memory-efficient way. You can also use the API defined in FT_CACHE_IMAGE_H if you want to cache arbitrary glyph images, including scalable outlines.
        
+
        This macro is deprecated. Simply include FT_CACHE_H to have all small bitmaps-related cache declarations.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_CACHE_CHARMAP_H
        
+
        
+
        A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the ‘charmap’ API of the FreeType 2 cache sub-system.
        
+
        This macro is deprecated. Simply include FT_CACHE_H to have all charmap-based cache declarations.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_MAC_H
        
+
        
+
        A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the Macintosh-specific FreeType 2 API. The latter is used to access fonts embedded in resource forks.
        
+
        This header file must be explicitly included by client applications compiled on the Mac (note that the base API still works though).
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H
        
+
        
+
        A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the optional multiple-masters management API of FreeType 2.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_SFNT_NAMES_H
        
+
        
+
        A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the optional FreeType 2 API which accesses embedded ‘name’ strings in SFNT-based font formats (i.e., TrueType and OpenType).
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H
        
+
        
+
        A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the optional FreeType 2 API which validates OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF, GPOS, GSUB, JSTF).
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_GX_VALIDATE_H
        
+
        
+
        A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the optional FreeType 2 API which validates TrueTypeGX/AAT tables (feat, mort, morx, bsln, just, kern, opbd, trak, prop).
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_PFR_H
        
+
        
+
        A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the FreeType 2 API which accesses PFR-specific data.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_STROKER_H
        
+
        
+
        A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the FreeType 2 API which provides functions to stroke outline paths.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_SYNTHESIS_H
        
+
        
+
        A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the FreeType 2 API which performs artificial obliquing and emboldening.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_XFREE86_H
        
+
        
+
        A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the FreeType 2 API which provides functions specific to the XFree86 and X.Org X11 servers.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H
        
+
        
+
        A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the FreeType 2 API which performs trigonometric computations (e.g., cosines and arc tangents).
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_LCD_FILTER_H
        
+
        
+
        A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the FreeType 2 API which performs color filtering for subpixel rendering.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_UNPATENTED_HINTING_H
        
+
        
+
        A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the FreeType 2 API which performs color filtering for subpixel rendering.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_INCREMENTAL_H
        
+
        
+
        A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the FreeType 2 API which performs color filtering for subpixel rendering.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_GASP_H
        
+
        
+
        A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the FreeType 2 API which returns entries from the TrueType GASP table.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_ADVANCES_H
        
+
        
+
        A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the FreeType 2 API which returns individual and ranged glyph advances.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
+
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-incremental.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-incremental.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8fbc111
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-incremental.html
@@ -0,0 +1,365 @@
+
+
+
+
+FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
        FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
        
+
+
        
+Incremental Loading
+
        
+
        Synopsis
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        FT_IncrementalFT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc
        FT_Incremental_MetricsRecFT_Incremental_FuncsRec
        FT_Incremental_MetricsFT_Incremental_InterfaceRec
        FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFuncFT_Incremental_Interface
        FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFuncFT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL


        
+
+
        
+
        This section contains various functions used to perform so-called ‘incremental’ glyph loading. This is a mode where all glyphs loaded from a given FT_Face are provided by the client application,
        
+
        Apart from that, all other tables are loaded normally from the font file. This mode is useful when FreeType is used within another engine, e.g., a PostScript Imaging Processor.
        
+
        To enable this mode, you must use FT_Open_Face, passing an FT_Parameter with the FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL tag and an FT_Incremental_Interface value. See the comments for FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec for an example.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        FT_Incremental
        
+
        
+
        An opaque type describing a user-provided object used to implement ‘incremental’ glyph loading within FreeType. This is used to support embedded fonts in certain environments (e.g., PostScript interpreters), where the glyph data isn't in the font file, or must be overridden by different values.
        
+

        
+
        note
        
+
        It is up to client applications to create and implement FT_Incremental objects, as long as they provide implementations for the methods FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc, FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc and FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc.
        
+
        See the description of FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec to understand how to use incremental objects with FreeType.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Incremental_MetricsRec
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_INCREMENTAL_H (freetype/ftincrem.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef struct  FT_Incremental_MetricsRec_
+  {
+    FT_Long  bearing_x;
+    FT_Long  bearing_y;
+    FT_Long  advance;
+
+  } FT_Incremental_MetricsRec;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A small structure used to contain the basic glyph metrics returned by the FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc method.
        
+

        
+
        fields
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
        bearing_x
+
        Left bearing, in font units.
        
+
        bearing_y
+
        Top bearing, in font units.
        
+
        advance
+
        Glyph advance, in font units.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        These correspond to horizontal or vertical metrics depending on the value of the ‘vertical’ argument to the function FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Incremental_Metrics
        
+
        
+
        A handle to an FT_Incremental_MetricsRec structure.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_INCREMENTAL_H (freetype/ftincrem.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc)( FT_Incremental  incremental,
+                                      FT_UInt         glyph_index,
+                                      FT_Data*        adata );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A function called by FreeType to access a given glyph's data bytes during FT_Load_Glyph or FT_Load_Char if incremental loading is enabled.
        
+
        Note that the format of the glyph's data bytes depends on the font file format. For TrueType, it must correspond to the raw bytes within the ‘glyf’ table. For PostScript formats, it must correspond to the unencrypted charstring bytes, without any ‘lenIV’ header. It is undefined for any other format.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        incremental
+
        Handle to an opaque FT_Incremental handle provided by the client application.
        
+
        glyph_index
+
        Index of relevant glyph.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
        adata
+
        A structure describing the returned glyph data bytes (which will be accessed as a read-only byte block).
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        If this function returns successfully the method FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc will be called later to release the data bytes.
        
+
        Nested calls to FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc can happen for compound glyphs.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_INCREMENTAL_H (freetype/ftincrem.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef void
+  (*FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc)( FT_Incremental  incremental,
+                                       FT_Data*        data );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A function used to release the glyph data bytes returned by a successful call to FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        incremental
+
        A handle to an opaque FT_Incremental handle provided by the client application.
        
+
        data
+
        A structure describing the glyph data bytes (which will be accessed as a read-only byte block).
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_INCREMENTAL_H (freetype/ftincrem.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc)
+                      ( FT_Incremental              incremental,
+                        FT_UInt                     glyph_index,
+                        FT_Bool                     vertical,
+                        FT_Incremental_MetricsRec  *ametrics );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A function used to retrieve the basic metrics of a given glyph index before accessing its data. This is necessary because, in certain formats like TrueType, the metrics are stored in a different place from the glyph images proper.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
        incremental
+
        A handle to an opaque FT_Incremental handle provided by the client application.
        
+
        glyph_index
+
        Index of relevant glyph.
        
+
        vertical
+
        If true, return vertical metrics.
        
+
        ametrics
+
        This parameter is used for both input and output. The original glyph metrics, if any, in font units. If metrics are not available all the values must be set to zero.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
        ametrics
+
        The replacement glyph metrics in font units.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Incremental_FuncsRec
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_INCREMENTAL_H (freetype/ftincrem.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef struct  FT_Incremental_FuncsRec_
+  {
+    FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc     get_glyph_data;
+    FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc    free_glyph_data;
+    FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc  get_glyph_metrics;
+
+  } FT_Incremental_FuncsRec;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A table of functions for accessing fonts that load data incrementally. Used in FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec.
        
+

        
+
        fields
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
        get_glyph_data
+
        The function to get glyph data. Must not be null.
        
+
        free_glyph_data
+
        The function to release glyph data. Must not be null.
        
+
        get_glyph_metrics
+
        The function to get glyph metrics. May be null if the font does not provide overriding glyph metrics.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_INCREMENTAL_H (freetype/ftincrem.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef struct  FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec_
+  {
+    const FT_Incremental_FuncsRec*  funcs;
+    FT_Incremental                  object;
+
+  } FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A structure to be used with FT_Open_Face to indicate that the user wants to support incremental glyph loading. You should use it with FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL as in the following example:
        
+
        +  FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec  inc_int;
+  FT_Parameter                 parameter;
+  FT_Open_Args                 open_args;
+
+
+  // set up incremental descriptor
+  inc_int.funcs  = my_funcs;
+  inc_int.object = my_object;
+
+  // set up optional parameter
+  parameter.tag  = FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL;
+  parameter.data = &inc_int;
+
+  // set up FT_Open_Args structure
+  open_args.flags      = FT_OPEN_PATHNAME | FT_OPEN_PARAMS;
+  open_args.pathname   = my_font_pathname;
+  open_args.num_params = 1;
+  open_args.params     = &parameter; // we use one optional argument
+
+  // open the font
+  error = FT_Open_Face( library, &open_args, index, &face );
+  ...
+
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Incremental_Interface
        
+
        
+
        A pointer to an FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec structure.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL
        
+
        
+
        A constant used as the tag of FT_Parameter structures to indicate an incremental loading object to be used by FreeType.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
+
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-index.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-index.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ca4d169
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-index.html
@@ -0,0 +1,290 @@
+
+
+
+
+FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
+
+
+
+
+
+
        [TOC]
        
+
        FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOMFT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHTFT_Stroker_Set
        BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINALFT_LCD_FILTER_NONEFT_StrokerBorder
        BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGERFT_LcdFilterFT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_2X2
        BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONEFT_LIST_HFT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_WORDS
        BDF_PropertyFT_LibraryFT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_XY_VALUES
        BDF_PropertyRecFT_Library_SetLcdFilterFT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ROUND_XY_TO_GRID
        CID_FaceDictFT_Library_VersionFT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_SCALE
        CID_FaceDictRecFT_ListFT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_USE_MY_METRICS
        CID_FaceInfoFT_List_AddFT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XXX
        CID_FaceInfoRecFT_List_DestructorFT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XY_SCALE
        CID_InfoFT_List_FinalizeFT_SubGlyph
        FREETYPE_MAJORFT_List_FindFT_SYNTHESIS_H
        FREETYPE_MINORFT_List_InsertFT_SYSTEM_H
        FREETYPE_PATCHFT_List_IterateFT_Tag
        FREETYPE_XXXFT_List_IteratorFT_Tan
        FT_Activate_SizeFT_List_RemoveFT_TRIGONOMETRY_H
        FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLYFT_List_UpFT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_NONE
        FT_ADVANCES_HFT_ListNodeFT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_PATENTED
        FT_Add_Default_ModulesFT_ListNodeRecFT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_UNPATENTED
        FT_Add_ModuleFT_ListRecFT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H
        FT_Alloc_FuncFT_LOAD_CROP_BITMAPFT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H
        FT_ANGLE_2PIFT_LOAD_DEFAULTFT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H
        FT_ANGLE_PIFT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINTFT_TrueTypeEngineType
        FT_ANGLE_PI2FT_LOAD_IGNORE_GLOBAL_ADVANCE_WIDTHFT_TrueTypeGX_Free
        FT_ANGLE_PI4FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORMFT_TrueTypeGX_Validate
        FT_AngleFT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGNFT_TYPE1_TABLES_H
        FT_Angle_DiffFT_LOAD_MONOCHROMEFT_TYPES_H
        FT_Atan2FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINTFT_UFWord
        FT_Attach_FileFT_LOAD_NO_BITMAPFT_UInt
        FT_Attach_StreamFT_LOAD_NO_HINTINGFT_UInt16
        FT_BBOX_HFT_LOAD_NO_RECURSEFT_UInt32
        FT_BBoxFT_LOAD_NO_SCALEFT_ULong
        FT_BDF_HFT_LOAD_PEDANTICFT_UNPATENTED_HINTING_H
        FT_BITMAP_HFT_LOAD_RENDERFT_UnitVector
        FT_BitmapFT_LOAD_TARGET_LCDFT_UShort
        FT_Bitmap_ConvertFT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD_VFT_VALIDATE_APPLE
        FT_Bitmap_CopyFT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHTFT_VALIDATE_BASE
        FT_Bitmap_DoneFT_LOAD_TARGET_MODEFT_VALIDATE_bsln
        FT_Bitmap_EmboldenFT_LOAD_TARGET_MONOFT_VALIDATE_CKERN
        FT_Bitmap_NewFT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMALFT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX
        FT_Bitmap_SizeFT_LOAD_TARGET_XXXFT_VALIDATE_feat
        FT_BitmapGlyphFT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUTFT_VALIDATE_GDEF
        FT_BitmapGlyphRecFT_LOAD_XXXFT_VALIDATE_GPOS
        FT_BoolFT_Load_CharFT_VALIDATE_GSUB
        FT_ByteFT_Load_GlyphFT_VALIDATE_GX
        FT_BytesFT_Load_Sfnt_TableFT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH
        FT_CACHE_CHARMAP_HFT_LongFT_VALIDATE_GXXXX
        FT_CACHE_HFT_LZW_HFT_VALIDATE_JSTF
        FT_CACHE_IMAGE_HFT_MAC_HFT_VALIDATE_just
        FT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_HFT_MAKE_TAGFT_VALIDATE_kern
        FT_CeilFixFT_MatrixFT_VALIDATE_lcar
        FT_CharFT_Matrix_InvertFT_VALIDATE_MATH
        FT_CharMapFT_Matrix_MultiplyFT_VALIDATE_MS
        FT_CharMapRecFT_MemoryFT_VALIDATE_mort
        FT_CID_HFT_MemoryRecFT_VALIDATE_morx
        FT_ClassicKern_FreeFT_MM_AxisFT_VALIDATE_OT
        FT_ClassicKern_ValidateFT_MM_VarFT_VALIDATE_OTXXX
        FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_HFT_MODULE_ERRORS_HFT_VALIDATE_opbd
        FT_CONFIG_MODULES_HFT_MODULE_HFT_VALIDATE_prop
        FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_HFT_ModuleFT_VALIDATE_trak
        FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_HFT_Module_ClassFT_Var_Axis
        FT_CosFT_Module_ConstructorFT_Var_Named_Style
        FT_DataFT_Module_DestructorFT_Vector
        FT_DivFixFT_Module_RequesterFT_Vector_From_Polar
        FT_Done_FaceFT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_HFT_Vector_Length
        FT_Done_FreeTypeFT_MulDivFT_Vector_Polarize
        FT_Done_GlyphFT_MulFixFT_Vector_Rotate
        FT_Done_LibraryFT_Multi_MasterFT_Vector_Transform
        FT_Done_SizeFT_New_FaceFT_Vector_Unit
        FT_DriverFT_New_Face_From_FONDFT_WINFONTS_H
        FT_ENC_TAGFT_New_Face_From_FSRefFT_WinFNT_Header
        FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_CUSTOMFT_New_Face_From_FSSpecFT_WinFNT_HeaderRec
        FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_EXPERTFT_New_LibraryFT_WinFNT_ID_CP1250
        FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_LATIN_1FT_New_Memory_FaceFT_WinFNT_ID_CP1251
        FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_STANDARDFT_New_SizeFT_WinFNT_ID_CP1252
        FT_ENCODING_APPLE_ROMANFT_OffsetFT_WinFNT_ID_CP1253
        FT_ENCODING_BIG5FT_OPEN_DRIVERFT_WinFNT_ID_CP1254
        FT_ENCODING_GB2312FT_OPEN_MEMORYFT_WinFNT_ID_CP1255
        FT_ENCODING_JOHABFT_OPEN_PARAMSFT_WinFNT_ID_CP1256
        FT_ENCODING_MS_BIG5FT_OPEN_PATHNAMEFT_WinFNT_ID_CP1257
        FT_ENCODING_MS_GB2312FT_OPEN_STREAMFT_WinFNT_ID_CP1258
        FT_ENCODING_MS_JOHABFT_OPEN_XXXFT_WinFNT_ID_CP1361
        FT_ENCODING_MS_SJISFT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_HFT_WinFNT_ID_CP874
        FT_ENCODING_MS_SYMBOLFT_Open_ArgsFT_WinFNT_ID_CP932
        FT_ENCODING_MS_WANSUNGFT_Open_FaceFT_WinFNT_ID_CP936
        FT_ENCODING_NONEFT_OpenType_FreeFT_WinFNT_ID_CP949
        FT_ENCODING_OLD_LATIN_2FT_OpenType_ValidateFT_WinFNT_ID_CP950
        FT_ENCODING_SJISFT_ORIENTATION_FILL_LEFTFT_WinFNT_ID_DEFAULT
        FT_ENCODING_UNICODEFT_ORIENTATION_FILL_RIGHTFT_WinFNT_ID_MAC
        FT_ENCODING_WANSUNGFT_ORIENTATION_NONEFT_WinFNT_ID_OEM
        FT_EncodingFT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPTFT_WinFNT_ID_SYMBOL
        FT_ERRORS_HFT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPEFT_WinFNT_ID_XXX
        FT_ErrorFT_OrientationFT_XFREE86_H
        FT_F26Dot6FT_OUTLINE_EVEN_ODD_FILLFTC_CMapCache
        FT_F2Dot14FT_OUTLINE_FLAGSFTC_CMapCache_Lookup
        FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYEDFT_OUTLINE_HFTC_CMapCache_New
        FT_FACE_FLAG_EXTERNAL_STREAMFT_OUTLINE_HIGH_PRECISIONFTC_Face_Requester
        FT_FACE_FLAG_FAST_GLYPHSFT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTSFTC_FaceID
        FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZESFT_OUTLINE_INCLUDE_STUBSFTC_ImageCache
        FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTHFT_OUTLINE_NONEFTC_ImageCache_Lookup
        FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMESFT_OUTLINE_OWNERFTC_ImageCache_LookupScaler
        FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTERFT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILLFTC_ImageCache_New
        FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTALFT_OUTLINE_SINGLE_PASSFTC_ImageType
        FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNINGFT_OUTLINE_SMART_DROPOUTSFTC_ImageTypeRec
        FT_FACE_FLAG_MULTIPLE_MASTERSFT_OutlineFTC_Manager
        FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLEFT_Outline_CheckFTC_Manager_Done
        FT_FACE_FLAG_SFNTFT_Outline_ConicToFuncFTC_Manager_LookupFace
        FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKYFT_Outline_CopyFTC_Manager_LookupSize
        FT_FACE_FLAG_VERTICALFT_Outline_CubicToFuncFTC_Manager_New
        FT_FACE_FLAG_XXXFT_Outline_DecomposeFTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID
        FT_FaceFT_Outline_DoneFTC_Manager_Reset
        FT_Face_CheckTrueTypePatentsFT_Outline_EmboldenFTC_Node
        FT_Face_GetCharsOfVariantFT_Outline_FuncsFTC_Node_Unref
        FT_Face_GetCharVariantIndexFT_Outline_Get_BBoxFTC_SBit
        FT_Face_GetCharVariantIsDefaultFT_Outline_Get_BitmapFTC_SBitCache
        FT_Face_GetVariantSelectorsFT_Outline_Get_CBoxFTC_SBitCache_Lookup
        FT_Face_GetVariantsOfCharFT_Outline_Get_OrientationFTC_SBitCache_LookupScaler
        FT_Face_InternalFT_Outline_GetInsideBorderFTC_SBitCache_New
        FT_Face_SetUnpatentedHintingFT_Outline_GetOutsideBorderFTC_SBitRec
        FT_FaceRecFT_Outline_LineToFuncFTC_Scaler
        FT_FixedFT_Outline_MoveToFuncFTC_ScalerRec
        FT_FloorFixFT_Outline_Newft_encoding_xxx
        FT_FREETYPE_HFT_Outline_Renderft_glyph_bbox_gridfit
        FT_Free_FuncFT_Outline_Reverseft_glyph_bbox_pixels
        FT_FSTYPE_BITMAP_EMBEDDING_ONLYFT_Outline_Transformft_glyph_bbox_subpixels
        FT_FSTYPE_EDITABLE_EMBEDDINGFT_Outline_Translateft_glyph_bbox_truncate
        FT_FSTYPE_INSTALLABLE_EMBEDDINGFT_OutlineGlyphft_glyph_bbox_unscaled
        FT_FSTYPE_NO_SUBSETTINGFT_OutlineGlyphRecft_glyph_bbox_xxx
        FT_FSTYPE_PREVIEW_AND_PRINT_EMBEDDINGFT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTALft_glyph_format_bitmap
        FT_FSTYPE_RESTRICTED_LICENSE_EMBEDDINGFT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTINGft_glyph_format_composite
        FT_FSTYPE_XXXFT_Palette_Modeft_glyph_format_none
        FT_FWordFT_Parameterft_glyph_format_outline
        FT_GASP_DO_GRAYFT_PFR_Hft_glyph_format_plotter
        FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFITFT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAYft_glyph_format_xxx
        FT_GASP_HFT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2ft_kerning_default
        FT_GASP_NO_TABLEFT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4ft_kerning_unfitted
        FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFITFT_PIXEL_MODE_LCDft_kerning_unscaled
        FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHINGFT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_Vft_open_driver
        FT_GASP_XXXFT_PIXEL_MODE_MONOft_open_memory
        FT_GenericFT_PIXEL_MODE_NONEft_open_params
        FT_Generic_FinalizerFT_Pixel_Modeft_open_pathname
        FT_Get_AdvanceFT_Pointerft_open_stream
        FT_Get_AdvancesFT_Posft_outline_even_odd_fill
        FT_Get_BDF_Charset_IDFT_PropertyTypeft_outline_flags
        FT_Get_BDF_PropertyFT_PtrDistft_outline_high_precision
        FT_Get_Char_IndexFT_RASTER_FLAG_AAft_outline_ignore_dropouts
        FT_Get_Charmap_IndexFT_RASTER_FLAG_CLIPft_outline_none
        FT_Get_CID_From_Glyph_IndexFT_RASTER_FLAG_DEFAULTft_outline_owner
        FT_Get_CID_Is_Internally_CID_KeyedFT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECTft_outline_reverse_fill
        FT_Get_CID_Registry_Ordering_SupplementFT_RASTER_FLAG_XXXft_outline_single_pass
        FT_Get_CMap_FormatFT_Rasterft_palette_mode_rgb
        FT_Get_CMap_Language_IDFT_Raster_BitSet_Funcft_palette_mode_rgba
        FT_Get_First_CharFT_Raster_BitTest_Funcft_pixel_mode_grays
        FT_Get_FSType_FlagsFT_Raster_DoneFuncft_pixel_mode_mono
        FT_Get_GaspFT_Raster_Funcsft_pixel_mode_none
        FT_Get_GlyphFT_Raster_NewFuncft_pixel_mode_pal2
        FT_Get_Glyph_NameFT_Raster_Paramsft_pixel_mode_pal4
        FT_Get_KerningFT_Raster_RenderFuncft_pixel_mode_xxx
        FT_Get_MM_VarFT_Raster_ResetFuncft_render_mode_mono
        FT_Get_ModuleFT_Raster_SetModeFuncft_render_mode_normal
        FT_Get_Multi_MasterFT_RENDER_Hft_render_mode_xxx
        FT_Get_Name_IndexFT_RENDER_MODE_LCDPS_FontInfo
        FT_Get_Next_CharFT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_VPS_FontInfoRec
        FT_Get_PFR_AdvanceFT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHTPS_Private
        FT_Get_PFR_KerningFT_RENDER_MODE_MONOPS_PrivateRec
        FT_Get_PFR_MetricsFT_RENDER_MODE_NORMALT1_Blend_Flags
        FT_Get_Postscript_NameFT_Realloc_FuncT1_FontInfo
        FT_Get_PS_Font_InfoFT_Remove_ModuleT1_Private
        FT_Get_PS_Font_PrivateFT_Render_GlyphTT_ADOBE_ID_CUSTOM
        FT_Get_RendererFT_Render_ModeTT_ADOBE_ID_EXPERT
        FT_Get_Sfnt_NameFT_RendererTT_ADOBE_ID_LATIN_1
        FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_CountFT_Renderer_ClassTT_ADOBE_ID_STANDARD
        FT_Get_Sfnt_TableFT_Request_SizeTT_ADOBE_ID_XXX
        FT_Get_SubGlyph_InfoFT_RoundFixTT_APPLE_ID_DEFAULT
        FT_Get_Track_KerningFT_Select_CharmapTT_APPLE_ID_ISO_10646
        FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_TypeFT_Select_SizeTT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_1_1
        FT_Get_WinFNT_HeaderFT_Set_Char_SizeTT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_2_0
        FT_Get_X11_Font_FormatFT_Set_CharmapTT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_32
        FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_NameFT_Set_Debug_HookTT_APPLE_ID_VARIANT_SELECTOR
        FT_GetFile_From_Mac_NameFT_Set_MM_Blend_CoordinatesTT_APPLE_ID_XXX
        FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_NameFT_Set_MM_Design_CoordinatesTT_Header
        FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFITFT_Set_Pixel_SizesTT_HoriHeader
        FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELSFT_Set_RendererTT_ISO_ID_10646
        FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELSFT_Set_TransformTT_ISO_ID_7BIT_ASCII
        FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATEFT_Set_Var_Blend_CoordinatesTT_ISO_ID_8859_1
        FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALEDFT_Set_Var_Design_CoordinatesTT_ISO_ID_XXX
        FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAPFT_SFNT_NAMES_HTT_MAC_ID_ARABIC
        FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITEFT_Sfnt_Table_InfoTT_MAC_ID_ARMENIAN
        FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_NONEFT_Sfnt_TagTT_MAC_ID_BENGALI
        FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINEFT_SfntNameTT_MAC_ID_BURMESE
        FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_PLOTTERFT_ShortTT_MAC_ID_DEVANAGARI
        FT_GLYPH_HFT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_BBOXTT_MAC_ID_GEEZ
        FT_GlyphFT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_CELLTT_MAC_ID_GEORGIAN
        FT_Glyph_BBox_ModeFT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_NOMINALTT_MAC_ID_GREEK
        FT_Glyph_CopyFT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_REAL_DIMTT_MAC_ID_GUJARATI
        FT_Glyph_FormatFT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_SCALESTT_MAC_ID_GURMUKHI
        FT_Glyph_Get_CBoxFT_SIZES_HTT_MAC_ID_HEBREW
        FT_Glyph_MetricsFT_SinTT_MAC_ID_JAPANESE
        FT_Glyph_StrokeFT_SizeTT_MAC_ID_KANNADA
        FT_Glyph_StrokeBorderFT_Size_InternalTT_MAC_ID_KHMER
        FT_Glyph_To_BitmapFT_Size_MetricsTT_MAC_ID_KOREAN
        FT_Glyph_TransformFT_Size_RequestTT_MAC_ID_LAOTIAN
        FT_GlyphRecFT_Size_Request_TypeTT_MAC_ID_MALAYALAM
        FT_GlyphSlotFT_Size_RequestRecTT_MAC_ID_MALDIVIAN
        FT_GlyphSlot_Own_BitmapFT_SizeRecTT_MAC_ID_MONGOLIAN
        FT_GlyphSlotRecFT_Slot_InternalTT_MAC_ID_ORIYA
        FT_GX_VALIDATE_HFT_SpanTT_MAC_ID_ROMAN
        FT_GZIP_HFT_SpanFuncTT_MAC_ID_RSYMBOL
        FT_HAS_FAST_GLYPHSFT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFTTT_MAC_ID_RUSSIAN
        FT_HAS_FIXED_SIZESFT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHTTT_MAC_ID_SIMPLIFIED_CHINESE
        FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMESFT_STROKER_HTT_MAC_ID_SINDHI
        FT_HAS_HORIZONTALFT_STROKER_LINECAP_BUTTTT_MAC_ID_SINHALESE
        FT_HAS_KERNINGFT_STROKER_LINECAP_ROUNDTT_MAC_ID_SLAVIC
        FT_HAS_MULTIPLE_MASTERSFT_STROKER_LINECAP_SQUARETT_MAC_ID_TAMIL
        FT_HAS_VERTICALFT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_BEVELTT_MAC_ID_TELUGU
        FT_Has_PS_Glyph_NamesFT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITERTT_MAC_ID_THAI
        FT_IMAGE_HFT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_ROUNDTT_MAC_ID_TIBETAN
        FT_IMAGE_TAGFT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLDTT_MAC_ID_TRADITIONAL_CHINESE
        FT_INCREMENTAL_HFT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALICTT_MAC_ID_UNINTERP
        FT_IncrementalFT_STYLE_FLAG_XXXTT_MAC_ID_VIETNAMESE
        FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFuncFT_StreamTT_MAC_ID_XXX
        FT_Incremental_FuncsRecFT_Stream_CloseFuncTT_MaxProfile
        FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFuncFT_Stream_IoFuncTT_MS_ID_BIG_5
        FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFuncFT_Stream_OpenGzipTT_MS_ID_GB2312
        FT_Incremental_InterfaceFT_Stream_OpenLZWTT_MS_ID_JOHAB
        FT_Incremental_InterfaceRecFT_StreamDescTT_MS_ID_SJIS
        FT_Incremental_MetricsFT_StreamRecTT_MS_ID_SYMBOL_CS
        FT_Incremental_MetricsRecFT_StringTT_MS_ID_UCS_4
        FT_Init_FreeTypeFT_StrokerTT_MS_ID_UNICODE_CS
        FT_IntFT_Stroker_BeginSubPathTT_MS_ID_WANSUNG
        FT_Int16FT_Stroker_ConicToTT_MS_ID_XXX
        FT_Int32FT_Stroker_CubicToTT_OS2
        FT_IS_CID_KEYEDFT_Stroker_DoneTT_PCLT
        FT_IS_FIXED_WIDTHFT_Stroker_EndSubPathTT_PLATFORM_ADOBE
        FT_IS_SCALABLEFT_Stroker_ExportTT_PLATFORM_APPLE_UNICODE
        FT_IS_SFNTFT_Stroker_ExportBorderTT_PLATFORM_CUSTOM
        FT_IS_TRICKYFT_Stroker_GetBorderCountsTT_PLATFORM_ISO
        FT_KERNING_DEFAULTFT_Stroker_GetCountsTT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH
        FT_KERNING_UNFITTEDFT_Stroker_LineCapTT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT
        FT_KERNING_UNSCALEDFT_Stroker_LineJoinTT_PLATFORM_XXX
        FT_Kerning_ModeFT_Stroker_LineToTT_Postscript
        FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULTFT_Stroker_NewTT_VertHeader
        FT_LCD_FILTER_HFT_Stroker_ParseOutline
        FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACYFT_Stroker_Rewind
        
+
        
+
+
        [TOC]
        
+
+
        generated on Thu Mar 12 10:57:36 2009
        
+
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-lcd_filtering.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-lcd_filtering.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9ae6a5f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-lcd_filtering.html
@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+
+
+
+
+FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
        FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
        
+
+
        
+LCD Filtering
+
        
+
        Synopsis
        
+
+
+
        FT_LcdFilterFT_Library_SetLcdFilter


        
+
+
        
+
        The FT_Library_SetLcdFilter API can be used to specify a low-pass filter which is then applied to LCD-optimized bitmaps generated through FT_Render_Glyph. This is useful to reduce color fringes which would occur with unfiltered rendering.
        
+
        Note that no filter is active by default, and that this function is not implemented in default builds of the library. You need to #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING in your ‘ftoption.h’ file in order to activate it.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        FT_LcdFilter
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_LCD_FILTER_H (freetype/ftlcdfil.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef enum  FT_LcdFilter_
+  {
+    FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE    = 0,
+    FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT = 1,
+    FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT   = 2,
+    FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY  = 16,
+
+    FT_LCD_FILTER_MAX   /* do not remove */
+
+  } FT_LcdFilter;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A list of values to identify various types of LCD filters.
        
+

        
+
        values
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
        FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE
+
        Do not perform filtering. When used with subpixel rendering, this results in sometimes severe color fringes.
        
+
        FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT
+
        The default filter reduces color fringes considerably, at the cost of a slight blurriness in the output.
        
+
        FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT
+
        The light filter is a variant that produces less blurriness at the cost of slightly more color fringes than the default one. It might be better, depending on taste, your monitor, or your personal vision.
        
+
        FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY
+
        This filter corresponds to the original libXft color filter. It provides high contrast output but can exhibit really bad color fringes if glyphs are not extremely well hinted to the pixel grid. In other words, it only works well if the TrueType bytecode interpreter is enabled and high-quality hinted fonts are used.
        
+
        This filter is only provided for comparison purposes, and might be disabled or stay unsupported in the future.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        since
        
+
        2.3.0
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Library_SetLcdFilter
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_LCD_FILTER_H (freetype/ftlcdfil.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Library_SetLcdFilter( FT_Library    library,
+                           FT_LcdFilter  filter );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        This function is used to apply color filtering to LCD decimated bitmaps, like the ones used when calling FT_Render_Glyph with FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD or FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        library
+
        A handle to the target library instance.
        
+
        filter
+
        The filter type.
        
+
        You can use FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE here to disable this feature, or FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT to use a default filter that should work well on most LCD screens.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        This feature is always disabled by default. Clients must make an explicit call to this function with a ‘filter’ value other than FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE in order to enable it.
        
+
        Due to PATENTS covering subpixel rendering, this function doesn't do anything except returning ‘FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature’ if the configuration macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING is not defined in your build of the library, which should correspond to all default builds of FreeType.
        
+
        The filter affects glyph bitmaps rendered through FT_Render_Glyph, FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap, FT_Load_Glyph, and FT_Load_Char.
        
+
        It does not affect the output of FT_Outline_Render and FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap.
        
+
        If this feature is activated, the dimensions of LCD glyph bitmaps are either larger or taller than the dimensions of the corresponding outline with regards to the pixel grid. For example, for FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD, the filter adds up to 3 pixels to the left, and up to 3 pixels to the right.
        
+
        The bitmap offset values are adjusted correctly, so clients shouldn't need to modify their layout and glyph positioning code when enabling the filter.
        
+
        
+
        since
        
+
        2.3.0
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
+
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-list_processing.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-list_processing.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bf0df50
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-list_processing.html
@@ -0,0 +1,467 @@
+
+
+
+
+FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
        FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
        
+
+
        
+List Processing
+
        
+
        Synopsis
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        FT_ListFT_List_AddFT_List_Iterate
        FT_ListNodeFT_List_InsertFT_List_Destructor
        FT_ListRecFT_List_RemoveFT_List_Finalize
        FT_ListNodeRecFT_List_Up
        FT_List_FindFT_List_Iterator


        
+
+
        
+
        This section contains various definitions related to list processing using doubly-linked nodes.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        FT_List
        
+
        
+
        A handle to a list record (see FT_ListRec).
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_ListNode
        
+
        
+
        Many elements and objects in FreeType are listed through an FT_List record (see FT_ListRec). As its name suggests, an FT_ListNode is a handle to a single list element.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_ListRec
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_TYPES_H (freetype/fttypes.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef struct  FT_ListRec_
+  {
+    FT_ListNode  head;
+    FT_ListNode  tail;
+
+  } FT_ListRec;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A structure used to hold a simple doubly-linked list. These are used in many parts of FreeType.
        
+

        
+
        fields
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        head
+
        The head (first element) of doubly-linked list.
        
+
        tail
+
        The tail (last element) of doubly-linked list.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_ListNodeRec
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_TYPES_H (freetype/fttypes.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef struct  FT_ListNodeRec_
+  {
+    FT_ListNode  prev;
+    FT_ListNode  next;
+    void*        data;
+
+  } FT_ListNodeRec;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A structure used to hold a single list element.
        
+

        
+
        fields
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
        prev
+
        The previous element in the list. NULL if first.
        
+
        next
+
        The next element in the list. NULL if last.
        
+
        data
+
        A typeless pointer to the listed object.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_List_Find
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_LIST_H (freetype/ftlist.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_ListNode )
+  FT_List_Find( FT_List  list,
+                void*    data );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Find the list node for a given listed object.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        list
+
        A pointer to the parent list.
        
+
        data
+
        The address of the listed object.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        List node. NULL if it wasn't found.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_List_Add
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_LIST_H (freetype/ftlist.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_List_Add( FT_List      list,
+               FT_ListNode  node );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Append an element to the end of a list.
        
+

        
+
        inout
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        list
+
        A pointer to the parent list.
        
+
        node
+
        The node to append.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_List_Insert
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_LIST_H (freetype/ftlist.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_List_Insert( FT_List      list,
+                  FT_ListNode  node );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Insert an element at the head of a list.
        
+

        
+
        inout
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        list
+
        A pointer to parent list.
        
+
        node
+
        The node to insert.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_List_Remove
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_LIST_H (freetype/ftlist.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_List_Remove( FT_List      list,
+                  FT_ListNode  node );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Remove a node from a list. This function doesn't check whether the node is in the list!
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        node
+
        The node to remove.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        inout
        
+
        
+
+
+
        list
+
        A pointer to the parent list.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_List_Up
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_LIST_H (freetype/ftlist.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_List_Up( FT_List      list,
+              FT_ListNode  node );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Move a node to the head/top of a list. Used to maintain LRU lists.
        
+

        
+
        inout
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        list
+
        A pointer to the parent list.
        
+
        node
+
        The node to move.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_List_Iterator
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_LIST_H (freetype/ftlist.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*FT_List_Iterator)( FT_ListNode  node,
+                       void*        user );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        An FT_List iterator function which is called during a list parse by FT_List_Iterate.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        node
+
        The current iteration list node.
        
+
        user
+
        A typeless pointer passed to FT_List_Iterate. Can be used to point to the iteration's state.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_List_Iterate
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_LIST_H (freetype/ftlist.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_List_Iterate( FT_List           list,
+                   FT_List_Iterator  iterator,
+                   void*             user );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Parse a list and calls a given iterator function on each element. Note that parsing is stopped as soon as one of the iterator calls returns a non-zero value.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
        list
+
        A handle to the list.
        
+
        iterator
+
        An iterator function, called on each node of the list.
        
+
        user
+
        A user-supplied field which is passed as the second argument to the iterator.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        The result (a FreeType error code) of the last iterator call.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_List_Destructor
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_LIST_H (freetype/ftlist.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef void
+  (*FT_List_Destructor)( FT_Memory  memory,
+                         void*      data,
+                         void*      user );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        An FT_List iterator function which is called during a list finalization by FT_List_Finalize to destroy all elements in a given list.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
        system
+
        The current system object.
        
+
        data
+
        The current object to destroy.
        
+
        user
+
        A typeless pointer passed to FT_List_Iterate. It can be used to point to the iteration's state.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_List_Finalize
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_LIST_H (freetype/ftlist.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_List_Finalize( FT_List             list,
+                    FT_List_Destructor  destroy,
+                    FT_Memory           memory,
+                    void*               user );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Destroy all elements in the list as well as the list itself.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
        list
+
        A handle to the list.
        
+
        destroy
+
        A list destructor that will be applied to each element of the list.
        
+
        memory
+
        The current memory object which handles deallocation.
        
+
        user
+
        A user-supplied field which is passed as the last argument to the destructor.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
+
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-lzw.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-lzw.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5ef0a5f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-lzw.html
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+
+
+
+
+FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
        FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
        
+
+
        
+LZW Streams
+
        
+
        Synopsis
        
+
+
+
        FT_Stream_OpenLZW


        
+
+
        
+
        This section contains the declaration of LZW-specific functions.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        FT_Stream_OpenLZW
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_LZW_H (freetype/ftlzw.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stream_OpenLZW( FT_Stream  stream,
+                     FT_Stream  source );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Open a new stream to parse LZW-compressed font files. This is mainly used to support the compressed ‘*.pcf.Z’ fonts that come with XFree86.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        stream
+
        The target embedding stream.
        
+
        source
+
        The source stream.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        The source stream must be opened before calling this function.
        
+
        Calling the internal function ‘FT_Stream_Close’ on the new stream will not call ‘FT_Stream_Close’ on the source stream. None of the stream objects will be released to the heap.
        
+
        The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream
        
+
        In certain builds of the library, LZW compression recognition is automatically handled when calling FT_New_Face or FT_Open_Face. This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw compressed file, the library will try to open a LZW stream from it and re-open the face with it.
        
+
        This function may return ‘FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature’ if your build of FreeType was not compiled with LZW support.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
+
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-mac_specific.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-mac_specific.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3528c72
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-mac_specific.html
@@ -0,0 +1,368 @@
+
+
+
+
+FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
        FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
        
+
+
        
+Mac Specific Interface
+
        
+
        Synopsis
        
+
+
+
+
+
        FT_New_Face_From_FONDFT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name
        FT_GetFile_From_Mac_NameFT_New_Face_From_FSSpec
        FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_NameFT_New_Face_From_FSRef


        
+
+
        
+
        The following definitions are only available if FreeType is compiled on a Macintosh.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        FT_New_Face_From_FOND
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_MAC_H (freetype/ftmac.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_New_Face_From_FOND( FT_Library  library,
+                         Handle      fond,
+                         FT_Long     face_index,
+                         FT_Face    *aface )
+                       FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Create a new face object from a FOND resource.
        
+

        
+
        inout
        
+
        
+
+
+
        library
+
        A handle to the library resource.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        fond
+
        A FOND resource.
        
+
        face_index
+
        Only supported for the -1 ‘sanity check’ special case.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
        aface
+
        A handle to a new face object.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        notes
        
+
        This function can be used to create FT_Face objects from fonts that are installed in the system as follows.
        
+
        +  fond = GetResource( 'FOND', fontName );                          
+  error = FT_New_Face_From_FOND( library, fond, 0, &face );        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_MAC_H (freetype/ftmac.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name( const char*  fontName,
+                            FSSpec*      pathSpec,
+                            FT_Long*     face_index )
+                          FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Return an FSSpec for the disk file containing the named font.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        fontName
+
        Mac OS name of the font (e.g., Times New Roman Bold).
        
+
        
+
        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        pathSpec
+
        FSSpec to the file. For passing to FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec.
        
+
        face_index
+
        Index of the face. For passing to FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_MAC_H (freetype/ftmac.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char*  fontName,
+                                FSSpec*      pathSpec,
+                                FT_Long*     face_index )
+                              FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Return an FSSpec for the disk file containing the named font.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        fontName
+
        Mac OS name of the font in ATS framework.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        pathSpec
+
        FSSpec to the file. For passing to FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec.
        
+
        face_index
+
        Index of the face. For passing to FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_MAC_H (freetype/ftmac.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char*  fontName,
+                                    UInt8*       path,
+                                    UInt32       maxPathSize,
+                                    FT_Long*     face_index )
+                                  FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Return a pathname of the disk file and face index for given font name which is handled by ATS framework.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        fontName
+
        Mac OS name of the font in ATS framework.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
        path
+
        Buffer to store pathname of the file. For passing to FT_New_Face. The client must allocate this buffer before calling this function.
        
+
        maxPathSize
+
        Lengths of the buffer ‘path’ that client allocated.
        
+
        face_index
+
        Index of the face. For passing to FT_New_Face.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_MAC_H (freetype/ftmac.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec( FT_Library     library,
+                           const FSSpec  *spec,
+                           FT_Long        face_index,
+                           FT_Face       *aface )
+                         FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Create a new face object from a given resource and typeface index using an FSSpec to the font file.
        
+

        
+
        inout
        
+
        
+
+
+
        library
+
        A handle to the library resource.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        spec
+
        FSSpec to the font file.
        
+
        face_index
+
        The index of the face within the resource. The first face has index 0.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
        aface
+
        A handle to a new face object.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec is identical to FT_New_Face except it accepts an FSSpec instead of a path.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_New_Face_From_FSRef
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_MAC_H (freetype/ftmac.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_New_Face_From_FSRef( FT_Library    library,
+                          const FSRef  *ref,
+                          FT_Long       face_index,
+                          FT_Face      *aface )
+                        FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Create a new face object from a given resource and typeface index using an FSRef to the font file.
        
+

        
+
        inout
        
+
        
+
+
+
        library
+
        A handle to the library resource.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        spec
+
        FSRef to the font file.
        
+
        face_index
+
        The index of the face within the resource. The first face has index 0.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
        aface
+
        A handle to a new face object.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        FT_New_Face_From_FSRef is identical to FT_New_Face except it accepts an FSRef instead of a path.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
+
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-module_management.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-module_management.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e621f27
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-module_management.html
@@ -0,0 +1,626 @@
+
+
+
+
+FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
        FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
        
+
+
        
+Module Management
+
        
+
        Synopsis
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        FT_Module_ConstructorFT_Get_ModuleFT_Add_Default_Modules
        FT_Module_DestructorFT_Remove_ModuleFT_Renderer_Class
        FT_Module_RequesterFT_New_LibraryFT_Get_Renderer
        FT_Module_ClassFT_Done_LibraryFT_Set_Renderer
        FT_Add_ModuleFT_Set_Debug_Hook


        
+
+
        
+
        The definitions below are used to manage modules within FreeType. Modules can be added, upgraded, and removed at runtime.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        FT_Module_Constructor
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_MODULE_H (freetype/ftmodapi.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*FT_Module_Constructor)( FT_Module  module );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A function used to initialize (not create) a new module object.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        module
+
        The module to initialize.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Module_Destructor
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_MODULE_H (freetype/ftmodapi.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef void
+  (*FT_Module_Destructor)( FT_Module  module );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A function used to finalize (not destroy) a given module object.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        module
+
        The module to finalize.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Module_Requester
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_MODULE_H (freetype/ftmodapi.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef FT_Module_Interface
+  (*FT_Module_Requester)( FT_Module    module,
+                          const char*  name );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A function used to query a given module for a specific interface.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        module
+
        The module to finalize.
        
+
        name
+
        The name of the interface in the module.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Module_Class
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_MODULE_H (freetype/ftmodapi.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef struct  FT_Module_Class_
+  {
+    FT_ULong               module_flags;
+    FT_Long                module_size;
+    const FT_String*       module_name;
+    FT_Fixed               module_version;
+    FT_Fixed               module_requires;
+
+    const void*            module_interface;
+
+    FT_Module_Constructor  module_init;
+    FT_Module_Destructor   module_done;
+    FT_Module_Requester    get_interface;
+
+  } FT_Module_Class;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        The module class descriptor.
        
+

        
+
        fields
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        module_flags
+
        Bit flags describing the module.
        
+
        module_size
+
        The size of one module object/instance in bytes.
        
+
        module_name
+
        The name of the module.
        
+
        module_version
+
        The version, as a 16.16 fixed number (major.minor).
        
+
        module_requires
+
        The version of FreeType this module requires, as a 16.16 fixed number (major.minor). Starts at version 2.0, i.e., 0x20000.
        
+
        module_init
+
        The initializing function.
        
+
        module_done
+
        The finalizing function.
        
+
        get_interface
+
        The interface requesting function.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Add_Module
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_MODULE_H (freetype/ftmodapi.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Add_Module( FT_Library              library,
+                 const FT_Module_Class*  clazz );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Add a new module to a given library instance.
        
+

        
+
        inout
        
+
        
+
+
+
        library
+
        A handle to the library object.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        clazz
+
        A pointer to class descriptor for the module.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        An error will be returned if a module already exists by that name, or if the module requires a version of FreeType that is too great.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Get_Module
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_MODULE_H (freetype/ftmodapi.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Module )
+  FT_Get_Module( FT_Library   library,
+                 const char*  module_name );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Find a module by its name.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        library
+
        A handle to the library object.
        
+
        module_name
+
        The module's name (as an ASCII string).
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        A module handle. 0 if none was found.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        FreeType's internal modules aren't documented very well, and you should look up the source code for details.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Remove_Module
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_MODULE_H (freetype/ftmodapi.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Remove_Module( FT_Library  library,
+                    FT_Module   module );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Remove a given module from a library instance.
        
+

        
+
        inout
        
+
        
+
+
+
        library
+
        A handle to a library object.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        module
+
        A handle to a module object.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        The module object is destroyed by the function in case of success.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_New_Library
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_MODULE_H (freetype/ftmodapi.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_New_Library( FT_Memory    memory,
+                  FT_Library  *alibrary );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        This function is used to create a new FreeType library instance from a given memory object. It is thus possible to use libraries with distinct memory allocators within the same program.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        memory
+
        A handle to the original memory object.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
        alibrary
+
        A pointer to handle of a new library object.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Done_Library
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_MODULE_H (freetype/ftmodapi.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Done_Library( FT_Library  library );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Discard a given library object. This closes all drivers and discards all resource objects.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        library
+
        A handle to the target library.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Set_Debug_Hook
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_MODULE_H (freetype/ftmodapi.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_Set_Debug_Hook( FT_Library         library,
+                     FT_UInt            hook_index,
+                     FT_DebugHook_Func  debug_hook );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Set a debug hook function for debugging the interpreter of a font format.
        
+

        
+
        inout
        
+
        
+
+
+
        library
+
        A handle to the library object.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        hook_index
+
        The index of the debug hook. You should use the values defined in ‘ftobjs.h’, e.g., ‘FT_DEBUG_HOOK_TRUETYPE’.
        
+
        debug_hook
+
        The function used to debug the interpreter.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        Currently, four debug hook slots are available, but only two (for the TrueType and the Type 1 interpreter) are defined.
        
+
        Since the internal headers of FreeType are no longer installed, the symbol ‘FT_DEBUG_HOOK_TRUETYPE’ isn't available publicly. This is a bug and will be fixed in a forthcoming release.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Add_Default_Modules
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_MODULE_H (freetype/ftmodapi.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_Add_Default_Modules( FT_Library  library );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Add the set of default drivers to a given library object. This is only useful when you create a library object with FT_New_Library (usually to plug a custom memory manager).
        
+

        
+
        inout
        
+
        
+
+
+
        library
+
        A handle to a new library object.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Renderer_Class
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_RENDER_H (freetype/ftrender.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef struct  FT_Renderer_Class_
+  {
+    FT_Module_Class            root;
+
+    FT_Glyph_Format            glyph_format;
+
+    FT_Renderer_RenderFunc     render_glyph;
+    FT_Renderer_TransformFunc  transform_glyph;
+    FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc    get_glyph_cbox;
+    FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc    set_mode;
+
+    FT_Raster_Funcs*           raster_class;
+
+  } FT_Renderer_Class;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        The renderer module class descriptor.
        
+

        
+
        fields
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        root
+
        The root FT_Module_Class fields.
        
+
        glyph_format
+
        The glyph image format this renderer handles.
        
+
        render_glyph
+
        A method used to render the image that is in a given glyph slot into a bitmap.
        
+
        transform_glyph
+
        A method used to transform the image that is in a given glyph slot.
        
+
        get_glyph_cbox
+
        A method used to access the glyph's cbox.
        
+
        set_mode
+
        A method used to pass additional parameters.
        
+
        raster_class
+
        For FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE renderers only. This is a pointer to its raster's class.
        
+
        raster
+
        For FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE renderers only. This is a pointer to the corresponding raster object, if any.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Get_Renderer
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_RENDER_H (freetype/ftrender.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Renderer )
+  FT_Get_Renderer( FT_Library       library,
+                   FT_Glyph_Format  format );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Retrieve the current renderer for a given glyph format.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        library
+
        A handle to the library object.
        
+
        format
+
        The glyph format.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        A renderer handle. 0 if none found.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        An error will be returned if a module already exists by that name, or if the module requires a version of FreeType that is too great.
        
+
        To add a new renderer, simply use FT_Add_Module. To retrieve a renderer by its name, use FT_Get_Module.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Set_Renderer
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_RENDER_H (freetype/ftrender.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Set_Renderer( FT_Library     library,
+                   FT_Renderer    renderer,
+                   FT_UInt        num_params,
+                   FT_Parameter*  parameters );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Set the current renderer to use, and set additional mode.
        
+

        
+
        inout
        
+
        
+
+
+
        library
+
        A handle to the library object.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
        renderer
+
        A handle to the renderer object.
        
+
        num_params
+
        The number of additional parameters.
        
+
        parameters
+
        Additional parameters.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        In case of success, the renderer will be used to convert glyph images in the renderer's known format into bitmaps.
        
+
        This doesn't change the current renderer for other formats.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
+
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-multiple_masters.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-multiple_masters.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a977f87
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-multiple_masters.html
@@ -0,0 +1,511 @@
+
+
+
+
+FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
        FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
        
+
+
        
+Multiple Masters
+
        
+
        Synopsis
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        FT_MM_AxisFT_Get_MM_Var
        FT_Multi_MasterFT_Set_MM_Design_Coordinates
        FT_Var_AxisFT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates
        FT_Var_Named_StyleFT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates
        FT_MM_VarFT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates
        FT_Get_Multi_Master


        
+
+
        
+
        The following types and functions are used to manage Multiple Master fonts, i.e., the selection of specific design instances by setting design axis coordinates.
        
+
        George Williams has extended this interface to make it work with both Type 1 Multiple Masters fonts and GX distortable (var) fonts. Some of these routines only work with MM fonts, others will work with both types. They are similar enough that a consistent interface makes sense.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        FT_MM_Axis
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H (freetype/ftmm.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef struct  FT_MM_Axis_
+  {
+    FT_String*  name;
+    FT_Long     minimum;
+    FT_Long     maximum;
+
+  } FT_MM_Axis;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A simple structure used to model a given axis in design space for Multiple Masters fonts.
        
+
        This structure can't be used for GX var fonts.
        
+

        
+
        fields
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
        name
+
        The axis's name.
        
+
        minimum
+
        The axis's minimum design coordinate.
        
+
        maximum
+
        The axis's maximum design coordinate.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Multi_Master
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H (freetype/ftmm.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef struct  FT_Multi_Master_
+  {
+    FT_UInt     num_axis;
+    FT_UInt     num_designs;
+    FT_MM_Axis  axis[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];
+
+  } FT_Multi_Master;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A structure used to model the axes and space of a Multiple Masters font.
        
+
        This structure can't be used for GX var fonts.
        
+

        
+
        fields
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
        num_axis
+
        Number of axes. Cannot exceed 4.
        
+
        num_designs
+
        Number of designs; should be normally 2^num_axis even though the Type 1 specification strangely allows for intermediate designs to be present. This number cannot exceed 16.
        
+
        axis
+
        A table of axis descriptors.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Var_Axis
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H (freetype/ftmm.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef struct  FT_Var_Axis_
+  {
+    FT_String*  name;
+
+    FT_Fixed    minimum;
+    FT_Fixed    def;
+    FT_Fixed    maximum;
+
+    FT_ULong    tag;
+    FT_UInt     strid;
+
+  } FT_Var_Axis;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A simple structure used to model a given axis in design space for Multiple Masters and GX var fonts.
        
+

        
+
        fields
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        name
+
        The axis's name. Not always meaningful for GX.
        
+
        minimum
+
        The axis's minimum design coordinate.
        
+
        def
+
        The axis's default design coordinate. FreeType computes meaningful default values for MM; it is then an integer value, not in 16.16 format.
        
+
        maximum
+
        The axis's maximum design coordinate.
        
+
        tag
+
        The axis's tag (the GX equivalent to ‘name’). FreeType provides default values for MM if possible.
        
+
        strid
+
        The entry in ‘name’ table (another GX version of ‘name’). Not meaningful for MM.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Var_Named_Style
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H (freetype/ftmm.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef struct  FT_Var_Named_Style_
+  {
+    FT_Fixed*  coords;
+    FT_UInt    strid;
+
+  } FT_Var_Named_Style;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A simple structure used to model a named style in a GX var font.
        
+
        This structure can't be used for MM fonts.
        
+

        
+
        fields
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        coords
+
        The design coordinates for this style. This is an array with one entry for each axis.
        
+
        strid
+
        The entry in ‘name’ table identifying this style.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_MM_Var
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H (freetype/ftmm.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef struct  FT_MM_Var_
+  {
+    FT_UInt              num_axis;
+    FT_UInt              num_designs;
+    FT_UInt              num_namedstyles;
+    FT_Var_Axis*         axis;
+    FT_Var_Named_Style*  namedstyle;
+
+  } FT_MM_Var;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A structure used to model the axes and space of a Multiple Masters or GX var distortable font.
        
+
        Some fields are specific to one format and not to the other.
        
+

        
+
        fields
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        num_axis
+
        The number of axes. The maximum value is 4 for MM; no limit in GX.
        
+
        num_designs
+
        The number of designs; should be normally 2^num_axis for MM fonts. Not meaningful for GX (where every glyph could have a different number of designs).
        
+
        num_namedstyles
+
        The number of named styles; only meaningful for GX which allows certain design coordinates to have a string ID (in the ‘name’ table) associated with them. The font can tell the user that, for example, Weight=1.5 is ‘Bold’.
        
+
        axis
+
        A table of axis descriptors. GX fonts contain slightly more data than MM.
        
+
        namedstyles
+
        A table of named styles. Only meaningful with GX.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Get_Multi_Master
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H (freetype/ftmm.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_Multi_Master( FT_Face           face,
+                       FT_Multi_Master  *amaster );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Retrieve the Multiple Master descriptor of a given font.
        
+
        This function can't be used with GX fonts.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        face
+
        A handle to the source face.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
        amaster
+
        The Multiple Masters descriptor.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Get_MM_Var
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H (freetype/ftmm.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_MM_Var( FT_Face      face,
+                 FT_MM_Var*  *amaster );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Retrieve the Multiple Master/GX var descriptor of a given font.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        face
+
        A handle to the source face.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
        amaster
+
        The Multiple Masters/GX var descriptor. Allocates a data structure, which the user must free (a single call to FT_FREE will do it).
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Set_MM_Design_Coordinates
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H (freetype/ftmm.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Set_MM_Design_Coordinates( FT_Face   face,
+                                FT_UInt   num_coords,
+                                FT_Long*  coords );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        For Multiple Masters fonts, choose an interpolated font design through design coordinates.
        
+
        This function can't be used with GX fonts.
        
+

        
+
        inout
        
+
        
+
+
+
        face
+
        A handle to the source face.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        num_coords
+
        The number of design coordinates (must be equal to the number of axes in the font).
        
+
        coords
+
        An array of design coordinates.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H (freetype/ftmm.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates( FT_Face    face,
+                                 FT_UInt    num_coords,
+                                 FT_Fixed*  coords );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        For Multiple Master or GX Var fonts, choose an interpolated font design through design coordinates.
        
+

        
+
        inout
        
+
        
+
+
+
        face
+
        A handle to the source face.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        num_coords
+
        The number of design coordinates (must be equal to the number of axes in the font).
        
+
        coords
+
        An array of design coordinates.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H (freetype/ftmm.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face    face,
+                               FT_UInt    num_coords,
+                               FT_Fixed*  coords );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        For Multiple Masters and GX var fonts, choose an interpolated font design through normalized blend coordinates.
        
+

        
+
        inout
        
+
        
+
+
+
        face
+
        A handle to the source face.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        num_coords
+
        The number of design coordinates (must be equal to the number of axes in the font).
        
+
        coords
+
        The design coordinates array (each element must be between 0 and 1.0).
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H (freetype/ftmm.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face    face,
+                                FT_UInt    num_coords,
+                                FT_Fixed*  coords );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        This is another name of FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
+
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-ot_validation.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-ot_validation.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e2289ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-ot_validation.html
@@ -0,0 +1,208 @@
+
+
+
+
+FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
        FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
        
+
+
        
+OpenType Validation
+
        
+
        Synopsis
        
+
+
+
        FT_VALIDATE_OTXXXFT_OpenType_ValidateFT_OpenType_Free


        
+
+
        
+
        This section contains the declaration of functions to validate some OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF, GPOS, GSUB, JSTF, MATH).
        
+

        
+
        
+
        FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H (freetype/ftotval.h).
+

        
+
        +
+#define FT_VALIDATE_BASE  0x0100
+#define FT_VALIDATE_GDEF  0x0200
+#define FT_VALIDATE_GPOS  0x0400
+#define FT_VALIDATE_GSUB  0x0800
+#define FT_VALIDATE_JSTF  0x1000
+#define FT_VALIDATE_MATH  0x2000
+
+#define FT_VALIDATE_OT  FT_VALIDATE_BASE | \
+                        FT_VALIDATE_GDEF | \
+                        FT_VALIDATE_GPOS | \
+                        FT_VALIDATE_GSUB | \
+                        FT_VALIDATE_JSTF | \
+                        FT_VALIDATE_MATH
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A list of bit-field constants used with FT_OpenType_Validate to indicate which OpenType tables should be validated.
        
+

        
+
        values
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        FT_VALIDATE_BASE
+
        Validate BASE table.
        
+
        FT_VALIDATE_GDEF
+
        Validate GDEF table.
        
+
        FT_VALIDATE_GPOS
+
        Validate GPOS table.
        
+
        FT_VALIDATE_GSUB
+
        Validate GSUB table.
        
+
        FT_VALIDATE_JSTF
+
        Validate JSTF table.
        
+
        FT_VALIDATE_MATH
+
        Validate MATH table.
        
+
        FT_VALIDATE_OT
+
        Validate all OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF, GPOS, GSUB, JSTF, MATH).
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_OpenType_Validate
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H (freetype/ftotval.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_OpenType_Validate( FT_Face    face,
+                        FT_UInt    validation_flags,
+                        FT_Bytes  *BASE_table,
+                        FT_Bytes  *GDEF_table,
+                        FT_Bytes  *GPOS_table,
+                        FT_Bytes  *GSUB_table,
+                        FT_Bytes  *JSTF_table );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Validate various OpenType tables to assure that all offsets and indices are valid. The idea is that a higher-level library which actually does the text layout can access those tables without error checking (which can be quite time consuming).
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        face
+
        A handle to the input face.
        
+
        validation_flags
+
        A bit field which specifies the tables to be validated. See FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX for possible values.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        BASE_table
+
        A pointer to the BASE table.
        
+
        GDEF_table
+
        A pointer to the GDEF table.
        
+
        GPOS_table
+
        A pointer to the GPOS table.
        
+
        GSUB_table
+
        A pointer to the GSUB table.
        
+
        JSTF_table
+
        A pointer to the JSTF table.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        This function only works with OpenType fonts, returning an error otherwise.
        
+
        After use, the application should deallocate the five tables with FT_OpenType_Free. A NULL value indicates that the table either doesn't exist in the font, or the application hasn't asked for validation.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_OpenType_Free
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H (freetype/ftotval.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_OpenType_Free( FT_Face   face,
+                    FT_Bytes  table );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Free the buffer allocated by OpenType validator.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        face
+
        A handle to the input face.
        
+
        table
+
        The pointer to the buffer that is allocated by FT_OpenType_Validate.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by FT_OpenType_Validate only.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
+
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-outline_processing.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-outline_processing.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d0b670e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-outline_processing.html
@@ -0,0 +1,1106 @@
+
+
+
+
+FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
        FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
        
+
+
        
+Outline Processing
+
        
+
        Synopsis
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        FT_OutlineFT_Outline_MoveToFunc
        FT_OUTLINE_FLAGSFT_Outline_LineToFunc
        FT_Outline_NewFT_Outline_ConicToFunc
        FT_Outline_DoneFT_Outline_CubicToFunc
        FT_Outline_CopyFT_Outline_Funcs
        FT_Outline_TranslateFT_Outline_Decompose
        FT_Outline_TransformFT_Outline_Get_CBox
        FT_Outline_EmboldenFT_Outline_Get_Bitmap
        FT_Outline_ReverseFT_Outline_Render
        FT_Outline_CheckFT_Orientation
        FT_Outline_Get_BBoxFT_Outline_Get_Orientation
        ft_outline_flags


        
+
+
        
+
        This section contains routines used to create and destroy scalable glyph images known as ‘outlines’. These can also be measured, transformed, and converted into bitmaps and pixmaps.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        FT_Outline
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_IMAGE_H (freetype/ftimage.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef struct  FT_Outline_
+  {
+    short       n_contours;      /* number of contours in glyph        */
+    short       n_points;        /* number of points in the glyph      */
+
+    FT_Vector*  points;          /* the outline's points               */
+    char*       tags;            /* the points flags                   */
+    short*      contours;        /* the contour end points             */
+
+    int         flags;           /* outline masks                      */
+
+  } FT_Outline;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        This structure is used to describe an outline to the scan-line converter.
        
+

        
+
        fields
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        n_contours
+
        The number of contours in the outline.
        
+
        n_points
+
        The number of points in the outline.
        
+
        points
+
        A pointer to an array of ‘n_points’ FT_Vector elements, giving the outline's point coordinates.
        
+
        tags
+
        A pointer to an array of ‘n_points’ chars, giving each outline point's type. If bit 0 is unset, the point is ‘off’ the curve, i.e., a Bézier control point, while it is ‘on’ when set.
        
+
        Bit 1 is meaningful for ‘off’ points only. If set, it indicates a third-order Bézier arc control point; and a second-order control point if unset.
        
+
        contours
+
        An array of ‘n_contours’ shorts, giving the end point of each contour within the outline. For example, the first contour is defined by the points ‘0’ to ‘contours[0]’, the second one is defined by the points ‘contours[0]+1’ to ‘contours[1]’, etc.
        
+
        flags
+
        A set of bit flags used to characterize the outline and give hints to the scan-converter and hinter on how to convert/grid-fit it. See FT_OUTLINE_FLAGS.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_OUTLINE_FLAGS
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_IMAGE_H (freetype/ftimage.h).
+

        
+
        +
+#define FT_OUTLINE_NONE             0x0
+#define FT_OUTLINE_OWNER            0x1
+#define FT_OUTLINE_EVEN_ODD_FILL    0x2
+#define FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL     0x4
+#define FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS  0x8
+#define FT_OUTLINE_SMART_DROPOUTS   0x10
+#define FT_OUTLINE_INCLUDE_STUBS    0x20
+
+#define FT_OUTLINE_HIGH_PRECISION   0x100
+#define FT_OUTLINE_SINGLE_PASS      0x200
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A list of bit-field constants use for the flags in an outline's ‘flags’ field.
        
+

        
+
        values
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        FT_OUTLINE_NONE
+
        Value 0 is reserved.
        
+
        FT_OUTLINE_OWNER
+
        If set, this flag indicates that the outline's field arrays (i.e., ‘points’, ‘flags’, and ‘contours’) are ‘owned’ by the outline object, and should thus be freed when it is destroyed.
        
+
        FT_OUTLINE_EVEN_ODD_FILL
        
+
        By default, outlines are filled using the non-zero winding rule. If set to 1, the outline will be filled using the even-odd fill rule (only works with the smooth raster).
        
+
        FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL
        
+
        By default, outside contours of an outline are oriented in clock-wise direction, as defined in the TrueType specification. This flag is set if the outline uses the opposite direction (typically for Type 1 fonts). This flag is ignored by the scan converter.
        
+
        FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS
        
+
        By default, the scan converter will try to detect drop-outs in an outline and correct the glyph bitmap to ensure consistent shape continuity. If set, this flag hints the scan-line converter to ignore such cases.
        
+
        FT_OUTLINE_SMART_DROPOUTS
        
+
        Select smart dropout control. If unset, use simple dropout control. Ignored if FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS is set.
        
+
        FT_OUTLINE_INCLUDE_STUBS
        
+
        If set, turn pixels on for ‘stubs’, otherwise exclude them. Ignored if FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS is set.
        
+
        FT_OUTLINE_HIGH_PRECISION
        
+
        This flag indicates that the scan-line converter should try to convert this outline to bitmaps with the highest possible quality. It is typically set for small character sizes. Note that this is only a hint that might be completely ignored by a given scan-converter.
        
+
        FT_OUTLINE_SINGLE_PASS
+
        This flag is set to force a given scan-converter to only use a single pass over the outline to render a bitmap glyph image. Normally, it is set for very large character sizes. It is only a hint that might be completely ignored by a given scan-converter.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        Please refer to the description of the ‘SCANTYPE’ instruction in the OpenType specification (in file ‘ttinst1.doc’) how simple drop-outs, smart drop-outs, and stubs are defined.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Outline_New
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_OUTLINE_H (freetype/ftoutln.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Outline_New( FT_Library   library,
+                  FT_UInt      numPoints,
+                  FT_Int       numContours,
+                  FT_Outline  *anoutline );
+
+
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Outline_New_Internal( FT_Memory    memory,
+                           FT_UInt      numPoints,
+                           FT_Int       numContours,
+                           FT_Outline  *anoutline );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Create a new outline of a given size.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
        library
+
        A handle to the library object from where the outline is allocated. Note however that the new outline will not necessarily be freed, when destroying the library, by FT_Done_FreeType.
        
+
        numPoints
+
        The maximal number of points within the outline.
        
+
        numContours
+
        The maximal number of contours within the outline.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
        anoutline
+
        A handle to the new outline.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        The reason why this function takes a ‘library’ parameter is simply to use the library's memory allocator.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Outline_Done
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_OUTLINE_H (freetype/ftoutln.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Outline_Done( FT_Library   library,
+                   FT_Outline*  outline );
+
+
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Outline_Done_Internal( FT_Memory    memory,
+                            FT_Outline*  outline );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Destroy an outline created with FT_Outline_New.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        library
+
        A handle of the library object used to allocate the outline.
        
+
        outline
+
        A pointer to the outline object to be discarded.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        If the outline's ‘owner’ field is not set, only the outline descriptor will be released.
        
+
        The reason why this function takes an ‘library’ parameter is simply to use ft_mem_free().
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Outline_Copy
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_OUTLINE_H (freetype/ftoutln.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Outline_Copy( const FT_Outline*  source,
+                   FT_Outline        *target );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Copy an outline into another one. Both objects must have the same sizes (number of points & number of contours) when this function is called.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        source
+
        A handle to the source outline.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
        target
+
        A handle to the target outline.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Outline_Translate
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_OUTLINE_H (freetype/ftoutln.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_Outline_Translate( const FT_Outline*  outline,
+                        FT_Pos             xOffset,
+                        FT_Pos             yOffset );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Apply a simple translation to the points of an outline.
        
+

        
+
        inout
        
+
        
+
+
+
        outline
+
        A pointer to the target outline descriptor.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        xOffset
+
        The horizontal offset.
        
+
        yOffset
+
        The vertical offset.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Outline_Transform
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_OUTLINE_H (freetype/ftoutln.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_Outline_Transform( const FT_Outline*  outline,
+                        const FT_Matrix*   matrix );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Apply a simple 2x2 matrix to all of an outline's points. Useful for applying rotations, slanting, flipping, etc.
        
+

        
+
        inout
        
+
        
+
+
+
        outline
+
        A pointer to the target outline descriptor.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        matrix
+
        A pointer to the transformation matrix.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        You can use FT_Outline_Translate if you need to translate the outline's points.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Outline_Embolden
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_OUTLINE_H (freetype/ftoutln.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Outline_Embolden( FT_Outline*  outline,
+                       FT_Pos       strength );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Embolden an outline. The new outline will be at most 4 times ‘strength’ pixels wider and higher. You may think of the left and bottom borders as unchanged.
        
+
        Negative ‘strength’ values to reduce the outline thickness are possible also.
        
+

        
+
        inout
        
+
        
+
+
+
        outline
+
        A handle to the target outline.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        strength
+
        How strong the glyph is emboldened. Expressed in 26.6 pixel format.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        The used algorithm to increase or decrease the thickness of the glyph doesn't change the number of points; this means that certain situations like acute angles or intersections are sometimes handled incorrectly.
        
+
        If you need ‘better’ metrics values you should call FT_Outline_Get_CBox ot FT_Outline_Get_BBox.
        
+
        Example call:
        
+
        +  FT_Load_Glyph( face, index, FT_LOAD_DEFAULT );                   
+  if ( face->slot->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE )             
+    FT_Outline_Embolden( &face->slot->outline, strength );         
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Outline_Reverse
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_OUTLINE_H (freetype/ftoutln.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_Outline_Reverse( FT_Outline*  outline );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Reverse the drawing direction of an outline. This is used to ensure consistent fill conventions for mirrored glyphs.
        
+

        
+
        inout
        
+
        
+
+
+
        outline
+
        A pointer to the target outline descriptor.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        This function toggles the bit flag FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL in the outline's ‘flags’ field.
        
+
        It shouldn't be used by a normal client application, unless it knows what it is doing.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Outline_Check
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_OUTLINE_H (freetype/ftoutln.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Outline_Check( FT_Outline*  outline );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Check the contents of an outline descriptor.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        outline
+
        A handle to a source outline.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Outline_Get_BBox
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_BBOX_H (freetype/ftbbox.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Outline_Get_BBox( FT_Outline*  outline,
+                       FT_BBox     *abbox );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Compute the exact bounding box of an outline. This is slower than computing the control box. However, it uses an advanced algorithm which returns very quickly when the two boxes coincide. Otherwise, the outline Bézier arcs are traversed to extract their extrema.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        outline
+
        A pointer to the source outline.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
        abbox
+
        The outline's exact bounding box.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        ft_outline_flags
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_IMAGE_H (freetype/ftimage.h).
+

        
+
        +
+#define ft_outline_none             FT_OUTLINE_NONE
+#define ft_outline_owner            FT_OUTLINE_OWNER
+#define ft_outline_even_odd_fill    FT_OUTLINE_EVEN_ODD_FILL
+#define ft_outline_reverse_fill     FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL
+#define ft_outline_ignore_dropouts  FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS
+#define ft_outline_high_precision   FT_OUTLINE_HIGH_PRECISION
+#define ft_outline_single_pass      FT_OUTLINE_SINGLE_PASS
+
+

        
+
        
+
        These constants are deprecated. Please use the corresponding FT_OUTLINE_FLAGS values.
        
+

        
+
        values
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        ft_outline_none
+
        See FT_OUTLINE_NONE.
        
+
        ft_outline_owner
+
        See FT_OUTLINE_OWNER.
        
+
        ft_outline_even_odd_fill
        
+
        See FT_OUTLINE_EVEN_ODD_FILL.
        
+
        ft_outline_reverse_fill
        
+
        See FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL.
        
+
        ft_outline_ignore_dropouts
        
+
        See FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS.
        
+
        ft_outline_high_precision
        
+
        See FT_OUTLINE_HIGH_PRECISION.
        
+
        ft_outline_single_pass
+
        See FT_OUTLINE_SINGLE_PASS.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Outline_MoveToFunc
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_IMAGE_H (freetype/ftimage.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef int
+  (*FT_Outline_MoveToFunc)( const FT_Vector*  to,
+                            void*             user );
+
+#define FT_Outline_MoveTo_Func  FT_Outline_MoveToFunc
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A function pointer type used to describe the signature of a ‘move to’ function during outline walking/decomposition.
        
+
        A ‘move to’ is emitted to start a new contour in an outline.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        to
+
        A pointer to the target point of the ‘move to’.
        
+
        user
+
        A typeless pointer which is passed from the caller of the decomposition function.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        Error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Outline_LineToFunc
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_IMAGE_H (freetype/ftimage.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef int
+  (*FT_Outline_LineToFunc)( const FT_Vector*  to,
+                            void*             user );
+
+#define FT_Outline_LineTo_Func  FT_Outline_LineToFunc
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A function pointer type used to describe the signature of a ‘line to’ function during outline walking/decomposition.
        
+
        A ‘line to’ is emitted to indicate a segment in the outline.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        to
+
        A pointer to the target point of the ‘line to’.
        
+
        user
+
        A typeless pointer which is passed from the caller of the decomposition function.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        Error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Outline_ConicToFunc
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_IMAGE_H (freetype/ftimage.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef int
+  (*FT_Outline_ConicToFunc)( const FT_Vector*  control,
+                             const FT_Vector*  to,
+                             void*             user );
+
+#define FT_Outline_ConicTo_Func  FT_Outline_ConicToFunc
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A function pointer type use to describe the signature of a ‘conic to’ function during outline walking/decomposition.
        
+
        A ‘conic to’ is emitted to indicate a second-order Bézier arc in the outline.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
        control
+
        An intermediate control point between the last position and the new target in ‘to’.
        
+
        to
+
        A pointer to the target end point of the conic arc.
        
+
        user
+
        A typeless pointer which is passed from the caller of the decomposition function.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        Error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Outline_CubicToFunc
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_IMAGE_H (freetype/ftimage.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef int
+  (*FT_Outline_CubicToFunc)( const FT_Vector*  control1,
+                             const FT_Vector*  control2,
+                             const FT_Vector*  to,
+                             void*             user );
+
+#define FT_Outline_CubicTo_Func  FT_Outline_CubicToFunc
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A function pointer type used to describe the signature of a ‘cubic to’ function during outline walking/decomposition.
        
+
        A ‘cubic to’ is emitted to indicate a third-order Bézier arc.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
        control1
+
        A pointer to the first Bézier control point.
        
+
        control2
+
        A pointer to the second Bézier control point.
        
+
        to
+
        A pointer to the target end point.
        
+
        user
+
        A typeless pointer which is passed from the caller of the decomposition function.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        Error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Outline_Funcs
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_IMAGE_H (freetype/ftimage.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef struct  FT_Outline_Funcs_
+  {
+    FT_Outline_MoveToFunc   move_to;
+    FT_Outline_LineToFunc   line_to;
+    FT_Outline_ConicToFunc  conic_to;
+    FT_Outline_CubicToFunc  cubic_to;
+
+    int                     shift;
+    FT_Pos                  delta;
+
+  } FT_Outline_Funcs;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A structure to hold various function pointers used during outline decomposition in order to emit segments, conic, and cubic Béziers, as well as ‘move to’ and ‘close to’ operations.
        
+

        
+
        fields
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        move_to
+
        The ‘move to’ emitter.
        
+
        line_to
+
        The segment emitter.
        
+
        conic_to
+
        The second-order Bézier arc emitter.
        
+
        cubic_to
+
        The third-order Bézier arc emitter.
        
+
        shift
+
        The shift that is applied to coordinates before they are sent to the emitter.
        
+
        delta
+
        The delta that is applied to coordinates before they are sent to the emitter, but after the shift.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        The point coordinates sent to the emitters are the transformed version of the original coordinates (this is important for high accuracy during scan-conversion). The transformation is simple:
        
+
        +  x' = (x << shift) - delta                                        
+  y' = (x << shift) - delta                                        
+
        
+
        Set the value of ‘shift’ and ‘delta’ to 0 to get the original point coordinates.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Outline_Decompose
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_OUTLINE_H (freetype/ftoutln.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Outline_Decompose( FT_Outline*              outline,
+                        const FT_Outline_Funcs*  func_interface,
+                        void*                    user );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Walk over an outline's structure to decompose it into individual segments and Bézier arcs. This function is also able to emit ‘move to’ and ‘close to’ operations to indicate the start and end of new contours in the outline.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        outline
+
        A pointer to the source target.
        
+
        func_interface
+
        A table of ‘emitters’, i.e., function pointers called during decomposition to indicate path operations.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        inout
        
+
        
+
+
+
        user
+
        A typeless pointer which is passed to each emitter during the decomposition. It can be used to store the state during the decomposition.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Outline_Get_CBox
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_OUTLINE_H (freetype/ftoutln.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_Outline_Get_CBox( const FT_Outline*  outline,
+                       FT_BBox           *acbox );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Return an outline's ‘control box’. The control box encloses all the outline's points, including Bézier control points. Though it coincides with the exact bounding box for most glyphs, it can be slightly larger in some situations (like when rotating an outline which contains Bézier outside arcs).
        
+
        Computing the control box is very fast, while getting the bounding box can take much more time as it needs to walk over all segments and arcs in the outline. To get the latter, you can use the ‘ftbbox’ component which is dedicated to this single task.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        outline
+
        A pointer to the source outline descriptor.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
        acbox
+
        The outline's control box.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_OUTLINE_H (freetype/ftoutln.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap( FT_Library        library,
+                         FT_Outline*       outline,
+                         const FT_Bitmap  *abitmap );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Render an outline within a bitmap. The outline's image is simply OR-ed to the target bitmap.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        library
+
        A handle to a FreeType library object.
        
+
        outline
+
        A pointer to the source outline descriptor.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        inout
        
+
        
+
+
+
        abitmap
+
        A pointer to the target bitmap descriptor.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        This function does NOT CREATE the bitmap, it only renders an outline image within the one you pass to it! Consequently, the various fields in ‘abitmap’ should be set accordingly.
        
+
        It will use the raster corresponding to the default glyph format.
        
+
        The value of the ‘num_grays’ field in ‘abitmap’ is ignored. If you select the gray-level rasterizer, and you want less than 256 gray levels, you have to use FT_Outline_Render directly.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Outline_Render
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_OUTLINE_H (freetype/ftoutln.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Outline_Render( FT_Library         library,
+                     FT_Outline*        outline,
+                     FT_Raster_Params*  params );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Render an outline within a bitmap using the current scan-convert. This function uses an FT_Raster_Params structure as an argument, allowing advanced features like direct composition, translucency, etc.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        library
+
        A handle to a FreeType library object.
        
+
        outline
+
        A pointer to the source outline descriptor.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        inout
        
+
        
+
+
+
        params
+
        A pointer to an FT_Raster_Params structure used to describe the rendering operation.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        You should know what you are doing and how FT_Raster_Params works to use this function.
        
+
        The field ‘params.source’ will be set to ‘outline’ before the scan converter is called, which means that the value you give to it is actually ignored.
        
+
        The gray-level rasterizer always uses 256 gray levels. If you want less gray levels, you have to provide your own span callback. See the FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT value of the ‘flags’ field in the FT_Raster_Params structure for more details.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Orientation
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_OUTLINE_H (freetype/ftoutln.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef enum  FT_Orientation_
+  {
+    FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE   = 0,
+    FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT = 1,
+    FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_RIGHT = FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE,
+    FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_LEFT  = FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT,
+    FT_ORIENTATION_NONE
+
+  } FT_Orientation;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A list of values used to describe an outline's contour orientation.
        
+
        The TrueType and PostScript specifications use different conventions to determine whether outline contours should be filled or unfilled.
        
+

        
+
        values
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE
        
+
        According to the TrueType specification, clockwise contours must be filled, and counter-clockwise ones must be unfilled.
        
+
        FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT
        
+
        According to the PostScript specification, counter-clockwise contours must be filled, and clockwise ones must be unfilled.
        
+
        FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_RIGHT
        
+
        This is identical to FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE, but is used to remember that in TrueType, everything that is to the right of the drawing direction of a contour must be filled.
        
+
        FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_LEFT
        
+
        This is identical to FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT, but is used to remember that in PostScript, everything that is to the left of the drawing direction of a contour must be filled.
        
+
        FT_ORIENTATION_NONE
+
        The orientation cannot be determined. That is, different parts of the glyph have different orientation.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Outline_Get_Orientation
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_OUTLINE_H (freetype/ftoutln.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Orientation )
+  FT_Outline_Get_Orientation( FT_Outline*  outline );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        This function analyzes a glyph outline and tries to compute its fill orientation (see FT_Orientation). This is done by computing the direction of each global horizontal and/or vertical extrema within the outline.
        
+
        Note that this will return FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE for empty outlines.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        outline
+
        A handle to the source outline.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        The orientation.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
+
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-pfr_fonts.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-pfr_fonts.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8edf34e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-pfr_fonts.html
@@ -0,0 +1,206 @@
+
+
+
+
+FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
        FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
        
+
+
        
+PFR Fonts
+
        
+
        Synopsis
        
+
+
+
        FT_Get_PFR_MetricsFT_Get_PFR_KerningFT_Get_PFR_Advance


        
+
+
        
+
        This section contains the declaration of PFR-specific functions.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        FT_Get_PFR_Metrics
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_PFR_H (freetype/ftpfr.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_PFR_Metrics( FT_Face    face,
+                      FT_UInt   *aoutline_resolution,
+                      FT_UInt   *ametrics_resolution,
+                      FT_Fixed  *ametrics_x_scale,
+                      FT_Fixed  *ametrics_y_scale );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Return the outline and metrics resolutions of a given PFR face.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        face
+
        Handle to the input face. It can be a non-PFR face.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
        aoutline_resolution
+
        Outline resolution. This is equivalent to ‘face->units_per_EM’ for non-PFR fonts. Optional (parameter can be NULL).
        
+
        ametrics_resolution
+
        Metrics resolution. This is equivalent to ‘outline_resolution’ for non-PFR fonts. Optional (parameter can be NULL).
        
+
        ametrics_x_scale
+
        A 16.16 fixed-point number used to scale distance expressed in metrics units to device sub-pixels. This is equivalent to ‘face->size->x_scale’, but for metrics only. Optional (parameter can be NULL).
        
+
        ametrics_y_scale
+
        Same as ‘ametrics_x_scale’ but for the vertical direction. optional (parameter can be NULL).
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        If the input face is not a PFR, this function will return an error. However, in all cases, it will return valid values.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Get_PFR_Kerning
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_PFR_H (freetype/ftpfr.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_PFR_Kerning( FT_Face     face,
+                      FT_UInt     left,
+                      FT_UInt     right,
+                      FT_Vector  *avector );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Return the kerning pair corresponding to two glyphs in a PFR face. The distance is expressed in metrics units, unlike the result of FT_Get_Kerning.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
        face
+
        A handle to the input face.
        
+
        left
+
        Index of the left glyph.
        
+
        right
+
        Index of the right glyph.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
        avector
+
        A kerning vector.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        This function always return distances in original PFR metrics units. This is unlike FT_Get_Kerning with the FT_KERNING_UNSCALED mode, which always returns distances converted to outline units.
        
+
        You can use the value of the ‘x_scale’ and ‘y_scale’ parameters returned by FT_Get_PFR_Metrics to scale these to device sub-pixels.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Get_PFR_Advance
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_PFR_H (freetype/ftpfr.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_PFR_Advance( FT_Face   face,
+                      FT_UInt   gindex,
+                      FT_Pos   *aadvance );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Return a given glyph advance, expressed in original metrics units, from a PFR font.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        face
+
        A handle to the input face.
        
+
        gindex
+
        The glyph index.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
        aadvance
+
        The glyph advance in metrics units.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        You can use the ‘x_scale’ or ‘y_scale’ results of FT_Get_PFR_Metrics to convert the advance to device sub-pixels (i.e., 1/64th of pixels).
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
+
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-quick_advance.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-quick_advance.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c832d43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-quick_advance.html
@@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
+
+
+
+
+FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
        FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
        
+
+
        
+Quick retrieval of advance values
+
        
+
        Synopsis
        
+
+
+
+
        FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLYFT_Get_Advances
        FT_Get_Advance


        
+
+
        
+
        This section contains functions to quickly extract advance values without handling glyph outlines, if possible.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY
        
+
        
+
        A bit-flag to be OR-ed with the ‘flags’ parameter of the FT_Get_Advance and FT_Get_Advances functions.
        
+
        If set, it indicates that you want these functions to fail if the corresponding hinting mode or font driver doesn't allow for very quick advance computation.
        
+
        Typically, glyphs which are either unscaled, unhinted, bitmapped, or light-hinted can have their advance width computed very quickly.
        
+
        Normal and bytecode hinted modes, which require loading, scaling, and hinting of the glyph outline, are extremely slow by comparison.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Get_Advance
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_ADVANCES_H (freetype/ftadvanc.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_Advance( FT_Face    face,
+                  FT_UInt    gindex,
+                  FT_Int32   load_flags,
+                  FT_Fixed  *padvance );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Retrieve the advance value of a given glyph outline in an FT_Face. By default, the unhinted advance is returned in font units.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
        face
+
        The source FT_Face handle.
        
+
        gindex
+
        The glyph index.
        
+
        load_flags
+
        A set of bit flags similar to those used when calling FT_Load_Glyph, used to determine what kind of advances you need.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
        padvance
+
        The advance value, in either font units or 16.16 format.
        
+
        If FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT is set, this is the vertical advance corresponding to a vertical layout. Otherwise, it is the horizontal advance in a horizontal layout.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        This function may fail if you use FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY and if the corresponding font backend doesn't have a quick way to retrieve the advances.
        
+
        A scaled advance is returned in 16.16 format but isn't transformed by the affine transformation specified by FT_Set_Transform.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Get_Advances
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_ADVANCES_H (freetype/ftadvanc.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_Advances( FT_Face    face,
+                   FT_UInt    start,
+                   FT_UInt    count,
+                   FT_Int32   load_flags,
+                   FT_Fixed  *padvances );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Retrieve the advance values of several glyph outlines in an FT_Face. By default, the unhinted advances are returned in font units.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
        face
+
        The source FT_Face handle.
        
+
        start
+
        The first glyph index.
        
+
        count
+
        The number of advance values you want to retrieve.
        
+
        load_flags
+
        A set of bit flags similar to those used when calling FT_Load_Glyph.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
        padvance
+
        The advances, in either font units or 16.16 format. This array must contain at least ‘count’ elements.
        
+
        If FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT is set, these are the vertical advances corresponding to a vertical layout. Otherwise, they are the horizontal advances in a horizontal layout.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        This function may fail if you use FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY and if the corresponding font backend doesn't have a quick way to retrieve the advances.
        
+
        Scaled advances are returned in 16.16 format but aren't transformed by the affine transformation specified by FT_Set_Transform.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
+
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-raster.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-raster.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9840eb4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-raster.html
@@ -0,0 +1,598 @@
+
+
+
+
+FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
        FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
        
+
+
        
+Scanline Converter
+
        
+
        Synopsis
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        FT_RasterFT_RASTER_FLAG_XXXFT_Raster_SetModeFunc
        FT_SpanFT_Raster_ParamsFT_Raster_RenderFunc
        FT_SpanFuncFT_Raster_NewFuncFT_Raster_Funcs
        FT_Raster_BitTest_FuncFT_Raster_DoneFunc
        FT_Raster_BitSet_FuncFT_Raster_ResetFunc


        
+
+
        
+
        This section contains technical definitions.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        FT_Raster
        
+
        
+
        A handle (pointer) to a raster object. Each object can be used independently to convert an outline into a bitmap or pixmap.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Span
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_IMAGE_H (freetype/ftimage.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef struct  FT_Span_
+  {
+    short           x;
+    unsigned short  len;
+    unsigned char   coverage;
+
+  } FT_Span;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A structure used to model a single span of gray (or black) pixels when rendering a monochrome or anti-aliased bitmap.
        
+

        
+
        fields
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
        x
+
        The span's horizontal start position.
        
+
        len
+
        The span's length in pixels.
        
+
        coverage
+
        The span color/coverage, ranging from 0 (background) to 255 (foreground). Only used for anti-aliased rendering.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        This structure is used by the span drawing callback type named FT_SpanFunc which takes the y coordinate of the span as a a parameter.
        
+
        The coverage value is always between 0 and 255. If you want less gray values, the callback function has to reduce them.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_SpanFunc
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_IMAGE_H (freetype/ftimage.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef void
+  (*FT_SpanFunc)( int             y,
+                  int             count,
+                  const FT_Span*  spans,
+                  void*           user );
+
+#define FT_Raster_Span_Func  FT_SpanFunc
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A function used as a call-back by the anti-aliased renderer in order to let client applications draw themselves the gray pixel spans on each scan line.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
        y
+
        The scanline's y coordinate.
        
+
        count
+
        The number of spans to draw on this scanline.
        
+
        spans
+
        A table of ‘count’ spans to draw on the scanline.
        
+
        user
+
        User-supplied data that is passed to the callback.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        This callback allows client applications to directly render the gray spans of the anti-aliased bitmap to any kind of surfaces.
        
+
        This can be used to write anti-aliased outlines directly to a given background bitmap, and even perform translucency.
        
+
        Note that the ‘count’ field cannot be greater than a fixed value defined by the ‘FT_MAX_GRAY_SPANS’ configuration macro in ‘ftoption.h’. By default, this value is set to 32, which means that if there are more than 32 spans on a given scanline, the callback is called several times with the same ‘y’ parameter in order to draw all callbacks.
        
+
        Otherwise, the callback is only called once per scan-line, and only for those scanlines that do have ‘gray’ pixels on them.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Raster_BitTest_Func
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_IMAGE_H (freetype/ftimage.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef int
+  (*FT_Raster_BitTest_Func)( int    y,
+                             int    x,
+                             void*  user );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        THIS TYPE IS DEPRECATED. DO NOT USE IT.
        
+
        A function used as a call-back by the monochrome scan-converter to test whether a given target pixel is already set to the drawing ‘color’. These tests are crucial to implement drop-out control per-se the TrueType spec.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
        y
+
        The pixel's y coordinate.
        
+
        x
+
        The pixel's x coordinate.
        
+
        user
+
        User-supplied data that is passed to the callback.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        1 if the pixel is ‘set’, 0 otherwise.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Raster_BitSet_Func
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_IMAGE_H (freetype/ftimage.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef void
+  (*FT_Raster_BitSet_Func)( int    y,
+                            int    x,
+                            void*  user );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        THIS TYPE IS DEPRECATED. DO NOT USE IT.
        
+
        A function used as a call-back by the monochrome scan-converter to set an individual target pixel. This is crucial to implement drop-out control according to the TrueType specification.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
        y
+
        The pixel's y coordinate.
        
+
        x
+
        The pixel's x coordinate.
        
+
        user
+
        User-supplied data that is passed to the callback.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        1 if the pixel is ‘set’, 0 otherwise.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_RASTER_FLAG_XXX
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_IMAGE_H (freetype/ftimage.h).
+

        
+
        +
+#define FT_RASTER_FLAG_DEFAULT  0x0
+#define FT_RASTER_FLAG_AA       0x1
+#define FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT   0x2
+#define FT_RASTER_FLAG_CLIP     0x4
+
+  /* deprecated */
+#define ft_raster_flag_default  FT_RASTER_FLAG_DEFAULT
+#define ft_raster_flag_aa       FT_RASTER_FLAG_AA
+#define ft_raster_flag_direct   FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT
+#define ft_raster_flag_clip     FT_RASTER_FLAG_CLIP
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A list of bit flag constants as used in the ‘flags’ field of a FT_Raster_Params structure.
        
+

        
+
        values
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
        FT_RASTER_FLAG_DEFAULT
+
        This value is 0.
        
+
        FT_RASTER_FLAG_AA
+
        This flag is set to indicate that an anti-aliased glyph image should be generated. Otherwise, it will be monochrome (1-bit).
        
+
        FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT
+
        This flag is set to indicate direct rendering. In this mode, client applications must provide their own span callback. This lets them directly draw or compose over an existing bitmap. If this bit is not set, the target pixmap's buffer must be zeroed before rendering.
        
+
        Note that for now, direct rendering is only possible with anti-aliased glyphs.
        
+
        FT_RASTER_FLAG_CLIP
+
        This flag is only used in direct rendering mode. If set, the output will be clipped to a box specified in the ‘clip_box’ field of the FT_Raster_Params structure.
        
+
        Note that by default, the glyph bitmap is clipped to the target pixmap, except in direct rendering mode where all spans are generated if no clipping box is set.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Raster_Params
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_IMAGE_H (freetype/ftimage.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef struct  FT_Raster_Params_
+  {
+    const FT_Bitmap*        target;
+    const void*             source;
+    int                     flags;
+    FT_SpanFunc             gray_spans;
+    FT_SpanFunc             black_spans;
+    FT_Raster_BitTest_Func  bit_test;     /* doesn't work! */
+    FT_Raster_BitSet_Func   bit_set;      /* doesn't work! */
+    void*                   user;
+    FT_BBox                 clip_box;
+
+  } FT_Raster_Params;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A structure to hold the arguments used by a raster's render function.
        
+

        
+
        fields
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        target
+
        The target bitmap.
        
+
        source
+
        A pointer to the source glyph image (e.g., an FT_Outline).
        
+
        flags
+
        The rendering flags.
        
+
        gray_spans
+
        The gray span drawing callback.
        
+
        black_spans
+
        The black span drawing callback.
        
+
        bit_test
+
        The bit test callback. UNIMPLEMENTED!
        
+
        bit_set
+
        The bit set callback. UNIMPLEMENTED!
        
+
        user
+
        User-supplied data that is passed to each drawing callback.
        
+
        clip_box
+
        An optional clipping box. It is only used in direct rendering mode. Note that coordinates here should be expressed in integer pixels (and not in 26.6 fixed-point units).
        
+
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        An anti-aliased glyph bitmap is drawn if the FT_RASTER_FLAG_AA bit flag is set in the ‘flags’ field, otherwise a monochrome bitmap is generated.
        
+
        If the FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT bit flag is set in ‘flags’, the raster will call the ‘gray_spans’ callback to draw gray pixel spans, in the case of an aa glyph bitmap, it will call ‘black_spans’, and ‘bit_test’ and ‘bit_set’ in the case of a monochrome bitmap. This allows direct composition over a pre-existing bitmap through user-provided callbacks to perform the span drawing/composition.
        
+
        Note that the ‘bit_test’ and ‘bit_set’ callbacks are required when rendering a monochrome bitmap, as they are crucial to implement correct drop-out control as defined in the TrueType specification.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Raster_NewFunc
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_IMAGE_H (freetype/ftimage.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef int
+  (*FT_Raster_NewFunc)( void*       memory,
+                        FT_Raster*  raster );
+
+#define FT_Raster_New_Func  FT_Raster_NewFunc
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A function used to create a new raster object.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        memory
+
        A handle to the memory allocator.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
        raster
+
        A handle to the new raster object.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        Error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        The ‘memory’ parameter is a typeless pointer in order to avoid un-wanted dependencies on the rest of the FreeType code. In practice, it is an FT_Memory object, i.e., a handle to the standard FreeType memory allocator. However, this field can be completely ignored by a given raster implementation.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Raster_DoneFunc
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_IMAGE_H (freetype/ftimage.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef void
+  (*FT_Raster_DoneFunc)( FT_Raster  raster );
+
+#define FT_Raster_Done_Func  FT_Raster_DoneFunc
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A function used to destroy a given raster object.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        raster
+
        A handle to the raster object.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Raster_ResetFunc
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_IMAGE_H (freetype/ftimage.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef void
+  (*FT_Raster_ResetFunc)( FT_Raster       raster,
+                          unsigned char*  pool_base,
+                          unsigned long   pool_size );
+
+#define FT_Raster_Reset_Func  FT_Raster_ResetFunc
+
+

        
+
        
+
        FreeType provides an area of memory called the ‘render pool’, available to all registered rasters. This pool can be freely used during a given scan-conversion but is shared by all rasters. Its content is thus transient.
        
+
        This function is called each time the render pool changes, or just after a new raster object is created.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
        raster
+
        A handle to the new raster object.
        
+
        pool_base
+
        The address in memory of the render pool.
        
+
        pool_size
+
        The size in bytes of the render pool.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        Rasters can ignore the render pool and rely on dynamic memory allocation if they want to (a handle to the memory allocator is passed to the raster constructor). However, this is not recommended for efficiency purposes.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Raster_SetModeFunc
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_IMAGE_H (freetype/ftimage.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef int
+  (*FT_Raster_SetModeFunc)( FT_Raster      raster,
+                            unsigned long  mode,
+                            void*          args );
+
+#define FT_Raster_Set_Mode_Func  FT_Raster_SetModeFunc
+
+

        
+
        
+
        This function is a generic facility to change modes or attributes in a given raster. This can be used for debugging purposes, or simply to allow implementation-specific ‘features’ in a given raster module.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
        raster
+
        A handle to the new raster object.
        
+
        mode
+
        A 4-byte tag used to name the mode or property.
        
+
        args
+
        A pointer to the new mode/property to use.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Raster_RenderFunc
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_IMAGE_H (freetype/ftimage.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef int
+  (*FT_Raster_RenderFunc)( FT_Raster                raster,
+                           const FT_Raster_Params*  params );
+
+#define FT_Raster_Render_Func  FT_Raster_RenderFunc
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Invoke a given raster to scan-convert a given glyph image into a target bitmap.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        raster
+
        A handle to the raster object.
        
+
        params
+
        A pointer to an FT_Raster_Params structure used to store the rendering parameters.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        Error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        The exact format of the source image depends on the raster's glyph format defined in its FT_Raster_Funcs structure. It can be an FT_Outline or anything else in order to support a large array of glyph formats.
        
+
        Note also that the render function can fail and return a ‘FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature’ error code if the raster used does not support direct composition.
        
+
        XXX: For now, the standard raster doesn't support direct composition but this should change for the final release (see the files ‘demos/src/ftgrays.c’ and ‘demos/src/ftgrays2.c’ for examples of distinct implementations which support direct composition).
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Raster_Funcs
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_IMAGE_H (freetype/ftimage.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef struct  FT_Raster_Funcs_
+  {
+    FT_Glyph_Format        glyph_format;
+    FT_Raster_NewFunc      raster_new;
+    FT_Raster_ResetFunc    raster_reset;
+    FT_Raster_SetModeFunc  raster_set_mode;
+    FT_Raster_RenderFunc   raster_render;
+    FT_Raster_DoneFunc     raster_done;
+
+  } FT_Raster_Funcs;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A structure used to describe a given raster class to the library.
        
+

        
+
        fields
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        glyph_format
+
        The supported glyph format for this raster.
        
+
        raster_new
+
        The raster constructor.
        
+
        raster_reset
+
        Used to reset the render pool within the raster.
        
+
        raster_render
+
        A function to render a glyph into a given bitmap.
        
+
        raster_done
+
        The raster destructor.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
+
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-sfnt_names.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-sfnt_names.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..94cddd8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-sfnt_names.html
@@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
+
+
+
+
+FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
        FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
        
+
+
        
+SFNT Names
+
        
+
        Synopsis
        
+
+
+
        FT_SfntNameFT_Get_Sfnt_Name_CountFT_Get_Sfnt_Name


        
+
+
        
+
        The TrueType and OpenType specifications allow the inclusion of a special ‘names table’ in font files. This table contains textual (and internationalized) information regarding the font, like family name, copyright, version, etc.
        
+
        The definitions below are used to access them if available.
        
+
        Note that this has nothing to do with glyph names!
        
+

        
+
        
+
        FT_SfntName
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_SFNT_NAMES_H (freetype/ftsnames.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef struct  FT_SfntName_
+  {
+    FT_UShort  platform_id;
+    FT_UShort  encoding_id;
+    FT_UShort  language_id;
+    FT_UShort  name_id;
+
+    FT_Byte*   string;      /* this string is *not* null-terminated! */
+    FT_UInt    string_len;  /* in bytes */
+
+  } FT_SfntName;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A structure used to model an SFNT ‘name’ table entry.
        
+

        
+
        fields
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        platform_id
+
        The platform ID for ‘string’.
        
+
        encoding_id
+
        The encoding ID for ‘string’.
        
+
        language_id
+
        The language ID for ‘string’.
        
+
        name_id
+
        An identifier for ‘string’.
        
+
        string
+
        The ‘name’ string. Note that its format differs depending on the (platform,encoding) pair. It can be a Pascal String, a UTF-16 one, etc.
        
+
        Generally speaking, the string is not zero-terminated. Please refer to the TrueType specification for details.
        
+
        string_len
+
        The length of ‘string’ in bytes.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        Possible values for ‘platform_id’, ‘encoding_id’, ‘language_id’, and ‘name_id’ are given in the file ‘ttnameid.h’. For details please refer to the TrueType or OpenType specification.
        
+
        See also TT_PLATFORM_XXX, TT_APPLE_ID_XXX, TT_MAC_ID_XXX, TT_ISO_ID_XXX, and TT_MS_ID_XXX.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_SFNT_NAMES_H (freetype/ftsnames.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt )
+  FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count( FT_Face  face );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Retrieve the number of name strings in the SFNT ‘name’ table.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        face
+
        A handle to the source face.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        The number of strings in the ‘name’ table.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Get_Sfnt_Name
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_SFNT_NAMES_H (freetype/ftsnames.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_Sfnt_Name( FT_Face       face,
+                    FT_UInt       idx,
+                    FT_SfntName  *aname );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Retrieve a string of the SFNT ‘name’ table for a given index.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        face
+
        A handle to the source face.
        
+
        idx
+
        The index of the ‘name’ string.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
        aname
+
        The indexed FT_SfntName structure.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        The ‘string’ array returned in the ‘aname’ structure is not null-terminated.
        
+
        Use FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count to get the total number of available ‘name’ table entries, then do a loop until you get the right platform, encoding, and name ID.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
+
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-sizes_management.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-sizes_management.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..324e584
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-sizes_management.html
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+
+
+
+
+FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
        FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
        
+
+
        
+Size Management
+
        
+
        Synopsis
        
+
+
+
        FT_New_SizeFT_Done_SizeFT_Activate_Size


        
+
+
        
+
        When creating a new face object (e.g., with FT_New_Face), an FT_Size object is automatically created and used to store all pixel-size dependent information, available in the ‘face->size’ field.
        
+
        It is however possible to create more sizes for a given face, mostly in order to manage several character pixel sizes of the same font family and style. See FT_New_Size and FT_Done_Size.
        
+
        Note that FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes and FT_Set_Char_Size only modify the contents of the current ‘active’ size; you thus need to use FT_Activate_Size to change it.
        
+
        99% of applications won't need the functions provided here, especially if they use the caching sub-system, so be cautious when using these.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        FT_New_Size
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_SIZES_H (freetype/ftsizes.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_New_Size( FT_Face   face,
+               FT_Size*  size );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Create a new size object from a given face object.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        face
+
        A handle to a parent face object.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
        asize
+
        A handle to a new size object.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        You need to call FT_Activate_Size in order to select the new size for upcoming calls to FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes, FT_Set_Char_Size, FT_Load_Glyph, FT_Load_Char, etc.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Done_Size
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_SIZES_H (freetype/ftsizes.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Done_Size( FT_Size  size );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Discard a given size object. Note that FT_Done_Face automatically discards all size objects allocated with FT_New_Size.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        size
+
        A handle to a target size object.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Activate_Size
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_SIZES_H (freetype/ftsizes.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Activate_Size( FT_Size  size );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Even though it is possible to create several size objects for a given face (see FT_New_Size for details), functions like FT_Load_Glyph or FT_Load_Char only use the one which has been activated last to determine the ‘current character pixel size’.
        
+
        This function can be used to ‘activate’ a previously created size object.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        size
+
        A handle to a target size object.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        If ‘face’ is the size's parent face object, this function changes the value of ‘face->size’ to the input size handle.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
+
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-system_interface.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-system_interface.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..809e2a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-system_interface.html
@@ -0,0 +1,399 @@
+
+
+
+
+FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
        FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
        
+
+
        
+System Interface
+
        
+
        Synopsis
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
        FT_MemoryFT_MemoryRecFT_Stream_CloseFunc
        FT_Alloc_FuncFT_StreamFT_StreamRec
        FT_Free_FuncFT_StreamDesc
        FT_Realloc_FuncFT_Stream_IoFunc


        
+
+
        
+
        This section contains various definitions related to memory management and i/o access. You need to understand this information if you want to use a custom memory manager or you own i/o streams.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        FT_Memory
        
+
        
+
        A handle to a given memory manager object, defined with an FT_MemoryRec structure.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Alloc_Func
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_SYSTEM_H (freetype/ftsystem.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef void*
+  (*FT_Alloc_Func)( FT_Memory  memory,
+                    long       size );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A function used to allocate ‘size’ bytes from ‘memory’.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        memory
+
        A handle to the source memory manager.
        
+
        size
+
        The size in bytes to allocate.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        Address of new memory block. 0 in case of failure.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Free_Func
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_SYSTEM_H (freetype/ftsystem.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef void
+  (*FT_Free_Func)( FT_Memory  memory,
+                   void*      block );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A function used to release a given block of memory.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        memory
+
        A handle to the source memory manager.
        
+
        block
+
        The address of the target memory block.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Realloc_Func
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_SYSTEM_H (freetype/ftsystem.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef void*
+  (*FT_Realloc_Func)( FT_Memory  memory,
+                      long       cur_size,
+                      long       new_size,
+                      void*      block );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A function used to re-allocate a given block of memory.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
        memory
+
        A handle to the source memory manager.
        
+
        cur_size
+
        The block's current size in bytes.
        
+
        new_size
+
        The block's requested new size.
        
+
        block
+
        The block's current address.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        New block address. 0 in case of memory shortage.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        In case of error, the old block must still be available.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_MemoryRec
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_SYSTEM_H (freetype/ftsystem.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  struct  FT_MemoryRec_
+  {
+    void*            user;
+    FT_Alloc_Func    alloc;
+    FT_Free_Func     free;
+    FT_Realloc_Func  realloc;
+  };
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A structure used to describe a given memory manager to FreeType 2.
        
+

        
+
        fields
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
        user
+
        A generic typeless pointer for user data.
        
+
        alloc
+
        A pointer type to an allocation function.
        
+
        free
+
        A pointer type to an memory freeing function.
        
+
        realloc
+
        A pointer type to a reallocation function.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Stream
        
+
        
+
        A handle to an input stream.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_StreamDesc
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_SYSTEM_H (freetype/ftsystem.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef union  FT_StreamDesc_
+  {
+    long   value;
+    void*  pointer;
+
+  } FT_StreamDesc;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A union type used to store either a long or a pointer. This is used to store a file descriptor or a ‘FILE*’ in an input stream.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Stream_IoFunc
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_SYSTEM_H (freetype/ftsystem.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef unsigned long
+  (*FT_Stream_IoFunc)( FT_Stream       stream,
+                       unsigned long   offset,
+                       unsigned char*  buffer,
+                       unsigned long   count );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A function used to seek and read data from a given input stream.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
        stream
+
        A handle to the source stream.
        
+
        offset
+
        The offset of read in stream (always from start).
        
+
        buffer
+
        The address of the read buffer.
        
+
        count
+
        The number of bytes to read from the stream.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        The number of bytes effectively read by the stream.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        This function might be called to perform a seek or skip operation with a ‘count’ of 0.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Stream_CloseFunc
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_SYSTEM_H (freetype/ftsystem.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef void
+  (*FT_Stream_CloseFunc)( FT_Stream  stream );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A function used to close a given input stream.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        stream
+
        A handle to the target stream.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_StreamRec
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_SYSTEM_H (freetype/ftsystem.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef struct  FT_StreamRec_
+  {
+    unsigned char*       base;
+    unsigned long        size;
+    unsigned long        pos;
+
+    FT_StreamDesc        descriptor;
+    FT_StreamDesc        pathname;
+    FT_Stream_IoFunc     read;
+    FT_Stream_CloseFunc  close;
+
+    FT_Memory            memory;
+    unsigned char*       cursor;
+    unsigned char*       limit;
+
+  } FT_StreamRec;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A structure used to describe an input stream.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        base
+
        For memory-based streams, this is the address of the first stream byte in memory. This field should always be set to NULL for disk-based streams.
        
+
        size
+
        The stream size in bytes.
        
+
        pos
+
        The current position within the stream.
        
+
        descriptor
+
        This field is a union that can hold an integer or a pointer. It is used by stream implementations to store file descriptors or ‘FILE*’ pointers.
        
+
        pathname
+
        This field is completely ignored by FreeType. However, it is often useful during debugging to use it to store the stream's filename (where available).
        
+
        read
+
        The stream's input function.
        
+
        close
+
        The stream;s close function.
        
+
        memory
+
        The memory manager to use to preload frames. This is set internally by FreeType and shouldn't be touched by stream implementations.
        
+
        cursor
+
        This field is set and used internally by FreeType when parsing frames.
        
+
        limit
+
        This field is set and used internally by FreeType when parsing frames.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
+
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-toc.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-toc.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cb51bdb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-toc.html
@@ -0,0 +1,215 @@
+
+
+
+
+FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
+
+
+
+
+
+
        [Index]
        
+
        FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
        
+
+
        Table of Contents
        
+
        General Remarks
        • 
+
+
+
          
+User allocation
+
          How client applications should allocate FreeType data structures.
          
+
          
+
        
+
        Core API
        
+
        Format-Specific API
        
+
        Cache Sub-System
        • 
+
+
+
          
+Cache Sub-System
+
          How to cache face, size, and glyph data with FreeType 2.
          
+
          
+
        
+
        Support API
        
+
        Miscellaneous
        
+
        Global Index
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index]
        
+
+
        generated on Thu Mar 12 10:57:36 2009
        
+
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-truetype_engine.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-truetype_engine.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..007e833
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-truetype_engine.html
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+
+
+
+
+FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
        FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
        
+
+
        
+The TrueType Engine
+
        
+
        Synopsis
        
+
+
+
        FT_TrueTypeEngineTypeFT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type


        
+
+
        
+
        This section contains a function used to query the level of TrueType bytecode support compiled in this version of the library.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        FT_TrueTypeEngineType
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_MODULE_H (freetype/ftmodapi.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef enum  FT_TrueTypeEngineType_
+  {
+    FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_NONE = 0,
+    FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_UNPATENTED,
+    FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_PATENTED
+
+  } FT_TrueTypeEngineType;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A list of values describing which kind of TrueType bytecode engine is implemented in a given FT_Library instance. It is used by the FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type function.
        
+

        
+
        values
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_NONE
        
+
        The library doesn't implement any kind of bytecode interpreter.
        
+
        FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_UNPATENTED
        
+
        The library implements a bytecode interpreter that doesn't support the patented operations of the TrueType virtual machine.
        
+
        Its main use is to load certain Asian fonts which position and scale glyph components with bytecode instructions. It produces bad output for most other fonts.
        
+
        FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_PATENTED
        
+
        The library implements a bytecode interpreter that covers the full instruction set of the TrueType virtual machine. See the file ‘docs/PATENTS’ for legal aspects.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        since
        
+
        2.2
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_MODULE_H (freetype/ftmodapi.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_TrueTypeEngineType )
+  FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type( FT_Library  library );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Return an FT_TrueTypeEngineType value to indicate which level of the TrueType virtual machine a given library instance supports.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        library
+
        A library instance.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        A value indicating which level is supported.
        
+
        
+
        since
        
+
        2.2
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
+
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-truetype_tables.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-truetype_tables.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6d83a1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-truetype_tables.html
@@ -0,0 +1,1209 @@
+
+
+
+
+FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
        FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
        
+
+
        
+TrueType Tables
+
        
+
        Synopsis
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        TT_PLATFORM_XXXTT_Postscript
        TT_APPLE_ID_XXXTT_PCLT
        TT_MAC_ID_XXXTT_MaxProfile
        TT_ISO_ID_XXXFT_Sfnt_Tag
        TT_MS_ID_XXXFT_Get_Sfnt_Table
        TT_ADOBE_ID_XXXFT_Load_Sfnt_Table
        TT_HeaderFT_Sfnt_Table_Info
        TT_HoriHeaderFT_Get_CMap_Language_ID
        TT_VertHeaderFT_Get_CMap_Format
        TT_OS2FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING


        
+
+
        
+
        This section contains the definition of TrueType-specific tables as well as some routines used to access and process them.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        TT_PLATFORM_XXX
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H (freetype/ttnameid.h).
+

        
+
        +
+#define TT_PLATFORM_APPLE_UNICODE  0
+#define TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH      1
+#define TT_PLATFORM_ISO            2 /* deprecated */
+#define TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT      3
+#define TT_PLATFORM_CUSTOM         4
+#define TT_PLATFORM_ADOBE          7 /* artificial */
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A list of valid values for the ‘platform_id’ identifier code in FT_CharMapRec and FT_SfntName structures.
        
+

        
+
        values
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        TT_PLATFORM_APPLE_UNICODE
        
+
        Used by Apple to indicate a Unicode character map and/or name entry. See TT_APPLE_ID_XXX for corresponding ‘encoding_id’ values. Note that name entries in this format are coded as big-endian UCS-2 character codes only.
        
+
        TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH
+
        Used by Apple to indicate a MacOS-specific charmap and/or name entry. See TT_MAC_ID_XXX for corresponding ‘encoding_id’ values. Note that most TrueType fonts contain an Apple roman charmap to be usable on MacOS systems (even if they contain a Microsoft charmap as well).
        
+
        TT_PLATFORM_ISO
+
        This value was used to specify Unicode charmaps. It is however now deprecated. See TT_ISO_ID_XXX for a list of corresponding ‘encoding_id’ values.
        
+
        TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT
+
        Used by Microsoft to indicate Windows-specific charmaps. See TT_MS_ID_XXX for a list of corresponding ‘encoding_id’ values. Note that most fonts contain a Unicode charmap using (TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT, TT_MS_ID_UNICODE_CS).
        
+
        TT_PLATFORM_CUSTOM
+
        Used to indicate application-specific charmaps.
        
+
        TT_PLATFORM_ADOBE
+
        This value isn't part of any font format specification, but is used by FreeType to report Adobe-specific charmaps in an FT_CharMapRec structure. See TT_ADOBE_ID_XXX.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        TT_APPLE_ID_XXX
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H (freetype/ttnameid.h).
+

        
+
        +
+#define TT_APPLE_ID_DEFAULT           0 /* Unicode 1.0 */
+#define TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_1_1       1 /* specify Hangul at U+34xx */
+#define TT_APPLE_ID_ISO_10646         2 /* deprecated */
+#define TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_2_0       3 /* or later */
+#define TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_32        4 /* 2.0 or later, full repertoire */
+#define TT_APPLE_ID_VARIANT_SELECTOR  5 /* variation selector data */
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A list of valid values for the ‘encoding_id’ for TT_PLATFORM_APPLE_UNICODE charmaps and name entries.
        
+

        
+
        values
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        TT_APPLE_ID_DEFAULT
+
        Unicode version 1.0.
        
+
        TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_1_1
        
+
        Unicode 1.1; specifies Hangul characters starting at U+34xx.
        
+
        TT_APPLE_ID_ISO_10646
+
        Deprecated (identical to preceding).
        
+
        TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_2_0
        
+
        Unicode 2.0 and beyond (UTF-16 BMP only).
        
+
        TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_32
+
        Unicode 3.1 and beyond, using UTF-32.
        
+
        TT_APPLE_ID_VARIANT_SELECTOR
        
+
        From Adobe, not Apple. Not a normal cmap. Specifies variations on a real cmap.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        TT_MAC_ID_XXX
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H (freetype/ttnameid.h).
+

        
+
        +
+#define TT_MAC_ID_ROMAN                 0
+#define TT_MAC_ID_JAPANESE              1
+#define TT_MAC_ID_TRADITIONAL_CHINESE   2
+#define TT_MAC_ID_KOREAN                3
+#define TT_MAC_ID_ARABIC                4
+#define TT_MAC_ID_HEBREW                5
+#define TT_MAC_ID_GREEK                 6
+#define TT_MAC_ID_RUSSIAN               7
+#define TT_MAC_ID_RSYMBOL               8
+#define TT_MAC_ID_DEVANAGARI            9
+#define TT_MAC_ID_GURMUKHI             10
+#define TT_MAC_ID_GUJARATI             11
+#define TT_MAC_ID_ORIYA                12
+#define TT_MAC_ID_BENGALI              13
+#define TT_MAC_ID_TAMIL                14
+#define TT_MAC_ID_TELUGU               15
+#define TT_MAC_ID_KANNADA              16
+#define TT_MAC_ID_MALAYALAM            17
+#define TT_MAC_ID_SINHALESE            18
+#define TT_MAC_ID_BURMESE              19
+#define TT_MAC_ID_KHMER                20
+#define TT_MAC_ID_THAI                 21
+#define TT_MAC_ID_LAOTIAN              22
+#define TT_MAC_ID_GEORGIAN             23
+#define TT_MAC_ID_ARMENIAN             24
+#define TT_MAC_ID_MALDIVIAN            25
+#define TT_MAC_ID_SIMPLIFIED_CHINESE   25
+#define TT_MAC_ID_TIBETAN              26
+#define TT_MAC_ID_MONGOLIAN            27
+#define TT_MAC_ID_GEEZ                 28
+#define TT_MAC_ID_SLAVIC               29
+#define TT_MAC_ID_VIETNAMESE           30
+#define TT_MAC_ID_SINDHI               31
+#define TT_MAC_ID_UNINTERP             32
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A list of valid values for the ‘encoding_id’ for TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH charmaps and name entries.
        
+

        
+
        values
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        TT_MAC_ID_ROMAN
+
        
+
        TT_MAC_ID_JAPANESE
+
        
+
        TT_MAC_ID_TRADITIONAL_CHINESE
        
+
        
+
        TT_MAC_ID_KOREAN
+
        
+
        TT_MAC_ID_ARABIC
+
        
+
        TT_MAC_ID_HEBREW
+
        
+
        TT_MAC_ID_GREEK
+
        
+
        TT_MAC_ID_RUSSIAN
+
        
+
        TT_MAC_ID_RSYMBOL
+
        
+
        TT_MAC_ID_DEVANAGARI
+
        
+
        TT_MAC_ID_GURMUKHI
+
        
+
        TT_MAC_ID_GUJARATI
+
        
+
        TT_MAC_ID_ORIYA
+
        
+
        TT_MAC_ID_BENGALI
+
        
+
        TT_MAC_ID_TAMIL
+
        
+
        TT_MAC_ID_TELUGU
+
        
+
        TT_MAC_ID_KANNADA
+
        
+
        TT_MAC_ID_MALAYALAM
+
        
+
        TT_MAC_ID_SINHALESE
+
        
+
        TT_MAC_ID_BURMESE
+
        
+
        TT_MAC_ID_KHMER
+
        
+
        TT_MAC_ID_THAI
+
        
+
        TT_MAC_ID_LAOTIAN
+
        
+
        TT_MAC_ID_GEORGIAN
+
        
+
        TT_MAC_ID_ARMENIAN
+
        
+
        TT_MAC_ID_MALDIVIAN
+
        
+
        TT_MAC_ID_SIMPLIFIED_CHINESE
        
+
        
+
        TT_MAC_ID_TIBETAN
+
        
+
        TT_MAC_ID_MONGOLIAN
+
        
+
        TT_MAC_ID_GEEZ
+
        
+
        TT_MAC_ID_SLAVIC
+
        
+
        TT_MAC_ID_VIETNAMESE
+
        
+
        TT_MAC_ID_SINDHI
+
        
+
        TT_MAC_ID_UNINTERP
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        TT_ISO_ID_XXX
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H (freetype/ttnameid.h).
+

        
+
        +
+#define TT_ISO_ID_7BIT_ASCII  0
+#define TT_ISO_ID_10646       1
+#define TT_ISO_ID_8859_1      2
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A list of valid values for the ‘encoding_id’ for TT_PLATFORM_ISO charmaps and name entries.
        
+
        Their use is now deprecated.
        
+

        
+
        values
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
        TT_ISO_ID_7BIT_ASCII
+
        ASCII.
        
+
        TT_ISO_ID_10646
+
        ISO/10646.
        
+
        TT_ISO_ID_8859_1
+
        Also known as Latin-1.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        TT_MS_ID_XXX
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H (freetype/ttnameid.h).
+

        
+
        +
+#define TT_MS_ID_SYMBOL_CS    0
+#define TT_MS_ID_UNICODE_CS   1
+#define TT_MS_ID_SJIS         2
+#define TT_MS_ID_GB2312       3
+#define TT_MS_ID_BIG_5        4
+#define TT_MS_ID_WANSUNG      5
+#define TT_MS_ID_JOHAB        6
+#define TT_MS_ID_UCS_4       10
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A list of valid values for the ‘encoding_id’ for TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT charmaps and name entries.
        
+

        
+
        values
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        TT_MS_ID_SYMBOL_CS
+
        Corresponds to Microsoft symbol encoding. See FT_ENCODING_MS_SYMBOL.
        
+
        TT_MS_ID_UNICODE_CS
+
        Corresponds to a Microsoft WGL4 charmap, matching Unicode. See FT_ENCODING_UNICODE.
        
+
        TT_MS_ID_SJIS
+
        Corresponds to SJIS Japanese encoding. See FT_ENCODING_SJIS.
        
+
        TT_MS_ID_GB2312
+
        Corresponds to Simplified Chinese as used in Mainland China. See FT_ENCODING_GB2312.
        
+
        TT_MS_ID_BIG_5
+
        Corresponds to Traditional Chinese as used in Taiwan and Hong Kong. See FT_ENCODING_BIG5.
        
+
        TT_MS_ID_WANSUNG
+
        Corresponds to Korean Wansung encoding. See FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG.
        
+
        TT_MS_ID_JOHAB
+
        Corresponds to Johab encoding. See FT_ENCODING_JOHAB.
        
+
        TT_MS_ID_UCS_4
+
        Corresponds to UCS-4 or UTF-32 charmaps. This has been added to the OpenType specification version 1.4 (mid-2001.)
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        TT_ADOBE_ID_XXX
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H (freetype/ttnameid.h).
+

        
+
        +
+#define TT_ADOBE_ID_STANDARD  0
+#define TT_ADOBE_ID_EXPERT    1
+#define TT_ADOBE_ID_CUSTOM    2
+#define TT_ADOBE_ID_LATIN_1   3
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A list of valid values for the ‘encoding_id’ for TT_PLATFORM_ADOBE charmaps. This is a FreeType-specific extension!
        
+

        
+
        values
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
        TT_ADOBE_ID_STANDARD
+
        Adobe standard encoding.
        
+
        TT_ADOBE_ID_EXPERT
+
        Adobe expert encoding.
        
+
        TT_ADOBE_ID_CUSTOM
+
        Adobe custom encoding.
        
+
        TT_ADOBE_ID_LATIN_1
+
        Adobe Latin 1 encoding.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        TT_Header
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H (freetype/tttables.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef struct  TT_Header_
+  {
+    FT_Fixed   Table_Version;
+    FT_Fixed   Font_Revision;
+
+    FT_Long    CheckSum_Adjust;
+    FT_Long    Magic_Number;
+
+    FT_UShort  Flags;
+    FT_UShort  Units_Per_EM;
+
+    FT_Long    Created [2];
+    FT_Long    Modified[2];
+
+    FT_Short   xMin;
+    FT_Short   yMin;
+    FT_Short   xMax;
+    FT_Short   yMax;
+
+    FT_UShort  Mac_Style;
+    FT_UShort  Lowest_Rec_PPEM;
+
+    FT_Short   Font_Direction;
+    FT_Short   Index_To_Loc_Format;
+    FT_Short   Glyph_Data_Format;
+
+  } TT_Header;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A structure used to model a TrueType font header table. All fields follow the TrueType specification.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        TT_HoriHeader
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H (freetype/tttables.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef struct  TT_HoriHeader_
+  {
+    FT_Fixed   Version;
+    FT_Short   Ascender;
+    FT_Short   Descender;
+    FT_Short   Line_Gap;
+
+    FT_UShort  advance_Width_Max;      /* advance width maximum */
+
+    FT_Short   min_Left_Side_Bearing;  /* minimum left-sb       */
+    FT_Short   min_Right_Side_Bearing; /* minimum right-sb      */
+    FT_Short   xMax_Extent;            /* xmax extents          */
+    FT_Short   caret_Slope_Rise;
+    FT_Short   caret_Slope_Run;
+    FT_Short   caret_Offset;
+
+    FT_Short   Reserved[4];
+
+    FT_Short   metric_Data_Format;
+    FT_UShort  number_Of_HMetrics;
+
+    /* The following fields are not defined by the TrueType specification */
+    /* but they are used to connect the metrics header to the relevant    */
+    /* `HMTX' table.                                                      */
+
+    void*      long_metrics;
+    void*      short_metrics;
+
+  } TT_HoriHeader;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A structure used to model a TrueType horizontal header, the ‘hhea’ table, as well as the corresponding horizontal metrics table, i.e., the ‘hmtx’ table.
        
+

        
+
        fields
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        Version
+
        The table version.
        
+
        Ascender
+
        The font's ascender, i.e., the distance from the baseline to the top-most of all glyph points found in the font.
        
+
        This value is invalid in many fonts, as it is usually set by the font designer, and often reflects only a portion of the glyphs found in the font (maybe ASCII).
        
+
        You should use the ‘sTypoAscender’ field of the OS/2 table instead if you want the correct one.
        
+
        Descender
+
        The font's descender, i.e., the distance from the baseline to the bottom-most of all glyph points found in the font. It is negative.
        
+
        This value is invalid in many fonts, as it is usually set by the font designer, and often reflects only a portion of the glyphs found in the font (maybe ASCII).
        
+
        You should use the ‘sTypoDescender’ field of the OS/2 table instead if you want the correct one.
        
+
        Line_Gap
+
        The font's line gap, i.e., the distance to add to the ascender and descender to get the BTB, i.e., the baseline-to-baseline distance for the font.
        
+
        advance_Width_Max
+
        This field is the maximum of all advance widths found in the font. It can be used to compute the maximum width of an arbitrary string of text.
        
+
        min_Left_Side_Bearing
+
        The minimum left side bearing of all glyphs within the font.
        
+
        min_Right_Side_Bearing
+
        The minimum right side bearing of all glyphs within the font.
        
+
        xMax_Extent
+
        The maximum horizontal extent (i.e., the ‘width’ of a glyph's bounding box) for all glyphs in the font.
        
+
        caret_Slope_Rise
+
        The rise coefficient of the cursor's slope of the cursor (slope=rise/run).
        
+
        caret_Slope_Run
+
        The run coefficient of the cursor's slope.
        
+
        Reserved
+
        8 reserved bytes.
        
+
        metric_Data_Format
+
        Always 0.
        
+
        number_Of_HMetrics
+
        Number of HMetrics entries in the ‘hmtx’ table -- this value can be smaller than the total number of glyphs in the font.
        
+
        long_metrics
+
        A pointer into the ‘hmtx’ table.
        
+
        short_metrics
+
        A pointer into the ‘hmtx’ table.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        IMPORTANT: The TT_HoriHeader and TT_VertHeader structures should be identical except for the names of their fields which are different.
        
+
        This ensures that a single function in the ‘ttload’ module is able to read both the horizontal and vertical headers.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        TT_VertHeader
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H (freetype/tttables.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef struct  TT_VertHeader_
+  {
+    FT_Fixed   Version;
+    FT_Short   Ascender;
+    FT_Short   Descender;
+    FT_Short   Line_Gap;
+
+    FT_UShort  advance_Height_Max;      /* advance height maximum */
+
+    FT_Short   min_Top_Side_Bearing;    /* minimum left-sb or top-sb       */
+    FT_Short   min_Bottom_Side_Bearing; /* minimum right-sb or bottom-sb   */
+    FT_Short   yMax_Extent;             /* xmax or ymax extents            */
+    FT_Short   caret_Slope_Rise;
+    FT_Short   caret_Slope_Run;
+    FT_Short   caret_Offset;
+
+    FT_Short   Reserved[4];
+
+    FT_Short   metric_Data_Format;
+    FT_UShort  number_Of_VMetrics;
+
+    /* The following fields are not defined by the TrueType specification */
+    /* but they're used to connect the metrics header to the relevant     */
+    /* `HMTX' or `VMTX' table.                                            */
+
+    void*      long_metrics;
+    void*      short_metrics;
+
+  } TT_VertHeader;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A structure used to model a TrueType vertical header, the ‘vhea’ table, as well as the corresponding vertical metrics table, i.e., the ‘vmtx’ table.
        
+

        
+
        fields
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        Version
+
        The table version.
        
+
        Ascender
+
        The font's ascender, i.e., the distance from the baseline to the top-most of all glyph points found in the font.
        
+
        This value is invalid in many fonts, as it is usually set by the font designer, and often reflects only a portion of the glyphs found in the font (maybe ASCII).
        
+
        You should use the ‘sTypoAscender’ field of the OS/2 table instead if you want the correct one.
        
+
        Descender
+
        The font's descender, i.e., the distance from the baseline to the bottom-most of all glyph points found in the font. It is negative.
        
+
        This value is invalid in many fonts, as it is usually set by the font designer, and often reflects only a portion of the glyphs found in the font (maybe ASCII).
        
+
        You should use the ‘sTypoDescender’ field of the OS/2 table instead if you want the correct one.
        
+
        Line_Gap
+
        The font's line gap, i.e., the distance to add to the ascender and descender to get the BTB, i.e., the baseline-to-baseline distance for the font.
        
+
        advance_Height_Max
+
        This field is the maximum of all advance heights found in the font. It can be used to compute the maximum height of an arbitrary string of text.
        
+
        min_Top_Side_Bearing
+
        The minimum top side bearing of all glyphs within the font.
        
+
        min_Bottom_Side_Bearing
        
+
        The minimum bottom side bearing of all glyphs within the font.
        
+
        yMax_Extent
+
        The maximum vertical extent (i.e., the ‘height’ of a glyph's bounding box) for all glyphs in the font.
        
+
        caret_Slope_Rise
+
        The rise coefficient of the cursor's slope of the cursor (slope=rise/run).
        
+
        caret_Slope_Run
+
        The run coefficient of the cursor's slope.
        
+
        caret_Offset
+
        The cursor's offset for slanted fonts. This value is ‘reserved’ in vmtx version 1.0.
        
+
        Reserved
+
        8 reserved bytes.
        
+
        metric_Data_Format
+
        Always 0.
        
+
        number_Of_HMetrics
+
        Number of VMetrics entries in the ‘vmtx’ table -- this value can be smaller than the total number of glyphs in the font.
        
+
        long_metrics
+
        A pointer into the ‘vmtx’ table.
        
+
        short_metrics
+
        A pointer into the ‘vmtx’ table.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        IMPORTANT: The TT_HoriHeader and TT_VertHeader structures should be identical except for the names of their fields which are different.
        
+
        This ensures that a single function in the ‘ttload’ module is able to read both the horizontal and vertical headers.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        TT_OS2
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H (freetype/tttables.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef struct  TT_OS2_
+  {
+    FT_UShort  version;                /* 0x0001 - more or 0xFFFF */
+    FT_Short   xAvgCharWidth;
+    FT_UShort  usWeightClass;
+    FT_UShort  usWidthClass;
+    FT_Short   fsType;
+    FT_Short   ySubscriptXSize;
+    FT_Short   ySubscriptYSize;
+    FT_Short   ySubscriptXOffset;
+    FT_Short   ySubscriptYOffset;
+    FT_Short   ySuperscriptXSize;
+    FT_Short   ySuperscriptYSize;
+    FT_Short   ySuperscriptXOffset;
+    FT_Short   ySuperscriptYOffset;
+    FT_Short   yStrikeoutSize;
+    FT_Short   yStrikeoutPosition;
+    FT_Short   sFamilyClass;
+
+    FT_Byte    panose[10];
+
+    FT_ULong   ulUnicodeRange1;        /* Bits 0-31   */
+    FT_ULong   ulUnicodeRange2;        /* Bits 32-63  */
+    FT_ULong   ulUnicodeRange3;        /* Bits 64-95  */
+    FT_ULong   ulUnicodeRange4;        /* Bits 96-127 */
+
+    FT_Char    achVendID[4];
+
+    FT_UShort  fsSelection;
+    FT_UShort  usFirstCharIndex;
+    FT_UShort  usLastCharIndex;
+    FT_Short   sTypoAscender;
+    FT_Short   sTypoDescender;
+    FT_Short   sTypoLineGap;
+    FT_UShort  usWinAscent;
+    FT_UShort  usWinDescent;
+
+    /* only version 1 tables: */
+
+    FT_ULong   ulCodePageRange1;       /* Bits 0-31   */
+    FT_ULong   ulCodePageRange2;       /* Bits 32-63  */
+
+    /* only version 2 tables: */
+
+    FT_Short   sxHeight;
+    FT_Short   sCapHeight;
+    FT_UShort  usDefaultChar;
+    FT_UShort  usBreakChar;
+    FT_UShort  usMaxContext;
+
+  } TT_OS2;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A structure used to model a TrueType OS/2 table. This is the long table version. All fields comply to the TrueType specification.
        
+
        Note that we now support old Mac fonts which do not include an OS/2 table. In this case, the ‘version’ field is always set to 0xFFFF.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        TT_Postscript
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H (freetype/tttables.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef struct  TT_Postscript_
+  {
+    FT_Fixed  FormatType;
+    FT_Fixed  italicAngle;
+    FT_Short  underlinePosition;
+    FT_Short  underlineThickness;
+    FT_ULong  isFixedPitch;
+    FT_ULong  minMemType42;
+    FT_ULong  maxMemType42;
+    FT_ULong  minMemType1;
+    FT_ULong  maxMemType1;
+
+    /* Glyph names follow in the file, but we don't   */
+    /* load them by default.  See the ttpost.c file.  */
+
+  } TT_Postscript;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A structure used to model a TrueType PostScript table. All fields comply to the TrueType specification. This structure does not reference the PostScript glyph names, which can be nevertheless accessed with the ‘ttpost’ module.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        TT_PCLT
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H (freetype/tttables.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef struct  TT_PCLT_
+  {
+    FT_Fixed   Version;
+    FT_ULong   FontNumber;
+    FT_UShort  Pitch;
+    FT_UShort  xHeight;
+    FT_UShort  Style;
+    FT_UShort  TypeFamily;
+    FT_UShort  CapHeight;
+    FT_UShort  SymbolSet;
+    FT_Char    TypeFace[16];
+    FT_Char    CharacterComplement[8];
+    FT_Char    FileName[6];
+    FT_Char    StrokeWeight;
+    FT_Char    WidthType;
+    FT_Byte    SerifStyle;
+    FT_Byte    Reserved;
+
+  } TT_PCLT;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A structure used to model a TrueType PCLT table. All fields comply to the TrueType specification.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        TT_MaxProfile
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H (freetype/tttables.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef struct  TT_MaxProfile_
+  {
+    FT_Fixed   version;
+    FT_UShort  numGlyphs;
+    FT_UShort  maxPoints;
+    FT_UShort  maxContours;
+    FT_UShort  maxCompositePoints;
+    FT_UShort  maxCompositeContours;
+    FT_UShort  maxZones;
+    FT_UShort  maxTwilightPoints;
+    FT_UShort  maxStorage;
+    FT_UShort  maxFunctionDefs;
+    FT_UShort  maxInstructionDefs;
+    FT_UShort  maxStackElements;
+    FT_UShort  maxSizeOfInstructions;
+    FT_UShort  maxComponentElements;
+    FT_UShort  maxComponentDepth;
+
+  } TT_MaxProfile;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        The maximum profile is a table containing many max values which can be used to pre-allocate arrays. This ensures that no memory allocation occurs during a glyph load.
        
+

        
+
        fields
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        version
+
        The version number.
        
+
        numGlyphs
+
        The number of glyphs in this TrueType font.
        
+
        maxPoints
+
        The maximum number of points in a non-composite TrueType glyph. See also the structure element ‘maxCompositePoints’.
        
+
        maxContours
+
        The maximum number of contours in a non-composite TrueType glyph. See also the structure element ‘maxCompositeContours’.
        
+
        maxCompositePoints
+
        The maximum number of points in a composite TrueType glyph. See also the structure element ‘maxPoints’.
        
+
        maxCompositeContours
+
        The maximum number of contours in a composite TrueType glyph. See also the structure element ‘maxContours’.
        
+
        maxZones
+
        The maximum number of zones used for glyph hinting.
        
+
        maxTwilightPoints
+
        The maximum number of points in the twilight zone used for glyph hinting.
        
+
        maxStorage
+
        The maximum number of elements in the storage area used for glyph hinting.
        
+
        maxFunctionDefs
+
        The maximum number of function definitions in the TrueType bytecode for this font.
        
+
        maxInstructionDefs
+
        The maximum number of instruction definitions in the TrueType bytecode for this font.
        
+
        maxStackElements
+
        The maximum number of stack elements used during bytecode interpretation.
        
+
        maxSizeOfInstructions
+
        The maximum number of TrueType opcodes used for glyph hinting.
        
+
        maxComponentElements
+
        The maximum number of simple (i.e., non- composite) glyphs in a composite glyph.
        
+
        maxComponentDepth
+
        The maximum nesting depth of composite glyphs.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        This structure is only used during font loading.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Sfnt_Tag
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H (freetype/tttables.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef enum  FT_Sfnt_Tag_
+  {
+    ft_sfnt_head = 0,
+    ft_sfnt_maxp = 1,
+    ft_sfnt_os2  = 2,
+    ft_sfnt_hhea = 3,
+    ft_sfnt_vhea = 4,
+    ft_sfnt_post = 5,
+    ft_sfnt_pclt = 6,
+
+    sfnt_max   /* internal end mark */
+
+  } FT_Sfnt_Tag;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        An enumeration used to specify the index of an SFNT table. Used in the FT_Get_Sfnt_Table API function.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Get_Sfnt_Table
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H (freetype/tttables.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( void* )
+  FT_Get_Sfnt_Table( FT_Face      face,
+                     FT_Sfnt_Tag  tag );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Return a pointer to a given SFNT table within a face.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        face
+
        A handle to the source.
        
+
        tag
+
        The index of the SFNT table.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        A type-less pointer to the table. This will be 0 in case of error, or if the corresponding table was not found OR loaded from the file.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        The table is owned by the face object and disappears with it.
        
+
        This function is only useful to access SFNT tables that are loaded by the sfnt, truetype, and opentype drivers. See FT_Sfnt_Tag for a list.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Load_Sfnt_Table
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H (freetype/tttables.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( FT_Face    face,
+                      FT_ULong   tag,
+                      FT_Long    offset,
+                      FT_Byte*   buffer,
+                      FT_ULong*  length );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Load any font table into client memory.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
        face
+
        A handle to the source face.
        
+
        tag
+
        The four-byte tag of the table to load. Use the value 0 if you want to access the whole font file. Otherwise, you can use one of the definitions found in the FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H file, or forge a new one with FT_MAKE_TAG.
        
+
        offset
+
        The starting offset in the table (or file if tag == 0).
        
+
        
+
        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
        buffer
+
        The target buffer address. The client must ensure that the memory array is big enough to hold the data.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        inout
        
+
        
+
+
+
        length
+
        If the ‘length’ parameter is NULL, then try to load the whole table. Return an error code if it fails.
        
+
        Else, if ‘*length’ is 0, exit immediately while returning the table's (or file) full size in it.
        
+
        Else the number of bytes to read from the table or file, from the starting offset.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        If you need to determine the table's length you should first call this function with ‘*length’ set to 0, as in the following example:
        
+
        +  FT_ULong  length = 0;
+
+
+  error = FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( face, tag, 0, NULL, &length );
+  if ( error ) { ... table does not exist ... }
+
+  buffer = malloc( length );
+  if ( buffer == NULL ) { ... not enough memory ... }
+
+  error = FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( face, tag, 0, buffer, &length );
+  if ( error ) { ... could not load table ... }
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Sfnt_Table_Info
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H (freetype/tttables.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Sfnt_Table_Info( FT_Face    face,
+                      FT_UInt    table_index,
+                      FT_ULong  *tag,
+                      FT_ULong  *length );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Return information on an SFNT table.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        face
+
        A handle to the source face.
        
+
        table_index
+
        The index of an SFNT table. The function returns FT_Err_Table_Missing for an invalid value.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        tag
+
        The name tag of the SFNT table.
        
+
        length
+
        The length of the SFNT table.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        SFNT tables with length zero are treated as missing.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H (freetype/tttables.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_ULong )
+  FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID( FT_CharMap  charmap );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Return TrueType/sfnt specific cmap language ID. Definitions of language ID values are in ‘freetype/ttnameid.h’.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        charmap
+
        The target charmap.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        The language ID of ‘charmap’. If ‘charmap’ doesn't belong to a TrueType/sfnt face, just return 0 as the default value.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Get_CMap_Format
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H (freetype/tttables.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Long )
+  FT_Get_CMap_Format( FT_CharMap  charmap );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Return TrueType/sfnt specific cmap format.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        charmap
+
        The target charmap.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        The format of ‘charmap’. If ‘charmap’ doesn't belong to a TrueType/sfnt face, return -1.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING
        
+
        
+
        A constant used as the tag of an FT_Parameter structure to indicate that unpatented methods only should be used by the TrueType bytecode interpreter for a typeface opened by FT_Open_Face.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
+
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-type1_tables.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-type1_tables.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8eaa3f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-type1_tables.html
@@ -0,0 +1,466 @@
+
+
+
+
+FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
        FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
        
+
+
        
+Type 1 Tables
+
        
+
        Synopsis
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        PS_FontInfoRecT1_PrivateCID_FaceInfo
        PS_FontInfoT1_Blend_FlagsCID_Info
        T1_FontInfoCID_FaceDictRecFT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names
        PS_PrivateRecCID_FaceDictFT_Get_PS_Font_Info
        PS_PrivateCID_FaceInfoRecFT_Get_PS_Font_Private


        
+
+
        
+
        This section contains the definition of Type 1-specific tables, including structures related to other PostScript font formats.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        PS_FontInfoRec
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H (freetype/t1tables.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef struct  PS_FontInfoRec_
+  {
+    FT_String*  version;
+    FT_String*  notice;
+    FT_String*  full_name;
+    FT_String*  family_name;
+    FT_String*  weight;
+    FT_Long     italic_angle;
+    FT_Bool     is_fixed_pitch;
+    FT_Short    underline_position;
+    FT_UShort   underline_thickness;
+
+  } PS_FontInfoRec;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A structure used to model a Type 1 or Type 2 FontInfo dictionary. Note that for Multiple Master fonts, each instance has its own FontInfo dictionary.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        PS_FontInfo
        
+
        
+
        A handle to a PS_FontInfoRec structure.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        T1_FontInfo
        
+
        
+
        This type is equivalent to PS_FontInfoRec. It is deprecated but kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of FreeType.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        PS_PrivateRec
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H (freetype/t1tables.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef struct  PS_PrivateRec_
+  {
+    FT_Int     unique_id;
+    FT_Int     lenIV;
+
+    FT_Byte    num_blue_values;
+    FT_Byte    num_other_blues;
+    FT_Byte    num_family_blues;
+    FT_Byte    num_family_other_blues;
+
+    FT_Short   blue_values[14];
+    FT_Short   other_blues[10];
+
+    FT_Short   family_blues      [14];
+    FT_Short   family_other_blues[10];
+
+    FT_Fixed   blue_scale;
+    FT_Int     blue_shift;
+    FT_Int     blue_fuzz;
+
+    FT_UShort  standard_width[1];
+    FT_UShort  standard_height[1];
+
+    FT_Byte    num_snap_widths;
+    FT_Byte    num_snap_heights;
+    FT_Bool    force_bold;
+    FT_Bool    round_stem_up;
+
+    FT_Short   snap_widths [13];  /* including std width  */
+    FT_Short   snap_heights[13];  /* including std height */
+
+    FT_Fixed   expansion_factor;
+
+    FT_Long    language_group;
+    FT_Long    password;
+
+    FT_Short   min_feature[2];
+
+  } PS_PrivateRec;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A structure used to model a Type 1 or Type 2 private dictionary. Note that for Multiple Master fonts, each instance has its own Private dictionary.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        PS_Private
        
+
        
+
        A handle to a PS_PrivateRec structure.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        T1_Private
        
+
        
+
        This type is equivalent to PS_PrivateRec. It is deprecated but kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of FreeType.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        T1_Blend_Flags
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H (freetype/t1tables.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef enum  T1_Blend_Flags_
+  {
+    /*# required fields in a FontInfo blend dictionary */
+    T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_POSITION = 0,
+    T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS,
+    T1_BLEND_ITALIC_ANGLE,
+
+    /*# required fields in a Private blend dictionary */
+    T1_BLEND_BLUE_VALUES,
+    T1_BLEND_OTHER_BLUES,
+    T1_BLEND_STANDARD_WIDTH,
+    T1_BLEND_STANDARD_HEIGHT,
+    T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_WIDTHS,
+    T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_HEIGHTS,
+    T1_BLEND_BLUE_SCALE,
+    T1_BLEND_BLUE_SHIFT,
+    T1_BLEND_FAMILY_BLUES,
+    T1_BLEND_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES,
+    T1_BLEND_FORCE_BOLD,
+
+    /*# never remove */
+    T1_BLEND_MAX
+
+  } T1_Blend_Flags;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A set of flags used to indicate which fields are present in a given blend dictionary (font info or private). Used to support Multiple Masters fonts.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        CID_FaceDictRec
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H (freetype/t1tables.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef struct  CID_FaceDictRec_
+  {
+    PS_PrivateRec  private_dict;
+
+    FT_UInt        len_buildchar;
+    FT_Fixed       forcebold_threshold;
+    FT_Pos         stroke_width;
+    FT_Fixed       expansion_factor;
+
+    FT_Byte        paint_type;
+    FT_Byte        font_type;
+    FT_Matrix      font_matrix;
+    FT_Vector      font_offset;
+
+    FT_UInt        num_subrs;
+    FT_ULong       subrmap_offset;
+    FT_Int         sd_bytes;
+
+  } CID_FaceDictRec;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A structure used to represent data in a CID top-level dictionary.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        CID_FaceDict
        
+
        
+
        A handle to a CID_FaceDictRec structure.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        CID_FaceInfoRec
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H (freetype/t1tables.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef struct  CID_FaceInfoRec_
+  {
+    FT_String*      cid_font_name;
+    FT_Fixed        cid_version;
+    FT_Int          cid_font_type;
+
+    FT_String*      registry;
+    FT_String*      ordering;
+    FT_Int          supplement;
+
+    PS_FontInfoRec  font_info;
+    FT_BBox         font_bbox;
+    FT_ULong        uid_base;
+
+    FT_Int          num_xuid;
+    FT_ULong        xuid[16];
+
+    FT_ULong        cidmap_offset;
+    FT_Int          fd_bytes;
+    FT_Int          gd_bytes;
+    FT_ULong        cid_count;
+
+    FT_Int          num_dicts;
+    CID_FaceDict    font_dicts;
+
+    FT_ULong        data_offset;
+
+  } CID_FaceInfoRec;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A structure used to represent CID Face information.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        CID_FaceInfo
        
+
        
+
        A handle to a CID_FaceInfoRec structure.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        CID_Info
        
+
        
+
        This type is equivalent to CID_FaceInfoRec. It is deprecated but kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of FreeType.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H (freetype/t1tables.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Int )
+  FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names( FT_Face  face );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Return true if a given face provides reliable PostScript glyph names. This is similar to using the FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES macro, except that certain fonts (mostly TrueType) contain incorrect glyph name tables.
        
+
        When this function returns true, the caller is sure that the glyph names returned by FT_Get_Glyph_Name are reliable.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        face
+
        face handle
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        Boolean. True if glyph names are reliable.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Get_PS_Font_Info
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H (freetype/t1tables.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_PS_Font_Info( FT_Face      face,
+                       PS_FontInfo  afont_info );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Retrieve the PS_FontInfoRec structure corresponding to a given PostScript font.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        face
+
        PostScript face handle.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
        afont_info
+
        Output font info structure pointer.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        The string pointers within the font info structure are owned by the face and don't need to be freed by the caller.
        
+
        If the font's format is not PostScript-based, this function will return the ‘FT_Err_Invalid_Argument’ error code.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Get_PS_Font_Private
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H (freetype/t1tables.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_PS_Font_Private( FT_Face     face,
+                          PS_Private  afont_private );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Retrieve the PS_PrivateRec structure corresponding to a given PostScript font.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        face
+
        PostScript face handle.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
        afont_private
+
        Output private dictionary structure pointer.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        The string pointers within the PS_PrivateRec structure are owned by the face and don't need to be freed by the caller.
        
+
        If the font's format is not PostScript-based, this function returns the ‘FT_Err_Invalid_Argument’ error code.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
+
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-user_allocation.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-user_allocation.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d3b48b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-user_allocation.html
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+
+
+
+
+FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
        FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
        
+
+
        
+User allocation
+
        
+
        
+
        FreeType assumes that structures allocated by the user and passed as arguments are zeroed out except for the actual data. In other words, it is recommended to use ‘calloc’ (or variants of it) instead of ‘malloc’ for allocation.
        
+

        
+
+
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-version.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-version.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2c7d9c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-version.html
@@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
+
+
+
+
+FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
        FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
        
+
+
        
+FreeType Version
+
        
+
        Synopsis
        
+
+
+
+
        FREETYPE_XXXFT_Face_CheckTrueTypePatents
        FT_Library_VersionFT_Face_SetUnpatentedHinting


        
+
+
        
+
        Note that those functions and macros are of limited use because even a new release of FreeType with only documentation changes increases the version number.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        FREETYPE_XXX
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+#define FREETYPE_MAJOR  2
+#define FREETYPE_MINOR  3
+#define FREETYPE_PATCH  9
+
+

        
+
        
+
        These three macros identify the FreeType source code version. Use FT_Library_Version to access them at runtime.
        
+

        
+
        values
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
        FREETYPE_MAJOR
+
        The major version number.
        
+
        FREETYPE_MINOR
+
        The minor version number.
        
+
        FREETYPE_PATCH
+
        The patch level.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        The version number of FreeType if built as a dynamic link library with the ‘libtool’ package is not controlled by these three macros.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Library_Version
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_Library_Version( FT_Library   library,
+                      FT_Int      *amajor,
+                      FT_Int      *aminor,
+                      FT_Int      *apatch );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Return the version of the FreeType library being used. This is useful when dynamically linking to the library, since one cannot use the macros FREETYPE_MAJOR, FREETYPE_MINOR, and FREETYPE_PATCH.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        library
+
        A source library handle.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
        amajor
+
        The major version number.
        
+
        aminor
+
        The minor version number.
        
+
        apatch
+
        The patch version number.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        The reason why this function takes a ‘library’ argument is because certain programs implement library initialization in a custom way that doesn't use FT_Init_FreeType.
        
+
        In such cases, the library version might not be available before the library object has been created.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Face_CheckTrueTypePatents
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Bool )
+  FT_Face_CheckTrueTypePatents( FT_Face  face );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Parse all bytecode instructions of a TrueType font file to check whether any of the patented opcodes are used. This is only useful if you want to be able to use the unpatented hinter with fonts that do not use these opcodes.
        
+
        Note that this function parses all glyph instructions in the font file, which may be slow.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        face
+
        A face handle.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        1 if this is a TrueType font that uses one of the patented opcodes, 0 otherwise.
        
+
        
+
        since
        
+
        2.3.5
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Face_SetUnpatentedHinting
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_FREETYPE_H (freetype/freetype.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Bool )
+  FT_Face_SetUnpatentedHinting( FT_Face  face,
+                                FT_Bool  value );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Enable or disable the unpatented hinter for a given face. Only enable it if you have determined that the face doesn't use any patented opcodes (see FT_Face_CheckTrueTypePatents).
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
        face
+
        A face handle.
        
+
        value
+
        New boolean setting.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        The old setting value. This will always be false if this is not an SFNT font, or if the unpatented hinter is not compiled in this instance of the library.
        
+
        
+
        since
        
+
        2.3.5
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
+
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-winfnt_fonts.html b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-winfnt_fonts.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7c850d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/reference/ft2-winfnt_fonts.html
@@ -0,0 +1,270 @@
+
+
+
+
+FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
        FreeType-2.3.9 API Reference
        
+
+
        
+Window FNT Files
+
        
+
        Synopsis
        
+
+
+
+
        FT_WinFNT_ID_XXXFT_WinFNT_Header
        FT_WinFNT_HeaderRecFT_Get_WinFNT_Header


        
+
+
        
+
        This section contains the declaration of Windows FNT specific functions.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        FT_WinFNT_ID_XXX
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_WINFONTS_H (freetype/ftwinfnt.h).
+

        
+
        +
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1252    0
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_DEFAULT   1
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_SYMBOL    2
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_MAC      77
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP932   128
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP949   129
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1361  130
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP936   134
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP950   136
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1253  161
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1254  162
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1258  163
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1255  177
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1256  178
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1257  186
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1251  204
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP874   222
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1250  238
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM     255
+
+

        
+
        
+
        A list of valid values for the ‘charset’ byte in FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec. Exact mapping tables for the various cpXXXX encodings (except for cp1361) can be found at ftp://ftp.unicode.org in the MAPPINGS/VENDORS/MICSFT/WINDOWS subdirectory. cp1361 is roughly a superset of MAPPINGS/OBSOLETE/EASTASIA/KSC/JOHAB.TXT.
        
+

        
+
        values
        
+
        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
        FT_WinFNT_ID_DEFAULT
+
        This is used for font enumeration and font creation as a ‘don't care’ value. Valid font files don't contain this value. When querying for information about the character set of the font that is currently selected into a specified device context, this return value (of the related Windows API) simply denotes failure.
        
+
        FT_WinFNT_ID_SYMBOL
+
        There is no known mapping table available.
        
+
        FT_WinFNT_ID_MAC
+
        Mac Roman encoding.
        
+
        FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM
+
        From Michael Pöttgen <michael@poettgen.de>:
        
+
        The ‘Windows Font Mapping’ article says that FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM is used for the charset of vector fonts, like ‘modern.fon’, ‘roman.fon’, and ‘script.fon’ on Windows.
        
+
        The ‘CreateFont’ documentation says: The FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM value specifies a character set that is operating-system dependent.
        
+
        The ‘IFIMETRICS’ documentation from the ‘Windows Driver Development Kit’ says: This font supports an OEM-specific character set. The OEM character set is system dependent.
        
+
        In general OEM, as opposed to ANSI (i.e., cp1252), denotes the second default codepage that most international versions of Windows have. It is one of the OEM codepages from
        
+
        http://www.microsoft.com/globaldev/reference/cphome.mspx,
        
+
        and is used for the ‘DOS boxes’, to support legacy applications. A German Windows version for example usually uses ANSI codepage 1252 and OEM codepage 850.
        
+
        FT_WinFNT_ID_CP874
+
        A superset of Thai TIS 620 and ISO 8859-11.
        
+
        FT_WinFNT_ID_CP932
+
        A superset of Japanese Shift-JIS (with minor deviations).
        
+
        FT_WinFNT_ID_CP936
+
        A superset of simplified Chinese GB 2312-1980 (with different ordering and minor deviations).
        
+
        FT_WinFNT_ID_CP949
+
        A superset of Korean Hangul KS C 5601-1987 (with different ordering and minor deviations).
        
+
        FT_WinFNT_ID_CP950
+
        A superset of traditional Chinese Big 5 ETen (with different ordering and minor deviations).
        
+
        FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1250
+
        A superset of East European ISO 8859-2 (with slightly different ordering).
        
+
        FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1251
+
        A superset of Russian ISO 8859-5 (with different ordering).
        
+
        FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1252
+
        ANSI encoding. A superset of ISO 8859-1.
        
+
        FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1253
+
        A superset of Greek ISO 8859-7 (with minor modifications).
        
+
        FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1254
+
        A superset of Turkish ISO 8859-9.
        
+
        FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1255
+
        A superset of Hebrew ISO 8859-8 (with some modifications).
        
+
        FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1256
+
        A superset of Arabic ISO 8859-6 (with different ordering).
        
+
        FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1257
+
        A superset of Baltic ISO 8859-13 (with some deviations).
        
+
        FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1258
+
        For Vietnamese. This encoding doesn't cover all necessary characters.
        
+
        FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1361
+
        Korean (Johab).
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_WINFONTS_H (freetype/ftwinfnt.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  typedef struct  FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec_
+  {
+    FT_UShort  version;
+    FT_ULong   file_size;
+    FT_Byte    copyright[60];
+    FT_UShort  file_type;
+    FT_UShort  nominal_point_size;
+    FT_UShort  vertical_resolution;
+    FT_UShort  horizontal_resolution;
+    FT_UShort  ascent;
+    FT_UShort  internal_leading;
+    FT_UShort  external_leading;
+    FT_Byte    italic;
+    FT_Byte    underline;
+    FT_Byte    strike_out;
+    FT_UShort  weight;
+    FT_Byte    charset;
+    FT_UShort  pixel_width;
+    FT_UShort  pixel_height;
+    FT_Byte    pitch_and_family;
+    FT_UShort  avg_width;
+    FT_UShort  max_width;
+    FT_Byte    first_char;
+    FT_Byte    last_char;
+    FT_Byte    default_char;
+    FT_Byte    break_char;
+    FT_UShort  bytes_per_row;
+    FT_ULong   device_offset;
+    FT_ULong   face_name_offset;
+    FT_ULong   bits_pointer;
+    FT_ULong   bits_offset;
+    FT_Byte    reserved;
+    FT_ULong   flags;
+    FT_UShort  A_space;
+    FT_UShort  B_space;
+    FT_UShort  C_space;
+    FT_UShort  color_table_offset;
+    FT_ULong   reserved1[4];
+
+  } FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec;
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Windows FNT Header info.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_WinFNT_Header
        
+
        
+
        A handle to an FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec structure.
        
+

        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
        
+
        FT_Get_WinFNT_Header
        
+
        
+Defined in FT_WINFONTS_H (freetype/ftwinfnt.h).
+

        
+
        +
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_WinFNT_Header( FT_Face               face,
+                        FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec  *aheader );
+
+

        
+
        
+
        Retrieve a Windows FNT font info header.
        
+

        
+
        input
        
+
        
+
+
+
        face
+
        A handle to the input face.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        output
        
+
        
+
+
+
        aheader
+
        The WinFNT header.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        return
        
+
        FreeType error code. 0 means success.
        
+
        
+
        note
        
+
        This function only works with Windows FNT faces, returning an error otherwise.
        
+
        
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
+
+
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/release b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/release
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e93f430
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/docs/release
@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+How to prepare a new release
+----------------------------
+
+. include/freetype/freetype.h:  Update FREETYPE_MAJOR, FREETYPE_MINOR,
+  and FREETYPE_PATCH.
+
+. Update version numbers in all files where necessary (for example, do
+  a grep for both `2.3.1' and `231' for release 2.3.1).
+
+. builds/unix/configure.raw: Update `version_info'.
+
+. docs/CHANGES: Document differences to last release.
+
+. README: Update.
+
+. docs/VERSION.DLL: Document changed `version_info'.
+
+. ChangeLog: Announce  new release  (both in  freetype2  and  ft2demos
+  modules).
+
+. Copy the CVS archive to another directory and run
+
+    make distclean; make devel; make
+    make distclean; make devel; make multi
+    make distclean; make devel CC=g++; make CC=g++
+    make distclean; make devel CC=g++; make multi CC=g++
+
+    sh autogen.sh
+    make distclean; ./configure; make
+    make distclean; ./configure CC=g++; make
+
+  to test compilation with both gcc and g++.
+
+. Test C++ compilation for ft2demos too.
+
+. Tag the CVS (freetype2, ft2demos).
+
+  TODO: Tag the home page CVS on savannah.nongnu.org.
+
+. Say `make  dist'  in both  the  freetype2 and  ft2demos  modules  to
+  generate the .tar.gz, .tar.bz2, and .zip files.
+
+. Create     the     doc    bundles    (freetype-doc-.tar.gz,
+  freetype-doc-.tar.bz2,    ftdoc.zip).    This   is
+  everything below
+
+    freetype.freedesktop.org:/srv/freetype.freedesktop.org/www/freetype2/docs/
+
+  except the `reference' subdirectory.   Do *not* use option `-l' from
+  zip!
+
+. Run the following script (with updated `$VERSION', `$SAVANNAH_USER',
+  and $SOURCEFORGE_USER  variables) to sign and upload the  bundles to
+  both Savannah and SourceForge.  The signing code has been taken from
+  the `gnupload' script (part of the automake bundle).
+
+    #!/bin/sh
+
+    VERSION=2.3.7
+    SAVANNAH_USER=wl
+    SOURCEFORGE_USER=wlemb
+
+    #####################################################################
+
+    GPG='/usr/bin/gpg --batch --no-tty'
+
+    version=`echo $VERSION | sed "s/\\.//g"`
+
+    UNIX_PACKAGES="freetype ft2demos freetype-doc"
+    WINDOWS_PACKAGES="ft ftdmo ftdoc"
+    UNIX_ZIP="tar.gz tar.bz2"
+    WINDOWS_ZIP="zip"
+
+    PACKAGE_LIST=
+    for i in $UNIX_PACKAGES; do
+      for j in $UNIX_ZIP; do
+        PACKAGE_LIST="$PACKAGE_LIST $i-$VERSION.$j"
+      done
+    done
+    for i in $WINDOWS_PACKAGES; do
+      for j in $WINDOWS_ZIP; do
+        PACKAGE_LIST="$PACKAGE_LIST $i$version.$j"
+      done
+    done
+
+    set -e
+    unset passphrase
+
+    PATH=/empty echo -n "Enter GPG passphrase: "
+    stty -echo
+    read -r passphrase
+    stty echo
+    echo
+
+    for f in $PACKAGE_LIST; do
+      if test ! -f $f; then
+        echo "$0: Cannot find \`$f'" 1>&2
+        exit 1
+      else
+        :
+      fi
+    done
+
+    for f in $PACKAGE_LIST; do
+      echo "Signing $f..."
+      rm -f $f.sig
+      echo $passphrase | $GPG --passphrase-fd 0 -ba -o $f.sig $f
+    done
+
+    SIGNATURE_LIST=
+    for i in $PACKAGE_LIST; do
+      SIGNATURE_LIST="$SIGNATURE_LIST $i.sig"
+    done
+
+    scp $PACKAGE_LIST $SIGNATURE_LIST \
+      $SAVANNAH_USER@dl.sv.nongnu.org:/releases/freetype/
+
+    rsync -avP -e ssh $PACKAGE_LIST $SIGNATURE_LIST \
+      $SOURCEFORGE_USER@frs.sf.net:uploads/
+
+    # EOF
+
+. While files on savannah.gnu.org are automatically moved to the right
+  directory, it must be done manually on SourceForge.  Do that now.
+
+. Update the FreeType release notes on SourceForge.
+
+. Copy the reference files (generated by `make dist') to
+
+    freetype.freedesktop.org:/srv/freetype.freedesktop.org/www/freetype2/docs/reference
+
+  and
+
+    shell.sf.net:/home/groups/f/fr/freetype/htdocs/freetype2/docs/reference
+
+  TODO: Create  FreeType  home  page  CVS  on savannah.nongnu.org  and
+        update it accordingly.
+
+        Write script to automatically do this.
+
+        Mirror FreeType's savannah home page everywhere.
+
+. Update
+
+    freetype.freedesktop.org:/srv/freetype.freedesktop.org/www/index2.html
+
+  and copy it to
+
+    shell.sf.net:/home/groups/f/fr/freetype/htdocs/index2.html
+
+. Announce new release on freetype-announce@nongnu.org and to relevant
+  newsgroups.
+
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Copyright 2003, 2005, 2006, 2007 by
+David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+
+This  file is  part of  the FreeType  project, and  may only  be used,
+modified,  and distributed  under the  terms of  the  FreeType project
+license,  LICENSE.TXT.  By  continuing to  use, modify,  or distribute
+this file you  indicate that you have read  the license and understand
+and accept it fully.
+
+
+--- end of release ---
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3c0b8b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,500 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftconfig.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    ANSI-specific configuration file (specification only).               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2007, 2008 by             */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This header file contains a number of macro definitions that are used */
+  /* by the rest of the engine.  Most of the macros here are automatically */
+  /* determined at compile time, and you should not need to change it to   */
+  /* port FreeType, except to compile the library with a non-ANSI          */
+  /* compiler.                                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Note however that if some specific modifications are needed, we       */
+  /* advise you to place a modified copy in your build directory.          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The build directory is usually `freetype/builds/', and        */
+  /* contains system-specific files that are always included first when    */
+  /* building the library.                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This ANSI version should stay in `include/freetype/config'.           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTCONFIG_H__
+#define __FTCONFIG_H__
+
+#include 
+#include FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
+#include FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*               PLATFORM-SPECIFIC CONFIGURATION MACROS                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* These macros can be toggled to suit a specific system.  The current   */
+  /* ones are defaults used to compile FreeType in an ANSI C environment   */
+  /* (16bit compilers are also supported).  Copy this file to your own     */
+  /* `freetype/builds/' directory, and edit it to port the engine. */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /* There are systems (like the Texas Instruments 'C54x) where a `char' */
+  /* has 16 bits.  ANSI C says that sizeof(char) is always 1.  Since an  */
+  /* `int' has 16 bits also for this system, sizeof(int) gives 1 which   */
+  /* is probably unexpected.                                             */
+  /*                                                                     */
+  /* `CHAR_BIT' (defined in limits.h) gives the number of bits in a      */
+  /* `char' type.                                                        */
+
+#ifndef FT_CHAR_BIT
+#define FT_CHAR_BIT  CHAR_BIT
+#endif
+
+
+  /* The size of an `int' type.  */
+#if                                 FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFUL
+#define FT_SIZEOF_INT  (16 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
+#elif                               FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFUL
+#define FT_SIZEOF_INT  (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
+#elif FT_UINT_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFUL
+#define FT_SIZEOF_INT  (64 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
+#else
+#error "Unsupported size of `int' type!"
+#endif
+
+  /* The size of a `long' type.  A five-byte `long' (as used e.g. on the */
+  /* DM642) is recognized but avoided.                                   */
+#if                                  FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFUL
+#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG  (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
+#elif FT_ULONG_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFUL
+#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG  (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
+#elif FT_ULONG_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFUL
+#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG  (64 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
+#else
+#error "Unsupported size of `long' type!"
+#endif
+
+
+  /* Preferred alignment of data */
+#define FT_ALIGNMENT  8
+
+
+  /* FT_UNUSED is a macro used to indicate that a given parameter is not  */
+  /* used -- this is only used to get rid of unpleasant compiler warnings */
+#ifndef FT_UNUSED
+#define FT_UNUSED( arg )  ( (arg) = (arg) )
+#endif
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                     AUTOMATIC CONFIGURATION MACROS                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* These macros are computed from the ones defined above.  Don't touch   */
+  /* their definition, unless you know precisely what you are doing.  No   */
+  /* porter should need to mess with them.                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Mac support                                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   This is the only necessary change, so it is defined here instead    */
+  /*   providing a new configuration file.                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#if ( defined( __APPLE__ ) && !defined( DARWIN_NO_CARBON ) ) || \
+    ( defined( __MWERKS__ ) && defined( macintosh )        )
+  /* no Carbon frameworks for 64bit 10.4.x */
+#include "AvailabilityMacros.h"
+#if defined( __LP64__ ) && \
+    ( MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED <= MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_4 )
+#define DARWIN_NO_CARBON 1
+#else
+#define FT_MACINTOSH 1
+#endif
+
+#elif defined( __SC__ ) || defined( __MRC__ )
+  /* Classic MacOS compilers */
+#include "ConditionalMacros.h"
+#if TARGET_OS_MAC
+#define FT_MACINTOSH 1
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* 
                                                                     */
+  /*    basic_types                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                 */
+  /*    FT_Int16                                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    A typedef for a 16bit signed integer type.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef signed short  FT_Int16;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                 */
+  /*    FT_UInt16                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    A typedef for a 16bit unsigned integer type.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef unsigned short  FT_UInt16;
+
+  /* */
+
+
+  /* this #if 0 ... #endif clause is for documentation purposes */
+#if 0
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                 */
+  /*    FT_Int32                                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    A typedef for a 32bit signed integer type.  The size depends on    */
+  /*    the configuration.                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef signed XXX  FT_Int32;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                 */
+  /*    FT_UInt32                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    A typedef for a 32bit unsigned integer type.  The size depends on  */
+  /*    the configuration.                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef unsigned XXX  FT_UInt32;
+
+  /* */
+
+#endif
+
+#if FT_SIZEOF_INT == (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
+
+  typedef signed int      FT_Int32;
+  typedef unsigned int    FT_UInt32;
+
+#elif FT_SIZEOF_LONG == (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
+
+  typedef signed long     FT_Int32;
+  typedef unsigned long   FT_UInt32;
+
+#else
+#error "no 32bit type found -- please check your configuration files"
+#endif
+
+
+  /* look up an integer type that is at least 32 bits */
+#if FT_SIZEOF_INT >= (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
+
+  typedef int            FT_Fast;
+  typedef unsigned int   FT_UFast;
+
+#elif FT_SIZEOF_LONG >= (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
+
+  typedef long           FT_Fast;
+  typedef unsigned long  FT_UFast;
+
+#endif
+
+
+  /* determine whether we have a 64-bit int type for platforms without */
+  /* Autoconf                                                          */
+#if FT_SIZEOF_LONG == (64 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
+
+  /* FT_LONG64 must be defined if a 64-bit type is available */
+#define FT_LONG64
+#define FT_INT64  long
+
+#elif defined( _MSC_VER ) && _MSC_VER >= 900  /* Visual C++ (and Intel C++) */
+
+  /* this compiler provides the __int64 type */
+#define FT_LONG64
+#define FT_INT64  __int64
+
+#elif defined( __BORLANDC__ )  /* Borland C++ */
+
+  /* XXXX: We should probably check the value of __BORLANDC__ in order */
+  /*       to test the compiler version.                               */
+
+  /* this compiler provides the __int64 type */
+#define FT_LONG64
+#define FT_INT64  __int64
+
+#elif defined( __WATCOMC__ )   /* Watcom C++ */
+
+  /* Watcom doesn't provide 64-bit data types */
+
+#elif defined( __MWERKS__ )    /* Metrowerks CodeWarrior */
+
+#define FT_LONG64
+#define FT_INT64  long long int
+
+#elif defined( __GNUC__ )
+
+  /* GCC provides the `long long' type */
+#define FT_LONG64
+#define FT_INT64  long long int
+
+#endif /* FT_SIZEOF_LONG == (64 / FT_CHAR_BIT) */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* A 64-bit data type will create compilation problems if you compile    */
+  /* in strict ANSI mode.  To avoid them, we disable its use if __STDC__   */
+  /* is defined.  You can however ignore this rule by defining the         */
+  /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 configuration macro.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#if defined( FT_LONG64 ) && !defined( FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 )
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+
+  /* undefine the 64-bit macros in strict ANSI compilation mode */
+#undef FT_LONG64
+#undef FT_INT64
+
+#endif /* __STDC__ */
+
+#endif /* FT_LONG64 && !FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 */
+
+
+#define FT_BEGIN_STMNT  do {
+#define FT_END_STMNT    } while ( 0 )
+#define FT_DUMMY_STMNT  FT_BEGIN_STMNT FT_END_STMNT
+
+
+#ifndef  FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_ASSEMBLER
+  /* Provide assembler fragments for performance-critical functions. */
+  /* These must be defined `static __inline__' with GCC.             */
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+
+#if defined( __arm__ ) && !defined( __thumb__ )
+#define FT_MULFIX_ASSEMBLER  FT_MulFix_arm
+
+  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
+
+  static __inline__ FT_Int32
+  FT_MulFix_arm( FT_Int32  a,
+                 FT_Int32  b )
+  {
+    register FT_Int32  t, t2;
+
+
+    asm __volatile__ (
+      "smull  %1, %2, %4, %3\n\t"   /* (lo=%1,hi=%2) = a*b */
+      "mov    %0, %2, asr #31\n\t"  /* %0  = (hi >> 31) */
+      "add    %0, %0, #0x8000\n\t"  /* %0 += 0x8000 */
+      "adds   %1, %1, %0\n\t"       /* %1 += %0 */
+      "adc    %2, %2, #0\n\t"       /* %2 += carry */
+      "mov    %0, %1, lsr #16\n\t"  /* %0  = %1 >> 16 */
+      "orr    %0, %2, lsl #16\n\t"  /* %0 |= %2 << 16 */
+      : "=r"(a), "=&r"(t2), "=&r"(t)
+      : "r"(a), "r"(b) );
+    return a;
+  }
+
+#endif /* __arm__ && !__thumb__ */
+
+#if defined( i386 )
+#define FT_MULFIX_ASSEMBLER  FT_MulFix_i386
+
+  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
+
+  static __inline__ FT_Int32
+  FT_MulFix_i386( FT_Int32  a,
+                  FT_Int32  b )
+  {
+    register FT_Int32  result;
+
+
+    __asm__ __volatile__ (
+      "imul  %%edx\n"
+      "movl  %%edx, %%ecx\n"
+      "sarl  $31, %%ecx\n"
+      "addl  $0x8000, %%ecx\n"
+      "addl  %%ecx, %%eax\n"
+      "adcl  $0, %%edx\n"
+      "shrl  $16, %%eax\n"
+      "shll  $16, %%edx\n"
+      "addl  %%edx, %%eax\n"
+      : "=a"(result), "=d"(b)
+      : "a"(a), "d"(b)
+      : "%ecx", "cc" );
+    return result;
+  }
+
+#endif /* i386 */
+
+#endif /* __GNUC__ */
+
+#endif /* !FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_ASSEMBLER */
+
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INLINE_MULFIX
+#ifdef FT_MULFIX_ASSEMBLER
+#define FT_MULFIX_INLINED  FT_MULFIX_ASSEMBLER
+#endif
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT
+
+#define FT_LOCAL( x )      static  x
+#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x )  static  x
+
+#else
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_LOCAL( x )      extern "C"  x
+#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x )  extern "C"  x
+#else
+#define FT_LOCAL( x )      extern  x
+#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x )  x
+#endif
+
+#endif /* FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT */
+
+
+#ifndef FT_BASE
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_BASE( x )  extern "C"  x
+#else
+#define FT_BASE( x )  extern  x
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !FT_BASE */
+
+
+#ifndef FT_BASE_DEF
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_BASE_DEF( x )  x
+#else
+#define FT_BASE_DEF( x )  x
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !FT_BASE_DEF */
+
+
+#ifndef FT_EXPORT
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_EXPORT( x )  extern "C"  x
+#else
+#define FT_EXPORT( x )  extern  x
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !FT_EXPORT */
+
+
+#ifndef FT_EXPORT_DEF
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_EXPORT_DEF( x )  extern "C"  x
+#else
+#define FT_EXPORT_DEF( x )  extern  x
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !FT_EXPORT_DEF */
+
+
+#ifndef FT_EXPORT_VAR
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_EXPORT_VAR( x )  extern "C"  x
+#else
+#define FT_EXPORT_VAR( x )  extern  x
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !FT_EXPORT_VAR */
+
+  /* The following macros are needed to compile the library with a   */
+  /* C++ compiler and with 16bit compilers.                          */
+  /*                                                                 */
+
+  /* This is special.  Within C++, you must specify `extern "C"' for */
+  /* functions which are used via function pointers, and you also    */
+  /* must do that for structures which contain function pointers to  */
+  /* assure C linkage -- it's not possible to have (local) anonymous */
+  /* functions which are accessed by (global) function pointers.     */
+  /*                                                                 */
+  /*                                                                 */
+  /* FT_CALLBACK_DEF is used to _define_ a callback function.        */
+  /*                                                                 */
+  /* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE is used to _declare_ a constant variable that */
+  /* contains pointers to callback functions.                        */
+  /*                                                                 */
+  /* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF is used to _define_ a constant variable   */
+  /* that contains pointers to callback functions.                   */
+  /*                                                                 */
+  /*                                                                 */
+  /* Some 16bit compilers have to redefine these macros to insert    */
+  /* the infamous `_cdecl' or `__fastcall' declarations.             */
+  /*                                                                 */
+#ifndef FT_CALLBACK_DEF
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_CALLBACK_DEF( x )  extern "C"  x
+#else
+#define FT_CALLBACK_DEF( x )  static  x
+#endif
+#endif /* FT_CALLBACK_DEF */
+
+#ifndef FT_CALLBACK_TABLE
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE      extern "C"
+#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF  extern "C"
+#else
+#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE      extern
+#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF  /* nothing */
+#endif
+#endif /* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+
+#endif /* __FTCONFIG_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/config/ftheader.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/config/ftheader.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b63945d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/config/ftheader.h
@@ -0,0 +1,780 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftheader.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Build macros of the FreeType 2 library.                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by       */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef __FT_HEADER_H__
+#define __FT_HEADER_H__
+
+
+  /*@***********************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    FT_BEGIN_HEADER                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    This macro is used in association with @FT_END_HEADER in header    */
+  /*    files to ensure that the declarations within are properly          */
+  /*    encapsulated in an `extern "C" { .. }' block when included from a  */
+  /*    C++ compiler.                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_BEGIN_HEADER  extern "C" {
+#else
+#define FT_BEGIN_HEADER  /* nothing */
+#endif
+
+
+  /*@***********************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    FT_END_HEADER                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    This macro is used in association with @FT_BEGIN_HEADER in header  */
+  /*    files to ensure that the declarations within are properly          */
+  /*    encapsulated in an `extern "C" { .. }' block when included from a  */
+  /*    C++ compiler.                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_END_HEADER  }
+#else
+#define FT_END_HEADER  /* nothing */
+#endif
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Aliases for the FreeType 2 public and configuration files.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* 
                                                                     */
+  /*    header_file_macros                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    Header File Macros                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
+  /*    Macro definitions used to #include specific header files.          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    The following macros are defined to the name of specific           */
+  /*    FreeType~2 header files.  They can be used directly in #include    */
+  /*    statements as in:                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    {                                                                  */
+  /*      #include FT_FREETYPE_H                                           */
+  /*      #include FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H                                   */
+  /*      #include FT_GLYPH_H                                              */
+  /*    }                                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    There are several reasons why we are now using macros to name      */
+  /*    public header files.  The first one is that such macros are not    */
+  /*    limited to the infamous 8.3~naming rule required by DOS (and       */
+  /*    `FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H' is a lot more meaningful than `ftmm.h').   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    The second reason is that it allows for more flexibility in the    */
+  /*    way FreeType~2 is installed on a given system.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /* configuration files */
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
+   *   FreeType~2 configuration data.
+   *
+   */
+#ifndef FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
+#define FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H  <freetype/config/ftconfig.h>
+#endif
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
+   *   FreeType~2 interface to the standard C library functions.
+   *
+   */
+#ifndef FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
+#define FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H  <freetype/config/ftstdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
+   *   FreeType~2 project-specific configuration options.
+   *
+   */
+#ifndef FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
+#define FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H  <freetype/config/ftoption.h>
+#endif
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   list of FreeType~2 modules that are statically linked to new library
+   *   instances in @FT_Init_FreeType.
+   *
+   */
+#ifndef FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H
+#define FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H  <freetype/config/ftmodule.h>
+#endif
+
+  /* */
+
+  /* public headers */
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_FREETYPE_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   base FreeType~2 API.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_FREETYPE_H  <freetype/freetype.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_ERRORS_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   list of FreeType~2 error codes (and messages).
+   *
+   *   It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_ERRORS_H  <freetype/fterrors.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   list of FreeType~2 module error offsets (and messages).
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H  <freetype/ftmoderr.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_SYSTEM_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   FreeType~2 interface to low-level operations (i.e., memory management
+   *   and stream i/o).
+   *
+   *   It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_SYSTEM_H  <freetype/ftsystem.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_IMAGE_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing type
+   *   definitions related to glyph images (i.e., bitmaps, outlines,
+   *   scan-converter parameters).
+   *
+   *   It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_IMAGE_H  <freetype/ftimage.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_TYPES_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   basic data types defined by FreeType~2.
+   *
+   *   It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_TYPES_H  <freetype/fttypes.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_LIST_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   list management API of FreeType~2.
+   *
+   *   (Most applications will never need to include this file.)
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_LIST_H  <freetype/ftlist.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_OUTLINE_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   scalable outline management API of FreeType~2.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_OUTLINE_H  <freetype/ftoutln.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_SIZES_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   API which manages multiple @FT_Size objects per face.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_SIZES_H  <freetype/ftsizes.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_MODULE_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   module management API of FreeType~2.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_MODULE_H  <freetype/ftmodapi.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_RENDER_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   renderer module management API of FreeType~2.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_RENDER_H  <freetype/ftrender.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   types and API specific to the Type~1 format.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H  <freetype/t1tables.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   enumeration values which identify name strings, languages, encodings,
+   *   etc.  This file really contains a _large_ set of constant macro
+   *   definitions, taken from the TrueType and OpenType specifications.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H  <freetype/ttnameid.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   types and API specific to the TrueType (as well as OpenType) format.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H  <freetype/tttables.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   definitions of TrueType four-byte `tags' which identify blocks in
+   *   SFNT-based font formats (i.e., TrueType and OpenType).
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H  <freetype/tttags.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_BDF_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   definitions of an API which accesses BDF-specific strings from a
+   *   face.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_BDF_H  <freetype/ftbdf.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_CID_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   definitions of an API which access CID font information from a
+   *   face.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_CID_H  <freetype/ftcid.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_GZIP_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   definitions of an API which supports gzip-compressed files.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_GZIP_H  <freetype/ftgzip.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_LZW_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   definitions of an API which supports LZW-compressed files.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_LZW_H  <freetype/ftlzw.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_WINFONTS_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   definitions of an API which supports Windows FNT files.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_WINFONTS_H   <freetype/ftwinfnt.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_GLYPH_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   API of the optional glyph management component.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_GLYPH_H  <freetype/ftglyph.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_BITMAP_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   API of the optional bitmap conversion component.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_BITMAP_H  <freetype/ftbitmap.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_BBOX_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   API of the optional exact bounding box computation routines.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_BBOX_H  <freetype/ftbbox.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_CACHE_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   API of the optional FreeType~2 cache sub-system.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_CACHE_H  <freetype/ftcache.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_CACHE_IMAGE_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   `glyph image' API of the FreeType~2 cache sub-system.
+   *
+   *   It is used to define a cache for @FT_Glyph elements.  You can also
+   *   use the API defined in @FT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_H if you only need to
+   *   store small glyph bitmaps, as it will use less memory.
+   *
+   *   This macro is deprecated.  Simply include @FT_CACHE_H to have all
+   *   glyph image-related cache declarations.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_CACHE_IMAGE_H  FT_CACHE_H
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   `small bitmaps' API of the FreeType~2 cache sub-system.
+   *
+   *   It is used to define a cache for small glyph bitmaps in a relatively
+   *   memory-efficient way.  You can also use the API defined in
+   *   @FT_CACHE_IMAGE_H if you want to cache arbitrary glyph images,
+   *   including scalable outlines.
+   *
+   *   This macro is deprecated.  Simply include @FT_CACHE_H to have all
+   *   small bitmaps-related cache declarations.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_H  FT_CACHE_H
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_CACHE_CHARMAP_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   `charmap' API of the FreeType~2 cache sub-system.
+   *
+   *   This macro is deprecated.  Simply include @FT_CACHE_H to have all
+   *   charmap-based cache declarations.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_CACHE_CHARMAP_H  FT_CACHE_H
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_MAC_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   Macintosh-specific FreeType~2 API.  The latter is used to access
+   *   fonts embedded in resource forks.
+   *
+   *   This header file must be explicitly included by client applications
+   *   compiled on the Mac (note that the base API still works though).
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_MAC_H  <freetype/ftmac.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   optional multiple-masters management API of FreeType~2.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H  <freetype/ftmm.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_SFNT_NAMES_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   optional FreeType~2 API which accesses embedded `name' strings in
+   *   SFNT-based font formats (i.e., TrueType and OpenType).
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_SFNT_NAMES_H  <freetype/ftsnames.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   optional FreeType~2 API which validates OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF,
+   *   GPOS, GSUB, JSTF).
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H  <freetype/ftotval.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_GX_VALIDATE_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   optional FreeType~2 API which validates TrueTypeGX/AAT tables (feat,
+   *   mort, morx, bsln, just, kern, opbd, trak, prop).
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_GX_VALIDATE_H  <freetype/ftgxval.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_PFR_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   FreeType~2 API which accesses PFR-specific data.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_PFR_H  <freetype/ftpfr.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_STROKER_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   FreeType~2 API which provides functions to stroke outline paths.
+   */
+#define FT_STROKER_H  <freetype/ftstroke.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_SYNTHESIS_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   FreeType~2 API which performs artificial obliquing and emboldening.
+   */
+#define FT_SYNTHESIS_H  <freetype/ftsynth.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_XFREE86_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   FreeType~2 API which provides functions specific to the XFree86 and
+   *   X.Org X11 servers.
+   */
+#define FT_XFREE86_H  <freetype/ftxf86.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   FreeType~2 API which performs trigonometric computations (e.g.,
+   *   cosines and arc tangents).
+   */
+#define FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H  <freetype/fttrigon.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_LCD_FILTER_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   FreeType~2 API which performs color filtering for subpixel rendering.
+   */
+#define FT_LCD_FILTER_H  <freetype/ftlcdfil.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_UNPATENTED_HINTING_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   FreeType~2 API which performs color filtering for subpixel rendering.
+   */
+#define FT_UNPATENTED_HINTING_H  <freetype/ttunpat.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_INCREMENTAL_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   FreeType~2 API which performs color filtering for subpixel rendering.
+   */
+#define FT_INCREMENTAL_H  <freetype/ftincrem.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_GASP_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   FreeType~2 API which returns entries from the TrueType GASP table.
+   */
+#define FT_GASP_H  <freetype/ftgasp.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_ADVANCES_H
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+   *   FreeType~2 API which returns individual and ranged glyph advances.
+   */
+#define FT_ADVANCES_H  <freetype/ftadvanc.h>
+
+
+  /* */
+
+#define FT_ERROR_DEFINITIONS_H  <freetype/fterrdef.h>
+
+
+  /* The internals of the cache sub-system are no longer exposed.  We */
+  /* default to FT_CACHE_H at the moment just in case, but we know of */
+  /* no rogue client that uses them.                                  */
+  /*                                                                  */
+#define FT_CACHE_MANAGER_H           <freetype/ftcache.h>
+#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_MRU_H      <freetype/ftcache.h>
+#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_MANAGER_H  <freetype/ftcache.h>
+#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_CACHE_H    <freetype/ftcache.h>
+#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_GLYPH_H    <freetype/ftcache.h>
+#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_IMAGE_H    <freetype/ftcache.h>
+#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_SBITS_H    <freetype/ftcache.h>
+
+
+#define FT_INCREMENTAL_H          <freetype/ftincrem.h>
+
+#define FT_TRUETYPE_UNPATENTED_H  <freetype/ttunpat.h>
+
+
+  /*
+   * Include internal headers definitions from <freetype/internal/...>
+   * only when building the library.
+   */
+#ifdef FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY
+#define  FT_INTERNAL_INTERNAL_H  <freetype/internal/internal.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_INTERNAL_H
+#endif /* FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY */
+
+
+#endif /* __FT2_BUILD_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..76d271a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+/*
+ *  This file registers the FreeType modules compiled into the library.
+ *
+ *  If you use GNU make, this file IS NOT USED!  Instead, it is created in
+ *  the objects directory (normally `<topdir>/objs/') based on information
+ *  from `<topdir>/modules.cfg'.
+ *
+ *  Please read `docs/INSTALL.ANY' and `docs/CUSTOMIZE' how to compile
+ *  FreeType without GNU make.
+ *
+ */
+
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, autofit_module_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, tt_driver_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t1_driver_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, cff_driver_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t1cid_driver_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, pfr_driver_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t42_driver_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, winfnt_driver_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, pcf_driver_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, psaux_module_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, psnames_module_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, pshinter_module_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_raster1_renderer_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, sfnt_module_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_renderer_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_lcd_renderer_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_lcdv_renderer_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, bdf_driver_class )
+
+/* EOF */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/config/ftoption.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/config/ftoption.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..597a2bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/config/ftoption.h
@@ -0,0 +1,693 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftoption.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    User-selectable configuration macros (specification only).           */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by       */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTOPTION_H__
+#define __FTOPTION_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                 USER-SELECTABLE CONFIGURATION MACROS                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This file contains the default configuration macro definitions for    */
+  /* a standard build of the FreeType library.  There are three ways to    */
+  /* use this file to build project-specific versions of the library:      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*  - You can modify this file by hand, but this is not recommended in   */
+  /*    cases where you would like to build several versions of the        */
+  /*    library from a single source directory.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*  - You can put a copy of this file in your build directory, more      */
+  /*    precisely in `$BUILD/freetype/config/ftoption.h', where `$BUILD'   */
+  /*    is the name of a directory that is included _before_ the FreeType  */
+  /*    include path during compilation.                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    The default FreeType Makefiles and Jamfiles use the build          */
+  /*    directory `builds/<system>' by default, but you can easily change  */
+  /*    that for your own projects.                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*  - Copy the file <ft2build.h> to `$BUILD/ft2build.h' and modify it    */
+  /*    slightly to pre-define the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H used to       */
+  /*    locate this file during the build.  For example,                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*      #define FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H  <myftoptions.h>                     */
+  /*      #include <freetype/config/ftheader.h>                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    will use `$BUILD/myftoptions.h' instead of this file for macro     */
+  /*    definitions.                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Note also that you can similarly pre-define the macro              */
+  /*    FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H used to locate the file listing of the modules */
+  /*    that are statically linked to the library at compile time.  By     */
+  /*    default, this file is <freetype/config/ftmodule.h>.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*  We highly recommend using the third method whenever possible.        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /**** G E N E R A L   F R E E T Y P E   2   C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Uncomment the line below if you want to activate sub-pixel rendering  */
+  /* (a.k.a. LCD rendering, or ClearType) in this build of the library.    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Note that this feature is covered by several Microsoft patents        */
+  /* and should not be activated in any default build of the library.      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This macro has no impact on the FreeType API, only on its             */
+  /* _implementation_.  For example, using FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD when calling */
+  /* FT_Render_Glyph still generates a bitmap that is 3 times larger than  */
+  /* the original size; the difference will be that each triplet of        */
+  /* subpixels has R=G=B.                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This is done to allow FreeType clients to run unmodified, forcing     */
+  /* them to display normal gray-level anti-aliased glyphs.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Many compilers provide a non-ANSI 64-bit data type that can be used   */
+  /* by FreeType to speed up some computations.  However, this will create */
+  /* some problems when compiling the library in strict ANSI mode.         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* For this reason, the use of 64-bit integers is normally disabled when */
+  /* the __STDC__ macro is defined.  You can however disable this by       */
+  /* defining the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 here.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* For most compilers, this will only create compilation warnings when   */
+  /* building the library.                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* ObNote: The compiler-specific 64-bit integers are detected in the     */
+  /*         file `ftconfig.h' either statically or through the            */
+  /*         `configure' script on supported platforms.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* If this macro is defined, do not try to use an assembler version of   */
+  /* performance-critical functions (e.g. FT_MulFix).  You should only do  */
+  /* that to verify that the assembler function works properly, or to      */
+  /* execute benchmark tests of the various implementations.               */
+/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_ASSEMBLER */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* If this macro is defined, try to use an inlined assembler version of  */
+  /* the `FT_MulFix' function, which is a `hotspot' when loading and       */
+  /* hinting glyphs, and which should be executed as fast as possible.     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Note that if your compiler or CPU is not supported, this will default */
+  /* to the standard and portable implementation found in `ftcalc.c'.      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INLINE_MULFIX
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* LZW-compressed file support.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the  */
+  /*   `compress' program.  This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF   */
+  /*   files that come with various X11 distributions.  The implementation */
+  /*   uses NetBSD's `zopen' to partially uncompress the file on the fly   */
+  /*   (see src/lzw/ftgzip.c).                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_LZW
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Gzip-compressed file support.                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the  */
+  /*   `gzip' program.  This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF files */
+  /*   that come with XFree86.  The implementation uses `zlib' to          */
+  /*   partially uncompress the file on the fly (see src/gzip/ftgzip.c).   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'.  See also   */
+  /*   the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB below.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_ZLIB
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* ZLib library selection                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   This macro is only used when FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_ZLIB is defined.  */
+  /*   It allows FreeType's `ftgzip' component to link to the system's     */
+  /*   installation of the ZLib library.  This is useful on systems like   */
+  /*   Unix or VMS where it generally is already available.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   If you let it undefined, the component will use its own copy        */
+  /*   of the zlib sources instead.  These have been modified to be        */
+  /*   included directly within the component and *not* export external    */
+  /*   function names.  This allows you to link any program with FreeType  */
+  /*   _and_ ZLib without linking conflicts.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Do not #undef this macro here since the build system might define   */
+  /*   it for certain configurations only.                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* DLL export compilation                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   When compiling FreeType as a DLL, some systems/compilers need a     */
+  /*   special keyword in front OR after the return type of function       */
+  /*   declarations.                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Two macros are used within the FreeType source code to define       */
+  /*   exported library functions: FT_EXPORT and FT_EXPORT_DEF.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*     FT_EXPORT( return_type )                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*       is used in a function declaration, as in                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*         FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )                                         */
+  /*         FT_Init_FreeType( FT_Library*  alibrary );                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*     FT_EXPORT_DEF( return_type )                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*       is used in a function definition, as in                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*         FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )                                     */
+  /*         FT_Init_FreeType( FT_Library*  alibrary )                     */
+  /*         {                                                             */
+  /*           ... some code ...                                           */
+  /*           return FT_Err_Ok;                                           */
+  /*         }                                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   You can provide your own implementation of FT_EXPORT and            */
+  /*   FT_EXPORT_DEF here if you want.  If you leave them undefined, they  */
+  /*   will be later automatically defined as `extern return_type' to      */
+  /*   allow normal compilation.                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Do not #undef these macros here since the build system might define */
+  /*   them for certain configurations only.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+/* #define FT_EXPORT(x)      extern x */
+/* #define FT_EXPORT_DEF(x)  x */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Glyph Postscript Names handling                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   By default, FreeType 2 is compiled with the `psnames' module.  This */
+  /*   module is in charge of converting a glyph name string into a        */
+  /*   Unicode value, or return a Macintosh standard glyph name for the    */
+  /*   use with the TrueType `post' table.                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Undefine this macro if you do not want `psnames' compiled in your   */
+  /*   build of FreeType.  This has the following effects:                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   - The TrueType driver will provide its own set of glyph names,      */
+  /*     if you build it to support postscript names in the TrueType       */
+  /*     `post' table.                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   - The Type 1 driver will not be able to synthesize a Unicode        */
+  /*     charmap out of the glyphs found in the fonts.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   You would normally undefine this configuration macro when building  */
+  /*   a version of FreeType that doesn't contain a Type 1 or CFF driver.  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Postscript Names to Unicode Values support                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   By default, FreeType 2 is built with the `PSNames' module compiled  */
+  /*   in.  Among other things, the module is used to convert a glyph name */
+  /*   into a Unicode value.  This is especially useful in order to        */
+  /*   synthesize on the fly a Unicode charmap from the CFF/Type 1 driver  */
+  /*   through a big table named the `Adobe Glyph List' (AGL).             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Undefine this macro if you do not want the Adobe Glyph List         */
+  /*   compiled in your `PSNames' module.  The Type 1 driver will not be   */
+  /*   able to synthesize a Unicode charmap out of the glyphs found in the */
+  /*   fonts.                                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ADOBE_GLYPH_LIST
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Support for Mac fonts                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Define this macro if you want support for outline fonts in Mac      */
+  /*   format (mac dfont, mac resource, macbinary containing a mac         */
+  /*   resource) on non-Mac platforms.                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Note that the `FOND' resource isn't checked.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Guessing methods to access embedded resource forks                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Enable extra Mac fonts support on non-Mac platforms (e.g.           */
+  /*   GNU/Linux).                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Resource forks which include fonts data are stored sometimes in     */
+  /*   locations which users or developers don't expected.  In some cases, */
+  /*   resource forks start with some offset from the head of a file.  In  */
+  /*   other cases, the actual resource fork is stored in file different   */
+  /*   from what the user specifies.  If this option is activated,         */
+  /*   FreeType tries to guess whether such offsets or different file      */
+  /*   names must be used.                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Note that normal, direct access of resource forks is controlled via */
+  /*   the FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS option.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS
+#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_GUESSING_EMBEDDED_RFORK
+#endif
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Allow the use of FT_Incremental_Interface to load typefaces that      */
+  /* contain no glyph data, but supply it via a callback function.         */
+  /* This allows FreeType to be used with the PostScript language, using   */
+  /* the GhostScript interpreter.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The size in bytes of the render pool used by the scan-line converter  */
+  /* to do all of its work.                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This must be greater than 4KByte if you use FreeType to rasterize     */
+  /* glyphs; otherwise, you may set it to zero to avoid unnecessary        */
+  /* allocation of the render pool.                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define FT_RENDER_POOL_SIZE  16384L
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* FT_MAX_MODULES                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   The maximum number of modules that can be registered in a single    */
+  /*   FreeType library object.  32 is the default.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define FT_MAX_MODULES  32
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Debug level                                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   FreeType can be compiled in debug or trace mode.  In debug mode,    */
+  /*   errors are reported through the `ftdebug' component.  In trace      */
+  /*   mode, additional messages are sent to the standard output during    */
+  /*   execution.                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR to build the library in debug mode.     */
+  /*   Define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE to build it in trace mode.              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Don't define any of these macros to compile in `release' mode!      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Do not #undef these macros here since the build system might define */
+  /*   them for certain configurations only.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+/* #define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR */
+/* #define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Memory Debugging                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   FreeType now comes with an integrated memory debugger that is       */
+  /*   capable of detecting simple errors like memory leaks or double      */
+  /*   deletes.  To compile it within your build of the library, you       */
+  /*   should define FT_DEBUG_MEMORY here.                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Note that the memory debugger is only activated at runtime when     */
+  /*   when the _environment_ variable `FT2_DEBUG_MEMORY' is defined also! */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Do not #undef this macro here since the build system might define   */
+  /*   it for certain configurations only.                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+/* #define FT_DEBUG_MEMORY */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Module errors                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   If this macro is set (which is _not_ the default), the higher byte  */
+  /*   of an error code gives the module in which the error has occurred,  */
+  /*   while the lower byte is the real error code.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Setting this macro makes sense for debugging purposes only, since   */
+  /*   it would break source compatibility of certain programs that use    */
+  /*   FreeType 2.                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   More details can be found in the files ftmoderr.h and fterrors.h.   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS
+
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****        S F N T   D R I V E R    C O N F I G U R A T I O N       ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS if you want to support       */
+  /* embedded bitmaps in all formats using the SFNT module (namely         */
+  /* TrueType & OpenType).                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES if you want to be able to    */
+  /* load and enumerate the glyph Postscript names in a TrueType or        */
+  /* OpenType file.                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Note that when you do not compile the `PSNames' module by undefining  */
+  /* the above FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES, the `sfnt' module will   */
+  /* contain additional code used to read the PS Names table from a font.  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* (By default, the module uses `PSNames' to extract glyph names.)       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SFNT_NAMES if your applications need to       */
+  /* access the internal name table in a SFNT-based format like TrueType   */
+  /* or OpenType.  The name table contains various strings used to         */
+  /* describe the font, like family name, copyright, version, etc.  It     */
+  /* does not contain any glyph name though.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Accessing SFNT names is done through the functions declared in        */
+  /* `freetype/ftnames.h'.                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SFNT_NAMES
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* TrueType CMap support                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Here you can fine-tune which TrueType CMap table format shall be    */
+  /*   supported.                                                          */
+#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_0
+#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_2
+#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_4
+#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_6
+#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_8
+#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_10
+#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_12
+#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_14
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****    T R U E T Y P E   D R I V E R    C O N F I G U R A T I O N   ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER if you want to compile   */
+  /* a bytecode interpreter in the TrueType driver.  Note that there are   */
+  /* important patent issues related to the use of the interpreter.        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* By undefining this, you will only compile the code necessary to load  */
+  /* TrueType glyphs without hinting.                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Do not #undef this macro here, since the build system might         */
+  /*   define it for certain configurations only.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+/* #define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* If you define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING, a special version  */
+  /* of the TrueType bytecode interpreter is used that doesn't implement   */
+  /* any of the patented opcodes and algorithms.  Note that the            */
+  /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING macro is *ignored* if you define  */
+  /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER; in other words, either define  */
+  /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER or                              */
+  /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING but not both at the same time.    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This macro is only useful for a small number of font files (mostly    */
+  /* for Asian scripts) that require bytecode interpretation to properly   */
+  /* load glyphs.  For all other fonts, this produces unpleasant results,  */
+  /* thus the unpatented interpreter is never used to load glyphs from     */
+  /* TrueType fonts unless one of the following two options is used.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   - The unpatented interpreter is explicitly activated by the user    */
+  /*     through the FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING parameter tag         */
+  /*     when opening the FT_Face.                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   - FreeType detects that the FT_Face corresponds to one of the       */
+  /*     `trick' fonts (e.g., `Mingliu') it knows about.  The font engine  */
+  /*     contains a hard-coded list of font names and other matching       */
+  /*     parameters (see function `tt_face_init' in file                   */
+  /*     `src/truetype/ttobjs.c').                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Here a sample code snippet for using FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING. */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   {                                                                   */
+  /*     FT_Parameter  parameter;                                          */
+  /*     FT_Open_Args  open_args;                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*     parameter.tag = FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING;                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*     open_args.flags      = FT_OPEN_PATHNAME | FT_OPEN_PARAMS;         */
+  /*     open_args.pathname   = my_font_pathname;                          */
+  /*     open_args.num_params = 1;                                         */
+  /*     open_args.params     = ¶meter;                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*     error = FT_Open_Face( library, &open_args, index, &face );        */
+  /*     ...                                                               */
+  /*   }                                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_INTERPRETER_SWITCH to compile the TrueType    */
+  /* bytecode interpreter with a huge switch statement, rather than a call */
+  /* table.  This results in smaller and faster code for a number of       */
+  /* architectures.                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Note however that on some compiler/processor combinations, undefining */
+  /* this macro will generate faster, though larger, code.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_INTERPRETER_SWITCH
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPONENT_OFFSET_SCALED to compile the        */
+  /* TrueType glyph loader to use Apple's definition of how to handle      */
+  /* component offsets in composite glyphs.                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Apple and MS disagree on the default behavior of component offsets    */
+  /* in composites.  Apple says that they should be scaled by the scaling  */
+  /* factors in the transformation matrix (roughly, it's more complex)     */
+  /* while MS says they should not.  OpenType defines two bits in the      */
+  /* composite flags array which can be used to disambiguate, but old      */
+  /* fonts will not have them.                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   http://partners.adobe.com/asn/developer/opentype/glyf.html          */
+  /*   http://fonts.apple.com/TTRefMan/RM06/Chap6glyf.html                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPONENT_OFFSET_SCALED
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT if you want to include         */
+  /* support for Apple's distortable font technology (fvar, gvar, cvar,    */
+  /* and avar tables).  This has many similarities to Type 1 Multiple      */
+  /* Masters support.                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF if you want to include support for        */
+  /* an embedded `BDF ' table within SFNT-based bitmap formats.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****      T Y P E 1   D R I V E R    C O N F I G U R A T I O N       ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* T1_MAX_DICT_DEPTH is the maximal depth of nest dictionaries and       */
+  /* arrays in the Type 1 stream (see t1load.c).  A minimum of 4 is        */
+  /* required.                                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define T1_MAX_DICT_DEPTH  5
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* T1_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS details the maximum number of nested sub-routine   */
+  /* calls during glyph loading.                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define T1_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS  16
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* T1_MAX_CHARSTRING_OPERANDS is the charstring stack's capacity.  A     */
+  /* minimum of 16 is required.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The Chinese font MingTiEG-Medium (CNS 11643 character set) needs 256. */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define T1_MAX_CHARSTRINGS_OPERANDS  256
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Define this configuration macro if you want to prevent the            */
+  /* compilation of `t1afm', which is in charge of reading Type 1 AFM      */
+  /* files into an existing face.  Note that if set, the T1 driver will be */
+  /* unable to produce kerning distances.                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_AFM
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Define this configuration macro if you want to prevent the            */
+  /* compilation of the Multiple Masters font support in the Type 1        */
+  /* driver.                                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_MM_SUPPORT
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****    A U T O F I T   M O D U L E    C O N F I G U R A T I O N     ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Compile autofit module with CJK (Chinese, Japanese, Korean) script    */
+  /* support.                                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_CJK
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Compile autofit module with Indic script support.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_INDIC
+
+  /* */
+
+
+  /*
+   * Define this variable if you want to keep the layout of internal
+   * structures that was used prior to FreeType 2.2.  This also compiles in
+   * a few obsolete functions to avoid linking problems on typical Unix
+   * distributions.
+   *
+   * For embedded systems or building a new distribution from scratch, it
+   * is recommended to disable the macro since it reduces the library's code
+   * size and activates a few memory-saving optimizations as well.
+   */
+#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+
+
+  /*
+   * This macro is defined if either unpatented or native TrueType
+   * hinting is requested by the definitions above.
+   */
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
+#define  TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
+#undef   TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING
+#elif defined TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING
+#define  TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
+#endif
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+
+#endif /* __FTOPTION_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ce5557a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h
@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftstdlib.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    ANSI-specific library and header configuration file (specification   */
+/*    only).                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2009 by                  */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This file is used to group all #includes to the ANSI C library that   */
+  /* FreeType normally requires.  It also defines macros to rename the     */
+  /* standard functions within the FreeType source code.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Load a file which defines __FTSTDLIB_H__ before this one to override  */
+  /* it.                                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTSTDLIB_H__
+#define __FTSTDLIB_H__
+
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#define ft_ptrdiff_t  ptrdiff_t
+
+
+  /**********************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                    */
+  /*                           integer limits                           */
+  /*                                                                    */
+  /* UINT_MAX and ULONG_MAX are used to automatically compute the size  */
+  /* of `int' and `long' in bytes at compile-time.  So far, this works  */
+  /* for all platforms the library has been tested on.                  */
+  /*                                                                    */
+  /* Note that on the extremely rare platforms that do not provide      */
+  /* integer types that are _exactly_ 16 and 32 bits wide (e.g. some    */
+  /* old Crays where `int' is 36 bits), we do not make any guarantee    */
+  /* about the correct behaviour of FT2 with all fonts.                 */
+  /*                                                                    */
+  /* In these case, `ftconfig.h' will refuse to compile anyway with a   */
+  /* message like `couldn't find 32-bit type' or something similar.     */
+  /*                                                                    */
+  /**********************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <limits.h>
+
+#define FT_CHAR_BIT   CHAR_BIT
+#define FT_INT_MAX    INT_MAX
+#define FT_UINT_MAX   UINT_MAX
+#define FT_ULONG_MAX  ULONG_MAX
+
+
+  /**********************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                    */
+  /*                 character and string processing                    */
+  /*                                                                    */
+  /**********************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+#define ft_memchr   memchr
+#define ft_memcmp   memcmp
+#define ft_memcpy   memcpy
+#define ft_memmove  memmove
+#define ft_memset   memset
+#define ft_strcat   strcat
+#define ft_strcmp   strcmp
+#define ft_strcpy   strcpy
+#define ft_strlen   strlen
+#define ft_strncmp  strncmp
+#define ft_strncpy  strncpy
+#define ft_strrchr  strrchr
+#define ft_strstr   strstr
+
+
+  /**********************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                    */
+  /*                           file handling                            */
+  /*                                                                    */
+  /**********************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#define FT_FILE     FILE
+#define ft_fclose   fclose
+#define ft_fopen    fopen
+#define ft_fread    fread
+#define ft_fseek    fseek
+#define ft_ftell    ftell
+#define ft_sprintf  sprintf
+
+
+  /**********************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                    */
+  /*                             sorting                                */
+  /*                                                                    */
+  /**********************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#define ft_qsort  qsort
+
+
+  /**********************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                    */
+  /*                        memory allocation                           */
+  /*                                                                    */
+  /**********************************************************************/
+
+
+#define ft_scalloc   calloc
+#define ft_sfree     free
+#define ft_smalloc   malloc
+#define ft_srealloc  realloc
+
+
+  /**********************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                    */
+  /*                          miscellaneous                             */
+  /*                                                                    */
+  /**********************************************************************/
+
+
+#define ft_atol   atol
+#define ft_labs   labs
+
+
+  /**********************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                    */
+  /*                         execution control                          */
+  /*                                                                    */
+  /**********************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <setjmp.h>
+
+#define ft_jmp_buf     jmp_buf  /* note: this cannot be a typedef since */
+                                /*       jmp_buf is defined as a macro  */
+                                /*       on certain platforms           */
+
+#define ft_longjmp     longjmp
+#define ft_setjmp( b ) setjmp( *(jmp_buf*) &(b) )    /* same thing here */
+
+
+  /* the following is only used for debugging purposes, i.e., if */
+  /* FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR or FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE are defined    */
+
+#include <stdarg.h>
+
+
+#endif /* __FTSTDLIB_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/freetype.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/freetype.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..364388b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/freetype.h
@@ -0,0 +1,3862 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  freetype.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType high-level API and common types (specification only).       */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 by */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef FT_FREETYPE_H
+#error "`ft2build.h' hasn't been included yet!"
+#error "Please always use macros to include FreeType header files."
+#error "Example:"
+#error "  #include <ft2build.h>"
+#error "  #include FT_FREETYPE_H"
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef __FREETYPE_H__
+#define __FREETYPE_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
+#include FT_ERRORS_H
+#include FT_TYPES_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*    user_allocation                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Title>                                                               */
+  /*    User allocation                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
+  /*    How client applications should allocate FreeType data structures.  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    FreeType assumes that structures allocated by the user and passed  */
+  /*    as arguments are zeroed out except for the actual data.  In other  */
+  /*    words, it is recommended to use `calloc' (or variants of it)       */
+  /*    instead of `malloc' for allocation.                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                        B A S I C   T Y P E S                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*    base_interface                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Title>                                                               */
+  /*    Base Interface                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
+  /*    The FreeType~2 base font interface.                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This section describes the public high-level API of FreeType~2.    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Order>                                                               */
+  /*    FT_Library                                                         */
+  /*    FT_Face                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Size                                                            */
+  /*    FT_GlyphSlot                                                       */
+  /*    FT_CharMap                                                         */
+  /*    FT_Encoding                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_FaceRec                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE                                              */
+  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES                                           */
+  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH                                           */
+  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL                                            */
+  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_VERTICAL                                              */
+  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_SFNT                                                  */
+  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING                                               */
+  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_MULTIPLE_MASTERS                                      */
+  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES                                           */
+  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_EXTERNAL_STREAM                                       */
+  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_FAST_GLYPHS                                           */
+  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTER                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLD                                                 */
+  /*    FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_SizeRec                                                         */
+  /*    FT_Size_Metrics                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_GlyphSlotRec                                                    */
+  /*    FT_Glyph_Metrics                                                   */
+  /*    FT_SubGlyph                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_Bitmap_Size                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_Init_FreeType                                                   */
+  /*    FT_Done_FreeType                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_New_Face                                                        */
+  /*    FT_Done_Face                                                       */
+  /*    FT_New_Memory_Face                                                 */
+  /*    FT_Open_Face                                                       */
+  /*    FT_Open_Args                                                       */
+  /*    FT_Parameter                                                       */
+  /*    FT_Attach_File                                                     */
+  /*    FT_Attach_Stream                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_Set_Char_Size                                                   */
+  /*    FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes                                                 */
+  /*    FT_Request_Size                                                    */
+  /*    FT_Select_Size                                                     */
+  /*    FT_Size_Request_Type                                               */
+  /*    FT_Size_Request                                                    */
+  /*    FT_Set_Transform                                                   */
+  /*    FT_Load_Glyph                                                      */
+  /*    FT_Get_Char_Index                                                  */
+  /*    FT_Get_Name_Index                                                  */
+  /*    FT_Load_Char                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_OPEN_MEMORY                                                     */
+  /*    FT_OPEN_STREAM                                                     */
+  /*    FT_OPEN_PATHNAME                                                   */
+  /*    FT_OPEN_DRIVER                                                     */
+  /*    FT_OPEN_PARAMS                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_LOAD_DEFAULT                                                    */
+  /*    FT_LOAD_RENDER                                                     */
+  /*    FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME                                                 */
+  /*    FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN                                              */
+  /*    FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE                                                   */
+  /*    FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING                                                 */
+  /*    FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP                                                  */
+  /*    FT_LOAD_CROP_BITMAP                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT                                            */
+  /*    FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM                                           */
+  /*    FT_LOAD_IGNORE_GLOBAL_ADVANCE_WIDTH                                */
+  /*    FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT                                             */
+  /*    FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE                                                 */
+  /*    FT_LOAD_PEDANTIC                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL                                              */
+  /*    FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT                                               */
+  /*    FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO                                                */
+  /*    FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD                                                 */
+  /*    FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD_V                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_Render_Glyph                                                    */
+  /*    FT_Render_Mode                                                     */
+  /*    FT_Get_Kerning                                                     */
+  /*    FT_Kerning_Mode                                                    */
+  /*    FT_Get_Track_Kerning                                               */
+  /*    FT_Get_Glyph_Name                                                  */
+  /*    FT_Get_Postscript_Name                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_CharMapRec                                                      */
+  /*    FT_Select_Charmap                                                  */
+  /*    FT_Set_Charmap                                                     */
+  /*    FT_Get_Charmap_Index                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_FSTYPE_INSTALLABLE_EMBEDDING                                    */
+  /*    FT_FSTYPE_RESTRICTED_LICENSE_EMBEDDING                             */
+  /*    FT_FSTYPE_PREVIEW_AND_PRINT_EMBEDDING                              */
+  /*    FT_FSTYPE_EDITABLE_EMBEDDING                                       */
+  /*    FT_FSTYPE_NO_SUBSETTING                                            */
+  /*    FT_FSTYPE_BITMAP_EMBEDDING_ONLY                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_Get_FSType_Flags                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_Glyph_Metrics                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A structure used to model the metrics of a single glyph.  The      */
+  /*    values are expressed in 26.6 fractional pixel format; if the flag  */
+  /*    @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE has been used while loading the glyph, values    */
+  /*    are expressed in font units instead.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    width ::                                                           */
+  /*      The glyph's width.                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    height ::                                                          */
+  /*      The glyph's height.                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    horiBearingX ::                                                    */
+  /*      Left side bearing for horizontal layout.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    horiBearingY ::                                                    */
+  /*      Top side bearing for horizontal layout.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    horiAdvance ::                                                     */
+  /*      Advance width for horizontal layout.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    vertBearingX ::                                                    */
+  /*      Left side bearing for vertical layout.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    vertBearingY ::                                                    */
+  /*      Top side bearing for vertical layout.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    vertAdvance ::                                                     */
+  /*      Advance height for vertical layout.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  FT_Glyph_Metrics_
+  {
+    FT_Pos  width;
+    FT_Pos  height;
+
+    FT_Pos  horiBearingX;
+    FT_Pos  horiBearingY;
+    FT_Pos  horiAdvance;
+
+    FT_Pos  vertBearingX;
+    FT_Pos  vertBearingY;
+    FT_Pos  vertAdvance;
+
+  } FT_Glyph_Metrics;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_Bitmap_Size                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This structure models the metrics of a bitmap strike (i.e., a set  */
+  /*    of glyphs for a given point size and resolution) in a bitmap font. */
+  /*    It is used for the `available_sizes' field of @FT_Face.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    height :: The vertical distance, in pixels, between two            */
+  /*              consecutive baselines.  It is always positive.           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    width  :: The average width, in pixels, of all glyphs in the       */
+  /*              strike.                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    size   :: The nominal size of the strike in 26.6 fractional        */
+  /*              points.  This field is not very useful.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    x_ppem :: The horizontal ppem (nominal width) in 26.6 fractional   */
+  /*              pixels.                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    y_ppem :: The vertical ppem (nominal height) in 26.6 fractional    */
+  /*              pixels.                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    Windows FNT:                                                       */
+  /*      The nominal size given in a FNT font is not reliable.  Thus when */
+  /*      the driver finds it incorrect, it sets `size' to some calculated */
+  /*      values and sets `x_ppem' and `y_ppem' to the pixel width and     */
+  /*      height given in the font, respectively.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    TrueType embedded bitmaps:                                         */
+  /*      `size', `width', and `height' values are not contained in the    */
+  /*      bitmap strike itself.  They are computed from the global font    */
+  /*      parameters.                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  FT_Bitmap_Size_
+  {
+    FT_Short  height;
+    FT_Short  width;
+
+    FT_Pos    size;
+
+    FT_Pos    x_ppem;
+    FT_Pos    y_ppem;
+
+  } FT_Bitmap_Size;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                     O B J E C T   C L A S S E S                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_Library                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A handle to a FreeType library instance.  Each `library' is        */
+  /*    completely independent from the others; it is the `root' of a set  */
+  /*    of objects like fonts, faces, sizes, etc.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    It also embeds a memory manager (see @FT_Memory), as well as a     */
+  /*    scan-line converter object (see @FT_Raster).                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    For multi-threading applications each thread should have its own   */
+  /*    FT_Library object.                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    Library objects are normally created by @FT_Init_FreeType, and     */
+  /*    destroyed with @FT_Done_FreeType.                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct FT_LibraryRec_  *FT_Library;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_Module                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A handle to a given FreeType module object.  Each module can be a  */
+  /*    font driver, a renderer, or anything else that provides services   */
+  /*    to the formers.                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct FT_ModuleRec_*  FT_Module;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_Driver                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A handle to a given FreeType font driver object.  Each font driver */
+  /*    is a special module capable of creating faces from font files.     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct FT_DriverRec_*  FT_Driver;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_Renderer                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A handle to a given FreeType renderer.  A renderer is a special    */
+  /*    module in charge of converting a glyph image to a bitmap, when     */
+  /*    necessary.  Each renderer supports a given glyph image format, and */
+  /*    one or more target surface depths.                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct FT_RendererRec_*  FT_Renderer;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_Face                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A handle to a given typographic face object.  A face object models */
+  /*    a given typeface, in a given style.                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    Each face object also owns a single @FT_GlyphSlot object, as well  */
+  /*    as one or more @FT_Size objects.                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Use @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face to create a new face object from */
+  /*    a given filepathname or a custom input stream.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Use @FT_Done_Face to destroy it (along with its slot and sizes).   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Also>                                                                */
+  /*    See @FT_FaceRec for the publicly accessible fields of a given face */
+  /*    object.                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct FT_FaceRec_*  FT_Face;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_Size                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A handle to an object used to model a face scaled to a given       */
+  /*    character size.                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    Each @FT_Face has an _active_ @FT_Size object that is used by      */
+  /*    functions like @FT_Load_Glyph to determine the scaling             */
+  /*    transformation which is used to load and hint glyphs and metrics.  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    You can use @FT_Set_Char_Size, @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes,                */
+  /*    @FT_Request_Size or even @FT_Select_Size to change the content     */
+  /*    (i.e., the scaling values) of the active @FT_Size.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    You can use @FT_New_Size to create additional size objects for a   */
+  /*    given @FT_Face, but they won't be used by other functions until    */
+  /*    you activate it through @FT_Activate_Size.  Only one size can be   */
+  /*    activated at any given time per face.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Also>                                                                */
+  /*    See @FT_SizeRec for the publicly accessible fields of a given size */
+  /*    object.                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct FT_SizeRec_*  FT_Size;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_GlyphSlot                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A handle to a given `glyph slot'.  A slot is a container where it  */
+  /*    is possible to load any of the glyphs contained in its parent      */
+  /*    face.                                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    In other words, each time you call @FT_Load_Glyph or               */
+  /*    @FT_Load_Char, the slot's content is erased by the new glyph data, */
+  /*    i.e., the glyph's metrics, its image (bitmap or outline), and      */
+  /*    other control information.                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Also>                                                                */
+  /*    See @FT_GlyphSlotRec for the publicly accessible glyph fields.     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct FT_GlyphSlotRec_*  FT_GlyphSlot;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_CharMap                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A handle to a given character map.  A charmap is used to translate */
+  /*    character codes in a given encoding into glyph indexes for its     */
+  /*    parent's face.  Some font formats may provide several charmaps per */
+  /*    font.                                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Each face object owns zero or more charmaps, but only one of them  */
+  /*    can be `active' and used by @FT_Get_Char_Index or @FT_Load_Char.   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    The list of available charmaps in a face is available through the  */
+  /*    `face->num_charmaps' and `face->charmaps' fields of @FT_FaceRec.   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    The currently active charmap is available as `face->charmap'.      */
+  /*    You should call @FT_Set_Charmap to change it.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    When a new face is created (either through @FT_New_Face or         */
+  /*    @FT_Open_Face), the library looks for a Unicode charmap within     */
+  /*    the list and automatically activates it.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Also>                                                                */
+  /*    See @FT_CharMapRec for the publicly accessible fields of a given   */
+  /*    character map.                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct FT_CharMapRec_*  FT_CharMap;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Macro>                                                               */
+  /*    FT_ENC_TAG                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This macro converts four-letter tags into an unsigned long.  It is */
+  /*    used to define `encoding' identifiers (see @FT_Encoding).          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    Since many 16-bit compilers don't like 32-bit enumerations, you    */
+  /*    should redefine this macro in case of problems to something like   */
+  /*    this:                                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    {                                                                  */
+  /*      #define FT_ENC_TAG( value, a, b, c, d )  value                   */
+  /*    }                                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    to get a simple enumeration without assigning special numbers.     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+
+#ifndef FT_ENC_TAG
+#define FT_ENC_TAG( value, a, b, c, d )         \
+          value = ( ( (FT_UInt32)(a) << 24 ) |  \
+                    ( (FT_UInt32)(b) << 16 ) |  \
+                    ( (FT_UInt32)(c) <<  8 ) |  \
+                      (FT_UInt32)(d)         )
+
+#endif /* FT_ENC_TAG */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Enum>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_Encoding                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    An enumeration used to specify character sets supported by         */
+  /*    charmaps.  Used in the @FT_Select_Charmap API function.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    Despite the name, this enumeration lists specific character        */
+  /*    repertories (i.e., charsets), and not text encoding methods (e.g., */
+  /*    UTF-8, UTF-16, GB2312_EUC, etc.).                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Because of 32-bit charcodes defined in Unicode (i.e., surrogates), */
+  /*    all character codes must be expressed as FT_Longs.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Other encodings might be defined in the future.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Values>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_ENCODING_NONE ::                                                */
+  /*      The encoding value~0 is reserved.                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_ENCODING_UNICODE ::                                             */
+  /*      Corresponds to the Unicode character set.  This value covers     */
+  /*      all versions of the Unicode repertoire, including ASCII and      */
+  /*      Latin-1.  Most fonts include a Unicode charmap, but not all      */
+  /*      of them.                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_ENCODING_MS_SYMBOL ::                                           */
+  /*      Corresponds to the Microsoft Symbol encoding, used to encode     */
+  /*      mathematical symbols in the 32..255 character code range.  For   */
+  /*      more information, see `http://www.ceviz.net/symbol.htm'.         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_ENCODING_SJIS ::                                                */
+  /*      Corresponds to Japanese SJIS encoding.  More info at             */
+  /*      at `http://langsupport.japanreference.com/encoding.shtml'.       */
+  /*      See note on multi-byte encodings below.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_ENCODING_GB2312 ::                                              */
+  /*      Corresponds to an encoding system for Simplified Chinese as used */
+  /*      used in mainland China.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_ENCODING_BIG5 ::                                                */
+  /*      Corresponds to an encoding system for Traditional Chinese as     */
+  /*      used in Taiwan and Hong Kong.                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG ::                                             */
+  /*      Corresponds to the Korean encoding system known as Wansung.      */
+  /*      For more information see                                         */
+  /*      `http://www.microsoft.com/typography/unicode/949.txt'.           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_ENCODING_JOHAB ::                                               */
+  /*      The Korean standard character set (KS~C 5601-1992), which        */
+  /*      corresponds to MS Windows code page 1361.  This character set    */
+  /*      includes all possible Hangeul character combinations.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_LATIN_1 ::                                       */
+  /*      Corresponds to a Latin-1 encoding as defined in a Type~1         */
+  /*      PostScript font.  It is limited to 256 character codes.          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_STANDARD ::                                      */
+  /*      Corresponds to the Adobe Standard encoding, as found in Type~1,  */
+  /*      CFF, and OpenType/CFF fonts.  It is limited to 256 character     */
+  /*      codes.                                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_EXPERT ::                                        */
+  /*      Corresponds to the Adobe Expert encoding, as found in Type~1,    */
+  /*      CFF, and OpenType/CFF fonts.  It is limited to 256 character     */
+  /*      codes.                                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_CUSTOM ::                                        */
+  /*      Corresponds to a custom encoding, as found in Type~1, CFF, and   */
+  /*      OpenType/CFF fonts.  It is limited to 256 character codes.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_ENCODING_APPLE_ROMAN ::                                         */
+  /*      Corresponds to the 8-bit Apple roman encoding.  Many TrueType    */
+  /*      and OpenType fonts contain a charmap for this encoding, since    */
+  /*      older versions of Mac OS are able to use it.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_ENCODING_OLD_LATIN_2 ::                                         */
+  /*      This value is deprecated and was never used nor reported by      */
+  /*      FreeType.  Don't use or test for it.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_ENCODING_MS_SJIS ::                                             */
+  /*      Same as FT_ENCODING_SJIS.  Deprecated.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_ENCODING_MS_GB2312 ::                                           */
+  /*      Same as FT_ENCODING_GB2312.  Deprecated.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_ENCODING_MS_BIG5 ::                                             */
+  /*      Same as FT_ENCODING_BIG5.  Deprecated.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_ENCODING_MS_WANSUNG ::                                          */
+  /*      Same as FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG.  Deprecated.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_ENCODING_MS_JOHAB ::                                            */
+  /*      Same as FT_ENCODING_JOHAB.  Deprecated.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    By default, FreeType automatically synthesizes a Unicode charmap   */
+  /*    for PostScript fonts, using their glyph names dictionaries.        */
+  /*    However, it also reports the encodings defined explicitly in the   */
+  /*    font file, for the cases when they are needed, with the Adobe      */
+  /*    values as well.                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_ENCODING_NONE is set by the BDF and PCF drivers if the charmap  */
+  /*    is neither Unicode nor ISO-8859-1 (otherwise it is set to          */
+  /*    FT_ENCODING_UNICODE).  Use @FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID to find out      */
+  /*    which encoding is really present.  If, for example, the            */
+  /*    `cs_registry' field is `KOI8' and the `cs_encoding' field is `R',  */
+  /*    the font is encoded in KOI8-R.                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_ENCODING_NONE is always set (with a single exception) by the    */
+  /*    winfonts driver.  Use @FT_Get_WinFNT_Header and examine the        */
+  /*    `charset' field of the @FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec structure to find out  */
+  /*    which encoding is really present.  For example,                    */
+  /*    @FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1251 (204) means Windows code page 1251 (for       */
+  /*    Russian).                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_ENCODING_NONE is set if `platform_id' is @TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH */
+  /*    and `encoding_id' is not @TT_MAC_ID_ROMAN (otherwise it is set to  */
+  /*    FT_ENCODING_APPLE_ROMAN).                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    If `platform_id' is @TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH, use the function       */
+  /*    @FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID  to query the Mac language ID which may   */
+  /*    be needed to be able to distinguish Apple encoding variants.  See  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*      http://www.unicode.org/Public/MAPPINGS/VENDORS/APPLE/README.TXT  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    to get an idea how to do that.  Basically, if the language ID      */
+  /*    is~0, don't use it, otherwise subtract 1 from the language ID.     */
+  /*    Then examine `encoding_id'.  If, for example, `encoding_id' is     */
+  /*    @TT_MAC_ID_ROMAN and the language ID (minus~1) is                  */
+  /*    `TT_MAC_LANGID_GREEK', it is the Greek encoding, not Roman.        */
+  /*    @TT_MAC_ID_ARABIC with `TT_MAC_LANGID_FARSI' means the Farsi       */
+  /*    variant the Arabic encoding.                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef enum  FT_Encoding_
+  {
+    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_NONE, 0, 0, 0, 0 ),
+
+    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_MS_SYMBOL, 's', 'y', 'm', 'b' ),
+    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_UNICODE,   'u', 'n', 'i', 'c' ),
+
+    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_SJIS,    's', 'j', 'i', 's' ),
+    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_GB2312,  'g', 'b', ' ', ' ' ),
+    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_BIG5,    'b', 'i', 'g', '5' ),
+    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG, 'w', 'a', 'n', 's' ),
+    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_JOHAB,   'j', 'o', 'h', 'a' ),
+
+    /* for backwards compatibility */
+    FT_ENCODING_MS_SJIS    = FT_ENCODING_SJIS,
+    FT_ENCODING_MS_GB2312  = FT_ENCODING_GB2312,
+    FT_ENCODING_MS_BIG5    = FT_ENCODING_BIG5,
+    FT_ENCODING_MS_WANSUNG = FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG,
+    FT_ENCODING_MS_JOHAB   = FT_ENCODING_JOHAB,
+
+    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_STANDARD, 'A', 'D', 'O', 'B' ),
+    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_EXPERT,   'A', 'D', 'B', 'E' ),
+    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_CUSTOM,   'A', 'D', 'B', 'C' ),
+    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_LATIN_1,  'l', 'a', 't', '1' ),
+
+    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_OLD_LATIN_2, 'l', 'a', 't', '2' ),
+
+    FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_APPLE_ROMAN, 'a', 'r', 'm', 'n' )
+
+  } FT_Encoding;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Enum>                                                                */
+  /*    ft_encoding_xxx                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    These constants are deprecated; use the corresponding @FT_Encoding */
+  /*    values instead.                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define ft_encoding_none            FT_ENCODING_NONE
+#define ft_encoding_unicode         FT_ENCODING_UNICODE
+#define ft_encoding_symbol          FT_ENCODING_MS_SYMBOL
+#define ft_encoding_latin_1         FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_LATIN_1
+#define ft_encoding_latin_2         FT_ENCODING_OLD_LATIN_2
+#define ft_encoding_sjis            FT_ENCODING_SJIS
+#define ft_encoding_gb2312          FT_ENCODING_GB2312
+#define ft_encoding_big5            FT_ENCODING_BIG5
+#define ft_encoding_wansung         FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG
+#define ft_encoding_johab           FT_ENCODING_JOHAB
+
+#define ft_encoding_adobe_standard  FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_STANDARD
+#define ft_encoding_adobe_expert    FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_EXPERT
+#define ft_encoding_adobe_custom    FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_CUSTOM
+#define ft_encoding_apple_roman     FT_ENCODING_APPLE_ROMAN
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_CharMapRec                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    The base charmap structure.                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    face        :: A handle to the parent face object.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    encoding    :: An @FT_Encoding tag identifying the charmap.  Use   */
+  /*                   this with @FT_Select_Charmap.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    platform_id :: An ID number describing the platform for the        */
+  /*                   following encoding ID.  This comes directly from    */
+  /*                   the TrueType specification and should be emulated   */
+  /*                   for other formats.                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    encoding_id :: A platform specific encoding number.  This also     */
+  /*                   comes from the TrueType specification and should be */
+  /*                   emulated similarly.                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  FT_CharMapRec_
+  {
+    FT_Face      face;
+    FT_Encoding  encoding;
+    FT_UShort    platform_id;
+    FT_UShort    encoding_id;
+
+  } FT_CharMapRec;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                 B A S E   O B J E C T   C L A S S E S                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_Face_Internal                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    An opaque handle to an `FT_Face_InternalRec' structure, used to    */
+  /*    model private data of a given @FT_Face object.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    This structure might change between releases of FreeType~2 and is  */
+  /*    not generally available to client applications.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct FT_Face_InternalRec_*  FT_Face_Internal;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_FaceRec                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    FreeType root face class structure.  A face object models a        */
+  /*    typeface in a font file.                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    num_faces           :: The number of faces in the font file.  Some */
+  /*                           font formats can have multiple faces in     */
+  /*                           a font file.                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    face_index          :: The index of the face in the font file.  It */
+  /*                           is set to~0 if there is only one face in    */
+  /*                           the font file.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    face_flags          :: A set of bit flags that give important      */
+  /*                           information about the face; see             */
+  /*                           @FT_FACE_FLAG_XXX for the details.          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    style_flags         :: A set of bit flags indicating the style of  */
+  /*                           the face; see @FT_STYLE_FLAG_XXX for the    */
+  /*                           details.                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    num_glyphs          :: The number of glyphs in the face.  If the   */
+  /*                           face is scalable and has sbits (see         */
+  /*                           `num_fixed_sizes'), it is set to the number */
+  /*                           of outline glyphs.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                           For CID-keyed fonts, this value gives the   */
+  /*                           highest CID used in the font.               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    family_name         :: The face's family name.  This is an ASCII   */
+  /*                           string, usually in English, which describes */
+  /*                           the typeface's family (like `Times New      */
+  /*                           Roman', `Bodoni', `Garamond', etc).  This   */
+  /*                           is a least common denominator used to list  */
+  /*                           fonts.  Some formats (TrueType & OpenType)  */
+  /*                           provide localized and Unicode versions of   */
+  /*                           this string.  Applications should use the   */
+  /*                           format specific interface to access them.   */
+  /*                           Can be NULL (e.g., in fonts embedded in a   */
+  /*                           PDF file).                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    style_name          :: The face's style name.  This is an ASCII    */
+  /*                           string, usually in English, which describes */
+  /*                           the typeface's style (like `Italic',        */
+  /*                           `Bold', `Condensed', etc).  Not all font    */
+  /*                           formats provide a style name, so this field */
+  /*                           is optional, and can be set to NULL.  As    */
+  /*                           for `family_name', some formats provide     */
+  /*                           localized and Unicode versions of this      */
+  /*                           string.  Applications should use the format */
+  /*                           specific interface to access them.          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    num_fixed_sizes     :: The number of bitmap strikes in the face.   */
+  /*                           Even if the face is scalable, there might   */
+  /*                           still be bitmap strikes, which are called   */
+  /*                           `sbits' in that case.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    available_sizes     :: An array of @FT_Bitmap_Size for all bitmap  */
+  /*                           strikes in the face.  It is set to NULL if  */
+  /*                           there is no bitmap strike.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    num_charmaps        :: The number of charmaps in the face.         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    charmaps            :: An array of the charmaps of the face.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    generic             :: A field reserved for client uses.  See the  */
+  /*                           @FT_Generic type description.               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    bbox                :: The font bounding box.  Coordinates are     */
+  /*                           expressed in font units (see                */
+  /*                           `units_per_EM').  The box is large enough   */
+  /*                           to contain any glyph from the font.  Thus,  */
+  /*                           `bbox.yMax' can be seen as the `maximal     */
+  /*                           ascender', and `bbox.yMin' as the `minimal  */
+  /*                           descender'.  Only relevant for scalable     */
+  /*                           formats.                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                           Note that the bounding box might be off by  */
+  /*                           (at least) one pixel for hinted fonts.  See */
+  /*                           @FT_Size_Metrics for further discussion.    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    units_per_EM        :: The number of font units per EM square for  */
+  /*                           this face.  This is typically 2048 for      */
+  /*                           TrueType fonts, and 1000 for Type~1 fonts.  */
+  /*                           Only relevant for scalable formats.         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    ascender            :: The typographic ascender of the face,       */
+  /*                           expressed in font units.  For font formats  */
+  /*                           not having this information, it is set to   */
+  /*                           `bbox.yMax'.  Only relevant for scalable    */
+  /*                           formats.                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    descender           :: The typographic descender of the face,      */
+  /*                           expressed in font units.  For font formats  */
+  /*                           not having this information, it is set to   */
+  /*                           `bbox.yMin'.  Note that this field is       */
+  /*                           usually negative.  Only relevant for        */
+  /*                           scalable formats.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    height              :: The height is the vertical distance         */
+  /*                           between two consecutive baselines,          */
+  /*                           expressed in font units.  It is always      */
+  /*                           positive.  Only relevant for scalable       */
+  /*                           formats.                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    max_advance_width   :: The maximal advance width, in font units,   */
+  /*                           for all glyphs in this face.  This can be   */
+  /*                           used to make word wrapping computations     */
+  /*                           faster.  Only relevant for scalable         */
+  /*                           formats.                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    max_advance_height  :: The maximal advance height, in font units,  */
+  /*                           for all glyphs in this face.  This is only  */
+  /*                           relevant for vertical layouts, and is set   */
+  /*                           to `height' for fonts that do not provide   */
+  /*                           vertical metrics.  Only relevant for        */
+  /*                           scalable formats.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    underline_position  :: The position, in font units, of the         */
+  /*                           underline line for this face.  It is the    */
+  /*                           center of the underlining stem.  Only       */
+  /*                           relevant for scalable formats.              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    underline_thickness :: The thickness, in font units, of the        */
+  /*                           underline for this face.  Only relevant for */
+  /*                           scalable formats.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    glyph               :: The face's associated glyph slot(s).        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    size                :: The current active size for this face.      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    charmap             :: The current active charmap for this face.   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    Fields may be changed after a call to @FT_Attach_File or           */
+  /*    @FT_Attach_Stream.                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  FT_FaceRec_
+  {
+    FT_Long           num_faces;
+    FT_Long           face_index;
+
+    FT_Long           face_flags;
+    FT_Long           style_flags;
+
+    FT_Long           num_glyphs;
+
+    FT_String*        family_name;
+    FT_String*        style_name;
+
+    FT_Int            num_fixed_sizes;
+    FT_Bitmap_Size*   available_sizes;
+
+    FT_Int            num_charmaps;
+    FT_CharMap*       charmaps;
+
+    FT_Generic        generic;
+
+    /*# The following member variables (down to `underline_thickness') */
+    /*# are only relevant to scalable outlines; cf. @FT_Bitmap_Size    */
+    /*# for bitmap fonts.                                              */
+    FT_BBox           bbox;
+
+    FT_UShort         units_per_EM;
+    FT_Short          ascender;
+    FT_Short          descender;
+    FT_Short          height;
+
+    FT_Short          max_advance_width;
+    FT_Short          max_advance_height;
+
+    FT_Short          underline_position;
+    FT_Short          underline_thickness;
+
+    FT_GlyphSlot      glyph;
+    FT_Size           size;
+    FT_CharMap        charmap;
+
+    /*@private begin */
+
+    FT_Driver         driver;
+    FT_Memory         memory;
+    FT_Stream         stream;
+
+    FT_ListRec        sizes_list;
+
+    FT_Generic        autohint;
+    void*             extensions;
+
+    FT_Face_Internal  internal;
+
+    /*@private end */
+
+  } FT_FaceRec;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Enum>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_XXX                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A list of bit flags used in the `face_flags' field of the          */
+  /*    @FT_FaceRec structure.  They inform client applications of         */
+  /*    properties of the corresponding face.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Values>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE ::                                           */
+  /*      Indicates that the face contains outline glyphs.  This doesn't   */
+  /*      prevent bitmap strikes, i.e., a face can have both this and      */
+  /*      and @FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES set.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES ::                                        */
+  /*      Indicates that the face contains bitmap strikes.  See also the   */
+  /*      `num_fixed_sizes' and `available_sizes' fields of @FT_FaceRec.   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH ::                                        */
+  /*      Indicates that the face contains fixed-width characters (like    */
+  /*      Courier, Lucido, MonoType, etc.).                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_SFNT ::                                               */
+  /*      Indicates that the face uses the `sfnt' storage scheme.  For     */
+  /*      now, this means TrueType and OpenType.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL ::                                         */
+  /*      Indicates that the face contains horizontal glyph metrics.  This */
+  /*      should be set for all common formats.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_VERTICAL ::                                           */
+  /*      Indicates that the face contains vertical glyph metrics.  This   */
+  /*      is only available in some formats, not all of them.              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING ::                                            */
+  /*      Indicates that the face contains kerning information.  If set,   */
+  /*      the kerning distance can be retrieved through the function       */
+  /*      @FT_Get_Kerning.  Otherwise the function always return the       */
+  /*      vector (0,0).  Note that FreeType doesn't handle kerning data    */
+  /*      from the `GPOS' table (as present in some OpenType fonts).       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_FAST_GLYPHS ::                                        */
+  /*      THIS FLAG IS DEPRECATED.  DO NOT USE OR TEST IT.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_MULTIPLE_MASTERS ::                                   */
+  /*      Indicates that the font contains multiple masters and is capable */
+  /*      of interpolating between them.  See the multiple-masters         */
+  /*      specific API for details.                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES ::                                        */
+  /*      Indicates that the font contains glyph names that can be         */
+  /*      retrieved through @FT_Get_Glyph_Name.  Note that some TrueType   */
+  /*      fonts contain broken glyph name tables.  Use the function        */
+  /*      @FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names when needed.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_EXTERNAL_STREAM ::                                    */
+  /*      Used internally by FreeType to indicate that a face's stream was */
+  /*      provided by the client application and should not be destroyed   */
+  /*      when @FT_Done_Face is called.  Don't read or test this flag.     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTER ::                                             */
+  /*      Set if the font driver has a hinting machine of its own.  For    */
+  /*      example, with TrueType fonts, it makes sense to use data from    */
+  /*      the SFNT `gasp' table only if the native TrueType hinting engine */
+  /*      (with the bytecode interpreter) is available and active.         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED ::                                          */
+  /*      Set if the font is CID-keyed.  In that case, the font is not     */
+  /*      accessed by glyph indices but by CID values.  For subsetted      */
+  /*      CID-keyed fonts this has the consequence that not all index      */
+  /*      values are a valid argument to FT_Load_Glyph.  Only the CID      */
+  /*      values for which corresponding glyphs in the subsetted font      */
+  /*      exist make FT_Load_Glyph return successfully; in all other cases */
+  /*      you get an `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' error.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*      Note that CID-keyed fonts which are in an SFNT wrapper don't     */
+  /*      have this flag set since the glyphs are accessed in the normal   */
+  /*      way (using contiguous indices); the `CID-ness' isn't visible to  */
+  /*      the application.                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY ::                                             */
+  /*      Set if the font is `tricky', this is, it always needs the        */
+  /*      font format's native hinting engine to get a reasonable result.  */
+  /*      A typical example is the Chinese font `mingli.ttf' which uses    */
+  /*      TrueType bytecode instructions to move and scale all of its      */
+  /*      subglyphs.                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*      It is not possible to autohint such fonts using                  */
+  /*      @FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT; it will also ignore                     */
+  /*      @FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING.  You have to set both FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING    */
+  /*      and @FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT to really disable hinting; however, you */
+  /*      probably never want this except for demonstration purposes.      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*      Currently, there are six TrueType fonts in the list of tricky    */
+  /*      fonts; they are hard-coded in file `ttobjs.c'.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE          ( 1L <<  0 )
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES       ( 1L <<  1 )
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH       ( 1L <<  2 )
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_SFNT              ( 1L <<  3 )
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL        ( 1L <<  4 )
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_VERTICAL          ( 1L <<  5 )
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING           ( 1L <<  6 )
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_FAST_GLYPHS       ( 1L <<  7 )
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_MULTIPLE_MASTERS  ( 1L <<  8 )
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES       ( 1L <<  9 )
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_EXTERNAL_STREAM   ( 1L << 10 )
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTER            ( 1L << 11 )
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED         ( 1L << 12 )
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY            ( 1L << 13 )
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_HAS_HORIZONTAL( face )
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains
+   *   horizontal metrics (this is true for all font formats though).
+   *
+   * @also:
+   *   @FT_HAS_VERTICAL can be used to check for vertical metrics.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_HAS_HORIZONTAL( face ) \
+          ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL )
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_HAS_VERTICAL( face )
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains vertical
+   *   metrics.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_HAS_VERTICAL( face ) \
+          ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_VERTICAL )
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_HAS_KERNING( face )
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains kerning
+   *   data that can be accessed with @FT_Get_Kerning.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_HAS_KERNING( face ) \
+          ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING )
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_IS_SCALABLE( face )
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains a scalable
+   *   font face (true for TrueType, Type~1, Type~42, CID, OpenType/CFF,
+   *   and PFR font formats.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_IS_SCALABLE( face ) \
+          ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE )
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_IS_SFNT( face )
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains a font
+   *   whose format is based on the SFNT storage scheme.  This usually
+   *   means: TrueType fonts, OpenType fonts, as well as SFNT-based embedded
+   *   bitmap fonts.
+   *
+   *   If this macro is true, all functions defined in @FT_SFNT_NAMES_H and
+   *   @FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H are available.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_IS_SFNT( face ) \
+          ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_SFNT )
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_IS_FIXED_WIDTH( face )
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains a font face
+   *   that contains fixed-width (or `monospace', `fixed-pitch', etc.)
+   *   glyphs.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_IS_FIXED_WIDTH( face ) \
+          ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH )
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_HAS_FIXED_SIZES( face )
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains some
+   *   embedded bitmaps.  See the `available_sizes' field of the
+   *   @FT_FaceRec structure.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_HAS_FIXED_SIZES( face ) \
+          ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES )
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_HAS_FAST_GLYPHS( face )
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Deprecated.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_HAS_FAST_GLYPHS( face )  0
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES( face )
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains some glyph
+   *   names that can be accessed through @FT_Get_Glyph_Name.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES( face ) \
+          ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES )
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_HAS_MULTIPLE_MASTERS( face )
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains some
+   *   multiple masters.  The functions provided by @FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H
+   *   are then available to choose the exact design you want.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_HAS_MULTIPLE_MASTERS( face ) \
+          ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_MULTIPLE_MASTERS )
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_IS_CID_KEYED( face )
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains a CID-keyed
+   *   font.  See the discussion of @FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED for more
+   *   details.
+   *
+   *   If this macro is true, all functions defined in @FT_CID_H are
+   *   available.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_IS_CID_KEYED( face ) \
+          ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED )
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_IS_TRICKY( face )
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A macro that returns true whenever a face represents a `tricky' font.
+   *   See the discussion of @FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY for more details.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_IS_TRICKY( face ) \
+          ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY )
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Const>                                                               */
+  /*    FT_STYLE_FLAG_XXX                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A list of bit-flags used to indicate the style of a given face.    */
+  /*    These are used in the `style_flags' field of @FT_FaceRec.          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Values>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC ::                                            */
+  /*      Indicates that a given face style is italic or oblique.          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLD ::                                              */
+  /*      Indicates that a given face is bold.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    The style information as provided by FreeType is very basic.  More */
+  /*    details are beyond the scope and should be done on a higher level  */
+  /*    (for example, by analyzing various fields of the `OS/2' table in   */
+  /*    SFNT based fonts).                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC  ( 1 << 0 )
+#define FT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLD    ( 1 << 1 )
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_Size_Internal                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    An opaque handle to an `FT_Size_InternalRec' structure, used to    */
+  /*    model private data of a given @FT_Size object.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct FT_Size_InternalRec_*  FT_Size_Internal;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_Size_Metrics                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    The size metrics structure gives the metrics of a size object.     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    x_ppem       :: The width of the scaled EM square in pixels, hence */
+  /*                    the term `ppem' (pixels per EM).  It is also       */
+  /*                    referred to as `nominal width'.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    y_ppem       :: The height of the scaled EM square in pixels,      */
+  /*                    hence the term `ppem' (pixels per EM).  It is also */
+  /*                    referred to as `nominal height'.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    x_scale      :: A 16.16 fractional scaling value used to convert   */
+  /*                    horizontal metrics from font units to 26.6         */
+  /*                    fractional pixels.  Only relevant for scalable     */
+  /*                    font formats.                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    y_scale      :: A 16.16 fractional scaling value used to convert   */
+  /*                    vertical metrics from font units to 26.6           */
+  /*                    fractional pixels.  Only relevant for scalable     */
+  /*                    font formats.                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    ascender     :: The ascender in 26.6 fractional pixels.  See       */
+  /*                    @FT_FaceRec for the details.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    descender    :: The descender in 26.6 fractional pixels.  See      */
+  /*                    @FT_FaceRec for the details.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    height       :: The height in 26.6 fractional pixels.  See         */
+  /*                    @FT_FaceRec for the details.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    max_advance  :: The maximal advance width in 26.6 fractional       */
+  /*                    pixels.  See @FT_FaceRec for the details.          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    The scaling values, if relevant, are determined first during a     */
+  /*    size changing operation.  The remaining fields are then set by the */
+  /*    driver.  For scalable formats, they are usually set to scaled      */
+  /*    values of the corresponding fields in @FT_FaceRec.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Note that due to glyph hinting, these values might not be exact    */
+  /*    for certain fonts.  Thus they must be treated as unreliable        */
+  /*    with an error margin of at least one pixel!                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Indeed, the only way to get the exact metrics is to render _all_   */
+  /*    glyphs.  As this would be a definite performance hit, it is up to  */
+  /*    client applications to perform such computations.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    The FT_Size_Metrics structure is valid for bitmap fonts also.      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  FT_Size_Metrics_
+  {
+    FT_UShort  x_ppem;      /* horizontal pixels per EM               */
+    FT_UShort  y_ppem;      /* vertical pixels per EM                 */
+
+    FT_Fixed   x_scale;     /* scaling values used to convert font    */
+    FT_Fixed   y_scale;     /* units to 26.6 fractional pixels        */
+
+    FT_Pos     ascender;    /* ascender in 26.6 frac. pixels          */
+    FT_Pos     descender;   /* descender in 26.6 frac. pixels         */
+    FT_Pos     height;      /* text height in 26.6 frac. pixels       */
+    FT_Pos     max_advance; /* max horizontal advance, in 26.6 pixels */
+
+  } FT_Size_Metrics;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_SizeRec                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    FreeType root size class structure.  A size object models a face   */
+  /*    object at a given size.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    face    :: Handle to the parent face object.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    generic :: A typeless pointer, which is unused by the FreeType     */
+  /*               library or any of its drivers.  It can be used by       */
+  /*               client applications to link their own data to each size */
+  /*               object.                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    metrics :: Metrics for this size object.  This field is read-only. */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  FT_SizeRec_
+  {
+    FT_Face           face;      /* parent face object              */
+    FT_Generic        generic;   /* generic pointer for client uses */
+    FT_Size_Metrics   metrics;   /* size metrics                    */
+    FT_Size_Internal  internal;
+
+  } FT_SizeRec;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_SubGlyph                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    The subglyph structure is an internal object used to describe      */
+  /*    subglyphs (for example, in the case of composites).                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    The subglyph implementation is not part of the high-level API,     */
+  /*    hence the forward structure declaration.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    You can however retrieve subglyph information with                 */
+  /*    @FT_Get_SubGlyph_Info.                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct FT_SubGlyphRec_*  FT_SubGlyph;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_Slot_Internal                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    An opaque handle to an `FT_Slot_InternalRec' structure, used to    */
+  /*    model private data of a given @FT_GlyphSlot object.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct FT_Slot_InternalRec_*  FT_Slot_Internal;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_GlyphSlotRec                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    FreeType root glyph slot class structure.  A glyph slot is a       */
+  /*    container where individual glyphs can be loaded, be they in        */
+  /*    outline or bitmap format.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    library           :: A handle to the FreeType library instance     */
+  /*                         this slot belongs to.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    face              :: A handle to the parent face object.           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    next              :: In some cases (like some font tools), several */
+  /*                         glyph slots per face object can be a good     */
+  /*                         thing.  As this is rare, the glyph slots are  */
+  /*                         listed through a direct, single-linked list   */
+  /*                         using its `next' field.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    generic           :: A typeless pointer which is unused by the     */
+  /*                         FreeType library or any of its drivers.  It   */
+  /*                         can be used by client applications to link    */
+  /*                         their own data to each glyph slot object.     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    metrics           :: The metrics of the last loaded glyph in the   */
+  /*                         slot.  The returned values depend on the last */
+  /*                         load flags (see the @FT_Load_Glyph API        */
+  /*                         function) and can be expressed either in 26.6 */
+  /*                         fractional pixels or font units.              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                         Note that even when the glyph image is        */
+  /*                         transformed, the metrics are not.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    linearHoriAdvance :: The advance width of the unhinted glyph.      */
+  /*                         Its value is expressed in 16.16 fractional    */
+  /*                         pixels, unless @FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN is set  */
+  /*                         when loading the glyph.  This field can be    */
+  /*                         important to perform correct WYSIWYG layout.  */
+  /*                         Only relevant for outline glyphs.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    linearVertAdvance :: The advance height of the unhinted glyph.     */
+  /*                         Its value is expressed in 16.16 fractional    */
+  /*                         pixels, unless @FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN is set  */
+  /*                         when loading the glyph.  This field can be    */
+  /*                         important to perform correct WYSIWYG layout.  */
+  /*                         Only relevant for outline glyphs.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    advance           :: This is the transformed advance width for the */
+  /*                         glyph (in 26.6 fractional pixel format).      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    format            :: This field indicates the format of the image  */
+  /*                         contained in the glyph slot.  Typically       */
+  /*                         @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP,                      */
+  /*                         @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE, or                  */
+  /*                         @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE, but others are    */
+  /*                         possible.                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    bitmap            :: This field is used as a bitmap descriptor     */
+  /*                         when the slot format is                       */
+  /*                         @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP.  Note that the       */
+  /*                         address and content of the bitmap buffer can  */
+  /*                         change between calls of @FT_Load_Glyph and a  */
+  /*                         few other functions.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    bitmap_left       :: This is the bitmap's left bearing expressed   */
+  /*                         in integer pixels.  Of course, this is only   */
+  /*                         valid if the format is                        */
+  /*                         @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    bitmap_top        :: This is the bitmap's top bearing expressed in */
+  /*                         integer pixels.  Remember that this is the    */
+  /*                         distance from the baseline to the top-most    */
+  /*                         glyph scanline, upwards y~coordinates being   */
+  /*                         *positive*.                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    outline           :: The outline descriptor for the current glyph  */
+  /*                         image if its format is                        */
+  /*                         @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE.  Once a glyph is    */
+  /*                         loaded, `outline' can be transformed,         */
+  /*                         distorted, embolded, etc.  However, it must   */
+  /*                         not be freed.                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    num_subglyphs     :: The number of subglyphs in a composite glyph. */
+  /*                         This field is only valid for the composite    */
+  /*                         glyph format that should normally only be     */
+  /*                         loaded with the @FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE flag.     */
+  /*                         For now this is internal to FreeType.         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    subglyphs         :: An array of subglyph descriptors for          */
+  /*                         composite glyphs.  There are `num_subglyphs'  */
+  /*                         elements in there.  Currently internal to     */
+  /*                         FreeType.                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    control_data      :: Certain font drivers can also return the      */
+  /*                         control data for a given glyph image (e.g.    */
+  /*                         TrueType bytecode, Type~1 charstrings, etc.). */
+  /*                         This field is a pointer to such data.         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    control_len       :: This is the length in bytes of the control    */
+  /*                         data.                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    other             :: Really wicked formats can use this pointer to */
+  /*                         present their own glyph image to client       */
+  /*                         applications.  Note that the application      */
+  /*                         needs to know about the image format.         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    lsb_delta         :: The difference between hinted and unhinted    */
+  /*                         left side bearing while autohinting is        */
+  /*                         active.  Zero otherwise.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    rsb_delta         :: The difference between hinted and unhinted    */
+  /*                         right side bearing while autohinting is       */
+  /*                         active.  Zero otherwise.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    If @FT_Load_Glyph is called with default flags (see                */
+  /*    @FT_LOAD_DEFAULT) the glyph image is loaded in the glyph slot in   */
+  /*    its native format (e.g., an outline glyph for TrueType and Type~1  */
+  /*    formats).                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    This image can later be converted into a bitmap by calling         */
+  /*    @FT_Render_Glyph.  This function finds the current renderer for    */
+  /*    the native image's format, then invokes it.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    The renderer is in charge of transforming the native image through */
+  /*    the slot's face transformation fields, then converting it into a   */
+  /*    bitmap that is returned in `slot->bitmap'.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Note that `slot->bitmap_left' and `slot->bitmap_top' are also used */
+  /*    to specify the position of the bitmap relative to the current pen  */
+  /*    position (e.g., coordinates (0,0) on the baseline).  Of course,    */
+  /*    `slot->format' is also changed to @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP.         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    Here a small pseudo code fragment which shows how to use           */
+  /*    `lsb_delta' and `rsb_delta':                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    {                                                                  */
+  /*      FT_Pos  origin_x       = 0;                                      */
+  /*      FT_Pos  prev_rsb_delta = 0;                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*      for all glyphs do                                                */
+  /*        <compute kern between current and previous glyph and add it to */
+  /*         `origin_x'>                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*        <load glyph with `FT_Load_Glyph'>                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*        if ( prev_rsb_delta - face->glyph->lsb_delta >= 32 )           */
+  /*          origin_x -= 64;                                              */
+  /*        else if ( prev_rsb_delta - face->glyph->lsb_delta < -32 )      */
+  /*          origin_x += 64;                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*        prev_rsb_delta = face->glyph->rsb_delta;                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*        <save glyph image, or render glyph, or ...>                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*        origin_x += face->glyph->advance.x;                            */
+  /*      endfor                                                           */
+  /*    }                                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  FT_GlyphSlotRec_
+  {
+    FT_Library        library;
+    FT_Face           face;
+    FT_GlyphSlot      next;
+    FT_UInt           reserved;       /* retained for binary compatibility */
+    FT_Generic        generic;
+
+    FT_Glyph_Metrics  metrics;
+    FT_Fixed          linearHoriAdvance;
+    FT_Fixed          linearVertAdvance;
+    FT_Vector         advance;
+
+    FT_Glyph_Format   format;
+
+    FT_Bitmap         bitmap;
+    FT_Int            bitmap_left;
+    FT_Int            bitmap_top;
+
+    FT_Outline        outline;
+
+    FT_UInt           num_subglyphs;
+    FT_SubGlyph       subglyphs;
+
+    void*             control_data;
+    long              control_len;
+
+    FT_Pos            lsb_delta;
+    FT_Pos            rsb_delta;
+
+    void*             other;
+
+    FT_Slot_Internal  internal;
+
+  } FT_GlyphSlotRec;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                         F U N C T I O N S                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Init_FreeType                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Initialize a new FreeType library object.  The set of modules      */
+  /*    that are registered by this function is determined at build time.  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    alibrary :: A handle to a new library object.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Init_FreeType( FT_Library  *alibrary );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Done_FreeType                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Destroy a given FreeType library object and all of its children,   */
+  /*    including resources, drivers, faces, sizes, etc.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    library :: A handle to the target library object.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Done_FreeType( FT_Library  library );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Enum>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_OPEN_XXX                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A list of bit-field constants used within the `flags' field of the */
+  /*    @FT_Open_Args structure.                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Values>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_OPEN_MEMORY   :: This is a memory-based stream.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_OPEN_STREAM   :: Copy the stream from the `stream' field.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_OPEN_PATHNAME :: Create a new input stream from a C~path        */
+  /*                        name.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_OPEN_DRIVER   :: Use the `driver' field.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_OPEN_PARAMS   :: Use the `num_params' and `params' fields.      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    ft_open_memory   :: Deprecated; use @FT_OPEN_MEMORY instead.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    ft_open_stream   :: Deprecated; use @FT_OPEN_STREAM instead.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    ft_open_pathname :: Deprecated; use @FT_OPEN_PATHNAME instead.     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    ft_open_driver   :: Deprecated; use @FT_OPEN_DRIVER instead.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    ft_open_params   :: Deprecated; use @FT_OPEN_PARAMS instead.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    The `FT_OPEN_MEMORY', `FT_OPEN_STREAM', and `FT_OPEN_PATHNAME'     */
+  /*    flags are mutually exclusive.                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define FT_OPEN_MEMORY    0x1
+#define FT_OPEN_STREAM    0x2
+#define FT_OPEN_PATHNAME  0x4
+#define FT_OPEN_DRIVER    0x8
+#define FT_OPEN_PARAMS    0x10
+
+#define ft_open_memory    FT_OPEN_MEMORY     /* deprecated */
+#define ft_open_stream    FT_OPEN_STREAM     /* deprecated */
+#define ft_open_pathname  FT_OPEN_PATHNAME   /* deprecated */
+#define ft_open_driver    FT_OPEN_DRIVER     /* deprecated */
+#define ft_open_params    FT_OPEN_PARAMS     /* deprecated */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_Parameter                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A simple structure used to pass more or less generic parameters to */
+  /*    @FT_Open_Face.                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    tag  :: A four-byte identification tag.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    data :: A pointer to the parameter data.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    The ID and function of parameters are driver-specific.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  FT_Parameter_
+  {
+    FT_ULong    tag;
+    FT_Pointer  data;
+
+  } FT_Parameter;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_Open_Args                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A structure used to indicate how to open a new font file or        */
+  /*    stream.  A pointer to such a structure can be used as a parameter  */
+  /*    for the functions @FT_Open_Face and @FT_Attach_Stream.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    flags       :: A set of bit flags indicating how to use the        */
+  /*                   structure.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    memory_base :: The first byte of the file in memory.               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    memory_size :: The size in bytes of the file in memory.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    pathname    :: A pointer to an 8-bit file pathname.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    stream      :: A handle to a source stream object.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    driver      :: This field is exclusively used by @FT_Open_Face;    */
+  /*                   it simply specifies the font driver to use to open  */
+  /*                   the face.  If set to~0, FreeType tries to load the  */
+  /*                   face with each one of the drivers in its list.      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    num_params  :: The number of extra parameters.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    params      :: Extra parameters passed to the font driver when     */
+  /*                   opening a new face.                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    The stream type is determined by the contents of `flags' which     */
+  /*    are tested in the following order by @FT_Open_Face:                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    If the `FT_OPEN_MEMORY' bit is set, assume that this is a          */
+  /*    memory file of `memory_size' bytes, located at `memory_address'.   */
+  /*    The data are are not copied, and the client is responsible for     */
+  /*    releasing and destroying them _after_ the corresponding call to    */
+  /*    @FT_Done_Face.                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Otherwise, if the `FT_OPEN_STREAM' bit is set, assume that a       */
+  /*    custom input stream `stream' is used.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Otherwise, if the `FT_OPEN_PATHNAME' bit is set, assume that this  */
+  /*    is a normal file and use `pathname' to open it.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    If the `FT_OPEN_DRIVER' bit is set, @FT_Open_Face only tries to    */
+  /*    open the file with the driver whose handler is in `driver'.        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    If the `FT_OPEN_PARAMS' bit is set, the parameters given by        */
+  /*    `num_params' and `params' is used.  They are ignored otherwise.    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Ideally, both the `pathname' and `params' fields should be tagged  */
+  /*    as `const'; this is missing for API backwards compatibility.  In   */
+  /*    other words, applications should treat them as read-only.          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  FT_Open_Args_
+  {
+    FT_UInt         flags;
+    const FT_Byte*  memory_base;
+    FT_Long         memory_size;
+    FT_String*      pathname;
+    FT_Stream       stream;
+    FT_Module       driver;
+    FT_Int          num_params;
+    FT_Parameter*   params;
+
+  } FT_Open_Args;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_New_Face                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This function calls @FT_Open_Face to open a font by its pathname.  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    library    :: A handle to the library resource.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    pathname   :: A path to the font file.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    face_index :: The index of the face within the font.  The first    */
+  /*                  face has index~0.                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    aface      :: A handle to a new face object.  If `face_index' is   */
+  /*                  greater than or equal to zero, it must be non-NULL.  */
+  /*                  See @FT_Open_Face for more details.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_New_Face( FT_Library   library,
+               const char*  filepathname,
+               FT_Long      face_index,
+               FT_Face     *aface );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_New_Memory_Face                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This function calls @FT_Open_Face to open a font which has been    */
+  /*    loaded into memory.                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    library    :: A handle to the library resource.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    file_base  :: A pointer to the beginning of the font data.         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    file_size  :: The size of the memory chunk used by the font data.  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    face_index :: The index of the face within the font.  The first    */
+  /*                  face has index~0.                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    aface      :: A handle to a new face object.  If `face_index' is   */
+  /*                  greater than or equal to zero, it must be non-NULL.  */
+  /*                  See @FT_Open_Face for more details.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    You must not deallocate the memory before calling @FT_Done_Face.   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_New_Memory_Face( FT_Library      library,
+                      const FT_Byte*  file_base,
+                      FT_Long         file_size,
+                      FT_Long         face_index,
+                      FT_Face        *aface );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Open_Face                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Create a face object from a given resource described by            */
+  /*    @FT_Open_Args.                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    library    :: A handle to the library resource.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    args       :: A pointer to an `FT_Open_Args' structure which must  */
+  /*                  be filled by the caller.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    face_index :: The index of the face within the font.  The first    */
+  /*                  face has index~0.                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    aface      :: A handle to a new face object.  If `face_index' is   */
+  /*                  greater than or equal to zero, it must be non-NULL.  */
+  /*                  See note below.                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    Unlike FreeType 1.x, this function automatically creates a glyph   */
+  /*    slot for the face object which can be accessed directly through    */
+  /*    `face->glyph'.                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_Open_Face can be used to quickly check whether the font         */
+  /*    format of a given font resource is supported by FreeType.  If the  */
+  /*    `face_index' field is negative, the function's return value is~0   */
+  /*    if the font format is recognized, or non-zero otherwise;           */
+  /*    the function returns a more or less empty face handle in `*aface'  */
+  /*    (if `aface' isn't NULL).  The only useful field in this special    */
+  /*    case is `face->num_faces' which gives the number of faces within   */
+  /*    the font file.  After examination, the returned @FT_Face structure */
+  /*    should be deallocated with a call to @FT_Done_Face.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Each new face object created with this function also owns a        */
+  /*    default @FT_Size object, accessible as `face->size'.               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Open_Face( FT_Library           library,
+                const FT_Open_Args*  args,
+                FT_Long              face_index,
+                FT_Face             *aface );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Attach_File                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This function calls @FT_Attach_Stream to attach a file.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    face         :: The target face object.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    filepathname :: The pathname.                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Attach_File( FT_Face      face,
+                  const char*  filepathname );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Attach_Stream                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    `Attach' data to a face object.  Normally, this is used to read    */
+  /*    additional information for the face object.  For example, you can  */
+  /*    attach an AFM file that comes with a Type~1 font to get the        */
+  /*    kerning values and other metrics.                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    face       :: The target face object.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    parameters :: A pointer to @FT_Open_Args which must be filled by   */
+  /*                  the caller.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    The meaning of the `attach' (i.e., what really happens when the    */
+  /*    new file is read) is not fixed by FreeType itself.  It really      */
+  /*    depends on the font format (and thus the font driver).             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Client applications are expected to know what they are doing       */
+  /*    when invoking this function.  Most drivers simply do not implement */
+  /*    file attachments.                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Attach_Stream( FT_Face        face,
+                    FT_Open_Args*  parameters );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Done_Face                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Discard a given face object, as well as all of its child slots and */
+  /*    sizes.                                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face :: A handle to a target face object.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Done_Face( FT_Face  face );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Select_Size                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Select a bitmap strike.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    face         :: A handle to a target face object.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    strike_index :: The index of the bitmap strike in the              */
+  /*                    `available_sizes' field of @FT_FaceRec structure.  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Select_Size( FT_Face  face,
+                  FT_Int   strike_index );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Enum>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_Size_Request_Type                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    An enumeration type that lists the supported size request types.   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Values>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_NOMINAL ::                                    */
+  /*      The nominal size.  The `units_per_EM' field of @FT_FaceRec is    */
+  /*      used to determine both scaling values.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_REAL_DIM ::                                   */
+  /*      The real dimension.  The sum of the the `Ascender' and (minus    */
+  /*      of) the `Descender' fields of @FT_FaceRec are used to determine  */
+  /*      both scaling values.                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_BBOX ::                                       */
+  /*      The font bounding box.  The width and height of the `bbox' field */
+  /*      of @FT_FaceRec are used to determine the horizontal and vertical */
+  /*      scaling value, respectively.                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_CELL ::                                       */
+  /*      The `max_advance_width' field of @FT_FaceRec is used to          */
+  /*      determine the horizontal scaling value; the vertical scaling     */
+  /*      value is determined the same way as                              */
+  /*      @FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_REAL_DIM does.  Finally, both scaling      */
+  /*      values are set to the smaller one.  This type is useful if you   */
+  /*      want to specify the font size for, say, a window of a given      */
+  /*      dimension and 80x24 cells.                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_SCALES ::                                     */
+  /*      Specify the scaling values directly.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    The above descriptions only apply to scalable formats.  For bitmap */
+  /*    formats, the behaviour is up to the driver.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    See the note section of @FT_Size_Metrics if you wonder how size    */
+  /*    requesting relates to scaling values.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef enum  FT_Size_Request_Type_
+  {
+    FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_NOMINAL,
+    FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_REAL_DIM,
+    FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_BBOX,
+    FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_CELL,
+    FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_SCALES,
+
+    FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_MAX
+
+  } FT_Size_Request_Type;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_Size_RequestRec                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A structure used to model a size request.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    type           :: See @FT_Size_Request_Type.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    width          :: The desired width.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    height         :: The desired height.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    horiResolution :: The horizontal resolution.  If set to zero,      */
+  /*                      `width' is treated as a 26.6 fractional pixel    */
+  /*                      value.                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    vertResolution :: The vertical resolution.  If set to zero,        */
+  /*                      `height' is treated as a 26.6 fractional pixel   */
+  /*                      value.                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    If `width' is zero, then the horizontal scaling value is set equal */
+  /*    to the vertical scaling value, and vice versa.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  FT_Size_RequestRec_
+  {
+    FT_Size_Request_Type  type;
+    FT_Long               width;
+    FT_Long               height;
+    FT_UInt               horiResolution;
+    FT_UInt               vertResolution;
+
+  } FT_Size_RequestRec;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_Size_Request                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A handle to a size request structure.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct FT_Size_RequestRec_  *FT_Size_Request;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Request_Size                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Resize the scale of the active @FT_Size object in a face.          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    face :: A handle to a target face object.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    req  :: A pointer to a @FT_Size_RequestRec.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    Although drivers may select the bitmap strike matching the         */
+  /*    request, you should not rely on this if you intend to select a     */
+  /*    particular bitmap strike.  Use @FT_Select_Size instead in that     */
+  /*    case.                                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Request_Size( FT_Face          face,
+                   FT_Size_Request  req );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Set_Char_Size                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This function calls @FT_Request_Size to request the nominal size   */
+  /*    (in points).                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    face            :: A handle to a target face object.               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    char_width      :: The nominal width, in 26.6 fractional points.   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    char_height     :: The nominal height, in 26.6 fractional points.  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    horz_resolution :: The horizontal resolution in dpi.               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    vert_resolution :: The vertical resolution in dpi.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    If either the character width or height is zero, it is set equal   */
+  /*    to the other value.                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    If either the horizontal or vertical resolution is zero, it is set */
+  /*    equal to the other value.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    A character width or height smaller than 1pt is set to 1pt; if     */
+  /*    both resolution values are zero, they are set to 72dpi.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Don't use this function if you are using the FreeType cache API.   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Set_Char_Size( FT_Face     face,
+                    FT_F26Dot6  char_width,
+                    FT_F26Dot6  char_height,
+                    FT_UInt     horz_resolution,
+                    FT_UInt     vert_resolution );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This function calls @FT_Request_Size to request the nominal size   */
+  /*    (in pixels).                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    face         :: A handle to the target face object.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    pixel_width  :: The nominal width, in pixels.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    pixel_height :: The nominal height, in pixels.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes( FT_Face  face,
+                      FT_UInt  pixel_width,
+                      FT_UInt  pixel_height );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Load_Glyph                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A function used to load a single glyph into the glyph slot of a    */
+  /*    face object.                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    face        :: A handle to the target face object where the glyph  */
+  /*                   is loaded.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    glyph_index :: The index of the glyph in the font file.  For       */
+  /*                   CID-keyed fonts (either in PS or in CFF format)     */
+  /*                   this argument specifies the CID value.              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    load_flags  :: A flag indicating what to load for this glyph.  The */
+  /*                   @FT_LOAD_XXX constants can be used to control the   */
+  /*                   glyph loading process (e.g., whether the outline    */
+  /*                   should be scaled, whether to load bitmaps or not,   */
+  /*                   whether to hint the outline, etc).                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    The loaded glyph may be transformed.  See @FT_Set_Transform for    */
+  /*    the details.                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    For subsetted CID-keyed fonts, `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' is        */
+  /*    returned for invalid CID values (this is, for CID values which     */
+  /*    don't have a corresponding glyph in the font).  See the discussion */
+  /*    of the @FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED flag for more details.              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Load_Glyph( FT_Face   face,
+                 FT_UInt   glyph_index,
+                 FT_Int32  load_flags );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Load_Char                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A function used to load a single glyph into the glyph slot of a    */
+  /*    face object, according to its character code.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    face        :: A handle to a target face object where the glyph    */
+  /*                   is loaded.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    char_code   :: The glyph's character code, according to the        */
+  /*                   current charmap used in the face.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    load_flags  :: A flag indicating what to load for this glyph.  The */
+  /*                   @FT_LOAD_XXX constants can be used to control the   */
+  /*                   glyph loading process (e.g., whether the outline    */
+  /*                   should be scaled, whether to load bitmaps or not,   */
+  /*                   whether to hint the outline, etc).                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    This function simply calls @FT_Get_Char_Index and @FT_Load_Glyph.  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Load_Char( FT_Face   face,
+                FT_ULong  char_code,
+                FT_Int32  load_flags );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @enum:
+   *   FT_LOAD_XXX
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_Load_Glyph to indicate
+   *   what kind of operations to perform during glyph loading.
+   *
+   * @values:
+   *   FT_LOAD_DEFAULT ::
+   *     Corresponding to~0, this value is used as the default glyph load
+   *     operation.  In this case, the following happens:
+   *
+   *     1. FreeType looks for a bitmap for the glyph corresponding to the
+   *        face's current size.  If one is found, the function returns.
+   *        The bitmap data can be accessed from the glyph slot (see note
+   *        below).
+   *
+   *     2. If no embedded bitmap is searched or found, FreeType looks for a
+   *        scalable outline.  If one is found, it is loaded from the font
+   *        file, scaled to device pixels, then `hinted' to the pixel grid
+   *        in order to optimize it.  The outline data can be accessed from
+   *        the glyph slot (see note below).
+   *
+   *     Note that by default, the glyph loader doesn't render outlines into
+   *     bitmaps.  The following flags are used to modify this default
+   *     behaviour to more specific and useful cases.
+   *
+   *   FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE ::
+   *     Don't scale the outline glyph loaded, but keep it in font units.
+   *
+   *     This flag implies @FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING and @FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP, and
+   *     unsets @FT_LOAD_RENDER.
+   *
+   *   FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING ::
+   *     Disable hinting.  This generally generates `blurrier' bitmap glyph
+   *     when the glyph is rendered in any of the anti-aliased modes.  See
+   *     also the note below.
+   *
+   *     This flag is implied by @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE.
+   *
+   *   FT_LOAD_RENDER ::
+   *     Call @FT_Render_Glyph after the glyph is loaded.  By default, the
+   *     glyph is rendered in @FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL mode.  This can be
+   *     overridden by @FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX or @FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME.
+   *
+   *     This flag is unset by @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE.
+   *
+   *   FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP ::
+   *     Ignore bitmap strikes when loading.  Bitmap-only fonts ignore this
+   *     flag.
+   *
+   *     @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE always sets this flag.
+   *
+   *   FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT ::
+   *     Load the glyph for vertical text layout.  _Don't_ use it as it is
+   *     problematic currently.
+   *
+   *   FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT ::
+   *     Indicates that the auto-hinter is preferred over the font's native
+   *     hinter.  See also the note below.
+   *
+   *   FT_LOAD_CROP_BITMAP ::
+   *     Indicates that the font driver should crop the loaded bitmap glyph
+   *     (i.e., remove all space around its black bits).  Not all drivers
+   *     implement this.
+   *
+   *   FT_LOAD_PEDANTIC ::
+   *     Indicates that the font driver should perform pedantic verifications
+   *     during glyph loading.  This is mostly used to detect broken glyphs
+   *     in fonts.  By default, FreeType tries to handle broken fonts also.
+   *
+   *   FT_LOAD_IGNORE_GLOBAL_ADVANCE_WIDTH ::
+   *     Indicates that the font driver should ignore the global advance
+   *     width defined in the font.  By default, that value is used as the
+   *     advance width for all glyphs when the face has
+   *     @FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH set.
+   *
+   *     This flag exists for historical reasons (to support buggy CJK
+   *     fonts).
+   *
+   *   FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE ::
+   *     This flag is only used internally.  It merely indicates that the
+   *     font driver should not load composite glyphs recursively.  Instead,
+   *     it should set the `num_subglyph' and `subglyphs' values of the
+   *     glyph slot accordingly, and set `glyph->format' to
+   *     @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE.
+   *
+   *     The description of sub-glyphs is not available to client
+   *     applications for now.
+   *
+   *     This flag implies @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE and @FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM.
+   *
+   *   FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM ::
+   *     Indicates that the transform matrix set by @FT_Set_Transform should
+   *     be ignored.
+   *
+   *   FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME ::
+   *     This flag is used with @FT_LOAD_RENDER to indicate that you want to
+   *     render an outline glyph to a 1-bit monochrome bitmap glyph, with
+   *     8~pixels packed into each byte of the bitmap data.
+   *
+   *     Note that this has no effect on the hinting algorithm used.  You
+   *     should rather use @FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO so that the
+   *     monochrome-optimized hinting algorithm is used.
+   *
+   *   FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN ::
+   *     Indicates that the `linearHoriAdvance' and `linearVertAdvance'
+   *     fields of @FT_GlyphSlotRec should be kept in font units.  See
+   *     @FT_GlyphSlotRec for details.
+   *
+   *   FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT ::
+   *     Disable auto-hinter.  See also the note below.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   By default, hinting is enabled and the font's native hinter (see
+   *   @FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTER) is preferred over the auto-hinter.  You can
+   *   disable hinting by setting @FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING or change the
+   *   precedence by setting @FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT.  You can also set
+   *   @FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT in case you don't want the auto-hinter to be
+   *   used at all.
+   *
+   *   See the description of @FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY for a special exception
+   *   (affecting only a handful of Asian fonts).
+   *
+   *   Besides deciding which hinter to use, you can also decide which
+   *   hinting algorithm to use.  See @FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX for details.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_LOAD_DEFAULT                      0x0
+#define FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE                     0x1
+#define FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING                   0x2
+#define FT_LOAD_RENDER                       0x4
+#define FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP                    0x8
+#define FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT              0x10
+#define FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT               0x20
+#define FT_LOAD_CROP_BITMAP                  0x40
+#define FT_LOAD_PEDANTIC                     0x80
+#define FT_LOAD_IGNORE_GLOBAL_ADVANCE_WIDTH  0x200
+#define FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE                   0x400
+#define FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM             0x800
+#define FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME                   0x1000
+#define FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN                0x2000
+#define FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT                  0x8000U
+
+  /* */
+
+  /* used internally only by certain font drivers! */
+#define FT_LOAD_ADVANCE_ONLY                 0x100
+#define FT_LOAD_SBITS_ONLY                   0x4000
+
+
+  /**************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @enum:
+   *   FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A list of values that are used to select a specific hinting algorithm
+   *   to use by the hinter.  You should OR one of these values to your
+   *   `load_flags' when calling @FT_Load_Glyph.
+   *
+   *   Note that font's native hinters may ignore the hinting algorithm you
+   *   have specified (e.g., the TrueType bytecode interpreter).  You can set
+   *   @FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT to ensure that the auto-hinter is used.
+   *
+   *   Also note that @FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT is an exception, in that it
+   *   always implies @FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT.
+   *
+   * @values:
+   *   FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL ::
+   *     This corresponds to the default hinting algorithm, optimized for
+   *     standard gray-level rendering.  For monochrome output, use
+   *     @FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO instead.
+   *
+   *   FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT ::
+   *     A lighter hinting algorithm for non-monochrome modes.  Many
+   *     generated glyphs are more fuzzy but better resemble its original
+   *     shape.  A bit like rendering on Mac OS~X.
+   *
+   *     As a special exception, this target implies @FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT.
+   *
+   *   FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO ::
+   *     Strong hinting algorithm that should only be used for monochrome
+   *     output.  The result is probably unpleasant if the glyph is rendered
+   *     in non-monochrome modes.
+   *
+   *   FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD ::
+   *     A variant of @FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL optimized for horizontally
+   *     decimated LCD displays.
+   *
+   *   FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD_V ::
+   *     A variant of @FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL optimized for vertically
+   *     decimated LCD displays.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   You should use only _one_ of the FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX values in your
+   *   `load_flags'.  They can't be ORed.
+   *
+   *   If @FT_LOAD_RENDER is also set, the glyph is rendered in the
+   *   corresponding mode (i.e., the mode which matches the used algorithm
+   *   best) unless @FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME is set.
+   *
+   *   You can use a hinting algorithm that doesn't correspond to the same
+   *   rendering mode.  As an example, it is possible to use the `light'
+   *   hinting algorithm and have the results rendered in horizontal LCD
+   *   pixel mode, with code like
+   *
+   *     {
+   *       FT_Load_Glyph( face, glyph_index,
+   *                      load_flags | FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT );
+   *
+   *       FT_Render_Glyph( face->glyph, FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD );
+   *     }
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_( x )   ( (FT_Int32)( (x) & 15 ) << 16 )
+
+#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL  FT_LOAD_TARGET_( FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL )
+#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT   FT_LOAD_TARGET_( FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT  )
+#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO    FT_LOAD_TARGET_( FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO   )
+#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD     FT_LOAD_TARGET_( FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD    )
+#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD_V   FT_LOAD_TARGET_( FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V  )
+
+
+  /**************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_LOAD_TARGET_MODE
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Return the @FT_Render_Mode corresponding to a given
+   *   @FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX value.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_MODE( x )  ( (FT_Render_Mode)( ( (x) >> 16 ) & 15 ) )
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Set_Transform                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A function used to set the transformation that is applied to glyph */
+  /*    images when they are loaded into a glyph slot through              */
+  /*    @FT_Load_Glyph.                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    face   :: A handle to the source face object.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    matrix :: A pointer to the transformation's 2x2 matrix.  Use~0 for */
+  /*              the identity matrix.                                     */
+  /*    delta  :: A pointer to the translation vector.  Use~0 for the null */
+  /*              vector.                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    The transformation is only applied to scalable image formats after */
+  /*    the glyph has been loaded.  It means that hinting is unaltered by  */
+  /*    the transformation and is performed on the character size given in */
+  /*    the last call to @FT_Set_Char_Size or @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes.         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Note that this also transforms the `face.glyph.advance' field, but */
+  /*    *not* the values in `face.glyph.metrics'.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_Set_Transform( FT_Face     face,
+                    FT_Matrix*  matrix,
+                    FT_Vector*  delta );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Enum>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_Render_Mode                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    An enumeration type that lists the render modes supported by       */
+  /*    FreeType~2.  Each mode corresponds to a specific type of scanline  */
+  /*    conversion performed on the outline.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    For bitmap fonts and embedded bitmaps the `bitmap->pixel_mode'     */
+  /*    field in the @FT_GlyphSlotRec structure gives the format of the    */
+  /*    returned bitmap.                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    All modes except @FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO use 256 levels of opacity.   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Values>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL ::                                           */
+  /*      This is the default render mode; it corresponds to 8-bit         */
+  /*      anti-aliased bitmaps.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT ::                                            */
+  /*      This is equivalent to @FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL.  It is only        */
+  /*      defined as a separate value because render modes are also used   */
+  /*      indirectly to define hinting algorithm selectors.  See           */
+  /*      @FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX for details.                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO ::                                             */
+  /*      This mode corresponds to 1-bit bitmaps (with 2~levels of         */
+  /*      opacity).                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD ::                                              */
+  /*      This mode corresponds to horizontal RGB and BGR sub-pixel        */
+  /*      displays like LCD screens.  It produces 8-bit bitmaps that are   */
+  /*      3~times the width of the original glyph outline in pixels, and   */
+  /*      which use the @FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD mode.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V ::                                            */
+  /*      This mode corresponds to vertical RGB and BGR sub-pixel displays */
+  /*      (like PDA screens, rotated LCD displays, etc.).  It produces     */
+  /*      8-bit bitmaps that are 3~times the height of the original        */
+  /*      glyph outline in pixels and use the @FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V mode.   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    The LCD-optimized glyph bitmaps produced by FT_Render_Glyph can be */
+  /*    filtered to reduce color-fringes by using @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter */
+  /*    (not active in the default builds).  It is up to the caller to     */
+  /*    either call @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter (if available) or do the      */
+  /*    filtering itself.                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    The selected render mode only affects vector glyphs of a font.     */
+  /*    Embedded bitmaps often have a different pixel mode like            */
+  /*    @FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO.  You can use @FT_Bitmap_Convert to transform  */
+  /*    them into 8-bit pixmaps.                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef enum  FT_Render_Mode_
+  {
+    FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL = 0,
+    FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT,
+    FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO,
+    FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD,
+    FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V,
+
+    FT_RENDER_MODE_MAX
+
+  } FT_Render_Mode;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Enum>                                                                */
+  /*    ft_render_mode_xxx                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    These constants are deprecated.  Use the corresponding             */
+  /*    @FT_Render_Mode values instead.                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Values>                                                              */
+  /*    ft_render_mode_normal :: see @FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL                */
+  /*    ft_render_mode_mono   :: see @FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define ft_render_mode_normal  FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL
+#define ft_render_mode_mono    FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Render_Glyph                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Convert a given glyph image to a bitmap.  It does so by inspecting */
+  /*    the glyph image format, finding the relevant renderer, and         */
+  /*    invoking it.                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    slot        :: A handle to the glyph slot containing the image to  */
+  /*                   convert.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    render_mode :: This is the render mode used to render the glyph    */
+  /*                   image into a bitmap.  See @FT_Render_Mode for a     */
+  /*                   list of possible values.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Render_Glyph( FT_GlyphSlot    slot,
+                   FT_Render_Mode  render_mode );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Enum>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_Kerning_Mode                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    An enumeration used to specify which kerning values to return in   */
+  /*    @FT_Get_Kerning.                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Values>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_KERNING_DEFAULT  :: Return scaled and grid-fitted kerning       */
+  /*                           distances (value is~0).                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_KERNING_UNFITTED :: Return scaled but un-grid-fitted kerning    */
+  /*                           distances.                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_KERNING_UNSCALED :: Return the kerning vector in original font  */
+  /*                           units.                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef enum  FT_Kerning_Mode_
+  {
+    FT_KERNING_DEFAULT  = 0,
+    FT_KERNING_UNFITTED,
+    FT_KERNING_UNSCALED
+
+  } FT_Kerning_Mode;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Const>                                                               */
+  /*    ft_kerning_default                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This constant is deprecated.  Please use @FT_KERNING_DEFAULT       */
+  /*    instead.                                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define ft_kerning_default   FT_KERNING_DEFAULT
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Const>                                                               */
+  /*    ft_kerning_unfitted                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This constant is deprecated.  Please use @FT_KERNING_UNFITTED      */
+  /*    instead.                                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define ft_kerning_unfitted  FT_KERNING_UNFITTED
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Const>                                                               */
+  /*    ft_kerning_unscaled                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This constant is deprecated.  Please use @FT_KERNING_UNSCALED      */
+  /*    instead.                                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define ft_kerning_unscaled  FT_KERNING_UNSCALED
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Get_Kerning                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Return the kerning vector between two glyphs of a same face.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face        :: A handle to a source face object.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    left_glyph  :: The index of the left glyph in the kern pair.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    right_glyph :: The index of the right glyph in the kern pair.      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    kern_mode   :: See @FT_Kerning_Mode for more information.          */
+  /*                   Determines the scale and dimension of the returned  */
+  /*                   kerning vector.                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    akerning    :: The kerning vector.  This is either in font units   */
+  /*                   or in pixels (26.6 format) for scalable formats,    */
+  /*                   and in pixels for fixed-sizes formats.              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    Only horizontal layouts (left-to-right & right-to-left) are        */
+  /*    supported by this method.  Other layouts, or more sophisticated    */
+  /*    kernings, are out of the scope of this API function -- they can be */
+  /*    implemented through format-specific interfaces.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_Kerning( FT_Face     face,
+                  FT_UInt     left_glyph,
+                  FT_UInt     right_glyph,
+                  FT_UInt     kern_mode,
+                  FT_Vector  *akerning );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Get_Track_Kerning                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Return the track kerning for a given face object at a given size.  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face       :: A handle to a source face object.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    point_size :: The point size in 16.16 fractional points.           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    degree     :: The degree of tightness.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    akerning   :: The kerning in 16.16 fractional points.              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_Track_Kerning( FT_Face    face,
+                        FT_Fixed   point_size,
+                        FT_Int     degree,
+                        FT_Fixed*  akerning );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Get_Glyph_Name                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Retrieve the ASCII name of a given glyph in a face.  This only     */
+  /*    works for those faces where @FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES(face) returns~1.   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face        :: A handle to a source face object.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    glyph_index :: The glyph index.                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    buffer_max  :: The maximal number of bytes available in the        */
+  /*                   buffer.                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    buffer      :: A pointer to a target buffer where the name is      */
+  /*                   copied to.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    An error is returned if the face doesn't provide glyph names or if */
+  /*    the glyph index is invalid.  In all cases of failure, the first    */
+  /*    byte of `buffer' is set to~0 to indicate an empty name.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    The glyph name is truncated to fit within the buffer if it is too  */
+  /*    long.  The returned string is always zero-terminated.              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    This function is not compiled within the library if the config     */
+  /*    macro `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_GLYPH_NAMES' is defined in              */
+  /*    `include/freetype/config/ftoptions.h'.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_Glyph_Name( FT_Face     face,
+                     FT_UInt     glyph_index,
+                     FT_Pointer  buffer,
+                     FT_UInt     buffer_max );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Get_Postscript_Name                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Retrieve the ASCII PostScript name of a given face, if available.  */
+  /*    This only works with PostScript and TrueType fonts.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face :: A handle to the source face object.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    A pointer to the face's PostScript name.  NULL if unavailable.     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    The returned pointer is owned by the face and is destroyed with    */
+  /*    it.                                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( const char* )
+  FT_Get_Postscript_Name( FT_Face  face );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Select_Charmap                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Select a given charmap by its encoding tag (as listed in           */
+  /*    `freetype.h').                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    face     :: A handle to the source face object.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    encoding :: A handle to the selected encoding.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    This function returns an error if no charmap in the face           */
+  /*    corresponds to the encoding queried here.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Because many fonts contain more than a single cmap for Unicode     */
+  /*    encoding, this function has some special code to select the one    */
+  /*    which covers Unicode best (`best' in the sense that a UCS-4 cmap   */
+  /*    is preferred to a UCS-2 cmap).  It is thus preferable to           */
+  /*    @FT_Set_Charmap in this case.                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Select_Charmap( FT_Face      face,
+                     FT_Encoding  encoding );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Set_Charmap                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Select a given charmap for character code to glyph index mapping.  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    face    :: A handle to the source face object.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    charmap :: A handle to the selected charmap.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    This function returns an error if the charmap is not part of       */
+  /*    the face (i.e., if it is not listed in the `face->charmaps'        */
+  /*    table).                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    It also fails if a type~14 charmap is selected.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Set_Charmap( FT_Face     face,
+                  FT_CharMap  charmap );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Get_Charmap_Index
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Retrieve index of a given charmap.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   charmap ::
+   *     A handle to a charmap.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *   The index into the array of character maps within the face to which
+   *   `charmap' belongs.
+   *
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Int )
+  FT_Get_Charmap_Index( FT_CharMap  charmap );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Get_Char_Index                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Return the glyph index of a given character code.  This function   */
+  /*    uses a charmap object to do the mapping.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face     :: A handle to the source face object.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    charcode :: The character code.                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    The glyph index.  0~means `undefined character code'.              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    If you use FreeType to manipulate the contents of font files       */
+  /*    directly, be aware that the glyph index returned by this function  */
+  /*    doesn't always correspond to the internal indices used within      */
+  /*    the file.  This is done to ensure that value~0 always corresponds  */
+  /*    to the `missing glyph'.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt )
+  FT_Get_Char_Index( FT_Face   face,
+                     FT_ULong  charcode );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Get_First_Char                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This function is used to return the first character code in the    */
+  /*    current charmap of a given face.  It also returns the              */
+  /*    corresponding glyph index.                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face    :: A handle to the source face object.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    agindex :: Glyph index of first character code.  0~if charmap is   */
+  /*               empty.                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    The charmap's first character code.                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    You should use this function with @FT_Get_Next_Char to be able to  */
+  /*    parse all character codes available in a given charmap.  The code  */
+  /*    should look like this:                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    {                                                                  */
+  /*      FT_ULong  charcode;                                              */
+  /*      FT_UInt   gindex;                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*      charcode = FT_Get_First_Char( face, &gindex );                   */
+  /*      while ( gindex != 0 )                                            */
+  /*      {                                                                */
+  /*        ... do something with (charcode,gindex) pair ...               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*        charcode = FT_Get_Next_Char( face, charcode, &gindex );        */
+  /*      }                                                                */
+  /*    }                                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Note that `*agindex' is set to~0 if the charmap is empty.  The     */
+  /*    result itself can be~0 in two cases: if the charmap is empty or    */
+  /*    if the value~0 is the first valid character code.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_ULong )
+  FT_Get_First_Char( FT_Face   face,
+                     FT_UInt  *agindex );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Get_Next_Char                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This function is used to return the next character code in the     */
+  /*    current charmap of a given face following the value `char_code',   */
+  /*    as well as the corresponding glyph index.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face      :: A handle to the source face object.                   */
+  /*    char_code :: The starting character code.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    agindex   :: Glyph index of next character code.  0~if charmap     */
+  /*                 is empty.                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    The charmap's next character code.                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    You should use this function with @FT_Get_First_Char to walk       */
+  /*    over all character codes available in a given charmap.  See the    */
+  /*    note for this function for a simple code example.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Note that `*agindex' is set to~0 when there are no more codes in   */
+  /*    the charmap.                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_ULong )
+  FT_Get_Next_Char( FT_Face    face,
+                    FT_ULong   char_code,
+                    FT_UInt   *agindex );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Get_Name_Index                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Return the glyph index of a given glyph name.  This function uses  */
+  /*    driver specific objects to do the translation.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face       :: A handle to the source face object.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    glyph_name :: The glyph name.                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    The glyph index.  0~means `undefined character code'.              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt )
+  FT_Get_Name_Index( FT_Face     face,
+                     FT_String*  glyph_name );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XXX
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A list of constants used to describe subglyphs.  Please refer to the
+   *   TrueType specification for the meaning of the various flags.
+   *
+   * @values:
+   *   FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_WORDS ::
+   *   FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_XY_VALUES ::
+   *   FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ROUND_XY_TO_GRID ::
+   *   FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_SCALE ::
+   *   FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XY_SCALE ::
+   *   FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_2X2 ::
+   *   FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_USE_MY_METRICS ::
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_WORDS          1
+#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_XY_VALUES      2
+#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ROUND_XY_TO_GRID        4
+#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_SCALE                   8
+#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XY_SCALE             0x40
+#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_2X2                  0x80
+#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_USE_MY_METRICS      0x200
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @func:
+   *   FT_Get_SubGlyph_Info
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Retrieve a description of a given subglyph.  Only use it if
+   *   `glyph->format' is @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE; an error is
+   *   returned otherwise.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   glyph ::
+   *     The source glyph slot.
+   *
+   *   sub_index ::
+   *     The index of the subglyph.  Must be less than
+   *     `glyph->num_subglyphs'.
+   *
+   * @output:
+   *   p_index ::
+   *     The glyph index of the subglyph.
+   *
+   *   p_flags ::
+   *     The subglyph flags, see @FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XXX.
+   *
+   *   p_arg1 ::
+   *     The subglyph's first argument (if any).
+   *
+   *   p_arg2 ::
+   *     The subglyph's second argument (if any).
+   *
+   *   p_transform ::
+   *     The subglyph transformation (if any).
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   The values of `*p_arg1', `*p_arg2', and `*p_transform' must be
+   *   interpreted depending on the flags returned in `*p_flags'.  See the
+   *   TrueType specification for details.
+   *
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_SubGlyph_Info( FT_GlyphSlot  glyph,
+                        FT_UInt       sub_index,
+                        FT_Int       *p_index,
+                        FT_UInt      *p_flags,
+                        FT_Int       *p_arg1,
+                        FT_Int       *p_arg2,
+                        FT_Matrix    *p_transform );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Enum>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_FSTYPE_XXX                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A list of bit flags used in the `fsType' field of the OS/2 table   */
+  /*    in a TrueType or OpenType font and the `FSType' entry in a         */
+  /*    PostScript font.  These bit flags are returned by                  */
+  /*    @FT_Get_FSType_Flags; they inform client applications of embedding */
+  /*    and subsetting restrictions associated with a font.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    See http://www.adobe.com/devnet/acrobat/pdfs/FontPolicies.pdf for  */
+  /*    more details.                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Values>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_FSTYPE_INSTALLABLE_EMBEDDING ::                                 */
+  /*      Fonts with no fsType bit set may be embedded and permanently     */
+  /*      installed on the remote system by an application.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_FSTYPE_RESTRICTED_LICENSE_EMBEDDING ::                          */
+  /*      Fonts that have only this bit set must not be modified, embedded */
+  /*      or exchanged in any manner without first obtaining permission of */
+  /*      the font software copyright owner.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_FSTYPE_PREVIEW_AND_PRINT_EMBEDDING ::                           */
+  /*      If this bit is set, the font may be embedded and temporarily     */
+  /*      loaded on the remote system.  Documents containing Preview &     */
+  /*      Print fonts must be opened `read-only'; no edits can be applied  */
+  /*      to the document.                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_FSTYPE_EDITABLE_EMBEDDING ::                                    */
+  /*      If this bit is set, the font may be embedded but must only be    */
+  /*      installed temporarily on other systems.  In contrast to Preview  */
+  /*      & Print fonts, documents containing editable fonts may be opened */
+  /*      for reading, editing is permitted, and changes may be saved.     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_FSTYPE_NO_SUBSETTING ::                                         */
+  /*      If this bit is set, the font may not be subsetted prior to       */
+  /*      embedding.                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_FSTYPE_BITMAP_EMBEDDING_ONLY ::                                 */
+  /*      If this bit is set, only bitmaps contained in the font may be    */
+  /*      embedded; no outline data may be embedded.  If there are no      */
+  /*      bitmaps available in the font, then the font is unembeddable.    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    While the fsType flags can indicate that a font may be embedded, a */
+  /*    license with the font vendor may be separately required to use the */
+  /*    font in this way.                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define FT_FSTYPE_INSTALLABLE_EMBEDDING         0x0000
+#define FT_FSTYPE_RESTRICTED_LICENSE_EMBEDDING  0x0002
+#define FT_FSTYPE_PREVIEW_AND_PRINT_EMBEDDING   0x0004
+#define FT_FSTYPE_EDITABLE_EMBEDDING            0x0008
+#define FT_FSTYPE_NO_SUBSETTING                 0x0100
+#define FT_FSTYPE_BITMAP_EMBEDDING_ONLY         0x0200
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Get_FSType_Flags                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Return the fsType flags for a font.                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face :: A handle to the source face object.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    The fsType flags, @FT_FSTYPE_XXX.                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    Use this function rather than directly reading the `fs_type' field */
+  /*    in the @PS_FontInfoRec structure which is only guaranteed to       */
+  /*    return the correct results for Type~1 fonts.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_UShort )
+  FT_Get_FSType_Flags( FT_Face  face );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*    glyph_variants                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Title>                                                               */
+  /*    Glyph Variants                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
+  /*    The FreeType~2 interface to Unicode Ideographic Variation          */
+  /*    Sequences (IVS), using the SFNT cmap format~14.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Many CJK characters have variant forms.  They are a sort of grey   */
+  /*    area somewhere between being totally irrelevant and semantically   */
+  /*    distinct; for this reason, the Unicode consortium decided to       */
+  /*    introduce Ideographic Variation Sequences (IVS), consisting of a   */
+  /*    Unicode base character and one of 240 variant selectors            */
+  /*    (U+E0100-U+E01EF), instead of further extending the already huge   */
+  /*    code range for CJK characters.                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    An IVS is registered and unique; for further details please refer  */
+  /*    to Unicode Technical Report #37, the Ideographic Variation         */
+  /*    Database.  To date (October 2007), the character with the most     */
+  /*    variants is U+908A, having 8~such IVS.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Adobe and MS decided to support IVS with a new cmap subtable       */
+  /*    (format~14).  It is an odd subtable because it is not a mapping of */
+  /*    input code points to glyphs, but contains lists of all variants    */
+  /*    supported by the font.                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    A variant may be either `default' or `non-default'.  A default     */
+  /*    variant is the one you will get for that code point if you look it */
+  /*    up in the standard Unicode cmap.  A non-default variant is a       */
+  /*    different glyph.                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Face_GetCharVariantIndex                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Return the glyph index of a given character code as modified by    */
+  /*    the variation selector.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face ::                                                            */
+  /*      A handle to the source face object.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    charcode ::                                                        */
+  /*      The character code point in Unicode.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    variantSelector ::                                                 */
+  /*      The Unicode code point of the variation selector.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    The glyph index.  0~means either `undefined character code', or    */
+  /*    `undefined selector code', or `no variation selector cmap          */
+  /*    subtable', or `current CharMap is not Unicode'.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    If you use FreeType to manipulate the contents of font files       */
+  /*    directly, be aware that the glyph index returned by this function  */
+  /*    doesn't always correspond to the internal indices used within      */
+  /*    the file.  This is done to ensure that value~0 always corresponds  */
+  /*    to the `missing glyph'.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    This function is only meaningful if                                */
+  /*      a) the font has a variation selector cmap sub table,             */
+  /*    and                                                                */
+  /*      b) the current charmap has a Unicode encoding.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Since>                                                               */
+  /*    2.3.6                                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt )
+  FT_Face_GetCharVariantIndex( FT_Face   face,
+                               FT_ULong  charcode,
+                               FT_ULong  variantSelector );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Face_GetCharVariantIsDefault                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Check whether this variant of this Unicode character is the one to */
+  /*    be found in the `cmap'.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face ::                                                            */
+  /*      A handle to the source face object.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    charcode ::                                                        */
+  /*      The character codepoint in Unicode.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    variantSelector ::                                                 */
+  /*      The Unicode codepoint of the variation selector.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    1~if found in the standard (Unicode) cmap, 0~if found in the       */
+  /*    variation selector cmap, or -1 if it is not a variant.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    This function is only meaningful if the font has a variation       */
+  /*    selector cmap subtable.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Since>                                                               */
+  /*    2.3.6                                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Int )
+  FT_Face_GetCharVariantIsDefault( FT_Face   face,
+                                   FT_ULong  charcode,
+                                   FT_ULong  variantSelector );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Face_GetVariantSelectors                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Return a zero-terminated list of Unicode variant selectors found   */
+  /*    in the font.                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face ::                                                            */
+  /*      A handle to the source face object.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    A pointer to an array of selector code points, or NULL if there is */
+  /*    no valid variant selector cmap subtable.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    The last item in the array is~0; the array is owned by the         */
+  /*    @FT_Face object but can be overwritten or released on the next     */
+  /*    call to a FreeType function.                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Since>                                                               */
+  /*    2.3.6                                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt32* )
+  FT_Face_GetVariantSelectors( FT_Face  face );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Face_GetVariantsOfChar                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Return a zero-terminated list of Unicode variant selectors found   */
+  /*    for the specified character code.                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face ::                                                            */
+  /*      A handle to the source face object.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    charcode ::                                                        */
+  /*      The character codepoint in Unicode.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    A pointer to an array of variant selector code points which are    */
+  /*    active for the given character, or NULL if the corresponding list  */
+  /*    is empty.                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    The last item in the array is~0; the array is owned by the         */
+  /*    @FT_Face object but can be overwritten or released on the next     */
+  /*    call to a FreeType function.                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Since>                                                               */
+  /*    2.3.6                                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt32* )
+  FT_Face_GetVariantsOfChar( FT_Face   face,
+                             FT_ULong  charcode );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Face_GetCharsOfVariant                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Return a zero-terminated list of Unicode character codes found for */
+  /*    the specified variant selector.                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face ::                                                            */
+  /*      A handle to the source face object.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    variantSelector ::                                                 */
+  /*      The variant selector code point in Unicode.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    A list of all the code points which are specified by this selector */
+  /*    (both default and non-default codes are returned) or NULL if there */
+  /*    is no valid cmap or the variant selector is invalid.               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    The last item in the array is~0; the array is owned by the         */
+  /*    @FT_Face object but can be overwritten or released on the next     */
+  /*    call to a FreeType function.                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Since>                                                               */
+  /*    2.3.6                                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt32* )
+  FT_Face_GetCharsOfVariant( FT_Face   face,
+                             FT_ULong  variantSelector );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*    computations                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Title>                                                               */
+  /*    Computations                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
+  /*    Crunching fixed numbers and vectors.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This section contains various functions used to perform            */
+  /*    computations on 16.16 fixed-float numbers or 2d vectors.           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Order>                                                               */
+  /*    FT_MulDiv                                                          */
+  /*    FT_MulFix                                                          */
+  /*    FT_DivFix                                                          */
+  /*    FT_RoundFix                                                        */
+  /*    FT_CeilFix                                                         */
+  /*    FT_FloorFix                                                        */
+  /*    FT_Vector_Transform                                                */
+  /*    FT_Matrix_Multiply                                                 */
+  /*    FT_Matrix_Invert                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_MulDiv                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A very simple function used to perform the computation `(a*b)/c'   */
+  /*    with maximal accuracy (it uses a 64-bit intermediate integer       */
+  /*    whenever necessary).                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    This function isn't necessarily as fast as some processor specific */
+  /*    operations, but is at least completely portable.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    a :: The first multiplier.                                         */
+  /*    b :: The second multiplier.                                        */
+  /*    c :: The divisor.                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    The result of `(a*b)/c'.  This function never traps when trying to */
+  /*    divide by zero; it simply returns `MaxInt' or `MinInt' depending   */
+  /*    on the signs of `a' and `b'.                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Long )
+  FT_MulDiv( FT_Long  a,
+             FT_Long  b,
+             FT_Long  c );
+
+
+  /* */
+
+  /* The following #if 0 ... #endif is for the documentation formatter, */
+  /* hiding the internal `FT_MULFIX_INLINED' macro.                     */
+
+#if 0
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_MulFix                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A very simple function used to perform the computation             */
+  /*    `(a*b)/0x10000' with maximal accuracy.  Most of the time this is   */
+  /*    used to multiply a given value by a 16.16 fixed float factor.      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    a :: The first multiplier.                                         */
+  /*    b :: The second multiplier.  Use a 16.16 factor here whenever      */
+  /*         possible (see note below).                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    The result of `(a*b)/0x10000'.                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    This function has been optimized for the case where the absolute   */
+  /*    value of `a' is less than 2048, and `b' is a 16.16 scaling factor. */
+  /*    As this happens mainly when scaling from notional units to         */
+  /*    fractional pixels in FreeType, it resulted in noticeable speed     */
+  /*    improvements between versions 2.x and 1.x.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    As a conclusion, always try to place a 16.16 factor as the         */
+  /*    _second_ argument of this function; this can make a great          */
+  /*    difference.                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Long )
+  FT_MulFix( FT_Long  a,
+             FT_Long  b );
+
+  /* */
+#endif
+
+#ifdef FT_MULFIX_INLINED
+#define FT_MulFix( a, b )  FT_MULFIX_INLINED( a, b )
+#else
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Long )
+  FT_MulFix( FT_Long  a,
+             FT_Long  b );
+#endif
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_DivFix                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A very simple function used to perform the computation             */
+  /*    `(a*0x10000)/b' with maximal accuracy.  Most of the time, this is  */
+  /*    used to divide a given value by a 16.16 fixed float factor.        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    a :: The first multiplier.                                         */
+  /*    b :: The second multiplier.  Use a 16.16 factor here whenever      */
+  /*         possible (see note below).                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    The result of `(a*0x10000)/b'.                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    The optimization for FT_DivFix() is simple: If (a~<<~16) fits in   */
+  /*    32~bits, then the division is computed directly.  Otherwise, we    */
+  /*    use a specialized version of @FT_MulDiv.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Long )
+  FT_DivFix( FT_Long  a,
+             FT_Long  b );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_RoundFix                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A very simple function used to round a 16.16 fixed number.         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    a :: The number to be rounded.                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    The result of `(a + 0x8000) & -0x10000'.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
+  FT_RoundFix( FT_Fixed  a );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_CeilFix                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A very simple function used to compute the ceiling function of a   */
+  /*    16.16 fixed number.                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    a :: The number for which the ceiling function is to be computed.  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    The result of `(a + 0x10000 - 1) & -0x10000'.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
+  FT_CeilFix( FT_Fixed  a );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_FloorFix                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A very simple function used to compute the floor function of a     */
+  /*    16.16 fixed number.                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    a :: The number for which the floor function is to be computed.    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    The result of `a & -0x10000'.                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
+  FT_FloorFix( FT_Fixed  a );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Vector_Transform                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Transform a single vector through a 2x2 matrix.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    vector :: The target vector to transform.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    matrix :: A pointer to the source 2x2 matrix.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    The result is undefined if either `vector' or `matrix' is invalid. */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_Vector_Transform( FT_Vector*        vec,
+                       const FT_Matrix*  matrix );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*    version                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Title>                                                               */
+  /*    FreeType Version                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
+  /*    Functions and macros related to FreeType versions.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Note that those functions and macros are of limited use because    */
+  /*    even a new release of FreeType with only documentation changes     */
+  /*    increases the version number.                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @enum:
+   *   FREETYPE_XXX
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   These three macros identify the FreeType source code version.
+   *   Use @FT_Library_Version to access them at runtime.
+   *
+   * @values:
+   *   FREETYPE_MAJOR :: The major version number.
+   *   FREETYPE_MINOR :: The minor version number.
+   *   FREETYPE_PATCH :: The patch level.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   The version number of FreeType if built as a dynamic link library
+   *   with the `libtool' package is _not_ controlled by these three
+   *   macros.
+   *
+   */
+#define FREETYPE_MAJOR  2
+#define FREETYPE_MINOR  3
+#define FREETYPE_PATCH  9
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Library_Version                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Return the version of the FreeType library being used.  This is    */
+  /*    useful when dynamically linking to the library, since one cannot   */
+  /*    use the macros @FREETYPE_MAJOR, @FREETYPE_MINOR, and               */
+  /*    @FREETYPE_PATCH.                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    library :: A source library handle.                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    amajor  :: The major version number.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    aminor  :: The minor version number.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    apatch  :: The patch version number.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    The reason why this function takes a `library' argument is because */
+  /*    certain programs implement library initialization in a custom way  */
+  /*    that doesn't use @FT_Init_FreeType.                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    In such cases, the library version might not be available before   */
+  /*    the library object has been created.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_Library_Version( FT_Library   library,
+                      FT_Int      *amajor,
+                      FT_Int      *aminor,
+                      FT_Int      *apatch );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Face_CheckTrueTypePatents                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Parse all bytecode instructions of a TrueType font file to check   */
+  /*    whether any of the patented opcodes are used.  This is only useful */
+  /*    if you want to be able to use the unpatented hinter with           */
+  /*    fonts that do *not* use these opcodes.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Note that this function parses *all* glyph instructions in the     */
+  /*    font file, which may be slow.                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face :: A face handle.                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    1~if this is a TrueType font that uses one of the patented         */
+  /*    opcodes, 0~otherwise.                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Since>                                                               */
+  /*    2.3.5                                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Bool )
+  FT_Face_CheckTrueTypePatents( FT_Face  face );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Face_SetUnpatentedHinting                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Enable or disable the unpatented hinter for a given face.          */
+  /*    Only enable it if you have determined that the face doesn't        */
+  /*    use any patented opcodes (see @FT_Face_CheckTrueTypePatents).      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face  :: A face handle.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    value :: New boolean setting.                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    The old setting value.  This will always be false if this is not   */
+  /*    an SFNT font, or if the unpatented hinter is not compiled in this  */
+  /*    instance of the library.                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Since>                                                               */
+  /*    2.3.5                                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Bool )
+  FT_Face_SetUnpatentedHinting( FT_Face  face,
+                                FT_Bool  value );
+
+  /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FREETYPE_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftadvanc.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftadvanc.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b2451be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftadvanc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftadvanc.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Quick computation of advance widths (specification only).            */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2008 by                                                      */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTADVANC_H__
+#define __FTADVANC_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /**************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @section:
+   *   quick_advance
+   *
+   * @title:
+   *   Quick retrieval of advance values
+   *
+   * @abstract:
+   *   Retrieve horizontal and vertical advance values without processing
+   *   glyph outlines, if possible.
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   This section contains functions to quickly extract advance values
+   *   without handling glyph outlines, if possible.
+   */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Const>                                                               */
+  /*    FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A bit-flag to be OR-ed with the `flags' parameter of the           */
+  /*    @FT_Get_Advance and @FT_Get_Advances functions.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    If set, it indicates that you want these functions to fail if the  */
+  /*    corresponding hinting mode or font driver doesn't allow for very   */
+  /*    quick advance computation.                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Typically, glyphs which are either unscaled, unhinted, bitmapped,  */
+  /*    or light-hinted can have their advance width computed very         */
+  /*    quickly.                                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Normal and bytecode hinted modes, which require loading, scaling,  */
+  /*    and hinting of the glyph outline, are extremely slow by            */
+  /*    comparison.                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY  0x20000000UL
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Get_Advance                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Retrieve the advance value of a given glyph outline in an          */
+  /*    @FT_Face.  By default, the unhinted advance is returned in font    */
+  /*    units.                                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face       :: The source @FT_Face handle.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    gindex     :: The glyph index.                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    load_flags :: A set of bit flags similar to those used when        */
+  /*                  calling @FT_Load_Glyph, used to determine what kind  */
+  /*                  of advances you need.                                */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    padvance :: The advance value, in either font units or 16.16       */
+  /*                format.                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                If @FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT is set, this is the        */
+  /*                vertical advance corresponding to a vertical layout.   */
+  /*                Otherwise, it is the horizontal advance in a           */
+  /*                horizontal layout.                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    This function may fail if you use @FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY and   */
+  /*    if the corresponding font backend doesn't have a quick way to      */
+  /*    retrieve the advances.                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    A scaled advance is returned in 16.16 format but isn't transformed */
+  /*    by the affine transformation specified by @FT_Set_Transform.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_Advance( FT_Face    face,
+                  FT_UInt    gindex,
+                  FT_Int32   load_flags,
+                  FT_Fixed  *padvance );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Get_Advances                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Retrieve the advance values of several glyph outlines in an        */
+  /*    @FT_Face.  By default, the unhinted advances are returned in font  */
+  /*    units.                                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face        :: The source @FT_Face handle.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    start       :: The first glyph index.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    count       :: The number of advance values you want to retrieve.  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    load_flags  :: A set of bit flags similar to those used when       */
+  /*                   calling @FT_Load_Glyph.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    padvance :: The advances, in either font units or 16.16 format.    */
+  /*                This array must contain at least `count' elements.     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                If @FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT is set, these are the      */
+  /*                vertical advances corresponding to a vertical layout.  */
+  /*                Otherwise, they are the horizontal advances in a       */
+  /*                horizontal layout.                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    This function may fail if you use @FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY and   */
+  /*    if the corresponding font backend doesn't have a quick way to      */
+  /*    retrieve the advances.                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Scaled advances are returned in 16.16 format but aren't            */
+  /*    transformed by the affine transformation specified by              */
+  /*    @FT_Set_Transform.                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_Advances( FT_Face    face,
+                   FT_UInt    start,
+                   FT_UInt    count,
+                   FT_Int32   load_flags,
+                   FT_Fixed  *padvances );
+
+/* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTADVANC_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftbbox.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftbbox.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..01fe3fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftbbox.h
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftbbox.h                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType exact bbox computation (specification).                     */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2003, 2007 by                                     */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This component has a _single_ role: to compute exact outline bounding */
+  /* boxes.                                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* It is separated from the rest of the engine for various technical     */
+  /* reasons.  It may well be integrated in `ftoutln' later.               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTBBOX_H__
+#define __FTBBOX_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*    outline_processing                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Outline_Get_BBox                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Compute the exact bounding box of an outline.  This is slower      */
+  /*    than computing the control box.  However, it uses an advanced      */
+  /*    algorithm which returns _very_ quickly when the two boxes          */
+  /*    coincide.  Otherwise, the outline Bézier arcs are traversed to     */
+  /*    extract their extrema.                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    outline :: A pointer to the source outline.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    abbox   :: The outline's exact bounding box.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Outline_Get_BBox( FT_Outline*  outline,
+                       FT_BBox     *abbox );
+
+
+  /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTBBOX_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
+
+
+/* Local Variables: */
+/* coding: utf-8    */
+/* End:             */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftbdf.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftbdf.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4f8baf8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftbdf.h
@@ -0,0 +1,209 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftbdf.h                                                                */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType API for accessing BDF-specific strings (specification).     */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2009 by                              */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTBDF_H__
+#define __FTBDF_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*    bdf_fonts                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Title>                                                               */
+  /*    BDF and PCF Files                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
+  /*    BDF and PCF specific API.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This section contains the declaration of functions specific to BDF */
+  /*    and PCF fonts.                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /**********************************************************************
+   *
+   * @enum:
+   *    FT_PropertyType
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *    A list of BDF property types.
+   *
+   * @values:
+   *    BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE ::
+   *      Value~0 is used to indicate a missing property.
+   *
+   *    BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM ::
+   *      Property is a string atom.
+   *
+   *    BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER ::
+   *      Property is a 32-bit signed integer.
+   *
+   *    BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL ::
+   *      Property is a 32-bit unsigned integer.
+   */
+  typedef enum  BDF_PropertyType_
+  {
+    BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE     = 0,
+    BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM     = 1,
+    BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER  = 2,
+    BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL = 3
+
+  } BDF_PropertyType;
+
+
+  /**********************************************************************
+   *
+   * @type:
+   *    BDF_Property
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *    A handle to a @BDF_PropertyRec structure to model a given
+   *    BDF/PCF property.
+   */
+  typedef struct BDF_PropertyRec_*  BDF_Property;
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+  *
+  * @struct:
+  *    BDF_PropertyRec
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *    This structure models a given BDF/PCF property.
+  *
+  * @fields:
+  *    type ::
+  *      The property type.
+  *
+  *    u.atom ::
+  *      The atom string, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM.
+  *
+  *    u.integer ::
+  *      A signed integer, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER.
+  *
+  *    u.cardinal ::
+  *      An unsigned integer, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL.
+  */
+  typedef struct  BDF_PropertyRec_
+  {
+    BDF_PropertyType  type;
+    union {
+      const char*     atom;
+      FT_Int32        integer;
+      FT_UInt32       cardinal;
+
+    } u;
+
+  } BDF_PropertyRec;
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+  *
+  * @function:
+  *    FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *    Retrieve a BDF font character set identity, according to
+  *    the BDF specification.
+  *
+  * @input:
+  *    face ::
+  *       A handle to the input face.
+  *
+  * @output:
+  *    acharset_encoding ::
+  *       Charset encoding, as a C~string, owned by the face.
+  *
+  *    acharset_registry ::
+  *       Charset registry, as a C~string, owned by the face.
+  *
+  * @return:
+  *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.
+  *
+  * @note:
+  *   This function only works with BDF faces, returning an error otherwise.
+  */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID( FT_Face       face,
+                         const char*  *acharset_encoding,
+                         const char*  *acharset_registry );
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+  *
+  * @function:
+  *    FT_Get_BDF_Property
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *    Retrieve a BDF property from a BDF or PCF font file.
+  *
+  * @input:
+  *    face :: A handle to the input face.
+  *
+  *    name :: The property name.
+  *
+  * @output:
+  *    aproperty :: The property.
+  *
+  * @return:
+  *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.
+  *
+  * @note:
+  *   This function works with BDF _and_ PCF fonts.  It returns an error
+  *   otherwise.  It also returns an error if the property is not in the
+  *   font.
+  *
+  *   A `property' is a either key-value pair within the STARTPROPERTIES
+  *   ... ENDPROPERTIES block of a BDF font or a key-value pair from the
+  *   `info->props' array within a `FontRec' structure of a PCF font.
+  *
+  *   Integer properties are always stored as `signed' within PCF fonts;
+  *   consequently, @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL is a possible return value
+  *   for BDF fonts only.
+  *
+  *   In case of error, `aproperty->type' is always set to
+  *   @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE.
+  */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_BDF_Property( FT_Face           face,
+                       const char*       prop_name,
+                       BDF_PropertyRec  *aproperty );
+
+ /* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTBDF_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftbitmap.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftbitmap.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9274236
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftbitmap.h
@@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftbitmap.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType utility functions for bitmaps (specification).              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008 by                                    */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTBITMAP_H__
+#define __FTBITMAP_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*    bitmap_handling                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Title>                                                               */
+  /*    Bitmap Handling                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
+  /*    Handling FT_Bitmap objects.                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This section contains functions for converting FT_Bitmap objects.  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Bitmap_New                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Initialize a pointer to an @FT_Bitmap structure.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    abitmap :: A pointer to the bitmap structure.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_Bitmap_New( FT_Bitmap  *abitmap );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Bitmap_Copy                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Copy a bitmap into another one.                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    library :: A handle to a library object.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    source  :: A handle to the source bitmap.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    target  :: A handle to the target bitmap.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Bitmap_Copy( FT_Library        library,
+                  const FT_Bitmap  *source,
+                  FT_Bitmap        *target);
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Bitmap_Embolden                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Embolden a bitmap.  The new bitmap will be about `xStrength'       */
+  /*    pixels wider and `yStrength' pixels higher.  The left and bottom   */
+  /*    borders are kept unchanged.                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    library   :: A handle to a library object.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    xStrength :: How strong the glyph is emboldened horizontally.      */
+  /*                 Expressed in 26.6 pixel format.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    yStrength :: How strong the glyph is emboldened vertically.        */
+  /*                 Expressed in 26.6 pixel format.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    bitmap    :: A handle to the target bitmap.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    The current implementation restricts `xStrength' to be less than   */
+  /*    or equal to~8 if bitmap is of pixel_mode @FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO.      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    If you want to embolden the bitmap owned by a @FT_GlyphSlotRec,    */
+  /*    you should call @FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap on the slot first.        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Bitmap_Embolden( FT_Library  library,
+                      FT_Bitmap*  bitmap,
+                      FT_Pos      xStrength,
+                      FT_Pos      yStrength );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Bitmap_Convert                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Convert a bitmap object with depth 1bpp, 2bpp, 4bpp, or 8bpp to a  */
+  /*    bitmap object with depth 8bpp, making the number of used bytes per */
+  /*    line (a.k.a. the `pitch') a multiple of `alignment'.               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    library   :: A handle to a library object.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    source    :: The source bitmap.                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    alignment :: The pitch of the bitmap is a multiple of this         */
+  /*                 parameter.  Common values are 1, 2, or 4.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    target    :: The target bitmap.                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    It is possible to call @FT_Bitmap_Convert multiple times without   */
+  /*    calling @FT_Bitmap_Done (the memory is simply reallocated).        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Use @FT_Bitmap_Done to finally remove the bitmap object.           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    The `library' argument is taken to have access to FreeType's       */
+  /*    memory handling functions.                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Bitmap_Convert( FT_Library        library,
+                     const FT_Bitmap  *source,
+                     FT_Bitmap        *target,
+                     FT_Int            alignment );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Make sure that a glyph slot owns `slot->bitmap'.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    slot :: The glyph slot.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    This function is to be used in combination with                    */
+  /*    @FT_Bitmap_Embolden.                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap( FT_GlyphSlot  slot );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Bitmap_Done                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Destroy a bitmap object created with @FT_Bitmap_New.               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    library :: A handle to a library object.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    bitmap  :: The bitmap object to be freed.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    The `library' argument is taken to have access to FreeType's       */
+  /*    memory handling functions.                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Bitmap_Done( FT_Library  library,
+                  FT_Bitmap  *bitmap );
+
+
+  /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTBITMAP_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftcache.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftcache.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0916d70
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftcache.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1125 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftcache.h                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType Cache subsystem (specification).                            */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by       */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTCACHE_H__
+#define __FTCACHE_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_GLYPH_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * <Section>
+   *    cache_subsystem
+   *
+   * <Title>
+   *    Cache Sub-System
+   *
+   * <Abstract>
+   *    How to cache face, size, and glyph data with FreeType~2.
+   *
+   * <Description>
+   *   This section describes the FreeType~2 cache sub-system, which is used
+   *   to limit the number of concurrently opened @FT_Face and @FT_Size
+   *   objects, as well as caching information like character maps and glyph
+   *   images while limiting their maximum memory usage.
+   *
+   *   Note that all types and functions begin with the `FTC_' prefix.
+   *
+   *   The cache is highly portable and thus doesn't know anything about the
+   *   fonts installed on your system, or how to access them.  This implies
+   *   the following scheme:
+   *
+   *   First, available or installed font faces are uniquely identified by
+   *   @FTC_FaceID values, provided to the cache by the client.  Note that
+   *   the cache only stores and compares these values, and doesn't try to
+   *   interpret them in any way.
+   *
+   *   Second, the cache calls, only when needed, a client-provided function
+   *   to convert a @FTC_FaceID into a new @FT_Face object.  The latter is
+   *   then completely managed by the cache, including its termination
+   *   through @FT_Done_Face.
+   *
+   *   Clients are free to map face IDs to anything else.  The most simple
+   *   usage is to associate them to a (pathname,face_index) pair that is
+   *   used to call @FT_New_Face.  However, more complex schemes are also
+   *   possible.
+   *
+   *   Note that for the cache to work correctly, the face ID values must be
+   *   *persistent*, which means that the contents they point to should not
+   *   change at runtime, or that their value should not become invalid.
+   *
+   *   If this is unavoidable (e.g., when a font is uninstalled at runtime),
+   *   you should call @FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID as soon as possible, to let
+   *   the cache get rid of any references to the old @FTC_FaceID it may
+   *   keep internally.  Failure to do so will lead to incorrect behaviour
+   *   or even crashes.
+   *
+   *   To use the cache, start with calling @FTC_Manager_New to create a new
+   *   @FTC_Manager object, which models a single cache instance.  You can
+   *   then look up @FT_Face and @FT_Size objects with
+   *   @FTC_Manager_LookupFace and @FTC_Manager_LookupSize, respectively.
+   *
+   *   If you want to use the charmap caching, call @FTC_CMapCache_New, then
+   *   later use @FTC_CMapCache_Lookup to perform the equivalent of
+   *   @FT_Get_Char_Index, only much faster.
+   *
+   *   If you want to use the @FT_Glyph caching, call @FTC_ImageCache, then
+   *   later use @FTC_ImageCache_Lookup to retrieve the corresponding
+   *   @FT_Glyph objects from the cache.
+   *
+   *   If you need lots of small bitmaps, it is much more memory efficient
+   *   to call @FTC_SBitCache_New followed by @FTC_SBitCache_Lookup.  This
+   *   returns @FTC_SBitRec structures, which are used to store small
+   *   bitmaps directly.  (A small bitmap is one whose metrics and
+   *   dimensions all fit into 8-bit integers).
+   *
+   *   We hope to also provide a kerning cache in the near future.
+   *
+   *
+   * <Order>
+   *   FTC_Manager
+   *   FTC_FaceID
+   *   FTC_Face_Requester
+   *
+   *   FTC_Manager_New
+   *   FTC_Manager_Reset
+   *   FTC_Manager_Done
+   *   FTC_Manager_LookupFace
+   *   FTC_Manager_LookupSize
+   *   FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID
+   *
+   *   FTC_Node
+   *   FTC_Node_Unref
+   *
+   *   FTC_ImageCache
+   *   FTC_ImageCache_New
+   *   FTC_ImageCache_Lookup
+   *
+   *   FTC_SBit
+   *   FTC_SBitCache
+   *   FTC_SBitCache_New
+   *   FTC_SBitCache_Lookup
+   *
+   *   FTC_CMapCache
+   *   FTC_CMapCache_New
+   *   FTC_CMapCache_Lookup
+   *
+   *************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                    BASIC TYPE DEFINITIONS                     *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @type: FTC_FaceID
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   An opaque pointer type that is used to identity face objects.  The
+   *   contents of such objects is application-dependent.
+   *
+   *   These pointers are typically used to point to a user-defined
+   *   structure containing a font file path, and face index.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   Never use NULL as a valid @FTC_FaceID.
+   *
+   *   Face IDs are passed by the client to the cache manager, which calls,
+   *   when needed, the @FTC_Face_Requester to translate them into new
+   *   @FT_Face objects.
+   *
+   *   If the content of a given face ID changes at runtime, or if the value
+   *   becomes invalid (e.g., when uninstalling a font), you should
+   *   immediately call @FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID before any other cache
+   *   function.
+   *
+   *   Failure to do so will result in incorrect behaviour or even
+   *   memory leaks and crashes.
+   */
+  typedef FT_Pointer  FTC_FaceID;
+
+
+  /************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @functype:
+   *   FTC_Face_Requester
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A callback function provided by client applications.  It is used by
+   *   the cache manager to translate a given @FTC_FaceID into a new valid
+   *   @FT_Face object, on demand.
+   *
+   * <Input>
+   *   face_id ::
+   *     The face ID to resolve.
+   *
+   *   library ::
+   *     A handle to a FreeType library object.
+   *
+   *   req_data ::
+   *     Application-provided request data (see note below).
+   *
+   * <Output>
+   *   aface ::
+   *     A new @FT_Face handle.
+   *
+   * <Return>
+   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.
+   *
+   * <Note>
+   *   The third parameter `req_data' is the same as the one passed by the
+   *   client when @FTC_Manager_New is called.
+   *
+   *   The face requester should not perform funny things on the returned
+   *   face object, like creating a new @FT_Size for it, or setting a
+   *   transformation through @FT_Set_Transform!
+   */
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*FTC_Face_Requester)( FTC_FaceID  face_id,
+                         FT_Library  library,
+                         FT_Pointer  request_data,
+                         FT_Face*    aface );
+
+ /* */
+
+#define FT_POINTER_TO_ULONG( p )  ( (FT_ULong)(FT_Pointer)(p) )
+
+#define FTC_FACE_ID_HASH( i )                                \
+          ((FT_UInt32)(( FT_POINTER_TO_ULONG( i ) >> 3 ) ^   \
+                       ( FT_POINTER_TO_ULONG( i ) << 7 ) ) )
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                      CACHE MANAGER OBJECT                     *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FTC_Manager                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This object corresponds to one instance of the cache-subsystem.    */
+  /*    It is used to cache one or more @FT_Face objects, along with       */
+  /*    corresponding @FT_Size objects.                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    The manager intentionally limits the total number of opened        */
+  /*    @FT_Face and @FT_Size objects to control memory usage.  See the    */
+  /*    `max_faces' and `max_sizes' parameters of @FTC_Manager_New.        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    The manager is also used to cache `nodes' of various types while   */
+  /*    limiting their total memory usage.                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    All limitations are enforced by keeping lists of managed objects   */
+  /*    in most-recently-used order, and flushing old nodes to make room   */
+  /*    for new ones.                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct FTC_ManagerRec_*  FTC_Manager;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FTC_Node                                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    An opaque handle to a cache node object.  Each cache node is       */
+  /*    reference-counted.  A node with a count of~0 might be flushed      */
+  /*    out of a full cache whenever a lookup request is performed.        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    If you lookup nodes, you have the ability to `acquire' them, i.e., */
+  /*    to increment their reference count.  This will prevent the node    */
+  /*    from being flushed out of the cache until you explicitly `release' */
+  /*    it (see @FTC_Node_Unref).                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    See also @FTC_SBitCache_Lookup and @FTC_ImageCache_Lookup.         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct FTC_NodeRec_*  FTC_Node;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FTC_Manager_New                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Create a new cache manager.                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    library   :: The parent FreeType library handle to use.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    max_faces :: Maximum number of opened @FT_Face objects managed by  */
+  /*                 this cache instance.  Use~0 for defaults.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    max_sizes :: Maximum number of opened @FT_Size objects managed by  */
+  /*                 this cache instance.  Use~0 for defaults.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    max_bytes :: Maximum number of bytes to use for cached data nodes. */
+  /*                 Use~0 for defaults.  Note that this value does not    */
+  /*                 account for managed @FT_Face and @FT_Size objects.    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    requester :: An application-provided callback used to translate    */
+  /*                 face IDs into real @FT_Face objects.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    req_data  :: A generic pointer that is passed to the requester     */
+  /*                 each time it is called (see @FTC_Face_Requester).     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    amanager  :: A handle to a new manager object.  0~in case of       */
+  /*                 failure.                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FTC_Manager_New( FT_Library          library,
+                   FT_UInt             max_faces,
+                   FT_UInt             max_sizes,
+                   FT_ULong            max_bytes,
+                   FTC_Face_Requester  requester,
+                   FT_Pointer          req_data,
+                   FTC_Manager        *amanager );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FTC_Manager_Reset                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Empty a given cache manager.  This simply gets rid of all the      */
+  /*    currently cached @FT_Face and @FT_Size objects within the manager. */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    manager :: A handle to the manager.                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FTC_Manager_Reset( FTC_Manager  manager );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FTC_Manager_Done                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Destroy a given manager after emptying it.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    manager :: A handle to the target cache manager object.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FTC_Manager_Done( FTC_Manager  manager );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FTC_Manager_LookupFace                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Retrieve the @FT_Face object that corresponds to a given face ID   */
+  /*    through a cache manager.                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    manager :: A handle to the cache manager.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    face_id :: The ID of the face object.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    aface   :: A handle to the face object.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    The returned @FT_Face object is always owned by the manager.  You  */
+  /*    should never try to discard it yourself.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    The @FT_Face object doesn't necessarily have a current size object */
+  /*    (i.e., face->size can be 0).  If you need a specific `font size',  */
+  /*    use @FTC_Manager_LookupSize instead.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Never change the face's transformation matrix (i.e., never call    */
+  /*    the @FT_Set_Transform function) on a returned face!  If you need   */
+  /*    to transform glyphs, do it yourself after glyph loading.           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    When you perform a lookup, out-of-memory errors are detected       */
+  /*    _within_ the lookup and force incremental flushes of the cache     */
+  /*    until enough memory is released for the lookup to succeed.         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    If a lookup fails with `FT_Err_Out_Of_Memory' the cache has        */
+  /*    already been completely flushed, and still no memory was available */
+  /*    for the operation.                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FTC_Manager_LookupFace( FTC_Manager  manager,
+                          FTC_FaceID   face_id,
+                          FT_Face     *aface );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FTC_ScalerRec                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A structure used to describe a given character size in either      */
+  /*    pixels or points to the cache manager.  See                        */
+  /*    @FTC_Manager_LookupSize.                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    face_id :: The source face ID.                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    width   :: The character width.                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    height  :: The character height.                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    pixel   :: A Boolean.  If 1, the `width' and `height' fields are   */
+  /*               interpreted as integer pixel character sizes.           */
+  /*               Otherwise, they are expressed as 1/64th of points.      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    x_res   :: Only used when `pixel' is value~0 to indicate the       */
+  /*               horizontal resolution in dpi.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    y_res   :: Only used when `pixel' is value~0 to indicate the       */
+  /*               vertical resolution in dpi.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    This type is mainly used to retrieve @FT_Size objects through the  */
+  /*    cache manager.                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  FTC_ScalerRec_
+  {
+    FTC_FaceID  face_id;
+    FT_UInt     width;
+    FT_UInt     height;
+    FT_Int      pixel;
+    FT_UInt     x_res;
+    FT_UInt     y_res;
+
+  } FTC_ScalerRec;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FTC_Scaler                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A handle to an @FTC_ScalerRec structure.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct FTC_ScalerRec_*  FTC_Scaler;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FTC_Manager_LookupSize                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Retrieve the @FT_Size object that corresponds to a given           */
+  /*    @FTC_ScalerRec pointer through a cache manager.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    manager :: A handle to the cache manager.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    scaler  :: A scaler handle.                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    asize   :: A handle to the size object.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    The returned @FT_Size object is always owned by the manager.  You  */
+  /*    should never try to discard it by yourself.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    You can access the parent @FT_Face object simply as `size->face'   */
+  /*    if you need it.  Note that this object is also owned by the        */
+  /*    manager.                                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    When you perform a lookup, out-of-memory errors are detected       */
+  /*    _within_ the lookup and force incremental flushes of the cache     */
+  /*    until enough memory is released for the lookup to succeed.         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    If a lookup fails with `FT_Err_Out_Of_Memory' the cache has        */
+  /*    already been completely flushed, and still no memory is available  */
+  /*    for the operation.                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FTC_Manager_LookupSize( FTC_Manager  manager,
+                          FTC_Scaler   scaler,
+                          FT_Size     *asize );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FTC_Node_Unref                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Decrement a cache node's internal reference count.  When the count */
+  /*    reaches 0, it is not destroyed but becomes eligible for subsequent */
+  /*    cache flushes.                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    node    :: The cache node handle.                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    manager :: The cache manager handle.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FTC_Node_Unref( FTC_Node     node,
+                  FTC_Manager  manager );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A special function used to indicate to the cache manager that
+   *   a given @FTC_FaceID is no longer valid, either because its
+   *   content changed, or because it was deallocated or uninstalled.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   manager ::
+   *     The cache manager handle.
+   *
+   *   face_id ::
+   *     The @FTC_FaceID to be removed.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   This function flushes all nodes from the cache corresponding to this
+   *   `face_id', with the exception of nodes with a non-null reference
+   *   count.
+   *
+   *   Such nodes are however modified internally so as to never appear
+   *   in later lookups with the same `face_id' value, and to be immediately
+   *   destroyed when released by all their users.
+   *
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID( FTC_Manager  manager,
+                            FTC_FaceID   face_id );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*    cache_subsystem                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @type:
+   *   FTC_CMapCache
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   An opaque handle used to model a charmap cache.  This cache is to
+   *   hold character codes -> glyph indices mappings.
+   *
+   */
+  typedef struct FTC_CMapCacheRec_*  FTC_CMapCache;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FTC_CMapCache_New
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Create a new charmap cache.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   manager ::
+   *     A handle to the cache manager.
+   *
+   * @output:
+   *   acache ::
+   *     A new cache handle.  NULL in case of error.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   Like all other caches, this one will be destroyed with the cache
+   *   manager.
+   *
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FTC_CMapCache_New( FTC_Manager     manager,
+                     FTC_CMapCache  *acache );
+
+
+  /************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FTC_CMapCache_Lookup
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Translate a character code into a glyph index, using the charmap
+   *   cache.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   cache ::
+   *     A charmap cache handle.
+   *
+   *   face_id ::
+   *     The source face ID.
+   *
+   *   cmap_index ::
+   *     The index of the charmap in the source face.  Any negative value
+   *     means to use the cache @FT_Face's default charmap.
+   *
+   *   char_code ::
+   *     The character code (in the corresponding charmap).
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *    Glyph index.  0~means `no glyph'.
+   *
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt )
+  FTC_CMapCache_Lookup( FTC_CMapCache  cache,
+                        FTC_FaceID     face_id,
+                        FT_Int         cmap_index,
+                        FT_UInt32      char_code );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*    cache_subsystem                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                       IMAGE CACHE OBJECT                      *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @struct:
+   *   FTC_ImageTypeRec
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A structure used to model the type of images in a glyph cache.
+   *
+   * @fields:
+   *   face_id ::
+   *     The face ID.
+   *
+   *   width ::
+   *     The width in pixels.
+   *
+   *   height ::
+   *     The height in pixels.
+   *
+   *   flags ::
+   *     The load flags, as in @FT_Load_Glyph.
+   *
+   */
+  typedef struct  FTC_ImageTypeRec_
+  {
+    FTC_FaceID  face_id;
+    FT_Int      width;
+    FT_Int      height;
+    FT_Int32    flags;
+
+  } FTC_ImageTypeRec;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @type:
+   *   FTC_ImageType
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A handle to an @FTC_ImageTypeRec structure.
+   *
+   */
+  typedef struct FTC_ImageTypeRec_*  FTC_ImageType;
+
+
+  /* */
+
+
+#define FTC_IMAGE_TYPE_COMPARE( d1, d2 )      \
+          ( (d1)->face_id == (d2)->face_id && \
+            (d1)->width   == (d2)->width   && \
+            (d1)->flags   == (d2)->flags   )
+
+#define FTC_IMAGE_TYPE_HASH( d )                          \
+          (FT_UFast)( FTC_FACE_ID_HASH( (d)->face_id )  ^ \
+                      ( (d)->width << 8 ) ^ (d)->height ^ \
+                      ( (d)->flags << 4 )               )
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FTC_ImageCache                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A handle to an glyph image cache object.  They are designed to     */
+  /*    hold many distinct glyph images while not exceeding a certain      */
+  /*    memory threshold.                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct FTC_ImageCacheRec_*  FTC_ImageCache;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FTC_ImageCache_New                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Create a new glyph image cache.                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    manager :: The parent manager for the image cache.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    acache  :: A handle to the new glyph image cache object.           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FTC_ImageCache_New( FTC_Manager      manager,
+                      FTC_ImageCache  *acache );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FTC_ImageCache_Lookup                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Retrieve a given glyph image from a glyph image cache.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    cache  :: A handle to the source glyph image cache.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    type   :: A pointer to a glyph image type descriptor.              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    gindex :: The glyph index to retrieve.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    aglyph :: The corresponding @FT_Glyph object.  0~in case of        */
+  /*              failure.                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    anode  :: Used to return the address of of the corresponding cache */
+  /*              node after incrementing its reference count (see note    */
+  /*              below).                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    The returned glyph is owned and managed by the glyph image cache.  */
+  /*    Never try to transform or discard it manually!  You can however    */
+  /*    create a copy with @FT_Glyph_Copy and modify the new one.          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    If `anode' is _not_ NULL, it receives the address of the cache     */
+  /*    node containing the glyph image, after increasing its reference    */
+  /*    count.  This ensures that the node (as well as the @FT_Glyph) will */
+  /*    always be kept in the cache until you call @FTC_Node_Unref to      */
+  /*    `release' it.                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    If `anode' is NULL, the cache node is left unchanged, which means  */
+  /*    that the @FT_Glyph could be flushed out of the cache on the next   */
+  /*    call to one of the caching sub-system APIs.  Don't assume that it  */
+  /*    is persistent!                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FTC_ImageCache_Lookup( FTC_ImageCache  cache,
+                         FTC_ImageType   type,
+                         FT_UInt         gindex,
+                         FT_Glyph       *aglyph,
+                         FTC_Node       *anode );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FTC_ImageCache_LookupScaler                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A variant of @FTC_ImageCache_Lookup that uses an @FTC_ScalerRec    */
+  /*    to specify the face ID and its size.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    cache      :: A handle to the source glyph image cache.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    scaler     :: A pointer to a scaler descriptor.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    load_flags :: The corresponding load flags.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    gindex     :: The glyph index to retrieve.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    aglyph     :: The corresponding @FT_Glyph object.  0~in case of    */
+  /*                  failure.                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    anode      :: Used to return the address of of the corresponding   */
+  /*                  cache node after incrementing its reference count    */
+  /*                  (see note below).                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    The returned glyph is owned and managed by the glyph image cache.  */
+  /*    Never try to transform or discard it manually!  You can however    */
+  /*    create a copy with @FT_Glyph_Copy and modify the new one.          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    If `anode' is _not_ NULL, it receives the address of the cache     */
+  /*    node containing the glyph image, after increasing its reference    */
+  /*    count.  This ensures that the node (as well as the @FT_Glyph) will */
+  /*    always be kept in the cache until you call @FTC_Node_Unref to      */
+  /*    `release' it.                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    If `anode' is NULL, the cache node is left unchanged, which means  */
+  /*    that the @FT_Glyph could be flushed out of the cache on the next   */
+  /*    call to one of the caching sub-system APIs.  Don't assume that it  */
+  /*    is persistent!                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Calls to @FT_Set_Char_Size and friends have no effect on cached    */
+  /*    glyphs; you should always use the FreeType cache API instead.      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FTC_ImageCache_LookupScaler( FTC_ImageCache  cache,
+                               FTC_Scaler      scaler,
+                               FT_ULong        load_flags,
+                               FT_UInt         gindex,
+                               FT_Glyph       *aglyph,
+                               FTC_Node       *anode );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FTC_SBit                                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A handle to a small bitmap descriptor.  See the @FTC_SBitRec       */
+  /*    structure for details.                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct FTC_SBitRec_*  FTC_SBit;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FTC_SBitRec                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A very compact structure used to describe a small glyph bitmap.    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    width     :: The bitmap width in pixels.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    height    :: The bitmap height in pixels.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    left      :: The horizontal distance from the pen position to the  */
+  /*                 left bitmap border (a.k.a. `left side bearing', or    */
+  /*                 `lsb').                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    top       :: The vertical distance from the pen position (on the   */
+  /*                 baseline) to the upper bitmap border (a.k.a. `top     */
+  /*                 side bearing').  The distance is positive for upwards */
+  /*                 y~coordinates.                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    format    :: The format of the glyph bitmap (monochrome or gray).  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    max_grays :: Maximum gray level value (in the range 1 to~255).     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    pitch     :: The number of bytes per bitmap line.  May be positive */
+  /*                 or negative.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    xadvance  :: The horizontal advance width in pixels.               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    yadvance  :: The vertical advance height in pixels.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    buffer    :: A pointer to the bitmap pixels.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  FTC_SBitRec_
+  {
+    FT_Byte   width;
+    FT_Byte   height;
+    FT_Char   left;
+    FT_Char   top;
+
+    FT_Byte   format;
+    FT_Byte   max_grays;
+    FT_Short  pitch;
+    FT_Char   xadvance;
+    FT_Char   yadvance;
+
+    FT_Byte*  buffer;
+
+  } FTC_SBitRec;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FTC_SBitCache                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A handle to a small bitmap cache.  These are special cache objects */
+  /*    used to store small glyph bitmaps (and anti-aliased pixmaps) in a  */
+  /*    much more efficient way than the traditional glyph image cache     */
+  /*    implemented by @FTC_ImageCache.                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct FTC_SBitCacheRec_*  FTC_SBitCache;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FTC_SBitCache_New                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Create a new cache to store small glyph bitmaps.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    manager :: A handle to the source cache manager.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    acache  :: A handle to the new sbit cache.  NULL in case of error. */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FTC_SBitCache_New( FTC_Manager     manager,
+                     FTC_SBitCache  *acache );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FTC_SBitCache_Lookup                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Look up a given small glyph bitmap in a given sbit cache and       */
+  /*    `lock' it to prevent its flushing from the cache until needed.     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    cache  :: A handle to the source sbit cache.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    type   :: A pointer to the glyph image type descriptor.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    gindex :: The glyph index.                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    sbit   :: A handle to a small bitmap descriptor.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    anode  :: Used to return the address of of the corresponding cache */
+  /*              node after incrementing its reference count (see note    */
+  /*              below).                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    The small bitmap descriptor and its bit buffer are owned by the    */
+  /*    cache and should never be freed by the application.  They might    */
+  /*    as well disappear from memory on the next cache lookup, so don't   */
+  /*    treat them as persistent data.                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    The descriptor's `buffer' field is set to~0 to indicate a missing  */
+  /*    glyph bitmap.                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    If `anode' is _not_ NULL, it receives the address of the cache     */
+  /*    node containing the bitmap, after increasing its reference count.  */
+  /*    This ensures that the node (as well as the image) will always be   */
+  /*    kept in the cache until you call @FTC_Node_Unref to `release' it.  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    If `anode' is NULL, the cache node is left unchanged, which means  */
+  /*    that the bitmap could be flushed out of the cache on the next      */
+  /*    call to one of the caching sub-system APIs.  Don't assume that it  */
+  /*    is persistent!                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FTC_SBitCache_Lookup( FTC_SBitCache    cache,
+                        FTC_ImageType    type,
+                        FT_UInt          gindex,
+                        FTC_SBit        *sbit,
+                        FTC_Node        *anode );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FTC_SBitCache_LookupScaler                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A variant of @FTC_SBitCache_Lookup that uses an @FTC_ScalerRec     */
+  /*    to specify the face ID and its size.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    cache      :: A handle to the source sbit cache.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    scaler     :: A pointer to the scaler descriptor.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    load_flags :: The corresponding load flags.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    gindex     :: The glyph index.                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    sbit       :: A handle to a small bitmap descriptor.               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    anode      :: Used to return the address of of the corresponding   */
+  /*                  cache node after incrementing its reference count    */
+  /*                  (see note below).                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    The small bitmap descriptor and its bit buffer are owned by the    */
+  /*    cache and should never be freed by the application.  They might    */
+  /*    as well disappear from memory on the next cache lookup, so don't   */
+  /*    treat them as persistent data.                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    The descriptor's `buffer' field is set to~0 to indicate a missing  */
+  /*    glyph bitmap.                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    If `anode' is _not_ NULL, it receives the address of the cache     */
+  /*    node containing the bitmap, after increasing its reference count.  */
+  /*    This ensures that the node (as well as the image) will always be   */
+  /*    kept in the cache until you call @FTC_Node_Unref to `release' it.  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    If `anode' is NULL, the cache node is left unchanged, which means  */
+  /*    that the bitmap could be flushed out of the cache on the next      */
+  /*    call to one of the caching sub-system APIs.  Don't assume that it  */
+  /*    is persistent!                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FTC_SBitCache_LookupScaler( FTC_SBitCache  cache,
+                              FTC_Scaler     scaler,
+                              FT_ULong       load_flags,
+                              FT_UInt        gindex,
+                              FTC_SBit      *sbit,
+                              FTC_Node      *anode );
+
+
+ /* */
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+
+  /*@***********************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FTC_FontRec                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A simple structure used to describe a given `font' to the cache    */
+  /*    manager.  Note that a `font' is the combination of a given face    */
+  /*    with a given character size.                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    face_id    :: The ID of the face to use.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    pix_width  :: The character width in integer pixels.               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    pix_height :: The character height in integer pixels.              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  FTC_FontRec_
+  {
+    FTC_FaceID  face_id;
+    FT_UShort   pix_width;
+    FT_UShort   pix_height;
+
+  } FTC_FontRec;
+
+
+  /* */
+
+
+#define FTC_FONT_COMPARE( f1, f2 )                  \
+          ( (f1)->face_id    == (f2)->face_id    && \
+            (f1)->pix_width  == (f2)->pix_width  && \
+            (f1)->pix_height == (f2)->pix_height )
+
+#define FTC_FONT_HASH( f )                              \
+          (FT_UInt32)( FTC_FACE_ID_HASH((f)->face_id) ^ \
+                       ((f)->pix_width << 8)          ^ \
+                       ((f)->pix_height)              )
+
+  typedef FTC_FontRec*  FTC_Font;
+
+
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FTC_Manager_Lookup_Face( FTC_Manager  manager,
+                           FTC_FaceID   face_id,
+                           FT_Face     *aface );
+
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FTC_Manager_Lookup_Size( FTC_Manager  manager,
+                           FTC_Font     font,
+                           FT_Face     *aface,
+                           FT_Size     *asize );
+
+#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
+
+
+ /* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTCACHE_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftchapters.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftchapters.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7775a6b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftchapters.h
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/* This file defines the structure of the FreeType reference.              */
+/* It is used by the python script which generates the HTML files.         */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/* <Chapter>                                                               */
+/*    general_remarks                                                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/* <Title>                                                                 */
+/*    General Remarks                                                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/* <Sections>                                                              */
+/*    user_allocation                                                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/* <Chapter>                                                               */
+/*    core_api                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/* <Title>                                                                 */
+/*    Core API                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/* <Sections>                                                              */
+/*    version                                                              */
+/*    basic_types                                                          */
+/*    base_interface                                                       */
+/*    glyph_variants                                                       */
+/*    glyph_management                                                     */
+/*    mac_specific                                                         */
+/*    sizes_management                                                     */
+/*    header_file_macros                                                   */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/* <Chapter>                                                               */
+/*    format_specific                                                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/* <Title>                                                                 */
+/*    Format-Specific API                                                  */
+/*                                                                         */
+/* <Sections>                                                              */
+/*    multiple_masters                                                     */
+/*    truetype_tables                                                      */
+/*    type1_tables                                                         */
+/*    sfnt_names                                                           */
+/*    bdf_fonts                                                            */
+/*    cid_fonts                                                            */
+/*    pfr_fonts                                                            */
+/*    winfnt_fonts                                                         */
+/*    font_formats                                                         */
+/*    gasp_table                                                           */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/* <Chapter>                                                               */
+/*    cache_subsystem                                                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/* <Title>                                                                 */
+/*    Cache Sub-System                                                     */
+/*                                                                         */
+/* <Sections>                                                              */
+/*    cache_subsystem                                                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/* <Chapter>                                                               */
+/*    support_api                                                          */
+/*                                                                         */
+/* <Title>                                                                 */
+/*    Support API                                                          */
+/*                                                                         */
+/* <Sections>                                                              */
+/*    computations                                                         */
+/*    list_processing                                                      */
+/*    outline_processing                                                   */
+/*    quick_advance                                                        */
+/*    bitmap_handling                                                      */
+/*    raster                                                               */
+/*    glyph_stroker                                                        */
+/*    system_interface                                                     */
+/*    module_management                                                    */
+/*    gzip                                                                 */
+/*    lzw                                                                  */
+/*    lcd_filtering                                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftcid.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftcid.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..203a30c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftcid.h
@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftcid.h                                                                */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType API for accessing CID font information (specification).     */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2007, 2009 by Dereg Clegg, Michael Toftdal.                  */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTCID_H__
+#define __FTCID_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*    cid_fonts                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Title>                                                               */
+  /*    CID Fonts                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
+  /*    CID-keyed font specific API.                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This section contains the declaration of CID-keyed font specific   */
+  /*    functions.                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /**********************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *    FT_Get_CID_Registry_Ordering_Supplement
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *    Retrieve the Registry/Ordering/Supplement triple (also known as the
+   *    "R/O/S") from a CID-keyed font.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *    face ::
+   *       A handle to the input face.
+   *
+   * @output:
+   *    registry ::
+   *       The registry, as a C~string, owned by the face.
+   *
+   *    ordering ::
+   *       The ordering, as a C~string, owned by the face.
+   *
+   *    supplement ::
+   *       The supplement.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *    FreeType error code.  0~means success.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *    This function only works with CID faces, returning an error
+   *    otherwise.
+   *
+   * @since:
+   *    2.3.6
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_CID_Registry_Ordering_Supplement( FT_Face       face,
+                                           const char*  *registry,
+                                           const char*  *ordering,
+                                           FT_Int       *supplement);
+
+
+  /**********************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *    FT_Get_CID_Is_Internally_CID_Keyed
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *    Retrieve the type of the input face, CID keyed or not.  In
+   *    constrast to the @FT_IS_CID_KEYED macro this function returns
+   *    successfully also for CID-keyed fonts in an SNFT wrapper.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *    face ::
+   *       A handle to the input face.
+   *
+   * @output:
+   *    is_cid ::
+   *       The type of the face as an @FT_Bool.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *    FreeType error code.  0~means success.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *    This function only works with CID faces and OpenType fonts,
+   *    returning an error otherwise.
+   *
+   * @since:
+   *    2.3.9
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_CID_Is_Internally_CID_Keyed( FT_Face   face,
+                                      FT_Bool  *is_cid );
+
+
+  /**********************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *    FT_Get_CID_From_Glyph_Index
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *    Retrieve the CID of the input glyph index.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *    face ::
+   *       A handle to the input face.
+   *
+   *    glyph_index ::
+   *       The input glyph index.
+   *
+   * @output:
+   *    cid ::
+   *       The CID as an @FT_UInt.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *    FreeType error code.  0~means success.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *    This function only works with CID faces and OpenType fonts,
+   *    returning an error otherwise.
+   *
+   * @since:
+   *    2.3.9
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_CID_From_Glyph_Index( FT_Face   face,
+                               FT_UInt   glyph_index,
+                               FT_UInt  *cid );
+
+ /* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTCID_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/fterrdef.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/fterrdef.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d7ad256
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/fterrdef.h
@@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  fterrdef.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType error codes (specification).                                */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2002, 2004, 2006, 2007 by                                    */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*******************************************************************/
+  /*******************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                         *****/
+  /*****                LIST OF ERROR CODES/MESSAGES             *****/
+  /*****                                                         *****/
+  /*******************************************************************/
+  /*******************************************************************/
+
+
+  /* You need to define both FT_ERRORDEF_ and FT_NOERRORDEF_ before */
+  /* including this file.                                           */
+
+
+  /* generic errors */
+
+  FT_NOERRORDEF_( Ok,                                        0x00, \
+                  "no error" )
+
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Open_Resource,                        0x01, \
+                "cannot open resource" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Unknown_File_Format,                         0x02, \
+                "unknown file format" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_File_Format,                         0x03, \
+                "broken file" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Version,                             0x04, \
+                "invalid FreeType version" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Lower_Module_Version,                        0x05, \
+                "module version is too low" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Argument,                            0x06, \
+                "invalid argument" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Unimplemented_Feature,                       0x07, \
+                "unimplemented feature" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Table,                               0x08, \
+                "broken table" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Offset,                              0x09, \
+                "broken offset within table" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Array_Too_Large,                             0x0A, \
+                "array allocation size too large" )
+
+  /* glyph/character errors */
+
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Glyph_Index,                         0x10, \
+                "invalid glyph index" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Character_Code,                      0x11, \
+                "invalid character code" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Glyph_Format,                        0x12, \
+                "unsupported glyph image format" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Render_Glyph,                         0x13, \
+                "cannot render this glyph format" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Outline,                             0x14, \
+                "invalid outline" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Composite,                           0x15, \
+                "invalid composite glyph" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Hints,                              0x16, \
+                "too many hints" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Pixel_Size,                          0x17, \
+                "invalid pixel size" )
+
+  /* handle errors */
+
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Handle,                              0x20, \
+                "invalid object handle" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Library_Handle,                      0x21, \
+                "invalid library handle" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Driver_Handle,                       0x22, \
+                "invalid module handle" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Face_Handle,                         0x23, \
+                "invalid face handle" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Size_Handle,                         0x24, \
+                "invalid size handle" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Slot_Handle,                         0x25, \
+                "invalid glyph slot handle" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CharMap_Handle,                      0x26, \
+                "invalid charmap handle" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Cache_Handle,                        0x27, \
+                "invalid cache manager handle" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Handle,                       0x28, \
+                "invalid stream handle" )
+
+  /* driver errors */
+
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Drivers,                            0x30, \
+                "too many modules" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Extensions,                         0x31, \
+                "too many extensions" )
+
+  /* memory errors */
+
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Out_Of_Memory,                               0x40, \
+                "out of memory" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Unlisted_Object,                             0x41, \
+                "unlisted object" )
+
+  /* stream errors */
+
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Open_Stream,                          0x51, \
+                "cannot open stream" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Seek,                         0x52, \
+                "invalid stream seek" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Skip,                         0x53, \
+                "invalid stream skip" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Read,                         0x54, \
+                "invalid stream read" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Operation,                    0x55, \
+                "invalid stream operation" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Frame_Operation,                     0x56, \
+                "invalid frame operation" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Nested_Frame_Access,                         0x57, \
+                "nested frame access" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Frame_Read,                          0x58, \
+                "invalid frame read" )
+
+  /* raster errors */
+
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Uninitialized,                        0x60, \
+                "raster uninitialized" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Corrupted,                            0x61, \
+                "raster corrupted" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Overflow,                             0x62, \
+                "raster overflow" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Negative_Height,                      0x63, \
+                "negative height while rastering" )
+
+  /* cache errors */
+
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Caches,                             0x70, \
+                "too many registered caches" )
+
+  /* TrueType and SFNT errors */
+
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Opcode,                              0x80, \
+                "invalid opcode" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Few_Arguments,                           0x81, \
+                "too few arguments" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Stack_Overflow,                              0x82, \
+                "stack overflow" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Code_Overflow,                               0x83, \
+                "code overflow" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Bad_Argument,                                0x84, \
+                "bad argument" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Divide_By_Zero,                              0x85, \
+                "division by zero" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Reference,                           0x86, \
+                "invalid reference" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Debug_OpCode,                                0x87, \
+                "found debug opcode" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( ENDF_In_Exec_Stream,                         0x88, \
+                "found ENDF opcode in execution stream" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Nested_DEFS,                                 0x89, \
+                "nested DEFS" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CodeRange,                           0x8A, \
+                "invalid code range" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Execution_Too_Long,                          0x8B, \
+                "execution context too long" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Function_Defs,                      0x8C, \
+                "too many function definitions" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Instruction_Defs,                   0x8D, \
+                "too many instruction definitions" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Table_Missing,                               0x8E, \
+                "SFNT font table missing" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Horiz_Header_Missing,                        0x8F, \
+                "horizontal header (hhea) table missing" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Locations_Missing,                           0x90, \
+                "locations (loca) table missing" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Name_Table_Missing,                          0x91, \
+                "name table missing" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( CMap_Table_Missing,                          0x92, \
+                "character map (cmap) table missing" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Hmtx_Table_Missing,                          0x93, \
+                "horizontal metrics (hmtx) table missing" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Post_Table_Missing,                          0x94, \
+                "PostScript (post) table missing" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Horiz_Metrics,                       0x95, \
+                "invalid horizontal metrics" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CharMap_Format,                      0x96, \
+                "invalid character map (cmap) format" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_PPem,                                0x97, \
+                "invalid ppem value" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Vert_Metrics,                        0x98, \
+                "invalid vertical metrics" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Could_Not_Find_Context,                      0x99, \
+                "could not find context" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Post_Table_Format,                   0x9A, \
+                "invalid PostScript (post) table format" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Post_Table,                          0x9B, \
+                "invalid PostScript (post) table" )
+
+  /* CFF, CID, and Type 1 errors */
+
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Syntax_Error,                                0xA0, \
+                "opcode syntax error" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Stack_Underflow,                             0xA1, \
+                "argument stack underflow" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Ignore,                                      0xA2, \
+                "ignore" )
+
+  /* BDF errors */
+
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Startfont_Field,                     0xB0, \
+                "`STARTFONT' field missing" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Font_Field,                          0xB1, \
+                "`FONT' field missing" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Size_Field,                          0xB2, \
+                "`SIZE' field missing" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Chars_Field,                         0xB3, \
+                "`CHARS' field missing" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Startchar_Field,                     0xB4, \
+                "`STARTCHAR' field missing" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Encoding_Field,                      0xB5, \
+                "`ENCODING' field missing" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Bbx_Field,                           0xB6, \
+                "`BBX' field missing" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Bbx_Too_Big,                                 0xB7, \
+                "`BBX' too big" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Corrupted_Font_Header,                       0xB8, \
+                "Font header corrupted or missing fields" )
+  FT_ERRORDEF_( Corrupted_Font_Glyphs,                       0xB9, \
+                "Font glyphs corrupted or missing fields" )
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/fterrors.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/fterrors.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6600dad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/fterrors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,206 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  fterrors.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType error code handling (specification).                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2004, 2007 by                               */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This special header file is used to define the handling of FT2        */
+  /* enumeration constants.  It can also be used to generate error message */
+  /* strings with a small macro trick explained below.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* I - Error Formats                                                     */
+  /* -----------------                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   The configuration macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS can be   */
+  /*   defined in ftoption.h in order to make the higher byte indicate     */
+  /*   the module where the error has happened (this is not compatible     */
+  /*   with standard builds of FreeType 2).  You can then use the macro    */
+  /*   FT_ERROR_BASE macro to extract the generic error code from an       */
+  /*   FT_Error value.                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* II - Error Message strings                                            */
+  /* --------------------------                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   The error definitions below are made through special macros that    */
+  /*   allow client applications to build a table of error message strings */
+  /*   if they need it.  The strings are not included in a normal build of */
+  /*   FreeType 2 to save space (most client applications do not use       */
+  /*   them).                                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   To do so, you have to define the following macros before including  */
+  /*   this file:                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   FT_ERROR_START_LIST ::                                              */
+  /*     This macro is called before anything else to define the start of  */
+  /*     the error list.  It is followed by several FT_ERROR_DEF calls     */
+  /*     (see below).                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   FT_ERROR_DEF( e, v, s ) ::                                          */
+  /*     This macro is called to define one single error.                  */
+  /*     `e' is the error code identifier (e.g. FT_Err_Invalid_Argument).  */
+  /*     `v' is the error numerical value.                                 */
+  /*     `s' is the corresponding error string.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   FT_ERROR_END_LIST ::                                                */
+  /*     This macro ends the list.                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Additionally, you have to undefine __FTERRORS_H__ before #including */
+  /*   this file.                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Here is a simple example:                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*     {                                                                 */
+  /*       #undef __FTERRORS_H__                                           */
+  /*       #define FT_ERRORDEF( e, v, s )  { e, s },                       */
+  /*       #define FT_ERROR_START_LIST     {                               */
+  /*       #define FT_ERROR_END_LIST       { 0, 0 } };                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*       const struct                                                    */
+  /*       {                                                               */
+  /*         int          err_code;                                        */
+  /*         const char*  err_msg;                                         */
+  /*       } ft_errors[] =                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*       #include FT_ERRORS_H                                            */
+  /*     }                                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTERRORS_H__
+#define __FTERRORS_H__
+
+
+  /* include module base error codes */
+#include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
+
+
+  /*******************************************************************/
+  /*******************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                         *****/
+  /*****                       SETUP MACROS                      *****/
+  /*****                                                         *****/
+  /*******************************************************************/
+  /*******************************************************************/
+
+
+#undef  FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
+
+#undef  FT_ERR_XCAT
+#undef  FT_ERR_CAT
+
+#define FT_ERR_XCAT( x, y )  x ## y
+#define FT_ERR_CAT( x, y )   FT_ERR_XCAT( x, y )
+
+
+  /* FT_ERR_PREFIX is used as a prefix for error identifiers. */
+  /* By default, we use `FT_Err_'.                            */
+  /*                                                          */
+#ifndef FT_ERR_PREFIX
+#define FT_ERR_PREFIX  FT_Err_
+#endif
+
+
+  /* FT_ERR_BASE is used as the base for module-specific errors. */
+  /*                                                             */
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS
+
+#ifndef FT_ERR_BASE
+#define FT_ERR_BASE  FT_Mod_Err_Base
+#endif
+
+#else
+
+#undef FT_ERR_BASE
+#define FT_ERR_BASE  0
+
+#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS */
+
+
+  /* If FT_ERRORDEF is not defined, we need to define a simple */
+  /* enumeration type.                                         */
+  /*                                                           */
+#ifndef FT_ERRORDEF
+
+#define FT_ERRORDEF( e, v, s )  e = v,
+#define FT_ERROR_START_LIST     enum {
+#define FT_ERROR_END_LIST       FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, Max ) };
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
+  extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !FT_ERRORDEF */
+
+
+  /* this macro is used to define an error */
+#define FT_ERRORDEF_( e, v, s )   \
+          FT_ERRORDEF( FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e ), v + FT_ERR_BASE, s )
+
+  /* this is only used for <module>_Err_Ok, which must be 0! */
+#define FT_NOERRORDEF_( e, v, s ) \
+          FT_ERRORDEF( FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e ), v, s )
+
+
+#ifdef FT_ERROR_START_LIST
+  FT_ERROR_START_LIST
+#endif
+
+
+  /* now include the error codes */
+#include FT_ERROR_DEFINITIONS_H
+
+
+#ifdef FT_ERROR_END_LIST
+  FT_ERROR_END_LIST
+#endif
+
+
+  /*******************************************************************/
+  /*******************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                         *****/
+  /*****                      SIMPLE CLEANUP                     *****/
+  /*****                                                         *****/
+  /*******************************************************************/
+  /*******************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
+  }
+#endif
+
+#undef FT_ERROR_START_LIST
+#undef FT_ERROR_END_LIST
+
+#undef FT_ERRORDEF
+#undef FT_ERRORDEF_
+#undef FT_NOERRORDEF_
+
+#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
+#undef FT_ERR_CONCAT
+#undef FT_ERR_BASE
+
+  /* FT_KEEP_ERR_PREFIX is needed for ftvalid.h */
+#ifndef FT_KEEP_ERR_PREFIX
+#undef FT_ERR_PREFIX
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __FTERRORS_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftgasp.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftgasp.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..91a769e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftgasp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftgasp.h                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Access of TrueType's `gasp' table (specification).                   */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2007, 2008 by                                                */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef _FT_GASP_H_
+#define _FT_GASP_H_
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+  /***************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @section:
+   *   gasp_table
+   *
+   * @title:
+   *   Gasp Table
+   *
+   * @abstract:
+   *   Retrieving TrueType `gasp' table entries.
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   The function @FT_Get_Gasp can be used to query a TrueType or OpenType
+   *   font for specific entries in its `gasp' table, if any.  This is
+   *   mainly useful when implementing native TrueType hinting with the
+   *   bytecode interpreter to duplicate the Windows text rendering results.
+   */
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @enum:
+   *   FT_GASP_XXX
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A list of values and/or bit-flags returned by the @FT_Get_Gasp
+   *   function.
+   *
+   * @values:
+   *   FT_GASP_NO_TABLE ::
+   *     This special value means that there is no GASP table in this face.
+   *     It is up to the client to decide what to do.
+   *
+   *   FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT ::
+   *     Grid-fitting and hinting should be performed at the specified ppem.
+   *     This *really* means TrueType bytecode interpretation.
+   *
+   *   FT_GASP_DO_GRAY ::
+   *     Anti-aliased rendering should be performed at the specified ppem.
+   *
+   *   FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING ::
+   *     Smoothing along multiple axes must be used with ClearType.
+   *
+   *   FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT ::
+   *     Grid-fitting must be used with ClearType's symmetric smoothing.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   `ClearType' is Microsoft's implementation of LCD rendering, partly
+   *   protected by patents.
+   *
+   * @since:
+   *   2.3.0
+   */
+#define FT_GASP_NO_TABLE               -1
+#define FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT           0x01
+#define FT_GASP_DO_GRAY              0x02
+#define FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING  0x08
+#define FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT    0x10
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @func:
+   *   FT_Get_Gasp
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Read the `gasp' table from a TrueType or OpenType font file and
+   *   return the entry corresponding to a given character pixel size.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   face :: The source face handle.
+   *   ppem :: The vertical character pixel size.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *   Bit flags (see @FT_GASP_XXX), or @FT_GASP_NO_TABLE if there is no
+   *   `gasp' table in the face.
+   *
+   * @since:
+   *   2.3.0
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Int )
+  FT_Get_Gasp( FT_Face  face,
+               FT_UInt  ppem );
+
+/* */
+
+#endif /* _FT_GASP_H_ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftglyph.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftglyph.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cacccf0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftglyph.h
@@ -0,0 +1,613 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftglyph.h                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType convenience functions to handle glyphs (specification).     */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2006, 2008, 2009 by                   */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This file contains the definition of several convenience functions    */
+  /* that can be used by client applications to easily retrieve glyph      */
+  /* bitmaps and outlines from a given face.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* These functions should be optional if you are writing a font server   */
+  /* or text layout engine on top of FreeType.  However, they are pretty   */
+  /* handy for many other simple uses of the library.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTGLYPH_H__
+#define __FTGLYPH_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*    glyph_management                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Title>                                                               */
+  /*    Glyph Management                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
+  /*    Generic interface to manage individual glyph data.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This section contains definitions used to manage glyph data        */
+  /*    through generic FT_Glyph objects.  Each of them can contain a      */
+  /*    bitmap, a vector outline, or even images in other formats.         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /* forward declaration to a private type */
+  typedef struct FT_Glyph_Class_  FT_Glyph_Class;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_Glyph                                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Handle to an object used to model generic glyph images.  It is a   */
+  /*    pointer to the @FT_GlyphRec structure and can contain a glyph      */
+  /*    bitmap or pointer.                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    Glyph objects are not owned by the library.  You must thus release */
+  /*    them manually (through @FT_Done_Glyph) _before_ calling            */
+  /*    @FT_Done_FreeType.                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct FT_GlyphRec_*  FT_Glyph;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_GlyphRec                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    The root glyph structure contains a given glyph image plus its     */
+  /*    advance width in 16.16 fixed float format.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    library :: A handle to the FreeType library object.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    clazz   :: A pointer to the glyph's class.  Private.               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    format  :: The format of the glyph's image.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    advance :: A 16.16 vector that gives the glyph's advance width.    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  FT_GlyphRec_
+  {
+    FT_Library             library;
+    const FT_Glyph_Class*  clazz;
+    FT_Glyph_Format        format;
+    FT_Vector              advance;
+
+  } FT_GlyphRec;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_BitmapGlyph                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A handle to an object used to model a bitmap glyph image.  This is */
+  /*    a sub-class of @FT_Glyph, and a pointer to @FT_BitmapGlyphRec.     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct FT_BitmapGlyphRec_*  FT_BitmapGlyph;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_BitmapGlyphRec                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A structure used for bitmap glyph images.  This really is a        */
+  /*    `sub-class' of @FT_GlyphRec.                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    root   :: The root @FT_Glyph fields.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    left   :: The left-side bearing, i.e., the horizontal distance     */
+  /*              from the current pen position to the left border of the  */
+  /*              glyph bitmap.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    top    :: The top-side bearing, i.e., the vertical distance from   */
+  /*              the current pen position to the top border of the glyph  */
+  /*              bitmap.  This distance is positive for upwards~y!        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    bitmap :: A descriptor for the bitmap.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    You can typecast an @FT_Glyph to @FT_BitmapGlyph if you have       */
+  /*    `glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP'.  This lets you access   */
+  /*    the bitmap's contents easily.                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    The corresponding pixel buffer is always owned by @FT_BitmapGlyph  */
+  /*    and is thus created and destroyed with it.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  FT_BitmapGlyphRec_
+  {
+    FT_GlyphRec  root;
+    FT_Int       left;
+    FT_Int       top;
+    FT_Bitmap    bitmap;
+
+  } FT_BitmapGlyphRec;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_OutlineGlyph                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A handle to an object used to model an outline glyph image.  This  */
+  /*    is a sub-class of @FT_Glyph, and a pointer to @FT_OutlineGlyphRec. */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct FT_OutlineGlyphRec_*  FT_OutlineGlyph;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_OutlineGlyphRec                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A structure used for outline (vectorial) glyph images.  This       */
+  /*    really is a `sub-class' of @FT_GlyphRec.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    root    :: The root @FT_Glyph fields.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    outline :: A descriptor for the outline.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    You can typecast an @FT_Glyph to @FT_OutlineGlyph if you have      */
+  /*    `glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE'.  This lets you access  */
+  /*    the outline's content easily.                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    As the outline is extracted from a glyph slot, its coordinates are */
+  /*    expressed normally in 26.6 pixels, unless the flag                 */
+  /*    @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE was used in @FT_Load_Glyph() or @FT_Load_Char(). */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    The outline's tables are always owned by the object and are        */
+  /*    destroyed with it.                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  FT_OutlineGlyphRec_
+  {
+    FT_GlyphRec  root;
+    FT_Outline   outline;
+
+  } FT_OutlineGlyphRec;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Get_Glyph                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A function used to extract a glyph image from a slot.  Note that   */
+  /*    the created @FT_Glyph object must be released with @FT_Done_Glyph. */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    slot   :: A handle to the source glyph slot.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    aglyph :: A handle to the glyph object.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_Glyph( FT_GlyphSlot  slot,
+                FT_Glyph     *aglyph );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Glyph_Copy                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A function used to copy a glyph image.  Note that the created      */
+  /*    @FT_Glyph object must be released with @FT_Done_Glyph.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    source :: A handle to the source glyph object.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    target :: A handle to the target glyph object.  0~in case of       */
+  /*              error.                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Glyph_Copy( FT_Glyph   source,
+                 FT_Glyph  *target );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Glyph_Transform                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Transform a glyph image if its format is scalable.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    glyph  :: A handle to the target glyph object.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    matrix :: A pointer to a 2x2 matrix to apply.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    delta  :: A pointer to a 2d vector to apply.  Coordinates are      */
+  /*              expressed in 1/64th of a pixel.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code (if not 0, the glyph format is not scalable).  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    The 2x2 transformation matrix is also applied to the glyph's       */
+  /*    advance vector.                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Glyph_Transform( FT_Glyph    glyph,
+                      FT_Matrix*  matrix,
+                      FT_Vector*  delta );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Enum>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    The mode how the values of @FT_Glyph_Get_CBox are returned.        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Values>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED ::                                          */
+  /*      Return unscaled font units.                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS ::                                         */
+  /*      Return unfitted 26.6 coordinates.                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT ::                                           */
+  /*      Return grid-fitted 26.6 coordinates.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE ::                                          */
+  /*      Return coordinates in integer pixels.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS ::                                            */
+  /*      Return grid-fitted pixel coordinates.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef enum  FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode_
+  {
+    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED  = 0,
+    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS = 0,
+    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT   = 1,
+    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE  = 2,
+    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS    = 3
+
+  } FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Enum>                                                                */
+  /*    ft_glyph_bbox_xxx                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    These constants are deprecated.  Use the corresponding             */
+  /*    @FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode values instead.                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Values>                                                              */
+  /*   ft_glyph_bbox_unscaled  :: See @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED.             */
+  /*   ft_glyph_bbox_subpixels :: See @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS.            */
+  /*   ft_glyph_bbox_gridfit   :: See @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT.              */
+  /*   ft_glyph_bbox_truncate  :: See @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE.             */
+  /*   ft_glyph_bbox_pixels    :: See @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS.               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define ft_glyph_bbox_unscaled   FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED
+#define ft_glyph_bbox_subpixels  FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS
+#define ft_glyph_bbox_gridfit    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT
+#define ft_glyph_bbox_truncate   FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE
+#define ft_glyph_bbox_pixels     FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Glyph_Get_CBox                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Return a glyph's `control box'.  The control box encloses all the  */
+  /*    outline's points, including Bézier control points.  Though it      */
+  /*    coincides with the exact bounding box for most glyphs, it can be   */
+  /*    slightly larger in some situations (like when rotating an outline  */
+  /*    which contains Bézier outside arcs).                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Computing the control box is very fast, while getting the bounding */
+  /*    box can take much more time as it needs to walk over all segments  */
+  /*    and arcs in the outline.  To get the latter, you can use the       */
+  /*    `ftbbox' component which is dedicated to this single task.         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    glyph :: A handle to the source glyph object.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    mode  :: The mode which indicates how to interpret the returned    */
+  /*             bounding box values.                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    acbox :: The glyph coordinate bounding box.  Coordinates are       */
+  /*             expressed in 1/64th of pixels if it is grid-fitted.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    Coordinates are relative to the glyph origin, using the y~upwards  */
+  /*    convention.                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    If the glyph has been loaded with @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, `bbox_mode'   */
+  /*    must be set to @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED to get unscaled font        */
+  /*    units in 26.6 pixel format.  The value @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS    */
+  /*    is another name for this constant.                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Note that the maximum coordinates are exclusive, which means that  */
+  /*    one can compute the width and height of the glyph image (be it in  */
+  /*    integer or 26.6 pixels) as:                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    {                                                                  */
+  /*      width  = bbox.xMax - bbox.xMin;                                  */
+  /*      height = bbox.yMax - bbox.yMin;                                  */
+  /*    }                                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Note also that for 26.6 coordinates, if `bbox_mode' is set to      */
+  /*    @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT, the coordinates will also be grid-fitted,  */
+  /*    which corresponds to:                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    {                                                                  */
+  /*      bbox.xMin = FLOOR(bbox.xMin);                                    */
+  /*      bbox.yMin = FLOOR(bbox.yMin);                                    */
+  /*      bbox.xMax = CEILING(bbox.xMax);                                  */
+  /*      bbox.yMax = CEILING(bbox.yMax);                                  */
+  /*    }                                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    To get the bbox in pixel coordinates, set `bbox_mode' to           */
+  /*    @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE.                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    To get the bbox in grid-fitted pixel coordinates, set `bbox_mode'  */
+  /*    to @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_Glyph_Get_CBox( FT_Glyph  glyph,
+                     FT_UInt   bbox_mode,
+                     FT_BBox  *acbox );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Convert a given glyph object to a bitmap glyph object.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    the_glyph   :: A pointer to a handle to the target glyph.          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    render_mode :: An enumeration that describes how the data is       */
+  /*                   rendered.                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    origin      :: A pointer to a vector used to translate the glyph   */
+  /*                   image before rendering.  Can be~0 (if no            */
+  /*                   translation).  The origin is expressed in           */
+  /*                   26.6 pixels.                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    destroy     :: A boolean that indicates that the original glyph    */
+  /*                   image should be destroyed by this function.  It is  */
+  /*                   never destroyed in case of error.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    This function does nothing if the glyph format isn't scalable.     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    The glyph image is translated with the `origin' vector before      */
+  /*    rendering.                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    The first parameter is a pointer to an @FT_Glyph handle, that will */
+  /*    be _replaced_ by this function (with newly allocated data).        */
+  /*    Typically, you would use (omitting error handling):                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*      {                                                                */
+  /*        FT_Glyph        glyph;                                         */
+  /*        FT_BitmapGlyph  glyph_bitmap;                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*        // load glyph                                                  */
+  /*        error = FT_Load_Char( face, glyph_index, FT_LOAD_DEFAUT );     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*        // extract glyph image                                         */
+  /*        error = FT_Get_Glyph( face->glyph, &glyph );                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*        // convert to a bitmap (default render mode + destroying old)  */
+  /*        if ( glyph->format != FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP )                 */
+  /*        {                                                              */
+  /*          error = FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( &glyph, FT_RENDER_MODE_DEFAULT,  */
+  /*                                      0, 1 );                          */
+  /*          if ( error ) // `glyph' unchanged                            */
+  /*            ...                                                        */
+  /*        }                                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*        // access bitmap content by typecasting                        */
+  /*        glyph_bitmap = (FT_BitmapGlyph)glyph;                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*        // do funny stuff with it, like blitting/drawing               */
+  /*        ...                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*        // discard glyph image (bitmap or not)                         */
+  /*        FT_Done_Glyph( glyph );                                        */
+  /*      }                                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Here another example, again without error handling:                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*      {                                                                */
+  /*        FT_Glyph  glyphs[MAX_GLYPHS]                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*        ...                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*        for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ )                           */
+  /*          error = FT_Load_Glyph( face, idx, FT_LOAD_DEFAULT ) ||       */
+  /*                  FT_Get_Glyph ( face->glyph, &glyph[idx] );           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*        ...                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*        for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ )                           */
+  /*        {                                                              */
+  /*          FT_Glyph  bitmap = glyphs[idx];                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*          ...                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*          // after this call, `bitmap' no longer points into           */
+  /*          // the `glyphs' array (and the old value isn't destroyed)    */
+  /*          FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( &bitmap, FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO, 0, 0 );    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*          ...                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*          FT_Done_Glyph( bitmap );                                     */
+  /*        }                                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*        ...                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*        for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ )                           */
+  /*          FT_Done_Glyph( glyphs[idx] );                                */
+  /*      }                                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( FT_Glyph*       the_glyph,
+                      FT_Render_Mode  render_mode,
+                      FT_Vector*      origin,
+                      FT_Bool         destroy );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Done_Glyph                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Destroy a given glyph.                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    glyph :: A handle to the target glyph object.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_Done_Glyph( FT_Glyph  glyph );
+
+  /* */
+
+
+  /* other helpful functions */
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*    computations                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Matrix_Multiply                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Perform the matrix operation `b = a*b'.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    a :: A pointer to matrix `a'.                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    b :: A pointer to matrix `b'.                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    The result is undefined if either `a' or `b' is zero.              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_Matrix_Multiply( const FT_Matrix*  a,
+                      FT_Matrix*        b );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Matrix_Invert                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Invert a 2x2 matrix.  Return an error if it can't be inverted.     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    matrix :: A pointer to the target matrix.  Remains untouched in    */
+  /*              case of error.                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Matrix_Invert( FT_Matrix*  matrix );
+
+
+  /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTGLYPH_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
+
+
+/* Local Variables: */
+/* coding: utf-8    */
+/* End:             */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftgxval.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftgxval.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..497015c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftgxval.h
@@ -0,0 +1,358 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftgxval.h                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType API for validating TrueTypeGX/AAT tables (specification).   */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2004, 2005, 2006 by                                          */
+/*  Masatake YAMATO, Redhat K.K,                                           */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.        */
+/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology      */
+/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.                                           */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTGXVAL_H__
+#define __FTGXVAL_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*    gx_validation                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Title>                                                               */
+  /*    TrueTypeGX/AAT Validation                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
+  /*    An API to validate TrueTypeGX/AAT tables.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This section contains the declaration of functions to validate     */
+  /*    some TrueTypeGX tables (feat, mort, morx, bsln, just, kern, opbd,  */
+  /*    trak, prop, lcar).                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Warning: Use FT_VALIDATE_XXX to validate a table.                     */
+  /*          Following definitions are for gxvalid developers.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+#define FT_VALIDATE_feat_INDEX     0
+#define FT_VALIDATE_mort_INDEX     1
+#define FT_VALIDATE_morx_INDEX     2
+#define FT_VALIDATE_bsln_INDEX     3
+#define FT_VALIDATE_just_INDEX     4
+#define FT_VALIDATE_kern_INDEX     5
+#define FT_VALIDATE_opbd_INDEX     6
+#define FT_VALIDATE_trak_INDEX     7
+#define FT_VALIDATE_prop_INDEX     8
+#define FT_VALIDATE_lcar_INDEX     9
+#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_LAST_INDEX  FT_VALIDATE_lcar_INDEX
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   The number of tables checked in this module.  Use it as a parameter
+   *   for the `table-length' argument of function @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate.
+   */
+#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH     (FT_VALIDATE_GX_LAST_INDEX + 1)
+
+  /* */
+
+  /* Up to 0x1000 is used by otvalid.
+     Ox2xxx is reserved for feature OT extension. */
+#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_START 0x4000
+#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( tag )                  \
+  ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << FT_VALIDATE_##tag##_INDEX )
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+  *
+  * @enum:
+  *    FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *    A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate to
+  *    indicate which TrueTypeGX/AAT Type tables should be validated.
+  *
+  * @values:
+  *    FT_VALIDATE_feat ::
+  *      Validate `feat' table.
+  *
+  *    FT_VALIDATE_mort ::
+  *      Validate `mort' table.
+  *
+  *    FT_VALIDATE_morx ::
+  *      Validate `morx' table.
+  *
+  *    FT_VALIDATE_bsln ::
+  *      Validate `bsln' table.
+  *
+  *    FT_VALIDATE_just ::
+  *      Validate `just' table.
+  *
+  *    FT_VALIDATE_kern ::
+  *      Validate `kern' table.
+  *
+  *    FT_VALIDATE_opbd ::
+  *      Validate `opbd' table.
+  *
+  *    FT_VALIDATE_trak ::
+  *      Validate `trak' table.
+  *
+  *    FT_VALIDATE_prop ::
+  *      Validate `prop' table.
+  *
+  *    FT_VALIDATE_lcar ::
+  *      Validate `lcar' table.
+  *
+  *    FT_VALIDATE_GX ::
+  *      Validate all TrueTypeGX tables (feat, mort, morx, bsln, just, kern,
+  *      opbd, trak, prop and lcar).
+  *
+  */
+
+#define FT_VALIDATE_feat  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( feat )
+#define FT_VALIDATE_mort  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( mort )
+#define FT_VALIDATE_morx  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( morx )
+#define FT_VALIDATE_bsln  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( bsln )
+#define FT_VALIDATE_just  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( just )
+#define FT_VALIDATE_kern  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( kern )
+#define FT_VALIDATE_opbd  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( opbd )
+#define FT_VALIDATE_trak  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( trak )
+#define FT_VALIDATE_prop  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( prop )
+#define FT_VALIDATE_lcar  FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( lcar )
+
+#define FT_VALIDATE_GX  ( FT_VALIDATE_feat | \
+                          FT_VALIDATE_mort | \
+                          FT_VALIDATE_morx | \
+                          FT_VALIDATE_bsln | \
+                          FT_VALIDATE_just | \
+                          FT_VALIDATE_kern | \
+                          FT_VALIDATE_opbd | \
+                          FT_VALIDATE_trak | \
+                          FT_VALIDATE_prop | \
+                          FT_VALIDATE_lcar )
+
+
+  /* */
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+  *
+  * @function:
+  *    FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *    Validate various TrueTypeGX tables to assure that all offsets and
+  *    indices are valid.  The idea is that a higher-level library which
+  *    actually does the text layout can access those tables without
+  *    error checking (which can be quite time consuming).
+  *
+  * @input:
+  *    face ::
+  *       A handle to the input face.
+  *
+  *    validation_flags ::
+  *       A bit field which specifies the tables to be validated.  See
+  *       @FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX for possible values.
+  *
+  *    table_length ::
+  *       The size of the `tables' array.  Normally, @FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH
+  *       should be passed.
+  *
+  * @output:
+  *    tables ::
+  *       The array where all validated sfnt tables are stored.
+  *       The array itself must be allocated by a client.
+  *
+  * @return:
+  *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.
+  *
+  * @note:
+  *   This function only works with TrueTypeGX fonts, returning an error
+  *   otherwise.
+  *
+  *   After use, the application should deallocate the buffers pointed to by
+  *   each `tables' element, by calling @FT_TrueTypeGX_Free.  A NULL value
+  *   indicates that the table either doesn't exist in the font, the
+  *   application hasn't asked for validation, or the validator doesn't have
+  *   the ability to validate the sfnt table.
+  */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate( FT_Face   face,
+                          FT_UInt   validation_flags,
+                          FT_Bytes  tables[FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH],
+                          FT_UInt   table_length );
+
+
+  /* */
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+  *
+  * @function:
+  *    FT_TrueTypeGX_Free
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *    Free the buffer allocated by TrueTypeGX validator.
+  *
+  * @input:
+  *    face ::
+  *       A handle to the input face.
+  *
+  *    table ::
+  *       The pointer to the buffer allocated by
+  *       @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate.
+  *
+  * @note:
+  *   This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by
+  *   @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate only.
+  */
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_TrueTypeGX_Free( FT_Face   face,
+                      FT_Bytes  table );
+
+
+  /* */
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+  *
+  * @enum:
+  *    FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *    A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_ClassicKern_Validate
+  *    to indicate the classic kern dialect or dialects.  If the selected
+  *    type doesn't fit, @FT_ClassicKern_Validate regards the table as
+  *    invalid.
+  *
+  * @values:
+  *    FT_VALIDATE_MS ::
+  *      Handle the `kern' table as a classic Microsoft kern table.
+  *
+  *    FT_VALIDATE_APPLE ::
+  *      Handle the `kern' table as a classic Apple kern table.
+  *
+  *    FT_VALIDATE_CKERN ::
+  *      Handle the `kern' as either classic Apple or Microsoft kern table.
+  */
+#define FT_VALIDATE_MS     ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << 0 )
+#define FT_VALIDATE_APPLE  ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << 1 )
+
+#define FT_VALIDATE_CKERN  ( FT_VALIDATE_MS | FT_VALIDATE_APPLE )
+
+
+  /* */
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+  *
+  * @function:
+  *    FT_ClassicKern_Validate
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *    Validate classic (16-bit format) kern table to assure that the offsets
+  *    and indices are valid.  The idea is that a higher-level library which
+  *    actually does the text layout can access those tables without error
+  *    checking (which can be quite time consuming).
+  *
+  *    The `kern' table validator in @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate deals with both
+  *    the new 32-bit format and the classic 16-bit format, while
+  *    FT_ClassicKern_Validate only supports the classic 16-bit format.
+  *
+  * @input:
+  *    face ::
+  *       A handle to the input face.
+  *
+  *    validation_flags ::
+  *       A bit field which specifies the dialect to be validated.  See
+  *       @FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX for possible values.
+  *
+  * @output:
+  *    ckern_table ::
+  *       A pointer to the kern table.
+  *
+  * @return:
+  *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.
+  *
+  * @note:
+  *   After use, the application should deallocate the buffers pointed to by
+  *   `ckern_table', by calling @FT_ClassicKern_Free.  A NULL value
+  *   indicates that the table doesn't exist in the font.
+  */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_ClassicKern_Validate( FT_Face    face,
+                           FT_UInt    validation_flags,
+                           FT_Bytes  *ckern_table );
+
+
+  /* */
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+  *
+  * @function:
+  *    FT_ClassicKern_Free
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *    Free the buffer allocated by classic Kern validator.
+  *
+  * @input:
+  *    face ::
+  *       A handle to the input face.
+  *
+  *    table ::
+  *       The pointer to the buffer that is allocated by
+  *       @FT_ClassicKern_Validate.
+  *
+  * @note:
+  *   This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by
+  *   @FT_ClassicKern_Validate only.
+  */
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_ClassicKern_Free( FT_Face   face,
+                       FT_Bytes  table );
+
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTGXVAL_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftgzip.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftgzip.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..acbc4f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftgzip.h
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftgzip.h                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Gzip-compressed stream support.                                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006 by                                    */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTGZIP_H__
+#define __FTGZIP_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*    gzip                                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Title>                                                               */
+  /*    GZIP Streams                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
+  /*    Using gzip-compressed font files.                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This section contains the declaration of Gzip-specific functions.  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /************************************************************************
+  *
+  * @function:
+  *   FT_Stream_OpenGzip
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *   Open a new stream to parse gzip-compressed font files.  This is
+  *   mainly used to support the compressed `*.pcf.gz' fonts that come
+  *   with XFree86.
+  *
+  * @input:
+  *   stream ::
+  *     The target embedding stream.
+  *
+  *   source ::
+  *     The source stream.
+  *
+  * @return:
+  *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.
+  *
+  * @note:
+  *   The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function.
+  *
+  *   Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close' on the new stream will
+  *   *not* call `FT_Stream_Close' on the source stream.  None of the stream
+  *   objects will be released to the heap.
+  *
+  *   The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression
+  *   process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream.
+  *
+  *   In certain builds of the library, gzip compression recognition is
+  *   automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face.
+  *   This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw
+  *   compressed file, the library will try to open a gzipped stream from
+  *   it and re-open the face with it.
+  *
+  *   This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if your build
+  *   of FreeType was not compiled with zlib support.
+  */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stream_OpenGzip( FT_Stream  stream,
+                      FT_Stream  source );
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTGZIP_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftimage.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftimage.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ccc2f71
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftimage.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1254 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftimage.h                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType glyph image formats and default raster interface            */
+/*    (specification).                                                     */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by       */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Note: A `raster' is simply a scan-line converter, used to render      */
+  /*       FT_Outlines into FT_Bitmaps.                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTIMAGE_H__
+#define __FTIMAGE_H__
+
+
+  /* _STANDALONE_ is from ftgrays.c */
+#ifndef _STANDALONE_
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*    basic_types                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_Pos                                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    The type FT_Pos is a 32-bit integer used to store vectorial        */
+  /*    coordinates.  Depending on the context, these can represent        */
+  /*    distances in integer font units, or 16.16, or 26.6 fixed float     */
+  /*    pixel coordinates.                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef signed long  FT_Pos;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_Vector                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A simple structure used to store a 2D vector; coordinates are of   */
+  /*    the FT_Pos type.                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    x :: The horizontal coordinate.                                    */
+  /*    y :: The vertical coordinate.                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  FT_Vector_
+  {
+    FT_Pos  x;
+    FT_Pos  y;
+
+  } FT_Vector;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_BBox                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A structure used to hold an outline's bounding box, i.e., the      */
+  /*    coordinates of its extrema in the horizontal and vertical          */
+  /*    directions.                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    xMin :: The horizontal minimum (left-most).                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    yMin :: The vertical minimum (bottom-most).                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    xMax :: The horizontal maximum (right-most).                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    yMax :: The vertical maximum (top-most).                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  FT_BBox_
+  {
+    FT_Pos  xMin, yMin;
+    FT_Pos  xMax, yMax;
+
+  } FT_BBox;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Enum>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_Pixel_Mode                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    An enumeration type used to describe the format of pixels in a     */
+  /*    given bitmap.  Note that additional formats may be added in the    */
+  /*    future.                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Values>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_PIXEL_MODE_NONE ::                                              */
+  /*      Value~0 is reserved.                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO ::                                              */
+  /*      A monochrome bitmap, using 1~bit per pixel.  Note that pixels    */
+  /*      are stored in most-significant order (MSB), which means that     */
+  /*      the left-most pixel in a byte has value 128.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY ::                                              */
+  /*      An 8-bit bitmap, generally used to represent anti-aliased glyph  */
+  /*      images.  Each pixel is stored in one byte.  Note that the number */
+  /*      of `gray' levels is stored in the `num_grays' field of the       */
+  /*      @FT_Bitmap structure (it generally is 256).                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2 ::                                             */
+  /*      A 2-bit per pixel bitmap, used to represent embedded             */
+  /*      anti-aliased bitmaps in font files according to the OpenType     */
+  /*      specification.  We haven't found a single font using this        */
+  /*      format, however.                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4 ::                                             */
+  /*      A 4-bit per pixel bitmap, representing embedded anti-aliased     */
+  /*      bitmaps in font files according to the OpenType specification.   */
+  /*      We haven't found a single font using this format, however.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD ::                                               */
+  /*      An 8-bit bitmap, representing RGB or BGR decimated glyph images  */
+  /*      used for display on LCD displays; the bitmap is three times      */
+  /*      wider than the original glyph image.  See also                   */
+  /*      @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD.                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V ::                                             */
+  /*      An 8-bit bitmap, representing RGB or BGR decimated glyph images  */
+  /*      used for display on rotated LCD displays; the bitmap is three    */
+  /*      times taller than the original glyph image.  See also            */
+  /*      @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V.                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef enum  FT_Pixel_Mode_
+  {
+    FT_PIXEL_MODE_NONE = 0,
+    FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO,
+    FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY,
+    FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2,
+    FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4,
+    FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD,
+    FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V,
+
+    FT_PIXEL_MODE_MAX      /* do not remove */
+
+  } FT_Pixel_Mode;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Enum>                                                                */
+  /*    ft_pixel_mode_xxx                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A list of deprecated constants.  Use the corresponding             */
+  /*    @FT_Pixel_Mode values instead.                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Values>                                                              */
+  /*    ft_pixel_mode_none  :: See @FT_PIXEL_MODE_NONE.                    */
+  /*    ft_pixel_mode_mono  :: See @FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO.                    */
+  /*    ft_pixel_mode_grays :: See @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY.                    */
+  /*    ft_pixel_mode_pal2  :: See @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2.                   */
+  /*    ft_pixel_mode_pal4  :: See @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define ft_pixel_mode_none   FT_PIXEL_MODE_NONE
+#define ft_pixel_mode_mono   FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO
+#define ft_pixel_mode_grays  FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY
+#define ft_pixel_mode_pal2   FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2
+#define ft_pixel_mode_pal4   FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4
+
+ /* */
+
+#if 0
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Enum>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_Palette_Mode                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    THIS TYPE IS DEPRECATED.  DO NOT USE IT!                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    An enumeration type to describe the format of a bitmap palette,    */
+  /*    used with ft_pixel_mode_pal4 and ft_pixel_mode_pal8.               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Values>                                                              */
+  /*    ft_palette_mode_rgb  :: The palette is an array of 3-byte RGB      */
+  /*                            records.                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    ft_palette_mode_rgba :: The palette is an array of 4-byte RGBA     */
+  /*                            records.                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    As ft_pixel_mode_pal2, pal4 and pal8 are currently unused by       */
+  /*    FreeType, these types are not handled by the library itself.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef enum  FT_Palette_Mode_
+  {
+    ft_palette_mode_rgb = 0,
+    ft_palette_mode_rgba,
+
+    ft_palette_mode_max   /* do not remove */
+
+  } FT_Palette_Mode;
+
+  /* */
+
+#endif
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_Bitmap                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A structure used to describe a bitmap or pixmap to the raster.     */
+  /*    Note that we now manage pixmaps of various depths through the      */
+  /*    `pixel_mode' field.                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    rows         :: The number of bitmap rows.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    width        :: The number of pixels in bitmap row.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    pitch        :: The pitch's absolute value is the number of bytes  */
+  /*                    taken by one bitmap row, including padding.        */
+  /*                    However, the pitch is positive when the bitmap has */
+  /*                    a `down' flow, and negative when it has an `up'    */
+  /*                    flow.  In all cases, the pitch is an offset to add */
+  /*                    to a bitmap pointer in order to go down one row.   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    buffer       :: A typeless pointer to the bitmap buffer.  This     */
+  /*                    value should be aligned on 32-bit boundaries in    */
+  /*                    most cases.                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    num_grays    :: This field is only used with                       */
+  /*                    @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY; it gives the number of gray   */
+  /*                    levels used in the bitmap.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    pixel_mode   :: The pixel mode, i.e., how pixel bits are stored.   */
+  /*                    See @FT_Pixel_Mode for possible values.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    palette_mode :: This field is intended for paletted pixel modes;   */
+  /*                    it indicates how the palette is stored.  Not       */
+  /*                    used currently.                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    palette      :: A typeless pointer to the bitmap palette; this     */
+  /*                    field is intended for paletted pixel modes.  Not   */
+  /*                    used currently.                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*   For now, the only pixel modes supported by FreeType are mono and    */
+  /*   grays.  However, drivers might be added in the future to support    */
+  /*   more `colorful' options.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  FT_Bitmap_
+  {
+    int             rows;
+    int             width;
+    int             pitch;
+    unsigned char*  buffer;
+    short           num_grays;
+    char            pixel_mode;
+    char            palette_mode;
+    void*           palette;
+
+  } FT_Bitmap;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*    outline_processing                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_Outline                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This structure is used to describe an outline to the scan-line     */
+  /*    converter.                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    n_contours :: The number of contours in the outline.               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    n_points   :: The number of points in the outline.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    points     :: A pointer to an array of `n_points' @FT_Vector       */
+  /*                  elements, giving the outline's point coordinates.    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    tags       :: A pointer to an array of `n_points' chars, giving    */
+  /*                  each outline point's type.  If bit~0 is unset, the   */
+  /*                  point is `off' the curve, i.e., a Bézier control     */
+  /*                  point, while it is `on' when set.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                  Bit~1 is meaningful for `off' points only.  If set,  */
+  /*                  it indicates a third-order Bézier arc control point; */
+  /*                  and a second-order control point if unset.           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    contours   :: An array of `n_contours' shorts, giving the end      */
+  /*                  point of each contour within the outline.  For       */
+  /*                  example, the first contour is defined by the points  */
+  /*                  `0' to `contours[0]', the second one is defined by   */
+  /*                  the points `contours[0]+1' to `contours[1]', etc.    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    flags      :: A set of bit flags used to characterize the outline  */
+  /*                  and give hints to the scan-converter and hinter on   */
+  /*                  how to convert/grid-fit it.  See @FT_OUTLINE_FLAGS.  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  FT_Outline_
+  {
+    short       n_contours;      /* number of contours in glyph        */
+    short       n_points;        /* number of points in the glyph      */
+
+    FT_Vector*  points;          /* the outline's points               */
+    char*       tags;            /* the points flags                   */
+    short*      contours;        /* the contour end points             */
+
+    int         flags;           /* outline masks                      */
+
+  } FT_Outline;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Enum>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_OUTLINE_FLAGS                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A list of bit-field constants use for the flags in an outline's    */
+  /*    `flags' field.                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Values>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_OUTLINE_NONE ::                                                 */
+  /*      Value~0 is reserved.                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_OUTLINE_OWNER ::                                                */
+  /*      If set, this flag indicates that the outline's field arrays      */
+  /*      (i.e., `points', `flags', and `contours') are `owned' by the     */
+  /*      outline object, and should thus be freed when it is destroyed.   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_OUTLINE_EVEN_ODD_FILL ::                                        */
+  /*      By default, outlines are filled using the non-zero winding rule. */
+  /*      If set to 1, the outline will be filled using the even-odd fill  */
+  /*      rule (only works with the smooth raster).                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL ::                                         */
+  /*      By default, outside contours of an outline are oriented in       */
+  /*      clock-wise direction, as defined in the TrueType specification.  */
+  /*      This flag is set if the outline uses the opposite direction      */
+  /*      (typically for Type~1 fonts).  This flag is ignored by the scan  */
+  /*      converter.                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS ::                                      */
+  /*      By default, the scan converter will try to detect drop-outs in   */
+  /*      an outline and correct the glyph bitmap to ensure consistent     */
+  /*      shape continuity.  If set, this flag hints the scan-line         */
+  /*      converter to ignore such cases.                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_OUTLINE_SMART_DROPOUTS ::                                       */
+  /*      Select smart dropout control.  If unset, use simple dropout      */
+  /*      control.  Ignored if @FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS is set.         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_OUTLINE_INCLUDE_STUBS ::                                        */
+  /*      If set, turn pixels on for `stubs', otherwise exclude them.      */
+  /*      Ignored if @FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS is set.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_OUTLINE_HIGH_PRECISION ::                                       */
+  /*      This flag indicates that the scan-line converter should try to   */
+  /*      convert this outline to bitmaps with the highest possible        */
+  /*      quality.  It is typically set for small character sizes.  Note   */
+  /*      that this is only a hint that might be completely ignored by a   */
+  /*      given scan-converter.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_OUTLINE_SINGLE_PASS ::                                          */
+  /*      This flag is set to force a given scan-converter to only use a   */
+  /*      single pass over the outline to render a bitmap glyph image.     */
+  /*      Normally, it is set for very large character sizes.  It is only  */
+  /*      a hint that might be completely ignored by a given               */
+  /*      scan-converter.                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    Please refer to the description of the `SCANTYPE' instruction in   */
+  /*    the OpenType specification (in file `ttinst1.doc') how simple      */
+  /*    drop-outs, smart drop-outs, and stubs are defined.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define FT_OUTLINE_NONE             0x0
+#define FT_OUTLINE_OWNER            0x1
+#define FT_OUTLINE_EVEN_ODD_FILL    0x2
+#define FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL     0x4
+#define FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS  0x8
+#define FT_OUTLINE_SMART_DROPOUTS   0x10
+#define FT_OUTLINE_INCLUDE_STUBS    0x20
+
+#define FT_OUTLINE_HIGH_PRECISION   0x100
+#define FT_OUTLINE_SINGLE_PASS      0x200
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+  *
+  * @enum:
+  *   ft_outline_flags
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *   These constants are deprecated.  Please use the corresponding
+  *   @FT_OUTLINE_FLAGS values.
+  *
+  * @values:
+  *   ft_outline_none            :: See @FT_OUTLINE_NONE.
+  *   ft_outline_owner           :: See @FT_OUTLINE_OWNER.
+  *   ft_outline_even_odd_fill   :: See @FT_OUTLINE_EVEN_ODD_FILL.
+  *   ft_outline_reverse_fill    :: See @FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL.
+  *   ft_outline_ignore_dropouts :: See @FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS.
+  *   ft_outline_high_precision  :: See @FT_OUTLINE_HIGH_PRECISION.
+  *   ft_outline_single_pass     :: See @FT_OUTLINE_SINGLE_PASS.
+  */
+#define ft_outline_none             FT_OUTLINE_NONE
+#define ft_outline_owner            FT_OUTLINE_OWNER
+#define ft_outline_even_odd_fill    FT_OUTLINE_EVEN_ODD_FILL
+#define ft_outline_reverse_fill     FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL
+#define ft_outline_ignore_dropouts  FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS
+#define ft_outline_high_precision   FT_OUTLINE_HIGH_PRECISION
+#define ft_outline_single_pass      FT_OUTLINE_SINGLE_PASS
+
+  /* */
+
+#define FT_CURVE_TAG( flag )  ( flag & 3 )
+
+#define FT_CURVE_TAG_ON           1
+#define FT_CURVE_TAG_CONIC        0
+#define FT_CURVE_TAG_CUBIC        2
+
+#define FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_X      8  /* reserved for the TrueType hinter */
+#define FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_Y     16  /* reserved for the TrueType hinter */
+
+#define FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_BOTH  ( FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_X | \
+                                   FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_Y )
+
+#define FT_Curve_Tag_On       FT_CURVE_TAG_ON
+#define FT_Curve_Tag_Conic    FT_CURVE_TAG_CONIC
+#define FT_Curve_Tag_Cubic    FT_CURVE_TAG_CUBIC
+#define FT_Curve_Tag_Touch_X  FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_X
+#define FT_Curve_Tag_Touch_Y  FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_Y
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Outline_MoveToFunc                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A function pointer type used to describe the signature of a `move  */
+  /*    to' function during outline walking/decomposition.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    A `move to' is emitted to start a new contour in an outline.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    to   :: A pointer to the target point of the `move to'.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    user :: A typeless pointer which is passed from the caller of the  */
+  /*            decomposition function.                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    Error code.  0~means success.                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef int
+  (*FT_Outline_MoveToFunc)( const FT_Vector*  to,
+                            void*             user );
+
+#define FT_Outline_MoveTo_Func  FT_Outline_MoveToFunc
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Outline_LineToFunc                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A function pointer type used to describe the signature of a `line  */
+  /*    to' function during outline walking/decomposition.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    A `line to' is emitted to indicate a segment in the outline.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    to   :: A pointer to the target point of the `line to'.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    user :: A typeless pointer which is passed from the caller of the  */
+  /*            decomposition function.                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    Error code.  0~means success.                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef int
+  (*FT_Outline_LineToFunc)( const FT_Vector*  to,
+                            void*             user );
+
+#define FT_Outline_LineTo_Func  FT_Outline_LineToFunc
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Outline_ConicToFunc                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A function pointer type use to describe the signature of a `conic  */
+  /*    to' function during outline walking/decomposition.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    A `conic to' is emitted to indicate a second-order Bézier arc in   */
+  /*    the outline.                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    control :: An intermediate control point between the last position */
+  /*               and the new target in `to'.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    to      :: A pointer to the target end point of the conic arc.     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    user    :: A typeless pointer which is passed from the caller of   */
+  /*               the decomposition function.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    Error code.  0~means success.                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef int
+  (*FT_Outline_ConicToFunc)( const FT_Vector*  control,
+                             const FT_Vector*  to,
+                             void*             user );
+
+#define FT_Outline_ConicTo_Func  FT_Outline_ConicToFunc
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Outline_CubicToFunc                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A function pointer type used to describe the signature of a `cubic */
+  /*    to' function during outline walking/decomposition.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    A `cubic to' is emitted to indicate a third-order Bézier arc.      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    control1 :: A pointer to the first Bézier control point.           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    control2 :: A pointer to the second Bézier control point.          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    to       :: A pointer to the target end point.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    user     :: A typeless pointer which is passed from the caller of  */
+  /*                the decomposition function.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    Error code.  0~means success.                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef int
+  (*FT_Outline_CubicToFunc)( const FT_Vector*  control1,
+                             const FT_Vector*  control2,
+                             const FT_Vector*  to,
+                             void*             user );
+
+#define FT_Outline_CubicTo_Func  FT_Outline_CubicToFunc
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_Outline_Funcs                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A structure to hold various function pointers used during outline  */
+  /*    decomposition in order to emit segments, conic, and cubic Béziers, */
+  /*    as well as `move to' and `close to' operations.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    move_to  :: The `move to' emitter.                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    line_to  :: The segment emitter.                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    conic_to :: The second-order Bézier arc emitter.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    cubic_to :: The third-order Bézier arc emitter.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    shift    :: The shift that is applied to coordinates before they   */
+  /*                are sent to the emitter.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    delta    :: The delta that is applied to coordinates before they   */
+  /*                are sent to the emitter, but after the shift.          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    The point coordinates sent to the emitters are the transformed     */
+  /*    version of the original coordinates (this is important for high    */
+  /*    accuracy during scan-conversion).  The transformation is simple:   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    {                                                                  */
+  /*      x' = (x << shift) - delta                                        */
+  /*      y' = (x << shift) - delta                                        */
+  /*    }                                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Set the value of `shift' and `delta' to~0 to get the original      */
+  /*    point coordinates.                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  FT_Outline_Funcs_
+  {
+    FT_Outline_MoveToFunc   move_to;
+    FT_Outline_LineToFunc   line_to;
+    FT_Outline_ConicToFunc  conic_to;
+    FT_Outline_CubicToFunc  cubic_to;
+
+    int                     shift;
+    FT_Pos                  delta;
+
+  } FT_Outline_Funcs;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*    basic_types                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Macro>                                                               */
+  /*    FT_IMAGE_TAG                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This macro converts four-letter tags to an unsigned long type.     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    Since many 16-bit compilers don't like 32-bit enumerations, you    */
+  /*    should redefine this macro in case of problems to something like   */
+  /*    this:                                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    {                                                                  */
+  /*      #define FT_IMAGE_TAG( value, _x1, _x2, _x3, _x4 )  value         */
+  /*    }                                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    to get a simple enumeration without assigning special numbers.     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#ifndef FT_IMAGE_TAG
+#define FT_IMAGE_TAG( value, _x1, _x2, _x3, _x4 )  \
+          value = ( ( (unsigned long)_x1 << 24 ) | \
+                    ( (unsigned long)_x2 << 16 ) | \
+                    ( (unsigned long)_x3 << 8  ) | \
+                      (unsigned long)_x4         )
+#endif /* FT_IMAGE_TAG */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Enum>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_Glyph_Format                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    An enumeration type used to describe the format of a given glyph   */
+  /*    image.  Note that this version of FreeType only supports two image */
+  /*    formats, even though future font drivers will be able to register  */
+  /*    their own format.                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Values>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_NONE ::                                            */
+  /*      The value~0 is reserved.                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE ::                                       */
+  /*      The glyph image is a composite of several other images.  This    */
+  /*      format is _only_ used with @FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE, and is used to   */
+  /*      report compound glyphs (like accented characters).               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP ::                                          */
+  /*      The glyph image is a bitmap, and can be described as an          */
+  /*      @FT_Bitmap.  You generally need to access the `bitmap' field of  */
+  /*      the @FT_GlyphSlotRec structure to read it.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE ::                                         */
+  /*      The glyph image is a vectorial outline made of line segments     */
+  /*      and Bézier arcs; it can be described as an @FT_Outline; you      */
+  /*      generally want to access the `outline' field of the              */
+  /*      @FT_GlyphSlotRec structure to read it.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_PLOTTER ::                                         */
+  /*      The glyph image is a vectorial path with no inside and outside   */
+  /*      contours.  Some Type~1 fonts, like those in the Hershey family,  */
+  /*      contain glyphs in this format.  These are described as           */
+  /*      @FT_Outline, but FreeType isn't currently capable of rendering   */
+  /*      them correctly.                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef enum  FT_Glyph_Format_
+  {
+    FT_IMAGE_TAG( FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_NONE, 0, 0, 0, 0 ),
+
+    FT_IMAGE_TAG( FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE, 'c', 'o', 'm', 'p' ),
+    FT_IMAGE_TAG( FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP,    'b', 'i', 't', 's' ),
+    FT_IMAGE_TAG( FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE,   'o', 'u', 't', 'l' ),
+    FT_IMAGE_TAG( FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_PLOTTER,   'p', 'l', 'o', 't' )
+
+  } FT_Glyph_Format;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Enum>                                                                */
+  /*    ft_glyph_format_xxx                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A list of deprecated constants.  Use the corresponding             */
+  /*    @FT_Glyph_Format values instead.                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Values>                                                              */
+  /*    ft_glyph_format_none      :: See @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_NONE.            */
+  /*    ft_glyph_format_composite :: See @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE.       */
+  /*    ft_glyph_format_bitmap    :: See @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP.          */
+  /*    ft_glyph_format_outline   :: See @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE.         */
+  /*    ft_glyph_format_plotter   :: See @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_PLOTTER.         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define ft_glyph_format_none       FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_NONE
+#define ft_glyph_format_composite  FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE
+#define ft_glyph_format_bitmap     FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP
+#define ft_glyph_format_outline    FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE
+#define ft_glyph_format_plotter    FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_PLOTTER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****            R A S T E R   D E F I N I T I O N S                *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* A raster is a scan converter, in charge of rendering an outline into  */
+  /* a a bitmap.  This section contains the public API for rasters.        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Note that in FreeType 2, all rasters are now encapsulated within      */
+  /* specific modules called `renderers'.  See `freetype/ftrender.h' for   */
+  /* more details on renderers.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*    raster                                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Title>                                                               */
+  /*    Scanline Converter                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
+  /*    How vectorial outlines are converted into bitmaps and pixmaps.     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This section contains technical definitions.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_Raster                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A handle (pointer) to a raster object.  Each object can be used    */
+  /*    independently to convert an outline into a bitmap or pixmap.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct FT_RasterRec_*  FT_Raster;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_Span                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A structure used to model a single span of gray (or black) pixels  */
+  /*    when rendering a monochrome or anti-aliased bitmap.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    x        :: The span's horizontal start position.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    len      :: The span's length in pixels.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    coverage :: The span color/coverage, ranging from 0 (background)   */
+  /*                to 255 (foreground).  Only used for anti-aliased       */
+  /*                rendering.                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    This structure is used by the span drawing callback type named     */
+  /*    @FT_SpanFunc which takes the y~coordinate of the span as a         */
+  /*    a parameter.                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    The coverage value is always between 0 and 255.  If you want less  */
+  /*    gray values, the callback function has to reduce them.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  FT_Span_
+  {
+    short           x;
+    unsigned short  len;
+    unsigned char   coverage;
+
+  } FT_Span;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_SpanFunc                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A function used as a call-back by the anti-aliased renderer in     */
+  /*    order to let client applications draw themselves the gray pixel    */
+  /*    spans on each scan line.                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    y     :: The scanline's y~coordinate.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    count :: The number of spans to draw on this scanline.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    spans :: A table of `count' spans to draw on the scanline.         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    user  :: User-supplied data that is passed to the callback.        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    This callback allows client applications to directly render the    */
+  /*    gray spans of the anti-aliased bitmap to any kind of surfaces.     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    This can be used to write anti-aliased outlines directly to a      */
+  /*    given background bitmap, and even perform translucency.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Note that the `count' field cannot be greater than a fixed value   */
+  /*    defined by the `FT_MAX_GRAY_SPANS' configuration macro in          */
+  /*    `ftoption.h'.  By default, this value is set to~32, which means    */
+  /*    that if there are more than 32~spans on a given scanline, the      */
+  /*    callback is called several times with the same `y' parameter in    */
+  /*    order to draw all callbacks.                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Otherwise, the callback is only called once per scan-line, and     */
+  /*    only for those scanlines that do have `gray' pixels on them.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef void
+  (*FT_SpanFunc)( int             y,
+                  int             count,
+                  const FT_Span*  spans,
+                  void*           user );
+
+#define FT_Raster_Span_Func  FT_SpanFunc
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Raster_BitTest_Func                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    THIS TYPE IS DEPRECATED.  DO NOT USE IT.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    A function used as a call-back by the monochrome scan-converter    */
+  /*    to test whether a given target pixel is already set to the drawing */
+  /*    `color'.  These tests are crucial to implement drop-out control    */
+  /*    per-se the TrueType spec.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    y     :: The pixel's y~coordinate.                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    x     :: The pixel's x~coordinate.                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    user  :: User-supplied data that is passed to the callback.        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*   1~if the pixel is `set', 0~otherwise.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef int
+  (*FT_Raster_BitTest_Func)( int    y,
+                             int    x,
+                             void*  user );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Raster_BitSet_Func                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    THIS TYPE IS DEPRECATED.  DO NOT USE IT.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    A function used as a call-back by the monochrome scan-converter    */
+  /*    to set an individual target pixel.  This is crucial to implement   */
+  /*    drop-out control according to the TrueType specification.          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    y     :: The pixel's y~coordinate.                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    x     :: The pixel's x~coordinate.                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    user  :: User-supplied data that is passed to the callback.        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    1~if the pixel is `set', 0~otherwise.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef void
+  (*FT_Raster_BitSet_Func)( int    y,
+                            int    x,
+                            void*  user );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Enum>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_RASTER_FLAG_XXX                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A list of bit flag constants as used in the `flags' field of a     */
+  /*    @FT_Raster_Params structure.                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Values>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_RASTER_FLAG_DEFAULT :: This value is 0.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_RASTER_FLAG_AA      :: This flag is set to indicate that an     */
+  /*                              anti-aliased glyph image should be       */
+  /*                              generated.  Otherwise, it will be        */
+  /*                              monochrome (1-bit).                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT  :: This flag is set to indicate direct      */
+  /*                              rendering.  In this mode, client         */
+  /*                              applications must provide their own span */
+  /*                              callback.  This lets them directly       */
+  /*                              draw or compose over an existing bitmap. */
+  /*                              If this bit is not set, the target       */
+  /*                              pixmap's buffer _must_ be zeroed before  */
+  /*                              rendering.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                              Note that for now, direct rendering is   */
+  /*                              only possible with anti-aliased glyphs.  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_RASTER_FLAG_CLIP    :: This flag is only used in direct         */
+  /*                              rendering mode.  If set, the output will */
+  /*                              be clipped to a box specified in the     */
+  /*                              `clip_box' field of the                  */
+  /*                              @FT_Raster_Params structure.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                              Note that by default, the glyph bitmap   */
+  /*                              is clipped to the target pixmap, except  */
+  /*                              in direct rendering mode where all spans */
+  /*                              are generated if no clipping box is set. */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define FT_RASTER_FLAG_DEFAULT  0x0
+#define FT_RASTER_FLAG_AA       0x1
+#define FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT   0x2
+#define FT_RASTER_FLAG_CLIP     0x4
+
+  /* deprecated */
+#define ft_raster_flag_default  FT_RASTER_FLAG_DEFAULT
+#define ft_raster_flag_aa       FT_RASTER_FLAG_AA
+#define ft_raster_flag_direct   FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT
+#define ft_raster_flag_clip     FT_RASTER_FLAG_CLIP
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_Raster_Params                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A structure to hold the arguments used by a raster's render        */
+  /*    function.                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    target      :: The target bitmap.                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    source      :: A pointer to the source glyph image (e.g., an       */
+  /*                   @FT_Outline).                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    flags       :: The rendering flags.                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    gray_spans  :: The gray span drawing callback.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    black_spans :: The black span drawing callback.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    bit_test    :: The bit test callback.  UNIMPLEMENTED!              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    bit_set     :: The bit set callback.  UNIMPLEMENTED!               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    user        :: User-supplied data that is passed to each drawing   */
+  /*                   callback.                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    clip_box    :: An optional clipping box.  It is only used in       */
+  /*                   direct rendering mode.  Note that coordinates here  */
+  /*                   should be expressed in _integer_ pixels (and not in */
+  /*                   26.6 fixed-point units).                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    An anti-aliased glyph bitmap is drawn if the @FT_RASTER_FLAG_AA    */
+  /*    bit flag is set in the `flags' field, otherwise a monochrome       */
+  /*    bitmap is generated.                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    If the @FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT bit flag is set in `flags', the      */
+  /*    raster will call the `gray_spans' callback to draw gray pixel      */
+  /*    spans, in the case of an aa glyph bitmap, it will call             */
+  /*    `black_spans', and `bit_test' and `bit_set' in the case of a       */
+  /*    monochrome bitmap.  This allows direct composition over a          */
+  /*    pre-existing bitmap through user-provided callbacks to perform the */
+  /*    span drawing/composition.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Note that the `bit_test' and `bit_set' callbacks are required when */
+  /*    rendering a monochrome bitmap, as they are crucial to implement    */
+  /*    correct drop-out control as defined in the TrueType specification. */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  FT_Raster_Params_
+  {
+    const FT_Bitmap*        target;
+    const void*             source;
+    int                     flags;
+    FT_SpanFunc             gray_spans;
+    FT_SpanFunc             black_spans;
+    FT_Raster_BitTest_Func  bit_test;     /* doesn't work! */
+    FT_Raster_BitSet_Func   bit_set;      /* doesn't work! */
+    void*                   user;
+    FT_BBox                 clip_box;
+
+  } FT_Raster_Params;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Raster_NewFunc                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A function used to create a new raster object.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    memory :: A handle to the memory allocator.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    raster :: A handle to the new raster object.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    Error code.  0~means success.                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    The `memory' parameter is a typeless pointer in order to avoid     */
+  /*    un-wanted dependencies on the rest of the FreeType code.  In       */
+  /*    practice, it is an @FT_Memory object, i.e., a handle to the        */
+  /*    standard FreeType memory allocator.  However, this field can be    */
+  /*    completely ignored by a given raster implementation.               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef int
+  (*FT_Raster_NewFunc)( void*       memory,
+                        FT_Raster*  raster );
+
+#define FT_Raster_New_Func  FT_Raster_NewFunc
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Raster_DoneFunc                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A function used to destroy a given raster object.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    raster :: A handle to the raster object.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef void
+  (*FT_Raster_DoneFunc)( FT_Raster  raster );
+
+#define FT_Raster_Done_Func  FT_Raster_DoneFunc
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Raster_ResetFunc                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    FreeType provides an area of memory called the `render pool',      */
+  /*    available to all registered rasters.  This pool can be freely used */
+  /*    during a given scan-conversion but is shared by all rasters.  Its  */
+  /*    content is thus transient.                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    This function is called each time the render pool changes, or just */
+  /*    after a new raster object is created.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    raster    :: A handle to the new raster object.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    pool_base :: The address in memory of the render pool.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    pool_size :: The size in bytes of the render pool.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    Rasters can ignore the render pool and rely on dynamic memory      */
+  /*    allocation if they want to (a handle to the memory allocator is    */
+  /*    passed to the raster constructor).  However, this is not           */
+  /*    recommended for efficiency purposes.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef void
+  (*FT_Raster_ResetFunc)( FT_Raster       raster,
+                          unsigned char*  pool_base,
+                          unsigned long   pool_size );
+
+#define FT_Raster_Reset_Func  FT_Raster_ResetFunc
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Raster_SetModeFunc                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This function is a generic facility to change modes or attributes  */
+  /*    in a given raster.  This can be used for debugging purposes, or    */
+  /*    simply to allow implementation-specific `features' in a given      */
+  /*    raster module.                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    raster :: A handle to the new raster object.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    mode   :: A 4-byte tag used to name the mode or property.          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    args   :: A pointer to the new mode/property to use.               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef int
+  (*FT_Raster_SetModeFunc)( FT_Raster      raster,
+                            unsigned long  mode,
+                            void*          args );
+
+#define FT_Raster_Set_Mode_Func  FT_Raster_SetModeFunc
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Raster_RenderFunc                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Invoke a given raster to scan-convert a given glyph image into a   */
+  /*    target bitmap.                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    raster :: A handle to the raster object.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    params :: A pointer to an @FT_Raster_Params structure used to      */
+  /*              store the rendering parameters.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    Error code.  0~means success.                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    The exact format of the source image depends on the raster's glyph */
+  /*    format defined in its @FT_Raster_Funcs structure.  It can be an    */
+  /*    @FT_Outline or anything else in order to support a large array of  */
+  /*    glyph formats.                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Note also that the render function can fail and return a           */
+  /*    `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' error code if the raster used does  */
+  /*    not support direct composition.                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    XXX: For now, the standard raster doesn't support direct           */
+  /*         composition but this should change for the final release (see */
+  /*         the files `demos/src/ftgrays.c' and `demos/src/ftgrays2.c'    */
+  /*         for examples of distinct implementations which support direct */
+  /*         composition).                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef int
+  (*FT_Raster_RenderFunc)( FT_Raster                raster,
+                           const FT_Raster_Params*  params );
+
+#define FT_Raster_Render_Func  FT_Raster_RenderFunc
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_Raster_Funcs                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*   A structure used to describe a given raster class to the library.   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    glyph_format  :: The supported glyph format for this raster.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    raster_new    :: The raster constructor.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    raster_reset  :: Used to reset the render pool within the raster.  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    raster_render :: A function to render a glyph into a given bitmap. */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    raster_done   :: The raster destructor.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  FT_Raster_Funcs_
+  {
+    FT_Glyph_Format        glyph_format;
+    FT_Raster_NewFunc      raster_new;
+    FT_Raster_ResetFunc    raster_reset;
+    FT_Raster_SetModeFunc  raster_set_mode;
+    FT_Raster_RenderFunc   raster_render;
+    FT_Raster_DoneFunc     raster_done;
+
+  } FT_Raster_Funcs;
+
+
+  /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTIMAGE_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
+
+
+/* Local Variables: */
+/* coding: utf-8    */
+/* End:             */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftincrem.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftincrem.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..96abede
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftincrem.h
@@ -0,0 +1,349 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftincrem.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType incremental loading (specification).                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2006, 2007, 2008 by                              */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTINCREM_H__
+#define __FTINCREM_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+  /***************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @section:
+   *    incremental
+   *
+   * @title:
+   *    Incremental Loading
+   *
+   * @abstract:
+   *    Custom Glyph Loading.
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   This section contains various functions used to perform so-called
+   *   `incremental' glyph loading.  This is a mode where all glyphs loaded
+   *   from a given @FT_Face are provided by the client application,
+   *
+   *   Apart from that, all other tables are loaded normally from the font
+   *   file.  This mode is useful when FreeType is used within another
+   *   engine, e.g., a PostScript Imaging Processor.
+   *
+   *   To enable this mode, you must use @FT_Open_Face, passing an
+   *   @FT_Parameter with the @FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL tag and an
+   *   @FT_Incremental_Interface value.  See the comments for
+   *   @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec for an example.
+   *
+   */
+
+
+  /***************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @type:
+   *   FT_Incremental
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   An opaque type describing a user-provided object used to implement
+   *   `incremental' glyph loading within FreeType.  This is used to support
+   *   embedded fonts in certain environments (e.g., PostScript interpreters),
+   *   where the glyph data isn't in the font file, or must be overridden by
+   *   different values.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   It is up to client applications to create and implement @FT_Incremental
+   *   objects, as long as they provide implementations for the methods
+   *   @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc, @FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc
+   *   and @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc.
+   *
+   *   See the description of @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec to understand how
+   *   to use incremental objects with FreeType.
+   *
+   */
+  typedef struct FT_IncrementalRec_*  FT_Incremental;
+
+
+  /***************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @struct:
+   *   FT_Incremental_MetricsRec
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A small structure used to contain the basic glyph metrics returned
+   *   by the @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc method.
+   *
+   * @fields:
+   *   bearing_x ::
+   *     Left bearing, in font units.
+   *
+   *   bearing_y ::
+   *     Top bearing, in font units.
+   *
+   *   advance ::
+   *     Glyph advance, in font units.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   These correspond to horizontal or vertical metrics depending on the
+   *   value of the `vertical' argument to the function
+   *   @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc.
+   *
+   */
+  typedef struct  FT_Incremental_MetricsRec_
+  {
+    FT_Long  bearing_x;
+    FT_Long  bearing_y;
+    FT_Long  advance;
+
+  } FT_Incremental_MetricsRec;
+
+
+  /***************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @struct:
+   *   FT_Incremental_Metrics
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A handle to an @FT_Incremental_MetricsRec structure.
+   *
+   */
+   typedef struct FT_Incremental_MetricsRec_*  FT_Incremental_Metrics;
+
+
+  /***************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @type:
+   *   FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A function called by FreeType to access a given glyph's data bytes
+   *   during @FT_Load_Glyph or @FT_Load_Char if incremental loading is
+   *   enabled.
+   *
+   *   Note that the format of the glyph's data bytes depends on the font
+   *   file format.  For TrueType, it must correspond to the raw bytes within
+   *   the `glyf' table.  For PostScript formats, it must correspond to the
+   *   *unencrypted* charstring bytes, without any `lenIV' header.  It is
+   *   undefined for any other format.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   incremental ::
+   *     Handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client
+   *     application.
+   *
+   *   glyph_index ::
+   *     Index of relevant glyph.
+   *
+   * @output:
+   *   adata ::
+   *     A structure describing the returned glyph data bytes (which will be
+   *     accessed as a read-only byte block).
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   If this function returns successfully the method
+   *   @FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc will be called later to release
+   *   the data bytes.
+   *
+   *   Nested calls to @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc can happen for
+   *   compound glyphs.
+   *
+   */
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc)( FT_Incremental  incremental,
+                                      FT_UInt         glyph_index,
+                                      FT_Data*        adata );
+
+
+  /***************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @type:
+   *   FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A function used to release the glyph data bytes returned by a
+   *   successful call to @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   incremental ::
+   *     A handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client
+   *     application.
+   *
+   *   data ::
+   *     A structure describing the glyph data bytes (which will be accessed
+   *     as a read-only byte block).
+   *
+   */
+  typedef void
+  (*FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc)( FT_Incremental  incremental,
+                                       FT_Data*        data );
+
+
+  /***************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @type:
+   *   FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A function used to retrieve the basic metrics of a given glyph index
+   *   before accessing its data.  This is necessary because, in certain
+   *   formats like TrueType, the metrics are stored in a different place from
+   *   the glyph images proper.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   incremental ::
+   *     A handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client
+   *     application.
+   *
+   *   glyph_index ::
+   *     Index of relevant glyph.
+   *
+   *   vertical ::
+   *     If true, return vertical metrics.
+   *
+   *   ametrics ::
+   *     This parameter is used for both input and output.
+   *     The original glyph metrics, if any, in font units.  If metrics are
+   *     not available all the values must be set to zero.
+   *
+   * @output:
+   *   ametrics ::
+   *     The replacement glyph metrics in font units.
+   *
+   */
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc)
+                      ( FT_Incremental              incremental,
+                        FT_UInt                     glyph_index,
+                        FT_Bool                     vertical,
+                        FT_Incremental_MetricsRec  *ametrics );
+
+
+  /**************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @struct:
+   *   FT_Incremental_FuncsRec
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A table of functions for accessing fonts that load data
+   *   incrementally.  Used in @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec.
+   *
+   * @fields:
+   *   get_glyph_data ::
+   *     The function to get glyph data.  Must not be null.
+   *
+   *   free_glyph_data ::
+   *     The function to release glyph data.  Must not be null.
+   *
+   *   get_glyph_metrics ::
+   *     The function to get glyph metrics.  May be null if the font does
+   *     not provide overriding glyph metrics.
+   *
+   */
+  typedef struct  FT_Incremental_FuncsRec_
+  {
+    FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc     get_glyph_data;
+    FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc    free_glyph_data;
+    FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc  get_glyph_metrics;
+
+  } FT_Incremental_FuncsRec;
+
+
+  /***************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @struct:
+   *   FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A structure to be used with @FT_Open_Face to indicate that the user
+   *   wants to support incremental glyph loading.  You should use it with
+   *   @FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL as in the following example:
+   *
+   *     {
+   *       FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec  inc_int;
+   *       FT_Parameter                 parameter;
+   *       FT_Open_Args                 open_args;
+   *
+   *
+   *       // set up incremental descriptor
+   *       inc_int.funcs  = my_funcs;
+   *       inc_int.object = my_object;
+   *
+   *       // set up optional parameter
+   *       parameter.tag  = FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL;
+   *       parameter.data = &inc_int;
+   *
+   *       // set up FT_Open_Args structure
+   *       open_args.flags      = FT_OPEN_PATHNAME | FT_OPEN_PARAMS;
+   *       open_args.pathname   = my_font_pathname;
+   *       open_args.num_params = 1;
+   *       open_args.params     = ¶meter; // we use one optional argument
+   *
+   *       // open the font
+   *       error = FT_Open_Face( library, &open_args, index, &face );
+   *       ...
+   *     }
+   *
+   */
+  typedef struct  FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec_
+  {
+    const FT_Incremental_FuncsRec*  funcs;
+    FT_Incremental                  object;
+
+  } FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec;
+
+
+  /***************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @type:
+   *   FT_Incremental_Interface
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A pointer to an @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec structure.
+   *
+   */
+  typedef FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec*   FT_Incremental_Interface;
+
+
+  /***************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @constant:
+   *   FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A constant used as the tag of @FT_Parameter structures to indicate
+   *   an incremental loading object to be used by FreeType.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'n', 'c', 'r' )
+
+  /* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTINCREM_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftlcdfil.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftlcdfil.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c6201b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftlcdfil.h
@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftlcdfil.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType API for color filtering of subpixel bitmap glyphs           */
+/*    (specification).                                                     */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2006, 2007, 2008 by                                          */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FT_LCD_FILTER_H__
+#define __FT_LCD_FILTER_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+  /***************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @section:
+   *   lcd_filtering
+   *
+   * @title:
+   *   LCD Filtering
+   *
+   * @abstract:
+   *   Reduce color fringes of LCD-optimized bitmaps.
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   The @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter API can be used to specify a low-pass
+   *   filter which is then applied to LCD-optimized bitmaps generated
+   *   through @FT_Render_Glyph.  This is useful to reduce color fringes
+   *   which would occur with unfiltered rendering.
+   *
+   *   Note that no filter is active by default, and that this function is
+   *   *not* implemented in default builds of the library.  You need to
+   *   #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING in your `ftoption.h' file
+   *   in order to activate it.
+   */
+
+
+  /****************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @func:
+   *   FT_LcdFilter
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A list of values to identify various types of LCD filters.
+   *
+   * @values:
+   *   FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE ::
+   *     Do not perform filtering.  When used with subpixel rendering, this
+   *     results in sometimes severe color fringes.
+   *
+   *   FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT ::
+   *     The default filter reduces color fringes considerably, at the cost
+   *     of a slight blurriness in the output.
+   *
+   *   FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT ::
+   *     The light filter is a variant that produces less blurriness at the
+   *     cost of slightly more color fringes than the default one.  It might
+   *     be better, depending on taste, your monitor, or your personal vision.
+   *
+   *   FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY ::
+   *     This filter corresponds to the original libXft color filter.  It
+   *     provides high contrast output but can exhibit really bad color
+   *     fringes if glyphs are not extremely well hinted to the pixel grid.
+   *     In other words, it only works well if the TrueType bytecode
+   *     interpreter is enabled *and* high-quality hinted fonts are used.
+   *
+   *     This filter is only provided for comparison purposes, and might be
+   *     disabled or stay unsupported in the future.
+   *
+   * @since:
+   *   2.3.0
+   */
+  typedef enum  FT_LcdFilter_
+  {
+    FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE    = 0,
+    FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT = 1,
+    FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT   = 2,
+    FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY  = 16,
+
+    FT_LCD_FILTER_MAX   /* do not remove */
+
+  } FT_LcdFilter;
+
+
+  /**************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @func:
+   *   FT_Library_SetLcdFilter
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   This function is used to apply color filtering to LCD decimated
+   *   bitmaps, like the ones used when calling @FT_Render_Glyph with
+   *   @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD or @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   library ::
+   *     A handle to the target library instance.
+   *
+   *   filter ::
+   *     The filter type.
+   *
+   *     You can use @FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE here to disable this feature, or
+   *     @FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT to use a default filter that should work
+   *     well on most LCD screens.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   This feature is always disabled by default.  Clients must make an
+   *   explicit call to this function with a `filter' value other than
+   *   @FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE in order to enable it.
+   *
+   *   Due to *PATENTS* covering subpixel rendering, this function doesn't
+   *   do anything except returning `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if the
+   *   configuration macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING is not
+   *   defined in your build of the library, which should correspond to all
+   *   default builds of FreeType.
+   *
+   *   The filter affects glyph bitmaps rendered through @FT_Render_Glyph,
+   *   @FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap, @FT_Load_Glyph, and @FT_Load_Char.
+   *
+   *   It does _not_ affect the output of @FT_Outline_Render and
+   *   @FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap.
+   *
+   *   If this feature is activated, the dimensions of LCD glyph bitmaps are
+   *   either larger or taller than the dimensions of the corresponding
+   *   outline with regards to the pixel grid.  For example, for
+   *   @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD, the filter adds up to 3~pixels to the left, and
+   *   up to 3~pixels to the right.
+   *
+   *   The bitmap offset values are adjusted correctly, so clients shouldn't
+   *   need to modify their layout and glyph positioning code when enabling
+   *   the filter.
+   *
+   * @since:
+   *   2.3.0
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Library_SetLcdFilter( FT_Library    library,
+                           FT_LcdFilter  filter );
+
+  /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FT_LCD_FILTER_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftlist.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftlist.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..93b05fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftlist.h
@@ -0,0 +1,273 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftlist.h                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Generic list support for FreeType (specification).                   */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2003, 2007 by                                     */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*  This file implements functions relative to list processing.  Its     */
+  /*  data structures are defined in `freetype.h'.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTLIST_H__
+#define __FTLIST_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*    list_processing                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Title>                                                               */
+  /*    List Processing                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
+  /*    Simple management of lists.                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This section contains various definitions related to list          */
+  /*    processing using doubly-linked nodes.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Order>                                                               */
+  /*    FT_List                                                            */
+  /*    FT_ListNode                                                        */
+  /*    FT_ListRec                                                         */
+  /*    FT_ListNodeRec                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_List_Add                                                        */
+  /*    FT_List_Insert                                                     */
+  /*    FT_List_Find                                                       */
+  /*    FT_List_Remove                                                     */
+  /*    FT_List_Up                                                         */
+  /*    FT_List_Iterate                                                    */
+  /*    FT_List_Iterator                                                   */
+  /*    FT_List_Finalize                                                   */
+  /*    FT_List_Destructor                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_List_Find                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Find the list node for a given listed object.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    list :: A pointer to the parent list.                              */
+  /*    data :: The address of the listed object.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    List node.  NULL if it wasn't found.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_ListNode )
+  FT_List_Find( FT_List  list,
+                void*    data );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_List_Add                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Append an element to the end of a list.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    list :: A pointer to the parent list.                              */
+  /*    node :: The node to append.                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_List_Add( FT_List      list,
+               FT_ListNode  node );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_List_Insert                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Insert an element at the head of a list.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    list :: A pointer to parent list.                                  */
+  /*    node :: The node to insert.                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_List_Insert( FT_List      list,
+                  FT_ListNode  node );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_List_Remove                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Remove a node from a list.  This function doesn't check whether    */
+  /*    the node is in the list!                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    node :: The node to remove.                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    list :: A pointer to the parent list.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_List_Remove( FT_List      list,
+                  FT_ListNode  node );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_List_Up                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Move a node to the head/top of a list.  Used to maintain LRU       */
+  /*    lists.                                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    list :: A pointer to the parent list.                              */
+  /*    node :: The node to move.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_List_Up( FT_List      list,
+              FT_ListNode  node );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_List_Iterator                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    An FT_List iterator function which is called during a list parse   */
+  /*    by @FT_List_Iterate.                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    node :: The current iteration list node.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    user :: A typeless pointer passed to @FT_List_Iterate.             */
+  /*            Can be used to point to the iteration's state.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*FT_List_Iterator)( FT_ListNode  node,
+                       void*        user );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_List_Iterate                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Parse a list and calls a given iterator function on each element.  */
+  /*    Note that parsing is stopped as soon as one of the iterator calls  */
+  /*    returns a non-zero value.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    list     :: A handle to the list.                                  */
+  /*    iterator :: An iterator function, called on each node of the list. */
+  /*    user     :: A user-supplied field which is passed as the second    */
+  /*                argument to the iterator.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    The result (a FreeType error code) of the last iterator call.      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_List_Iterate( FT_List           list,
+                   FT_List_Iterator  iterator,
+                   void*             user );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_List_Destructor                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    An @FT_List iterator function which is called during a list        */
+  /*    finalization by @FT_List_Finalize to destroy all elements in a     */
+  /*    given list.                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    system :: The current system object.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    data   :: The current object to destroy.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    user   :: A typeless pointer passed to @FT_List_Iterate.  It can   */
+  /*              be used to point to the iteration's state.               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef void
+  (*FT_List_Destructor)( FT_Memory  memory,
+                         void*      data,
+                         void*      user );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_List_Finalize                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Destroy all elements in the list as well as the list itself.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    list    :: A handle to the list.                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    destroy :: A list destructor that will be applied to each element  */
+  /*               of the list.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    memory  :: The current memory object which handles deallocation.   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    user    :: A user-supplied field which is passed as the last       */
+  /*               argument to the destructor.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_List_Finalize( FT_List             list,
+                    FT_List_Destructor  destroy,
+                    FT_Memory           memory,
+                    void*               user );
+
+
+  /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTLIST_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftlzw.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftlzw.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..00d4016
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftlzw.h
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftlzw.h                                                                */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    LZW-compressed stream support.                                       */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2004, 2006 by                                                */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTLZW_H__
+#define __FTLZW_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*    lzw                                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Title>                                                               */
+  /*    LZW Streams                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
+  /*    Using LZW-compressed font files.                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This section contains the declaration of LZW-specific functions.   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+ /************************************************************************
+  *
+  * @function:
+  *   FT_Stream_OpenLZW
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *   Open a new stream to parse LZW-compressed font files.  This is
+  *   mainly used to support the compressed `*.pcf.Z' fonts that come
+  *   with XFree86.
+  *
+  * @input:
+  *   stream :: The target embedding stream.
+  *
+  *   source :: The source stream.
+  *
+  * @return:
+  *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.
+  *
+  * @note:
+  *   The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function.
+  *
+  *   Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close' on the new stream will
+  *   *not* call `FT_Stream_Close' on the source stream.  None of the stream
+  *   objects will be released to the heap.
+  *
+  *   The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression
+  *   process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream
+  *
+  *   In certain builds of the library, LZW compression recognition is
+  *   automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face.
+  *   This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw
+  *   compressed file, the library will try to open a LZW stream from it
+  *   and re-open the face with it.
+  *
+  *   This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if your build
+  *   of FreeType was not compiled with LZW support.
+  */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stream_OpenLZW( FT_Stream  stream,
+                     FT_Stream  source );
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTLZW_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftmac.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftmac.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ab5bab5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftmac.h
@@ -0,0 +1,274 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftmac.h                                                                */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Additional Mac-specific API.                                         */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2004, 2006, 2007 by                               */
+/*  Just van Rossum, David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.     */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/* NOTE: Include this file after <freetype/freetype.h> and after any       */
+/*       Mac-specific headers (because this header uses Mac types such as  */
+/*       Handle, FSSpec, FSRef, etc.)                                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTMAC_H__
+#define __FTMAC_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+/* gcc-3.4.1 and later can warn about functions tagged as deprecated */
+#ifndef FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE
+#if defined(__GNUC__)                                               && \
+    ((__GNUC__ >= 4) || ((__GNUC__ == 3) && (__GNUC_MINOR__ >= 1)))
+#define FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE  __attribute__((deprecated))
+#else
+#define FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE
+#endif
+#endif
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*    mac_specific                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Title>                                                               */
+  /*    Mac Specific Interface                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
+  /*    Only available on the Macintosh.                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    The following definitions are only available if FreeType is        */
+  /*    compiled on a Macintosh.                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_New_Face_From_FOND                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Create a new face object from a FOND resource.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    library    :: A handle to the library resource.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    fond       :: A FOND resource.                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    face_index :: Only supported for the -1 `sanity check' special     */
+  /*                  case.                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    aface      :: A handle to a new face object.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Notes>                                                               */
+  /*    This function can be used to create @FT_Face objects from fonts    */
+  /*    that are installed in the system as follows.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    {                                                                  */
+  /*      fond = GetResource( 'FOND', fontName );                          */
+  /*      error = FT_New_Face_From_FOND( library, fond, 0, &face );        */
+  /*    }                                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_New_Face_From_FOND( FT_Library  library,
+                         Handle      fond,
+                         FT_Long     face_index,
+                         FT_Face    *aface )
+                       FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Return an FSSpec for the disk file containing the named font.      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    fontName   :: Mac OS name of the font (e.g., Times New Roman       */
+  /*                  Bold).                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    pathSpec   :: FSSpec to the file.  For passing to                  */
+  /*                  @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    face_index :: Index of the face.  For passing to                   */
+  /*                  @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name( const char*  fontName,
+                            FSSpec*      pathSpec,
+                            FT_Long*     face_index )
+                          FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Return an FSSpec for the disk file containing the named font.      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    fontName   :: Mac OS name of the font in ATS framework.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    pathSpec   :: FSSpec to the file. For passing to                   */
+  /*                  @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    face_index :: Index of the face. For passing to                    */
+  /*                  @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char*  fontName,
+                                FSSpec*      pathSpec,
+                                FT_Long*     face_index )
+                              FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Return a pathname of the disk file and face index for given font   */
+  /*    name which is handled by ATS framework.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    fontName    :: Mac OS name of the font in ATS framework.           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    path        :: Buffer to store pathname of the file.  For passing  */
+  /*                   to @FT_New_Face.  The client must allocate this     */
+  /*                   buffer before calling this function.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    maxPathSize :: Lengths of the buffer `path' that client allocated. */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    face_index  :: Index of the face.  For passing to @FT_New_Face.    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char*  fontName,
+                                    UInt8*       path,
+                                    UInt32       maxPathSize,
+                                    FT_Long*     face_index )
+                                  FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Create a new face object from a given resource and typeface index  */
+  /*    using an FSSpec to the font file.                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    library    :: A handle to the library resource.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    spec       :: FSSpec to the font file.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    face_index :: The index of the face within the resource.  The      */
+  /*                  first face has index~0.                              */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    aface      :: A handle to a new face object.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec is identical to @FT_New_Face except       */
+  /*    it accepts an FSSpec instead of a path.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec( FT_Library     library,
+                           const FSSpec  *spec,
+                           FT_Long        face_index,
+                           FT_Face       *aface )
+                         FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_New_Face_From_FSRef                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Create a new face object from a given resource and typeface index  */
+  /*    using an FSRef to the font file.                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    library    :: A handle to the library resource.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    spec       :: FSRef to the font file.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    face_index :: The index of the face within the resource.  The      */
+  /*                  first face has index~0.                              */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    aface      :: A handle to a new face object.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    @FT_New_Face_From_FSRef is identical to @FT_New_Face except        */
+  /*    it accepts an FSRef instead of a path.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_New_Face_From_FSRef( FT_Library    library,
+                          const FSRef  *ref,
+                          FT_Long       face_index,
+                          FT_Face      *aface )
+                        FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
+
+  /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+
+#endif /* __FTMAC_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftmm.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftmm.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3aefb9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftmm.h
@@ -0,0 +1,378 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftmm.h                                                                 */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType Multiple Master font interface (specification).             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2009 by                         */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTMM_H__
+#define __FTMM_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*    multiple_masters                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Title>                                                               */
+  /*    Multiple Masters                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
+  /*    How to manage Multiple Masters fonts.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    The following types and functions are used to manage Multiple      */
+  /*    Master fonts, i.e., the selection of specific design instances by  */
+  /*    setting design axis coordinates.                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    George Williams has extended this interface to make it work with   */
+  /*    both Type~1 Multiple Masters fonts and GX distortable (var)        */
+  /*    fonts.  Some of these routines only work with MM fonts, others     */
+  /*    will work with both types.  They are similar enough that a         */
+  /*    consistent interface makes sense.                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_MM_Axis                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A simple structure used to model a given axis in design space for  */
+  /*    Multiple Masters fonts.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    This structure can't be used for GX var fonts.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    name    :: The axis's name.                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    minimum :: The axis's minimum design coordinate.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    maximum :: The axis's maximum design coordinate.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  FT_MM_Axis_
+  {
+    FT_String*  name;
+    FT_Long     minimum;
+    FT_Long     maximum;
+
+  } FT_MM_Axis;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_Multi_Master                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A structure used to model the axes and space of a Multiple Masters */
+  /*    font.                                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    This structure can't be used for GX var fonts.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    num_axis    :: Number of axes.  Cannot exceed~4.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    num_designs :: Number of designs; should be normally 2^num_axis    */
+  /*                   even though the Type~1 specification strangely      */
+  /*                   allows for intermediate designs to be present. This */
+  /*                   number cannot exceed~16.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    axis        :: A table of axis descriptors.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  FT_Multi_Master_
+  {
+    FT_UInt     num_axis;
+    FT_UInt     num_designs;
+    FT_MM_Axis  axis[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];
+
+  } FT_Multi_Master;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_Var_Axis                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A simple structure used to model a given axis in design space for  */
+  /*    Multiple Masters and GX var fonts.                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    name    :: The axis's name.                                        */
+  /*               Not always meaningful for GX.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    minimum :: The axis's minimum design coordinate.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    def     :: The axis's default design coordinate.                   */
+  /*               FreeType computes meaningful default values for MM; it  */
+  /*               is then an integer value, not in 16.16 format.          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    maximum :: The axis's maximum design coordinate.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    tag     :: The axis's tag (the GX equivalent to `name').           */
+  /*               FreeType provides default values for MM if possible.    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    strid   :: The entry in `name' table (another GX version of        */
+  /*               `name').                                                */
+  /*               Not meaningful for MM.                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  FT_Var_Axis_
+  {
+    FT_String*  name;
+
+    FT_Fixed    minimum;
+    FT_Fixed    def;
+    FT_Fixed    maximum;
+
+    FT_ULong    tag;
+    FT_UInt     strid;
+
+  } FT_Var_Axis;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_Var_Named_Style                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A simple structure used to model a named style in a GX var font.   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    This structure can't be used for MM fonts.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    coords :: The design coordinates for this style.                   */
+  /*              This is an array with one entry for each axis.           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    strid  :: The entry in `name' table identifying this style.        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  FT_Var_Named_Style_
+  {
+    FT_Fixed*  coords;
+    FT_UInt    strid;
+
+  } FT_Var_Named_Style;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_MM_Var                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A structure used to model the axes and space of a Multiple Masters */
+  /*    or GX var distortable font.                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Some fields are specific to one format and not to the other.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    num_axis        :: The number of axes.  The maximum value is~4 for */
+  /*                       MM; no limit in GX.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    num_designs     :: The number of designs; should be normally       */
+  /*                       2^num_axis for MM fonts.  Not meaningful for GX */
+  /*                       (where every glyph could have a different       */
+  /*                       number of designs).                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    num_namedstyles :: The number of named styles; only meaningful for */
+  /*                       GX which allows certain design coordinates to   */
+  /*                       have a string ID (in the `name' table)          */
+  /*                       associated with them.  The font can tell the    */
+  /*                       user that, for example, Weight=1.5 is `Bold'.   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    axis            :: A table of axis descriptors.                    */
+  /*                       GX fonts contain slightly more data than MM.    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    namedstyles     :: A table of named styles.                        */
+  /*                       Only meaningful with GX.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  FT_MM_Var_
+  {
+    FT_UInt              num_axis;
+    FT_UInt              num_designs;
+    FT_UInt              num_namedstyles;
+    FT_Var_Axis*         axis;
+    FT_Var_Named_Style*  namedstyle;
+
+  } FT_MM_Var;
+
+
+  /* */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Get_Multi_Master                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Retrieve the Multiple Master descriptor of a given font.           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    This function can't be used with GX fonts.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face    :: A handle to the source face.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    amaster :: The Multiple Masters descriptor.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_Multi_Master( FT_Face           face,
+                       FT_Multi_Master  *amaster );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Get_MM_Var                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Retrieve the Multiple Master/GX var descriptor of a given font.    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face    :: A handle to the source face.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    amaster :: The Multiple Masters/GX var descriptor.                 */
+  /*               Allocates a data structure, which the user must free    */
+  /*               (a single call to FT_FREE will do it).                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_MM_Var( FT_Face      face,
+                 FT_MM_Var*  *amaster );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Set_MM_Design_Coordinates                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    For Multiple Masters fonts, choose an interpolated font design     */
+  /*    through design coordinates.                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    This function can't be used with GX fonts.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    face       :: A handle to the source face.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    num_coords :: The number of design coordinates (must be equal to   */
+  /*                  the number of axes in the font).                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    coords     :: An array of design coordinates.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Set_MM_Design_Coordinates( FT_Face   face,
+                                FT_UInt   num_coords,
+                                FT_Long*  coords );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    For Multiple Master or GX Var fonts, choose an interpolated font   */
+  /*    design through design coordinates.                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    face       :: A handle to the source face.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    num_coords :: The number of design coordinates (must be equal to   */
+  /*                  the number of axes in the font).                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    coords     :: An array of design coordinates.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates( FT_Face    face,
+                                 FT_UInt    num_coords,
+                                 FT_Fixed*  coords );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    For Multiple Masters and GX var fonts, choose an interpolated font */
+  /*    design through normalized blend coordinates.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    face       :: A handle to the source face.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    num_coords :: The number of design coordinates (must be equal to   */
+  /*                  the number of axes in the font).                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    coords     :: The design coordinates array (each element must be   */
+  /*                  between 0 and 1.0).                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face    face,
+                               FT_UInt    num_coords,
+                               FT_Fixed*  coords );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This is another name of @FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates.              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face    face,
+                                FT_UInt    num_coords,
+                                FT_Fixed*  coords );
+
+
+  /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTMM_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftmodapi.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftmodapi.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b051d34
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftmodapi.h
@@ -0,0 +1,441 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftmodapi.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType modules public interface (specification).                   */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2006, 2008 by                         */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTMODAPI_H__
+#define __FTMODAPI_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*    module_management                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Title>                                                               */
+  /*    Module Management                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
+  /*    How to add, upgrade, and remove modules from FreeType.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    The definitions below are used to manage modules within FreeType.  */
+  /*    Modules can be added, upgraded, and removed at runtime.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /* module bit flags */
+#define FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER         1  /* this module is a font driver  */
+#define FT_MODULE_RENDERER            2  /* this module is a renderer     */
+#define FT_MODULE_HINTER              4  /* this module is a glyph hinter */
+#define FT_MODULE_STYLER              8  /* this module is a styler       */
+
+#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE     0x100   /* the driver supports      */
+                                              /* scalable fonts           */
+#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_NO_OUTLINES  0x200   /* the driver does not      */
+                                              /* support vector outlines  */
+#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER   0x400   /* the driver provides its  */
+                                              /* own hinter               */
+
+
+  /* deprecated values */
+#define ft_module_font_driver         FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER
+#define ft_module_renderer            FT_MODULE_RENDERER
+#define ft_module_hinter              FT_MODULE_HINTER
+#define ft_module_styler              FT_MODULE_STYLER
+
+#define ft_module_driver_scalable     FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE
+#define ft_module_driver_no_outlines  FT_MODULE_DRIVER_NO_OUTLINES
+#define ft_module_driver_has_hinter   FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER
+
+
+  typedef FT_Pointer  FT_Module_Interface;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Module_Constructor                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A function used to initialize (not create) a new module object.    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    module :: The module to initialize.                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*FT_Module_Constructor)( FT_Module  module );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Module_Destructor                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A function used to finalize (not destroy) a given module object.   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    module :: The module to finalize.                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef void
+  (*FT_Module_Destructor)( FT_Module  module );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Module_Requester                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A function used to query a given module for a specific interface.  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    module :: The module to finalize.                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    name ::   The name of the interface in the module.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef FT_Module_Interface
+  (*FT_Module_Requester)( FT_Module    module,
+                          const char*  name );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_Module_Class                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    The module class descriptor.                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    module_flags    :: Bit flags describing the module.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    module_size     :: The size of one module object/instance in       */
+  /*                       bytes.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    module_name     :: The name of the module.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    module_version  :: The version, as a 16.16 fixed number            */
+  /*                       (major.minor).                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    module_requires :: The version of FreeType this module requires,   */
+  /*                       as a 16.16 fixed number (major.minor).  Starts  */
+  /*                       at version 2.0, i.e., 0x20000.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    module_init     :: The initializing function.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    module_done     :: The finalizing function.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    get_interface   :: The interface requesting function.              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  FT_Module_Class_
+  {
+    FT_ULong               module_flags;
+    FT_Long                module_size;
+    const FT_String*       module_name;
+    FT_Fixed               module_version;
+    FT_Fixed               module_requires;
+
+    const void*            module_interface;
+
+    FT_Module_Constructor  module_init;
+    FT_Module_Destructor   module_done;
+    FT_Module_Requester    get_interface;
+
+  } FT_Module_Class;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Add_Module                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Add a new module to a given library instance.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    library :: A handle to the library object.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    clazz   :: A pointer to class descriptor for the module.           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    An error will be returned if a module already exists by that name, */
+  /*    or if the module requires a version of FreeType that is too great. */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Add_Module( FT_Library              library,
+                 const FT_Module_Class*  clazz );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Get_Module                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Find a module by its name.                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    library     :: A handle to the library object.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    module_name :: The module's name (as an ASCII string).             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    A module handle.  0~if none was found.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    FreeType's internal modules aren't documented very well, and you   */
+  /*    should look up the source code for details.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Module )
+  FT_Get_Module( FT_Library   library,
+                 const char*  module_name );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Remove_Module                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Remove a given module from a library instance.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    library :: A handle to a library object.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    module  :: A handle to a module object.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    The module object is destroyed by the function in case of success. */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Remove_Module( FT_Library  library,
+                    FT_Module   module );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_New_Library                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This function is used to create a new FreeType library instance    */
+  /*    from a given memory object.  It is thus possible to use libraries  */
+  /*    with distinct memory allocators within the same program.           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    memory   :: A handle to the original memory object.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    alibrary :: A pointer to handle of a new library object.           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_New_Library( FT_Memory    memory,
+                  FT_Library  *alibrary );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Done_Library                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Discard a given library object.  This closes all drivers and       */
+  /*    discards all resource objects.                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    library :: A handle to the target library.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Done_Library( FT_Library  library );
+
+/* */
+
+  typedef void
+  (*FT_DebugHook_Func)( void*  arg );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Set_Debug_Hook                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Set a debug hook function for debugging the interpreter of a font  */
+  /*    format.                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    library    :: A handle to the library object.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    hook_index :: The index of the debug hook.  You should use the     */
+  /*                  values defined in `ftobjs.h', e.g.,                  */
+  /*                  `FT_DEBUG_HOOK_TRUETYPE'.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    debug_hook :: The function used to debug the interpreter.          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    Currently, four debug hook slots are available, but only two (for  */
+  /*    the TrueType and the Type~1 interpreter) are defined.              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Since the internal headers of FreeType are no longer installed,    */
+  /*    the symbol `FT_DEBUG_HOOK_TRUETYPE' isn't available publicly.      */
+  /*    This is a bug and will be fixed in a forthcoming release.          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_Set_Debug_Hook( FT_Library         library,
+                     FT_UInt            hook_index,
+                     FT_DebugHook_Func  debug_hook );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Add_Default_Modules                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Add the set of default drivers to a given library object.          */
+  /*    This is only useful when you create a library object with          */
+  /*    @FT_New_Library (usually to plug a custom memory manager).         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    library :: A handle to a new library object.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_Add_Default_Modules( FT_Library  library );
+
+
+
+  /**************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @section:
+   *   truetype_engine
+   *
+   * @title:
+   *   The TrueType Engine
+   *
+   * @abstract:
+   *   TrueType bytecode support.
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   This section contains a function used to query the level of TrueType
+   *   bytecode support compiled in this version of the library.
+   *
+   */
+
+
+  /**************************************************************************
+   *
+   *  @enum:
+   *     FT_TrueTypeEngineType
+   *
+   *  @description:
+   *     A list of values describing which kind of TrueType bytecode
+   *     engine is implemented in a given FT_Library instance.  It is used
+   *     by the @FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type function.
+   *
+   *  @values:
+   *     FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_NONE ::
+   *       The library doesn't implement any kind of bytecode interpreter.
+   *
+   *     FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_UNPATENTED ::
+   *       The library implements a bytecode interpreter that doesn't
+   *       support the patented operations of the TrueType virtual machine.
+   *
+   *       Its main use is to load certain Asian fonts which position and
+   *       scale glyph components with bytecode instructions.  It produces
+   *       bad output for most other fonts.
+   *
+   *    FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_PATENTED ::
+   *       The library implements a bytecode interpreter that covers
+   *       the full instruction set of the TrueType virtual machine.
+   *       See the file `docs/PATENTS' for legal aspects.
+   *
+   *  @since:
+   *       2.2
+   *
+   */
+  typedef enum  FT_TrueTypeEngineType_
+  {
+    FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_NONE = 0,
+    FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_UNPATENTED,
+    FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_PATENTED
+
+  } FT_TrueTypeEngineType;
+
+
+  /**************************************************************************
+   *
+   *  @func:
+   *     FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type
+   *
+   *  @description:
+   *     Return an @FT_TrueTypeEngineType value to indicate which level of
+   *     the TrueType virtual machine a given library instance supports.
+   *
+   *  @input:
+   *     library ::
+   *       A library instance.
+   *
+   *  @return:
+   *     A value indicating which level is supported.
+   *
+   *  @since:
+   *     2.2
+   *
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_TrueTypeEngineType )
+  FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type( FT_Library  library );
+
+
+  /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTMODAPI_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftmoderr.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftmoderr.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b0115dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftmoderr.h
@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftmoderr.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType module error offsets (specification).                       */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 by                              */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This file is used to define the FreeType module error offsets.        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The lower byte gives the error code, the higher byte gives the        */
+  /* module.  The base module has error offset 0.  For example, the error  */
+  /* `FT_Err_Invalid_File_Format' has value 0x003, the error               */
+  /* `TT_Err_Invalid_File_Format' has value 0x1103, the error              */
+  /* `T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format' has value 0x1203, etc.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Undefine the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS in ftoption.h   */
+  /* to make the higher byte always zero (disabling the module error       */
+  /* mechanism).                                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* It can also be used to create a module error message table easily     */
+  /* with something like                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   {                                                                   */
+  /*     #undef __FTMODERR_H__                                             */
+  /*     #define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s )  { FT_Mod_Err_ ## e, s },         */
+  /*     #define FT_MODERR_START_LIST     {                                */
+  /*     #define FT_MODERR_END_LIST       { 0, 0 } };                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*     const struct                                                      */
+  /*     {                                                                 */
+  /*       int          mod_err_offset;                                    */
+  /*       const char*  mod_err_msg                                        */
+  /*     } ft_mod_errors[] =                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*     #include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H                                       */
+  /*   }                                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* To use such a table, all errors must be ANDed with 0xFF00 to remove   */
+  /* the error code.                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTMODERR_H__
+#define __FTMODERR_H__
+
+
+  /*******************************************************************/
+  /*******************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                         *****/
+  /*****                       SETUP MACROS                      *****/
+  /*****                                                         *****/
+  /*******************************************************************/
+  /*******************************************************************/
+
+
+#undef  FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
+
+#ifndef FT_MODERRDEF
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS
+#define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s )  FT_Mod_Err_ ## e = v,
+#else
+#define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s )  FT_Mod_Err_ ## e = 0,
+#endif
+
+#define FT_MODERR_START_LIST  enum {
+#define FT_MODERR_END_LIST    FT_Mod_Err_Max };
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
+  extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !FT_MODERRDEF */
+
+
+  /*******************************************************************/
+  /*******************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                         *****/
+  /*****               LIST MODULE ERROR BASES                   *****/
+  /*****                                                         *****/
+  /*******************************************************************/
+  /*******************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifdef FT_MODERR_START_LIST
+  FT_MODERR_START_LIST
+#endif
+
+
+  FT_MODERRDEF( Base,      0x000, "base module" )
+  FT_MODERRDEF( Autofit,   0x100, "autofitter module" )
+  FT_MODERRDEF( BDF,       0x200, "BDF module" )
+  FT_MODERRDEF( Cache,     0x300, "cache module" )
+  FT_MODERRDEF( CFF,       0x400, "CFF module" )
+  FT_MODERRDEF( CID,       0x500, "CID module" )
+  FT_MODERRDEF( Gzip,      0x600, "Gzip module" )
+  FT_MODERRDEF( LZW,       0x700, "LZW module" )
+  FT_MODERRDEF( OTvalid,   0x800, "OpenType validation module" )
+  FT_MODERRDEF( PCF,       0x900, "PCF module" )
+  FT_MODERRDEF( PFR,       0xA00, "PFR module" )
+  FT_MODERRDEF( PSaux,     0xB00, "PS auxiliary module" )
+  FT_MODERRDEF( PShinter,  0xC00, "PS hinter module" )
+  FT_MODERRDEF( PSnames,   0xD00, "PS names module" )
+  FT_MODERRDEF( Raster,    0xE00, "raster module" )
+  FT_MODERRDEF( SFNT,      0xF00, "SFNT module" )
+  FT_MODERRDEF( Smooth,   0x1000, "smooth raster module" )
+  FT_MODERRDEF( TrueType, 0x1100, "TrueType module" )
+  FT_MODERRDEF( Type1,    0x1200, "Type 1 module" )
+  FT_MODERRDEF( Type42,   0x1300, "Type 42 module" )
+  FT_MODERRDEF( Winfonts, 0x1400, "Windows FON/FNT module" )
+
+
+#ifdef FT_MODERR_END_LIST
+  FT_MODERR_END_LIST
+#endif
+
+
+  /*******************************************************************/
+  /*******************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                         *****/
+  /*****                      CLEANUP                            *****/
+  /*****                                                         *****/
+  /*******************************************************************/
+  /*******************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifdef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
+  }
+#endif
+
+#undef FT_MODERR_START_LIST
+#undef FT_MODERR_END_LIST
+#undef FT_MODERRDEF
+#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
+
+
+#endif /* __FTMODERR_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftotval.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftotval.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..027f2e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftotval.h
@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftotval.h                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType API for validating OpenType tables (specification).         */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by                                    */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*                                                                         */
+/* Warning: This module might be moved to a different library in the       */
+/*          future to avoid a tight dependency between FreeType and the    */
+/*          OpenType specification.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTOTVAL_H__
+#define __FTOTVAL_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*    ot_validation                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Title>                                                               */
+  /*    OpenType Validation                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
+  /*    An API to validate OpenType tables.                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This section contains the declaration of functions to validate     */
+  /*    some OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF, GPOS, GSUB, JSTF, MATH).         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+  *
+  * @enum:
+  *    FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *    A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_OpenType_Validate to
+  *    indicate which OpenType tables should be validated.
+  *
+  * @values:
+  *    FT_VALIDATE_BASE ::
+  *      Validate BASE table.
+  *
+  *    FT_VALIDATE_GDEF ::
+  *      Validate GDEF table.
+  *
+  *    FT_VALIDATE_GPOS ::
+  *      Validate GPOS table.
+  *
+  *    FT_VALIDATE_GSUB ::
+  *      Validate GSUB table.
+  *
+  *    FT_VALIDATE_JSTF ::
+  *      Validate JSTF table.
+  *
+  *    FT_VALIDATE_MATH ::
+  *      Validate MATH table.
+  *
+  *    FT_VALIDATE_OT ::
+  *      Validate all OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF, GPOS, GSUB, JSTF, MATH).
+  *
+  */
+#define FT_VALIDATE_BASE  0x0100
+#define FT_VALIDATE_GDEF  0x0200
+#define FT_VALIDATE_GPOS  0x0400
+#define FT_VALIDATE_GSUB  0x0800
+#define FT_VALIDATE_JSTF  0x1000
+#define FT_VALIDATE_MATH  0x2000
+
+#define FT_VALIDATE_OT  FT_VALIDATE_BASE | \
+                        FT_VALIDATE_GDEF | \
+                        FT_VALIDATE_GPOS | \
+                        FT_VALIDATE_GSUB | \
+                        FT_VALIDATE_JSTF | \
+                        FT_VALIDATE_MATH
+
+  /* */
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+  *
+  * @function:
+  *    FT_OpenType_Validate
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *    Validate various OpenType tables to assure that all offsets and
+  *    indices are valid.  The idea is that a higher-level library which
+  *    actually does the text layout can access those tables without
+  *    error checking (which can be quite time consuming).
+  *
+  * @input:
+  *    face ::
+  *       A handle to the input face.
+  *
+  *    validation_flags ::
+  *       A bit field which specifies the tables to be validated.  See
+  *       @FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX for possible values.
+  *
+  * @output:
+  *    BASE_table ::
+  *       A pointer to the BASE table.
+  *
+  *    GDEF_table ::
+  *       A pointer to the GDEF table.
+  *
+  *    GPOS_table ::
+  *       A pointer to the GPOS table.
+  *
+  *    GSUB_table ::
+  *       A pointer to the GSUB table.
+  *
+  *    JSTF_table ::
+  *       A pointer to the JSTF table.
+  *
+  * @return:
+  *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.
+  *
+  * @note:
+  *   This function only works with OpenType fonts, returning an error
+  *   otherwise.
+  *
+  *   After use, the application should deallocate the five tables with
+  *   @FT_OpenType_Free.  A NULL value indicates that the table either
+  *   doesn't exist in the font, or the application hasn't asked for
+  *   validation.
+  */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_OpenType_Validate( FT_Face    face,
+                        FT_UInt    validation_flags,
+                        FT_Bytes  *BASE_table,
+                        FT_Bytes  *GDEF_table,
+                        FT_Bytes  *GPOS_table,
+                        FT_Bytes  *GSUB_table,
+                        FT_Bytes  *JSTF_table );
+
+  /* */
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+  *
+  * @function:
+  *    FT_OpenType_Free
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *    Free the buffer allocated by OpenType validator.
+  *
+  * @input:
+  *    face ::
+  *       A handle to the input face.
+  *
+  *    table ::
+  *       The pointer to the buffer that is allocated by
+  *       @FT_OpenType_Validate.
+  *
+  * @note:
+  *   This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by
+  *   @FT_OpenType_Validate only.
+  */
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_OpenType_Free( FT_Face   face,
+                    FT_Bytes  table );
+
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTOTVAL_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftoutln.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftoutln.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d7d01e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftoutln.h
@@ -0,0 +1,538 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftoutln.h                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Support for the FT_Outline type used to store glyph shapes of        */
+/*    most scalable font formats (specification).                          */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 by       */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTOUTLN_H__
+#define __FTOUTLN_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*    outline_processing                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Title>                                                               */
+  /*    Outline Processing                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
+  /*    Functions to create, transform, and render vectorial glyph images. */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This section contains routines used to create and destroy scalable */
+  /*    glyph images known as `outlines'.  These can also be measured,     */
+  /*    transformed, and converted into bitmaps and pixmaps.               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Order>                                                               */
+  /*    FT_Outline                                                         */
+  /*    FT_OUTLINE_FLAGS                                                   */
+  /*    FT_Outline_New                                                     */
+  /*    FT_Outline_Done                                                    */
+  /*    FT_Outline_Copy                                                    */
+  /*    FT_Outline_Translate                                               */
+  /*    FT_Outline_Transform                                               */
+  /*    FT_Outline_Embolden                                                */
+  /*    FT_Outline_Reverse                                                 */
+  /*    FT_Outline_Check                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_Outline_Get_CBox                                                */
+  /*    FT_Outline_Get_BBox                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap                                              */
+  /*    FT_Outline_Render                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_Outline_Decompose                                               */
+  /*    FT_Outline_Funcs                                                   */
+  /*    FT_Outline_MoveTo_Func                                             */
+  /*    FT_Outline_LineTo_Func                                             */
+  /*    FT_Outline_ConicTo_Func                                            */
+  /*    FT_Outline_CubicTo_Func                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Outline_Decompose                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Walk over an outline's structure to decompose it into individual   */
+  /*    segments and Bézier arcs.  This function is also able to emit      */
+  /*    `move to' and `close to' operations to indicate the start and end  */
+  /*    of new contours in the outline.                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    outline        :: A pointer to the source target.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    func_interface :: A table of `emitters', i.e., function pointers   */
+  /*                      called during decomposition to indicate path     */
+  /*                      operations.                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    user           :: A typeless pointer which is passed to each       */
+  /*                      emitter during the decomposition.  It can be     */
+  /*                      used to store the state during the               */
+  /*                      decomposition.                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Outline_Decompose( FT_Outline*              outline,
+                        const FT_Outline_Funcs*  func_interface,
+                        void*                    user );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Outline_New                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Create a new outline of a given size.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    library     :: A handle to the library object from where the       */
+  /*                   outline is allocated.  Note however that the new    */
+  /*                   outline will *not* necessarily be *freed*, when     */
+  /*                   destroying the library, by @FT_Done_FreeType.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    numPoints   :: The maximal number of points within the outline.    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    numContours :: The maximal number of contours within the outline.  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    anoutline   :: A handle to the new outline.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    The reason why this function takes a `library' parameter is simply */
+  /*    to use the library's memory allocator.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Outline_New( FT_Library   library,
+                  FT_UInt      numPoints,
+                  FT_Int       numContours,
+                  FT_Outline  *anoutline );
+
+
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Outline_New_Internal( FT_Memory    memory,
+                           FT_UInt      numPoints,
+                           FT_Int       numContours,
+                           FT_Outline  *anoutline );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Outline_Done                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Destroy an outline created with @FT_Outline_New.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    library :: A handle of the library object used to allocate the     */
+  /*               outline.                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    outline :: A pointer to the outline object to be discarded.        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    If the outline's `owner' field is not set, only the outline        */
+  /*    descriptor will be released.                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    The reason why this function takes an `library' parameter is       */
+  /*    simply to use ft_mem_free().                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Outline_Done( FT_Library   library,
+                   FT_Outline*  outline );
+
+
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Outline_Done_Internal( FT_Memory    memory,
+                            FT_Outline*  outline );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Outline_Check                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Check the contents of an outline descriptor.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    outline :: A handle to a source outline.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Outline_Check( FT_Outline*  outline );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Outline_Get_CBox                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Return an outline's `control box'.  The control box encloses all   */
+  /*    the outline's points, including Bézier control points.  Though it  */
+  /*    coincides with the exact bounding box for most glyphs, it can be   */
+  /*    slightly larger in some situations (like when rotating an outline  */
+  /*    which contains Bézier outside arcs).                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Computing the control box is very fast, while getting the bounding */
+  /*    box can take much more time as it needs to walk over all segments  */
+  /*    and arcs in the outline.  To get the latter, you can use the       */
+  /*    `ftbbox' component which is dedicated to this single task.         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    outline :: A pointer to the source outline descriptor.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    acbox   :: The outline's control box.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_Outline_Get_CBox( const FT_Outline*  outline,
+                       FT_BBox           *acbox );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Outline_Translate                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Apply a simple translation to the points of an outline.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    outline :: A pointer to the target outline descriptor.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    xOffset :: The horizontal offset.                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    yOffset :: The vertical offset.                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_Outline_Translate( const FT_Outline*  outline,
+                        FT_Pos             xOffset,
+                        FT_Pos             yOffset );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Outline_Copy                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Copy an outline into another one.  Both objects must have the      */
+  /*    same sizes (number of points & number of contours) when this       */
+  /*    function is called.                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    source :: A handle to the source outline.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    target :: A handle to the target outline.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Outline_Copy( const FT_Outline*  source,
+                   FT_Outline        *target );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Outline_Transform                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Apply a simple 2x2 matrix to all of an outline's points.  Useful   */
+  /*    for applying rotations, slanting, flipping, etc.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    outline :: A pointer to the target outline descriptor.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    matrix  :: A pointer to the transformation matrix.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    You can use @FT_Outline_Translate if you need to translate the     */
+  /*    outline's points.                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_Outline_Transform( const FT_Outline*  outline,
+                        const FT_Matrix*   matrix );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Outline_Embolden                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Embolden an outline.  The new outline will be at most 4~times      */
+  /*    `strength' pixels wider and higher.  You may think of the left and */
+  /*    bottom borders as unchanged.                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Negative `strength' values to reduce the outline thickness are     */
+  /*    possible also.                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    outline  :: A handle to the target outline.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    strength :: How strong the glyph is emboldened.  Expressed in      */
+  /*                26.6 pixel format.                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    The used algorithm to increase or decrease the thickness of the    */
+  /*    glyph doesn't change the number of points; this means that certain */
+  /*    situations like acute angles or intersections are sometimes        */
+  /*    handled incorrectly.                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    If you need `better' metrics values you should call                */
+  /*    @FT_Outline_Get_CBox ot @FT_Outline_Get_BBox.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Example call:                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    {                                                                  */
+  /*      FT_Load_Glyph( face, index, FT_LOAD_DEFAULT );                   */
+  /*      if ( face->slot->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE )             */
+  /*        FT_Outline_Embolden( &face->slot->outline, strength );         */
+  /*    }                                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Outline_Embolden( FT_Outline*  outline,
+                       FT_Pos       strength );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Outline_Reverse                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Reverse the drawing direction of an outline.  This is used to      */
+  /*    ensure consistent fill conventions for mirrored glyphs.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    outline :: A pointer to the target outline descriptor.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    This function toggles the bit flag @FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL in     */
+  /*    the outline's `flags' field.                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    It shouldn't be used by a normal client application, unless it     */
+  /*    knows what it is doing.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_Outline_Reverse( FT_Outline*  outline );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Render an outline within a bitmap.  The outline's image is simply  */
+  /*    OR-ed to the target bitmap.                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    library :: A handle to a FreeType library object.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    outline :: A pointer to the source outline descriptor.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    abitmap :: A pointer to the target bitmap descriptor.              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    This function does NOT CREATE the bitmap, it only renders an       */
+  /*    outline image within the one you pass to it!  Consequently, the    */
+  /*    various fields in `abitmap' should be set accordingly.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    It will use the raster corresponding to the default glyph format.  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    The value of the `num_grays' field in `abitmap' is ignored.  If    */
+  /*    you select the gray-level rasterizer, and you want less than 256   */
+  /*    gray levels, you have to use @FT_Outline_Render directly.          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap( FT_Library        library,
+                         FT_Outline*       outline,
+                         const FT_Bitmap  *abitmap );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Outline_Render                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Render an outline within a bitmap using the current scan-convert.  */
+  /*    This function uses an @FT_Raster_Params structure as an argument,  */
+  /*    allowing advanced features like direct composition, translucency,  */
+  /*    etc.                                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    library :: A handle to a FreeType library object.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    outline :: A pointer to the source outline descriptor.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    params  :: A pointer to an @FT_Raster_Params structure used to     */
+  /*               describe the rendering operation.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    You should know what you are doing and how @FT_Raster_Params works */
+  /*    to use this function.                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    The field `params.source' will be set to `outline' before the scan */
+  /*    converter is called, which means that the value you give to it is  */
+  /*    actually ignored.                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    The gray-level rasterizer always uses 256 gray levels.  If you     */
+  /*    want less gray levels, you have to provide your own span callback. */
+  /*    See the @FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT value of the `flags' field in the   */
+  /*    @FT_Raster_Params structure for more details.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Outline_Render( FT_Library         library,
+                     FT_Outline*        outline,
+                     FT_Raster_Params*  params );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+  *
+  * @enum:
+  *   FT_Orientation
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *   A list of values used to describe an outline's contour orientation.
+  *
+  *   The TrueType and PostScript specifications use different conventions
+  *   to determine whether outline contours should be filled or unfilled.
+  *
+  * @values:
+  *   FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE ::
+  *     According to the TrueType specification, clockwise contours must
+  *     be filled, and counter-clockwise ones must be unfilled.
+  *
+  *   FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT ::
+  *     According to the PostScript specification, counter-clockwise contours
+  *     must be filled, and clockwise ones must be unfilled.
+  *
+  *   FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_RIGHT ::
+  *     This is identical to @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE, but is used to
+  *     remember that in TrueType, everything that is to the right of
+  *     the drawing direction of a contour must be filled.
+  *
+  *   FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_LEFT ::
+  *     This is identical to @FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT, but is used to
+  *     remember that in PostScript, everything that is to the left of
+  *     the drawing direction of a contour must be filled.
+  *
+  *   FT_ORIENTATION_NONE ::
+  *     The orientation cannot be determined.  That is, different parts of
+  *     the glyph have different orientation.
+  *
+  */
+  typedef enum  FT_Orientation_
+  {
+    FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE   = 0,
+    FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT = 1,
+    FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_RIGHT = FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE,
+    FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_LEFT  = FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT,
+    FT_ORIENTATION_NONE
+
+  } FT_Orientation;
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+  *
+  * @function:
+  *   FT_Outline_Get_Orientation
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *   This function analyzes a glyph outline and tries to compute its
+  *   fill orientation (see @FT_Orientation).  This is done by computing
+  *   the direction of each global horizontal and/or vertical extrema
+  *   within the outline.
+  *
+  *   Note that this will return @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE for empty
+  *   outlines.
+  *
+  * @input:
+  *   outline ::
+  *     A handle to the source outline.
+  *
+  * @return:
+  *   The orientation.
+  *
+  */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Orientation )
+  FT_Outline_Get_Orientation( FT_Outline*  outline );
+
+
+  /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTOUTLN_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
+
+
+/* Local Variables: */
+/* coding: utf-8    */
+/* End:             */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftpfr.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftpfr.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b7b7d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftpfr.h
@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftpfr.h                                                                */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType API for accessing PFR-specific data (specification only).   */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2008, 2009 by                        */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTPFR_H__
+#define __FTPFR_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*    pfr_fonts                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Title>                                                               */
+  /*    PFR Fonts                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
+  /*    PFR/TrueDoc specific API.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This section contains the declaration of PFR-specific functions.   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+  *
+  * @function:
+  *    FT_Get_PFR_Metrics
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *    Return the outline and metrics resolutions of a given PFR face.
+  *
+  * @input:
+  *    face :: Handle to the input face.  It can be a non-PFR face.
+  *
+  * @output:
+  *    aoutline_resolution ::
+  *      Outline resolution.  This is equivalent to `face->units_per_EM'
+  *      for non-PFR fonts.  Optional (parameter can be NULL).
+  *
+  *    ametrics_resolution ::
+  *      Metrics resolution.  This is equivalent to `outline_resolution'
+  *      for non-PFR fonts.  Optional (parameter can be NULL).
+  *
+  *    ametrics_x_scale ::
+  *      A 16.16 fixed-point number used to scale distance expressed
+  *      in metrics units to device sub-pixels.  This is equivalent to
+  *      `face->size->x_scale', but for metrics only.  Optional (parameter
+  *      can be NULL).
+  *
+  *    ametrics_y_scale ::
+  *      Same as `ametrics_x_scale' but for the vertical direction.
+  *      optional (parameter can be NULL).
+  *
+  * @return:
+  *    FreeType error code.  0~means success.
+  *
+  * @note:
+  *   If the input face is not a PFR, this function will return an error.
+  *   However, in all cases, it will return valid values.
+  */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_PFR_Metrics( FT_Face    face,
+                      FT_UInt   *aoutline_resolution,
+                      FT_UInt   *ametrics_resolution,
+                      FT_Fixed  *ametrics_x_scale,
+                      FT_Fixed  *ametrics_y_scale );
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+  *
+  * @function:
+  *    FT_Get_PFR_Kerning
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *    Return the kerning pair corresponding to two glyphs in a PFR face.
+  *    The distance is expressed in metrics units, unlike the result of
+  *    @FT_Get_Kerning.
+  *
+  * @input:
+  *    face  :: A handle to the input face.
+  *
+  *    left  :: Index of the left glyph.
+  *
+  *    right :: Index of the right glyph.
+  *
+  * @output:
+  *    avector :: A kerning vector.
+  *
+  * @return:
+  *    FreeType error code.  0~means success.
+  *
+  * @note:
+  *    This function always return distances in original PFR metrics
+  *    units.  This is unlike @FT_Get_Kerning with the @FT_KERNING_UNSCALED
+  *    mode, which always returns distances converted to outline units.
+  *
+  *    You can use the value of the `x_scale' and `y_scale' parameters
+  *    returned by @FT_Get_PFR_Metrics to scale these to device sub-pixels.
+  */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_PFR_Kerning( FT_Face     face,
+                      FT_UInt     left,
+                      FT_UInt     right,
+                      FT_Vector  *avector );
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+  *
+  * @function:
+  *    FT_Get_PFR_Advance
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *    Return a given glyph advance, expressed in original metrics units,
+  *    from a PFR font.
+  *
+  * @input:
+  *    face   :: A handle to the input face.
+  *
+  *    gindex :: The glyph index.
+  *
+  * @output:
+  *    aadvance :: The glyph advance in metrics units.
+  *
+  * @return:
+  *    FreeType error code.  0~means success.
+  *
+  * @note:
+  *    You can use the `x_scale' or `y_scale' results of @FT_Get_PFR_Metrics
+  *    to convert the advance to device sub-pixels (i.e., 1/64th of pixels).
+  */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_PFR_Advance( FT_Face   face,
+                      FT_UInt   gindex,
+                      FT_Pos   *aadvance );
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTPFR_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftrender.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftrender.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..41c31ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftrender.h
@@ -0,0 +1,234 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftrender.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType renderer modules public interface (specification).          */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2005, 2006 by                                     */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTRENDER_H__
+#define __FTRENDER_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_MODULE_H
+#include FT_GLYPH_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*    module_management                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /* create a new glyph object */
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*FT_Glyph_InitFunc)( FT_Glyph      glyph,
+                        FT_GlyphSlot  slot );
+
+  /* destroys a given glyph object */
+  typedef void
+  (*FT_Glyph_DoneFunc)( FT_Glyph  glyph );
+
+  typedef void
+  (*FT_Glyph_TransformFunc)( FT_Glyph          glyph,
+                             const FT_Matrix*  matrix,
+                             const FT_Vector*  delta );
+
+  typedef void
+  (*FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc)( FT_Glyph  glyph,
+                           FT_BBox*  abbox );
+
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*FT_Glyph_CopyFunc)( FT_Glyph   source,
+                        FT_Glyph   target );
+
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc)( FT_Glyph      glyph,
+                           FT_GlyphSlot  slot );
+
+/* deprecated */
+#define FT_Glyph_Init_Func       FT_Glyph_InitFunc
+#define FT_Glyph_Done_Func       FT_Glyph_DoneFunc
+#define FT_Glyph_Transform_Func  FT_Glyph_TransformFunc
+#define FT_Glyph_BBox_Func       FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc
+#define FT_Glyph_Copy_Func       FT_Glyph_CopyFunc
+#define FT_Glyph_Prepare_Func    FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc
+
+
+  struct  FT_Glyph_Class_
+  {
+    FT_Long                 glyph_size;
+    FT_Glyph_Format         glyph_format;
+    FT_Glyph_InitFunc       glyph_init;
+    FT_Glyph_DoneFunc       glyph_done;
+    FT_Glyph_CopyFunc       glyph_copy;
+    FT_Glyph_TransformFunc  glyph_transform;
+    FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc    glyph_bbox;
+    FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc    glyph_prepare;
+  };
+
+
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*FT_Renderer_RenderFunc)( FT_Renderer       renderer,
+                             FT_GlyphSlot      slot,
+                             FT_UInt           mode,
+                             const FT_Vector*  origin );
+
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*FT_Renderer_TransformFunc)( FT_Renderer       renderer,
+                                FT_GlyphSlot      slot,
+                                const FT_Matrix*  matrix,
+                                const FT_Vector*  delta );
+
+
+  typedef void
+  (*FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc)( FT_Renderer   renderer,
+                              FT_GlyphSlot  slot,
+                              FT_BBox*      cbox );
+
+
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc)( FT_Renderer  renderer,
+                              FT_ULong     mode_tag,
+                              FT_Pointer   mode_ptr );
+
+/* deprecated identifiers */
+#define FTRenderer_render  FT_Renderer_RenderFunc
+#define FTRenderer_transform  FT_Renderer_TransformFunc
+#define FTRenderer_getCBox  FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc
+#define FTRenderer_setMode  FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_Renderer_Class                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    The renderer module class descriptor.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    root            :: The root @FT_Module_Class fields.               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    glyph_format    :: The glyph image format this renderer handles.   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    render_glyph    :: A method used to render the image that is in a  */
+  /*                       given glyph slot into a bitmap.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    transform_glyph :: A method used to transform the image that is in */
+  /*                       a given glyph slot.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    get_glyph_cbox  :: A method used to access the glyph's cbox.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    set_mode        :: A method used to pass additional parameters.    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    raster_class    :: For @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE renderers only.    */
+  /*                       This is a pointer to its raster's class.        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    raster          :: For @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE renderers only.    */
+  /*                       This is a pointer to the corresponding raster   */
+  /*                       object, if any.                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  FT_Renderer_Class_
+  {
+    FT_Module_Class            root;
+
+    FT_Glyph_Format            glyph_format;
+
+    FT_Renderer_RenderFunc     render_glyph;
+    FT_Renderer_TransformFunc  transform_glyph;
+    FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc    get_glyph_cbox;
+    FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc    set_mode;
+
+    FT_Raster_Funcs*           raster_class;
+
+  } FT_Renderer_Class;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Get_Renderer                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Retrieve the current renderer for a given glyph format.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    library :: A handle to the library object.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    format  :: The glyph format.                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    A renderer handle.  0~if none found.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    An error will be returned if a module already exists by that name, */
+  /*    or if the module requires a version of FreeType that is too great. */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    To add a new renderer, simply use @FT_Add_Module.  To retrieve a   */
+  /*    renderer by its name, use @FT_Get_Module.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Renderer )
+  FT_Get_Renderer( FT_Library       library,
+                   FT_Glyph_Format  format );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Set_Renderer                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Set the current renderer to use, and set additional mode.          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    library    :: A handle to the library object.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    renderer   :: A handle to the renderer object.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    num_params :: The number of additional parameters.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    parameters :: Additional parameters.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    In case of success, the renderer will be used to convert glyph     */
+  /*    images in the renderer's known format into bitmaps.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    This doesn't change the current renderer for other formats.        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Set_Renderer( FT_Library     library,
+                   FT_Renderer    renderer,
+                   FT_UInt        num_params,
+                   FT_Parameter*  parameters );
+
+
+  /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTRENDER_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftsizes.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftsizes.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3e548cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftsizes.h
@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftsizes.h                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType size objects management (specification).                    */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2009 by                         */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Typical application would normally not need to use these functions.   */
+  /* However, they have been placed in a public API for the rare cases     */
+  /* where they are needed.                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTSIZES_H__
+#define __FTSIZES_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*    sizes_management                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Title>                                                               */
+  /*    Size Management                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
+  /*    Managing multiple sizes per face.                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    When creating a new face object (e.g., with @FT_New_Face), an      */
+  /*    @FT_Size object is automatically created and used to store all     */
+  /*    pixel-size dependent information, available in the `face->size'    */
+  /*    field.                                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    It is however possible to create more sizes for a given face,      */
+  /*    mostly in order to manage several character pixel sizes of the     */
+  /*    same font family and style.  See @FT_New_Size and @FT_Done_Size.   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Note that @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes and @FT_Set_Char_Size only           */
+  /*    modify the contents of the current `active' size; you thus need    */
+  /*    to use @FT_Activate_Size to change it.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    99% of applications won't need the functions provided here,        */
+  /*    especially if they use the caching sub-system, so be cautious      */
+  /*    when using these.                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_New_Size                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Create a new size object from a given face object.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face :: A handle to a parent face object.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    asize :: A handle to a new size object.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    You need to call @FT_Activate_Size in order to select the new size */
+  /*    for upcoming calls to @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes, @FT_Set_Char_Size,      */
+  /*    @FT_Load_Glyph, @FT_Load_Char, etc.                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_New_Size( FT_Face   face,
+               FT_Size*  size );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Done_Size                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Discard a given size object.  Note that @FT_Done_Face              */
+  /*    automatically discards all size objects allocated with             */
+  /*    @FT_New_Size.                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    size :: A handle to a target size object.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Done_Size( FT_Size  size );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Activate_Size                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Even though it is possible to create several size objects for a    */
+  /*    given face (see @FT_New_Size for details), functions like          */
+  /*    @FT_Load_Glyph or @FT_Load_Char only use the one which has been    */
+  /*    activated last to determine the `current character pixel size'.    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    This function can be used to `activate' a previously created size  */
+  /*    object.                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    size :: A handle to a target size object.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    If `face' is the size's parent face object, this function changes  */
+  /*    the value of `face->size' to the input size handle.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Activate_Size( FT_Size  size );
+
+  /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTSIZES_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftsnames.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftsnames.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..477e1e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftsnames.h
@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftsnames.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Simple interface to access SFNT name tables (which are used          */
+/*    to hold font names, copyright info, notices, etc.) (specification).  */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    This is _not_ used to retrieve glyph names!                          */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2006 by                               */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FT_SFNT_NAMES_H__
+#define __FT_SFNT_NAMES_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*    sfnt_names                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Title>                                                               */
+  /*    SFNT Names                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
+  /*    Access the names embedded in TrueType and OpenType files.          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    The TrueType and OpenType specifications allow the inclusion of    */
+  /*    a special `names table' in font files.  This table contains        */
+  /*    textual (and internationalized) information regarding the font,    */
+  /*    like family name, copyright, version, etc.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    The definitions below are used to access them if available.        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Note that this has nothing to do with glyph names!                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_SfntName                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A structure used to model an SFNT `name' table entry.              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    platform_id :: The platform ID for `string'.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    encoding_id :: The encoding ID for `string'.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    language_id :: The language ID for `string'.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    name_id     :: An identifier for `string'.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    string      :: The `name' string.  Note that its format differs    */
+  /*                   depending on the (platform,encoding) pair.  It can  */
+  /*                   be a Pascal String, a UTF-16 one, etc.              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                   Generally speaking, the string is not               */
+  /*                   zero-terminated.  Please refer to the TrueType      */
+  /*                   specification for details.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    string_len  :: The length of `string' in bytes.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    Possible values for `platform_id', `encoding_id', `language_id',   */
+  /*    and `name_id' are given in the file `ttnameid.h'.  For details     */
+  /*    please refer to the TrueType or OpenType specification.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    See also @TT_PLATFORM_XXX, @TT_APPLE_ID_XXX, @TT_MAC_ID_XXX,       */
+  /*    @TT_ISO_ID_XXX, and @TT_MS_ID_XXX.                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  FT_SfntName_
+  {
+    FT_UShort  platform_id;
+    FT_UShort  encoding_id;
+    FT_UShort  language_id;
+    FT_UShort  name_id;
+
+    FT_Byte*   string;      /* this string is *not* null-terminated! */
+    FT_UInt    string_len;  /* in bytes */
+
+  } FT_SfntName;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Retrieve the number of name strings in the SFNT `name' table.      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face :: A handle to the source face.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    The number of strings in the `name' table.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt )
+  FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count( FT_Face  face );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Get_Sfnt_Name                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Retrieve a string of the SFNT `name' table for a given index.      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face  :: A handle to the source face.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    idx   :: The index of the `name' string.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    aname :: The indexed @FT_SfntName structure.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    The `string' array returned in the `aname' structure is not        */
+  /*    null-terminated.                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Use @FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count to get the total number of available   */
+  /*    `name' table entries, then do a loop until you get the right       */
+  /*    platform, encoding, and name ID.                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_Sfnt_Name( FT_Face       face,
+                    FT_UInt       idx,
+                    FT_SfntName  *aname );
+
+
+  /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FT_SFNT_NAMES_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftstroke.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftstroke.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ae90500
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftstroke.h
@@ -0,0 +1,716 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftstroke.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType path stroker (specification).                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008, 2009 by                  */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FT_STROKE_H__
+#define __FT_STROKE_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_OUTLINE_H
+#include FT_GLYPH_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /************************************************************************
+  *
+  * @section:
+  *    glyph_stroker
+  *
+  * @title:
+  *    Glyph Stroker
+  *
+  * @abstract:
+  *    Generating bordered and stroked glyphs.
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *    This component generates stroked outlines of a given vectorial
+  *    glyph.  It also allows you to retrieve the `outside' and/or the
+  *    `inside' borders of the stroke.
+  *
+  *    This can be useful to generate `bordered' glyph, i.e., glyphs
+  *    displayed with a coloured (and anti-aliased) border around their
+  *    shape.
+  */
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+  *
+  * @type:
+  *   FT_Stroker
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *   Opaque handler to a path stroker object.
+  */
+  typedef struct FT_StrokerRec_*  FT_Stroker;
+
+
+  /**************************************************************
+   *
+   * @enum:
+   *   FT_Stroker_LineJoin
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   These values determine how two joining lines are rendered
+   *   in a stroker.
+   *
+   * @values:
+   *   FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_ROUND ::
+   *     Used to render rounded line joins.  Circular arcs are used
+   *     to join two lines smoothly.
+   *
+   *   FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_BEVEL ::
+   *     Used to render beveled line joins; i.e., the two joining lines
+   *     are extended until they intersect.
+   *
+   *   FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER ::
+   *     Same as beveled rendering, except that an additional line
+   *     break is added if the angle between the two joining lines
+   *     is too closed (this is useful to avoid unpleasant spikes
+   *     in beveled rendering).
+   */
+  typedef enum  FT_Stroker_LineJoin_
+  {
+    FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_ROUND = 0,
+    FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_BEVEL,
+    FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER
+
+  } FT_Stroker_LineJoin;
+
+
+  /**************************************************************
+   *
+   * @enum:
+   *   FT_Stroker_LineCap
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   These values determine how the end of opened sub-paths are
+   *   rendered in a stroke.
+   *
+   * @values:
+   *   FT_STROKER_LINECAP_BUTT ::
+   *     The end of lines is rendered as a full stop on the last
+   *     point itself.
+   *
+   *   FT_STROKER_LINECAP_ROUND ::
+   *     The end of lines is rendered as a half-circle around the
+   *     last point.
+   *
+   *   FT_STROKER_LINECAP_SQUARE ::
+   *     The end of lines is rendered as a square around the
+   *     last point.
+   */
+  typedef enum  FT_Stroker_LineCap_
+  {
+    FT_STROKER_LINECAP_BUTT = 0,
+    FT_STROKER_LINECAP_ROUND,
+    FT_STROKER_LINECAP_SQUARE
+
+  } FT_Stroker_LineCap;
+
+
+  /**************************************************************
+   *
+   * @enum:
+   *   FT_StrokerBorder
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   These values are used to select a given stroke border
+   *   in @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts and @FT_Stroker_ExportBorder.
+   *
+   * @values:
+   *   FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT ::
+   *     Select the left border, relative to the drawing direction.
+   *
+   *   FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT ::
+   *     Select the right border, relative to the drawing direction.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   Applications are generally interested in the `inside' and `outside'
+   *   borders.  However, there is no direct mapping between these and the
+   *   `left' and `right' ones, since this really depends on the glyph's
+   *   drawing orientation, which varies between font formats.
+   *
+   *   You can however use @FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder and
+   *   @FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder to get these.
+   */
+  typedef enum  FT_StrokerBorder_
+  {
+    FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT = 0,
+    FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT
+
+  } FT_StrokerBorder;
+
+
+  /**************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Retrieve the @FT_StrokerBorder value corresponding to the
+   *   `inside' borders of a given outline.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   outline ::
+   *     The source outline handle.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *   The border index.  @FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT for empty or invalid
+   *   outlines.
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_StrokerBorder )
+  FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder( FT_Outline*  outline );
+
+
+  /**************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Retrieve the @FT_StrokerBorder value corresponding to the
+   *   `outside' borders of a given outline.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   outline ::
+   *     The source outline handle.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *   The border index.  @FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT for empty or invalid
+   *   outlines.
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_StrokerBorder )
+  FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder( FT_Outline*  outline );
+
+
+  /**************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Stroker_New
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Create a new stroker object.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   library ::
+   *     FreeType library handle.
+   *
+   * @output:
+   *   astroker ::
+   *     A new stroker object handle.  NULL in case of error.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *    FreeType error code.  0~means success.
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stroker_New( FT_Library   library,
+                  FT_Stroker  *astroker );
+
+
+  /**************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Stroker_Set
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Reset a stroker object's attributes.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   stroker ::
+   *     The target stroker handle.
+   *
+   *   radius ::
+   *     The border radius.
+   *
+   *   line_cap ::
+   *     The line cap style.
+   *
+   *   line_join ::
+   *     The line join style.
+   *
+   *   miter_limit ::
+   *     The miter limit for the FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER style,
+   *     expressed as 16.16 fixed point value.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   The radius is expressed in the same units as the outline
+   *   coordinates.
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_Stroker_Set( FT_Stroker           stroker,
+                  FT_Fixed             radius,
+                  FT_Stroker_LineCap   line_cap,
+                  FT_Stroker_LineJoin  line_join,
+                  FT_Fixed             miter_limit );
+
+
+  /**************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Stroker_Rewind
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Reset a stroker object without changing its attributes.
+   *   You should call this function before beginning a new
+   *   series of calls to @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath or
+   *   @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   stroker ::
+   *     The target stroker handle.
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_Stroker_Rewind( FT_Stroker  stroker );
+
+
+  /**************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Stroker_ParseOutline
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A convenience function used to parse a whole outline with
+   *   the stroker.  The resulting outline(s) can be retrieved
+   *   later by functions like @FT_Stroker_GetCounts and @FT_Stroker_Export.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   stroker ::
+   *     The target stroker handle.
+   *
+   *   outline ::
+   *     The source outline.
+   *
+   *   opened ::
+   *     A boolean.  If~1, the outline is treated as an open path instead
+   *     of a closed one.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   If `opened' is~0 (the default), the outline is treated as a closed
+   *   path, and the stroker generates two distinct `border' outlines.
+   *
+   *   If `opened' is~1, the outline is processed as an open path, and the
+   *   stroker generates a single `stroke' outline.
+   *
+   *   This function calls @FT_Stroker_Rewind automatically.
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stroker_ParseOutline( FT_Stroker   stroker,
+                           FT_Outline*  outline,
+                           FT_Bool      opened );
+
+
+  /**************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Start a new sub-path in the stroker.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   stroker ::
+   *     The target stroker handle.
+   *
+   *   to ::
+   *     A pointer to the start vector.
+   *
+   *   open ::
+   *     A boolean.  If~1, the sub-path is treated as an open one.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   This function is useful when you need to stroke a path that is
+   *   not stored as an @FT_Outline object.
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath( FT_Stroker  stroker,
+                           FT_Vector*  to,
+                           FT_Bool     open );
+
+
+  /**************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Stroker_EndSubPath
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Close the current sub-path in the stroker.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   stroker ::
+   *     The target stroker handle.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   You should call this function after @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath.
+   *   If the subpath was not `opened', this function `draws' a
+   *   single line segment to the start position when needed.
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stroker_EndSubPath( FT_Stroker  stroker );
+
+
+  /**************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Stroker_LineTo
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   `Draw' a single line segment in the stroker's current sub-path,
+   *   from the last position.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   stroker ::
+   *     The target stroker handle.
+   *
+   *   to ::
+   *     A pointer to the destination point.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and
+   *   @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stroker_LineTo( FT_Stroker  stroker,
+                     FT_Vector*  to );
+
+
+  /**************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Stroker_ConicTo
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   `Draw' a single quadratic Bézier in the stroker's current sub-path,
+   *   from the last position.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   stroker ::
+   *     The target stroker handle.
+   *
+   *   control ::
+   *     A pointer to a Bézier control point.
+   *
+   *   to ::
+   *     A pointer to the destination point.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and
+   *   @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stroker_ConicTo( FT_Stroker  stroker,
+                      FT_Vector*  control,
+                      FT_Vector*  to );
+
+
+  /**************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Stroker_CubicTo
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   `Draw' a single cubic Bézier in the stroker's current sub-path,
+   *   from the last position.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   stroker ::
+   *     The target stroker handle.
+   *
+   *   control1 ::
+   *     A pointer to the first Bézier control point.
+   *
+   *   control2 ::
+   *     A pointer to second Bézier control point.
+   *
+   *   to ::
+   *     A pointer to the destination point.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and
+   *   @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stroker_CubicTo( FT_Stroker  stroker,
+                      FT_Vector*  control1,
+                      FT_Vector*  control2,
+                      FT_Vector*  to );
+
+
+  /**************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Call this function once you have finished parsing your paths
+   *   with the stroker.  It returns the number of points and
+   *   contours necessary to export one of the `border' or `stroke'
+   *   outlines generated by the stroker.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   stroker ::
+   *     The target stroker handle.
+   *
+   *   border ::
+   *     The border index.
+   *
+   * @output:
+   *   anum_points ::
+   *     The number of points.
+   *
+   *   anum_contours ::
+   *     The number of contours.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   When an outline, or a sub-path, is `closed', the stroker generates
+   *   two independent `border' outlines, named `left' and `right'.
+   *
+   *   When the outline, or a sub-path, is `opened', the stroker merges
+   *   the `border' outlines with caps.  The `left' border receives all
+   *   points, while the `right' border becomes empty.
+   *
+   *   Use the function @FT_Stroker_GetCounts instead if you want to
+   *   retrieve the counts associated to both borders.
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts( FT_Stroker        stroker,
+                              FT_StrokerBorder  border,
+                              FT_UInt          *anum_points,
+                              FT_UInt          *anum_contours );
+
+
+  /**************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Stroker_ExportBorder
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to
+   *   export the corresponding border to your own @FT_Outline
+   *   structure.
+   *
+   *   Note that this function appends the border points and
+   *   contours to your outline, but does not try to resize its
+   *   arrays.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   stroker ::
+   *     The target stroker handle.
+   *
+   *   border ::
+   *     The border index.
+   *
+   *   outline ::
+   *     The target outline handle.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   Always call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to
+   *   get sure that there is enough room in your @FT_Outline object to
+   *   receive all new data.
+   *
+   *   When an outline, or a sub-path, is `closed', the stroker generates
+   *   two independent `border' outlines, named `left' and `right'
+   *
+   *   When the outline, or a sub-path, is `opened', the stroker merges
+   *   the `border' outlines with caps. The `left' border receives all
+   *   points, while the `right' border becomes empty.
+   *
+   *   Use the function @FT_Stroker_Export instead if you want to
+   *   retrieve all borders at once.
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_Stroker_ExportBorder( FT_Stroker        stroker,
+                           FT_StrokerBorder  border,
+                           FT_Outline*       outline );
+
+
+  /**************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Stroker_GetCounts
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Call this function once you have finished parsing your paths
+   *   with the stroker.  It returns the number of points and
+   *   contours necessary to export all points/borders from the stroked
+   *   outline/path.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   stroker ::
+   *     The target stroker handle.
+   *
+   * @output:
+   *   anum_points ::
+   *     The number of points.
+   *
+   *   anum_contours ::
+   *     The number of contours.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stroker_GetCounts( FT_Stroker  stroker,
+                        FT_UInt    *anum_points,
+                        FT_UInt    *anum_contours );
+
+
+  /**************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Stroker_Export
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to
+   *   export the all borders to your own @FT_Outline structure.
+   *
+   *   Note that this function appends the border points and
+   *   contours to your outline, but does not try to resize its
+   *   arrays.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   stroker ::
+   *     The target stroker handle.
+   *
+   *   outline ::
+   *     The target outline handle.
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_Stroker_Export( FT_Stroker   stroker,
+                     FT_Outline*  outline );
+
+
+  /**************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Stroker_Done
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Destroy a stroker object.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   stroker ::
+   *     A stroker handle.  Can be NULL.
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_Stroker_Done( FT_Stroker  stroker );
+
+
+  /**************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Glyph_Stroke
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Stroke a given outline glyph object with a given stroker.
+   *
+   * @inout:
+   *   pglyph ::
+   *     Source glyph handle on input, new glyph handle on output.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   stroker ::
+   *     A stroker handle.
+   *
+   *   destroy ::
+   *     A Boolean.  If~1, the source glyph object is destroyed
+   *     on success.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *    FreeType error code.  0~means success.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   The source glyph is untouched in case of error.
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Glyph_Stroke( FT_Glyph    *pglyph,
+                   FT_Stroker   stroker,
+                   FT_Bool      destroy );
+
+
+  /**************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Stroke a given outline glyph object with a given stroker, but
+   *   only return either its inside or outside border.
+   *
+   * @inout:
+   *   pglyph ::
+   *     Source glyph handle on input, new glyph handle on output.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   stroker ::
+   *     A stroker handle.
+   *
+   *   inside ::
+   *     A Boolean.  If~1, return the inside border, otherwise
+   *     the outside border.
+   *
+   *   destroy ::
+   *     A Boolean.  If~1, the source glyph object is destroyed
+   *     on success.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *    FreeType error code.  0~means success.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   The source glyph is untouched in case of error.
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder( FT_Glyph    *pglyph,
+                         FT_Stroker   stroker,
+                         FT_Bool      inside,
+                         FT_Bool      destroy );
+
+ /* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FT_STROKE_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
+
+
+/* Local Variables: */
+/* coding: utf-8    */
+/* End:             */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftsynth.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftsynth.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a068b79
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftsynth.h
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftsynth.h                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType synthesizing code for emboldening and slanting              */
+/*    (specification).                                                     */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2000-2001, 2003, 2006, 2008 by                               */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*********                                                       *********/
+  /*********        WARNING, THIS IS ALPHA CODE!  THIS API         *********/
+  /*********    IS DUE TO CHANGE UNTIL STRICTLY NOTIFIED BY THE    *********/
+  /*********            FREETYPE DEVELOPMENT TEAM                  *********/
+  /*********                                                       *********/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /* Main reason for not lifting the functions in this module to a  */
+  /* `standard' API is that the used parameters for emboldening and */
+  /* slanting are not configurable.  Consider the functions as a    */
+  /* code resource which should be copied into the application and  */
+  /* adapted to the particular needs.                               */
+
+
+#ifndef __FTSYNTH_H__
+#define __FTSYNTH_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+  /* Embolden a glyph by a `reasonable' value (which is highly a matter of */
+  /* taste).  This function is actually a convenience function, providing  */
+  /* a wrapper for @FT_Outline_Embolden and @FT_Bitmap_Embolden.           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* For emboldened outlines the metrics are estimates only; if you need   */
+  /* precise values you should call @FT_Outline_Get_CBox.                  */
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_GlyphSlot_Embolden( FT_GlyphSlot  slot );
+
+  /* Slant an outline glyph to the right by about 12 degrees. */
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_GlyphSlot_Oblique( FT_GlyphSlot  slot );
+
+  /* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTSYNTH_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftsystem.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftsystem.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a95b2c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftsystem.h
@@ -0,0 +1,346 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftsystem.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType low-level system interface definition (specification).      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2005 by                                     */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTSYSTEM_H__
+#define __FTSYSTEM_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*   system_interface                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Title>                                                               */
+  /*   System Interface                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
+  /*   How FreeType manages memory and i/o.                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*   This section contains various definitions related to memory         */
+  /*   management and i/o access.  You need to understand this             */
+  /*   information if you want to use a custom memory manager or you own   */
+  /*   i/o streams.                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                  M E M O R Y   M A N A G E M E N T                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @type:
+   *   FT_Memory
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A handle to a given memory manager object, defined with an
+   *   @FT_MemoryRec structure.
+   *
+   */
+  typedef struct FT_MemoryRec_*  FT_Memory;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @functype:
+   *   FT_Alloc_Func
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A function used to allocate `size' bytes from `memory'.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   memory ::
+   *     A handle to the source memory manager.
+   *
+   *   size ::
+   *     The size in bytes to allocate.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *   Address of new memory block.  0~in case of failure.
+   *
+   */
+  typedef void*
+  (*FT_Alloc_Func)( FT_Memory  memory,
+                    long       size );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @functype:
+   *   FT_Free_Func
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A function used to release a given block of memory.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   memory ::
+   *     A handle to the source memory manager.
+   *
+   *   block ::
+   *     The address of the target memory block.
+   *
+   */
+  typedef void
+  (*FT_Free_Func)( FT_Memory  memory,
+                   void*      block );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @functype:
+   *   FT_Realloc_Func
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A function used to re-allocate a given block of memory.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   memory ::
+   *     A handle to the source memory manager.
+   *
+   *   cur_size ::
+   *     The block's current size in bytes.
+   *
+   *   new_size ::
+   *     The block's requested new size.
+   *
+   *   block ::
+   *     The block's current address.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *   New block address.  0~in case of memory shortage.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   In case of error, the old block must still be available.
+   *
+   */
+  typedef void*
+  (*FT_Realloc_Func)( FT_Memory  memory,
+                      long       cur_size,
+                      long       new_size,
+                      void*      block );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @struct:
+   *   FT_MemoryRec
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A structure used to describe a given memory manager to FreeType~2.
+   *
+   * @fields:
+   *   user ::
+   *     A generic typeless pointer for user data.
+   *
+   *   alloc ::
+   *     A pointer type to an allocation function.
+   *
+   *   free ::
+   *     A pointer type to an memory freeing function.
+   *
+   *   realloc ::
+   *     A pointer type to a reallocation function.
+   *
+   */
+  struct  FT_MemoryRec_
+  {
+    void*            user;
+    FT_Alloc_Func    alloc;
+    FT_Free_Func     free;
+    FT_Realloc_Func  realloc;
+  };
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                       I / O   M A N A G E M E N T                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @type:
+   *   FT_Stream
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A handle to an input stream.
+   *
+   */
+  typedef struct FT_StreamRec_*  FT_Stream;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @struct:
+   *   FT_StreamDesc
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A union type used to store either a long or a pointer.  This is used
+   *   to store a file descriptor or a `FILE*' in an input stream.
+   *
+   */
+  typedef union  FT_StreamDesc_
+  {
+    long   value;
+    void*  pointer;
+
+  } FT_StreamDesc;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @functype:
+   *   FT_Stream_IoFunc
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A function used to seek and read data from a given input stream.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   stream ::
+   *     A handle to the source stream.
+   *
+   *   offset ::
+   *     The offset of read in stream (always from start).
+   *
+   *   buffer ::
+   *     The address of the read buffer.
+   *
+   *   count ::
+   *     The number of bytes to read from the stream.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *   The number of bytes effectively read by the stream.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   This function might be called to perform a seek or skip operation
+   *   with a `count' of~0.
+   *
+   */
+  typedef unsigned long
+  (*FT_Stream_IoFunc)( FT_Stream       stream,
+                       unsigned long   offset,
+                       unsigned char*  buffer,
+                       unsigned long   count );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @functype:
+   *   FT_Stream_CloseFunc
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A function used to close a given input stream.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *  stream ::
+   *     A handle to the target stream.
+   *
+   */
+  typedef void
+  (*FT_Stream_CloseFunc)( FT_Stream  stream );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @struct:
+   *   FT_StreamRec
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A structure used to describe an input stream.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   base ::
+   *     For memory-based streams, this is the address of the first stream
+   *     byte in memory.  This field should always be set to NULL for
+   *     disk-based streams.
+   *
+   *   size ::
+   *     The stream size in bytes.
+   *
+   *   pos ::
+   *     The current position within the stream.
+   *
+   *   descriptor ::
+   *     This field is a union that can hold an integer or a pointer.  It is
+   *     used by stream implementations to store file descriptors or `FILE*'
+   *     pointers.
+   *
+   *   pathname ::
+   *     This field is completely ignored by FreeType.  However, it is often
+   *     useful during debugging to use it to store the stream's filename
+   *     (where available).
+   *
+   *   read ::
+   *     The stream's input function.
+   *
+   *   close ::
+   *     The stream;s close function.
+   *
+   *   memory ::
+   *     The memory manager to use to preload frames.  This is set
+   *     internally by FreeType and shouldn't be touched by stream
+   *     implementations.
+   *
+   *   cursor ::
+   *     This field is set and used internally by FreeType when parsing
+   *     frames.
+   *
+   *   limit ::
+   *     This field is set and used internally by FreeType when parsing
+   *     frames.
+   *
+   */
+  typedef struct  FT_StreamRec_
+  {
+    unsigned char*       base;
+    unsigned long        size;
+    unsigned long        pos;
+
+    FT_StreamDesc        descriptor;
+    FT_StreamDesc        pathname;
+    FT_Stream_IoFunc     read;
+    FT_Stream_CloseFunc  close;
+
+    FT_Memory            memory;
+    unsigned char*       cursor;
+    unsigned char*       limit;
+
+  } FT_StreamRec;
+
+
+  /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTSYSTEM_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/fttrigon.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/fttrigon.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6b77d2e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/fttrigon.h
@@ -0,0 +1,350 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  fttrigon.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType trigonometric functions (specification).                    */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2001, 2003, 2005, 2007 by                                    */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTTRIGON_H__
+#define __FTTRIGON_H__
+
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*   computations                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @type:
+   *   FT_Angle
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   This type is used to model angle values in FreeType.  Note that the
+   *   angle is a 16.16 fixed float value expressed in degrees.
+   *
+   */
+  typedef FT_Fixed  FT_Angle;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_ANGLE_PI
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   The angle pi expressed in @FT_Angle units.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_ANGLE_PI  ( 180L << 16 )
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_ANGLE_2PI
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   The angle 2*pi expressed in @FT_Angle units.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_ANGLE_2PI  ( FT_ANGLE_PI * 2 )
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_ANGLE_PI2
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   The angle pi/2 expressed in @FT_Angle units.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_ANGLE_PI2  ( FT_ANGLE_PI / 2 )
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_ANGLE_PI4
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   The angle pi/4 expressed in @FT_Angle units.
+   *
+   */
+#define FT_ANGLE_PI4  ( FT_ANGLE_PI / 4 )
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Sin
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Return the sinus of a given angle in fixed point format.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   angle ::
+   *     The input angle.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *   The sinus value.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   If you need both the sinus and cosinus for a given angle, use the
+   *   function @FT_Vector_Unit.
+   *
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
+  FT_Sin( FT_Angle  angle );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Cos
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Return the cosinus of a given angle in fixed point format.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   angle ::
+   *     The input angle.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *   The cosinus value.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   If you need both the sinus and cosinus for a given angle, use the
+   *   function @FT_Vector_Unit.
+   *
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
+  FT_Cos( FT_Angle  angle );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Tan
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Return the tangent of a given angle in fixed point format.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   angle ::
+   *     The input angle.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *   The tangent value.
+   *
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
+  FT_Tan( FT_Angle  angle );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Atan2
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Return the arc-tangent corresponding to a given vector (x,y) in
+   *   the 2d plane.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   x ::
+   *     The horizontal vector coordinate.
+   *
+   *   y ::
+   *     The vertical vector coordinate.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *   The arc-tangent value (i.e. angle).
+   *
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Angle )
+  FT_Atan2( FT_Fixed  x,
+            FT_Fixed  y );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Angle_Diff
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Return the difference between two angles.  The result is always
+   *   constrained to the ]-PI..PI] interval.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   angle1 ::
+   *     First angle.
+   *
+   *   angle2 ::
+   *     Second angle.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *   Constrained value of `value2-value1'.
+   *
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Angle )
+  FT_Angle_Diff( FT_Angle  angle1,
+                 FT_Angle  angle2 );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Vector_Unit
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Return the unit vector corresponding to a given angle.  After the
+   *   call, the value of `vec.x' will be `sin(angle)', and the value of
+   *   `vec.y' will be `cos(angle)'.
+   *
+   *   This function is useful to retrieve both the sinus and cosinus of a
+   *   given angle quickly.
+   *
+   * @output:
+   *   vec ::
+   *     The address of target vector.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   angle ::
+   *     The address of angle.
+   *
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_Vector_Unit( FT_Vector*  vec,
+                  FT_Angle    angle );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Vector_Rotate
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Rotate a vector by a given angle.
+   *
+   * @inout:
+   *   vec ::
+   *     The address of target vector.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   angle ::
+   *     The address of angle.
+   *
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_Vector_Rotate( FT_Vector*  vec,
+                    FT_Angle    angle );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Vector_Length
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Return the length of a given vector.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   vec ::
+   *     The address of target vector.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *   The vector length, expressed in the same units that the original
+   *   vector coordinates.
+   *
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
+  FT_Vector_Length( FT_Vector*  vec );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Vector_Polarize
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Compute both the length and angle of a given vector.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   vec ::
+   *     The address of source vector.
+   *
+   * @output:
+   *   length ::
+   *     The vector length.
+   *
+   *   angle ::
+   *     The vector angle.
+   *
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_Vector_Polarize( FT_Vector*  vec,
+                      FT_Fixed   *length,
+                      FT_Angle   *angle );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Vector_From_Polar
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Compute vector coordinates from a length and angle.
+   *
+   * @output:
+   *   vec ::
+   *     The address of source vector.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   length ::
+   *     The vector length.
+   *
+   *   angle ::
+   *     The vector angle.
+   *
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( void )
+  FT_Vector_From_Polar( FT_Vector*  vec,
+                        FT_Fixed    length,
+                        FT_Angle    angle );
+
+  /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTTRIGON_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/fttypes.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/fttypes.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..54f08e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/fttypes.h
@@ -0,0 +1,587 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  fttypes.h                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType simple types definitions (specification only).              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2004, 2006, 2007, 2008 by                   */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTTYPES_H__
+#define __FTTYPES_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
+#include FT_SYSTEM_H
+#include FT_IMAGE_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*    basic_types                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Title>                                                               */
+  /*    Basic Data Types                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
+  /*    The basic data types defined by the library.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This section contains the basic data types defined by FreeType~2,  */
+  /*    ranging from simple scalar types to bitmap descriptors.  More      */
+  /*    font-specific structures are defined in a different section.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Order>                                                               */
+  /*    FT_Byte                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Bytes                                                           */
+  /*    FT_Char                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Int                                                             */
+  /*    FT_UInt                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Int16                                                           */
+  /*    FT_UInt16                                                          */
+  /*    FT_Int32                                                           */
+  /*    FT_UInt32                                                          */
+  /*    FT_Short                                                           */
+  /*    FT_UShort                                                          */
+  /*    FT_Long                                                            */
+  /*    FT_ULong                                                           */
+  /*    FT_Bool                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Offset                                                          */
+  /*    FT_PtrDist                                                         */
+  /*    FT_String                                                          */
+  /*    FT_Tag                                                             */
+  /*    FT_Error                                                           */
+  /*    FT_Fixed                                                           */
+  /*    FT_Pointer                                                         */
+  /*    FT_Pos                                                             */
+  /*    FT_Vector                                                          */
+  /*    FT_BBox                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Matrix                                                          */
+  /*    FT_FWord                                                           */
+  /*    FT_UFWord                                                          */
+  /*    FT_F2Dot14                                                         */
+  /*    FT_UnitVector                                                      */
+  /*    FT_F26Dot6                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_Generic                                                         */
+  /*    FT_Generic_Finalizer                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FT_Bitmap                                                          */
+  /*    FT_Pixel_Mode                                                      */
+  /*    FT_Palette_Mode                                                    */
+  /*    FT_Glyph_Format                                                    */
+  /*    FT_IMAGE_TAG                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_Bool                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A typedef of unsigned char, used for simple booleans.  As usual,   */
+  /*    values 1 and~0 represent true and false, respectively.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef unsigned char  FT_Bool;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_FWord                                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A signed 16-bit integer used to store a distance in original font  */
+  /*    units.                                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef signed short  FT_FWord;   /* distance in FUnits */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_UFWord                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    An unsigned 16-bit integer used to store a distance in original    */
+  /*    font units.                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef unsigned short  FT_UFWord;  /* unsigned distance */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_Char                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A simple typedef for the _signed_ char type.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef signed char  FT_Char;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_Byte                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A simple typedef for the _unsigned_ char type.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef unsigned char  FT_Byte;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_Bytes                                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A typedef for constant memory areas.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef const FT_Byte*  FT_Bytes;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_Tag                                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A typedef for 32-bit tags (as used in the SFNT format).             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef FT_UInt32  FT_Tag;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_String                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A simple typedef for the char type, usually used for strings.      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef char  FT_String;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_Short                                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A typedef for signed short.                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef signed short  FT_Short;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_UShort                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A typedef for unsigned short.                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef unsigned short  FT_UShort;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_Int                                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A typedef for the int type.                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef signed int  FT_Int;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_UInt                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A typedef for the unsigned int type.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef unsigned int  FT_UInt;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_Long                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A typedef for signed long.                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef signed long  FT_Long;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_ULong                                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A typedef for unsigned long.                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef unsigned long  FT_ULong;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_F2Dot14                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A signed 2.14 fixed float type used for unit vectors.              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef signed short  FT_F2Dot14;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_F26Dot6                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A signed 26.6 fixed float type used for vectorial pixel            */
+  /*    coordinates.                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef signed long  FT_F26Dot6;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_Fixed                                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This type is used to store 16.16 fixed float values, like scaling  */
+  /*    values or matrix coefficients.                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef signed long  FT_Fixed;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_Error                                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    The FreeType error code type.  A value of~0 is always interpreted  */
+  /*    as a successful operation.                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef int  FT_Error;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_Pointer                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A simple typedef for a typeless pointer.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef void*  FT_Pointer;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_Offset                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This is equivalent to the ANSI~C `size_t' type, i.e., the largest  */
+  /*    _unsigned_ integer type used to express a file size or position,   */
+  /*    or a memory block size.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef size_t  FT_Offset;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_PtrDist                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This is equivalent to the ANSI~C `ptrdiff_t' type, i.e., the       */
+  /*    largest _signed_ integer type used to express the distance         */
+  /*    between two pointers.                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef ft_ptrdiff_t  FT_PtrDist;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_UnitVector                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A simple structure used to store a 2D vector unit vector.  Uses    */
+  /*    FT_F2Dot14 types.                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    x :: Horizontal coordinate.                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    y :: Vertical coordinate.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  FT_UnitVector_
+  {
+    FT_F2Dot14  x;
+    FT_F2Dot14  y;
+
+  } FT_UnitVector;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_Matrix                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A simple structure used to store a 2x2 matrix.  Coefficients are   */
+  /*    in 16.16 fixed float format.  The computation performed is:        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*       {                                                               */
+  /*          x' = x*xx + y*xy                                             */
+  /*          y' = x*yx + y*yy                                             */
+  /*       }                                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    xx :: Matrix coefficient.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    xy :: Matrix coefficient.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    yx :: Matrix coefficient.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    yy :: Matrix coefficient.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  FT_Matrix_
+  {
+    FT_Fixed  xx, xy;
+    FT_Fixed  yx, yy;
+
+  } FT_Matrix;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_Data                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Read-only binary data represented as a pointer and a length.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    pointer :: The data.                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    length  :: The length of the data in bytes.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  FT_Data_
+  {
+    const FT_Byte*  pointer;
+    FT_Int          length;
+
+  } FT_Data;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Generic_Finalizer                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Describe a function used to destroy the `client' data of any       */
+  /*    FreeType object.  See the description of the @FT_Generic type for  */
+  /*    details of usage.                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    The address of the FreeType object which is under finalization.    */
+  /*    Its client data is accessed through its `generic' field.           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef void  (*FT_Generic_Finalizer)(void*  object);
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_Generic                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Client applications often need to associate their own data to a    */
+  /*    variety of FreeType core objects.  For example, a text layout API  */
+  /*    might want to associate a glyph cache to a given size object.      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Most FreeType object contains a `generic' field, of type           */
+  /*    FT_Generic, which usage is left to client applications and font    */
+  /*    servers.                                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    It can be used to store a pointer to client-specific data, as well */
+  /*    as the address of a `finalizer' function, which will be called by  */
+  /*    FreeType when the object is destroyed (for example, the previous   */
+  /*    client example would put the address of the glyph cache destructor */
+  /*    in the `finalizer' field).                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    data      :: A typeless pointer to any client-specified data. This */
+  /*                 field is completely ignored by the FreeType library.  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    finalizer :: A pointer to a `generic finalizer' function, which    */
+  /*                 will be called when the object is destroyed.  If this */
+  /*                 field is set to NULL, no code will be called.         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  FT_Generic_
+  {
+    void*                 data;
+    FT_Generic_Finalizer  finalizer;
+
+  } FT_Generic;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Macro>                                                               */
+  /*    FT_MAKE_TAG                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This macro converts four-letter tags which are used to label       */
+  /*    TrueType tables into an unsigned long to be used within FreeType.  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    The produced values *must* be 32-bit integers.  Don't redefine     */
+  /*    this macro.                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define FT_MAKE_TAG( _x1, _x2, _x3, _x4 ) \
+          ( ( (FT_ULong)_x1 << 24 ) |     \
+            ( (FT_ULong)_x2 << 16 ) |     \
+            ( (FT_ULong)_x3 <<  8 ) |     \
+              (FT_ULong)_x4         )
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                    L I S T   M A N A G E M E N T                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*    list_processing                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_ListNode                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*     Many elements and objects in FreeType are listed through an       */
+  /*     @FT_List record (see @FT_ListRec).  As its name suggests, an      */
+  /*     FT_ListNode is a handle to a single list element.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct FT_ListNodeRec_*  FT_ListNode;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_List                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A handle to a list record (see @FT_ListRec).                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct FT_ListRec_*  FT_List;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_ListNodeRec                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A structure used to hold a single list element.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    prev :: The previous element in the list.  NULL if first.          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    next :: The next element in the list.  NULL if last.               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    data :: A typeless pointer to the listed object.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  FT_ListNodeRec_
+  {
+    FT_ListNode  prev;
+    FT_ListNode  next;
+    void*        data;
+
+  } FT_ListNodeRec;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_ListRec                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A structure used to hold a simple doubly-linked list.  These are   */
+  /*    used in many parts of FreeType.                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    head :: The head (first element) of doubly-linked list.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    tail :: The tail (last element) of doubly-linked list.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  FT_ListRec_
+  {
+    FT_ListNode  head;
+    FT_ListNode  tail;
+
+  } FT_ListRec;
+
+
+  /* */
+
+#define FT_IS_EMPTY( list )  ( (list).head == 0 )
+
+  /* return base error code (without module-specific prefix) */
+#define FT_ERROR_BASE( x )    ( (x) & 0xFF )
+
+  /* return module error code */
+#define FT_ERROR_MODULE( x )  ( (x) & 0xFF00U )
+
+#define FT_BOOL( x )  ( (FT_Bool)( x ) )
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTTYPES_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftwinfnt.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftwinfnt.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ea33353
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftwinfnt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,274 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftwinfnt.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType API for accessing Windows fnt-specific data.                */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2003, 2004, 2008 by                                          */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTWINFNT_H__
+#define __FTWINFNT_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*    winfnt_fonts                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Title>                                                               */
+  /*    Window FNT Files                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
+  /*    Windows FNT specific API.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This section contains the declaration of Windows FNT specific      */
+  /*    functions.                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @enum:
+   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_XXX
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A list of valid values for the `charset' byte in
+   *   @FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec.  Exact mapping tables for the various cpXXXX
+   *   encodings (except for cp1361) can be found at ftp://ftp.unicode.org
+   *   in the MAPPINGS/VENDORS/MICSFT/WINDOWS subdirectory.  cp1361 is
+   *   roughly a superset of MAPPINGS/OBSOLETE/EASTASIA/KSC/JOHAB.TXT.
+   *
+   * @values:
+   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_DEFAULT ::
+   *     This is used for font enumeration and font creation as a
+   *     `don't care' value.  Valid font files don't contain this value.
+   *     When querying for information about the character set of the font
+   *     that is currently selected into a specified device context, this
+   *     return value (of the related Windows API) simply denotes failure.
+   *
+   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_SYMBOL ::
+   *     There is no known mapping table available.
+   *
+   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_MAC ::
+   *     Mac Roman encoding.
+   *
+   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM ::
+   *     From Michael Pöttgen <michael@poettgen.de>:
+   *
+   *       The `Windows Font Mapping' article says that FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM
+   *       is used for the charset of vector fonts, like `modern.fon',
+   *       `roman.fon', and `script.fon' on Windows.
+   *
+   *       The `CreateFont' documentation says: The FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM value
+   *       specifies a character set that is operating-system dependent.
+   *
+   *       The `IFIMETRICS' documentation from the `Windows Driver
+   *       Development Kit' says: This font supports an OEM-specific
+   *       character set.  The OEM character set is system dependent.
+   *
+   *       In general OEM, as opposed to ANSI (i.e., cp1252), denotes the
+   *       second default codepage that most international versions of
+   *       Windows have.  It is one of the OEM codepages from
+   *
+   *         http://www.microsoft.com/globaldev/reference/cphome.mspx,
+   *
+   *       and is used for the `DOS boxes', to support legacy applications.
+   *       A German Windows version for example usually uses ANSI codepage
+   *       1252 and OEM codepage 850.
+   *
+   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP874 ::
+   *     A superset of Thai TIS 620 and ISO 8859-11.
+   *
+   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP932 ::
+   *     A superset of Japanese Shift-JIS (with minor deviations).
+   *
+   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP936 ::
+   *     A superset of simplified Chinese GB 2312-1980 (with different
+   *     ordering and minor deviations).
+   *
+   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP949 ::
+   *     A superset of Korean Hangul KS~C 5601-1987 (with different
+   *     ordering and minor deviations).
+   *
+   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP950 ::
+   *     A superset of traditional Chinese Big~5 ETen (with different
+   *     ordering and minor deviations).
+   *
+   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1250 ::
+   *     A superset of East European ISO 8859-2 (with slightly different
+   *     ordering).
+   *
+   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1251 ::
+   *     A superset of Russian ISO 8859-5 (with different ordering).
+   *
+   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1252 ::
+   *     ANSI encoding.  A superset of ISO 8859-1.
+   *
+   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1253 ::
+   *     A superset of Greek ISO 8859-7 (with minor modifications).
+   *
+   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1254 ::
+   *     A superset of Turkish ISO 8859-9.
+   *
+   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1255 ::
+   *     A superset of Hebrew ISO 8859-8 (with some modifications).
+   *
+   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1256 ::
+   *     A superset of Arabic ISO 8859-6 (with different ordering).
+   *
+   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1257 ::
+   *     A superset of Baltic ISO 8859-13 (with some deviations).
+   *
+   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1258 ::
+   *     For Vietnamese.  This encoding doesn't cover all necessary
+   *     characters.
+   *
+   *   FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1361 ::
+   *     Korean (Johab).
+   */
+
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1252    0
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_DEFAULT   1
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_SYMBOL    2
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_MAC      77
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP932   128
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP949   129
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1361  130
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP936   134
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP950   136
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1253  161
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1254  162
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1258  163
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1255  177
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1256  178
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1257  186
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1251  204
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP874   222
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1250  238
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM     255
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Windows FNT Header info.                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec_
+  {
+    FT_UShort  version;
+    FT_ULong   file_size;
+    FT_Byte    copyright[60];
+    FT_UShort  file_type;
+    FT_UShort  nominal_point_size;
+    FT_UShort  vertical_resolution;
+    FT_UShort  horizontal_resolution;
+    FT_UShort  ascent;
+    FT_UShort  internal_leading;
+    FT_UShort  external_leading;
+    FT_Byte    italic;
+    FT_Byte    underline;
+    FT_Byte    strike_out;
+    FT_UShort  weight;
+    FT_Byte    charset;
+    FT_UShort  pixel_width;
+    FT_UShort  pixel_height;
+    FT_Byte    pitch_and_family;
+    FT_UShort  avg_width;
+    FT_UShort  max_width;
+    FT_Byte    first_char;
+    FT_Byte    last_char;
+    FT_Byte    default_char;
+    FT_Byte    break_char;
+    FT_UShort  bytes_per_row;
+    FT_ULong   device_offset;
+    FT_ULong   face_name_offset;
+    FT_ULong   bits_pointer;
+    FT_ULong   bits_offset;
+    FT_Byte    reserved;
+    FT_ULong   flags;
+    FT_UShort  A_space;
+    FT_UShort  B_space;
+    FT_UShort  C_space;
+    FT_UShort  color_table_offset;
+    FT_ULong   reserved1[4];
+
+  } FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_WinFNT_Header                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A handle to an @FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec structure.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec_*  FT_WinFNT_Header;
+
+
+  /**********************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *    FT_Get_WinFNT_Header
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *    Retrieve a Windows FNT font info header.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *    face    :: A handle to the input face.
+   *
+   * @output:
+   *    aheader :: The WinFNT header.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   This function only works with Windows FNT faces, returning an error
+   *   otherwise.
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_WinFNT_Header( FT_Face               face,
+                        FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec  *aheader );
+
+
+  /* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTWINFNT_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
+
+
+/* Local Variables: */
+/* coding: utf-8    */
+/* End:             */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftxf86.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftxf86.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ae9ff07
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftxf86.h
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftxf86.h                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Support functions for X11.                                           */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2007 by                              */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTXF86_H__
+#define __FTXF86_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*   font_formats                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Title>                                                               */
+  /*   Font Formats                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
+  /*   Getting the font format.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*   The single function in this section can be used to get the font     */
+  /*   format.  Note that this information is not needed normally;         */
+  /*   however, there are special cases (like in PDF devices) where it is  */
+  /*   important to differentiate, in spite of FreeType's uniform API.     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*   FT_Get_X11_Font_Format                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*   Return a string describing the format of a given face, using values */
+  /*   which can be used as an X11 FONT_PROPERTY.  Possible values are     */
+  /*   `TrueType', `Type~1', `BDF', `PCF', `Type~42', `CID~Type~1', `CFF', */
+  /*   `PFR', and `Windows~FNT'.                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*   face ::                                                             */
+  /*     Input face handle.                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*   Font format string.  NULL in case of error.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( const char* )
+  FT_Get_X11_Font_Format( FT_Face  face );
+
+ /* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTXF86_H__ */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/autohint.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/autohint.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ee00402
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/autohint.h
@@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  autohint.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    High-level `autohint' module-specific interface (specification).     */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2007 by                                     */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The auto-hinter is used to load and automatically hint glyphs if a    */
+  /* format-specific hinter isn't available.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __AUTOHINT_H__
+#define __AUTOHINT_H__
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* A small technical note regarding automatic hinting in order to        */
+  /* clarify this module interface.                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* An automatic hinter might compute two kinds of data for a given face: */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* - global hints: Usually some metrics that describe global properties  */
+  /*                 of the face.  It is computed by scanning more or less */
+  /*                 aggressively the glyphs in the face, and thus can be  */
+  /*                 very slow to compute (even if the size of global      */
+  /*                 hints is really small).                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* - glyph hints:  These describe some important features of the glyph   */
+  /*                 outline, as well as how to align them.  They are      */
+  /*                 generally much faster to compute than global hints.   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The current FreeType auto-hinter does a pretty good job while         */
+  /* performing fast computations for both global and glyph hints.         */
+  /* However, we might be interested in introducing more complex and       */
+  /* powerful algorithms in the future, like the one described in the John */
+  /* D. Hobby paper, which unfortunately requires a lot more horsepower.   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Because a sufficiently sophisticated font management system would     */
+  /* typically implement an LRU cache of opened face objects to reduce     */
+  /* memory usage, it is a good idea to be able to avoid recomputing       */
+  /* global hints every time the same face is re-opened.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* We thus provide the ability to cache global hints outside of the face */
+  /* object, in order to speed up font re-opening time.  Of course, this   */
+  /* feature is purely optional, so most client programs won't even notice */
+  /* it.                                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* I initially thought that it would be a good idea to cache the glyph   */
+  /* hints too.  However, my general idea now is that if you really need   */
+  /* to cache these too, you are simply in need of a new font format,      */
+  /* where all this information could be stored within the font file and   */
+  /* decoded on the fly.                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  typedef struct FT_AutoHinterRec_  *FT_AutoHinter;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_AutoHinter_GlobalGetFunc                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Retrieves the global hints computed for a given face object the    */
+  /*    resulting data is dissociated from the face and will survive a     */
+  /*    call to FT_Done_Face().  It must be discarded through the API      */
+  /*    FT_AutoHinter_GlobalDoneFunc().                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    hinter        :: A handle to the source auto-hinter.               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    face          :: A handle to the source face object.               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    global_hints  :: A typeless pointer to the global hints.           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    global_len    :: The size in bytes of the global hints.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef void
+  (*FT_AutoHinter_GlobalGetFunc)( FT_AutoHinter  hinter,
+                                  FT_Face        face,
+                                  void**         global_hints,
+                                  long*          global_len );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_AutoHinter_GlobalDoneFunc                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Discards the global hints retrieved through                        */
+  /*    FT_AutoHinter_GlobalGetFunc().  This is the only way these hints   */
+  /*    are freed from memory.                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    hinter :: A handle to the auto-hinter module.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    global :: A pointer to retrieved global hints to discard.          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef void
+  (*FT_AutoHinter_GlobalDoneFunc)( FT_AutoHinter  hinter,
+                                   void*          global );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_AutoHinter_GlobalResetFunc                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This function is used to recompute the global metrics in a given   */
+  /*    font.  This is useful when global font data changes (e.g. Multiple */
+  /*    Masters fonts where blend coordinates change).                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    hinter :: A handle to the source auto-hinter.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    face   :: A handle to the face.                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef void
+  (*FT_AutoHinter_GlobalResetFunc)( FT_AutoHinter  hinter,
+                                    FT_Face        face );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_AutoHinter_GlyphLoadFunc                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This function is used to load, scale, and automatically hint a     */
+  /*    glyph from a given face.                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face        :: A handle to the face.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    glyph_index :: The glyph index.                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    load_flags  :: The load flags.                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    This function is capable of loading composite glyphs by hinting    */
+  /*    each sub-glyph independently (which improves quality).             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    It will call the font driver with FT_Load_Glyph(), with            */
+  /*    FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE set.                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*FT_AutoHinter_GlyphLoadFunc)( FT_AutoHinter  hinter,
+                                  FT_GlyphSlot   slot,
+                                  FT_Size        size,
+                                  FT_UInt        glyph_index,
+                                  FT_Int32       load_flags );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_AutoHinter_ServiceRec                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    The auto-hinter module's interface.                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  FT_AutoHinter_ServiceRec_
+  {
+    FT_AutoHinter_GlobalResetFunc  reset_face;
+    FT_AutoHinter_GlobalGetFunc    get_global_hints;
+    FT_AutoHinter_GlobalDoneFunc   done_global_hints;
+    FT_AutoHinter_GlyphLoadFunc    load_glyph;
+
+  } FT_AutoHinter_ServiceRec, *FT_AutoHinter_Service;
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __AUTOHINT_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftcalc.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftcalc.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..58def34
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftcalc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftcalc.h                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Arithmetic computations (specification).                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008 by             */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTCALC_H__
+#define __FTCALC_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_FixedSqrt                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Computes the square root of a 16.16 fixed point value.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    x :: The value to compute the root for.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    The result of `sqrt(x)'.                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    This function is not very fast.                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_BASE( FT_Int32 )
+  FT_SqrtFixed( FT_Int32  x );
+
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Sqrt32                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Computes the square root of an Int32 integer (which will be        */
+  /*    handled as an unsigned long value).                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    x :: The value to compute the root for.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    The result of `sqrt(x)'.                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Int32 )
+  FT_Sqrt32( FT_Int32  x );
+
+#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* FT_MulDiv() and FT_MulFix() are declared in freetype.h.               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_MulDiv_No_Round                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A very simple function used to perform the computation `(a*b)/c'   */
+  /*    (without rounding) with maximal accuracy (it uses a 64-bit         */
+  /*    intermediate integer whenever necessary).                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    This function isn't necessarily as fast as some processor specific */
+  /*    operations, but is at least completely portable.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    a :: The first multiplier.                                         */
+  /*    b :: The second multiplier.                                        */
+  /*    c :: The divisor.                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    The result of `(a*b)/c'.  This function never traps when trying to */
+  /*    divide by zero; it simply returns `MaxInt' or `MinInt' depending   */
+  /*    on the signs of `a' and `b'.                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_BASE( FT_Long )
+  FT_MulDiv_No_Round( FT_Long  a,
+                      FT_Long  b,
+                      FT_Long  c );
+
+#endif /* TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER */
+
+
+  /*
+   *  A variant of FT_Matrix_Multiply which scales its result afterwards.
+   *  The idea is that both `a' and `b' are scaled by factors of 10 so that
+   *  the values are as precise as possible to get a correct result during
+   *  the 64bit multiplication.  Let `sa' and `sb' be the scaling factors of
+   *  `a' and `b', respectively, then the scaling factor of the result is
+   *  `sa*sb'.
+   */
+  FT_BASE( void )
+  FT_Matrix_Multiply_Scaled( const FT_Matrix*  a,
+                             FT_Matrix        *b,
+                             FT_Long           scaling );
+
+
+  /*
+   *  A variant of FT_Vector_Transform.  See comments for
+   *  FT_Matrix_Multiply_Scaled.
+   */
+
+  FT_BASE( void )
+  FT_Vector_Transform_Scaled( FT_Vector*        vector,
+                              const FT_Matrix*  matrix,
+                              FT_Long           scaling );
+
+
+  /*
+   *  Return -1, 0, or +1, depending on the orientation of a given corner.
+   *  We use the Cartesian coordinate system, with positive vertical values
+   *  going upwards.  The function returns +1 if the corner turns to the
+   *  left, -1 to the right, and 0 for undecidable cases.
+   */
+  FT_BASE( FT_Int )
+  ft_corner_orientation( FT_Pos  in_x,
+                         FT_Pos  in_y,
+                         FT_Pos  out_x,
+                         FT_Pos  out_y );
+
+  /*
+   *  Return TRUE if a corner is flat or nearly flat.  This is equivalent to
+   *  saying that the angle difference between the `in' and `out' vectors is
+   *  very small.
+   */
+  FT_BASE( FT_Int )
+  ft_corner_is_flat( FT_Pos  in_x,
+                     FT_Pos  in_y,
+                     FT_Pos  out_x,
+                     FT_Pos  out_y );
+
+
+#define INT_TO_F26DOT6( x )    ( (FT_Long)(x) << 6  )
+#define INT_TO_F2DOT14( x )    ( (FT_Long)(x) << 14 )
+#define INT_TO_FIXED( x )      ( (FT_Long)(x) << 16 )
+#define F2DOT14_TO_FIXED( x )  ( (FT_Long)(x) << 2  )
+#define FLOAT_TO_FIXED( x )    ( (FT_Long)( x * 65536.0 ) )
+
+#define ROUND_F26DOT6( x )     ( x >= 0 ? (    ( (x) + 32 ) & -64 )     \
+                                        : ( -( ( 32 - (x) ) & -64 ) ) )
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTCALC_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftdebug.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftdebug.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7baae35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftdebug.h
@@ -0,0 +1,250 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftdebug.h                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Debugging and logging component (specification).                     */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2004, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 by             */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  IMPORTANT: A description of FreeType's debugging support can be        */
+/*             found in `docs/DEBUG.TXT'.  Read it if you need to use or   */
+/*             understand this code.                                       */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTDEBUG_H__
+#define __FTDEBUG_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /* force the definition of FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR if FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE */
+  /* is already defined; this simplifies the following #ifdefs            */
+  /*                                                                      */
+#ifdef FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE
+#undef  FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR
+#define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR
+#endif
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Define the trace enums as well as the trace levels array when they    */
+  /* are needed.                                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE
+
+#define FT_TRACE_DEF( x )  trace_ ## x ,
+
+  /* defining the enumeration */
+  typedef enum  FT_Trace_
+  {
+#include FT_INTERNAL_TRACE_H
+    trace_count
+
+  } FT_Trace;
+
+
+  /* defining the array of trace levels, provided by `src/base/ftdebug.c' */
+  extern int  ft_trace_levels[trace_count];
+
+#undef FT_TRACE_DEF
+
+#endif /* FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Define the FT_TRACE macro                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* IMPORTANT!                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Each component must define the macro FT_COMPONENT to a valid FT_Trace */
+  /* value before using any TRACE macro.                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE
+
+#define FT_TRACE( level, varformat )                      \
+          do                                              \
+          {                                               \
+            if ( ft_trace_levels[FT_COMPONENT] >= level ) \
+              FT_Message varformat;                       \
+          } while ( 0 )
+
+#else /* !FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE */
+
+#define FT_TRACE( level, varformat )  do { } while ( 0 )      /* nothing */
+
+#endif /* !FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Trace_Get_Count                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Return the number of available trace components.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    The number of trace components.  0 if FreeType 2 is not built with */
+  /*    FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE definition.                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    This function may be useful if you want to access elements of      */
+  /*    the internal `ft_trace_levels' array by an index.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_BASE( FT_Int )
+  FT_Trace_Get_Count( void );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Trace_Get_Name                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Return the name of a trace component.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    The index of the trace component.                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    The name of the trace component.  This is a statically allocated   */
+  /*    C string, so do not free it after use.  NULL if FreeType 2 is not  */
+  /*    built with FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE definition.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    Use @FT_Trace_Get_Count to get the number of available trace       */
+  /*    components.                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    This function may be useful if you want to control FreeType 2's    */
+  /*    debug level in your application.                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_BASE( const char * )
+  FT_Trace_Get_Name( FT_Int  idx );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* You need two opening and closing parentheses!                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Example: FT_TRACE0(( "Value is %i", foo ))                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Output of the FT_TRACEX macros is sent to stderr.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+#define FT_TRACE0( varformat )  FT_TRACE( 0, varformat )
+#define FT_TRACE1( varformat )  FT_TRACE( 1, varformat )
+#define FT_TRACE2( varformat )  FT_TRACE( 2, varformat )
+#define FT_TRACE3( varformat )  FT_TRACE( 3, varformat )
+#define FT_TRACE4( varformat )  FT_TRACE( 4, varformat )
+#define FT_TRACE5( varformat )  FT_TRACE( 5, varformat )
+#define FT_TRACE6( varformat )  FT_TRACE( 6, varformat )
+#define FT_TRACE7( varformat )  FT_TRACE( 7, varformat )
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Define the FT_ERROR macro.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Output of this macro is sent to stderr.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR
+
+#define FT_ERROR( varformat )  FT_Message  varformat
+
+#else  /* !FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR */
+
+#define FT_ERROR( varformat )  do { } while ( 0 )      /* nothing */
+
+#endif /* !FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Define the FT_ASSERT macro.                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR
+
+#define FT_ASSERT( condition )                                      \
+          do                                                        \
+          {                                                         \
+            if ( !( condition ) )                                   \
+              FT_Panic( "assertion failed on line %d of file %s\n", \
+                        __LINE__, __FILE__ );                       \
+          } while ( 0 )
+
+#else /* !FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR */
+
+#define FT_ASSERT( condition )  do { } while ( 0 )
+
+#endif /* !FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Define `FT_Message' and `FT_Panic' when needed.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR
+
+#include "stdio.h"  /* for vfprintf() */
+
+  /* print a message */
+  FT_BASE( void )
+  FT_Message( const char*  fmt,
+              ... );
+
+  /* print a message and exit */
+  FT_BASE( void )
+  FT_Panic( const char*  fmt,
+            ... );
+
+#endif /* FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR */
+
+
+  FT_BASE( void )
+  ft_debug_init( void );
+
+
+#if defined( _MSC_VER )      /* Visual C++ (and Intel C++) */
+
+  /* We disable the warning `conditional expression is constant' here */
+  /* in order to compile cleanly with the maximum level of warnings.  */
+#pragma warning( disable : 4127 )
+
+#endif /* _MSC_VER */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTDEBUG_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftdriver.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftdriver.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..854abad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftdriver.h
@@ -0,0 +1,249 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftdriver.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType font driver interface (specification).                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2006, 2008 by                         */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTDRIVER_H__
+#define __FTDRIVER_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_MODULE_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*FT_Face_InitFunc)( FT_Stream      stream,
+                       FT_Face        face,
+                       FT_Int         typeface_index,
+                       FT_Int         num_params,
+                       FT_Parameter*  parameters );
+
+  typedef void
+  (*FT_Face_DoneFunc)( FT_Face  face );
+
+
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*FT_Size_InitFunc)( FT_Size  size );
+
+  typedef void
+  (*FT_Size_DoneFunc)( FT_Size  size );
+
+
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*FT_Slot_InitFunc)( FT_GlyphSlot  slot );
+
+  typedef void
+  (*FT_Slot_DoneFunc)( FT_GlyphSlot  slot );
+
+
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*FT_Size_RequestFunc)( FT_Size          size,
+                          FT_Size_Request  req );
+
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*FT_Size_SelectFunc)( FT_Size   size,
+                         FT_ULong  size_index );
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*FT_Size_ResetPointsFunc)( FT_Size     size,
+                              FT_F26Dot6  char_width,
+                              FT_F26Dot6  char_height,
+                              FT_UInt     horz_resolution,
+                              FT_UInt     vert_resolution );
+
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*FT_Size_ResetPixelsFunc)( FT_Size  size,
+                              FT_UInt  pixel_width,
+                              FT_UInt  pixel_height );
+
+#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
+
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*FT_Slot_LoadFunc)( FT_GlyphSlot  slot,
+                       FT_Size       size,
+                       FT_UInt       glyph_index,
+                       FT_Int32      load_flags );
+
+
+  typedef FT_UInt
+  (*FT_CharMap_CharIndexFunc)( FT_CharMap  charmap,
+                               FT_Long     charcode );
+
+  typedef FT_Long
+  (*FT_CharMap_CharNextFunc)( FT_CharMap  charmap,
+                              FT_Long     charcode );
+
+
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*FT_Face_GetKerningFunc)( FT_Face     face,
+                             FT_UInt     left_glyph,
+                             FT_UInt     right_glyph,
+                             FT_Vector*  kerning );
+
+
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*FT_Face_AttachFunc)( FT_Face    face,
+                         FT_Stream  stream );
+
+
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*FT_Face_GetAdvancesFunc)( FT_Face    face,
+                              FT_UInt    first,
+                              FT_UInt    count,
+                              FT_Int32   flags,
+                              FT_Fixed*  advances );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_Driver_ClassRec                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    The font driver class.  This structure mostly contains pointers to */
+  /*    driver methods.                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    root             :: The parent module.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    face_object_size :: The size of a face object in bytes.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    size_object_size :: The size of a size object in bytes.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    slot_object_size :: The size of a glyph object in bytes.           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    init_face        :: The format-specific face constructor.          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    done_face        :: The format-specific face destructor.           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    init_size        :: The format-specific size constructor.          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    done_size        :: The format-specific size destructor.           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    init_slot        :: The format-specific slot constructor.          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    done_slot        :: The format-specific slot destructor.           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    load_glyph       :: A function handle to load a glyph to a slot.   */
+  /*                        This field is mandatory!                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    get_kerning      :: A function handle to return the unscaled       */
+  /*                        kerning for a given pair of glyphs.  Can be    */
+  /*                        set to 0 if the format doesn't support         */
+  /*                        kerning.                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    attach_file      :: This function handle is used to read           */
+  /*                        additional data for a face from another        */
+  /*                        file/stream.  For example, this can be used to */
+  /*                        add data from AFM or PFM files on a Type 1     */
+  /*                        face, or a CIDMap on a CID-keyed face.         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    get_advances     :: A function handle used to return advance       */
+  /*                        widths of `count' glyphs (in font units),      */
+  /*                        starting at `first'.  The `vertical' flag must */
+  /*                        be set to get vertical advance heights.  The   */
+  /*                        `advances' buffer is caller-allocated.         */
+  /*                        Currently not implemented.  The idea of this   */
+  /*                        function is to be able to perform              */
+  /*                        device-independent text layout without loading */
+  /*                        a single glyph image.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    request_size     :: A handle to a function used to request the new */
+  /*                        character size.  Can be set to 0 if the        */
+  /*                        scaling done in the base layer suffices.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    select_size      :: A handle to a function used to select a new    */
+  /*                        fixed size.  It is used only if                */
+  /*                        @FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES is set.  Can be set  */
+  /*                        to 0 if the scaling done in the base layer     */
+  /*                        suffices.                                      */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    Most function pointers, with the exception of `load_glyph', can be */
+  /*    set to 0 to indicate a default behaviour.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  FT_Driver_ClassRec_
+  {
+    FT_Module_Class           root;
+
+    FT_Long                   face_object_size;
+    FT_Long                   size_object_size;
+    FT_Long                   slot_object_size;
+
+    FT_Face_InitFunc          init_face;
+    FT_Face_DoneFunc          done_face;
+
+    FT_Size_InitFunc          init_size;
+    FT_Size_DoneFunc          done_size;
+
+    FT_Slot_InitFunc          init_slot;
+    FT_Slot_DoneFunc          done_slot;
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+
+    FT_Size_ResetPointsFunc   set_char_sizes;
+    FT_Size_ResetPixelsFunc   set_pixel_sizes;
+
+#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
+
+    FT_Slot_LoadFunc          load_glyph;
+
+    FT_Face_GetKerningFunc    get_kerning;
+    FT_Face_AttachFunc        attach_file;
+    FT_Face_GetAdvancesFunc   get_advances;
+
+    /* since version 2.2 */
+    FT_Size_RequestFunc       request_size;
+    FT_Size_SelectFunc        select_size;
+
+  } FT_Driver_ClassRec, *FT_Driver_Class;
+
+
+  /*
+   *  The following functions are used as stubs for `set_char_sizes' and
+   *  `set_pixel_sizes'; the code uses `request_size' and `select_size'
+   *  functions instead.
+   *
+   *  Implementation is in `src/base/ftobjs.c'.
+   */
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+
+  FT_BASE( FT_Error )
+  ft_stub_set_char_sizes( FT_Size     size,
+                          FT_F26Dot6  width,
+                          FT_F26Dot6  height,
+                          FT_UInt     horz_res,
+                          FT_UInt     vert_res );
+
+  FT_BASE( FT_Error )
+  ft_stub_set_pixel_sizes( FT_Size  size,
+                           FT_UInt  width,
+                           FT_UInt  height );
+
+#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTDRIVER_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftgloadr.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftgloadr.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..548481a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftgloadr.h
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftgloadr.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    The FreeType glyph loader (specification).                           */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2005, 2006 by                                    */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg                       */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTGLOADR_H__
+#define __FTGLOADR_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_GlyphLoader                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    The glyph loader is an internal object used to load several glyphs */
+  /*    together (for example, in the case of composites).                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    The glyph loader implementation is not part of the high-level API, */
+  /*    hence the forward structure declaration.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct FT_GlyphLoaderRec_*  FT_GlyphLoader ;
+
+
+#if 0  /* moved to freetype.h in version 2.2 */
+#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_WORDS          1
+#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_XY_VALUES      2
+#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ROUND_XY_TO_GRID        4
+#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_SCALE                   8
+#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XY_SCALE             0x40
+#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_2X2                  0x80
+#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_USE_MY_METRICS      0x200
+#endif
+
+
+  typedef struct  FT_SubGlyphRec_
+  {
+    FT_Int     index;
+    FT_UShort  flags;
+    FT_Int     arg1;
+    FT_Int     arg2;
+    FT_Matrix  transform;
+
+  } FT_SubGlyphRec;
+
+
+  typedef struct  FT_GlyphLoadRec_
+  {
+    FT_Outline   outline;       /* outline                   */
+    FT_Vector*   extra_points;  /* extra points table        */
+    FT_Vector*   extra_points2; /* second extra points table */
+    FT_UInt      num_subglyphs; /* number of subglyphs       */
+    FT_SubGlyph  subglyphs;     /* subglyphs                 */
+
+  } FT_GlyphLoadRec, *FT_GlyphLoad;
+
+
+  typedef struct  FT_GlyphLoaderRec_
+  {
+    FT_Memory        memory;
+    FT_UInt          max_points;
+    FT_UInt          max_contours;
+    FT_UInt          max_subglyphs;
+    FT_Bool          use_extra;
+
+    FT_GlyphLoadRec  base;
+    FT_GlyphLoadRec  current;
+
+    void*            other;            /* for possible future extension? */
+
+  } FT_GlyphLoaderRec;
+
+
+  /* create new empty glyph loader */
+  FT_BASE( FT_Error )
+  FT_GlyphLoader_New( FT_Memory        memory,
+                      FT_GlyphLoader  *aloader );
+
+  /* add an extra points table to a glyph loader */
+  FT_BASE( FT_Error )
+  FT_GlyphLoader_CreateExtra( FT_GlyphLoader  loader );
+
+  /* destroy a glyph loader */
+  FT_BASE( void )
+  FT_GlyphLoader_Done( FT_GlyphLoader  loader );
+
+  /* reset a glyph loader (frees everything int it) */
+  FT_BASE( void )
+  FT_GlyphLoader_Reset( FT_GlyphLoader  loader );
+
+  /* rewind a glyph loader */
+  FT_BASE( void )
+  FT_GlyphLoader_Rewind( FT_GlyphLoader  loader );
+
+  /* check that there is enough space to add `n_points' and `n_contours' */
+  /* to the glyph loader                                                 */
+  FT_BASE( FT_Error )
+  FT_GlyphLoader_CheckPoints( FT_GlyphLoader  loader,
+                              FT_UInt         n_points,
+                              FT_UInt         n_contours );
+
+
+#define FT_GLYPHLOADER_CHECK_P( _loader, _count )                    \
+   ( (_count) == 0 || (int)((_loader)->base.outline.n_points    +    \
+                            (_loader)->current.outline.n_points +    \
+                            (_count)) <= (int)(_loader)->max_points )
+
+#define FT_GLYPHLOADER_CHECK_C( _loader, _count )                     \
+  ( (_count) == 0 || (int)((_loader)->base.outline.n_contours    +    \
+                           (_loader)->current.outline.n_contours +    \
+                           (_count)) <= (int)(_loader)->max_contours )
+
+#define FT_GLYPHLOADER_CHECK_POINTS( _loader, _points,_contours )      \
+  ( ( FT_GLYPHLOADER_CHECK_P( _loader, _points )   &&                  \
+      FT_GLYPHLOADER_CHECK_C( _loader, _contours ) )                   \
+    ? 0                                                                \
+    : FT_GlyphLoader_CheckPoints( (_loader), (_points), (_contours) ) )
+
+
+  /* check that there is enough space to add `n_subs' sub-glyphs to */
+  /* a glyph loader                                                 */
+  FT_BASE( FT_Error )
+  FT_GlyphLoader_CheckSubGlyphs( FT_GlyphLoader  loader,
+                                 FT_UInt         n_subs );
+
+  /* prepare a glyph loader, i.e. empty the current glyph */
+  FT_BASE( void )
+  FT_GlyphLoader_Prepare( FT_GlyphLoader  loader );
+
+  /* add the current glyph to the base glyph */
+  FT_BASE( void )
+  FT_GlyphLoader_Add( FT_GlyphLoader  loader );
+
+  /* copy points from one glyph loader to another */
+  FT_BASE( FT_Error )
+  FT_GlyphLoader_CopyPoints( FT_GlyphLoader  target,
+                             FT_GlyphLoader  source );
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTGLOADR_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftmemory.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftmemory.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2010ca9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftmemory.h
@@ -0,0 +1,368 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftmemory.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    The FreeType memory management macros (specification).               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by                   */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg                       */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTMEMORY_H__
+#define __FTMEMORY_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
+#include FT_TYPES_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Macro>                                                               */
+  /*    FT_SET_ERROR                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This macro is used to set an implicit `error' variable to a given  */
+  /*    expression's value (usually a function call), and convert it to a  */
+  /*    boolean which is set whenever the value is != 0.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_SET_ERROR
+#define FT_SET_ERROR( expression ) \
+          ( ( error = (expression) ) != 0 )
+
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****                           M E M O R Y                           ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*
+   *  C++ refuses to handle statements like p = (void*)anything; where `p'
+   *  is a typed pointer.  Since we don't have a `typeof' operator in
+   *  standard C++, we have to use ugly casts.
+   */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_ASSIGNP( p, val )  *((void**)&(p)) = (val)
+#else
+#define FT_ASSIGNP( p, val )  (p) = (val)
+#endif
+
+
+
+#ifdef FT_DEBUG_MEMORY
+
+  FT_BASE( const char* )  _ft_debug_file;
+  FT_BASE( long )         _ft_debug_lineno;
+
+#define FT_DEBUG_INNER( exp )  ( _ft_debug_file   = __FILE__, \
+                                 _ft_debug_lineno = __LINE__, \
+                                 (exp) )
+
+#define FT_ASSIGNP_INNER( p, exp )  ( _ft_debug_file   = __FILE__, \
+                                      _ft_debug_lineno = __LINE__, \
+                                      FT_ASSIGNP( p, exp ) )
+
+#else /* !FT_DEBUG_MEMORY */
+
+#define FT_DEBUG_INNER( exp )       (exp)
+#define FT_ASSIGNP_INNER( p, exp )  FT_ASSIGNP( p, exp )
+
+#endif /* !FT_DEBUG_MEMORY */
+
+
+  /*
+   *  The allocation functions return a pointer, and the error code
+   *  is written to through the `p_error' parameter.  See below for
+   *  for documentation.
+   */
+
+  FT_BASE( FT_Pointer )
+  ft_mem_alloc( FT_Memory  memory,
+                FT_Long    size,
+                FT_Error  *p_error );
+
+  FT_BASE( FT_Pointer )
+  ft_mem_qalloc( FT_Memory  memory,
+                 FT_Long    size,
+                 FT_Error  *p_error );
+
+  FT_BASE( FT_Pointer )
+  ft_mem_realloc( FT_Memory  memory,
+                  FT_Long    item_size,
+                  FT_Long    cur_count,
+                  FT_Long    new_count,
+                  void*      block,
+                  FT_Error  *p_error );
+
+  FT_BASE( FT_Pointer )
+  ft_mem_qrealloc( FT_Memory  memory,
+                   FT_Long    item_size,
+                   FT_Long    cur_count,
+                   FT_Long    new_count,
+                   void*      block,
+                   FT_Error  *p_error );
+
+  FT_BASE( void )
+  ft_mem_free( FT_Memory    memory,
+               const void*  P );
+
+
+#define FT_MEM_ALLOC( ptr, size )                                         \
+          FT_ASSIGNP_INNER( ptr, ft_mem_alloc( memory, (size), &error ) )
+
+#define FT_MEM_FREE( ptr )                \
+          FT_BEGIN_STMNT                  \
+            ft_mem_free( memory, (ptr) ); \
+            (ptr) = NULL;                 \
+          FT_END_STMNT
+
+#define FT_MEM_NEW( ptr )                        \
+          FT_MEM_ALLOC( ptr, sizeof ( *(ptr) ) )
+
+#define FT_MEM_REALLOC( ptr, cursz, newsz )                        \
+          FT_ASSIGNP_INNER( ptr, ft_mem_realloc( memory, 1,        \
+                                                 (cursz), (newsz), \
+                                                 (ptr), &error ) )
+
+#define FT_MEM_QALLOC( ptr, size )                                         \
+          FT_ASSIGNP_INNER( ptr, ft_mem_qalloc( memory, (size), &error ) )
+
+#define FT_MEM_QNEW( ptr )                        \
+          FT_MEM_QALLOC( ptr, sizeof ( *(ptr) ) )
+
+#define FT_MEM_QREALLOC( ptr, cursz, newsz )                         \
+          FT_ASSIGNP_INNER( ptr, ft_mem_qrealloc( memory, 1,        \
+                                                  (cursz), (newsz), \
+                                                  (ptr), &error ) )
+
+#define FT_MEM_QRENEW_ARRAY( ptr, cursz, newsz )                             \
+          FT_ASSIGNP_INNER( ptr, ft_mem_qrealloc( memory, sizeof ( *(ptr) ), \
+                                                  (cursz), (newsz),          \
+                                                  (ptr), &error ) )
+
+#define FT_MEM_ALLOC_MULT( ptr, count, item_size )                    \
+          FT_ASSIGNP_INNER( ptr, ft_mem_realloc( memory, (item_size), \
+                                                 0, (count),          \
+                                                 NULL, &error ) )
+
+#define FT_MEM_REALLOC_MULT( ptr, oldcnt, newcnt, itmsz )            \
+          FT_ASSIGNP_INNER( ptr, ft_mem_realloc( memory, (itmsz),    \
+                                                 (oldcnt), (newcnt), \
+                                                 (ptr), &error ) )
+
+#define FT_MEM_QALLOC_MULT( ptr, count, item_size )                    \
+          FT_ASSIGNP_INNER( ptr, ft_mem_qrealloc( memory, (item_size), \
+                                                  0, (count),          \
+                                                  NULL, &error ) )
+
+#define FT_MEM_QREALLOC_MULT( ptr, oldcnt, newcnt, itmsz)             \
+          FT_ASSIGNP_INNER( ptr, ft_mem_qrealloc( memory, (itmsz),    \
+                                                  (oldcnt), (newcnt), \
+                                                  (ptr), &error ) )
+
+
+#define FT_MEM_SET_ERROR( cond )  ( (cond), error != 0 )
+
+
+#define FT_MEM_SET( dest, byte, count )     ft_memset( dest, byte, count )
+
+#define FT_MEM_COPY( dest, source, count )  ft_memcpy( dest, source, count )
+
+#define FT_MEM_MOVE( dest, source, count )  ft_memmove( dest, source, count )
+
+
+#define FT_MEM_ZERO( dest, count )  FT_MEM_SET( dest, 0, count )
+
+#define FT_ZERO( p )                FT_MEM_ZERO( p, sizeof ( *(p) ) )
+
+
+#define FT_ARRAY_ZERO( dest, count )                        \
+          FT_MEM_ZERO( dest, (count) * sizeof ( *(dest) ) )
+
+#define FT_ARRAY_COPY( dest, source, count )                        \
+          FT_MEM_COPY( dest, source, (count) * sizeof ( *(dest) ) )
+
+#define FT_ARRAY_MOVE( dest, source, count )                        \
+          FT_MEM_MOVE( dest, source, (count) * sizeof ( *(dest) ) )
+
+
+  /*
+   *  Return the maximum number of addressable elements in an array.
+   *  We limit ourselves to INT_MAX, rather than UINT_MAX, to avoid
+   *  any problems.
+   */
+#define FT_ARRAY_MAX( ptr )           ( FT_INT_MAX / sizeof ( *(ptr) ) )
+
+#define FT_ARRAY_CHECK( ptr, count )  ( (count) <= FT_ARRAY_MAX( ptr ) )
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The following functions macros expect that their pointer argument is  */
+  /* _typed_ in order to automatically compute array element sizes.        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+
+#define FT_MEM_NEW_ARRAY( ptr, count )                                      \
+          FT_ASSIGNP_INNER( ptr, ft_mem_realloc( memory, sizeof ( *(ptr) ), \
+                                                 0, (count),                \
+                                                 NULL, &error ) )
+
+#define FT_MEM_RENEW_ARRAY( ptr, cursz, newsz )                             \
+          FT_ASSIGNP_INNER( ptr, ft_mem_realloc( memory, sizeof ( *(ptr) ), \
+                                                 (cursz), (newsz),          \
+                                                 (ptr), &error ) )
+
+#define FT_MEM_QNEW_ARRAY( ptr, count )                                      \
+          FT_ASSIGNP_INNER( ptr, ft_mem_qrealloc( memory, sizeof ( *(ptr) ), \
+                                                  0, (count),                \
+                                                  NULL, &error ) )
+
+#define FT_MEM_QRENEW_ARRAY( ptr, cursz, newsz )                             \
+          FT_ASSIGNP_INNER( ptr, ft_mem_qrealloc( memory, sizeof ( *(ptr) ), \
+                                                  (cursz), (newsz),          \
+                                                  (ptr), &error ) )
+
+
+#define FT_ALLOC( ptr, size )                           \
+          FT_MEM_SET_ERROR( FT_MEM_ALLOC( ptr, size ) )
+
+#define FT_REALLOC( ptr, cursz, newsz )                           \
+          FT_MEM_SET_ERROR( FT_MEM_REALLOC( ptr, cursz, newsz ) )
+
+#define FT_ALLOC_MULT( ptr, count, item_size )                           \
+          FT_MEM_SET_ERROR( FT_MEM_ALLOC_MULT( ptr, count, item_size ) )
+
+#define FT_REALLOC_MULT( ptr, oldcnt, newcnt, itmsz )              \
+          FT_MEM_SET_ERROR( FT_MEM_REALLOC_MULT( ptr, oldcnt,      \
+                                                 newcnt, itmsz ) )
+
+#define FT_QALLOC( ptr, size )                           \
+          FT_MEM_SET_ERROR( FT_MEM_QALLOC( ptr, size ) )
+
+#define FT_QREALLOC( ptr, cursz, newsz )                           \
+          FT_MEM_SET_ERROR( FT_MEM_QREALLOC( ptr, cursz, newsz ) )
+
+#define FT_QALLOC_MULT( ptr, count, item_size )                           \
+          FT_MEM_SET_ERROR( FT_MEM_QALLOC_MULT( ptr, count, item_size ) )
+
+#define FT_QREALLOC_MULT( ptr, oldcnt, newcnt, itmsz )              \
+          FT_MEM_SET_ERROR( FT_MEM_QREALLOC_MULT( ptr, oldcnt,      \
+                                                  newcnt, itmsz ) )
+
+#define FT_FREE( ptr )  FT_MEM_FREE( ptr )
+
+#define FT_NEW( ptr )  FT_MEM_SET_ERROR( FT_MEM_NEW( ptr ) )
+
+#define FT_NEW_ARRAY( ptr, count )                           \
+          FT_MEM_SET_ERROR( FT_MEM_NEW_ARRAY( ptr, count ) )
+
+#define FT_RENEW_ARRAY( ptr, curcnt, newcnt )                           \
+          FT_MEM_SET_ERROR( FT_MEM_RENEW_ARRAY( ptr, curcnt, newcnt ) )
+
+#define FT_QNEW( ptr )                           \
+          FT_MEM_SET_ERROR( FT_MEM_QNEW( ptr ) )
+
+#define FT_QNEW_ARRAY( ptr, count )                          \
+          FT_MEM_SET_ERROR( FT_MEM_NEW_ARRAY( ptr, count ) )
+
+#define FT_QRENEW_ARRAY( ptr, curcnt, newcnt )                          \
+          FT_MEM_SET_ERROR( FT_MEM_RENEW_ARRAY( ptr, curcnt, newcnt ) )
+
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+
+  FT_BASE( FT_Error )
+  FT_Alloc( FT_Memory  memory,
+            FT_Long    size,
+            void*     *P );
+
+  FT_BASE( FT_Error )
+  FT_QAlloc( FT_Memory  memory,
+             FT_Long    size,
+             void*     *p );
+
+  FT_BASE( FT_Error )
+  FT_Realloc( FT_Memory  memory,
+              FT_Long    current,
+              FT_Long    size,
+              void*     *P );
+
+  FT_BASE( FT_Error )
+  FT_QRealloc( FT_Memory  memory,
+               FT_Long    current,
+               FT_Long    size,
+               void*     *p );
+
+  FT_BASE( void )
+  FT_Free( FT_Memory  memory,
+           void*     *P );
+
+#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
+
+
+  FT_BASE( FT_Pointer )
+  ft_mem_strdup( FT_Memory    memory,
+                 const char*  str,
+                 FT_Error    *p_error );
+
+  FT_BASE( FT_Pointer )
+  ft_mem_dup( FT_Memory    memory,
+              const void*  address,
+              FT_ULong     size,
+              FT_Error    *p_error );
+
+#define FT_MEM_STRDUP( dst, str )                                            \
+          (dst) = (char*)ft_mem_strdup( memory, (const char*)(str), &error )
+
+#define FT_STRDUP( dst, str )                           \
+          FT_MEM_SET_ERROR( FT_MEM_STRDUP( dst, str ) )
+
+#define FT_MEM_DUP( dst, address, size )                                    \
+          (dst) = ft_mem_dup( memory, (address), (FT_ULong)(size), &error )
+
+#define FT_DUP( dst, address, size )                           \
+          FT_MEM_SET_ERROR( FT_MEM_DUP( dst, address, size ) )
+
+
+  /* Return >= 1 if a truncation occurs.            */
+  /* Return 0 if the source string fits the buffer. */
+  /* This is *not* the same as strlcpy().           */
+  FT_BASE( FT_Int )
+  ft_mem_strcpyn( char*        dst,
+                  const char*  src,
+                  FT_ULong     size );
+
+#define FT_STRCPYN( dst, src, size )                                         \
+          ft_mem_strcpyn( (char*)dst, (const char*)(src), (FT_ULong)(size) )
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTMEMORY_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1f22343
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftobjs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,875 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftobjs.h                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    The FreeType private base classes (specification).                   */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008 by             */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*  This file contains the definition of all internal FreeType classes.  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTOBJS_H__
+#define __FTOBJS_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_RENDER_H
+#include FT_SIZES_H
+#include FT_LCD_FILTER_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_MEMORY_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_GLYPH_LOADER_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DRIVER_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_AUTOHINT_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_SERVICE_H
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
+#include FT_INCREMENTAL_H
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Some generic definitions.                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#ifndef TRUE
+#define TRUE  1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef FALSE
+#define FALSE  0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NULL
+#define NULL  (void*)0
+#endif
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The min and max functions missing in C.  As usual, be careful not to  */
+  /* write things like FT_MIN( a++, b++ ) to avoid side effects.           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define FT_MIN( a, b )  ( (a) < (b) ? (a) : (b) )
+#define FT_MAX( a, b )  ( (a) > (b) ? (a) : (b) )
+
+#define FT_ABS( a )     ( (a) < 0 ? -(a) : (a) )
+
+
+#define FT_PAD_FLOOR( x, n )  ( (x) & ~((n)-1) )
+#define FT_PAD_ROUND( x, n )  FT_PAD_FLOOR( (x) + ((n)/2), n )
+#define FT_PAD_CEIL( x, n )   FT_PAD_FLOOR( (x) + ((n)-1), n )
+
+#define FT_PIX_FLOOR( x )     ( (x) & ~63 )
+#define FT_PIX_ROUND( x )     FT_PIX_FLOOR( (x) + 32 )
+#define FT_PIX_CEIL( x )      FT_PIX_FLOOR( (x) + 63 )
+
+
+  /*
+   *  Return the highest power of 2 that is <= value; this correspond to
+   *  the highest bit in a given 32-bit value.
+   */
+  FT_BASE( FT_UInt32 )
+  ft_highpow2( FT_UInt32  value );
+
+
+  /*
+   *  character classification functions -- since these are used to parse
+   *  font files, we must not use those in <ctypes.h> which are
+   *  locale-dependent
+   */
+#define  ft_isdigit( x )   ( ( (unsigned)(x) - '0' ) < 10U )
+
+#define  ft_isxdigit( x )  ( ( (unsigned)(x) - '0' ) < 10U || \
+                             ( (unsigned)(x) - 'a' ) < 6U  || \
+                             ( (unsigned)(x) - 'A' ) < 6U  )
+
+  /* the next two macros assume ASCII representation */
+#define  ft_isupper( x )  ( ( (unsigned)(x) - 'A' ) < 26U )
+#define  ft_islower( x )  ( ( (unsigned)(x) - 'a' ) < 26U )
+
+#define  ft_isalpha( x )  ( ft_isupper( x ) || ft_islower( x ) )
+#define  ft_isalnum( x )  ( ft_isdigit( x ) || ft_isalpha( x ) )
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****                       C H A R M A P S                           ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /* handle to internal charmap object */
+  typedef struct FT_CMapRec_*              FT_CMap;
+
+  /* handle to charmap class structure */
+  typedef const struct FT_CMap_ClassRec_*  FT_CMap_Class;
+
+  /* internal charmap object structure */
+  typedef struct  FT_CMapRec_
+  {
+    FT_CharMapRec  charmap;
+    FT_CMap_Class  clazz;
+
+  } FT_CMapRec;
+
+  /* typecase any pointer to a charmap handle */
+#define FT_CMAP( x )              ((FT_CMap)( x ))
+
+  /* obvious macros */
+#define FT_CMAP_PLATFORM_ID( x )  FT_CMAP( x )->charmap.platform_id
+#define FT_CMAP_ENCODING_ID( x )  FT_CMAP( x )->charmap.encoding_id
+#define FT_CMAP_ENCODING( x )     FT_CMAP( x )->charmap.encoding
+#define FT_CMAP_FACE( x )         FT_CMAP( x )->charmap.face
+
+
+  /* class method definitions */
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*FT_CMap_InitFunc)( FT_CMap     cmap,
+                       FT_Pointer  init_data );
+
+  typedef void
+  (*FT_CMap_DoneFunc)( FT_CMap  cmap );
+
+  typedef FT_UInt
+  (*FT_CMap_CharIndexFunc)( FT_CMap    cmap,
+                            FT_UInt32  char_code );
+
+  typedef FT_UInt
+  (*FT_CMap_CharNextFunc)( FT_CMap     cmap,
+                           FT_UInt32  *achar_code );
+
+  typedef FT_UInt
+  (*FT_CMap_CharVarIndexFunc)( FT_CMap    cmap,
+                               FT_CMap    unicode_cmap,
+                               FT_UInt32  char_code,
+                               FT_UInt32  variant_selector );
+
+  typedef FT_Bool
+  (*FT_CMap_CharVarIsDefaultFunc)( FT_CMap    cmap,
+                                   FT_UInt32  char_code,
+                                   FT_UInt32  variant_selector );
+
+  typedef FT_UInt32 *
+  (*FT_CMap_VariantListFunc)( FT_CMap    cmap,
+                              FT_Memory  mem );
+
+  typedef FT_UInt32 *
+  (*FT_CMap_CharVariantListFunc)( FT_CMap    cmap,
+                                  FT_Memory  mem,
+                                  FT_UInt32  char_code );
+
+  typedef FT_UInt32 *
+  (*FT_CMap_VariantCharListFunc)( FT_CMap    cmap,
+                                  FT_Memory  mem,
+                                  FT_UInt32  variant_selector );
+
+
+  typedef struct  FT_CMap_ClassRec_
+  {
+    FT_ULong               size;
+    FT_CMap_InitFunc       init;
+    FT_CMap_DoneFunc       done;
+    FT_CMap_CharIndexFunc  char_index;
+    FT_CMap_CharNextFunc   char_next;
+
+    /* Subsequent entries are special ones for format 14 -- the variant */
+    /* selector subtable which behaves like no other                    */
+
+    FT_CMap_CharVarIndexFunc      char_var_index;
+    FT_CMap_CharVarIsDefaultFunc  char_var_default;
+    FT_CMap_VariantListFunc       variant_list;
+    FT_CMap_CharVariantListFunc   charvariant_list;
+    FT_CMap_VariantCharListFunc   variantchar_list;
+
+  } FT_CMap_ClassRec;
+
+
+  /* create a new charmap and add it to charmap->face */
+  FT_BASE( FT_Error )
+  FT_CMap_New( FT_CMap_Class  clazz,
+               FT_Pointer     init_data,
+               FT_CharMap     charmap,
+               FT_CMap       *acmap );
+
+  /* destroy a charmap and remove it from face's list */
+  FT_BASE( void )
+  FT_CMap_Done( FT_CMap  cmap );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_Face_InternalRec                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This structure contains the internal fields of each FT_Face        */
+  /*    object.  These fields may change between different releases of     */
+  /*    FreeType.                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    max_points ::                                                      */
+  /*      The maximal number of points used to store the vectorial outline */
+  /*      of any glyph in this face.  If this value cannot be known in     */
+  /*      advance, or if the face isn't scalable, this should be set to 0. */
+  /*      Only relevant for scalable formats.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    max_contours ::                                                    */
+  /*      The maximal number of contours used to store the vectorial       */
+  /*      outline of any glyph in this face.  If this value cannot be      */
+  /*      known in advance, or if the face isn't scalable, this should be  */
+  /*      set to 0.  Only relevant for scalable formats.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    transform_matrix ::                                                */
+  /*      A 2x2 matrix of 16.16 coefficients used to transform glyph       */
+  /*      outlines after they are loaded from the font.  Only used by the  */
+  /*      convenience functions.                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    transform_delta ::                                                 */
+  /*      A translation vector used to transform glyph outlines after they */
+  /*      are loaded from the font.  Only used by the convenience          */
+  /*      functions.                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    transform_flags ::                                                 */
+  /*      Some flags used to classify the transform.  Only used by the     */
+  /*      convenience functions.                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    services ::                                                        */
+  /*      A cache for frequently used services.  It should be only         */
+  /*      accessed with the macro `FT_FACE_LOOKUP_SERVICE'.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    incremental_interface ::                                           */
+  /*      If non-null, the interface through which glyph data and metrics  */
+  /*      are loaded incrementally for faces that do not provide all of    */
+  /*      this data when first opened.  This field exists only if          */
+  /*      @FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL is defined.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    ignore_unpatented_hinter ::                                        */
+  /*      This boolean flag instructs the glyph loader to ignore the       */
+  /*      native font hinter, if one is found.  This is exclusively used   */
+  /*      in the case when the unpatented hinter is compiled within the    */
+  /*      library.                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  FT_Face_InternalRec_
+  {
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+    FT_UShort           reserved1;
+    FT_Short            reserved2;
+#endif
+    FT_Matrix           transform_matrix;
+    FT_Vector           transform_delta;
+    FT_Int              transform_flags;
+
+    FT_ServiceCacheRec  services;
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
+    FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec*  incremental_interface;
+#endif
+
+    FT_Bool             ignore_unpatented_hinter;
+
+  } FT_Face_InternalRec;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_Slot_InternalRec                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This structure contains the internal fields of each FT_GlyphSlot   */
+  /*    object.  These fields may change between different releases of     */
+  /*    FreeType.                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    loader            :: The glyph loader object used to load outlines */
+  /*                         into the glyph slot.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    flags             :: Possible values are zero or                   */
+  /*                         FT_GLYPH_OWN_BITMAP.  The latter indicates    */
+  /*                         that the FT_GlyphSlot structure owns the      */
+  /*                         bitmap buffer.                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    glyph_transformed :: Boolean.  Set to TRUE when the loaded glyph   */
+  /*                         must be transformed through a specific        */
+  /*                         font transformation.  This is _not_ the same  */
+  /*                         as the face transform set through             */
+  /*                         FT_Set_Transform().                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    glyph_matrix      :: The 2x2 matrix corresponding to the glyph     */
+  /*                         transformation, if necessary.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    glyph_delta       :: The 2d translation vector corresponding to    */
+  /*                         the glyph transformation, if necessary.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    glyph_hints       :: Format-specific glyph hints management.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+
+#define FT_GLYPH_OWN_BITMAP  0x1
+
+  typedef struct  FT_Slot_InternalRec_
+  {
+    FT_GlyphLoader  loader;
+    FT_UInt         flags;
+    FT_Bool         glyph_transformed;
+    FT_Matrix       glyph_matrix;
+    FT_Vector       glyph_delta;
+    void*           glyph_hints;
+
+  } FT_GlyphSlot_InternalRec;
+
+
+#if 0
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_Size_InternalRec                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This structure contains the internal fields of each FT_Size        */
+  /*    object.  Currently, it's empty.                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  typedef struct  FT_Size_InternalRec_
+  {
+    /* empty */
+
+  } FT_Size_InternalRec;
+
+#endif
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****                         M O D U L E S                           ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_ModuleRec                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A module object instance.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    clazz   :: A pointer to the module's class.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    library :: A handle to the parent library object.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    memory  :: A handle to the memory manager.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    generic :: A generic structure for user-level extensibility (?).   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  FT_ModuleRec_
+  {
+    FT_Module_Class*  clazz;
+    FT_Library        library;
+    FT_Memory         memory;
+    FT_Generic        generic;
+
+  } FT_ModuleRec;
+
+
+  /* typecast an object to a FT_Module */
+#define FT_MODULE( x )          ((FT_Module)( x ))
+#define FT_MODULE_CLASS( x )    FT_MODULE( x )->clazz
+#define FT_MODULE_LIBRARY( x )  FT_MODULE( x )->library
+#define FT_MODULE_MEMORY( x )   FT_MODULE( x )->memory
+
+
+#define FT_MODULE_IS_DRIVER( x )  ( FT_MODULE_CLASS( x )->module_flags & \
+                                    FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER )
+
+#define FT_MODULE_IS_RENDERER( x )  ( FT_MODULE_CLASS( x )->module_flags & \
+                                      FT_MODULE_RENDERER )
+
+#define FT_MODULE_IS_HINTER( x )  ( FT_MODULE_CLASS( x )->module_flags & \
+                                    FT_MODULE_HINTER )
+
+#define FT_MODULE_IS_STYLER( x )  ( FT_MODULE_CLASS( x )->module_flags & \
+                                    FT_MODULE_STYLER )
+
+#define FT_DRIVER_IS_SCALABLE( x )  ( FT_MODULE_CLASS( x )->module_flags & \
+                                      FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE )
+
+#define FT_DRIVER_USES_OUTLINES( x )  !( FT_MODULE_CLASS( x )->module_flags & \
+                                         FT_MODULE_DRIVER_NO_OUTLINES )
+
+#define FT_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER( x )  ( FT_MODULE_CLASS( x )->module_flags & \
+                                     FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER )
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Get_Module_Interface                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Finds a module and returns its specific interface as a typeless    */
+  /*    pointer.                                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    library     :: A handle to the library object.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    module_name :: The module's name (as an ASCII string).             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    A module-specific interface if available, 0 otherwise.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    You should better be familiar with FreeType internals to know      */
+  /*    which module to look for, and what its interface is :-)            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_BASE( const void* )
+  FT_Get_Module_Interface( FT_Library   library,
+                           const char*  mod_name );
+
+  FT_BASE( FT_Pointer )
+  ft_module_get_service( FT_Module    module,
+                         const char*  service_id );
+
+ /* */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****               FACE, SIZE & GLYPH SLOT OBJECTS                   ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /* a few macros used to perform easy typecasts with minimal brain damage */
+
+#define FT_FACE( x )          ((FT_Face)(x))
+#define FT_SIZE( x )          ((FT_Size)(x))
+#define FT_SLOT( x )          ((FT_GlyphSlot)(x))
+
+#define FT_FACE_DRIVER( x )   FT_FACE( x )->driver
+#define FT_FACE_LIBRARY( x )  FT_FACE_DRIVER( x )->root.library
+#define FT_FACE_MEMORY( x )   FT_FACE( x )->memory
+#define FT_FACE_STREAM( x )   FT_FACE( x )->stream
+
+#define FT_SIZE_FACE( x )     FT_SIZE( x )->face
+#define FT_SLOT_FACE( x )     FT_SLOT( x )->face
+
+#define FT_FACE_SLOT( x )     FT_FACE( x )->glyph
+#define FT_FACE_SIZE( x )     FT_FACE( x )->size
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_New_GlyphSlot                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    It is sometimes useful to have more than one glyph slot for a      */
+  /*    given face object.  This function is used to create additional     */
+  /*    slots.  All of them are automatically discarded when the face is   */
+  /*    destroyed.                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face  :: A handle to a parent face object.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    aslot :: A handle to a new glyph slot object.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_BASE( FT_Error )
+  FT_New_GlyphSlot( FT_Face        face,
+                    FT_GlyphSlot  *aslot );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Done_GlyphSlot                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Destroys a given glyph slot.  Remember however that all slots are  */
+  /*    automatically destroyed with its parent.  Using this function is   */
+  /*    not always mandatory.                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    slot :: A handle to a target glyph slot.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_BASE( void )
+  FT_Done_GlyphSlot( FT_GlyphSlot  slot );
+
+ /* */
+
+#define FT_REQUEST_WIDTH( req )                                            \
+          ( (req)->horiResolution                                          \
+              ? (FT_Pos)( (req)->width * (req)->horiResolution + 36 ) / 72 \
+              : (req)->width )
+
+#define FT_REQUEST_HEIGHT( req )                                            \
+          ( (req)->vertResolution                                           \
+              ? (FT_Pos)( (req)->height * (req)->vertResolution + 36 ) / 72 \
+              : (req)->height )
+
+
+  /* Set the metrics according to a bitmap strike. */
+  FT_BASE( void )
+  FT_Select_Metrics( FT_Face   face,
+                     FT_ULong  strike_index );
+
+
+  /* Set the metrics according to a size request. */
+  FT_BASE( void )
+  FT_Request_Metrics( FT_Face          face,
+                      FT_Size_Request  req );
+
+
+  /* Match a size request against `available_sizes'. */
+  FT_BASE( FT_Error )
+  FT_Match_Size( FT_Face          face,
+                 FT_Size_Request  req,
+                 FT_Bool          ignore_width,
+                 FT_ULong*        size_index );
+
+
+  /* Use the horizontal metrics to synthesize the vertical metrics. */
+  /* If `advance' is zero, it is also synthesized.                  */
+  FT_BASE( void )
+  ft_synthesize_vertical_metrics( FT_Glyph_Metrics*  metrics,
+                                  FT_Pos             advance );
+
+
+  /* Free the bitmap of a given glyphslot when needed (i.e., only when it */
+  /* was allocated with ft_glyphslot_alloc_bitmap).                       */
+  FT_BASE( void )
+  ft_glyphslot_free_bitmap( FT_GlyphSlot  slot );
+
+
+  /* Allocate a new bitmap buffer in a glyph slot. */
+  FT_BASE( FT_Error )
+  ft_glyphslot_alloc_bitmap( FT_GlyphSlot  slot,
+                             FT_ULong      size );
+
+
+  /* Set the bitmap buffer in a glyph slot to a given pointer.  The buffer */
+  /* will not be freed by a later call to ft_glyphslot_free_bitmap.        */
+  FT_BASE( void )
+  ft_glyphslot_set_bitmap( FT_GlyphSlot  slot,
+                           FT_Byte*      buffer );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****                        R E N D E R E R S                        ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#define FT_RENDERER( x )      ((FT_Renderer)( x ))
+#define FT_GLYPH( x )         ((FT_Glyph)( x ))
+#define FT_BITMAP_GLYPH( x )  ((FT_BitmapGlyph)( x ))
+#define FT_OUTLINE_GLYPH( x ) ((FT_OutlineGlyph)( x ))
+
+
+  typedef struct  FT_RendererRec_
+  {
+    FT_ModuleRec            root;
+    FT_Renderer_Class*      clazz;
+    FT_Glyph_Format         glyph_format;
+    FT_Glyph_Class          glyph_class;
+
+    FT_Raster               raster;
+    FT_Raster_Render_Func   raster_render;
+    FT_Renderer_RenderFunc  render;
+
+  } FT_RendererRec;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****                    F O N T   D R I V E R S                      ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /* typecast a module into a driver easily */
+#define FT_DRIVER( x )        ((FT_Driver)(x))
+
+  /* typecast a module as a driver, and get its driver class */
+#define FT_DRIVER_CLASS( x )  FT_DRIVER( x )->clazz
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_DriverRec                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    The root font driver class.  A font driver is responsible for      */
+  /*    managing and loading font files of a given format.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*  <Fields>                                                             */
+  /*     root         :: Contains the fields of the root module class.     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*     clazz        :: A pointer to the font driver's class.  Note that  */
+  /*                     this is NOT root.clazz.  `class' wasn't used      */
+  /*                     as it is a reserved word in C++.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*     faces_list   :: The list of faces currently opened by this        */
+  /*                     driver.                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*     extensions   :: A typeless pointer to the driver's extensions     */
+  /*                     registry, if they are supported through the       */
+  /*                     configuration macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_EXTENSIONS.  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*     glyph_loader :: The glyph loader for all faces managed by this    */
+  /*                     driver.  This object isn't defined for unscalable */
+  /*                     formats.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  FT_DriverRec_
+  {
+    FT_ModuleRec     root;
+    FT_Driver_Class  clazz;
+
+    FT_ListRec       faces_list;
+    void*            extensions;
+
+    FT_GlyphLoader   glyph_loader;
+
+  } FT_DriverRec;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****                       L I B R A R I E S                         ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /* This hook is used by the TrueType debugger.  It must be set to an */
+  /* alternate truetype bytecode interpreter function.                 */
+#define FT_DEBUG_HOOK_TRUETYPE            0
+
+
+  /* Set this debug hook to a non-null pointer to force unpatented hinting */
+  /* for all faces when both TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER and               */
+  /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING are defined.  This is only used   */
+  /* during debugging.                                                     */
+#define FT_DEBUG_HOOK_UNPATENTED_HINTING  1
+
+
+  typedef void  (*FT_Bitmap_LcdFilterFunc)( FT_Bitmap*      bitmap,
+                                            FT_Render_Mode  render_mode,
+                                            FT_Library      library );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    FT_LibraryRec                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    The FreeType library class.  This is the root of all FreeType      */
+  /*    data.  Use FT_New_Library() to create a library object, and        */
+  /*    FT_Done_Library() to discard it and all child objects.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    memory           :: The library's memory object.  Manages memory   */
+  /*                        allocation.                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    generic          :: Client data variable.  Used to extend the      */
+  /*                        Library class by higher levels and clients.    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    version_major    :: The major version number of the library.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    version_minor    :: The minor version number of the library.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    version_patch    :: The current patch level of the library.        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    num_modules      :: The number of modules currently registered     */
+  /*                        within this library.  This is set to 0 for new */
+  /*                        libraries.  New modules are added through the  */
+  /*                        FT_Add_Module() API function.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    modules          :: A table used to store handles to the currently */
+  /*                        registered modules. Note that each font driver */
+  /*                        contains a list of its opened faces.           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    renderers        :: The list of renderers currently registered     */
+  /*                        within the library.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    cur_renderer     :: The current outline renderer.  This is a       */
+  /*                        shortcut used to avoid parsing the list on     */
+  /*                        each call to FT_Outline_Render().  It is a     */
+  /*                        handle to the current renderer for the         */
+  /*                        FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE format.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    auto_hinter      :: XXX                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    raster_pool      :: The raster object's render pool.  This can     */
+  /*                        ideally be changed dynamically at run-time.    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    raster_pool_size :: The size of the render pool in bytes.          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    debug_hooks      :: XXX                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  FT_LibraryRec_
+  {
+    FT_Memory          memory;           /* library's memory manager */
+
+    FT_Generic         generic;
+
+    FT_Int             version_major;
+    FT_Int             version_minor;
+    FT_Int             version_patch;
+
+    FT_UInt            num_modules;
+    FT_Module          modules[FT_MAX_MODULES];  /* module objects  */
+
+    FT_ListRec         renderers;        /* list of renderers        */
+    FT_Renderer        cur_renderer;     /* current outline renderer */
+    FT_Module          auto_hinter;
+
+    FT_Byte*           raster_pool;      /* scan-line conversion */
+                                         /* render pool          */
+    FT_ULong           raster_pool_size; /* size of render pool in bytes */
+
+    FT_DebugHook_Func  debug_hooks[4];
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING
+    FT_LcdFilter             lcd_filter;
+    FT_Int                   lcd_extra;        /* number of extra pixels */
+    FT_Byte                  lcd_weights[7];   /* filter weights, if any */
+    FT_Bitmap_LcdFilterFunc  lcd_filter_func;  /* filtering callback     */
+#endif
+
+  } FT_LibraryRec;
+
+
+  FT_BASE( FT_Renderer )
+  FT_Lookup_Renderer( FT_Library       library,
+                      FT_Glyph_Format  format,
+                      FT_ListNode*     node );
+
+  FT_BASE( FT_Error )
+  FT_Render_Glyph_Internal( FT_Library      library,
+                            FT_GlyphSlot    slot,
+                            FT_Render_Mode  render_mode );
+
+  typedef const char*
+  (*FT_Face_GetPostscriptNameFunc)( FT_Face  face );
+
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*FT_Face_GetGlyphNameFunc)( FT_Face     face,
+                               FT_UInt     glyph_index,
+                               FT_Pointer  buffer,
+                               FT_UInt     buffer_max );
+
+  typedef FT_UInt
+  (*FT_Face_GetGlyphNameIndexFunc)( FT_Face     face,
+                                    FT_String*  glyph_name );
+
+
+#ifndef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_DEFAULT_SYSTEM
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_New_Memory                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Creates a new memory object.                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    A pointer to the new memory object.  0 in case of error.           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_BASE( FT_Memory )
+  FT_New_Memory( void );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Done_Memory                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Discards memory manager.                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    memory :: A handle to the memory manager.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_BASE( void )
+  FT_Done_Memory( FT_Memory  memory );
+
+#endif /* !FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_DEFAULT_SYSTEM */
+
+
+  /* Define default raster's interface.  The default raster is located in  */
+  /* `src/base/ftraster.c'.                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Client applications can register new rasters through the              */
+  /* FT_Set_Raster() API.                                                  */
+
+#ifndef FT_NO_DEFAULT_RASTER
+  FT_EXPORT_VAR( FT_Raster_Funcs )  ft_default_raster;
+#endif
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTOBJS_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftrfork.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftrfork.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aa573c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftrfork.h
@@ -0,0 +1,196 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftrfork.h                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Embedded resource forks accessor (specification).                    */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2004, 2006, 2007 by                                          */
+/*  Masatake YAMATO and Redhat K.K.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* Development of the code in this file is support of                      */
+/* Information-technology Promotion Agency, Japan.                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTRFORK_H__
+#define __FTRFORK_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /* Number of guessing rules supported in `FT_Raccess_Guess'.            */
+  /* Don't forget to increment the number if you add a new guessing rule. */
+#define FT_RACCESS_N_RULES  9
+
+
+  /* A structure to describe a reference in a resource by its resource ID */
+  /* and internal offset.  The `POST' resource expects to be concatenated */
+  /* by the order of resource IDs instead of its appearance in the file.  */
+
+  typedef struct  FT_RFork_Ref_
+  {
+    FT_UShort  res_id;
+    FT_ULong   offset;
+
+  } FT_RFork_Ref;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Raccess_Guess                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Guess a file name and offset where the actual resource fork is     */
+  /*    stored.  The macro FT_RACCESS_N_RULES holds the number of          */
+  /*    guessing rules;  the guessed result for the Nth rule is            */
+  /*    represented as a triplet: a new file name (new_names[N]), a file   */
+  /*    offset (offsets[N]), and an error code (errors[N]).                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    library ::                                                         */
+  /*      A FreeType library instance.                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    stream ::                                                          */
+  /*      A file stream containing the resource fork.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    base_name ::                                                       */
+  /*      The (base) file name of the resource fork used for some          */
+  /*      guessing rules.                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    new_names ::                                                       */
+  /*      An array of guessed file names in which the resource forks may   */
+  /*      exist.  If `new_names[N]' is NULL, the guessed file name is      */
+  /*      equal to `base_name'.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    offsets ::                                                         */
+  /*      An array of guessed file offsets.  `offsets[N]' holds the file   */
+  /*      offset of the possible start of the resource fork in file        */
+  /*      `new_names[N]'.                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    errors ::                                                          */
+  /*      An array of FreeType error codes.  `errors[N]' is the error      */
+  /*      code of Nth guessing rule function.  If `errors[N]' is not       */
+  /*      FT_Err_Ok, `new_names[N]' and `offsets[N]' are meaningless.      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_BASE( void )
+  FT_Raccess_Guess( FT_Library  library,
+                    FT_Stream   stream,
+                    char*       base_name,
+                    char**      new_names,
+                    FT_Long*    offsets,
+                    FT_Error*   errors );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Raccess_Get_HeaderInfo                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Get the information from the header of resource fork.  The         */
+  /*    information includes the file offset where the resource map        */
+  /*    starts, and the file offset where the resource data starts.        */
+  /*    `FT_Raccess_Get_DataOffsets' requires these two data.              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    library ::                                                         */
+  /*      A FreeType library instance.                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    stream ::                                                          */
+  /*      A file stream containing the resource fork.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    rfork_offset ::                                                    */
+  /*      The file offset where the resource fork starts.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    map_offset ::                                                      */
+  /*      The file offset where the resource map starts.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    rdata_pos ::                                                       */
+  /*      The file offset where the resource data starts.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  FT_Err_Ok means success.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_BASE( FT_Error )
+  FT_Raccess_Get_HeaderInfo( FT_Library  library,
+                             FT_Stream   stream,
+                             FT_Long     rfork_offset,
+                             FT_Long    *map_offset,
+                             FT_Long    *rdata_pos );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Raccess_Get_DataOffsets                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Get the data offsets for a tag in a resource fork.  Offsets are    */
+  /*    stored in an array because, in some cases, resources in a resource */
+  /*    fork have the same tag.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    library ::                                                         */
+  /*      A FreeType library instance.                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    stream ::                                                          */
+  /*      A file stream containing the resource fork.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    map_offset ::                                                      */
+  /*      The file offset where the resource map starts.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    rdata_pos ::                                                       */
+  /*      The file offset where the resource data starts.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    tag ::                                                             */
+  /*      The resource tag.                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    offsets ::                                                         */
+  /*      The stream offsets for the resource data specified by `tag'.     */
+  /*      This array is allocated by the function, so you have to call     */
+  /*      @ft_mem_free after use.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    count ::                                                           */
+  /*      The length of offsets array.                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  FT_Err_Ok means success.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    Normally you should use `FT_Raccess_Get_HeaderInfo' to get the     */
+  /*    value for `map_offset' and `rdata_pos'.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_BASE( FT_Error )
+  FT_Raccess_Get_DataOffsets( FT_Library  library,
+                              FT_Stream   stream,
+                              FT_Long     map_offset,
+                              FT_Long     rdata_pos,
+                              FT_Long     tag,
+                              FT_Long   **offsets,
+                              FT_Long    *count );
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTRFORK_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftserv.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftserv.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2db3e87
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftserv.h
@@ -0,0 +1,328 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftserv.h                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    The FreeType services (specification only).                          */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by                              */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*  Each module can export one or more `services'.  Each service is      */
+  /*  identified by a constant string and modeled by a pointer; the latter */
+  /*  generally corresponds to a structure containing function pointers.   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*  Note that a service's data cannot be a mere function pointer because */
+  /*  in C it is possible that function pointers might be implemented      */
+  /*  differently than data pointers (e.g. 48 bits instead of 32).         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTSERV_H__
+#define __FTSERV_H__
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+#if defined( _MSC_VER )      /* Visual C++ (and Intel C++) */
+
+  /* we disable the warning `conditional expression is constant' here */
+  /* in order to compile cleanly with the maximum level of warnings   */
+#pragma warning( disable : 4127 )
+
+#endif /* _MSC_VER */
+
+  /*
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_FACE_FIND_SERVICE
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   This macro is used to look up a service from a face's driver module.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   face ::
+   *     The source face handle.
+   *
+   *   id ::
+   *     A string describing the service as defined in the service's
+   *     header files (e.g. FT_SERVICE_ID_MULTI_MASTERS which expands to
+   *     `multi-masters').  It is automatically prefixed with
+   *     `FT_SERVICE_ID_'.
+   *
+   * @output:
+   *   ptr ::
+   *     A variable that receives the service pointer.  Will be NULL
+   *     if not found.
+   */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+#define FT_FACE_FIND_SERVICE( face, ptr, id )                               \
+  FT_BEGIN_STMNT                                                            \
+    FT_Module    module = FT_MODULE( FT_FACE( face )->driver );             \
+    FT_Pointer   _tmp_  = NULL;                                             \
+    FT_Pointer*  _pptr_ = (FT_Pointer*)&(ptr);                              \
+                                                                            \
+                                                                            \
+    if ( module->clazz->get_interface )                                     \
+      _tmp_ = module->clazz->get_interface( module, FT_SERVICE_ID_ ## id ); \
+    *_pptr_ = _tmp_;                                                        \
+  FT_END_STMNT
+
+#else /* !C++ */
+
+#define FT_FACE_FIND_SERVICE( face, ptr, id )                               \
+  FT_BEGIN_STMNT                                                            \
+    FT_Module   module = FT_MODULE( FT_FACE( face )->driver );              \
+    FT_Pointer  _tmp_  = NULL;                                              \
+                                                                            \
+    if ( module->clazz->get_interface )                                     \
+      _tmp_ = module->clazz->get_interface( module, FT_SERVICE_ID_ ## id ); \
+    ptr = _tmp_;                                                            \
+  FT_END_STMNT
+
+#endif /* !C++ */
+
+  /*
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_FACE_FIND_GLOBAL_SERVICE
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   This macro is used to look up a service from all modules.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   face ::
+   *     The source face handle.
+   *
+   *   id ::
+   *     A string describing the service as defined in the service's
+   *     header files (e.g. FT_SERVICE_ID_MULTI_MASTERS which expands to
+   *     `multi-masters').  It is automatically prefixed with
+   *     `FT_SERVICE_ID_'.
+   *
+   * @output:
+   *   ptr ::
+   *     A variable that receives the service pointer.  Will be NULL
+   *     if not found.
+   */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+#define FT_FACE_FIND_GLOBAL_SERVICE( face, ptr, id )               \
+  FT_BEGIN_STMNT                                                   \
+    FT_Module    module = FT_MODULE( FT_FACE( face )->driver );    \
+    FT_Pointer   _tmp_;                                            \
+    FT_Pointer*  _pptr_ = (FT_Pointer*)&(ptr);                     \
+                                                                   \
+                                                                   \
+    _tmp_ = ft_module_get_service( module, FT_SERVICE_ID_ ## id ); \
+    *_pptr_ = _tmp_;                                               \
+  FT_END_STMNT
+
+#else /* !C++ */
+
+#define FT_FACE_FIND_GLOBAL_SERVICE( face, ptr, id )               \
+  FT_BEGIN_STMNT                                                   \
+    FT_Module   module = FT_MODULE( FT_FACE( face )->driver );     \
+    FT_Pointer  _tmp_;                                             \
+                                                                   \
+                                                                   \
+    _tmp_ = ft_module_get_service( module, FT_SERVICE_ID_ ## id ); \
+    ptr   = _tmp_;                                                 \
+  FT_END_STMNT
+
+#endif /* !C++ */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****         S E R V I C E   D E S C R I P T O R S                 *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /*
+   *  The following structure is used to _describe_ a given service
+   *  to the library.  This is useful to build simple static service lists.
+   */
+  typedef struct  FT_ServiceDescRec_
+  {
+    const char*  serv_id;     /* service name         */
+    const void*  serv_data;   /* service pointer/data */
+
+  } FT_ServiceDescRec;
+
+  typedef const FT_ServiceDescRec*  FT_ServiceDesc;
+
+
+  /*
+   *  Parse a list of FT_ServiceDescRec descriptors and look for
+   *  a specific service by ID.  Note that the last element in the
+   *  array must be { NULL, NULL }, and that the function should
+   *  return NULL if the service isn't available.
+   *
+   *  This function can be used by modules to implement their
+   *  `get_service' method.
+   */
+  FT_BASE( FT_Pointer )
+  ft_service_list_lookup( FT_ServiceDesc  service_descriptors,
+                          const char*     service_id );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****             S E R V I C E S   C A C H E                       *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /*
+   *  This structure is used to store a cache for several frequently used
+   *  services.  It is the type of `face->internal->services'.  You
+   *  should only use FT_FACE_LOOKUP_SERVICE to access it.
+   *
+   *  All fields should have the type FT_Pointer to relax compilation
+   *  dependencies.  We assume the developer isn't completely stupid.
+   *
+   *  Each field must be named `service_XXXX' where `XXX' corresponds to
+   *  the correct FT_SERVICE_ID_XXXX macro.  See the definition of
+   *  FT_FACE_LOOKUP_SERVICE below how this is implemented.
+   *
+   */
+  typedef struct  FT_ServiceCacheRec_
+  {
+    FT_Pointer  service_POSTSCRIPT_FONT_NAME;
+    FT_Pointer  service_MULTI_MASTERS;
+    FT_Pointer  service_GLYPH_DICT;
+    FT_Pointer  service_PFR_METRICS;
+    FT_Pointer  service_WINFNT;
+
+  } FT_ServiceCacheRec, *FT_ServiceCache;
+
+
+  /*
+   *  A magic number used within the services cache.
+   */
+#define FT_SERVICE_UNAVAILABLE  ((FT_Pointer)-2)  /* magic number */
+
+
+  /*
+   * @macro:
+   *   FT_FACE_LOOKUP_SERVICE
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   This macro is used to lookup a service from a face's driver module
+   *   using its cache.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   face::
+   *     The source face handle containing the cache.
+   *
+   *   field ::
+   *     The field name in the cache.
+   *
+   *   id ::
+   *     The service ID.
+   *
+   * @output:
+   *   ptr ::
+   *     A variable receiving the service data.  NULL if not available.
+   */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+#define FT_FACE_LOOKUP_SERVICE( face, ptr, id )                \
+  FT_BEGIN_STMNT                                               \
+    FT_Pointer   svc;                                          \
+    FT_Pointer*  Pptr = (FT_Pointer*)&(ptr);                   \
+                                                               \
+                                                               \
+    svc = FT_FACE( face )->internal->services. service_ ## id; \
+    if ( svc == FT_SERVICE_UNAVAILABLE )                       \
+      svc = NULL;                                              \
+    else if ( svc == NULL )                                    \
+    {                                                          \
+      FT_FACE_FIND_SERVICE( face, svc, id );                   \
+                                                               \
+      FT_FACE( face )->internal->services. service_ ## id =    \
+        (FT_Pointer)( svc != NULL ? svc                        \
+                                  : FT_SERVICE_UNAVAILABLE );  \
+    }                                                          \
+    *Pptr = svc;                                               \
+  FT_END_STMNT
+
+#else /* !C++ */
+
+#define FT_FACE_LOOKUP_SERVICE( face, ptr, id )                \
+  FT_BEGIN_STMNT                                               \
+    FT_Pointer  svc;                                           \
+                                                               \
+                                                               \
+    svc = FT_FACE( face )->internal->services. service_ ## id; \
+    if ( svc == FT_SERVICE_UNAVAILABLE )                       \
+      svc = NULL;                                              \
+    else if ( svc == NULL )                                    \
+    {                                                          \
+      FT_FACE_FIND_SERVICE( face, svc, id );                   \
+                                                               \
+      FT_FACE( face )->internal->services. service_ ## id =    \
+        (FT_Pointer)( svc != NULL ? svc                        \
+                                  : FT_SERVICE_UNAVAILABLE );  \
+    }                                                          \
+    ptr = svc;                                                 \
+  FT_END_STMNT
+
+#endif /* !C++ */
+
+  /*
+   *  A macro used to define new service structure types.
+   */
+
+#define FT_DEFINE_SERVICE( name )            \
+  typedef struct FT_Service_ ## name ## Rec_ \
+    FT_Service_ ## name ## Rec ;             \
+  typedef struct FT_Service_ ## name ## Rec_ \
+    const * FT_Service_ ## name ;            \
+  struct FT_Service_ ## name ## Rec_
+
+  /* */
+
+  /*
+   *  The header files containing the services.
+   */
+
+#define FT_SERVICE_BDF_H                <freetype/internal/services/svbdf.h>
+#define FT_SERVICE_CID_H                <freetype/internal/services/svcid.h>
+#define FT_SERVICE_GLYPH_DICT_H         <freetype/internal/services/svgldict.h>
+#define FT_SERVICE_GX_VALIDATE_H        <freetype/internal/services/svgxval.h>
+#define FT_SERVICE_KERNING_H            <freetype/internal/services/svkern.h>
+#define FT_SERVICE_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H   <freetype/internal/services/svmm.h>
+#define FT_SERVICE_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H  <freetype/internal/services/svotval.h>
+#define FT_SERVICE_PFR_H                <freetype/internal/services/svpfr.h>
+#define FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_CMAPS_H   <freetype/internal/services/svpscmap.h>
+#define FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_INFO_H    <freetype/internal/services/svpsinfo.h>
+#define FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_NAME_H    <freetype/internal/services/svpostnm.h>
+#define FT_SERVICE_SFNT_H               <freetype/internal/services/svsfnt.h>
+#define FT_SERVICE_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_H    <freetype/internal/services/svtteng.h>
+#define FT_SERVICE_TT_CMAP_H            <freetype/internal/services/svttcmap.h>
+#define FT_SERVICE_WINFNT_H             <freetype/internal/services/svwinfnt.h>
+#define FT_SERVICE_XFREE86_NAME_H       <freetype/internal/services/svxf86nm.h>
+#define FT_SERVICE_TRUETYPE_GLYF_H      <freetype/internal/services/svttglyf.h>
+
+ /* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTSERV_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftstream.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftstream.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a91eb72
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftstream.h
@@ -0,0 +1,539 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftstream.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Stream handling (specification).                                     */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2004, 2005, 2006 by                         */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTSTREAM_H__
+#define __FTSTREAM_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_SYSTEM_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /* format of an 8-bit frame_op value:           */
+  /*                                              */
+  /* bit  76543210                                */
+  /*      xxxxxxes                                */
+  /*                                              */
+  /* s is set to 1 if the value is signed.        */
+  /* e is set to 1 if the value is little-endian. */
+  /* xxx is a command.                            */
+
+#define FT_FRAME_OP_SHIFT         2
+#define FT_FRAME_OP_SIGNED        1
+#define FT_FRAME_OP_LITTLE        2
+#define FT_FRAME_OP_COMMAND( x )  ( x >> FT_FRAME_OP_SHIFT )
+
+#define FT_MAKE_FRAME_OP( command, little, sign ) \
+          ( ( command << FT_FRAME_OP_SHIFT ) | ( little << 1 ) | sign )
+
+#define FT_FRAME_OP_END    0
+#define FT_FRAME_OP_START  1  /* start a new frame     */
+#define FT_FRAME_OP_BYTE   2  /* read 1-byte value     */
+#define FT_FRAME_OP_SHORT  3  /* read 2-byte value     */
+#define FT_FRAME_OP_LONG   4  /* read 4-byte value     */
+#define FT_FRAME_OP_OFF3   5  /* read 3-byte value     */
+#define FT_FRAME_OP_BYTES  6  /* read a bytes sequence */
+
+
+  typedef enum  FT_Frame_Op_
+  {
+    ft_frame_end       = 0,
+    ft_frame_start     = FT_MAKE_FRAME_OP( FT_FRAME_OP_START, 0, 0 ),
+
+    ft_frame_byte      = FT_MAKE_FRAME_OP( FT_FRAME_OP_BYTE,  0, 0 ),
+    ft_frame_schar     = FT_MAKE_FRAME_OP( FT_FRAME_OP_BYTE,  0, 1 ),
+
+    ft_frame_ushort_be = FT_MAKE_FRAME_OP( FT_FRAME_OP_SHORT, 0, 0 ),
+    ft_frame_short_be  = FT_MAKE_FRAME_OP( FT_FRAME_OP_SHORT, 0, 1 ),
+    ft_frame_ushort_le = FT_MAKE_FRAME_OP( FT_FRAME_OP_SHORT, 1, 0 ),
+    ft_frame_short_le  = FT_MAKE_FRAME_OP( FT_FRAME_OP_SHORT, 1, 1 ),
+
+    ft_frame_ulong_be  = FT_MAKE_FRAME_OP( FT_FRAME_OP_LONG, 0, 0 ),
+    ft_frame_long_be   = FT_MAKE_FRAME_OP( FT_FRAME_OP_LONG, 0, 1 ),
+    ft_frame_ulong_le  = FT_MAKE_FRAME_OP( FT_FRAME_OP_LONG, 1, 0 ),
+    ft_frame_long_le   = FT_MAKE_FRAME_OP( FT_FRAME_OP_LONG, 1, 1 ),
+
+    ft_frame_uoff3_be  = FT_MAKE_FRAME_OP( FT_FRAME_OP_OFF3, 0, 0 ),
+    ft_frame_off3_be   = FT_MAKE_FRAME_OP( FT_FRAME_OP_OFF3, 0, 1 ),
+    ft_frame_uoff3_le  = FT_MAKE_FRAME_OP( FT_FRAME_OP_OFF3, 1, 0 ),
+    ft_frame_off3_le   = FT_MAKE_FRAME_OP( FT_FRAME_OP_OFF3, 1, 1 ),
+
+    ft_frame_bytes     = FT_MAKE_FRAME_OP( FT_FRAME_OP_BYTES, 0, 0 ),
+    ft_frame_skip      = FT_MAKE_FRAME_OP( FT_FRAME_OP_BYTES, 0, 1 )
+
+  } FT_Frame_Op;
+
+
+  typedef struct  FT_Frame_Field_
+  {
+    FT_Byte    value;
+    FT_Byte    size;
+    FT_UShort  offset;
+
+  } FT_Frame_Field;
+
+
+  /* Construct an FT_Frame_Field out of a structure type and a field name. */
+  /* The structure type must be set in the FT_STRUCTURE macro before       */
+  /* calling the FT_FRAME_START() macro.                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define FT_FIELD_SIZE( f ) \
+          (FT_Byte)sizeof ( ((FT_STRUCTURE*)0)->f )
+
+#define FT_FIELD_SIZE_DELTA( f ) \
+          (FT_Byte)sizeof ( ((FT_STRUCTURE*)0)->f[0] )
+
+#define FT_FIELD_OFFSET( f ) \
+          (FT_UShort)( offsetof( FT_STRUCTURE, f ) )
+
+#define FT_FRAME_FIELD( frame_op, field ) \
+          {                               \
+            frame_op,                     \
+            FT_FIELD_SIZE( field ),       \
+            FT_FIELD_OFFSET( field )      \
+          }
+
+#define FT_MAKE_EMPTY_FIELD( frame_op )  { frame_op, 0, 0 }
+
+#define FT_FRAME_START( size )   { ft_frame_start, 0, size }
+#define FT_FRAME_END             { ft_frame_end, 0, 0 }
+
+#define FT_FRAME_LONG( f )       FT_FRAME_FIELD( ft_frame_long_be, f )
+#define FT_FRAME_ULONG( f )      FT_FRAME_FIELD( ft_frame_ulong_be, f )
+#define FT_FRAME_SHORT( f )      FT_FRAME_FIELD( ft_frame_short_be, f )
+#define FT_FRAME_USHORT( f )     FT_FRAME_FIELD( ft_frame_ushort_be, f )
+#define FT_FRAME_OFF3( f )       FT_FRAME_FIELD( ft_frame_off3_be, f )
+#define FT_FRAME_UOFF3( f )      FT_FRAME_FIELD( ft_frame_uoff3_be, f )
+#define FT_FRAME_BYTE( f )       FT_FRAME_FIELD( ft_frame_byte, f )
+#define FT_FRAME_CHAR( f )       FT_FRAME_FIELD( ft_frame_schar, f )
+
+#define FT_FRAME_LONG_LE( f )    FT_FRAME_FIELD( ft_frame_long_le, f )
+#define FT_FRAME_ULONG_LE( f )   FT_FRAME_FIELD( ft_frame_ulong_le, f )
+#define FT_FRAME_SHORT_LE( f )   FT_FRAME_FIELD( ft_frame_short_le, f )
+#define FT_FRAME_USHORT_LE( f )  FT_FRAME_FIELD( ft_frame_ushort_le, f )
+#define FT_FRAME_OFF3_LE( f )    FT_FRAME_FIELD( ft_frame_off3_le, f )
+#define FT_FRAME_UOFF3_LE( f )   FT_FRAME_FIELD( ft_frame_uoff3_le, f )
+
+#define FT_FRAME_SKIP_LONG       { ft_frame_long_be, 0, 0 }
+#define FT_FRAME_SKIP_SHORT      { ft_frame_short_be, 0, 0 }
+#define FT_FRAME_SKIP_BYTE       { ft_frame_byte, 0, 0 }
+
+#define FT_FRAME_BYTES( field, count ) \
+          {                            \
+            ft_frame_bytes,            \
+            count,                     \
+            FT_FIELD_OFFSET( field )   \
+          }
+
+#define FT_FRAME_SKIP_BYTES( count )  { ft_frame_skip, count, 0 }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Integer extraction macros -- the `buffer' parameter must ALWAYS be of */
+  /* type `char*' or equivalent (1-byte elements).                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+
+#define FT_BYTE_( p, i )  ( ((const FT_Byte*)(p))[(i)] )
+#define FT_INT8_( p, i )  ( ((const FT_Char*)(p))[(i)] )
+
+#define FT_INT16( x )   ( (FT_Int16)(x)  )
+#define FT_UINT16( x )  ( (FT_UInt16)(x) )
+#define FT_INT32( x )   ( (FT_Int32)(x)  )
+#define FT_UINT32( x )  ( (FT_UInt32)(x) )
+
+#define FT_BYTE_I16( p, i, s )  ( FT_INT16(  FT_BYTE_( p, i ) ) << (s) )
+#define FT_BYTE_U16( p, i, s )  ( FT_UINT16( FT_BYTE_( p, i ) ) << (s) )
+#define FT_BYTE_I32( p, i, s )  ( FT_INT32(  FT_BYTE_( p, i ) ) << (s) )
+#define FT_BYTE_U32( p, i, s )  ( FT_UINT32( FT_BYTE_( p, i ) ) << (s) )
+
+#define FT_INT8_I16( p, i, s )  ( FT_INT16(  FT_INT8_( p, i ) ) << (s) )
+#define FT_INT8_U16( p, i, s )  ( FT_UINT16( FT_INT8_( p, i ) ) << (s) )
+#define FT_INT8_I32( p, i, s )  ( FT_INT32(  FT_INT8_( p, i ) ) << (s) )
+#define FT_INT8_U32( p, i, s )  ( FT_UINT32( FT_INT8_( p, i ) ) << (s) )
+
+
+#define FT_PEEK_SHORT( p )  FT_INT16( FT_INT8_I16( p, 0, 8) | \
+                                      FT_BYTE_I16( p, 1, 0) )
+
+#define FT_PEEK_USHORT( p )  FT_UINT16( FT_BYTE_U16( p, 0, 8 ) | \
+                                        FT_BYTE_U16( p, 1, 0 ) )
+
+#define FT_PEEK_LONG( p )  FT_INT32( FT_INT8_I32( p, 0, 24 ) | \
+                                     FT_BYTE_I32( p, 1, 16 ) | \
+                                     FT_BYTE_I32( p, 2,  8 ) | \
+                                     FT_BYTE_I32( p, 3,  0 ) )
+
+#define FT_PEEK_ULONG( p )  FT_UINT32( FT_BYTE_U32( p, 0, 24 ) | \
+                                       FT_BYTE_U32( p, 1, 16 ) | \
+                                       FT_BYTE_U32( p, 2,  8 ) | \
+                                       FT_BYTE_U32( p, 3,  0 ) )
+
+#define FT_PEEK_OFF3( p )  FT_INT32( FT_INT8_I32( p, 0, 16 ) | \
+                                     FT_BYTE_I32( p, 1,  8 ) | \
+                                     FT_BYTE_I32( p, 2,  0 ) )
+
+#define FT_PEEK_UOFF3( p )  FT_UINT32( FT_BYTE_U32( p, 0, 16 ) | \
+                                       FT_BYTE_U32( p, 1,  8 ) | \
+                                       FT_BYTE_U32( p, 2,  0 ) )
+
+#define FT_PEEK_SHORT_LE( p )  FT_INT16( FT_INT8_I16( p, 1, 8 ) | \
+                                         FT_BYTE_I16( p, 0, 0 ) )
+
+#define FT_PEEK_USHORT_LE( p )  FT_UINT16( FT_BYTE_U16( p, 1, 8 ) |  \
+                                           FT_BYTE_U16( p, 0, 0 ) )
+
+#define FT_PEEK_LONG_LE( p )  FT_INT32( FT_INT8_I32( p, 3, 24 ) | \
+                                        FT_BYTE_I32( p, 2, 16 ) | \
+                                        FT_BYTE_I32( p, 1,  8 ) | \
+                                        FT_BYTE_I32( p, 0,  0 ) )
+
+#define FT_PEEK_ULONG_LE( p )  FT_UINT32( FT_BYTE_U32( p, 3, 24 ) | \
+                                          FT_BYTE_U32( p, 2, 16 ) | \
+                                          FT_BYTE_U32( p, 1,  8 ) | \
+                                          FT_BYTE_U32( p, 0,  0 ) )
+
+#define FT_PEEK_OFF3_LE( p )  FT_INT32( FT_INT8_I32( p, 2, 16 ) | \
+                                        FT_BYTE_I32( p, 1,  8 ) | \
+                                        FT_BYTE_I32( p, 0,  0 ) )
+
+#define FT_PEEK_UOFF3_LE( p )  FT_UINT32( FT_BYTE_U32( p, 2, 16 ) | \
+                                          FT_BYTE_U32( p, 1,  8 ) | \
+                                          FT_BYTE_U32( p, 0,  0 ) )
+
+
+#define FT_NEXT_CHAR( buffer )       \
+          ( (signed char)*buffer++ )
+
+#define FT_NEXT_BYTE( buffer )         \
+          ( (unsigned char)*buffer++ )
+
+#define FT_NEXT_SHORT( buffer )                                   \
+          ( (short)( buffer += 2, FT_PEEK_SHORT( buffer - 2 ) ) )
+
+#define FT_NEXT_USHORT( buffer )                                            \
+          ( (unsigned short)( buffer += 2, FT_PEEK_USHORT( buffer - 2 ) ) )
+
+#define FT_NEXT_OFF3( buffer )                                  \
+          ( (long)( buffer += 3, FT_PEEK_OFF3( buffer - 3 ) ) )
+
+#define FT_NEXT_UOFF3( buffer )                                           \
+          ( (unsigned long)( buffer += 3, FT_PEEK_UOFF3( buffer - 3 ) ) )
+
+#define FT_NEXT_LONG( buffer )                                  \
+          ( (long)( buffer += 4, FT_PEEK_LONG( buffer - 4 ) ) )
+
+#define FT_NEXT_ULONG( buffer )                                           \
+          ( (unsigned long)( buffer += 4, FT_PEEK_ULONG( buffer - 4 ) ) )
+
+
+#define FT_NEXT_SHORT_LE( buffer )                                   \
+          ( (short)( buffer += 2, FT_PEEK_SHORT_LE( buffer - 2 ) ) )
+
+#define FT_NEXT_USHORT_LE( buffer )                                            \
+          ( (unsigned short)( buffer += 2, FT_PEEK_USHORT_LE( buffer - 2 ) ) )
+
+#define FT_NEXT_OFF3_LE( buffer )                                  \
+          ( (long)( buffer += 3, FT_PEEK_OFF3_LE( buffer - 3 ) ) )
+
+#define FT_NEXT_UOFF3_LE( buffer )                                           \
+          ( (unsigned long)( buffer += 3, FT_PEEK_UOFF3_LE( buffer - 3 ) ) )
+
+#define FT_NEXT_LONG_LE( buffer )                                  \
+          ( (long)( buffer += 4, FT_PEEK_LONG_LE( buffer - 4 ) ) )
+
+#define FT_NEXT_ULONG_LE( buffer )                                           \
+          ( (unsigned long)( buffer += 4, FT_PEEK_ULONG_LE( buffer - 4 ) ) )
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Each GET_xxxx() macro uses an implicit `stream' variable.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#if 0
+#define FT_GET_MACRO( type )    FT_NEXT_ ## type ( stream->cursor )
+
+#define FT_GET_CHAR()       FT_GET_MACRO( CHAR )
+#define FT_GET_BYTE()       FT_GET_MACRO( BYTE )
+#define FT_GET_SHORT()      FT_GET_MACRO( SHORT )
+#define FT_GET_USHORT()     FT_GET_MACRO( USHORT )
+#define FT_GET_OFF3()       FT_GET_MACRO( OFF3 )
+#define FT_GET_UOFF3()      FT_GET_MACRO( UOFF3 )
+#define FT_GET_LONG()       FT_GET_MACRO( LONG )
+#define FT_GET_ULONG()      FT_GET_MACRO( ULONG )
+#define FT_GET_TAG4()       FT_GET_MACRO( ULONG )
+
+#define FT_GET_SHORT_LE()   FT_GET_MACRO( SHORT_LE )
+#define FT_GET_USHORT_LE()  FT_GET_MACRO( USHORT_LE )
+#define FT_GET_LONG_LE()    FT_GET_MACRO( LONG_LE )
+#define FT_GET_ULONG_LE()   FT_GET_MACRO( ULONG_LE )
+
+#else
+#define FT_GET_MACRO( func, type )        ( (type)func( stream ) )
+
+#define FT_GET_CHAR()       FT_GET_MACRO( FT_Stream_GetChar, FT_Char )
+#define FT_GET_BYTE()       FT_GET_MACRO( FT_Stream_GetChar, FT_Byte )
+#define FT_GET_SHORT()      FT_GET_MACRO( FT_Stream_GetShort, FT_Short )
+#define FT_GET_USHORT()     FT_GET_MACRO( FT_Stream_GetShort, FT_UShort )
+#define FT_GET_OFF3()       FT_GET_MACRO( FT_Stream_GetOffset, FT_Long )
+#define FT_GET_UOFF3()      FT_GET_MACRO( FT_Stream_GetOffset, FT_ULong )
+#define FT_GET_LONG()       FT_GET_MACRO( FT_Stream_GetLong, FT_Long )
+#define FT_GET_ULONG()      FT_GET_MACRO( FT_Stream_GetLong, FT_ULong )
+#define FT_GET_TAG4()       FT_GET_MACRO( FT_Stream_GetLong, FT_ULong )
+
+#define FT_GET_SHORT_LE()   FT_GET_MACRO( FT_Stream_GetShortLE, FT_Short )
+#define FT_GET_USHORT_LE()  FT_GET_MACRO( FT_Stream_GetShortLE, FT_UShort )
+#define FT_GET_LONG_LE()    FT_GET_MACRO( FT_Stream_GetLongLE, FT_Long )
+#define FT_GET_ULONG_LE()   FT_GET_MACRO( FT_Stream_GetLongLE, FT_ULong )
+#endif
+
+#define FT_READ_MACRO( func, type, var )        \
+          ( var = (type)func( stream, &error ), \
+            error != FT_Err_Ok )
+
+#define FT_READ_BYTE( var )       FT_READ_MACRO( FT_Stream_ReadChar, FT_Byte, var )
+#define FT_READ_CHAR( var )       FT_READ_MACRO( FT_Stream_ReadChar, FT_Char, var )
+#define FT_READ_SHORT( var )      FT_READ_MACRO( FT_Stream_ReadShort, FT_Short, var )
+#define FT_READ_USHORT( var )     FT_READ_MACRO( FT_Stream_ReadShort, FT_UShort, var )
+#define FT_READ_OFF3( var )       FT_READ_MACRO( FT_Stream_ReadOffset, FT_Long, var )
+#define FT_READ_UOFF3( var )      FT_READ_MACRO( FT_Stream_ReadOffset, FT_ULong, var )
+#define FT_READ_LONG( var )       FT_READ_MACRO( FT_Stream_ReadLong, FT_Long, var )
+#define FT_READ_ULONG( var )      FT_READ_MACRO( FT_Stream_ReadLong, FT_ULong, var )
+
+#define FT_READ_SHORT_LE( var )   FT_READ_MACRO( FT_Stream_ReadShortLE, FT_Short, var )
+#define FT_READ_USHORT_LE( var )  FT_READ_MACRO( FT_Stream_ReadShortLE, FT_UShort, var )
+#define FT_READ_LONG_LE( var )    FT_READ_MACRO( FT_Stream_ReadLongLE, FT_Long, var )
+#define FT_READ_ULONG_LE( var )   FT_READ_MACRO( FT_Stream_ReadLongLE, FT_ULong, var )
+
+
+#ifndef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_DEFAULT_SYSTEM
+
+  /* initialize a stream for reading a regular system stream */
+  FT_BASE( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stream_Open( FT_Stream    stream,
+                  const char*  filepathname );
+
+#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_DEFAULT_SYSTEM */
+
+
+  /* create a new (input) stream from an FT_Open_Args structure */
+  FT_BASE( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stream_New( FT_Library           library,
+                 const FT_Open_Args*  args,
+                 FT_Stream           *astream );
+
+  /* free a stream */
+  FT_BASE( void )
+  FT_Stream_Free( FT_Stream  stream,
+                  FT_Int     external );
+
+  /* initialize a stream for reading in-memory data */
+  FT_BASE( void )
+  FT_Stream_OpenMemory( FT_Stream       stream,
+                        const FT_Byte*  base,
+                        FT_ULong        size );
+
+  /* close a stream (does not destroy the stream structure) */
+  FT_BASE( void )
+  FT_Stream_Close( FT_Stream  stream );
+
+
+  /* seek within a stream. position is relative to start of stream */
+  FT_BASE( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stream_Seek( FT_Stream  stream,
+                  FT_ULong   pos );
+
+  /* skip bytes in a stream */
+  FT_BASE( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stream_Skip( FT_Stream  stream,
+                  FT_Long    distance );
+
+  /* return current stream position */
+  FT_BASE( FT_Long )
+  FT_Stream_Pos( FT_Stream  stream );
+
+  /* read bytes from a stream into a user-allocated buffer, returns an */
+  /* error if not all bytes could be read.                             */
+  FT_BASE( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stream_Read( FT_Stream  stream,
+                  FT_Byte*   buffer,
+                  FT_ULong   count );
+
+  /* read bytes from a stream at a given position */
+  FT_BASE( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stream_ReadAt( FT_Stream  stream,
+                    FT_ULong   pos,
+                    FT_Byte*   buffer,
+                    FT_ULong   count );
+
+  /* try to read bytes at the end of a stream; return number of bytes */
+  /* really available                                                 */
+  FT_BASE( FT_ULong )
+  FT_Stream_TryRead( FT_Stream  stream,
+                     FT_Byte*   buffer,
+                     FT_ULong   count );
+
+  /* Enter a frame of `count' consecutive bytes in a stream.  Returns an */
+  /* error if the frame could not be read/accessed.  The caller can use  */
+  /* the FT_Stream_Get_XXX functions to retrieve frame data without      */
+  /* error checks.                                                       */
+  /*                                                                     */
+  /* You must _always_ call FT_Stream_ExitFrame() once you have entered  */
+  /* a stream frame!                                                     */
+  /*                                                                     */
+  FT_BASE( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stream_EnterFrame( FT_Stream  stream,
+                        FT_ULong   count );
+
+  /* exit a stream frame */
+  FT_BASE( void )
+  FT_Stream_ExitFrame( FT_Stream  stream );
+
+  /* Extract a stream frame.  If the stream is disk-based, a heap block */
+  /* is allocated and the frame bytes are read into it.  If the stream  */
+  /* is memory-based, this function simply set a pointer to the data.   */
+  /*                                                                    */
+  /* Useful to optimize access to memory-based streams transparently.   */
+  /*                                                                    */
+  /* All extracted frames must be `freed' with a call to the function   */
+  /* FT_Stream_ReleaseFrame().                                          */
+  /*                                                                    */
+  FT_BASE( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stream_ExtractFrame( FT_Stream  stream,
+                          FT_ULong   count,
+                          FT_Byte**  pbytes );
+
+  /* release an extract frame (see FT_Stream_ExtractFrame) */
+  FT_BASE( void )
+  FT_Stream_ReleaseFrame( FT_Stream  stream,
+                          FT_Byte**  pbytes );
+
+  /* read a byte from an entered frame */
+  FT_BASE( FT_Char )
+  FT_Stream_GetChar( FT_Stream  stream );
+
+  /* read a 16-bit big-endian integer from an entered frame */
+  FT_BASE( FT_Short )
+  FT_Stream_GetShort( FT_Stream  stream );
+
+  /* read a 24-bit big-endian integer from an entered frame */
+  FT_BASE( FT_Long )
+  FT_Stream_GetOffset( FT_Stream  stream );
+
+  /* read a 32-bit big-endian integer from an entered frame */
+  FT_BASE( FT_Long )
+  FT_Stream_GetLong( FT_Stream  stream );
+
+  /* read a 16-bit little-endian integer from an entered frame */
+  FT_BASE( FT_Short )
+  FT_Stream_GetShortLE( FT_Stream  stream );
+
+  /* read a 32-bit little-endian integer from an entered frame */
+  FT_BASE( FT_Long )
+  FT_Stream_GetLongLE( FT_Stream  stream );
+
+
+  /* read a byte from a stream */
+  FT_BASE( FT_Char )
+  FT_Stream_ReadChar( FT_Stream  stream,
+                      FT_Error*  error );
+
+  /* read a 16-bit big-endian integer from a stream */
+  FT_BASE( FT_Short )
+  FT_Stream_ReadShort( FT_Stream  stream,
+                       FT_Error*  error );
+
+  /* read a 24-bit big-endian integer from a stream */
+  FT_BASE( FT_Long )
+  FT_Stream_ReadOffset( FT_Stream  stream,
+                        FT_Error*  error );
+
+  /* read a 32-bit big-endian integer from a stream */
+  FT_BASE( FT_Long )
+  FT_Stream_ReadLong( FT_Stream  stream,
+                      FT_Error*  error );
+
+  /* read a 16-bit little-endian integer from a stream */
+  FT_BASE( FT_Short )
+  FT_Stream_ReadShortLE( FT_Stream  stream,
+                         FT_Error*  error );
+
+  /* read a 32-bit little-endian integer from a stream */
+  FT_BASE( FT_Long )
+  FT_Stream_ReadLongLE( FT_Stream  stream,
+                        FT_Error*  error );
+
+  /* Read a structure from a stream.  The structure must be described */
+  /* by an array of FT_Frame_Field records.                           */
+  FT_BASE( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stream_ReadFields( FT_Stream              stream,
+                        const FT_Frame_Field*  fields,
+                        void*                  structure );
+
+
+#define FT_STREAM_POS()           \
+          FT_Stream_Pos( stream )
+
+#define FT_STREAM_SEEK( position )                           \
+          FT_SET_ERROR( FT_Stream_Seek( stream, position ) )
+
+#define FT_STREAM_SKIP( distance )                           \
+          FT_SET_ERROR( FT_Stream_Skip( stream, distance ) )
+
+#define FT_STREAM_READ( buffer, count )                   \
+          FT_SET_ERROR( FT_Stream_Read( stream,           \
+                                        (FT_Byte*)buffer, \
+                                        count ) )
+
+#define FT_STREAM_READ_AT( position, buffer, count )         \
+          FT_SET_ERROR( FT_Stream_ReadAt( stream,            \
+                                           position,         \
+                                           (FT_Byte*)buffer, \
+                                           count ) )
+
+#define FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( fields, object )                          \
+          FT_SET_ERROR( FT_Stream_ReadFields( stream, fields, object ) )
+
+
+#define FT_FRAME_ENTER( size )                                       \
+          FT_SET_ERROR(                                              \
+            FT_DEBUG_INNER( FT_Stream_EnterFrame( stream, size ) ) )
+
+#define FT_FRAME_EXIT()                 \
+          FT_DEBUG_INNER( FT_Stream_ExitFrame( stream ) )
+
+#define FT_FRAME_EXTRACT( size, bytes )                                       \
+          FT_SET_ERROR(                                                       \
+            FT_DEBUG_INNER( FT_Stream_ExtractFrame( stream, size,             \
+                                                    (FT_Byte**)&(bytes) ) ) )
+
+#define FT_FRAME_RELEASE( bytes )                                         \
+          FT_DEBUG_INNER( FT_Stream_ReleaseFrame( stream,                 \
+                                                  (FT_Byte**)&(bytes) ) )
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTSTREAM_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/fttrace.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/fttrace.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4d38a46
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/fttrace.h
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  fttrace.h                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Tracing handling (specification only).                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2002, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by                              */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /* definitions of trace levels for FreeType 2 */
+
+  /* the first level must always be `trace_any' */
+FT_TRACE_DEF( any )
+
+  /* base components */
+FT_TRACE_DEF( calc )      /* calculations            (ftcalc.c)   */
+FT_TRACE_DEF( memory )    /* memory manager          (ftobjs.c)   */
+FT_TRACE_DEF( stream )    /* stream manager          (ftstream.c) */
+FT_TRACE_DEF( io )        /* i/o interface           (ftsystem.c) */
+FT_TRACE_DEF( list )      /* list management         (ftlist.c)   */
+FT_TRACE_DEF( init )      /* initialization          (ftinit.c)   */
+FT_TRACE_DEF( objs )      /* base objects            (ftobjs.c)   */
+FT_TRACE_DEF( outline )   /* outline management      (ftoutln.c)  */
+FT_TRACE_DEF( glyph )     /* glyph management        (ftglyph.c)  */
+
+FT_TRACE_DEF( raster )    /* monochrome rasterizer   (ftraster.c) */
+FT_TRACE_DEF( smooth )    /* anti-aliasing raster    (ftgrays.c)  */
+FT_TRACE_DEF( mm )        /* MM interface            (ftmm.c)     */
+FT_TRACE_DEF( raccess )   /* resource fork accessor  (ftrfork.c)  */
+
+  /* Cache sub-system */
+FT_TRACE_DEF( cache )     /* cache sub-system        (ftcache.c, etc.) */
+
+  /* SFNT driver components */
+FT_TRACE_DEF( sfobjs )    /* SFNT object handler     (sfobjs.c)   */
+FT_TRACE_DEF( ttcmap )    /* charmap handler         (ttcmap.c)   */
+FT_TRACE_DEF( ttkern )    /* kerning handler         (ttkern.c)   */
+FT_TRACE_DEF( ttload )    /* basic TrueType tables   (ttload.c)   */
+FT_TRACE_DEF( ttmtx )     /* metrics-related tables  (ttmtx.c)    */
+FT_TRACE_DEF( ttpost )    /* PS table processing     (ttpost.c)   */
+FT_TRACE_DEF( ttsbit )    /* TrueType sbit handling  (ttsbit.c)   */
+
+  /* TrueType driver components */
+FT_TRACE_DEF( ttdriver )  /* TT font driver          (ttdriver.c) */
+FT_TRACE_DEF( ttgload )   /* TT glyph loader         (ttgload.c)  */
+FT_TRACE_DEF( ttinterp )  /* bytecode interpreter    (ttinterp.c) */
+FT_TRACE_DEF( ttobjs )    /* TT objects manager      (ttobjs.c)   */
+FT_TRACE_DEF( ttpload )   /* TT data/program loader  (ttpload.c)  */
+FT_TRACE_DEF( ttgxvar )   /* TrueType GX var handler (ttgxvar.c)  */
+
+  /* Type 1 driver components */
+FT_TRACE_DEF( t1driver )
+FT_TRACE_DEF( t1gload )
+FT_TRACE_DEF( t1hint )
+FT_TRACE_DEF( t1load )
+FT_TRACE_DEF( t1objs )
+FT_TRACE_DEF( t1parse )
+
+  /* PostScript helper module `psaux' */
+FT_TRACE_DEF( t1decode )
+FT_TRACE_DEF( psobjs )
+
+  /* PostScript hinting module `pshinter' */
+FT_TRACE_DEF( pshrec )
+FT_TRACE_DEF( pshalgo1 )
+FT_TRACE_DEF( pshalgo2 )
+
+  /* Type 2 driver components */
+FT_TRACE_DEF( cffdriver )
+FT_TRACE_DEF( cffgload )
+FT_TRACE_DEF( cffload )
+FT_TRACE_DEF( cffobjs )
+FT_TRACE_DEF( cffparse )
+
+  /* Type 42 driver component */
+FT_TRACE_DEF( t42 )
+
+  /* CID driver components */
+FT_TRACE_DEF( cidafm )
+FT_TRACE_DEF( ciddriver )
+FT_TRACE_DEF( cidgload )
+FT_TRACE_DEF( cidload )
+FT_TRACE_DEF( cidobjs )
+FT_TRACE_DEF( cidparse )
+
+  /* Windows font component */
+FT_TRACE_DEF( winfnt )
+
+  /* PCF font components */
+FT_TRACE_DEF( pcfdriver )
+FT_TRACE_DEF( pcfread )
+
+  /* BDF font components */
+FT_TRACE_DEF( bdfdriver )
+FT_TRACE_DEF( bdflib )
+
+  /* PFR font component */
+FT_TRACE_DEF( pfr )
+
+  /* OpenType validation components */
+FT_TRACE_DEF( otvmodule )
+FT_TRACE_DEF( otvcommon )
+FT_TRACE_DEF( otvbase )
+FT_TRACE_DEF( otvgdef )
+FT_TRACE_DEF( otvgpos )
+FT_TRACE_DEF( otvgsub )
+FT_TRACE_DEF( otvjstf )
+FT_TRACE_DEF( otvmath )
+
+  /* TrueTypeGX/AAT validation components */
+FT_TRACE_DEF( gxvmodule )
+FT_TRACE_DEF( gxvcommon )
+FT_TRACE_DEF( gxvfeat )
+FT_TRACE_DEF( gxvmort )
+FT_TRACE_DEF( gxvmorx )
+FT_TRACE_DEF( gxvbsln )
+FT_TRACE_DEF( gxvjust )
+FT_TRACE_DEF( gxvkern )
+FT_TRACE_DEF( gxvopbd )
+FT_TRACE_DEF( gxvtrak )
+FT_TRACE_DEF( gxvprop )
+FT_TRACE_DEF( gxvlcar )
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftvalid.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftvalid.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..00cd85e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/ftvalid.h
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftvalid.h                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType validation support (specification).                         */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2004 by                                                      */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTVALID_H__
+#define __FTVALID_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H   /* for ft_setjmp and ft_longjmp */
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****                    V A L I D A T I O N                          ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /* handle to a validation object */
+  typedef struct FT_ValidatorRec_ volatile*  FT_Validator;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* There are three distinct validation levels defined here:              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* FT_VALIDATE_DEFAULT ::                                                */
+  /*   A table that passes this validation level can be used reliably by   */
+  /*   FreeType.  It generally means that all offsets have been checked to */
+  /*   prevent out-of-bound reads, that array counts are correct, etc.     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* FT_VALIDATE_TIGHT ::                                                  */
+  /*   A table that passes this validation level can be used reliably and  */
+  /*   doesn't contain invalid data.  For example, a charmap table that    */
+  /*   returns invalid glyph indices will not pass, even though it can     */
+  /*   be used with FreeType in default mode (the library will simply      */
+  /*   return an error later when trying to load the glyph).               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   It also checks that fields which must be a multiple of 2, 4, or 8,  */
+  /*   don't have incorrect values, etc.                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID ::                                               */
+  /*   Only for font debugging.  Checks that a table follows the           */
+  /*   specification by 100%.  Very few fonts will be able to pass this    */
+  /*   level anyway but it can be useful for certain tools like font       */
+  /*   editors/converters.                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef enum  FT_ValidationLevel_
+  {
+    FT_VALIDATE_DEFAULT = 0,
+    FT_VALIDATE_TIGHT,
+    FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID
+
+  } FT_ValidationLevel;
+
+
+  /* validator structure */
+  typedef struct  FT_ValidatorRec_
+  {
+    const FT_Byte*      base;        /* address of table in memory       */
+    const FT_Byte*      limit;       /* `base' + sizeof(table) in memory */
+    FT_ValidationLevel  level;       /* validation level                 */
+    FT_Error            error;       /* error returned. 0 means success  */
+
+    ft_jmp_buf          jump_buffer; /* used for exception handling      */
+
+  } FT_ValidatorRec;
+
+
+#define FT_VALIDATOR( x )  ((FT_Validator)( x ))
+
+
+  FT_BASE( void )
+  ft_validator_init( FT_Validator        valid,
+                     const FT_Byte*      base,
+                     const FT_Byte*      limit,
+                     FT_ValidationLevel  level );
+
+  /* Do not use this. It's broken and will cause your validator to crash */
+  /* if you run it on an invalid font.                                   */
+  FT_BASE( FT_Int )
+  ft_validator_run( FT_Validator  valid );
+
+  /* Sets the error field in a validator, then calls `longjmp' to return */
+  /* to high-level caller.  Using `setjmp/longjmp' avoids many stupid    */
+  /* error checks within the validation routines.                        */
+  /*                                                                     */
+  FT_BASE( void )
+  ft_validator_error( FT_Validator  valid,
+                      FT_Error      error );
+
+
+  /* Calls ft_validate_error.  Assumes that the `valid' local variable */
+  /* holds a pointer to the current validator object.                  */
+  /*                                                                   */
+  /* Use preprocessor prescan to pass FT_ERR_PREFIX.                   */
+  /*                                                                   */
+#define FT_INVALID( _prefix, _error )  FT_INVALID_( _prefix, _error )
+#define FT_INVALID_( _prefix, _error ) \
+          ft_validator_error( valid, _prefix ## _error )
+
+  /* called when a broken table is detected */
+#define FT_INVALID_TOO_SHORT \
+          FT_INVALID( FT_ERR_PREFIX, Invalid_Table )
+
+  /* called when an invalid offset is detected */
+#define FT_INVALID_OFFSET \
+          FT_INVALID( FT_ERR_PREFIX, Invalid_Offset )
+
+  /* called when an invalid format/value is detected */
+#define FT_INVALID_FORMAT \
+          FT_INVALID( FT_ERR_PREFIX, Invalid_Table )
+
+  /* called when an invalid glyph index is detected */
+#define FT_INVALID_GLYPH_ID \
+          FT_INVALID( FT_ERR_PREFIX, Invalid_Glyph_Index )
+
+  /* called when an invalid field value is detected */
+#define FT_INVALID_DATA \
+          FT_INVALID( FT_ERR_PREFIX, Invalid_Table )
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTVALID_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/internal.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/internal.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..27d5dc5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/internal.h
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  internal.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Internal header files (specification only).                          */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 by                               */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This file is automatically included by `ft2build.h'.                  */
+  /* Do not include it manually!                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#define FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H             <freetype/internal/ftobjs.h>
+#define FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H              <freetype/internal/ftstream.h>
+#define FT_INTERNAL_MEMORY_H              <freetype/internal/ftmemory.h>
+#define FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H               <freetype/internal/ftdebug.h>
+#define FT_INTERNAL_CALC_H                <freetype/internal/ftcalc.h>
+#define FT_INTERNAL_DRIVER_H              <freetype/internal/ftdriver.h>
+#define FT_INTERNAL_TRACE_H               <freetype/internal/fttrace.h>
+#define FT_INTERNAL_GLYPH_LOADER_H        <freetype/internal/ftgloadr.h>
+#define FT_INTERNAL_SFNT_H                <freetype/internal/sfnt.h>
+#define FT_INTERNAL_SERVICE_H             <freetype/internal/ftserv.h>
+#define FT_INTERNAL_RFORK_H               <freetype/internal/ftrfork.h>
+#define FT_INTERNAL_VALIDATE_H            <freetype/internal/ftvalid.h>
+
+#define FT_INTERNAL_TRUETYPE_TYPES_H      <freetype/internal/tttypes.h>
+#define FT_INTERNAL_TYPE1_TYPES_H         <freetype/internal/t1types.h>
+
+#define FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_AUX_H      <freetype/internal/psaux.h>
+#define FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_HINTS_H    <freetype/internal/pshints.h>
+#define FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_GLOBALS_H  <freetype/internal/psglobal.h>
+
+#define FT_INTERNAL_AUTOHINT_H            <freetype/internal/autohint.h>
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/pcftypes.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/pcftypes.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..382796f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/pcftypes.h
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/*  pcftypes.h
+
+  FreeType font driver for pcf fonts
+
+  Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002 by
+  Francesco Zappa Nardelli
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+THE SOFTWARE.
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef __PCFTYPES_H__
+#define __PCFTYPES_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  typedef struct  PCF_Public_FaceRec_
+  {
+    FT_FaceRec    root;
+    FT_StreamRec  gzip_stream;
+    FT_Stream     gzip_source;
+
+    char*         charset_encoding;
+    char*         charset_registry;
+
+  } PCF_Public_FaceRec, *PCF_Public_Face;
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif  /* __PCFTYPES_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/psaux.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/psaux.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7fb4c99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/psaux.h
@@ -0,0 +1,876 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  psaux.h                                                                */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Auxiliary functions and data structures related to PostScript fonts  */
+/*    (specification).                                                     */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2008, 2009 by             */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __PSAUX_H__
+#define __PSAUX_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_TYPE1_TYPES_H
+#include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_CMAPS_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                             T1_TABLE                          *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  typedef struct PS_TableRec_*              PS_Table;
+  typedef const struct PS_Table_FuncsRec_*  PS_Table_Funcs;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    PS_Table_FuncsRec                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A set of function pointers to manage PS_Table objects.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    table_init    :: Used to initialize a table.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    table_done    :: Finalizes resp. destroy a given table.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    table_add     :: Adds a new object to a table.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    table_release :: Releases table data, then finalizes it.           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  PS_Table_FuncsRec_
+  {
+    FT_Error
+    (*init)( PS_Table   table,
+             FT_Int     count,
+             FT_Memory  memory );
+
+    void
+    (*done)( PS_Table  table );
+
+    FT_Error
+    (*add)( PS_Table    table,
+            FT_Int      idx,
+            void*       object,
+            FT_PtrDist  length );
+
+    void
+    (*release)( PS_Table  table );
+
+  } PS_Table_FuncsRec;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    PS_TableRec                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A PS_Table is a simple object used to store an array of objects in */
+  /*    a single memory block.                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    block     :: The address in memory of the growheap's block.  This  */
+  /*                 can change between two object adds, due to            */
+  /*                 reallocation.                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    cursor    :: The current top of the grow heap within its block.    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    capacity  :: The current size of the heap block.  Increments by    */
+  /*                 1kByte chunks.                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    max_elems :: The maximum number of elements in table.              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    num_elems :: The current number of elements in table.              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    elements  :: A table of element addresses within the block.        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    lengths   :: A table of element sizes within the block.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    memory    :: The object used for memory operations                 */
+  /*                 (alloc/realloc).                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    funcs     :: A table of method pointers for this object.           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  PS_TableRec_
+  {
+    FT_Byte*           block;          /* current memory block           */
+    FT_Offset          cursor;         /* current cursor in memory block */
+    FT_Offset          capacity;       /* current size of memory block   */
+    FT_Long            init;
+
+    FT_Int             max_elems;
+    FT_Int             num_elems;
+    FT_Byte**          elements;       /* addresses of table elements */
+    FT_PtrDist*        lengths;        /* lengths of table elements   */
+
+    FT_Memory          memory;
+    PS_Table_FuncsRec  funcs;
+
+  } PS_TableRec;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                       T1 FIELDS & TOKENS                      *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  typedef struct PS_ParserRec_*  PS_Parser;
+
+  typedef struct T1_TokenRec_*   T1_Token;
+
+  typedef struct T1_FieldRec_*   T1_Field;
+
+
+  /* simple enumeration type used to identify token types */
+  typedef enum  T1_TokenType_
+  {
+    T1_TOKEN_TYPE_NONE = 0,
+    T1_TOKEN_TYPE_ANY,
+    T1_TOKEN_TYPE_STRING,
+    T1_TOKEN_TYPE_ARRAY,
+    T1_TOKEN_TYPE_KEY, /* aka `name' */
+
+    /* do not remove */
+    T1_TOKEN_TYPE_MAX
+
+  } T1_TokenType;
+
+
+  /* a simple structure used to identify tokens */
+  typedef struct  T1_TokenRec_
+  {
+    FT_Byte*      start;   /* first character of token in input stream */
+    FT_Byte*      limit;   /* first character after the token          */
+    T1_TokenType  type;    /* type of token                            */
+
+  } T1_TokenRec;
+
+
+  /* enumeration type used to identify object fields */
+  typedef enum  T1_FieldType_
+  {
+    T1_FIELD_TYPE_NONE = 0,
+    T1_FIELD_TYPE_BOOL,
+    T1_FIELD_TYPE_INTEGER,
+    T1_FIELD_TYPE_FIXED,
+    T1_FIELD_TYPE_FIXED_1000,
+    T1_FIELD_TYPE_STRING,
+    T1_FIELD_TYPE_KEY,
+    T1_FIELD_TYPE_BBOX,
+    T1_FIELD_TYPE_INTEGER_ARRAY,
+    T1_FIELD_TYPE_FIXED_ARRAY,
+    T1_FIELD_TYPE_CALLBACK,
+
+    /* do not remove */
+    T1_FIELD_TYPE_MAX
+
+  } T1_FieldType;
+
+
+  typedef enum  T1_FieldLocation_
+  {
+    T1_FIELD_LOCATION_CID_INFO,
+    T1_FIELD_LOCATION_FONT_DICT,
+    T1_FIELD_LOCATION_FONT_EXTRA,
+    T1_FIELD_LOCATION_FONT_INFO,
+    T1_FIELD_LOCATION_PRIVATE,
+    T1_FIELD_LOCATION_BBOX,
+    T1_FIELD_LOCATION_LOADER,
+    T1_FIELD_LOCATION_FACE,
+    T1_FIELD_LOCATION_BLEND,
+
+    /* do not remove */
+    T1_FIELD_LOCATION_MAX
+
+  } T1_FieldLocation;
+
+
+  typedef void
+  (*T1_Field_ParseFunc)( FT_Face     face,
+                         FT_Pointer  parser );
+
+
+  /* structure type used to model object fields */
+  typedef struct  T1_FieldRec_
+  {
+    const char*         ident;        /* field identifier               */
+    T1_FieldLocation    location;
+    T1_FieldType        type;         /* type of field                  */
+    T1_Field_ParseFunc  reader;
+    FT_UInt             offset;       /* offset of field in object      */
+    FT_Byte             size;         /* size of field in bytes         */
+    FT_UInt             array_max;    /* maximal number of elements for */
+                                      /* array                          */
+    FT_UInt             count_offset; /* offset of element count for    */
+                                      /* arrays; must not be zero if in */
+                                      /* use -- in other words, a       */
+                                      /* `num_FOO' element must not     */
+                                      /* start the used structure if we */
+                                      /* parse a `FOO' array            */
+    FT_UInt             dict;         /* where we expect it             */
+  } T1_FieldRec;
+
+#define T1_FIELD_DICT_FONTDICT ( 1 << 0 ) /* also FontInfo and FDArray */
+#define T1_FIELD_DICT_PRIVATE  ( 1 << 1 )
+
+
+
+#define T1_NEW_SIMPLE_FIELD( _ident, _type, _fname, _dict ) \
+          {                                                 \
+            _ident, T1CODE, _type,                          \
+            0,                                              \
+            FT_FIELD_OFFSET( _fname ),                      \
+            FT_FIELD_SIZE( _fname ),                        \
+            0, 0,                                           \
+            _dict                                           \
+          },
+
+#define T1_NEW_CALLBACK_FIELD( _ident, _reader, _dict ) \
+          {                                             \
+            _ident, T1CODE, T1_FIELD_TYPE_CALLBACK,     \
+            (T1_Field_ParseFunc)_reader,                \
+            0, 0,                                       \
+            0, 0,                                       \
+            _dict                                       \
+          },
+
+#define T1_NEW_TABLE_FIELD( _ident, _type, _fname, _max, _dict ) \
+          {                                                      \
+            _ident, T1CODE, _type,                               \
+            0,                                                   \
+            FT_FIELD_OFFSET( _fname ),                           \
+            FT_FIELD_SIZE_DELTA( _fname ),                       \
+            _max,                                                \
+            FT_FIELD_OFFSET( num_ ## _fname ),                   \
+            _dict                                                \
+          },
+
+#define T1_NEW_TABLE_FIELD2( _ident, _type, _fname, _max, _dict ) \
+          {                                                       \
+            _ident, T1CODE, _type,                                \
+            0,                                                    \
+            FT_FIELD_OFFSET( _fname ),                            \
+            FT_FIELD_SIZE_DELTA( _fname ),                        \
+            _max, 0,                                              \
+            _dict                                                 \
+          },
+
+
+#define T1_FIELD_BOOL( _ident, _fname, _dict )                             \
+          T1_NEW_SIMPLE_FIELD( _ident, T1_FIELD_TYPE_BOOL, _fname, _dict )
+
+#define T1_FIELD_NUM( _ident, _fname, _dict )                                 \
+          T1_NEW_SIMPLE_FIELD( _ident, T1_FIELD_TYPE_INTEGER, _fname, _dict )
+
+#define T1_FIELD_FIXED( _ident, _fname, _dict )                             \
+          T1_NEW_SIMPLE_FIELD( _ident, T1_FIELD_TYPE_FIXED, _fname, _dict )
+
+#define T1_FIELD_FIXED_1000( _ident, _fname, _dict )                     \
+          T1_NEW_SIMPLE_FIELD( _ident, T1_FIELD_TYPE_FIXED_1000, _fname, \
+                               _dict )
+
+#define T1_FIELD_STRING( _ident, _fname, _dict )                             \
+          T1_NEW_SIMPLE_FIELD( _ident, T1_FIELD_TYPE_STRING, _fname, _dict )
+
+#define T1_FIELD_KEY( _ident, _fname, _dict )                             \
+          T1_NEW_SIMPLE_FIELD( _ident, T1_FIELD_TYPE_KEY, _fname, _dict )
+
+#define T1_FIELD_BBOX( _ident, _fname, _dict )                             \
+          T1_NEW_SIMPLE_FIELD( _ident, T1_FIELD_TYPE_BBOX, _fname, _dict )
+
+
+#define T1_FIELD_NUM_TABLE( _ident, _fname, _fmax, _dict )         \
+          T1_NEW_TABLE_FIELD( _ident, T1_FIELD_TYPE_INTEGER_ARRAY, \
+                              _fname, _fmax, _dict )
+
+#define T1_FIELD_FIXED_TABLE( _ident, _fname, _fmax, _dict )     \
+          T1_NEW_TABLE_FIELD( _ident, T1_FIELD_TYPE_FIXED_ARRAY, \
+                              _fname, _fmax, _dict )
+
+#define T1_FIELD_NUM_TABLE2( _ident, _fname, _fmax, _dict )         \
+          T1_NEW_TABLE_FIELD2( _ident, T1_FIELD_TYPE_INTEGER_ARRAY, \
+                               _fname, _fmax, _dict )
+
+#define T1_FIELD_FIXED_TABLE2( _ident, _fname, _fmax, _dict )     \
+          T1_NEW_TABLE_FIELD2( _ident, T1_FIELD_TYPE_FIXED_ARRAY, \
+                               _fname, _fmax, _dict )
+
+#define T1_FIELD_CALLBACK( _ident, _name, _dict )       \
+          T1_NEW_CALLBACK_FIELD( _ident, _name, _dict )
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                            T1 PARSER                          *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  typedef const struct PS_Parser_FuncsRec_*  PS_Parser_Funcs;
+
+  typedef struct  PS_Parser_FuncsRec_
+  {
+    void
+    (*init)( PS_Parser  parser,
+             FT_Byte*   base,
+             FT_Byte*   limit,
+             FT_Memory  memory );
+
+    void
+    (*done)( PS_Parser  parser );
+
+    void
+    (*skip_spaces)( PS_Parser  parser );
+    void
+    (*skip_PS_token)( PS_Parser  parser );
+
+    FT_Long
+    (*to_int)( PS_Parser  parser );
+    FT_Fixed
+    (*to_fixed)( PS_Parser  parser,
+                 FT_Int     power_ten );
+
+    FT_Error
+    (*to_bytes)( PS_Parser  parser,
+                 FT_Byte*   bytes,
+                 FT_Long    max_bytes,
+                 FT_Long*   pnum_bytes,
+                 FT_Bool    delimiters );
+
+    FT_Int
+    (*to_coord_array)( PS_Parser  parser,
+                       FT_Int     max_coords,
+                       FT_Short*  coords );
+    FT_Int
+    (*to_fixed_array)( PS_Parser  parser,
+                       FT_Int     max_values,
+                       FT_Fixed*  values,
+                       FT_Int     power_ten );
+
+    void
+    (*to_token)( PS_Parser  parser,
+                 T1_Token   token );
+    void
+    (*to_token_array)( PS_Parser  parser,
+                       T1_Token   tokens,
+                       FT_UInt    max_tokens,
+                       FT_Int*    pnum_tokens );
+
+    FT_Error
+    (*load_field)( PS_Parser       parser,
+                   const T1_Field  field,
+                   void**          objects,
+                   FT_UInt         max_objects,
+                   FT_ULong*       pflags );
+
+    FT_Error
+    (*load_field_table)( PS_Parser       parser,
+                         const T1_Field  field,
+                         void**          objects,
+                         FT_UInt         max_objects,
+                         FT_ULong*       pflags );
+
+  } PS_Parser_FuncsRec;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    PS_ParserRec                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A PS_Parser is an object used to parse a Type 1 font very quickly. */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    cursor :: The current position in the text.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    base   :: Start of the processed text.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    limit  :: End of the processed text.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    error  :: The last error returned.                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    memory :: The object used for memory operations (alloc/realloc).   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    funcs  :: A table of functions for the parser.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  PS_ParserRec_
+  {
+    FT_Byte*   cursor;
+    FT_Byte*   base;
+    FT_Byte*   limit;
+    FT_Error   error;
+    FT_Memory  memory;
+
+    PS_Parser_FuncsRec  funcs;
+
+  } PS_ParserRec;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                         T1 BUILDER                            *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  typedef struct T1_BuilderRec_*  T1_Builder;
+
+
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*T1_Builder_Check_Points_Func)( T1_Builder  builder,
+                                   FT_Int      count );
+
+  typedef void
+  (*T1_Builder_Add_Point_Func)( T1_Builder  builder,
+                                FT_Pos      x,
+                                FT_Pos      y,
+                                FT_Byte     flag );
+
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*T1_Builder_Add_Point1_Func)( T1_Builder  builder,
+                                 FT_Pos      x,
+                                 FT_Pos      y );
+
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*T1_Builder_Add_Contour_Func)( T1_Builder  builder );
+
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*T1_Builder_Start_Point_Func)( T1_Builder  builder,
+                                  FT_Pos      x,
+                                  FT_Pos      y );
+
+  typedef void
+  (*T1_Builder_Close_Contour_Func)( T1_Builder  builder );
+
+
+  typedef const struct T1_Builder_FuncsRec_*  T1_Builder_Funcs;
+
+  typedef struct  T1_Builder_FuncsRec_
+  {
+    void
+    (*init)( T1_Builder    builder,
+             FT_Face       face,
+             FT_Size       size,
+             FT_GlyphSlot  slot,
+             FT_Bool       hinting );
+
+    void
+    (*done)( T1_Builder   builder );
+
+    T1_Builder_Check_Points_Func   check_points;
+    T1_Builder_Add_Point_Func      add_point;
+    T1_Builder_Add_Point1_Func     add_point1;
+    T1_Builder_Add_Contour_Func    add_contour;
+    T1_Builder_Start_Point_Func    start_point;
+    T1_Builder_Close_Contour_Func  close_contour;
+
+  } T1_Builder_FuncsRec;
+
+
+  /* an enumeration type to handle charstring parsing states */
+  typedef enum  T1_ParseState_
+  {
+    T1_Parse_Start,
+    T1_Parse_Have_Width,
+    T1_Parse_Have_Moveto,
+    T1_Parse_Have_Path
+
+  } T1_ParseState;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Structure>                                                           */
+  /*    T1_BuilderRec                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*     A structure used during glyph loading to store its outline.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    memory       :: The current memory object.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    face         :: The current face object.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    glyph        :: The current glyph slot.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    loader       :: XXX                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    base         :: The base glyph outline.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    current      :: The current glyph outline.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    max_points   :: maximum points in builder outline                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    max_contours :: Maximal number of contours in builder outline.     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    last         :: The last point position.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    pos_x        :: The horizontal translation (if composite glyph).   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    pos_y        :: The vertical translation (if composite glyph).     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    left_bearing :: The left side bearing point.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    advance      :: The horizontal advance vector.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    bbox         :: Unused.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    parse_state  :: An enumeration which controls the charstring       */
+  /*                    parsing state.                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    load_points  :: If this flag is not set, no points are loaded.     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    no_recurse   :: Set but not used.                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    metrics_only :: A boolean indicating that we only want to compute  */
+  /*                    the metrics of a given glyph, not load all of its  */
+  /*                    points.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    funcs        :: An array of function pointers for the builder.     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  T1_BuilderRec_
+  {
+    FT_Memory       memory;
+    FT_Face         face;
+    FT_GlyphSlot    glyph;
+    FT_GlyphLoader  loader;
+    FT_Outline*     base;
+    FT_Outline*     current;
+
+    FT_Vector       last;
+
+    FT_Pos          pos_x;
+    FT_Pos          pos_y;
+
+    FT_Vector       left_bearing;
+    FT_Vector       advance;
+
+    FT_BBox         bbox;          /* bounding box */
+    T1_ParseState   parse_state;
+    FT_Bool         load_points;
+    FT_Bool         no_recurse;
+    FT_Bool         shift;
+
+    FT_Bool         metrics_only;
+
+    void*           hints_funcs;    /* hinter-specific */
+    void*           hints_globals;  /* hinter-specific */
+
+    T1_Builder_FuncsRec  funcs;
+
+  } T1_BuilderRec;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                         T1 DECODER                            *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+#if 0
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* T1_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS details the maximum number of nested sub-routine   */
+  /* calls during glyph loading.                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define T1_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS  8
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* T1_MAX_CHARSTRING_OPERANDS is the charstring stack's capacity.  A     */
+  /* minimum of 16 is required.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define T1_MAX_CHARSTRINGS_OPERANDS  32
+
+#endif /* 0 */
+
+
+  typedef struct  T1_Decoder_ZoneRec_
+  {
+    FT_Byte*  cursor;
+    FT_Byte*  base;
+    FT_Byte*  limit;
+
+  } T1_Decoder_ZoneRec, *T1_Decoder_Zone;
+
+
+  typedef struct T1_DecoderRec_*              T1_Decoder;
+  typedef const struct T1_Decoder_FuncsRec_*  T1_Decoder_Funcs;
+
+
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*T1_Decoder_Callback)( T1_Decoder  decoder,
+                          FT_UInt     glyph_index );
+
+
+  typedef struct  T1_Decoder_FuncsRec_
+  {
+    FT_Error
+    (*init)( T1_Decoder           decoder,
+             FT_Face              face,
+             FT_Size              size,
+             FT_GlyphSlot         slot,
+             FT_Byte**            glyph_names,
+             PS_Blend             blend,
+             FT_Bool              hinting,
+             FT_Render_Mode       hint_mode,
+             T1_Decoder_Callback  callback );
+
+    void
+    (*done)( T1_Decoder  decoder );
+
+    FT_Error
+    (*parse_charstrings)( T1_Decoder  decoder,
+                          FT_Byte*    base,
+                          FT_UInt     len );
+
+  } T1_Decoder_FuncsRec;
+
+
+  typedef struct  T1_DecoderRec_
+  {
+    T1_BuilderRec        builder;
+
+    FT_Long              stack[T1_MAX_CHARSTRINGS_OPERANDS];
+    FT_Long*             top;
+
+    T1_Decoder_ZoneRec   zones[T1_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS + 1];
+    T1_Decoder_Zone      zone;
+
+    FT_Service_PsCMaps   psnames;      /* for seac */
+    FT_UInt              num_glyphs;
+    FT_Byte**            glyph_names;
+
+    FT_Int               lenIV;        /* internal for sub routine calls */
+    FT_UInt              num_subrs;
+    FT_Byte**            subrs;
+    FT_PtrDist*          subrs_len;    /* array of subrs length (optional) */
+
+    FT_Matrix            font_matrix;
+    FT_Vector            font_offset;
+
+    FT_Int               flex_state;
+    FT_Int               num_flex_vectors;
+    FT_Vector            flex_vectors[7];
+
+    PS_Blend             blend;       /* for multiple master support */
+
+    FT_Render_Mode       hint_mode;
+
+    T1_Decoder_Callback  parse_callback;
+    T1_Decoder_FuncsRec  funcs;
+
+    FT_Int*              buildchar;
+    FT_UInt              len_buildchar;
+
+  } T1_DecoderRec;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                            AFM PARSER                         *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  typedef struct AFM_ParserRec_*  AFM_Parser;
+
+  typedef struct  AFM_Parser_FuncsRec_
+  {
+    FT_Error
+    (*init)( AFM_Parser  parser,
+             FT_Memory   memory,
+             FT_Byte*    base,
+             FT_Byte*    limit );
+
+    void
+    (*done)( AFM_Parser  parser );
+
+    FT_Error
+    (*parse)( AFM_Parser  parser );
+
+  } AFM_Parser_FuncsRec;
+
+
+  typedef struct AFM_StreamRec_*  AFM_Stream;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    AFM_ParserRec                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    An AFM_Parser is a parser for the AFM files.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    memory    :: The object used for memory operations (alloc and      */
+  /*                 realloc).                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    stream    :: This is an opaque object.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    FontInfo  :: The result will be stored here.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    get_index :: A user provided function to get a glyph index by its  */
+  /*                 name.                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  AFM_ParserRec_
+  {
+    FT_Memory     memory;
+    AFM_Stream    stream;
+
+    AFM_FontInfo  FontInfo;
+
+    FT_Int
+    (*get_index)( const char*  name,
+                  FT_UInt      len,
+                  void*        user_data );
+
+    void*         user_data;
+
+  } AFM_ParserRec;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                     TYPE1 CHARMAPS                            *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  typedef const struct T1_CMap_ClassesRec_*  T1_CMap_Classes;
+
+  typedef struct T1_CMap_ClassesRec_
+  {
+    FT_CMap_Class  standard;
+    FT_CMap_Class  expert;
+    FT_CMap_Class  custom;
+    FT_CMap_Class  unicode;
+
+  } T1_CMap_ClassesRec;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                        PSAux Module Interface                 *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  typedef struct  PSAux_ServiceRec_
+  {
+    /* don't use `PS_Table_Funcs' and friends to avoid compiler warnings */
+    const PS_Table_FuncsRec*    ps_table_funcs;
+    const PS_Parser_FuncsRec*   ps_parser_funcs;
+    const T1_Builder_FuncsRec*  t1_builder_funcs;
+    const T1_Decoder_FuncsRec*  t1_decoder_funcs;
+
+    void
+    (*t1_decrypt)( FT_Byte*   buffer,
+                   FT_Offset  length,
+                   FT_UShort  seed );
+
+    T1_CMap_Classes  t1_cmap_classes;
+
+    /* fields after this comment line were added after version 2.1.10 */
+    const AFM_Parser_FuncsRec*  afm_parser_funcs;
+
+  } PSAux_ServiceRec, *PSAux_Service;
+
+  /* backwards-compatible type definition */
+  typedef PSAux_ServiceRec   PSAux_Interface;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                 Some convenience functions                    *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+#define IS_PS_NEWLINE( ch ) \
+  ( (ch) == '\r' ||         \
+    (ch) == '\n' )
+
+#define IS_PS_SPACE( ch )  \
+  ( (ch) == ' '         || \
+    IS_PS_NEWLINE( ch ) || \
+    (ch) == '\t'        || \
+    (ch) == '\f'        || \
+    (ch) == '\0' )
+
+#define IS_PS_SPECIAL( ch )       \
+  ( (ch) == '/'                || \
+    (ch) == '(' || (ch) == ')' || \
+    (ch) == '<' || (ch) == '>' || \
+    (ch) == '[' || (ch) == ']' || \
+    (ch) == '{' || (ch) == '}' || \
+    (ch) == '%'                )
+
+#define IS_PS_DELIM( ch )  \
+  ( IS_PS_SPACE( ch )   || \
+    IS_PS_SPECIAL( ch ) )
+
+#define IS_PS_DIGIT( ch )        \
+  ( (ch) >= '0' && (ch) <= '9' )
+
+#define IS_PS_XDIGIT( ch )            \
+  ( IS_PS_DIGIT( ch )              || \
+    ( (ch) >= 'A' && (ch) <= 'F' ) || \
+    ( (ch) >= 'a' && (ch) <= 'f' ) )
+
+#define IS_PS_BASE85( ch )       \
+  ( (ch) >= '!' && (ch) <= 'u' )
+
+#define IS_PS_TOKEN( cur, limit, token )                                \
+  ( (char)(cur)[0] == (token)[0]                                     && \
+    ( (cur) + sizeof ( (token) ) == (limit) ||                          \
+      ( (cur) + sizeof( (token) ) < (limit)          &&                 \
+        IS_PS_DELIM( (cur)[sizeof ( (token) ) - 1] ) ) )             && \
+    ft_strncmp( (char*)(cur), (token), sizeof ( (token) ) - 1 ) == 0 )
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __PSAUX_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/pshints.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/pshints.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..48452c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/pshints.h
@@ -0,0 +1,687 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  pshints.h                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Interface to Postscript-specific (Type 1 and Type 2) hints           */
+/*    recorders (specification only).  These are used to support native    */
+/*    T1/T2 hints in the `type1', `cid', and `cff' font drivers.           */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2001, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2006, 2007 by                        */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __PSHINTS_H__
+#define __PSHINTS_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+#include FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****               INTERNAL REPRESENTATION OF GLOBALS              *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  typedef struct PSH_GlobalsRec_*  PSH_Globals;
+
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*PSH_Globals_NewFunc)( FT_Memory     memory,
+                          T1_Private*   private_dict,
+                          PSH_Globals*  aglobals );
+
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*PSH_Globals_SetScaleFunc)( PSH_Globals  globals,
+                               FT_Fixed     x_scale,
+                               FT_Fixed     y_scale,
+                               FT_Fixed     x_delta,
+                               FT_Fixed     y_delta );
+
+  typedef void
+  (*PSH_Globals_DestroyFunc)( PSH_Globals  globals );
+
+
+  typedef struct  PSH_Globals_FuncsRec_
+  {
+    PSH_Globals_NewFunc       create;
+    PSH_Globals_SetScaleFunc  set_scale;
+    PSH_Globals_DestroyFunc   destroy;
+
+  } PSH_Globals_FuncsRec, *PSH_Globals_Funcs;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                  PUBLIC TYPE 1 HINTS RECORDER                 *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @type:
+   *   T1_Hints
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   This is a handle to an opaque structure used to record glyph hints
+   *   from a Type 1 character glyph character string.
+   *
+   *   The methods used to operate on this object are defined by the
+   *   @T1_Hints_FuncsRec structure.  Recording glyph hints is normally
+   *   achieved through the following scheme:
+   *
+   *   - Open a new hint recording session by calling the `open' method.
+   *     This rewinds the recorder and prepare it for new input.
+   *
+   *   - For each hint found in the glyph charstring, call the corresponding
+   *     method (`stem', `stem3', or `reset').  Note that these functions do
+   *     not return an error code.
+   *
+   *   - Close the recording session by calling the `close' method.  It
+   *     returns an error code if the hints were invalid or something
+   *     strange happened (e.g., memory shortage).
+   *
+   *   The hints accumulated in the object can later be used by the
+   *   PostScript hinter.
+   *
+   */
+  typedef struct T1_HintsRec_*  T1_Hints;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @type:
+   *   T1_Hints_Funcs
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A pointer to the @T1_Hints_FuncsRec structure that defines the API of
+   *   a given @T1_Hints object.
+   *
+   */
+  typedef const struct T1_Hints_FuncsRec_*  T1_Hints_Funcs;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @functype:
+   *   T1_Hints_OpenFunc
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A method of the @T1_Hints class used to prepare it for a new Type 1
+   *   hints recording session.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   hints ::
+   *     A handle to the Type 1 hints recorder.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   You should always call the @T1_Hints_CloseFunc method in order to
+   *   close an opened recording session.
+   *
+   */
+  typedef void
+  (*T1_Hints_OpenFunc)( T1_Hints  hints );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @functype:
+   *   T1_Hints_SetStemFunc
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A method of the @T1_Hints class used to record a new horizontal or
+   *   vertical stem.  This corresponds to the Type 1 `hstem' and `vstem'
+   *   operators.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   hints ::
+   *     A handle to the Type 1 hints recorder.
+   *
+   *   dimension ::
+   *     0 for horizontal stems (hstem), 1 for vertical ones (vstem).
+   *
+   *   coords ::
+   *     Array of 2 integers, used as (position,length) stem descriptor.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   Use vertical coordinates (y) for horizontal stems (dim=0).  Use
+   *   horizontal coordinates (x) for vertical stems (dim=1).
+   *
+   *   `coords[0]' is the absolute stem position (lowest coordinate);
+   *   `coords[1]' is the length.
+   *
+   *   The length can be negative, in which case it must be either -20 or
+   *   -21.  It is interpreted as a `ghost' stem, according to the Type 1
+   *   specification.
+   *
+   *   If the length is -21 (corresponding to a bottom ghost stem), then
+   *   the real stem position is `coords[0]+coords[1]'.
+   *
+   */
+  typedef void
+  (*T1_Hints_SetStemFunc)( T1_Hints  hints,
+                           FT_UInt   dimension,
+                           FT_Long*  coords );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @functype:
+   *   T1_Hints_SetStem3Func
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A method of the @T1_Hints class used to record three
+   *   counter-controlled horizontal or vertical stems at once.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   hints ::
+   *     A handle to the Type 1 hints recorder.
+   *
+   *   dimension ::
+   *     0 for horizontal stems, 1 for vertical ones.
+   *
+   *   coords ::
+   *     An array of 6 integers, holding 3 (position,length) pairs for the
+   *     counter-controlled stems.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   Use vertical coordinates (y) for horizontal stems (dim=0).  Use
+   *   horizontal coordinates (x) for vertical stems (dim=1).
+   *
+   *   The lengths cannot be negative (ghost stems are never
+   *   counter-controlled).
+   *
+   */
+  typedef void
+  (*T1_Hints_SetStem3Func)( T1_Hints  hints,
+                            FT_UInt   dimension,
+                            FT_Long*  coords );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @functype:
+   *   T1_Hints_ResetFunc
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A method of the @T1_Hints class used to reset the stems hints in a
+   *   recording session.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   hints ::
+   *     A handle to the Type 1 hints recorder.
+   *
+   *   end_point ::
+   *     The index of the last point in the input glyph in which the
+   *     previously defined hints apply.
+   *
+   */
+  typedef void
+  (*T1_Hints_ResetFunc)( T1_Hints  hints,
+                         FT_UInt   end_point );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @functype:
+   *   T1_Hints_CloseFunc
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A method of the @T1_Hints class used to close a hint recording
+   *   session.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   hints ::
+   *     A handle to the Type 1 hints recorder.
+   *
+   *   end_point ::
+   *     The index of the last point in the input glyph.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   The error code is set to indicate that an error occurred during the
+   *   recording session.
+   *
+   */
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*T1_Hints_CloseFunc)( T1_Hints  hints,
+                         FT_UInt   end_point );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @functype:
+   *   T1_Hints_ApplyFunc
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A method of the @T1_Hints class used to apply hints to the
+   *   corresponding glyph outline.  Must be called once all hints have been
+   *   recorded.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   hints ::
+   *     A handle to the Type 1 hints recorder.
+   *
+   *   outline ::
+   *     A pointer to the target outline descriptor.
+   *
+   *   globals ::
+   *     The hinter globals for this font.
+   *
+   *   hint_mode ::
+   *     Hinting information.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   On input, all points within the outline are in font coordinates. On
+   *   output, they are in 1/64th of pixels.
+   *
+   *   The scaling transformation is taken from the `globals' object which
+   *   must correspond to the same font as the glyph.
+   *
+   */
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*T1_Hints_ApplyFunc)( T1_Hints        hints,
+                         FT_Outline*     outline,
+                         PSH_Globals     globals,
+                         FT_Render_Mode  hint_mode );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @struct:
+   *   T1_Hints_FuncsRec
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   The structure used to provide the API to @T1_Hints objects.
+   *
+   * @fields:
+   *   hints ::
+   *     A handle to the T1 Hints recorder.
+   *
+   *   open ::
+   *     The function to open a recording session.
+   *
+   *   close ::
+   *     The function to close a recording session.
+   *
+   *   stem ::
+   *     The function to set a simple stem.
+   *
+   *   stem3 ::
+   *     The function to set counter-controlled stems.
+   *
+   *   reset ::
+   *     The function to reset stem hints.
+   *
+   *   apply ::
+   *     The function to apply the hints to the corresponding glyph outline.
+   *
+   */
+  typedef struct  T1_Hints_FuncsRec_
+  {
+    T1_Hints               hints;
+    T1_Hints_OpenFunc      open;
+    T1_Hints_CloseFunc     close;
+    T1_Hints_SetStemFunc   stem;
+    T1_Hints_SetStem3Func  stem3;
+    T1_Hints_ResetFunc     reset;
+    T1_Hints_ApplyFunc     apply;
+
+  } T1_Hints_FuncsRec;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                  PUBLIC TYPE 2 HINTS RECORDER                 *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @type:
+   *   T2_Hints
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   This is a handle to an opaque structure used to record glyph hints
+   *   from a Type 2 character glyph character string.
+   *
+   *   The methods used to operate on this object are defined by the
+   *   @T2_Hints_FuncsRec structure.  Recording glyph hints is normally
+   *   achieved through the following scheme:
+   *
+   *   - Open a new hint recording session by calling the `open' method.
+   *     This rewinds the recorder and prepare it for new input.
+   *
+   *   - For each hint found in the glyph charstring, call the corresponding
+   *     method (`stems', `hintmask', `counters').  Note that these
+   *     functions do not return an error code.
+   *
+   *   - Close the recording session by calling the `close' method.  It
+   *     returns an error code if the hints were invalid or something
+   *     strange happened (e.g., memory shortage).
+   *
+   *   The hints accumulated in the object can later be used by the
+   *   Postscript hinter.
+   *
+   */
+  typedef struct T2_HintsRec_*  T2_Hints;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @type:
+   *   T2_Hints_Funcs
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A pointer to the @T2_Hints_FuncsRec structure that defines the API of
+   *   a given @T2_Hints object.
+   *
+   */
+  typedef const struct T2_Hints_FuncsRec_*  T2_Hints_Funcs;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @functype:
+   *   T2_Hints_OpenFunc
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A method of the @T2_Hints class used to prepare it for a new Type 2
+   *   hints recording session.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   hints ::
+   *     A handle to the Type 2 hints recorder.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   You should always call the @T2_Hints_CloseFunc method in order to
+   *   close an opened recording session.
+   *
+   */
+  typedef void
+  (*T2_Hints_OpenFunc)( T2_Hints  hints );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @functype:
+   *   T2_Hints_StemsFunc
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A method of the @T2_Hints class used to set the table of stems in
+   *   either the vertical or horizontal dimension.  Equivalent to the
+   *   `hstem', `vstem', `hstemhm', and `vstemhm' Type 2 operators.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   hints ::
+   *     A handle to the Type 2 hints recorder.
+   *
+   *   dimension ::
+   *     0 for horizontal stems (hstem), 1 for vertical ones (vstem).
+   *
+   *   count ::
+   *     The number of stems.
+   *
+   *   coords ::
+   *     An array of `count' (position,length) pairs.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   Use vertical coordinates (y) for horizontal stems (dim=0).  Use
+   *   horizontal coordinates (x) for vertical stems (dim=1).
+   *
+   *   There are `2*count' elements in the `coords' array.  Each even
+   *   element is an absolute position in font units, each odd element is a
+   *   length in font units.
+   *
+   *   A length can be negative, in which case it must be either -20 or
+   *   -21.  It is interpreted as a `ghost' stem, according to the Type 1
+   *   specification.
+   *
+   */
+  typedef void
+  (*T2_Hints_StemsFunc)( T2_Hints   hints,
+                         FT_UInt    dimension,
+                         FT_UInt    count,
+                         FT_Fixed*  coordinates );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @functype:
+   *   T2_Hints_MaskFunc
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A method of the @T2_Hints class used to set a given hintmask (this
+   *   corresponds to the `hintmask' Type 2 operator).
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   hints ::
+   *     A handle to the Type 2 hints recorder.
+   *
+   *   end_point ::
+   *     The glyph index of the last point to which the previously defined
+   *     or activated hints apply.
+   *
+   *   bit_count ::
+   *     The number of bits in the hint mask.
+   *
+   *   bytes ::
+   *     An array of bytes modelling the hint mask.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   If the hintmask starts the charstring (before any glyph point
+   *   definition), the value of `end_point' should be 0.
+   *
+   *   `bit_count' is the number of meaningful bits in the `bytes' array; it
+   *   must be equal to the total number of hints defined so far (i.e.,
+   *   horizontal+verticals).
+   *
+   *   The `bytes' array can come directly from the Type 2 charstring and
+   *   respects the same format.
+   *
+   */
+  typedef void
+  (*T2_Hints_MaskFunc)( T2_Hints        hints,
+                        FT_UInt         end_point,
+                        FT_UInt         bit_count,
+                        const FT_Byte*  bytes );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @functype:
+   *   T2_Hints_CounterFunc
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A method of the @T2_Hints class used to set a given counter mask
+   *   (this corresponds to the `hintmask' Type 2 operator).
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   hints ::
+   *     A handle to the Type 2 hints recorder.
+   *
+   *   end_point ::
+   *     A glyph index of the last point to which the previously defined or
+   *     active hints apply.
+   *
+   *   bit_count ::
+   *     The number of bits in the hint mask.
+   *
+   *   bytes ::
+   *     An array of bytes modelling the hint mask.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   If the hintmask starts the charstring (before any glyph point
+   *   definition), the value of `end_point' should be 0.
+   *
+   *   `bit_count' is the number of meaningful bits in the `bytes' array; it
+   *   must be equal to the total number of hints defined so far (i.e.,
+   *   horizontal+verticals).
+   *
+   *    The `bytes' array can come directly from the Type 2 charstring and
+   *    respects the same format.
+   *
+   */
+  typedef void
+  (*T2_Hints_CounterFunc)( T2_Hints        hints,
+                           FT_UInt         bit_count,
+                           const FT_Byte*  bytes );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @functype:
+   *   T2_Hints_CloseFunc
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A method of the @T2_Hints class used to close a hint recording
+   *   session.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   hints ::
+   *     A handle to the Type 2 hints recorder.
+   *
+   *   end_point ::
+   *     The index of the last point in the input glyph.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   The error code is set to indicate that an error occurred during the
+   *   recording session.
+   *
+   */
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*T2_Hints_CloseFunc)( T2_Hints  hints,
+                         FT_UInt   end_point );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @functype:
+   *   T2_Hints_ApplyFunc
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A method of the @T2_Hints class used to apply hints to the
+   *   corresponding glyph outline.  Must be called after the `close'
+   *   method.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   hints ::
+   *     A handle to the Type 2 hints recorder.
+   *
+   *   outline ::
+   *     A pointer to the target outline descriptor.
+   *
+   *   globals ::
+   *     The hinter globals for this font.
+   *
+   *   hint_mode ::
+   *     Hinting information.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   On input, all points within the outline are in font coordinates. On
+   *   output, they are in 1/64th of pixels.
+   *
+   *   The scaling transformation is taken from the `globals' object which
+   *   must correspond to the same font than the glyph.
+   *
+   */
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*T2_Hints_ApplyFunc)( T2_Hints        hints,
+                         FT_Outline*     outline,
+                         PSH_Globals     globals,
+                         FT_Render_Mode  hint_mode );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @struct:
+   *   T2_Hints_FuncsRec
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   The structure used to provide the API to @T2_Hints objects.
+   *
+   * @fields:
+   *   hints ::
+   *     A handle to the T2 hints recorder object.
+   *
+   *   open ::
+   *     The function to open a recording session.
+   *
+   *   close ::
+   *     The function to close a recording session.
+   *
+   *   stems ::
+   *     The function to set the dimension's stems table.
+   *
+   *   hintmask ::
+   *     The function to set hint masks.
+   *
+   *   counter ::
+   *     The function to set counter masks.
+   *
+   *   apply ::
+   *     The function to apply the hints on the corresponding glyph outline.
+   *
+   */
+  typedef struct  T2_Hints_FuncsRec_
+  {
+    T2_Hints              hints;
+    T2_Hints_OpenFunc     open;
+    T2_Hints_CloseFunc    close;
+    T2_Hints_StemsFunc    stems;
+    T2_Hints_MaskFunc     hintmask;
+    T2_Hints_CounterFunc  counter;
+    T2_Hints_ApplyFunc    apply;
+
+  } T2_Hints_FuncsRec;
+
+
+  /* */
+
+
+  typedef struct  PSHinter_Interface_
+  {
+    PSH_Globals_Funcs  (*get_globals_funcs)( FT_Module  module );
+    T1_Hints_Funcs     (*get_t1_funcs)     ( FT_Module  module );
+    T2_Hints_Funcs     (*get_t2_funcs)     ( FT_Module  module );
+
+  } PSHinter_Interface;
+
+  typedef PSHinter_Interface*  PSHinter_Service;
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __PSHINTS_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svbdf.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svbdf.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0f7fc61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svbdf.h
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  svbdf.h                                                                */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    The FreeType BDF services (specification).                           */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2003 by                                                      */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __SVBDF_H__
+#define __SVBDF_H__
+
+#include FT_BDF_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_SERVICE_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+#define FT_SERVICE_ID_BDF  "bdf"
+
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*FT_BDF_GetCharsetIdFunc)( FT_Face       face,
+                              const char*  *acharset_encoding,
+                              const char*  *acharset_registry );
+
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*FT_BDF_GetPropertyFunc)( FT_Face           face,
+                             const char*       prop_name,
+                             BDF_PropertyRec  *aproperty );
+
+
+  FT_DEFINE_SERVICE( BDF )
+  {
+    FT_BDF_GetCharsetIdFunc  get_charset_id;
+    FT_BDF_GetPropertyFunc   get_property;
+  };
+
+  /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+
+#endif /* __SVBDF_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svcid.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svcid.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2e391f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svcid.h
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  svcid.h                                                                */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    The FreeType CID font services (specification).                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2007, 2009 by Derek Clegg, Michael Toftdal.                  */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __SVCID_H__
+#define __SVCID_H__
+
+#include FT_INTERNAL_SERVICE_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+#define FT_SERVICE_ID_CID  "CID"
+
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*FT_CID_GetRegistryOrderingSupplementFunc)( FT_Face       face,
+                                               const char*  *registry,
+                                               const char*  *ordering,
+                                               FT_Int       *supplement );
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*FT_CID_GetIsInternallyCIDKeyedFunc)( FT_Face   face,
+                                         FT_Bool  *is_cid );
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*FT_CID_GetCIDFromGlyphIndexFunc)( FT_Face   face,
+                                      FT_UInt   glyph_index,
+                                      FT_UInt  *cid );
+
+  FT_DEFINE_SERVICE( CID )
+  {
+    FT_CID_GetRegistryOrderingSupplementFunc  get_ros;
+    FT_CID_GetIsInternallyCIDKeyedFunc        get_is_cid;
+    FT_CID_GetCIDFromGlyphIndexFunc           get_cid_from_glyph_index;
+  };
+
+  /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+
+#endif /* __SVCID_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svgldict.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svgldict.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e5e56b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svgldict.h
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  svgldict.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    The FreeType glyph dictionary services (specification).              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2003 by                                                      */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __SVGLDICT_H__
+#define __SVGLDICT_H__
+
+#include FT_INTERNAL_SERVICE_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*
+   *  A service used to retrieve glyph names, as well as to find the
+   *  index of a given glyph name in a font.
+   *
+   */
+
+#define FT_SERVICE_ID_GLYPH_DICT  "glyph-dict"
+
+
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*FT_GlyphDict_GetNameFunc)( FT_Face     face,
+                               FT_UInt     glyph_index,
+                               FT_Pointer  buffer,
+                               FT_UInt     buffer_max );
+
+  typedef FT_UInt
+  (*FT_GlyphDict_NameIndexFunc)( FT_Face     face,
+                                 FT_String*  glyph_name );
+
+
+  FT_DEFINE_SERVICE( GlyphDict )
+  {
+    FT_GlyphDict_GetNameFunc    get_name;
+    FT_GlyphDict_NameIndexFunc  name_index;  /* optional */
+  };
+
+  /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+
+#endif /* __SVGLDICT_H__ */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svgxval.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svgxval.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2cdab50
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svgxval.h
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  svgxval.h                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType API for validating TrueTypeGX/AAT tables (specification).   */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2004, 2005 by                                                */
+/*  Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K.,                                         */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.        */
+/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology      */
+/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.                                           */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __SVGXVAL_H__
+#define __SVGXVAL_H__
+
+#include FT_GX_VALIDATE_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_VALIDATE_H
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+#define FT_SERVICE_ID_GX_VALIDATE           "truetypegx-validate"
+#define FT_SERVICE_ID_CLASSICKERN_VALIDATE  "classickern-validate"
+
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*gxv_validate_func)( FT_Face   face,
+                        FT_UInt   gx_flags,
+                        FT_Bytes  tables[FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH],
+                        FT_UInt   table_length );
+
+
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*ckern_validate_func)( FT_Face   face,
+                          FT_UInt   ckern_flags,
+                          FT_Bytes  *ckern_table );
+
+
+  FT_DEFINE_SERVICE( GXvalidate )
+  {
+    gxv_validate_func  validate;
+  };
+
+  FT_DEFINE_SERVICE( CKERNvalidate )
+  {
+    ckern_validate_func  validate;
+  };
+
+  /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+
+#endif /* __SVGXVAL_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svkern.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svkern.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1488adf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svkern.h
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  svkern.h                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    The FreeType Kerning service (specification).                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2006 by                                                      */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __SVKERN_H__
+#define __SVKERN_H__
+
+#include FT_INTERNAL_SERVICE_H
+#include FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+#define FT_SERVICE_ID_KERNING  "kerning"
+
+
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*FT_Kerning_TrackGetFunc)( FT_Face    face,
+                              FT_Fixed   point_size,
+                              FT_Int     degree,
+                              FT_Fixed*  akerning );
+
+  FT_DEFINE_SERVICE( Kerning )
+  {
+    FT_Kerning_TrackGetFunc  get_track;
+  };
+
+  /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+
+#endif /* __SVKERN_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svmm.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svmm.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8a99ec4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svmm.h
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  svmm.h                                                                 */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    The FreeType Multiple Masters and GX var services (specification).   */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2003, 2004 by                                                */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __SVMM_H__
+#define __SVMM_H__
+
+#include FT_INTERNAL_SERVICE_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*
+   *  A service used to manage multiple-masters data in a given face.
+   *
+   *  See the related APIs in `ftmm.h' (FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H).
+   *
+   */
+
+#define FT_SERVICE_ID_MULTI_MASTERS  "multi-masters"
+
+
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*FT_Get_MM_Func)( FT_Face           face,
+                     FT_Multi_Master*  master );
+
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*FT_Get_MM_Var_Func)( FT_Face      face,
+                         FT_MM_Var*  *master );
+
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*FT_Set_MM_Design_Func)( FT_Face   face,
+                            FT_UInt   num_coords,
+                            FT_Long*  coords );
+
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*FT_Set_Var_Design_Func)( FT_Face    face,
+                             FT_UInt    num_coords,
+                             FT_Fixed*  coords );
+
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*FT_Set_MM_Blend_Func)( FT_Face   face,
+                           FT_UInt   num_coords,
+                           FT_Long*  coords );
+
+
+  FT_DEFINE_SERVICE( MultiMasters )
+  {
+    FT_Get_MM_Func          get_mm;
+    FT_Set_MM_Design_Func   set_mm_design;
+    FT_Set_MM_Blend_Func    set_mm_blend;
+    FT_Get_MM_Var_Func      get_mm_var;
+    FT_Set_Var_Design_Func  set_var_design;
+  };
+
+  /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __SVMM_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svotval.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svotval.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..970bbd5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svotval.h
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  svotval.h                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    The FreeType OpenType validation service (specification).            */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2004, 2006 by                                                */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __SVOTVAL_H__
+#define __SVOTVAL_H__
+
+#include FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_VALIDATE_H
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+#define FT_SERVICE_ID_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE  "opentype-validate"
+
+
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*otv_validate_func)( FT_Face volatile  face,
+                        FT_UInt           ot_flags,
+                        FT_Bytes         *base,
+                        FT_Bytes         *gdef,
+                        FT_Bytes         *gpos,
+                        FT_Bytes         *gsub,
+                        FT_Bytes         *jstf );
+
+
+  FT_DEFINE_SERVICE( OTvalidate )
+  {
+    otv_validate_func  validate;
+  };
+
+  /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+
+#endif /* __SVOTVAL_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svpfr.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svpfr.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..462786f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svpfr.h
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  svpfr.h                                                                */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Internal PFR service functions (specification).                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2003, 2006 by                                                */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __SVPFR_H__
+#define __SVPFR_H__
+
+#include FT_PFR_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_SERVICE_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+#define FT_SERVICE_ID_PFR_METRICS  "pfr-metrics"
+
+
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*FT_PFR_GetMetricsFunc)( FT_Face    face,
+                            FT_UInt   *aoutline,
+                            FT_UInt   *ametrics,
+                            FT_Fixed  *ax_scale,
+                            FT_Fixed  *ay_scale );
+
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*FT_PFR_GetKerningFunc)( FT_Face     face,
+                            FT_UInt     left,
+                            FT_UInt     right,
+                            FT_Vector  *avector );
+
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*FT_PFR_GetAdvanceFunc)( FT_Face   face,
+                            FT_UInt   gindex,
+                            FT_Pos   *aadvance );
+
+
+  FT_DEFINE_SERVICE( PfrMetrics )
+  {
+    FT_PFR_GetMetricsFunc  get_metrics;
+    FT_PFR_GetKerningFunc  get_kerning;
+    FT_PFR_GetAdvanceFunc  get_advance;
+
+  };
+
+ /* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __SVPFR_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svpostnm.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svpostnm.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..282da68
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svpostnm.h
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  svpostnm.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    The FreeType PostScript name services (specification).               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2003, 2007 by                                                */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __SVPOSTNM_H__
+#define __SVPOSTNM_H__
+
+#include FT_INTERNAL_SERVICE_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+  /*
+   *  A trivial service used to retrieve the PostScript name of a given
+   *  font when available.  The `get_name' field should never be NULL.
+   *
+   *  The corresponding function can return NULL to indicate that the
+   *  PostScript name is not available.
+   *
+   *  The name is owned by the face and will be destroyed with it.
+   */
+
+#define FT_SERVICE_ID_POSTSCRIPT_FONT_NAME  "postscript-font-name"
+
+
+  typedef const char*
+  (*FT_PsName_GetFunc)( FT_Face  face );
+
+
+  FT_DEFINE_SERVICE( PsFontName )
+  {
+    FT_PsName_GetFunc  get_ps_font_name;
+  };
+
+  /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+
+#endif /* __SVPOSTNM_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svpscmap.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svpscmap.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c4e25ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svpscmap.h
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  svpscmap.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    The FreeType PostScript charmap service (specification).             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2003, 2006 by                                                */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __SVPSCMAP_H__
+#define __SVPSCMAP_H__
+
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+#define FT_SERVICE_ID_POSTSCRIPT_CMAPS  "postscript-cmaps"
+
+
+  /*
+   *  Adobe glyph name to unicode value.
+   */
+  typedef FT_UInt32
+  (*PS_Unicode_ValueFunc)( const char*  glyph_name );
+
+  /*
+   *  Macintosh name id to glyph name.  NULL if invalid index.
+   */
+  typedef const char*
+  (*PS_Macintosh_NameFunc)( FT_UInt  name_index );
+
+  /*
+   *  Adobe standard string ID to glyph name.  NULL if invalid index.
+   */
+  typedef const char*
+  (*PS_Adobe_Std_StringsFunc)( FT_UInt  string_index );
+
+
+  /*
+   *  Simple unicode -> glyph index charmap built from font glyph names
+   *  table.
+   */
+  typedef struct  PS_UniMap_
+  {
+    FT_UInt32  unicode;      /* bit 31 set: is glyph variant */
+    FT_UInt    glyph_index;
+
+  } PS_UniMap;
+
+
+  typedef struct PS_UnicodesRec_*  PS_Unicodes;
+
+  typedef struct  PS_UnicodesRec_
+  {
+    FT_CMapRec  cmap;
+    FT_UInt     num_maps;
+    PS_UniMap*  maps;
+
+  } PS_UnicodesRec;
+
+
+  /*
+   *  A function which returns a glyph name for a given index.  Returns
+   *  NULL if invalid index.
+   */
+  typedef const char*
+  (*PS_GetGlyphNameFunc)( FT_Pointer  data,
+                          FT_UInt     string_index );
+
+  /*
+   *  A function used to release the glyph name returned by
+   *  PS_GetGlyphNameFunc, when needed
+   */
+  typedef void
+  (*PS_FreeGlyphNameFunc)( FT_Pointer  data,
+                           const char*  name );
+
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*PS_Unicodes_InitFunc)( FT_Memory             memory,
+                           PS_Unicodes           unicodes,
+                           FT_UInt               num_glyphs,
+                           PS_GetGlyphNameFunc   get_glyph_name,
+                           PS_FreeGlyphNameFunc  free_glyph_name,
+                           FT_Pointer            glyph_data );
+
+  typedef FT_UInt
+  (*PS_Unicodes_CharIndexFunc)( PS_Unicodes  unicodes,
+                                FT_UInt32    unicode );
+
+  typedef FT_ULong
+  (*PS_Unicodes_CharNextFunc)( PS_Unicodes  unicodes,
+                               FT_UInt32   *unicode );
+
+
+  FT_DEFINE_SERVICE( PsCMaps )
+  {
+    PS_Unicode_ValueFunc       unicode_value;
+
+    PS_Unicodes_InitFunc       unicodes_init;
+    PS_Unicodes_CharIndexFunc  unicodes_char_index;
+    PS_Unicodes_CharNextFunc   unicodes_char_next;
+
+    PS_Macintosh_NameFunc      macintosh_name;
+    PS_Adobe_Std_StringsFunc   adobe_std_strings;
+    const unsigned short*      adobe_std_encoding;
+    const unsigned short*      adobe_expert_encoding;
+  };
+
+  /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+
+#endif /* __SVPSCMAP_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svpsinfo.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svpsinfo.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..124c6f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svpsinfo.h
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  svpsinfo.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    The FreeType PostScript info service (specification).                */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2003, 2004, 2009 by                                          */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __SVPSINFO_H__
+#define __SVPSINFO_H__
+
+#include FT_INTERNAL_SERVICE_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_TYPE1_TYPES_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+#define FT_SERVICE_ID_POSTSCRIPT_INFO  "postscript-info"
+
+
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*PS_GetFontInfoFunc)( FT_Face          face,
+                         PS_FontInfoRec*  afont_info );
+
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*PS_GetFontExtraFunc)( FT_Face           face,
+                          PS_FontExtraRec*  afont_extra );
+
+  typedef FT_Int
+  (*PS_HasGlyphNamesFunc)( FT_Face   face );
+
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*PS_GetFontPrivateFunc)( FT_Face         face,
+                            PS_PrivateRec*  afont_private );
+
+
+  FT_DEFINE_SERVICE( PsInfo )
+  {
+    PS_GetFontInfoFunc     ps_get_font_info;
+    PS_GetFontExtraFunc    ps_get_font_extra;
+    PS_HasGlyphNamesFunc   ps_has_glyph_names;
+    PS_GetFontPrivateFunc  ps_get_font_private;
+  };
+
+  /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+
+#endif /* __SVPSINFO_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svsfnt.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svsfnt.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b4a85d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svsfnt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  svsfnt.h                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    The FreeType SFNT table loading service (specification).             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2003, 2004 by                                                */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __SVSFNT_H__
+#define __SVSFNT_H__
+
+#include FT_INTERNAL_SERVICE_H
+#include FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*
+   *  SFNT table loading service.
+   */
+
+#define FT_SERVICE_ID_SFNT_TABLE  "sfnt-table"
+
+
+  /*
+   * Used to implement FT_Load_Sfnt_Table().
+   */
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*FT_SFNT_TableLoadFunc)( FT_Face    face,
+                            FT_ULong   tag,
+                            FT_Long    offset,
+                            FT_Byte*   buffer,
+                            FT_ULong*  length );
+
+  /*
+   * Used to implement FT_Get_Sfnt_Table().
+   */
+  typedef void*
+  (*FT_SFNT_TableGetFunc)( FT_Face      face,
+                           FT_Sfnt_Tag  tag );
+
+
+  /*
+   * Used to implement FT_Sfnt_Table_Info().
+   */
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*FT_SFNT_TableInfoFunc)( FT_Face    face,
+                            FT_UInt    idx,
+                            FT_ULong  *tag,
+                            FT_ULong  *length );
+
+
+  FT_DEFINE_SERVICE( SFNT_Table )
+  {
+    FT_SFNT_TableLoadFunc  load_table;
+    FT_SFNT_TableGetFunc   get_table;
+    FT_SFNT_TableInfoFunc  table_info;
+  };
+
+  /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+
+#endif /* __SVSFNT_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svttcmap.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svttcmap.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..553ecb0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svttcmap.h
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  svsttcmap.h                                                            */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    The FreeType TrueType/sfnt cmap extra information service.           */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2003 by                                                      */
+/*  Masatake YAMATO, Redhat K.K.                                           */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2003, 2008 by                                                */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+/* Development of this service is support of
+   Information-technology Promotion Agency, Japan. */
+
+#ifndef __SVTTCMAP_H__
+#define __SVTTCMAP_H__
+
+#include FT_INTERNAL_SERVICE_H
+#include FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+#define FT_SERVICE_ID_TT_CMAP "tt-cmaps"
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    TT_CMapInfo                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A structure used to store TrueType/sfnt specific cmap information  */
+  /*    which is not covered by the generic @FT_CharMap structure.  This   */
+  /*    structure can be accessed with the @FT_Get_TT_CMap_Info function.  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    language ::                                                        */
+  /*      The language ID used in Mac fonts.  Definitions of values are in */
+  /*      freetype/ttnameid.h.                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    format ::                                                          */
+  /*      The cmap format.  OpenType 1.5 defines the formats 0 (byte       */
+  /*      encoding table), 2~(high-byte mapping through table), 4~(segment */
+  /*      mapping to delta values), 6~(trimmed table mapping), 8~(mixed    */
+  /*      16-bit and 32-bit coverage), 10~(trimmed array), 12~(segmented   */
+  /*      coverage), and 14 (Unicode Variation Sequences).                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  TT_CMapInfo_
+  {
+    FT_ULong language;
+    FT_Long  format;
+
+  } TT_CMapInfo;
+
+
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*TT_CMap_Info_GetFunc)( FT_CharMap    charmap,
+                           TT_CMapInfo  *cmap_info );
+
+
+  FT_DEFINE_SERVICE( TTCMaps )
+  {
+    TT_CMap_Info_GetFunc  get_cmap_info;
+  };
+
+  /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __SVTTCMAP_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svtteng.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svtteng.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..58e02a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svtteng.h
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  svtteng.h                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    The FreeType TrueType engine query service (specification).          */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2006 by                                                      */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __SVTTENG_H__
+#define __SVTTENG_H__
+
+#include FT_INTERNAL_SERVICE_H
+#include FT_MODULE_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*
+   *  SFNT table loading service.
+   */
+
+#define FT_SERVICE_ID_TRUETYPE_ENGINE  "truetype-engine"
+
+  /*
+   * Used to implement FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type
+   */
+
+  FT_DEFINE_SERVICE( TrueTypeEngine )
+  {
+    FT_TrueTypeEngineType  engine_type;
+  };
+
+  /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+
+#endif /* __SVTTENG_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svttglyf.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svttglyf.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e57d484
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svttglyf.h
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  svttglyf.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    The FreeType TrueType glyph service.                                 */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2007 by David Turner.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef __SVTTGLYF_H__
+#define __SVTTGLYF_H__
+
+#include FT_INTERNAL_SERVICE_H
+#include FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+#define FT_SERVICE_ID_TT_GLYF "tt-glyf"
+
+
+  typedef FT_ULong
+  (*TT_Glyf_GetLocationFunc)( FT_Face    face,
+                              FT_UInt    gindex,
+                              FT_ULong  *psize );
+
+  FT_DEFINE_SERVICE( TTGlyf )
+  {
+    TT_Glyf_GetLocationFunc  get_location;
+  };
+
+  /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __SVTTGLYF_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svwinfnt.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svwinfnt.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..57f7765
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svwinfnt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  svwinfnt.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    The FreeType Windows FNT/FONT service (specification).               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2003 by                                                      */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __SVWINFNT_H__
+#define __SVWINFNT_H__
+
+#include FT_INTERNAL_SERVICE_H
+#include FT_WINFONTS_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+#define FT_SERVICE_ID_WINFNT  "winfonts"
+
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*FT_WinFnt_GetHeaderFunc)( FT_Face               face,
+                              FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec  *aheader );
+
+
+  FT_DEFINE_SERVICE( WinFnt )
+  {
+    FT_WinFnt_GetHeaderFunc  get_header;
+  };
+
+  /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+
+#endif /* __SVWINFNT_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svxf86nm.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svxf86nm.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ca5d884
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/services/svxf86nm.h
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  svxf86nm.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    The FreeType XFree86 services (specification only).                  */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2003 by                                                      */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __SVXF86NM_H__
+#define __SVXF86NM_H__
+
+#include FT_INTERNAL_SERVICE_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*
+   *  A trivial service used to return the name of a face's font driver,
+   *  according to the XFree86 nomenclature.  Note that the service data
+   *  is a simple constant string pointer.
+   */
+
+#define FT_SERVICE_ID_XF86_NAME  "xf86-driver-name"
+
+#define FT_XF86_FORMAT_TRUETYPE  "TrueType"
+#define FT_XF86_FORMAT_TYPE_1    "Type 1"
+#define FT_XF86_FORMAT_BDF       "BDF"
+#define FT_XF86_FORMAT_PCF       "PCF"
+#define FT_XF86_FORMAT_TYPE_42   "Type 42"
+#define FT_XF86_FORMAT_CID       "CID Type 1"
+#define FT_XF86_FORMAT_CFF       "CFF"
+#define FT_XF86_FORMAT_PFR       "PFR"
+#define FT_XF86_FORMAT_WINFNT    "Windows FNT"
+
+  /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+
+#endif /* __SVXF86NM_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/sfnt.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/sfnt.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7e8f684
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/sfnt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,762 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  sfnt.h                                                                 */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    High-level `sfnt' driver interface (specification).                  */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 by                   */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __SFNT_H__
+#define __SFNT_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DRIVER_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_TRUETYPE_TYPES_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
+  /*    TT_Init_Face_Func                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    First part of the SFNT face object initialization.  This finds     */
+  /*    the face in a SFNT file or collection, and load its format tag in  */
+  /*    face->format_tag.                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    stream     :: The input stream.                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    face       :: A handle to the target face object.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    face_index :: The index of the TrueType font, if we are opening a  */
+  /*                  collection.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    num_params :: The number of additional parameters.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    params     :: Optional additional parameters.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    The stream cursor must be at the font file's origin.               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    This function recognizes fonts embedded in a `TrueType             */
+  /*    collection'.                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Once the format tag has been validated by the font driver, it      */
+  /*    should then call the TT_Load_Face_Func() callback to read the rest */
+  /*    of the SFNT tables in the object.                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*TT_Init_Face_Func)( FT_Stream      stream,
+                        TT_Face        face,
+                        FT_Int         face_index,
+                        FT_Int         num_params,
+                        FT_Parameter*  params );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
+  /*    TT_Load_Face_Func                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Second part of the SFNT face object initialization.  This loads    */
+  /*    the common SFNT tables (head, OS/2, maxp, metrics, etc.) in the    */
+  /*    face object.                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    stream     :: The input stream.                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    face       :: A handle to the target face object.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    face_index :: The index of the TrueType font, if we are opening a  */
+  /*                  collection.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    num_params :: The number of additional parameters.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    params     :: Optional additional parameters.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    This function must be called after TT_Init_Face_Func().            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*TT_Load_Face_Func)( FT_Stream      stream,
+                        TT_Face        face,
+                        FT_Int         face_index,
+                        FT_Int         num_params,
+                        FT_Parameter*  params );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
+  /*    TT_Done_Face_Func                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A callback used to delete the common SFNT data from a face.        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face :: A handle to the target face object.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    This function does NOT destroy the face object.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef void
+  (*TT_Done_Face_Func)( TT_Face  face );
+
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
+  /*    TT_Load_SFNT_HeaderRec_Func                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Loads the header of a SFNT font file.  Supports collections.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face       :: A handle to the target face object.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    stream     :: The input stream.                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    face_index :: The index of the TrueType font, if we are opening a  */
+  /*                  collection.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    sfnt       :: The SFNT header.                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    The stream cursor must be at the font file's origin.               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    This function recognizes fonts embedded in a `TrueType             */
+  /*    collection'.                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    This function checks that the header is valid by looking at the    */
+  /*    values of `search_range', `entry_selector', and `range_shift'.     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*TT_Load_SFNT_HeaderRec_Func)( TT_Face      face,
+                                  FT_Stream    stream,
+                                  FT_Long      face_index,
+                                  SFNT_Header  sfnt );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
+  /*    TT_Load_Directory_Func                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Loads the table directory into a face object.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face   :: A handle to the target face object.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    stream :: The input stream.                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    sfnt   :: The SFNT header.                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    The stream cursor must be on the first byte after the 4-byte font  */
+  /*    format tag.  This is the case just after a call to                 */
+  /*    TT_Load_Format_Tag().                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*TT_Load_Directory_Func)( TT_Face      face,
+                             FT_Stream    stream,
+                             SFNT_Header  sfnt );
+
+#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
+  /*    TT_Load_Any_Func                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Load any font table into client memory.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face   :: The face object to look for.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    tag    :: The tag of table to load.  Use the value 0 if you want   */
+  /*              to access the whole font file, else set this parameter   */
+  /*              to a valid TrueType table tag that you can forge with    */
+  /*              the MAKE_TT_TAG macro.                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    offset :: The starting offset in the table (or the file if         */
+  /*              tag == 0).                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    length :: The address of the decision variable:                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                If length == NULL:                                     */
+  /*                  Loads the whole table.  Returns an error if          */
+  /*                  `offset' == 0!                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                If *length == 0:                                       */
+  /*                  Exits immediately; returning the length of the given */
+  /*                  table or of the font file, depending on the value of */
+  /*                  `tag'.                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                If *length != 0:                                       */
+  /*                  Loads the next `length' bytes of table or font,      */
+  /*                  starting at offset `offset' (in table or font too).  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    buffer :: The address of target buffer.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    TrueType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*TT_Load_Any_Func)( TT_Face    face,
+                       FT_ULong   tag,
+                       FT_Long    offset,
+                       FT_Byte   *buffer,
+                       FT_ULong*  length );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
+  /*    TT_Find_SBit_Image_Func                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Check whether an embedded bitmap (an `sbit') exists for a given    */
+  /*    glyph, at a given strike.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face          :: The target face object.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    glyph_index   :: The glyph index.                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    strike_index  :: The current strike index.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    arange        :: The SBit range containing the glyph index.        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    astrike       :: The SBit strike containing the glyph index.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    aglyph_offset :: The offset of the glyph data in `EBDT' table.     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.  Returns                    */
+  /*    SFNT_Err_Invalid_Argument if no sbit exists for the requested      */
+  /*    glyph.                                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*TT_Find_SBit_Image_Func)( TT_Face          face,
+                              FT_UInt          glyph_index,
+                              FT_ULong         strike_index,
+                              TT_SBit_Range   *arange,
+                              TT_SBit_Strike  *astrike,
+                              FT_ULong        *aglyph_offset );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
+  /*    TT_Load_SBit_Metrics_Func                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Get the big metrics for a given embedded bitmap.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    stream      :: The input stream.                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    range       :: The SBit range containing the glyph.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    big_metrics :: A big SBit metrics structure for the glyph.         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    The stream cursor must be positioned at the glyph's offset within  */
+  /*    the `EBDT' table before the call.                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    If the image format uses variable metrics, the stream cursor is    */
+  /*    positioned just after the metrics header in the `EBDT' table on    */
+  /*    function exit.                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*TT_Load_SBit_Metrics_Func)( FT_Stream        stream,
+                                TT_SBit_Range    range,
+                                TT_SBit_Metrics  metrics );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
+  /*    TT_Load_SBit_Image_Func                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Load a given glyph sbit image from the font resource.  This also   */
+  /*    returns its metrics.                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face ::                                                            */
+  /*      The target face object.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    strike_index ::                                                    */
+  /*      The strike index.                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    glyph_index ::                                                     */
+  /*      The current glyph index.                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    load_flags ::                                                      */
+  /*      The current load flags.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    stream ::                                                          */
+  /*      The input stream.                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    amap ::                                                            */
+  /*      The target pixmap.                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    ametrics ::                                                        */
+  /*      A big sbit metrics structure for the glyph image.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.  Returns an error if no     */
+  /*    glyph sbit exists for the index.                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*  <Note>                                                               */
+  /*    The `map.buffer' field is always freed before the glyph is loaded. */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*TT_Load_SBit_Image_Func)( TT_Face              face,
+                              FT_ULong             strike_index,
+                              FT_UInt              glyph_index,
+                              FT_UInt              load_flags,
+                              FT_Stream            stream,
+                              FT_Bitmap           *amap,
+                              TT_SBit_MetricsRec  *ametrics );
+
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
+  /*    TT_Set_SBit_Strike_OldFunc                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Select an sbit strike for a given size request.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face          :: The target face object.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    req           :: The size request.                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    astrike_index :: The index of the sbit strike.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.  Returns an error if no     */
+  /*    sbit strike exists for the selected ppem values.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*TT_Set_SBit_Strike_OldFunc)( TT_Face    face,
+                                 FT_UInt    x_ppem,
+                                 FT_UInt    y_ppem,
+                                 FT_ULong*  astrike_index );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
+  /*    TT_CharMap_Load_Func                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Loads a given TrueType character map into memory.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face   :: A handle to the parent face object.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    stream :: A handle to the current stream object.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    cmap   :: A pointer to a cmap object.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    The function assumes that the stream is already in use (i.e.,      */
+  /*    opened).  In case of error, all partially allocated tables are     */
+  /*    released.                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*TT_CharMap_Load_Func)( TT_Face    face,
+                           void*      cmap,
+                           FT_Stream  input );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
+  /*    TT_CharMap_Free_Func                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Destroys a character mapping table.                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face :: A handle to the parent face object.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    cmap :: A handle to a cmap object.                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*TT_CharMap_Free_Func)( TT_Face       face,
+                           void*         cmap );
+
+#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
+  /*    TT_Set_SBit_Strike_Func                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Select an sbit strike for a given size request.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face          :: The target face object.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    req           :: The size request.                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    astrike_index :: The index of the sbit strike.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.  Returns an error if no     */
+  /*    sbit strike exists for the selected ppem values.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*TT_Set_SBit_Strike_Func)( TT_Face          face,
+                              FT_Size_Request  req,
+                              FT_ULong*        astrike_index );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
+  /*    TT_Load_Strike_Metrics_Func                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Load the metrics of a given strike.                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face          :: The target face object.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    strike_index  :: The strike index.                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    metrics       :: the metrics of the strike.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.  Returns an error if no     */
+  /*    such sbit strike exists.                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*TT_Load_Strike_Metrics_Func)( TT_Face           face,
+                                  FT_ULong          strike_index,
+                                  FT_Size_Metrics*  metrics );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
+  /*    TT_Get_PS_Name_Func                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Get the PostScript glyph name of a glyph.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    idx  :: The glyph index.                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    PSname :: The address of a string pointer.  Will be NULL in case   */
+  /*              of error, otherwise it is a pointer to the glyph name.   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*              You must not modify the returned string!                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*TT_Get_PS_Name_Func)( TT_Face      face,
+                          FT_UInt      idx,
+                          FT_String**  PSname );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
+  /*    TT_Load_Metrics_Func                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Load a metrics table, which is a table with a horizontal and a     */
+  /*    vertical version.                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face     :: A handle to the target face object.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    stream   :: The input stream.                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    vertical :: A boolean flag.  If set, load the vertical one.        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*TT_Load_Metrics_Func)( TT_Face    face,
+                           FT_Stream  stream,
+                           FT_Bool    vertical );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
+  /*    TT_Get_Metrics_Func                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Load the horizontal or vertical header in a face object.           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face     :: A handle to the target face object.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    stream   :: The input stream.                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    vertical :: A boolean flag.  If set, load vertical metrics.        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*TT_Get_Metrics_Func)( TT_Face     face,
+                          FT_Bool     vertical,
+                          FT_UInt     gindex,
+                          FT_Short*   abearing,
+                          FT_UShort*  aadvance );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
+  /*    TT_Load_Table_Func                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Load a given TrueType table.                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face   :: A handle to the target face object.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    stream :: The input stream.                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    The function uses `face->goto_table' to seek the stream to the     */
+  /*    start of the table, except while loading the font directory.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*TT_Load_Table_Func)( TT_Face    face,
+                         FT_Stream  stream );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
+  /*    TT_Free_Table_Func                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Free a given TrueType table.                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face :: A handle to the target face object.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef void
+  (*TT_Free_Table_Func)( TT_Face  face );
+
+
+  /*
+   * @functype:
+   *    TT_Face_GetKerningFunc
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *    Return the horizontal kerning value between two glyphs.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *    face        :: A handle to the source face object.
+   *    left_glyph  :: The left glyph index.
+   *    right_glyph :: The right glyph index.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *    The kerning value in font units.
+   */
+  typedef FT_Int
+  (*TT_Face_GetKerningFunc)( TT_Face  face,
+                             FT_UInt  left_glyph,
+                             FT_UInt  right_glyph );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    SFNT_Interface                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This structure holds pointers to the functions used to load and    */
+  /*    free the basic tables that are required in a `sfnt' font file.     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    Check the various xxx_Func() descriptions for details.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  SFNT_Interface_
+  {
+    TT_Loader_GotoTableFunc      goto_table;
+
+    TT_Init_Face_Func            init_face;
+    TT_Load_Face_Func            load_face;
+    TT_Done_Face_Func            done_face;
+    FT_Module_Requester          get_interface;
+
+    TT_Load_Any_Func             load_any;
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+    TT_Load_SFNT_HeaderRec_Func  load_sfnt_header;
+    TT_Load_Directory_Func       load_directory;
+#endif
+
+    /* these functions are called by `load_face' but they can also  */
+    /* be called from external modules, if there is a need to do so */
+    TT_Load_Table_Func           load_head;
+    TT_Load_Metrics_Func         load_hhea;
+    TT_Load_Table_Func           load_cmap;
+    TT_Load_Table_Func           load_maxp;
+    TT_Load_Table_Func           load_os2;
+    TT_Load_Table_Func           load_post;
+
+    TT_Load_Table_Func           load_name;
+    TT_Free_Table_Func           free_name;
+
+    /* optional tables */
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+    TT_Load_Table_Func           load_hdmx_stub;
+    TT_Free_Table_Func           free_hdmx_stub;
+#endif
+
+    /* this field was called `load_kerning' up to version 2.1.10 */
+    TT_Load_Table_Func           load_kern;
+
+    TT_Load_Table_Func           load_gasp;
+    TT_Load_Table_Func           load_pclt;
+
+    /* see `ttload.h'; this field was called `load_bitmap_header' up to */
+    /* version 2.1.10                                                   */
+    TT_Load_Table_Func           load_bhed;
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+
+    /* see `ttsbit.h' */
+    TT_Set_SBit_Strike_OldFunc   set_sbit_strike_stub;
+    TT_Load_Table_Func           load_sbits_stub;
+
+    /*
+     *  The following two fields appeared in version 2.1.8, and were placed
+     *  between `load_sbits' and `load_sbit_image'.  We support them as a
+     *  special exception since they are used by Xfont library within the
+     *  X.Org xserver, and because the probability that other rogue clients
+     *  use the other version 2.1.7 fields below is _extremely_ low.
+     *
+     *  Note that this forces us to disable an interesting memory-saving
+     *  optimization though...
+     */
+
+    TT_Find_SBit_Image_Func      find_sbit_image;
+    TT_Load_SBit_Metrics_Func    load_sbit_metrics;
+
+#endif
+
+    TT_Load_SBit_Image_Func      load_sbit_image;
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+    TT_Free_Table_Func           free_sbits_stub;
+#endif
+
+    /* see `ttpost.h' */
+    TT_Get_PS_Name_Func          get_psname;
+    TT_Free_Table_Func           free_psnames;
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+    TT_CharMap_Load_Func         load_charmap_stub;
+    TT_CharMap_Free_Func         free_charmap_stub;
+#endif
+
+    /* starting here, the structure differs from version 2.1.7 */
+
+    /* this field was introduced in version 2.1.8, named `get_psname' */
+    TT_Face_GetKerningFunc       get_kerning;
+
+    /* new elements introduced after version 2.1.10 */
+
+    /* load the font directory, i.e., the offset table and */
+    /* the table directory                                 */
+    TT_Load_Table_Func           load_font_dir;
+    TT_Load_Metrics_Func         load_hmtx;
+
+    TT_Load_Table_Func           load_eblc;
+    TT_Free_Table_Func           free_eblc;
+
+    TT_Set_SBit_Strike_Func      set_sbit_strike;
+    TT_Load_Strike_Metrics_Func  load_strike_metrics;
+
+    TT_Get_Metrics_Func          get_metrics;
+
+  } SFNT_Interface;
+
+
+  /* transitional */
+  typedef SFNT_Interface*   SFNT_Service;
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __SFNT_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/t1types.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/t1types.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ff021b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/t1types.h
@@ -0,0 +1,268 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  t1types.h                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Basic Type1/Type2 type definitions and interface (specification      */
+/*    only).                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2008, 2009 by             */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __T1TYPES_H__
+#define __T1TYPES_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_HINTS_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_SERVICE_H
+#include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_CMAPS_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /***                                                                   ***/
+  /***                                                                   ***/
+  /***              REQUIRED TYPE1/TYPE2 TABLES DEFINITIONS              ***/
+  /***                                                                   ***/
+  /***                                                                   ***/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    T1_EncodingRec                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A structure modeling a custom encoding.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    num_chars  :: The number of character codes in the encoding.       */
+  /*                  Usually 256.                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    code_first :: The lowest valid character code in the encoding.     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    code_last  :: The highest valid character code in the encoding.    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    char_index :: An array of corresponding glyph indices.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    char_name  :: An array of corresponding glyph names.               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  T1_EncodingRecRec_
+  {
+    FT_Int       num_chars;
+    FT_Int       code_first;
+    FT_Int       code_last;
+
+    FT_UShort*   char_index;
+    FT_String**  char_name;
+
+  } T1_EncodingRec, *T1_Encoding;
+
+
+  typedef enum  T1_EncodingType_
+  {
+    T1_ENCODING_TYPE_NONE = 0,
+    T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ARRAY,
+    T1_ENCODING_TYPE_STANDARD,
+    T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ISOLATIN1,
+    T1_ENCODING_TYPE_EXPERT
+
+  } T1_EncodingType;
+
+
+  /* used to hold extra data of PS_FontInfoRec that
+   * cannot be stored in the publicly defined structure.
+   *
+   * Note these can't be blended with multiple-masters.
+   */
+  typedef struct  PS_FontExtraRec_
+  {
+    FT_UShort  fs_type;
+
+  } PS_FontExtraRec;
+
+
+  typedef struct  T1_FontRec_
+  {
+    PS_FontInfoRec   font_info;         /* font info dictionary   */
+    PS_FontExtraRec  font_extra;        /* font info extra fields */
+    PS_PrivateRec    private_dict;      /* private dictionary     */
+    FT_String*       font_name;         /* top-level dictionary   */
+
+    T1_EncodingType  encoding_type;
+    T1_EncodingRec   encoding;
+
+    FT_Byte*         subrs_block;
+    FT_Byte*         charstrings_block;
+    FT_Byte*         glyph_names_block;
+
+    FT_Int           num_subrs;
+    FT_Byte**        subrs;
+    FT_PtrDist*      subrs_len;
+
+    FT_Int           num_glyphs;
+    FT_String**      glyph_names;       /* array of glyph names       */
+    FT_Byte**        charstrings;       /* array of glyph charstrings */
+    FT_PtrDist*      charstrings_len;
+
+    FT_Byte          paint_type;
+    FT_Byte          font_type;
+    FT_Matrix        font_matrix;
+    FT_Vector        font_offset;
+    FT_BBox          font_bbox;
+    FT_Long          font_id;
+
+    FT_Fixed         stroke_width;
+
+  } T1_FontRec, *T1_Font;
+
+
+  typedef struct  CID_SubrsRec_
+  {
+    FT_UInt    num_subrs;
+    FT_Byte**  code;
+
+  } CID_SubrsRec, *CID_Subrs;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /***                                                                   ***/
+  /***                                                                   ***/
+  /***                AFM FONT INFORMATION STRUCTURES                    ***/
+  /***                                                                   ***/
+  /***                                                                   ***/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  typedef struct  AFM_TrackKernRec_
+  {
+    FT_Int    degree;
+    FT_Fixed  min_ptsize;
+    FT_Fixed  min_kern;
+    FT_Fixed  max_ptsize;
+    FT_Fixed  max_kern;
+
+  } AFM_TrackKernRec, *AFM_TrackKern;
+
+  typedef struct  AFM_KernPairRec_
+  {
+    FT_Int  index1;
+    FT_Int  index2;
+    FT_Int  x;
+    FT_Int  y;
+
+  } AFM_KernPairRec, *AFM_KernPair;
+
+  typedef struct  AFM_FontInfoRec_
+  {
+    FT_Bool        IsCIDFont;
+    FT_BBox        FontBBox;
+    FT_Fixed       Ascender;
+    FT_Fixed       Descender;
+    AFM_TrackKern  TrackKerns;   /* free if non-NULL */
+    FT_Int         NumTrackKern;
+    AFM_KernPair   KernPairs;    /* free if non-NULL */
+    FT_Int         NumKernPair;
+
+  } AFM_FontInfoRec, *AFM_FontInfo;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /***                                                                   ***/
+  /***                                                                   ***/
+  /***                ORIGINAL T1_FACE CLASS DEFINITION                  ***/
+  /***                                                                   ***/
+  /***                                                                   ***/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  typedef struct T1_FaceRec_*   T1_Face;
+  typedef struct CID_FaceRec_*  CID_Face;
+
+
+  typedef struct  T1_FaceRec_
+  {
+    FT_FaceRec      root;
+    T1_FontRec      type1;
+    const void*     psnames;
+    const void*     psaux;
+    const void*     afm_data;
+    FT_CharMapRec   charmaprecs[2];
+    FT_CharMap      charmaps[2];
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+    PS_Unicodes     unicode_map;
+#endif
+
+    /* support for Multiple Masters fonts */
+    PS_Blend        blend;
+
+    /* undocumented, optional: indices of subroutines that express      */
+    /* the NormalizeDesignVector and the ConvertDesignVector procedure, */
+    /* respectively, as Type 2 charstrings; -1 if keywords not present  */
+    FT_Int           ndv_idx;
+    FT_Int           cdv_idx;
+
+    /* undocumented, optional: has the same meaning as len_buildchar */
+    /* for Type 2 fonts; manipulated by othersubrs 19, 24, and 25    */
+    FT_UInt          len_buildchar;
+    FT_Int*          buildchar;
+
+    /* since version 2.1 - interface to PostScript hinter */
+    const void*     pshinter;
+
+  } T1_FaceRec;
+
+
+  typedef struct  CID_FaceRec_
+  {
+    FT_FaceRec       root;
+    void*            psnames;
+    void*            psaux;
+    CID_FaceInfoRec  cid;
+    PS_FontExtraRec  font_extra;
+#if 0
+    void*            afm_data;
+#endif
+    CID_Subrs        subrs;
+
+    /* since version 2.1 - interface to PostScript hinter */
+    void*            pshinter;
+
+    /* since version 2.1.8, but was originally positioned after `afm_data' */
+    FT_Byte*         binary_data; /* used if hex data has been converted */
+    FT_Stream        cid_stream;
+
+  } CID_FaceRec;
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __T1TYPES_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/tttypes.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/tttypes.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..85fc27f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/internal/tttypes.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1543 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  tttypes.h                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Basic SFNT/TrueType type definitions and interface (specification    */
+/*    only).                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by             */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __TTTYPES_H__
+#define __TTTYPES_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT
+#include FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /***                                                                   ***/
+  /***                                                                   ***/
+  /***             REQUIRED TRUETYPE/OPENTYPE TABLES DEFINITIONS         ***/
+  /***                                                                   ***/
+  /***                                                                   ***/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    TTC_HeaderRec                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    TrueType collection header.  This table contains the offsets of    */
+  /*    the font headers of each distinct TrueType face in the file.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    tag     :: Must be `ttc ' to indicate a TrueType collection.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    version :: The version number.                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    count   :: The number of faces in the collection.  The             */
+  /*               specification says this should be an unsigned long, but */
+  /*               we use a signed long since we need the value -1 for     */
+  /*               specific purposes.                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    offsets :: The offsets of the font headers, one per face.          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  TTC_HeaderRec_
+  {
+    FT_ULong   tag;
+    FT_Fixed   version;
+    FT_Long    count;
+    FT_ULong*  offsets;
+
+  } TTC_HeaderRec;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    SFNT_HeaderRec                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    SFNT file format header.                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    format_tag     :: The font format tag.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    num_tables     :: The number of tables in file.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    search_range   :: Must be `16 * (max power of 2 <= num_tables)'.   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    entry_selector :: Must be log2 of `search_range / 16'.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    range_shift    :: Must be `num_tables * 16 - search_range'.        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  SFNT_HeaderRec_
+  {
+    FT_ULong   format_tag;
+    FT_UShort  num_tables;
+    FT_UShort  search_range;
+    FT_UShort  entry_selector;
+    FT_UShort  range_shift;
+
+    FT_ULong   offset;  /* not in file */
+
+  } SFNT_HeaderRec, *SFNT_Header;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    TT_TableRec                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This structure describes a given table of a TrueType font.         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    Tag      :: A four-bytes tag describing the table.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    CheckSum :: The table checksum.  This value can be ignored.        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Offset   :: The offset of the table from the start of the TrueType */
+  /*                font in its resource.                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Length   :: The table length (in bytes).                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  TT_TableRec_
+  {
+    FT_ULong  Tag;        /*        table type */
+    FT_ULong  CheckSum;   /*    table checksum */
+    FT_ULong  Offset;     /* table file offset */
+    FT_ULong  Length;     /*      table length */
+
+  } TT_TableRec, *TT_Table;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    TT_LongMetricsRec                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A structure modeling the long metrics of the `hmtx' and `vmtx'     */
+  /*    TrueType tables.  The values are expressed in font units.          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    advance :: The advance width or height for the glyph.              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    bearing :: The left-side or top-side bearing for the glyph.        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  TT_LongMetricsRec_
+  {
+    FT_UShort  advance;
+    FT_Short   bearing;
+
+  } TT_LongMetricsRec, *TT_LongMetrics;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    TT_ShortMetrics                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A simple type to model the short metrics of the `hmtx' and `vmtx'  */
+  /*    tables.                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef FT_Short  TT_ShortMetrics;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    TT_NameEntryRec                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A structure modeling TrueType name records.  Name records are used */
+  /*    to store important strings like family name, style name,           */
+  /*    copyright, etc. in _localized_ versions (i.e., language, encoding, */
+  /*    etc).                                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    platformID   :: The ID of the name's encoding platform.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    encodingID   :: The platform-specific ID for the name's encoding.  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    languageID   :: The platform-specific ID for the name's language.  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    nameID       :: The ID specifying what kind of name this is.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    stringLength :: The length of the string in bytes.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    stringOffset :: The offset to the string in the `name' table.      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    string       :: A pointer to the string's bytes.  Note that these  */
+  /*                    are usually UTF-16 encoded characters.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  TT_NameEntryRec_
+  {
+    FT_UShort  platformID;
+    FT_UShort  encodingID;
+    FT_UShort  languageID;
+    FT_UShort  nameID;
+    FT_UShort  stringLength;
+    FT_ULong   stringOffset;
+
+    /* this last field is not defined in the spec */
+    /* but used by the FreeType engine            */
+
+    FT_Byte*   string;
+
+  } TT_NameEntryRec, *TT_NameEntry;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    TT_NameTableRec                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A structure modeling the TrueType name table.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    format         :: The format of the name table.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    numNameRecords :: The number of names in table.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    storageOffset  :: The offset of the name table in the `name'       */
+  /*                      TrueType table.                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    names          :: An array of name records.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    stream         :: the file's input stream.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  TT_NameTableRec_
+  {
+    FT_UShort         format;
+    FT_UInt           numNameRecords;
+    FT_UInt           storageOffset;
+    TT_NameEntryRec*  names;
+    FT_Stream         stream;
+
+  } TT_NameTableRec, *TT_NameTable;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /***                                                                   ***/
+  /***                                                                   ***/
+  /***             OPTIONAL TRUETYPE/OPENTYPE TABLES DEFINITIONS         ***/
+  /***                                                                   ***/
+  /***                                                                   ***/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    TT_GaspRangeRec                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A tiny structure used to model a gasp range according to the       */
+  /*    TrueType specification.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    maxPPEM  :: The maximum ppem value to which `gaspFlag' applies.    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    gaspFlag :: A flag describing the grid-fitting and anti-aliasing   */
+  /*                modes to be used.                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  TT_GaspRangeRec_
+  {
+    FT_UShort  maxPPEM;
+    FT_UShort  gaspFlag;
+
+  } TT_GaspRangeRec, *TT_GaspRange;
+
+
+#define TT_GASP_GRIDFIT  0x01
+#define TT_GASP_DOGRAY   0x02
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    TT_GaspRec                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A structure modeling the TrueType `gasp' table used to specify     */
+  /*    grid-fitting and anti-aliasing behaviour.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    version    :: The version number.                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    numRanges  :: The number of gasp ranges in table.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    gaspRanges :: An array of gasp ranges.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  TT_Gasp_
+  {
+    FT_UShort     version;
+    FT_UShort     numRanges;
+    TT_GaspRange  gaspRanges;
+
+  } TT_GaspRec;
+
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    TT_HdmxEntryRec                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A small structure used to model the pre-computed widths of a given */
+  /*    size.  They are found in the `hdmx' table.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    ppem      :: The pixels per EM value at which these metrics apply. */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    max_width :: The maximum advance width for this metric.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    widths    :: An array of widths.  Note: These are 8-bit bytes.     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  TT_HdmxEntryRec_
+  {
+    FT_Byte   ppem;
+    FT_Byte   max_width;
+    FT_Byte*  widths;
+
+  } TT_HdmxEntryRec, *TT_HdmxEntry;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    TT_HdmxRec                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A structure used to model the `hdmx' table, which contains         */
+  /*    pre-computed widths for a set of given sizes/dimensions.           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    version     :: The version number.                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    num_records :: The number of hdmx records.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    records     :: An array of hdmx records.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  TT_HdmxRec_
+  {
+    FT_UShort     version;
+    FT_Short      num_records;
+    TT_HdmxEntry  records;
+
+  } TT_HdmxRec, *TT_Hdmx;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    TT_Kern0_PairRec                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A structure used to model a kerning pair for the kerning table     */
+  /*    format 0.  The engine now loads this table if it finds one in the  */
+  /*    font file.                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    left  :: The index of the left glyph in pair.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    right :: The index of the right glyph in pair.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    value :: The kerning distance.  A positive value spaces the        */
+  /*             glyphs, a negative one makes them closer.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  TT_Kern0_PairRec_
+  {
+    FT_UShort  left;   /* index of left  glyph in pair */
+    FT_UShort  right;  /* index of right glyph in pair */
+    FT_FWord   value;  /* kerning value                */
+
+  } TT_Kern0_PairRec, *TT_Kern0_Pair;
+
+#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /***                                                                   ***/
+  /***                                                                   ***/
+  /***                    EMBEDDED BITMAPS SUPPORT                       ***/
+  /***                                                                   ***/
+  /***                                                                   ***/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    TT_SBit_MetricsRec                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A structure used to hold the big metrics of a given glyph bitmap   */
+  /*    in a TrueType or OpenType font.  These are usually found in the    */
+  /*    `EBDT' (Microsoft) or `bloc' (Apple) table.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    height       :: The glyph height in pixels.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    width        :: The glyph width in pixels.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    horiBearingX :: The horizontal left bearing.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    horiBearingY :: The horizontal top bearing.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    horiAdvance  :: The horizontal advance.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    vertBearingX :: The vertical left bearing.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    vertBearingY :: The vertical top bearing.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    vertAdvance  :: The vertical advance.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  TT_SBit_MetricsRec_
+  {
+    FT_Byte  height;
+    FT_Byte  width;
+
+    FT_Char  horiBearingX;
+    FT_Char  horiBearingY;
+    FT_Byte  horiAdvance;
+
+    FT_Char  vertBearingX;
+    FT_Char  vertBearingY;
+    FT_Byte  vertAdvance;
+
+  } TT_SBit_MetricsRec, *TT_SBit_Metrics;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    TT_SBit_SmallMetricsRec                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A structure used to hold the small metrics of a given glyph bitmap */
+  /*    in a TrueType or OpenType font.  These are usually found in the    */
+  /*    `EBDT' (Microsoft) or the `bdat' (Apple) table.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    height   :: The glyph height in pixels.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    width    :: The glyph width in pixels.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    bearingX :: The left-side bearing.                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    bearingY :: The top-side bearing.                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    advance  :: The advance width or height.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  TT_SBit_Small_Metrics_
+  {
+    FT_Byte  height;
+    FT_Byte  width;
+
+    FT_Char  bearingX;
+    FT_Char  bearingY;
+    FT_Byte  advance;
+
+  } TT_SBit_SmallMetricsRec, *TT_SBit_SmallMetrics;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    TT_SBit_LineMetricsRec                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A structure used to describe the text line metrics of a given      */
+  /*    bitmap strike, for either a horizontal or vertical layout.         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    ascender                :: The ascender in pixels.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    descender               :: The descender in pixels.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    max_width               :: The maximum glyph width in pixels.      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    caret_slope_enumerator  :: Rise of the caret slope, typically set  */
+  /*                               to 1 for non-italic fonts.              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    caret_slope_denominator :: Rise of the caret slope, typically set  */
+  /*                               to 0 for non-italic fonts.              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    caret_offset            :: Offset in pixels to move the caret for  */
+  /*                               proper positioning.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    min_origin_SB           :: Minimum of horiBearingX (resp.          */
+  /*                               vertBearingY).                          */
+  /*    min_advance_SB          :: Minimum of                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                 horizontal advance -                  */
+  /*                                   ( horiBearingX + width )            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                               resp.                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                 vertical advance -                    */
+  /*                                   ( vertBearingY + height )           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    max_before_BL           :: Maximum of horiBearingY (resp.          */
+  /*                               vertBearingY).                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    min_after_BL            :: Minimum of                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                 horiBearingY - height                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                               resp.                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                 vertBearingX - width                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    pads                    :: Unused (to make the size of the record  */
+  /*                               a multiple of 32 bits.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  TT_SBit_LineMetricsRec_
+  {
+    FT_Char  ascender;
+    FT_Char  descender;
+    FT_Byte  max_width;
+    FT_Char  caret_slope_numerator;
+    FT_Char  caret_slope_denominator;
+    FT_Char  caret_offset;
+    FT_Char  min_origin_SB;
+    FT_Char  min_advance_SB;
+    FT_Char  max_before_BL;
+    FT_Char  min_after_BL;
+    FT_Char  pads[2];
+
+  } TT_SBit_LineMetricsRec, *TT_SBit_LineMetrics;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    TT_SBit_RangeRec                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A TrueType/OpenType subIndexTable as defined in the `EBLC'         */
+  /*    (Microsoft) or `bloc' (Apple) tables.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    first_glyph   :: The first glyph index in the range.               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    last_glyph    :: The last glyph index in the range.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    index_format  :: The format of index table.  Valid values are 1    */
+  /*                     to 5.                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    image_format  :: The format of `EBDT' image data.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    image_offset  :: The offset to image data in `EBDT'.               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    image_size    :: For index formats 2 and 5.  This is the size in   */
+  /*                     bytes of each glyph bitmap.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    big_metrics   :: For index formats 2 and 5.  This is the big       */
+  /*                     metrics for each glyph bitmap.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    num_glyphs    :: For index formats 4 and 5.  This is the number of */
+  /*                     glyphs in the code array.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    glyph_offsets :: For index formats 1 and 3.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    glyph_codes   :: For index formats 4 and 5.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    table_offset  :: The offset of the index table in the `EBLC'       */
+  /*                     table.  Only used during strike loading.          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  TT_SBit_RangeRec_
+  {
+    FT_UShort           first_glyph;
+    FT_UShort           last_glyph;
+
+    FT_UShort           index_format;
+    FT_UShort           image_format;
+    FT_ULong            image_offset;
+
+    FT_ULong            image_size;
+    TT_SBit_MetricsRec  metrics;
+    FT_ULong            num_glyphs;
+
+    FT_ULong*           glyph_offsets;
+    FT_UShort*          glyph_codes;
+
+    FT_ULong            table_offset;
+
+  } TT_SBit_RangeRec, *TT_SBit_Range;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    TT_SBit_StrikeRec                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A structure used describe a given bitmap strike in the `EBLC'      */
+  /*    (Microsoft) or `bloc' (Apple) tables.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*   num_index_ranges :: The number of index ranges.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   index_ranges     :: An array of glyph index ranges.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   color_ref        :: Unused.  `color_ref' is put in for future       */
+  /*                       enhancements, but these fields are already      */
+  /*                       in use by other platforms (e.g. Newton).        */
+  /*                       For details, please see                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                         http://fonts.apple.com/                       */
+  /*                                TTRefMan/RM06/Chap6bloc.html           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   hori             :: The line metrics for horizontal layouts.        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   vert             :: The line metrics for vertical layouts.          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   start_glyph      :: The lowest glyph index for this strike.         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   end_glyph        :: The highest glyph index for this strike.        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   x_ppem           :: The number of horizontal pixels per EM.         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   y_ppem           :: The number of vertical pixels per EM.           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   bit_depth        :: The bit depth.  Valid values are 1, 2, 4,       */
+  /*                       and 8.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   flags            :: Is this a vertical or horizontal strike?  For   */
+  /*                       details, please see                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                         http://fonts.apple.com/                       */
+  /*                                TTRefMan/RM06/Chap6bloc.html           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  TT_SBit_StrikeRec_
+  {
+    FT_Int                  num_ranges;
+    TT_SBit_Range           sbit_ranges;
+    FT_ULong                ranges_offset;
+
+    FT_ULong                color_ref;
+
+    TT_SBit_LineMetricsRec  hori;
+    TT_SBit_LineMetricsRec  vert;
+
+    FT_UShort               start_glyph;
+    FT_UShort               end_glyph;
+
+    FT_Byte                 x_ppem;
+    FT_Byte                 y_ppem;
+
+    FT_Byte                 bit_depth;
+    FT_Char                 flags;
+
+  } TT_SBit_StrikeRec, *TT_SBit_Strike;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    TT_SBit_ComponentRec                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A simple structure to describe a compound sbit element.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    glyph_code :: The element's glyph index.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    x_offset   :: The element's left bearing.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    y_offset   :: The element's top bearing.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  TT_SBit_ComponentRec_
+  {
+    FT_UShort  glyph_code;
+    FT_Char    x_offset;
+    FT_Char    y_offset;
+
+  } TT_SBit_ComponentRec, *TT_SBit_Component;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    TT_SBit_ScaleRec                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A structure used describe a given bitmap scaling table, as defined */
+  /*    in the `EBSC' table.                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    hori              :: The horizontal line metrics.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    vert              :: The vertical line metrics.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    x_ppem            :: The number of horizontal pixels per EM.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    y_ppem            :: The number of vertical pixels per EM.         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    x_ppem_substitute :: Substitution x_ppem value.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    y_ppem_substitute :: Substitution y_ppem value.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  TT_SBit_ScaleRec_
+  {
+    TT_SBit_LineMetricsRec  hori;
+    TT_SBit_LineMetricsRec  vert;
+
+    FT_Byte                 x_ppem;
+    FT_Byte                 y_ppem;
+
+    FT_Byte                 x_ppem_substitute;
+    FT_Byte                 y_ppem_substitute;
+
+  } TT_SBit_ScaleRec, *TT_SBit_Scale;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /***                                                                   ***/
+  /***                                                                   ***/
+  /***                  POSTSCRIPT GLYPH NAMES SUPPORT                   ***/
+  /***                                                                   ***/
+  /***                                                                   ***/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    TT_Post_20Rec                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Postscript names sub-table, format 2.0.  Stores the PS name of     */
+  /*    each glyph in the font face.                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    num_glyphs    :: The number of named glyphs in the table.          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    num_names     :: The number of PS names stored in the table.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    glyph_indices :: The indices of the glyphs in the names arrays.    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    glyph_names   :: The PS names not in Mac Encoding.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  TT_Post_20Rec_
+  {
+    FT_UShort   num_glyphs;
+    FT_UShort   num_names;
+    FT_UShort*  glyph_indices;
+    FT_Char**   glyph_names;
+
+  } TT_Post_20Rec, *TT_Post_20;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    TT_Post_25Rec                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Postscript names sub-table, format 2.5.  Stores the PS name of     */
+  /*    each glyph in the font face.                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    num_glyphs :: The number of glyphs in the table.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    offsets    :: An array of signed offsets in a normal Mac           */
+  /*                  Postscript name encoding.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  TT_Post_25_
+  {
+    FT_UShort  num_glyphs;
+    FT_Char*   offsets;
+
+  } TT_Post_25Rec, *TT_Post_25;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    TT_Post_NamesRec                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Postscript names table, either format 2.0 or 2.5.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    loaded    :: A flag to indicate whether the PS names are loaded.   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    format_20 :: The sub-table used for format 2.0.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    format_25 :: The sub-table used for format 2.5.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  TT_Post_NamesRec_
+  {
+    FT_Bool  loaded;
+
+    union
+    {
+      TT_Post_20Rec  format_20;
+      TT_Post_25Rec  format_25;
+
+    } names;
+
+  } TT_Post_NamesRec, *TT_Post_Names;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /***                                                                   ***/
+  /***                                                                   ***/
+  /***                    GX VARIATION TABLE SUPPORT                     ***/
+  /***                                                                   ***/
+  /***                                                                   ***/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT
+  typedef struct GX_BlendRec_  *GX_Blend;
+#endif
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /***                                                                   ***/
+  /***                                                                   ***/
+  /***              EMBEDDED BDF PROPERTIES TABLE SUPPORT                ***/
+  /***                                                                   ***/
+  /***                                                                   ***/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /*
+   * These types are used to support a `BDF ' table that isn't part of the
+   * official TrueType specification.  It is mainly used in SFNT-based
+   * bitmap fonts that were generated from a set of BDF fonts.
+   *
+   * The format of the table is as follows.
+   *
+   *   USHORT   version      `BDF ' table version number, should be 0x0001.
+   *   USHORT   strikeCount  Number of strikes (bitmap sizes) in this table.
+   *   ULONG    stringTable  Offset (from start of BDF table) to string
+   *                         table.
+   *
+   * This is followed by an array of `strikeCount' descriptors, having the
+   * following format.
+   *
+   *   USHORT   ppem         Vertical pixels per EM for this strike.
+   *   USHORT   numItems     Number of items for this strike (properties and
+   *                         atoms).  Maximum is 255.
+   *
+   * This array in turn is followed by `strikeCount' value sets.  Each
+   * `value set' is an array of `numItems' items with the following format.
+   *
+   *   ULONG    item_name    Offset in string table to item name.
+   *   USHORT   item_type    The item type.  Possible values are
+   *                            0 => string (e.g., COMMENT)
+   *                            1 => atom   (e.g., FONT or even SIZE)
+   *                            2 => int32
+   *                            3 => uint32
+   *                         0x10 => A flag to indicate a properties.  This
+   *                                 is ORed with the above values.
+   *   ULONG    item_value   For strings  => Offset into string table without
+   *                                         the corresponding double quotes.
+   *                         For atoms    => Offset into string table.
+   *                         For integers => Direct value.
+   *
+   * All strings in the string table consist of bytes and are
+   * zero-terminated.
+   *
+   */
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF
+
+  typedef struct  TT_BDFRec_
+  {
+    FT_Byte*   table;
+    FT_Byte*   table_end;
+    FT_Byte*   strings;
+    FT_UInt32  strings_size;
+    FT_UInt    num_strikes;
+    FT_Bool    loaded;
+
+  } TT_BDFRec, *TT_BDF;
+
+#endif /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF */
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /***                                                                   ***/
+  /***                                                                   ***/
+  /***                  ORIGINAL TT_FACE CLASS DEFINITION                ***/
+  /***                                                                   ***/
+  /***                                                                   ***/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This structure/class is defined here because it is common to the      */
+  /* following formats: TTF, OpenType-TT, and OpenType-CFF.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Note, however, that the classes TT_Size and TT_GlyphSlot are not      */
+  /* shared between font drivers, and are thus defined in `ttobjs.h'.      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    TT_Face                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A handle to a TrueType face/font object.  A TT_Face encapsulates   */
+  /*    the resolution and scaling independent parts of a TrueType font    */
+  /*    resource.                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    The TT_Face structure is also used as a `parent class' for the     */
+  /*    OpenType-CFF class (T2_Face).                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct TT_FaceRec_*  TT_Face;
+
+
+  /* a function type used for the truetype bytecode interpreter hooks */
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*TT_Interpreter)( void*  exec_context );
+
+  /* forward declaration */
+  typedef struct TT_LoaderRec_*  TT_Loader;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
+  /*    TT_Loader_GotoTableFunc                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Seeks a stream to the start of a given TrueType table.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face   :: A handle to the target face object.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    tag    :: A 4-byte tag used to name the table.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    stream :: The input stream.                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    length :: The length of the table in bytes.  Set to 0 if not       */
+  /*              needed.                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    The stream cursor must be at the font file's origin.               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*TT_Loader_GotoTableFunc)( TT_Face    face,
+                              FT_ULong   tag,
+                              FT_Stream  stream,
+                              FT_ULong*  length );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
+  /*    TT_Loader_StartGlyphFunc                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Seeks a stream to the start of a given glyph element, and opens a  */
+  /*    frame for it.                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    loader      :: The current TrueType glyph loader object.           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    glyph index :: The index of the glyph to access.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    offset      :: The offset of the glyph according to the            */
+  /*                   `locations' table.                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    byte_count  :: The size of the frame in bytes.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    This function is normally equivalent to FT_STREAM_SEEK(offset)     */
+  /*    followed by FT_FRAME_ENTER(byte_count) with the loader's stream,   */
+  /*    but alternative formats (e.g. compressed ones) might use something */
+  /*    different.                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*TT_Loader_StartGlyphFunc)( TT_Loader  loader,
+                               FT_UInt    glyph_index,
+                               FT_ULong   offset,
+                               FT_UInt    byte_count );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
+  /*    TT_Loader_ReadGlyphFunc                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Reads one glyph element (its header, a simple glyph, or a          */
+  /*    composite) from the loader's current stream frame.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    loader :: The current TrueType glyph loader object.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*TT_Loader_ReadGlyphFunc)( TT_Loader  loader );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <FuncType>                                                            */
+  /*    TT_Loader_EndGlyphFunc                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Closes the current loader stream frame for the glyph.              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    loader :: The current TrueType glyph loader object.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef void
+  (*TT_Loader_EndGlyphFunc)( TT_Loader  loader );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                         TrueType Face Type                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    TT_Face                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    The TrueType face class.  These objects model the resolution and   */
+  /*    point-size independent data found in a TrueType font file.         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    root                 :: The base FT_Face structure, managed by the */
+  /*                            base layer.                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    ttc_header           :: The TrueType collection header, used when  */
+  /*                            the file is a `ttc' rather than a `ttf'.   */
+  /*                            For ordinary font files, the field         */
+  /*                            `ttc_header.count' is set to 0.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    format_tag           :: The font format tag.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    num_tables           :: The number of TrueType tables in this font */
+  /*                            file.                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    dir_tables           :: The directory of TrueType tables for this  */
+  /*                            font file.                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    header               :: The font's font header (`head' table).     */
+  /*                            Read on font opening.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    horizontal           :: The font's horizontal header (`hhea'       */
+  /*                            table).  This field also contains the      */
+  /*                            associated horizontal metrics table        */
+  /*                            (`hmtx').                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    max_profile          :: The font's maximum profile table.  Read on */
+  /*                            font opening.  Note that some maximum      */
+  /*                            values cannot be taken directly from this  */
+  /*                            table.  We thus define additional fields   */
+  /*                            below to hold the computed maxima.         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    vertical_info        :: A boolean which is set when the font file  */
+  /*                            contains vertical metrics.  If not, the    */
+  /*                            value of the `vertical' field is           */
+  /*                            undefined.                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    vertical             :: The font's vertical header (`vhea' table). */
+  /*                            This field also contains the associated    */
+  /*                            vertical metrics table (`vmtx'), if found. */
+  /*                            IMPORTANT: The contents of this field is   */
+  /*                            undefined if the `verticalInfo' field is   */
+  /*                            unset.                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    num_names            :: The number of name records within this     */
+  /*                            TrueType font.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    name_table           :: The table of name records (`name').        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    os2                  :: The font's OS/2 table (`OS/2').            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    postscript           :: The font's PostScript table (`post'        */
+  /*                            table).  The PostScript glyph names are    */
+  /*                            not loaded by the driver on face opening.  */
+  /*                            See the `ttpost' module for more details.  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    cmap_table           :: Address of the face's `cmap' SFNT table    */
+  /*                            in memory (it's an extracted frame).       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    cmap_size            :: The size in bytes of the `cmap_table'      */
+  /*                            described above.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    goto_table           :: A function called by each TrueType table   */
+  /*                            loader to position a stream's cursor to    */
+  /*                            the start of a given table according to    */
+  /*                            its tag.  It defaults to TT_Goto_Face but  */
+  /*                            can be different for strange formats (e.g. */
+  /*                            Type 42).                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    access_glyph_frame   :: A function used to access the frame of a   */
+  /*                            given glyph within the face's font file.   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    forget_glyph_frame   :: A function used to forget the frame of a   */
+  /*                            given glyph when all data has been loaded. */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    read_glyph_header    :: A function used to read a glyph header.    */
+  /*                            It must be called between an `access' and  */
+  /*                            `forget'.                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    read_simple_glyph    :: A function used to read a simple glyph.    */
+  /*                            It must be called after the header was     */
+  /*                            read, and before the `forget'.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    read_composite_glyph :: A function used to read a composite glyph. */
+  /*                            It must be called after the header was     */
+  /*                            read, and before the `forget'.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    sfnt                 :: A pointer to the SFNT service.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    psnames              :: A pointer to the PostScript names service. */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    hdmx                 :: The face's horizontal device metrics       */
+  /*                            (`hdmx' table).  This table is optional in */
+  /*                            TrueType/OpenType fonts.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    gasp                 :: The grid-fitting and scaling properties    */
+  /*                            table (`gasp').  This table is optional in */
+  /*                            TrueType/OpenType fonts.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    pclt                 :: The `pclt' SFNT table.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    num_sbit_strikes     :: The number of sbit strikes, i.e., bitmap   */
+  /*                            sizes, embedded in this font.              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    sbit_strikes         :: An array of sbit strikes embedded in this  */
+  /*                            font.  This table is optional in a         */
+  /*                            TrueType/OpenType font.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    num_sbit_scales      :: The number of sbit scales for this font.   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    sbit_scales          :: Array of sbit scales embedded in this      */
+  /*                            font.  This table is optional in a         */
+  /*                            TrueType/OpenType font.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    postscript_names     :: A table used to store the Postscript names */
+  /*                            of  the glyphs for this font.  See the     */
+  /*                            file  `ttconfig.h' for comments on the     */
+  /*                            TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES option.  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    num_locations        :: The number of glyph locations in this      */
+  /*                            TrueType file.  This should be             */
+  /*                            identical to the number of glyphs.         */
+  /*                            Ignored for Type 2 fonts.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    glyph_locations      :: An array of longs.  These are offsets to   */
+  /*                            glyph data within the `glyf' table.        */
+  /*                            Ignored for Type 2 font faces.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    glyf_len             :: The length of the `glyf' table.  Needed    */
+  /*                            for malformed `loca' tables.               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    font_program_size    :: Size in bytecodes of the face's font       */
+  /*                            program.  0 if none defined.  Ignored for  */
+  /*                            Type 2 fonts.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    font_program         :: The face's font program (bytecode stream)  */
+  /*                            executed at load time, also used during    */
+  /*                            glyph rendering.  Comes from the `fpgm'    */
+  /*                            table.  Ignored for Type 2 font fonts.     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    cvt_program_size     :: The size in bytecodes of the face's cvt    */
+  /*                            program.  Ignored for Type 2 fonts.        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    cvt_program          :: The face's cvt program (bytecode stream)   */
+  /*                            executed each time an instance/size is     */
+  /*                            changed/reset.  Comes from the `prep'      */
+  /*                            table.  Ignored for Type 2 fonts.          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    cvt_size             :: Size of the control value table (in        */
+  /*                            entries).   Ignored for Type 2 fonts.      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    cvt                  :: The face's original control value table.   */
+  /*                            Coordinates are expressed in unscaled font */
+  /*                            units.  Comes from the `cvt ' table.       */
+  /*                            Ignored for Type 2 fonts.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    num_kern_pairs       :: The number of kerning pairs present in the */
+  /*                            font file.  The engine only loads the      */
+  /*                            first horizontal format 0 kern table it    */
+  /*                            finds in the font file.  Ignored for       */
+  /*                            Type 2 fonts.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    kern_table_index     :: The index of the kerning table in the font */
+  /*                            kerning directory.  Ignored for Type 2     */
+  /*                            fonts.                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    interpreter          :: A pointer to the TrueType bytecode         */
+  /*                            interpreters field is also used to hook    */
+  /*                            the debugger in `ttdebug'.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    unpatented_hinting   :: If true, use only unpatented methods in    */
+  /*                            the bytecode interpreter.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    doblend              :: A boolean which is set if the font should  */
+  /*                            be blended (this is for GX var).           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    blend                :: Contains the data needed to control GX     */
+  /*                            variation tables (rather like Multiple     */
+  /*                            Master data).                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    extra                :: Reserved for third-party font drivers.     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    postscript_name      :: The PS name of the font.  Used by the      */
+  /*                            postscript name service.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  TT_FaceRec_
+  {
+    FT_FaceRec            root;
+
+    TTC_HeaderRec         ttc_header;
+
+    FT_ULong              format_tag;
+    FT_UShort             num_tables;
+    TT_Table              dir_tables;
+
+    TT_Header             header;       /* TrueType header table          */
+    TT_HoriHeader         horizontal;   /* TrueType horizontal header     */
+
+    TT_MaxProfile         max_profile;
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+    FT_ULong              max_components;  /* stubbed to 0 */
+#endif
+
+    FT_Bool               vertical_info;
+    TT_VertHeader         vertical;     /* TT Vertical header, if present */
+
+    FT_UShort             num_names;    /* number of name records  */
+    TT_NameTableRec       name_table;   /* name table              */
+
+    TT_OS2                os2;          /* TrueType OS/2 table            */
+    TT_Postscript         postscript;   /* TrueType Postscript table      */
+
+    FT_Byte*              cmap_table;   /* extracted `cmap' table */
+    FT_ULong              cmap_size;
+
+    TT_Loader_GotoTableFunc   goto_table;
+
+    TT_Loader_StartGlyphFunc  access_glyph_frame;
+    TT_Loader_EndGlyphFunc    forget_glyph_frame;
+    TT_Loader_ReadGlyphFunc   read_glyph_header;
+    TT_Loader_ReadGlyphFunc   read_simple_glyph;
+    TT_Loader_ReadGlyphFunc   read_composite_glyph;
+
+    /* a typeless pointer to the SFNT_Interface table used to load */
+    /* the basic TrueType tables in the face object                */
+    void*                 sfnt;
+
+    /* a typeless pointer to the FT_Service_PsCMapsRec table used to */
+    /* handle glyph names <-> unicode & Mac values                   */
+    void*                 psnames;
+
+
+    /***********************************************************************/
+    /*                                                                     */
+    /* Optional TrueType/OpenType tables                                   */
+    /*                                                                     */
+    /***********************************************************************/
+
+    /* horizontal device metrics */
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+    TT_HdmxRec            hdmx;
+#endif
+
+    /* grid-fitting and scaling table */
+    TT_GaspRec            gasp;                 /* the `gasp' table */
+
+    /* PCL 5 table */
+    TT_PCLT               pclt;
+
+    /* embedded bitmaps support */
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+    FT_ULong              num_sbit_strikes;
+    TT_SBit_Strike        sbit_strikes;
+#endif
+
+    FT_ULong              num_sbit_scales;
+    TT_SBit_Scale         sbit_scales;
+
+    /* postscript names table */
+    TT_Post_NamesRec      postscript_names;
+
+
+    /***********************************************************************/
+    /*                                                                     */
+    /* TrueType-specific fields (ignored by the OTF-Type2 driver)          */
+    /*                                                                     */
+    /***********************************************************************/
+
+    /* the glyph locations */
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+    FT_UShort             num_locations_stub;
+    FT_Long*              glyph_locations_stub;
+#endif
+
+    /* the font program, if any */
+    FT_ULong              font_program_size;
+    FT_Byte*              font_program;
+
+    /* the cvt program, if any */
+    FT_ULong              cvt_program_size;
+    FT_Byte*              cvt_program;
+
+    /* the original, unscaled, control value table */
+    FT_ULong              cvt_size;
+    FT_Short*             cvt;
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+    /* the format 0 kerning table, if any */
+    FT_Int                num_kern_pairs;
+    FT_Int                kern_table_index;
+    TT_Kern0_Pair         kern_pairs;
+#endif
+
+    /* A pointer to the bytecode interpreter to use.  This is also */
+    /* used to hook the debugger for the `ttdebug' utility.        */
+    TT_Interpreter        interpreter;
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING
+    /* Use unpatented hinting only. */
+    FT_Bool               unpatented_hinting;
+#endif
+
+    /***********************************************************************/
+    /*                                                                     */
+    /* Other tables or fields. This is used by derivative formats like     */
+    /* OpenType.                                                           */
+    /*                                                                     */
+    /***********************************************************************/
+
+    FT_Generic            extra;
+
+    const char*           postscript_name;
+
+    /* since version 2.1.8, but was originally placed after */
+    /* `glyph_locations_stub'                               */
+    FT_ULong              glyf_len;
+
+    /* since version 2.1.8, but was originally placed before `extra' */
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT
+    FT_Bool               doblend;
+    GX_Blend              blend;
+#endif
+
+    /* since version 2.2 */
+
+    FT_Byte*              horz_metrics;
+    FT_ULong              horz_metrics_size;
+
+    FT_Byte*              vert_metrics;
+    FT_ULong              vert_metrics_size;
+
+    FT_UInt               num_locations;
+    FT_Byte*              glyph_locations;
+
+    FT_Byte*              hdmx_table;
+    FT_ULong              hdmx_table_size;
+    FT_UInt               hdmx_record_count;
+    FT_ULong              hdmx_record_size;
+    FT_Byte*              hdmx_record_sizes;
+
+    FT_Byte*              sbit_table;
+    FT_ULong              sbit_table_size;
+    FT_UInt               sbit_num_strikes;
+
+    FT_Byte*              kern_table;
+    FT_ULong              kern_table_size;
+    FT_UInt               num_kern_tables;
+    FT_UInt32             kern_avail_bits;
+    FT_UInt32             kern_order_bits;
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF
+    TT_BDFRec             bdf;
+#endif /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF */
+
+    /* since 2.3.0 */
+    FT_ULong              horz_metrics_offset;
+    FT_ULong              vert_metrics_offset;
+
+  } TT_FaceRec;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*  <Struct>                                                             */
+  /*     TT_GlyphZoneRec                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*  <Description>                                                        */
+  /*     A glyph zone is used to load, scale and hint glyph outline        */
+  /*     coordinates.                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*  <Fields>                                                             */
+  /*     memory       :: A handle to the memory manager.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*     max_points   :: The maximal size in points of the zone.           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*     max_contours :: Max size in links contours of the zone.           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*     n_points     :: The current number of points in the zone.         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*     n_contours   :: The current number of contours in the zone.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*     org          :: The original glyph coordinates (font              */
+  /*                     units/scaled).                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*     cur          :: The current glyph coordinates (scaled/hinted).    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*     tags         :: The point control tags.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*     contours     :: The contours end points.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*     first_point  :: Offset of the current subglyph's first point.     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  TT_GlyphZoneRec_
+  {
+    FT_Memory   memory;
+    FT_UShort   max_points;
+    FT_UShort   max_contours;
+    FT_UShort   n_points;    /* number of points in zone    */
+    FT_Short    n_contours;  /* number of contours          */
+
+    FT_Vector*  org;         /* original point coordinates  */
+    FT_Vector*  cur;         /* current point coordinates   */
+    FT_Vector*  orus;        /* original (unscaled) point coordinates */
+
+    FT_Byte*    tags;        /* current touch flags         */
+    FT_UShort*  contours;    /* contour end points          */
+
+    FT_UShort   first_point; /* offset of first (#0) point  */
+
+  } TT_GlyphZoneRec, *TT_GlyphZone;
+
+
+  /* handle to execution context */
+  typedef struct TT_ExecContextRec_*  TT_ExecContext;
+
+  /* glyph loader structure */
+  typedef struct  TT_LoaderRec_
+  {
+    FT_Face          face;
+    FT_Size          size;
+    FT_GlyphSlot     glyph;
+    FT_GlyphLoader   gloader;
+
+    FT_ULong         load_flags;
+    FT_UInt          glyph_index;
+
+    FT_Stream        stream;
+    FT_Int           byte_len;
+
+    FT_Short         n_contours;
+    FT_BBox          bbox;
+    FT_Int           left_bearing;
+    FT_Int           advance;
+    FT_Int           linear;
+    FT_Bool          linear_def;
+    FT_Bool          preserve_pps;
+    FT_Vector        pp1;
+    FT_Vector        pp2;
+
+    FT_ULong         glyf_offset;
+
+    /* the zone where we load our glyphs */
+    TT_GlyphZoneRec  base;
+    TT_GlyphZoneRec  zone;
+
+    TT_ExecContext   exec;
+    FT_Byte*         instructions;
+    FT_ULong         ins_pos;
+
+    /* for possible extensibility in other formats */
+    void*            other;
+
+    /* since version 2.1.8 */
+    FT_Int           top_bearing;
+    FT_Int           vadvance;
+    FT_Vector        pp3;
+    FT_Vector        pp4;
+
+    /* since version 2.2.1 */
+    FT_Byte*         cursor;
+    FT_Byte*         limit;
+
+  } TT_LoaderRec;
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __TTTYPES_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/t1tables.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/t1tables.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5e2a393
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/t1tables.h
@@ -0,0 +1,504 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  t1tables.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Basic Type 1/Type 2 tables definitions and interface (specification  */
+/*    only).                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2008, 2009 by             */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __T1TABLES_H__
+#define __T1TABLES_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*    type1_tables                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Title>                                                               */
+  /*    Type 1 Tables                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
+  /*    Type~1 (PostScript) specific font tables.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This section contains the definition of Type 1-specific tables,    */
+  /*    including structures related to other PostScript font formats.     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /* Note that we separate font data in PS_FontInfoRec and PS_PrivateRec */
+  /* structures in order to support Multiple Master fonts.               */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    PS_FontInfoRec                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A structure used to model a Type~1 or Type~2 FontInfo dictionary.  */
+  /*    Note that for Multiple Master fonts, each instance has its own     */
+  /*    FontInfo dictionary.                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  PS_FontInfoRec_
+  {
+    FT_String*  version;
+    FT_String*  notice;
+    FT_String*  full_name;
+    FT_String*  family_name;
+    FT_String*  weight;
+    FT_Long     italic_angle;
+    FT_Bool     is_fixed_pitch;
+    FT_Short    underline_position;
+    FT_UShort   underline_thickness;
+
+  } PS_FontInfoRec;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    PS_FontInfo                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A handle to a @PS_FontInfoRec structure.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct PS_FontInfoRec_*  PS_FontInfo;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    T1_FontInfo                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This type is equivalent to @PS_FontInfoRec.  It is deprecated but  */
+  /*    kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of  */
+  /*    FreeType.                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef PS_FontInfoRec  T1_FontInfo;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    PS_PrivateRec                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A structure used to model a Type~1 or Type~2 private dictionary.   */
+  /*    Note that for Multiple Master fonts, each instance has its own     */
+  /*    Private dictionary.                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  PS_PrivateRec_
+  {
+    FT_Int     unique_id;
+    FT_Int     lenIV;
+
+    FT_Byte    num_blue_values;
+    FT_Byte    num_other_blues;
+    FT_Byte    num_family_blues;
+    FT_Byte    num_family_other_blues;
+
+    FT_Short   blue_values[14];
+    FT_Short   other_blues[10];
+
+    FT_Short   family_blues      [14];
+    FT_Short   family_other_blues[10];
+
+    FT_Fixed   blue_scale;
+    FT_Int     blue_shift;
+    FT_Int     blue_fuzz;
+
+    FT_UShort  standard_width[1];
+    FT_UShort  standard_height[1];
+
+    FT_Byte    num_snap_widths;
+    FT_Byte    num_snap_heights;
+    FT_Bool    force_bold;
+    FT_Bool    round_stem_up;
+
+    FT_Short   snap_widths [13];  /* including std width  */
+    FT_Short   snap_heights[13];  /* including std height */
+
+    FT_Fixed   expansion_factor;
+
+    FT_Long    language_group;
+    FT_Long    password;
+
+    FT_Short   min_feature[2];
+
+  } PS_PrivateRec;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    PS_Private                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A handle to a @PS_PrivateRec structure.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct PS_PrivateRec_*  PS_Private;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    T1_Private                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*   This type is equivalent to @PS_PrivateRec.  It is deprecated but    */
+  /*   kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of   */
+  /*   FreeType.                                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef PS_PrivateRec  T1_Private;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Enum>                                                                */
+  /*    T1_Blend_Flags                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A set of flags used to indicate which fields are present in a      */
+  /*    given blend dictionary (font info or private).  Used to support    */
+  /*    Multiple Masters fonts.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef enum  T1_Blend_Flags_
+  {
+    /*# required fields in a FontInfo blend dictionary */
+    T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_POSITION = 0,
+    T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS,
+    T1_BLEND_ITALIC_ANGLE,
+
+    /*# required fields in a Private blend dictionary */
+    T1_BLEND_BLUE_VALUES,
+    T1_BLEND_OTHER_BLUES,
+    T1_BLEND_STANDARD_WIDTH,
+    T1_BLEND_STANDARD_HEIGHT,
+    T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_WIDTHS,
+    T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_HEIGHTS,
+    T1_BLEND_BLUE_SCALE,
+    T1_BLEND_BLUE_SHIFT,
+    T1_BLEND_FAMILY_BLUES,
+    T1_BLEND_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES,
+    T1_BLEND_FORCE_BOLD,
+
+    /*# never remove */
+    T1_BLEND_MAX
+
+  } T1_Blend_Flags;
+
+  /* */
+
+
+  /*# backwards compatible definitions */
+#define t1_blend_underline_position   T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_POSITION
+#define t1_blend_underline_thickness  T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS
+#define t1_blend_italic_angle         T1_BLEND_ITALIC_ANGLE
+#define t1_blend_blue_values          T1_BLEND_BLUE_VALUES
+#define t1_blend_other_blues          T1_BLEND_OTHER_BLUES
+#define t1_blend_standard_widths      T1_BLEND_STANDARD_WIDTH
+#define t1_blend_standard_height      T1_BLEND_STANDARD_HEIGHT
+#define t1_blend_stem_snap_widths     T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_WIDTHS
+#define t1_blend_stem_snap_heights    T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_HEIGHTS
+#define t1_blend_blue_scale           T1_BLEND_BLUE_SCALE
+#define t1_blend_blue_shift           T1_BLEND_BLUE_SHIFT
+#define t1_blend_family_blues         T1_BLEND_FAMILY_BLUES
+#define t1_blend_family_other_blues   T1_BLEND_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES
+#define t1_blend_force_bold           T1_BLEND_FORCE_BOLD
+#define t1_blend_max                  T1_BLEND_MAX
+
+
+  /* maximum number of Multiple Masters designs, as defined in the spec */
+#define T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS     16
+
+  /* maximum number of Multiple Masters axes, as defined in the spec */
+#define T1_MAX_MM_AXIS        4
+
+  /* maximum number of elements in a design map */
+#define T1_MAX_MM_MAP_POINTS  20
+
+
+  /* this structure is used to store the BlendDesignMap entry for an axis */
+  typedef struct  PS_DesignMap_
+  {
+    FT_Byte    num_points;
+    FT_Long*   design_points;
+    FT_Fixed*  blend_points;
+
+  } PS_DesignMapRec, *PS_DesignMap;
+
+  /* backwards-compatible definition */
+  typedef PS_DesignMapRec  T1_DesignMap;
+
+
+  typedef struct  PS_BlendRec_
+  {
+    FT_UInt          num_designs;
+    FT_UInt          num_axis;
+
+    FT_String*       axis_names[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];
+    FT_Fixed*        design_pos[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS];
+    PS_DesignMapRec  design_map[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];
+
+    FT_Fixed*        weight_vector;
+    FT_Fixed*        default_weight_vector;
+
+    PS_FontInfo      font_infos[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS + 1];
+    PS_Private       privates  [T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS + 1];
+
+    FT_ULong         blend_bitflags;
+
+    FT_BBox*         bboxes    [T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS + 1];
+
+    /* since 2.3.0 */
+
+    /* undocumented, optional: the default design instance;   */
+    /* corresponds to default_weight_vector --                */
+    /* num_default_design_vector == 0 means it is not present */
+    /* in the font and associated metrics files               */
+    FT_UInt          default_design_vector[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS];
+    FT_UInt          num_default_design_vector;
+
+  } PS_BlendRec, *PS_Blend;
+
+
+  /* backwards-compatible definition */
+  typedef PS_BlendRec  T1_Blend;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    CID_FaceDictRec                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A structure used to represent data in a CID top-level dictionary.  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  CID_FaceDictRec_
+  {
+    PS_PrivateRec  private_dict;
+
+    FT_UInt        len_buildchar;
+    FT_Fixed       forcebold_threshold;
+    FT_Pos         stroke_width;
+    FT_Fixed       expansion_factor;
+
+    FT_Byte        paint_type;
+    FT_Byte        font_type;
+    FT_Matrix      font_matrix;
+    FT_Vector      font_offset;
+
+    FT_UInt        num_subrs;
+    FT_ULong       subrmap_offset;
+    FT_Int         sd_bytes;
+
+  } CID_FaceDictRec;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    CID_FaceDict                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A handle to a @CID_FaceDictRec structure.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct CID_FaceDictRec_*  CID_FaceDict;
+
+  /* */
+
+
+  /* backwards-compatible definition */
+  typedef CID_FaceDictRec  CID_FontDict;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    CID_FaceInfoRec                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A structure used to represent CID Face information.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  CID_FaceInfoRec_
+  {
+    FT_String*      cid_font_name;
+    FT_Fixed        cid_version;
+    FT_Int          cid_font_type;
+
+    FT_String*      registry;
+    FT_String*      ordering;
+    FT_Int          supplement;
+
+    PS_FontInfoRec  font_info;
+    FT_BBox         font_bbox;
+    FT_ULong        uid_base;
+
+    FT_Int          num_xuid;
+    FT_ULong        xuid[16];
+
+    FT_ULong        cidmap_offset;
+    FT_Int          fd_bytes;
+    FT_Int          gd_bytes;
+    FT_ULong        cid_count;
+
+    FT_Int          num_dicts;
+    CID_FaceDict    font_dicts;
+
+    FT_ULong        data_offset;
+
+  } CID_FaceInfoRec;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    CID_FaceInfo                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A handle to a @CID_FaceInfoRec structure.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct CID_FaceInfoRec_*  CID_FaceInfo;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    CID_Info                                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*   This type is equivalent to @CID_FaceInfoRec.  It is deprecated but  */
+  /*   kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of   */
+  /*   FreeType.                                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef CID_FaceInfoRec  CID_Info;
+
+
+  /************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *    FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *    Return true if a given face provides reliable PostScript glyph
+   *    names.  This is similar to using the @FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES macro,
+   *    except that certain fonts (mostly TrueType) contain incorrect
+   *    glyph name tables.
+   *
+   *    When this function returns true, the caller is sure that the glyph
+   *    names returned by @FT_Get_Glyph_Name are reliable.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *    face ::
+   *       face handle
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *    Boolean.  True if glyph names are reliable.
+   *
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Int )
+  FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names( FT_Face  face );
+
+
+  /************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *    FT_Get_PS_Font_Info
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *    Retrieve the @PS_FontInfoRec structure corresponding to a given
+   *    PostScript font.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *    face ::
+   *       PostScript face handle.
+   *
+   * @output:
+   *    afont_info ::
+   *       Output font info structure pointer.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *    FreeType error code.  0~means success.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *    The string pointers within the font info structure are owned by
+   *    the face and don't need to be freed by the caller.
+   *
+   *    If the font's format is not PostScript-based, this function will
+   *    return the `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' error code.
+   *
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_PS_Font_Info( FT_Face      face,
+                       PS_FontInfo  afont_info );
+
+
+  /************************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *    FT_Get_PS_Font_Private
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *    Retrieve the @PS_PrivateRec structure corresponding to a given
+   *    PostScript font.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *    face ::
+   *       PostScript face handle.
+   *
+   * @output:
+   *    afont_private ::
+   *       Output private dictionary structure pointer.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *    FreeType error code.  0~means success.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *    The string pointers within the @PS_PrivateRec structure are owned by
+   *    the face and don't need to be freed by the caller.
+   *
+   *    If the font's format is not PostScript-based, this function returns
+   *    the `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' error code.
+   *
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_PS_Font_Private( FT_Face     face,
+                          PS_Private  afont_private );
+
+  /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __T1TABLES_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ttnameid.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ttnameid.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cbeac78
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ttnameid.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1247 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ttnameid.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    TrueType name ID definitions (specification only).                   */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2002, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2007, 2008 by                   */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __TTNAMEID_H__
+#define __TTNAMEID_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*    truetype_tables                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Possible values for the `platform' identifier code in the name        */
+  /* records of the TTF `name' table.                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /***********************************************************************
+   *
+   * @enum:
+   *   TT_PLATFORM_XXX
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A list of valid values for the `platform_id' identifier code in
+   *   @FT_CharMapRec and @FT_SfntName structures.
+   *
+   * @values:
+   *   TT_PLATFORM_APPLE_UNICODE ::
+   *     Used by Apple to indicate a Unicode character map and/or name entry.
+   *     See @TT_APPLE_ID_XXX for corresponding `encoding_id' values.  Note
+   *     that name entries in this format are coded as big-endian UCS-2
+   *     character codes _only_.
+   *
+   *   TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH ::
+   *     Used by Apple to indicate a MacOS-specific charmap and/or name entry.
+   *     See @TT_MAC_ID_XXX for corresponding `encoding_id' values.  Note that
+   *     most TrueType fonts contain an Apple roman charmap to be usable on
+   *     MacOS systems (even if they contain a Microsoft charmap as well).
+   *
+   *   TT_PLATFORM_ISO ::
+   *     This value was used to specify Unicode charmaps.  It is however
+   *     now deprecated.  See @TT_ISO_ID_XXX for a list of corresponding
+   *     `encoding_id' values.
+   *
+   *   TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT ::
+   *     Used by Microsoft to indicate Windows-specific charmaps.  See
+   *     @TT_MS_ID_XXX for a list of corresponding `encoding_id' values.
+   *     Note that most fonts contain a Unicode charmap using
+   *     (TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT, @TT_MS_ID_UNICODE_CS).
+   *
+   *   TT_PLATFORM_CUSTOM ::
+   *     Used to indicate application-specific charmaps.
+   *
+   *   TT_PLATFORM_ADOBE ::
+   *     This value isn't part of any font format specification, but is used
+   *     by FreeType to report Adobe-specific charmaps in an @FT_CharMapRec
+   *     structure.  See @TT_ADOBE_ID_XXX.
+   */
+
+#define TT_PLATFORM_APPLE_UNICODE  0
+#define TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH      1
+#define TT_PLATFORM_ISO            2 /* deprecated */
+#define TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT      3
+#define TT_PLATFORM_CUSTOM         4
+#define TT_PLATFORM_ADOBE          7 /* artificial */
+
+
+  /***********************************************************************
+   *
+   * @enum:
+   *   TT_APPLE_ID_XXX
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A list of valid values for the `encoding_id' for
+   *   @TT_PLATFORM_APPLE_UNICODE charmaps and name entries.
+   *
+   * @values:
+   *   TT_APPLE_ID_DEFAULT ::
+   *     Unicode version 1.0.
+   *
+   *   TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_1_1 ::
+   *     Unicode 1.1; specifies Hangul characters starting at U+34xx.
+   *
+   *   TT_APPLE_ID_ISO_10646 ::
+   *     Deprecated (identical to preceding).
+   *
+   *   TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_2_0 ::
+   *     Unicode 2.0 and beyond (UTF-16 BMP only).
+   *
+   *   TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_32 ::
+   *     Unicode 3.1 and beyond, using UTF-32.
+   *
+   *   TT_APPLE_ID_VARIANT_SELECTOR ::
+   *     From Adobe, not Apple.  Not a normal cmap.  Specifies variations
+   *     on a real cmap.
+   */
+
+#define TT_APPLE_ID_DEFAULT           0 /* Unicode 1.0 */
+#define TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_1_1       1 /* specify Hangul at U+34xx */
+#define TT_APPLE_ID_ISO_10646         2 /* deprecated */
+#define TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_2_0       3 /* or later */
+#define TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_32        4 /* 2.0 or later, full repertoire */
+#define TT_APPLE_ID_VARIANT_SELECTOR  5 /* variation selector data */
+
+
+  /***********************************************************************
+   *
+   * @enum:
+   *   TT_MAC_ID_XXX
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A list of valid values for the `encoding_id' for
+   *   @TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH charmaps and name entries.
+   *
+   * @values:
+   *   TT_MAC_ID_ROMAN ::
+   *   TT_MAC_ID_JAPANESE ::
+   *   TT_MAC_ID_TRADITIONAL_CHINESE ::
+   *   TT_MAC_ID_KOREAN ::
+   *   TT_MAC_ID_ARABIC ::
+   *   TT_MAC_ID_HEBREW ::
+   *   TT_MAC_ID_GREEK ::
+   *   TT_MAC_ID_RUSSIAN ::
+   *   TT_MAC_ID_RSYMBOL ::
+   *   TT_MAC_ID_DEVANAGARI ::
+   *   TT_MAC_ID_GURMUKHI ::
+   *   TT_MAC_ID_GUJARATI ::
+   *   TT_MAC_ID_ORIYA ::
+   *   TT_MAC_ID_BENGALI ::
+   *   TT_MAC_ID_TAMIL ::
+   *   TT_MAC_ID_TELUGU ::
+   *   TT_MAC_ID_KANNADA ::
+   *   TT_MAC_ID_MALAYALAM ::
+   *   TT_MAC_ID_SINHALESE ::
+   *   TT_MAC_ID_BURMESE ::
+   *   TT_MAC_ID_KHMER ::
+   *   TT_MAC_ID_THAI ::
+   *   TT_MAC_ID_LAOTIAN ::
+   *   TT_MAC_ID_GEORGIAN ::
+   *   TT_MAC_ID_ARMENIAN ::
+   *   TT_MAC_ID_MALDIVIAN ::
+   *   TT_MAC_ID_SIMPLIFIED_CHINESE ::
+   *   TT_MAC_ID_TIBETAN ::
+   *   TT_MAC_ID_MONGOLIAN ::
+   *   TT_MAC_ID_GEEZ ::
+   *   TT_MAC_ID_SLAVIC ::
+   *   TT_MAC_ID_VIETNAMESE ::
+   *   TT_MAC_ID_SINDHI ::
+   *   TT_MAC_ID_UNINTERP ::
+   */
+
+#define TT_MAC_ID_ROMAN                 0
+#define TT_MAC_ID_JAPANESE              1
+#define TT_MAC_ID_TRADITIONAL_CHINESE   2
+#define TT_MAC_ID_KOREAN                3
+#define TT_MAC_ID_ARABIC                4
+#define TT_MAC_ID_HEBREW                5
+#define TT_MAC_ID_GREEK                 6
+#define TT_MAC_ID_RUSSIAN               7
+#define TT_MAC_ID_RSYMBOL               8
+#define TT_MAC_ID_DEVANAGARI            9
+#define TT_MAC_ID_GURMUKHI             10
+#define TT_MAC_ID_GUJARATI             11
+#define TT_MAC_ID_ORIYA                12
+#define TT_MAC_ID_BENGALI              13
+#define TT_MAC_ID_TAMIL                14
+#define TT_MAC_ID_TELUGU               15
+#define TT_MAC_ID_KANNADA              16
+#define TT_MAC_ID_MALAYALAM            17
+#define TT_MAC_ID_SINHALESE            18
+#define TT_MAC_ID_BURMESE              19
+#define TT_MAC_ID_KHMER                20
+#define TT_MAC_ID_THAI                 21
+#define TT_MAC_ID_LAOTIAN              22
+#define TT_MAC_ID_GEORGIAN             23
+#define TT_MAC_ID_ARMENIAN             24
+#define TT_MAC_ID_MALDIVIAN            25
+#define TT_MAC_ID_SIMPLIFIED_CHINESE   25
+#define TT_MAC_ID_TIBETAN              26
+#define TT_MAC_ID_MONGOLIAN            27
+#define TT_MAC_ID_GEEZ                 28
+#define TT_MAC_ID_SLAVIC               29
+#define TT_MAC_ID_VIETNAMESE           30
+#define TT_MAC_ID_SINDHI               31
+#define TT_MAC_ID_UNINTERP             32
+
+
+  /***********************************************************************
+   *
+   * @enum:
+   *   TT_ISO_ID_XXX
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A list of valid values for the `encoding_id' for
+   *   @TT_PLATFORM_ISO charmaps and name entries.
+   *
+   *   Their use is now deprecated.
+   *
+   * @values:
+   *   TT_ISO_ID_7BIT_ASCII ::
+   *     ASCII.
+   *   TT_ISO_ID_10646 ::
+   *     ISO/10646.
+   *   TT_ISO_ID_8859_1 ::
+   *     Also known as Latin-1.
+   */
+
+#define TT_ISO_ID_7BIT_ASCII  0
+#define TT_ISO_ID_10646       1
+#define TT_ISO_ID_8859_1      2
+
+
+  /***********************************************************************
+   *
+   * @enum:
+   *   TT_MS_ID_XXX
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A list of valid values for the `encoding_id' for
+   *   @TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT charmaps and name entries.
+   *
+   * @values:
+   *   TT_MS_ID_SYMBOL_CS ::
+   *     Corresponds to Microsoft symbol encoding. See
+   *     @FT_ENCODING_MS_SYMBOL.
+   *
+   *   TT_MS_ID_UNICODE_CS ::
+   *     Corresponds to a Microsoft WGL4 charmap, matching Unicode.  See
+   *     @FT_ENCODING_UNICODE.
+   *
+   *   TT_MS_ID_SJIS ::
+   *     Corresponds to SJIS Japanese encoding.  See @FT_ENCODING_SJIS.
+   *
+   *   TT_MS_ID_GB2312 ::
+   *     Corresponds to Simplified Chinese as used in Mainland China.  See
+   *     @FT_ENCODING_GB2312.
+   *
+   *   TT_MS_ID_BIG_5 ::
+   *     Corresponds to Traditional Chinese as used in Taiwan and Hong Kong.
+   *     See @FT_ENCODING_BIG5.
+   *
+   *   TT_MS_ID_WANSUNG ::
+   *     Corresponds to Korean Wansung encoding.  See @FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG.
+   *
+   *   TT_MS_ID_JOHAB ::
+   *     Corresponds to Johab encoding.  See @FT_ENCODING_JOHAB.
+   *
+   *   TT_MS_ID_UCS_4 ::
+   *     Corresponds to UCS-4 or UTF-32 charmaps.  This has been added to
+   *     the OpenType specification version 1.4 (mid-2001.)
+   */
+
+#define TT_MS_ID_SYMBOL_CS    0
+#define TT_MS_ID_UNICODE_CS   1
+#define TT_MS_ID_SJIS         2
+#define TT_MS_ID_GB2312       3
+#define TT_MS_ID_BIG_5        4
+#define TT_MS_ID_WANSUNG      5
+#define TT_MS_ID_JOHAB        6
+#define TT_MS_ID_UCS_4       10
+
+
+  /***********************************************************************
+   *
+   * @enum:
+   *   TT_ADOBE_ID_XXX
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A list of valid values for the `encoding_id' for
+   *   @TT_PLATFORM_ADOBE charmaps.  This is a FreeType-specific extension!
+   *
+   * @values:
+   *   TT_ADOBE_ID_STANDARD ::
+   *     Adobe standard encoding.
+   *   TT_ADOBE_ID_EXPERT ::
+   *     Adobe expert encoding.
+   *   TT_ADOBE_ID_CUSTOM ::
+   *     Adobe custom encoding.
+   *   TT_ADOBE_ID_LATIN_1 ::
+   *     Adobe Latin~1 encoding.
+   */
+
+#define TT_ADOBE_ID_STANDARD  0
+#define TT_ADOBE_ID_EXPERT    1
+#define TT_ADOBE_ID_CUSTOM    2
+#define TT_ADOBE_ID_LATIN_1   3
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Possible values of the language identifier field in the name records  */
+  /* of the TTF `name' table if the `platform' identifier code is          */
+  /* TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH.                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The canonical source for the Apple assigned Language ID's is at       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   http://fonts.apple.com/TTRefMan/RM06/Chap6name.html                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ENGLISH                       0
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_FRENCH                        1
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GERMAN                        2
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ITALIAN                       3
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_DUTCH                         4
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SWEDISH                       5
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SPANISH                       6
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_DANISH                        7
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_PORTUGUESE                    8
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_NORWEGIAN                     9
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_HEBREW                       10
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_JAPANESE                     11
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ARABIC                       12
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_FINNISH                      13
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GREEK                        14
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ICELANDIC                    15
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MALTESE                      16
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TURKISH                      17
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CROATIAN                     18
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CHINESE_TRADITIONAL          19
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_URDU                         20
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_HINDI                        21
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_THAI                         22
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KOREAN                       23
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_LITHUANIAN                   24
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_POLISH                       25
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_HUNGARIAN                    26
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ESTONIAN                     27
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_LETTISH                      28
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SAAMISK                      29
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_FAEROESE                     30
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_FARSI                        31
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_RUSSIAN                      32
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CHINESE_SIMPLIFIED           33
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_FLEMISH                      34
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_IRISH                        35
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ALBANIAN                     36
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ROMANIAN                     37
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CZECH                        38
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SLOVAK                       39
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SLOVENIAN                    40
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_YIDDISH                      41
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SERBIAN                      42
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MACEDONIAN                   43
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BULGARIAN                    44
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_UKRAINIAN                    45
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BYELORUSSIAN                 46
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_UZBEK                        47
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KAZAKH                       48
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AZERBAIJANI                  49
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AZERBAIJANI_CYRILLIC_SCRIPT  49
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AZERBAIJANI_ARABIC_SCRIPT    50
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ARMENIAN                     51
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GEORGIAN                     52
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MOLDAVIAN                    53
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KIRGHIZ                      54
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TAJIKI                       55
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TURKMEN                      56
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MONGOLIAN                    57
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MONGOLIAN_MONGOLIAN_SCRIPT   57
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MONGOLIAN_CYRILLIC_SCRIPT    58
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_PASHTO                       59
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KURDISH                      60
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KASHMIRI                     61
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SINDHI                       62
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TIBETAN                      63
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_NEPALI                       64
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SANSKRIT                     65
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MARATHI                      66
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BENGALI                      67
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ASSAMESE                     68
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GUJARATI                     69
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_PUNJABI                      70
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ORIYA                        71
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MALAYALAM                    72
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KANNADA                      73
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TAMIL                        74
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TELUGU                       75
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SINHALESE                    76
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BURMESE                      77
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KHMER                        78
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_LAO                          79
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_VIETNAMESE                   80
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_INDONESIAN                   81
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TAGALOG                      82
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MALAY_ROMAN_SCRIPT           83
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MALAY_ARABIC_SCRIPT          84
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AMHARIC                      85
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TIGRINYA                     86
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GALLA                        87
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SOMALI                       88
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SWAHILI                      89
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_RUANDA                       90
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_RUNDI                        91
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CHEWA                        92
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MALAGASY                     93
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ESPERANTO                    94
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_WELSH                       128
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BASQUE                      129
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CATALAN                     130
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_LATIN                       131
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_QUECHUA                     132
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GUARANI                     133
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AYMARA                      134
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TATAR                       135
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_UIGHUR                      136
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_DZONGKHA                    137
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_JAVANESE                    138
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SUNDANESE                   139
+
+
+#if 0  /* these seem to be errors that have been dropped */
+
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SCOTTISH_GAELIC             140
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_IRISH_GAELIC                141
+
+#endif
+
+
+  /* The following codes are new as of 2000-03-10 */
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GALICIAN                    140
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AFRIKAANS                   141
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BRETON                      142
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_INUKTITUT                   143
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SCOTTISH_GAELIC             144
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MANX_GAELIC                 145
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_IRISH_GAELIC                146
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TONGAN                      147
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GREEK_POLYTONIC             148
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GREELANDIC                  149
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AZERBAIJANI_ROMAN_SCRIPT    150
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Possible values of the language identifier field in the name records  */
+  /* of the TTF `name' table if the `platform' identifier code is          */
+  /* TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT.                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The canonical source for the MS assigned LCID's (seems to) be at      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   http://www.microsoft.com/globaldev/reference/lcid-all.mspx          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* It used to be at various places, among them                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   http://www.microsoft.com/typography/OTSPEC/lcid-cp.txt              */
+  /*   http://www.microsoft.com/globaldev/reference/loclanghome.asp        */
+  /*   http://support.microsoft.com/support/kb/articles/Q224/8/04.ASP      */
+  /*   http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/passport25/                 */
+  /*           NET_Passport_VBScript_Documentation/Single_Sign_In/         */
+  /*           Advanced_Single_Sign_In/Localization_and_LCIDs.asp          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Hopefully, it seems now that the Globaldev site prevails...           */
+  /*                                   (updated by Antoine, 2004-02-17)    */
+
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_GENERAL                    0x0001
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA               0x0401
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_IRAQ                       0x0801
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_EGYPT                      0x0c01
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_LIBYA                      0x1001
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_ALGERIA                    0x1401
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_MOROCCO                    0x1801
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_TUNISIA                    0x1c01
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_OMAN                       0x2001
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_YEMEN                      0x2401
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_SYRIA                      0x2801
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_JORDAN                     0x2c01
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_LEBANON                    0x3001
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_KUWAIT                     0x3401
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_UAE                        0x3801
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_BAHRAIN                    0x3c01
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_QATAR                      0x4001
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_BULGARIAN_BULGARIA                0x0402
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_CATALAN_SPAIN                     0x0403
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_GENERAL                   0x0004
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_TAIWAN                    0x0404
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_PRC                       0x0804
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_HONG_KONG                 0x0c04
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_SINGAPORE                 0x1004
+
+#if 1  /* this looks like the correct value */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_MACAU                     0x1404
+#else  /* but beware, Microsoft may change its mind...
+          the most recent Word reference has the following: */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_MACAU  TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_HONG_KONG
+#endif
+
+#if 0  /* used only with .NET `cultures'; commented out */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_TRADITIONAL               0x7C04
+#endif
+
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_CZECH_CZECH_REPUBLIC              0x0405
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_DANISH_DENMARK                    0x0406
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_GERMAN_GERMANY                    0x0407
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_GERMAN_SWITZERLAND                0x0807
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_GERMAN_AUSTRIA                    0x0c07
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG                 0x1007
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEI               0x1407
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_GREEK_GREECE                      0x0408
+
+  /* don't ask what this one means... It is commented out currently. */
+#if 0
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_GREEK_GREECE2                     0x2008
+#endif
+
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_GENERAL                   0x0009
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_UNITED_STATES             0x0409
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_UNITED_KINGDOM            0x0809
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_AUSTRALIA                 0x0c09
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_CANADA                    0x1009
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_NEW_ZEALAND               0x1409
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_IRELAND                   0x1809
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA              0x1c09
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_JAMAICA                   0x2009
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN                 0x2409
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_BELIZE                    0x2809
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD                  0x2c09
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE                  0x3009
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES               0x3409
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_INDONESIA                 0x3809
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_HONG_KONG                 0x3c09
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_INDIA                     0x4009
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_MALAYSIA                  0x4409
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_SINGAPORE                 0x4809
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_SPAIN_TRADITIONAL_SORT    0x040a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_MEXICO                    0x080a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_SPAIN_INTERNATIONAL_SORT  0x0c0a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_GUATEMALA                 0x100a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA                0x140a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_PANAMA                    0x180a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC        0x1c0a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_VENEZUELA                 0x200a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_COLOMBIA                  0x240a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_PERU                      0x280a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_ARGENTINA                 0x2c0a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_ECUADOR                   0x300a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_CHILE                     0x340a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_URUGUAY                   0x380a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_PARAGUAY                  0x3c0a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_BOLIVIA                   0x400a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR               0x440a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_HONDURAS                  0x480a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_NICARAGUA                 0x4c0a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO               0x500a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_UNITED_STATES             0x540a
+  /* The following ID blatantly violate MS specs by using a */
+  /* sublanguage > 0x1F.                                    */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_LATIN_AMERICA             0xE40aU
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FINNISH_FINLAND                   0x040b
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_FRANCE                     0x040c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_BELGIUM                    0x080c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_CANADA                     0x0c0c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_SWITZERLAND                0x100c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG                 0x140c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_MONACO                     0x180c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_WEST_INDIES                0x1c0c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_REUNION                    0x200c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_CONGO                      0x240c
+  /* which was formerly: */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_ZAIRE  TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_CONGO
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_SENEGAL                    0x280c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_CAMEROON                   0x2c0c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_COTE_D_IVOIRE              0x300c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_MALI                       0x340c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_MOROCCO                    0x380c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_HAITI                      0x3c0c
+  /* and another violation of the spec (see 0xE40aU) */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_NORTH_AFRICA               0xE40cU
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_HEBREW_ISRAEL                     0x040d
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_HUNGARIAN_HUNGARY                 0x040e
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ICELANDIC_ICELAND                 0x040f
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ITALIAN_ITALY                     0x0410
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ITALIAN_SWITZERLAND               0x0810
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_JAPANESE_JAPAN                    0x0411
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_KOREAN_EXTENDED_WANSUNG_KOREA     0x0412
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_KOREAN_JOHAB_KOREA                0x0812
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_DUTCH_NETHERLANDS                 0x0413
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_DUTCH_BELGIUM                     0x0813
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_NORWEGIAN_NORWAY_BOKMAL           0x0414
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_NORWEGIAN_NORWAY_NYNORSK          0x0814
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_POLISH_POLAND                     0x0415
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_PORTUGUESE_BRAZIL                 0x0416
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_PORTUGUESE_PORTUGAL               0x0816
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_RHAETO_ROMANIC_SWITZERLAND        0x0417
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ROMANIAN_ROMANIA                  0x0418
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_MOLDAVIAN_MOLDAVIA                0x0818
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_RUSSIAN_RUSSIA                    0x0419
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_RUSSIAN_MOLDAVIA                  0x0819
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_CROATIAN_CROATIA                  0x041a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SERBIAN_SERBIA_LATIN              0x081a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SERBIAN_SERBIA_CYRILLIC           0x0c1a
+
+#if 0  /* this used to be this value, but it looks like we were wrong */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_BOSNIAN_BOSNIA_HERZEGOVINA        0x101a
+#else  /* current sources say */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_CROATIAN_BOSNIA_HERZEGOVINA       0x101a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_BOSNIAN_BOSNIA_HERZEGOVINA        0x141a
+       /* and XPsp2 Platform SDK added (2004-07-26) */
+       /* Names are shortened to be significant within 40 chars. */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SERBIAN_BOSNIA_HERZ_LATIN         0x181a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SERBIAN_BOSNIA_HERZ_CYRILLIC      0x181a
+#endif
+
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SLOVAK_SLOVAKIA                   0x041b
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ALBANIAN_ALBANIA                  0x041c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SWEDISH_SWEDEN                    0x041d
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SWEDISH_FINLAND                   0x081d
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_THAI_THAILAND                     0x041e
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_TURKISH_TURKEY                    0x041f
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_URDU_PAKISTAN                     0x0420
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_URDU_INDIA                        0x0820
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_INDONESIAN_INDONESIA              0x0421
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_UKRAINIAN_UKRAINE                 0x0422
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_BELARUSIAN_BELARUS                0x0423
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SLOVENE_SLOVENIA                  0x0424
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ESTONIAN_ESTONIA                  0x0425
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_LATVIAN_LATVIA                    0x0426
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_LITHUANIAN_LITHUANIA              0x0427
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_CLASSIC_LITHUANIAN_LITHUANIA      0x0827
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_TAJIK_TAJIKISTAN                  0x0428
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FARSI_IRAN                        0x0429
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_VIETNAMESE_VIET_NAM               0x042a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARMENIAN_ARMENIA                  0x042b
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_AZERI_AZERBAIJAN_LATIN            0x042c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_AZERI_AZERBAIJAN_CYRILLIC         0x082c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_BASQUE_SPAIN                      0x042d
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SORBIAN_GERMANY                   0x042e
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_MACEDONIAN_MACEDONIA              0x042f
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SUTU_SOUTH_AFRICA                 0x0430
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_TSONGA_SOUTH_AFRICA               0x0431
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_TSWANA_SOUTH_AFRICA               0x0432
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_VENDA_SOUTH_AFRICA                0x0433
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_XHOSA_SOUTH_AFRICA                0x0434
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ZULU_SOUTH_AFRICA                 0x0435
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_AFRIKAANS_SOUTH_AFRICA            0x0436
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_GEORGIAN_GEORGIA                  0x0437
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FAEROESE_FAEROE_ISLANDS           0x0438
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_HINDI_INDIA                       0x0439
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_MALTESE_MALTA                     0x043a
+  /* Added by XPsp2 Platform SDK (2004-07-26) */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_NORTHERN_NORWAY              0x043b
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_NORTHERN_SWEDEN              0x083b
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_NORTHERN_FINLAND             0x0C3b
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_LULE_NORWAY                  0x103b
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_LULE_SWEDEN                  0x143b
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_SOUTHERN_NORWAY              0x183b
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_SOUTHERN_SWEDEN              0x1C3b
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_SKOLT_FINLAND                0x203b
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_INARI_FINLAND                0x243b
+  /* ... and we also keep our old identifier... */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAAMI_LAPONIA                     0x043b
+
+#if 0 /* this seems to be a previous inversion */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_IRISH_GAELIC_IRELAND              0x043c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SCOTTISH_GAELIC_UNITED_KINGDOM    0x083c
+#else
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SCOTTISH_GAELIC_UNITED_KINGDOM    0x083c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_IRISH_GAELIC_IRELAND              0x043c
+#endif
+
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_YIDDISH_GERMANY                   0x043d
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_MALAY_MALAYSIA                    0x043e
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM           0x083e
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_KAZAK_KAZAKSTAN                   0x043f
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_KIRGHIZ_KIRGHIZSTAN /* Cyrillic*/ 0x0440
+  /* alias declared in Windows 2000 */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_KIRGHIZ_KIRGHIZ_REPUBLIC \
+          TT_MS_LANGID_KIRGHIZ_KIRGHIZSTAN
+
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SWAHILI_KENYA                     0x0441
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_TURKMEN_TURKMENISTAN              0x0442
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_UZBEK_UZBEKISTAN_LATIN            0x0443
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_UZBEK_UZBEKISTAN_CYRILLIC         0x0843
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_TATAR_TATARSTAN                   0x0444
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_BENGALI_INDIA                     0x0445
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_BENGALI_BANGLADESH                0x0845
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_PUNJABI_INDIA                     0x0446
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_PUNJABI_ARABIC_PAKISTAN           0x0846
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_GUJARATI_INDIA                    0x0447
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ORIYA_INDIA                       0x0448
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_TAMIL_INDIA                       0x0449
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_TELUGU_INDIA                      0x044a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_KANNADA_INDIA                     0x044b
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_MALAYALAM_INDIA                   0x044c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ASSAMESE_INDIA                    0x044d
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_MARATHI_INDIA                     0x044e
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SANSKRIT_INDIA                    0x044f
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_MONGOLIAN_MONGOLIA /* Cyrillic */ 0x0450
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_MONGOLIAN_MONGOLIA_MONGOLIAN      0x0850
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_TIBETAN_CHINA                     0x0451
+  /* Don't use the next constant!  It has            */
+  /*   (1) the wrong spelling (Dzonghka)             */
+  /*   (2) Microsoft doesn't officially define it -- */
+  /*       at least it is not in the List of Local   */
+  /*       ID Values.                                */
+  /*   (3) Dzongkha is not the same language as      */
+  /*       Tibetan, so merging it is wrong anyway.   */
+  /*                                                 */
+  /* TT_MS_LANGID_TIBETAN_BHUTAN is correct, BTW.    */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_DZONGHKA_BHUTAN                   0x0851
+
+#if 0
+  /* the following used to be defined */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_TIBETAN_BHUTAN                    0x0451
+  /* ... but it was changed; */
+#else
+  /* So we will continue to #define it, but with the correct value */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_TIBETAN_BHUTAN   TT_MS_LANGID_DZONGHKA_BHUTAN
+#endif
+
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_WELSH_WALES                       0x0452
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_KHMER_CAMBODIA                    0x0453
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_LAO_LAOS                          0x0454
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_BURMESE_MYANMAR                   0x0455
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_GALICIAN_SPAIN                    0x0456
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_KONKANI_INDIA                     0x0457
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_MANIPURI_INDIA  /* Bengali */     0x0458
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SINDHI_INDIA /* Arabic */         0x0459
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SINDHI_PAKISTAN                   0x0859
+  /* Missing a LCID for Sindhi in Devanagari script */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SYRIAC_SYRIA                      0x045a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SINHALESE_SRI_LANKA               0x045b
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHEROKEE_UNITED_STATES            0x045c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_INUKTITUT_CANADA                  0x045d
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_AMHARIC_ETHIOPIA                  0x045e
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_TAMAZIGHT_MOROCCO /* Arabic */    0x045f
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_TAMAZIGHT_MOROCCO_LATIN           0x085f
+  /* Missing a LCID for Tifinagh script */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_KASHMIRI_PAKISTAN /* Arabic */    0x0460
+  /* Spelled this way by XPsp2 Platform SDK (2004-07-26) */
+  /* script is yet unclear... might be Arabic, Nagari or Sharada */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_KASHMIRI_SASIA                    0x0860
+  /* ... and aliased (by MS) for compatibility reasons. */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_KASHMIRI_INDIA TT_MS_LANGID_KASHMIRI_SASIA
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_NEPALI_NEPAL                      0x0461
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_NEPALI_INDIA                      0x0861
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRISIAN_NETHERLANDS               0x0462
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_PASHTO_AFGHANISTAN                0x0463
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FILIPINO_PHILIPPINES              0x0464
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_DHIVEHI_MALDIVES                  0x0465
+  /* alias declared in Windows 2000 */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_DIVEHI_MALDIVES  TT_MS_LANGID_DHIVEHI_MALDIVES
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_EDO_NIGERIA                       0x0466
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FULFULDE_NIGERIA                  0x0467
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_HAUSA_NIGERIA                     0x0468
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_IBIBIO_NIGERIA                    0x0469
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_YORUBA_NIGERIA                    0x046a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_QUECHUA_BOLIVIA                   0x046b
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_QUECHUA_ECUADOR                   0x086b
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_QUECHUA_PERU                      0x0c6b
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SEPEDI_SOUTH_AFRICA               0x046c
+  /* Also spelled by XPsp2 Platform SDK (2004-07-26) */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SOTHO_SOUTHERN_SOUTH_AFRICA \
+          TT_MS_LANGID_SEPEDI_SOUTH_AFRICA
+  /* language codes 0x046d, 0x046e and 0x046f are (still) unknown. */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_IGBO_NIGERIA                      0x0470
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_KANURI_NIGERIA                    0x0471
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_OROMO_ETHIOPIA                    0x0472
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_TIGRIGNA_ETHIOPIA                 0x0473
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_TIGRIGNA_ERYTHREA                 0x0873
+  /* also spelled in the `Passport SDK' list as: */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_TIGRIGNA_ERYTREA  TT_MS_LANGID_TIGRIGNA_ERYTHREA
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_GUARANI_PARAGUAY                  0x0474
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_HAWAIIAN_UNITED_STATES            0x0475
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_LATIN                             0x0476
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SOMALI_SOMALIA                    0x0477
+  /* Note: Yi does not have a (proper) ISO 639-2 code, since it is mostly */
+  /*       not written (but OTOH the peculiar writing system is worth     */
+  /*       studying).                                                     */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_YI_CHINA                          0x0478
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_PAPIAMENTU_NETHERLANDS_ANTILLES   0x0479
+  /* language codes from 0x047a to 0x047f are (still) unknown. */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_UIGHUR_CHINA                      0x0480
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_MAORI_NEW_ZEALAND                 0x0481
+
+#if 0  /* not deemed useful for fonts */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_HUMAN_INTERFACE_DEVICE            0x04ff
+#endif
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Possible values of the `name' identifier field in the name records of */
+  /* the TTF `name' table.  These values are platform independent.         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define TT_NAME_ID_COPYRIGHT            0
+#define TT_NAME_ID_FONT_FAMILY          1
+#define TT_NAME_ID_FONT_SUBFAMILY       2
+#define TT_NAME_ID_UNIQUE_ID            3
+#define TT_NAME_ID_FULL_NAME            4
+#define TT_NAME_ID_VERSION_STRING       5
+#define TT_NAME_ID_PS_NAME              6
+#define TT_NAME_ID_TRADEMARK            7
+
+  /* the following values are from the OpenType spec */
+#define TT_NAME_ID_MANUFACTURER         8
+#define TT_NAME_ID_DESIGNER             9
+#define TT_NAME_ID_DESCRIPTION          10
+#define TT_NAME_ID_VENDOR_URL           11
+#define TT_NAME_ID_DESIGNER_URL         12
+#define TT_NAME_ID_LICENSE              13
+#define TT_NAME_ID_LICENSE_URL          14
+  /* number 15 is reserved */
+#define TT_NAME_ID_PREFERRED_FAMILY     16
+#define TT_NAME_ID_PREFERRED_SUBFAMILY  17
+#define TT_NAME_ID_MAC_FULL_NAME        18
+
+  /* The following code is new as of 2000-01-21 */
+#define TT_NAME_ID_SAMPLE_TEXT          19
+
+  /* This is new in OpenType 1.3 */
+#define TT_NAME_ID_CID_FINDFONT_NAME    20
+
+  /* This is new in OpenType 1.5 */
+#define TT_NAME_ID_WWS_FAMILY           21
+#define TT_NAME_ID_WWS_SUBFAMILY        22
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Bit mask values for the Unicode Ranges from the TTF `OS2 ' table.     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Updated 08-Nov-2008.                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+
+  /* Bit  0   Basic Latin */
+#define TT_UCR_BASIC_LATIN                     (1L <<  0) /* U+0020-U+007E */
+  /* Bit  1   C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement */
+#define TT_UCR_LATIN1_SUPPLEMENT               (1L <<  1) /* U+0080-U+00FF */
+  /* Bit  2   Latin Extended-A */
+#define TT_UCR_LATIN_EXTENDED_A                (1L <<  2) /* U+0100-U+017F */
+  /* Bit  3   Latin Extended-B */
+#define TT_UCR_LATIN_EXTENDED_B                (1L <<  3) /* U+0180-U+024F */
+  /* Bit  4   IPA Extensions                 */
+  /*          Phonetic Extensions            */
+  /*          Phonetic Extensions Supplement */
+#define TT_UCR_IPA_EXTENSIONS                  (1L <<  4) /* U+0250-U+02AF */
+                                                          /* U+1D00-U+1D7F */
+                                                          /* U+1D80-U+1DBF */
+  /* Bit  5   Spacing Modifier Letters */
+  /*          Modifier Tone Letters    */
+#define TT_UCR_SPACING_MODIFIER                (1L <<  5) /* U+02B0-U+02FF */
+                                                          /* U+A700-U+A71F */
+  /* Bit  6   Combining Diacritical Marks            */
+  /*          Combining Diacritical Marks Supplement */
+#define TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICS            (1L <<  6) /* U+0300-U+036F */
+                                                          /* U+1DC0-U+1DFF */
+  /* Bit  7   Greek and Coptic */
+#define TT_UCR_GREEK                           (1L <<  7) /* U+0370-U+03FF */
+  /* Bit  8   Coptic */
+#define TT_UCR_COPTIC                          (1L <<  8) /* U+2C80-U+2CFF */
+  /* Bit  9   Cyrillic            */
+  /*          Cyrillic Supplement */
+  /*          Cyrillic Extended-A */
+  /*          Cyrillic Extended-B */
+#define TT_UCR_CYRILLIC                        (1L <<  9) /* U+0400-U+04FF */
+                                                          /* U+0500-U+052F */
+                                                          /* U+2DE0-U+2DFF */
+                                                          /* U+A640-U+A69F */
+  /* Bit 10   Armenian */
+#define TT_UCR_ARMENIAN                        (1L << 10) /* U+0530-U+058F */
+  /* Bit 11   Hebrew */
+#define TT_UCR_HEBREW                          (1L << 11) /* U+0590-U+05FF */
+  /* Bit 12   Vai */
+#define TT_UCR_VAI                             (1L << 12) /* U+A500-U+A63F */
+  /* Bit 13   Arabic            */
+  /*          Arabic Supplement */
+#define TT_UCR_ARABIC                          (1L << 13) /* U+0600-U+06FF */
+                                                          /* U+0750-U+077F */
+  /* Bit 14   NKo */
+#define TT_UCR_NKO                             (1L << 14) /* U+07C0-U+07FF */
+  /* Bit 15   Devanagari */
+#define TT_UCR_DEVANAGARI                      (1L << 15) /* U+0900-U+097F */
+  /* Bit 16   Bengali */
+#define TT_UCR_BENGALI                         (1L << 16) /* U+0980-U+09FF */
+  /* Bit 17   Gurmukhi */
+#define TT_UCR_GURMUKHI                        (1L << 17) /* U+0A00-U+0A7F */
+  /* Bit 18   Gujarati */
+#define TT_UCR_GUJARATI                        (1L << 18) /* U+0A80-U+0AFF */
+  /* Bit 19   Oriya */
+#define TT_UCR_ORIYA                           (1L << 19) /* U+0B00-U+0B7F */
+  /* Bit 20   Tamil */
+#define TT_UCR_TAMIL                           (1L << 20) /* U+0B80-U+0BFF */
+  /* Bit 21   Telugu */
+#define TT_UCR_TELUGU                          (1L << 21) /* U+0C00-U+0C7F */
+  /* Bit 22   Kannada */
+#define TT_UCR_KANNADA                         (1L << 22) /* U+0C80-U+0CFF */
+  /* Bit 23   Malayalam */
+#define TT_UCR_MALAYALAM                       (1L << 23) /* U+0D00-U+0D7F */
+  /* Bit 24   Thai */
+#define TT_UCR_THAI                            (1L << 24) /* U+0E00-U+0E7F */
+  /* Bit 25   Lao */
+#define TT_UCR_LAO                             (1L << 25) /* U+0E80-U+0EFF */
+  /* Bit 26   Georgian            */
+  /*          Georgian Supplement */
+#define TT_UCR_GEORGIAN                        (1L << 26) /* U+10A0-U+10FF */
+                                                          /* U+2D00-U+2D2F */
+  /* Bit 27   Balinese */
+#define TT_UCR_BALINESE                        (1L << 27) /* U+1B00-U+1B7F */
+  /* Bit 28   Hangul Jamo */
+#define TT_UCR_HANGUL_JAMO                     (1L << 28) /* U+1100-U+11FF */
+  /* Bit 29   Latin Extended Additional */
+  /*          Latin Extended-C          */
+  /*          Latin Extended-D          */
+#define TT_UCR_LATIN_EXTENDED_ADDITIONAL       (1L << 29) /* U+1E00-U+1EFF */
+                                                          /* U+2C60-U+2C7F */
+                                                          /* U+A720-U+A7FF */
+  /* Bit 30   Greek Extended */
+#define TT_UCR_GREEK_EXTENDED                  (1L << 30) /* U+1F00-U+1FFF */
+  /* Bit 31   General Punctuation      */
+  /*          Supplemental Punctuation */
+#define TT_UCR_GENERAL_PUNCTUATION             (1L << 31) /* U+2000-U+206F */
+                                                          /* U+2E00-U+2E7F */
+  /* Bit 32   Superscripts And Subscripts */
+#define TT_UCR_SUPERSCRIPTS_SUBSCRIPTS         (1L <<  0) /* U+2070-U+209F */
+  /* Bit 33   Currency Symbols */
+#define TT_UCR_CURRENCY_SYMBOLS                (1L <<  1) /* U+20A0-U+20CF */
+  /* Bit 34   Combining Diacritical Marks For Symbols */
+#define TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICS_SYMB       (1L <<  2) /* U+20D0-U+20FF */
+  /* Bit 35   Letterlike Symbols */
+#define TT_UCR_LETTERLIKE_SYMBOLS              (1L <<  3) /* U+2100-U+214F */
+  /* Bit 36   Number Forms */
+#define TT_UCR_NUMBER_FORMS                    (1L <<  4) /* U+2150-U+218F */
+  /* Bit 37   Arrows                           */
+  /*          Supplemental Arrows-A            */
+  /*          Supplemental Arrows-B            */
+  /*          Miscellaneous Symbols and Arrows */
+#define TT_UCR_ARROWS                          (1L <<  5) /* U+2190-U+21FF */
+                                                          /* U+27F0-U+27FF */
+                                                          /* U+2900-U+297F */
+                                                          /* U+2B00-U+2BFF */
+  /* Bit 38   Mathematical Operators               */
+  /*          Supplemental Mathematical Operators  */
+  /*          Miscellaneous Mathematical Symbols-A */
+  /*          Miscellaneous Mathematical Symbols-B */
+#define TT_UCR_MATHEMATICAL_OPERATORS          (1L <<  6) /* U+2200-U+22FF */
+                                                          /* U+2A00-U+2AFF */
+                                                          /* U+27C0-U+27EF */
+                                                          /* U+2980-U+29FF */
+  /* Bit 39 Miscellaneous Technical */
+#define TT_UCR_MISCELLANEOUS_TECHNICAL         (1L <<  7) /* U+2300-U+23FF */
+  /* Bit 40   Control Pictures */
+#define TT_UCR_CONTROL_PICTURES                (1L <<  8) /* U+2400-U+243F */
+  /* Bit 41   Optical Character Recognition */
+#define TT_UCR_OCR                             (1L <<  9) /* U+2440-U+245F */
+  /* Bit 42   Enclosed Alphanumerics */
+#define TT_UCR_ENCLOSED_ALPHANUMERICS          (1L << 10) /* U+2460-U+24FF */
+  /* Bit 43   Box Drawing */
+#define TT_UCR_BOX_DRAWING                     (1L << 11) /* U+2500-U+257F */
+  /* Bit 44   Block Elements */
+#define TT_UCR_BLOCK_ELEMENTS                  (1L << 12) /* U+2580-U+259F */
+  /* Bit 45   Geometric Shapes */
+#define TT_UCR_GEOMETRIC_SHAPES                (1L << 13) /* U+25A0-U+25FF */
+  /* Bit 46   Miscellaneous Symbols */
+#define TT_UCR_MISCELLANEOUS_SYMBOLS           (1L << 14) /* U+2600-U+26FF */
+  /* Bit 47   Dingbats */
+#define TT_UCR_DINGBATS                        (1L << 15) /* U+2700-U+27BF */
+  /* Bit 48   CJK Symbols and Punctuation */
+#define TT_UCR_CJK_SYMBOLS                     (1L << 16) /* U+3000-U+303F */
+  /* Bit 49   Hiragana */
+#define TT_UCR_HIRAGANA                        (1L << 17) /* U+3040-U+309F */
+  /* Bit 50   Katakana                     */
+  /*          Katakana Phonetic Extensions */
+#define TT_UCR_KATAKANA                        (1L << 18) /* U+30A0-U+30FF */
+                                                          /* U+31F0-U+31FF */
+  /* Bit 51   Bopomofo          */
+  /*          Bopomofo Extended */
+#define TT_UCR_BOPOMOFO                        (1L << 19) /* U+3100-U+312F */
+                                                          /* U+31A0-U+31BF */
+  /* Bit 52   Hangul Compatibility Jamo */
+#define TT_UCR_HANGUL_COMPATIBILITY_JAMO       (1L << 20) /* U+3130-U+318F */
+  /* Bit 53   Phags-Pa */
+#define TT_UCR_CJK_MISC                        (1L << 21) /* U+A840-U+A87F */
+#define TT_UCR_KANBUN  TT_UCR_CJK_MISC /* deprecated */
+#define TT_UCR_PHAGSPA
+  /* Bit 54   Enclosed CJK Letters and Months */
+#define TT_UCR_ENCLOSED_CJK_LETTERS_MONTHS     (1L << 22) /* U+3200-U+32FF */
+  /* Bit 55   CJK Compatibility */
+#define TT_UCR_CJK_COMPATIBILITY               (1L << 23) /* U+3300-U+33FF */
+  /* Bit 56   Hangul Syllables */
+#define TT_UCR_HANGUL                          (1L << 24) /* U+AC00-U+D7A3 */
+  /* Bit 57   High Surrogates              */
+  /*          High Private Use Surrogates  */
+  /*          Low Surrogates               */
+  /*                                       */
+  /* According to OpenType specs v.1.3+,   */
+  /* setting bit 57 implies that there is  */
+  /* at least one codepoint beyond the     */
+  /* Basic Multilingual Plane that is      */
+  /* supported by this font.  So it really */
+  /* means >= U+10000                      */
+#define TT_UCR_SURROGATES                      (1L << 25) /* U+D800-U+DB7F */
+                                                          /* U+DB80-U+DBFF */
+                                                          /* U+DC00-U+DFFF */
+#define TT_UCR_NON_PLANE_0  TT_UCR_SURROGATES
+  /* Bit 58  Phoenician */
+#define TT_UCR_PHOENICIAN                      (1L << 26) /*U+10900-U+1091F*/
+  /* Bit 59   CJK Unified Ideographs             */
+  /*          CJK Radicals Supplement            */
+  /*          Kangxi Radicals                    */
+  /*          Ideographic Description Characters */
+  /*          CJK Unified Ideographs Extension A */
+  /*          CJK Unified Ideographs Extension B */
+  /*          Kanbun                             */
+#define TT_UCR_CJK_UNIFIED_IDEOGRAPHS          (1L << 27) /* U+4E00-U+9FFF */
+                                                          /* U+2E80-U+2EFF */
+                                                          /* U+2F00-U+2FDF */
+                                                          /* U+2FF0-U+2FFF */
+                                                          /* U+3400-U+4DB5 */
+                                                          /*U+20000-U+2A6DF*/
+                                                          /* U+3190-U+319F */
+  /* Bit 60   Private Use */
+#define TT_UCR_PRIVATE_USE                     (1L << 28) /* U+E000-U+F8FF */
+  /* Bit 61   CJK Strokes                             */
+  /*          CJK Compatibility Ideographs            */
+  /*          CJK Compatibility Ideographs Supplement */
+#define TT_UCR_CJK_COMPATIBILITY_IDEOGRAPHS    (1L << 29) /* U+31C0-U+31EF */
+                                                          /* U+F900-U+FAFF */
+                                                          /*U+2F800-U+2FA1F*/
+  /* Bit 62   Alphabetic Presentation Forms */
+#define TT_UCR_ALPHABETIC_PRESENTATION_FORMS   (1L << 30) /* U+FB00-U+FB4F */
+  /* Bit 63   Arabic Presentation Forms-A */
+#define TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATIONS_A          (1L << 31) /* U+FB50-U+FDFF */
+  /* Bit 64   Combining Half Marks */
+#define TT_UCR_COMBINING_HALF_MARKS            (1L <<  0) /* U+FE20-U+FE2F */
+  /* Bit 65   Vertical forms          */
+  /*          CJK Compatibility Forms */
+#define TT_UCR_CJK_COMPATIBILITY_FORMS         (1L <<  1) /* U+FE10-U+FE1F */
+                                                          /* U+FE30-U+FE4F */
+  /* Bit 66   Small Form Variants */
+#define TT_UCR_SMALL_FORM_VARIANTS             (1L <<  2) /* U+FE50-U+FE6F */
+  /* Bit 67   Arabic Presentation Forms-B */
+#define TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATIONS_B          (1L <<  3) /* U+FE70-U+FEFE */
+  /* Bit 68   Halfwidth and Fullwidth Forms */
+#define TT_UCR_HALFWIDTH_FULLWIDTH_FORMS       (1L <<  4) /* U+FF00-U+FFEF */
+  /* Bit 69   Specials */
+#define TT_UCR_SPECIALS                        (1L <<  5) /* U+FFF0-U+FFFD */
+  /* Bit 70   Tibetan */
+#define TT_UCR_TIBETAN                         (1L <<  6) /* U+0F00-U+0FFF */
+  /* Bit 71   Syriac */
+#define TT_UCR_SYRIAC                          (1L <<  7) /* U+0700-U+074F */
+  /* Bit 72   Thaana */
+#define TT_UCR_THAANA                          (1L <<  8) /* U+0780-U+07BF */
+  /* Bit 73   Sinhala */
+#define TT_UCR_SINHALA                         (1L <<  9) /* U+0D80-U+0DFF */
+  /* Bit 74   Myanmar */
+#define TT_UCR_MYANMAR                         (1L << 10) /* U+1000-U+109F */
+  /* Bit 75   Ethiopic            */
+  /*          Ethiopic Supplement */
+  /*          Ethiopic Extended   */
+#define TT_UCR_ETHIOPIC                        (1L << 11) /* U+1200-U+137F */
+                                                          /* U+1380-U+139F */
+                                                          /* U+2D80-U+2DDF */
+  /* Bit 76   Cherokee */
+#define TT_UCR_CHEROKEE                        (1L << 12) /* U+13A0-U+13FF */
+  /* Bit 77   Unified Canadian Aboriginal Syllabics */
+#define TT_UCR_CANADIAN_ABORIGINAL_SYLLABICS   (1L << 13) /* U+1400-U+167F */
+  /* Bit 78   Ogham */
+#define TT_UCR_OGHAM                           (1L << 14) /* U+1680-U+169F */
+  /* Bit 79   Runic */
+#define TT_UCR_RUNIC                           (1L << 15) /* U+16A0-U+16FF */
+  /* Bit 80   Khmer         */
+  /*          Khmer Symbols */
+#define TT_UCR_KHMER                           (1L << 16) /* U+1780-U+17FF */
+                                                          /* U+19E0-U+19FF */
+  /* Bit 81   Mongolian */
+#define TT_UCR_MONGOLIAN                       (1L << 17) /* U+1800-U+18AF */
+  /* Bit 82   Braille Patterns */
+#define TT_UCR_BRAILLE                         (1L << 18) /* U+2800-U+28FF */
+  /* Bit 83   Yi Syllables */
+  /*          Yi Radicals  */
+#define TT_UCR_YI                              (1L << 19) /* U+A000-U+A48F */
+                                                          /* U+A490-U+A4CF */
+  /* Bit 84   Tagalog  */
+  /*          Hanunoo  */
+  /*          Buhid    */
+  /*          Tagbanwa */
+#define TT_UCR_PHILIPPINE                      (1L << 20) /* U+1700-U+171F */
+                                                          /* U+1720-U+173F */
+                                                          /* U+1740-U+175F */
+                                                          /* U+1760-U+177F */
+  /* Bit 85   Old Italic */
+#define TT_UCR_OLD_ITALIC                      (1L << 21) /*U+10300-U+1032F*/
+  /* Bit 86   Gothic */
+#define TT_UCR_GOTHIC                          (1L << 22) /*U+10330-U+1034F*/
+  /* Bit 87   Deseret */
+#define TT_UCR_DESERET                         (1L << 23) /*U+10400-U+1044F*/
+  /* Bit 88   Byzantine Musical Symbols      */
+  /*          Musical Symbols                */
+  /*          Ancient Greek Musical Notation */
+#define TT_UCR_MUSICAL_SYMBOLS                 (1L << 24) /*U+1D000-U+1D0FF*/
+                                                          /*U+1D100-U+1D1FF*/
+                                                          /*U+1D200-U+1D24F*/
+  /* Bit 89   Mathematical Alphanumeric Symbols */
+#define TT_UCR_MATH_ALPHANUMERIC_SYMBOLS       (1L << 25) /*U+1D400-U+1D7FF*/
+  /* Bit 90   Private Use (plane 15) */
+  /*          Private Use (plane 16) */
+#define TT_UCR_PRIVATE_USE_SUPPLEMENTARY       (1L << 26) /*U+F0000-U+FFFFD*/
+                                                        /*U+100000-U+10FFFD*/
+  /* Bit 91   Variation Selectors            */
+  /*          Variation Selectors Supplement */
+#define TT_UCR_VARIATION_SELECTORS             (1L << 27) /* U+FE00-U+FE0F */
+                                                          /*U+E0100-U+E01EF*/
+  /* Bit 92   Tags */
+#define TT_UCR_TAGS                            (1L << 28) /*U+E0000-U+E007F*/
+  /* Bit 93   Limbu */
+#define TT_UCR_LIMBU                           (1L << 29) /* U+1900-U+194F */
+  /* Bit 94   Tai Le */
+#define TT_UCR_TAI_LE                          (1L << 30) /* U+1950-U+197F */
+  /* Bit 95   New Tai Lue */
+#define TT_UCR_NEW_TAI_LUE                     (1L << 31) /* U+1980-U+19DF */
+  /* Bit 96   Buginese */
+#define TT_UCR_BUGINESE                        (1L <<  0) /* U+1A00-U+1A1F */
+  /* Bit 97   Glagolitic */
+#define TT_UCR_GLAGOLITIC                      (1L <<  1) /* U+2C00-U+2C5F */
+  /* Bit 98   Tifinagh */
+#define TT_UCR_TIFINAGH                        (1L <<  2) /* U+2D30-U+2D7F */
+  /* Bit 99   Yijing Hexagram Symbols */
+#define TT_UCR_YIJING                          (1L <<  3) /* U+4DC0-U+4DFF */
+  /* Bit 100  Syloti Nagri */
+#define TT_UCR_SYLOTI_NAGRI                    (1L <<  4) /* U+A800-U+A82F */
+  /* Bit 101  Linear B Syllabary */
+  /*          Linear B Ideograms */
+  /*          Aegean Numbers     */
+#define TT_UCR_LINEAR_B                        (1L <<  5) /*U+10000-U+1007F*/
+                                                          /*U+10080-U+100FF*/
+                                                          /*U+10100-U+1013F*/
+  /* Bit 102  Ancient Greek Numbers */
+#define TT_UCR_ANCIENT_GREEK_NUMBERS           (1L <<  6) /*U+10140-U+1018F*/
+  /* Bit 103  Ugaritic */
+#define TT_UCR_UGARITIC                        (1L <<  7) /*U+10380-U+1039F*/
+  /* Bit 104  Old Persian */
+#define TT_UCR_OLD_PERSIAN                     (1L <<  8) /*U+103A0-U+103DF*/
+  /* Bit 105  Shavian */
+#define TT_UCR_SHAVIAN                         (1L <<  9) /*U+10450-U+1047F*/
+  /* Bit 106  Osmanya */
+#define TT_UCR_OSMANYA                         (1L << 10) /*U+10480-U+104AF*/
+  /* Bit 107  Cypriot Syllabary */
+#define TT_UCR_CYPRIOT_SYLLABARY               (1L << 11) /*U+10800-U+1083F*/
+  /* Bit 108  Kharoshthi */
+#define TT_UCR_KHAROSHTHI                      (1L << 12) /*U+10A00-U+10A5F*/
+  /* Bit 109  Tai Xuan Jing Symbols */
+#define TT_UCR_TAI_XUAN_JING                   (1L << 13) /*U+1D300-U+1D35F*/
+  /* Bit 110  Cuneiform                         */
+  /*          Cuneiform Numbers and Punctuation */
+#define TT_UCR_CUNEIFORM                       (1L << 14) /*U+12000-U+123FF*/
+                                                          /*U+12400-U+1247F*/
+  /* Bit 111  Counting Rod Numerals */
+#define TT_UCR_COUNTING_ROD_NUMERALS           (1L << 15) /*U+1D360-U+1D37F*/
+  /* Bit 112  Sundanese */
+#define TT_UCR_SUNDANESE                       (1L << 16) /* U+1B80-U+1BBF */
+  /* Bit 113  Lepcha */
+#define TT_UCR_LEPCHA                          (1L << 17) /* U+1C00-U+1C4F */
+  /* Bit 114  Ol Chiki */
+#define TT_UCR_OL_CHIKI                        (1L << 18) /* U+1C50-U+1C7F */
+  /* Bit 115  Saurashtra */
+#define TT_UCR_SAURASHTRA                      (1L << 19) /* U+A880-U+A8DF */
+  /* Bit 116  Kayah Li */
+#define TT_UCR_KAYAH_LI                        (1L << 20) /* U+A900-U+A92F */
+  /* Bit 117  Rejang */
+#define TT_UCR_REJANG                          (1L << 21) /* U+A930-U+A95F */
+  /* Bit 118  Cham */
+#define TT_UCR_CHAM                            (1L << 22) /* U+AA00-U+AA5F */
+  /* Bit 119  Ancient Symbols */
+#define TT_UCR_ANCIENT_SYMBOLS                 (1L << 23) /*U+10190-U+101CF*/
+  /* Bit 120  Phaistos Disc */
+#define TT_UCR_PHAISTOS_DISC                   (1L << 24) /*U+101D0-U+101FF*/
+  /* Bit 121  Carian */
+  /*          Lycian */
+  /*          Lydian */
+#define TT_UCR_OLD_ANATOLIAN                   (1L << 25) /*U+102A0-U+102DF*/
+                                                          /*U+10280-U+1029F*/
+                                                          /*U+10920-U+1093F*/
+  /* Bit 122  Domino Tiles  */
+  /*          Mahjong Tiles */
+#define TT_UCR_GAME_TILES                      (1L << 26) /*U+1F030-U+1F09F*/
+                                                          /*U+1F000-U+1F02F*/
+  /* Bit 123-127 Reserved for process-internal usage */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Some compilers have a very limited length of identifiers.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#if defined( __TURBOC__ ) && __TURBOC__ < 0x0410 || defined( __PACIFIC__ )
+#define HAVE_LIMIT_ON_IDENTS
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef HAVE_LIMIT_ON_IDENTS
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Here some alias #defines in order to be clearer.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* These are not always #defined to stay within the 31~character limit   */
+  /* which some compilers have.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Credits go to Dave Hoo <dhoo@flash.net> for pointing out that modern  */
+  /* Borland compilers (read: from BC++ 3.1 on) can increase this limit.   */
+  /* If you get a warning with such a compiler, use the -i40 switch.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATION_FORMS_A      \
+         TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATIONS_A
+#define TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATION_FORMS_B      \
+         TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATIONS_B
+
+#define TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICAL_MARKS      \
+         TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICS
+#define TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICAL_MARKS_SYMB \
+         TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICS_SYMB
+
+
+#endif /* !HAVE_LIMIT_ON_IDENTS */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __TTNAMEID_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/tttables.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/tttables.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c12b172
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/tttables.h
@@ -0,0 +1,756 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  tttables.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Basic SFNT/TrueType tables definitions and interface                 */
+/*    (specification only).                                                */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008, 2009 by             */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __TTTABLES_H__
+#define __TTTABLES_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*    truetype_tables                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Title>                                                               */
+  /*    TrueType Tables                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Abstract>                                                            */
+  /*    TrueType specific table types and functions.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This section contains the definition of TrueType-specific tables   */
+  /*    as well as some routines used to access and process them.          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    TT_Header                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A structure used to model a TrueType font header table.  All       */
+  /*    fields follow the TrueType specification.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  TT_Header_
+  {
+    FT_Fixed   Table_Version;
+    FT_Fixed   Font_Revision;
+
+    FT_Long    CheckSum_Adjust;
+    FT_Long    Magic_Number;
+
+    FT_UShort  Flags;
+    FT_UShort  Units_Per_EM;
+
+    FT_Long    Created [2];
+    FT_Long    Modified[2];
+
+    FT_Short   xMin;
+    FT_Short   yMin;
+    FT_Short   xMax;
+    FT_Short   yMax;
+
+    FT_UShort  Mac_Style;
+    FT_UShort  Lowest_Rec_PPEM;
+
+    FT_Short   Font_Direction;
+    FT_Short   Index_To_Loc_Format;
+    FT_Short   Glyph_Data_Format;
+
+  } TT_Header;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    TT_HoriHeader                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A structure used to model a TrueType horizontal header, the `hhea' */
+  /*    table, as well as the corresponding horizontal metrics table,      */
+  /*    i.e., the `hmtx' table.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    Version                :: The table version.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Ascender               :: The font's ascender, i.e., the distance  */
+  /*                              from the baseline to the top-most of all */
+  /*                              glyph points found in the font.          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                              This value is invalid in many fonts, as  */
+  /*                              it is usually set by the font designer,  */
+  /*                              and often reflects only a portion of the */
+  /*                              glyphs found in the font (maybe ASCII).  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                              You should use the `sTypoAscender' field */
+  /*                              of the OS/2 table instead if you want    */
+  /*                              the correct one.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Descender              :: The font's descender, i.e., the distance */
+  /*                              from the baseline to the bottom-most of  */
+  /*                              all glyph points found in the font.  It  */
+  /*                              is negative.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                              This value is invalid in many fonts, as  */
+  /*                              it is usually set by the font designer,  */
+  /*                              and often reflects only a portion of the */
+  /*                              glyphs found in the font (maybe ASCII).  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                              You should use the `sTypoDescender'      */
+  /*                              field of the OS/2 table instead if you   */
+  /*                              want the correct one.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Line_Gap               :: The font's line gap, i.e., the distance  */
+  /*                              to add to the ascender and descender to  */
+  /*                              get the BTB, i.e., the                   */
+  /*                              baseline-to-baseline distance for the    */
+  /*                              font.                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    advance_Width_Max      :: This field is the maximum of all advance */
+  /*                              widths found in the font.  It can be     */
+  /*                              used to compute the maximum width of an  */
+  /*                              arbitrary string of text.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    min_Left_Side_Bearing  :: The minimum left side bearing of all     */
+  /*                              glyphs within the font.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    min_Right_Side_Bearing :: The minimum right side bearing of all    */
+  /*                              glyphs within the font.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    xMax_Extent            :: The maximum horizontal extent (i.e., the */
+  /*                              `width' of a glyph's bounding box) for   */
+  /*                              all glyphs in the font.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    caret_Slope_Rise       :: The rise coefficient of the cursor's     */
+  /*                              slope of the cursor (slope=rise/run).    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    caret_Slope_Run        :: The run coefficient of the cursor's      */
+  /*                              slope.                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Reserved               :: 8~reserved bytes.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    metric_Data_Format     :: Always~0.                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    number_Of_HMetrics     :: Number of HMetrics entries in the `hmtx' */
+  /*                              table -- this value can be smaller than  */
+  /*                              the total number of glyphs in the font.  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    long_metrics           :: A pointer into the `hmtx' table.         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    short_metrics          :: A pointer into the `hmtx' table.         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    IMPORTANT: The TT_HoriHeader and TT_VertHeader structures should   */
+  /*               be identical except for the names of their fields which */
+  /*               are different.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*               This ensures that a single function in the `ttload'     */
+  /*               module is able to read both the horizontal and vertical */
+  /*               headers.                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  TT_HoriHeader_
+  {
+    FT_Fixed   Version;
+    FT_Short   Ascender;
+    FT_Short   Descender;
+    FT_Short   Line_Gap;
+
+    FT_UShort  advance_Width_Max;      /* advance width maximum */
+
+    FT_Short   min_Left_Side_Bearing;  /* minimum left-sb       */
+    FT_Short   min_Right_Side_Bearing; /* minimum right-sb      */
+    FT_Short   xMax_Extent;            /* xmax extents          */
+    FT_Short   caret_Slope_Rise;
+    FT_Short   caret_Slope_Run;
+    FT_Short   caret_Offset;
+
+    FT_Short   Reserved[4];
+
+    FT_Short   metric_Data_Format;
+    FT_UShort  number_Of_HMetrics;
+
+    /* The following fields are not defined by the TrueType specification */
+    /* but they are used to connect the metrics header to the relevant    */
+    /* `HMTX' table.                                                      */
+
+    void*      long_metrics;
+    void*      short_metrics;
+
+  } TT_HoriHeader;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    TT_VertHeader                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A structure used to model a TrueType vertical header, the `vhea'   */
+  /*    table, as well as the corresponding vertical metrics table, i.e.,  */
+  /*    the `vmtx' table.                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    Version                 :: The table version.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Ascender                :: The font's ascender, i.e., the distance */
+  /*                               from the baseline to the top-most of    */
+  /*                               all glyph points found in the font.     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                               This value is invalid in many fonts, as */
+  /*                               it is usually set by the font designer, */
+  /*                               and often reflects only a portion of    */
+  /*                               the glyphs found in the font (maybe     */
+  /*                               ASCII).                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                               You should use the `sTypoAscender'      */
+  /*                               field of the OS/2 table instead if you  */
+  /*                               want the correct one.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Descender               :: The font's descender, i.e., the         */
+  /*                               distance from the baseline to the       */
+  /*                               bottom-most of all glyph points found   */
+  /*                               in the font.  It is negative.           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                               This value is invalid in many fonts, as */
+  /*                               it is usually set by the font designer, */
+  /*                               and often reflects only a portion of    */
+  /*                               the glyphs found in the font (maybe     */
+  /*                               ASCII).                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                               You should use the `sTypoDescender'     */
+  /*                               field of the OS/2 table instead if you  */
+  /*                               want the correct one.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Line_Gap                :: The font's line gap, i.e., the distance */
+  /*                               to add to the ascender and descender to */
+  /*                               get the BTB, i.e., the                  */
+  /*                               baseline-to-baseline distance for the   */
+  /*                               font.                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    advance_Height_Max      :: This field is the maximum of all        */
+  /*                               advance heights found in the font.  It  */
+  /*                               can be used to compute the maximum      */
+  /*                               height of an arbitrary string of text.  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    min_Top_Side_Bearing    :: The minimum top side bearing of all     */
+  /*                               glyphs within the font.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    min_Bottom_Side_Bearing :: The minimum bottom side bearing of all  */
+  /*                               glyphs within the font.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    yMax_Extent             :: The maximum vertical extent (i.e., the  */
+  /*                               `height' of a glyph's bounding box) for */
+  /*                               all glyphs in the font.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    caret_Slope_Rise        :: The rise coefficient of the cursor's    */
+  /*                               slope of the cursor (slope=rise/run).   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    caret_Slope_Run         :: The run coefficient of the cursor's     */
+  /*                               slope.                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    caret_Offset            :: The cursor's offset for slanted fonts.  */
+  /*                               This value is `reserved' in vmtx        */
+  /*                               version 1.0.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Reserved                :: 8~reserved bytes.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    metric_Data_Format      :: Always~0.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    number_Of_HMetrics      :: Number of VMetrics entries in the       */
+  /*                               `vmtx' table -- this value can be       */
+  /*                               smaller than the total number of glyphs */
+  /*                               in the font.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    long_metrics           :: A pointer into the `vmtx' table.         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    short_metrics          :: A pointer into the `vmtx' table.         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    IMPORTANT: The TT_HoriHeader and TT_VertHeader structures should   */
+  /*               be identical except for the names of their fields which */
+  /*               are different.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*               This ensures that a single function in the `ttload'     */
+  /*               module is able to read both the horizontal and vertical */
+  /*               headers.                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  TT_VertHeader_
+  {
+    FT_Fixed   Version;
+    FT_Short   Ascender;
+    FT_Short   Descender;
+    FT_Short   Line_Gap;
+
+    FT_UShort  advance_Height_Max;      /* advance height maximum */
+
+    FT_Short   min_Top_Side_Bearing;    /* minimum left-sb or top-sb       */
+    FT_Short   min_Bottom_Side_Bearing; /* minimum right-sb or bottom-sb   */
+    FT_Short   yMax_Extent;             /* xmax or ymax extents            */
+    FT_Short   caret_Slope_Rise;
+    FT_Short   caret_Slope_Run;
+    FT_Short   caret_Offset;
+
+    FT_Short   Reserved[4];
+
+    FT_Short   metric_Data_Format;
+    FT_UShort  number_Of_VMetrics;
+
+    /* The following fields are not defined by the TrueType specification */
+    /* but they're used to connect the metrics header to the relevant     */
+    /* `HMTX' or `VMTX' table.                                            */
+
+    void*      long_metrics;
+    void*      short_metrics;
+
+  } TT_VertHeader;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    TT_OS2                                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A structure used to model a TrueType OS/2 table. This is the long  */
+  /*    table version.  All fields comply to the TrueType specification.   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Note that we now support old Mac fonts which do not include an     */
+  /*    OS/2 table.  In this case, the `version' field is always set to    */
+  /*    0xFFFF.                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  TT_OS2_
+  {
+    FT_UShort  version;                /* 0x0001 - more or 0xFFFF */
+    FT_Short   xAvgCharWidth;
+    FT_UShort  usWeightClass;
+    FT_UShort  usWidthClass;
+    FT_Short   fsType;
+    FT_Short   ySubscriptXSize;
+    FT_Short   ySubscriptYSize;
+    FT_Short   ySubscriptXOffset;
+    FT_Short   ySubscriptYOffset;
+    FT_Short   ySuperscriptXSize;
+    FT_Short   ySuperscriptYSize;
+    FT_Short   ySuperscriptXOffset;
+    FT_Short   ySuperscriptYOffset;
+    FT_Short   yStrikeoutSize;
+    FT_Short   yStrikeoutPosition;
+    FT_Short   sFamilyClass;
+
+    FT_Byte    panose[10];
+
+    FT_ULong   ulUnicodeRange1;        /* Bits 0-31   */
+    FT_ULong   ulUnicodeRange2;        /* Bits 32-63  */
+    FT_ULong   ulUnicodeRange3;        /* Bits 64-95  */
+    FT_ULong   ulUnicodeRange4;        /* Bits 96-127 */
+
+    FT_Char    achVendID[4];
+
+    FT_UShort  fsSelection;
+    FT_UShort  usFirstCharIndex;
+    FT_UShort  usLastCharIndex;
+    FT_Short   sTypoAscender;
+    FT_Short   sTypoDescender;
+    FT_Short   sTypoLineGap;
+    FT_UShort  usWinAscent;
+    FT_UShort  usWinDescent;
+
+    /* only version 1 tables: */
+
+    FT_ULong   ulCodePageRange1;       /* Bits 0-31   */
+    FT_ULong   ulCodePageRange2;       /* Bits 32-63  */
+
+    /* only version 2 tables: */
+
+    FT_Short   sxHeight;
+    FT_Short   sCapHeight;
+    FT_UShort  usDefaultChar;
+    FT_UShort  usBreakChar;
+    FT_UShort  usMaxContext;
+
+  } TT_OS2;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    TT_Postscript                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A structure used to model a TrueType PostScript table.  All fields */
+  /*    comply to the TrueType specification.  This structure does not     */
+  /*    reference the PostScript glyph names, which can be nevertheless    */
+  /*    accessed with the `ttpost' module.                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  TT_Postscript_
+  {
+    FT_Fixed  FormatType;
+    FT_Fixed  italicAngle;
+    FT_Short  underlinePosition;
+    FT_Short  underlineThickness;
+    FT_ULong  isFixedPitch;
+    FT_ULong  minMemType42;
+    FT_ULong  maxMemType42;
+    FT_ULong  minMemType1;
+    FT_ULong  maxMemType1;
+
+    /* Glyph names follow in the file, but we don't   */
+    /* load them by default.  See the ttpost.c file.  */
+
+  } TT_Postscript;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    TT_PCLT                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A structure used to model a TrueType PCLT table.  All fields       */
+  /*    comply to the TrueType specification.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  TT_PCLT_
+  {
+    FT_Fixed   Version;
+    FT_ULong   FontNumber;
+    FT_UShort  Pitch;
+    FT_UShort  xHeight;
+    FT_UShort  Style;
+    FT_UShort  TypeFamily;
+    FT_UShort  CapHeight;
+    FT_UShort  SymbolSet;
+    FT_Char    TypeFace[16];
+    FT_Char    CharacterComplement[8];
+    FT_Char    FileName[6];
+    FT_Char    StrokeWeight;
+    FT_Char    WidthType;
+    FT_Byte    SerifStyle;
+    FT_Byte    Reserved;
+
+  } TT_PCLT;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    TT_MaxProfile                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    The maximum profile is a table containing many max values which    */
+  /*    can be used to pre-allocate arrays.  This ensures that no memory   */
+  /*    allocation occurs during a glyph load.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    version               :: The version number.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    numGlyphs             :: The number of glyphs in this TrueType     */
+  /*                             font.                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    maxPoints             :: The maximum number of points in a         */
+  /*                             non-composite TrueType glyph.  See also   */
+  /*                             the structure element                     */
+  /*                             `maxCompositePoints'.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    maxContours           :: The maximum number of contours in a       */
+  /*                             non-composite TrueType glyph.  See also   */
+  /*                             the structure element                     */
+  /*                             `maxCompositeContours'.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    maxCompositePoints    :: The maximum number of points in a         */
+  /*                             composite TrueType glyph.  See also the   */
+  /*                             structure element `maxPoints'.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    maxCompositeContours  :: The maximum number of contours in a       */
+  /*                             composite TrueType glyph.  See also the   */
+  /*                             structure element `maxContours'.          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    maxZones              :: The maximum number of zones used for      */
+  /*                             glyph hinting.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    maxTwilightPoints     :: The maximum number of points in the       */
+  /*                             twilight zone used for glyph hinting.     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    maxStorage            :: The maximum number of elements in the     */
+  /*                             storage area used for glyph hinting.      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    maxFunctionDefs       :: The maximum number of function            */
+  /*                             definitions in the TrueType bytecode for  */
+  /*                             this font.                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    maxInstructionDefs    :: The maximum number of instruction         */
+  /*                             definitions in the TrueType bytecode for  */
+  /*                             this font.                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    maxStackElements      :: The maximum number of stack elements used */
+  /*                             during bytecode interpretation.           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    maxSizeOfInstructions :: The maximum number of TrueType opcodes    */
+  /*                             used for glyph hinting.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    maxComponentElements  :: The maximum number of simple (i.e., non-  */
+  /*                             composite) glyphs in a composite glyph.   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    maxComponentDepth     :: The maximum nesting depth of composite    */
+  /*                             glyphs.                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    This structure is only used during font loading.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  TT_MaxProfile_
+  {
+    FT_Fixed   version;
+    FT_UShort  numGlyphs;
+    FT_UShort  maxPoints;
+    FT_UShort  maxContours;
+    FT_UShort  maxCompositePoints;
+    FT_UShort  maxCompositeContours;
+    FT_UShort  maxZones;
+    FT_UShort  maxTwilightPoints;
+    FT_UShort  maxStorage;
+    FT_UShort  maxFunctionDefs;
+    FT_UShort  maxInstructionDefs;
+    FT_UShort  maxStackElements;
+    FT_UShort  maxSizeOfInstructions;
+    FT_UShort  maxComponentElements;
+    FT_UShort  maxComponentDepth;
+
+  } TT_MaxProfile;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Enum>                                                                */
+  /*    FT_Sfnt_Tag                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    An enumeration used to specify the index of an SFNT table.         */
+  /*    Used in the @FT_Get_Sfnt_Table API function.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef enum  FT_Sfnt_Tag_
+  {
+    ft_sfnt_head = 0,
+    ft_sfnt_maxp = 1,
+    ft_sfnt_os2  = 2,
+    ft_sfnt_hhea = 3,
+    ft_sfnt_vhea = 4,
+    ft_sfnt_post = 5,
+    ft_sfnt_pclt = 6,
+
+    sfnt_max   /* internal end mark */
+
+  } FT_Sfnt_Tag;
+
+  /* */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Get_Sfnt_Table                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Return a pointer to a given SFNT table within a face.              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face :: A handle to the source.                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    tag  :: The index of the SFNT table.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    A type-less pointer to the table.  This will be~0 in case of       */
+  /*    error, or if the corresponding table was not found *OR* loaded     */
+  /*    from the file.                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    The table is owned by the face object and disappears with it.      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    This function is only useful to access SFNT tables that are loaded */
+  /*    by the sfnt, truetype, and opentype drivers.  See @FT_Sfnt_Tag for */
+  /*    a list.                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( void* )
+  FT_Get_Sfnt_Table( FT_Face      face,
+                     FT_Sfnt_Tag  tag );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+  *
+  * @function:
+  *   FT_Load_Sfnt_Table
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *   Load any font table into client memory.
+  *
+  * @input:
+  *   face ::
+  *     A handle to the source face.
+  *
+  *   tag ::
+  *     The four-byte tag of the table to load.  Use the value~0 if you want
+  *     to access the whole font file.  Otherwise, you can use one of the
+  *     definitions found in the @FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H file, or forge a new
+  *     one with @FT_MAKE_TAG.
+  *
+  *   offset ::
+  *     The starting offset in the table (or file if tag == 0).
+  *
+  * @output:
+  *   buffer ::
+  *     The target buffer address.  The client must ensure that the memory
+  *     array is big enough to hold the data.
+  *
+  * @inout:
+  *   length ::
+  *     If the `length' parameter is NULL, then try to load the whole table.
+  *     Return an error code if it fails.
+  *
+  *     Else, if `*length' is~0, exit immediately while returning the
+  *     table's (or file) full size in it.
+  *
+  *     Else the number of bytes to read from the table or file, from the
+  *     starting offset.
+  *
+  * @return:
+  *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.
+  *
+  * @note:
+  *   If you need to determine the table's length you should first call this
+  *   function with `*length' set to~0, as in the following example:
+  *
+  *     {
+  *       FT_ULong  length = 0;
+  *
+  *
+  *       error = FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( face, tag, 0, NULL, &length );
+  *       if ( error ) { ... table does not exist ... }
+  *
+  *       buffer = malloc( length );
+  *       if ( buffer == NULL ) { ... not enough memory ... }
+  *
+  *       error = FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( face, tag, 0, buffer, &length );
+  *       if ( error ) { ... could not load table ... }
+  *     }
+  */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( FT_Face    face,
+                      FT_ULong   tag,
+                      FT_Long    offset,
+                      FT_Byte*   buffer,
+                      FT_ULong*  length );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+  *
+  * @function:
+  *   FT_Sfnt_Table_Info
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *   Return information on an SFNT table.
+  *
+  * @input:
+  *   face ::
+  *     A handle to the source face.
+  *
+  *   table_index ::
+  *     The index of an SFNT table.  The function returns
+  *     FT_Err_Table_Missing for an invalid value.
+  *
+  * @output:
+  *   tag ::
+  *     The name tag of the SFNT table.
+  *
+  *   length ::
+  *     The length of the SFNT table.
+  *
+  * @return:
+  *   FreeType error code.  0~means success.
+  *
+  * @note:
+  *   SFNT tables with length zero are treated as missing.
+  *
+  */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FT_Sfnt_Table_Info( FT_Face    face,
+                      FT_UInt    table_index,
+                      FT_ULong  *tag,
+                      FT_ULong  *length );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Return TrueType/sfnt specific cmap language ID.  Definitions of    */
+  /*    language ID values are in `freetype/ttnameid.h'.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    charmap ::                                                         */
+  /*      The target charmap.                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    The language ID of `charmap'.  If `charmap' doesn't belong to a    */
+  /*    TrueType/sfnt face, just return~0 as the default value.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_ULong )
+  FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID( FT_CharMap  charmap );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Get_CMap_Format                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Return TrueType/sfnt specific cmap format.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    charmap ::                                                         */
+  /*      The target charmap.                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    The format of `charmap'.  If `charmap' doesn't belong to a         */
+  /*    TrueType/sfnt face, return -1.                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Long )
+  FT_Get_CMap_Format( FT_CharMap  charmap );
+
+  /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __TTTABLES_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/tttags.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/tttags.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..307ce4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/tttags.h
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  tttags.h                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Tags for TrueType and OpenType tables (specification only).          */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2004, 2005, 2007, 2008 by                         */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __TTAGS_H__
+#define __TTAGS_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+#define TTAG_avar  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'a', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
+#define TTAG_BASE  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'B', 'A', 'S', 'E' )
+#define TTAG_bdat  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'd', 'a', 't' )
+#define TTAG_BDF   FT_MAKE_TAG( 'B', 'D', 'F', ' ' )
+#define TTAG_bhed  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'h', 'e', 'd' )
+#define TTAG_bloc  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'l', 'o', 'c' )
+#define TTAG_bsln  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 's', 'l', 'n' )
+#define TTAG_CFF   FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'F', 'F', ' ' )
+#define TTAG_CID   FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'I', 'D', ' ' )
+#define TTAG_cmap  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'm', 'a', 'p' )
+#define TTAG_cvar  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
+#define TTAG_cvt   FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'v', 't', ' ' )
+#define TTAG_DSIG  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'D', 'S', 'I', 'G' )
+#define TTAG_EBDT  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'E', 'B', 'D', 'T' )
+#define TTAG_EBLC  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'E', 'B', 'L', 'C' )
+#define TTAG_EBSC  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'E', 'B', 'S', 'C' )
+#define TTAG_feat  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'f', 'e', 'a', 't' )
+#define TTAG_FOND  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'F', 'O', 'N', 'D' )
+#define TTAG_fpgm  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'f', 'p', 'g', 'm' )
+#define TTAG_fvar  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'f', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
+#define TTAG_gasp  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'a', 's', 'p' )
+#define TTAG_GDEF  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'G', 'D', 'E', 'F' )
+#define TTAG_glyf  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'l', 'y', 'f' )
+#define TTAG_GPOS  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'G', 'P', 'O', 'S' )
+#define TTAG_GSUB  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'G', 'S', 'U', 'B' )
+#define TTAG_gvar  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
+#define TTAG_hdmx  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'd', 'm', 'x' )
+#define TTAG_head  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'e', 'a', 'd' )
+#define TTAG_hhea  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'h', 'e', 'a' )
+#define TTAG_hmtx  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'm', 't', 'x' )
+#define TTAG_JSTF  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'J', 'S', 'T', 'F' )
+#define TTAG_just  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'j', 'u', 's', 't' )
+#define TTAG_kern  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'k', 'e', 'r', 'n' )
+#define TTAG_lcar  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'l', 'c', 'a', 'r' )
+#define TTAG_loca  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'l', 'o', 'c', 'a' )
+#define TTAG_LTSH  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'L', 'T', 'S', 'H' )
+#define TTAG_LWFN  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'L', 'W', 'F', 'N' )
+#define TTAG_MATH  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'A', 'T', 'H' )
+#define TTAG_maxp  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'a', 'x', 'p' )
+#define TTAG_META  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'E', 'T', 'A' )
+#define TTAG_MMFX  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'M', 'F', 'X' )
+#define TTAG_MMSD  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'M', 'S', 'D' )
+#define TTAG_mort  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'o', 'r', 't' )
+#define TTAG_morx  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'o', 'r', 'x' )
+#define TTAG_name  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'n', 'a', 'm', 'e' )
+#define TTAG_opbd  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'o', 'p', 'b', 'd' )
+#define TTAG_OS2   FT_MAKE_TAG( 'O', 'S', '/', '2' )
+#define TTAG_OTTO  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'O', 'T', 'T', 'O' )
+#define TTAG_PCLT  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'P', 'C', 'L', 'T' )
+#define TTAG_POST  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'P', 'O', 'S', 'T' )
+#define TTAG_post  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'o', 's', 't' )
+#define TTAG_prep  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'r', 'e', 'p' )
+#define TTAG_prop  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'r', 'o', 'p' )
+#define TTAG_sfnt  FT_MAKE_TAG( 's', 'f', 'n', 't' )
+#define TTAG_SING  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'S', 'I', 'N', 'G' )
+#define TTAG_trak  FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'r', 'a', 'k' )
+#define TTAG_true  FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'r', 'u', 'e' )
+#define TTAG_ttc   FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 't', 'c', ' ' )
+#define TTAG_ttcf  FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 't', 'c', 'f' )
+#define TTAG_TYP1  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'T', 'Y', 'P', '1' )
+#define TTAG_typ1  FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'y', 'p', '1' )
+#define TTAG_VDMX  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'V', 'D', 'M', 'X' )
+#define TTAG_vhea  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'v', 'h', 'e', 'a' )
+#define TTAG_vmtx  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'v', 'm', 't', 'x' )
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __TTAGS_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ttunpat.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ttunpat.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a016275
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ttunpat.h
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ttunpat.h                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Definitions for the unpatented TrueType hinting system               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2003, 2006 by                                                */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Written by Graham Asher <graham.asher@btinternet.com>                  */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __TTUNPAT_H__
+#define __TTUNPAT_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /***************************************************************************
+  *
+  * @constant:
+  *   FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *   A constant used as the tag of an @FT_Parameter structure to indicate
+  *   that unpatented methods only should be used by the TrueType bytecode
+  *   interpreter for a typeface opened by @FT_Open_Face.
+  *
+  */
+#define FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'u', 'n', 'p', 'a' )
+
+ /* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+
+#endif /* __TTUNPAT_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/ft2build.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/ft2build.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..923d887
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/ft2build.h
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ft2build.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType 2 build and setup macros.                                   */
+/*    (Generic version)                                                    */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2006 by                                           */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This file corresponds to the default `ft2build.h' file for            */
+  /* FreeType 2.  It uses the `freetype' include root.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Note that specific platforms might use a different configuration.     */
+  /* See builds/unix/ft2unix.h for an example.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FT2_BUILD_GENERIC_H__
+#define __FT2_BUILD_GENERIC_H__
+
+#include <freetype/config/ftheader.h>
+
+#endif /* __FT2_BUILD_GENERIC_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/modules.cfg b/src/3rdparty/freetype/modules.cfg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4047d7f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/modules.cfg
@@ -0,0 +1,250 @@
+# modules.cfg
+#
+# Copyright 2005, 2006, 2007, 2009 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+#
+#
+# In case you compile the FreeType library with GNU make or makepp, this
+# file controls which components are built into the library.  Otherwise,
+# please read this file for information on the various modules and its
+# dependencies, then follow the instructions in the file `docs/INSTALL.ANY'.
+#
+# To deactivate a module, simply comment out the corresponding line.  To
+# activate a module, remove the comment character.
+#
+# Note that many modules and components are further controlled with macros
+# in the file `include/freetype/config/ftoption.h'.
+
+
+####
+#### font modules -- at least one is required
+####
+####   The order given here (from top to down) is the order used for testing
+####   font formats in the compiled library.
+####
+
+# TrueType font driver.
+#
+# This driver needs the `sfnt' module.
+FONT_MODULES += truetype
+
+# PostScript Type 1 font driver.
+#
+# This driver needs the `psaux', `pshinter', and `psnames' modules.
+FONT_MODULES += type1
+
+# CFF/OpenType font driver.
+#
+# This driver needs the `sfnt', `pshinter', and `psnames' modules.
+FONT_MODULES += cff
+
+# Type 1 CID-keyed font driver.
+#
+# This driver needs the `psaux', `pshinter', and `psnames' modules.
+FONT_MODULES += cid
+
+# PFR/TrueDoc font driver.  See optional extension ftpfr.c below also.
+FONT_MODULES += pfr
+
+# PostScript Type 42 font driver.
+#
+# This driver needs the `truetype' module.
+FONT_MODULES += type42
+
+# Windows FONT/FNT font driver.  See optional extension ftwinfnt.c below
+# also.
+FONT_MODULES += winfonts
+
+# PCF font driver.
+FONT_MODULES += pcf
+
+# BDF font driver.  See optional extension ftbdf.c below also.
+FONT_MODULES += bdf
+
+# SFNT files support.  If used without `truetype' or `cff', it supports
+# bitmap-only fonts within an SFNT wrapper.
+#
+# This driver needs the `psnames' module.
+FONT_MODULES += sfnt
+
+
+####
+#### hinting modules
+####
+
+# FreeType's auto hinter.
+HINTING_MODULES += autofit
+
+# PostScript hinter.
+HINTING_MODULES += pshinter
+
+# The TrueType hinting engine doesn't have a module of its own but is
+# controlled in file include/freetype/config/ftoption.h
+# (TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER and friends).
+
+
+####
+#### raster modules -- at least one is required for vector font formats
+####
+
+# Monochrome rasterizer.
+RASTER_MODULES += raster
+
+# Anti-aliasing rasterizer.
+RASTER_MODULES += smooth
+
+
+####
+#### auxiliary modules
+####
+
+# FreeType's cache sub-system (quite stable but still in beta -- this means
+# that its public API is subject to change if necessary).  See
+# include/freetype/ftcache.h.  Needs ftglyph.c.
+AUX_MODULES += cache
+
+# TrueType GX/AAT table validation.  Needs ftgxval.c below.
+# AUX_MODULES += gxvalid
+
+# Support for streams compressed with gzip (files with suffix .gz).
+#
+# See include/freetype/ftgzip.h for the API.
+AUX_MODULES += gzip
+
+# Support for streams compressed with LZW (files with suffix .Z).
+#
+# See include/freetype/ftlzw.h for the API.
+AUX_MODULES += lzw
+
+# OpenType table validation.  Needs ftotval.c below.
+#
+# AUX_MODULES += otvalid
+
+# Auxiliary PostScript driver component to share common code.
+#
+# This module depends on `psnames'.
+AUX_MODULES += psaux
+
+# Support for PostScript glyph names.
+#
+# This module can be controlled in ftconfig.h
+# (FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES).
+AUX_MODULES += psnames
+
+
+####
+#### base module extensions
+####
+
+# Exact bounding box calculation.
+#
+# See include/freetype/ftbbox.h for the API.
+BASE_EXTENSIONS += ftbbox.c
+
+# Access BDF-specific strings.  Needs BDF font driver.
+#
+# See include/freetype/ftbdf.h for the API.
+BASE_EXTENSIONS += ftbdf.c
+
+# Utility functions for converting 1bpp, 2bpp, 4bpp, and 8bpp bitmaps into
+# 8bpp format, and for emboldening of bitmap glyphs.
+#
+# See include/freetype/ftbitmap.h for the API.
+BASE_EXTENSIONS += ftbitmap.c
+
+# Access CID font information.
+#
+# See include/freetype/ftcid.h for the API.
+BASE_EXTENSIONS += ftcid.c
+
+# Access FSType information.  Needs fttype1.c.
+#
+# See include/freetype/freetype.h for the API.
+BASE_EXTENSIONS += ftfstype.c
+
+# Support for GASP table queries.
+#
+# See include/freetype/ftgasp.h for the API.
+BASE_EXTENSIONS += ftgasp.c
+
+# Convenience functions to handle glyphs.  Needs ftbitmap.c.
+#
+# See include/freetype/ftglyph.h for the API.
+BASE_EXTENSIONS += ftglyph.c
+
+# Interface for gxvalid module.
+#
+# See include/freetype/ftgxval.h for the API.
+BASE_EXTENSIONS += ftgxval.c
+
+# Support for LCD color filtering of subpixel bitmaps.
+#
+# See include/freetype/ftlcdfil.h for the API.
+BASE_EXTENSIONS += ftlcdfil.c
+
+# Multiple Master font interface.
+#
+# See include/freetype/ftmm.h for the API.
+BASE_EXTENSIONS += ftmm.c
+
+# Interface for otvalid module.
+#
+# See include/freetype/ftotval.h for the API.
+BASE_EXTENSIONS += ftotval.c
+
+# Support for FT_Face_CheckTrueTypePatents.
+#
+# See include/freetype/freetype.h for the API.
+BASE_EXTENSIONS += ftpatent.c
+
+# Interface for accessing PFR-specific data.  Needs PFR font driver.
+#
+# See include/freetype/ftpfr.h for the API.
+BASE_EXTENSIONS += ftpfr.c
+
+# Path stroker.  Needs ftglyph.c.
+#
+# See include/freetype/ftstroke.h for the API.
+BASE_EXTENSIONS += ftstroke.c
+
+# Support for synthetic embolding and slanting of fonts.  Needs ftbitmap.c.
+#
+# See include/freetype/ftsynth.h for the API.
+BASE_EXTENSIONS += ftsynth.c
+
+# Interface to access data specific to PostScript Type 1 and Type 2 (CFF)
+# fonts.
+#
+# See include/freetype/t1tables.h for the API.
+BASE_EXTENSIONS += fttype1.c
+
+# Interface for accessing data specific to Windows FNT files.  Needs winfnt
+# driver.
+#
+# See include/freetype/ftwinfnt.h for the API.
+BASE_EXTENSIONS += ftwinfnt.c
+
+# Support functions for X11.
+#
+# See include/freetype/ftxf86.h for the API.
+BASE_EXTENSIONS += ftxf86.c
+
+####
+#### The components `ftsystem.c' (for memory allocation and stream I/O
+#### management) and `ftdebug.c' (for emitting debug messages to the user)
+#### are controlled with the following variables.
+####
+####   ftsystem.c:  $(FTSYS_SRC)
+####   ftdebug.c:   $(FTDEBUG_SRC)
+####
+#### Please refer to docs/CUSTOMIZE for details.
+####
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/objs/README b/src/3rdparty/freetype/objs/README
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..befb63e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/objs/README
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+This directory contains all the object files created when building the
+library.
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/Jamfile b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/Jamfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..76ee0f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/Jamfile
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+# FreeType 2 src Jamfile
+#
+# Copyright 2001, 2002 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+SubDir  FT2_TOP $(FT2_SRC_DIR) ;
+
+# The file <freetype/internal/internal.h> is used to define macros that are
+# later used in #include statements.  It needs to be parsed in order to
+# record these definitions.
+#
+HDRMACRO  [ FT2_SubDir $(FT2_INCLUDE_DIR) internal internal.h ] ;
+
+for xx in $(FT2_COMPONENTS)
+{
+  SubInclude FT2_TOP $(FT2_SRC_DIR) $(xx) ;
+}
+
+# end of src Jamfile
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/Jamfile b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/Jamfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..acee8bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/Jamfile
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+# FreeType 2 src/autofit Jamfile
+#
+# Copyright 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+SubDir FT2_TOP src autofit ;
+
+{
+  local  _sources ;
+
+  # define FT2_AUTOFIT2 do enable to experimental latin hinter replacement
+  if $(FT2_AUTOFIT2)
+  {
+    DEFINES += FT_OPTION_AUTOFIT2 ;
+  }
+  if $(FT2_MULTI)
+  {
+    _sources = afangles afglobal afhints aflatin afcjk afindic afloader afmodule afdummy afwarp ;
+
+    if $(FT2_AUTOFIT2)
+    {
+      _sources += aflatin2 ;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    _sources = autofit ;
+  }
+
+  Library  $(FT2_LIB) : $(_sources).c ;
+}
+
+# end of src/autofit Jamfile
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afangles.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afangles.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e2360d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afangles.c
@@ -0,0 +1,292 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  afangles.c                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Routines used to compute vector angles with limited accuracy         */
+/*    and very high speed.  It also contains sorting routines (body).      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 by                                    */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include "aftypes.h"
+
+
+#if 0
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Int )
+  af_corner_is_flat( FT_Pos  x_in,
+                     FT_Pos  y_in,
+                     FT_Pos  x_out,
+                     FT_Pos  y_out )
+  {
+    FT_Pos  ax = x_in;
+    FT_Pos  ay = y_in;
+
+    FT_Pos  d_in, d_out, d_corner;
+
+
+    if ( ax < 0 )
+      ax = -ax;
+    if ( ay < 0 )
+      ay = -ay;
+    d_in = ax + ay;
+
+    ax = x_out;
+    if ( ax < 0 )
+      ax = -ax;
+    ay = y_out;
+    if ( ay < 0 )
+      ay = -ay;
+    d_out = ax + ay;
+
+    ax = x_out + x_in;
+    if ( ax < 0 )
+      ax = -ax;
+    ay = y_out + y_in;
+    if ( ay < 0 )
+      ay = -ay;
+    d_corner = ax + ay;
+
+    return ( d_in + d_out - d_corner ) < ( d_corner >> 4 );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Int )
+  af_corner_orientation( FT_Pos  x_in,
+                         FT_Pos  y_in,
+                         FT_Pos  x_out,
+                         FT_Pos  y_out )
+  {
+    FT_Pos  delta;
+
+
+    delta = x_in * y_out - y_in * x_out;
+
+    if ( delta == 0 )
+      return 0;
+    else
+      return 1 - 2 * ( delta < 0 );
+  }
+
+#endif
+
+
+  /*
+   *  We are not using `af_angle_atan' anymore, but we keep the source
+   *  code below just in case...
+   */
+
+
+#if 0
+
+
+  /*
+   *  The trick here is to realize that we don't need a very accurate angle
+   *  approximation.  We are going to use the result of `af_angle_atan' to
+   *  only compare the sign of angle differences, or check whether its
+   *  magnitude is very small.
+   *
+   *  The approximation
+   *
+   *    dy * PI / (|dx|+|dy|)
+   *
+   *  should be enough, and much faster to compute.
+   */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( AF_Angle )
+  af_angle_atan( FT_Fixed  dx,
+                 FT_Fixed  dy )
+  {
+    AF_Angle  angle;
+    FT_Fixed  ax = dx;
+    FT_Fixed  ay = dy;
+
+
+    if ( ax < 0 )
+      ax = -ax;
+    if ( ay < 0 )
+      ay = -ay;
+
+    ax += ay;
+
+    if ( ax == 0 )
+      angle = 0;
+    else
+    {
+      angle = ( AF_ANGLE_PI2 * dy ) / ( ax + ay );
+      if ( dx < 0 )
+      {
+        if ( angle >= 0 )
+          angle = AF_ANGLE_PI - angle;
+        else
+          angle = -AF_ANGLE_PI - angle;
+      }
+    }
+
+    return angle;
+  }
+
+
+#elif 0
+
+
+  /* the following table has been automatically generated with */
+  /* the `mather.py' Python script                             */
+
+#define AF_ATAN_BITS  8
+
+  static const FT_Byte  af_arctan[1L << AF_ATAN_BITS] =
+  {
+     0,  0,  1,  1,  1,  2,  2,  2,
+     3,  3,  3,  3,  4,  4,  4,  5,
+     5,  5,  6,  6,  6,  7,  7,  7,
+     8,  8,  8,  9,  9,  9, 10, 10,
+    10, 10, 11, 11, 11, 12, 12, 12,
+    13, 13, 13, 14, 14, 14, 14, 15,
+    15, 15, 16, 16, 16, 17, 17, 17,
+    18, 18, 18, 18, 19, 19, 19, 20,
+    20, 20, 21, 21, 21, 21, 22, 22,
+    22, 23, 23, 23, 24, 24, 24, 24,
+    25, 25, 25, 26, 26, 26, 26, 27,
+    27, 27, 28, 28, 28, 28, 29, 29,
+    29, 30, 30, 30, 30, 31, 31, 31,
+    31, 32, 32, 32, 33, 33, 33, 33,
+    34, 34, 34, 34, 35, 35, 35, 35,
+    36, 36, 36, 36, 37, 37, 37, 38,
+    38, 38, 38, 39, 39, 39, 39, 40,
+    40, 40, 40, 41, 41, 41, 41, 42,
+    42, 42, 42, 42, 43, 43, 43, 43,
+    44, 44, 44, 44, 45, 45, 45, 45,
+    46, 46, 46, 46, 46, 47, 47, 47,
+    47, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 49, 49,
+    49, 49, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 51,
+    51, 51, 51, 51, 52, 52, 52, 52,
+    52, 53, 53, 53, 53, 53, 54, 54,
+    54, 54, 54, 55, 55, 55, 55, 55,
+    56, 56, 56, 56, 56, 57, 57, 57,
+    57, 57, 57, 58, 58, 58, 58, 58,
+    59, 59, 59, 59, 59, 59, 60, 60,
+    60, 60, 60, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61,
+    61, 62, 62, 62, 62, 62, 62, 63,
+    63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 64, 64, 64
+  };
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( AF_Angle )
+  af_angle_atan( FT_Fixed  dx,
+                 FT_Fixed  dy )
+  {
+    AF_Angle  angle;
+
+
+    /* check trivial cases */
+    if ( dy == 0 )
+    {
+      angle = 0;
+      if ( dx < 0 )
+        angle = AF_ANGLE_PI;
+      return angle;
+    }
+    else if ( dx == 0 )
+    {
+      angle = AF_ANGLE_PI2;
+      if ( dy < 0 )
+        angle = -AF_ANGLE_PI2;
+      return angle;
+    }
+
+    angle = 0;
+    if ( dx < 0 )
+    {
+      dx = -dx;
+      dy = -dy;
+      angle = AF_ANGLE_PI;
+    }
+
+    if ( dy < 0 )
+    {
+      FT_Pos  tmp;
+
+
+      tmp = dx;
+      dx  = -dy;
+      dy  = tmp;
+      angle -= AF_ANGLE_PI2;
+    }
+
+    if ( dx == 0 && dy == 0 )
+      return 0;
+
+    if ( dx == dy )
+      angle += AF_ANGLE_PI4;
+    else if ( dx > dy )
+      angle += af_arctan[FT_DivFix( dy, dx ) >> ( 16 - AF_ATAN_BITS )];
+    else
+      angle += AF_ANGLE_PI2 -
+               af_arctan[FT_DivFix( dx, dy ) >> ( 16 - AF_ATAN_BITS )];
+
+    if ( angle > AF_ANGLE_PI )
+      angle -= AF_ANGLE_2PI;
+
+    return angle;
+  }
+
+
+#endif /* 0 */
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  af_sort_pos( FT_UInt  count,
+               FT_Pos*  table )
+  {
+    FT_UInt  i, j;
+    FT_Pos   swap;
+
+
+    for ( i = 1; i < count; i++ )
+    {
+      for ( j = i; j > 0; j-- )
+      {
+        if ( table[j] > table[j - 1] )
+          break;
+
+        swap         = table[j];
+        table[j]     = table[j - 1];
+        table[j - 1] = swap;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  af_sort_widths( FT_UInt   count,
+                  AF_Width  table )
+  {
+    FT_UInt      i, j;
+    AF_WidthRec  swap;
+
+
+    for ( i = 1; i < count; i++ )
+    {
+      for ( j = i; j > 0; j-- )
+      {
+        if ( table[j].org > table[j - 1].org )
+          break;
+
+        swap         = table[j];
+        table[j]     = table[j - 1];
+        table[j - 1] = swap;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afangles.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afangles.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f33f9e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afangles.h
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+/*
+ *  afangles.h
+ *
+ *  This is a dummy file, used to please the build system.  It is never
+ *  included by the auto-fitter sources.
+ *
+ */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afcjk.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afcjk.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..de3ce11
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afcjk.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1513 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  afcjk.c                                                                */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Auto-fitter hinting routines for CJK script (body).                  */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2006, 2007, 2008 by                                          */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+  /*
+   *  The algorithm is based on akito's autohint patch, available here:
+   *
+   *  http://www.kde.gr.jp/~akito/patch/freetype2/
+   *
+   */
+
+#include "aftypes.h"
+#include "aflatin.h"
+
+
+#ifdef AF_CONFIG_OPTION_CJK
+
+#include "afcjk.h"
+#include "aferrors.h"
+
+
+#ifdef AF_USE_WARPER
+#include "afwarp.h"
+#endif
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****              C J K   G L O B A L   M E T R I C S              *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  af_cjk_metrics_init( AF_LatinMetrics  metrics,
+                       FT_Face          face )
+  {
+    FT_CharMap  oldmap = face->charmap;
+
+
+    metrics->units_per_em = face->units_per_EM;
+
+    /* TODO are there blues? */
+
+    if ( FT_Select_Charmap( face, FT_ENCODING_UNICODE ) )
+      face->charmap = NULL;
+
+    /* latin's version would suffice */
+    af_latin_metrics_init_widths( metrics, face, 0x7530 );
+
+    FT_Set_Charmap( face, oldmap );
+
+    return AF_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  af_cjk_metrics_scale_dim( AF_LatinMetrics  metrics,
+                            AF_Scaler        scaler,
+                            AF_Dimension     dim )
+  {
+    AF_LatinAxis  axis;
+
+
+    axis = &metrics->axis[dim];
+
+    if ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ )
+    {
+      axis->scale = scaler->x_scale;
+      axis->delta = scaler->x_delta;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      axis->scale = scaler->y_scale;
+      axis->delta = scaler->y_delta;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  af_cjk_metrics_scale( AF_LatinMetrics  metrics,
+                        AF_Scaler        scaler )
+  {
+    metrics->root.scaler = *scaler;
+
+    af_cjk_metrics_scale_dim( metrics, scaler, AF_DIMENSION_HORZ );
+    af_cjk_metrics_scale_dim( metrics, scaler, AF_DIMENSION_VERT );
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****              C J K   G L Y P H   A N A L Y S I S              *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  static FT_Error
+  af_cjk_hints_compute_segments( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
+                                 AF_Dimension   dim )
+  {
+    AF_AxisHints  axis          = &hints->axis[dim];
+    AF_Segment    segments      = axis->segments;
+    AF_Segment    segment_limit = segments + axis->num_segments;
+    FT_Error      error;
+    AF_Segment    seg;
+
+
+    error = af_latin_hints_compute_segments( hints, dim );
+    if ( error )
+      return error;
+
+    /* a segment is round if it doesn't have successive */
+    /* on-curve points.                                 */
+    for ( seg = segments; seg < segment_limit; seg++ )
+    {
+      AF_Point  pt   = seg->first;
+      AF_Point  last = seg->last;
+      AF_Flags  f0   = (AF_Flags)(pt->flags & AF_FLAG_CONTROL);
+      AF_Flags  f1;
+
+
+      seg->flags &= ~AF_EDGE_ROUND;
+
+      for ( ; pt != last; f0 = f1 )
+      {
+        pt = pt->next;
+        f1 = (AF_Flags)(pt->flags & AF_FLAG_CONTROL);
+
+        if ( !f0 && !f1 )
+          break;
+
+        if ( pt == last )
+          seg->flags |= AF_EDGE_ROUND;
+      }
+    }
+
+    return AF_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  af_cjk_hints_link_segments( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
+                              AF_Dimension   dim )
+  {
+    AF_AxisHints  axis          = &hints->axis[dim];
+    AF_Segment    segments      = axis->segments;
+    AF_Segment    segment_limit = segments + axis->num_segments;
+    AF_Direction  major_dir     = axis->major_dir;
+    AF_Segment    seg1, seg2;
+    FT_Pos        len_threshold;
+    FT_Pos        dist_threshold;
+
+
+    len_threshold = AF_LATIN_CONSTANT( hints->metrics, 8 );
+
+    dist_threshold = ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ ) ? hints->x_scale
+                                                  : hints->y_scale;
+    dist_threshold = FT_DivFix( 64 * 3, dist_threshold );
+
+    /* now compare each segment to the others */
+    for ( seg1 = segments; seg1 < segment_limit; seg1++ )
+    {
+      /* the fake segments are for metrics hinting only */
+      if ( seg1->first == seg1->last )
+        continue;
+
+      if ( seg1->dir != major_dir )
+        continue;
+
+      for ( seg2 = segments; seg2 < segment_limit; seg2++ )
+        if ( seg2 != seg1 && seg1->dir + seg2->dir == 0 )
+        {
+          FT_Pos  dist = seg2->pos - seg1->pos;
+
+
+          if ( dist < 0 )
+            continue;
+
+          {
+            FT_Pos  min = seg1->min_coord;
+            FT_Pos  max = seg1->max_coord;
+            FT_Pos  len;
+
+
+            if ( min < seg2->min_coord )
+              min = seg2->min_coord;
+
+            if ( max > seg2->max_coord )
+              max = seg2->max_coord;
+
+            len = max - min;
+            if ( len >= len_threshold )
+            {
+              if ( dist * 8 < seg1->score * 9                        &&
+                   ( dist * 8 < seg1->score * 7 || seg1->len < len ) )
+              {
+                seg1->score = dist;
+                seg1->len   = len;
+                seg1->link  = seg2;
+              }
+
+              if ( dist * 8 < seg2->score * 9                        &&
+                   ( dist * 8 < seg2->score * 7 || seg2->len < len ) )
+              {
+                seg2->score = dist;
+                seg2->len   = len;
+                seg2->link  = seg1;
+              }
+            }
+          }
+        }
+    }
+
+    /*
+     *  now compute the `serif' segments
+     *
+     *  In Hanzi, some strokes are wider on one or both of the ends.
+     *  We either identify the stems on the ends as serifs or remove
+     *  the linkage, depending on the length of the stems.
+     *
+     */
+
+    {
+      AF_Segment  link1, link2;
+
+
+      for ( seg1 = segments; seg1 < segment_limit; seg1++ )
+      {
+        link1 = seg1->link;
+        if ( !link1 || link1->link != seg1 || link1->pos <= seg1->pos )
+          continue;
+
+        if ( seg1->score >= dist_threshold )
+          continue;
+
+        for ( seg2 = segments; seg2 < segment_limit; seg2++ )
+        {
+          if ( seg2->pos > seg1->pos || seg1 == seg2 )
+            continue;
+
+          link2 = seg2->link;
+          if ( !link2 || link2->link != seg2 || link2->pos < link1->pos )
+            continue;
+
+          if ( seg1->pos == seg2->pos && link1->pos == link2->pos )
+            continue;
+
+          if ( seg2->score <= seg1->score || seg1->score * 4 <= seg2->score )
+            continue;
+
+          /* seg2 < seg1 < link1 < link2 */
+
+          if ( seg1->len >= seg2->len * 3 )
+          {
+            AF_Segment  seg;
+
+
+            for ( seg = segments; seg < segment_limit; seg++ )
+            {
+              AF_Segment  link = seg->link;
+
+
+              if ( link == seg2 )
+              {
+                seg->link  = 0;
+                seg->serif = link1;
+              }
+              else if ( link == link2 )
+              {
+                seg->link  = 0;
+                seg->serif = seg1;
+              }
+            }
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            seg1->link = link1->link = 0;
+
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    for ( seg1 = segments; seg1 < segment_limit; seg1++ )
+    {
+      seg2 = seg1->link;
+
+      if ( seg2 )
+      {
+        seg2->num_linked++;
+        if ( seg2->link != seg1 )
+        {
+          seg1->link = 0;
+
+          if ( seg2->score < dist_threshold || seg1->score < seg2->score * 4 )
+            seg1->serif = seg2->link;
+          else
+            seg2->num_linked--;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  af_cjk_hints_compute_edges( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
+                              AF_Dimension   dim )
+  {
+    AF_AxisHints  axis   = &hints->axis[dim];
+    FT_Error      error  = AF_Err_Ok;
+    FT_Memory     memory = hints->memory;
+    AF_LatinAxis  laxis  = &((AF_LatinMetrics)hints->metrics)->axis[dim];
+
+    AF_Segment    segments      = axis->segments;
+    AF_Segment    segment_limit = segments + axis->num_segments;
+    AF_Segment    seg;
+
+    FT_Fixed      scale;
+    FT_Pos        edge_distance_threshold;
+
+
+    axis->num_edges = 0;
+
+    scale = ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ ) ? hints->x_scale
+                                         : hints->y_scale;
+
+    /*********************************************************************/
+    /*                                                                   */
+    /* We begin by generating a sorted table of edges for the current    */
+    /* direction.  To do so, we simply scan each segment and try to find */
+    /* an edge in our table that corresponds to its position.            */
+    /*                                                                   */
+    /* If no edge is found, we create and insert a new edge in the       */
+    /* sorted table.  Otherwise, we simply add the segment to the edge's */
+    /* list which is then processed in the second step to compute the    */
+    /* edge's properties.                                                */
+    /*                                                                   */
+    /* Note that the edges table is sorted along the segment/edge        */
+    /* position.                                                         */
+    /*                                                                   */
+    /*********************************************************************/
+
+    edge_distance_threshold = FT_MulFix( laxis->edge_distance_threshold,
+                                         scale );
+    if ( edge_distance_threshold > 64 / 4 )
+      edge_distance_threshold = FT_DivFix( 64 / 4, scale );
+    else
+      edge_distance_threshold = laxis->edge_distance_threshold;
+
+    for ( seg = segments; seg < segment_limit; seg++ )
+    {
+      AF_Edge  found = 0;
+      FT_Pos   best  = 0xFFFFU;
+      FT_Int   ee;
+
+
+      /* look for an edge corresponding to the segment */
+      for ( ee = 0; ee < axis->num_edges; ee++ )
+      {
+        AF_Edge  edge = axis->edges + ee;
+        FT_Pos   dist;
+
+
+        if ( edge->dir != seg->dir )
+          continue;
+
+        dist = seg->pos - edge->fpos;
+        if ( dist < 0 )
+          dist = -dist;
+
+        if ( dist < edge_distance_threshold && dist < best )
+        {
+          AF_Segment  link = seg->link;
+
+
+          /* check whether all linked segments of the candidate edge */
+          /* can make a single edge.                                 */
+          if ( link )
+          {
+            AF_Segment  seg1 = edge->first;
+            AF_Segment  link1;
+            FT_Pos      dist2 = 0;
+
+
+            do
+            {
+              link1 = seg1->link;
+              if ( link1 )
+              {
+                dist2 = AF_SEGMENT_DIST( link, link1 );
+                if ( dist2 >= edge_distance_threshold )
+                  break;
+              }
+
+            } while ( ( seg1 = seg1->edge_next ) != edge->first );
+
+            if ( dist2 >= edge_distance_threshold )
+              continue;
+          }
+
+          best  = dist;
+          found = edge;
+        }
+      }
+
+      if ( !found )
+      {
+        AF_Edge  edge;
+
+
+        /* insert a new edge in the list and */
+        /* sort according to the position    */
+        error = af_axis_hints_new_edge( axis, seg->pos,
+                                        (AF_Direction)seg->dir,
+                                        memory, &edge );
+        if ( error )
+          goto Exit;
+
+        /* add the segment to the new edge's list */
+        FT_ZERO( edge );
+
+        edge->first    = seg;
+        edge->last     = seg;
+        edge->fpos     = seg->pos;
+        edge->opos     = edge->pos = FT_MulFix( seg->pos, scale );
+        seg->edge_next = seg;
+        edge->dir      = seg->dir;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* if an edge was found, simply add the segment to the edge's */
+        /* list                                                       */
+        seg->edge_next         = found->first;
+        found->last->edge_next = seg;
+        found->last            = seg;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /*********************************************************************/
+    /*                                                                   */
+    /* Good, we now compute each edge's properties according to segments */
+    /* found on its position.  Basically, these are as follows.          */
+    /*                                                                   */
+    /*  - edge's main direction                                          */
+    /*  - stem edge, serif edge or both (which defaults to stem then)    */
+    /*  - rounded edge, straight or both (which defaults to straight)    */
+    /*  - link for edge                                                  */
+    /*                                                                   */
+    /*********************************************************************/
+
+    /* first of all, set the `edge' field in each segment -- this is     */
+    /* required in order to compute edge links                           */
+    /*                                                                   */
+    /* Note that removing this loop and setting the `edge' field of each */
+    /* segment directly in the code above slows down execution speed for */
+    /* some reasons on platforms like the Sun.                           */
+
+    {
+      AF_Edge  edges      = axis->edges;
+      AF_Edge  edge_limit = edges + axis->num_edges;
+      AF_Edge  edge;
+
+
+      for ( edge = edges; edge < edge_limit; edge++ )
+      {
+        seg = edge->first;
+        if ( seg )
+          do
+          {
+            seg->edge = edge;
+            seg       = seg->edge_next;
+
+          } while ( seg != edge->first );
+      }
+
+      /* now compute each edge properties */
+      for ( edge = edges; edge < edge_limit; edge++ )
+      {
+        FT_Int  is_round    = 0;  /* does it contain round segments?    */
+        FT_Int  is_straight = 0;  /* does it contain straight segments? */
+
+
+        seg = edge->first;
+
+        do
+        {
+          FT_Bool  is_serif;
+
+
+          /* check for roundness of segment */
+          if ( seg->flags & AF_EDGE_ROUND )
+            is_round++;
+          else
+            is_straight++;
+
+          /* check for links -- if seg->serif is set, then seg->link must */
+          /* be ignored                                                   */
+          is_serif = (FT_Bool)( seg->serif && seg->serif->edge != edge );
+
+          if ( seg->link || is_serif )
+          {
+            AF_Edge     edge2;
+            AF_Segment  seg2;
+
+
+            edge2 = edge->link;
+            seg2  = seg->link;
+
+            if ( is_serif )
+            {
+              seg2  = seg->serif;
+              edge2 = edge->serif;
+            }
+
+            if ( edge2 )
+            {
+              FT_Pos  edge_delta;
+              FT_Pos  seg_delta;
+
+
+              edge_delta = edge->fpos - edge2->fpos;
+              if ( edge_delta < 0 )
+                edge_delta = -edge_delta;
+
+              seg_delta = AF_SEGMENT_DIST( seg, seg2 );
+
+              if ( seg_delta < edge_delta )
+                edge2 = seg2->edge;
+            }
+            else
+              edge2 = seg2->edge;
+
+            if ( is_serif )
+            {
+              edge->serif   = edge2;
+              edge2->flags |= AF_EDGE_SERIF;
+            }
+            else
+              edge->link  = edge2;
+          }
+
+          seg = seg->edge_next;
+
+        } while ( seg != edge->first );
+
+        /* set the round/straight flags */
+        edge->flags = AF_EDGE_NORMAL;
+
+        if ( is_round > 0 && is_round >= is_straight )
+          edge->flags |= AF_EDGE_ROUND;
+
+        /* get rid of serifs if link is set                 */
+        /* XXX: This gets rid of many unpleasant artefacts! */
+        /*      Example: the `c' in cour.pfa at size 13     */
+
+        if ( edge->serif && edge->link )
+          edge->serif = 0;
+      }
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  af_cjk_hints_detect_features( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
+                                AF_Dimension   dim )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error;
+
+
+    error = af_cjk_hints_compute_segments( hints, dim );
+    if ( !error )
+    {
+      af_cjk_hints_link_segments( hints, dim );
+
+      error = af_cjk_hints_compute_edges( hints, dim );
+    }
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  af_cjk_hints_init( AF_GlyphHints    hints,
+                     AF_LatinMetrics  metrics )
+  {
+    FT_Render_Mode  mode;
+    FT_UInt32       scaler_flags, other_flags;
+
+
+    af_glyph_hints_rescale( hints, (AF_ScriptMetrics)metrics );
+
+    /*
+     *  correct x_scale and y_scale when needed, since they may have
+     *  been modified af_cjk_scale_dim above
+     */
+    hints->x_scale = metrics->axis[AF_DIMENSION_HORZ].scale;
+    hints->x_delta = metrics->axis[AF_DIMENSION_HORZ].delta;
+    hints->y_scale = metrics->axis[AF_DIMENSION_VERT].scale;
+    hints->y_delta = metrics->axis[AF_DIMENSION_VERT].delta;
+
+    /* compute flags depending on render mode, etc. */
+    mode = metrics->root.scaler.render_mode;
+
+#ifdef AF_USE_WARPER
+    if ( mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD || mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V )
+      metrics->root.scaler.render_mode = mode = FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL;
+#endif
+
+    scaler_flags = hints->scaler_flags;
+    other_flags  = 0;
+
+    /*
+     *  We snap the width of vertical stems for the monochrome and
+     *  horizontal LCD rendering targets only.
+     */
+    if ( mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO || mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD )
+      other_flags |= AF_LATIN_HINTS_HORZ_SNAP;
+
+    /*
+     *  We snap the width of horizontal stems for the monochrome and
+     *  vertical LCD rendering targets only.
+     */
+    if ( mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO || mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V )
+      other_flags |= AF_LATIN_HINTS_VERT_SNAP;
+
+    /*
+     *  We adjust stems to full pixels only if we don't use the `light' mode.
+     */
+    if ( mode != FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT )
+      other_flags |= AF_LATIN_HINTS_STEM_ADJUST;
+
+    if ( mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO )
+      other_flags |= AF_LATIN_HINTS_MONO;
+
+    scaler_flags |= AF_SCALER_FLAG_NO_ADVANCE;
+
+    hints->scaler_flags = scaler_flags;
+    hints->other_flags  = other_flags;
+
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****          C J K   G L Y P H   G R I D - F I T T I N G          *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /* snap a given width in scaled coordinates to one of the */
+  /* current standard widths                                */
+
+  static FT_Pos
+  af_cjk_snap_width( AF_Width  widths,
+                     FT_Int    count,
+                     FT_Pos    width )
+  {
+    int     n;
+    FT_Pos  best      = 64 + 32 + 2;
+    FT_Pos  reference = width;
+    FT_Pos  scaled;
+
+
+    for ( n = 0; n < count; n++ )
+    {
+      FT_Pos  w;
+      FT_Pos  dist;
+
+
+      w = widths[n].cur;
+      dist = width - w;
+      if ( dist < 0 )
+        dist = -dist;
+      if ( dist < best )
+      {
+        best      = dist;
+        reference = w;
+      }
+    }
+
+    scaled = FT_PIX_ROUND( reference );
+
+    if ( width >= reference )
+    {
+      if ( width < scaled + 48 )
+        width = reference;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      if ( width > scaled - 48 )
+        width = reference;
+    }
+
+    return width;
+  }
+
+
+  /* compute the snapped width of a given stem */
+
+  static FT_Pos
+  af_cjk_compute_stem_width( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
+                             AF_Dimension   dim,
+                             FT_Pos         width,
+                             AF_Edge_Flags  base_flags,
+                             AF_Edge_Flags  stem_flags )
+  {
+    AF_LatinMetrics  metrics  = (AF_LatinMetrics) hints->metrics;
+    AF_LatinAxis     axis     = & metrics->axis[dim];
+    FT_Pos           dist     = width;
+    FT_Int           sign     = 0;
+    FT_Int           vertical = ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_VERT );
+
+    FT_UNUSED( base_flags );
+    FT_UNUSED( stem_flags );
+
+
+    if ( !AF_LATIN_HINTS_DO_STEM_ADJUST( hints ) )
+      return width;
+
+    if ( dist < 0 )
+    {
+      dist = -width;
+      sign = 1;
+    }
+
+    if ( (  vertical && !AF_LATIN_HINTS_DO_VERT_SNAP( hints ) ) ||
+         ( !vertical && !AF_LATIN_HINTS_DO_HORZ_SNAP( hints ) ) )
+    {
+      /* smooth hinting process: very lightly quantize the stem width */
+
+      if ( axis->width_count > 0 )
+      {
+        if ( FT_ABS( dist - axis->widths[0].cur ) < 40 )
+        {
+          dist = axis->widths[0].cur;
+          if ( dist < 48 )
+            dist = 48;
+
+          goto Done_Width;
+        }
+      }
+
+      if ( dist < 54 )
+        dist += ( 54 - dist ) / 2 ;
+      else if ( dist < 3 * 64 )
+      {
+        FT_Pos  delta;
+
+
+        delta  = dist & 63;
+        dist  &= -64;
+
+        if ( delta < 10 )
+          dist += delta;
+        else if ( delta < 22 )
+          dist += 10;
+        else if ( delta < 42 )
+          dist += delta;
+        else if ( delta < 54 )
+          dist += 54;
+        else
+          dist += delta;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* strong hinting process: snap the stem width to integer pixels */
+
+      dist = af_cjk_snap_width( axis->widths, axis->width_count, dist );
+
+      if ( vertical )
+      {
+        /* in the case of vertical hinting, always round */
+        /* the stem heights to integer pixels            */
+
+        if ( dist >= 64 )
+          dist = ( dist + 16 ) & ~63;
+        else
+          dist = 64;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        if ( AF_LATIN_HINTS_DO_MONO( hints ) )
+        {
+          /* monochrome horizontal hinting: snap widths to integer pixels */
+          /* with a different threshold                                   */
+
+          if ( dist < 64 )
+            dist = 64;
+          else
+            dist = ( dist + 32 ) & ~63;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          /* for horizontal anti-aliased hinting, we adopt a more subtle */
+          /* approach: we strengthen small stems, round stems whose size */
+          /* is between 1 and 2 pixels to an integer, otherwise nothing  */
+
+          if ( dist < 48 )
+            dist = ( dist + 64 ) >> 1;
+
+          else if ( dist < 128 )
+            dist = ( dist + 22 ) & ~63;
+          else
+            /* round otherwise to prevent color fringes in LCD mode */
+            dist = ( dist + 32 ) & ~63;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+  Done_Width:
+    if ( sign )
+      dist = -dist;
+
+    return dist;
+  }
+
+
+  /* align one stem edge relative to the previous stem edge */
+
+  static void
+  af_cjk_align_linked_edge( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
+                            AF_Dimension   dim,
+                            AF_Edge        base_edge,
+                            AF_Edge        stem_edge )
+  {
+    FT_Pos  dist = stem_edge->opos - base_edge->opos;
+
+    FT_Pos  fitted_width = af_cjk_compute_stem_width(
+                             hints, dim, dist,
+                             (AF_Edge_Flags)base_edge->flags,
+                             (AF_Edge_Flags)stem_edge->flags );
+
+
+    stem_edge->pos = base_edge->pos + fitted_width;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  af_cjk_align_serif_edge( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
+                           AF_Edge        base,
+                           AF_Edge        serif )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( hints );
+
+    serif->pos = base->pos + ( serif->opos - base->opos );
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****                    E D G E   H I N T I N G                      ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#define AF_LIGHT_MODE_MAX_HORZ_GAP    9
+#define AF_LIGHT_MODE_MAX_VERT_GAP   15
+#define AF_LIGHT_MODE_MAX_DELTA_ABS  14
+
+
+  static FT_Pos
+  af_hint_normal_stem( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
+                       AF_Edge        edge,
+                       AF_Edge        edge2,
+                       FT_Pos         anchor,
+                       AF_Dimension   dim )
+  {
+    FT_Pos  org_len, cur_len, org_center;
+    FT_Pos  cur_pos1, cur_pos2;
+    FT_Pos  d_off1, u_off1, d_off2, u_off2, delta;
+    FT_Pos  offset;
+    FT_Pos  threshold = 64;
+
+
+    if ( !AF_LATIN_HINTS_DO_STEM_ADJUST( hints ) )
+    {
+      if ( ( edge->flags  & AF_EDGE_ROUND ) &&
+           ( edge2->flags & AF_EDGE_ROUND ) )
+      {
+        if ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_VERT )
+          threshold = 64 - AF_LIGHT_MODE_MAX_HORZ_GAP;
+        else
+          threshold = 64 - AF_LIGHT_MODE_MAX_VERT_GAP;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        if ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_VERT )
+          threshold = 64 - AF_LIGHT_MODE_MAX_HORZ_GAP / 3;
+        else
+          threshold = 64 - AF_LIGHT_MODE_MAX_VERT_GAP / 3;
+      }
+    }
+
+    org_len    = edge2->opos - edge->opos;
+    cur_len    = af_cjk_compute_stem_width( hints, dim, org_len,
+                                            (AF_Edge_Flags)edge->flags,
+                                            (AF_Edge_Flags)edge2->flags );
+
+    org_center = ( edge->opos + edge2->opos ) / 2 + anchor;
+    cur_pos1   = org_center - cur_len / 2;
+    cur_pos2   = cur_pos1 + cur_len;
+    d_off1     = cur_pos1 - FT_PIX_FLOOR( cur_pos1 );
+    d_off2     = cur_pos2 - FT_PIX_FLOOR( cur_pos2 );
+    u_off1     = 64 - d_off1;
+    u_off2     = 64 - d_off2;
+    delta      = 0;
+
+
+    if ( d_off1 == 0 || d_off2 == 0 )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    if ( cur_len <= threshold )
+    {
+      if ( d_off2 < cur_len )
+      {
+        if ( u_off1 <= d_off2 )
+          delta =  u_off1;
+        else
+          delta = -d_off2;
+      }
+
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    if ( threshold < 64 )
+    {
+      if ( d_off1 >= threshold || u_off1 >= threshold ||
+           d_off2 >= threshold || u_off2 >= threshold )
+        goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    offset = cur_len % 64;
+
+    if ( offset < 32 )
+    {
+      if ( u_off1 <= offset || d_off2 <= offset )
+        goto Exit;
+    }
+    else
+      offset = 64 - threshold;
+
+    d_off1 = threshold - u_off1;
+    u_off1 = u_off1    - offset;
+    u_off2 = threshold - d_off2;
+    d_off2 = d_off2    - offset;
+
+    if ( d_off1 <= u_off1 )
+      u_off1 = -d_off1;
+
+    if ( d_off2 <= u_off2 )
+      u_off2 = -d_off2;
+
+    if ( FT_ABS( u_off1 ) <= FT_ABS( u_off2 ) )
+      delta = u_off1;
+    else
+      delta = u_off2;
+
+  Exit:
+
+#if 1
+    if ( !AF_LATIN_HINTS_DO_STEM_ADJUST( hints ) )
+    {
+      if ( delta > AF_LIGHT_MODE_MAX_DELTA_ABS )
+        delta = AF_LIGHT_MODE_MAX_DELTA_ABS;
+      else if ( delta < -AF_LIGHT_MODE_MAX_DELTA_ABS )
+        delta = -AF_LIGHT_MODE_MAX_DELTA_ABS;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    cur_pos1 += delta;
+
+    if ( edge->opos < edge2->opos )
+    {
+      edge->pos  = cur_pos1;
+      edge2->pos = cur_pos1 + cur_len;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      edge->pos  = cur_pos1 + cur_len;
+      edge2->pos = cur_pos1;
+    }
+
+    return delta;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  af_cjk_hint_edges( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
+                     AF_Dimension   dim )
+  {
+    AF_AxisHints  axis       = &hints->axis[dim];
+    AF_Edge       edges      = axis->edges;
+    AF_Edge       edge_limit = edges + axis->num_edges;
+    FT_Int        n_edges;
+    AF_Edge       edge;
+    AF_Edge       anchor   = 0;
+    FT_Pos        delta    = 0;
+    FT_Int        skipped  = 0;
+
+
+    /* now we align all stem edges. */
+    for ( edge = edges; edge < edge_limit; edge++ )
+    {
+      AF_Edge  edge2;
+
+
+      if ( edge->flags & AF_EDGE_DONE )
+        continue;
+
+      /* skip all non-stem edges */
+      edge2 = edge->link;
+      if ( !edge2 )
+      {
+        skipped++;
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      /* now align the stem */
+
+      if ( edge2 < edge )
+      {
+        af_cjk_align_linked_edge( hints, dim, edge2, edge );
+        edge->flags |= AF_EDGE_DONE;
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      if ( dim != AF_DIMENSION_VERT && !anchor )
+      {
+
+#if 0
+        if ( fixedpitch )
+        {
+          AF_Edge     left  = edge;
+          AF_Edge     right = edge_limit - 1;
+          AF_EdgeRec  left1, left2, right1, right2;
+          FT_Pos      target, center1, center2;
+          FT_Pos      delta1, delta2, d1, d2;
+
+
+          while ( right > left && !right->link )
+            right--;
+
+          left1  = *left;
+          left2  = *left->link;
+          right1 = *right->link;
+          right2 = *right;
+
+          delta  = ( ( ( hinter->pp2.x + 32 ) & -64 ) - hinter->pp2.x ) / 2;
+          target = left->opos + ( right->opos - left->opos ) / 2 + delta - 16;
+
+          delta1  = delta;
+          delta1 += af_hint_normal_stem( hints, left, left->link,
+                                         delta1, 0 );
+
+          if ( left->link != right )
+            af_hint_normal_stem( hints, right->link, right, delta1, 0 );
+
+          center1 = left->pos + ( right->pos - left->pos ) / 2;
+
+          if ( center1 >= target )
+            delta2 = delta - 32;
+          else
+            delta2 = delta + 32;
+
+          delta2 += af_hint_normal_stem( hints, &left1, &left2, delta2, 0 );
+
+          if ( delta1 != delta2 )
+          {
+            if ( left->link != right )
+              af_hint_normal_stem( hints, &right1, &right2, delta2, 0 );
+
+            center2 = left1.pos + ( right2.pos - left1.pos ) / 2;
+
+            d1 = center1 - target;
+            d2 = center2 - target;
+
+            if ( FT_ABS( d2 ) < FT_ABS( d1 ) )
+            {
+              left->pos       = left1.pos;
+              left->link->pos = left2.pos;
+
+              if ( left->link != right )
+              {
+                right->link->pos = right1.pos;
+                right->pos       = right2.pos;
+              }
+
+              delta1 = delta2;
+            }
+          }
+
+          delta               = delta1;
+          right->link->flags |= AF_EDGE_DONE;
+          right->flags       |= AF_EDGE_DONE;
+        }
+        else
+
+#endif /* 0 */
+
+          delta = af_hint_normal_stem( hints, edge, edge2, 0,
+                                       AF_DIMENSION_HORZ );
+      }
+      else
+        af_hint_normal_stem( hints, edge, edge2, delta, dim );
+
+#if 0
+      printf( "stem (%d,%d) adjusted (%.1f,%.1f)\n",
+               edge - edges, edge2 - edges,
+               ( edge->pos - edge->opos ) / 64.0,
+               ( edge2->pos - edge2->opos ) / 64.0 );
+#endif
+
+      anchor = edge;
+      edge->flags  |= AF_EDGE_DONE;
+      edge2->flags |= AF_EDGE_DONE;
+    }
+
+    /* make sure that lowercase m's maintain their symmetry */
+
+    /* In general, lowercase m's have six vertical edges if they are sans */
+    /* serif, or twelve if they are with serifs.  This implementation is  */
+    /* based on that assumption, and seems to work very well with most    */
+    /* faces.  However, if for a certain face this assumption is not      */
+    /* true, the m is just rendered like before.  In addition, any stem   */
+    /* correction will only be applied to symmetrical glyphs (even if the */
+    /* glyph is not an m), so the potential for unwanted distortion is    */
+    /* relatively low.                                                    */
+
+    /* We don't handle horizontal edges since we can't easily assure that */
+    /* the third (lowest) stem aligns with the base line; it might end up */
+    /* one pixel higher or lower.                                         */
+
+    n_edges = edge_limit - edges;
+    if ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ && ( n_edges == 6 || n_edges == 12 ) )
+    {
+      AF_Edge  edge1, edge2, edge3;
+      FT_Pos   dist1, dist2, span;
+
+
+      if ( n_edges == 6 )
+      {
+        edge1 = edges;
+        edge2 = edges + 2;
+        edge3 = edges + 4;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        edge1 = edges + 1;
+        edge2 = edges + 5;
+        edge3 = edges + 9;
+      }
+
+      dist1 = edge2->opos - edge1->opos;
+      dist2 = edge3->opos - edge2->opos;
+
+      span = dist1 - dist2;
+      if ( span < 0 )
+        span = -span;
+
+      if ( edge1->link == edge1 + 1 &&
+           edge2->link == edge2 + 1 &&
+           edge3->link == edge3 + 1 && span < 8 )
+      {
+        delta = edge3->pos - ( 2 * edge2->pos - edge1->pos );
+        edge3->pos -= delta;
+        if ( edge3->link )
+          edge3->link->pos -= delta;
+
+        /* move the serifs along with the stem */
+        if ( n_edges == 12 )
+        {
+          ( edges + 8 )->pos -= delta;
+          ( edges + 11 )->pos -= delta;
+        }
+
+        edge3->flags |= AF_EDGE_DONE;
+        if ( edge3->link )
+          edge3->link->flags |= AF_EDGE_DONE;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if ( !skipped )
+      return;
+
+    /*
+     *  now hint the remaining edges (serifs and single) in order
+     *  to complete our processing
+     */
+    for ( edge = edges; edge < edge_limit; edge++ )
+    {
+      if ( edge->flags & AF_EDGE_DONE )
+        continue;
+
+      if ( edge->serif )
+      {
+        af_cjk_align_serif_edge( hints, edge->serif, edge );
+        edge->flags |= AF_EDGE_DONE;
+        skipped--;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if ( !skipped )
+      return;
+
+    for ( edge = edges; edge < edge_limit; edge++ )
+    {
+      AF_Edge  before, after;
+
+
+      if ( edge->flags & AF_EDGE_DONE )
+        continue;
+
+      before = after = edge;
+
+      while ( --before >= edges )
+        if ( before->flags & AF_EDGE_DONE )
+          break;
+
+      while ( ++after < edge_limit )
+        if ( after->flags & AF_EDGE_DONE )
+          break;
+
+      if ( before >= edges || after < edge_limit )
+      {
+        if ( before < edges )
+          af_cjk_align_serif_edge( hints, after, edge );
+        else if ( after >= edge_limit )
+          af_cjk_align_serif_edge( hints, before, edge );
+        else
+        {
+          if ( after->fpos == before->fpos )
+            edge->pos = before->pos;
+          else
+            edge->pos = before->pos +
+                        FT_MulDiv( edge->fpos - before->fpos,
+                                   after->pos - before->pos,
+                                   after->fpos - before->fpos );
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  af_cjk_align_edge_points( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
+                            AF_Dimension   dim )
+  {
+    AF_AxisHints  axis       = & hints->axis[dim];
+    AF_Edge       edges      = axis->edges;
+    AF_Edge       edge_limit = edges + axis->num_edges;
+    AF_Edge       edge;
+    FT_Bool       snapping;
+
+
+    snapping = FT_BOOL( ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ             &&
+                          AF_LATIN_HINTS_DO_HORZ_SNAP( hints ) )  ||
+                        ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_VERT             &&
+                          AF_LATIN_HINTS_DO_VERT_SNAP( hints ) )  );
+
+    for ( edge = edges; edge < edge_limit; edge++ )
+    {
+      /* move the points of each segment     */
+      /* in each edge to the edge's position */
+      AF_Segment  seg = edge->first;
+
+
+      if ( snapping )
+      {
+        do
+        {
+          AF_Point  point = seg->first;
+
+
+          for (;;)
+          {
+            if ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ )
+            {
+              point->x      = edge->pos;
+              point->flags |= AF_FLAG_TOUCH_X;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+              point->y      = edge->pos;
+              point->flags |= AF_FLAG_TOUCH_Y;
+            }
+
+            if ( point == seg->last )
+              break;
+
+            point = point->next;
+          }
+
+          seg = seg->edge_next;
+
+        } while ( seg != edge->first );
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        FT_Pos  delta = edge->pos - edge->opos;
+
+
+        do
+        {
+          AF_Point  point = seg->first;
+
+
+          for (;;)
+          {
+            if ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ )
+            {
+              point->x     += delta;
+              point->flags |= AF_FLAG_TOUCH_X;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+              point->y     += delta;
+              point->flags |= AF_FLAG_TOUCH_Y;
+            }
+
+            if ( point == seg->last )
+              break;
+
+            point = point->next;
+          }
+
+          seg = seg->edge_next;
+
+        } while ( seg != edge->first );
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  af_cjk_hints_apply( AF_GlyphHints    hints,
+                      FT_Outline*      outline,
+                      AF_LatinMetrics  metrics )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error;
+    int       dim;
+
+    FT_UNUSED( metrics );
+
+
+    error = af_glyph_hints_reload( hints, outline, 0 );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* analyze glyph outline */
+    if ( AF_HINTS_DO_HORIZONTAL( hints ) )
+    {
+      error = af_cjk_hints_detect_features( hints, AF_DIMENSION_HORZ );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    if ( AF_HINTS_DO_VERTICAL( hints ) )
+    {
+      error = af_cjk_hints_detect_features( hints, AF_DIMENSION_VERT );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* grid-fit the outline */
+    for ( dim = 0; dim < AF_DIMENSION_MAX; dim++ )
+    {
+      if ( ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ && AF_HINTS_DO_HORIZONTAL( hints ) ) ||
+           ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_VERT && AF_HINTS_DO_VERTICAL( hints ) )   )
+      {
+
+#ifdef AF_USE_WARPER
+        if ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ                                  &&
+             metrics->root.scaler.render_mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL )
+        {
+          AF_WarperRec  warper;
+          FT_Fixed      scale;
+          FT_Pos        delta;
+
+
+          af_warper_compute( &warper, hints, dim, &scale, &delta );
+          af_glyph_hints_scale_dim( hints, dim, scale, delta );
+          continue;
+        }
+#endif /* AF_USE_WARPER */
+
+        af_cjk_hint_edges( hints, (AF_Dimension)dim );
+        af_cjk_align_edge_points( hints, (AF_Dimension)dim );
+        af_glyph_hints_align_strong_points( hints, (AF_Dimension)dim );
+        af_glyph_hints_align_weak_points( hints, (AF_Dimension)dim );
+      }
+    }
+
+#if 0
+    af_glyph_hints_dump_points( hints );
+    af_glyph_hints_dump_segments( hints );
+    af_glyph_hints_dump_edges( hints );
+#endif
+
+    af_glyph_hints_save( hints, outline );
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                C J K   S C R I P T   C L A S S                *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  static const AF_Script_UniRangeRec  af_cjk_uniranges[] =
+  {
+#if 0
+    {  0x0100UL,  0xFFFFUL },  /* why this? */
+#endif
+    {  0x2E80UL,  0x2EFFUL },  /* CJK Radicals Supplement                 */
+    {  0x2F00UL,  0x2FDFUL },  /* Kangxi Radicals                         */
+    {  0x3000UL,  0x303FUL },  /* CJK Symbols and Punctuation             */
+    {  0x3040UL,  0x309FUL },  /* Hiragana                                */
+    {  0x30A0UL,  0x30FFUL },  /* Katakana                                */
+    {  0x3100UL,  0x312FUL },  /* Bopomofo                                */
+    {  0x3130UL,  0x318FUL },  /* Hangul Compatibility Jamo               */
+    {  0x31A0UL,  0x31BFUL },  /* Bopomofo Extended                       */
+    {  0x31C0UL,  0x31EFUL },  /* CJK Strokes                             */
+    {  0x31F0UL,  0x31FFUL },  /* Katakana Phonetic Extensions            */
+    {  0x3200UL,  0x32FFUL },  /* Enclosed CJK Letters and Months         */
+    {  0x3300UL,  0x33FFUL },  /* CJK Compatibility                       */
+    {  0x3400UL,  0x4DBFUL },  /* CJK Unified Ideographs Extension A      */
+    {  0x4DC0UL,  0x4DFFUL },  /* Yijing Hexagram Symbols                 */
+    {  0x4E00UL,  0x9FFFUL },  /* CJK Unified Ideographs                  */
+    {  0xF900UL,  0xFAFFUL },  /* CJK Compatibility Ideographs            */
+    {  0xFE30UL,  0xFE4FUL },  /* CJK Compatibility Forms                 */
+    {  0xFF00UL,  0xFFEFUL },  /* Halfwidth and Fullwidth Forms           */
+    { 0x20000UL, 0x2A6DFUL },  /* CJK Unified Ideographs Extension B      */
+    { 0x2F800UL, 0x2FA1FUL },  /* CJK Compatibility Ideographs Supplement */
+    {       0UL,       0UL }
+  };
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF const AF_ScriptClassRec
+  af_cjk_script_class =
+  {
+    AF_SCRIPT_CJK,
+    af_cjk_uniranges,
+
+    sizeof( AF_LatinMetricsRec ),
+
+    (AF_Script_InitMetricsFunc) af_cjk_metrics_init,
+    (AF_Script_ScaleMetricsFunc)af_cjk_metrics_scale,
+    (AF_Script_DoneMetricsFunc) NULL,
+
+    (AF_Script_InitHintsFunc)   af_cjk_hints_init,
+    (AF_Script_ApplyHintsFunc)  af_cjk_hints_apply
+  };
+
+#else /* !AF_CONFIG_OPTION_CJK */
+
+  static const AF_Script_UniRangeRec  af_cjk_uniranges[] =
+  {
+    { 0, 0 }
+  };
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF const AF_ScriptClassRec
+  af_cjk_script_class =
+  {
+    AF_SCRIPT_CJK,
+    af_cjk_uniranges,
+
+    sizeof( AF_LatinMetricsRec ),
+
+    (AF_Script_InitMetricsFunc) NULL,
+    (AF_Script_ScaleMetricsFunc)NULL,
+    (AF_Script_DoneMetricsFunc) NULL,
+
+    (AF_Script_InitHintsFunc)   NULL,
+    (AF_Script_ApplyHintsFunc)  NULL
+  };
+
+#endif /* !AF_CONFIG_OPTION_CJK */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afcjk.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afcjk.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9f77fda
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afcjk.h
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  afcjk.h                                                                */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Auto-fitter hinting routines for CJK script (specification).         */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2006, 2007 by                                                */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __AFCJK_H__
+#define __AFCJK_H__
+
+#include "afhints.h"
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /* the CJK-specific script class */
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE const AF_ScriptClassRec
+  af_cjk_script_class;
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  af_cjk_metrics_init( AF_LatinMetrics  metrics,
+                       FT_Face          face );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  af_cjk_metrics_scale( AF_LatinMetrics  metrics,
+                        AF_Scaler        scaler );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  af_cjk_hints_init( AF_GlyphHints    hints,
+                     AF_LatinMetrics  metrics );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  af_cjk_hints_apply( AF_GlyphHints    hints,
+                      FT_Outline*      outline,
+                      AF_LatinMetrics  metrics );
+
+/* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __AFCJK_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afdummy.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afdummy.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed96e96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afdummy.c
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  afdummy.c                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Auto-fitter dummy routines to be used if no hinting should be        */
+/*    performed (body).                                                    */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2003, 2004, 2005 by                                          */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include "afdummy.h"
+#include "afhints.h"
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  af_dummy_hints_init( AF_GlyphHints     hints,
+                       AF_ScriptMetrics  metrics )
+  {
+    af_glyph_hints_rescale( hints,
+                            metrics );
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  af_dummy_hints_apply( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
+                        FT_Outline*    outline )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( hints );
+    FT_UNUSED( outline );
+
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF const AF_ScriptClassRec
+  af_dummy_script_class =
+  {
+    AF_SCRIPT_NONE,
+    NULL,
+
+    sizeof( AF_ScriptMetricsRec ),
+
+    (AF_Script_InitMetricsFunc) NULL,
+    (AF_Script_ScaleMetricsFunc)NULL,
+    (AF_Script_DoneMetricsFunc) NULL,
+
+    (AF_Script_InitHintsFunc)   af_dummy_hints_init,
+    (AF_Script_ApplyHintsFunc)  af_dummy_hints_apply
+  };
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afdummy.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afdummy.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2a5faf8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afdummy.h
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  afdummy.h                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Auto-fitter dummy routines to be used if no hinting should be        */
+/*    performed (specification).                                           */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2003, 2004, 2005 by                                          */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __AFDUMMY_H__
+#define __AFDUMMY_H__
+
+#include "aftypes.h"
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+ /*  A dummy script metrics class used when no hinting should
+  *  be performed.  This is the default for non-latin glyphs!
+  */
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE const AF_ScriptClassRec
+  af_dummy_script_class;
+
+/* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+
+#endif /* __AFDUMMY_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/aferrors.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/aferrors.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c2ed5fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/aferrors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  aferrors.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Autofitter error codes (specification only).                         */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2005 by                                                      */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This file is used to define the Autofitter error enumeration          */
+  /* constants.                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef __AFERRORS_H__
+#define __AFERRORS_H__
+
+#include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
+
+#undef __FTERRORS_H__
+
+#define FT_ERR_PREFIX  AF_Err_
+#define FT_ERR_BASE    FT_Mod_Err_Autofit
+
+#include FT_ERRORS_H
+
+#endif /* __AFERRORS_H__ */
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afglobal.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afglobal.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bfb9091
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afglobal.c
@@ -0,0 +1,289 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  afglobal.c                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Auto-fitter routines to compute global hinting values (body).        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by                        */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include "afglobal.h"
+#include "afdummy.h"
+#include "aflatin.h"
+#include "afcjk.h"
+#include "afindic.h"
+
+#include "aferrors.h"
+
+#ifdef FT_OPTION_AUTOFIT2
+#include "aflatin2.h"
+#endif
+
+  /* populate this list when you add new scripts */
+  static AF_ScriptClass const  af_script_classes[] =
+  {
+    &af_dummy_script_class,
+#ifdef FT_OPTION_AUTOFIT2
+    &af_latin2_script_class,
+#endif
+    &af_latin_script_class,
+    &af_cjk_script_class,
+    &af_indic_script_class, 
+    NULL  /* do not remove */
+  };
+
+  /* index of default script in `af_script_classes' */
+#define AF_SCRIPT_LIST_DEFAULT  2
+  /* indicates an uncovered glyph                   */
+#define AF_SCRIPT_LIST_NONE   255
+
+
+  /*
+   *  Note that glyph_scripts[] is used to map each glyph into
+   *  an index into the `af_script_classes' array.
+   *
+   */
+  typedef struct  AF_FaceGlobalsRec_
+  {
+    FT_Face           face;
+    FT_UInt           glyph_count;    /* same as face->num_glyphs */
+    FT_Byte*          glyph_scripts;
+
+    AF_ScriptMetrics  metrics[AF_SCRIPT_MAX];
+
+  } AF_FaceGlobalsRec;
+
+
+  /* Compute the script index of each glyph within a given face. */
+
+  static FT_Error
+  af_face_globals_compute_script_coverage( AF_FaceGlobals  globals )
+  {
+    FT_Error    error       = AF_Err_Ok;
+    FT_Face     face        = globals->face;
+    FT_CharMap  old_charmap = face->charmap;
+    FT_Byte*    gscripts    = globals->glyph_scripts;
+    FT_UInt     ss;
+
+
+    /* the value 255 means `uncovered glyph' */
+    FT_MEM_SET( globals->glyph_scripts,
+                AF_SCRIPT_LIST_NONE,
+                globals->glyph_count );
+
+    error = FT_Select_Charmap( face, FT_ENCODING_UNICODE );
+    if ( error )
+    {
+     /*
+      *  Ignore this error; we simply use the default script.
+      *  XXX: Shouldn't we rather disable hinting?
+      */
+      error = AF_Err_Ok;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* scan each script in a Unicode charmap */
+    for ( ss = 0; af_script_classes[ss]; ss++ )
+    {
+      AF_ScriptClass      clazz = af_script_classes[ss];
+      AF_Script_UniRange  range;
+
+
+      if ( clazz->script_uni_ranges == NULL )
+        continue;
+
+      /*
+       *  Scan all unicode points in the range and set the corresponding
+       *  glyph script index.
+       */
+      for ( range = clazz->script_uni_ranges; range->first != 0; range++ )
+      {
+        FT_ULong  charcode = range->first;
+        FT_UInt   gindex;
+
+
+        gindex = FT_Get_Char_Index( face, charcode );
+
+        if ( gindex != 0                             &&
+             gindex < globals->glyph_count           &&
+             gscripts[gindex] == AF_SCRIPT_LIST_NONE )
+        {
+          gscripts[gindex] = (FT_Byte)ss;
+        }
+
+        for (;;)
+        {
+          charcode = FT_Get_Next_Char( face, charcode, &gindex );
+
+          if ( gindex == 0 || charcode > range->last )
+            break;
+
+          if ( gindex < globals->glyph_count           &&
+               gscripts[gindex] == AF_SCRIPT_LIST_NONE )
+          {
+            gscripts[gindex] = (FT_Byte)ss;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    /*
+     *  By default, all uncovered glyphs are set to the latin script.
+     *  XXX: Shouldn't we disable hinting or do something similar?
+     */
+    {
+      FT_UInt  nn;
+
+
+      for ( nn = 0; nn < globals->glyph_count; nn++ )
+      {
+        if ( gscripts[nn] == AF_SCRIPT_LIST_NONE )
+          gscripts[nn] = AF_SCRIPT_LIST_DEFAULT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    FT_Set_Charmap( face, old_charmap );
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  af_face_globals_new( FT_Face          face,
+                       AF_FaceGlobals  *aglobals )
+  {
+    FT_Error        error;
+    FT_Memory       memory;
+    AF_FaceGlobals  globals;
+
+
+    memory = face->memory;
+
+    if ( !FT_ALLOC( globals, sizeof ( *globals ) +
+                             face->num_glyphs * sizeof ( FT_Byte ) ) )
+    {
+      globals->face          = face;
+      globals->glyph_count   = face->num_glyphs;
+      globals->glyph_scripts = (FT_Byte*)( globals + 1 );
+
+      error = af_face_globals_compute_script_coverage( globals );
+      if ( error )
+      {
+        af_face_globals_free( globals );
+        globals = NULL;
+      }
+    }
+
+    *aglobals = globals;
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  af_face_globals_free( AF_FaceGlobals  globals )
+  {
+    if ( globals )
+    {
+      FT_Memory  memory = globals->face->memory;
+      FT_UInt    nn;
+
+
+      for ( nn = 0; nn < AF_SCRIPT_MAX; nn++ )
+      {
+        if ( globals->metrics[nn] )
+        {
+          AF_ScriptClass  clazz = af_script_classes[nn];
+
+
+          FT_ASSERT( globals->metrics[nn]->clazz == clazz );
+
+          if ( clazz->script_metrics_done )
+            clazz->script_metrics_done( globals->metrics[nn] );
+
+          FT_FREE( globals->metrics[nn] );
+        }
+      }
+
+      globals->glyph_count   = 0;
+      globals->glyph_scripts = NULL;  /* no need to free this one! */
+      globals->face          = NULL;
+
+      FT_FREE( globals );
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  af_face_globals_get_metrics( AF_FaceGlobals     globals,
+                               FT_UInt            gindex,
+                               FT_UInt            options,
+                               AF_ScriptMetrics  *ametrics )
+  {
+    AF_ScriptMetrics  metrics = NULL;
+    FT_UInt           gidx;
+    AF_ScriptClass    clazz;
+    FT_UInt           script     = options & 15;
+    const FT_UInt     script_max = sizeof ( af_script_classes ) /
+                                     sizeof ( af_script_classes[0] );
+    FT_Error          error      = AF_Err_Ok;
+
+
+    if ( gindex >= globals->glyph_count )
+    {
+      error = AF_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    gidx = script;
+    if ( gidx == 0 || gidx + 1 >= script_max )
+      gidx = globals->glyph_scripts[gindex];
+
+    clazz = af_script_classes[gidx];
+    if ( script == 0 )
+      script = clazz->script;
+
+    metrics = globals->metrics[clazz->script];
+    if ( metrics == NULL )
+    {
+      /* create the global metrics object when needed */
+      FT_Memory  memory = globals->face->memory;
+
+
+      if ( FT_ALLOC( metrics, clazz->script_metrics_size ) )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      metrics->clazz = clazz;
+
+      if ( clazz->script_metrics_init )
+      {
+        error = clazz->script_metrics_init( metrics, globals->face );
+        if ( error )
+        {
+          if ( clazz->script_metrics_done )
+            clazz->script_metrics_done( metrics );
+
+          FT_FREE( metrics );
+          goto Exit;
+        }
+      }
+
+      globals->metrics[clazz->script] = metrics;
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    *ametrics = metrics;
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afglobal.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afglobal.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cf52c08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afglobal.h
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  afglobal.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Auto-fitter routines to compute global hinting values                */
+/*    (specification).                                                     */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2003, 2004, 2005, 2007 by                                    */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __AF_GLOBAL_H__
+#define __AF_GLOBAL_H__
+
+
+#include "aftypes.h"
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /************************************************************************/
+  /************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                              *****/
+  /*****                  F A C E   G L O B A L S                     *****/
+  /*****                                                              *****/
+  /************************************************************************/
+  /************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*
+   *  model the global hints data for a given face, decomposed into
+   *  script-specific items
+   */
+  typedef struct AF_FaceGlobalsRec_*   AF_FaceGlobals;
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  af_face_globals_new( FT_Face          face,
+                       AF_FaceGlobals  *aglobals );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  af_face_globals_get_metrics( AF_FaceGlobals     globals,
+                               FT_UInt            gindex,
+                               FT_UInt            options,
+                               AF_ScriptMetrics  *ametrics );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  af_face_globals_free( AF_FaceGlobals  globals );
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __AF_GLOBALS_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afhints.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afhints.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8ab1761
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afhints.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1264 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  afhints.c                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Auto-fitter hinting routines (body).                                 */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2009 by                        */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include "afhints.h"
+#include "aferrors.h"
+#include FT_INTERNAL_CALC_H
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  af_axis_hints_new_segment( AF_AxisHints  axis,
+                             FT_Memory     memory,
+                             AF_Segment   *asegment )
+  {
+    FT_Error    error   = AF_Err_Ok;
+    AF_Segment  segment = NULL;
+
+
+    if ( axis->num_segments >= axis->max_segments )
+    {
+      FT_Int  old_max = axis->max_segments;
+      FT_Int  new_max = old_max;
+      FT_Int  big_max = FT_INT_MAX / sizeof ( *segment );
+
+
+      if ( old_max >= big_max )
+      {
+        error = AF_Err_Out_Of_Memory;
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+
+      new_max += ( new_max >> 2 ) + 4;
+      if ( new_max < old_max || new_max > big_max )
+        new_max = big_max;
+
+      if ( FT_RENEW_ARRAY( axis->segments, old_max, new_max ) )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      axis->max_segments = new_max;
+    }
+
+    segment = axis->segments + axis->num_segments++;
+
+  Exit:
+    *asegment = segment;
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  af_axis_hints_new_edge( AF_AxisHints  axis,
+                          FT_Int        fpos,
+                          AF_Direction  dir,
+                          FT_Memory     memory,
+                          AF_Edge      *aedge )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error = AF_Err_Ok;
+    AF_Edge   edge  = NULL;
+    AF_Edge   edges;
+
+
+    if ( axis->num_edges >= axis->max_edges )
+    {
+      FT_Int  old_max = axis->max_edges;
+      FT_Int  new_max = old_max;
+      FT_Int  big_max = FT_INT_MAX / sizeof ( *edge );
+
+
+      if ( old_max >= big_max )
+      {
+        error = AF_Err_Out_Of_Memory;
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+
+      new_max += ( new_max >> 2 ) + 4;
+      if ( new_max < old_max || new_max > big_max )
+        new_max = big_max;
+
+      if ( FT_RENEW_ARRAY( axis->edges, old_max, new_max ) )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      axis->max_edges = new_max;
+    }
+
+    edges = axis->edges;
+    edge  = edges + axis->num_edges;
+
+    while ( edge > edges )
+    {
+      if ( edge[-1].fpos < fpos )
+        break;
+
+      /* we want the edge with same position and minor direction */
+      /* to appear before those in the major one in the list     */
+      if ( edge[-1].fpos == fpos && dir == axis->major_dir )
+        break;
+
+      edge[0] = edge[-1];
+      edge--;
+    }
+
+    axis->num_edges++;
+
+    FT_ZERO( edge );
+    edge->fpos = (FT_Short)fpos;
+    edge->dir  = (FT_Char)dir;
+
+  Exit:
+    *aedge = edge;
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+#ifdef AF_DEBUG
+
+#include FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
+
+  static const char*
+  af_dir_str( AF_Direction  dir )
+  {
+    const char*  result;
+
+
+    switch ( dir )
+    {
+    case AF_DIR_UP:
+      result = "up";
+      break;
+    case AF_DIR_DOWN:
+      result = "down";
+      break;
+    case AF_DIR_LEFT:
+      result = "left";
+      break;
+    case AF_DIR_RIGHT:
+      result = "right";
+      break;
+    default:
+      result = "none";
+    }
+
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+#define AF_INDEX_NUM( ptr, base )  ( (ptr) ? ( (ptr) - (base) ) : -1 )
+
+
+  void
+  af_glyph_hints_dump_points( AF_GlyphHints  hints )
+  {
+    AF_Point  points = hints->points;
+    AF_Point  limit  = points + hints->num_points;
+    AF_Point  point;
+
+
+    printf( "Table of points:\n" );
+    printf(   "  [ index |  xorg |  yorg |  xscale |  yscale "
+              "|  xfit  |  yfit  |  flags ]\n" );
+
+    for ( point = points; point < limit; point++ )
+    {
+      printf( "  [ %5d | %5d | %5d | %-5.2f | %-5.2f "
+              "| %-5.2f | %-5.2f | %c%c%c%c%c%c ]\n",
+              point - points,
+              point->fx,
+              point->fy,
+              point->ox/64.0,
+              point->oy/64.0,
+              point->x/64.0,
+              point->y/64.0,
+              ( point->flags & AF_FLAG_WEAK_INTERPOLATION ) ? 'w' : ' ',
+              ( point->flags & AF_FLAG_INFLECTION )         ? 'i' : ' ',
+              ( point->flags & AF_FLAG_EXTREMA_X )          ? '<' : ' ',
+              ( point->flags & AF_FLAG_EXTREMA_Y )          ? 'v' : ' ',
+              ( point->flags & AF_FLAG_ROUND_X )            ? '(' : ' ',
+              ( point->flags & AF_FLAG_ROUND_Y )            ? 'u' : ' ');
+    }
+    printf( "\n" );
+  }
+
+
+  static const char*
+  af_edge_flags_to_string( AF_Edge_Flags  flags )
+  {
+    static char  temp[32];
+    int          pos = 0;
+
+
+    if ( flags & AF_EDGE_ROUND )
+    {
+      ft_memcpy( temp + pos, "round", 5 );
+      pos += 5;
+    }
+    if ( flags & AF_EDGE_SERIF )
+    {
+      if ( pos > 0 )
+        temp[pos++] = ' ';
+      ft_memcpy( temp + pos, "serif", 5 );
+      pos += 5;
+    }
+    if ( pos == 0 )
+      return "normal";
+
+    temp[pos] = 0;
+
+    return temp;
+  }
+
+
+  /* A function to dump the array of linked segments. */
+  void
+  af_glyph_hints_dump_segments( AF_GlyphHints  hints )
+  {
+    FT_Int  dimension;
+
+
+    for ( dimension = 1; dimension >= 0; dimension-- )
+    {
+      AF_AxisHints  axis     = &hints->axis[dimension];
+      AF_Segment    segments = axis->segments;
+      AF_Segment    limit    = segments + axis->num_segments;
+      AF_Segment    seg;
+
+
+      printf ( "Table of %s segments:\n",
+               dimension == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ ? "vertical" : "horizontal" );
+      printf ( "  [ index |  pos  |  dir  | link | serif |"
+               " height  | extra | flags    ]\n" );
+
+      for ( seg = segments; seg < limit; seg++ )
+      {
+        printf ( "  [ %5d | %5.2g | %5s | %4d | %5d | %5d | %5d | %s ]\n",
+                 seg - segments,
+                 dimension == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ ? (int)seg->first->ox / 64.0
+                                                : (int)seg->first->oy / 64.0,
+                 af_dir_str( (AF_Direction)seg->dir ),
+                 AF_INDEX_NUM( seg->link, segments ),
+                 AF_INDEX_NUM( seg->serif, segments ),
+                 seg->height,
+                 seg->height - ( seg->max_coord - seg->min_coord ),
+                 af_edge_flags_to_string( seg->flags ) );
+      }
+      printf( "\n" );
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  void
+  af_glyph_hints_dump_edges( AF_GlyphHints  hints )
+  {
+    FT_Int  dimension;
+
+
+    for ( dimension = 1; dimension >= 0; dimension-- )
+    {
+      AF_AxisHints  axis  = &hints->axis[dimension];
+      AF_Edge       edges = axis->edges;
+      AF_Edge       limit = edges + axis->num_edges;
+      AF_Edge       edge;
+
+
+      /*
+       *  note: AF_DIMENSION_HORZ corresponds to _vertical_ edges
+       *        since they have constant a X coordinate.
+       */
+      printf ( "Table of %s edges:\n",
+               dimension == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ ? "vertical" : "horizontal" );
+      printf ( "  [ index |  pos  |  dir  | link |"
+               " serif | blue | opos  |  pos  | flags   ]\n" );
+
+      for ( edge = edges; edge < limit; edge++ )
+      {
+        printf ( "  [ %5d | %5.2g | %5s | %4d |"
+                 " %5d |   %c  | %5.2f | %5.2f | %s ]\n",
+                 edge - edges,
+                 (int)edge->opos / 64.0,
+                 af_dir_str( (AF_Direction)edge->dir ),
+                 AF_INDEX_NUM( edge->link, edges ),
+                 AF_INDEX_NUM( edge->serif, edges ),
+                 edge->blue_edge ? 'y' : 'n',
+                 edge->opos / 64.0,
+                 edge->pos / 64.0,
+                 af_edge_flags_to_string( edge->flags ) );
+      }
+      printf( "\n" );
+    }
+  }
+
+#else /* !AF_DEBUG */
+
+  /* these empty stubs are only used to link the `ftgrid' test program */
+  /* when debugging is disabled                                        */
+
+  void
+  af_glyph_hints_dump_points( AF_GlyphHints  hints )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( hints );
+  }
+
+
+  void
+  af_glyph_hints_dump_segments( AF_GlyphHints  hints )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( hints );
+  }
+
+
+  void
+  af_glyph_hints_dump_edges( AF_GlyphHints  hints )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( hints );
+  }
+
+#endif /* !AF_DEBUG */
+
+
+  /* compute the direction value of a given vector */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( AF_Direction )
+  af_direction_compute( FT_Pos  dx,
+                        FT_Pos  dy )
+  {
+    FT_Pos        ll, ss;  /* long and short arm lengths */
+    AF_Direction  dir;     /* candidate direction        */
+
+
+    if ( dy >= dx )
+    {
+      if ( dy >= -dx )
+      {
+        dir = AF_DIR_UP;
+        ll  = dy;
+        ss  = dx;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        dir = AF_DIR_LEFT;
+        ll  = -dx;
+        ss  = dy;
+      }
+    }
+    else /* dy < dx */
+    {
+      if ( dy >= -dx )
+      {
+        dir = AF_DIR_RIGHT;
+        ll  = dx;
+        ss  = dy;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        dir = AF_DIR_DOWN;
+        ll  = dy;
+        ss  = dx;
+      }
+    }
+
+    ss *= 14;
+    if ( FT_ABS( ll ) <= FT_ABS( ss ) )
+      dir = AF_DIR_NONE;
+
+    return dir;
+  }
+
+
+  /* compute all inflex points in a given glyph */
+
+  static void
+  af_glyph_hints_compute_inflections( AF_GlyphHints  hints )
+  {
+    AF_Point*  contour       = hints->contours;
+    AF_Point*  contour_limit = contour + hints->num_contours;
+
+
+    /* do each contour separately */
+    for ( ; contour < contour_limit; contour++ )
+    {
+      AF_Point  point = contour[0];
+      AF_Point  first = point;
+      AF_Point  start = point;
+      AF_Point  end   = point;
+      AF_Point  before;
+      AF_Point  after;
+      FT_Pos    in_x, in_y, out_x, out_y;
+      AF_Angle  orient_prev, orient_cur;
+      FT_Int    finished = 0;
+
+
+      /* compute first segment in contour */
+      first = point;
+
+      start = end = first;
+      do
+      {
+        end = end->next;
+        if ( end == first )
+          goto Skip;
+
+        in_x = end->fx - start->fx;
+        in_y = end->fy - start->fy;
+
+      } while ( in_x == 0 && in_y == 0 );
+
+      /* extend the segment start whenever possible */
+      before = start;
+      do
+      {
+        do
+        {
+          start  = before;
+          before = before->prev;
+          if ( before == first )
+            goto Skip;
+
+          out_x = start->fx - before->fx;
+          out_y = start->fy - before->fy;
+
+        } while ( out_x == 0 && out_y == 0 );
+
+        orient_prev = ft_corner_orientation( in_x, in_y, out_x, out_y );
+
+      } while ( orient_prev == 0 );
+
+      first = start;
+
+      in_x = out_x;
+      in_y = out_y;
+
+      /* now process all segments in the contour */
+      do
+      {
+        /* first, extend current segment's end whenever possible */
+        after = end;
+        do
+        {
+          do
+          {
+            end   = after;
+            after = after->next;
+            if ( after == first )
+              finished = 1;
+
+            out_x = after->fx - end->fx;
+            out_y = after->fy - end->fy;
+
+          } while ( out_x == 0 && out_y == 0 );
+
+          orient_cur = ft_corner_orientation( in_x, in_y, out_x, out_y );
+
+        } while ( orient_cur == 0 );
+
+        if ( ( orient_prev + orient_cur ) == 0 )
+        {
+          /* we have an inflection point here */
+          do
+          {
+            start->flags |= AF_FLAG_INFLECTION;
+            start = start->next;
+
+          } while ( start != end );
+
+          start->flags |= AF_FLAG_INFLECTION;
+        }
+
+        start = end;
+        end   = after;
+
+        orient_prev = orient_cur;
+        in_x        = out_x;
+        in_y        = out_y;
+
+      } while ( !finished );
+
+    Skip:
+      ;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  af_glyph_hints_init( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
+                       FT_Memory      memory )
+  {
+    FT_ZERO( hints );
+    hints->memory = memory;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  af_glyph_hints_done( AF_GlyphHints  hints )
+  {
+    if ( hints && hints->memory )
+    {
+      FT_Memory  memory = hints->memory;
+      int        dim;
+
+
+      /*
+       *  note that we don't need to free the segment and edge
+       *  buffers, since they are really within the hints->points array
+       */
+      for ( dim = 0; dim < AF_DIMENSION_MAX; dim++ )
+      {
+        AF_AxisHints  axis = &hints->axis[dim];
+
+
+        axis->num_segments = 0;
+        axis->max_segments = 0;
+        FT_FREE( axis->segments );
+
+        axis->num_edges    = 0;
+        axis->max_edges    = 0;
+        FT_FREE( axis->edges );
+      }
+
+      FT_FREE( hints->contours );
+      hints->max_contours = 0;
+      hints->num_contours = 0;
+
+      FT_FREE( hints->points );
+      hints->num_points = 0;
+      hints->max_points = 0;
+
+      hints->memory = NULL;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  af_glyph_hints_rescale( AF_GlyphHints     hints,
+                          AF_ScriptMetrics  metrics )
+  {
+    hints->metrics      = metrics;
+    hints->scaler_flags = metrics->scaler.flags;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  af_glyph_hints_reload( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
+                         FT_Outline*    outline,
+                         FT_Bool        get_inflections )
+  {
+    FT_Error   error   = AF_Err_Ok;
+    AF_Point   points;
+    FT_UInt    old_max, new_max;
+    FT_Fixed   x_scale = hints->x_scale;
+    FT_Fixed   y_scale = hints->y_scale;
+    FT_Pos     x_delta = hints->x_delta;
+    FT_Pos     y_delta = hints->y_delta;
+    FT_Memory  memory  = hints->memory;
+
+
+    hints->num_points   = 0;
+    hints->num_contours = 0;
+
+    hints->axis[0].num_segments = 0;
+    hints->axis[0].num_edges    = 0;
+    hints->axis[1].num_segments = 0;
+    hints->axis[1].num_edges    = 0;
+
+    /* first of all, reallocate the contours array when necessary */
+    new_max = (FT_UInt)outline->n_contours;
+    old_max = hints->max_contours;
+    if ( new_max > old_max )
+    {
+      new_max = ( new_max + 3 ) & ~3;
+
+      if ( FT_RENEW_ARRAY( hints->contours, old_max, new_max ) )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      hints->max_contours = new_max;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     *  then reallocate the points arrays if necessary --
+     *  note that we reserve two additional point positions, used to
+     *  hint metrics appropriately
+     */
+    new_max = (FT_UInt)( outline->n_points + 2 );
+    old_max = hints->max_points;
+    if ( new_max > old_max )
+    {
+      new_max = ( new_max + 2 + 7 ) & ~7;
+
+      if ( FT_RENEW_ARRAY( hints->points, old_max, new_max ) )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      hints->max_points = new_max;
+    }
+
+    hints->num_points   = outline->n_points;
+    hints->num_contours = outline->n_contours;
+
+    /* We can't rely on the value of `FT_Outline.flags' to know the fill   */
+    /* direction used for a glyph, given that some fonts are broken (e.g., */
+    /* the Arphic ones).  We thus recompute it each time we need to.       */
+    /*                                                                     */
+    hints->axis[AF_DIMENSION_HORZ].major_dir = AF_DIR_UP;
+    hints->axis[AF_DIMENSION_VERT].major_dir = AF_DIR_LEFT;
+
+    if ( FT_Outline_Get_Orientation( outline ) == FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT )
+    {
+      hints->axis[AF_DIMENSION_HORZ].major_dir = AF_DIR_DOWN;
+      hints->axis[AF_DIMENSION_VERT].major_dir = AF_DIR_RIGHT;
+    }
+
+    hints->x_scale = x_scale;
+    hints->y_scale = y_scale;
+    hints->x_delta = x_delta;
+    hints->y_delta = y_delta;
+
+    hints->xmin_delta = 0;
+    hints->xmax_delta = 0;
+
+    points = hints->points;
+    if ( hints->num_points == 0 )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    {
+      AF_Point  point;
+      AF_Point  point_limit = points + hints->num_points;
+
+
+      /* compute coordinates & Bezier flags, next and prev */
+      {
+        FT_Vector*  vec           = outline->points;
+        char*       tag           = outline->tags;
+        AF_Point    first         = points;
+        AF_Point    end           = points + outline->contours[0];
+        AF_Point    prev          = end;
+        FT_Int      contour_index = 0;
+
+
+        for ( point = points; point < point_limit; point++, vec++, tag++ )
+        {
+          point->fx = (FT_Short)vec->x;
+          point->fy = (FT_Short)vec->y;
+          point->ox = point->x = FT_MulFix( vec->x, x_scale ) + x_delta;
+          point->oy = point->y = FT_MulFix( vec->y, y_scale ) + y_delta;
+
+          switch ( FT_CURVE_TAG( *tag ) )
+          {
+          case FT_CURVE_TAG_CONIC:
+            point->flags = AF_FLAG_CONIC;
+            break;
+          case FT_CURVE_TAG_CUBIC:
+            point->flags = AF_FLAG_CUBIC;
+            break;
+          default:
+            point->flags = 0;
+          }
+
+          point->prev = prev;
+          prev->next  = point;
+          prev        = point;
+
+          if ( point == end )
+          {
+            if ( ++contour_index < outline->n_contours )
+            {
+              first = point + 1;
+              end   = points + outline->contours[contour_index];
+              prev  = end;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* set-up the contours array */
+      {
+        AF_Point*  contour       = hints->contours;
+        AF_Point*  contour_limit = contour + hints->num_contours;
+        short*     end           = outline->contours;
+        short      idx           = 0;
+
+
+        for ( ; contour < contour_limit; contour++, end++ )
+        {
+          contour[0] = points + idx;
+          idx        = (short)( end[0] + 1 );
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* compute directions of in & out vectors */
+      {
+        AF_Point      first  = points;
+        AF_Point      prev   = NULL;
+        FT_Pos        in_x   = 0;
+        FT_Pos        in_y   = 0;
+        AF_Direction  in_dir = AF_DIR_NONE;
+
+
+        for ( point = points; point < point_limit; point++ )
+        {
+          AF_Point  next;
+          FT_Pos    out_x, out_y;
+
+
+          if ( point == first )
+          {
+            prev   = first->prev;
+            in_x   = first->fx - prev->fx;
+            in_y   = first->fy - prev->fy;
+            in_dir = af_direction_compute( in_x, in_y );
+            first  = prev + 1;
+          }
+
+          point->in_dir = (FT_Char)in_dir;
+
+          next  = point->next;
+          out_x = next->fx - point->fx;
+          out_y = next->fy - point->fy;
+
+          in_dir         = af_direction_compute( out_x, out_y );
+          point->out_dir = (FT_Char)in_dir;
+
+          if ( point->flags & ( AF_FLAG_CONIC | AF_FLAG_CUBIC ) )
+          {
+          Is_Weak_Point:
+            point->flags |= AF_FLAG_WEAK_INTERPOLATION;
+          }
+          else if ( point->out_dir == point->in_dir )
+          {
+            if ( point->out_dir != AF_DIR_NONE )
+              goto Is_Weak_Point;
+
+            if ( ft_corner_is_flat( in_x, in_y, out_x, out_y ) )
+              goto Is_Weak_Point;
+          }
+          else if ( point->in_dir == -point->out_dir )
+            goto Is_Weak_Point;
+
+          in_x = out_x;
+          in_y = out_y;
+          prev = point;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* compute inflection points --                 */
+    /* disabled due to no longer perceived benefits */
+    if ( 0 && get_inflections )
+      af_glyph_hints_compute_inflections( hints );
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  af_glyph_hints_save( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
+                       FT_Outline*    outline )
+  {
+    AF_Point    point = hints->points;
+    AF_Point    limit = point + hints->num_points;
+    FT_Vector*  vec   = outline->points;
+    char*       tag   = outline->tags;
+
+
+    for ( ; point < limit; point++, vec++, tag++ )
+    {
+      vec->x = point->x;
+      vec->y = point->y;
+
+      if ( point->flags & AF_FLAG_CONIC )
+        tag[0] = FT_CURVE_TAG_CONIC;
+      else if ( point->flags & AF_FLAG_CUBIC )
+        tag[0] = FT_CURVE_TAG_CUBIC;
+      else
+        tag[0] = FT_CURVE_TAG_ON;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /****************************************************************
+   *
+   *                     EDGE POINT GRID-FITTING
+   *
+   ****************************************************************/
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  af_glyph_hints_align_edge_points( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
+                                    AF_Dimension   dim )
+  {
+    AF_AxisHints  axis          = & hints->axis[dim];
+    AF_Segment    segments      = axis->segments;
+    AF_Segment    segment_limit = segments + axis->num_segments;
+    AF_Segment    seg;
+
+
+    if ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ )
+    {
+      for ( seg = segments; seg < segment_limit; seg++ )
+      {
+        AF_Edge   edge = seg->edge;
+        AF_Point  point, first, last;
+
+
+        if ( edge == NULL )
+          continue;
+
+        first = seg->first;
+        last  = seg->last;
+        point = first;
+        for (;;)
+        {
+          point->x      = edge->pos;
+          point->flags |= AF_FLAG_TOUCH_X;
+
+          if ( point == last )
+            break;
+
+          point = point->next;
+
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      for ( seg = segments; seg < segment_limit; seg++ )
+      {
+        AF_Edge   edge = seg->edge;
+        AF_Point  point, first, last;
+
+
+        if ( edge == NULL )
+          continue;
+
+        first = seg->first;
+        last  = seg->last;
+        point = first;
+        for (;;)
+        {
+          point->y      = edge->pos;
+          point->flags |= AF_FLAG_TOUCH_Y;
+
+          if ( point == last )
+            break;
+
+          point = point->next;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /****************************************************************
+   *
+   *                    STRONG POINT INTERPOLATION
+   *
+   ****************************************************************/
+
+
+  /* hint the strong points -- this is equivalent to the TrueType `IP' */
+  /* hinting instruction                                               */
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  af_glyph_hints_align_strong_points( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
+                                      AF_Dimension   dim )
+  {
+    AF_Point      points      = hints->points;
+    AF_Point      point_limit = points + hints->num_points;
+    AF_AxisHints  axis        = &hints->axis[dim];
+    AF_Edge       edges       = axis->edges;
+    AF_Edge       edge_limit  = edges + axis->num_edges;
+    AF_Flags      touch_flag;
+
+
+    if ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ )
+      touch_flag = AF_FLAG_TOUCH_X;
+    else
+      touch_flag  = AF_FLAG_TOUCH_Y;
+
+    if ( edges < edge_limit )
+    {
+      AF_Point  point;
+      AF_Edge   edge;
+
+
+      for ( point = points; point < point_limit; point++ )
+      {
+        FT_Pos  u, ou, fu;  /* point position */
+        FT_Pos  delta;
+
+
+        if ( point->flags & touch_flag )
+          continue;
+
+        /* if this point is candidate to weak interpolation, we       */
+        /* interpolate it after all strong points have been processed */
+
+        if (  ( point->flags & AF_FLAG_WEAK_INTERPOLATION ) &&
+             !( point->flags & AF_FLAG_INFLECTION )         )
+          continue;
+
+        if ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_VERT )
+        {
+          u  = point->fy;
+          ou = point->oy;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          u  = point->fx;
+          ou = point->ox;
+        }
+
+        fu = u;
+
+        /* is the point before the first edge? */
+        edge  = edges;
+        delta = edge->fpos - u;
+        if ( delta >= 0 )
+        {
+          u = edge->pos - ( edge->opos - ou );
+          goto Store_Point;
+        }
+
+        /* is the point after the last edge? */
+        edge  = edge_limit - 1;
+        delta = u - edge->fpos;
+        if ( delta >= 0 )
+        {
+          u = edge->pos + ( ou - edge->opos );
+          goto Store_Point;
+        }
+
+        {
+          FT_UInt  min, max, mid;
+          FT_Pos   fpos;
+
+
+          /* find enclosing edges */
+          min = 0;
+          max = edge_limit - edges;
+
+#if 1
+          /* for small edge counts, a linear search is better */
+          if ( max <= 8 )
+          {
+            FT_UInt  nn;
+
+            for ( nn = 0; nn < max; nn++ )
+              if ( edges[nn].fpos >= u )
+                break;
+
+            if ( edges[nn].fpos == u )
+            {
+              u = edges[nn].pos;
+              goto Store_Point;
+            }
+            min = nn;
+          }
+          else
+#endif
+          while ( min < max )
+          {
+            mid  = ( max + min ) >> 1;
+            edge = edges + mid;
+            fpos = edge->fpos;
+
+            if ( u < fpos )
+              max = mid;
+            else if ( u > fpos )
+              min = mid + 1;
+            else
+            {
+              /* we are on the edge */
+              u = edge->pos;
+              goto Store_Point;
+            }
+          }
+
+          {
+            AF_Edge  before = edges + min - 1;
+            AF_Edge  after  = edges + min + 0;
+
+
+            /* assert( before && after && before != after ) */
+            if ( before->scale == 0 )
+              before->scale = FT_DivFix( after->pos - before->pos,
+                                         after->fpos - before->fpos );
+
+            u = before->pos + FT_MulFix( fu - before->fpos,
+                                         before->scale );
+          }
+        }
+
+      Store_Point:
+        /* save the point position */
+        if ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ )
+          point->x = u;
+        else
+          point->y = u;
+
+        point->flags |= touch_flag;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /****************************************************************
+   *
+   *                    WEAK POINT INTERPOLATION
+   *
+   ****************************************************************/
+
+
+  static void
+  af_iup_shift( AF_Point  p1,
+                AF_Point  p2,
+                AF_Point  ref )
+  {
+    AF_Point  p;
+    FT_Pos    delta = ref->u - ref->v;
+
+    if ( delta == 0 )
+      return;
+
+    for ( p = p1; p < ref; p++ )
+      p->u = p->v + delta;
+
+    for ( p = ref + 1; p <= p2; p++ )
+      p->u = p->v + delta;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  af_iup_interp( AF_Point  p1,
+                 AF_Point  p2,
+                 AF_Point  ref1,
+                 AF_Point  ref2 )
+  {
+    AF_Point  p;
+    FT_Pos    u;
+    FT_Pos    v1 = ref1->v;
+    FT_Pos    v2 = ref2->v;
+    FT_Pos    d1 = ref1->u - v1;
+    FT_Pos    d2 = ref2->u - v2;
+
+
+    if ( p1 > p2 )
+      return;
+
+    if ( v1 == v2 )
+    {
+      for ( p = p1; p <= p2; p++ )
+      {
+        u = p->v;
+
+        if ( u <= v1 )
+          u += d1;
+        else
+          u += d2;
+
+        p->u = u;
+      }
+      return;
+    }
+
+    if ( v1 < v2 )
+    {
+      for ( p = p1; p <= p2; p++ )
+      {
+        u = p->v;
+
+        if ( u <= v1 )
+          u += d1;
+        else if ( u >= v2 )
+          u += d2;
+        else
+          u = ref1->u + FT_MulDiv( u - v1, ref2->u - ref1->u, v2 - v1 );
+
+        p->u = u;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      for ( p = p1; p <= p2; p++ )
+      {
+        u = p->v;
+
+        if ( u <= v2 )
+          u += d2;
+        else if ( u >= v1 )
+          u += d1;
+        else
+          u = ref1->u + FT_MulDiv( u - v1, ref2->u - ref1->u, v2 - v1 );
+
+        p->u = u;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  af_glyph_hints_align_weak_points( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
+                                    AF_Dimension   dim )
+  {
+    AF_Point   points        = hints->points;
+    AF_Point   point_limit   = points + hints->num_points;
+    AF_Point*  contour       = hints->contours;
+    AF_Point*  contour_limit = contour + hints->num_contours;
+    AF_Flags   touch_flag;
+    AF_Point   point;
+    AF_Point   end_point;
+    AF_Point   first_point;
+
+
+    /* PASS 1: Move segment points to edge positions */
+
+    if ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ )
+    {
+      touch_flag = AF_FLAG_TOUCH_X;
+
+      for ( point = points; point < point_limit; point++ )
+      {
+        point->u = point->x;
+        point->v = point->ox;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      touch_flag = AF_FLAG_TOUCH_Y;
+
+      for ( point = points; point < point_limit; point++ )
+      {
+        point->u = point->y;
+        point->v = point->oy;
+      }
+    }
+
+    point = points;
+
+    for ( ; contour < contour_limit; contour++ )
+    {
+      AF_Point  first_touched, last_touched;
+
+
+      point       = *contour;
+      end_point   = point->prev;
+      first_point = point;
+
+      /* find first touched point */
+      for (;;)
+      {
+        if ( point > end_point )  /* no touched point in contour */
+          goto NextContour;
+
+        if ( point->flags & touch_flag )
+          break;
+
+        point++;
+      }
+
+      first_touched = point;
+      last_touched  = point;
+
+      for (;;)
+      {
+        FT_ASSERT( point <= end_point &&
+                   ( point->flags & touch_flag ) != 0 );
+
+        /* skip any touched neighbhours */
+        while ( point < end_point && ( point[1].flags & touch_flag ) != 0 )
+          point++;
+
+        last_touched = point;
+
+        /* find the next touched point, if any */
+        point ++;
+        for (;;)
+        {
+          if ( point > end_point )
+            goto EndContour;
+
+          if ( ( point->flags & touch_flag ) != 0 )
+            break;
+
+          point++;
+        }
+
+        /* interpolate between last_touched and point */
+        af_iup_interp( last_touched + 1, point - 1,
+                       last_touched, point );
+      }
+
+    EndContour:
+      /* special case: only one point was touched */
+      if ( last_touched == first_touched )
+      {
+        af_iup_shift( first_point, end_point, first_touched );
+      }
+      else /* interpolate the last part */
+      {
+        if ( last_touched < end_point )
+          af_iup_interp( last_touched + 1, end_point,
+                         last_touched, first_touched );
+
+        if ( first_touched > points )
+          af_iup_interp( first_point, first_touched - 1,
+                         last_touched, first_touched );
+      }
+
+    NextContour:
+      ;
+    }
+
+    /* now save the interpolated values back to x/y */
+    if ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ )
+    {
+      for ( point = points; point < point_limit; point++ )
+        point->x = point->u;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      for ( point = points; point < point_limit; point++ )
+        point->y = point->u;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+#ifdef AF_USE_WARPER
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  af_glyph_hints_scale_dim( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
+                            AF_Dimension   dim,
+                            FT_Fixed       scale,
+                            FT_Pos         delta )
+  {
+    AF_Point  points       = hints->points;
+    AF_Point  points_limit = points + hints->num_points;
+    AF_Point  point;
+
+
+    if ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ )
+    {
+      for ( point = points; point < points_limit; point++ )
+        point->x = FT_MulFix( point->fx, scale ) + delta;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      for ( point = points; point < points_limit; point++ )
+        point->y = FT_MulFix( point->fy, scale ) + delta;
+    }
+  }
+
+#endif /* AF_USE_WARPER */
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afhints.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afhints.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6758268
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afhints.h
@@ -0,0 +1,333 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  afhints.h                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Auto-fitter hinting routines (specification).                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by                        */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __AFHINTS_H__
+#define __AFHINTS_H__
+
+#include "aftypes.h"
+
+#define xxAF_SORT_SEGMENTS
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+ /*
+  *  The definition of outline glyph hints.  These are shared by all
+  *  script analysis routines (until now).
+  */
+
+  typedef enum  AF_Dimension_
+  {
+    AF_DIMENSION_HORZ = 0,  /* x coordinates,                    */
+                            /* i.e., vertical segments & edges   */
+    AF_DIMENSION_VERT = 1,  /* y coordinates,                    */
+                            /* i.e., horizontal segments & edges */
+
+    AF_DIMENSION_MAX  /* do not remove */
+
+  } AF_Dimension;
+
+
+  /* hint directions -- the values are computed so that two vectors are */
+  /* in opposite directions iff `dir1 + dir2 == 0'                      */
+  typedef enum  AF_Direction_
+  {
+    AF_DIR_NONE  =  4,
+    AF_DIR_RIGHT =  1,
+    AF_DIR_LEFT  = -1,
+    AF_DIR_UP    =  2,
+    AF_DIR_DOWN  = -2
+
+  } AF_Direction;
+
+
+  /* point hint flags */
+  typedef enum  AF_Flags_
+  {
+    AF_FLAG_NONE = 0,
+
+    /* point type flags */
+    AF_FLAG_CONIC   = 1 << 0,
+    AF_FLAG_CUBIC   = 1 << 1,
+    AF_FLAG_CONTROL = AF_FLAG_CONIC | AF_FLAG_CUBIC,
+
+    /* point extremum flags */
+    AF_FLAG_EXTREMA_X = 1 << 2,
+    AF_FLAG_EXTREMA_Y = 1 << 3,
+
+    /* point roundness flags */
+    AF_FLAG_ROUND_X = 1 << 4,
+    AF_FLAG_ROUND_Y = 1 << 5,
+
+    /* point touch flags */
+    AF_FLAG_TOUCH_X = 1 << 6,
+    AF_FLAG_TOUCH_Y = 1 << 7,
+
+    /* candidates for weak interpolation have this flag set */
+    AF_FLAG_WEAK_INTERPOLATION = 1 << 8,
+
+    /* all inflection points in the outline have this flag set */
+    AF_FLAG_INFLECTION = 1 << 9
+
+  } AF_Flags;
+
+
+  /* edge hint flags */
+  typedef enum  AF_Edge_Flags_
+  {
+    AF_EDGE_NORMAL = 0,
+    AF_EDGE_ROUND  = 1 << 0,
+    AF_EDGE_SERIF  = 1 << 1,
+    AF_EDGE_DONE   = 1 << 2
+
+  } AF_Edge_Flags;
+
+
+  typedef struct AF_PointRec_*    AF_Point;
+  typedef struct AF_SegmentRec_*  AF_Segment;
+  typedef struct AF_EdgeRec_*     AF_Edge;
+
+
+  typedef struct  AF_PointRec_
+  {
+    FT_UShort  flags;    /* point flags used by hinter   */
+    FT_Char    in_dir;   /* direction of inwards vector  */
+    FT_Char    out_dir;  /* direction of outwards vector */
+
+    FT_Pos     ox, oy;   /* original, scaled position                   */
+    FT_Short   fx, fy;   /* original, unscaled position (font units)    */
+    FT_Pos     x, y;     /* current position                            */
+    FT_Pos     u, v;     /* current (x,y) or (y,x) depending on context */
+
+    AF_Point   next;     /* next point in contour     */
+    AF_Point   prev;     /* previous point in contour */
+
+  } AF_PointRec;
+
+
+  typedef struct  AF_SegmentRec_
+  {
+    FT_Byte     flags;       /* edge/segment flags for this segment */
+    FT_Char     dir;         /* segment direction                   */
+    FT_Short    pos;         /* position of segment                 */
+    FT_Short    min_coord;   /* minimum coordinate of segment       */
+    FT_Short    max_coord;   /* maximum coordinate of segment       */
+    FT_Short    height;      /* the hinted segment height           */
+
+    AF_Edge     edge;        /* the segment's parent edge           */
+    AF_Segment  edge_next;   /* link to next segment in parent edge */
+
+    AF_Segment  link;        /* (stem) link segment        */
+    AF_Segment  serif;       /* primary segment for serifs */
+    FT_Pos      num_linked;  /* number of linked segments  */
+    FT_Pos      score;       /* used during stem matching  */
+    FT_Pos      len;         /* used during stem matching  */
+
+    AF_Point    first;       /* first point in edge segment             */
+    AF_Point    last;        /* last point in edge segment              */
+    AF_Point*   contour;     /* ptr to first point of segment's contour */
+
+  } AF_SegmentRec;
+
+
+  typedef struct  AF_EdgeRec_
+  {
+    FT_Short    fpos;       /* original, unscaled position (font units) */
+    FT_Pos      opos;       /* original, scaled position                */
+    FT_Pos      pos;        /* current position                         */
+
+    FT_Byte     flags;      /* edge flags                                   */
+    FT_Char     dir;        /* edge direction                               */
+    FT_Fixed    scale;      /* used to speed up interpolation between edges */
+    AF_Width    blue_edge;  /* non-NULL if this is a blue edge              */
+
+    AF_Edge     link;
+    AF_Edge     serif;
+    FT_Short    num_linked;
+
+    FT_Int      score;
+
+    AF_Segment  first;
+    AF_Segment  last;
+
+  } AF_EdgeRec;
+
+
+  typedef struct  AF_AxisHintsRec_
+  {
+    FT_Int        num_segments;
+    FT_Int        max_segments;
+    AF_Segment    segments;
+#ifdef AF_SORT_SEGMENTS
+    FT_Int        mid_segments;
+#endif
+
+    FT_Int        num_edges;
+    FT_Int        max_edges;
+    AF_Edge       edges;
+
+    AF_Direction  major_dir;
+
+  } AF_AxisHintsRec, *AF_AxisHints;
+
+
+  typedef struct  AF_GlyphHintsRec_
+  {
+    FT_Memory         memory;
+
+    FT_Fixed          x_scale;
+    FT_Pos            x_delta;
+
+    FT_Fixed          y_scale;
+    FT_Pos            y_delta;
+
+    FT_Pos            edge_distance_threshold;
+
+    FT_Int            max_points;
+    FT_Int            num_points;
+    AF_Point          points;
+
+    FT_Int            max_contours;
+    FT_Int            num_contours;
+    AF_Point*         contours;
+
+    AF_AxisHintsRec   axis[AF_DIMENSION_MAX];
+
+    FT_UInt32         scaler_flags;  /* copy of scaler flags     */
+    FT_UInt32         other_flags;   /* free for script-specific */
+                                     /* implementations          */
+    AF_ScriptMetrics  metrics;
+
+    FT_Pos            xmin_delta;    /* used for warping */
+    FT_Pos            xmax_delta;
+    
+  } AF_GlyphHintsRec;
+
+
+#define AF_HINTS_TEST_SCALER( h, f )  ( (h)->scaler_flags & (f) )
+#define AF_HINTS_TEST_OTHER( h, f )   ( (h)->other_flags  & (f) )
+
+
+#ifdef AF_DEBUG
+
+#define AF_HINTS_DO_HORIZONTAL( h )                                     \
+          ( !_af_debug_disable_horz_hints                            && \
+            !AF_HINTS_TEST_SCALER( h, AF_SCALER_FLAG_NO_HORIZONTAL ) )
+
+#define AF_HINTS_DO_VERTICAL( h )                                     \
+          ( !_af_debug_disable_vert_hints                          && \
+            !AF_HINTS_TEST_SCALER( h, AF_SCALER_FLAG_NO_VERTICAL ) )
+
+#define AF_HINTS_DO_ADVANCE( h )                                \
+          !AF_HINTS_TEST_SCALER( h, AF_SCALER_FLAG_NO_ADVANCE )
+
+#define AF_HINTS_DO_BLUES( h )  ( !_af_debug_disable_blue_hints )
+
+#else /* !AF_DEBUG */
+
+#define AF_HINTS_DO_HORIZONTAL( h )                                \
+          !AF_HINTS_TEST_SCALER( h, AF_SCALER_FLAG_NO_HORIZONTAL )
+
+#define AF_HINTS_DO_VERTICAL( h )                                \
+          !AF_HINTS_TEST_SCALER( h, AF_SCALER_FLAG_NO_VERTICAL )
+
+#define AF_HINTS_DO_ADVANCE( h )                                \
+          !AF_HINTS_TEST_SCALER( h, AF_SCALER_FLAG_NO_ADVANCE )
+
+#define AF_HINTS_DO_BLUES( h )  1
+
+#endif /* !AF_DEBUG */
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( AF_Direction )
+  af_direction_compute( FT_Pos  dx,
+                        FT_Pos  dy );
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  af_axis_hints_new_segment( AF_AxisHints  axis,
+                             FT_Memory     memory,
+                             AF_Segment   *asegment );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error)
+  af_axis_hints_new_edge( AF_AxisHints  axis,
+                          FT_Int        fpos,
+                          AF_Direction  dir,
+                          FT_Memory     memory,
+                          AF_Edge      *edge );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  af_glyph_hints_init( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
+                       FT_Memory      memory );
+
+
+
+  /*
+   *  recompute all AF_Point in a AF_GlyphHints from the definitions
+   *  in a source outline
+   */
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  af_glyph_hints_rescale( AF_GlyphHints     hints,
+                          AF_ScriptMetrics  metrics );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  af_glyph_hints_reload( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
+                         FT_Outline*    outline,
+                         FT_Bool        get_inflections );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  af_glyph_hints_save( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
+                       FT_Outline*    outline );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  af_glyph_hints_align_edge_points( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
+                                    AF_Dimension   dim );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  af_glyph_hints_align_strong_points( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
+                                      AF_Dimension   dim );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  af_glyph_hints_align_weak_points( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
+                                    AF_Dimension   dim );
+
+#ifdef AF_USE_WARPER
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  af_glyph_hints_scale_dim( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
+                            AF_Dimension   dim,
+                            FT_Fixed       scale,
+                            FT_Pos         delta );
+#endif
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  af_glyph_hints_done( AF_GlyphHints  hints );
+
+/* */
+
+#define AF_SEGMENT_LEN( seg )          ( (seg)->max_coord - (seg)->min_coord )
+
+#define AF_SEGMENT_DIST( seg1, seg2 )  ( ( (seg1)->pos > (seg2)->pos )   \
+                                           ? (seg1)->pos - (seg2)->pos   \
+                                           : (seg2)->pos - (seg1)->pos )
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __AFHINTS_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afindic.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afindic.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3d27f52
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afindic.c
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  afindic.c                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Auto-fitter hinting routines for Indic scripts (body).               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2007 by                                                      */
+/*  Rahul Bhalerao <rahul.bhalerao@redhat.com>, <b.rahul.pm@gmail.com>.    */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include "aftypes.h"
+#include "aflatin.h"
+
+
+#ifdef AF_CONFIG_OPTION_INDIC
+
+#include "afindic.h"
+#include "aferrors.h"
+#include "afcjk.h"
+
+
+#ifdef AF_USE_WARPER
+#include "afwarp.h"
+#endif
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  af_indic_metrics_init( AF_LatinMetrics  metrics,
+                         FT_Face          face )
+  {
+    /* use CJK routines */
+    return af_cjk_metrics_init( metrics, face );
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  af_indic_metrics_scale( AF_LatinMetrics  metrics,
+                          AF_Scaler        scaler )
+  {
+    /* use CJK routines */
+    af_cjk_metrics_scale( metrics, scaler );
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  af_indic_hints_init( AF_GlyphHints    hints,
+                       AF_LatinMetrics  metrics )
+  {
+    /* use CJK routines */
+    return af_cjk_hints_init( hints, metrics );
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  af_indic_hints_apply( AF_GlyphHints    hints,
+                        FT_Outline*      outline,
+                        AF_LatinMetrics  metrics)
+  {
+    /* use CJK routines */
+    return af_cjk_hints_apply( hints, outline, metrics );
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                I N D I C   S C R I P T   C L A S S            *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  static const AF_Script_UniRangeRec  af_indic_uniranges[] =
+  {
+#if 0
+    { 0x0100,  0xFFFF },  /* why this? */
+#endif
+    { 0x0900, 0x0DFF},    /* Indic Range */
+    { 0,       0 }
+  };
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF const AF_ScriptClassRec
+  af_indic_script_class =
+  {
+    AF_SCRIPT_INDIC,
+    af_indic_uniranges,
+
+    sizeof( AF_LatinMetricsRec ),
+
+    (AF_Script_InitMetricsFunc) af_indic_metrics_init,
+    (AF_Script_ScaleMetricsFunc)af_indic_metrics_scale,
+    (AF_Script_DoneMetricsFunc) NULL,
+
+    (AF_Script_InitHintsFunc)   af_indic_hints_init,
+    (AF_Script_ApplyHintsFunc)  af_indic_hints_apply
+  };
+
+#else /* !AF_CONFIG_OPTION_INDIC */
+
+  static const AF_Script_UniRangeRec  af_indic_uniranges[] =
+  {
+    { 0, 0 }
+  };
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF const AF_ScriptClassRec
+  af_indic_script_class =
+  {
+    AF_SCRIPT_INDIC,
+    af_indic_uniranges,
+
+    sizeof( AF_LatinMetricsRec ),
+
+    (AF_Script_InitMetricsFunc) NULL,
+    (AF_Script_ScaleMetricsFunc)NULL,
+    (AF_Script_DoneMetricsFunc) NULL,
+
+    (AF_Script_InitHintsFunc)   NULL,
+    (AF_Script_ApplyHintsFunc)  NULL
+  };
+
+#endif /* !AF_CONFIG_OPTION_INDIC */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afindic.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afindic.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b242b26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afindic.h
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  afindic.h                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Auto-fitter hinting routines for Indic scripts (specification).      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2007 by                                                      */
+/*  Rahul Bhalerao <rahul.bhalerao@redhat.com>, <b.rahul.pm@gmail.com>.    */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __AFINDIC_H__
+#define __AFINDIC_H__
+
+#include "afhints.h"
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /* the Indic-specific script class */
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE const AF_ScriptClassRec
+  af_indic_script_class;
+
+
+/* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __AFINDIC_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/aflatin.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/aflatin.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ba59e5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/aflatin.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2177 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  aflatin.c                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Auto-fitter hinting routines for latin script (body).                */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by                        */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include "aflatin.h"
+#include "aferrors.h"
+
+
+#ifdef AF_USE_WARPER
+#include "afwarp.h"
+#endif
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****            L A T I N   G L O B A L   M E T R I C S            *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  af_latin_metrics_init_widths( AF_LatinMetrics  metrics,
+                                FT_Face          face,
+                                FT_ULong         charcode )
+  {
+    /* scan the array of segments in each direction */
+    AF_GlyphHintsRec  hints[1];
+
+
+    af_glyph_hints_init( hints, face->memory );
+
+    metrics->axis[AF_DIMENSION_HORZ].width_count = 0;
+    metrics->axis[AF_DIMENSION_VERT].width_count = 0;
+
+    {
+      FT_Error             error;
+      FT_UInt              glyph_index;
+      int                  dim;
+      AF_LatinMetricsRec   dummy[1];
+      AF_Scaler            scaler = &dummy->root.scaler;
+
+
+      glyph_index = FT_Get_Char_Index( face, charcode );
+      if ( glyph_index == 0 )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      error = FT_Load_Glyph( face, glyph_index, FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE );
+      if ( error || face->glyph->outline.n_points <= 0 )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      FT_ZERO( dummy );
+
+      dummy->units_per_em = metrics->units_per_em;
+      scaler->x_scale     = scaler->y_scale = 0x10000L;
+      scaler->x_delta     = scaler->y_delta = 0;
+      scaler->face        = face;
+      scaler->render_mode = FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL;
+      scaler->flags       = 0;
+
+      af_glyph_hints_rescale( hints, (AF_ScriptMetrics)dummy );
+
+      error = af_glyph_hints_reload( hints, &face->glyph->outline, 0 );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      for ( dim = 0; dim < AF_DIMENSION_MAX; dim++ )
+      {
+        AF_LatinAxis  axis    = &metrics->axis[dim];
+        AF_AxisHints  axhints = &hints->axis[dim];
+        AF_Segment    seg, limit, link;
+        FT_UInt       num_widths = 0;
+
+
+        error = af_latin_hints_compute_segments( hints,
+                                                 (AF_Dimension)dim );
+        if ( error )
+          goto Exit;
+
+        af_latin_hints_link_segments( hints,
+                                      (AF_Dimension)dim );
+
+        seg   = axhints->segments;
+        limit = seg + axhints->num_segments;
+
+        for ( ; seg < limit; seg++ )
+        {
+          link = seg->link;
+
+          /* we only consider stem segments there! */
+          if ( link && link->link == seg && link > seg )
+          {
+            FT_Pos  dist;
+
+
+            dist = seg->pos - link->pos;
+            if ( dist < 0 )
+              dist = -dist;
+
+            if ( num_widths < AF_LATIN_MAX_WIDTHS )
+              axis->widths[ num_widths++ ].org = dist;
+          }
+        }
+
+        af_sort_widths( num_widths, axis->widths );
+        axis->width_count = num_widths;
+      }
+
+  Exit:
+      for ( dim = 0; dim < AF_DIMENSION_MAX; dim++ )
+      {
+        AF_LatinAxis  axis = &metrics->axis[dim];
+        FT_Pos        stdw;
+
+
+        stdw = ( axis->width_count > 0 )
+                 ? axis->widths[0].org
+                 : AF_LATIN_CONSTANT( metrics, 50 );
+
+        /* let's try 20% of the smallest width */
+        axis->edge_distance_threshold = stdw / 5;
+        axis->standard_width          = stdw;
+        axis->extra_light             = 0;
+      }
+    }
+
+    af_glyph_hints_done( hints );
+  }
+
+
+
+#define AF_LATIN_MAX_TEST_CHARACTERS  12
+
+
+  static const char* const  af_latin_blue_chars[AF_LATIN_MAX_BLUES] =
+  {
+    "THEZOCQS",
+    "HEZLOCUS",
+    "fijkdbh",
+    "xzroesc",
+    "xzroesc",
+    "pqgjy"
+  };
+
+
+  static void
+  af_latin_metrics_init_blues( AF_LatinMetrics  metrics,
+                               FT_Face          face )
+  {
+    FT_Pos        flats [AF_LATIN_MAX_TEST_CHARACTERS];
+    FT_Pos        rounds[AF_LATIN_MAX_TEST_CHARACTERS];
+    FT_Int        num_flats;
+    FT_Int        num_rounds;
+    FT_Int        bb;
+    AF_LatinBlue  blue;
+    FT_Error      error;
+    AF_LatinAxis  axis  = &metrics->axis[AF_DIMENSION_VERT];
+    FT_GlyphSlot  glyph = face->glyph;
+
+
+    /* we compute the blues simply by loading each character from the    */
+    /* 'af_latin_blue_chars[blues]' string, then compute its top-most or */
+    /* bottom-most points (depending on `AF_IS_TOP_BLUE')                */
+
+    AF_LOG(( "blue zones computation\n" ));
+    AF_LOG(( "------------------------------------------------\n" ));
+
+    for ( bb = 0; bb < AF_LATIN_BLUE_MAX; bb++ )
+    {
+      const char*  p     = af_latin_blue_chars[bb];
+      const char*  limit = p + AF_LATIN_MAX_TEST_CHARACTERS;
+      FT_Pos*      blue_ref;
+      FT_Pos*      blue_shoot;
+
+
+      AF_LOG(( "blue %3d: ", bb ));
+
+      num_flats  = 0;
+      num_rounds = 0;
+
+      for ( ; p < limit && *p; p++ )
+      {
+        FT_UInt     glyph_index;
+        FT_Int      best_point, best_y, best_first, best_last;
+        FT_Vector*  points;
+        FT_Bool     round = 0;
+
+
+        AF_LOG(( "'%c'", *p ));
+
+        /* load the character in the face -- skip unknown or empty ones */
+        glyph_index = FT_Get_Char_Index( face, (FT_UInt)*p );
+        if ( glyph_index == 0 )
+          continue;
+
+        error = FT_Load_Glyph( face, glyph_index, FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE );
+        if ( error || glyph->outline.n_points <= 0 )
+          continue;
+
+        /* now compute min or max point indices and coordinates */
+        points      = glyph->outline.points;
+        best_point  = -1;
+        best_y      = 0;  /* make compiler happy */
+        best_first  = 0;  /* ditto */
+        best_last   = 0;  /* ditto */
+
+        {
+          FT_Int  nn;
+          FT_Int  first = 0;
+          FT_Int  last  = -1;
+
+
+          for ( nn = 0; nn < glyph->outline.n_contours; first = last+1, nn++ )
+          {
+            FT_Int  old_best_point = best_point;
+            FT_Int  pp;
+
+
+            last = glyph->outline.contours[nn];
+
+            /* Avoid single-point contours since they are never rasterized. */
+            /* In some fonts, they correspond to mark attachment points     */
+            /* which are way outside of the glyph's real outline.           */
+            if ( last <= first )
+                continue;
+
+            if ( AF_LATIN_IS_TOP_BLUE( bb ) )
+            {
+              for ( pp = first; pp <= last; pp++ )
+                if ( best_point < 0 || points[pp].y > best_y )
+                {
+                  best_point = pp;
+                  best_y     = points[pp].y;
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+              for ( pp = first; pp <= last; pp++ )
+                if ( best_point < 0 || points[pp].y < best_y )
+                {
+                  best_point = pp;
+                  best_y     = points[pp].y;
+                }
+            }
+
+            if ( best_point != old_best_point )
+            {
+              best_first = first;
+              best_last  = last;
+            }
+          }
+          AF_LOG(( "%5d", best_y ));
+        }
+
+        /* now check whether the point belongs to a straight or round   */
+        /* segment; we first need to find in which contour the extremum */
+        /* lies, then inspect its previous and next points              */
+        if ( best_point >= 0 )
+        {
+          FT_Int  prev, next;
+          FT_Pos  dist;
+
+
+          /* now look for the previous and next points that are not on the */
+          /* same Y coordinate.  Threshold the `closeness'...              */
+          prev = best_point;
+          next = prev;
+
+          do
+          {
+            if ( prev > best_first )
+              prev--;
+            else
+              prev = best_last;
+
+            dist = points[prev].y - best_y;
+            if ( dist < -5 || dist > 5 )
+              break;
+
+          } while ( prev != best_point );
+
+          do
+          {
+            if ( next < best_last )
+              next++;
+            else
+              next = best_first;
+
+            dist = points[next].y - best_y;
+            if ( dist < -5 || dist > 5 )
+              break;
+
+          } while ( next != best_point );
+
+          /* now, set the `round' flag depending on the segment's kind */
+          round = FT_BOOL(
+            FT_CURVE_TAG( glyph->outline.tags[prev] ) != FT_CURVE_TAG_ON ||
+            FT_CURVE_TAG( glyph->outline.tags[next] ) != FT_CURVE_TAG_ON );
+
+          AF_LOG(( "%c ", round ? 'r' : 'f' ));
+        }
+
+        if ( round )
+          rounds[num_rounds++] = best_y;
+        else
+          flats[num_flats++]   = best_y;
+      }
+
+      AF_LOG(( "\n" ));
+
+      if ( num_flats == 0 && num_rounds == 0 )
+      {
+        /*
+         *  we couldn't find a single glyph to compute this blue zone,
+         *  we will simply ignore it then
+         */
+        AF_LOG(( "empty!\n" ));
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      /* we have computed the contents of the `rounds' and `flats' tables, */
+      /* now determine the reference and overshoot position of the blue -- */
+      /* we simply take the median value after a simple sort               */
+      af_sort_pos( num_rounds, rounds );
+      af_sort_pos( num_flats,  flats );
+
+      blue       = & axis->blues[axis->blue_count];
+      blue_ref   = & blue->ref.org;
+      blue_shoot = & blue->shoot.org;
+
+      axis->blue_count++;
+
+      if ( num_flats == 0 )
+      {
+        *blue_ref   =
+        *blue_shoot = rounds[num_rounds / 2];
+      }
+      else if ( num_rounds == 0 )
+      {
+        *blue_ref   =
+        *blue_shoot = flats[num_flats / 2];
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        *blue_ref   = flats[num_flats / 2];
+        *blue_shoot = rounds[num_rounds / 2];
+      }
+
+      /* there are sometimes problems: if the overshoot position of top     */
+      /* zones is under its reference position, or the opposite for bottom  */
+      /* zones.  We must thus check everything there and correct the errors */
+      if ( *blue_shoot != *blue_ref )
+      {
+        FT_Pos   ref      = *blue_ref;
+        FT_Pos   shoot    = *blue_shoot;
+        FT_Bool  over_ref = FT_BOOL( shoot > ref );
+
+
+        if ( AF_LATIN_IS_TOP_BLUE( bb ) ^ over_ref )
+          *blue_shoot = *blue_ref = ( shoot + ref ) / 2;
+      }
+
+      blue->flags = 0;
+      if ( AF_LATIN_IS_TOP_BLUE( bb ) )
+        blue->flags |= AF_LATIN_BLUE_TOP;
+
+      /*
+       * The following flags is used later to adjust the y and x scales
+       * in order to optimize the pixel grid alignment of the top of small
+       * letters.
+       */
+      if ( bb == AF_LATIN_BLUE_SMALL_TOP )
+        blue->flags |= AF_LATIN_BLUE_ADJUSTMENT;
+
+      AF_LOG(( "-- ref = %ld, shoot = %ld\n", *blue_ref, *blue_shoot ));
+    }
+
+    return;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  af_latin_metrics_init( AF_LatinMetrics  metrics,
+                         FT_Face          face )
+  {
+    FT_Error    error = AF_Err_Ok;
+    FT_CharMap  oldmap = face->charmap;
+    FT_UInt     ee;
+
+    static const FT_Encoding  latin_encodings[] =
+    {
+      FT_ENCODING_UNICODE,
+      FT_ENCODING_APPLE_ROMAN,
+      FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_STANDARD,
+      FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_LATIN_1,
+      FT_ENCODING_NONE  /* end of list */
+    };
+
+
+    metrics->units_per_em = face->units_per_EM;
+
+    /* do we have a latin charmap in there? */
+    for ( ee = 0; latin_encodings[ee] != FT_ENCODING_NONE; ee++ )
+    {
+      error = FT_Select_Charmap( face, latin_encodings[ee] );
+      if ( !error )
+        break;
+    }
+
+    if ( !error )
+    {
+      /* For now, compute the standard width and height from the `o'. */
+      af_latin_metrics_init_widths( metrics, face, 'o' );
+      af_latin_metrics_init_blues( metrics, face );
+    }
+
+    FT_Set_Charmap( face, oldmap );
+    return AF_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  af_latin_metrics_scale_dim( AF_LatinMetrics  metrics,
+                              AF_Scaler        scaler,
+                              AF_Dimension     dim )
+  {
+    FT_Fixed      scale;
+    FT_Pos        delta;
+    AF_LatinAxis  axis;
+    FT_UInt       nn;
+
+
+    if ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ )
+    {
+      scale = scaler->x_scale;
+      delta = scaler->x_delta;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      scale = scaler->y_scale;
+      delta = scaler->y_delta;
+    }
+
+    axis = &metrics->axis[dim];
+
+    if ( axis->org_scale == scale && axis->org_delta == delta )
+      return;
+
+    axis->org_scale = scale;
+    axis->org_delta = delta;
+
+    /*
+     * correct X and Y scale to optimize the alignment of the top of small
+     * letters to the pixel grid
+     */
+    {
+      AF_LatinAxis  Axis = &metrics->axis[AF_DIMENSION_VERT];
+      AF_LatinBlue  blue = NULL;
+
+
+      for ( nn = 0; nn < Axis->blue_count; nn++ )
+      {
+        if ( Axis->blues[nn].flags & AF_LATIN_BLUE_ADJUSTMENT )
+        {
+          blue = &Axis->blues[nn];
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+
+      if ( blue )
+      {
+        FT_Pos  scaled = FT_MulFix( blue->shoot.org, scaler->y_scale );
+        FT_Pos  fitted = ( scaled + 40 ) & ~63;
+
+
+        if ( scaled != fitted )
+        {
+#if 0
+          if ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ )
+          {
+            if ( fitted < scaled )
+              scale -= scale / 50;  /* scale *= 0.98 */
+          }
+          else
+#endif
+          if ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_VERT )
+          {
+            scale = FT_MulDiv( scale, fitted, scaled );
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    axis->scale = scale;
+    axis->delta = delta;
+
+    if ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ )
+    {
+      metrics->root.scaler.x_scale = scale;
+      metrics->root.scaler.x_delta = delta;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      metrics->root.scaler.y_scale = scale;
+      metrics->root.scaler.y_delta = delta;
+    }
+
+    /* scale the standard widths */
+    for ( nn = 0; nn < axis->width_count; nn++ )
+    {
+      AF_Width  width = axis->widths + nn;
+
+
+      width->cur = FT_MulFix( width->org, scale );
+      width->fit = width->cur;
+    }
+
+    /* an extra-light axis corresponds to a standard width that is */
+    /* smaller than 0.75 pixels                                    */
+    axis->extra_light =
+      (FT_Bool)( FT_MulFix( axis->standard_width, scale ) < 32 + 8 );
+
+    if ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_VERT )
+    {
+      /* scale the blue zones */
+      for ( nn = 0; nn < axis->blue_count; nn++ )
+      {
+        AF_LatinBlue  blue = &axis->blues[nn];
+        FT_Pos        dist;
+
+
+        blue->ref.cur   = FT_MulFix( blue->ref.org, scale ) + delta;
+        blue->ref.fit   = blue->ref.cur;
+        blue->shoot.cur = FT_MulFix( blue->shoot.org, scale ) + delta;
+        blue->shoot.fit = blue->shoot.cur;
+        blue->flags    &= ~AF_LATIN_BLUE_ACTIVE;
+
+        /* a blue zone is only active if it is less than 3/4 pixels tall */
+        dist = FT_MulFix( blue->ref.org - blue->shoot.org, scale );
+        if ( dist <= 48 && dist >= -48 )
+        {
+          FT_Pos  delta1, delta2;
+
+
+          delta1 = blue->shoot.org - blue->ref.org;
+          delta2 = delta1;
+          if ( delta1 < 0 )
+            delta2 = -delta2;
+
+          delta2 = FT_MulFix( delta2, scale );
+
+          if ( delta2 < 32 )
+            delta2 = 0;
+          else if ( delta2 < 64 )
+            delta2 = 32 + ( ( ( delta2 - 32 ) + 16 ) & ~31 );
+          else
+            delta2 = FT_PIX_ROUND( delta2 );
+
+          if ( delta1 < 0 )
+            delta2 = -delta2;
+
+          blue->ref.fit   = FT_PIX_ROUND( blue->ref.cur );
+          blue->shoot.fit = blue->ref.fit + delta2;
+
+          blue->flags |= AF_LATIN_BLUE_ACTIVE;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  af_latin_metrics_scale( AF_LatinMetrics  metrics,
+                          AF_Scaler        scaler )
+  {
+    metrics->root.scaler.render_mode = scaler->render_mode;
+    metrics->root.scaler.face        = scaler->face;
+
+    af_latin_metrics_scale_dim( metrics, scaler, AF_DIMENSION_HORZ );
+    af_latin_metrics_scale_dim( metrics, scaler, AF_DIMENSION_VERT );
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****           L A T I N   G L Y P H   A N A L Y S I S             *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  af_latin_hints_compute_segments( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
+                                   AF_Dimension   dim )
+  {
+    AF_AxisHints  axis          = &hints->axis[dim];
+    FT_Memory     memory        = hints->memory;
+    FT_Error      error         = AF_Err_Ok;
+    AF_Segment    segment       = NULL;
+    AF_SegmentRec seg0;
+    AF_Point*     contour       = hints->contours;
+    AF_Point*     contour_limit = contour + hints->num_contours;
+    AF_Direction  major_dir, segment_dir;
+
+
+    FT_ZERO( &seg0 );
+    seg0.score = 32000;
+    seg0.flags = AF_EDGE_NORMAL;
+
+    major_dir   = (AF_Direction)FT_ABS( axis->major_dir );
+    segment_dir = major_dir;
+
+    axis->num_segments = 0;
+
+    /* set up (u,v) in each point */
+    if ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ )
+    {
+      AF_Point  point = hints->points;
+      AF_Point  limit = point + hints->num_points;
+
+
+      for ( ; point < limit; point++ )
+      {
+        point->u = point->fx;
+        point->v = point->fy;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      AF_Point  point = hints->points;
+      AF_Point  limit = point + hints->num_points;
+
+
+      for ( ; point < limit; point++ )
+      {
+        point->u = point->fy;
+        point->v = point->fx;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* do each contour separately */
+    for ( ; contour < contour_limit; contour++ )
+    {
+      AF_Point  point   =  contour[0];
+      AF_Point  last    =  point->prev;
+      int       on_edge =  0;
+      FT_Pos    min_pos =  32000;  /* minimum segment pos != min_coord */
+      FT_Pos    max_pos = -32000;  /* maximum segment pos != max_coord */
+      FT_Bool   passed;
+
+
+      if ( point == last )  /* skip singletons -- just in case */
+        continue;
+
+      if ( FT_ABS( last->out_dir )  == major_dir &&
+           FT_ABS( point->out_dir ) == major_dir )
+      {
+        /* we are already on an edge, try to locate its start */
+        last = point;
+
+        for (;;)
+        {
+          point = point->prev;
+          if ( FT_ABS( point->out_dir ) != major_dir )
+          {
+            point = point->next;
+            break;
+          }
+          if ( point == last )
+            break;
+        }
+      }
+
+      last   = point;
+      passed = 0;
+
+      for (;;)
+      {
+        FT_Pos  u, v;
+
+
+        if ( on_edge )
+        {
+          u = point->u;
+          if ( u < min_pos )
+            min_pos = u;
+          if ( u > max_pos )
+            max_pos = u;
+
+          if ( point->out_dir != segment_dir || point == last )
+          {
+            /* we are just leaving an edge; record a new segment! */
+            segment->last = point;
+            segment->pos  = (FT_Short)( ( min_pos + max_pos ) >> 1 );
+
+            /* a segment is round if either its first or last point */
+            /* is a control point                                   */
+            if ( ( segment->first->flags | point->flags ) &
+                   AF_FLAG_CONTROL                        )
+              segment->flags |= AF_EDGE_ROUND;
+
+            /* compute segment size */
+            min_pos = max_pos = point->v;
+
+            v = segment->first->v;
+            if ( v < min_pos )
+              min_pos = v;
+            if ( v > max_pos )
+              max_pos = v;
+
+            segment->min_coord = (FT_Short)min_pos;
+            segment->max_coord = (FT_Short)max_pos;
+            segment->height    = (FT_Short)( segment->max_coord -
+                                             segment->min_coord );
+
+            on_edge = 0;
+            segment = NULL;
+            /* fallthrough */
+          }
+        }
+
+        /* now exit if we are at the start/end point */
+        if ( point == last )
+        {
+          if ( passed )
+            break;
+          passed = 1;
+        }
+
+        if ( !on_edge && FT_ABS( point->out_dir ) == major_dir )
+        {
+          /* this is the start of a new segment! */
+          segment_dir = (AF_Direction)point->out_dir;
+
+          /* clear all segment fields */
+          error = af_axis_hints_new_segment( axis, memory, &segment );
+          if ( error )
+            goto Exit;
+
+          segment[0]        = seg0;
+          segment->dir      = (FT_Char)segment_dir;
+          min_pos = max_pos = point->u;
+          segment->first    = point;
+          segment->last     = point;
+          segment->contour  = contour;
+          on_edge           = 1;
+        }
+
+        point = point->next;
+      }
+
+    } /* contours */
+
+
+    /* now slightly increase the height of segments when this makes */
+    /* sense -- this is used to better detect and ignore serifs     */
+    {
+      AF_Segment  segments     = axis->segments;
+      AF_Segment  segments_end = segments + axis->num_segments;
+
+
+      for ( segment = segments; segment < segments_end; segment++ )
+      {
+        AF_Point  first   = segment->first;
+        AF_Point  last    = segment->last;
+        FT_Pos    first_v = first->v;
+        FT_Pos    last_v  = last->v;
+
+
+        if ( first == last )
+          continue;
+
+        if ( first_v < last_v )
+        {
+          AF_Point  p;
+
+
+          p = first->prev;
+          if ( p->v < first_v )
+            segment->height = (FT_Short)( segment->height +
+                                          ( ( first_v - p->v ) >> 1 ) );
+
+          p = last->next;
+          if ( p->v > last_v )
+            segment->height = (FT_Short)( segment->height +
+                                          ( ( p->v - last_v ) >> 1 ) );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          AF_Point  p;
+
+
+          p = first->prev;
+          if ( p->v > first_v )
+            segment->height = (FT_Short)( segment->height +
+                                          ( ( p->v - first_v ) >> 1 ) );
+
+          p = last->next;
+          if ( p->v < last_v )
+            segment->height = (FT_Short)( segment->height +
+                                          ( ( last_v - p->v ) >> 1 ) );
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  af_latin_hints_link_segments( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
+                                AF_Dimension   dim )
+  {
+    AF_AxisHints  axis          = &hints->axis[dim];
+    AF_Segment    segments      = axis->segments;
+    AF_Segment    segment_limit = segments + axis->num_segments;
+    FT_Pos        len_threshold, len_score;
+    AF_Segment    seg1, seg2;
+
+
+    len_threshold = AF_LATIN_CONSTANT( hints->metrics, 8 );
+    if ( len_threshold == 0 )
+      len_threshold = 1;
+
+    len_score = AF_LATIN_CONSTANT( hints->metrics, 6000 );
+
+    /* now compare each segment to the others */
+    for ( seg1 = segments; seg1 < segment_limit; seg1++ )
+    {
+      /* the fake segments are introduced to hint the metrics -- */
+      /* we must never link them to anything                     */
+      if ( seg1->dir != axis->major_dir || seg1->first == seg1->last )
+        continue;
+
+      for ( seg2 = segments; seg2 < segment_limit; seg2++ )
+        if ( seg1->dir + seg2->dir == 0 && seg2->pos > seg1->pos )
+        {
+          FT_Pos  pos1 = seg1->pos;
+          FT_Pos  pos2 = seg2->pos;
+          FT_Pos  dist = pos2 - pos1;
+
+
+          if ( dist < 0 )
+            dist = -dist;
+
+          {
+            FT_Pos  min = seg1->min_coord;
+            FT_Pos  max = seg1->max_coord;
+            FT_Pos  len, score;
+
+
+            if ( min < seg2->min_coord )
+              min = seg2->min_coord;
+
+            if ( max > seg2->max_coord )
+              max = seg2->max_coord;
+
+            len = max - min;
+            if ( len >= len_threshold )
+            {
+              score = dist + len_score / len;
+
+              if ( score < seg1->score )
+              {
+                seg1->score = score;
+                seg1->link  = seg2;
+              }
+
+              if ( score < seg2->score )
+              {
+                seg2->score = score;
+                seg2->link  = seg1;
+              }
+            }
+          }
+        }
+    }
+
+    /* now, compute the `serif' segments */
+    for ( seg1 = segments; seg1 < segment_limit; seg1++ )
+    {
+      seg2 = seg1->link;
+
+      if ( seg2 )
+      {
+        if ( seg2->link != seg1 )
+        {
+          seg1->link  = 0;
+          seg1->serif = seg2->link;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  af_latin_hints_compute_edges( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
+                                AF_Dimension   dim )
+  {
+    AF_AxisHints  axis   = &hints->axis[dim];
+    FT_Error      error  = AF_Err_Ok;
+    FT_Memory     memory = hints->memory;
+    AF_LatinAxis  laxis  = &((AF_LatinMetrics)hints->metrics)->axis[dim];
+
+    AF_Segment    segments      = axis->segments;
+    AF_Segment    segment_limit = segments + axis->num_segments;
+    AF_Segment    seg;
+
+    AF_Direction  up_dir;
+    FT_Fixed      scale;
+    FT_Pos        edge_distance_threshold;
+    FT_Pos        segment_length_threshold;
+
+
+    axis->num_edges = 0;
+
+    scale = ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ ) ? hints->x_scale
+                                         : hints->y_scale;
+
+    up_dir = ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ ) ? AF_DIR_UP
+                                          : AF_DIR_RIGHT;
+
+    /*
+     *  We ignore all segments that are less than 1 pixels in length,
+     *  to avoid many problems with serif fonts.  We compute the
+     *  corresponding threshold in font units.
+     */
+    if ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ )
+        segment_length_threshold = FT_DivFix( 64, hints->y_scale );
+    else
+        segment_length_threshold = 0;
+
+    /*********************************************************************/
+    /*                                                                   */
+    /* We will begin by generating a sorted table of edges for the       */
+    /* current direction.  To do so, we simply scan each segment and try */
+    /* to find an edge in our table that corresponds to its position.    */
+    /*                                                                   */
+    /* If no edge is found, we create and insert a new edge in the       */
+    /* sorted table.  Otherwise, we simply add the segment to the edge's */
+    /* list which will be processed in the second step to compute the    */
+    /* edge's properties.                                                */
+    /*                                                                   */
+    /* Note that the edges table is sorted along the segment/edge        */
+    /* position.                                                         */
+    /*                                                                   */
+    /*********************************************************************/
+
+    edge_distance_threshold = FT_MulFix( laxis->edge_distance_threshold,
+                                         scale );
+    if ( edge_distance_threshold > 64 / 4 )
+      edge_distance_threshold = 64 / 4;
+
+    edge_distance_threshold = FT_DivFix( edge_distance_threshold,
+                                         scale );
+
+    for ( seg = segments; seg < segment_limit; seg++ )
+    {
+      AF_Edge  found = 0;
+      FT_Int   ee;
+
+
+      if ( seg->height < segment_length_threshold )
+        continue;
+
+      /* A special case for serif edges: If they are smaller than */
+      /* 1.5 pixels we ignore them.                               */
+      if ( seg->serif                                     &&
+           2 * seg->height < 3 * segment_length_threshold )
+        continue;
+
+      /* look for an edge corresponding to the segment */
+      for ( ee = 0; ee < axis->num_edges; ee++ )
+      {
+        AF_Edge  edge = axis->edges + ee;
+        FT_Pos   dist;
+
+
+        dist = seg->pos - edge->fpos;
+        if ( dist < 0 )
+          dist = -dist;
+
+        if ( dist < edge_distance_threshold && edge->dir == seg->dir )
+        {
+          found = edge;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+
+      if ( !found )
+      {
+        AF_Edge  edge;
+
+
+        /* insert a new edge in the list and */
+        /* sort according to the position    */
+        error = af_axis_hints_new_edge( axis, seg->pos,
+                                        (AF_Direction)seg->dir,
+                                        memory, &edge );
+        if ( error )
+          goto Exit;
+
+        /* add the segment to the new edge's list */
+        FT_ZERO( edge );
+
+        edge->first    = seg;
+        edge->last     = seg;
+        edge->fpos     = seg->pos;
+        edge->dir      = seg->dir;
+        edge->opos     = edge->pos = FT_MulFix( seg->pos, scale );
+        seg->edge_next = seg;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* if an edge was found, simply add the segment to the edge's */
+        /* list                                                       */
+        seg->edge_next         = found->first;
+        found->last->edge_next = seg;
+        found->last            = seg;
+      }
+    }
+
+
+    /*********************************************************************/
+    /*                                                                   */
+    /* Good, we will now compute each edge's properties according to     */
+    /* segments found on its position.  Basically, these are:            */
+    /*                                                                   */
+    /*  - edge's main direction                                          */
+    /*  - stem edge, serif edge or both (which defaults to stem then)    */
+    /*  - rounded edge, straight or both (which defaults to straight)    */
+    /*  - link for edge                                                  */
+    /*                                                                   */
+    /*********************************************************************/
+
+    /* first of all, set the `edge' field in each segment -- this is */
+    /* required in order to compute edge links                       */
+
+    /*
+     * Note that removing this loop and setting the `edge' field of each
+     * segment directly in the code above slows down execution speed for
+     * some reasons on platforms like the Sun.
+     */
+    {
+      AF_Edge  edges      = axis->edges;
+      AF_Edge  edge_limit = edges + axis->num_edges;
+      AF_Edge  edge;
+
+
+      for ( edge = edges; edge < edge_limit; edge++ )
+      {
+        seg = edge->first;
+        if ( seg )
+          do
+          {
+            seg->edge = edge;
+            seg       = seg->edge_next;
+
+          } while ( seg != edge->first );
+      }
+
+      /* now, compute each edge properties */
+      for ( edge = edges; edge < edge_limit; edge++ )
+      {
+        FT_Int  is_round    = 0;  /* does it contain round segments?    */
+        FT_Int  is_straight = 0;  /* does it contain straight segments? */
+        FT_Pos  ups         = 0;  /* number of upwards segments         */
+        FT_Pos  downs       = 0;  /* number of downwards segments       */
+
+
+        seg = edge->first;
+
+        do
+        {
+          FT_Bool  is_serif;
+
+
+          /* check for roundness of segment */
+          if ( seg->flags & AF_EDGE_ROUND )
+            is_round++;
+          else
+            is_straight++;
+
+          /* check for segment direction */
+          if ( seg->dir == up_dir )
+            ups   += seg->max_coord-seg->min_coord;
+          else
+            downs += seg->max_coord-seg->min_coord;
+
+          /* check for links -- if seg->serif is set, then seg->link must */
+          /* be ignored                                                   */
+          is_serif = (FT_Bool)( seg->serif               &&
+                                seg->serif->edge         &&
+                                seg->serif->edge != edge );
+
+          if ( ( seg->link && seg->link->edge != NULL ) || is_serif )
+          {
+            AF_Edge     edge2;
+            AF_Segment  seg2;
+
+
+            edge2 = edge->link;
+            seg2  = seg->link;
+
+            if ( is_serif )
+            {
+              seg2  = seg->serif;
+              edge2 = edge->serif;
+            }
+
+            if ( edge2 )
+            {
+              FT_Pos  edge_delta;
+              FT_Pos  seg_delta;
+
+
+              edge_delta = edge->fpos - edge2->fpos;
+              if ( edge_delta < 0 )
+                edge_delta = -edge_delta;
+
+              seg_delta = seg->pos - seg2->pos;
+              if ( seg_delta < 0 )
+                seg_delta = -seg_delta;
+
+              if ( seg_delta < edge_delta )
+                edge2 = seg2->edge;
+            }
+            else
+              edge2 = seg2->edge;
+
+            if ( is_serif )
+            {
+              edge->serif   = edge2;
+              edge2->flags |= AF_EDGE_SERIF;
+            }
+            else
+              edge->link  = edge2;
+          }
+
+          seg = seg->edge_next;
+
+        } while ( seg != edge->first );
+
+        /* set the round/straight flags */
+        edge->flags = AF_EDGE_NORMAL;
+
+        if ( is_round > 0 && is_round >= is_straight )
+          edge->flags |= AF_EDGE_ROUND;
+
+#if 0
+        /* set the edge's main direction */
+        edge->dir = AF_DIR_NONE;
+
+        if ( ups > downs )
+          edge->dir = (FT_Char)up_dir;
+
+        else if ( ups < downs )
+          edge->dir = (FT_Char)-up_dir;
+
+        else if ( ups == downs )
+          edge->dir = 0;  /* both up and down! */
+#endif
+
+        /* gets rid of serifs if link is set                */
+        /* XXX: This gets rid of many unpleasant artefacts! */
+        /*      Example: the `c' in cour.pfa at size 13     */
+
+        if ( edge->serif && edge->link )
+          edge->serif = 0;
+      }
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  af_latin_hints_detect_features( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
+                                  AF_Dimension   dim )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error;
+
+
+    error = af_latin_hints_compute_segments( hints, dim );
+    if ( !error )
+    {
+      af_latin_hints_link_segments( hints, dim );
+
+      error = af_latin_hints_compute_edges( hints, dim );
+    }
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  af_latin_hints_compute_blue_edges( AF_GlyphHints    hints,
+                                     AF_LatinMetrics  metrics )
+  {
+    AF_AxisHints  axis       = &hints->axis[ AF_DIMENSION_VERT ];
+    AF_Edge       edge       = axis->edges;
+    AF_Edge       edge_limit = edge + axis->num_edges;
+    AF_LatinAxis  latin      = &metrics->axis[ AF_DIMENSION_VERT ];
+    FT_Fixed      scale      = latin->scale;
+
+
+    /* compute which blue zones are active, i.e. have their scaled */
+    /* size < 3/4 pixels                                           */
+
+    /* for each horizontal edge search the blue zone which is closest */
+    for ( ; edge < edge_limit; edge++ )
+    {
+      FT_Int    bb;
+      AF_Width  best_blue = NULL;
+      FT_Pos    best_dist;  /* initial threshold */
+
+
+      /* compute the initial threshold as a fraction of the EM size */
+      best_dist = FT_MulFix( metrics->units_per_em / 40, scale );
+
+      if ( best_dist > 64 / 2 )
+        best_dist = 64 / 2;
+
+      for ( bb = 0; bb < AF_LATIN_BLUE_MAX; bb++ )
+      {
+        AF_LatinBlue  blue = latin->blues + bb;
+        FT_Bool       is_top_blue, is_major_dir;
+
+
+        /* skip inactive blue zones (i.e., those that are too small) */
+        if ( !( blue->flags & AF_LATIN_BLUE_ACTIVE ) )
+          continue;
+
+        /* if it is a top zone, check for right edges -- if it is a bottom */
+        /* zone, check for left edges                                      */
+        /*                                                                 */
+        /* of course, that's for TrueType                                  */
+        is_top_blue  = (FT_Byte)( ( blue->flags & AF_LATIN_BLUE_TOP ) != 0 );
+        is_major_dir = FT_BOOL( edge->dir == axis->major_dir );
+
+        /* if it is a top zone, the edge must be against the major    */
+        /* direction; if it is a bottom zone, it must be in the major */
+        /* direction                                                  */
+        if ( is_top_blue ^ is_major_dir )
+        {
+          FT_Pos  dist;
+
+
+          /* first of all, compare it to the reference position */
+          dist = edge->fpos - blue->ref.org;
+          if ( dist < 0 )
+            dist = -dist;
+
+          dist = FT_MulFix( dist, scale );
+          if ( dist < best_dist )
+          {
+            best_dist = dist;
+            best_blue = & blue->ref;
+          }
+
+          /* now, compare it to the overshoot position if the edge is     */
+          /* rounded, and if the edge is over the reference position of a */
+          /* top zone, or under the reference position of a bottom zone   */
+          if ( edge->flags & AF_EDGE_ROUND && dist != 0 )
+          {
+            FT_Bool  is_under_ref = FT_BOOL( edge->fpos < blue->ref.org );
+
+
+            if ( is_top_blue ^ is_under_ref )
+            {
+              blue = latin->blues + bb;
+              dist = edge->fpos - blue->shoot.org;
+              if ( dist < 0 )
+                dist = -dist;
+
+              dist = FT_MulFix( dist, scale );
+              if ( dist < best_dist )
+              {
+                best_dist = dist;
+                best_blue = & blue->shoot;
+              }
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+
+      if ( best_blue )
+        edge->blue_edge = best_blue;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  af_latin_hints_init( AF_GlyphHints    hints,
+                       AF_LatinMetrics  metrics )
+  {
+    FT_Render_Mode  mode;
+    FT_UInt32       scaler_flags, other_flags;
+    FT_Face         face = metrics->root.scaler.face;
+
+
+    af_glyph_hints_rescale( hints, (AF_ScriptMetrics)metrics );
+
+    /*
+     *  correct x_scale and y_scale if needed, since they may have
+     *  been modified `af_latin_metrics_scale_dim' above
+     */
+    hints->x_scale = metrics->axis[AF_DIMENSION_HORZ].scale;
+    hints->x_delta = metrics->axis[AF_DIMENSION_HORZ].delta;
+    hints->y_scale = metrics->axis[AF_DIMENSION_VERT].scale;
+    hints->y_delta = metrics->axis[AF_DIMENSION_VERT].delta;
+
+    /* compute flags depending on render mode, etc. */
+    mode = metrics->root.scaler.render_mode;
+
+#if 0 /* #ifdef AF_USE_WARPER */
+    if ( mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD || mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V )
+    {
+      metrics->root.scaler.render_mode = mode = FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    scaler_flags = hints->scaler_flags;
+    other_flags  = 0;
+
+    /*
+     *  We snap the width of vertical stems for the monochrome and
+     *  horizontal LCD rendering targets only.
+     */
+    if ( mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO || mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD )
+      other_flags |= AF_LATIN_HINTS_HORZ_SNAP;
+
+    /*
+     *  We snap the width of horizontal stems for the monochrome and
+     *  vertical LCD rendering targets only.
+     */
+    if ( mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO || mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V )
+      other_flags |= AF_LATIN_HINTS_VERT_SNAP;
+
+    /*
+     *  We adjust stems to full pixels only if we don't use the `light' mode.
+     */
+    if ( mode != FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT )
+      other_flags |= AF_LATIN_HINTS_STEM_ADJUST;
+
+    if ( mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO )
+      other_flags |= AF_LATIN_HINTS_MONO;
+
+    /*
+     *  In `light' hinting mode we disable horizontal hinting completely.
+     *  We also do it if the face is italic.
+     */
+    if ( mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT                    ||
+         (face->style_flags & FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC) != 0 )
+      scaler_flags |= AF_SCALER_FLAG_NO_HORIZONTAL;
+
+    hints->scaler_flags = scaler_flags;
+    hints->other_flags  = other_flags;
+
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****        L A T I N   G L Y P H   G R I D - F I T T I N G        *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /* snap a given width in scaled coordinates to one of the */
+  /* current standard widths                                */
+
+  static FT_Pos
+  af_latin_snap_width( AF_Width  widths,
+                       FT_Int    count,
+                       FT_Pos    width )
+  {
+    int     n;
+    FT_Pos  best      = 64 + 32 + 2;
+    FT_Pos  reference = width;
+    FT_Pos  scaled;
+
+
+    for ( n = 0; n < count; n++ )
+    {
+      FT_Pos  w;
+      FT_Pos  dist;
+
+
+      w = widths[n].cur;
+      dist = width - w;
+      if ( dist < 0 )
+        dist = -dist;
+      if ( dist < best )
+      {
+        best      = dist;
+        reference = w;
+      }
+    }
+
+    scaled = FT_PIX_ROUND( reference );
+
+    if ( width >= reference )
+    {
+      if ( width < scaled + 48 )
+        width = reference;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      if ( width > scaled - 48 )
+        width = reference;
+    }
+
+    return width;
+  }
+
+
+  /* compute the snapped width of a given stem */
+
+  static FT_Pos
+  af_latin_compute_stem_width( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
+                               AF_Dimension   dim,
+                               FT_Pos         width,
+                               AF_Edge_Flags  base_flags,
+                               AF_Edge_Flags  stem_flags )
+  {
+    AF_LatinMetrics  metrics  = (AF_LatinMetrics) hints->metrics;
+    AF_LatinAxis     axis     = & metrics->axis[dim];
+    FT_Pos           dist     = width;
+    FT_Int           sign     = 0;
+    FT_Int           vertical = ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_VERT );
+
+
+    if ( !AF_LATIN_HINTS_DO_STEM_ADJUST( hints ) ||
+          axis->extra_light                      )
+      return width;
+
+    if ( dist < 0 )
+    {
+      dist = -width;
+      sign = 1;
+    }
+
+    if ( (  vertical && !AF_LATIN_HINTS_DO_VERT_SNAP( hints ) ) ||
+         ( !vertical && !AF_LATIN_HINTS_DO_HORZ_SNAP( hints ) ) )
+    {
+      /* smooth hinting process: very lightly quantize the stem width */
+
+      /* leave the widths of serifs alone */
+
+      if ( ( stem_flags & AF_EDGE_SERIF ) && vertical && ( dist < 3 * 64 ) )
+        goto Done_Width;
+
+      else if ( ( base_flags & AF_EDGE_ROUND ) )
+      {
+        if ( dist < 80 )
+          dist = 64;
+      }
+      else if ( dist < 56 )
+        dist = 56;
+
+      if ( axis->width_count > 0 )
+      {
+        FT_Pos  delta;
+
+
+        /* compare to standard width */
+        if ( axis->width_count > 0 )
+        {
+          delta = dist - axis->widths[0].cur;
+
+          if ( delta < 0 )
+            delta = -delta;
+
+          if ( delta < 40 )
+          {
+            dist = axis->widths[0].cur;
+            if ( dist < 48 )
+              dist = 48;
+
+            goto Done_Width;
+          }
+        }
+
+        if ( dist < 3 * 64 )
+        {
+          delta  = dist & 63;
+          dist  &= -64;
+
+          if ( delta < 10 )
+            dist += delta;
+
+          else if ( delta < 32 )
+            dist += 10;
+
+          else if ( delta < 54 )
+            dist += 54;
+
+          else
+            dist += delta;
+        }
+        else
+          dist = ( dist + 32 ) & ~63;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* strong hinting process: snap the stem width to integer pixels */
+      FT_Pos  org_dist = dist;
+
+
+      dist = af_latin_snap_width( axis->widths, axis->width_count, dist );
+
+      if ( vertical )
+      {
+        /* in the case of vertical hinting, always round */
+        /* the stem heights to integer pixels            */
+
+        if ( dist >= 64 )
+          dist = ( dist + 16 ) & ~63;
+        else
+          dist = 64;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        if ( AF_LATIN_HINTS_DO_MONO( hints ) )
+        {
+          /* monochrome horizontal hinting: snap widths to integer pixels */
+          /* with a different threshold                                   */
+
+          if ( dist < 64 )
+            dist = 64;
+          else
+            dist = ( dist + 32 ) & ~63;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          /* for horizontal anti-aliased hinting, we adopt a more subtle */
+          /* approach: we strengthen small stems, round stems whose size */
+          /* is between 1 and 2 pixels to an integer, otherwise nothing  */
+
+          if ( dist < 48 )
+            dist = ( dist + 64 ) >> 1;
+
+          else if ( dist < 128 )
+          {
+            /* We only round to an integer width if the corresponding */
+            /* distortion is less than 1/4 pixel.  Otherwise this     */
+            /* makes everything worse since the diagonals, which are  */
+            /* not hinted, appear a lot bolder or thinner than the    */
+            /* vertical stems.                                        */
+
+            FT_Int  delta;
+
+
+            dist = ( dist + 22 ) & ~63;
+            delta = dist - org_dist;
+            if ( delta < 0 )
+              delta = -delta;
+
+            if (delta >= 16)
+            {
+              dist = org_dist;
+              if ( dist < 48 )
+                dist = ( dist + 64 ) >> 1;
+            }
+          }
+          else
+            /* round otherwise to prevent color fringes in LCD mode */
+            dist = ( dist + 32 ) & ~63;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+  Done_Width:
+    if ( sign )
+      dist = -dist;
+
+    return dist;
+  }
+
+
+  /* align one stem edge relative to the previous stem edge */
+
+  static void
+  af_latin_align_linked_edge( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
+                              AF_Dimension   dim,
+                              AF_Edge        base_edge,
+                              AF_Edge        stem_edge )
+  {
+    FT_Pos  dist = stem_edge->opos - base_edge->opos;
+
+    FT_Pos  fitted_width = af_latin_compute_stem_width(
+                             hints, dim, dist,
+                             (AF_Edge_Flags)base_edge->flags,
+                             (AF_Edge_Flags)stem_edge->flags );
+
+
+    stem_edge->pos = base_edge->pos + fitted_width;
+
+    AF_LOG(( "LINK: edge %d (opos=%.2f) linked to (%.2f), "
+             "dist was %.2f, now %.2f\n",
+             stem_edge-hints->axis[dim].edges, stem_edge->opos / 64.0,
+             stem_edge->pos / 64.0, dist / 64.0, fitted_width / 64.0 ));
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  af_latin_align_serif_edge( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
+                             AF_Edge        base,
+                             AF_Edge        serif )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( hints );
+
+    serif->pos = base->pos + (serif->opos - base->opos);
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****                    E D G E   H I N T I N G                      ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  af_latin_hint_edges( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
+                       AF_Dimension   dim )
+  {
+    AF_AxisHints  axis       = &hints->axis[dim];
+    AF_Edge       edges      = axis->edges;
+    AF_Edge       edge_limit = edges + axis->num_edges;
+    FT_Int        n_edges;
+    AF_Edge       edge;
+    AF_Edge       anchor     = 0;
+    FT_Int        has_serifs = 0;
+
+
+    /* we begin by aligning all stems relative to the blue zone */
+    /* if needed -- that's only for horizontal edges            */
+
+    if ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_VERT && AF_HINTS_DO_BLUES( hints ) )
+    {
+      for ( edge = edges; edge < edge_limit; edge++ )
+      {
+        AF_Width  blue;
+        AF_Edge   edge1, edge2;
+
+
+        if ( edge->flags & AF_EDGE_DONE )
+          continue;
+
+        blue  = edge->blue_edge;
+        edge1 = NULL;
+        edge2 = edge->link;
+
+        if ( blue )
+        {
+          edge1 = edge;
+        }
+        else if ( edge2 && edge2->blue_edge )
+        {
+          blue  = edge2->blue_edge;
+          edge1 = edge2;
+          edge2 = edge;
+        }
+
+        if ( !edge1 )
+          continue;
+
+        AF_LOG(( "BLUE: edge %d (opos=%.2f) snapped to (%.2f), "
+                 "was (%.2f)\n",
+                 edge1-edges, edge1->opos / 64.0, blue->fit / 64.0,
+                 edge1->pos / 64.0 ));
+
+        edge1->pos    = blue->fit;
+        edge1->flags |= AF_EDGE_DONE;
+
+        if ( edge2 && !edge2->blue_edge )
+        {
+          af_latin_align_linked_edge( hints, dim, edge1, edge2 );
+          edge2->flags |= AF_EDGE_DONE;
+        }
+
+        if ( !anchor )
+          anchor = edge;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* now we will align all stem edges, trying to maintain the */
+    /* relative order of stems in the glyph                     */
+    for ( edge = edges; edge < edge_limit; edge++ )
+    {
+      AF_Edge  edge2;
+
+
+      if ( edge->flags & AF_EDGE_DONE )
+        continue;
+
+      /* skip all non-stem edges */
+      edge2 = edge->link;
+      if ( !edge2 )
+      {
+        has_serifs++;
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      /* now align the stem */
+
+      /* this should not happen, but it's better to be safe */
+      if ( edge2->blue_edge )
+      {
+        AF_LOG(( "ASSERTION FAILED for edge %d\n", edge2-edges ));
+
+        af_latin_align_linked_edge( hints, dim, edge2, edge );
+        edge->flags |= AF_EDGE_DONE;
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      if ( !anchor )
+      {
+        FT_Pos  org_len, org_center, cur_len;
+        FT_Pos  cur_pos1, error1, error2, u_off, d_off;
+
+
+        org_len = edge2->opos - edge->opos;
+        cur_len = af_latin_compute_stem_width(
+                    hints, dim, org_len,
+                    (AF_Edge_Flags)edge->flags,
+                    (AF_Edge_Flags)edge2->flags );
+        if ( cur_len <= 64 )
+          u_off = d_off = 32;
+        else
+        {
+          u_off = 38;
+          d_off = 26;
+        }
+
+        if ( cur_len < 96 )
+        {
+          org_center = edge->opos + ( org_len >> 1 );
+
+          cur_pos1   = FT_PIX_ROUND( org_center );
+
+          error1 = org_center - ( cur_pos1 - u_off );
+          if ( error1 < 0 )
+            error1 = -error1;
+
+          error2 = org_center - ( cur_pos1 + d_off );
+          if ( error2 < 0 )
+            error2 = -error2;
+
+          if ( error1 < error2 )
+            cur_pos1 -= u_off;
+          else
+            cur_pos1 += d_off;
+
+          edge->pos  = cur_pos1 - cur_len / 2;
+          edge2->pos = edge->pos + cur_len;
+        }
+        else
+          edge->pos = FT_PIX_ROUND( edge->opos );
+
+        AF_LOG(( "ANCHOR: edge %d (opos=%.2f) and %d (opos=%.2f) "
+                 "snapped to (%.2f) (%.2f)\n",
+                 edge-edges, edge->opos / 64.0,
+                 edge2-edges, edge2->opos / 64.0,
+                 edge->pos / 64.0, edge2->pos / 64.0 ));
+        anchor = edge;
+
+        edge->flags |= AF_EDGE_DONE;
+
+        af_latin_align_linked_edge( hints, dim, edge, edge2 );
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        FT_Pos  org_pos, org_len, org_center, cur_len;
+        FT_Pos  cur_pos1, cur_pos2, delta1, delta2;
+
+
+        org_pos    = anchor->pos + ( edge->opos - anchor->opos );
+        org_len    = edge2->opos - edge->opos;
+        org_center = org_pos + ( org_len >> 1 );
+
+        cur_len = af_latin_compute_stem_width(
+                   hints, dim, org_len,
+                   (AF_Edge_Flags)edge->flags,
+                   (AF_Edge_Flags)edge2->flags );
+
+        if ( edge2->flags & AF_EDGE_DONE )
+          edge->pos = edge2->pos - cur_len;
+
+        else if ( cur_len < 96 )
+        {
+          FT_Pos  u_off, d_off;
+
+
+          cur_pos1 = FT_PIX_ROUND( org_center );
+
+          if (cur_len <= 64 )
+            u_off = d_off = 32;
+          else
+          {
+            u_off = 38;
+            d_off = 26;
+          }
+
+          delta1 = org_center - ( cur_pos1 - u_off );
+          if ( delta1 < 0 )
+            delta1 = -delta1;
+
+          delta2 = org_center - ( cur_pos1 + d_off );
+          if ( delta2 < 0 )
+            delta2 = -delta2;
+
+          if ( delta1 < delta2 )
+            cur_pos1 -= u_off;
+          else
+            cur_pos1 += d_off;
+
+          edge->pos  = cur_pos1 - cur_len / 2;
+          edge2->pos = cur_pos1 + cur_len / 2;
+
+          AF_LOG(( "STEM: %d (opos=%.2f) to %d (opos=%.2f) "
+                   "snapped to (%.2f) and (%.2f)\n",
+                   edge-edges, edge->opos / 64.0,
+                   edge2-edges, edge2->opos / 64.0,
+                   edge->pos / 64.0, edge2->pos / 64.0 ));
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          org_pos    = anchor->pos + ( edge->opos - anchor->opos );
+          org_len    = edge2->opos - edge->opos;
+          org_center = org_pos + ( org_len >> 1 );
+
+          cur_len    = af_latin_compute_stem_width(
+                         hints, dim, org_len,
+                         (AF_Edge_Flags)edge->flags,
+                         (AF_Edge_Flags)edge2->flags );
+
+          cur_pos1   = FT_PIX_ROUND( org_pos );
+          delta1     = cur_pos1 + ( cur_len >> 1 ) - org_center;
+          if ( delta1 < 0 )
+            delta1 = -delta1;
+
+          cur_pos2   = FT_PIX_ROUND( org_pos + org_len ) - cur_len;
+          delta2     = cur_pos2 + ( cur_len >> 1 ) - org_center;
+          if ( delta2 < 0 )
+            delta2 = -delta2;
+
+          edge->pos  = ( delta1 < delta2 ) ? cur_pos1 : cur_pos2;
+          edge2->pos = edge->pos + cur_len;
+
+          AF_LOG(( "STEM: %d (opos=%.2f) to %d (opos=%.2f) "
+                   "snapped to (%.2f) and (%.2f)\n",
+                   edge-edges, edge->opos / 64.0,
+                   edge2-edges, edge2->opos / 64.0,
+                   edge->pos / 64.0, edge2->pos / 64.0 ));
+        }
+
+        edge->flags  |= AF_EDGE_DONE;
+        edge2->flags |= AF_EDGE_DONE;
+
+        if ( edge > edges && edge->pos < edge[-1].pos )
+        {
+          AF_LOG(( "BOUND: %d (pos=%.2f) to (%.2f)\n",
+                   edge-edges, edge->pos / 64.0, edge[-1].pos / 64.0 ));
+          edge->pos = edge[-1].pos;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* make sure that lowercase m's maintain their symmetry */
+
+    /* In general, lowercase m's have six vertical edges if they are sans */
+    /* serif, or twelve if they are with serifs.  This implementation is  */
+    /* based on that assumption, and seems to work very well with most    */
+    /* faces.  However, if for a certain face this assumption is not      */
+    /* true, the m is just rendered like before.  In addition, any stem   */
+    /* correction will only be applied to symmetrical glyphs (even if the */
+    /* glyph is not an m), so the potential for unwanted distortion is    */
+    /* relatively low.                                                    */
+
+    /* We don't handle horizontal edges since we can't easily assure that */
+    /* the third (lowest) stem aligns with the base line; it might end up */
+    /* one pixel higher or lower.                                         */
+
+    n_edges = edge_limit - edges;
+    if ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ && ( n_edges == 6 || n_edges == 12 ) )
+    {
+      AF_Edge  edge1, edge2, edge3;
+      FT_Pos   dist1, dist2, span, delta;
+
+
+      if ( n_edges == 6 )
+      {
+        edge1 = edges;
+        edge2 = edges + 2;
+        edge3 = edges + 4;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        edge1 = edges + 1;
+        edge2 = edges + 5;
+        edge3 = edges + 9;
+      }
+
+      dist1 = edge2->opos - edge1->opos;
+      dist2 = edge3->opos - edge2->opos;
+
+      span = dist1 - dist2;
+      if ( span < 0 )
+        span = -span;
+
+      if ( span < 8 )
+      {
+        delta = edge3->pos - ( 2 * edge2->pos - edge1->pos );
+        edge3->pos -= delta;
+        if ( edge3->link )
+          edge3->link->pos -= delta;
+
+        /* move the serifs along with the stem */
+        if ( n_edges == 12 )
+        {
+          ( edges + 8 )->pos -= delta;
+          ( edges + 11 )->pos -= delta;
+        }
+
+        edge3->flags |= AF_EDGE_DONE;
+        if ( edge3->link )
+          edge3->link->flags |= AF_EDGE_DONE;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if ( has_serifs || !anchor )
+    {
+      /*
+       *  now hint the remaining edges (serifs and single) in order
+       *  to complete our processing
+       */
+      for ( edge = edges; edge < edge_limit; edge++ )
+      {
+        FT_Pos  delta;
+
+
+        if ( edge->flags & AF_EDGE_DONE )
+          continue;
+
+        delta = 1000;
+
+        if ( edge->serif )
+        {
+          delta = edge->serif->opos - edge->opos;
+          if ( delta < 0 )
+            delta = -delta;
+        }
+
+        if ( delta < 64 + 16 )
+        {
+          af_latin_align_serif_edge( hints, edge->serif, edge );
+          AF_LOG(( "SERIF: edge %d (opos=%.2f) serif to %d (opos=%.2f) "
+                   "aligned to (%.2f)\n",
+                   edge-edges, edge->opos / 64.0,
+                   edge->serif - edges, edge->serif->opos / 64.0,
+                   edge->pos / 64.0 ));
+        }
+        else if ( !anchor )
+        {
+          AF_LOG(( "SERIF_ANCHOR: edge %d (opos=%.2f) snapped to (%.2f)\n",
+                   edge-edges, edge->opos / 64.0, edge->pos / 64.0 ));
+          edge->pos = FT_PIX_ROUND( edge->opos );
+          anchor    = edge;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          AF_Edge  before, after;
+
+
+          for ( before = edge - 1; before >= edges; before-- )
+            if ( before->flags & AF_EDGE_DONE )
+              break;
+
+          for ( after = edge + 1; after < edge_limit; after++ )
+            if ( after->flags & AF_EDGE_DONE )
+              break;
+
+          if ( before >= edges && before < edge   &&
+               after < edge_limit && after > edge )
+          {
+            if ( after->opos == before->opos )
+              edge->pos = before->pos;
+            else
+              edge->pos = before->pos +
+                          FT_MulDiv( edge->opos - before->opos,
+                                     after->pos - before->pos,
+                                     after->opos - before->opos );
+            AF_LOG(( "SERIF_LINK1: edge %d (opos=%.2f) snapped to (%.2f) "
+                     "from %d (opos=%.2f)\n",
+                     edge-edges, edge->opos / 64.0,
+                     edge->pos / 64.0, before - edges,
+                     before->opos / 64.0 ));
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            edge->pos = anchor->pos +
+                        ( ( edge->opos - anchor->opos + 16 ) & ~31 );
+            AF_LOG(( "SERIF_LINK2: edge %d (opos=%.2f) snapped to (%.2f)\n",
+                     edge-edges, edge->opos / 64.0, edge->pos / 64.0 ));
+          }
+        }
+
+        edge->flags |= AF_EDGE_DONE;
+
+        if ( edge > edges && edge->pos < edge[-1].pos )
+          edge->pos = edge[-1].pos;
+
+        if ( edge + 1 < edge_limit        &&
+             edge[1].flags & AF_EDGE_DONE &&
+             edge->pos > edge[1].pos      )
+          edge->pos = edge[1].pos;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  af_latin_hints_apply( AF_GlyphHints    hints,
+                        FT_Outline*      outline,
+                        AF_LatinMetrics  metrics )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error;
+    int       dim;
+
+
+    error = af_glyph_hints_reload( hints, outline, 1 );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* analyze glyph outline */
+#ifdef AF_USE_WARPER
+    if ( metrics->root.scaler.render_mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT ||
+         AF_HINTS_DO_HORIZONTAL( hints ) )
+#else
+    if ( AF_HINTS_DO_HORIZONTAL( hints ) )
+#endif
+    {
+      error = af_latin_hints_detect_features( hints, AF_DIMENSION_HORZ );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    if ( AF_HINTS_DO_VERTICAL( hints ) )
+    {
+      error = af_latin_hints_detect_features( hints, AF_DIMENSION_VERT );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      af_latin_hints_compute_blue_edges( hints, metrics );
+    }
+
+    /* grid-fit the outline */
+    for ( dim = 0; dim < AF_DIMENSION_MAX; dim++ )
+    {
+#ifdef AF_USE_WARPER
+      if ( ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ &&
+             metrics->root.scaler.render_mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT ) )
+      {
+        AF_WarperRec  warper;
+        FT_Fixed      scale;
+        FT_Pos        delta;
+
+
+        af_warper_compute( &warper, hints, dim, &scale, &delta );
+        af_glyph_hints_scale_dim( hints, dim, scale, delta );
+        continue;
+      }
+#endif
+
+      if ( ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ && AF_HINTS_DO_HORIZONTAL( hints ) ) ||
+           ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_VERT && AF_HINTS_DO_VERTICAL( hints ) )   )
+      {
+        af_latin_hint_edges( hints, (AF_Dimension)dim );
+        af_glyph_hints_align_edge_points( hints, (AF_Dimension)dim );
+        af_glyph_hints_align_strong_points( hints, (AF_Dimension)dim );
+        af_glyph_hints_align_weak_points( hints, (AF_Dimension)dim );
+      }
+    }
+    af_glyph_hints_save( hints, outline );
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****              L A T I N   S C R I P T   C L A S S              *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /* XXX: this should probably fine tuned to differentiate better between */
+  /*      scripts...                                                      */
+
+  static const AF_Script_UniRangeRec  af_latin_uniranges[] =
+  {
+    {  0x0020  ,  0x007F   },  /* Basic Latin (no control chars) */
+    {  0x00A0  ,  0x00FF   },  /* Latin-1 Supplement (no control chars) */
+    {  0x0100  ,  0x017F   },  /* Latin Extended-A */
+    {  0x0180  ,  0x024F   },  /* Latin Extended-B */
+    {  0x0250  ,  0x02AF   },  /* IPA Extensions */
+    {  0x02B0  ,  0x02FF   },  /* Spacing Modifier Letters */
+    {  0x0300  ,  0x036F   },  /* Combining Diacritical Marks */
+    {  0x0370  ,  0x03FF   },  /* Greek and Coptic */
+    {  0x0400  ,  0x04FF   },  /* Cyrillic */
+    {  0x0500  ,  0x052F   },  /* Cyrillic Supplement */
+    {  0x1D00  ,  0x1D7F   },  /* Phonetic Extensions */
+    {  0x1D80  ,  0x1DBF   },  /* Phonetic Extensions Supplement */
+    {  0x1DC0  ,  0x1DFF   },  /* Combining Diacritical Marks Supplement */
+    {  0x1E00  ,  0x1EFF   },  /* Latin Extended Additional */
+    {  0x1F00  ,  0x1FFF   },  /* Greek Extended */
+    {  0x2000  ,  0x206F   },  /* General Punctuation */
+    {  0x2070  ,  0x209F   },  /* Superscripts and Subscripts */
+    {  0x20A0  ,  0x20CF   },  /* Currency Symbols */
+    {  0x2150  ,  0x218F   },  /* Number Forms */
+    {  0x2460  ,  0x24FF   },  /* Enclosed Alphanumerics */
+    {  0x2C60  ,  0x2C7F   },  /* Latin Extended-C */
+    {  0x2DE0  ,  0x2DFF   },  /* Cyrillic Extended-A */
+    {  0xA640U ,  0xA69FU  },  /* Cyrillic Extended-B */
+    {  0xA720U ,  0xA7FFU  },  /* Latin Extended-D */
+    {  0xFB00U ,  0xFB06U  },  /* Alphab. Present. Forms (Latin Ligs) */
+    { 0x1D400UL, 0x1D7FFUL },  /* Mathematical Alphanumeric Symbols */
+    { 0        , 0         }
+  };
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF const AF_ScriptClassRec
+  af_latin_script_class =
+  {
+    AF_SCRIPT_LATIN,
+    af_latin_uniranges,
+
+    sizeof( AF_LatinMetricsRec ),
+
+    (AF_Script_InitMetricsFunc) af_latin_metrics_init,
+    (AF_Script_ScaleMetricsFunc)af_latin_metrics_scale,
+    (AF_Script_DoneMetricsFunc) NULL,
+
+    (AF_Script_InitHintsFunc)   af_latin_hints_init,
+    (AF_Script_ApplyHintsFunc)  af_latin_hints_apply
+  };
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/aflatin.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/aflatin.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3251d37
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/aflatin.h
@@ -0,0 +1,209 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  aflatin.h                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Auto-fitter hinting routines for latin script (specification).       */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by                              */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __AFLATIN_H__
+#define __AFLATIN_H__
+
+#include "afhints.h"
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /* the latin-specific script class */
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE const AF_ScriptClassRec
+  af_latin_script_class;
+
+
+/* constants are given with units_per_em == 2048 in mind */
+#define AF_LATIN_CONSTANT( metrics, c ) \
+  ( ( (c) * (FT_Long)( (AF_LatinMetrics)(metrics) )->units_per_em ) / 2048 )
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****            L A T I N   G L O B A L   M E T R I C S            *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*
+   *  The following declarations could be embedded in the file `aflatin.c';
+   *  they have been made semi-public to allow alternate script hinters to
+   *  re-use some of them.
+   */
+
+
+  /* Latin (global) metrics management */
+
+  enum
+  {
+    AF_LATIN_BLUE_CAPITAL_TOP,
+    AF_LATIN_BLUE_CAPITAL_BOTTOM,
+    AF_LATIN_BLUE_SMALL_F_TOP,
+    AF_LATIN_BLUE_SMALL_TOP,
+    AF_LATIN_BLUE_SMALL_BOTTOM,
+    AF_LATIN_BLUE_SMALL_MINOR,
+
+    AF_LATIN_BLUE_MAX
+  };
+
+
+#define AF_LATIN_IS_TOP_BLUE( b )  ( (b) == AF_LATIN_BLUE_CAPITAL_TOP || \
+                                     (b) == AF_LATIN_BLUE_SMALL_F_TOP || \
+                                     (b) == AF_LATIN_BLUE_SMALL_TOP   )
+
+#define AF_LATIN_MAX_WIDTHS  16
+#define AF_LATIN_MAX_BLUES   AF_LATIN_BLUE_MAX
+
+
+  enum
+  {
+    AF_LATIN_BLUE_ACTIVE     = 1 << 0,
+    AF_LATIN_BLUE_TOP        = 1 << 1,
+    AF_LATIN_BLUE_ADJUSTMENT = 1 << 2,  /* used for scale adjustment */
+                                        /* optimization              */
+    AF_LATIN_BLUE_FLAG_MAX
+  };
+
+
+  typedef struct  AF_LatinBlueRec_
+  {
+    AF_WidthRec  ref;
+    AF_WidthRec  shoot;
+    FT_UInt      flags;
+
+  } AF_LatinBlueRec, *AF_LatinBlue;
+
+
+  typedef struct  AF_LatinAxisRec_
+  {
+    FT_Fixed         scale;
+    FT_Pos           delta;
+
+    FT_UInt          width_count;
+    AF_WidthRec      widths[AF_LATIN_MAX_WIDTHS];
+    FT_Pos           edge_distance_threshold;
+    FT_Pos           standard_width;
+    FT_Bool          extra_light;
+
+    /* ignored for horizontal metrics */
+    FT_Bool          control_overshoot;
+    FT_UInt          blue_count;
+    AF_LatinBlueRec  blues[AF_LATIN_BLUE_MAX];
+
+    FT_Fixed         org_scale;
+    FT_Pos           org_delta;
+
+  } AF_LatinAxisRec, *AF_LatinAxis;
+
+
+  typedef struct  AF_LatinMetricsRec_
+  {
+    AF_ScriptMetricsRec  root;
+    FT_UInt              units_per_em;
+    AF_LatinAxisRec      axis[AF_DIMENSION_MAX];
+
+  } AF_LatinMetricsRec, *AF_LatinMetrics;
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  af_latin_metrics_init( AF_LatinMetrics  metrics,
+                         FT_Face          face );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  af_latin_metrics_scale( AF_LatinMetrics  metrics,
+                          AF_Scaler        scaler );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  af_latin_metrics_init_widths( AF_LatinMetrics  metrics,
+                                FT_Face          face,
+                                FT_ULong         charcode );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****           L A T I N   G L Y P H   A N A L Y S I S             *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  enum
+  {
+    AF_LATIN_HINTS_HORZ_SNAP   = 1 << 0, /* enable stem width snapping  */
+    AF_LATIN_HINTS_VERT_SNAP   = 1 << 1, /* enable stem height snapping */
+    AF_LATIN_HINTS_STEM_ADJUST = 1 << 2, /* enable stem width/height    */
+                                         /* adjustment                  */
+    AF_LATIN_HINTS_MONO        = 1 << 3  /* indicate monochrome         */
+                                         /* rendering                   */
+  };
+
+
+#define AF_LATIN_HINTS_DO_HORZ_SNAP( h )             \
+  AF_HINTS_TEST_OTHER( h, AF_LATIN_HINTS_HORZ_SNAP )
+
+#define AF_LATIN_HINTS_DO_VERT_SNAP( h )             \
+  AF_HINTS_TEST_OTHER( h, AF_LATIN_HINTS_VERT_SNAP )
+
+#define AF_LATIN_HINTS_DO_STEM_ADJUST( h )             \
+  AF_HINTS_TEST_OTHER( h, AF_LATIN_HINTS_STEM_ADJUST )
+
+#define AF_LATIN_HINTS_DO_MONO( h )             \
+  AF_HINTS_TEST_OTHER( h, AF_LATIN_HINTS_MONO )
+
+
+  /*
+   *  This shouldn't normally be exported.  However, other scripts might
+   *  like to use this function as-is.
+   */
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  af_latin_hints_compute_segments( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
+                                   AF_Dimension   dim );
+
+  /*
+   *  This shouldn't normally be exported.  However, other scripts might
+   *  want to use this function as-is.
+   */
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  af_latin_hints_link_segments( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
+                                AF_Dimension   dim );
+
+  /*
+   *  This shouldn't normally be exported.  However, other scripts might
+   *  want to use this function as-is.
+   */
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  af_latin_hints_compute_edges( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
+                                AF_Dimension   dim );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  af_latin_hints_detect_features( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
+                                  AF_Dimension   dim );
+
+/* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __AFLATIN_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/aflatin2.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/aflatin2.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..14327b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/aflatin2.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2292 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  aflatin.c                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Auto-fitter hinting routines for latin script (body).                */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by                        */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include "aflatin.h"
+#include "aflatin2.h"
+#include "aferrors.h"
+
+
+#ifdef AF_USE_WARPER
+#include "afwarp.h"
+#endif
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  af_latin2_hints_compute_segments( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
+                                   AF_Dimension   dim );
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  af_latin2_hints_link_segments( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
+                                 AF_Dimension   dim );
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****            L A T I N   G L O B A L   M E T R I C S            *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  af_latin2_metrics_init_widths( AF_LatinMetrics  metrics,
+                                FT_Face          face,
+                                FT_ULong         charcode )
+  {
+    /* scan the array of segments in each direction */
+    AF_GlyphHintsRec  hints[1];
+
+
+    af_glyph_hints_init( hints, face->memory );
+
+    metrics->axis[AF_DIMENSION_HORZ].width_count = 0;
+    metrics->axis[AF_DIMENSION_VERT].width_count = 0;
+
+    {
+      FT_Error             error;
+      FT_UInt              glyph_index;
+      int                  dim;
+      AF_LatinMetricsRec   dummy[1];
+      AF_Scaler            scaler = &dummy->root.scaler;
+
+
+      glyph_index = FT_Get_Char_Index( face, charcode );
+      if ( glyph_index == 0 )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      error = FT_Load_Glyph( face, glyph_index, FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE );
+      if ( error || face->glyph->outline.n_points <= 0 )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      FT_ZERO( dummy );
+
+      dummy->units_per_em = metrics->units_per_em;
+      scaler->x_scale     = scaler->y_scale = 0x10000L;
+      scaler->x_delta     = scaler->y_delta = 0;
+      scaler->face        = face;
+      scaler->render_mode = FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL;
+      scaler->flags       = 0;
+
+      af_glyph_hints_rescale( hints, (AF_ScriptMetrics)dummy );
+
+      error = af_glyph_hints_reload( hints, &face->glyph->outline, 0 );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      for ( dim = 0; dim < AF_DIMENSION_MAX; dim++ )
+      {
+        AF_LatinAxis  axis    = &metrics->axis[dim];
+        AF_AxisHints  axhints = &hints->axis[dim];
+        AF_Segment    seg, limit, link;
+        FT_UInt       num_widths = 0;
+
+
+        error = af_latin2_hints_compute_segments( hints,
+                                                 (AF_Dimension)dim );
+        if ( error )
+          goto Exit;
+
+        af_latin2_hints_link_segments( hints,
+                                      (AF_Dimension)dim );
+
+        seg   = axhints->segments;
+        limit = seg + axhints->num_segments;
+
+        for ( ; seg < limit; seg++ )
+        {
+          link = seg->link;
+
+          /* we only consider stem segments there! */
+          if ( link && link->link == seg && link > seg )
+          {
+            FT_Pos  dist;
+
+
+            dist = seg->pos - link->pos;
+            if ( dist < 0 )
+              dist = -dist;
+
+            if ( num_widths < AF_LATIN_MAX_WIDTHS )
+              axis->widths[ num_widths++ ].org = dist;
+          }
+        }
+
+        af_sort_widths( num_widths, axis->widths );
+        axis->width_count = num_widths;
+      }
+
+  Exit:
+      for ( dim = 0; dim < AF_DIMENSION_MAX; dim++ )
+      {
+        AF_LatinAxis  axis = &metrics->axis[dim];
+        FT_Pos        stdw;
+
+
+        stdw = ( axis->width_count > 0 )
+                 ? axis->widths[0].org
+                 : AF_LATIN_CONSTANT( metrics, 50 );
+
+        /* let's try 20% of the smallest width */
+        axis->edge_distance_threshold = stdw / 5;
+        axis->standard_width          = stdw;
+        axis->extra_light             = 0;
+      }
+    }
+
+    af_glyph_hints_done( hints );
+  }
+
+
+
+#define AF_LATIN_MAX_TEST_CHARACTERS  12
+
+
+  static const char* const  af_latin2_blue_chars[AF_LATIN_MAX_BLUES] =
+  {
+    "THEZOCQS",
+    "HEZLOCUS",
+    "fijkdbh",
+    "xzroesc",
+    "xzroesc",
+    "pqgjy"
+  };
+
+
+  static void
+  af_latin2_metrics_init_blues( AF_LatinMetrics  metrics,
+                               FT_Face          face )
+  {
+    FT_Pos        flats [AF_LATIN_MAX_TEST_CHARACTERS];
+    FT_Pos        rounds[AF_LATIN_MAX_TEST_CHARACTERS];
+    FT_Int        num_flats;
+    FT_Int        num_rounds;
+    FT_Int        bb;
+    AF_LatinBlue  blue;
+    FT_Error      error;
+    AF_LatinAxis  axis  = &metrics->axis[AF_DIMENSION_VERT];
+    FT_GlyphSlot  glyph = face->glyph;
+
+
+    /* we compute the blues simply by loading each character from the    */
+    /* 'af_latin2_blue_chars[blues]' string, then compute its top-most or */
+    /* bottom-most points (depending on `AF_IS_TOP_BLUE')                */
+
+    AF_LOG(( "blue zones computation\n" ));
+    AF_LOG(( "------------------------------------------------\n" ));
+
+    for ( bb = 0; bb < AF_LATIN_BLUE_MAX; bb++ )
+    {
+      const char*  p     = af_latin2_blue_chars[bb];
+      const char*  limit = p + AF_LATIN_MAX_TEST_CHARACTERS;
+      FT_Pos*      blue_ref;
+      FT_Pos*      blue_shoot;
+
+
+      AF_LOG(( "blue %3d: ", bb ));
+
+      num_flats  = 0;
+      num_rounds = 0;
+
+      for ( ; p < limit && *p; p++ )
+      {
+        FT_UInt     glyph_index;
+        FT_Int      best_point, best_y, best_first, best_last;
+        FT_Vector*  points;
+        FT_Bool     round;
+
+
+        AF_LOG(( "'%c'", *p ));
+
+        /* load the character in the face -- skip unknown or empty ones */
+        glyph_index = FT_Get_Char_Index( face, (FT_UInt)*p );
+        if ( glyph_index == 0 )
+          continue;
+
+        error = FT_Load_Glyph( face, glyph_index, FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE );
+        if ( error || glyph->outline.n_points <= 0 )
+          continue;
+
+        /* now compute min or max point indices and coordinates */
+        points      = glyph->outline.points;
+        best_point  = -1;
+        best_y      = 0;  /* make compiler happy */
+        best_first  = 0;  /* ditto */
+        best_last   = 0;  /* ditto */
+
+        {
+          FT_Int  nn;
+          FT_Int  first = 0;
+          FT_Int  last  = -1;
+
+
+          for ( nn = 0; nn < glyph->outline.n_contours; first = last+1, nn++ )
+          {
+            FT_Int  old_best_point = best_point;
+            FT_Int  pp;
+
+
+            last = glyph->outline.contours[nn];
+
+            /* Avoid single-point contours since they are never rasterized. */
+            /* In some fonts, they correspond to mark attachment points     */
+            /* which are way outside of the glyph's real outline.           */
+            if ( last == first )
+                continue;
+
+            if ( AF_LATIN_IS_TOP_BLUE( bb ) )
+            {
+              for ( pp = first; pp <= last; pp++ )
+                if ( best_point < 0 || points[pp].y > best_y )
+                {
+                  best_point = pp;
+                  best_y     = points[pp].y;
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+              for ( pp = first; pp <= last; pp++ )
+                if ( best_point < 0 || points[pp].y < best_y )
+                {
+                  best_point = pp;
+                  best_y     = points[pp].y;
+                }
+            }
+
+            if ( best_point != old_best_point )
+            {
+              best_first = first;
+              best_last  = last;
+            }
+          }
+          AF_LOG(( "%5d", best_y ));
+        }
+
+        /* now check whether the point belongs to a straight or round   */
+        /* segment; we first need to find in which contour the extremum */
+        /* lies, then inspect its previous and next points              */
+        {
+          FT_Int  start, end, prev, next;
+          FT_Pos  dist;
+
+
+          /* now look for the previous and next points that are not on the */
+          /* same Y coordinate.  Threshold the `closeness'...              */
+          start = end = best_point;
+
+          do
+          {
+            prev = start-1;
+            if ( prev < best_first )
+              prev = best_last;
+
+            dist = points[prev].y - best_y;
+            if ( dist < -5 || dist > 5 )
+              break;
+
+            start = prev;
+
+          } while ( start != best_point );
+
+          do
+          {
+            next = end+1;
+            if ( next > best_last )
+              next = best_first;
+
+            dist = points[next].y - best_y;
+            if ( dist < -5 || dist > 5 )
+              break;
+
+            end = next;
+
+          } while ( end != best_point );
+
+          /* now, set the `round' flag depending on the segment's kind */
+          round = FT_BOOL(
+            FT_CURVE_TAG( glyph->outline.tags[start] ) != FT_CURVE_TAG_ON ||
+            FT_CURVE_TAG( glyph->outline.tags[ end ] ) != FT_CURVE_TAG_ON );
+
+          AF_LOG(( "%c ", round ? 'r' : 'f' ));
+        }
+
+        if ( round )
+          rounds[num_rounds++] = best_y;
+        else
+          flats[num_flats++]   = best_y;
+      }
+
+      AF_LOG(( "\n" ));
+
+      if ( num_flats == 0 && num_rounds == 0 )
+      {
+        /*
+         *  we couldn't find a single glyph to compute this blue zone,
+         *  we will simply ignore it then
+         */
+        AF_LOG(( "empty!\n" ));
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      /* we have computed the contents of the `rounds' and `flats' tables, */
+      /* now determine the reference and overshoot position of the blue -- */
+      /* we simply take the median value after a simple sort               */
+      af_sort_pos( num_rounds, rounds );
+      af_sort_pos( num_flats,  flats );
+
+      blue       = & axis->blues[axis->blue_count];
+      blue_ref   = & blue->ref.org;
+      blue_shoot = & blue->shoot.org;
+
+      axis->blue_count++;
+
+      if ( num_flats == 0 )
+      {
+        *blue_ref   =
+        *blue_shoot = rounds[num_rounds / 2];
+      }
+      else if ( num_rounds == 0 )
+      {
+        *blue_ref   =
+        *blue_shoot = flats[num_flats / 2];
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        *blue_ref   = flats[num_flats / 2];
+        *blue_shoot = rounds[num_rounds / 2];
+      }
+
+      /* there are sometimes problems: if the overshoot position of top     */
+      /* zones is under its reference position, or the opposite for bottom  */
+      /* zones.  We must thus check everything there and correct the errors */
+      if ( *blue_shoot != *blue_ref )
+      {
+        FT_Pos   ref      = *blue_ref;
+        FT_Pos   shoot    = *blue_shoot;
+        FT_Bool  over_ref = FT_BOOL( shoot > ref );
+
+
+        if ( AF_LATIN_IS_TOP_BLUE( bb ) ^ over_ref )
+          *blue_shoot = *blue_ref = ( shoot + ref ) / 2;
+      }
+
+      blue->flags = 0;
+      if ( AF_LATIN_IS_TOP_BLUE( bb ) )
+        blue->flags |= AF_LATIN_BLUE_TOP;
+
+      /*
+       * The following flags is used later to adjust the y and x scales
+       * in order to optimize the pixel grid alignment of the top of small
+       * letters.
+       */
+      if ( bb == AF_LATIN_BLUE_SMALL_TOP )
+        blue->flags |= AF_LATIN_BLUE_ADJUSTMENT;
+
+      AF_LOG(( "-- ref = %ld, shoot = %ld\n", *blue_ref, *blue_shoot ));
+    }
+
+    return;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  af_latin2_metrics_init( AF_LatinMetrics  metrics,
+                         FT_Face          face )
+  {
+    FT_Error    error = AF_Err_Ok;
+    FT_CharMap  oldmap = face->charmap;
+    FT_UInt     ee;
+
+    static const FT_Encoding  latin_encodings[] =
+    {
+      FT_ENCODING_UNICODE,
+      FT_ENCODING_APPLE_ROMAN,
+      FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_STANDARD,
+      FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_LATIN_1,
+      FT_ENCODING_NONE  /* end of list */
+    };
+
+
+    metrics->units_per_em = face->units_per_EM;
+
+    /* do we have a latin charmap in there? */
+    for ( ee = 0; latin_encodings[ee] != FT_ENCODING_NONE; ee++ )
+    {
+      error = FT_Select_Charmap( face, latin_encodings[ee] );
+      if ( !error )
+        break;
+    }
+
+    if ( !error )
+    {
+      /* For now, compute the standard width and height from the `o'. */
+      af_latin2_metrics_init_widths( metrics, face, 'o' );
+      af_latin2_metrics_init_blues( metrics, face );
+    }
+
+    FT_Set_Charmap( face, oldmap );
+    return AF_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  af_latin2_metrics_scale_dim( AF_LatinMetrics  metrics,
+                              AF_Scaler        scaler,
+                              AF_Dimension     dim )
+  {
+    FT_Fixed      scale;
+    FT_Pos        delta;
+    AF_LatinAxis  axis;
+    FT_UInt       nn;
+
+
+    if ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ )
+    {
+      scale = scaler->x_scale;
+      delta = scaler->x_delta;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      scale = scaler->y_scale;
+      delta = scaler->y_delta;
+    }
+
+    axis = &metrics->axis[dim];
+
+    if ( axis->org_scale == scale && axis->org_delta == delta )
+      return;
+
+    axis->org_scale = scale;
+    axis->org_delta = delta;
+
+    /*
+     * correct Y scale to optimize the alignment of the top of small
+     * letters to the pixel grid
+     */
+    if ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_VERT )
+    {
+      AF_LatinAxis  vaxis = &metrics->axis[AF_DIMENSION_VERT];
+      AF_LatinBlue  blue = NULL;
+
+
+      for ( nn = 0; nn < vaxis->blue_count; nn++ )
+      {
+        if ( vaxis->blues[nn].flags & AF_LATIN_BLUE_ADJUSTMENT )
+        {
+          blue = &vaxis->blues[nn];
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+
+      if ( blue )
+      {
+        FT_Pos  scaled = FT_MulFix( blue->shoot.org, scaler->y_scale );
+        FT_Pos  fitted = ( scaled + 40 ) & ~63;
+
+#if 1
+        if ( scaled != fitted ) {
+          scale = FT_MulDiv( scale, fitted, scaled );
+          AF_LOG(( "== scaled x-top = %.2g  fitted = %.2g, scaling = %.4g\n", scaled/64.0, fitted/64.0, (fitted*1.0)/scaled ));
+        }
+#endif
+      }
+    }
+
+    axis->scale = scale;
+    axis->delta = delta;
+
+    if ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ )
+    {
+      metrics->root.scaler.x_scale = scale;
+      metrics->root.scaler.x_delta = delta;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      metrics->root.scaler.y_scale = scale;
+      metrics->root.scaler.y_delta = delta;
+    }
+
+    /* scale the standard widths */
+    for ( nn = 0; nn < axis->width_count; nn++ )
+    {
+      AF_Width  width = axis->widths + nn;
+
+
+      width->cur = FT_MulFix( width->org, scale );
+      width->fit = width->cur;
+    }
+
+    /* an extra-light axis corresponds to a standard width that is */
+    /* smaller than 0.75 pixels                                    */
+    axis->extra_light =
+      (FT_Bool)( FT_MulFix( axis->standard_width, scale ) < 32 + 8 );
+
+    if ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_VERT )
+    {
+      /* scale the blue zones */
+      for ( nn = 0; nn < axis->blue_count; nn++ )
+      {
+        AF_LatinBlue  blue = &axis->blues[nn];
+        FT_Pos        dist;
+
+
+        blue->ref.cur   = FT_MulFix( blue->ref.org, scale ) + delta;
+        blue->ref.fit   = blue->ref.cur;
+        blue->shoot.cur = FT_MulFix( blue->shoot.org, scale ) + delta;
+        blue->shoot.fit = blue->shoot.cur;
+        blue->flags    &= ~AF_LATIN_BLUE_ACTIVE;
+
+        /* a blue zone is only active if it is less than 3/4 pixels tall */
+        dist = FT_MulFix( blue->ref.org - blue->shoot.org, scale );
+        if ( dist <= 48 && dist >= -48 )
+        {
+          FT_Pos  delta1, delta2;
+
+          delta1 = blue->shoot.org - blue->ref.org;
+          delta2 = delta1;
+          if ( delta1 < 0 )
+            delta2 = -delta2;
+
+          delta2 = FT_MulFix( delta2, scale );
+
+          if ( delta2 < 32 )
+            delta2 = 0;
+          else if ( delta2 < 64 )
+            delta2 = 32 + ( ( ( delta2 - 32 ) + 16 ) & ~31 );
+          else
+            delta2 = FT_PIX_ROUND( delta2 );
+
+          if ( delta1 < 0 )
+            delta2 = -delta2;
+
+          blue->ref.fit   = FT_PIX_ROUND( blue->ref.cur );
+          blue->shoot.fit = blue->ref.fit + delta2;
+
+          AF_LOG(( ">> activating blue zone %d:  ref.cur=%.2g ref.fit=%.2g shoot.cur=%.2g shoot.fit=%.2g\n",
+                   nn, blue->ref.cur/64.0, blue->ref.fit/64.0,
+                   blue->shoot.cur/64.0, blue->shoot.fit/64.0 ));
+
+          blue->flags |= AF_LATIN_BLUE_ACTIVE;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  af_latin2_metrics_scale( AF_LatinMetrics  metrics,
+                          AF_Scaler        scaler )
+  {
+    metrics->root.scaler.render_mode = scaler->render_mode;
+    metrics->root.scaler.face        = scaler->face;
+
+    af_latin2_metrics_scale_dim( metrics, scaler, AF_DIMENSION_HORZ );
+    af_latin2_metrics_scale_dim( metrics, scaler, AF_DIMENSION_VERT );
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****           L A T I N   G L Y P H   A N A L Y S I S             *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+#define  SORT_SEGMENTS
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  af_latin2_hints_compute_segments( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
+                                   AF_Dimension   dim )
+  {
+    AF_AxisHints  axis          = &hints->axis[dim];
+    FT_Memory     memory        = hints->memory;
+    FT_Error      error         = AF_Err_Ok;
+    AF_Segment    segment       = NULL;
+    AF_SegmentRec seg0;
+    AF_Point*     contour       = hints->contours;
+    AF_Point*     contour_limit = contour + hints->num_contours;
+    AF_Direction  major_dir, segment_dir;
+
+
+    FT_ZERO( &seg0 );
+    seg0.score = 32000;
+    seg0.flags = AF_EDGE_NORMAL;
+
+    major_dir   = (AF_Direction)FT_ABS( axis->major_dir );
+    segment_dir = major_dir;
+
+    axis->num_segments = 0;
+
+    /* set up (u,v) in each point */
+    if ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ )
+    {
+      AF_Point  point = hints->points;
+      AF_Point  limit = point + hints->num_points;
+
+
+      for ( ; point < limit; point++ )
+      {
+        point->u = point->fx;
+        point->v = point->fy;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      AF_Point  point = hints->points;
+      AF_Point  limit = point + hints->num_points;
+
+
+      for ( ; point < limit; point++ )
+      {
+        point->u = point->fy;
+        point->v = point->fx;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* do each contour separately */
+    for ( ; contour < contour_limit; contour++ )
+    {
+      AF_Point  point   =  contour[0];
+      AF_Point  start   =  point;
+      AF_Point  last    =  point->prev;
+
+
+      if ( point == last )  /* skip singletons -- just in case */
+        continue;
+
+      /* already on an edge ?, backtrack to find its start */
+      if ( FT_ABS( point->in_dir ) == major_dir )
+      {
+        point = point->prev;
+
+        while ( point->in_dir == start->in_dir )
+          point = point->prev;
+      }
+      else  /* otherwise, find first segment start, if any */
+      {
+        while ( FT_ABS( point->out_dir ) != major_dir )
+        {
+          point = point->next;
+
+          if ( point == start )
+            goto NextContour;
+        }
+      }
+
+      start = point;
+
+      for  (;;)
+      {
+        AF_Point  first;
+        FT_Pos    min_u, min_v, max_u, max_v;
+
+        /* we're at the start of a new segment */
+        FT_ASSERT( FT_ABS( point->out_dir ) == major_dir &&
+                           point->in_dir != point->out_dir );
+        first = point;
+
+        min_u = max_u = point->u;
+        min_v = max_v = point->v;
+
+        point = point->next;
+
+        while ( point->out_dir == first->out_dir )
+        {
+          point = point->next;
+
+          if ( point->u < min_u )
+            min_u = point->u;
+
+          if ( point->u > max_u )
+            max_u = point->u;
+        }
+
+        if ( point->v < min_v )
+          min_v = point->v;
+
+        if ( point->v > max_v )
+          max_v = point->v;
+
+        /* record new segment */
+        error = af_axis_hints_new_segment( axis, memory, &segment );
+        if ( error )
+          goto Exit;
+
+        segment[0]         = seg0;
+        segment->dir       = first->out_dir;
+        segment->first     = first;
+        segment->last      = point;
+        segment->contour   = contour;
+        segment->pos       = (FT_Short)(( min_u + max_u ) >> 1);
+        segment->min_coord = (FT_Short) min_v;
+        segment->max_coord = (FT_Short) max_v;
+        segment->height    = (FT_Short)(max_v - min_v);
+
+        /* a segment is round if it doesn't have successive */
+        /* on-curve points.                                 */
+        {
+          AF_Point  pt   = first;
+          AF_Point  last = point;
+          AF_Flags  f0   = (AF_Flags)(pt->flags & AF_FLAG_CONTROL);
+          AF_Flags  f1;
+
+
+          segment->flags &= ~AF_EDGE_ROUND;
+
+          for ( ; pt != last; f0 = f1 )
+          {
+            pt = pt->next;
+            f1 = (AF_Flags)(pt->flags & AF_FLAG_CONTROL);
+
+            if ( !f0 && !f1 )
+              break;
+
+            if ( pt == last )
+              segment->flags |= AF_EDGE_ROUND;
+          }
+        }
+
+       /* this can happen in the case of a degenerate contour
+        * e.g. a 2-point vertical contour
+        */
+        if ( point == start )
+          break;
+
+        /* jump to the start of the next segment, if any */
+        while ( FT_ABS(point->out_dir) != major_dir )
+        {
+          point = point->next;
+
+          if ( point == start )
+            goto NextContour;
+        }
+      }
+
+    NextContour:
+      ;
+    } /* contours */
+
+    /* now slightly increase the height of segments when this makes */
+    /* sense -- this is used to better detect and ignore serifs     */
+    {
+      AF_Segment  segments     = axis->segments;
+      AF_Segment  segments_end = segments + axis->num_segments;
+
+
+      for ( segment = segments; segment < segments_end; segment++ )
+      {
+        AF_Point  first   = segment->first;
+        AF_Point  last    = segment->last;
+        AF_Point  p;
+        FT_Pos    first_v = first->v;
+        FT_Pos    last_v  = last->v;
+
+
+        if ( first == last )
+          continue;
+
+        if ( first_v < last_v )
+        {
+          p = first->prev;
+          if ( p->v < first_v )
+            segment->height = (FT_Short)( segment->height +
+                                          ( ( first_v - p->v ) >> 1 ) );
+
+          p = last->next;
+          if ( p->v > last_v )
+            segment->height = (FT_Short)( segment->height +
+                                          ( ( p->v - last_v ) >> 1 ) );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          p = first->prev;
+          if ( p->v > first_v )
+            segment->height = (FT_Short)( segment->height +
+                                          ( ( p->v - first_v ) >> 1 ) );
+
+          p = last->next;
+          if ( p->v < last_v )
+            segment->height = (FT_Short)( segment->height +
+                                          ( ( last_v - p->v ) >> 1 ) );
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+#ifdef AF_SORT_SEGMENTS
+   /* place all segments with a negative direction to the start
+    * of the array, used to speed up segment linking later...
+    */
+    {
+      AF_Segment  segments = axis->segments;
+      FT_UInt     count    = axis->num_segments;
+      FT_UInt     ii, jj;
+
+      for (ii = 0; ii < count; ii++)
+      {
+        if ( segments[ii].dir > 0 )
+        {
+          for (jj = ii+1; jj < count; jj++)
+          {
+            if ( segments[jj].dir < 0 )
+            {
+              AF_SegmentRec  tmp;
+
+              tmp          = segments[ii];
+              segments[ii] = segments[jj];
+              segments[jj] = tmp;
+
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+
+          if ( jj == count )
+            break;
+        }
+      }
+      axis->mid_segments = ii;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  af_latin2_hints_link_segments( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
+                                AF_Dimension   dim )
+  {
+    AF_AxisHints  axis          = &hints->axis[dim];
+    AF_Segment    segments      = axis->segments;
+    AF_Segment    segment_limit = segments + axis->num_segments;
+#ifdef AF_SORT_SEGMENTS
+    AF_Segment    segment_mid   = segments + axis->mid_segments;
+#endif
+    FT_Pos        len_threshold, len_score;
+    AF_Segment    seg1, seg2;
+
+
+    len_threshold = AF_LATIN_CONSTANT( hints->metrics, 8 );
+    if ( len_threshold == 0 )
+      len_threshold = 1;
+
+    len_score = AF_LATIN_CONSTANT( hints->metrics, 6000 );
+
+#ifdef AF_SORT_SEGMENTS
+    for ( seg1 = segments; seg1 < segment_mid; seg1++ )
+    {
+      if ( seg1->dir != axis->major_dir || seg1->first == seg1->last )
+        continue;
+
+      for ( seg2 = segment_mid; seg2 < segment_limit; seg2++ )
+#else
+    /* now compare each segment to the others */
+    for ( seg1 = segments; seg1 < segment_limit; seg1++ )
+    {
+      /* the fake segments are introduced to hint the metrics -- */
+      /* we must never link them to anything                     */
+      if ( seg1->dir != axis->major_dir || seg1->first == seg1->last )
+        continue;
+
+      for ( seg2 = segments; seg2 < segment_limit; seg2++ )
+        if ( seg1->dir + seg2->dir == 0 && seg2->pos > seg1->pos )
+#endif
+        {
+          FT_Pos  pos1 = seg1->pos;
+          FT_Pos  pos2 = seg2->pos;
+          FT_Pos  dist = pos2 - pos1;
+
+
+          if ( dist < 0 )
+            continue;
+
+          {
+            FT_Pos  min = seg1->min_coord;
+            FT_Pos  max = seg1->max_coord;
+            FT_Pos  len, score;
+
+
+            if ( min < seg2->min_coord )
+              min = seg2->min_coord;
+
+            if ( max > seg2->max_coord )
+              max = seg2->max_coord;
+
+            len = max - min;
+            if ( len >= len_threshold )
+            {
+              score = dist + len_score / len;
+              if ( score < seg1->score )
+              {
+                seg1->score = score;
+                seg1->link  = seg2;
+              }
+
+              if ( score < seg2->score )
+              {
+                seg2->score = score;
+                seg2->link  = seg1;
+              }
+            }
+          }
+        }
+    }
+#if 0
+    }
+#endif
+
+    /* now, compute the `serif' segments */
+    for ( seg1 = segments; seg1 < segment_limit; seg1++ )
+    {
+      seg2 = seg1->link;
+
+      if ( seg2 )
+      {
+        if ( seg2->link != seg1 )
+        {
+          seg1->link  = 0;
+          seg1->serif = seg2->link;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  af_latin2_hints_compute_edges( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
+                                AF_Dimension   dim )
+  {
+    AF_AxisHints  axis   = &hints->axis[dim];
+    FT_Error      error  = AF_Err_Ok;
+    FT_Memory     memory = hints->memory;
+    AF_LatinAxis  laxis  = &((AF_LatinMetrics)hints->metrics)->axis[dim];
+
+    AF_Segment    segments      = axis->segments;
+    AF_Segment    segment_limit = segments + axis->num_segments;
+    AF_Segment    seg;
+
+    AF_Direction  up_dir;
+    FT_Fixed      scale;
+    FT_Pos        edge_distance_threshold;
+    FT_Pos        segment_length_threshold;
+
+
+    axis->num_edges = 0;
+
+    scale = ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ ) ? hints->x_scale
+                                         : hints->y_scale;
+
+    up_dir = ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ ) ? AF_DIR_UP
+                                          : AF_DIR_RIGHT;
+
+    /*
+     *  We want to ignore very small (mostly serif) segments, we do that
+     *  by ignoring those that whose length is less than a given fraction
+     *  of the standard width. If there is no standard width, we ignore
+     *  those that are less than a given size in pixels
+     *
+     *  also, unlink serif segments that are linked to segments farther
+     *  than 50% of the standard width
+     */
+    if ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ )
+    {
+      if ( laxis->width_count > 0 )
+        segment_length_threshold = (laxis->standard_width * 10 ) >> 4;
+      else
+        segment_length_threshold = FT_DivFix( 64, hints->y_scale );
+    }
+    else
+      segment_length_threshold = 0;
+
+    /*********************************************************************/
+    /*                                                                   */
+    /* We will begin by generating a sorted table of edges for the       */
+    /* current direction.  To do so, we simply scan each segment and try */
+    /* to find an edge in our table that corresponds to its position.    */
+    /*                                                                   */
+    /* If no edge is found, we create and insert a new edge in the       */
+    /* sorted table.  Otherwise, we simply add the segment to the edge's */
+    /* list which will be processed in the second step to compute the    */
+    /* edge's properties.                                                */
+    /*                                                                   */
+    /* Note that the edges table is sorted along the segment/edge        */
+    /* position.                                                         */
+    /*                                                                   */
+    /*********************************************************************/
+
+    edge_distance_threshold = FT_MulFix( laxis->edge_distance_threshold,
+                                         scale );
+    if ( edge_distance_threshold > 64 / 4 )
+      edge_distance_threshold = 64 / 4;
+
+    edge_distance_threshold = FT_DivFix( edge_distance_threshold,
+                                         scale );
+
+    for ( seg = segments; seg < segment_limit; seg++ )
+    {
+      AF_Edge  found = 0;
+      FT_Int   ee;
+
+
+      if ( seg->height < segment_length_threshold )
+        continue;
+
+      /* A special case for serif edges: If they are smaller than */
+      /* 1.5 pixels we ignore them.                               */
+      if ( seg->serif )
+      {
+        FT_Pos  dist = seg->serif->pos - seg->pos;
+
+        if (dist < 0)
+          dist = -dist;
+
+        if (dist >= laxis->standard_width >> 1)
+        {
+          /* unlink this serif, it is too distant from its reference stem */
+          seg->serif = NULL;
+        }
+        else if ( 2*seg->height < 3 * segment_length_threshold )
+          continue;
+      }
+
+      /* look for an edge corresponding to the segment */
+      for ( ee = 0; ee < axis->num_edges; ee++ )
+      {
+        AF_Edge  edge = axis->edges + ee;
+        FT_Pos   dist;
+
+
+        dist = seg->pos - edge->fpos;
+        if ( dist < 0 )
+          dist = -dist;
+
+        if ( dist < edge_distance_threshold && edge->dir == seg->dir )
+        {
+          found = edge;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+
+      if ( !found )
+      {
+        AF_Edge   edge;
+
+
+        /* insert a new edge in the list and */
+        /* sort according to the position    */
+        error = af_axis_hints_new_edge( axis, seg->pos, seg->dir, memory, &edge );
+        if ( error )
+          goto Exit;
+
+        /* add the segment to the new edge's list */
+        FT_ZERO( edge );
+
+        edge->first    = seg;
+        edge->last     = seg;
+        edge->fpos     = seg->pos;
+        edge->dir      = seg->dir;
+        edge->opos     = edge->pos = FT_MulFix( seg->pos, scale );
+        seg->edge_next = seg;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* if an edge was found, simply add the segment to the edge's */
+        /* list                                                       */
+        seg->edge_next         = found->first;
+        found->last->edge_next = seg;
+        found->last            = seg;
+      }
+    }
+
+
+    /*********************************************************************/
+    /*                                                                   */
+    /* Good, we will now compute each edge's properties according to     */
+    /* segments found on its position.  Basically, these are:            */
+    /*                                                                   */
+    /*  - edge's main direction                                          */
+    /*  - stem edge, serif edge or both (which defaults to stem then)    */
+    /*  - rounded edge, straight or both (which defaults to straight)    */
+    /*  - link for edge                                                  */
+    /*                                                                   */
+    /*********************************************************************/
+
+    /* first of all, set the `edge' field in each segment -- this is */
+    /* required in order to compute edge links                       */
+
+    /*
+     * Note that removing this loop and setting the `edge' field of each
+     * segment directly in the code above slows down execution speed for
+     * some reasons on platforms like the Sun.
+     */
+    {
+      AF_Edge  edges      = axis->edges;
+      AF_Edge  edge_limit = edges + axis->num_edges;
+      AF_Edge  edge;
+
+
+      for ( edge = edges; edge < edge_limit; edge++ )
+      {
+        seg = edge->first;
+        if ( seg )
+          do
+          {
+            seg->edge = edge;
+            seg       = seg->edge_next;
+
+          } while ( seg != edge->first );
+      }
+
+      /* now, compute each edge properties */
+      for ( edge = edges; edge < edge_limit; edge++ )
+      {
+        FT_Int  is_round    = 0;  /* does it contain round segments?    */
+        FT_Int  is_straight = 0;  /* does it contain straight segments? */
+        FT_Pos  ups         = 0;  /* number of upwards segments         */
+        FT_Pos  downs       = 0;  /* number of downwards segments       */
+
+
+        seg = edge->first;
+
+        do
+        {
+          FT_Bool  is_serif;
+
+
+          /* check for roundness of segment */
+          if ( seg->flags & AF_EDGE_ROUND )
+            is_round++;
+          else
+            is_straight++;
+
+          /* check for segment direction */
+          if ( seg->dir == up_dir )
+            ups   += seg->max_coord-seg->min_coord;
+          else
+            downs += seg->max_coord-seg->min_coord;
+
+          /* check for links -- if seg->serif is set, then seg->link must */
+          /* be ignored                                                   */
+          is_serif = (FT_Bool)( seg->serif               &&
+                                seg->serif->edge         &&
+                                seg->serif->edge != edge );
+
+          if ( ( seg->link && seg->link->edge != NULL ) || is_serif )
+          {
+            AF_Edge     edge2;
+            AF_Segment  seg2;
+
+
+            edge2 = edge->link;
+            seg2  = seg->link;
+
+            if ( is_serif )
+            {
+              seg2  = seg->serif;
+              edge2 = edge->serif;
+            }
+
+            if ( edge2 )
+            {
+              FT_Pos  edge_delta;
+              FT_Pos  seg_delta;
+
+
+              edge_delta = edge->fpos - edge2->fpos;
+              if ( edge_delta < 0 )
+                edge_delta = -edge_delta;
+
+              seg_delta = seg->pos - seg2->pos;
+              if ( seg_delta < 0 )
+                seg_delta = -seg_delta;
+
+              if ( seg_delta < edge_delta )
+                edge2 = seg2->edge;
+            }
+            else
+              edge2 = seg2->edge;
+
+            if ( is_serif )
+            {
+              edge->serif   = edge2;
+              edge2->flags |= AF_EDGE_SERIF;
+            }
+            else
+              edge->link  = edge2;
+          }
+
+          seg = seg->edge_next;
+
+        } while ( seg != edge->first );
+
+        /* set the round/straight flags */
+        edge->flags = AF_EDGE_NORMAL;
+
+        if ( is_round > 0 && is_round >= is_straight )
+          edge->flags |= AF_EDGE_ROUND;
+
+#if 0
+        /* set the edge's main direction */
+        edge->dir = AF_DIR_NONE;
+
+        if ( ups > downs )
+          edge->dir = (FT_Char)up_dir;
+
+        else if ( ups < downs )
+          edge->dir = (FT_Char)-up_dir;
+
+        else if ( ups == downs )
+          edge->dir = 0;  /* both up and down! */
+#endif
+
+        /* gets rid of serifs if link is set                */
+        /* XXX: This gets rid of many unpleasant artefacts! */
+        /*      Example: the `c' in cour.pfa at size 13     */
+
+        if ( edge->serif && edge->link )
+          edge->serif = 0;
+      }
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  af_latin2_hints_detect_features( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
+                                  AF_Dimension   dim )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error;
+
+
+    error = af_latin2_hints_compute_segments( hints, dim );
+    if ( !error )
+    {
+      af_latin2_hints_link_segments( hints, dim );
+
+      error = af_latin2_hints_compute_edges( hints, dim );
+    }
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  af_latin2_hints_compute_blue_edges( AF_GlyphHints    hints,
+                                     AF_LatinMetrics  metrics )
+  {
+    AF_AxisHints  axis       = &hints->axis[ AF_DIMENSION_VERT ];
+    AF_Edge       edge       = axis->edges;
+    AF_Edge       edge_limit = edge + axis->num_edges;
+    AF_LatinAxis  latin      = &metrics->axis[ AF_DIMENSION_VERT ];
+    FT_Fixed      scale      = latin->scale;
+    FT_Pos        best_dist0;  /* initial threshold */
+
+
+    /* compute the initial threshold as a fraction of the EM size */
+    best_dist0 = FT_MulFix( metrics->units_per_em / 40, scale );
+
+    if ( best_dist0 > 64 / 2 )
+      best_dist0 = 64 / 2;
+
+    /* compute which blue zones are active, i.e. have their scaled */
+    /* size < 3/4 pixels                                           */
+
+    /* for each horizontal edge search the blue zone which is closest */
+    for ( ; edge < edge_limit; edge++ )
+    {
+      FT_Int    bb;
+      AF_Width  best_blue = NULL;
+      FT_Pos    best_dist = best_dist0;
+
+      for ( bb = 0; bb < AF_LATIN_BLUE_MAX; bb++ )
+      {
+        AF_LatinBlue  blue = latin->blues + bb;
+        FT_Bool       is_top_blue, is_major_dir;
+
+
+        /* skip inactive blue zones (i.e., those that are too small) */
+        if ( !( blue->flags & AF_LATIN_BLUE_ACTIVE ) )
+          continue;
+
+        /* if it is a top zone, check for right edges -- if it is a bottom */
+        /* zone, check for left edges                                      */
+        /*                                                                 */
+        /* of course, that's for TrueType                                  */
+        is_top_blue  = (FT_Byte)( ( blue->flags & AF_LATIN_BLUE_TOP ) != 0 );
+        is_major_dir = FT_BOOL( edge->dir == axis->major_dir );
+
+        /* if it is a top zone, the edge must be against the major    */
+        /* direction; if it is a bottom zone, it must be in the major */
+        /* direction                                                  */
+        if ( is_top_blue ^ is_major_dir )
+        {
+          FT_Pos     dist;
+          AF_Width   compare;
+
+
+          /* if it's a rounded edge, compare it to the overshoot position */
+          /* if it's a flat edge, compare it to the reference position    */
+          if ( edge->flags & AF_EDGE_ROUND )
+            compare = &blue->shoot;
+          else
+            compare = &blue->ref;
+
+          dist = edge->fpos - compare->org;
+          if (dist < 0)
+            dist = -dist;
+
+          dist = FT_MulFix( dist, scale );
+          if ( dist < best_dist )
+          {
+            best_dist = dist;
+            best_blue = compare;
+          }
+
+#if 0
+          /* now, compare it to the overshoot position if the edge is     */
+          /* rounded, and if the edge is over the reference position of a */
+          /* top zone, or under the reference position of a bottom zone   */
+          if ( edge->flags & AF_EDGE_ROUND && dist != 0 )
+          {
+            FT_Bool  is_under_ref = FT_BOOL( edge->fpos < blue->ref.org );
+
+
+            if ( is_top_blue ^ is_under_ref )
+            {
+              blue = latin->blues + bb;
+              dist = edge->fpos - blue->shoot.org;
+              if ( dist < 0 )
+                dist = -dist;
+
+              dist = FT_MulFix( dist, scale );
+              if ( dist < best_dist )
+              {
+                best_dist = dist;
+                best_blue = & blue->shoot;
+              }
+            }
+          }
+#endif
+        }
+      }
+
+      if ( best_blue )
+        edge->blue_edge = best_blue;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  af_latin2_hints_init( AF_GlyphHints    hints,
+                       AF_LatinMetrics  metrics )
+  {
+    FT_Render_Mode  mode;
+    FT_UInt32       scaler_flags, other_flags;
+    FT_Face         face = metrics->root.scaler.face;
+
+
+    af_glyph_hints_rescale( hints, (AF_ScriptMetrics)metrics );
+
+    /*
+     *  correct x_scale and y_scale if needed, since they may have
+     *  been modified `af_latin2_metrics_scale_dim' above
+     */
+    hints->x_scale = metrics->axis[AF_DIMENSION_HORZ].scale;
+    hints->x_delta = metrics->axis[AF_DIMENSION_HORZ].delta;
+    hints->y_scale = metrics->axis[AF_DIMENSION_VERT].scale;
+    hints->y_delta = metrics->axis[AF_DIMENSION_VERT].delta;
+
+    /* compute flags depending on render mode, etc. */
+    mode = metrics->root.scaler.render_mode;
+
+#if 0 /* #ifdef AF_USE_WARPER */
+    if ( mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD || mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V )
+    {
+      metrics->root.scaler.render_mode = mode = FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    scaler_flags = hints->scaler_flags;
+    other_flags  = 0;
+
+    /*
+     *  We snap the width of vertical stems for the monochrome and
+     *  horizontal LCD rendering targets only.
+     */
+    if ( mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO || mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD )
+      other_flags |= AF_LATIN_HINTS_HORZ_SNAP;
+
+    /*
+     *  We snap the width of horizontal stems for the monochrome and
+     *  vertical LCD rendering targets only.
+     */
+    if ( mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO || mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V )
+      other_flags |= AF_LATIN_HINTS_VERT_SNAP;
+
+    /*
+     *  We adjust stems to full pixels only if we don't use the `light' mode.
+     */
+    if ( mode != FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT )
+      other_flags |= AF_LATIN_HINTS_STEM_ADJUST;
+
+    if ( mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO )
+      other_flags |= AF_LATIN_HINTS_MONO;
+
+    /*
+     *  In `light' hinting mode we disable horizontal hinting completely.
+     *  We also do it if the face is italic.
+     */
+    if ( mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT                    ||
+         (face->style_flags & FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC) != 0 )
+      scaler_flags |= AF_SCALER_FLAG_NO_HORIZONTAL;
+
+    hints->scaler_flags = scaler_flags;
+    hints->other_flags  = other_flags;
+
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****        L A T I N   G L Y P H   G R I D - F I T T I N G        *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /* snap a given width in scaled coordinates to one of the */
+  /* current standard widths                                */
+
+  static FT_Pos
+  af_latin2_snap_width( AF_Width  widths,
+                       FT_Int    count,
+                       FT_Pos    width )
+  {
+    int     n;
+    FT_Pos  best      = 64 + 32 + 2;
+    FT_Pos  reference = width;
+    FT_Pos  scaled;
+
+
+    for ( n = 0; n < count; n++ )
+    {
+      FT_Pos  w;
+      FT_Pos  dist;
+
+
+      w = widths[n].cur;
+      dist = width - w;
+      if ( dist < 0 )
+        dist = -dist;
+      if ( dist < best )
+      {
+        best      = dist;
+        reference = w;
+      }
+    }
+
+    scaled = FT_PIX_ROUND( reference );
+
+    if ( width >= reference )
+    {
+      if ( width < scaled + 48 )
+        width = reference;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      if ( width > scaled - 48 )
+        width = reference;
+    }
+
+    return width;
+  }
+
+
+  /* compute the snapped width of a given stem */
+
+  static FT_Pos
+  af_latin2_compute_stem_width( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
+                               AF_Dimension   dim,
+                               FT_Pos         width,
+                               AF_Edge_Flags  base_flags,
+                               AF_Edge_Flags  stem_flags )
+  {
+    AF_LatinMetrics  metrics  = (AF_LatinMetrics) hints->metrics;
+    AF_LatinAxis     axis     = & metrics->axis[dim];
+    FT_Pos           dist     = width;
+    FT_Int           sign     = 0;
+    FT_Int           vertical = ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_VERT );
+
+
+    FT_UNUSED(base_flags);
+
+    if ( !AF_LATIN_HINTS_DO_STEM_ADJUST( hints ) ||
+          axis->extra_light                      )
+      return width;
+
+    if ( dist < 0 )
+    {
+      dist = -width;
+      sign = 1;
+    }
+
+    if ( (  vertical && !AF_LATIN_HINTS_DO_VERT_SNAP( hints ) ) ||
+         ( !vertical && !AF_LATIN_HINTS_DO_HORZ_SNAP( hints ) ) )
+    {
+      /* smooth hinting process: very lightly quantize the stem width */
+
+      /* leave the widths of serifs alone */
+
+      if ( ( stem_flags & AF_EDGE_SERIF ) && vertical && ( dist < 3 * 64 ) )
+        goto Done_Width;
+
+#if 0
+      else if ( ( base_flags & AF_EDGE_ROUND ) )
+      {
+        if ( dist < 80 )
+          dist = 64;
+      }
+      else if ( dist < 56 )
+        dist = 56;
+#endif
+      if ( axis->width_count > 0 )
+      {
+        FT_Pos  delta;
+
+
+        /* compare to standard width */
+        if ( axis->width_count > 0 )
+        {
+          delta = dist - axis->widths[0].cur;
+
+          if ( delta < 0 )
+            delta = -delta;
+
+          if ( delta < 40 )
+          {
+            dist = axis->widths[0].cur;
+            if ( dist < 48 )
+              dist = 48;
+
+            goto Done_Width;
+          }
+        }
+
+        if ( dist < 3 * 64 )
+        {
+          delta  = dist & 63;
+          dist  &= -64;
+
+          if ( delta < 10 )
+            dist += delta;
+
+          else if ( delta < 32 )
+            dist += 10;
+
+          else if ( delta < 54 )
+            dist += 54;
+
+          else
+            dist += delta;
+        }
+        else
+          dist = ( dist + 32 ) & ~63;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* strong hinting process: snap the stem width to integer pixels */
+      FT_Pos  org_dist = dist;
+
+
+      dist = af_latin2_snap_width( axis->widths, axis->width_count, dist );
+
+      if ( vertical )
+      {
+        /* in the case of vertical hinting, always round */
+        /* the stem heights to integer pixels            */
+
+        if ( dist >= 64 )
+          dist = ( dist + 16 ) & ~63;
+        else
+          dist = 64;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        if ( AF_LATIN_HINTS_DO_MONO( hints ) )
+        {
+          /* monochrome horizontal hinting: snap widths to integer pixels */
+          /* with a different threshold                                   */
+
+          if ( dist < 64 )
+            dist = 64;
+          else
+            dist = ( dist + 32 ) & ~63;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          /* for horizontal anti-aliased hinting, we adopt a more subtle */
+          /* approach: we strengthen small stems, round stems whose size */
+          /* is between 1 and 2 pixels to an integer, otherwise nothing  */
+
+          if ( dist < 48 )
+            dist = ( dist + 64 ) >> 1;
+
+          else if ( dist < 128 )
+          {
+            /* We only round to an integer width if the corresponding */
+            /* distortion is less than 1/4 pixel.  Otherwise this     */
+            /* makes everything worse since the diagonals, which are  */
+            /* not hinted, appear a lot bolder or thinner than the    */
+            /* vertical stems.                                        */
+
+            FT_Int  delta;
+
+
+            dist = ( dist + 22 ) & ~63;
+            delta = dist - org_dist;
+            if ( delta < 0 )
+              delta = -delta;
+
+            if (delta >= 16)
+            {
+              dist = org_dist;
+              if ( dist < 48 )
+                dist = ( dist + 64 ) >> 1;
+            }
+          }
+          else
+            /* round otherwise to prevent color fringes in LCD mode */
+            dist = ( dist + 32 ) & ~63;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+  Done_Width:
+    if ( sign )
+      dist = -dist;
+
+    return dist;
+  }
+
+
+  /* align one stem edge relative to the previous stem edge */
+
+  static void
+  af_latin2_align_linked_edge( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
+                              AF_Dimension   dim,
+                              AF_Edge        base_edge,
+                              AF_Edge        stem_edge )
+  {
+    FT_Pos  dist = stem_edge->opos - base_edge->opos;
+
+    FT_Pos  fitted_width = af_latin2_compute_stem_width(
+                             hints, dim, dist,
+                             (AF_Edge_Flags)base_edge->flags,
+                             (AF_Edge_Flags)stem_edge->flags );
+
+
+    stem_edge->pos = base_edge->pos + fitted_width;
+
+    AF_LOG(( "LINK: edge %d (opos=%.2f) linked to (%.2f), "
+             "dist was %.2f, now %.2f\n",
+             stem_edge-hints->axis[dim].edges, stem_edge->opos / 64.0,
+             stem_edge->pos / 64.0, dist / 64.0, fitted_width / 64.0 ));
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  af_latin2_align_serif_edge( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
+                             AF_Edge        base,
+                             AF_Edge        serif )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( hints );
+
+    serif->pos = base->pos + (serif->opos - base->opos);
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****                    E D G E   H I N T I N G                      ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  af_latin2_hint_edges( AF_GlyphHints  hints,
+                       AF_Dimension   dim )
+  {
+    AF_AxisHints  axis       = &hints->axis[dim];
+    AF_Edge       edges      = axis->edges;
+    AF_Edge       edge_limit = edges + axis->num_edges;
+    FT_Int        n_edges;
+    AF_Edge       edge;
+    AF_Edge       anchor     = 0;
+    FT_Int        has_serifs = 0;
+    FT_Pos        anchor_drift = 0;
+
+
+
+    AF_LOG(( "==== hinting %s edges =====\n", dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ ? "vertical" : "horizontal" ));
+
+    /* we begin by aligning all stems relative to the blue zone */
+    /* if needed -- that's only for horizontal edges            */
+
+    if ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_VERT && AF_HINTS_DO_BLUES( hints ) )
+    {
+      for ( edge = edges; edge < edge_limit; edge++ )
+      {
+        AF_Width  blue;
+        AF_Edge   edge1, edge2;
+
+
+        if ( edge->flags & AF_EDGE_DONE )
+          continue;
+
+        blue  = edge->blue_edge;
+        edge1 = NULL;
+        edge2 = edge->link;
+
+        if ( blue )
+        {
+          edge1 = edge;
+        }
+        else if ( edge2 && edge2->blue_edge )
+        {
+          blue  = edge2->blue_edge;
+          edge1 = edge2;
+          edge2 = edge;
+        }
+
+        if ( !edge1 )
+          continue;
+
+        AF_LOG(( "BLUE: edge %d (opos=%.2f) snapped to (%.2f), "
+                 "was (%.2f)\n",
+                 edge1-edges, edge1->opos / 64.0, blue->fit / 64.0,
+                 edge1->pos / 64.0 ));
+
+        edge1->pos    = blue->fit;
+        edge1->flags |= AF_EDGE_DONE;
+
+        if ( edge2 && !edge2->blue_edge )
+        {
+          af_latin2_align_linked_edge( hints, dim, edge1, edge2 );
+          edge2->flags |= AF_EDGE_DONE;
+        }
+
+        if ( !anchor )
+        {
+          anchor = edge;
+
+          anchor_drift = (anchor->pos - anchor->opos);
+          if (edge2)
+            anchor_drift = (anchor_drift + (edge2->pos - edge2->opos)) >> 1;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* now we will align all stem edges, trying to maintain the */
+    /* relative order of stems in the glyph                     */
+    for ( edge = edges; edge < edge_limit; edge++ )
+    {
+      AF_Edge  edge2;
+
+
+      if ( edge->flags & AF_EDGE_DONE )
+        continue;
+
+      /* skip all non-stem edges */
+      edge2 = edge->link;
+      if ( !edge2 )
+      {
+        has_serifs++;
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      /* now align the stem */
+
+      /* this should not happen, but it's better to be safe */
+      if ( edge2->blue_edge )
+      {
+        AF_LOG(( "ASSERTION FAILED for edge %d\n", edge2-edges ));
+
+        af_latin2_align_linked_edge( hints, dim, edge2, edge );
+        edge->flags |= AF_EDGE_DONE;
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      if ( !anchor )
+      {
+        FT_Pos  org_len, org_center, cur_len;
+        FT_Pos  cur_pos1, error1, error2, u_off, d_off;
+
+
+        org_len = edge2->opos - edge->opos;
+        cur_len = af_latin2_compute_stem_width(
+                    hints, dim, org_len,
+                    (AF_Edge_Flags)edge->flags,
+                    (AF_Edge_Flags)edge2->flags );
+        if ( cur_len <= 64 )
+          u_off = d_off = 32;
+        else
+        {
+          u_off = 38;
+          d_off = 26;
+        }
+
+        if ( cur_len < 96 )
+        {
+          org_center = edge->opos + ( org_len >> 1 );
+
+          cur_pos1   = FT_PIX_ROUND( org_center );
+
+          error1 = org_center - ( cur_pos1 - u_off );
+          if ( error1 < 0 )
+            error1 = -error1;
+
+          error2 = org_center - ( cur_pos1 + d_off );
+          if ( error2 < 0 )
+            error2 = -error2;
+
+          if ( error1 < error2 )
+            cur_pos1 -= u_off;
+          else
+            cur_pos1 += d_off;
+
+          edge->pos  = cur_pos1 - cur_len / 2;
+          edge2->pos = edge->pos + cur_len;
+        }
+        else
+          edge->pos = FT_PIX_ROUND( edge->opos );
+
+        AF_LOG(( "ANCHOR: edge %d (opos=%.2f) and %d (opos=%.2f) "
+                 "snapped to (%.2f) (%.2f)\n",
+                 edge-edges, edge->opos / 64.0,
+                 edge2-edges, edge2->opos / 64.0,
+                 edge->pos / 64.0, edge2->pos / 64.0 ));
+        anchor = edge;
+
+        edge->flags |= AF_EDGE_DONE;
+
+        af_latin2_align_linked_edge( hints, dim, edge, edge2 );
+
+        edge2->flags |= AF_EDGE_DONE;
+
+        anchor_drift = ( (anchor->pos - anchor->opos) +
+                         (edge2->pos - edge2->opos)) >> 1;
+
+        AF_LOG(( "DRIFT: %.2f\n", anchor_drift/64.0 ));
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        FT_Pos   org_pos, org_len, org_center, cur_center, cur_len;
+        FT_Pos   org_left, org_right;
+
+
+        org_pos    = edge->opos + anchor_drift;
+        org_len    = edge2->opos - edge->opos;
+        org_center = org_pos + ( org_len >> 1 );
+
+        cur_len = af_latin2_compute_stem_width(
+                   hints, dim, org_len,
+                   (AF_Edge_Flags)edge->flags,
+                   (AF_Edge_Flags)edge2->flags );
+
+        org_left  = org_pos + ((org_len - cur_len) >> 1);
+        org_right = org_pos + ((org_len + cur_len) >> 1);
+
+        AF_LOG(( "ALIGN: left=%.2f right=%.2f ", org_left/64.0, org_right/64.0 ));
+        cur_center = org_center;
+
+        if ( edge2->flags & AF_EDGE_DONE )
+        {
+          AF_LOG(( "\n" ));
+          edge->pos = edge2->pos - cur_len;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+         /* we want to compare several displacement, and choose
+          * the one that increases fitness while minimizing
+          * distortion as well
+          */
+          FT_Pos   displacements[6], scores[6], org, fit, delta;
+          FT_UInt  count = 0;
+
+          /* note: don't even try to fit tiny stems */
+          if ( cur_len < 32 )
+          {
+            AF_LOG(( "tiny stem\n" ));
+            goto AlignStem;
+          }
+
+          /* if the span is within a single pixel, don't touch it */
+          if ( FT_PIX_FLOOR(org_left) == FT_PIX_CEIL(org_right) )
+          {
+            AF_LOG(( "single pixel stem\n" ));
+            goto AlignStem;
+          }
+
+          if (cur_len <= 96)
+          {
+           /* we want to avoid the absolute worst case which is
+            * when the left and right edges of the span each represent
+            * about 50% of the gray. we'd better want to change this
+            * to 25/75%, since this is much more pleasant to the eye with
+            * very acceptable distortion
+            */
+            FT_Pos  frac_left  = (org_left) & 63;
+            FT_Pos  frac_right = (org_right) & 63;
+
+            if ( frac_left  >= 22 && frac_left  <= 42 &&
+                 frac_right >= 22 && frac_right <= 42 )
+            {
+              org = frac_left;
+              fit = (org <= 32) ? 16 : 48;
+              delta = FT_ABS(fit - org);
+              displacements[count] = fit - org;
+              scores[count++]      = delta;
+              AF_LOG(( "dispA=%.2f (%d) ", (fit - org)/64.0, delta ));
+
+              org = frac_right;
+              fit = (org <= 32) ? 16 : 48;
+              delta = FT_ABS(fit - org);
+              displacements[count] = fit - org;
+              scores[count++]     = delta;
+              AF_LOG(( "dispB=%.2f (%d) ", (fit - org)/64.0, delta ));
+            }
+          }
+
+          /* snapping the left edge to the grid */
+          org   = org_left;
+          fit   = FT_PIX_ROUND(org);
+          delta = FT_ABS(fit - org);
+          displacements[count] = fit - org;
+          scores[count++]      = delta;
+          AF_LOG(( "dispC=%.2f (%d) ", (fit - org)/64.0, delta ));
+
+          /* snapping the right edge to the grid */
+          org   = org_right;
+          fit   = FT_PIX_ROUND(org);
+          delta = FT_ABS(fit - org);
+          displacements[count] = fit - org;
+          scores[count++]      = delta;
+          AF_LOG(( "dispD=%.2f (%d) ", (fit - org)/64.0, delta ));
+
+          /* now find the best displacement */
+          {
+            FT_Pos  best_score = scores[0];
+            FT_Pos  best_disp  = displacements[0];
+            FT_UInt nn;
+
+            for (nn = 1; nn < count; nn++)
+            {
+              if (scores[nn] < best_score)
+              {
+                best_score = scores[nn];
+                best_disp  = displacements[nn];
+              }
+            }
+
+            cur_center = org_center + best_disp;
+          }
+          AF_LOG(( "\n" ));
+        }
+
+      AlignStem:
+        edge->pos  = cur_center - (cur_len >> 1);
+        edge2->pos = edge->pos + cur_len;
+
+        AF_LOG(( "STEM1: %d (opos=%.2f) to %d (opos=%.2f) "
+                 "snapped to (%.2f) and (%.2f), org_len = %.2f cur_len=%.2f\n",
+                 edge-edges, edge->opos / 64.0,
+                 edge2-edges, edge2->opos / 64.0,
+                 edge->pos / 64.0, edge2->pos / 64.0,
+                 org_len / 64.0, cur_len / 64.0 ));
+
+        edge->flags  |= AF_EDGE_DONE;
+        edge2->flags |= AF_EDGE_DONE;
+
+        if ( edge > edges && edge->pos < edge[-1].pos )
+        {
+          AF_LOG(( "BOUND: %d (pos=%.2f) to (%.2f)\n",
+                   edge-edges, edge->pos / 64.0, edge[-1].pos / 64.0 ));
+          edge->pos = edge[-1].pos;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* make sure that lowercase m's maintain their symmetry */
+
+    /* In general, lowercase m's have six vertical edges if they are sans */
+    /* serif, or twelve if they are with serifs.  This implementation is  */
+    /* based on that assumption, and seems to work very well with most    */
+    /* faces.  However, if for a certain face this assumption is not      */
+    /* true, the m is just rendered like before.  In addition, any stem   */
+    /* correction will only be applied to symmetrical glyphs (even if the */
+    /* glyph is not an m), so the potential for unwanted distortion is    */
+    /* relatively low.                                                    */
+
+    /* We don't handle horizontal edges since we can't easily assure that */
+    /* the third (lowest) stem aligns with the base line; it might end up */
+    /* one pixel higher or lower.                                         */
+#if 0
+    n_edges = edge_limit - edges;
+    if ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ && ( n_edges == 6 || n_edges == 12 ) )
+    {
+      AF_Edge  edge1, edge2, edge3;
+      FT_Pos   dist1, dist2, span, delta;
+
+
+      if ( n_edges == 6 )
+      {
+        edge1 = edges;
+        edge2 = edges + 2;
+        edge3 = edges + 4;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        edge1 = edges + 1;
+        edge2 = edges + 5;
+        edge3 = edges + 9;
+      }
+
+      dist1 = edge2->opos - edge1->opos;
+      dist2 = edge3->opos - edge2->opos;
+
+      span = dist1 - dist2;
+      if ( span < 0 )
+        span = -span;
+
+      if ( span < 8 )
+      {
+        delta = edge3->pos - ( 2 * edge2->pos - edge1->pos );
+        edge3->pos -= delta;
+        if ( edge3->link )
+          edge3->link->pos -= delta;
+
+        /* move the serifs along with the stem */
+        if ( n_edges == 12 )
+        {
+          ( edges + 8 )->pos -= delta;
+          ( edges + 11 )->pos -= delta;
+        }
+
+        edge3->flags |= AF_EDGE_DONE;
+        if ( edge3->link )
+          edge3->link->flags |= AF_EDGE_DONE;
+      }
+    }
+#endif
+    if ( has_serifs || !anchor )
+    {
+      /*
+       *  now hint the remaining edges (serifs and single) in order
+       *  to complete our processing
+       */
+      for ( edge = edges; edge < edge_limit; edge++ )
+      {
+        FT_Pos  delta;
+
+
+        if ( edge->flags & AF_EDGE_DONE )
+          continue;
+
+        delta = 1000;
+
+        if ( edge->serif )
+        {
+          delta = edge->serif->opos - edge->opos;
+          if ( delta < 0 )
+            delta = -delta;
+        }
+
+        if ( delta < 64 + 16 )
+        {
+          af_latin2_align_serif_edge( hints, edge->serif, edge );
+          AF_LOG(( "SERIF: edge %d (opos=%.2f) serif to %d (opos=%.2f) "
+                   "aligned to (%.2f)\n",
+                   edge-edges, edge->opos / 64.0,
+                   edge->serif - edges, edge->serif->opos / 64.0,
+                   edge->pos / 64.0 ));
+        }
+        else if ( !anchor )
+        {
+          AF_LOG(( "SERIF_ANCHOR: edge %d (opos=%.2f) snapped to (%.2f)\n",
+                   edge-edges, edge->opos / 64.0, edge->pos / 64.0 ));
+          edge->pos = FT_PIX_ROUND( edge->opos );
+          anchor    = edge;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          AF_Edge  before, after;
+
+
+          for ( before = edge - 1; before >= edges; before-- )
+            if ( before->flags & AF_EDGE_DONE )
+              break;
+
+          for ( after = edge + 1; after < edge_limit; after++ )
+            if ( after->flags & AF_EDGE_DONE )
+              break;
+
+          if ( before >= edges && before < edge   &&
+               after < edge_limit && after > edge )
+          {
+            if ( after->opos == before->opos )
+              edge->pos = before->pos;
+            else
+              edge->pos = before->pos +
+                          FT_MulDiv( edge->opos - before->opos,
+                                     after->pos - before->pos,
+                                     after->opos - before->opos );
+            AF_LOG(( "SERIF_LINK1: edge %d (opos=%.2f) snapped to (%.2f) from %d (opos=%.2f)\n",
+                     edge-edges, edge->opos / 64.0, edge->pos / 64.0, before - edges, before->opos / 64.0 ));
+          }
+          else
+          {
+              edge->pos = anchor->pos + (( edge->opos - anchor->opos + 16) & ~31);
+
+            AF_LOG(( "SERIF_LINK2: edge %d (opos=%.2f) snapped to (%.2f)\n",
+                     edge-edges, edge->opos / 64.0, edge->pos / 64.0 ));
+          }
+        }
+
+        edge->flags |= AF_EDGE_DONE;
+
+        if ( edge > edges && edge->pos < edge[-1].pos )
+          edge->pos = edge[-1].pos;
+
+        if ( edge + 1 < edge_limit        &&
+             edge[1].flags & AF_EDGE_DONE &&
+             edge->pos > edge[1].pos      )
+          edge->pos = edge[1].pos;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  af_latin2_hints_apply( AF_GlyphHints    hints,
+                        FT_Outline*      outline,
+                        AF_LatinMetrics  metrics )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error;
+    int       dim;
+
+
+    error = af_glyph_hints_reload( hints, outline, 1 );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* analyze glyph outline */
+#ifdef AF_USE_WARPER
+    if ( metrics->root.scaler.render_mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT ||
+         AF_HINTS_DO_HORIZONTAL( hints ) )
+#else
+    if ( AF_HINTS_DO_HORIZONTAL( hints ) )
+#endif
+    {
+      error = af_latin2_hints_detect_features( hints, AF_DIMENSION_HORZ );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    if ( AF_HINTS_DO_VERTICAL( hints ) )
+    {
+      error = af_latin2_hints_detect_features( hints, AF_DIMENSION_VERT );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      af_latin2_hints_compute_blue_edges( hints, metrics );
+    }
+
+    /* grid-fit the outline */
+    for ( dim = 0; dim < AF_DIMENSION_MAX; dim++ )
+    {
+#ifdef AF_USE_WARPER
+      if ( ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ &&
+             metrics->root.scaler.render_mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT ) )
+      {
+        AF_WarperRec  warper;
+        FT_Fixed      scale;
+        FT_Pos        delta;
+
+
+        af_warper_compute( &warper, hints, dim, &scale, &delta );
+        af_glyph_hints_scale_dim( hints, dim, scale, delta );
+        continue;
+      }
+#endif
+
+      if ( ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_HORZ && AF_HINTS_DO_HORIZONTAL( hints ) ) ||
+           ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_VERT && AF_HINTS_DO_VERTICAL( hints ) )   )
+      {
+        af_latin2_hint_edges( hints, (AF_Dimension)dim );
+        af_glyph_hints_align_edge_points( hints, (AF_Dimension)dim );
+        af_glyph_hints_align_strong_points( hints, (AF_Dimension)dim );
+        af_glyph_hints_align_weak_points( hints, (AF_Dimension)dim );
+      }
+    }
+    af_glyph_hints_save( hints, outline );
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****              L A T I N   S C R I P T   C L A S S              *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  static const AF_Script_UniRangeRec  af_latin2_uniranges[] =
+  {
+    { 32,  127 },    /* XXX: TODO: Add new Unicode ranges here! */
+    { 160, 255 },
+    { 0,   0 }
+  };
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF const AF_ScriptClassRec
+  af_latin2_script_class =
+  {
+    AF_SCRIPT_LATIN2,
+    af_latin2_uniranges,
+
+    sizeof( AF_LatinMetricsRec ),
+
+    (AF_Script_InitMetricsFunc) af_latin2_metrics_init,
+    (AF_Script_ScaleMetricsFunc)af_latin2_metrics_scale,
+    (AF_Script_DoneMetricsFunc) NULL,
+
+    (AF_Script_InitHintsFunc)   af_latin2_hints_init,
+    (AF_Script_ApplyHintsFunc)  af_latin2_hints_apply
+  };
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/aflatin2.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/aflatin2.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..34eda05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/aflatin2.h
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  aflatin2.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Auto-fitter hinting routines for latin script (specification).       */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by                              */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __AFLATIN2_H__
+#define __AFLATIN2_H__
+
+#include "afhints.h"
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /* the latin-specific script class */
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE const AF_ScriptClassRec
+  af_latin2_script_class;
+
+/* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __AFLATIN_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afloader.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afloader.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4e48c2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afloader.c
@@ -0,0 +1,535 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  afloader.c                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Auto-fitter glyph loading routines (body).                           */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by                        */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include "afloader.h"
+#include "afhints.h"
+#include "afglobal.h"
+#include "aflatin.h"
+#include "aferrors.h"
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  af_loader_init( AF_Loader  loader,
+                  FT_Memory  memory )
+  {
+    FT_ZERO( loader );
+
+    af_glyph_hints_init( &loader->hints, memory );
+#ifdef AF_DEBUG
+    _af_debug_hints = &loader->hints;
+#endif
+    return FT_GlyphLoader_New( memory, &loader->gloader );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  af_loader_reset( AF_Loader  loader,
+                   FT_Face    face )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error = AF_Err_Ok;
+
+
+    loader->face    = face;
+    loader->globals = (AF_FaceGlobals)face->autohint.data;
+
+    FT_GlyphLoader_Rewind( loader->gloader );
+
+    if ( loader->globals == NULL )
+    {
+      error = af_face_globals_new( face, &loader->globals );
+      if ( !error )
+      {
+        face->autohint.data =
+          (FT_Pointer)loader->globals;
+        face->autohint.finalizer =
+          (FT_Generic_Finalizer)af_face_globals_free;
+      }
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  af_loader_done( AF_Loader  loader )
+  {
+    af_glyph_hints_done( &loader->hints );
+
+    loader->face    = NULL;
+    loader->globals = NULL;
+
+#ifdef AF_DEBUG
+    _af_debug_hints = NULL;
+#endif
+    FT_GlyphLoader_Done( loader->gloader );
+    loader->gloader = NULL;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  af_loader_load_g( AF_Loader  loader,
+                    AF_Scaler  scaler,
+                    FT_UInt    glyph_index,
+                    FT_Int32   load_flags,
+                    FT_UInt    depth )
+  {
+    FT_Error          error;
+    FT_Face           face     = loader->face;
+    FT_GlyphLoader    gloader  = loader->gloader;
+    AF_ScriptMetrics  metrics  = loader->metrics;
+    AF_GlyphHints     hints    = &loader->hints;
+    FT_GlyphSlot      slot     = face->glyph;
+    FT_Slot_Internal  internal = slot->internal;
+
+
+    error = FT_Load_Glyph( face, glyph_index, load_flags );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    loader->transformed = internal->glyph_transformed;
+    if ( loader->transformed )
+    {
+      FT_Matrix  inverse;
+
+
+      loader->trans_matrix = internal->glyph_matrix;
+      loader->trans_delta  = internal->glyph_delta;
+
+      inverse = loader->trans_matrix;
+      FT_Matrix_Invert( &inverse );
+      FT_Vector_Transform( &loader->trans_delta, &inverse );
+    }
+
+    /* set linear metrics */
+    slot->linearHoriAdvance = slot->metrics.horiAdvance;
+    slot->linearVertAdvance = slot->metrics.vertAdvance;
+
+    switch ( slot->format )
+    {
+    case FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE:
+      /* translate the loaded glyph when an internal transform is needed */
+      if ( loader->transformed )
+        FT_Outline_Translate( &slot->outline,
+                              loader->trans_delta.x,
+                              loader->trans_delta.y );
+
+      /* copy the outline points in the loader's current               */
+      /* extra points which is used to keep original glyph coordinates */
+      error = FT_GLYPHLOADER_CHECK_POINTS( gloader,
+                                           slot->outline.n_points + 4,
+                                           slot->outline.n_contours );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      FT_ARRAY_COPY( gloader->current.outline.points,
+                     slot->outline.points,
+                     slot->outline.n_points );
+
+      FT_ARRAY_COPY( gloader->current.outline.contours,
+                     slot->outline.contours,
+                     slot->outline.n_contours );
+
+      FT_ARRAY_COPY( gloader->current.outline.tags,
+                     slot->outline.tags,
+                     slot->outline.n_points );
+
+      gloader->current.outline.n_points   = slot->outline.n_points;
+      gloader->current.outline.n_contours = slot->outline.n_contours;
+
+      /* compute original horizontal phantom points (and ignore */
+      /* vertical ones)                                         */
+      loader->pp1.x = hints->x_delta;
+      loader->pp1.y = hints->y_delta;
+      loader->pp2.x = FT_MulFix( slot->metrics.horiAdvance,
+                                 hints->x_scale ) + hints->x_delta;
+      loader->pp2.y = hints->y_delta;
+
+      /* be sure to check for spacing glyphs */
+      if ( slot->outline.n_points == 0 )
+        goto Hint_Metrics;
+
+      /* now load the slot image into the auto-outline and run the */
+      /* automatic hinting process                                 */
+      if ( metrics->clazz->script_hints_apply )
+        metrics->clazz->script_hints_apply( hints,
+                                            &gloader->current.outline,
+                                            metrics );
+
+      /* we now need to hint the metrics according to the change in */
+      /* width/positioning that occurred during the hinting process */
+      if ( scaler->render_mode != FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT )
+      {
+        FT_Pos        old_rsb, old_lsb, new_lsb;
+        FT_Pos        pp1x_uh, pp2x_uh;
+        AF_AxisHints  axis  = &hints->axis[AF_DIMENSION_HORZ];
+        AF_Edge       edge1 = axis->edges;         /* leftmost edge  */
+        AF_Edge       edge2 = edge1 +
+                              axis->num_edges - 1; /* rightmost edge */
+
+
+        if ( axis->num_edges > 1 && AF_HINTS_DO_ADVANCE( hints ) )
+        {
+          old_rsb     = loader->pp2.x - edge2->opos;
+          old_lsb     = edge1->opos;
+          new_lsb     = edge1->pos;
+
+          /* remember unhinted values to later account */
+          /* for rounding errors                       */
+
+          pp1x_uh = new_lsb    - old_lsb;
+          pp2x_uh = edge2->pos + old_rsb;
+
+          /* prefer too much space over too little space */
+          /* for very small sizes                        */
+
+          if ( old_lsb < 24 )
+            pp1x_uh -= 8;
+
+          if ( old_rsb < 24 )
+            pp2x_uh += 8;
+
+          loader->pp1.x = FT_PIX_ROUND( pp1x_uh );
+          loader->pp2.x = FT_PIX_ROUND( pp2x_uh );
+
+          if ( loader->pp1.x >= new_lsb && old_lsb > 0 )
+            loader->pp1.x -= 64;
+
+          if ( loader->pp2.x <= edge2->pos && old_rsb > 0 )
+            loader->pp2.x += 64;
+
+          slot->lsb_delta = loader->pp1.x - pp1x_uh;
+          slot->rsb_delta = loader->pp2.x - pp2x_uh;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          FT_Pos   pp1x = loader->pp1.x;
+          FT_Pos   pp2x = loader->pp2.x;
+
+          loader->pp1.x = FT_PIX_ROUND( pp1x );
+          loader->pp2.x = FT_PIX_ROUND( pp2x );
+
+          slot->lsb_delta = loader->pp1.x - pp1x;
+          slot->rsb_delta = loader->pp2.x - pp2x;
+        }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        FT_Pos   pp1x = loader->pp1.x;
+        FT_Pos   pp2x = loader->pp2.x;
+
+        loader->pp1.x = FT_PIX_ROUND( pp1x + hints->xmin_delta );
+        loader->pp2.x = FT_PIX_ROUND( pp2x + hints->xmax_delta );
+
+        slot->lsb_delta = loader->pp1.x - pp1x;
+        slot->rsb_delta = loader->pp2.x - pp2x;
+      }
+
+      /* good, we simply add the glyph to our loader's base */
+      FT_GlyphLoader_Add( gloader );
+      break;
+
+    case FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE:
+      {
+        FT_UInt      nn, num_subglyphs = slot->num_subglyphs;
+        FT_UInt      num_base_subgs, start_point;
+        FT_SubGlyph  subglyph;
+
+
+        start_point = gloader->base.outline.n_points;
+
+        /* first of all, copy the subglyph descriptors in the glyph loader */
+        error = FT_GlyphLoader_CheckSubGlyphs( gloader, num_subglyphs );
+        if ( error )
+          goto Exit;
+
+        FT_ARRAY_COPY( gloader->current.subglyphs,
+                       slot->subglyphs,
+                       num_subglyphs );
+
+        gloader->current.num_subglyphs = num_subglyphs;
+        num_base_subgs                 = gloader->base.num_subglyphs;
+
+        /* now, read each subglyph independently */
+        for ( nn = 0; nn < num_subglyphs; nn++ )
+        {
+          FT_Vector  pp1, pp2;
+          FT_Pos     x, y;
+          FT_UInt    num_points, num_new_points, num_base_points;
+
+
+          /* gloader.current.subglyphs can change during glyph loading due */
+          /* to re-allocation -- we must recompute the current subglyph on */
+          /* each iteration                                                */
+          subglyph = gloader->base.subglyphs + num_base_subgs + nn;
+
+          pp1 = loader->pp1;
+          pp2 = loader->pp2;
+
+          num_base_points = gloader->base.outline.n_points;
+
+          error = af_loader_load_g( loader, scaler, subglyph->index,
+                                    load_flags, depth + 1 );
+          if ( error )
+            goto Exit;
+
+          /* recompute subglyph pointer */
+          subglyph = gloader->base.subglyphs + num_base_subgs + nn;
+
+          if ( subglyph->flags & FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_USE_MY_METRICS )
+          {
+            pp1 = loader->pp1;
+            pp2 = loader->pp2;
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            loader->pp1 = pp1;
+            loader->pp2 = pp2;
+          }
+
+          num_points     = gloader->base.outline.n_points;
+          num_new_points = num_points - num_base_points;
+
+          /* now perform the transform required for this subglyph */
+
+          if ( subglyph->flags & ( FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_SCALE    |
+                                   FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XY_SCALE |
+                                   FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_2X2      ) )
+          {
+            FT_Vector*  cur   = gloader->base.outline.points +
+                                num_base_points;
+            FT_Vector*  limit = cur + num_new_points;
+
+
+            for ( ; cur < limit; cur++ )
+              FT_Vector_Transform( cur, &subglyph->transform );
+          }
+
+          /* apply offset */
+
+          if ( !( subglyph->flags & FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_XY_VALUES ) )
+          {
+            FT_Int      k = subglyph->arg1;
+            FT_UInt     l = subglyph->arg2;
+            FT_Vector*  p1;
+            FT_Vector*  p2;
+
+
+            if ( start_point + k >= num_base_points         ||
+                               l >= (FT_UInt)num_new_points )
+            {
+              error = AF_Err_Invalid_Composite;
+              goto Exit;
+            }
+
+            l += num_base_points;
+
+            /* for now, only use the current point coordinates;    */
+            /* we may consider another approach in the near future */
+            p1 = gloader->base.outline.points + start_point + k;
+            p2 = gloader->base.outline.points + start_point + l;
+
+            x = p1->x - p2->x;
+            y = p1->y - p2->y;
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            x = FT_MulFix( subglyph->arg1, hints->x_scale ) + hints->x_delta;
+            y = FT_MulFix( subglyph->arg2, hints->y_scale ) + hints->y_delta;
+
+            x = FT_PIX_ROUND( x );
+            y = FT_PIX_ROUND( y );
+          }
+
+          {
+            FT_Outline  dummy = gloader->base.outline;
+
+
+            dummy.points  += num_base_points;
+            dummy.n_points = (short)num_new_points;
+
+            FT_Outline_Translate( &dummy, x, y );
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      /* we don't support other formats (yet?) */
+      error = AF_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
+    }
+
+  Hint_Metrics:
+    if ( depth == 0 )
+    {
+      FT_BBox    bbox;
+      FT_Vector  vvector;
+
+
+      vvector.x = slot->metrics.vertBearingX - slot->metrics.horiBearingX;
+      vvector.y = slot->metrics.vertBearingY - slot->metrics.horiBearingY;
+      vvector.x = FT_MulFix( vvector.x, metrics->scaler.x_scale );
+      vvector.y = FT_MulFix( vvector.y, metrics->scaler.y_scale );
+
+      /* transform the hinted outline if needed */
+      if ( loader->transformed )
+      {
+        FT_Outline_Transform( &gloader->base.outline, &loader->trans_matrix );
+        FT_Vector_Transform( &vvector, &loader->trans_matrix );
+      }
+#if 1
+      /* we must translate our final outline by -pp1.x and compute */
+      /* the new metrics                                           */
+      if ( loader->pp1.x )
+        FT_Outline_Translate( &gloader->base.outline, -loader->pp1.x, 0 );
+#endif
+      FT_Outline_Get_CBox( &gloader->base.outline, &bbox );
+
+      bbox.xMin = FT_PIX_FLOOR( bbox.xMin );
+      bbox.yMin = FT_PIX_FLOOR( bbox.yMin );
+      bbox.xMax = FT_PIX_CEIL(  bbox.xMax );
+      bbox.yMax = FT_PIX_CEIL(  bbox.yMax );
+
+      slot->metrics.width        = bbox.xMax - bbox.xMin;
+      slot->metrics.height       = bbox.yMax - bbox.yMin;
+      slot->metrics.horiBearingX = bbox.xMin;
+      slot->metrics.horiBearingY = bbox.yMax;
+
+      slot->metrics.vertBearingX = FT_PIX_FLOOR( bbox.xMin + vvector.x );
+      slot->metrics.vertBearingY = FT_PIX_FLOOR( bbox.yMax + vvector.y );
+
+      /* for mono-width fonts (like Andale, Courier, etc.) we need */
+      /* to keep the original rounded advance width                */
+#if 0
+      if ( !FT_IS_FIXED_WIDTH( slot->face ) )
+        slot->metrics.horiAdvance = loader->pp2.x - loader->pp1.x;
+      else
+        slot->metrics.horiAdvance = FT_MulFix( slot->metrics.horiAdvance,
+                                               x_scale );
+#else
+      if ( !FT_IS_FIXED_WIDTH( slot->face ) )
+      {
+        /* non-spacing glyphs must stay as-is */
+        if ( slot->metrics.horiAdvance )
+          slot->metrics.horiAdvance = loader->pp2.x - loader->pp1.x;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        slot->metrics.horiAdvance = FT_MulFix( slot->metrics.horiAdvance,
+                                               metrics->scaler.x_scale );
+
+        /* Set delta values to 0.  Otherwise code that uses them is */
+        /* going to ruin the fixed advance width.                   */
+        slot->lsb_delta = 0;
+        slot->rsb_delta = 0;
+      }
+#endif
+
+      slot->metrics.vertAdvance = FT_MulFix( slot->metrics.vertAdvance,
+                                              metrics->scaler.y_scale );
+
+      slot->metrics.horiAdvance = FT_PIX_ROUND( slot->metrics.horiAdvance );
+      slot->metrics.vertAdvance = FT_PIX_ROUND( slot->metrics.vertAdvance );
+
+      /* now copy outline into glyph slot */
+      FT_GlyphLoader_Rewind( internal->loader );
+      error = FT_GlyphLoader_CopyPoints( internal->loader, gloader );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      slot->outline = internal->loader->base.outline;
+      slot->format  = FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE;
+    }
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_HINTER
+    af_debug_hinter = hinter;
+#endif
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  af_loader_load_glyph( AF_Loader  loader,
+                        FT_Face    face,
+                        FT_UInt    gindex,
+                        FT_UInt32  load_flags )
+  {
+    FT_Error      error;
+    FT_Size       size = face->size;
+    AF_ScalerRec  scaler;
+
+
+    if ( !size )
+      return AF_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    FT_ZERO( &scaler );
+
+    scaler.face    = face;
+    scaler.x_scale = size->metrics.x_scale;
+    scaler.x_delta = 0;  /* XXX: TODO: add support for sub-pixel hinting */
+    scaler.y_scale = size->metrics.y_scale;
+    scaler.y_delta = 0;  /* XXX: TODO: add support for sub-pixel hinting */
+
+    scaler.render_mode = FT_LOAD_TARGET_MODE( load_flags );
+    scaler.flags       = 0;  /* XXX: fix this */
+
+    error = af_loader_reset( loader, face );
+    if ( !error )
+    {
+      AF_ScriptMetrics  metrics;
+      FT_UInt           options = 0;
+
+
+#ifdef FT_OPTION_AUTOFIT2
+      /* XXX: undocumented hook to activate the latin2 hinter */
+      if ( load_flags & ( 1UL << 20 ) )
+        options = 2;
+#endif
+
+      error = af_face_globals_get_metrics( loader->globals, gindex,
+                                           options, &metrics );
+      if ( !error )
+      {
+        loader->metrics = metrics;
+
+        if ( metrics->clazz->script_metrics_scale )
+          metrics->clazz->script_metrics_scale( metrics, &scaler );
+        else
+          metrics->scaler = scaler;
+
+        load_flags |=  FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE | FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM;
+        load_flags &= ~FT_LOAD_RENDER;
+
+        if ( metrics->clazz->script_hints_init )
+        {
+          error = metrics->clazz->script_hints_init( &loader->hints,
+                                                     metrics );
+          if ( error )
+            goto Exit;
+        }
+
+        error = af_loader_load_g( loader, &scaler, gindex, load_flags, 0 );
+      }
+    }
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afloader.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afloader.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fa67c10
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afloader.h
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  afloader.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Auto-fitter glyph loading routines (specification).                  */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2003, 2004, 2005 by                                          */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __AF_LOADER_H__
+#define __AF_LOADER_H__
+
+#include "afhints.h"
+#include "afglobal.h"
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+  typedef struct AF_LoaderRec_
+  {
+    FT_Face           face;           /* current face */
+    AF_FaceGlobals    globals;        /* current face globals */
+    FT_GlyphLoader    gloader;        /* glyph loader */
+    AF_GlyphHintsRec  hints;
+    AF_ScriptMetrics  metrics;
+    FT_Bool           transformed;
+    FT_Matrix         trans_matrix;
+    FT_Vector         trans_delta;
+    FT_Vector         pp1;
+    FT_Vector         pp2;
+    /* we don't handle vertical phantom points */
+
+  } AF_LoaderRec, *AF_Loader;
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  af_loader_init( AF_Loader  loader,
+                  FT_Memory  memory );
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  af_loader_reset( AF_Loader  loader,
+                   FT_Face    face );
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  af_loader_done( AF_Loader  loader );
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  af_loader_load_glyph( AF_Loader  loader,
+                        FT_Face    face,
+                        FT_UInt    gindex,
+                        FT_UInt32  load_flags );
+
+/* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __AF_LOADER_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afmodule.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afmodule.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cd5e1cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afmodule.c
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  afmodule.c                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Auto-fitter module implementation (body).                            */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 by                                    */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include "afmodule.h"
+#include "afloader.h"
+
+#ifdef AF_DEBUG
+  int    _af_debug;
+  int    _af_debug_disable_horz_hints;
+  int    _af_debug_disable_vert_hints;
+  int    _af_debug_disable_blue_hints;
+  void*  _af_debug_hints;
+#endif
+
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+
+
+  typedef struct  FT_AutofitterRec_
+  {
+    FT_ModuleRec  root;
+    AF_LoaderRec  loader[1];
+
+  } FT_AutofitterRec, *FT_Autofitter;
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  af_autofitter_init( FT_Autofitter  module )
+  {
+    return af_loader_init( module->loader, module->root.library->memory );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
+  af_autofitter_done( FT_Autofitter  module )
+  {
+    af_loader_done( module->loader );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  af_autofitter_load_glyph( FT_Autofitter  module,
+                            FT_GlyphSlot   slot,
+                            FT_Size        size,
+                            FT_UInt        glyph_index,
+                            FT_Int32       load_flags )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( size );
+
+    return af_loader_load_glyph( module->loader, slot->face,
+                                 glyph_index, load_flags );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
+  const FT_AutoHinter_ServiceRec  af_autofitter_service =
+  {
+    NULL,
+    NULL,
+    NULL,
+    (FT_AutoHinter_GlyphLoadFunc)af_autofitter_load_glyph
+  };
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
+  const FT_Module_Class  autofit_module_class =
+  {
+    FT_MODULE_HINTER,
+    sizeof ( FT_AutofitterRec ),
+
+    "autofitter",
+    0x10000L,   /* version 1.0 of the autofitter  */
+    0x20000L,   /* requires FreeType 2.0 or above */
+
+    (const void*)&af_autofitter_service,
+
+    (FT_Module_Constructor)af_autofitter_init,
+    (FT_Module_Destructor) af_autofitter_done,
+    (FT_Module_Requester)  NULL
+  };
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afmodule.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afmodule.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..36268a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afmodule.h
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  afmodule.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Auto-fitter module implementation (specification).                   */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2003, 2004, 2005 by                                          */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __AFMODULE_H__
+#define __AFMODULE_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_MODULE_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE
+  const FT_Module_Class  autofit_module_class;
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __AFMODULE_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/aftypes.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/aftypes.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..626a388
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/aftypes.h
@@ -0,0 +1,350 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  aftypes.h                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Auto-fitter types (specification only).                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 by                  */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************
+   *
+   *  The auto-fitter is a complete rewrite of the old auto-hinter.
+   *  Its main feature is the ability to differentiate between different
+   *  scripts in order to apply language-specific rules.
+   *
+   *  The code has also been compartmentized into several entities that
+   *  should make algorithmic experimentation easier than with the old
+   *  code.
+   *
+   *  Finally, we get rid of the Catharon license, since this code is
+   *  released under the FreeType one.
+   *
+   *************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __AFTYPES_H__
+#define __AFTYPES_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+#include FT_OUTLINE_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                    D E B U G G I N G                          *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+#define xxAF_USE_WARPER  /* only define to use warp hinting */
+#define xxAF_DEBUG
+
+#ifdef AF_DEBUG
+
+#include FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
+
+#define AF_LOG( x )  do { if ( _af_debug ) printf x; } while ( 0 )
+
+extern int    _af_debug;
+extern int    _af_debug_disable_horz_hints;
+extern int    _af_debug_disable_vert_hints;
+extern int    _af_debug_disable_blue_hints;
+extern void*  _af_debug_hints;
+
+#else /* !AF_DEBUG */
+
+#define AF_LOG( x )  do { } while ( 0 )        /* nothing */
+
+#endif /* !AF_DEBUG */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                 U T I L I T Y   S T U F F                     *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  typedef struct  AF_WidthRec_
+  {
+    FT_Pos  org;  /* original position/width in font units              */
+    FT_Pos  cur;  /* current/scaled position/width in device sub-pixels */
+    FT_Pos  fit;  /* current/fitted position/width in device sub-pixels */
+
+  } AF_WidthRec, *AF_Width;
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  af_sort_pos( FT_UInt  count,
+               FT_Pos*  table );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  af_sort_widths( FT_UInt   count,
+                  AF_Width  widths );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                   A N G L E   T Y P E S                       *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /*
+   *  The auto-fitter doesn't need a very high angular accuracy;
+   *  this allows us to speed up some computations considerably with a
+   *  light Cordic algorithm (see afangles.c).
+   */
+
+  typedef FT_Int  AF_Angle;
+
+
+#define AF_ANGLE_PI   256
+#define AF_ANGLE_2PI  ( AF_ANGLE_PI * 2 )
+#define AF_ANGLE_PI2  ( AF_ANGLE_PI / 2 )
+#define AF_ANGLE_PI4  ( AF_ANGLE_PI / 4 )
+
+
+#if 0
+  /*
+   *  compute the angle of a given 2-D vector
+   */
+  FT_LOCAL( AF_Angle )
+  af_angle_atan( FT_Pos  dx,
+                 FT_Pos  dy );
+
+
+  /*
+   *  compute `angle2 - angle1'; the result is always within
+   *  the range [-AF_ANGLE_PI .. AF_ANGLE_PI - 1]
+   */
+  FT_LOCAL( AF_Angle )
+  af_angle_diff( AF_Angle  angle1,
+                 AF_Angle  angle2 );
+#endif /* 0 */
+
+
+#define AF_ANGLE_DIFF( result, angle1, angle2 ) \
+  FT_BEGIN_STMNT                                \
+    AF_Angle  _delta = (angle2) - (angle1);     \
+                                                \
+                                                \
+    _delta %= AF_ANGLE_2PI;                     \
+    if ( _delta < 0 )                           \
+      _delta += AF_ANGLE_2PI;                   \
+                                                \
+    if ( _delta > AF_ANGLE_PI )                 \
+      _delta -= AF_ANGLE_2PI;                   \
+                                                \
+    result = _delta;                            \
+  FT_END_STMNT
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                    O U T L I N E S                            *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /*  opaque handle to glyph-specific hints -- see `afhints.h' for more
+   *  details
+   */
+  typedef struct AF_GlyphHintsRec_*  AF_GlyphHints;
+
+  /*  This structure is used to model an input glyph outline to
+   *  the auto-hinter.  The latter will set the `hints' field
+   *  depending on the glyph's script.
+   */
+  typedef struct  AF_OutlineRec_
+  {
+    FT_Face        face;
+    FT_Outline     outline;
+    FT_UInt        outline_resolution;
+
+    FT_Int         advance;
+    FT_UInt        metrics_resolution;
+
+    AF_GlyphHints  hints;
+
+  } AF_OutlineRec;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                       S C A L E R S                           *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /*
+   *  A scaler models the target pixel device that will receive the
+   *  auto-hinted glyph image.
+   */
+
+  typedef enum  AF_ScalerFlags_
+  {
+    AF_SCALER_FLAG_NO_HORIZONTAL = 1,  /* disable horizontal hinting */
+    AF_SCALER_FLAG_NO_VERTICAL   = 2,  /* disable vertical hinting   */
+    AF_SCALER_FLAG_NO_ADVANCE    = 4   /* disable advance hinting    */
+
+  } AF_ScalerFlags;
+
+
+  typedef struct  AF_ScalerRec_
+  {
+    FT_Face         face;        /* source font face                        */
+    FT_Fixed        x_scale;     /* from font units to 1/64th device pixels */
+    FT_Fixed        y_scale;     /* from font units to 1/64th device pixels */
+    FT_Pos          x_delta;     /* in 1/64th device pixels                 */
+    FT_Pos          y_delta;     /* in 1/64th device pixels                 */
+    FT_Render_Mode  render_mode; /* monochrome, anti-aliased, LCD, etc.     */
+    FT_UInt32       flags;       /* additional control flags, see above     */
+
+  } AF_ScalerRec, *AF_Scaler;
+
+
+#define AF_SCALER_EQUAL_SCALES( a, b )      \
+          ( (a)->x_scale == (b)->x_scale && \
+            (a)->y_scale == (b)->y_scale && \
+            (a)->x_delta == (b)->x_delta && \
+            (a)->y_delta == (b)->y_delta )
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                       S C R I P T S                           *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /*
+   *  The list of know scripts.  Each different script corresponds to the
+   *  following information:
+   *
+   *   - A set of Unicode ranges to test whether the face supports the
+   *     script.
+   *
+   *   - A specific global analyzer that will compute global metrics
+   *     specific to the script.
+   *
+   *   - A specific glyph analyzer that will compute segments and
+   *     edges for each glyph covered by the script.
+   *
+   *   - A specific grid-fitting algorithm that will distort the
+   *     scaled glyph outline according to the results of the glyph
+   *     analyzer.
+   *
+   *  Note that a given analyzer and/or grid-fitting algorithm can be
+   *  used by more than one script.
+   */
+
+  typedef enum  AF_Script_
+  {
+    AF_SCRIPT_NONE  = 0,
+    AF_SCRIPT_LATIN = 1,
+    AF_SCRIPT_CJK   = 2,
+    AF_SCRIPT_INDIC = 3, 
+#ifdef FT_OPTION_AUTOFIT2
+    AF_SCRIPT_LATIN2,
+#endif
+
+    /* add new scripts here.  Don't forget to update the list in */
+    /* `afglobal.c'.                                             */
+
+    AF_SCRIPT_MAX   /* do not remove */
+
+  } AF_Script;
+
+
+  typedef struct AF_ScriptClassRec_ const*  AF_ScriptClass;
+
+  typedef struct  AF_ScriptMetricsRec_
+  {
+    AF_ScriptClass  clazz;
+    AF_ScalerRec    scaler;
+
+  } AF_ScriptMetricsRec, *AF_ScriptMetrics;
+
+
+  /*  This function parses an FT_Face to compute global metrics for
+   *  a specific script.
+   */
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*AF_Script_InitMetricsFunc)( AF_ScriptMetrics  metrics,
+                                FT_Face           face );
+
+  typedef void
+  (*AF_Script_ScaleMetricsFunc)( AF_ScriptMetrics  metrics,
+                                 AF_Scaler         scaler );
+
+  typedef void
+  (*AF_Script_DoneMetricsFunc)( AF_ScriptMetrics  metrics );
+
+
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*AF_Script_InitHintsFunc)( AF_GlyphHints     hints,
+                              AF_ScriptMetrics  metrics );
+
+  typedef void
+  (*AF_Script_ApplyHintsFunc)( AF_GlyphHints     hints,
+                               FT_Outline*       outline,
+                               AF_ScriptMetrics  metrics );
+
+
+  typedef struct  AF_Script_UniRangeRec_
+  {
+    FT_UInt32  first;
+    FT_UInt32  last;
+
+  } AF_Script_UniRangeRec;
+
+  typedef const AF_Script_UniRangeRec  *AF_Script_UniRange;
+
+
+  typedef struct  AF_ScriptClassRec_
+  {
+    AF_Script                   script;
+    AF_Script_UniRange          script_uni_ranges; /* last must be { 0, 0 } */
+
+    FT_UInt                     script_metrics_size;
+    AF_Script_InitMetricsFunc   script_metrics_init;
+    AF_Script_ScaleMetricsFunc  script_metrics_scale;
+    AF_Script_DoneMetricsFunc   script_metrics_done;
+
+    AF_Script_InitHintsFunc     script_hints_init;
+    AF_Script_ApplyHintsFunc    script_hints_apply;
+
+  } AF_ScriptClassRec;
+
+
+/* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __AFTYPES_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afwarp.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afwarp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f5bb9b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afwarp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,338 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  afwarp.c                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Auto-fitter warping algorithm (body).                                */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2006, 2007 by                                                */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include "afwarp.h"
+
+#ifdef AF_USE_WARPER
+
+#if 1
+  static const AF_WarpScore
+  af_warper_weights[64] =
+  {
+    35, 32, 30, 25, 20, 15, 12, 10,  5,  1,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
+     0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0, -1, -2, -5, -8,-10,-10,-20,-20,-30,-30,
+
+   -30,-30,-20,-20,-10,-10, -8, -5, -2, -1,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
+     0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  1,  5, 10, 12, 15, 20, 25, 30, 32,
+  };
+#else
+  static const AF_WarpScore
+  af_warper_weights[64] =
+  {
+    30, 20, 10,  5,  4,  4,  3,  2,  1,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
+     0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0, -1, -2, -2, -5, -5,-10,-10,-15,-20,
+
+   -20,-15,-15,-10,-10, -5, -5, -2, -2, -1,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
+     0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  1,  2,  3,  4,  4,  5, 10, 20,
+  };
+#endif
+
+
+  static void
+  af_warper_compute_line_best( AF_Warper     warper,
+                               FT_Fixed      scale,
+                               FT_Pos        delta,
+                               FT_Pos        xx1,
+                               FT_Pos        xx2,
+                               AF_WarpScore  base_distort,
+                               AF_Segment    segments,
+                               FT_UInt       num_segments )
+  {
+    FT_Int        idx_min, idx_max, idx0;
+    FT_UInt       nn;
+    AF_WarpScore  scores[65];
+
+
+    for ( nn = 0; nn < 65; nn++ )
+      scores[nn] = 0;
+
+    idx0 = xx1 - warper->t1;
+
+    /* compute minimum and maximum indices */
+    {
+      FT_Pos  xx1min = warper->x1min;
+      FT_Pos  xx1max = warper->x1max;
+      FT_Pos  w      = xx2 - xx1;
+
+
+      if ( xx1min + w < warper->x2min )
+        xx1min = warper->x2min - w;
+
+      xx1max = warper->x1max;
+      if ( xx1max + w > warper->x2max )
+        xx1max = warper->x2max - w;
+
+      idx_min = xx1min - warper->t1;
+      idx_max = xx1max - warper->t1;
+
+      if ( idx_min < 0 || idx_min > idx_max || idx_max > 64 )
+      {
+        AF_LOG(( "invalid indices:\n"
+                 "  min=%d max=%d, xx1=%ld xx2=%ld,\n"
+                 "  x1min=%ld x1max=%ld, x2min=%ld x2max=%ld\n",
+                 idx_min, idx_max, xx1, xx2,
+                 warper->x1min, warper->x1max,
+                 warper->x2min, warper->x2max ));
+        return;
+      }
+    }
+
+    for ( nn = 0; nn < num_segments; nn++ )
+    {
+      FT_Pos  len = segments[nn].max_coord - segments[nn].min_coord;
+      FT_Pos  y0  = FT_MulFix( segments[nn].pos, scale ) + delta;
+      FT_Pos  y   = y0 + ( idx_min - idx0 );
+      FT_Int  idx;
+
+
+      for ( idx = idx_min; idx <= idx_max; idx++, y++ )
+        scores[idx] += af_warper_weights[y & 63] * len;
+    }
+
+    /* find best score */
+    {
+      FT_Int  idx;
+
+
+      for ( idx = idx_min; idx <= idx_max; idx++ )
+      {
+        AF_WarpScore  score = scores[idx];
+        AF_WarpScore  distort = base_distort + ( idx - idx0 );
+
+
+        if ( score > warper->best_score           ||
+             ( score == warper->best_score    &&
+               distort < warper->best_distort )   )
+        {
+          warper->best_score   = score;
+          warper->best_distort = distort;
+          warper->best_scale   = scale;
+          warper->best_delta   = delta + ( idx - idx0 );
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  af_warper_compute( AF_Warper      warper,
+                     AF_GlyphHints  hints,
+                     AF_Dimension   dim,
+                     FT_Fixed      *a_scale,
+                     FT_Pos        *a_delta )
+  {
+    AF_AxisHints  axis;
+    AF_Point      points;
+
+    FT_Fixed      org_scale;
+    FT_Pos        org_delta;
+
+    FT_UInt       nn, num_points, num_segments;
+    FT_Int        X1, X2;
+    FT_Int        w;
+
+    AF_WarpScore  base_distort;
+    AF_Segment    segments;
+
+
+    /* get original scaling transformation */
+    if ( dim == AF_DIMENSION_VERT )
+    {
+      org_scale = hints->y_scale;
+      org_delta = hints->y_delta;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      org_scale = hints->x_scale;
+      org_delta = hints->x_delta;
+    }
+
+    warper->best_scale   = org_scale;
+    warper->best_delta   = org_delta;
+    warper->best_score   = INT_MIN;
+    warper->best_distort = 0;
+
+    axis         = &hints->axis[dim];
+    segments     = axis->segments;
+    num_segments = axis->num_segments;
+    points       = hints->points;
+    num_points   = hints->num_points;
+
+    *a_scale = org_scale;
+    *a_delta = org_delta;
+
+    /* get X1 and X2, minimum and maximum in original coordinates */
+    if ( num_segments < 1 )
+      return;
+
+#if 1
+    X1 = X2 = points[0].fx;
+    for ( nn = 1; nn < num_points; nn++ )
+    {
+      FT_Int  X = points[nn].fx;
+
+
+      if ( X < X1 )
+        X1 = X;
+      if ( X > X2 )
+        X2 = X;
+    }
+#else
+    X1 = X2 = segments[0].pos;
+    for ( nn = 1; nn < num_segments; nn++ )
+    {
+      FT_Int  X = segments[nn].pos;
+
+
+      if ( X < X1 )
+        X1 = X;
+      if ( X > X2 )
+        X2 = X;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    if ( X1 >= X2 )
+      return;
+
+    warper->x1 = FT_MulFix( X1, org_scale ) + org_delta;
+    warper->x2 = FT_MulFix( X2, org_scale ) + org_delta;
+
+    warper->t1 = AF_WARPER_FLOOR( warper->x1 );
+    warper->t2 = AF_WARPER_CEIL( warper->x2 );
+
+    warper->x1min = warper->x1 & ~31;
+    warper->x1max = warper->x1min + 32;
+    warper->x2min = warper->x2 & ~31;
+    warper->x2max = warper->x2min + 32;
+
+    if ( warper->x1max > warper->x2 )
+      warper->x1max = warper->x2;
+
+    if ( warper->x2min < warper->x1 )
+      warper->x2min = warper->x1;
+
+    warper->w0 = warper->x2 - warper->x1;
+
+    if ( warper->w0 <= 64 )
+    {
+      warper->x1max = warper->x1;
+      warper->x2min = warper->x2;
+    }
+
+    warper->wmin = warper->x2min - warper->x1max;
+    warper->wmax = warper->x2max - warper->x1min;
+
+#if 1
+    {
+      int  margin = 16;
+
+
+      if ( warper->w0 <= 128 )
+      {
+         margin = 8;
+         if ( warper->w0 <= 96 )
+           margin = 4;
+      }
+
+      if ( warper->wmin < warper->w0 - margin )
+        warper->wmin = warper->w0 - margin;
+
+      if ( warper->wmax > warper->w0 + margin )
+        warper->wmax = warper->w0 + margin;
+    }
+
+    if ( warper->wmin < warper->w0 * 3 / 4 )
+      warper->wmin = warper->w0 * 3 / 4;
+
+    if ( warper->wmax > warper->w0 * 5 / 4 )
+      warper->wmax = warper->w0 * 5 / 4;
+#else
+    /* no scaling, just translation */
+    warper->wmin = warper->wmax = warper->w0;
+#endif
+
+    for ( w = warper->wmin; w <= warper->wmax; w++ )
+    {
+      FT_Fixed  new_scale;
+      FT_Pos    new_delta;
+      FT_Pos    xx1, xx2;
+
+
+      xx1 = warper->x1;
+      xx2 = warper->x2;
+      if ( w >= warper->w0 )
+      {
+        xx1 -= w - warper->w0;
+        if ( xx1 < warper->x1min )
+        {
+          xx2 += warper->x1min - xx1;
+          xx1  = warper->x1min;
+        }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        xx1 -= w - warper->w0;
+        if ( xx1 > warper->x1max )
+        {
+          xx2 -= xx1 - warper->x1max;
+          xx1  = warper->x1max;
+        }
+      }
+
+      if ( xx1 < warper->x1 )
+        base_distort = warper->x1 - xx1;
+      else
+        base_distort = xx1 - warper->x1;
+
+      if ( xx2 < warper->x2 )
+        base_distort += warper->x2 - xx2;
+      else
+        base_distort += xx2 - warper->x2;
+
+      base_distort *= 10;
+
+      new_scale = org_scale + FT_DivFix( w - warper->w0, X2 - X1 );
+      new_delta = xx1 - FT_MulFix( X1, new_scale );
+
+      af_warper_compute_line_best( warper, new_scale, new_delta, xx1, xx2,
+                                   base_distort,
+                                   segments, num_segments );
+    }
+
+    {
+      FT_Fixed  best_scale = warper->best_scale;
+      FT_Pos    best_delta = warper->best_delta;
+     
+
+      hints->xmin_delta = FT_MulFix( X1, best_scale - org_scale )
+                          + best_delta;
+      hints->xmax_delta = FT_MulFix( X2, best_scale - org_scale )
+                          + best_delta;
+
+      *a_scale = best_scale;
+      *a_delta = best_delta;
+    }
+  }
+
+#else /* !AF_USE_WARPER */
+
+char  af_warper_dummy = 0;  /* make compiler happy */
+
+#endif /* !AF_USE_WARPER */
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afwarp.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afwarp.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7343fdd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/afwarp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  afwarp.h                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Auto-fitter warping algorithm (specification).                       */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2006, 2007 by                                                */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __AFWARP_H__
+#define __AFWARP_H__
+
+#include "afhints.h"
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+#define AF_WARPER_SCALE
+
+#define AF_WARPER_FLOOR( x )  ( (x) & ~63 )
+#define AF_WARPER_CEIL( x )   AF_WARPER_FLOOR( (x) + 63 )
+
+
+  typedef FT_Int32  AF_WarpScore;
+
+  typedef struct  AF_WarperRec_
+  {
+    FT_Pos        x1, x2;
+    FT_Pos        t1, t2;
+    FT_Pos        x1min, x1max;
+    FT_Pos        x2min, x2max;
+    FT_Pos        w0, wmin, wmax;
+
+    FT_Fixed      best_scale;
+    FT_Pos        best_delta;
+    AF_WarpScore  best_score;
+    AF_WarpScore  best_distort;
+
+  } AF_WarperRec, *AF_Warper;
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  af_warper_compute( AF_Warper      warper,
+                     AF_GlyphHints  hints,
+                     AF_Dimension   dim,
+                     FT_Fixed      *a_scale,
+                     FT_Fixed      *a_delta );
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+
+#endif /* __AFWARP_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/autofit.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/autofit.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2fe66a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/autofit.c
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  autofit.c                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Auto-fitter module (body).                                           */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by                              */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#define FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include "afangles.c"
+#include "afglobal.c"
+#include "afhints.c"
+
+#include "afdummy.c"
+#include "aflatin.c"
+#ifdef FT_OPTION_AUTOFIT2
+#include "aflatin2.c"
+#endif
+#include "afcjk.c"
+#include "afindic.c"
+
+#include "afloader.c"
+#include "afmodule.c"
+
+#ifdef AF_USE_WARPER
+#include "afwarp.c"
+#endif
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/module.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/module.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6ec6091
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/module.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 auto-fitter module definition
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+FTMODULE_H_COMMANDS += AUTOFIT_MODULE
+
+define AUTOFIT_MODULE
+$(OPEN_DRIVER) FT_Module_Class, autofit_module_class $(CLOSE_DRIVER)
+$(ECHO_DRIVER)autofit   $(ECHO_DRIVER_DESC)automatic hinting module$(ECHO_DRIVER_DONE)
+endef
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/rules.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/rules.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..017489d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/autofit/rules.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 auto-fitter module configuration rules
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+# AUTOF driver directory
+#
+AUTOF_DIR := $(SRC_DIR)/autofit
+
+
+# compilation flags for the driver
+#
+AUTOF_COMPILE := $(FT_COMPILE) $I$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$(AUTOF_DIR))
+
+
+# AUTOF driver sources (i.e., C files)
+#
+AUTOF_DRV_SRC := $(AUTOF_DIR)/afangles.c \
+                 $(AUTOF_DIR)/afcjk.c    \
+                 $(AUTOF_DIR)/afdummy.c  \
+                 $(AUTOF_DIR)/afglobal.c \
+                 $(AUTOF_DIR)/afhints.c  \
+                 $(AUTOF_DIR)/afindic.c  \
+                 $(AUTOF_DIR)/aflatin.c  \
+                 $(AUTOF_DIR)/afloader.c \
+                 $(AUTOF_DIR)/afmodule.c \
+                 $(AUTOF_DIR)/afwarp.c
+
+# AUTOF driver headers
+#
+AUTOF_DRV_H := $(AUTOF_DRV_SRC:%c=%h)  \
+               $(AUTOF_DIR)/aftypes.h  \
+               $(AUTOF_DIR)/aferrors.h
+
+
+# AUTOF driver object(s)
+#
+#   AUTOF_DRV_OBJ_M is used during `multi' builds.
+#   AUTOF_DRV_OBJ_S is used during `single' builds.
+#
+AUTOF_DRV_OBJ_M := $(AUTOF_DRV_SRC:$(AUTOF_DIR)/%.c=$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O)
+AUTOF_DRV_OBJ_S := $(OBJ_DIR)/autofit.$O
+
+# AUTOF driver source file for single build
+#
+AUTOF_DRV_SRC_S := $(AUTOF_DIR)/autofit.c
+
+
+# AUTOF driver - single object
+#
+$(AUTOF_DRV_OBJ_S): $(AUTOF_DRV_SRC_S) $(AUTOF_DRV_SRC) \
+                   $(FREETYPE_H) $(AUTOF_DRV_H)
+	$(AUTOF_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $(AUTOF_DRV_SRC_S))
+
+
+# AUTOF driver - multiple objects
+#
+$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O: $(AUTOF_DIR)/%.c $(FREETYPE_H) $(AUTOF_DRV_H)
+	$(AUTOF_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $<)
+
+
+# update main driver object lists
+#
+DRV_OBJS_S += $(AUTOF_DRV_OBJ_S)
+DRV_OBJS_M += $(AUTOF_DRV_OBJ_M)
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/Jamfile b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/Jamfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aba60fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/Jamfile
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+# FreeType 2 src/base Jamfile
+#
+# Copyright 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+SubDir  FT2_TOP $(FT2_SRC_DIR) base ;
+
+
+{
+  local  _sources ;
+
+  if $(FT2_MULTI)
+  {
+    _sources = ftadvanc ftcalc   ftdbgmem ftgloadr
+               ftnames  ftobjs   ftoutln  ftrfork
+               ftstream fttrigon ftutil
+               ;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    _sources = ftbase ;
+  }
+
+  Library  $(FT2_LIB) : $(_sources).c ;
+}
+
+# Add the optional/replaceable files.
+#
+{
+  local  _sources = bbox   bdf    bitmap debug  gasp
+                    glyph  gxval  init   lcdfil mm
+                    otval  pfr    stroke synth  system
+                    type1  winfnt xf86   patent
+                    ;
+
+  Library  $(FT2_LIB) : ft$(_sources).c ;
+}
+
+# Add Macintosh-specific file to the library when necessary.
+#
+if $(MAC)
+{
+  Library  $(FT2_LIB) : ftmac.c ;
+}
+else if $(OS) = MACOSX
+{
+  if $(FT2_MULTI)
+  {
+    Library  $(FT2_LIB) : ftmac.c ;
+  }
+}
+
+# end of src/base Jamfile
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftadvanc.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftadvanc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..504f9d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftadvanc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftadvanc.c                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Quick computation of advance widths (body).                          */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2008, 2009 by                                                */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_ADVANCES_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  _ft_face_scale_advances( FT_Face    face,
+                           FT_Fixed*  advances,
+                           FT_UInt    count,
+                           FT_Int32   flags )
+  {
+    FT_Fixed  scale;
+    FT_UInt   nn;
+
+
+    if ( flags & FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE )
+      return FT_Err_Ok;
+
+    if ( face->size == NULL )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Size_Handle;
+
+    if ( flags & FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT )
+      scale = face->size->metrics.y_scale;
+    else
+      scale = face->size->metrics.x_scale;
+
+    /* this must be the same scaling as to get linear{Hori,Vert}Advance */
+    /* (see `FT_Load_Glyph' implementation in src/base/ftobjs.c)        */
+
+    for ( nn = 0; nn < count; nn++ )
+      advances[nn] = FT_MulDiv( advances[nn], scale, 64 );
+
+    return FT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+   /* at the moment, we can perform fast advance retrieval only in */
+   /* the following cases:                                         */
+   /*                                                              */
+   /*  - unscaled load                                             */
+   /*  - unhinted load                                             */
+   /*  - light-hinted load                                         */
+
+#define LOAD_ADVANCE_FAST_CHECK( flags )                            \
+          ( flags & ( FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE | FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING )    || \
+            FT_LOAD_TARGET_MODE( flags ) == FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT )
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftadvanc.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_Advance( FT_Face    face,
+                  FT_UInt    gindex,
+                  FT_Int32   flags,
+                  FT_Fixed  *padvance )
+  {
+    FT_Face_GetAdvancesFunc  func;
+
+
+    if ( !face )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Face_Handle;
+
+    if ( gindex >= (FT_UInt)face->num_glyphs )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Glyph_Index;
+
+    func = face->driver->clazz->get_advances;
+    if ( func && LOAD_ADVANCE_FAST_CHECK( flags ) )
+    {
+      FT_Error  error;
+
+
+      error = func( face, gindex, 1, flags, padvance );
+      if ( !error )
+        return _ft_face_scale_advances( face, padvance, 1, flags );
+
+      if ( error != FT_ERROR_BASE( FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature ) )
+        return error;
+    }
+
+    return FT_Get_Advances( face, gindex, 1, flags, padvance );
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftadvanc.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_Advances( FT_Face    face,
+                   FT_UInt    start,
+                   FT_UInt    count,
+                   FT_Int32   flags,
+                   FT_Fixed  *padvances )
+  {
+    FT_Face_GetAdvancesFunc  func;
+    FT_UInt                  num, end, nn;
+    FT_Error                 error = FT_Err_Ok;
+
+
+    if ( !face )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Face_Handle;
+
+    num = (FT_UInt)face->num_glyphs;
+    end = start + count;
+    if ( start >= num || end < start || end > num )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Glyph_Index;
+
+    if ( count == 0 )
+      return FT_Err_Ok;
+
+    func = face->driver->clazz->get_advances;
+    if ( func && LOAD_ADVANCE_FAST_CHECK( flags ) )
+    {
+      error = func( face, start, count, flags, padvances );
+      if ( !error )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      if ( error != FT_ERROR_BASE( FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature ) )
+        return error;
+    }
+
+    error = FT_Err_Ok;
+
+    if ( flags & FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY )
+      return FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
+
+    flags |= FT_LOAD_ADVANCE_ONLY;
+    for ( nn = 0; nn < count; nn++ )
+    {
+      error = FT_Load_Glyph( face, start + nn, flags );
+      if ( error )
+        break;
+
+      padvances[nn] = ( flags & FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT )
+                      ? face->glyph->advance.y
+                      : face->glyph->advance.x;
+    }
+
+    if ( error )
+      return error;
+
+  Exit:
+    return _ft_face_scale_advances( face, padvances, count, flags );
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftapi.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftapi.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8914d1f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftapi.c
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftapi.c                                                                */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    The FreeType compatibility functions (body).                         */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2002 by                                                      */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_LIST_H
+#include FT_OUTLINE_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
+#include FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H
+#include FT_OUTLINE_H
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****                 C O M P A T I B I L I T Y                       ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /* backwards compatibility API */
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
+  FT_New_Memory_Stream( FT_Library  library,
+                        FT_Byte*    base,
+                        FT_ULong    size,
+                        FT_Stream   stream )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( library );
+
+    FT_Stream_OpenMemory( stream, base, size );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Seek_Stream( FT_Stream  stream,
+                  FT_ULong   pos )
+  {
+    return FT_Stream_Seek( stream, pos );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Skip_Stream( FT_Stream  stream,
+                  FT_Long    distance )
+  {
+    return FT_Stream_Skip( stream, distance );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Read_Stream( FT_Stream  stream,
+                  FT_Byte*   buffer,
+                  FT_ULong   count )
+  {
+    return FT_Stream_Read( stream, buffer, count );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Read_Stream_At( FT_Stream  stream,
+                     FT_ULong   pos,
+                     FT_Byte*   buffer,
+                     FT_ULong   count )
+  {
+    return FT_Stream_ReadAt( stream, pos, buffer, count );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Extract_Frame( FT_Stream  stream,
+                    FT_ULong   count,
+                    FT_Byte**  pbytes )
+  {
+    return FT_Stream_ExtractFrame( stream, count, pbytes );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
+  FT_Release_Frame( FT_Stream  stream,
+                    FT_Byte**  pbytes )
+  {
+    FT_Stream_ReleaseFrame( stream, pbytes );
+  }
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Access_Frame( FT_Stream  stream,
+                   FT_ULong   count )
+  {
+    return FT_Stream_EnterFrame( stream, count );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
+  FT_Forget_Frame( FT_Stream  stream )
+  {
+    FT_Stream_ExitFrame( stream );
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftbase.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftbase.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d1fe6e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftbase.c
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftbase.c                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Single object library component (body only).                         */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2007, 2008 by             */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+
+#define  FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT
+
+#include "ftadvanc.c"
+#include "ftcalc.c"
+#include "ftdbgmem.c"
+#include "ftgloadr.c"
+#include "ftnames.c"
+#include "ftobjs.c"
+#include "ftoutln.c"
+#include "ftrfork.c"
+#include "ftstream.c"
+#include "fttrigon.c"
+#include "ftutil.c"
+
+#if defined( FT_MACINTOSH ) && !defined ( DARWIN_NO_CARBON )
+#include "ftmac.c"
+#endif
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftbase.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftbase.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9cae85d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftbase.h
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftbase.h                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    The FreeType private functions used in base module (specification).  */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2008 by                                                      */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, Werner Lemberg, and suzuki toshiya.      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTBASE_H__
+#define __FTBASE_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /* Assume the stream is sfnt-wrapped PS Type1 or sfnt-wrapped CID-keyed */
+  /* font, and try to load a face specified by the face_index.            */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  open_face_PS_from_sfnt_stream( FT_Library     library,
+                                 FT_Stream      stream,
+                                 FT_Long        face_index,
+                                 FT_Int         num_params,
+                                 FT_Parameter  *params,
+                                 FT_Face       *aface );
+
+
+  /* Create a new FT_Face given a buffer and a driver name. */
+  /* From ftmac.c.                                          */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  open_face_from_buffer( FT_Library   library,
+                         FT_Byte*     base,
+                         FT_ULong     size,
+                         FT_Long      face_index,
+                         const char*  driver_name,
+                         FT_Face     *aface );
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTBASE_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftbbox.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftbbox.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..532ab13
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftbbox.c
@@ -0,0 +1,659 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftbbox.c                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType bbox computation (body).                                    */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2004, 2006 by                               */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used        */
+/*  modified and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project       */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This component has a _single_ role: to compute exact outline bounding */
+  /* boxes.                                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_BBOX_H
+#include FT_IMAGE_H
+#include FT_OUTLINE_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_CALC_H
+
+
+  typedef struct  TBBox_Rec_
+  {
+    FT_Vector  last;
+    FT_BBox    bbox;
+
+  } TBBox_Rec;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    BBox_Move_To                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This function is used as a `move_to' and `line_to' emitter during  */
+  /*    FT_Outline_Decompose().  It simply records the destination point   */
+  /*    in `user->last'; no further computations are necessary since we    */
+  /*    use the cbox as the starting bbox which must be refined.           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    to   :: A pointer to the destination vector.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    user :: A pointer to the current walk context.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    Always 0.  Needed for the interface only.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static int
+  BBox_Move_To( FT_Vector*  to,
+                TBBox_Rec*  user )
+  {
+    user->last = *to;
+
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+#define CHECK_X( p, bbox )  \
+          ( p->x < bbox.xMin || p->x > bbox.xMax )
+
+#define CHECK_Y( p, bbox )  \
+          ( p->y < bbox.yMin || p->y > bbox.yMax )
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    BBox_Conic_Check                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Finds the extrema of a 1-dimensional conic Bezier curve and update */
+  /*    a bounding range.  This version uses direct computation, as it     */
+  /*    doesn't need square roots.                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    y1  :: The start coordinate.                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    y2  :: The coordinate of the control point.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    y3  :: The end coordinate.                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    min :: The address of the current minimum.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    max :: The address of the current maximum.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  BBox_Conic_Check( FT_Pos   y1,
+                    FT_Pos   y2,
+                    FT_Pos   y3,
+                    FT_Pos*  min,
+                    FT_Pos*  max )
+  {
+    if ( y1 <= y3 && y2 == y1 )     /* flat arc */
+      goto Suite;
+
+    if ( y1 < y3 )
+    {
+      if ( y2 >= y1 && y2 <= y3 )   /* ascending arc */
+        goto Suite;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      if ( y2 >= y3 && y2 <= y1 )   /* descending arc */
+      {
+        y2 = y1;
+        y1 = y3;
+        y3 = y2;
+        goto Suite;
+      }
+    }
+
+    y1 = y3 = y1 - FT_MulDiv( y2 - y1, y2 - y1, y1 - 2*y2 + y3 );
+
+  Suite:
+    if ( y1 < *min ) *min = y1;
+    if ( y3 > *max ) *max = y3;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    BBox_Conic_To                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This function is used as a `conic_to' emitter during               */
+  /*    FT_Raster_Decompose().  It checks a conic Bezier curve with the    */
+  /*    current bounding box, and computes its extrema if necessary to     */
+  /*    update it.                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    control :: A pointer to a control point.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    to      :: A pointer to the destination vector.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    user    :: The address of the current walk context.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    Always 0.  Needed for the interface only.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    In the case of a non-monotonous arc, we compute directly the       */
+  /*    extremum coordinates, as it is sufficiently fast.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static int
+  BBox_Conic_To( FT_Vector*  control,
+                 FT_Vector*  to,
+                 TBBox_Rec*  user )
+  {
+    /* we don't need to check `to' since it is always an `on' point, thus */
+    /* within the bbox                                                    */
+
+    if ( CHECK_X( control, user->bbox ) )
+      BBox_Conic_Check( user->last.x,
+                        control->x,
+                        to->x,
+                        &user->bbox.xMin,
+                        &user->bbox.xMax );
+
+    if ( CHECK_Y( control, user->bbox ) )
+      BBox_Conic_Check( user->last.y,
+                        control->y,
+                        to->y,
+                        &user->bbox.yMin,
+                        &user->bbox.yMax );
+
+    user->last = *to;
+
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    BBox_Cubic_Check                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Finds the extrema of a 1-dimensional cubic Bezier curve and        */
+  /*    updates a bounding range.  This version uses splitting because we  */
+  /*    don't want to use square roots and extra accuracy.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    p1  :: The start coordinate.                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    p2  :: The coordinate of the first control point.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    p3  :: The coordinate of the second control point.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    p4  :: The end coordinate.                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    min :: The address of the current minimum.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    max :: The address of the current maximum.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+
+#if 0
+
+  static void
+  BBox_Cubic_Check( FT_Pos   p1,
+                    FT_Pos   p2,
+                    FT_Pos   p3,
+                    FT_Pos   p4,
+                    FT_Pos*  min,
+                    FT_Pos*  max )
+  {
+    FT_Pos  stack[32*3 + 1], *arc;
+
+
+    arc = stack;
+
+    arc[0] = p1;
+    arc[1] = p2;
+    arc[2] = p3;
+    arc[3] = p4;
+
+    do
+    {
+      FT_Pos  y1 = arc[0];
+      FT_Pos  y2 = arc[1];
+      FT_Pos  y3 = arc[2];
+      FT_Pos  y4 = arc[3];
+
+
+      if ( y1 == y4 )
+      {
+        if ( y1 == y2 && y1 == y3 )                         /* flat */
+          goto Test;
+      }
+      else if ( y1 < y4 )
+      {
+        if ( y2 >= y1 && y2 <= y4 && y3 >= y1 && y3 <= y4 ) /* ascending */
+          goto Test;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        if ( y2 >= y4 && y2 <= y1 && y3 >= y4 && y3 <= y1 ) /* descending */
+        {
+          y2 = y1;
+          y1 = y4;
+          y4 = y2;
+          goto Test;
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* unknown direction -- split the arc in two */
+      arc[6] = y4;
+      arc[1] = y1 = ( y1 + y2 ) / 2;
+      arc[5] = y4 = ( y4 + y3 ) / 2;
+      y2 = ( y2 + y3 ) / 2;
+      arc[2] = y1 = ( y1 + y2 ) / 2;
+      arc[4] = y4 = ( y4 + y2 ) / 2;
+      arc[3] = ( y1 + y4 ) / 2;
+
+      arc += 3;
+      goto Suite;
+
+   Test:
+      if ( y1 < *min ) *min = y1;
+      if ( y4 > *max ) *max = y4;
+      arc -= 3;
+
+    Suite:
+      ;
+    } while ( arc >= stack );
+  }
+
+#else
+
+  static void
+  test_cubic_extrema( FT_Pos    y1,
+                      FT_Pos    y2,
+                      FT_Pos    y3,
+                      FT_Pos    y4,
+                      FT_Fixed  u,
+                      FT_Pos*   min,
+                      FT_Pos*   max )
+  {
+ /* FT_Pos    a = y4 - 3*y3 + 3*y2 - y1; */
+    FT_Pos    b = y3 - 2*y2 + y1;
+    FT_Pos    c = y2 - y1;
+    FT_Pos    d = y1;
+    FT_Pos    y;
+    FT_Fixed  uu;
+
+    FT_UNUSED ( y4 );
+
+
+    /* The polynomial is                      */
+    /*                                        */
+    /*    P(x) = a*x^3 + 3b*x^2 + 3c*x + d  , */
+    /*                                        */
+    /*   dP/dx = 3a*x^2 + 6b*x + 3c         . */
+    /*                                        */
+    /* However, we also have                  */
+    /*                                        */
+    /*   dP/dx(u) = 0                       , */
+    /*                                        */
+    /* which implies by subtraction that      */
+    /*                                        */
+    /*   P(u) = b*u^2 + 2c*u + d            . */
+
+    if ( u > 0 && u < 0x10000L )
+    {
+      uu = FT_MulFix( u, u );
+      y  = d + FT_MulFix( c, 2*u ) + FT_MulFix( b, uu );
+
+      if ( y < *min ) *min = y;
+      if ( y > *max ) *max = y;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  BBox_Cubic_Check( FT_Pos   y1,
+                    FT_Pos   y2,
+                    FT_Pos   y3,
+                    FT_Pos   y4,
+                    FT_Pos*  min,
+                    FT_Pos*  max )
+  {
+    /* always compare first and last points */
+    if      ( y1 < *min )  *min = y1;
+    else if ( y1 > *max )  *max = y1;
+
+    if      ( y4 < *min )  *min = y4;
+    else if ( y4 > *max )  *max = y4;
+
+    /* now, try to see if there are split points here */
+    if ( y1 <= y4 )
+    {
+      /* flat or ascending arc test */
+      if ( y1 <= y2 && y2 <= y4 && y1 <= y3 && y3 <= y4 )
+        return;
+    }
+    else /* y1 > y4 */
+    {
+      /* descending arc test */
+      if ( y1 >= y2 && y2 >= y4 && y1 >= y3 && y3 >= y4 )
+        return;
+    }
+
+    /* There are some split points.  Find them. */
+    {
+      FT_Pos    a = y4 - 3*y3 + 3*y2 - y1;
+      FT_Pos    b = y3 - 2*y2 + y1;
+      FT_Pos    c = y2 - y1;
+      FT_Pos    d;
+      FT_Fixed  t;
+
+
+      /* We need to solve `ax^2+2bx+c' here, without floating points!      */
+      /* The trick is to normalize to a different representation in order  */
+      /* to use our 16.16 fixed point routines.                            */
+      /*                                                                   */
+      /* We compute FT_MulFix(b,b) and FT_MulFix(a,c) after normalization. */
+      /* These values must fit into a single 16.16 value.                  */
+      /*                                                                   */
+      /* We normalize a, b, and c to `8.16' fixed float values to ensure   */
+      /* that its product is held in a `16.16' value.                      */
+
+      {
+        FT_ULong  t1, t2;
+        int       shift = 0;
+
+
+        /* The following computation is based on the fact that for   */
+        /* any value `y', if `n' is the position of the most         */
+        /* significant bit of `abs(y)' (starting from 0 for the      */
+        /* least significant bit), then `y' is in the range          */
+        /*                                                           */
+        /*   -2^n..2^n-1                                             */
+        /*                                                           */
+        /* We want to shift `a', `b', and `c' concurrently in order  */
+        /* to ensure that they all fit in 8.16 values, which maps    */
+        /* to the integer range `-2^23..2^23-1'.                     */
+        /*                                                           */
+        /* Necessarily, we need to shift `a', `b', and `c' so that   */
+        /* the most significant bit of its absolute values is at     */
+        /* _most_ at position 23.                                    */
+        /*                                                           */
+        /* We begin by computing `t1' as the bitwise `OR' of the     */
+        /* absolute values of `a', `b', `c'.                         */
+
+        t1  = (FT_ULong)( ( a >= 0 ) ? a : -a );
+        t2  = (FT_ULong)( ( b >= 0 ) ? b : -b );
+        t1 |= t2;
+        t2  = (FT_ULong)( ( c >= 0 ) ? c : -c );
+        t1 |= t2;
+
+        /* Now we can be sure that the most significant bit of `t1'  */
+        /* is the most significant bit of either `a', `b', or `c',   */
+        /* depending on the greatest integer range of the particular */
+        /* variable.                                                 */
+        /*                                                           */
+        /* Next, we compute the `shift', by shifting `t1' as many    */
+        /* times as necessary to move its MSB to position 23.  This  */
+        /* corresponds to a value of `t1' that is in the range       */
+        /* 0x40_0000..0x7F_FFFF.                                     */
+        /*                                                           */
+        /* Finally, we shift `a', `b', and `c' by the same amount.   */
+        /* This ensures that all values are now in the range         */
+        /* -2^23..2^23, i.e., they are now expressed as 8.16         */
+        /* fixed-float numbers.  This also means that we are using   */
+        /* 24 bits of precision to compute the zeros, independently  */
+        /* of the range of the original polynomial coefficients.     */
+        /*                                                           */
+        /* This algorithm should ensure reasonably accurate values   */
+        /* for the zeros.  Note that they are only expressed with    */
+        /* 16 bits when computing the extrema (the zeros need to     */
+        /* be in 0..1 exclusive to be considered part of the arc).   */
+
+        if ( t1 == 0 )  /* all coefficients are 0! */
+          return;
+
+        if ( t1 > 0x7FFFFFUL )
+        {
+          do
+          {
+            shift++;
+            t1 >>= 1;
+
+          } while ( t1 > 0x7FFFFFUL );
+
+          /* this loses some bits of precision, but we use 24 of them */
+          /* for the computation anyway                               */
+          a >>= shift;
+          b >>= shift;
+          c >>= shift;
+        }
+        else if ( t1 < 0x400000UL )
+        {
+          do
+          {
+            shift++;
+            t1 <<= 1;
+
+          } while ( t1 < 0x400000UL );
+
+          a <<= shift;
+          b <<= shift;
+          c <<= shift;
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* handle a == 0 */
+      if ( a == 0 )
+      {
+        if ( b != 0 )
+        {
+          t = - FT_DivFix( c, b ) / 2;
+          test_cubic_extrema( y1, y2, y3, y4, t, min, max );
+        }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* solve the equation now */
+        d = FT_MulFix( b, b ) - FT_MulFix( a, c );
+        if ( d < 0 )
+          return;
+
+        if ( d == 0 )
+        {
+          /* there is a single split point at -b/a */
+          t = - FT_DivFix( b, a );
+          test_cubic_extrema( y1, y2, y3, y4, t, min, max );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          /* there are two solutions; we need to filter them */
+          d = FT_SqrtFixed( (FT_Int32)d );
+          t = - FT_DivFix( b - d, a );
+          test_cubic_extrema( y1, y2, y3, y4, t, min, max );
+
+          t = - FT_DivFix( b + d, a );
+          test_cubic_extrema( y1, y2, y3, y4, t, min, max );
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+#endif
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    BBox_Cubic_To                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This function is used as a `cubic_to' emitter during               */
+  /*    FT_Raster_Decompose().  It checks a cubic Bezier curve with the    */
+  /*    current bounding box, and computes its extrema if necessary to     */
+  /*    update it.                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    control1 :: A pointer to the first control point.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    control2 :: A pointer to the second control point.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    to       :: A pointer to the destination vector.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    user     :: The address of the current walk context.               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    Always 0.  Needed for the interface only.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    In the case of a non-monotonous arc, we don't compute directly     */
+  /*    extremum coordinates, we subdivide instead.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static int
+  BBox_Cubic_To( FT_Vector*  control1,
+                 FT_Vector*  control2,
+                 FT_Vector*  to,
+                 TBBox_Rec*  user )
+  {
+    /* we don't need to check `to' since it is always an `on' point, thus */
+    /* within the bbox                                                    */
+
+    if ( CHECK_X( control1, user->bbox ) ||
+         CHECK_X( control2, user->bbox ) )
+      BBox_Cubic_Check( user->last.x,
+                        control1->x,
+                        control2->x,
+                        to->x,
+                        &user->bbox.xMin,
+                        &user->bbox.xMax );
+
+    if ( CHECK_Y( control1, user->bbox ) ||
+         CHECK_Y( control2, user->bbox ) )
+      BBox_Cubic_Check( user->last.y,
+                        control1->y,
+                        control2->y,
+                        to->y,
+                        &user->bbox.yMin,
+                        &user->bbox.yMax );
+
+    user->last = *to;
+
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftbbox.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Outline_Get_BBox( FT_Outline*  outline,
+                       FT_BBox     *abbox )
+  {
+    FT_BBox     cbox;
+    FT_BBox     bbox;
+    FT_Vector*  vec;
+    FT_UShort   n;
+
+
+    if ( !abbox )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    if ( !outline )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Outline;
+
+    /* if outline is empty, return (0,0,0,0) */
+    if ( outline->n_points == 0 || outline->n_contours <= 0 )
+    {
+      abbox->xMin = abbox->xMax = 0;
+      abbox->yMin = abbox->yMax = 0;
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+    /* We compute the control box as well as the bounding box of  */
+    /* all `on' points in the outline.  Then, if the two boxes    */
+    /* coincide, we exit immediately.                             */
+
+    vec = outline->points;
+    bbox.xMin = bbox.xMax = cbox.xMin = cbox.xMax = vec->x;
+    bbox.yMin = bbox.yMax = cbox.yMin = cbox.yMax = vec->y;
+    vec++;
+
+    for ( n = 1; n < outline->n_points; n++ )
+    {
+      FT_Pos  x = vec->x;
+      FT_Pos  y = vec->y;
+
+
+      /* update control box */
+      if ( x < cbox.xMin ) cbox.xMin = x;
+      if ( x > cbox.xMax ) cbox.xMax = x;
+
+      if ( y < cbox.yMin ) cbox.yMin = y;
+      if ( y > cbox.yMax ) cbox.yMax = y;
+
+      if ( FT_CURVE_TAG( outline->tags[n] ) == FT_CURVE_TAG_ON )
+      {
+        /* update bbox for `on' points only */
+        if ( x < bbox.xMin ) bbox.xMin = x;
+        if ( x > bbox.xMax ) bbox.xMax = x;
+
+        if ( y < bbox.yMin ) bbox.yMin = y;
+        if ( y > bbox.yMax ) bbox.yMax = y;
+      }
+
+      vec++;
+    }
+
+    /* test two boxes for equality */
+    if ( cbox.xMin < bbox.xMin || cbox.xMax > bbox.xMax ||
+         cbox.yMin < bbox.yMin || cbox.yMax > bbox.yMax )
+    {
+      /* the two boxes are different, now walk over the outline to */
+      /* get the Bezier arc extrema.                               */
+
+      static const FT_Outline_Funcs  bbox_interface =
+      {
+        (FT_Outline_MoveTo_Func) BBox_Move_To,
+        (FT_Outline_LineTo_Func) BBox_Move_To,
+        (FT_Outline_ConicTo_Func)BBox_Conic_To,
+        (FT_Outline_CubicTo_Func)BBox_Cubic_To,
+        0, 0
+      };
+
+      FT_Error   error;
+      TBBox_Rec  user;
+
+
+      user.bbox = bbox;
+
+      error = FT_Outline_Decompose( outline, &bbox_interface, &user );
+      if ( error )
+        return error;
+
+      *abbox = user.bbox;
+    }
+    else
+      *abbox = bbox;
+
+    return FT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftbdf.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftbdf.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d29adf0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftbdf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftbdf.c                                                                */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType API for accessing BDF-specific strings (body).              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004 by                                          */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+#include FT_SERVICE_BDF_H
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftbdf.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID( FT_Face       face,
+                         const char*  *acharset_encoding,
+                         const char*  *acharset_registry )
+  {
+    FT_Error     error;
+    const char*  encoding = NULL;
+    const char*  registry = NULL;
+
+
+    error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    if ( face )
+    {
+      FT_Service_BDF  service;
+
+
+      FT_FACE_FIND_SERVICE( face, service, BDF );
+
+      if ( service && service->get_charset_id )
+        error = service->get_charset_id( face, &encoding, ®istry );
+    }
+
+    if ( acharset_encoding )
+      *acharset_encoding = encoding;
+
+    if ( acharset_registry )
+      *acharset_registry = registry;
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftbdf.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_BDF_Property( FT_Face           face,
+                       const char*       prop_name,
+                       BDF_PropertyRec  *aproperty )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error;
+
+
+    error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    aproperty->type = BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE;
+
+    if ( face )
+    {
+      FT_Service_BDF  service;
+
+
+      FT_FACE_FIND_SERVICE( face, service, BDF );
+
+      if ( service && service->get_property )
+        error = service->get_property( face, prop_name, aproperty );
+    }
+
+    return  error;
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftbitmap.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftbitmap.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8810cfa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftbitmap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,659 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftbitmap.c                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType utility functions for bitmaps (body).                       */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 by                        */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_BITMAP_H
+#include FT_IMAGE_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+
+
+  static
+  const FT_Bitmap  null_bitmap = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftbitmap.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
+  FT_Bitmap_New( FT_Bitmap  *abitmap )
+  {
+    *abitmap = null_bitmap;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftbitmap.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Bitmap_Copy( FT_Library        library,
+                  const FT_Bitmap  *source,
+                  FT_Bitmap        *target)
+  {
+    FT_Memory  memory = library->memory;
+    FT_Error   error  = FT_Err_Ok;
+    FT_Int     pitch  = source->pitch;
+    FT_ULong   size;
+
+
+    if ( source == target )
+      return FT_Err_Ok;
+
+    if ( source->buffer == NULL )
+    {
+      *target = *source;
+
+      return FT_Err_Ok;
+    }
+
+    if ( pitch < 0 )
+      pitch = -pitch;
+    size = (FT_ULong)( pitch * source->rows );
+
+    if ( target->buffer )
+    {
+      FT_Int    target_pitch = target->pitch;
+      FT_ULong  target_size;
+
+
+      if ( target_pitch < 0  )
+        target_pitch = -target_pitch;
+      target_size = (FT_ULong)( target_pitch * target->rows );
+
+      if ( target_size != size )
+        (void)FT_QREALLOC( target->buffer, target_size, size );
+    }
+    else
+      (void)FT_QALLOC( target->buffer, size );
+
+    if ( !error )
+    {
+      unsigned char *p;
+
+
+      p = target->buffer;
+      *target = *source;
+      target->buffer = p;
+
+      FT_MEM_COPY( target->buffer, source->buffer, size );
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  ft_bitmap_assure_buffer( FT_Memory   memory,
+                           FT_Bitmap*  bitmap,
+                           FT_UInt     xpixels,
+                           FT_UInt     ypixels )
+  {
+    FT_Error        error;
+    int             pitch;
+    int             new_pitch;
+    FT_UInt         bpp;
+    FT_Int          i, width, height;
+    unsigned char*  buffer;
+
+
+    width  = bitmap->width;
+    height = bitmap->rows;
+    pitch  = bitmap->pitch;
+    if ( pitch < 0 )
+      pitch = -pitch;
+
+    switch ( bitmap->pixel_mode )
+    {
+    case FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO:
+      bpp       = 1;
+      new_pitch = ( width + xpixels + 7 ) >> 3;
+      break;
+    case FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2:
+      bpp       = 2;
+      new_pitch = ( width + xpixels + 3 ) >> 2;
+      break;
+    case FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4:
+      bpp       = 4;
+      new_pitch = ( width + xpixels + 1 ) >> 1;
+      break;
+    case FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY:
+    case FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD:
+    case FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V:
+      bpp       = 8;
+      new_pitch = ( width + xpixels );
+      break;
+    default:
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Glyph_Format;
+    }
+
+    /* if no need to allocate memory */
+    if ( ypixels == 0 && new_pitch <= pitch )
+    {
+      /* zero the padding */
+      FT_Int  bit_width = pitch * 8;
+      FT_Int  bit_last  = ( width + xpixels ) * bpp;
+
+
+      if ( bit_last < bit_width )
+      {
+        FT_Byte*  line  = bitmap->buffer + ( bit_last >> 3 );
+        FT_Byte*  end   = bitmap->buffer + pitch;
+        FT_Int    shift = bit_last & 7;
+        FT_UInt   mask  = 0xFF00U >> shift;
+        FT_Int    count = height;
+
+
+        for ( ; count > 0; count--, line += pitch, end += pitch )
+        {
+          FT_Byte*  write = line;
+
+
+          if ( shift > 0 )
+          {
+            write[0] = (FT_Byte)( write[0] & mask );
+            write++;
+          }
+          if ( write < end )
+            FT_MEM_ZERO( write, end-write );
+        }
+      }
+
+      return FT_Err_Ok;
+    }
+
+    if ( FT_QALLOC_MULT( buffer, new_pitch, bitmap->rows + ypixels ) )
+      return error;
+
+    if ( bitmap->pitch > 0 )
+    {
+      FT_Int  len = ( width * bpp + 7 ) >> 3;
+
+
+      for ( i = 0; i < bitmap->rows; i++ )
+        FT_MEM_COPY( buffer + new_pitch * ( ypixels + i ),
+                     bitmap->buffer + pitch * i, len );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      FT_Int  len = ( width * bpp + 7 ) >> 3;
+
+
+      for ( i = 0; i < bitmap->rows; i++ )
+        FT_MEM_COPY( buffer + new_pitch * i,
+                     bitmap->buffer + pitch * i, len );
+    }
+
+    FT_FREE( bitmap->buffer );
+    bitmap->buffer = buffer;
+
+    if ( bitmap->pitch < 0 )
+      new_pitch = -new_pitch;
+
+    /* set pitch only, width and height are left untouched */
+    bitmap->pitch = new_pitch;
+
+    return FT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftbitmap.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Bitmap_Embolden( FT_Library  library,
+                      FT_Bitmap*  bitmap,
+                      FT_Pos      xStrength,
+                      FT_Pos      yStrength )
+  {
+    FT_Error        error;
+    unsigned char*  p;
+    FT_Int          i, x, y, pitch;
+    FT_Int          xstr, ystr;
+
+
+    if ( !library )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Library_Handle;
+
+    if ( !bitmap || !bitmap->buffer )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    xstr = FT_PIX_ROUND( xStrength ) >> 6;
+    ystr = FT_PIX_ROUND( yStrength ) >> 6;
+
+    if ( xstr == 0 && ystr == 0 )
+      return FT_Err_Ok;
+    else if ( xstr < 0 || ystr < 0 )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    switch ( bitmap->pixel_mode )
+    {
+    case FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2:
+    case FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4:
+      {
+        FT_Bitmap  tmp;
+        FT_Int     align;
+
+
+        if ( bitmap->pixel_mode == FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2 )
+          align = ( bitmap->width + xstr + 3 ) / 4;
+        else
+          align = ( bitmap->width + xstr + 1 ) / 2;
+
+        FT_Bitmap_New( &tmp );
+
+        error = FT_Bitmap_Convert( library, bitmap, &tmp, align );
+        if ( error )
+          return error;
+
+        FT_Bitmap_Done( library, bitmap );
+        *bitmap = tmp;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO:
+      if ( xstr > 8 )
+        xstr = 8;
+      break;
+
+    case FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD:
+      xstr *= 3;
+      break;
+
+    case FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V:
+      ystr *= 3;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    error = ft_bitmap_assure_buffer( library->memory, bitmap, xstr, ystr );
+    if ( error )
+      return error;
+
+    pitch = bitmap->pitch;
+    if ( pitch > 0 )
+      p = bitmap->buffer + pitch * ystr;
+    else
+    {
+      pitch = -pitch;
+      p = bitmap->buffer + pitch * ( bitmap->rows - 1 );
+    }
+
+    /* for each row */
+    for ( y = 0; y < bitmap->rows ; y++ )
+    {
+      /*
+       * Horizontally:
+       *
+       * From the last pixel on, make each pixel or'ed with the
+       * `xstr' pixels before it.
+       */
+      for ( x = pitch - 1; x >= 0; x-- )
+      {
+        unsigned char tmp;
+
+
+        tmp = p[x];
+        for ( i = 1; i <= xstr; i++ )
+        {
+          if ( bitmap->pixel_mode == FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO )
+          {
+            p[x] |= tmp >> i;
+
+            /* the maximum value of 8 for `xstr' comes from here */
+            if ( x > 0 )
+              p[x] |= p[x - 1] << ( 8 - i );
+
+#if 0
+            if ( p[x] == 0xff )
+              break;
+#endif
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            if ( x - i >= 0 )
+            {
+              if ( p[x] + p[x - i] > bitmap->num_grays - 1 )
+              {
+                p[x] = (unsigned char)(bitmap->num_grays - 1);
+                break;
+              }
+              else
+              {
+                p[x] = (unsigned char)(p[x] + p[x-i]);
+                if ( p[x] == bitmap->num_grays - 1 )
+                  break;
+              }
+            }
+            else
+              break;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+
+      /*
+       * Vertically:
+       *
+       * Make the above `ystr' rows or'ed with it.
+       */
+      for ( x = 1; x <= ystr; x++ )
+      {
+        unsigned char*  q;
+
+
+        q = p - bitmap->pitch * x;
+        for ( i = 0; i < pitch; i++ )
+          q[i] |= p[i];
+      }
+
+      p += bitmap->pitch;
+    }
+
+    bitmap->width += xstr;
+    bitmap->rows += ystr;
+
+    return FT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftbitmap.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Bitmap_Convert( FT_Library        library,
+                     const FT_Bitmap  *source,
+                     FT_Bitmap        *target,
+                     FT_Int            alignment )
+  {
+    FT_Error   error = FT_Err_Ok;
+    FT_Memory  memory;
+
+
+    if ( !library )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Library_Handle;
+
+    memory = library->memory;
+
+    switch ( source->pixel_mode )
+    {
+    case FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO:
+    case FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY:
+    case FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2:
+    case FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4:
+    case FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD:
+    case FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V:
+      {
+        FT_Int   pad;
+        FT_Long  old_size;
+
+
+        old_size = target->rows * target->pitch;
+        if ( old_size < 0 )
+          old_size = -old_size;
+
+        target->pixel_mode = FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY;
+        target->rows       = source->rows;
+        target->width      = source->width;
+
+        pad = 0;
+        if ( alignment > 0 )
+        {
+          pad = source->width % alignment;
+          if ( pad != 0 )
+            pad = alignment - pad;
+        }
+
+        target->pitch = source->width + pad;
+
+        if ( target->rows * target->pitch > old_size             &&
+             FT_QREALLOC( target->buffer,
+                          old_size, target->rows * target->pitch ) )
+          return error;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+    }
+
+    switch ( source->pixel_mode )
+    {
+    case FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO:
+      {
+        FT_Byte*  s = source->buffer;
+        FT_Byte*  t = target->buffer;
+        FT_Int    i;
+
+
+        target->num_grays = 2;
+
+        for ( i = source->rows; i > 0; i-- )
+        {
+          FT_Byte*  ss = s;
+          FT_Byte*  tt = t;
+          FT_Int    j;
+
+
+          /* get the full bytes */
+          for ( j = source->width >> 3; j > 0; j-- )
+          {
+            FT_Int  val = ss[0]; /* avoid a byte->int cast on each line */
+
+
+            tt[0] = (FT_Byte)( ( val & 0x80 ) >> 7 );
+            tt[1] = (FT_Byte)( ( val & 0x40 ) >> 6 );
+            tt[2] = (FT_Byte)( ( val & 0x20 ) >> 5 );
+            tt[3] = (FT_Byte)( ( val & 0x10 ) >> 4 );
+            tt[4] = (FT_Byte)( ( val & 0x08 ) >> 3 );
+            tt[5] = (FT_Byte)( ( val & 0x04 ) >> 2 );
+            tt[6] = (FT_Byte)( ( val & 0x02 ) >> 1 );
+            tt[7] = (FT_Byte)(   val & 0x01 );
+
+            tt += 8;
+            ss += 1;
+          }
+
+          /* get remaining pixels (if any) */
+          j = source->width & 7;
+          if ( j > 0 )
+          {
+            FT_Int  val = *ss;
+
+
+            for ( ; j > 0; j-- )
+            {
+              tt[0] = (FT_Byte)( ( val & 0x80 ) >> 7);
+              val <<= 1;
+              tt   += 1;
+            }
+          }
+
+          s += source->pitch;
+          t += target->pitch;
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+
+
+    case FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY:
+    case FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD:
+    case FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V:
+      {
+        FT_Int    width   = source->width;
+        FT_Byte*  s       = source->buffer;
+        FT_Byte*  t       = target->buffer;
+        FT_Int    s_pitch = source->pitch;
+        FT_Int    t_pitch = target->pitch;
+        FT_Int    i;
+
+
+        target->num_grays = 256;
+
+        for ( i = source->rows; i > 0; i-- )
+        {
+          FT_ARRAY_COPY( t, s, width );
+
+          s += s_pitch;
+          t += t_pitch;
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+
+
+    case FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2:
+      {
+        FT_Byte*  s = source->buffer;
+        FT_Byte*  t = target->buffer;
+        FT_Int    i;
+
+
+        target->num_grays = 4;
+
+        for ( i = source->rows; i > 0; i-- )
+        {
+          FT_Byte*  ss = s;
+          FT_Byte*  tt = t;
+          FT_Int    j;
+
+
+          /* get the full bytes */
+          for ( j = source->width >> 2; j > 0; j-- )
+          {
+            FT_Int  val = ss[0];
+
+
+            tt[0] = (FT_Byte)( ( val & 0xC0 ) >> 6 );
+            tt[1] = (FT_Byte)( ( val & 0x30 ) >> 4 );
+            tt[2] = (FT_Byte)( ( val & 0x0C ) >> 2 );
+            tt[3] = (FT_Byte)( ( val & 0x03 ) );
+
+            ss += 1;
+            tt += 4;
+          }
+
+          j = source->width & 3;
+          if ( j > 0 )
+          {
+            FT_Int  val = ss[0];
+
+
+            for ( ; j > 0; j-- )
+            {
+              tt[0]  = (FT_Byte)( ( val & 0xC0 ) >> 6 );
+              val  <<= 2;
+              tt    += 1;
+            }
+          }
+
+          s += source->pitch;
+          t += target->pitch;
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+
+
+    case FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4:
+      {
+        FT_Byte*  s = source->buffer;
+        FT_Byte*  t = target->buffer;
+        FT_Int    i;
+
+
+        target->num_grays = 16;
+
+        for ( i = source->rows; i > 0; i-- )
+        {
+          FT_Byte*  ss = s;
+          FT_Byte*  tt = t;
+          FT_Int    j;
+
+
+          /* get the full bytes */
+          for ( j = source->width >> 1; j > 0; j-- )
+          {
+            FT_Int  val = ss[0];
+
+
+            tt[0] = (FT_Byte)( ( val & 0xF0 ) >> 4 );
+            tt[1] = (FT_Byte)( ( val & 0x0F ) );
+
+            ss += 1;
+            tt += 2;
+          }
+
+          if ( source->width & 1 )
+            tt[0] = (FT_Byte)( ( ss[0] & 0xF0 ) >> 4 );
+
+          s += source->pitch;
+          t += target->pitch;
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+
+
+    default:
+      ;
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftbitmap.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap( FT_GlyphSlot  slot )
+  {
+    if ( slot && slot->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP   &&
+         !( slot->internal->flags & FT_GLYPH_OWN_BITMAP ) )
+    {
+      FT_Bitmap  bitmap;
+      FT_Error   error;
+
+
+      FT_Bitmap_New( &bitmap );
+      error = FT_Bitmap_Copy( slot->library, &slot->bitmap, &bitmap );
+      if ( error )
+        return error;
+
+      slot->bitmap = bitmap;
+      slot->internal->flags |= FT_GLYPH_OWN_BITMAP;
+    }
+
+    return FT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftbitmap.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Bitmap_Done( FT_Library  library,
+                  FT_Bitmap  *bitmap )
+  {
+    FT_Memory  memory;
+
+
+    if ( !library )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Library_Handle;
+
+    if ( !bitmap )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    memory = library->memory;
+
+    FT_FREE( bitmap->buffer );
+    *bitmap = null_bitmap;
+
+    return FT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftcalc.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftcalc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..04295a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftcalc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,953 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftcalc.c                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Arithmetic computations (body).                                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008 by             */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Support for 1-complement arithmetic has been totally dropped in this  */
+  /* release.  You can still write your own code if you need it.           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Implementing basic computation routines.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* FT_MulDiv(), FT_MulFix(), FT_DivFix(), FT_RoundFix(), FT_CeilFix(),   */
+  /* and FT_FloorFix() are declared in freetype.h.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_GLYPH_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_CALC_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+
+#ifdef FT_MULFIX_INLINED
+#undef FT_MulFix
+#endif
+
+/* we need to define a 64-bits data type here */
+
+#ifdef FT_LONG64
+
+  typedef FT_INT64  FT_Int64;
+
+#else
+
+  typedef struct  FT_Int64_
+  {
+    FT_UInt32  lo;
+    FT_UInt32  hi;
+
+  } FT_Int64;
+
+#endif /* FT_LONG64 */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_calc
+
+
+  /* The following three functions are available regardless of whether */
+  /* FT_LONG64 is defined.                                             */
+
+  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Fixed )
+  FT_RoundFix( FT_Fixed  a )
+  {
+    return ( a >= 0 ) ?   ( a + 0x8000L ) & ~0xFFFFL
+                      : -((-a + 0x8000L ) & ~0xFFFFL );
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Fixed )
+  FT_CeilFix( FT_Fixed  a )
+  {
+    return ( a >= 0 ) ?   ( a + 0xFFFFL ) & ~0xFFFFL
+                      : -((-a + 0xFFFFL ) & ~0xFFFFL );
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Fixed )
+  FT_FloorFix( FT_Fixed  a )
+  {
+    return ( a >= 0 ) ?   a & ~0xFFFFL
+                      : -((-a) & ~0xFFFFL );
+  }
+
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+
+  /* documentation is in ftcalc.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Int32 )
+  FT_Sqrt32( FT_Int32  x )
+  {
+    FT_ULong  val, root, newroot, mask;
+
+
+    root = 0;
+    mask = 0x40000000L;
+    val  = (FT_ULong)x;
+
+    do
+    {
+      newroot = root + mask;
+      if ( newroot <= val )
+      {
+        val -= newroot;
+        root = newroot + mask;
+      }
+
+      root >>= 1;
+      mask >>= 2;
+
+    } while ( mask != 0 );
+
+    return root;
+  }
+
+#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
+
+
+#ifdef FT_LONG64
+
+
+  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Long )
+  FT_MulDiv( FT_Long  a,
+             FT_Long  b,
+             FT_Long  c )
+  {
+    FT_Int   s;
+    FT_Long  d;
+
+
+    s = 1;
+    if ( a < 0 ) { a = -a; s = -1; }
+    if ( b < 0 ) { b = -b; s = -s; }
+    if ( c < 0 ) { c = -c; s = -s; }
+
+    d = (FT_Long)( c > 0 ? ( (FT_Int64)a * b + ( c >> 1 ) ) / c
+                         : 0x7FFFFFFFL );
+
+    return ( s > 0 ) ? d : -d;
+  }
+
+
+#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
+
+  /* documentation is in ftcalc.h */
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Long )
+  FT_MulDiv_No_Round( FT_Long  a,
+                      FT_Long  b,
+                      FT_Long  c )
+  {
+    FT_Int   s;
+    FT_Long  d;
+
+
+    s = 1;
+    if ( a < 0 ) { a = -a; s = -1; }
+    if ( b < 0 ) { b = -b; s = -s; }
+    if ( c < 0 ) { c = -c; s = -s; }
+
+    d = (FT_Long)( c > 0 ? (FT_Int64)a * b / c
+                         : 0x7FFFFFFFL );
+
+    return ( s > 0 ) ? d : -d;
+  }
+
+#endif /* TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER */
+
+
+  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Long )
+  FT_MulFix( FT_Long  a,
+             FT_Long  b )
+  {
+#ifdef FT_MULFIX_ASSEMBLER
+
+    return FT_MULFIX_ASSEMBLER( a, b );
+
+#else
+
+    FT_Int   s = 1;
+    FT_Long  c;
+
+
+    if ( a < 0 )
+    {
+      a = -a;
+      s = -1;
+    }
+
+    if ( b < 0 )
+    {
+      b = -b;
+      s = -s;
+    }
+
+    c = (FT_Long)( ( (FT_Int64)a * b + 0x8000L ) >> 16 );
+
+    return ( s > 0 ) ? c : -c;
+
+#endif /* FT_MULFIX_ASSEMBLER */
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Long )
+  FT_DivFix( FT_Long  a,
+             FT_Long  b )
+  {
+    FT_Int32   s;
+    FT_UInt32  q;
+
+    s = 1;
+    if ( a < 0 ) { a = -a; s = -1; }
+    if ( b < 0 ) { b = -b; s = -s; }
+
+    if ( b == 0 )
+      /* check for division by 0 */
+      q = 0x7FFFFFFFL;
+    else
+      /* compute result directly */
+      q = (FT_UInt32)( ( ( (FT_Int64)a << 16 ) + ( b >> 1 ) ) / b );
+
+    return ( s < 0 ? -(FT_Long)q : (FT_Long)q );
+  }
+
+
+#else /* !FT_LONG64 */
+
+
+  static void
+  ft_multo64( FT_UInt32  x,
+              FT_UInt32  y,
+              FT_Int64  *z )
+  {
+    FT_UInt32  lo1, hi1, lo2, hi2, lo, hi, i1, i2;
+
+
+    lo1 = x & 0x0000FFFFU;  hi1 = x >> 16;
+    lo2 = y & 0x0000FFFFU;  hi2 = y >> 16;
+
+    lo = lo1 * lo2;
+    i1 = lo1 * hi2;
+    i2 = lo2 * hi1;
+    hi = hi1 * hi2;
+
+    /* Check carry overflow of i1 + i2 */
+    i1 += i2;
+    hi += (FT_UInt32)( i1 < i2 ) << 16;
+
+    hi += i1 >> 16;
+    i1  = i1 << 16;
+
+    /* Check carry overflow of i1 + lo */
+    lo += i1;
+    hi += ( lo < i1 );
+
+    z->lo = lo;
+    z->hi = hi;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_UInt32
+  ft_div64by32( FT_UInt32  hi,
+                FT_UInt32  lo,
+                FT_UInt32  y )
+  {
+    FT_UInt32  r, q;
+    FT_Int     i;
+
+
+    q = 0;
+    r = hi;
+
+    if ( r >= y )
+      return (FT_UInt32)0x7FFFFFFFL;
+
+    i = 32;
+    do
+    {
+      r <<= 1;
+      q <<= 1;
+      r  |= lo >> 31;
+
+      if ( r >= (FT_UInt32)y )
+      {
+        r -= y;
+        q |= 1;
+      }
+      lo <<= 1;
+    } while ( --i );
+
+    return q;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  FT_Add64( FT_Int64*  x,
+            FT_Int64*  y,
+            FT_Int64  *z )
+  {
+    register FT_UInt32  lo, hi;
+
+
+    lo = x->lo + y->lo;
+    hi = x->hi + y->hi + ( lo < x->lo );
+
+    z->lo = lo;
+    z->hi = hi;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
+
+  /* The FT_MulDiv function has been optimized thanks to ideas from      */
+  /* Graham Asher.  The trick is to optimize computation when everything */
+  /* fits within 32-bits (a rather common case).                         */
+  /*                                                                     */
+  /*  we compute 'a*b+c/2', then divide it by 'c'. (positive values)     */
+  /*                                                                     */
+  /*  46340 is FLOOR(SQRT(2^31-1)).                                      */
+  /*                                                                     */
+  /*  if ( a <= 46340 && b <= 46340 ) then ( a*b <= 0x7FFEA810 )         */
+  /*                                                                     */
+  /*  0x7FFFFFFF - 0x7FFEA810 = 0x157F0                                  */
+  /*                                                                     */
+  /*  if ( c < 0x157F0*2 ) then ( a*b+c/2 <= 0x7FFFFFFF )                */
+  /*                                                                     */
+  /*  and 2*0x157F0 = 176096                                             */
+  /*                                                                     */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Long )
+  FT_MulDiv( FT_Long  a,
+             FT_Long  b,
+             FT_Long  c )
+  {
+    long  s;
+
+
+    if ( a == 0 || b == c )
+      return a;
+
+    s  = a; a = FT_ABS( a );
+    s ^= b; b = FT_ABS( b );
+    s ^= c; c = FT_ABS( c );
+
+    if ( a <= 46340L && b <= 46340L && c <= 176095L && c > 0 )
+      a = ( a * b + ( c >> 1 ) ) / c;
+
+    else if ( c > 0 )
+    {
+      FT_Int64  temp, temp2;
+
+
+      ft_multo64( a, b, &temp );
+
+      temp2.hi = 0;
+      temp2.lo = (FT_UInt32)(c >> 1);
+      FT_Add64( &temp, &temp2, &temp );
+      a = ft_div64by32( temp.hi, temp.lo, c );
+    }
+    else
+      a = 0x7FFFFFFFL;
+
+    return ( s < 0 ? -a : a );
+  }
+
+
+#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Long )
+  FT_MulDiv_No_Round( FT_Long  a,
+                      FT_Long  b,
+                      FT_Long  c )
+  {
+    long  s;
+
+
+    if ( a == 0 || b == c )
+      return a;
+
+    s  = a; a = FT_ABS( a );
+    s ^= b; b = FT_ABS( b );
+    s ^= c; c = FT_ABS( c );
+
+    if ( a <= 46340L && b <= 46340L && c > 0 )
+      a = a * b / c;
+
+    else if ( c > 0 )
+    {
+      FT_Int64  temp;
+
+
+      ft_multo64( a, b, &temp );
+      a = ft_div64by32( temp.hi, temp.lo, c );
+    }
+    else
+      a = 0x7FFFFFFFL;
+
+    return ( s < 0 ? -a : a );
+  }
+
+#endif /* TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER */
+
+
+  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Long )
+  FT_MulFix( FT_Long  a,
+             FT_Long  b )
+  {
+#ifdef FT_MULFIX_ASSEMBLER
+
+    return FT_MULFIX_ASSEMBLER( a, b );
+
+#elif 0
+
+    /*
+     *  This code is nonportable.  See comment below.
+     *
+     *  However, on a platform where right-shift of a signed quantity fills
+     *  the leftmost bits by copying the sign bit, it might be faster.
+     */
+
+    FT_Long   sa, sb;
+    FT_ULong  ua, ub;
+
+
+    if ( a == 0 || b == 0x10000L )
+      return a;
+
+    /*
+     *  This is a clever way of converting a signed number `a' into its
+     *  absolute value (stored back into `a') and its sign.  The sign is
+     *  stored in `sa'; 0 means `a' was positive or zero, and -1 means `a'
+     *  was negative.  (Similarly for `b' and `sb').
+     *
+     *  Unfortunately, it doesn't work (at least not portably).
+     *
+     *  It makes the assumption that right-shift on a negative signed value
+     *  fills the leftmost bits by copying the sign bit.  This is wrong. 
+     *  According to K&R 2nd ed, section `A7.8 Shift Operators' on page 206,
+     *  the result of right-shift of a negative signed value is
+     *  implementation-defined.  At least one implementation fills the
+     *  leftmost bits with 0s (i.e., it is exactly the same as an unsigned
+     *  right shift).  This means that when `a' is negative, `sa' ends up
+     *  with the value 1 rather than -1.  After that, everything else goes
+     *  wrong.
+     */
+    sa = ( a >> ( sizeof ( a ) * 8 - 1 ) );
+    a  = ( a ^ sa ) - sa;
+    sb = ( b >> ( sizeof ( b ) * 8 - 1 ) );
+    b  = ( b ^ sb ) - sb;
+
+    ua = (FT_ULong)a;
+    ub = (FT_ULong)b;
+
+    if ( ua <= 2048 && ub <= 1048576L )
+      ua = ( ua * ub + 0x8000U ) >> 16;
+    else
+    {
+      FT_ULong  al = ua & 0xFFFFU;
+
+
+      ua = ( ua >> 16 ) * ub +  al * ( ub >> 16 ) +
+           ( ( al * ( ub & 0xFFFFU ) + 0x8000U ) >> 16 );
+    }
+
+    sa ^= sb,
+    ua  = (FT_ULong)(( ua ^ sa ) - sa);
+
+    return (FT_Long)ua;
+
+#else /* 0 */
+
+    FT_Long   s;
+    FT_ULong  ua, ub;
+
+
+    if ( a == 0 || b == 0x10000L )
+      return a;
+
+    s  = a; a = FT_ABS( a );
+    s ^= b; b = FT_ABS( b );
+
+    ua = (FT_ULong)a;
+    ub = (FT_ULong)b;
+
+    if ( ua <= 2048 && ub <= 1048576L )
+      ua = ( ua * ub + 0x8000UL ) >> 16;
+    else
+    {
+      FT_ULong  al = ua & 0xFFFFUL;
+
+
+      ua = ( ua >> 16 ) * ub +  al * ( ub >> 16 ) +
+           ( ( al * ( ub & 0xFFFFUL ) + 0x8000UL ) >> 16 );
+    }
+
+    return ( s < 0 ? -(FT_Long)ua : (FT_Long)ua );
+
+#endif /* 0 */
+
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Long )
+  FT_DivFix( FT_Long  a,
+             FT_Long  b )
+  {
+    FT_Int32   s;
+    FT_UInt32  q;
+
+
+    s  = a; a = FT_ABS( a );
+    s ^= b; b = FT_ABS( b );
+
+    if ( b == 0 )
+    {
+      /* check for division by 0 */
+      q = 0x7FFFFFFFL;
+    }
+    else if ( ( a >> 16 ) == 0 )
+    {
+      /* compute result directly */
+      q = (FT_UInt32)( (a << 16) + (b >> 1) ) / (FT_UInt32)b;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* we need more bits; we have to do it by hand */
+      FT_Int64  temp, temp2;
+
+      temp.hi  = (FT_Int32) (a >> 16);
+      temp.lo  = (FT_UInt32)(a << 16);
+      temp2.hi = 0;
+      temp2.lo = (FT_UInt32)( b >> 1 );
+      FT_Add64( &temp, &temp2, &temp );
+      q = ft_div64by32( temp.hi, temp.lo, b );
+    }
+
+    return ( s < 0 ? -(FT_Int32)q : (FT_Int32)q );
+  }
+
+
+#if 0
+
+  /* documentation is in ftcalc.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
+  FT_MulTo64( FT_Int32   x,
+              FT_Int32   y,
+              FT_Int64  *z )
+  {
+    FT_Int32  s;
+
+
+    s  = x; x = FT_ABS( x );
+    s ^= y; y = FT_ABS( y );
+
+    ft_multo64( x, y, z );
+
+    if ( s < 0 )
+    {
+      z->lo = (FT_UInt32)-(FT_Int32)z->lo;
+      z->hi = ~z->hi + !( z->lo );
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /* apparently, the second version of this code is not compiled correctly */
+  /* on Mac machines with the MPW C compiler..  tsk, tsk, tsk...           */
+
+#if 1
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Int32 )
+  FT_Div64by32( FT_Int64*  x,
+                FT_Int32   y )
+  {
+    FT_Int32   s;
+    FT_UInt32  q, r, i, lo;
+
+
+    s  = x->hi;
+    if ( s < 0 )
+    {
+      x->lo = (FT_UInt32)-(FT_Int32)x->lo;
+      x->hi = ~x->hi + !x->lo;
+    }
+    s ^= y;  y = FT_ABS( y );
+
+    /* Shortcut */
+    if ( x->hi == 0 )
+    {
+      if ( y > 0 )
+        q = x->lo / y;
+      else
+        q = 0x7FFFFFFFL;
+
+      return ( s < 0 ? -(FT_Int32)q : (FT_Int32)q );
+    }
+
+    r  = x->hi;
+    lo = x->lo;
+
+    if ( r >= (FT_UInt32)y ) /* we know y is to be treated as unsigned here */
+      return ( s < 0 ? 0x80000001UL : 0x7FFFFFFFUL );
+                             /* Return Max/Min Int32 if division overflow. */
+                             /* This includes division by zero!            */
+    q = 0;
+    for ( i = 0; i < 32; i++ )
+    {
+      r <<= 1;
+      q <<= 1;
+      r  |= lo >> 31;
+
+      if ( r >= (FT_UInt32)y )
+      {
+        r -= y;
+        q |= 1;
+      }
+      lo <<= 1;
+    }
+
+    return ( s < 0 ? -(FT_Int32)q : (FT_Int32)q );
+  }
+
+#else /* 0 */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Int32 )
+  FT_Div64by32( FT_Int64*  x,
+                FT_Int32   y )
+  {
+    FT_Int32   s;
+    FT_UInt32  q;
+
+
+    s  = x->hi;
+    if ( s < 0 )
+    {
+      x->lo = (FT_UInt32)-(FT_Int32)x->lo;
+      x->hi = ~x->hi + !x->lo;
+    }
+    s ^= y;  y = FT_ABS( y );
+
+    /* Shortcut */
+    if ( x->hi == 0 )
+    {
+      if ( y > 0 )
+        q = ( x->lo + ( y >> 1 ) ) / y;
+      else
+        q = 0x7FFFFFFFL;
+
+      return ( s < 0 ? -(FT_Int32)q : (FT_Int32)q );
+    }
+
+    q = ft_div64by32( x->hi, x->lo, y );
+
+    return ( s < 0 ? -(FT_Int32)q : (FT_Int32)q );
+  }
+
+#endif /* 0 */
+
+#endif /* 0 */
+
+
+#endif /* FT_LONG64 */
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftglyph.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
+  FT_Matrix_Multiply( const FT_Matrix*  a,
+                      FT_Matrix        *b )
+  {
+    FT_Fixed  xx, xy, yx, yy;
+
+
+    if ( !a || !b )
+      return;
+
+    xx = FT_MulFix( a->xx, b->xx ) + FT_MulFix( a->xy, b->yx );
+    xy = FT_MulFix( a->xx, b->xy ) + FT_MulFix( a->xy, b->yy );
+    yx = FT_MulFix( a->yx, b->xx ) + FT_MulFix( a->yy, b->yx );
+    yy = FT_MulFix( a->yx, b->xy ) + FT_MulFix( a->yy, b->yy );
+
+    b->xx = xx;  b->xy = xy;
+    b->yx = yx;  b->yy = yy;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftglyph.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Matrix_Invert( FT_Matrix*  matrix )
+  {
+    FT_Pos  delta, xx, yy;
+
+
+    if ( !matrix )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    /* compute discriminant */
+    delta = FT_MulFix( matrix->xx, matrix->yy ) -
+            FT_MulFix( matrix->xy, matrix->yx );
+
+    if ( !delta )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;  /* matrix can't be inverted */
+
+    matrix->xy = - FT_DivFix( matrix->xy, delta );
+    matrix->yx = - FT_DivFix( matrix->yx, delta );
+
+    xx = matrix->xx;
+    yy = matrix->yy;
+
+    matrix->xx = FT_DivFix( yy, delta );
+    matrix->yy = FT_DivFix( xx, delta );
+
+    return FT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftcalc.h */
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
+  FT_Matrix_Multiply_Scaled( const FT_Matrix*  a,
+                             FT_Matrix        *b,
+                             FT_Long           scaling )
+  {
+    FT_Fixed  xx, xy, yx, yy;
+
+    FT_Long   val = 0x10000L * scaling;
+
+
+    if ( !a || !b )
+      return;
+
+    xx = FT_MulDiv( a->xx, b->xx, val ) + FT_MulDiv( a->xy, b->yx, val );
+    xy = FT_MulDiv( a->xx, b->xy, val ) + FT_MulDiv( a->xy, b->yy, val );
+    yx = FT_MulDiv( a->yx, b->xx, val ) + FT_MulDiv( a->yy, b->yx, val );
+    yy = FT_MulDiv( a->yx, b->xy, val ) + FT_MulDiv( a->yy, b->yy, val );
+
+    b->xx = xx;  b->xy = xy;
+    b->yx = yx;  b->yy = yy;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftcalc.h */
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
+  FT_Vector_Transform_Scaled( FT_Vector*        vector,
+                              const FT_Matrix*  matrix,
+                              FT_Long           scaling )
+  {
+    FT_Pos   xz, yz;
+
+    FT_Long  val = 0x10000L * scaling;
+
+
+    if ( !vector || !matrix )
+      return;
+
+    xz = FT_MulDiv( vector->x, matrix->xx, val ) +
+         FT_MulDiv( vector->y, matrix->xy, val );
+
+    yz = FT_MulDiv( vector->x, matrix->yx, val ) +
+         FT_MulDiv( vector->y, matrix->yy, val );
+
+    vector->x = xz;
+    vector->y = yz;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftcalc.h */
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Int32 )
+  FT_SqrtFixed( FT_Int32  x )
+  {
+    FT_UInt32  root, rem_hi, rem_lo, test_div;
+    FT_Int     count;
+
+
+    root = 0;
+
+    if ( x > 0 )
+    {
+      rem_hi = 0;
+      rem_lo = x;
+      count  = 24;
+      do
+      {
+        rem_hi   = ( rem_hi << 2 ) | ( rem_lo >> 30 );
+        rem_lo <<= 2;
+        root   <<= 1;
+        test_div = ( root << 1 ) + 1;
+
+        if ( rem_hi >= test_div )
+        {
+          rem_hi -= test_div;
+          root   += 1;
+        }
+      } while ( --count );
+    }
+
+    return (FT_Int32)root;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftcalc.h */
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Int )
+  ft_corner_orientation( FT_Pos  in_x,
+                         FT_Pos  in_y,
+                         FT_Pos  out_x,
+                         FT_Pos  out_y )
+  {
+    FT_Int  result;
+
+
+    /* deal with the trivial cases quickly */
+    if ( in_y == 0 )
+    {
+      if ( in_x >= 0 )
+        result = out_y;
+      else
+        result = -out_y;
+    }
+    else if ( in_x == 0 )
+    {
+      if ( in_y >= 0 )
+        result = -out_x;
+      else
+        result = out_x;
+    }
+    else if ( out_y == 0 )
+    {
+      if ( out_x >= 0 )
+        result = in_y;
+      else
+        result = -in_y;
+    }
+    else if ( out_x == 0 )
+    {
+      if ( out_y >= 0 )
+        result = -in_x;
+      else
+        result =  in_x;
+    }
+    else /* general case */
+    {
+#ifdef FT_LONG64
+
+      FT_Int64  delta = (FT_Int64)in_x * out_y - (FT_Int64)in_y * out_x;
+
+
+      if ( delta == 0 )
+        result = 0;
+      else
+        result = 1 - 2 * ( delta < 0 );
+
+#else
+
+      FT_Int64  z1, z2;
+
+
+      ft_multo64( in_x, out_y, &z1 );
+      ft_multo64( in_y, out_x, &z2 );
+
+      if ( z1.hi > z2.hi )
+        result = +1;
+      else if ( z1.hi < z2.hi )
+        result = -1;
+      else if ( z1.lo > z2.lo )
+        result = +1;
+      else if ( z1.lo < z2.lo )
+        result = -1;
+      else
+        result = 0;
+
+#endif
+    }
+
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftcalc.h */
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Int )
+  ft_corner_is_flat( FT_Pos  in_x,
+                     FT_Pos  in_y,
+                     FT_Pos  out_x,
+                     FT_Pos  out_y )
+  {
+    FT_Pos  ax = in_x;
+    FT_Pos  ay = in_y;
+
+    FT_Pos  d_in, d_out, d_corner;
+
+
+    if ( ax < 0 )
+      ax = -ax;
+    if ( ay < 0 )
+      ay = -ay;
+    d_in = ax + ay;
+
+    ax = out_x;
+    if ( ax < 0 )
+      ax = -ax;
+    ay = out_y;
+    if ( ay < 0 )
+      ay = -ay;
+    d_out = ax + ay;
+
+    ax = out_x + in_x;
+    if ( ax < 0 )
+      ax = -ax;
+    ay = out_y + in_y;
+    if ( ay < 0 )
+      ay = -ay;
+    d_corner = ax + ay;
+
+    return ( d_in + d_out - d_corner ) < ( d_corner >> 4 );
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftcid.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftcid.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..733aae1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftcid.c
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftcid.c                                                                */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType API for accessing CID font information.                     */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2007, 2009 by Derek Clegg, Michael Toftdal.                  */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_CID_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+#include FT_SERVICE_CID_H
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftcid.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_CID_Registry_Ordering_Supplement( FT_Face       face,
+                                           const char*  *registry,
+                                           const char*  *ordering,
+                                           FT_Int       *supplement)
+  {
+    FT_Error     error;
+    const char*  r = NULL;
+    const char*  o = NULL;
+    FT_Int       s = 0;
+
+
+    error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    if ( face )
+    {
+      FT_Service_CID  service;
+
+
+      FT_FACE_FIND_SERVICE( face, service, CID );
+
+      if ( service && service->get_ros )
+        error = service->get_ros( face, &r, &o, &s );
+    }
+
+    if ( registry )
+      *registry = r;
+
+    if ( ordering )
+      *ordering = o;
+
+    if ( supplement )
+      *supplement = s;
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_CID_Is_Internally_CID_Keyed( FT_Face   face,
+                                      FT_Bool  *is_cid )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+    FT_Bool   ic = 0;
+
+
+    if ( face )
+    {
+      FT_Service_CID  service;
+
+
+      FT_FACE_FIND_SERVICE( face, service, CID );
+
+      if ( service && service->get_is_cid )
+        error = service->get_is_cid( face, &ic);
+    }
+
+    if ( is_cid )
+      *is_cid = ic;
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_CID_From_Glyph_Index( FT_Face   face,
+                               FT_UInt   glyph_index,
+                               FT_UInt  *cid )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+    FT_UInt   c = 0;
+
+
+    if ( face )
+    {
+      FT_Service_CID  service;
+
+
+      FT_FACE_FIND_SERVICE( face, service, CID );
+
+      if ( service && service->get_cid_from_glyph_index )
+        error = service->get_cid_from_glyph_index( face, glyph_index, &c);
+    }
+
+    if ( cid )
+      *cid = c;
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftdbgmem.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftdbgmem.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b2a330
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftdbgmem.c
@@ -0,0 +1,997 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftdbgmem.c                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Memory debugger (body).                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2009 by                  */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_MEMORY_H
+#include FT_SYSTEM_H
+#include FT_ERRORS_H
+#include FT_TYPES_H
+
+
+#ifdef FT_DEBUG_MEMORY
+
+#define  KEEPALIVE /* `Keep alive' means that freed blocks aren't released
+                    * to the heap.  This is useful to detect double-frees
+                    * or weird heap corruption, but it uses large amounts of
+                    * memory, however.
+                    */
+
+#include FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( const char* )  _ft_debug_file   = 0;
+  FT_BASE_DEF( long )         _ft_debug_lineno = 0;
+
+  extern void
+  FT_DumpMemory( FT_Memory  memory );
+
+
+  typedef struct FT_MemSourceRec_*  FT_MemSource;
+  typedef struct FT_MemNodeRec_*    FT_MemNode;
+  typedef struct FT_MemTableRec_*   FT_MemTable;
+
+
+#define FT_MEM_VAL( addr )  ((FT_ULong)(FT_Pointer)( addr ))
+
+  /*
+   *  This structure holds statistics for a single allocation/release
+   *  site.  This is useful to know where memory operations happen the
+   *  most.
+   */
+  typedef struct  FT_MemSourceRec_
+  {
+    const char*   file_name;
+    long          line_no;
+
+    FT_Long       cur_blocks;   /* current number of allocated blocks */
+    FT_Long       max_blocks;   /* max. number of allocated blocks    */
+    FT_Long       all_blocks;   /* total number of blocks allocated   */
+
+    FT_Long       cur_size;     /* current cumulative allocated size */
+    FT_Long       max_size;     /* maximum cumulative allocated size */
+    FT_Long       all_size;     /* total cumulative allocated size   */
+
+    FT_Long       cur_max;      /* current maximum allocated size */
+
+    FT_UInt32     hash;
+    FT_MemSource  link;
+
+  } FT_MemSourceRec;
+
+
+  /*
+   *  We don't need a resizable array for the memory sources, because
+   *  their number is pretty limited within FreeType.
+   */
+#define FT_MEM_SOURCE_BUCKETS  128
+
+  /*
+   *  This structure holds information related to a single allocated
+   *  memory block.  If KEEPALIVE is defined, blocks that are freed by
+   *  FreeType are never released to the system.  Instead, their `size'
+   *  field is set to -size.  This is mainly useful to detect double frees,
+   *  at the price of large memory footprint during execution.
+   */
+  typedef struct  FT_MemNodeRec_
+  {
+    FT_Byte*      address;
+    FT_Long       size;     /* < 0 if the block was freed */
+
+    FT_MemSource  source;
+
+#ifdef KEEPALIVE
+    const char*   free_file_name;
+    FT_Long       free_line_no;
+#endif
+
+    FT_MemNode    link;
+
+  } FT_MemNodeRec;
+
+
+  /*
+   *  The global structure, containing compound statistics and all hash
+   *  tables.
+   */
+  typedef struct  FT_MemTableRec_
+  {
+    FT_ULong         size;
+    FT_ULong         nodes;
+    FT_MemNode*      buckets;
+
+    FT_ULong         alloc_total;
+    FT_ULong         alloc_current;
+    FT_ULong         alloc_max;
+    FT_ULong         alloc_count;
+
+    FT_Bool          bound_total;
+    FT_ULong         alloc_total_max;
+
+    FT_Bool          bound_count;
+    FT_ULong         alloc_count_max;
+
+    FT_MemSource     sources[FT_MEM_SOURCE_BUCKETS];
+
+    FT_Bool          keep_alive;
+
+    FT_Memory        memory;
+    FT_Pointer       memory_user;
+    FT_Alloc_Func    alloc;
+    FT_Free_Func     free;
+    FT_Realloc_Func  realloc;
+
+  } FT_MemTableRec;
+
+
+#define FT_MEM_SIZE_MIN  7
+#define FT_MEM_SIZE_MAX  13845163
+
+#define FT_FILENAME( x )  ((x) ? (x) : "unknown file")
+
+
+  /*
+   *  Prime numbers are ugly to handle.  It would be better to implement
+   *  L-Hashing, which is 10% faster and doesn't require divisions.
+   */
+  static const FT_UInt  ft_mem_primes[] =
+  {
+    7,
+    11,
+    19,
+    37,
+    73,
+    109,
+    163,
+    251,
+    367,
+    557,
+    823,
+    1237,
+    1861,
+    2777,
+    4177,
+    6247,
+    9371,
+    14057,
+    21089,
+    31627,
+    47431,
+    71143,
+    106721,
+    160073,
+    240101,
+    360163,
+    540217,
+    810343,
+    1215497,
+    1823231,
+    2734867,
+    4102283,
+    6153409,
+    9230113,
+    13845163,
+  };
+
+
+  static FT_ULong
+  ft_mem_closest_prime( FT_ULong  num )
+  {
+    FT_UInt  i;
+
+
+    for ( i = 0;
+          i < sizeof ( ft_mem_primes ) / sizeof ( ft_mem_primes[0] ); i++ )
+      if ( ft_mem_primes[i] > num )
+        return ft_mem_primes[i];
+
+    return FT_MEM_SIZE_MAX;
+  }
+
+
+  extern void
+  ft_mem_debug_panic( const char*  fmt,
+                      ... )
+  {
+    va_list  ap;
+
+
+    printf( "FreeType.Debug: " );
+
+    va_start( ap, fmt );
+    vprintf( fmt, ap );
+    va_end( ap );
+
+    printf( "\n" );
+    exit( EXIT_FAILURE );
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Pointer
+  ft_mem_table_alloc( FT_MemTable  table,
+                      FT_Long      size )
+  {
+    FT_Memory   memory = table->memory;
+    FT_Pointer  block;
+
+
+    memory->user = table->memory_user;
+    block = table->alloc( memory, size );
+    memory->user = table;
+
+    return block;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  ft_mem_table_free( FT_MemTable  table,
+                     FT_Pointer   block )
+  {
+    FT_Memory  memory = table->memory;
+
+
+    memory->user = table->memory_user;
+    table->free( memory, block );
+    memory->user = table;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  ft_mem_table_resize( FT_MemTable  table )
+  {
+    FT_ULong  new_size;
+
+
+    new_size = ft_mem_closest_prime( table->nodes );
+    if ( new_size != table->size )
+    {
+      FT_MemNode*  new_buckets;
+      FT_ULong     i;
+
+
+      new_buckets = (FT_MemNode *)
+                      ft_mem_table_alloc( table,
+                                          new_size * sizeof ( FT_MemNode ) );
+      if ( new_buckets == NULL )
+        return;
+
+      FT_ARRAY_ZERO( new_buckets, new_size );
+
+      for ( i = 0; i < table->size; i++ )
+      {
+        FT_MemNode  node, next, *pnode;
+        FT_ULong    hash;
+
+
+        node = table->buckets[i];
+        while ( node )
+        {
+          next  = node->link;
+          hash  = FT_MEM_VAL( node->address ) % new_size;
+          pnode = new_buckets + hash;
+
+          node->link = pnode[0];
+          pnode[0]   = node;
+
+          node = next;
+        }
+      }
+
+      if ( table->buckets )
+        ft_mem_table_free( table, table->buckets );
+
+      table->buckets = new_buckets;
+      table->size    = new_size;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_MemTable
+  ft_mem_table_new( FT_Memory  memory )
+  {
+    FT_MemTable  table;
+
+
+    table = (FT_MemTable)memory->alloc( memory, sizeof ( *table ) );
+    if ( table == NULL )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    FT_ZERO( table );
+
+    table->size  = FT_MEM_SIZE_MIN;
+    table->nodes = 0;
+
+    table->memory = memory;
+
+    table->memory_user = memory->user;
+
+    table->alloc   = memory->alloc;
+    table->realloc = memory->realloc;
+    table->free    = memory->free;
+
+    table->buckets = (FT_MemNode *)
+                       memory->alloc( memory,
+                                      table->size * sizeof ( FT_MemNode ) );
+    if ( table->buckets )
+      FT_ARRAY_ZERO( table->buckets, table->size );
+    else
+    {
+      memory->free( memory, table );
+      table = NULL;
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return table;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  ft_mem_table_destroy( FT_MemTable  table )
+  {
+    FT_ULong  i;
+
+
+    FT_DumpMemory( table->memory );
+
+    if ( table )
+    {
+      FT_Long   leak_count = 0;
+      FT_ULong  leaks      = 0;
+
+
+      /* remove all blocks from the table, revealing leaked ones */
+      for ( i = 0; i < table->size; i++ )
+      {
+        FT_MemNode  *pnode = table->buckets + i, next, node = *pnode;
+
+
+        while ( node )
+        {
+          next       = node->link;
+          node->link = 0;
+
+          if ( node->size > 0 )
+          {
+            printf(
+              "leaked memory block at address %p, size %8ld in (%s:%ld)\n",
+              node->address, node->size,
+              FT_FILENAME( node->source->file_name ),
+              node->source->line_no );
+
+            leak_count++;
+            leaks += node->size;
+
+            ft_mem_table_free( table, node->address );
+          }
+
+          node->address = NULL;
+          node->size    = 0;
+
+          ft_mem_table_free( table, node );
+          node = next;
+        }
+        table->buckets[i] = 0;
+      }
+
+      ft_mem_table_free( table, table->buckets );
+      table->buckets = NULL;
+
+      table->size  = 0;
+      table->nodes = 0;
+
+      /* remove all sources */
+      for ( i = 0; i < FT_MEM_SOURCE_BUCKETS; i++ )
+      {
+        FT_MemSource  source, next;
+
+
+        for ( source = table->sources[i]; source != NULL; source = next )
+        {
+          next = source->link;
+          ft_mem_table_free( table, source );
+        }
+
+        table->sources[i] = NULL;
+      }
+
+      printf(
+        "FreeType: total memory allocations = %ld\n", table->alloc_total );
+      printf(
+        "FreeType: maximum memory footprint = %ld\n", table->alloc_max );
+
+      ft_mem_table_free( table, table );
+
+      if ( leak_count > 0 )
+        ft_mem_debug_panic(
+          "FreeType: %ld bytes of memory leaked in %ld blocks\n",
+          leaks, leak_count );
+
+      printf( "FreeType: No memory leaks detected!\n" );
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_MemNode*
+  ft_mem_table_get_nodep( FT_MemTable  table,
+                          FT_Byte*     address )
+  {
+    FT_ULong     hash;
+    FT_MemNode  *pnode, node;
+
+
+    hash  = FT_MEM_VAL( address );
+    pnode = table->buckets + ( hash % table->size );
+
+    for (;;)
+    {
+      node = pnode[0];
+      if ( !node )
+        break;
+
+      if ( node->address == address )
+        break;
+
+      pnode = &node->link;
+    }
+    return pnode;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_MemSource
+  ft_mem_table_get_source( FT_MemTable  table )
+  {
+    FT_UInt32     hash;
+    FT_MemSource  node, *pnode;
+
+
+    /* cast to FT_PtrDist first since void* can be larger */
+    /* than FT_UInt32 and GCC 4.1.1 emits a warning       */
+    hash  = (FT_UInt32)(FT_PtrDist)(void*)_ft_debug_file +
+              (FT_UInt32)( 5 * _ft_debug_lineno );
+    pnode = &table->sources[hash % FT_MEM_SOURCE_BUCKETS];
+
+    for ( ;; )
+    {
+      node = *pnode;
+      if ( node == NULL )
+        break;
+
+      if ( node->file_name == _ft_debug_file &&
+           node->line_no   == _ft_debug_lineno   )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      pnode = &node->link;
+    }
+
+    node = (FT_MemSource)ft_mem_table_alloc( table, sizeof ( *node ) );
+    if ( node == NULL )
+      ft_mem_debug_panic(
+        "not enough memory to perform memory debugging\n" );
+
+    node->file_name = _ft_debug_file;
+    node->line_no   = _ft_debug_lineno;
+
+    node->cur_blocks = 0;
+    node->max_blocks = 0;
+    node->all_blocks = 0;
+
+    node->cur_size   = 0;
+    node->max_size   = 0;
+    node->all_size   = 0;
+
+    node->cur_max    = 0;
+
+    node->link = NULL;
+    node->hash = hash;
+    *pnode     = node;
+
+  Exit:
+    return node;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  ft_mem_table_set( FT_MemTable  table,
+                    FT_Byte*     address,
+                    FT_ULong     size,
+                    FT_Long      delta )
+  {
+    FT_MemNode  *pnode, node;
+
+
+    if ( table )
+    {
+      FT_MemSource  source;
+
+
+      pnode = ft_mem_table_get_nodep( table, address );
+      node  = *pnode;
+      if ( node )
+      {
+        if ( node->size < 0 )
+        {
+          /* This block was already freed.  Our memory is now completely */
+          /* corrupted!                                                  */
+          /* This can only happen in keep-alive mode.                    */
+          ft_mem_debug_panic(
+            "memory heap corrupted (allocating freed block)" );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          /* This block was already allocated.  This means that our memory */
+          /* is also corrupted!                                            */
+          ft_mem_debug_panic(
+            "memory heap corrupted (re-allocating allocated block at"
+            " %p, of size %ld)\n"
+            "org=%s:%d new=%s:%d\n",
+            node->address, node->size,
+            FT_FILENAME( node->source->file_name ), node->source->line_no,
+            FT_FILENAME( _ft_debug_file ), _ft_debug_lineno );
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* we need to create a new node in this table */
+      node = (FT_MemNode)ft_mem_table_alloc( table, sizeof ( *node ) );
+      if ( node == NULL )
+        ft_mem_debug_panic( "not enough memory to run memory tests" );
+
+      node->address = address;
+      node->size    = size;
+      node->source  = source = ft_mem_table_get_source( table );
+
+      if ( delta == 0 )
+      {
+        /* this is an allocation */
+        source->all_blocks++;
+        source->cur_blocks++;
+        if ( source->cur_blocks > source->max_blocks )
+          source->max_blocks = source->cur_blocks;
+      }
+
+      if ( size > (FT_ULong)source->cur_max )
+        source->cur_max = size;
+
+      if ( delta != 0 )
+      {
+        /* we are growing or shrinking a reallocated block */
+        source->cur_size     += delta;
+        table->alloc_current += delta;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* we are allocating a new block */
+        source->cur_size     += size;
+        table->alloc_current += size;
+      }
+
+      source->all_size += size;
+
+      if ( source->cur_size > source->max_size )
+        source->max_size = source->cur_size;
+
+      node->free_file_name = NULL;
+      node->free_line_no   = 0;
+
+      node->link = pnode[0];
+
+      pnode[0] = node;
+      table->nodes++;
+
+      table->alloc_total += size;
+
+      if ( table->alloc_current > table->alloc_max )
+        table->alloc_max = table->alloc_current;
+
+      if ( table->nodes * 3 < table->size  ||
+           table->size  * 3 < table->nodes )
+        ft_mem_table_resize( table );
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  ft_mem_table_remove( FT_MemTable  table,
+                       FT_Byte*     address,
+                       FT_Long      delta )
+  {
+    if ( table )
+    {
+      FT_MemNode  *pnode, node;
+
+
+      pnode = ft_mem_table_get_nodep( table, address );
+      node  = *pnode;
+      if ( node )
+      {
+        FT_MemSource  source;
+
+
+        if ( node->size < 0 )
+          ft_mem_debug_panic(
+            "freeing memory block at %p more than once at (%s:%ld)\n"
+            "block allocated at (%s:%ld) and released at (%s:%ld)",
+            address,
+            FT_FILENAME( _ft_debug_file ), _ft_debug_lineno,
+            FT_FILENAME( node->source->file_name ), node->source->line_no,
+            FT_FILENAME( node->free_file_name ), node->free_line_no );
+
+        /* scramble the node's content for additional safety */
+        FT_MEM_SET( address, 0xF3, node->size );
+
+        if ( delta == 0 )
+        {
+          source = node->source;
+
+          source->cur_blocks--;
+          source->cur_size -= node->size;
+
+          table->alloc_current -= node->size;
+        }
+
+        if ( table->keep_alive )
+        {
+          /* we simply invert the node's size to indicate that the node */
+          /* was freed.                                                 */
+          node->size           = -node->size;
+          node->free_file_name = _ft_debug_file;
+          node->free_line_no   = _ft_debug_lineno;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          table->nodes--;
+
+          *pnode = node->link;
+
+          node->size   = 0;
+          node->source = NULL;
+
+          ft_mem_table_free( table, node );
+
+          if ( table->nodes * 3 < table->size  ||
+               table->size  * 3 < table->nodes )
+            ft_mem_table_resize( table );
+        }
+      }
+      else
+        ft_mem_debug_panic(
+          "trying to free unknown block at %p in (%s:%ld)\n",
+          address,
+          FT_FILENAME( _ft_debug_file ), _ft_debug_lineno );
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  extern FT_Pointer
+  ft_mem_debug_alloc( FT_Memory  memory,
+                      FT_Long    size )
+  {
+    FT_MemTable  table = (FT_MemTable)memory->user;
+    FT_Byte*     block;
+
+
+    if ( size <= 0 )
+      ft_mem_debug_panic( "negative block size allocation (%ld)", size );
+
+    /* return NULL if the maximum number of allocations was reached */
+    if ( table->bound_count                           &&
+         table->alloc_count >= table->alloc_count_max )
+      return NULL;
+
+    /* return NULL if this allocation would overflow the maximum heap size */
+    if ( table->bound_total                                             &&
+         table->alloc_total_max - table->alloc_current > (FT_ULong)size )
+      return NULL;
+
+    block = (FT_Byte *)ft_mem_table_alloc( table, size );
+    if ( block )
+    {
+      ft_mem_table_set( table, block, (FT_ULong)size, 0 );
+
+      table->alloc_count++;
+    }
+
+    _ft_debug_file   = "<unknown>";
+    _ft_debug_lineno = 0;
+
+    return (FT_Pointer)block;
+  }
+
+
+  extern void
+  ft_mem_debug_free( FT_Memory   memory,
+                     FT_Pointer  block )
+  {
+    FT_MemTable  table = (FT_MemTable)memory->user;
+
+
+    if ( block == NULL )
+      ft_mem_debug_panic( "trying to free NULL in (%s:%ld)",
+                          FT_FILENAME( _ft_debug_file ),
+                          _ft_debug_lineno );
+
+    ft_mem_table_remove( table, (FT_Byte*)block, 0 );
+
+    if ( !table->keep_alive )
+      ft_mem_table_free( table, block );
+
+    table->alloc_count--;
+
+    _ft_debug_file   = "<unknown>";
+    _ft_debug_lineno = 0;
+  }
+
+
+  extern FT_Pointer
+  ft_mem_debug_realloc( FT_Memory   memory,
+                        FT_Long     cur_size,
+                        FT_Long     new_size,
+                        FT_Pointer  block )
+  {
+    FT_MemTable  table = (FT_MemTable)memory->user;
+    FT_MemNode   node, *pnode;
+    FT_Pointer   new_block;
+    FT_Long      delta;
+
+    const char*  file_name = FT_FILENAME( _ft_debug_file );
+    FT_Long      line_no   = _ft_debug_lineno;
+
+
+    /* unlikely, but possible */
+    if ( new_size == cur_size )
+      return block;
+
+    /* the following is valid according to ANSI C */
+#if 0
+    if ( block == NULL || cur_size == 0 )
+      ft_mem_debug_panic( "trying to reallocate NULL in (%s:%ld)",
+                          file_name, line_no );
+#endif
+
+    /* while the following is allowed in ANSI C also, we abort since */
+    /* such case should be handled by FreeType.                      */
+    if ( new_size <= 0 )
+      ft_mem_debug_panic(
+        "trying to reallocate %p to size 0 (current is %ld) in (%s:%ld)",
+        block, cur_size, file_name, line_no );
+
+    /* check `cur_size' value */
+    pnode = ft_mem_table_get_nodep( table, (FT_Byte*)block );
+    node  = *pnode;
+    if ( !node )
+      ft_mem_debug_panic(
+        "trying to reallocate unknown block at %p in (%s:%ld)",
+        block, file_name, line_no );
+
+    if ( node->size <= 0 )
+      ft_mem_debug_panic(
+        "trying to reallocate freed block at %p in (%s:%ld)",
+        block, file_name, line_no );
+
+    if ( node->size != cur_size )
+      ft_mem_debug_panic( "invalid ft_realloc request for %p. cur_size is "
+                          "%ld instead of %ld in (%s:%ld)",
+                          block, cur_size, node->size, file_name, line_no );
+
+    /* return NULL if the maximum number of allocations was reached */
+    if ( table->bound_count                           &&
+         table->alloc_count >= table->alloc_count_max )
+      return NULL;
+
+    delta = (FT_Long)( new_size - cur_size );
+
+    /* return NULL if this allocation would overflow the maximum heap size */
+    if ( delta > 0                                                       &&
+         table->bound_total                                              &&
+         table->alloc_current + (FT_ULong)delta > table->alloc_total_max )
+      return NULL;
+
+    new_block = (FT_Byte *)ft_mem_table_alloc( table, new_size );
+    if ( new_block == NULL )
+      return NULL;
+
+    ft_mem_table_set( table, (FT_Byte*)new_block, new_size, delta );
+
+    ft_memcpy( new_block, block, cur_size < new_size ? cur_size : new_size );
+
+    ft_mem_table_remove( table, (FT_Byte*)block, delta );
+
+    _ft_debug_file   = "<unknown>";
+    _ft_debug_lineno = 0;
+
+    if ( !table->keep_alive )
+      ft_mem_table_free( table, block );
+
+    return new_block;
+  }
+
+
+  extern FT_Int
+  ft_mem_debug_init( FT_Memory  memory )
+  {
+    FT_MemTable  table;
+    FT_Int       result = 0;
+
+
+    if ( getenv( "FT2_DEBUG_MEMORY" ) )
+    {
+      table = ft_mem_table_new( memory );
+      if ( table )
+      {
+        const char*  p;
+
+
+        memory->user    = table;
+        memory->alloc   = ft_mem_debug_alloc;
+        memory->realloc = ft_mem_debug_realloc;
+        memory->free    = ft_mem_debug_free;
+
+        p = getenv( "FT2_ALLOC_TOTAL_MAX" );
+        if ( p != NULL )
+        {
+          FT_Long   total_max = ft_atol( p );
+
+
+          if ( total_max > 0 )
+          {
+            table->bound_total     = 1;
+            table->alloc_total_max = (FT_ULong)total_max;
+          }
+        }
+
+        p = getenv( "FT2_ALLOC_COUNT_MAX" );
+        if ( p != NULL )
+        {
+          FT_Long  total_count = ft_atol( p );
+
+
+          if ( total_count > 0 )
+          {
+            table->bound_count     = 1;
+            table->alloc_count_max = (FT_ULong)total_count;
+          }
+        }
+
+        p = getenv( "FT2_KEEP_ALIVE" );
+        if ( p != NULL )
+        {
+          FT_Long  keep_alive = ft_atol( p );
+
+
+          if ( keep_alive > 0 )
+            table->keep_alive = 1;
+        }
+
+        result = 1;
+      }
+    }
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+  extern void
+  ft_mem_debug_done( FT_Memory  memory )
+  {
+    FT_MemTable  table = (FT_MemTable)memory->user;
+
+
+    if ( table )
+    {
+      memory->free    = table->free;
+      memory->realloc = table->realloc;
+      memory->alloc   = table->alloc;
+
+      ft_mem_table_destroy( table );
+      memory->user = NULL;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+
+  static int
+  ft_mem_source_compare( const void*  p1,
+                         const void*  p2 )
+  {
+    FT_MemSource  s1 = *(FT_MemSource*)p1;
+    FT_MemSource  s2 = *(FT_MemSource*)p2;
+
+
+    if ( s2->max_size > s1->max_size )
+      return 1;
+    else if ( s2->max_size < s1->max_size )
+      return -1;
+    else
+      return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  extern void
+  FT_DumpMemory( FT_Memory  memory )
+  {
+    FT_MemTable  table = (FT_MemTable)memory->user;
+
+
+    if ( table )
+    {
+      FT_MemSource*  bucket = table->sources;
+      FT_MemSource*  limit  = bucket + FT_MEM_SOURCE_BUCKETS;
+      FT_MemSource*  sources;
+      FT_UInt        nn, count;
+      const char*    fmt;
+
+
+      count = 0;
+      for ( ; bucket < limit; bucket++ )
+      {
+        FT_MemSource  source = *bucket;
+
+
+        for ( ; source; source = source->link )
+          count++;
+      }
+
+      sources = (FT_MemSource*)ft_mem_table_alloc(
+                                 table, sizeof ( *sources ) * count );
+
+      count = 0;
+      for ( bucket = table->sources; bucket < limit; bucket++ )
+      {
+        FT_MemSource  source = *bucket;
+
+
+        for ( ; source; source = source->link )
+          sources[count++] = source;
+      }
+
+      ft_qsort( sources, count, sizeof ( *sources ), ft_mem_source_compare );
+
+      printf( "FreeType Memory Dump: "
+              "current=%ld max=%ld total=%ld count=%ld\n",
+              table->alloc_current, table->alloc_max,
+              table->alloc_total, table->alloc_count );
+      printf( " block  block    sizes    sizes    sizes   source\n" );
+      printf( " count   high      sum  highsum      max   location\n" );
+      printf( "-------------------------------------------------\n" );
+
+      fmt = "%6ld %6ld %8ld %8ld %8ld %s:%d\n";
+
+      for ( nn = 0; nn < count; nn++ )
+      {
+        FT_MemSource  source = sources[nn];
+
+
+        printf( fmt,
+                source->cur_blocks, source->max_blocks,
+                source->cur_size, source->max_size, source->cur_max,
+                FT_FILENAME( source->file_name ),
+                source->line_no );
+      }
+      printf( "------------------------------------------------\n" );
+
+      ft_mem_table_free( table, sources );
+    }
+  }
+
+#else  /* !FT_DEBUG_MEMORY */
+
+  /* ANSI C doesn't like empty source files */
+  static const FT_Byte  _debug_mem_dummy = 0;
+
+#endif /* !FT_DEBUG_MEMORY */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftdebug.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftdebug.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2adbeab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftdebug.c
@@ -0,0 +1,246 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftdebug.c                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Debugging and logging component (body).                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2004, 2008 by                               */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This component contains various macros and functions used to ease the */
+  /* debugging of the FreeType engine.  Its main purpose is in assertion   */
+  /* checking, tracing, and error detection.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* There are now three debugging modes:                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* - trace mode                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Error and trace messages are sent to the log file (which can be the */
+  /*   standard error output).                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* - error mode                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Only error messages are generated.                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* - release mode:                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   No error message is sent or generated.  The code is free from any   */
+  /*   debugging parts.                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+
+
+#ifdef FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR
+
+  /* documentation is in ftdebug.h */
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
+  FT_Message( const char*  fmt, ... )
+  {
+    va_list  ap;
+
+
+    va_start( ap, fmt );
+    vfprintf( stderr, fmt, ap );
+    va_end( ap );
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftdebug.h */
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
+  FT_Panic( const char*  fmt, ... )
+  {
+    va_list  ap;
+
+
+    va_start( ap, fmt );
+    vfprintf( stderr, fmt, ap );
+    va_end( ap );
+
+    exit( EXIT_FAILURE );
+  }
+
+#endif /* FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR */
+
+
+
+#ifdef FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE
+
+  /* array of trace levels, initialized to 0 */
+  int  ft_trace_levels[trace_count];
+
+
+  /* define array of trace toggle names */
+#define FT_TRACE_DEF( x )  #x ,
+
+  static const char*  ft_trace_toggles[trace_count + 1] =
+  {
+#include FT_INTERNAL_TRACE_H
+    NULL
+  };
+
+#undef FT_TRACE_DEF
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftdebug.h */
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Int )
+  FT_Trace_Get_Count( void )
+  {
+    return trace_count;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftdebug.h */
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( const char * )
+  FT_Trace_Get_Name( FT_Int  idx )
+  {
+    int  max = FT_Trace_Get_Count();
+
+
+    if ( idx < max )
+      return ft_trace_toggles[idx];
+    else
+      return NULL;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Initialize the tracing sub-system.  This is done by retrieving the    */
+  /* value of the `FT2_DEBUG' environment variable.  It must be a list of  */
+  /* toggles, separated by spaces, `;', or `,'.  Example:                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    export FT2_DEBUG="any:3 memory:7 stream:5"                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This requests that all levels be set to 3, except the trace level for */
+  /* the memory and stream components which are set to 7 and 5,            */
+  /* respectively.                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* See the file <include/freetype/internal/fttrace.h> for details of the */
+  /* available toggle names.                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The level must be between 0 and 7; 0 means quiet (except for serious  */
+  /* runtime errors), and 7 means _very_ verbose.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
+  ft_debug_init( void )
+  {
+    const char*  ft2_debug = getenv( "FT2_DEBUG" );
+
+
+    if ( ft2_debug )
+    {
+      const char*  p = ft2_debug;
+      const char*  q;
+
+
+      for ( ; *p; p++ )
+      {
+        /* skip leading whitespace and separators */
+        if ( *p == ' ' || *p == '\t' || *p == ',' || *p == ';' || *p == '=' )
+          continue;
+
+        /* read toggle name, followed by ':' */
+        q = p;
+        while ( *p && *p != ':' )
+          p++;
+
+        if ( *p == ':' && p > q )
+        {
+          FT_Int  n, i, len = (FT_Int)( p - q );
+          FT_Int  level = -1, found = -1;
+
+
+          for ( n = 0; n < trace_count; n++ )
+          {
+            const char*  toggle = ft_trace_toggles[n];
+
+
+            for ( i = 0; i < len; i++ )
+            {
+              if ( toggle[i] != q[i] )
+                break;
+            }
+
+            if ( i == len && toggle[i] == 0 )
+            {
+              found = n;
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+
+          /* read level */
+          p++;
+          if ( *p )
+          {
+            level = *p++ - '0';
+            if ( level < 0 || level > 7 )
+              level = -1;
+          }
+
+          if ( found >= 0 && level >= 0 )
+          {
+            if ( found == trace_any )
+            {
+              /* special case for `any' */
+              for ( n = 0; n < trace_count; n++ )
+                ft_trace_levels[n] = level;
+            }
+            else
+              ft_trace_levels[found] = level;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+
+#else  /* !FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE */
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
+  ft_debug_init( void )
+  {
+    /* nothing */
+  }
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Int )
+  FT_Trace_Get_Count( void )
+  {
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( const char * )
+  FT_Trace_Get_Name( FT_Int  idx )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( idx );
+
+    return NULL;
+  }
+
+
+#endif /* !FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftfstype.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftfstype.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d0ef7b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftfstype.c
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftfstype.c                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType utility file to access FSType data (body).                  */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2008, 2009 by                                                */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H
+#include FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_SERVICE_H
+#include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_INFO_H
+
+
+  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_UShort )
+  FT_Get_FSType_Flags( FT_Face  face )
+  {
+    TT_OS2*  os2;
+
+
+    /* first, try to get the fs_type directly from the font */
+    if ( face )
+    {
+      FT_Service_PsInfo  service = NULL;
+
+
+      FT_FACE_FIND_SERVICE( face, service, POSTSCRIPT_INFO );
+
+      if ( service && service->ps_get_font_extra )
+      {
+        PS_FontExtraRec  extra;
+
+
+        if ( !service->ps_get_font_extra( face, &extra ) &&
+             extra.fs_type != 0                          )
+          return extra.fs_type;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* look at FSType before fsType for Type42 */
+
+    if ( ( os2 = (TT_OS2*)FT_Get_Sfnt_Table( face, ft_sfnt_os2 ) ) != NULL &&
+         os2->version != 0xFFFFU                                           )
+      return os2->fsType;
+
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftgasp.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftgasp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8485d29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftgasp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftgasp.c                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Access of TrueType's `gasp' table (body).                            */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2007 by                                                      */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_GASP_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_TRUETYPE_TYPES_H
+
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Int )
+  FT_Get_Gasp( FT_Face  face,
+               FT_UInt  ppem )
+  {
+    FT_Int  result = FT_GASP_NO_TABLE;
+
+
+    if ( face && FT_IS_SFNT( face ) )
+    {
+      TT_Face  ttface = (TT_Face)face;
+
+
+      if ( ttface->gasp.numRanges > 0 )
+      {
+        TT_GaspRange  range     = ttface->gasp.gaspRanges;
+        TT_GaspRange  range_end = range + ttface->gasp.numRanges;
+
+
+        while ( ppem > range->maxPPEM )
+        {
+          range++;
+          if ( range >= range_end )
+            goto Exit;
+        }
+
+        result = range->gaspFlag;
+
+        /* ensure that we don't have spurious bits */
+        if ( ttface->gasp.version == 0 )
+          result &= 3;
+      }
+    }
+  Exit:
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftgloadr.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftgloadr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ab52621
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftgloadr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,394 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftgloadr.c                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    The FreeType glyph loader (body).                                    */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 by                              */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg                       */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_GLYPH_LOADER_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_MEMORY_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_gloader
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                    G L Y P H   L O A D E R                    *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The glyph loader is a simple object which is used to load a set of    */
+  /* glyphs easily.  It is critical for the correct loading of composites. */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Ideally, one can see it as a stack of abstract `glyph' objects.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   loader.base     Is really the bottom of the stack.  It describes a  */
+  /*                   single glyph image made of the juxtaposition of     */
+  /*                   several glyphs (those `in the stack').              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   loader.current  Describes the top of the stack, on which a new      */
+  /*                   glyph can be loaded.                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Rewind          Clears the stack.                                   */
+  /*   Prepare         Set up `loader.current' for addition of a new glyph */
+  /*                   image.                                              */
+  /*   Add             Add the `current' glyph image to the `base' one,    */
+  /*                   and prepare for another one.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The glyph loader is now a base object.  Each driver used to           */
+  /* re-implement it in one way or the other, which wasted code and        */
+  /* energy.                                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /* create a new glyph loader */
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_GlyphLoader_New( FT_Memory        memory,
+                      FT_GlyphLoader  *aloader )
+  {
+    FT_GlyphLoader  loader;
+    FT_Error        error;
+
+
+    if ( !FT_NEW( loader ) )
+    {
+      loader->memory = memory;
+      *aloader       = loader;
+    }
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* rewind the glyph loader - reset counters to 0 */
+  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
+  FT_GlyphLoader_Rewind( FT_GlyphLoader  loader )
+  {
+    FT_GlyphLoad  base    = &loader->base;
+    FT_GlyphLoad  current = &loader->current;
+
+
+    base->outline.n_points   = 0;
+    base->outline.n_contours = 0;
+    base->num_subglyphs      = 0;
+
+    *current = *base;
+  }
+
+
+  /* reset the glyph loader, frees all allocated tables */
+  /* and starts from zero                               */
+  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
+  FT_GlyphLoader_Reset( FT_GlyphLoader  loader )
+  {
+    FT_Memory memory = loader->memory;
+
+
+    FT_FREE( loader->base.outline.points );
+    FT_FREE( loader->base.outline.tags );
+    FT_FREE( loader->base.outline.contours );
+    FT_FREE( loader->base.extra_points );
+    FT_FREE( loader->base.subglyphs );
+
+    loader->base.extra_points2 = NULL;
+
+    loader->max_points    = 0;
+    loader->max_contours  = 0;
+    loader->max_subglyphs = 0;
+
+    FT_GlyphLoader_Rewind( loader );
+  }
+
+
+  /* delete a glyph loader */
+  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
+  FT_GlyphLoader_Done( FT_GlyphLoader  loader )
+  {
+    if ( loader )
+    {
+      FT_Memory memory = loader->memory;
+
+
+      FT_GlyphLoader_Reset( loader );
+      FT_FREE( loader );
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /* re-adjust the `current' outline fields */
+  static void
+  FT_GlyphLoader_Adjust_Points( FT_GlyphLoader  loader )
+  {
+    FT_Outline*  base    = &loader->base.outline;
+    FT_Outline*  current = &loader->current.outline;
+
+
+    current->points   = base->points   + base->n_points;
+    current->tags     = base->tags     + base->n_points;
+    current->contours = base->contours + base->n_contours;
+
+    /* handle extra points table - if any */
+    if ( loader->use_extra )
+    {
+      loader->current.extra_points  = loader->base.extra_points +
+                                      base->n_points;
+
+      loader->current.extra_points2 = loader->base.extra_points2 +
+                                      base->n_points;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_GlyphLoader_CreateExtra( FT_GlyphLoader  loader )
+  {
+    FT_Error   error;
+    FT_Memory  memory = loader->memory;
+
+
+    if ( !FT_NEW_ARRAY( loader->base.extra_points, 2 * loader->max_points ) )
+    {
+      loader->use_extra          = 1;
+      loader->base.extra_points2 = loader->base.extra_points +
+                                   loader->max_points;
+
+      FT_GlyphLoader_Adjust_Points( loader );
+    }
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* re-adjust the `current' subglyphs field */
+  static void
+  FT_GlyphLoader_Adjust_Subglyphs( FT_GlyphLoader  loader )
+  {
+    FT_GlyphLoad  base    = &loader->base;
+    FT_GlyphLoad  current = &loader->current;
+
+
+    current->subglyphs = base->subglyphs + base->num_subglyphs;
+  }
+
+
+  /* Ensure that we can add `n_points' and `n_contours' to our glyph.      */
+  /* This function reallocates its outline tables if necessary.  Note that */
+  /* it DOESN'T change the number of points within the loader!             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_GlyphLoader_CheckPoints( FT_GlyphLoader  loader,
+                              FT_UInt         n_points,
+                              FT_UInt         n_contours )
+  {
+    FT_Memory    memory  = loader->memory;
+    FT_Error     error   = FT_Err_Ok;
+    FT_Outline*  base    = &loader->base.outline;
+    FT_Outline*  current = &loader->current.outline;
+    FT_Bool      adjust  = 0;
+
+    FT_UInt      new_max, old_max;
+
+
+    /* check points & tags */
+    new_max = base->n_points + current->n_points + n_points;
+    old_max = loader->max_points;
+
+    if ( new_max > old_max )
+    {
+      new_max = FT_PAD_CEIL( new_max, 8 );
+
+      if ( FT_RENEW_ARRAY( base->points, old_max, new_max ) ||
+           FT_RENEW_ARRAY( base->tags,   old_max, new_max ) )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      if ( loader->use_extra )
+      {
+        if ( FT_RENEW_ARRAY( loader->base.extra_points,
+                             old_max * 2, new_max * 2 ) )
+          goto Exit;
+
+        FT_ARRAY_MOVE( loader->base.extra_points + new_max,
+                       loader->base.extra_points + old_max,
+                       old_max );
+
+        loader->base.extra_points2 = loader->base.extra_points + new_max;
+      }
+
+      adjust = 1;
+      loader->max_points = new_max;
+    }
+
+    /* check contours */
+    old_max = loader->max_contours;
+    new_max = base->n_contours + current->n_contours +
+              n_contours;
+    if ( new_max > old_max )
+    {
+      new_max = FT_PAD_CEIL( new_max, 4 );
+      if ( FT_RENEW_ARRAY( base->contours, old_max, new_max ) )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      adjust = 1;
+      loader->max_contours = new_max;
+    }
+
+    if ( adjust )
+      FT_GlyphLoader_Adjust_Points( loader );
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* Ensure that we can add `n_subglyphs' to our glyph. this function */
+  /* reallocates its subglyphs table if necessary.  Note that it DOES */
+  /* NOT change the number of subglyphs within the loader!            */
+  /*                                                                  */
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_GlyphLoader_CheckSubGlyphs( FT_GlyphLoader  loader,
+                                 FT_UInt         n_subs )
+  {
+    FT_Memory     memory = loader->memory;
+    FT_Error      error  = FT_Err_Ok;
+    FT_UInt       new_max, old_max;
+
+    FT_GlyphLoad  base    = &loader->base;
+    FT_GlyphLoad  current = &loader->current;
+
+
+    new_max = base->num_subglyphs + current->num_subglyphs + n_subs;
+    old_max = loader->max_subglyphs;
+    if ( new_max > old_max )
+    {
+      new_max = FT_PAD_CEIL( new_max, 2 );
+      if ( FT_RENEW_ARRAY( base->subglyphs, old_max, new_max ) )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      loader->max_subglyphs = new_max;
+
+      FT_GlyphLoader_Adjust_Subglyphs( loader );
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* prepare loader for the addition of a new glyph on top of the base one */
+  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
+  FT_GlyphLoader_Prepare( FT_GlyphLoader  loader )
+  {
+    FT_GlyphLoad  current = &loader->current;
+
+
+    current->outline.n_points   = 0;
+    current->outline.n_contours = 0;
+    current->num_subglyphs      = 0;
+
+    FT_GlyphLoader_Adjust_Points   ( loader );
+    FT_GlyphLoader_Adjust_Subglyphs( loader );
+  }
+
+
+  /* add current glyph to the base image - and prepare for another */
+  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
+  FT_GlyphLoader_Add( FT_GlyphLoader  loader )
+  {
+    FT_GlyphLoad  base;
+    FT_GlyphLoad  current;
+
+    FT_UInt       n_curr_contours;
+    FT_UInt       n_base_points;
+    FT_UInt       n;
+
+
+    if ( !loader )
+      return;
+
+    base    = &loader->base;
+    current = &loader->current;
+
+    n_curr_contours = current->outline.n_contours;
+    n_base_points   = base->outline.n_points;
+
+    base->outline.n_points =
+      (short)( base->outline.n_points + current->outline.n_points );
+    base->outline.n_contours =
+      (short)( base->outline.n_contours + current->outline.n_contours );
+
+    base->num_subglyphs += current->num_subglyphs;
+
+    /* adjust contours count in newest outline */
+    for ( n = 0; n < n_curr_contours; n++ )
+      current->outline.contours[n] =
+        (short)( current->outline.contours[n] + n_base_points );
+
+    /* prepare for another new glyph image */
+    FT_GlyphLoader_Prepare( loader );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_GlyphLoader_CopyPoints( FT_GlyphLoader  target,
+                             FT_GlyphLoader  source )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error;
+    FT_UInt   num_points   = source->base.outline.n_points;
+    FT_UInt   num_contours = source->base.outline.n_contours;
+
+
+    error = FT_GlyphLoader_CheckPoints( target, num_points, num_contours );
+    if ( !error )
+    {
+      FT_Outline*  out = &target->base.outline;
+      FT_Outline*  in  = &source->base.outline;
+
+
+      FT_ARRAY_COPY( out->points, in->points,
+                     num_points );
+      FT_ARRAY_COPY( out->tags, in->tags,
+                     num_points );
+      FT_ARRAY_COPY( out->contours, in->contours,
+                     num_contours );
+
+      /* do we need to copy the extra points? */
+      if ( target->use_extra && source->use_extra )
+      {
+        FT_ARRAY_COPY( target->base.extra_points, source->base.extra_points,
+                       num_points );
+        FT_ARRAY_COPY( target->base.extra_points2, source->base.extra_points2,
+                       num_points );
+      }
+
+      out->n_points   = (short)num_points;
+      out->n_contours = (short)num_contours;
+
+      FT_GlyphLoader_Adjust_Points( target );
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftglyph.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftglyph.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4130cb1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftglyph.c
@@ -0,0 +1,626 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftglyph.c                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType convenience functions to handle glyphs (body).              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2007, 2008 by             */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*  This file contains the definition of several convenience functions   */
+  /*  that can be used by client applications to easily retrieve glyph     */
+  /*  bitmaps and outlines from a given face.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*  These functions should be optional if you are writing a font server  */
+  /*  or text layout engine on top of FreeType.  However, they are pretty  */
+  /*  handy for many other simple uses of the library.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_GLYPH_H
+#include FT_OUTLINE_H
+#include FT_BITMAP_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_glyph
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****   FT_BitmapGlyph support                                        ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  ft_bitmap_glyph_init( FT_Glyph      bitmap_glyph,
+                        FT_GlyphSlot  slot )
+  {
+    FT_BitmapGlyph  glyph   = (FT_BitmapGlyph)bitmap_glyph;
+    FT_Error        error   = FT_Err_Ok;
+    FT_Library      library = FT_GLYPH( glyph )->library;
+
+
+    if ( slot->format != FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP )
+    {
+      error = FT_Err_Invalid_Glyph_Format;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    glyph->left = slot->bitmap_left;
+    glyph->top  = slot->bitmap_top;
+
+    /* do lazy copying whenever possible */
+    if ( slot->internal->flags & FT_GLYPH_OWN_BITMAP )
+    {
+      glyph->bitmap = slot->bitmap;
+      slot->internal->flags &= ~FT_GLYPH_OWN_BITMAP;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      FT_Bitmap_New( &glyph->bitmap );
+      error = FT_Bitmap_Copy( library, &slot->bitmap, &glyph->bitmap );
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  ft_bitmap_glyph_copy( FT_Glyph  bitmap_source,
+                        FT_Glyph  bitmap_target )
+  {
+    FT_Library      library = bitmap_source->library;
+    FT_BitmapGlyph  source  = (FT_BitmapGlyph)bitmap_source;
+    FT_BitmapGlyph  target  = (FT_BitmapGlyph)bitmap_target;
+
+
+    target->left = source->left;
+    target->top  = source->top;
+
+    return FT_Bitmap_Copy( library, &source->bitmap, &target->bitmap );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
+  ft_bitmap_glyph_done( FT_Glyph  bitmap_glyph )
+  {
+    FT_BitmapGlyph  glyph   = (FT_BitmapGlyph)bitmap_glyph;
+    FT_Library      library = FT_GLYPH( glyph )->library;
+
+
+    FT_Bitmap_Done( library, &glyph->bitmap );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
+  ft_bitmap_glyph_bbox( FT_Glyph  bitmap_glyph,
+                        FT_BBox*  cbox )
+  {
+    FT_BitmapGlyph  glyph = (FT_BitmapGlyph)bitmap_glyph;
+
+
+    cbox->xMin = glyph->left << 6;
+    cbox->xMax = cbox->xMin + ( glyph->bitmap.width << 6 );
+    cbox->yMax = glyph->top << 6;
+    cbox->yMin = cbox->yMax - ( glyph->bitmap.rows << 6 );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
+  const FT_Glyph_Class  ft_bitmap_glyph_class =
+  {
+    sizeof ( FT_BitmapGlyphRec ),
+    FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP,
+
+    ft_bitmap_glyph_init,
+    ft_bitmap_glyph_done,
+    ft_bitmap_glyph_copy,
+    0,                          /* FT_Glyph_TransformFunc */
+    ft_bitmap_glyph_bbox,
+    0                           /* FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc   */
+  };
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****   FT_OutlineGlyph support                                       ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  ft_outline_glyph_init( FT_Glyph      outline_glyph,
+                         FT_GlyphSlot  slot )
+  {
+    FT_OutlineGlyph  glyph   = (FT_OutlineGlyph)outline_glyph;
+    FT_Error         error   = FT_Err_Ok;
+    FT_Library       library = FT_GLYPH( glyph )->library;
+    FT_Outline*      source  = &slot->outline;
+    FT_Outline*      target  = &glyph->outline;
+
+
+    /* check format in glyph slot */
+    if ( slot->format != FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE )
+    {
+      error = FT_Err_Invalid_Glyph_Format;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* allocate new outline */
+    error = FT_Outline_New( library, source->n_points, source->n_contours,
+                            &glyph->outline );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    FT_Outline_Copy( source, target );
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
+  ft_outline_glyph_done( FT_Glyph  outline_glyph )
+  {
+    FT_OutlineGlyph  glyph = (FT_OutlineGlyph)outline_glyph;
+
+
+    FT_Outline_Done( FT_GLYPH( glyph )->library, &glyph->outline );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  ft_outline_glyph_copy( FT_Glyph  outline_source,
+                         FT_Glyph  outline_target )
+  {
+    FT_OutlineGlyph  source  = (FT_OutlineGlyph)outline_source;
+    FT_OutlineGlyph  target  = (FT_OutlineGlyph)outline_target;
+    FT_Error         error;
+    FT_Library       library = FT_GLYPH( source )->library;
+
+
+    error = FT_Outline_New( library, source->outline.n_points,
+                            source->outline.n_contours, &target->outline );
+    if ( !error )
+      FT_Outline_Copy( &source->outline, &target->outline );
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
+  ft_outline_glyph_transform( FT_Glyph          outline_glyph,
+                              const FT_Matrix*  matrix,
+                              const FT_Vector*  delta )
+  {
+    FT_OutlineGlyph  glyph = (FT_OutlineGlyph)outline_glyph;
+
+
+    if ( matrix )
+      FT_Outline_Transform( &glyph->outline, matrix );
+
+    if ( delta )
+      FT_Outline_Translate( &glyph->outline, delta->x, delta->y );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
+  ft_outline_glyph_bbox( FT_Glyph  outline_glyph,
+                         FT_BBox*  bbox )
+  {
+    FT_OutlineGlyph  glyph = (FT_OutlineGlyph)outline_glyph;
+
+
+    FT_Outline_Get_CBox( &glyph->outline, bbox );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  ft_outline_glyph_prepare( FT_Glyph      outline_glyph,
+                            FT_GlyphSlot  slot )
+  {
+    FT_OutlineGlyph  glyph = (FT_OutlineGlyph)outline_glyph;
+
+
+    slot->format         = FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE;
+    slot->outline        = glyph->outline;
+    slot->outline.flags &= ~FT_OUTLINE_OWNER;
+
+    return FT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
+  const FT_Glyph_Class  ft_outline_glyph_class =
+  {
+    sizeof ( FT_OutlineGlyphRec ),
+    FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE,
+
+    ft_outline_glyph_init,
+    ft_outline_glyph_done,
+    ft_outline_glyph_copy,
+    ft_outline_glyph_transform,
+    ft_outline_glyph_bbox,
+    ft_outline_glyph_prepare
+  };
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****   FT_Glyph class and API                                        ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+   static FT_Error
+   ft_new_glyph( FT_Library             library,
+                 const FT_Glyph_Class*  clazz,
+                 FT_Glyph*              aglyph )
+   {
+     FT_Memory  memory = library->memory;
+     FT_Error   error;
+     FT_Glyph   glyph;
+
+
+     *aglyph = 0;
+
+     if ( !FT_ALLOC( glyph, clazz->glyph_size ) )
+     {
+       glyph->library = library;
+       glyph->clazz   = clazz;
+       glyph->format  = clazz->glyph_format;
+
+       *aglyph = glyph;
+     }
+
+     return error;
+   }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftglyph.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Glyph_Copy( FT_Glyph   source,
+                 FT_Glyph  *target )
+  {
+    FT_Glyph               copy;
+    FT_Error               error;
+    const FT_Glyph_Class*  clazz;
+
+
+    /* check arguments */
+    if ( !target )
+    {
+      error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    *target = 0;
+
+    if ( !source || !source->clazz )
+    {
+      error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    clazz = source->clazz;
+    error = ft_new_glyph( source->library, clazz, © );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    copy->advance = source->advance;
+    copy->format  = source->format;
+
+    if ( clazz->glyph_copy )
+      error = clazz->glyph_copy( source, copy );
+
+    if ( error )
+      FT_Done_Glyph( copy );
+    else
+      *target = copy;
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftglyph.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_Glyph( FT_GlyphSlot  slot,
+                FT_Glyph     *aglyph )
+  {
+    FT_Library  library;
+    FT_Error    error;
+    FT_Glyph    glyph;
+
+    const FT_Glyph_Class*  clazz = 0;
+
+
+    if ( !slot )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Slot_Handle;
+
+    library = slot->library;
+
+    if ( !aglyph )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    /* if it is a bitmap, that's easy :-) */
+    if ( slot->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP )
+      clazz = &ft_bitmap_glyph_class;
+
+    /* it it is an outline too */
+    else if ( slot->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE )
+      clazz = &ft_outline_glyph_class;
+
+    else
+    {
+      /* try to find a renderer that supports the glyph image format */
+      FT_Renderer  render = FT_Lookup_Renderer( library, slot->format, 0 );
+
+
+      if ( render )
+        clazz = &render->glyph_class;
+    }
+
+    if ( !clazz )
+    {
+      error = FT_Err_Invalid_Glyph_Format;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* create FT_Glyph object */
+    error = ft_new_glyph( library, clazz, &glyph );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* copy advance while converting it to 16.16 format */
+    glyph->advance.x = slot->advance.x << 10;
+    glyph->advance.y = slot->advance.y << 10;
+
+    /* now import the image from the glyph slot */
+    error = clazz->glyph_init( glyph, slot );
+
+    /* if an error occurred, destroy the glyph */
+    if ( error )
+      FT_Done_Glyph( glyph );
+    else
+      *aglyph = glyph;
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftglyph.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Glyph_Transform( FT_Glyph    glyph,
+                      FT_Matrix*  matrix,
+                      FT_Vector*  delta )
+  {
+    const FT_Glyph_Class*  clazz;
+    FT_Error               error = FT_Err_Ok;
+
+
+    if ( !glyph || !glyph->clazz )
+      error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+    else
+    {
+      clazz = glyph->clazz;
+      if ( clazz->glyph_transform )
+      {
+        /* transform glyph image */
+        clazz->glyph_transform( glyph, matrix, delta );
+
+        /* transform advance vector */
+        if ( matrix )
+          FT_Vector_Transform( &glyph->advance, matrix );
+      }
+      else
+        error = FT_Err_Invalid_Glyph_Format;
+    }
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftglyph.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
+  FT_Glyph_Get_CBox( FT_Glyph  glyph,
+                     FT_UInt   bbox_mode,
+                     FT_BBox  *acbox )
+  {
+    const FT_Glyph_Class*  clazz;
+
+
+    if ( !acbox )
+      return;
+
+    acbox->xMin = acbox->yMin = acbox->xMax = acbox->yMax = 0;
+
+    if ( !glyph || !glyph->clazz )
+      return;
+    else
+    {
+      clazz = glyph->clazz;
+      if ( !clazz->glyph_bbox )
+        return;
+      else
+      {
+        /* retrieve bbox in 26.6 coordinates */
+        clazz->glyph_bbox( glyph, acbox );
+
+        /* perform grid fitting if needed */
+        if ( bbox_mode == FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT ||
+             bbox_mode == FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS  )
+        {
+          acbox->xMin = FT_PIX_FLOOR( acbox->xMin );
+          acbox->yMin = FT_PIX_FLOOR( acbox->yMin );
+          acbox->xMax = FT_PIX_CEIL( acbox->xMax );
+          acbox->yMax = FT_PIX_CEIL( acbox->yMax );
+        }
+
+        /* convert to integer pixels if needed */
+        if ( bbox_mode == FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE ||
+             bbox_mode == FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS   )
+        {
+          acbox->xMin >>= 6;
+          acbox->yMin >>= 6;
+          acbox->xMax >>= 6;
+          acbox->yMax >>= 6;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    return;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftglyph.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( FT_Glyph*       the_glyph,
+                      FT_Render_Mode  render_mode,
+                      FT_Vector*      origin,
+                      FT_Bool         destroy )
+  {
+    FT_GlyphSlotRec           dummy;
+    FT_GlyphSlot_InternalRec  dummy_internal;
+    FT_Error                  error = FT_Err_Ok;
+    FT_Glyph                  glyph;
+    FT_BitmapGlyph            bitmap = NULL;
+
+    const FT_Glyph_Class*     clazz;
+
+
+    /* check argument */
+    if ( !the_glyph )
+      goto Bad;
+
+    /* we render the glyph into a glyph bitmap using a `dummy' glyph slot */
+    /* then calling FT_Render_Glyph_Internal()                            */
+
+    glyph = *the_glyph;
+    if ( !glyph )
+      goto Bad;
+
+    clazz = glyph->clazz;
+
+    /* when called with a bitmap glyph, do nothing and return successfully */
+    if ( clazz == &ft_bitmap_glyph_class )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    if ( !clazz || !clazz->glyph_prepare )
+      goto Bad;
+
+    FT_MEM_ZERO( &dummy, sizeof ( dummy ) );
+    FT_MEM_ZERO( &dummy_internal, sizeof ( dummy_internal ) );
+    dummy.internal = &dummy_internal;
+    dummy.library  = glyph->library;
+    dummy.format   = clazz->glyph_format;
+
+    /* create result bitmap glyph */
+    error = ft_new_glyph( glyph->library, &ft_bitmap_glyph_class,
+                          (FT_Glyph*)(void*)&bitmap );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+#if 1
+    /* if `origin' is set, translate the glyph image */
+    if ( origin )
+      FT_Glyph_Transform( glyph, 0, origin );
+#else
+    FT_UNUSED( origin );
+#endif
+
+    /* prepare dummy slot for rendering */
+    error = clazz->glyph_prepare( glyph, &dummy );
+    if ( !error )
+      error = FT_Render_Glyph_Internal( glyph->library, &dummy, render_mode );
+
+#if 1
+    if ( !destroy && origin )
+    {
+      FT_Vector  v;
+
+
+      v.x = -origin->x;
+      v.y = -origin->y;
+      FT_Glyph_Transform( glyph, 0, &v );
+    }
+#endif
+
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* in case of success, copy the bitmap to the glyph bitmap */
+    error = ft_bitmap_glyph_init( (FT_Glyph)bitmap, &dummy );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* copy advance */
+    bitmap->root.advance = glyph->advance;
+
+    if ( destroy )
+      FT_Done_Glyph( glyph );
+
+    *the_glyph = FT_GLYPH( bitmap );
+
+  Exit:
+    if ( error && bitmap )
+      FT_Done_Glyph( FT_GLYPH( bitmap ) );
+
+    return error;
+
+  Bad:
+    error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+    goto Exit;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftglyph.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
+  FT_Done_Glyph( FT_Glyph  glyph )
+  {
+    if ( glyph )
+    {
+      FT_Memory              memory = glyph->library->memory;
+      const FT_Glyph_Class*  clazz  = glyph->clazz;
+
+
+      if ( clazz->glyph_done )
+        clazz->glyph_done( glyph );
+
+      FT_FREE( glyph );
+    }
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftgxval.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftgxval.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..32662be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftgxval.c
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftgxval.c                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType API for validating TrueTyepGX/AAT tables (body).            */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2004, 2005, 2006 by                                          */
+/*  Masatake YAMATO, Redhat K.K,                                           */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.        */
+/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology      */
+/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.                                           */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+#include FT_SERVICE_GX_VALIDATE_H
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftgxval.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate( FT_Face   face,
+                          FT_UInt   validation_flags,
+                          FT_Bytes  tables[FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH],
+                          FT_UInt   table_length )
+  {
+    FT_Service_GXvalidate  service;
+    FT_Error               error;
+
+
+    if ( !face )
+    {
+      error = FT_Err_Invalid_Face_Handle;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    if ( tables == NULL )
+    {
+      error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    FT_FACE_FIND_GLOBAL_SERVICE( face, service, GX_VALIDATE );
+
+    if ( service )
+      error = service->validate( face,
+                                 validation_flags,
+                                 tables,
+                                 table_length );
+    else
+      error = FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
+  FT_TrueTypeGX_Free( FT_Face   face,
+                      FT_Bytes  table )
+  {
+    FT_Memory  memory = FT_FACE_MEMORY( face );
+
+
+    FT_FREE( table );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_ClassicKern_Validate( FT_Face    face,
+                           FT_UInt    validation_flags,
+                           FT_Bytes  *ckern_table )
+  {
+    FT_Service_CKERNvalidate  service;
+    FT_Error                  error;
+
+
+    if ( !face )
+    {
+      error = FT_Err_Invalid_Face_Handle;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    if ( ckern_table == NULL )
+    {
+      error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    FT_FACE_FIND_GLOBAL_SERVICE( face, service, CLASSICKERN_VALIDATE );
+
+    if ( service )
+      error = service->validate( face,
+                                 validation_flags,
+                                 ckern_table );
+    else
+      error = FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
+  FT_ClassicKern_Free( FT_Face   face,
+                       FT_Bytes  table )
+  {
+    FT_Memory  memory = FT_FACE_MEMORY( face );
+
+
+    FT_FREE( table );
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftinit.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftinit.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dac30b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftinit.c
@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftinit.c                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType initialization layer (body).                                */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2005, 2007 by                               */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*  The purpose of this file is to implement the following two           */
+  /*  functions:                                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*  FT_Add_Default_Modules():                                            */
+  /*     This function is used to add the set of default modules to a      */
+  /*     fresh new library object.  The set is taken from the header file  */
+  /*     `freetype/config/ftmodule.h'.  See the document `FreeType 2.0     */
+  /*     Build System' for more information.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*  FT_Init_FreeType():                                                  */
+  /*     This function creates a system object for the current platform,   */
+  /*     builds a library out of it, then calls FT_Default_Drivers().      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*  Note that even if FT_Init_FreeType() uses the implementation of the  */
+  /*  system object defined at build time, client applications are still   */
+  /*  able to provide their own `ftsystem.c'.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+#include FT_MODULE_H
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_init
+
+#undef  FT_USE_MODULE
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_USE_MODULE( type, x )  extern "C" const type  x;
+#else
+#define FT_USE_MODULE( type, x )  extern const type  x;
+#endif
+
+
+#include FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H
+
+
+#undef  FT_USE_MODULE
+#define FT_USE_MODULE( type, x )  (const FT_Module_Class*)&(x),
+
+  static
+  const FT_Module_Class*  const ft_default_modules[] =
+  {
+#include FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H
+    0
+  };
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftmodapi.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
+  FT_Add_Default_Modules( FT_Library  library )
+  {
+    FT_Error                       error;
+    const FT_Module_Class* const*  cur;
+
+
+    /* test for valid `library' delayed to FT_Add_Module() */
+
+    cur = ft_default_modules;
+    while ( *cur )
+    {
+      error = FT_Add_Module( library, *cur );
+      /* notify errors, but don't stop */
+      if ( error )
+      {
+        FT_ERROR(( "FT_Add_Default_Module: Cannot install `%s', error = 0x%x\n",
+                   (*cur)->module_name, error ));
+      }
+      cur++;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Init_FreeType( FT_Library  *alibrary )
+  {
+    FT_Error   error;
+    FT_Memory  memory;
+
+
+    /* First of all, allocate a new system object -- this function is part */
+    /* of the system-specific component, i.e. `ftsystem.c'.                */
+
+    memory = FT_New_Memory();
+    if ( !memory )
+    {
+      FT_ERROR(( "FT_Init_FreeType: cannot find memory manager\n" ));
+      return FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
+    }
+
+    /* build a library out of it, then fill it with the set of */
+    /* default drivers.                                        */
+
+    error = FT_New_Library( memory, alibrary );
+    if ( error )
+      FT_Done_Memory( memory );
+    else
+    {
+      (*alibrary)->version_major = FREETYPE_MAJOR;
+      (*alibrary)->version_minor = FREETYPE_MINOR;
+      (*alibrary)->version_patch = FREETYPE_PATCH;
+
+      FT_Add_Default_Modules( *alibrary );
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Done_FreeType( FT_Library  library )
+  {
+    if ( library )
+    {
+      FT_Memory  memory = library->memory;
+
+
+      /* Discard the library object */
+      FT_Done_Library( library );
+
+      /* discard memory manager */
+      FT_Done_Memory( memory );
+    }
+
+    return FT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftlcdfil.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftlcdfil.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8064011
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftlcdfil.c
@@ -0,0 +1,351 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftlcdfil.c                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType API for color filtering of subpixel bitmap glyphs (body).   */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2006, 2008, 2009 by                                          */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_LCD_FILTER_H
+#include FT_IMAGE_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING
+
+/* define USE_LEGACY to implement the legacy filter */
+#define  USE_LEGACY
+
+  /* FIR filter used by the default and light filters */
+  static void
+  _ft_lcd_filter_fir( FT_Bitmap*      bitmap,
+                      FT_Render_Mode  mode,
+                      FT_Library      library )
+  {
+    FT_Byte*  weights = library->lcd_weights;
+    FT_UInt   width   = (FT_UInt)bitmap->width;
+    FT_UInt   height  = (FT_UInt)bitmap->rows;
+
+
+    /* horizontal in-place FIR filter */
+    if ( mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD && width >= 4 )
+    {
+      FT_Byte*  line = bitmap->buffer;
+
+
+      for ( ; height > 0; height--, line += bitmap->pitch )
+      {
+        FT_UInt  fir[5];
+        FT_UInt  val1, xx;
+
+
+        val1   = line[0];
+        fir[0] = weights[2] * val1;
+        fir[1] = weights[3] * val1;
+        fir[2] = weights[4] * val1;
+        fir[3] = 0;
+        fir[4] = 0;
+
+        val1    = line[1];
+        fir[0] += weights[1] * val1;
+        fir[1] += weights[2] * val1;
+        fir[2] += weights[3] * val1;
+        fir[3] += weights[4] * val1;
+
+        for ( xx = 2; xx < width; xx++ )
+        {
+          FT_UInt  val, pix;
+
+
+          val    = line[xx];
+          pix    = fir[0] + weights[0] * val;
+          fir[0] = fir[1] + weights[1] * val;
+          fir[1] = fir[2] + weights[2] * val;
+          fir[2] = fir[3] + weights[3] * val;
+          fir[3] =          weights[4] * val;
+
+          pix        >>= 8;
+          pix         |= -( pix >> 8 );
+          line[xx - 2] = (FT_Byte)pix;
+        }
+
+        {
+          FT_UInt  pix;
+
+
+          pix          = fir[0] >> 8;
+          pix         |= -( pix >> 8 );
+          line[xx - 2] = (FT_Byte)pix;
+
+          pix          = fir[1] >> 8;
+          pix         |= -( pix >> 8 );
+          line[xx - 1] = (FT_Byte)pix;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* vertical in-place FIR filter */
+    else if ( mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V && height >= 4 )
+    {
+      FT_Byte*  column = bitmap->buffer;
+      FT_Int    pitch  = bitmap->pitch;
+
+
+      for ( ; width > 0; width--, column++ )
+      {
+        FT_Byte*  col = column;
+        FT_UInt   fir[5];
+        FT_UInt   val1, yy;
+
+
+        val1   = col[0];
+        fir[0] = weights[2] * val1;
+        fir[1] = weights[3] * val1;
+        fir[2] = weights[4] * val1;
+        fir[3] = 0;
+        fir[4] = 0;
+        col   += pitch;
+
+        val1    = col[0];
+        fir[0] += weights[1] * val1;
+        fir[1] += weights[2] * val1;
+        fir[2] += weights[3] * val1;
+        fir[3] += weights[4] * val1;
+        col    += pitch;
+
+        for ( yy = 2; yy < height; yy++ )
+        {
+          FT_UInt  val, pix;
+
+
+          val    = col[0];
+          pix    = fir[0] + weights[0] * val;
+          fir[0] = fir[1] + weights[1] * val;
+          fir[1] = fir[2] + weights[2] * val;
+          fir[2] = fir[3] + weights[3] * val;
+          fir[3] =          weights[4] * val;
+
+          pix           >>= 8;
+          pix            |= -( pix >> 8 );
+          col[-2 * pitch] = (FT_Byte)pix;
+          col            += pitch;
+        }
+
+        {
+          FT_UInt  pix;
+
+
+          pix             = fir[0] >> 8;
+          pix            |= -( pix >> 8 );
+          col[-2 * pitch] = (FT_Byte)pix;
+
+          pix         = fir[1] >> 8;
+          pix        |= -( pix >> 8 );
+          col[-pitch] = (FT_Byte)pix;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+
+#ifdef USE_LEGACY
+
+  /* intra-pixel filter used by the legacy filter */
+  static void
+  _ft_lcd_filter_legacy( FT_Bitmap*      bitmap,
+                         FT_Render_Mode  mode,
+                         FT_Library      library )
+  {
+    FT_UInt  width  = (FT_UInt)bitmap->width;
+    FT_UInt  height = (FT_UInt)bitmap->rows;
+    FT_Int   pitch  = bitmap->pitch;
+
+    static const int  filters[3][3] =
+    {
+      { 65538 * 9/13, 65538 * 1/6, 65538 * 1/13 },
+      { 65538 * 3/13, 65538 * 4/6, 65538 * 3/13 },
+      { 65538 * 1/13, 65538 * 1/6, 65538 * 9/13 }
+    };
+
+    FT_UNUSED( library );
+
+
+    /* horizontal in-place intra-pixel filter */
+    if ( mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD && width >= 3 )
+    {
+      FT_Byte*  line = bitmap->buffer;
+
+
+      for ( ; height > 0; height--, line += pitch )
+      {
+        FT_UInt  xx;
+
+
+        for ( xx = 0; xx < width; xx += 3 )
+        {
+          FT_UInt  r = 0;
+          FT_UInt  g = 0;
+          FT_UInt  b = 0;
+          FT_UInt  p;
+
+
+          p  = line[xx];
+          r += filters[0][0] * p;
+          g += filters[0][1] * p;
+          b += filters[0][2] * p;
+
+          p  = line[xx + 1];
+          r += filters[1][0] * p;
+          g += filters[1][1] * p;
+          b += filters[1][2] * p;
+
+          p  = line[xx + 2];
+          r += filters[2][0] * p;
+          g += filters[2][1] * p;
+          b += filters[2][2] * p;
+
+          line[xx]     = (FT_Byte)( r / 65536 );
+          line[xx + 1] = (FT_Byte)( g / 65536 );
+          line[xx + 2] = (FT_Byte)( b / 65536 );
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else if ( mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V && height >= 3 )
+    {
+      FT_Byte*  column = bitmap->buffer;
+
+
+      for ( ; width > 0; width--, column++ )
+      {
+        FT_Byte*  col     = column;
+        FT_Byte*  col_end = col + height * pitch;
+
+
+        for ( ; col < col_end; col += 3 * pitch )
+        {
+          FT_UInt  r = 0;
+          FT_UInt  g = 0;
+          FT_UInt  b = 0;
+          FT_UInt  p;
+
+
+          p  = col[0];
+          r += filters[0][0] * p;
+          g += filters[0][1] * p;
+          b += filters[0][2] * p;
+
+          p  = col[pitch];
+          r += filters[1][0] * p;
+          g += filters[1][1] * p;
+          b += filters[1][2] * p;
+
+          p  = col[pitch * 2];
+          r += filters[2][0] * p;
+          g += filters[2][1] * p;
+          b += filters[2][2] * p;
+
+          col[0]         = (FT_Byte)( r / 65536 );
+          col[pitch]     = (FT_Byte)( g / 65536 );
+          col[2 * pitch] = (FT_Byte)( b / 65536 );
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+#endif /* USE_LEGACY */
+
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Library_SetLcdFilter( FT_Library     library,
+                           FT_LcdFilter   filter )
+  {
+    static const FT_Byte  light_filter[5] =
+                            { 0, 85, 86, 85, 0 };
+    /* the values here sum up to a value larger than 256, */
+    /* providing a cheap gamma correction                 */
+    static const FT_Byte  default_filter[5] =
+                            { 0x10, 0x40, 0x70, 0x40, 0x10 };
+
+
+    if ( library == NULL )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    switch ( filter )
+    {
+    case FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE:
+      library->lcd_filter_func = NULL;
+      library->lcd_extra       = 0;
+      break;
+
+    case FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT:
+#if defined( FT_FORCE_LEGACY_LCD_FILTER )
+
+      library->lcd_filter_func = _ft_lcd_filter_legacy;
+      library->lcd_extra       = 0;
+
+#elif defined( FT_FORCE_LIGHT_LCD_FILTER )
+
+      ft_memcpy( library->lcd_weights, light_filter, 5 );
+      library->lcd_filter_func = _ft_lcd_filter_fir;
+      library->lcd_extra       = 2;
+
+#else
+
+      ft_memcpy( library->lcd_weights, default_filter, 5 );
+      library->lcd_filter_func = _ft_lcd_filter_fir;
+      library->lcd_extra       = 2;
+
+#endif
+
+      break;
+
+    case FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT:
+      ft_memcpy( library->lcd_weights, light_filter, 5 );
+      library->lcd_filter_func = _ft_lcd_filter_fir;
+      library->lcd_extra       = 2;
+      break;
+
+#ifdef USE_LEGACY
+
+    case FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY:
+      library->lcd_filter_func = _ft_lcd_filter_legacy;
+      library->lcd_extra       = 0;
+      break;
+
+#endif
+
+    default:
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+    }
+
+    library->lcd_filter = filter;
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+#else /* !FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Library_SetLcdFilter( FT_Library    library,
+                           FT_LcdFilter  filter )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( library );
+    FT_UNUSED( filter );
+
+    return FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
+  }
+
+#endif /* !FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftmac.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftmac.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..63f927d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftmac.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1057 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftmac.c                                                                */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Mac FOND support.  Written by just@letterror.com.                    */
+/*  Heavily modified by mpsuzuki, George Williams, and Sean McBride.       */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is for Mac OS X only; see builds/mac/ftoldmac.c for          */
+/*  classic platforms built by MPW.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008,         */
+/*            2009 by                                                      */
+/*  Just van Rossum, David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.     */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*
+    Notes
+
+    Mac suitcase files can (and often do!) contain multiple fonts.  To
+    support this I use the face_index argument of FT_(Open|New)_Face()
+    functions, and pretend the suitcase file is a collection.
+
+    Warning: fbit and NFNT bitmap resources are not supported yet.  In old
+    sfnt fonts, bitmap glyph data for each size is stored in each `NFNT'
+    resources instead of the `bdat' table in the sfnt resource.  Therefore,
+    face->num_fixed_sizes is set to 0, because bitmap data in `NFNT'
+    resource is unavailable at present.
+
+    The Mac FOND support works roughly like this:
+
+    - Check whether the offered stream points to a Mac suitcase file.  This
+      is done by checking the file type: it has to be 'FFIL' or 'tfil'.  The
+      stream that gets passed to our init_face() routine is a stdio stream,
+      which isn't usable for us, since the FOND resources live in the
+      resource fork.  So we just grab the stream->pathname field.
+
+    - Read the FOND resource into memory, then check whether there is a
+      TrueType font and/or(!) a Type 1 font available.
+
+    - If there is a Type 1 font available (as a separate `LWFN' file), read
+      its data into memory, massage it slightly so it becomes PFB data, wrap
+      it into a memory stream, load the Type 1 driver and delegate the rest
+      of the work to it by calling FT_Open_Face().  (XXX TODO: after this
+      has been done, the kerning data from the FOND resource should be
+      appended to the face: On the Mac there are usually no AFM files
+      available.  However, this is tricky since we need to map Mac char
+      codes to ps glyph names to glyph ID's...)
+
+    - If there is a TrueType font (an `sfnt' resource), read it into memory,
+      wrap it into a memory stream, load the TrueType driver and delegate
+      the rest of the work to it, by calling FT_Open_Face().
+
+    - Some suitcase fonts (notably Onyx) might point the `LWFN' file to
+      itself, even though it doesn't contains `POST' resources.  To handle
+      this special case without opening the file an extra time, we just
+      ignore errors from the `LWFN' and fallback to the `sfnt' if both are
+      available.
+  */
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+#include FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
+#include "ftbase.h"
+
+  /* This is for Mac OS X.  Without redefinition, OS_INLINE */
+  /* expands to `static inline' which doesn't survive the   */
+  /* -ansi compilation flag of GCC.                         */
+#if !HAVE_ANSI_OS_INLINE
+#undef  OS_INLINE
+#define OS_INLINE  static __inline__
+#endif
+
+  /* `configure' checks the availability of `ResourceIndex' strictly */
+  /* and sets HAVE_TYPE_RESOURCE_INDEX 1 or 0 always.  If it is      */
+  /* not set (e.g., a build without `configure'), the availability   */
+  /* is guessed from the SDK version.                                */
+#ifndef HAVE_TYPE_RESOURCE_INDEX
+#if !defined( MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_5 ) || \
+    ( MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_5 )
+#define HAVE_TYPE_RESOURCE_INDEX 0
+#else
+#define HAVE_TYPE_RESOURCE_INDEX 1
+#endif
+#endif /* !HAVE_TYPE_RESOURCE_INDEX */
+
+#if ( HAVE_TYPE_RESOURCE_INDEX == 0 )
+  typedef short  ResourceIndex;
+#endif
+
+#include <CoreServices/CoreServices.h>
+#include <ApplicationServices/ApplicationServices.h>
+#include <sys/syslimits.h> /* PATH_MAX */
+
+  /* Don't want warnings about our own use of deprecated functions. */
+#define FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE
+
+#include FT_MAC_H
+
+#ifndef kATSOptionFlagsUnRestrictedScope /* since Mac OS X 10.1 */
+#define kATSOptionFlagsUnRestrictedScope kATSOptionFlagsDefault
+#endif
+
+
+  /* Set PREFER_LWFN to 1 if LWFN (Type 1) is preferred over
+     TrueType in case *both* are available (this is not common,
+     but it *is* possible). */
+#ifndef PREFER_LWFN
+#define PREFER_LWFN  1
+#endif
+
+
+  /* This function is deprecated because FSSpec is deprecated in Mac OS X  */
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name( const char*  fontName,
+                            FSSpec*      pathSpec,
+                            FT_Long*     face_index )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( fontName );
+    FT_UNUSED( pathSpec );
+    FT_UNUSED( face_index );
+
+    return FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
+  }
+
+
+  /* Private function.                                         */
+  /* The FSSpec type has been discouraged for a long time,     */
+  /* unfortunately an FSRef replacement API for                */
+  /* ATSFontGetFileSpecification() is only available in        */
+  /* Mac OS X 10.5 and later.                                  */
+  static OSStatus
+  FT_ATSFontGetFileReference( ATSFontRef  ats_font_id,
+                              FSRef*      ats_font_ref )
+  {
+#if defined( MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_5 ) && \
+    ( MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED >= MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_5 )
+ 
+    OSStatus  err;
+
+    err = ATSFontGetFileReference( ats_font_id, ats_font_ref );
+
+    return err;
+#elif __LP64__ /* No 64bit Carbon API on legacy platforms */
+    FT_UNUSED( ats_font_id );
+    FT_UNUSED( ats_font_ref );
+
+
+    return fnfErr;
+#else /* 32bit Carbon API on legacy platforms */
+    OSStatus  err;
+    FSSpec    spec;
+
+
+    err = ATSFontGetFileSpecification( ats_font_id, &spec );
+    if ( noErr == err )
+      err = FSpMakeFSRef( &spec, ats_font_ref );
+
+    return err;
+#endif
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  FT_GetFileRef_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char*  fontName,
+                                   FSRef*       ats_font_ref,
+                                   FT_Long*     face_index )
+  {
+    CFStringRef  cf_fontName;
+    ATSFontRef   ats_font_id;
+
+
+    *face_index = 0;
+
+    cf_fontName = CFStringCreateWithCString( NULL, fontName,
+                                             kCFStringEncodingMacRoman );
+    ats_font_id = ATSFontFindFromName( cf_fontName,
+                                       kATSOptionFlagsUnRestrictedScope );
+    CFRelease( cf_fontName );
+
+    if ( ats_font_id == 0 || ats_font_id == 0xFFFFFFFFUL )
+      return FT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
+
+    if ( noErr != FT_ATSFontGetFileReference( ats_font_id, ats_font_ref ) )
+      return FT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
+
+    /* face_index calculation by searching preceding fontIDs */
+    /* with same FSRef                                       */
+    {
+      ATSFontRef  id2 = ats_font_id - 1;
+      FSRef       ref2;
+
+
+      while ( id2 > 0 )
+      {
+        if ( noErr != FT_ATSFontGetFileReference( id2, &ref2 ) )
+          break;
+        if ( noErr != FSCompareFSRefs( ats_font_ref, &ref2 ) )
+          break;
+
+        id2 --;
+      }
+      *face_index = ats_font_id - ( id2 + 1 );
+    }
+
+    return FT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char*  fontName,
+                                    UInt8*       path,
+                                    UInt32       maxPathSize,
+                                    FT_Long*     face_index )
+  {
+    FSRef     ref;
+    FT_Error  err;
+
+
+    err = FT_GetFileRef_From_Mac_ATS_Name( fontName, &ref, face_index );
+    if ( FT_Err_Ok != err )
+      return err;
+
+    if ( noErr != FSRefMakePath( &ref, path, maxPathSize ) )
+      return FT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
+
+    return FT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  /* This function is deprecated because FSSpec is deprecated in Mac OS X  */
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char*  fontName,
+                                FSSpec*      pathSpec,
+                                FT_Long*     face_index )
+  {
+#if ( __LP64__ ) || ( defined( MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_5 ) && \
+      ( MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED >= MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_5 ) )
+    FT_UNUSED( fontName );
+    FT_UNUSED( pathSpec );
+    FT_UNUSED( face_index );
+
+    return FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
+#else
+    FSRef     ref;
+    FT_Error  err;
+
+
+    err = FT_GetFileRef_From_Mac_ATS_Name( fontName, &ref, face_index );
+    if ( FT_Err_Ok != err )
+      return err;
+
+    if ( noErr != FSGetCatalogInfo( &ref, kFSCatInfoNone, NULL, NULL,
+                                    pathSpec, NULL ) )
+      return FT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
+
+    return FT_Err_Ok;
+#endif
+  }
+
+
+  static OSErr
+  FT_FSPathMakeRes( const UInt8*    pathname,
+                    ResFileRefNum*  res )
+  {
+    OSErr  err;
+    FSRef  ref;
+
+
+    if ( noErr != FSPathMakeRef( pathname, &ref, FALSE ) )
+      return FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource;
+
+    /* at present, no support for dfont format */
+    err = FSOpenResourceFile( &ref, 0, NULL, fsRdPerm, res );
+    if ( noErr == err )
+      return err;
+
+    /* fallback to original resource-fork font */
+    *res = FSOpenResFile( &ref, fsRdPerm );
+    err  = ResError();
+
+    return err;
+  }
+
+
+  /* Return the file type for given pathname */
+  static OSType
+  get_file_type_from_path( const UInt8*  pathname )
+  {
+    FSRef          ref;
+    FSCatalogInfo  info;
+
+
+    if ( noErr != FSPathMakeRef( pathname, &ref, FALSE ) )
+      return ( OSType ) 0;
+
+    if ( noErr != FSGetCatalogInfo( &ref, kFSCatInfoFinderInfo, &info,
+                                    NULL, NULL, NULL ) )
+      return ( OSType ) 0;
+
+    return ((FInfo *)(info.finderInfo))->fdType;
+  }
+
+
+  /* Given a PostScript font name, create the Macintosh LWFN file name. */
+  static void
+  create_lwfn_name( char*   ps_name,
+                    Str255  lwfn_file_name )
+  {
+    int       max = 5, count = 0;
+    FT_Byte*  p = lwfn_file_name;
+    FT_Byte*  q = (FT_Byte*)ps_name;
+
+
+    lwfn_file_name[0] = 0;
+
+    while ( *q )
+    {
+      if ( ft_isupper( *q ) )
+      {
+        if ( count )
+          max = 3;
+        count = 0;
+      }
+      if ( count < max && ( ft_isalnum( *q ) || *q == '_' ) )
+      {
+        *++p = *q;
+        lwfn_file_name[0]++;
+        count++;
+      }
+      q++;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  static short
+  count_faces_sfnt( char*  fond_data )
+  {
+    /* The count is 1 greater than the value in the FOND.  */
+    /* Isn't that cute? :-)                                */
+
+    return EndianS16_BtoN( *( (short*)( fond_data +
+                                        sizeof ( FamRec ) ) ) ) + 1;
+  }
+
+
+  static short
+  count_faces_scalable( char*  fond_data )
+  {
+    AsscEntry*  assoc;
+    FamRec*     fond;
+    short       i, face, face_all;
+
+
+    fond     = (FamRec*)fond_data;
+    face_all = EndianS16_BtoN( *( (short *)( fond_data +
+                                             sizeof ( FamRec ) ) ) ) + 1;
+    assoc    = (AsscEntry*)( fond_data + sizeof ( FamRec ) + 2 );
+    face     = 0;
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < face_all; i++ )
+    {
+      if ( 0 == EndianS16_BtoN( assoc[i].fontSize ) )
+        face++;
+    }
+    return face;
+  }
+
+
+  /* Look inside the FOND data, answer whether there should be an SFNT
+     resource, and answer the name of a possible LWFN Type 1 file.
+
+     Thanks to Paul Miller (paulm@profoundeffects.com) for the fix
+     to load a face OTHER than the first one in the FOND!
+  */
+
+
+  static void
+  parse_fond( char*   fond_data,
+              short*  have_sfnt,
+              ResID*  sfnt_id,
+              Str255  lwfn_file_name,
+              short   face_index )
+  {
+    AsscEntry*  assoc;
+    AsscEntry*  base_assoc;
+    FamRec*     fond;
+
+
+    *sfnt_id          = 0;
+    *have_sfnt        = 0;
+    lwfn_file_name[0] = 0;
+
+    fond       = (FamRec*)fond_data;
+    assoc      = (AsscEntry*)( fond_data + sizeof ( FamRec ) + 2 );
+    base_assoc = assoc;
+
+    /* the maximum faces in a FOND is 48, size of StyleTable.indexes[] */
+    if ( 47 < face_index )
+      return;
+
+    /* Let's do a little range checking before we get too excited here */
+    if ( face_index < count_faces_sfnt( fond_data ) )
+    {
+      assoc += face_index;        /* add on the face_index! */
+
+      /* if the face at this index is not scalable,
+         fall back to the first one (old behavior) */
+      if ( EndianS16_BtoN( assoc->fontSize ) == 0 )
+      {
+        *have_sfnt = 1;
+        *sfnt_id   = EndianS16_BtoN( assoc->fontID );
+      }
+      else if ( base_assoc->fontSize == 0 )
+      {
+        *have_sfnt = 1;
+        *sfnt_id   = EndianS16_BtoN( base_assoc->fontID );
+      }
+    }
+
+    if ( EndianS32_BtoN( fond->ffStylOff ) )
+    {
+      unsigned char*  p = (unsigned char*)fond_data;
+      StyleTable*     style;
+      unsigned short  string_count;
+      char            ps_name[256];
+      unsigned char*  names[64];
+      int             i;
+
+
+      p += EndianS32_BtoN( fond->ffStylOff );
+      style = (StyleTable*)p;
+      p += sizeof ( StyleTable );
+      string_count = EndianS16_BtoN( *(short*)(p) );
+      p += sizeof ( short );
+
+      for ( i = 0; i < string_count && i < 64; i++ )
+      {
+        names[i] = p;
+        p       += names[i][0];
+        p++;
+      }
+
+      {
+        size_t  ps_name_len = (size_t)names[0][0];
+
+
+        if ( ps_name_len != 0 )
+        {
+          ft_memcpy(ps_name, names[0] + 1, ps_name_len);
+          ps_name[ps_name_len] = 0;
+        }
+        if ( style->indexes[face_index] > 1 &&
+             style->indexes[face_index] <= FT_MIN( string_count, 64 ) )
+        {
+          unsigned char*  suffixes = names[style->indexes[face_index] - 1];
+
+
+          for ( i = 1; i <= suffixes[0]; i++ )
+          {
+            unsigned char*  s;
+            size_t          j = suffixes[i] - 1;
+
+
+            if ( j < string_count && ( s = names[j] ) != NULL )
+            {
+              size_t  s_len = (size_t)s[0];
+
+
+              if ( s_len != 0 && ps_name_len + s_len < sizeof ( ps_name ) )
+              {
+                ft_memcpy( ps_name + ps_name_len, s + 1, s_len );
+                ps_name_len += s_len;
+                ps_name[ps_name_len] = 0;
+              }
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+
+      create_lwfn_name( ps_name, lwfn_file_name );
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  static  FT_Error
+  lookup_lwfn_by_fond( const UInt8*      path_fond,
+                       ConstStr255Param  base_lwfn,
+                       UInt8*            path_lwfn,
+                       size_t            path_size )
+  {
+    FSRef   ref, par_ref;
+    size_t  dirname_len;
+
+
+    /* Pathname for FSRef can be in various formats: HFS, HFS+, and POSIX. */
+    /* We should not extract parent directory by string manipulation.      */
+
+    if ( noErr != FSPathMakeRef( path_fond, &ref, FALSE ) )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    if ( noErr != FSGetCatalogInfo( &ref, kFSCatInfoNone,
+                                    NULL, NULL, NULL, &par_ref ) )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    if ( noErr != FSRefMakePath( &par_ref, path_lwfn, path_size ) )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    if ( ft_strlen( (char *)path_lwfn ) + 1 + base_lwfn[0] > path_size )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    /* now we have absolute dirname in path_lwfn */
+    ft_strcat( (char *)path_lwfn, "/" );
+    dirname_len = ft_strlen( (char *)path_lwfn );
+    ft_strcat( (char *)path_lwfn, (char *)base_lwfn + 1 );
+    path_lwfn[dirname_len + base_lwfn[0]] = '\0';
+
+    if ( noErr != FSPathMakeRef( path_lwfn, &ref, FALSE ) )
+      return FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource;
+
+    if ( noErr != FSGetCatalogInfo( &ref, kFSCatInfoNone,
+                                    NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL ) )
+      return FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource;
+
+    return FT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  static short
+  count_faces( Handle        fond,
+               const UInt8*  pathname )
+  {
+    ResID     sfnt_id;
+    short     have_sfnt, have_lwfn;
+    Str255    lwfn_file_name;
+    UInt8     buff[PATH_MAX];
+    FT_Error  err;
+    short     num_faces;
+
+
+    have_sfnt = have_lwfn = 0;
+
+    parse_fond( *fond, &have_sfnt, &sfnt_id, lwfn_file_name, 0 );
+
+    if ( lwfn_file_name[0] )
+    {
+      err = lookup_lwfn_by_fond( pathname, lwfn_file_name,
+                                 buff, sizeof ( buff )  );
+      if ( FT_Err_Ok == err )
+        have_lwfn = 1;
+    }
+
+    if ( have_lwfn && ( !have_sfnt || PREFER_LWFN ) )
+      num_faces = 1;
+    else
+      num_faces = count_faces_scalable( *fond );
+
+    return num_faces;
+  }
+
+
+  /* Read Type 1 data from the POST resources inside the LWFN file,
+     return a PFB buffer.  This is somewhat convoluted because the FT2
+     PFB parser wants the ASCII header as one chunk, and the LWFN
+     chunks are often not organized that way, so we glue chunks
+     of the same type together. */
+  static FT_Error
+  read_lwfn( FT_Memory      memory,
+             ResFileRefNum  res,
+             FT_Byte**      pfb_data,
+             FT_ULong*      size )
+  {
+    FT_Error       error = FT_Err_Ok;
+    ResID          res_id;
+    unsigned char  *buffer, *p, *size_p = NULL;
+    FT_ULong       total_size = 0;
+    FT_ULong       old_total_size = 0;
+    FT_ULong       post_size, pfb_chunk_size;
+    Handle         post_data;
+    char           code, last_code;
+
+
+    UseResFile( res );
+
+    /* First pass: load all POST resources, and determine the size of */
+    /* the output buffer.                                             */
+    res_id    = 501;
+    last_code = -1;
+
+    for (;;)
+    {
+      post_data = Get1Resource( TTAG_POST, res_id++ );
+      if ( post_data == NULL )
+        break;  /* we are done */
+
+      code = (*post_data)[0];
+
+      if ( code != last_code )
+      {
+        if ( code == 5 )
+          total_size += 2; /* just the end code */
+        else
+          total_size += 6; /* code + 4 bytes chunk length */
+      }
+
+      total_size += GetHandleSize( post_data ) - 2;
+      last_code = code;
+
+      /* detect integer overflows */
+      if ( total_size < old_total_size )
+      {
+        error = FT_Err_Array_Too_Large;
+        goto Error;
+      }
+
+      old_total_size = total_size;
+    }
+
+    if ( FT_ALLOC( buffer, (FT_Long)total_size ) )
+      goto Error;
+
+    /* Second pass: append all POST data to the buffer, add PFB fields. */
+    /* Glue all consecutive chunks of the same type together.           */
+    p              = buffer;
+    res_id         = 501;
+    last_code      = -1;
+    pfb_chunk_size = 0;
+
+    for (;;)
+    {
+      post_data = Get1Resource( TTAG_POST, res_id++ );
+      if ( post_data == NULL )
+        break;  /* we are done */
+
+      post_size = (FT_ULong)GetHandleSize( post_data ) - 2;
+      code = (*post_data)[0];
+
+      if ( code != last_code )
+      {
+        if ( last_code != -1 )
+        {
+          /* we are done adding a chunk, fill in the size field */
+          if ( size_p != NULL )
+          {
+            *size_p++ = (FT_Byte)(   pfb_chunk_size         & 0xFF );
+            *size_p++ = (FT_Byte)( ( pfb_chunk_size >> 8  ) & 0xFF );
+            *size_p++ = (FT_Byte)( ( pfb_chunk_size >> 16 ) & 0xFF );
+            *size_p++ = (FT_Byte)( ( pfb_chunk_size >> 24 ) & 0xFF );
+          }
+          pfb_chunk_size = 0;
+        }
+
+        *p++ = 0x80;
+        if ( code == 5 )
+          *p++ = 0x03;  /* the end */
+        else if ( code == 2 )
+          *p++ = 0x02;  /* binary segment */
+        else
+          *p++ = 0x01;  /* ASCII segment */
+
+        if ( code != 5 )
+        {
+          size_p = p;   /* save for later */
+          p += 4;       /* make space for size field */
+        }
+      }
+
+      ft_memcpy( p, *post_data + 2, post_size );
+      pfb_chunk_size += post_size;
+      p += post_size;
+      last_code = code;
+    }
+
+    *pfb_data = buffer;
+    *size = total_size;
+
+  Error:
+    CloseResFile( res );
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* Create a new FT_Face from a file path to an LWFN file. */
+  static FT_Error
+  FT_New_Face_From_LWFN( FT_Library    library,
+                         const UInt8*  pathname,
+                         FT_Long       face_index,
+                         FT_Face*      aface )
+  {
+    FT_Byte*       pfb_data;
+    FT_ULong       pfb_size;
+    FT_Error       error;
+    ResFileRefNum  res;
+
+
+    if ( noErr != FT_FSPathMakeRes( pathname, &res ) )
+      return FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource;
+
+    pfb_data = NULL;
+    pfb_size = 0;
+    error = read_lwfn( library->memory, res, &pfb_data, &pfb_size );
+    CloseResFile( res ); /* PFB is already loaded, useless anymore */
+    if ( error )
+      return error;
+
+    return open_face_from_buffer( library,
+                                  pfb_data,
+                                  pfb_size,
+                                  face_index,
+                                  "type1",
+                                  aface );
+  }
+
+
+  /* Create a new FT_Face from an SFNT resource, specified by res ID. */
+  static FT_Error
+  FT_New_Face_From_SFNT( FT_Library  library,
+                         ResID       sfnt_id,
+                         FT_Long     face_index,
+                         FT_Face*    aface )
+  {
+    Handle     sfnt = NULL;
+    FT_Byte*   sfnt_data;
+    size_t     sfnt_size;
+    FT_Error   error  = FT_Err_Ok;
+    FT_Memory  memory = library->memory;
+    int        is_cff, is_sfnt_ps;
+
+
+    sfnt = GetResource( TTAG_sfnt, sfnt_id );
+    if ( sfnt == NULL )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Handle;
+
+    sfnt_size = (FT_ULong)GetHandleSize( sfnt );
+    if ( FT_ALLOC( sfnt_data, (FT_Long)sfnt_size ) )
+    {
+      ReleaseResource( sfnt );
+      return error;
+    }
+
+    ft_memcpy( sfnt_data, *sfnt, sfnt_size );
+    ReleaseResource( sfnt );
+
+    is_cff     = sfnt_size > 4 && !ft_memcmp( sfnt_data, "OTTO", 4 );
+    is_sfnt_ps = sfnt_size > 4 && !ft_memcmp( sfnt_data, "typ1", 4 );
+
+    if ( is_sfnt_ps )
+    {
+      FT_Stream  stream;
+
+
+      if ( FT_NEW( stream ) )
+        goto Try_OpenType;
+
+      FT_Stream_OpenMemory( stream, sfnt_data, sfnt_size );
+      if ( !open_face_PS_from_sfnt_stream( library,
+                                           stream,
+                                           face_index,
+                                           0, NULL,
+                                           aface ) )
+      {
+        FT_Stream_Close( stream );
+        FT_FREE( stream );
+        FT_FREE( sfnt_data );
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+
+      FT_FREE( stream );
+    }
+  Try_OpenType:
+    error = open_face_from_buffer( library,
+                                   sfnt_data,
+                                   sfnt_size,
+                                   face_index,
+                                   is_cff ? "cff" : "truetype",
+                                   aface );
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* Create a new FT_Face from a file path to a suitcase file. */
+  static FT_Error
+  FT_New_Face_From_Suitcase( FT_Library    library,
+                             const UInt8*  pathname,
+                             FT_Long       face_index,
+                             FT_Face*      aface )
+  {
+    FT_Error       error = FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource;
+    ResFileRefNum  res_ref;
+    ResourceIndex  res_index;
+    Handle         fond;
+    short          num_faces_in_res, num_faces_in_fond;
+
+
+    if ( noErr != FT_FSPathMakeRes( pathname, &res_ref ) )
+      return FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource;
+
+    UseResFile( res_ref );
+    if ( ResError() )
+      return FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource;
+
+    num_faces_in_res = 0;
+    for ( res_index = 1; ; ++res_index )
+    {
+      fond = Get1IndResource( TTAG_FOND, res_index );
+      if ( ResError() )
+        break;
+
+      num_faces_in_fond  = count_faces( fond, pathname );
+      num_faces_in_res  += num_faces_in_fond;
+
+      if ( 0 <= face_index && face_index < num_faces_in_fond && error )
+        error = FT_New_Face_From_FOND( library, fond, face_index, aface );
+
+      face_index -= num_faces_in_fond;
+    }
+
+    CloseResFile( res_ref );
+    if ( FT_Err_Ok == error && NULL != aface && NULL != *aface )
+      (*aface)->num_faces = num_faces_in_res;
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftmac.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_New_Face_From_FOND( FT_Library  library,
+                         Handle      fond,
+                         FT_Long     face_index,
+                         FT_Face*    aface )
+  {
+    short     have_sfnt, have_lwfn = 0;
+    ResID     sfnt_id, fond_id;
+    OSType    fond_type;
+    Str255    fond_name;
+    Str255    lwfn_file_name;
+    UInt8     path_lwfn[PATH_MAX];
+    OSErr     err;
+    FT_Error  error = FT_Err_Ok;
+
+
+    GetResInfo( fond, &fond_id, &fond_type, fond_name );
+    if ( ResError() != noErr || fond_type != TTAG_FOND )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+
+    parse_fond( *fond, &have_sfnt, &sfnt_id, lwfn_file_name, face_index );
+
+    if ( lwfn_file_name[0] )
+    {
+      ResFileRefNum  res;
+
+
+      res = HomeResFile( fond );
+      if ( noErr != ResError() )
+        goto found_no_lwfn_file;
+
+      {
+        UInt8  path_fond[PATH_MAX];
+        FSRef  ref;
+
+
+        err = FSGetForkCBInfo( res, kFSInvalidVolumeRefNum,
+                               NULL, NULL, NULL, &ref, NULL );
+        if ( noErr != err )
+          goto found_no_lwfn_file;
+
+        err = FSRefMakePath( &ref, path_fond, sizeof ( path_fond ) );
+        if ( noErr != err )
+          goto found_no_lwfn_file;
+
+        error = lookup_lwfn_by_fond( path_fond, lwfn_file_name,
+                                     path_lwfn, sizeof ( path_lwfn ) );
+        if ( FT_Err_Ok == error )
+          have_lwfn = 1;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if ( have_lwfn && ( !have_sfnt || PREFER_LWFN ) )
+      error = FT_New_Face_From_LWFN( library,
+                                     path_lwfn,
+                                     face_index,
+                                     aface );
+    else
+      error = FT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
+
+  found_no_lwfn_file:
+    if ( have_sfnt && FT_Err_Ok != error )
+      error = FT_New_Face_From_SFNT( library,
+                                     sfnt_id,
+                                     face_index,
+                                     aface );
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* Common function to load a new FT_Face from a resource file. */
+  static FT_Error
+  FT_New_Face_From_Resource( FT_Library    library,
+                             const UInt8*  pathname,
+                             FT_Long       face_index,
+                             FT_Face*      aface )
+  {
+    OSType    file_type;
+    FT_Error  error;
+
+
+    /* LWFN is a (very) specific file format, check for it explicitly */
+    file_type = get_file_type_from_path( pathname );
+    if ( file_type == TTAG_LWFN )
+      return FT_New_Face_From_LWFN( library, pathname, face_index, aface );
+
+    /* Otherwise the file type doesn't matter (there are more than  */
+    /* `FFIL' and `tfil').  Just try opening it as a font suitcase; */
+    /* if it works, fine.                                           */
+
+    error = FT_New_Face_From_Suitcase( library, pathname, face_index, aface );
+    if ( error == 0 )
+      return error;
+
+    /* let it fall through to normal loader (.ttf, .otf, etc.); */
+    /* we signal this by returning no error and no FT_Face      */
+    *aface = NULL;
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_New_Face                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This is the Mac-specific implementation of FT_New_Face.  In        */
+  /*    addition to the standard FT_New_Face() functionality, it also      */
+  /*    accepts pathnames to Mac suitcase files.  For further              */
+  /*    documentation see the original FT_New_Face() in freetype.h.        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_New_Face( FT_Library   library,
+               const char*  pathname,
+               FT_Long      face_index,
+               FT_Face*     aface )
+  {
+    FT_Open_Args  args;
+    FT_Error      error;
+
+
+    /* test for valid `library' and `aface' delayed to FT_Open_Face() */
+    if ( !pathname )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    error  = FT_Err_Ok;
+    *aface = NULL;
+
+    /* try resourcefork based font: LWFN, FFIL */
+    error = FT_New_Face_From_Resource( library, (UInt8 *)pathname,
+                                       face_index, aface );
+    if ( error != 0 || *aface != NULL )
+      return error;
+
+    /* let it fall through to normal loader (.ttf, .otf, etc.) */
+    args.flags    = FT_OPEN_PATHNAME;
+    args.pathname = (char*)pathname;
+    return FT_Open_Face( library, &args, face_index, aface );
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_New_Face_From_FSRef                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    FT_New_Face_From_FSRef is identical to FT_New_Face except it       */
+  /*    accepts an FSRef instead of a path.                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This function is deprecated because Carbon data types (FSRef)         */
+  /* are not cross-platform, and thus not suitable for the freetype API.   */
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_New_Face_From_FSRef( FT_Library    library,
+                          const FSRef*  ref,
+                          FT_Long       face_index,
+                          FT_Face*      aface )
+  {
+    FT_Error      error;
+    FT_Open_Args  args;
+    OSErr   err;
+    UInt8   pathname[PATH_MAX];
+
+
+    if ( !ref )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    err = FSRefMakePath( ref, pathname, sizeof ( pathname ) );
+    if ( err )
+      error = FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource;
+
+    error = FT_New_Face_From_Resource( library, pathname, face_index, aface );
+    if ( error != 0 || *aface != NULL )
+      return error;
+
+    /* fallback to datafork font */
+    args.flags    = FT_OPEN_PATHNAME;
+    args.pathname = (char*)pathname;
+    return FT_Open_Face( library, &args, face_index, aface );
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec is identical to FT_New_Face except it      */
+  /*    accepts an FSSpec instead of a path.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This function is deprecated because FSSpec is deprecated in Mac OS X  */
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec( FT_Library     library,
+                           const FSSpec*  spec,
+                           FT_Long        face_index,
+                           FT_Face*       aface )
+  {
+#if ( __LP64__ ) || ( defined( MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_5 ) && \
+      ( MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED >= MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_5 ) )
+    FT_UNUSED( library );
+    FT_UNUSED( spec );
+    FT_UNUSED( face_index );
+    FT_UNUSED( aface );
+
+    return FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
+#else
+    FSRef  ref;
+
+
+    if ( !spec || FSpMakeFSRef( spec, &ref ) != noErr )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+    else
+      return FT_New_Face_From_FSRef( library, &ref, face_index, aface );
+#endif
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftmm.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftmm.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0307729
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftmm.c
@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftmm.c                                                                 */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Multiple Master font support (body).                                 */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2003, 2004, 2009 by                               */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+#include FT_SERVICE_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_mm
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  ft_face_get_mm_service( FT_Face                   face,
+                          FT_Service_MultiMasters  *aservice )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error;
+
+
+    *aservice = NULL;
+
+    if ( !face )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Face_Handle;
+
+    error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    if ( FT_HAS_MULTIPLE_MASTERS( face ) )
+    {
+      FT_FACE_LOOKUP_SERVICE( face,
+                              *aservice,
+                              MULTI_MASTERS );
+
+      if ( *aservice )
+        error = FT_Err_Ok;
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftmm.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_Multi_Master( FT_Face           face,
+                       FT_Multi_Master  *amaster )
+  {
+    FT_Error                 error;
+    FT_Service_MultiMasters  service;
+
+
+    error = ft_face_get_mm_service( face, &service );
+    if ( !error )
+    {
+      error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+      if ( service->get_mm )
+        error = service->get_mm( face, amaster );
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftmm.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_MM_Var( FT_Face      face,
+                 FT_MM_Var*  *amaster )
+  {
+    FT_Error                 error;
+    FT_Service_MultiMasters  service;
+
+
+    error = ft_face_get_mm_service( face, &service );
+    if ( !error )
+    {
+      error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+      if ( service->get_mm_var )
+        error = service->get_mm_var( face, amaster );
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftmm.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Set_MM_Design_Coordinates( FT_Face   face,
+                                FT_UInt   num_coords,
+                                FT_Long*  coords )
+  {
+    FT_Error                 error;
+    FT_Service_MultiMasters  service;
+
+
+    error = ft_face_get_mm_service( face, &service );
+    if ( !error )
+    {
+      error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+      if ( service->set_mm_design )
+        error = service->set_mm_design( face, num_coords, coords );
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftmm.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates( FT_Face    face,
+                                 FT_UInt    num_coords,
+                                 FT_Fixed*  coords )
+  {
+    FT_Error                 error;
+    FT_Service_MultiMasters  service;
+
+
+    error = ft_face_get_mm_service( face, &service );
+    if ( !error )
+    {
+      error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+      if ( service->set_var_design )
+        error = service->set_var_design( face, num_coords, coords );
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftmm.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face    face,
+                               FT_UInt    num_coords,
+                               FT_Fixed*  coords )
+  {
+    FT_Error                 error;
+    FT_Service_MultiMasters  service;
+
+
+    error = ft_face_get_mm_service( face, &service );
+    if ( !error )
+    {
+      error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+      if ( service->set_mm_blend )
+         error = service->set_mm_blend( face, num_coords, coords );
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftmm.h */
+
+  /* This is exactly the same as the previous function.  It exists for */
+  /* orthogonality.                                                    */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face    face,
+                                FT_UInt    num_coords,
+                                FT_Fixed*  coords )
+  {
+    FT_Error                 error;
+    FT_Service_MultiMasters  service;
+
+
+    error = ft_face_get_mm_service( face, &service );
+    if ( !error )
+    {
+      error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+      if ( service->set_mm_blend )
+         error = service->set_mm_blend( face, num_coords, coords );
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftnames.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftnames.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7fde5c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftnames.c
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftnames.c                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Simple interface to access SFNT name tables (which are used          */
+/*    to hold font names, copyright info, notices, etc.) (body).           */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    This is _not_ used to retrieve glyph names!                          */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002 by                                           */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_SFNT_NAMES_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_TRUETYPE_TYPES_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
+
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SFNT_NAMES
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftnames.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_UInt )
+  FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count( FT_Face  face )
+  {
+    return (face && FT_IS_SFNT( face )) ? ((TT_Face)face)->num_names : 0;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftnames.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_Sfnt_Name( FT_Face       face,
+                    FT_UInt       idx,
+                    FT_SfntName  *aname )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+
+    if ( aname && face && FT_IS_SFNT( face ) )
+    {
+      TT_Face  ttface = (TT_Face)face;
+
+
+      if ( idx < (FT_UInt)ttface->num_names )
+      {
+        TT_NameEntryRec*  entry = ttface->name_table.names + idx;
+
+
+        /* load name on demand */
+        if ( entry->stringLength > 0 && entry->string == NULL )
+        {
+          FT_Memory  memory = face->memory;
+          FT_Stream  stream = face->stream;
+
+
+          if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY  ( entry->string, entry->stringLength ) ||
+               FT_STREAM_SEEK( entry->stringOffset )                ||
+               FT_STREAM_READ( entry->string, entry->stringLength ) )
+          {
+            FT_FREE( entry->string );
+            entry->stringLength = 0;
+          }
+        }
+
+        aname->platform_id = entry->platformID;
+        aname->encoding_id = entry->encodingID;
+        aname->language_id = entry->languageID;
+        aname->name_id     = entry->nameID;
+        aname->string      = (FT_Byte*)entry->string;
+        aname->string_len  = entry->stringLength;
+
+        error = FT_Err_Ok;
+      }
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+#endif /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SFNT_NAMES */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftobjs.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftobjs.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..72dea33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftobjs.c
@@ -0,0 +1,4398 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftobjs.c                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    The FreeType private base classes (body).                            */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 by */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_LIST_H
+#include FT_OUTLINE_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_VALIDATE_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_RFORK_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_SFNT_H    /* for SFNT_Load_Table_Func */
+#include FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H
+#include FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H
+#include FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H
+#include FT_OUTLINE_H
+
+#include FT_SERVICE_SFNT_H
+#include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_NAME_H
+#include FT_SERVICE_GLYPH_DICT_H
+#include FT_SERVICE_TT_CMAP_H
+#include FT_SERVICE_KERNING_H
+#include FT_SERVICE_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_H
+
+#include "ftbase.h"
+
+#define GRID_FIT_METRICS
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Pointer )
+  ft_service_list_lookup( FT_ServiceDesc  service_descriptors,
+                          const char*     service_id )
+  {
+    FT_Pointer      result = NULL;
+    FT_ServiceDesc  desc   = service_descriptors;
+
+
+    if ( desc && service_id )
+    {
+      for ( ; desc->serv_id != NULL; desc++ )
+      {
+        if ( ft_strcmp( desc->serv_id, service_id ) == 0 )
+        {
+          result = (FT_Pointer)desc->serv_data;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
+  ft_validator_init( FT_Validator        valid,
+                     const FT_Byte*      base,
+                     const FT_Byte*      limit,
+                     FT_ValidationLevel  level )
+  {
+    valid->base  = base;
+    valid->limit = limit;
+    valid->level = level;
+    valid->error = FT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Int )
+  ft_validator_run( FT_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    /* This function doesn't work!  None should call it. */
+    FT_UNUSED( valid );
+
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
+  ft_validator_error( FT_Validator  valid,
+                      FT_Error      error )
+  {
+    /* since the cast below also disables the compiler's */
+    /* type check, we introduce a dummy variable, which  */
+    /* will be optimized away                            */
+    volatile ft_jmp_buf* jump_buffer = &valid->jump_buffer;
+
+
+    valid->error = error;
+
+    /* throw away volatileness; use `jump_buffer' or the  */
+    /* compiler may warn about an unused local variable   */
+    ft_longjmp( *(ft_jmp_buf*) jump_buffer, 1 );
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****                           S T R E A M                           ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /* create a new input stream from an FT_Open_Args structure */
+  /*                                                          */
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stream_New( FT_Library           library,
+                 const FT_Open_Args*  args,
+                 FT_Stream           *astream )
+  {
+    FT_Error   error;
+    FT_Memory  memory;
+    FT_Stream  stream;
+
+
+    *astream = 0;
+
+    if ( !library )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Library_Handle;
+
+    if ( !args )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    memory   = library->memory;
+
+    if ( FT_NEW( stream ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    stream->memory = memory;
+
+    if ( args->flags & FT_OPEN_MEMORY )
+    {
+      /* create a memory-based stream */
+      FT_Stream_OpenMemory( stream,
+                            (const FT_Byte*)args->memory_base,
+                            args->memory_size );
+    }
+    else if ( args->flags & FT_OPEN_PATHNAME )
+    {
+      /* create a normal system stream */
+      error = FT_Stream_Open( stream, args->pathname );
+      stream->pathname.pointer = args->pathname;
+    }
+    else if ( ( args->flags & FT_OPEN_STREAM ) && args->stream )
+    {
+      /* use an existing, user-provided stream */
+
+      /* in this case, we do not need to allocate a new stream object */
+      /* since the caller is responsible for closing it himself       */
+      FT_FREE( stream );
+      stream = args->stream;
+    }
+    else
+      error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    if ( error )
+      FT_FREE( stream );
+    else
+      stream->memory = memory;  /* just to be certain */
+
+    *astream = stream;
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
+  FT_Stream_Free( FT_Stream  stream,
+                  FT_Int     external )
+  {
+    if ( stream )
+    {
+      FT_Memory  memory = stream->memory;
+
+
+      FT_Stream_Close( stream );
+
+      if ( !external )
+        FT_FREE( stream );
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_objs
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****               FACE, SIZE & GLYPH SLOT OBJECTS                   ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  ft_glyphslot_init( FT_GlyphSlot  slot )
+  {
+    FT_Driver         driver = slot->face->driver;
+    FT_Driver_Class   clazz  = driver->clazz;
+    FT_Memory         memory = driver->root.memory;
+    FT_Error          error  = FT_Err_Ok;
+    FT_Slot_Internal  internal;
+
+
+    slot->library = driver->root.library;
+
+    if ( FT_NEW( internal ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    slot->internal = internal;
+
+    if ( FT_DRIVER_USES_OUTLINES( driver ) )
+      error = FT_GlyphLoader_New( memory, &internal->loader );
+
+    if ( !error && clazz->init_slot )
+      error = clazz->init_slot( slot );
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
+  ft_glyphslot_free_bitmap( FT_GlyphSlot  slot )
+  {
+    if ( slot->internal && ( slot->internal->flags & FT_GLYPH_OWN_BITMAP ) )
+    {
+      FT_Memory  memory = FT_FACE_MEMORY( slot->face );
+
+
+      FT_FREE( slot->bitmap.buffer );
+      slot->internal->flags &= ~FT_GLYPH_OWN_BITMAP;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* assume that the bitmap buffer was stolen or not */
+      /* allocated from the heap                         */
+      slot->bitmap.buffer = NULL;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
+  ft_glyphslot_set_bitmap( FT_GlyphSlot  slot,
+                           FT_Byte*      buffer )
+  {
+    ft_glyphslot_free_bitmap( slot );
+
+    slot->bitmap.buffer = buffer;
+
+    FT_ASSERT( (slot->internal->flags & FT_GLYPH_OWN_BITMAP) == 0 );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
+  ft_glyphslot_alloc_bitmap( FT_GlyphSlot  slot,
+                             FT_ULong      size )
+  {
+    FT_Memory  memory = FT_FACE_MEMORY( slot->face );
+    FT_Error   error;
+
+
+    if ( slot->internal->flags & FT_GLYPH_OWN_BITMAP )
+      FT_FREE( slot->bitmap.buffer );
+    else
+      slot->internal->flags |= FT_GLYPH_OWN_BITMAP;
+
+    (void)FT_ALLOC( slot->bitmap.buffer, size );
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  ft_glyphslot_clear( FT_GlyphSlot  slot )
+  {
+    /* free bitmap if needed */
+    ft_glyphslot_free_bitmap( slot );
+
+    /* clear all public fields in the glyph slot */
+    FT_ZERO( &slot->metrics );
+    FT_ZERO( &slot->outline );
+
+    slot->bitmap.width      = 0;
+    slot->bitmap.rows       = 0;
+    slot->bitmap.pitch      = 0;
+    slot->bitmap.pixel_mode = 0;
+    /* `slot->bitmap.buffer' has been handled by ft_glyphslot_free_bitmap */
+
+    slot->bitmap_left   = 0;
+    slot->bitmap_top    = 0;
+    slot->num_subglyphs = 0;
+    slot->subglyphs     = 0;
+    slot->control_data  = 0;
+    slot->control_len   = 0;
+    slot->other         = 0;
+    slot->format        = FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_NONE;
+
+    slot->linearHoriAdvance = 0;
+    slot->linearVertAdvance = 0;
+    slot->lsb_delta         = 0;
+    slot->rsb_delta         = 0;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  ft_glyphslot_done( FT_GlyphSlot  slot )
+  {
+    FT_Driver        driver = slot->face->driver;
+    FT_Driver_Class  clazz  = driver->clazz;
+    FT_Memory        memory = driver->root.memory;
+
+
+    if ( clazz->done_slot )
+      clazz->done_slot( slot );
+
+    /* free bitmap buffer if needed */
+    ft_glyphslot_free_bitmap( slot );
+
+    /* free glyph loader */
+    if ( FT_DRIVER_USES_OUTLINES( driver ) )
+    {
+      FT_GlyphLoader_Done( slot->internal->loader );
+      slot->internal->loader = 0;
+    }
+
+    FT_FREE( slot->internal );
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftobjs.h */
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_New_GlyphSlot( FT_Face        face,
+                    FT_GlyphSlot  *aslot )
+  {
+    FT_Error         error;
+    FT_Driver        driver;
+    FT_Driver_Class  clazz;
+    FT_Memory        memory;
+    FT_GlyphSlot     slot;
+
+
+    if ( !face || !face->driver )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    driver = face->driver;
+    clazz  = driver->clazz;
+    memory = driver->root.memory;
+
+    FT_TRACE4(( "FT_New_GlyphSlot: Creating new slot object\n" ));
+    if ( !FT_ALLOC( slot, clazz->slot_object_size ) )
+    {
+      slot->face = face;
+
+      error = ft_glyphslot_init( slot );
+      if ( error )
+      {
+        ft_glyphslot_done( slot );
+        FT_FREE( slot );
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+
+      slot->next  = face->glyph;
+      face->glyph = slot;
+
+      if ( aslot )
+        *aslot = slot;
+    }
+    else if ( aslot )
+      *aslot = 0;
+
+
+  Exit:
+    FT_TRACE4(( "FT_New_GlyphSlot: Return %d\n", error ));
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftobjs.h */
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
+  FT_Done_GlyphSlot( FT_GlyphSlot  slot )
+  {
+    if ( slot )
+    {
+      FT_Driver     driver = slot->face->driver;
+      FT_Memory     memory = driver->root.memory;
+      FT_GlyphSlot  prev;
+      FT_GlyphSlot  cur;
+
+
+      /* Remove slot from its parent face's list */
+      prev = NULL;
+      cur  = slot->face->glyph;
+
+      while ( cur )
+      {
+        if ( cur == slot )
+        {
+          if ( !prev )
+            slot->face->glyph = cur->next;
+          else
+            prev->next = cur->next;
+
+          ft_glyphslot_done( slot );
+          FT_FREE( slot );
+          break;
+        }
+        prev = cur;
+        cur  = cur->next;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
+  FT_Set_Transform( FT_Face     face,
+                    FT_Matrix*  matrix,
+                    FT_Vector*  delta )
+  {
+    FT_Face_Internal  internal;
+
+
+    if ( !face )
+      return;
+
+    internal = face->internal;
+
+    internal->transform_flags = 0;
+
+    if ( !matrix )
+    {
+      internal->transform_matrix.xx = 0x10000L;
+      internal->transform_matrix.xy = 0;
+      internal->transform_matrix.yx = 0;
+      internal->transform_matrix.yy = 0x10000L;
+      matrix = &internal->transform_matrix;
+    }
+    else
+      internal->transform_matrix = *matrix;
+
+    /* set transform_flags bit flag 0 if `matrix' isn't the identity */
+    if ( ( matrix->xy | matrix->yx ) ||
+         matrix->xx != 0x10000L      ||
+         matrix->yy != 0x10000L      )
+      internal->transform_flags |= 1;
+
+    if ( !delta )
+    {
+      internal->transform_delta.x = 0;
+      internal->transform_delta.y = 0;
+      delta = &internal->transform_delta;
+    }
+    else
+      internal->transform_delta = *delta;
+
+    /* set transform_flags bit flag 1 if `delta' isn't the null vector */
+    if ( delta->x | delta->y )
+      internal->transform_flags |= 2;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Renderer
+  ft_lookup_glyph_renderer( FT_GlyphSlot  slot );
+
+
+#ifdef GRID_FIT_METRICS
+  static void
+  ft_glyphslot_grid_fit_metrics( FT_GlyphSlot  slot,
+                                 FT_Bool       vertical )
+  {
+    FT_Glyph_Metrics*  metrics = &slot->metrics;
+    FT_Pos             right, bottom;
+
+
+    if ( vertical )
+    {
+      metrics->horiBearingX = FT_PIX_FLOOR( metrics->horiBearingX );
+      metrics->horiBearingY = FT_PIX_CEIL ( metrics->horiBearingY );
+
+      right  = FT_PIX_CEIL( metrics->vertBearingX + metrics->width );
+      bottom = FT_PIX_CEIL( metrics->vertBearingY + metrics->height );
+
+      metrics->vertBearingX = FT_PIX_FLOOR( metrics->vertBearingX );
+      metrics->vertBearingY = FT_PIX_FLOOR( metrics->vertBearingY );
+
+      metrics->width  = right - metrics->vertBearingX;
+      metrics->height = bottom - metrics->vertBearingY;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      metrics->vertBearingX = FT_PIX_FLOOR( metrics->vertBearingX );
+      metrics->vertBearingY = FT_PIX_FLOOR( metrics->vertBearingY );
+
+      right  = FT_PIX_CEIL ( metrics->horiBearingX + metrics->width );
+      bottom = FT_PIX_FLOOR( metrics->horiBearingY - metrics->height );
+
+      metrics->horiBearingX = FT_PIX_FLOOR( metrics->horiBearingX );
+      metrics->horiBearingY = FT_PIX_CEIL ( metrics->horiBearingY );
+
+      metrics->width  = right - metrics->horiBearingX;
+      metrics->height = metrics->horiBearingY - bottom;
+    }
+
+    metrics->horiAdvance = FT_PIX_ROUND( metrics->horiAdvance );
+    metrics->vertAdvance = FT_PIX_ROUND( metrics->vertAdvance );
+  }
+#endif /* GRID_FIT_METRICS */
+
+
+  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Load_Glyph( FT_Face   face,
+                 FT_UInt   glyph_index,
+                 FT_Int32  load_flags )
+  {
+    FT_Error      error;
+    FT_Driver     driver;
+    FT_GlyphSlot  slot;
+    FT_Library    library;
+    FT_Bool       autohint = FALSE;
+    FT_Module     hinter;
+
+
+    if ( !face || !face->size || !face->glyph )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Face_Handle;
+
+    /* The validity test for `glyph_index' is performed by the */
+    /* font drivers.                                           */
+
+    slot = face->glyph;
+    ft_glyphslot_clear( slot );
+
+    driver  = face->driver;
+    library = driver->root.library;
+    hinter  = library->auto_hinter;
+
+    /* resolve load flags dependencies */
+
+    if ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE )
+      load_flags |= FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE         |
+                    FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM;
+
+    if ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE )
+    {
+      load_flags |= FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING |
+                    FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP;
+
+      load_flags &= ~FT_LOAD_RENDER;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Determine whether we need to auto-hint or not.
+     * The general rules are:
+     *
+     * - Do only auto-hinting if we have a hinter module,
+     *   a scalable font format dealing with outlines,
+     *   and no transforms except simple slants.
+     *
+     * - Then, autohint if FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT is set
+     *   or if we don't have a native font hinter.
+     *
+     * - Otherwise, auto-hint for LIGHT hinting mode.
+     *
+     * - Exception: The font is `tricky' and requires
+     *   the native hinter to load properly.
+     */
+
+    if ( hinter                                   &&
+         !( load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING )     &&
+         !( load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT )    &&
+         FT_DRIVER_IS_SCALABLE( driver )          &&
+         FT_DRIVER_USES_OUTLINES( driver )        &&
+         !FT_IS_TRICKY( face )                    &&
+         face->internal->transform_matrix.yy > 0  &&
+         face->internal->transform_matrix.yx == 0 )
+    {
+      if ( ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT ) ||
+           !FT_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER( driver )         )
+        autohint = TRUE;
+      else
+      {
+        FT_Render_Mode  mode = FT_LOAD_TARGET_MODE( load_flags );
+
+
+        if ( mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT             ||
+             face->internal->ignore_unpatented_hinter )
+          autohint = TRUE;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if ( autohint )
+    {
+      FT_AutoHinter_Service  hinting;
+
+
+      /* try to load embedded bitmaps first if available            */
+      /*                                                            */
+      /* XXX: This is really a temporary hack that should disappear */
+      /*      promptly with FreeType 2.1!                           */
+      /*                                                            */
+      if ( FT_HAS_FIXED_SIZES( face )             &&
+          ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP ) == 0 )
+      {
+        error = driver->clazz->load_glyph( slot, face->size,
+                                           glyph_index,
+                                           load_flags | FT_LOAD_SBITS_ONLY );
+
+        if ( !error && slot->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP )
+          goto Load_Ok;
+      }
+
+      {
+        FT_Face_Internal  internal        = face->internal;
+        FT_Int            transform_flags = internal->transform_flags;
+
+
+        /* since the auto-hinter calls FT_Load_Glyph by itself, */
+        /* make sure that glyphs aren't transformed             */
+        internal->transform_flags = 0;
+
+        /* load auto-hinted outline */
+        hinting = (FT_AutoHinter_Service)hinter->clazz->module_interface;
+
+        error   = hinting->load_glyph( (FT_AutoHinter)hinter,
+                                       slot, face->size,
+                                       glyph_index, load_flags );
+
+        internal->transform_flags = transform_flags;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      error = driver->clazz->load_glyph( slot,
+                                         face->size,
+                                         glyph_index,
+                                         load_flags );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      if ( slot->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE )
+      {
+        /* check that the loaded outline is correct */
+        error = FT_Outline_Check( &slot->outline );
+        if ( error )
+          goto Exit;
+
+#ifdef GRID_FIT_METRICS
+        if ( !( load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING ) )
+          ft_glyphslot_grid_fit_metrics( slot,
+              FT_BOOL( load_flags & FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT ) );
+#endif
+      }
+    }
+
+  Load_Ok:
+    /* compute the advance */
+    if ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT )
+    {
+      slot->advance.x = 0;
+      slot->advance.y = slot->metrics.vertAdvance;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      slot->advance.x = slot->metrics.horiAdvance;
+      slot->advance.y = 0;
+    }
+
+    /* compute the linear advance in 16.16 pixels */
+    if ( ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN ) == 0  &&
+         ( FT_IS_SCALABLE( face ) )                   )
+    {
+      FT_Size_Metrics*  metrics = &face->size->metrics;
+
+
+      /* it's tricky! */
+      slot->linearHoriAdvance = FT_MulDiv( slot->linearHoriAdvance,
+                                           metrics->x_scale, 64 );
+
+      slot->linearVertAdvance = FT_MulDiv( slot->linearVertAdvance,
+                                           metrics->y_scale, 64 );
+    }
+
+    if ( ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM ) == 0 )
+    {
+      FT_Face_Internal  internal = face->internal;
+
+
+      /* now, transform the glyph image if needed */
+      if ( internal->transform_flags )
+      {
+        /* get renderer */
+        FT_Renderer  renderer = ft_lookup_glyph_renderer( slot );
+
+
+        if ( renderer )
+          error = renderer->clazz->transform_glyph(
+                                     renderer, slot,
+                                     &internal->transform_matrix,
+                                     &internal->transform_delta );
+        /* transform advance */
+        FT_Vector_Transform( &slot->advance, &internal->transform_matrix );
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* do we need to render the image now? */
+    if ( !error                                    &&
+         slot->format != FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP    &&
+         slot->format != FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE &&
+         load_flags & FT_LOAD_RENDER )
+    {
+      FT_Render_Mode  mode = FT_LOAD_TARGET_MODE( load_flags );
+
+
+      if ( mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL      &&
+           (load_flags & FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME ) )
+        mode = FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO;
+
+      error = FT_Render_Glyph( slot, mode );
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Load_Char( FT_Face   face,
+                FT_ULong  char_code,
+                FT_Int32  load_flags )
+  {
+    FT_UInt  glyph_index;
+
+
+    if ( !face )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Face_Handle;
+
+    glyph_index = (FT_UInt)char_code;
+    if ( face->charmap )
+      glyph_index = FT_Get_Char_Index( face, char_code );
+
+    return FT_Load_Glyph( face, glyph_index, load_flags );
+  }
+
+
+  /* destructor for sizes list */
+  static void
+  destroy_size( FT_Memory  memory,
+                FT_Size    size,
+                FT_Driver  driver )
+  {
+    /* finalize client-specific data */
+    if ( size->generic.finalizer )
+      size->generic.finalizer( size );
+
+    /* finalize format-specific stuff */
+    if ( driver->clazz->done_size )
+      driver->clazz->done_size( size );
+
+    FT_FREE( size->internal );
+    FT_FREE( size );
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  ft_cmap_done_internal( FT_CMap  cmap );
+
+
+  static void
+  destroy_charmaps( FT_Face    face,
+                    FT_Memory  memory )
+  {
+    FT_Int  n;
+
+
+    if ( !face )
+      return;
+
+    for ( n = 0; n < face->num_charmaps; n++ )
+    {
+      FT_CMap  cmap = FT_CMAP( face->charmaps[n] );
+
+
+      ft_cmap_done_internal( cmap );
+
+      face->charmaps[n] = NULL;
+    }
+
+    FT_FREE( face->charmaps );
+    face->num_charmaps = 0;
+  }
+
+
+  /* destructor for faces list */
+  static void
+  destroy_face( FT_Memory  memory,
+                FT_Face    face,
+                FT_Driver  driver )
+  {
+    FT_Driver_Class  clazz = driver->clazz;
+
+
+    /* discard auto-hinting data */
+    if ( face->autohint.finalizer )
+      face->autohint.finalizer( face->autohint.data );
+
+    /* Discard glyph slots for this face.                           */
+    /* Beware!  FT_Done_GlyphSlot() changes the field `face->glyph' */
+    while ( face->glyph )
+      FT_Done_GlyphSlot( face->glyph );
+
+    /* discard all sizes for this face */
+    FT_List_Finalize( &face->sizes_list,
+                      (FT_List_Destructor)destroy_size,
+                      memory,
+                      driver );
+    face->size = 0;
+
+    /* now discard client data */
+    if ( face->generic.finalizer )
+      face->generic.finalizer( face );
+
+    /* discard charmaps */
+    destroy_charmaps( face, memory );
+
+    /* finalize format-specific stuff */
+    if ( clazz->done_face )
+      clazz->done_face( face );
+
+    /* close the stream for this face if needed */
+    FT_Stream_Free(
+      face->stream,
+      ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_EXTERNAL_STREAM ) != 0 );
+
+    face->stream = 0;
+
+    /* get rid of it */
+    if ( face->internal )
+    {
+      FT_FREE( face->internal );
+    }
+    FT_FREE( face );
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  Destroy_Driver( FT_Driver  driver )
+  {
+    FT_List_Finalize( &driver->faces_list,
+                      (FT_List_Destructor)destroy_face,
+                      driver->root.memory,
+                      driver );
+
+    /* check whether we need to drop the driver's glyph loader */
+    if ( FT_DRIVER_USES_OUTLINES( driver ) )
+      FT_GlyphLoader_Done( driver->glyph_loader );
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    find_unicode_charmap                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This function finds a Unicode charmap, if there is one.            */
+  /*    And if there is more than one, it tries to favour the more         */
+  /*    extensive one, i.e., one that supports UCS-4 against those which   */
+  /*    are limited to the BMP (said UCS-2 encoding.)                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    This function is called from open_face() (just below), and also    */
+  /*    from FT_Select_Charmap( ..., FT_ENCODING_UNICODE ).                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static FT_Error
+  find_unicode_charmap( FT_Face  face )
+  {
+    FT_CharMap*  first;
+    FT_CharMap*  cur;
+
+
+    /* caller should have already checked that `face' is valid */
+    FT_ASSERT( face );
+
+    first = face->charmaps;
+
+    if ( !first )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_CharMap_Handle;
+
+    /*
+     *  The original TrueType specification(s) only specified charmap
+     *  formats that are capable of mapping 8 or 16 bit character codes to
+     *  glyph indices.
+     *
+     *  However, recent updates to the Apple and OpenType specifications
+     *  introduced new formats that are capable of mapping 32-bit character
+     *  codes as well.  And these are already used on some fonts, mainly to
+     *  map non-BMP Asian ideographs as defined in Unicode.
+     *
+     *  For compatibility purposes, these fonts generally come with
+     *  *several* Unicode charmaps:
+     *
+     *   - One of them in the "old" 16-bit format, that cannot access
+     *     all glyphs in the font.
+     *
+     *   - Another one in the "new" 32-bit format, that can access all
+     *     the glyphs.
+     *
+     *  This function has been written to always favor a 32-bit charmap
+     *  when found.  Otherwise, a 16-bit one is returned when found.
+     */
+
+    /* Since the `interesting' table, with IDs (3,10), is normally the */
+    /* last one, we loop backwards.  This loses with type1 fonts with  */
+    /* non-BMP characters (<.0001%), this wins with .ttf with non-BMP  */
+    /* chars (.01% ?), and this is the same about 99.99% of the time!  */
+
+    cur = first + face->num_charmaps;  /* points after the last one */
+
+    for ( ; --cur >= first; )
+    {
+      if ( cur[0]->encoding == FT_ENCODING_UNICODE )
+      {
+        /* XXX If some new encodings to represent UCS-4 are added, */
+        /*     they should be added here.                          */
+        if ( ( cur[0]->platform_id == TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT &&
+               cur[0]->encoding_id == TT_MS_ID_UCS_4        )     ||
+             ( cur[0]->platform_id == TT_PLATFORM_APPLE_UNICODE &&
+               cur[0]->encoding_id == TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_32    ) )
+        {
+          face->charmap = cur[0];
+          return FT_Err_Ok;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* We do not have any UCS-4 charmap.                */
+    /* Do the loop again and search for UCS-2 charmaps. */
+    cur = first + face->num_charmaps;
+
+    for ( ; --cur >= first; )
+    {
+      if ( cur[0]->encoding == FT_ENCODING_UNICODE )
+      {
+        face->charmap = cur[0];
+        return FT_Err_Ok;
+      }
+    }
+
+    return FT_Err_Invalid_CharMap_Handle;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    find_variant_selector_charmap                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This function finds the variant selector charmap, if there is one. */
+  /*    There can only be one (platform=0, specific=5, format=14).         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static FT_CharMap
+  find_variant_selector_charmap( FT_Face  face )
+  {
+    FT_CharMap*  first;
+    FT_CharMap*  end;
+    FT_CharMap*  cur;
+
+
+    /* caller should have already checked that `face' is valid */
+    FT_ASSERT( face );
+
+    first = face->charmaps;
+
+    if ( !first )
+      return NULL;
+
+    end = first + face->num_charmaps;  /* points after the last one */
+
+    for ( cur = first; cur < end; ++cur )
+    {
+      if ( cur[0]->platform_id == TT_PLATFORM_APPLE_UNICODE    &&
+           cur[0]->encoding_id == TT_APPLE_ID_VARIANT_SELECTOR &&
+           FT_Get_CMap_Format( cur[0] ) == 14                  )
+        return cur[0];
+    }
+
+    return NULL;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    open_face                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This function does some work for FT_Open_Face().                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static FT_Error
+  open_face( FT_Driver      driver,
+             FT_Stream      stream,
+             FT_Long        face_index,
+             FT_Int         num_params,
+             FT_Parameter*  params,
+             FT_Face       *aface )
+  {
+    FT_Memory         memory;
+    FT_Driver_Class   clazz;
+    FT_Face           face = 0;
+    FT_Error          error, error2;
+    FT_Face_Internal  internal = NULL;
+
+
+    clazz  = driver->clazz;
+    memory = driver->root.memory;
+
+    /* allocate the face object and perform basic initialization */
+    if ( FT_ALLOC( face, clazz->face_object_size ) )
+      goto Fail;
+
+    if ( FT_NEW( internal ) )
+      goto Fail;
+
+    face->internal = internal;
+
+    face->driver   = driver;
+    face->memory   = memory;
+    face->stream   = stream;
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
+    {
+      int  i;
+
+
+      face->internal->incremental_interface = 0;
+      for ( i = 0; i < num_params && !face->internal->incremental_interface;
+            i++ )
+        if ( params[i].tag == FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL )
+          face->internal->incremental_interface =
+            (FT_Incremental_Interface)params[i].data;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    if ( clazz->init_face )
+      error = clazz->init_face( stream,
+                                face,
+                                (FT_Int)face_index,
+                                num_params,
+                                params );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Fail;
+
+    /* select Unicode charmap by default */
+    error2 = find_unicode_charmap( face );
+
+    /* if no Unicode charmap can be found, FT_Err_Invalid_CharMap_Handle */
+    /* is returned.                                                      */
+
+    /* no error should happen, but we want to play safe */
+    if ( error2 && error2 != FT_Err_Invalid_CharMap_Handle )
+    {
+      error = error2;
+      goto Fail;
+    }
+
+    *aface = face;
+
+  Fail:
+    if ( error )
+    {
+      destroy_charmaps( face, memory );
+      if ( clazz->done_face )
+        clazz->done_face( face );
+      FT_FREE( internal );
+      FT_FREE( face );
+      *aface = 0;
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* there's a Mac-specific extended implementation of FT_New_Face() */
+  /* in src/base/ftmac.c                                             */
+
+#if !defined( FT_MACINTOSH ) || defined( DARWIN_NO_CARBON )
+
+  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_New_Face( FT_Library   library,
+               const char*  pathname,
+               FT_Long      face_index,
+               FT_Face     *aface )
+  {
+    FT_Open_Args  args;
+
+
+    /* test for valid `library' and `aface' delayed to FT_Open_Face() */
+    if ( !pathname )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    args.flags    = FT_OPEN_PATHNAME;
+    args.pathname = (char*)pathname;
+    args.stream   = NULL;
+
+    return FT_Open_Face( library, &args, face_index, aface );
+  }
+
+#endif  /* defined( FT_MACINTOSH ) && !defined( DARWIN_NO_CARBON ) */
+
+
+  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_New_Memory_Face( FT_Library      library,
+                      const FT_Byte*  file_base,
+                      FT_Long         file_size,
+                      FT_Long         face_index,
+                      FT_Face        *aface )
+  {
+    FT_Open_Args  args;
+
+
+    /* test for valid `library' and `face' delayed to FT_Open_Face() */
+    if ( !file_base )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    args.flags       = FT_OPEN_MEMORY;
+    args.memory_base = file_base;
+    args.memory_size = file_size;
+    args.stream      = NULL;
+
+    return FT_Open_Face( library, &args, face_index, aface );
+  }
+
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS
+
+  /* The behavior here is very similar to that in base/ftmac.c, but it     */
+  /* is designed to work on non-mac systems, so no mac specific calls.     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* We look at the file and determine if it is a mac dfont file or a mac  */
+  /* resource file, or a macbinary file containing a mac resource file.    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Unlike ftmac I'm not going to look at a `FOND'.  I don't really see   */
+  /* the point, especially since there may be multiple `FOND' resources.   */
+  /* Instead I'll just look for `sfnt' and `POST' resources, ordered as    */
+  /* they occur in the file.                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Note that multiple `POST' resources do not mean multiple postscript   */
+  /* fonts; they all get jammed together to make what is essentially a     */
+  /* pfb file.                                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* We aren't interested in `NFNT' or `FONT' bitmap resources.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* As soon as we get an `sfnt' load it into memory and pass it off to    */
+  /* FT_Open_Face.                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* If we have a (set of) `POST' resources, massage them into a (memory)  */
+  /* pfb file and pass that to FT_Open_Face.  (As with ftmac.c I'm not     */
+  /* going to try to save the kerning info.  After all that lives in the   */
+  /* `FOND' which isn't in the file containing the `POST' resources so     */
+  /* we don't really have access to it.                                    */
+
+
+  /* Finalizer for a memory stream; gets called by FT_Done_Face(). */
+  /* It frees the memory it uses.                                  */
+  /* From ftmac.c.                                                 */
+  static void
+  memory_stream_close( FT_Stream  stream )
+  {
+    FT_Memory  memory = stream->memory;
+
+
+    FT_FREE( stream->base );
+
+    stream->size  = 0;
+    stream->base  = 0;
+    stream->close = 0;
+  }
+
+
+  /* Create a new memory stream from a buffer and a size. */
+  /* From ftmac.c.                                        */
+  static FT_Error
+  new_memory_stream( FT_Library           library,
+                     FT_Byte*             base,
+                     FT_ULong             size,
+                     FT_Stream_CloseFunc  close,
+                     FT_Stream           *astream )
+  {
+    FT_Error   error;
+    FT_Memory  memory;
+    FT_Stream  stream;
+
+
+    if ( !library )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Library_Handle;
+
+    if ( !base )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    *astream = 0;
+    memory = library->memory;
+    if ( FT_NEW( stream ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    FT_Stream_OpenMemory( stream, base, size );
+
+    stream->close = close;
+
+    *astream = stream;
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* Create a new FT_Face given a buffer and a driver name. */
+  /* from ftmac.c */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  open_face_from_buffer( FT_Library   library,
+                         FT_Byte*     base,
+                         FT_ULong     size,
+                         FT_Long      face_index,
+                         const char*  driver_name,
+                         FT_Face     *aface )
+  {
+    FT_Open_Args  args;
+    FT_Error      error;
+    FT_Stream     stream = NULL;
+    FT_Memory     memory = library->memory;
+
+
+    error = new_memory_stream( library,
+                               base,
+                               size,
+                               memory_stream_close,
+                               &stream );
+    if ( error )
+    {
+      FT_FREE( base );
+      return error;
+    }
+
+    args.flags = FT_OPEN_STREAM;
+    args.stream = stream;
+    if ( driver_name )
+    {
+      args.flags = args.flags | FT_OPEN_DRIVER;
+      args.driver = FT_Get_Module( library, driver_name );
+    }
+
+#ifdef FT_MACINTOSH
+    /* At this point, face_index has served its purpose;      */
+    /* whoever calls this function has already used it to     */
+    /* locate the correct font data.  We should not propagate */
+    /* this index to FT_Open_Face() (unless it is negative).  */
+
+    if ( face_index > 0 )
+      face_index = 0;
+#endif
+
+    error = FT_Open_Face( library, &args, face_index, aface );
+
+    if ( error == FT_Err_Ok )
+      (*aface)->face_flags &= ~FT_FACE_FLAG_EXTERNAL_STREAM;
+    else
+#ifdef FT_MACINTOSH
+      FT_Stream_Free( stream, 0 );
+#else
+    {
+      FT_Stream_Close( stream );
+      FT_FREE( stream );
+    }
+#endif
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* Look up `TYP1' or `CID ' table from sfnt table directory.       */
+  /* `offset' and `length' must exclude the binary header in tables. */
+
+  /* Type 1 and CID-keyed font drivers should recognize sfnt-wrapped */
+  /* format too.  Here, since we can't expect that the TrueType font */
+  /* driver is loaded unconditially, we must parse the font by       */
+  /* ourselves.  We are only interested in the name of the table and */
+  /* the offset.                                                     */
+
+  static FT_Error
+  ft_lookup_PS_in_sfnt_stream( FT_Stream  stream,
+                               FT_Long    face_index,
+                               FT_ULong*  offset,
+                               FT_ULong*  length,
+                               FT_Bool*   is_sfnt_cid )
+  {
+    FT_Error   error;
+    FT_UShort  numTables;
+    FT_Long    pstable_index;
+    FT_ULong   tag;
+    int        i;
+
+
+    *offset = 0;
+    *length = 0;
+    *is_sfnt_cid = FALSE;
+
+    /* TODO: support for sfnt-wrapped PS/CID in TTC format */
+
+    /* version check for 'typ1' (should be ignored?) */
+    if ( FT_READ_ULONG( tag ) )
+      return error;
+    if ( tag != TTAG_typ1 )
+      return FT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
+
+    if ( FT_READ_USHORT( numTables ) )
+      return error;
+    if ( FT_STREAM_SKIP( 2 * 3 ) ) /* skip binary search header */
+      return error;
+
+    pstable_index = -1;
+    *is_sfnt_cid  = FALSE;
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < numTables; i++ )
+    {
+      if ( FT_READ_ULONG( tag )     || FT_STREAM_SKIP( 4 )      ||
+           FT_READ_ULONG( *offset ) || FT_READ_ULONG( *length ) )
+        return error;
+
+      if ( tag == TTAG_CID )
+      {
+        pstable_index++;
+        *offset += 22;
+        *length -= 22;
+        *is_sfnt_cid = TRUE;
+        if ( face_index < 0 )
+          return FT_Err_Ok;
+      }
+      else if ( tag == TTAG_TYP1 )
+      {
+        pstable_index++;
+        *offset += 24;
+        *length -= 24;
+        *is_sfnt_cid = FALSE;
+        if ( face_index < 0 )
+          return FT_Err_Ok;
+      }
+      if ( face_index >= 0 && pstable_index == face_index )
+        return FT_Err_Ok;
+    }
+    return FT_Err_Table_Missing;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  open_face_PS_from_sfnt_stream( FT_Library     library,
+                                 FT_Stream      stream,
+                                 FT_Long        face_index,
+                                 FT_Int         num_params,
+                                 FT_Parameter  *params,
+                                 FT_Face       *aface )
+  {
+    FT_Error   error;
+    FT_Memory  memory = library->memory;
+    FT_ULong   offset, length;
+    FT_Long    pos;
+    FT_Bool    is_sfnt_cid;
+    FT_Byte*   sfnt_ps;
+
+    FT_UNUSED( num_params );
+    FT_UNUSED( params );
+
+
+    pos = FT_Stream_Pos( stream );
+
+    error = ft_lookup_PS_in_sfnt_stream( stream,
+                                         face_index,
+                                         &offset,
+                                         &length,
+                                         &is_sfnt_cid );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    if ( FT_Stream_Seek( stream, pos + offset ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    if ( FT_ALLOC( sfnt_ps, (FT_Long)length ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    error = FT_Stream_Read( stream, (FT_Byte *)sfnt_ps, length );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    error = open_face_from_buffer( library,
+                                   sfnt_ps,
+                                   length,
+                                   face_index < 0 ? face_index : 0,
+                                   is_sfnt_cid ? "cid" : "type1",
+                                   aface );
+  Exit:
+    {
+      FT_Error  error1;
+
+
+      if ( error == FT_Err_Unknown_File_Format )
+      {
+        error1 = FT_Stream_Seek( stream, pos );
+        if ( error1 )
+          return error1;
+      }
+
+      return error;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+#if !defined( FT_MACINTOSH ) || defined( DARWIN_NO_CARBON )
+
+  /* The resource header says we've got resource_cnt `POST' (type1) */
+  /* resources in this file.  They all need to be coalesced into    */
+  /* one lump which gets passed on to the type1 driver.             */
+  /* Here can be only one PostScript font in a file so face_index   */
+  /* must be 0 (or -1).                                             */
+  /*                                                                */
+  static FT_Error
+  Mac_Read_POST_Resource( FT_Library  library,
+                          FT_Stream   stream,
+                          FT_Long    *offsets,
+                          FT_Long     resource_cnt,
+                          FT_Long     face_index,
+                          FT_Face    *aface )
+  {
+    FT_Error   error  = FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource;
+    FT_Memory  memory = library->memory;
+    FT_Byte*   pfb_data;
+    int        i, type, flags;
+    FT_Long    len;
+    FT_Long    pfb_len, pfb_pos, pfb_lenpos;
+    FT_Long    rlen, temp;
+
+
+    if ( face_index == -1 )
+      face_index = 0;
+    if ( face_index != 0 )
+      return error;
+
+    /* Find the length of all the POST resources, concatenated.  Assume */
+    /* worst case (each resource in its own section).                   */
+    pfb_len = 0;
+    for ( i = 0; i < resource_cnt; ++i )
+    {
+      error = FT_Stream_Seek( stream, offsets[i] );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+      if ( FT_READ_LONG( temp ) )
+        goto Exit;
+      pfb_len += temp + 6;
+    }
+
+    if ( FT_ALLOC( pfb_data, (FT_Long)pfb_len + 2 ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    pfb_data[0] = 0x80;
+    pfb_data[1] = 1;            /* Ascii section */
+    pfb_data[2] = 0;            /* 4-byte length, fill in later */
+    pfb_data[3] = 0;
+    pfb_data[4] = 0;
+    pfb_data[5] = 0;
+    pfb_pos     = 6;
+    pfb_lenpos  = 2;
+
+    len = 0;
+    type = 1;
+    for ( i = 0; i < resource_cnt; ++i )
+    {
+      error = FT_Stream_Seek( stream, offsets[i] );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit2;
+      if ( FT_READ_LONG( rlen ) )
+        goto Exit;
+      if ( FT_READ_USHORT( flags ) )
+        goto Exit;
+      rlen -= 2;                    /* the flags are part of the resource */
+      if ( ( flags >> 8 ) == type )
+        len += rlen;
+      else
+      {
+        pfb_data[pfb_lenpos    ] = (FT_Byte)( len );
+        pfb_data[pfb_lenpos + 1] = (FT_Byte)( len >> 8 );
+        pfb_data[pfb_lenpos + 2] = (FT_Byte)( len >> 16 );
+        pfb_data[pfb_lenpos + 3] = (FT_Byte)( len >> 24 );
+
+        if ( ( flags >> 8 ) == 5 )      /* End of font mark */
+          break;
+
+        pfb_data[pfb_pos++] = 0x80;
+
+        type = flags >> 8;
+        len = rlen;
+
+        pfb_data[pfb_pos++] = (FT_Byte)type;
+        pfb_lenpos          = pfb_pos;
+        pfb_data[pfb_pos++] = 0;        /* 4-byte length, fill in later */
+        pfb_data[pfb_pos++] = 0;
+        pfb_data[pfb_pos++] = 0;
+        pfb_data[pfb_pos++] = 0;
+      }
+
+      error = FT_Stream_Read( stream, (FT_Byte *)pfb_data + pfb_pos, rlen );
+      pfb_pos += rlen;
+    }
+
+    pfb_data[pfb_pos++] = 0x80;
+    pfb_data[pfb_pos++] = 3;
+
+    pfb_data[pfb_lenpos    ] = (FT_Byte)( len );
+    pfb_data[pfb_lenpos + 1] = (FT_Byte)( len >> 8 );
+    pfb_data[pfb_lenpos + 2] = (FT_Byte)( len >> 16 );
+    pfb_data[pfb_lenpos + 3] = (FT_Byte)( len >> 24 );
+
+    return open_face_from_buffer( library,
+                                  pfb_data,
+                                  pfb_pos,
+                                  face_index,
+                                  "type1",
+                                  aface );
+
+  Exit2:
+    FT_FREE( pfb_data );
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* The resource header says we've got resource_cnt `sfnt'      */
+  /* (TrueType/OpenType) resources in this file.  Look through   */
+  /* them for the one indicated by face_index, load it into mem, */
+  /* pass it on the the truetype driver and return it.           */
+  /*                                                             */
+  static FT_Error
+  Mac_Read_sfnt_Resource( FT_Library  library,
+                          FT_Stream   stream,
+                          FT_Long    *offsets,
+                          FT_Long     resource_cnt,
+                          FT_Long     face_index,
+                          FT_Face    *aface )
+  {
+    FT_Memory  memory = library->memory;
+    FT_Byte*   sfnt_data;
+    FT_Error   error;
+    FT_Long    flag_offset;
+    FT_Long    rlen;
+    int        is_cff;
+    FT_Long    face_index_in_resource = 0;
+
+
+    if ( face_index == -1 )
+      face_index = 0;
+    if ( face_index >= resource_cnt )
+      return FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource;
+
+    flag_offset = offsets[face_index];
+    error = FT_Stream_Seek( stream, flag_offset );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    if ( FT_READ_LONG( rlen ) )
+      goto Exit;
+    if ( rlen == -1 )
+      return FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource;
+
+    error = open_face_PS_from_sfnt_stream( library,
+                                           stream,
+                                           face_index,
+                                           0, NULL,
+                                           aface );
+    if ( !error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* rewind sfnt stream before open_face_PS_from_sfnt_stream() */
+    if ( FT_Stream_Seek( stream, flag_offset + 4 ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    if ( FT_ALLOC( sfnt_data, (FT_Long)rlen ) )
+      return error;
+    error = FT_Stream_Read( stream, (FT_Byte *)sfnt_data, rlen );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    is_cff = rlen > 4 && !ft_memcmp( sfnt_data, "OTTO", 4 );
+    error = open_face_from_buffer( library,
+                                   sfnt_data,
+                                   rlen,
+                                   face_index_in_resource,
+                                   is_cff ? "cff" : "truetype",
+                                   aface );
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* Check for a valid resource fork header, or a valid dfont    */
+  /* header.  In a resource fork the first 16 bytes are repeated */
+  /* at the location specified by bytes 4-7.  In a dfont bytes   */
+  /* 4-7 point to 16 bytes of zeroes instead.                    */
+  /*                                                             */
+  static FT_Error
+  IsMacResource( FT_Library  library,
+                 FT_Stream   stream,
+                 FT_Long     resource_offset,
+                 FT_Long     face_index,
+                 FT_Face    *aface )
+  {
+    FT_Memory  memory = library->memory;
+    FT_Error   error;
+    FT_Long    map_offset, rdara_pos;
+    FT_Long    *data_offsets;
+    FT_Long    count;
+
+
+    error = FT_Raccess_Get_HeaderInfo( library, stream, resource_offset,
+                                       &map_offset, &rdara_pos );
+    if ( error )
+      return error;
+
+    error = FT_Raccess_Get_DataOffsets( library, stream,
+                                        map_offset, rdara_pos,
+                                        TTAG_POST,
+                                        &data_offsets, &count );
+    if ( !error )
+    {
+      error = Mac_Read_POST_Resource( library, stream, data_offsets, count,
+                                      face_index, aface );
+      FT_FREE( data_offsets );
+      /* POST exists in an LWFN providing a single face */
+      if ( !error )
+        (*aface)->num_faces = 1;
+      return error;
+    }
+
+    error = FT_Raccess_Get_DataOffsets( library, stream,
+                                        map_offset, rdara_pos,
+                                        TTAG_sfnt,
+                                        &data_offsets, &count );
+    if ( !error )
+    {
+      FT_Long  face_index_internal = face_index % count;
+
+
+      error = Mac_Read_sfnt_Resource( library, stream, data_offsets, count,
+                                      face_index_internal, aface );
+      FT_FREE( data_offsets );
+      if ( !error )
+        (*aface)->num_faces = count;
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* Check for a valid macbinary header, and if we find one   */
+  /* check that the (flattened) resource fork in it is valid. */
+  /*                                                          */
+  static FT_Error
+  IsMacBinary( FT_Library  library,
+               FT_Stream   stream,
+               FT_Long     face_index,
+               FT_Face    *aface )
+  {
+    unsigned char  header[128];
+    FT_Error       error;
+    FT_Long        dlen, offset;
+
+
+    if ( NULL == stream )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Stream_Operation;
+
+    error = FT_Stream_Seek( stream, 0 );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    error = FT_Stream_Read( stream, (FT_Byte*)header, 128 );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    if (            header[ 0] !=  0 ||
+                    header[74] !=  0 ||
+                    header[82] !=  0 ||
+                    header[ 1] ==  0 ||
+                    header[ 1] >  33 ||
+                    header[63] !=  0 ||
+         header[2 + header[1]] !=  0 )
+      return FT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
+
+    dlen = ( header[0x53] << 24 ) |
+           ( header[0x54] << 16 ) |
+           ( header[0x55] <<  8 ) |
+             header[0x56];
+#if 0
+    rlen = ( header[0x57] << 24 ) |
+           ( header[0x58] << 16 ) |
+           ( header[0x59] <<  8 ) |
+             header[0x5a];
+#endif /* 0 */
+    offset = 128 + ( ( dlen + 127 ) & ~127 );
+
+    return IsMacResource( library, stream, offset, face_index, aface );
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  load_face_in_embedded_rfork( FT_Library           library,
+                               FT_Stream            stream,
+                               FT_Long              face_index,
+                               FT_Face             *aface,
+                               const FT_Open_Args  *args )
+  {
+
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_raccess
+
+    FT_Memory  memory = library->memory;
+    FT_Error   error  = FT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
+    int        i;
+
+    char *     file_names[FT_RACCESS_N_RULES];
+    FT_Long    offsets[FT_RACCESS_N_RULES];
+    FT_Error   errors[FT_RACCESS_N_RULES];
+
+    FT_Open_Args  args2;
+    FT_Stream     stream2 = 0;
+
+
+    FT_Raccess_Guess( library, stream,
+                      args->pathname, file_names, offsets, errors );
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < FT_RACCESS_N_RULES; i++ )
+    {
+      if ( errors[i] )
+      {
+        FT_TRACE3(( "Error[%d] has occurred in rule %d\n", errors[i], i ));
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      args2.flags    = FT_OPEN_PATHNAME;
+      args2.pathname = file_names[i] ? file_names[i] : args->pathname;
+
+      FT_TRACE3(( "Try rule %d: %s (offset=%d) ...",
+                  i, args2.pathname, offsets[i] ));
+
+      error = FT_Stream_New( library, &args2, &stream2 );
+      if ( error )
+      {
+        FT_TRACE3(( "failed\n" ));
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      error = IsMacResource( library, stream2, offsets[i],
+                             face_index, aface );
+      FT_Stream_Free( stream2, 0 );
+
+      FT_TRACE3(( "%s\n", error ? "failed": "successful" ));
+
+      if ( !error )
+          break;
+    }
+
+    for (i = 0; i < FT_RACCESS_N_RULES; i++)
+    {
+      if ( file_names[i] )
+        FT_FREE( file_names[i] );
+    }
+
+    /* Caller (load_mac_face) requires FT_Err_Unknown_File_Format. */
+    if ( error )
+      error = FT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
+
+    return error;
+
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_objs
+
+  }
+
+
+  /* Check for some macintosh formats without Carbon framework.    */
+  /* Is this a macbinary file?  If so look at the resource fork.   */
+  /* Is this a mac dfont file?                                     */
+  /* Is this an old style resource fork? (in data)                 */
+  /* Else call load_face_in_embedded_rfork to try extra rules      */
+  /* (defined in `ftrfork.c').                                     */
+  /*                                                               */
+  static FT_Error
+  load_mac_face( FT_Library           library,
+                 FT_Stream            stream,
+                 FT_Long              face_index,
+                 FT_Face             *aface,
+                 const FT_Open_Args  *args )
+  {
+    FT_Error error;
+    FT_UNUSED( args );
+
+
+    error = IsMacBinary( library, stream, face_index, aface );
+    if ( FT_ERROR_BASE( error ) == FT_Err_Unknown_File_Format )
+    {
+
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_raccess
+
+      FT_TRACE3(( "Try as dfont: %s ...", args->pathname ));
+
+      error = IsMacResource( library, stream, 0, face_index, aface );
+
+      FT_TRACE3(( "%s\n", error ? "failed" : "successful" ));
+
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_objs
+
+    }
+
+    if ( ( FT_ERROR_BASE( error ) == FT_Err_Unknown_File_Format      ||
+           FT_ERROR_BASE( error ) == FT_Err_Invalid_Stream_Operation ) &&
+         ( args->flags & FT_OPEN_PATHNAME )                            )
+      error = load_face_in_embedded_rfork( library, stream,
+                                           face_index, aface, args );
+    return error;
+  }
+#endif
+
+#endif  /* !FT_MACINTOSH && FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS */
+
+
+  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Open_Face( FT_Library           library,
+                const FT_Open_Args*  args,
+                FT_Long              face_index,
+                FT_Face             *aface )
+  {
+    FT_Error     error;
+    FT_Driver    driver;
+    FT_Memory    memory;
+    FT_Stream    stream = 0;
+    FT_Face      face = 0;
+    FT_ListNode  node = 0;
+    FT_Bool      external_stream;
+    FT_Module*   cur;
+    FT_Module*   limit;
+
+
+    /* test for valid `library' delayed to */
+    /* FT_Stream_New()                     */
+
+    if ( ( !aface && face_index >= 0 ) || !args )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    external_stream = FT_BOOL( ( args->flags & FT_OPEN_STREAM ) &&
+                               args->stream                     );
+
+    /* create input stream */
+    error = FT_Stream_New( library, args, &stream );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Fail3;
+
+    memory = library->memory;
+
+    /* If the font driver is specified in the `args' structure, use */
+    /* it.  Otherwise, we scan the list of registered drivers.      */
+    if ( ( args->flags & FT_OPEN_DRIVER ) && args->driver )
+    {
+      driver = FT_DRIVER( args->driver );
+
+      /* not all modules are drivers, so check... */
+      if ( FT_MODULE_IS_DRIVER( driver ) )
+      {
+        FT_Int         num_params = 0;
+        FT_Parameter*  params     = 0;
+
+
+        if ( args->flags & FT_OPEN_PARAMS )
+        {
+          num_params = args->num_params;
+          params     = args->params;
+        }
+
+        error = open_face( driver, stream, face_index,
+                           num_params, params, &face );
+        if ( !error )
+          goto Success;
+      }
+      else
+        error = FT_Err_Invalid_Handle;
+
+      FT_Stream_Free( stream, external_stream );
+      goto Fail;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* check each font driver for an appropriate format */
+      cur   = library->modules;
+      limit = cur + library->num_modules;
+
+
+      for ( ; cur < limit; cur++ )
+      {
+        /* not all modules are font drivers, so check... */
+        if ( FT_MODULE_IS_DRIVER( cur[0] ) )
+        {
+          FT_Int         num_params = 0;
+          FT_Parameter*  params     = 0;
+
+
+          driver = FT_DRIVER( cur[0] );
+
+          if ( args->flags & FT_OPEN_PARAMS )
+          {
+            num_params = args->num_params;
+            params     = args->params;
+          }
+
+          error = open_face( driver, stream, face_index,
+                             num_params, params, &face );
+          if ( !error )
+            goto Success;
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS
+          if ( ft_strcmp( cur[0]->clazz->module_name, "truetype" ) == 0 &&
+               FT_ERROR_BASE( error ) == FT_Err_Table_Missing           )
+          {
+            /* TrueType but essential tables are missing */
+            if ( FT_Stream_Seek( stream, 0 ) )
+              break;
+
+            error = open_face_PS_from_sfnt_stream( library,
+                                                   stream,
+                                                   face_index,
+                                                   num_params,
+                                                   params,
+                                                   aface );
+            if ( !error )
+            {
+              FT_Stream_Free( stream, external_stream );
+              return error;
+            }
+          }
+#endif
+
+          if ( FT_ERROR_BASE( error ) != FT_Err_Unknown_File_Format )
+            goto Fail3;
+        }
+      }
+
+  Fail3:
+    /* If we are on the mac, and we get an FT_Err_Invalid_Stream_Operation */
+    /* it may be because we have an empty data fork, so we need to check   */
+    /* the resource fork.                                                  */
+    if ( FT_ERROR_BASE( error ) != FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Stream       &&
+         FT_ERROR_BASE( error ) != FT_Err_Unknown_File_Format      &&
+         FT_ERROR_BASE( error ) != FT_Err_Invalid_Stream_Operation )
+      goto Fail2;
+
+#if !defined( FT_MACINTOSH ) && defined( FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS )
+    error = load_mac_face( library, stream, face_index, aface, args );
+    if ( !error )
+    {
+      /* We don't want to go to Success here.  We've already done that. */
+      /* On the other hand, if we succeeded we still need to close this */
+      /* stream (we opened a different stream which extracted the       */
+      /* interesting information out of this stream here.  That stream  */
+      /* will still be open and the face will point to it).             */
+      FT_Stream_Free( stream, external_stream );
+      return error;
+    }
+
+    if ( FT_ERROR_BASE( error ) != FT_Err_Unknown_File_Format )
+      goto Fail2;
+#endif  /* !FT_MACINTOSH && FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS */
+
+      /* no driver is able to handle this format */
+      error = FT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
+
+  Fail2:
+      FT_Stream_Free( stream, external_stream );
+      goto Fail;
+    }
+
+  Success:
+    FT_TRACE4(( "FT_Open_Face: New face object, adding to list\n" ));
+
+    /* set the FT_FACE_FLAG_EXTERNAL_STREAM bit for FT_Done_Face */
+    if ( external_stream )
+      face->face_flags |= FT_FACE_FLAG_EXTERNAL_STREAM;
+
+    /* add the face object to its driver's list */
+    if ( FT_NEW( node ) )
+      goto Fail;
+
+    node->data = face;
+    /* don't assume driver is the same as face->driver, so use */
+    /* face->driver instead.                                   */
+    FT_List_Add( &face->driver->faces_list, node );
+
+    /* now allocate a glyph slot object for the face */
+    FT_TRACE4(( "FT_Open_Face: Creating glyph slot\n" ));
+
+    if ( face_index >= 0 )
+    {
+      error = FT_New_GlyphSlot( face, NULL );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Fail;
+
+      /* finally, allocate a size object for the face */
+      {
+        FT_Size  size;
+
+
+        FT_TRACE4(( "FT_Open_Face: Creating size object\n" ));
+
+        error = FT_New_Size( face, &size );
+        if ( error )
+          goto Fail;
+
+        face->size = size;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* some checks */
+
+    if ( FT_IS_SCALABLE( face ) )
+    {
+      if ( face->height < 0 )
+        face->height = (FT_Short)-face->height;
+
+      if ( !FT_HAS_VERTICAL( face ) )
+        face->max_advance_height = (FT_Short)face->height;
+    }
+
+    if ( FT_HAS_FIXED_SIZES( face ) )
+    {
+      FT_Int  i;
+
+
+      for ( i = 0; i < face->num_fixed_sizes; i++ )
+      {
+        FT_Bitmap_Size*  bsize = face->available_sizes + i;
+
+
+        if ( bsize->height < 0 )
+          bsize->height = (FT_Short)-bsize->height;
+        if ( bsize->x_ppem < 0 )
+          bsize->x_ppem = (FT_Short)-bsize->x_ppem;
+        if ( bsize->y_ppem < 0 )
+          bsize->y_ppem = -bsize->y_ppem;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* initialize internal face data */
+    {
+      FT_Face_Internal  internal = face->internal;
+
+
+      internal->transform_matrix.xx = 0x10000L;
+      internal->transform_matrix.xy = 0;
+      internal->transform_matrix.yx = 0;
+      internal->transform_matrix.yy = 0x10000L;
+
+      internal->transform_delta.x = 0;
+      internal->transform_delta.y = 0;
+    }
+
+    if ( aface )
+      *aface = face;
+    else
+      FT_Done_Face( face );
+
+    goto Exit;
+
+  Fail:
+    FT_Done_Face( face );
+
+  Exit:
+    FT_TRACE4(( "FT_Open_Face: Return %d\n", error ));
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Attach_File( FT_Face      face,
+                  const char*  filepathname )
+  {
+    FT_Open_Args  open;
+
+
+    /* test for valid `face' delayed to FT_Attach_Stream() */
+
+    if ( !filepathname )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    open.stream   = NULL;
+    open.flags    = FT_OPEN_PATHNAME;
+    open.pathname = (char*)filepathname;
+
+    return FT_Attach_Stream( face, &open );
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Attach_Stream( FT_Face        face,
+                    FT_Open_Args*  parameters )
+  {
+    FT_Stream  stream;
+    FT_Error   error;
+    FT_Driver  driver;
+
+    FT_Driver_Class  clazz;
+
+
+    /* test for valid `parameters' delayed to FT_Stream_New() */
+
+    if ( !face )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Face_Handle;
+
+    driver = face->driver;
+    if ( !driver )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Driver_Handle;
+
+    error = FT_Stream_New( driver->root.library, parameters, &stream );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* we implement FT_Attach_Stream in each driver through the */
+    /* `attach_file' interface                                  */
+
+    error = FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
+    clazz = driver->clazz;
+    if ( clazz->attach_file )
+      error = clazz->attach_file( face, stream );
+
+    /* close the attached stream */
+    FT_Stream_Free( stream,
+                    (FT_Bool)( parameters->stream &&
+                               ( parameters->flags & FT_OPEN_STREAM ) ) );
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Done_Face( FT_Face  face )
+  {
+    FT_Error     error;
+    FT_Driver    driver;
+    FT_Memory    memory;
+    FT_ListNode  node;
+
+
+    error = FT_Err_Invalid_Face_Handle;
+    if ( face && face->driver )
+    {
+      driver = face->driver;
+      memory = driver->root.memory;
+
+      /* find face in driver's list */
+      node = FT_List_Find( &driver->faces_list, face );
+      if ( node )
+      {
+        /* remove face object from the driver's list */
+        FT_List_Remove( &driver->faces_list, node );
+        FT_FREE( node );
+
+        /* now destroy the object proper */
+        destroy_face( memory, face, driver );
+        error = FT_Err_Ok;
+      }
+    }
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftobjs.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_New_Size( FT_Face   face,
+               FT_Size  *asize )
+  {
+    FT_Error         error;
+    FT_Memory        memory;
+    FT_Driver        driver;
+    FT_Driver_Class  clazz;
+
+    FT_Size          size = 0;
+    FT_ListNode      node = 0;
+
+
+    if ( !face )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Face_Handle;
+
+    if ( !asize )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Size_Handle;
+
+    if ( !face->driver )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Driver_Handle;
+
+    *asize = 0;
+
+    driver = face->driver;
+    clazz  = driver->clazz;
+    memory = face->memory;
+
+    /* Allocate new size object and perform basic initialisation */
+    if ( FT_ALLOC( size, clazz->size_object_size ) || FT_NEW( node ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    size->face = face;
+
+    /* for now, do not use any internal fields in size objects */
+    size->internal = 0;
+
+    if ( clazz->init_size )
+      error = clazz->init_size( size );
+
+    /* in case of success, add to the face's list */
+    if ( !error )
+    {
+      *asize     = size;
+      node->data = size;
+      FT_List_Add( &face->sizes_list, node );
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    if ( error )
+    {
+      FT_FREE( node );
+      FT_FREE( size );
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftobjs.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Done_Size( FT_Size  size )
+  {
+    FT_Error     error;
+    FT_Driver    driver;
+    FT_Memory    memory;
+    FT_Face      face;
+    FT_ListNode  node;
+
+
+    if ( !size )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Size_Handle;
+
+    face = size->face;
+    if ( !face )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Face_Handle;
+
+    driver = face->driver;
+    if ( !driver )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Driver_Handle;
+
+    memory = driver->root.memory;
+
+    error = FT_Err_Ok;
+    node  = FT_List_Find( &face->sizes_list, size );
+    if ( node )
+    {
+      FT_List_Remove( &face->sizes_list, node );
+      FT_FREE( node );
+
+      if ( face->size == size )
+      {
+        face->size = 0;
+        if ( face->sizes_list.head )
+          face->size = (FT_Size)(face->sizes_list.head->data);
+      }
+
+      destroy_size( memory, size, driver );
+    }
+    else
+      error = FT_Err_Invalid_Size_Handle;
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftobjs.h */
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Match_Size( FT_Face          face,
+                 FT_Size_Request  req,
+                 FT_Bool          ignore_width,
+                 FT_ULong*        size_index )
+  {
+    FT_Int   i;
+    FT_Long  w, h;
+
+
+    if ( !FT_HAS_FIXED_SIZES( face ) )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Face_Handle;
+
+    /* FT_Bitmap_Size doesn't provide enough info... */
+    if ( req->type != FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_NOMINAL )
+      return FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
+
+    w = FT_REQUEST_WIDTH ( req );
+    h = FT_REQUEST_HEIGHT( req );
+
+    if ( req->width && !req->height )
+      h = w;
+    else if ( !req->width && req->height )
+      w = h;
+
+    w = FT_PIX_ROUND( w );
+    h = FT_PIX_ROUND( h );
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < face->num_fixed_sizes; i++ )
+    {
+      FT_Bitmap_Size*  bsize = face->available_sizes + i;
+
+
+      if ( h != FT_PIX_ROUND( bsize->y_ppem ) )
+        continue;
+
+      if ( w == FT_PIX_ROUND( bsize->x_ppem ) || ignore_width )
+      {
+        if ( size_index )
+          *size_index = (FT_ULong)i;
+
+        return FT_Err_Ok;
+      }
+    }
+
+    return FT_Err_Invalid_Pixel_Size;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftobjs.h */
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
+  ft_synthesize_vertical_metrics( FT_Glyph_Metrics*  metrics,
+                                  FT_Pos             advance )
+  {
+    /* the factor 1.2 is a heuristical value */
+    if ( !advance )
+      advance = metrics->height * 12 / 10;
+
+    metrics->vertBearingX = -( metrics->width / 2 );
+    metrics->vertBearingY = ( advance - metrics->height ) / 2;
+    metrics->vertAdvance  = advance;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  ft_recompute_scaled_metrics( FT_Face           face,
+                               FT_Size_Metrics*  metrics )
+  {
+    /* Compute root ascender, descender, test height, and max_advance */
+
+#ifdef GRID_FIT_METRICS
+    metrics->ascender    = FT_PIX_CEIL( FT_MulFix( face->ascender,
+                                                   metrics->y_scale ) );
+
+    metrics->descender   = FT_PIX_FLOOR( FT_MulFix( face->descender,
+                                                    metrics->y_scale ) );
+
+    metrics->height      = FT_PIX_ROUND( FT_MulFix( face->height,
+                                                    metrics->y_scale ) );
+
+    metrics->max_advance = FT_PIX_ROUND( FT_MulFix( face->max_advance_width,
+                                                    metrics->x_scale ) );
+#else /* !GRID_FIT_METRICS */
+    metrics->ascender    = FT_MulFix( face->ascender,
+                                      metrics->y_scale );
+
+    metrics->descender   = FT_MulFix( face->descender,
+                                      metrics->y_scale );
+
+    metrics->height      = FT_MulFix( face->height,
+                                      metrics->y_scale );
+
+    metrics->max_advance = FT_MulFix( face->max_advance_width,
+                                      metrics->x_scale );
+#endif /* !GRID_FIT_METRICS */
+  }
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
+  FT_Select_Metrics( FT_Face   face,
+                     FT_ULong  strike_index )
+  {
+    FT_Size_Metrics*  metrics;
+    FT_Bitmap_Size*   bsize;
+
+
+    metrics = &face->size->metrics;
+    bsize   = face->available_sizes + strike_index;
+
+    metrics->x_ppem = (FT_UShort)( ( bsize->x_ppem + 32 ) >> 6 );
+    metrics->y_ppem = (FT_UShort)( ( bsize->y_ppem + 32 ) >> 6 );
+
+    if ( FT_IS_SCALABLE( face ) )
+    {
+      metrics->x_scale = FT_DivFix( bsize->x_ppem,
+                                    face->units_per_EM );
+      metrics->y_scale = FT_DivFix( bsize->y_ppem,
+                                    face->units_per_EM );
+
+      ft_recompute_scaled_metrics( face, metrics );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      metrics->x_scale     = 1L << 16;
+      metrics->y_scale     = 1L << 16;
+      metrics->ascender    = bsize->y_ppem;
+      metrics->descender   = 0;
+      metrics->height      = bsize->height << 6;
+      metrics->max_advance = bsize->x_ppem;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
+  FT_Request_Metrics( FT_Face          face,
+                      FT_Size_Request  req )
+  {
+    FT_Size_Metrics*  metrics;
+
+
+    metrics = &face->size->metrics;
+
+    if ( FT_IS_SCALABLE( face ) )
+    {
+      FT_Long  w = 0, h = 0, scaled_w = 0, scaled_h = 0;
+
+
+      switch ( req->type )
+      {
+      case FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_NOMINAL:
+        w = h = face->units_per_EM;
+        break;
+
+      case FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_REAL_DIM:
+        w = h = face->ascender - face->descender;
+        break;
+
+      case FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_BBOX:
+        w = face->bbox.xMax - face->bbox.xMin;
+        h = face->bbox.yMax - face->bbox.yMin;
+        break;
+
+      case FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_CELL:
+        w = face->max_advance_width;
+        h = face->ascender - face->descender;
+        break;
+
+      case FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_SCALES:
+        metrics->x_scale = (FT_Fixed)req->width;
+        metrics->y_scale = (FT_Fixed)req->height;
+        if ( !metrics->x_scale )
+          metrics->x_scale = metrics->y_scale;
+        else if ( !metrics->y_scale )
+          metrics->y_scale = metrics->x_scale;
+        goto Calculate_Ppem;
+
+      case FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_MAX:
+        break;
+      }
+
+      /* to be on the safe side */
+      if ( w < 0 )
+        w = -w;
+
+      if ( h < 0 )
+        h = -h;
+
+      scaled_w = FT_REQUEST_WIDTH ( req );
+      scaled_h = FT_REQUEST_HEIGHT( req );
+
+      /* determine scales */
+      if ( req->width )
+      {
+        metrics->x_scale = FT_DivFix( scaled_w, w );
+
+        if ( req->height )
+        {
+          metrics->y_scale = FT_DivFix( scaled_h, h );
+
+          if ( req->type == FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_CELL )
+          {
+            if ( metrics->y_scale > metrics->x_scale )
+              metrics->y_scale = metrics->x_scale;
+            else
+              metrics->x_scale = metrics->y_scale;
+          }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          metrics->y_scale = metrics->x_scale;
+          scaled_h = FT_MulDiv( scaled_w, h, w );
+        }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        metrics->x_scale = metrics->y_scale = FT_DivFix( scaled_h, h );
+        scaled_w = FT_MulDiv( scaled_h, w, h );
+      }
+
+  Calculate_Ppem:
+      /* calculate the ppems */
+      if ( req->type != FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_NOMINAL )
+      {
+        scaled_w = FT_MulFix( face->units_per_EM, metrics->x_scale );
+        scaled_h = FT_MulFix( face->units_per_EM, metrics->y_scale );
+      }
+
+      metrics->x_ppem = (FT_UShort)( ( scaled_w + 32 ) >> 6 );
+      metrics->y_ppem = (FT_UShort)( ( scaled_h + 32 ) >> 6 );
+
+      ft_recompute_scaled_metrics( face, metrics );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      FT_ZERO( metrics );
+      metrics->x_scale = 1L << 16;
+      metrics->y_scale = 1L << 16;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Select_Size( FT_Face  face,
+                  FT_Int   strike_index )
+  {
+    FT_Driver_Class  clazz;
+
+
+    if ( !face || !FT_HAS_FIXED_SIZES( face ) )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Face_Handle;
+
+    if ( strike_index < 0 || strike_index >= face->num_fixed_sizes )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    clazz = face->driver->clazz;
+
+    if ( clazz->select_size )
+      return clazz->select_size( face->size, (FT_ULong)strike_index );
+
+    FT_Select_Metrics( face, (FT_ULong)strike_index );
+
+    return FT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Request_Size( FT_Face          face,
+                   FT_Size_Request  req )
+  {
+    FT_Driver_Class  clazz;
+    FT_ULong         strike_index;
+
+
+    if ( !face )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Face_Handle;
+
+    if ( !req || req->width < 0 || req->height < 0 ||
+         req->type >= FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_MAX )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    clazz = face->driver->clazz;
+
+    if ( clazz->request_size )
+      return clazz->request_size( face->size, req );
+
+    /*
+     * The reason that a driver doesn't have `request_size' defined is
+     * either that the scaling here suffices or that the supported formats
+     * are bitmap-only and size matching is not implemented.
+     *
+     * In the latter case, a simple size matching is done.
+     */
+    if ( !FT_IS_SCALABLE( face ) && FT_HAS_FIXED_SIZES( face ) )
+    {
+      FT_Error  error;
+
+
+      error = FT_Match_Size( face, req, 0, &strike_index );
+      if ( error )
+        return error;
+
+      FT_TRACE3(( "FT_Request_Size: bitmap strike %lu matched\n",
+                  strike_index ));
+
+      return FT_Select_Size( face, (FT_Int)strike_index );
+    }
+
+    FT_Request_Metrics( face, req );
+
+    return FT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Set_Char_Size( FT_Face     face,
+                    FT_F26Dot6  char_width,
+                    FT_F26Dot6  char_height,
+                    FT_UInt     horz_resolution,
+                    FT_UInt     vert_resolution )
+  {
+    FT_Size_RequestRec  req;
+
+
+    if ( !char_width )
+      char_width = char_height;
+    else if ( !char_height )
+      char_height = char_width;
+
+    if ( !horz_resolution )
+      horz_resolution = vert_resolution;
+    else if ( !vert_resolution )
+      vert_resolution = horz_resolution;
+
+    if ( char_width  < 1 * 64 )
+      char_width  = 1 * 64;
+    if ( char_height < 1 * 64 )
+      char_height = 1 * 64;
+
+    if ( !horz_resolution )
+      horz_resolution = vert_resolution = 72;
+
+    req.type           = FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_NOMINAL;
+    req.width          = char_width;
+    req.height         = char_height;
+    req.horiResolution = horz_resolution;
+    req.vertResolution = vert_resolution;
+
+    return FT_Request_Size( face, &req );
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes( FT_Face  face,
+                      FT_UInt  pixel_width,
+                      FT_UInt  pixel_height )
+  {
+    FT_Size_RequestRec  req;
+
+
+    if ( pixel_width == 0 )
+      pixel_width = pixel_height;
+    else if ( pixel_height == 0 )
+      pixel_height = pixel_width;
+
+    if ( pixel_width  < 1 )
+      pixel_width  = 1;
+    if ( pixel_height < 1 )
+      pixel_height = 1;
+
+    /* use `>=' to avoid potential compiler warning on 16bit platforms */
+    if ( pixel_width  >= 0xFFFFU )
+      pixel_width  = 0xFFFFU;
+    if ( pixel_height >= 0xFFFFU )
+      pixel_height = 0xFFFFU;
+
+    req.type           = FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_NOMINAL;
+    req.width          = pixel_width << 6;
+    req.height         = pixel_height << 6;
+    req.horiResolution = 0;
+    req.vertResolution = 0;
+
+    return FT_Request_Size( face, &req );
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_Kerning( FT_Face     face,
+                  FT_UInt     left_glyph,
+                  FT_UInt     right_glyph,
+                  FT_UInt     kern_mode,
+                  FT_Vector  *akerning )
+  {
+    FT_Error   error = FT_Err_Ok;
+    FT_Driver  driver;
+
+
+    if ( !face )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Face_Handle;
+
+    if ( !akerning )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    driver = face->driver;
+
+    akerning->x = 0;
+    akerning->y = 0;
+
+    if ( driver->clazz->get_kerning )
+    {
+      error = driver->clazz->get_kerning( face,
+                                          left_glyph,
+                                          right_glyph,
+                                          akerning );
+      if ( !error )
+      {
+        if ( kern_mode != FT_KERNING_UNSCALED )
+        {
+          akerning->x = FT_MulFix( akerning->x, face->size->metrics.x_scale );
+          akerning->y = FT_MulFix( akerning->y, face->size->metrics.y_scale );
+
+          if ( kern_mode != FT_KERNING_UNFITTED )
+          {
+            /* we scale down kerning values for small ppem values */
+            /* to avoid that rounding makes them too big.         */
+            /* `25' has been determined heuristically.            */
+            if ( face->size->metrics.x_ppem < 25 )
+              akerning->x = FT_MulDiv( akerning->x,
+                                       face->size->metrics.x_ppem, 25 );
+            if ( face->size->metrics.y_ppem < 25 )
+              akerning->y = FT_MulDiv( akerning->y,
+                                       face->size->metrics.y_ppem, 25 );
+
+            akerning->x = FT_PIX_ROUND( akerning->x );
+            akerning->y = FT_PIX_ROUND( akerning->y );
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_Track_Kerning( FT_Face    face,
+                        FT_Fixed   point_size,
+                        FT_Int     degree,
+                        FT_Fixed*  akerning )
+  {
+    FT_Service_Kerning  service;
+    FT_Error            error = FT_Err_Ok;
+
+
+    if ( !face )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Face_Handle;
+
+    if ( !akerning )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    FT_FACE_FIND_SERVICE( face, service, KERNING );
+    if ( !service )
+      return FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
+
+    error = service->get_track( face,
+                                point_size,
+                                degree,
+                                akerning );
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Select_Charmap( FT_Face      face,
+                     FT_Encoding  encoding )
+  {
+    FT_CharMap*  cur;
+    FT_CharMap*  limit;
+
+
+    if ( !face )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Face_Handle;
+
+    if ( encoding == FT_ENCODING_NONE )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    /* FT_ENCODING_UNICODE is special.  We try to find the `best' Unicode */
+    /* charmap available, i.e., one with UCS-4 characters, if possible.   */
+    /*                                                                    */
+    /* This is done by find_unicode_charmap() above, to share code.       */
+    if ( encoding == FT_ENCODING_UNICODE )
+      return find_unicode_charmap( face );
+
+    cur = face->charmaps;
+    if ( !cur )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_CharMap_Handle;
+
+    limit = cur + face->num_charmaps;
+
+    for ( ; cur < limit; cur++ )
+    {
+      if ( cur[0]->encoding == encoding )
+      {
+        face->charmap = cur[0];
+        return 0;
+      }
+    }
+
+    return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Set_Charmap( FT_Face     face,
+                  FT_CharMap  charmap )
+  {
+    FT_CharMap*  cur;
+    FT_CharMap*  limit;
+
+
+    if ( !face )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Face_Handle;
+
+    cur = face->charmaps;
+    if ( !cur )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_CharMap_Handle;
+    if ( FT_Get_CMap_Format( charmap ) == 14 )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    limit = cur + face->num_charmaps;
+
+    for ( ; cur < limit; cur++ )
+    {
+      if ( cur[0] == charmap )
+      {
+        face->charmap = cur[0];
+        return 0;
+      }
+    }
+    return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Int )
+  FT_Get_Charmap_Index( FT_CharMap  charmap )
+  {
+    FT_Int  i;
+
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < charmap->face->num_charmaps; i++ )
+      if ( charmap->face->charmaps[i] == charmap )
+        break;
+
+    FT_ASSERT( i < charmap->face->num_charmaps );
+
+    return i;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  ft_cmap_done_internal( FT_CMap  cmap )
+  {
+    FT_CMap_Class  clazz  = cmap->clazz;
+    FT_Face        face   = cmap->charmap.face;
+    FT_Memory      memory = FT_FACE_MEMORY(face);
+
+
+    if ( clazz->done )
+      clazz->done( cmap );
+
+    FT_FREE( cmap );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
+  FT_CMap_Done( FT_CMap  cmap )
+  {
+    if ( cmap )
+    {
+      FT_Face    face   = cmap->charmap.face;
+      FT_Memory  memory = FT_FACE_MEMORY( face );
+      FT_Error   error;
+      FT_Int     i, j;
+
+
+      for ( i = 0; i < face->num_charmaps; i++ )
+      {
+        if ( (FT_CMap)face->charmaps[i] == cmap )
+        {
+          FT_CharMap  last_charmap = face->charmaps[face->num_charmaps - 1];
+
+
+          if ( FT_RENEW_ARRAY( face->charmaps,
+                               face->num_charmaps,
+                               face->num_charmaps - 1 ) )
+            return;
+
+          /* remove it from our list of charmaps */
+          for ( j = i + 1; j < face->num_charmaps; j++ )
+          {
+            if ( j == face->num_charmaps - 1 )
+              face->charmaps[j - 1] = last_charmap;
+            else
+              face->charmaps[j - 1] = face->charmaps[j];
+          }
+
+          face->num_charmaps--;
+
+          if ( (FT_CMap)face->charmap == cmap )
+            face->charmap = NULL;
+
+          ft_cmap_done_internal( cmap );
+
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_CMap_New( FT_CMap_Class  clazz,
+               FT_Pointer     init_data,
+               FT_CharMap     charmap,
+               FT_CMap       *acmap )
+  {
+    FT_Error   error = FT_Err_Ok;
+    FT_Face    face;
+    FT_Memory  memory;
+    FT_CMap    cmap;
+
+
+    if ( clazz == NULL || charmap == NULL || charmap->face == NULL )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    face   = charmap->face;
+    memory = FT_FACE_MEMORY( face );
+
+    if ( !FT_ALLOC( cmap, clazz->size ) )
+    {
+      cmap->charmap = *charmap;
+      cmap->clazz   = clazz;
+
+      if ( clazz->init )
+      {
+        error = clazz->init( cmap, init_data );
+        if ( error )
+          goto Fail;
+      }
+
+      /* add it to our list of charmaps */
+      if ( FT_RENEW_ARRAY( face->charmaps,
+                           face->num_charmaps,
+                           face->num_charmaps + 1 ) )
+        goto Fail;
+
+      face->charmaps[face->num_charmaps++] = (FT_CharMap)cmap;
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    if ( acmap )
+      *acmap = cmap;
+
+    return error;
+
+  Fail:
+    ft_cmap_done_internal( cmap );
+    cmap = NULL;
+    goto Exit;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_UInt )
+  FT_Get_Char_Index( FT_Face   face,
+                     FT_ULong  charcode )
+  {
+    FT_UInt  result = 0;
+
+
+    if ( face && face->charmap )
+    {
+      FT_CMap  cmap = FT_CMAP( face->charmap );
+
+
+      result = cmap->clazz->char_index( cmap, charcode );
+    }
+    return  result;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_ULong )
+  FT_Get_First_Char( FT_Face   face,
+                     FT_UInt  *agindex )
+  {
+    FT_ULong  result = 0;
+    FT_UInt   gindex = 0;
+
+
+    if ( face && face->charmap )
+    {
+      gindex = FT_Get_Char_Index( face, 0 );
+      if ( gindex == 0 )
+        result = FT_Get_Next_Char( face, 0, &gindex );
+    }
+
+    if ( agindex  )
+      *agindex = gindex;
+
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_ULong )
+  FT_Get_Next_Char( FT_Face   face,
+                    FT_ULong  charcode,
+                    FT_UInt  *agindex )
+  {
+    FT_ULong  result = 0;
+    FT_UInt   gindex = 0;
+
+
+    if ( face && face->charmap )
+    {
+      FT_UInt32  code = (FT_UInt32)charcode;
+      FT_CMap    cmap = FT_CMAP( face->charmap );
+
+
+      gindex = cmap->clazz->char_next( cmap, &code );
+      result = ( gindex == 0 ) ? 0 : code;
+    }
+
+    if ( agindex )
+      *agindex = gindex;
+
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_UInt )
+  FT_Face_GetCharVariantIndex( FT_Face   face,
+                               FT_ULong  charcode,
+                               FT_ULong  variantSelector )
+  {
+    FT_UInt  result = 0;
+
+
+    if ( face && face->charmap &&
+        face->charmap->encoding == FT_ENCODING_UNICODE )
+    {
+      FT_CharMap  charmap = find_variant_selector_charmap( face );
+      FT_CMap     ucmap = FT_CMAP( face->charmap );
+
+
+      if ( charmap != NULL )
+      {
+        FT_CMap  vcmap = FT_CMAP( charmap );
+
+
+        result = vcmap->clazz->char_var_index( vcmap, ucmap, charcode,
+                                               variantSelector );
+      }
+    }
+
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Int )
+  FT_Face_GetCharVariantIsDefault( FT_Face   face,
+                                   FT_ULong  charcode,
+                                   FT_ULong  variantSelector )
+  {
+    FT_Int  result = -1;
+
+
+    if ( face )
+    {
+      FT_CharMap  charmap = find_variant_selector_charmap( face );
+
+
+      if ( charmap != NULL )
+      {
+        FT_CMap  vcmap = FT_CMAP( charmap );
+
+
+        result = vcmap->clazz->char_var_default( vcmap, charcode,
+                                                 variantSelector );
+      }
+    }
+
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_UInt32* )
+  FT_Face_GetVariantSelectors( FT_Face  face )
+  {
+    FT_UInt32  *result = NULL;
+
+
+    if ( face )
+    {
+      FT_CharMap  charmap = find_variant_selector_charmap( face );
+
+
+      if ( charmap != NULL )
+      {
+        FT_CMap    vcmap  = FT_CMAP( charmap );
+        FT_Memory  memory = FT_FACE_MEMORY( face );
+
+
+        result = vcmap->clazz->variant_list( vcmap, memory );
+      }
+    }
+
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_UInt32* )
+  FT_Face_GetVariantsOfChar( FT_Face   face,
+                             FT_ULong  charcode )
+  {
+    FT_UInt32  *result = NULL;
+
+
+    if ( face )
+    {
+      FT_CharMap  charmap = find_variant_selector_charmap( face );
+
+
+      if ( charmap != NULL )
+      {
+        FT_CMap    vcmap  = FT_CMAP( charmap );
+        FT_Memory  memory = FT_FACE_MEMORY( face );
+
+
+        result = vcmap->clazz->charvariant_list( vcmap, memory, charcode );
+      }
+    }
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_UInt32* )
+  FT_Face_GetCharsOfVariant( FT_Face   face,
+                             FT_ULong  variantSelector )
+  {
+    FT_UInt32  *result = NULL;
+
+
+    if ( face )
+    {
+      FT_CharMap  charmap = find_variant_selector_charmap( face );
+
+
+      if ( charmap != NULL )
+      {
+        FT_CMap    vcmap  = FT_CMAP( charmap );
+        FT_Memory  memory = FT_FACE_MEMORY( face );
+
+
+        result = vcmap->clazz->variantchar_list( vcmap, memory,
+                                                 variantSelector );
+      }
+    }
+
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_UInt )
+  FT_Get_Name_Index( FT_Face     face,
+                     FT_String*  glyph_name )
+  {
+    FT_UInt  result = 0;
+
+
+    if ( face && FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES( face ) )
+    {
+      FT_Service_GlyphDict  service;
+
+
+      FT_FACE_LOOKUP_SERVICE( face,
+                              service,
+                              GLYPH_DICT );
+
+      if ( service && service->name_index )
+        result = service->name_index( face, glyph_name );
+    }
+
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_Glyph_Name( FT_Face     face,
+                     FT_UInt     glyph_index,
+                     FT_Pointer  buffer,
+                     FT_UInt     buffer_max )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+
+    /* clean up buffer */
+    if ( buffer && buffer_max > 0 )
+      ((FT_Byte*)buffer)[0] = 0;
+
+    if ( face                                     &&
+         glyph_index <= (FT_UInt)face->num_glyphs &&
+         FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES( face )               )
+    {
+      FT_Service_GlyphDict  service;
+
+
+      FT_FACE_LOOKUP_SERVICE( face,
+                              service,
+                              GLYPH_DICT );
+
+      if ( service && service->get_name )
+        error = service->get_name( face, glyph_index, buffer, buffer_max );
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( const char* )
+  FT_Get_Postscript_Name( FT_Face  face )
+  {
+    const char*  result = NULL;
+
+
+    if ( !face )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    if ( !result )
+    {
+      FT_Service_PsFontName  service;
+
+
+      FT_FACE_LOOKUP_SERVICE( face,
+                              service,
+                              POSTSCRIPT_FONT_NAME );
+
+      if ( service && service->get_ps_font_name )
+        result = service->get_ps_font_name( face );
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in tttables.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void* )
+  FT_Get_Sfnt_Table( FT_Face      face,
+                     FT_Sfnt_Tag  tag )
+  {
+    void*                  table = 0;
+    FT_Service_SFNT_Table  service;
+
+
+    if ( face && FT_IS_SFNT( face ) )
+    {
+      FT_FACE_FIND_SERVICE( face, service, SFNT_TABLE );
+      if ( service != NULL )
+        table = service->get_table( face, tag );
+    }
+
+    return table;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in tttables.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( FT_Face    face,
+                      FT_ULong   tag,
+                      FT_Long    offset,
+                      FT_Byte*   buffer,
+                      FT_ULong*  length )
+  {
+    FT_Service_SFNT_Table  service;
+
+
+    if ( !face || !FT_IS_SFNT( face ) )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Face_Handle;
+
+    FT_FACE_FIND_SERVICE( face, service, SFNT_TABLE );
+    if ( service == NULL )
+      return FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
+
+    return service->load_table( face, tag, offset, buffer, length );
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in tttables.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Sfnt_Table_Info( FT_Face    face,
+                      FT_UInt    table_index,
+                      FT_ULong  *tag,
+                      FT_ULong  *length )
+  {
+    FT_Service_SFNT_Table  service;
+
+
+    if ( !face || !FT_IS_SFNT( face ) )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Face_Handle;
+
+    FT_FACE_FIND_SERVICE( face, service, SFNT_TABLE );
+    if ( service == NULL )
+      return FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
+
+    return service->table_info( face, table_index, tag, length );
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in tttables.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_ULong )
+  FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID( FT_CharMap  charmap )
+  {
+    FT_Service_TTCMaps  service;
+    FT_Face             face;
+    TT_CMapInfo         cmap_info;
+
+
+    if ( !charmap || !charmap->face )
+      return 0;
+
+    face = charmap->face;
+    FT_FACE_FIND_SERVICE( face, service, TT_CMAP );
+    if ( service == NULL )
+      return 0;
+    if ( service->get_cmap_info( charmap, &cmap_info ))
+      return 0;
+
+    return cmap_info.language;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in tttables.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Long )
+  FT_Get_CMap_Format( FT_CharMap  charmap )
+  {
+    FT_Service_TTCMaps  service;
+    FT_Face             face;
+    TT_CMapInfo         cmap_info;
+
+
+    if ( !charmap || !charmap->face )
+      return -1;
+
+    face = charmap->face;
+    FT_FACE_FIND_SERVICE( face, service, TT_CMAP );
+    if ( service == NULL )
+      return -1;
+    if ( service->get_cmap_info( charmap, &cmap_info ))
+      return -1;
+
+    return cmap_info.format;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftsizes.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Activate_Size( FT_Size  size )
+  {
+    FT_Face  face;
+
+
+    if ( size == NULL )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    face = size->face;
+    if ( face == NULL || face->driver == NULL )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    /* we don't need anything more complex than that; all size objects */
+    /* are already listed by the face                                  */
+    face->size = size;
+
+    return FT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****                        R E N D E R E R S                        ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /* lookup a renderer by glyph format in the library's list */
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Renderer )
+  FT_Lookup_Renderer( FT_Library       library,
+                      FT_Glyph_Format  format,
+                      FT_ListNode*     node )
+  {
+    FT_ListNode  cur;
+    FT_Renderer  result = 0;
+
+
+    if ( !library )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    cur = library->renderers.head;
+
+    if ( node )
+    {
+      if ( *node )
+        cur = (*node)->next;
+      *node = 0;
+    }
+
+    while ( cur )
+    {
+      FT_Renderer  renderer = FT_RENDERER( cur->data );
+
+
+      if ( renderer->glyph_format == format )
+      {
+        if ( node )
+          *node = cur;
+
+        result = renderer;
+        break;
+      }
+      cur = cur->next;
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Renderer
+  ft_lookup_glyph_renderer( FT_GlyphSlot  slot )
+  {
+    FT_Face      face    = slot->face;
+    FT_Library   library = FT_FACE_LIBRARY( face );
+    FT_Renderer  result  = library->cur_renderer;
+
+
+    if ( !result || result->glyph_format != slot->format )
+      result = FT_Lookup_Renderer( library, slot->format, 0 );
+
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  ft_set_current_renderer( FT_Library  library )
+  {
+    FT_Renderer  renderer;
+
+
+    renderer = FT_Lookup_Renderer( library, FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE, 0 );
+    library->cur_renderer = renderer;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  ft_add_renderer( FT_Module  module )
+  {
+    FT_Library   library = module->library;
+    FT_Memory    memory  = library->memory;
+    FT_Error     error;
+    FT_ListNode  node;
+
+
+    if ( FT_NEW( node ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    {
+      FT_Renderer         render = FT_RENDERER( module );
+      FT_Renderer_Class*  clazz  = (FT_Renderer_Class*)module->clazz;
+
+
+      render->clazz        = clazz;
+      render->glyph_format = clazz->glyph_format;
+
+      /* allocate raster object if needed */
+      if ( clazz->glyph_format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE &&
+           clazz->raster_class->raster_new )
+      {
+        error = clazz->raster_class->raster_new( memory, &render->raster );
+        if ( error )
+          goto Fail;
+
+        render->raster_render = clazz->raster_class->raster_render;
+        render->render        = clazz->render_glyph;
+      }
+
+      /* add to list */
+      node->data = module;
+      FT_List_Add( &library->renderers, node );
+
+      ft_set_current_renderer( library );
+    }
+
+  Fail:
+    if ( error )
+      FT_FREE( node );
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  ft_remove_renderer( FT_Module  module )
+  {
+    FT_Library   library = module->library;
+    FT_Memory    memory  = library->memory;
+    FT_ListNode  node;
+
+
+    node = FT_List_Find( &library->renderers, module );
+    if ( node )
+    {
+      FT_Renderer  render = FT_RENDERER( module );
+
+
+      /* release raster object, if any */
+      if ( render->raster )
+        render->clazz->raster_class->raster_done( render->raster );
+
+      /* remove from list */
+      FT_List_Remove( &library->renderers, node );
+      FT_FREE( node );
+
+      ft_set_current_renderer( library );
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftrender.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Renderer )
+  FT_Get_Renderer( FT_Library       library,
+                   FT_Glyph_Format  format )
+  {
+    /* test for valid `library' delayed to FT_Lookup_Renderer() */
+
+    return FT_Lookup_Renderer( library, format, 0 );
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftrender.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Set_Renderer( FT_Library     library,
+                   FT_Renderer    renderer,
+                   FT_UInt        num_params,
+                   FT_Parameter*  parameters )
+  {
+    FT_ListNode  node;
+    FT_Error     error = FT_Err_Ok;
+
+
+    if ( !library )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Library_Handle;
+
+    if ( !renderer )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    node = FT_List_Find( &library->renderers, renderer );
+    if ( !node )
+    {
+      error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    FT_List_Up( &library->renderers, node );
+
+    if ( renderer->glyph_format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE )
+      library->cur_renderer = renderer;
+
+    if ( num_params > 0 )
+    {
+      FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc  set_mode = renderer->clazz->set_mode;
+
+
+      for ( ; num_params > 0; num_params-- )
+      {
+        error = set_mode( renderer, parameters->tag, parameters->data );
+        if ( error )
+          break;
+      }
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Render_Glyph_Internal( FT_Library      library,
+                            FT_GlyphSlot    slot,
+                            FT_Render_Mode  render_mode )
+  {
+    FT_Error     error = FT_Err_Ok;
+    FT_Renderer  renderer;
+
+
+    /* if it is already a bitmap, no need to do anything */
+    switch ( slot->format )
+    {
+    case FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP:   /* already a bitmap, don't do anything */
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      {
+        FT_ListNode  node   = 0;
+        FT_Bool      update = 0;
+
+
+        /* small shortcut for the very common case */
+        if ( slot->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE )
+        {
+          renderer = library->cur_renderer;
+          node     = library->renderers.head;
+        }
+        else
+          renderer = FT_Lookup_Renderer( library, slot->format, &node );
+
+        error = FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
+        while ( renderer )
+        {
+          error = renderer->render( renderer, slot, render_mode, NULL );
+          if ( !error ||
+               FT_ERROR_BASE( error ) != FT_Err_Cannot_Render_Glyph )
+            break;
+
+          /* FT_Err_Cannot_Render_Glyph is returned if the render mode   */
+          /* is unsupported by the current renderer for this glyph image */
+          /* format.                                                     */
+
+          /* now, look for another renderer that supports the same */
+          /* format.                                               */
+          renderer = FT_Lookup_Renderer( library, slot->format, &node );
+          update   = 1;
+        }
+
+        /* if we changed the current renderer for the glyph image format */
+        /* we need to select it as the next current one                  */
+        if ( !error && update && renderer )
+          FT_Set_Renderer( library, renderer, 0, 0 );
+      }
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Render_Glyph( FT_GlyphSlot    slot,
+                   FT_Render_Mode  render_mode )
+  {
+    FT_Library  library;
+
+
+    if ( !slot )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    library = FT_FACE_LIBRARY( slot->face );
+
+    return FT_Render_Glyph_Internal( library, slot, render_mode );
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****                         M O D U L E S                           ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    Destroy_Module                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Destroys a given module object.  For drivers, this also destroys   */
+  /*    all child faces.                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*     module :: A handle to the target driver object.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*     The driver _must_ be LOCKED!                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Destroy_Module( FT_Module  module )
+  {
+    FT_Memory         memory  = module->memory;
+    FT_Module_Class*  clazz   = module->clazz;
+    FT_Library        library = module->library;
+
+
+    /* finalize client-data - before anything else */
+    if ( module->generic.finalizer )
+      module->generic.finalizer( module );
+
+    if ( library && library->auto_hinter == module )
+      library->auto_hinter = 0;
+
+    /* if the module is a renderer */
+    if ( FT_MODULE_IS_RENDERER( module ) )
+      ft_remove_renderer( module );
+
+    /* if the module is a font driver, add some steps */
+    if ( FT_MODULE_IS_DRIVER( module ) )
+      Destroy_Driver( FT_DRIVER( module ) );
+
+    /* finalize the module object */
+    if ( clazz->module_done )
+      clazz->module_done( module );
+
+    /* discard it */
+    FT_FREE( module );
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftmodapi.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Add_Module( FT_Library              library,
+                 const FT_Module_Class*  clazz )
+  {
+    FT_Error   error;
+    FT_Memory  memory;
+    FT_Module  module;
+    FT_UInt    nn;
+
+
+#define FREETYPE_VER_FIXED  ( ( (FT_Long)FREETYPE_MAJOR << 16 ) | \
+                                FREETYPE_MINOR                  )
+
+    if ( !library )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Library_Handle;
+
+    if ( !clazz )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    /* check freetype version */
+    if ( clazz->module_requires > FREETYPE_VER_FIXED )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Version;
+
+    /* look for a module with the same name in the library's table */
+    for ( nn = 0; nn < library->num_modules; nn++ )
+    {
+      module = library->modules[nn];
+      if ( ft_strcmp( module->clazz->module_name, clazz->module_name ) == 0 )
+      {
+        /* this installed module has the same name, compare their versions */
+        if ( clazz->module_version <= module->clazz->module_version )
+          return FT_Err_Lower_Module_Version;
+
+        /* remove the module from our list, then exit the loop to replace */
+        /* it by our new version..                                        */
+        FT_Remove_Module( library, module );
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    memory = library->memory;
+    error  = FT_Err_Ok;
+
+    if ( library->num_modules >= FT_MAX_MODULES )
+    {
+      error = FT_Err_Too_Many_Drivers;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* allocate module object */
+    if ( FT_ALLOC( module, clazz->module_size ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* base initialization */
+    module->library = library;
+    module->memory  = memory;
+    module->clazz   = (FT_Module_Class*)clazz;
+
+    /* check whether the module is a renderer - this must be performed */
+    /* before the normal module initialization                         */
+    if ( FT_MODULE_IS_RENDERER( module ) )
+    {
+      /* add to the renderers list */
+      error = ft_add_renderer( module );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Fail;
+    }
+
+    /* is the module a auto-hinter? */
+    if ( FT_MODULE_IS_HINTER( module ) )
+      library->auto_hinter = module;
+
+    /* if the module is a font driver */
+    if ( FT_MODULE_IS_DRIVER( module ) )
+    {
+      /* allocate glyph loader if needed */
+      FT_Driver  driver = FT_DRIVER( module );
+
+
+      driver->clazz = (FT_Driver_Class)module->clazz;
+      if ( FT_DRIVER_USES_OUTLINES( driver ) )
+      {
+        error = FT_GlyphLoader_New( memory, &driver->glyph_loader );
+        if ( error )
+          goto Fail;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if ( clazz->module_init )
+    {
+      error = clazz->module_init( module );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Fail;
+    }
+
+    /* add module to the library's table */
+    library->modules[library->num_modules++] = module;
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+
+  Fail:
+    if ( FT_MODULE_IS_DRIVER( module ) )
+    {
+      FT_Driver  driver = FT_DRIVER( module );
+
+
+      if ( FT_DRIVER_USES_OUTLINES( driver ) )
+        FT_GlyphLoader_Done( driver->glyph_loader );
+    }
+
+    if ( FT_MODULE_IS_RENDERER( module ) )
+    {
+      FT_Renderer  renderer = FT_RENDERER( module );
+
+
+      if ( renderer->raster )
+        renderer->clazz->raster_class->raster_done( renderer->raster );
+    }
+
+    FT_FREE( module );
+    goto Exit;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftmodapi.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Module )
+  FT_Get_Module( FT_Library   library,
+                 const char*  module_name )
+  {
+    FT_Module   result = 0;
+    FT_Module*  cur;
+    FT_Module*  limit;
+
+
+    if ( !library || !module_name )
+      return result;
+
+    cur   = library->modules;
+    limit = cur + library->num_modules;
+
+    for ( ; cur < limit; cur++ )
+      if ( ft_strcmp( cur[0]->clazz->module_name, module_name ) == 0 )
+      {
+        result = cur[0];
+        break;
+      }
+
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftobjs.h */
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( const void* )
+  FT_Get_Module_Interface( FT_Library   library,
+                           const char*  mod_name )
+  {
+    FT_Module  module;
+
+
+    /* test for valid `library' delayed to FT_Get_Module() */
+
+    module = FT_Get_Module( library, mod_name );
+
+    return module ? module->clazz->module_interface : 0;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Pointer )
+  ft_module_get_service( FT_Module    module,
+                         const char*  service_id )
+  {
+    FT_Pointer  result = NULL;
+
+    if ( module )
+    {
+      FT_ASSERT( module->clazz && module->clazz->get_interface );
+
+     /* first, look for the service in the module
+      */
+      if ( module->clazz->get_interface )
+        result = module->clazz->get_interface( module, service_id );
+
+      if ( result == NULL )
+      {
+       /* we didn't find it, look in all other modules then
+        */
+        FT_Library  library = module->library;
+        FT_Module*  cur     = library->modules;
+        FT_Module*  limit   = cur + library->num_modules;
+
+        for ( ; cur < limit; cur++ )
+        {
+          if ( cur[0] != module )
+          {
+            FT_ASSERT( cur[0]->clazz );
+
+            if ( cur[0]->clazz->get_interface )
+            {
+              result = cur[0]->clazz->get_interface( cur[0], service_id );
+              if ( result != NULL )
+                break;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftmodapi.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Remove_Module( FT_Library  library,
+                    FT_Module   module )
+  {
+    /* try to find the module from the table, then remove it from there */
+
+    if ( !library )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Library_Handle;
+
+    if ( module )
+    {
+      FT_Module*  cur   = library->modules;
+      FT_Module*  limit = cur + library->num_modules;
+
+
+      for ( ; cur < limit; cur++ )
+      {
+        if ( cur[0] == module )
+        {
+          /* remove it from the table */
+          library->num_modules--;
+          limit--;
+          while ( cur < limit )
+          {
+            cur[0] = cur[1];
+            cur++;
+          }
+          limit[0] = 0;
+
+          /* destroy the module */
+          Destroy_Module( module );
+
+          return FT_Err_Ok;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    return FT_Err_Invalid_Driver_Handle;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****                         L I B R A R Y                           ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftmodapi.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_New_Library( FT_Memory    memory,
+                  FT_Library  *alibrary )
+  {
+    FT_Library  library = 0;
+    FT_Error    error;
+
+
+    if ( !memory )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+#ifdef FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR
+    /* init debugging support */
+    ft_debug_init();
+#endif
+
+    /* first of all, allocate the library object */
+    if ( FT_NEW( library ) )
+      return error;
+
+    library->memory = memory;
+
+    /* allocate the render pool */
+    library->raster_pool_size = FT_RENDER_POOL_SIZE;
+#if FT_RENDER_POOL_SIZE > 0
+    if ( FT_ALLOC( library->raster_pool, FT_RENDER_POOL_SIZE ) )
+      goto Fail;
+#endif
+
+    /* That's ok now */
+    *alibrary = library;
+
+    return FT_Err_Ok;
+
+  Fail:
+    FT_FREE( library );
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
+  FT_Library_Version( FT_Library   library,
+                      FT_Int      *amajor,
+                      FT_Int      *aminor,
+                      FT_Int      *apatch )
+  {
+    FT_Int  major = 0;
+    FT_Int  minor = 0;
+    FT_Int  patch = 0;
+
+
+    if ( library )
+    {
+      major = library->version_major;
+      minor = library->version_minor;
+      patch = library->version_patch;
+    }
+
+    if ( amajor )
+      *amajor = major;
+
+    if ( aminor )
+      *aminor = minor;
+
+    if ( apatch )
+      *apatch = patch;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftmodapi.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Done_Library( FT_Library  library )
+  {
+    FT_Memory  memory;
+
+
+    if ( !library )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Library_Handle;
+
+    memory = library->memory;
+
+    /* Discard client-data */
+    if ( library->generic.finalizer )
+      library->generic.finalizer( library );
+
+    /* Close all faces in the library.  If we don't do
+     * this, we can have some subtle memory leaks.
+     * Example:
+     *
+     *  - the cff font driver uses the pshinter module in cff_size_done
+     *  - if the pshinter module is destroyed before the cff font driver,
+     *    opened FT_Face objects managed by the driver are not properly
+     *    destroyed, resulting in a memory leak
+     */
+    {
+      FT_UInt  n;
+
+
+      for ( n = 0; n < library->num_modules; n++ )
+      {
+        FT_Module  module = library->modules[n];
+        FT_List    faces;
+
+
+        if ( ( module->clazz->module_flags & FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER ) == 0 )
+          continue;
+
+        faces = &FT_DRIVER(module)->faces_list;
+        while ( faces->head )
+        {
+          FT_Done_Face( FT_FACE( faces->head->data ) );
+          if ( faces->head )
+            FT_ERROR(( "FT_Done_Library: failed to free some faces\n" ));
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Close all other modules in the library */
+#if 1
+    /* XXX Modules are removed in the reversed order so that  */
+    /* type42 module is removed before truetype module.  This */
+    /* avoids double free in some occasions.  It is a hack.   */
+    while ( library->num_modules > 0 )
+      FT_Remove_Module( library,
+                        library->modules[library->num_modules - 1] );
+#else
+    {
+      FT_UInt  n;
+
+
+      for ( n = 0; n < library->num_modules; n++ )
+      {
+        FT_Module  module = library->modules[n];
+
+
+        if ( module )
+        {
+          Destroy_Module( module );
+          library->modules[n] = 0;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+#endif
+
+    /* Destroy raster objects */
+    FT_FREE( library->raster_pool );
+    library->raster_pool_size = 0;
+
+    FT_FREE( library );
+    return FT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftmodapi.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
+  FT_Set_Debug_Hook( FT_Library         library,
+                     FT_UInt            hook_index,
+                     FT_DebugHook_Func  debug_hook )
+  {
+    if ( library && debug_hook &&
+         hook_index <
+           ( sizeof ( library->debug_hooks ) / sizeof ( void* ) ) )
+      library->debug_hooks[hook_index] = debug_hook;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftmodapi.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_TrueTypeEngineType )
+  FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type( FT_Library  library )
+  {
+    FT_TrueTypeEngineType  result = FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_NONE;
+
+
+    if ( library )
+    {
+      FT_Module  module = FT_Get_Module( library, "truetype" );
+
+
+      if ( module )
+      {
+        FT_Service_TrueTypeEngine  service;
+
+
+        service = (FT_Service_TrueTypeEngine)
+                    ft_module_get_service( module,
+                                           FT_SERVICE_ID_TRUETYPE_ENGINE );
+        if ( service )
+          result = service->engine_type;
+      }
+    }
+
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
+  ft_stub_set_char_sizes( FT_Size     size,
+                          FT_F26Dot6  width,
+                          FT_F26Dot6  height,
+                          FT_UInt     horz_res,
+                          FT_UInt     vert_res )
+  {
+    FT_Size_RequestRec  req;
+    FT_Driver           driver = size->face->driver;
+
+
+    if ( driver->clazz->request_size )
+    {
+      req.type   = FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_NOMINAL;
+      req.width  = width;
+      req.height = height;
+
+      if ( horz_res == 0 )
+        horz_res = vert_res;
+
+      if ( vert_res == 0 )
+        vert_res = horz_res;
+
+      if ( horz_res == 0 )
+        horz_res = vert_res = 72;
+
+      req.horiResolution = horz_res;
+      req.vertResolution = vert_res;
+
+      return driver->clazz->request_size( size, &req );
+    }
+
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
+  ft_stub_set_pixel_sizes( FT_Size  size,
+                           FT_UInt  width,
+                           FT_UInt  height )
+  {
+    FT_Size_RequestRec  req;
+    FT_Driver           driver = size->face->driver;
+
+
+    if ( driver->clazz->request_size )
+    {
+      req.type           = FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_NOMINAL;
+      req.width          = width  << 6;
+      req.height         = height << 6;
+      req.horiResolution = 0;
+      req.vertResolution = 0;
+
+      return driver->clazz->request_size( size, &req );
+    }
+
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
+
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_SubGlyph_Info( FT_GlyphSlot  glyph,
+                        FT_UInt       sub_index,
+                        FT_Int       *p_index,
+                        FT_UInt      *p_flags,
+                        FT_Int       *p_arg1,
+                        FT_Int       *p_arg2,
+                        FT_Matrix    *p_transform )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+
+    if ( glyph != NULL                              &&
+         glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE &&
+         sub_index < glyph->num_subglyphs           )
+    {
+      FT_SubGlyph  subg = glyph->subglyphs + sub_index;
+
+
+      *p_index     = subg->index;
+      *p_flags     = subg->flags;
+      *p_arg1      = subg->arg1;
+      *p_arg2      = subg->arg2;
+      *p_transform = subg->transform;
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftotval.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftotval.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..20ed686
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftotval.c
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftotval.c                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType API for validating OpenType tables (body).                  */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2004, 2006, 2008 by                                          */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+#include FT_SERVICE_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H
+#include FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftotval.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_OpenType_Validate( FT_Face    face,
+                        FT_UInt    validation_flags,
+                        FT_Bytes  *BASE_table,
+                        FT_Bytes  *GDEF_table,
+                        FT_Bytes  *GPOS_table,
+                        FT_Bytes  *GSUB_table,
+                        FT_Bytes  *JSTF_table )
+  {
+    FT_Service_OTvalidate  service;
+    FT_Error               error;
+
+
+    if ( !face )
+    {
+      error = FT_Err_Invalid_Face_Handle;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    if ( !( BASE_table &&
+            GDEF_table &&
+            GPOS_table &&
+            GSUB_table &&
+            JSTF_table ) )
+    {
+      error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    FT_FACE_FIND_GLOBAL_SERVICE( face, service, OPENTYPE_VALIDATE );
+
+    if ( service )
+      error = service->validate( face,
+                                 validation_flags,
+                                 BASE_table,
+                                 GDEF_table,
+                                 GPOS_table,
+                                 GSUB_table,
+                                 JSTF_table );
+    else
+      error = FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
+  FT_OpenType_Free( FT_Face   face,
+                    FT_Bytes  table )
+  {
+    FT_Memory  memory = FT_FACE_MEMORY( face );
+
+
+    FT_FREE( table );
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftoutln.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftoutln.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..49ef82e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftoutln.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1128 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftoutln.c                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType outline management (body).                                  */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by       */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* All functions are declared in freetype.h.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_OUTLINE_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+#include FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_outline
+
+
+  static
+  const FT_Outline  null_outline = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftoutln.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Outline_Decompose( FT_Outline*              outline,
+                        const FT_Outline_Funcs*  func_interface,
+                        void*                    user )
+  {
+#undef SCALED
+#define SCALED( x )  ( ( (x) << shift ) - delta )
+
+    FT_Vector   v_last;
+    FT_Vector   v_control;
+    FT_Vector   v_start;
+
+    FT_Vector*  point;
+    FT_Vector*  limit;
+    char*       tags;
+
+    FT_Error    error;
+
+    FT_Int   n;         /* index of contour in outline     */
+    FT_UInt  first;     /* index of first point in contour */
+    FT_Int   tag;       /* current point's state           */
+
+    FT_Int   shift;
+    FT_Pos   delta;
+
+
+    if ( !outline || !func_interface )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    shift = func_interface->shift;
+    delta = func_interface->delta;
+    first = 0;
+
+    for ( n = 0; n < outline->n_contours; n++ )
+    {
+      FT_Int  last;  /* index of last point in contour */
+
+
+      FT_TRACE5(( "FT_Outline_Decompose: Outline %d\n", n ));
+
+      last = outline->contours[n];
+      if ( last < 0 )
+        goto Invalid_Outline;
+      limit = outline->points + last;
+
+      v_start   = outline->points[first];
+      v_start.x = SCALED( v_start.x );
+      v_start.y = SCALED( v_start.y );
+
+      v_last   = outline->points[last];
+      v_last.x = SCALED( v_last.x );
+      v_last.y = SCALED( v_last.y );
+
+      v_control = v_start;
+
+      point = outline->points + first;
+      tags  = outline->tags   + first;
+      tag   = FT_CURVE_TAG( tags[0] );
+
+      /* A contour cannot start with a cubic control point! */
+      if ( tag == FT_CURVE_TAG_CUBIC )
+        goto Invalid_Outline;
+
+      /* check first point to determine origin */
+      if ( tag == FT_CURVE_TAG_CONIC )
+      {
+        /* first point is conic control.  Yes, this happens. */
+        if ( FT_CURVE_TAG( outline->tags[last] ) == FT_CURVE_TAG_ON )
+        {
+          /* start at last point if it is on the curve */
+          v_start = v_last;
+          limit--;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          /* if both first and last points are conic,         */
+          /* start at their middle and record its position    */
+          /* for closure                                      */
+          v_start.x = ( v_start.x + v_last.x ) / 2;
+          v_start.y = ( v_start.y + v_last.y ) / 2;
+
+          v_last = v_start;
+        }
+        point--;
+        tags--;
+      }
+
+      FT_TRACE5(( "  move to (%.2f, %.2f)\n",
+                  v_start.x / 64.0, v_start.y / 64.0 ));
+      error = func_interface->move_to( &v_start, user );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      while ( point < limit )
+      {
+        point++;
+        tags++;
+
+        tag = FT_CURVE_TAG( tags[0] );
+        switch ( tag )
+        {
+        case FT_CURVE_TAG_ON:  /* emit a single line_to */
+          {
+            FT_Vector  vec;
+
+
+            vec.x = SCALED( point->x );
+            vec.y = SCALED( point->y );
+
+            FT_TRACE5(( "  line to (%.2f, %.2f)\n",
+                        vec.x / 64.0, vec.y / 64.0 ));
+            error = func_interface->line_to( &vec, user );
+            if ( error )
+              goto Exit;
+            continue;
+          }
+
+        case FT_CURVE_TAG_CONIC:  /* consume conic arcs */
+          v_control.x = SCALED( point->x );
+          v_control.y = SCALED( point->y );
+
+        Do_Conic:
+          if ( point < limit )
+          {
+            FT_Vector  vec;
+            FT_Vector  v_middle;
+
+
+            point++;
+            tags++;
+            tag = FT_CURVE_TAG( tags[0] );
+
+            vec.x = SCALED( point->x );
+            vec.y = SCALED( point->y );
+
+            if ( tag == FT_CURVE_TAG_ON )
+            {
+              FT_TRACE5(( "  conic to (%.2f, %.2f)"
+                          " with control (%.2f, %.2f)\n",
+                          vec.x / 64.0, vec.y / 64.0,
+                          v_control.x / 64.0, v_control.y / 64.0 ));
+              error = func_interface->conic_to( &v_control, &vec, user );
+              if ( error )
+                goto Exit;
+              continue;
+            }
+
+            if ( tag != FT_CURVE_TAG_CONIC )
+              goto Invalid_Outline;
+
+            v_middle.x = ( v_control.x + vec.x ) / 2;
+            v_middle.y = ( v_control.y + vec.y ) / 2;
+
+            FT_TRACE5(( "  conic to (%.2f, %.2f)"
+                        " with control (%.2f, %.2f)\n",
+                        v_middle.x / 64.0, v_middle.y / 64.0,
+                        v_control.x / 64.0, v_control.y / 64.0 ));
+            error = func_interface->conic_to( &v_control, &v_middle, user );
+            if ( error )
+              goto Exit;
+
+            v_control = vec;
+            goto Do_Conic;
+          }
+
+          FT_TRACE5(( "  conic to (%.2f, %.2f)"
+                      " with control (%.2f, %.2f)\n",
+                      v_start.x / 64.0, v_start.y / 64.0,
+                      v_control.x / 64.0, v_control.y / 64.0 ));
+          error = func_interface->conic_to( &v_control, &v_start, user );
+          goto Close;
+
+        default:  /* FT_CURVE_TAG_CUBIC */
+          {
+            FT_Vector  vec1, vec2;
+
+
+            if ( point + 1 > limit                             ||
+                 FT_CURVE_TAG( tags[1] ) != FT_CURVE_TAG_CUBIC )
+              goto Invalid_Outline;
+
+            point += 2;
+            tags  += 2;
+
+            vec1.x = SCALED( point[-2].x );
+            vec1.y = SCALED( point[-2].y );
+
+            vec2.x = SCALED( point[-1].x );
+            vec2.y = SCALED( point[-1].y );
+
+            if ( point <= limit )
+            {
+              FT_Vector  vec;
+
+
+              vec.x = SCALED( point->x );
+              vec.y = SCALED( point->y );
+
+              FT_TRACE5(( "  cubic to (%.2f, %.2f)"
+                          " with controls (%.2f, %.2f) and (%.2f, %.2f)\n",
+                          vec.x / 64.0, vec.y / 64.0,
+                          vec1.x / 64.0, vec1.y / 64.0,
+                          vec2.x / 64.0, vec2.y / 64.0 ));
+              error = func_interface->cubic_to( &vec1, &vec2, &vec, user );
+              if ( error )
+                goto Exit;
+              continue;
+            }
+
+            FT_TRACE5(( "  cubic to (%.2f, %.2f)"
+                        " with controls (%.2f, %.2f) and (%.2f, %.2f)\n",
+                        v_start.x / 64.0, v_start.y / 64.0,
+                        vec1.x / 64.0, vec1.y / 64.0,
+                        vec2.x / 64.0, vec2.y / 64.0 ));
+            error = func_interface->cubic_to( &vec1, &vec2, &v_start, user );
+            goto Close;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* close the contour with a line segment */
+      FT_TRACE5(( "  line to (%.2f, %.2f)\n",
+                  v_start.x / 64.0, v_start.y / 64.0 ));
+      error = func_interface->line_to( &v_start, user );
+
+    Close:
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      first = last + 1;
+    }
+
+    FT_TRACE5(( "FT_Outline_Decompose: Done\n", n ));
+    return FT_Err_Ok;
+
+  Exit:
+    FT_TRACE5(( "FT_Outline_Decompose: Error %d\n", error ));
+    return error;
+
+  Invalid_Outline:
+    return FT_Err_Invalid_Outline;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Outline_New_Internal( FT_Memory    memory,
+                           FT_UInt      numPoints,
+                           FT_Int       numContours,
+                           FT_Outline  *anoutline )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error;
+
+
+    if ( !anoutline || !memory )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    *anoutline = null_outline;
+
+    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( anoutline->points,   numPoints * 2L ) ||
+         FT_NEW_ARRAY( anoutline->tags,     numPoints      ) ||
+         FT_NEW_ARRAY( anoutline->contours, numContours    ) )
+      goto Fail;
+
+    anoutline->n_points    = (FT_UShort)numPoints;
+    anoutline->n_contours  = (FT_Short)numContours;
+    anoutline->flags      |= FT_OUTLINE_OWNER;
+
+    return FT_Err_Ok;
+
+  Fail:
+    anoutline->flags |= FT_OUTLINE_OWNER;
+    FT_Outline_Done_Internal( memory, anoutline );
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftoutln.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Outline_New( FT_Library   library,
+                  FT_UInt      numPoints,
+                  FT_Int       numContours,
+                  FT_Outline  *anoutline )
+  {
+    if ( !library )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Library_Handle;
+
+    return FT_Outline_New_Internal( library->memory, numPoints,
+                                    numContours, anoutline );
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftoutln.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Outline_Check( FT_Outline*  outline )
+  {
+    if ( outline )
+    {
+      FT_Int  n_points   = outline->n_points;
+      FT_Int  n_contours = outline->n_contours;
+      FT_Int  end0, end;
+      FT_Int  n;
+
+
+      /* empty glyph? */
+      if ( n_points == 0 && n_contours == 0 )
+        return 0;
+
+      /* check point and contour counts */
+      if ( n_points <= 0 || n_contours <= 0 )
+        goto Bad;
+
+      end0 = end = -1;
+      for ( n = 0; n < n_contours; n++ )
+      {
+        end = outline->contours[n];
+
+        /* note that we don't accept empty contours */
+        if ( end <= end0 || end >= n_points )
+          goto Bad;
+
+        end0 = end;
+      }
+
+      if ( end != n_points - 1 )
+        goto Bad;
+
+      /* XXX: check the tags array */
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  Bad:
+    return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftoutln.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Outline_Copy( const FT_Outline*  source,
+                   FT_Outline        *target )
+  {
+    FT_Int  is_owner;
+
+
+    if ( !source            || !target            ||
+         source->n_points   != target->n_points   ||
+         source->n_contours != target->n_contours )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    if ( source == target )
+      return FT_Err_Ok;
+
+    FT_ARRAY_COPY( target->points, source->points, source->n_points );
+
+    FT_ARRAY_COPY( target->tags, source->tags, source->n_points );
+
+    FT_ARRAY_COPY( target->contours, source->contours, source->n_contours );
+
+    /* copy all flags, except the `FT_OUTLINE_OWNER' one */
+    is_owner      = target->flags & FT_OUTLINE_OWNER;
+    target->flags = source->flags;
+
+    target->flags &= ~FT_OUTLINE_OWNER;
+    target->flags |= is_owner;
+
+    return FT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Outline_Done_Internal( FT_Memory    memory,
+                            FT_Outline*  outline )
+  {
+    if ( memory && outline )
+    {
+      if ( outline->flags & FT_OUTLINE_OWNER )
+      {
+        FT_FREE( outline->points   );
+        FT_FREE( outline->tags     );
+        FT_FREE( outline->contours );
+      }
+      *outline = null_outline;
+
+      return FT_Err_Ok;
+    }
+    else
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftoutln.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Outline_Done( FT_Library   library,
+                   FT_Outline*  outline )
+  {
+    /* check for valid `outline' in FT_Outline_Done_Internal() */
+
+    if ( !library )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Library_Handle;
+
+    return FT_Outline_Done_Internal( library->memory, outline );
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftoutln.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
+  FT_Outline_Get_CBox( const FT_Outline*  outline,
+                       FT_BBox           *acbox )
+  {
+    FT_Pos  xMin, yMin, xMax, yMax;
+
+
+    if ( outline && acbox )
+    {
+      if ( outline->n_points == 0 )
+      {
+        xMin = 0;
+        yMin = 0;
+        xMax = 0;
+        yMax = 0;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        FT_Vector*  vec   = outline->points;
+        FT_Vector*  limit = vec + outline->n_points;
+
+
+        xMin = xMax = vec->x;
+        yMin = yMax = vec->y;
+        vec++;
+
+        for ( ; vec < limit; vec++ )
+        {
+          FT_Pos  x, y;
+
+
+          x = vec->x;
+          if ( x < xMin ) xMin = x;
+          if ( x > xMax ) xMax = x;
+
+          y = vec->y;
+          if ( y < yMin ) yMin = y;
+          if ( y > yMax ) yMax = y;
+        }
+      }
+      acbox->xMin = xMin;
+      acbox->xMax = xMax;
+      acbox->yMin = yMin;
+      acbox->yMax = yMax;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftoutln.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
+  FT_Outline_Translate( const FT_Outline*  outline,
+                        FT_Pos             xOffset,
+                        FT_Pos             yOffset )
+  {
+    FT_UShort   n;
+    FT_Vector*  vec;
+
+
+    if ( !outline )
+      return;
+
+    vec = outline->points;
+
+    for ( n = 0; n < outline->n_points; n++ )
+    {
+      vec->x += xOffset;
+      vec->y += yOffset;
+      vec++;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftoutln.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
+  FT_Outline_Reverse( FT_Outline*  outline )
+  {
+    FT_UShort  n;
+    FT_Int     first, last;
+
+
+    if ( !outline )
+      return;
+
+    first = 0;
+
+    for ( n = 0; n < outline->n_contours; n++ )
+    {
+      last  = outline->contours[n];
+
+      /* reverse point table */
+      {
+        FT_Vector*  p = outline->points + first;
+        FT_Vector*  q = outline->points + last;
+        FT_Vector   swap;
+
+
+        while ( p < q )
+        {
+          swap = *p;
+          *p   = *q;
+          *q   = swap;
+          p++;
+          q--;
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* reverse tags table */
+      {
+        char*  p = outline->tags + first;
+        char*  q = outline->tags + last;
+        char   swap;
+
+
+        while ( p < q )
+        {
+          swap = *p;
+          *p   = *q;
+          *q   = swap;
+          p++;
+          q--;
+        }
+      }
+
+      first = last + 1;
+    }
+
+    outline->flags ^= FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftoutln.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Outline_Render( FT_Library         library,
+                     FT_Outline*        outline,
+                     FT_Raster_Params*  params )
+  {
+    FT_Error     error;
+    FT_Bool      update = FALSE;
+    FT_Renderer  renderer;
+    FT_ListNode  node;
+
+
+    if ( !library )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Library_Handle;
+
+    if ( !outline || !params )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    renderer = library->cur_renderer;
+    node     = library->renderers.head;
+
+    params->source = (void*)outline;
+
+    error = FT_Err_Cannot_Render_Glyph;
+    while ( renderer )
+    {
+      error = renderer->raster_render( renderer->raster, params );
+      if ( !error || FT_ERROR_BASE( error ) != FT_Err_Cannot_Render_Glyph )
+        break;
+
+      /* FT_Err_Cannot_Render_Glyph is returned if the render mode   */
+      /* is unsupported by the current renderer for this glyph image */
+      /* format                                                      */
+
+      /* now, look for another renderer that supports the same */
+      /* format                                                */
+      renderer = FT_Lookup_Renderer( library, FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE,
+                                     &node );
+      update   = TRUE;
+    }
+
+    /* if we changed the current renderer for the glyph image format */
+    /* we need to select it as the next current one                  */
+    if ( !error && update && renderer )
+      FT_Set_Renderer( library, renderer, 0, 0 );
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftoutln.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap( FT_Library        library,
+                         FT_Outline*       outline,
+                         const FT_Bitmap  *abitmap )
+  {
+    FT_Raster_Params  params;
+
+
+    if ( !abitmap )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    /* other checks are delayed to FT_Outline_Render() */
+
+    params.target = abitmap;
+    params.flags  = 0;
+
+    if ( abitmap->pixel_mode == FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY  ||
+         abitmap->pixel_mode == FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD   ||
+         abitmap->pixel_mode == FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V )
+      params.flags |= FT_RASTER_FLAG_AA;
+
+    return FT_Outline_Render( library, outline, ¶ms );
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
+  FT_Vector_Transform( FT_Vector*        vector,
+                       const FT_Matrix*  matrix )
+  {
+    FT_Pos  xz, yz;
+
+
+    if ( !vector || !matrix )
+      return;
+
+    xz = FT_MulFix( vector->x, matrix->xx ) +
+         FT_MulFix( vector->y, matrix->xy );
+
+    yz = FT_MulFix( vector->x, matrix->yx ) +
+         FT_MulFix( vector->y, matrix->yy );
+
+    vector->x = xz;
+    vector->y = yz;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftoutln.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
+  FT_Outline_Transform( const FT_Outline*  outline,
+                        const FT_Matrix*   matrix )
+  {
+    FT_Vector*  vec;
+    FT_Vector*  limit;
+
+
+    if ( !outline || !matrix )
+      return;
+
+    vec   = outline->points;
+    limit = vec + outline->n_points;
+
+    for ( ; vec < limit; vec++ )
+      FT_Vector_Transform( vec, matrix );
+  }
+
+
+#if 0
+
+#define FT_OUTLINE_GET_CONTOUR( outline, c, first, last )  \
+  do {                                                     \
+    (first) = ( c > 0 ) ? (outline)->points +              \
+                            (outline)->contours[c - 1] + 1 \
+                        : (outline)->points;               \
+    (last) = (outline)->points + (outline)->contours[c];   \
+  } while ( 0 )
+
+
+  /* Is a point in some contour?                     */
+  /*                                                 */
+  /* We treat every point of the contour as if it    */
+  /* it were ON.  That is, we allow false positives, */
+  /* but disallow false negatives.  (XXX really?)    */
+  static FT_Bool
+  ft_contour_has( FT_Outline*  outline,
+                  FT_Short     c,
+                  FT_Vector*   point )
+  {
+    FT_Vector*  first;
+    FT_Vector*  last;
+    FT_Vector*  a;
+    FT_Vector*  b;
+    FT_UInt     n = 0;
+
+
+    FT_OUTLINE_GET_CONTOUR( outline, c, first, last );
+
+    for ( a = first; a <= last; a++ )
+    {
+      FT_Pos  x;
+      FT_Int  intersect;
+
+
+      b = ( a == last ) ? first : a + 1;
+
+      intersect = ( a->y - point->y ) ^ ( b->y - point->y );
+
+      /* a and b are on the same side */
+      if ( intersect >= 0 )
+      {
+        if ( intersect == 0 && a->y == point->y )
+        {
+          if ( ( a->x <= point->x && b->x >= point->x ) ||
+               ( a->x >= point->x && b->x <= point->x ) )
+            return 1;
+        }
+
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      x = a->x + ( b->x - a->x ) * (point->y - a->y ) / ( b->y - a->y );
+
+      if ( x < point->x )
+        n++;
+      else if ( x == point->x )
+        return 1;
+    }
+
+    return ( n % 2 );
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Bool
+  ft_contour_enclosed( FT_Outline*  outline,
+                       FT_UShort    c )
+  {
+    FT_Vector*  first;
+    FT_Vector*  last;
+    FT_Short    i;
+
+
+    FT_OUTLINE_GET_CONTOUR( outline, c, first, last );
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < outline->n_contours; i++ )
+    {
+      if ( i != c && ft_contour_has( outline, i, first ) )
+      {
+        FT_Vector*  pt;
+
+
+        for ( pt = first + 1; pt <= last; pt++ )
+          if ( !ft_contour_has( outline, i, pt ) )
+            return 0;
+
+        return 1;
+      }
+    }
+
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  /* This version differs from the public one in that each */
+  /* part (contour not enclosed in another contour) of the */
+  /* outline is checked for orientation.  This is          */
+  /* necessary for some buggy CJK fonts.                   */
+  static FT_Orientation
+  ft_outline_get_orientation( FT_Outline*  outline )
+  {
+    FT_Short        i;
+    FT_Vector*      first;
+    FT_Vector*      last;
+    FT_Orientation  orient = FT_ORIENTATION_NONE;
+
+
+    first = outline->points;
+    for ( i = 0; i < outline->n_contours; i++, first = last + 1 )
+    {
+      FT_Vector*  point;
+      FT_Vector*  xmin_point;
+      FT_Pos      xmin;
+
+
+      last = outline->points + outline->contours[i];
+
+      /* skip degenerate contours */
+      if ( last < first + 2 )
+        continue;
+
+      if ( ft_contour_enclosed( outline, i ) )
+        continue;
+
+      xmin       = first->x;
+      xmin_point = first;
+
+      for ( point = first + 1; point <= last; point++ )
+      {
+        if ( point->x < xmin )
+        {
+          xmin       = point->x;
+          xmin_point = point;
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* check the orientation of the contour */
+      {
+        FT_Vector*      prev;
+        FT_Vector*      next;
+        FT_Orientation  o;
+
+
+        prev = ( xmin_point == first ) ? last : xmin_point - 1;
+        next = ( xmin_point == last ) ? first : xmin_point + 1;
+
+        if ( FT_Atan2( prev->x - xmin_point->x, prev->y - xmin_point->y ) >
+             FT_Atan2( next->x - xmin_point->x, next->y - xmin_point->y ) )
+          o = FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT;
+        else
+          o = FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE;
+
+        if ( orient == FT_ORIENTATION_NONE )
+          orient = o;
+        else if ( orient != o )
+          return FT_ORIENTATION_NONE;
+      }
+    }
+
+    return orient;
+  }
+
+#endif /* 0 */
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftoutln.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Outline_Embolden( FT_Outline*  outline,
+                       FT_Pos       strength )
+  {
+    FT_Vector*  points;
+    FT_Vector   v_prev, v_first, v_next, v_cur;
+    FT_Angle    rotate, angle_in, angle_out;
+    FT_Int      c, n, first;
+    FT_Int      orientation;
+
+
+    if ( !outline )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    strength /= 2;
+    if ( strength == 0 )
+      return FT_Err_Ok;
+
+    orientation = FT_Outline_Get_Orientation( outline );
+    if ( orientation == FT_ORIENTATION_NONE )
+    {
+      if ( outline->n_contours )
+        return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+      else
+        return FT_Err_Ok;
+    }
+
+    if ( orientation == FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE )
+      rotate = -FT_ANGLE_PI2;
+    else
+      rotate = FT_ANGLE_PI2;
+
+    points = outline->points;
+
+    first = 0;
+    for ( c = 0; c < outline->n_contours; c++ )
+    {
+      int  last = outline->contours[c];
+
+
+      v_first = points[first];
+      v_prev  = points[last];
+      v_cur   = v_first;
+
+      for ( n = first; n <= last; n++ )
+      {
+        FT_Vector  in, out;
+        FT_Angle   angle_diff;
+        FT_Pos     d;
+        FT_Fixed   scale;
+
+
+        if ( n < last )
+          v_next = points[n + 1];
+        else
+          v_next = v_first;
+
+        /* compute the in and out vectors */
+        in.x = v_cur.x - v_prev.x;
+        in.y = v_cur.y - v_prev.y;
+
+        out.x = v_next.x - v_cur.x;
+        out.y = v_next.y - v_cur.y;
+
+        angle_in   = FT_Atan2( in.x, in.y );
+        angle_out  = FT_Atan2( out.x, out.y );
+        angle_diff = FT_Angle_Diff( angle_in, angle_out );
+        scale      = FT_Cos( angle_diff / 2 );
+
+        if ( scale < 0x4000L && scale > -0x4000L )
+          in.x = in.y = 0;
+        else
+        {
+          d = FT_DivFix( strength, scale );
+
+          FT_Vector_From_Polar( &in, d, angle_in + angle_diff / 2 - rotate );
+        }
+
+        outline->points[n].x = v_cur.x + strength + in.x;
+        outline->points[n].y = v_cur.y + strength + in.y;
+
+        v_prev = v_cur;
+        v_cur  = v_next;
+      }
+
+      first = last + 1;
+    }
+
+    return FT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftoutln.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Orientation )
+  FT_Outline_Get_Orientation( FT_Outline*  outline )
+  {
+    FT_Pos      xmin       = 32768L;
+    FT_Pos      xmin_ymin  = 32768L;
+    FT_Pos      xmin_ymax  = -32768L;
+    FT_Vector*  xmin_first = NULL;
+    FT_Vector*  xmin_last  = NULL;
+
+    short*      contour;
+
+    FT_Vector*  first;
+    FT_Vector*  last;
+    FT_Vector*  prev;
+    FT_Vector*  point;
+
+    int             i;
+    FT_Pos          ray_y[3];
+    FT_Orientation  result[3];
+
+
+    if ( !outline || outline->n_points <= 0 )
+      return FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE;
+
+    /* We use the nonzero winding rule to find the orientation.       */
+    /* Since glyph outlines behave much more `regular' than arbitrary */
+    /* cubic or quadratic curves, this test deals with the polygon    */
+    /* only which is spanned up by the control points.                */
+
+    first = outline->points;
+    for ( contour = outline->contours;
+          contour < outline->contours + outline->n_contours;
+          contour++, first = last + 1 )
+    {
+      FT_Pos  contour_xmin = 32768L;
+      FT_Pos  contour_xmax = -32768L;
+      FT_Pos  contour_ymin = 32768L;
+      FT_Pos  contour_ymax = -32768L;
+
+
+      last = outline->points + *contour;
+
+      /* skip degenerate contours */
+      if ( last < first + 2 )
+        continue;
+
+      for ( point = first; point <= last; ++point )
+      {
+        if ( point->x < contour_xmin )
+          contour_xmin = point->x;
+
+        if ( point->x > contour_xmax )
+          contour_xmax = point->x;
+
+        if ( point->y < contour_ymin )
+          contour_ymin = point->y;
+
+        if ( point->y > contour_ymax )
+          contour_ymax = point->y;
+      }
+
+      if ( contour_xmin < xmin          &&
+           contour_xmin != contour_xmax &&
+           contour_ymin != contour_ymax )
+      {
+        xmin       = contour_xmin;
+        xmin_ymin  = contour_ymin;
+        xmin_ymax  = contour_ymax;
+        xmin_first = first;
+        xmin_last  = last;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if ( xmin == 32768L )
+      return FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE;
+
+    ray_y[0] = ( xmin_ymin * 3 + xmin_ymax     ) >> 2;
+    ray_y[1] = ( xmin_ymin     + xmin_ymax     ) >> 1;
+    ray_y[2] = ( xmin_ymin     + xmin_ymax * 3 ) >> 2;
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < 3; i++ )
+    {
+      FT_Pos      left_x;
+      FT_Pos      right_x;
+      FT_Vector*  left1;
+      FT_Vector*  left2;
+      FT_Vector*  right1;
+      FT_Vector*  right2;
+
+
+    RedoRay:
+      left_x  = 32768L;
+      right_x = -32768L;
+
+      left1 = left2 = right1 = right2 = NULL;
+
+      prev = xmin_last;
+      for ( point = xmin_first; point <= xmin_last; prev = point, ++point )
+      {
+        FT_Pos  tmp_x;
+
+
+        if ( point->y == ray_y[i] || prev->y == ray_y[i] )
+        {
+          ray_y[i]++;
+          goto RedoRay;
+        }
+
+        if ( ( point->y < ray_y[i] && prev->y < ray_y[i] ) ||
+             ( point->y > ray_y[i] && prev->y > ray_y[i] ) )
+          continue;
+
+        tmp_x = FT_MulDiv( point->x - prev->x,
+                           ray_y[i] - prev->y,
+                           point->y - prev->y ) + prev->x;
+
+        if ( tmp_x < left_x )
+        {
+          left_x = tmp_x;
+          left1  = prev;
+          left2  = point;
+        }
+
+        if ( tmp_x > right_x )
+        {
+          right_x = tmp_x;
+          right1  = prev;
+          right2  = point;
+        }
+      }
+
+      if ( left1 && right1 )
+      {
+        if ( left1->y < left2->y && right1->y > right2->y )
+          result[i] = FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE;
+        else if ( left1->y > left2->y && right1->y < right2->y )
+          result[i] = FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT;
+        else
+          result[i] = FT_ORIENTATION_NONE;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if ( result[0] != FT_ORIENTATION_NONE                     &&
+         ( result[0] == result[1] || result[0] == result[2] ) )
+      return result[0];
+
+    if ( result[1] != FT_ORIENTATION_NONE && result[1] == result[2] )
+      return result[1];
+
+    return FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE;
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftpatent.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftpatent.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9f129d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftpatent.c
@@ -0,0 +1,281 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftpatent.c                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType API for checking patented TrueType bytecode instructions    */
+/*    (body).                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2007, 2008 by David Turner.                                  */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+#include FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
+#include FT_SERVICE_SFNT_H
+#include FT_SERVICE_TRUETYPE_GLYF_H
+
+
+  static FT_Bool
+  _tt_check_patents_in_range( FT_Stream  stream,
+                              FT_ULong   size )
+  {
+    FT_Bool   result = FALSE;
+    FT_Error  error;
+    FT_Bytes  p, end;
+
+
+    if ( FT_FRAME_ENTER( size ) )
+      return 0;
+
+    p   = stream->cursor;
+    end = p + size;
+
+    while ( p < end )
+    {
+      switch (p[0])
+      {
+      case 0x06:  /* SPvTL // */
+      case 0x07:  /* SPvTL +  */
+      case 0x08:  /* SFvTL // */
+      case 0x09:  /* SFvTL +  */
+      case 0x0A:  /* SPvFS    */
+      case 0x0B:  /* SFvFS    */
+        result = TRUE;
+        goto Exit;
+
+      case 0x40:
+        if ( p + 1 >= end )
+          goto Exit;
+
+        p += p[1] + 2;
+        break;
+
+      case 0x41:
+        if ( p + 1 >= end )
+          goto Exit;
+
+        p += p[1] * 2 + 2;
+        break;
+
+      case 0x71:  /* DELTAP2 */
+      case 0x72:  /* DELTAP3 */
+      case 0x73:  /* DELTAC0 */
+      case 0x74:  /* DELTAC1 */
+      case 0x75:  /* DELTAC2 */
+        result = TRUE;
+        goto Exit;
+
+      case 0xB0:
+      case 0xB1:
+      case 0xB2:
+      case 0xB3:
+      case 0xB4:
+      case 0xB5:
+      case 0xB6:
+      case 0xB7:
+        p += ( p[0] - 0xB0 ) + 2;
+        break;
+
+      case 0xB8:
+      case 0xB9:
+      case 0xBA:
+      case 0xBB:
+      case 0xBC:
+      case 0xBD:
+      case 0xBE:
+      case 0xBF:
+        p += ( p[0] - 0xB8 ) * 2 + 3;
+        break;
+
+      default:
+        p += 1;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    FT_FRAME_EXIT();
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Bool
+  _tt_check_patents_in_table( FT_Face   face,
+                              FT_ULong  tag )
+  {
+    FT_Stream              stream = face->stream;
+    FT_Error               error;
+    FT_Service_SFNT_Table  service;
+    FT_Bool                result = FALSE;
+
+
+    FT_FACE_FIND_SERVICE( face, service, SFNT_TABLE );
+
+    if ( service )
+    {
+      FT_ULong  offset, size;
+
+
+      error = service->table_info( face, tag, &offset, &size );
+      if ( error                    ||
+           FT_STREAM_SEEK( offset ) )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      result = _tt_check_patents_in_range( stream, size );
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Bool
+  _tt_face_check_patents( FT_Face  face )
+  {
+    FT_Stream  stream = face->stream;
+    FT_UInt    gindex;
+    FT_Error   error;
+    FT_Bool    result;
+
+    FT_Service_TTGlyf  service;
+
+
+    result = _tt_check_patents_in_table( face, TTAG_fpgm );
+    if ( result )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    result = _tt_check_patents_in_table( face, TTAG_prep );
+    if ( result )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    FT_FACE_FIND_SERVICE( face, service, TT_GLYF );
+    if ( service == NULL )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    for ( gindex = 0; gindex < (FT_UInt)face->num_glyphs; gindex++ )
+    {
+      FT_ULong  offset, num_ins, size;
+      FT_Int    num_contours;
+
+
+      offset = service->get_location( face, gindex, &size );
+      if ( size == 0 )
+        continue;
+
+      if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( offset )      ||
+           FT_READ_SHORT( num_contours ) )
+        continue;
+
+      if ( num_contours >= 0 )  /* simple glyph */
+      {
+        if ( FT_STREAM_SKIP( 8 + num_contours * 2 ) )
+          continue;
+      }
+      else  /* compound glyph */
+      {
+        FT_Bool  has_instr = 0;
+
+
+        if ( FT_STREAM_SKIP( 8 ) )
+          continue;
+
+        /* now read each component */
+        for (;;)
+        {
+          FT_UInt  flags, toskip;
+
+
+          if( FT_READ_USHORT( flags ) )
+            break;
+
+          toskip = 2 + 1 + 1;
+
+          if ( ( flags & ( 1 << 0 ) ) != 0 )       /* ARGS_ARE_WORDS */
+            toskip += 2;
+
+          if ( ( flags & ( 1 << 3 ) ) != 0 )       /* WE_HAVE_A_SCALE */
+            toskip += 2;
+          else if ( ( flags & ( 1 << 6 ) ) != 0 )  /* WE_HAVE_X_Y_SCALE */
+            toskip += 4;
+          else if ( ( flags & ( 1 << 7 ) ) != 0 )  /* WE_HAVE_A_2x2 */
+            toskip += 8;
+
+          if ( ( flags & ( 1 << 8 ) ) != 0 )       /* WE_HAVE_INSTRUCTIONS */
+            has_instr = 1;
+
+          if ( FT_STREAM_SKIP( toskip ) )
+            goto NextGlyph;
+
+          if ( ( flags & ( 1 << 5 ) ) == 0 )       /* MORE_COMPONENTS */
+            break;
+        }
+
+        if ( !has_instr )
+          goto NextGlyph;
+      }
+
+      if ( FT_READ_USHORT( num_ins ) )
+        continue;
+
+      result = _tt_check_patents_in_range( stream, num_ins );
+      if ( result )
+        goto Exit;
+
+    NextGlyph:
+      ;
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Bool )
+  FT_Face_CheckTrueTypePatents( FT_Face  face )
+  {
+    FT_Bool  result = FALSE;
+
+
+    if ( face && FT_IS_SFNT( face ) )
+      result = _tt_face_check_patents( face );
+
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in freetype.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Bool )
+  FT_Face_SetUnpatentedHinting( FT_Face  face,
+                                FT_Bool  value )
+  {
+    FT_Bool  result = FALSE;
+
+
+#if defined( TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING ) && \
+    !defined( TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTEPRETER )
+    if ( face && FT_IS_SFNT( face ) )
+    {
+      result = !face->internal->ignore_unpatented_hinter;
+      face->internal->ignore_unpatented_hinter = !value;
+    }
+#else
+    FT_UNUSED( face );
+    FT_UNUSED( value );
+#endif
+
+    return result;
+  }
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftpfr.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftpfr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f9592bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftpfr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftpfr.c                                                                */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType API for accessing PFR-specific data (body).                 */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2008 by                                    */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+#include FT_SERVICE_PFR_H
+
+
+  /* check the format */
+  static FT_Service_PfrMetrics
+  ft_pfr_check( FT_Face  face )
+  {
+    FT_Service_PfrMetrics  service;
+
+
+    FT_FACE_LOOKUP_SERVICE( face, service, PFR_METRICS );
+
+    return service;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftpfr.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_PFR_Metrics( FT_Face    face,
+                      FT_UInt   *aoutline_resolution,
+                      FT_UInt   *ametrics_resolution,
+                      FT_Fixed  *ametrics_x_scale,
+                      FT_Fixed  *ametrics_y_scale )
+  {
+    FT_Error               error = FT_Err_Ok;
+    FT_Service_PfrMetrics  service;
+
+
+    if ( !face )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    service = ft_pfr_check( face );
+    if ( service )
+    {
+      error = service->get_metrics( face,
+                                    aoutline_resolution,
+                                    ametrics_resolution,
+                                    ametrics_x_scale,
+                                    ametrics_y_scale );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      FT_Fixed  x_scale, y_scale;
+
+
+      /* this is not a PFR font */
+      if ( aoutline_resolution )
+        *aoutline_resolution = face->units_per_EM;
+
+      if ( ametrics_resolution )
+        *ametrics_resolution = face->units_per_EM;
+
+      x_scale = y_scale = 0x10000L;
+      if ( face->size )
+      {
+        x_scale = face->size->metrics.x_scale;
+        y_scale = face->size->metrics.y_scale;
+      }
+
+      if ( ametrics_x_scale )
+        *ametrics_x_scale = x_scale;
+
+      if ( ametrics_y_scale )
+        *ametrics_y_scale = y_scale;
+
+      error = FT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftpfr.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_PFR_Kerning( FT_Face     face,
+                      FT_UInt     left,
+                      FT_UInt     right,
+                      FT_Vector  *avector )
+  {
+    FT_Error               error;
+    FT_Service_PfrMetrics  service;
+
+
+    if ( !face )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    service = ft_pfr_check( face );
+    if ( service )
+      error = service->get_kerning( face, left, right, avector );
+    else
+      error = FT_Get_Kerning( face, left, right,
+                              FT_KERNING_UNSCALED, avector );
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftpfr.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_PFR_Advance( FT_Face   face,
+                      FT_UInt   gindex,
+                      FT_Pos   *aadvance )
+  {
+    FT_Error               error;
+    FT_Service_PfrMetrics  service;
+
+
+    service = ft_pfr_check( face );
+    if ( service )
+    {
+      error = service->get_advance( face, gindex, aadvance );
+    }
+    else
+      /* XXX: TODO: PROVIDE ADVANCE-LOADING METHOD TO ALL FONT DRIVERS */
+      error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftrfork.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftrfork.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d59a076
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftrfork.c
@@ -0,0 +1,821 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftrfork.c                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Embedded resource forks accessor (body).                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 by                        */
+/*  Masatake YAMATO and Redhat K.K.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  FT_Raccess_Get_HeaderInfo() and raccess_guess_darwin_hfsplus() are     */
+/*  derived from ftobjs.c.                                                 */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* Development of the code in this file is support of                      */
+/* Information-technology Promotion Agency, Japan.                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_RFORK_H
+
+
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_raccess
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****               Resource fork directory access                    ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Raccess_Get_HeaderInfo( FT_Library  library,
+                             FT_Stream   stream,
+                             FT_Long     rfork_offset,
+                             FT_Long    *map_offset,
+                             FT_Long    *rdata_pos )
+  {
+    FT_Error       error;
+    unsigned char  head[16], head2[16];
+    FT_Long        map_pos, rdata_len;
+    int            allzeros, allmatch, i;
+    FT_Long        type_list;
+
+    FT_UNUSED( library );
+
+
+    error = FT_Stream_Seek( stream, rfork_offset );
+    if ( error )
+      return error;
+
+    error = FT_Stream_Read( stream, (FT_Byte *)head, 16 );
+    if ( error )
+      return error;
+
+    *rdata_pos = rfork_offset + ( ( head[0] << 24 ) |
+                                  ( head[1] << 16 ) |
+                                  ( head[2] <<  8 ) |
+                                    head[3]         );
+    map_pos    = rfork_offset + ( ( head[4] << 24 ) |
+                                  ( head[5] << 16 ) |
+                                  ( head[6] <<  8 ) |
+                                    head[7]         );
+    rdata_len = ( head[ 8] << 24 ) |
+                ( head[ 9] << 16 ) |
+                ( head[10] <<  8 ) |
+                  head[11];
+
+    /* map_len = head[12] .. head[15] */
+
+    if ( *rdata_pos + rdata_len != map_pos || map_pos == rfork_offset )
+      return FT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
+
+    error = FT_Stream_Seek( stream, map_pos );
+    if ( error )
+      return error;
+
+    head2[15] = (FT_Byte)( head[15] + 1 );       /* make it be different */
+
+    error = FT_Stream_Read( stream, (FT_Byte*)head2, 16 );
+    if ( error )
+      return error;
+
+    allzeros = 1;
+    allmatch = 1;
+    for ( i = 0; i < 16; ++i )
+    {
+      if ( head2[i] != 0 )
+        allzeros = 0;
+      if ( head2[i] != head[i] )
+        allmatch = 0;
+    }
+    if ( !allzeros && !allmatch )
+      return FT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
+
+    /* If we have reached this point then it is probably a mac resource */
+    /* file.  Now, does it contain any interesting resources?           */
+    /* Skip handle to next resource map, the file resource number, and  */
+    /* attributes.                                                      */
+    (void)FT_STREAM_SKIP( 4        /* skip handle to next resource map */
+                          + 2      /* skip file resource number */
+                          + 2 );   /* skip attributes */
+
+    if ( FT_READ_USHORT( type_list ) )
+      return error;
+    if ( type_list == -1 )
+      return FT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
+
+    error = FT_Stream_Seek( stream, map_pos + type_list );
+    if ( error )
+      return error;
+
+    *map_offset = map_pos + type_list;
+    return FT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  static int
+  ft_raccess_sort_ref_by_id( FT_RFork_Ref*  a,
+                             FT_RFork_Ref*  b )
+  {
+    if ( a->res_id < b->res_id )
+      return -1;
+    else if ( a->res_id > b->res_id )
+      return 1;
+    else
+      return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Raccess_Get_DataOffsets( FT_Library  library,
+                              FT_Stream   stream,
+                              FT_Long     map_offset,
+                              FT_Long     rdata_pos,
+                              FT_Long     tag,
+                              FT_Long   **offsets,
+                              FT_Long    *count )
+  {
+    FT_Error      error;
+    int           i, j, cnt, subcnt;
+    FT_Long       tag_internal, rpos;
+    FT_Memory     memory = library->memory;
+    FT_Long       temp;
+    FT_Long       *offsets_internal;
+    FT_RFork_Ref  *ref;
+
+
+    error = FT_Stream_Seek( stream, map_offset );
+    if ( error )
+      return error;
+
+    if ( FT_READ_USHORT( cnt ) )
+      return error;
+    cnt++;
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < cnt; ++i )
+    {
+      if ( FT_READ_LONG( tag_internal ) ||
+           FT_READ_USHORT( subcnt )     ||
+           FT_READ_USHORT( rpos )       )
+        return error;
+
+      FT_TRACE2(( "Resource tags: %c%c%c%c\n",
+                  (char)( 0xff & ( tag_internal >> 24 ) ),
+                  (char)( 0xff & ( tag_internal >> 16 ) ),
+                  (char)( 0xff & ( tag_internal >>  8 ) ),
+                  (char)( 0xff & ( tag_internal >>  0 ) ) ));
+
+      if ( tag_internal == tag )
+      {
+        *count = subcnt + 1;
+        rpos  += map_offset;
+
+        error = FT_Stream_Seek( stream, rpos );
+        if ( error )
+          return error;
+
+        if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( ref, *count ) )
+          return error;
+
+        for ( j = 0; j < *count; ++j )
+        {
+          if ( FT_READ_USHORT( ref[j].res_id ) )
+            goto Exit;
+          if ( FT_STREAM_SKIP( 2 ) ) /* resource name */
+            goto Exit;
+          if ( FT_READ_LONG( temp ) )
+            goto Exit;
+          if ( FT_STREAM_SKIP( 4 ) ) /* mbz */
+            goto Exit;
+
+          ref[j].offset = temp & 0xFFFFFFL;
+        }
+
+        ft_qsort( ref, *count, sizeof ( FT_RFork_Ref ),
+                  ( int(*)(const void*, const void*) )
+                  ft_raccess_sort_ref_by_id );
+
+        if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( offsets_internal, *count ) )
+          goto Exit;
+
+        /* XXX: duplicated reference ID,
+         *      gap between reference IDs are acceptable?
+         *      further investigation on Apple implementation is needed.
+         */
+        for ( j = 0; j < *count; ++j )
+          offsets_internal[j] = rdata_pos + ref[j].offset;
+
+        *offsets = offsets_internal;
+        error    = FT_Err_Ok;
+
+      Exit:
+        FT_FREE( ref );
+        return error;
+      }
+    }
+
+    return FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource;
+  }
+
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_GUESSING_EMBEDDED_RFORK
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****                     Guessing functions                          ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****            When you add a new guessing function,                ****/
+  /****           update FT_RACCESS_N_RULES in ftrfork.h.               ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*raccess_guess_func)( FT_Library  library,
+                         FT_Stream   stream,
+                         char       *base_file_name,
+                         char      **result_file_name,
+                         FT_Long    *result_offset );
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  raccess_guess_apple_double( FT_Library  library,
+                              FT_Stream   stream,
+                              char       *base_file_name,
+                              char      **result_file_name,
+                              FT_Long    *result_offset );
+
+  static FT_Error
+  raccess_guess_apple_single( FT_Library  library,
+                              FT_Stream   stream,
+                              char       *base_file_name,
+                              char      **result_file_name,
+                              FT_Long    *result_offset );
+
+  static FT_Error
+  raccess_guess_darwin_ufs_export( FT_Library  library,
+                                   FT_Stream   stream,
+                                   char       *base_file_name,
+                                   char      **result_file_name,
+                                   FT_Long    *result_offset );
+
+  static FT_Error
+  raccess_guess_darwin_newvfs( FT_Library  library,
+                               FT_Stream   stream,
+                               char       *base_file_name,
+                               char      **result_file_name,
+                               FT_Long    *result_offset );
+
+  static FT_Error
+  raccess_guess_darwin_hfsplus( FT_Library  library,
+                                FT_Stream   stream,
+                                char       *base_file_name,
+                                char      **result_file_name,
+                                FT_Long    *result_offset );
+
+  static FT_Error
+  raccess_guess_vfat( FT_Library  library,
+                      FT_Stream   stream,
+                      char       *base_file_name,
+                      char      **result_file_name,
+                      FT_Long    *result_offset );
+
+  static FT_Error
+  raccess_guess_linux_cap( FT_Library  library,
+                           FT_Stream   stream,
+                           char       *base_file_name,
+                           char      **result_file_name,
+                           FT_Long    *result_offset );
+
+  static FT_Error
+  raccess_guess_linux_double( FT_Library  library,
+                              FT_Stream   stream,
+                              char       *base_file_name,
+                              char      **result_file_name,
+                              FT_Long    *result_offset );
+
+  static FT_Error
+  raccess_guess_linux_netatalk( FT_Library  library,
+                                FT_Stream   stream,
+                                char       *base_file_name,
+                                char      **result_file_name,
+                                FT_Long    *result_offset );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****                       Helper functions                          ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  static FT_Error
+  raccess_guess_apple_generic( FT_Library  library,
+                               FT_Stream   stream,
+                               char       *base_file_name,
+                               FT_Int32    magic,
+                               FT_Long    *result_offset );
+
+  static FT_Error
+  raccess_guess_linux_double_from_file_name( FT_Library  library,
+                                             char *      file_name,
+                                             FT_Long    *result_offset );
+
+  static char *
+  raccess_make_file_name( FT_Memory    memory,
+                          const char  *original_name,
+                          const char  *insertion );
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
+  FT_Raccess_Guess( FT_Library  library,
+                    FT_Stream   stream,
+                    char*       base_name,
+                    char      **new_names,
+                    FT_Long    *offsets,
+                    FT_Error   *errors )
+  {
+    FT_Long  i;
+
+
+    raccess_guess_func  funcs[FT_RACCESS_N_RULES] =
+    {
+      raccess_guess_apple_double,
+      raccess_guess_apple_single,
+      raccess_guess_darwin_ufs_export,
+      raccess_guess_darwin_newvfs,
+      raccess_guess_darwin_hfsplus,
+      raccess_guess_vfat,
+      raccess_guess_linux_cap,
+      raccess_guess_linux_double,
+      raccess_guess_linux_netatalk,
+    };
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < FT_RACCESS_N_RULES; i++ )
+    {
+      new_names[i] = NULL;
+      if ( NULL != stream )
+        errors[i] = FT_Stream_Seek( stream, 0 );
+      else
+        errors[i] = FT_Err_Ok;
+
+      if ( errors[i] )
+        continue ;
+
+      errors[i] = (funcs[i])( library, stream, base_name,
+                              &(new_names[i]), &(offsets[i]) );
+    }
+
+    return;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  raccess_guess_apple_double( FT_Library  library,
+                              FT_Stream   stream,
+                              char       *base_file_name,
+                              char      **result_file_name,
+                              FT_Long    *result_offset )
+  {
+    FT_Int32  magic = ( 0x00 << 24 ) |
+                      ( 0x05 << 16 ) |
+                      ( 0x16 <<  8 ) |
+                        0x07;
+
+
+    *result_file_name = NULL;
+    if ( NULL == stream )
+      return FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Stream;
+
+    return raccess_guess_apple_generic( library, stream, base_file_name,
+                                        magic, result_offset );
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  raccess_guess_apple_single( FT_Library  library,
+                              FT_Stream   stream,
+                              char       *base_file_name,
+                              char      **result_file_name,
+                              FT_Long    *result_offset )
+  {
+    FT_Int32  magic = ( 0x00 << 24 ) |
+                      ( 0x05 << 16 ) |
+                      ( 0x16 <<  8 ) |
+                        0x00;
+
+
+    *result_file_name = NULL;
+    if ( NULL == stream )
+      return FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Stream;
+
+    return raccess_guess_apple_generic( library, stream, base_file_name,
+                                        magic, result_offset );
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  raccess_guess_darwin_ufs_export( FT_Library  library,
+                                   FT_Stream   stream,
+                                   char       *base_file_name,
+                                   char      **result_file_name,
+                                   FT_Long    *result_offset )
+  {
+    char*      newpath;
+    FT_Error   error;
+    FT_Memory  memory;
+
+    FT_UNUSED( stream );
+
+
+    memory  = library->memory;
+    newpath = raccess_make_file_name( memory, base_file_name, "._" );
+    if ( !newpath )
+      return FT_Err_Out_Of_Memory;
+
+    error = raccess_guess_linux_double_from_file_name( library, newpath,
+                                                       result_offset );
+    if ( !error )
+      *result_file_name = newpath;
+    else
+      FT_FREE( newpath );
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  raccess_guess_darwin_hfsplus( FT_Library  library,
+                                FT_Stream   stream,
+                                char       *base_file_name,
+                                char      **result_file_name,
+                                FT_Long    *result_offset )
+  {
+    /*
+      Only meaningful on systems with hfs+ drivers (or Macs).
+     */
+    FT_Error   error;
+    char*      newpath;
+    FT_Memory  memory;
+    FT_Long    base_file_len = ft_strlen( base_file_name );
+
+    FT_UNUSED( stream );
+
+
+    memory = library->memory;
+
+    if ( base_file_len + 6 > FT_INT_MAX )
+      return FT_Err_Array_Too_Large;
+
+    if ( FT_ALLOC( newpath, base_file_len + 6 ) )
+      return error;
+
+    FT_MEM_COPY( newpath, base_file_name, base_file_len );
+    FT_MEM_COPY( newpath + base_file_len, "/rsrc", 6 );
+
+    *result_file_name = newpath;
+    *result_offset    = 0;
+
+    return FT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  raccess_guess_darwin_newvfs( FT_Library  library,
+                               FT_Stream   stream,
+                               char       *base_file_name,
+                               char      **result_file_name,
+                               FT_Long    *result_offset )
+  {
+    /*
+      Only meaningful on systems with Mac OS X (> 10.1).
+     */
+    FT_Error   error;
+    char*      newpath;
+    FT_Memory  memory;
+    FT_Long    base_file_len = ft_strlen( base_file_name );
+
+    FT_UNUSED( stream );
+
+
+    memory = library->memory;
+
+    if ( base_file_len + 18 > FT_INT_MAX )
+      return FT_Err_Array_Too_Large;
+
+    if ( FT_ALLOC( newpath, base_file_len + 18 ) )
+      return error;
+
+    FT_MEM_COPY( newpath, base_file_name, base_file_len );
+    FT_MEM_COPY( newpath + base_file_len, "/..namedfork/rsrc", 18 );
+
+    *result_file_name = newpath;
+    *result_offset    = 0;
+
+    return FT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  raccess_guess_vfat( FT_Library  library,
+                      FT_Stream   stream,
+                      char       *base_file_name,
+                      char      **result_file_name,
+                      FT_Long    *result_offset )
+  {
+    char*      newpath;
+    FT_Memory  memory;
+
+    FT_UNUSED( stream );
+
+
+    memory = library->memory;
+
+    newpath = raccess_make_file_name( memory, base_file_name,
+                                      "resource.frk/" );
+    if ( !newpath )
+      return FT_Err_Out_Of_Memory;
+
+    *result_file_name = newpath;
+    *result_offset    = 0;
+
+    return FT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  raccess_guess_linux_cap( FT_Library  library,
+                           FT_Stream   stream,
+                           char       *base_file_name,
+                           char      **result_file_name,
+                           FT_Long    *result_offset )
+  {
+    char*      newpath;
+    FT_Memory  memory;
+
+    FT_UNUSED( stream );
+
+
+    memory = library->memory;
+
+    newpath = raccess_make_file_name( memory, base_file_name, ".resource/" );
+    if ( !newpath )
+      return FT_Err_Out_Of_Memory;
+
+    *result_file_name = newpath;
+    *result_offset    = 0;
+
+    return FT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  raccess_guess_linux_double( FT_Library  library,
+                              FT_Stream   stream,
+                              char       *base_file_name,
+                              char      **result_file_name,
+                              FT_Long    *result_offset )
+  {
+    char*      newpath;
+    FT_Error   error;
+    FT_Memory  memory;
+
+    FT_UNUSED( stream );
+
+
+    memory = library->memory;
+
+    newpath = raccess_make_file_name( memory, base_file_name, "%" );
+    if ( !newpath )
+      return FT_Err_Out_Of_Memory;
+
+    error = raccess_guess_linux_double_from_file_name( library, newpath,
+                                                       result_offset );
+    if ( !error )
+      *result_file_name = newpath;
+    else
+      FT_FREE( newpath );
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  raccess_guess_linux_netatalk( FT_Library  library,
+                                FT_Stream   stream,
+                                char       *base_file_name,
+                                char      **result_file_name,
+                                FT_Long    *result_offset )
+  {
+    char*      newpath;
+    FT_Error   error;
+    FT_Memory  memory;
+
+    FT_UNUSED( stream );
+
+
+    memory = library->memory;
+
+    newpath = raccess_make_file_name( memory, base_file_name,
+                                      ".AppleDouble/" );
+    if ( !newpath )
+      return FT_Err_Out_Of_Memory;
+
+    error = raccess_guess_linux_double_from_file_name( library, newpath,
+                                                       result_offset );
+    if ( !error )
+      *result_file_name = newpath;
+    else
+      FT_FREE( newpath );
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  raccess_guess_apple_generic( FT_Library  library,
+                               FT_Stream   stream,
+                               char       *base_file_name,
+                               FT_Int32    magic,
+                               FT_Long    *result_offset )
+  {
+    FT_Int32   magic_from_stream;
+    FT_Error   error;
+    FT_Int32   version_number = 0;
+    FT_UShort  n_of_entries;
+
+    int        i;
+    FT_UInt32  entry_id, entry_offset, entry_length = 0;
+
+    const FT_UInt32  resource_fork_entry_id = 0x2;
+
+    FT_UNUSED( library );
+    FT_UNUSED( base_file_name );
+    FT_UNUSED( version_number );
+    FT_UNUSED( entry_length   );
+
+
+    if ( FT_READ_LONG( magic_from_stream ) )
+      return error;
+    if ( magic_from_stream != magic )
+      return FT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
+
+    if ( FT_READ_LONG( version_number ) )
+      return error;
+
+    /* filler */
+    error = FT_Stream_Skip( stream, 16 );
+    if ( error )
+      return error;
+
+    if ( FT_READ_USHORT( n_of_entries ) )
+      return error;
+    if ( n_of_entries == 0 )
+      return FT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < n_of_entries; i++ )
+    {
+      if ( FT_READ_LONG( entry_id ) )
+        return error;
+      if ( entry_id == resource_fork_entry_id )
+      {
+        if ( FT_READ_LONG( entry_offset ) ||
+             FT_READ_LONG( entry_length ) )
+          continue;
+        *result_offset = entry_offset;
+
+        return FT_Err_Ok;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        error = FT_Stream_Skip( stream, 4 + 4 );    /* offset + length */
+        if ( error )
+          return error;
+      }
+    }
+
+    return FT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  raccess_guess_linux_double_from_file_name( FT_Library  library,
+                                             char       *file_name,
+                                             FT_Long    *result_offset )
+  {
+    FT_Open_Args  args2;
+    FT_Stream     stream2;
+    char *        nouse = NULL;
+    FT_Error      error;
+
+
+    args2.flags    = FT_OPEN_PATHNAME;
+    args2.pathname = file_name;
+    error = FT_Stream_New( library, &args2, &stream2 );
+    if ( error )
+      return error;
+
+    error = raccess_guess_apple_double( library, stream2, file_name,
+                                        &nouse, result_offset );
+
+    FT_Stream_Free( stream2, 0 );
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static char*
+  raccess_make_file_name( FT_Memory    memory,
+                          const char  *original_name,
+                          const char  *insertion )
+  {
+    char*        new_name;
+    char*        tmp;
+    const char*  slash;
+    unsigned     new_length;
+    FT_Error     error = FT_Err_Ok;
+
+    FT_UNUSED( error );
+
+
+    new_length = ft_strlen( original_name ) + ft_strlen( insertion );
+    if ( FT_ALLOC( new_name, new_length + 1 ) )
+      return NULL;
+
+    tmp = ft_strrchr( original_name, '/' );
+    if ( tmp )
+    {
+      ft_strncpy( new_name, original_name, tmp - original_name + 1 );
+      new_name[tmp - original_name + 1] = '\0';
+      slash = tmp + 1;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      slash       = original_name;
+      new_name[0] = '\0';
+    }
+
+    ft_strcat( new_name, insertion );
+    ft_strcat( new_name, slash );
+
+    return new_name;
+  }
+
+
+#else   /* !FT_CONFIG_OPTION_GUESSING_EMBEDDED_RFORK */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                  Dummy function; just sets errors                     */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
+  FT_Raccess_Guess( FT_Library  library,
+                    FT_Stream   stream,
+                    char       *base_name,
+                    char      **new_names,
+                    FT_Long    *offsets,
+                    FT_Error   *errors )
+  {
+    int  i;
+
+    FT_UNUSED( library );
+    FT_UNUSED( stream );
+    FT_UNUSED( base_name );
+
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < FT_RACCESS_N_RULES; i++ )
+    {
+      new_names[i] = NULL;
+      offsets[i]   = 0;
+      errors[i]    = FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+#endif  /* !FT_CONFIG_OPTION_GUESSING_EMBEDDED_RFORK */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftstream.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftstream.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cff67e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftstream.c
@@ -0,0 +1,846 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftstream.c                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    I/O stream support (body).                                           */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2000-2001, 2002, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008 by                   */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_stream
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
+  FT_Stream_OpenMemory( FT_Stream       stream,
+                        const FT_Byte*  base,
+                        FT_ULong        size )
+  {
+    stream->base   = (FT_Byte*) base;
+    stream->size   = size;
+    stream->pos    = 0;
+    stream->cursor = 0;
+    stream->read   = 0;
+    stream->close  = 0;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
+  FT_Stream_Close( FT_Stream  stream )
+  {
+    if ( stream && stream->close )
+      stream->close( stream );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stream_Seek( FT_Stream  stream,
+                  FT_ULong   pos )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error = FT_Err_Ok;
+
+
+    stream->pos = pos;
+
+    if ( stream->read )
+    {
+      if ( stream->read( stream, pos, 0, 0 ) )
+      {
+        FT_ERROR(( "FT_Stream_Seek: invalid i/o; pos = 0x%lx, size = 0x%lx\n",
+                   pos, stream->size ));
+
+        error = FT_Err_Invalid_Stream_Operation;
+      }
+    }
+    /* note that seeking to the first position after the file is valid */
+    else if ( pos > stream->size )
+    {
+      FT_ERROR(( "FT_Stream_Seek: invalid i/o; pos = 0x%lx, size = 0x%lx\n",
+                 pos, stream->size ));
+
+      error = FT_Err_Invalid_Stream_Operation;
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stream_Skip( FT_Stream  stream,
+                  FT_Long    distance )
+  {
+    if ( distance < 0 )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Stream_Operation;
+
+    return FT_Stream_Seek( stream, (FT_ULong)( stream->pos + distance ) );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Long )
+  FT_Stream_Pos( FT_Stream  stream )
+  {
+    return stream->pos;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stream_Read( FT_Stream  stream,
+                  FT_Byte*   buffer,
+                  FT_ULong   count )
+  {
+    return FT_Stream_ReadAt( stream, stream->pos, buffer, count );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stream_ReadAt( FT_Stream  stream,
+                    FT_ULong   pos,
+                    FT_Byte*   buffer,
+                    FT_ULong   count )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error = FT_Err_Ok;
+    FT_ULong  read_bytes;
+
+
+    if ( pos >= stream->size )
+    {
+      FT_ERROR(( "FT_Stream_ReadAt: invalid i/o; pos = 0x%lx, size = 0x%lx\n",
+                 pos, stream->size ));
+
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Stream_Operation;
+    }
+
+    if ( stream->read )
+      read_bytes = stream->read( stream, pos, buffer, count );
+    else
+    {
+      read_bytes = stream->size - pos;
+      if ( read_bytes > count )
+        read_bytes = count;
+
+      FT_MEM_COPY( buffer, stream->base + pos, read_bytes );
+    }
+
+    stream->pos = pos + read_bytes;
+
+    if ( read_bytes < count )
+    {
+      FT_ERROR(( "FT_Stream_ReadAt:" ));
+      FT_ERROR(( " invalid read; expected %lu bytes, got %lu\n",
+                 count, read_bytes ));
+
+      error = FT_Err_Invalid_Stream_Operation;
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_ULong )
+  FT_Stream_TryRead( FT_Stream  stream,
+                     FT_Byte*   buffer,
+                     FT_ULong   count )
+  {
+    FT_ULong  read_bytes = 0;
+
+
+    if ( stream->pos >= stream->size )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    if ( stream->read )
+      read_bytes = stream->read( stream, stream->pos, buffer, count );
+    else
+    {
+      read_bytes = stream->size - stream->pos;
+      if ( read_bytes > count )
+        read_bytes = count;
+
+      FT_MEM_COPY( buffer, stream->base + stream->pos, read_bytes );
+    }
+
+    stream->pos += read_bytes;
+
+  Exit:
+    return read_bytes;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stream_ExtractFrame( FT_Stream  stream,
+                          FT_ULong   count,
+                          FT_Byte**  pbytes )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error;
+
+
+    error = FT_Stream_EnterFrame( stream, count );
+    if ( !error )
+    {
+      *pbytes = (FT_Byte*)stream->cursor;
+
+      /* equivalent to FT_Stream_ExitFrame(), with no memory block release */
+      stream->cursor = 0;
+      stream->limit  = 0;
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
+  FT_Stream_ReleaseFrame( FT_Stream  stream,
+                          FT_Byte**  pbytes )
+  {
+    if ( stream->read )
+    {
+      FT_Memory  memory = stream->memory;
+
+#ifdef FT_DEBUG_MEMORY
+      ft_mem_free( memory, *pbytes );
+      *pbytes = NULL;
+#else
+      FT_FREE( *pbytes );
+#endif
+    }
+    *pbytes = 0;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stream_EnterFrame( FT_Stream  stream,
+                        FT_ULong   count )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error = FT_Err_Ok;
+    FT_ULong  read_bytes;
+
+
+    /* check for nested frame access */
+    FT_ASSERT( stream && stream->cursor == 0 );
+
+    if ( stream->read )
+    {
+      /* allocate the frame in memory */
+      FT_Memory  memory = stream->memory;
+
+#ifdef FT_DEBUG_MEMORY
+      /* assume _ft_debug_file and _ft_debug_lineno are already set */
+      stream->base = (unsigned char*)ft_mem_qalloc( memory, count, &error );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+#else
+      if ( FT_QALLOC( stream->base, count ) )
+        goto Exit;
+#endif
+      /* read it */
+      read_bytes = stream->read( stream, stream->pos,
+                                 stream->base, count );
+      if ( read_bytes < count )
+      {
+        FT_ERROR(( "FT_Stream_EnterFrame:" ));
+        FT_ERROR(( " invalid read; expected %lu bytes, got %lu\n",
+                   count, read_bytes ));
+
+        FT_FREE( stream->base );
+        error = FT_Err_Invalid_Stream_Operation;
+      }
+      stream->cursor = stream->base;
+      stream->limit  = stream->cursor + count;
+      stream->pos   += read_bytes;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* check current and new position */
+      if ( stream->pos >= stream->size        ||
+           stream->pos + count > stream->size )
+      {
+        FT_ERROR(( "FT_Stream_EnterFrame:" ));
+        FT_ERROR(( " invalid i/o; pos = 0x%lx, count = %lu, size = 0x%lx\n",
+                   stream->pos, count, stream->size ));
+
+        error = FT_Err_Invalid_Stream_Operation;
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+
+      /* set cursor */
+      stream->cursor = stream->base + stream->pos;
+      stream->limit  = stream->cursor + count;
+      stream->pos   += count;
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
+  FT_Stream_ExitFrame( FT_Stream  stream )
+  {
+    /* IMPORTANT: The assertion stream->cursor != 0 was removed, given    */
+    /*            that it is possible to access a frame of length 0 in    */
+    /*            some weird fonts (usually, when accessing an array of   */
+    /*            0 records, like in some strange kern tables).           */
+    /*                                                                    */
+    /*  In this case, the loader code handles the 0-length table          */
+    /*  gracefully; however, stream.cursor is really set to 0 by the      */
+    /*  FT_Stream_EnterFrame() call, and this is not an error.            */
+    /*                                                                    */
+    FT_ASSERT( stream );
+
+    if ( stream->read )
+    {
+      FT_Memory  memory = stream->memory;
+
+#ifdef FT_DEBUG_MEMORY
+      ft_mem_free( memory, stream->base );
+      stream->base = NULL;
+#else
+      FT_FREE( stream->base );
+#endif
+    }
+    stream->cursor = 0;
+    stream->limit  = 0;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Char )
+  FT_Stream_GetChar( FT_Stream  stream )
+  {
+    FT_Char  result;
+
+
+    FT_ASSERT( stream && stream->cursor );
+
+    result = 0;
+    if ( stream->cursor < stream->limit )
+      result = *stream->cursor++;
+
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Short )
+  FT_Stream_GetShort( FT_Stream  stream )
+  {
+    FT_Byte*  p;
+    FT_Short  result;
+
+
+    FT_ASSERT( stream && stream->cursor );
+
+    result         = 0;
+    p              = stream->cursor;
+    if ( p + 1 < stream->limit )
+      result       = FT_NEXT_SHORT( p );
+    stream->cursor = p;
+
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Short )
+  FT_Stream_GetShortLE( FT_Stream  stream )
+  {
+    FT_Byte*  p;
+    FT_Short  result;
+
+
+    FT_ASSERT( stream && stream->cursor );
+
+    result         = 0;
+    p              = stream->cursor;
+    if ( p + 1 < stream->limit )
+      result       = FT_NEXT_SHORT_LE( p );
+    stream->cursor = p;
+
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Long )
+  FT_Stream_GetOffset( FT_Stream  stream )
+  {
+    FT_Byte*  p;
+    FT_Long   result;
+
+
+    FT_ASSERT( stream && stream->cursor );
+
+    result         = 0;
+    p              = stream->cursor;
+    if ( p + 2 < stream->limit )
+      result       = FT_NEXT_OFF3( p );
+    stream->cursor = p;
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Long )
+  FT_Stream_GetLong( FT_Stream  stream )
+  {
+    FT_Byte*  p;
+    FT_Long   result;
+
+
+    FT_ASSERT( stream && stream->cursor );
+
+    result         = 0;
+    p              = stream->cursor;
+    if ( p + 3 < stream->limit )
+      result       = FT_NEXT_LONG( p );
+    stream->cursor = p;
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Long )
+  FT_Stream_GetLongLE( FT_Stream  stream )
+  {
+    FT_Byte*  p;
+    FT_Long   result;
+
+
+    FT_ASSERT( stream && stream->cursor );
+
+    result         = 0;
+    p              = stream->cursor;
+    if ( p + 3 < stream->limit )
+      result       = FT_NEXT_LONG_LE( p );
+    stream->cursor = p;
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Char )
+  FT_Stream_ReadChar( FT_Stream  stream,
+                      FT_Error*  error )
+  {
+    FT_Byte  result = 0;
+
+
+    FT_ASSERT( stream );
+
+    *error = FT_Err_Ok;
+
+    if ( stream->read )
+    {
+      if ( stream->read( stream, stream->pos, &result, 1L ) != 1L )
+        goto Fail;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      if ( stream->pos < stream->size )
+        result = stream->base[stream->pos];
+      else
+        goto Fail;
+    }
+    stream->pos++;
+
+    return result;
+
+  Fail:
+    *error = FT_Err_Invalid_Stream_Operation;
+    FT_ERROR(( "FT_Stream_ReadChar: invalid i/o; pos = 0x%lx, size = 0x%lx\n",
+               stream->pos, stream->size ));
+
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Short )
+  FT_Stream_ReadShort( FT_Stream  stream,
+                       FT_Error*  error )
+  {
+    FT_Byte   reads[2];
+    FT_Byte*  p = 0;
+    FT_Short  result = 0;
+
+
+    FT_ASSERT( stream );
+
+    *error = FT_Err_Ok;
+
+    if ( stream->pos + 1 < stream->size )
+    {
+      if ( stream->read )
+      {
+        if ( stream->read( stream, stream->pos, reads, 2L ) != 2L )
+          goto Fail;
+
+        p = reads;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        p = stream->base + stream->pos;
+      }
+
+      if ( p )
+        result = FT_NEXT_SHORT( p );
+    }
+    else
+      goto Fail;
+
+    stream->pos += 2;
+
+    return result;
+
+  Fail:
+    *error = FT_Err_Invalid_Stream_Operation;
+    FT_ERROR(( "FT_Stream_ReadShort:" ));
+    FT_ERROR(( " invalid i/o; pos = 0x%lx, size = 0x%lx\n",
+               stream->pos, stream->size ));
+
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Short )
+  FT_Stream_ReadShortLE( FT_Stream  stream,
+                         FT_Error*  error )
+  {
+    FT_Byte   reads[2];
+    FT_Byte*  p = 0;
+    FT_Short  result = 0;
+
+
+    FT_ASSERT( stream );
+
+    *error = FT_Err_Ok;
+
+    if ( stream->pos + 1 < stream->size )
+    {
+      if ( stream->read )
+      {
+        if ( stream->read( stream, stream->pos, reads, 2L ) != 2L )
+          goto Fail;
+
+        p = reads;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        p = stream->base + stream->pos;
+      }
+
+      if ( p )
+        result = FT_NEXT_SHORT_LE( p );
+    }
+    else
+      goto Fail;
+
+    stream->pos += 2;
+
+    return result;
+
+  Fail:
+    *error = FT_Err_Invalid_Stream_Operation;
+    FT_ERROR(( "FT_Stream_ReadShortLE:" ));
+    FT_ERROR(( " invalid i/o; pos = 0x%lx, size = 0x%lx\n",
+               stream->pos, stream->size ));
+
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Long )
+  FT_Stream_ReadOffset( FT_Stream  stream,
+                        FT_Error*  error )
+  {
+    FT_Byte   reads[3];
+    FT_Byte*  p = 0;
+    FT_Long   result = 0;
+
+
+    FT_ASSERT( stream );
+
+    *error = FT_Err_Ok;
+
+    if ( stream->pos + 2 < stream->size )
+    {
+      if ( stream->read )
+      {
+        if (stream->read( stream, stream->pos, reads, 3L ) != 3L )
+          goto Fail;
+
+        p = reads;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        p = stream->base + stream->pos;
+      }
+
+      if ( p )
+        result = FT_NEXT_OFF3( p );
+    }
+    else
+      goto Fail;
+
+    stream->pos += 3;
+
+    return result;
+
+  Fail:
+    *error = FT_Err_Invalid_Stream_Operation;
+    FT_ERROR(( "FT_Stream_ReadOffset:" ));
+    FT_ERROR(( " invalid i/o; pos = 0x%lx, size = 0x%lx\n",
+               stream->pos, stream->size ));
+
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Long )
+  FT_Stream_ReadLong( FT_Stream  stream,
+                      FT_Error*  error )
+  {
+    FT_Byte   reads[4];
+    FT_Byte*  p = 0;
+    FT_Long   result = 0;
+
+
+    FT_ASSERT( stream );
+
+    *error = FT_Err_Ok;
+
+    if ( stream->pos + 3 < stream->size )
+    {
+      if ( stream->read )
+      {
+        if ( stream->read( stream, stream->pos, reads, 4L ) != 4L )
+          goto Fail;
+
+        p = reads;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        p = stream->base + stream->pos;
+      }
+
+      if ( p )
+        result = FT_NEXT_LONG( p );
+    }
+    else
+      goto Fail;
+
+    stream->pos += 4;
+
+    return result;
+
+  Fail:
+    FT_ERROR(( "FT_Stream_ReadLong: invalid i/o; pos = 0x%lx, size = 0x%lx\n",
+               stream->pos, stream->size ));
+    *error = FT_Err_Invalid_Stream_Operation;
+
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Long )
+  FT_Stream_ReadLongLE( FT_Stream  stream,
+                        FT_Error*  error )
+  {
+    FT_Byte   reads[4];
+    FT_Byte*  p = 0;
+    FT_Long   result = 0;
+
+
+    FT_ASSERT( stream );
+
+    *error = FT_Err_Ok;
+
+    if ( stream->pos + 3 < stream->size )
+    {
+      if ( stream->read )
+      {
+        if ( stream->read( stream, stream->pos, reads, 4L ) != 4L )
+          goto Fail;
+
+        p = reads;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        p = stream->base + stream->pos;
+      }
+
+      if ( p )
+        result = FT_NEXT_LONG_LE( p );
+    }
+    else
+      goto Fail;
+
+    stream->pos += 4;
+
+    return result;
+
+  Fail:
+    FT_ERROR(( "FT_Stream_ReadLongLE:" ));
+    FT_ERROR(( " invalid i/o; pos = 0x%lx, size = 0x%lx\n",
+               stream->pos, stream->size ));
+    *error = FT_Err_Invalid_Stream_Operation;
+
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stream_ReadFields( FT_Stream              stream,
+                        const FT_Frame_Field*  fields,
+                        void*                  structure )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error;
+    FT_Bool   frame_accessed = 0;
+    FT_Byte*  cursor;
+
+    if ( !fields || !stream )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    cursor = stream->cursor;
+
+    error = FT_Err_Ok;
+    do
+    {
+      FT_ULong  value;
+      FT_Int    sign_shift;
+      FT_Byte*  p;
+
+
+      switch ( fields->value )
+      {
+      case ft_frame_start:  /* access a new frame */
+        error = FT_Stream_EnterFrame( stream, fields->offset );
+        if ( error )
+          goto Exit;
+
+        frame_accessed = 1;
+        cursor         = stream->cursor;
+        fields++;
+        continue;  /* loop! */
+
+      case ft_frame_bytes:  /* read a byte sequence */
+      case ft_frame_skip:   /* skip some bytes      */
+        {
+          FT_UInt  len = fields->size;
+
+
+          if ( cursor + len > stream->limit )
+          {
+            error = FT_Err_Invalid_Stream_Operation;
+            goto Exit;
+          }
+
+          if ( fields->value == ft_frame_bytes )
+          {
+            p = (FT_Byte*)structure + fields->offset;
+            FT_MEM_COPY( p, cursor, len );
+          }
+          cursor += len;
+          fields++;
+          continue;
+        }
+
+      case ft_frame_byte:
+      case ft_frame_schar:  /* read a single byte */
+        value = FT_NEXT_BYTE(cursor);
+        sign_shift = 24;
+        break;
+
+      case ft_frame_short_be:
+      case ft_frame_ushort_be:  /* read a 2-byte big-endian short */
+        value = FT_NEXT_USHORT(cursor);
+        sign_shift = 16;
+        break;
+
+      case ft_frame_short_le:
+      case ft_frame_ushort_le:  /* read a 2-byte little-endian short */
+        value = FT_NEXT_USHORT_LE(cursor);
+        sign_shift = 16;
+        break;
+
+      case ft_frame_long_be:
+      case ft_frame_ulong_be:  /* read a 4-byte big-endian long */
+        value = FT_NEXT_ULONG(cursor);
+        sign_shift = 0;
+        break;
+
+      case ft_frame_long_le:
+      case ft_frame_ulong_le:  /* read a 4-byte little-endian long */
+        value = FT_NEXT_ULONG_LE(cursor);
+        sign_shift = 0;
+        break;
+
+      case ft_frame_off3_be:
+      case ft_frame_uoff3_be:  /* read a 3-byte big-endian long */
+        value = FT_NEXT_UOFF3(cursor);
+        sign_shift = 8;
+        break;
+
+      case ft_frame_off3_le:
+      case ft_frame_uoff3_le:  /* read a 3-byte little-endian long */
+        value = FT_NEXT_UOFF3_LE(cursor);
+        sign_shift = 8;
+        break;
+
+      default:
+        /* otherwise, exit the loop */
+        stream->cursor = cursor;
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+
+      /* now, compute the signed value is necessary */
+      if ( fields->value & FT_FRAME_OP_SIGNED )
+        value = (FT_ULong)( (FT_Int32)( value << sign_shift ) >> sign_shift );
+
+      /* finally, store the value in the object */
+
+      p = (FT_Byte*)structure + fields->offset;
+      switch ( fields->size )
+      {
+      case (8 / FT_CHAR_BIT):
+        *(FT_Byte*)p = (FT_Byte)value;
+        break;
+
+      case (16 / FT_CHAR_BIT):
+        *(FT_UShort*)p = (FT_UShort)value;
+        break;
+
+      case (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT):
+        *(FT_UInt32*)p = (FT_UInt32)value;
+        break;
+
+      default:  /* for 64-bit systems */
+        *(FT_ULong*)p = (FT_ULong)value;
+      }
+
+      /* go to next field */
+      fields++;
+    }
+    while ( 1 );
+
+  Exit:
+    /* close the frame if it was opened by this read */
+    if ( frame_accessed )
+      FT_Stream_ExitFrame( stream );
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftstroke.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftstroke.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3f5421f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftstroke.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2009 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftstroke.c                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType path stroker (body).                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008, 2009 by                  */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_STROKER_H
+#include FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H
+#include FT_OUTLINE_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_MEMORY_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftstroke.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_StrokerBorder )
+  FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder( FT_Outline*  outline )
+  {
+    FT_Orientation  o = FT_Outline_Get_Orientation( outline );
+
+
+    return o == FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE ? FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT
+                                        : FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT ;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftstroke.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_StrokerBorder )
+  FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder( FT_Outline*  outline )
+  {
+    FT_Orientation  o = FT_Outline_Get_Orientation( outline );
+
+
+    return o == FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE ? FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT
+                                        : FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT ;
+  }
+
+
+ /***************************************************************************/
+ /***************************************************************************/
+ /*****                                                                 *****/
+ /*****                       BEZIER COMPUTATIONS                       *****/
+ /*****                                                                 *****/
+ /***************************************************************************/
+ /***************************************************************************/
+
+#define FT_SMALL_CONIC_THRESHOLD  ( FT_ANGLE_PI / 6 )
+#define FT_SMALL_CUBIC_THRESHOLD  ( FT_ANGLE_PI / 6 )
+#define FT_EPSILON  2
+
+#define FT_IS_SMALL( x )  ( (x) > -FT_EPSILON && (x) < FT_EPSILON )
+
+
+  static FT_Pos
+  ft_pos_abs( FT_Pos  x )
+  {
+    return x >= 0 ? x : -x ;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  ft_conic_split( FT_Vector*  base )
+  {
+    FT_Pos  a, b;
+
+
+    base[4].x = base[2].x;
+    b = base[1].x;
+    a = base[3].x = ( base[2].x + b ) / 2;
+    b = base[1].x = ( base[0].x + b ) / 2;
+    base[2].x = ( a + b ) / 2;
+
+    base[4].y = base[2].y;
+    b = base[1].y;
+    a = base[3].y = ( base[2].y + b ) / 2;
+    b = base[1].y = ( base[0].y + b ) / 2;
+    base[2].y = ( a + b ) / 2;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Bool
+  ft_conic_is_small_enough( FT_Vector*  base,
+                            FT_Angle   *angle_in,
+                            FT_Angle   *angle_out )
+  {
+    FT_Vector  d1, d2;
+    FT_Angle   theta;
+    FT_Int     close1, close2;
+
+
+    d1.x = base[1].x - base[2].x;
+    d1.y = base[1].y - base[2].y;
+    d2.x = base[0].x - base[1].x;
+    d2.y = base[0].y - base[1].y;
+
+    close1 = FT_IS_SMALL( d1.x ) && FT_IS_SMALL( d1.y );
+    close2 = FT_IS_SMALL( d2.x ) && FT_IS_SMALL( d2.y );
+
+    if ( close1 )
+    {
+      if ( close2 )
+        *angle_in = *angle_out = 0;
+      else
+        *angle_in = *angle_out = FT_Atan2( d2.x, d2.y );
+    }
+    else if ( close2 )
+    {
+      *angle_in = *angle_out = FT_Atan2( d1.x, d1.y );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      *angle_in  = FT_Atan2( d1.x, d1.y );
+      *angle_out = FT_Atan2( d2.x, d2.y );
+    }
+
+    theta = ft_pos_abs( FT_Angle_Diff( *angle_in, *angle_out ) );
+
+    return FT_BOOL( theta < FT_SMALL_CONIC_THRESHOLD );
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  ft_cubic_split( FT_Vector*  base )
+  {
+    FT_Pos  a, b, c, d;
+
+
+    base[6].x = base[3].x;
+    c = base[1].x;
+    d = base[2].x;
+    base[1].x = a = ( base[0].x + c ) / 2;
+    base[5].x = b = ( base[3].x + d ) / 2;
+    c = ( c + d ) / 2;
+    base[2].x = a = ( a + c ) / 2;
+    base[4].x = b = ( b + c ) / 2;
+    base[3].x = ( a + b ) / 2;
+
+    base[6].y = base[3].y;
+    c = base[1].y;
+    d = base[2].y;
+    base[1].y = a = ( base[0].y + c ) / 2;
+    base[5].y = b = ( base[3].y + d ) / 2;
+    c = ( c + d ) / 2;
+    base[2].y = a = ( a + c ) / 2;
+    base[4].y = b = ( b + c ) / 2;
+    base[3].y = ( a + b ) / 2;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Bool
+  ft_cubic_is_small_enough( FT_Vector*  base,
+                            FT_Angle   *angle_in,
+                            FT_Angle   *angle_mid,
+                            FT_Angle   *angle_out )
+  {
+    FT_Vector  d1, d2, d3;
+    FT_Angle   theta1, theta2;
+    FT_Int     close1, close2, close3;
+
+
+    d1.x = base[2].x - base[3].x;
+    d1.y = base[2].y - base[3].y;
+    d2.x = base[1].x - base[2].x;
+    d2.y = base[1].y - base[2].y;
+    d3.x = base[0].x - base[1].x;
+    d3.y = base[0].y - base[1].y;
+
+    close1 = FT_IS_SMALL( d1.x ) && FT_IS_SMALL( d1.y );
+    close2 = FT_IS_SMALL( d2.x ) && FT_IS_SMALL( d2.y );
+    close3 = FT_IS_SMALL( d3.x ) && FT_IS_SMALL( d3.y );
+
+    if ( close1 || close3 )
+    {
+      if ( close2 )
+      {
+        /* basically a point */
+        *angle_in = *angle_out = *angle_mid = 0;
+      }
+      else if ( close1 )
+      {
+        *angle_in  = *angle_mid = FT_Atan2( d2.x, d2.y );
+        *angle_out = FT_Atan2( d3.x, d3.y );
+      }
+      else  /* close2 */
+      {
+        *angle_in  = FT_Atan2( d1.x, d1.y );
+        *angle_mid = *angle_out = FT_Atan2( d2.x, d2.y );
+      }
+    }
+    else if ( close2 )
+    {
+      *angle_in  = *angle_mid = FT_Atan2( d1.x, d1.y );
+      *angle_out = FT_Atan2( d3.x, d3.y );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      *angle_in  = FT_Atan2( d1.x, d1.y );
+      *angle_mid = FT_Atan2( d2.x, d2.y );
+      *angle_out = FT_Atan2( d3.x, d3.y );
+    }
+
+    theta1 = ft_pos_abs( FT_Angle_Diff( *angle_in,  *angle_mid ) );
+    theta2 = ft_pos_abs( FT_Angle_Diff( *angle_mid, *angle_out ) );
+
+    return FT_BOOL( theta1 < FT_SMALL_CUBIC_THRESHOLD &&
+                    theta2 < FT_SMALL_CUBIC_THRESHOLD );
+  }
+
+
+ /***************************************************************************/
+ /***************************************************************************/
+ /*****                                                                 *****/
+ /*****                       STROKE BORDERS                            *****/
+ /*****                                                                 *****/
+ /***************************************************************************/
+ /***************************************************************************/
+
+  typedef enum  FT_StrokeTags_
+  {
+    FT_STROKE_TAG_ON    = 1,   /* on-curve point  */
+    FT_STROKE_TAG_CUBIC = 2,   /* cubic off-point */
+    FT_STROKE_TAG_BEGIN = 4,   /* sub-path start  */
+    FT_STROKE_TAG_END   = 8    /* sub-path end    */
+
+  } FT_StrokeTags;
+
+#define  FT_STROKE_TAG_BEGIN_END  (FT_STROKE_TAG_BEGIN|FT_STROKE_TAG_END)
+
+  typedef struct  FT_StrokeBorderRec_
+  {
+    FT_UInt     num_points;
+    FT_UInt     max_points;
+    FT_Vector*  points;
+    FT_Byte*    tags;
+    FT_Bool     movable;
+    FT_Int      start;    /* index of current sub-path start point */
+    FT_Memory   memory;
+    FT_Bool     valid;
+
+  } FT_StrokeBorderRec, *FT_StrokeBorder;
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  ft_stroke_border_grow( FT_StrokeBorder  border,
+                         FT_UInt          new_points )
+  {
+    FT_UInt   old_max = border->max_points;
+    FT_UInt   new_max = border->num_points + new_points;
+    FT_Error  error   = FT_Err_Ok;
+
+
+    if ( new_max > old_max )
+    {
+      FT_UInt    cur_max = old_max;
+      FT_Memory  memory  = border->memory;
+
+
+      while ( cur_max < new_max )
+        cur_max += ( cur_max >> 1 ) + 16;
+
+      if ( FT_RENEW_ARRAY( border->points, old_max, cur_max ) ||
+           FT_RENEW_ARRAY( border->tags,   old_max, cur_max ) )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      border->max_points = cur_max;
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  ft_stroke_border_close( FT_StrokeBorder  border,
+                          FT_Bool          reverse )
+  {
+    FT_UInt  start = border->start;
+    FT_UInt  count = border->num_points;
+
+
+    FT_ASSERT( border->start >= 0 );
+
+    /* don't record empty paths! */
+    if ( count <= start + 1U )
+      border->num_points = start;
+    else
+    {
+      /* copy the last point to the start of this sub-path, since */
+      /* it contains the `adjusted' starting coordinates          */
+      border->num_points    = --count;
+      border->points[start] = border->points[count];
+
+      if ( reverse )
+      {
+        /* reverse the points */
+        {
+          FT_Vector*  vec1 = border->points + start + 1;
+          FT_Vector*  vec2 = border->points + count - 1;
+
+
+          for ( ; vec1 < vec2; vec1++, vec2-- )
+          {
+            FT_Vector  tmp;
+
+
+            tmp   = *vec1;
+            *vec1 = *vec2;
+            *vec2 = tmp;
+          }
+        }
+
+        /* then the tags */
+        {
+          FT_Byte*  tag1 = border->tags + start + 1;
+          FT_Byte*  tag2 = border->tags + count - 1;
+
+
+          for ( ; tag1 < tag2; tag1++, tag2-- )
+          {
+            FT_Byte  tmp;
+
+
+            tmp   = *tag1;
+            *tag1 = *tag2;
+            *tag2 = tmp;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+
+      border->tags[start    ] |= FT_STROKE_TAG_BEGIN;
+      border->tags[count - 1] |= FT_STROKE_TAG_END;
+    }
+
+    border->start   = -1;
+    border->movable = FALSE;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  ft_stroke_border_lineto( FT_StrokeBorder  border,
+                           FT_Vector*       to,
+                           FT_Bool          movable )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error = FT_Err_Ok;
+
+
+    FT_ASSERT( border->start >= 0 );
+
+    if ( border->movable )
+    {
+      /* move last point */
+      border->points[border->num_points - 1] = *to;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* add one point */
+      error = ft_stroke_border_grow( border, 1 );
+      if ( !error )
+      {
+        FT_Vector*  vec = border->points + border->num_points;
+        FT_Byte*    tag = border->tags   + border->num_points;
+
+
+        vec[0] = *to;
+        tag[0] = FT_STROKE_TAG_ON;
+
+        border->num_points += 1;
+      }
+    }
+    border->movable = movable;
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  ft_stroke_border_conicto( FT_StrokeBorder  border,
+                            FT_Vector*       control,
+                            FT_Vector*       to )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error;
+
+
+    FT_ASSERT( border->start >= 0 );
+
+    error = ft_stroke_border_grow( border, 2 );
+    if ( !error )
+    {
+      FT_Vector*  vec = border->points + border->num_points;
+      FT_Byte*    tag = border->tags   + border->num_points;
+
+      vec[0] = *control;
+      vec[1] = *to;
+
+      tag[0] = 0;
+      tag[1] = FT_STROKE_TAG_ON;
+
+      border->num_points += 2;
+    }
+    border->movable = FALSE;
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  ft_stroke_border_cubicto( FT_StrokeBorder  border,
+                            FT_Vector*       control1,
+                            FT_Vector*       control2,
+                            FT_Vector*       to )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error;
+
+
+    FT_ASSERT( border->start >= 0 );
+
+    error = ft_stroke_border_grow( border, 3 );
+    if ( !error )
+    {
+      FT_Vector*  vec = border->points + border->num_points;
+      FT_Byte*    tag = border->tags   + border->num_points;
+
+
+      vec[0] = *control1;
+      vec[1] = *control2;
+      vec[2] = *to;
+
+      tag[0] = FT_STROKE_TAG_CUBIC;
+      tag[1] = FT_STROKE_TAG_CUBIC;
+      tag[2] = FT_STROKE_TAG_ON;
+
+      border->num_points += 3;
+    }
+    border->movable = FALSE;
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+#define FT_ARC_CUBIC_ANGLE  ( FT_ANGLE_PI / 2 )
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  ft_stroke_border_arcto( FT_StrokeBorder  border,
+                          FT_Vector*       center,
+                          FT_Fixed         radius,
+                          FT_Angle         angle_start,
+                          FT_Angle         angle_diff )
+  {
+    FT_Angle   total, angle, step, rotate, next, theta;
+    FT_Vector  a, b, a2, b2;
+    FT_Fixed   length;
+    FT_Error   error = FT_Err_Ok;
+
+
+    /* compute start point */
+    FT_Vector_From_Polar( &a, radius, angle_start );
+    a.x += center->x;
+    a.y += center->y;
+
+    total  = angle_diff;
+    angle  = angle_start;
+    rotate = ( angle_diff >= 0 ) ? FT_ANGLE_PI2 : -FT_ANGLE_PI2;
+
+    while ( total != 0 )
+    {
+      step = total;
+      if ( step > FT_ARC_CUBIC_ANGLE )
+        step = FT_ARC_CUBIC_ANGLE;
+
+      else if ( step < -FT_ARC_CUBIC_ANGLE )
+        step = -FT_ARC_CUBIC_ANGLE;
+
+      next  = angle + step;
+      theta = step;
+      if ( theta < 0 )
+        theta = -theta;
+
+      theta >>= 1;
+
+      /* compute end point */
+      FT_Vector_From_Polar( &b, radius, next );
+      b.x += center->x;
+      b.y += center->y;
+
+      /* compute first and second control points */
+      length = FT_MulDiv( radius, FT_Sin( theta ) * 4,
+                          ( 0x10000L + FT_Cos( theta ) ) * 3 );
+
+      FT_Vector_From_Polar( &a2, length, angle + rotate );
+      a2.x += a.x;
+      a2.y += a.y;
+
+      FT_Vector_From_Polar( &b2, length, next - rotate );
+      b2.x += b.x;
+      b2.y += b.y;
+
+      /* add cubic arc */
+      error = ft_stroke_border_cubicto( border, &a2, &b2, &b );
+      if ( error )
+        break;
+
+      /* process the rest of the arc ?? */
+      a      = b;
+      total -= step;
+      angle  = next;
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  ft_stroke_border_moveto( FT_StrokeBorder  border,
+                           FT_Vector*       to )
+  {
+    /* close current open path if any ? */
+    if ( border->start >= 0 )
+      ft_stroke_border_close( border, FALSE );
+
+    border->start   = border->num_points;
+    border->movable = FALSE;
+
+    return ft_stroke_border_lineto( border, to, FALSE );
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  ft_stroke_border_init( FT_StrokeBorder  border,
+                         FT_Memory        memory )
+  {
+    border->memory = memory;
+    border->points = NULL;
+    border->tags   = NULL;
+
+    border->num_points = 0;
+    border->max_points = 0;
+    border->start      = -1;
+    border->valid      = FALSE;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  ft_stroke_border_reset( FT_StrokeBorder  border )
+  {
+    border->num_points = 0;
+    border->start      = -1;
+    border->valid      = FALSE;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  ft_stroke_border_done( FT_StrokeBorder  border )
+  {
+    FT_Memory  memory = border->memory;
+
+
+    FT_FREE( border->points );
+    FT_FREE( border->tags );
+
+    border->num_points = 0;
+    border->max_points = 0;
+    border->start      = -1;
+    border->valid      = FALSE;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  ft_stroke_border_get_counts( FT_StrokeBorder  border,
+                               FT_UInt         *anum_points,
+                               FT_UInt         *anum_contours )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error        = FT_Err_Ok;
+    FT_UInt   num_points   = 0;
+    FT_UInt   num_contours = 0;
+
+    FT_UInt     count      = border->num_points;
+    FT_Vector*  point      = border->points;
+    FT_Byte*    tags       = border->tags;
+    FT_Int      in_contour = 0;
+
+
+    for ( ; count > 0; count--, num_points++, point++, tags++ )
+    {
+      if ( tags[0] & FT_STROKE_TAG_BEGIN )
+      {
+        if ( in_contour != 0 )
+          goto Fail;
+
+        in_contour = 1;
+      }
+      else if ( in_contour == 0 )
+        goto Fail;
+
+      if ( tags[0] & FT_STROKE_TAG_END )
+      {
+        in_contour = 0;
+        num_contours++;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if ( in_contour != 0 )
+      goto Fail;
+
+    border->valid = TRUE;
+
+  Exit:
+    *anum_points   = num_points;
+    *anum_contours = num_contours;
+    return error;
+
+  Fail:
+    num_points   = 0;
+    num_contours = 0;
+    goto Exit;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  ft_stroke_border_export( FT_StrokeBorder  border,
+                           FT_Outline*      outline )
+  {
+    /* copy point locations */
+    FT_ARRAY_COPY( outline->points + outline->n_points,
+                   border->points,
+                   border->num_points );
+
+    /* copy tags */
+    {
+      FT_UInt   count = border->num_points;
+      FT_Byte*  read  = border->tags;
+      FT_Byte*  write = (FT_Byte*)outline->tags + outline->n_points;
+
+
+      for ( ; count > 0; count--, read++, write++ )
+      {
+        if ( *read & FT_STROKE_TAG_ON )
+          *write = FT_CURVE_TAG_ON;
+        else if ( *read & FT_STROKE_TAG_CUBIC )
+          *write = FT_CURVE_TAG_CUBIC;
+        else
+          *write = FT_CURVE_TAG_CONIC;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* copy contours */
+    {
+      FT_UInt    count = border->num_points;
+      FT_Byte*   tags  = border->tags;
+      FT_Short*  write = outline->contours + outline->n_contours;
+      FT_Short   idx   = (FT_Short)outline->n_points;
+
+
+      for ( ; count > 0; count--, tags++, idx++ )
+      {
+        if ( *tags & FT_STROKE_TAG_END )
+        {
+          *write++ = idx;
+          outline->n_contours++;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    outline->n_points  = (short)( outline->n_points + border->num_points );
+
+    FT_ASSERT( FT_Outline_Check( outline ) == 0 );
+  }
+
+
+ /***************************************************************************/
+ /***************************************************************************/
+ /*****                                                                 *****/
+ /*****                           STROKER                               *****/
+ /*****                                                                 *****/
+ /***************************************************************************/
+ /***************************************************************************/
+
+#define FT_SIDE_TO_ROTATE( s )   ( FT_ANGLE_PI2 - (s) * FT_ANGLE_PI )
+
+  typedef struct  FT_StrokerRec_
+  {
+    FT_Angle             angle_in;
+    FT_Angle             angle_out;
+    FT_Vector            center;
+    FT_Bool              first_point;
+    FT_Bool              subpath_open;
+    FT_Angle             subpath_angle;
+    FT_Vector            subpath_start;
+
+    FT_Stroker_LineCap   line_cap;
+    FT_Stroker_LineJoin  line_join;
+    FT_Fixed             miter_limit;
+    FT_Fixed             radius;
+
+    FT_Bool              valid;
+    FT_StrokeBorderRec   borders[2];
+    FT_Memory            memory;
+
+  } FT_StrokerRec;
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftstroke.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stroker_New( FT_Library   library,
+                  FT_Stroker  *astroker )
+  {
+    FT_Error    error;
+    FT_Memory   memory;
+    FT_Stroker  stroker;
+
+
+    if ( !library )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    memory = library->memory;
+
+    if ( !FT_NEW( stroker ) )
+    {
+      stroker->memory = memory;
+
+      ft_stroke_border_init( &stroker->borders[0], memory );
+      ft_stroke_border_init( &stroker->borders[1], memory );
+    }
+    *astroker = stroker;
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftstroke.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
+  FT_Stroker_Set( FT_Stroker           stroker,
+                  FT_Fixed             radius,
+                  FT_Stroker_LineCap   line_cap,
+                  FT_Stroker_LineJoin  line_join,
+                  FT_Fixed             miter_limit )
+  {
+    stroker->radius      = radius;
+    stroker->line_cap    = line_cap;
+    stroker->line_join   = line_join;
+    stroker->miter_limit = miter_limit;
+
+    FT_Stroker_Rewind( stroker );
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftstroke.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
+  FT_Stroker_Rewind( FT_Stroker  stroker )
+  {
+    if ( stroker )
+    {
+      ft_stroke_border_reset( &stroker->borders[0] );
+      ft_stroke_border_reset( &stroker->borders[1] );
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftstroke.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
+  FT_Stroker_Done( FT_Stroker  stroker )
+  {
+    if ( stroker )
+    {
+      FT_Memory  memory = stroker->memory;
+
+
+      ft_stroke_border_done( &stroker->borders[0] );
+      ft_stroke_border_done( &stroker->borders[1] );
+
+      stroker->memory = NULL;
+      FT_FREE( stroker );
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /* creates a circular arc at a corner or cap */
+  static FT_Error
+  ft_stroker_arcto( FT_Stroker  stroker,
+                    FT_Int      side )
+  {
+    FT_Angle         total, rotate;
+    FT_Fixed         radius = stroker->radius;
+    FT_Error         error  = FT_Err_Ok;
+    FT_StrokeBorder  border = stroker->borders + side;
+
+
+    rotate = FT_SIDE_TO_ROTATE( side );
+
+    total = FT_Angle_Diff( stroker->angle_in, stroker->angle_out );
+    if ( total == FT_ANGLE_PI )
+      total = -rotate * 2;
+
+    error = ft_stroke_border_arcto( border,
+                                    &stroker->center,
+                                    radius,
+                                    stroker->angle_in + rotate,
+                                    total );
+    border->movable = FALSE;
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* adds a cap at the end of an opened path */
+  static FT_Error
+  ft_stroker_cap( FT_Stroker  stroker,
+                  FT_Angle    angle,
+                  FT_Int      side )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error = FT_Err_Ok;
+
+
+    if ( stroker->line_cap == FT_STROKER_LINECAP_ROUND )
+    {
+      /* add a round cap */
+      stroker->angle_in  = angle;
+      stroker->angle_out = angle + FT_ANGLE_PI;
+      error = ft_stroker_arcto( stroker, side );
+    }
+    else if ( stroker->line_cap == FT_STROKER_LINECAP_SQUARE )
+    {
+      /* add a square cap */
+      FT_Vector        delta, delta2;
+      FT_Angle         rotate = FT_SIDE_TO_ROTATE( side );
+      FT_Fixed         radius = stroker->radius;
+      FT_StrokeBorder  border = stroker->borders + side;
+
+
+      FT_Vector_From_Polar( &delta2, radius, angle + rotate );
+      FT_Vector_From_Polar( &delta,  radius, angle );
+
+      delta.x += stroker->center.x + delta2.x;
+      delta.y += stroker->center.y + delta2.y;
+
+      error = ft_stroke_border_lineto( border, &delta, FALSE );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      FT_Vector_From_Polar( &delta2, radius, angle - rotate );
+      FT_Vector_From_Polar( &delta,  radius, angle );
+
+      delta.x += delta2.x + stroker->center.x;
+      delta.y += delta2.y + stroker->center.y;
+
+      error = ft_stroke_border_lineto( border, &delta, FALSE );
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* process an inside corner, i.e. compute intersection */
+  static FT_Error
+  ft_stroker_inside( FT_Stroker  stroker,
+                     FT_Int      side)
+  {
+    FT_StrokeBorder  border = stroker->borders + side;
+    FT_Angle         phi, theta, rotate;
+    FT_Fixed         length, thcos, sigma;
+    FT_Vector        delta;
+    FT_Error         error = FT_Err_Ok;
+
+
+    rotate = FT_SIDE_TO_ROTATE( side );
+
+    /* compute median angle */
+    theta = FT_Angle_Diff( stroker->angle_in, stroker->angle_out );
+    if ( theta == FT_ANGLE_PI )
+      theta = rotate;
+    else
+      theta = theta / 2;
+
+    phi = stroker->angle_in + theta;
+
+    thcos = FT_Cos( theta );
+    sigma = FT_MulFix( stroker->miter_limit, thcos );
+
+    /* TODO: find better criterion to switch off the optimization */
+    if ( sigma < 0x10000L )
+    {
+      FT_Vector_From_Polar( &delta, stroker->radius,
+                            stroker->angle_out + rotate );
+      delta.x += stroker->center.x;
+      delta.y += stroker->center.y;
+      border->movable = FALSE;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      length = FT_DivFix( stroker->radius, thcos );
+
+      FT_Vector_From_Polar( &delta, length, phi + rotate );
+      delta.x += stroker->center.x;
+      delta.y += stroker->center.y;
+    }
+
+    error = ft_stroke_border_lineto( border, &delta, FALSE );
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* process an outside corner, i.e. compute bevel/miter/round */
+  static FT_Error
+  ft_stroker_outside( FT_Stroker  stroker,
+                      FT_Int      side )
+  {
+    FT_StrokeBorder  border = stroker->borders + side;
+    FT_Error         error;
+    FT_Angle         rotate;
+
+
+    if ( stroker->line_join == FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_ROUND )
+      error = ft_stroker_arcto( stroker, side );
+    else
+    {
+      /* this is a mitered or beveled corner */
+      FT_Fixed  sigma, radius = stroker->radius;
+      FT_Angle  theta, phi;
+      FT_Fixed  thcos;
+      FT_Bool   miter;
+
+
+      rotate = FT_SIDE_TO_ROTATE( side );
+      miter  = FT_BOOL( stroker->line_join == FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER );
+
+      theta = FT_Angle_Diff( stroker->angle_in, stroker->angle_out );
+      if ( theta == FT_ANGLE_PI )
+      {
+        theta = rotate;
+        phi   = stroker->angle_in;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        theta = theta / 2;
+        phi   = stroker->angle_in + theta + rotate;
+      }
+
+      thcos = FT_Cos( theta );
+      sigma = FT_MulFix( stroker->miter_limit, thcos );
+
+      if ( sigma >= 0x10000L )
+        miter = FALSE;
+
+      if ( miter )  /* this is a miter (broken angle) */
+      {
+        FT_Vector  middle, delta;
+        FT_Fixed   length;
+
+
+        /* compute middle point */
+        FT_Vector_From_Polar( &middle,
+                              FT_MulFix( radius, stroker->miter_limit ),
+                              phi );
+        middle.x += stroker->center.x;
+        middle.y += stroker->center.y;
+
+        /* compute first angle point */
+        length = FT_MulFix( radius,
+                            FT_DivFix( 0x10000L - sigma,
+                                       ft_pos_abs( FT_Sin( theta ) ) ) );
+
+        FT_Vector_From_Polar( &delta, length, phi + rotate );
+        delta.x += middle.x;
+        delta.y += middle.y;
+
+        error = ft_stroke_border_lineto( border, &delta, FALSE );
+        if ( error )
+          goto Exit;
+
+        /* compute second angle point */
+        FT_Vector_From_Polar( &delta, length, phi - rotate );
+        delta.x += middle.x;
+        delta.y += middle.y;
+
+        error = ft_stroke_border_lineto( border, &delta, FALSE );
+        if ( error )
+          goto Exit;
+
+        /* finally, add a movable end point */
+        FT_Vector_From_Polar( &delta, radius, stroker->angle_out + rotate );
+        delta.x += stroker->center.x;
+        delta.y += stroker->center.y;
+
+        error = ft_stroke_border_lineto( border, &delta, TRUE );
+      }
+
+      else /* this is a bevel (intersection) */
+      {
+        FT_Fixed   length;
+        FT_Vector  delta;
+
+
+        length = FT_DivFix( stroker->radius, thcos );
+
+        FT_Vector_From_Polar( &delta, length, phi );
+        delta.x += stroker->center.x;
+        delta.y += stroker->center.y;
+
+        error = ft_stroke_border_lineto( border, &delta, FALSE );
+        if ( error )
+          goto Exit;
+
+        /* now add end point */
+        FT_Vector_From_Polar( &delta, stroker->radius,
+                              stroker->angle_out + rotate );
+        delta.x += stroker->center.x;
+        delta.y += stroker->center.y;
+
+        error = ft_stroke_border_lineto( border, &delta, TRUE );
+      }
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  ft_stroker_process_corner( FT_Stroker  stroker )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error = FT_Err_Ok;
+    FT_Angle  turn;
+    FT_Int    inside_side;
+
+
+    turn = FT_Angle_Diff( stroker->angle_in, stroker->angle_out );
+
+    /* no specific corner processing is required if the turn is 0 */
+    if ( turn == 0 )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* when we turn to the right, the inside side is 0 */
+    inside_side = 0;
+
+    /* otherwise, the inside side is 1 */
+    if ( turn < 0 )
+      inside_side = 1;
+
+    /* process the inside side */
+    error = ft_stroker_inside( stroker, inside_side );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* process the outside side */
+    error = ft_stroker_outside( stroker, 1 - inside_side );
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* add two points to the left and right borders corresponding to the */
+  /* start of the subpath                                              */
+  static FT_Error
+  ft_stroker_subpath_start( FT_Stroker  stroker,
+                            FT_Angle    start_angle )
+  {
+    FT_Vector        delta;
+    FT_Vector        point;
+    FT_Error         error;
+    FT_StrokeBorder  border;
+
+
+    FT_Vector_From_Polar( &delta, stroker->radius,
+                          start_angle + FT_ANGLE_PI2 );
+
+    point.x = stroker->center.x + delta.x;
+    point.y = stroker->center.y + delta.y;
+
+    border = stroker->borders;
+    error = ft_stroke_border_moveto( border, &point );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    point.x = stroker->center.x - delta.x;
+    point.y = stroker->center.y - delta.y;
+
+    border++;
+    error = ft_stroke_border_moveto( border, &point );
+
+    /* save angle for last cap */
+    stroker->subpath_angle = start_angle;
+    stroker->first_point   = FALSE;
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftstroke.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stroker_LineTo( FT_Stroker  stroker,
+                     FT_Vector*  to )
+  {
+    FT_Error         error = FT_Err_Ok;
+    FT_StrokeBorder  border;
+    FT_Vector        delta;
+    FT_Angle         angle;
+    FT_Int           side;
+
+    delta.x = to->x - stroker->center.x;
+    delta.y = to->y - stroker->center.y;
+
+    angle = FT_Atan2( delta.x, delta.y );
+    FT_Vector_From_Polar( &delta, stroker->radius, angle + FT_ANGLE_PI2 );
+
+    /* process corner if necessary */
+    if ( stroker->first_point )
+    {
+      /* This is the first segment of a subpath.  We need to     */
+      /* add a point to each border at their respective starting */
+      /* point locations.                                        */
+      error = ft_stroker_subpath_start( stroker, angle );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* process the current corner */
+      stroker->angle_out = angle;
+      error = ft_stroker_process_corner( stroker );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* now add a line segment to both the `inside' and `outside' paths */
+
+    for ( border = stroker->borders, side = 1; side >= 0; side--, border++ )
+    {
+      FT_Vector  point;
+
+
+      point.x = to->x + delta.x;
+      point.y = to->y + delta.y;
+
+      error = ft_stroke_border_lineto( border, &point, TRUE );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      delta.x = -delta.x;
+      delta.y = -delta.y;
+    }
+
+    stroker->angle_in = angle;
+    stroker->center   = *to;
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftstroke.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stroker_ConicTo( FT_Stroker  stroker,
+                      FT_Vector*  control,
+                      FT_Vector*  to )
+  {
+    FT_Error    error = FT_Err_Ok;
+    FT_Vector   bez_stack[34];
+    FT_Vector*  arc;
+    FT_Vector*  limit = bez_stack + 30;
+    FT_Angle    start_angle;
+    FT_Bool     first_arc = TRUE;
+
+
+    arc    = bez_stack;
+    arc[0] = *to;
+    arc[1] = *control;
+    arc[2] = stroker->center;
+
+    while ( arc >= bez_stack )
+    {
+      FT_Angle  angle_in, angle_out;
+
+
+      angle_in = angle_out = 0;  /* remove compiler warnings */
+
+      if ( arc < limit                                             &&
+           !ft_conic_is_small_enough( arc, &angle_in, &angle_out ) )
+      {
+        ft_conic_split( arc );
+        arc += 2;
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      if ( first_arc )
+      {
+        first_arc = FALSE;
+
+        start_angle = angle_in;
+
+        /* process corner if necessary */
+        if ( stroker->first_point )
+          error = ft_stroker_subpath_start( stroker, start_angle );
+        else
+        {
+          stroker->angle_out = start_angle;
+          error = ft_stroker_process_corner( stroker );
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* the arc's angle is small enough; we can add it directly to each */
+      /* border                                                          */
+      {
+        FT_Vector  ctrl, end;
+        FT_Angle   theta, phi, rotate;
+        FT_Fixed   length;
+        FT_Int     side;
+
+
+        theta  = FT_Angle_Diff( angle_in, angle_out ) / 2;
+        phi    = angle_in + theta;
+        length = FT_DivFix( stroker->radius, FT_Cos( theta ) );
+
+        for ( side = 0; side <= 1; side++ )
+        {
+          rotate = FT_SIDE_TO_ROTATE( side );
+
+          /* compute control point */
+          FT_Vector_From_Polar( &ctrl, length, phi + rotate );
+          ctrl.x += arc[1].x;
+          ctrl.y += arc[1].y;
+
+          /* compute end point */
+          FT_Vector_From_Polar( &end, stroker->radius, angle_out + rotate );
+          end.x += arc[0].x;
+          end.y += arc[0].y;
+
+          error = ft_stroke_border_conicto( stroker->borders + side,
+                                            &ctrl, &end );
+          if ( error )
+            goto Exit;
+        }
+      }
+
+      arc -= 2;
+
+      if ( arc < bez_stack )
+        stroker->angle_in = angle_out;
+    }
+
+    stroker->center = *to;
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftstroke.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stroker_CubicTo( FT_Stroker  stroker,
+                      FT_Vector*  control1,
+                      FT_Vector*  control2,
+                      FT_Vector*  to )
+  {
+    FT_Error    error = FT_Err_Ok;
+    FT_Vector   bez_stack[37];
+    FT_Vector*  arc;
+    FT_Vector*  limit = bez_stack + 32;
+    FT_Angle    start_angle;
+    FT_Bool     first_arc = TRUE;
+
+
+    arc    = bez_stack;
+    arc[0] = *to;
+    arc[1] = *control2;
+    arc[2] = *control1;
+    arc[3] = stroker->center;
+
+    while ( arc >= bez_stack )
+    {
+      FT_Angle  angle_in, angle_mid, angle_out;
+
+
+      /* remove compiler warnings */
+      angle_in = angle_out = angle_mid = 0;
+
+      if ( arc < limit                                         &&
+           !ft_cubic_is_small_enough( arc, &angle_in,
+                                      &angle_mid, &angle_out ) )
+      {
+        ft_cubic_split( arc );
+        arc += 3;
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      if ( first_arc )
+      {
+        first_arc = FALSE;
+
+        /* process corner if necessary */
+        start_angle = angle_in;
+
+        if ( stroker->first_point )
+          error = ft_stroker_subpath_start( stroker, start_angle );
+        else
+        {
+          stroker->angle_out = start_angle;
+          error = ft_stroker_process_corner( stroker );
+        }
+        if ( error )
+          goto Exit;
+      }
+
+      /* the arc's angle is small enough; we can add it directly to each */
+      /* border                                                          */
+      {
+        FT_Vector  ctrl1, ctrl2, end;
+        FT_Angle   theta1, phi1, theta2, phi2, rotate;
+        FT_Fixed   length1, length2;
+        FT_Int     side;
+
+
+        theta1  = ft_pos_abs( angle_mid - angle_in ) / 2;
+        theta2  = ft_pos_abs( angle_out - angle_mid ) / 2;
+        phi1    = (angle_mid + angle_in ) / 2;
+        phi2    = (angle_mid + angle_out ) / 2;
+        length1 = FT_DivFix( stroker->radius, FT_Cos( theta1 ) );
+        length2 = FT_DivFix( stroker->radius, FT_Cos(theta2) );
+
+        for ( side = 0; side <= 1; side++ )
+        {
+          rotate = FT_SIDE_TO_ROTATE( side );
+
+          /* compute control points */
+          FT_Vector_From_Polar( &ctrl1, length1, phi1 + rotate );
+          ctrl1.x += arc[2].x;
+          ctrl1.y += arc[2].y;
+
+          FT_Vector_From_Polar( &ctrl2, length2, phi2 + rotate );
+          ctrl2.x += arc[1].x;
+          ctrl2.y += arc[1].y;
+
+          /* compute end point */
+          FT_Vector_From_Polar( &end, stroker->radius, angle_out + rotate );
+          end.x += arc[0].x;
+          end.y += arc[0].y;
+
+          error = ft_stroke_border_cubicto( stroker->borders + side,
+                                            &ctrl1, &ctrl2, &end );
+          if ( error )
+            goto Exit;
+        }
+      }
+
+      arc -= 3;
+      if ( arc < bez_stack )
+        stroker->angle_in = angle_out;
+    }
+
+    stroker->center = *to;
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftstroke.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath( FT_Stroker  stroker,
+                           FT_Vector*  to,
+                           FT_Bool     open )
+  {
+    /* We cannot process the first point, because there is not enough      */
+    /* information regarding its corner/cap.  The latter will be processed */
+    /* in the `FT_Stroker_EndSubPath' routine.                             */
+    /*                                                                     */
+    stroker->first_point  = TRUE;
+    stroker->center       = *to;
+    stroker->subpath_open = open;
+
+    /* record the subpath start point for each border */
+    stroker->subpath_start = *to;
+
+    return FT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  ft_stroker_add_reverse_left( FT_Stroker  stroker,
+                               FT_Bool     open )
+  {
+    FT_StrokeBorder  right = stroker->borders + 0;
+    FT_StrokeBorder  left  = stroker->borders + 1;
+    FT_Int           new_points;
+    FT_Error         error = FT_Err_Ok;
+
+
+    FT_ASSERT( left->start >= 0 );
+
+    new_points = left->num_points - left->start;
+    if ( new_points > 0 )
+    {
+      error = ft_stroke_border_grow( right, (FT_UInt)new_points );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      {
+        FT_Vector*  dst_point = right->points + right->num_points;
+        FT_Byte*    dst_tag   = right->tags   + right->num_points;
+        FT_Vector*  src_point = left->points  + left->num_points - 1;
+        FT_Byte*    src_tag   = left->tags    + left->num_points - 1;
+
+        while ( src_point >= left->points + left->start )
+        {
+          *dst_point = *src_point;
+          *dst_tag   = *src_tag;
+
+          if ( open )
+            dst_tag[0] &= ~FT_STROKE_TAG_BEGIN_END;
+          else
+          {
+            FT_Byte  ttag = (FT_Byte)( dst_tag[0] & FT_STROKE_TAG_BEGIN_END );
+
+
+            /* switch begin/end tags if necessary */
+            if ( ttag == FT_STROKE_TAG_BEGIN ||
+                 ttag == FT_STROKE_TAG_END   )
+              dst_tag[0] ^= FT_STROKE_TAG_BEGIN_END;
+
+          }
+
+          src_point--;
+          src_tag--;
+          dst_point++;
+          dst_tag++;
+        }
+      }
+
+      left->num_points   = left->start;
+      right->num_points += new_points;
+
+      right->movable = FALSE;
+      left->movable  = FALSE;
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftstroke.h */
+
+  /* there's a lot of magic in this function! */
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stroker_EndSubPath( FT_Stroker  stroker )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error = FT_Err_Ok;
+
+
+    if ( stroker->subpath_open )
+    {
+      FT_StrokeBorder  right = stroker->borders;
+
+      /* All right, this is an opened path, we need to add a cap between */
+      /* right & left, add the reverse of left, then add a final cap     */
+      /* between left & right.                                           */
+      error = ft_stroker_cap( stroker, stroker->angle_in, 0 );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      /* add reversed points from `left' to `right' */
+      error = ft_stroker_add_reverse_left( stroker, TRUE );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      /* now add the final cap */
+      stroker->center = stroker->subpath_start;
+      error = ft_stroker_cap( stroker,
+                              stroker->subpath_angle + FT_ANGLE_PI, 0 );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      /* Now end the right subpath accordingly.  The left one is */
+      /* rewind and doesn't need further processing.             */
+      ft_stroke_border_close( right, FALSE );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      FT_Angle  turn;
+      FT_Int    inside_side;
+
+      /* close the path if needed */
+      if ( stroker->center.x != stroker->subpath_start.x ||
+           stroker->center.y != stroker->subpath_start.y )
+      {
+        error = FT_Stroker_LineTo( stroker, &stroker->subpath_start );
+        if ( error )
+          goto Exit;
+      }
+
+      /* process the corner */
+      stroker->angle_out = stroker->subpath_angle;
+      turn               = FT_Angle_Diff( stroker->angle_in,
+                                          stroker->angle_out );
+
+      /* no specific corner processing is required if the turn is 0 */
+      if ( turn != 0 )
+      {
+        /* when we turn to the right, the inside side is 0 */
+        inside_side = 0;
+
+        /* otherwise, the inside side is 1 */
+        if ( turn < 0 )
+          inside_side = 1;
+
+        error = ft_stroker_inside( stroker, inside_side );
+        if ( error )
+          goto Exit;
+
+        /* process the outside side */
+        error = ft_stroker_outside( stroker, 1 - inside_side );
+        if ( error )
+          goto Exit;
+      }
+
+      /* then end our two subpaths */
+      ft_stroke_border_close( stroker->borders + 0, TRUE );
+      ft_stroke_border_close( stroker->borders + 1, FALSE );
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftstroke.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts( FT_Stroker        stroker,
+                              FT_StrokerBorder  border,
+                              FT_UInt          *anum_points,
+                              FT_UInt          *anum_contours )
+  {
+    FT_UInt   num_points = 0, num_contours = 0;
+    FT_Error  error;
+
+
+    if ( !stroker || border > 1 )
+    {
+      error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    error = ft_stroke_border_get_counts( stroker->borders + border,
+                                         &num_points, &num_contours );
+  Exit:
+    if ( anum_points )
+      *anum_points = num_points;
+
+    if ( anum_contours )
+      *anum_contours = num_contours;
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftstroke.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stroker_GetCounts( FT_Stroker  stroker,
+                        FT_UInt    *anum_points,
+                        FT_UInt    *anum_contours )
+  {
+    FT_UInt   count1, count2, num_points   = 0;
+    FT_UInt   count3, count4, num_contours = 0;
+    FT_Error  error;
+
+
+    error = ft_stroke_border_get_counts( stroker->borders + 0,
+                                         &count1, &count2 );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    error = ft_stroke_border_get_counts( stroker->borders + 1,
+                                         &count3, &count4 );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    num_points   = count1 + count3;
+    num_contours = count2 + count4;
+
+  Exit:
+    *anum_points   = num_points;
+    *anum_contours = num_contours;
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftstroke.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
+  FT_Stroker_ExportBorder( FT_Stroker        stroker,
+                           FT_StrokerBorder  border,
+                           FT_Outline*       outline )
+  {
+    if ( border == FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT  ||
+         border == FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT )
+    {
+      FT_StrokeBorder  sborder = & stroker->borders[border];
+
+
+      if ( sborder->valid )
+        ft_stroke_border_export( sborder, outline );
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftstroke.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
+  FT_Stroker_Export( FT_Stroker   stroker,
+                     FT_Outline*  outline )
+  {
+    FT_Stroker_ExportBorder( stroker, FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT, outline );
+    FT_Stroker_ExportBorder( stroker, FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT, outline );
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftstroke.h */
+
+  /*
+   *  The following is very similar to FT_Outline_Decompose, except
+   *  that we do support opened paths, and do not scale the outline.
+   */
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stroker_ParseOutline( FT_Stroker   stroker,
+                           FT_Outline*  outline,
+                           FT_Bool      opened )
+  {
+    FT_Vector   v_last;
+    FT_Vector   v_control;
+    FT_Vector   v_start;
+
+    FT_Vector*  point;
+    FT_Vector*  limit;
+    char*       tags;
+
+    FT_Error    error;
+
+    FT_Int   n;         /* index of contour in outline     */
+    FT_UInt  first;     /* index of first point in contour */
+    FT_Int   tag;       /* current point's state           */
+
+
+    if ( !outline || !stroker )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    FT_Stroker_Rewind( stroker );
+
+    first = 0;
+
+    for ( n = 0; n < outline->n_contours; n++ )
+    {
+      FT_UInt  last;  /* index of last point in contour */
+
+
+      last  = outline->contours[n];
+      limit = outline->points + last;
+
+      /* skip empty points; we don't stroke these */
+      if ( last <= first )
+      {
+        first = last + 1;
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      v_start = outline->points[first];
+      v_last  = outline->points[last];
+
+      v_control = v_start;
+
+      point = outline->points + first;
+      tags  = outline->tags   + first;
+      tag   = FT_CURVE_TAG( tags[0] );
+
+      /* A contour cannot start with a cubic control point! */
+      if ( tag == FT_CURVE_TAG_CUBIC )
+        goto Invalid_Outline;
+
+      /* check first point to determine origin */
+      if ( tag == FT_CURVE_TAG_CONIC )
+      {
+        /* First point is conic control.  Yes, this happens. */
+        if ( FT_CURVE_TAG( outline->tags[last] ) == FT_CURVE_TAG_ON )
+        {
+          /* start at last point if it is on the curve */
+          v_start = v_last;
+          limit--;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          /* if both first and last points are conic,         */
+          /* start at their middle and record its position    */
+          /* for closure                                      */
+          v_start.x = ( v_start.x + v_last.x ) / 2;
+          v_start.y = ( v_start.y + v_last.y ) / 2;
+
+          v_last = v_start;
+        }
+        point--;
+        tags--;
+      }
+
+      error = FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath( stroker, &v_start, opened );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      while ( point < limit )
+      {
+        point++;
+        tags++;
+
+        tag = FT_CURVE_TAG( tags[0] );
+        switch ( tag )
+        {
+        case FT_CURVE_TAG_ON:  /* emit a single line_to */
+          {
+            FT_Vector  vec;
+
+
+            vec.x = point->x;
+            vec.y = point->y;
+
+            error = FT_Stroker_LineTo( stroker, &vec );
+            if ( error )
+              goto Exit;
+            continue;
+          }
+
+        case FT_CURVE_TAG_CONIC:  /* consume conic arcs */
+          v_control.x = point->x;
+          v_control.y = point->y;
+
+        Do_Conic:
+          if ( point < limit )
+          {
+            FT_Vector  vec;
+            FT_Vector  v_middle;
+
+
+            point++;
+            tags++;
+            tag = FT_CURVE_TAG( tags[0] );
+
+            vec = point[0];
+
+            if ( tag == FT_CURVE_TAG_ON )
+            {
+              error = FT_Stroker_ConicTo( stroker, &v_control, &vec );
+              if ( error )
+                goto Exit;
+              continue;
+            }
+
+            if ( tag != FT_CURVE_TAG_CONIC )
+              goto Invalid_Outline;
+
+            v_middle.x = ( v_control.x + vec.x ) / 2;
+            v_middle.y = ( v_control.y + vec.y ) / 2;
+
+            error = FT_Stroker_ConicTo( stroker, &v_control, &v_middle );
+            if ( error )
+              goto Exit;
+
+            v_control = vec;
+            goto Do_Conic;
+          }
+
+          error = FT_Stroker_ConicTo( stroker, &v_control, &v_start );
+          goto Close;
+
+        default:  /* FT_CURVE_TAG_CUBIC */
+          {
+            FT_Vector  vec1, vec2;
+
+
+            if ( point + 1 > limit                             ||
+                 FT_CURVE_TAG( tags[1] ) != FT_CURVE_TAG_CUBIC )
+              goto Invalid_Outline;
+
+            point += 2;
+            tags  += 2;
+
+            vec1 = point[-2];
+            vec2 = point[-1];
+
+            if ( point <= limit )
+            {
+              FT_Vector  vec;
+
+
+              vec = point[0];
+
+              error = FT_Stroker_CubicTo( stroker, &vec1, &vec2, &vec );
+              if ( error )
+                goto Exit;
+              continue;
+            }
+
+            error = FT_Stroker_CubicTo( stroker, &vec1, &vec2, &v_start );
+            goto Close;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+
+    Close:
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      error = FT_Stroker_EndSubPath( stroker );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      first = last + 1;
+    }
+
+    return FT_Err_Ok;
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+
+  Invalid_Outline:
+    return FT_Err_Invalid_Outline;
+  }
+
+
+  extern const FT_Glyph_Class  ft_outline_glyph_class;
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftstroke.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Glyph_Stroke( FT_Glyph    *pglyph,
+                   FT_Stroker   stroker,
+                   FT_Bool      destroy )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+    FT_Glyph  glyph = NULL;
+
+
+    if ( pglyph == NULL )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    glyph = *pglyph;
+    if ( glyph == NULL || glyph->clazz != &ft_outline_glyph_class )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    {
+      FT_Glyph  copy;
+
+
+      error = FT_Glyph_Copy( glyph, © );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      glyph = copy;
+    }
+
+    {
+      FT_OutlineGlyph  oglyph  = (FT_OutlineGlyph) glyph;
+      FT_Outline*      outline = &oglyph->outline;
+      FT_UInt          num_points, num_contours;
+
+
+      error = FT_Stroker_ParseOutline( stroker, outline, FALSE );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Fail;
+
+      (void)FT_Stroker_GetCounts( stroker, &num_points, &num_contours );
+
+      FT_Outline_Done( glyph->library, outline );
+
+      error = FT_Outline_New( glyph->library,
+                              num_points, num_contours, outline );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Fail;
+
+      outline->n_points   = 0;
+      outline->n_contours = 0;
+
+      FT_Stroker_Export( stroker, outline );
+    }
+
+    if ( destroy )
+      FT_Done_Glyph( *pglyph );
+
+    *pglyph = glyph;
+    goto Exit;
+
+  Fail:
+    FT_Done_Glyph( glyph );
+    glyph = NULL;
+
+    if ( !destroy )
+      *pglyph = NULL;
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftstroke.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder( FT_Glyph    *pglyph,
+                         FT_Stroker   stroker,
+                         FT_Bool      inside,
+                         FT_Bool      destroy )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+    FT_Glyph  glyph = NULL;
+
+
+    if ( pglyph == NULL )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    glyph = *pglyph;
+    if ( glyph == NULL || glyph->clazz != &ft_outline_glyph_class )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    {
+      FT_Glyph  copy;
+
+
+      error = FT_Glyph_Copy( glyph, © );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      glyph = copy;
+    }
+
+    {
+      FT_OutlineGlyph   oglyph  = (FT_OutlineGlyph) glyph;
+      FT_StrokerBorder  border;
+      FT_Outline*       outline = &oglyph->outline;
+      FT_UInt           num_points, num_contours;
+
+
+      border = FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder( outline );
+      if ( inside )
+      {
+        if ( border == FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT )
+          border = FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT;
+        else
+          border = FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT;
+      }
+
+      error = FT_Stroker_ParseOutline( stroker, outline, FALSE );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Fail;
+
+      (void)FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts( stroker, border,
+                                        &num_points, &num_contours );
+
+      FT_Outline_Done( glyph->library, outline );
+
+      error = FT_Outline_New( glyph->library,
+                              num_points,
+                              num_contours,
+                              outline );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Fail;
+
+      outline->n_points   = 0;
+      outline->n_contours = 0;
+
+      FT_Stroker_ExportBorder( stroker, border, outline );
+    }
+
+    if ( destroy )
+      FT_Done_Glyph( *pglyph );
+
+    *pglyph = glyph;
+    goto Exit;
+
+  Fail:
+    FT_Done_Glyph( glyph );
+    glyph = NULL;
+
+    if ( !destroy )
+      *pglyph = NULL;
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftsynth.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftsynth.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..443d272
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftsynth.c
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftsynth.c                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType synthesizing code for emboldening and slanting (body).      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2000-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 by                   */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_SYNTHESIS_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+#include FT_OUTLINE_H
+#include FT_BITMAP_H
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****   EXPERIMENTAL OBLIQUING SUPPORT                                ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /* documentation is in ftsynth.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
+  FT_GlyphSlot_Oblique( FT_GlyphSlot  slot )
+  {
+    FT_Matrix    transform;
+    FT_Outline*  outline = &slot->outline;
+
+
+    /* only oblique outline glyphs */
+    if ( slot->format != FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE )
+      return;
+
+    /* we don't touch the advance width */
+
+    /* For italic, simply apply a shear transform, with an angle */
+    /* of about 12 degrees.                                      */
+
+    transform.xx = 0x10000L;
+    transform.yx = 0x00000L;
+
+    transform.xy = 0x06000L;
+    transform.yy = 0x10000L;
+
+    FT_Outline_Transform( outline, &transform );
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****   EXPERIMENTAL EMBOLDENING/OUTLINING SUPPORT                    ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftsynth.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
+  FT_GlyphSlot_Embolden( FT_GlyphSlot  slot )
+  {
+    FT_Library  library = slot->library;
+    FT_Face     face    = slot->face;
+    FT_Error    error;
+    FT_Pos      xstr, ystr;
+
+
+    if ( slot->format != FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE &&
+         slot->format != FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP )
+      return;
+
+    /* some reasonable strength */
+    xstr = FT_MulFix( face->units_per_EM,
+                      face->size->metrics.y_scale ) / 24;
+    ystr = xstr;
+
+    if ( slot->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE )
+    {
+      error = FT_Outline_Embolden( &slot->outline, xstr );
+      /* ignore error */
+
+      /* this is more than enough for most glyphs; if you need accurate */
+      /* values, you have to call FT_Outline_Get_CBox                   */
+      xstr = xstr * 2;
+      ystr = xstr;
+    }
+    else if ( slot->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP )
+    {
+      /* round to full pixels */
+      xstr &= ~63;
+      if ( xstr == 0 )
+        xstr = 1 << 6;
+      ystr &= ~63;
+
+      error = FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap( slot );
+      if ( error )
+        return;
+
+      error = FT_Bitmap_Embolden( library, &slot->bitmap, xstr, ystr );
+      if ( error )
+        return;
+    }
+
+    if ( slot->advance.x )
+      slot->advance.x += xstr;
+
+    if ( slot->advance.y )
+      slot->advance.y += ystr;
+
+    slot->metrics.width        += xstr;
+    slot->metrics.height       += ystr;
+    slot->metrics.horiBearingY += ystr;
+    slot->metrics.horiAdvance  += xstr;
+    slot->metrics.vertBearingX -= xstr / 2;
+    slot->metrics.vertBearingY += ystr;
+    slot->metrics.vertAdvance  += ystr;
+
+    if ( slot->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP )
+      slot->bitmap_top += ystr >> 6;
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftsystem.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftsystem.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f64908f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftsystem.c
@@ -0,0 +1,301 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftsystem.c                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    ANSI-specific FreeType low-level system interface (body).            */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2006, 2008 by                               */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This file contains the default interface used by FreeType to access   */
+  /* low-level, i.e. memory management, i/o access as well as thread       */
+  /* synchronisation.  It can be replaced by user-specific routines if     */
+  /* necessary.                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
+#include FT_SYSTEM_H
+#include FT_ERRORS_H
+#include FT_TYPES_H
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                       MEMORY MANAGEMENT INTERFACE                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* It is not necessary to do any error checking for the                  */
+  /* allocation-related functions.  This will be done by the higher level  */
+  /* routines like ft_mem_alloc() or ft_mem_realloc().                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    ft_alloc                                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    The memory allocation function.                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    memory :: A pointer to the memory object.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    size   :: The requested size in bytes.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    The address of newly allocated block.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void* )
+  ft_alloc( FT_Memory  memory,
+            long       size )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( memory );
+
+    return ft_smalloc( size );
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    ft_realloc                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    The memory reallocation function.                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    memory   :: A pointer to the memory object.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    cur_size :: The current size of the allocated memory block.        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    new_size :: The newly requested size in bytes.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    block    :: The current address of the block in memory.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    The address of the reallocated memory block.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void* )
+  ft_realloc( FT_Memory  memory,
+              long       cur_size,
+              long       new_size,
+              void*      block )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( memory );
+    FT_UNUSED( cur_size );
+
+    return ft_srealloc( block, new_size );
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    ft_free                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    The memory release function.                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    memory  :: A pointer to the memory object.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    block   :: The address of block in memory to be freed.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
+  ft_free( FT_Memory  memory,
+           void*      block )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( memory );
+
+    ft_sfree( block );
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                     RESOURCE MANAGEMENT INTERFACE                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_io
+
+  /* We use the macro STREAM_FILE for convenience to extract the       */
+  /* system-specific stream handle from a given FreeType stream object */
+#define STREAM_FILE( stream )  ( (FT_FILE*)stream->descriptor.pointer )
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    ft_ansi_stream_close                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    The function to close a stream.                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    stream :: A pointer to the stream object.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
+  ft_ansi_stream_close( FT_Stream  stream )
+  {
+    ft_fclose( STREAM_FILE( stream ) );
+
+    stream->descriptor.pointer = NULL;
+    stream->size               = 0;
+    stream->base               = 0;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    ft_ansi_stream_io                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    The function to open a stream.                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    stream :: A pointer to the stream object.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    offset :: The position in the data stream to start reading.        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    buffer :: The address of buffer to store the read data.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    count  :: The number of bytes to read from the stream.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    The number of bytes actually read.                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( unsigned long )
+  ft_ansi_stream_io( FT_Stream       stream,
+                     unsigned long   offset,
+                     unsigned char*  buffer,
+                     unsigned long   count )
+  {
+    FT_FILE*  file;
+
+
+    file = STREAM_FILE( stream );
+
+    ft_fseek( file, offset, SEEK_SET );
+
+    return (unsigned long)ft_fread( buffer, 1, count, file );
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftstream.h */
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stream_Open( FT_Stream    stream,
+                  const char*  filepathname )
+  {
+    FT_FILE*  file;
+
+
+    if ( !stream )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Stream_Handle;
+
+    file = ft_fopen( filepathname, "rb" );
+    if ( !file )
+    {
+      FT_ERROR(( "FT_Stream_Open:" ));
+      FT_ERROR(( " could not open `%s'\n", filepathname ));
+
+      return FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource;
+    }
+
+    ft_fseek( file, 0, SEEK_END );
+    stream->size = ft_ftell( file );
+    ft_fseek( file, 0, SEEK_SET );
+
+    stream->descriptor.pointer = file;
+    stream->pathname.pointer   = (char*)filepathname;
+    stream->pos                = 0;
+
+    stream->read  = ft_ansi_stream_io;
+    stream->close = ft_ansi_stream_close;
+
+    FT_TRACE1(( "FT_Stream_Open:" ));
+    FT_TRACE1(( " opened `%s' (%d bytes) successfully\n",
+                filepathname, stream->size ));
+
+    return FT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+#ifdef FT_DEBUG_MEMORY
+
+  extern FT_Int
+  ft_mem_debug_init( FT_Memory  memory );
+
+  extern void
+  ft_mem_debug_done( FT_Memory  memory );
+
+#endif
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftobjs.h */
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Memory )
+  FT_New_Memory( void )
+  {
+    FT_Memory  memory;
+
+
+    memory = (FT_Memory)ft_smalloc( sizeof ( *memory ) );
+    if ( memory )
+    {
+      memory->user    = 0;
+      memory->alloc   = ft_alloc;
+      memory->realloc = ft_realloc;
+      memory->free    = ft_free;
+#ifdef FT_DEBUG_MEMORY
+      ft_mem_debug_init( memory );
+#endif
+    }
+
+    return memory;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftobjs.h */
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
+  FT_Done_Memory( FT_Memory  memory )
+  {
+#ifdef FT_DEBUG_MEMORY
+    ft_mem_debug_done( memory );
+#endif
+    ft_sfree( memory );
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/fttrigon.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/fttrigon.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9f51394
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/fttrigon.c
@@ -0,0 +1,546 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  fttrigon.c                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType trigonometric functions (body).                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 by                              */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+#include FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H
+
+
+  /* the following is 0.2715717684432231 * 2^30 */
+#define FT_TRIG_COSCALE  0x11616E8EUL
+
+  /* this table was generated for FT_PI = 180L << 16, i.e. degrees */
+#define FT_TRIG_MAX_ITERS  23
+
+  static const FT_Fixed
+  ft_trig_arctan_table[24] =
+  {
+    4157273L, 2949120L, 1740967L, 919879L, 466945L, 234379L, 117304L,
+    58666L, 29335L, 14668L, 7334L, 3667L, 1833L, 917L, 458L, 229L, 115L,
+    57L, 29L, 14L, 7L, 4L, 2L, 1L
+  };
+
+  /* the Cordic shrink factor, multiplied by 2^32 */
+#define FT_TRIG_SCALE    1166391785UL  /* 0x4585BA38UL */
+
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_HAS_INT64
+
+  /* multiply a given value by the CORDIC shrink factor */
+  static FT_Fixed
+  ft_trig_downscale( FT_Fixed  val )
+  {
+    FT_Fixed  s;
+    FT_Int64  v;
+
+
+    s   = val;
+    val = ( val >= 0 ) ? val : -val;
+
+    v   = ( val * (FT_Int64)FT_TRIG_SCALE ) + 0x100000000UL;
+    val = (FT_Fixed)( v >> 32 );
+
+    return ( s >= 0 ) ? val : -val;
+  }
+
+#else /* !FT_CONFIG_HAS_INT64 */
+
+  /* multiply a given value by the CORDIC shrink factor */
+  static FT_Fixed
+  ft_trig_downscale( FT_Fixed  val )
+  {
+    FT_Fixed   s;
+    FT_UInt32  v1, v2, k1, k2, hi, lo1, lo2, lo3;
+
+
+    s   = val;
+    val = ( val >= 0 ) ? val : -val;
+
+    v1 = (FT_UInt32)val >> 16;
+    v2 = (FT_UInt32)val & 0xFFFFL;
+
+    k1 = FT_TRIG_SCALE >> 16;       /* constant */
+    k2 = FT_TRIG_SCALE & 0xFFFFL;   /* constant */
+
+    hi   = k1 * v1;
+    lo1  = k1 * v2 + k2 * v1;       /* can't overflow */
+
+    lo2  = ( k2 * v2 ) >> 16;
+    lo3  = ( lo1 >= lo2 ) ? lo1 : lo2;
+    lo1 += lo2;
+
+    hi  += lo1 >> 16;
+    if ( lo1 < lo3 )
+      hi += 0x10000UL;
+
+    val  = (FT_Fixed)hi;
+
+    return ( s >= 0 ) ? val : -val;
+  }
+
+#endif /* !FT_CONFIG_HAS_INT64 */
+
+
+  static FT_Int
+  ft_trig_prenorm( FT_Vector*  vec )
+  {
+    FT_Fixed  x, y, z;
+    FT_Int    shift;
+
+
+    x = vec->x;
+    y = vec->y;
+
+    z     = ( ( x >= 0 ) ? x : - x ) | ( (y >= 0) ? y : -y );
+    shift = 0;
+
+#if 1
+    /* determine msb bit index in `shift' */
+    if ( z >= ( 1L << 16 ) )
+    {
+      z     >>= 16;
+      shift  += 16;
+    }
+    if ( z >= ( 1L << 8 ) )
+    {
+      z     >>= 8;
+      shift  += 8;
+    }
+    if ( z >= ( 1L << 4 ) )
+    {
+      z     >>= 4;
+      shift  += 4;
+    }
+    if ( z >= ( 1L << 2 ) )
+    {
+      z     >>= 2;
+      shift  += 2;
+    }
+    if ( z >= ( 1L << 1 ) )
+    {
+      z    >>= 1;
+      shift += 1;
+    }
+
+    if ( shift <= 27 )
+    {
+      shift  = 27 - shift;
+      vec->x = x << shift;
+      vec->y = y << shift;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      shift -= 27;
+      vec->x = x >> shift;
+      vec->y = y >> shift;
+      shift  = -shift;
+    }
+
+#else /* 0 */
+
+    if ( z < ( 1L << 27 ) )
+    {
+      do
+      {
+        shift++;
+        z <<= 1;
+      } while ( z < ( 1L << 27 ) );
+      vec->x = x << shift;
+      vec->y = y << shift;
+    }
+    else if ( z > ( 1L << 28 ) )
+    {
+      do
+      {
+        shift++;
+        z >>= 1;
+      } while ( z > ( 1L << 28 ) );
+
+      vec->x = x >> shift;
+      vec->y = y >> shift;
+      shift  = -shift;
+    }
+
+#endif /* 0 */
+
+    return shift;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  ft_trig_pseudo_rotate( FT_Vector*  vec,
+                         FT_Angle    theta )
+  {
+    FT_Int           i;
+    FT_Fixed         x, y, xtemp;
+    const FT_Fixed  *arctanptr;
+
+
+    x = vec->x;
+    y = vec->y;
+
+    /* Get angle between -90 and 90 degrees */
+    while ( theta <= -FT_ANGLE_PI2 )
+    {
+      x = -x;
+      y = -y;
+      theta += FT_ANGLE_PI;
+    }
+
+    while ( theta > FT_ANGLE_PI2 )
+    {
+      x = -x;
+      y = -y;
+      theta -= FT_ANGLE_PI;
+    }
+
+    /* Initial pseudorotation, with left shift */
+    arctanptr = ft_trig_arctan_table;
+
+    if ( theta < 0 )
+    {
+      xtemp  = x + ( y << 1 );
+      y      = y - ( x << 1 );
+      x      = xtemp;
+      theta += *arctanptr++;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      xtemp  = x - ( y << 1 );
+      y      = y + ( x << 1 );
+      x      = xtemp;
+      theta -= *arctanptr++;
+    }
+
+    /* Subsequent pseudorotations, with right shifts */
+    i = 0;
+    do
+    {
+      if ( theta < 0 )
+      {
+        xtemp  = x + ( y >> i );
+        y      = y - ( x >> i );
+        x      = xtemp;
+        theta += *arctanptr++;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        xtemp  = x - ( y >> i );
+        y      = y + ( x >> i );
+        x      = xtemp;
+        theta -= *arctanptr++;
+      }
+    } while ( ++i < FT_TRIG_MAX_ITERS );
+
+    vec->x = x;
+    vec->y = y;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  ft_trig_pseudo_polarize( FT_Vector*  vec )
+  {
+    FT_Fixed         theta;
+    FT_Fixed         yi, i;
+    FT_Fixed         x, y;
+    const FT_Fixed  *arctanptr;
+
+
+    x = vec->x;
+    y = vec->y;
+
+    /* Get the vector into the right half plane */
+    theta = 0;
+    if ( x < 0 )
+    {
+      x = -x;
+      y = -y;
+      theta = 2 * FT_ANGLE_PI2;
+    }
+
+    if ( y > 0 )
+      theta = - theta;
+
+    arctanptr = ft_trig_arctan_table;
+
+    if ( y < 0 )
+    {
+      /* Rotate positive */
+      yi     = y + ( x << 1 );
+      x      = x - ( y << 1 );
+      y      = yi;
+      theta -= *arctanptr++;  /* Subtract angle */
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Rotate negative */
+      yi     = y - ( x << 1 );
+      x      = x + ( y << 1 );
+      y      = yi;
+      theta += *arctanptr++;  /* Add angle */
+    }
+
+    i = 0;
+    do
+    {
+      if ( y < 0 )
+      {
+        /* Rotate positive */
+        yi     = y + ( x >> i );
+        x      = x - ( y >> i );
+        y      = yi;
+        theta -= *arctanptr++;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Rotate negative */
+        yi     = y - ( x >> i );
+        x      = x + ( y >> i );
+        y      = yi;
+        theta += *arctanptr++;
+      }
+    } while ( ++i < FT_TRIG_MAX_ITERS );
+
+    /* round theta */
+    if ( theta >= 0 )
+      theta = FT_PAD_ROUND( theta, 32 );
+    else
+      theta = -FT_PAD_ROUND( -theta, 32 );
+
+    vec->x = x;
+    vec->y = theta;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in fttrigon.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Fixed )
+  FT_Cos( FT_Angle  angle )
+  {
+    FT_Vector  v;
+
+
+    v.x = FT_TRIG_COSCALE >> 2;
+    v.y = 0;
+    ft_trig_pseudo_rotate( &v, angle );
+
+    return v.x / ( 1 << 12 );
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in fttrigon.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Fixed )
+  FT_Sin( FT_Angle  angle )
+  {
+    return FT_Cos( FT_ANGLE_PI2 - angle );
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in fttrigon.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Fixed )
+  FT_Tan( FT_Angle  angle )
+  {
+    FT_Vector  v;
+
+
+    v.x = FT_TRIG_COSCALE >> 2;
+    v.y = 0;
+    ft_trig_pseudo_rotate( &v, angle );
+
+    return FT_DivFix( v.y, v.x );
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in fttrigon.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Angle )
+  FT_Atan2( FT_Fixed  dx,
+            FT_Fixed  dy )
+  {
+    FT_Vector  v;
+
+
+    if ( dx == 0 && dy == 0 )
+      return 0;
+
+    v.x = dx;
+    v.y = dy;
+    ft_trig_prenorm( &v );
+    ft_trig_pseudo_polarize( &v );
+
+    return v.y;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in fttrigon.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
+  FT_Vector_Unit( FT_Vector*  vec,
+                  FT_Angle    angle )
+  {
+    vec->x = FT_TRIG_COSCALE >> 2;
+    vec->y = 0;
+    ft_trig_pseudo_rotate( vec, angle );
+    vec->x >>= 12;
+    vec->y >>= 12;
+  }
+
+
+  /* these macros return 0 for positive numbers,
+     and -1 for negative ones */
+#define FT_SIGN_LONG( x )   ( (x) >> ( FT_SIZEOF_LONG * 8 - 1 ) )
+#define FT_SIGN_INT( x )    ( (x) >> ( FT_SIZEOF_INT * 8 - 1 ) )
+#define FT_SIGN_INT32( x )  ( (x) >> 31 )
+#define FT_SIGN_INT16( x )  ( (x) >> 15 )
+
+
+  /* documentation is in fttrigon.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
+  FT_Vector_Rotate( FT_Vector*  vec,
+                    FT_Angle    angle )
+  {
+    FT_Int     shift;
+    FT_Vector  v;
+
+
+    v.x   = vec->x;
+    v.y   = vec->y;
+
+    if ( angle && ( v.x != 0 || v.y != 0 ) )
+    {
+      shift = ft_trig_prenorm( &v );
+      ft_trig_pseudo_rotate( &v, angle );
+      v.x = ft_trig_downscale( v.x );
+      v.y = ft_trig_downscale( v.y );
+
+      if ( shift > 0 )
+      {
+        FT_Int32  half = 1L << ( shift - 1 );
+
+
+        vec->x = ( v.x + half + FT_SIGN_LONG( v.x ) ) >> shift;
+        vec->y = ( v.y + half + FT_SIGN_LONG( v.y ) ) >> shift;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        shift  = -shift;
+        vec->x = v.x << shift;
+        vec->y = v.y << shift;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in fttrigon.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Fixed )
+  FT_Vector_Length( FT_Vector*  vec )
+  {
+    FT_Int     shift;
+    FT_Vector  v;
+
+
+    v = *vec;
+
+    /* handle trivial cases */
+    if ( v.x == 0 )
+    {
+      return ( v.y >= 0 ) ? v.y : -v.y;
+    }
+    else if ( v.y == 0 )
+    {
+      return ( v.x >= 0 ) ? v.x : -v.x;
+    }
+
+    /* general case */
+    shift = ft_trig_prenorm( &v );
+    ft_trig_pseudo_polarize( &v );
+
+    v.x = ft_trig_downscale( v.x );
+
+    if ( shift > 0 )
+      return ( v.x + ( 1 << ( shift - 1 ) ) ) >> shift;
+
+    return v.x << -shift;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in fttrigon.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
+  FT_Vector_Polarize( FT_Vector*  vec,
+                      FT_Fixed   *length,
+                      FT_Angle   *angle )
+  {
+    FT_Int     shift;
+    FT_Vector  v;
+
+
+    v = *vec;
+
+    if ( v.x == 0 && v.y == 0 )
+      return;
+
+    shift = ft_trig_prenorm( &v );
+    ft_trig_pseudo_polarize( &v );
+
+    v.x = ft_trig_downscale( v.x );
+
+    *length = ( shift >= 0 ) ? ( v.x >> shift ) : ( v.x << -shift );
+    *angle  = v.y;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in fttrigon.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
+  FT_Vector_From_Polar( FT_Vector*  vec,
+                        FT_Fixed    length,
+                        FT_Angle    angle )
+  {
+    vec->x = length;
+    vec->y = 0;
+
+    FT_Vector_Rotate( vec, angle );
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in fttrigon.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Angle )
+  FT_Angle_Diff( FT_Angle  angle1,
+                 FT_Angle  angle2 )
+  {
+    FT_Angle  delta = angle2 - angle1;
+
+
+    delta %= FT_ANGLE_2PI;
+    if ( delta < 0 )
+      delta += FT_ANGLE_2PI;
+
+    if ( delta > FT_ANGLE_PI )
+      delta -= FT_ANGLE_2PI;
+
+    return delta;
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/fttype1.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/fttype1.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3975584
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/fttype1.c
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  fttype1.c                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType utility file for PS names support (body).                   */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004 by                                          */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_SERVICE_H
+#include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_INFO_H
+
+
+  /* documentation is in t1tables.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_PS_Font_Info( FT_Face          face,
+                       PS_FontInfoRec*  afont_info )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+
+    if ( face )
+    {
+      FT_Service_PsInfo  service = NULL;
+
+
+      FT_FACE_FIND_SERVICE( face, service, POSTSCRIPT_INFO );
+
+      if ( service && service->ps_get_font_info )
+        error = service->ps_get_font_info( face, afont_info );
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in t1tables.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Int )
+  FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names( FT_Face  face )
+  {
+    FT_Int             result  = 0;
+    FT_Service_PsInfo  service = NULL;
+
+
+    if ( face )
+    {
+      FT_FACE_FIND_SERVICE( face, service, POSTSCRIPT_INFO );
+
+      if ( service && service->ps_has_glyph_names )
+        result = service->ps_has_glyph_names( face );
+    }
+
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in t1tables.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_PS_Font_Private( FT_Face         face,
+                          PS_PrivateRec*  afont_private )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+
+    if ( face )
+    {
+      FT_Service_PsInfo  service = NULL;
+
+
+      FT_FACE_FIND_SERVICE( face, service, POSTSCRIPT_INFO );
+
+      if ( service && service->ps_get_font_private )
+        error = service->ps_get_font_private( face, afont_private );
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftutil.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftutil.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5f77be5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftutil.c
@@ -0,0 +1,501 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftutil.c                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType utility file for memory and list management (body).         */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2002, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by                              */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_MEMORY_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+#include FT_LIST_H
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_memory
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****               M E M O R Y   M A N A G E M E N T               *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Pointer )
+  ft_mem_alloc( FT_Memory  memory,
+                FT_Long    size,
+                FT_Error  *p_error )
+  {
+    FT_Error    error;
+    FT_Pointer  block = ft_mem_qalloc( memory, size, &error );
+
+    if ( !error && size > 0 )
+      FT_MEM_ZERO( block, size );
+
+    *p_error = error;
+    return block;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Pointer )
+  ft_mem_qalloc( FT_Memory  memory,
+                 FT_Long    size,
+                 FT_Error  *p_error )
+  {
+    FT_Error    error = FT_Err_Ok;
+    FT_Pointer  block = NULL;
+
+
+    if ( size > 0 )
+    {
+      block = memory->alloc( memory, size );
+      if ( block == NULL )
+        error = FT_Err_Out_Of_Memory;
+    }
+    else if ( size < 0 )
+    {
+      /* may help catch/prevent security issues */
+      error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+    }
+
+    *p_error = error;
+    return block;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Pointer )
+  ft_mem_realloc( FT_Memory  memory,
+                  FT_Long    item_size,
+                  FT_Long    cur_count,
+                  FT_Long    new_count,
+                  void*      block,
+                  FT_Error  *p_error )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error = FT_Err_Ok;
+
+    block = ft_mem_qrealloc( memory, item_size,
+                             cur_count, new_count, block, &error );
+    if ( !error && new_count > cur_count )
+      FT_MEM_ZERO( (char*)block + cur_count * item_size,
+                   ( new_count - cur_count ) * item_size );
+
+    *p_error = error;
+    return block;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Pointer )
+  ft_mem_qrealloc( FT_Memory  memory,
+                   FT_Long    item_size,
+                   FT_Long    cur_count,
+                   FT_Long    new_count,
+                   void*      block,
+                   FT_Error  *p_error )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error = FT_Err_Ok;
+
+
+    /* Note that we now accept `item_size == 0' as a valid parameter, in
+     * order to cover very weird cases where an ALLOC_MULT macro would be
+     * called.
+     */
+    if ( cur_count < 0 || new_count < 0 || item_size < 0 )
+    {
+      /* may help catch/prevent nasty security issues */
+      error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+    }
+    else if ( new_count == 0 || item_size == 0 )
+    {
+      ft_mem_free( memory, block );
+      block = NULL;
+    }
+    else if ( new_count > FT_INT_MAX/item_size )
+    {
+      error = FT_Err_Array_Too_Large;
+    }
+    else if ( cur_count == 0 )
+    {
+      FT_ASSERT( block == NULL );
+
+      block = ft_mem_alloc( memory, new_count*item_size, &error );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      FT_Pointer  block2;
+      FT_Long     cur_size = cur_count*item_size;
+      FT_Long     new_size = new_count*item_size;
+
+
+      block2 = memory->realloc( memory, cur_size, new_size, block );
+      if ( block2 == NULL )
+        error = FT_Err_Out_Of_Memory;
+      else
+        block = block2;
+    }
+
+    *p_error = error;
+    return block;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
+  ft_mem_free( FT_Memory   memory,
+               const void *P )
+  {
+    if ( P )
+      memory->free( memory, (void*)P );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Pointer )
+  ft_mem_dup( FT_Memory    memory,
+              const void*  address,
+              FT_ULong     size,
+              FT_Error    *p_error )
+  {
+    FT_Error    error;
+    FT_Pointer  p = ft_mem_qalloc( memory, size, &error );
+
+
+    if ( !error && address )
+      ft_memcpy( p, address, size );
+
+    *p_error = error;
+    return p;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Pointer )
+  ft_mem_strdup( FT_Memory    memory,
+                 const char*  str,
+                 FT_Error    *p_error )
+  {
+    FT_ULong  len = str ? (FT_ULong)ft_strlen( str ) + 1
+                        : 0;
+
+
+    return ft_mem_dup( memory, str, len, p_error );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Int )
+  ft_mem_strcpyn( char*        dst,
+                  const char*  src,
+                  FT_ULong     size )
+  {
+    while ( size > 1 && *src != 0 )
+    {
+      *dst++ = *src++;
+      size--;
+    }
+
+    *dst = 0;  /* always zero-terminate */
+
+    return *src != 0;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****            D O U B L Y   L I N K E D   L I S T S              *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_list
+
+  /* documentation is in ftlist.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_ListNode )
+  FT_List_Find( FT_List  list,
+                void*    data )
+  {
+    FT_ListNode  cur;
+
+
+    cur = list->head;
+    while ( cur )
+    {
+      if ( cur->data == data )
+        return cur;
+
+      cur = cur->next;
+    }
+
+    return (FT_ListNode)0;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftlist.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
+  FT_List_Add( FT_List      list,
+               FT_ListNode  node )
+  {
+    FT_ListNode  before = list->tail;
+
+
+    node->next = 0;
+    node->prev = before;
+
+    if ( before )
+      before->next = node;
+    else
+      list->head = node;
+
+    list->tail = node;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftlist.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
+  FT_List_Insert( FT_List      list,
+                  FT_ListNode  node )
+  {
+    FT_ListNode  after = list->head;
+
+
+    node->next = after;
+    node->prev = 0;
+
+    if ( !after )
+      list->tail = node;
+    else
+      after->prev = node;
+
+    list->head = node;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftlist.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
+  FT_List_Remove( FT_List      list,
+                  FT_ListNode  node )
+  {
+    FT_ListNode  before, after;
+
+
+    before = node->prev;
+    after  = node->next;
+
+    if ( before )
+      before->next = after;
+    else
+      list->head = after;
+
+    if ( after )
+      after->prev = before;
+    else
+      list->tail = before;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftlist.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
+  FT_List_Up( FT_List      list,
+              FT_ListNode  node )
+  {
+    FT_ListNode  before, after;
+
+
+    before = node->prev;
+    after  = node->next;
+
+    /* check whether we are already on top of the list */
+    if ( !before )
+      return;
+
+    before->next = after;
+
+    if ( after )
+      after->prev = before;
+    else
+      list->tail = before;
+
+    node->prev       = 0;
+    node->next       = list->head;
+    list->head->prev = node;
+    list->head       = node;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftlist.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_List_Iterate( FT_List            list,
+                   FT_List_Iterator   iterator,
+                   void*              user )
+  {
+    FT_ListNode  cur   = list->head;
+    FT_Error     error = FT_Err_Ok;
+
+
+    while ( cur )
+    {
+      FT_ListNode  next = cur->next;
+
+
+      error = iterator( cur, user );
+      if ( error )
+        break;
+
+      cur = next;
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftlist.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
+  FT_List_Finalize( FT_List             list,
+                    FT_List_Destructor  destroy,
+                    FT_Memory           memory,
+                    void*               user )
+  {
+    FT_ListNode  cur;
+
+
+    cur = list->head;
+    while ( cur )
+    {
+      FT_ListNode  next = cur->next;
+      void*        data = cur->data;
+
+
+      if ( destroy )
+        destroy( memory, data, user );
+
+      FT_FREE( cur );
+      cur = next;
+    }
+
+    list->head = 0;
+    list->tail = 0;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_UInt32 )
+  ft_highpow2( FT_UInt32  value )
+  {
+    FT_UInt32  value2;
+
+
+    /*
+     *  We simply clear the lowest bit in each iteration.  When
+     *  we reach 0, we know that the previous value was our result.
+     */
+    for ( ;; )
+    {
+      value2 = value & (value - 1);  /* clear lowest bit */
+      if ( value2 == 0 )
+        break;
+
+      value = value2;
+    }
+    return value;
+  }
+
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Alloc( FT_Memory  memory,
+            FT_Long    size,
+            void*     *P )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error;
+
+
+    (void)FT_ALLOC( *P, size );
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_QAlloc( FT_Memory  memory,
+             FT_Long    size,
+             void*     *p )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error;
+
+
+    (void)FT_QALLOC( *p, size );
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Realloc( FT_Memory  memory,
+              FT_Long    current,
+              FT_Long    size,
+              void*     *P )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error;
+
+
+    (void)FT_REALLOC( *P, current, size );
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_QRealloc( FT_Memory  memory,
+               FT_Long    current,
+               FT_Long    size,
+               void*     *p )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error;
+
+
+    (void)FT_QREALLOC( *p, current, size );
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
+  FT_Free( FT_Memory  memory,
+           void*     *P )
+  {
+    if ( *P )
+      FT_MEM_FREE( *P );
+  }
+
+#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftwinfnt.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftwinfnt.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bc2e90e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftwinfnt.c
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftwinfnt.c                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType API for accessing Windows FNT specific info (body).         */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2003, 2004 by                                                */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_WINFONTS_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+#include FT_SERVICE_WINFNT_H
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftwinfnt.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Get_WinFNT_Header( FT_Face               face,
+                        FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec  *header )
+  {
+    FT_Service_WinFnt  service;
+    FT_Error           error;
+
+
+    error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    if ( face != NULL )
+    {
+      FT_FACE_LOOKUP_SERVICE( face, service, WINFNT );
+
+      if ( service != NULL )
+      {
+        error = service->get_header( face, header );
+      }
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftxf86.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftxf86.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a4bf767
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/ftxf86.c
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftxf86.c                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType utility file for X11 support (body).                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004 by                                          */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_XFREE86_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+#include FT_SERVICE_XFREE86_NAME_H
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftxf86.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( const char* )
+  FT_Get_X11_Font_Format( FT_Face  face )
+  {
+    const char*  result = NULL;
+
+
+    if ( face )
+      FT_FACE_FIND_SERVICE( face, result, XF86_NAME );
+
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/rules.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/rules.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..66260e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/base/rules.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 base layer configuration rules
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+# It sets the following variables which are used by the master Makefile
+# after the call:
+#
+#   BASE_OBJ_S:   The single-object base layer.
+#   BASE_OBJ_M:   A list of all objects for a multiple-objects build.
+#   BASE_EXT_OBJ: A list of base layer extensions, i.e., components found
+#                 in `freetype/src/base' which are not compiled within the
+#                 base layer proper.
+
+
+BASE_COMPILE := $(FT_COMPILE) $I$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$(SRC_DIR)/base)
+
+
+# Base layer sources
+#
+#   ftsystem, ftinit, and ftdebug are handled by freetype.mk
+#
+# All files listed here should be included in `ftbase.c' (for a `single'
+# build).
+#
+BASE_SRC := $(BASE_DIR)/ftadvanc.c \
+            $(BASE_DIR)/ftcalc.c   \
+            $(BASE_DIR)/ftdbgmem.c \
+            $(BASE_DIR)/ftgloadr.c \
+            $(BASE_DIR)/ftnames.c  \
+            $(BASE_DIR)/ftobjs.c   \
+            $(BASE_DIR)/ftoutln.c  \
+            $(BASE_DIR)/ftrfork.c  \
+            $(BASE_DIR)/ftstream.c \
+            $(BASE_DIR)/fttrigon.c \
+            $(BASE_DIR)/ftutil.c
+
+
+ifneq ($(ftmac_c),)
+  BASE_SRC += $(BASE_DIR)/$(ftmac_c)
+endif
+
+BASE_H := $(BASE_DIR)/ftbase.h
+
+# Base layer `extensions' sources
+#
+# An extension is added to the library file as a separate object.  It is
+# then linked to the final executable only if one of its symbols is used by
+# the application.
+#
+BASE_EXT_SRC := $(patsubst %,$(BASE_DIR)/%,$(BASE_EXTENSIONS))
+
+# Default extensions objects
+#
+BASE_EXT_OBJ := $(BASE_EXT_SRC:$(BASE_DIR)/%.c=$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O)
+
+
+# Base layer object(s)
+#
+#   BASE_OBJ_M is used during `multi' builds (each base source file compiles
+#   to a single object file).
+#
+#   BASE_OBJ_S is used during `single' builds (the whole base layer is
+#   compiled as a single object file using ftbase.c).
+#
+BASE_OBJ_M := $(BASE_SRC:$(BASE_DIR)/%.c=$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O)
+BASE_OBJ_S := $(OBJ_DIR)/ftbase.$O
+
+# Base layer root source file for single build
+#
+BASE_SRC_S := $(BASE_DIR)/ftbase.c
+
+
+# Base layer - single object build
+#
+$(BASE_OBJ_S): $(BASE_SRC_S) $(BASE_SRC) $(FREETYPE_H) $(BASE_H)
+	$(BASE_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $(BASE_SRC_S))
+
+
+# Multiple objects build + extensions
+#
+$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O: $(BASE_DIR)/%.c $(FREETYPE_H) $(BASE_H)
+	$(BASE_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $<)
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/Jamfile b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/Jamfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..da23ccd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/Jamfile
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+# FreeType 2 src/bdf Jamfile
+#
+# Copyright 2002 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+SubDir  FT2_TOP $(FT2_SRC_DIR) bdf ;
+
+{
+  local  _sources ;
+
+  if $(FT2_MULTI)
+  {
+    _sources = bdfdrivr bdflib ;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    _sources = bdf ;
+  }
+
+  Library  $(FT2_LIB) : $(_sources).c ;
+}
+
+# end of src/bdf Jamfile
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/README b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/README
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e3f2ae3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/README
@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+                  FreeType font driver for BDF fonts
+
+                       Francesco Zappa Nardelli
+                  <francesco.zappa.nardelli@ens.fr>
+
+
+Introduction
+************
+
+BDF (Bitmap Distribution Format) is a bitmap font format defined by Adobe,
+which is intended to be easily understood by both humans and computers.
+This code implements a BDF driver for the FreeType library, following the
+Adobe Specification V 2.2.  The specification of the BDF font format is
+available from Adobe's web site:
+
+  http://partners.adobe.com/asn/developer/PDFS/TN/5005.BDF_Spec.pdf
+
+Many good bitmap fonts in bdf format come with XFree86 (www.XFree86.org).
+They do not define vertical metrics, because the X Consortium BDF
+specification has removed them.
+
+
+Encodings
+*********
+
+The variety of encodings that accompanies bdf fonts appears to encompass the
+small set defined in freetype.h.  On the other hand, two properties that
+specify encoding and registry are usually defined in bdf fonts.
+
+I decided to make these two properties directly accessible, leaving to the
+client application the work of interpreting them.  For instance:
+
+
+  #include FT_INTERNAL_BDF_TYPES_H
+
+  FT_Face          face;
+  BDF_Public_Face  bdfface;
+
+
+  FT_New_Face( library, ..., &face );
+
+  bdfface = (BDF_Public_Face)face;
+
+  if ( ( bdfface->charset_registry == "ISO10646" ) &&
+       ( bdfface->charset_encoding == "1" )        )
+    [..]
+
+
+Thus the driver always exports `ft_encoding_none' as face->charmap.encoding.
+FT_Get_Char_Index's behavior is unmodified, that is, it converts the ULong
+value given as argument into the corresponding glyph number.
+
+If the two properties are not available, Adobe Standard Encoding should be
+assumed.
+
+
+Anti-Aliased Bitmaps
+********************
+
+The driver supports an extension to the BDF format as used in Mark Leisher's
+xmbdfed bitmap font editor.  Microsoft's SBIT tool expects bitmap fonts in
+that format for adding anti-aliased them to TrueType fonts.  It introduces a
+fourth field to the `SIZE' keyword which gives the bpp value (bits per
+pixel) of the glyph data in the font.  Possible values are 1 (the default),
+2 (four gray levels), 4 (16 gray levels), and 8 (256 gray levels).  The
+driver returns either a bitmap with 1 bit per pixel or a pixmap with 8bits
+per pixel (using 4, 16, and 256 gray levels, respectively).
+
+
+Known problems
+**************
+
+- A font is entirely loaded into memory.  Obviously, this is not the Right
+  Thing(TM).  If you have big fonts I suggest you convert them into PCF
+  format (using the bdftopcf utility): the PCF font drive of FreeType can
+  perform incremental glyph loading.
+
+When I have some time, I will implement on-demand glyph parsing.
+
+- Except for encodings properties, client applications have no visibility of
+  the PCF_Face object.  This means that applications cannot directly access
+  font tables and must trust FreeType.
+
+- Currently, glyph names are ignored.
+
+  I plan to give full visibility of the BDF_Face object in an upcoming
+  revision of the driver, thus implementing also glyph names.
+
+- As I have never seen a BDF font that defines vertical metrics, vertical
+  metrics are (parsed and) discarded.  If you own a BDF font that defines
+  vertical metrics, please let me know (I will implement them in 5-10
+  minutes).
+
+
+License
+*******
+
+Copyright (C) 2001-2002 by Francesco Zappa Nardelli
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+"Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
+CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
+TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
+SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+*** Portions of the driver (that is, bdflib.c and bdf.h):
+
+Copyright 2000 Computing Research Labs, New Mexico State University
+Copyright 2001-2002 Francesco Zappa Nardelli
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
+THE COMPUTING RESEARCH LAB OR NEW MEXICO STATE UNIVERSITY BE LIABLE FOR ANY
+CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT
+OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR
+THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+
+Credits
+*******
+
+This driver is based on excellent Mark Leisher's bdf library.  If you
+find something good in this driver you should probably thank him, not
+me.
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/bdf.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/bdf.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f95fb76
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/bdf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+/*  bdf.c
+
+    FreeType font driver for bdf files
+
+    Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 by
+    Francesco Zappa Nardelli
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+THE SOFTWARE.
+*/
+
+#define FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include "bdflib.c"
+#include "bdfdrivr.c"
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/bdf.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/bdf.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1b64426
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/bdf.h
@@ -0,0 +1,295 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright 2000 Computing Research Labs, New Mexico State University
+ * Copyright 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Francesco Zappa Nardelli
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+ * all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * THE COMPUTING RESEARCH LAB OR NEW MEXICO STATE UNIVERSITY BE LIABLE FOR ANY
+ * CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT
+ * OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+
+#ifndef __BDF_H__
+#define __BDF_H__
+
+
+/*
+ * Based on bdf.h,v 1.16 2000/03/16 20:08:51 mleisher
+ */
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+/* Imported from bdfP.h */
+
+#define _bdf_glyph_modified( map, e )                 \
+          ( (map)[(e) >> 5] & ( 1 << ( (e) & 31 ) ) )
+#define _bdf_set_glyph_modified( map, e )              \
+          ( (map)[(e) >> 5] |= ( 1 << ( (e) & 31 ) ) )
+#define _bdf_clear_glyph_modified( map, e )             \
+          ( (map)[(e) >> 5] &= ~( 1 << ( (e) & 31 ) ) )
+
+/* end of bdfP.h */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* BDF font options macros and types.                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#define BDF_CORRECT_METRICS  0x01 /* Correct invalid metrics when loading. */
+#define BDF_KEEP_COMMENTS    0x02 /* Preserve the font comments.           */
+#define BDF_KEEP_UNENCODED   0x04 /* Keep the unencoded glyphs.            */
+#define BDF_PROPORTIONAL     0x08 /* Font has proportional spacing.        */
+#define BDF_MONOWIDTH        0x10 /* Font has mono width.                  */
+#define BDF_CHARCELL         0x20 /* Font has charcell spacing.            */
+
+#define BDF_ALL_SPACING  ( BDF_PROPORTIONAL | \
+                           BDF_MONOWIDTH    | \
+                           BDF_CHARCELL     )
+
+#define BDF_DEFAULT_LOAD_OPTIONS  ( BDF_CORRECT_METRICS | \
+                                    BDF_KEEP_COMMENTS   | \
+                                    BDF_KEEP_UNENCODED  | \
+                                    BDF_PROPORTIONAL    )
+
+
+  typedef struct  bdf_options_t_
+  {
+    int            correct_metrics;
+    int            keep_unencoded;
+    int            keep_comments;
+    int            font_spacing;
+
+  } bdf_options_t;
+
+
+  /* Callback function type for unknown configuration options. */
+  typedef int
+  (*bdf_options_callback_t)( bdf_options_t*  opts,
+                             char**          params,
+                             unsigned long   nparams,
+                             void*           client_data );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* BDF font property macros and types.                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#define BDF_ATOM      1
+#define BDF_INTEGER   2
+#define BDF_CARDINAL  3
+
+
+  /* This structure represents a particular property of a font. */
+  /* There are a set of defaults and each font has their own.   */
+  typedef struct  bdf_property_t_
+  {
+    char*  name;         /* Name of the property.   */
+    int    format;       /* Format of the property. */
+    int    builtin;      /* A builtin property.     */
+    union
+    {
+      char*          atom;
+      long           int32;
+      unsigned long  card32;
+
+    } value;             /* Value of the property.  */
+
+  } bdf_property_t;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* BDF font metric and glyph types.                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  typedef struct  bdf_bbx_t_
+  {
+    unsigned short  width;
+    unsigned short  height;
+
+    short           x_offset;
+    short           y_offset;
+
+    short           ascent;
+    short           descent;
+
+  } bdf_bbx_t;
+
+
+  typedef struct  bdf_glyph_t_
+  {
+    char*           name;        /* Glyph name.                          */
+    long            encoding;    /* Glyph encoding.                      */
+    unsigned short  swidth;      /* Scalable width.                      */
+    unsigned short  dwidth;      /* Device width.                        */
+    bdf_bbx_t       bbx;         /* Glyph bounding box.                  */
+    unsigned char*  bitmap;      /* Glyph bitmap.                        */
+    unsigned long   bpr;         /* Number of bytes used per row.        */
+    unsigned short  bytes;       /* Number of bytes used for the bitmap. */
+
+  } bdf_glyph_t;
+
+
+  typedef struct  _hashnode_
+  {
+    const char*  key;
+    void*        data;
+
+  } _hashnode, *hashnode;
+
+
+  typedef struct  hashtable_
+  {
+    int        limit;
+    int        size;
+    int        used;
+    hashnode*  table;
+
+  } hashtable;
+
+
+  typedef struct  bdf_glyphlist_t_
+  {
+    unsigned short  pad;          /* Pad to 4-byte boundary.              */
+    unsigned short  bpp;          /* Bits per pixel.                      */
+    long            start;        /* Beginning encoding value of glyphs.  */
+    long            end;          /* Ending encoding value of glyphs.     */
+    bdf_glyph_t*    glyphs;       /* Glyphs themselves.                   */
+    unsigned long   glyphs_size;  /* Glyph structures allocated.          */
+    unsigned long   glyphs_used;  /* Glyph structures used.               */
+    bdf_bbx_t       bbx;          /* Overall bounding box of glyphs.      */
+
+  } bdf_glyphlist_t;
+
+
+  typedef struct  bdf_font_t_
+  {
+    char*            name;           /* Name of the font.                   */
+    bdf_bbx_t        bbx;            /* Font bounding box.                  */
+
+    long             point_size;     /* Point size of the font.             */
+    unsigned long    resolution_x;   /* Font horizontal resolution.         */
+    unsigned long    resolution_y;   /* Font vertical resolution.           */
+
+    int              spacing;        /* Font spacing value.                 */
+
+    unsigned short   monowidth;      /* Logical width for monowidth font.   */
+
+    long             default_char;   /* Encoding of the default glyph.      */
+
+    long             font_ascent;    /* Font ascent.                        */
+    long             font_descent;   /* Font descent.                       */
+
+    unsigned long    glyphs_size;    /* Glyph structures allocated.         */
+    unsigned long    glyphs_used;    /* Glyph structures used.              */
+    bdf_glyph_t*     glyphs;         /* Glyphs themselves.                  */
+
+    unsigned long    unencoded_size; /* Unencoded glyph struct. allocated.  */
+    unsigned long    unencoded_used; /* Unencoded glyph struct. used.       */
+    bdf_glyph_t*     unencoded;      /* Unencoded glyphs themselves.        */
+
+    unsigned long    props_size;     /* Font properties allocated.          */
+    unsigned long    props_used;     /* Font properties used.               */
+    bdf_property_t*  props;          /* Font properties themselves.         */
+
+    char*            comments;       /* Font comments.                      */
+    unsigned long    comments_len;   /* Length of comment string.           */
+
+    bdf_glyphlist_t  overflow;       /* Storage used for glyph insertion.   */
+
+    void*            internal;       /* Internal data for the font.         */
+
+    unsigned long    nmod[2048];     /* Bitmap indicating modified glyphs.  */
+    unsigned long    umod[2048];     /* Bitmap indicating modified          */
+                                     /* unencoded glyphs.                   */
+    unsigned short   modified;       /* Boolean indicating font modified.   */
+    unsigned short   bpp;            /* Bits per pixel.                     */
+
+    FT_Memory        memory;
+
+    bdf_property_t*  user_props;
+    unsigned long    nuser_props;
+    hashtable        proptbl;
+
+  } bdf_font_t;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Types for load/save callbacks.                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /* Error codes. */
+#define BDF_MISSING_START       -1
+#define BDF_MISSING_FONTNAME    -2
+#define BDF_MISSING_SIZE        -3
+#define BDF_MISSING_CHARS       -4
+#define BDF_MISSING_STARTCHAR   -5
+#define BDF_MISSING_ENCODING    -6
+#define BDF_MISSING_BBX         -7
+
+#define BDF_OUT_OF_MEMORY      -20
+
+#define BDF_INVALID_LINE      -100
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* BDF font API.                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  bdf_load_font( FT_Stream       stream,
+                 FT_Memory       memory,
+                 bdf_options_t*  opts,
+                 bdf_font_t*    *font );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  bdf_free_font( bdf_font_t*  font );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( bdf_property_t * )
+  bdf_get_property( char*        name,
+                    bdf_font_t*  font );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( bdf_property_t * )
+  bdf_get_font_property( bdf_font_t*  font,
+                         const char*  name );
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+
+#endif /* __BDF_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b736b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/bdfdrivr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,855 @@
+/*  bdfdrivr.c
+
+    FreeType font driver for bdf files
+
+    Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by
+    Francesco Zappa Nardelli
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+THE SOFTWARE.
+*/
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+#include FT_BDF_H
+
+#include FT_SERVICE_BDF_H
+#include FT_SERVICE_XFREE86_NAME_H
+
+#include "bdf.h"
+#include "bdfdrivr.h"
+
+#include "bdferror.h"
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_bdfdriver
+
+
+  typedef struct  BDF_CMapRec_
+  {
+    FT_CMapRec        cmap;
+    FT_UInt           num_encodings;
+    BDF_encoding_el*  encodings;
+
+  } BDF_CMapRec, *BDF_CMap;
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  bdf_cmap_init( FT_CMap     bdfcmap,
+                 FT_Pointer  init_data )
+  {
+    BDF_CMap  cmap = (BDF_CMap)bdfcmap;
+    BDF_Face  face = (BDF_Face)FT_CMAP_FACE( cmap );
+    FT_UNUSED( init_data );
+
+
+    cmap->num_encodings = face->bdffont->glyphs_used;
+    cmap->encodings     = face->en_table;
+
+    return BDF_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
+  bdf_cmap_done( FT_CMap  bdfcmap )
+  {
+    BDF_CMap  cmap = (BDF_CMap)bdfcmap;
+
+
+    cmap->encodings     = NULL;
+    cmap->num_encodings = 0;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
+  bdf_cmap_char_index( FT_CMap    bdfcmap,
+                       FT_UInt32  charcode )
+  {
+    BDF_CMap          cmap      = (BDF_CMap)bdfcmap;
+    BDF_encoding_el*  encodings = cmap->encodings;
+    FT_UInt           min, max, mid;
+    FT_UInt           result    = 0;
+
+
+    min = 0;
+    max = cmap->num_encodings;
+
+    while ( min < max )
+    {
+      FT_UInt32  code;
+
+
+      mid  = ( min + max ) >> 1;
+      code = encodings[mid].enc;
+
+      if ( charcode == code )
+      {
+        /* increase glyph index by 1 --              */
+        /* we reserve slot 0 for the undefined glyph */
+        result = encodings[mid].glyph + 1;
+        break;
+      }
+
+      if ( charcode < code )
+        max = mid;
+      else
+        min = mid + 1;
+    }
+
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
+  bdf_cmap_char_next( FT_CMap     bdfcmap,
+                      FT_UInt32  *acharcode )
+  {
+    BDF_CMap          cmap      = (BDF_CMap)bdfcmap;
+    BDF_encoding_el*  encodings = cmap->encodings;
+    FT_UInt           min, max, mid;
+    FT_UInt32         charcode = *acharcode + 1;
+    FT_UInt           result   = 0;
+
+
+    min = 0;
+    max = cmap->num_encodings;
+
+    while ( min < max )
+    {
+      FT_UInt32  code;
+
+
+      mid  = ( min + max ) >> 1;
+      code = encodings[mid].enc;
+
+      if ( charcode == code )
+      {
+        /* increase glyph index by 1 --              */
+        /* we reserve slot 0 for the undefined glyph */
+        result = encodings[mid].glyph + 1;
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+
+      if ( charcode < code )
+        max = mid;
+      else
+        min = mid + 1;
+    }
+
+    charcode = 0;
+    if ( min < cmap->num_encodings )
+    {
+      charcode = encodings[min].enc;
+      result   = encodings[min].glyph + 1;
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    *acharcode = charcode;
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
+  const FT_CMap_ClassRec  bdf_cmap_class =
+  {
+    sizeof ( BDF_CMapRec ),
+    bdf_cmap_init,
+    bdf_cmap_done,
+    bdf_cmap_char_index,
+    bdf_cmap_char_next,
+
+    NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL
+  };
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  bdf_interpret_style( BDF_Face  bdf )
+  {
+    FT_Error         error  = BDF_Err_Ok;
+    FT_Face          face   = FT_FACE( bdf );
+    FT_Memory        memory = face->memory;
+    bdf_font_t*      font   = bdf->bdffont;
+    bdf_property_t*  prop;
+
+    int    nn, len;
+    char*  strings[4] = { NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL };
+    int    lengths[4];
+
+
+    face->style_flags = 0;
+
+    prop = bdf_get_font_property( font, (char *)"SLANT" );
+    if ( prop && prop->format == BDF_ATOM                             &&
+         prop->value.atom                                             &&
+         ( *(prop->value.atom) == 'O' || *(prop->value.atom) == 'o' ||
+           *(prop->value.atom) == 'I' || *(prop->value.atom) == 'i' ) )
+    {
+      face->style_flags |= FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC;
+      strings[2] = ( *(prop->value.atom) == 'O' || *(prop->value.atom) == 'o' )
+                   ? (char *)"Oblique"
+                   : (char *)"Italic";
+    }
+
+    prop = bdf_get_font_property( font, (char *)"WEIGHT_NAME" );
+    if ( prop && prop->format == BDF_ATOM                             &&
+         prop->value.atom                                             &&
+         ( *(prop->value.atom) == 'B' || *(prop->value.atom) == 'b' ) )
+    {
+      face->style_flags |= FT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLD;
+      strings[1] = (char *)"Bold";
+    }
+
+    prop = bdf_get_font_property( font, (char *)"SETWIDTH_NAME" );
+    if ( prop && prop->format == BDF_ATOM                              &&
+         prop->value.atom && *(prop->value.atom)                       &&
+         !( *(prop->value.atom) == 'N' || *(prop->value.atom) == 'n' ) )
+      strings[3] = (char *)(prop->value.atom);
+
+    prop = bdf_get_font_property( font, (char *)"ADD_STYLE_NAME" );
+    if ( prop && prop->format == BDF_ATOM                              &&
+         prop->value.atom && *(prop->value.atom)                       &&
+         !( *(prop->value.atom) == 'N' || *(prop->value.atom) == 'n' ) )
+      strings[0] = (char *)(prop->value.atom);
+
+    len = 0;
+
+    for ( len = 0, nn = 0; nn < 4; nn++ )
+    {
+      lengths[nn] = 0;
+      if ( strings[nn] )
+      {
+        lengths[nn] = ft_strlen( strings[nn] );
+        len        += lengths[nn] + 1;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if ( len == 0 )
+    {
+      strings[0] = (char *)"Regular";
+      lengths[0] = ft_strlen( strings[0] );
+      len        = lengths[0] + 1;
+    }
+
+    {
+      char*  s;
+
+
+      if ( FT_ALLOC( face->style_name, len ) )
+        return error;
+
+      s = face->style_name;
+
+      for ( nn = 0; nn < 4; nn++ )
+      {
+        char*  src = strings[nn];
+
+
+        len = lengths[nn];
+
+        if ( src == NULL )
+          continue;
+
+        /* separate elements with a space */
+        if ( s != face->style_name )
+          *s++ = ' ';
+
+        ft_memcpy( s, src, len );
+
+        /* need to convert spaces to dashes for */
+        /* add_style_name and setwidth_name     */
+        if ( nn == 0 || nn == 3 )
+        {
+          int  mm;
+
+
+          for ( mm = 0; mm < len; mm++ )
+            if ( s[mm] == ' ' )
+              s[mm] = '-';
+        }
+
+        s += len;
+      }
+      *s = 0;
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
+  BDF_Face_Done( FT_Face  bdfface )         /* BDF_Face */
+  {
+    BDF_Face   face = (BDF_Face)bdfface;
+    FT_Memory  memory;
+
+
+    if ( !face )
+      return;
+
+    memory = FT_FACE_MEMORY( face );
+
+    bdf_free_font( face->bdffont );
+
+    FT_FREE( face->en_table );
+
+    FT_FREE( face->charset_encoding );
+    FT_FREE( face->charset_registry );
+    FT_FREE( bdfface->family_name );
+    FT_FREE( bdfface->style_name );
+
+    FT_FREE( bdfface->available_sizes );
+
+    FT_FREE( face->bdffont );
+
+    FT_TRACE4(( "BDF_Face_Done: done face\n" ));
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  BDF_Face_Init( FT_Stream      stream,
+                 FT_Face        bdfface,        /* BDF_Face */
+                 FT_Int         face_index,
+                 FT_Int         num_params,
+                 FT_Parameter*  params )
+  {
+    FT_Error       error  = BDF_Err_Ok;
+    BDF_Face       face   = (BDF_Face)bdfface;
+    FT_Memory      memory = FT_FACE_MEMORY( face );
+
+    bdf_font_t*    font = NULL;
+    bdf_options_t  options;
+
+    FT_UNUSED( num_params );
+    FT_UNUSED( params );
+    FT_UNUSED( face_index );
+
+
+    if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( 0 ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    options.correct_metrics = 1;   /* FZ XXX: options semantics */
+    options.keep_unencoded  = 1;
+    options.keep_comments   = 0;
+    options.font_spacing    = BDF_PROPORTIONAL;
+
+    error = bdf_load_font( stream, memory, &options, &font );
+    if ( error == BDF_Err_Missing_Startfont_Field )
+    {
+      FT_TRACE2(( "[not a valid BDF file]\n" ));
+      goto Fail;
+    }
+    else if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* we have a bdf font: let's construct the face object */
+    face->bdffont = font;
+    {
+      bdf_property_t*  prop = NULL;
+
+
+      FT_TRACE4(( "number of glyphs: %d (%d)\n",
+                  font->glyphs_size,
+                  font->glyphs_used ));
+      FT_TRACE4(( "number of unencoded glyphs: %d (%d)\n",
+                  font->unencoded_size,
+                  font->unencoded_used ));
+
+      bdfface->num_faces  = 1;
+      bdfface->face_index = 0;
+      bdfface->face_flags = FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES |
+                            FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL  |
+                            FT_FACE_FLAG_FAST_GLYPHS;
+
+      prop = bdf_get_font_property( font, "SPACING" );
+      if ( prop && prop->format == BDF_ATOM                             &&
+           prop->value.atom                                             &&
+           ( *(prop->value.atom) == 'M' || *(prop->value.atom) == 'm' ||
+             *(prop->value.atom) == 'C' || *(prop->value.atom) == 'c' ) )
+        bdfface->face_flags |= FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH;
+
+      /* FZ XXX: TO DO: FT_FACE_FLAGS_VERTICAL   */
+      /* FZ XXX: I need a font to implement this */
+
+      prop = bdf_get_font_property( font, "FAMILY_NAME" );
+      if ( prop && prop->value.atom )
+      {
+        if ( FT_STRDUP( bdfface->family_name, prop->value.atom ) )
+          goto Exit;
+      }
+      else
+        bdfface->family_name = 0;
+
+      if ( ( error = bdf_interpret_style( face ) ) != 0 )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      /* the number of glyphs (with one slot for the undefined glyph */
+      /* at position 0 and all unencoded glyphs)                     */
+      bdfface->num_glyphs = font->glyphs_size + 1;
+
+      bdfface->num_fixed_sizes = 1;
+      if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( bdfface->available_sizes, 1 ) )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      {
+        FT_Bitmap_Size*  bsize = bdfface->available_sizes;
+        FT_Short         resolution_x = 0, resolution_y = 0;
+
+
+        FT_MEM_ZERO( bsize, sizeof ( FT_Bitmap_Size ) );
+
+        bsize->height = (FT_Short)( font->font_ascent + font->font_descent );
+
+        prop = bdf_get_font_property( font, "AVERAGE_WIDTH" );
+        if ( prop )
+          bsize->width = (FT_Short)( ( prop->value.int32 + 5 ) / 10 );
+        else
+          bsize->width = (FT_Short)( bsize->height * 2/3 );
+
+        prop = bdf_get_font_property( font, "POINT_SIZE" );
+        if ( prop )
+          /* convert from 722.7 decipoints to 72 points per inch */
+          bsize->size =
+            (FT_Pos)( ( prop->value.int32 * 64 * 7200 + 36135L ) / 72270L );
+        else
+          bsize->size = bsize->width << 6;
+
+        prop = bdf_get_font_property( font, "PIXEL_SIZE" );
+        if ( prop )
+          bsize->y_ppem = (FT_Short)prop->value.int32 << 6;
+
+        prop = bdf_get_font_property( font, "RESOLUTION_X" );
+        if ( prop )
+          resolution_x = (FT_Short)prop->value.int32;
+
+        prop = bdf_get_font_property( font, "RESOLUTION_Y" );
+        if ( prop )
+          resolution_y = (FT_Short)prop->value.int32;
+
+        if ( bsize->y_ppem == 0 )
+        {
+          bsize->y_ppem = bsize->size;
+          if ( resolution_y )
+            bsize->y_ppem = bsize->y_ppem * resolution_y / 72;
+        }
+        if ( resolution_x && resolution_y )
+          bsize->x_ppem = bsize->y_ppem * resolution_x / resolution_y;
+        else
+          bsize->x_ppem = bsize->y_ppem;
+      }
+
+      /* encoding table */
+      {
+        bdf_glyph_t*   cur = font->glyphs;
+        unsigned long  n;
+
+
+        if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( face->en_table, font->glyphs_size ) )
+          goto Exit;
+
+        face->default_glyph = 0;
+        for ( n = 0; n < font->glyphs_size; n++ )
+        {
+          (face->en_table[n]).enc = cur[n].encoding;
+          FT_TRACE4(( "idx %d, val 0x%lX\n", n, cur[n].encoding ));
+          (face->en_table[n]).glyph = (FT_Short)n;
+
+          if ( cur[n].encoding == font->default_char )
+            face->default_glyph = n;
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* charmaps */
+      {
+        bdf_property_t  *charset_registry = 0, *charset_encoding = 0;
+        FT_Bool          unicode_charmap  = 0;
+
+
+        charset_registry =
+          bdf_get_font_property( font, "CHARSET_REGISTRY" );
+        charset_encoding =
+          bdf_get_font_property( font, "CHARSET_ENCODING" );
+        if ( charset_registry && charset_encoding )
+        {
+          if ( charset_registry->format == BDF_ATOM &&
+               charset_encoding->format == BDF_ATOM &&
+               charset_registry->value.atom         &&
+               charset_encoding->value.atom         )
+          {
+            const char*  s;
+
+
+            if ( FT_STRDUP( face->charset_encoding,
+                            charset_encoding->value.atom ) ||
+                 FT_STRDUP( face->charset_registry,
+                            charset_registry->value.atom ) )
+              goto Exit;
+
+            /* Uh, oh, compare first letters manually to avoid dependency */
+            /* on locales.                                                */
+            s = face->charset_registry;
+            if ( ( s[0] == 'i' || s[0] == 'I' ) &&
+                 ( s[1] == 's' || s[1] == 'S' ) &&
+                 ( s[2] == 'o' || s[2] == 'O' ) )
+            {
+              s += 3;
+              if ( !ft_strcmp( s, "10646" )                      ||
+                   ( !ft_strcmp( s, "8859" ) &&
+                     !ft_strcmp( face->charset_encoding, "1" ) ) )
+              unicode_charmap = 1;
+            }
+
+            {
+              FT_CharMapRec  charmap;
+
+
+              charmap.face        = FT_FACE( face );
+              charmap.encoding    = FT_ENCODING_NONE;
+              charmap.platform_id = 0;
+              charmap.encoding_id = 0;
+
+              if ( unicode_charmap )
+              {
+                charmap.encoding    = FT_ENCODING_UNICODE;
+                charmap.platform_id = 3;
+                charmap.encoding_id = 1;
+              }
+
+              error = FT_CMap_New( &bdf_cmap_class, NULL, &charmap, NULL );
+
+#if 0
+              /* Select default charmap */
+              if ( bdfface->num_charmaps )
+                bdfface->charmap = bdfface->charmaps[0];
+#endif
+            }
+
+            goto Exit;
+          }
+        }
+
+        /* otherwise assume Adobe standard encoding */
+
+        {
+          FT_CharMapRec  charmap;
+
+
+          charmap.face        = FT_FACE( face );
+          charmap.encoding    = FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_STANDARD;
+          charmap.platform_id = 7;
+          charmap.encoding_id = 0;
+
+          error = FT_CMap_New( &bdf_cmap_class, NULL, &charmap, NULL );
+
+          /* Select default charmap */
+          if ( bdfface->num_charmaps )
+            bdfface->charmap = bdfface->charmaps[0];
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+
+  Fail:
+    BDF_Face_Done( bdfface );
+    return BDF_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  BDF_Size_Select( FT_Size   size,
+                   FT_ULong  strike_index )
+  {
+    bdf_font_t*  bdffont = ( (BDF_Face)size->face )->bdffont;
+
+
+    FT_Select_Metrics( size->face, strike_index );
+
+    size->metrics.ascender    = bdffont->font_ascent << 6;
+    size->metrics.descender   = -bdffont->font_descent << 6;
+    size->metrics.max_advance = bdffont->bbx.width << 6;
+
+    return BDF_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  BDF_Size_Request( FT_Size          size,
+                    FT_Size_Request  req )
+  {
+    FT_Face          face    = size->face;
+    FT_Bitmap_Size*  bsize   = face->available_sizes;
+    bdf_font_t*      bdffont = ( (BDF_Face)face )->bdffont;
+    FT_Error         error   = BDF_Err_Invalid_Pixel_Size;
+    FT_Long          height;
+
+
+    height = FT_REQUEST_HEIGHT( req );
+    height = ( height + 32 ) >> 6;
+
+    switch ( req->type )
+    {
+    case FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_NOMINAL:
+      if ( height == ( ( bsize->y_ppem + 32 ) >> 6 ) )
+        error = BDF_Err_Ok;
+      break;
+
+    case FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_REAL_DIM:
+      if ( height == ( bdffont->font_ascent +
+                       bdffont->font_descent ) )
+        error = BDF_Err_Ok;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      error = BDF_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    if ( error )
+      return error;
+    else
+      return BDF_Size_Select( size, 0 );
+  }
+
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  BDF_Glyph_Load( FT_GlyphSlot  slot,
+                  FT_Size       size,
+                  FT_UInt       glyph_index,
+                  FT_Int32      load_flags )
+  {
+    BDF_Face     bdf    = (BDF_Face)FT_SIZE_FACE( size );
+    FT_Face      face   = FT_FACE( bdf );
+    FT_Error     error  = BDF_Err_Ok;
+    FT_Bitmap*   bitmap = &slot->bitmap;
+    bdf_glyph_t  glyph;
+    int          bpp    = bdf->bdffont->bpp;
+
+    FT_UNUSED( load_flags );
+
+
+    if ( !face || glyph_index >= (FT_UInt)face->num_glyphs )
+    {
+      error = BDF_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* index 0 is the undefined glyph */
+    if ( glyph_index == 0 )
+      glyph_index = bdf->default_glyph;
+    else
+      glyph_index--;
+
+    /* slot, bitmap => freetype, glyph => bdflib */
+    glyph = bdf->bdffont->glyphs[glyph_index];
+
+    bitmap->rows  = glyph.bbx.height;
+    bitmap->width = glyph.bbx.width;
+    bitmap->pitch = glyph.bpr;
+
+    /* note: we don't allocate a new array to hold the bitmap; */
+    /*       we can simply point to it                         */
+    ft_glyphslot_set_bitmap( slot, glyph.bitmap );
+
+    switch ( bpp )
+    {
+    case 1:
+      bitmap->pixel_mode = FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO;
+      break;
+    case 2:
+      bitmap->pixel_mode = FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2;
+      break;
+    case 4:
+      bitmap->pixel_mode = FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4;
+      break;
+    case 8:
+      bitmap->pixel_mode = FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY;
+      bitmap->num_grays  = 256;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    slot->format      = FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP;
+    slot->bitmap_left = glyph.bbx.x_offset;
+    slot->bitmap_top  = glyph.bbx.ascent;
+
+    slot->metrics.horiAdvance  = glyph.dwidth << 6;
+    slot->metrics.horiBearingX = glyph.bbx.x_offset << 6;
+    slot->metrics.horiBearingY = glyph.bbx.ascent << 6;
+    slot->metrics.width        = bitmap->width << 6;
+    slot->metrics.height       = bitmap->rows << 6;
+
+    /*
+     * XXX DWIDTH1 and VVECTOR should be parsed and
+     * used here, provided such fonts do exist.
+     */
+    ft_synthesize_vertical_metrics( &slot->metrics,
+                                    bdf->bdffont->bbx.height << 6 );
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+ /*
+  *
+  *  BDF SERVICE
+  *
+  */
+
+  static FT_Error
+  bdf_get_bdf_property( BDF_Face          face,
+                        const char*       prop_name,
+                        BDF_PropertyRec  *aproperty )
+  {
+    bdf_property_t*  prop;
+
+
+    FT_ASSERT( face && face->bdffont );
+
+    prop = bdf_get_font_property( face->bdffont, prop_name );
+    if ( prop )
+    {
+      switch ( prop->format )
+      {
+      case BDF_ATOM:
+        aproperty->type   = BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM;
+        aproperty->u.atom = prop->value.atom;
+        break;
+
+      case BDF_INTEGER:
+        aproperty->type      = BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER;
+        aproperty->u.integer = prop->value.int32;
+        break;
+
+      case BDF_CARDINAL:
+        aproperty->type       = BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL;
+        aproperty->u.cardinal = prop->value.card32;
+        break;
+
+      default:
+        goto Fail;
+      }
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  Fail:
+    return BDF_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  bdf_get_charset_id( BDF_Face      face,
+                      const char*  *acharset_encoding,
+                      const char*  *acharset_registry )
+  {
+    *acharset_encoding = face->charset_encoding;
+    *acharset_registry = face->charset_registry;
+
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  static const FT_Service_BDFRec  bdf_service_bdf =
+  {
+    (FT_BDF_GetCharsetIdFunc)bdf_get_charset_id,
+    (FT_BDF_GetPropertyFunc) bdf_get_bdf_property
+  };
+
+
+ /*
+  *
+  *  SERVICES LIST
+  *
+  */
+
+  static const FT_ServiceDescRec  bdf_services[] =
+  {
+    { FT_SERVICE_ID_BDF,       &bdf_service_bdf },
+    { FT_SERVICE_ID_XF86_NAME, FT_XF86_FORMAT_BDF },
+    { NULL, NULL }
+  };
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Module_Interface )
+  bdf_driver_requester( FT_Module    module,
+                        const char*  name )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( module );
+
+    return ft_service_list_lookup( bdf_services, name );
+  }
+
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
+  const FT_Driver_ClassRec  bdf_driver_class =
+  {
+    {
+      FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER         |
+      FT_MODULE_DRIVER_NO_OUTLINES,
+      sizeof ( FT_DriverRec ),
+
+      "bdf",
+      0x10000L,
+      0x20000L,
+
+      0,
+
+      (FT_Module_Constructor)0,
+      (FT_Module_Destructor) 0,
+      (FT_Module_Requester)  bdf_driver_requester
+    },
+
+    sizeof ( BDF_FaceRec ),
+    sizeof ( FT_SizeRec ),
+    sizeof ( FT_GlyphSlotRec ),
+
+    BDF_Face_Init,
+    BDF_Face_Done,
+    0,                          /* FT_Size_InitFunc */
+    0,                          /* FT_Size_DoneFunc */
+    0,                          /* FT_Slot_InitFunc */
+    0,                          /* FT_Slot_DoneFunc */
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+    ft_stub_set_char_sizes,
+    ft_stub_set_pixel_sizes,
+#endif
+    BDF_Glyph_Load,
+
+    0,                          /* FT_Face_GetKerningFunc   */
+    0,                          /* FT_Face_AttachFunc       */
+    0,                          /* FT_Face_GetAdvancesFunc  */
+
+    BDF_Size_Request,
+    BDF_Size_Select
+  };
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/bdfdrivr.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/bdfdrivr.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..86f40ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/bdfdrivr.h
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/*  bdfdrivr.h
+
+    FreeType font driver for bdf fonts
+
+  Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 by
+  Francesco Zappa Nardelli
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+THE SOFTWARE.
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef __BDFDRIVR_H__
+#define __BDFDRIVR_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DRIVER_H
+
+#include "bdf.h"
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  typedef struct  BDF_encoding_el_
+  {
+    FT_ULong   enc;
+    FT_UShort  glyph;
+
+  } BDF_encoding_el;
+
+
+  typedef struct  BDF_FaceRec_
+  {
+    FT_FaceRec        root;
+
+    char*             charset_encoding;
+    char*             charset_registry;
+
+    bdf_font_t*       bdffont;
+
+    BDF_encoding_el*  en_table;
+
+    FT_CharMap        charmap_handle;
+    FT_CharMapRec     charmap;  /* a single charmap per face */
+
+    FT_UInt           default_glyph;
+
+  } BDF_FaceRec, *BDF_Face;
+
+
+  FT_EXPORT_VAR( const FT_Driver_ClassRec )  bdf_driver_class;
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+
+#endif /* __BDFDRIVR_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/bdferror.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/bdferror.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b27fa33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/bdferror.h
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright 2001, 2002 Francesco Zappa Nardelli
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+ * all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * THE COMPUTING RESEARCH LAB OR NEW MEXICO STATE UNIVERSITY BE LIABLE FOR ANY
+ * CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT
+ * OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This file is used to define the BDF error enumeration constants.      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef __BDFERROR_H__
+#define __BDFERROR_H__
+
+#include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
+
+#undef __FTERRORS_H__
+
+#define FT_ERR_PREFIX  BDF_Err_
+#define FT_ERR_BASE    FT_Mod_Err_BDF
+
+#include FT_ERRORS_H
+
+#endif /* __BDFERROR_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/bdflib.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/bdflib.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5435b20
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/bdflib.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2479 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright 2000 Computing Research Labs, New Mexico State University
+ * Copyright 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2009
+ *   Francesco Zappa Nardelli
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+ * all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * THE COMPUTING RESEARCH LAB OR NEW MEXICO STATE UNIVERSITY BE LIABLE FOR ANY
+ * CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT
+ * OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*  This file is based on bdf.c,v 1.22 2000/03/16 20:08:50               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*  taken from Mark Leisher's xmbdfed package                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+
+#include "bdf.h"
+#include "bdferror.h"
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_bdflib
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Default BDF font options.                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  static const bdf_options_t  _bdf_opts =
+  {
+    1,                /* Correct metrics.               */
+    1,                /* Preserve unencoded glyphs.     */
+    0,                /* Preserve comments.             */
+    BDF_PROPORTIONAL  /* Default spacing.               */
+  };
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Builtin BDF font properties.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /* List of most properties that might appear in a font.  Doesn't include */
+  /* the RAW_* and AXIS_* properties in X11R6 polymorphic fonts.           */
+
+  static const bdf_property_t  _bdf_properties[] =
+  {
+    { (char *)"ADD_STYLE_NAME",          BDF_ATOM,     1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"AVERAGE_WIDTH",           BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"AVG_CAPITAL_WIDTH",       BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"AVG_LOWERCASE_WIDTH",     BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"CAP_HEIGHT",              BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"CHARSET_COLLECTIONS",     BDF_ATOM,     1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"CHARSET_ENCODING",        BDF_ATOM,     1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"CHARSET_REGISTRY",        BDF_ATOM,     1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"COMMENT",                 BDF_ATOM,     1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"COPYRIGHT",               BDF_ATOM,     1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"DEFAULT_CHAR",            BDF_CARDINAL, 1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"DESTINATION",             BDF_CARDINAL, 1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"DEVICE_FONT_NAME",        BDF_ATOM,     1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"END_SPACE",               BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"FACE_NAME",               BDF_ATOM,     1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"FAMILY_NAME",             BDF_ATOM,     1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"FIGURE_WIDTH",            BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"FONT",                    BDF_ATOM,     1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"FONTNAME_REGISTRY",       BDF_ATOM,     1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"FONT_ASCENT",             BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"FONT_DESCENT",            BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"FOUNDRY",                 BDF_ATOM,     1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"FULL_NAME",               BDF_ATOM,     1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"ITALIC_ANGLE",            BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"MAX_SPACE",               BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"MIN_SPACE",               BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"NORM_SPACE",              BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"NOTICE",                  BDF_ATOM,     1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"PIXEL_SIZE",              BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"POINT_SIZE",              BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"QUAD_WIDTH",              BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"RAW_ASCENT",              BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"RAW_AVERAGE_WIDTH",       BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"RAW_AVG_CAPITAL_WIDTH",   BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"RAW_AVG_LOWERCASE_WIDTH", BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"RAW_CAP_HEIGHT",          BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"RAW_DESCENT",             BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"RAW_END_SPACE",           BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"RAW_FIGURE_WIDTH",        BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"RAW_MAX_SPACE",           BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"RAW_MIN_SPACE",           BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"RAW_NORM_SPACE",          BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"RAW_PIXEL_SIZE",          BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"RAW_POINT_SIZE",          BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"RAW_PIXELSIZE",           BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"RAW_POINTSIZE",           BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"RAW_QUAD_WIDTH",          BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"RAW_SMALL_CAP_SIZE",      BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"RAW_STRIKEOUT_ASCENT",    BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"RAW_STRIKEOUT_DESCENT",   BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"RAW_SUBSCRIPT_SIZE",      BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"RAW_SUBSCRIPT_X",         BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"RAW_SUBSCRIPT_Y",         BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"RAW_SUPERSCRIPT_SIZE",    BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"RAW_SUPERSCRIPT_X",       BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"RAW_SUPERSCRIPT_Y",       BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"RAW_UNDERLINE_POSITION",  BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"RAW_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS", BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"RAW_X_HEIGHT",            BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"RELATIVE_SETWIDTH",       BDF_CARDINAL, 1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"RELATIVE_WEIGHT",         BDF_CARDINAL, 1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"RESOLUTION",              BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"RESOLUTION_X",            BDF_CARDINAL, 1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"RESOLUTION_Y",            BDF_CARDINAL, 1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"SETWIDTH_NAME",           BDF_ATOM,     1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"SLANT",                   BDF_ATOM,     1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"SMALL_CAP_SIZE",          BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"SPACING",                 BDF_ATOM,     1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"STRIKEOUT_ASCENT",        BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"STRIKEOUT_DESCENT",       BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"SUBSCRIPT_SIZE",          BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"SUBSCRIPT_X",             BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"SUBSCRIPT_Y",             BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"SUPERSCRIPT_SIZE",        BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"SUPERSCRIPT_X",           BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"SUPERSCRIPT_Y",           BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"UNDERLINE_POSITION",      BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"UNDERLINE_THICKNESS",     BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"WEIGHT",                  BDF_CARDINAL, 1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"WEIGHT_NAME",             BDF_ATOM,     1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"X_HEIGHT",                BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET",   BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
+    { (char *)"_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE",  BDF_INTEGER,  1, { 0 } },
+  };
+
+  static const unsigned long
+  _num_bdf_properties = sizeof ( _bdf_properties ) /
+                        sizeof ( _bdf_properties[0] );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Hash table utilities for the properties.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /* XXX: Replace this with FreeType's hash functions */
+
+
+#define INITIAL_HT_SIZE  241
+
+  typedef void
+  (*hash_free_func)( hashnode  node );
+
+  static hashnode*
+  hash_bucket( const char*  key,
+               hashtable*   ht )
+  {
+    const char*    kp  = key;
+    unsigned long  res = 0;
+    hashnode*      bp  = ht->table, *ndp;
+
+
+    /* Mocklisp hash function. */
+    while ( *kp )
+      res = ( res << 5 ) - res + *kp++;
+
+    ndp = bp + ( res % ht->size );
+    while ( *ndp )
+    {
+      kp = (*ndp)->key;
+      if ( kp[0] == key[0] && ft_strcmp( kp, key ) == 0 )
+        break;
+      ndp--;
+      if ( ndp < bp )
+        ndp = bp + ( ht->size - 1 );
+    }
+
+    return ndp;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  hash_rehash( hashtable*  ht,
+               FT_Memory   memory )
+  {
+    hashnode*  obp = ht->table, *bp, *nbp;
+    int        i, sz = ht->size;
+    FT_Error   error = BDF_Err_Ok;
+
+
+    ht->size <<= 1;
+    ht->limit  = ht->size / 3;
+
+    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( ht->table, ht->size ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    for ( i = 0, bp = obp; i < sz; i++, bp++ )
+    {
+      if ( *bp )
+      {
+        nbp = hash_bucket( (*bp)->key, ht );
+        *nbp = *bp;
+      }
+    }
+    FT_FREE( obp );
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  hash_init( hashtable*  ht,
+             FT_Memory   memory )
+  {
+    int       sz = INITIAL_HT_SIZE;
+    FT_Error  error = BDF_Err_Ok;
+
+
+    ht->size  = sz;
+    ht->limit = sz / 3;
+    ht->used  = 0;
+
+    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( ht->table, sz ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  hash_free( hashtable*  ht,
+             FT_Memory   memory )
+  {
+    if ( ht != 0 )
+    {
+      int        i, sz = ht->size;
+      hashnode*  bp = ht->table;
+
+
+      for ( i = 0; i < sz; i++, bp++ )
+        FT_FREE( *bp );
+
+      FT_FREE( ht->table );
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  hash_insert( char*       key,
+               void*       data,
+               hashtable*  ht,
+               FT_Memory   memory )
+  {
+    hashnode  nn, *bp = hash_bucket( key, ht );
+    FT_Error  error = BDF_Err_Ok;
+
+
+    nn = *bp;
+    if ( !nn )
+    {
+      if ( FT_NEW( nn ) )
+        goto Exit;
+      *bp = nn;
+
+      nn->key  = key;
+      nn->data = data;
+
+      if ( ht->used >= ht->limit )
+      {
+        error = hash_rehash( ht, memory );
+        if ( error )
+          goto Exit;
+      }
+      ht->used++;
+    }
+    else
+      nn->data = data;
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static hashnode
+  hash_lookup( const char* key,
+               hashtable*  ht )
+  {
+    hashnode *np = hash_bucket( key, ht );
+
+
+    return *np;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Utility types and functions.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /* Function type for parsing lines of a BDF font. */
+
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*_bdf_line_func_t)( char*          line,
+                       unsigned long  linelen,
+                       unsigned long  lineno,
+                       void*          call_data,
+                       void*          client_data );
+
+
+  /* List structure for splitting lines into fields. */
+
+  typedef struct  _bdf_list_t_
+  {
+    char**         field;
+    unsigned long  size;
+    unsigned long  used;
+    FT_Memory      memory;
+
+  } _bdf_list_t;
+
+
+  /* Structure used while loading BDF fonts. */
+
+  typedef struct  _bdf_parse_t_
+  {
+    unsigned long   flags;
+    unsigned long   cnt;
+    unsigned long   row;
+
+    short           minlb;
+    short           maxlb;
+    short           maxrb;
+    short           maxas;
+    short           maxds;
+
+    short           rbearing;
+
+    char*           glyph_name;
+    long            glyph_enc;
+
+    bdf_font_t*     font;
+    bdf_options_t*  opts;
+
+    unsigned long   have[2048];
+    _bdf_list_t     list;
+
+    FT_Memory       memory;
+
+  } _bdf_parse_t;
+
+
+#define setsbit( m, cc ) \
+          ( m[(FT_Byte)(cc) >> 3] |= (FT_Byte)( 1 << ( (cc) & 7 ) ) )
+#define sbitset( m, cc ) \
+          ( m[(FT_Byte)(cc) >> 3]  & ( 1 << ( (cc) & 7 ) ) )
+
+
+  static void
+  _bdf_list_init( _bdf_list_t*  list,
+                  FT_Memory     memory )
+  {
+    FT_ZERO( list );
+    list->memory = memory;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  _bdf_list_done( _bdf_list_t*  list )
+  {
+    FT_Memory  memory = list->memory;
+
+
+    if ( memory )
+    {
+      FT_FREE( list->field );
+      FT_ZERO( list );
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  _bdf_list_ensure( _bdf_list_t*  list,
+                    int           num_items )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error = BDF_Err_Ok;
+
+
+    if ( num_items > (int)list->size )
+    {
+      int        oldsize = list->size;
+      int        newsize = oldsize + ( oldsize >> 1 ) + 4;
+      int        bigsize = FT_INT_MAX / sizeof ( char* );
+      FT_Memory  memory  = list->memory;
+
+
+      if ( oldsize == bigsize )
+      {
+        error = BDF_Err_Out_Of_Memory;
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+      else if ( newsize < oldsize || newsize > bigsize )
+        newsize = bigsize;
+
+      if ( FT_RENEW_ARRAY( list->field, oldsize, newsize ) )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      list->size = newsize;
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  _bdf_list_shift( _bdf_list_t*   list,
+                   unsigned long  n )
+  {
+    unsigned long  i, u;
+
+
+    if ( list == 0 || list->used == 0 || n == 0 )
+      return;
+
+    if ( n >= list->used )
+    {
+      list->used = 0;
+      return;
+    }
+
+    for ( u = n, i = 0; u < list->used; i++, u++ )
+      list->field[i] = list->field[u];
+    list->used -= n;
+  }
+
+
+  static char *
+  _bdf_list_join( _bdf_list_t*    list,
+                  int             c,
+                  unsigned long  *alen )
+  {
+    unsigned long  i, j;
+    char           *fp, *dp;
+
+
+    *alen = 0;
+
+    if ( list == 0 || list->used == 0 )
+      return 0;
+
+    dp = list->field[0];
+    for ( i = j = 0; i < list->used; i++ )
+    {
+      fp = list->field[i];
+      while ( *fp )
+        dp[j++] = *fp++;
+
+      if ( i + 1 < list->used )
+        dp[j++] = (char)c;
+    }
+    dp[j] = 0;
+
+    *alen = j;
+    return dp;
+  }
+
+
+  /* An empty string for empty fields. */
+
+  static const char  empty[1] = { 0 };      /* XXX eliminate this */
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  _bdf_list_split( _bdf_list_t*   list,
+                   char*          separators,
+                   char*          line,
+                   unsigned long  linelen )
+  {
+    int       mult, final_empty;
+    char      *sp, *ep, *end;
+    char      seps[32];
+    FT_Error  error = BDF_Err_Ok;
+
+
+    /* Initialize the list. */
+    list->used = 0;
+
+    /* If the line is empty, then simply return. */
+    if ( linelen == 0 || line[0] == 0 )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* In the original code, if the `separators' parameter is NULL or */
+    /* empty, the list is split into individual bytes.  We don't need */
+    /* this, so an error is signaled.                                 */
+    if ( separators == 0 || *separators == 0 )
+    {
+      error = BDF_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* Prepare the separator bitmap. */
+    FT_MEM_ZERO( seps, 32 );
+
+    /* If the very last character of the separator string is a plus, then */
+    /* set the `mult' flag to indicate that multiple separators should be */
+    /* collapsed into one.                                                */
+    for ( mult = 0, sp = separators; sp && *sp; sp++ )
+    {
+      if ( *sp == '+' && *( sp + 1 ) == 0 )
+        mult = 1;
+      else
+        setsbit( seps, *sp );
+    }
+
+    /* Break the line up into fields. */
+    for ( final_empty = 0, sp = ep = line, end = sp + linelen;
+          sp < end && *sp; )
+    {
+      /* Collect everything that is not a separator. */
+      for ( ; *ep && !sbitset( seps, *ep ); ep++ )
+        ;
+
+      /* Resize the list if necessary. */
+      if ( list->used == list->size )
+      {
+        error = _bdf_list_ensure( list, list->used + 1 );
+        if ( error )
+          goto Exit;
+      }
+
+      /* Assign the field appropriately. */
+      list->field[list->used++] = ( ep > sp ) ? sp : (char*)empty;
+
+      sp = ep;
+
+      if ( mult )
+      {
+        /* If multiple separators should be collapsed, do it now by */
+        /* setting all the separator characters to 0.               */
+        for ( ; *ep && sbitset( seps, *ep ); ep++ )
+          *ep = 0;
+      }
+      else if ( *ep != 0 )
+        /* Don't collapse multiple separators by making them 0, so just */
+        /* make the one encountered 0.                                  */
+        *ep++ = 0;
+
+      final_empty = ( ep > sp && *ep == 0 );
+      sp = ep;
+    }
+
+    /* Finally, NULL-terminate the list. */
+    if ( list->used + final_empty >= list->size )
+    {
+      error = _bdf_list_ensure( list, list->used + final_empty + 1 );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    if ( final_empty )
+      list->field[list->used++] = (char*)empty;
+
+    list->field[list->used] = 0;
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+#define NO_SKIP  256  /* this value cannot be stored in a 'char' */
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  _bdf_readstream( FT_Stream         stream,
+                   _bdf_line_func_t  callback,
+                   void*             client_data,
+                   unsigned long    *lno )
+  {
+    _bdf_line_func_t  cb;
+    unsigned long     lineno, buf_size;
+    int               refill, bytes, hold, to_skip;
+    int               start, end, cursor, avail;
+    char*             buf = 0;
+    FT_Memory         memory = stream->memory;
+    FT_Error          error = BDF_Err_Ok;
+
+
+    if ( callback == 0 )
+    {
+      error = BDF_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* initial size and allocation of the input buffer */
+    buf_size = 1024;
+
+    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( buf, buf_size ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    cb      = callback;
+    lineno  = 1;
+    buf[0]  = 0;
+    start   = 0;
+    end     = 0;
+    avail   = 0;
+    cursor  = 0;
+    refill  = 1;
+    to_skip = NO_SKIP;
+    bytes   = 0;        /* make compiler happy */
+
+    for (;;)
+    {
+      if ( refill )
+      {
+        bytes  = (int)FT_Stream_TryRead( stream, (FT_Byte*)buf + cursor,
+                                         (FT_ULong)(buf_size - cursor) );
+        avail  = cursor + bytes;
+        cursor = 0;
+        refill = 0;
+      }
+
+      end = start;
+
+      /* should we skip an optional character like \n or \r? */
+      if ( start < avail && buf[start] == to_skip )
+      {
+        start  += 1;
+        to_skip = NO_SKIP;
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      /* try to find the end of the line */
+      while ( end < avail && buf[end] != '\n' && buf[end] != '\r' )
+        end++;
+
+      /* if we hit the end of the buffer, try shifting its content */
+      /* or even resizing it                                       */
+      if ( end >= avail )
+      {
+        if ( bytes == 0 )  /* last line in file doesn't end in \r or \n */
+          break;           /* ignore it then exit                       */
+
+        if ( start == 0 )
+        {
+          /* this line is definitely too long; try resizing the input */
+          /* buffer a bit to handle it.                               */
+          FT_ULong  new_size;
+
+
+          if ( buf_size >= 65536UL )  /* limit ourselves to 64KByte */
+          {
+            error = BDF_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+            goto Exit;
+          }
+
+          new_size = buf_size * 2;
+          if ( FT_RENEW_ARRAY( buf, buf_size, new_size ) )
+            goto Exit;
+
+          cursor   = buf_size;
+          buf_size = new_size;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          bytes = avail - start;
+
+          FT_MEM_COPY( buf, buf + start, bytes );
+
+          cursor = bytes;
+          avail -= bytes;
+          start  = 0;
+        }
+        refill = 1;
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      /* Temporarily NUL-terminate the line. */
+      hold     = buf[end];
+      buf[end] = 0;
+
+      /* XXX: Use encoding independent value for 0x1a */
+      if ( buf[start] != '#' && buf[start] != 0x1a && end > start )
+      {
+        error = (*cb)( buf + start, end - start, lineno,
+                       (void*)&cb, client_data );
+        if ( error )
+          break;
+      }
+
+      lineno  += 1;
+      buf[end] = (char)hold;
+      start    = end + 1;
+
+      if ( hold == '\n' )
+        to_skip = '\r';
+      else if ( hold == '\r' )
+        to_skip = '\n';
+      else
+        to_skip = NO_SKIP;
+    }
+
+    *lno = lineno;
+
+  Exit:
+    FT_FREE( buf );
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* XXX: make this work with EBCDIC also */
+
+  static const unsigned char  a2i[128] =
+  {
+    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+    0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07, 0x08, 0x09, 0x00, 0x00,
+    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f, 0x00,
+    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+    0x00, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00
+  };
+
+  static const unsigned char  odigits[32] =
+  {
+    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xff, 0x00,
+    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  };
+
+  static const unsigned char  ddigits[32] =
+  {
+    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xff, 0x03,
+    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  };
+
+  static const unsigned char  hdigits[32] =
+  {
+    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xff, 0x03,
+    0x7e, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x7e, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+  };
+
+
+#define isdigok( m, d )  (m[(d) >> 3] & ( 1 << ( (d) & 7 ) ) )
+
+
+  /* Routine to convert an ASCII string into an unsigned long integer. */
+  static unsigned long
+  _bdf_atoul( char*   s,
+              char**  end,
+              int     base )
+  {
+    unsigned long         v;
+    const unsigned char*  dmap;
+
+
+    if ( s == 0 || *s == 0 )
+      return 0;
+
+    /* Make sure the radix is something recognizable.  Default to 10. */
+    switch ( base )
+    {
+    case 8:
+      dmap = odigits;
+      break;
+    case 16:
+      dmap = hdigits;
+      break;
+    default:
+      base = 10;
+      dmap = ddigits;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* Check for the special hex prefix. */
+    if ( *s == '0'                                  &&
+         ( *( s + 1 ) == 'x' || *( s + 1 ) == 'X' ) )
+    {
+      base = 16;
+      dmap = hdigits;
+      s   += 2;
+    }
+
+    for ( v = 0; isdigok( dmap, *s ); s++ )
+      v = v * base + a2i[(int)*s];
+
+    if ( end != 0 )
+      *end = s;
+
+    return v;
+  }
+
+
+  /* Routine to convert an ASCII string into an signed long integer. */
+  static long
+  _bdf_atol( char*   s,
+             char**  end,
+             int     base )
+  {
+    long                  v, neg;
+    const unsigned char*  dmap;
+
+
+    if ( s == 0 || *s == 0 )
+      return 0;
+
+    /* Make sure the radix is something recognizable.  Default to 10. */
+    switch ( base )
+    {
+    case 8:
+      dmap = odigits;
+      break;
+    case 16:
+      dmap = hdigits;
+      break;
+    default:
+      base = 10;
+      dmap = ddigits;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* Check for a minus sign. */
+    neg = 0;
+    if ( *s == '-' )
+    {
+      s++;
+      neg = 1;
+    }
+
+    /* Check for the special hex prefix. */
+    if ( *s == '0'                                  &&
+         ( *( s + 1 ) == 'x' || *( s + 1 ) == 'X' ) )
+    {
+      base = 16;
+      dmap = hdigits;
+      s   += 2;
+    }
+
+    for ( v = 0; isdigok( dmap, *s ); s++ )
+      v = v * base + a2i[(int)*s];
+
+    if ( end != 0 )
+      *end = s;
+
+    return ( !neg ) ? v : -v;
+  }
+
+
+  /* Routine to convert an ASCII string into an signed short integer. */
+  static short
+  _bdf_atos( char*   s,
+             char**  end,
+             int     base )
+  {
+    short                 v, neg;
+    const unsigned char*  dmap;
+
+
+    if ( s == 0 || *s == 0 )
+      return 0;
+
+    /* Make sure the radix is something recognizable.  Default to 10. */
+    switch ( base )
+    {
+    case 8:
+      dmap = odigits;
+      break;
+    case 16:
+      dmap = hdigits;
+      break;
+    default:
+      base = 10;
+      dmap = ddigits;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* Check for a minus. */
+    neg = 0;
+    if ( *s == '-' )
+    {
+      s++;
+      neg = 1;
+    }
+
+    /* Check for the special hex prefix. */
+    if ( *s == '0'                                  &&
+         ( *( s + 1 ) == 'x' || *( s + 1 ) == 'X' ) )
+    {
+      base = 16;
+      dmap = hdigits;
+      s   += 2;
+    }
+
+    for ( v = 0; isdigok( dmap, *s ); s++ )
+      v = (short)( v * base + a2i[(int)*s] );
+
+    if ( end != 0 )
+      *end = s;
+
+    return (short)( ( !neg ) ? v : -v );
+  }
+
+
+  /* Routine to compare two glyphs by encoding so they can be sorted. */
+  static int
+  by_encoding( const void*  a,
+               const void*  b )
+  {
+    bdf_glyph_t  *c1, *c2;
+
+
+    c1 = (bdf_glyph_t *)a;
+    c2 = (bdf_glyph_t *)b;
+
+    if ( c1->encoding < c2->encoding )
+      return -1;
+
+    if ( c1->encoding > c2->encoding )
+      return 1;
+
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  bdf_create_property( char*        name,
+                       int          format,
+                       bdf_font_t*  font )
+  {
+    unsigned long    n;
+    bdf_property_t*  p;
+    FT_Memory        memory = font->memory;
+    FT_Error         error = BDF_Err_Ok;
+
+
+    /* First check to see if the property has      */
+    /* already been added or not.  If it has, then */
+    /* simply ignore it.                           */
+    if ( hash_lookup( name, &(font->proptbl) ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    if ( FT_RENEW_ARRAY( font->user_props,
+                         font->nuser_props,
+                         font->nuser_props + 1 ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    p = font->user_props + font->nuser_props;
+    FT_ZERO( p );
+
+    n = (unsigned long)( ft_strlen( name ) + 1 );
+
+    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( p->name, n ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    FT_MEM_COPY( (char *)p->name, name, n );
+
+    p->format  = format;
+    p->builtin = 0;
+
+    n = _num_bdf_properties + font->nuser_props;
+
+    error = hash_insert( p->name, (void *)n, &(font->proptbl), memory );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    font->nuser_props++;
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( bdf_property_t * )
+  bdf_get_property( char*        name,
+                    bdf_font_t*  font )
+  {
+    hashnode       hn;
+    unsigned long  propid;
+
+
+    if ( name == 0 || *name == 0 )
+      return 0;
+
+    if ( ( hn = hash_lookup( name, &(font->proptbl) ) ) == 0 )
+      return 0;
+
+    propid = (unsigned long)hn->data;
+    if ( propid >= _num_bdf_properties )
+      return font->user_props + ( propid - _num_bdf_properties );
+
+    return (bdf_property_t*)_bdf_properties + propid;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* BDF font file parsing flags and functions.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /* Parse flags. */
+
+#define _BDF_START      0x0001
+#define _BDF_FONT_NAME  0x0002
+#define _BDF_SIZE       0x0004
+#define _BDF_FONT_BBX   0x0008
+#define _BDF_PROPS      0x0010
+#define _BDF_GLYPHS     0x0020
+#define _BDF_GLYPH      0x0040
+#define _BDF_ENCODING   0x0080
+#define _BDF_SWIDTH     0x0100
+#define _BDF_DWIDTH     0x0200
+#define _BDF_BBX        0x0400
+#define _BDF_BITMAP     0x0800
+
+#define _BDF_SWIDTH_ADJ  0x1000
+
+#define _BDF_GLYPH_BITS ( _BDF_GLYPH    | \
+                          _BDF_ENCODING | \
+                          _BDF_SWIDTH   | \
+                          _BDF_DWIDTH   | \
+                          _BDF_BBX      | \
+                          _BDF_BITMAP   )
+
+#define _BDF_GLYPH_WIDTH_CHECK   0x40000000UL
+#define _BDF_GLYPH_HEIGHT_CHECK  0x80000000UL
+
+
+  /* Auto correction messages. */
+#define ACMSG1   "FONT_ASCENT property missing.  " \
+                 "Added \"FONT_ASCENT %hd\".\n"
+#define ACMSG2   "FONT_DESCENT property missing.  " \
+                 "Added \"FONT_DESCENT %hd\".\n"
+#define ACMSG3   "Font width != actual width.  Old: %hd New: %hd.\n"
+#define ACMSG4   "Font left bearing != actual left bearing.  " \
+                 "Old: %hd New: %hd.\n"
+#define ACMSG5   "Font ascent != actual ascent.  Old: %hd New: %hd.\n"
+#define ACMSG6   "Font descent != actual descent.  Old: %hd New: %hd.\n"
+#define ACMSG7   "Font height != actual height. Old: %hd New: %hd.\n"
+#define ACMSG8   "Glyph scalable width (SWIDTH) adjustments made.\n"
+#define ACMSG9   "SWIDTH field missing at line %ld.  Set automatically.\n"
+#define ACMSG10  "DWIDTH field missing at line %ld.  Set to glyph width.\n"
+#define ACMSG11  "SIZE bits per pixel field adjusted to %hd.\n"
+#define ACMSG12  "Duplicate encoding %ld (%s) changed to unencoded.\n"
+#define ACMSG13  "Glyph %ld extra rows removed.\n"
+#define ACMSG14  "Glyph %ld extra columns removed.\n"
+#define ACMSG15  "Incorrect glyph count: %ld indicated but %ld found.\n"
+
+  /* Error messages. */
+#define ERRMSG1  "[line %ld] Missing \"%s\" line.\n"
+#define ERRMSG2  "[line %ld] Font header corrupted or missing fields.\n"
+#define ERRMSG3  "[line %ld] Font glyphs corrupted or missing fields.\n"
+#define ERRMSG4  "[line %ld] BBX too big.\n"
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  _bdf_add_comment( bdf_font_t*    font,
+                    char*          comment,
+                    unsigned long  len )
+  {
+    char*      cp;
+    FT_Memory  memory = font->memory;
+    FT_Error   error = BDF_Err_Ok;
+
+
+    if ( FT_RENEW_ARRAY( font->comments,
+                         font->comments_len,
+                         font->comments_len + len + 1 ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    cp = font->comments + font->comments_len;
+
+    FT_MEM_COPY( cp, comment, len );
+    cp[len] = '\n';
+
+    font->comments_len += len + 1;
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* Set the spacing from the font name if it exists, or set it to the */
+  /* default specified in the options.                                 */
+  static FT_Error
+  _bdf_set_default_spacing( bdf_font_t*     font,
+                            bdf_options_t*  opts )
+  {
+    unsigned long  len;
+    char           name[256];
+    _bdf_list_t    list;
+    FT_Memory      memory;
+    FT_Error       error = BDF_Err_Ok;
+
+
+    if ( font == 0 || font->name == 0 || font->name[0] == 0 )
+    {
+      error = BDF_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    memory = font->memory;
+
+    _bdf_list_init( &list, memory );
+
+    font->spacing = opts->font_spacing;
+
+    len = (unsigned long)( ft_strlen( font->name ) + 1 );
+    /* Limit ourselves to 256 characters in the font name. */
+    if ( len >= 256 )
+    {
+      error = BDF_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    FT_MEM_COPY( name, font->name, len );
+
+    error = _bdf_list_split( &list, (char *)"-", name, len );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Fail;
+
+    if ( list.used == 15 )
+    {
+      switch ( list.field[11][0] )
+      {
+      case 'C':
+      case 'c':
+        font->spacing = BDF_CHARCELL;
+        break;
+      case 'M':
+      case 'm':
+        font->spacing = BDF_MONOWIDTH;
+        break;
+      case 'P':
+      case 'p':
+        font->spacing = BDF_PROPORTIONAL;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+  Fail:
+    _bdf_list_done( &list );
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* Determine whether the property is an atom or not.  If it is, then */
+  /* clean it up so the double quotes are removed if they exist.       */
+  static int
+  _bdf_is_atom( char*          line,
+                unsigned long  linelen,
+                char**         name,
+                char**         value,
+                bdf_font_t*    font )
+  {
+    int              hold;
+    char             *sp, *ep;
+    bdf_property_t*  p;
+
+
+    *name = sp = ep = line;
+
+    while ( *ep && *ep != ' ' && *ep != '\t' )
+      ep++;
+
+    hold = -1;
+    if ( *ep )
+    {
+      hold = *ep;
+      *ep  = 0;
+    }
+
+    p = bdf_get_property( sp, font );
+
+    /* Restore the character that was saved before any return can happen. */
+    if ( hold != -1 )
+      *ep = (char)hold;
+
+    /* If the property exists and is not an atom, just return here. */
+    if ( p && p->format != BDF_ATOM )
+      return 0;
+
+    /* The property is an atom.  Trim all leading and trailing whitespace */
+    /* and double quotes for the atom value.                              */
+    sp = ep;
+    ep = line + linelen;
+
+    /* Trim the leading whitespace if it exists. */
+    *sp++ = 0;
+    while ( *sp                           &&
+            ( *sp == ' ' || *sp == '\t' ) )
+      sp++;
+
+    /* Trim the leading double quote if it exists. */
+    if ( *sp == '"' )
+      sp++;
+    *value = sp;
+
+    /* Trim the trailing whitespace if it exists. */
+    while ( ep > sp                                       &&
+            ( *( ep - 1 ) == ' ' || *( ep - 1 ) == '\t' ) )
+      *--ep = 0;
+
+    /* Trim the trailing double quote if it exists. */
+    if ( ep > sp && *( ep - 1 ) == '"' )
+      *--ep = 0;
+
+    return 1;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  _bdf_add_property( bdf_font_t*  font,
+                     char*        name,
+                     char*        value )
+  {
+    unsigned long   propid;
+    hashnode        hn;
+    bdf_property_t  *prop, *fp;
+    FT_Memory       memory = font->memory;
+    FT_Error        error = BDF_Err_Ok;
+
+
+    /* First, check to see if the property already exists in the font. */
+    if ( ( hn = hash_lookup( name, (hashtable *)font->internal ) ) != 0 )
+    {
+      /* The property already exists in the font, so simply replace */
+      /* the value of the property with the current value.          */
+      fp = font->props + (unsigned long)hn->data;
+
+      switch ( fp->format )
+      {
+      case BDF_ATOM:
+        /* Delete the current atom if it exists. */
+        FT_FREE( fp->value.atom );
+
+        if ( value && value[0] != 0 )
+        {
+          if ( FT_STRDUP( fp->value.atom, value ) )
+            goto Exit;
+        }
+        break;
+
+      case BDF_INTEGER:
+        fp->value.int32 = _bdf_atol( value, 0, 10 );
+        break;
+
+      case BDF_CARDINAL:
+        fp->value.card32 = _bdf_atoul( value, 0, 10 );
+        break;
+
+      default:
+        ;
+      }
+
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* See whether this property type exists yet or not. */
+    /* If not, create it.                                */
+    hn = hash_lookup( name, &(font->proptbl) );
+    if ( hn == 0 )
+    {
+      error = bdf_create_property( name, BDF_ATOM, font );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+      hn = hash_lookup( name, &(font->proptbl) );
+    }
+
+    /* Allocate another property if this is overflow. */
+    if ( font->props_used == font->props_size )
+    {
+      if ( font->props_size == 0 )
+      {
+        if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( font->props, 1 ) )
+          goto Exit;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        if ( FT_RENEW_ARRAY( font->props,
+                             font->props_size,
+                             font->props_size + 1 ) )
+          goto Exit;
+      }
+
+      fp = font->props + font->props_size;
+      FT_MEM_ZERO( fp, sizeof ( bdf_property_t ) );
+      font->props_size++;
+    }
+
+    propid = (unsigned long)hn->data;
+    if ( propid >= _num_bdf_properties )
+      prop = font->user_props + ( propid - _num_bdf_properties );
+    else
+      prop = (bdf_property_t*)_bdf_properties + propid;
+
+    fp = font->props + font->props_used;
+
+    fp->name    = prop->name;
+    fp->format  = prop->format;
+    fp->builtin = prop->builtin;
+
+    switch ( prop->format )
+    {
+    case BDF_ATOM:
+      fp->value.atom = 0;
+      if ( value != 0 && value[0] )
+      {
+        if ( FT_STRDUP( fp->value.atom, value ) )
+          goto Exit;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case BDF_INTEGER:
+      fp->value.int32 = _bdf_atol( value, 0, 10 );
+      break;
+
+    case BDF_CARDINAL:
+      fp->value.card32 = _bdf_atoul( value, 0, 10 );
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* If the property happens to be a comment, then it doesn't need */
+    /* to be added to the internal hash table.                       */
+    if ( ft_memcmp( name, "COMMENT", 7 ) != 0 ) {
+      /* Add the property to the font property table. */
+      error = hash_insert( fp->name,
+                           (void *)font->props_used,
+                           (hashtable *)font->internal,
+                           memory );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    font->props_used++;
+
+    /* Some special cases need to be handled here.  The DEFAULT_CHAR       */
+    /* property needs to be located if it exists in the property list, the */
+    /* FONT_ASCENT and FONT_DESCENT need to be assigned if they are        */
+    /* present, and the SPACING property should override the default       */
+    /* spacing.                                                            */
+    if ( ft_memcmp( name, "DEFAULT_CHAR", 12 ) == 0 )
+      font->default_char = fp->value.int32;
+    else if ( ft_memcmp( name, "FONT_ASCENT", 11 ) == 0 )
+      font->font_ascent = fp->value.int32;
+    else if ( ft_memcmp( name, "FONT_DESCENT", 12 ) == 0 )
+      font->font_descent = fp->value.int32;
+    else if ( ft_memcmp( name, "SPACING", 7 ) == 0 )
+    {
+      if ( !fp->value.atom )
+      {
+        error = BDF_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+
+      if ( fp->value.atom[0] == 'p' || fp->value.atom[0] == 'P' )
+        font->spacing = BDF_PROPORTIONAL;
+      else if ( fp->value.atom[0] == 'm' || fp->value.atom[0] == 'M' )
+        font->spacing = BDF_MONOWIDTH;
+      else if ( fp->value.atom[0] == 'c' || fp->value.atom[0] == 'C' )
+        font->spacing = BDF_CHARCELL;
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static const unsigned char nibble_mask[8] =
+  {
+    0xFF, 0x80, 0xC0, 0xE0, 0xF0, 0xF8, 0xFC, 0xFE
+  };
+
+
+  /* Actually parse the glyph info and bitmaps. */
+  static FT_Error
+  _bdf_parse_glyphs( char*          line,
+                     unsigned long  linelen,
+                     unsigned long  lineno,
+                     void*          call_data,
+                     void*          client_data )
+  {
+    int                c, mask_index;
+    char*              s;
+    unsigned char*     bp;
+    unsigned long      i, slen, nibbles;
+
+    _bdf_parse_t*      p;
+    bdf_glyph_t*       glyph;
+    bdf_font_t*        font;
+
+    FT_Memory          memory;
+    FT_Error           error = BDF_Err_Ok;
+
+    FT_UNUSED( call_data );
+    FT_UNUSED( lineno );        /* only used in debug mode */
+
+
+    p = (_bdf_parse_t *)client_data;
+
+    font   = p->font;
+    memory = font->memory;
+
+    /* Check for a comment. */
+    if ( ft_memcmp( line, "COMMENT", 7 ) == 0 )
+    {
+      linelen -= 7;
+
+      s = line + 7;
+      if ( *s != 0 )
+      {
+        s++;
+        linelen--;
+      }
+      error = _bdf_add_comment( p->font, s, linelen );
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* The very first thing expected is the number of glyphs. */
+    if ( !( p->flags & _BDF_GLYPHS ) )
+    {
+      if ( ft_memcmp( line, "CHARS", 5 ) != 0 )
+      {
+        FT_ERROR(( "_bdf_parse_glyphs: " ERRMSG1, lineno, "CHARS" ));
+        error = BDF_Err_Missing_Chars_Field;
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+
+      error = _bdf_list_split( &p->list, (char *)" +", line, linelen );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+      p->cnt = font->glyphs_size = _bdf_atoul( p->list.field[1], 0, 10 );
+
+      /* Make sure the number of glyphs is non-zero. */
+      if ( p->cnt == 0 )
+        font->glyphs_size = 64;
+
+      /* Limit ourselves to 1,114,112 glyphs in the font (this is the */
+      /* number of code points available in Unicode).                 */
+      if ( p->cnt >= 1114112UL )
+      {
+        error = BDF_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+
+      if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( font->glyphs, font->glyphs_size ) )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      p->flags |= _BDF_GLYPHS;
+
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* Check for the ENDFONT field. */
+    if ( ft_memcmp( line, "ENDFONT", 7 ) == 0 )
+    {
+      /* Sort the glyphs by encoding. */
+      ft_qsort( (char *)font->glyphs,
+                font->glyphs_used,
+                sizeof ( bdf_glyph_t ),
+                by_encoding );
+
+      p->flags &= ~_BDF_START;
+
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* Check for the ENDCHAR field. */
+    if ( ft_memcmp( line, "ENDCHAR", 7 ) == 0 )
+    {
+      p->glyph_enc = 0;
+      p->flags    &= ~_BDF_GLYPH_BITS;
+
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* Check to see whether a glyph is being scanned but should be */
+    /* ignored because it is an unencoded glyph.                   */
+    if ( ( p->flags & _BDF_GLYPH )     &&
+         p->glyph_enc            == -1 &&
+         p->opts->keep_unencoded == 0  )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* Check for the STARTCHAR field. */
+    if ( ft_memcmp( line, "STARTCHAR", 9 ) == 0 )
+    {
+      /* Set the character name in the parse info first until the */
+      /* encoding can be checked for an unencoded character.      */
+      FT_FREE( p->glyph_name );
+
+      error = _bdf_list_split( &p->list, (char *)" +", line, linelen );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      _bdf_list_shift( &p->list, 1 );
+
+      s = _bdf_list_join( &p->list, ' ', &slen );
+
+      if ( !s )
+      {
+        error = BDF_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+
+      if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( p->glyph_name, slen + 1 ) )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      FT_MEM_COPY( p->glyph_name, s, slen + 1 );
+
+      p->flags |= _BDF_GLYPH;
+
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* Check for the ENCODING field. */
+    if ( ft_memcmp( line, "ENCODING", 8 ) == 0 )
+    {
+      if ( !( p->flags & _BDF_GLYPH ) )
+      {
+        /* Missing STARTCHAR field. */
+        FT_ERROR(( "_bdf_parse_glyphs: " ERRMSG1, lineno, "STARTCHAR" ));
+        error = BDF_Err_Missing_Startchar_Field;
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+
+      error = _bdf_list_split( &p->list, (char *)" +", line, linelen );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      p->glyph_enc = _bdf_atol( p->list.field[1], 0, 10 );
+
+      /* Check that the encoding is in the range [0,65536] because        */
+      /* otherwise p->have (a bitmap with static size) overflows.         */
+      if ( (size_t)p->glyph_enc >= sizeof ( p->have ) * 8 )
+      {
+        error = BDF_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+
+      /* Check to see whether this encoding has already been encountered. */
+      /* If it has then change it to unencoded so it gets added if        */
+      /* indicated.                                                       */
+      if ( p->glyph_enc >= 0 )
+      {
+        if ( _bdf_glyph_modified( p->have, p->glyph_enc ) )
+        {
+          /* Emit a message saying a glyph has been moved to the */
+          /* unencoded area.                                     */
+          FT_TRACE2(( "_bdf_parse_glyphs: " ACMSG12,
+                      p->glyph_enc, p->glyph_name ));
+          p->glyph_enc = -1;
+          font->modified = 1;
+        }
+        else
+          _bdf_set_glyph_modified( p->have, p->glyph_enc );
+      }
+
+      if ( p->glyph_enc >= 0 )
+      {
+        /* Make sure there are enough glyphs allocated in case the */
+        /* number of characters happen to be wrong.                */
+        if ( font->glyphs_used == font->glyphs_size )
+        {
+          if ( FT_RENEW_ARRAY( font->glyphs,
+                               font->glyphs_size,
+                               font->glyphs_size + 64 ) )
+            goto Exit;
+
+          font->glyphs_size += 64;
+        }
+
+        glyph           = font->glyphs + font->glyphs_used++;
+        glyph->name     = p->glyph_name;
+        glyph->encoding = p->glyph_enc;
+
+        /* Reset the initial glyph info. */
+        p->glyph_name = 0;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Unencoded glyph.  Check to see whether it should */
+        /* be added or not.                                 */
+        if ( p->opts->keep_unencoded != 0 )
+        {
+          /* Allocate the next unencoded glyph. */
+          if ( font->unencoded_used == font->unencoded_size )
+          {
+            if ( FT_RENEW_ARRAY( font->unencoded ,
+                                 font->unencoded_size,
+                                 font->unencoded_size + 4 ) )
+              goto Exit;
+
+            font->unencoded_size += 4;
+          }
+
+          glyph           = font->unencoded + font->unencoded_used;
+          glyph->name     = p->glyph_name;
+          glyph->encoding = font->unencoded_used++;
+        }
+        else
+          /* Free up the glyph name if the unencoded shouldn't be */
+          /* kept.                                                */
+          FT_FREE( p->glyph_name );
+
+        p->glyph_name = 0;
+      }
+
+      /* Clear the flags that might be added when width and height are */
+      /* checked for consistency.                                      */
+      p->flags &= ~( _BDF_GLYPH_WIDTH_CHECK | _BDF_GLYPH_HEIGHT_CHECK );
+
+      p->flags |= _BDF_ENCODING;
+
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* Point at the glyph being constructed. */
+    if ( p->glyph_enc == -1 )
+      glyph = font->unencoded + ( font->unencoded_used - 1 );
+    else
+      glyph = font->glyphs + ( font->glyphs_used - 1 );
+
+    /* Check to see whether a bitmap is being constructed. */
+    if ( p->flags & _BDF_BITMAP )
+    {
+      /* If there are more rows than are specified in the glyph metrics, */
+      /* ignore the remaining lines.                                     */
+      if ( p->row >= (unsigned long)glyph->bbx.height )
+      {
+        if ( !( p->flags & _BDF_GLYPH_HEIGHT_CHECK ) )
+        {
+          FT_TRACE2(( "_bdf_parse_glyphs: " ACMSG13, glyph->encoding ));
+          p->flags |= _BDF_GLYPH_HEIGHT_CHECK;
+          font->modified = 1;
+        }
+
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+
+      /* Only collect the number of nibbles indicated by the glyph     */
+      /* metrics.  If there are more columns, they are simply ignored. */
+      nibbles = glyph->bpr << 1;
+      bp      = glyph->bitmap + p->row * glyph->bpr;
+
+      for ( i = 0; i < nibbles; i++ )
+      {
+        c = line[i];
+        *bp = (FT_Byte)( ( *bp << 4 ) + a2i[c] );
+        if ( i + 1 < nibbles && ( i & 1 ) )
+          *++bp = 0;
+      }
+
+      /* Remove possible garbage at the right. */
+      mask_index = ( glyph->bbx.width * p->font->bpp ) & 7;
+      if ( glyph->bbx.width )
+        *bp &= nibble_mask[mask_index];
+
+      /* If any line has extra columns, indicate they have been removed. */
+      if ( ( line[nibbles] == '0' || a2i[(int)line[nibbles]] != 0 ) &&
+           !( p->flags & _BDF_GLYPH_WIDTH_CHECK )                   )
+      {
+        FT_TRACE2(( "_bdf_parse_glyphs: " ACMSG14, glyph->encoding ));
+        p->flags       |= _BDF_GLYPH_WIDTH_CHECK;
+        font->modified  = 1;
+      }
+
+      p->row++;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* Expect the SWIDTH (scalable width) field next. */
+    if ( ft_memcmp( line, "SWIDTH", 6 ) == 0 )
+    {
+      if ( !( p->flags & _BDF_ENCODING ) )
+      {
+        /* Missing ENCODING field. */
+        FT_ERROR(( "_bdf_parse_glyphs: " ERRMSG1, lineno, "ENCODING" ));
+        error = BDF_Err_Missing_Encoding_Field;
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+
+      error = _bdf_list_split( &p->list, (char *)" +", line, linelen );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      glyph->swidth = (unsigned short)_bdf_atoul( p->list.field[1], 0, 10 );
+      p->flags |= _BDF_SWIDTH;
+
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* Expect the DWIDTH (scalable width) field next. */
+    if ( ft_memcmp( line, "DWIDTH", 6 ) == 0 )
+    {
+      error = _bdf_list_split( &p->list, (char *)" +", line, linelen );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      glyph->dwidth = (unsigned short)_bdf_atoul( p->list.field[1], 0, 10 );
+
+      if ( !( p->flags & _BDF_SWIDTH ) )
+      {
+        /* Missing SWIDTH field.  Emit an auto correction message and set */
+        /* the scalable width from the device width.                      */
+        FT_TRACE2(( "_bdf_parse_glyphs: " ACMSG9, lineno ));
+
+        glyph->swidth = (unsigned short)FT_MulDiv(
+                          glyph->dwidth, 72000L,
+                          (FT_Long)( font->point_size *
+                                     font->resolution_x ) );
+      }
+
+      p->flags |= _BDF_DWIDTH;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* Expect the BBX field next. */
+    if ( ft_memcmp( line, "BBX", 3 ) == 0 )
+    {
+      error = _bdf_list_split( &p->list, (char *)" +", line, linelen );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      glyph->bbx.width    = _bdf_atos( p->list.field[1], 0, 10 );
+      glyph->bbx.height   = _bdf_atos( p->list.field[2], 0, 10 );
+      glyph->bbx.x_offset = _bdf_atos( p->list.field[3], 0, 10 );
+      glyph->bbx.y_offset = _bdf_atos( p->list.field[4], 0, 10 );
+
+      /* Generate the ascent and descent of the character. */
+      glyph->bbx.ascent  = (short)( glyph->bbx.height + glyph->bbx.y_offset );
+      glyph->bbx.descent = (short)( -glyph->bbx.y_offset );
+
+      /* Determine the overall font bounding box as the characters are */
+      /* loaded so corrections can be done later if indicated.         */
+      p->maxas    = (short)FT_MAX( glyph->bbx.ascent, p->maxas );
+      p->maxds    = (short)FT_MAX( glyph->bbx.descent, p->maxds );
+
+      p->rbearing = (short)( glyph->bbx.width + glyph->bbx.x_offset );
+
+      p->maxrb    = (short)FT_MAX( p->rbearing, p->maxrb );
+      p->minlb    = (short)FT_MIN( glyph->bbx.x_offset, p->minlb );
+      p->maxlb    = (short)FT_MAX( glyph->bbx.x_offset, p->maxlb );
+
+      if ( !( p->flags & _BDF_DWIDTH ) )
+      {
+        /* Missing DWIDTH field.  Emit an auto correction message and set */
+        /* the device width to the glyph width.                           */
+        FT_TRACE2(( "_bdf_parse_glyphs: " ACMSG10, lineno ));
+        glyph->dwidth = glyph->bbx.width;
+      }
+
+      /* If the BDF_CORRECT_METRICS flag is set, then adjust the SWIDTH */
+      /* value if necessary.                                            */
+      if ( p->opts->correct_metrics != 0 )
+      {
+        /* Determine the point size of the glyph. */
+        unsigned short  sw = (unsigned short)FT_MulDiv(
+                               glyph->dwidth, 72000L,
+                               (FT_Long)( font->point_size *
+                                          font->resolution_x ) );
+
+
+        if ( sw != glyph->swidth )
+        {
+          glyph->swidth = sw;
+
+          if ( p->glyph_enc == -1 )
+            _bdf_set_glyph_modified( font->umod,
+                                     font->unencoded_used - 1 );
+          else
+            _bdf_set_glyph_modified( font->nmod, glyph->encoding );
+
+          p->flags       |= _BDF_SWIDTH_ADJ;
+          font->modified  = 1;
+        }
+      }
+
+      p->flags |= _BDF_BBX;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* And finally, gather up the bitmap. */
+    if ( ft_memcmp( line, "BITMAP", 6 ) == 0 )
+    {
+      unsigned long  bitmap_size;
+
+
+      if ( !( p->flags & _BDF_BBX ) )
+      {
+        /* Missing BBX field. */
+        FT_ERROR(( "_bdf_parse_glyphs: " ERRMSG1, lineno, "BBX" ));
+        error = BDF_Err_Missing_Bbx_Field;
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+
+      /* Allocate enough space for the bitmap. */
+      glyph->bpr   = ( glyph->bbx.width * p->font->bpp + 7 ) >> 3;
+
+      bitmap_size = glyph->bpr * glyph->bbx.height;
+      if ( bitmap_size > 0xFFFFU )
+      {
+        FT_ERROR(( "_bdf_parse_glyphs: " ERRMSG4, lineno ));
+        error = BDF_Err_Bbx_Too_Big;
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+      else
+        glyph->bytes = (unsigned short)bitmap_size;
+
+      if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( glyph->bitmap, glyph->bytes ) )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      p->row    = 0;
+      p->flags |= _BDF_BITMAP;
+
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    error = BDF_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* Load the font properties. */
+  static FT_Error
+  _bdf_parse_properties( char*          line,
+                         unsigned long  linelen,
+                         unsigned long  lineno,
+                         void*          call_data,
+                         void*          client_data )
+  {
+    unsigned long      vlen;
+    _bdf_line_func_t*  next;
+    _bdf_parse_t*      p;
+    char*              name;
+    char*              value;
+    char               nbuf[128];
+    FT_Error           error = BDF_Err_Ok;
+
+    FT_UNUSED( lineno );
+
+
+    next = (_bdf_line_func_t *)call_data;
+    p    = (_bdf_parse_t *)    client_data;
+
+    /* Check for the end of the properties. */
+    if ( ft_memcmp( line, "ENDPROPERTIES", 13 ) == 0 )
+    {
+      /* If the FONT_ASCENT or FONT_DESCENT properties have not been      */
+      /* encountered yet, then make sure they are added as properties and */
+      /* make sure they are set from the font bounding box info.          */
+      /*                                                                  */
+      /* This is *always* done regardless of the options, because X11     */
+      /* requires these two fields to compile fonts.                      */
+      if ( bdf_get_font_property( p->font, "FONT_ASCENT" ) == 0 )
+      {
+        p->font->font_ascent = p->font->bbx.ascent;
+        ft_sprintf( nbuf, "%hd", p->font->bbx.ascent );
+        error = _bdf_add_property( p->font, (char *)"FONT_ASCENT", nbuf );
+        if ( error )
+          goto Exit;
+
+        FT_TRACE2(( "_bdf_parse_properties: " ACMSG1, p->font->bbx.ascent ));
+        p->font->modified = 1;
+      }
+
+      if ( bdf_get_font_property( p->font, "FONT_DESCENT" ) == 0 )
+      {
+        p->font->font_descent = p->font->bbx.descent;
+        ft_sprintf( nbuf, "%hd", p->font->bbx.descent );
+        error = _bdf_add_property( p->font, (char *)"FONT_DESCENT", nbuf );
+        if ( error )
+          goto Exit;
+
+        FT_TRACE2(( "_bdf_parse_properties: " ACMSG2, p->font->bbx.descent ));
+        p->font->modified = 1;
+      }
+
+      p->flags &= ~_BDF_PROPS;
+      *next     = _bdf_parse_glyphs;
+
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* Ignore the _XFREE86_GLYPH_RANGES properties. */
+    if ( ft_memcmp( line, "_XFREE86_GLYPH_RANGES", 21 ) == 0 )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* Handle COMMENT fields and properties in a special way to preserve */
+    /* the spacing.                                                      */
+    if ( ft_memcmp( line, "COMMENT", 7 ) == 0 )
+    {
+      name = value = line;
+      value += 7;
+      if ( *value )
+        *value++ = 0;
+      error = _bdf_add_property( p->font, name, value );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+    }
+    else if ( _bdf_is_atom( line, linelen, &name, &value, p->font ) )
+    {
+      error = _bdf_add_property( p->font, name, value );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      error = _bdf_list_split( &p->list, (char *)" +", line, linelen );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+      name = p->list.field[0];
+
+      _bdf_list_shift( &p->list, 1 );
+      value = _bdf_list_join( &p->list, ' ', &vlen );
+
+      error = _bdf_add_property( p->font, name, value );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* Load the font header. */
+  static FT_Error
+  _bdf_parse_start( char*          line,
+                    unsigned long  linelen,
+                    unsigned long  lineno,
+                    void*          call_data,
+                    void*          client_data )
+  {
+    unsigned long      slen;
+    _bdf_line_func_t*  next;
+    _bdf_parse_t*      p;
+    bdf_font_t*        font;
+    char               *s;
+
+    FT_Memory          memory = NULL;
+    FT_Error           error  = BDF_Err_Ok;
+
+    FT_UNUSED( lineno );            /* only used in debug mode */
+
+
+    next = (_bdf_line_func_t *)call_data;
+    p    = (_bdf_parse_t *)    client_data;
+
+    if ( p->font )
+      memory = p->font->memory;
+
+    /* Check for a comment.  This is done to handle those fonts that have */
+    /* comments before the STARTFONT line for some reason.                */
+    if ( ft_memcmp( line, "COMMENT", 7 ) == 0 )
+    {
+      if ( p->opts->keep_comments != 0 && p->font != 0 )
+      {
+        linelen -= 7;
+
+        s = line + 7;
+        if ( *s != 0 )
+        {
+          s++;
+          linelen--;
+        }
+
+        error = _bdf_add_comment( p->font, s, linelen );
+        if ( error )
+          goto Exit;
+        /* here font is not defined! */
+      }
+
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    if ( !( p->flags & _BDF_START ) )
+    {
+      memory = p->memory;
+
+      if ( ft_memcmp( line, "STARTFONT", 9 ) != 0 )
+      {
+        /* No STARTFONT field is a good indication of a problem. */
+        error = BDF_Err_Missing_Startfont_Field;
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+
+      p->flags = _BDF_START;
+      font = p->font = 0;
+
+      if ( FT_NEW( font ) )
+        goto Exit;
+      p->font = font;
+
+      font->memory = p->memory;
+      p->memory    = 0;
+
+      { /* setup */
+        unsigned long    i;
+        bdf_property_t*  prop;
+
+
+        error = hash_init( &(font->proptbl), memory );
+        if ( error )
+          goto Exit;
+        for ( i = 0, prop = (bdf_property_t*)_bdf_properties;
+              i < _num_bdf_properties; i++, prop++ )
+        {
+          error = hash_insert( prop->name, (void *)i,
+                               &(font->proptbl), memory );
+          if ( error )
+            goto Exit;
+        }
+      }
+
+      if ( FT_ALLOC( p->font->internal, sizeof ( hashtable ) ) )
+        goto Exit;
+      error = hash_init( (hashtable *)p->font->internal,memory );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+      p->font->spacing      = p->opts->font_spacing;
+      p->font->default_char = -1;
+
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* Check for the start of the properties. */
+    if ( ft_memcmp( line, "STARTPROPERTIES", 15 ) == 0 )
+    {
+      error = _bdf_list_split( &p->list, (char *)" +", line, linelen );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+      /* at this point, `p->font' can't be NULL */
+      p->cnt = p->font->props_size = _bdf_atoul( p->list.field[1], 0, 10 );
+
+      if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( p->font->props, p->cnt ) )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      p->flags |= _BDF_PROPS;
+      *next     = _bdf_parse_properties;
+
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* Check for the FONTBOUNDINGBOX field. */
+    if ( ft_memcmp( line, "FONTBOUNDINGBOX", 15 ) == 0 )
+    {
+      if ( !(p->flags & _BDF_SIZE ) )
+      {
+        /* Missing the SIZE field. */
+        FT_ERROR(( "_bdf_parse_start: " ERRMSG1, lineno, "SIZE" ));
+        error = BDF_Err_Missing_Size_Field;
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+
+      error = _bdf_list_split( &p->list, (char *)" +", line, linelen );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      p->font->bbx.width  = _bdf_atos( p->list.field[1], 0, 10 );
+      p->font->bbx.height = _bdf_atos( p->list.field[2], 0, 10 );
+
+      p->font->bbx.x_offset = _bdf_atos( p->list.field[3], 0, 10 );
+      p->font->bbx.y_offset = _bdf_atos( p->list.field[4], 0, 10 );
+
+      p->font->bbx.ascent  = (short)( p->font->bbx.height +
+                                      p->font->bbx.y_offset );
+
+      p->font->bbx.descent = (short)( -p->font->bbx.y_offset );
+
+      p->flags |= _BDF_FONT_BBX;
+
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* The next thing to check for is the FONT field. */
+    if ( ft_memcmp( line, "FONT", 4 ) == 0 )
+    {
+      error = _bdf_list_split( &p->list, (char *)" +", line, linelen );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+      _bdf_list_shift( &p->list, 1 );
+
+      s = _bdf_list_join( &p->list, ' ', &slen );
+
+      if ( !s )
+      {
+        error = BDF_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+
+      if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( p->font->name, slen + 1 ) )
+        goto Exit;
+      FT_MEM_COPY( p->font->name, s, slen + 1 );
+
+      /* If the font name is an XLFD name, set the spacing to the one in  */
+      /* the font name.  If there is no spacing fall back on the default. */
+      error = _bdf_set_default_spacing( p->font, p->opts );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      p->flags |= _BDF_FONT_NAME;
+
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* Check for the SIZE field. */
+    if ( ft_memcmp( line, "SIZE", 4 ) == 0 )
+    {
+      if ( !( p->flags & _BDF_FONT_NAME ) )
+      {
+        /* Missing the FONT field. */
+        FT_ERROR(( "_bdf_parse_start: " ERRMSG1, lineno, "FONT" ));
+        error = BDF_Err_Missing_Font_Field;
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+
+      error = _bdf_list_split( &p->list, (char *)" +", line, linelen );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      p->font->point_size   = _bdf_atoul( p->list.field[1], 0, 10 );
+      p->font->resolution_x = _bdf_atoul( p->list.field[2], 0, 10 );
+      p->font->resolution_y = _bdf_atoul( p->list.field[3], 0, 10 );
+
+      /* Check for the bits per pixel field. */
+      if ( p->list.used == 5 )
+      {
+        unsigned short bitcount, i, shift;
+
+
+        p->font->bpp = (unsigned short)_bdf_atos( p->list.field[4], 0, 10 );
+
+        /* Only values 1, 2, 4, 8 are allowed. */
+        shift = p->font->bpp;
+        bitcount = 0;
+        for ( i = 0; shift > 0; i++ )
+        {
+          if ( shift & 1 )
+            bitcount = i;
+          shift >>= 1;
+        }
+
+        shift = (short)( ( bitcount > 3 ) ? 8 : ( 1 << bitcount ) );
+
+        if ( p->font->bpp > shift || p->font->bpp != shift )
+        {
+          /* select next higher value */
+          p->font->bpp = (unsigned short)( shift << 1 );
+          FT_TRACE2(( "_bdf_parse_start: " ACMSG11, p->font->bpp ));
+        }
+      }
+      else
+        p->font->bpp = 1;
+
+      p->flags |= _BDF_SIZE;
+
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    error = BDF_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* API.                                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  bdf_load_font( FT_Stream       stream,
+                 FT_Memory       extmemory,
+                 bdf_options_t*  opts,
+                 bdf_font_t*    *font )
+  {
+    unsigned long  lineno = 0; /* make compiler happy */
+    _bdf_parse_t   *p;
+
+    FT_Memory      memory = extmemory;
+    FT_Error       error  = BDF_Err_Ok;
+
+
+    if ( FT_NEW( p ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    memory    = NULL;
+    p->opts   = (bdf_options_t*)( ( opts != 0 ) ? opts : &_bdf_opts );
+    p->minlb  = 32767;
+    p->memory = extmemory;  /* only during font creation */
+
+    _bdf_list_init( &p->list, extmemory );
+
+    error = _bdf_readstream( stream, _bdf_parse_start,
+                             (void *)p, &lineno );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Fail;
+
+    if ( p->font != 0 )
+    {
+      /* If the font is not proportional, set the font's monowidth */
+      /* field to the width of the font bounding box.              */
+      memory = p->font->memory;
+
+      if ( p->font->spacing != BDF_PROPORTIONAL )
+        p->font->monowidth = p->font->bbx.width;
+
+      /* If the number of glyphs loaded is not that of the original count, */
+      /* indicate the difference.                                          */
+      if ( p->cnt != p->font->glyphs_used + p->font->unencoded_used )
+      {
+        FT_TRACE2(( "bdf_load_font: " ACMSG15, p->cnt,
+                    p->font->glyphs_used + p->font->unencoded_used ));
+        p->font->modified = 1;
+      }
+
+      /* Once the font has been loaded, adjust the overall font metrics if */
+      /* necessary.                                                        */
+      if ( p->opts->correct_metrics != 0 &&
+           ( p->font->glyphs_used > 0 || p->font->unencoded_used > 0 ) )
+      {
+        if ( p->maxrb - p->minlb != p->font->bbx.width )
+        {
+          FT_TRACE2(( "bdf_load_font: " ACMSG3,
+                      p->font->bbx.width, p->maxrb - p->minlb ));
+          p->font->bbx.width = (unsigned short)( p->maxrb - p->minlb );
+          p->font->modified  = 1;
+        }
+
+        if ( p->font->bbx.x_offset != p->minlb )
+        {
+          FT_TRACE2(( "bdf_load_font: " ACMSG4,
+                      p->font->bbx.x_offset, p->minlb ));
+          p->font->bbx.x_offset = p->minlb;
+          p->font->modified     = 1;
+        }
+
+        if ( p->font->bbx.ascent != p->maxas )
+        {
+          FT_TRACE2(( "bdf_load_font: " ACMSG5,
+                      p->font->bbx.ascent, p->maxas ));
+          p->font->bbx.ascent = p->maxas;
+          p->font->modified   = 1;
+        }
+
+        if ( p->font->bbx.descent != p->maxds )
+        {
+          FT_TRACE2(( "bdf_load_font: " ACMSG6,
+                      p->font->bbx.descent, p->maxds ));
+          p->font->bbx.descent  = p->maxds;
+          p->font->bbx.y_offset = (short)( -p->maxds );
+          p->font->modified     = 1;
+        }
+
+        if ( p->maxas + p->maxds != p->font->bbx.height )
+        {
+          FT_TRACE2(( "bdf_load_font: " ACMSG7,
+                      p->font->bbx.height, p->maxas + p->maxds ));
+          p->font->bbx.height = (unsigned short)( p->maxas + p->maxds );
+        }
+
+        if ( p->flags & _BDF_SWIDTH_ADJ )
+          FT_TRACE2(( "bdf_load_font: " ACMSG8 ));
+      }
+    }
+
+    if ( p->flags & _BDF_START )
+    {
+      {
+        /* The ENDFONT field was never reached or did not exist. */
+        if ( !( p->flags & _BDF_GLYPHS ) )
+        {
+          /* Error happened while parsing header. */
+          FT_ERROR(( "bdf_load_font: " ERRMSG2, lineno ));
+          error = BDF_Err_Corrupted_Font_Header;
+          goto Exit;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          /* Error happened when parsing glyphs. */
+          FT_ERROR(( "bdf_load_font: " ERRMSG3, lineno ));
+          error = BDF_Err_Corrupted_Font_Glyphs;
+          goto Exit;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    if ( p->font != 0 )
+    {
+      /* Make sure the comments are NULL terminated if they exist. */
+      memory = p->font->memory;
+
+      if ( p->font->comments_len > 0 ) {
+        if ( FT_RENEW_ARRAY( p->font->comments,
+                             p->font->comments_len,
+                             p->font->comments_len + 1 ) )
+          goto Fail;
+
+        p->font->comments[p->font->comments_len] = 0;
+      }
+    }
+    else if ( error == BDF_Err_Ok )
+      error = BDF_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+
+    *font = p->font;
+
+  Exit:
+    if ( p )
+    {
+      _bdf_list_done( &p->list );
+
+      memory = extmemory;
+
+      FT_FREE( p );
+    }
+
+    return error;
+
+  Fail:
+    bdf_free_font( p->font );
+
+    memory = extmemory;
+
+    FT_FREE( p->font );
+
+    goto Exit;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  bdf_free_font( bdf_font_t*  font )
+  {
+    bdf_property_t*  prop;
+    unsigned long    i;
+    bdf_glyph_t*     glyphs;
+    FT_Memory        memory;
+
+
+    if ( font == 0 )
+      return;
+
+    memory = font->memory;
+
+    FT_FREE( font->name );
+
+    /* Free up the internal hash table of property names. */
+    if ( font->internal )
+    {
+      hash_free( (hashtable *)font->internal, memory );
+      FT_FREE( font->internal );
+    }
+
+    /* Free up the comment info. */
+    FT_FREE( font->comments );
+
+    /* Free up the properties. */
+    for ( i = 0; i < font->props_size; i++ )
+    {
+      if ( font->props[i].format == BDF_ATOM )
+        FT_FREE( font->props[i].value.atom );
+    }
+
+    FT_FREE( font->props );
+
+    /* Free up the character info. */
+    for ( i = 0, glyphs = font->glyphs;
+          i < font->glyphs_used; i++, glyphs++ )
+    {
+      FT_FREE( glyphs->name );
+      FT_FREE( glyphs->bitmap );
+    }
+
+    for ( i = 0, glyphs = font->unencoded; i < font->unencoded_used;
+          i++, glyphs++ )
+    {
+      FT_FREE( glyphs->name );
+      FT_FREE( glyphs->bitmap );
+    }
+
+    FT_FREE( font->glyphs );
+    FT_FREE( font->unencoded );
+
+    /* Free up the overflow storage if it was used. */
+    for ( i = 0, glyphs = font->overflow.glyphs;
+          i < font->overflow.glyphs_used; i++, glyphs++ )
+    {
+      FT_FREE( glyphs->name );
+      FT_FREE( glyphs->bitmap );
+    }
+
+    FT_FREE( font->overflow.glyphs );
+
+    /* bdf_cleanup */
+    hash_free( &(font->proptbl), memory );
+
+    /* Free up the user defined properties. */
+    for (prop = font->user_props, i = 0;
+         i < font->nuser_props; i++, prop++ )
+    {
+      FT_FREE( prop->name );
+      if ( prop->format == BDF_ATOM )
+        FT_FREE( prop->value.atom );
+    }
+
+    FT_FREE( font->user_props );
+
+    /* FREE( font ); */ /* XXX Fixme */
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( bdf_property_t * )
+  bdf_get_font_property( bdf_font_t*  font,
+                         const char*  name )
+  {
+    hashnode  hn;
+
+
+    if ( font == 0 || font->props_size == 0 || name == 0 || *name == 0 )
+      return 0;
+
+    hn = hash_lookup( name, (hashtable *)font->internal );
+
+    return hn ? ( font->props + (unsigned long)hn->data ) : 0;
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/module.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/module.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fe06ae8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/module.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 BDF module definition
+#
+
+# Copyright 2001, 2002, 2006 by
+# Francesco Zappa Nardelli
+#
+# Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+# of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+# in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+# to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+# copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+# furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+#
+# The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+# all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+#
+# THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+# IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+# AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+# LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+# OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+# THE SOFTWARE.
+
+
+FTMODULE_H_COMMANDS += BDF_DRIVER
+
+define BDF_DRIVER
+$(OPEN_DRIVER) FT_Driver_ClassRec, bdf_driver_class $(CLOSE_DRIVER)
+$(ECHO_DRIVER)bdf       $(ECHO_DRIVER_DESC)bdf bitmap fonts$(ECHO_DRIVER_DONE)
+endef
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/rules.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/rules.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6ff1614
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/bdf/rules.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 bdf driver configuration rules
+#
+
+
+# Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2008 by
+# Francesco Zappa Nardelli
+#
+# Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+# of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+# in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+# to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+# copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+# furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+#
+# The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+# all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+#
+# THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+# IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+# AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+# LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+# OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+# THE SOFTWARE.
+
+
+
+
+# bdf driver directory
+#
+BDF_DIR := $(SRC_DIR)/bdf
+
+
+BDF_COMPILE := $(FT_COMPILE) $I$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$(BDF_DIR))
+
+
+# bdf driver sources (i.e., C files)
+#
+BDF_DRV_SRC := $(BDF_DIR)/bdflib.c \
+               $(BDF_DIR)/bdfdrivr.c
+
+
+# bdf driver headers
+#
+BDF_DRV_H := $(BDF_DIR)/bdf.h \
+             $(BDF_DIR)/bdfdrivr.h \
+             $(BDF_DIR)/bdferror.h
+
+# bdf driver object(s)
+#
+#   BDF_DRV_OBJ_M is used during `multi' builds
+#   BDF_DRV_OBJ_S is used during `single' builds
+#
+BDF_DRV_OBJ_M := $(BDF_DRV_SRC:$(BDF_DIR)/%.c=$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O)
+BDF_DRV_OBJ_S := $(OBJ_DIR)/bdf.$O
+
+# bdf driver source file for single build
+#
+BDF_DRV_SRC_S := $(BDF_DIR)/bdf.c
+
+
+# bdf driver - single object
+#
+$(BDF_DRV_OBJ_S): $(BDF_DRV_SRC_S) $(BDF_DRV_SRC) $(FREETYPE_H) $(BDF_DRV_H)
+	$(BDF_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $(BDF_DRV_SRC_S))
+
+
+# bdf driver - multiple objects
+#
+$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O: $(BDF_DIR)/%.c $(FREETYPE_H) $(BDF_DRV_H)
+	$(BDF_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $<)
+
+
+# update main driver object lists
+#
+DRV_OBJS_S += $(BDF_DRV_OBJ_S)
+DRV_OBJS_M += $(BDF_DRV_OBJ_M)
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/Jamfile b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/Jamfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..340cff7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/Jamfile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+# FreeType 2 src/cache Jamfile
+#
+# Copyright 2001, 2003, 2004 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+SubDir  FT2_TOP $(FT2_SRC_DIR) cache ;
+
+# The file <freetype/ftcache.h> contains some macro definitions that are
+# later used in #include statements related to the cache sub-system.  It
+# needs to be parsed through a HDRMACRO rule for macro definitions.
+#
+HDRMACRO  [ FT2_SubDir  include ftcache.h ] ;
+
+{
+  local  _sources ;
+
+  if $(FT2_MULTI)
+  {
+    _sources = ftcmru
+               ftcmanag
+               ftccache
+               ftcglyph
+               ftcsbits
+               ftcimage
+               ftcbasic
+               ftccmap
+               ;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    _sources = ftcache ;
+  }
+
+  Library  $(FT2_LIB) : $(_sources).c ;
+}
+
+# end of src/cache Jamfile
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcache.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcache.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d41e91e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcache.c
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftcache.c                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    The FreeType Caching sub-system (body only).                         */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2000-2001, 2003 by                                           */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#define FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include "ftcmru.c"
+#include "ftcmanag.c"
+#include "ftccache.c"
+#include "ftccmap.c"
+#include "ftcglyph.c"
+#include "ftcimage.c"
+#include "ftcsbits.c"
+#include "ftcbasic.c"
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcbasic.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcbasic.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a568b97
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcbasic.c
@@ -0,0 +1,811 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftcbasic.c                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    The FreeType basic cache interface (body).                           */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by                              */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_CACHE_H
+#include "ftcglyph.h"
+#include "ftcimage.h"
+#include "ftcsbits.h"
+#include FT_INTERNAL_MEMORY_H
+
+#include "ftccback.h"
+#include "ftcerror.h"
+
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+
+  /*
+   *  These structures correspond to the FTC_Font and FTC_ImageDesc types
+   *  that were defined in version 2.1.7.
+   */
+  typedef struct  FTC_OldFontRec_
+  {
+    FTC_FaceID  face_id;
+    FT_UShort   pix_width;
+    FT_UShort   pix_height;
+
+  } FTC_OldFontRec, *FTC_OldFont;
+
+
+  typedef struct  FTC_OldImageDescRec_
+  {
+    FTC_OldFontRec  font;
+    FT_UInt32       flags;
+
+  } FTC_OldImageDescRec, *FTC_OldImageDesc;
+
+
+  /*
+   *  Notice that FTC_OldImageDescRec and FTC_ImageTypeRec are nearly
+   *  identical, bit-wise.  The only difference is that the `width' and
+   *  `height' fields are expressed as 16-bit integers in the old structure,
+   *  and as normal `int' in the new one.
+   *
+   *  We are going to perform a weird hack to detect which structure is
+   *  being passed to the image and sbit caches.  If the new structure's
+   *  `width' is larger than 0x10000, we assume that we are really receiving
+   *  an FTC_OldImageDesc.
+   */
+
+#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
+
+
+  /*
+   *  Basic Families
+   *
+   */
+  typedef struct  FTC_BasicAttrRec_
+  {
+    FTC_ScalerRec  scaler;
+    FT_UInt        load_flags;
+
+  } FTC_BasicAttrRec, *FTC_BasicAttrs;
+
+#define FTC_BASIC_ATTR_COMPARE( a, b )                                 \
+          FT_BOOL( FTC_SCALER_COMPARE( &(a)->scaler, &(b)->scaler ) && \
+                   (a)->load_flags == (b)->load_flags               )
+
+#define FTC_BASIC_ATTR_HASH( a )                                   \
+          ( FTC_SCALER_HASH( &(a)->scaler ) + 31*(a)->load_flags )
+
+
+  typedef struct  FTC_BasicQueryRec_
+  {
+    FTC_GQueryRec     gquery;
+    FTC_BasicAttrRec  attrs;
+
+  } FTC_BasicQueryRec, *FTC_BasicQuery;
+
+
+  typedef struct  FTC_BasicFamilyRec_
+  {
+    FTC_FamilyRec     family;
+    FTC_BasicAttrRec  attrs;
+
+  } FTC_BasicFamilyRec, *FTC_BasicFamily;
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Bool )
+  ftc_basic_family_compare( FTC_MruNode  ftcfamily,
+                            FT_Pointer   ftcquery )
+  {
+    FTC_BasicFamily  family = (FTC_BasicFamily)ftcfamily;
+    FTC_BasicQuery   query  = (FTC_BasicQuery)ftcquery;
+
+
+    return FTC_BASIC_ATTR_COMPARE( &family->attrs, &query->attrs );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  ftc_basic_family_init( FTC_MruNode  ftcfamily,
+                         FT_Pointer   ftcquery,
+                         FT_Pointer   ftccache )
+  {
+    FTC_BasicFamily  family = (FTC_BasicFamily)ftcfamily;
+    FTC_BasicQuery   query  = (FTC_BasicQuery)ftcquery;
+    FTC_Cache        cache  = (FTC_Cache)ftccache;
+
+
+    FTC_Family_Init( FTC_FAMILY( family ), cache );
+    family->attrs = query->attrs;
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
+  ftc_basic_family_get_count( FTC_Family   ftcfamily,
+                              FTC_Manager  manager )
+  {
+    FTC_BasicFamily  family = (FTC_BasicFamily)ftcfamily;
+    FT_Error         error;
+    FT_Face          face;
+    FT_UInt          result = 0;
+
+
+    error = FTC_Manager_LookupFace( manager, family->attrs.scaler.face_id,
+                                    &face );
+    if ( !error )
+      result = face->num_glyphs;
+
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  ftc_basic_family_load_bitmap( FTC_Family   ftcfamily,
+                                FT_UInt      gindex,
+                                FTC_Manager  manager,
+                                FT_Face     *aface )
+  {
+    FTC_BasicFamily  family = (FTC_BasicFamily)ftcfamily;
+    FT_Error         error;
+    FT_Size          size;
+
+
+    error = FTC_Manager_LookupSize( manager, &family->attrs.scaler, &size );
+    if ( !error )
+    {
+      FT_Face  face = size->face;
+
+
+      error = FT_Load_Glyph( face, gindex,
+                             family->attrs.load_flags | FT_LOAD_RENDER );
+      if ( !error )
+        *aface = face;
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  ftc_basic_family_load_glyph( FTC_Family  ftcfamily,
+                               FT_UInt     gindex,
+                               FTC_Cache   cache,
+                               FT_Glyph   *aglyph )
+  {
+    FTC_BasicFamily  family = (FTC_BasicFamily)ftcfamily;
+    FT_Error         error;
+    FTC_Scaler       scaler = &family->attrs.scaler;
+    FT_Face          face;
+    FT_Size          size;
+
+
+    /* we will now load the glyph image */
+    error = FTC_Manager_LookupSize( cache->manager,
+                                    scaler,
+                                    &size );
+    if ( !error )
+    {
+      face = size->face;
+
+      error = FT_Load_Glyph( face, gindex, family->attrs.load_flags );
+      if ( !error )
+      {
+        if ( face->glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP  ||
+             face->glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE )
+        {
+          /* ok, copy it */
+          FT_Glyph  glyph;
+
+
+          error = FT_Get_Glyph( face->glyph, &glyph );
+          if ( !error )
+          {
+            *aglyph = glyph;
+            goto Exit;
+          }
+        }
+        else
+          error = FTC_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+      }
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Bool )
+  ftc_basic_gnode_compare_faceid( FTC_Node    ftcgnode,
+                                  FT_Pointer  ftcface_id,
+                                  FTC_Cache   cache )
+  {
+    FTC_GNode        gnode   = (FTC_GNode)ftcgnode;
+    FTC_FaceID       face_id = (FTC_FaceID)ftcface_id;
+    FTC_BasicFamily  family  = (FTC_BasicFamily)gnode->family;
+    FT_Bool          result;
+
+
+    result = FT_BOOL( family->attrs.scaler.face_id == face_id );
+    if ( result )
+    {
+      /* we must call this function to avoid this node from appearing
+       * in later lookups with the same face_id!
+       */
+      FTC_GNode_UnselectFamily( gnode, cache );
+    }
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+ /*
+  *
+  * basic image cache
+  *
+  */
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
+  const FTC_IFamilyClassRec  ftc_basic_image_family_class =
+  {
+    {
+      sizeof ( FTC_BasicFamilyRec ),
+      ftc_basic_family_compare,
+      ftc_basic_family_init,
+      0,                        /* FTC_MruNode_ResetFunc */
+      0                         /* FTC_MruNode_DoneFunc  */
+    },
+    ftc_basic_family_load_glyph
+  };
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
+  const FTC_GCacheClassRec  ftc_basic_image_cache_class =
+  {
+    {
+      ftc_inode_new,
+      ftc_inode_weight,
+      ftc_gnode_compare,
+      ftc_basic_gnode_compare_faceid,
+      ftc_inode_free,
+
+      sizeof ( FTC_GCacheRec ),
+      ftc_gcache_init,
+      ftc_gcache_done
+    },
+    (FTC_MruListClass)&ftc_basic_image_family_class
+  };
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftcache.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FTC_ImageCache_New( FTC_Manager      manager,
+                      FTC_ImageCache  *acache )
+  {
+    return FTC_GCache_New( manager, &ftc_basic_image_cache_class,
+                           (FTC_GCache*)acache );
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftcache.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FTC_ImageCache_Lookup( FTC_ImageCache  cache,
+                         FTC_ImageType   type,
+                         FT_UInt         gindex,
+                         FT_Glyph       *aglyph,
+                         FTC_Node       *anode )
+  {
+    FTC_BasicQueryRec  query;
+    FTC_INode          node = 0;  /* make compiler happy */
+    FT_Error           error;
+    FT_UInt32          hash;
+
+
+    /* some argument checks are delayed to FTC_Cache_Lookup */
+    if ( !aglyph )
+    {
+      error = FTC_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    *aglyph = NULL;
+    if ( anode )
+      *anode  = NULL;
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+
+    /*
+     *  This one is a major hack used to detect whether we are passed a
+     *  regular FTC_ImageType handle, or a legacy FTC_OldImageDesc one.
+     */
+    if ( type->width >= 0x10000 )
+    {
+      FTC_OldImageDesc  desc = (FTC_OldImageDesc)type;
+
+
+      query.attrs.scaler.face_id = desc->font.face_id;
+      query.attrs.scaler.width   = desc->font.pix_width;
+      query.attrs.scaler.height  = desc->font.pix_height;
+      query.attrs.load_flags     = desc->flags;
+    }
+    else
+
+#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
+
+    {
+      query.attrs.scaler.face_id = type->face_id;
+      query.attrs.scaler.width   = type->width;
+      query.attrs.scaler.height  = type->height;
+      query.attrs.load_flags     = type->flags;
+    }
+
+    query.attrs.scaler.pixel = 1;
+    query.attrs.scaler.x_res = 0;  /* make compilers happy */
+    query.attrs.scaler.y_res = 0;
+
+    hash = FTC_BASIC_ATTR_HASH( &query.attrs ) + gindex;
+
+#if 1  /* inlining is about 50% faster! */
+    FTC_GCACHE_LOOKUP_CMP( cache,
+                           ftc_basic_family_compare,
+                           FTC_GNode_Compare,
+                           hash, gindex,
+                           &query,
+                           node,
+                           error );
+#else
+    error = FTC_GCache_Lookup( FTC_GCACHE( cache ),
+                               hash, gindex,
+                               FTC_GQUERY( &query ),
+                               (FTC_Node*) &node );
+#endif
+    if ( !error )
+    {
+      *aglyph = FTC_INODE( node )->glyph;
+
+      if ( anode )
+      {
+        *anode = FTC_NODE( node );
+        FTC_NODE( node )->ref_count++;
+      }
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftcache.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FTC_ImageCache_LookupScaler( FTC_ImageCache  cache,
+                               FTC_Scaler      scaler,
+                               FT_ULong        load_flags,
+                               FT_UInt         gindex,
+                               FT_Glyph       *aglyph,
+                               FTC_Node       *anode )
+  {
+    FTC_BasicQueryRec  query;
+    FTC_INode          node = 0;  /* make compiler happy */
+    FT_Error           error;
+    FT_UInt32          hash;
+
+
+    /* some argument checks are delayed to FTC_Cache_Lookup */
+    if ( !aglyph || !scaler )
+    {
+      error = FTC_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    *aglyph = NULL;
+    if ( anode )
+      *anode  = NULL;
+
+    query.attrs.scaler     = scaler[0];
+    query.attrs.load_flags = load_flags;
+
+    hash = FTC_BASIC_ATTR_HASH( &query.attrs ) + gindex;
+
+    FTC_GCACHE_LOOKUP_CMP( cache,
+                           ftc_basic_family_compare,
+                           FTC_GNode_Compare,
+                           hash, gindex,
+                           &query,
+                           node,
+                           error );
+    if ( !error )
+    {
+      *aglyph = FTC_INODE( node )->glyph;
+
+      if ( anode )
+      {
+        *anode = FTC_NODE( node );
+        FTC_NODE( node )->ref_count++;
+      }
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+
+  /* yet another backwards-legacy structure */
+  typedef struct  FTC_OldImage_Desc_
+  {
+    FTC_FontRec  font;
+    FT_UInt      image_type;
+
+  } FTC_OldImage_Desc;
+
+
+#define FTC_OLD_IMAGE_FORMAT( x )  ( (x) & 7 )
+
+
+#define ftc_old_image_format_bitmap    0x0000
+#define ftc_old_image_format_outline   0x0001
+
+#define ftc_old_image_format_mask      0x000F
+
+#define ftc_old_image_flag_monochrome  0x0010
+#define ftc_old_image_flag_unhinted    0x0020
+#define ftc_old_image_flag_autohinted  0x0040
+#define ftc_old_image_flag_unscaled    0x0080
+#define ftc_old_image_flag_no_sbits    0x0100
+
+  /* monochrome bitmap */
+#define ftc_old_image_mono             ftc_old_image_format_bitmap   | \
+                                       ftc_old_image_flag_monochrome
+
+  /* anti-aliased bitmap */
+#define ftc_old_image_grays            ftc_old_image_format_bitmap
+
+  /* scaled outline */
+#define ftc_old_image_outline          ftc_old_image_format_outline
+
+
+  static void
+  ftc_image_type_from_old_desc( FTC_ImageType       typ,
+                                FTC_OldImage_Desc*  desc )
+  {
+    typ->face_id = desc->font.face_id;
+    typ->width   = desc->font.pix_width;
+    typ->height  = desc->font.pix_height;
+
+    /* convert image type flags to load flags */
+    {
+      FT_UInt  load_flags = FT_LOAD_DEFAULT;
+      FT_UInt  type       = desc->image_type;
+
+
+      /* determine load flags, depending on the font description's */
+      /* image type                                                */
+
+      if ( FTC_OLD_IMAGE_FORMAT( type ) == ftc_old_image_format_bitmap )
+      {
+        if ( type & ftc_old_image_flag_monochrome )
+          load_flags |= FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME;
+
+        /* disable embedded bitmaps loading if necessary */
+        if ( type & ftc_old_image_flag_no_sbits )
+          load_flags |= FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* we want an outline, don't load embedded bitmaps */
+        load_flags |= FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP;
+
+        if ( type & ftc_old_image_flag_unscaled )
+          load_flags |= FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE;
+      }
+
+      /* always render glyphs to bitmaps */
+      load_flags |= FT_LOAD_RENDER;
+
+      if ( type & ftc_old_image_flag_unhinted )
+        load_flags |= FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING;
+
+      if ( type & ftc_old_image_flag_autohinted )
+        load_flags |= FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT;
+
+      typ->flags = load_flags;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FTC_Image_Cache_New( FTC_Manager      manager,
+                       FTC_ImageCache  *acache );
+
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FTC_Image_Cache_Lookup( FTC_ImageCache      icache,
+                          FTC_OldImage_Desc*  desc,
+                          FT_UInt             gindex,
+                          FT_Glyph           *aglyph );
+
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FTC_Image_Cache_New( FTC_Manager      manager,
+                       FTC_ImageCache  *acache )
+  {
+    return FTC_ImageCache_New( manager, (FTC_ImageCache*)acache );
+  }
+
+
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FTC_Image_Cache_Lookup( FTC_ImageCache      icache,
+                          FTC_OldImage_Desc*  desc,
+                          FT_UInt             gindex,
+                          FT_Glyph           *aglyph )
+  {
+    FTC_ImageTypeRec  type0;
+
+
+    if ( !desc )
+      return FTC_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    ftc_image_type_from_old_desc( &type0, desc );
+
+    return FTC_ImageCache_Lookup( (FTC_ImageCache)icache,
+                                   &type0,
+                                   gindex,
+                                   aglyph,
+                                   NULL );
+  }
+
+#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
+
+
+ /*
+  *
+  * basic small bitmap cache
+  *
+  */
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
+  const FTC_SFamilyClassRec  ftc_basic_sbit_family_class =
+  {
+    {
+      sizeof( FTC_BasicFamilyRec ),
+      ftc_basic_family_compare,
+      ftc_basic_family_init,
+      0,                            /* FTC_MruNode_ResetFunc */
+      0                             /* FTC_MruNode_DoneFunc  */
+    },
+    ftc_basic_family_get_count,
+    ftc_basic_family_load_bitmap
+  };
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
+  const FTC_GCacheClassRec  ftc_basic_sbit_cache_class =
+  {
+    {
+      ftc_snode_new,
+      ftc_snode_weight,
+      ftc_snode_compare,
+      ftc_basic_gnode_compare_faceid,
+      ftc_snode_free,
+
+      sizeof ( FTC_GCacheRec ),
+      ftc_gcache_init,
+      ftc_gcache_done
+    },
+    (FTC_MruListClass)&ftc_basic_sbit_family_class
+  };
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftcache.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FTC_SBitCache_New( FTC_Manager     manager,
+                     FTC_SBitCache  *acache )
+  {
+    return FTC_GCache_New( manager, &ftc_basic_sbit_cache_class,
+                           (FTC_GCache*)acache );
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftcache.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FTC_SBitCache_Lookup( FTC_SBitCache  cache,
+                        FTC_ImageType  type,
+                        FT_UInt        gindex,
+                        FTC_SBit      *ansbit,
+                        FTC_Node      *anode )
+  {
+    FT_Error           error;
+    FTC_BasicQueryRec  query;
+    FTC_SNode          node = 0; /* make compiler happy */
+    FT_UInt32          hash;
+
+
+    if ( anode )
+      *anode = NULL;
+
+    /* other argument checks delayed to FTC_Cache_Lookup */
+    if ( !ansbit )
+      return FTC_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    *ansbit = NULL;
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+
+    /*  This one is a major hack used to detect whether we are passed a
+     *  regular FTC_ImageType handle, or a legacy FTC_OldImageDesc one.
+     */
+    if ( type->width >= 0x10000 )
+    {
+      FTC_OldImageDesc  desc = (FTC_OldImageDesc)type;
+
+
+      query.attrs.scaler.face_id = desc->font.face_id;
+      query.attrs.scaler.width   = desc->font.pix_width;
+      query.attrs.scaler.height  = desc->font.pix_height;
+      query.attrs.load_flags     = desc->flags;
+    }
+    else
+
+#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
+
+    {
+      query.attrs.scaler.face_id = type->face_id;
+      query.attrs.scaler.width   = type->width;
+      query.attrs.scaler.height  = type->height;
+      query.attrs.load_flags     = type->flags;
+    }
+
+    query.attrs.scaler.pixel = 1;
+    query.attrs.scaler.x_res = 0;  /* make compilers happy */
+    query.attrs.scaler.y_res = 0;
+
+    /* beware, the hash must be the same for all glyph ranges! */
+    hash = FTC_BASIC_ATTR_HASH( &query.attrs ) +
+           gindex / FTC_SBIT_ITEMS_PER_NODE;
+
+#if 1  /* inlining is about 50% faster! */
+    FTC_GCACHE_LOOKUP_CMP( cache,
+                           ftc_basic_family_compare,
+                           FTC_SNode_Compare,
+                           hash, gindex,
+                           &query,
+                           node,
+                           error );
+#else
+    error = FTC_GCache_Lookup( FTC_GCACHE( cache ),
+                               hash,
+                               gindex,
+                               FTC_GQUERY( &query ),
+                               (FTC_Node*)&node );
+#endif
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    *ansbit = node->sbits + ( gindex - FTC_GNODE( node )->gindex );
+
+    if ( anode )
+    {
+      *anode = FTC_NODE( node );
+      FTC_NODE( node )->ref_count++;
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftcache.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FTC_SBitCache_LookupScaler( FTC_SBitCache  cache,
+                              FTC_Scaler     scaler,
+                              FT_ULong       load_flags,
+                              FT_UInt        gindex,
+                              FTC_SBit      *ansbit,
+                              FTC_Node      *anode )
+  {
+    FT_Error           error;
+    FTC_BasicQueryRec  query;
+    FTC_SNode          node = 0; /* make compiler happy */
+    FT_UInt32          hash;
+
+
+    if ( anode )
+        *anode = NULL;
+
+    /* other argument checks delayed to FTC_Cache_Lookup */
+    if ( !ansbit || !scaler )
+        return FTC_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    *ansbit = NULL;
+
+    query.attrs.scaler     = scaler[0];
+    query.attrs.load_flags = load_flags;
+
+    /* beware, the hash must be the same for all glyph ranges! */
+    hash = FTC_BASIC_ATTR_HASH( &query.attrs ) +
+             gindex / FTC_SBIT_ITEMS_PER_NODE;
+
+    FTC_GCACHE_LOOKUP_CMP( cache,
+                           ftc_basic_family_compare,
+                           FTC_SNode_Compare,
+                           hash, gindex,
+                           &query,
+                           node,
+                           error );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    *ansbit = node->sbits + ( gindex - FTC_GNODE( node )->gindex );
+
+    if ( anode )
+    {
+      *anode = FTC_NODE( node );
+      FTC_NODE( node )->ref_count++;
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FTC_SBit_Cache_New( FTC_Manager     manager,
+                      FTC_SBitCache  *acache );
+
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FTC_SBit_Cache_Lookup( FTC_SBitCache       cache,
+                         FTC_OldImage_Desc*  desc,
+                         FT_UInt             gindex,
+                         FTC_SBit           *ansbit );
+
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FTC_SBit_Cache_New( FTC_Manager     manager,
+                      FTC_SBitCache  *acache )
+  {
+    return FTC_SBitCache_New( manager, (FTC_SBitCache*)acache );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FTC_SBit_Cache_Lookup( FTC_SBitCache       cache,
+                         FTC_OldImage_Desc*  desc,
+                         FT_UInt             gindex,
+                         FTC_SBit           *ansbit )
+  {
+    FTC_ImageTypeRec  type0;
+
+
+    if ( !desc )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    ftc_image_type_from_old_desc( &type0, desc );
+
+    return FTC_SBitCache_Lookup( (FTC_SBitCache)cache,
+                                  &type0,
+                                  gindex,
+                                  ansbit,
+                                  NULL );
+  }
+
+#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftccache.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftccache.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f3e699c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftccache.c
@@ -0,0 +1,592 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftccache.c                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    The FreeType internal cache interface (body).                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2000-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by             */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include "ftcmanag.h"
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+
+#include "ftccback.h"
+#include "ftcerror.h"
+
+
+#define FTC_HASH_MAX_LOAD  2
+#define FTC_HASH_MIN_LOAD  1
+#define FTC_HASH_SUB_LOAD  ( FTC_HASH_MAX_LOAD - FTC_HASH_MIN_LOAD )
+
+/* this one _must_ be a power of 2! */
+#define FTC_HASH_INITIAL_SIZE  8
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                   CACHE NODE DEFINITIONS                      *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /* add a new node to the head of the manager's circular MRU list */
+  static void
+  ftc_node_mru_link( FTC_Node     node,
+                     FTC_Manager  manager )
+  {
+    void  *nl = &manager->nodes_list;
+
+
+    FTC_MruNode_Prepend( (FTC_MruNode*)nl,
+                         (FTC_MruNode)node );
+    manager->num_nodes++;
+  }
+
+
+  /* remove a node from the manager's MRU list */
+  static void
+  ftc_node_mru_unlink( FTC_Node     node,
+                       FTC_Manager  manager )
+  {
+    void  *nl = &manager->nodes_list;
+
+
+    FTC_MruNode_Remove( (FTC_MruNode*)nl,
+                        (FTC_MruNode)node );
+    manager->num_nodes--;
+  }
+
+
+#ifndef FTC_INLINE
+
+  /* move a node to the head of the manager's MRU list */
+  static void
+  ftc_node_mru_up( FTC_Node     node,
+                   FTC_Manager  manager )
+  {
+    FTC_MruNode_Up( (FTC_MruNode*)&manager->nodes_list,
+                    (FTC_MruNode)node );
+  }
+
+#endif /* !FTC_INLINE */
+
+
+  /* Note that this function cannot fail.  If we cannot re-size the
+   * buckets array appropriately, we simply degrade the hash table's
+   * performance!
+   */
+  static void
+  ftc_cache_resize( FTC_Cache  cache )
+  {
+    for (;;)
+    {
+      FTC_Node  node, *pnode;
+      FT_UInt   p      = cache->p;
+      FT_UInt   mask   = cache->mask;
+      FT_UInt   count  = mask + p + 1;    /* number of buckets */
+
+
+      /* do we need to shrink the buckets array? */
+      if ( cache->slack < 0 )
+      {
+        FTC_Node  new_list = NULL;
+
+
+        /* try to expand the buckets array _before_ splitting
+         * the bucket lists
+         */
+        if ( p >= mask )
+        {
+          FT_Memory  memory = cache->memory;
+          FT_Error   error;
+
+
+          /* if we can't expand the array, leave immediately */
+          if ( FT_RENEW_ARRAY( cache->buckets, (mask+1)*2, (mask+1)*4 ) )
+            break;
+        }
+
+        /* split a single bucket */
+        pnode = cache->buckets + p;
+
+        for (;;)
+        {
+          node = *pnode;
+          if ( node == NULL )
+            break;
+
+          if ( node->hash & ( mask + 1 ) )
+          {
+            *pnode     = node->link;
+            node->link = new_list;
+            new_list   = node;
+          }
+          else
+            pnode = &node->link;
+        }
+
+        cache->buckets[p + mask + 1] = new_list;
+
+        cache->slack += FTC_HASH_MAX_LOAD;
+
+        if ( p >= mask )
+        {
+          cache->mask = 2 * mask + 1;
+          cache->p    = 0;
+        }
+        else
+          cache->p = p + 1;
+      }
+
+      /* do we need to expand the buckets array? */
+      else if ( cache->slack > (FT_Long)count * FTC_HASH_SUB_LOAD )
+      {
+        FT_UInt    old_index = p + mask;
+        FTC_Node*  pold;
+
+
+        if ( old_index + 1 <= FTC_HASH_INITIAL_SIZE )
+          break;
+
+        if ( p == 0 )
+        {
+          FT_Memory  memory = cache->memory;
+          FT_Error   error;
+
+
+          /* if we can't shrink the array, leave immediately */
+          if ( FT_RENEW_ARRAY( cache->buckets,
+                               ( mask + 1 ) * 2, mask + 1 ) )
+            break;
+
+          cache->mask >>= 1;
+          p             = cache->mask;
+        }
+        else
+          p--;
+
+        pnode = cache->buckets + p;
+        while ( *pnode )
+          pnode = &(*pnode)->link;
+
+        pold   = cache->buckets + old_index;
+        *pnode = *pold;
+        *pold  = NULL;
+
+        cache->slack -= FTC_HASH_MAX_LOAD;
+        cache->p      = p;
+      }
+      else /* the hash table is balanced */
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /* remove a node from its cache's hash table */
+  static void
+  ftc_node_hash_unlink( FTC_Node   node0,
+                        FTC_Cache  cache )
+  {
+    FTC_Node  *pnode;
+    FT_UInt    idx;
+
+
+    idx = (FT_UInt)( node0->hash & cache->mask );
+    if ( idx < cache->p )
+      idx = (FT_UInt)( node0->hash & ( 2 * cache->mask + 1 ) );
+
+    pnode = cache->buckets + idx;
+
+    for (;;)
+    {
+      FTC_Node  node = *pnode;
+
+
+      if ( node == NULL )
+      {
+        FT_ERROR(( "ftc_node_hash_unlink: unknown node!\n" ));
+        return;
+      }
+
+      if ( node == node0 )
+        break;
+
+      pnode = &(*pnode)->link;
+    }
+
+    *pnode      = node0->link;
+    node0->link = NULL;
+
+    cache->slack++;
+    ftc_cache_resize( cache );
+  }
+
+
+  /* add a node to the `top' of its cache's hash table */
+  static void
+  ftc_node_hash_link( FTC_Node   node,
+                      FTC_Cache  cache )
+  {
+    FTC_Node  *pnode;
+    FT_UInt    idx;
+
+
+    idx = (FT_UInt)( node->hash & cache->mask );
+    if ( idx < cache->p )
+      idx = (FT_UInt)( node->hash & (2 * cache->mask + 1 ) );
+
+    pnode = cache->buckets + idx;
+
+    node->link = *pnode;
+    *pnode     = node;
+
+    cache->slack--;
+    ftc_cache_resize( cache );
+  }
+
+
+  /* remove a node from the cache manager */
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+  FT_BASE_DEF( void )
+#else
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+#endif
+  ftc_node_destroy( FTC_Node     node,
+                    FTC_Manager  manager )
+  {
+    FTC_Cache  cache;
+
+
+#ifdef FT_DEBUG_ERROR
+    /* find node's cache */
+    if ( node->cache_index >= manager->num_caches )
+    {
+      FT_ERROR(( "ftc_node_destroy: invalid node handle\n" ));
+      return;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    cache = manager->caches[node->cache_index];
+
+#ifdef FT_DEBUG_ERROR
+    if ( cache == NULL )
+    {
+      FT_ERROR(( "ftc_node_destroy: invalid node handle\n" ));
+      return;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    manager->cur_weight -= cache->clazz.node_weight( node, cache );
+
+    /* remove node from mru list */
+    ftc_node_mru_unlink( node, manager );
+
+    /* remove node from cache's hash table */
+    ftc_node_hash_unlink( node, cache );
+
+    /* now finalize it */
+    cache->clazz.node_free( node, cache );
+
+#if 0
+    /* check, just in case of general corruption :-) */
+    if ( manager->num_nodes == 0 )
+      FT_ERROR(( "ftc_node_destroy: invalid cache node count! = %d\n",
+                  manager->num_nodes ));
+#endif
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                    ABSTRACT CACHE CLASS                       *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FTC_Cache_Init( FTC_Cache  cache )
+  {
+    return ftc_cache_init( cache );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  ftc_cache_init( FTC_Cache  cache )
+  {
+    FT_Memory  memory = cache->memory;
+    FT_Error   error;
+
+
+    cache->p     = 0;
+    cache->mask  = FTC_HASH_INITIAL_SIZE - 1;
+    cache->slack = FTC_HASH_INITIAL_SIZE * FTC_HASH_MAX_LOAD;
+
+    (void)FT_NEW_ARRAY( cache->buckets, FTC_HASH_INITIAL_SIZE * 2 );
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  FTC_Cache_Clear( FTC_Cache  cache )
+  {
+    if ( cache )
+    {
+      FTC_Manager  manager = cache->manager;
+      FT_UFast     i;
+      FT_UInt      count;
+
+
+      count = cache->p + cache->mask + 1;
+
+      for ( i = 0; i < count; i++ )
+      {
+        FTC_Node  *pnode = cache->buckets + i, next, node = *pnode;
+
+
+        while ( node )
+        {
+          next        = node->link;
+          node->link  = NULL;
+
+          /* remove node from mru list */
+          ftc_node_mru_unlink( node, manager );
+
+          /* now finalize it */
+          manager->cur_weight -= cache->clazz.node_weight( node, cache );
+
+          cache->clazz.node_free( node, cache );
+          node = next;
+        }
+        cache->buckets[i] = NULL;
+      }
+      ftc_cache_resize( cache );
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  ftc_cache_done( FTC_Cache  cache )
+  {
+    if ( cache->memory )
+    {
+      FT_Memory  memory = cache->memory;
+
+
+      FTC_Cache_Clear( cache );
+
+      FT_FREE( cache->buckets );
+      cache->mask  = 0;
+      cache->p     = 0;
+      cache->slack = 0;
+
+      cache->memory = NULL;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  FTC_Cache_Done( FTC_Cache  cache )
+  {
+    ftc_cache_done( cache );
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  ftc_cache_add( FTC_Cache  cache,
+                 FT_UInt32  hash,
+                 FTC_Node   node )
+  {
+    node->hash = hash;
+    node->cache_index = (FT_UInt16) cache->index;
+    node->ref_count   = 0;
+
+    ftc_node_hash_link( node, cache );
+    ftc_node_mru_link( node, cache->manager );
+
+    {
+      FTC_Manager  manager = cache->manager;
+
+
+      manager->cur_weight += cache->clazz.node_weight( node, cache );
+
+      if ( manager->cur_weight >= manager->max_weight )
+      {
+        node->ref_count++;
+        FTC_Manager_Compress( manager );
+        node->ref_count--;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FTC_Cache_NewNode( FTC_Cache   cache,
+                     FT_UInt32   hash,
+                     FT_Pointer  query,
+                     FTC_Node   *anode )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error;
+    FTC_Node  node;
+
+
+    /*
+     * We use the FTC_CACHE_TRYLOOP macros to support out-of-memory
+     * errors (OOM) correctly, i.e., by flushing the cache progressively
+     * in order to make more room.
+     */
+
+    FTC_CACHE_TRYLOOP( cache )
+    {
+      error = cache->clazz.node_new( &node, query, cache );
+    }
+    FTC_CACHE_TRYLOOP_END();
+
+    if ( error )
+      node = NULL;
+    else
+    {
+     /* don't assume that the cache has the same number of buckets, since
+      * our allocation request might have triggered global cache flushing
+      */
+      ftc_cache_add( cache, hash, node );
+    }
+
+    *anode = node;
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+#ifndef FTC_INLINE
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FTC_Cache_Lookup( FTC_Cache   cache,
+                    FT_UInt32   hash,
+                    FT_Pointer  query,
+                    FTC_Node   *anode )
+  {
+    FT_UFast   idx;
+    FTC_Node*  bucket;
+    FTC_Node*  pnode;
+    FTC_Node   node;
+    FT_Error   error = 0;
+
+    FTC_Node_CompareFunc  compare = cache->clazz.node_compare;
+
+
+    if ( cache == NULL || anode == NULL )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    idx = hash & cache->mask;
+    if ( idx < cache->p )
+      idx = hash & ( cache->mask * 2 + 1 );
+
+    bucket = cache->buckets + idx;
+    pnode  = bucket;
+    for (;;)
+    {
+      node = *pnode;
+      if ( node == NULL )
+        goto NewNode;
+
+      if ( node->hash == hash && compare( node, query, cache ) )
+        break;
+
+      pnode = &node->link;
+    }
+
+    if ( node != *bucket )
+    {
+      *pnode     = node->link;
+      node->link = *bucket;
+      *bucket    = node;
+    }
+
+    /* move to head of MRU list */
+    {
+      FTC_Manager  manager = cache->manager;
+
+
+      if ( node != manager->nodes_list )
+        ftc_node_mru_up( node, manager );
+    }
+    *anode = node;
+    return error;
+
+  NewNode:
+    return FTC_Cache_NewNode( cache, hash, query, anode );
+  }
+
+#endif /* !FTC_INLINE */
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  FTC_Cache_RemoveFaceID( FTC_Cache   cache,
+                          FTC_FaceID  face_id )
+  {
+    FT_UFast     i, count;
+    FTC_Manager  manager = cache->manager;
+    FTC_Node     frees   = NULL;
+
+
+    count = cache->p + cache->mask;
+    for ( i = 0; i < count; i++ )
+    {
+      FTC_Node*  bucket = cache->buckets + i;
+      FTC_Node*  pnode  = bucket;
+
+
+      for ( ;; )
+      {
+        FTC_Node  node = *pnode;
+
+
+        if ( node == NULL )
+          break;
+
+        if ( cache->clazz.node_remove_faceid( node, face_id, cache ) )
+        {
+          *pnode     = node->link;
+          node->link = frees;
+          frees      = node;
+        }
+        else
+          pnode = &node->link;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* remove all nodes in the free list */
+    while ( frees )
+    {
+      FTC_Node  node;
+
+
+      node  = frees;
+      frees = node->link;
+
+      manager->cur_weight -= cache->clazz.node_weight( node, cache );
+      ftc_node_mru_unlink( node, manager );
+
+      cache->clazz.node_free( node, cache );
+
+      cache->slack++;
+    }
+
+    ftc_cache_resize( cache );
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftccache.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftccache.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8c0a7c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftccache.h
@@ -0,0 +1,317 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftccache.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType internal cache interface (specification).                   */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2000-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by             */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTCCACHE_H__
+#define __FTCCACHE_H__
+
+
+#include "ftcmru.h"
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+  /* handle to cache object */
+  typedef struct FTC_CacheRec_*  FTC_Cache;
+
+  /* handle to cache class */
+  typedef const struct FTC_CacheClassRec_*  FTC_CacheClass;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                   CACHE NODE DEFINITIONS                      *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Each cache controls one or more cache nodes.  Each node is part of    */
+  /* the global_lru list of the manager.  Its `data' field however is used */
+  /* as a reference count for now.                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* A node can be anything, depending on the type of information held by  */
+  /* the cache.  It can be an individual glyph image, a set of bitmaps     */
+  /* glyphs for a given size, some metrics, etc.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /* structure size should be 20 bytes on 32-bits machines */
+  typedef struct  FTC_NodeRec_
+  {
+    FTC_MruNodeRec  mru;          /* circular mru list pointer           */
+    FTC_Node        link;         /* used for hashing                    */
+    FT_UInt32       hash;         /* used for hashing too                */
+    FT_UShort       cache_index;  /* index of cache the node belongs to  */
+    FT_Short        ref_count;    /* reference count for this node       */
+
+  } FTC_NodeRec;
+
+
+#define FTC_NODE( x )    ( (FTC_Node)(x) )
+#define FTC_NODE_P( x )  ( (FTC_Node*)(x) )
+
+#define FTC_NODE__NEXT( x )  FTC_NODE( (x)->mru.next )
+#define FTC_NODE__PREV( x )  FTC_NODE( (x)->mru.prev )
+
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+  FT_BASE( void )
+  ftc_node_destroy( FTC_Node     node,
+                    FTC_Manager  manager );
+#endif
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                       CACHE DEFINITIONS                       *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /* initialize a new cache node */
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*FTC_Node_NewFunc)( FTC_Node    *pnode,
+                       FT_Pointer   query,
+                       FTC_Cache    cache );
+
+  typedef FT_ULong
+  (*FTC_Node_WeightFunc)( FTC_Node   node,
+                          FTC_Cache  cache );
+
+  /* compare a node to a given key pair */
+  typedef FT_Bool
+  (*FTC_Node_CompareFunc)( FTC_Node    node,
+                           FT_Pointer  key,
+                           FTC_Cache   cache );
+
+
+  typedef void
+  (*FTC_Node_FreeFunc)( FTC_Node   node,
+                        FTC_Cache  cache );
+
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*FTC_Cache_InitFunc)( FTC_Cache  cache );
+
+  typedef void
+  (*FTC_Cache_DoneFunc)( FTC_Cache  cache );
+
+
+  typedef struct  FTC_CacheClassRec_
+  {
+    FTC_Node_NewFunc      node_new;
+    FTC_Node_WeightFunc   node_weight;
+    FTC_Node_CompareFunc  node_compare;
+    FTC_Node_CompareFunc  node_remove_faceid;
+    FTC_Node_FreeFunc     node_free;
+
+    FT_UInt               cache_size;
+    FTC_Cache_InitFunc    cache_init;
+    FTC_Cache_DoneFunc    cache_done;
+
+  } FTC_CacheClassRec;
+
+
+  /* each cache really implements a dynamic hash table to manage its nodes */
+  typedef struct  FTC_CacheRec_
+  {
+    FT_UFast           p;
+    FT_UFast           mask;
+    FT_Long            slack;
+    FTC_Node*          buckets;
+
+    FTC_CacheClassRec  clazz;       /* local copy, for speed  */
+
+    FTC_Manager        manager;
+    FT_Memory          memory;
+    FT_UInt            index;       /* in manager's table     */
+
+    FTC_CacheClass     org_class;   /* original class pointer */
+
+  } FTC_CacheRec;
+
+
+#define FTC_CACHE( x )    ( (FTC_Cache)(x) )
+#define FTC_CACHE_P( x )  ( (FTC_Cache*)(x) )
+
+
+  /* default cache initialize */
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  FTC_Cache_Init( FTC_Cache  cache );
+
+  /* default cache finalizer */
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  FTC_Cache_Done( FTC_Cache  cache );
+
+  /* Call this function to lookup the cache.  If no corresponding
+   * node is found, a new one is automatically created.  This function
+   * is capable of flushing the cache adequately to make room for the
+   * new cache object.
+   */
+
+#ifndef FTC_INLINE
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  FTC_Cache_Lookup( FTC_Cache   cache,
+                    FT_UInt32   hash,
+                    FT_Pointer  query,
+                    FTC_Node   *anode );
+#endif
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  FTC_Cache_NewNode( FTC_Cache   cache,
+                     FT_UInt32   hash,
+                     FT_Pointer  query,
+                     FTC_Node   *anode );
+
+  /* Remove all nodes that relate to a given face_id.  This is useful
+   * when un-installing fonts.  Note that if a cache node relates to
+   * the face_id, but is locked (i.e., has `ref_count > 0'), the node
+   * will _not_ be destroyed, but its internal face_id reference will
+   * be modified.
+   *
+   * The final result will be that the node will never come back
+   * in further lookup requests, and will be flushed on demand from
+   * the cache normally when its reference count reaches 0.
+   */
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  FTC_Cache_RemoveFaceID( FTC_Cache   cache,
+                          FTC_FaceID  face_id );
+
+
+#ifdef FTC_INLINE
+
+#define FTC_CACHE_LOOKUP_CMP( cache, nodecmp, hash, query, node, error ) \
+  FT_BEGIN_STMNT                                                         \
+    FTC_Node             *_bucket, *_pnode, _node;                       \
+    FTC_Cache             _cache   = FTC_CACHE(cache);                   \
+    FT_UInt32             _hash    = (FT_UInt32)(hash);                  \
+    FTC_Node_CompareFunc  _nodcomp = (FTC_Node_CompareFunc)(nodecmp);    \
+    FT_UInt               _idx;                                          \
+                                                                         \
+                                                                         \
+    error = 0;                                                           \
+    node  = NULL;                                                        \
+    _idx  = _hash & _cache->mask;                                        \
+    if ( _idx < _cache->p )                                              \
+      _idx = _hash & ( _cache->mask*2 + 1 );                             \
+                                                                         \
+    _bucket = _pnode = _cache->buckets + _idx;                           \
+    for (;;)                                                             \
+    {                                                                    \
+      _node = *_pnode;                                                   \
+      if ( _node == NULL )                                               \
+        goto _NewNode;                                                   \
+                                                                         \
+      if ( _node->hash == _hash && _nodcomp( _node, query, _cache ) )    \
+        break;                                                           \
+                                                                         \
+      _pnode = &_node->link;                                             \
+    }                                                                    \
+                                                                         \
+    if ( _node != *_bucket )                                             \
+    {                                                                    \
+      *_pnode     = _node->link;                                         \
+      _node->link = *_bucket;                                            \
+      *_bucket    = _node;                                               \
+    }                                                                    \
+                                                                         \
+    {                                                                    \
+      FTC_Manager  _manager = _cache->manager;                           \
+      void*        _nl      = &_manager->nodes_list;                     \
+                                                                         \
+                                                                         \
+      if ( _node != _manager->nodes_list )                               \
+        FTC_MruNode_Up( (FTC_MruNode*)_nl,                               \
+                        (FTC_MruNode)_node );                            \
+    }                                                                    \
+    goto _Ok;                                                            \
+                                                                         \
+  _NewNode:                                                              \
+    error = FTC_Cache_NewNode( _cache, _hash, query, &_node );           \
+                                                                         \
+  _Ok:                                                                   \
+    _pnode = (FTC_Node*)(void*)&(node);                                  \
+    *_pnode = _node;                                                     \
+  FT_END_STMNT
+
+#else /* !FTC_INLINE */
+
+#define FTC_CACHE_LOOKUP_CMP( cache, nodecmp, hash, query, node, error ) \
+  FT_BEGIN_STMNT                                                         \
+    error = FTC_Cache_Lookup( FTC_CACHE( cache ), hash, query,           \
+                              (FTC_Node*)&(node) );                      \
+  FT_END_STMNT
+
+#endif /* !FTC_INLINE */
+
+
+  /*
+   * This macro, together with FTC_CACHE_TRYLOOP_END, defines a retry
+   * loop to flush the cache repeatedly in case of memory overflows.
+   *
+   * It is used when creating a new cache node, or within a lookup
+   * that needs to allocate data (e.g., the sbit cache lookup).
+   *
+   * Example:
+   *
+   *   {
+   *     FTC_CACHE_TRYLOOP( cache )
+   *       error = load_data( ... );
+   *     FTC_CACHE_TRYLOOP_END()
+   *   }
+   *
+   */
+#define FTC_CACHE_TRYLOOP( cache )                           \
+  {                                                          \
+    FTC_Manager  _try_manager = FTC_CACHE( cache )->manager; \
+    FT_UInt      _try_count   = 4;                           \
+                                                             \
+                                                             \
+    for (;;)                                                 \
+    {                                                        \
+      FT_UInt  _try_done;
+
+
+#define FTC_CACHE_TRYLOOP_END()                                   \
+      if ( !error || error != FT_Err_Out_Of_Memory )              \
+        break;                                                    \
+                                                                  \
+      _try_done = FTC_Manager_FlushN( _try_manager, _try_count ); \
+      if ( _try_done == 0 )                                       \
+        break;                                                    \
+                                                                  \
+      if ( _try_done == _try_count )                              \
+      {                                                           \
+        _try_count *= 2;                                          \
+        if ( _try_count < _try_done              ||               \
+            _try_count > _try_manager->num_nodes )                \
+          _try_count = _try_manager->num_nodes;                   \
+      }                                                           \
+    }                                                             \
+  }
+
+ /* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+
+#endif /* __FTCCACHE_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftccback.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftccback.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..86e72a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftccback.h
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftccback.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Callback functions of the caching sub-system (specification only).   */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2004, 2005, 2006 by                                          */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef __FTCCBACK_H__
+#define __FTCCBACK_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_CACHE_H
+#include "ftcmru.h"
+#include "ftcimage.h"
+#include "ftcmanag.h"
+#include "ftcglyph.h"
+#include "ftcsbits.h"
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  ftc_inode_free( FTC_Node   inode,
+                  FTC_Cache  cache );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  ftc_inode_new( FTC_Node   *pinode,
+                 FT_Pointer  gquery,
+                 FTC_Cache   cache );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_ULong )
+  ftc_inode_weight( FTC_Node   inode,
+                    FTC_Cache  cache );
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  ftc_snode_free( FTC_Node   snode,
+                  FTC_Cache  cache );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  ftc_snode_new( FTC_Node   *psnode,
+                 FT_Pointer  gquery,
+                 FTC_Cache   cache );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_ULong )
+  ftc_snode_weight( FTC_Node   snode,
+                    FTC_Cache  cache );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Bool )
+  ftc_snode_compare( FTC_Node    snode,
+                     FT_Pointer  gquery,
+                     FTC_Cache   cache );
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Bool )
+  ftc_gnode_compare( FTC_Node    gnode,
+                     FT_Pointer  gquery,
+                     FTC_Cache   cache );
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  ftc_gcache_init( FTC_Cache  cache );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  ftc_gcache_done( FTC_Cache  cache );
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  ftc_cache_init( FTC_Cache  cache );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  ftc_cache_done( FTC_Cache  cache );
+
+#ifndef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  ftc_node_destroy( FTC_Node     node,
+                    FTC_Manager  manager );
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __FTCCBACK_H__ */
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftccmap.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftccmap.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4c6a7fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftccmap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,425 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftccmap.c                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType CharMap cache (body)                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2000-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by       */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+#include FT_CACHE_H
+#include "ftcmanag.h"
+#include FT_INTERNAL_MEMORY_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+#include FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H
+
+#include "ftccback.h"
+#include "ftcerror.h"
+
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_cache
+
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+
+  typedef enum  FTC_OldCMapType_
+  {
+    FTC_OLD_CMAP_BY_INDEX    = 0,
+    FTC_OLD_CMAP_BY_ENCODING = 1,
+    FTC_OLD_CMAP_BY_ID       = 2
+
+  } FTC_OldCMapType;
+
+
+  typedef struct  FTC_OldCMapIdRec_
+  {
+    FT_UInt  platform;
+    FT_UInt  encoding;
+
+  } FTC_OldCMapIdRec, *FTC_OldCMapId;
+
+
+  typedef struct  FTC_OldCMapDescRec_
+  {
+    FTC_FaceID       face_id;
+    FTC_OldCMapType  type;
+
+    union
+    {
+      FT_UInt           index;
+      FT_Encoding       encoding;
+      FTC_OldCMapIdRec  id;
+
+    } u;
+
+  } FTC_OldCMapDescRec, *FTC_OldCMapDesc;
+
+#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OLD_INTERNALS */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Each FTC_CMapNode contains a simple array to map a range of character */
+  /* codes to equivalent glyph indices.                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* For now, the implementation is very basic: Each node maps a range of  */
+  /* 128 consecutive character codes to their corresponding glyph indices. */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* We could do more complex things, but I don't think it is really very  */
+  /* useful.                                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /* number of glyph indices / character code per node */
+#define FTC_CMAP_INDICES_MAX  128
+
+  /* compute a query/node hash */
+#define FTC_CMAP_HASH( faceid, index, charcode )           \
+          ( FTC_FACE_ID_HASH( faceid ) + 211 * ( index ) + \
+            ( (char_code) / FTC_CMAP_INDICES_MAX )       )
+
+  /* the charmap query */
+  typedef struct  FTC_CMapQueryRec_
+  {
+    FTC_FaceID  face_id;
+    FT_UInt     cmap_index;
+    FT_UInt32   char_code;
+
+  } FTC_CMapQueryRec, *FTC_CMapQuery;
+
+#define FTC_CMAP_QUERY( x )  ((FTC_CMapQuery)(x))
+#define FTC_CMAP_QUERY_HASH( x )                                         \
+          FTC_CMAP_HASH( (x)->face_id, (x)->cmap_index, (x)->char_code )
+
+  /* the cmap cache node */
+  typedef struct  FTC_CMapNodeRec_
+  {
+    FTC_NodeRec  node;
+    FTC_FaceID   face_id;
+    FT_UInt      cmap_index;
+    FT_UInt32    first;                         /* first character in node */
+    FT_UInt16    indices[FTC_CMAP_INDICES_MAX]; /* array of glyph indices  */
+
+  } FTC_CMapNodeRec, *FTC_CMapNode;
+
+#define FTC_CMAP_NODE( x ) ( (FTC_CMapNode)( x ) )
+#define FTC_CMAP_NODE_HASH( x )                                      \
+          FTC_CMAP_HASH( (x)->face_id, (x)->cmap_index, (x)->first )
+
+  /* if (indices[n] == FTC_CMAP_UNKNOWN), we assume that the corresponding */
+  /* glyph indices haven't been queried through FT_Get_Glyph_Index() yet   */
+#define FTC_CMAP_UNKNOWN  ( (FT_UInt16)-1 )
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                        CHARMAP NODES                          *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
+  ftc_cmap_node_free( FTC_Node   ftcnode,
+                      FTC_Cache  cache )
+  {
+    FTC_CMapNode  node   = (FTC_CMapNode)ftcnode;
+    FT_Memory     memory = cache->memory;
+
+
+    FT_FREE( node );
+  }
+
+
+  /* initialize a new cmap node */
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  ftc_cmap_node_new( FTC_Node   *ftcanode,
+                     FT_Pointer  ftcquery,
+                     FTC_Cache   cache )
+  {
+    FTC_CMapNode  *anode  = (FTC_CMapNode*)ftcanode;
+    FTC_CMapQuery  query  = (FTC_CMapQuery)ftcquery;
+    FT_Error       error;
+    FT_Memory      memory = cache->memory;
+    FTC_CMapNode   node;
+    FT_UInt        nn;
+
+
+    if ( !FT_NEW( node ) )
+    {
+      node->face_id    = query->face_id;
+      node->cmap_index = query->cmap_index;
+      node->first      = (query->char_code / FTC_CMAP_INDICES_MAX) *
+                         FTC_CMAP_INDICES_MAX;
+
+      for ( nn = 0; nn < FTC_CMAP_INDICES_MAX; nn++ )
+        node->indices[nn] = FTC_CMAP_UNKNOWN;
+    }
+
+    *anode = node;
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* compute the weight of a given cmap node */
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_ULong )
+  ftc_cmap_node_weight( FTC_Node   cnode,
+                        FTC_Cache  cache )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( cnode );
+    FT_UNUSED( cache );
+
+    return sizeof ( *cnode );
+  }
+
+
+  /* compare a cmap node to a given query */
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Bool )
+  ftc_cmap_node_compare( FTC_Node    ftcnode,
+                         FT_Pointer  ftcquery,
+                         FTC_Cache   cache )
+  {
+    FTC_CMapNode   node  = (FTC_CMapNode)ftcnode;
+    FTC_CMapQuery  query = (FTC_CMapQuery)ftcquery;
+    FT_UNUSED( cache );
+
+
+    if ( node->face_id    == query->face_id    &&
+         node->cmap_index == query->cmap_index )
+    {
+      FT_UInt32  offset = (FT_UInt32)( query->char_code - node->first );
+
+
+      return FT_BOOL( offset < FTC_CMAP_INDICES_MAX );
+    }
+
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Bool )
+  ftc_cmap_node_remove_faceid( FTC_Node    ftcnode,
+                               FT_Pointer  ftcface_id,
+                               FTC_Cache   cache )
+  {
+    FTC_CMapNode  node    = (FTC_CMapNode)ftcnode;
+    FTC_FaceID    face_id = (FTC_FaceID)ftcface_id;
+    FT_UNUSED( cache );
+
+    return FT_BOOL( node->face_id == face_id );
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                    GLYPH IMAGE CACHE                          *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
+  const FTC_CacheClassRec  ftc_cmap_cache_class =
+  {
+    ftc_cmap_node_new,
+    ftc_cmap_node_weight,
+    ftc_cmap_node_compare,
+    ftc_cmap_node_remove_faceid,
+    ftc_cmap_node_free,
+
+    sizeof ( FTC_CacheRec ),
+    ftc_cache_init,
+    ftc_cache_done,
+  };
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftcache.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FTC_CMapCache_New( FTC_Manager     manager,
+                     FTC_CMapCache  *acache )
+  {
+    return FTC_Manager_RegisterCache( manager,
+                                      &ftc_cmap_cache_class,
+                                      FTC_CACHE_P( acache ) );
+  }
+
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+
+  /*
+   *  Unfortunately, it is not possible to support binary backwards
+   *  compatibility in the cmap cache.  The FTC_CMapCache_Lookup signature
+   *  changes were too deep, and there is no clever hackish way to detect
+   *  what kind of structure we are being passed.
+   *
+   *  On the other hand it seems that no production code is using this
+   *  function on Unix distributions.
+   */
+
+#endif
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftcache.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_UInt )
+  FTC_CMapCache_Lookup( FTC_CMapCache  cmap_cache,
+                        FTC_FaceID     face_id,
+                        FT_Int         cmap_index,
+                        FT_UInt32      char_code )
+  {
+    FTC_Cache         cache = FTC_CACHE( cmap_cache );
+    FTC_CMapQueryRec  query;
+    FTC_CMapNode      node;
+    FT_Error          error;
+    FT_UInt           gindex = 0;
+    FT_UInt32         hash;
+    FT_Int            no_cmap_change = 0;
+
+
+    if ( cmap_index < 0 )
+    {
+      /* Treat a negative cmap index as a special value, meaning that you */
+      /* don't want to change the FT_Face's character map through this    */
+      /* call.  This can be useful if the face requester callback already */
+      /* sets the face's charmap to the appropriate value.                */
+
+      no_cmap_change = 1;
+      cmap_index     = 0;
+    }
+
+    if ( !cache )
+    {
+      FT_ERROR(( "FTC_CMapCache_Lookup: bad arguments, returning 0!\n" ));
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+
+    /*
+     *  Detect a call from a rogue client that thinks it is linking
+     *  to FreeType 2.1.7.  This is possible because the third parameter
+     *  is then a character code, and we have never seen any font with
+     *  more than a few charmaps, so if the index is very large...
+     *
+     *  It is also very unlikely that a rogue client is interested
+     *  in Unicode values 0 to 15.
+     *
+     *  NOTE: The original threshold was 4, but we found a font from the
+     *        Adobe Acrobat Reader Pack, named `KozMinProVI-Regular.otf',
+     *        which contains more than 5 charmaps.
+     */
+    if ( cmap_index >= 16 && !no_cmap_change )
+    {
+      FTC_OldCMapDesc  desc = (FTC_OldCMapDesc) face_id;
+
+
+      char_code     = (FT_UInt32)cmap_index;
+      query.face_id = desc->face_id;
+
+
+      switch ( desc->type )
+      {
+      case FTC_OLD_CMAP_BY_INDEX:
+        query.cmap_index = desc->u.index;
+        query.char_code  = (FT_UInt32)cmap_index;
+        break;
+
+      case FTC_OLD_CMAP_BY_ENCODING:
+        {
+          FT_Face  face;
+
+
+          error = FTC_Manager_LookupFace( cache->manager, desc->face_id,
+                                          &face );
+          if ( error )
+            return 0;
+
+          FT_Select_Charmap( face, desc->u.encoding );
+
+          return FT_Get_Char_Index( face, char_code );
+        }
+
+      default:
+        return 0;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+
+#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
+
+    {
+      query.face_id    = face_id;
+      query.cmap_index = (FT_UInt)cmap_index;
+      query.char_code  = char_code;
+    }
+
+    hash = FTC_CMAP_HASH( face_id, cmap_index, char_code );
+
+#if 1
+    FTC_CACHE_LOOKUP_CMP( cache, ftc_cmap_node_compare, hash, &query,
+                          node, error );
+#else
+    error = FTC_Cache_Lookup( cache, hash, &query, (FTC_Node*) &node );
+#endif
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    FT_ASSERT( (FT_UInt)( char_code - node->first ) < FTC_CMAP_INDICES_MAX );
+
+    /* something rotten can happen with rogue clients */
+    if ( (FT_UInt)( char_code - node->first >= FTC_CMAP_INDICES_MAX ) )
+      return 0;
+
+    gindex = node->indices[char_code - node->first];
+    if ( gindex == FTC_CMAP_UNKNOWN )
+    {
+      FT_Face  face;
+
+
+      gindex = 0;
+
+      error = FTC_Manager_LookupFace( cache->manager, node->face_id, &face );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      if ( (FT_UInt)cmap_index < (FT_UInt)face->num_charmaps )
+      {
+        FT_CharMap  old, cmap  = NULL;
+
+
+        old  = face->charmap;
+        cmap = face->charmaps[cmap_index];
+
+        if ( old != cmap && !no_cmap_change )
+          FT_Set_Charmap( face, cmap );
+
+        gindex = FT_Get_Char_Index( face, char_code );
+
+        if ( old != cmap && !no_cmap_change )
+          FT_Set_Charmap( face, old );
+      }
+
+      node->indices[char_code - node->first] = (FT_UShort)gindex;
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return gindex;
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcerror.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcerror.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5998d42
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcerror.h
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftcerror.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Caching sub-system error codes (specification only).                 */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2001 by                                                      */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This file is used to define the caching sub-system error enumeration  */
+  /* constants.                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef __FTCERROR_H__
+#define __FTCERROR_H__
+
+#include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
+
+#undef __FTERRORS_H__
+
+#define FT_ERR_PREFIX  FTC_Err_
+#define FT_ERR_BASE    FT_Mod_Err_Cache
+
+#include FT_ERRORS_H
+
+#endif /* __FTCERROR_H__ */
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcglyph.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcglyph.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5c03abe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcglyph.c
@@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftcglyph.c                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType Glyph Image (FT_Glyph) cache (body).                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2000-2001, 2003, 2004, 2006 by                               */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_CACHE_H
+#include "ftcglyph.h"
+#include FT_ERRORS_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+
+#include "ftccback.h"
+#include "ftcerror.h"
+
+
+  /* create a new chunk node, setting its cache index and ref count */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  FTC_GNode_Init( FTC_GNode   gnode,
+                  FT_UInt     gindex,
+                  FTC_Family  family )
+  {
+    gnode->family = family;
+    gnode->gindex = gindex;
+    family->num_nodes++;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  FTC_GNode_UnselectFamily( FTC_GNode  gnode,
+                            FTC_Cache  cache )
+  {
+    FTC_Family  family = gnode->family;
+
+
+    gnode->family = NULL;
+    if ( family && --family->num_nodes == 0 )
+      FTC_FAMILY_FREE( family, cache );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  FTC_GNode_Done( FTC_GNode  gnode,
+                  FTC_Cache  cache )
+  {
+    /* finalize the node */
+    gnode->gindex = 0;
+
+    FTC_GNode_UnselectFamily( gnode, cache );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Bool )
+  ftc_gnode_compare( FTC_Node    ftcgnode,
+                     FT_Pointer  ftcgquery,
+                     FTC_Cache   cache )
+  {
+    FTC_GNode   gnode  = (FTC_GNode)ftcgnode;
+    FTC_GQuery  gquery = (FTC_GQuery)ftcgquery;
+    FT_UNUSED( cache );
+
+
+    return FT_BOOL(  gnode->family == gquery->family &&
+                     gnode->gindex == gquery->gindex );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Bool )
+  FTC_GNode_Compare( FTC_GNode   gnode,
+                     FTC_GQuery  gquery )
+  {
+    return ftc_gnode_compare( FTC_NODE( gnode ), gquery, NULL );
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                      CHUNK SETS                               *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  FTC_Family_Init( FTC_Family  family,
+                   FTC_Cache   cache )
+  {
+    FTC_GCacheClass  clazz = FTC_CACHE__GCACHE_CLASS( cache );
+
+
+    family->clazz     = clazz->family_class;
+    family->num_nodes = 0;
+    family->cache     = cache;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  ftc_gcache_init( FTC_Cache  ftccache )
+  {
+    FTC_GCache  cache = (FTC_GCache)ftccache;
+    FT_Error    error;
+
+
+    error = FTC_Cache_Init( FTC_CACHE( cache ) );
+    if ( !error )
+    {
+      FTC_GCacheClass   clazz = (FTC_GCacheClass)FTC_CACHE( cache )->org_class;
+
+      FTC_MruList_Init( &cache->families,
+                        clazz->family_class,
+                        0,  /* no maximum here! */
+                        cache,
+                        FTC_CACHE( cache )->memory );
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+#if 0
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FTC_GCache_Init( FTC_GCache  cache )
+  {
+    return ftc_gcache_init( FTC_CACHE( cache ) );
+  }
+
+#endif /* 0 */
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  ftc_gcache_done( FTC_Cache  ftccache )
+  {
+    FTC_GCache  cache = (FTC_GCache)ftccache;
+
+
+    FTC_Cache_Done( (FTC_Cache)cache );
+    FTC_MruList_Done( &cache->families );
+  }
+
+
+#if 0
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  FTC_GCache_Done( FTC_GCache  cache )
+  {
+    ftc_gcache_done( FTC_CACHE( cache ) );
+  }
+
+#endif /* 0 */
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FTC_GCache_New( FTC_Manager       manager,
+                  FTC_GCacheClass   clazz,
+                  FTC_GCache       *acache )
+  {
+    return FTC_Manager_RegisterCache( manager, (FTC_CacheClass)clazz,
+                                      (FTC_Cache*)acache );
+  }
+
+
+#ifndef FTC_INLINE
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FTC_GCache_Lookup( FTC_GCache   cache,
+                     FT_UInt32    hash,
+                     FT_UInt      gindex,
+                     FTC_GQuery   query,
+                     FTC_Node    *anode )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error;
+
+
+    query->gindex = gindex;
+
+    FTC_MRULIST_LOOKUP( &cache->families, query, query->family, error );
+    if ( !error )
+    {
+      FTC_Family  family = query->family;
+
+
+      /* prevent the family from being destroyed too early when an        */
+      /* out-of-memory condition occurs during glyph node initialization. */
+      family->num_nodes++;
+
+      error = FTC_Cache_Lookup( FTC_CACHE( cache ), hash, query, anode );
+
+      if ( --family->num_nodes == 0 )
+        FTC_FAMILY_FREE( family, cache );
+    }
+    return error;
+  }
+
+#endif /* !FTC_INLINE */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcglyph.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcglyph.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..87a4199
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcglyph.h
@@ -0,0 +1,322 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftcglyph.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType abstract glyph cache (specification).                       */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2000-2001, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2007 by                         */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*
+   *
+   *  FTC_GCache is an _abstract_ cache object optimized to store glyph
+   *  data.  It works as follows:
+   *
+   *   - It manages FTC_GNode objects. Each one of them can hold one or more
+   *     glyph `items'.  Item types are not specified in the FTC_GCache but
+   *     in classes that extend it.
+   *
+   *   - Glyph attributes, like face ID, character size, render mode, etc.,
+   *     can be grouped into abstract `glyph families'.  This avoids storing
+   *     the attributes within the FTC_GCache, since it is likely that many
+   *     FTC_GNodes will belong to the same family in typical uses.
+   *
+   *   - Each FTC_GNode is thus an FTC_Node with two additional fields:
+   *
+   *       * gindex: A glyph index, or the first index in a glyph range.
+   *       * family: A pointer to a glyph `family'.
+   *
+   *   - Family types are not fully specific in the FTC_Family type, but
+   *     by classes that extend it.
+   *
+   *  Note that both FTC_ImageCache and FTC_SBitCache extend FTC_GCache.
+   *  They share an FTC_Family sub-class called FTC_BasicFamily which is
+   *  used to store the following data: face ID, pixel/point sizes, load
+   *  flags.  For more details see the file `src/cache/ftcbasic.c'.
+   *
+   *  Client applications can extend FTC_GNode with their own FTC_GNode
+   *  and FTC_Family sub-classes to implement more complex caches (e.g.,
+   *  handling automatic synthesis, like obliquing & emboldening, colored
+   *  glyphs, etc.).
+   *
+   *  See also the FTC_ICache & FTC_SCache classes in `ftcimage.h' and
+   *  `ftcsbits.h', which both extend FTC_GCache with additional
+   *  optimizations.
+   *
+   *  A typical FTC_GCache implementation must provide at least the
+   *  following:
+   *
+   *  - FTC_GNode sub-class, e.g. MyNode, with relevant methods:
+   *        my_node_new            (must call FTC_GNode_Init)
+   *        my_node_free           (must call FTC_GNode_Done)
+   *        my_node_compare        (must call FTC_GNode_Compare)
+   *        my_node_remove_faceid  (must call ftc_gnode_unselect in case
+   *                                of match)
+   *
+   *  - FTC_Family sub-class, e.g. MyFamily, with relevant methods:
+   *        my_family_compare
+   *        my_family_init
+   *        my_family_reset (optional)
+   *        my_family_done
+   *
+   *  - FTC_GQuery sub-class, e.g. MyQuery, to hold cache-specific query
+   *    data.
+   *
+   *  - Constant structures for a FTC_GNodeClass.
+   *
+   *  - MyCacheNew() can be implemented easily as a call to the convenience
+   *    function FTC_GCache_New.
+   *
+   *  - MyCacheLookup with a call to FTC_GCache_Lookup.  This function will
+   *    automatically:
+   *
+   *    - Search for the corresponding family in the cache, or create
+   *      a new one if necessary.  Put it in FTC_GQUERY(myquery).family
+   *
+   *    - Call FTC_Cache_Lookup.
+   *
+   *    If it returns NULL, you should create a new node, then call
+   *    ftc_cache_add as usual.
+   */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Important: The functions defined in this file are only used to        */
+  /*            implement an abstract glyph cache class.  You need to      */
+  /*            provide additional logic to implement a complete cache.    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*********                                                       *********/
+  /*********             WARNING, THIS IS BETA CODE.               *********/
+  /*********                                                       *********/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTCGLYPH_H__
+#define __FTCGLYPH_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include "ftcmanag.h"
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*
+  *  We can group glyphs into `families'.  Each family correspond to a
+  *  given face ID, character size, transform, etc.
+  *
+  *  Families are implemented as MRU list nodes.  They are
+  *  reference-counted.
+  */
+
+  typedef struct  FTC_FamilyRec_
+  {
+    FTC_MruNodeRec    mrunode;
+    FT_UInt           num_nodes; /* current number of nodes in this family */
+    FTC_Cache         cache;
+    FTC_MruListClass  clazz;
+
+  } FTC_FamilyRec, *FTC_Family;
+
+#define  FTC_FAMILY(x)    ( (FTC_Family)(x) )
+#define  FTC_FAMILY_P(x)  ( (FTC_Family*)(x) )
+
+
+  typedef struct  FTC_GNodeRec_
+  {
+    FTC_NodeRec      node;
+    FTC_Family       family;
+    FT_UInt          gindex;
+
+  } FTC_GNodeRec, *FTC_GNode;
+
+#define FTC_GNODE( x )    ( (FTC_GNode)(x) )
+#define FTC_GNODE_P( x )  ( (FTC_GNode*)(x) )
+
+
+  typedef struct  FTC_GQueryRec_
+  {
+    FT_UInt      gindex;
+    FTC_Family   family;
+
+  } FTC_GQueryRec, *FTC_GQuery;
+
+#define FTC_GQUERY( x )  ( (FTC_GQuery)(x) )
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* These functions are exported so that they can be called from          */
+  /* user-provided cache classes; otherwise, they are really part of the   */
+  /* cache sub-system internals.                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+
+  /* must be called by derived FTC_Node_InitFunc routines */
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  FTC_GNode_Init( FTC_GNode   node,
+                  FT_UInt     gindex,  /* glyph index for node */
+                  FTC_Family  family );
+
+  /* returns TRUE iff the query's glyph index correspond to the node;  */
+  /* this assumes that the `family' and `hash' fields of the query are */
+  /* already correctly set                                             */
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Bool )
+  FTC_GNode_Compare( FTC_GNode   gnode,
+                     FTC_GQuery  gquery );
+
+  /* call this function to clear a node's family -- this is necessary */
+  /* to implement the `node_remove_faceid' cache method correctly     */
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  FTC_GNode_UnselectFamily( FTC_GNode  gnode,
+                            FTC_Cache  cache );
+
+  /* must be called by derived FTC_Node_DoneFunc routines */
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  FTC_GNode_Done( FTC_GNode  node,
+                  FTC_Cache  cache );
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  FTC_Family_Init( FTC_Family  family,
+                   FTC_Cache   cache );
+
+  typedef struct FTC_GCacheRec_
+  {
+    FTC_CacheRec    cache;
+    FTC_MruListRec  families;
+
+  } FTC_GCacheRec, *FTC_GCache;
+
+#define FTC_GCACHE( x )  ((FTC_GCache)(x))
+
+
+#if 0
+  /* can be used as @FTC_Cache_InitFunc */
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  FTC_GCache_Init( FTC_GCache  cache );
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+  /* can be used as @FTC_Cache_DoneFunc */
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  FTC_GCache_Done( FTC_GCache  cache );
+#endif
+
+
+  /* the glyph cache class adds fields for the family implementation */
+  typedef struct  FTC_GCacheClassRec_
+  {
+    FTC_CacheClassRec  clazz;
+    FTC_MruListClass   family_class;
+
+  } FTC_GCacheClassRec;
+
+  typedef const FTC_GCacheClassRec*   FTC_GCacheClass;
+
+#define FTC_GCACHE_CLASS( x )  ((FTC_GCacheClass)(x))
+
+#define FTC_CACHE__GCACHE_CLASS( x ) \
+          FTC_GCACHE_CLASS( FTC_CACHE(x)->org_class )
+#define FTC_CACHE__FAMILY_CLASS( x ) \
+          ( (FTC_MruListClass)FTC_CACHE__GCACHE_CLASS( x )->family_class )
+
+
+  /* convenience function; use it instead of FTC_Manager_Register_Cache */
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  FTC_GCache_New( FTC_Manager       manager,
+                  FTC_GCacheClass   clazz,
+                  FTC_GCache       *acache );
+
+#ifndef FTC_INLINE
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  FTC_GCache_Lookup( FTC_GCache   cache,
+                     FT_UInt32    hash,
+                     FT_UInt      gindex,
+                     FTC_GQuery   query,
+                     FTC_Node    *anode );
+#endif
+
+
+  /* */
+
+
+#define FTC_FAMILY_FREE( family, cache )                      \
+          FTC_MruList_Remove( &FTC_GCACHE((cache))->families, \
+                              (FTC_MruNode)(family) )
+
+
+#ifdef FTC_INLINE
+
+#define FTC_GCACHE_LOOKUP_CMP( cache, famcmp, nodecmp, hash,                \
+                               gindex, query, node, error )                 \
+  FT_BEGIN_STMNT                                                            \
+    FTC_GCache               _gcache   = FTC_GCACHE( cache );               \
+    FTC_GQuery               _gquery   = (FTC_GQuery)( query );             \
+    FTC_MruNode_CompareFunc  _fcompare = (FTC_MruNode_CompareFunc)(famcmp); \
+                                                                            \
+                                                                            \
+    _gquery->gindex = (gindex);                                             \
+                                                                            \
+    FTC_MRULIST_LOOKUP_CMP( &_gcache->families, _gquery, _fcompare,         \
+                            _gquery->family, error );                       \
+    if ( !error )                                                           \
+    {                                                                       \
+      FTC_Family  _gqfamily = _gquery->family;                              \
+                                                                            \
+                                                                            \
+      _gqfamily->num_nodes++;                                               \
+                                                                            \
+      FTC_CACHE_LOOKUP_CMP( cache, nodecmp, hash, query, node, error );     \
+                                                                            \
+      if ( --_gqfamily->num_nodes == 0 )                                    \
+        FTC_FAMILY_FREE( _gqfamily, _gcache );                              \
+    }                                                                       \
+  FT_END_STMNT
+  /* */
+
+#else /* !FTC_INLINE */
+
+#define FTC_GCACHE_LOOKUP_CMP( cache, famcmp, nodecmp, hash,          \
+                               gindex, query, node, error )           \
+   FT_BEGIN_STMNT                                                     \
+     void*  _n = &(node);                                             \
+                                                                      \
+                                                                      \
+     error = FTC_GCache_Lookup( FTC_GCACHE( cache ), hash, gindex,    \
+                                FTC_GQUERY( query ), (FTC_Node*)_n ); \
+   FT_END_STMNT
+
+#endif /* !FTC_INLINE */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+
+#endif /* __FTCGLYPH_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcimage.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcimage.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..15d4e80
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcimage.c
@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftcimage.c                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType Image cache (body).                                         */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2000-2001, 2003, 2004, 2006 by                               */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_CACHE_H
+#include "ftcimage.h"
+#include FT_INTERNAL_MEMORY_H
+
+#include "ftccback.h"
+#include "ftcerror.h"
+
+
+  /* finalize a given glyph image node */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  ftc_inode_free( FTC_Node   ftcinode,
+                  FTC_Cache  cache )
+  {
+    FTC_INode  inode = (FTC_INode)ftcinode;
+    FT_Memory  memory = cache->memory;
+
+
+    if ( inode->glyph )
+    {
+      FT_Done_Glyph( inode->glyph );
+      inode->glyph = NULL;
+    }
+
+    FTC_GNode_Done( FTC_GNODE( inode ), cache );
+    FT_FREE( inode );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  FTC_INode_Free( FTC_INode  inode,
+                  FTC_Cache  cache )
+  {
+    ftc_inode_free( FTC_NODE( inode ), cache );
+  }
+
+
+  /* initialize a new glyph image node */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FTC_INode_New( FTC_INode   *pinode,
+                 FTC_GQuery   gquery,
+                 FTC_Cache    cache )
+  {
+    FT_Memory  memory = cache->memory;
+    FT_Error   error;
+    FTC_INode  inode;
+
+
+    if ( !FT_NEW( inode ) )
+    {
+      FTC_GNode         gnode  = FTC_GNODE( inode );
+      FTC_Family        family = gquery->family;
+      FT_UInt           gindex = gquery->gindex;
+      FTC_IFamilyClass  clazz  = FTC_CACHE__IFAMILY_CLASS( cache );
+
+
+      /* initialize its inner fields */
+      FTC_GNode_Init( gnode, gindex, family );
+
+      /* we will now load the glyph image */
+      error = clazz->family_load_glyph( family, gindex, cache,
+                                        &inode->glyph );
+      if ( error )
+      {
+        FTC_INode_Free( inode, cache );
+        inode = NULL;
+      }
+    }
+
+    *pinode = inode;
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  ftc_inode_new( FTC_Node   *ftcpinode,
+                 FT_Pointer  ftcgquery,
+                 FTC_Cache   cache )
+  {
+    FTC_INode  *pinode = (FTC_INode*)ftcpinode;
+    FTC_GQuery  gquery = (FTC_GQuery)ftcgquery;
+
+
+    return FTC_INode_New( pinode, gquery, cache );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_ULong )
+  ftc_inode_weight( FTC_Node   ftcinode,
+                    FTC_Cache  ftccache )
+  {
+    FTC_INode  inode = (FTC_INode)ftcinode;
+    FT_ULong   size  = 0;
+    FT_Glyph   glyph = inode->glyph;
+
+    FT_UNUSED( ftccache );
+
+
+    switch ( glyph->format )
+    {
+    case FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP:
+      {
+        FT_BitmapGlyph  bitg;
+
+
+        bitg = (FT_BitmapGlyph)glyph;
+        size = bitg->bitmap.rows * ft_labs( bitg->bitmap.pitch ) +
+               sizeof ( *bitg );
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE:
+      {
+        FT_OutlineGlyph  outg;
+
+
+        outg = (FT_OutlineGlyph)glyph;
+        size = outg->outline.n_points *
+                 ( sizeof ( FT_Vector ) + sizeof ( FT_Byte ) ) +
+               outg->outline.n_contours * sizeof ( FT_Short ) +
+               sizeof ( *outg );
+      }
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      ;
+    }
+
+    size += sizeof ( *inode );
+    return size;
+  }
+
+
+#if 0
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_ULong )
+  FTC_INode_Weight( FTC_INode  inode )
+  {
+    return ftc_inode_weight( FTC_NODE( inode ), NULL );
+  }
+
+#endif /* 0 */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcimage.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcimage.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..20d5d3e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcimage.h
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftcimage.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType Generic Image cache (specification)                         */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2000-2001, 2002, 2003, 2006 by                               */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*
+  *  FTC_ICache is an _abstract_ cache used to store a single FT_Glyph
+  *  image per cache node.
+  *
+  *  FTC_ICache extends FTC_GCache.  For an implementation example,
+  *  see FTC_ImageCache in `src/cache/ftbasic.c'.
+  */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Each image cache really manages FT_Glyph objects.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTCIMAGE_H__
+#define __FTCIMAGE_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_CACHE_H
+#include "ftcglyph.h"
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /* the FT_Glyph image node type - we store only 1 glyph per node */
+  typedef struct  FTC_INodeRec_
+  {
+    FTC_GNodeRec  gnode;
+    FT_Glyph      glyph;
+
+  } FTC_INodeRec, *FTC_INode;
+
+#define FTC_INODE( x )         ( (FTC_INode)( x ) )
+#define FTC_INODE_GINDEX( x )  FTC_GNODE(x)->gindex
+#define FTC_INODE_FAMILY( x )  FTC_GNODE(x)->family
+
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*FTC_IFamily_LoadGlyphFunc)( FTC_Family  family,
+                                FT_UInt     gindex,
+                                FTC_Cache   cache,
+                                FT_Glyph   *aglyph );
+
+  typedef struct  FTC_IFamilyClassRec_
+  {
+    FTC_MruListClassRec        clazz;
+    FTC_IFamily_LoadGlyphFunc  family_load_glyph;
+
+  } FTC_IFamilyClassRec;
+
+  typedef const FTC_IFamilyClassRec*  FTC_IFamilyClass;
+
+#define FTC_IFAMILY_CLASS( x )  ((FTC_IFamilyClass)(x))
+
+#define FTC_CACHE__IFAMILY_CLASS( x ) \
+          FTC_IFAMILY_CLASS( FTC_CACHE__GCACHE_CLASS(x)->family_class )
+
+
+  /* can be used as a @FTC_Node_FreeFunc */
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  FTC_INode_Free( FTC_INode  inode,
+                  FTC_Cache  cache );
+
+  /* Can be used as @FTC_Node_NewFunc.  `gquery.index' and `gquery.family'
+   * must be set correctly.  This function will call the `family_load_glyph'
+   * method to load the FT_Glyph into the cache node.
+   */
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  FTC_INode_New( FTC_INode   *pinode,
+                 FTC_GQuery   gquery,
+                 FTC_Cache    cache );
+
+#if 0
+  /* can be used as @FTC_Node_WeightFunc */
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_ULong )
+  FTC_INode_Weight( FTC_INode  inode );
+#endif
+
+
+ /* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTCIMAGE_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcmanag.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcmanag.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4d44094
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcmanag.c
@@ -0,0 +1,733 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftcmanag.c                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType Cache Manager (body).                                       */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2000-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008, 2009 by       */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_CACHE_H
+#include "ftcmanag.h"
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+#include FT_SIZES_H
+
+#include "ftccback.h"
+#include "ftcerror.h"
+
+
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_cache
+
+#define FTC_LRU_GET_MANAGER( lru )  ( (FTC_Manager)(lru)->user_data )
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  ftc_scaler_lookup_size( FTC_Manager  manager,
+                          FTC_Scaler   scaler,
+                          FT_Size     *asize )
+  {
+    FT_Face   face;
+    FT_Size   size = NULL;
+    FT_Error  error;
+
+
+    error = FTC_Manager_LookupFace( manager, scaler->face_id, &face );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    error = FT_New_Size( face, &size );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    FT_Activate_Size( size );
+
+    if ( scaler->pixel )
+      error = FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes( face, scaler->width, scaler->height );
+    else
+      error = FT_Set_Char_Size( face, scaler->width, scaler->height,
+                                scaler->x_res, scaler->y_res );
+    if ( error )
+    {
+      FT_Done_Size( size );
+      size = NULL;
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    *asize = size;
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  typedef struct  FTC_SizeNodeRec_
+  {
+    FTC_MruNodeRec  node;
+    FT_Size         size;
+    FTC_ScalerRec   scaler;
+
+  } FTC_SizeNodeRec, *FTC_SizeNode;
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
+  ftc_size_node_done( FTC_MruNode  ftcnode,
+                      FT_Pointer   data )
+  {
+    FTC_SizeNode  node = (FTC_SizeNode)ftcnode;
+    FT_Size       size = node->size;
+    FT_UNUSED( data );
+
+
+    if ( size )
+      FT_Done_Size( size );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Bool )
+  ftc_size_node_compare( FTC_MruNode  ftcnode,
+                         FT_Pointer   ftcscaler )
+  {
+    FTC_SizeNode  node    = (FTC_SizeNode)ftcnode;
+    FTC_Scaler    scaler  = (FTC_Scaler)ftcscaler;
+    FTC_Scaler    scaler0 = &node->scaler;
+
+
+    if ( FTC_SCALER_COMPARE( scaler0, scaler ) )
+    {
+      FT_Activate_Size( node->size );
+      return 1;
+    }
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  ftc_size_node_init( FTC_MruNode  ftcnode,
+                      FT_Pointer   ftcscaler,
+                      FT_Pointer   ftcmanager )
+  {
+    FTC_SizeNode  node    = (FTC_SizeNode)ftcnode;
+    FTC_Scaler    scaler  = (FTC_Scaler)ftcscaler;
+    FTC_Manager   manager = (FTC_Manager)ftcmanager;
+
+
+    node->scaler = scaler[0];
+
+    return ftc_scaler_lookup_size( manager, scaler, &node->size );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  ftc_size_node_reset( FTC_MruNode  ftcnode,
+                       FT_Pointer   ftcscaler,
+                       FT_Pointer   ftcmanager )
+  {
+    FTC_SizeNode  node    = (FTC_SizeNode)ftcnode;
+    FTC_Scaler    scaler  = (FTC_Scaler)ftcscaler;
+    FTC_Manager   manager = (FTC_Manager)ftcmanager;
+
+
+    FT_Done_Size( node->size );
+
+    node->scaler = scaler[0];
+
+    return ftc_scaler_lookup_size( manager, scaler, &node->size );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
+  const FTC_MruListClassRec  ftc_size_list_class =
+  {
+    sizeof ( FTC_SizeNodeRec ),
+    ftc_size_node_compare,
+    ftc_size_node_init,
+    ftc_size_node_reset,
+    ftc_size_node_done
+  };
+
+
+  /* helper function used by ftc_face_node_done */
+  static FT_Bool
+  ftc_size_node_compare_faceid( FTC_MruNode  ftcnode,
+                                FT_Pointer   ftcface_id )
+  {
+    FTC_SizeNode  node    = (FTC_SizeNode)ftcnode;
+    FTC_FaceID    face_id = (FTC_FaceID)ftcface_id;
+
+
+    return FT_BOOL( node->scaler.face_id == face_id );
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftcache.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FTC_Manager_LookupSize( FTC_Manager  manager,
+                          FTC_Scaler   scaler,
+                          FT_Size     *asize )
+  {
+    FT_Error      error;
+    FTC_SizeNode  node;
+
+
+    if ( asize == NULL )
+      return FTC_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    *asize = NULL;
+
+    if ( !manager )
+      return FTC_Err_Invalid_Cache_Handle;
+
+#ifdef FTC_INLINE
+
+    FTC_MRULIST_LOOKUP_CMP( &manager->sizes, scaler, ftc_size_node_compare,
+                            node, error );
+
+#else
+    error = FTC_MruList_Lookup( &manager->sizes, scaler, (FTC_MruNode*)&node );
+#endif
+
+    if ( !error )
+      *asize = node->size;
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                    FACE MRU IMPLEMENTATION                    *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  typedef struct  FTC_FaceNodeRec_
+  {
+    FTC_MruNodeRec  node;
+    FTC_FaceID      face_id;
+    FT_Face         face;
+
+  } FTC_FaceNodeRec, *FTC_FaceNode;
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  ftc_face_node_init( FTC_MruNode  ftcnode,
+                      FT_Pointer   ftcface_id,
+                      FT_Pointer   ftcmanager )
+  {
+    FTC_FaceNode  node    = (FTC_FaceNode)ftcnode;
+    FTC_FaceID    face_id = (FTC_FaceID)ftcface_id;
+    FTC_Manager   manager = (FTC_Manager)ftcmanager;
+    FT_Error      error;
+
+
+    node->face_id = face_id;
+
+    error = manager->request_face( face_id,
+                                   manager->library,
+                                   manager->request_data,
+                                   &node->face );
+    if ( !error )
+    {
+      /* destroy initial size object; it will be re-created later */
+      if ( node->face->size )
+        FT_Done_Size( node->face->size );
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
+  ftc_face_node_done( FTC_MruNode  ftcnode,
+                      FT_Pointer   ftcmanager )
+  {
+    FTC_FaceNode  node    = (FTC_FaceNode)ftcnode;
+    FTC_Manager   manager = (FTC_Manager)ftcmanager;
+
+
+    /* we must begin by removing all scalers for the target face */
+    /* from the manager's list                                   */
+    FTC_MruList_RemoveSelection( &manager->sizes,
+                                 ftc_size_node_compare_faceid,
+                                 node->face_id );
+
+    /* all right, we can discard the face now */
+    FT_Done_Face( node->face );
+    node->face    = NULL;
+    node->face_id = NULL;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Bool )
+  ftc_face_node_compare( FTC_MruNode  ftcnode,
+                         FT_Pointer   ftcface_id )
+  {
+    FTC_FaceNode  node    = (FTC_FaceNode)ftcnode;
+    FTC_FaceID    face_id = (FTC_FaceID)ftcface_id;
+
+
+    return FT_BOOL( node->face_id == face_id );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
+  const FTC_MruListClassRec  ftc_face_list_class =
+  {
+    sizeof ( FTC_FaceNodeRec),
+
+    ftc_face_node_compare,
+    ftc_face_node_init,
+    0,                          /* FTC_MruNode_ResetFunc */
+    ftc_face_node_done
+  };
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftcache.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FTC_Manager_LookupFace( FTC_Manager  manager,
+                          FTC_FaceID   face_id,
+                          FT_Face     *aface )
+  {
+    FT_Error      error;
+    FTC_FaceNode  node;
+
+
+    if ( aface == NULL )
+      return FTC_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    *aface = NULL;
+
+    if ( !manager )
+      return FTC_Err_Invalid_Cache_Handle;
+
+    /* we break encapsulation for the sake of speed */
+#ifdef FTC_INLINE
+
+    FTC_MRULIST_LOOKUP_CMP( &manager->faces, face_id, ftc_face_node_compare,
+                            node, error );
+
+#else
+    error = FTC_MruList_Lookup( &manager->faces, face_id, (FTC_MruNode*)&node );
+#endif
+
+    if ( !error )
+      *aface = node->face;
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                    CACHE MANAGER ROUTINES                     *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftcache.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FTC_Manager_New( FT_Library          library,
+                   FT_UInt             max_faces,
+                   FT_UInt             max_sizes,
+                   FT_ULong            max_bytes,
+                   FTC_Face_Requester  requester,
+                   FT_Pointer          req_data,
+                   FTC_Manager        *amanager )
+  {
+    FT_Error     error;
+    FT_Memory    memory;
+    FTC_Manager  manager = 0;
+
+
+    if ( !library )
+      return FTC_Err_Invalid_Library_Handle;
+
+    memory = library->memory;
+
+    if ( FT_NEW( manager ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    if ( max_faces == 0 )
+      max_faces = FTC_MAX_FACES_DEFAULT;
+
+    if ( max_sizes == 0 )
+      max_sizes = FTC_MAX_SIZES_DEFAULT;
+
+    if ( max_bytes == 0 )
+      max_bytes = FTC_MAX_BYTES_DEFAULT;
+
+    manager->library      = library;
+    manager->memory       = memory;
+    manager->max_weight   = max_bytes;
+
+    manager->request_face = requester;
+    manager->request_data = req_data;
+
+    FTC_MruList_Init( &manager->faces,
+                      &ftc_face_list_class,
+                      max_faces,
+                      manager,
+                      memory );
+
+    FTC_MruList_Init( &manager->sizes,
+                      &ftc_size_list_class,
+                      max_sizes,
+                      manager,
+                      memory );
+
+    *amanager = manager;
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftcache.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
+  FTC_Manager_Done( FTC_Manager  manager )
+  {
+    FT_Memory  memory;
+    FT_UInt    idx;
+
+
+    if ( !manager || !manager->library )
+      return;
+
+    memory = manager->memory;
+
+    /* now discard all caches */
+    for (idx = manager->num_caches; idx-- > 0; )
+    {
+      FTC_Cache  cache = manager->caches[idx];
+
+
+      if ( cache )
+      {
+        cache->clazz.cache_done( cache );
+        FT_FREE( cache );
+        manager->caches[idx] = NULL;
+      }
+    }
+    manager->num_caches = 0;
+
+    /* discard faces and sizes */
+    FTC_MruList_Done( &manager->sizes );
+    FTC_MruList_Done( &manager->faces );
+
+    manager->library = NULL;
+    manager->memory  = NULL;
+
+    FT_FREE( manager );
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftcache.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
+  FTC_Manager_Reset( FTC_Manager  manager )
+  {
+    if ( manager )
+    {
+      FTC_MruList_Reset( &manager->sizes );
+      FTC_MruList_Reset( &manager->faces );
+    }
+    /* XXX: FIXME: flush the caches? */
+  }
+
+
+#ifdef FT_DEBUG_ERROR
+
+  static void
+  FTC_Manager_Check( FTC_Manager  manager )
+  {
+    FTC_Node  node, first;
+
+
+    first = manager->nodes_list;
+
+    /* check node weights */
+    if ( first )
+    {
+      FT_ULong  weight = 0;
+
+
+      node = first;
+
+      do
+      {
+        FTC_Cache  cache = manager->caches[node->cache_index];
+
+
+        if ( (FT_UInt)node->cache_index >= manager->num_caches )
+          FT_ERROR(( "FTC_Manager_Check: invalid node (cache index = %ld\n",
+                     node->cache_index ));
+        else
+          weight += cache->clazz.node_weight( node, cache );
+
+        node = FTC_NODE__NEXT( node );
+
+      } while ( node != first );
+
+      if ( weight != manager->cur_weight )
+        FT_ERROR(( "FTC_Manager_Check: invalid weight %ld instead of %ld\n",
+                   manager->cur_weight, weight ));
+    }
+
+    /* check circular list */
+    if ( first )
+    {
+      FT_UFast  count = 0;
+
+
+      node = first;
+      do
+      {
+        count++;
+        node = FTC_NODE__NEXT( node );
+
+      } while ( node != first );
+
+      if ( count != manager->num_nodes )
+        FT_ERROR((
+          "FTC_Manager_Check: invalid cache node count %d instead of %d\n",
+          manager->num_nodes, count ));
+    }
+  }
+
+#endif /* FT_DEBUG_ERROR */
+
+
+  /* `Compress' the manager's data, i.e., get rid of old cache nodes */
+  /* that are not referenced anymore in order to limit the total     */
+  /* memory used by the cache.                                       */
+
+  /* documentation is in ftcmanag.h */
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  FTC_Manager_Compress( FTC_Manager  manager )
+  {
+    FTC_Node   node, first;
+
+
+    if ( !manager )
+      return;
+
+    first = manager->nodes_list;
+
+#ifdef FT_DEBUG_ERROR
+    FTC_Manager_Check( manager );
+
+    FT_ERROR(( "compressing, weight = %ld, max = %ld, nodes = %d\n",
+               manager->cur_weight, manager->max_weight,
+               manager->num_nodes ));
+#endif
+
+    if ( manager->cur_weight < manager->max_weight || first == NULL )
+      return;
+
+    /* go to last node -- it's a circular list */
+    node = FTC_NODE__PREV( first );
+    do
+    {
+      FTC_Node  prev;
+
+
+      prev = ( node == first ) ? NULL : FTC_NODE__PREV( node );
+
+      if ( node->ref_count <= 0 )
+        ftc_node_destroy( node, manager );
+
+      node = prev;
+
+    } while ( node && manager->cur_weight > manager->max_weight );
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftcmanag.h */
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FTC_Manager_RegisterCache( FTC_Manager      manager,
+                             FTC_CacheClass   clazz,
+                             FTC_Cache       *acache )
+  {
+    FT_Error   error = FTC_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+    FTC_Cache  cache = NULL;
+
+
+    if ( manager && clazz && acache )
+    {
+      FT_Memory  memory = manager->memory;
+
+
+      if ( manager->num_caches >= FTC_MAX_CACHES )
+      {
+        error = FTC_Err_Too_Many_Caches;
+        FT_ERROR(( "%s: too many registered caches\n",
+                   "FTC_Manager_Register_Cache" ));
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+
+      if ( !FT_ALLOC( cache, clazz->cache_size ) )
+      {
+        cache->manager   = manager;
+        cache->memory    = memory;
+        cache->clazz     = clazz[0];
+        cache->org_class = clazz;
+
+        /* THIS IS VERY IMPORTANT!  IT WILL WRETCH THE MANAGER */
+        /* IF IT IS NOT SET CORRECTLY                          */
+        cache->index = manager->num_caches;
+
+        error = clazz->cache_init( cache );
+        if ( error )
+        {
+          clazz->cache_done( cache );
+          FT_FREE( cache );
+          goto Exit;
+        }
+
+        manager->caches[manager->num_caches++] = cache;
+      }
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    if ( acache )
+      *acache = cache;
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_UInt )
+  FTC_Manager_FlushN( FTC_Manager  manager,
+                      FT_UInt      count )
+  {
+    FTC_Node  first = manager->nodes_list;
+    FTC_Node  node;
+    FT_UInt   result;
+
+
+    /* try to remove `count' nodes from the list */
+    if ( first == NULL )  /* empty list! */
+      return 0;
+
+    /* go to last node - it's a circular list */
+    node = FTC_NODE__PREV(first);
+    for ( result = 0; result < count; )
+    {
+      FTC_Node  prev = FTC_NODE__PREV( node );
+
+
+      /* don't touch locked nodes */
+      if ( node->ref_count <= 0 )
+      {
+        ftc_node_destroy( node, manager );
+        result++;
+      }
+
+      if ( node == first )
+        break;
+
+      node = prev;
+    }
+    return  result;
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftcache.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
+  FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID( FTC_Manager  manager,
+                            FTC_FaceID   face_id )
+  {
+    FT_UInt  nn;
+
+    /* this will remove all FTC_SizeNode that correspond to
+     * the face_id as well
+     */
+    FTC_MruList_RemoveSelection( &manager->faces, NULL, face_id );
+
+    for ( nn = 0; nn < manager->num_caches; nn++ )
+      FTC_Cache_RemoveFaceID( manager->caches[nn], face_id );
+  }
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ftcache.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( void )
+  FTC_Node_Unref( FTC_Node     node,
+                  FTC_Manager  manager )
+  {
+    if ( node && (FT_UInt)node->cache_index < manager->num_caches )
+      node->ref_count--;
+  }
+
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FTC_Manager_Lookup_Face( FTC_Manager  manager,
+                           FTC_FaceID   face_id,
+                           FT_Face     *aface )
+  {
+    return FTC_Manager_LookupFace( manager, face_id, aface );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  FTC_Manager_Lookup_Size( FTC_Manager  manager,
+                           FTC_Font     font,
+                           FT_Face     *aface,
+                           FT_Size     *asize )
+  {
+    FTC_ScalerRec  scaler;
+    FT_Error       error;
+    FT_Size        size;
+    FT_Face        face;
+
+
+    scaler.face_id = font->face_id;
+    scaler.width   = font->pix_width;
+    scaler.height  = font->pix_height;
+    scaler.pixel   = TRUE;
+    scaler.x_res   = 0;
+    scaler.y_res   = 0;
+
+    error = FTC_Manager_LookupSize( manager, &scaler, &size );
+    if ( error )
+    {
+      face = NULL;
+      size = NULL;
+    }
+    else
+      face = size->face;
+
+    if ( aface )
+      *aface = face;
+
+    if ( asize )
+      *asize = size;
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcmanag.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcmanag.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3fdc2c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcmanag.h
@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftcmanag.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType Cache Manager (specification).                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2000-2001, 2003, 2004, 2006 by                               */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* A cache manager is in charge of the following:                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*  - Maintain a mapping between generic FTC_FaceIDs and live FT_Face    */
+  /*    objects.  The mapping itself is performed through a user-provided  */
+  /*    callback.  However, the manager maintains a small cache of FT_Face */
+  /*    and FT_Size objects in order to speed up things considerably.      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*  - Manage one or more cache objects.  Each cache is in charge of      */
+  /*    holding a varying number of `cache nodes'.  Each cache node        */
+  /*    represents a minimal amount of individually accessible cached      */
+  /*    data.  For example, a cache node can be an FT_Glyph image          */
+  /*    containing a vector outline, or some glyph metrics, or anything    */
+  /*    else.                                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Each cache node has a certain size in bytes that is added to the   */
+  /*    total amount of `cache memory' within the manager.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    All cache nodes are located in a global LRU list, where the oldest */
+  /*    node is at the tail of the list.                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Each node belongs to a single cache, and includes a reference      */
+  /*    count to avoid destroying it (due to caching).                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*********                                                       *********/
+  /*********             WARNING, THIS IS BETA CODE.               *********/
+  /*********                                                       *********/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTCMANAG_H__
+#define __FTCMANAG_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_CACHE_H
+#include "ftcmru.h"
+#include "ftccache.h"
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Section>                                                             */
+  /*    cache_subsystem                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#define FTC_MAX_FACES_DEFAULT  2
+#define FTC_MAX_SIZES_DEFAULT  4
+#define FTC_MAX_BYTES_DEFAULT  200000L  /* ~200kByte by default */
+
+  /* maximum number of caches registered in a single manager */
+#define FTC_MAX_CACHES         16
+
+
+  typedef struct  FTC_ManagerRec_
+  {
+    FT_Library          library;
+    FT_Memory           memory;
+
+    FTC_Node            nodes_list;
+    FT_ULong            max_weight;
+    FT_ULong            cur_weight;
+    FT_UInt             num_nodes;
+
+    FTC_Cache           caches[FTC_MAX_CACHES];
+    FT_UInt             num_caches;
+
+    FTC_MruListRec      faces;
+    FTC_MruListRec      sizes;
+
+    FT_Pointer          request_data;
+    FTC_Face_Requester  request_face;
+
+  } FTC_ManagerRec;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FTC_Manager_Compress                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    This function is used to check the state of the cache manager if   */
+  /*    its `num_bytes' field is greater than its `max_bytes' field.  It   */
+  /*    will flush as many old cache nodes as possible (ignoring cache     */
+  /*    nodes with a non-zero reference count).                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    manager :: A handle to the cache manager.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    Client applications should not call this function directly.  It is */
+  /*    normally invoked by specific cache implementations.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    The reason this function is exported is to allow client-specific   */
+  /*    cache classes.                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  FTC_Manager_Compress( FTC_Manager  manager );
+
+
+  /* try to flush `count' old nodes from the cache; return the number
+   * of really flushed nodes
+   */
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_UInt )
+  FTC_Manager_FlushN( FTC_Manager  manager,
+                      FT_UInt      count );
+
+
+  /* this must be used internally for the moment */
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  FTC_Manager_RegisterCache( FTC_Manager      manager,
+                             FTC_CacheClass   clazz,
+                             FTC_Cache       *acache );
+
+ /* */
+
+#define FTC_SCALER_COMPARE( a, b )                \
+    ( (a)->face_id      == (b)->face_id      &&   \
+      (a)->width        == (b)->width        &&   \
+      (a)->height       == (b)->height       &&   \
+      ((a)->pixel != 0) == ((b)->pixel != 0) &&   \
+      ( (a)->pixel ||                             \
+        ( (a)->x_res == (b)->x_res &&             \
+          (a)->y_res == (b)->y_res ) ) )
+
+#define FTC_SCALER_HASH( q )                                 \
+    ( FTC_FACE_ID_HASH( (q)->face_id ) +                     \
+      (q)->width + (q)->height*7 +                           \
+      ( (q)->pixel ? 0 : ( (q)->x_res*33 ^ (q)->y_res*61 ) ) )
+
+ /* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTCMANAG_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcmru.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcmru.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3a6c625
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcmru.c
@@ -0,0 +1,357 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftcmru.c                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType MRU support (body).                                         */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2003, 2004, 2006 by                                          */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_CACHE_H
+#include "ftcmru.h"
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+
+#include "ftcerror.h"
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  FTC_MruNode_Prepend( FTC_MruNode  *plist,
+                       FTC_MruNode   node )
+  {
+    FTC_MruNode  first = *plist;
+
+
+    if ( first )
+    {
+      FTC_MruNode  last = first->prev;
+
+
+#ifdef FT_DEBUG_ERROR
+      {
+        FTC_MruNode  cnode = first;
+
+
+        do
+        {
+          if ( cnode == node )
+          {
+            fprintf( stderr, "FTC_MruNode_Prepend: invalid action!\n" );
+            exit( 2 );
+          }
+          cnode = cnode->next;
+
+        } while ( cnode != first );
+      }
+#endif
+
+      first->prev = node;
+      last->next  = node;
+      node->next  = first;
+      node->prev  = last;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      node->next = node;
+      node->prev = node;
+    }
+    *plist = node;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  FTC_MruNode_Up( FTC_MruNode  *plist,
+                  FTC_MruNode   node )
+  {
+    FTC_MruNode  first = *plist;
+
+
+    FT_ASSERT( first != NULL );
+
+    if ( first != node )
+    {
+      FTC_MruNode  prev, next, last;
+
+
+#ifdef FT_DEBUG_ERROR
+      {
+        FTC_MruNode  cnode = first;
+        do
+        {
+          if ( cnode == node )
+            goto Ok;
+          cnode = cnode->next;
+
+        } while ( cnode != first );
+
+        fprintf( stderr, "FTC_MruNode_Up: invalid action!\n" );
+        exit( 2 );
+      Ok:
+      }
+#endif
+      prev = node->prev;
+      next = node->next;
+
+      prev->next = next;
+      next->prev = prev;
+
+      last = first->prev;
+
+      last->next  = node;
+      first->prev = node;
+
+      node->next = first;
+      node->prev = last;
+
+      *plist = node;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  FTC_MruNode_Remove( FTC_MruNode  *plist,
+                      FTC_MruNode   node )
+  {
+    FTC_MruNode  first = *plist;
+    FTC_MruNode  prev, next;
+
+
+    FT_ASSERT( first != NULL );
+
+#ifdef FT_DEBUG_ERROR
+      {
+        FTC_MruNode  cnode = first;
+
+
+        do
+        {
+          if ( cnode == node )
+            goto Ok;
+          cnode = cnode->next;
+
+        } while ( cnode != first );
+
+        fprintf( stderr, "FTC_MruNode_Remove: invalid action!\n" );
+        exit( 2 );
+      Ok:
+      }
+#endif
+
+    prev = node->prev;
+    next = node->next;
+
+    prev->next = next;
+    next->prev = prev;
+
+    if ( node == next )
+    {
+      FT_ASSERT( first == node );
+      FT_ASSERT( prev  == node );
+
+      *plist = NULL;
+    }
+    else if ( node == first )
+        *plist = next;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  FTC_MruList_Init( FTC_MruList       list,
+                    FTC_MruListClass  clazz,
+                    FT_UInt           max_nodes,
+                    FT_Pointer        data,
+                    FT_Memory         memory )
+  {
+    list->num_nodes = 0;
+    list->max_nodes = max_nodes;
+    list->nodes     = NULL;
+    list->clazz     = *clazz;
+    list->data      = data;
+    list->memory    = memory;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  FTC_MruList_Reset( FTC_MruList  list )
+  {
+    while ( list->nodes )
+      FTC_MruList_Remove( list, list->nodes );
+
+    FT_ASSERT( list->num_nodes == 0 );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  FTC_MruList_Done( FTC_MruList  list )
+  {
+    FTC_MruList_Reset( list );
+  }
+
+
+#ifndef FTC_INLINE
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FTC_MruNode )
+  FTC_MruList_Find( FTC_MruList  list,
+                    FT_Pointer   key )
+  {
+    FTC_MruNode_CompareFunc  compare = list->clazz.node_compare;
+    FTC_MruNode              first, node;
+
+
+    first = list->nodes;
+    node  = NULL;
+
+    if ( first )
+    {
+      node = first;
+      do
+      {
+        if ( compare( node, key ) )
+        {
+          if ( node != first )
+            FTC_MruNode_Up( &list->nodes, node );
+
+          return node;
+        }
+
+        node = node->next;
+
+      } while ( node != first);
+    }
+
+    return NULL;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FTC_MruList_New( FTC_MruList   list,
+                   FT_Pointer    key,
+                   FTC_MruNode  *anode )
+  {
+    FT_Error     error;
+    FTC_MruNode  node;
+    FT_Memory    memory = list->memory;
+
+
+    if ( list->num_nodes >= list->max_nodes && list->max_nodes > 0 )
+    {
+      node = list->nodes->prev;
+
+      FT_ASSERT( node );
+
+      if ( list->clazz.node_reset )
+      {
+        FTC_MruNode_Up( &list->nodes, node );
+
+        error = list->clazz.node_reset( node, key, list->data );
+        if ( !error )
+          goto Exit;
+      }
+
+      FTC_MruNode_Remove( &list->nodes, node );
+      list->num_nodes--;
+
+      if ( list->clazz.node_done )
+        list->clazz.node_done( node, list->data );
+    }
+    else if ( FT_ALLOC( node, list->clazz.node_size ) )
+        goto Exit;
+
+    error = list->clazz.node_init( node, key, list->data );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Fail;
+
+      FTC_MruNode_Prepend( &list->nodes, node );
+      list->num_nodes++;
+
+  Exit:
+    *anode = node;
+    return error;
+
+  Fail:
+    if ( list->clazz.node_done )
+      list->clazz.node_done( node, list->data );
+
+    FT_FREE( node );
+    goto Exit;
+  }
+
+
+#ifndef FTC_INLINE
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FTC_MruList_Lookup( FTC_MruList   list,
+                      FT_Pointer    key,
+                      FTC_MruNode  *anode )
+  {
+    FTC_MruNode  node;
+
+
+    node = FTC_MruList_Find( list, key );
+    if ( node == NULL )
+      return FTC_MruList_New( list, key, anode );
+
+    *anode = node;
+    return 0;
+  }
+#endif /* FTC_INLINE */
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  FTC_MruList_Remove( FTC_MruList  list,
+                      FTC_MruNode  node )
+  {
+    FTC_MruNode_Remove( &list->nodes, node );
+    list->num_nodes--;
+
+    {
+      FT_Memory  memory = list->memory;
+
+
+      if ( list->clazz.node_done )
+       list->clazz.node_done( node, list->data );
+
+      FT_FREE( node );
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  FTC_MruList_RemoveSelection( FTC_MruList              list,
+                               FTC_MruNode_CompareFunc  selection,
+                               FT_Pointer               key )
+  {
+    FTC_MruNode  first, node, next;
+
+
+    first = list->nodes;
+    while ( first && ( selection == NULL || selection( first, key ) ) )
+    {
+      FTC_MruList_Remove( list, first );
+      first = list->nodes;
+    }
+
+    if ( first )
+    {
+      node = first->next;
+      while ( node != first )
+      {
+        next = node->next;
+
+        if ( selection( node, key ) )
+          FTC_MruList_Remove( list, node );
+
+        node = next;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcmru.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcmru.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c8f0c6e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcmru.h
@@ -0,0 +1,247 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftcmru.h                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Simple MRU list-cache (specification).                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2000-2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 by                         */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* An MRU is a list that cannot hold more than a certain number of       */
+  /* elements (`max_elements').  All elements in the list are sorted in    */
+  /* least-recently-used order, i.e., the `oldest' element is at the tail  */
+  /* of the list.                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* When doing a lookup (either through `Lookup()' or `Lookup_Node()'),   */
+  /* the list is searched for an element with the corresponding key.  If   */
+  /* it is found, the element is moved to the head of the list and is      */
+  /* returned.                                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* If no corresponding element is found, the lookup routine will try to  */
+  /* obtain a new element with the relevant key.  If the list is already   */
+  /* full, the oldest element from the list is discarded and replaced by a */
+  /* new one; a new element is added to the list otherwise.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Note that it is possible to pre-allocate the element list nodes.      */
+  /* This is handy if `max_elements' is sufficiently small, as it saves    */
+  /* allocations/releases during the lookup process.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTCMRU_H__
+#define __FTCMRU_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+#define  xxFT_DEBUG_ERROR
+#define  FTC_INLINE
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+  typedef struct FTC_MruNodeRec_*  FTC_MruNode;
+
+  typedef struct  FTC_MruNodeRec_
+  {
+    FTC_MruNode  next;
+    FTC_MruNode  prev;
+
+  } FTC_MruNodeRec;
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  FTC_MruNode_Prepend( FTC_MruNode  *plist,
+                       FTC_MruNode   node );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  FTC_MruNode_Up( FTC_MruNode  *plist,
+                  FTC_MruNode   node );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  FTC_MruNode_Remove( FTC_MruNode  *plist,
+                      FTC_MruNode   node );
+
+
+  typedef struct FTC_MruListRec_*              FTC_MruList;
+
+  typedef struct FTC_MruListClassRec_ const *  FTC_MruListClass;
+
+
+  typedef FT_Bool
+  (*FTC_MruNode_CompareFunc)( FTC_MruNode  node,
+                              FT_Pointer   key );
+
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*FTC_MruNode_InitFunc)( FTC_MruNode  node,
+                           FT_Pointer   key,
+                           FT_Pointer   data );
+
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*FTC_MruNode_ResetFunc)( FTC_MruNode  node,
+                            FT_Pointer   key,
+                            FT_Pointer   data );
+
+  typedef void
+  (*FTC_MruNode_DoneFunc)( FTC_MruNode  node,
+                           FT_Pointer   data );
+
+
+  typedef struct  FTC_MruListClassRec_
+  {
+    FT_UInt                  node_size;
+    FTC_MruNode_CompareFunc  node_compare;
+    FTC_MruNode_InitFunc     node_init;
+    FTC_MruNode_ResetFunc    node_reset;
+    FTC_MruNode_DoneFunc     node_done;
+
+  } FTC_MruListClassRec;
+
+  typedef struct  FTC_MruListRec_
+  {
+    FT_UInt              num_nodes;
+    FT_UInt              max_nodes;
+    FTC_MruNode          nodes;
+    FT_Pointer           data;
+    FTC_MruListClassRec  clazz;
+    FT_Memory            memory;
+
+  } FTC_MruListRec;
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  FTC_MruList_Init( FTC_MruList       list,
+                    FTC_MruListClass  clazz,
+                    FT_UInt           max_nodes,
+                    FT_Pointer        data,
+                    FT_Memory         memory );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  FTC_MruList_Reset( FTC_MruList  list );
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  FTC_MruList_Done( FTC_MruList  list );
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  FTC_MruList_New( FTC_MruList   list,
+                   FT_Pointer    key,
+                   FTC_MruNode  *anode );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  FTC_MruList_Remove( FTC_MruList  list,
+                      FTC_MruNode  node );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  FTC_MruList_RemoveSelection( FTC_MruList              list,
+                               FTC_MruNode_CompareFunc  selection,
+                               FT_Pointer               key );
+
+
+#ifdef FTC_INLINE
+
+#define FTC_MRULIST_LOOKUP_CMP( list, key, compare, node, error )           \
+  FT_BEGIN_STMNT                                                            \
+    FTC_MruNode*             _pfirst  = &(list)->nodes;                     \
+    FTC_MruNode_CompareFunc  _compare = (FTC_MruNode_CompareFunc)(compare); \
+    FTC_MruNode              _first, _node, *_pnode;                        \
+                                                                            \
+                                                                            \
+    error  = 0;                                                             \
+    _first = *(_pfirst);                                                    \
+    _node  = NULL;                                                          \
+                                                                            \
+    if ( _first )                                                           \
+    {                                                                       \
+      _node = _first;                                                       \
+      do                                                                    \
+      {                                                                     \
+        if ( _compare( _node, (key) ) )                                     \
+        {                                                                   \
+          if ( _node != _first )                                            \
+            FTC_MruNode_Up( _pfirst, _node );                               \
+                                                                            \
+          _pnode = (FTC_MruNode*)(void*)&(node);                            \
+          *_pnode = _node;                                                  \
+          goto _MruOk;                                                      \
+        }                                                                   \
+        _node = _node->next;                                                \
+                                                                            \
+      } while ( _node != _first) ;                                          \
+    }                                                                       \
+                                                                            \
+    error = FTC_MruList_New( (list), (key), (FTC_MruNode*)(void*)&(node) ); \
+  _MruOk:                                                                   \
+    ;                                                                       \
+  FT_END_STMNT
+
+#define FTC_MRULIST_LOOKUP( list, key, node, error ) \
+  FTC_MRULIST_LOOKUP_CMP( list, key, (list)->clazz.node_compare, node, error )
+
+#else  /* !FTC_INLINE */
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FTC_MruNode )
+  FTC_MruList_Find( FTC_MruList  list,
+                    FT_Pointer   key );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  FTC_MruList_Lookup( FTC_MruList   list,
+                      FT_Pointer    key,
+                      FTC_MruNode  *pnode );
+
+#define FTC_MRULIST_LOOKUP( list, key, node, error ) \
+  error = FTC_MruList_Lookup( (list), (key), (FTC_MruNode*)&(node) )
+
+#endif /* !FTC_INLINE */
+
+
+#define FTC_MRULIST_LOOP( list, node )        \
+  FT_BEGIN_STMNT                              \
+    FTC_MruNode  _first = (list)->nodes;      \
+                                              \
+                                              \
+    if ( _first )                             \
+    {                                         \
+      FTC_MruNode  _node = _first;            \
+                                              \
+                                              \
+      do                                      \
+      {                                       \
+        *(FTC_MruNode*)&(node) = _node;
+
+
+#define FTC_MRULIST_LOOP_END()               \
+        _node = _node->next;                 \
+                                             \
+      } while ( _node != _first );           \
+    }                                        \
+  FT_END_STMNT
+
+ /* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+
+#endif /* __FTCMRU_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcsbits.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcsbits.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..72f139d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcsbits.c
@@ -0,0 +1,401 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftcsbits.c                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType sbits manager (body).                                       */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2000-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 by                   */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_CACHE_H
+#include "ftcsbits.h"
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+#include FT_ERRORS_H
+
+#include "ftccback.h"
+#include "ftcerror.h"
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                     SBIT CACHE NODES                          *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  ftc_sbit_copy_bitmap( FTC_SBit    sbit,
+                        FT_Bitmap*  bitmap,
+                        FT_Memory   memory )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error;
+    FT_Int    pitch = bitmap->pitch;
+    FT_ULong  size;
+
+
+    if ( pitch < 0 )
+      pitch = -pitch;
+
+    size = (FT_ULong)( pitch * bitmap->rows );
+
+    if ( !FT_ALLOC( sbit->buffer, size ) )
+      FT_MEM_COPY( sbit->buffer, bitmap->buffer, size );
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  ftc_snode_free( FTC_Node   ftcsnode,
+                  FTC_Cache  cache )
+  {
+    FTC_SNode  snode  = (FTC_SNode)ftcsnode;
+    FTC_SBit   sbit   = snode->sbits;
+    FT_UInt    count  = snode->count;
+    FT_Memory  memory = cache->memory;
+
+
+    for ( ; count > 0; sbit++, count-- )
+      FT_FREE( sbit->buffer );
+
+    FTC_GNode_Done( FTC_GNODE( snode ), cache );
+
+    FT_FREE( snode );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  FTC_SNode_Free( FTC_SNode  snode,
+                  FTC_Cache  cache )
+  {
+    ftc_snode_free( FTC_NODE( snode ), cache );
+  }
+
+
+  /*
+   *  This function tries to load a small bitmap within a given FTC_SNode.
+   *  Note that it returns a non-zero error code _only_ in the case of
+   *  out-of-memory condition.  For all other errors (e.g., corresponding
+   *  to a bad font file), this function will mark the sbit as `unavailable'
+   *  and return a value of 0.
+   *
+   *  You should also read the comment within the @ftc_snode_compare
+   *  function below to see how out-of-memory is handled during a lookup.
+   */
+  static FT_Error
+  ftc_snode_load( FTC_SNode    snode,
+                  FTC_Manager  manager,
+                  FT_UInt      gindex,
+                  FT_ULong    *asize )
+  {
+    FT_Error          error;
+    FTC_GNode         gnode  = FTC_GNODE( snode );
+    FTC_Family        family = gnode->family;
+    FT_Memory         memory = manager->memory;
+    FT_Face           face;
+    FTC_SBit          sbit;
+    FTC_SFamilyClass  clazz;
+
+
+    if ( (FT_UInt)(gindex - gnode->gindex) >= snode->count )
+    {
+      FT_ERROR(( "ftc_snode_load: invalid glyph index" ));
+      return FTC_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+    }
+
+    sbit  = snode->sbits + ( gindex - gnode->gindex );
+    clazz = (FTC_SFamilyClass)family->clazz;
+
+    sbit->buffer = 0;
+
+    error = clazz->family_load_glyph( family, gindex, manager, &face );
+    if ( error )
+      goto BadGlyph;
+
+    {
+      FT_Int        temp;
+      FT_GlyphSlot  slot   = face->glyph;
+      FT_Bitmap*    bitmap = &slot->bitmap;
+      FT_Int        xadvance, yadvance;
+
+
+      if ( slot->format != FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP )
+      {
+        FT_ERROR(( "%s: glyph loaded didn't return a bitmap!\n",
+                   "ftc_snode_load" ));
+        goto BadGlyph;
+      }
+
+      /* Check that our values fit into 8-bit containers!       */
+      /* If this is not the case, our bitmap is too large       */
+      /* and we will leave it as `missing' with sbit.buffer = 0 */
+
+#define CHECK_CHAR( d )  ( temp = (FT_Char)d, temp == d )
+#define CHECK_BYTE( d )  ( temp = (FT_Byte)d, temp == d )
+
+      /* horizontal advance in pixels */
+      xadvance = ( slot->advance.x + 32 ) >> 6;
+      yadvance = ( slot->advance.y + 32 ) >> 6;
+
+      if ( !CHECK_BYTE( bitmap->rows  )     ||
+           !CHECK_BYTE( bitmap->width )     ||
+           !CHECK_CHAR( bitmap->pitch )     ||
+           !CHECK_CHAR( slot->bitmap_left ) ||
+           !CHECK_CHAR( slot->bitmap_top  ) ||
+           !CHECK_CHAR( xadvance )          ||
+           !CHECK_CHAR( yadvance )          )
+        goto BadGlyph;
+
+      sbit->width     = (FT_Byte)bitmap->width;
+      sbit->height    = (FT_Byte)bitmap->rows;
+      sbit->pitch     = (FT_Char)bitmap->pitch;
+      sbit->left      = (FT_Char)slot->bitmap_left;
+      sbit->top       = (FT_Char)slot->bitmap_top;
+      sbit->xadvance  = (FT_Char)xadvance;
+      sbit->yadvance  = (FT_Char)yadvance;
+      sbit->format    = (FT_Byte)bitmap->pixel_mode;
+      sbit->max_grays = (FT_Byte)(bitmap->num_grays - 1);
+
+      /* copy the bitmap into a new buffer -- ignore error */
+      error = ftc_sbit_copy_bitmap( sbit, bitmap, memory );
+
+      /* now, compute size */
+      if ( asize )
+        *asize = FT_ABS( sbit->pitch ) * sbit->height;
+
+    } /* glyph loading successful */
+
+    /* ignore the errors that might have occurred --   */
+    /* we mark unloaded glyphs with `sbit.buffer == 0' */
+    /* and `width == 255', `height == 0'               */
+    /*                                                 */
+    if ( error && error != FTC_Err_Out_Of_Memory )
+    {
+    BadGlyph:
+      sbit->width  = 255;
+      sbit->height = 0;
+      sbit->buffer = NULL;
+      error        = 0;
+      if ( asize )
+        *asize = 0;
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FTC_SNode_New( FTC_SNode  *psnode,
+                 FTC_GQuery  gquery,
+                 FTC_Cache   cache )
+  {
+    FT_Memory   memory = cache->memory;
+    FT_Error    error;
+    FTC_SNode   snode  = NULL;
+    FT_UInt     gindex = gquery->gindex;
+    FTC_Family  family = gquery->family;
+
+    FTC_SFamilyClass  clazz = FTC_CACHE__SFAMILY_CLASS( cache );
+    FT_UInt           total;
+
+
+    total = clazz->family_get_count( family, cache->manager );
+    if ( total == 0 || gindex >= total )
+    {
+      error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    if ( !FT_NEW( snode ) )
+    {
+      FT_UInt  count, start;
+
+
+      start = gindex - ( gindex % FTC_SBIT_ITEMS_PER_NODE );
+      count = total - start;
+      if ( count > FTC_SBIT_ITEMS_PER_NODE )
+        count = FTC_SBIT_ITEMS_PER_NODE;
+
+      FTC_GNode_Init( FTC_GNODE( snode ), start, family );
+
+      snode->count = count;
+
+      error = ftc_snode_load( snode,
+                              cache->manager,
+                              gindex,
+                              NULL );
+      if ( error )
+      {
+        FTC_SNode_Free( snode, cache );
+        snode = NULL;
+      }
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    *psnode = snode;
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  ftc_snode_new( FTC_Node   *ftcpsnode,
+                 FT_Pointer  ftcgquery,
+                 FTC_Cache   cache )
+  {
+    FTC_SNode  *psnode = (FTC_SNode*)ftcpsnode;
+    FTC_GQuery  gquery = (FTC_GQuery)ftcgquery;
+
+
+    return FTC_SNode_New( psnode, gquery, cache );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_ULong )
+  ftc_snode_weight( FTC_Node   ftcsnode,
+                    FTC_Cache  cache )
+  {
+    FTC_SNode  snode = (FTC_SNode)ftcsnode;
+    FT_UInt    count = snode->count;
+    FTC_SBit   sbit  = snode->sbits;
+    FT_Int     pitch;
+    FT_ULong   size;
+
+    FT_UNUSED( cache );
+
+
+    FT_ASSERT( snode->count <= FTC_SBIT_ITEMS_PER_NODE );
+
+    /* the node itself */
+    size = sizeof ( *snode );
+
+    for ( ; count > 0; count--, sbit++ )
+    {
+      if ( sbit->buffer )
+      {
+        pitch = sbit->pitch;
+        if ( pitch < 0 )
+          pitch = -pitch;
+
+        /* add the size of a given glyph image */
+        size += pitch * sbit->height;
+      }
+    }
+
+    return size;
+  }
+
+
+#if 0
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_ULong )
+  FTC_SNode_Weight( FTC_SNode  snode )
+  {
+    return ftc_snode_weight( FTC_NODE( snode ), NULL );
+  }
+
+#endif /* 0 */
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Bool )
+  ftc_snode_compare( FTC_Node    ftcsnode,
+                     FT_Pointer  ftcgquery,
+                     FTC_Cache   cache )
+  {
+    FTC_SNode   snode  = (FTC_SNode)ftcsnode;
+    FTC_GQuery  gquery = (FTC_GQuery)ftcgquery;
+    FTC_GNode   gnode  = FTC_GNODE( snode );
+    FT_UInt     gindex = gquery->gindex;
+    FT_Bool     result;
+
+
+    result = FT_BOOL( gnode->family == gquery->family                    &&
+                      (FT_UInt)( gindex - gnode->gindex ) < snode->count );
+    if ( result )
+    {
+      /* check if we need to load the glyph bitmap now */
+      FTC_SBit  sbit = snode->sbits + ( gindex - gnode->gindex );
+
+
+      /*
+       *  The following code illustrates what to do when you want to
+       *  perform operations that may fail within a lookup function.
+       *
+       *  Here, we want to load a small bitmap on-demand; we thus
+       *  need to call the `ftc_snode_load' function which may return
+       *  a non-zero error code only when we are out of memory (OOM).
+       *
+       *  The correct thing to do is to use @FTC_CACHE_TRYLOOP and
+       *  @FTC_CACHE_TRYLOOP_END in order to implement a retry loop
+       *  that is capable of flushing the cache incrementally when
+       *  an OOM errors occur.
+       *
+       *  However, we need to `lock' the node before this operation to
+       *  prevent it from being flushed within the loop.
+       *
+       *  When we exit the loop, we unlock the node, then check the `error'
+       *  variable.  If it is non-zero, this means that the cache was
+       *  completely flushed and that no usable memory was found to load
+       *  the bitmap.
+       *
+       *  We then prefer to return a value of 0 (i.e., NO MATCH).  This
+       *  ensures that the caller will try to allocate a new node.
+       *  This operation consequently _fail_ and the lookup function
+       *  returns the appropriate OOM error code.
+       *
+       *  Note that `buffer == NULL && width == 255' is a hack used to
+       *  tag `unavailable' bitmaps in the array.  We should never try
+       *  to load these.
+       *
+       */
+
+      if ( sbit->buffer == NULL && sbit->width != 255 )
+      {
+        FT_ULong  size;
+        FT_Error  error;
+
+
+        ftcsnode->ref_count++;  /* lock node to prevent flushing */
+                                /* in retry loop                 */
+
+        FTC_CACHE_TRYLOOP( cache )
+        {
+          error = ftc_snode_load( snode, cache->manager, gindex, &size );
+        }
+        FTC_CACHE_TRYLOOP_END();
+
+        ftcsnode->ref_count--;  /* unlock the node */
+
+        if ( error )
+          result = 0;
+        else
+          cache->manager->cur_weight += size;
+      }
+    }
+
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Bool )
+  FTC_SNode_Compare( FTC_SNode   snode,
+                     FTC_GQuery  gquery,
+                     FTC_Cache   cache )
+  {
+    return ftc_snode_compare( FTC_NODE( snode ), gquery, cache );
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcsbits.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcsbits.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6261745
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/ftcsbits.h
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftcsbits.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    A small-bitmap cache (specification).                                */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2000-2001, 2002, 2003, 2006 by                               */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTCSBITS_H__
+#define __FTCSBITS_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_CACHE_H
+#include "ftcglyph.h"
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+#define FTC_SBIT_ITEMS_PER_NODE  16
+
+  typedef struct  FTC_SNodeRec_
+  {
+    FTC_GNodeRec  gnode;
+    FT_UInt       count;
+    FTC_SBitRec   sbits[FTC_SBIT_ITEMS_PER_NODE];
+
+  } FTC_SNodeRec, *FTC_SNode;
+
+
+#define FTC_SNODE( x )         ( (FTC_SNode)( x ) )
+#define FTC_SNODE_GINDEX( x )  FTC_GNODE( x )->gindex
+#define FTC_SNODE_FAMILY( x )  FTC_GNODE( x )->family
+
+  typedef FT_UInt
+  (*FTC_SFamily_GetCountFunc)( FTC_Family   family,
+                               FTC_Manager  manager );
+
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*FTC_SFamily_LoadGlyphFunc)( FTC_Family   family,
+                                FT_UInt      gindex,
+                                FTC_Manager  manager,
+                                FT_Face     *aface );
+
+  typedef struct  FTC_SFamilyClassRec_
+  {
+    FTC_MruListClassRec        clazz;
+    FTC_SFamily_GetCountFunc   family_get_count;
+    FTC_SFamily_LoadGlyphFunc  family_load_glyph;
+
+  } FTC_SFamilyClassRec;
+
+  typedef const FTC_SFamilyClassRec*  FTC_SFamilyClass;
+
+#define FTC_SFAMILY_CLASS( x )  ((FTC_SFamilyClass)(x))
+
+#define FTC_CACHE__SFAMILY_CLASS( x )  \
+          FTC_SFAMILY_CLASS( FTC_CACHE__GCACHE_CLASS( x )->family_class )
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  FTC_SNode_Free( FTC_SNode  snode,
+                  FTC_Cache  cache );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  FTC_SNode_New( FTC_SNode   *psnode,
+                 FTC_GQuery   gquery,
+                 FTC_Cache    cache );
+
+#if 0
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_ULong )
+  FTC_SNode_Weight( FTC_SNode  inode );
+#endif
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Bool )
+  FTC_SNode_Compare( FTC_SNode   snode,
+                     FTC_GQuery  gquery,
+                     FTC_Cache   cache );
+
+  /* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTCSBITS_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/rules.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/rules.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed75a6a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cache/rules.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 Cache configuration rules
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2008 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+# Cache driver directory
+#
+CACHE_DIR   := $(SRC_DIR)/cache
+
+# compilation flags for the driver
+#
+CACHE_COMPILE := $(FT_COMPILE) $I$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$(CACHE_DIR))
+
+
+# Cache driver sources (i.e., C files)
+#
+CACHE_DRV_SRC := $(CACHE_DIR)/ftcbasic.c \
+                 $(CACHE_DIR)/ftccache.c \
+                 $(CACHE_DIR)/ftccmap.c  \
+                 $(CACHE_DIR)/ftcglyph.c \
+                 $(CACHE_DIR)/ftcimage.c \
+                 $(CACHE_DIR)/ftcmanag.c \
+                 $(CACHE_DIR)/ftcmru.c   \
+                 $(CACHE_DIR)/ftcsbits.c
+
+# Cache driver headers
+#
+CACHE_DRV_H := $(CACHE_DIR)/ftccache.h \
+               $(CACHE_DIR)/ftccback.h \
+               $(CACHE_DIR)/ftcerror.h \
+               $(CACHE_DIR)/ftcglyph.h \
+               $(CACHE_DIR)/ftcimage.h \
+               $(CACHE_DIR)/ftcmanag.h \
+               $(CACHE_DIR)/ftcmru.h   \
+               $(CACHE_DIR)/ftcsbits.h
+
+
+# Cache driver object(s)
+#
+#   CACHE_DRV_OBJ_M is used during `multi' builds.
+#   CACHE_DRV_OBJ_S is used during `single' builds.
+#
+CACHE_DRV_OBJ_M := $(CACHE_DRV_SRC:$(CACHE_DIR)/%.c=$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O)
+CACHE_DRV_OBJ_S := $(OBJ_DIR)/ftcache.$O
+
+# Cache driver source file for single build
+#
+CACHE_DRV_SRC_S := $(CACHE_DIR)/ftcache.c
+
+
+# Cache driver - single object
+#
+$(CACHE_DRV_OBJ_S): $(CACHE_DRV_SRC_S) $(CACHE_DRV_SRC) \
+                   $(FREETYPE_H) $(CACHE_DRV_H)
+	$(CACHE_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $(CACHE_DRV_SRC_S))
+
+
+# Cache driver - multiple objects
+#
+$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O: $(CACHE_DIR)/%.c $(FREETYPE_H) $(CACHE_DRV_H)
+	$(CACHE_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $<)
+
+
+# update main driver object lists
+#
+DRV_OBJS_S += $(CACHE_DRV_OBJ_S)
+DRV_OBJS_M += $(CACHE_DRV_OBJ_M)
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/Jamfile b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/Jamfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6d0bb1b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/Jamfile
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+# FreeType 2 src/cff Jamfile
+#
+# Copyright 2001, 2002 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+SubDir  FT2_TOP $(FT2_SRC_DIR) cff ;
+
+{
+  local  _sources ;
+
+  if $(FT2_MULTI)
+  {
+    _sources = cffdrivr cffgload cffload cffobjs cffparse cffcmap ;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    _sources = cff ;
+  }
+
+  Library  $(FT2_LIB) : $(_sources).c ;
+}
+
+# end of src/cff Jamfile
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cff.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cff.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e6d8954
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cff.c
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  cff.c                                                                  */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType OpenType driver component (body only).                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002 by                                           */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#define FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include "cffdrivr.c"
+#include "cffparse.c"
+#include "cffload.c"
+#include "cffobjs.c"
+#include "cffgload.c"
+#include "cffcmap.c"
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffcmap.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffcmap.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..578d048
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffcmap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,224 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  cffcmap.c                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    CFF character mapping table (cmap) support (body).                   */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by                        */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include "cffcmap.h"
+#include "cffload.h"
+
+#include "cfferrs.h"
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****           CFF STANDARD (AND EXPERT) ENCODING CMAPS            *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  cff_cmap_encoding_init( CFF_CMapStd  cmap )
+  {
+    TT_Face       face     = (TT_Face)FT_CMAP_FACE( cmap );
+    CFF_Font      cff      = (CFF_Font)face->extra.data;
+    CFF_Encoding  encoding = &cff->encoding;
+
+
+    cmap->gids  = encoding->codes;
+
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
+  cff_cmap_encoding_done( CFF_CMapStd  cmap )
+  {
+    cmap->gids  = NULL;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
+  cff_cmap_encoding_char_index( CFF_CMapStd  cmap,
+                                FT_UInt32    char_code )
+  {
+    FT_UInt  result = 0;
+
+
+    if ( char_code < 256 )
+      result = cmap->gids[char_code];
+
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
+  cff_cmap_encoding_char_next( CFF_CMapStd   cmap,
+                               FT_UInt32    *pchar_code )
+  {
+    FT_UInt    result    = 0;
+    FT_UInt32  char_code = *pchar_code;
+
+
+    *pchar_code = 0;
+
+    if ( char_code < 255 )
+    {
+      FT_UInt  code = (FT_UInt)(char_code + 1);
+
+
+      for (;;)
+      {
+        if ( code >= 256 )
+          break;
+
+        result = cmap->gids[code];
+        if ( result != 0 )
+        {
+          *pchar_code = code;
+          break;
+        }
+
+        code++;
+      }
+    }
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF const FT_CMap_ClassRec
+  cff_cmap_encoding_class_rec =
+  {
+    sizeof ( CFF_CMapStdRec ),
+
+    (FT_CMap_InitFunc)     cff_cmap_encoding_init,
+    (FT_CMap_DoneFunc)     cff_cmap_encoding_done,
+    (FT_CMap_CharIndexFunc)cff_cmap_encoding_char_index,
+    (FT_CMap_CharNextFunc) cff_cmap_encoding_char_next,
+
+    NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL
+  };
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****              CFF SYNTHETIC UNICODE ENCODING CMAP              *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( const char* )
+  cff_sid_to_glyph_name( TT_Face   face,
+                         FT_UInt   idx )
+  {
+    CFF_Font            cff     = (CFF_Font)face->extra.data;
+    CFF_Charset         charset = &cff->charset;
+    FT_Service_PsCMaps  psnames = (FT_Service_PsCMaps)cff->psnames;
+    FT_UInt             sid     = charset->sids[idx];
+
+
+    return cff_index_get_sid_string( &cff->string_index, sid, psnames );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
+  cff_sid_free_glyph_name( TT_Face      face,
+                           const char*  gname )
+  {
+    FT_Memory  memory = FT_FACE_MEMORY( face );
+
+
+    FT_FREE( gname );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  cff_cmap_unicode_init( PS_Unicodes  unicodes )
+  {
+    TT_Face             face    = (TT_Face)FT_CMAP_FACE( unicodes );
+    FT_Memory           memory  = FT_FACE_MEMORY( face );
+    CFF_Font            cff     = (CFF_Font)face->extra.data;
+    CFF_Charset         charset = &cff->charset;
+    FT_Service_PsCMaps  psnames = (FT_Service_PsCMaps)cff->psnames;
+
+
+    /* can't build Unicode map for CID-keyed font */
+    if ( !charset->sids )
+      return CFF_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    return psnames->unicodes_init( memory,
+                                   unicodes,
+                                   cff->num_glyphs,
+                                   (PS_GetGlyphNameFunc)&cff_sid_to_glyph_name,
+                                   (PS_FreeGlyphNameFunc)&cff_sid_free_glyph_name,
+                                   (FT_Pointer)face );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
+  cff_cmap_unicode_done( PS_Unicodes  unicodes )
+  {
+    FT_Face    face   = FT_CMAP_FACE( unicodes );
+    FT_Memory  memory = FT_FACE_MEMORY( face );
+
+
+    FT_FREE( unicodes->maps );
+    unicodes->num_maps = 0;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
+  cff_cmap_unicode_char_index( PS_Unicodes  unicodes,
+                               FT_UInt32    char_code )
+  {
+    TT_Face             face    = (TT_Face)FT_CMAP_FACE( unicodes );
+    CFF_Font            cff     = (CFF_Font)face->extra.data;
+    FT_Service_PsCMaps  psnames = (FT_Service_PsCMaps)cff->psnames;
+
+
+    return psnames->unicodes_char_index( unicodes, char_code );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
+  cff_cmap_unicode_char_next( PS_Unicodes  unicodes,
+                              FT_UInt32   *pchar_code )
+  {
+    TT_Face             face    = (TT_Face)FT_CMAP_FACE( unicodes );
+    CFF_Font            cff     = (CFF_Font)face->extra.data;
+    FT_Service_PsCMaps  psnames = (FT_Service_PsCMaps)cff->psnames;
+
+
+    return psnames->unicodes_char_next( unicodes, pchar_code );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF const FT_CMap_ClassRec
+  cff_cmap_unicode_class_rec =
+  {
+    sizeof ( PS_UnicodesRec ),
+
+    (FT_CMap_InitFunc)     cff_cmap_unicode_init,
+    (FT_CMap_DoneFunc)     cff_cmap_unicode_done,
+    (FT_CMap_CharIndexFunc)cff_cmap_unicode_char_index,
+    (FT_CMap_CharNextFunc) cff_cmap_unicode_char_next,
+
+    NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL
+  };
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffcmap.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffcmap.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3809b85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffcmap.h
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  cffcmap.h                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    CFF character mapping table (cmap) support (specification).          */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2006 by                                          */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __CFFCMAP_H__
+#define __CFFCMAP_H__
+
+#include "cffobjs.h"
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****          TYPE1 STANDARD (AND EXPERT) ENCODING CMAPS           *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /* standard (and expert) encoding cmaps */
+  typedef struct CFF_CMapStdRec_*  CFF_CMapStd;
+
+  typedef struct  CFF_CMapStdRec_
+  {
+    FT_CMapRec  cmap;
+    FT_UShort*  gids;   /* up to 256 elements */
+
+  } CFF_CMapStdRec;
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE const FT_CMap_ClassRec
+  cff_cmap_encoding_class_rec;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****               CFF SYNTHETIC UNICODE ENCODING CMAP             *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /* unicode (synthetic) cmaps */
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE const FT_CMap_ClassRec
+  cff_cmap_unicode_class_rec;
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __CFFCMAP_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffdrivr.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffdrivr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3dd86f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffdrivr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,682 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  cffdrivr.c                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    OpenType font driver implementation (body).                          */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 by */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_SFNT_H
+#include FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H
+#include FT_SERVICE_CID_H
+#include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_CMAPS_H
+#include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_INFO_H
+#include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_NAME_H
+#include FT_SERVICE_TT_CMAP_H
+
+#include "cffdrivr.h"
+#include "cffgload.h"
+#include "cffload.h"
+#include "cffcmap.h"
+
+#include "cfferrs.h"
+
+#include FT_SERVICE_XFREE86_NAME_H
+#include FT_SERVICE_GLYPH_DICT_H
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_cffdriver
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****                          F A C E S                              ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#undef  PAIR_TAG
+#define PAIR_TAG( left, right )  ( ( (FT_ULong)left << 16 ) | \
+                                     (FT_ULong)right        )
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    cff_get_kerning                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A driver method used to return the kerning vector between two      */
+  /*    glyphs of the same face.                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face        :: A handle to the source face object.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    left_glyph  :: The index of the left glyph in the kern pair.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    right_glyph :: The index of the right glyph in the kern pair.      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    kerning     :: The kerning vector.  This is in font units for      */
+  /*                   scalable formats, and in pixels for fixed-sizes     */
+  /*                   formats.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    Only horizontal layouts (left-to-right & right-to-left) are        */
+  /*    supported by this function.  Other layouts, or more sophisticated  */
+  /*    kernings, are out of scope of this method (the basic driver        */
+  /*    interface is meant to be simple).                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    They can be implemented by format-specific interfaces.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  cff_get_kerning( FT_Face     ttface,          /* TT_Face */
+                   FT_UInt     left_glyph,
+                   FT_UInt     right_glyph,
+                   FT_Vector*  kerning )
+  {
+    TT_Face       face = (TT_Face)ttface;
+    SFNT_Service  sfnt = (SFNT_Service)face->sfnt;
+
+
+    kerning->x = 0;
+    kerning->y = 0;
+
+    if ( sfnt )
+      kerning->x = sfnt->get_kerning( face, left_glyph, right_glyph );
+
+    return CFF_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+#undef PAIR_TAG
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    Load_Glyph                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A driver method used to load a glyph within a given glyph slot.    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    slot        :: A handle to the target slot object where the glyph  */
+  /*                   will be loaded.                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    size        :: A handle to the source face size at which the glyph */
+  /*                   must be scaled, loaded, etc.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    glyph_index :: The index of the glyph in the font file.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    load_flags  :: A flag indicating what to load for this glyph.  The */
+  /*                   FT_LOAD_??? constants can be used to control the    */
+  /*                   glyph loading process (e.g., whether the outline    */
+  /*                   should be scaled, whether to load bitmaps or not,   */
+  /*                   whether to hint the outline, etc).                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  Load_Glyph( FT_GlyphSlot  cffslot,        /* CFF_GlyphSlot */
+              FT_Size       cffsize,        /* CFF_Size      */
+              FT_UInt       glyph_index,
+              FT_Int32      load_flags )
+  {
+    FT_Error       error;
+    CFF_GlyphSlot  slot = (CFF_GlyphSlot)cffslot;
+    CFF_Size       size = (CFF_Size)cffsize;
+
+
+    if ( !slot )
+      return CFF_Err_Invalid_Slot_Handle;
+
+    /* check whether we want a scaled outline or bitmap */
+    if ( !size )
+      load_flags |= FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE | FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING;
+
+    /* reset the size object if necessary */
+    if ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE )
+      size = NULL;
+
+    if ( size )
+    {
+      /* these two objects must have the same parent */
+      if ( cffsize->face != cffslot->face )
+        return CFF_Err_Invalid_Face_Handle;
+    }
+
+    /* now load the glyph outline if necessary */
+    error = cff_slot_load( slot, size, glyph_index, load_flags );
+
+    /* force drop-out mode to 2 - irrelevant now */
+    /* slot->outline.dropout_mode = 2; */
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  cff_get_advances( FT_Face    face,
+                    FT_UInt    start,
+                    FT_UInt    count,
+                    FT_Int32   flags,
+                    FT_Fixed*  advances )
+  {
+    FT_UInt       nn;
+    FT_Error      error = CFF_Err_Ok;
+    FT_GlyphSlot  slot  = face->glyph;
+
+
+    flags |= FT_LOAD_ADVANCE_ONLY;
+
+    for ( nn = 0; nn < count; nn++ )
+    {
+      error = Load_Glyph( slot, face->size, start + nn, flags );
+      if ( error )
+        break;
+
+      advances[nn] = ( flags & FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT )
+                     ? slot->linearVertAdvance
+                     : slot->linearHoriAdvance;
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /*
+   *  GLYPH DICT SERVICE
+   *
+   */
+
+  static FT_Error
+  cff_get_glyph_name( CFF_Face    face,
+                      FT_UInt     glyph_index,
+                      FT_Pointer  buffer,
+                      FT_UInt     buffer_max )
+  {
+    CFF_Font            font   = (CFF_Font)face->extra.data;
+    FT_Memory           memory = FT_FACE_MEMORY( face );
+    FT_String*          gname;
+    FT_UShort           sid;
+    FT_Service_PsCMaps  psnames;
+    FT_Error            error;
+
+
+    FT_FACE_FIND_GLOBAL_SERVICE( face, psnames, POSTSCRIPT_CMAPS );
+    if ( !psnames )
+    {
+      FT_ERROR(( "cff_get_glyph_name:" ));
+      FT_ERROR(( " cannot get glyph name from CFF & CEF fonts\n" ));
+      FT_ERROR(( "                   " ));
+      FT_ERROR(( " without the `PSNames' module\n" ));
+      error = CFF_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* first, locate the sid in the charset table */
+    sid = font->charset.sids[glyph_index];
+
+    /* now, lookup the name itself */
+    gname = cff_index_get_sid_string( &font->string_index, sid, psnames );
+
+    if ( gname )
+      FT_STRCPYN( buffer, gname, buffer_max );
+
+    FT_FREE( gname );
+    error = CFF_Err_Ok;
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_UInt
+  cff_get_name_index( CFF_Face    face,
+                      FT_String*  glyph_name )
+  {
+    CFF_Font            cff;
+    CFF_Charset         charset;
+    FT_Service_PsCMaps  psnames;
+    FT_Memory           memory = FT_FACE_MEMORY( face );
+    FT_String*          name;
+    FT_UShort           sid;
+    FT_UInt             i;
+    FT_Int              result;
+
+
+    cff     = (CFF_FontRec *)face->extra.data;
+    charset = &cff->charset;
+
+    FT_FACE_FIND_GLOBAL_SERVICE( face, psnames, POSTSCRIPT_CMAPS );
+    if ( !psnames )
+      return 0;
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < cff->num_glyphs; i++ )
+    {
+      sid = charset->sids[i];
+
+      if ( sid > 390 )
+        name = cff_index_get_name( &cff->string_index, sid - 391 );
+      else
+        name = (FT_String *)psnames->adobe_std_strings( sid );
+
+      if ( !name )
+        continue;
+
+      result = ft_strcmp( glyph_name, name );
+
+      if ( sid > 390 )
+        FT_FREE( name );
+
+      if ( !result )
+        return i;
+    }
+
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  static const FT_Service_GlyphDictRec  cff_service_glyph_dict =
+  {
+    (FT_GlyphDict_GetNameFunc)  cff_get_glyph_name,
+    (FT_GlyphDict_NameIndexFunc)cff_get_name_index,
+  };
+
+
+  /*
+   *  POSTSCRIPT INFO SERVICE
+   *
+   */
+
+  static FT_Int
+  cff_ps_has_glyph_names( FT_Face  face )
+  {
+    return ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES ) > 0;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  cff_ps_get_font_info( CFF_Face         face,
+                        PS_FontInfoRec*  afont_info )
+  {
+    CFF_Font  cff   = (CFF_Font)face->extra.data;
+    FT_Error  error = FT_Err_Ok;
+
+
+    if ( cff && cff->font_info == NULL )
+    {
+      CFF_FontRecDict     dict    = &cff->top_font.font_dict;
+      PS_FontInfoRec     *font_info;
+      FT_Memory           memory  = face->root.memory;
+      FT_Service_PsCMaps  psnames = (FT_Service_PsCMaps)cff->psnames;
+
+
+      if ( FT_ALLOC( font_info, sizeof ( *font_info ) ) )
+        goto Fail;
+
+      font_info->version     = cff_index_get_sid_string( &cff->string_index,
+                                                         dict->version,
+                                                         psnames );
+      font_info->notice      = cff_index_get_sid_string( &cff->string_index,
+                                                         dict->notice,
+                                                         psnames );
+      font_info->full_name   = cff_index_get_sid_string( &cff->string_index,
+                                                         dict->full_name,
+                                                         psnames );
+      font_info->family_name = cff_index_get_sid_string( &cff->string_index,
+                                                         dict->family_name,
+                                                         psnames );
+      font_info->weight      = cff_index_get_sid_string( &cff->string_index,
+                                                         dict->weight,
+                                                         psnames );
+      font_info->italic_angle        = dict->italic_angle;
+      font_info->is_fixed_pitch      = dict->is_fixed_pitch;
+      font_info->underline_position  = (FT_Short)dict->underline_position;
+      font_info->underline_thickness = (FT_Short)dict->underline_thickness;
+
+      cff->font_info = font_info;
+    }
+
+    if ( cff )
+      *afont_info = *cff->font_info;
+
+  Fail:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static const FT_Service_PsInfoRec  cff_service_ps_info =
+  {
+    (PS_GetFontInfoFunc)   cff_ps_get_font_info,
+    (PS_GetFontExtraFunc)  NULL,
+    (PS_HasGlyphNamesFunc) cff_ps_has_glyph_names,
+    (PS_GetFontPrivateFunc)NULL         /* unsupported with CFF fonts */
+  };
+
+
+  /*
+   *  POSTSCRIPT NAME SERVICE
+   *
+   */
+
+  static const char*
+  cff_get_ps_name( CFF_Face  face )
+  {
+    CFF_Font  cff = (CFF_Font)face->extra.data;
+
+
+    return (const char*)cff->font_name;
+  }
+
+
+  static const FT_Service_PsFontNameRec  cff_service_ps_name =
+  {
+    (FT_PsName_GetFunc)cff_get_ps_name
+  };
+
+
+  /*
+   * TT CMAP INFO
+   *
+   * If the charmap is a synthetic Unicode encoding cmap or
+   * a Type 1 standard (or expert) encoding cmap, hide TT CMAP INFO
+   * service defined in SFNT module.
+   *
+   * Otherwise call the service function in the sfnt module.
+   *
+   */
+  static FT_Error
+  cff_get_cmap_info( FT_CharMap    charmap,
+                     TT_CMapInfo  *cmap_info )
+  {
+    FT_CMap   cmap  = FT_CMAP( charmap );
+    FT_Error  error = CFF_Err_Ok;
+
+
+    cmap_info->language = 0;
+    cmap_info->format   = 0;
+
+    if ( cmap->clazz != &cff_cmap_encoding_class_rec &&
+         cmap->clazz != &cff_cmap_unicode_class_rec  )
+    {
+      FT_Face             face    = FT_CMAP_FACE( cmap );
+      FT_Library          library = FT_FACE_LIBRARY( face );
+      FT_Module           sfnt    = FT_Get_Module( library, "sfnt" );
+      FT_Service_TTCMaps  service =
+        (FT_Service_TTCMaps)ft_module_get_service( sfnt,
+                                                   FT_SERVICE_ID_TT_CMAP );
+
+
+      if ( service && service->get_cmap_info )
+        error = service->get_cmap_info( charmap, cmap_info );
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static const FT_Service_TTCMapsRec  cff_service_get_cmap_info =
+  {
+    (TT_CMap_Info_GetFunc)cff_get_cmap_info
+  };
+
+
+  /*
+   *  CID INFO SERVICE
+   *
+   */
+  static FT_Error
+  cff_get_ros( CFF_Face      face,
+               const char*  *registry,
+               const char*  *ordering,
+               FT_Int       *supplement )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error = CFF_Err_Ok;
+    CFF_Font  cff   = (CFF_Font)face->extra.data;
+
+
+    if ( cff )
+    {
+      CFF_FontRecDict     dict    = &cff->top_font.font_dict;
+      FT_Service_PsCMaps  psnames = (FT_Service_PsCMaps)cff->psnames;
+
+
+      if ( dict->cid_registry == 0xFFFFU )
+      {
+        error = CFF_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+        goto Fail;
+      }
+
+      if ( registry )
+      {
+        if ( cff->registry == NULL )
+          cff->registry = cff_index_get_sid_string( &cff->string_index,
+                                                    dict->cid_registry,
+                                                    psnames );
+        *registry = cff->registry;
+      }
+      
+      if ( ordering )
+      {
+        if ( cff->ordering == NULL )
+          cff->ordering = cff_index_get_sid_string( &cff->string_index,
+                                                    dict->cid_ordering,
+                                                    psnames );
+        *ordering = cff->ordering;
+      }
+
+      if ( supplement )
+        *supplement = dict->cid_supplement;
+    }
+      
+  Fail:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  cff_get_is_cid( CFF_Face  face,
+                  FT_Bool  *is_cid )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error = CFF_Err_Ok;
+    CFF_Font  cff   = (CFF_Font)face->extra.data;
+
+
+    *is_cid = 0;
+
+    if ( cff )
+    {
+      CFF_FontRecDict  dict = &cff->top_font.font_dict;
+
+
+      if ( dict->cid_registry != 0xFFFFU )
+        *is_cid = 1;
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  cff_get_cid_from_glyph_index( CFF_Face  face,
+                                FT_UInt   glyph_index,
+                                FT_UInt  *cid )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error = CFF_Err_Ok;
+    CFF_Font  cff;
+
+
+    cff = (CFF_Font)face->extra.data;
+
+    if ( cff )
+    {
+      FT_UInt          c;
+      CFF_FontRecDict  dict = &cff->top_font.font_dict;
+
+
+      if ( dict->cid_registry == 0xFFFFU )
+      {
+        error = CFF_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+        goto Fail;
+      }
+
+      if ( glyph_index > cff->num_glyphs )
+      {
+        error = CFF_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+        goto Fail;
+      }
+
+      c = cff->charset.sids[glyph_index];
+
+      if ( cid )
+        *cid = c;
+    }
+
+  Fail:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static const FT_Service_CIDRec  cff_service_cid_info =
+  {
+    (FT_CID_GetRegistryOrderingSupplementFunc)cff_get_ros,
+    (FT_CID_GetIsInternallyCIDKeyedFunc)      cff_get_is_cid,
+    (FT_CID_GetCIDFromGlyphIndexFunc)         cff_get_cid_from_glyph_index
+  };
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****                D R I V E R  I N T E R F A C E                   ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  static const FT_ServiceDescRec  cff_services[] =
+  {
+    { FT_SERVICE_ID_XF86_NAME,            FT_XF86_FORMAT_CFF },
+    { FT_SERVICE_ID_POSTSCRIPT_INFO,      &cff_service_ps_info },
+    { FT_SERVICE_ID_POSTSCRIPT_FONT_NAME, &cff_service_ps_name },
+#ifndef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_GLYPH_NAMES
+    { FT_SERVICE_ID_GLYPH_DICT,           &cff_service_glyph_dict },
+#endif
+    { FT_SERVICE_ID_TT_CMAP,              &cff_service_get_cmap_info },
+    { FT_SERVICE_ID_CID,                  &cff_service_cid_info },
+    { NULL, NULL }
+  };
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Module_Interface )
+  cff_get_interface( FT_Module    driver,       /* CFF_Driver */
+                     const char*  module_interface )
+  {
+    FT_Module            sfnt;
+    FT_Module_Interface  result;
+
+
+    result = ft_service_list_lookup( cff_services, module_interface );
+    if ( result != NULL )
+      return  result;
+
+    /* we pass our request to the `sfnt' module */
+    sfnt = FT_Get_Module( driver->library, "sfnt" );
+
+    return sfnt ? sfnt->clazz->get_interface( sfnt, module_interface ) : 0;
+  }
+
+
+  /* The FT_DriverInterface structure is defined in ftdriver.h. */
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
+  const FT_Driver_ClassRec  cff_driver_class =
+  {
+    /* begin with the FT_Module_Class fields */
+    {
+      FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER       |
+      FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE   |
+      FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER,
+
+      sizeof( CFF_DriverRec ),
+      "cff",
+      0x10000L,
+      0x20000L,
+
+      0,   /* module-specific interface */
+
+      cff_driver_init,
+      cff_driver_done,
+      cff_get_interface,
+    },
+
+    /* now the specific driver fields */
+    sizeof( TT_FaceRec ),
+    sizeof( CFF_SizeRec ),
+    sizeof( CFF_GlyphSlotRec ),
+
+    cff_face_init,
+    cff_face_done,
+    cff_size_init,
+    cff_size_done,
+    cff_slot_init,
+    cff_slot_done,
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+    ft_stub_set_char_sizes,
+    ft_stub_set_pixel_sizes,
+#endif
+
+    Load_Glyph,
+
+    cff_get_kerning,
+    0,                      /* FT_Face_AttachFunc      */
+    cff_get_advances,       /* FT_Face_GetAdvancesFunc */
+
+    cff_size_request,
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS
+    cff_size_select
+#else
+    0                       /* FT_Size_SelectFunc      */
+#endif
+  };
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffdrivr.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffdrivr.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..553848c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffdrivr.h
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  cffdrivr.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    High-level OpenType driver interface (specification).                */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002 by                                           */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __CFFDRIVER_H__
+#define __CFFDRIVER_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DRIVER_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE
+  const FT_Driver_ClassRec  cff_driver_class;
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __CFFDRIVER_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cfferrs.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cfferrs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1b2a5c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cfferrs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  cfferrs.h                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    CFF error codes (specification only).                                */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2001 by                                                      */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This file is used to define the CFF error enumeration constants.      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef __CFFERRS_H__
+#define __CFFERRS_H__
+
+#include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
+
+#undef __FTERRORS_H__
+
+#define FT_ERR_PREFIX  CFF_Err_
+#define FT_ERR_BASE    FT_Mod_Err_CFF
+
+
+#include FT_ERRORS_H
+
+#endif /* __CFFERRS_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffgload.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffgload.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2718a27
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffgload.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2818 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  cffgload.c                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    OpenType Glyph Loader (body).                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 by */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_CALC_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_SFNT_H
+#include FT_OUTLINE_H
+#include FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_HINTS_H
+
+#include "cffobjs.h"
+#include "cffload.h"
+#include "cffgload.h"
+
+#include "cfferrs.h"
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_cffgload
+
+
+  typedef enum  CFF_Operator_
+  {
+    cff_op_unknown = 0,
+
+    cff_op_rmoveto,
+    cff_op_hmoveto,
+    cff_op_vmoveto,
+
+    cff_op_rlineto,
+    cff_op_hlineto,
+    cff_op_vlineto,
+
+    cff_op_rrcurveto,
+    cff_op_hhcurveto,
+    cff_op_hvcurveto,
+    cff_op_rcurveline,
+    cff_op_rlinecurve,
+    cff_op_vhcurveto,
+    cff_op_vvcurveto,
+
+    cff_op_flex,
+    cff_op_hflex,
+    cff_op_hflex1,
+    cff_op_flex1,
+
+    cff_op_endchar,
+
+    cff_op_hstem,
+    cff_op_vstem,
+    cff_op_hstemhm,
+    cff_op_vstemhm,
+
+    cff_op_hintmask,
+    cff_op_cntrmask,
+    cff_op_dotsection,  /* deprecated, acts as no-op */
+
+    cff_op_abs,
+    cff_op_add,
+    cff_op_sub,
+    cff_op_div,
+    cff_op_neg,
+    cff_op_random,
+    cff_op_mul,
+    cff_op_sqrt,
+
+    cff_op_blend,
+
+    cff_op_drop,
+    cff_op_exch,
+    cff_op_index,
+    cff_op_roll,
+    cff_op_dup,
+
+    cff_op_put,
+    cff_op_get,
+    cff_op_store,
+    cff_op_load,
+
+    cff_op_and,
+    cff_op_or,
+    cff_op_not,
+    cff_op_eq,
+    cff_op_ifelse,
+
+    cff_op_callsubr,
+    cff_op_callgsubr,
+    cff_op_return,
+
+    /* Type 1 opcodes: invalid but seen in real life */
+    cff_op_hsbw,
+    cff_op_closepath,
+    cff_op_callothersubr,
+    cff_op_pop,
+
+    /* do not remove */
+    cff_op_max
+
+  } CFF_Operator;
+
+
+#define CFF_COUNT_CHECK_WIDTH  0x80
+#define CFF_COUNT_EXACT        0x40
+#define CFF_COUNT_CLEAR_STACK  0x20
+
+  /* count values which have the `CFF_COUNT_CHECK_WIDTH' flag set are  */
+  /* used for checking the width and requested numbers of arguments    */
+  /* only; they are set to zero afterwards                             */
+
+  /* the other two flags are informative only and unused currently     */
+
+  static const FT_Byte  cff_argument_counts[] =
+  {
+    0,  /* unknown */
+
+    2 | CFF_COUNT_CHECK_WIDTH | CFF_COUNT_EXACT, /* rmoveto */
+    1 | CFF_COUNT_CHECK_WIDTH | CFF_COUNT_EXACT,
+    1 | CFF_COUNT_CHECK_WIDTH | CFF_COUNT_EXACT,
+
+    0 | CFF_COUNT_CLEAR_STACK, /* rlineto */
+    0 | CFF_COUNT_CLEAR_STACK,
+    0 | CFF_COUNT_CLEAR_STACK,
+
+    0 | CFF_COUNT_CLEAR_STACK, /* rrcurveto */
+    0 | CFF_COUNT_CLEAR_STACK,
+    0 | CFF_COUNT_CLEAR_STACK,
+    0 | CFF_COUNT_CLEAR_STACK,
+    0 | CFF_COUNT_CLEAR_STACK,
+    0 | CFF_COUNT_CLEAR_STACK,
+    0 | CFF_COUNT_CLEAR_STACK,
+
+    13, /* flex */
+    7,
+    9,
+    11,
+
+    0 | CFF_COUNT_CHECK_WIDTH, /* endchar */
+
+    2 | CFF_COUNT_CHECK_WIDTH, /* hstem */
+    2 | CFF_COUNT_CHECK_WIDTH,
+    2 | CFF_COUNT_CHECK_WIDTH,
+    2 | CFF_COUNT_CHECK_WIDTH,
+
+    0 | CFF_COUNT_CHECK_WIDTH, /* hintmask */
+    0 | CFF_COUNT_CHECK_WIDTH, /* cntrmask */
+    0, /* dotsection */
+
+    1, /* abs */
+    2,
+    2,
+    2,
+    1,
+    0,
+    2,
+    1,
+
+    1, /* blend */
+
+    1, /* drop */
+    2,
+    1,
+    2,
+    1,
+
+    2, /* put */
+    1,
+    4,
+    3,
+
+    2, /* and */
+    2,
+    1,
+    2,
+    4,
+
+    1, /* callsubr */
+    1,
+    0,
+
+    2, /* hsbw */
+    0,
+    0,
+    0
+  };
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /**********                                                      *********/
+  /**********                                                      *********/
+  /**********             GENERIC CHARSTRING PARSING               *********/
+  /**********                                                      *********/
+  /**********                                                      *********/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    cff_builder_init                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Initializes a given glyph builder.                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    builder :: A pointer to the glyph builder to initialize.           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face    :: The current face object.                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    size    :: The current size object.                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    glyph   :: The current glyph object.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    hinting :: Whether hinting is active.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  cff_builder_init( CFF_Builder*   builder,
+                    TT_Face        face,
+                    CFF_Size       size,
+                    CFF_GlyphSlot  glyph,
+                    FT_Bool        hinting )
+  {
+    builder->path_begun  = 0;
+    builder->load_points = 1;
+
+    builder->face   = face;
+    builder->glyph  = glyph;
+    builder->memory = face->root.memory;
+
+    if ( glyph )
+    {
+      FT_GlyphLoader  loader = glyph->root.internal->loader;
+
+
+      builder->loader  = loader;
+      builder->base    = &loader->base.outline;
+      builder->current = &loader->current.outline;
+      FT_GlyphLoader_Rewind( loader );
+
+      builder->hints_globals = 0;
+      builder->hints_funcs   = 0;
+
+      if ( hinting && size )
+      {
+        CFF_Internal  internal = (CFF_Internal)size->root.internal;
+
+
+        builder->hints_globals = (void *)internal->topfont;
+        builder->hints_funcs   = glyph->root.internal->glyph_hints;
+      }
+    }
+
+    builder->pos_x = 0;
+    builder->pos_y = 0;
+
+    builder->left_bearing.x = 0;
+    builder->left_bearing.y = 0;
+    builder->advance.x      = 0;
+    builder->advance.y      = 0;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    cff_builder_done                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Finalizes a given glyph builder.  Its contents can still be used   */
+  /*    after the call, but the function saves important information       */
+  /*    within the corresponding glyph slot.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    builder :: A pointer to the glyph builder to finalize.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  cff_builder_done( CFF_Builder*  builder )
+  {
+    CFF_GlyphSlot  glyph = builder->glyph;
+
+
+    if ( glyph )
+      glyph->root.outline = *builder->base;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    cff_compute_bias                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Computes the bias value in dependence of the number of glyph       */
+  /*    subroutines.                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    num_subrs :: The number of glyph subroutines.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    The bias value.                                                    */
+  static FT_Int
+  cff_compute_bias( FT_UInt  num_subrs )
+  {
+    FT_Int  result;
+
+
+    if ( num_subrs < 1240 )
+      result = 107;
+    else if ( num_subrs < 33900U )
+      result = 1131;
+    else
+      result = 32768U;
+
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    cff_decoder_init                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Initializes a given glyph decoder.                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    decoder :: A pointer to the glyph builder to initialize.           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face      :: The current face object.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    size      :: The current size object.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    slot      :: The current glyph object.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    hinting   :: Whether hinting is active.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    hint_mode :: The hinting mode.                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  cff_decoder_init( CFF_Decoder*    decoder,
+                    TT_Face         face,
+                    CFF_Size        size,
+                    CFF_GlyphSlot   slot,
+                    FT_Bool         hinting,
+                    FT_Render_Mode  hint_mode )
+  {
+    CFF_Font  cff = (CFF_Font)face->extra.data;
+
+
+    /* clear everything */
+    FT_MEM_ZERO( decoder, sizeof ( *decoder ) );
+
+    /* initialize builder */
+    cff_builder_init( &decoder->builder, face, size, slot, hinting );
+
+    /* initialize Type2 decoder */
+    decoder->num_globals  = cff->num_global_subrs;
+    decoder->globals      = cff->global_subrs;
+    decoder->globals_bias = cff_compute_bias( decoder->num_globals );
+
+    decoder->hint_mode    = hint_mode;
+  }
+
+
+  /* this function is used to select the subfont */
+  /* and the locals subrs array                  */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  cff_decoder_prepare( CFF_Decoder*  decoder,
+                       CFF_Size      size,
+                       FT_UInt       glyph_index )
+  {
+    CFF_Builder  *builder = &decoder->builder;
+    CFF_Font      cff     = (CFF_Font)builder->face->extra.data;
+    CFF_SubFont   sub     = &cff->top_font;
+    FT_Error      error   = CFF_Err_Ok;
+
+
+    /* manage CID fonts */
+    if ( cff->num_subfonts )
+    {
+      FT_Byte  fd_index = cff_fd_select_get( &cff->fd_select, glyph_index );
+
+
+      if ( fd_index >= cff->num_subfonts )
+      {
+        FT_TRACE4(( "cff_decoder_prepare: invalid CID subfont index\n" ));
+        error = CFF_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+
+      FT_TRACE4(( "glyph index %d (subfont %d):\n", glyph_index, fd_index ));
+
+      sub = cff->subfonts[fd_index];
+
+      if ( builder->hints_funcs && size )
+      {
+        CFF_Internal  internal = (CFF_Internal)size->root.internal;
+
+
+        /* for CFFs without subfonts, this value has already been set */
+        builder->hints_globals = (void *)internal->subfonts[fd_index];
+      }
+    }
+#ifdef FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE
+    else
+      FT_TRACE4(( "glyph index %d:\n", glyph_index ));
+#endif
+
+    decoder->num_locals    = sub->num_local_subrs;
+    decoder->locals        = sub->local_subrs;
+    decoder->locals_bias   = cff_compute_bias( decoder->num_locals );
+
+    decoder->glyph_width   = sub->private_dict.default_width;
+    decoder->nominal_width = sub->private_dict.nominal_width;
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* check that there is enough space for `count' more points */
+  static FT_Error
+  check_points( CFF_Builder*  builder,
+                FT_Int        count )
+  {
+    return FT_GLYPHLOADER_CHECK_POINTS( builder->loader, count, 0 );
+  }
+
+
+  /* add a new point, do not check space */
+  static void
+  cff_builder_add_point( CFF_Builder*  builder,
+                         FT_Pos        x,
+                         FT_Pos        y,
+                         FT_Byte       flag )
+  {
+    FT_Outline*  outline = builder->current;
+
+
+    if ( builder->load_points )
+    {
+      FT_Vector*  point   = outline->points + outline->n_points;
+      FT_Byte*    control = (FT_Byte*)outline->tags + outline->n_points;
+
+
+      point->x = x >> 16;
+      point->y = y >> 16;
+      *control = (FT_Byte)( flag ? FT_CURVE_TAG_ON : FT_CURVE_TAG_CUBIC );
+
+      builder->last = *point;
+    }
+
+    outline->n_points++;
+  }
+
+
+  /* check space for a new on-curve point, then add it */
+  static FT_Error
+  cff_builder_add_point1( CFF_Builder*  builder,
+                          FT_Pos        x,
+                          FT_Pos        y )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error;
+
+
+    error = check_points( builder, 1 );
+    if ( !error )
+      cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 1 );
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* check space for a new contour, then add it */
+  static FT_Error
+  cff_builder_add_contour( CFF_Builder*  builder )
+  {
+    FT_Outline*  outline = builder->current;
+    FT_Error     error;
+
+
+    if ( !builder->load_points )
+    {
+      outline->n_contours++;
+      return CFF_Err_Ok;
+    }
+
+    error = FT_GLYPHLOADER_CHECK_POINTS( builder->loader, 0, 1 );
+    if ( !error )
+    {
+      if ( outline->n_contours > 0 )
+        outline->contours[outline->n_contours - 1] =
+          (short)( outline->n_points - 1 );
+
+      outline->n_contours++;
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* if a path was begun, add its first on-curve point */
+  static FT_Error
+  cff_builder_start_point( CFF_Builder*  builder,
+                           FT_Pos        x,
+                           FT_Pos        y )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error = CFF_Err_Ok;
+
+
+    /* test whether we are building a new contour */
+    if ( !builder->path_begun )
+    {
+      builder->path_begun = 1;
+      error = cff_builder_add_contour( builder );
+      if ( !error )
+        error = cff_builder_add_point1( builder, x, y );
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* close the current contour */
+  static void
+  cff_builder_close_contour( CFF_Builder*  builder )
+  {
+    FT_Outline*  outline = builder->current;
+
+
+    if ( !outline )
+      return;
+
+    /* XXXX: We must not include the last point in the path if it */
+    /*       is located on the first point.                       */
+    if ( outline->n_points > 1 )
+    {
+      FT_Int      first   = 0;
+      FT_Vector*  p1      = outline->points + first;
+      FT_Vector*  p2      = outline->points + outline->n_points - 1;
+      FT_Byte*    control = (FT_Byte*)outline->tags + outline->n_points - 1;
+
+
+      if ( outline->n_contours > 1 )
+      {
+        first = outline->contours[outline->n_contours - 2] + 1;
+        p1    = outline->points + first;
+      }
+
+      /* `delete' last point only if it coincides with the first    */
+      /* point and if it is not a control point (which can happen). */
+      if ( p1->x == p2->x && p1->y == p2->y )
+        if ( *control == FT_CURVE_TAG_ON )
+          outline->n_points--;
+    }
+
+    if ( outline->n_contours > 0 )
+      outline->contours[outline->n_contours - 1] =
+        (short)( outline->n_points - 1 );
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Int
+  cff_lookup_glyph_by_stdcharcode( CFF_Font  cff,
+                                   FT_Int    charcode )
+  {
+    FT_UInt    n;
+    FT_UShort  glyph_sid;
+
+
+    /* CID-keyed fonts don't have glyph names */
+    if ( !cff->charset.sids )
+      return -1;
+
+    /* check range of standard char code */
+    if ( charcode < 0 || charcode > 255 )
+      return -1;
+
+    /* Get code to SID mapping from `cff_standard_encoding'. */
+    glyph_sid = cff_get_standard_encoding( (FT_UInt)charcode );
+
+    for ( n = 0; n < cff->num_glyphs; n++ )
+    {
+      if ( cff->charset.sids[n] == glyph_sid )
+        return n;
+    }
+
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  cff_get_glyph_data( TT_Face    face,
+                      FT_UInt    glyph_index,
+                      FT_Byte**  pointer,
+                      FT_ULong*  length )
+  {
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
+    /* For incremental fonts get the character data using the */
+    /* callback function.                                     */
+    if ( face->root.internal->incremental_interface )
+    {
+      FT_Data   data;
+      FT_Error  error =
+                  face->root.internal->incremental_interface->funcs->get_glyph_data(
+                    face->root.internal->incremental_interface->object,
+                    glyph_index, &data );
+
+
+      *pointer = (FT_Byte*)data.pointer;
+      *length = data.length;
+
+      return error;
+    }
+    else
+#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL */
+
+    {
+      CFF_Font  cff  = (CFF_Font)(face->extra.data);
+
+
+      return cff_index_access_element( &cff->charstrings_index, glyph_index,
+                                       pointer, length );
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  cff_free_glyph_data( TT_Face    face,
+                       FT_Byte**  pointer,
+                       FT_ULong   length )
+  {
+#ifndef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
+    FT_UNUSED( length );
+#endif
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
+    /* For incremental fonts get the character data using the */
+    /* callback function.                                     */
+    if ( face->root.internal->incremental_interface )
+    {
+      FT_Data data;
+
+
+      data.pointer = *pointer;
+      data.length  = length;
+
+      face->root.internal->incremental_interface->funcs->free_glyph_data(
+        face->root.internal->incremental_interface->object,&data );
+    }
+    else
+#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL */
+
+    {
+      CFF_Font  cff = (CFF_Font)(face->extra.data);
+
+
+      cff_index_forget_element( &cff->charstrings_index, pointer );
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  cff_operator_seac( CFF_Decoder*  decoder,
+                     FT_Pos        adx,
+                     FT_Pos        ady,
+                     FT_Int        bchar,
+                     FT_Int        achar )
+  {
+    FT_Error      error;
+    CFF_Builder*  builder = &decoder->builder;
+    FT_Int        bchar_index, achar_index;
+    TT_Face       face = decoder->builder.face;
+    FT_Vector     left_bearing, advance;
+    FT_Byte*      charstring;
+    FT_ULong      charstring_len;
+
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
+    /* Incremental fonts don't necessarily have valid charsets.        */
+    /* They use the character code, not the glyph index, in this case. */
+    if ( face->root.internal->incremental_interface )
+    {
+      bchar_index = bchar;
+      achar_index = achar;
+    }
+    else
+#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL */
+    {
+      CFF_Font cff = (CFF_Font)(face->extra.data);
+
+
+      bchar_index = cff_lookup_glyph_by_stdcharcode( cff, bchar );
+      achar_index = cff_lookup_glyph_by_stdcharcode( cff, achar );
+    }
+
+    if ( bchar_index < 0 || achar_index < 0 )
+    {
+      FT_ERROR(( "cff_operator_seac:" ));
+      FT_ERROR(( " invalid seac character code arguments\n" ));
+      return CFF_Err_Syntax_Error;
+    }
+
+    /* If we are trying to load a composite glyph, do not load the */
+    /* accent character and return the array of subglyphs.         */
+    if ( builder->no_recurse )
+    {
+      FT_GlyphSlot    glyph  = (FT_GlyphSlot)builder->glyph;
+      FT_GlyphLoader  loader = glyph->internal->loader;
+      FT_SubGlyph     subg;
+
+
+      /* reallocate subglyph array if necessary */
+      error = FT_GlyphLoader_CheckSubGlyphs( loader, 2 );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      subg = loader->current.subglyphs;
+
+      /* subglyph 0 = base character */
+      subg->index = bchar_index;
+      subg->flags = FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_XY_VALUES |
+                    FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_USE_MY_METRICS;
+      subg->arg1  = 0;
+      subg->arg2  = 0;
+      subg++;
+
+      /* subglyph 1 = accent character */
+      subg->index = achar_index;
+      subg->flags = FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_XY_VALUES;
+      subg->arg1  = (FT_Int)( adx >> 16 );
+      subg->arg2  = (FT_Int)( ady >> 16 );
+
+      /* set up remaining glyph fields */
+      glyph->num_subglyphs = 2;
+      glyph->subglyphs     = loader->base.subglyphs;
+      glyph->format        = FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE;
+
+      loader->current.num_subglyphs = 2;
+    }
+
+    FT_GlyphLoader_Prepare( builder->loader );
+
+    /* First load `bchar' in builder */
+    error = cff_get_glyph_data( face, bchar_index,
+                                &charstring, &charstring_len );
+    if ( !error )
+    {
+      error = cff_decoder_parse_charstrings( decoder, charstring,
+                                             charstring_len );
+
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      cff_free_glyph_data( face, &charstring, charstring_len );
+    }
+
+    /* Save the left bearing and width of the base character */
+    /* as they will be erased by the next load.              */
+
+    left_bearing = builder->left_bearing;
+    advance      = builder->advance;
+
+    builder->left_bearing.x = 0;
+    builder->left_bearing.y = 0;
+
+    builder->pos_x = adx;
+    builder->pos_y = ady;
+
+    /* Now load `achar' on top of the base outline. */
+    error = cff_get_glyph_data( face, achar_index,
+                                &charstring, &charstring_len );
+    if ( !error )
+    {
+      error = cff_decoder_parse_charstrings( decoder, charstring,
+                                             charstring_len );
+
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      cff_free_glyph_data( face, &charstring, charstring_len );
+    }
+
+    /* Restore the left side bearing and advance width */
+    /* of the base character.                          */
+    builder->left_bearing = left_bearing;
+    builder->advance      = advance;
+
+    builder->pos_x = 0;
+    builder->pos_y = 0;
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    cff_decoder_parse_charstrings                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Parses a given Type 2 charstrings program.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    decoder         :: The current Type 1 decoder.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    charstring_base :: The base of the charstring stream.              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    charstring_len  :: The length in bytes of the charstring stream.   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  cff_decoder_parse_charstrings( CFF_Decoder*  decoder,
+                                 FT_Byte*      charstring_base,
+                                 FT_ULong      charstring_len )
+  {
+    FT_Error           error;
+    CFF_Decoder_Zone*  zone;
+    FT_Byte*           ip;
+    FT_Byte*           limit;
+    CFF_Builder*       builder = &decoder->builder;
+    FT_Pos             x, y;
+    FT_Fixed           seed;
+    FT_Fixed*          stack;
+
+    T2_Hints_Funcs     hinter;
+
+
+    /* set default width */
+    decoder->num_hints  = 0;
+    decoder->read_width = 1;
+
+    /* compute random seed from stack address of parameter */
+    seed = (FT_Fixed)(char*)&seed           ^
+           (FT_Fixed)(char*)&decoder        ^
+           (FT_Fixed)(char*)&charstring_base;
+    seed = ( seed ^ ( seed >> 10 ) ^ ( seed >> 20 ) ) & 0xFFFFL;
+    if ( seed == 0 )
+      seed = 0x7384;
+
+    /* initialize the decoder */
+    decoder->top  = decoder->stack;
+    decoder->zone = decoder->zones;
+    zone          = decoder->zones;
+    stack         = decoder->top;
+
+    hinter = (T2_Hints_Funcs)builder->hints_funcs;
+
+    builder->path_begun = 0;
+
+    zone->base           = charstring_base;
+    limit = zone->limit  = charstring_base + charstring_len;
+    ip    = zone->cursor = zone->base;
+
+    error = CFF_Err_Ok;
+
+    x = builder->pos_x;
+    y = builder->pos_y;
+
+    /* begin hints recording session, if any */
+    if ( hinter )
+      hinter->open( hinter->hints );
+
+    /* now execute loop */
+    while ( ip < limit )
+    {
+      CFF_Operator  op;
+      FT_Byte       v;
+
+
+      /********************************************************************/
+      /*                                                                  */
+      /* Decode operator or operand                                       */
+      /*                                                                  */
+      v = *ip++;
+      if ( v >= 32 || v == 28 )
+      {
+        FT_Int    shift = 16;
+        FT_Int32  val;
+
+
+        /* this is an operand, push it on the stack */
+        if ( v == 28 )
+        {
+          if ( ip + 1 >= limit )
+            goto Syntax_Error;
+          val = (FT_Short)( ( (FT_Short)ip[0] << 8 ) | ip[1] );
+          ip += 2;
+        }
+        else if ( v < 247 )
+          val = (FT_Long)v - 139;
+        else if ( v < 251 )
+        {
+          if ( ip >= limit )
+            goto Syntax_Error;
+          val = ( (FT_Long)v - 247 ) * 256 + *ip++ + 108;
+        }
+        else if ( v < 255 )
+        {
+          if ( ip >= limit )
+            goto Syntax_Error;
+          val = -( (FT_Long)v - 251 ) * 256 - *ip++ - 108;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          if ( ip + 3 >= limit )
+            goto Syntax_Error;
+          val = ( (FT_Int32)ip[0] << 24 ) |
+                ( (FT_Int32)ip[1] << 16 ) |
+                ( (FT_Int32)ip[2] <<  8 ) |
+                            ip[3];
+          ip    += 4;
+          shift  = 0;
+        }
+        if ( decoder->top - stack >= CFF_MAX_OPERANDS )
+          goto Stack_Overflow;
+
+        val           <<= shift;
+        *decoder->top++ = val;
+
+#ifdef FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE
+        if ( !( val & 0xFFFFL ) )
+          FT_TRACE4(( " %ld", (FT_Int32)( val >> 16 ) ));
+        else
+          FT_TRACE4(( " %.2f", val / 65536.0 ));
+#endif
+
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* The specification says that normally arguments are to be taken */
+        /* from the bottom of the stack.  However, this seems not to be   */
+        /* correct, at least for Acroread 7.0.8 on GNU/Linux: It pops the */
+        /* arguments similar to a PS interpreter.                         */
+
+        FT_Fixed*  args     = decoder->top;
+        FT_Int     num_args = (FT_Int)( args - decoder->stack );
+        FT_Int     req_args;
+
+
+        /* find operator */
+        op = cff_op_unknown;
+
+        switch ( v )
+        {
+        case 1:
+          op = cff_op_hstem;
+          break;
+        case 3:
+          op = cff_op_vstem;
+          break;
+        case 4:
+          op = cff_op_vmoveto;
+          break;
+        case 5:
+          op = cff_op_rlineto;
+          break;
+        case 6:
+          op = cff_op_hlineto;
+          break;
+        case 7:
+          op = cff_op_vlineto;
+          break;
+        case 8:
+          op = cff_op_rrcurveto;
+          break;
+        case 9:
+          op = cff_op_closepath;
+          break;
+        case 10:
+          op = cff_op_callsubr;
+          break;
+        case 11:
+          op = cff_op_return;
+          break;
+        case 12:
+          {
+            if ( ip >= limit )
+              goto Syntax_Error;
+            v = *ip++;
+
+            switch ( v )
+            {
+            case 0:
+              op = cff_op_dotsection;
+              break;
+            case 3:
+              op = cff_op_and;
+              break;
+            case 4:
+              op = cff_op_or;
+              break;
+            case 5:
+              op = cff_op_not;
+              break;
+            case 8:
+              op = cff_op_store;
+              break;
+            case 9:
+              op = cff_op_abs;
+              break;
+            case 10:
+              op = cff_op_add;
+              break;
+            case 11:
+              op = cff_op_sub;
+              break;
+            case 12:
+              op = cff_op_div;
+              break;
+            case 13:
+              op = cff_op_load;
+              break;
+            case 14:
+              op = cff_op_neg;
+              break;
+            case 15:
+              op = cff_op_eq;
+              break;
+            case 16:
+              op = cff_op_callothersubr;
+              break;
+            case 17:
+              op = cff_op_pop;
+              break;
+            case 18:
+              op = cff_op_drop;
+              break;
+            case 20:
+              op = cff_op_put;
+              break;
+            case 21:
+              op = cff_op_get;
+              break;
+            case 22:
+              op = cff_op_ifelse;
+              break;
+            case 23:
+              op = cff_op_random;
+              break;
+            case 24:
+              op = cff_op_mul;
+              break;
+            case 26:
+              op = cff_op_sqrt;
+              break;
+            case 27:
+              op = cff_op_dup;
+              break;
+            case 28:
+              op = cff_op_exch;
+              break;
+            case 29:
+              op = cff_op_index;
+              break;
+            case 30:
+              op = cff_op_roll;
+              break;
+            case 34:
+              op = cff_op_hflex;
+              break;
+            case 35:
+              op = cff_op_flex;
+              break;
+            case 36:
+              op = cff_op_hflex1;
+              break;
+            case 37:
+              op = cff_op_flex1;
+              break;
+            default:
+              /* decrement ip for syntax error message */
+              ip--;
+            }
+          }
+          break;
+        case 13:
+          op = cff_op_hsbw;
+          break;
+        case 14:
+          op = cff_op_endchar;
+          break;
+        case 16:
+          op = cff_op_blend;
+          break;
+        case 18:
+          op = cff_op_hstemhm;
+          break;
+        case 19:
+          op = cff_op_hintmask;
+          break;
+        case 20:
+          op = cff_op_cntrmask;
+          break;
+        case 21:
+          op = cff_op_rmoveto;
+          break;
+        case 22:
+          op = cff_op_hmoveto;
+          break;
+        case 23:
+          op = cff_op_vstemhm;
+          break;
+        case 24:
+          op = cff_op_rcurveline;
+          break;
+        case 25:
+          op = cff_op_rlinecurve;
+          break;
+        case 26:
+          op = cff_op_vvcurveto;
+          break;
+        case 27:
+          op = cff_op_hhcurveto;
+          break;
+        case 29:
+          op = cff_op_callgsubr;
+          break;
+        case 30:
+          op = cff_op_vhcurveto;
+          break;
+        case 31:
+          op = cff_op_hvcurveto;
+          break;
+        default:
+          ;
+        }
+
+        if ( op == cff_op_unknown )
+          goto Syntax_Error;
+
+        /* check arguments */
+        req_args = cff_argument_counts[op];
+        if ( req_args & CFF_COUNT_CHECK_WIDTH )
+        {
+          if ( num_args > 0 && decoder->read_width )
+          {
+            /* If `nominal_width' is non-zero, the number is really a      */
+            /* difference against `nominal_width'.  Else, the number here  */
+            /* is truly a width, not a difference against `nominal_width'. */
+            /* If the font does not set `nominal_width', then              */
+            /* `nominal_width' defaults to zero, and so we can set         */
+            /* `glyph_width' to `nominal_width' plus number on the stack   */
+            /* -- for either case.                                         */
+
+            FT_Int  set_width_ok;
+
+
+            switch ( op )
+            {
+            case cff_op_hmoveto:
+            case cff_op_vmoveto:
+              set_width_ok = num_args & 2;
+              break;
+
+            case cff_op_hstem:
+            case cff_op_vstem:
+            case cff_op_hstemhm:
+            case cff_op_vstemhm:
+            case cff_op_rmoveto:
+            case cff_op_hintmask:
+            case cff_op_cntrmask:
+              set_width_ok = num_args & 1;
+              break;
+
+            case cff_op_endchar:
+              /* If there is a width specified for endchar, we either have */
+              /* 1 argument or 5 arguments.  We like to argue.             */
+              set_width_ok = ( num_args == 5 ) || ( num_args == 1 );
+              break;
+
+            default:
+              set_width_ok = 0;
+              break;
+            }
+
+            if ( set_width_ok )
+            {
+              decoder->glyph_width = decoder->nominal_width +
+                                       ( stack[0] >> 16 );
+
+              if ( decoder->width_only )
+              {
+                /* we only want the advance width; stop here */
+                break;
+              }
+
+              /* Consumed an argument. */
+              num_args--;
+            }
+          }
+
+          decoder->read_width = 0;
+          req_args            = 0;
+        }
+
+        req_args &= 0x000F;
+        if ( num_args < req_args )
+          goto Stack_Underflow;
+        args     -= req_args;
+        num_args -= req_args;
+
+        /* At this point, `args' points to the first argument of the  */
+        /* operand in case `req_args' isn't zero.  Otherwise, we have */
+        /* to adjust `args' manually.                                 */
+
+        /* Note that we only pop arguments from the stack which we    */
+        /* really need and can digest so that we can continue in case */
+        /* of superfluous stack elements.                             */
+
+        switch ( op )
+        {
+        case cff_op_hstem:
+        case cff_op_vstem:
+        case cff_op_hstemhm:
+        case cff_op_vstemhm:
+          /* the number of arguments is always even here */
+          FT_TRACE4((
+              op == cff_op_hstem   ? " hstem\n"   :
+            ( op == cff_op_vstem   ? " vstem\n"   :
+            ( op == cff_op_hstemhm ? " hstemhm\n" : " vstemhm\n" ) ) ));
+
+          if ( hinter )
+            hinter->stems( hinter->hints,
+                           ( op == cff_op_hstem || op == cff_op_hstemhm ),
+                           num_args / 2,
+                           args - ( num_args & ~1 ) );
+
+          decoder->num_hints += num_args / 2;
+          args = stack;
+          break;
+
+        case cff_op_hintmask:
+        case cff_op_cntrmask:
+          FT_TRACE4(( op == cff_op_hintmask ? " hintmask" : " cntrmask" ));
+
+          /* implement vstem when needed --                        */
+          /* the specification doesn't say it, but this also works */
+          /* with the 'cntrmask' operator                          */
+          /*                                                       */
+          if ( num_args > 0 )
+          {
+            if ( hinter )
+              hinter->stems( hinter->hints,
+                             0,
+                             num_args / 2,
+                             args - ( num_args & ~1 ) );
+
+            decoder->num_hints += num_args / 2;
+          }
+
+          if ( hinter )
+          {
+            if ( op == cff_op_hintmask )
+              hinter->hintmask( hinter->hints,
+                                builder->current->n_points,
+                                decoder->num_hints,
+                                ip );
+            else
+              hinter->counter( hinter->hints,
+                               decoder->num_hints,
+                               ip );
+          }
+
+#ifdef FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE
+          {
+            FT_UInt maskbyte;
+
+
+            FT_TRACE4(( " (maskbytes: " ));
+
+            for ( maskbyte = 0;
+                  maskbyte < (FT_UInt)(( decoder->num_hints + 7 ) >> 3);
+                  maskbyte++, ip++ )
+              FT_TRACE4(( "0x%02X", *ip ));
+
+            FT_TRACE4(( ")\n" ));
+          }
+#else
+          ip += ( decoder->num_hints + 7 ) >> 3;
+#endif
+          if ( ip >= limit )
+            goto Syntax_Error;
+          args = stack;
+          break;
+
+        case cff_op_rmoveto:
+          FT_TRACE4(( " rmoveto\n" ));
+
+          cff_builder_close_contour( builder );
+          builder->path_begun = 0;
+          x   += args[-2];
+          y   += args[-1];
+          args = stack;
+          break;
+
+        case cff_op_vmoveto:
+          FT_TRACE4(( " vmoveto\n" ));
+
+          cff_builder_close_contour( builder );
+          builder->path_begun = 0;
+          y   += args[-1];
+          args = stack;
+          break;
+
+        case cff_op_hmoveto:
+          FT_TRACE4(( " hmoveto\n" ));
+
+          cff_builder_close_contour( builder );
+          builder->path_begun = 0;
+          x   += args[-1];
+          args = stack;
+          break;
+
+        case cff_op_rlineto:
+          FT_TRACE4(( " rlineto\n" ));
+
+          if ( cff_builder_start_point ( builder, x, y ) ||
+               check_points( builder, num_args / 2 )     )
+            goto Fail;
+
+          if ( num_args < 2 )
+            goto Stack_Underflow;
+
+          args -= num_args & ~1;
+          while ( args < decoder->top )
+          {
+            x += args[0];
+            y += args[1];
+            cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 1 );
+            args += 2;
+          }
+          args = stack;
+          break;
+
+        case cff_op_hlineto:
+        case cff_op_vlineto:
+          {
+            FT_Int  phase = ( op == cff_op_hlineto );
+
+
+            FT_TRACE4(( op == cff_op_hlineto ? " hlineto\n"
+                                             : " vlineto\n" ));
+
+            if ( num_args < 1 )
+              goto Stack_Underflow;
+
+            if ( cff_builder_start_point ( builder, x, y ) ||
+                 check_points( builder, num_args )         )
+              goto Fail;
+
+            args = stack;
+            while ( args < decoder->top )
+            {
+              if ( phase )
+                x += args[0];
+              else
+                y += args[0];
+
+              if ( cff_builder_add_point1( builder, x, y ) )
+                goto Fail;
+
+              args++;
+              phase ^= 1;
+            }
+            args = stack;
+          }
+          break;
+
+        case cff_op_rrcurveto:
+          {
+            FT_Int  nargs;
+
+
+            FT_TRACE4(( " rrcurveto\n" ));
+
+            if ( num_args < 6 )
+              goto Stack_Underflow;
+
+            nargs = num_args - num_args % 6;
+
+            if ( cff_builder_start_point ( builder, x, y ) ||
+                 check_points( builder, nargs / 2 )     )
+              goto Fail;
+
+            args -= nargs;
+            while ( args < decoder->top )
+            {
+              x += args[0];
+              y += args[1];
+              cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 0 );
+              x += args[2];
+              y += args[3];
+              cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 0 );
+              x += args[4];
+              y += args[5];
+              cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 1 );
+              args += 6;
+            }
+            args = stack;
+          }
+          break;
+
+        case cff_op_vvcurveto:
+          {
+            FT_Int  nargs;
+
+
+            FT_TRACE4(( " vvcurveto\n" ));
+
+            if ( num_args < 4 )
+              goto Stack_Underflow;
+
+            /* if num_args isn't of the form 4n or 4n+1, */
+            /* we reduce it to 4n+1                      */
+
+            nargs = num_args - num_args % 4;
+            if ( num_args - nargs > 0 )
+              nargs += 1;
+
+            if ( cff_builder_start_point( builder, x, y ) )
+              goto Fail;
+
+            args -= nargs;
+
+            if ( nargs & 1 )
+            {
+              x += args[0];
+              args++;
+              nargs--;
+            }
+
+            if ( check_points( builder, 3 * ( nargs / 4 ) ) )
+              goto Fail;
+
+            while ( args < decoder->top )
+            {
+              y += args[0];
+              cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 0 );
+              x += args[1];
+              y += args[2];
+              cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 0 );
+              y += args[3];
+              cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 1 );
+              args += 4;
+            }
+            args = stack;
+          }
+          break;
+
+        case cff_op_hhcurveto:
+          {
+            FT_Int  nargs;
+
+
+            FT_TRACE4(( " hhcurveto\n" ));
+
+            if ( num_args < 4 )
+              goto Stack_Underflow;
+
+            /* if num_args isn't of the form 4n or 4n+1, */
+            /* we reduce it to 4n+1                      */
+
+            nargs = num_args - num_args % 4;
+            if ( num_args - nargs > 0 )
+              nargs += 1;
+
+            if ( cff_builder_start_point( builder, x, y ) )
+              goto Fail;
+
+            args -= nargs;
+            if ( nargs & 1 )
+            {
+              y += args[0];
+              args++;
+              nargs--;
+            }
+
+            if ( check_points( builder, 3 * ( nargs / 4 ) ) )
+              goto Fail;
+
+            while ( args < decoder->top )
+            {
+              x += args[0];
+              cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 0 );
+              x += args[1];
+              y += args[2];
+              cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 0 );
+              x += args[3];
+              cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 1 );
+              args += 4;
+            }
+            args = stack;
+          }
+          break;
+
+        case cff_op_vhcurveto:
+        case cff_op_hvcurveto:
+          {
+            FT_Int  phase;
+            FT_Int  nargs;
+
+
+            FT_TRACE4(( op == cff_op_vhcurveto ? " vhcurveto\n"
+                                               : " hvcurveto\n" ));
+
+            if ( cff_builder_start_point( builder, x, y ) )
+              goto Fail;
+
+            if ( num_args < 4 )
+              goto Stack_Underflow;
+
+            /* if num_args isn't of the form 8n, 8n+1, 8n+4, or 8n+5, */
+            /* we reduce it to the largest one which fits             */
+
+            nargs = num_args - num_args % 4;
+            if ( num_args - nargs > 0 )
+              nargs += 1;
+
+            args -= nargs;
+            if ( check_points( builder, ( nargs / 4 ) * 3 ) )
+              goto Stack_Underflow;
+
+            phase = ( op == cff_op_hvcurveto );
+
+            while ( nargs >= 4 )
+            {
+              nargs -= 4;
+              if ( phase )
+              {
+                x += args[0];
+                cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 0 );
+                x += args[1];
+                y += args[2];
+                cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 0 );
+                y += args[3];
+                if ( nargs == 1 )
+                  x += args[4];
+                cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 1 );
+              }
+              else
+              {
+                y += args[0];
+                cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 0 );
+                x += args[1];
+                y += args[2];
+                cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 0 );
+                x += args[3];
+                if ( nargs == 1 )
+                  y += args[4];
+                cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 1 );
+              }
+              args  += 4;
+              phase ^= 1;
+            }
+            args = stack;
+          }
+          break;
+
+        case cff_op_rlinecurve:
+          {
+            FT_Int  num_lines;
+            FT_Int  nargs;
+
+
+            FT_TRACE4(( " rlinecurve\n" ));
+
+            if ( num_args < 8 )
+              goto Stack_Underflow;
+
+            nargs     = num_args & ~1;
+            num_lines = ( nargs - 6 ) / 2;
+
+            if ( cff_builder_start_point( builder, x, y ) ||
+                 check_points( builder, num_lines + 3 )   )
+              goto Fail;
+
+            args -= nargs;
+
+            /* first, add the line segments */
+            while ( num_lines > 0 )
+            {
+              x += args[0];
+              y += args[1];
+              cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 1 );
+              args += 2;
+              num_lines--;
+            }
+
+            /* then the curve */
+            x += args[0];
+            y += args[1];
+            cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 0 );
+            x += args[2];
+            y += args[3];
+            cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 0 );
+            x += args[4];
+            y += args[5];
+            cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 1 );
+            args = stack;
+          }
+          break;
+
+        case cff_op_rcurveline:
+          {
+            FT_Int  num_curves;
+            FT_Int  nargs;
+
+
+            FT_TRACE4(( " rcurveline\n" ));
+
+            if ( num_args < 8 )
+              goto Stack_Underflow;
+
+            nargs      = num_args - 2;
+            nargs      = nargs - nargs % 6 + 2;
+            num_curves = ( nargs - 2 ) / 6;
+
+            if ( cff_builder_start_point ( builder, x, y ) ||
+                 check_points( builder, num_curves * 3 + 2 ) )
+              goto Fail;
+
+            args -= nargs;
+
+            /* first, add the curves */
+            while ( num_curves > 0 )
+            {
+              x += args[0];
+              y += args[1];
+              cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 0 );
+              x += args[2];
+              y += args[3];
+              cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 0 );
+              x += args[4];
+              y += args[5];
+              cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 1 );
+              args += 6;
+              num_curves--;
+            }
+
+            /* then the final line */
+            x += args[0];
+            y += args[1];
+            cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 1 );
+            args = stack;
+          }
+          break;
+
+        case cff_op_hflex1:
+          {
+            FT_Pos start_y;
+
+
+            FT_TRACE4(( " hflex1\n" ));
+
+            /* adding five more points: 4 control points, 1 on-curve point */
+            /* -- make sure we have enough space for the start point if it */
+            /* needs to be added                                           */
+            if ( cff_builder_start_point( builder, x, y ) ||
+                 check_points( builder, 6 )               )
+              goto Fail;
+
+            /* record the starting point's y position for later use */
+            start_y = y;
+
+            /* first control point */
+            x += args[0];
+            y += args[1];
+            cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 0 );
+
+            /* second control point */
+            x += args[2];
+            y += args[3];
+            cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 0 );
+
+            /* join point; on curve, with y-value the same as the last */
+            /* control point's y-value                                 */
+            x += args[4];
+            cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 1 );
+
+            /* third control point, with y-value the same as the join */
+            /* point's y-value                                        */
+            x += args[5];
+            cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 0 );
+
+            /* fourth control point */
+            x += args[6];
+            y += args[7];
+            cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 0 );
+
+            /* ending point, with y-value the same as the start   */
+            x += args[8];
+            y  = start_y;
+            cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 1 );
+
+            args = stack;
+            break;
+          }
+
+        case cff_op_hflex:
+          {
+            FT_Pos start_y;
+
+
+            FT_TRACE4(( " hflex\n" ));
+
+            /* adding six more points; 4 control points, 2 on-curve points */
+            if ( cff_builder_start_point( builder, x, y ) ||
+                 check_points( builder, 6 )               )
+              goto Fail;
+
+            /* record the starting point's y-position for later use */
+            start_y = y;
+
+            /* first control point */
+            x += args[0];
+            cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 0 );
+
+            /* second control point */
+            x += args[1];
+            y += args[2];
+            cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 0 );
+
+            /* join point; on curve, with y-value the same as the last */
+            /* control point's y-value                                 */
+            x += args[3];
+            cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 1 );
+
+            /* third control point, with y-value the same as the join */
+            /* point's y-value                                        */
+            x += args[4];
+            cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 0 );
+
+            /* fourth control point */
+            x += args[5];
+            y  = start_y;
+            cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 0 );
+
+            /* ending point, with y-value the same as the start point's */
+            /* y-value -- we don't add this point, though               */
+            x += args[6];
+            cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 1 );
+
+            args = stack;
+            break;
+          }
+
+        case cff_op_flex1:
+          {
+            FT_Pos     start_x, start_y; /* record start x, y values for */
+                                         /* alter use                    */
+            FT_Fixed   dx = 0, dy = 0;   /* used in horizontal/vertical  */
+                                         /* algorithm below              */
+            FT_Int     horizontal, count;
+            FT_Fixed*  temp;
+
+
+            FT_TRACE4(( " flex1\n" ));
+
+            /* adding six more points; 4 control points, 2 on-curve points */
+            if ( cff_builder_start_point( builder, x, y ) ||
+                 check_points( builder, 6 )               )
+              goto Fail;
+
+            /* record the starting point's x, y position for later use */
+            start_x = x;
+            start_y = y;
+
+            /* XXX: figure out whether this is supposed to be a horizontal */
+            /*      or vertical flex; the Type 2 specification is vague... */
+
+            temp = args;
+
+            /* grab up to the last argument */
+            for ( count = 5; count > 0; count-- )
+            {
+              dx += temp[0];
+              dy += temp[1];
+              temp += 2;
+            }
+
+            if ( dx < 0 )
+              dx = -dx;
+            if ( dy < 0 )
+              dy = -dy;
+
+            /* strange test, but here it is... */
+            horizontal = ( dx > dy );
+
+            for ( count = 5; count > 0; count-- )
+            {
+              x += args[0];
+              y += args[1];
+              cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y,
+                                     (FT_Bool)( count == 3 ) );
+              args += 2;
+            }
+
+            /* is last operand an x- or y-delta? */
+            if ( horizontal )
+            {
+              x += args[0];
+              y  = start_y;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+              x  = start_x;
+              y += args[0];
+            }
+
+            cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 1 );
+
+            args = stack;
+            break;
+           }
+
+        case cff_op_flex:
+          {
+            FT_UInt  count;
+
+
+            FT_TRACE4(( " flex\n" ));
+
+            if ( cff_builder_start_point( builder, x, y ) ||
+                 check_points( builder, 6 )               )
+              goto Fail;
+
+            for ( count = 6; count > 0; count-- )
+            {
+              x += args[0];
+              y += args[1];
+              cff_builder_add_point( builder, x, y,
+                                     (FT_Bool)( count == 4 || count == 1 ) );
+              args += 2;
+            }
+
+            args = stack;
+          }
+          break;
+
+        case cff_op_endchar:
+          FT_TRACE4(( " endchar\n" ));
+
+          /* We are going to emulate the seac operator. */
+          if ( num_args >= 4 )
+          {
+            /* Save glyph width so that the subglyphs don't overwrite it. */
+            FT_Pos  glyph_width = decoder->glyph_width;
+
+
+            error = cff_operator_seac( decoder,
+                                       args[-4],
+                                       args[-3],
+                                       (FT_Int)( args[-2] >> 16 ),
+                                       (FT_Int)( args[-1] >> 16 ) );
+
+            decoder->glyph_width = glyph_width;
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            if ( !error )
+              error = CFF_Err_Ok;
+
+            cff_builder_close_contour( builder );
+
+            /* close hints recording session */
+            if ( hinter )
+            {
+              if ( hinter->close( hinter->hints,
+                                  builder->current->n_points ) )
+                goto Syntax_Error;
+
+              /* apply hints to the loaded glyph outline now */
+              hinter->apply( hinter->hints,
+                             builder->current,
+                             (PSH_Globals)builder->hints_globals,
+                             decoder->hint_mode );
+            }
+
+            /* add current outline to the glyph slot */
+            FT_GlyphLoader_Add( builder->loader );
+          }
+
+          /* return now! */
+          FT_TRACE4(( "\n" ));
+          return error;
+
+        case cff_op_abs:
+          FT_TRACE4(( " abs\n" ));
+
+          if ( args[0] < 0 )
+            args[0] = -args[0];
+          args++;
+          break;
+
+        case cff_op_add:
+          FT_TRACE4(( " add\n" ));
+
+          args[0] += args[1];
+          args++;
+          break;
+
+        case cff_op_sub:
+          FT_TRACE4(( " sub\n" ));
+
+          args[0] -= args[1];
+          args++;
+          break;
+
+        case cff_op_div:
+          FT_TRACE4(( " div\n" ));
+
+          args[0] = FT_DivFix( args[0], args[1] );
+          args++;
+          break;
+
+        case cff_op_neg:
+          FT_TRACE4(( " neg\n" ));
+
+          args[0] = -args[0];
+          args++;
+          break;
+
+        case cff_op_random:
+          {
+            FT_Fixed  Rand;
+
+
+            FT_TRACE4(( " rand\n" ));
+
+            Rand = seed;
+            if ( Rand >= 0x8000L )
+              Rand++;
+
+            args[0] = Rand;
+            seed    = FT_MulFix( seed, 0x10000L - seed );
+            if ( seed == 0 )
+              seed += 0x2873;
+            args++;
+          }
+          break;
+
+        case cff_op_mul:
+          FT_TRACE4(( " mul\n" ));
+
+          args[0] = FT_MulFix( args[0], args[1] );
+          args++;
+          break;
+
+        case cff_op_sqrt:
+          FT_TRACE4(( " sqrt\n" ));
+
+          if ( args[0] > 0 )
+          {
+            FT_Int    count = 9;
+            FT_Fixed  root  = args[0];
+            FT_Fixed  new_root;
+
+
+            for (;;)
+            {
+              new_root = ( root + FT_DivFix( args[0], root ) + 1 ) >> 1;
+              if ( new_root == root || count <= 0 )
+                break;
+              root = new_root;
+            }
+            args[0] = new_root;
+          }
+          else
+            args[0] = 0;
+          args++;
+          break;
+
+        case cff_op_drop:
+          /* nothing */
+          FT_TRACE4(( " drop\n" ));
+
+          break;
+
+        case cff_op_exch:
+          {
+            FT_Fixed  tmp;
+
+
+            FT_TRACE4(( " exch\n" ));
+
+            tmp     = args[0];
+            args[0] = args[1];
+            args[1] = tmp;
+            args   += 2;
+          }
+          break;
+
+        case cff_op_index:
+          {
+            FT_Int  idx = (FT_Int)( args[0] >> 16 );
+
+
+            FT_TRACE4(( " index\n" ));
+
+            if ( idx < 0 )
+              idx = 0;
+            else if ( idx > num_args - 2 )
+              idx = num_args - 2;
+            args[0] = args[-( idx + 1 )];
+            args++;
+          }
+          break;
+
+        case cff_op_roll:
+          {
+            FT_Int  count = (FT_Int)( args[0] >> 16 );
+            FT_Int  idx   = (FT_Int)( args[1] >> 16 );
+
+
+            FT_TRACE4(( " roll\n" ));
+
+            if ( count <= 0 )
+              count = 1;
+
+            args -= count;
+            if ( args < stack )
+              goto Stack_Underflow;
+
+            if ( idx >= 0 )
+            {
+              while ( idx > 0 )
+              {
+                FT_Fixed  tmp = args[count - 1];
+                FT_Int    i;
+
+
+                for ( i = count - 2; i >= 0; i-- )
+                  args[i + 1] = args[i];
+                args[0] = tmp;
+                idx--;
+              }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+              while ( idx < 0 )
+              {
+                FT_Fixed  tmp = args[0];
+                FT_Int    i;
+
+
+                for ( i = 0; i < count - 1; i++ )
+                  args[i] = args[i + 1];
+                args[count - 1] = tmp;
+                idx++;
+              }
+            }
+            args += count;
+          }
+          break;
+
+        case cff_op_dup:
+          FT_TRACE4(( " dup\n" ));
+
+          args[1] = args[0];
+          args++;
+          break;
+
+        case cff_op_put:
+          {
+            FT_Fixed  val = args[0];
+            FT_Int    idx = (FT_Int)( args[1] >> 16 );
+
+
+            FT_TRACE4(( " put\n" ));
+
+            if ( idx >= 0 && idx < decoder->len_buildchar )
+              decoder->buildchar[idx] = val;
+          }
+          break;
+
+        case cff_op_get:
+          {
+            FT_Int    idx = (FT_Int)( args[0] >> 16 );
+            FT_Fixed  val = 0;
+
+
+            FT_TRACE4(( " get\n" ));
+
+            if ( idx >= 0 && idx < decoder->len_buildchar )
+              val = decoder->buildchar[idx];
+
+            args[0] = val;
+            args++;
+          }
+          break;
+
+        case cff_op_store:
+          FT_TRACE4(( " store\n"));
+
+          goto Unimplemented;
+
+        case cff_op_load:
+          FT_TRACE4(( " load\n" ));
+
+          goto Unimplemented;
+
+        case cff_op_dotsection:
+          /* this operator is deprecated and ignored by the parser */
+          FT_TRACE4(( " dotsection\n" ));
+          break;
+
+        case cff_op_closepath:
+          /* this is an invalid Type 2 operator; however, there        */
+          /* exist fonts which are incorrectly converted from probably */
+          /* Type 1 to CFF, and some parsers seem to accept it         */
+
+          FT_TRACE4(( " closepath (invalid op)\n" ));
+
+          args = stack;
+          break;
+
+        case cff_op_hsbw:
+          /* this is an invalid Type 2 operator; however, there        */
+          /* exist fonts which are incorrectly converted from probably */
+          /* Type 1 to CFF, and some parsers seem to accept it         */
+
+          FT_TRACE4(( " hsbw (invalid op)\n" ));
+
+          decoder->glyph_width = decoder->nominal_width +
+                                   (args[1] >> 16);
+          x    = args[0];
+          y    = 0;
+          args = stack;
+          break;
+
+        case cff_op_callothersubr:
+          /* this is an invalid Type 2 operator; however, there        */
+          /* exist fonts which are incorrectly converted from probably */
+          /* Type 1 to CFF, and some parsers seem to accept it         */
+
+          FT_TRACE4(( " callothersubr (invalid op)\n" ));
+
+          /* don't modify stack; handle the subr as `unknown' so that */
+          /* following `pop' operands use the arguments on stack      */
+          break;
+
+        case cff_op_pop:
+          /* this is an invalid Type 2 operator; however, there        */
+          /* exist fonts which are incorrectly converted from probably */
+          /* Type 1 to CFF, and some parsers seem to accept it         */
+
+          FT_TRACE4(( " pop (invalid op)\n" ));
+
+          args++;
+          break;
+
+        case cff_op_and:
+          {
+            FT_Fixed  cond = args[0] && args[1];
+
+
+            FT_TRACE4(( " and\n" ));
+
+            args[0] = cond ? 0x10000L : 0;
+            args++;
+          }
+          break;
+
+        case cff_op_or:
+          {
+            FT_Fixed  cond = args[0] || args[1];
+
+
+            FT_TRACE4(( " or\n" ));
+
+            args[0] = cond ? 0x10000L : 0;
+            args++;
+          }
+          break;
+
+        case cff_op_eq:
+          {
+            FT_Fixed  cond = !args[0];
+
+
+            FT_TRACE4(( " eq\n" ));
+
+            args[0] = cond ? 0x10000L : 0;
+            args++;
+          }
+          break;
+
+        case cff_op_ifelse:
+          {
+            FT_Fixed  cond = ( args[2] <= args[3] );
+
+
+            FT_TRACE4(( " ifelse\n" ));
+
+            if ( !cond )
+              args[0] = args[1];
+            args++;
+          }
+          break;
+
+        case cff_op_callsubr:
+          {
+            FT_UInt  idx = (FT_UInt)( ( args[0] >> 16 ) +
+                                      decoder->locals_bias );
+
+
+            FT_TRACE4(( " callsubr(%d)\n", idx ));
+
+            if ( idx >= decoder->num_locals )
+            {
+              FT_ERROR(( "cff_decoder_parse_charstrings:" ));
+              FT_ERROR(( " invalid local subr index\n" ));
+              goto Syntax_Error;
+            }
+
+            if ( zone - decoder->zones >= CFF_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS )
+            {
+              FT_ERROR(( "cff_decoder_parse_charstrings:"
+                         " too many nested subrs\n" ));
+              goto Syntax_Error;
+            }
+
+            zone->cursor = ip;  /* save current instruction pointer */
+
+            zone++;
+            zone->base   = decoder->locals[idx];
+            zone->limit  = decoder->locals[idx + 1];
+            zone->cursor = zone->base;
+
+            if ( !zone->base || zone->limit == zone->base )
+            {
+              FT_ERROR(( "cff_decoder_parse_charstrings:"
+                         " invoking empty subrs!\n" ));
+              goto Syntax_Error;
+            }
+
+            decoder->zone = zone;
+            ip            = zone->base;
+            limit         = zone->limit;
+          }
+          break;
+
+        case cff_op_callgsubr:
+          {
+            FT_UInt  idx = (FT_UInt)( ( args[0] >> 16 ) +
+                                      decoder->globals_bias );
+
+
+            FT_TRACE4(( " callgsubr(%d)\n", idx ));
+
+            if ( idx >= decoder->num_globals )
+            {
+              FT_ERROR(( "cff_decoder_parse_charstrings:" ));
+              FT_ERROR(( " invalid global subr index\n" ));
+              goto Syntax_Error;
+            }
+
+            if ( zone - decoder->zones >= CFF_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS )
+            {
+              FT_ERROR(( "cff_decoder_parse_charstrings:"
+                         " too many nested subrs\n" ));
+              goto Syntax_Error;
+            }
+
+            zone->cursor = ip;  /* save current instruction pointer */
+
+            zone++;
+            zone->base   = decoder->globals[idx];
+            zone->limit  = decoder->globals[idx + 1];
+            zone->cursor = zone->base;
+
+            if ( !zone->base || zone->limit == zone->base )
+            {
+              FT_ERROR(( "cff_decoder_parse_charstrings:"
+                         " invoking empty subrs!\n" ));
+              goto Syntax_Error;
+            }
+
+            decoder->zone = zone;
+            ip            = zone->base;
+            limit         = zone->limit;
+          }
+          break;
+
+        case cff_op_return:
+          FT_TRACE4(( " return\n" ));
+
+          if ( decoder->zone <= decoder->zones )
+          {
+            FT_ERROR(( "cff_decoder_parse_charstrings:"
+                       " unexpected return\n" ));
+            goto Syntax_Error;
+          }
+
+          decoder->zone--;
+          zone  = decoder->zone;
+          ip    = zone->cursor;
+          limit = zone->limit;
+          break;
+
+        default:
+        Unimplemented:
+          FT_ERROR(( "Unimplemented opcode: %d", ip[-1] ));
+
+          if ( ip[-1] == 12 )
+            FT_ERROR(( " %d", ip[0] ));
+          FT_ERROR(( "\n" ));
+
+          return CFF_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
+        }
+
+      decoder->top = args;
+
+      } /* general operator processing */
+
+    } /* while ip < limit */
+
+    FT_TRACE4(( "..end..\n\n" ));
+
+  Fail:
+    return error;
+
+  Syntax_Error:
+    FT_TRACE4(( "cff_decoder_parse_charstrings: syntax error!\n" ));
+    return CFF_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+
+  Stack_Underflow:
+    FT_TRACE4(( "cff_decoder_parse_charstrings: stack underflow!\n" ));
+    return CFF_Err_Too_Few_Arguments;
+
+  Stack_Overflow:
+    FT_TRACE4(( "cff_decoder_parse_charstrings: stack overflow!\n" ));
+    return CFF_Err_Stack_Overflow;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /**********                                                      *********/
+  /**********                                                      *********/
+  /**********            COMPUTE THE MAXIMUM ADVANCE WIDTH         *********/
+  /**********                                                      *********/
+  /**********    The following code is in charge of computing      *********/
+  /**********    the maximum advance width of the font.  It        *********/
+  /**********    quickly processes each glyph charstring to        *********/
+  /**********    extract the value from either a `sbw' or `seac'   *********/
+  /**********    operator.                                         *********/
+  /**********                                                      *********/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#if 0 /* unused until we support pure CFF fonts */
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  cff_compute_max_advance( TT_Face  face,
+                           FT_Int*  max_advance )
+  {
+    FT_Error     error = CFF_Err_Ok;
+    CFF_Decoder  decoder;
+    FT_Int       glyph_index;
+    CFF_Font     cff = (CFF_Font)face->other;
+
+
+    *max_advance = 0;
+
+    /* Initialize load decoder */
+    cff_decoder_init( &decoder, face, 0, 0, 0, 0 );
+
+    decoder.builder.metrics_only = 1;
+    decoder.builder.load_points  = 0;
+
+    /* For each glyph, parse the glyph charstring and extract */
+    /* the advance width.                                     */
+    for ( glyph_index = 0; glyph_index < face->root.num_glyphs;
+          glyph_index++ )
+    {
+      FT_Byte*  charstring;
+      FT_ULong  charstring_len;
+
+
+      /* now get load the unscaled outline */
+      error = cff_get_glyph_data( face, glyph_index,
+                                  &charstring, &charstring_len );
+      if ( !error )
+      {
+        error = cff_decoder_prepare( &decoder, size, glyph_index );
+        if ( !error )
+          error = cff_decoder_parse_charstrings( &decoder,
+                                                 charstring,
+                                                 charstring_len );
+
+        cff_free_glyph_data( face, &charstring, &charstring_len );
+      }
+
+      /* ignore the error if one has occurred -- skip to next glyph */
+      error = CFF_Err_Ok;
+    }
+
+    *max_advance = decoder.builder.advance.x;
+
+    return CFF_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+#endif /* 0 */
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  cff_slot_load( CFF_GlyphSlot  glyph,
+                 CFF_Size       size,
+                 FT_UInt        glyph_index,
+                 FT_Int32       load_flags )
+  {
+    FT_Error     error;
+    CFF_Decoder  decoder;
+    TT_Face      face = (TT_Face)glyph->root.face;
+    FT_Bool      hinting, force_scaling;
+    CFF_Font     cff  = (CFF_Font)face->extra.data;
+
+    FT_Matrix    font_matrix;
+    FT_Vector    font_offset;
+
+
+    force_scaling = FALSE;
+
+    /* in a CID-keyed font, consider `glyph_index' as a CID and map */
+    /* it immediately to the real glyph_index -- if it isn't a      */
+    /* subsetted font, glyph_indices and CIDs are identical, though */
+    if ( cff->top_font.font_dict.cid_registry != 0xFFFFU &&
+         cff->charset.cids                               )
+    {
+      /* don't handle CID 0 (.notdef) which is directly mapped to GID 0 */
+      if ( glyph_index != 0 )
+      {
+        glyph_index = cff_charset_cid_to_gindex( &cff->charset,
+                                                 glyph_index );
+        if ( glyph_index == 0 )
+          return CFF_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+      }
+    }
+    else if ( glyph_index >= cff->num_glyphs )
+      return CFF_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    if ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE )
+      load_flags |= FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE | FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING;
+
+    glyph->x_scale = 0x10000L;
+    glyph->y_scale = 0x10000L;
+    if ( size )
+    {
+      glyph->x_scale = size->root.metrics.x_scale;
+      glyph->y_scale = size->root.metrics.y_scale;
+    }
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS
+
+    /* try to load embedded bitmap if any              */
+    /*                                                 */
+    /* XXX: The convention should be emphasized in     */
+    /*      the documents because it can be confusing. */
+    if ( size )
+    {
+      CFF_Face      cff_face = (CFF_Face)size->root.face;
+      SFNT_Service  sfnt     = (SFNT_Service)cff_face->sfnt;
+      FT_Stream     stream   = cff_face->root.stream;
+
+
+      if ( size->strike_index != 0xFFFFFFFFUL      &&
+           sfnt->load_eblc                         &&
+           ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP ) == 0 )
+      {
+        TT_SBit_MetricsRec  metrics;
+
+
+        error = sfnt->load_sbit_image( face,
+                                       size->strike_index,
+                                       glyph_index,
+                                       (FT_Int)load_flags,
+                                       stream,
+                                       &glyph->root.bitmap,
+                                       &metrics );
+
+        if ( !error )
+        {
+          glyph->root.outline.n_points   = 0;
+          glyph->root.outline.n_contours = 0;
+
+          glyph->root.metrics.width  = (FT_Pos)metrics.width  << 6;
+          glyph->root.metrics.height = (FT_Pos)metrics.height << 6;
+
+          glyph->root.metrics.horiBearingX = (FT_Pos)metrics.horiBearingX << 6;
+          glyph->root.metrics.horiBearingY = (FT_Pos)metrics.horiBearingY << 6;
+          glyph->root.metrics.horiAdvance  = (FT_Pos)metrics.horiAdvance  << 6;
+
+          glyph->root.metrics.vertBearingX = (FT_Pos)metrics.vertBearingX << 6;
+          glyph->root.metrics.vertBearingY = (FT_Pos)metrics.vertBearingY << 6;
+          glyph->root.metrics.vertAdvance  = (FT_Pos)metrics.vertAdvance  << 6;
+
+          glyph->root.format = FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP;
+
+          if ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT )
+          {
+            glyph->root.bitmap_left = metrics.vertBearingX;
+            glyph->root.bitmap_top  = metrics.vertBearingY;
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            glyph->root.bitmap_left = metrics.horiBearingX;
+            glyph->root.bitmap_top  = metrics.horiBearingY;
+          }
+          return error;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+#endif /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS */
+
+    /* return immediately if we only want the embedded bitmaps */
+    if ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_SBITS_ONLY )
+      return CFF_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    /* if we have a CID subfont, use its matrix (which has already */
+    /* been multiplied with the root matrix)                       */
+
+    /* this scaling is only relevant if the PS hinter isn't active */
+    if ( cff->num_subfonts )
+    {
+      FT_Byte  fd_index = cff_fd_select_get( &cff->fd_select,
+                                             glyph_index );
+
+      FT_Int  top_upm = cff->top_font.font_dict.units_per_em;
+      FT_Int  sub_upm = cff->subfonts[fd_index]->font_dict.units_per_em;
+
+
+      font_matrix = cff->subfonts[fd_index]->font_dict.font_matrix;
+      font_offset = cff->subfonts[fd_index]->font_dict.font_offset;
+
+      if ( top_upm != sub_upm )
+      {
+        glyph->x_scale = FT_MulDiv( glyph->x_scale, top_upm, sub_upm );
+        glyph->y_scale = FT_MulDiv( glyph->y_scale, top_upm, sub_upm );
+
+        force_scaling = TRUE;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      font_matrix = cff->top_font.font_dict.font_matrix;
+      font_offset = cff->top_font.font_dict.font_offset;
+    }
+
+    glyph->root.outline.n_points   = 0;
+    glyph->root.outline.n_contours = 0;
+
+    hinting = FT_BOOL( ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE   ) == 0 &&
+                       ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING ) == 0 );
+
+    glyph->root.format = FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE;  /* by default */
+
+    {
+      FT_Byte*  charstring;
+      FT_ULong  charstring_len;
+
+
+      cff_decoder_init( &decoder, face, size, glyph, hinting,
+                        FT_LOAD_TARGET_MODE( load_flags ) );
+
+      if ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_ADVANCE_ONLY )
+        decoder.width_only = TRUE;
+
+      decoder.builder.no_recurse =
+        (FT_Bool)( load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE );
+
+      /* now load the unscaled outline */
+      error = cff_get_glyph_data( face, glyph_index,
+                                  &charstring, &charstring_len );
+      if ( !error )
+      {
+        error = cff_decoder_prepare( &decoder, size, glyph_index );
+        if ( !error )
+        {
+          error = cff_decoder_parse_charstrings( &decoder,
+                                                 charstring,
+                                                 charstring_len );
+
+          cff_free_glyph_data( face, &charstring, charstring_len );
+
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
+          /* Control data and length may not be available for incremental */
+          /* fonts.                                                       */
+          if ( face->root.internal->incremental_interface )
+          {
+            glyph->root.control_data = 0;
+            glyph->root.control_len = 0;
+          }
+          else
+#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL */
+
+          /* We set control_data and control_len if charstrings is loaded. */
+          /* See how charstring loads at cff_index_access_element() in     */
+          /* cffload.c.                                                    */
+          {
+            CFF_Index  csindex = &cff->charstrings_index;
+
+
+            if ( csindex->offsets )
+            {
+              glyph->root.control_data = csindex->bytes +
+                                           csindex->offsets[glyph_index] - 1;
+              glyph->root.control_len  = charstring_len;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* save new glyph tables */
+      cff_builder_done( &decoder.builder );
+    }
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
+
+    /* Incremental fonts can optionally override the metrics. */
+    if ( !error                                                              &&
+         face->root.internal->incremental_interface                          &&
+         face->root.internal->incremental_interface->funcs->get_glyph_metrics )
+    {
+      FT_Incremental_MetricsRec  metrics;
+
+
+      metrics.bearing_x = decoder.builder.left_bearing.x;
+      metrics.bearing_y = decoder.builder.left_bearing.y;
+      metrics.advance   = decoder.builder.advance.x;
+      error = face->root.internal->incremental_interface->funcs->get_glyph_metrics(
+                face->root.internal->incremental_interface->object,
+                glyph_index, FALSE, &metrics );
+      decoder.builder.left_bearing.x = metrics.bearing_x;
+      decoder.builder.left_bearing.y = metrics.bearing_y;
+      decoder.builder.advance.x      = metrics.advance;
+      decoder.builder.advance.y      = 0;
+    }
+
+#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL */
+
+    if ( !error )
+    {
+      /* Now, set the metrics -- this is rather simple, as   */
+      /* the left side bearing is the xMin, and the top side */
+      /* bearing the yMax.                                   */
+
+      /* For composite glyphs, return only left side bearing and */
+      /* advance width.                                          */
+      if ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE )
+      {
+        FT_Slot_Internal  internal = glyph->root.internal;
+
+
+        glyph->root.metrics.horiBearingX = decoder.builder.left_bearing.x;
+        glyph->root.metrics.horiAdvance  = decoder.glyph_width;
+        internal->glyph_matrix           = font_matrix;
+        internal->glyph_delta            = font_offset;
+        internal->glyph_transformed      = 1;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        FT_BBox            cbox;
+        FT_Glyph_Metrics*  metrics = &glyph->root.metrics;
+        FT_Vector          advance;
+        FT_Bool            has_vertical_info;
+
+
+        /* copy the _unscaled_ advance width */
+        metrics->horiAdvance                    = decoder.glyph_width;
+        glyph->root.linearHoriAdvance           = decoder.glyph_width;
+        glyph->root.internal->glyph_transformed = 0;
+
+        has_vertical_info = FT_BOOL( face->vertical_info                   &&
+                                     face->vertical.number_Of_VMetrics > 0 &&
+                                     face->vertical.long_metrics           );
+
+        /* get the vertical metrics from the vtmx table if we have one */
+        if ( has_vertical_info )
+        {
+          FT_Short   vertBearingY = 0;
+          FT_UShort  vertAdvance  = 0;
+
+
+          ( (SFNT_Service)face->sfnt )->get_metrics( face, 1,
+                                                     glyph_index,
+                                                     &vertBearingY,
+                                                     &vertAdvance );
+          metrics->vertBearingY = vertBearingY;
+          metrics->vertAdvance  = vertAdvance;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          /* make up vertical ones */
+          if ( face->os2.version != 0xFFFFU )
+            metrics->vertAdvance = (FT_Pos)( face->os2.sTypoAscender -
+                                             face->os2.sTypoDescender );
+          else
+            metrics->vertAdvance = (FT_Pos)( face->horizontal.Ascender -
+                                             face->horizontal.Descender );
+        }
+
+        glyph->root.linearVertAdvance = metrics->vertAdvance;
+
+        glyph->root.format = FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE;
+
+        glyph->root.outline.flags = 0;
+        if ( size && size->root.metrics.y_ppem < 24 )
+          glyph->root.outline.flags |= FT_OUTLINE_HIGH_PRECISION;
+
+        glyph->root.outline.flags |= FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL;
+
+        /* apply the font matrix -- `xx' has already been normalized */
+        if ( !( font_matrix.yy == 0x10000L &&
+                font_matrix.xy == 0        &&
+                font_matrix.yx == 0        ) )
+          FT_Outline_Transform( &glyph->root.outline, &font_matrix );
+
+        if ( !( font_offset.x == 0 &&
+                font_offset.y == 0 ) )
+          FT_Outline_Translate( &glyph->root.outline,
+                                font_offset.x, font_offset.y );
+
+        advance.x = metrics->horiAdvance;
+        advance.y = 0;
+        FT_Vector_Transform( &advance, &font_matrix );
+        metrics->horiAdvance = advance.x + font_offset.x;
+
+        advance.x = 0;
+        advance.y = metrics->vertAdvance;
+        FT_Vector_Transform( &advance, &font_matrix );
+        metrics->vertAdvance = advance.y + font_offset.y;
+
+        if ( ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE ) == 0 || force_scaling )
+        {
+          /* scale the outline and the metrics */
+          FT_Int       n;
+          FT_Outline*  cur     = &glyph->root.outline;
+          FT_Vector*   vec     = cur->points;
+          FT_Fixed     x_scale = glyph->x_scale;
+          FT_Fixed     y_scale = glyph->y_scale;
+
+
+          /* First of all, scale the points */
+          if ( !hinting || !decoder.builder.hints_funcs )
+            for ( n = cur->n_points; n > 0; n--, vec++ )
+            {
+              vec->x = FT_MulFix( vec->x, x_scale );
+              vec->y = FT_MulFix( vec->y, y_scale );
+            }
+
+          /* Then scale the metrics */
+          metrics->horiAdvance = FT_MulFix( metrics->horiAdvance, x_scale );
+          metrics->vertAdvance = FT_MulFix( metrics->vertAdvance, y_scale );
+        }
+
+        /* compute the other metrics */
+        FT_Outline_Get_CBox( &glyph->root.outline, &cbox );
+
+        metrics->width  = cbox.xMax - cbox.xMin;
+        metrics->height = cbox.yMax - cbox.yMin;
+
+        metrics->horiBearingX = cbox.xMin;
+        metrics->horiBearingY = cbox.yMax;
+
+        if ( has_vertical_info )
+          metrics->vertBearingX = -metrics->width / 2;
+        else
+          ft_synthesize_vertical_metrics( metrics,
+                                          metrics->vertAdvance );
+      }
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffgload.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffgload.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..667134e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffgload.h
@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  cffgload.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    OpenType Glyph Loader (specification).                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2007, 2008 by             */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __CFFGLOAD_H__
+#define __CFFGLOAD_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+#include "cffobjs.h"
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+#define CFF_MAX_OPERANDS     48
+#define CFF_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS  32
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Structure>                                                           */
+  /*    CFF_Builder                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*     A structure used during glyph loading to store its outline.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    memory        :: The current memory object.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    face          :: The current face object.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    glyph         :: The current glyph slot.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    loader        :: The current glyph loader.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    base          :: The base glyph outline.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    current       :: The current glyph outline.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    last          :: The last point position.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    pos_x         :: The horizontal translation (if composite glyph).  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    pos_y         :: The vertical translation (if composite glyph).    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    left_bearing  :: The left side bearing point.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    advance       :: The horizontal advance vector.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    bbox          :: Unused.                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    path_begun    :: A flag which indicates that a new path has begun. */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    load_points   :: If this flag is not set, no points are loaded.    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    no_recurse    :: Set but not used.                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    metrics_only  :: A boolean indicating that we only want to compute */
+  /*                     the metrics of a given glyph, not load all of its */
+  /*                     points.                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    hints_funcs   :: Auxiliary pointer for hinting.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    hints_globals :: Auxiliary pointer for hinting.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  CFF_Builder_
+  {
+    FT_Memory       memory;
+    TT_Face         face;
+    CFF_GlyphSlot   glyph;
+    FT_GlyphLoader  loader;
+    FT_Outline*     base;
+    FT_Outline*     current;
+
+    FT_Vector       last;
+
+    FT_Pos          pos_x;
+    FT_Pos          pos_y;
+
+    FT_Vector       left_bearing;
+    FT_Vector       advance;
+
+    FT_BBox         bbox;          /* bounding box */
+    FT_Bool         path_begun;
+    FT_Bool         load_points;
+    FT_Bool         no_recurse;
+
+    FT_Bool         metrics_only;
+
+    void*           hints_funcs;    /* hinter-specific */
+    void*           hints_globals;  /* hinter-specific */
+
+  } CFF_Builder;
+
+
+  /* execution context charstring zone */
+
+  typedef struct  CFF_Decoder_Zone_
+  {
+    FT_Byte*  base;
+    FT_Byte*  limit;
+    FT_Byte*  cursor;
+
+  } CFF_Decoder_Zone;
+
+
+  typedef struct  CFF_Decoder_
+  {
+    CFF_Builder        builder;
+    CFF_Font           cff;
+
+    FT_Fixed           stack[CFF_MAX_OPERANDS + 1];
+    FT_Fixed*          top;
+
+    CFF_Decoder_Zone   zones[CFF_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS + 1];
+    CFF_Decoder_Zone*  zone;
+
+    FT_Int             flex_state;
+    FT_Int             num_flex_vectors;
+    FT_Vector          flex_vectors[7];
+
+    FT_Pos             glyph_width;
+    FT_Pos             nominal_width;
+
+    FT_Bool            read_width;
+    FT_Bool            width_only;
+    FT_Int             num_hints;
+    FT_Fixed*          buildchar;
+    FT_Int             len_buildchar;
+
+    FT_UInt            num_locals;
+    FT_UInt            num_globals;
+
+    FT_Int             locals_bias;
+    FT_Int             globals_bias;
+
+    FT_Byte**          locals;
+    FT_Byte**          globals;
+
+    FT_Byte**          glyph_names;   /* for pure CFF fonts only  */
+    FT_UInt            num_glyphs;    /* number of glyphs in font */
+
+    FT_Render_Mode     hint_mode;
+
+  } CFF_Decoder;
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  cff_decoder_init( CFF_Decoder*    decoder,
+                    TT_Face         face,
+                    CFF_Size        size,
+                    CFF_GlyphSlot   slot,
+                    FT_Bool         hinting,
+                    FT_Render_Mode  hint_mode );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  cff_decoder_prepare( CFF_Decoder*  decoder,
+                       CFF_Size      size,
+                       FT_UInt       glyph_index );
+
+#if 0  /* unused until we support pure CFF fonts */
+
+  /* Compute the maximum advance width of a font through quick parsing */
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  cff_compute_max_advance( TT_Face  face,
+                           FT_Int*  max_advance );
+
+#endif /* 0 */
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  cff_decoder_parse_charstrings( CFF_Decoder*  decoder,
+                                 FT_Byte*      charstring_base,
+                                 FT_ULong      charstring_len );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  cff_slot_load( CFF_GlyphSlot  glyph,
+                 CFF_Size       size,
+                 FT_UInt        glyph_index,
+                 FT_Int32       load_flags );
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __CFFGLOAD_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffload.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffload.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..22163fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffload.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1604 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  cffload.c                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    OpenType and CFF data/program tables loader (body).                  */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 by */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
+#include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_CMAPS_H
+#include FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H
+#include FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H
+
+#include "cffload.h"
+#include "cffparse.h"
+
+#include "cfferrs.h"
+
+
+#if 1
+
+  static const FT_UShort  cff_isoadobe_charset[229] =
+  {
+      0,   1,   2,   3,   4,   5,   6,   7,
+      8,   9,  10,  11,  12,  13,  14,  15,
+     16,  17,  18,  19,  20,  21,  22,  23,
+     24,  25,  26,  27,  28,  29,  30,  31,
+     32,  33,  34,  35,  36,  37,  38,  39,
+     40,  41,  42,  43,  44,  45,  46,  47,
+     48,  49,  50,  51,  52,  53,  54,  55,
+     56,  57,  58,  59,  60,  61,  62,  63,
+     64,  65,  66,  67,  68,  69,  70,  71,
+     72,  73,  74,  75,  76,  77,  78,  79,
+     80,  81,  82,  83,  84,  85,  86,  87,
+     88,  89,  90,  91,  92,  93,  94,  95,
+     96,  97,  98,  99, 100, 101, 102, 103,
+    104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111,
+    112, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119,
+    120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127,
+    128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 135,
+    136, 137, 138, 139, 140, 141, 142, 143,
+    144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 149, 150, 151,
+    152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 157, 158, 159,
+    160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167,
+    168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175,
+    176, 177, 178, 179, 180, 181, 182, 183,
+    184, 185, 186, 187, 188, 189, 190, 191,
+    192, 193, 194, 195, 196, 197, 198, 199,
+    200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207,
+    208, 209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215,
+    216, 217, 218, 219, 220, 221, 222, 223,
+    224, 225, 226, 227, 228
+  };
+
+  static const FT_UShort  cff_expert_charset[166] =
+  {
+      0,   1, 229, 230, 231, 232, 233, 234,
+    235, 236, 237, 238,  13,  14,  15,  99,
+    239, 240, 241, 242, 243, 244, 245, 246,
+    247, 248,  27,  28, 249, 250, 251, 252,
+    253, 254, 255, 256, 257, 258, 259, 260,
+    261, 262, 263, 264, 265, 266, 109, 110,
+    267, 268, 269, 270, 271, 272, 273, 274,
+    275, 276, 277, 278, 279, 280, 281, 282,
+    283, 284, 285, 286, 287, 288, 289, 290,
+    291, 292, 293, 294, 295, 296, 297, 298,
+    299, 300, 301, 302, 303, 304, 305, 306,
+    307, 308, 309, 310, 311, 312, 313, 314,
+    315, 316, 317, 318, 158, 155, 163, 319,
+    320, 321, 322, 323, 324, 325, 326, 150,
+    164, 169, 327, 328, 329, 330, 331, 332,
+    333, 334, 335, 336, 337, 338, 339, 340,
+    341, 342, 343, 344, 345, 346, 347, 348,
+    349, 350, 351, 352, 353, 354, 355, 356,
+    357, 358, 359, 360, 361, 362, 363, 364,
+    365, 366, 367, 368, 369, 370, 371, 372,
+    373, 374, 375, 376, 377, 378
+  };
+
+  static const FT_UShort  cff_expertsubset_charset[87] =
+  {
+      0,   1, 231, 232, 235, 236, 237, 238,
+     13,  14,  15,  99, 239, 240, 241, 242,
+    243, 244, 245, 246, 247, 248,  27,  28,
+    249, 250, 251, 253, 254, 255, 256, 257,
+    258, 259, 260, 261, 262, 263, 264, 265,
+    266, 109, 110, 267, 268, 269, 270, 272,
+    300, 301, 302, 305, 314, 315, 158, 155,
+    163, 320, 321, 322, 323, 324, 325, 326,
+    150, 164, 169, 327, 328, 329, 330, 331,
+    332, 333, 334, 335, 336, 337, 338, 339,
+    340, 341, 342, 343, 344, 345, 346
+  };
+
+  static const FT_UShort  cff_standard_encoding[256] =
+  {
+      0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+      0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+      0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+      0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+      1,   2,   3,   4,   5,   6,   7,   8,
+      9,  10,  11,  12,  13,  14,  15,  16,
+     17,  18,  19,  20,  21,  22,  23,  24,
+     25,  26,  27,  28,  29,  30,  31,  32,
+     33,  34,  35,  36,  37,  38,  39,  40,
+     41,  42,  43,  44,  45,  46,  47,  48,
+     49,  50,  51,  52,  53,  54,  55,  56,
+     57,  58,  59,  60,  61,  62,  63,  64,
+     65,  66,  67,  68,  69,  70,  71,  72,
+     73,  74,  75,  76,  77,  78,  79,  80,
+     81,  82,  83,  84,  85,  86,  87,  88,
+     89,  90,  91,  92,  93,  94,  95,   0,
+      0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+      0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+      0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+      0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+      0,  96,  97,  98,  99, 100, 101, 102,
+    103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110,
+      0, 111, 112, 113, 114,   0, 115, 116,
+    117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122,   0, 123,
+      0, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130,
+    131,   0, 132, 133,   0, 134, 135, 136,
+    137,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+      0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+      0, 138,   0, 139,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+    140, 141, 142, 143,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+      0, 144,   0,   0,   0, 145,   0,   0,
+    146, 147, 148, 149,   0,   0,   0,   0
+  };
+
+  static const FT_UShort  cff_expert_encoding[256] =
+  {
+      0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+      0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+      0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+      0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+      1, 229, 230,   0, 231, 232, 233, 234,
+    235, 236, 237, 238,  13,  14,  15,  99,
+    239, 240, 241, 242, 243, 244, 245, 246,
+    247, 248,  27,  28, 249, 250, 251, 252,
+      0, 253, 254, 255, 256, 257,   0,   0,
+      0, 258,   0,   0, 259, 260, 261, 262,
+      0,   0, 263, 264, 265,   0, 266, 109,
+    110, 267, 268, 269,   0, 270, 271, 272,
+    273, 274, 275, 276, 277, 278, 279, 280,
+    281, 282, 283, 284, 285, 286, 287, 288,
+    289, 290, 291, 292, 293, 294, 295, 296,
+    297, 298, 299, 300, 301, 302, 303,   0,
+      0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+      0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+      0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+      0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+      0, 304, 305, 306,   0,   0, 307, 308,
+    309, 310, 311,   0, 312,   0,   0, 312,
+      0,   0, 314, 315,   0,   0, 316, 317,
+    318,   0,   0,   0, 158, 155, 163, 319,
+    320, 321, 322, 323, 324, 325,   0,   0,
+    326, 150, 164, 169, 327, 328, 329, 330,
+    331, 332, 333, 334, 335, 336, 337, 338,
+    339, 340, 341, 342, 343, 344, 345, 346,
+    347, 348, 349, 350, 351, 352, 353, 354,
+    355, 356, 357, 358, 359, 360, 361, 362,
+    363, 364, 365, 366, 367, 368, 369, 370,
+    371, 372, 373, 374, 375, 376, 377, 378
+  };
+
+#endif /* 1 */
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_UShort )
+  cff_get_standard_encoding( FT_UInt  charcode )
+  {
+    return (FT_UShort)( charcode < 256 ? cff_standard_encoding[charcode]
+                                       : 0 );
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_cffload
+
+
+  /* read an offset from the index's stream current position */
+  static FT_ULong
+  cff_index_read_offset( CFF_Index  idx,
+                         FT_Error  *errorp )
+  {
+    FT_Error   error;
+    FT_Stream  stream = idx->stream;
+    FT_Byte    tmp[4];
+    FT_ULong   result = 0;
+
+
+    if ( !FT_STREAM_READ( tmp, idx->off_size ) )
+    {
+      FT_Int  nn;
+
+
+      for ( nn = 0; nn < idx->off_size; nn++ )
+        result = ( result << 8 ) | tmp[nn];
+    }
+
+    *errorp = error;
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  cff_index_init( CFF_Index  idx,
+                  FT_Stream  stream,
+                  FT_Bool    load )
+  {
+    FT_Error   error;
+    FT_Memory  memory = stream->memory;
+    FT_UShort  count;
+
+
+    FT_MEM_ZERO( idx, sizeof ( *idx ) );
+
+    idx->stream = stream;
+    idx->start  = FT_STREAM_POS();
+    if ( !FT_READ_USHORT( count ) &&
+         count > 0                )
+    {
+      FT_Byte   offsize;
+      FT_ULong  size;
+
+
+      /* there is at least one element; read the offset size,           */
+      /* then access the offset table to compute the index's total size */
+      if ( FT_READ_BYTE( offsize ) )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      if ( offsize < 1 || offsize > 4 )
+      {
+        error = FT_Err_Invalid_Table;
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+
+      idx->count    = count;
+      idx->off_size = offsize;
+      size          = (FT_ULong)( count + 1 ) * offsize;
+
+      idx->data_offset = idx->start + 3 + size;
+
+      if ( FT_STREAM_SKIP( size - offsize ) )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      size = cff_index_read_offset( idx, &error );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      if ( size == 0 )
+      {
+        error = CFF_Err_Invalid_Table;
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+
+      idx->data_size = --size;
+
+      if ( load )
+      {
+        /* load the data */
+        if ( FT_FRAME_EXTRACT( size, idx->bytes ) )
+          goto Exit;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* skip the data */
+        if ( FT_STREAM_SKIP( size ) )
+          goto Exit;
+      }
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    if ( error )
+      FT_FREE( idx->offsets );
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  cff_index_done( CFF_Index  idx )
+  {
+    if ( idx->stream )
+    {
+      FT_Stream  stream = idx->stream;
+      FT_Memory  memory = stream->memory;
+
+
+      if ( idx->bytes )
+        FT_FRAME_RELEASE( idx->bytes );
+
+      FT_FREE( idx->offsets );
+      FT_MEM_ZERO( idx, sizeof ( *idx ) );
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  cff_index_load_offsets( CFF_Index  idx )
+  {
+    FT_Error   error  = CFF_Err_Ok;
+    FT_Stream  stream = idx->stream;
+    FT_Memory  memory = stream->memory;
+
+
+    if ( idx->count > 0 && idx->offsets == NULL )
+    {
+      FT_Byte    offsize = idx->off_size;
+      FT_ULong   data_size;
+      FT_Byte*   p;
+      FT_Byte*   p_end;
+      FT_ULong*  poff;
+
+
+      data_size = (FT_ULong)( idx->count + 1 ) * offsize;
+
+      if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( idx->offsets, idx->count + 1 ) ||
+           FT_STREAM_SEEK( idx->start + 3 )             ||
+           FT_FRAME_ENTER( data_size )                  )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      poff   = idx->offsets;
+      p      = (FT_Byte*)stream->cursor;
+      p_end  = p + data_size;
+
+      switch ( offsize )
+      {
+      case 1:
+        for ( ; p < p_end; p++, poff++ )
+          poff[0] = p[0];
+        break;
+
+      case 2:
+        for ( ; p < p_end; p += 2, poff++ )
+          poff[0] = FT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
+        break;
+
+      case 3:
+        for ( ; p < p_end; p += 3, poff++ )
+          poff[0] = FT_PEEK_OFF3( p );
+        break;
+
+      default:
+        for ( ; p < p_end; p += 4, poff++ )
+          poff[0] = FT_PEEK_ULONG( p );
+      }
+
+      FT_FRAME_EXIT();
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    if ( error )
+      FT_FREE( idx->offsets );
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* allocate a table containing pointers to an index's elements */
+  static FT_Error
+  cff_index_get_pointers( CFF_Index   idx,
+                          FT_Byte***  table )
+  {
+    FT_Error   error  = CFF_Err_Ok;
+    FT_Memory  memory = idx->stream->memory;
+    FT_ULong   n, offset, old_offset;
+    FT_Byte**  t;
+
+
+    *table = 0;
+
+    if ( idx->offsets == NULL )
+    {
+      error = cff_index_load_offsets( idx );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    if ( idx->count > 0 && !FT_NEW_ARRAY( t, idx->count + 1 ) )
+    {
+      old_offset = 1;
+      for ( n = 0; n <= idx->count; n++ )
+      {
+        /* at this point, `idx->offsets' can't be NULL */
+        offset = idx->offsets[n];
+        if ( !offset )
+          offset = old_offset;
+
+        /* two sanity checks for invalid offset tables */
+        else if ( offset < old_offset )
+          offset = old_offset;
+
+        else if ( offset - 1 >= idx->data_size && n < idx->count )
+          offset = old_offset;
+
+        t[n] = idx->bytes + offset - 1;
+
+        old_offset = offset;
+      }
+      *table = t;
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  cff_index_access_element( CFF_Index  idx,
+                            FT_UInt    element,
+                            FT_Byte**  pbytes,
+                            FT_ULong*  pbyte_len )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error = CFF_Err_Ok;
+
+
+    if ( idx && idx->count > element )
+    {
+      /* compute start and end offsets */
+      FT_Stream  stream = idx->stream;
+      FT_ULong   off1, off2 = 0;
+
+
+      /* load offsets from file or the offset table */
+      if ( !idx->offsets )
+      {
+        FT_ULong  pos = element * idx->off_size;
+
+
+        if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( idx->start + 3 + pos ) )
+          goto Exit;
+
+        off1 = cff_index_read_offset( idx, &error );
+        if ( error )
+          goto Exit;
+
+        if ( off1 != 0 )
+        {
+          do
+          {
+            element++;
+            off2 = cff_index_read_offset( idx, &error );
+          }
+          while ( off2 == 0 && element < idx->count );
+        }
+      }
+      else   /* use offsets table */
+      {
+        off1 = idx->offsets[element];
+        if ( off1 )
+        {
+          do
+          {
+            element++;
+            off2 = idx->offsets[element];
+
+          } while ( off2 == 0 && element < idx->count );
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* access element */
+      if ( off1 && off2 > off1 )
+      {
+        *pbyte_len = off2 - off1;
+
+        if ( idx->bytes )
+        {
+          /* this index was completely loaded in memory, that's easy */
+          *pbytes = idx->bytes + off1 - 1;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          /* this index is still on disk/file, access it through a frame */
+          if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( idx->data_offset + off1 - 1 ) ||
+               FT_FRAME_EXTRACT( off2 - off1, *pbytes )      )
+            goto Exit;
+        }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* empty index element */
+        *pbytes    = 0;
+        *pbyte_len = 0;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+      error = CFF_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  cff_index_forget_element( CFF_Index  idx,
+                            FT_Byte**  pbytes )
+  {
+    if ( idx->bytes == 0 )
+    {
+      FT_Stream  stream = idx->stream;
+
+
+      FT_FRAME_RELEASE( *pbytes );
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_String* )
+  cff_index_get_name( CFF_Index  idx,
+                      FT_UInt    element )
+  {
+    FT_Memory   memory = idx->stream->memory;
+    FT_Byte*    bytes;
+    FT_ULong    byte_len;
+    FT_Error    error;
+    FT_String*  name = 0;
+
+
+    error = cff_index_access_element( idx, element, &bytes, &byte_len );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    if ( !FT_ALLOC( name, byte_len + 1 ) )
+    {
+      FT_MEM_COPY( name, bytes, byte_len );
+      name[byte_len] = 0;
+    }
+    cff_index_forget_element( idx, &bytes );
+
+  Exit:
+    return name;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_String* )
+  cff_index_get_sid_string( CFF_Index           idx,
+                            FT_UInt             sid,
+                            FT_Service_PsCMaps  psnames )
+  {
+    /* value 0xFFFFU indicates a missing dictionary entry */
+    if ( sid == 0xFFFFU )
+      return 0;
+
+    /* if it is not a standard string, return it */
+    if ( sid > 390 )
+      return cff_index_get_name( idx, sid - 391 );
+
+    /* CID-keyed CFF fonts don't have glyph names */
+    if ( !psnames )
+      return 0;
+
+    /* that's a standard string, fetch a copy from the PSName module */
+    {
+      FT_String*   name       = 0;
+      const char*  adobe_name = psnames->adobe_std_strings( sid );
+
+
+      if ( adobe_name )
+      {
+        FT_Memory  memory = idx->stream->memory;
+        FT_Error   error;
+
+
+        (void)FT_STRDUP( name, adobe_name );
+
+        FT_UNUSED( error );
+      }
+
+      return name;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /***                                                                   ***/
+  /***   FD Select table support                                         ***/
+  /***                                                                   ***/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  static void
+  CFF_Done_FD_Select( CFF_FDSelect  fdselect,
+                      FT_Stream     stream )
+  {
+    if ( fdselect->data )
+      FT_FRAME_RELEASE( fdselect->data );
+
+    fdselect->data_size   = 0;
+    fdselect->format      = 0;
+    fdselect->range_count = 0;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  CFF_Load_FD_Select( CFF_FDSelect  fdselect,
+                      FT_UInt       num_glyphs,
+                      FT_Stream     stream,
+                      FT_ULong      offset )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error;
+    FT_Byte   format;
+    FT_UInt   num_ranges;
+
+
+    /* read format */
+    if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( offset ) || FT_READ_BYTE( format ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    fdselect->format      = format;
+    fdselect->cache_count = 0;   /* clear cache */
+
+    switch ( format )
+    {
+    case 0:     /* format 0, that's simple */
+      fdselect->data_size = num_glyphs;
+      goto Load_Data;
+
+    case 3:     /* format 3, a tad more complex */
+      if ( FT_READ_USHORT( num_ranges ) )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      fdselect->data_size = num_ranges * 3 + 2;
+
+    Load_Data:
+      if ( FT_FRAME_EXTRACT( fdselect->data_size, fdselect->data ) )
+        goto Exit;
+      break;
+
+    default:    /* hmm... that's wrong */
+      error = CFF_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Byte )
+  cff_fd_select_get( CFF_FDSelect  fdselect,
+                     FT_UInt       glyph_index )
+  {
+    FT_Byte  fd = 0;
+
+
+    switch ( fdselect->format )
+    {
+    case 0:
+      fd = fdselect->data[glyph_index];
+      break;
+
+    case 3:
+      /* first, compare to cache */
+      if ( (FT_UInt)( glyph_index - fdselect->cache_first ) <
+                        fdselect->cache_count )
+      {
+        fd = fdselect->cache_fd;
+        break;
+      }
+
+      /* then, lookup the ranges array */
+      {
+        FT_Byte*  p       = fdselect->data;
+        FT_Byte*  p_limit = p + fdselect->data_size;
+        FT_Byte   fd2;
+        FT_UInt   first, limit;
+
+
+        first = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+        do
+        {
+          if ( glyph_index < first )
+            break;
+
+          fd2   = *p++;
+          limit = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+          if ( glyph_index < limit )
+          {
+            fd = fd2;
+
+            /* update cache */
+            fdselect->cache_first = first;
+            fdselect->cache_count = limit-first;
+            fdselect->cache_fd    = fd2;
+            break;
+          }
+          first = limit;
+
+        } while ( p < p_limit );
+      }
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      ;
+    }
+
+    return fd;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /***                                                                   ***/
+  /***   CFF font support                                                ***/
+  /***                                                                   ***/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  static FT_Error
+  cff_charset_compute_cids( CFF_Charset  charset,
+                            FT_UInt      num_glyphs,
+                            FT_Memory    memory )
+  {
+    FT_Error   error   = FT_Err_Ok;
+    FT_UInt    i;
+    FT_UShort  max_cid = 0;
+
+
+    if ( charset->max_cid > 0 )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < num_glyphs; i++ )
+      if ( charset->sids[i] > max_cid )
+        max_cid = charset->sids[i];
+    max_cid++;
+
+    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( charset->cids, max_cid ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < num_glyphs; i++ )
+      charset->cids[charset->sids[i]] = (FT_UShort)i;
+
+    charset->max_cid    = max_cid;
+    charset->num_glyphs = num_glyphs;
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_UInt )
+  cff_charset_cid_to_gindex( CFF_Charset  charset,
+                             FT_UInt      cid )
+  {
+    FT_UInt  result = 0;
+
+
+    if ( cid < charset->max_cid )
+      result = charset->cids[cid];
+
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  cff_charset_free_cids( CFF_Charset  charset,
+                         FT_Memory    memory )
+  {
+    FT_FREE( charset->cids );
+    charset->max_cid = 0;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  cff_charset_done( CFF_Charset  charset,
+                    FT_Stream    stream )
+  {
+    FT_Memory  memory = stream->memory;
+
+
+    cff_charset_free_cids( charset, memory );
+
+    FT_FREE( charset->sids );
+    charset->format = 0;
+    charset->offset = 0;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  cff_charset_load( CFF_Charset  charset,
+                    FT_UInt      num_glyphs,
+                    FT_Stream    stream,
+                    FT_ULong     base_offset,
+                    FT_ULong     offset,
+                    FT_Bool      invert )
+  {
+    FT_Memory  memory = stream->memory;
+    FT_Error   error  = CFF_Err_Ok;
+    FT_UShort  glyph_sid;
+
+
+    /* If the the offset is greater than 2, we have to parse the */
+    /* charset table.                                            */
+    if ( offset > 2 )
+    {
+      FT_UInt  j;
+
+
+      charset->offset = base_offset + offset;
+
+      /* Get the format of the table. */
+      if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( charset->offset ) ||
+           FT_READ_BYTE( charset->format )   )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      /* Allocate memory for sids. */
+      if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( charset->sids, num_glyphs ) )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      /* assign the .notdef glyph */
+      charset->sids[0] = 0;
+
+      switch ( charset->format )
+      {
+      case 0:
+        if ( num_glyphs > 0 )
+        {
+          if ( FT_FRAME_ENTER( ( num_glyphs - 1 ) * 2 ) )
+            goto Exit;
+
+          for ( j = 1; j < num_glyphs; j++ )
+            charset->sids[j] = FT_GET_USHORT();
+
+          FT_FRAME_EXIT();
+        }
+        break;
+
+      case 1:
+      case 2:
+        {
+          FT_UInt  nleft;
+          FT_UInt  i;
+
+
+          j = 1;
+
+          while ( j < num_glyphs )
+          {
+            /* Read the first glyph sid of the range. */
+            if ( FT_READ_USHORT( glyph_sid ) )
+              goto Exit;
+
+            /* Read the number of glyphs in the range.  */
+            if ( charset->format == 2 )
+            {
+              if ( FT_READ_USHORT( nleft ) )
+                goto Exit;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+              if ( FT_READ_BYTE( nleft ) )
+                goto Exit;
+            }
+
+            /* Fill in the range of sids -- `nleft + 1' glyphs. */
+            for ( i = 0; j < num_glyphs && i <= nleft; i++, j++, glyph_sid++ )
+              charset->sids[j] = glyph_sid;
+          }
+        }
+        break;
+
+      default:
+        FT_ERROR(( "cff_charset_load: invalid table format!\n" ));
+        error = CFF_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Parse default tables corresponding to offset == 0, 1, or 2.  */
+      /* CFF specification intimates the following:                   */
+      /*                                                              */
+      /* In order to use a predefined charset, the following must be  */
+      /* true: The charset constructed for the glyphs in the font's   */
+      /* charstrings dictionary must match the predefined charset in  */
+      /* the first num_glyphs.                                        */
+
+      charset->offset = offset;  /* record charset type */
+
+      switch ( (FT_UInt)offset )
+      {
+      case 0:
+        if ( num_glyphs > 229 )
+        {
+          FT_ERROR(( "cff_charset_load: implicit charset larger than\n"
+                     "predefined charset (Adobe ISO-Latin)!\n" ));
+          error = CFF_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+          goto Exit;
+        }
+
+        /* Allocate memory for sids. */
+        if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( charset->sids, num_glyphs ) )
+          goto Exit;
+
+        /* Copy the predefined charset into the allocated memory. */
+        FT_ARRAY_COPY( charset->sids, cff_isoadobe_charset, num_glyphs );
+
+        break;
+
+      case 1:
+        if ( num_glyphs > 166 )
+        {
+          FT_ERROR(( "cff_charset_load: implicit charset larger than\n"
+                     "predefined charset (Adobe Expert)!\n" ));
+          error = CFF_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+          goto Exit;
+        }
+
+        /* Allocate memory for sids. */
+        if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( charset->sids, num_glyphs ) )
+          goto Exit;
+
+        /* Copy the predefined charset into the allocated memory.     */
+        FT_ARRAY_COPY( charset->sids, cff_expert_charset, num_glyphs );
+
+        break;
+
+      case 2:
+        if ( num_glyphs > 87 )
+        {
+          FT_ERROR(( "cff_charset_load: implicit charset larger than\n"
+                     "predefined charset (Adobe Expert Subset)!\n" ));
+          error = CFF_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+          goto Exit;
+        }
+
+        /* Allocate memory for sids. */
+        if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( charset->sids, num_glyphs ) )
+          goto Exit;
+
+        /* Copy the predefined charset into the allocated memory.     */
+        FT_ARRAY_COPY( charset->sids, cff_expertsubset_charset, num_glyphs );
+
+        break;
+
+      default:
+        error = CFF_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* we have to invert the `sids' array for subsetted CID-keyed fonts */
+    if ( invert )
+      error = cff_charset_compute_cids( charset, num_glyphs, memory );
+
+  Exit:
+    /* Clean up if there was an error. */
+    if ( error )
+    {
+      FT_FREE( charset->sids );
+      FT_FREE( charset->cids );
+      charset->format = 0;
+      charset->offset = 0;
+      charset->sids   = 0;
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  cff_encoding_done( CFF_Encoding  encoding )
+  {
+    encoding->format = 0;
+    encoding->offset = 0;
+    encoding->count  = 0;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  cff_encoding_load( CFF_Encoding  encoding,
+                     CFF_Charset   charset,
+                     FT_UInt       num_glyphs,
+                     FT_Stream     stream,
+                     FT_ULong      base_offset,
+                     FT_ULong      offset )
+  {
+    FT_Error   error = CFF_Err_Ok;
+    FT_UInt    count;
+    FT_UInt    j;
+    FT_UShort  glyph_sid;
+    FT_UInt    glyph_code;
+
+
+    /* Check for charset->sids.  If we do not have this, we fail. */
+    if ( !charset->sids )
+    {
+      error = CFF_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* Zero out the code to gid/sid mappings. */
+    for ( j = 0; j < 256; j++ )
+    {
+      encoding->sids [j] = 0;
+      encoding->codes[j] = 0;
+    }
+
+    /* Note: The encoding table in a CFF font is indexed by glyph index;  */
+    /* the first encoded glyph index is 1.  Hence, we read the character  */
+    /* code (`glyph_code') at index j and make the assignment:            */
+    /*                                                                    */
+    /*    encoding->codes[glyph_code] = j + 1                             */
+    /*                                                                    */
+    /* We also make the assignment:                                       */
+    /*                                                                    */
+    /*    encoding->sids[glyph_code] = charset->sids[j + 1]               */
+    /*                                                                    */
+    /* This gives us both a code to GID and a code to SID mapping.        */
+
+    if ( offset > 1 )
+    {
+      encoding->offset = base_offset + offset;
+
+      /* we need to parse the table to determine its size */
+      if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( encoding->offset ) ||
+           FT_READ_BYTE( encoding->format )   ||
+           FT_READ_BYTE( count )              )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      switch ( encoding->format & 0x7F )
+      {
+      case 0:
+        {
+          FT_Byte*  p;
+
+
+          /* By convention, GID 0 is always ".notdef" and is never */
+          /* coded in the font.  Hence, the number of codes found  */
+          /* in the table is `count+1'.                            */
+          /*                                                       */
+          encoding->count = count + 1;
+
+          if ( FT_FRAME_ENTER( count ) )
+            goto Exit;
+
+          p = (FT_Byte*)stream->cursor;
+
+          for ( j = 1; j <= count; j++ )
+          {
+            glyph_code = *p++;
+
+            /* Make sure j is not too big. */
+            if ( j < num_glyphs )
+            {
+              /* Assign code to GID mapping. */
+              encoding->codes[glyph_code] = (FT_UShort)j;
+
+              /* Assign code to SID mapping. */
+              encoding->sids[glyph_code] = charset->sids[j];
+            }
+          }
+
+          FT_FRAME_EXIT();
+        }
+        break;
+
+      case 1:
+        {
+          FT_UInt  nleft;
+          FT_UInt  i = 1;
+          FT_UInt  k;
+
+
+          encoding->count = 0;
+
+          /* Parse the Format1 ranges. */
+          for ( j = 0;  j < count; j++, i += nleft )
+          {
+            /* Read the first glyph code of the range. */
+            if ( FT_READ_BYTE( glyph_code ) )
+              goto Exit;
+
+            /* Read the number of codes in the range. */
+            if ( FT_READ_BYTE( nleft ) )
+              goto Exit;
+
+            /* Increment nleft, so we read `nleft + 1' codes/sids. */
+            nleft++;
+
+            /* compute max number of character codes */
+            if ( (FT_UInt)nleft > encoding->count )
+              encoding->count = nleft;
+
+            /* Fill in the range of codes/sids. */
+            for ( k = i; k < nleft + i; k++, glyph_code++ )
+            {
+              /* Make sure k is not too big. */
+              if ( k < num_glyphs && glyph_code < 256 )
+              {
+                /* Assign code to GID mapping. */
+                encoding->codes[glyph_code] = (FT_UShort)k;
+
+                /* Assign code to SID mapping. */
+                encoding->sids[glyph_code] = charset->sids[k];
+              }
+            }
+          }
+
+          /* simple check; one never knows what can be found in a font */
+          if ( encoding->count > 256 )
+            encoding->count = 256;
+        }
+        break;
+
+      default:
+        FT_ERROR(( "cff_encoding_load: invalid table format!\n" ));
+        error = CFF_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+
+      /* Parse supplemental encodings, if any. */
+      if ( encoding->format & 0x80 )
+      {
+        FT_UInt  gindex;
+
+
+        /* count supplements */
+        if ( FT_READ_BYTE( count ) )
+          goto Exit;
+
+        for ( j = 0; j < count; j++ )
+        {
+          /* Read supplemental glyph code. */
+          if ( FT_READ_BYTE( glyph_code ) )
+            goto Exit;
+
+          /* Read the SID associated with this glyph code. */
+          if ( FT_READ_USHORT( glyph_sid ) )
+            goto Exit;
+
+          /* Assign code to SID mapping. */
+          encoding->sids[glyph_code] = glyph_sid;
+
+          /* First, look up GID which has been assigned to */
+          /* SID glyph_sid.                                */
+          for ( gindex = 0; gindex < num_glyphs; gindex++ )
+          {
+            if ( charset->sids[gindex] == glyph_sid )
+            {
+              encoding->codes[glyph_code] = (FT_UShort)gindex;
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* We take into account the fact a CFF font can use a predefined */
+      /* encoding without containing all of the glyphs encoded by this */
+      /* encoding (see the note at the end of section 12 in the CFF    */
+      /* specification).                                               */
+
+      switch ( (FT_UInt)offset )
+      {
+      case 0:
+        /* First, copy the code to SID mapping. */
+        FT_ARRAY_COPY( encoding->sids, cff_standard_encoding, 256 );
+        goto Populate;
+
+      case 1:
+        /* First, copy the code to SID mapping. */
+        FT_ARRAY_COPY( encoding->sids, cff_expert_encoding, 256 );
+
+      Populate:
+        /* Construct code to GID mapping from code to SID mapping */
+        /* and charset.                                           */
+
+        encoding->count = 0;
+
+        error = cff_charset_compute_cids( charset, num_glyphs,
+                                          stream->memory );
+        if ( error )
+          goto Exit;
+
+        for ( j = 0; j < 256; j++ )
+        {
+          FT_UInt  sid = encoding->sids[j];
+          FT_UInt  gid = 0;
+
+
+          if ( sid )
+            gid = cff_charset_cid_to_gindex( charset, sid );
+
+          if ( gid != 0 )
+          {
+            encoding->codes[j] = (FT_UShort)gid;
+
+            if ( encoding->count < j + 1 )
+              encoding->count = j + 1;
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            encoding->codes[j] = 0;
+            encoding->sids [j] = 0;
+          }
+        }
+        break;
+
+      default:
+        FT_ERROR(( "cff_encoding_load: invalid table format!\n" ));
+        error = CFF_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+
+    /* Clean up if there was an error. */
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  cff_subfont_load( CFF_SubFont  font,
+                    CFF_Index    idx,
+                    FT_UInt      font_index,
+                    FT_Stream    stream,
+                    FT_ULong     base_offset )
+  {
+    FT_Error         error;
+    CFF_ParserRec    parser;
+    FT_Byte*         dict = NULL;
+    FT_ULong         dict_len;
+    CFF_FontRecDict  top  = &font->font_dict;
+    CFF_Private      priv = &font->private_dict;
+
+
+    cff_parser_init( &parser, CFF_CODE_TOPDICT, &font->font_dict );
+
+    /* set defaults */
+    FT_MEM_ZERO( top, sizeof ( *top ) );
+
+    top->underline_position  = -100L << 16;
+    top->underline_thickness = 50L << 16;
+    top->charstring_type     = 2;
+    top->font_matrix.xx      = 0x10000L;
+    top->font_matrix.yy      = 0x10000L;
+    top->cid_count           = 8720;
+
+    /* we use the implementation specific SID value 0xFFFF to indicate */
+    /* missing entries                                                 */
+    top->version             = 0xFFFFU;
+    top->notice              = 0xFFFFU;
+    top->copyright           = 0xFFFFU;
+    top->full_name           = 0xFFFFU;
+    top->family_name         = 0xFFFFU;
+    top->weight              = 0xFFFFU;
+    top->embedded_postscript = 0xFFFFU;
+
+    top->cid_registry        = 0xFFFFU;
+    top->cid_ordering        = 0xFFFFU;
+    top->cid_font_name       = 0xFFFFU;
+
+    error = cff_index_access_element( idx, font_index, &dict, &dict_len );
+    if ( !error )
+      error = cff_parser_run( &parser, dict, dict + dict_len );
+
+    cff_index_forget_element( idx, &dict );
+
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* if it is a CID font, we stop there */
+    if ( top->cid_registry != 0xFFFFU )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* parse the private dictionary, if any */
+    if ( top->private_offset && top->private_size )
+    {
+      /* set defaults */
+      FT_MEM_ZERO( priv, sizeof ( *priv ) );
+
+      priv->blue_shift       = 7;
+      priv->blue_fuzz        = 1;
+      priv->lenIV            = -1;
+      priv->expansion_factor = (FT_Fixed)( 0.06 * 0x10000L );
+      priv->blue_scale       = (FT_Fixed)( 0.039625 * 0x10000L * 1000 );
+
+      cff_parser_init( &parser, CFF_CODE_PRIVATE, priv );
+
+      if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( base_offset + font->font_dict.private_offset ) ||
+           FT_FRAME_ENTER( font->font_dict.private_size )                 )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      error = cff_parser_run( &parser,
+                              (FT_Byte*)stream->cursor,
+                              (FT_Byte*)stream->limit );
+      FT_FRAME_EXIT();
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      /* ensure that `num_blue_values' is even */
+      priv->num_blue_values &= ~1;
+    }
+
+    /* read the local subrs, if any */
+    if ( priv->local_subrs_offset )
+    {
+      if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( base_offset + top->private_offset +
+                           priv->local_subrs_offset ) )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      error = cff_index_init( &font->local_subrs_index, stream, 1 );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      font->num_local_subrs = font->local_subrs_index.count;
+      error = cff_index_get_pointers( &font->local_subrs_index,
+                                      &font->local_subrs );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  cff_subfont_done( FT_Memory    memory,
+                    CFF_SubFont  subfont )
+  {
+    if ( subfont )
+    {
+      cff_index_done( &subfont->local_subrs_index );
+      FT_FREE( subfont->local_subrs );
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  cff_font_load( FT_Stream  stream,
+                 FT_Int     face_index,
+                 CFF_Font   font,
+                 FT_Bool    pure_cff )
+  {
+    static const FT_Frame_Field  cff_header_fields[] =
+    {
+#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
+#define FT_STRUCTURE  CFF_FontRec
+
+      FT_FRAME_START( 4 ),
+        FT_FRAME_BYTE( version_major ),
+        FT_FRAME_BYTE( version_minor ),
+        FT_FRAME_BYTE( header_size ),
+        FT_FRAME_BYTE( absolute_offsize ),
+      FT_FRAME_END
+    };
+
+    FT_Error         error;
+    FT_Memory        memory = stream->memory;
+    FT_ULong         base_offset;
+    CFF_FontRecDict  dict;
+
+
+    FT_ZERO( font );
+
+    font->stream = stream;
+    font->memory = memory;
+    dict         = &font->top_font.font_dict;
+    base_offset  = FT_STREAM_POS();
+
+    /* read CFF font header */
+    if ( FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( cff_header_fields, font ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* check format */
+    if ( font->version_major   != 1 ||
+         font->header_size      < 4 ||
+         font->absolute_offsize > 4 )
+    {
+      FT_TRACE2(( "[not a CFF font header!]\n" ));
+      error = CFF_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* skip the rest of the header */
+    if ( FT_STREAM_SKIP( font->header_size - 4 ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* read the name, top dict, string and global subrs index */
+    if ( FT_SET_ERROR( cff_index_init( &font->name_index,
+                                       stream, 0 ) )              ||
+         FT_SET_ERROR( cff_index_init( &font->font_dict_index,
+                                       stream, 0 ) )              ||
+         FT_SET_ERROR( cff_index_init( &font->string_index,
+                                       stream, 0 ) )              ||
+         FT_SET_ERROR( cff_index_init( &font->global_subrs_index,
+                                       stream, 1 ) )              )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* well, we don't really forget the `disabled' fonts... */
+    font->num_faces = font->name_index.count;
+    if ( face_index >= (FT_Int)font->num_faces )
+    {
+      FT_ERROR(( "cff_font_load: incorrect face index = %d\n",
+                 face_index ));
+      error = CFF_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+    }
+
+    /* in case of a font format check, simply exit now */
+    if ( face_index < 0 )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* now, parse the top-level font dictionary */
+    error = cff_subfont_load( &font->top_font,
+                              &font->font_dict_index,
+                              face_index,
+                              stream,
+                              base_offset );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( base_offset + dict->charstrings_offset ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    error = cff_index_init( &font->charstrings_index, stream, 0 );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* now, check for a CID font */
+    if ( dict->cid_registry != 0xFFFFU )
+    {
+      CFF_IndexRec  fd_index;
+      CFF_SubFont   sub;
+      FT_UInt       idx;
+
+
+      /* this is a CID-keyed font, we must now allocate a table of */
+      /* sub-fonts, then load each of them separately              */
+      if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( base_offset + dict->cid_fd_array_offset ) )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      error = cff_index_init( &fd_index, stream, 0 );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      if ( fd_index.count > CFF_MAX_CID_FONTS )
+      {
+        FT_ERROR(( "cff_font_load: FD array too large in CID font\n" ));
+        goto Fail_CID;
+      }
+
+      /* allocate & read each font dict independently */
+      font->num_subfonts = fd_index.count;
+      if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( sub, fd_index.count ) )
+        goto Fail_CID;
+
+      /* set up pointer table */
+      for ( idx = 0; idx < fd_index.count; idx++ )
+        font->subfonts[idx] = sub + idx;
+
+      /* now load each subfont independently */
+      for ( idx = 0; idx < fd_index.count; idx++ )
+      {
+        sub = font->subfonts[idx];
+        error = cff_subfont_load( sub, &fd_index, idx,
+                                  stream, base_offset );
+        if ( error )
+          goto Fail_CID;
+      }
+
+      /* now load the FD Select array */
+      error = CFF_Load_FD_Select( &font->fd_select,
+                                  font->charstrings_index.count,
+                                  stream,
+                                  base_offset + dict->cid_fd_select_offset );
+
+    Fail_CID:
+      cff_index_done( &fd_index );
+
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+    }
+    else
+      font->num_subfonts = 0;
+
+    /* read the charstrings index now */
+    if ( dict->charstrings_offset == 0 )
+    {
+      FT_ERROR(( "cff_font_load: no charstrings offset!\n" ));
+      error = CFF_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* explicit the global subrs */
+    font->num_global_subrs = font->global_subrs_index.count;
+    font->num_glyphs       = font->charstrings_index.count;
+
+    error = cff_index_get_pointers( &font->global_subrs_index,
+                                    &font->global_subrs ) ;
+
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* read the Charset and Encoding tables if available */
+    if ( font->num_glyphs > 0 )
+    {
+      FT_Bool  invert = FT_BOOL( dict->cid_registry != 0xFFFFU && pure_cff );
+
+
+      error = cff_charset_load( &font->charset, font->num_glyphs, stream,
+                                base_offset, dict->charset_offset, invert );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      /* CID-keyed CFFs don't have an encoding */
+      if ( dict->cid_registry == 0xFFFFU )
+      {
+        error = cff_encoding_load( &font->encoding,
+                                   &font->charset,
+                                   font->num_glyphs,
+                                   stream,
+                                   base_offset,
+                                   dict->encoding_offset );
+        if ( error )
+          goto Exit;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* get the font name (/CIDFontName for CID-keyed fonts, */
+    /* /FontName otherwise)                                 */
+    font->font_name = cff_index_get_name( &font->name_index, face_index );
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  cff_font_done( CFF_Font  font )
+  {
+    FT_Memory  memory = font->memory;
+    FT_UInt    idx;
+
+
+    cff_index_done( &font->global_subrs_index );
+    cff_index_done( &font->string_index );
+    cff_index_done( &font->font_dict_index );
+    cff_index_done( &font->name_index );
+    cff_index_done( &font->charstrings_index );
+
+    /* release font dictionaries, but only if working with */
+    /* a CID keyed CFF font                                */
+    if ( font->num_subfonts > 0 )
+    {
+      for ( idx = 0; idx < font->num_subfonts; idx++ )
+        cff_subfont_done( memory, font->subfonts[idx] );
+
+      /* the subfonts array has been allocated as a single block */
+      FT_FREE( font->subfonts[0] );
+    }
+
+    cff_encoding_done( &font->encoding );
+    cff_charset_done( &font->charset, font->stream );
+
+    cff_subfont_done( memory, &font->top_font );
+
+    CFF_Done_FD_Select( &font->fd_select, font->stream );
+
+    if (font->font_info != NULL)
+    {
+      FT_FREE( font->font_info->version );
+      FT_FREE( font->font_info->notice );
+      FT_FREE( font->font_info->full_name );
+      FT_FREE( font->font_info->family_name );
+      FT_FREE( font->font_info->weight );
+      FT_FREE( font->font_info );
+    }
+
+    FT_FREE( font->registry );
+    FT_FREE( font->ordering );
+
+    FT_FREE( font->global_subrs );
+    FT_FREE( font->font_name );
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffload.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffload.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..02498bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffload.h
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  cffload.h                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    OpenType & CFF data/program tables loader (specification).           */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2007, 2008 by                         */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __CFFLOAD_H__
+#define __CFFLOAD_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include "cfftypes.h"
+#include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_CMAPS_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_UShort )
+  cff_get_standard_encoding( FT_UInt  charcode );
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_String* )
+  cff_index_get_name( CFF_Index  idx,
+                      FT_UInt    element );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_String* )
+  cff_index_get_sid_string( CFF_Index          idx,
+                            FT_UInt            sid,
+                            FT_Service_PsCMaps psnames );
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  cff_index_access_element( CFF_Index  idx,
+                            FT_UInt    element,
+                            FT_Byte**  pbytes,
+                            FT_ULong*  pbyte_len );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  cff_index_forget_element( CFF_Index  idx,
+                            FT_Byte**  pbytes );
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_UInt )
+  cff_charset_cid_to_gindex( CFF_Charset  charset,
+                             FT_UInt      cid );
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  cff_font_load( FT_Stream  stream,
+                 FT_Int     face_index,
+                 CFF_Font   font,
+                 FT_Bool    pure_cff );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  cff_font_done( CFF_Font  font );
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Byte )
+  cff_fd_select_get( CFF_FDSelect  fdselect,
+                     FT_UInt       glyph_index );
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __CFFLOAD_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffobjs.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffobjs.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3525ea3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffobjs.c
@@ -0,0 +1,965 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  cffobjs.c                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    OpenType objects manager (body).                                     */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by       */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_CALC_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
+#include FT_ERRORS_H
+#include FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H
+#include FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_SFNT_H
+#include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_CMAPS_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_HINTS_H
+#include "cffobjs.h"
+#include "cffload.h"
+#include "cffcmap.h"
+#include "cfferrs.h"
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_cffobjs
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                            SIZE FUNCTIONS                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*  Note that we store the global hints in the size's `internal' root    */
+  /*  field.                                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  static PSH_Globals_Funcs
+  cff_size_get_globals_funcs( CFF_Size  size )
+  {
+    CFF_Face          face     = (CFF_Face)size->root.face;
+    CFF_Font          font     = (CFF_Font)face->extra.data;
+    PSHinter_Service  pshinter = (PSHinter_Service)font->pshinter;
+    FT_Module         module;
+
+
+    module = FT_Get_Module( size->root.face->driver->root.library,
+                            "pshinter" );
+    return ( module && pshinter && pshinter->get_globals_funcs )
+           ? pshinter->get_globals_funcs( module )
+           : 0;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  cff_size_done( FT_Size  cffsize )        /* CFF_Size */
+  {
+    CFF_Size      size     = (CFF_Size)cffsize;
+    CFF_Face      face     = (CFF_Face)size->root.face;
+    CFF_Font      font     = (CFF_Font)face->extra.data;
+    CFF_Internal  internal = (CFF_Internal)cffsize->internal;
+
+
+    if ( internal )
+    {
+      PSH_Globals_Funcs  funcs;
+
+
+      funcs = cff_size_get_globals_funcs( size );
+      if ( funcs )
+      {
+        FT_UInt  i;
+
+
+        funcs->destroy( internal->topfont );
+
+        for ( i = font->num_subfonts; i > 0; i-- )
+          funcs->destroy( internal->subfonts[i - 1] );
+      }
+
+      /* `internal' is freed by destroy_size (in ftobjs.c) */
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /* CFF and Type 1 private dictionaries have slightly different      */
+  /* structures; we need to synthesize a Type 1 dictionary on the fly */
+
+  static void
+  cff_make_private_dict( CFF_SubFont  subfont,
+                         PS_Private   priv )
+  {
+    CFF_Private  cpriv = &subfont->private_dict;
+    FT_UInt      n, count;
+
+
+    FT_MEM_ZERO( priv, sizeof ( *priv ) );
+
+    count = priv->num_blue_values = cpriv->num_blue_values;
+    for ( n = 0; n < count; n++ )
+      priv->blue_values[n] = (FT_Short)cpriv->blue_values[n];
+
+    count = priv->num_other_blues = cpriv->num_other_blues;
+    for ( n = 0; n < count; n++ )
+      priv->other_blues[n] = (FT_Short)cpriv->other_blues[n];
+
+    count = priv->num_family_blues = cpriv->num_family_blues;
+    for ( n = 0; n < count; n++ )
+      priv->family_blues[n] = (FT_Short)cpriv->family_blues[n];
+
+    count = priv->num_family_other_blues = cpriv->num_family_other_blues;
+    for ( n = 0; n < count; n++ )
+      priv->family_other_blues[n] = (FT_Short)cpriv->family_other_blues[n];
+
+    priv->blue_scale = cpriv->blue_scale;
+    priv->blue_shift = (FT_Int)cpriv->blue_shift;
+    priv->blue_fuzz  = (FT_Int)cpriv->blue_fuzz;
+
+    priv->standard_width[0]  = (FT_UShort)cpriv->standard_width;
+    priv->standard_height[0] = (FT_UShort)cpriv->standard_height;
+
+    count = priv->num_snap_widths = cpriv->num_snap_widths;
+    for ( n = 0; n < count; n++ )
+      priv->snap_widths[n] = (FT_Short)cpriv->snap_widths[n];
+
+    count = priv->num_snap_heights = cpriv->num_snap_heights;
+    for ( n = 0; n < count; n++ )
+      priv->snap_heights[n] = (FT_Short)cpriv->snap_heights[n];
+
+    priv->force_bold     = cpriv->force_bold;
+    priv->language_group = cpriv->language_group;
+    priv->lenIV          = cpriv->lenIV;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  cff_size_init( FT_Size  cffsize )         /* CFF_Size */
+  {
+    CFF_Size           size  = (CFF_Size)cffsize;
+    FT_Error           error = CFF_Err_Ok;
+    PSH_Globals_Funcs  funcs = cff_size_get_globals_funcs( size );
+
+
+    if ( funcs )
+    {
+      CFF_Face      face     = (CFF_Face)cffsize->face;
+      CFF_Font      font     = (CFF_Font)face->extra.data;
+      CFF_Internal  internal;
+
+      PS_PrivateRec  priv;
+      FT_Memory      memory = cffsize->face->memory;
+
+      FT_UInt  i;
+
+
+      if ( FT_NEW( internal ) )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      cff_make_private_dict( &font->top_font, &priv );
+      error = funcs->create( cffsize->face->memory, &priv,
+                             &internal->topfont );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      for ( i = font->num_subfonts; i > 0; i-- )
+      {
+        CFF_SubFont  sub = font->subfonts[i - 1];
+
+
+        cff_make_private_dict( sub, &priv );
+        error = funcs->create( cffsize->face->memory, &priv,
+                               &internal->subfonts[i - 1] );
+        if ( error )
+          goto Exit;
+      }
+
+      cffsize->internal = (FT_Size_Internal)(void*)internal;
+    }
+
+    size->strike_index = 0xFFFFFFFFUL;
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  cff_size_select( FT_Size   size,
+                   FT_ULong  strike_index )
+  {
+    CFF_Size           cffsize = (CFF_Size)size;
+    PSH_Globals_Funcs  funcs;
+
+
+    cffsize->strike_index = strike_index;
+
+    FT_Select_Metrics( size->face, strike_index );
+
+    funcs = cff_size_get_globals_funcs( cffsize );
+
+    if ( funcs )
+    {
+      CFF_Face      face     = (CFF_Face)size->face;
+      CFF_Font      font     = (CFF_Font)face->extra.data;
+      CFF_Internal  internal = (CFF_Internal)size->internal;
+
+      FT_Int   top_upm  = font->top_font.font_dict.units_per_em;
+      FT_UInt  i;
+
+
+      funcs->set_scale( internal->topfont,
+                        size->metrics.x_scale, size->metrics.y_scale,
+                        0, 0 );
+
+      for ( i = font->num_subfonts; i > 0; i-- )
+      {
+        CFF_SubFont  sub     = font->subfonts[i - 1];
+        FT_Int       sub_upm = sub->font_dict.units_per_em;
+        FT_Pos       x_scale, y_scale;
+
+
+        if ( top_upm != sub_upm )
+        {
+          x_scale = FT_MulDiv( size->metrics.x_scale, top_upm, sub_upm );
+          y_scale = FT_MulDiv( size->metrics.y_scale, top_upm, sub_upm );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          x_scale = size->metrics.x_scale;
+          y_scale = size->metrics.y_scale;
+        }
+
+        funcs->set_scale( internal->subfonts[i - 1],
+                          x_scale, y_scale, 0, 0 );
+      }
+    }
+
+    return CFF_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+#endif /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS */
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  cff_size_request( FT_Size          size,
+                    FT_Size_Request  req )
+  {
+    CFF_Size           cffsize = (CFF_Size)size;
+    PSH_Globals_Funcs  funcs;
+
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS
+
+    if ( FT_HAS_FIXED_SIZES( size->face ) )
+    {
+      CFF_Face      cffface = (CFF_Face)size->face;
+      SFNT_Service  sfnt    = (SFNT_Service)cffface->sfnt;
+      FT_ULong      strike_index;
+
+
+      if ( sfnt->set_sbit_strike( cffface, req, &strike_index ) )
+        cffsize->strike_index = 0xFFFFFFFFUL;
+      else
+        return cff_size_select( size, strike_index );
+    }
+
+#endif /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS */
+
+    FT_Request_Metrics( size->face, req );
+
+    funcs = cff_size_get_globals_funcs( cffsize );
+
+    if ( funcs )
+    {
+      CFF_Face      cffface  = (CFF_Face)size->face;
+      CFF_Font      font     = (CFF_Font)cffface->extra.data;
+      CFF_Internal  internal = (CFF_Internal)size->internal;
+
+      FT_Int   top_upm  = font->top_font.font_dict.units_per_em;
+      FT_UInt  i;
+
+
+      funcs->set_scale( internal->topfont,
+                        size->metrics.x_scale, size->metrics.y_scale,
+                        0, 0 );
+
+      for ( i = font->num_subfonts; i > 0; i-- )
+      {
+        CFF_SubFont  sub     = font->subfonts[i - 1];
+        FT_Int       sub_upm = sub->font_dict.units_per_em;
+        FT_Pos       x_scale, y_scale;
+
+
+        if ( top_upm != sub_upm )
+        {
+          x_scale = FT_MulDiv( size->metrics.x_scale, top_upm, sub_upm );
+          y_scale = FT_MulDiv( size->metrics.y_scale, top_upm, sub_upm );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          x_scale = size->metrics.x_scale;
+          y_scale = size->metrics.y_scale;
+        }
+
+        funcs->set_scale( internal->subfonts[i - 1],
+                          x_scale, y_scale, 0, 0 );
+      }
+    }
+
+    return CFF_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                            SLOT  FUNCTIONS                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  cff_slot_done( FT_GlyphSlot  slot )
+  {
+    slot->internal->glyph_hints = 0;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  cff_slot_init( FT_GlyphSlot  slot )
+  {
+    CFF_Face          face     = (CFF_Face)slot->face;
+    CFF_Font          font     = (CFF_Font)face->extra.data;
+    PSHinter_Service  pshinter = (PSHinter_Service)font->pshinter;
+
+
+    if ( pshinter )
+    {
+      FT_Module  module;
+
+
+      module = FT_Get_Module( slot->face->driver->root.library,
+                              "pshinter" );
+      if ( module )
+      {
+        T2_Hints_Funcs  funcs;
+
+
+        funcs = pshinter->get_t2_funcs( module );
+        slot->internal->glyph_hints = (void*)funcs;
+      }
+    }
+
+    return CFF_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                           FACE  FUNCTIONS                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  static FT_String*
+  cff_strcpy( FT_Memory         memory,
+              const FT_String*  source )
+  {
+    FT_Error    error;
+    FT_String*  result;
+
+
+    (void)FT_STRDUP( result, source );
+
+    FT_UNUSED( error );
+
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  cff_face_init( FT_Stream      stream,
+                 FT_Face        cffface,        /* CFF_Face */
+                 FT_Int         face_index,
+                 FT_Int         num_params,
+                 FT_Parameter*  params )
+  {
+    CFF_Face            face = (CFF_Face)cffface;
+    FT_Error            error;
+    SFNT_Service        sfnt;
+    FT_Service_PsCMaps  psnames;
+    PSHinter_Service    pshinter;
+    FT_Bool             pure_cff    = 1;
+    FT_Bool             sfnt_format = 0;
+
+
+#if 0
+    FT_FACE_FIND_GLOBAL_SERVICE( face, sfnt,     SFNT );
+    FT_FACE_FIND_GLOBAL_SERVICE( face, psnames,  POSTSCRIPT_NAMES );
+    FT_FACE_FIND_GLOBAL_SERVICE( face, pshinter, POSTSCRIPT_HINTER );
+
+    if ( !sfnt )
+      goto Bad_Format;
+#else
+    sfnt = (SFNT_Service)FT_Get_Module_Interface(
+             cffface->driver->root.library, "sfnt" );
+    if ( !sfnt )
+      goto Bad_Format;
+
+    FT_FACE_FIND_GLOBAL_SERVICE( face, psnames, POSTSCRIPT_CMAPS );
+
+    pshinter = (PSHinter_Service)FT_Get_Module_Interface(
+                 cffface->driver->root.library, "pshinter" );
+#endif
+
+    /* create input stream from resource */
+    if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( 0 ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* check whether we have a valid OpenType file */
+    error = sfnt->init_face( stream, face, face_index, num_params, params );
+    if ( !error )
+    {
+      if ( face->format_tag != TTAG_OTTO )  /* `OTTO'; OpenType/CFF font */
+      {
+        FT_TRACE2(( "[not a valid OpenType/CFF font]\n" ));
+        goto Bad_Format;
+      }
+
+      /* if we are performing a simple font format check, exit immediately */
+      if ( face_index < 0 )
+        return CFF_Err_Ok;
+
+      /* UNDOCUMENTED!  A CFF in an SFNT can have only a single font. */
+      if ( face_index > 0 )
+      {
+        FT_ERROR(( "cff_face_init: invalid face index\n" ));
+        error = CFF_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+
+      sfnt_format = 1;
+
+      /* now, the font can be either an OpenType/CFF font, or an SVG CEF */
+      /* font; in the latter case it doesn't have a `head' table         */
+      error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_head, stream, 0 );
+      if ( !error )
+      {
+        pure_cff = 0;
+
+        /* load font directory */
+        error = sfnt->load_face( stream, face, 0, num_params, params );
+        if ( error )
+          goto Exit;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* load the `cmap' table explicitly */
+        error = sfnt->load_cmap( face, stream );
+        if ( error )
+          goto Exit;
+
+        /* XXX: we don't load the GPOS table, as OpenType Layout     */
+        /* support will be added later to a layout library on top of */
+        /* FreeType 2                                                */
+      }
+
+      /* now load the CFF part of the file */
+      error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_CFF, stream, 0 );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* rewind to start of file; we are going to load a pure-CFF font */
+      if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( 0 ) )
+        goto Exit;
+      error = CFF_Err_Ok;
+    }
+
+    /* now load and parse the CFF table in the file */
+    {
+      CFF_Font         cff;
+      CFF_FontRecDict  dict;
+      FT_Memory        memory = cffface->memory;
+      FT_Int32         flags;
+      FT_UInt          i;
+
+
+      if ( FT_NEW( cff ) )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      face->extra.data = cff;
+      error = cff_font_load( stream, face_index, cff, pure_cff );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      cff->pshinter = pshinter;
+      cff->psnames  = (void*)psnames;
+
+      cffface->face_index = face_index;
+
+      /* Complement the root flags with some interesting information. */
+      /* Note that this is only necessary for pure CFF and CEF fonts; */
+      /* SFNT based fonts use the `name' table instead.               */
+
+      cffface->num_glyphs = cff->num_glyphs;
+
+      dict = &cff->top_font.font_dict;
+
+      /* we need the `PSNames' module for CFF and CEF formats */
+      /* which aren't CID-keyed                               */
+      if ( dict->cid_registry == 0xFFFFU && !psnames )
+      {
+        FT_ERROR(( "cff_face_init:" ));
+        FT_ERROR(( " cannot open CFF & CEF fonts\n" ));
+        FT_ERROR(( "              " ));
+        FT_ERROR(( " without the `PSNames' module\n" ));
+        goto Bad_Format;
+      }
+
+      if ( !dict->units_per_em )
+        dict->units_per_em = pure_cff ? 1000 : face->root.units_per_EM;
+
+      /* Normalize the font matrix so that `matrix->xx' is 1; the */
+      /* scaling is done with `units_per_em' then (at this point, */
+      /* it already contains the scaling factor, but without      */
+      /* normalization of the matrix).                            */
+      /*                                                          */
+      /* Note that the offsets must be expressed in integer font  */
+      /* units.                                                   */
+
+      {
+        FT_Matrix*  matrix = &dict->font_matrix;
+        FT_Vector*  offset = &dict->font_offset;
+        FT_ULong*   upm    = &dict->units_per_em;
+        FT_Fixed    temp   = FT_ABS( matrix->yy );
+
+
+        if ( temp != 0x10000L )
+        {
+          *upm = FT_DivFix( *upm, temp );
+
+          matrix->xx = FT_DivFix( matrix->xx, temp );
+          matrix->yx = FT_DivFix( matrix->yx, temp );
+          matrix->xy = FT_DivFix( matrix->xy, temp );
+          matrix->yy = FT_DivFix( matrix->yy, temp );
+          offset->x  = FT_DivFix( offset->x,  temp );
+          offset->y  = FT_DivFix( offset->y,  temp );
+        }
+
+        offset->x >>= 16;
+        offset->y >>= 16;
+      }
+
+      for ( i = cff->num_subfonts; i > 0; i-- )
+      {
+        CFF_FontRecDict  sub = &cff->subfonts[i - 1]->font_dict;
+        CFF_FontRecDict  top = &cff->top_font.font_dict;
+
+        FT_Matrix*  matrix;
+        FT_Vector*  offset;
+        FT_ULong*   upm;
+        FT_Fixed    temp;
+
+
+        if ( sub->units_per_em )
+        {
+          FT_Int  scaling;
+
+
+          if ( top->units_per_em > 1 && sub->units_per_em > 1 )
+            scaling = FT_MIN( top->units_per_em, sub->units_per_em );
+          else
+            scaling = 1;
+
+          FT_Matrix_Multiply_Scaled( &top->font_matrix,
+                                     &sub->font_matrix,
+                                     scaling );
+          FT_Vector_Transform_Scaled( &sub->font_offset,
+                                      &top->font_matrix,
+                                      scaling );
+
+          sub->units_per_em = FT_MulDiv( sub->units_per_em,
+                                         top->units_per_em,
+                                         scaling );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          sub->font_matrix = top->font_matrix;
+          sub->font_offset = top->font_offset;
+
+          sub->units_per_em = top->units_per_em;
+        }
+
+        matrix = &sub->font_matrix;
+        offset = &sub->font_offset;
+        upm    = &sub->units_per_em;
+        temp   = FT_ABS( matrix->yy );
+
+        if ( temp != 0x10000L )
+        {
+          *upm = FT_DivFix( *upm, temp );
+
+          /* if *upm is larger than 100*1000 we divide by 1000 --     */
+          /* this can happen if e.g. there is no top-font FontMatrix  */
+          /* and the subfont FontMatrix already contains the complete */
+          /* scaling for the subfont (see section 5.11 of the PLRM)   */
+
+          /* 100 is a heuristic value */
+
+          if ( *upm > 100L * 1000L )
+            *upm = ( *upm + 500 ) / 1000;
+
+          matrix->xx = FT_DivFix( matrix->xx, temp );
+          matrix->yx = FT_DivFix( matrix->yx, temp );
+          matrix->xy = FT_DivFix( matrix->xy, temp );
+          matrix->yy = FT_DivFix( matrix->yy, temp );
+          offset->x  = FT_DivFix( offset->x,  temp );
+          offset->y  = FT_DivFix( offset->y,  temp );
+        }
+
+        offset->x >>= 16;
+        offset->y >>= 16;
+      }
+
+      if ( pure_cff )
+      {
+        char*  style_name = NULL;
+
+
+        /* set up num_faces */
+        cffface->num_faces = cff->num_faces;
+
+        /* compute number of glyphs */
+        if ( dict->cid_registry != 0xFFFFU )
+          cffface->num_glyphs = cff->charset.max_cid;
+        else
+          cffface->num_glyphs = cff->charstrings_index.count;
+
+        /* set global bbox, as well as EM size */
+        cffface->bbox.xMin =   dict->font_bbox.xMin             >> 16;
+        cffface->bbox.yMin =   dict->font_bbox.yMin             >> 16;
+        cffface->bbox.xMax = ( dict->font_bbox.xMax + 0xFFFFU ) >> 16;
+        cffface->bbox.yMax = ( dict->font_bbox.yMax + 0xFFFFU ) >> 16;
+
+        cffface->units_per_EM = (FT_UShort)( dict->units_per_em );
+
+        cffface->ascender  = (FT_Short)( cffface->bbox.yMax );
+        cffface->descender = (FT_Short)( cffface->bbox.yMin );
+
+        cffface->height = (FT_Short)( ( cffface->units_per_EM * 12 ) / 10 );
+        if ( cffface->height < cffface->ascender - cffface->descender )
+          cffface->height = (FT_Short)( cffface->ascender - cffface->descender );
+
+        cffface->underline_position  =
+          (FT_Short)( dict->underline_position >> 16 );
+        cffface->underline_thickness =
+          (FT_Short)( dict->underline_thickness >> 16 );
+
+        /* retrieve font family & style name */
+        cffface->family_name = cff_index_get_name( &cff->name_index,
+                                                   face_index );
+
+        if ( cffface->family_name )
+        {
+          char*  full   = cff_index_get_sid_string( &cff->string_index,
+                                                    dict->full_name,
+                                                    psnames );
+          char*  fullp  = full;
+          char*  family = cffface->family_name;
+          char*  family_name = 0;
+
+
+          if ( dict->family_name )
+          {
+            family_name = cff_index_get_sid_string( &cff->string_index,
+                                                    dict->family_name,
+                                                    psnames);
+            if ( family_name )
+              family = family_name;
+          }
+
+          /* We try to extract the style name from the full name.   */
+          /* We need to ignore spaces and dashes during the search. */
+          if ( full && family )
+          {
+            while ( *fullp )
+            {
+              /* skip common characters at the start of both strings */
+              if ( *fullp == *family )
+              {
+                family++;
+                fullp++;
+                continue;
+              }
+
+              /* ignore spaces and dashes in full name during comparison */
+              if ( *fullp == ' ' || *fullp == '-' )
+              {
+                fullp++;
+                continue;
+              }
+
+              /* ignore spaces and dashes in family name during comparison */
+              if ( *family == ' ' || *family == '-' )
+              {
+                family++;
+                continue;
+              }
+
+              if ( !*family && *fullp )
+              {
+                /* The full name begins with the same characters as the  */
+                /* family name, with spaces and dashes removed.  In this */
+                /* case, the remaining string in `fullp' will be used as */
+                /* the style name.                                       */
+                style_name = cff_strcpy( memory, fullp );
+              }
+              break;
+            }
+
+            if ( family_name )
+              FT_FREE( family_name );
+            FT_FREE( full );
+          }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          char  *cid_font_name =
+                   cff_index_get_sid_string( &cff->string_index,
+                                             dict->cid_font_name,
+                                             psnames );
+
+
+          /* do we have a `/FontName' for a CID-keyed font? */
+          if ( cid_font_name )
+            cffface->family_name = cid_font_name;
+        }
+
+        if ( style_name )
+          cffface->style_name = style_name;
+        else
+          /* assume "Regular" style if we don't know better */
+          cffface->style_name = cff_strcpy( memory, (char *)"Regular" );
+
+        /*******************************************************************/
+        /*                                                                 */
+        /* Compute face flags.                                             */
+        /*                                                                 */
+        flags = FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE   |       /* scalable outlines */
+                FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL |       /* horizontal data   */
+                FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTER;            /* has native hinter */
+
+        if ( sfnt_format )
+          flags |= FT_FACE_FLAG_SFNT;
+
+        /* fixed width font? */
+        if ( dict->is_fixed_pitch )
+          flags |= FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH;
+
+  /* XXX: WE DO NOT SUPPORT KERNING METRICS IN THE GPOS TABLE FOR NOW */
+#if 0
+        /* kerning available? */
+        if ( face->kern_pairs )
+          flags |= FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING;
+#endif
+
+        cffface->face_flags = flags;
+
+        /*******************************************************************/
+        /*                                                                 */
+        /* Compute style flags.                                            */
+        /*                                                                 */
+        flags = 0;
+
+        if ( dict->italic_angle )
+          flags |= FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC;
+
+        {
+          char  *weight = cff_index_get_sid_string( &cff->string_index,
+                                                    dict->weight,
+                                                    psnames );
+
+
+          if ( weight )
+            if ( !ft_strcmp( weight, "Bold"  ) ||
+                 !ft_strcmp( weight, "Black" ) )
+              flags |= FT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLD;
+          FT_FREE( weight );
+        }
+
+        /* double check */
+        if ( !(flags & FT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLD) && cffface->style_name )
+          if ( !ft_strncmp( cffface->style_name, "Bold", 4 )  ||
+               !ft_strncmp( cffface->style_name, "Black", 5 ) )
+            flags |= FT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLD;
+
+        cffface->style_flags = flags;
+      }
+
+
+#ifndef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_GLYPH_NAMES
+      /* CID-keyed CFF fonts don't have glyph names -- the SFNT loader */
+      /* has unset this flag because of the 3.0 `post' table.          */
+      if ( dict->cid_registry == 0xFFFFU )
+        cffface->face_flags |= FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES;
+#endif
+
+      if ( dict->cid_registry != 0xFFFFU && pure_cff )
+        cffface->face_flags |= FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED;
+
+
+      /*******************************************************************/
+      /*                                                                 */
+      /* Compute char maps.                                              */
+      /*                                                                 */
+
+      /* Try to synthesize a Unicode charmap if there is none available */
+      /* already.  If an OpenType font contains a Unicode "cmap", we    */
+      /* will use it, whatever be in the CFF part of the file.          */
+      {
+        FT_CharMapRec  cmaprec;
+        FT_CharMap     cmap;
+        FT_UInt        nn;
+        CFF_Encoding   encoding = &cff->encoding;
+
+
+        for ( nn = 0; nn < (FT_UInt)cffface->num_charmaps; nn++ )
+        {
+          cmap = cffface->charmaps[nn];
+
+          /* Windows Unicode (3,1)? */
+          if ( cmap->platform_id == 3 && cmap->encoding_id == 1 )
+            goto Skip_Unicode;
+
+          /* Deprecated Unicode platform id? */
+          if ( cmap->platform_id == 0 )
+            goto Skip_Unicode; /* Standard Unicode (deprecated) */
+        }
+
+        /* since CID-keyed fonts don't contain glyph names, we can't */
+        /* construct a cmap                                          */
+        if ( pure_cff && cff->top_font.font_dict.cid_registry != 0xFFFFU )
+          goto Exit;
+
+        /* we didn't find a Unicode charmap -- synthesize one */
+        cmaprec.face        = cffface;
+        cmaprec.platform_id = 3;
+        cmaprec.encoding_id = 1;
+        cmaprec.encoding    = FT_ENCODING_UNICODE;
+
+        nn = (FT_UInt)cffface->num_charmaps;
+
+        FT_CMap_New( &cff_cmap_unicode_class_rec, NULL, &cmaprec, NULL );
+
+        /* if no Unicode charmap was previously selected, select this one */
+        if ( cffface->charmap == NULL && nn != (FT_UInt)cffface->num_charmaps )
+          cffface->charmap = cffface->charmaps[nn];
+
+      Skip_Unicode:
+        if ( encoding->count > 0 )
+        {
+          FT_CMap_Class  clazz;
+
+
+          cmaprec.face        = cffface;
+          cmaprec.platform_id = 7;  /* Adobe platform id */
+
+          if ( encoding->offset == 0 )
+          {
+            cmaprec.encoding_id = TT_ADOBE_ID_STANDARD;
+            cmaprec.encoding    = FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_STANDARD;
+            clazz               = &cff_cmap_encoding_class_rec;
+          }
+          else if ( encoding->offset == 1 )
+          {
+            cmaprec.encoding_id = TT_ADOBE_ID_EXPERT;
+            cmaprec.encoding    = FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_EXPERT;
+            clazz               = &cff_cmap_encoding_class_rec;
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            cmaprec.encoding_id = TT_ADOBE_ID_CUSTOM;
+            cmaprec.encoding    = FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_CUSTOM;
+            clazz               = &cff_cmap_encoding_class_rec;
+          }
+
+          FT_CMap_New( clazz, NULL, &cmaprec, NULL );
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+
+  Bad_Format:
+    error = CFF_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
+    goto Exit;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  cff_face_done( FT_Face  cffface )         /* CFF_Face */
+  {
+    CFF_Face      face = (CFF_Face)cffface;
+    FT_Memory     memory;
+    SFNT_Service  sfnt;
+
+
+    if ( !face )
+      return;
+
+    memory = cffface->memory;
+    sfnt   = (SFNT_Service)face->sfnt;
+
+    if ( sfnt )
+      sfnt->done_face( face );
+
+    {
+      CFF_Font  cff = (CFF_Font)face->extra.data;
+
+
+      if ( cff )
+      {
+        cff_font_done( cff );
+        FT_FREE( face->extra.data );
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  cff_driver_init( FT_Module  module )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( module );
+
+    return CFF_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  cff_driver_done( FT_Module  module )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( module );
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffobjs.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffobjs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3c81cee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffobjs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  cffobjs.h                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    OpenType objects manager (specification).                            */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2007, 2008 by             */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __CFFOBJS_H__
+#define __CFFOBJS_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+#include "cfftypes.h"
+#include FT_INTERNAL_TRUETYPE_TYPES_H
+#include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_CMAPS_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_HINTS_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    CFF_Driver                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A handle to an OpenType driver object.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct CFF_DriverRec_*  CFF_Driver;
+
+  typedef TT_Face  CFF_Face;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    CFF_Size                                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A handle to an OpenType size object.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  CFF_SizeRec_
+  {
+    FT_SizeRec  root;
+    FT_ULong    strike_index;    /* 0xFFFFFFFF to indicate invalid */
+
+  } CFF_SizeRec, *CFF_Size;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    CFF_GlyphSlot                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A handle to an OpenType glyph slot object.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  CFF_GlyphSlotRec_
+  {
+    FT_GlyphSlotRec  root;
+
+    FT_Bool          hint;
+    FT_Bool          scaled;
+
+    FT_Fixed         x_scale;
+    FT_Fixed         y_scale;
+
+  } CFF_GlyphSlotRec, *CFF_GlyphSlot;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    CFF_Internal                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    The interface to the `internal' field of `FT_Size'.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  CFF_InternalRec_
+  {
+    PSH_Globals  topfont;
+    PSH_Globals  subfonts[CFF_MAX_CID_FONTS];
+
+  } CFF_InternalRec, *CFF_Internal;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Subglyph transformation record.                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  CFF_Transform_
+  {
+    FT_Fixed    xx, xy;     /* transformation matrix coefficients */
+    FT_Fixed    yx, yy;
+    FT_F26Dot6  ox, oy;     /* offsets        */
+
+  } CFF_Transform;
+
+
+  /***********************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                     */
+  /* TrueType driver class.                                              */
+  /*                                                                     */
+  typedef struct  CFF_DriverRec_
+  {
+    FT_DriverRec  root;
+    void*         extension_component;
+
+  } CFF_DriverRec;
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  cff_size_init( FT_Size  size );           /* CFF_Size */
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  cff_size_done( FT_Size  size );           /* CFF_Size */
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  cff_size_request( FT_Size          size,
+                    FT_Size_Request  req );
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  cff_size_select( FT_Size   size,
+                   FT_ULong  strike_index );
+
+#endif
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  cff_slot_done( FT_GlyphSlot  slot );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  cff_slot_init( FT_GlyphSlot  slot );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Face functions                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  cff_face_init( FT_Stream      stream,
+                 FT_Face        face,           /* CFF_Face */
+                 FT_Int         face_index,
+                 FT_Int         num_params,
+                 FT_Parameter*  params );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  cff_face_done( FT_Face  face );               /* CFF_Face */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Driver functions                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  cff_driver_init( FT_Module  module );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  cff_driver_done( FT_Module  module );
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __CFFOBJS_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffparse.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffparse.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..290595f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffparse.c
@@ -0,0 +1,848 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  cffparse.c                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    CFF token stream parser (body)                                       */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007, 2008, 2009 by             */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include "cffparse.h"
+#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+
+#include "cfferrs.h"
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_cffparse
+
+
+  enum
+  {
+    cff_kind_none = 0,
+    cff_kind_num,
+    cff_kind_fixed,
+    cff_kind_fixed_thousand,
+    cff_kind_string,
+    cff_kind_bool,
+    cff_kind_delta,
+    cff_kind_callback,
+
+    cff_kind_max  /* do not remove */
+  };
+
+
+  /* now generate handlers for the most simple fields */
+  typedef FT_Error  (*CFF_Field_Reader)( CFF_Parser  parser );
+
+  typedef struct  CFF_Field_Handler_
+  {
+    int               kind;
+    int               code;
+    FT_UInt           offset;
+    FT_Byte           size;
+    CFF_Field_Reader  reader;
+    FT_UInt           array_max;
+    FT_UInt           count_offset;
+
+  } CFF_Field_Handler;
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  cff_parser_init( CFF_Parser  parser,
+                   FT_UInt     code,
+                   void*       object )
+  {
+    FT_MEM_ZERO( parser, sizeof ( *parser ) );
+
+    parser->top         = parser->stack;
+    parser->object_code = code;
+    parser->object      = object;
+  }
+
+
+  /* read an integer */
+  static FT_Long
+  cff_parse_integer( FT_Byte*  start,
+                     FT_Byte*  limit )
+  {
+    FT_Byte*  p   = start;
+    FT_Int    v   = *p++;
+    FT_Long   val = 0;
+
+
+    if ( v == 28 )
+    {
+      if ( p + 2 > limit )
+        goto Bad;
+
+      val = (FT_Short)( ( (FT_Int)p[0] << 8 ) | p[1] );
+      p  += 2;
+    }
+    else if ( v == 29 )
+    {
+      if ( p + 4 > limit )
+        goto Bad;
+
+      val = ( (FT_Long)p[0] << 24 ) |
+            ( (FT_Long)p[1] << 16 ) |
+            ( (FT_Long)p[2] <<  8 ) |
+                       p[3];
+      p += 4;
+    }
+    else if ( v < 247 )
+    {
+      val = v - 139;
+    }
+    else if ( v < 251 )
+    {
+      if ( p + 1 > limit )
+        goto Bad;
+
+      val = ( v - 247 ) * 256 + p[0] + 108;
+      p++;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      if ( p + 1 > limit )
+        goto Bad;
+
+      val = -( v - 251 ) * 256 - p[0] - 108;
+      p++;
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return val;
+
+  Bad:
+    val = 0;
+    goto Exit;
+  }
+
+
+  static const FT_Long power_tens[] =
+  {
+    1L,
+    10L,
+    100L,
+    1000L,
+    10000L,
+    100000L,
+    1000000L,
+    10000000L,
+    100000000L,
+    1000000000L
+  };
+
+
+  /* read a real */
+  static FT_Fixed
+  cff_parse_real( FT_Byte*  start,
+                  FT_Byte*  limit,
+                  FT_Int    power_ten,
+                  FT_Int*   scaling )
+  {
+    FT_Byte*  p = start;
+    FT_UInt   nib;
+    FT_UInt   phase;
+
+    FT_Long   result, number, rest, exponent;
+    FT_Int    sign = 0, exponent_sign = 0;
+    FT_Int    exponent_add, integer_length, fraction_length;
+
+
+    if ( scaling )
+      *scaling  = 0;
+
+    result = 0;
+
+    number   = 0;
+    rest     = 0;
+    exponent = 0;
+
+    exponent_add    = 0;
+    integer_length  = 0;
+    fraction_length = 0;
+
+    /* First of all, read the integer part. */
+    phase = 4;
+
+    for (;;)
+    {
+      /* If we entered this iteration with phase == 4, we need to */
+      /* read a new byte.  This also skips past the initial 0x1E. */
+      if ( phase )
+      {
+        p++;
+
+        /* Make sure we don't read past the end. */
+        if ( p >= limit )
+          goto Exit;
+      }
+
+      /* Get the nibble. */
+      nib   = ( p[0] >> phase ) & 0xF;
+      phase = 4 - phase;
+
+      if ( nib == 0xE )
+        sign = 1;
+      else if ( nib > 9 )
+        break;
+      else
+      {
+        /* Increase exponent if we can't add the digit. */
+        if ( number >= 0xCCCCCCCL )
+          exponent_add++;
+        /* Skip leading zeros. */
+        else if ( nib || number )
+        {
+          integer_length++;
+          number = number * 10 + nib;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Read fraction part, if any. */
+    if ( nib == 0xa )
+      for (;;)
+      {
+        /* If we entered this iteration with phase == 4, we need */
+        /* to read a new byte.                                   */
+        if ( phase )
+        {
+          p++;
+
+          /* Make sure we don't read past the end. */
+          if ( p >= limit )
+            goto Exit;
+        }
+
+        /* Get the nibble. */
+        nib   = ( p[0] >> phase ) & 0xF;
+        phase = 4 - phase;
+        if ( nib >= 10 )
+          break;
+
+        /* Skip leading zeros if possible. */
+        if ( !nib && !number )
+          exponent_add--;
+        /* Only add digit if we don't overflow. */
+        else if ( number < 0xCCCCCCCL && fraction_length < 9 )
+        {
+          fraction_length++;
+          number = number * 10 + nib;
+        }
+      }
+
+    /* Read exponent, if any. */
+    if ( nib == 12 )
+    {
+      exponent_sign = 1;
+      nib           = 11;
+    }
+
+    if ( nib == 11 )
+    {
+      for (;;)
+      {
+        /* If we entered this iteration with phase == 4, */
+        /* we need to read a new byte.                   */
+        if ( phase )
+        {
+          p++;
+
+          /* Make sure we don't read past the end. */
+          if ( p >= limit )
+            goto Exit;
+        }
+
+        /* Get the nibble. */
+        nib   = ( p[0] >> phase ) & 0xF;
+        phase = 4 - phase;
+        if ( nib >= 10 )
+          break;
+
+        exponent = exponent * 10 + nib;
+
+        /* Arbitrarily limit exponent. */
+        if ( exponent > 1000 )
+          goto Exit;
+      }
+
+      if ( exponent_sign )
+        exponent = -exponent;
+    }
+
+    /* We don't check `power_ten' and `exponent_add'. */
+    exponent += power_ten + exponent_add;
+
+    if ( scaling )
+    {
+      /* Only use `fraction_length'. */
+      fraction_length += integer_length;
+      exponent        += integer_length;
+
+      if ( fraction_length <= 5 )
+      {
+        if ( number > 0x7FFFL )
+        {
+          result   = FT_DivFix( number, 10 );
+          *scaling = exponent - fraction_length + 1;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          if ( exponent > 0 )
+          {
+            FT_Int  new_fraction_length, shift;
+
+
+            /* Make `scaling' as small as possible. */
+            new_fraction_length = FT_MIN( exponent, 5 );
+            exponent           -= new_fraction_length;
+            shift               = new_fraction_length - fraction_length;
+
+            number *= power_tens[shift];
+            if ( number > 0x7FFFL )
+            {
+              number   /= 10;
+              exponent += 1;
+            }
+          }
+          else
+            exponent -= fraction_length;
+
+          result   = number << 16;
+          *scaling = exponent;
+        }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        if ( ( number / power_tens[fraction_length - 5] ) > 0x7FFFL )
+        {
+          result   = FT_DivFix( number, power_tens[fraction_length - 4] );
+          *scaling = exponent - 4;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          result   = FT_DivFix( number, power_tens[fraction_length - 5] );
+          *scaling = exponent - 5;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      integer_length  += exponent;
+      fraction_length -= exponent;
+
+      /* Check for overflow and underflow. */
+      if ( FT_ABS( integer_length ) > 5 )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      /* Remove non-significant digits. */
+      if ( integer_length < 0 ) {
+        number          /= power_tens[-integer_length];
+        fraction_length += integer_length;
+      }
+
+      /* Convert into 16.16 format. */
+      if ( fraction_length > 0 )
+      {
+        if ( ( number / power_tens[fraction_length] ) > 0x7FFFL )
+          goto Exit;
+
+        result = FT_DivFix( number, power_tens[fraction_length] );
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        number *= power_tens[-fraction_length];
+
+        if ( number > 0x7FFFL )
+          goto Exit;
+
+        result = number << 16;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if ( sign )
+      result = -result;
+
+  Exit:
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+  /* read a number, either integer or real */
+  static FT_Long
+  cff_parse_num( FT_Byte**  d )
+  {
+    return **d == 30 ? ( cff_parse_real( d[0], d[1], 0, NULL ) >> 16 )
+                     :   cff_parse_integer( d[0], d[1] );
+  }
+
+
+  /* read a floating point number, either integer or real */
+  static FT_Fixed
+  cff_parse_fixed( FT_Byte**  d )
+  {
+    return **d == 30 ? cff_parse_real( d[0], d[1], 0, NULL )
+                     : cff_parse_integer( d[0], d[1] ) << 16;
+  }
+
+
+  /* read a floating point number, either integer or real, */
+  /* but return `10^scaling' times the number read in      */
+  static FT_Fixed
+  cff_parse_fixed_scaled( FT_Byte**  d,
+                          FT_Int     scaling )
+  {
+    return **d == 30 ? cff_parse_real( d[0], d[1], scaling, NULL )
+                     : ( cff_parse_integer( d[0], d[1] ) *
+                           power_tens[scaling] ) << 16;
+  }
+
+
+  /* read a floating point number, either integer or real,     */
+  /* and return it as precise as possible -- `scaling' returns */
+  /* the scaling factor (as a power of 10)                     */
+  static FT_Fixed
+  cff_parse_fixed_dynamic( FT_Byte**  d,
+                           FT_Int*    scaling )
+  {
+    FT_ASSERT( scaling );
+
+    if ( **d == 30 )
+      return cff_parse_real( d[0], d[1], 0, scaling );
+    else
+    {
+      FT_Long  number;
+      FT_Int   integer_length;
+
+
+      number = cff_parse_integer( d[0], d[1] );
+
+      if ( number > 0x7FFFL )
+      {
+        for ( integer_length = 5; integer_length < 10; integer_length++ )
+          if ( number < power_tens[integer_length] )
+            break;
+
+        if ( ( number / power_tens[integer_length - 5] ) > 0x7FFFL )
+        {
+          *scaling = integer_length - 4;
+          return FT_DivFix( number, power_tens[integer_length - 4] );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          *scaling = integer_length - 5;
+          return FT_DivFix( number, power_tens[integer_length - 5] );
+        }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        *scaling = 0;
+        return number << 16;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  cff_parse_font_matrix( CFF_Parser  parser )
+  {
+    CFF_FontRecDict  dict   = (CFF_FontRecDict)parser->object;
+    FT_Matrix*       matrix = &dict->font_matrix;
+    FT_Vector*       offset = &dict->font_offset;
+    FT_ULong*        upm    = &dict->units_per_em;
+    FT_Byte**        data   = parser->stack;
+    FT_Error         error  = CFF_Err_Stack_Underflow;
+
+
+    if ( parser->top >= parser->stack + 6 )
+    {
+      FT_Int  scaling;
+
+
+      error = CFF_Err_Ok;
+
+      /* We expect a well-formed font matrix, this is, the matrix elements */
+      /* `xx' and `yy' are of approximately the same magnitude.  To avoid  */
+      /* loss of precision, we use the magnitude of element `xx' to scale  */
+      /* all other elements.  The scaling factor is then contained in the  */
+      /* `units_per_em' value.                                             */
+
+      matrix->xx = cff_parse_fixed_dynamic( data++, &scaling );
+
+      scaling = -scaling;
+
+      if ( scaling < 0 || scaling > 9 )
+      {
+        /* Return default matrix in case of unlikely values. */
+        matrix->xx = 0x10000L;
+        matrix->yx = 0;
+        matrix->yx = 0;
+        matrix->yy = 0x10000L;
+        offset->x  = 0;
+        offset->y  = 0;
+        *upm       = 1;
+
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+
+      matrix->yx = cff_parse_fixed_scaled( data++, scaling );
+      matrix->xy = cff_parse_fixed_scaled( data++, scaling );
+      matrix->yy = cff_parse_fixed_scaled( data++, scaling );
+      offset->x  = cff_parse_fixed_scaled( data++, scaling );
+      offset->y  = cff_parse_fixed_scaled( data,   scaling );
+
+      *upm = power_tens[scaling];
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  cff_parse_font_bbox( CFF_Parser  parser )
+  {
+    CFF_FontRecDict  dict = (CFF_FontRecDict)parser->object;
+    FT_BBox*         bbox = &dict->font_bbox;
+    FT_Byte**        data = parser->stack;
+    FT_Error         error;
+
+
+    error = CFF_Err_Stack_Underflow;
+
+    if ( parser->top >= parser->stack + 4 )
+    {
+      bbox->xMin = FT_RoundFix( cff_parse_fixed( data++ ) );
+      bbox->yMin = FT_RoundFix( cff_parse_fixed( data++ ) );
+      bbox->xMax = FT_RoundFix( cff_parse_fixed( data++ ) );
+      bbox->yMax = FT_RoundFix( cff_parse_fixed( data   ) );
+      error = CFF_Err_Ok;
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  cff_parse_private_dict( CFF_Parser  parser )
+  {
+    CFF_FontRecDict  dict = (CFF_FontRecDict)parser->object;
+    FT_Byte**        data = parser->stack;
+    FT_Error         error;
+
+
+    error = CFF_Err_Stack_Underflow;
+
+    if ( parser->top >= parser->stack + 2 )
+    {
+      dict->private_size   = cff_parse_num( data++ );
+      dict->private_offset = cff_parse_num( data   );
+      error = CFF_Err_Ok;
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  cff_parse_cid_ros( CFF_Parser  parser )
+  {
+    CFF_FontRecDict  dict = (CFF_FontRecDict)parser->object;
+    FT_Byte**        data = parser->stack;
+    FT_Error         error;
+
+
+    error = CFF_Err_Stack_Underflow;
+
+    if ( parser->top >= parser->stack + 3 )
+    {
+      dict->cid_registry   = (FT_UInt)cff_parse_num ( data++ );
+      dict->cid_ordering   = (FT_UInt)cff_parse_num ( data++ );
+      dict->cid_supplement = (FT_ULong)cff_parse_num( data );
+      error = CFF_Err_Ok;
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+#define CFF_FIELD_NUM( code, name ) \
+          CFF_FIELD( code, name, cff_kind_num )
+#define CFF_FIELD_FIXED( code, name ) \
+          CFF_FIELD( code, name, cff_kind_fixed )
+#define CFF_FIELD_FIXED_1000( code, name ) \
+          CFF_FIELD( code, name, cff_kind_fixed_thousand )
+#define CFF_FIELD_STRING( code, name ) \
+          CFF_FIELD( code, name, cff_kind_string )
+#define CFF_FIELD_BOOL( code, name ) \
+          CFF_FIELD( code, name, cff_kind_bool )
+#define CFF_FIELD_DELTA( code, name, max ) \
+          CFF_FIELD( code, name, cff_kind_delta )
+
+#define CFF_FIELD_CALLBACK( code, name ) \
+          {                              \
+            cff_kind_callback,           \
+            code | CFFCODE,              \
+            0, 0,                        \
+            cff_parse_ ## name,          \
+            0, 0                         \
+          },
+
+#undef  CFF_FIELD
+#define CFF_FIELD( code, name, kind ) \
+          {                          \
+            kind,                    \
+            code | CFFCODE,          \
+            FT_FIELD_OFFSET( name ), \
+            FT_FIELD_SIZE( name ),   \
+            0, 0, 0                  \
+          },
+
+#undef  CFF_FIELD_DELTA
+#define CFF_FIELD_DELTA( code, name, max ) \
+        {                                  \
+          cff_kind_delta,                  \
+          code | CFFCODE,                  \
+          FT_FIELD_OFFSET( name ),         \
+          FT_FIELD_SIZE_DELTA( name ),     \
+          0,                               \
+          max,                             \
+          FT_FIELD_OFFSET( num_ ## name )  \
+        },
+
+#define CFFCODE_TOPDICT  0x1000
+#define CFFCODE_PRIVATE  0x2000
+
+  static const CFF_Field_Handler  cff_field_handlers[] =
+  {
+
+#include "cfftoken.h"
+
+    { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
+  };
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  cff_parser_run( CFF_Parser  parser,
+                  FT_Byte*    start,
+                  FT_Byte*    limit )
+  {
+    FT_Byte*  p     = start;
+    FT_Error  error = CFF_Err_Ok;
+
+
+    parser->top    = parser->stack;
+    parser->start  = start;
+    parser->limit  = limit;
+    parser->cursor = start;
+
+    while ( p < limit )
+    {
+      FT_UInt  v = *p;
+
+
+      if ( v >= 27 && v != 31 )
+      {
+        /* it's a number; we will push its position on the stack */
+        if ( parser->top - parser->stack >= CFF_MAX_STACK_DEPTH )
+          goto Stack_Overflow;
+
+        *parser->top ++ = p;
+
+        /* now, skip it */
+        if ( v == 30 )
+        {
+          /* skip real number */
+          p++;
+          for (;;)
+          {
+            if ( p >= limit )
+              goto Syntax_Error;
+            v = p[0] >> 4;
+            if ( v == 15 )
+              break;
+            v = p[0] & 0xF;
+            if ( v == 15 )
+              break;
+            p++;
+          }
+        }
+        else if ( v == 28 )
+          p += 2;
+        else if ( v == 29 )
+          p += 4;
+        else if ( v > 246 )
+          p += 1;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* This is not a number, hence it's an operator.  Compute its code */
+        /* and look for it in our current list.                            */
+
+        FT_UInt                   code;
+        FT_UInt                   num_args = (FT_UInt)
+                                             ( parser->top - parser->stack );
+        const CFF_Field_Handler*  field;
+
+
+        *parser->top = p;
+        code = v;
+        if ( v == 12 )
+        {
+          /* two byte operator */
+          p++;
+          if ( p >= limit )
+            goto Syntax_Error;
+
+          code = 0x100 | p[0];
+        }
+        code = code | parser->object_code;
+
+        for ( field = cff_field_handlers; field->kind; field++ )
+        {
+          if ( field->code == (FT_Int)code )
+          {
+            /* we found our field's handler; read it */
+            FT_Long   val;
+            FT_Byte*  q = (FT_Byte*)parser->object + field->offset;
+
+
+            /* check that we have enough arguments -- except for */
+            /* delta encoded arrays, which can be empty          */
+            if ( field->kind != cff_kind_delta && num_args < 1 )
+              goto Stack_Underflow;
+
+            switch ( field->kind )
+            {
+            case cff_kind_bool:
+            case cff_kind_string:
+            case cff_kind_num:
+              val = cff_parse_num( parser->stack );
+              goto Store_Number;
+
+            case cff_kind_fixed:
+              val = cff_parse_fixed( parser->stack );
+              goto Store_Number;
+
+            case cff_kind_fixed_thousand:
+              val = cff_parse_fixed_scaled( parser->stack, 3 );
+
+            Store_Number:
+              switch ( field->size )
+              {
+              case (8 / FT_CHAR_BIT):
+                *(FT_Byte*)q = (FT_Byte)val;
+                break;
+
+              case (16 / FT_CHAR_BIT):
+                *(FT_Short*)q = (FT_Short)val;
+                break;
+
+              case (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT):
+                *(FT_Int32*)q = (FT_Int)val;
+                break;
+
+              default:  /* for 64-bit systems */
+                *(FT_Long*)q = val;
+              }
+              break;
+
+            case cff_kind_delta:
+              {
+                FT_Byte*   qcount = (FT_Byte*)parser->object +
+                                      field->count_offset;
+
+                FT_Byte**  data = parser->stack;
+
+
+                if ( num_args > field->array_max )
+                  num_args = field->array_max;
+
+                /* store count */
+                *qcount = (FT_Byte)num_args;
+
+                val = 0;
+                while ( num_args > 0 )
+                {
+                  val += cff_parse_num( data++ );
+                  switch ( field->size )
+                  {
+                  case (8 / FT_CHAR_BIT):
+                    *(FT_Byte*)q = (FT_Byte)val;
+                    break;
+
+                  case (16 / FT_CHAR_BIT):
+                    *(FT_Short*)q = (FT_Short)val;
+                    break;
+
+                  case (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT):
+                    *(FT_Int32*)q = (FT_Int)val;
+                    break;
+
+                  default:  /* for 64-bit systems */
+                    *(FT_Long*)q = val;
+                  }
+
+                  q += field->size;
+                  num_args--;
+                }
+              }
+              break;
+
+            default:  /* callback */
+              error = field->reader( parser );
+              if ( error )
+                goto Exit;
+            }
+            goto Found;
+          }
+        }
+
+        /* this is an unknown operator, or it is unsupported; */
+        /* we will ignore it for now.                         */
+
+      Found:
+        /* clear stack */
+        parser->top = parser->stack;
+      }
+      p++;
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+
+  Stack_Overflow:
+    error = CFF_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+    goto Exit;
+
+  Stack_Underflow:
+    error = CFF_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+    goto Exit;
+
+  Syntax_Error:
+    error = CFF_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+    goto Exit;
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffparse.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffparse.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8f3fa588
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cffparse.h
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  cffparse.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    CFF token stream parser (specification)                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003 by                                     */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __CFF_PARSE_H__
+#define __CFF_PARSE_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include "cfftypes.h"
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+#define CFF_MAX_STACK_DEPTH  96
+
+#define CFF_CODE_TOPDICT  0x1000
+#define CFF_CODE_PRIVATE  0x2000
+
+
+  typedef struct  CFF_ParserRec_
+  {
+    FT_Byte*   start;
+    FT_Byte*   limit;
+    FT_Byte*   cursor;
+
+    FT_Byte*   stack[CFF_MAX_STACK_DEPTH + 1];
+    FT_Byte**  top;
+
+    FT_UInt    object_code;
+    void*      object;
+
+  } CFF_ParserRec, *CFF_Parser;
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  cff_parser_init( CFF_Parser  parser,
+                   FT_UInt     code,
+                   void*       object );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  cff_parser_run( CFF_Parser  parser,
+                  FT_Byte*    start,
+                  FT_Byte*    limit );
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+
+#endif /* __CFF_PARSE_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cfftoken.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cfftoken.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6bb27d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cfftoken.h
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  cfftoken.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    CFF token definitions (specification only).                          */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003 by                                     */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
+#define FT_STRUCTURE  CFF_FontRecDictRec
+
+#undef  CFFCODE
+#define CFFCODE       CFFCODE_TOPDICT
+
+  CFF_FIELD_STRING  ( 0,     version )
+  CFF_FIELD_STRING  ( 1,     notice )
+  CFF_FIELD_STRING  ( 0x100, copyright )
+  CFF_FIELD_STRING  ( 2,     full_name )
+  CFF_FIELD_STRING  ( 3,     family_name )
+  CFF_FIELD_STRING  ( 4,     weight )
+  CFF_FIELD_BOOL    ( 0x101, is_fixed_pitch )
+  CFF_FIELD_FIXED   ( 0x102, italic_angle )
+  CFF_FIELD_FIXED   ( 0x103, underline_position )
+  CFF_FIELD_FIXED   ( 0x104, underline_thickness )
+  CFF_FIELD_NUM     ( 0x105, paint_type )
+  CFF_FIELD_NUM     ( 0x106, charstring_type )
+  CFF_FIELD_CALLBACK( 0x107, font_matrix )
+  CFF_FIELD_NUM     ( 13,    unique_id )
+  CFF_FIELD_CALLBACK( 5,     font_bbox )
+  CFF_FIELD_NUM     ( 0x108, stroke_width )
+  CFF_FIELD_NUM     ( 15,    charset_offset )
+  CFF_FIELD_NUM     ( 16,    encoding_offset )
+  CFF_FIELD_NUM     ( 17,    charstrings_offset )
+  CFF_FIELD_CALLBACK( 18,    private_dict )
+  CFF_FIELD_NUM     ( 0x114, synthetic_base )
+  CFF_FIELD_STRING  ( 0x115, embedded_postscript )
+
+#if 0
+  CFF_FIELD_STRING  ( 0x116, base_font_name )
+  CFF_FIELD_DELTA   ( 0x117, base_font_blend, 16 )
+  CFF_FIELD_CALLBACK( 0x118, multiple_master )
+  CFF_FIELD_CALLBACK( 0x119, blend_axis_types )
+#endif
+
+  CFF_FIELD_CALLBACK( 0x11E, cid_ros )
+  CFF_FIELD_NUM     ( 0x11F, cid_font_version )
+  CFF_FIELD_NUM     ( 0x120, cid_font_revision )
+  CFF_FIELD_NUM     ( 0x121, cid_font_type )
+  CFF_FIELD_NUM     ( 0x122, cid_count )
+  CFF_FIELD_NUM     ( 0x123, cid_uid_base )
+  CFF_FIELD_NUM     ( 0x124, cid_fd_array_offset )
+  CFF_FIELD_NUM     ( 0x125, cid_fd_select_offset )
+  CFF_FIELD_STRING  ( 0x126, cid_font_name )
+
+#if 0
+  CFF_FIELD_NUM     ( 0x127, chameleon )
+#endif
+
+
+#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
+#define FT_STRUCTURE  CFF_PrivateRec
+#undef  CFFCODE
+#define CFFCODE       CFFCODE_PRIVATE
+
+  CFF_FIELD_DELTA     ( 6,     blue_values, 14 )
+  CFF_FIELD_DELTA     ( 7,     other_blues, 10 )
+  CFF_FIELD_DELTA     ( 8,     family_blues, 14 )
+  CFF_FIELD_DELTA     ( 9,     family_other_blues, 10 )
+  CFF_FIELD_FIXED_1000( 0x109, blue_scale )
+  CFF_FIELD_NUM       ( 0x10A, blue_shift )
+  CFF_FIELD_NUM       ( 0x10B, blue_fuzz )
+  CFF_FIELD_NUM       ( 10,    standard_width )
+  CFF_FIELD_NUM       ( 11,    standard_height )
+  CFF_FIELD_DELTA     ( 0x10C, snap_widths, 13 )
+  CFF_FIELD_DELTA     ( 0x10D, snap_heights, 13 )
+  CFF_FIELD_BOOL      ( 0x10E, force_bold )
+  CFF_FIELD_FIXED     ( 0x10F, force_bold_threshold )
+  CFF_FIELD_NUM       ( 0x110, lenIV )
+  CFF_FIELD_NUM       ( 0x111, language_group )
+  CFF_FIELD_FIXED     ( 0x112, expansion_factor )
+  CFF_FIELD_NUM       ( 0x113, initial_random_seed )
+  CFF_FIELD_NUM       ( 19,    local_subrs_offset )
+  CFF_FIELD_NUM       ( 20,    default_width )
+  CFF_FIELD_NUM       ( 21,    nominal_width )
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cfftypes.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cfftypes.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..546ea3b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/cfftypes.h
@@ -0,0 +1,274 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  cfftypes.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Basic OpenType/CFF type definitions and interface (specification     */
+/*    only).                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2006, 2007, 2008 by                   */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __CFFTYPES_H__
+#define __CFFTYPES_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+#include FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    CFF_IndexRec                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A structure used to model a CFF Index table.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    stream      :: The source input stream.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    start       :: The position of the first index byte in the         */
+  /*                   input stream.                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    count       :: The number of elements in the index.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    off_size    :: The size in bytes of object offsets in index.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    data_offset :: The position of first data byte in the index's      */
+  /*                   bytes.                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    data_size   :: The size of the data table in this index.           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    offsets     :: A table of element offsets in the index.  Must be   */
+  /*                   loaded explicitly.                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    bytes       :: If the index is loaded in memory, its bytes.        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  CFF_IndexRec_
+  {
+    FT_Stream  stream;
+    FT_ULong   start;
+    FT_UInt    count;
+    FT_Byte    off_size;
+    FT_ULong   data_offset;
+    FT_ULong   data_size;
+
+    FT_ULong*  offsets;
+    FT_Byte*   bytes;
+
+  } CFF_IndexRec, *CFF_Index;
+
+
+  typedef struct  CFF_EncodingRec_
+  {
+    FT_UInt     format;
+    FT_ULong    offset;
+
+    FT_UInt     count;
+    FT_UShort   sids [256];  /* avoid dynamic allocations */
+    FT_UShort   codes[256];
+
+  } CFF_EncodingRec, *CFF_Encoding;
+
+
+  typedef struct  CFF_CharsetRec_
+  {
+
+    FT_UInt     format;
+    FT_ULong    offset;
+
+    FT_UShort*  sids;
+    FT_UShort*  cids;       /* the inverse mapping of `sids'; only needed */
+                            /* for CID-keyed fonts                        */
+    FT_UInt     max_cid;
+    FT_UInt     num_glyphs;
+
+  } CFF_CharsetRec, *CFF_Charset;
+
+
+  typedef struct  CFF_FontRecDictRec_
+  {
+    FT_UInt    version;
+    FT_UInt    notice;
+    FT_UInt    copyright;
+    FT_UInt    full_name;
+    FT_UInt    family_name;
+    FT_UInt    weight;
+    FT_Bool    is_fixed_pitch;
+    FT_Fixed   italic_angle;
+    FT_Fixed   underline_position;
+    FT_Fixed   underline_thickness;
+    FT_Int     paint_type;
+    FT_Int     charstring_type;
+    FT_Matrix  font_matrix;
+    FT_ULong   units_per_em;  /* temporarily used as scaling value also */
+    FT_Vector  font_offset;
+    FT_ULong   unique_id;
+    FT_BBox    font_bbox;
+    FT_Pos     stroke_width;
+    FT_ULong   charset_offset;
+    FT_ULong   encoding_offset;
+    FT_ULong   charstrings_offset;
+    FT_ULong   private_offset;
+    FT_ULong   private_size;
+    FT_Long    synthetic_base;
+    FT_UInt    embedded_postscript;
+
+    /* these should only be used for the top-level font dictionary */
+    FT_UInt    cid_registry;
+    FT_UInt    cid_ordering;
+    FT_ULong   cid_supplement;
+
+    FT_Long    cid_font_version;
+    FT_Long    cid_font_revision;
+    FT_Long    cid_font_type;
+    FT_ULong   cid_count;
+    FT_ULong   cid_uid_base;
+    FT_ULong   cid_fd_array_offset;
+    FT_ULong   cid_fd_select_offset;
+    FT_UInt    cid_font_name;
+
+  } CFF_FontRecDictRec, *CFF_FontRecDict;
+
+
+  typedef struct  CFF_PrivateRec_
+  {
+    FT_Byte   num_blue_values;
+    FT_Byte   num_other_blues;
+    FT_Byte   num_family_blues;
+    FT_Byte   num_family_other_blues;
+
+    FT_Pos    blue_values[14];
+    FT_Pos    other_blues[10];
+    FT_Pos    family_blues[14];
+    FT_Pos    family_other_blues[10];
+
+    FT_Fixed  blue_scale;
+    FT_Pos    blue_shift;
+    FT_Pos    blue_fuzz;
+    FT_Pos    standard_width;
+    FT_Pos    standard_height;
+
+    FT_Byte   num_snap_widths;
+    FT_Byte   num_snap_heights;
+    FT_Pos    snap_widths[13];
+    FT_Pos    snap_heights[13];
+    FT_Bool   force_bold;
+    FT_Fixed  force_bold_threshold;
+    FT_Int    lenIV;
+    FT_Int    language_group;
+    FT_Fixed  expansion_factor;
+    FT_Long   initial_random_seed;
+    FT_ULong  local_subrs_offset;
+    FT_Pos    default_width;
+    FT_Pos    nominal_width;
+
+  } CFF_PrivateRec, *CFF_Private;
+
+
+  typedef struct  CFF_FDSelectRec_
+  {
+    FT_Byte   format;
+    FT_UInt   range_count;
+
+    /* that's the table, taken from the file `as is' */
+    FT_Byte*  data;
+    FT_UInt   data_size;
+
+    /* small cache for format 3 only */
+    FT_UInt   cache_first;
+    FT_UInt   cache_count;
+    FT_Byte   cache_fd;
+
+  } CFF_FDSelectRec, *CFF_FDSelect;
+
+
+  /* A SubFont packs a font dict and a private dict together.  They are */
+  /* needed to support CID-keyed CFF fonts.                             */
+  typedef struct  CFF_SubFontRec_
+  {
+    CFF_FontRecDictRec  font_dict;
+    CFF_PrivateRec      private_dict;
+
+    CFF_IndexRec        local_subrs_index;
+    FT_UInt             num_local_subrs;
+    FT_Byte**           local_subrs;
+
+  } CFF_SubFontRec, *CFF_SubFont;
+
+
+  /* maximum number of sub-fonts in a CID-keyed file */
+#define CFF_MAX_CID_FONTS  32
+
+
+  typedef struct  CFF_FontRec_
+  {
+    FT_Stream        stream;
+    FT_Memory        memory;
+    FT_UInt          num_faces;
+    FT_UInt          num_glyphs;
+
+    FT_Byte          version_major;
+    FT_Byte          version_minor;
+    FT_Byte          header_size;
+    FT_Byte          absolute_offsize;
+
+
+    CFF_IndexRec     name_index;
+    CFF_IndexRec     top_dict_index;
+    CFF_IndexRec     string_index;
+    CFF_IndexRec     global_subrs_index;
+
+    CFF_EncodingRec  encoding;
+    CFF_CharsetRec   charset;
+
+    CFF_IndexRec     charstrings_index;
+    CFF_IndexRec     font_dict_index;
+    CFF_IndexRec     private_index;
+    CFF_IndexRec     local_subrs_index;
+
+    FT_String*       font_name;
+    FT_UInt          num_global_subrs;
+    FT_Byte**        global_subrs;
+
+    CFF_SubFontRec   top_font;
+    FT_UInt          num_subfonts;
+    CFF_SubFont      subfonts[CFF_MAX_CID_FONTS];
+
+    CFF_FDSelectRec  fd_select;
+
+    /* interface to PostScript hinter */
+    void*            pshinter;
+
+    /* interface to Postscript Names service */
+    void*            psnames;
+
+    /* since version 2.3.0 */
+    PS_FontInfoRec*  font_info;   /* font info dictionary */
+
+    /* since version 2.3.6 */
+    FT_String*       registry;
+    FT_String*       ordering;
+      
+  } CFF_FontRec, *CFF_Font;
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __CFFTYPES_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/module.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/module.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ef1391c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/module.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 CFF module definition
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2006 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+FTMODULE_H_COMMANDS += CFF_DRIVER
+
+define CFF_DRIVER
+$(OPEN_DRIVER) FT_Driver_ClassRec, cff_driver_class $(CLOSE_DRIVER)
+$(ECHO_DRIVER)cff       $(ECHO_DRIVER_DESC)OpenType fonts with extension *.otf$(ECHO_DRIVER_DONE)
+endef
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/rules.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/rules.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4100c80
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cff/rules.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 OpenType/CFF driver configuration rules
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2001, 2003 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+# OpenType driver directory
+#
+CFF_DIR := $(SRC_DIR)/cff
+
+
+CFF_COMPILE := $(FT_COMPILE) $I$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$(CFF_DIR))
+
+
+# CFF driver sources (i.e., C files)
+#
+CFF_DRV_SRC := $(CFF_DIR)/cffobjs.c  \
+               $(CFF_DIR)/cffload.c  \
+               $(CFF_DIR)/cffgload.c \
+               $(CFF_DIR)/cffparse.c \
+               $(CFF_DIR)/cffcmap.c  \
+               $(CFF_DIR)/cffdrivr.c
+
+# CFF driver headers
+#
+CFF_DRV_H := $(CFF_DRV_SRC:%.c=%.h) \
+             $(CFF_DIR)/cfftoken.h  \
+             $(CFF_DIR)/cfftypes.h  \
+             $(CFF_DIR)/cfferrs.h
+
+
+# CFF driver object(s)
+#
+#   CFF_DRV_OBJ_M is used during `multi' builds
+#   CFF_DRV_OBJ_S is used during `single' builds
+#
+CFF_DRV_OBJ_M := $(CFF_DRV_SRC:$(CFF_DIR)/%.c=$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O)
+CFF_DRV_OBJ_S := $(OBJ_DIR)/cff.$O
+
+# CFF driver source file for single build
+#
+CFF_DRV_SRC_S := $(CFF_DIR)/cff.c
+
+
+# CFF driver - single object
+#
+$(CFF_DRV_OBJ_S): $(CFF_DRV_SRC_S) $(CFF_DRV_SRC) $(FREETYPE_H) $(CFF_DRV_H)
+	$(CFF_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $(CFF_DRV_SRC_S))
+
+
+# CFF driver - multiple objects
+#
+$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O: $(CFF_DIR)/%.c $(FREETYPE_H) $(CFF_DRV_H)
+	$(CFF_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $<)
+
+
+# update main driver object lists
+#
+DRV_OBJS_S += $(CFF_DRV_OBJ_S)
+DRV_OBJS_M += $(CFF_DRV_OBJ_M)
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/Jamfile b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/Jamfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ebeaed5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/Jamfile
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+# FreeType 2 src/cid Jamfile
+#
+# Copyright 2001 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+SubDir  FT2_TOP $(FT2_SRC_DIR) cid ;
+
+{
+  local  _sources ;
+
+  if $(FT2_MULTI)
+  {
+    _sources = cidobjs cidload cidgload cidriver cidparse ;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    _sources = type1cid ;
+  }
+
+  Library  $(FT2_LIB) : $(_sources).c ;
+}
+
+# end of src/cid Jamfile
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/ciderrs.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/ciderrs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..01813e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/ciderrs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ciderrs.h                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    CID error codes (specification only).                                */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2001 by                                                      */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This file is used to define the CID error enumeration constants.      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef __CIDERRS_H__
+#define __CIDERRS_H__
+
+#include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
+
+#undef __FTERRORS_H__
+
+#define FT_ERR_PREFIX  CID_Err_
+#define FT_ERR_BASE    FT_Mod_Err_CID
+
+#include FT_ERRORS_H
+
+#endif /* __CIDERRS_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidgload.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidgload.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..64994b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidgload.c
@@ -0,0 +1,433 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  cidgload.c                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    CID-keyed Type1 Glyph Loader (body).                                 */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by             */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include "cidload.h"
+#include "cidgload.h"
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
+#include FT_OUTLINE_H
+
+#include "ciderrs.h"
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_cidgload
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  cid_load_glyph( T1_Decoder  decoder,
+                  FT_UInt     glyph_index )
+  {
+    CID_Face       face = (CID_Face)decoder->builder.face;
+    CID_FaceInfo   cid  = &face->cid;
+    FT_Byte*       p;
+    FT_UInt        fd_select;
+    FT_Stream      stream       = face->cid_stream;
+    FT_Error       error        = CID_Err_Ok;
+    FT_Byte*       charstring   = 0;
+    FT_Memory      memory       = face->root.memory;
+    FT_ULong       glyph_length = 0;
+    PSAux_Service  psaux        = (PSAux_Service)face->psaux;
+
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
+
+    /* For incremental fonts get the character data using */
+    /* the callback function.                             */
+    if ( face->root.internal->incremental_interface )
+    {
+      FT_Data  glyph_data;
+
+
+      error = face->root.internal->incremental_interface->funcs->get_glyph_data(
+                face->root.internal->incremental_interface->object,
+                glyph_index,
+                &glyph_data );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      p         = (FT_Byte*)glyph_data.pointer;
+      fd_select = (FT_UInt)cid_get_offset( &p, (FT_Byte)cid->fd_bytes );
+
+      if ( glyph_data.length != 0 )
+      {
+        glyph_length = glyph_data.length - cid->fd_bytes;
+        (void)FT_ALLOC( charstring, glyph_length );
+        if ( !error )
+          ft_memcpy( charstring, glyph_data.pointer + cid->fd_bytes,
+                     glyph_length );
+      }
+
+      face->root.internal->incremental_interface->funcs->free_glyph_data(
+                face->root.internal->incremental_interface->object,
+                &glyph_data );
+
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    else
+
+#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL */
+
+    /* For ordinary fonts read the CID font dictionary index */
+    /* and charstring offset from the CIDMap.                */
+    {
+      FT_UInt   entry_len = cid->fd_bytes + cid->gd_bytes;
+      FT_ULong  off1;
+
+
+      if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( cid->data_offset + cid->cidmap_offset +
+                           glyph_index * entry_len )               ||
+           FT_FRAME_ENTER( 2 * entry_len )                         )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      p            = (FT_Byte*)stream->cursor;
+      fd_select    = (FT_UInt) cid_get_offset( &p, (FT_Byte)cid->fd_bytes );
+      off1         = (FT_ULong)cid_get_offset( &p, (FT_Byte)cid->gd_bytes );
+      p           += cid->fd_bytes;
+      glyph_length = cid_get_offset( &p, (FT_Byte)cid->gd_bytes ) - off1;
+      FT_FRAME_EXIT();
+
+      if ( fd_select >= (FT_UInt)cid->num_dicts )
+      {
+        error = CID_Err_Invalid_Offset;
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+      if ( glyph_length == 0 )
+        goto Exit;
+      if ( FT_ALLOC( charstring, glyph_length ) )
+        goto Exit;
+      if ( FT_STREAM_READ_AT( cid->data_offset + off1,
+                              charstring, glyph_length ) )
+        goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* Now set up the subrs array and parse the charstrings. */
+    {
+      CID_FaceDict  dict;
+      CID_Subrs     cid_subrs = face->subrs + fd_select;
+      FT_Int        cs_offset;
+
+
+      /* Set up subrs */
+      decoder->num_subrs = cid_subrs->num_subrs;
+      decoder->subrs     = cid_subrs->code;
+      decoder->subrs_len = 0;
+
+      /* Set up font matrix */
+      dict                 = cid->font_dicts + fd_select;
+
+      decoder->font_matrix = dict->font_matrix;
+      decoder->font_offset = dict->font_offset;
+      decoder->lenIV       = dict->private_dict.lenIV;
+
+      /* Decode the charstring. */
+
+      /* Adjustment for seed bytes. */
+      cs_offset = ( decoder->lenIV >= 0 ? decoder->lenIV : 0 );
+
+      /* Decrypt only if lenIV >= 0. */
+      if ( decoder->lenIV >= 0 )
+        psaux->t1_decrypt( charstring, glyph_length, 4330 );
+
+      error = decoder->funcs.parse_charstrings(
+                decoder, charstring + cs_offset,
+                (FT_Int)glyph_length - cs_offset );
+    }
+
+    FT_FREE( charstring );
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
+
+    /* Incremental fonts can optionally override the metrics. */
+    if ( !error                                                              &&
+         face->root.internal->incremental_interface                          &&
+         face->root.internal->incremental_interface->funcs->get_glyph_metrics )
+    {
+      FT_Incremental_MetricsRec  metrics;
+
+
+      metrics.bearing_x = decoder->builder.left_bearing.x;
+      metrics.bearing_y = decoder->builder.left_bearing.y;
+      metrics.advance   = decoder->builder.advance.x;
+      error = face->root.internal->incremental_interface->funcs->get_glyph_metrics(
+                face->root.internal->incremental_interface->object,
+                glyph_index, FALSE, &metrics );
+      decoder->builder.left_bearing.x = metrics.bearing_x;
+      decoder->builder.left_bearing.y = metrics.bearing_y;
+      decoder->builder.advance.x      = metrics.advance;
+      decoder->builder.advance.y      = 0;
+    }
+
+#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL */
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+#if 0
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /**********                                                      *********/
+  /**********                                                      *********/
+  /**********            COMPUTE THE MAXIMUM ADVANCE WIDTH         *********/
+  /**********                                                      *********/
+  /**********    The following code is in charge of computing      *********/
+  /**********    the maximum advance width of the font.  It        *********/
+  /**********    quickly processes each glyph charstring to        *********/
+  /**********    extract the value from either a `sbw' or `seac'   *********/
+  /**********    operator.                                         *********/
+  /**********                                                      *********/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  cid_face_compute_max_advance( CID_Face  face,
+                                FT_Int*   max_advance )
+  {
+    FT_Error       error;
+    T1_DecoderRec  decoder;
+    FT_Int         glyph_index;
+
+    PSAux_Service  psaux = (PSAux_Service)face->psaux;
+
+
+    *max_advance = 0;
+
+    /* Initialize load decoder */
+    error = psaux->t1_decoder_funcs->init( &decoder,
+                                           (FT_Face)face,
+                                           0, /* size       */
+                                           0, /* glyph slot */
+                                           0, /* glyph names! XXX */
+                                           0, /* blend == 0 */
+                                           0, /* hinting == 0 */
+                                           cid_load_glyph );
+    if ( error )
+      return error;
+
+    /* TODO: initialize decoder.len_buildchar and decoder.buildchar */
+    /*       if we ever support CID-keyed multiple master fonts     */
+
+    decoder.builder.metrics_only = 1;
+    decoder.builder.load_points  = 0;
+
+    /* for each glyph, parse the glyph charstring and extract */
+    /* the advance width                                      */
+    for ( glyph_index = 0; glyph_index < face->root.num_glyphs;
+          glyph_index++ )
+    {
+      /* now get load the unscaled outline */
+      error = cid_load_glyph( &decoder, glyph_index );
+      /* ignore the error if one occurred - skip to next glyph */
+    }
+
+    *max_advance = decoder.builder.advance.x;
+
+    psaux->t1_decoder_funcs->done( &decoder );
+
+    return CID_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+#endif /* 0 */
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  cid_slot_load_glyph( FT_GlyphSlot  cidglyph,      /* CID_GlyphSlot */
+                       FT_Size       cidsize,       /* CID_Size      */
+                       FT_UInt       glyph_index,
+                       FT_Int32      load_flags )
+  {
+    CID_GlyphSlot  glyph = (CID_GlyphSlot)cidglyph;
+    CID_Size       size  = (CID_Size)cidsize;
+    FT_Error       error;
+    T1_DecoderRec  decoder;
+    CID_Face       face = (CID_Face)cidglyph->face;
+    FT_Bool        hinting;
+
+    PSAux_Service  psaux = (PSAux_Service)face->psaux;
+    FT_Matrix      font_matrix;
+    FT_Vector      font_offset;
+
+
+    if ( glyph_index >= (FT_UInt)face->root.num_glyphs )
+    {
+      error = CID_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    if ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE )
+      load_flags |= FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE | FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING;
+
+    glyph->x_scale = cidsize->metrics.x_scale;
+    glyph->y_scale = cidsize->metrics.y_scale;
+
+    cidglyph->outline.n_points   = 0;
+    cidglyph->outline.n_contours = 0;
+
+    hinting = FT_BOOL( ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE   ) == 0 &&
+                       ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING ) == 0 );
+
+    cidglyph->format = FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE;
+
+    error = psaux->t1_decoder_funcs->init( &decoder,
+                                           cidglyph->face,
+                                           cidsize,
+                                           cidglyph,
+                                           0, /* glyph names -- XXX */
+                                           0, /* blend == 0 */
+                                           hinting,
+                                           FT_LOAD_TARGET_MODE( load_flags ),
+                                           cid_load_glyph );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* TODO: initialize decoder.len_buildchar and decoder.buildchar */
+    /*       if we ever support CID-keyed multiple master fonts     */
+
+    /* set up the decoder */
+    decoder.builder.no_recurse = FT_BOOL(
+      ( ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE ) != 0 ) );
+
+    error = cid_load_glyph( &decoder, glyph_index );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    font_matrix = decoder.font_matrix;
+    font_offset = decoder.font_offset;
+
+    /* save new glyph tables */
+    psaux->t1_decoder_funcs->done( &decoder );
+
+    /* now set the metrics -- this is rather simple, as    */
+    /* the left side bearing is the xMin, and the top side */
+    /* bearing the yMax                                    */
+    cidglyph->outline.flags &= FT_OUTLINE_OWNER;
+    cidglyph->outline.flags |= FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL;
+
+    /* for composite glyphs, return only left side bearing and */
+    /* advance width                                           */
+    if ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE )
+    {
+      FT_Slot_Internal  internal = cidglyph->internal;
+
+
+      cidglyph->metrics.horiBearingX = decoder.builder.left_bearing.x;
+      cidglyph->metrics.horiAdvance  = decoder.builder.advance.x;
+
+      internal->glyph_matrix      = font_matrix;
+      internal->glyph_delta       = font_offset;
+      internal->glyph_transformed = 1;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      FT_BBox            cbox;
+      FT_Glyph_Metrics*  metrics = &cidglyph->metrics;
+      FT_Vector          advance;
+
+
+      /* copy the _unscaled_ advance width */
+      metrics->horiAdvance                  = decoder.builder.advance.x;
+      cidglyph->linearHoriAdvance           = decoder.builder.advance.x;
+      cidglyph->internal->glyph_transformed = 0;
+
+      /* make up vertical ones */
+      metrics->vertAdvance        = ( face->cid.font_bbox.yMax -
+                                      face->cid.font_bbox.yMin ) >> 16;
+      cidglyph->linearVertAdvance = metrics->vertAdvance;
+
+      cidglyph->format            = FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE;
+
+      if ( size && cidsize->metrics.y_ppem < 24 )
+        cidglyph->outline.flags |= FT_OUTLINE_HIGH_PRECISION;
+
+      /* apply the font matrix */
+      FT_Outline_Transform( &cidglyph->outline, &font_matrix );
+
+      FT_Outline_Translate( &cidglyph->outline,
+                            font_offset.x,
+                            font_offset.y );
+
+      advance.x = metrics->horiAdvance;
+      advance.y = 0;
+      FT_Vector_Transform( &advance, &font_matrix );
+      metrics->horiAdvance = advance.x + font_offset.x;
+
+      advance.x = 0;
+      advance.y = metrics->vertAdvance;
+      FT_Vector_Transform( &advance, &font_matrix );
+      metrics->vertAdvance = advance.y + font_offset.y;
+
+      if ( ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE ) == 0 )
+      {
+        /* scale the outline and the metrics */
+        FT_Int       n;
+        FT_Outline*  cur = decoder.builder.base;
+        FT_Vector*   vec = cur->points;
+        FT_Fixed     x_scale = glyph->x_scale;
+        FT_Fixed     y_scale = glyph->y_scale;
+
+
+        /* First of all, scale the points */
+        if ( !hinting || !decoder.builder.hints_funcs )
+          for ( n = cur->n_points; n > 0; n--, vec++ )
+          {
+            vec->x = FT_MulFix( vec->x, x_scale );
+            vec->y = FT_MulFix( vec->y, y_scale );
+          }
+
+        /* Then scale the metrics */
+        metrics->horiAdvance = FT_MulFix( metrics->horiAdvance, x_scale );
+        metrics->vertAdvance = FT_MulFix( metrics->vertAdvance, y_scale );
+      }
+
+      /* compute the other metrics */
+      FT_Outline_Get_CBox( &cidglyph->outline, &cbox );
+
+      metrics->width  = cbox.xMax - cbox.xMin;
+      metrics->height = cbox.yMax - cbox.yMin;
+
+      metrics->horiBearingX = cbox.xMin;
+      metrics->horiBearingY = cbox.yMax;
+
+      /* make up vertical ones */
+      ft_synthesize_vertical_metrics( metrics,
+                                      metrics->vertAdvance );
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidgload.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidgload.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a0a91bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidgload.h
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  cidgload.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    OpenType Glyph Loader (specification).                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2004 by                                     */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __CIDGLOAD_H__
+#define __CIDGLOAD_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include "cidobjs.h"
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+#if 0
+
+  /* Compute the maximum advance width of a font through quick parsing */
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  cid_face_compute_max_advance( CID_Face  face,
+                                FT_Int*   max_advance );
+
+#endif /* 0 */
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  cid_slot_load_glyph( FT_GlyphSlot  glyph,         /* CID_Glyph_Slot */
+                       FT_Size       size,          /* CID_Size       */
+                       FT_UInt       glyph_index,
+                       FT_Int32      load_flags );
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __CIDGLOAD_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidload.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidload.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a43a00e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidload.c
@@ -0,0 +1,672 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  cidload.c                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    CID-keyed Type1 font loader (body).                                  */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2009 by             */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+#include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
+#include FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_TYPE1_TYPES_H
+
+#include "cidload.h"
+
+#include "ciderrs.h"
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_cidload
+
+
+  /* read a single offset */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Long )
+  cid_get_offset( FT_Byte*  *start,
+                  FT_Byte    offsize )
+  {
+    FT_Long   result;
+    FT_Byte*  p = *start;
+
+
+    for ( result = 0; offsize > 0; offsize-- )
+    {
+      result <<= 8;
+      result  |= *p++;
+    }
+
+    *start = p;
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                    TYPE 1 SYMBOL PARSING                      *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  cid_load_keyword( CID_Face        face,
+                    CID_Loader*     loader,
+                    const T1_Field  keyword )
+  {
+    FT_Error      error;
+    CID_Parser*   parser = &loader->parser;
+    FT_Byte*      object;
+    void*         dummy_object;
+    CID_FaceInfo  cid = &face->cid;
+
+
+    /* if the keyword has a dedicated callback, call it */
+    if ( keyword->type == T1_FIELD_TYPE_CALLBACK )
+    {
+      keyword->reader( (FT_Face)face, parser );
+      error = parser->root.error;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* we must now compute the address of our target object */
+    switch ( keyword->location )
+    {
+    case T1_FIELD_LOCATION_CID_INFO:
+      object = (FT_Byte*)cid;
+      break;
+
+    case T1_FIELD_LOCATION_FONT_INFO:
+      object = (FT_Byte*)&cid->font_info;
+      break;
+
+    case T1_FIELD_LOCATION_FONT_EXTRA:
+      object = (FT_Byte*)&face->font_extra;
+      break;
+
+    case T1_FIELD_LOCATION_BBOX:
+      object = (FT_Byte*)&cid->font_bbox;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      {
+        CID_FaceDict  dict;
+
+
+        if ( parser->num_dict < 0 )
+        {
+          FT_ERROR(( "cid_load_keyword: invalid use of `%s'!\n",
+                     keyword->ident ));
+          error = CID_Err_Syntax_Error;
+          goto Exit;
+        }
+
+        dict = cid->font_dicts + parser->num_dict;
+        switch ( keyword->location )
+        {
+        case T1_FIELD_LOCATION_PRIVATE:
+          object = (FT_Byte*)&dict->private_dict;
+          break;
+
+        default:
+          object = (FT_Byte*)dict;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    dummy_object = object;
+
+    /* now, load the keyword data in the object's field(s) */
+    if ( keyword->type == T1_FIELD_TYPE_INTEGER_ARRAY ||
+         keyword->type == T1_FIELD_TYPE_FIXED_ARRAY   )
+      error = cid_parser_load_field_table( &loader->parser, keyword,
+                                           &dummy_object );
+    else
+      error = cid_parser_load_field( &loader->parser,
+                                     keyword, &dummy_object );
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  parse_font_matrix( CID_Face     face,
+                     CID_Parser*  parser )
+  {
+    FT_Matrix*    matrix;
+    FT_Vector*    offset;
+    CID_FaceDict  dict;
+    FT_Face       root = (FT_Face)&face->root;
+    FT_Fixed      temp[6];
+    FT_Fixed      temp_scale;
+
+
+    if ( parser->num_dict >= 0 )
+    {
+      dict   = face->cid.font_dicts + parser->num_dict;
+      matrix = &dict->font_matrix;
+      offset = &dict->font_offset;
+
+      (void)cid_parser_to_fixed_array( parser, 6, temp, 3 );
+
+      temp_scale = FT_ABS( temp[3] );
+
+      /* Set units per EM based on FontMatrix values.  We set the value to */
+      /* `1000/temp_scale', because temp_scale was already multiplied by   */
+      /* 1000 (in `t1_tofixed', from psobjs.c).                            */
+      root->units_per_EM = (FT_UShort)( FT_DivFix( 0x10000L,
+                                        FT_DivFix( temp_scale, 1000 ) ) );
+
+      /* we need to scale the values by 1.0/temp[3] */
+      if ( temp_scale != 0x10000L )
+      {
+        temp[0] = FT_DivFix( temp[0], temp_scale );
+        temp[1] = FT_DivFix( temp[1], temp_scale );
+        temp[2] = FT_DivFix( temp[2], temp_scale );
+        temp[4] = FT_DivFix( temp[4], temp_scale );
+        temp[5] = FT_DivFix( temp[5], temp_scale );
+        temp[3] = 0x10000L;
+      }
+
+      matrix->xx = temp[0];
+      matrix->yx = temp[1];
+      matrix->xy = temp[2];
+      matrix->yy = temp[3];
+
+      /* note that the font offsets are expressed in integer font units */
+      offset->x  = temp[4] >> 16;
+      offset->y  = temp[5] >> 16;
+    }
+
+    return CID_Err_Ok;      /* this is a callback function; */
+                            /* we must return an error code */
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  parse_fd_array( CID_Face     face,
+                  CID_Parser*  parser )
+  {
+    CID_FaceInfo  cid    = &face->cid;
+    FT_Memory     memory = face->root.memory;
+    FT_Error      error  = CID_Err_Ok;
+    FT_Long       num_dicts;
+
+
+    num_dicts = cid_parser_to_int( parser );
+
+    if ( !cid->font_dicts )
+    {
+      FT_Int  n;
+
+
+      if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( cid->font_dicts, num_dicts ) )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      cid->num_dicts = (FT_UInt)num_dicts;
+
+      /* don't forget to set a few defaults */
+      for ( n = 0; n < cid->num_dicts; n++ )
+      {
+        CID_FaceDict  dict = cid->font_dicts + n;
+
+
+        /* default value for lenIV */
+        dict->private_dict.lenIV = 4;
+      }
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* by mistake, `expansion_factor' appears both in PS_PrivateRec */
+  /* and CID_FaceDictRec (both are public header files and can't  */
+  /* changed); we simply copy the value                           */
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  parse_expansion_factor( CID_Face     face,
+                          CID_Parser*  parser )
+  {
+    CID_FaceDict  dict;
+
+
+    if ( parser->num_dict >= 0 )
+    {
+      dict = face->cid.font_dicts + parser->num_dict;
+
+      dict->expansion_factor              = cid_parser_to_fixed( parser, 0 );
+      dict->private_dict.expansion_factor = dict->expansion_factor;
+    }
+
+    return CID_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  static
+  const T1_FieldRec  cid_field_records[] =
+  {
+
+#include "cidtoken.h"
+
+    T1_FIELD_CALLBACK( "FDArray",         parse_fd_array, 0 )
+    T1_FIELD_CALLBACK( "FontMatrix",      parse_font_matrix, 0 )
+    T1_FIELD_CALLBACK( "ExpansionFactor", parse_expansion_factor, 0 )
+
+    { 0, T1_FIELD_LOCATION_CID_INFO, T1_FIELD_TYPE_NONE, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
+  };
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  cid_parse_dict( CID_Face     face,
+                  CID_Loader*  loader,
+                  FT_Byte*     base,
+                  FT_Long      size )
+  {
+    CID_Parser*  parser = &loader->parser;
+
+
+    parser->root.cursor = base;
+    parser->root.limit  = base + size;
+    parser->root.error  = CID_Err_Ok;
+
+    {
+      FT_Byte*  cur   = base;
+      FT_Byte*  limit = cur + size;
+
+
+      for (;;)
+      {
+        FT_Byte*  newlimit;
+
+
+        parser->root.cursor = cur;
+        cid_parser_skip_spaces( parser );
+
+        if ( parser->root.cursor >= limit )
+          newlimit = limit - 1 - 17;
+        else
+          newlimit = parser->root.cursor - 17;
+
+        /* look for `%ADOBeginFontDict' */
+        for ( ; cur < newlimit; cur++ )
+        {
+          if ( *cur == '%'                                            &&
+               ft_strncmp( (char*)cur, "%ADOBeginFontDict", 17 ) == 0 )
+          {
+            /* if /FDArray was found, then cid->num_dicts is > 0, and */
+            /* we can start increasing parser->num_dict               */
+            if ( face->cid.num_dicts > 0 )
+              parser->num_dict++;
+          }
+        }
+
+        cur = parser->root.cursor;
+        /* no error can occur in cid_parser_skip_spaces */
+        if ( cur >= limit )
+          break;
+
+        cid_parser_skip_PS_token( parser );
+        if ( parser->root.cursor >= limit || parser->root.error )
+          break;
+
+        /* look for immediates */
+        if ( *cur == '/' && cur + 2 < limit )
+        {
+          FT_PtrDist  len;
+
+
+          cur++;
+          len = parser->root.cursor - cur;
+
+          if ( len > 0 && len < 22 )
+          {
+            /* now compare the immediate name to the keyword table */
+            T1_Field  keyword = (T1_Field)cid_field_records;
+
+
+            for (;;)
+            {
+              FT_Byte*  name;
+
+
+              name = (FT_Byte*)keyword->ident;
+              if ( !name )
+                break;
+
+              if ( cur[0] == name[0]                                 &&
+                   len == (FT_PtrDist)ft_strlen( (const char*)name ) )
+              {
+                FT_PtrDist  n;
+
+
+                for ( n = 1; n < len; n++ )
+                  if ( cur[n] != name[n] )
+                    break;
+
+                if ( n >= len )
+                {
+                  /* we found it - run the parsing callback */
+                  parser->root.error = cid_load_keyword( face,
+                                                         loader,
+                                                         keyword );
+                  if ( parser->root.error )
+                    return parser->root.error;
+                  break;
+                }
+              }
+              keyword++;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+
+        cur = parser->root.cursor;
+      }
+    }
+    return parser->root.error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* read the subrmap and the subrs of each font dict */
+  static FT_Error
+  cid_read_subrs( CID_Face  face )
+  {
+    CID_FaceInfo   cid    = &face->cid;
+    FT_Memory      memory = face->root.memory;
+    FT_Stream      stream = face->cid_stream;
+    FT_Error       error;
+    FT_Int         n;
+    CID_Subrs      subr;
+    FT_UInt        max_offsets = 0;
+    FT_ULong*      offsets = 0;
+    PSAux_Service  psaux = (PSAux_Service)face->psaux;
+
+
+    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( face->subrs, cid->num_dicts ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    subr = face->subrs;
+    for ( n = 0; n < cid->num_dicts; n++, subr++ )
+    {
+      CID_FaceDict  dict  = cid->font_dicts + n;
+      FT_Int        lenIV = dict->private_dict.lenIV;
+      FT_UInt       count, num_subrs = dict->num_subrs;
+      FT_ULong      data_len;
+      FT_Byte*      p;
+
+
+      /* reallocate offsets array if needed */
+      if ( num_subrs + 1 > max_offsets )
+      {
+        FT_UInt  new_max = FT_PAD_CEIL( num_subrs + 1, 4 );
+
+
+        if ( FT_RENEW_ARRAY( offsets, max_offsets, new_max ) )
+          goto Fail;
+
+        max_offsets = new_max;
+      }
+
+      /* read the subrmap's offsets */
+      if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( cid->data_offset + dict->subrmap_offset ) ||
+           FT_FRAME_ENTER( ( num_subrs + 1 ) * dict->sd_bytes )      )
+        goto Fail;
+
+      p = (FT_Byte*)stream->cursor;
+      for ( count = 0; count <= num_subrs; count++ )
+        offsets[count] = cid_get_offset( &p, (FT_Byte)dict->sd_bytes );
+
+      FT_FRAME_EXIT();
+
+      /* now, compute the size of subrs charstrings, */
+      /* allocate, and read them                     */
+      data_len = offsets[num_subrs] - offsets[0];
+
+      if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( subr->code, num_subrs + 1 ) ||
+               FT_ALLOC( subr->code[0], data_len )   )
+        goto Fail;
+
+      if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( cid->data_offset + offsets[0] ) ||
+           FT_STREAM_READ( subr->code[0], data_len )  )
+        goto Fail;
+
+      /* set up pointers */
+      for ( count = 1; count <= num_subrs; count++ )
+      {
+        FT_ULong  len;
+
+
+        len               = offsets[count] - offsets[count - 1];
+        subr->code[count] = subr->code[count - 1] + len;
+      }
+
+      /* decrypt subroutines, but only if lenIV >= 0 */
+      if ( lenIV >= 0 )
+      {
+        for ( count = 0; count < num_subrs; count++ )
+        {
+          FT_ULong  len;
+
+
+          len = offsets[count + 1] - offsets[count];
+          psaux->t1_decrypt( subr->code[count], len, 4330 );
+        }
+      }
+
+      subr->num_subrs = num_subrs;
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    FT_FREE( offsets );
+    return error;
+
+  Fail:
+    if ( face->subrs )
+    {
+      for ( n = 0; n < cid->num_dicts; n++ )
+      {
+        if ( face->subrs[n].code )
+          FT_FREE( face->subrs[n].code[0] );
+
+        FT_FREE( face->subrs[n].code );
+      }
+      FT_FREE( face->subrs );
+    }
+    goto Exit;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  t1_init_loader( CID_Loader*  loader,
+                  CID_Face     face )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( face );
+
+    FT_MEM_ZERO( loader, sizeof ( *loader ) );
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  t1_done_loader( CID_Loader*  loader )
+  {
+    CID_Parser*  parser = &loader->parser;
+
+
+    /* finalize parser */
+    cid_parser_done( parser );
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  cid_hex_to_binary( FT_Byte*  data,
+                     FT_Long   data_len,
+                     FT_ULong  offset,
+                     CID_Face  face )
+  {
+    FT_Stream  stream = face->root.stream;
+    FT_Error   error;
+
+    FT_Byte    buffer[256];
+    FT_Byte   *p, *plimit;
+    FT_Byte   *d, *dlimit;
+    FT_Byte    val;
+
+    FT_Bool    upper_nibble, done;
+
+
+    if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( offset ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    d      = data;
+    dlimit = d + data_len;
+    p      = buffer;
+    plimit = p;
+
+    upper_nibble = 1;
+    done         = 0;
+
+    while ( d < dlimit )
+    {
+      if ( p >= plimit )
+      {
+        FT_ULong  oldpos = FT_STREAM_POS();
+        FT_ULong  size   = stream->size - oldpos;
+
+
+        if ( size == 0 )
+        {
+          error = CID_Err_Syntax_Error;
+          goto Exit;
+        }
+
+        if ( FT_STREAM_READ( buffer, 256 > size ? size : 256 ) )
+          goto Exit;
+        p      = buffer;
+        plimit = p + FT_STREAM_POS() - oldpos;
+      }
+
+      if ( ft_isdigit( *p ) )
+        val = (FT_Byte)( *p - '0' );
+      else if ( *p >= 'a' && *p <= 'f' )
+        val = (FT_Byte)( *p - 'a' );
+      else if ( *p >= 'A' && *p <= 'F' )
+        val = (FT_Byte)( *p - 'A' + 10 );
+      else if ( *p == ' '  ||
+                *p == '\t' ||
+                *p == '\r' ||
+                *p == '\n' ||
+                *p == '\f' ||
+                *p == '\0' )
+      {
+        p++;
+        continue;
+      }
+      else if ( *p == '>' )
+      {
+        val  = 0;
+        done = 1;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        error = CID_Err_Syntax_Error;
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+
+      if ( upper_nibble )
+        *d = (FT_Byte)( val << 4 );
+      else
+      {
+        *d = (FT_Byte)( *d + val );
+        d++;
+      }
+
+      upper_nibble = (FT_Byte)( 1 - upper_nibble );
+
+      if ( done )
+        break;
+
+      p++;
+    }
+
+    error = CID_Err_Ok;
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  cid_face_open( CID_Face  face,
+                 FT_Int    face_index )
+  {
+    CID_Loader   loader;
+    CID_Parser*  parser;
+    FT_Memory    memory = face->root.memory;
+    FT_Error     error;
+
+
+    t1_init_loader( &loader, face );
+
+    parser = &loader.parser;
+    error = cid_parser_new( parser, face->root.stream, face->root.memory,
+                            (PSAux_Service)face->psaux );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    error = cid_parse_dict( face, &loader,
+                            parser->postscript,
+                            parser->postscript_len );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    if ( face_index < 0 )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    if ( FT_NEW( face->cid_stream ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    if ( parser->binary_length )
+    {
+      /* we must convert the data section from hexadecimal to binary */
+      if ( FT_ALLOC( face->binary_data, parser->binary_length )         ||
+           cid_hex_to_binary( face->binary_data, parser->binary_length,
+                              parser->data_offset, face )               )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      FT_Stream_OpenMemory( face->cid_stream,
+                            face->binary_data, parser->binary_length );
+      face->cid.data_offset = 0;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      *face->cid_stream     = *face->root.stream;
+      face->cid.data_offset = loader.parser.data_offset;
+    }
+
+    error = cid_read_subrs( face );
+
+  Exit:
+    t1_done_loader( &loader );
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidload.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidload.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8c172ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidload.h
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  cidload.h                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    CID-keyed Type1 font loader (specification).                         */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 by                               */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __CIDLOAD_H__
+#define __CIDLOAD_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
+#include "cidparse.h"
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  typedef struct  CID_Loader_
+  {
+    CID_Parser  parser;          /* parser used to read the stream */
+    FT_Int      num_chars;       /* number of characters in encoding */
+
+  } CID_Loader;
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Long )
+  cid_get_offset( FT_Byte**  start,
+                  FT_Byte    offsize );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  cid_face_open( CID_Face  face,
+                 FT_Int    face_index );
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __CIDLOAD_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidobjs.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidobjs.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9647d87
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidobjs.c
@@ -0,0 +1,481 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  cidobjs.c                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    CID objects manager (body).                                          */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008 by             */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
+
+#include "cidgload.h"
+#include "cidload.h"
+
+#include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_CMAPS_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_AUX_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_HINTS_H
+
+#include "ciderrs.h"
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_cidobjs
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                            SLOT  FUNCTIONS                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  cid_slot_done( FT_GlyphSlot  slot )
+  {
+    slot->internal->glyph_hints = 0;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  cid_slot_init( FT_GlyphSlot  slot )
+  {
+    CID_Face          face;
+    PSHinter_Service  pshinter;
+
+
+    face     = (CID_Face)slot->face;
+    pshinter = (PSHinter_Service)face->pshinter;
+
+    if ( pshinter )
+    {
+      FT_Module  module;
+
+
+      module = FT_Get_Module( slot->face->driver->root.library,
+                              "pshinter" );
+      if ( module )
+      {
+        T1_Hints_Funcs  funcs;
+
+
+        funcs = pshinter->get_t1_funcs( module );
+        slot->internal->glyph_hints = (void*)funcs;
+      }
+    }
+
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                           SIZE  FUNCTIONS                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  static PSH_Globals_Funcs
+  cid_size_get_globals_funcs( CID_Size  size )
+  {
+    CID_Face          face     = (CID_Face)size->root.face;
+    PSHinter_Service  pshinter = (PSHinter_Service)face->pshinter;
+    FT_Module         module;
+
+
+    module = FT_Get_Module( size->root.face->driver->root.library,
+                            "pshinter" );
+    return ( module && pshinter && pshinter->get_globals_funcs )
+           ? pshinter->get_globals_funcs( module )
+           : 0;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  cid_size_done( FT_Size  cidsize )         /* CID_Size */
+  {
+    CID_Size  size = (CID_Size)cidsize;
+
+
+    if ( cidsize->internal )
+    {
+      PSH_Globals_Funcs  funcs;
+
+
+      funcs = cid_size_get_globals_funcs( size );
+      if ( funcs )
+        funcs->destroy( (PSH_Globals)cidsize->internal );
+
+      cidsize->internal = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  cid_size_init( FT_Size  cidsize )     /* CID_Size */
+  {
+    CID_Size           size  = (CID_Size)cidsize;
+    FT_Error           error = 0;
+    PSH_Globals_Funcs  funcs = cid_size_get_globals_funcs( size );
+
+
+    if ( funcs )
+    {
+      PSH_Globals   globals;
+      CID_Face      face = (CID_Face)cidsize->face;
+      CID_FaceDict  dict = face->cid.font_dicts + face->root.face_index;
+      PS_Private    priv = &dict->private_dict;
+
+
+      error = funcs->create( cidsize->face->memory, priv, &globals );
+      if ( !error )
+        cidsize->internal = (FT_Size_Internal)(void*)globals;
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  cid_size_request( FT_Size          size,
+                    FT_Size_Request  req )
+  {
+    PSH_Globals_Funcs  funcs;
+
+
+    FT_Request_Metrics( size->face, req );
+
+    funcs = cid_size_get_globals_funcs( (CID_Size)size );
+
+    if ( funcs )
+      funcs->set_scale( (PSH_Globals)size->internal,
+                        size->metrics.x_scale,
+                        size->metrics.y_scale,
+                        0, 0 );
+
+    return CID_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                           FACE  FUNCTIONS                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    cid_face_done                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Finalizes a given face object.                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face :: A pointer to the face object to destroy.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  cid_face_done( FT_Face  cidface )         /* CID_Face */
+  {
+    CID_Face      face = (CID_Face)cidface;
+    FT_Memory     memory;
+    CID_FaceInfo  cid;
+    PS_FontInfo   info;
+
+
+    if ( !face )
+      return;
+
+    cid    = &face->cid;
+    info   = &cid->font_info;
+    memory = cidface->memory;
+
+    /* release subrs */
+    if ( face->subrs )
+    {
+      FT_Int  n;
+
+
+      for ( n = 0; n < cid->num_dicts; n++ )
+      {
+        CID_Subrs  subr = face->subrs + n;
+
+
+        if ( subr->code )
+        {
+          FT_FREE( subr->code[0] );
+          FT_FREE( subr->code );
+        }
+      }
+
+      FT_FREE( face->subrs );
+    }
+
+    /* release FontInfo strings */
+    FT_FREE( info->version );
+    FT_FREE( info->notice );
+    FT_FREE( info->full_name );
+    FT_FREE( info->family_name );
+    FT_FREE( info->weight );
+
+    /* release font dictionaries */
+    FT_FREE( cid->font_dicts );
+    cid->num_dicts = 0;
+
+    /* release other strings */
+    FT_FREE( cid->cid_font_name );
+    FT_FREE( cid->registry );
+    FT_FREE( cid->ordering );
+
+    cidface->family_name = 0;
+    cidface->style_name  = 0;
+
+    FT_FREE( face->binary_data );
+    FT_FREE( face->cid_stream );
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    cid_face_init                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Initializes a given CID face object.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    stream     :: The source font stream.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    face_index :: The index of the font face in the resource.          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    num_params :: Number of additional generic parameters.  Ignored.   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    params     :: Additional generic parameters.  Ignored.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    face       :: The newly built face object.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  cid_face_init( FT_Stream      stream,
+                 FT_Face        cidface,        /* CID_Face */
+                 FT_Int         face_index,
+                 FT_Int         num_params,
+                 FT_Parameter*  params )
+  {
+    CID_Face          face = (CID_Face)cidface;
+    FT_Error          error;
+    PSAux_Service     psaux;
+    PSHinter_Service  pshinter;
+
+    FT_UNUSED( num_params );
+    FT_UNUSED( params );
+    FT_UNUSED( stream );
+
+
+    cidface->num_faces = 1;
+
+    psaux = (PSAux_Service)face->psaux;
+    if ( !psaux )
+    {
+      psaux = (PSAux_Service)FT_Get_Module_Interface(
+                FT_FACE_LIBRARY( face ), "psaux" );
+
+      face->psaux = psaux;
+    }
+
+    pshinter = (PSHinter_Service)face->pshinter;
+    if ( !pshinter )
+    {
+      pshinter = (PSHinter_Service)FT_Get_Module_Interface(
+                   FT_FACE_LIBRARY( face ), "pshinter" );
+
+      face->pshinter = pshinter;
+    }
+
+    /* open the tokenizer; this will also check the font format */
+    if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( 0 ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    error = cid_face_open( face, face_index );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* if we just wanted to check the format, leave successfully now */
+    if ( face_index < 0 )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* check the face index */
+    /* XXX: handle CID fonts with more than a single face */
+    if ( face_index != 0 )
+    {
+      FT_ERROR(( "cid_face_init: invalid face index\n" ));
+      error = CID_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* now load the font program into the face object */
+
+    /* initialize the face object fields */
+
+    /* set up root face fields */
+    {
+      CID_FaceInfo  cid  = &face->cid;
+      PS_FontInfo   info = &cid->font_info;
+
+
+      cidface->num_glyphs   = cid->cid_count;
+      cidface->num_charmaps = 0;
+
+      cidface->face_index = face_index;
+      cidface->face_flags = FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE   | /* scalable outlines */
+                            FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL | /* horizontal data   */
+                            FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTER;      /* has native hinter */
+
+      if ( info->is_fixed_pitch )
+        cidface->face_flags |= FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH;
+
+      /* XXX: TODO: add kerning with .afm support */
+
+      /* get style name -- be careful, some broken fonts only */
+      /* have a /FontName dictionary entry!                   */
+      cidface->family_name = info->family_name;
+      /* assume "Regular" style if we don't know better */
+      cidface->style_name = (char *)"Regular";
+      if ( cidface->family_name )
+      {
+        char*  full   = info->full_name;
+        char*  family = cidface->family_name;
+
+
+        if ( full )
+        {
+          while ( *full )
+          {
+            if ( *full == *family )
+            {
+              family++;
+              full++;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+              if ( *full == ' ' || *full == '-' )
+                full++;
+              else if ( *family == ' ' || *family == '-' )
+                family++;
+              else
+              {
+                if ( !*family )
+                  cidface->style_name = full;
+                break;
+              }
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* do we have a `/FontName'? */
+        if ( cid->cid_font_name )
+          cidface->family_name = cid->cid_font_name;
+      }
+
+      /* compute style flags */
+      cidface->style_flags = 0;
+      if ( info->italic_angle )
+        cidface->style_flags |= FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC;
+      if ( info->weight )
+      {
+        if ( !ft_strcmp( info->weight, "Bold"  ) ||
+             !ft_strcmp( info->weight, "Black" ) )
+          cidface->style_flags |= FT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLD;
+      }
+
+      /* no embedded bitmap support */
+      cidface->num_fixed_sizes = 0;
+      cidface->available_sizes = 0;
+
+      cidface->bbox.xMin =   cid->font_bbox.xMin             >> 16;
+      cidface->bbox.yMin =   cid->font_bbox.yMin             >> 16;
+      cidface->bbox.xMax = ( cid->font_bbox.xMax + 0xFFFFU ) >> 16;
+      cidface->bbox.yMax = ( cid->font_bbox.yMax + 0xFFFFU ) >> 16;
+
+      if ( !cidface->units_per_EM )
+        cidface->units_per_EM = 1000;
+
+      cidface->ascender  = (FT_Short)( cidface->bbox.yMax );
+      cidface->descender = (FT_Short)( cidface->bbox.yMin );
+
+      cidface->height = (FT_Short)( ( cidface->units_per_EM * 12 ) / 10 );
+      if ( cidface->height < cidface->ascender - cidface->descender )
+        cidface->height = (FT_Short)( cidface->ascender - cidface->descender );
+
+      cidface->underline_position  = (FT_Short)info->underline_position;
+      cidface->underline_thickness = (FT_Short)info->underline_thickness;
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    cid_driver_init                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Initializes a given CID driver object.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    driver :: A handle to the target driver object.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  cid_driver_init( FT_Module  driver )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( driver );
+
+    return CID_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    cid_driver_done                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Finalizes a given CID driver.                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    driver :: A handle to the target CID driver.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  cid_driver_done( FT_Module  driver )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( driver );
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidobjs.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidobjs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aee346d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidobjs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  cidobjs.h                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    CID objects manager (specification).                                 */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2004, 2006 by                               */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __CIDOBJS_H__
+#define __CIDOBJS_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+#include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_TYPE1_TYPES_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /* The following structures must be defined by the hinter */
+  typedef struct CID_Size_Hints_   CID_Size_Hints;
+  typedef struct CID_Glyph_Hints_  CID_Glyph_Hints;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    CID_Driver                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A handle to a Type 1 driver object.                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct CID_DriverRec_*  CID_Driver;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    CID_Size                                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A handle to a Type 1 size object.                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct CID_SizeRec_*  CID_Size;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    CID_GlyphSlot                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A handle to a Type 1 glyph slot object.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct CID_GlyphSlotRec_*  CID_GlyphSlot;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Type>                                                                */
+  /*    CID_CharMap                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A handle to a Type 1 character mapping object.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    The Type 1 format doesn't use a charmap but an encoding table.     */
+  /*    The driver is responsible for making up charmap objects            */
+  /*    corresponding to these tables.                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct CID_CharMapRec_*  CID_CharMap;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* HERE BEGINS THE TYPE 1 SPECIFIC STUFF                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  typedef struct  CID_SizeRec_
+  {
+    FT_SizeRec  root;
+    FT_Bool     valid;
+
+  } CID_SizeRec;
+
+
+  typedef struct  CID_GlyphSlotRec_
+  {
+    FT_GlyphSlotRec  root;
+
+    FT_Bool          hint;
+    FT_Bool          scaled;
+
+    FT_Fixed         x_scale;
+    FT_Fixed         y_scale;
+
+  } CID_GlyphSlotRec;
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  cid_slot_done( FT_GlyphSlot  slot );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  cid_slot_init( FT_GlyphSlot  slot );
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  cid_size_done( FT_Size  size );       /* CID_Size */
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  cid_size_init( FT_Size  size );       /* CID_Size */
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  cid_size_request( FT_Size          size,      /* CID_Size */
+                    FT_Size_Request  req );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  cid_face_init( FT_Stream      stream,
+                 FT_Face        face,           /* CID_Face */
+                 FT_Int         face_index,
+                 FT_Int         num_params,
+                 FT_Parameter*  params );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  cid_face_done( FT_Face  face );               /* CID_Face */
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  cid_driver_init( FT_Module  driver );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  cid_driver_done( FT_Module  driver );
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __CIDOBJS_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidparse.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidparse.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bb87afc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidparse.c
@@ -0,0 +1,226 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  cidparse.c                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    CID-keyed Type1 parser (body).                                       */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by             */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_CALC_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
+
+#include "cidparse.h"
+
+#include "ciderrs.h"
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_cidparse
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                    INPUT STREAM PARSER                        *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  cid_parser_new( CID_Parser*    parser,
+                  FT_Stream      stream,
+                  FT_Memory      memory,
+                  PSAux_Service  psaux )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error;
+    FT_ULong  base_offset, offset, ps_len;
+    FT_Byte   *cur, *limit;
+    FT_Byte   *arg1, *arg2;
+
+
+    FT_MEM_ZERO( parser, sizeof ( *parser ) );
+    psaux->ps_parser_funcs->init( &parser->root, 0, 0, memory );
+
+    parser->stream = stream;
+
+    base_offset = FT_STREAM_POS();
+
+    /* first of all, check the font format in the header */
+    if ( FT_FRAME_ENTER( 31 ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    if ( ft_strncmp( (char *)stream->cursor,
+                     "%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CIDFont", 31 ) )
+    {
+      FT_TRACE2(( "[not a valid CID-keyed font]\n" ));
+      error = CID_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
+    }
+
+    FT_FRAME_EXIT();
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+  Again:
+    /* now, read the rest of the file until we find */
+    /* `StartData' or `/sfnts'                      */
+    {
+      FT_Byte   buffer[256 + 10];
+      FT_Int    read_len = 256 + 10;
+      FT_Byte*  p        = buffer;
+
+
+      for ( offset = (FT_ULong)FT_STREAM_POS(); ; offset += 256 )
+      {
+        FT_Int  stream_len;
+
+
+        stream_len = stream->size - FT_STREAM_POS();
+        if ( stream_len == 0 )
+        {
+          FT_TRACE2(( "cid_parser_new: no `StartData' keyword found\n" ));
+          error = CID_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
+          goto Exit;
+        }
+
+        read_len = FT_MIN( read_len, stream_len );
+        if ( FT_STREAM_READ( p, read_len ) )
+          goto Exit;
+
+        if ( read_len < 256 )
+          p[read_len]  = '\0';
+
+        limit = p + read_len - 10;
+
+        for ( p = buffer; p < limit; p++ )
+        {
+          if ( p[0] == 'S' && ft_strncmp( (char*)p, "StartData", 9 ) == 0 )
+          {
+            /* save offset of binary data after `StartData' */
+            offset += p - buffer + 10;
+            goto Found;
+          }
+          else if ( p[1] == 's' && ft_strncmp( (char*)p, "/sfnts", 6 ) == 0 )
+          {
+            offset += p - buffer + 7;
+            goto Found;
+          }
+        }
+
+        FT_MEM_MOVE( buffer, p, 10 );
+        read_len = 256;
+        p = buffer + 10;
+      }
+    }
+
+  Found:
+    /* We have found the start of the binary data or the `/sfnts' token. */
+    /* Now rewind and extract the frame corresponding to this PostScript */
+    /* section.                                                          */
+
+    ps_len = offset - base_offset;
+    if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( base_offset )                  ||
+         FT_FRAME_EXTRACT( ps_len, parser->postscript ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    parser->data_offset    = offset;
+    parser->postscript_len = ps_len;
+    parser->root.base      = parser->postscript;
+    parser->root.cursor    = parser->postscript;
+    parser->root.limit     = parser->root.cursor + ps_len;
+    parser->num_dict       = -1;
+
+    /* Finally, we check whether `StartData' or `/sfnts' was real --  */
+    /* it could be in a comment or string.  We also get the arguments */
+    /* of `StartData' to find out whether the data is represented in  */
+    /* binary or hex format.                                          */
+
+    arg1 = parser->root.cursor;
+    cid_parser_skip_PS_token( parser );
+    cid_parser_skip_spaces  ( parser );
+    arg2 = parser->root.cursor;
+    cid_parser_skip_PS_token( parser );
+    cid_parser_skip_spaces  ( parser );
+
+    limit = parser->root.limit;
+    cur   = parser->root.cursor;
+
+    while ( cur < limit )
+    {
+      if ( parser->root.error )
+      {
+        error = parser->root.error;
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+
+      if ( cur[0] == 'S' && ft_strncmp( (char*)cur, "StartData", 9 ) == 0 )
+      {
+        if ( ft_strncmp( (char*)arg1, "(Hex)", 5 ) == 0 )
+          parser->binary_length = ft_atol( (const char *)arg2 );
+
+        limit = parser->root.limit;
+        cur   = parser->root.cursor;
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+      else if ( cur[1] == 's' && ft_strncmp( (char*)cur, "/sfnts", 6 ) == 0 )
+      {
+        FT_TRACE2(( "cid_parser_new: cannot handle Type 11 fonts\n" ));
+        error = CID_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+
+      cid_parser_skip_PS_token( parser );
+      cid_parser_skip_spaces  ( parser );
+      arg1 = arg2;
+      arg2 = cur;
+      cur  = parser->root.cursor;
+    }
+
+    /* we haven't found the correct `StartData'; go back and continue */
+    /* searching                                                      */
+    FT_FRAME_RELEASE( parser->postscript );
+    if ( !FT_STREAM_SEEK( offset ) )
+      goto Again;
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  cid_parser_done( CID_Parser*  parser )
+  {
+    /* always free the private dictionary */
+    if ( parser->postscript )
+    {
+      FT_Stream  stream = parser->stream;
+
+
+      FT_FRAME_RELEASE( parser->postscript );
+    }
+    parser->root.funcs.done( &parser->root );
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidparse.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidparse.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ca37dea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidparse.h
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  cidparse.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    CID-keyed Type1 parser (specification).                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 by                               */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __CIDPARSE_H__
+#define __CIDPARSE_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_TYPE1_TYPES_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_AUX_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Struct>                                                              */
+  /*    CID_Parser                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    A CID_Parser is an object used to parse a Type 1 fonts very        */
+  /*    quickly.                                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Fields>                                                              */
+  /*    root           :: The root PS_ParserRec fields.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    stream         :: The current input stream.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    postscript     :: A pointer to the data to be parsed.              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    postscript_len :: The length of the data to be parsed.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    data_offset    :: The start position of the binary data (i.e., the */
+  /*                      end of the data to be parsed.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    binary_length  :: The length of the data after the `StartData'     */
+  /*                      command if the data format is hexadecimal.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    cid            :: A structure which holds the information about    */
+  /*                      the current font.                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    num_dict       :: The number of font dictionaries.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  CID_Parser_
+  {
+    PS_ParserRec  root;
+    FT_Stream     stream;
+
+    FT_Byte*      postscript;
+    FT_Long       postscript_len;
+
+    FT_ULong      data_offset;
+
+    FT_Long       binary_length;
+
+    CID_FaceInfo  cid;
+    FT_Int        num_dict;
+
+  } CID_Parser;
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  cid_parser_new( CID_Parser*    parser,
+                  FT_Stream      stream,
+                  FT_Memory      memory,
+                  PSAux_Service  psaux );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  cid_parser_done( CID_Parser*  parser );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                            PARSING ROUTINES                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+#define cid_parser_skip_spaces( p ) \
+          (p)->root.funcs.skip_spaces( &(p)->root )
+#define cid_parser_skip_PS_token( p ) \
+          (p)->root.funcs.skip_PS_token( &(p)->root )
+
+#define cid_parser_to_int( p )        (p)->root.funcs.to_int( &(p)->root )
+#define cid_parser_to_fixed( p, t )   (p)->root.funcs.to_fixed( &(p)->root, t )
+
+#define cid_parser_to_coord_array( p, m, c )                          \
+          (p)->root.funcs.to_coord_array( &(p)->root, m, c )
+#define cid_parser_to_fixed_array( p, m, f, t )                          \
+          (p)->root.funcs.to_fixed_array( &(p)->root, m, f, t )
+#define cid_parser_to_token( p, t )                         \
+          (p)->root.funcs.to_token( &(p)->root, t )
+#define cid_parser_to_token_array( p, t, m, c )                          \
+          (p)->root.funcs.to_token_array( &(p)->root, t, m, c )
+
+#define cid_parser_load_field( p, f, o )                              \
+          (p)->root.funcs.load_field( &(p)->root, f, o, 0, 0 )
+#define cid_parser_load_field_table( p, f, o )                              \
+          (p)->root.funcs.load_field_table( &(p)->root, f, o, 0, 0 )
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __CIDPARSE_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidriver.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidriver.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b41d5d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidriver.c
@@ -0,0 +1,241 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  cidriver.c                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    CID driver interface (body).                                         */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2008, 2009 by             */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include "cidriver.h"
+#include "cidgload.h"
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
+
+#include "ciderrs.h"
+
+#include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_NAME_H
+#include FT_SERVICE_XFREE86_NAME_H
+#include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_INFO_H
+#include FT_SERVICE_CID_H
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_ciddriver
+
+
+  /*
+   *  POSTSCRIPT NAME SERVICE
+   *
+   */
+
+  static const char*
+  cid_get_postscript_name( CID_Face  face )
+  {
+    const char*  result = face->cid.cid_font_name;
+
+
+    if ( result && result[0] == '/' )
+      result++;
+
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+  static const FT_Service_PsFontNameRec  cid_service_ps_name =
+  {
+    (FT_PsName_GetFunc) cid_get_postscript_name
+  };
+
+
+  /*
+   *  POSTSCRIPT INFO SERVICE
+   *
+   */
+
+  static FT_Error
+  cid_ps_get_font_info( FT_Face          face,
+                        PS_FontInfoRec*  afont_info )
+  {
+    *afont_info = ((CID_Face)face)->cid.font_info;
+
+    return CID_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+  static FT_Error
+  cid_ps_get_font_extra( FT_Face          face,
+                        PS_FontExtraRec*  afont_extra )
+  {
+    *afont_extra = ((CID_Face)face)->font_extra;
+
+    return CID_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+  static const FT_Service_PsInfoRec  cid_service_ps_info =
+  {
+    (PS_GetFontInfoFunc)   cid_ps_get_font_info,
+    (PS_GetFontExtraFunc)  cid_ps_get_font_extra,
+    (PS_HasGlyphNamesFunc) NULL,        /* unsupported with CID fonts */
+    (PS_GetFontPrivateFunc)NULL         /* unsupported                */
+  };
+
+
+  /*
+   *  CID INFO SERVICE
+   *
+   */
+  static FT_Error
+  cid_get_ros( CID_Face      face,
+               const char*  *registry,
+               const char*  *ordering,
+               FT_Int       *supplement )
+  {
+    CID_FaceInfo  cid = &face->cid;
+
+
+    if ( registry )
+      *registry = cid->registry;
+      
+    if ( ordering )
+      *ordering = cid->ordering;
+
+    if ( supplement )
+      *supplement = cid->supplement;
+      
+    return CID_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  cid_get_is_cid( CID_Face  face,
+                  FT_Bool  *is_cid )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error = CID_Err_Ok;
+    FT_UNUSED( face );
+
+
+    if ( is_cid )
+      *is_cid = 1; /* cid driver is only used for CID keyed fonts */
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  cid_get_cid_from_glyph_index( CID_Face  face,
+                                FT_UInt   glyph_index,
+                                FT_UInt  *cid )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error = CID_Err_Ok;
+    FT_UNUSED( face );
+
+
+    if ( cid )
+      *cid = glyph_index; /* identity mapping */
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static const FT_Service_CIDRec  cid_service_cid_info =
+  {
+     (FT_CID_GetRegistryOrderingSupplementFunc)cid_get_ros,
+     (FT_CID_GetIsInternallyCIDKeyedFunc)      cid_get_is_cid,
+     (FT_CID_GetCIDFromGlyphIndexFunc)         cid_get_cid_from_glyph_index
+  };
+
+
+  /*
+   *  SERVICE LIST
+   *
+   */
+
+  static const FT_ServiceDescRec  cid_services[] =
+  {
+    { FT_SERVICE_ID_XF86_NAME,            FT_XF86_FORMAT_CID },
+    { FT_SERVICE_ID_POSTSCRIPT_FONT_NAME, &cid_service_ps_name },
+    { FT_SERVICE_ID_POSTSCRIPT_INFO,      &cid_service_ps_info },
+    { FT_SERVICE_ID_CID,                  &cid_service_cid_info },
+    { NULL, NULL }
+  };
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Module_Interface )
+  cid_get_interface( FT_Module    module,
+                     const char*  cid_interface )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( module );
+
+    return ft_service_list_lookup( cid_services, cid_interface );
+  }
+
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
+  const FT_Driver_ClassRec  t1cid_driver_class =
+  {
+    /* first of all, the FT_Module_Class fields */
+    {
+      FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER       |
+      FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE   |
+      FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER,
+
+      sizeof( FT_DriverRec ),
+      "t1cid",   /* module name           */
+      0x10000L,  /* version 1.0 of driver */
+      0x20000L,  /* requires FreeType 2.0 */
+
+      0,
+
+      cid_driver_init,
+      cid_driver_done,
+      cid_get_interface
+    },
+
+    /* then the other font drivers fields */
+    sizeof( CID_FaceRec ),
+    sizeof( CID_SizeRec ),
+    sizeof( CID_GlyphSlotRec ),
+
+    cid_face_init,
+    cid_face_done,
+
+    cid_size_init,
+    cid_size_done,
+    cid_slot_init,
+    cid_slot_done,
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+    ft_stub_set_char_sizes,
+    ft_stub_set_pixel_sizes,
+#endif
+
+    cid_slot_load_glyph,
+
+    0,                      /* FT_Face_GetKerningFunc  */
+    0,                      /* FT_Face_AttachFunc      */
+
+    0,                      /* FT_Face_GetAdvancesFunc */
+
+    cid_size_request,
+    0                       /* FT_Size_SelectFunc      */
+  };
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidriver.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidriver.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d5a80f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidriver.h
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  cidriver.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    High-level CID driver interface (specification).                     */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002 by                                           */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __CIDRIVER_H__
+#define __CIDRIVER_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DRIVER_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE
+  const FT_Driver_ClassRec  t1cid_driver_class;
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __CIDRIVER_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidtoken.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidtoken.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..94a3657
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/cidtoken.h
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  cidtoken.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    CID token definitions (specification only).                          */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2006, 2008, 2009 by                   */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
+#define FT_STRUCTURE  CID_FaceInfoRec
+#undef  T1CODE
+#define T1CODE        T1_FIELD_LOCATION_CID_INFO
+
+  T1_FIELD_KEY   ( "CIDFontName",    cid_font_name, 0 )
+  T1_FIELD_NUM   ( "CIDFontVersion", cid_version,   0 )
+  T1_FIELD_NUM   ( "CIDFontType",    cid_font_type, 0 )
+  T1_FIELD_STRING( "Registry",       registry,      0 )
+  T1_FIELD_STRING( "Ordering",       ordering,      0 )
+  T1_FIELD_NUM   ( "Supplement",     supplement,    0 )
+  T1_FIELD_NUM   ( "UIDBase",        uid_base,      0 )
+  T1_FIELD_NUM   ( "CIDMapOffset",   cidmap_offset, 0 )
+  T1_FIELD_NUM   ( "FDBytes",        fd_bytes,      0 )
+  T1_FIELD_NUM   ( "GDBytes",        gd_bytes,      0 )
+  T1_FIELD_NUM   ( "CIDCount",       cid_count,     0 )
+
+
+#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
+#define FT_STRUCTURE  PS_FontInfoRec
+#undef  T1CODE
+#define T1CODE        T1_FIELD_LOCATION_FONT_INFO
+
+  T1_FIELD_STRING( "version",            version,             0 )
+  T1_FIELD_STRING( "Notice",             notice,              0 )
+  T1_FIELD_STRING( "FullName",           full_name,           0 )
+  T1_FIELD_STRING( "FamilyName",         family_name,         0 )
+  T1_FIELD_STRING( "Weight",             weight,              0 )
+  T1_FIELD_NUM   ( "ItalicAngle",        italic_angle,        0 )
+  T1_FIELD_BOOL  ( "isFixedPitch",       is_fixed_pitch,      0 )
+  T1_FIELD_NUM   ( "UnderlinePosition",  underline_position,  0 )
+  T1_FIELD_NUM   ( "UnderlineThickness", underline_thickness, 0 )
+
+#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
+#define FT_STRUCTURE  PS_FontExtraRec
+#undef  T1CODE
+#define T1CODE        T1_FIELD_LOCATION_FONT_EXTRA
+
+  T1_FIELD_NUM   ( "FSType",             fs_type,             0 )
+
+
+#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
+#define FT_STRUCTURE  CID_FaceDictRec
+#undef  T1CODE
+#define T1CODE        T1_FIELD_LOCATION_FONT_DICT
+
+  T1_FIELD_NUM  ( "PaintType",          paint_type,          0 )
+  T1_FIELD_NUM  ( "FontType",           font_type,           0 )
+  T1_FIELD_NUM  ( "SubrMapOffset",      subrmap_offset,      0 )
+  T1_FIELD_NUM  ( "SDBytes",            sd_bytes,            0 )
+  T1_FIELD_NUM  ( "SubrCount",          num_subrs,           0 )
+  T1_FIELD_NUM  ( "lenBuildCharArray",  len_buildchar,       0 )
+  T1_FIELD_FIXED( "ForceBoldThreshold", forcebold_threshold, 0 )
+  T1_FIELD_FIXED( "StrokeWidth",        stroke_width,        0 )
+
+
+#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
+#define FT_STRUCTURE  PS_PrivateRec
+#undef  T1CODE
+#define T1CODE        T1_FIELD_LOCATION_PRIVATE
+
+  T1_FIELD_NUM       ( "UniqueID",         unique_id,      0 )
+  T1_FIELD_NUM       ( "lenIV",            lenIV,          0 )
+  T1_FIELD_NUM       ( "LanguageGroup",    language_group, 0 )
+  T1_FIELD_NUM       ( "password",         password,       0 )
+
+  T1_FIELD_FIXED_1000( "BlueScale",        blue_scale,     0 )
+  T1_FIELD_NUM       ( "BlueShift",        blue_shift,     0 )
+  T1_FIELD_NUM       ( "BlueFuzz",         blue_fuzz,      0 )
+
+  T1_FIELD_NUM_TABLE ( "BlueValues",       blue_values,        14, 0 )
+  T1_FIELD_NUM_TABLE ( "OtherBlues",       other_blues,        10, 0 )
+  T1_FIELD_NUM_TABLE ( "FamilyBlues",      family_blues,       14, 0 )
+  T1_FIELD_NUM_TABLE ( "FamilyOtherBlues", family_other_blues, 10, 0 )
+
+  T1_FIELD_NUM_TABLE2( "StdHW",            standard_width,      1, 0 )
+  T1_FIELD_NUM_TABLE2( "StdVW",            standard_height,     1, 0 )
+  T1_FIELD_NUM_TABLE2( "MinFeature",       min_feature,         2, 0 )
+
+  T1_FIELD_NUM_TABLE ( "StemSnapH",        snap_widths,        12, 0 )
+  T1_FIELD_NUM_TABLE ( "StemSnapV",        snap_heights,       12, 0 )
+
+  T1_FIELD_BOOL      ( "ForceBold",        force_bold,          0 )
+
+
+#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
+#define FT_STRUCTURE  FT_BBox
+#undef  T1CODE
+#define T1CODE        T1_FIELD_LOCATION_BBOX
+
+  T1_FIELD_BBOX( "FontBBox", xMin, 0 )
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/module.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/module.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ce30bfd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/module.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 CID module definition
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2006 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+FTMODULE_H_COMMANDS += TYPE1CID_DRIVER
+
+define TYPE1CID_DRIVER
+$(OPEN_DRIVER) FT_Driver_ClassRec, t1cid_driver_class $(CLOSE_DRIVER)
+$(ECHO_DRIVER)cid       $(ECHO_DRIVER_DESC)Postscript CID-keyed fonts, no known extension$(ECHO_DRIVER_DONE)
+endef
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/rules.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/rules.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f362744
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/rules.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 CID driver configuration rules
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2001, 2003 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+# CID driver directory
+#
+CID_DIR := $(SRC_DIR)/cid
+
+
+CID_COMPILE := $(FT_COMPILE) $I$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$(CID_DIR))
+
+
+# CID driver sources (i.e., C files)
+#
+CID_DRV_SRC := $(CID_DIR)/cidparse.c \
+               $(CID_DIR)/cidload.c  \
+               $(CID_DIR)/cidriver.c \
+               $(CID_DIR)/cidgload.c \
+               $(CID_DIR)/cidobjs.c
+
+# CID driver headers
+#
+CID_DRV_H := $(CID_DRV_SRC:%.c=%.h) \
+             $(CID_DIR)/cidtoken.h  \
+             $(CID_DIR)/ciderrs.h
+
+
+# CID driver object(s)
+#
+#   CID_DRV_OBJ_M is used during `multi' builds
+#   CID_DRV_OBJ_S is used during `single' builds
+#
+CID_DRV_OBJ_M := $(CID_DRV_SRC:$(CID_DIR)/%.c=$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O)
+CID_DRV_OBJ_S := $(OBJ_DIR)/type1cid.$O
+
+# CID driver source file for single build
+#
+CID_DRV_SRC_S := $(CID_DIR)/type1cid.c
+
+
+# CID driver - single object
+#
+$(CID_DRV_OBJ_S): $(CID_DRV_SRC_S) $(CID_DRV_SRC) $(FREETYPE_H) $(CID_DRV_H)
+	$(CID_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $(CID_DRV_SRC_S))
+
+
+# CID driver - multiple objects
+#
+$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O: $(CID_DIR)/%.c $(FREETYPE_H) $(CID_DRV_H)
+	$(CID_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $<)
+
+
+# update main driver object lists
+#
+DRV_OBJS_S += $(CID_DRV_OBJ_S)
+DRV_OBJS_M += $(CID_DRV_OBJ_M)
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/type1cid.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/type1cid.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b866e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/cid/type1cid.c
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  type1cid.c                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType OpenType driver component (body only).                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001 by                                                 */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#define FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include "cidparse.c"
+#include "cidload.c"
+#include "cidobjs.c"
+#include "cidriver.c"
+#include "cidgload.c"
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/Jamfile b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/Jamfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..88049a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/Jamfile
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+# FreeType 2 src/gxvalid Jamfile
+#
+# Copyright 2005 by
+# suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO and Red Hat K.K.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+SubDir  FT2_TOP $(FT2_SRC_DIR) gxvalid ;
+
+
+{
+  local  _sources ;
+
+  if $(FT2_MULTI)
+  {
+    _sources = gxvcommn gxvfeat  gxvbsln  gxvtrak  gxvopbd  gxvprop
+               gxvmort  gxvmort0 gxvmort1 gxvmort2 gxvmort4 gxvmort5
+               gxvmorx  gxvmorx0 gxvmorx1 gxvmorx2 gxvmorx4 gxvmorx5
+               gxvlcar  gxvkern  gxvmod   gxvjust  ;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    _sources = gxvalid ;
+  }
+
+  Library  $(FT2_LIB) : $(_sources).c ;
+}
+
+# end of src/gxvalid Jamfile
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/README b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/README
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..28e535b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/README
@@ -0,0 +1,532 @@
+gxvalid: TrueType GX validator
+==============================
+
+
+1. What is this
+---------------
+
+  `gxvalid' is a module to  validate TrueType GX tables: a collection of
+  additional tables  in TrueType  font which are  used by  `QuickDraw GX
+  Text',  Apple Advanced  Typography  (AAT).  In  addition, gxvalid  can
+  validates `kern'  tables which have  been extended for AAT.   Like the
+  otvalid  module,   gxvalid  uses  Freetype   2's  validator  framework
+  (ftvalid).
+
+  You can link gxvalid with your program; before running your own layout
+  engine, gxvalid validates a font  file.  As the result, you can remove
+  error-checking code  from the layout  engine.  It is also  possible to
+  use  gxvalid  as a  stand-alone  font  validator;  the `ftvalid'  test
+  program  included  in the  ft2demo  bundle  calls gxvalid  internally.
+  A stand-alone font validator may be useful for font developers.
+
+  This documents documents the following issues.
+
+  - supported TrueType GX tables
+  - fundamental validation limitations
+  - permissive error handling of broken GX tables
+  - `kern' table issue.
+
+
+2. Supported tables
+-------------------
+
+  The following GX tables are currently supported.
+
+    bsln
+    feat
+    just
+    kern(*)
+    lcar
+    mort
+    morx
+    opbd
+    prop
+    trak
+
+  The following GX tables are currently unsupported.
+
+    cvar
+    fdsc
+    fmtx
+    fvar
+    gvar
+    Zapf
+
+  The following GX tables won't be supported.
+
+    acnt(**)
+    hsty(***)
+
+  The following undocumented tables in TrueType fonts designed for Apple
+  platform aren't handled either.
+
+    addg
+    CVTM
+    TPNM
+    umif
+
+
+  *)   The `kern'  validator handles both  the classic and the  new kern
+       formats;  the former  is supported  on both  Microsoft  and Apple
+       platforms, while the latter is supported on Apple platforms.
+
+  **)  `acnt' tables are not supported by currently available Apple font
+       tools.
+
+  ***) There  is  one more  Apple  extension,  `hsty',  but  it  is  for
+       Newton-OS, not GX  (Newton-OS is a platform by  Apple, but it can
+       use  sfnt- housed bitmap  fonts only).   Therefore, it  should be
+       excluded  from  `Apple  platform'  in the  context  of  TrueType.
+       gxvalid ignores it as Apple font tools do so.
+
+
+  We have  checked 183  fonts bundled with  MacOS 9.1, MacOS  9.2, MacOS
+  10.0, MacOS X 10.1, MSIE  for MacOS, and AppleWorks 6.0.  In addition,
+  we have  checked 67 Dynalab fonts  (designed for MacOS)  and 189 Ricoh
+  fonts (designed for Windows and  MacOS dual platforms).  The number of
+  fonts including TrueType GX tables are as follows.
+
+    bsln:  76
+    feat: 191
+    just:  84
+    kern:  59
+    lcar:   4
+    mort: 326
+    morx:  19
+    opbd:   4
+    prop: 114
+    trak:  16
+
+  Dynalab  and Ricoh fonts  don't have  GX tables  except of  `feat' and
+  `mort'.
+
+
+3. Fundamental validation limitations
+-------------------------------------
+
+  TrueType  GX  provides  layout   information  to  libraries  for  font
+  rasterizers  and text layout.   gxvalid can  check whether  the layout
+  data in  a font is conformant  to the TrueType GX  format specified by
+  Apple.  But gxvalid cannot check  a how QuickDraw GX/AAT renderer uses
+  the stored information.
+
+  3-1. Validation of State Machine activity
+  -----------------------------------------
+
+    QuickDraw GX/AAT uses a `State Machine' to provide `stateful' layout
+    features,  and TrueType GX  stores the  state transition  diagram of
+    this `State  Machine' in a  `StateTable' data structure.   While the
+    State  Machine receives  a series  of glyph  IDs, the  State Machine
+    starts with `start  of text' state, walks around  various states and
+    generates various  layout information  to the  renderer, and finally
+    reaches the `end of text' state.
+
+    gxvalid can check essential errors like:
+
+      - possibility of state transitions to undefined states
+      - existence of glyph  IDs that the State Machine  doesn't know how
+        to handle
+      - the  State Machine  cannot compute  the layout  information from
+        given diagram
+
+    These errors  can be  checked within finite  steps, and  without the
+    State Machine itself, because these are `expression' errors of state
+    transition diagram.
+
+    There  is no  limitation  about  how long  the  State Machine  walks
+    around,  so validation  of  the algorithm  in  the state  transition
+    diagram requires infinite  steps, even if we had  a State Machine in
+    gxvalid.   Therefore, the  following errors  and problems  cannot be
+    checked.
+
+      - existence of states which the State Machine never transits to
+      - the  possibility that the  State Machine  never reaches  `end of
+        text'
+      - the possibility of stack underflow/overflow in the State Machine
+        (in  ligature  and  contextual  glyph substitutions,  the  State
+        Machine can store 16 glyphs onto its stack)
+
+    In addition, gxvalid doesn't check `temporary glyph IDs' used in the
+    chained State Machines  (in `mort' and `morx' tables).   If a layout
+    feature  is  implemented by  a  single  State  Machine, a  glyph  ID
+    converted by the State Machine is passed to the glyph renderer, thus
+    it  should not  point to  an undefined  glyph ID.   But if  a layout
+    feature is implemented by  chained State Machines, a component State
+    Machine  (if it  is  not the  final  one) is  permitted to  generate
+    undefined glyph IDs for temporary use, because it is handled by next
+    component State Machine and not  by the glyph renderer.  To validate
+    such temporary glyph IDs, gxvalid must stack all undefined glyph IDs
+    which  can occur in  the output  of the  previous State  Machine and
+    search  them in  the  `ClassTable' structure  of  the current  State
+    Machine.  It is too complex to  list all possible glyph IDs from the
+    StateTable, especially from a ligature substitution table.
+
+  3-2. Validation of relationship between multiple layout features
+  ----------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    gxvalid does  not validate the relationship  between multiple layout
+    features at all.
+
+    If  multiple layout  features  are defined  in  TrueType GX  tables,
+    possible  interactions,  overrides,  and  conflicts  between  layout
+    features are implicitly  given in the font too.   For example, there
+    are several predefined spacing control features:
+
+      - Text Spacing          (Proportional/Monospace/Half-width/Normal)
+      - Number Spacing        (Monospaced-numbers/Proportional-numbers)
+      - Kana Spacing          (Full-width/Proportional)
+      - Ideographic Spacing   (Full-width/Proportional)
+      - CJK Roman Spacing     (Half-width/Proportional/Default-roman
+                               /Full-width-roman/Proportional)
+
+    If all  layout features are  independently managed, we  can activate
+    inconsistent  typographic rules  like  `Text Spacing=Monospace'  and
+    `Ideographic Spacing=Proportional' at the same time.
+
+    The combinations  of layout features  is managed by a  32bit integer
+    (one bit each for selector  setting), so we can define relationships
+    between  up  to 32  features,  theoretically.   But  if one  feature
+    setting  affects  another   feature  setting,  we  need  typographic
+    priority  rules to  validate the  relationship.   Unfortunately, the
+    TrueType GX format specification does not give such information even
+    for predefined features.
+
+
+4. Permissive error handling of broken GX tables
+------------------------------------------------
+
+  When  Apple's font  rendering system  finds an  inconsistency,  like a
+  specification  violation or  an  unspecified value  in  a TrueType  GX
+  table, it does not always  return error.  In most cases, the rendering
+  engine silently  ignores such wrong  values or even whole  tables.  In
+  fact, MacOS is shipped with  fonts including broken GX/AAT tables, but
+  no harmful  effects due to  `officially broken' fonts are  observed by
+  end-users.
+
+  gxvalid  is designed  to continue  the validation  process as  long as
+  possible.  When gxvalid find wrong  values, gxvalid warns it at least,
+  and takes  a fallback procedure  if possible.  The  fallback procedure
+  depends on the debug level.
+
+  We used the following three tools to investigate Apple's error handling.
+
+    - FontValidator  (for MacOS 8.5 - 9.2)  resource fork font
+    - ftxvalidator   (for MacOS X 10.1 -)   dfont or naked-sfnt
+    - ftxdumperfuser (for MacOS X 10.1 -)   dfont or naked-sfnt
+
+  However, all tests were done on a PowerPC based Macintosh; at present,
+  we have not checked those tools on a m68k-based Macintosh.
+
+  In total, we checked 183 fonts  bundled to MacOS 9.1, MacOS 9.2, MacOS
+  10.0, MacOS X  10.1, MSIE for MacOS, and  AppleWorks 6.0.  These fonts
+  are distributed  officially, but many broken GX/AAT  tables were found
+  by Apple's font tools.  In the following, we list typical violation of
+  the GX specification, in fonts officially distributed with those Apple
+  systems.
+
+  4-1. broken BinSrchHeader (19/183)
+  ----------------------------------
+
+    `BinSrchHeader' is  a header of a  data array for  m68k platforms to
+    access memory efficiently.  Although  there are only two independent
+    parameters  for real  (`unitSize' and  `nUnits'),  BinSrchHeader has
+    three additional parameters which  can be calculated from `unitSize'
+    and  `nUnits',  for  fast  setup.   Apple  font  tools  ignore  them
+    silently, so gxvalid warns if it finds and inconsistency, and always
+    continues  validation.    The  additional  parameters   are  ignored
+    regardless of the consistency.
+
+      19  fonts include  such  inconsistencies; all  breaks  are in  the
+      BinSrchHeader structure of the `kern' table.
+
+  4-2. too-short LookupTable (5/183)
+  ----------------------------------
+
+    LookupTable format 0  is a simple array to get a  value from a given
+    GID (glyph  ID); the index of  this array is a  GID too.  Therefore,
+    the length  of the array is expected  to be same as  the maximum GID
+    value defined  in the `maxp' table,  but there are  some fonts whose
+    LookupTable format 0 is too  short to cover all GIDs.  FontValidator
+    ignores  this error silently,  ftxvalidator and  ftxdumperfuser both
+    warn and continue.  Similar problems are found in format 3 subtables
+    of `kern'.  gxvalid  warns always and abort if  the validation level
+    is set to FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID.
+
+      5 fonts include too-short kern format 0 subtables.
+      1 font includes too-short kern format 3 subtable.
+
+  4-3. broken LookupTable format 2 (1/183)
+  ----------------------------------------
+
+    LookupTable  format  2,  subformat  4  covers the  GID  space  by  a
+    collection  of  segments which  are  specified  by `firstGlyph'  and
+    `lastGlyph'.   Some  fonts  store  `firstGlyph' and  `lastGlyph'  in
+    reverse order,  so the segment specification is  broken.  Apple font
+    tools ignore this error silently;  a broken segment is ignored as if
+    it  did not  exist.   gxvalid  warns and  normalize  the segment  at
+    FT_VALIDATE_DEFAULT, or ignore  the segment at FT_VALIDATE_TIGHT, or
+    abort at FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID.
+
+      1 font includes broken LookupTable format 2, in the `just' table.
+
+    *) It seems  that all fonts manufactured by  ITC for AppleWorks have
+       this error.
+
+  4-4. bad bracketing in glyph property (14/183)
+  ----------------------------------------------
+
+    GX/AAT defines a  `bracketing' property of the glyphs  in the `prop'
+    table,  to control layout  features of  strings enclosed  inside and
+    outside  of   brackets.   Some  fonts   give  inappropriate  bracket
+    properties  to glyphs.   Apple  font tools  warn  about this  error;
+    gxvalid warns too and aborts at FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID.
+
+      14 fonts include wrong bracket properties.
+
+
+  4-5. invalid feature number (117/183)
+  -------------------------------------
+
+    The GX/AAT extension can  include 255 different layout features, but
+    popular      layout      features      are      predefined      (see
+    http://developer.apple.com/fonts/Registry/index.html).   Some  fonts
+    include feature  numbers which are incompatible  with the predefined
+    feature registry.
+
+    In our survey, there are 140 fonts including `feat' table.
+
+    a) 67 fonts use a feature number which should not be used.
+    b) 117 fonts set the wrong feature range (nSetting).  This is mostly
+       found in the `mort' and `morx' tables.
+
+    Apple  font tools give  no warning,  although they  cannot recognize
+    what  the feature  is.   At FT_VALIDATE_DEFAULT,  gxvalid warns  but
+    continues in both cases (a, b).  At FT_VALIDATE_TIGHT, gxvalid warns
+    and aborts for (a), but continues for (b).  At FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID,
+    gxvalid warns and aborts in both cases (a, b).
+
+  4-6. invalid prop version (10/183)
+  ----------------------------------
+
+    As most TrueType GX tables, the `prop' table must start with a 32bit
+    version identifier: 0x00010000,  0x00020000 or 0x00030000.  But some
+    fonts  store nonsense binary  data instead.   When Apple  font tools
+    find them, they abort the processing immediately, and the data which
+    follows is unhandled.  gxvalid does the same.
+
+      10 fonts include broken `prop' version.
+
+    All  of these  fonts are  classic  TrueType fonts  for the  Japanese
+    script, manufactured by Apple.
+
+  4-7. unknown resource name (2/183)
+  ------------------------------------
+
+    NOTE: THIS IS NOT A TRUETYPE GX ERROR.
+
+    If  a TrueType  font is  stored  in the  resource fork  or in  dfont
+    format, the data must be tagged as `sfnt' in the resource fork index
+    to invoke TrueType font handler for the data.  But the TrueType font
+    data  in   `Keyboard.dfont'  is  tagged   as  `kbd',  and   that  in
+    `LastResort.dfont' is tagged as  `lst'.  Apple font tools can detect
+    that the data is in  TrueType format and successfully validate them.
+    Maybe  this is possible  because they  are known  to be  dfont.  The
+    current  implementation  of the  resource  fork  driver of  FreeType
+    cannot do that, thus gxvalid cannot validate them.
+
+      2 fonts use an unknown tag for the TrueType font resource.
+
+5. `kern' table issues
+----------------------
+
+  In common terminology of TrueType, `kern' is classified as a basic and
+  platform-independent table.  But there are Apple extensions of `kern',
+  and  there is  an  extension which  requires  a GX  state machine  for
+  contextual kerning.   Therefore, gxvalid includes  a special validator
+  for  `kern' tables.   Unfortunately, there  is no  exact  algorithm to
+  check Apple's extension, so  gxvalid includes a heuristic algorithm to
+  find  the proper validation  routines for  all possible  data formats,
+  including    the   data    format   for    Microsoft.     By   calling
+  classic_kern_validate() instead of gxv_validate(), you can specify the
+  `kern' format  explicitly.  However, current  FreeType2 uses Microsoft
+  `kern' format  only, others  are ignored (and  should be handled  in a
+  library one level higher than FreeType).
+
+  5-1. History
+  ------------
+
+    The original  16bit version of `kern'  was designed by  Apple in the
+    pre-GX  era, and  it was  also approved  by  Microsoft.  Afterwards,
+    Apple designed a  new 32bit version of the  `kern' table.  According
+    to  the documentation, the  difference between  the 16bit  and 32bit
+    version is only the size of  variables in the `kern' header.  In the
+    following,  we call  the original  16bit version  as  `classic', and
+    32bit version as `new'.
+
+  5-2. Versions and dialects which should be differentiated
+  ---------------------------------------------------------
+
+    The `kern' table  consists of a table header  and several subtables.
+    The version number  which identifies a `classic' or  a `new' version
+    is  explicitly   written  in  the   table  header,  but   there  are
+    undocumented  differences between  Microsoft's and  Apple's formats.
+    It is  called a `dialect' in  the following.  There  are three cases
+    which  should  be  handled:   the  new  Apple-dialect,  the  classic
+    Apple-dialect,  and the classic  Microsoft-dialect.  An  analysis of
+    the formats and the auto detection algorithm of gxvalid is described
+    in the following.
+
+    5-2-1. Version detection: classic and new kern
+    ----------------------------------------------
+
+      According  to Apple  TrueType  specification, there  are only  two
+      differences between the classic and the new:
+
+        - The `kern' table header starts with the version number.
+          The classic version starts with 0x0000 (16bit),
+          the new version starts with 0x00010000 (32bit).
+
+        - In the  `kern' table header,  the number of  subtables follows
+          the version number.
+          In the classic version, it is stored as a 16bit value.
+          In the new version, it is stored as a 32bit value.
+
+      From Apple font tool's output (DumpKERN is also tested in addition
+      to  the  three  Apple  font  tools in  above),  there  is  another
+      undocumented difference.  In the  new version, the subtable header
+      includes a 16bit variable  named `tupleIndex' which does not exist
+      in the classic version.
+
+      The new version  can store all subtable formats (0,  1, 2, and 3),
+      but the Apple TrueType specification does not mention the subtable
+      formats available in the classic version.
+
+    5-2-2. Available subtable formats in classic version
+    ----------------------------------------------------
+
+      Although the  Apple TrueType  specification recommends to  use the
+      classic version in  the case if the font is  designed for both the
+      Apple and Microsoft platforms,  it does not document the available
+      subtable formats in the classic version.
+
+      According  to the Microsoft  TrueType specification,  the subtable
+      format  assured for  Windows  and OS/2  support  is only  subtable
+      format  0.  The  Microsoft TrueType  specification  also describes
+      subtable format  2, but does  not mention which  platforms support
+      it.  Aubtable formats 1, 3,  and higher are documented as reserved
+      for future use.  Therefore, the classic version can store subtable
+      formats 0 and 2, at least.  `ttfdump.exe', a font tool provided by
+      Microsoft,  ignores the  subtable format  written in  the subtable
+      header, and parses the table as if all subtables are in format 0.
+
+      `kern'  subtable format  1  uses  a StateTable,  so  it cannot  be
+      utilized without a GX  State Machine.  Therefore, it is reasonable
+      to assume  that format 1 (and  3) were introduced  after Apple had
+      introduced GX and moved to the new 32bit version.
+
+    5-2-3. Apple and Microsoft dialects
+    -----------------------------------
+
+      The  `kern' subtable  has  a 16bit  `coverage'  field to  describe
+      kerning attributes, but bit interpretations by Apple and Microsoft
+      are different:  For example, Apple  uses bits 0-7 to  identify the
+      subtable, while Microsoft uses bits 8-15.
+
+      In  addition, due  to the  output of  DumpKERN  and FontValidator,
+      Apple's bit interpretations of coverage in classic and new version
+      are  incompatible also.   In  summary, there  are three  dialects:
+      classic Apple  dialect, classic  Microsoft dialect, and  new Apple
+      dialect.  The classic Microsoft  dialect and the new Apple dialect
+      are documented  by each vendors' TrueType  font specification, but
+      the documentation for classic Apple dialect is not available.
+
+      For example,  in the  new Apple dialect,  bit 15 is  documented as
+      `set to  1 if  the kerning  is vertical'.  On  the other  hand, in
+      classic Microsoft dialect, bit 1 is documented as `set to 1 if the
+      kerning  is  horizontal'.   From   the  outputs  of  DumpKERN  and
+      FontValidator, classic  Apple dialect recognizes  15 as `set  to 1
+      when  the kerning  is horizontal'.   From the  results  of similar
+      experiments, classic Apple dialect  seems to be the Endian reverse
+      of the classic Microsoft dialect.
+
+      As a  conclusion it must be  noted that no font  tool can identify
+      classic Apple dialect or classic Microsoft dialect automatically.
+
+    5-2-4. gxvalid auto dialect detection algorithm
+    -----------------------------------------------
+
+      The first 16  bits of the `kern' table are  enough to identify the
+      version:
+
+        - if  the first  16  bits are  0x0000,  the `kern'  table is  in
+          classic Apple dialect or classic Microsoft dialect
+        - if the first 16 bits are  0x0001, and next 16 bits are 0x0000,
+          the kern table is in new Apple dialect.
+
+      If the `kern'  table is a classic one,  the 16bit `coverage' field
+      is checked next.   Firstly, the coverage bits are  decoded for the
+      classic Apple dialect using the following bit masks (this is based
+      on DumpKERN output):
+
+        0x8000: 1=horizontal, 0=vertical
+        0x4000: not used
+        0x2000: 1=cross-stream, 0=normal
+        0x1FF0: reserved
+        0x000F: subtable format
+
+      If  any  of  reserved  bits  are  set  or  the  subtable  bits  is
+      interpreted as format 1 or 3, we take it as `impossible in classic
+      Apple dialect' and retry, using the classic Microsoft dialect.
+
+        The most popular coverage in new Apple-dialect:         0x8000,
+        The most popular coverage in classic Apple-dialect:     0x0000,
+        The most popular coverage in classic Microsoft dialect: 0x0001.
+
+  5-3. Tested fonts
+  -----------------
+
+    We checked  59 fonts  bundled with MacOS  and 38 fonts  bundled with
+    Windows, where all font include a `kern' table.
+
+      - fonts bundled with MacOS
+        * new Apple dialect
+          format 0: 18
+          format 2:  1
+          format 3:  1
+        * classic Apple dialect
+          format 0: 14
+        * classic Microsoft dialect
+          format 0: 15
+
+      - fonts bundled with Windows
+        * classic Microsoft dialect
+          format 0: 38
+
+    It looks strange that classic Microsoft-dialect fonts are bundled to
+    MacOS: they come from MSIE for MacOS, except of MarkerFelt.dfont.
+
+
+  ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
+  ---------------
+
+  Some parts of gxvalid are  derived from both the `gxlayout' module and
+  the `otvalid'  module.  Development of  gxlayout was supported  by the
+  Information-technology Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.
+
+  The detailed analysis of undefined  glyph ID utilization in `mort' and
+  `morx' tables is provided by George Williams.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Copyright 2004, 2005, 2007 by
+suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO, Red hat K.K.,
+David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+
+This  file is  part  of the  FreeType  project, and  may  only be  used,
+modified,  and  distributed under  the  terms  of  the FreeType  project
+license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing  to use, modify, or distribute this
+file  you indicate that  you have  read the  license and  understand and
+accept it fully.
+
+
+--- end of README ---
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvalid.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvalid.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bc36e67
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvalid.c
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  gxvalid.c                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType validator for TrueTypeGX/AAT tables (body only).            */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2005 by suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K.,       */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+#define FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+
+#include "gxvfeat.c"
+#include "gxvcommn.c"
+#include "gxvbsln.c"
+#include "gxvtrak.c"
+#include "gxvjust.c"
+#include "gxvmort.c"
+#include "gxvmort0.c"
+#include "gxvmort1.c"
+#include "gxvmort2.c"
+#include "gxvmort4.c"
+#include "gxvmort5.c"
+#include "gxvmorx.c"
+#include "gxvmorx0.c"
+#include "gxvmorx1.c"
+#include "gxvmorx2.c"
+#include "gxvmorx4.c"
+#include "gxvmorx5.c"
+#include "gxvkern.c"
+#include "gxvopbd.c"
+#include "gxvprop.c"
+#include "gxvlcar.c"
+#include "gxvmod.c"
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvalid.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvalid.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..27be9ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvalid.h
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  gxvalid.h                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    TrueTyeeGX/AAT table validation (specification only).                */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2005 by suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K.,       */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.        */
+/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology      */
+/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.                                           */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __GXVALID_H__
+#define __GXVALID_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#include "gxverror.h"          /* must come before FT_INTERNAL_VALIDATE_H */
+
+#include FT_INTERNAL_VALIDATE_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  gxv_feat_validate( FT_Bytes      table,
+                     FT_Face       face,
+                     FT_Validator  valid );
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  gxv_bsln_validate( FT_Bytes      table,
+                     FT_Face       face,
+                     FT_Validator  valid );
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  gxv_trak_validate( FT_Bytes      table,
+                     FT_Face       face,
+                     FT_Validator  valid );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  gxv_just_validate( FT_Bytes      table,
+                     FT_Face       face,
+                     FT_Validator  valid );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  gxv_mort_validate( FT_Bytes      table,
+                     FT_Face       face,
+                     FT_Validator  valid );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  gxv_morx_validate( FT_Bytes      table,
+                     FT_Face       face,
+                     FT_Validator  valid );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  gxv_kern_validate( FT_Bytes      table,
+                     FT_Face       face,
+                     FT_Validator  valid );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  gxv_kern_validate_classic( FT_Bytes      table,
+                             FT_Face       face,
+                             FT_Int        dialect_flags,
+                             FT_Validator  valid );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  gxv_opbd_validate( FT_Bytes      table,
+                     FT_Face       face,
+                     FT_Validator  valid );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  gxv_prop_validate( FT_Bytes      table,
+                     FT_Face       face,
+                     FT_Validator  valid );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  gxv_lcar_validate( FT_Bytes      table,
+                     FT_Face       face,
+                     FT_Validator  valid );
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+
+#endif /* __GXVALID_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvbsln.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvbsln.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6cca658
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvbsln.c
@@ -0,0 +1,333 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  gxvbsln.c                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    TrueTypeGX/AAT bsln table validation (body).                         */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2004, 2005 by suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K., */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.        */
+/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology      */
+/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.                                           */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include "gxvalid.h"
+#include "gxvcommn.h"
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_gxvbsln
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                      Data and Types                           *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+#define GXV_BSLN_VALUE_COUNT  32
+#define GXV_BSLN_VALUE_EMPTY  0xFFFFU
+
+
+  typedef struct  GXV_bsln_DataRec_
+  {
+    FT_Bytes   ctlPoints_p;
+    FT_UShort  defaultBaseline;
+
+  } GXV_bsln_DataRec, *GXV_bsln_Data;
+
+
+#define GXV_BSLN_DATA( field )  GXV_TABLE_DATA( bsln, field )
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                      UTILITY FUNCTIONS                        *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  static void
+  gxv_bsln_LookupValue_validate( FT_UShort            glyph,
+                                 GXV_LookupValueDesc  value,
+                                 GXV_Validator        valid )
+  {
+    FT_UShort   v = value.u;
+    FT_UShort*  ctlPoints;
+
+    FT_UNUSED( glyph );
+
+
+    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "lookup value" );
+
+    if ( v >= GXV_BSLN_VALUE_COUNT )
+      FT_INVALID_DATA;
+
+    ctlPoints = (FT_UShort*)GXV_BSLN_DATA( ctlPoints_p );
+    if ( ctlPoints && ctlPoints[v] == GXV_BSLN_VALUE_EMPTY )
+      FT_INVALID_DATA;
+
+    GXV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /*
+    +===============+ --------+
+    | lookup header |         |
+    +===============+         |
+    | BinSrchHeader |         |
+    +===============+         |
+    | lastGlyph[0]  |         |
+    +---------------+         |
+    | firstGlyph[0] |         |    head of lookup table
+    +---------------+         |             +
+    | offset[0]     |    ->   |          offset            [byte]
+    +===============+         |             +
+    | lastGlyph[1]  |         | (glyphID - firstGlyph) * 2 [byte]
+    +---------------+         |
+    | firstGlyph[1] |         |
+    +---------------+         |
+    | offset[1]     |         |
+    +===============+         |
+                              |
+    ...                       |
+                              |
+    16bit value array         |
+    +===============+         |
+    |     value     | <-------+
+    ...
+  */
+
+  static GXV_LookupValueDesc
+  gxv_bsln_LookupFmt4_transit( FT_UShort            relative_gindex,
+                               GXV_LookupValueDesc  base_value,
+                               FT_Bytes             lookuptbl_limit,
+                               GXV_Validator        valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes             p;
+    FT_Bytes             limit;
+    FT_UShort            offset;
+    GXV_LookupValueDesc  value;
+
+    /* XXX: check range ? */
+    offset = (FT_UShort)( base_value.u +
+                          ( relative_gindex * sizeof ( FT_UShort ) ) );
+
+    p     = valid->lookuptbl_head + offset;
+    limit = lookuptbl_limit;
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
+
+    value.u = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    return value;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_bsln_parts_fmt0_validate( FT_Bytes       tables,
+                                FT_Bytes       limit,
+                                GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = tables;
+
+
+    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "parts format 0" );
+
+    /* deltas */
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 * GXV_BSLN_VALUE_COUNT );
+
+    valid->table_data = NULL;      /* No ctlPoints here. */
+
+    GXV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_bsln_parts_fmt1_validate( FT_Bytes       tables,
+                                FT_Bytes       limit,
+                                GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = tables;
+
+
+    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "parts format 1" );
+
+    /* deltas */
+    gxv_bsln_parts_fmt0_validate( p, limit, valid );
+
+    /* mappingData */
+    valid->lookupval_sign   = GXV_LOOKUPVALUE_UNSIGNED;
+    valid->lookupval_func   = gxv_bsln_LookupValue_validate;
+    valid->lookupfmt4_trans = gxv_bsln_LookupFmt4_transit;
+    gxv_LookupTable_validate( p + 2 * GXV_BSLN_VALUE_COUNT,
+                              limit,
+                              valid );
+
+    GXV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_bsln_parts_fmt2_validate( FT_Bytes       tables,
+                                FT_Bytes       limit,
+                                GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes   p = tables;
+
+    FT_UShort  stdGlyph;
+    FT_UShort  ctlPoint;
+    FT_Int     i;
+
+    FT_UShort  defaultBaseline = GXV_BSLN_DATA( defaultBaseline );
+
+
+    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "parts format 2" );
+
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 + ( 2 * GXV_BSLN_VALUE_COUNT ) );
+
+    /* stdGlyph */
+    stdGlyph = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    GXV_TRACE(( " (stdGlyph = %u)\n", stdGlyph ));
+
+    gxv_glyphid_validate( stdGlyph, valid );
+
+    /* Record the position of ctlPoints */
+    GXV_BSLN_DATA( ctlPoints_p ) = p;
+
+    /* ctlPoints */
+    for ( i = 0; i < GXV_BSLN_VALUE_COUNT; i++ )
+    {
+      ctlPoint = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+      if ( ctlPoint == GXV_BSLN_VALUE_EMPTY )
+      {
+        if ( i == defaultBaseline )
+          FT_INVALID_DATA;
+      }
+      else
+        gxv_ctlPoint_validate( stdGlyph, (FT_Short)ctlPoint, valid );
+    }
+
+    GXV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_bsln_parts_fmt3_validate( FT_Bytes       tables,
+                                FT_Bytes       limit,
+                                GXV_Validator  valid)
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = tables;
+
+
+    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "parts format 3" );
+
+    /* stdGlyph + ctlPoints */
+    gxv_bsln_parts_fmt2_validate( p, limit, valid );
+
+    /* mappingData */
+    valid->lookupval_sign   = GXV_LOOKUPVALUE_UNSIGNED;
+    valid->lookupval_func   = gxv_bsln_LookupValue_validate;
+    valid->lookupfmt4_trans = gxv_bsln_LookupFmt4_transit;
+    gxv_LookupTable_validate( p + ( 2 + 2 * GXV_BSLN_VALUE_COUNT ),
+                              limit,
+                              valid );
+
+    GXV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                         bsln TABLE                            *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  gxv_bsln_validate( FT_Bytes      table,
+                     FT_Face       face,
+                     FT_Validator  ftvalid )
+  {
+    GXV_ValidatorRec  validrec;
+    GXV_Validator     valid = &validrec;
+
+    GXV_bsln_DataRec  bslnrec;
+    GXV_bsln_Data     bsln = &bslnrec;
+
+    FT_Bytes  p     = table;
+    FT_Bytes  limit = 0;
+
+    FT_ULong   version;
+    FT_UShort  format;
+    FT_UShort  defaultBaseline;
+
+    GXV_Validate_Func  fmt_funcs_table [] =
+    {
+      gxv_bsln_parts_fmt0_validate,
+      gxv_bsln_parts_fmt1_validate,
+      gxv_bsln_parts_fmt2_validate,
+      gxv_bsln_parts_fmt3_validate,
+    };
+
+
+    valid->root       = ftvalid;
+    valid->table_data = bsln;
+    valid->face       = face;
+
+    FT_TRACE3(( "validating `bsln' table\n" ));
+    GXV_INIT;
+
+
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 + 2 + 2 );
+    version         = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+    format          = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    defaultBaseline = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    /* only version 1.0 is defined (1996) */
+    if ( version != 0x00010000UL )
+      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
+
+    /* only format 1, 2, 3 are defined (1996) */
+    GXV_TRACE(( " (format = %d)\n", format ));
+    if ( format > 3 )
+      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
+
+    if ( defaultBaseline > 31 )
+      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
+
+    bsln->defaultBaseline = defaultBaseline;
+
+    fmt_funcs_table[format]( p, limit, valid );
+
+    FT_TRACE4(( "\n" ));
+  }
+
+
+/* arch-tag: ebe81143-fdaa-4c68-a4d1-b57227daa3bc
+   (do not change this comment) */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvcommn.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvcommn.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..46fc123
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvcommn.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1758 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  gxvcommn.c                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    TrueTypeGX/AAT common tables validation (body).                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2004, 2005 by suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K., */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.        */
+/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology      */
+/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.                                           */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include "gxvcommn.h"
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_gxvcommon
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                       16bit offset sorter                     *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  static int
+  gxv_compare_ushort_offset( FT_UShort*  a,
+                             FT_UShort*  b )
+  {
+    if ( *a < *b )
+      return -1;
+    else if ( *a > *b )
+      return 1;
+    else
+      return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  gxv_set_length_by_ushort_offset( FT_UShort*     offset,
+                                   FT_UShort**    length,
+                                   FT_UShort*     buff,
+                                   FT_UInt        nmemb,
+                                   FT_UShort      limit,
+                                   GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_UInt  i;
+
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < nmemb; i++ )
+      *(length[i]) = 0;
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < nmemb; i++ )
+      buff[i] = offset[i];
+    buff[nmemb] = limit;
+
+    ft_qsort( buff, ( nmemb + 1 ), sizeof ( FT_UShort ),
+              ( int(*)(const void*, const void*) )gxv_compare_ushort_offset );
+
+    if ( buff[nmemb] > limit )
+      FT_INVALID_OFFSET;
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < nmemb; i++ )
+    {
+      FT_UInt  j;
+
+
+      for ( j = 0; j < nmemb; j++ )
+        if ( buff[j] == offset[i] )
+          break;
+
+      if ( j == nmemb )
+        FT_INVALID_OFFSET;
+
+      *(length[i]) = (FT_UShort)( buff[j + 1] - buff[j] );
+
+      if ( 0 != offset[i] && 0 == *(length[i]) )
+        FT_INVALID_OFFSET;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                       32bit offset sorter                     *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  static int
+  gxv_compare_ulong_offset( FT_ULong*  a,
+                            FT_ULong*  b )
+  {
+    if ( *a < *b )
+      return -1;
+    else if ( *a > *b )
+      return 1;
+    else
+      return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  gxv_set_length_by_ulong_offset( FT_ULong*      offset,
+                                  FT_ULong**     length,
+                                  FT_ULong*      buff,
+                                  FT_UInt        nmemb,
+                                  FT_ULong       limit,
+                                  GXV_Validator  valid)
+  {
+    FT_UInt  i;
+
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < nmemb; i++ )
+      *(length[i]) = 0;
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < nmemb; i++ )
+      buff[i] = offset[i];
+    buff[nmemb] = limit;
+
+    ft_qsort( buff, ( nmemb + 1 ), sizeof ( FT_ULong ),
+              ( int(*)(const void*, const void*) )gxv_compare_ulong_offset );
+
+    if ( buff[nmemb] > limit )
+      FT_INVALID_OFFSET;
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < nmemb; i++ )
+    {
+      FT_UInt  j;
+
+
+      for ( j = 0; j < nmemb; j++ )
+        if ( buff[j] == offset[i] )
+          break;
+
+      if ( j == nmemb )
+        FT_INVALID_OFFSET;
+
+      *(length[i]) = buff[j + 1] - buff[j];
+
+      if ( 0 != offset[i] && 0 == *(length[i]) )
+        FT_INVALID_OFFSET;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****               scan value array and get min & max              *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  gxv_array_getlimits_byte( FT_Bytes       table,
+                            FT_Bytes       limit,
+                            FT_Byte*       min,
+                            FT_Byte*       max,
+                            GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+
+
+    *min = 0xFF;
+    *max = 0x00;
+
+    while ( p < limit )
+    {
+      FT_Byte  val;
+
+
+      GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 1 );
+      val = FT_NEXT_BYTE( p );
+
+      *min = (FT_Byte)FT_MIN( *min, val );
+      *max = (FT_Byte)FT_MAX( *max, val );
+    }
+
+    valid->subtable_length = p - table;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  gxv_array_getlimits_ushort( FT_Bytes       table,
+                              FT_Bytes       limit,
+                              FT_UShort*     min,
+                              FT_UShort*     max,
+                              GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+
+
+    *min = 0xFFFFU;
+    *max = 0x0000;
+
+    while ( p < limit )
+    {
+      FT_UShort  val;
+
+
+      GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
+      val = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+      *min = (FT_Byte)FT_MIN( *min, val );
+      *max = (FT_Byte)FT_MAX( *max, val );
+    }
+
+    valid->subtable_length = p - table;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                       BINSEARCHHEADER                         *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  typedef struct  GXV_BinSrchHeader_
+  {
+    FT_UShort  unitSize;
+    FT_UShort  nUnits;
+    FT_UShort  searchRange;
+    FT_UShort  entrySelector;
+    FT_UShort  rangeShift;
+
+  } GXV_BinSrchHeader;
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_BinSrchHeader_check_consistency( GXV_BinSrchHeader*  binSrchHeader,
+                                       GXV_Validator       valid )
+  {
+    FT_UShort  searchRange;
+    FT_UShort  entrySelector;
+    FT_UShort  rangeShift;
+
+
+    if ( binSrchHeader->unitSize == 0 )
+      FT_INVALID_DATA;
+
+    if ( binSrchHeader->nUnits == 0 )
+    {
+      if ( binSrchHeader->searchRange   == 0 &&
+           binSrchHeader->entrySelector == 0 &&
+           binSrchHeader->rangeShift    == 0 )
+        return;
+      else
+        FT_INVALID_DATA;
+    }
+
+    for ( searchRange = 1, entrySelector = 1;
+          ( searchRange * 2 ) <= binSrchHeader->nUnits &&
+            searchRange < 0x8000U;
+          searchRange *= 2, entrySelector++ )
+      ;
+
+    entrySelector--;
+    searchRange = (FT_UShort)( searchRange * binSrchHeader->unitSize );
+    rangeShift  = (FT_UShort)( binSrchHeader->nUnits * binSrchHeader->unitSize
+                               - searchRange );
+
+    if ( searchRange   != binSrchHeader->searchRange   ||
+         entrySelector != binSrchHeader->entrySelector ||
+         rangeShift    != binSrchHeader->rangeShift    )
+    {
+      GXV_TRACE(( "Inconsistency found in BinSrchHeader\n" ));
+      GXV_TRACE(( "originally: unitSize=%d, nUnits=%d, "
+                  "searchRange=%d, entrySelector=%d, "
+                  "rangeShift=%d\n",
+                  binSrchHeader->unitSize, binSrchHeader->nUnits,
+                  binSrchHeader->searchRange, binSrchHeader->entrySelector,
+                  binSrchHeader->rangeShift ));
+      GXV_TRACE(( "calculated: unitSize=%d, nUnits=%d, "
+                  "searchRange=%d, entrySelector=%d, "
+                  "rangeShift=%d\n",
+                  binSrchHeader->unitSize, binSrchHeader->nUnits,
+                  searchRange, entrySelector, rangeShift ));
+
+      if ( valid->root->level >= FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID )
+        FT_INVALID_DATA;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /*
+   * parser & validator of BinSrchHeader
+   * which is used in LookupTable format 2, 4, 6.
+   *
+   * Essential parameters (unitSize, nUnits) are returned by
+   * given pointer, others (searchRange, entrySelector, rangeShift)
+   * can be calculated by essential parameters, so they are just
+   * validated and discarded.
+   *
+   * However, wrong values in searchRange, entrySelector, rangeShift
+   * won't cause fatal errors, because these parameters might be
+   * only used in old m68k font driver in MacOS.
+   *   -- suzuki toshiya <mpsuzuki@hiroshima-u.ac.jp>
+   */
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  gxv_BinSrchHeader_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                              FT_Bytes       limit,
+                              FT_UShort*     unitSize_p,
+                              FT_UShort*     nUnits_p,
+                              GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes           p = table;
+    GXV_BinSrchHeader  binSrchHeader;
+
+
+    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "BinSrchHeader validate" );
+
+    if ( *unitSize_p == 0 )
+    {
+      GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
+      binSrchHeader.unitSize =  FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    }
+    else
+      binSrchHeader.unitSize = *unitSize_p;
+
+    if ( *nUnits_p == 0 )
+    {
+      GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
+      binSrchHeader.nUnits = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    }
+    else
+      binSrchHeader.nUnits = *nUnits_p;
+
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 + 2 + 2 );
+    binSrchHeader.searchRange   = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    binSrchHeader.entrySelector = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    binSrchHeader.rangeShift    = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    GXV_TRACE(( "nUnits %d\n", binSrchHeader.nUnits ));
+
+    gxv_BinSrchHeader_check_consistency( &binSrchHeader, valid );
+
+    if ( *unitSize_p == 0 )
+      *unitSize_p = binSrchHeader.unitSize;
+
+    if ( *nUnits_p == 0 )
+      *nUnits_p = binSrchHeader.nUnits;
+
+    valid->subtable_length = p - table;
+    GXV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                         LOOKUP TABLE                          *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+#define GXV_LOOKUP_VALUE_LOAD( P, SIGNSPEC )                   \
+          ( P += 2, gxv_lookup_value_load( P - 2, SIGNSPEC ) )
+
+  static GXV_LookupValueDesc
+  gxv_lookup_value_load( FT_Bytes  p,
+                         int       signspec )
+  {
+    GXV_LookupValueDesc  v;
+
+
+    if ( signspec == GXV_LOOKUPVALUE_UNSIGNED )
+      v.u = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    else
+      v.s = FT_NEXT_SHORT( p );
+
+    return v;
+  }
+
+
+#define GXV_UNITSIZE_VALIDATE( FORMAT, UNITSIZE, NUNITS, CORRECTSIZE ) \
+          FT_BEGIN_STMNT                                               \
+            if ( UNITSIZE != CORRECTSIZE )                             \
+            {                                                          \
+              FT_ERROR(( "unitSize=%d differs from"                    \
+                         "expected unitSize=%d"                        \
+                         "in LookupTable %s",                          \
+                          UNITSIZE, CORRECTSIZE, FORMAT ));            \
+              if ( UNITSIZE != 0 && NUNITS != 0 )                      \
+              {                                                        \
+                FT_ERROR(( " cannot validate anymore\n" ));            \
+                FT_INVALID_FORMAT;                                     \
+              }                                                        \
+              else                                                     \
+                FT_ERROR(( " forcibly continues\n" ));                 \
+            }                                                          \
+          FT_END_STMNT
+
+
+  /* ================= Simple Array Format 0 Lookup Table ================ */
+  static void
+  gxv_LookupTable_fmt0_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                                 FT_Bytes       limit,
+                                 GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes   p = table;
+    FT_UShort  i;
+
+    GXV_LookupValueDesc  value;
+
+
+    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "LookupTable format 0" );
+
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 * valid->face->num_glyphs );
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < valid->face->num_glyphs; i++ )
+    {
+      GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
+      if ( p + 2 >= limit )     /* some fonts have too-short fmt0 array */
+      {
+        GXV_TRACE(( "too short, glyphs %d - %d are missing\n",
+                    i, valid->face->num_glyphs ));
+        if ( valid->root->level >= FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID )
+          FT_INVALID_GLYPH_ID;
+        break;
+      }
+
+      value = GXV_LOOKUP_VALUE_LOAD( p, valid->lookupval_sign );
+      valid->lookupval_func( i, value, valid );
+    }
+
+    valid->subtable_length = p - table;
+    GXV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /* ================= Segment Single Format 2 Loolup Table ============== */
+  /*
+   * Apple spec says:
+   *
+   *   To guarantee that a binary search terminates, you must include one or
+   *   more special `end of search table' values at the end of the data to
+   *   be searched.  The number of termination values that need to be
+   *   included is table-specific.  The value that indicates binary search
+   *   termination is 0xFFFF.
+   *
+   * The problem is that nUnits does not include this end-marker.  It's
+   * quite difficult to discriminate whether the following 0xFFFF comes from
+   * the end-marker or some next data.
+   *
+   *   -- suzuki toshiya <mpsuzuki@hiroshima-u.ac.jp>
+   */
+  static void
+  gxv_LookupTable_fmt2_skip_endmarkers( FT_Bytes       table,
+                                        FT_UShort      unitSize,
+                                        GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+
+
+    while ( ( p + 4 ) < valid->root->limit )
+    {
+      if ( p[0] != 0xFF || p[1] != 0xFF || /* lastGlyph */
+           p[2] != 0xFF || p[3] != 0xFF )  /* firstGlyph */
+        break;
+      p += unitSize;
+    }
+
+    valid->subtable_length = p - table;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_LookupTable_fmt2_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                                 FT_Bytes       limit,
+                                 GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes             p = table;
+    FT_UShort            gid;
+
+    FT_UShort            unitSize;
+    FT_UShort            nUnits;
+    FT_UShort            unit;
+    FT_UShort            lastGlyph;
+    FT_UShort            firstGlyph;
+    GXV_LookupValueDesc  value;
+
+
+    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "LookupTable format 2" );
+
+    unitSize = nUnits = 0;
+    gxv_BinSrchHeader_validate( p, limit, &unitSize, &nUnits, valid );
+    p += valid->subtable_length;
+
+    GXV_UNITSIZE_VALIDATE( "format2", unitSize, nUnits, 6 );
+
+    for ( unit = 0, gid = 0; unit < nUnits; unit++ )
+    {
+      GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 + 2 + 2 );
+      lastGlyph  = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+      firstGlyph = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+      value      = GXV_LOOKUP_VALUE_LOAD( p, valid->lookupval_sign );
+
+      gxv_glyphid_validate( firstGlyph, valid );
+      gxv_glyphid_validate( lastGlyph, valid );
+
+      if ( lastGlyph < gid )
+      {
+        GXV_TRACE(( "reverse ordered segment specification:"
+                    " lastGlyph[%d]=%d < lastGlyph[%d]=%d\n",
+                    unit, lastGlyph, unit - 1 , gid ));
+        if ( valid->root->level >= FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID )
+          FT_INVALID_GLYPH_ID;
+      }
+
+      if ( lastGlyph < firstGlyph )
+      {
+        GXV_TRACE(( "reverse ordered range specification at unit %d:",
+                    " lastGlyph %d < firstGlyph %d ",
+                    unit, lastGlyph, firstGlyph ));
+        if ( valid->root->level >= FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID )
+          FT_INVALID_GLYPH_ID;
+
+        if ( valid->root->level == FT_VALIDATE_TIGHT )
+          continue;     /* ftxvalidator silently skips such an entry */
+
+        FT_TRACE4(( "continuing with exchanged values\n" ));
+        gid        = firstGlyph;
+        firstGlyph = lastGlyph;
+        lastGlyph  = gid;
+      }
+
+      for ( gid = firstGlyph; gid <= lastGlyph; gid++ )
+        valid->lookupval_func( gid, value, valid );
+    }
+
+    gxv_LookupTable_fmt2_skip_endmarkers( p, unitSize, valid );
+    p += valid->subtable_length;
+
+    valid->subtable_length = p - table;
+    GXV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /* ================= Segment Array Format 4 Lookup Table =============== */
+  static void
+  gxv_LookupTable_fmt4_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                                 FT_Bytes       limit,
+                                 GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes             p = table;
+    FT_UShort            unit;
+    FT_UShort            gid;
+
+    FT_UShort            unitSize;
+    FT_UShort            nUnits;
+    FT_UShort            lastGlyph;
+    FT_UShort            firstGlyph;
+    GXV_LookupValueDesc  base_value;
+    GXV_LookupValueDesc  value;
+
+
+    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "LookupTable format 4" );
+
+    unitSize = nUnits = 0;
+    gxv_BinSrchHeader_validate( p, limit, &unitSize, &nUnits, valid );
+    p += valid->subtable_length;
+
+    GXV_UNITSIZE_VALIDATE( "format4", unitSize, nUnits, 6 );
+
+    for ( unit = 0, gid = 0; unit < nUnits; unit++ )
+    {
+      GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 + 2 );
+      lastGlyph  = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+      firstGlyph = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+      gxv_glyphid_validate( firstGlyph, valid );
+      gxv_glyphid_validate( lastGlyph, valid );
+
+      if ( lastGlyph < gid )
+      {
+        GXV_TRACE(( "reverse ordered segment specification:"
+                    " lastGlyph[%d]=%d < lastGlyph[%d]=%d\n",
+                    unit, lastGlyph, unit - 1 , gid ));
+        if ( valid->root->level >= FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID )
+          FT_INVALID_GLYPH_ID;
+      }
+
+      if ( lastGlyph < firstGlyph )
+      {
+        GXV_TRACE(( "reverse ordered range specification at unit %d:",
+                    " lastGlyph %d < firstGlyph %d ",
+                    unit, lastGlyph, firstGlyph ));
+        if ( valid->root->level >= FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID )
+          FT_INVALID_GLYPH_ID;
+
+        if ( valid->root->level == FT_VALIDATE_TIGHT )
+          continue; /* ftxvalidator silently skips such an entry */
+
+        FT_TRACE4(( "continuing with exchanged values\n" ));
+        gid        = firstGlyph;
+        firstGlyph = lastGlyph;
+        lastGlyph  = gid;
+      }
+
+      GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
+      base_value = GXV_LOOKUP_VALUE_LOAD( p, GXV_LOOKUPVALUE_UNSIGNED );
+
+      for ( gid = firstGlyph; gid <= lastGlyph; gid++ )
+      {
+        value = valid->lookupfmt4_trans( (FT_UShort)( gid - firstGlyph ),
+                                         base_value,
+                                         limit,
+                                         valid );
+
+        valid->lookupval_func( gid, value, valid );
+      }
+    }
+
+    gxv_LookupTable_fmt2_skip_endmarkers( p, unitSize, valid );
+    p += valid->subtable_length;
+
+    valid->subtable_length = p - table;
+    GXV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /* ================= Segment Table Format 6 Lookup Table =============== */
+  static void
+  gxv_LookupTable_fmt6_skip_endmarkers( FT_Bytes       table,
+                                        FT_UShort      unitSize,
+                                        GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+
+
+    while ( p < valid->root->limit )
+    {
+      if ( p[0] != 0xFF || p[1] != 0xFF )
+        break;
+      p += unitSize;
+    }
+
+    valid->subtable_length = p - table;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_LookupTable_fmt6_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                                 FT_Bytes       limit,
+                                 GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes             p = table;
+    FT_UShort            unit;
+    FT_UShort            prev_glyph;
+
+    FT_UShort            unitSize;
+    FT_UShort            nUnits;
+    FT_UShort            glyph;
+    GXV_LookupValueDesc  value;
+
+
+    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "LookupTable format 6" );
+
+    unitSize = nUnits = 0;
+    gxv_BinSrchHeader_validate( p, limit, &unitSize, &nUnits, valid );
+    p += valid->subtable_length;
+
+    GXV_UNITSIZE_VALIDATE( "format6", unitSize, nUnits, 4 );
+
+    for ( unit = 0, prev_glyph = 0; unit < nUnits; unit++ )
+    {
+      GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 + 2 );
+      glyph = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+      value = GXV_LOOKUP_VALUE_LOAD( p, valid->lookupval_sign );
+
+      if ( gxv_glyphid_validate( glyph, valid ) )
+        GXV_TRACE(( " endmarker found within defined range"
+                    " (entry %d < nUnits=%d)\n",
+                    unit, nUnits ));
+
+      if ( prev_glyph > glyph )
+      {
+        GXV_TRACE(( "current gid 0x%04x < previous gid 0x%04x\n",
+                    glyph, prev_glyph ));
+        if ( valid->root->level >= FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID )
+          FT_INVALID_GLYPH_ID;
+      }
+      prev_glyph = glyph;
+
+      valid->lookupval_func( glyph, value, valid );
+    }
+
+    gxv_LookupTable_fmt6_skip_endmarkers( p, unitSize, valid );
+    p += valid->subtable_length;
+
+    valid->subtable_length = p - table;
+    GXV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /* ================= Trimmed Array Format 8 Lookup Table =============== */
+  static void
+  gxv_LookupTable_fmt8_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                                 FT_Bytes       limit,
+                                 GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes              p = table;
+    FT_UShort             i;
+
+    GXV_LookupValueDesc   value;
+    FT_UShort             firstGlyph;
+    FT_UShort             glyphCount;
+
+
+    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "LookupTable format 8" );
+
+    /* firstGlyph + glyphCount */
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 + 2 );
+    firstGlyph = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    glyphCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    gxv_glyphid_validate( firstGlyph, valid );
+    gxv_glyphid_validate( (FT_UShort)( firstGlyph + glyphCount ), valid );
+
+    /* valueArray */
+    for ( i = 0; i < glyphCount; i++ )
+    {
+      GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
+      value = GXV_LOOKUP_VALUE_LOAD( p, valid->lookupval_sign );
+      valid->lookupval_func( (FT_UShort)( firstGlyph + i ), value, valid );
+    }
+
+    valid->subtable_length = p - table;
+    GXV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  gxv_LookupTable_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                            FT_Bytes       limit,
+                            GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes   p = table;
+    FT_UShort  format;
+
+    GXV_Validate_Func  fmt_funcs_table[] =
+    {
+      gxv_LookupTable_fmt0_validate, /* 0 */
+      NULL,                          /* 1 */
+      gxv_LookupTable_fmt2_validate, /* 2 */
+      NULL,                          /* 3 */
+      gxv_LookupTable_fmt4_validate, /* 4 */
+      NULL,                          /* 5 */
+      gxv_LookupTable_fmt6_validate, /* 6 */
+      NULL,                          /* 7 */
+      gxv_LookupTable_fmt8_validate, /* 8 */
+    };
+
+    GXV_Validate_Func  func;
+
+
+    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "LookupTable" );
+
+    /* lookuptbl_head may be used in fmt4 transit function. */
+    valid->lookuptbl_head = table;
+
+    /* format */
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
+    format = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    GXV_TRACE(( " (format %d)\n", format ));
+
+    if ( format > 8 )
+      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
+
+    func = fmt_funcs_table[format];
+    if ( func == NULL )
+      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
+
+    func( p, limit, valid );
+    p += valid->subtable_length;
+
+    valid->subtable_length = p - table;
+
+    GXV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                          Glyph ID                             *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Int )
+  gxv_glyphid_validate( FT_UShort      gid,
+                        GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Face  face;
+
+
+    if ( gid == 0xFFFFU )
+    {
+      GXV_EXIT;
+      return 1;
+    }
+
+    face = valid->face;
+    if ( face->num_glyphs < gid )
+    {
+      GXV_TRACE(( " gxv_glyphid_check() gid overflow: num_glyphs %d < %d\n",
+                  face->num_glyphs, gid ));
+      if ( valid->root->level >= FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID )
+        FT_INVALID_GLYPH_ID;
+    }
+
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                        CONTROL POINT                          *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  gxv_ctlPoint_validate( FT_UShort      gid,
+                         FT_Short       ctl_point,
+                         GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Face       face;
+    FT_Error      error;
+
+    FT_GlyphSlot  glyph;
+    FT_Outline    outline;
+    short         n_points;
+
+
+    face = valid->face;
+
+    error = FT_Load_Glyph( face,
+                           gid,
+                           FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP | FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM );
+    if ( error )
+      FT_INVALID_GLYPH_ID;
+
+    glyph    = face->glyph;
+    outline  = glyph->outline;
+    n_points = outline.n_points;
+
+
+    if ( !( ctl_point < n_points ) )
+      FT_INVALID_DATA;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                          SFNT NAME                            *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  gxv_sfntName_validate( FT_UShort      name_index,
+                         FT_UShort      min_index,
+                         FT_UShort      max_index,
+                         GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_SfntName  name;
+    FT_UInt      i;
+    FT_UInt      nnames;
+
+
+    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "sfntName" );
+
+    if ( name_index < min_index || max_index < name_index )
+      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
+
+    nnames = FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count( valid->face );
+    for ( i = 0; i < nnames; i++ )
+    {
+      if ( FT_Get_Sfnt_Name( valid->face, i, &name ) != FT_Err_Ok )
+        continue ;
+
+      if ( name.name_id == name_index )
+        goto Out;
+    }
+
+    GXV_TRACE(( "  nameIndex = %d (UNTITLED)\n", name_index ));
+    FT_INVALID_DATA;
+    goto Exit;  /* make compiler happy */
+
+  Out:
+    FT_TRACE1(( "  nameIndex = %d (", name_index ));
+    GXV_TRACE_HEXDUMP_SFNTNAME( name );
+    FT_TRACE1(( ")\n" ));
+
+  Exit:
+    GXV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                          STATE TABLE                          *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /* -------------------------- Class Table --------------------------- */
+
+  /*
+   * highestClass specifies how many classes are defined in this
+   * Class Subtable.  Apple spec does not mention whether undefined
+   * holes in the class (e.g.: 0-3 are predefined, 4 is unused, 5 is used)
+   * are permitted.  At present, holes in a defined class are not checked.
+   *   -- suzuki toshiya <mpsuzuki@hiroshima-u.ac.jp>
+   */
+
+  static void
+  gxv_ClassTable_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                           FT_UShort*     length_p,
+                           FT_UShort      stateSize,
+                           FT_Byte*       maxClassID_p,
+                           GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes   p     = table;
+    FT_Bytes   limit = table + *length_p;
+    FT_UShort  firstGlyph;
+    FT_UShort  nGlyphs;
+
+
+    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "ClassTable" );
+
+    *maxClassID_p = 3;  /* Classes 0, 2, and 3 are predefined */
+
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 + 2 );
+    firstGlyph = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    nGlyphs    = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    GXV_TRACE(( " (firstGlyph = %d, nGlyphs = %d)\n", firstGlyph, nGlyphs ));
+
+    if ( !nGlyphs )
+      goto Out;
+
+    gxv_glyphid_validate( (FT_UShort)( firstGlyph + nGlyphs ), valid );
+
+    {
+      FT_Byte    nGlyphInClass[256];
+      FT_Byte    classID;
+      FT_UShort  i;
+
+
+      ft_memset( nGlyphInClass, 0, 256 );
+
+
+      for ( i = 0; i < nGlyphs; i++ )
+      {
+        GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 1 );
+        classID = FT_NEXT_BYTE( p );
+        switch ( classID )
+        {
+          /* following classes should not appear in class array */
+        case 0:             /* end of text */
+        case 2:             /* out of bounds */
+        case 3:             /* end of line */
+          FT_INVALID_DATA;
+          break;
+
+        case 1:             /* out of bounds */
+        default:            /* user-defined: 4 - ( stateSize - 1 ) */
+          if ( classID >= stateSize )
+            FT_INVALID_DATA;   /* assign glyph to undefined state */
+
+          nGlyphInClass[classID]++;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      *length_p = (FT_UShort)( p - table );
+
+      /* scan max ClassID in use */
+      for ( i = 0; i < stateSize; i++ )
+        if ( ( 3 < i ) && ( nGlyphInClass[i] > 0 ) )
+          *maxClassID_p = (FT_Byte)i;  /* XXX: Check Range? */
+    }
+
+  Out:
+    GXV_TRACE(( "Declared stateSize=0x%02x, Used maxClassID=0x%02x\n",
+                stateSize, *maxClassID_p ));
+    GXV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /* --------------------------- State Array ----------------------------- */
+
+  static void
+  gxv_StateArray_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                           FT_UShort*     length_p,
+                           FT_Byte        maxClassID,
+                           FT_UShort      stateSize,
+                           FT_Byte*       maxState_p,
+                           FT_Byte*       maxEntry_p,
+                           GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+    FT_Bytes  limit = table + *length_p;
+    FT_Byte   clazz;
+    FT_Byte   entry;
+
+    FT_UNUSED( stateSize ); /* for the non-debugging case */
+
+
+    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "StateArray" );
+
+    GXV_TRACE(( "parse %d bytes by stateSize=%d maxClassID=%d\n",
+                (int)(*length_p), stateSize, (int)(maxClassID) ));
+
+    /*
+     * 2 states are predefined and must be described in StateArray:
+     * state 0 (start of text), 1 (start of line)
+     */
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( ( 1 + maxClassID ) * 2 );
+
+    *maxState_p = 0;
+    *maxEntry_p = 0;
+
+    /* read if enough to read another state */
+    while ( p + ( 1 + maxClassID ) <= limit )
+    {
+      (*maxState_p)++;
+      for ( clazz = 0; clazz <= maxClassID; clazz++ )
+      {
+        entry = FT_NEXT_BYTE( p );
+        *maxEntry_p = (FT_Byte)FT_MAX( *maxEntry_p, entry );
+      }
+    }
+    GXV_TRACE(( "parsed: maxState=%d, maxEntry=%d\n",
+                *maxState_p, *maxEntry_p ));
+
+    *length_p = (FT_UShort)( p - table );
+
+    GXV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /* --------------------------- Entry Table ----------------------------- */
+
+  static void
+  gxv_EntryTable_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                           FT_UShort*     length_p,
+                           FT_Byte        maxEntry,
+                           FT_UShort      stateArray,
+                           FT_UShort      stateArray_length,
+                           FT_Byte        maxClassID,
+                           FT_Bytes       statetable_table,
+                           FT_Bytes       statetable_limit,
+                           GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p     = table;
+    FT_Bytes  limit = table + *length_p;
+    FT_Byte   entry;
+    FT_Byte   state;
+    FT_Int    entrySize = 2 + 2 + GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_SIZE( statetable );
+
+    GXV_XStateTable_GlyphOffsetDesc  glyphOffset;
+
+
+    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "EntryTable" );
+
+    GXV_TRACE(( "maxEntry=%d entrySize=%d\n", maxEntry, entrySize ));
+
+    if ( ( maxEntry + 1 ) * entrySize > *length_p )
+    {
+      if ( valid->root->level >= FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID )
+        FT_INVALID_TOO_SHORT;
+
+      /* ftxvalidator and FontValidator both warn and continue */
+      maxEntry = (FT_Byte)( *length_p / entrySize - 1 );
+      GXV_TRACE(( "too large maxEntry, shrinking to %d fit EntryTable length\n",
+                  maxEntry ));
+    }
+
+    for ( entry = 0; entry <= maxEntry; entry++ )
+    {
+      FT_UShort  newState;
+      FT_UShort  flags;
+
+
+      GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 + 2 );
+      newState = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+      flags    = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+
+      if ( newState < stateArray                     ||
+           stateArray + stateArray_length < newState )
+      {
+        GXV_TRACE(( " newState offset 0x%04x is out of stateArray\n",
+                    newState ));
+        if ( valid->root->level >= FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID )
+          FT_INVALID_OFFSET;
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      if ( 0 != ( ( newState - stateArray ) % ( 1 + maxClassID ) ) )
+      {
+        GXV_TRACE(( " newState offset 0x%04x is not aligned to %d-classes\n",
+                    newState,  1 + maxClassID ));
+        if ( valid->root->level >= FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID )
+          FT_INVALID_OFFSET;
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      state = (FT_Byte)( ( newState - stateArray ) / ( 1 + maxClassID ) );
+
+      switch ( GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_FMT( statetable ) )
+      {
+      case GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_NONE:
+        glyphOffset.uc = 0;  /* make compiler happy */
+        break;
+
+      case GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_UCHAR:
+        glyphOffset.uc = FT_NEXT_BYTE( p );
+        break;
+
+      case GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_CHAR:
+        glyphOffset.c = FT_NEXT_CHAR( p );
+        break;
+
+      case GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_USHORT:
+        glyphOffset.u = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+        break;
+
+      case GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_SHORT:
+        glyphOffset.s = FT_NEXT_SHORT( p );
+        break;
+
+      case GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_ULONG:
+        glyphOffset.ul = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+        break;
+
+      case GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_LONG:
+        glyphOffset.l = FT_NEXT_LONG( p );
+        break;
+
+      default:
+        if ( valid->root->level >= FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID )
+          FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+
+      if ( NULL != valid->statetable.entry_validate_func )
+        valid->statetable.entry_validate_func( state,
+                                               flags,
+                                               glyphOffset,
+                                               statetable_table,
+                                               statetable_limit,
+                                               valid );
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    *length_p = (FT_UShort)( p - table );
+
+    GXV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /* =========================== State Table ============================= */
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  gxv_StateTable_subtable_setup( FT_UShort      table_size,
+                                 FT_UShort      classTable,
+                                 FT_UShort      stateArray,
+                                 FT_UShort      entryTable,
+                                 FT_UShort*     classTable_length_p,
+                                 FT_UShort*     stateArray_length_p,
+                                 FT_UShort*     entryTable_length_p,
+                                 GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_UShort   o[3];
+    FT_UShort*  l[3];
+    FT_UShort   buff[4];
+
+
+    o[0] = classTable;
+    o[1] = stateArray;
+    o[2] = entryTable;
+    l[0] = classTable_length_p;
+    l[1] = stateArray_length_p;
+    l[2] = entryTable_length_p;
+
+    gxv_set_length_by_ushort_offset( o, l, buff, 3, table_size, valid );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  gxv_StateTable_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                           FT_Bytes       limit,
+                           GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_UShort   stateSize;
+    FT_UShort   classTable;     /* offset to Class(Sub)Table */
+    FT_UShort   stateArray;     /* offset to StateArray */
+    FT_UShort   entryTable;     /* offset to EntryTable */
+
+    FT_UShort   classTable_length;
+    FT_UShort   stateArray_length;
+    FT_UShort   entryTable_length;
+    FT_Byte     maxClassID;
+    FT_Byte     maxState;
+    FT_Byte     maxEntry;
+
+    GXV_StateTable_Subtable_Setup_Func  setup_func;
+
+    FT_Bytes    p = table;
+
+
+    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "StateTable" );
+
+    GXV_TRACE(( "StateTable header\n" ));
+
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 + 2 + 2 + 2 );
+    stateSize  = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    classTable = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    stateArray = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    entryTable = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    GXV_TRACE(( "stateSize=0x%04x\n", stateSize ));
+    GXV_TRACE(( "offset to classTable=0x%04x\n", classTable ));
+    GXV_TRACE(( "offset to stateArray=0x%04x\n", stateArray ));
+    GXV_TRACE(( "offset to entryTable=0x%04x\n", entryTable ));
+
+    if ( stateSize > 0xFF )
+      FT_INVALID_DATA;
+
+    if ( valid->statetable.optdata_load_func != NULL )
+      valid->statetable.optdata_load_func( p, limit, valid );
+
+    if ( valid->statetable.subtable_setup_func != NULL)
+      setup_func = valid->statetable.subtable_setup_func;
+    else
+      setup_func = gxv_StateTable_subtable_setup;
+
+    setup_func( (FT_UShort)( limit - table ),
+                classTable,
+                stateArray,
+                entryTable,
+                &classTable_length,
+                &stateArray_length,
+                &entryTable_length,
+                valid );
+
+    GXV_TRACE(( "StateTable Subtables\n" ));
+
+    if ( classTable != 0 )
+      gxv_ClassTable_validate( table + classTable,
+                               &classTable_length,
+                               stateSize,
+                               &maxClassID,
+                               valid );
+    else
+      maxClassID = (FT_Byte)( stateSize - 1 );
+
+    if ( stateArray != 0 )
+      gxv_StateArray_validate( table + stateArray,
+                               &stateArray_length,
+                               maxClassID,
+                               stateSize,
+                               &maxState,
+                               &maxEntry,
+                               valid );
+    else
+    {
+      maxState = 1;     /* 0:start of text, 1:start of line are predefined */
+      maxEntry = 0;
+    }
+
+    if ( maxEntry > 0 && entryTable == 0 )
+      FT_INVALID_OFFSET;
+
+    if ( entryTable != 0 )
+      gxv_EntryTable_validate( table + entryTable,
+                               &entryTable_length,
+                               maxEntry,
+                               stateArray,
+                               stateArray_length,
+                               maxClassID,
+                               table,
+                               limit,
+                               valid );
+
+    GXV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /* ================= eXtended State Table (for morx) =================== */
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  gxv_XStateTable_subtable_setup( FT_ULong       table_size,
+                                  FT_ULong       classTable,
+                                  FT_ULong       stateArray,
+                                  FT_ULong       entryTable,
+                                  FT_ULong*      classTable_length_p,
+                                  FT_ULong*      stateArray_length_p,
+                                  FT_ULong*      entryTable_length_p,
+                                  GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_ULong   o[3];
+    FT_ULong*  l[3];
+    FT_ULong   buff[4];
+
+
+    o[0] = classTable;
+    o[1] = stateArray;
+    o[2] = entryTable;
+    l[0] = classTable_length_p;
+    l[1] = stateArray_length_p;
+    l[2] = entryTable_length_p;
+
+    gxv_set_length_by_ulong_offset( o, l, buff, 4, table_size, valid );
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_XClassTable_lookupval_validate( FT_UShort            glyph,
+                                      GXV_LookupValueDesc  value,
+                                      GXV_Validator        valid )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( glyph );
+
+    if ( value.u >= valid->xstatetable.nClasses )
+      FT_INVALID_DATA;
+    if ( value.u > valid->xstatetable.maxClassID )
+      valid->xstatetable.maxClassID = value.u;
+  }
+
+
+  /*
+    +===============+ --------+
+    | lookup header |         |
+    +===============+         |
+    | BinSrchHeader |         |
+    +===============+         |
+    | lastGlyph[0]  |         |
+    +---------------+         |
+    | firstGlyph[0] |         |    head of lookup table
+    +---------------+         |             +
+    | offset[0]     |    ->   |          offset            [byte]
+    +===============+         |             +
+    | lastGlyph[1]  |         | (glyphID - firstGlyph) * 2 [byte]
+    +---------------+         |
+    | firstGlyph[1] |         |
+    +---------------+         |
+    | offset[1]     |         |
+    +===============+         |
+                              |
+     ....                     |
+                              |
+    16bit value array         |
+    +===============+         |
+    |     value     | <-------+
+     ....
+  */
+  static GXV_LookupValueDesc
+  gxv_XClassTable_lookupfmt4_transit( FT_UShort            relative_gindex,
+                                      GXV_LookupValueDesc  base_value,
+                                      FT_Bytes             lookuptbl_limit,
+                                      GXV_Validator        valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes             p;
+    FT_Bytes             limit;
+    FT_UShort            offset;
+    GXV_LookupValueDesc  value;
+
+    /* XXX: check range? */
+    offset = (FT_UShort)( base_value.u +
+                          relative_gindex * sizeof ( FT_UShort ) );
+
+    p     = valid->lookuptbl_head + offset;
+    limit = lookuptbl_limit;
+
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK ( 2 );
+    value.u = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    return value;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_XStateArray_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                            FT_ULong*      length_p,
+                            FT_UShort      maxClassID,
+                            FT_ULong       stateSize,
+                            FT_UShort*     maxState_p,
+                            FT_UShort*     maxEntry_p,
+                            GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes   p = table;
+    FT_Bytes   limit = table + *length_p;
+    FT_UShort  clazz;
+    FT_UShort  entry;
+
+    FT_UNUSED( stateSize ); /* for the non-debugging case */
+
+
+    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "XStateArray" );
+
+    GXV_TRACE(( "parse % 3d bytes by stateSize=% 3d maxClassID=% 3d\n",
+                (int)(*length_p), stateSize, (int)(maxClassID) ));
+
+    /*
+     * 2 states are predefined and must be described:
+     * state 0 (start of text), 1 (start of line)
+     */
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( ( 1 + maxClassID ) * 2 * 2 );
+
+    *maxState_p = 0;
+    *maxEntry_p = 0;
+
+    /* read if enough to read another state */
+    while ( p + ( ( 1 + maxClassID ) * 2 ) <= limit )
+    {
+      (*maxState_p)++;
+      for ( clazz = 0; clazz <= maxClassID; clazz++ )
+      {
+        entry = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+        *maxEntry_p = (FT_UShort)FT_MAX( *maxEntry_p, entry );
+      }
+    }
+    GXV_TRACE(( "parsed: maxState=%d, maxEntry=%d\n",
+                *maxState_p, *maxEntry_p ));
+
+    *length_p = p - table;
+
+    GXV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_XEntryTable_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                            FT_ULong*      length_p,
+                            FT_UShort      maxEntry,
+                            FT_ULong       stateArray_length,
+                            FT_UShort      maxClassID,
+                            FT_Bytes       xstatetable_table,
+                            FT_Bytes       xstatetable_limit,
+                            GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes   p = table;
+    FT_Bytes   limit = table + *length_p;
+    FT_UShort  entry;
+    FT_UShort  state;
+    FT_Int     entrySize = 2 + 2 + GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_SIZE( xstatetable );
+
+
+    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "XEntryTable" );
+    GXV_TRACE(( "maxEntry=%d entrySize=%d\n", maxEntry, entrySize ));
+
+    if ( ( p + ( maxEntry + 1 ) * entrySize ) > limit )
+      FT_INVALID_TOO_SHORT;
+
+    for (entry = 0; entry <= maxEntry ; entry++ )
+    {
+      FT_UShort                        newState_idx;
+      FT_UShort                        flags;
+      GXV_XStateTable_GlyphOffsetDesc  glyphOffset;
+
+
+      GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 + 2 );
+      newState_idx = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+      flags        = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+      if ( stateArray_length < (FT_ULong)( newState_idx * 2 ) )
+      {
+        GXV_TRACE(( "  newState index 0x%04x points out of stateArray\n",
+                    newState_idx ));
+        if ( valid->root->level >= FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID )
+          FT_INVALID_OFFSET;
+      }
+
+      state = (FT_UShort)( newState_idx / ( 1 + maxClassID ) );
+      if ( 0 != ( newState_idx % ( 1 + maxClassID ) ) )
+      {
+        FT_TRACE4(( "-> new state = %d (supposed)\n"
+                    "but newState index 0x%04x is not aligned to %d-classes\n",
+                    state, newState_idx,  1 + maxClassID ));
+        if ( valid->root->level >= FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID )
+          FT_INVALID_OFFSET;
+      }
+
+      switch ( GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_FMT( xstatetable ) )
+      {
+      case GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_NONE:
+        glyphOffset.uc = 0; /* make compiler happy */
+        break;
+
+      case GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_UCHAR:
+        glyphOffset.uc = FT_NEXT_BYTE( p );
+        break;
+
+      case GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_CHAR:
+        glyphOffset.c = FT_NEXT_CHAR( p );
+        break;
+
+      case GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_USHORT:
+        glyphOffset.u = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+        break;
+
+      case GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_SHORT:
+        glyphOffset.s = FT_NEXT_SHORT( p );
+        break;
+
+      case GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_ULONG:
+        glyphOffset.ul = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+        break;
+
+      case GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_LONG:
+        glyphOffset.l = FT_NEXT_LONG( p );
+        break;
+
+      default:
+        if ( valid->root->level >= FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID )
+          FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+
+      if ( NULL != valid->xstatetable.entry_validate_func )
+        valid->xstatetable.entry_validate_func( state,
+                                                flags,
+                                                glyphOffset,
+                                                xstatetable_table,
+                                                xstatetable_limit,
+                                                valid );
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    *length_p = p - table;
+
+    GXV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  gxv_XStateTable_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                            FT_Bytes       limit,
+                            GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    /* StateHeader members */
+    FT_ULong   classTable;      /* offset to Class(Sub)Table */
+    FT_ULong   stateArray;      /* offset to StateArray */
+    FT_ULong   entryTable;      /* offset to EntryTable */
+
+    FT_ULong   classTable_length;
+    FT_ULong   stateArray_length;
+    FT_ULong   entryTable_length;
+    FT_UShort  maxState;
+    FT_UShort  maxEntry;
+
+    GXV_XStateTable_Subtable_Setup_Func  setup_func;
+
+    FT_Bytes   p = table;
+
+
+    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "XStateTable" );
+
+    GXV_TRACE(( "XStateTable header\n" ));
+
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 + 4 + 4 + 4 );
+    valid->xstatetable.nClasses = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+    classTable = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+    stateArray = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+    entryTable = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+
+    GXV_TRACE(( "nClasses =0x%08x\n", valid->xstatetable.nClasses ));
+    GXV_TRACE(( "offset to classTable=0x%08x\n", classTable ));
+    GXV_TRACE(( "offset to stateArray=0x%08x\n", stateArray ));
+    GXV_TRACE(( "offset to entryTable=0x%08x\n", entryTable ));
+
+    if ( valid->xstatetable.nClasses > 0xFFFFU )
+      FT_INVALID_DATA;
+
+    GXV_TRACE(( "StateTable Subtables\n" ));
+
+    if ( valid->xstatetable.optdata_load_func != NULL )
+      valid->xstatetable.optdata_load_func( p, limit, valid );
+
+    if ( valid->xstatetable.subtable_setup_func != NULL )
+      setup_func = valid->xstatetable.subtable_setup_func;
+    else
+      setup_func = gxv_XStateTable_subtable_setup;
+
+    setup_func( limit - table,
+                classTable,
+                stateArray,
+                entryTable,
+                &classTable_length,
+                &stateArray_length,
+                &entryTable_length,
+                valid );
+
+    if ( classTable != 0 )
+    {
+      valid->xstatetable.maxClassID = 0;
+      valid->lookupval_sign         = GXV_LOOKUPVALUE_UNSIGNED;
+      valid->lookupval_func         = gxv_XClassTable_lookupval_validate;
+      valid->lookupfmt4_trans       = gxv_XClassTable_lookupfmt4_transit;
+      gxv_LookupTable_validate( table + classTable,
+                                table + classTable + classTable_length,
+                                valid );
+      if ( valid->subtable_length < classTable_length )
+        classTable_length = valid->subtable_length;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* XXX: check range? */
+      valid->xstatetable.maxClassID =
+        (FT_UShort)( valid->xstatetable.nClasses - 1 );
+    }
+
+    if ( stateArray != 0 )
+      gxv_XStateArray_validate( table + stateArray,
+                                &stateArray_length,
+                                valid->xstatetable.maxClassID,
+                                valid->xstatetable.nClasses,
+                                &maxState,
+                                &maxEntry,
+                                valid );
+    else
+    {
+      maxState = 1; /* 0:start of text, 1:start of line are predefined */
+      maxEntry = 0;
+    }
+
+    if ( maxEntry > 0 && entryTable == 0 )
+      FT_INVALID_OFFSET;
+
+    if ( entryTable != 0 )
+      gxv_XEntryTable_validate( table + entryTable,
+                                &entryTable_length,
+                                maxEntry,
+                                stateArray_length,
+                                valid->xstatetable.maxClassID,
+                                table,
+                                limit,
+                                valid );
+
+    GXV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                        Table overlapping                      *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  static int
+  gxv_compare_ranges( FT_Bytes  table1_start,
+                      FT_ULong  table1_length,
+                      FT_Bytes  table2_start,
+                      FT_ULong  table2_length )
+  {
+    if ( table1_start == table2_start )
+    {
+      if ( ( table1_length == 0 || table2_length == 0 ) )
+        goto Out;
+    }
+    else if ( table1_start < table2_start )
+    {
+      if ( ( table1_start + table1_length ) <= table2_start )
+        goto Out;
+    }
+    else if ( table1_start > table2_start )
+    {
+      if ( ( table1_start >= table2_start + table2_length ) )
+        goto Out;
+    }
+    return 1;
+
+  Out:
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  gxv_odtect_add_range( FT_Bytes          start,
+                        FT_ULong          length,
+                        const FT_String*  name,
+                        GXV_odtect_Range  odtect )
+  {
+    odtect->range[ odtect->nRanges ].start  = start;
+    odtect->range[ odtect->nRanges ].length = length;
+    odtect->range[ odtect->nRanges ].name   = (FT_String*)name;
+    odtect->nRanges++;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  gxv_odtect_validate( GXV_odtect_Range  odtect,
+                       GXV_Validator     valid )
+  {
+    FT_UInt  i, j;
+
+
+    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "check overlap among multi ranges" );
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < odtect->nRanges; i++ )
+      for ( j = 0; j < i; j++ )
+        if ( 0 != gxv_compare_ranges( odtect->range[i].start,
+                                      odtect->range[i].length,
+                                      odtect->range[j].start,
+                                      odtect->range[j].length ) )
+        {
+          if ( odtect->range[i].name || odtect->range[j].name )
+            GXV_TRACE(( "found overlap between range %d and range %d\n",
+                        i, j ));
+          else
+            GXV_TRACE(( "found overlap between `%s' and `%s\'\n",
+                        odtect->range[i].name,
+                        odtect->range[j].name ));
+          FT_INVALID_OFFSET;
+        }
+
+    GXV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvcommn.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvcommn.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..198d8e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvcommn.h
@@ -0,0 +1,560 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  gxvcommn.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    TrueTypeGX/AAT common tables validation (specification).             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2004, 2005 by suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K., */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.        */
+/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology      */
+/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.                                           */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*
+   * keywords in variable naming
+   * ---------------------------
+   *  table: Of type FT_Bytes, pointing to the start of this table/subtable.
+   *  limit: Of type FT_Bytes, pointing to the end of this table/subtable,
+   *         including padding for alignment.
+   *  offset: Of type FT_UInt, the number of octets from the start to target.
+   *  length: Of type FT_UInt, the number of octets from the start to the
+   *          end in this table/subtable, including padding for alignment.
+   *
+   *  _MIN, _MAX: Should be added to the tail of macros, as INT_MIN, etc.
+   */
+
+
+#ifndef __GXVCOMMN_H__
+#define __GXVCOMMN_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include "gxvalid.h"
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+#include FT_SFNT_NAMES_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                         VALIDATION                            *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  typedef struct GXV_ValidatorRec_*  GXV_Validator;
+
+
+#define DUMMY_LIMIT 0
+
+  typedef void
+  (*GXV_Validate_Func)( FT_Bytes       table,
+                        FT_Bytes       limit,
+                        GXV_Validator  valid );
+
+
+  /* ====================== LookupTable Validator ======================== */
+
+  typedef union  GXV_LookupValueDesc_
+  {
+    FT_UShort u;
+    FT_Short  s;
+
+  } GXV_LookupValueDesc;
+
+  typedef enum  GXV_LookupValue_SignSpec_
+  {
+    GXV_LOOKUPVALUE_UNSIGNED = 0,
+    GXV_LOOKUPVALUE_SIGNED
+
+  } GXV_LookupValue_SignSpec;
+
+
+  typedef void
+  (*GXV_Lookup_Value_Validate_Func)( FT_UShort            glyph,
+                                     GXV_LookupValueDesc  value,
+                                     GXV_Validator        valid );
+
+  typedef GXV_LookupValueDesc
+  (*GXV_Lookup_Fmt4_Transit_Func)( FT_UShort            relative_gindex,
+                                   GXV_LookupValueDesc  base_value,
+                                   FT_Bytes             lookuptbl_limit,
+                                   GXV_Validator        valid );
+
+
+  /* ====================== StateTable Validator ========================= */
+
+  typedef enum  GXV_GlyphOffset_Format_
+  {
+    GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_NONE   = -1,
+    GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_UCHAR  = 2,
+    GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_CHAR,
+    GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_USHORT = 4,
+    GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_SHORT,
+    GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_ULONG  = 8,
+    GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_LONG
+
+  } GXV_GlyphOffset_Format;
+
+
+#define GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_FMT( table )           \
+        ( valid->table.entry_glyphoffset_fmt )
+
+#define GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_SIZE( table )              \
+        ( valid->table.entry_glyphoffset_fmt / 2 )
+
+
+  /* ----------------------- 16bit StateTable ---------------------------- */
+
+  typedef union  GXV_StateTable_GlyphOffsetDesc_
+  {
+    FT_Byte    uc;
+    FT_UShort  u;       /* same as GXV_LookupValueDesc */
+    FT_ULong   ul;
+    FT_Char    c;
+    FT_Short   s;       /* same as GXV_LookupValueDesc */
+    FT_Long    l;
+
+  } GXV_StateTable_GlyphOffsetDesc;
+
+
+  typedef void
+  (*GXV_StateTable_Subtable_Setup_Func)( FT_UShort      table_size,
+                                         FT_UShort      classTable,
+                                         FT_UShort      stateArray,
+                                         FT_UShort      entryTable,
+                                         FT_UShort*     classTable_length_p,
+                                         FT_UShort*     stateArray_length_p,
+                                         FT_UShort*     entryTable_length_p,
+                                         GXV_Validator  valid );
+
+  typedef void
+  (*GXV_StateTable_Entry_Validate_Func)(
+     FT_Byte                         state,
+     FT_UShort                       flags,
+     GXV_StateTable_GlyphOffsetDesc  glyphOffset,
+     FT_Bytes                        statetable_table,
+     FT_Bytes                        statetable_limit,
+     GXV_Validator                   valid );
+
+  typedef void
+  (*GXV_StateTable_OptData_Load_Func)( FT_Bytes       table,
+                                       FT_Bytes       limit,
+                                       GXV_Validator  valid );
+
+  typedef struct  GXV_StateTable_ValidatorRec_
+  {
+    GXV_GlyphOffset_Format              entry_glyphoffset_fmt;
+    void*                               optdata;
+
+    GXV_StateTable_Subtable_Setup_Func  subtable_setup_func;
+    GXV_StateTable_Entry_Validate_Func  entry_validate_func;
+    GXV_StateTable_OptData_Load_Func    optdata_load_func;
+
+  } GXV_StateTable_ValidatorRec, *GXV_StateTable_ValidatorRecData;
+
+
+  /* ---------------------- 32bit XStateTable ---------------------------- */
+
+  typedef GXV_StateTable_GlyphOffsetDesc  GXV_XStateTable_GlyphOffsetDesc;
+
+  typedef void
+  (*GXV_XStateTable_Subtable_Setup_Func)( FT_ULong       table_size,
+                                          FT_ULong       classTable,
+                                          FT_ULong       stateArray,
+                                          FT_ULong       entryTable,
+                                          FT_ULong*      classTable_length_p,
+                                          FT_ULong*      stateArray_length_p,
+                                          FT_ULong*      entryTable_length_p,
+                                          GXV_Validator  valid );
+
+  typedef void
+  (*GXV_XStateTable_Entry_Validate_Func)(
+     FT_UShort                       state,
+     FT_UShort                       flags,
+     GXV_StateTable_GlyphOffsetDesc  glyphOffset,
+     FT_Bytes                        xstatetable_table,
+     FT_Bytes                        xstatetable_limit,
+     GXV_Validator                   valid );
+
+
+  typedef GXV_StateTable_OptData_Load_Func  GXV_XStateTable_OptData_Load_Func;
+
+
+  typedef struct  GXV_XStateTable_ValidatorRec_
+  {
+    int                                  entry_glyphoffset_fmt;
+    void*                                optdata;
+
+    GXV_XStateTable_Subtable_Setup_Func  subtable_setup_func;
+    GXV_XStateTable_Entry_Validate_Func  entry_validate_func;
+    GXV_XStateTable_OptData_Load_Func    optdata_load_func;
+
+    FT_ULong                             nClasses;
+    FT_UShort                            maxClassID;
+
+  } GXV_XStateTable_ValidatorRec, *GXV_XStateTable_ValidatorRecData;
+
+
+  /* ===================================================================== */
+
+  typedef struct  GXV_ValidatorRec_
+  {
+    FT_Validator  root;
+
+    FT_Face       face;
+    void*         table_data;
+
+    FT_ULong      subtable_length;
+
+    GXV_LookupValue_SignSpec        lookupval_sign;
+    GXV_Lookup_Value_Validate_Func  lookupval_func;
+    GXV_Lookup_Fmt4_Transit_Func    lookupfmt4_trans;
+    FT_Bytes                        lookuptbl_head;
+
+    GXV_StateTable_ValidatorRec     statetable;
+    GXV_XStateTable_ValidatorRec    xstatetable;
+
+#ifdef FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE
+    FT_UInt             debug_indent;
+    const FT_String*    debug_function_name[3];
+#endif
+
+  } GXV_ValidatorRec;
+
+
+#define GXV_TABLE_DATA( tag, field )                           \
+        ( ( (GXV_ ## tag ## _Data)valid->table_data )->field )
+
+#undef  FT_INVALID_
+#define FT_INVALID_( _prefix, _error )                         \
+          ft_validator_error( valid->root, _prefix ## _error )
+
+#define GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( _count )                                     \
+          FT_BEGIN_STMNT                                              \
+            if ( p + _count > ( limit? limit : valid->root->limit ) ) \
+              FT_INVALID_TOO_SHORT;                                   \
+          FT_END_STMNT
+
+
+#ifdef FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE
+
+#define GXV_INIT  valid->debug_indent = 0
+
+#define GXV_NAME_ENTER( name )                             \
+          FT_BEGIN_STMNT                                   \
+            valid->debug_indent += 2;                      \
+            FT_TRACE4(( "%*.s", valid->debug_indent, 0 )); \
+            FT_TRACE4(( "%s table\n", name ));             \
+          FT_END_STMNT
+
+#define GXV_EXIT  valid->debug_indent -= 2
+
+#define GXV_TRACE( s )                                     \
+          FT_BEGIN_STMNT                                   \
+            FT_TRACE4(( "%*.s", valid->debug_indent, 0 )); \
+            FT_TRACE4( s );                                \
+          FT_END_STMNT
+
+#else /* !FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE */
+
+#define GXV_INIT                do { } while ( 0 )
+#define GXV_NAME_ENTER( name )  do { } while ( 0 )
+#define GXV_EXIT                do { } while ( 0 )
+
+#define GXV_TRACE( s )          do { } while ( 0 )
+
+#endif  /* !FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                    32bit alignment checking                   *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+#define GXV_32BIT_ALIGNMENT_VALIDATE( a ) \
+          FT_BEGIN_STMNT                  \
+            {                             \
+              if ( 0 != ( (a) % 4 ) )     \
+                FT_INVALID_OFFSET ;       \
+            }                             \
+          FT_END_STMNT
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                    Dumping Binary Data                        *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+#define GXV_TRACE_HEXDUMP( p, len )                     \
+          FT_BEGIN_STMNT                                \
+            {                                           \
+              FT_Bytes  b;                              \
+                                                        \
+                                                        \
+              for ( b = p; b < (FT_Bytes)p + len; b++ ) \
+                FT_TRACE1(("\\x%02x", *b)) ;            \
+            }                                           \
+          FT_END_STMNT
+
+#define GXV_TRACE_HEXDUMP_C( p, len )                   \
+          FT_BEGIN_STMNT                                \
+            {                                           \
+              FT_Bytes  b;                              \
+                                                        \
+                                                        \
+              for ( b = p; b < (FT_Bytes)p + len; b++ ) \
+                if ( 0x40 < *b && *b < 0x7e )           \
+                  FT_TRACE1(("%c", *b)) ;               \
+                else                                    \
+                  FT_TRACE1(("\\x%02x", *b)) ;          \
+            }                                           \
+          FT_END_STMNT
+
+#define GXV_TRACE_HEXDUMP_SFNTNAME( n )               \
+          GXV_TRACE_HEXDUMP( n.string, n.string_len )
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                         LOOKUP TABLE                          *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  gxv_BinSrchHeader_validate( FT_Bytes       p,
+                              FT_Bytes       limit,
+                              FT_UShort*     unitSize_p,
+                              FT_UShort*     nUnits_p,
+                              GXV_Validator  valid );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  gxv_LookupTable_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                            FT_Bytes       limit,
+                            GXV_Validator  valid );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                          Glyph ID                             *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Int )
+  gxv_glyphid_validate( FT_UShort      gid,
+                        GXV_Validator  valid );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                        CONTROL POINT                          *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  gxv_ctlPoint_validate( FT_UShort      gid,
+                         FT_Short       ctl_point,
+                         GXV_Validator  valid );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                          SFNT NAME                            *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  gxv_sfntName_validate( FT_UShort      name_index,
+                         FT_UShort      min_index,
+                         FT_UShort      max_index,
+                         GXV_Validator  valid );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                          STATE TABLE                          *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  gxv_StateTable_subtable_setup( FT_UShort      table_size,
+                                 FT_UShort      classTable,
+                                 FT_UShort      stateArray,
+                                 FT_UShort      entryTable,
+                                 FT_UShort*     classTable_length_p,
+                                 FT_UShort*     stateArray_length_p,
+                                 FT_UShort*     entryTable_length_p,
+                                 GXV_Validator  valid );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  gxv_XStateTable_subtable_setup( FT_ULong       table_size,
+                                  FT_ULong       classTable,
+                                  FT_ULong       stateArray,
+                                  FT_ULong       entryTable,
+                                  FT_ULong*      classTable_length_p,
+                                  FT_ULong*      stateArray_length_p,
+                                  FT_ULong*      entryTable_length_p,
+                                  GXV_Validator  valid );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  gxv_StateTable_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                           FT_Bytes       limit,
+                           GXV_Validator  valid );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  gxv_XStateTable_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                            FT_Bytes       limit,
+                            GXV_Validator  valid );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                 UTILITY MACROS AND FUNCTIONS                  *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  gxv_array_getlimits_byte( FT_Bytes       table,
+                            FT_Bytes       limit,
+                            FT_Byte*       min,
+                            FT_Byte*       max,
+                            GXV_Validator  valid );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  gxv_array_getlimits_ushort( FT_Bytes       table,
+                              FT_Bytes       limit,
+                              FT_UShort*     min,
+                              FT_UShort*     max,
+                              GXV_Validator  valid );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  gxv_set_length_by_ushort_offset( FT_UShort*     offset,
+                                   FT_UShort**    length,
+                                   FT_UShort*     buff,
+                                   FT_UInt        nmemb,
+                                   FT_UShort      limit,
+                                   GXV_Validator  valid );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  gxv_set_length_by_ulong_offset( FT_ULong*      offset,
+                                  FT_ULong**     length,
+                                  FT_ULong*      buff,
+                                  FT_UInt        nmemb,
+                                  FT_ULong       limit,
+                                  GXV_Validator  valid);
+
+
+#define GXV_SUBTABLE_OFFSET_CHECK( _offset )          \
+          FT_BEGIN_STMNT                              \
+            if ( (_offset) > valid->subtable_length ) \
+              FT_INVALID_OFFSET;                      \
+          FT_END_STMNT
+
+#define GXV_SUBTABLE_LIMIT_CHECK( _count )                  \
+          FT_BEGIN_STMNT                                    \
+            if ( ( p + (_count) - valid->subtable_start ) > \
+                   valid->subtable_length )                 \
+              FT_INVALID_TOO_SHORT;                         \
+          FT_END_STMNT
+
+#define GXV_USHORT_TO_SHORT( _us )                                    \
+          ( ( 0x8000U < ( _us ) ) ? ( ( _us ) - 0x8000U ) : ( _us ) )
+
+#define GXV_STATETABLE_HEADER_SIZE  ( 2 + 2 + 2 + 2 )
+#define GXV_STATEHEADER_SIZE        GXV_STATETABLE_HEADER_SIZE
+
+#define GXV_XSTATETABLE_HEADER_SIZE  ( 4 + 4 + 4 + 4 )
+#define GXV_XSTATEHEADER_SIZE        GXV_XSTATETABLE_HEADER_SIZE
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                        Table overlapping                      *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  typedef struct  GXV_odtect_DataRec_
+  {
+    FT_Bytes    start;
+    FT_ULong    length;
+    FT_String*  name;
+
+  } GXV_odtect_DataRec,  *GXV_odtect_Data;
+
+  typedef struct  GXV_odtect_RangeRec_
+  {
+    FT_UInt          nRanges;
+    GXV_odtect_Data  range;
+
+  } GXV_odtect_RangeRec, *GXV_odtect_Range;
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  gxv_odtect_add_range( FT_Bytes          start,
+                        FT_ULong          length,
+                        const FT_String*  name,
+                        GXV_odtect_Range  odtect );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  gxv_odtect_validate( GXV_odtect_Range  odtect,
+                       GXV_Validator     valid );
+
+
+#define GXV_ODTECT( n, odtect )                              \
+          GXV_odtect_DataRec   odtect ## _range[n];          \
+          GXV_odtect_RangeRec  odtect ## _rec = { 0, NULL }; \
+          GXV_odtect_Range     odtect = NULL
+
+#define GXV_ODTECT_INIT( odtect )                      \
+          FT_BEGIN_STMNT                               \
+            odtect ## _rec.nRanges = 0;                \
+            odtect ## _rec.range   = odtect ## _range; \
+            odtect                 = & odtect ## _rec; \
+          FT_END_STMNT
+
+
+ /* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __GXVCOMMN_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxverror.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxverror.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0196199
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxverror.h
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  gxverror.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    TrueTypeGX/AAT validation module error codes (specification only).   */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2004, 2005 by suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K., */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.        */
+/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology      */
+/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.                                           */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This file is used to define the OpenType validation module error      */
+  /* enumeration constants.                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef __GXVERROR_H__
+#define __GXVERROR_H__
+
+#include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
+
+#undef __FTERRORS_H__
+
+#define FT_ERR_PREFIX  GXV_Err_
+#define FT_ERR_BASE    FT_Mod_Err_GXV
+
+#define FT_KEEP_ERR_PREFIX
+
+#include FT_ERRORS_H
+
+#endif /* __GXVERROR_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvfeat.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvfeat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ad30a76
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvfeat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,344 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  gxvfeat.c                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    TrueTypeGX/AAT feat table validation (body).                         */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2004, 2005, 2008 by                                          */
+/*  suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K.,                         */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.        */
+/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology      */
+/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.                                           */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include "gxvalid.h"
+#include "gxvcommn.h"
+#include "gxvfeat.h"
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_gxvfeat
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                      Data and Types                           *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  typedef struct  GXV_feat_DataRec_
+  {
+    FT_UInt    reserved_size;
+    FT_UShort  feature;
+    FT_UShort  setting;
+
+  } GXV_feat_DataRec, *GXV_feat_Data;
+
+
+#define GXV_FEAT_DATA( field )  GXV_TABLE_DATA( feat, field )
+
+
+  typedef enum  GXV_FeatureFlagsMask_
+  {
+    GXV_FEAT_MASK_EXCLUSIVE_SETTINGS = 0x8000U,
+    GXV_FEAT_MASK_DYNAMIC_DEFAULT    = 0x4000,
+    GXV_FEAT_MASK_UNUSED             = 0x3F00,
+    GXV_FEAT_MASK_DEFAULT_SETTING    = 0x00FF
+
+  } GXV_FeatureFlagsMask;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                      UTILITY FUNCTIONS                        *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  static void
+  gxv_feat_registry_validate( FT_UShort      feature,
+                              FT_UShort      nSettings,
+                              FT_Bool        exclusive,
+                              GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "feature in registry" );
+
+    GXV_TRACE(( " (feature = %u)\n", feature ));
+
+    if ( feature >= gxv_feat_registry_length )
+    {
+      GXV_TRACE(( "feature number %d is out of range %d\n",
+                  feature, gxv_feat_registry_length ));
+      if ( valid->root->level == FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID )
+        FT_INVALID_DATA;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    if ( gxv_feat_registry[feature].existence == 0 )
+    {
+      GXV_TRACE(( "feature number %d is in defined range but doesn't exist\n",
+                  feature ));
+      if ( valid->root->level == FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID )
+        FT_INVALID_DATA;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    if ( gxv_feat_registry[feature].apple_reserved )
+    {
+      /* Don't use here. Apple is reserved. */
+      GXV_TRACE(( "feature number %d is reserved by Apple\n", feature ));
+      if ( valid->root->level >= FT_VALIDATE_TIGHT )
+        FT_INVALID_DATA;
+    }
+
+    if ( nSettings != gxv_feat_registry[feature].nSettings )
+    {
+      GXV_TRACE(( "feature %d: nSettings %d != defined nSettings %d\n",
+                  feature, nSettings,
+                  gxv_feat_registry[feature].nSettings ));
+      if ( valid->root->level >= FT_VALIDATE_TIGHT )
+        FT_INVALID_DATA;
+    }
+
+    if ( exclusive != gxv_feat_registry[feature].exclusive )
+    {
+      GXV_TRACE(( "exclusive flag %d differs from predefined value\n",
+                  exclusive ));
+      if ( valid->root->level >= FT_VALIDATE_TIGHT )
+        FT_INVALID_DATA;
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    GXV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_feat_name_index_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                                FT_Bytes       limit,
+                                GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+
+    FT_Short  nameIndex;
+
+
+    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "nameIndex" );
+
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
+    nameIndex = FT_NEXT_SHORT ( p );
+    GXV_TRACE(( " (nameIndex = %d)\n", nameIndex ));
+
+    gxv_sfntName_validate( (FT_UShort)nameIndex,
+                           255,
+                           32768U,
+                           valid );
+
+    GXV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_feat_setting_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                             FT_Bytes       limit,
+                             FT_Bool        exclusive,
+                             GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes   p = table;
+    FT_UShort  setting;
+
+
+    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "setting" );
+
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
+
+    setting = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    /* If we have exclusive setting, the setting should be odd. */
+    if ( exclusive && ( setting % 2 ) == 0 )
+      FT_INVALID_DATA;
+
+    gxv_feat_name_index_validate( p, limit, valid );
+
+    GXV_FEAT_DATA( setting ) = setting;
+
+    GXV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_feat_name_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                          FT_Bytes       limit,
+                          GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes   p             = table;
+    FT_UInt    reserved_size = GXV_FEAT_DATA( reserved_size );
+
+    FT_UShort  feature;
+    FT_UShort  nSettings;
+    FT_UInt    settingTable;
+    FT_UShort  featureFlags;
+
+    FT_Bool    exclusive;
+    FT_Int     last_setting;
+    FT_UInt    i;
+
+
+    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "name" );
+
+    /* feature + nSettings + settingTable + featureFlags */
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 + 2 + 4 + 2 );
+
+    feature = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    GXV_FEAT_DATA( feature ) = feature;
+
+    nSettings    = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    settingTable = FT_NEXT_ULONG ( p );
+    featureFlags = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    if ( settingTable < reserved_size )
+      FT_INVALID_OFFSET;
+
+    if ( valid->root->level == FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID   &&
+         ( featureFlags & GXV_FEAT_MASK_UNUSED ) == 0 )
+      FT_INVALID_DATA;
+
+    exclusive = FT_BOOL( featureFlags & GXV_FEAT_MASK_EXCLUSIVE_SETTINGS );
+    if ( exclusive )
+    {
+      FT_Byte  dynamic_default;
+
+
+      if ( featureFlags & GXV_FEAT_MASK_DYNAMIC_DEFAULT )
+        dynamic_default = (FT_Byte)( featureFlags &
+                                     GXV_FEAT_MASK_DEFAULT_SETTING );
+      else
+        dynamic_default = 0;
+
+      /* If exclusive, check whether default setting is in the range. */
+      if ( !( dynamic_default < nSettings ) )
+        FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
+    }
+
+    gxv_feat_registry_validate( feature, nSettings, exclusive, valid );
+
+    gxv_feat_name_index_validate( p, limit, valid );
+
+    p = valid->root->base + settingTable;
+    for ( last_setting = -1, i = 0; i < nSettings; i++ )
+    {
+      gxv_feat_setting_validate( p, limit, exclusive, valid );
+
+      if ( valid->root->level == FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID       &&
+           (FT_Int)GXV_FEAT_DATA( setting ) <= last_setting )
+        FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
+
+      last_setting = (FT_Int)GXV_FEAT_DATA( setting );
+      /* setting + nameIndex */
+      p += ( 2 + 2 );
+    }
+
+    GXV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                         feat TABLE                            *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  gxv_feat_validate( FT_Bytes      table,
+                     FT_Face       face,
+                     FT_Validator  ftvalid )
+  {
+    GXV_ValidatorRec  validrec;
+    GXV_Validator     valid = &validrec;
+
+    GXV_feat_DataRec  featrec;
+    GXV_feat_Data     feat = &featrec;
+
+    FT_Bytes          p     = table;
+    FT_Bytes          limit = 0;
+
+    FT_UInt           featureNameCount;
+
+    FT_UInt           i;
+    FT_Int            last_feature;
+
+
+    valid->root       = ftvalid;
+    valid->table_data = feat;
+    valid->face       = face;
+
+    FT_TRACE3(( "validating `feat' table\n" ));
+    GXV_INIT;
+
+    feat->reserved_size = 0;
+
+    /* version + featureNameCount + none_0 + none_1  */
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 + 2 + 2 + 4 );
+    feat->reserved_size += 4 + 2 + 2 + 4;
+
+    if ( FT_NEXT_ULONG( p ) != 0x00010000UL ) /* Version */
+      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
+
+    featureNameCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    GXV_TRACE(( " (featureNameCount = %d)\n", featureNameCount ));
+
+    if ( valid->root->level != FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID )
+      p += 6;                   /* skip (none) and (none) */
+    else
+    {
+      if ( FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ) != 0 )
+        FT_INVALID_DATA;
+
+      if ( FT_NEXT_ULONG( p )  != 0 )
+        FT_INVALID_DATA;
+    }
+
+    feat->reserved_size += featureNameCount * ( 2 + 2 + 4 + 2 + 2 );
+
+    for ( last_feature = -1, i = 0; i < featureNameCount; i++ )
+    {
+      gxv_feat_name_validate( p, limit, valid );
+
+      if ( valid->root->level == FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID       &&
+           (FT_Int)GXV_FEAT_DATA( feature ) <= last_feature )
+        FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
+
+      last_feature = GXV_FEAT_DATA( feature );
+      p += 2 + 2 + 4 + 2 + 2;
+    }
+
+    FT_TRACE4(( "\n" ));
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvfeat.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvfeat.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..049d23a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvfeat.h
@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  gxvfeat.h                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    TrueTypeGX/AAT feat table validation (specification).                */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2004, 2005 by suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K., */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.        */
+/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology      */
+/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.                                           */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __GXVFEAT_H__
+#define __GXVFEAT_H__
+
+
+#include "gxvalid.h"
+#include "gxvcommn.h"
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                Registry predefined by Apple                   *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /* TODO: More compact format */
+  typedef struct  GXV_Feature_RegistryRec_
+  {
+    FT_Bool  existence;
+    FT_Bool  apple_reserved;
+    FT_Bool  exclusive;
+    FT_Byte  nSettings;
+
+  } GX_Feature_RegistryRec;
+
+
+#define gxv_feat_registry_length                  \
+          ( sizeof ( gxv_feat_registry ) /        \
+              sizeof ( GX_Feature_RegistryRec ) )
+
+
+  static GX_Feature_RegistryRec  gxv_feat_registry[] =
+  {
+    /* Generated from gxvfgen.c */
+    {1, 0, 0,  1},   /* All Typographic Features */
+    {1, 0, 0,  8},   /* Ligatures */
+    {1, 0, 1,  3},   /* Cursive Connection */
+    {1, 0, 1,  6},   /* Letter Case */
+    {1, 0, 0,  1},   /* Vertical Substitution */
+    {1, 0, 0,  1},   /* Linguistic Rearrangement */
+    {1, 0, 1,  2},   /* Number Spacing */
+    {1, 1, 0,  0},   /* Apple Reserved 1 */
+    {1, 0, 0,  5},   /* Smart Swashes */
+    {1, 0, 1,  3},   /* Diacritics */
+    {1, 0, 1,  4},   /* Vertical Position */
+    {1, 0, 1,  3},   /* Fractions */
+    {1, 1, 0,  0},   /* Apple Reserved 2 */
+    {1, 0, 0,  1},   /* Overlapping Characters */
+    {1, 0, 0,  6},   /* Typographic Extras */
+    {1, 0, 0,  5},   /* Mathematical Extras */
+    {1, 0, 1,  7},   /* Ornament Sets */
+    {1, 0, 1,  1},   /* Character Alternatives */
+    {1, 0, 1,  5},   /* Design Complexity */
+    {1, 0, 1,  6},   /* Style Options */
+    {1, 0, 1, 11},   /* Character Shape */
+    {1, 0, 1,  2},   /* Number Case */
+    {1, 0, 1,  4},   /* Text Spacing */
+    {1, 0, 1, 10},   /* Transliteration */
+    {1, 0, 1,  9},   /* Annotation */
+    {1, 0, 1,  2},   /* Kana Spacing */
+    {1, 0, 1,  2},   /* Ideographic Spacing */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {0, 0, 0,  0},   /* __EMPTY__ */
+    {1, 0, 1,  4},   /* Text Spacing */
+    {1, 0, 1,  2},   /* Kana Spacing */
+    {1, 0, 1,  2},   /* Ideographic Spacing */
+    {1, 0, 1,  4},   /* CJK Roman Spacing */
+  };
+
+
+#endif /* __GXVFEAT_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvfgen.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvfgen.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e48778a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvfgen.c
@@ -0,0 +1,482 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  gxfgen.c                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Generate feature registry data for gxv `feat' validator.             */
+/*    This program is derived from gxfeatreg.c in gxlayout.                */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2004, 2005, 2006 by Masatake YAMATO and Redhat K.K.          */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file may only be used,                                            */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  gxfeatreg.c                                                            */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Database of font features pre-defined by Apple Computer, Inc.        */
+/*    http://developer.apple.com/fonts/Registry/                           */
+/*    (body).                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2003 by                                                      */
+/*  Masatake YAMATO and Redhat K.K.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file may only be used,                                            */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/* Development of gxfeatreg.c is supported by                              */
+/* Information-technology Promotion Agency, Japan.                         */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/* This file is compiled as a stand-alone executable.                      */
+/* This file is never compiled into `libfreetype2'.                        */
+/* The output of this file is used in `gxvfeat.c'.                         */
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/* Compile: gcc `pkg-config --cflags freetype2` gxvfgen.c -o gxvfgen       */
+/* Run: ./gxvfgen > tmp.c                                                  */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+  /*******************************************************************/
+  /* WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING */
+  /*******************************************************************/
+
+  /*
+   * If you add a new setting to a feature, check the number of settings
+   * in the feature.  If the number is greater than the value defined as
+   * FEATREG_MAX_SETTING, update the value.
+   */
+#define FEATREG_MAX_SETTING  12
+
+  /*******************************************************************/
+  /* WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING */
+  /*******************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                      Data and Types                           *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+#define APPLE_RESERVED         "Apple Reserved"
+#define APPLE_RESERVED_LENGTH  14
+
+  typedef struct  GX_Feature_RegistryRec_
+  {
+    const char*  feat_name;
+    char         exclusive;
+    char*        setting_name[FEATREG_MAX_SETTING];
+
+  } GX_Feature_RegistryRec;
+
+
+#define EMPTYFEAT {0, 0, {NULL}}
+
+
+  static GX_Feature_RegistryRec featreg_table[] = {
+    {                                       /* 0 */
+      "All Typographic Features",
+      0,
+      {
+        "All Type Features",
+        NULL
+      }
+    }, {                                    /* 1 */
+      "Ligatures",
+      0,
+      {
+        "Required Ligatures",
+        "Common Ligatures",
+        "Rare Ligatures",
+        "Logos",
+        "Rebus Pictures",
+        "Diphthong Ligatures",
+        "Squared Ligatures",
+        "Squared Ligatures, Abbreviated",
+        NULL
+      }
+    }, {                                    /* 2 */
+      "Cursive Connection",
+      1,
+      {
+        "Unconnected",
+        "Partially Connected",
+        "Cursive",
+        NULL
+      }
+    }, {                                    /* 3 */
+      "Letter Case",
+      1,
+      {
+        "Upper & Lower Case",
+        "All Caps",
+        "All Lower Case",
+        "Small Caps",
+        "Initial Caps",
+        "Initial Caps & Small Caps",
+        NULL
+      }
+    }, {                                    /* 4 */
+      "Vertical Substitution",
+      0,
+      {
+        /* "Substitute Vertical Forms", */
+        "Turns on the feature",
+        NULL
+      }
+    }, {                                    /* 5 */
+      "Linguistic Rearrangement",
+      0,
+      {
+        /* "Linguistic Rearrangement", */
+        "Turns on the feature",
+        NULL
+      }
+    }, {                                    /* 6 */
+      "Number Spacing",
+      1,
+      {
+        "Monospaced Numbers",
+        "Proportional Numbers",
+        NULL
+      }
+    }, {                                    /* 7 */
+      APPLE_RESERVED " 1",
+      0,
+      {NULL}
+    }, {                                    /* 8 */
+      "Smart Swashes",
+      0,
+      {
+        "Word Initial Swashes",
+        "Word Final Swashes",
+        "Line Initial Swashes",
+        "Line Final Swashes",
+        "Non-Final Swashes",
+        NULL
+      }
+    }, {                                    /* 9 */
+      "Diacritics",
+      1,
+      {
+        "Show Diacritics",
+        "Hide Diacritics",
+        "Decompose Diacritics",
+        NULL
+      }
+    }, {                                    /* 10 */
+      "Vertical Position",
+      1,
+      {
+        /* "Normal Position", */
+        "No Vertical Position",
+        "Superiors",
+        "Inferiors",
+        "Ordinals",
+        NULL
+      }
+    }, {                                    /* 11 */
+      "Fractions",
+      1,
+      {
+        "No Fractions",
+        "Vertical Fractions",
+        "Diagonal Fractions",
+        NULL
+      }
+    }, {                                    /* 12 */
+      APPLE_RESERVED " 2",
+      0,
+      {NULL}
+    }, {                                    /* 13 */
+      "Overlapping Characters",
+      0,
+      {
+        /* "Prevent Overlap", */
+        "Turns on the feature",
+        NULL
+      }
+    }, {                                    /* 14 */
+      "Typographic Extras",
+      0,
+      {
+        "Hyphens to Em Dash",
+        "Hyphens to En Dash",
+        "Unslashed Zero",
+        "Form Interrobang",
+        "Smart Quotes",
+        "Periods to Ellipsis",
+        NULL
+      }
+    }, {                                    /* 15 */
+      "Mathematical Extras",
+      0,
+      {
+        "Hyphens to Minus",
+        "Asterisk to Multiply",
+        "Slash to Divide",
+        "Inequality Ligatures",
+        "Exponents",
+        NULL
+      }
+    }, {                                    /* 16 */
+      "Ornament Sets",
+      1,
+      {
+        "No Ornaments",
+        "Dingbats",
+        "Pi Characters",
+        "Fleurons",
+        "Decorative Borders",
+        "International Symbols",
+        "Math Symbols",
+        NULL
+      }
+    }, {                                    /* 17 */
+      "Character Alternatives",
+      1,
+      {
+        "No Alternates",
+        /* TODO */
+        NULL
+      }
+    }, {                                    /* 18 */
+      "Design Complexity",
+      1,
+      {
+        "Design Level 1",
+        "Design Level 2",
+        "Design Level 3",
+        "Design Level 4",
+        "Design Level 5",
+        /* TODO */
+        NULL
+      }
+    }, {                                    /* 19 */
+      "Style Options",
+      1,
+      {
+        "No Style Options",
+        "Display Text",
+        "Engraved Text",
+        "Illuminated Caps",
+        "Tilling Caps",
+        "Tall Caps",
+        NULL
+      }
+    }, {                                    /* 20 */
+      "Character Shape",
+      1,
+      {
+        "Traditional Characters",
+        "Simplified Characters",
+        "JIS 1978 Characters",
+        "JIS 1983 Characters",
+        "JIS 1990 Characters",
+        "Traditional Characters, Alternative Set 1",
+        "Traditional Characters, Alternative Set 2",
+        "Traditional Characters, Alternative Set 3",
+        "Traditional Characters, Alternative Set 4",
+        "Traditional Characters, Alternative Set 5",
+        "Expert Characters",
+        NULL                           /* count => 12 */
+      }
+    }, {                                    /* 21 */
+      "Number Case",
+      1,
+      {
+        "Lower Case Numbers",
+        "Upper Case Numbers",
+        NULL
+      }
+    }, {                                    /* 22 */
+      "Text Spacing",
+      1,
+      {
+        "Proportional",
+        "Monospaced",
+        "Half-width",
+        "Normal",
+        NULL
+      }
+    }, /* Here after Newer */  { /* 23 */
+      "Transliteration",
+      1,
+      {
+        "No Transliteration",
+        "Hanja To Hangul",
+        "Hiragana to Katakana",
+        "Katakana to Hiragana",
+        "Kana to Romanization",
+        "Romanization to Hiragana",
+        "Romanization to Katakana",
+        "Hanja to Hangul, Alternative Set 1",
+        "Hanja to Hangul, Alternative Set 2",
+        "Hanja to Hangul, Alternative Set 3",
+        NULL
+      }
+    }, {                                    /* 24 */
+      "Annotation",
+      1,
+      {
+        "No Annotation",
+        "Box Annotation",
+        "Rounded Box Annotation",
+        "Circle Annotation",
+        "Inverted Circle Annotation",
+        "Parenthesis Annotation",
+        "Period Annotation",
+        "Roman Numeral Annotation",
+        "Diamond Annotation",
+        NULL
+      }
+    }, {                                    /* 25 */
+      "Kana Spacing",
+      1,
+      {
+        "Full Width",
+        "Proportional",
+        NULL
+      }
+    }, {                                    /* 26 */
+      "Ideographic Spacing",
+      1,
+      {
+        "Full Width",
+        "Proportional",
+        NULL
+      }
+    }, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT,         /* 27-30 */
+    EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, /* 31-35 */
+    EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, /* 36-40 */
+    EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, /* 40-45 */
+    EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, /* 46-50 */
+    EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, /* 51-55 */
+    EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, /* 56-60 */
+    EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, /* 61-65 */
+    EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, /* 66-70 */
+    EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, /* 71-75 */
+    EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, /* 76-80 */
+    EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, /* 81-85 */
+    EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, /* 86-90 */
+    EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, /* 91-95 */
+    EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT, EMPTYFEAT,                       /* 96-98 */
+    EMPTYFEAT, /* 99 */ {                   /* 100 => 22 */
+      "Text Spacing",
+      1,
+      {
+        "Proportional",
+        "Monospaced",
+        "Half-width",
+        "Normal",
+        NULL
+      }
+    }, {                                    /* 101 => 25 */
+      "Kana Spacing",
+      1,
+      {
+        "Full Width",
+        "Proportional",
+        NULL
+      }
+    }, {                                    /* 102 => 26 */
+      "Ideographic Spacing",
+      1,
+      {
+        "Full Width",
+        "Proportional",
+        NULL
+      }
+    }, {                                    /* 103 */
+      "CJK Roman Spacing",
+      1,
+      {
+        "Half-width",
+        "Proportional",
+        "Default Roman",
+        "Full-width Roman",
+        NULL
+      }
+    }, {                                    /* 104 => 1 */
+      "All Typographic Features",
+      0,
+      {
+        "All Type Features",
+        NULL
+      }
+    }
+  };
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                         Generator                             *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  int
+  main( void )
+  {
+    int  i;
+
+
+    printf( "  {\n" );
+    printf( "   /* Generated from %s */\n", __FILE__ );
+
+    for ( i = 0;
+          i < sizeof ( featreg_table ) / sizeof ( GX_Feature_RegistryRec );
+          i++ )
+    {
+      const char*  feat_name;
+      int          nSettings;
+
+
+      feat_name = featreg_table[i].feat_name;
+      for ( nSettings = 0;
+            featreg_table[i].setting_name[nSettings];
+            nSettings++)
+        ;                                   /* Do nothing */
+
+      printf( "    {%1d, %1d, %1d, %2d},   /* %s */\n",
+              feat_name ? 1 : 0,
+              ( feat_name                                                  &&
+                ( ft_strncmp( feat_name,
+                              APPLE_RESERVED, APPLE_RESERVED_LENGTH ) == 0 )
+              ) ? 1 : 0,
+              featreg_table[i].exclusive ? 1 : 0,
+              nSettings,
+              feat_name ? feat_name : "__EMPTY__" );
+    }
+
+    printf( "  };\n" );
+
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvjust.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvjust.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..29bf840
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvjust.c
@@ -0,0 +1,630 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  gxvjust.c                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    TrueTypeGX/AAT just table validation (body).                         */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2005 by suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K.,       */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.        */
+/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology      */
+/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.                                           */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include "gxvalid.h"
+#include "gxvcommn.h"
+
+#include FT_SFNT_NAMES_H
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_gxvjust
+
+  /*
+   * referred `just' table format specification:
+   * http://developer.apple.com/fonts/TTRefMan/RM06/Chap6just.html
+   * last updated 2000.
+   * ----------------------------------------------
+   * [JUST HEADER]: GXV_JUST_HEADER_SIZE
+   * version     (fixed:  32bit) = 0x00010000
+   * format      (uint16: 16bit) = 0 is only defined (2000)
+   * horizOffset (uint16: 16bit)
+   * vertOffset  (uint16: 16bit)
+   * ----------------------------------------------
+   */
+
+  typedef struct  GXV_just_DataRec_
+  {
+    FT_UShort  wdc_offset_max;
+    FT_UShort  wdc_offset_min;
+    FT_UShort  pc_offset_max;
+    FT_UShort  pc_offset_min;
+
+  } GXV_just_DataRec, *GXV_just_Data;
+
+
+#define  GXV_JUST_DATA( a )  GXV_TABLE_DATA( just, a )
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_just_wdp_entry_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                               FT_Bytes       limit,
+                               GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes   p = table;
+    FT_ULong   justClass;
+    FT_Fixed   beforeGrowLimit;
+    FT_Fixed   beforeShrinkGrowLimit;
+    FT_Fixed   afterGrowLimit;
+    FT_Fixed   afterShrinkGrowLimit;
+    FT_UShort  growFlags;
+    FT_UShort  shrinkFlags;
+
+
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 + 4 + 4 + 4 + 4 + 2 + 2 );
+    justClass             = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+    beforeGrowLimit       = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+    beforeShrinkGrowLimit = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+    afterGrowLimit        = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+    afterShrinkGrowLimit  = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+    growFlags             = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    shrinkFlags           = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    /* TODO: decode flags for human readability */
+
+    valid->subtable_length = p - table;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_just_wdc_entry_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                               FT_Bytes       limit,
+                               GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+    FT_ULong  count, i;
+
+
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 );
+    count = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+    for ( i = 0; i < count; i++ )
+    {
+      GXV_TRACE(( "validating wdc pair %d/%d\n", i + 1, count ));
+      gxv_just_wdp_entry_validate( p, limit, valid );
+      p += valid->subtable_length;
+    }
+
+    valid->subtable_length = p - table;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_just_widthDeltaClusters_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                                        FT_Bytes       limit,
+                                        GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p         = table ;
+    FT_Bytes  wdc_end   = table + GXV_JUST_DATA( wdc_offset_max );
+    FT_UInt   i;
+
+
+    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "just justDeltaClusters" );
+
+    if ( limit <= wdc_end )
+      FT_INVALID_OFFSET;
+
+    for ( i = 0; p <= wdc_end; i++ )
+    {
+      gxv_just_wdc_entry_validate( p, limit, valid );
+      p += valid->subtable_length;
+    }
+
+    valid->subtable_length = p - table;
+
+    GXV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_just_actSubrecord_type0_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                                        FT_Bytes       limit,
+                                        GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes   p = table;
+
+    FT_Fixed   lowerLimit;
+    FT_Fixed   upperLimit;
+
+    FT_UShort  order;
+    FT_UShort  decomposedCount;
+
+    FT_UInt    i;
+
+
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 + 4 + 2 + 2 );
+    lowerLimit      = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+    upperLimit      = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+    order           = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    decomposedCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < decomposedCount; i++ )
+    {
+      FT_UShort glyphs;
+
+
+      GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
+      glyphs = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    }
+
+    valid->subtable_length = p - table;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_just_actSubrecord_type1_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                                        FT_Bytes       limit,
+                                        GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes   p = table;
+    FT_UShort  addGlyph;
+
+
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
+    addGlyph = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    valid->subtable_length = p - table;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_just_actSubrecord_type2_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                                        FT_Bytes       limit,
+                                        GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes   p = table;
+    FT_Fixed   substThreshhold; /* Apple misspelled "Threshhold" */
+    FT_UShort  addGlyph;
+    FT_UShort  substGlyph;
+
+
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 + 2 + 2 );
+    substThreshhold = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+    addGlyph        = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    substGlyph      = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    valid->subtable_length = p - table;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_just_actSubrecord_type4_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                                        FT_Bytes       limit,
+                                        GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+    FT_ULong  variantsAxis;
+    FT_Fixed  minimumLimit;
+    FT_Fixed  noStretchValue;
+    FT_Fixed  maximumLimit;
+
+
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 + 4 + 4 + 4 );
+    variantsAxis   = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+    minimumLimit   = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+    noStretchValue = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+    maximumLimit   = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+
+    valid->subtable_length = p - table;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_just_actSubrecord_type5_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                                        FT_Bytes       limit,
+                                        GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes   p = table;
+    FT_UShort  flags;
+    FT_UShort  glyph;
+
+
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 + 2 );
+    flags = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    glyph = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    valid->subtable_length = p - table;
+  }
+
+
+  /* parse single actSubrecord */
+  static void
+  gxv_just_actSubrecord_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                                  FT_Bytes       limit,
+                                  GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes   p = table;
+    FT_UShort  actionClass;
+    FT_UShort  actionType;
+    FT_ULong   actionLength;
+
+
+    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "just actSubrecord" );
+
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 + 2 + 4 );
+    actionClass  = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    actionType   = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    actionLength = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+
+    if ( actionType == 0 )
+      gxv_just_actSubrecord_type0_validate( p, limit, valid );
+    else if ( actionType == 1 )
+      gxv_just_actSubrecord_type1_validate( p, limit, valid );
+    else if ( actionType == 2 )
+      gxv_just_actSubrecord_type2_validate( p, limit, valid );
+    else if ( actionType == 3 )
+      ;                         /* Stretch glyph action: no actionData */
+    else if ( actionType == 4 )
+      gxv_just_actSubrecord_type4_validate( p, limit, valid );
+    else if ( actionType == 5 )
+      gxv_just_actSubrecord_type5_validate( p, limit, valid );
+    else
+      FT_INVALID_DATA;
+
+    valid->subtable_length = actionLength;
+
+    GXV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_just_pcActionRecord_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                                    FT_Bytes       limit,
+                                    GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+    FT_ULong  actionCount;
+    FT_ULong  i;
+
+
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 );
+    actionCount = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+    GXV_TRACE(( "actionCount = %d\n", actionCount ));
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < actionCount; i++ )
+    {
+      gxv_just_actSubrecord_validate( p, limit, valid );
+      p += valid->subtable_length;
+    }
+
+    valid->subtable_length = p - table;
+
+    GXV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_just_pcTable_LookupValue_entry_validate( FT_UShort            glyph,
+                                               GXV_LookupValueDesc  value,
+                                               GXV_Validator        valid )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( glyph );
+
+    if ( value.u > GXV_JUST_DATA( pc_offset_max ) )
+      GXV_JUST_DATA( pc_offset_max ) = value.u;
+    if ( value.u < GXV_JUST_DATA( pc_offset_max ) )
+      GXV_JUST_DATA( pc_offset_min ) = value.u;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_just_pcLookupTable_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                                   FT_Bytes       limit,
+                                   GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes p = table;
+
+
+    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "just pcLookupTable" );
+    GXV_JUST_DATA( pc_offset_max ) = 0x0000;
+    GXV_JUST_DATA( pc_offset_min ) = 0xFFFFU;
+
+    valid->lookupval_sign = GXV_LOOKUPVALUE_UNSIGNED;
+    valid->lookupval_func = gxv_just_pcTable_LookupValue_entry_validate;
+
+    gxv_LookupTable_validate( p, limit, valid );
+
+    /* subtable_length is set by gxv_LookupTable_validate() */
+
+    GXV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_just_postcompTable_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                                   FT_Bytes       limit,
+                                   GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+
+
+    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "just postcompTable" );
+
+    gxv_just_pcLookupTable_validate( p, limit, valid );
+    p += valid->subtable_length;
+
+    gxv_just_pcActionRecord_validate( p, limit, valid );
+    p += valid->subtable_length;
+
+    valid->subtable_length = p - table;
+
+    GXV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_just_classTable_entry_validate(
+    FT_Byte                         state,
+    FT_UShort                       flags,
+    GXV_StateTable_GlyphOffsetDesc  glyphOffset,
+    FT_Bytes                        table,
+    FT_Bytes                        limit,
+    GXV_Validator                   valid )
+  {
+    FT_UShort  setMark;
+    FT_UShort  dontAdvance;
+    FT_UShort  markClass;
+    FT_UShort  currentClass;
+
+    FT_UNUSED( state );
+    FT_UNUSED( glyphOffset );
+    FT_UNUSED( table );
+    FT_UNUSED( limit );
+    FT_UNUSED( valid );
+
+
+    setMark      = (FT_UShort)( ( flags >> 15 ) & 1    );
+    dontAdvance  = (FT_UShort)( ( flags >> 14 ) & 1    );
+    markClass    = (FT_UShort)( ( flags >> 7  ) & 0x7F );
+    currentClass = (FT_UShort)(   flags         & 0x7F );
+
+    /* TODO: validate markClass & currentClass */
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_just_justClassTable_validate ( FT_Bytes       table,
+                                     FT_Bytes       limit,
+                                     GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes   p = table;
+    FT_UShort  length;
+    FT_UShort  coverage;
+    FT_ULong   subFeatureFlags;
+
+
+    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "just justClassTable" );
+
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 + 2 + 4 );
+    length          = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    coverage        = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    subFeatureFlags = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+
+    GXV_TRACE(( "  justClassTable: coverage = 0x%04x (%s)",
+                coverage,
+                ( 0x4000 & coverage ) == 0 ? "ascending" : "descending" ));
+
+    valid->statetable.optdata               = NULL;
+    valid->statetable.optdata_load_func     = NULL;
+    valid->statetable.subtable_setup_func   = NULL;
+    valid->statetable.entry_glyphoffset_fmt = GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_NONE;
+    valid->statetable.entry_validate_func   =
+      gxv_just_classTable_entry_validate;
+
+    gxv_StateTable_validate( p, table + length, valid );
+
+    /* subtable_length is set by gxv_LookupTable_validate() */
+
+    GXV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_just_wdcTable_LookupValue_validate( FT_UShort            glyph,
+                                          GXV_LookupValueDesc  value,
+                                          GXV_Validator        valid )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( glyph );
+
+    if ( value.u > GXV_JUST_DATA( wdc_offset_max ) )
+      GXV_JUST_DATA( wdc_offset_max ) = value.u;
+    if ( value.u < GXV_JUST_DATA( wdc_offset_min ) )
+      GXV_JUST_DATA( wdc_offset_min ) = value.u;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_just_justData_lookuptable_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                                          FT_Bytes       limit,
+                                          GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+
+
+    GXV_JUST_DATA( wdc_offset_max ) = 0x0000;
+    GXV_JUST_DATA( wdc_offset_min ) = 0xFFFFU;
+
+    valid->lookupval_sign = GXV_LOOKUPVALUE_UNSIGNED;
+    valid->lookupval_func = gxv_just_wdcTable_LookupValue_validate;
+
+    gxv_LookupTable_validate( p, limit, valid );
+
+    /* subtable_length is set by gxv_LookupTable_validate() */
+
+    GXV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /*
+   * gxv_just_justData_validate() parses and validates horizData, vertData.
+   */
+  static void
+  gxv_just_justData_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                              FT_Bytes       limit,
+                              GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    /*
+     * following 3 offsets are measured from the start of `just'
+     * (which table points to), not justData
+     */
+    FT_UShort  justClassTableOffset;
+    FT_UShort  wdcTableOffset;
+    FT_UShort  pcTableOffset;
+    FT_Bytes   p = table;
+
+    GXV_ODTECT( 4, odtect );
+
+
+    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "just justData" );
+
+    GXV_ODTECT_INIT( odtect );
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 + 2 + 2 );
+    justClassTableOffset = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    wdcTableOffset       = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    pcTableOffset        = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    GXV_TRACE(( " (justClassTableOffset = 0x%04x)\n", justClassTableOffset ));
+    GXV_TRACE(( " (wdcTableOffset = 0x%04x)\n", wdcTableOffset ));
+    GXV_TRACE(( " (pcTableOffset = 0x%04x)\n", pcTableOffset ));
+
+    gxv_just_justData_lookuptable_validate( p, limit, valid );
+    gxv_odtect_add_range( p, valid->subtable_length,
+                          "just_LookupTable", odtect );
+
+    if ( wdcTableOffset )
+    {
+      gxv_just_widthDeltaClusters_validate(
+        valid->root->base + wdcTableOffset, limit, valid );
+      gxv_odtect_add_range( valid->root->base + wdcTableOffset,
+                            valid->subtable_length, "just_wdcTable", odtect );
+    }
+
+    if ( pcTableOffset )
+    {
+      gxv_just_postcompTable_validate( valid->root->base + pcTableOffset,
+                                       limit, valid );
+      gxv_odtect_add_range( valid->root->base + pcTableOffset,
+                            valid->subtable_length, "just_pcTable", odtect );
+    }
+
+    if ( justClassTableOffset )
+    {
+      gxv_just_justClassTable_validate(
+        valid->root->base + justClassTableOffset, limit, valid );
+      gxv_odtect_add_range( valid->root->base + justClassTableOffset,
+                            valid->subtable_length, "just_justClassTable",
+                            odtect );
+    }
+
+    gxv_odtect_validate( odtect, valid );
+
+    GXV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  gxv_just_validate( FT_Bytes      table,
+                     FT_Face       face,
+                     FT_Validator  ftvalid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes           p     = table;
+    FT_Bytes           limit = 0;
+    FT_UInt            table_size;
+
+    GXV_ValidatorRec   validrec;
+    GXV_Validator      valid = &validrec;
+    GXV_just_DataRec   justrec;
+    GXV_just_Data      just = &justrec;
+
+    FT_ULong           version;
+    FT_UShort          format;
+    FT_UShort          horizOffset;
+    FT_UShort          vertOffset;
+
+    GXV_ODTECT( 3, odtect );
+
+
+    GXV_ODTECT_INIT( odtect );
+
+    valid->root       = ftvalid;
+    valid->table_data = just;
+    valid->face       = face;
+
+    FT_TRACE3(( "validating `just' table\n" ));
+    GXV_INIT;
+
+    limit      = valid->root->limit;
+    table_size = limit - table;
+
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 + 2 + 2 + 2 );
+    version     = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+    format      = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    horizOffset = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    vertOffset  = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    gxv_odtect_add_range( table, p - table, "just header", odtect );
+
+
+    /* Version 1.0 (always:2000) */
+    GXV_TRACE(( " (version = 0x%08x)\n", version ));
+    if ( version != 0x00010000UL )
+      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
+
+    /* format 0 (always:2000) */
+    GXV_TRACE(( " (format = 0x%04x)\n", format ));
+    if ( format != 0x0000 )
+        FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
+
+    GXV_TRACE(( " (horizOffset = %d)\n", horizOffset  ));
+    GXV_TRACE(( " (vertOffset = %d)\n", vertOffset  ));
+
+
+    /* validate justData */
+    if ( 0 < horizOffset )
+    {
+      gxv_just_justData_validate( table + horizOffset, limit, valid );
+      gxv_odtect_add_range( table + horizOffset, valid->subtable_length,
+                            "horizJustData", odtect );
+    }
+
+    if ( 0 < vertOffset )
+    {
+      gxv_just_justData_validate( table + vertOffset, limit, valid );
+      gxv_odtect_add_range( table + vertOffset, valid->subtable_length,
+                            "vertJustData", odtect );
+    }
+
+    gxv_odtect_validate( odtect, valid );
+
+    FT_TRACE4(( "\n" ));
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvkern.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvkern.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bfb405f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvkern.c
@@ -0,0 +1,876 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  gxvkern.c                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    TrueTypeGX/AAT kern table validation (body).                         */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007                                       */
+/*  by suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K.,                      */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.        */
+/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology      */
+/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.                                           */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include "gxvalid.h"
+#include "gxvcommn.h"
+
+#include FT_SFNT_NAMES_H
+#include FT_SERVICE_GX_VALIDATE_H
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_gxvkern
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                      Data and Types                           *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  typedef enum  GXV_kern_Version_
+  {
+    KERN_VERSION_CLASSIC = 0x0000,
+    KERN_VERSION_NEW     = 0x0001
+
+  } GXV_kern_Version;
+
+
+  typedef enum GXV_kern_Dialect_
+  {
+    KERN_DIALECT_UNKNOWN = 0,
+    KERN_DIALECT_MS      = FT_VALIDATE_MS,
+    KERN_DIALECT_APPLE   = FT_VALIDATE_APPLE,
+    KERN_DIALECT_ANY     = FT_VALIDATE_CKERN
+
+  } GXV_kern_Dialect;
+
+
+  typedef struct  GXV_kern_DataRec_
+  {
+    GXV_kern_Version  version;
+    void             *subtable_data;
+    GXV_kern_Dialect  dialect_request;
+
+  } GXV_kern_DataRec, *GXV_kern_Data;
+
+
+#define GXV_KERN_DATA( field )  GXV_TABLE_DATA( kern, field )
+
+#define KERN_IS_CLASSIC( valid )                               \
+          ( KERN_VERSION_CLASSIC == GXV_KERN_DATA( version ) )
+#define KERN_IS_NEW( valid )                                   \
+          ( KERN_VERSION_NEW     == GXV_KERN_DATA( version ) )
+
+#define KERN_DIALECT( valid )              \
+          GXV_KERN_DATA( dialect_request )
+#define KERN_ALLOWS_MS( valid )                       \
+          ( KERN_DIALECT( valid ) & KERN_DIALECT_MS )
+#define KERN_ALLOWS_APPLE( valid )                       \
+          ( KERN_DIALECT( valid ) & KERN_DIALECT_APPLE )
+
+#define GXV_KERN_HEADER_SIZE           ( KERN_IS_NEW( valid ) ? 8 : 4 )
+#define GXV_KERN_SUBTABLE_HEADER_SIZE  ( KERN_IS_NEW( valid ) ? 8 : 6 )
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                      SUBTABLE VALIDATORS                      *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /* ============================= format 0 ============================== */
+
+  static void
+  gxv_kern_subtable_fmt0_pairs_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                                         FT_Bytes       limit,
+                                         FT_UShort      nPairs,
+                                         GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes   p = table;
+    FT_UShort  i;
+
+    FT_UShort  last_gid_left  = 0;
+    FT_UShort  last_gid_right = 0;
+
+    FT_UNUSED( limit );
+
+
+    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "kern format 0 pairs" );
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < nPairs; i++ )
+    {
+      FT_UShort  gid_left;
+      FT_UShort  gid_right;
+      FT_Short   kernValue;
+
+
+      /* left */
+      gid_left  = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+      gxv_glyphid_validate( gid_left, valid );
+
+      /* right */
+      gid_right = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+      gxv_glyphid_validate( gid_right, valid );
+
+      /* Pairs of left and right GIDs must be unique and sorted. */
+      GXV_TRACE(( "left gid = %u, right gid = %u\n", gid_left, gid_right ));
+      if ( gid_left == last_gid_left )
+      {
+        if ( last_gid_right < gid_right )
+          last_gid_right = gid_right;
+        else
+          FT_INVALID_DATA;
+      }
+      else if ( last_gid_left < gid_left )
+      {
+        last_gid_left  = gid_left;
+        last_gid_right = gid_right;
+      }
+      else
+        FT_INVALID_DATA;
+
+      /* skip the kern value */
+      kernValue = FT_NEXT_SHORT( p );
+    }
+
+    GXV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+  static void
+  gxv_kern_subtable_fmt0_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                                   FT_Bytes       limit,
+                                   GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes   p = table + GXV_KERN_SUBTABLE_HEADER_SIZE;
+
+    FT_UShort  nPairs;
+    FT_UShort  unitSize;
+
+
+    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "kern subtable format 0" );
+
+    unitSize = 2 + 2 + 2;
+    nPairs   = 0;
+
+    /* nPairs, searchRange, entrySelector, rangeShift */
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 + 2 + 2 + 2 );
+    gxv_BinSrchHeader_validate( p, limit, &unitSize, &nPairs, valid );
+    p += 2 + 2 + 2 + 2;
+
+    gxv_kern_subtable_fmt0_pairs_validate( p, limit, nPairs, valid );
+
+    GXV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /* ============================= format 1 ============================== */
+
+
+  typedef struct  GXV_kern_fmt1_StateOptRec_
+  {
+    FT_UShort  valueTable;
+    FT_UShort  valueTable_length;
+
+  } GXV_kern_fmt1_StateOptRec, *GXV_kern_fmt1_StateOptRecData;
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_kern_subtable_fmt1_valueTable_load( FT_Bytes       table,
+                                          FT_Bytes       limit,
+                                          GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes                       p = table;
+    GXV_kern_fmt1_StateOptRecData  optdata =
+      (GXV_kern_fmt1_StateOptRecData)valid->statetable.optdata;
+
+
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
+    optdata->valueTable = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+  }
+
+
+  /*
+   * passed tables_size covers whole StateTable, including kern fmt1 header
+   */
+  static void
+  gxv_kern_subtable_fmt1_subtable_setup( FT_UShort      table_size,
+                                         FT_UShort      classTable,
+                                         FT_UShort      stateArray,
+                                         FT_UShort      entryTable,
+                                         FT_UShort*     classTable_length_p,
+                                         FT_UShort*     stateArray_length_p,
+                                         FT_UShort*     entryTable_length_p,
+                                         GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_UShort  o[4];
+    FT_UShort  *l[4];
+    FT_UShort  buff[5];
+
+    GXV_kern_fmt1_StateOptRecData  optdata =
+      (GXV_kern_fmt1_StateOptRecData)valid->statetable.optdata;
+
+
+    o[0] = classTable;
+    o[1] = stateArray;
+    o[2] = entryTable;
+    o[3] = optdata->valueTable;
+    l[0] = classTable_length_p;
+    l[1] = stateArray_length_p;
+    l[2] = entryTable_length_p;
+    l[3] = &(optdata->valueTable_length);
+
+    gxv_set_length_by_ushort_offset( o, l, buff, 4, table_size, valid );
+  }
+
+
+  /*
+   * passed table & limit are of whole StateTable, not including subtables
+   */
+  static void
+  gxv_kern_subtable_fmt1_entry_validate(
+    FT_Byte                         state,
+    FT_UShort                       flags,
+    GXV_StateTable_GlyphOffsetDesc  glyphOffset,
+    FT_Bytes                        table,
+    FT_Bytes                        limit,
+    GXV_Validator                   valid )
+  {
+    FT_UShort  push;
+    FT_UShort  dontAdvance;
+    FT_UShort  valueOffset;
+    FT_UShort  kernAction;
+    FT_UShort  kernValue;
+
+    FT_UNUSED( state );
+    FT_UNUSED( glyphOffset );
+
+
+    push        = (FT_UShort)( ( flags >> 15 ) & 1      );
+    dontAdvance = (FT_UShort)( ( flags >> 14 ) & 1      );
+    valueOffset = (FT_UShort)(   flags         & 0x3FFF );
+
+    {
+      GXV_kern_fmt1_StateOptRecData  vt_rec =
+        (GXV_kern_fmt1_StateOptRecData)valid->statetable.optdata;
+      FT_Bytes  p;
+
+
+      if ( valueOffset < vt_rec->valueTable )
+        FT_INVALID_OFFSET;
+
+      p     = table + valueOffset;
+      limit = table + vt_rec->valueTable + vt_rec->valueTable_length;
+
+      GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 + 2 );
+      kernAction = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+      kernValue  = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_kern_subtable_fmt1_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                                   FT_Bytes       limit,
+                                   GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes                   p = table;
+    GXV_kern_fmt1_StateOptRec  vt_rec;
+
+
+    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "kern subtable format 1" );
+
+    valid->statetable.optdata =
+      &vt_rec;
+    valid->statetable.optdata_load_func =
+      gxv_kern_subtable_fmt1_valueTable_load;
+    valid->statetable.subtable_setup_func =
+      gxv_kern_subtable_fmt1_subtable_setup;
+    valid->statetable.entry_glyphoffset_fmt =
+      GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_NONE;
+    valid->statetable.entry_validate_func =
+      gxv_kern_subtable_fmt1_entry_validate;
+
+    gxv_StateTable_validate( p, limit, valid );
+
+    GXV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /* ================ Data for Class-Based Subtables 2, 3 ================ */
+
+  typedef enum  GXV_kern_ClassSpec_
+  {
+    GXV_KERN_CLS_L = 0,
+    GXV_KERN_CLS_R
+
+  } GXV_kern_ClassSpec;
+
+
+  /* ============================= format 2 ============================== */
+
+  /* ---------------------- format 2 specific data ----------------------- */
+
+  typedef struct  GXV_kern_subtable_fmt2_DataRec_
+  {
+    FT_UShort         rowWidth;
+    FT_UShort         array;
+    FT_UShort         offset_min[2];
+    FT_UShort         offset_max[2];
+    const FT_String*  class_tag[2];
+    GXV_odtect_Range  odtect;
+
+  } GXV_kern_subtable_fmt2_DataRec, *GXV_kern_subtable_fmt2_Data;
+
+
+#define GXV_KERN_FMT2_DATA( field )                         \
+        ( ( (GXV_kern_subtable_fmt2_DataRec *)              \
+              ( GXV_KERN_DATA( subtable_data ) ) )->field )
+
+
+  /* -------------------------- utility functions ----------------------- */
+
+  static void
+  gxv_kern_subtable_fmt2_clstbl_validate( FT_Bytes            table,
+                                          FT_Bytes            limit,
+                                          GXV_kern_ClassSpec  spec,
+                                          GXV_Validator       valid )
+  {
+    const FT_String*  tag    = GXV_KERN_FMT2_DATA( class_tag[spec] );
+    GXV_odtect_Range  odtect = GXV_KERN_FMT2_DATA( odtect );
+
+    FT_Bytes   p = table;
+    FT_UShort  firstGlyph;
+    FT_UShort  nGlyphs;
+
+
+    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "kern format 2 classTable" );
+
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 + 2 );
+    firstGlyph = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    nGlyphs    = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    GXV_TRACE(( " %s firstGlyph=%d, nGlyphs=%d\n",
+                tag, firstGlyph, nGlyphs ));
+
+    gxv_glyphid_validate( firstGlyph, valid );
+    gxv_glyphid_validate( (FT_UShort)( firstGlyph + nGlyphs - 1 ), valid );
+
+    gxv_array_getlimits_ushort( p, p + ( 2 * nGlyphs ),
+                                &( GXV_KERN_FMT2_DATA( offset_min[spec] ) ),
+                                &( GXV_KERN_FMT2_DATA( offset_max[spec] ) ),
+                                valid );
+
+    gxv_odtect_add_range( table, 2 * nGlyphs, tag, odtect );
+
+    GXV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_kern_subtable_fmt2_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                                   FT_Bytes       limit,
+                                   GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    GXV_ODTECT( 3, odtect );
+    GXV_kern_subtable_fmt2_DataRec  fmt2_rec =
+      { 0, 0, { 0, 0 }, { 0, 0 }, { "leftClass", "rightClass" }, NULL };
+
+    FT_Bytes   p = table + GXV_KERN_SUBTABLE_HEADER_SIZE;
+    FT_UShort  leftOffsetTable;
+    FT_UShort  rightOffsetTable;
+
+
+    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "kern subtable format 2" );
+
+    GXV_ODTECT_INIT( odtect );
+    fmt2_rec.odtect = odtect;
+    GXV_KERN_DATA( subtable_data ) = &fmt2_rec;
+
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 + 2 + 2 + 2 );
+    GXV_KERN_FMT2_DATA( rowWidth ) = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    leftOffsetTable                = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    rightOffsetTable               = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    GXV_KERN_FMT2_DATA( array )    = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    GXV_TRACE(( "rowWidth = %d\n", GXV_KERN_FMT2_DATA( rowWidth ) ));
+
+
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( leftOffsetTable );
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( rightOffsetTable );
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( GXV_KERN_FMT2_DATA( array ) );
+
+    gxv_kern_subtable_fmt2_clstbl_validate( table + leftOffsetTable, limit,
+                                            GXV_KERN_CLS_L, valid );
+
+    gxv_kern_subtable_fmt2_clstbl_validate( table + rightOffsetTable, limit,
+                                            GXV_KERN_CLS_R, valid );
+
+    if ( GXV_KERN_FMT2_DATA( offset_min[GXV_KERN_CLS_L] ) +
+           GXV_KERN_FMT2_DATA( offset_min[GXV_KERN_CLS_R] )
+         < GXV_KERN_FMT2_DATA( array )                      )
+      FT_INVALID_OFFSET;
+
+    gxv_odtect_add_range( table + GXV_KERN_FMT2_DATA( array ),
+                          GXV_KERN_FMT2_DATA( offset_max[GXV_KERN_CLS_L] )
+                            + GXV_KERN_FMT2_DATA( offset_max[GXV_KERN_CLS_R] )
+                            - GXV_KERN_FMT2_DATA( array ),
+                          "array", odtect );
+
+    gxv_odtect_validate( odtect, valid );
+
+    GXV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /* ============================= format 3 ============================== */
+
+  static void
+  gxv_kern_subtable_fmt3_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                                   FT_Bytes       limit,
+                                   GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes   p = table + GXV_KERN_SUBTABLE_HEADER_SIZE;
+    FT_UShort  glyphCount;
+    FT_Byte    kernValueCount;
+    FT_Byte    leftClassCount;
+    FT_Byte    rightClassCount;
+    FT_Byte    flags;
+
+
+    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "kern subtable format 3" );
+
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 );
+    glyphCount      = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    kernValueCount  = FT_NEXT_BYTE( p );
+    leftClassCount  = FT_NEXT_BYTE( p );
+    rightClassCount = FT_NEXT_BYTE( p );
+    flags           = FT_NEXT_BYTE( p );
+
+    if ( valid->face->num_glyphs != glyphCount )
+    {
+      GXV_TRACE(( "maxGID=%d, but glyphCount=%d\n",
+                  valid->face->num_glyphs, glyphCount ));
+      if ( valid->root->level >= FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID )
+        FT_INVALID_GLYPH_ID;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * just skip kernValue[kernValueCount]
+     */
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 * kernValueCount );
+    p += 2 * kernValueCount;
+
+    /*
+     * check leftClass[gid] < leftClassCount
+     */
+    {
+      FT_Byte  min, max;
+
+
+      GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( glyphCount );
+      gxv_array_getlimits_byte( p, p + glyphCount, &min, &max, valid );
+      p += valid->subtable_length;
+
+      if ( leftClassCount < max )
+        FT_INVALID_DATA;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * check rightClass[gid] < rightClassCount
+     */
+    {
+      FT_Byte  min, max;
+
+
+      GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( glyphCount );
+      gxv_array_getlimits_byte( p, p + glyphCount, &min, &max, valid );
+      p += valid->subtable_length;
+
+      if ( rightClassCount < max )
+        FT_INVALID_DATA;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * check kernIndex[i, j] < kernValueCount
+     */
+    {
+      FT_UShort  i, j;
+
+
+      for ( i = 0; i < leftClassCount; i++ )
+      {
+        for ( j = 0; j < rightClassCount; j++ )
+        {
+          GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 1 );
+          if ( kernValueCount < FT_NEXT_BYTE( p ) )
+            FT_INVALID_OFFSET;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    valid->subtable_length = p - table;
+
+    GXV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Bool
+  gxv_kern_coverage_new_apple_validate( FT_UShort      coverage,
+                                        FT_UShort*     format,
+                                        GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    /* new Apple-dialect */
+    FT_Bool  kernVertical;
+    FT_Bool  kernCrossStream;
+    FT_Bool  kernVariation;
+
+    FT_UNUSED( valid );
+
+
+    /* reserved bits = 0 */
+    if ( coverage & 0x1FFC )
+      return 0;
+
+    kernVertical    = FT_BOOL( ( coverage >> 15 ) & 1 );
+    kernCrossStream = FT_BOOL( ( coverage >> 14 ) & 1 );
+    kernVariation   = FT_BOOL( ( coverage >> 13 ) & 1 );
+
+    *format = (FT_UShort)( coverage & 0x0003 );
+
+    GXV_TRACE(( "new Apple-dialect: "
+                "horizontal=%d, cross-stream=%d, variation=%d, format=%d\n",
+                 !kernVertical, kernCrossStream, kernVariation, *format ));
+
+    GXV_TRACE(( "kerning values in Apple format subtable are ignored\n" ));
+
+    return 1;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Bool
+  gxv_kern_coverage_classic_apple_validate( FT_UShort      coverage,
+                                            FT_UShort*     format,
+                                            GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    /* classic Apple-dialect */
+    FT_Bool  horizontal;
+    FT_Bool  cross_stream;
+
+
+    /* check expected flags, but don't check if MS-dialect is impossible */
+    if ( !( coverage & 0xFD00 ) && KERN_ALLOWS_MS( valid ) )
+      return 0;
+
+    /* reserved bits = 0 */
+    if ( coverage & 0x02FC )
+      return 0;
+
+    horizontal   = FT_BOOL( ( coverage >> 15 ) & 1 );
+    cross_stream = FT_BOOL( ( coverage >> 13 ) & 1 );
+
+    *format = (FT_UShort)( coverage & 0x0003 );
+
+    GXV_TRACE(( "classic Apple-dialect: "
+                "horizontal=%d, cross-stream=%d, format=%d\n",
+                 horizontal, cross_stream, *format ));
+
+    /* format 1 requires GX State Machine, too new for classic */
+    if ( *format == 1 )
+      return 0;
+
+    GXV_TRACE(( "kerning values in Apple format subtable are ignored\n" ));
+
+    return 1;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Bool
+  gxv_kern_coverage_classic_microsoft_validate( FT_UShort      coverage,
+                                                FT_UShort*     format,
+                                                GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    /* classic Microsoft-dialect */
+    FT_Bool  horizontal;
+    FT_Bool  minimum;
+    FT_Bool  cross_stream;
+    FT_Bool  override;
+
+    FT_UNUSED( valid );
+
+
+    /* reserved bits = 0 */
+    if ( coverage & 0xFDF0 )
+      return 0;
+
+    horizontal   = FT_BOOL(   coverage        & 1 );
+    minimum      = FT_BOOL( ( coverage >> 1 ) & 1 );
+    cross_stream = FT_BOOL( ( coverage >> 2 ) & 1 );
+    override     = FT_BOOL( ( coverage >> 3 ) & 1 );
+
+    *format = (FT_UShort)( ( coverage >> 8 ) & 0x0003 );
+
+    GXV_TRACE(( "classic Microsoft-dialect: "
+                "horizontal=%d, minimum=%d, cross-stream=%d, "
+                "override=%d, format=%d\n",
+                horizontal, minimum, cross_stream, override, *format ));
+
+    if ( *format == 2 )
+      GXV_TRACE((
+        "kerning values in Microsoft format 2 subtable are ignored\n" ));
+
+    return 1;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                            MAIN                               *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  static GXV_kern_Dialect
+  gxv_kern_coverage_validate( FT_UShort      coverage,
+                              FT_UShort*     format,
+                              GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    GXV_kern_Dialect  result = KERN_DIALECT_UNKNOWN;
+
+
+    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "validating coverage" );
+
+    GXV_TRACE(( "interprete coverage 0x%04x by Apple style\n", coverage ));
+
+    if ( KERN_IS_NEW( valid ) )
+    {
+      if ( gxv_kern_coverage_new_apple_validate( coverage,
+                                                 format,
+                                                 valid ) )
+      {
+        result = KERN_DIALECT_APPLE;
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if ( KERN_IS_CLASSIC( valid ) && KERN_ALLOWS_APPLE( valid ) )
+    {
+      if ( gxv_kern_coverage_classic_apple_validate( coverage,
+                                                     format,
+                                                     valid ) )
+      {
+        result = KERN_DIALECT_APPLE;
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if ( KERN_IS_CLASSIC( valid ) && KERN_ALLOWS_MS( valid ) )
+    {
+      if ( gxv_kern_coverage_classic_microsoft_validate( coverage,
+                                                         format,
+                                                         valid ) )
+      {
+        result = KERN_DIALECT_MS;
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+    }
+
+    GXV_TRACE(( "cannot interprete coverage, broken kern subtable\n" ));
+
+  Exit:
+    GXV_EXIT;
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_kern_subtable_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                              FT_Bytes       limit,
+                              GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes   p = table;
+    FT_UShort  version = 0;    /* MS only: subtable version, unused */
+    FT_ULong   length;         /* MS: 16bit, Apple: 32bit*/
+    FT_UShort  coverage;
+    FT_UShort  tupleIndex = 0; /* Apple only */
+    FT_UShort  u16[2];
+    FT_UShort  format = 255;   /* subtable format */
+
+
+    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "kern subtable" );
+
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 + 2 + 2 );
+    u16[0]   = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ); /* Apple: length_hi MS: version */
+    u16[1]   = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ); /* Apple: length_lo MS: length */
+    coverage = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    switch ( gxv_kern_coverage_validate( coverage, &format, valid ) )
+    {
+    case KERN_DIALECT_MS:
+      version    = u16[0];
+      length     = u16[1];
+      tupleIndex = 0;
+      GXV_TRACE(( "Subtable version = %d\n", version ));
+      GXV_TRACE(( "Subtable length = %d\n", length ));
+      break;
+
+    case KERN_DIALECT_APPLE:
+      version    = 0;
+      length     = ( u16[0] << 16 ) + u16[1];
+      tupleIndex = 0;
+      GXV_TRACE(( "Subtable length = %d\n", length ));
+
+      if ( KERN_IS_NEW( valid ) )
+      {
+        GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
+        tupleIndex = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+        GXV_TRACE(( "Subtable tupleIndex = %d\n", tupleIndex ));
+      }
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      length = u16[1];
+      GXV_TRACE(( "cannot detect subtable dialect, "
+                  "just skip %d byte\n", length ));
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* formats 1, 2, 3 require the position of the start of this subtable */
+    if ( format == 0 )
+      gxv_kern_subtable_fmt0_validate( table, table + length, valid );
+    else if ( format == 1 )
+      gxv_kern_subtable_fmt1_validate( table, table + length, valid );
+    else if ( format == 2 )
+      gxv_kern_subtable_fmt2_validate( table, table + length, valid );
+    else if ( format == 3 )
+      gxv_kern_subtable_fmt3_validate( table, table + length, valid );
+    else
+      FT_INVALID_DATA;
+
+  Exit:
+    valid->subtable_length = length;
+    GXV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                         kern TABLE                            *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  static void
+  gxv_kern_validate_generic( FT_Bytes          table,
+                             FT_Face           face,
+                             FT_Bool           classic_only,
+                             GXV_kern_Dialect  dialect_request,
+                             FT_Validator      ftvalid )
+  {
+    GXV_ValidatorRec   validrec;
+    GXV_Validator      valid = &validrec;
+
+    GXV_kern_DataRec   kernrec;
+    GXV_kern_Data      kern = &kernrec;
+
+    FT_Bytes           p     = table;
+    FT_Bytes           limit = 0;
+
+    FT_ULong           nTables = 0;
+    FT_UInt            i;
+
+
+    valid->root       = ftvalid;
+    valid->table_data = kern;
+    valid->face       = face;
+
+    FT_TRACE3(( "validating `kern' table\n" ));
+    GXV_INIT;
+    KERN_DIALECT( valid ) = dialect_request;
+
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
+    GXV_KERN_DATA( version ) = (GXV_kern_Version)FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    GXV_TRACE(( "version 0x%04x (higher 16bit)\n",
+                GXV_KERN_DATA( version ) ));
+
+    if ( 0x0001 < GXV_KERN_DATA( version ) )
+      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
+    else if ( KERN_IS_CLASSIC( valid ) )
+    {
+      GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
+      nTables = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    }
+    else if ( KERN_IS_NEW( valid ) )
+    {
+      if ( classic_only )
+        FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
+
+      if ( 0x0000 != FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ) )
+        FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
+
+      GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 );
+      nTables = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+    }
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < nTables; i++ )
+    {
+      GXV_TRACE(( "validating subtable %d/%d\n", i, nTables ));
+      /* p should be 32bit-aligned? */
+      gxv_kern_subtable_validate( p, 0, valid );
+      p += valid->subtable_length;
+    }
+
+    FT_TRACE4(( "\n" ));
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  gxv_kern_validate( FT_Bytes      table,
+                     FT_Face       face,
+                     FT_Validator  ftvalid )
+  {
+    gxv_kern_validate_generic( table, face, 0, KERN_DIALECT_ANY, ftvalid );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  gxv_kern_validate_classic( FT_Bytes      table,
+                             FT_Face       face,
+                             FT_Int        dialect_flags,
+                             FT_Validator  ftvalid )
+  {
+    GXV_kern_Dialect  dialect_request;
+
+
+    dialect_request = (GXV_kern_Dialect)dialect_flags;
+    gxv_kern_validate_generic( table, face, 1, dialect_request, ftvalid );
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvlcar.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvlcar.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..48821ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvlcar.c
@@ -0,0 +1,223 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  gxvlcar.c                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    TrueTypeGX/AAT lcar table validation (body).                         */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2004, 2005 by suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K., */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.        */
+/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology      */
+/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.                                           */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include "gxvalid.h"
+#include "gxvcommn.h"
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_gxvlcar
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                      Data and Types                           *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  typedef struct  GXV_lcar_DataRec_
+  {
+    FT_UShort  format;
+
+  } GXV_lcar_DataRec, *GXV_lcar_Data;
+
+
+#define GXV_LCAR_DATA( FIELD )  GXV_TABLE_DATA( lcar, FIELD )
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                      UTILITY FUNCTIONS                        *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  static void
+  gxv_lcar_partial_validate( FT_UShort      partial,
+                             FT_UShort      glyph,
+                             GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "partial" );
+
+    if ( GXV_LCAR_DATA( format ) != 1 )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    gxv_ctlPoint_validate( glyph, partial, valid );
+
+  Exit:
+    GXV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_lcar_LookupValue_validate( FT_UShort            glyph,
+                                 GXV_LookupValueDesc  value,
+                                 GXV_Validator        valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes   p     = valid->root->base + value.u;
+    FT_Bytes   limit = valid->root->limit;
+    FT_UShort  count;
+    FT_Short   partial;
+    FT_UShort  i;
+
+
+    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "element in lookupTable" );
+
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
+    count = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 * count );
+    for ( i = 0; i < count; i++ )
+    {
+      partial = FT_NEXT_SHORT( p );
+      gxv_lcar_partial_validate( partial, glyph, valid );
+    }
+
+    GXV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /*
+    +------ lcar --------------------+
+    |                                |
+    |      +===============+         |
+    |      | looup header  |         |
+    |      +===============+         |
+    |      | BinSrchHeader |         |
+    |      +===============+         |
+    |      | lastGlyph[0]  |         |
+    |      +---------------+         |
+    |      | firstGlyph[0] |         |  head of lcar sfnt table
+    |      +---------------+         |             +
+    |      | offset[0]     |    ->   |          offset            [byte]
+    |      +===============+         |             +
+    |      | lastGlyph[1]  |         | (glyphID - firstGlyph) * 2 [byte]
+    |      +---------------+         |
+    |      | firstGlyph[1] |         |
+    |      +---------------+         |
+    |      | offset[1]     |         |
+    |      +===============+         |
+    |                                |
+    |       ....                     |
+    |                                |
+    |      16bit value array         |
+    |      +===============+         |
+    +------|     value     | <-------+
+    |       ....
+    |
+    |
+    |
+    |
+    |
+    +---->  lcar values...handled by lcar callback function
+  */
+
+  static GXV_LookupValueDesc
+  gxv_lcar_LookupFmt4_transit( FT_UShort            relative_gindex,
+                               GXV_LookupValueDesc  base_value,
+                               FT_Bytes             lookuptbl_limit,
+                               GXV_Validator        valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes             p;
+    FT_Bytes             limit;
+    FT_UShort            offset;
+    GXV_LookupValueDesc  value;
+
+    FT_UNUSED( lookuptbl_limit );
+
+    /* XXX: check range? */
+    offset = (FT_UShort)( base_value.u +
+                          relative_gindex * sizeof ( FT_UShort ) );
+    p      = valid->root->base + offset;
+    limit  = valid->root->limit;
+
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK ( 2 );
+    value.u = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    return value;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                          lcar TABLE                           *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  gxv_lcar_validate( FT_Bytes      table,
+                     FT_Face       face,
+                     FT_Validator  ftvalid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes          p     = table;
+    FT_Bytes          limit = 0;
+    GXV_ValidatorRec  validrec;
+    GXV_Validator     valid = &validrec;
+
+    GXV_lcar_DataRec  lcarrec;
+    GXV_lcar_Data     lcar = &lcarrec;
+
+    FT_Fixed          version;
+
+
+    valid->root       = ftvalid;
+    valid->table_data = lcar;
+    valid->face       = face;
+
+    FT_TRACE3(( "validating `lcar' table\n" ));
+    GXV_INIT;
+
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 + 2 );
+    version = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+    GXV_LCAR_DATA( format ) = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    if ( version != 0x00010000UL)
+      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
+
+    if ( GXV_LCAR_DATA( format ) > 1 )
+      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
+
+    valid->lookupval_sign   = GXV_LOOKUPVALUE_UNSIGNED;
+    valid->lookupval_func   = gxv_lcar_LookupValue_validate;
+    valid->lookupfmt4_trans = gxv_lcar_LookupFmt4_transit;
+    gxv_LookupTable_validate( p, limit, valid );
+
+    FT_TRACE4(( "\n" ));
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmod.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmod.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b2b16b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmod.c
@@ -0,0 +1,285 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  gxvmod.c                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType's TrueTypeGX/AAT validation module implementation (body).   */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2004, 2005, 2006                                             */
+/*  by suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K.,                      */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.        */
+/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology      */
+/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.                                           */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H
+#include FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H
+#include FT_GX_VALIDATE_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+#include FT_SERVICE_GX_VALIDATE_H
+
+#include "gxvmod.h"
+#include "gxvalid.h"
+#include "gxvcommn.h"
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_gxvmodule
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  gxv_load_table( FT_Face             face,
+                  FT_Tag              tag,
+                  FT_Byte* volatile*  table,
+                  FT_ULong*           table_len )
+  {
+    FT_Error   error;
+    FT_Memory  memory = FT_FACE_MEMORY( face );
+
+
+    error = FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( face, tag, 0, NULL, table_len );
+    if ( error == GXV_Err_Table_Missing )
+      return GXV_Err_Ok;
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    if ( FT_ALLOC( *table, *table_len ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    error = FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( face, tag, 0, *table, table_len );
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+#define GXV_TABLE_DECL( _sfnt )                     \
+          FT_Byte* volatile  _sfnt          = NULL; \
+          FT_ULong            len_ ## _sfnt = 0
+
+#define GXV_TABLE_LOAD( _sfnt )                                     \
+          if ( ( FT_VALIDATE_ ## _sfnt ## _INDEX < table_count ) && \
+               ( gx_flags & FT_VALIDATE_ ## _sfnt )            )    \
+          {                                                         \
+            error = gxv_load_table( face, TTAG_ ## _sfnt,           \
+                                    &_sfnt, &len_ ## _sfnt );       \
+            if ( error )                                            \
+              goto Exit;                                            \
+          }
+
+#define GXV_TABLE_VALIDATE( _sfnt )                                  \
+          if ( _sfnt )                                               \
+          {                                                          \
+            ft_validator_init( &valid, _sfnt, _sfnt + len_ ## _sfnt, \
+                               FT_VALIDATE_DEFAULT );                \
+            if ( ft_setjmp( valid.jump_buffer ) == 0 )               \
+              gxv_ ## _sfnt ## _validate( _sfnt, face, &valid );     \
+            error = valid.error;                                     \
+            if ( error )                                             \
+              goto Exit;                                             \
+          }
+
+#define GXV_TABLE_SET( _sfnt )                                        \
+          if ( FT_VALIDATE_ ## _sfnt ## _INDEX < table_count )        \
+            tables[FT_VALIDATE_ ## _sfnt ## _INDEX] = (FT_Bytes)_sfnt
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  gxv_validate( FT_Face   face,
+                FT_UInt   gx_flags,
+                FT_Bytes  tables[FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH],
+                FT_UInt   table_count )
+  {
+    FT_Memory volatile        memory = FT_FACE_MEMORY( face );
+
+    FT_Error                  error = GXV_Err_Ok;
+    FT_ValidatorRec volatile  valid;
+
+    FT_UInt  i;
+
+
+    GXV_TABLE_DECL( feat );
+    GXV_TABLE_DECL( bsln );
+    GXV_TABLE_DECL( trak );
+    GXV_TABLE_DECL( just );
+    GXV_TABLE_DECL( mort );
+    GXV_TABLE_DECL( morx );
+    GXV_TABLE_DECL( kern );
+    GXV_TABLE_DECL( opbd );
+    GXV_TABLE_DECL( prop );
+    GXV_TABLE_DECL( lcar );
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < table_count; i++ )
+      tables[i] = 0;
+
+    /* load tables */
+    GXV_TABLE_LOAD( feat );
+    GXV_TABLE_LOAD( bsln );
+    GXV_TABLE_LOAD( trak );
+    GXV_TABLE_LOAD( just );
+    GXV_TABLE_LOAD( mort );
+    GXV_TABLE_LOAD( morx );
+    GXV_TABLE_LOAD( kern );
+    GXV_TABLE_LOAD( opbd );
+    GXV_TABLE_LOAD( prop );
+    GXV_TABLE_LOAD( lcar );
+
+    /* validate tables */
+    GXV_TABLE_VALIDATE( feat );
+    GXV_TABLE_VALIDATE( bsln );
+    GXV_TABLE_VALIDATE( trak );
+    GXV_TABLE_VALIDATE( just );
+    GXV_TABLE_VALIDATE( mort );
+    GXV_TABLE_VALIDATE( morx );
+    GXV_TABLE_VALIDATE( kern );
+    GXV_TABLE_VALIDATE( opbd );
+    GXV_TABLE_VALIDATE( prop );
+    GXV_TABLE_VALIDATE( lcar );
+
+    /* Set results */
+    GXV_TABLE_SET( feat );
+    GXV_TABLE_SET( mort );
+    GXV_TABLE_SET( morx );
+    GXV_TABLE_SET( bsln );
+    GXV_TABLE_SET( just );
+    GXV_TABLE_SET( kern );
+    GXV_TABLE_SET( opbd );
+    GXV_TABLE_SET( trak );
+    GXV_TABLE_SET( prop );
+    GXV_TABLE_SET( lcar );
+
+  Exit:
+    if ( error )
+    {
+      FT_FREE( feat );
+      FT_FREE( bsln );
+      FT_FREE( trak );
+      FT_FREE( just );
+      FT_FREE( mort );
+      FT_FREE( morx );
+      FT_FREE( kern );
+      FT_FREE( opbd );
+      FT_FREE( prop );
+      FT_FREE( lcar );
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  classic_kern_validate( FT_Face    face,
+                         FT_UInt    ckern_flags,
+                         FT_Bytes*  ckern_table )
+  {
+    FT_Memory volatile        memory = FT_FACE_MEMORY( face );
+
+    FT_Byte* volatile         ckern     = NULL;
+    FT_ULong                  len_ckern = 0;
+
+    /* without volatile on `error' GCC 4.1.1. emits:                         */
+    /*  warning: variable 'error' might be clobbered by 'longjmp' or 'vfork' */
+    /* this warning seems spurious but ---                                   */
+    FT_Error volatile         error = GXV_Err_Ok;
+    FT_ValidatorRec volatile  valid;
+
+
+    *ckern_table = NULL;
+
+    error = gxv_load_table( face, TTAG_kern, &ckern, &len_ckern );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    if ( ckern )
+    {
+      ft_validator_init( &valid, ckern, ckern + len_ckern,
+                         FT_VALIDATE_DEFAULT );
+      if ( ft_setjmp( valid.jump_buffer ) == 0 )
+        gxv_kern_validate_classic( ckern, face,
+                                   ckern_flags & FT_VALIDATE_CKERN, &valid );
+      error = valid.error;
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    *ckern_table = ckern;
+
+  Exit:
+    if ( error )
+      FT_FREE( ckern );
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static
+  const FT_Service_GXvalidateRec  gxvalid_interface =
+  {
+    gxv_validate
+  };
+
+
+  static
+  const FT_Service_CKERNvalidateRec  ckernvalid_interface =
+  {
+    classic_kern_validate
+  };
+
+
+  static
+  const FT_ServiceDescRec  gxvalid_services[] =
+  {
+    { FT_SERVICE_ID_GX_VALIDATE,          &gxvalid_interface },
+    { FT_SERVICE_ID_CLASSICKERN_VALIDATE, &ckernvalid_interface },
+    { NULL, NULL }
+  };
+
+
+  static FT_Pointer
+  gxvalid_get_service( FT_Module    module,
+                       const char*  service_id )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( module );
+
+    return ft_service_list_lookup( gxvalid_services, service_id );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
+  const FT_Module_Class  gxv_module_class =
+  {
+    0,
+    sizeof( FT_ModuleRec ),
+    "gxvalid",
+    0x10000L,
+    0x20000L,
+
+    0,              /* module-specific interface */
+
+    (FT_Module_Constructor)0,
+    (FT_Module_Destructor) 0,
+    (FT_Module_Requester)  gxvalid_get_service
+  };
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmod.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmod.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..466584e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmod.h
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  gxvmod.h                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType's TrueTypeGX/AAT validation module implementation           */
+/*    (specification).                                                     */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2004, 2005 by suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K., */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.        */
+/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology      */
+/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.                                           */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __GXVMOD_H__
+#define __GXVMOD_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_MODULE_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  FT_EXPORT_VAR( const FT_Module_Class )  gxv_module_class;
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __GXVMOD_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f4fbd30
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort.c
@@ -0,0 +1,285 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  gxvmort.c                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    TrueTypeGX/AAT mort table validation (body).                         */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2005 by suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K.,       */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.        */
+/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology      */
+/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.                                           */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include "gxvmort.h"
+#include "gxvfeat.h"
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_gxvmort
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_mort_feature_validate( GXV_mort_feature  f,
+                             GXV_Validator     valid )
+  {
+    if ( f->featureType >= gxv_feat_registry_length )
+    {
+      GXV_TRACE(( "featureType %d is out of registered range, "
+                  "setting %d is unchecked\n",
+                  f->featureType, f->featureSetting ));
+      if ( valid->root->level >= FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID )
+        FT_INVALID_DATA;
+    }
+    else if ( !gxv_feat_registry[f->featureType].existence )
+    {
+      GXV_TRACE(( "featureType %d is within registered area "
+                  "but undefined, setting %d is unchecked\n",
+                  f->featureType, f->featureSetting ));
+      if ( valid->root->level >= FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID )
+        FT_INVALID_DATA;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      FT_Byte  nSettings_max;
+
+
+      /* nSettings in gxvfeat.c is halved for exclusive on/off settings */
+      nSettings_max = gxv_feat_registry[f->featureType].nSettings;
+      if ( gxv_feat_registry[f->featureType].exclusive )
+        nSettings_max = (FT_Byte)( 2 * nSettings_max );
+
+      GXV_TRACE(( "featureType %d is registered", f->featureType ));
+      GXV_TRACE(( "setting %d", f->featureSetting ));
+
+      if ( f->featureSetting > nSettings_max )
+      {
+        GXV_TRACE(( "out of defined range %d", nSettings_max ));
+        if ( valid->root->level >= FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID )
+          FT_INVALID_DATA;
+      }
+      GXV_TRACE(( "\n" ));
+    }
+
+    /* TODO: enableFlags must be unique value in specified chain?  */
+  }
+
+
+  /*
+   * nFeatureFlags is typed to FT_UInt to accept that in
+   * mort (typed FT_UShort) and morx (typed FT_ULong).
+   */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  gxv_mort_featurearray_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                                  FT_Bytes       limit,
+                                  FT_UInt        nFeatureFlags,
+                                  GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+    FT_UInt   i;
+
+    GXV_mort_featureRec  f = GXV_MORT_FEATURE_OFF;
+
+
+    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "mort feature list" );
+    for ( i = 0; i < nFeatureFlags; i++ )
+    {
+      GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 + 2 + 4 + 4 );
+      f.featureType    = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+      f.featureSetting = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+      f.enableFlags    = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+      f.disableFlags   = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+
+      gxv_mort_feature_validate( &f, valid );
+    }
+
+    if ( !IS_GXV_MORT_FEATURE_OFF( f ) )
+      FT_INVALID_DATA;
+
+    valid->subtable_length = p - table;
+    GXV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  gxv_mort_coverage_validate( FT_UShort      coverage,
+                              GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( valid );
+
+    if ( coverage & 0x8000U )
+      GXV_TRACE(( " this subtable is for vertical text only\n" ));
+    else
+      GXV_TRACE(( " this subtable is for horizontal text only\n" ));
+
+    if ( coverage & 0x4000 )
+      GXV_TRACE(( " this subtable is applied to glyph array "
+                  "in descending order\n" ));
+    else
+      GXV_TRACE(( " this subtable is applied to glyph array "
+                  "in ascending order\n" ));
+
+    if ( coverage & 0x2000 )
+      GXV_TRACE(( " this subtable is forcibly applied to "
+                  "vertical/horizontal text\n" ));
+
+    if ( coverage & 0x1FF8 )
+      GXV_TRACE(( " coverage has non-zero bits in reserved area\n" ));
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_mort_subtables_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                               FT_Bytes       limit,
+                               FT_UShort      nSubtables,
+                               GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+
+    GXV_Validate_Func fmt_funcs_table[] =
+    {
+      gxv_mort_subtable_type0_validate, /* 0 */
+      gxv_mort_subtable_type1_validate, /* 1 */
+      gxv_mort_subtable_type2_validate, /* 2 */
+      NULL,                             /* 3 */
+      gxv_mort_subtable_type4_validate, /* 4 */
+      gxv_mort_subtable_type5_validate, /* 5 */
+
+    };
+
+    GXV_Validate_Func  func;
+    FT_UShort          i;
+
+
+    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "subtables in a chain" );
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < nSubtables; i++ )
+    {
+      FT_UShort  length;
+      FT_UShort  coverage;
+      FT_ULong   subFeatureFlags;
+      FT_UInt    type;
+      FT_UInt    rest;
+
+
+      GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 + 2 + 4 );
+      length          = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+      coverage        = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+      subFeatureFlags = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+
+      GXV_TRACE(( "validating chain subtable %d/%d (%d bytes)\n",
+                  i + 1, nSubtables, length ));
+      type = coverage & 0x0007;
+      rest = length - ( 2 + 2 + 4 );
+
+      GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( rest );
+      gxv_mort_coverage_validate( coverage, valid );
+
+      if ( type > 5 )
+        FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
+
+      func = fmt_funcs_table[type];
+      if ( func == NULL )
+        GXV_TRACE(( "morx type %d is reserved\n", type ));
+
+      func( p, p + rest, valid );
+
+      p += rest;
+    }
+
+    valid->subtable_length = p - table;
+
+    GXV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_mort_chain_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                           FT_Bytes       limit,
+                           GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes   p = table;
+    FT_ULong   defaultFlags;
+    FT_ULong   chainLength;
+    FT_UShort  nFeatureFlags;
+    FT_UShort  nSubtables;
+
+
+    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "mort chain header" );
+
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 + 4 + 2 + 2 );
+    defaultFlags  = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+    chainLength   = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+    nFeatureFlags = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    nSubtables    = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    gxv_mort_featurearray_validate( p, table + chainLength,
+                                    nFeatureFlags, valid );
+    p += valid->subtable_length;
+    gxv_mort_subtables_validate( p, table + chainLength, nSubtables, valid );
+    valid->subtable_length = chainLength;
+
+    GXV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  gxv_mort_validate( FT_Bytes      table,
+                     FT_Face       face,
+                     FT_Validator  ftvalid )
+  {
+    GXV_ValidatorRec  validrec;
+    GXV_Validator     valid = &validrec;
+    FT_Bytes          p     = table;
+    FT_Bytes          limit = 0;
+    FT_ULong          version;
+    FT_ULong          nChains;
+    FT_ULong          i;
+
+
+    valid->root = ftvalid;
+    valid->face = face;
+    limit       = valid->root->limit;
+
+    FT_TRACE3(( "validating `mort' table\n" ));
+    GXV_INIT;
+
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 + 4 );
+    version = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+    nChains = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+
+    if (version != 0x00010000UL)
+      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < nChains; i++ )
+    {
+      GXV_TRACE(( "validating chain %d/%d\n", i + 1, nChains ));
+      GXV_32BIT_ALIGNMENT_VALIDATE( p - table );
+      gxv_mort_chain_validate( p, limit, valid );
+      p += valid->subtable_length;
+    }
+
+    FT_TRACE4(( "\n" ));
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1d64e69
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  gxvmort.h                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    TrueTypeGX/AAT common definition for mort table (specification).     */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2004, 2005 by suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K., */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.        */
+/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology      */
+/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.                                           */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __GXVMORT_H__
+#define __GXVMORT_H__
+
+#include "gxvalid.h"
+#include "gxvcommn.h"
+
+#include FT_SFNT_NAMES_H
+
+
+  typedef struct  GXV_mort_featureRec_
+  {
+    FT_UShort  featureType;
+    FT_UShort  featureSetting;
+    FT_ULong   enableFlags;
+    FT_ULong   disableFlags;
+
+  } GXV_mort_featureRec, *GXV_mort_feature;
+
+#define GXV_MORT_FEATURE_OFF  {0, 1, 0x00000000UL, 0x00000000UL}
+
+#define IS_GXV_MORT_FEATURE_OFF( f )              \
+          ( (f).featureType    == 0            || \
+            (f).featureSetting == 1            || \
+            (f).enableFlags    == 0x00000000UL || \
+            (f).disableFlags   == 0x00000000UL )
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  gxv_mort_featurearray_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                                  FT_Bytes       limit,
+                                  FT_UInt        nFeatureFlags,
+                                  GXV_Validator  valid );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  gxv_mort_coverage_validate( FT_UShort      coverage,
+                              GXV_Validator  valid );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  gxv_mort_subtable_type0_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                                    FT_Bytes       limit,
+                                    GXV_Validator  valid );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  gxv_mort_subtable_type1_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                                    FT_Bytes       limit,
+                                    GXV_Validator  valid );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  gxv_mort_subtable_type2_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                                    FT_Bytes       limit,
+                                    GXV_Validator  valid );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  gxv_mort_subtable_type4_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                                    FT_Bytes       limit,
+                                    GXV_Validator  valid );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  gxv_mort_subtable_type5_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                                    FT_Bytes       limit,
+                                    GXV_Validator  valid );
+
+
+#endif /* __GXVMORT_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort0.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort0.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0902056
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort0.c
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  gxvmort0.c                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    TrueTypeGX/AAT mort table validation                                 */
+/*    body for type0 (Indic Script Rearrangement) subtable.                */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2005 by suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K.,       */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.        */
+/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology      */
+/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.                                           */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include "gxvmort.h"
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_gxvmort
+
+
+  static const char* GXV_Mort_IndicScript_Msg[] =
+  {
+    "no change",
+    "Ax => xA",
+    "xD => Dx",
+    "AxD => DxA",
+    "ABx => xAB",
+    "ABx => xBA",
+    "xCD => CDx",
+    "xCD => DCx",
+    "AxCD => CDxA",
+    "AxCD => DCxA",
+    "ABxD => DxAB",
+    "ABxD => DxBA",
+    "ABxCD => CDxAB",
+    "ABxCD => CDxBA",
+    "ABxCD => DCxAB",
+    "ABxCD => DCxBA",
+
+  };
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_mort_subtable_type0_entry_validate(
+    FT_Byte                         state,
+    FT_UShort                       flags,
+    GXV_StateTable_GlyphOffsetDesc  glyphOffset,
+    FT_Bytes                        table,
+    FT_Bytes                        limit,
+    GXV_Validator                   valid )
+  {
+    FT_UShort  markFirst;
+    FT_UShort  dontAdvance;
+    FT_UShort  markLast;
+    FT_UShort  reserved;
+    FT_UShort  verb = 0;
+
+    FT_UNUSED( state );
+    FT_UNUSED( table );
+    FT_UNUSED( limit );
+
+    FT_UNUSED( GXV_Mort_IndicScript_Msg[verb] ); /* for the non-debugging */
+    FT_UNUSED( glyphOffset );                    /* case                  */
+
+
+    markFirst   = (FT_UShort)( ( flags >> 15 ) & 1 );
+    dontAdvance = (FT_UShort)( ( flags >> 14 ) & 1 );
+    markLast    = (FT_UShort)( ( flags >> 13 ) & 1 );
+
+    reserved = (FT_UShort)( flags & 0x1FF0 );
+    verb     = (FT_UShort)( flags & 0x000F );
+
+    GXV_TRACE(( "  IndicScript MorphRule for glyphOffset 0x%04x",
+                glyphOffset.u ));
+    GXV_TRACE(( " markFirst=%01d", markFirst ));
+    GXV_TRACE(( " dontAdvance=%01d", dontAdvance ));
+    GXV_TRACE(( " markLast=%01d", markLast ));
+    GXV_TRACE(( " %02d", verb ));
+    GXV_TRACE(( " %s\n", GXV_Mort_IndicScript_Msg[verb] ));
+
+    if ( 0 < reserved )
+    {
+      GXV_TRACE(( " non-zero bits found in reserved range\n" ));
+      FT_INVALID_DATA;
+    }
+    else
+      GXV_TRACE(( "\n" ));
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  gxv_mort_subtable_type0_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                                    FT_Bytes       limit,
+                                    GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+
+
+    GXV_NAME_ENTER(
+      "mort chain subtable type0 (Indic-Script Rearrangement)" );
+
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( GXV_STATETABLE_HEADER_SIZE );
+
+    valid->statetable.optdata               = NULL;
+    valid->statetable.optdata_load_func     = NULL;
+    valid->statetable.subtable_setup_func   = NULL;
+    valid->statetable.entry_glyphoffset_fmt = GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_NONE;
+    valid->statetable.entry_validate_func =
+      gxv_mort_subtable_type0_entry_validate;
+
+    gxv_StateTable_validate( p, limit, valid );
+
+    GXV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort1.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort1.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..711bbd0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort1.c
@@ -0,0 +1,258 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  gxvmort1.c                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    TrueTypeGX/AAT mort table validation                                 */
+/*    body for type1 (Contextual Substitution) subtable.                   */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2005, 2007 by suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K., */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.        */
+/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology      */
+/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.                                           */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include "gxvmort.h"
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_gxvmort
+
+
+  typedef struct  GXV_mort_subtable_type1_StateOptRec_
+  {
+    FT_UShort  substitutionTable;
+    FT_UShort  substitutionTable_length;
+
+  }  GXV_mort_subtable_type1_StateOptRec,
+    *GXV_mort_subtable_type1_StateOptRecData;
+
+#define GXV_MORT_SUBTABLE_TYPE1_HEADER_SIZE \
+          ( GXV_STATETABLE_HEADER_SIZE + 2 )
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_mort_subtable_type1_substitutionTable_load( FT_Bytes       table,
+                                                  FT_Bytes       limit,
+                                                  GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+
+    GXV_mort_subtable_type1_StateOptRecData  optdata =
+      (GXV_mort_subtable_type1_StateOptRecData)valid->statetable.optdata;
+
+
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
+    optdata->substitutionTable = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_mort_subtable_type1_subtable_setup( FT_UShort      table_size,
+                                          FT_UShort      classTable,
+                                          FT_UShort      stateArray,
+                                          FT_UShort      entryTable,
+                                          FT_UShort*     classTable_length_p,
+                                          FT_UShort*     stateArray_length_p,
+                                          FT_UShort*     entryTable_length_p,
+                                          GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_UShort  o[4];
+    FT_UShort  *l[4];
+    FT_UShort  buff[5];
+
+    GXV_mort_subtable_type1_StateOptRecData  optdata =
+      (GXV_mort_subtable_type1_StateOptRecData)valid->statetable.optdata;
+
+
+    o[0] = classTable;
+    o[1] = stateArray;
+    o[2] = entryTable;
+    o[3] = optdata->substitutionTable;
+    l[0] = classTable_length_p;
+    l[1] = stateArray_length_p;
+    l[2] = entryTable_length_p;
+    l[3] = &( optdata->substitutionTable_length );
+
+    gxv_set_length_by_ushort_offset( o, l, buff, 4, table_size, valid );
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_mort_subtable_type1_offset_to_subst_validate(
+    FT_Short          wordOffset,
+    const FT_String*  tag,
+    FT_Byte           state,
+    GXV_Validator     valid )
+  {
+    FT_UShort  substTable;
+    FT_UShort  substTable_limit;
+    FT_UShort  min_gid;
+    FT_UShort  max_gid;
+
+    FT_UNUSED( tag );
+    FT_UNUSED( state );
+
+
+    substTable =
+      ((GXV_mort_subtable_type1_StateOptRec *)
+       (valid->statetable.optdata))->substitutionTable;
+    substTable_limit =
+      (FT_UShort)( substTable +
+                   ((GXV_mort_subtable_type1_StateOptRec *)
+                    (valid->statetable.optdata))->substitutionTable_length );
+
+    min_gid = (FT_UShort)( ( substTable       - wordOffset * 2 ) / 2 );
+    max_gid = (FT_UShort)( ( substTable_limit - wordOffset * 2 ) / 2 );
+    max_gid = (FT_UShort)( FT_MAX( max_gid, valid->face->num_glyphs ) );
+
+    /* XXX: check range? */
+
+    /* TODO: min_gid & max_gid comparison with ClassTable contents */
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_mort_subtable_type1_entry_validate(
+    FT_Byte                         state,
+    FT_UShort                       flags,
+    GXV_StateTable_GlyphOffsetDesc  glyphOffset,
+    FT_Bytes                        table,
+    FT_Bytes                        limit,
+    GXV_Validator                   valid )
+  {
+    FT_UShort  setMark;
+    FT_UShort  dontAdvance;
+    FT_UShort  reserved;
+    FT_Short   markOffset;
+    FT_Short   currentOffset;
+
+    FT_UNUSED( table );
+    FT_UNUSED( limit );
+
+
+    setMark       = (FT_UShort)(   flags >> 15            );
+    dontAdvance   = (FT_UShort)( ( flags >> 14 ) & 1      );
+    reserved      = (FT_Short)(    flags         & 0x3FFF );
+
+    markOffset    = (FT_Short)( glyphOffset.ul >> 16 );
+    currentOffset = (FT_Short)( glyphOffset.ul       );
+
+    if ( 0 < reserved )
+    {
+      GXV_TRACE(( " non-zero bits found in reserved range\n" ));
+      if ( valid->root->level >= FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID )
+        FT_INVALID_DATA;
+    }
+
+    gxv_mort_subtable_type1_offset_to_subst_validate( markOffset,
+                                                      "markOffset",
+                                                      state,
+                                                      valid );
+
+    gxv_mort_subtable_type1_offset_to_subst_validate( currentOffset,
+                                                      "currentOffset",
+                                                      state,
+                                                      valid );
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_mort_subtable_type1_substTable_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                                               FT_Bytes       limit,
+                                               GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes   p = table;
+    FT_UShort  num_gids = (FT_UShort)(
+                 ((GXV_mort_subtable_type1_StateOptRec *)
+                  (valid->statetable.optdata))->substitutionTable_length / 2 );
+    FT_UShort  i;
+
+
+    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "validating contents of substitutionTable" );
+    for ( i = 0; i < num_gids ; i ++ )
+    {
+      FT_UShort  dst_gid;
+
+
+      GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
+      dst_gid = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+      if ( dst_gid >= 0xFFFFU )
+        continue;
+
+      if ( dst_gid > valid->face->num_glyphs )
+      {
+        GXV_TRACE(( "substTable include too large gid[%d]=%d >"
+                    " max defined gid #%d\n",
+                    i, dst_gid, valid->face->num_glyphs ));
+        if ( valid->root->level >= FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID )
+          FT_INVALID_GLYPH_ID;
+      }
+    }
+
+    GXV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /*
+   * subtable for Contextual glyph substitution is a modified StateTable.
+   * In addition to classTable, stateArray, and entryTable, the field
+   * `substitutionTable' is added.
+   */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  gxv_mort_subtable_type1_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                                    FT_Bytes       limit,
+                                    GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+
+    GXV_mort_subtable_type1_StateOptRec  st_rec;
+
+
+    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "mort chain subtable type1 (Contextual Glyph Subst)" );
+
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( GXV_MORT_SUBTABLE_TYPE1_HEADER_SIZE );
+
+    valid->statetable.optdata =
+      &st_rec;
+    valid->statetable.optdata_load_func =
+      gxv_mort_subtable_type1_substitutionTable_load;
+    valid->statetable.subtable_setup_func =
+      gxv_mort_subtable_type1_subtable_setup;
+    valid->statetable.entry_glyphoffset_fmt =
+      GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_ULONG;
+    valid->statetable.entry_validate_func =
+
+      gxv_mort_subtable_type1_entry_validate;
+    gxv_StateTable_validate( p, limit, valid );
+
+    gxv_mort_subtable_type1_substTable_validate(
+      table + st_rec.substitutionTable,
+      table + st_rec.substitutionTable + st_rec.substitutionTable_length,
+      valid );
+
+    GXV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort2.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort2.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f19d15d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort2.c
@@ -0,0 +1,282 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  gxvmort2.c                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    TrueTypeGX/AAT mort table validation                                 */
+/*    body for type2 (Ligature Substitution) subtable.                     */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2005 by suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K.,       */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.        */
+/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology      */
+/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.                                           */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include "gxvmort.h"
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_gxvmort
+
+
+  typedef struct  GXV_mort_subtable_type2_StateOptRec_
+  {
+    FT_UShort  ligActionTable;
+    FT_UShort  componentTable;
+    FT_UShort  ligatureTable;
+    FT_UShort  ligActionTable_length;
+    FT_UShort  componentTable_length;
+    FT_UShort  ligatureTable_length;
+
+  }  GXV_mort_subtable_type2_StateOptRec,
+    *GXV_mort_subtable_type2_StateOptRecData;
+
+#define GXV_MORT_SUBTABLE_TYPE2_HEADER_SIZE \
+          ( GXV_STATETABLE_HEADER_SIZE + 2 + 2 + 2 )
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_mort_subtable_type2_opttable_load( FT_Bytes       table,
+                                         FT_Bytes       limit,
+                                         GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes p = table;
+    GXV_mort_subtable_type2_StateOptRecData  optdata =
+      (GXV_mort_subtable_type2_StateOptRecData)valid->statetable.optdata;
+
+
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 + 2 + 2 );
+    optdata->ligActionTable = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    optdata->componentTable = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    optdata->ligatureTable  = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    GXV_TRACE(( "offset to ligActionTable=0x%04x\n",
+                optdata->ligActionTable ));
+    GXV_TRACE(( "offset to componentTable=0x%04x\n",
+                optdata->componentTable ));
+    GXV_TRACE(( "offset to ligatureTable=0x%04x\n",
+                optdata->ligatureTable ));
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_mort_subtable_type2_subtable_setup( FT_UShort      table_size,
+                                          FT_UShort      classTable,
+                                          FT_UShort      stateArray,
+                                          FT_UShort      entryTable,
+                                          FT_UShort      *classTable_length_p,
+                                          FT_UShort      *stateArray_length_p,
+                                          FT_UShort      *entryTable_length_p,
+                                          GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_UShort  o[6];
+    FT_UShort  *l[6];
+    FT_UShort  buff[7];
+
+    GXV_mort_subtable_type2_StateOptRecData  optdata =
+      (GXV_mort_subtable_type2_StateOptRecData)valid->statetable.optdata;
+
+
+    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "subtable boundaries setup" );
+
+    o[0] = classTable;
+    o[1] = stateArray;
+    o[2] = entryTable;
+    o[3] = optdata->ligActionTable;
+    o[4] = optdata->componentTable;
+    o[5] = optdata->ligatureTable;
+    l[0] = classTable_length_p;
+    l[1] = stateArray_length_p;
+    l[2] = entryTable_length_p;
+    l[3] = &(optdata->ligActionTable_length);
+    l[4] = &(optdata->componentTable_length);
+    l[5] = &(optdata->ligatureTable_length);
+
+    gxv_set_length_by_ushort_offset( o, l, buff, 6, table_size, valid );
+
+    GXV_TRACE(( "classTable: offset=0x%04x length=0x%04x\n",
+                classTable, *classTable_length_p ));
+    GXV_TRACE(( "stateArray: offset=0x%04x length=0x%04x\n",
+                stateArray, *stateArray_length_p ));
+    GXV_TRACE(( "entryTable: offset=0x%04x length=0x%04x\n",
+                entryTable, *entryTable_length_p ));
+    GXV_TRACE(( "ligActionTable: offset=0x%04x length=0x%04x\n",
+                optdata->ligActionTable,
+                optdata->ligActionTable_length ));
+    GXV_TRACE(( "componentTable: offset=0x%04x length=0x%04x\n",
+                optdata->componentTable,
+                optdata->componentTable_length ));
+    GXV_TRACE(( "ligatureTable:  offset=0x%04x length=0x%04x\n",
+                optdata->ligatureTable,
+                optdata->ligatureTable_length ));
+
+    GXV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_mort_subtable_type2_ligActionOffset_validate(
+    FT_Bytes       table,
+    FT_UShort      ligActionOffset,
+    GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    /* access ligActionTable */
+    GXV_mort_subtable_type2_StateOptRecData  optdata =
+      (GXV_mort_subtable_type2_StateOptRecData)valid->statetable.optdata;
+
+    FT_Bytes lat_base  = table + optdata->ligActionTable;
+    FT_Bytes p         = table + ligActionOffset;
+    FT_Bytes lat_limit = lat_base + optdata->ligActionTable;
+
+
+    GXV_32BIT_ALIGNMENT_VALIDATE( ligActionOffset );
+    if ( p < lat_base )
+    {
+      GXV_TRACE(( "too short offset 0x%04x: p < lat_base (%d byte rewind)\n",
+                  ligActionOffset, lat_base - p ));
+
+      /* FontValidator, ftxvalidator, ftxdumperfuser warn but continue */
+      if ( valid->root->level >= FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID )
+        FT_INVALID_OFFSET;
+    }
+    else if ( lat_limit < p )
+    {
+      GXV_TRACE(( "too large offset 0x%04x: lat_limit < p (%d byte overrun)\n",
+                  ligActionOffset, p - lat_limit ));
+
+      /* FontValidator, ftxvalidator, ftxdumperfuser warn but continue */
+      if ( valid->root->level >= FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID )
+        FT_INVALID_OFFSET;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* validate entry in ligActionTable */
+      FT_ULong   lig_action;
+      FT_UShort  last;
+      FT_UShort  store;
+      FT_ULong   offset;
+
+
+      lig_action = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+      last   = (FT_UShort)( ( lig_action >> 31 ) & 1 );
+      store  = (FT_UShort)( ( lig_action >> 30 ) & 1 );
+
+      offset = lig_action & 0x3FFFFFFFUL;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_mort_subtable_type2_entry_validate(
+    FT_Byte                         state,
+    FT_UShort                       flags,
+    GXV_StateTable_GlyphOffsetDesc  glyphOffset,
+    FT_Bytes                        table,
+    FT_Bytes                        limit,
+    GXV_Validator                   valid )
+  {
+    FT_UShort setComponent;
+    FT_UShort dontAdvance;
+    FT_UShort offset;
+
+    FT_UNUSED( state );
+    FT_UNUSED( glyphOffset );
+    FT_UNUSED( limit );
+
+
+    setComponent = (FT_UShort)( ( flags >> 15 ) & 1 );
+    dontAdvance  = (FT_UShort)( ( flags >> 14 ) & 1 );
+
+    offset = (FT_UShort)( flags & 0x3FFFU );
+
+    if ( 0 < offset )
+      gxv_mort_subtable_type2_ligActionOffset_validate( table, offset,
+                                                        valid );
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_mort_subtable_type2_ligatureTable_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                                                  GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    GXV_mort_subtable_type2_StateOptRecData  optdata =
+      (GXV_mort_subtable_type2_StateOptRecData)valid->statetable.optdata;
+
+    FT_Bytes p     = table + optdata->ligatureTable;
+    FT_Bytes limit = table + optdata->ligatureTable
+                           + optdata->ligatureTable_length;
+
+
+    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "mort chain subtable type2 - substitutionTable" );
+    if ( 0 != optdata->ligatureTable )
+    {
+      /* Apple does not give specification of ligatureTable format */
+      while ( p < limit )
+      {
+        FT_UShort  lig_gid;
+
+
+        GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
+        lig_gid = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+      }
+    }
+    GXV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  gxv_mort_subtable_type2_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                                    FT_Bytes       limit,
+                                    GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+
+    GXV_mort_subtable_type2_StateOptRec  lig_rec;
+
+
+    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "mort chain subtable type2 (Ligature Substitution)" );
+
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( GXV_MORT_SUBTABLE_TYPE2_HEADER_SIZE );
+
+    valid->statetable.optdata =
+      &lig_rec;
+    valid->statetable.optdata_load_func =
+      gxv_mort_subtable_type2_opttable_load;
+    valid->statetable.subtable_setup_func =
+      gxv_mort_subtable_type2_subtable_setup;
+    valid->statetable.entry_glyphoffset_fmt =
+      GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_NONE;
+    valid->statetable.entry_validate_func =
+      gxv_mort_subtable_type2_entry_validate;
+
+    gxv_StateTable_validate( p, limit, valid );
+
+    p += valid->subtable_length;
+    gxv_mort_subtable_type2_ligatureTable_validate( table, valid );
+
+    valid->subtable_length = p - table;
+
+    GXV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort4.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort4.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a04bc1e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort4.c
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  gxvmort4.c                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    TrueTypeGX/AAT mort table validation                                 */
+/*    body for type4 (Non-Contextual Glyph Substitution) subtable.         */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2005 by suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K.,       */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.        */
+/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology      */
+/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.                                           */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include "gxvmort.h"
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_gxvmort
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_mort_subtable_type4_lookupval_validate( FT_UShort            glyph,
+                                              GXV_LookupValueDesc  value,
+                                              GXV_Validator        valid )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( glyph );
+
+    gxv_glyphid_validate( value.u, valid );
+  }
+
+  /*
+    +===============+ --------+
+    | lookup header |         |
+    +===============+         |
+    | BinSrchHeader |         |
+    +===============+         |
+    | lastGlyph[0]  |         |
+    +---------------+         |
+    | firstGlyph[0] |         |    head of lookup table
+    +---------------+         |             +
+    | offset[0]     |    ->   |          offset            [byte]
+    +===============+         |             +
+    | lastGlyph[1]  |         | (glyphID - firstGlyph) * 2 [byte]
+    +---------------+         |
+    | firstGlyph[1] |         |
+    +---------------+         |
+    | offset[1]     |         |
+    +===============+         |
+                              |
+     ....                     |
+                              |
+    16bit value array         |
+    +===============+         |
+    |     value     | <-------+
+     ....
+  */
+
+  static GXV_LookupValueDesc
+  gxv_mort_subtable_type4_lookupfmt4_transit(
+    FT_UShort            relative_gindex,
+    GXV_LookupValueDesc  base_value,
+    FT_Bytes             lookuptbl_limit,
+    GXV_Validator        valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes             p;
+    FT_Bytes             limit;
+    FT_UShort            offset;
+    GXV_LookupValueDesc  value;
+
+    /* XXX: check range? */
+    offset = (FT_UShort)( base_value.u +
+                          relative_gindex * sizeof ( FT_UShort ) );
+
+    p     = valid->lookuptbl_head + offset;
+    limit = lookuptbl_limit;
+
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
+    value.u = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    return value;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  gxv_mort_subtable_type4_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                                    FT_Bytes       limit,
+                                    GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+
+
+    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "mort chain subtable type4 "
+                    "(Non-Contextual Glyph Substitution)" );
+
+    valid->lookupval_sign   = GXV_LOOKUPVALUE_UNSIGNED;
+    valid->lookupval_func   = gxv_mort_subtable_type4_lookupval_validate;
+    valid->lookupfmt4_trans = gxv_mort_subtable_type4_lookupfmt4_transit;
+
+    gxv_LookupTable_validate( p, limit, valid );
+
+    GXV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort5.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort5.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a7cabc3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmort5.c
@@ -0,0 +1,226 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  gxvmort5.c                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    TrueTypeGX/AAT mort table validation                                 */
+/*    body for type5 (Contextual Glyph Insertion) subtable.                */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2005 by suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K.,       */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.        */
+/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology      */
+/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.                                           */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include "gxvmort.h"
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_gxvmort
+
+
+  /*
+   * mort subtable type5 (Contextual Glyph Insertion)
+   * has the format of StateTable with insertion-glyph-list,
+   * but without name.  The offset is given by glyphOffset in
+   * entryTable.  There is no table location declaration
+   * like xxxTable.
+   */
+
+  typedef struct  GXV_mort_subtable_type5_StateOptRec_
+  {
+    FT_UShort   classTable;
+    FT_UShort   stateArray;
+    FT_UShort   entryTable;
+
+#define GXV_MORT_SUBTABLE_TYPE5_HEADER_SIZE  GXV_STATETABLE_HEADER_SIZE
+
+    FT_UShort*  classTable_length_p;
+    FT_UShort*  stateArray_length_p;
+    FT_UShort*  entryTable_length_p;
+
+  }  GXV_mort_subtable_type5_StateOptRec,
+    *GXV_mort_subtable_type5_StateOptRecData;
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  gxv_mort_subtable_type5_subtable_setup( FT_UShort      table_size,
+                                          FT_UShort      classTable,
+                                          FT_UShort      stateArray,
+                                          FT_UShort      entryTable,
+                                          FT_UShort*     classTable_length_p,
+                                          FT_UShort*     stateArray_length_p,
+                                          FT_UShort*     entryTable_length_p,
+                                          GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    GXV_mort_subtable_type5_StateOptRecData  optdata =
+      (GXV_mort_subtable_type5_StateOptRecData)valid->statetable.optdata;
+
+
+    gxv_StateTable_subtable_setup( table_size,
+                                   classTable,
+                                   stateArray,
+                                   entryTable,
+                                   classTable_length_p,
+                                   stateArray_length_p,
+                                   entryTable_length_p,
+                                   valid );
+
+    optdata->classTable = classTable;
+    optdata->stateArray = stateArray;
+    optdata->entryTable = entryTable;
+
+    optdata->classTable_length_p = classTable_length_p;
+    optdata->stateArray_length_p = stateArray_length_p;
+    optdata->entryTable_length_p = entryTable_length_p;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_mort_subtable_type5_InsertList_validate( FT_UShort      offset,
+                                               FT_UShort      count,
+                                               FT_Bytes       table,
+                                               FT_Bytes       limit,
+                                               GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    /*
+     * We don't know the range of insertion-glyph-list.
+     * Set range by whole of state table.
+     */
+    FT_Bytes  p = table + offset;
+
+    GXV_mort_subtable_type5_StateOptRecData  optdata =
+      (GXV_mort_subtable_type5_StateOptRecData)valid->statetable.optdata;
+
+    if ( optdata->classTable < offset                                   &&
+         offset < optdata->classTable + *(optdata->classTable_length_p) )
+      GXV_TRACE(( " offset runs into ClassTable" ));
+    if ( optdata->stateArray < offset                                   &&
+         offset < optdata->stateArray + *(optdata->stateArray_length_p) )
+      GXV_TRACE(( " offset runs into StateArray" ));
+    if ( optdata->entryTable < offset                                   &&
+         offset < optdata->entryTable + *(optdata->entryTable_length_p) )
+      GXV_TRACE(( " offset runs into EntryTable" ));
+
+    while ( p < table + offset + ( count * 2 ) )
+    {
+      FT_UShort insert_glyphID;
+
+
+      GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
+      insert_glyphID = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+      GXV_TRACE(( " 0x%04x", insert_glyphID ));
+    }
+
+    GXV_TRACE(( "\n" ));
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_mort_subtable_type5_entry_validate(
+    FT_Byte                         state,
+    FT_UShort                       flags,
+    GXV_StateTable_GlyphOffsetDesc  glyphOffset,
+    FT_Bytes                        table,
+    FT_Bytes                        limit,
+    GXV_Validator                   valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bool    setMark;
+    FT_Bool    dontAdvance;
+    FT_Bool    currentIsKashidaLike;
+    FT_Bool    markedIsKashidaLike;
+    FT_Bool    currentInsertBefore;
+    FT_Bool    markedInsertBefore;
+    FT_Byte    currentInsertCount;
+    FT_Byte    markedInsertCount;
+    FT_UShort  currentInsertList;
+    FT_UShort  markedInsertList;
+
+    FT_UNUSED( state );
+
+
+    setMark              = FT_BOOL( ( flags >> 15 ) & 1 );
+    dontAdvance          = FT_BOOL( ( flags >> 14 ) & 1 );
+    currentIsKashidaLike = FT_BOOL( ( flags >> 13 ) & 1 );
+    markedIsKashidaLike  = FT_BOOL( ( flags >> 12 ) & 1 );
+    currentInsertBefore  = FT_BOOL( ( flags >> 11 ) & 1 );
+    markedInsertBefore   = FT_BOOL( ( flags >> 10 ) & 1 );
+
+    currentInsertCount   = (FT_Byte)( ( flags >> 5 ) & 0x1F   );
+    markedInsertCount    = (FT_Byte)(   flags        & 0x001F );
+
+    currentInsertList    = (FT_UShort)( glyphOffset.ul >> 16 );
+    markedInsertList     = (FT_UShort)( glyphOffset.ul       );
+
+    if ( 0 != currentInsertList && 0 != currentInsertCount )
+    {
+      gxv_mort_subtable_type5_InsertList_validate( currentInsertList,
+                                                   currentInsertCount,
+                                                   table,
+                                                   limit,
+                                                   valid );
+    }
+
+    if ( 0 != markedInsertList && 0 != markedInsertCount )
+    {
+      gxv_mort_subtable_type5_InsertList_validate( markedInsertList,
+                                                   markedInsertCount,
+                                                   table,
+                                                   limit,
+                                                   valid );
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  gxv_mort_subtable_type5_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                                    FT_Bytes       limit,
+                                    GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+
+    GXV_mort_subtable_type5_StateOptRec      et_rec;
+    GXV_mort_subtable_type5_StateOptRecData  et = &et_rec;
+
+
+    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "mort chain subtable type5 (Glyph Insertion)" );
+
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( GXV_MORT_SUBTABLE_TYPE5_HEADER_SIZE );
+
+    valid->statetable.optdata =
+      et;
+    valid->statetable.optdata_load_func =
+      NULL;
+    valid->statetable.subtable_setup_func =
+      gxv_mort_subtable_type5_subtable_setup;
+    valid->statetable.entry_glyphoffset_fmt =
+      GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_ULONG;
+    valid->statetable.entry_validate_func =
+      gxv_mort_subtable_type5_entry_validate;
+
+    gxv_StateTable_validate( p, limit, valid );
+
+    GXV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d217940
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx.c
@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  gxvmorx.c                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    TrueTypeGX/AAT morx table validation (body).                         */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2005, 2008 by                                                */
+/*  suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K.,                         */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.        */
+/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology      */
+/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.                                           */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include "gxvmorx.h"
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_gxvmorx
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_morx_subtables_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                               FT_Bytes       limit,
+                               FT_UShort      nSubtables,
+                               GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+
+    GXV_Validate_Func fmt_funcs_table[] =
+    {
+      gxv_morx_subtable_type0_validate, /* 0 */
+      gxv_morx_subtable_type1_validate, /* 1 */
+      gxv_morx_subtable_type2_validate, /* 2 */
+      NULL,                             /* 3 */
+      gxv_morx_subtable_type4_validate, /* 4 */
+      gxv_morx_subtable_type5_validate, /* 5 */
+
+    };
+
+    GXV_Validate_Func  func;
+
+    FT_UShort  i;
+
+
+    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "subtables in a chain" );
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < nSubtables; i++ )
+    {
+      FT_ULong  length;
+      FT_ULong  coverage;
+      FT_ULong  subFeatureFlags;
+      FT_UInt   type;
+      FT_UInt   rest;
+
+
+      GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 + 4 + 4 );
+      length          = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+      coverage        = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+      subFeatureFlags = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+
+      GXV_TRACE(( "validating chain subtable %d/%d (%d bytes)\n",
+                  i + 1, nSubtables, length ));
+
+      type = coverage & 0x0007;
+      rest = length - ( 4 + 4 + 4 );
+      GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( rest );
+
+      /* morx coverage consists of mort_coverage & 16bit padding */
+      gxv_mort_coverage_validate( (FT_UShort)( ( coverage >> 16 ) | coverage ),
+                                  valid );
+      if ( type > 5 )
+        FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
+
+      func = fmt_funcs_table[type];
+      if ( func == NULL )
+        GXV_TRACE(( "morx type %d is reserved\n", type ));
+
+      func( p, p + rest, valid );
+
+      p += rest;
+    }
+
+    valid->subtable_length = p - table;
+
+    GXV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_morx_chain_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                           FT_Bytes       limit,
+                           GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+    FT_ULong  defaultFlags;
+    FT_ULong  chainLength;
+    FT_ULong  nFeatureFlags;
+    FT_ULong  nSubtables;
+
+
+    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "morx chain header" );
+
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 + 4 + 4 + 4 );
+    defaultFlags  = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+    chainLength   = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+    nFeatureFlags = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+    nSubtables    = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+
+    /* feature-array of morx is same with that of mort */
+    gxv_mort_featurearray_validate( p, limit, nFeatureFlags, valid );
+    p += valid->subtable_length;
+
+    if ( nSubtables >= 0x10000L )
+      FT_INVALID_DATA;
+
+    gxv_morx_subtables_validate( p, table + chainLength,
+                                 (FT_UShort)nSubtables, valid );
+
+    valid->subtable_length = chainLength;
+
+    GXV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  gxv_morx_validate( FT_Bytes      table,
+                     FT_Face       face,
+                     FT_Validator  ftvalid )
+  {
+    GXV_ValidatorRec  validrec;
+    GXV_Validator     valid = &validrec;
+    FT_Bytes          p     = table;
+    FT_Bytes          limit = 0;
+    FT_ULong          version;
+    FT_ULong          nChains;
+    FT_ULong          i;
+
+
+    valid->root = ftvalid;
+    valid->face = face;
+
+    FT_TRACE3(( "validating `morx' table\n" ));
+    GXV_INIT;
+
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 + 4 );
+    version = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+    nChains = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+
+    if ( version != 0x00020000UL )
+      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < nChains; i++ )
+    {
+      GXV_TRACE(( "validating chain %d/%d\n", i + 1, nChains ));
+      GXV_32BIT_ALIGNMENT_VALIDATE( p - table );
+      gxv_morx_chain_validate( p, limit, valid );
+      p += valid->subtable_length;
+    }
+
+    FT_TRACE4(( "\n" ));
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..28c1a44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx.h
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  gxvmorx.h                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    TrueTypeGX/AAT common definition for morx table (specification).     */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2005 by suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K.,       */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.        */
+/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology      */
+/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.                                           */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __GXVMORX_H__
+#define __GXVMORX_H__
+
+
+#include "gxvalid.h"
+#include "gxvcommn.h"
+#include "gxvmort.h"
+
+#include FT_SFNT_NAMES_H
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  gxv_morx_subtable_type0_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                                    FT_Bytes       limit,
+                                    GXV_Validator  valid );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  gxv_morx_subtable_type1_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                                    FT_Bytes       limit,
+                                    GXV_Validator  valid );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  gxv_morx_subtable_type2_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                                    FT_Bytes       limit,
+                                    GXV_Validator  valid );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  gxv_morx_subtable_type4_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                                    FT_Bytes       limit,
+                                    GXV_Validator  valid );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  gxv_morx_subtable_type5_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                                    FT_Bytes       limit,
+                                    GXV_Validator  valid );
+
+
+#endif /* __GXVMORX_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx0.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx0.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ca92b6c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx0.c
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  gxvmorx0.c                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    TrueTypeGX/AAT morx table validation                                 */
+/*    body for type0 (Indic Script Rearrangement) subtable.                */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2005 by suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K.,       */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.        */
+/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology      */
+/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.                                           */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include "gxvmorx.h"
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_gxvmorx
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_morx_subtable_type0_entry_validate(
+    FT_UShort                        state,
+    FT_UShort                        flags,
+    GXV_XStateTable_GlyphOffsetDesc  glyphOffset,
+    FT_Bytes                         table,
+    FT_Bytes                         limit,
+    GXV_Validator                    valid )
+  {
+    FT_UShort  markFirst;
+    FT_UShort  dontAdvance;
+    FT_UShort  markLast;
+    FT_UShort  reserved;
+    FT_UShort  verb;
+
+    FT_UNUSED( state );
+    FT_UNUSED( glyphOffset );
+    FT_UNUSED( table );
+    FT_UNUSED( limit );
+
+
+    markFirst   = (FT_UShort)( ( flags >> 15 ) & 1 );
+    dontAdvance = (FT_UShort)( ( flags >> 14 ) & 1 );
+    markLast    = (FT_UShort)( ( flags >> 13 ) & 1 );
+
+    reserved = (FT_UShort)( flags & 0x1FF0 );
+    verb     = (FT_UShort)( flags & 0x000F );
+
+    if ( 0 < reserved )
+    {
+      GXV_TRACE(( " non-zero bits found in reserved range\n" ));
+      FT_INVALID_DATA;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  gxv_morx_subtable_type0_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                                    FT_Bytes       limit,
+                                    GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+
+
+    GXV_NAME_ENTER(
+      "morx chain subtable type0 (Indic-Script Rearrangement)" );
+
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( GXV_STATETABLE_HEADER_SIZE );
+
+    valid->xstatetable.optdata               = NULL;
+    valid->xstatetable.optdata_load_func     = NULL;
+    valid->xstatetable.subtable_setup_func   = NULL;
+    valid->xstatetable.entry_glyphoffset_fmt = GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_NONE;
+    valid->xstatetable.entry_validate_func =
+      gxv_morx_subtable_type0_entry_validate;
+
+    gxv_XStateTable_validate( p, limit, valid );
+
+    GXV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx1.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx1.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..331d4cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx1.c
@@ -0,0 +1,274 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  gxvmorx1.c                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    TrueTypeGX/AAT morx table validation                                 */
+/*    body for type1 (Contextual Substitution) subtable.                   */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2005, 2007 by suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K., */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.        */
+/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology      */
+/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.                                           */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include "gxvmorx.h"
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_gxvmorx
+
+
+  typedef struct  GXV_morx_subtable_type1_StateOptRec_
+  {
+    FT_ULong   substitutionTable;
+    FT_ULong   substitutionTable_length;
+    FT_UShort  substitutionTable_num_lookupTables;
+
+  }  GXV_morx_subtable_type1_StateOptRec,
+    *GXV_morx_subtable_type1_StateOptRecData;
+
+
+#define GXV_MORX_SUBTABLE_TYPE1_HEADER_SIZE \
+          ( GXV_STATETABLE_HEADER_SIZE + 2 )
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_morx_subtable_type1_substitutionTable_load( FT_Bytes       table,
+                                                  FT_Bytes       limit,
+                                                  GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+
+    GXV_morx_subtable_type1_StateOptRecData  optdata =
+      (GXV_morx_subtable_type1_StateOptRecData)valid->xstatetable.optdata;
+
+
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
+    optdata->substitutionTable = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_morx_subtable_type1_subtable_setup( FT_ULong       table_size,
+                                          FT_ULong       classTable,
+                                          FT_ULong       stateArray,
+                                          FT_ULong       entryTable,
+                                          FT_ULong*      classTable_length_p,
+                                          FT_ULong*      stateArray_length_p,
+                                          FT_ULong*      entryTable_length_p,
+                                          GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_ULong  o[4];
+    FT_ULong  *l[4];
+    FT_ULong  buff[5];
+
+    GXV_morx_subtable_type1_StateOptRecData  optdata =
+      (GXV_morx_subtable_type1_StateOptRecData)valid->xstatetable.optdata;
+
+
+    o[0] = classTable;
+    o[1] = stateArray;
+    o[2] = entryTable;
+    o[3] = optdata->substitutionTable;
+    l[0] = classTable_length_p;
+    l[1] = stateArray_length_p;
+    l[2] = entryTable_length_p;
+    l[3] = &(optdata->substitutionTable_length);
+
+    gxv_set_length_by_ulong_offset( o, l, buff, 4, table_size, valid );
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_morx_subtable_type1_entry_validate(
+    FT_UShort                       state,
+    FT_UShort                       flags,
+    GXV_StateTable_GlyphOffsetDesc  glyphOffset,
+    FT_Bytes                        table,
+    FT_Bytes                        limit,
+    GXV_Validator                   valid )
+  {
+    FT_UShort  setMark;
+    FT_UShort  dontAdvance;
+    FT_UShort  reserved;
+    FT_Short   markIndex;
+    FT_Short   currentIndex;
+
+    GXV_morx_subtable_type1_StateOptRecData  optdata =
+      (GXV_morx_subtable_type1_StateOptRecData)valid->xstatetable.optdata;
+
+    FT_UNUSED( state );
+    FT_UNUSED( table );
+    FT_UNUSED( limit );
+
+
+    setMark      = (FT_UShort)( ( flags >> 15 ) & 1 );
+    dontAdvance  = (FT_UShort)( ( flags >> 14 ) & 1 );
+
+    reserved = (FT_UShort)( flags & 0x3FFF );
+
+    markIndex    = (FT_Short)( glyphOffset.ul >> 16 );
+    currentIndex = (FT_Short)( glyphOffset.ul       );
+
+    GXV_TRACE(( " setMark=%01d dontAdvance=%01d\n",
+                setMark, dontAdvance ));
+
+    if ( 0 < reserved )
+    {
+      GXV_TRACE(( " non-zero bits found in reserved range\n" ));
+      if ( valid->root->level >= FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID )
+        FT_INVALID_DATA;
+    }
+
+    GXV_TRACE(( "markIndex = %d, currentIndex = %d\n",
+                markIndex, currentIndex ));
+
+    if ( optdata->substitutionTable_num_lookupTables < markIndex + 1 )
+      optdata->substitutionTable_num_lookupTables =
+        (FT_Short)( markIndex + 1 );
+
+    if ( optdata->substitutionTable_num_lookupTables < currentIndex + 1 )
+      optdata->substitutionTable_num_lookupTables =
+        (FT_Short)( currentIndex + 1 );
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_morx_subtable_type1_LookupValue_validate( FT_UShort            glyph,
+                                                GXV_LookupValueDesc  value,
+                                                GXV_Validator        valid )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( glyph ); /* for the non-debugging case */
+
+    GXV_TRACE(( "morx subtable type1 subst.: %d -> %d\n", glyph, value.u ));
+
+    if ( value.u > valid->face->num_glyphs )
+      FT_INVALID_GLYPH_ID;
+  }
+
+
+  static GXV_LookupValueDesc
+  gxv_morx_subtable_type1_LookupFmt4_transit(
+    FT_UShort            relative_gindex,
+    GXV_LookupValueDesc  base_value,
+    FT_Bytes             lookuptbl_limit,
+    GXV_Validator        valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes             p;
+    FT_Bytes             limit;
+    FT_UShort            offset;
+    GXV_LookupValueDesc  value;
+
+    /* XXX: check range? */
+    offset = (FT_UShort)( base_value.u +
+                          relative_gindex * sizeof ( FT_UShort ) );
+
+    p     = valid->lookuptbl_head + offset;
+    limit = lookuptbl_limit;
+
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK ( 2 );
+    value.u = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    return value;
+  }
+
+
+  /*
+   * TODO: length should be limit?
+   **/
+  static void
+  gxv_morx_subtable_type1_substitutionTable_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                                                      FT_Bytes       limit,
+                                                      GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes   p = table;
+    FT_UShort  i;
+
+    GXV_morx_subtable_type1_StateOptRecData  optdata =
+      (GXV_morx_subtable_type1_StateOptRecData)valid->xstatetable.optdata;
+
+
+    /* TODO: calculate offset/length for each lookupTables */
+    valid->lookupval_sign   = GXV_LOOKUPVALUE_UNSIGNED;
+    valid->lookupval_func   = gxv_morx_subtable_type1_LookupValue_validate;
+    valid->lookupfmt4_trans = gxv_morx_subtable_type1_LookupFmt4_transit;
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < optdata->substitutionTable_num_lookupTables; i++ )
+    {
+      FT_ULong  offset;
+
+
+      GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 );
+      offset = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+
+      gxv_LookupTable_validate( table + offset, limit, valid );
+    }
+
+    /* TODO: overlapping of lookupTables in substitutionTable */
+  }
+
+
+  /*
+   * subtable for Contextual glyph substitution is a modified StateTable.
+   * In addition to classTable, stateArray, entryTable, the field
+   * `substitutionTable' is added.
+   */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  gxv_morx_subtable_type1_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                                    FT_Bytes       limit,
+                                    GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+
+    GXV_morx_subtable_type1_StateOptRec  st_rec;
+
+
+    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "morx chain subtable type1 (Contextual Glyph Subst)" );
+
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( GXV_MORX_SUBTABLE_TYPE1_HEADER_SIZE );
+
+    st_rec.substitutionTable_num_lookupTables = 0;
+
+    valid->xstatetable.optdata =
+      &st_rec;
+    valid->xstatetable.optdata_load_func =
+      gxv_morx_subtable_type1_substitutionTable_load;
+    valid->xstatetable.subtable_setup_func =
+      gxv_morx_subtable_type1_subtable_setup;
+    valid->xstatetable.entry_glyphoffset_fmt =
+      GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_ULONG;
+    valid->xstatetable.entry_validate_func =
+      gxv_morx_subtable_type1_entry_validate;
+
+    gxv_XStateTable_validate( p, limit, valid );
+
+    gxv_morx_subtable_type1_substitutionTable_validate(
+      table + st_rec.substitutionTable,
+      table + st_rec.substitutionTable + st_rec.substitutionTable_length,
+      valid );
+
+    GXV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx2.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx2.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5cad516
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx2.c
@@ -0,0 +1,285 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  gxvmorx2.c                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    TrueTypeGX/AAT morx table validation                                 */
+/*    body for type2 (Ligature Substitution) subtable.                     */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2005 by suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K.,       */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.        */
+/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology      */
+/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.                                           */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include "gxvmorx.h"
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_gxvmorx
+
+
+  typedef struct  GXV_morx_subtable_type2_StateOptRec_
+  {
+    FT_ULong  ligActionTable;
+    FT_ULong  componentTable;
+    FT_ULong  ligatureTable;
+    FT_ULong  ligActionTable_length;
+    FT_ULong  componentTable_length;
+    FT_ULong  ligatureTable_length;
+
+  }  GXV_morx_subtable_type2_StateOptRec,
+    *GXV_morx_subtable_type2_StateOptRecData;
+
+
+#define GXV_MORX_SUBTABLE_TYPE2_HEADER_SIZE \
+          ( GXV_XSTATETABLE_HEADER_SIZE + 4 + 4 + 4 )
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_morx_subtable_type2_opttable_load( FT_Bytes       table,
+                                         FT_Bytes       limit,
+                                         GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+
+    GXV_morx_subtable_type2_StateOptRecData  optdata =
+      (GXV_morx_subtable_type2_StateOptRecData)valid->xstatetable.optdata;
+
+
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 + 4 + 4 );
+    optdata->ligActionTable = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+    optdata->componentTable = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+    optdata->ligatureTable  = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+
+    GXV_TRACE(( "offset to ligActionTable=0x%08x\n",
+                optdata->ligActionTable ));
+    GXV_TRACE(( "offset to componentTable=0x%08x\n",
+                optdata->componentTable ));
+    GXV_TRACE(( "offset to ligatureTable=0x%08x\n",
+                optdata->ligatureTable ));
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_morx_subtable_type2_subtable_setup( FT_ULong       table_size,
+                                          FT_ULong       classTable,
+                                          FT_ULong       stateArray,
+                                          FT_ULong       entryTable,
+                                          FT_ULong*      classTable_length_p,
+                                          FT_ULong*      stateArray_length_p,
+                                          FT_ULong*      entryTable_length_p,
+                                          GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_ULong   o[6];
+    FT_ULong*  l[6];
+    FT_ULong   buff[7];
+
+    GXV_morx_subtable_type2_StateOptRecData  optdata =
+      (GXV_morx_subtable_type2_StateOptRecData)valid->xstatetable.optdata;
+
+
+    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "subtable boundaries setup" );
+
+    o[0] = classTable;
+    o[1] = stateArray;
+    o[2] = entryTable;
+    o[3] = optdata->ligActionTable;
+    o[4] = optdata->componentTable;
+    o[5] = optdata->ligatureTable;
+    l[0] = classTable_length_p;
+    l[1] = stateArray_length_p;
+    l[2] = entryTable_length_p;
+    l[3] = &(optdata->ligActionTable_length);
+    l[4] = &(optdata->componentTable_length);
+    l[5] = &(optdata->ligatureTable_length);
+
+    gxv_set_length_by_ulong_offset( o, l, buff, 6, table_size, valid );
+
+    GXV_TRACE(( "classTable: offset=0x%08x length=0x%08x\n",
+                classTable, *classTable_length_p ));
+    GXV_TRACE(( "stateArray: offset=0x%08x length=0x%08x\n",
+                stateArray, *stateArray_length_p ));
+    GXV_TRACE(( "entryTable: offset=0x%08x length=0x%08x\n",
+                entryTable, *entryTable_length_p ));
+    GXV_TRACE(( "ligActionTable: offset=0x%08x length=0x%08x\n",
+                optdata->ligActionTable,
+                optdata->ligActionTable_length ));
+    GXV_TRACE(( "componentTable: offset=0x%08x length=0x%08x\n",
+                optdata->componentTable,
+                optdata->componentTable_length ));
+    GXV_TRACE(( "ligatureTable:  offset=0x%08x length=0x%08x\n",
+                optdata->ligatureTable,
+                optdata->ligatureTable_length ));
+
+    GXV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+#define GXV_MORX_LIGACTION_ENTRY_SIZE  4
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_morx_subtable_type2_ligActionIndex_validate(
+    FT_Bytes       table,
+    FT_UShort      ligActionIndex,
+    GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    /* access ligActionTable */
+    GXV_morx_subtable_type2_StateOptRecData optdata =
+      (GXV_morx_subtable_type2_StateOptRecData)valid->xstatetable.optdata;
+
+    FT_Bytes lat_base  = table + optdata->ligActionTable;
+    FT_Bytes p         = lat_base +
+                         ligActionIndex * GXV_MORX_LIGACTION_ENTRY_SIZE;
+    FT_Bytes lat_limit = lat_base + optdata->ligActionTable;
+
+
+    if ( p < lat_base )
+    {
+      GXV_TRACE(( "p < lat_base (%d byte rewind)\n", lat_base - p ));
+      FT_INVALID_OFFSET;
+    }
+    else if ( lat_limit < p )
+    {
+      GXV_TRACE(( "lat_limit < p (%d byte overrun)\n", p - lat_limit ));
+      FT_INVALID_OFFSET;
+    }
+
+    {
+      /* validate entry in ligActionTable */
+      FT_ULong   lig_action;
+      FT_UShort  last;
+      FT_UShort  store;
+      FT_ULong   offset;
+
+
+      lig_action = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+      last       = (FT_UShort)( ( lig_action >> 31 ) & 1 );
+      store      = (FT_UShort)( ( lig_action >> 30 ) & 1 );
+
+      offset = lig_action & 0x3FFFFFFFUL;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_morx_subtable_type2_entry_validate(
+    FT_UShort                       state,
+    FT_UShort                       flags,
+    GXV_StateTable_GlyphOffsetDesc  glyphOffset,
+    FT_Bytes                        table,
+    FT_Bytes                        limit,
+    GXV_Validator                   valid )
+  {
+    FT_UShort  setComponent;
+    FT_UShort  dontAdvance;
+    FT_UShort  performAction;
+    FT_UShort  reserved;
+    FT_UShort  ligActionIndex;
+
+    FT_UNUSED( state );
+    FT_UNUSED( limit );
+
+
+    setComponent   = (FT_UShort)( ( flags >> 15 ) & 1 );
+    dontAdvance    = (FT_UShort)( ( flags >> 14 ) & 1 );
+    performAction  = (FT_UShort)( ( flags >> 13 ) & 1 );
+
+    reserved       = (FT_UShort)( flags & 0x1FFF );
+    ligActionIndex = glyphOffset.u;
+
+    if ( reserved > 0 )
+      GXV_TRACE(( "  reserved 14bit is non-zero\n" ));
+
+    if ( 0 < ligActionIndex )
+      gxv_morx_subtable_type2_ligActionIndex_validate(
+        table, ligActionIndex, valid );
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_morx_subtable_type2_ligatureTable_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                                                  GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    GXV_morx_subtable_type2_StateOptRecData  optdata =
+      (GXV_morx_subtable_type2_StateOptRecData)valid->xstatetable.optdata;
+
+    FT_Bytes p     = table + optdata->ligatureTable;
+    FT_Bytes limit = table + optdata->ligatureTable
+                           + optdata->ligatureTable_length;
+
+
+    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "morx chain subtable type2 - substitutionTable" );
+
+    if ( 0 != optdata->ligatureTable )
+    {
+      /* Apple does not give specification of ligatureTable format */
+      while ( p < limit )
+      {
+        FT_UShort  lig_gid;
+
+
+        GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
+        lig_gid = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+      }
+    }
+
+    GXV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  gxv_morx_subtable_type2_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                                    FT_Bytes       limit,
+                                    GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+
+    GXV_morx_subtable_type2_StateOptRec  lig_rec;
+
+
+    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "morx chain subtable type2 (Ligature Substitution)" );
+
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( GXV_MORX_SUBTABLE_TYPE2_HEADER_SIZE );
+
+    valid->xstatetable.optdata =
+      &lig_rec;
+    valid->xstatetable.optdata_load_func =
+      gxv_morx_subtable_type2_opttable_load;
+    valid->xstatetable.subtable_setup_func =
+      gxv_morx_subtable_type2_subtable_setup;
+    valid->xstatetable.entry_glyphoffset_fmt =
+      GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_USHORT;
+    valid->xstatetable.entry_validate_func =
+      gxv_morx_subtable_type2_entry_validate;
+
+    gxv_XStateTable_validate( p, limit, valid );
+
+    p += valid->subtable_length;
+    gxv_morx_subtable_type2_ligatureTable_validate( table, valid );
+
+    GXV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx4.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx4.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c0d2f78
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx4.c
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  gxvmorx4.c                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    TrueTypeGX/AAT morx table validation                                 */
+/*    body for "morx" type4 (Non-Contextual Glyph Substitution) subtable.  */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2005 by suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K.,       */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.        */
+/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology      */
+/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.                                           */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include "gxvmorx.h"
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_gxvmorx
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  gxv_morx_subtable_type4_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                                    FT_Bytes       limit,
+                                    GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "morx chain subtable type4 "
+                    "(Non-Contextual Glyph Substitution)" );
+
+    gxv_mort_subtable_type4_validate( table, limit, valid );
+
+    GXV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx5.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx5.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d911561
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvmorx5.c
@@ -0,0 +1,217 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  gxvmorx5.c                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    TrueTypeGX/AAT morx table validation                                 */
+/*    body for type5 (Contextual Glyph Insertion) subtable.                */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2005, 2007 by suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K., */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.        */
+/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology      */
+/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.                                           */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include "gxvmorx.h"
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_gxvmorx
+
+
+  /*
+   * `morx' subtable type5 (Contextual Glyph Insertion)
+   * has format of a StateTable with insertion-glyph-list
+   * without name.  However, the 32bit offset from the head
+   * of subtable to the i-g-l is given after `entryTable',
+   * without variable name specification (the existence of
+   * this offset to the table is different from mort type5).
+   */
+
+
+  typedef struct  GXV_morx_subtable_type5_StateOptRec_
+  {
+    FT_ULong  insertionGlyphList;
+    FT_ULong  insertionGlyphList_length;
+
+  }  GXV_morx_subtable_type5_StateOptRec,
+    *GXV_morx_subtable_type5_StateOptRecData;
+
+
+#define GXV_MORX_SUBTABLE_TYPE5_HEADER_SIZE \
+          ( GXV_STATETABLE_HEADER_SIZE + 4 )
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_morx_subtable_type5_insertionGlyphList_load( FT_Bytes       table,
+                                                   FT_Bytes       limit,
+                                                   GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+
+    GXV_morx_subtable_type5_StateOptRecData  optdata =
+      (GXV_morx_subtable_type5_StateOptRecData)valid->xstatetable.optdata;
+
+
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 );
+    optdata->insertionGlyphList = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_morx_subtable_type5_subtable_setup( FT_ULong       table_size,
+                                          FT_ULong       classTable,
+                                          FT_ULong       stateArray,
+                                          FT_ULong       entryTable,
+                                          FT_ULong*      classTable_length_p,
+                                          FT_ULong*      stateArray_length_p,
+                                          FT_ULong*      entryTable_length_p,
+                                          GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_ULong   o[4];
+    FT_ULong*  l[4];
+    FT_ULong   buff[5];
+
+    GXV_morx_subtable_type5_StateOptRecData  optdata =
+      (GXV_morx_subtable_type5_StateOptRecData)valid->xstatetable.optdata;
+
+
+    o[0] = classTable;
+    o[1] = stateArray;
+    o[2] = entryTable;
+    o[3] = optdata->insertionGlyphList;
+    l[0] = classTable_length_p;
+    l[1] = stateArray_length_p;
+    l[2] = entryTable_length_p;
+    l[3] = &(optdata->insertionGlyphList_length);
+
+    gxv_set_length_by_ulong_offset( o, l, buff, 4, table_size, valid );
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_morx_subtable_type5_InsertList_validate( FT_UShort      table_index,
+                                               FT_UShort      count,
+                                               FT_Bytes       table,
+                                               FT_Bytes       limit,
+                                               GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes p = table + table_index * 2;
+
+
+    while ( p < table + count * 2 + table_index * 2 )
+    {
+      FT_UShort  insert_glyphID;
+
+
+      GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
+      insert_glyphID = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+      GXV_TRACE(( " 0x%04x", insert_glyphID ));
+    }
+
+    GXV_TRACE(( "\n" ));
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_morx_subtable_type5_entry_validate(
+    FT_UShort                       state,
+    FT_UShort                       flags,
+    GXV_StateTable_GlyphOffsetDesc  glyphOffset,
+    FT_Bytes                        table,
+    FT_Bytes                        limit,
+    GXV_Validator                   valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bool    setMark;
+    FT_Bool    dontAdvance;
+    FT_Bool    currentIsKashidaLike;
+    FT_Bool    markedIsKashidaLike;
+    FT_Bool    currentInsertBefore;
+    FT_Bool    markedInsertBefore;
+    FT_Byte    currentInsertCount;
+    FT_Byte    markedInsertCount;
+    FT_Byte    currentInsertList;
+    FT_UShort  markedInsertList;
+
+    FT_UNUSED( state );
+
+
+    setMark              = FT_BOOL( ( flags >> 15 ) & 1 );
+    dontAdvance          = FT_BOOL( ( flags >> 14 ) & 1 );
+    currentIsKashidaLike = FT_BOOL( ( flags >> 13 ) & 1 );
+    markedIsKashidaLike  = FT_BOOL( ( flags >> 12 ) & 1 );
+    currentInsertBefore  = FT_BOOL( ( flags >> 11 ) & 1 );
+    markedInsertBefore   = FT_BOOL( ( flags >> 10 ) & 1 );
+
+    currentInsertCount = (FT_Byte)( ( flags >> 5 ) & 0x1F   );
+    markedInsertCount  = (FT_Byte)(   flags        & 0x001F );
+
+    currentInsertList = (FT_Byte)  ( glyphOffset.ul >> 16 );
+    markedInsertList  = (FT_UShort)( glyphOffset.ul       );
+
+    if ( currentInsertList && 0 != currentInsertCount )
+      gxv_morx_subtable_type5_InsertList_validate( currentInsertList,
+                                                   currentInsertCount,
+                                                   table, limit,
+                                                   valid );
+
+    if ( markedInsertList && 0 != markedInsertCount )
+      gxv_morx_subtable_type5_InsertList_validate( markedInsertList,
+                                                   markedInsertCount,
+                                                   table, limit,
+                                                   valid );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  gxv_morx_subtable_type5_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                                    FT_Bytes       limit,
+                                    GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+
+    GXV_morx_subtable_type5_StateOptRec      et_rec;
+    GXV_morx_subtable_type5_StateOptRecData  et = &et_rec;
+
+
+    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "morx chain subtable type5 (Glyph Insertion)" );
+
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( GXV_MORX_SUBTABLE_TYPE5_HEADER_SIZE );
+
+    valid->xstatetable.optdata =
+      et;
+    valid->xstatetable.optdata_load_func =
+      gxv_morx_subtable_type5_insertionGlyphList_load;
+    valid->xstatetable.subtable_setup_func =
+      gxv_morx_subtable_type5_subtable_setup;
+    valid->xstatetable.entry_glyphoffset_fmt =
+      GXV_GLYPHOFFSET_ULONG;
+    valid->xstatetable.entry_validate_func =
+      gxv_morx_subtable_type5_entry_validate;
+
+    gxv_XStateTable_validate( p, limit, valid );
+
+    GXV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvopbd.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvopbd.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8d6fe66
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvopbd.c
@@ -0,0 +1,217 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  gxvopbd.c                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    TrueTypeGX/AAT opbd table validation (body).                         */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2004, 2005 by suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K., */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.        */
+/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology      */
+/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.                                           */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include "gxvalid.h"
+#include "gxvcommn.h"
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_gxvopbd
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                      Data and Types                           *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  typedef struct  GXV_opbd_DataRec_
+  {
+    FT_UShort  format;
+    FT_UShort  valueOffset_min;
+
+  } GXV_opbd_DataRec, *GXV_opbd_Data;
+
+
+#define GXV_OPBD_DATA( FIELD )  GXV_TABLE_DATA( opbd, FIELD )
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                      UTILITY FUNCTIONS                        *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  static void
+  gxv_opbd_LookupValue_validate( FT_UShort            glyph,
+                                 GXV_LookupValueDesc  value,
+                                 GXV_Validator        valid )
+  {
+    /* offset in LookupTable is measured from the head of opbd table */
+    FT_Bytes   p     = valid->root->base + value.u;
+    FT_Bytes   limit = valid->root->limit;
+    FT_Short   delta_value;
+    int        i;
+
+
+    if ( value.u < GXV_OPBD_DATA( valueOffset_min ) )
+      GXV_OPBD_DATA( valueOffset_min ) = value.u;
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < 4; i++ )
+    {
+      GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
+      delta_value = FT_NEXT_SHORT( p );
+
+      if ( GXV_OPBD_DATA( format ) )    /* format 1, value is ctrl pt. */
+      {
+        if ( delta_value == -1 )
+          continue;
+
+        gxv_ctlPoint_validate( glyph, delta_value, valid );
+      }
+      else                              /* format 0, value is distance */
+        continue;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /*
+    opbd ---------------------+
+                              |
+    +===============+         |
+    | lookup header |         |
+    +===============+         |
+    | BinSrchHeader |         |
+    +===============+         |
+    | lastGlyph[0]  |         |
+    +---------------+         |
+    | firstGlyph[0] |         |  head of opbd sfnt table
+    +---------------+         |             +
+    | offset[0]     |    ->   |          offset            [byte]
+    +===============+         |             +
+    | lastGlyph[1]  |         | (glyphID - firstGlyph) * 4 * sizeof(FT_Short) [byte]
+    +---------------+         |
+    | firstGlyph[1] |         |
+    +---------------+         |
+    | offset[1]     |         |
+    +===============+         |
+                              |
+     ....                     |
+                              |
+    48bit value array         |
+    +===============+         |
+    |     value     | <-------+
+    |               |
+    |               |
+    |               |
+    +---------------+
+    .... */
+
+  static GXV_LookupValueDesc
+  gxv_opbd_LookupFmt4_transit( FT_UShort            relative_gindex,
+                               GXV_LookupValueDesc  base_value,
+                               FT_Bytes             lookuptbl_limit,
+                               GXV_Validator        valid )
+  {
+    GXV_LookupValueDesc  value;
+
+    FT_UNUSED( lookuptbl_limit );
+    FT_UNUSED( valid );
+
+    /* XXX: check range? */
+    value.u = (FT_UShort)( base_value.u +
+                           relative_gindex * 4 * sizeof ( FT_Short ) );
+
+    return value;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                         opbd TABLE                            *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  gxv_opbd_validate( FT_Bytes      table,
+                     FT_Face       face,
+                     FT_Validator  ftvalid )
+  {
+    GXV_ValidatorRec  validrec;
+    GXV_Validator     valid = &validrec;
+    GXV_opbd_DataRec  opbdrec;
+    GXV_opbd_Data     opbd  = &opbdrec;
+    FT_Bytes          p     = table;
+    FT_Bytes          limit = 0;
+
+    FT_ULong  version;
+
+
+    valid->root       = ftvalid;
+    valid->table_data = opbd;
+    valid->face       = face;
+
+    FT_TRACE3(( "validating `opbd' table\n" ));
+    GXV_INIT;
+    GXV_OPBD_DATA( valueOffset_min ) = 0xFFFFU;
+
+
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 + 2 );
+    version                 = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+    GXV_OPBD_DATA( format ) = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+
+    /* only 0x00010000 is defined (1996) */
+    GXV_TRACE(( "(version=0x%08x)\n", version ));
+    if ( 0x00010000UL != version )
+      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
+
+    /* only values 0 and 1 are defined (1996) */
+    GXV_TRACE(( "(format=0x%04x)\n", GXV_OPBD_DATA( format ) ));
+    if ( 0x0001 < GXV_OPBD_DATA( format ) )
+      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
+
+    valid->lookupval_sign   = GXV_LOOKUPVALUE_UNSIGNED;
+    valid->lookupval_func   = gxv_opbd_LookupValue_validate;
+    valid->lookupfmt4_trans = gxv_opbd_LookupFmt4_transit;
+
+    gxv_LookupTable_validate( p, limit, valid );
+    p += valid->subtable_length;
+
+    if ( p > table + GXV_OPBD_DATA( valueOffset_min ) )
+    {
+      GXV_TRACE((
+        "found overlap between LookupTable and opbd_value array\n" ));
+      FT_INVALID_OFFSET;
+    }
+
+    FT_TRACE4(( "\n" ));
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvprop.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvprop.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..010eeda
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvprop.c
@@ -0,0 +1,301 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  gxvprop.c                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    TrueTypeGX/AAT prop table validation (body).                         */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2004, 2005 by suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K., */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.        */
+/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology      */
+/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.                                           */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include "gxvalid.h"
+#include "gxvcommn.h"
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_gxvprop
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                      Data and Types                           *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+#define GXV_PROP_HEADER_SIZE  ( 4 + 2 + 2 )
+#define GXV_PROP_SIZE_MIN     GXV_PROP_HEADER_SIZE
+
+  typedef struct  GXV_prop_DataRec_
+  {
+    FT_Fixed  version;
+
+  } GXV_prop_DataRec, *GXV_prop_Data;
+
+#define GXV_PROP_DATA( field )  GXV_TABLE_DATA( prop, field )
+
+#define GXV_PROP_FLOATER                      0x8000U
+#define GXV_PROP_USE_COMPLEMENTARY_BRACKET    0x1000U
+#define GXV_PROP_COMPLEMENTARY_BRACKET_OFFSET 0x0F00U
+#define GXV_PROP_ATTACHING_TO_RIGHT           0x0080U
+#define GXV_PROP_RESERVED                     0x0060U
+#define GXV_PROP_DIRECTIONALITY_CLASS         0x001FU
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                      UTILITY FUNCTIONS                        *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  static void
+  gxv_prop_zero_advance_validate( FT_UShort      gid,
+                                  GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Face       face;
+    FT_Error      error;
+    FT_GlyphSlot  glyph;
+
+
+    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "zero advance" );
+
+    face = valid->face;
+
+    error = FT_Load_Glyph( face,
+                           gid,
+                           FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM );
+    if ( error )
+      FT_INVALID_GLYPH_ID;
+
+    glyph = face->glyph;
+
+    if ( glyph->advance.x != (FT_Pos)0 ||
+         glyph->advance.y != (FT_Pos)0 )
+      FT_INVALID_DATA;
+
+    GXV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /* Pass 0 as GLYPH to check the default property */
+  static void
+  gxv_prop_property_validate( FT_UShort      property,
+                              FT_UShort      glyph,
+                              GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    if ( glyph != 0 && ( property & GXV_PROP_FLOATER ) )
+      gxv_prop_zero_advance_validate( glyph, valid );
+
+    if ( property & GXV_PROP_USE_COMPLEMENTARY_BRACKET )
+    {
+      FT_UShort  offset;
+      char       complement;
+
+
+      offset = (FT_UShort)( property & GXV_PROP_COMPLEMENTARY_BRACKET_OFFSET );
+      if ( offset == 0 )
+        FT_INVALID_DATA;
+
+      complement = (char)( offset >> 8 );
+      if ( complement & 0x08 )
+      {
+        /* Top bit is set: negative */
+
+        /* Calculate the absolute offset */
+        complement = (char)( ( complement & 0x07 ) + 1 );
+
+        /* The gid for complement must be greater than 0 */
+        if ( glyph <= complement )
+          FT_INVALID_DATA;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* The gid for complement must be the face. */
+        gxv_glyphid_validate( (FT_UShort)( glyph + complement ), valid );
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      if ( property & GXV_PROP_COMPLEMENTARY_BRACKET_OFFSET )
+        GXV_TRACE(( "glyph %d cannot have complementary bracketing\n",
+                    glyph ));
+    }
+
+    /* this is introduced in version 2.0 */
+    if ( property & GXV_PROP_ATTACHING_TO_RIGHT )
+    {
+      if ( GXV_PROP_DATA( version ) == 0x00010000UL )
+        FT_INVALID_DATA;
+    }
+
+    if ( property & GXV_PROP_RESERVED )
+      FT_INVALID_DATA;
+
+    if ( ( property & GXV_PROP_DIRECTIONALITY_CLASS ) > 11 )
+    {
+      /* TODO: Too restricted. Use the validation level. */
+      if ( GXV_PROP_DATA( version ) == 0x00010000UL ||
+           GXV_PROP_DATA( version ) == 0x00020000UL )
+        FT_INVALID_DATA;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_prop_LookupValue_validate( FT_UShort            glyph,
+                                 GXV_LookupValueDesc  value,
+                                 GXV_Validator        valid )
+  {
+    gxv_prop_property_validate( value.u, glyph, valid );
+  }
+
+
+  /*
+    +===============+ --------+
+    | lookup header |         |
+    +===============+         |
+    | BinSrchHeader |         |
+    +===============+         |
+    | lastGlyph[0]  |         |
+    +---------------+         |
+    | firstGlyph[0] |         |    head of lookup table
+    +---------------+         |             +
+    | offset[0]     |    ->   |          offset            [byte]
+    +===============+         |             +
+    | lastGlyph[1]  |         | (glyphID - firstGlyph) * 2 [byte]
+    +---------------+         |
+    | firstGlyph[1] |         |
+    +---------------+         |
+    | offset[1]     |         |
+    +===============+         |
+                              |
+     ...                      |
+                              |
+    16bit value array         |
+    +===============+         |
+    |     value     | <-------+
+    ...
+  */
+
+  static GXV_LookupValueDesc
+  gxv_prop_LookupFmt4_transit( FT_UShort            relative_gindex,
+                               GXV_LookupValueDesc  base_value,
+                               FT_Bytes             lookuptbl_limit,
+                               GXV_Validator        valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes             p;
+    FT_Bytes             limit;
+    FT_UShort            offset;
+    GXV_LookupValueDesc  value;
+
+    /* XXX: check range? */
+    offset = (FT_UShort)( base_value.u +
+                          relative_gindex * sizeof( FT_UShort ) );
+    p      = valid->lookuptbl_head + offset;
+    limit  = lookuptbl_limit;
+
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK ( 2 );
+    value.u = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    return value;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                         prop TABLE                            *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  gxv_prop_validate( FT_Bytes      table,
+                     FT_Face       face,
+                     FT_Validator  ftvalid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes          p     = table;
+    FT_Bytes          limit = 0;
+    GXV_ValidatorRec  validrec;
+    GXV_Validator     valid = &validrec;
+
+    GXV_prop_DataRec  proprec;
+    GXV_prop_Data     prop = &proprec;
+
+    FT_Fixed          version;
+    FT_UShort         format;
+    FT_UShort         defaultProp;
+
+
+    valid->root       = ftvalid;
+    valid->table_data = prop;
+    valid->face       = face;
+
+    FT_TRACE3(( "validating `prop' table\n" ));
+    GXV_INIT;
+
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 + 2 + 2 );
+    version     = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+    format      = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    defaultProp = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    /* only versions 1.0, 2.0, 3.0 are defined (1996) */
+    if ( version != 0x00010000UL &&
+         version != 0x00020000UL &&
+         version != 0x00030000UL )
+      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
+
+
+    /* only formats 0x0000, 0x0001 are defined (1996) */
+    if ( format > 1 )
+      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
+
+    gxv_prop_property_validate( defaultProp, 0, valid );
+
+    if ( format == 0 )
+    {
+      FT_TRACE3(( "(format 0, no per-glyph properties, "
+                  "remaining %d bytes are skipped)", limit - p ));
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* format == 1 */
+    GXV_PROP_DATA( version ) = version;
+
+    valid->lookupval_sign   = GXV_LOOKUPVALUE_UNSIGNED;
+    valid->lookupval_func   = gxv_prop_LookupValue_validate;
+    valid->lookupfmt4_trans = gxv_prop_LookupFmt4_transit;
+
+    gxv_LookupTable_validate( p, limit, valid );
+
+  Exit:
+    FT_TRACE4(( "\n" ));
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvtrak.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvtrak.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..432ee4e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/gxvtrak.c
@@ -0,0 +1,277 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  gxvtrak.c                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    TrueTypeGX/AAT trak table validation (body).                         */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2004, 2005 by suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K., */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.        */
+/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology      */
+/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.                                           */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include "gxvalid.h"
+#include "gxvcommn.h"
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_gxvtrak
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                      Data and Types                           *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+    /*
+     * referred track table format specification:
+     * http://developer.apple.com/fonts/TTRefMan/RM06/Chap6trak.html
+     * last update was 1996.
+     * ----------------------------------------------
+     * [MINIMUM HEADER]: GXV_TRAK_SIZE_MIN
+     * version          (fixed:  32bit) = 0x00010000
+     * format           (uint16: 16bit) = 0 is only defined (1996)
+     * horizOffset      (uint16: 16bit)
+     * vertOffset       (uint16: 16bit)
+     * reserved         (uint16: 16bit) = 0
+     * ----------------------------------------------
+     * [VARIABLE BODY]:
+     * horizData
+     *   header         ( 2 + 2 + 4
+     *   trackTable       + nTracks * ( 4 + 2 + 2 )
+     *   sizeTable        + nSizes * 4 )
+     * ----------------------------------------------
+     * vertData
+     *   header         ( 2 + 2 + 4
+     *   trackTable       + nTracks * ( 4 + 2 + 2 )
+     *   sizeTable        + nSizes * 4 )
+     * ----------------------------------------------
+     */
+  typedef struct  GXV_trak_DataRec_
+  {
+    FT_UShort  trackValueOffset_min;
+    FT_UShort  trackValueOffset_max;
+
+  } GXV_trak_DataRec, *GXV_trak_Data;
+
+
+#define GXV_TRAK_DATA( FIELD )  GXV_TABLE_DATA( trak, FIELD )
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                      UTILITY FUNCTIONS                        *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  static void
+  gxv_trak_trackTable_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                                FT_Bytes       limit,
+                                FT_UShort      nTracks,
+                                GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes   p = table;
+
+    FT_Fixed   track;
+    FT_UShort  nameIndex;
+    FT_UShort  offset;
+    FT_UShort  i;
+
+
+    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "trackTable" );
+
+    GXV_TRAK_DATA( trackValueOffset_min ) = 0xFFFFU;
+    GXV_TRAK_DATA( trackValueOffset_max ) = 0x0000;
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < nTracks; i ++ )
+    {
+      GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 + 2 + 2 );
+      track     = FT_NEXT_LONG( p );
+      nameIndex = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+      offset    = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+      if ( offset < GXV_TRAK_DATA( trackValueOffset_min ) )
+        GXV_TRAK_DATA( trackValueOffset_min ) = offset;
+      if ( offset > GXV_TRAK_DATA( trackValueOffset_max ) )
+        GXV_TRAK_DATA( trackValueOffset_max ) = offset;
+
+      gxv_sfntName_validate( nameIndex, 256, 32767, valid );
+    }
+
+    valid->subtable_length = p - table;
+    GXV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  gxv_trak_trackData_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                               FT_Bytes       limit,
+                               GXV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes   p = table;
+    FT_UShort  nTracks;
+    FT_UShort  nSizes;
+    FT_ULong   sizeTableOffset;
+
+    GXV_ODTECT( 4, odtect );
+
+
+    GXV_ODTECT_INIT( odtect );
+    GXV_NAME_ENTER( "trackData" );
+
+    /* read the header of trackData */
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 + 2 + 4 );
+    nTracks         = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    nSizes          = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    sizeTableOffset = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+
+    gxv_odtect_add_range( table, p - table, "trackData header", odtect );
+
+    /* validate trackTable */
+    gxv_trak_trackTable_validate( p, limit, nTracks, valid );
+    gxv_odtect_add_range( p, valid->subtable_length,
+                          "trackTable", odtect );
+
+    /* sizeTable is array of FT_Fixed, don't check contents */
+    p = valid->root->base + sizeTableOffset;
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( nSizes * 4 );
+    gxv_odtect_add_range( p, nSizes * 4, "sizeTable", odtect );
+
+    /* validate trackValueOffet */
+    p = valid->root->base + GXV_TRAK_DATA( trackValueOffset_min );
+    if ( limit - p < nTracks * nSizes * 2 )
+      GXV_TRACE(( "too short trackValue array\n" ));
+
+    p = valid->root->base + GXV_TRAK_DATA( trackValueOffset_max );
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( nSizes * 2 );
+
+    gxv_odtect_add_range( valid->root->base
+                            + GXV_TRAK_DATA( trackValueOffset_min ),
+                          GXV_TRAK_DATA( trackValueOffset_max )
+                            - GXV_TRAK_DATA( trackValueOffset_min )
+                            + nSizes * 2,
+                          "trackValue array", odtect );
+
+    gxv_odtect_validate( odtect, valid );
+
+    GXV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                          trak TABLE                           *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  gxv_trak_validate( FT_Bytes      table,
+                     FT_Face       face,
+                     FT_Validator  ftvalid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes          p = table;
+    FT_Bytes          limit = 0;
+    FT_UInt           table_size;
+
+    GXV_ValidatorRec  validrec;
+    GXV_Validator     valid = &validrec;
+    GXV_trak_DataRec  trakrec;
+    GXV_trak_Data     trak = &trakrec;
+
+    FT_ULong   version;
+    FT_UShort  format;
+    FT_UShort  horizOffset;
+    FT_UShort  vertOffset;
+    FT_UShort  reserved;
+
+
+    GXV_ODTECT( 3, odtect );
+
+    GXV_ODTECT_INIT( odtect );
+    valid->root       = ftvalid;
+    valid->table_data = trak;
+    valid->face       = face;
+
+    limit      = valid->root->limit;
+    table_size = limit - table;
+
+    FT_TRACE3(( "validating `trak' table\n" ));
+    GXV_INIT;
+
+    GXV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 + 2 + 2 + 2 + 2 );
+    version     = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+    format      = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    horizOffset = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    vertOffset  = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    reserved    = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    GXV_TRACE(( " (version = 0x%08x)\n", version ));
+    GXV_TRACE(( " (format = 0x%04x)\n", format ));
+    GXV_TRACE(( " (horizOffset = 0x%04x)\n", horizOffset ));
+    GXV_TRACE(( " (vertOffset = 0x%04x)\n", vertOffset ));
+    GXV_TRACE(( " (reserved = 0x%04x)\n", reserved ));
+
+    /* Version 1.0 (always:1996) */
+    if ( version != 0x00010000UL )
+      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
+
+    /* format 0 (always:1996) */
+    if ( format != 0x0000 )
+      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
+
+    GXV_32BIT_ALIGNMENT_VALIDATE( horizOffset );
+    GXV_32BIT_ALIGNMENT_VALIDATE( vertOffset );
+
+    /* Reserved Fixed Value (always) */
+    if ( reserved != 0x0000 )
+      FT_INVALID_DATA;
+
+    /* validate trackData */
+    if ( 0 < horizOffset )
+    {
+      gxv_trak_trackData_validate( table + horizOffset, limit, valid );
+      gxv_odtect_add_range( table + horizOffset, valid->subtable_length,
+                            "horizJustData", odtect );
+    }
+
+    if ( 0 < vertOffset )
+    {
+      gxv_trak_trackData_validate( table + vertOffset, limit, valid );
+      gxv_odtect_add_range( table + vertOffset, valid->subtable_length,
+                            "vertJustData", odtect );
+    }
+
+    gxv_odtect_validate( odtect, valid );
+
+    FT_TRACE4(( "\n" ));
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/module.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/module.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9fd098e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/module.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 gxvalid module definition
+#
+
+# Copyright 2004, 2005, 2006
+#   by suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K.,
+#   David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+FTMODULE_H_COMMANDS += GXVALID_MODULE
+
+define GXVALID_MODULE
+$(OPEN_DRIVER) FT_Module_Class, gxv_module_class $(CLOSE_DRIVER)
+$(ECHO_DRIVER)gxvalid   $(ECHO_DRIVER_DESC)TrueTypeGX/AAT validation module$(ECHO_DRIVER_DONE)
+endef
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/rules.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/rules.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..57bc082
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gxvalid/rules.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 TrueTypeGX/AAT validation driver configuration rules
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 2004, 2005 by suzuki toshiya, Masatake YAMATO, Red Hat K.K.,
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+# GXV driver directory
+#
+GXV_DIR := $(SRC_DIR)/gxvalid
+
+
+# compilation flags for the driver
+#
+GXV_COMPILE := $(FT_COMPILE) $I$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$(GXV_DIR))
+
+
+# GXV driver sources (i.e., C files)
+#
+GXV_DRV_SRC := $(GXV_DIR)/gxvcommn.c \
+               $(GXV_DIR)/gxvfeat.c  \
+               $(GXV_DIR)/gxvbsln.c  \
+               $(GXV_DIR)/gxvtrak.c  \
+               $(GXV_DIR)/gxvopbd.c  \
+               $(GXV_DIR)/gxvprop.c  \
+               $(GXV_DIR)/gxvjust.c  \
+               $(GXV_DIR)/gxvmort.c  \
+               $(GXV_DIR)/gxvmort0.c \
+               $(GXV_DIR)/gxvmort1.c \
+               $(GXV_DIR)/gxvmort2.c \
+               $(GXV_DIR)/gxvmort4.c \
+               $(GXV_DIR)/gxvmort5.c \
+               $(GXV_DIR)/gxvmorx.c  \
+               $(GXV_DIR)/gxvmorx0.c \
+               $(GXV_DIR)/gxvmorx1.c \
+               $(GXV_DIR)/gxvmorx2.c \
+               $(GXV_DIR)/gxvmorx4.c \
+               $(GXV_DIR)/gxvmorx5.c \
+               $(GXV_DIR)/gxvlcar.c  \
+               $(GXV_DIR)/gxvkern.c  \
+               $(GXV_DIR)/gxvmod.c
+
+# GXV driver headers
+#
+GXV_DRV_H := $(GXV_DIR)/gxvalid.h  \
+             $(GXV_DIR)/gxverror.h \
+             $(GXV_DIR)/gxvcommn.h \
+             $(GXV_DIR)/gxvfeat.h  \
+             $(GXV_DIR)/gxvmod.h   \
+             $(GXV_DIR)/gxvmort.h  \
+             $(GXV_DIR)/gxvmorx.h
+
+
+# GXV driver object(s)
+#
+#   GXV_DRV_OBJ_M is used during `multi' builds.
+#   GXV_DRV_OBJ_S is used during `single' builds.
+#
+GXV_DRV_OBJ_M := $(GXV_DRV_SRC:$(GXV_DIR)/%.c=$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O)
+GXV_DRV_OBJ_S := $(OBJ_DIR)/gxvalid.$O
+
+# GXV driver source file for single build
+#
+GXV_DRV_SRC_S := $(GXV_DIR)/gxvalid.c
+
+
+# GXV driver - single object
+#
+$(GXV_DRV_OBJ_S): $(GXV_DRV_SRC_S) $(GXV_DRV_SRC) \
+                   $(FREETYPE_H) $(GXV_DRV_H)
+	$(GXV_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $(GXV_DRV_SRC_S))
+
+
+# GXV driver - multiple objects
+#
+$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O: $(GXV_DIR)/%.c $(FREETYPE_H) $(GXV_DRV_H)
+	$(GXV_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $<)
+
+
+# update main driver object lists
+#
+DRV_OBJS_S += $(GXV_DRV_OBJ_S)
+DRV_OBJS_M += $(GXV_DRV_OBJ_M)
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/Jamfile b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/Jamfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a7aafa0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/Jamfile
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+# FreeType 2 src/gzip Jamfile
+#
+# Copyright 2001 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+SubDir  FT2_TOP $(FT2_SRC_DIR) gzip ;
+
+Library  $(FT2_LIB) : ftgzip.c ;
+
+# end of src/pcf Jamfile
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/adler32.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/adler32.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..36f6a43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/adler32.c
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/* adler32.c -- compute the Adler-32 checksum of a data stream
+ * Copyright (C) 1995-2002 Mark Adler
+ * For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in zlib.h
+ */
+
+/* @(#) $Id: adler32.c,v 1.5 2007/06/01 06:56:17 wl Exp $ */
+
+#include "zlib.h"
+
+#define BASE 65521L /* largest prime smaller than 65536 */
+#define NMAX 5552
+/* NMAX is the largest n such that 255n(n+1)/2 + (n+1)(BASE-1) <= 2^32-1 */
+
+#define DO1(buf,i)  {s1 += buf[i]; s2 += s1;}
+#define DO2(buf,i)  DO1(buf,i); DO1(buf,i+1);
+#define DO4(buf,i)  DO2(buf,i); DO2(buf,i+2);
+#define DO8(buf,i)  DO4(buf,i); DO4(buf,i+4);
+#define DO16(buf)   DO8(buf,0); DO8(buf,8);
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+ZEXPORT(uLong) adler32( /* adler, buf, len) */
+    uLong adler,
+    const Bytef *buf,
+    uInt len )
+{
+    unsigned long s1 = adler & 0xffff;
+    unsigned long s2 = (adler >> 16) & 0xffff;
+    int k;
+
+    if (buf == Z_NULL) return 1L;
+
+    while (len > 0) {
+        k = len < NMAX ? len : NMAX;
+        len -= k;
+        while (k >= 16) {
+            DO16(buf);
+            buf += 16;
+            k -= 16;
+        }
+        if (k != 0) do {
+            s1 += *buf++;
+            s2 += s1;
+        } while (--k);
+        s1 %= BASE;
+        s2 %= BASE;
+    }
+    return (s2 << 16) | s1;
+}
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/ftgzip.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/ftgzip.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0d6bd34
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/ftgzip.c
@@ -0,0 +1,682 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftgzip.c                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType support for .gz compressed files.                           */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This optional component relies on zlib.  It should mainly be used to   */
+/*  parse compressed PCF fonts, as found with many X11 server              */
+/*  distributions.                                                         */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2009 by                        */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_MEMORY_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+#include FT_GZIP_H
+#include FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
+
+
+#include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
+
+#undef __FTERRORS_H__
+
+#define FT_ERR_PREFIX  Gzip_Err_
+#define FT_ERR_BASE    FT_Mod_Err_Gzip
+
+#include FT_ERRORS_H
+
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_ZLIB
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB
+
+#include <zlib.h>
+
+#else /* !FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB */
+
+ /* In this case, we include our own modified sources of the ZLib    */
+ /* within the "ftgzip" component.  The modifications were necessary */
+ /* to #include all files without conflicts, as well as preventing   */
+ /* the definition of "extern" functions that may cause linking      */
+ /* conflicts when a program is linked with both FreeType and the    */
+ /* original ZLib.                                                   */
+
+#define NO_DUMMY_DECL
+#define MY_ZCALLOC
+
+#include "zlib.h"
+
+#undef  SLOW
+#define SLOW  1  /* we can't use asm-optimized sources here! */
+
+  /* Urgh.  `inflate_mask' must not be declared twice -- C++ doesn't like
+     this.  We temporarily disable it and load all necessary header files. */
+#define NO_INFLATE_MASK
+#include "zutil.h"
+#include "inftrees.h"
+#include "infblock.h"
+#include "infcodes.h"
+#include "infutil.h"
+#undef  NO_INFLATE_MASK
+
+  /* infutil.c must be included before infcodes.c */
+#include "zutil.c"
+#include "inftrees.c"
+#include "infutil.c"
+#include "infcodes.c"
+#include "infblock.c"
+#include "inflate.c"
+#include "adler32.c"
+
+#endif /* !FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*****                                                                 *****/
+/*****            Z L I B   M E M O R Y   M A N A G E M E N T          *****/
+/*****                                                                 *****/
+/***************************************************************************/
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+  /* it is better to use FreeType memory routines instead of raw
+     'malloc/free' */
+
+  static voidpf
+  ft_gzip_alloc( FT_Memory  memory,
+                 uInt       items,
+                 uInt       size )
+  {
+    FT_ULong    sz = (FT_ULong)size * items;
+    FT_Error    error;
+    FT_Pointer  p;
+
+
+    (void)FT_ALLOC( p, sz );
+    return p;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  ft_gzip_free( FT_Memory  memory,
+                voidpf     address )
+  {
+    FT_MEM_FREE( address );
+  }
+
+
+#ifndef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB
+
+  local voidpf
+  zcalloc ( voidpf    opaque,
+            unsigned  items,
+            unsigned  size )
+  {
+    return ft_gzip_alloc( (FT_Memory)opaque, items, size );
+  }
+
+  local void
+  zcfree( voidpf  opaque,
+          voidpf  ptr )
+  {
+    ft_gzip_free( (FT_Memory)opaque, ptr );
+  }
+
+#endif /* !SYSTEM_ZLIB */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*****                                                                 *****/
+/*****               Z L I B   F I L E   D E S C R I P T O R           *****/
+/*****                                                                 *****/
+/***************************************************************************/
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+#define FT_GZIP_BUFFER_SIZE  4096
+
+  typedef struct  FT_GZipFileRec_
+  {
+    FT_Stream  source;         /* parent/source stream        */
+    FT_Stream  stream;         /* embedding stream            */
+    FT_Memory  memory;         /* memory allocator            */
+    z_stream   zstream;        /* zlib input stream           */
+
+    FT_ULong   start;          /* starting position, after .gz header */
+    FT_Byte    input[FT_GZIP_BUFFER_SIZE];   /* input read buffer  */
+
+    FT_Byte    buffer[FT_GZIP_BUFFER_SIZE];  /* output buffer      */
+    FT_ULong   pos;                          /* position in output */
+    FT_Byte*   cursor;
+    FT_Byte*   limit;
+
+  } FT_GZipFileRec, *FT_GZipFile;
+
+
+  /* gzip flag byte */
+#define FT_GZIP_ASCII_FLAG   0x01 /* bit 0 set: file probably ascii text */
+#define FT_GZIP_HEAD_CRC     0x02 /* bit 1 set: header CRC present */
+#define FT_GZIP_EXTRA_FIELD  0x04 /* bit 2 set: extra field present */
+#define FT_GZIP_ORIG_NAME    0x08 /* bit 3 set: original file name present */
+#define FT_GZIP_COMMENT      0x10 /* bit 4 set: file comment present */
+#define FT_GZIP_RESERVED     0xE0 /* bits 5..7: reserved */
+
+
+  /* check and skip .gz header - we don't support `transparent' compression */
+  static FT_Error
+  ft_gzip_check_header( FT_Stream  stream )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error;
+    FT_Byte   head[4];
+
+
+    if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( 0 )       ||
+         FT_STREAM_READ( head, 4 ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* head[0] && head[1] are the magic numbers;    */
+    /* head[2] is the method, and head[3] the flags */
+    if ( head[0] != 0x1f              ||
+         head[1] != 0x8b              ||
+         head[2] != Z_DEFLATED        ||
+        (head[3] & FT_GZIP_RESERVED)  )
+    {
+      error = Gzip_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* skip time, xflags and os code */
+    (void)FT_STREAM_SKIP( 6 );
+
+    /* skip the extra field */
+    if ( head[3] & FT_GZIP_EXTRA_FIELD )
+    {
+      FT_UInt  len;
+
+
+      if ( FT_READ_USHORT_LE( len ) ||
+           FT_STREAM_SKIP( len )    )
+        goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* skip original file name */
+    if ( head[3] & FT_GZIP_ORIG_NAME )
+      for (;;)
+      {
+        FT_UInt  c;
+
+
+        if ( FT_READ_BYTE( c ) )
+          goto Exit;
+
+        if ( c == 0 )
+          break;
+      }
+
+    /* skip .gz comment */
+    if ( head[3] & FT_GZIP_COMMENT )
+      for (;;)
+      {
+        FT_UInt  c;
+
+
+        if ( FT_READ_BYTE( c ) )
+          goto Exit;
+
+        if ( c == 0 )
+          break;
+      }
+
+    /* skip CRC */
+    if ( head[3] & FT_GZIP_HEAD_CRC )
+      if ( FT_STREAM_SKIP( 2 ) )
+        goto Exit;
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  ft_gzip_file_init( FT_GZipFile  zip,
+                     FT_Stream    stream,
+                     FT_Stream    source )
+  {
+    z_stream*  zstream = &zip->zstream;
+    FT_Error   error   = Gzip_Err_Ok;
+
+
+    zip->stream = stream;
+    zip->source = source;
+    zip->memory = stream->memory;
+
+    zip->limit  = zip->buffer + FT_GZIP_BUFFER_SIZE;
+    zip->cursor = zip->limit;
+    zip->pos    = 0;
+
+    /* check and skip .gz header */
+    {
+      stream = source;
+
+      error = ft_gzip_check_header( stream );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      zip->start = FT_STREAM_POS();
+    }
+
+    /* initialize zlib -- there is no zlib header in the compressed stream */
+    zstream->zalloc = (alloc_func)ft_gzip_alloc;
+    zstream->zfree  = (free_func) ft_gzip_free;
+    zstream->opaque = stream->memory;
+
+    zstream->avail_in = 0;
+    zstream->next_in  = zip->buffer;
+
+    if ( inflateInit2( zstream, -MAX_WBITS ) != Z_OK ||
+         zstream->next_in == NULL                     )
+      error = Gzip_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  ft_gzip_file_done( FT_GZipFile  zip )
+  {
+    z_stream*  zstream = &zip->zstream;
+
+
+    inflateEnd( zstream );
+
+    /* clear the rest */
+    zstream->zalloc    = NULL;
+    zstream->zfree     = NULL;
+    zstream->opaque    = NULL;
+    zstream->next_in   = NULL;
+    zstream->next_out  = NULL;
+    zstream->avail_in  = 0;
+    zstream->avail_out = 0;
+
+    zip->memory = NULL;
+    zip->source = NULL;
+    zip->stream = NULL;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  ft_gzip_file_reset( FT_GZipFile  zip )
+  {
+    FT_Stream  stream = zip->source;
+    FT_Error   error;
+
+
+    if ( !FT_STREAM_SEEK( zip->start ) )
+    {
+      z_stream*  zstream = &zip->zstream;
+
+
+      inflateReset( zstream );
+
+      zstream->avail_in  = 0;
+      zstream->next_in   = zip->input;
+      zstream->avail_out = 0;
+      zstream->next_out  = zip->buffer;
+
+      zip->limit  = zip->buffer + FT_GZIP_BUFFER_SIZE;
+      zip->cursor = zip->limit;
+      zip->pos    = 0;
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  ft_gzip_file_fill_input( FT_GZipFile  zip )
+  {
+    z_stream*  zstream = &zip->zstream;
+    FT_Stream  stream  = zip->source;
+    FT_ULong   size;
+
+
+    if ( stream->read )
+    {
+      size = stream->read( stream, stream->pos, zip->input,
+                           FT_GZIP_BUFFER_SIZE );
+      if ( size == 0 )
+        return Gzip_Err_Invalid_Stream_Operation;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      size = stream->size - stream->pos;
+      if ( size > FT_GZIP_BUFFER_SIZE )
+        size = FT_GZIP_BUFFER_SIZE;
+
+      if ( size == 0 )
+        return Gzip_Err_Invalid_Stream_Operation;
+
+      FT_MEM_COPY( zip->input, stream->base + stream->pos, size );
+    }
+    stream->pos += size;
+
+    zstream->next_in  = zip->input;
+    zstream->avail_in = size;
+
+    return Gzip_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  ft_gzip_file_fill_output( FT_GZipFile  zip )
+  {
+    z_stream*  zstream = &zip->zstream;
+    FT_Error   error   = 0;
+
+
+    zip->cursor        = zip->buffer;
+    zstream->next_out  = zip->cursor;
+    zstream->avail_out = FT_GZIP_BUFFER_SIZE;
+
+    while ( zstream->avail_out > 0 )
+    {
+      int  err;
+
+
+      if ( zstream->avail_in == 0 )
+      {
+        error = ft_gzip_file_fill_input( zip );
+        if ( error )
+          break;
+      }
+
+      err = inflate( zstream, Z_NO_FLUSH );
+
+      if ( err == Z_STREAM_END )
+      {
+        zip->limit = zstream->next_out;
+        if ( zip->limit == zip->cursor )
+          error = Gzip_Err_Invalid_Stream_Operation;
+        break;
+      }
+      else if ( err != Z_OK )
+      {
+        error = Gzip_Err_Invalid_Stream_Operation;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* fill output buffer; `count' must be <= FT_GZIP_BUFFER_SIZE */
+  static FT_Error
+  ft_gzip_file_skip_output( FT_GZipFile  zip,
+                            FT_ULong     count )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error = Gzip_Err_Ok;
+    FT_ULong  delta;
+
+
+    for (;;)
+    {
+      delta = (FT_ULong)( zip->limit - zip->cursor );
+      if ( delta >= count )
+        delta = count;
+
+      zip->cursor += delta;
+      zip->pos    += delta;
+
+      count -= delta;
+      if ( count == 0 )
+        break;
+
+      error = ft_gzip_file_fill_output( zip );
+      if ( error )
+        break;
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_ULong
+  ft_gzip_file_io( FT_GZipFile  zip,
+                   FT_ULong     pos,
+                   FT_Byte*     buffer,
+                   FT_ULong     count )
+  {
+    FT_ULong  result = 0;
+    FT_Error  error;
+
+
+    /* Reset inflate stream if we're seeking backwards.        */
+    /* Yes, that is not too efficient, but it saves memory :-) */
+    if ( pos < zip->pos )
+    {
+      error = ft_gzip_file_reset( zip );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* skip unwanted bytes */
+    if ( pos > zip->pos )
+    {
+      error = ft_gzip_file_skip_output( zip, (FT_ULong)( pos - zip->pos ) );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    if ( count == 0 )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* now read the data */
+    for (;;)
+    {
+      FT_ULong  delta;
+
+
+      delta = (FT_ULong)( zip->limit - zip->cursor );
+      if ( delta >= count )
+        delta = count;
+
+      FT_MEM_COPY( buffer, zip->cursor, delta );
+      buffer      += delta;
+      result      += delta;
+      zip->cursor += delta;
+      zip->pos    += delta;
+
+      count -= delta;
+      if ( count == 0 )
+        break;
+
+      error = ft_gzip_file_fill_output( zip );
+      if ( error )
+        break;
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*****                                                                 *****/
+/*****               G Z   E M B E D D I N G   S T R E A M             *****/
+/*****                                                                 *****/
+/***************************************************************************/
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+  static void
+  ft_gzip_stream_close( FT_Stream  stream )
+  {
+    FT_GZipFile  zip    = (FT_GZipFile)stream->descriptor.pointer;
+    FT_Memory    memory = stream->memory;
+
+
+    if ( zip )
+    {
+      /* finalize gzip file descriptor */
+      ft_gzip_file_done( zip );
+
+      FT_FREE( zip );
+
+      stream->descriptor.pointer = NULL;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_ULong
+  ft_gzip_stream_io( FT_Stream  stream,
+                     FT_ULong   pos,
+                     FT_Byte*   buffer,
+                     FT_ULong   count )
+  {
+    FT_GZipFile  zip = (FT_GZipFile)stream->descriptor.pointer;
+
+
+    return ft_gzip_file_io( zip, pos, buffer, count );
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_ULong
+  ft_gzip_get_uncompressed_size( FT_Stream  stream )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error;
+    FT_ULong  old_pos;
+    FT_ULong  result = 0;
+
+
+    old_pos = stream->pos;
+    if ( !FT_Stream_Seek( stream, stream->size - 4 ) )
+    {
+      result = (FT_ULong)FT_Stream_ReadLong( stream, &error );
+      if ( error )
+        result = 0;
+
+      (void)FT_Stream_Seek( stream, old_pos );
+    }
+
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stream_OpenGzip( FT_Stream  stream,
+                      FT_Stream  source )
+  {
+    FT_Error     error;
+    FT_Memory    memory = source->memory;
+    FT_GZipFile  zip;
+
+
+    /*
+     *  check the header right now; this prevents allocating un-necessary
+     *  objects when we don't need them
+     */
+    error = ft_gzip_check_header( source );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    FT_ZERO( stream );
+    stream->memory = memory;
+
+    if ( !FT_QNEW( zip ) )
+    {
+      error = ft_gzip_file_init( zip, stream, source );
+      if ( error )
+      {
+        FT_FREE( zip );
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+
+      stream->descriptor.pointer = zip;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     *  We use the following trick to try to dramatically improve the
+     *  performance while dealing with small files.  If the original stream
+     *  size is less than a certain threshold, we try to load the whole font
+     *  file into memory.  This saves us from using the 32KB buffer needed
+     *  to inflate the file, plus the two 4KB intermediate input/output
+     *  buffers used in the `FT_GZipFile' structure.
+     */
+    {
+      FT_ULong  zip_size = ft_gzip_get_uncompressed_size( source );
+
+
+      if ( zip_size != 0 && zip_size < 40 * 1024 )
+      {
+        FT_Byte*  zip_buff;
+
+
+        if ( !FT_ALLOC( zip_buff, zip_size ) )
+        {
+          FT_ULong  count;
+
+
+          count = ft_gzip_file_io( zip, 0, zip_buff, zip_size );
+          if ( count == zip_size )
+          {
+            ft_gzip_file_done( zip );
+            FT_FREE( zip );
+
+            stream->descriptor.pointer = NULL;
+
+            stream->size  = zip_size;
+            stream->pos   = 0;
+            stream->base  = zip_buff;
+            stream->read  = NULL;
+            stream->close = ft_gzip_stream_close;
+
+            goto Exit;
+          }
+
+          ft_gzip_file_io( zip, 0, NULL, 0 );
+          FT_FREE( zip_buff );
+        }
+        error = 0;
+      }
+    }
+
+    stream->size  = 0x7FFFFFFFL;  /* don't know the real size! */
+    stream->pos   = 0;
+    stream->base  = 0;
+    stream->read  = ft_gzip_stream_io;
+    stream->close = ft_gzip_stream_close;
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+#else  /* !FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_ZLIB */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stream_OpenGzip( FT_Stream  stream,
+                      FT_Stream  source )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( stream );
+    FT_UNUSED( source );
+
+    return Gzip_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
+  }
+
+#endif /* !FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_ZLIB */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/infblock.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/infblock.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d6e2dc2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/infblock.c
@@ -0,0 +1,387 @@
+/* infblock.c -- interpret and process block types to last block
+ * Copyright (C) 1995-2002 Mark Adler
+ * For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in zlib.h
+ */
+
+#include "zutil.h"
+#include "infblock.h"
+#include "inftrees.h"
+#include "infcodes.h"
+#include "infutil.h"
+
+
+/* simplify the use of the inflate_huft type with some defines */
+#define exop word.what.Exop
+#define bits word.what.Bits
+
+/* Table for deflate from PKZIP's appnote.txt. */
+local const uInt border[] = { /* Order of the bit length code lengths */
+        16, 17, 18, 0, 8, 7, 9, 6, 10, 5, 11, 4, 12, 3, 13, 2, 14, 1, 15};
+
+/*
+   Notes beyond the 1.93a appnote.txt:
+
+   1. Distance pointers never point before the beginning of the output
+      stream.
+   2. Distance pointers can point back across blocks, up to 32k away.
+   3. There is an implied maximum of 7 bits for the bit length table and
+      15 bits for the actual data.
+   4. If only one code exists, then it is encoded using one bit.  (Zero
+      would be more efficient, but perhaps a little confusing.)  If two
+      codes exist, they are coded using one bit each (0 and 1).
+   5. There is no way of sending zero distance codes--a dummy must be
+      sent if there are none.  (History: a pre 2.0 version of PKZIP would
+      store blocks with no distance codes, but this was discovered to be
+      too harsh a criterion.)  Valid only for 1.93a.  2.04c does allow
+      zero distance codes, which is sent as one code of zero bits in
+      length.
+   6. There are up to 286 literal/length codes.  Code 256 represents the
+      end-of-block.  Note however that the static length tree defines
+      288 codes just to fill out the Huffman codes.  Codes 286 and 287
+      cannot be used though, since there is no length base or extra bits
+      defined for them.  Similarily, there are up to 30 distance codes.
+      However, static trees define 32 codes (all 5 bits) to fill out the
+      Huffman codes, but the last two had better not show up in the data.
+   7. Unzip can check dynamic Huffman blocks for complete code sets.
+      The exception is that a single code would not be complete (see #4).
+   8. The five bits following the block type is really the number of
+      literal codes sent minus 257.
+   9. Length codes 8,16,16 are interpreted as 13 length codes of 8 bits
+      (1+6+6).  Therefore, to output three times the length, you output
+      three codes (1+1+1), whereas to output four times the same length,
+      you only need two codes (1+3).  Hmm.
+  10. In the tree reconstruction algorithm, Code = Code + Increment
+      only if BitLength(i) is not zero.  (Pretty obvious.)
+  11. Correction: 4 Bits: # of Bit Length codes - 4     (4 - 19)
+  12. Note: length code 284 can represent 227-258, but length code 285
+      really is 258.  The last length deserves its own, short code
+      since it gets used a lot in very redundant files.  The length
+      258 is special since 258 - 3 (the min match length) is 255.
+  13. The literal/length and distance code bit lengths are read as a
+      single stream of lengths.  It is possible (and advantageous) for
+      a repeat code (16, 17, or 18) to go across the boundary between
+      the two sets of lengths.
+ */
+
+
+local void inflate_blocks_reset( /* s, z, c) */
+inflate_blocks_statef *s,
+z_streamp z,
+uLongf *c )
+{
+  if (c != Z_NULL)
+    *c = s->check;
+  if (s->mode == BTREE || s->mode == DTREE)
+    ZFREE(z, s->sub.trees.blens);
+  if (s->mode == CODES)
+    inflate_codes_free(s->sub.decode.codes, z);
+  s->mode = TYPE;
+  s->bitk = 0;
+  s->bitb = 0;
+  s->read = s->write = s->window;
+  if (s->checkfn != Z_NULL)
+    z->adler = s->check = (*s->checkfn)(0L, (const Bytef *)Z_NULL, 0);
+  Tracev((stderr, "inflate:   blocks reset\n"));
+}
+
+
+local inflate_blocks_statef *inflate_blocks_new( /* z, c, w) */
+z_streamp z,
+check_func c,
+uInt w )
+{
+  inflate_blocks_statef *s;
+
+  if ((s = (inflate_blocks_statef *)ZALLOC
+       (z,1,sizeof(struct inflate_blocks_state))) == Z_NULL)
+    return s;
+  if ((s->hufts =
+       (inflate_huft *)ZALLOC(z, sizeof(inflate_huft), MANY)) == Z_NULL)
+  {
+    ZFREE(z, s);
+    return Z_NULL;
+  }
+  if ((s->window = (Bytef *)ZALLOC(z, 1, w)) == Z_NULL)
+  {
+    ZFREE(z, s->hufts);
+    ZFREE(z, s);
+    return Z_NULL;
+  }
+  s->end = s->window + w;
+  s->checkfn = c;
+  s->mode = TYPE;
+  Tracev((stderr, "inflate:   blocks allocated\n"));
+  inflate_blocks_reset(s, z, Z_NULL);
+  return s;
+}
+
+
+local int inflate_blocks( /* s, z, r) */
+inflate_blocks_statef *s,
+z_streamp z,
+int r )
+{
+  uInt t;               /* temporary storage */
+  uLong b;              /* bit buffer */
+  uInt k;               /* bits in bit buffer */
+  Bytef *p;             /* input data pointer */
+  uInt n;               /* bytes available there */
+  Bytef *q;             /* output window write pointer */
+  uInt m;               /* bytes to end of window or read pointer */
+
+  /* copy input/output information to locals (UPDATE macro restores) */
+  LOAD
+
+  /* process input based on current state */
+  while (1) switch (s->mode)
+  {
+    case TYPE:
+      NEEDBITS(3)
+      t = (uInt)b & 7;
+      s->last = t & 1;
+      switch (t >> 1)
+      {
+        case 0:                         /* stored */
+          Tracev((stderr, "inflate:     stored block%s\n",
+                 s->last ? " (last)" : ""));
+          DUMPBITS(3)
+          t = k & 7;                    /* go to byte boundary */
+          DUMPBITS(t)
+          s->mode = LENS;               /* get length of stored block */
+          break;
+        case 1:                         /* fixed */
+          Tracev((stderr, "inflate:     fixed codes block%s\n",
+                 s->last ? " (last)" : ""));
+          {
+            uInt bl, bd;
+            inflate_huft *tl, *td;
+
+            inflate_trees_fixed(&bl, &bd, (const inflate_huft**)&tl,
+                                          (const inflate_huft**)&td, z);
+            s->sub.decode.codes = inflate_codes_new(bl, bd, tl, td, z);
+            if (s->sub.decode.codes == Z_NULL)
+            {
+              r = Z_MEM_ERROR;
+              LEAVE
+            }
+          }
+          DUMPBITS(3)
+          s->mode = CODES;
+          break;
+        case 2:                         /* dynamic */
+          Tracev((stderr, "inflate:     dynamic codes block%s\n",
+                 s->last ? " (last)" : ""));
+          DUMPBITS(3)
+          s->mode = TABLE;
+          break;
+        case 3:                         /* illegal */
+          DUMPBITS(3)
+          s->mode = BAD;
+          z->msg = (char*)"invalid block type";
+          r = Z_DATA_ERROR;
+          LEAVE
+      }
+      break;
+    case LENS:
+      NEEDBITS(32)
+      if ((((~b) >> 16) & 0xffff) != (b & 0xffff))
+      {
+        s->mode = BAD;
+        z->msg = (char*)"invalid stored block lengths";
+        r = Z_DATA_ERROR;
+        LEAVE
+      }
+      s->sub.left = (uInt)b & 0xffff;
+      b = k = 0;                      /* dump bits */
+      Tracev((stderr, "inflate:       stored length %u\n", s->sub.left));
+      s->mode = s->sub.left ? STORED : (s->last ? DRY : TYPE);
+      break;
+    case STORED:
+      if (n == 0)
+        LEAVE
+      NEEDOUT
+      t = s->sub.left;
+      if (t > n) t = n;
+      if (t > m) t = m;
+      zmemcpy(q, p, t);
+      p += t;  n -= t;
+      q += t;  m -= t;
+      if ((s->sub.left -= t) != 0)
+        break;
+      Tracev((stderr, "inflate:       stored end, %lu total out\n",
+              z->total_out + (q >= s->read ? q - s->read :
+              (s->end - s->read) + (q - s->window))));
+      s->mode = s->last ? DRY : TYPE;
+      break;
+    case TABLE:
+      NEEDBITS(14)
+      s->sub.trees.table = t = (uInt)b & 0x3fff;
+#ifndef PKZIP_BUG_WORKAROUND
+      if ((t & 0x1f) > 29 || ((t >> 5) & 0x1f) > 29)
+      {
+        s->mode = BAD;
+        z->msg = (char*)"too many length or distance symbols";
+        r = Z_DATA_ERROR;
+        LEAVE
+      }
+#endif
+      t = 258 + (t & 0x1f) + ((t >> 5) & 0x1f);
+      if ((s->sub.trees.blens = (uIntf*)ZALLOC(z, t, sizeof(uInt))) == Z_NULL)
+      {
+        r = Z_MEM_ERROR;
+        LEAVE
+      }
+      DUMPBITS(14)
+      s->sub.trees.index = 0;
+      Tracev((stderr, "inflate:       table sizes ok\n"));
+      s->mode = BTREE;
+    case BTREE:
+      while (s->sub.trees.index < 4 + (s->sub.trees.table >> 10))
+      {
+        NEEDBITS(3)
+        s->sub.trees.blens[border[s->sub.trees.index++]] = (uInt)b & 7;
+        DUMPBITS(3)
+      }
+      while (s->sub.trees.index < 19)
+        s->sub.trees.blens[border[s->sub.trees.index++]] = 0;
+      s->sub.trees.bb = 7;
+      t = inflate_trees_bits(s->sub.trees.blens, &s->sub.trees.bb,
+                             &s->sub.trees.tb, s->hufts, z);
+      if (t != Z_OK)
+      {
+        r = t;
+        if (r == Z_DATA_ERROR)
+        {
+          ZFREE(z, s->sub.trees.blens);
+          s->mode = BAD;
+        }
+        LEAVE
+      }
+      s->sub.trees.index = 0;
+      Tracev((stderr, "inflate:       bits tree ok\n"));
+      s->mode = DTREE;
+    case DTREE:
+      while (t = s->sub.trees.table,
+             s->sub.trees.index < 258 + (t & 0x1f) + ((t >> 5) & 0x1f))
+      {
+        inflate_huft *h;
+        uInt i, j, c;
+
+        t = s->sub.trees.bb;
+        NEEDBITS(t)
+        h = s->sub.trees.tb + ((uInt)b & inflate_mask[t]);
+        t = h->bits;
+        c = h->base;
+        if (c < 16)
+        {
+          DUMPBITS(t)
+          s->sub.trees.blens[s->sub.trees.index++] = c;
+        }
+        else /* c == 16..18 */
+        {
+          i = c == 18 ? 7 : c - 14;
+          j = c == 18 ? 11 : 3;
+          NEEDBITS(t + i)
+          DUMPBITS(t)
+          j += (uInt)b & inflate_mask[i];
+          DUMPBITS(i)
+          i = s->sub.trees.index;
+          t = s->sub.trees.table;
+          if (i + j > 258 + (t & 0x1f) + ((t >> 5) & 0x1f) ||
+              (c == 16 && i < 1))
+          {
+            ZFREE(z, s->sub.trees.blens);
+            s->mode = BAD;
+            z->msg = (char*)"invalid bit length repeat";
+            r = Z_DATA_ERROR;
+            LEAVE
+          }
+          c = c == 16 ? s->sub.trees.blens[i - 1] : 0;
+          do {
+            s->sub.trees.blens[i++] = c;
+          } while (--j);
+          s->sub.trees.index = i;
+        }
+      }
+      s->sub.trees.tb = Z_NULL;
+      {
+        uInt bl, bd;
+        inflate_huft *tl, *td;
+        inflate_codes_statef *c;
+
+        bl = 9;         /* must be <= 9 for lookahead assumptions */
+        bd = 6;         /* must be <= 9 for lookahead assumptions */
+        t = s->sub.trees.table;
+        t = inflate_trees_dynamic(257 + (t & 0x1f), 1 + ((t >> 5) & 0x1f),
+                                  s->sub.trees.blens, &bl, &bd, &tl, &td,
+                                  s->hufts, z);
+        if (t != Z_OK)
+        {
+          if (t == (uInt)Z_DATA_ERROR)
+          {
+            ZFREE(z, s->sub.trees.blens);
+            s->mode = BAD;
+          }
+          r = t;
+          LEAVE
+        }
+        Tracev((stderr, "inflate:       trees ok\n"));
+        if ((c = inflate_codes_new(bl, bd, tl, td, z)) == Z_NULL)
+        {
+          r = Z_MEM_ERROR;
+          LEAVE
+        }
+        s->sub.decode.codes = c;
+      }
+      ZFREE(z, s->sub.trees.blens);
+      s->mode = CODES;
+    case CODES:
+      UPDATE
+      if ((r = inflate_codes(s, z, r)) != Z_STREAM_END)
+        return inflate_flush(s, z, r);
+      r = Z_OK;
+      inflate_codes_free(s->sub.decode.codes, z);
+      LOAD
+      Tracev((stderr, "inflate:       codes end, %lu total out\n",
+              z->total_out + (q >= s->read ? q - s->read :
+              (s->end - s->read) + (q - s->window))));
+      if (!s->last)
+      {
+        s->mode = TYPE;
+        break;
+      }
+      s->mode = DRY;
+    case DRY:
+      FLUSH
+      if (s->read != s->write)
+        LEAVE
+      s->mode = DONE;
+    case DONE:
+      r = Z_STREAM_END;
+      LEAVE
+    case BAD:
+      r = Z_DATA_ERROR;
+      LEAVE
+    default:
+      r = Z_STREAM_ERROR;
+      LEAVE
+  }
+#ifdef NEED_DUMMY_RETURN
+  return 0;
+#endif
+}
+
+
+local int inflate_blocks_free( /* s, z) */
+inflate_blocks_statef *s,
+z_streamp z )
+{
+  inflate_blocks_reset(s, z, Z_NULL);
+  ZFREE(z, s->window);
+  ZFREE(z, s->hufts);
+  ZFREE(z, s);
+  Tracev((stderr, "inflate:   blocks freed\n"));
+  return Z_OK;
+}
+
+
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/infblock.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/infblock.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c2535a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/infblock.h
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/* infblock.h -- header to use infblock.c
+ * Copyright (C) 1995-2002 Mark Adler
+ * For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in zlib.h
+ */
+
+/* WARNING: this file should *not* be used by applications. It is
+   part of the implementation of the compression library and is
+   subject to change. Applications should only use zlib.h.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _INFBLOCK_H
+#define _INFBLOCK_H
+
+struct inflate_blocks_state;
+typedef struct inflate_blocks_state FAR inflate_blocks_statef;
+
+local  inflate_blocks_statef * inflate_blocks_new OF((
+    z_streamp z,
+    check_func c,               /* check function */
+    uInt w));                   /* window size */
+
+local  int inflate_blocks OF((
+    inflate_blocks_statef *,
+    z_streamp ,
+    int));                      /* initial return code */
+
+local  void inflate_blocks_reset OF((
+    inflate_blocks_statef *,
+    z_streamp ,
+    uLongf *));                  /* check value on output */
+
+local  int inflate_blocks_free OF((
+    inflate_blocks_statef *,
+    z_streamp));
+
+#endif /* _INFBLOCK_H */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/infcodes.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/infcodes.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f7bfd58
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/infcodes.c
@@ -0,0 +1,250 @@
+/* infcodes.c -- process literals and length/distance pairs
+ * Copyright (C) 1995-2002 Mark Adler
+ * For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in zlib.h
+ */
+
+#include "zutil.h"
+#include "inftrees.h"
+#include "infblock.h"
+#include "infcodes.h"
+#include "infutil.h"
+
+/* simplify the use of the inflate_huft type with some defines */
+#define exop word.what.Exop
+#define bits word.what.Bits
+
+typedef enum {        /* waiting for "i:"=input, "o:"=output, "x:"=nothing */
+      START,    /* x: set up for LEN */
+      LEN,      /* i: get length/literal/eob next */
+      LENEXT,   /* i: getting length extra (have base) */
+      DIST,     /* i: get distance next */
+      DISTEXT,  /* i: getting distance extra */
+      COPY,     /* o: copying bytes in window, waiting for space */
+      LIT,      /* o: got literal, waiting for output space */
+      WASH,     /* o: got eob, possibly still output waiting */
+      END,      /* x: got eob and all data flushed */
+      BADCODE}  /* x: got error */
+inflate_codes_mode;
+
+/* inflate codes private state */
+struct inflate_codes_state {
+
+  /* mode */
+  inflate_codes_mode mode;      /* current inflate_codes mode */
+
+  /* mode dependent information */
+  uInt len;
+  union {
+    struct {
+      inflate_huft *tree;       /* pointer into tree */
+      uInt need;                /* bits needed */
+    } code;             /* if LEN or DIST, where in tree */
+    uInt lit;           /* if LIT, literal */
+    struct {
+      uInt get;                 /* bits to get for extra */
+      uInt dist;                /* distance back to copy from */
+    } copy;             /* if EXT or COPY, where and how much */
+  } sub;                /* submode */
+
+  /* mode independent information */
+  Byte lbits;           /* ltree bits decoded per branch */
+  Byte dbits;           /* dtree bits decoder per branch */
+  inflate_huft *ltree;          /* literal/length/eob tree */
+  inflate_huft *dtree;          /* distance tree */
+
+};
+
+
+local inflate_codes_statef *inflate_codes_new( /* bl, bd, tl, td, z) */
+uInt bl, uInt bd,
+inflate_huft *tl,
+inflate_huft *td, /* need separate declaration for Borland C++ */
+z_streamp z )
+{
+  inflate_codes_statef *c;
+
+  if ((c = (inflate_codes_statef *)
+       ZALLOC(z,1,sizeof(struct inflate_codes_state))) != Z_NULL)
+  {
+    c->mode = START;
+    c->lbits = (Byte)bl;
+    c->dbits = (Byte)bd;
+    c->ltree = tl;
+    c->dtree = td;
+    Tracev((stderr, "inflate:       codes new\n"));
+  }
+  return c;
+}
+
+
+local int inflate_codes( /* s, z, r) */
+inflate_blocks_statef *s,
+z_streamp z,
+int r )
+{
+  uInt j;               /* temporary storage */
+  inflate_huft *t;      /* temporary pointer */
+  uInt e;               /* extra bits or operation */
+  uLong b;              /* bit buffer */
+  uInt k;               /* bits in bit buffer */
+  Bytef *p;             /* input data pointer */
+  uInt n;               /* bytes available there */
+  Bytef *q;             /* output window write pointer */
+  uInt m;               /* bytes to end of window or read pointer */
+  Bytef *f;             /* pointer to copy strings from */
+  inflate_codes_statef *c = s->sub.decode.codes;  /* codes state */
+
+  /* copy input/output information to locals (UPDATE macro restores) */
+  LOAD
+
+  /* process input and output based on current state */
+  while (1) switch (c->mode)
+  {             /* waiting for "i:"=input, "o:"=output, "x:"=nothing */
+    case START:         /* x: set up for LEN */
+#ifndef SLOW
+      if (m >= 258 && n >= 10)
+      {
+        UPDATE
+        r = inflate_fast(c->lbits, c->dbits, c->ltree, c->dtree, s, z);
+        LOAD
+        if (r != Z_OK)
+        {
+          c->mode = r == Z_STREAM_END ? WASH : BADCODE;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+#endif /* !SLOW */
+      c->sub.code.need = c->lbits;
+      c->sub.code.tree = c->ltree;
+      c->mode = LEN;
+    case LEN:           /* i: get length/literal/eob next */
+      j = c->sub.code.need;
+      NEEDBITS(j)
+      t = c->sub.code.tree + ((uInt)b & inflate_mask[j]);
+      DUMPBITS(t->bits)
+      e = (uInt)(t->exop);
+      if (e == 0)               /* literal */
+      {
+        c->sub.lit = t->base;
+        Tracevv((stderr, t->base >= 0x20 && t->base < 0x7f ?
+                 "inflate:         literal '%c'\n" :
+                 "inflate:         literal 0x%02x\n", t->base));
+        c->mode = LIT;
+        break;
+      }
+      if (e & 16)               /* length */
+      {
+        c->sub.copy.get = e & 15;
+        c->len = t->base;
+        c->mode = LENEXT;
+        break;
+      }
+      if ((e & 64) == 0)        /* next table */
+      {
+        c->sub.code.need = e;
+        c->sub.code.tree = t + t->base;
+        break;
+      }
+      if (e & 32)               /* end of block */
+      {
+        Tracevv((stderr, "inflate:         end of block\n"));
+        c->mode = WASH;
+        break;
+      }
+      c->mode = BADCODE;        /* invalid code */
+      z->msg = (char*)"invalid literal/length code";
+      r = Z_DATA_ERROR;
+      LEAVE
+    case LENEXT:        /* i: getting length extra (have base) */
+      j = c->sub.copy.get;
+      NEEDBITS(j)
+      c->len += (uInt)b & inflate_mask[j];
+      DUMPBITS(j)
+      c->sub.code.need = c->dbits;
+      c->sub.code.tree = c->dtree;
+      Tracevv((stderr, "inflate:         length %u\n", c->len));
+      c->mode = DIST;
+    case DIST:          /* i: get distance next */
+      j = c->sub.code.need;
+      NEEDBITS(j)
+      t = c->sub.code.tree + ((uInt)b & inflate_mask[j]);
+      DUMPBITS(t->bits)
+      e = (uInt)(t->exop);
+      if (e & 16)               /* distance */
+      {
+        c->sub.copy.get = e & 15;
+        c->sub.copy.dist = t->base;
+        c->mode = DISTEXT;
+        break;
+      }
+      if ((e & 64) == 0)        /* next table */
+      {
+        c->sub.code.need = e;
+        c->sub.code.tree = t + t->base;
+        break;
+      }
+      c->mode = BADCODE;        /* invalid code */
+      z->msg = (char*)"invalid distance code";
+      r = Z_DATA_ERROR;
+      LEAVE
+    case DISTEXT:       /* i: getting distance extra */
+      j = c->sub.copy.get;
+      NEEDBITS(j)
+      c->sub.copy.dist += (uInt)b & inflate_mask[j];
+      DUMPBITS(j)
+      Tracevv((stderr, "inflate:         distance %u\n", c->sub.copy.dist));
+      c->mode = COPY;
+    case COPY:          /* o: copying bytes in window, waiting for space */
+      f = q - c->sub.copy.dist;
+      while (f < s->window)             /* modulo window size-"while" instead */
+        f += s->end - s->window;        /* of "if" handles invalid distances */
+      while (c->len)
+      {
+        NEEDOUT
+        OUTBYTE(*f++)
+        if (f == s->end)
+          f = s->window;
+        c->len--;
+      }
+      c->mode = START;
+      break;
+    case LIT:           /* o: got literal, waiting for output space */
+      NEEDOUT
+      OUTBYTE(c->sub.lit)
+      c->mode = START;
+      break;
+    case WASH:          /* o: got eob, possibly more output */
+      if (k > 7)        /* return unused byte, if any */
+      {
+        Assert(k < 16, "inflate_codes grabbed too many bytes")
+        k -= 8;
+        n++;
+        p--;            /* can always return one */
+      }
+      FLUSH
+      if (s->read != s->write)
+        LEAVE
+      c->mode = END;
+    case END:
+      r = Z_STREAM_END;
+      LEAVE
+    case BADCODE:       /* x: got error */
+      r = Z_DATA_ERROR;
+      LEAVE
+    default:
+      r = Z_STREAM_ERROR;
+      LEAVE
+  }
+#ifdef NEED_DUMMY_RETURN
+  return Z_STREAM_ERROR;  /* Some dumb compilers complain without this */
+#endif
+}
+
+
+local void inflate_codes_free( /* c, z) */
+inflate_codes_statef *c,
+z_streamp z )
+{
+  ZFREE(z, c);
+  Tracev((stderr, "inflate:       codes free\n"));
+}
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/infcodes.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/infcodes.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..154d7f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/infcodes.h
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/* infcodes.h -- header to use infcodes.c
+ * Copyright (C) 1995-2002 Mark Adler
+ * For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in zlib.h
+ */
+
+/* WARNING: this file should *not* be used by applications. It is
+   part of the implementation of the compression library and is
+   subject to change. Applications should only use zlib.h.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _INFCODES_H
+#define _INFCODES_H
+
+struct inflate_codes_state;
+typedef struct inflate_codes_state FAR inflate_codes_statef;
+
+local inflate_codes_statef *inflate_codes_new OF((
+    uInt, uInt,
+    inflate_huft *, inflate_huft *,
+    z_streamp ));
+
+local int inflate_codes OF((
+    inflate_blocks_statef *,
+    z_streamp ,
+    int));
+
+local void inflate_codes_free OF((
+    inflate_codes_statef *,
+    z_streamp ));
+
+#endif /* _INFCODES_H */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/inffixed.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/inffixed.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4d4760e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/inffixed.h
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+/* inffixed.h -- table for decoding fixed codes
+ * Generated automatically by the maketree.c program
+ */
+
+/* WARNING: this file should *not* be used by applications. It is
+   part of the implementation of the compression library and is
+   subject to change. Applications should only use zlib.h.
+ */
+
+local const uInt fixed_bl = 9;
+local const uInt fixed_bd = 5;
+local const inflate_huft fixed_tl[] = {
+    {{{96,7}},256}, {{{0,8}},80}, {{{0,8}},16}, {{{84,8}},115},
+    {{{82,7}},31}, {{{0,8}},112}, {{{0,8}},48}, {{{0,9}},192},
+    {{{80,7}},10}, {{{0,8}},96}, {{{0,8}},32}, {{{0,9}},160},
+    {{{0,8}},0}, {{{0,8}},128}, {{{0,8}},64}, {{{0,9}},224},
+    {{{80,7}},6}, {{{0,8}},88}, {{{0,8}},24}, {{{0,9}},144},
+    {{{83,7}},59}, {{{0,8}},120}, {{{0,8}},56}, {{{0,9}},208},
+    {{{81,7}},17}, {{{0,8}},104}, {{{0,8}},40}, {{{0,9}},176},
+    {{{0,8}},8}, {{{0,8}},136}, {{{0,8}},72}, {{{0,9}},240},
+    {{{80,7}},4}, {{{0,8}},84}, {{{0,8}},20}, {{{85,8}},227},
+    {{{83,7}},43}, {{{0,8}},116}, {{{0,8}},52}, {{{0,9}},200},
+    {{{81,7}},13}, {{{0,8}},100}, {{{0,8}},36}, {{{0,9}},168},
+    {{{0,8}},4}, {{{0,8}},132}, {{{0,8}},68}, {{{0,9}},232},
+    {{{80,7}},8}, {{{0,8}},92}, {{{0,8}},28}, {{{0,9}},152},
+    {{{84,7}},83}, {{{0,8}},124}, {{{0,8}},60}, {{{0,9}},216},
+    {{{82,7}},23}, {{{0,8}},108}, {{{0,8}},44}, {{{0,9}},184},
+    {{{0,8}},12}, {{{0,8}},140}, {{{0,8}},76}, {{{0,9}},248},
+    {{{80,7}},3}, {{{0,8}},82}, {{{0,8}},18}, {{{85,8}},163},
+    {{{83,7}},35}, {{{0,8}},114}, {{{0,8}},50}, {{{0,9}},196},
+    {{{81,7}},11}, {{{0,8}},98}, {{{0,8}},34}, {{{0,9}},164},
+    {{{0,8}},2}, {{{0,8}},130}, {{{0,8}},66}, {{{0,9}},228},
+    {{{80,7}},7}, {{{0,8}},90}, {{{0,8}},26}, {{{0,9}},148},
+    {{{84,7}},67}, {{{0,8}},122}, {{{0,8}},58}, {{{0,9}},212},
+    {{{82,7}},19}, {{{0,8}},106}, {{{0,8}},42}, {{{0,9}},180},
+    {{{0,8}},10}, {{{0,8}},138}, {{{0,8}},74}, {{{0,9}},244},
+    {{{80,7}},5}, {{{0,8}},86}, {{{0,8}},22}, {{{192,8}},0},
+    {{{83,7}},51}, {{{0,8}},118}, {{{0,8}},54}, {{{0,9}},204},
+    {{{81,7}},15}, {{{0,8}},102}, {{{0,8}},38}, {{{0,9}},172},
+    {{{0,8}},6}, {{{0,8}},134}, {{{0,8}},70}, {{{0,9}},236},
+    {{{80,7}},9}, {{{0,8}},94}, {{{0,8}},30}, {{{0,9}},156},
+    {{{84,7}},99}, {{{0,8}},126}, {{{0,8}},62}, {{{0,9}},220},
+    {{{82,7}},27}, {{{0,8}},110}, {{{0,8}},46}, {{{0,9}},188},
+    {{{0,8}},14}, {{{0,8}},142}, {{{0,8}},78}, {{{0,9}},252},
+    {{{96,7}},256}, {{{0,8}},81}, {{{0,8}},17}, {{{85,8}},131},
+    {{{82,7}},31}, {{{0,8}},113}, {{{0,8}},49}, {{{0,9}},194},
+    {{{80,7}},10}, {{{0,8}},97}, {{{0,8}},33}, {{{0,9}},162},
+    {{{0,8}},1}, {{{0,8}},129}, {{{0,8}},65}, {{{0,9}},226},
+    {{{80,7}},6}, {{{0,8}},89}, {{{0,8}},25}, {{{0,9}},146},
+    {{{83,7}},59}, {{{0,8}},121}, {{{0,8}},57}, {{{0,9}},210},
+    {{{81,7}},17}, {{{0,8}},105}, {{{0,8}},41}, {{{0,9}},178},
+    {{{0,8}},9}, {{{0,8}},137}, {{{0,8}},73}, {{{0,9}},242},
+    {{{80,7}},4}, {{{0,8}},85}, {{{0,8}},21}, {{{80,8}},258},
+    {{{83,7}},43}, {{{0,8}},117}, {{{0,8}},53}, {{{0,9}},202},
+    {{{81,7}},13}, {{{0,8}},101}, {{{0,8}},37}, {{{0,9}},170},
+    {{{0,8}},5}, {{{0,8}},133}, {{{0,8}},69}, {{{0,9}},234},
+    {{{80,7}},8}, {{{0,8}},93}, {{{0,8}},29}, {{{0,9}},154},
+    {{{84,7}},83}, {{{0,8}},125}, {{{0,8}},61}, {{{0,9}},218},
+    {{{82,7}},23}, {{{0,8}},109}, {{{0,8}},45}, {{{0,9}},186},
+    {{{0,8}},13}, {{{0,8}},141}, {{{0,8}},77}, {{{0,9}},250},
+    {{{80,7}},3}, {{{0,8}},83}, {{{0,8}},19}, {{{85,8}},195},
+    {{{83,7}},35}, {{{0,8}},115}, {{{0,8}},51}, {{{0,9}},198},
+    {{{81,7}},11}, {{{0,8}},99}, {{{0,8}},35}, {{{0,9}},166},
+    {{{0,8}},3}, {{{0,8}},131}, {{{0,8}},67}, {{{0,9}},230},
+    {{{80,7}},7}, {{{0,8}},91}, {{{0,8}},27}, {{{0,9}},150},
+    {{{84,7}},67}, {{{0,8}},123}, {{{0,8}},59}, {{{0,9}},214},
+    {{{82,7}},19}, {{{0,8}},107}, {{{0,8}},43}, {{{0,9}},182},
+    {{{0,8}},11}, {{{0,8}},139}, {{{0,8}},75}, {{{0,9}},246},
+    {{{80,7}},5}, {{{0,8}},87}, {{{0,8}},23}, {{{192,8}},0},
+    {{{83,7}},51}, {{{0,8}},119}, {{{0,8}},55}, {{{0,9}},206},
+    {{{81,7}},15}, {{{0,8}},103}, {{{0,8}},39}, {{{0,9}},174},
+    {{{0,8}},7}, {{{0,8}},135}, {{{0,8}},71}, {{{0,9}},238},
+    {{{80,7}},9}, {{{0,8}},95}, {{{0,8}},31}, {{{0,9}},158},
+    {{{84,7}},99}, {{{0,8}},127}, {{{0,8}},63}, {{{0,9}},222},
+    {{{82,7}},27}, {{{0,8}},111}, {{{0,8}},47}, {{{0,9}},190},
+    {{{0,8}},15}, {{{0,8}},143}, {{{0,8}},79}, {{{0,9}},254},
+    {{{96,7}},256}, {{{0,8}},80}, {{{0,8}},16}, {{{84,8}},115},
+    {{{82,7}},31}, {{{0,8}},112}, {{{0,8}},48}, {{{0,9}},193},
+    {{{80,7}},10}, {{{0,8}},96}, {{{0,8}},32}, {{{0,9}},161},
+    {{{0,8}},0}, {{{0,8}},128}, {{{0,8}},64}, {{{0,9}},225},
+    {{{80,7}},6}, {{{0,8}},88}, {{{0,8}},24}, {{{0,9}},145},
+    {{{83,7}},59}, {{{0,8}},120}, {{{0,8}},56}, {{{0,9}},209},
+    {{{81,7}},17}, {{{0,8}},104}, {{{0,8}},40}, {{{0,9}},177},
+    {{{0,8}},8}, {{{0,8}},136}, {{{0,8}},72}, {{{0,9}},241},
+    {{{80,7}},4}, {{{0,8}},84}, {{{0,8}},20}, {{{85,8}},227},
+    {{{83,7}},43}, {{{0,8}},116}, {{{0,8}},52}, {{{0,9}},201},
+    {{{81,7}},13}, {{{0,8}},100}, {{{0,8}},36}, {{{0,9}},169},
+    {{{0,8}},4}, {{{0,8}},132}, {{{0,8}},68}, {{{0,9}},233},
+    {{{80,7}},8}, {{{0,8}},92}, {{{0,8}},28}, {{{0,9}},153},
+    {{{84,7}},83}, {{{0,8}},124}, {{{0,8}},60}, {{{0,9}},217},
+    {{{82,7}},23}, {{{0,8}},108}, {{{0,8}},44}, {{{0,9}},185},
+    {{{0,8}},12}, {{{0,8}},140}, {{{0,8}},76}, {{{0,9}},249},
+    {{{80,7}},3}, {{{0,8}},82}, {{{0,8}},18}, {{{85,8}},163},
+    {{{83,7}},35}, {{{0,8}},114}, {{{0,8}},50}, {{{0,9}},197},
+    {{{81,7}},11}, {{{0,8}},98}, {{{0,8}},34}, {{{0,9}},165},
+    {{{0,8}},2}, {{{0,8}},130}, {{{0,8}},66}, {{{0,9}},229},
+    {{{80,7}},7}, {{{0,8}},90}, {{{0,8}},26}, {{{0,9}},149},
+    {{{84,7}},67}, {{{0,8}},122}, {{{0,8}},58}, {{{0,9}},213},
+    {{{82,7}},19}, {{{0,8}},106}, {{{0,8}},42}, {{{0,9}},181},
+    {{{0,8}},10}, {{{0,8}},138}, {{{0,8}},74}, {{{0,9}},245},
+    {{{80,7}},5}, {{{0,8}},86}, {{{0,8}},22}, {{{192,8}},0},
+    {{{83,7}},51}, {{{0,8}},118}, {{{0,8}},54}, {{{0,9}},205},
+    {{{81,7}},15}, {{{0,8}},102}, {{{0,8}},38}, {{{0,9}},173},
+    {{{0,8}},6}, {{{0,8}},134}, {{{0,8}},70}, {{{0,9}},237},
+    {{{80,7}},9}, {{{0,8}},94}, {{{0,8}},30}, {{{0,9}},157},
+    {{{84,7}},99}, {{{0,8}},126}, {{{0,8}},62}, {{{0,9}},221},
+    {{{82,7}},27}, {{{0,8}},110}, {{{0,8}},46}, {{{0,9}},189},
+    {{{0,8}},14}, {{{0,8}},142}, {{{0,8}},78}, {{{0,9}},253},
+    {{{96,7}},256}, {{{0,8}},81}, {{{0,8}},17}, {{{85,8}},131},
+    {{{82,7}},31}, {{{0,8}},113}, {{{0,8}},49}, {{{0,9}},195},
+    {{{80,7}},10}, {{{0,8}},97}, {{{0,8}},33}, {{{0,9}},163},
+    {{{0,8}},1}, {{{0,8}},129}, {{{0,8}},65}, {{{0,9}},227},
+    {{{80,7}},6}, {{{0,8}},89}, {{{0,8}},25}, {{{0,9}},147},
+    {{{83,7}},59}, {{{0,8}},121}, {{{0,8}},57}, {{{0,9}},211},
+    {{{81,7}},17}, {{{0,8}},105}, {{{0,8}},41}, {{{0,9}},179},
+    {{{0,8}},9}, {{{0,8}},137}, {{{0,8}},73}, {{{0,9}},243},
+    {{{80,7}},4}, {{{0,8}},85}, {{{0,8}},21}, {{{80,8}},258},
+    {{{83,7}},43}, {{{0,8}},117}, {{{0,8}},53}, {{{0,9}},203},
+    {{{81,7}},13}, {{{0,8}},101}, {{{0,8}},37}, {{{0,9}},171},
+    {{{0,8}},5}, {{{0,8}},133}, {{{0,8}},69}, {{{0,9}},235},
+    {{{80,7}},8}, {{{0,8}},93}, {{{0,8}},29}, {{{0,9}},155},
+    {{{84,7}},83}, {{{0,8}},125}, {{{0,8}},61}, {{{0,9}},219},
+    {{{82,7}},23}, {{{0,8}},109}, {{{0,8}},45}, {{{0,9}},187},
+    {{{0,8}},13}, {{{0,8}},141}, {{{0,8}},77}, {{{0,9}},251},
+    {{{80,7}},3}, {{{0,8}},83}, {{{0,8}},19}, {{{85,8}},195},
+    {{{83,7}},35}, {{{0,8}},115}, {{{0,8}},51}, {{{0,9}},199},
+    {{{81,7}},11}, {{{0,8}},99}, {{{0,8}},35}, {{{0,9}},167},
+    {{{0,8}},3}, {{{0,8}},131}, {{{0,8}},67}, {{{0,9}},231},
+    {{{80,7}},7}, {{{0,8}},91}, {{{0,8}},27}, {{{0,9}},151},
+    {{{84,7}},67}, {{{0,8}},123}, {{{0,8}},59}, {{{0,9}},215},
+    {{{82,7}},19}, {{{0,8}},107}, {{{0,8}},43}, {{{0,9}},183},
+    {{{0,8}},11}, {{{0,8}},139}, {{{0,8}},75}, {{{0,9}},247},
+    {{{80,7}},5}, {{{0,8}},87}, {{{0,8}},23}, {{{192,8}},0},
+    {{{83,7}},51}, {{{0,8}},119}, {{{0,8}},55}, {{{0,9}},207},
+    {{{81,7}},15}, {{{0,8}},103}, {{{0,8}},39}, {{{0,9}},175},
+    {{{0,8}},7}, {{{0,8}},135}, {{{0,8}},71}, {{{0,9}},239},
+    {{{80,7}},9}, {{{0,8}},95}, {{{0,8}},31}, {{{0,9}},159},
+    {{{84,7}},99}, {{{0,8}},127}, {{{0,8}},63}, {{{0,9}},223},
+    {{{82,7}},27}, {{{0,8}},111}, {{{0,8}},47}, {{{0,9}},191},
+    {{{0,8}},15}, {{{0,8}},143}, {{{0,8}},79}, {{{0,9}},255}
+  };
+local const inflate_huft fixed_td[] = {
+    {{{80,5}},1}, {{{87,5}},257}, {{{83,5}},17}, {{{91,5}},4097},
+    {{{81,5}},5}, {{{89,5}},1025}, {{{85,5}},65}, {{{93,5}},16385},
+    {{{80,5}},3}, {{{88,5}},513}, {{{84,5}},33}, {{{92,5}},8193},
+    {{{82,5}},9}, {{{90,5}},2049}, {{{86,5}},129}, {{{192,5}},24577},
+    {{{80,5}},2}, {{{87,5}},385}, {{{83,5}},25}, {{{91,5}},6145},
+    {{{81,5}},7}, {{{89,5}},1537}, {{{85,5}},97}, {{{93,5}},24577},
+    {{{80,5}},4}, {{{88,5}},769}, {{{84,5}},49}, {{{92,5}},12289},
+    {{{82,5}},13}, {{{90,5}},3073}, {{{86,5}},193}, {{{192,5}},24577}
+  };
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/inflate.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/inflate.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8877fa3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/inflate.c
@@ -0,0 +1,273 @@
+/* inflate.c -- zlib interface to inflate modules
+ * Copyright (C) 1995-2002 Mark Adler
+ * For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in zlib.h
+ */
+
+#include "zutil.h"
+#include "infblock.h"
+
+#define  DONE  INFLATE_DONE
+#define  BAD   INFLATE_BAD
+
+typedef enum {
+      METHOD,   /* waiting for method byte */
+      FLAG,     /* waiting for flag byte */
+      DICT4,    /* four dictionary check bytes to go */
+      DICT3,    /* three dictionary check bytes to go */
+      DICT2,    /* two dictionary check bytes to go */
+      DICT1,    /* one dictionary check byte to go */
+      DICT0,    /* waiting for inflateSetDictionary */
+      BLOCKS,   /* decompressing blocks */
+      CHECK4,   /* four check bytes to go */
+      CHECK3,   /* three check bytes to go */
+      CHECK2,   /* two check bytes to go */
+      CHECK1,   /* one check byte to go */
+      DONE,     /* finished check, done */
+      BAD}      /* got an error--stay here */
+inflate_mode;
+
+/* inflate private state */
+struct internal_state {
+
+  /* mode */
+  inflate_mode  mode;   /* current inflate mode */
+
+  /* mode dependent information */
+  union {
+    uInt method;        /* if FLAGS, method byte */
+    struct {
+      uLong was;                /* computed check value */
+      uLong need;               /* stream check value */
+    } check;            /* if CHECK, check values to compare */
+    uInt marker;        /* if BAD, inflateSync's marker bytes count */
+  } sub;        /* submode */
+
+  /* mode independent information */
+  int  nowrap;          /* flag for no wrapper */
+  uInt wbits;           /* log2(window size)  (8..15, defaults to 15) */
+  inflate_blocks_statef
+    *blocks;            /* current inflate_blocks state */
+
+};
+
+
+ZEXPORT(int) inflateReset( /* z) */
+z_streamp z )
+{
+  if (z == Z_NULL || z->state == Z_NULL)
+    return Z_STREAM_ERROR;
+  z->total_in = z->total_out = 0;
+  z->msg = Z_NULL;
+  z->state->mode = z->state->nowrap ? BLOCKS : METHOD;
+  inflate_blocks_reset(z->state->blocks, z, Z_NULL);
+  Tracev((stderr, "inflate: reset\n"));
+  return Z_OK;
+}
+
+
+ZEXPORT(int) inflateEnd( /* z) */
+z_streamp z )
+{
+  if (z == Z_NULL || z->state == Z_NULL || z->zfree == Z_NULL)
+    return Z_STREAM_ERROR;
+  if (z->state->blocks != Z_NULL)
+    inflate_blocks_free(z->state->blocks, z);
+  ZFREE(z, z->state);
+  z->state = Z_NULL;
+  Tracev((stderr, "inflate: end\n"));
+  return Z_OK;
+}
+
+
+ZEXPORT(int) inflateInit2_( /* z, w, version, stream_size) */
+z_streamp z,
+int w,
+const char *version,
+int stream_size )
+{
+  if (version == Z_NULL || version[0] != ZLIB_VERSION[0] ||
+      stream_size != sizeof(z_stream))
+      return Z_VERSION_ERROR;
+
+  /* initialize state */
+  if (z == Z_NULL)
+    return Z_STREAM_ERROR;
+  z->msg = Z_NULL;
+  if (z->zalloc == Z_NULL)
+  {
+    z->zalloc = zcalloc;
+    z->opaque = (voidpf)0;
+  }
+  if (z->zfree == Z_NULL) z->zfree = zcfree;
+  if ((z->state = (struct internal_state FAR *)
+       ZALLOC(z,1,sizeof(struct internal_state))) == Z_NULL)
+    return Z_MEM_ERROR;
+  z->state->blocks = Z_NULL;
+
+  /* handle undocumented nowrap option (no zlib header or check) */
+  z->state->nowrap = 0;
+  if (w < 0)
+  {
+    w = - w;
+    z->state->nowrap = 1;
+  }
+
+  /* set window size */
+  if (w < 8 || w > 15)
+  {
+    inflateEnd(z);
+    return Z_STREAM_ERROR;
+  }
+  z->state->wbits = (uInt)w;
+
+  /* create inflate_blocks state */
+  if ((z->state->blocks =
+      inflate_blocks_new(z, z->state->nowrap ? Z_NULL : adler32, (uInt)1 << w))
+      == Z_NULL)
+  {
+    inflateEnd(z);
+    return Z_MEM_ERROR;
+  }
+  Tracev((stderr, "inflate: allocated\n"));
+
+  /* reset state */
+  inflateReset(z);
+  return Z_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+#undef  NEEDBYTE
+#define NEEDBYTE {if(z->avail_in==0)return r;r=f;}
+
+#undef  NEXTBYTE
+#define NEXTBYTE (z->avail_in--,z->total_in++,*z->next_in++)
+
+
+ZEXPORT(int) inflate( /* z, f) */
+z_streamp z,
+int f )
+{
+  int r;
+  uInt b;
+
+  if (z == Z_NULL || z->state == Z_NULL || z->next_in == Z_NULL)
+    return Z_STREAM_ERROR;
+  f = f == Z_FINISH ? Z_BUF_ERROR : Z_OK;
+  r = Z_BUF_ERROR;
+  while (1) switch (z->state->mode)
+  {
+    case METHOD:
+      NEEDBYTE
+      if (((z->state->sub.method = NEXTBYTE) & 0xf) != Z_DEFLATED)
+      {
+        z->state->mode = BAD;
+        z->msg = (char*)"unknown compression method";
+        z->state->sub.marker = 5;       /* can't try inflateSync */
+        break;
+      }
+      if ((z->state->sub.method >> 4) + 8 > z->state->wbits)
+      {
+        z->state->mode = BAD;
+        z->msg = (char*)"invalid window size";
+        z->state->sub.marker = 5;       /* can't try inflateSync */
+        break;
+      }
+      z->state->mode = FLAG;
+    case FLAG:
+      NEEDBYTE
+      b = NEXTBYTE;
+      if (((z->state->sub.method << 8) + b) % 31)
+      {
+        z->state->mode = BAD;
+        z->msg = (char*)"incorrect header check";
+        z->state->sub.marker = 5;       /* can't try inflateSync */
+        break;
+      }
+      Tracev((stderr, "inflate: zlib header ok\n"));
+      if (!(b & PRESET_DICT))
+      {
+        z->state->mode = BLOCKS;
+        break;
+      }
+      z->state->mode = DICT4;
+    case DICT4:
+      NEEDBYTE
+      z->state->sub.check.need = (uLong)NEXTBYTE << 24;
+      z->state->mode = DICT3;
+    case DICT3:
+      NEEDBYTE
+      z->state->sub.check.need += (uLong)NEXTBYTE << 16;
+      z->state->mode = DICT2;
+    case DICT2:
+      NEEDBYTE
+      z->state->sub.check.need += (uLong)NEXTBYTE << 8;
+      z->state->mode = DICT1;
+    case DICT1:
+      NEEDBYTE
+      z->state->sub.check.need += (uLong)NEXTBYTE;
+      z->adler = z->state->sub.check.need;
+      z->state->mode = DICT0;
+      return Z_NEED_DICT;
+    case DICT0:
+      z->state->mode = BAD;
+      z->msg = (char*)"need dictionary";
+      z->state->sub.marker = 0;       /* can try inflateSync */
+      return Z_STREAM_ERROR;
+    case BLOCKS:
+      r = inflate_blocks(z->state->blocks, z, r);
+      if (r == Z_DATA_ERROR)
+      {
+        z->state->mode = BAD;
+        z->state->sub.marker = 0;       /* can try inflateSync */
+        break;
+      }
+      if (r == Z_OK)
+        r = f;
+      if (r != Z_STREAM_END)
+        return r;
+      r = f;
+      inflate_blocks_reset(z->state->blocks, z, &z->state->sub.check.was);
+      if (z->state->nowrap)
+      {
+        z->state->mode = DONE;
+        break;
+      }
+      z->state->mode = CHECK4;
+    case CHECK4:
+      NEEDBYTE
+      z->state->sub.check.need = (uLong)NEXTBYTE << 24;
+      z->state->mode = CHECK3;
+    case CHECK3:
+      NEEDBYTE
+      z->state->sub.check.need += (uLong)NEXTBYTE << 16;
+      z->state->mode = CHECK2;
+    case CHECK2:
+      NEEDBYTE
+      z->state->sub.check.need += (uLong)NEXTBYTE << 8;
+      z->state->mode = CHECK1;
+    case CHECK1:
+      NEEDBYTE
+      z->state->sub.check.need += (uLong)NEXTBYTE;
+
+      if (z->state->sub.check.was != z->state->sub.check.need)
+      {
+        z->state->mode = BAD;
+        z->msg = (char*)"incorrect data check";
+        z->state->sub.marker = 5;       /* can't try inflateSync */
+        break;
+      }
+      Tracev((stderr, "inflate: zlib check ok\n"));
+      z->state->mode = DONE;
+    case DONE:
+      return Z_STREAM_END;
+    case BAD:
+      return Z_DATA_ERROR;
+    default:
+      return Z_STREAM_ERROR;
+  }
+#ifdef NEED_DUMMY_RETURN
+  return Z_STREAM_ERROR;  /* Some dumb compilers complain without this */
+#endif
+}
+
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/inftrees.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/inftrees.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ef53652
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/inftrees.c
@@ -0,0 +1,468 @@
+/* inftrees.c -- generate Huffman trees for efficient decoding
+ * Copyright (C) 1995-2002 Mark Adler
+ * For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in zlib.h
+ */
+
+#include "zutil.h"
+#include "inftrees.h"
+
+#if !defined(BUILDFIXED) && !defined(STDC)
+#  define BUILDFIXED   /* non ANSI compilers may not accept inffixed.h */
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+local const char inflate_copyright[] =
+   " inflate 1.1.4 Copyright 1995-2002 Mark Adler ";
+#endif
+/*
+  If you use the zlib library in a product, an acknowledgment is welcome
+  in the documentation of your product. If for some reason you cannot
+  include such an acknowledgment, I would appreciate that you keep this
+  copyright string in the executable of your product.
+ */
+
+/* simplify the use of the inflate_huft type with some defines */
+#define exop word.what.Exop
+#define bits word.what.Bits
+
+
+local int huft_build OF((
+    uIntf *,            /* code lengths in bits */
+    uInt,               /* number of codes */
+    uInt,               /* number of "simple" codes */
+    const uIntf *,      /* list of base values for non-simple codes */
+    const uIntf *,      /* list of extra bits for non-simple codes */
+    inflate_huft * FAR*,/* result: starting table */
+    uIntf *,            /* maximum lookup bits (returns actual) */
+    inflate_huft *,     /* space for trees */
+    uInt *,             /* hufts used in space */
+    uIntf * ));         /* space for values */
+
+/* Tables for deflate from PKZIP's appnote.txt. */
+local const uInt cplens[31] = { /* Copy lengths for literal codes 257..285 */
+        3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 13, 15, 17, 19, 23, 27, 31,
+        35, 43, 51, 59, 67, 83, 99, 115, 131, 163, 195, 227, 258, 0, 0};
+        /* see note #13 above about 258 */
+local const uInt cplext[31] = { /* Extra bits for literal codes 257..285 */
+        0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+        3, 3, 3, 3, 4, 4, 4, 4, 5, 5, 5, 5, 0, 112, 112}; /* 112==invalid */
+local const uInt cpdist[30] = { /* Copy offsets for distance codes 0..29 */
+        1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 9, 13, 17, 25, 33, 49, 65, 97, 129, 193,
+        257, 385, 513, 769, 1025, 1537, 2049, 3073, 4097, 6145,
+        8193, 12289, 16385, 24577};
+local const uInt cpdext[30] = { /* Extra bits for distance codes */
+        0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 2, 2, 3, 3, 4, 4, 5, 5, 6, 6,
+        7, 7, 8, 8, 9, 9, 10, 10, 11, 11,
+        12, 12, 13, 13};
+
+/*
+   Huffman code decoding is performed using a multi-level table lookup.
+   The fastest way to decode is to simply build a lookup table whose
+   size is determined by the longest code.  However, the time it takes
+   to build this table can also be a factor if the data being decoded
+   is not very long.  The most common codes are necessarily the
+   shortest codes, so those codes dominate the decoding time, and hence
+   the speed.  The idea is you can have a shorter table that decodes the
+   shorter, more probable codes, and then point to subsidiary tables for
+   the longer codes.  The time it costs to decode the longer codes is
+   then traded against the time it takes to make longer tables.
+
+   This results of this trade are in the variables lbits and dbits
+   below.  lbits is the number of bits the first level table for literal/
+   length codes can decode in one step, and dbits is the same thing for
+   the distance codes.  Subsequent tables are also less than or equal to
+   those sizes.  These values may be adjusted either when all of the
+   codes are shorter than that, in which case the longest code length in
+   bits is used, or when the shortest code is *longer* than the requested
+   table size, in which case the length of the shortest code in bits is
+   used.
+
+   There are two different values for the two tables, since they code a
+   different number of possibilities each.  The literal/length table
+   codes 286 possible values, or in a flat code, a little over eight
+   bits.  The distance table codes 30 possible values, or a little less
+   than five bits, flat.  The optimum values for speed end up being
+   about one bit more than those, so lbits is 8+1 and dbits is 5+1.
+   The optimum values may differ though from machine to machine, and
+   possibly even between compilers.  Your mileage may vary.
+ */
+
+
+/* If BMAX needs to be larger than 16, then h and x[] should be uLong. */
+#define BMAX 15         /* maximum bit length of any code */
+
+local int huft_build( /* b, n, s, d, e, t, m, hp, hn, v) */
+uIntf *b,               /* code lengths in bits (all assumed <= BMAX) */
+uInt n,                 /* number of codes (assumed <= 288) */
+uInt s,                 /* number of simple-valued codes (0..s-1) */
+const uIntf *d,         /* list of base values for non-simple codes */
+const uIntf *e,         /* list of extra bits for non-simple codes */
+inflate_huft * FAR *t,  /* result: starting table */
+uIntf *m,               /* maximum lookup bits, returns actual */
+inflate_huft *hp,       /* space for trees */
+uInt *hn,               /* hufts used in space */
+uIntf *v                /* working area: values in order of bit length */
+/* Given a list of code lengths and a maximum table size, make a set of
+   tables to decode that set of codes.  Return Z_OK on success, Z_BUF_ERROR
+   if the given code set is incomplete (the tables are still built in this
+   case), or Z_DATA_ERROR if the input is invalid. */
+)
+{
+
+  uInt a;                       /* counter for codes of length k */
+  uInt c[BMAX+1];               /* bit length count table */
+  uInt f;                       /* i repeats in table every f entries */
+  int g;                        /* maximum code length */
+  int h;                        /* table level */
+  register uInt i;              /* counter, current code */
+  register uInt j;              /* counter */
+  register int k;               /* number of bits in current code */
+  int l;                        /* bits per table (returned in m) */
+  uInt mask;                    /* (1 << w) - 1, to avoid cc -O bug on HP */
+  register uIntf *p;            /* pointer into c[], b[], or v[] */
+  inflate_huft *q;              /* points to current table */
+  struct inflate_huft_s r;      /* table entry for structure assignment */
+  inflate_huft *u[BMAX];        /* table stack */
+  register int w;               /* bits before this table == (l * h) */
+  uInt x[BMAX+1];               /* bit offsets, then code stack */
+  uIntf *xp;                    /* pointer into x */
+  int y;                        /* number of dummy codes added */
+  uInt z;                       /* number of entries in current table */
+
+
+  /* Make compiler happy */
+  r.base = 0;
+
+  /* Generate counts for each bit length */
+  p = c;
+#define C0 *p++ = 0;
+#define C2 C0 C0 C0 C0
+#define C4 C2 C2 C2 C2
+  C4                            /* clear c[]--assume BMAX+1 is 16 */
+  p = b;  i = n;
+  do {
+    c[*p++]++;                  /* assume all entries <= BMAX */
+  } while (--i);
+  if (c[0] == n)                /* null input--all zero length codes */
+  {
+    *t = (inflate_huft *)Z_NULL;
+    *m = 0;
+    return Z_OK;
+  }
+
+
+  /* Find minimum and maximum length, bound *m by those */
+  l = *m;
+  for (j = 1; j <= BMAX; j++)
+    if (c[j])
+      break;
+  k = j;                        /* minimum code length */
+  if ((uInt)l < j)
+    l = j;
+  for (i = BMAX; i; i--)
+    if (c[i])
+      break;
+  g = i;                        /* maximum code length */
+  if ((uInt)l > i)
+    l = i;
+  *m = l;
+
+
+  /* Adjust last length count to fill out codes, if needed */
+  for (y = 1 << j; j < i; j++, y <<= 1)
+    if ((y -= c[j]) < 0)
+      return Z_DATA_ERROR;
+  if ((y -= c[i]) < 0)
+    return Z_DATA_ERROR;
+  c[i] += y;
+
+
+  /* Generate starting offsets into the value table for each length */
+  x[1] = j = 0;
+  p = c + 1;  xp = x + 2;
+  while (--i) {                 /* note that i == g from above */
+    *xp++ = (j += *p++);
+  }
+
+
+  /* Make a table of values in order of bit lengths */
+  p = b;  i = 0;
+  do {
+    if ((j = *p++) != 0)
+      v[x[j]++] = i;
+  } while (++i < n);
+  n = x[g];                     /* set n to length of v */
+
+
+  /* Generate the Huffman codes and for each, make the table entries */
+  x[0] = i = 0;                 /* first Huffman code is zero */
+  p = v;                        /* grab values in bit order */
+  h = -1;                       /* no tables yet--level -1 */
+  w = -l;                       /* bits decoded == (l * h) */
+  u[0] = (inflate_huft *)Z_NULL;        /* just to keep compilers happy */
+  q = (inflate_huft *)Z_NULL;   /* ditto */
+  z = 0;                        /* ditto */
+
+  /* go through the bit lengths (k already is bits in shortest code) */
+  for (; k <= g; k++)
+  {
+    a = c[k];
+    while (a--)
+    {
+      /* here i is the Huffman code of length k bits for value *p */
+      /* make tables up to required level */
+      while (k > w + l)
+      {
+        h++;
+        w += l;                 /* previous table always l bits */
+
+        /* compute minimum size table less than or equal to l bits */
+        z = g - w;
+        z = z > (uInt)l ? (uInt)l : z;        /* table size upper limit */
+        if ((f = 1 << (j = k - w)) > a + 1)     /* try a k-w bit table */
+        {                       /* too few codes for k-w bit table */
+          f -= a + 1;           /* deduct codes from patterns left */
+          xp = c + k;
+          if (j < z)
+            while (++j < z)     /* try smaller tables up to z bits */
+            {
+              if ((f <<= 1) <= *++xp)
+                break;          /* enough codes to use up j bits */
+              f -= *xp;         /* else deduct codes from patterns */
+            }
+        }
+        z = 1 << j;             /* table entries for j-bit table */
+
+        /* allocate new table */
+        if (*hn + z > MANY)     /* (note: doesn't matter for fixed) */
+          return Z_DATA_ERROR;  /* overflow of MANY */
+        u[h] = q = hp + *hn;
+        *hn += z;
+
+        /* connect to last table, if there is one */
+        if (h)
+        {
+          x[h] = i;             /* save pattern for backing up */
+          r.bits = (Byte)l;     /* bits to dump before this table */
+          r.exop = (Byte)j;     /* bits in this table */
+          j = i >> (w - l);
+          r.base = (uInt)(q - u[h-1] - j);   /* offset to this table */
+          u[h-1][j] = r;        /* connect to last table */
+        }
+        else
+          *t = q;               /* first table is returned result */
+      }
+
+      /* set up table entry in r */
+      r.bits = (Byte)(k - w);
+      if (p >= v + n)
+        r.exop = 128 + 64;      /* out of values--invalid code */
+      else if (*p < s)
+      {
+        r.exop = (Byte)(*p < 256 ? 0 : 32 + 64);     /* 256 is end-of-block */
+        r.base = *p++;          /* simple code is just the value */
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        r.exop = (Byte)(e[*p - s] + 16 + 64);/* non-simple--look up in lists */
+        r.base = d[*p++ - s];
+      }
+
+      /* fill code-like entries with r */
+      f = 1 << (k - w);
+      for (j = i >> w; j < z; j += f)
+        q[j] = r;
+
+      /* backwards increment the k-bit code i */
+      for (j = 1 << (k - 1); i & j; j >>= 1)
+        i ^= j;
+      i ^= j;
+
+      /* backup over finished tables */
+      mask = (1 << w) - 1;      /* needed on HP, cc -O bug */
+      while ((i & mask) != x[h])
+      {
+        h--;                    /* don't need to update q */
+        w -= l;
+        mask = (1 << w) - 1;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /* Return Z_BUF_ERROR if we were given an incomplete table */
+  return y != 0 && g != 1 ? Z_BUF_ERROR : Z_OK;
+}
+
+
+local int inflate_trees_bits( /* c, bb, tb, hp, z) */
+uIntf *c,               /* 19 code lengths */
+uIntf *bb,              /* bits tree desired/actual depth */
+inflate_huft * FAR *tb, /* bits tree result */
+inflate_huft *hp,       /* space for trees */
+z_streamp z             /* for messages */
+)
+{
+  int r;
+  uInt hn = 0;          /* hufts used in space */
+  uIntf *v;             /* work area for huft_build */
+
+  if ((v = (uIntf*)ZALLOC(z, 19, sizeof(uInt))) == Z_NULL)
+    return Z_MEM_ERROR;
+  r = huft_build(c, 19, 19, (uIntf*)Z_NULL, (uIntf*)Z_NULL,
+                 tb, bb, hp, &hn, v);
+  if (r == Z_DATA_ERROR)
+    z->msg = (char*)"oversubscribed dynamic bit lengths tree";
+  else if (r == Z_BUF_ERROR || *bb == 0)
+  {
+    z->msg = (char*)"incomplete dynamic bit lengths tree";
+    r = Z_DATA_ERROR;
+  }
+  ZFREE(z, v);
+  return r;
+}
+
+
+local int inflate_trees_dynamic( /* nl, nd, c, bl, bd, tl, td, hp, z) */
+uInt nl,                /* number of literal/length codes */
+uInt nd,                /* number of distance codes */
+uIntf *c,               /* that many (total) code lengths */
+uIntf *bl,              /* literal desired/actual bit depth */
+uIntf *bd,              /* distance desired/actual bit depth */
+inflate_huft * FAR *tl, /* literal/length tree result */
+inflate_huft * FAR *td, /* distance tree result */
+inflate_huft *hp,       /* space for trees */
+z_streamp z             /* for messages */
+)
+{
+  int r;
+  uInt hn = 0;          /* hufts used in space */
+  uIntf *v;             /* work area for huft_build */
+
+  /* allocate work area */
+  if ((v = (uIntf*)ZALLOC(z, 288, sizeof(uInt))) == Z_NULL)
+    return Z_MEM_ERROR;
+
+  /* build literal/length tree */
+  r = huft_build(c, nl, 257, cplens, cplext, tl, bl, hp, &hn, v);
+  if (r != Z_OK || *bl == 0)
+  {
+    if (r == Z_DATA_ERROR)
+      z->msg = (char*)"oversubscribed literal/length tree";
+    else if (r != Z_MEM_ERROR)
+    {
+      z->msg = (char*)"incomplete literal/length tree";
+      r = Z_DATA_ERROR;
+    }
+    ZFREE(z, v);
+    return r;
+  }
+
+  /* build distance tree */
+  r = huft_build(c + nl, nd, 0, cpdist, cpdext, td, bd, hp, &hn, v);
+  if (r != Z_OK || (*bd == 0 && nl > 257))
+  {
+    if (r == Z_DATA_ERROR)
+      z->msg = (char*)"oversubscribed distance tree";
+    else if (r == Z_BUF_ERROR) {
+#if 0
+    {
+#endif
+#ifdef PKZIP_BUG_WORKAROUND
+      r = Z_OK;
+    }
+#else
+      z->msg = (char*)"incomplete distance tree";
+      r = Z_DATA_ERROR;
+    }
+    else if (r != Z_MEM_ERROR)
+    {
+      z->msg = (char*)"empty distance tree with lengths";
+      r = Z_DATA_ERROR;
+    }
+    ZFREE(z, v);
+    return r;
+#endif
+  }
+
+  /* done */
+  ZFREE(z, v);
+  return Z_OK;
+}
+
+
+/* build fixed tables only once--keep them here */
+#ifdef BUILDFIXED
+local int fixed_built = 0;
+#define FIXEDH 544      /* number of hufts used by fixed tables */
+local inflate_huft fixed_mem[FIXEDH];
+local uInt fixed_bl;
+local uInt fixed_bd;
+local inflate_huft *fixed_tl;
+local inflate_huft *fixed_td;
+#else
+#include "inffixed.h"
+#endif
+
+
+local int inflate_trees_fixed( /* bl, bd, tl, td, z) */
+uIntf *bl,                      /* literal desired/actual bit depth */
+uIntf *bd,                      /* distance desired/actual bit depth */
+const inflate_huft * FAR *tl,   /* literal/length tree result */
+const inflate_huft * FAR *td,   /* distance tree result */
+z_streamp z                     /* for memory allocation */
+)
+{
+#ifdef BUILDFIXED
+  /* build fixed tables if not already */
+  if (!fixed_built)
+  {
+    int k;              /* temporary variable */
+    uInt f = 0;         /* number of hufts used in fixed_mem */
+    uIntf *c;           /* length list for huft_build */
+    uIntf *v;           /* work area for huft_build */
+
+    /* allocate memory */
+    if ((c = (uIntf*)ZALLOC(z, 288, sizeof(uInt))) == Z_NULL)
+      return Z_MEM_ERROR;
+    if ((v = (uIntf*)ZALLOC(z, 288, sizeof(uInt))) == Z_NULL)
+    {
+      ZFREE(z, c);
+      return Z_MEM_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* literal table */
+    for (k = 0; k < 144; k++)
+      c[k] = 8;
+    for (; k < 256; k++)
+      c[k] = 9;
+    for (; k < 280; k++)
+      c[k] = 7;
+    for (; k < 288; k++)
+      c[k] = 8;
+    fixed_bl = 9;
+    huft_build(c, 288, 257, cplens, cplext, &fixed_tl, &fixed_bl,
+               fixed_mem, &f, v);
+
+    /* distance table */
+    for (k = 0; k < 30; k++)
+      c[k] = 5;
+    fixed_bd = 5;
+    huft_build(c, 30, 0, cpdist, cpdext, &fixed_td, &fixed_bd,
+               fixed_mem, &f, v);
+
+    /* done */
+    ZFREE(z, v);
+    ZFREE(z, c);
+    fixed_built = 1;
+  }
+#else
+  FT_UNUSED(z);
+#endif
+  *bl = fixed_bl;
+  *bd = fixed_bd;
+  *tl = fixed_tl;
+  *td = fixed_td;
+  return Z_OK;
+}
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/inftrees.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/inftrees.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..07bf2aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/inftrees.h
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/* inftrees.h -- header to use inftrees.c
+ * Copyright (C) 1995-2002 Mark Adler
+ * For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in zlib.h
+ */
+
+/* WARNING: this file should *not* be used by applications. It is
+   part of the implementation of the compression library and is
+   subject to change. Applications should only use zlib.h.
+ */
+
+/* Huffman code lookup table entry--this entry is four bytes for machines
+   that have 16-bit pointers (e.g. PC's in the small or medium model). */
+
+#ifndef _INFTREES_H
+#define _INFTREES_H
+
+typedef struct inflate_huft_s FAR inflate_huft;
+
+struct inflate_huft_s {
+  union {
+    struct {
+      Byte Exop;        /* number of extra bits or operation */
+      Byte Bits;        /* number of bits in this code or subcode */
+    } what;
+    uInt pad;           /* pad structure to a power of 2 (4 bytes for */
+  } word;               /*  16-bit, 8 bytes for 32-bit int's) */
+  uInt base;            /* literal, length base, distance base,
+                           or table offset */
+};
+
+/* Maximum size of dynamic tree.  The maximum found in a long but non-
+   exhaustive search was 1004 huft structures (850 for length/literals
+   and 154 for distances, the latter actually the result of an
+   exhaustive search).  The actual maximum is not known, but the
+   value below is more than safe. */
+#define MANY 1440
+
+local  int inflate_trees_bits OF((
+    uIntf *,                    /* 19 code lengths */
+    uIntf *,                    /* bits tree desired/actual depth */
+    inflate_huft * FAR *,       /* bits tree result */
+    inflate_huft *,             /* space for trees */
+    z_streamp));                /* for messages */
+
+local  int inflate_trees_dynamic OF((
+    uInt,                       /* number of literal/length codes */
+    uInt,                       /* number of distance codes */
+    uIntf *,                    /* that many (total) code lengths */
+    uIntf *,                    /* literal desired/actual bit depth */
+    uIntf *,                    /* distance desired/actual bit depth */
+    inflate_huft * FAR *,       /* literal/length tree result */
+    inflate_huft * FAR *,       /* distance tree result */
+    inflate_huft *,             /* space for trees */
+    z_streamp));                /* for messages */
+
+local  int inflate_trees_fixed OF((
+    uIntf *,                    /* literal desired/actual bit depth */
+    uIntf *,                    /* distance desired/actual bit depth */
+    const inflate_huft * FAR *, /* literal/length tree result */
+    const inflate_huft * FAR *, /* distance tree result */
+    z_streamp));                /* for memory allocation */
+
+#endif /* _INFTREES_H */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/infutil.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/infutil.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6087b40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/infutil.c
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/* inflate_util.c -- data and routines common to blocks and codes
+ * Copyright (C) 1995-2002 Mark Adler
+ * For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in zlib.h
+ */
+
+#include "zutil.h"
+#include "infblock.h"
+#include "inftrees.h"
+#include "infcodes.h"
+#include "infutil.h"
+
+
+/* And'ing with mask[n] masks the lower n bits */
+local const uInt inflate_mask[17] = {
+    0x0000,
+    0x0001, 0x0003, 0x0007, 0x000f, 0x001f, 0x003f, 0x007f, 0x00ff,
+    0x01ff, 0x03ff, 0x07ff, 0x0fff, 0x1fff, 0x3fff, 0x7fff, 0xffff
+};
+
+
+/* copy as much as possible from the sliding window to the output area */
+local int inflate_flush( /* s, z, r) */
+inflate_blocks_statef *s,
+z_streamp z,
+int r )
+{
+  uInt n;
+  Bytef *p;
+  Bytef *q;
+
+  /* local copies of source and destination pointers */
+  p = z->next_out;
+  q = s->read;
+
+  /* compute number of bytes to copy as far as end of window */
+  n = (uInt)((q <= s->write ? s->write : s->end) - q);
+  if (n > z->avail_out) n = z->avail_out;
+  if (n && r == Z_BUF_ERROR) r = Z_OK;
+
+  /* update counters */
+  z->avail_out -= n;
+  z->total_out += n;
+
+  /* update check information */
+  if (s->checkfn != Z_NULL)
+    z->adler = s->check = (*s->checkfn)(s->check, q, n);
+
+  /* copy as far as end of window */
+  zmemcpy(p, q, n);
+  p += n;
+  q += n;
+
+  /* see if more to copy at beginning of window */
+  if (q == s->end)
+  {
+    /* wrap pointers */
+    q = s->window;
+    if (s->write == s->end)
+      s->write = s->window;
+
+    /* compute bytes to copy */
+    n = (uInt)(s->write - q);
+    if (n > z->avail_out) n = z->avail_out;
+    if (n && r == Z_BUF_ERROR) r = Z_OK;
+
+    /* update counters */
+    z->avail_out -= n;
+    z->total_out += n;
+
+    /* update check information */
+    if (s->checkfn != Z_NULL)
+      z->adler = s->check = (*s->checkfn)(s->check, q, n);
+
+    /* copy */
+    zmemcpy(p, q, n);
+    p += n;
+    q += n;
+  }
+
+  /* update pointers */
+  z->next_out = p;
+  s->read = q;
+
+  /* done */
+  return r;
+}
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/infutil.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/infutil.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7174b6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/infutil.h
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/* infutil.h -- types and macros common to blocks and codes
+ * Copyright (C) 1995-2002 Mark Adler
+ * For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in zlib.h
+ */
+
+/* WARNING: this file should *not* be used by applications. It is
+   part of the implementation of the compression library and is
+   subject to change. Applications should only use zlib.h.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _INFUTIL_H
+#define _INFUTIL_H
+
+typedef enum {
+      TYPE,     /* get type bits (3, including end bit) */
+      LENS,     /* get lengths for stored */
+      STORED,   /* processing stored block */
+      TABLE,    /* get table lengths */
+      BTREE,    /* get bit lengths tree for a dynamic block */
+      DTREE,    /* get length, distance trees for a dynamic block */
+      CODES,    /* processing fixed or dynamic block */
+      DRY,      /* output remaining window bytes */
+      DONE,     /* finished last block, done */
+      BAD}      /* got a data error--stuck here */
+inflate_block_mode;
+
+/* inflate blocks semi-private state */
+struct inflate_blocks_state {
+
+  /* mode */
+  inflate_block_mode  mode;     /* current inflate_block mode */
+
+  /* mode dependent information */
+  union {
+    uInt left;          /* if STORED, bytes left to copy */
+    struct {
+      uInt table;               /* table lengths (14 bits) */
+      uInt index;               /* index into blens (or border) */
+      uIntf *blens;             /* bit lengths of codes */
+      uInt bb;                  /* bit length tree depth */
+      inflate_huft *tb;         /* bit length decoding tree */
+    } trees;            /* if DTREE, decoding info for trees */
+    struct {
+      inflate_codes_statef
+         *codes;
+    } decode;           /* if CODES, current state */
+  } sub;                /* submode */
+  uInt last;            /* true if this block is the last block */
+
+  /* mode independent information */
+  uInt bitk;            /* bits in bit buffer */
+  uLong bitb;           /* bit buffer */
+  inflate_huft *hufts;  /* single malloc for tree space */
+  Bytef *window;        /* sliding window */
+  Bytef *end;           /* one byte after sliding window */
+  Bytef *read;          /* window read pointer */
+  Bytef *write;         /* window write pointer */
+  check_func checkfn;   /* check function */
+  uLong check;          /* check on output */
+
+};
+
+
+/* defines for inflate input/output */
+/*   update pointers and return */
+#define UPDBITS {s->bitb=b;s->bitk=k;}
+#define UPDIN {z->avail_in=n;z->total_in+=p-z->next_in;z->next_in=p;}
+#define UPDOUT {s->write=q;}
+#define UPDATE {UPDBITS UPDIN UPDOUT}
+#define LEAVE {UPDATE return inflate_flush(s,z,r);}
+/*   get bytes and bits */
+#define LOADIN {p=z->next_in;n=z->avail_in;b=s->bitb;k=s->bitk;}
+#define NEEDBYTE {if(n)r=Z_OK;else LEAVE}
+#define NEXTBYTE (n--,*p++)
+#define NEEDBITS(j) {while(k<(j)){NEEDBYTE;b|=((uLong)NEXTBYTE)<<k;k+=8;}}
+#define DUMPBITS(j) {b>>=(j);k-=(j);}
+/*   output bytes */
+#define WAVAIL (uInt)(q<s->read?s->read-q-1:s->end-q)
+#define LOADOUT {q=s->write;m=(uInt)WAVAIL;}
+#define WRAP {if(q==s->end&&s->read!=s->window){q=s->window;m=(uInt)WAVAIL;}}
+#define FLUSH {UPDOUT r=inflate_flush(s,z,r); LOADOUT}
+#define NEEDOUT {if(m==0){WRAP if(m==0){FLUSH WRAP if(m==0) LEAVE}}r=Z_OK;}
+#define OUTBYTE(a) {*q++=(Byte)(a);m--;}
+/*   load local pointers */
+#define LOAD {LOADIN LOADOUT}
+
+/* masks for lower bits (size given to avoid silly warnings with Visual C++) */
+#ifndef NO_INFLATE_MASK
+local uInt inflate_mask[17];
+#endif
+
+/* copy as much as possible from the sliding window to the output area */
+local int inflate_flush OF((
+    inflate_blocks_statef *,
+    z_streamp ,
+    int));
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/rules.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/rules.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d2a43a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/rules.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 GZip support configuration rules
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 2002, 2003 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+# gzip driver directory
+#
+GZIP_DIR := $(SRC_DIR)/gzip
+
+
+# compilation flags for the driver
+#
+ifeq ($(SYSTEM_ZLIB),)
+  GZIP_COMPILE := $(FT_COMPILE) $I$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$(GZIP_DIR))
+else
+  GZIP_COMPILE := $(FT_COMPILE)
+endif
+
+
+# gzip support sources (i.e., C files)
+#
+GZIP_DRV_SRC := $(GZIP_DIR)/ftgzip.c
+
+# gzip support headers
+#
+GZIP_DRV_H :=
+
+
+# gzip driver object(s)
+#
+#   GZIP_DRV_OBJ_M is used during `multi' builds
+#   GZIP_DRV_OBJ_S is used during `single' builds
+#
+ifeq ($(SYSTEM_ZLIB),)
+  GZIP_DRV_OBJ_M := $(GZIP_DRV_SRC:$(GZIP_DIR)/%.c=$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O)
+else
+  GZIP_DRV_OBJ_M := $(OBJ_DIR)/ftgzip.$O
+endif
+GZIP_DRV_OBJ_S := $(OBJ_DIR)/ftgzip.$O
+
+# gzip support source file for single build
+#
+GZIP_DRV_SRC_S := $(GZIP_DIR)/ftgzip.c
+
+
+# gzip support - single object
+#
+$(GZIP_DRV_OBJ_S): $(GZIP_DRV_SRC_S) $(GZIP_DRV_SRC) $(FREETYPE_H) \
+                   $(GZIP_DRV_H)
+	$(GZIP_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $(GZIP_DRV_SRC_S))
+
+
+# gzip support - multiple objects
+#
+$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O: $(GZIP_DIR)/%.c $(FREETYPE_H) $(GZIP_DRV_H)
+	$(GZIP_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $<)
+
+
+# update main driver object lists
+#
+DRV_OBJS_S += $(GZIP_DRV_OBJ_S)
+DRV_OBJS_M += $(GZIP_DRV_OBJ_M)
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/zconf.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/zconf.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3ccc3a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/zconf.h
@@ -0,0 +1,278 @@
+/* zconf.h -- configuration of the zlib compression library
+ * Copyright (C) 1995-2002 Jean-loup Gailly.
+ * For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in zlib.h
+ */
+
+/* @(#) $Id: zconf.h,v 1.4 2007/06/01 06:56:17 wl Exp $ */
+
+#ifndef _ZCONF_H
+#define _ZCONF_H
+
+/*
+ * If you *really* need a unique prefix for all types and library functions,
+ * compile with -DZ_PREFIX. The "standard" zlib should be compiled without it.
+ */
+#ifdef Z_PREFIX
+#  define deflateInit_         z_deflateInit_
+#  define deflate              z_deflate
+#  define deflateEnd           z_deflateEnd
+#  define inflateInit_         z_inflateInit_
+#  define inflate              z_inflate
+#  define inflateEnd           z_inflateEnd
+#  define deflateInit2_        z_deflateInit2_
+#  define deflateSetDictionary z_deflateSetDictionary
+#  define deflateCopy          z_deflateCopy
+#  define deflateReset         z_deflateReset
+#  define deflateParams        z_deflateParams
+#  define inflateInit2_        z_inflateInit2_
+#  define inflateSetDictionary z_inflateSetDictionary
+#  define inflateSync          z_inflateSync
+#  define inflateSyncPoint     z_inflateSyncPoint
+#  define inflateReset         z_inflateReset
+#  define compress             z_compress
+#  define compress2            z_compress2
+#  define uncompress           z_uncompress
+#  define adler32              z_adler32
+#  define crc32                z_crc32
+#  define get_crc_table        z_get_crc_table
+
+#  define Byte   z_Byte
+#  define uInt   z_uInt
+#  define uLong  z_uLong
+#  define Bytef  z_Bytef
+#  define charf  z_charf
+#  define intf   z_intf
+#  define uIntf  z_uIntf
+#  define uLongf z_uLongf
+#  define voidpf z_voidpf
+#  define voidp  z_voidp
+#endif
+
+#if (defined(_WIN32) || defined(__WIN32__)) && !defined(WIN32)
+#  define WIN32
+#endif
+#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(WIN32) || defined(__386__) || defined(i386)
+#  ifndef __32BIT__
+#    define __32BIT__
+#  endif
+#endif
+#if defined(__MSDOS__) && !defined(MSDOS)
+#  define MSDOS
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Compile with -DMAXSEG_64K if the alloc function cannot allocate more
+ * than 64k bytes at a time (needed on systems with 16-bit int).
+ */
+#if defined(MSDOS) && !defined(__32BIT__)
+#  define MAXSEG_64K
+#endif
+#ifdef MSDOS
+#  define UNALIGNED_OK
+#endif
+
+#if (defined(MSDOS) || defined(_WINDOWS) || defined(WIN32))  && !defined(STDC)
+#  define STDC
+#endif
+#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(__cplusplus) || defined(__OS2__)
+#  ifndef STDC
+#    define STDC
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef STDC
+#  ifndef const /* cannot use !defined(STDC) && !defined(const) on Mac */
+#    define const
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+/* Some Mac compilers merge all .h files incorrectly: */
+#if defined(__MWERKS__) || defined(applec) ||defined(THINK_C) ||defined(__SC__)
+#  define NO_DUMMY_DECL
+#endif
+
+/* Old Borland C and LCC incorrectly complains about missing returns: */
+#if defined(__BORLANDC__) && (__BORLANDC__ < 0x500)
+#  define NEED_DUMMY_RETURN
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__LCC__)
+#  define  NEED_DUMMY_RETURN
+#endif
+
+/* Maximum value for memLevel in deflateInit2 */
+#ifndef MAX_MEM_LEVEL
+#  ifdef MAXSEG_64K
+#    define MAX_MEM_LEVEL 8
+#  else
+#    define MAX_MEM_LEVEL 9
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+/* Maximum value for windowBits in deflateInit2 and inflateInit2.
+ * WARNING: reducing MAX_WBITS makes minigzip unable to extract .gz files
+ * created by gzip. (Files created by minigzip can still be extracted by
+ * gzip.)
+ */
+#ifndef MAX_WBITS
+#  define MAX_WBITS   15 /* 32K LZ77 window */
+#endif
+
+/* The memory requirements for deflate are (in bytes):
+            (1 << (windowBits+2)) +  (1 << (memLevel+9))
+ that is: 128K for windowBits=15  +  128K for memLevel = 8  (default values)
+ plus a few kilobytes for small objects. For example, if you want to reduce
+ the default memory requirements from 256K to 128K, compile with
+     make CFLAGS="-O -DMAX_WBITS=14 -DMAX_MEM_LEVEL=7"
+ Of course this will generally degrade compression (there's no free lunch).
+
+   The memory requirements for inflate are (in bytes) 1 << windowBits
+ that is, 32K for windowBits=15 (default value) plus a few kilobytes
+ for small objects.
+*/
+
+                        /* Type declarations */
+
+#ifndef OF /* function prototypes */
+#  ifdef STDC
+#    define OF(args)  args
+#  else
+#    define OF(args)  ()
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+/* The following definitions for FAR are needed only for MSDOS mixed
+ * model programming (small or medium model with some far allocations).
+ * This was tested only with MSC; for other MSDOS compilers you may have
+ * to define NO_MEMCPY in zutil.h.  If you don't need the mixed model,
+ * just define FAR to be empty.
+ */
+#if (defined(M_I86SM) || defined(M_I86MM)) && !defined(__32BIT__)
+   /* MSC small or medium model */
+#  define SMALL_MEDIUM
+#  ifdef _MSC_VER
+#    define FAR _far
+#  else
+#    define FAR far
+#  endif
+#endif
+#if defined(__BORLANDC__) && (defined(__SMALL__) || defined(__MEDIUM__))
+#  ifndef __32BIT__
+#    define SMALL_MEDIUM
+#    define FAR _far
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+/* Compile with -DZLIB_DLL for Windows DLL support */
+#if defined(ZLIB_DLL)
+#  if defined(_WINDOWS) || defined(WINDOWS)
+#    ifdef FAR
+#      undef FAR
+#    endif
+#    include <windows.h>
+#    define ZEXPORT(x)  x WINAPI
+#    ifdef WIN32
+#      define ZEXPORTVA(x)  x WINAPIV
+#    else
+#      define ZEXPORTVA(x)  x FAR _cdecl _export
+#    endif
+#  endif
+#  if defined (__BORLANDC__)
+#    if (__BORLANDC__ >= 0x0500) && defined (WIN32)
+#      include <windows.h>
+#      define ZEXPORT(x) x __declspec(dllexport) WINAPI
+#      define ZEXPORTRVA(x)  x __declspec(dllexport) WINAPIV
+#    else
+#      if defined (_Windows) && defined (__DLL__)
+#        define ZEXPORT(x) x _export
+#        define ZEXPORTVA(x) x _export
+#      endif
+#    endif
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef ZEXPORT
+#  define ZEXPORT(x)   static x
+#endif
+#ifndef ZEXPORTVA
+#  define ZEXPORTVA(x)   static x
+#endif
+#ifndef ZEXTERN
+#  define ZEXTERN(x) static x
+#endif
+#ifndef ZEXTERNDEF
+#  define ZEXTERNDEF(x)  static x
+#endif
+
+#ifndef FAR
+#   define FAR
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MACOS) && !defined(TARGET_OS_MAC)
+typedef unsigned char  Byte;  /* 8 bits */
+#endif
+typedef unsigned int   uInt;  /* 16 bits or more */
+typedef unsigned long  uLong; /* 32 bits or more */
+
+#ifdef SMALL_MEDIUM
+   /* Borland C/C++ and some old MSC versions ignore FAR inside typedef */
+#  define Bytef Byte FAR
+#else
+   typedef Byte  FAR Bytef;
+#endif
+typedef char  FAR charf;
+typedef int   FAR intf;
+typedef uInt  FAR uIntf;
+typedef uLong FAR uLongf;
+
+#ifdef STDC
+   typedef void FAR *voidpf;
+   typedef void     *voidp;
+#else
+   typedef Byte FAR *voidpf;
+   typedef Byte     *voidp;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#  include <sys/types.h> /* for off_t */
+#  include <unistd.h>    /* for SEEK_* and off_t */
+#  define z_off_t  off_t
+#endif
+#ifndef SEEK_SET
+#  define SEEK_SET        0       /* Seek from beginning of file.  */
+#  define SEEK_CUR        1       /* Seek from current position.  */
+#  define SEEK_END        2       /* Set file pointer to EOF plus "offset" */
+#endif
+#ifndef z_off_t
+#  define  z_off_t long
+#endif
+
+/* MVS linker does not support external names larger than 8 bytes */
+#if defined(__MVS__)
+#   pragma map(deflateInit_,"DEIN")
+#   pragma map(deflateInit2_,"DEIN2")
+#   pragma map(deflateEnd,"DEEND")
+#   pragma map(inflateInit_,"ININ")
+#   pragma map(inflateInit2_,"ININ2")
+#   pragma map(inflateEnd,"INEND")
+#   pragma map(inflateSync,"INSY")
+#   pragma map(inflateSetDictionary,"INSEDI")
+#   pragma map(inflate_blocks,"INBL")
+#   pragma map(inflate_blocks_new,"INBLNE")
+#   pragma map(inflate_blocks_free,"INBLFR")
+#   pragma map(inflate_blocks_reset,"INBLRE")
+#   pragma map(inflate_codes_free,"INCOFR")
+#   pragma map(inflate_codes,"INCO")
+#   pragma map(inflate_fast,"INFA")
+#   pragma map(inflate_flush,"INFLU")
+#   pragma map(inflate_mask,"INMA")
+#   pragma map(inflate_set_dictionary,"INSEDI2")
+#   pragma map(inflate_copyright,"INCOPY")
+#   pragma map(inflate_trees_bits,"INTRBI")
+#   pragma map(inflate_trees_dynamic,"INTRDY")
+#   pragma map(inflate_trees_fixed,"INTRFI")
+#   pragma map(inflate_trees_free,"INTRFR")
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _ZCONF_H */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/zlib.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/zlib.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..50d0d3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/zlib.h
@@ -0,0 +1,830 @@
+/* zlib.h -- interface of the 'zlib' general purpose compression library
+  version 1.1.4, March 11th, 2002
+
+  Copyright (C) 1995-2002 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler
+
+  This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+  warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+  arising from the use of this software.
+
+  Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+  including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+  freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+  1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+     claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+     in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+     appreciated but is not required.
+  2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+     misrepresented as being the original software.
+  3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+
+  Jean-loup Gailly        Mark Adler
+  jloup@gzip.org          madler@alumni.caltech.edu
+
+
+  The data format used by the zlib library is described by RFCs (Request for
+  Comments) 1950 to 1952 in the files ftp://ds.internic.net/rfc/rfc1950.txt
+  (zlib format), rfc1951.txt (deflate format) and rfc1952.txt (gzip format).
+*/
+
+#ifndef _ZLIB_H
+#define _ZLIB_H
+
+#include "zconf.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#define ZLIB_VERSION "1.1.4"
+
+/*
+     The 'zlib' compression library provides in-memory compression and
+  decompression functions, including integrity checks of the uncompressed
+  data.  This version of the library supports only one compression method
+  (deflation) but other algorithms will be added later and will have the same
+  stream interface.
+
+     Compression can be done in a single step if the buffers are large
+  enough (for example if an input file is mmap'ed), or can be done by
+  repeated calls of the compression function.  In the latter case, the
+  application must provide more input and/or consume the output
+  (providing more output space) before each call.
+
+     The library also supports reading and writing files in gzip (.gz) format
+  with an interface similar to that of stdio.
+
+     The library does not install any signal handler. The decoder checks
+  the consistency of the compressed data, so the library should never
+  crash even in case of corrupted input.
+*/
+
+typedef voidpf (*alloc_func) OF((voidpf opaque, uInt items, uInt size));
+typedef void   (*free_func)  OF((voidpf opaque, voidpf address));
+
+struct internal_state;
+
+typedef struct z_stream_s {
+    Bytef    *next_in;  /* next input byte */
+    uInt     avail_in;  /* number of bytes available at next_in */
+    uLong    total_in;  /* total nb of input bytes read so far */
+
+    Bytef    *next_out; /* next output byte should be put there */
+    uInt     avail_out; /* remaining free space at next_out */
+    uLong    total_out; /* total nb of bytes output so far */
+
+    char     *msg;      /* last error message, NULL if no error */
+    struct internal_state FAR *state; /* not visible by applications */
+
+    alloc_func zalloc;  /* used to allocate the internal state */
+    free_func  zfree;   /* used to free the internal state */
+    voidpf     opaque;  /* private data object passed to zalloc and zfree */
+
+    int     data_type;  /* best guess about the data type: ascii or binary */
+    uLong   adler;      /* adler32 value of the uncompressed data */
+    uLong   reserved;   /* reserved for future use */
+} z_stream;
+
+typedef z_stream FAR *z_streamp;
+
+/*
+   The application must update next_in and avail_in when avail_in has
+   dropped to zero. It must update next_out and avail_out when avail_out
+   has dropped to zero. The application must initialize zalloc, zfree and
+   opaque before calling the init function. All other fields are set by the
+   compression library and must not be updated by the application.
+
+   The opaque value provided by the application will be passed as the first
+   parameter for calls of zalloc and zfree. This can be useful for custom
+   memory management. The compression library attaches no meaning to the
+   opaque value.
+
+   zalloc must return Z_NULL if there is not enough memory for the object.
+   If zlib is used in a multi-threaded application, zalloc and zfree must be
+   thread safe.
+
+   On 16-bit systems, the functions zalloc and zfree must be able to allocate
+   exactly 65536 bytes, but will not be required to allocate more than this
+   if the symbol MAXSEG_64K is defined (see zconf.h). WARNING: On MSDOS,
+   pointers returned by zalloc for objects of exactly 65536 bytes *must*
+   have their offset normalized to zero. The default allocation function
+   provided by this library ensures this (see zutil.c). To reduce memory
+   requirements and avoid any allocation of 64K objects, at the expense of
+   compression ratio, compile the library with -DMAX_WBITS=14 (see zconf.h).
+
+   The fields total_in and total_out can be used for statistics or
+   progress reports. After compression, total_in holds the total size of
+   the uncompressed data and may be saved for use in the decompressor
+   (particularly if the decompressor wants to decompress everything in
+   a single step).
+*/
+
+                        /* constants */
+
+#define Z_NO_FLUSH      0
+#define Z_PARTIAL_FLUSH 1 /* will be removed, use Z_SYNC_FLUSH instead */
+#define Z_SYNC_FLUSH    2
+#define Z_FULL_FLUSH    3
+#define Z_FINISH        4
+/* Allowed flush values; see deflate() below for details */
+
+#define Z_OK            0
+#define Z_STREAM_END    1
+#define Z_NEED_DICT     2
+#define Z_ERRNO        (-1)
+#define Z_STREAM_ERROR (-2)
+#define Z_DATA_ERROR   (-3)
+#define Z_MEM_ERROR    (-4)
+#define Z_BUF_ERROR    (-5)
+#define Z_VERSION_ERROR (-6)
+/* Return codes for the compression/decompression functions. Negative
+ * values are errors, positive values are used for special but normal events.
+ */
+
+#define Z_NO_COMPRESSION         0
+#define Z_BEST_SPEED             1
+#define Z_BEST_COMPRESSION       9
+#define Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION  (-1)
+/* compression levels */
+
+#define Z_FILTERED            1
+#define Z_HUFFMAN_ONLY        2
+#define Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY    0
+/* compression strategy; see deflateInit2() below for details */
+
+#define Z_BINARY   0
+#define Z_ASCII    1
+#define Z_UNKNOWN  2
+/* Possible values of the data_type field */
+
+#define Z_DEFLATED   8
+/* The deflate compression method (the only one supported in this version) */
+
+#define Z_NULL  0  /* for initializing zalloc, zfree, opaque */
+
+
+                        /* basic functions */
+
+/* The application can compare zlibVersion and ZLIB_VERSION for consistency.
+   If the first character differs, the library code actually used is
+   not compatible with the zlib.h header file used by the application.
+   This check is automatically made by deflateInit and inflateInit.
+ */
+
+/*
+ZEXTERN(int)  deflateInit OF((z_streamp strm, int level));
+
+     Initializes the internal stream state for compression. The fields
+   zalloc, zfree and opaque must be initialized before by the caller.
+   If zalloc and zfree are set to Z_NULL, deflateInit updates them to
+   use default allocation functions.
+
+     The compression level must be Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION, or between 0 and 9:
+   1 gives best speed, 9 gives best compression, 0 gives no compression at
+   all (the input data is simply copied a block at a time).
+   Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION requests a default compromise between speed and
+   compression (currently equivalent to level 6).
+
+     deflateInit returns Z_OK if success, Z_MEM_ERROR if there was not
+   enough memory, Z_STREAM_ERROR if level is not a valid compression level,
+   Z_VERSION_ERROR if the zlib library version (zlib_version) is incompatible
+   with the version assumed by the caller (ZLIB_VERSION).
+   msg is set to null if there is no error message.  deflateInit does not
+   perform any compression: this will be done by deflate().
+*/
+
+
+/*
+    deflate compresses as much data as possible, and stops when the input
+  buffer becomes empty or the output buffer becomes full. It may introduce some
+  output latency (reading input without producing any output) except when
+  forced to flush.
+
+    The detailed semantics are as follows. deflate performs one or both of the
+  following actions:
+
+  - Compress more input starting at next_in and update next_in and avail_in
+    accordingly. If not all input can be processed (because there is not
+    enough room in the output buffer), next_in and avail_in are updated and
+    processing will resume at this point for the next call of deflate().
+
+  - Provide more output starting at next_out and update next_out and avail_out
+    accordingly. This action is forced if the parameter flush is non zero.
+    Forcing flush frequently degrades the compression ratio, so this parameter
+    should be set only when necessary (in interactive applications).
+    Some output may be provided even if flush is not set.
+
+  Before the call of deflate(), the application should ensure that at least
+  one of the actions is possible, by providing more input and/or consuming
+  more output, and updating avail_in or avail_out accordingly; avail_out
+  should never be zero before the call. The application can consume the
+  compressed output when it wants, for example when the output buffer is full
+  (avail_out == 0), or after each call of deflate(). If deflate returns Z_OK
+  and with zero avail_out, it must be called again after making room in the
+  output buffer because there might be more output pending.
+
+    If the parameter flush is set to Z_SYNC_FLUSH, all pending output is
+  flushed to the output buffer and the output is aligned on a byte boundary, so
+  that the decompressor can get all input data available so far. (In particular
+  avail_in is zero after the call if enough output space has been provided
+  before the call.)  Flushing may degrade compression for some compression
+  algorithms and so it should be used only when necessary.
+
+    If flush is set to Z_FULL_FLUSH, all output is flushed as with
+  Z_SYNC_FLUSH, and the compression state is reset so that decompression can
+  restart from this point if previous compressed data has been damaged or if
+  random access is desired. Using Z_FULL_FLUSH too often can seriously degrade
+  the compression.
+
+    If deflate returns with avail_out == 0, this function must be called again
+  with the same value of the flush parameter and more output space (updated
+  avail_out), until the flush is complete (deflate returns with non-zero
+  avail_out).
+
+    If the parameter flush is set to Z_FINISH, pending input is processed,
+  pending output is flushed and deflate returns with Z_STREAM_END if there
+  was enough output space; if deflate returns with Z_OK, this function must be
+  called again with Z_FINISH and more output space (updated avail_out) but no
+  more input data, until it returns with Z_STREAM_END or an error. After
+  deflate has returned Z_STREAM_END, the only possible operations on the
+  stream are deflateReset or deflateEnd.
+
+    Z_FINISH can be used immediately after deflateInit if all the compression
+  is to be done in a single step. In this case, avail_out must be at least
+  0.1% larger than avail_in plus 12 bytes.  If deflate does not return
+  Z_STREAM_END, then it must be called again as described above.
+
+    deflate() sets strm->adler to the adler32 checksum of all input read
+  so far (that is, total_in bytes).
+
+    deflate() may update data_type if it can make a good guess about
+  the input data type (Z_ASCII or Z_BINARY). In doubt, the data is considered
+  binary. This field is only for information purposes and does not affect
+  the compression algorithm in any manner.
+
+    deflate() returns Z_OK if some progress has been made (more input
+  processed or more output produced), Z_STREAM_END if all input has been
+  consumed and all output has been produced (only when flush is set to
+  Z_FINISH), Z_STREAM_ERROR if the stream state was inconsistent (for example
+  if next_in or next_out was NULL), Z_BUF_ERROR if no progress is possible
+  (for example avail_in or avail_out was zero).
+*/
+
+
+/*
+     All dynamically allocated data structures for this stream are freed.
+   This function discards any unprocessed input and does not flush any
+   pending output.
+
+     deflateEnd returns Z_OK if success, Z_STREAM_ERROR if the
+   stream state was inconsistent, Z_DATA_ERROR if the stream was freed
+   prematurely (some input or output was discarded). In the error case,
+   msg may be set but then points to a static string (which must not be
+   deallocated).
+*/
+
+
+/*
+ZEXTERN(int)  inflateInit OF((z_streamp strm));
+
+     Initializes the internal stream state for decompression. The fields
+   next_in, avail_in, zalloc, zfree and opaque must be initialized before by
+   the caller. If next_in is not Z_NULL and avail_in is large enough (the exact
+   value depends on the compression method), inflateInit determines the
+   compression method from the zlib header and allocates all data structures
+   accordingly; otherwise the allocation will be deferred to the first call of
+   inflate.  If zalloc and zfree are set to Z_NULL, inflateInit updates them to
+   use default allocation functions.
+
+     inflateInit returns Z_OK if success, Z_MEM_ERROR if there was not enough
+   memory, Z_VERSION_ERROR if the zlib library version is incompatible with the
+   version assumed by the caller.  msg is set to null if there is no error
+   message. inflateInit does not perform any decompression apart from reading
+   the zlib header if present: this will be done by inflate().  (So next_in and
+   avail_in may be modified, but next_out and avail_out are unchanged.)
+*/
+
+
+ZEXTERN(int) inflate OF((z_streamp strm, int flush));
+/*
+    inflate decompresses as much data as possible, and stops when the input
+  buffer becomes empty or the output buffer becomes full. It may some
+  introduce some output latency (reading input without producing any output)
+  except when forced to flush.
+
+  The detailed semantics are as follows. inflate performs one or both of the
+  following actions:
+
+  - Decompress more input starting at next_in and update next_in and avail_in
+    accordingly. If not all input can be processed (because there is not
+    enough room in the output buffer), next_in is updated and processing
+    will resume at this point for the next call of inflate().
+
+  - Provide more output starting at next_out and update next_out and avail_out
+    accordingly.  inflate() provides as much output as possible, until there
+    is no more input data or no more space in the output buffer (see below
+    about the flush parameter).
+
+  Before the call of inflate(), the application should ensure that at least
+  one of the actions is possible, by providing more input and/or consuming
+  more output, and updating the next_* and avail_* values accordingly.
+  The application can consume the uncompressed output when it wants, for
+  example when the output buffer is full (avail_out == 0), or after each
+  call of inflate(). If inflate returns Z_OK and with zero avail_out, it
+  must be called again after making room in the output buffer because there
+  might be more output pending.
+
+    If the parameter flush is set to Z_SYNC_FLUSH, inflate flushes as much
+  output as possible to the output buffer. The flushing behavior of inflate is
+  not specified for values of the flush parameter other than Z_SYNC_FLUSH
+  and Z_FINISH, but the current implementation actually flushes as much output
+  as possible anyway.
+
+    inflate() should normally be called until it returns Z_STREAM_END or an
+  error. However if all decompression is to be performed in a single step
+  (a single call of inflate), the parameter flush should be set to
+  Z_FINISH. In this case all pending input is processed and all pending
+  output is flushed; avail_out must be large enough to hold all the
+  uncompressed data. (The size of the uncompressed data may have been saved
+  by the compressor for this purpose.) The next operation on this stream must
+  be inflateEnd to deallocate the decompression state. The use of Z_FINISH
+  is never required, but can be used to inform inflate that a faster routine
+  may be used for the single inflate() call.
+
+     If a preset dictionary is needed at this point (see inflateSetDictionary
+  below), inflate sets strm-adler to the adler32 checksum of the
+  dictionary chosen by the compressor and returns Z_NEED_DICT; otherwise
+  it sets strm->adler to the adler32 checksum of all output produced
+  so far (that is, total_out bytes) and returns Z_OK, Z_STREAM_END or
+  an error code as described below. At the end of the stream, inflate()
+  checks that its computed adler32 checksum is equal to that saved by the
+  compressor and returns Z_STREAM_END only if the checksum is correct.
+
+    inflate() returns Z_OK if some progress has been made (more input processed
+  or more output produced), Z_STREAM_END if the end of the compressed data has
+  been reached and all uncompressed output has been produced, Z_NEED_DICT if a
+  preset dictionary is needed at this point, Z_DATA_ERROR if the input data was
+  corrupted (input stream not conforming to the zlib format or incorrect
+  adler32 checksum), Z_STREAM_ERROR if the stream structure was inconsistent
+  (for example if next_in or next_out was NULL), Z_MEM_ERROR if there was not
+  enough memory, Z_BUF_ERROR if no progress is possible or if there was not
+  enough room in the output buffer when Z_FINISH is used. In the Z_DATA_ERROR
+  case, the application may then call inflateSync to look for a good
+  compression block.
+*/
+
+
+ZEXTERN(int)  inflateEnd OF((z_streamp strm));
+/*
+     All dynamically allocated data structures for this stream are freed.
+   This function discards any unprocessed input and does not flush any
+   pending output.
+
+     inflateEnd returns Z_OK if success, Z_STREAM_ERROR if the stream state
+   was inconsistent. In the error case, msg may be set but then points to a
+   static string (which must not be deallocated).
+*/
+
+                        /* Advanced functions */
+
+/*
+    The following functions are needed only in some special applications.
+*/
+
+/*
+ZEXTERN(int)  deflateInit2 OF((z_streamp strm,
+                                     int  level,
+                                     int  method,
+                                     int  windowBits,
+                                     int  memLevel,
+                                     int  strategy));
+
+     This is another version of deflateInit with more compression options. The
+   fields next_in, zalloc, zfree and opaque must be initialized before by
+   the caller.
+
+     The method parameter is the compression method. It must be Z_DEFLATED in
+   this version of the library.
+
+     The windowBits parameter is the base two logarithm of the window size
+   (the size of the history buffer).  It should be in the range 8..15 for this
+   version of the library. Larger values of this parameter result in better
+   compression at the expense of memory usage. The default value is 15 if
+   deflateInit is used instead.
+
+     The memLevel parameter specifies how much memory should be allocated
+   for the internal compression state. memLevel=1 uses minimum memory but
+   is slow and reduces compression ratio; memLevel=9 uses maximum memory
+   for optimal speed. The default value is 8. See zconf.h for total memory
+   usage as a function of windowBits and memLevel.
+
+     The strategy parameter is used to tune the compression algorithm. Use the
+   value Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY for normal data, Z_FILTERED for data produced by a
+   filter (or predictor), or Z_HUFFMAN_ONLY to force Huffman encoding only (no
+   string match).  Filtered data consists mostly of small values with a
+   somewhat random distribution. In this case, the compression algorithm is
+   tuned to compress them better. The effect of Z_FILTERED is to force more
+   Huffman coding and less string matching; it is somewhat intermediate
+   between Z_DEFAULT and Z_HUFFMAN_ONLY. The strategy parameter only affects
+   the compression ratio but not the correctness of the compressed output even
+   if it is not set appropriately.
+
+      deflateInit2 returns Z_OK if success, Z_MEM_ERROR if there was not enough
+   memory, Z_STREAM_ERROR if a parameter is invalid (such as an invalid
+   method). msg is set to null if there is no error message.  deflateInit2 does
+   not perform any compression: this will be done by deflate().
+*/
+
+/*
+     Initializes the compression dictionary from the given byte sequence
+   without producing any compressed output. This function must be called
+   immediately after deflateInit, deflateInit2 or deflateReset, before any
+   call of deflate. The compressor and decompressor must use exactly the same
+   dictionary (see inflateSetDictionary).
+
+     The dictionary should consist of strings (byte sequences) that are likely
+   to be encountered later in the data to be compressed, with the most commonly
+   used strings preferably put towards the end of the dictionary. Using a
+   dictionary is most useful when the data to be compressed is short and can be
+   predicted with good accuracy; the data can then be compressed better than
+   with the default empty dictionary.
+
+     Depending on the size of the compression data structures selected by
+   deflateInit or deflateInit2, a part of the dictionary may in effect be
+   discarded, for example if the dictionary is larger than the window size in
+   deflate or deflate2. Thus the strings most likely to be useful should be
+   put at the end of the dictionary, not at the front.
+
+     Upon return of this function, strm->adler is set to the Adler32 value
+   of the dictionary; the decompressor may later use this value to determine
+   which dictionary has been used by the compressor. (The Adler32 value
+   applies to the whole dictionary even if only a subset of the dictionary is
+   actually used by the compressor.)
+
+     deflateSetDictionary returns Z_OK if success, or Z_STREAM_ERROR if a
+   parameter is invalid (such as NULL dictionary) or the stream state is
+   inconsistent (for example if deflate has already been called for this stream
+   or if the compression method is bsort). deflateSetDictionary does not
+   perform any compression: this will be done by deflate().
+*/
+
+/*
+     Sets the destination stream as a complete copy of the source stream.
+
+     This function can be useful when several compression strategies will be
+   tried, for example when there are several ways of pre-processing the input
+   data with a filter. The streams that will be discarded should then be freed
+   by calling deflateEnd.  Note that deflateCopy duplicates the internal
+   compression state which can be quite large, so this strategy is slow and
+   can consume lots of memory.
+
+     deflateCopy returns Z_OK if success, Z_MEM_ERROR if there was not
+   enough memory, Z_STREAM_ERROR if the source stream state was inconsistent
+   (such as zalloc being NULL). msg is left unchanged in both source and
+   destination.
+*/
+
+/*
+     This function is equivalent to deflateEnd followed by deflateInit,
+   but does not free and reallocate all the internal compression state.
+   The stream will keep the same compression level and any other attributes
+   that may have been set by deflateInit2.
+
+      deflateReset returns Z_OK if success, or Z_STREAM_ERROR if the source
+   stream state was inconsistent (such as zalloc or state being NULL).
+*/
+
+/*
+     Dynamically update the compression level and compression strategy.  The
+   interpretation of level and strategy is as in deflateInit2.  This can be
+   used to switch between compression and straight copy of the input data, or
+   to switch to a different kind of input data requiring a different
+   strategy. If the compression level is changed, the input available so far
+   is compressed with the old level (and may be flushed); the new level will
+   take effect only at the next call of deflate().
+
+     Before the call of deflateParams, the stream state must be set as for
+   a call of deflate(), since the currently available input may have to
+   be compressed and flushed. In particular, strm->avail_out must be non-zero.
+
+     deflateParams returns Z_OK if success, Z_STREAM_ERROR if the source
+   stream state was inconsistent or if a parameter was invalid, Z_BUF_ERROR
+   if strm->avail_out was zero.
+*/
+
+/*
+ZEXTERN(int)  inflateInit2 OF((z_streamp strm,
+                                     int  windowBits));
+
+     This is another version of inflateInit with an extra parameter. The
+   fields next_in, avail_in, zalloc, zfree and opaque must be initialized
+   before by the caller.
+
+     The windowBits parameter is the base two logarithm of the maximum window
+   size (the size of the history buffer).  It should be in the range 8..15 for
+   this version of the library. The default value is 15 if inflateInit is used
+   instead. If a compressed stream with a larger window size is given as
+   input, inflate() will return with the error code Z_DATA_ERROR instead of
+   trying to allocate a larger window.
+
+      inflateInit2 returns Z_OK if success, Z_MEM_ERROR if there was not enough
+   memory, Z_STREAM_ERROR if a parameter is invalid (such as a negative
+   memLevel). msg is set to null if there is no error message.  inflateInit2
+   does not perform any decompression apart from reading the zlib header if
+   present: this will be done by inflate(). (So next_in and avail_in may be
+   modified, but next_out and avail_out are unchanged.)
+*/
+
+/*
+     Initializes the decompression dictionary from the given uncompressed byte
+   sequence. This function must be called immediately after a call of inflate
+   if this call returned Z_NEED_DICT. The dictionary chosen by the compressor
+   can be determined from the Adler32 value returned by this call of
+   inflate. The compressor and decompressor must use exactly the same
+   dictionary (see deflateSetDictionary).
+
+     inflateSetDictionary returns Z_OK if success, Z_STREAM_ERROR if a
+   parameter is invalid (such as NULL dictionary) or the stream state is
+   inconsistent, Z_DATA_ERROR if the given dictionary doesn't match the
+   expected one (incorrect Adler32 value). inflateSetDictionary does not
+   perform any decompression: this will be done by subsequent calls of
+   inflate().
+*/
+
+/*
+    Skips invalid compressed data until a full flush point (see above the
+  description of deflate with Z_FULL_FLUSH) can be found, or until all
+  available input is skipped. No output is provided.
+
+    inflateSync returns Z_OK if a full flush point has been found, Z_BUF_ERROR
+  if no more input was provided, Z_DATA_ERROR if no flush point has been found,
+  or Z_STREAM_ERROR if the stream structure was inconsistent. In the success
+  case, the application may save the current current value of total_in which
+  indicates where valid compressed data was found. In the error case, the
+  application may repeatedly call inflateSync, providing more input each time,
+  until success or end of the input data.
+*/
+
+ZEXTERN(int)  inflateReset OF((z_streamp strm));
+/*
+     This function is equivalent to inflateEnd followed by inflateInit,
+   but does not free and reallocate all the internal decompression state.
+   The stream will keep attributes that may have been set by inflateInit2.
+
+      inflateReset returns Z_OK if success, or Z_STREAM_ERROR if the source
+   stream state was inconsistent (such as zalloc or state being NULL).
+*/
+
+
+                        /* utility functions */
+
+/*
+     The following utility functions are implemented on top of the
+   basic stream-oriented functions. To simplify the interface, some
+   default options are assumed (compression level and memory usage,
+   standard memory allocation functions). The source code of these
+   utility functions can easily be modified if you need special options.
+*/
+
+/*
+     Compresses the source buffer into the destination buffer.  sourceLen is
+   the byte length of the source buffer. Upon entry, destLen is the total
+   size of the destination buffer, which must be at least 0.1% larger than
+   sourceLen plus 12 bytes. Upon exit, destLen is the actual size of the
+   compressed buffer.
+     This function can be used to compress a whole file at once if the
+   input file is mmap'ed.
+     compress returns Z_OK if success, Z_MEM_ERROR if there was not
+   enough memory, Z_BUF_ERROR if there was not enough room in the output
+   buffer.
+*/
+
+/*
+     Compresses the source buffer into the destination buffer. The level
+   parameter has the same meaning as in deflateInit.  sourceLen is the byte
+   length of the source buffer. Upon entry, destLen is the total size of the
+   destination buffer, which must be at least 0.1% larger than sourceLen plus
+   12 bytes. Upon exit, destLen is the actual size of the compressed buffer.
+
+     compress2 returns Z_OK if success, Z_MEM_ERROR if there was not enough
+   memory, Z_BUF_ERROR if there was not enough room in the output buffer,
+   Z_STREAM_ERROR if the level parameter is invalid.
+*/
+
+/*
+     Decompresses the source buffer into the destination buffer.  sourceLen is
+   the byte length of the source buffer. Upon entry, destLen is the total
+   size of the destination buffer, which must be large enough to hold the
+   entire uncompressed data. (The size of the uncompressed data must have
+   been saved previously by the compressor and transmitted to the decompressor
+   by some mechanism outside the scope of this compression library.)
+   Upon exit, destLen is the actual size of the compressed buffer.
+     This function can be used to decompress a whole file at once if the
+   input file is mmap'ed.
+
+     uncompress returns Z_OK if success, Z_MEM_ERROR if there was not
+   enough memory, Z_BUF_ERROR if there was not enough room in the output
+   buffer, or Z_DATA_ERROR if the input data was corrupted.
+*/
+
+
+/*
+     Opens a gzip (.gz) file for reading or writing. The mode parameter
+   is as in fopen ("rb" or "wb") but can also include a compression level
+   ("wb9") or a strategy: 'f' for filtered data as in "wb6f", 'h' for
+   Huffman only compression as in "wb1h". (See the description
+   of deflateInit2 for more information about the strategy parameter.)
+
+     gzopen can be used to read a file which is not in gzip format; in this
+   case gzread will directly read from the file without decompression.
+
+     gzopen returns NULL if the file could not be opened or if there was
+   insufficient memory to allocate the (de)compression state; errno
+   can be checked to distinguish the two cases (if errno is zero, the
+   zlib error is Z_MEM_ERROR).  */
+
+/*
+     gzdopen() associates a gzFile with the file descriptor fd.  File
+   descriptors are obtained from calls like open, dup, creat, pipe or
+   fileno (in the file has been previously opened with fopen).
+   The mode parameter is as in gzopen.
+     The next call of gzclose on the returned gzFile will also close the
+   file descriptor fd, just like fclose(fdopen(fd), mode) closes the file
+   descriptor fd. If you want to keep fd open, use gzdopen(dup(fd), mode).
+     gzdopen returns NULL if there was insufficient memory to allocate
+   the (de)compression state.
+*/
+
+/*
+     Dynamically update the compression level or strategy. See the description
+   of deflateInit2 for the meaning of these parameters.
+     gzsetparams returns Z_OK if success, or Z_STREAM_ERROR if the file was not
+   opened for writing.
+*/
+
+/*
+     Reads the given number of uncompressed bytes from the compressed file.
+   If the input file was not in gzip format, gzread copies the given number
+   of bytes into the buffer.
+     gzread returns the number of uncompressed bytes actually read (0 for
+   end of file, -1 for error). */
+
+/*
+     Writes the given number of uncompressed bytes into the compressed file.
+   gzwrite returns the number of uncompressed bytes actually written
+   (0 in case of error).
+*/
+
+/*
+     Converts, formats, and writes the args to the compressed file under
+   control of the format string, as in fprintf. gzprintf returns the number of
+   uncompressed bytes actually written (0 in case of error).
+*/
+
+/*
+      Writes the given null-terminated string to the compressed file, excluding
+   the terminating null character.
+      gzputs returns the number of characters written, or -1 in case of error.
+*/
+
+/*
+      Reads bytes from the compressed file until len-1 characters are read, or
+   a newline character is read and transferred to buf, or an end-of-file
+   condition is encountered.  The string is then terminated with a null
+   character.
+      gzgets returns buf, or Z_NULL in case of error.
+*/
+
+/*
+      Writes c, converted to an unsigned char, into the compressed file.
+   gzputc returns the value that was written, or -1 in case of error.
+*/
+
+/*
+      Reads one byte from the compressed file. gzgetc returns this byte
+   or -1 in case of end of file or error.
+*/
+
+/*
+     Flushes all pending output into the compressed file. The parameter
+   flush is as in the deflate() function. The return value is the zlib
+   error number (see function gzerror below). gzflush returns Z_OK if
+   the flush parameter is Z_FINISH and all output could be flushed.
+     gzflush should be called only when strictly necessary because it can
+   degrade compression.
+*/
+
+/*
+      Sets the starting position for the next gzread or gzwrite on the
+   given compressed file. The offset represents a number of bytes in the
+   uncompressed data stream. The whence parameter is defined as in lseek(2);
+   the value SEEK_END is not supported.
+     If the file is opened for reading, this function is emulated but can be
+   extremely slow. If the file is opened for writing, only forward seeks are
+   supported; gzseek then compresses a sequence of zeroes up to the new
+   starting position.
+
+      gzseek returns the resulting offset location as measured in bytes from
+   the beginning of the uncompressed stream, or -1 in case of error, in
+   particular if the file is opened for writing and the new starting position
+   would be before the current position.
+*/
+
+/*
+     Rewinds the given file. This function is supported only for reading.
+
+   gzrewind(file) is equivalent to (int)gzseek(file, 0L, SEEK_SET)
+*/
+
+/*
+     Returns the starting position for the next gzread or gzwrite on the
+   given compressed file. This position represents a number of bytes in the
+   uncompressed data stream.
+
+   gztell(file) is equivalent to gzseek(file, 0L, SEEK_CUR)
+*/
+
+/*
+     Returns 1 when EOF has previously been detected reading the given
+   input stream, otherwise zero.
+*/
+
+/*
+     Flushes all pending output if necessary, closes the compressed file
+   and deallocates all the (de)compression state. The return value is the zlib
+   error number (see function gzerror below).
+*/
+
+/*
+     Returns the error message for the last error which occurred on the
+   given compressed file. errnum is set to zlib error number. If an
+   error occurred in the file system and not in the compression library,
+   errnum is set to Z_ERRNO and the application may consult errno
+   to get the exact error code.
+*/
+
+                        /* checksum functions */
+
+/*
+     These functions are not related to compression but are exported
+   anyway because they might be useful in applications using the
+   compression library.
+*/
+
+ZEXTERN(uLong)  adler32 OF((uLong adler, const Bytef *buf, uInt len));
+
+/*
+     Update a running Adler-32 checksum with the bytes buf[0..len-1] and
+   return the updated checksum. If buf is NULL, this function returns
+   the required initial value for the checksum.
+   An Adler-32 checksum is almost as reliable as a CRC32 but can be computed
+   much faster. Usage example:
+
+     uLong adler = adler32(0L, Z_NULL, 0);
+
+     while (read_buffer(buffer, length) != EOF) {
+       adler = adler32(adler, buffer, length);
+     }
+     if (adler != original_adler) error();
+*/
+
+/*
+     Update a running crc with the bytes buf[0..len-1] and return the updated
+   crc. If buf is NULL, this function returns the required initial value
+   for the crc. Pre- and post-conditioning (one's complement) is performed
+   within this function so it shouldn't be done by the application.
+   Usage example:
+
+     uLong crc = crc32(0L, Z_NULL, 0);
+
+     while (read_buffer(buffer, length) != EOF) {
+       crc = crc32(crc, buffer, length);
+     }
+     if (crc != original_crc) error();
+*/
+
+
+                        /* various hacks, don't look :) */
+
+/* deflateInit and inflateInit are macros to allow checking the zlib version
+ * and the compiler's view of z_stream:
+ */
+ZEXTERN(int)  inflateInit2_ OF((z_streamp strm, int  windowBits,
+                                      const char *version, int stream_size));
+#define deflateInit(strm, level) \
+        deflateInit_((strm), (level),       ZLIB_VERSION, sizeof(z_stream))
+#define inflateInit(strm) \
+        inflateInit_((strm),                ZLIB_VERSION, sizeof(z_stream))
+#define deflateInit2(strm, level, method, windowBits, memLevel, strategy) \
+        deflateInit2_((strm),(level),(method),(windowBits),(memLevel),\
+                      (strategy),           ZLIB_VERSION, sizeof(z_stream))
+#define inflateInit2(strm, windowBits) \
+        inflateInit2_((strm), (windowBits), ZLIB_VERSION, sizeof(z_stream))
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _ZLIB_H */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/zutil.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/zutil.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5ed2da0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/zutil.c
@@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
+/* zutil.c -- target dependent utility functions for the compression library
+ * Copyright (C) 1995-2002 Jean-loup Gailly.
+ * For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in zlib.h
+ */
+
+/* @(#) $Id: zutil.c,v 1.3 2006/04/29 07:31:16 wl Exp $ */
+
+#include "zutil.h"
+
+#ifndef STDC
+extern void exit OF((int));
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef HAVE_MEMCPY
+
+void zmemcpy(dest, source, len)
+    Bytef* dest;
+    const Bytef* source;
+    uInt  len;
+{
+    if (len == 0) return;
+    do {
+        *dest++ = *source++; /* ??? to be unrolled */
+    } while (--len != 0);
+}
+
+int zmemcmp(s1, s2, len)
+    const Bytef* s1;
+    const Bytef* s2;
+    uInt  len;
+{
+    uInt j;
+
+    for (j = 0; j < len; j++) {
+        if (s1[j] != s2[j]) return 2*(s1[j] > s2[j])-1;
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+void zmemzero(dest, len)
+    Bytef* dest;
+    uInt  len;
+{
+    if (len == 0) return;
+    do {
+        *dest++ = 0;  /* ??? to be unrolled */
+    } while (--len != 0);
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __TURBOC__
+#if (defined( __BORLANDC__) || !defined(SMALL_MEDIUM)) && !defined(__32BIT__)
+/* Small and medium model in Turbo C are for now limited to near allocation
+ * with reduced MAX_WBITS and MAX_MEM_LEVEL
+ */
+#  define MY_ZCALLOC
+
+/* Turbo C malloc() does not allow dynamic allocation of 64K bytes
+ * and farmalloc(64K) returns a pointer with an offset of 8, so we
+ * must fix the pointer. Warning: the pointer must be put back to its
+ * original form in order to free it, use zcfree().
+ */
+
+#define MAX_PTR 10
+/* 10*64K = 640K */
+
+local int next_ptr = 0;
+
+typedef struct ptr_table_s {
+    voidpf org_ptr;
+    voidpf new_ptr;
+} ptr_table;
+
+local ptr_table table[MAX_PTR];
+/* This table is used to remember the original form of pointers
+ * to large buffers (64K). Such pointers are normalized with a zero offset.
+ * Since MSDOS is not a preemptive multitasking OS, this table is not
+ * protected from concurrent access. This hack doesn't work anyway on
+ * a protected system like OS/2. Use Microsoft C instead.
+ */
+
+voidpf zcalloc (voidpf opaque, unsigned items, unsigned size)
+{
+    voidpf buf = opaque; /* just to make some compilers happy */
+    ulg bsize = (ulg)items*size;
+
+    /* If we allocate less than 65520 bytes, we assume that farmalloc
+     * will return a usable pointer which doesn't have to be normalized.
+     */
+    if (bsize < 65520L) {
+        buf = farmalloc(bsize);
+        if (*(ush*)&buf != 0) return buf;
+    } else {
+        buf = farmalloc(bsize + 16L);
+    }
+    if (buf == NULL || next_ptr >= MAX_PTR) return NULL;
+    table[next_ptr].org_ptr = buf;
+
+    /* Normalize the pointer to seg:0 */
+    *((ush*)&buf+1) += ((ush)((uch*)buf-0) + 15) >> 4;
+    *(ush*)&buf = 0;
+    table[next_ptr++].new_ptr = buf;
+    return buf;
+}
+
+void  zcfree (voidpf opaque, voidpf ptr)
+{
+    int n;
+    if (*(ush*)&ptr != 0) { /* object < 64K */
+        farfree(ptr);
+        return;
+    }
+    /* Find the original pointer */
+    for (n = 0; n < next_ptr; n++) {
+        if (ptr != table[n].new_ptr) continue;
+
+        farfree(table[n].org_ptr);
+        while (++n < next_ptr) {
+            table[n-1] = table[n];
+        }
+        next_ptr--;
+        return;
+    }
+    ptr = opaque; /* just to make some compilers happy */
+    Assert(0, "zcfree: ptr not found");
+}
+#endif
+#endif /* __TURBOC__ */
+
+
+#if defined(M_I86) && !defined(__32BIT__)
+/* Microsoft C in 16-bit mode */
+
+#  define MY_ZCALLOC
+
+#if (!defined(_MSC_VER) || (_MSC_VER <= 600))
+#  define _halloc  halloc
+#  define _hfree   hfree
+#endif
+
+voidpf zcalloc (voidpf opaque, unsigned items, unsigned size)
+{
+    if (opaque) opaque = 0; /* to make compiler happy */
+    return _halloc((long)items, size);
+}
+
+void  zcfree (voidpf opaque, voidpf ptr)
+{
+    if (opaque) opaque = 0; /* to make compiler happy */
+    _hfree(ptr);
+}
+
+#endif /* MSC */
+
+
+#ifndef MY_ZCALLOC /* Any system without a special alloc function */
+
+#ifndef STDC
+extern voidp  ft_scalloc OF((uInt items, uInt size));
+extern void   ft_sfree   OF((voidpf ptr));
+#endif
+
+voidpf zcalloc (opaque, items, size)
+    voidpf opaque;
+    unsigned items;
+    unsigned size;
+{
+    if (opaque) items += size - size; /* make compiler happy */
+    return (voidpf)ft_scalloc(items, size);
+}
+
+void  zcfree (opaque, ptr)
+    voidpf opaque;
+    voidpf ptr;
+{
+    ft_sfree(ptr);
+    if (opaque) return; /* make compiler happy */
+}
+
+#endif /* MY_ZCALLOC */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/zutil.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/zutil.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8e3c69a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/gzip/zutil.h
@@ -0,0 +1,215 @@
+/* zutil.h -- internal interface and configuration of the compression library
+ * Copyright (C) 1995-2002 Jean-loup Gailly.
+ * For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in zlib.h
+ */
+
+/* WARNING: this file should *not* be used by applications. It is
+   part of the implementation of the compression library and is
+   subject to change. Applications should only use zlib.h.
+ */
+
+/* @(#) $Id: zutil.h,v 1.6 2007/06/01 06:56:17 wl Exp $ */
+
+#ifndef _Z_UTIL_H
+#define _Z_UTIL_H
+
+#include "zlib.h"
+
+#ifdef STDC
+#  include <stddef.h>
+#  include <string.h>
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef NO_ERRNO_H
+    extern int errno;
+#else
+#   include <errno.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef local
+#  define local static
+#endif
+/* compile with -Dlocal if your debugger can't find static symbols */
+
+typedef unsigned char  uch;
+typedef uch FAR uchf;
+typedef unsigned short ush;
+typedef ush FAR ushf;
+typedef unsigned long  ulg;
+
+
+#define ERR_RETURN(strm,err) \
+  return (strm->msg = (char*)ERR_MSG(err), (err))
+/* To be used only when the state is known to be valid */
+
+        /* common constants */
+
+#ifndef DEF_WBITS
+#  define DEF_WBITS MAX_WBITS
+#endif
+/* default windowBits for decompression. MAX_WBITS is for compression only */
+
+#if MAX_MEM_LEVEL >= 8
+#  define DEF_MEM_LEVEL 8
+#else
+#  define DEF_MEM_LEVEL  MAX_MEM_LEVEL
+#endif
+/* default memLevel */
+
+#define STORED_BLOCK 0
+#define STATIC_TREES 1
+#define DYN_TREES    2
+/* The three kinds of block type */
+
+#define MIN_MATCH  3
+#define MAX_MATCH  258
+/* The minimum and maximum match lengths */
+
+#define PRESET_DICT 0x20 /* preset dictionary flag in zlib header */
+
+        /* target dependencies */
+
+#ifdef MSDOS
+#  define OS_CODE  0x00
+#  if defined(__TURBOC__) || defined(__BORLANDC__)
+#    if(__STDC__ == 1) && (defined(__LARGE__) || defined(__COMPACT__))
+       /* Allow compilation with ANSI keywords only enabled */
+       void _Cdecl farfree( void *block );
+       void *_Cdecl farmalloc( unsigned long nbytes );
+#    else
+#     include <alloc.h>
+#    endif
+#  else /* MSC or DJGPP */
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef OS2
+#  define OS_CODE  0x06
+#endif
+
+#ifdef WIN32 /* Window 95 & Windows NT */
+#  define OS_CODE  0x0b
+#endif
+
+#if defined(VAXC) || defined(VMS)
+#  define OS_CODE  0x02
+#  define F_OPEN(name, mode) \
+     ft_fopen((name), (mode), "mbc=60", "ctx=stm", "rfm=fix", "mrs=512")
+#endif
+
+#ifdef AMIGA
+#  define OS_CODE  0x01
+#endif
+
+#if defined(ATARI) || defined(atarist)
+#  define OS_CODE  0x05
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MACOS) || defined(TARGET_OS_MAC)
+#  define OS_CODE  0x07
+#  if defined(__MWERKS__) && __dest_os != __be_os && __dest_os != __win32_os
+#    include <unix.h> /* for fdopen */
+#  else
+#    ifndef fdopen
+#      define fdopen(fd,mode) NULL /* No fdopen() */
+#    endif
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __50SERIES /* Prime/PRIMOS */
+#  define OS_CODE  0x0F
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TOPS20
+#  define OS_CODE  0x0a
+#endif
+
+#if defined(_BEOS_) || defined(RISCOS)
+#  define fdopen(fd,mode) NULL /* No fdopen() */
+#endif
+
+#if (defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER > 600))
+#  define fdopen(fd,type)  _fdopen(fd,type)
+#endif
+
+
+        /* Common defaults */
+
+#ifndef OS_CODE
+#  define OS_CODE  0x03  /* assume Unix */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef F_OPEN
+#  define F_OPEN(name, mode) ft_fopen((name), (mode))
+#endif
+
+         /* functions */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_STRERROR
+   extern char *strerror OF((int));
+#  define zstrerror(errnum) strerror(errnum)
+#else
+#  define zstrerror(errnum) ""
+#endif
+
+#if defined(pyr)
+#  define NO_MEMCPY
+#endif
+#if defined(SMALL_MEDIUM) && !defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(__SC__)
+ /* Use our own functions for small and medium model with MSC <= 5.0.
+  * You may have to use the same strategy for Borland C (untested).
+  * The __SC__ check is for Symantec.
+  */
+#  define NO_MEMCPY
+#endif
+#if defined(STDC) && !defined(HAVE_MEMCPY) && !defined(NO_MEMCPY)
+#  define HAVE_MEMCPY
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_MEMCPY
+#  ifdef SMALL_MEDIUM /* MSDOS small or medium model */
+#    define zmemcpy _fmemcpy
+#    define zmemcmp _fmemcmp
+#    define zmemzero(dest, len) _fmemset(dest, 0, len)
+#  else
+#    define zmemcpy ft_memcpy
+#    define zmemcmp ft_memcmp
+#    define zmemzero(dest, len) ft_memset(dest, 0, len)
+#  endif
+#else
+   extern void zmemcpy  OF((Bytef* dest, const Bytef* source, uInt len));
+   extern int  zmemcmp  OF((const Bytef* s1, const Bytef* s2, uInt len));
+   extern void zmemzero OF((Bytef* dest, uInt len));
+#endif
+
+/* Diagnostic functions */
+#ifdef DEBUG
+#  include <stdio.h>
+   extern int z_verbose;
+   extern void z_error    OF((char *m));
+#  define Assert(cond,msg) {if(!(cond)) z_error(msg);}
+#  define Trace(x) {if (z_verbose>=0) fprintf x ;}
+#  define Tracev(x) {if (z_verbose>0) fprintf x ;}
+#  define Tracevv(x) {if (z_verbose>1) fprintf x ;}
+#  define Tracec(c,x) {if (z_verbose>0 && (c)) fprintf x ;}
+#  define Tracecv(c,x) {if (z_verbose>1 && (c)) fprintf x ;}
+#else
+#  define Assert(cond,msg)
+#  define Trace(x)
+#  define Tracev(x)
+#  define Tracevv(x)
+#  define Tracec(c,x)
+#  define Tracecv(c,x)
+#endif
+
+
+typedef uLong (*check_func) OF((uLong check, const Bytef *buf,
+                                uInt len));
+local voidpf zcalloc OF((voidpf opaque, unsigned items, unsigned size));
+local void   zcfree  OF((voidpf opaque, voidpf ptr));
+
+#define ZALLOC(strm, items, size) \
+           (*((strm)->zalloc))((strm)->opaque, (items), (size))
+#define ZFREE(strm, addr)  (*((strm)->zfree))((strm)->opaque, (voidpf)(addr))
+#define TRY_FREE(s, p) {if (p) ZFREE(s, p);}
+
+#endif /* _Z_UTIL_H */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/lzw/Jamfile b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/lzw/Jamfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6f1f516
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/lzw/Jamfile
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+# FreeType 2 src/lzw Jamfile
+#
+# Copyright 2004, 2006 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+SubDir  FT2_TOP $(FT2_SRC_DIR) lzw ;
+
+Library  $(FT2_LIB) : ftlzw.c ;
+
+# end of src/lzw Jamfile
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/lzw/ftlzw.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/lzw/ftlzw.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a00bd50
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/lzw/ftlzw.c
@@ -0,0 +1,412 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftlzw.c                                                                */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType support for .Z compressed files.                            */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This optional component relies on NetBSD's zopen().  It should mainly  */
+/*  be used to parse compressed PCF fonts, as found with many X11 server   */
+/*  distributions.                                                         */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2004, 2005, 2006, 2009 by                                    */
+/*  Albert Chin-A-Young.                                                   */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Based on code in src/gzip/ftgzip.c, Copyright 2004 by                  */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_MEMORY_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+#include FT_LZW_H
+#include FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
+
+
+#include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
+
+#undef __FTERRORS_H__
+
+#define FT_ERR_PREFIX  LZW_Err_
+#define FT_ERR_BASE    FT_Mod_Err_LZW
+
+#include FT_ERRORS_H
+
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_LZW
+
+#include "ftzopen.h"
+
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*****                                                                 *****/
+/*****                  M E M O R Y   M A N A G E M E N T              *****/
+/*****                                                                 *****/
+/***************************************************************************/
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*****                                                                 *****/
+/*****                   F I L E   D E S C R I P T O R                 *****/
+/*****                                                                 *****/
+/***************************************************************************/
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+#define FT_LZW_BUFFER_SIZE  4096
+
+  typedef struct  FT_LZWFileRec_
+  {
+    FT_Stream       source;         /* parent/source stream        */
+    FT_Stream       stream;         /* embedding stream            */
+    FT_Memory       memory;         /* memory allocator            */
+    FT_LzwStateRec  lzw;            /* lzw decompressor state      */
+
+    FT_Byte         buffer[FT_LZW_BUFFER_SIZE]; /* output buffer      */
+    FT_ULong        pos;                        /* position in output */
+    FT_Byte*        cursor;
+    FT_Byte*        limit;
+
+  } FT_LZWFileRec, *FT_LZWFile;
+
+
+  /* check and skip .Z header */
+  static FT_Error
+  ft_lzw_check_header( FT_Stream  stream )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error;
+    FT_Byte   head[2];
+
+
+    if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( 0 )       ||
+         FT_STREAM_READ( head, 2 ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* head[0] && head[1] are the magic numbers */
+    if ( head[0] != 0x1f ||
+         head[1] != 0x9d )
+      error = LZW_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  ft_lzw_file_init( FT_LZWFile  zip,
+                    FT_Stream   stream,
+                    FT_Stream   source )
+  {
+    FT_LzwState  lzw   = &zip->lzw;
+    FT_Error     error = LZW_Err_Ok;
+
+
+    zip->stream = stream;
+    zip->source = source;
+    zip->memory = stream->memory;
+
+    zip->limit  = zip->buffer + FT_LZW_BUFFER_SIZE;
+    zip->cursor = zip->limit;
+    zip->pos    = 0;
+
+    /* check and skip .Z header */
+    {
+      stream = source;
+
+      error = ft_lzw_check_header( source );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* initialize internal lzw variable */
+    ft_lzwstate_init( lzw, source );
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  ft_lzw_file_done( FT_LZWFile  zip )
+  {
+    /* clear the rest */
+    ft_lzwstate_done( &zip->lzw );
+
+    zip->memory = NULL;
+    zip->source = NULL;
+    zip->stream = NULL;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  ft_lzw_file_reset( FT_LZWFile  zip )
+  {
+    FT_Stream  stream = zip->source;
+    FT_Error   error;
+
+
+    if ( !FT_STREAM_SEEK( 0 ) )
+    {
+      ft_lzwstate_reset( &zip->lzw );
+
+      zip->limit  = zip->buffer + FT_LZW_BUFFER_SIZE;
+      zip->cursor = zip->limit;
+      zip->pos    = 0;
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  ft_lzw_file_fill_output( FT_LZWFile  zip )
+  {
+    FT_LzwState  lzw = &zip->lzw;
+    FT_ULong     count;
+    FT_Error     error   = 0;
+
+
+    zip->cursor = zip->buffer;
+
+    count = ft_lzwstate_io( lzw, zip->buffer, FT_LZW_BUFFER_SIZE );
+
+    zip->limit = zip->cursor + count;
+
+    if ( count == 0 )
+      error = LZW_Err_Invalid_Stream_Operation;
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* fill output buffer; `count' must be <= FT_LZW_BUFFER_SIZE */
+  static FT_Error
+  ft_lzw_file_skip_output( FT_LZWFile  zip,
+                           FT_ULong    count )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error = LZW_Err_Ok;
+
+
+    /* first, we skip what we can from the output buffer */
+    {
+      FT_ULong  delta = (FT_ULong)( zip->limit - zip->cursor );
+
+
+      if ( delta >= count )
+        delta = count;
+
+      zip->cursor += delta;
+      zip->pos    += delta;
+
+      count -= delta;
+    }
+
+    /* next, we skip as many bytes remaining as possible */
+    while ( count > 0 )
+    {
+      FT_ULong  delta = FT_LZW_BUFFER_SIZE;
+      FT_ULong  numread;
+
+
+      if ( delta > count )
+        delta = count;
+
+      numread = ft_lzwstate_io( &zip->lzw, NULL, delta );
+      if ( numread < delta )
+      {
+        /* not enough bytes */
+        error = LZW_Err_Invalid_Stream_Operation;
+        break;
+      }
+
+      zip->pos += delta;
+      count    -= delta;
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_ULong
+  ft_lzw_file_io( FT_LZWFile  zip,
+                  FT_ULong    pos,
+                  FT_Byte*    buffer,
+                  FT_ULong    count )
+  {
+    FT_ULong  result = 0;
+    FT_Error  error;
+
+
+    /* seeking backwards. */
+    if ( pos < zip->pos )
+    {
+      /* If the new position is within the output buffer, simply       */
+      /* decrement pointers, otherwise we reset the stream completely! */
+      if ( ( zip->pos - pos ) <= (FT_ULong)( zip->cursor - zip->buffer ) )
+      {
+        zip->cursor -= zip->pos - pos;
+        zip->pos     = pos;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        error = ft_lzw_file_reset( zip );
+        if ( error )
+          goto Exit;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* skip unwanted bytes */
+    if ( pos > zip->pos )
+    {
+      error = ft_lzw_file_skip_output( zip, (FT_ULong)( pos - zip->pos ) );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    if ( count == 0 )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* now read the data */
+    for (;;)
+    {
+      FT_ULong  delta;
+
+
+      delta = (FT_ULong)( zip->limit - zip->cursor );
+      if ( delta >= count )
+        delta = count;
+
+      FT_MEM_COPY( buffer + result, zip->cursor, delta );
+      result      += delta;
+      zip->cursor += delta;
+      zip->pos    += delta;
+
+      count -= delta;
+      if ( count == 0 )
+        break;
+
+      error = ft_lzw_file_fill_output( zip );
+      if ( error )
+        break;
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*****                                                                 *****/
+/*****            L Z W   E M B E D D I N G   S T R E A M              *****/
+/*****                                                                 *****/
+/***************************************************************************/
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+  static void
+  ft_lzw_stream_close( FT_Stream  stream )
+  {
+    FT_LZWFile  zip    = (FT_LZWFile)stream->descriptor.pointer;
+    FT_Memory   memory = stream->memory;
+
+
+    if ( zip )
+    {
+      /* finalize lzw file descriptor */
+      ft_lzw_file_done( zip );
+
+      FT_FREE( zip );
+
+      stream->descriptor.pointer = NULL;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_ULong
+  ft_lzw_stream_io( FT_Stream  stream,
+                    FT_ULong   pos,
+                    FT_Byte*   buffer,
+                    FT_ULong   count )
+  {
+    FT_LZWFile  zip = (FT_LZWFile)stream->descriptor.pointer;
+
+
+    return ft_lzw_file_io( zip, pos, buffer, count );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stream_OpenLZW( FT_Stream  stream,
+                     FT_Stream  source )
+  {
+    FT_Error    error;
+    FT_Memory   memory = source->memory;
+    FT_LZWFile  zip;
+
+
+    /*
+     *  Check the header right now; this prevents allocation of a huge
+     *  LZWFile object (400 KByte of heap memory) if not necessary.
+     *
+     *  Did I mention that you should never use .Z compressed font
+     *  files?
+     */
+    error = ft_lzw_check_header( source );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    FT_ZERO( stream );
+    stream->memory = memory;
+
+    if ( !FT_NEW( zip ) )
+    {
+      error = ft_lzw_file_init( zip, stream, source );
+      if ( error )
+      {
+        FT_FREE( zip );
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+
+      stream->descriptor.pointer = zip;
+    }
+
+    stream->size  = 0x7FFFFFFFL;  /* don't know the real size! */
+    stream->pos   = 0;
+    stream->base  = 0;
+    stream->read  = ft_lzw_stream_io;
+    stream->close = ft_lzw_stream_close;
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+#include "ftzopen.c"
+
+
+#else  /* !FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_LZW */
+
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  FT_Stream_OpenLZW( FT_Stream  stream,
+                     FT_Stream  source )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( stream );
+    FT_UNUSED( source );
+
+    return LZW_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
+  }
+
+
+#endif /* !FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_LZW */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/lzw/ftzopen.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/lzw/ftzopen.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fc78315
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/lzw/ftzopen.c
@@ -0,0 +1,398 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftzopen.c                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType support for .Z compressed files.                            */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This optional component relies on NetBSD's zopen().  It should mainly  */
+/*  be used to parse compressed PCF fonts, as found with many X11 server   */
+/*  distributions.                                                         */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2005, 2006, 2007 by David Turner.                            */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "ftzopen.h"
+#include FT_INTERNAL_MEMORY_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+
+
+  static int
+  ft_lzwstate_refill( FT_LzwState  state )
+  {
+    FT_ULong  count;
+
+
+    if ( state->in_eof )
+      return -1;
+
+    count = FT_Stream_TryRead( state->source,
+                               state->buf_tab,
+                               state->num_bits );  /* WHY? */
+
+    state->buf_size   = (FT_UInt)count;
+    state->buf_total += count;
+    state->in_eof     = FT_BOOL( count < state->num_bits );
+    state->buf_offset = 0;
+    state->buf_size   = ( state->buf_size << 3 ) - ( state->num_bits - 1 );
+
+    if ( count == 0 )  /* end of file */
+      return -1;
+
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Int32
+  ft_lzwstate_get_code( FT_LzwState  state )
+  {
+    FT_UInt   num_bits = state->num_bits;
+    FT_Int    offset   = state->buf_offset;
+    FT_Byte*  p;
+    FT_Int    result;
+
+
+    if ( state->buf_clear                    ||
+         offset >= state->buf_size           ||
+         state->free_ent >= state->free_bits )
+    {
+      if ( state->free_ent >= state->free_bits )
+      {
+        state->num_bits  = ++num_bits;
+        state->free_bits = state->num_bits < state->max_bits
+                           ? (FT_UInt)( ( 1UL << num_bits ) - 256 )
+                           : state->max_free + 1;
+      }
+
+      if ( state->buf_clear )
+      {
+        state->num_bits  = num_bits = LZW_INIT_BITS;
+        state->free_bits = (FT_UInt)( ( 1UL << num_bits ) - 256 );
+        state->buf_clear = 0;
+      }
+
+      if ( ft_lzwstate_refill( state ) < 0 )
+        return -1;
+
+      offset = 0;
+    }
+
+    state->buf_offset = offset + num_bits;
+
+    p         = &state->buf_tab[offset >> 3];
+    offset   &= 7;
+    result    = *p++ >> offset;
+    offset    = 8 - offset;
+    num_bits -= offset;
+
+    if ( num_bits >= 8 )
+    {
+      result   |= *p++ << offset;
+      offset   += 8;
+      num_bits -= 8;
+    }
+    if ( num_bits > 0 )
+      result |= ( *p & LZW_MASK( num_bits ) ) << offset;
+
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+  /* grow the character stack */
+  static int
+  ft_lzwstate_stack_grow( FT_LzwState  state )
+  {
+    if ( state->stack_top >= state->stack_size )
+    {
+      FT_Memory  memory = state->memory;
+      FT_Error   error;
+      FT_UInt    old_size = state->stack_size;
+      FT_UInt    new_size = old_size;
+
+      new_size = new_size + ( new_size >> 1 ) + 4;
+
+      if ( state->stack == state->stack_0 )
+      {
+        state->stack = NULL;
+        old_size     = 0;
+      }
+
+      if ( FT_RENEW_ARRAY( state->stack, old_size, new_size ) )
+        return -1;
+
+      state->stack_size = new_size;
+    }
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  /* grow the prefix/suffix arrays */
+  static int
+  ft_lzwstate_prefix_grow( FT_LzwState  state )
+  {
+    FT_UInt    old_size = state->prefix_size;
+    FT_UInt    new_size = old_size;
+    FT_Memory  memory   = state->memory;
+    FT_Error   error;
+
+
+    if ( new_size == 0 )  /* first allocation -> 9 bits */
+      new_size = 512;
+    else
+      new_size += new_size >> 2;  /* don't grow too fast */
+
+    /*
+     *  Note that the `suffix' array is located in the same memory block
+     *  pointed to by `prefix'.
+     *
+     *  I know that sizeof(FT_Byte) == 1 by definition, but it is clearer
+     *  to write it literally.
+     *
+     */
+    if ( FT_REALLOC_MULT( state->prefix, old_size, new_size,
+                          sizeof ( FT_UShort ) + sizeof ( FT_Byte ) ) )
+      return -1;
+
+    /* now adjust `suffix' and move the data accordingly */
+    state->suffix = (FT_Byte*)( state->prefix + new_size );
+
+    FT_MEM_MOVE( state->suffix,
+                 state->prefix + old_size,
+                 old_size * sizeof ( FT_Byte ) );
+
+    state->prefix_size = new_size;
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  ft_lzwstate_reset( FT_LzwState  state )
+  {
+    state->in_eof     = 0;
+    state->buf_offset = 0;
+    state->buf_size   = 0;
+    state->buf_clear  = 0;
+    state->buf_total  = 0;
+    state->stack_top  = 0;
+    state->num_bits   = LZW_INIT_BITS;
+    state->phase      = FT_LZW_PHASE_START;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  ft_lzwstate_init( FT_LzwState  state,
+                    FT_Stream    source )
+  {
+    FT_ZERO( state );
+
+    state->source = source;
+    state->memory = source->memory;
+
+    state->prefix      = NULL;
+    state->suffix      = NULL;
+    state->prefix_size = 0;
+
+    state->stack      = state->stack_0;
+    state->stack_size = sizeof ( state->stack_0 );
+
+    ft_lzwstate_reset( state );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  ft_lzwstate_done( FT_LzwState  state )
+  {
+    FT_Memory  memory = state->memory;
+
+
+    ft_lzwstate_reset( state );
+
+    if ( state->stack != state->stack_0 )
+      FT_FREE( state->stack );
+
+    FT_FREE( state->prefix );
+    state->suffix = NULL;
+
+    FT_ZERO( state );
+  }
+
+
+#define FTLZW_STACK_PUSH( c )                        \
+  FT_BEGIN_STMNT                                     \
+    if ( state->stack_top >= state->stack_size &&    \
+         ft_lzwstate_stack_grow( state ) < 0   )     \
+      goto Eof;                                      \
+                                                     \
+    state->stack[state->stack_top++] = (FT_Byte)(c); \
+  FT_END_STMNT
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_ULong )
+  ft_lzwstate_io( FT_LzwState  state,
+                  FT_Byte*     buffer,
+                  FT_ULong     out_size )
+  {
+    FT_ULong  result = 0;
+
+    FT_UInt  old_char = state->old_char;
+    FT_UInt  old_code = state->old_code;
+    FT_UInt  in_code  = state->in_code;
+
+
+    if ( out_size == 0 )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    switch ( state->phase )
+    {
+    case FT_LZW_PHASE_START:
+      {
+        FT_Byte   max_bits;
+        FT_Int32  c;
+
+
+        /* skip magic bytes, and read max_bits + block_flag */
+        if ( FT_Stream_Seek( state->source, 2 ) != 0               ||
+             FT_Stream_TryRead( state->source, &max_bits, 1 ) != 1 )
+          goto Eof;
+
+        state->max_bits   = max_bits & LZW_BIT_MASK;
+        state->block_mode = max_bits & LZW_BLOCK_MASK;
+        state->max_free   = (FT_UInt)( ( 1UL << state->max_bits ) - 256 );
+
+        if ( state->max_bits > LZW_MAX_BITS )
+          goto Eof;
+
+        state->num_bits = LZW_INIT_BITS;
+        state->free_ent = ( state->block_mode ? LZW_FIRST
+                                              : LZW_CLEAR ) - 256;
+        in_code  = 0;
+
+        state->free_bits = state->num_bits < state->max_bits
+                           ? (FT_UInt)( ( 1UL << state->num_bits ) - 256 )
+                           : state->max_free + 1;
+
+        c = ft_lzwstate_get_code( state );
+        if ( c < 0 )
+          goto Eof;
+
+        old_code = old_char = (FT_UInt)c;
+
+        if ( buffer )
+          buffer[result] = (FT_Byte)old_char;
+
+        if ( ++result >= out_size )
+          goto Exit;
+
+        state->phase = FT_LZW_PHASE_CODE;
+      }
+      /* fall-through */
+
+    case FT_LZW_PHASE_CODE:
+      {
+        FT_Int32  c;
+        FT_UInt   code;
+
+
+      NextCode:
+        c = ft_lzwstate_get_code( state );
+        if ( c < 0 )
+          goto Eof;
+
+        code = (FT_UInt)c;
+
+        if ( code == LZW_CLEAR && state->block_mode )
+        {
+          /* why not LZW_FIRST-256 ? */
+          state->free_ent  = ( LZW_FIRST - 1 ) - 256;
+          state->buf_clear = 1;
+          c = ft_lzwstate_get_code( state );
+          if ( c < 0 )
+            goto Eof;
+
+          code = (FT_UInt)c;
+        }
+
+        in_code = code; /* save code for later */
+
+        if ( code >= 256U )
+        {
+          /* special case for KwKwKwK */
+          if ( code - 256U >= state->free_ent )
+          {
+            FTLZW_STACK_PUSH( old_char );
+            code = old_code;
+          }
+
+          while ( code >= 256U )
+          {
+            FTLZW_STACK_PUSH( state->suffix[code - 256] );
+            code = state->prefix[code - 256];
+          }
+        }
+
+        old_char = code;
+        FTLZW_STACK_PUSH( old_char );
+
+        state->phase = FT_LZW_PHASE_STACK;
+      }
+      /* fall-through */
+
+    case FT_LZW_PHASE_STACK:
+      {
+        while ( state->stack_top > 0 )
+        {
+          --state->stack_top;
+
+          if ( buffer )
+            buffer[result] = state->stack[state->stack_top];
+
+          if ( ++result == out_size )
+            goto Exit;
+        }
+
+        /* now create new entry */
+        if ( state->free_ent < state->max_free )
+        {
+          if ( state->free_ent >= state->prefix_size &&
+               ft_lzwstate_prefix_grow( state ) < 0  )
+            goto Eof;
+
+          FT_ASSERT( state->free_ent < state->prefix_size );
+
+          state->prefix[state->free_ent] = (FT_UShort)old_code;
+          state->suffix[state->free_ent] = (FT_Byte)  old_char;
+
+          state->free_ent += 1;
+        }
+
+        old_code = in_code;
+
+        state->phase = FT_LZW_PHASE_CODE;
+        goto NextCode;
+      }
+
+    default:  /* state == EOF */
+      ;
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    state->old_code = old_code;
+    state->old_char = old_char;
+    state->in_code  = in_code;
+
+    return result;
+
+  Eof:
+    state->phase = FT_LZW_PHASE_EOF;
+    goto Exit;
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/lzw/ftzopen.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/lzw/ftzopen.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dd60240
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/lzw/ftzopen.h
@@ -0,0 +1,171 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftzopen.h                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType support for .Z compressed files.                            */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This optional component relies on NetBSD's zopen().  It should mainly  */
+/*  be used to parse compressed PCF fonts, as found with many X11 server   */
+/*  distributions.                                                         */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by David Turner.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef __FT_ZOPEN_H__
+#define __FT_ZOPEN_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+
+  /*
+   *  This is a complete re-implementation of the LZW file reader,
+   *  since the old one was incredibly badly written, using
+   *  400 KByte of heap memory before decompressing anything.
+   *
+   */
+
+#define FT_LZW_IN_BUFF_SIZE        64
+#define FT_LZW_DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE  64
+
+#define LZW_INIT_BITS     9
+#define LZW_MAX_BITS      16
+
+#define LZW_CLEAR         256
+#define LZW_FIRST         257
+
+#define LZW_BIT_MASK      0x1f
+#define LZW_BLOCK_MASK    0x80
+#define LZW_MASK( n )     ( ( 1U << (n) ) - 1U )
+
+
+  typedef enum  FT_LzwPhase_
+  {
+    FT_LZW_PHASE_START = 0,
+    FT_LZW_PHASE_CODE,
+    FT_LZW_PHASE_STACK,
+    FT_LZW_PHASE_EOF
+
+  } FT_LzwPhase;
+
+
+  /*
+   *  state of LZW decompressor
+   *
+   *  small technical note
+   *  --------------------
+   *
+   *  We use a few tricks in this implementation that are explained here to
+   *  ease debugging and maintenance.
+   *
+   *  - First of all, the `prefix' and `suffix' arrays contain the suffix
+   *    and prefix for codes over 256; this means that
+   *
+   *      prefix_of(code) == state->prefix[code-256]
+   *      suffix_of(code) == state->suffix[code-256]
+   *
+   *    Each prefix is a 16-bit code, and each suffix an 8-bit byte.
+   *
+   *    Both arrays are stored in a single memory block, pointed to by
+   *    `state->prefix'.  This means that the following equality is always
+   *    true:
+   *
+   *      state->suffix == (FT_Byte*)(state->prefix + state->prefix_size)
+   *
+   *    Of course, state->prefix_size is the number of prefix/suffix slots
+   *    in the arrays, corresponding to codes 256..255+prefix_size.
+   *
+   *  - `free_ent' is the index of the next free entry in the `prefix'
+   *    and `suffix' arrays.  This means that the corresponding `next free
+   *    code' is really `256+free_ent'.
+   *
+   *    Moreover, `max_free' is the maximum value that `free_ent' can reach.
+   *
+   *    `max_free' corresponds to `(1 << max_bits) - 256'.  Note that this
+   *    value is always <= 0xFF00, which means that both `free_ent' and
+   *    `max_free' can be stored in an FT_UInt variable, even on 16-bit
+   *    machines.
+   *
+   *    If `free_ent == max_free', you cannot add new codes to the
+   *    prefix/suffix table.
+   *
+   *  - `num_bits' is the current number of code bits, starting at 9 and
+   *    growing each time `free_ent' reaches the value of `free_bits'.  The
+   *    latter is computed as follows
+   *
+   *      if num_bits < max_bits:
+   *         free_bits = (1 << num_bits)-256
+   *      else:
+   *         free_bits = max_free + 1
+   *
+   *    Since the value of `max_free + 1' can never be reached by
+   *    `free_ent', `num_bits' cannot grow larger than `max_bits'.
+   */
+
+  typedef struct  FT_LzwStateRec_
+  {
+    FT_LzwPhase  phase;
+    FT_Int       in_eof;
+
+    FT_Byte      buf_tab[16];
+    FT_Int       buf_offset;
+    FT_Int       buf_size;
+    FT_Bool      buf_clear;
+    FT_Int       buf_total;
+
+    FT_UInt      max_bits;    /* max code bits, from file header   */
+    FT_Int       block_mode;  /* block mode flag, from file header */
+    FT_UInt      max_free;    /* (1 << max_bits) - 256             */
+
+    FT_UInt      num_bits;    /* current code bit number */
+    FT_UInt      free_ent;    /* index of next free entry */
+    FT_UInt      free_bits;   /* if reached by free_ent, increment num_bits */
+    FT_UInt      old_code;
+    FT_UInt      old_char;
+    FT_UInt      in_code;
+
+    FT_UShort*   prefix;      /* always dynamically allocated / reallocated */
+    FT_Byte*     suffix;      /* suffix = (FT_Byte*)(prefix + prefix_size)  */
+    FT_UInt      prefix_size; /* number of slots in `prefix' or `suffix'    */
+
+    FT_Byte*     stack;       /* character stack */
+    FT_UInt      stack_top;
+    FT_UInt      stack_size;
+    FT_Byte      stack_0[FT_LZW_DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE]; /* minimize heap alloc */
+
+    FT_Stream    source;      /* source stream */
+    FT_Memory    memory;
+
+  } FT_LzwStateRec, *FT_LzwState;
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  ft_lzwstate_init( FT_LzwState  state,
+                    FT_Stream    source );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  ft_lzwstate_done( FT_LzwState  state );
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  ft_lzwstate_reset( FT_LzwState  state );
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_ULong )
+  ft_lzwstate_io( FT_LzwState  state,
+                  FT_Byte*     buffer,
+                  FT_ULong     out_size );
+
+/* */
+
+#endif /* __FT_ZOPEN_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/lzw/rules.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/lzw/rules.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5550a48
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/lzw/rules.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 LZW support configuration rules
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 2004, 2005, 2006 by
+# Albert Chin-A-Young.
+#
+# Based on src/lzw/rules.mk, Copyright 2002 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+# LZW driver directory
+#
+LZW_DIR := $(SRC_DIR)/lzw
+
+
+# compilation flags for the driver
+#
+LZW_COMPILE := $(FT_COMPILE) $I$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$(LZW_DIR))
+
+
+# LZW support sources (i.e., C files)
+#
+LZW_DRV_SRC := $(LZW_DIR)/ftlzw.c
+
+# LZW support headers
+#
+LZW_DRV_H := $(LZW_DIR)/ftzopen.h \
+             $(LZW_DIR)/ftzopen.c
+
+
+# LZW driver object(s)
+#
+#   LZW_DRV_OBJ_M is used during `multi' builds
+#   LZW_DRV_OBJ_S is used during `single' builds
+#
+LZW_DRV_OBJ_M := $(OBJ_DIR)/ftlzw.$O
+LZW_DRV_OBJ_S := $(OBJ_DIR)/ftlzw.$O
+
+# LZW support source file for single build
+#
+LZW_DRV_SRC_S := $(LZW_DIR)/ftlzw.c
+
+
+# LZW support - single object
+#
+$(LZW_DRV_OBJ_S): $(LZW_DRV_SRC_S) $(LZW_DRV_SRC) $(FREETYPE_H) $(LZW_DRV_H)
+	$(LZW_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $(LZW_DRV_SRC_S))
+
+
+# LZW support - multiple objects
+#
+$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O: $(LZW_DIR)/%.c $(FREETYPE_H) $(LZW_DRV_H)
+	$(LZW_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $<)
+
+
+# update main driver object lists
+#
+DRV_OBJS_S += $(LZW_DRV_OBJ_S)
+DRV_OBJS_M += $(LZW_DRV_OBJ_M)
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/Jamfile b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/Jamfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b457143
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/Jamfile
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+# FreeType 2 src/otvalid Jamfile
+#
+# Copyright 2004 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+SubDir  FT2_TOP $(FT2_SRC_DIR) otvalid ;
+
+{
+  local  _sources ;
+
+  if $(FT2_MULTI)
+  {
+    _sources = otvbase otvcommn otvgdef otvgpos otvgsub otvjstf otvmod otvmath ;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    _sources = otvalid ;
+  }
+
+  Library  $(FT2_LIB) : $(_sources).c ;
+}
+
+# end of src/otvalid Jamfile
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/module.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/module.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9cadde5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/module.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 otvalid module definition
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 2004, 2006 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+FTMODULE_H_COMMANDS += OTVALID_MODULE
+
+define OTVALID_MODULE
+$(OPEN_DRIVER) FT_Module_Class, otv_module_class $(CLOSE_DRIVER)
+$(ECHO_DRIVER)otvalid   $(ECHO_DRIVER_DESC)OpenType validation module$(ECHO_DRIVER_DONE)
+endef
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvalid.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvalid.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d5c2b75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvalid.c
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  otvalid.c                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType validator for OpenType tables (body only).                  */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2004, 2007 by                                                */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+#define FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+
+#include "otvbase.c"
+#include "otvcommn.c"
+#include "otvgdef.c"
+#include "otvgpos.c"
+#include "otvgsub.c"
+#include "otvjstf.c"
+#include "otvmath.c"
+#include "otvmod.c"
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvalid.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvalid.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eb99b9c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvalid.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  otvalid.h                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    OpenType table validation (specification only).                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2004, 2008 by                                                */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __OTVALID_H__
+#define __OTVALID_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#include "otverror.h"           /* must come before FT_INTERNAL_VALIDATE_H */
+
+#include FT_INTERNAL_VALIDATE_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  otv_BASE_validate( FT_Bytes      table,
+                     FT_Validator  valid );
+
+  /* GSUB and GPOS tables should already be validated; */
+  /* if missing, set corresponding argument to 0       */
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  otv_GDEF_validate( FT_Bytes      table,
+                     FT_Bytes      gsub,
+                     FT_Bytes      gpos,
+                     FT_UInt       glyph_count,
+                     FT_Validator  valid );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  otv_GPOS_validate( FT_Bytes      table,
+                     FT_UInt       glyph_count,
+                     FT_Validator  valid );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  otv_GSUB_validate( FT_Bytes      table,
+                     FT_UInt       glyph_count,
+                     FT_Validator  valid );
+
+  /* GSUB and GPOS tables should already be validated; */
+  /* if missing, set corresponding argument to 0       */
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  otv_JSTF_validate( FT_Bytes      table,
+                     FT_Bytes      gsub,
+                     FT_Bytes      gpos,
+                     FT_UInt       glyph_count,
+                     FT_Validator  valid );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  otv_MATH_validate( FT_Bytes      table,
+                     FT_UInt       glyph_count,
+                     FT_Validator  ftvalid );
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __OTVALID_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvbase.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvbase.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d742d2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvbase.c
@@ -0,0 +1,318 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  otvbase.c                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    OpenType BASE table validation (body).                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2004, 2007 by                                                */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include "otvalid.h"
+#include "otvcommn.h"
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_otvbase
+
+
+  static void
+  otv_BaseCoord_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                          OTV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+    FT_UInt   BaseCoordFormat;
+
+
+    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "BaseCoord" );
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 );
+    BaseCoordFormat = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    p += 2;     /* skip Coordinate */
+
+    OTV_TRACE(( " (format %d)\n", BaseCoordFormat ));
+
+    switch ( BaseCoordFormat )
+    {
+    case 1:     /* BaseCoordFormat1 */
+      break;
+
+    case 2:     /* BaseCoordFormat2 */
+      OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 );   /* ReferenceGlyph, BaseCoordPoint */
+      break;
+
+    case 3:     /* BaseCoordFormat3 */
+      OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
+      /* DeviceTable */
+      otv_Device_validate( table + FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ), valid );
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
+    }
+
+    OTV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  otv_BaseTagList_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                            OTV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+    FT_UInt   BaseTagCount;
+
+
+    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "BaseTagList" );
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
+
+    BaseTagCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    OTV_TRACE(( " (BaseTagCount = %d)\n", BaseTagCount ));
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( BaseTagCount * 4 );          /* BaselineTag */
+
+    OTV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  otv_BaseValues_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                           OTV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+    FT_UInt   BaseCoordCount;
+
+
+    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "BaseValues" );
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 );
+
+    p             += 2;                     /* skip DefaultIndex */
+    BaseCoordCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    OTV_TRACE(( " (BaseCoordCount = %d)\n", BaseCoordCount ));
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( BaseCoordCount * 2 );
+
+    /* BaseCoord */
+    for ( ; BaseCoordCount > 0; BaseCoordCount-- )
+      otv_BaseCoord_validate( table + FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ), valid );
+
+    OTV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  otv_MinMax_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                       OTV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+    FT_UInt   table_size;
+    FT_UInt   FeatMinMaxCount;
+
+    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( MinCoord );
+    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( MaxCoord );
+
+
+    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "MinMax" );
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 6 );
+
+    OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( MinCoord );
+    OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( MaxCoord );
+    FeatMinMaxCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    OTV_TRACE(( " (FeatMinMaxCount = %d)\n", FeatMinMaxCount ));
+
+    table_size = FeatMinMaxCount * 8 + 6;
+
+    OTV_SIZE_CHECK( MinCoord );
+    if ( MinCoord )
+      otv_BaseCoord_validate( table + MinCoord, valid );
+
+    OTV_SIZE_CHECK( MaxCoord );
+    if ( MaxCoord )
+      otv_BaseCoord_validate( table + MaxCoord, valid );
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( FeatMinMaxCount * 8 );
+
+    /* FeatMinMaxRecord */
+    for ( ; FeatMinMaxCount > 0; FeatMinMaxCount-- )
+    {
+      p += 4;                           /* skip FeatureTableTag */
+
+      OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( MinCoord );
+      OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( MaxCoord );
+
+      OTV_SIZE_CHECK( MinCoord );
+      if ( MinCoord )
+        otv_BaseCoord_validate( table + MinCoord, valid );
+
+      OTV_SIZE_CHECK( MaxCoord );
+      if ( MaxCoord )
+        otv_BaseCoord_validate( table + MaxCoord, valid );
+    }
+
+    OTV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  otv_BaseScript_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                           OTV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+    FT_UInt   table_size;
+    FT_UInt   BaseLangSysCount;
+
+    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( BaseValues    );
+    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( DefaultMinMax );
+
+
+    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "BaseScript" );
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 6 );
+    OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( BaseValues    );
+    OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( DefaultMinMax );
+    BaseLangSysCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    OTV_TRACE(( " (BaseLangSysCount = %d)\n", BaseLangSysCount ));
+
+    table_size = BaseLangSysCount * 6 + 6;
+
+    OTV_SIZE_CHECK( BaseValues );
+    if ( BaseValues )
+      otv_BaseValues_validate( table + BaseValues, valid );
+
+    OTV_SIZE_CHECK( DefaultMinMax );
+    if ( DefaultMinMax )
+      otv_MinMax_validate( table + DefaultMinMax, valid );
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( BaseLangSysCount * 6 );
+
+    /* BaseLangSysRecord */
+    for ( ; BaseLangSysCount > 0; BaseLangSysCount-- )
+    {
+      p += 4;       /* skip BaseLangSysTag */
+
+      otv_MinMax_validate( table + FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ), valid );
+    }
+
+    OTV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  otv_BaseScriptList_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                               OTV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+    FT_UInt   BaseScriptCount;
+
+
+    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "BaseScriptList" );
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
+    BaseScriptCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    OTV_TRACE(( " (BaseScriptCount = %d)\n", BaseScriptCount ));
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( BaseScriptCount * 6 );
+
+    /* BaseScriptRecord */
+    for ( ; BaseScriptCount > 0; BaseScriptCount-- )
+    {
+      p += 4;       /* skip BaseScriptTag */
+
+      /* BaseScript */
+      otv_BaseScript_validate( table + FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ), valid );
+    }
+
+    OTV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  otv_Axis_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                     OTV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+    FT_UInt   table_size;
+
+    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( BaseTagList );
+
+
+    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "Axis" );
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 );
+    OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( BaseTagList );
+
+    table_size = 4;
+
+    OTV_SIZE_CHECK( BaseTagList );
+    if ( BaseTagList )
+      otv_BaseTagList_validate( table + BaseTagList, valid );
+
+    /* BaseScriptList */
+    otv_BaseScriptList_validate( table + FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ), valid );
+
+    OTV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  otv_BASE_validate( FT_Bytes      table,
+                     FT_Validator  ftvalid )
+  {
+    OTV_ValidatorRec  validrec;
+    OTV_Validator     valid = &validrec;
+    FT_Bytes          p     = table;
+    FT_UInt           table_size;
+
+    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( HorizAxis );
+    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( VertAxis  );
+
+
+    valid->root = ftvalid;
+
+    FT_TRACE3(( "validating BASE table\n" ));
+    OTV_INIT;
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 6 );
+
+    if ( FT_NEXT_ULONG( p ) != 0x10000UL )      /* Version */
+      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
+
+    table_size = 6;
+
+    OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( HorizAxis );
+    OTV_SIZE_CHECK( HorizAxis );
+    if ( HorizAxis )
+      otv_Axis_validate( table + HorizAxis, valid );
+
+    OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( VertAxis );
+    OTV_SIZE_CHECK( VertAxis );
+    if ( VertAxis )
+      otv_Axis_validate( table + VertAxis, valid );
+
+    FT_TRACE4(( "\n" ));
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvcommn.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvcommn.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a4f885b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvcommn.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1086 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  otvcommn.c                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    OpenType common tables validation (body).                            */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by                                    */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include "otvcommn.h"
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_otvcommon
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                       COVERAGE TABLE                          *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  otv_Coverage_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                         OTV_Validator  valid,
+                         FT_Int         expected_count )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+    FT_UInt   CoverageFormat;
+    FT_UInt   total = 0;
+
+
+    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "Coverage" );
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 );
+    CoverageFormat = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    OTV_TRACE(( " (format %d)\n", CoverageFormat ));
+
+    switch ( CoverageFormat )
+    {
+    case 1:     /* CoverageFormat1 */
+      {
+        FT_UInt  GlyphCount;
+        FT_UInt  i;
+
+
+        GlyphCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+        OTV_TRACE(( " (GlyphCount = %d)\n", GlyphCount ));
+
+        OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( GlyphCount * 2 );        /* GlyphArray */
+
+        for ( i = 0; i < GlyphCount; ++i )
+        {
+          FT_UInt  gid;
+
+
+          gid = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+          if ( gid >= valid->glyph_count )
+            FT_INVALID_GLYPH_ID;
+        }
+
+        total = GlyphCount;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case 2:     /* CoverageFormat2 */
+      {
+        FT_UInt  n, RangeCount;
+        FT_UInt  Start, End, StartCoverageIndex, last = 0;
+
+
+        RangeCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+        OTV_TRACE(( " (RangeCount = %d)\n", RangeCount ));
+
+        OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( RangeCount * 6 );
+
+        /* RangeRecord */
+        for ( n = 0; n < RangeCount; n++ )
+        {
+          Start              = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+          End                = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+          StartCoverageIndex = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+          if ( Start > End || StartCoverageIndex != total )
+            FT_INVALID_DATA;
+
+          if ( End >= valid->glyph_count )
+            FT_INVALID_GLYPH_ID;
+
+          if ( n > 0 && Start <= last )
+            FT_INVALID_DATA;
+
+          total += End - Start + 1;
+          last   = End;
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
+    }
+
+    /* Generally, a coverage table offset has an associated count field.  */
+    /* The number of glyphs in the table should match this field.  If     */
+    /* there is no associated count, a value of -1 tells us not to check. */
+    if ( expected_count != -1 && (FT_UInt)expected_count != total )
+      FT_INVALID_DATA;
+
+    OTV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_UInt )
+  otv_Coverage_get_first( FT_Bytes  table )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+
+
+    p += 4;     /* skip CoverageFormat and Glyph/RangeCount */
+
+    return FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_UInt )
+  otv_Coverage_get_last( FT_Bytes  table )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+    FT_UInt   CoverageFormat = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    FT_UInt   count          = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );     /* Glyph/RangeCount */
+    FT_UInt   result = 0;
+
+
+    switch ( CoverageFormat )
+    {
+    case 1:
+      p += ( count - 1 ) * 2;
+      result = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+      break;
+
+    case 2:
+      p += ( count - 1 ) * 6 + 2;
+      result = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      ;
+    }
+
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_UInt )
+  otv_Coverage_get_count( FT_Bytes  table )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p              = table;
+    FT_UInt   CoverageFormat = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    FT_UInt   count          = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );     /* Glyph/RangeCount */
+    FT_UInt   result         = 0;
+
+
+    switch ( CoverageFormat )
+    {
+    case 1:
+      return count;
+
+    case 2:
+      {
+        FT_UInt  Start, End;
+
+
+        for ( ; count > 0; count-- )
+        {
+          Start = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+          End   = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+          p    += 2;                    /* skip StartCoverageIndex */
+
+          result += End - Start + 1;
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      ;
+    }
+
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                   CLASS DEFINITION TABLE                      *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  otv_ClassDef_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                         OTV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+    FT_UInt   ClassFormat;
+
+
+    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "ClassDef" );
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 );
+    ClassFormat = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    OTV_TRACE(( " (format %d)\n", ClassFormat ));
+
+    switch ( ClassFormat )
+    {
+    case 1:     /* ClassDefFormat1 */
+      {
+        FT_UInt  StartGlyph;
+        FT_UInt  GlyphCount;
+
+
+        OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 );
+
+        StartGlyph = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+        GlyphCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+        OTV_TRACE(( " (GlyphCount = %d)\n", GlyphCount ));
+
+        OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( GlyphCount * 2 );    /* ClassValueArray */
+
+        if ( StartGlyph + GlyphCount - 1 >= valid->glyph_count )
+          FT_INVALID_GLYPH_ID;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case 2:     /* ClassDefFormat2 */
+      {
+        FT_UInt  n, ClassRangeCount;
+        FT_UInt  Start, End, last = 0;
+
+
+        ClassRangeCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+        OTV_TRACE(( " (ClassRangeCount = %d)\n", ClassRangeCount ));
+
+        OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( ClassRangeCount * 6 );
+
+        /* ClassRangeRecord */
+        for ( n = 0; n < ClassRangeCount; n++ )
+        {
+          Start = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+          End   = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+          p    += 2;                        /* skip Class */
+
+          if ( Start > End || ( n > 0 && Start <= last ) )
+            FT_INVALID_DATA;
+
+          if ( End >= valid->glyph_count )
+            FT_INVALID_GLYPH_ID;
+
+          last = End;
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
+    }
+
+    /* no need to check glyph indices used as input to class definition   */
+    /* tables since even invalid glyph indices return a meaningful result */
+
+    OTV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                      DEVICE TABLE                             *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  otv_Device_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                       OTV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+    FT_UInt   StartSize, EndSize, DeltaFormat, count;
+
+
+    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "Device" );
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 8 );
+    StartSize   = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    EndSize     = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    DeltaFormat = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    if ( DeltaFormat < 1 || DeltaFormat > 3 )
+      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
+
+    if ( EndSize < StartSize )
+      FT_INVALID_DATA;
+
+    count = EndSize - StartSize + 1;
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( ( 1 << DeltaFormat ) * count / 8 );  /* DeltaValue */
+
+    OTV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                         LOOKUPS                               *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /* uses valid->type_count */
+  /* uses valid->type_funcs */
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  otv_Lookup_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                       OTV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes           p = table;
+    FT_UInt            LookupType, SubTableCount;
+    OTV_Validate_Func  validate;
+
+
+    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "Lookup" );
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 6 );
+    LookupType    = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    p            += 2;                      /* skip LookupFlag */
+    SubTableCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    OTV_TRACE(( " (type %d)\n", LookupType ));
+
+    if ( LookupType == 0 || LookupType > valid->type_count )
+      FT_INVALID_DATA;
+
+    validate = valid->type_funcs[LookupType - 1];
+
+    OTV_TRACE(( " (SubTableCount = %d)\n", SubTableCount ));
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( SubTableCount * 2 );
+
+    /* SubTable */
+    for ( ; SubTableCount > 0; SubTableCount-- )
+      validate( table + FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ), valid );
+
+    OTV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /* uses valid->lookup_count */
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  otv_LookupList_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                           OTV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+    FT_UInt   LookupCount;
+
+
+    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "LookupList" );
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
+    LookupCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    OTV_TRACE(( " (LookupCount = %d)\n", LookupCount ));
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( LookupCount * 2 );
+
+    valid->lookup_count = LookupCount;
+
+    /* Lookup */
+    for ( ; LookupCount > 0; LookupCount-- )
+      otv_Lookup_validate( table + FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ), valid );
+
+    OTV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_UInt
+  otv_LookupList_get_count( FT_Bytes  table )
+  {
+    return FT_NEXT_USHORT( table );
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                        FEATURES                               *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /* uses valid->lookup_count */
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  otv_Feature_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                        OTV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+    FT_UInt   LookupCount;
+
+
+    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "Feature" );
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 );
+    p           += 2;                   /* skip FeatureParams (unused) */
+    LookupCount  = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    OTV_TRACE(( " (LookupCount = %d)\n", LookupCount ));
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( LookupCount * 2 );
+
+    /* LookupListIndex */
+    for ( ; LookupCount > 0; LookupCount-- )
+      if ( FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ) >= valid->lookup_count )
+        FT_INVALID_DATA;
+
+    OTV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_UInt
+  otv_Feature_get_count( FT_Bytes  table )
+  {
+    return FT_NEXT_USHORT( table );
+  }
+
+
+  /* sets valid->lookup_count */
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  otv_FeatureList_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                            FT_Bytes       lookups,
+                            OTV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+    FT_UInt   FeatureCount;
+
+
+    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "FeatureList" );
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
+    FeatureCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    OTV_TRACE(( " (FeatureCount = %d)\n", FeatureCount ));
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( FeatureCount * 2 );
+
+    valid->lookup_count = otv_LookupList_get_count( lookups );
+
+    /* FeatureRecord */
+    for ( ; FeatureCount > 0; FeatureCount-- )
+    {
+      p += 4;       /* skip FeatureTag */
+
+      /* Feature */
+      otv_Feature_validate( table + FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ), valid );
+    }
+
+    OTV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                       LANGUAGE SYSTEM                         *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /* uses valid->extra1 (number of features) */
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  otv_LangSys_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                        OTV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+    FT_UInt   ReqFeatureIndex;
+    FT_UInt   FeatureCount;
+
+
+    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "LangSys" );
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 6 );
+    p              += 2;                    /* skip LookupOrder (unused) */
+    ReqFeatureIndex = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    FeatureCount    = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    OTV_TRACE(( " (ReqFeatureIndex = %d)\n", ReqFeatureIndex ));
+    OTV_TRACE(( " (FeatureCount = %d)\n",    FeatureCount    ));
+
+    if ( ReqFeatureIndex != 0xFFFFU && ReqFeatureIndex >= valid->extra1 )
+      FT_INVALID_DATA;
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( FeatureCount * 2 );
+
+    /* FeatureIndex */
+    for ( ; FeatureCount > 0; FeatureCount-- )
+      if ( FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ) >= valid->extra1 )
+        FT_INVALID_DATA;
+
+    OTV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                           SCRIPTS                             *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  otv_Script_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                       OTV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_UInt   DefaultLangSys, LangSysCount;
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+
+
+    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "Script" );
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 );
+    DefaultLangSys = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    LangSysCount   = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    OTV_TRACE(( " (LangSysCount = %d)\n", LangSysCount ));
+
+    if ( DefaultLangSys != 0 )
+      otv_LangSys_validate( table + DefaultLangSys, valid );
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( LangSysCount * 6 );
+
+    /* LangSysRecord */
+    for ( ; LangSysCount > 0; LangSysCount-- )
+    {
+      p += 4;       /* skip LangSysTag */
+
+      /* LangSys */
+      otv_LangSys_validate( table + FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ), valid );
+    }
+
+    OTV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /* sets valid->extra1 (number of features) */
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  otv_ScriptList_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                           FT_Bytes       features,
+                           OTV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_UInt   ScriptCount;
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+
+
+    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "ScriptList" );
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
+    ScriptCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    OTV_TRACE(( " (ScriptCount = %d)\n", ScriptCount ));
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( ScriptCount * 6 );
+
+    valid->extra1 = otv_Feature_get_count( features );
+
+    /* ScriptRecord */
+    for ( ; ScriptCount > 0; ScriptCount-- )
+    {
+      p += 4;       /* skip ScriptTag */
+
+      otv_Script_validate( table + FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ), valid ); /* Script */
+    }
+
+    OTV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                      UTILITY FUNCTIONS                        *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /*
+     u:   uint16
+     ux:  unit16 [x]
+
+     s:   struct
+     sx:  struct [x]
+     sxy: struct [x], using external y count
+
+     x:   uint16 x
+
+     C:   Coverage
+
+     O:   Offset
+     On:  Offset (NULL)
+     Ox:  Offset [x]
+     Onx: Offset (NULL) [x]
+  */
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  otv_x_Ox( FT_Bytes       table,
+            OTV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes           p = table;
+    FT_UInt            Count;
+    OTV_Validate_Func  func;
+
+
+    OTV_ENTER;
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
+    Count = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    OTV_TRACE(( " (Count = %d)\n", Count ));
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( Count * 2 );
+
+    valid->nesting_level++;
+    func = valid->func[valid->nesting_level];
+
+    for ( ; Count > 0; Count-- )
+      func( table + FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ), valid );
+
+    valid->nesting_level--;
+
+    OTV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  otv_u_C_x_Ox( FT_Bytes       table,
+                OTV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes           p = table;
+    FT_UInt            Count, Coverage;
+    OTV_Validate_Func  func;
+
+
+    OTV_ENTER;
+
+    p += 2;     /* skip Format */
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 );
+    Coverage = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    Count    = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    OTV_TRACE(( " (Count = %d)\n", Count ));
+
+    otv_Coverage_validate( table + Coverage, valid, Count );
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( Count * 2 );
+
+    valid->nesting_level++;
+    func = valid->func[valid->nesting_level];
+
+    for ( ; Count > 0; Count-- )
+      func( table + FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ), valid );
+
+    valid->nesting_level--;
+
+    OTV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /* uses valid->extra1 (if > 0: array value limit) */
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  otv_x_ux( FT_Bytes       table,
+            OTV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+    FT_UInt   Count;
+
+
+    OTV_ENTER;
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
+    Count = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    OTV_TRACE(( " (Count = %d)\n", Count ));
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( Count * 2 );
+
+    if ( valid->extra1 )
+    {
+      for ( ; Count > 0; Count-- )
+        if ( FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ) >= valid->extra1 )
+          FT_INVALID_DATA;
+    }
+
+    OTV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /* `ux' in the function's name is not really correct since only x-1 */
+  /* elements are tested                                              */
+
+  /* uses valid->extra1 (array value limit) */
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  otv_x_y_ux_sy( FT_Bytes       table,
+                 OTV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+    FT_UInt   Count1, Count2;
+
+
+    OTV_ENTER;
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 );
+    Count1 = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    Count2 = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    OTV_TRACE(( " (Count1 = %d)\n", Count1 ));
+    OTV_TRACE(( " (Count2 = %d)\n", Count2 ));
+
+    if ( Count1 == 0 )
+      FT_INVALID_DATA;
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( ( Count1 - 1 ) * 2 + Count2 * 4 );
+    p += ( Count1 - 1 ) * 2;
+
+    for ( ; Count2 > 0; Count2-- )
+    {
+      if ( FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ) >= Count1 )
+        FT_INVALID_DATA;
+
+      if ( FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ) >= valid->extra1 )
+        FT_INVALID_DATA;
+    }
+
+    OTV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /* `uy' in the function's name is not really correct since only y-1 */
+  /* elements are tested                                              */
+
+  /* uses valid->extra1 (array value limit) */
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  otv_x_ux_y_uy_z_uz_p_sp( FT_Bytes       table,
+                           OTV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+    FT_UInt   BacktrackCount, InputCount, LookaheadCount;
+    FT_UInt   Count;
+
+
+    OTV_ENTER;
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
+    BacktrackCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    OTV_TRACE(( " (BacktrackCount = %d)\n", BacktrackCount ));
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( BacktrackCount * 2 + 2 );
+    p += BacktrackCount * 2;
+
+    InputCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    if ( InputCount == 0 )
+      FT_INVALID_DATA;
+
+    OTV_TRACE(( " (InputCount = %d)\n", InputCount ));
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( InputCount * 2 );
+    p += ( InputCount - 1 ) * 2;
+
+    LookaheadCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    OTV_TRACE(( " (LookaheadCount = %d)\n", LookaheadCount ));
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( LookaheadCount * 2 + 2 );
+    p += LookaheadCount * 2;
+
+    Count = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    OTV_TRACE(( " (Count = %d)\n", Count ));
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( Count * 4 );
+
+    for ( ; Count > 0; Count-- )
+    {
+      if ( FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ) >= InputCount )
+        FT_INVALID_DATA;
+
+      if ( FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ) >= valid->extra1 )
+        FT_INVALID_DATA;
+    }
+
+    OTV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /* sets valid->extra1 (valid->lookup_count) */
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  otv_u_O_O_x_Onx( FT_Bytes       table,
+                   OTV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes           p = table;
+    FT_UInt            Coverage, ClassDef, ClassSetCount;
+    OTV_Validate_Func  func;
+
+
+    OTV_ENTER;
+
+    p += 2;     /* skip Format */
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 6 );
+    Coverage      = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    ClassDef      = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    ClassSetCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    OTV_TRACE(( " (ClassSetCount = %d)\n", ClassSetCount ));
+
+    otv_Coverage_validate( table + Coverage, valid, -1 );
+    otv_ClassDef_validate( table + ClassDef, valid );
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( ClassSetCount * 2 );
+
+    valid->nesting_level++;
+    func          = valid->func[valid->nesting_level];
+    valid->extra1 = valid->lookup_count;
+
+    for ( ; ClassSetCount > 0; ClassSetCount-- )
+    {
+      FT_UInt  offset = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+
+      if ( offset )
+        func( table + offset, valid );
+    }
+
+    valid->nesting_level--;
+
+    OTV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /* uses valid->lookup_count */
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  otv_u_x_y_Ox_sy( FT_Bytes       table,
+                   OTV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+    FT_UInt   GlyphCount, Count, count1;
+
+
+    OTV_ENTER;
+
+    p += 2;     /* skip Format */
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 );
+    GlyphCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    Count      = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    OTV_TRACE(( " (GlyphCount = %d)\n", GlyphCount ));
+    OTV_TRACE(( " (Count = %d)\n",      Count      ));
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( GlyphCount * 2 + Count * 4 );
+
+    for ( count1 = GlyphCount; count1 > 0; count1-- )
+      otv_Coverage_validate( table + FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ), valid, -1 );
+
+    for ( ; Count > 0; Count-- )
+    {
+      if ( FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ) >= GlyphCount )
+        FT_INVALID_DATA;
+
+      if ( FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ) >= valid->lookup_count )
+        FT_INVALID_DATA;
+    }
+
+    OTV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /* sets valid->extra1 (valid->lookup_count)    */
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  otv_u_O_O_O_O_x_Onx( FT_Bytes       table,
+                       OTV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes           p = table;
+    FT_UInt            Coverage;
+    FT_UInt            BacktrackClassDef, InputClassDef, LookaheadClassDef;
+    FT_UInt            ChainClassSetCount;
+    OTV_Validate_Func  func;
+
+
+    OTV_ENTER;
+
+    p += 2;     /* skip Format */
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 10 );
+    Coverage           = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    BacktrackClassDef  = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    InputClassDef      = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    LookaheadClassDef  = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    ChainClassSetCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    OTV_TRACE(( " (ChainClassSetCount = %d)\n", ChainClassSetCount ));
+
+    otv_Coverage_validate( table + Coverage, valid, -1 );
+
+    otv_ClassDef_validate( table + BacktrackClassDef,  valid );
+    otv_ClassDef_validate( table + InputClassDef, valid );
+    otv_ClassDef_validate( table + LookaheadClassDef, valid );
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( ChainClassSetCount * 2 );
+
+    valid->nesting_level++;
+    func          = valid->func[valid->nesting_level];
+    valid->extra1 = valid->lookup_count;
+
+    for ( ; ChainClassSetCount > 0; ChainClassSetCount-- )
+    {
+      FT_UInt  offset = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+
+      if ( offset )
+        func( table + offset, valid );
+    }
+
+    valid->nesting_level--;
+
+    OTV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /* uses valid->lookup_count */
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  otv_u_x_Ox_y_Oy_z_Oz_p_sp( FT_Bytes       table,
+                             OTV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+    FT_UInt   BacktrackGlyphCount, InputGlyphCount, LookaheadGlyphCount;
+    FT_UInt   count1, count2;
+
+
+    OTV_ENTER;
+
+    p += 2;     /* skip Format */
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
+    BacktrackGlyphCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    OTV_TRACE(( " (BacktrackGlyphCount = %d)\n", BacktrackGlyphCount ));
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( BacktrackGlyphCount * 2 + 2 );
+
+    for ( ; BacktrackGlyphCount > 0; BacktrackGlyphCount-- )
+      otv_Coverage_validate( table + FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ), valid, -1 );
+
+    InputGlyphCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    OTV_TRACE(( " (InputGlyphCount = %d)\n", InputGlyphCount ));
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( InputGlyphCount * 2 + 2 );
+
+    for ( count1 = InputGlyphCount; count1 > 0; count1-- )
+      otv_Coverage_validate( table + FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ), valid, -1 );
+
+    LookaheadGlyphCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    OTV_TRACE(( " (LookaheadGlyphCount = %d)\n", LookaheadGlyphCount ));
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( LookaheadGlyphCount * 2 + 2 );
+
+    for ( ; LookaheadGlyphCount > 0; LookaheadGlyphCount-- )
+      otv_Coverage_validate( table + FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ), valid, -1 );
+
+    count2 = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    OTV_TRACE(( " (Count = %d)\n", count2 ));
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( count2 * 4 );
+
+    for ( ; count2 > 0; count2-- )
+    {
+      if ( FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ) >= InputGlyphCount )
+        FT_INVALID_DATA;
+
+      if ( FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ) >= valid->lookup_count )
+        FT_INVALID_DATA;
+    }
+
+    OTV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_UInt )
+  otv_GSUBGPOS_get_Lookup_count( FT_Bytes  table )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table + 8;
+
+
+    return otv_LookupList_get_count( table + FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ) );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_UInt )
+  otv_GSUBGPOS_have_MarkAttachmentType_flag( FT_Bytes  table )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p, lookup;
+    FT_UInt   count;
+
+
+    if ( !table )
+      return 0;
+
+    /* LookupList */
+    p      = table + 8;
+    table += FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    /* LookupCount */
+    p     = table;
+    count = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    for ( ; count > 0; count-- )
+    {
+      FT_Bytes  oldp;
+
+
+      /* Lookup */
+      lookup = table + FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+      oldp = p;
+
+      /* LookupFlag */
+      p = lookup + 2;
+      if ( FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ) & 0xFF00U )
+        return 1;
+
+      p = oldp;
+    }
+
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvcommn.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvcommn.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..71726d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvcommn.h
@@ -0,0 +1,437 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  otvcommn.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    OpenType common tables validation (specification).                   */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2004, 2005, 2007 by                                          */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __OTVCOMMN_H__
+#define __OTVCOMMN_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include "otvalid.h"
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                         VALIDATION                            *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  typedef struct OTV_ValidatorRec_*  OTV_Validator;
+
+  typedef void  (*OTV_Validate_Func)( FT_Bytes       table,
+                                      OTV_Validator  valid );
+
+  typedef struct  OTV_ValidatorRec_
+  {
+    FT_Validator        root;
+    FT_UInt             type_count;
+    OTV_Validate_Func*  type_funcs;
+
+    FT_UInt             lookup_count;
+    FT_UInt             glyph_count;
+
+    FT_UInt             nesting_level;
+
+    OTV_Validate_Func   func[3];
+
+    FT_UInt             extra1;     /* for passing parameters */
+    FT_UInt             extra2;
+    FT_Bytes            extra3;
+
+#ifdef FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE
+    FT_UInt             debug_indent;
+    const FT_String*    debug_function_name[3];
+#endif
+
+  } OTV_ValidatorRec;
+
+
+#undef  FT_INVALID_
+#define FT_INVALID_( _prefix, _error )                         \
+          ft_validator_error( valid->root, _prefix ## _error )
+
+#define OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( _table )  FT_UShort  _table;      \
+                                      FT_Bytes   _table ## _p
+
+#define OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( _offset )           \
+          FT_BEGIN_STMNT                         \
+            _offset ## _p = p;                   \
+            _offset       = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ); \
+          FT_END_STMNT
+
+#define OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( _count )                    \
+          FT_BEGIN_STMNT                             \
+            if ( p + (_count) > valid->root->limit ) \
+              FT_INVALID_TOO_SHORT;                  \
+          FT_END_STMNT
+
+#define OTV_SIZE_CHECK( _size )                                        \
+          FT_BEGIN_STMNT                                               \
+            if ( _size > 0 && _size < table_size )                     \
+            {                                                          \
+              if ( valid->root->level == FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID )        \
+                FT_INVALID_OFFSET;                                     \
+              else                                                     \
+              {                                                        \
+                /* strip off `const' */                                \
+                FT_Byte*  pp = (FT_Byte*)_size ## _p;                  \
+                                                                       \
+                                                                       \
+                FT_TRACE3(( "\n"                                       \
+                            "Invalid offset to optional table `%s'!\n" \
+                            "Set to zero.\n"                           \
+                            "\n", #_size ));                           \
+                                                                       \
+                /* always assume 16bit entities */                     \
+                _size = pp[0] = pp[1] = 0;                             \
+              }                                                        \
+            }                                                          \
+          FT_END_STMNT
+
+
+#define  OTV_NAME_(x)  #x
+#define  OTV_NAME(x)   OTV_NAME_(x)
+
+#define  OTV_FUNC_(x)  x##Func
+#define  OTV_FUNC(x)   OTV_FUNC_(x)
+
+#ifdef FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE
+
+#define OTV_NEST1( x )                                     \
+          FT_BEGIN_STMNT                                   \
+            valid->nesting_level          = 0;             \
+            valid->func[0]                = OTV_FUNC( x ); \
+            valid->debug_function_name[0] = OTV_NAME( x ); \
+          FT_END_STMNT
+
+#define OTV_NEST2( x, y )                                  \
+          FT_BEGIN_STMNT                                   \
+            valid->nesting_level          = 0;             \
+            valid->func[0]                = OTV_FUNC( x ); \
+            valid->func[1]                = OTV_FUNC( y ); \
+            valid->debug_function_name[0] = OTV_NAME( x ); \
+            valid->debug_function_name[1] = OTV_NAME( y ); \
+          FT_END_STMNT
+
+#define OTV_NEST3( x, y, z )                               \
+          FT_BEGIN_STMNT                                   \
+            valid->nesting_level          = 0;             \
+            valid->func[0]                = OTV_FUNC( x ); \
+            valid->func[1]                = OTV_FUNC( y ); \
+            valid->func[2]                = OTV_FUNC( z ); \
+            valid->debug_function_name[0] = OTV_NAME( x ); \
+            valid->debug_function_name[1] = OTV_NAME( y ); \
+            valid->debug_function_name[2] = OTV_NAME( z ); \
+          FT_END_STMNT
+
+#define OTV_INIT  valid->debug_indent = 0
+
+#define OTV_ENTER                                                            \
+          FT_BEGIN_STMNT                                                     \
+            valid->debug_indent += 2;                                        \
+            FT_TRACE4(( "%*.s", valid->debug_indent, 0 ));                   \
+            FT_TRACE4(( "%s table\n",                                        \
+                        valid->debug_function_name[valid->nesting_level] )); \
+          FT_END_STMNT
+
+#define OTV_NAME_ENTER( name )                             \
+          FT_BEGIN_STMNT                                   \
+            valid->debug_indent += 2;                      \
+            FT_TRACE4(( "%*.s", valid->debug_indent, 0 )); \
+            FT_TRACE4(( "%s table\n", name ));             \
+          FT_END_STMNT
+
+#define OTV_EXIT  valid->debug_indent -= 2
+
+#define OTV_TRACE( s )                                     \
+          FT_BEGIN_STMNT                                   \
+            FT_TRACE4(( "%*.s", valid->debug_indent, 0 )); \
+            FT_TRACE4( s );                                \
+          FT_END_STMNT
+
+#else   /* !FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE */
+
+#define OTV_NEST1( x )                            \
+          FT_BEGIN_STMNT                          \
+            valid->nesting_level = 0;             \
+            valid->func[0]       = OTV_FUNC( x ); \
+          FT_END_STMNT
+
+#define OTV_NEST2( x, y )                         \
+          FT_BEGIN_STMNT                          \
+            valid->nesting_level = 0;             \
+            valid->func[0]       = OTV_FUNC( x ); \
+            valid->func[1]       = OTV_FUNC( y ); \
+          FT_END_STMNT
+
+#define OTV_NEST3( x, y, z )                      \
+          FT_BEGIN_STMNT                          \
+            valid->nesting_level = 0;             \
+            valid->func[0]       = OTV_FUNC( x ); \
+            valid->func[1]       = OTV_FUNC( y ); \
+            valid->func[2]       = OTV_FUNC( z ); \
+          FT_END_STMNT
+
+#define OTV_INIT                do { } while ( 0 )
+#define OTV_ENTER               do { } while ( 0 )
+#define OTV_NAME_ENTER( name )  do { } while ( 0 )
+#define OTV_EXIT                do { } while ( 0 )
+
+#define OTV_TRACE( s )          do { } while ( 0 )
+
+#endif  /* !FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE */
+
+
+#define OTV_RUN  valid->func[0]
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                       COVERAGE TABLE                          *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  otv_Coverage_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                         OTV_Validator  valid,
+                         FT_Int         expected_count );
+
+  /* return first covered glyph */
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_UInt )
+  otv_Coverage_get_first( FT_Bytes  table );
+
+  /* return last covered glyph */
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_UInt )
+  otv_Coverage_get_last( FT_Bytes  table );
+
+  /* return number of covered glyphs */
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_UInt )
+  otv_Coverage_get_count( FT_Bytes  table );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                  CLASS DEFINITION TABLE                       *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  otv_ClassDef_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                         OTV_Validator  valid );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                      DEVICE TABLE                             *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  otv_Device_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                       OTV_Validator  valid );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                           LOOKUPS                             *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  otv_Lookup_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                       OTV_Validator  valid );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  otv_LookupList_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                           OTV_Validator  valid );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                        FEATURES                               *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  otv_Feature_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                        OTV_Validator  valid );
+
+  /* lookups must already be validated */
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  otv_FeatureList_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                            FT_Bytes       lookups,
+                            OTV_Validator  valid );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                       LANGUAGE SYSTEM                         *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  otv_LangSys_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                        OTV_Validator  valid );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                           SCRIPTS                             *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  otv_Script_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                       OTV_Validator  valid );
+
+  /* features must already be validated */
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  otv_ScriptList_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                           FT_Bytes       features,
+                           OTV_Validator  valid );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                      UTILITY FUNCTIONS                        *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+#define ChainPosClassSetFunc  otv_x_Ox
+#define ChainPosRuleSetFunc   otv_x_Ox
+#define ChainSubClassSetFunc  otv_x_Ox
+#define ChainSubRuleSetFunc   otv_x_Ox
+#define JstfLangSysFunc       otv_x_Ox
+#define JstfMaxFunc           otv_x_Ox
+#define LigGlyphFunc          otv_x_Ox
+#define LigatureArrayFunc     otv_x_Ox
+#define LigatureSetFunc       otv_x_Ox
+#define PosClassSetFunc       otv_x_Ox
+#define PosRuleSetFunc        otv_x_Ox
+#define SubClassSetFunc       otv_x_Ox
+#define SubRuleSetFunc        otv_x_Ox
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  otv_x_Ox ( FT_Bytes       table,
+             OTV_Validator  valid );
+
+#define AlternateSubstFormat1Func     otv_u_C_x_Ox
+#define ChainContextPosFormat1Func    otv_u_C_x_Ox
+#define ChainContextSubstFormat1Func  otv_u_C_x_Ox
+#define ContextPosFormat1Func         otv_u_C_x_Ox
+#define ContextSubstFormat1Func       otv_u_C_x_Ox
+#define LigatureSubstFormat1Func      otv_u_C_x_Ox
+#define MultipleSubstFormat1Func      otv_u_C_x_Ox
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  otv_u_C_x_Ox( FT_Bytes       table,
+                OTV_Validator  valid );
+
+#define AlternateSetFunc     otv_x_ux
+#define AttachPointFunc      otv_x_ux
+#define ExtenderGlyphFunc    otv_x_ux
+#define JstfGPOSModListFunc  otv_x_ux
+#define JstfGSUBModListFunc  otv_x_ux
+#define SequenceFunc         otv_x_ux
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  otv_x_ux( FT_Bytes       table,
+            OTV_Validator  valid );
+
+#define PosClassRuleFunc  otv_x_y_ux_sy
+#define PosRuleFunc       otv_x_y_ux_sy
+#define SubClassRuleFunc  otv_x_y_ux_sy
+#define SubRuleFunc       otv_x_y_ux_sy
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  otv_x_y_ux_sy( FT_Bytes       table,
+                 OTV_Validator  valid );
+
+#define ChainPosClassRuleFunc  otv_x_ux_y_uy_z_uz_p_sp
+#define ChainPosRuleFunc       otv_x_ux_y_uy_z_uz_p_sp
+#define ChainSubClassRuleFunc  otv_x_ux_y_uy_z_uz_p_sp
+#define ChainSubRuleFunc       otv_x_ux_y_uy_z_uz_p_sp
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  otv_x_ux_y_uy_z_uz_p_sp( FT_Bytes       table,
+                           OTV_Validator  valid );
+
+#define ContextPosFormat2Func    otv_u_O_O_x_Onx
+#define ContextSubstFormat2Func  otv_u_O_O_x_Onx
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  otv_u_O_O_x_Onx( FT_Bytes       table,
+                   OTV_Validator  valid );
+
+#define ContextPosFormat3Func    otv_u_x_y_Ox_sy
+#define ContextSubstFormat3Func  otv_u_x_y_Ox_sy
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  otv_u_x_y_Ox_sy( FT_Bytes       table,
+                   OTV_Validator  valid );
+
+#define ChainContextPosFormat2Func    otv_u_O_O_O_O_x_Onx
+#define ChainContextSubstFormat2Func  otv_u_O_O_O_O_x_Onx
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  otv_u_O_O_O_O_x_Onx( FT_Bytes       table,
+                       OTV_Validator  valid );
+
+#define ChainContextPosFormat3Func    otv_u_x_Ox_y_Oy_z_Oz_p_sp
+#define ChainContextSubstFormat3Func  otv_u_x_Ox_y_Oy_z_Oz_p_sp
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  otv_u_x_Ox_y_Oy_z_Oz_p_sp( FT_Bytes       table,
+                             OTV_Validator  valid );
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_UInt )
+  otv_GSUBGPOS_get_Lookup_count( FT_Bytes  table );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_UInt )
+  otv_GSUBGPOS_have_MarkAttachmentType_flag( FT_Bytes  table );
+
+ /* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __OTVCOMMN_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otverror.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otverror.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..041b538
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otverror.h
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  otverror.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    OpenType validation module error codes (specification only).         */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2004, 2005 by                                                */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This file is used to define the OpenType validation module error      */
+  /* enumeration constants.                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef __OTVERROR_H__
+#define __OTVERROR_H__
+
+#include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
+
+#undef __FTERRORS_H__
+
+#define FT_ERR_PREFIX  OTV_Err_
+#define FT_ERR_BASE    FT_Mod_Err_OTvalid
+
+#define FT_KEEP_ERR_PREFIX
+
+#include FT_ERRORS_H
+
+#endif /* __OTVERROR_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvgdef.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvgdef.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3633ad0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvgdef.c
@@ -0,0 +1,224 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  otvgdef.c                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    OpenType GDEF table validation (body).                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2004, 2005, 2007 by                                          */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include "otvalid.h"
+#include "otvcommn.h"
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_otvgdef
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                      UTILITY FUNCTIONS                        *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+#define AttachListFunc    otv_O_x_Ox
+#define LigCaretListFunc  otv_O_x_Ox
+
+  /* sets valid->extra1 (0)           */
+
+  static void
+  otv_O_x_Ox( FT_Bytes       table,
+              OTV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes           p = table;
+    FT_Bytes           Coverage;
+    FT_UInt            GlyphCount;
+    OTV_Validate_Func  func;
+
+
+    OTV_ENTER;
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 );
+    Coverage   = table + FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    GlyphCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    OTV_TRACE(( " (GlyphCount = %d)\n", GlyphCount ));
+
+    otv_Coverage_validate( Coverage, valid, GlyphCount );
+    if ( GlyphCount != otv_Coverage_get_count( Coverage ) )
+      FT_INVALID_DATA;
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( GlyphCount * 2 );
+
+    valid->nesting_level++;
+    func          = valid->func[valid->nesting_level];
+    valid->extra1 = 0;
+
+    for ( ; GlyphCount > 0; GlyphCount-- )
+      func( table + FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ), valid );
+
+    valid->nesting_level--;
+
+    OTV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                       LIGATURE CARETS                         *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+#define CaretValueFunc  otv_CaretValue_validate
+
+  static void
+  otv_CaretValue_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                           OTV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+    FT_UInt   CaretValueFormat;
+
+
+    OTV_ENTER;
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 );
+
+    CaretValueFormat = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    OTV_TRACE(( " (format = %d)\n", CaretValueFormat ));
+
+    switch ( CaretValueFormat )
+    {
+    case 1:     /* CaretValueFormat1 */
+      /* skip Coordinate, no test */
+      break;
+
+    case 2:     /* CaretValueFormat2 */
+      /* skip CaretValuePoint, no test */
+      break;
+
+    case 3:     /* CaretValueFormat3 */
+      p += 2;   /* skip Coordinate */
+
+      OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
+
+      /* DeviceTable */
+      otv_Device_validate( table + FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ), valid );
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
+    }
+
+    OTV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                         GDEF TABLE                            *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /* sets valid->glyph_count */
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  otv_GDEF_validate( FT_Bytes      table,
+                     FT_Bytes      gsub,
+                     FT_Bytes      gpos,
+                     FT_UInt       glyph_count,
+                     FT_Validator  ftvalid )
+  {
+    OTV_ValidatorRec  validrec;
+    OTV_Validator     valid = &validrec;
+    FT_Bytes          p     = table;
+    FT_UInt           table_size;
+    FT_Bool           need_MarkAttachClassDef;
+
+    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( GlyphClassDef );
+    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( AttachListOffset );
+    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( LigCaretListOffset );
+    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( MarkAttachClassDef );
+
+
+    valid->root = ftvalid;
+
+    FT_TRACE3(( "validating GDEF table\n" ));
+    OTV_INIT;
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 12 );
+
+    if ( FT_NEXT_ULONG( p ) != 0x10000UL )          /* Version */
+      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
+
+    /* MarkAttachClassDef has been added to the OpenType */
+    /* specification without increasing GDEF's version,  */
+    /* so we use this ugly hack to find out whether the  */
+    /* table is needed actually.                         */
+
+    need_MarkAttachClassDef = FT_BOOL(
+      otv_GSUBGPOS_have_MarkAttachmentType_flag( gsub ) ||
+      otv_GSUBGPOS_have_MarkAttachmentType_flag( gpos ) );
+
+    if ( need_MarkAttachClassDef )
+      table_size = 12;              /* OpenType >= 1.2 */
+    else
+      table_size = 10;              /* OpenType < 1.2  */
+
+    valid->glyph_count = glyph_count;
+
+    OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( GlyphClassDef );
+    OTV_SIZE_CHECK( GlyphClassDef );
+    if ( GlyphClassDef )
+      otv_ClassDef_validate( table + GlyphClassDef, valid );
+
+    OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( AttachListOffset );
+    OTV_SIZE_CHECK( AttachListOffset );
+    if ( AttachListOffset )
+    {
+      OTV_NEST2( AttachList, AttachPoint );
+      OTV_RUN( table + AttachListOffset, valid );
+    }
+
+    OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( LigCaretListOffset );
+    OTV_SIZE_CHECK( LigCaretListOffset );
+    if ( LigCaretListOffset )
+    {
+      OTV_NEST3( LigCaretList, LigGlyph, CaretValue );
+      OTV_RUN( table + LigCaretListOffset, valid );
+    }
+
+    if ( need_MarkAttachClassDef )
+    {
+      OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( MarkAttachClassDef );
+      OTV_SIZE_CHECK( MarkAttachClassDef );
+      if ( MarkAttachClassDef )
+        otv_ClassDef_validate( table + MarkAttachClassDef, valid );
+    }
+
+    FT_TRACE4(( "\n" ));
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvgpos.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvgpos.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..53025ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvgpos.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1016 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  otvgpos.c                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    OpenType GPOS table validation (body).                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2002, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by                        */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include "otvalid.h"
+#include "otvcommn.h"
+#include "otvgpos.h"
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_otvgpos
+
+
+  static void
+  otv_Anchor_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                       OTV_Validator  valid );
+
+  static void
+  otv_MarkArray_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                          OTV_Validator  valid );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                      UTILITY FUNCTIONS                        *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+#define BaseArrayFunc       otv_x_sxy
+#define LigatureAttachFunc  otv_x_sxy
+#define Mark2ArrayFunc      otv_x_sxy
+
+  /* uses valid->extra1 (counter)                             */
+  /* uses valid->extra2 (boolean to handle NULL anchor field) */
+
+  static void
+  otv_x_sxy( FT_Bytes       table,
+             OTV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+    FT_UInt   Count, count1, table_size;
+
+
+    OTV_ENTER;
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
+
+    Count = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    OTV_TRACE(( " (Count = %d)\n", Count ));
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( Count * valid->extra1 * 2 );
+
+    table_size = Count * valid->extra1 * 2 + 2;
+
+    for ( ; Count > 0; Count-- )
+      for ( count1 = valid->extra1; count1 > 0; count1-- )
+      {
+        OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( anchor_offset );
+
+
+        OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( anchor_offset );
+
+        if ( valid->extra2 )
+        {
+          OTV_SIZE_CHECK( anchor_offset );
+          if ( anchor_offset )
+            otv_Anchor_validate( table + anchor_offset, valid );
+        }
+        else
+          otv_Anchor_validate( table + anchor_offset, valid );
+      }
+
+    OTV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+#define MarkBasePosFormat1Func  otv_u_O_O_u_O_O
+#define MarkLigPosFormat1Func   otv_u_O_O_u_O_O
+#define MarkMarkPosFormat1Func  otv_u_O_O_u_O_O
+
+  /* sets valid->extra1 (class count) */
+
+  static void
+  otv_u_O_O_u_O_O( FT_Bytes       table,
+                   OTV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes           p = table;
+    FT_UInt            Coverage1, Coverage2, ClassCount;
+    FT_UInt            Array1, Array2;
+    OTV_Validate_Func  func;
+
+
+    OTV_ENTER;
+
+    p += 2;     /* skip PosFormat */
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 10 );
+    Coverage1  = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    Coverage2  = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    ClassCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    Array1     = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    Array2     = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    otv_Coverage_validate( table + Coverage1, valid, -1 );
+    otv_Coverage_validate( table + Coverage2, valid, -1 );
+
+    otv_MarkArray_validate( table + Array1, valid );
+
+    valid->nesting_level++;
+    func          = valid->func[valid->nesting_level];
+    valid->extra1 = ClassCount;
+
+    func( table + Array2, valid );
+
+    valid->nesting_level--;
+
+    OTV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                        VALUE RECORDS                          *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  static FT_UInt
+  otv_value_length( FT_UInt  format )
+  {
+    FT_UInt  count;
+
+
+    count = ( ( format & 0xAA ) >> 1 ) + ( format & 0x55 );
+    count = ( ( count  & 0xCC ) >> 2 ) + ( count  & 0x33 );
+    count = ( ( count  & 0xF0 ) >> 4 ) + ( count  & 0x0F );
+
+    return count * 2;
+  }
+
+
+  /* uses valid->extra3 (pointer to base table) */
+
+  static void
+  otv_ValueRecord_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                            FT_UInt        format,
+                            OTV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+    FT_UInt   count;
+
+#ifdef FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE
+    FT_Int    loop;
+    FT_ULong  res = 0;
+
+
+    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "ValueRecord" );
+
+    /* display `format' in dual representation */
+    for ( loop = 7; loop >= 0; loop-- )
+    {
+      res <<= 4;
+      res  += ( format >> loop ) & 1;
+    }
+
+    OTV_TRACE(( " (format 0b%08lx)\n", res ));
+#endif
+
+    if ( format >= 0x100 )
+      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
+
+    for ( count = 4; count > 0; count-- )
+    {
+      if ( format & 1 )
+      {
+        /* XPlacement, YPlacement, XAdvance, YAdvance */
+        OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
+        p += 2;
+      }
+
+      format >>= 1;
+    }
+
+    for ( count = 4; count > 0; count-- )
+    {
+      if ( format & 1 )
+      {
+        FT_UInt   table_size;
+
+        OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( device );
+
+
+        /* XPlaDevice, YPlaDevice, XAdvDevice, YAdvDevice */
+        OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
+        OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( device );
+
+        /* XXX: this value is usually too small, especially if the current */
+        /* ValueRecord is part of an array -- getting the correct table    */
+        /* size is probably not worth the trouble                          */
+
+        table_size = p - valid->extra3;
+
+        OTV_SIZE_CHECK( device );
+        if ( device )
+          otv_Device_validate( valid->extra3 + device, valid );
+      }
+      format >>= 1;
+    }
+
+    OTV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                           ANCHORS                             *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  static void
+  otv_Anchor_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                       OTV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+    FT_UInt   AnchorFormat;
+
+
+    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "Anchor");
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 6 );
+    AnchorFormat = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    OTV_TRACE(( " (format %d)\n", AnchorFormat ));
+
+    p += 4;     /* skip XCoordinate and YCoordinate */
+
+    switch ( AnchorFormat )
+    {
+    case 1:
+      break;
+
+    case 2:
+      OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );  /* AnchorPoint */
+      break;
+
+    case 3:
+      {
+        FT_UInt   table_size;
+
+        OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( XDeviceTable );
+        OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( YDeviceTable );
+
+
+        OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 );
+        OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( XDeviceTable );
+        OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( YDeviceTable );
+
+        table_size = 6 + 4;
+
+        OTV_SIZE_CHECK( XDeviceTable );
+        if ( XDeviceTable )
+          otv_Device_validate( table + XDeviceTable, valid );
+
+        OTV_SIZE_CHECK( YDeviceTable );
+        if ( YDeviceTable )
+          otv_Device_validate( table + YDeviceTable, valid );
+      }
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
+    }
+
+    OTV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                         MARK ARRAYS                           *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  static void
+  otv_MarkArray_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                          OTV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+    FT_UInt   MarkCount;
+
+
+    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "MarkArray" );
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
+    MarkCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    OTV_TRACE(( " (MarkCount = %d)\n", MarkCount ));
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( MarkCount * 4 );
+
+    /* MarkRecord */
+    for ( ; MarkCount > 0; MarkCount-- )
+    {
+      p += 2;   /* skip Class */
+      /* MarkAnchor */
+      otv_Anchor_validate( table + FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ), valid );
+    }
+
+    OTV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                     GPOS LOOKUP TYPE 1                        *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /* sets valid->extra3 (pointer to base table) */
+
+  static void
+  otv_SinglePos_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                          OTV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+    FT_UInt   PosFormat;
+
+
+    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "SinglePos" );
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
+    PosFormat = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    OTV_TRACE(( " (format %d)\n", PosFormat ));
+
+    valid->extra3 = table;
+
+    switch ( PosFormat )
+    {
+    case 1:     /* SinglePosFormat1 */
+      {
+        FT_UInt  Coverage, ValueFormat;
+
+
+        OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 );
+        Coverage    = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+        ValueFormat = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+        otv_Coverage_validate( table + Coverage, valid, -1 );
+        otv_ValueRecord_validate( p, ValueFormat, valid ); /* Value */
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case 2:     /* SinglePosFormat2 */
+      {
+        FT_UInt  Coverage, ValueFormat, ValueCount, len_value;
+
+
+        OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 6 );
+        Coverage    = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+        ValueFormat = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+        ValueCount  = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+        OTV_TRACE(( " (ValueCount = %d)\n", ValueCount ));
+
+        len_value = otv_value_length( ValueFormat );
+
+        otv_Coverage_validate( table + Coverage, valid, ValueCount );
+
+        OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( ValueCount * len_value );
+
+        /* Value */
+        for ( ; ValueCount > 0; ValueCount-- )
+        {
+          otv_ValueRecord_validate( p, ValueFormat, valid );
+          p += len_value;
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
+    }
+
+    OTV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                     GPOS LOOKUP TYPE 2                        *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  static void
+  otv_PairSet_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                        FT_UInt        format1,
+                        FT_UInt        format2,
+                        OTV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+    FT_UInt   value_len1, value_len2, PairValueCount;
+
+
+    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "PairSet" );
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
+    PairValueCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    OTV_TRACE(( " (PairValueCount = %d)\n", PairValueCount ));
+
+    value_len1 = otv_value_length( format1 );
+    value_len2 = otv_value_length( format2 );
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( PairValueCount * ( value_len1 + value_len2 + 2 ) );
+
+    /* PairValueRecord */
+    for ( ; PairValueCount > 0; PairValueCount-- )
+    {
+      p += 2;       /* skip SecondGlyph */
+
+      if ( format1 )
+        otv_ValueRecord_validate( p, format1, valid ); /* Value1 */
+      p += value_len1;
+
+      if ( format2 )
+        otv_ValueRecord_validate( p, format2, valid ); /* Value2 */
+      p += value_len2;
+    }
+
+    OTV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /* sets valid->extra3 (pointer to base table) */
+
+  static void
+  otv_PairPos_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                        OTV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+    FT_UInt   PosFormat;
+
+
+    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "PairPos" );
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
+    PosFormat = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    OTV_TRACE(( " (format %d)\n", PosFormat ));
+
+    valid->extra3 = table;
+
+    switch ( PosFormat )
+    {
+    case 1:     /* PairPosFormat1 */
+      {
+        FT_UInt  Coverage, ValueFormat1, ValueFormat2, PairSetCount;
+
+
+        OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 8 );
+        Coverage     = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+        ValueFormat1 = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+        ValueFormat2 = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+        PairSetCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+        OTV_TRACE(( " (PairSetCount = %d)\n", PairSetCount ));
+
+        otv_Coverage_validate( table + Coverage, valid, -1 );
+
+        OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( PairSetCount * 2 );
+
+        /* PairSetOffset */
+        for ( ; PairSetCount > 0; PairSetCount-- )
+          otv_PairSet_validate( table + FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ),
+                                ValueFormat1, ValueFormat2, valid );
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case 2:     /* PairPosFormat2 */
+      {
+        FT_UInt  Coverage, ValueFormat1, ValueFormat2, ClassDef1, ClassDef2;
+        FT_UInt  ClassCount1, ClassCount2, len_value1, len_value2, count;
+
+
+        OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 14 );
+        Coverage     = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+        ValueFormat1 = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+        ValueFormat2 = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+        ClassDef1    = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+        ClassDef2    = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+        ClassCount1  = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+        ClassCount2  = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+        OTV_TRACE(( " (ClassCount1 = %d)\n", ClassCount1 ));
+        OTV_TRACE(( " (ClassCount2 = %d)\n", ClassCount2 ));
+
+        len_value1 = otv_value_length( ValueFormat1 );
+        len_value2 = otv_value_length( ValueFormat2 );
+
+        otv_Coverage_validate( table + Coverage, valid, -1 );
+        otv_ClassDef_validate( table + ClassDef1, valid );
+        otv_ClassDef_validate( table + ClassDef2, valid );
+
+        OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( ClassCount1 * ClassCount2 *
+                     ( len_value1 + len_value2 ) );
+
+        /* Class1Record */
+        for ( ; ClassCount1 > 0; ClassCount1-- )
+        {
+          /* Class2Record */
+          for ( count = ClassCount2; count > 0; count-- )
+          {
+            if ( ValueFormat1 )
+              /* Value1 */
+              otv_ValueRecord_validate( p, ValueFormat1, valid );
+            p += len_value1;
+
+            if ( ValueFormat2 )
+              /* Value2 */
+              otv_ValueRecord_validate( p, ValueFormat2, valid );
+            p += len_value2;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
+    }
+
+    OTV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                     GPOS LOOKUP TYPE 3                        *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  static void
+  otv_CursivePos_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                           OTV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+    FT_UInt   PosFormat;
+
+
+    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "CursivePos" );
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
+    PosFormat = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    OTV_TRACE(( " (format %d)\n", PosFormat ));
+
+    switch ( PosFormat )
+    {
+    case 1:     /* CursivePosFormat1 */
+      {
+        FT_UInt   table_size;
+        FT_UInt   Coverage, EntryExitCount;
+
+        OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( EntryAnchor );
+        OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( ExitAnchor  );
+
+
+        OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 );
+        Coverage       = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+        EntryExitCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+        OTV_TRACE(( " (EntryExitCount = %d)\n", EntryExitCount ));
+
+        otv_Coverage_validate( table + Coverage, valid, EntryExitCount );
+
+        OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( EntryExitCount * 4 );
+
+        table_size = EntryExitCount * 4 + 4;
+
+        /* EntryExitRecord */
+        for ( ; EntryExitCount > 0; EntryExitCount-- )
+        {
+          OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( EntryAnchor );
+          OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( ExitAnchor  );
+
+          OTV_SIZE_CHECK( EntryAnchor );
+          if ( EntryAnchor )
+            otv_Anchor_validate( table + EntryAnchor, valid );
+
+          OTV_SIZE_CHECK( ExitAnchor );
+          if ( ExitAnchor )
+            otv_Anchor_validate( table + ExitAnchor, valid );
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
+    }
+
+    OTV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                     GPOS LOOKUP TYPE 4                        *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /* UNDOCUMENTED (in OpenType 1.5):              */
+  /* BaseRecord tables can contain NULL pointers. */
+
+  /* sets valid->extra2 (1) */
+
+  static void
+  otv_MarkBasePos_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                            OTV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+    FT_UInt   PosFormat;
+
+
+    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "MarkBasePos" );
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
+    PosFormat = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    OTV_TRACE(( " (format %d)\n", PosFormat ));
+
+    switch ( PosFormat )
+    {
+    case 1:
+      valid->extra2 = 1;
+      OTV_NEST2( MarkBasePosFormat1, BaseArray );
+      OTV_RUN( table, valid );
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
+    }
+
+    OTV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                     GPOS LOOKUP TYPE 5                        *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /* sets valid->extra2 (1) */
+
+  static void
+  otv_MarkLigPos_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                           OTV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+    FT_UInt   PosFormat;
+
+
+    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "MarkLigPos" );
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
+    PosFormat = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    OTV_TRACE(( " (format %d)\n", PosFormat ));
+
+    switch ( PosFormat )
+    {
+    case 1:
+      valid->extra2 = 1;
+      OTV_NEST3( MarkLigPosFormat1, LigatureArray, LigatureAttach );
+      OTV_RUN( table, valid );
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
+    }
+
+    OTV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                     GPOS LOOKUP TYPE 6                        *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /* sets valid->extra2 (0) */
+
+  static void
+  otv_MarkMarkPos_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                            OTV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+    FT_UInt   PosFormat;
+
+
+    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "MarkMarkPos" );
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
+    PosFormat = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    OTV_TRACE(( " (format %d)\n", PosFormat ));
+
+    switch ( PosFormat )
+    {
+    case 1:
+      valid->extra2 = 0;
+      OTV_NEST2( MarkMarkPosFormat1, Mark2Array );
+      OTV_RUN( table, valid );
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
+    }
+
+    OTV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                     GPOS LOOKUP TYPE 7                        *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /* sets valid->extra1 (lookup count) */
+
+  static void
+  otv_ContextPos_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                           OTV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+    FT_UInt   PosFormat;
+
+
+    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "ContextPos" );
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
+    PosFormat = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    OTV_TRACE(( " (format %d)\n", PosFormat ));
+
+    switch ( PosFormat )
+    {
+    case 1:
+      /* no need to check glyph indices/classes used as input for these */
+      /* context rules since even invalid glyph indices/classes return  */
+      /* meaningful results                                             */
+
+      valid->extra1 = valid->lookup_count;
+      OTV_NEST3( ContextPosFormat1, PosRuleSet, PosRule );
+      OTV_RUN( table, valid );
+      break;
+
+    case 2:
+      /* no need to check glyph indices/classes used as input for these */
+      /* context rules since even invalid glyph indices/classes return  */
+      /* meaningful results                                             */
+
+      OTV_NEST3( ContextPosFormat2, PosClassSet, PosClassRule );
+      OTV_RUN( table, valid );
+      break;
+
+    case 3:
+      OTV_NEST1( ContextPosFormat3 );
+      OTV_RUN( table, valid );
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
+    }
+
+    OTV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                     GPOS LOOKUP TYPE 8                        *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /* sets valid->extra1 (lookup count) */
+
+  static void
+  otv_ChainContextPos_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                                OTV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+    FT_UInt   PosFormat;
+
+
+    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "ChainContextPos" );
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
+    PosFormat = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    OTV_TRACE(( " (format %d)\n", PosFormat ));
+
+    switch ( PosFormat )
+    {
+    case 1:
+      /* no need to check glyph indices/classes used as input for these */
+      /* context rules since even invalid glyph indices/classes return  */
+      /* meaningful results                                             */
+
+      valid->extra1 = valid->lookup_count;
+      OTV_NEST3( ChainContextPosFormat1,
+                 ChainPosRuleSet, ChainPosRule );
+      OTV_RUN( table, valid );
+      break;
+
+    case 2:
+      /* no need to check glyph indices/classes used as input for these */
+      /* context rules since even invalid glyph indices/classes return  */
+      /* meaningful results                                             */
+
+      OTV_NEST3( ChainContextPosFormat2,
+                 ChainPosClassSet, ChainPosClassRule );
+      OTV_RUN( table, valid );
+      break;
+
+    case 3:
+      OTV_NEST1( ChainContextPosFormat3 );
+      OTV_RUN( table, valid );
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
+    }
+
+    OTV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                     GPOS LOOKUP TYPE 9                        *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /* uses valid->type_funcs */
+
+  static void
+  otv_ExtensionPos_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                             OTV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+    FT_UInt   PosFormat;
+
+
+    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "ExtensionPos" );
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
+    PosFormat = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    OTV_TRACE(( " (format %d)\n", PosFormat ));
+
+    switch ( PosFormat )
+    {
+    case 1:     /* ExtensionPosFormat1 */
+      {
+        FT_UInt            ExtensionLookupType, ExtensionOffset;
+        OTV_Validate_Func  validate;
+
+
+        OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 6 );
+        ExtensionLookupType = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+        ExtensionOffset     = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+
+        if ( ExtensionLookupType == 0 || ExtensionLookupType >= 9 )
+          FT_INVALID_DATA;
+
+        validate = valid->type_funcs[ExtensionLookupType - 1];
+        validate( table + ExtensionOffset, valid );
+      }
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
+    }
+
+    OTV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  static const OTV_Validate_Func  otv_gpos_validate_funcs[9] =
+  {
+    otv_SinglePos_validate,
+    otv_PairPos_validate,
+    otv_CursivePos_validate,
+    otv_MarkBasePos_validate,
+    otv_MarkLigPos_validate,
+    otv_MarkMarkPos_validate,
+    otv_ContextPos_validate,
+    otv_ChainContextPos_validate,
+    otv_ExtensionPos_validate
+  };
+
+
+  /* sets valid->type_count */
+  /* sets valid->type_funcs */
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  otv_GPOS_subtable_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                              OTV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    valid->type_count = 9;
+    valid->type_funcs = (OTV_Validate_Func*)otv_gpos_validate_funcs;
+
+    otv_Lookup_validate( table, valid );
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                          GPOS TABLE                           *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /* sets valid->glyph_count */
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  otv_GPOS_validate( FT_Bytes      table,
+                     FT_UInt       glyph_count,
+                     FT_Validator  ftvalid )
+  {
+    OTV_ValidatorRec  validrec;
+    OTV_Validator     valid = &validrec;
+    FT_Bytes          p     = table;
+    FT_UInt           ScriptList, FeatureList, LookupList;
+
+
+    valid->root = ftvalid;
+
+    FT_TRACE3(( "validating GPOS table\n" ));
+    OTV_INIT;
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 10 );
+
+    if ( FT_NEXT_ULONG( p ) != 0x10000UL )      /* Version */
+      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
+
+    ScriptList  = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    FeatureList = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    LookupList  = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    valid->type_count  = 9;
+    valid->type_funcs  = (OTV_Validate_Func*)otv_gpos_validate_funcs;
+    valid->glyph_count = glyph_count;
+
+    otv_LookupList_validate( table + LookupList,
+                             valid );
+    otv_FeatureList_validate( table + FeatureList, table + LookupList,
+                              valid );
+    otv_ScriptList_validate( table + ScriptList, table + FeatureList,
+                             valid );
+
+    FT_TRACE4(( "\n" ));
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvgpos.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvgpos.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..14ca408
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvgpos.h
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  otvgpos.h                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    OpenType GPOS table validator (specification).                       */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2004 by                                                      */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __OTVGPOS_H__
+#define __OTVGPOS_H__
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  otv_GPOS_subtable_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                              OTV_Validator  valid );
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __OTVGPOS_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvgsub.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvgsub.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f01fca1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvgsub.c
@@ -0,0 +1,584 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  otvgsub.c                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    OpenType GSUB table validation (body).                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2004, 2005, 2007 by                                          */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include "otvalid.h"
+#include "otvcommn.h"
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_otvgsub
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                  GSUB LOOKUP TYPE 1                           *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /* uses valid->glyph_count */
+
+  static void
+  otv_SingleSubst_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                            OTV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+    FT_UInt   SubstFormat;
+
+
+    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "SingleSubst" );
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
+    SubstFormat = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    OTV_TRACE(( " (format %d)\n", SubstFormat ));
+
+    switch ( SubstFormat )
+    {
+    case 1:     /* SingleSubstFormat1 */
+      {
+        FT_Bytes  Coverage;
+        FT_Int    DeltaGlyphID;
+        FT_Long   idx;
+
+
+        OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 );
+        Coverage     = table + FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+        DeltaGlyphID = FT_NEXT_SHORT( p );
+
+        otv_Coverage_validate( Coverage, valid, -1 );
+
+        idx = otv_Coverage_get_first( Coverage ) + DeltaGlyphID;
+        if ( idx < 0 )
+          FT_INVALID_DATA;
+
+        idx = otv_Coverage_get_last( Coverage ) + DeltaGlyphID;
+        if ( (FT_UInt)idx >= valid->glyph_count )
+          FT_INVALID_DATA;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case 2:     /* SingleSubstFormat2 */
+      {
+        FT_UInt  Coverage, GlyphCount;
+
+
+        OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 );
+        Coverage   = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+        GlyphCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+        OTV_TRACE(( " (GlyphCount = %d)\n", GlyphCount ));
+
+        otv_Coverage_validate( table + Coverage, valid, GlyphCount );
+
+        OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( GlyphCount * 2 );
+
+        /* Substitute */
+        for ( ; GlyphCount > 0; GlyphCount-- )
+          if ( FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ) >= valid->glyph_count )
+            FT_INVALID_GLYPH_ID;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
+    }
+
+    OTV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                  GSUB LOOKUP TYPE 2                           *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /* sets valid->extra1 (glyph count) */
+
+  static void
+  otv_MultipleSubst_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                              OTV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+    FT_UInt   SubstFormat;
+
+
+    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "MultipleSubst" );
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
+    SubstFormat = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    OTV_TRACE(( " (format %d)\n", SubstFormat ));
+
+    switch ( SubstFormat )
+    {
+    case 1:
+      valid->extra1 = valid->glyph_count;
+      OTV_NEST2( MultipleSubstFormat1, Sequence );
+      OTV_RUN( table, valid );
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
+    }
+
+    OTV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                    GSUB LOOKUP TYPE 3                         *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /* sets valid->extra1 (glyph count) */
+
+  static void
+  otv_AlternateSubst_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                               OTV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+    FT_UInt   SubstFormat;
+
+
+    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "AlternateSubst" );
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
+    SubstFormat = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    OTV_TRACE(( " (format %d)\n", SubstFormat ));
+
+    switch ( SubstFormat )
+    {
+    case 1:
+      valid->extra1 = valid->glyph_count;
+      OTV_NEST2( AlternateSubstFormat1, AlternateSet );
+      OTV_RUN( table, valid );
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
+    }
+
+    OTV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                    GSUB LOOKUP TYPE 4                         *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+#define LigatureFunc  otv_Ligature_validate
+
+  /* uses valid->glyph_count */
+
+  static void
+  otv_Ligature_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                         OTV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+    FT_UInt   LigatureGlyph, CompCount;
+
+
+    OTV_ENTER;
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 );
+    LigatureGlyph = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    if ( LigatureGlyph >= valid->glyph_count )
+      FT_INVALID_DATA;
+
+    CompCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    OTV_TRACE(( " (CompCount = %d)\n", CompCount ));
+
+    if ( CompCount == 0 )
+      FT_INVALID_DATA;
+
+    CompCount--;
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( CompCount * 2 );     /* Component */
+
+    /* no need to check the Component glyph indices */
+
+    OTV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  otv_LigatureSubst_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                              OTV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+    FT_UInt   SubstFormat;
+
+
+    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "LigatureSubst" );
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
+    SubstFormat = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    OTV_TRACE(( " (format %d)\n", SubstFormat ));
+
+    switch ( SubstFormat )
+    {
+    case 1:
+      OTV_NEST3( LigatureSubstFormat1, LigatureSet, Ligature );
+      OTV_RUN( table, valid );
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
+    }
+
+    OTV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                  GSUB LOOKUP TYPE 5                           *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /* sets valid->extra1 (lookup count) */
+
+  static void
+  otv_ContextSubst_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                             OTV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+    FT_UInt   SubstFormat;
+
+
+    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "ContextSubst" );
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
+    SubstFormat = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    OTV_TRACE(( " (format %d)\n", SubstFormat ));
+
+    switch ( SubstFormat )
+    {
+    case 1:
+      /* no need to check glyph indices/classes used as input for these */
+      /* context rules since even invalid glyph indices/classes return  */
+      /* meaningful results                                             */
+
+      valid->extra1 = valid->lookup_count;
+      OTV_NEST3( ContextSubstFormat1, SubRuleSet, SubRule );
+      OTV_RUN( table, valid );
+      break;
+
+    case 2:
+      /* no need to check glyph indices/classes used as input for these */
+      /* context rules since even invalid glyph indices/classes return  */
+      /* meaningful results                                             */
+
+      OTV_NEST3( ContextSubstFormat2, SubClassSet, SubClassRule );
+      OTV_RUN( table, valid );
+      break;
+
+    case 3:
+      OTV_NEST1( ContextSubstFormat3 );
+      OTV_RUN( table, valid );
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
+    }
+
+    OTV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                    GSUB LOOKUP TYPE 6                         *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /* sets valid->extra1 (lookup count)            */
+
+  static void
+  otv_ChainContextSubst_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                                  OTV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+    FT_UInt   SubstFormat;
+
+
+    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "ChainContextSubst" );
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
+    SubstFormat = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    OTV_TRACE(( " (format %d)\n", SubstFormat ));
+
+    switch ( SubstFormat )
+    {
+    case 1:
+      /* no need to check glyph indices/classes used as input for these */
+      /* context rules since even invalid glyph indices/classes return  */
+      /* meaningful results                                             */
+
+      valid->extra1 = valid->lookup_count;
+      OTV_NEST3( ChainContextSubstFormat1,
+                 ChainSubRuleSet, ChainSubRule );
+      OTV_RUN( table, valid );
+      break;
+
+    case 2:
+      /* no need to check glyph indices/classes used as input for these */
+      /* context rules since even invalid glyph indices/classes return  */
+      /* meaningful results                                             */
+
+      OTV_NEST3( ChainContextSubstFormat2,
+                 ChainSubClassSet, ChainSubClassRule );
+      OTV_RUN( table, valid );
+      break;
+
+    case 3:
+      OTV_NEST1( ChainContextSubstFormat3 );
+      OTV_RUN( table, valid );
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
+    }
+
+    OTV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                    GSUB LOOKUP TYPE 7                         *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /* uses valid->type_funcs */
+
+  static void
+  otv_ExtensionSubst_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                               OTV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+    FT_UInt   SubstFormat;
+
+
+    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "ExtensionSubst" );
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
+    SubstFormat = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    OTV_TRACE(( " (format %d)\n", SubstFormat ));
+
+    switch ( SubstFormat )
+    {
+    case 1:     /* ExtensionSubstFormat1 */
+      {
+        FT_UInt            ExtensionLookupType, ExtensionOffset;
+        OTV_Validate_Func  validate;
+
+
+        OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 6 );
+        ExtensionLookupType = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+        ExtensionOffset     = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+
+        if ( ExtensionLookupType == 0 ||
+             ExtensionLookupType == 7 ||
+             ExtensionLookupType > 8  )
+          FT_INVALID_DATA;
+
+        validate = valid->type_funcs[ExtensionLookupType - 1];
+        validate( table + ExtensionOffset, valid );
+      }
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
+    }
+
+    OTV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                    GSUB LOOKUP TYPE 8                         *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /* uses valid->glyph_count */
+
+  static void
+  otv_ReverseChainSingleSubst_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                                        OTV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table, Coverage;
+    FT_UInt   SubstFormat;
+    FT_UInt   BacktrackGlyphCount, LookaheadGlyphCount, GlyphCount;
+
+
+    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "ReverseChainSingleSubst" );
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
+    SubstFormat = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    OTV_TRACE(( " (format %d)\n", SubstFormat ));
+
+    switch ( SubstFormat )
+    {
+    case 1:     /* ReverseChainSingleSubstFormat1 */
+      OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 );
+      Coverage            = table + FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+      BacktrackGlyphCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+      OTV_TRACE(( " (BacktrackGlyphCount = %d)\n", BacktrackGlyphCount ));
+
+      otv_Coverage_validate( Coverage, valid, -1 );
+
+      OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( BacktrackGlyphCount * 2 + 2 );
+
+      for ( ; BacktrackGlyphCount > 0; BacktrackGlyphCount-- )
+        otv_Coverage_validate( table + FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ), valid, -1 );
+
+      LookaheadGlyphCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+      OTV_TRACE(( " (LookaheadGlyphCount = %d)\n", LookaheadGlyphCount ));
+
+      OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( LookaheadGlyphCount * 2 + 2 );
+
+      for ( ; LookaheadGlyphCount > 0; LookaheadGlyphCount-- )
+        otv_Coverage_validate( table + FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ), valid, -1 );
+
+      GlyphCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+      OTV_TRACE(( " (GlyphCount = %d)\n", GlyphCount ));
+
+      if ( GlyphCount != otv_Coverage_get_count( Coverage ) )
+        FT_INVALID_DATA;
+
+      OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( GlyphCount * 2 );
+
+      /* Substitute */
+      for ( ; GlyphCount > 0; GlyphCount-- )
+        if ( FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ) >= valid->glyph_count )
+          FT_INVALID_DATA;
+
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
+    }
+
+    OTV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  static const OTV_Validate_Func  otv_gsub_validate_funcs[8] =
+  {
+    otv_SingleSubst_validate,
+    otv_MultipleSubst_validate,
+    otv_AlternateSubst_validate,
+    otv_LigatureSubst_validate,
+    otv_ContextSubst_validate,
+    otv_ChainContextSubst_validate,
+    otv_ExtensionSubst_validate,
+    otv_ReverseChainSingleSubst_validate
+  };
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                          GSUB TABLE                           *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /* sets valid->type_count  */
+  /* sets valid->type_funcs  */
+  /* sets valid->glyph_count */
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  otv_GSUB_validate( FT_Bytes      table,
+                     FT_UInt       glyph_count,
+                     FT_Validator  ftvalid )
+  {
+    OTV_ValidatorRec  validrec;
+    OTV_Validator     valid = &validrec;
+    FT_Bytes          p     = table;
+    FT_UInt           ScriptList, FeatureList, LookupList;
+
+
+    valid->root = ftvalid;
+
+    FT_TRACE3(( "validating GSUB table\n" ));
+    OTV_INIT;
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 10 );
+
+    if ( FT_NEXT_ULONG( p ) != 0x10000UL )      /* Version */
+      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
+
+    ScriptList  = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    FeatureList = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    LookupList  = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    valid->type_count  = 8;
+    valid->type_funcs  = (OTV_Validate_Func*)otv_gsub_validate_funcs;
+    valid->glyph_count = glyph_count;
+
+    otv_LookupList_validate( table + LookupList,
+                             valid );
+    otv_FeatureList_validate( table + FeatureList, table + LookupList,
+                              valid );
+    otv_ScriptList_validate( table + ScriptList, table + FeatureList,
+                             valid );
+
+    FT_TRACE4(( "\n" ));
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvjstf.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvjstf.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a616a23
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvjstf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,258 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  otvjstf.c                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    OpenType JSTF table validation (body).                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2004, 2007 by                                                */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include "otvalid.h"
+#include "otvcommn.h"
+#include "otvgpos.h"
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_otvjstf
+
+
+#define JstfPriorityFunc  otv_JstfPriority_validate
+#define JstfLookupFunc    otv_GPOS_subtable_validate
+
+  /* uses valid->extra1 (GSUB lookup count) */
+  /* uses valid->extra2 (GPOS lookup count) */
+  /* sets valid->extra1 (counter)           */
+
+  static void
+  otv_JstfPriority_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                             OTV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+    FT_UInt   table_size;
+    FT_UInt   gsub_lookup_count, gpos_lookup_count;
+
+    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( ShrinkageEnableGSUB  );
+    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( ShrinkageDisableGSUB );
+    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( ShrinkageEnableGPOS  );
+    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( ShrinkageDisableGPOS );
+    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( ExtensionEnableGSUB  );
+    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( ExtensionDisableGSUB );
+    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( ExtensionEnableGPOS  );
+    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( ExtensionDisableGPOS );
+    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( ShrinkageJstfMax );
+    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( ExtensionJstfMax );
+
+
+    OTV_ENTER;
+    OTV_TRACE(( "JstfPriority table\n" ));
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 20 );
+
+    gsub_lookup_count = valid->extra1;
+    gpos_lookup_count = valid->extra2;
+
+    table_size = 20;
+
+    valid->extra1 = gsub_lookup_count;
+
+    OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( ShrinkageEnableGSUB );
+    OTV_SIZE_CHECK( ShrinkageEnableGSUB );
+    if ( ShrinkageEnableGSUB )
+      otv_x_ux( table + ShrinkageEnableGSUB, valid );
+
+    OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( ShrinkageDisableGSUB );
+    OTV_SIZE_CHECK( ShrinkageDisableGSUB );
+    if ( ShrinkageDisableGSUB )
+      otv_x_ux( table + ShrinkageDisableGSUB, valid );
+
+    valid->extra1 = gpos_lookup_count;
+
+    OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( ShrinkageEnableGPOS );
+    OTV_SIZE_CHECK( ShrinkageEnableGPOS );
+    if ( ShrinkageEnableGPOS )
+      otv_x_ux( table + ShrinkageEnableGPOS, valid );
+
+    OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( ShrinkageDisableGPOS );
+    OTV_SIZE_CHECK( ShrinkageDisableGPOS );
+    if ( ShrinkageDisableGPOS )
+      otv_x_ux( table + ShrinkageDisableGPOS, valid );
+
+    OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( ShrinkageJstfMax );
+    OTV_SIZE_CHECK( ShrinkageJstfMax );
+    if ( ShrinkageJstfMax )
+    {
+      /* XXX: check lookup types? */
+      OTV_NEST2( JstfMax, JstfLookup );
+      OTV_RUN( table + ShrinkageJstfMax, valid );
+    }
+
+    valid->extra1 = gsub_lookup_count;
+
+    OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( ExtensionEnableGSUB );
+    OTV_SIZE_CHECK( ExtensionEnableGSUB );
+    if ( ExtensionEnableGSUB )
+      otv_x_ux( table + ExtensionEnableGSUB, valid );
+
+    OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( ExtensionDisableGSUB );
+    OTV_SIZE_CHECK( ExtensionDisableGSUB );
+    if ( ExtensionDisableGSUB )
+      otv_x_ux( table + ExtensionDisableGSUB, valid );
+
+    valid->extra1 = gpos_lookup_count;
+
+    OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( ExtensionEnableGPOS );
+    OTV_SIZE_CHECK( ExtensionEnableGPOS );
+    if ( ExtensionEnableGPOS )
+      otv_x_ux( table + ExtensionEnableGPOS, valid );
+
+    OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( ExtensionDisableGPOS );
+    OTV_SIZE_CHECK( ExtensionDisableGPOS );
+    if ( ExtensionDisableGPOS )
+      otv_x_ux( table + ExtensionDisableGPOS, valid );
+
+    OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( ExtensionJstfMax );
+    OTV_SIZE_CHECK( ExtensionJstfMax );
+    if ( ExtensionJstfMax )
+    {
+      /* XXX: check lookup types? */
+      OTV_NEST2( JstfMax, JstfLookup );
+      OTV_RUN( table + ExtensionJstfMax, valid );
+    }
+
+    valid->extra1 = gsub_lookup_count;
+    valid->extra2 = gpos_lookup_count;
+
+    OTV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /* sets valid->extra (glyph count)               */
+  /* sets valid->func1 (otv_JstfPriority_validate) */
+
+  static void
+  otv_JstfScript_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                           OTV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+    FT_UInt   table_size;
+    FT_UInt   JstfLangSysCount;
+
+    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( ExtGlyph );
+    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( DefJstfLangSys );
+
+
+    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "JstfScript" );
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 6 );
+    OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( ExtGlyph );
+    OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( DefJstfLangSys );
+    JstfLangSysCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    OTV_TRACE(( " (JstfLangSysCount = %d)\n", JstfLangSysCount ));
+
+    table_size = JstfLangSysCount * 6 + 6;
+
+    OTV_SIZE_CHECK( ExtGlyph );
+    if ( ExtGlyph )
+    {
+      valid->extra1 = valid->glyph_count;
+      OTV_NEST1( ExtenderGlyph );
+      OTV_RUN( table + ExtGlyph, valid );
+    }
+
+    OTV_SIZE_CHECK( DefJstfLangSys );
+    if ( DefJstfLangSys )
+    {
+      OTV_NEST2( JstfLangSys, JstfPriority );
+      OTV_RUN( table + DefJstfLangSys, valid );
+    }
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 6 * JstfLangSysCount );
+
+    /* JstfLangSysRecord */
+    OTV_NEST2( JstfLangSys, JstfPriority );
+    for ( ; JstfLangSysCount > 0; JstfLangSysCount-- )
+    {
+      p += 4;       /* skip JstfLangSysTag */
+
+      OTV_RUN( table + FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ), valid );
+    }
+
+    OTV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /* sets valid->extra1 (GSUB lookup count) */
+  /* sets valid->extra2 (GPOS lookup count) */
+  /* sets valid->glyph_count                */
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  otv_JSTF_validate( FT_Bytes      table,
+                     FT_Bytes      gsub,
+                     FT_Bytes      gpos,
+                     FT_UInt       glyph_count,
+                     FT_Validator  ftvalid )
+  {
+    OTV_ValidatorRec  validrec;
+    OTV_Validator     valid = &validrec;
+    FT_Bytes          p     = table;
+    FT_UInt           JstfScriptCount;
+
+
+    valid->root = ftvalid;
+
+    FT_TRACE3(( "validating JSTF table\n" ));
+    OTV_INIT;
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 6 );
+
+    if ( FT_NEXT_ULONG( p ) != 0x10000UL )      /* Version */
+      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
+
+    JstfScriptCount = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    FT_TRACE3(( " (JstfScriptCount = %d)\n", JstfScriptCount ));
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( JstfScriptCount * 6 );
+
+    if ( gsub )
+      valid->extra1 = otv_GSUBGPOS_get_Lookup_count( gsub );
+    else
+      valid->extra1 = 0;
+
+    if ( gpos )
+      valid->extra2 = otv_GSUBGPOS_get_Lookup_count( gpos );
+    else
+      valid->extra2 = 0;
+
+    valid->glyph_count = glyph_count;
+
+    /* JstfScriptRecord */
+    for ( ; JstfScriptCount > 0; JstfScriptCount-- )
+    {
+      p += 4;       /* skip JstfScriptTag */
+
+      /* JstfScript */
+      otv_JstfScript_validate( table + FT_NEXT_USHORT( p ), valid );
+    }
+
+    FT_TRACE4(( "\n" ));
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvmath.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvmath.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..50ed10c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvmath.c
@@ -0,0 +1,452 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  otvmath.c                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    OpenType MATH table validation (body).                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2007, 2008 by                                                */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Written by George Williams.                                            */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include "otvalid.h"
+#include "otvcommn.h"
+#include "otvgpos.h"
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_otvmath
+
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                  MATH TYPOGRAPHIC CONSTANTS                   *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  static void
+  otv_MathConstants_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                              OTV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+    FT_UInt   i;
+    FT_UInt   table_size;
+
+    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( DeviceTableOffset );
+
+
+    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "MathConstants" );
+
+    /* 56 constants, 51 have device tables */
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 * ( 56 + 51 ) );
+    table_size = 2 * ( 56 + 51 );
+
+    p += 4 * 2;                 /* First 4 constants have no device tables */
+    for ( i = 0; i < 51; ++i )
+    {
+      p += 2;                                            /* skip the value */
+      OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( DeviceTableOffset );
+      OTV_SIZE_CHECK( DeviceTableOffset );
+      if ( DeviceTableOffset )
+        otv_Device_validate( table + DeviceTableOffset, valid );
+    }
+
+    OTV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                   MATH ITALICS CORRECTION                     *****/
+  /*****                 MATH TOP ACCENT ATTACHMENT                    *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  static void
+  otv_MathItalicsCorrectionInfo_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                                          OTV_Validator  valid,
+                                          FT_Int         isItalic )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+    FT_UInt   i, cnt, table_size ;
+
+    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( Coverage );
+    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( DeviceTableOffset );
+
+    FT_UNUSED( isItalic );  /* only used if tracing is active */
+
+
+    OTV_NAME_ENTER( isItalic ? "MathItalicsCorrectionInfo"
+                             : "MathTopAccentAttachment" );
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 );
+
+    OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( Coverage );
+    cnt = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 * cnt );
+    table_size = 4 + 4 * cnt;
+
+    OTV_SIZE_CHECK( Coverage );
+    otv_Coverage_validate( table + Coverage, valid, cnt );
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < cnt; ++i )
+    {
+      p += 2;                                            /* Skip the value */
+      OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( DeviceTableOffset );
+      OTV_SIZE_CHECK( DeviceTableOffset );
+      if ( DeviceTableOffset )
+        otv_Device_validate( table + DeviceTableOffset, valid );
+    }
+
+    OTV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                           MATH KERNING                        *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  static void
+  otv_MathKern_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                         OTV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+    FT_UInt   i, cnt, table_size;
+
+    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( DeviceTableOffset );
+
+
+    /* OTV_NAME_ENTER( "MathKern" );*/
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 );
+
+    cnt = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 * cnt + 2 );
+    table_size = 4 + 4 * cnt;
+
+    /* Heights */
+    for ( i = 0; i < cnt; ++i )
+    {
+      p += 2;                                            /* Skip the value */
+      OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( DeviceTableOffset );
+      OTV_SIZE_CHECK( DeviceTableOffset );
+      if ( DeviceTableOffset )
+        otv_Device_validate( table + DeviceTableOffset, valid );
+    }
+
+    /* One more Kerning value */
+    for ( i = 0; i < cnt + 1; ++i )
+    {
+      p += 2;                                            /* Skip the value */
+      OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( DeviceTableOffset );
+      OTV_SIZE_CHECK( DeviceTableOffset );
+      if ( DeviceTableOffset )
+        otv_Device_validate( table + DeviceTableOffset, valid );
+    }
+
+    OTV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  otv_MathKernInfo_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                             OTV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+    FT_UInt   i, j, cnt, table_size;
+
+    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( Coverage );
+    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( MKRecordOffset );
+
+
+    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "MathKernInfo" );
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 );
+
+    OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( Coverage );
+    cnt = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 8 * cnt );
+    table_size = 4 + 8 * cnt;
+
+    OTV_SIZE_CHECK( Coverage );
+    otv_Coverage_validate( table + Coverage, valid, cnt );
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < cnt; ++i )
+    {
+      for ( j = 0; j < 4; ++j )
+      {
+        OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( MKRecordOffset );
+        OTV_SIZE_CHECK( MKRecordOffset );
+        if ( MKRecordOffset )
+          otv_MathKern_validate( table + MKRecordOffset, valid );
+      }
+    }
+
+    OTV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                         MATH GLYPH INFO                       *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  static void
+  otv_MathGlyphInfo_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                              OTV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+    FT_UInt   MathItalicsCorrectionInfo, MathTopAccentAttachment;
+    FT_UInt   ExtendedShapeCoverage, MathKernInfo;
+
+
+    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "MathGlyphInfo" );
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 8 );
+
+    MathItalicsCorrectionInfo = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    MathTopAccentAttachment   = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    ExtendedShapeCoverage     = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    MathKernInfo              = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    if ( MathItalicsCorrectionInfo )
+      otv_MathItalicsCorrectionInfo_validate(
+        table + MathItalicsCorrectionInfo, valid, TRUE );
+
+    /* Italic correction and Top Accent Attachment have the same format */
+    if ( MathTopAccentAttachment )
+      otv_MathItalicsCorrectionInfo_validate(
+        table + MathTopAccentAttachment, valid, FALSE );
+
+    if ( ExtendedShapeCoverage ) {
+      OTV_NAME_ENTER( "ExtendedShapeCoverage" );
+      otv_Coverage_validate( table + ExtendedShapeCoverage, valid, -1 );
+      OTV_EXIT;
+    }
+
+    if ( MathKernInfo )
+      otv_MathKernInfo_validate( table + MathKernInfo, valid );
+
+    OTV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                    MATH GLYPH CONSTRUCTION                    *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  static void
+  otv_GlyphAssembly_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                              OTV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+    FT_UInt   pcnt, table_size;
+    FT_UInt   i;
+
+    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( DeviceTableOffset );
+
+
+    /* OTV_NAME_ENTER( "GlyphAssembly" ); */
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 6 );
+
+    p += 2;                           /* Skip the Italics Correction value */
+    OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( DeviceTableOffset );
+    pcnt = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 8 * pcnt );
+    table_size = 6 + 8 * pcnt;
+
+    OTV_SIZE_CHECK( DeviceTableOffset );
+    if ( DeviceTableOffset )
+      otv_Device_validate( table + DeviceTableOffset, valid );
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < pcnt; ++i )
+    {
+      FT_UInt  gid;
+
+
+      gid = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+      if ( gid >= valid->glyph_count )
+        FT_INVALID_GLYPH_ID;
+      p += 2*4;             /* skip the Start, End, Full, and Flags fields */
+    }
+
+    /* OTV_EXIT; */
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  otv_MathGlyphConstruction_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                                      OTV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+    FT_UInt   vcnt, table_size;
+    FT_UInt   i;
+
+    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( GlyphAssembly );
+
+
+    /* OTV_NAME_ENTER( "MathGlyphConstruction" ); */
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 );
+
+    OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( GlyphAssembly );
+    vcnt = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 4 * vcnt );
+    table_size = 4 + 4 * vcnt;
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < vcnt; ++i )
+    {
+      FT_UInt  gid;
+
+
+      gid = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+      if ( gid >= valid->glyph_count )
+        FT_INVALID_GLYPH_ID;
+      p += 2;                          /* skip the size */
+    }
+
+    OTV_SIZE_CHECK( GlyphAssembly );
+    if ( GlyphAssembly )
+      otv_GlyphAssembly_validate( table+GlyphAssembly, valid );
+
+    /* OTV_EXIT; */
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  otv_MathVariants_validate( FT_Bytes       table,
+                             OTV_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Bytes  p = table;
+    FT_UInt   vcnt, hcnt, i, table_size;
+
+    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( VCoverage );
+    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( HCoverage );
+    OTV_OPTIONAL_TABLE( Offset );
+
+
+    OTV_NAME_ENTER( "MathVariants" );
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 10 );
+
+    p += 2;                       /* Skip the MinConnectorOverlap constant */
+    OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( VCoverage );
+    OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( HCoverage );
+    vcnt = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    hcnt = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 2 * vcnt + 2 * hcnt );
+    table_size = 10 + 2 * vcnt + 2 * hcnt;
+
+    OTV_SIZE_CHECK( VCoverage );
+    if ( VCoverage )
+      otv_Coverage_validate( table + VCoverage, valid, vcnt );
+
+    OTV_SIZE_CHECK( HCoverage );
+    if ( HCoverage )
+      otv_Coverage_validate( table + HCoverage, valid, hcnt );
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < vcnt; ++i )
+    {
+      OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( Offset );
+      OTV_SIZE_CHECK( Offset );
+      otv_MathGlyphConstruction_validate( table + Offset, valid );
+    }
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < hcnt; ++i )
+    {
+      OTV_OPTIONAL_OFFSET( Offset );
+      OTV_SIZE_CHECK( Offset );
+      otv_MathGlyphConstruction_validate( table + Offset, valid );
+    }
+
+    OTV_EXIT;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                          MATH TABLE                           *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /* sets valid->glyph_count */
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  otv_MATH_validate( FT_Bytes      table,
+                     FT_UInt       glyph_count,
+                     FT_Validator  ftvalid )
+  {
+    OTV_ValidatorRec  validrec;
+    OTV_Validator     valid = &validrec;
+    FT_Bytes          p     = table;
+    FT_UInt           MathConstants, MathGlyphInfo, MathVariants;
+
+
+    valid->root = ftvalid;
+
+    FT_TRACE3(( "validating MATH table\n" ));
+    OTV_INIT;
+
+    OTV_LIMIT_CHECK( 10 );
+
+    if ( FT_NEXT_ULONG( p ) != 0x10000UL )      /* Version */
+      FT_INVALID_FORMAT;
+
+    MathConstants = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    MathGlyphInfo = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    MathVariants  = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    valid->glyph_count = glyph_count;
+
+    otv_MathConstants_validate( table + MathConstants,
+                                valid );
+    otv_MathGlyphInfo_validate( table + MathGlyphInfo,
+                                valid );
+    otv_MathVariants_validate ( table + MathVariants,
+                                valid );
+
+    FT_TRACE4(( "\n" ));
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvmod.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvmod.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..63c25f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvmod.c
@@ -0,0 +1,267 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  otvmod.c                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType's OpenType validation module implementation (body).         */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by                              */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H
+#include FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H
+#include FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+#include FT_SERVICE_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H
+
+#include "otvmod.h"
+#include "otvalid.h"
+#include "otvcommn.h"
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_otvmodule
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  otv_load_table( FT_Face             face,
+                  FT_Tag              tag,
+                  FT_Byte* volatile*  table,
+                  FT_ULong*           table_len )
+  {
+    FT_Error   error;
+    FT_Memory  memory = FT_FACE_MEMORY( face );
+
+
+    error = FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( face, tag, 0, NULL, table_len );
+    if ( error == OTV_Err_Table_Missing )
+      return OTV_Err_Ok;
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    if ( FT_ALLOC( *table, *table_len ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    error = FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( face, tag, 0, *table, table_len );
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  otv_validate( FT_Face volatile   face,
+                FT_UInt            ot_flags,
+                FT_Bytes          *ot_base,
+                FT_Bytes          *ot_gdef,
+                FT_Bytes          *ot_gpos,
+                FT_Bytes          *ot_gsub,
+                FT_Bytes          *ot_jstf )
+  {
+    FT_Error                  error = OTV_Err_Ok;
+    FT_Byte* volatile         base;
+    FT_Byte* volatile         gdef;
+    FT_Byte* volatile         gpos;
+    FT_Byte* volatile         gsub;
+    FT_Byte* volatile         jstf;
+    FT_Byte* volatile         math;
+    FT_ULong                  len_base, len_gdef, len_gpos, len_gsub, len_jstf;
+    FT_ULong                  len_math;
+    FT_ValidatorRec volatile  valid;
+
+
+    base     = gdef     = gpos     = gsub     = jstf     = math     = NULL;
+    len_base = len_gdef = len_gpos = len_gsub = len_jstf = len_math = 0;
+
+    /* load tables */
+
+    if ( ot_flags & FT_VALIDATE_BASE )
+    {
+      error = otv_load_table( face, TTAG_BASE, &base, &len_base );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    if ( ot_flags & FT_VALIDATE_GDEF )
+    {
+      error = otv_load_table( face, TTAG_GDEF, &gdef, &len_gdef );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    if ( ot_flags & FT_VALIDATE_GPOS )
+    {
+      error = otv_load_table( face, TTAG_GPOS, &gpos, &len_gpos );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    if ( ot_flags & FT_VALIDATE_GSUB )
+    {
+      error = otv_load_table( face, TTAG_GSUB, &gsub, &len_gsub );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    if ( ot_flags & FT_VALIDATE_JSTF )
+    {
+      error = otv_load_table( face, TTAG_JSTF, &jstf, &len_jstf );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    if ( ot_flags & FT_VALIDATE_MATH )
+    {
+      error = otv_load_table( face, TTAG_MATH, &math, &len_math );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* validate tables */
+
+    if ( base )
+    {
+      ft_validator_init( &valid, base, base + len_base, FT_VALIDATE_DEFAULT );
+      if ( ft_setjmp( valid.jump_buffer ) == 0 )
+        otv_BASE_validate( base, &valid );
+      error = valid.error;
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    if ( gpos )
+    {
+      ft_validator_init( &valid, gpos, gpos + len_gpos, FT_VALIDATE_DEFAULT );
+      if ( ft_setjmp( valid.jump_buffer ) == 0 )
+        otv_GPOS_validate( gpos, face->num_glyphs, &valid );
+      error = valid.error;
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    if ( gsub )
+    {
+      ft_validator_init( &valid, gsub, gsub + len_gsub, FT_VALIDATE_DEFAULT );
+      if ( ft_setjmp( valid.jump_buffer ) == 0 )
+        otv_GSUB_validate( gsub, face->num_glyphs, &valid );
+      error = valid.error;
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    if ( gdef )
+    {
+      ft_validator_init( &valid, gdef, gdef + len_gdef, FT_VALIDATE_DEFAULT );
+      if ( ft_setjmp( valid.jump_buffer ) == 0 )
+        otv_GDEF_validate( gdef, gsub, gpos, face->num_glyphs, &valid );
+      error = valid.error;
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    if ( jstf )
+    {
+      ft_validator_init( &valid, jstf, jstf + len_jstf, FT_VALIDATE_DEFAULT );
+      if ( ft_setjmp( valid.jump_buffer ) == 0 )
+        otv_JSTF_validate( jstf, gsub, gpos, face->num_glyphs, &valid );
+      error = valid.error;
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    if ( math )
+    {
+      ft_validator_init( &valid, math, math + len_math, FT_VALIDATE_DEFAULT );
+      if ( ft_setjmp( valid.jump_buffer ) == 0 )
+        otv_MATH_validate( math, face->num_glyphs, &valid );
+      error = valid.error;
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    *ot_base = (FT_Bytes)base;
+    *ot_gdef = (FT_Bytes)gdef;
+    *ot_gpos = (FT_Bytes)gpos;
+    *ot_gsub = (FT_Bytes)gsub;
+    *ot_jstf = (FT_Bytes)jstf;
+
+  Exit:
+    if ( error ) {
+      FT_Memory  memory = FT_FACE_MEMORY( face );
+
+
+      FT_FREE( base );
+      FT_FREE( gdef );
+      FT_FREE( gpos );
+      FT_FREE( gsub );
+      FT_FREE( jstf );
+    }
+    {
+      FT_Memory  memory = FT_FACE_MEMORY( face );
+
+
+      FT_FREE( math );                 /* Can't return this as API is frozen */
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static
+  const FT_Service_OTvalidateRec  otvalid_interface =
+  {
+    otv_validate
+  };
+
+
+  static
+  const FT_ServiceDescRec  otvalid_services[] =
+  {
+    { FT_SERVICE_ID_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE, &otvalid_interface },
+    { NULL, NULL }
+  };
+
+
+  static FT_Pointer
+  otvalid_get_service( FT_Module    module,
+                       const char*  service_id )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( module );
+
+    return ft_service_list_lookup( otvalid_services, service_id );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
+  const FT_Module_Class  otv_module_class =
+  {
+    0,
+    sizeof( FT_ModuleRec ),
+    "otvalid",
+    0x10000L,
+    0x20000L,
+
+    0,              /* module-specific interface */
+
+    (FT_Module_Constructor)0,
+    (FT_Module_Destructor) 0,
+    (FT_Module_Requester)  otvalid_get_service
+  };
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvmod.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvmod.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1bfc189
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/otvmod.h
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  otvmod.h                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType's OpenType validation module implementation                 */
+/*    (specification).                                                     */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2004 by                                                      */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __OTVMOD_H__
+#define __OTVMOD_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_MODULE_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  FT_EXPORT_VAR( const FT_Module_Class )  otv_module_class;
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __OTVMOD_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/rules.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/rules.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..53bd41e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/otvalid/rules.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 OpenType validation driver configuration rules
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 2004, 2007 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+# OTV driver directory
+#
+OTV_DIR := $(SRC_DIR)/otvalid
+
+
+# compilation flags for the driver
+#
+OTV_COMPILE := $(FT_COMPILE) $I$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$(OTV_DIR))
+
+
+# OTV driver sources (i.e., C files)
+#
+OTV_DRV_SRC := $(OTV_DIR)/otvbase.c  \
+               $(OTV_DIR)/otvcommn.c \
+               $(OTV_DIR)/otvgdef.c  \
+               $(OTV_DIR)/otvgpos.c  \
+               $(OTV_DIR)/otvgsub.c  \
+               $(OTV_DIR)/otvjstf.c  \
+               $(OTV_DIR)/otvmath.c  \
+               $(OTV_DIR)/otvmod.c
+
+# OTV driver headers
+#
+OTV_DRV_H := $(OTV_DIR)/otvalid.h  \
+             $(OTV_DIR)/otvcommn.h \
+             $(OTV_DIR)/otverror.h \
+             $(OTV_DIR)/otvgpos.h  \
+             $(OTV_DIR)/otvmod.h
+
+
+# OTV driver object(s)
+#
+#   OTV_DRV_OBJ_M is used during `multi' builds.
+#   OTV_DRV_OBJ_S is used during `single' builds.
+#
+OTV_DRV_OBJ_M := $(OTV_DRV_SRC:$(OTV_DIR)/%.c=$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O)
+OTV_DRV_OBJ_S := $(OBJ_DIR)/otvalid.$O
+
+# OTV driver source file for single build
+#
+OTV_DRV_SRC_S := $(OTV_DIR)/otvalid.c
+
+
+# OTV driver - single object
+#
+$(OTV_DRV_OBJ_S): $(OTV_DRV_SRC_S) $(OTV_DRV_SRC) \
+                   $(FREETYPE_H) $(OTV_DRV_H)
+	$(OTV_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $(OTV_DRV_SRC_S))
+
+
+# OTV driver - multiple objects
+#
+$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O: $(OTV_DIR)/%.c $(FREETYPE_H) $(OTV_DRV_H)
+	$(OTV_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $<)
+
+
+# update main driver object lists
+#
+DRV_OBJS_S += $(OTV_DRV_OBJ_S)
+DRV_OBJS_M += $(OTV_DRV_OBJ_M)
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/Jamfile b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/Jamfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..752fcac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/Jamfile
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+# FreeType 2 src/pcf Jamfile
+#
+# Copyright 2001, 2003 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+SubDir  FT2_TOP $(FT2_SRC_DIR) pcf ;
+
+{
+  local  _sources ;
+
+  if $(FT2_MULTI)
+  {
+    _sources = pcfdrivr pcfread pcfutil ;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    _sources = pcf ;
+  }
+
+  Library  $(FT2_LIB) : $(_sources).c ;
+}
+
+# end of src/pcf Jamfile
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/README b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/README
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cc1480b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/README
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+                  FreeType font driver for PCF fonts
+
+                       Francesco Zappa Nardelli
+                  <francesco.zappa.nardelli@ens.fr>
+
+
+Introduction
+************
+
+PCF (Portable Compiled Format) is a binary bitmap font format, largely used
+in X world. This code implements a PCF driver for the FreeType library.
+Glyph images are loaded into memory only on demand, thus leading to a small
+memory footprint.
+
+Information on the PCF font format can only be worked out from
+`pcfread.c', and `pcfwrite.c', to be found, for instance, in the XFree86
+(www.xfree86.org) source tree (xc/lib/font/bitmap/).
+
+Many good bitmap fonts in bdf format come with XFree86: they can be
+compiled into the pcf format using the `bdftopcf' utility.
+
+
+Supported hardware
+******************
+
+The driver has been tested on linux/x86 and sunos5.5/sparc.  In both
+cases the compiler was gcc.  When back in Paris, I will test it also
+on linux/alpha.
+
+
+Encodings
+*********
+
+The variety of encodings that accompanies pcf fonts appears to encompass the
+small set defined in freetype.h.  On the other hand, each pcf font defines
+two properties that specify encoding and registry.
+
+I decided to make these two properties directly accessible, leaving to the
+client application the work of interpreting them.  For instance:
+
+  #include "pcftypes.h"  /* include/freetype/internal/pcftypes.h */
+
+  FT_Face     face;
+  PCF_Public_Face  pcfface;
+
+  FT_New_Face( library,..., &face );
+
+  pcfface = (PCF_Public_Face)face;
+
+  if ((pcfface->charset_registry == "ISO10646") &&
+        (pcfface->charset_encoding) == "1")) [..]
+
+Thus the driver always export `ft_encoding_none' as
+face->charmap.encoding.  FT_Get_Char_Index() behavior is unmodified, that
+is, it converts the ULong value given as argument into the corresponding
+glyph number.
+
+
+Known problems
+**************
+
+- dealing explicitly with encodings breaks the uniformity of freetype2
+  api.
+
+- except for encodings properties, client applications have no
+  visibility of the PCF_Face object.  This means that applications
+  cannot directly access font tables and are obliged to trust
+  FreeType.
+
+- currently, glyph names and ink_metrics are ignored.
+
+I plan to give full visibility of the PCF_Face object in the next
+release of the driver, thus implementing also glyph names and
+ink_metrics.
+
+- height is defined as (ascent - descent).  Is this correct?
+
+- if unable to read size information from the font, PCF_Init_Face
+  sets available_size->width and available_size->height to 12.
+
+- too many english grammar errors in the readme file :-(
+
+
+License
+*******
+
+Copyright (C) 2000 by Francesco Zappa Nardelli
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+"Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
+CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
+TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
+SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+
+Credits
+*******
+
+Keith Packard wrote the pcf driver found in XFree86.  His work is at
+the same time the specification and the sample implementation of the
+PCF format.  Undoubtedly, this driver is inspired from his work.
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/module.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/module.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..df383ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/module.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 PCF module definition
+#
+
+# Copyright 2000, 2006 by
+# Francesco Zappa Nardelli
+#
+# Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+# of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+# in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+# to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+# copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+# furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+#
+# The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+# all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+#
+# THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+# IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+# AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+# LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+# OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+# THE SOFTWARE.
+
+
+FTMODULE_H_COMMANDS += PCF_DRIVER
+
+define PCF_DRIVER
+$(OPEN_DRIVER) FT_Driver_ClassRec, pcf_driver_class $(CLOSE_DRIVER)
+$(ECHO_DRIVER)pcf       $(ECHO_DRIVER_DESC)pcf bitmap fonts$(ECHO_DRIVER_DONE)
+endef
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcf.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcf.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..11d5b7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/*  pcf.c
+
+    FreeType font driver for pcf fonts
+
+  Copyright 2000-2001, 2003 by
+  Francesco Zappa Nardelli
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+THE SOFTWARE.
+*/
+
+
+#define FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include "pcfutil.c"
+#include "pcfread.c"
+#include "pcfdrivr.c"
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcf.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcf.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9d2d8e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcf.h
@@ -0,0 +1,237 @@
+/*  pcf.h
+
+  FreeType font driver for pcf fonts
+
+  Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2006 by
+  Francesco Zappa Nardelli
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+THE SOFTWARE.
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef __PCF_H__
+#define __PCF_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DRIVER_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+  typedef struct  PCF_TableRec_
+  {
+    FT_ULong  type;
+    FT_ULong  format;
+    FT_ULong  size;
+    FT_ULong  offset;
+
+  } PCF_TableRec, *PCF_Table;
+
+
+  typedef struct  PCF_TocRec_
+  {
+    FT_ULong   version;
+    FT_ULong   count;
+    PCF_Table  tables;
+
+  } PCF_TocRec, *PCF_Toc;
+
+
+  typedef struct  PCF_ParsePropertyRec_
+  {
+    FT_Long  name;
+    FT_Byte  isString;
+    FT_Long  value;
+
+  } PCF_ParsePropertyRec, *PCF_ParseProperty;
+
+
+  typedef struct  PCF_PropertyRec_
+  {
+    FT_String*  name;
+    FT_Byte     isString;
+
+    union
+    {
+      FT_String*  atom;
+      FT_Long     integer;
+      FT_ULong    cardinal;
+
+    } value;
+
+  } PCF_PropertyRec, *PCF_Property;
+
+
+  typedef struct  PCF_Compressed_MetricRec_
+  {
+    FT_Byte  leftSideBearing;
+    FT_Byte  rightSideBearing;
+    FT_Byte  characterWidth;
+    FT_Byte  ascent;
+    FT_Byte  descent;
+
+  } PCF_Compressed_MetricRec, *PCF_Compressed_Metric;
+
+
+  typedef struct  PCF_MetricRec_
+  {
+    FT_Short  leftSideBearing;
+    FT_Short  rightSideBearing;
+    FT_Short  characterWidth;
+    FT_Short  ascent;
+    FT_Short  descent;
+    FT_Short  attributes;
+    FT_ULong  bits;
+
+  } PCF_MetricRec, *PCF_Metric;
+
+
+  typedef struct  PCF_AccelRec_
+  {
+    FT_Byte        noOverlap;
+    FT_Byte        constantMetrics;
+    FT_Byte        terminalFont;
+    FT_Byte        constantWidth;
+    FT_Byte        inkInside;
+    FT_Byte        inkMetrics;
+    FT_Byte        drawDirection;
+    FT_Long        fontAscent;
+    FT_Long        fontDescent;
+    FT_Long        maxOverlap;
+    PCF_MetricRec  minbounds;
+    PCF_MetricRec  maxbounds;
+    PCF_MetricRec  ink_minbounds;
+    PCF_MetricRec  ink_maxbounds;
+
+  } PCF_AccelRec, *PCF_Accel;
+
+
+  typedef struct  PCF_EncodingRec_
+  {
+    FT_Long    enc;
+    FT_UShort  glyph;
+
+  } PCF_EncodingRec, *PCF_Encoding;
+
+
+  typedef struct  PCF_FaceRec_
+  {
+    FT_FaceRec     root;
+
+    FT_StreamRec   gzip_stream;
+    FT_Stream      gzip_source;
+
+    char*          charset_encoding;
+    char*          charset_registry;
+
+    PCF_TocRec     toc;
+    PCF_AccelRec   accel;
+
+    int            nprops;
+    PCF_Property   properties;
+
+    FT_Long        nmetrics;
+    PCF_Metric     metrics;
+    FT_Long        nencodings;
+    PCF_Encoding   encodings;
+
+    FT_Short       defaultChar;
+
+    FT_ULong       bitmapsFormat;
+
+    FT_CharMap     charmap_handle;
+    FT_CharMapRec  charmap;  /* a single charmap per face */
+
+  } PCF_FaceRec, *PCF_Face;
+
+
+  /* macros for pcf font format */
+
+#define LSBFirst  0
+#define MSBFirst  1
+
+#define PCF_FILE_VERSION        ( ( 'p' << 24 ) | \
+                                  ( 'c' << 16 ) | \
+                                  ( 'f' <<  8 ) | 1 )
+#define PCF_FORMAT_MASK         0xFFFFFF00UL
+
+#define PCF_DEFAULT_FORMAT      0x00000000UL
+#define PCF_INKBOUNDS           0x00000200UL
+#define PCF_ACCEL_W_INKBOUNDS   0x00000100UL
+#define PCF_COMPRESSED_METRICS  0x00000100UL
+
+#define PCF_FORMAT_MATCH( a, b ) \
+          ( ( (a) & PCF_FORMAT_MASK ) == ( (b) & PCF_FORMAT_MASK ) )
+
+#define PCF_GLYPH_PAD_MASK  ( 3 << 0 )
+#define PCF_BYTE_MASK       ( 1 << 2 )
+#define PCF_BIT_MASK        ( 1 << 3 )
+#define PCF_SCAN_UNIT_MASK  ( 3 << 4 )
+
+#define PCF_BYTE_ORDER( f ) \
+          ( ( (f) & PCF_BYTE_MASK ) ? MSBFirst : LSBFirst )
+#define PCF_BIT_ORDER( f ) \
+          ( ( (f) & PCF_BIT_MASK ) ? MSBFirst : LSBFirst )
+#define PCF_GLYPH_PAD_INDEX( f ) \
+          ( (f) & PCF_GLYPH_PAD_MASK )
+#define PCF_GLYPH_PAD( f ) \
+          ( 1 << PCF_GLYPH_PAD_INDEX( f ) )
+#define PCF_SCAN_UNIT_INDEX( f ) \
+          ( ( (f) & PCF_SCAN_UNIT_MASK ) >> 4 )
+#define PCF_SCAN_UNIT( f ) \
+          ( 1 << PCF_SCAN_UNIT_INDEX( f ) )
+#define PCF_FORMAT_BITS( f )             \
+          ( (f) & ( PCF_GLYPH_PAD_MASK | \
+                    PCF_BYTE_MASK      | \
+                    PCF_BIT_MASK       | \
+                    PCF_SCAN_UNIT_MASK ) )
+
+#define PCF_SIZE_TO_INDEX( s )  ( (s) == 4 ? 2 : (s) == 2 ? 1 : 0 )
+#define PCF_INDEX_TO_SIZE( b )  ( 1 << b )
+
+#define PCF_FORMAT( bit, byte, glyph, scan )          \
+          ( ( PCF_SIZE_TO_INDEX( scan )      << 4 ) | \
+            ( ( (bit)  == MSBFirst ? 1 : 0 ) << 3 ) | \
+            ( ( (byte) == MSBFirst ? 1 : 0 ) << 2 ) | \
+            ( PCF_SIZE_TO_INDEX( glyph )     << 0 ) )
+
+#define PCF_PROPERTIES        ( 1 << 0 )
+#define PCF_ACCELERATORS      ( 1 << 1 )
+#define PCF_METRICS           ( 1 << 2 )
+#define PCF_BITMAPS           ( 1 << 3 )
+#define PCF_INK_METRICS       ( 1 << 4 )
+#define PCF_BDF_ENCODINGS     ( 1 << 5 )
+#define PCF_SWIDTHS           ( 1 << 6 )
+#define PCF_GLYPH_NAMES       ( 1 << 7 )
+#define PCF_BDF_ACCELERATORS  ( 1 << 8 )
+
+#define GLYPHPADOPTIONS  4 /* I'm not sure about this */
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  pcf_load_font( FT_Stream,
+                 PCF_Face );
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __PCF_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcfdrivr.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcfdrivr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e2d4d3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcfdrivr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,681 @@
+/*  pcfdrivr.c
+
+    FreeType font driver for pcf files
+
+    Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 by
+    Francesco Zappa Nardelli
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+THE SOFTWARE.
+*/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+#include FT_GZIP_H
+#include FT_LZW_H
+#include FT_ERRORS_H
+#include FT_BDF_H
+
+#include "pcf.h"
+#include "pcfdrivr.h"
+#include "pcfread.h"
+
+#include "pcferror.h"
+#include "pcfutil.h"
+
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_pcfread
+
+#include FT_SERVICE_BDF_H
+#include FT_SERVICE_XFREE86_NAME_H
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_pcfdriver
+
+
+  typedef struct  PCF_CMapRec_
+  {
+    FT_CMapRec    root;
+    FT_UInt       num_encodings;
+    PCF_Encoding  encodings;
+
+  } PCF_CMapRec, *PCF_CMap;
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  pcf_cmap_init( FT_CMap     pcfcmap,   /* PCF_CMap */
+                 FT_Pointer  init_data )
+  {
+    PCF_CMap  cmap = (PCF_CMap)pcfcmap;
+    PCF_Face  face = (PCF_Face)FT_CMAP_FACE( pcfcmap );
+
+    FT_UNUSED( init_data );
+
+
+    cmap->num_encodings = (FT_UInt)face->nencodings;
+    cmap->encodings     = face->encodings;
+
+    return PCF_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
+  pcf_cmap_done( FT_CMap  pcfcmap )         /* PCF_CMap */
+  {
+    PCF_CMap  cmap = (PCF_CMap)pcfcmap;
+
+
+    cmap->encodings     = NULL;
+    cmap->num_encodings = 0;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
+  pcf_cmap_char_index( FT_CMap    pcfcmap,  /* PCF_CMap */
+                       FT_UInt32  charcode )
+  {
+    PCF_CMap      cmap      = (PCF_CMap)pcfcmap;
+    PCF_Encoding  encodings = cmap->encodings;
+    FT_UInt       min, max, mid;
+    FT_UInt       result    = 0;
+
+
+    min = 0;
+    max = cmap->num_encodings;
+
+    while ( min < max )
+    {
+      FT_UInt32  code;
+
+
+      mid  = ( min + max ) >> 1;
+      code = encodings[mid].enc;
+
+      if ( charcode == code )
+      {
+        result = encodings[mid].glyph + 1;
+        break;
+      }
+
+      if ( charcode < code )
+        max = mid;
+      else
+        min = mid + 1;
+    }
+
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
+  pcf_cmap_char_next( FT_CMap    pcfcmap,   /* PCF_CMap */
+                      FT_UInt32  *acharcode )
+  {
+    PCF_CMap      cmap      = (PCF_CMap)pcfcmap;
+    PCF_Encoding  encodings = cmap->encodings;
+    FT_UInt       min, max, mid;
+    FT_UInt32     charcode  = *acharcode + 1;
+    FT_UInt       result    = 0;
+
+
+    min = 0;
+    max = cmap->num_encodings;
+
+    while ( min < max )
+    {
+      FT_UInt32  code;
+
+
+      mid  = ( min + max ) >> 1;
+      code = encodings[mid].enc;
+
+      if ( charcode == code )
+      {
+        result = encodings[mid].glyph + 1;
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+
+      if ( charcode < code )
+        max = mid;
+      else
+        min = mid + 1;
+    }
+
+    charcode = 0;
+    if ( min < cmap->num_encodings )
+    {
+      charcode = encodings[min].enc;
+      result   = encodings[min].glyph + 1;
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    *acharcode = charcode;
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
+  const FT_CMap_ClassRec  pcf_cmap_class =
+  {
+    sizeof ( PCF_CMapRec ),
+    pcf_cmap_init,
+    pcf_cmap_done,
+    pcf_cmap_char_index,
+    pcf_cmap_char_next,
+
+    NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL
+  };
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
+  PCF_Face_Done( FT_Face  pcfface )         /* PCF_Face */
+  {
+    PCF_Face   face = (PCF_Face)pcfface;
+    FT_Memory  memory;
+
+
+    if ( !face )
+      return;
+
+    memory = FT_FACE_MEMORY( face );
+
+    FT_FREE( face->encodings );
+    FT_FREE( face->metrics );
+
+    /* free properties */
+    {
+      PCF_Property  prop;
+      FT_Int        i;
+
+
+      if ( face->properties )
+      {
+        for ( i = 0; i < face->nprops; i++ )
+        {
+          prop = &face->properties[i];
+
+          if ( prop ) {
+            FT_FREE( prop->name );
+            if ( prop->isString )
+              FT_FREE( prop->value.atom );
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      FT_FREE( face->properties );
+    }
+
+    FT_FREE( face->toc.tables );
+    FT_FREE( pcfface->family_name );
+    FT_FREE( pcfface->style_name );
+    FT_FREE( pcfface->available_sizes );
+    FT_FREE( face->charset_encoding );
+    FT_FREE( face->charset_registry );
+
+    FT_TRACE4(( "PCF_Face_Done: done face\n" ));
+
+    /* close gzip/LZW stream if any */
+    if ( pcfface->stream == &face->gzip_stream )
+    {
+      FT_Stream_Close( &face->gzip_stream );
+      pcfface->stream = face->gzip_source;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  PCF_Face_Init( FT_Stream      stream,
+                 FT_Face        pcfface,        /* PCF_Face */
+                 FT_Int         face_index,
+                 FT_Int         num_params,
+                 FT_Parameter*  params )
+  {
+    PCF_Face  face  = (PCF_Face)pcfface;
+    FT_Error  error = PCF_Err_Ok;
+
+    FT_UNUSED( num_params );
+    FT_UNUSED( params );
+    FT_UNUSED( face_index );
+
+
+    error = pcf_load_font( stream, face );
+    if ( error )
+    {
+      FT_Error  error2;
+
+
+      PCF_Face_Done( pcfface );
+
+      /* this didn't work, try gzip support! */
+      error2 = FT_Stream_OpenGzip( &face->gzip_stream, stream );
+      if ( FT_ERROR_BASE( error2 ) == FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature )
+        goto Fail;
+
+      error = error2;
+      if ( error )
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_LZW
+      {
+        FT_Error  error3;
+
+
+        /* this didn't work, try LZW support! */
+        error3 = FT_Stream_OpenLZW( &face->gzip_stream, stream );
+        if ( FT_ERROR_BASE( error3 ) == FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature )
+          goto Fail;
+
+        error = error3;
+        if ( error )
+          goto Fail;
+
+        face->gzip_source = stream;
+        pcfface->stream   = &face->gzip_stream;
+
+        stream = pcfface->stream;
+
+        error = pcf_load_font( stream, face );
+        if ( error )
+          goto Fail;
+      }
+#else
+        goto Fail;
+#endif
+      else
+      {
+        face->gzip_source = stream;
+        pcfface->stream   = &face->gzip_stream;
+
+        stream = pcfface->stream;
+
+        error = pcf_load_font( stream, face );
+        if ( error )
+          goto Fail;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* set up charmap */
+    {
+      FT_String  *charset_registry = face->charset_registry;
+      FT_String  *charset_encoding = face->charset_encoding;
+      FT_Bool     unicode_charmap  = 0;
+
+
+      if ( charset_registry && charset_encoding )
+      {
+        char*  s = charset_registry;
+
+
+        /* Uh, oh, compare first letters manually to avoid dependency
+           on locales. */
+        if ( ( s[0] == 'i' || s[0] == 'I' ) &&
+             ( s[1] == 's' || s[1] == 'S' ) &&
+             ( s[2] == 'o' || s[2] == 'O' ) )
+        {
+          s += 3;
+          if ( !ft_strcmp( s, "10646" )                      ||
+               ( !ft_strcmp( s, "8859" ) &&
+                 !ft_strcmp( face->charset_encoding, "1" ) ) )
+          unicode_charmap = 1;
+        }
+      }
+
+      {
+        FT_CharMapRec  charmap;
+
+
+        charmap.face        = FT_FACE( face );
+        charmap.encoding    = FT_ENCODING_NONE;
+        charmap.platform_id = 0;
+        charmap.encoding_id = 0;
+
+        if ( unicode_charmap )
+        {
+          charmap.encoding    = FT_ENCODING_UNICODE;
+          charmap.platform_id = 3;
+          charmap.encoding_id = 1;
+        }
+
+        error = FT_CMap_New( &pcf_cmap_class, NULL, &charmap, NULL );
+
+#if 0
+        /* Select default charmap */
+        if ( pcfface->num_charmaps )
+          pcfface->charmap = pcfface->charmaps[0];
+#endif
+      }
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+
+  Fail:
+    FT_TRACE2(( "[not a valid PCF file]\n" ));
+    PCF_Face_Done( pcfface );
+    error = PCF_Err_Unknown_File_Format;  /* error */
+    goto Exit;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  PCF_Size_Select( FT_Size   size,
+                   FT_ULong  strike_index )
+  {
+    PCF_Accel  accel = &( (PCF_Face)size->face )->accel;
+
+
+    FT_Select_Metrics( size->face, strike_index );
+
+    size->metrics.ascender    =  accel->fontAscent << 6;
+    size->metrics.descender   = -accel->fontDescent << 6;
+    size->metrics.max_advance =  accel->maxbounds.characterWidth << 6;
+
+    return PCF_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  PCF_Size_Request( FT_Size          size,
+                    FT_Size_Request  req )
+  {
+    PCF_Face         face  = (PCF_Face)size->face;
+    FT_Bitmap_Size*  bsize = size->face->available_sizes;
+    FT_Error         error = PCF_Err_Invalid_Pixel_Size;
+    FT_Long          height;
+
+
+    height = FT_REQUEST_HEIGHT( req );
+    height = ( height + 32 ) >> 6;
+
+    switch ( req->type )
+    {
+    case FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_NOMINAL:
+      if ( height == ( ( bsize->y_ppem + 32 ) >> 6 ) )
+        error = PCF_Err_Ok;
+      break;
+
+    case FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_REAL_DIM:
+      if ( height == ( face->accel.fontAscent +
+                       face->accel.fontDescent ) )
+        error = PCF_Err_Ok;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      error = PCF_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    if ( error )
+      return error;
+    else
+      return PCF_Size_Select( size, 0 );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  PCF_Glyph_Load( FT_GlyphSlot  slot,
+                  FT_Size       size,
+                  FT_UInt       glyph_index,
+                  FT_Int32      load_flags )
+  {
+    PCF_Face    face   = (PCF_Face)FT_SIZE_FACE( size );
+    FT_Stream   stream;
+    FT_Error    error  = PCF_Err_Ok;
+    FT_Bitmap*  bitmap = &slot->bitmap;
+    PCF_Metric  metric;
+    int         bytes;
+
+    FT_UNUSED( load_flags );
+
+
+    FT_TRACE4(( "load_glyph %d ---", glyph_index ));
+
+    if ( !face || glyph_index >= (FT_UInt)face->root.num_glyphs )
+    {
+      error = PCF_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    stream = face->root.stream;
+
+    if ( glyph_index > 0 )
+      glyph_index--;
+
+    metric = face->metrics + glyph_index;
+
+    bitmap->rows       = metric->ascent + metric->descent;
+    bitmap->width      = metric->rightSideBearing - metric->leftSideBearing;
+    bitmap->num_grays  = 1;
+    bitmap->pixel_mode = FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO;
+
+    FT_TRACE6(( "BIT_ORDER %d ; BYTE_ORDER %d ; GLYPH_PAD %d\n",
+                  PCF_BIT_ORDER( face->bitmapsFormat ),
+                  PCF_BYTE_ORDER( face->bitmapsFormat ),
+                  PCF_GLYPH_PAD( face->bitmapsFormat ) ));
+
+    switch ( PCF_GLYPH_PAD( face->bitmapsFormat ) )
+    {
+    case 1:
+      bitmap->pitch = ( bitmap->width + 7 ) >> 3;
+      break;
+
+    case 2:
+      bitmap->pitch = ( ( bitmap->width + 15 ) >> 4 ) << 1;
+      break;
+
+    case 4:
+      bitmap->pitch = ( ( bitmap->width + 31 ) >> 5 ) << 2;
+      break;
+
+    case 8:
+      bitmap->pitch = ( ( bitmap->width + 63 ) >> 6 ) << 3;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      return PCF_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+    }
+
+    /* XXX: to do: are there cases that need repadding the bitmap? */
+    bytes = bitmap->pitch * bitmap->rows;
+
+    error = ft_glyphslot_alloc_bitmap( slot, bytes );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( metric->bits )          ||
+         FT_STREAM_READ( bitmap->buffer, bytes ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    if ( PCF_BIT_ORDER( face->bitmapsFormat ) != MSBFirst )
+      BitOrderInvert( bitmap->buffer, bytes );
+
+    if ( ( PCF_BYTE_ORDER( face->bitmapsFormat ) !=
+           PCF_BIT_ORDER( face->bitmapsFormat )  ) )
+    {
+      switch ( PCF_SCAN_UNIT( face->bitmapsFormat ) )
+      {
+      case 1:
+        break;
+
+      case 2:
+        TwoByteSwap( bitmap->buffer, bytes );
+        break;
+
+      case 4:
+        FourByteSwap( bitmap->buffer, bytes );
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    slot->format      = FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP;
+    slot->bitmap_left = metric->leftSideBearing;
+    slot->bitmap_top  = metric->ascent;
+
+    slot->metrics.horiAdvance  = metric->characterWidth << 6;
+    slot->metrics.horiBearingX = metric->leftSideBearing << 6;
+    slot->metrics.horiBearingY = metric->ascent << 6;
+    slot->metrics.width        = ( metric->rightSideBearing -
+                                   metric->leftSideBearing ) << 6;
+    slot->metrics.height       = bitmap->rows << 6;
+
+    ft_synthesize_vertical_metrics( &slot->metrics,
+                                    ( face->accel.fontAscent +
+                                      face->accel.fontDescent ) << 6 );
+
+    FT_TRACE4(( " --- ok\n" ));
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+ /*
+  *
+  *  BDF SERVICE
+  *
+  */
+
+  static FT_Error
+  pcf_get_bdf_property( PCF_Face          face,
+                        const char*       prop_name,
+                        BDF_PropertyRec  *aproperty )
+  {
+    PCF_Property  prop;
+
+
+    prop = pcf_find_property( face, prop_name );
+    if ( prop != NULL )
+    {
+      if ( prop->isString )
+      {
+        aproperty->type   = BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM;
+        aproperty->u.atom = prop->value.atom;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Apparently, the PCF driver loads all properties as signed integers!
+         * This really doesn't seem to be a problem, because this is
+         * sufficient for any meaningful values.
+         */
+        aproperty->type      = BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER;
+        aproperty->u.integer = prop->value.integer;
+      }
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+    return PCF_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  pcf_get_charset_id( PCF_Face      face,
+                      const char*  *acharset_encoding,
+                      const char*  *acharset_registry )
+  {
+    *acharset_encoding = face->charset_encoding;
+    *acharset_registry = face->charset_registry;
+
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  static const FT_Service_BDFRec  pcf_service_bdf =
+  {
+    (FT_BDF_GetCharsetIdFunc)pcf_get_charset_id,
+    (FT_BDF_GetPropertyFunc) pcf_get_bdf_property
+  };
+
+
+ /*
+  *
+  *  SERVICE LIST
+  *
+  */
+
+  static const FT_ServiceDescRec  pcf_services[] =
+  {
+    { FT_SERVICE_ID_BDF,       &pcf_service_bdf },
+    { FT_SERVICE_ID_XF86_NAME, FT_XF86_FORMAT_PCF },
+    { NULL, NULL }
+  };
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Module_Interface )
+  pcf_driver_requester( FT_Module    module,
+                        const char*  name )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( module );
+
+    return ft_service_list_lookup( pcf_services, name );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
+  const FT_Driver_ClassRec  pcf_driver_class =
+  {
+    {
+      FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER        |
+      FT_MODULE_DRIVER_NO_OUTLINES,
+      sizeof ( FT_DriverRec ),
+
+      "pcf",
+      0x10000L,
+      0x20000L,
+
+      0,
+
+      0,
+      0,
+      pcf_driver_requester
+    },
+
+    sizeof ( PCF_FaceRec ),
+    sizeof ( FT_SizeRec ),
+    sizeof ( FT_GlyphSlotRec ),
+
+    PCF_Face_Init,
+    PCF_Face_Done,
+    0,                      /* FT_Size_InitFunc */
+    0,                      /* FT_Size_DoneFunc */
+    0,                      /* FT_Slot_InitFunc */
+    0,                      /* FT_Slot_DoneFunc */
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+    ft_stub_set_char_sizes,
+    ft_stub_set_pixel_sizes,
+#endif
+    PCF_Glyph_Load,
+
+    0,                      /* FT_Face_GetKerningFunc  */
+    0,                      /* FT_Face_AttachFunc      */
+    0,                      /* FT_Face_GetAdvancesFunc */
+
+    PCF_Size_Request,
+    PCF_Size_Select
+  };
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcfdrivr.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcfdrivr.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ddf697
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcfdrivr.h
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/*  pcfdrivr.h
+
+    FreeType font driver for pcf fonts
+
+  Copyright 2000-2001, 2002 by
+  Francesco Zappa Nardelli
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+THE SOFTWARE.
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef __PCFDRIVR_H__
+#define __PCFDRIVR_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DRIVER_H
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+  FT_EXPORT_VAR( const FT_Driver_ClassRec )  pcf_driver_class;
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+
+#endif /* __PCFDRIVR_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcferror.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcferror.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d75c067
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcferror.h
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  pcferror.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    PCF error codes (specification only).                                */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2001 by                                                      */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This file is used to define the PCF error enumeration constants.      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef __PCFERROR_H__
+#define __PCFERROR_H__
+
+#include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
+
+#undef __FTERRORS_H__
+
+#define FT_ERR_PREFIX  PCF_Err_
+#define FT_ERR_BASE    FT_Mod_Err_PCF
+
+#include FT_ERRORS_H
+
+#endif /* __PCFERROR_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcfread.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcfread.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8e04c57
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcfread.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1271 @@
+/*  pcfread.c
+
+    FreeType font driver for pcf fonts
+
+  Copyright 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 by
+  Francesco Zappa Nardelli
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+THE SOFTWARE.
+*/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+
+#include "pcf.h"
+#include "pcfdrivr.h"
+#include "pcfread.h"
+
+#include "pcferror.h"
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_pcfread
+
+
+#ifdef FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE
+  static const char* const  tableNames[] =
+  {
+    "prop", "accl", "mtrcs", "bmps", "imtrcs",
+    "enc", "swidth", "names", "accel"
+  };
+#endif
+
+
+  static
+  const FT_Frame_Field  pcf_toc_header[] =
+  {
+#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
+#define FT_STRUCTURE  PCF_TocRec
+
+    FT_FRAME_START( 8 ),
+      FT_FRAME_ULONG_LE( version ),
+      FT_FRAME_ULONG_LE( count ),
+    FT_FRAME_END
+  };
+
+
+  static
+  const FT_Frame_Field  pcf_table_header[] =
+  {
+#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
+#define FT_STRUCTURE  PCF_TableRec
+
+    FT_FRAME_START( 16  ),
+      FT_FRAME_ULONG_LE( type ),
+      FT_FRAME_ULONG_LE( format ),
+      FT_FRAME_ULONG_LE( size ),
+      FT_FRAME_ULONG_LE( offset ),
+    FT_FRAME_END
+  };
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  pcf_read_TOC( FT_Stream  stream,
+                PCF_Face   face )
+  {
+    FT_Error   error;
+    PCF_Toc    toc = &face->toc;
+    PCF_Table  tables;
+
+    FT_Memory  memory = FT_FACE(face)->memory;
+    FT_UInt    n;
+
+
+    if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK ( 0 )                          ||
+         FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS ( pcf_toc_header, toc ) )
+      return PCF_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource;
+
+    if ( toc->version != PCF_FILE_VERSION                 ||
+         toc->count   >  FT_ARRAY_MAX( face->toc.tables ) ||
+         toc->count   == 0                                )
+      return PCF_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+
+    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( face->toc.tables, toc->count ) )
+      return PCF_Err_Out_Of_Memory;
+
+    tables = face->toc.tables;
+    for ( n = 0; n < toc->count; n++ )
+    {
+      if ( FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( pcf_table_header, tables ) )
+        goto Exit;
+      tables++;
+    }
+
+    /* Sort tables and check for overlaps.  Because they are almost      */
+    /* always ordered already, an in-place bubble sort with simultaneous */
+    /* boundary checking seems appropriate.                              */
+    tables = face->toc.tables;
+
+    for ( n = 0; n < toc->count - 1; n++ )
+    {
+      FT_UInt  i, have_change;
+
+
+      have_change = 0;
+
+      for ( i = 0; i < toc->count - 1 - n; i++ )
+      {
+        PCF_TableRec  tmp;
+
+
+        if ( tables[i].offset > tables[i + 1].offset )
+        {
+          tmp           = tables[i];
+          tables[i]     = tables[i + 1];
+          tables[i + 1] = tmp;
+
+          have_change = 1;
+        }
+
+        if ( ( tables[i].size   > tables[i + 1].offset )                  ||
+             ( tables[i].offset > tables[i + 1].offset - tables[i].size ) )
+          return PCF_Err_Invalid_Offset;
+      }
+
+      if ( !have_change )
+        break;
+    }
+
+#ifdef FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE
+
+    {
+      FT_UInt      i, j;
+      const char*  name = "?";
+
+
+      FT_TRACE4(( "pcf_read_TOC:\n" ));
+
+      FT_TRACE4(( "  number of tables: %ld\n", face->toc.count ));
+
+      tables = face->toc.tables;
+      for ( i = 0; i < toc->count; i++ )
+      {
+        for ( j = 0; j < sizeof ( tableNames ) / sizeof ( tableNames[0] );
+              j++ )
+          if ( tables[i].type == (FT_UInt)( 1 << j ) )
+            name = tableNames[j];
+
+        FT_TRACE4(( "  %d: type=%s, format=0x%X, "
+                    "size=%ld (0x%lX), offset=%ld (0x%lX)\n",
+                    i, name,
+                    tables[i].format,
+                    tables[i].size, tables[i].size,
+                    tables[i].offset, tables[i].offset ));
+      }
+    }
+
+#endif
+
+    return PCF_Err_Ok;
+
+  Exit:
+    FT_FREE( face->toc.tables );
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+#define PCF_METRIC_SIZE  12
+
+  static
+  const FT_Frame_Field  pcf_metric_header[] =
+  {
+#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
+#define FT_STRUCTURE  PCF_MetricRec
+
+    FT_FRAME_START( PCF_METRIC_SIZE ),
+      FT_FRAME_SHORT_LE( leftSideBearing ),
+      FT_FRAME_SHORT_LE( rightSideBearing ),
+      FT_FRAME_SHORT_LE( characterWidth ),
+      FT_FRAME_SHORT_LE( ascent ),
+      FT_FRAME_SHORT_LE( descent ),
+      FT_FRAME_SHORT_LE( attributes ),
+    FT_FRAME_END
+  };
+
+
+  static
+  const FT_Frame_Field  pcf_metric_msb_header[] =
+  {
+#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
+#define FT_STRUCTURE  PCF_MetricRec
+
+    FT_FRAME_START( PCF_METRIC_SIZE ),
+      FT_FRAME_SHORT( leftSideBearing ),
+      FT_FRAME_SHORT( rightSideBearing ),
+      FT_FRAME_SHORT( characterWidth ),
+      FT_FRAME_SHORT( ascent ),
+      FT_FRAME_SHORT( descent ),
+      FT_FRAME_SHORT( attributes ),
+    FT_FRAME_END
+  };
+
+
+#define PCF_COMPRESSED_METRIC_SIZE  5
+
+  static
+  const FT_Frame_Field  pcf_compressed_metric_header[] =
+  {
+#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
+#define FT_STRUCTURE  PCF_Compressed_MetricRec
+
+    FT_FRAME_START( PCF_COMPRESSED_METRIC_SIZE ),
+      FT_FRAME_BYTE( leftSideBearing ),
+      FT_FRAME_BYTE( rightSideBearing ),
+      FT_FRAME_BYTE( characterWidth ),
+      FT_FRAME_BYTE( ascent ),
+      FT_FRAME_BYTE( descent ),
+    FT_FRAME_END
+  };
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  pcf_get_metric( FT_Stream   stream,
+                  FT_ULong    format,
+                  PCF_Metric  metric )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error = PCF_Err_Ok;
+
+
+    if ( PCF_FORMAT_MATCH( format, PCF_DEFAULT_FORMAT ) )
+    {
+      const FT_Frame_Field*  fields;
+
+
+      /* parsing normal metrics */
+      fields = PCF_BYTE_ORDER( format ) == MSBFirst
+               ? pcf_metric_msb_header
+               : pcf_metric_header;
+
+      /* the following sets `error' but doesn't return in case of failure */
+      (void)FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( fields, metric );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      PCF_Compressed_MetricRec  compr;
+
+
+      /* parsing compressed metrics */
+      if ( FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( pcf_compressed_metric_header, &compr ) )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      metric->leftSideBearing  = (FT_Short)( compr.leftSideBearing  - 0x80 );
+      metric->rightSideBearing = (FT_Short)( compr.rightSideBearing - 0x80 );
+      metric->characterWidth   = (FT_Short)( compr.characterWidth   - 0x80 );
+      metric->ascent           = (FT_Short)( compr.ascent           - 0x80 );
+      metric->descent          = (FT_Short)( compr.descent          - 0x80 );
+      metric->attributes       = 0;
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  pcf_seek_to_table_type( FT_Stream  stream,
+                          PCF_Table  tables,
+                          FT_Int     ntables,
+                          FT_ULong   type,
+                          FT_ULong  *aformat,
+                          FT_ULong  *asize )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error = PCF_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+    FT_Int    i;
+
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < ntables; i++ )
+      if ( tables[i].type == type )
+      {
+        if ( stream->pos > tables[i].offset )
+        {
+          error = PCF_Err_Invalid_Stream_Skip;
+          goto Fail;
+        }
+
+        if ( FT_STREAM_SKIP( tables[i].offset - stream->pos ) )
+        {
+          error = PCF_Err_Invalid_Stream_Skip;
+          goto Fail;
+        }
+
+        *asize   = tables[i].size;
+        *aformat = tables[i].format;
+
+        return PCF_Err_Ok;
+      }
+
+  Fail:
+    *asize = 0;
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Bool
+  pcf_has_table_type( PCF_Table  tables,
+                      FT_Int     ntables,
+                      FT_ULong   type )
+  {
+    FT_Int  i;
+
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < ntables; i++ )
+      if ( tables[i].type == type )
+        return TRUE;
+
+    return FALSE;
+  }
+
+
+#define PCF_PROPERTY_SIZE  9
+
+  static
+  const FT_Frame_Field  pcf_property_header[] =
+  {
+#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
+#define FT_STRUCTURE  PCF_ParsePropertyRec
+
+    FT_FRAME_START( PCF_PROPERTY_SIZE ),
+      FT_FRAME_LONG_LE( name ),
+      FT_FRAME_BYTE   ( isString ),
+      FT_FRAME_LONG_LE( value ),
+    FT_FRAME_END
+  };
+
+
+  static
+  const FT_Frame_Field  pcf_property_msb_header[] =
+  {
+#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
+#define FT_STRUCTURE  PCF_ParsePropertyRec
+
+    FT_FRAME_START( PCF_PROPERTY_SIZE ),
+      FT_FRAME_LONG( name ),
+      FT_FRAME_BYTE( isString ),
+      FT_FRAME_LONG( value ),
+    FT_FRAME_END
+  };
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( PCF_Property )
+  pcf_find_property( PCF_Face          face,
+                     const FT_String*  prop )
+  {
+    PCF_Property  properties = face->properties;
+    FT_Bool       found      = 0;
+    int           i;
+
+
+    for ( i = 0 ; i < face->nprops && !found; i++ )
+    {
+      if ( !ft_strcmp( properties[i].name, prop ) )
+        found = 1;
+    }
+
+    if ( found )
+      return properties + i - 1;
+    else
+      return NULL;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  pcf_get_properties( FT_Stream  stream,
+                      PCF_Face   face )
+  {
+    PCF_ParseProperty  props      = 0;
+    PCF_Property       properties;
+    FT_UInt            nprops, i;
+    FT_ULong           format, size;
+    FT_Error           error;
+    FT_Memory          memory     = FT_FACE(face)->memory;
+    FT_ULong           string_size;
+    FT_String*         strings    = 0;
+
+
+    error = pcf_seek_to_table_type( stream,
+                                    face->toc.tables,
+                                    face->toc.count,
+                                    PCF_PROPERTIES,
+                                    &format,
+                                    &size );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Bail;
+
+    if ( FT_READ_ULONG_LE( format ) )
+      goto Bail;
+
+    FT_TRACE4(( "pcf_get_properties:\n" ));
+
+    FT_TRACE4(( "  format = %ld\n", format ));
+
+    if ( !PCF_FORMAT_MATCH( format, PCF_DEFAULT_FORMAT ) )
+      goto Bail;
+
+    if ( PCF_BYTE_ORDER( format ) == MSBFirst )
+      (void)FT_READ_ULONG( nprops );
+    else
+      (void)FT_READ_ULONG_LE( nprops );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Bail;
+
+    FT_TRACE4(( "  nprop = %d\n", nprops ));
+
+    /* rough estimate */
+    if ( nprops > size / PCF_PROPERTY_SIZE )
+    {
+      error = PCF_Err_Invalid_Table;
+      goto Bail;
+    }
+
+    face->nprops = nprops;
+
+    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( props, nprops ) )
+      goto Bail;
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < nprops; i++ )
+    {
+      if ( PCF_BYTE_ORDER( format ) == MSBFirst )
+      {
+        if ( FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( pcf_property_msb_header, props + i ) )
+          goto Bail;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        if ( FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( pcf_property_header, props + i ) )
+          goto Bail;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* pad the property array                                            */
+    /*                                                                   */
+    /* clever here - nprops is the same as the number of odd-units read, */
+    /* as only isStringProp are odd length   (Keith Packard)             */
+    /*                                                                   */
+    if ( nprops & 3 )
+    {
+      i = 4 - ( nprops & 3 );
+      if ( FT_STREAM_SKIP( i ) )
+      {
+        error = PCF_Err_Invalid_Stream_Skip;
+        goto Bail;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if ( PCF_BYTE_ORDER( format ) == MSBFirst )
+      (void)FT_READ_ULONG( string_size );
+    else
+      (void)FT_READ_ULONG_LE( string_size );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Bail;
+
+    FT_TRACE4(( "  string_size = %ld\n", string_size ));
+
+    /* rough estimate */
+    if ( string_size > size - nprops * PCF_PROPERTY_SIZE )
+    {
+      error = PCF_Err_Invalid_Table;
+      goto Bail;
+    }
+
+    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( strings, string_size ) )
+      goto Bail;
+
+    error = FT_Stream_Read( stream, (FT_Byte*)strings, string_size );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Bail;
+
+    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( properties, nprops ) )
+      goto Bail;
+
+    face->properties = properties;
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < nprops; i++ )
+    {
+      FT_Long  name_offset = props[i].name;
+
+
+      if ( ( name_offset < 0 )                     ||
+           ( (FT_ULong)name_offset > string_size ) )
+      {
+        error = PCF_Err_Invalid_Offset;
+        goto Bail;
+      }
+
+      if ( FT_STRDUP( properties[i].name, strings + name_offset ) )
+        goto Bail;
+
+      FT_TRACE4(( "  %s:", properties[i].name ));
+
+      properties[i].isString = props[i].isString;
+
+      if ( props[i].isString )
+      {
+        FT_Long  value_offset = props[i].value;
+
+
+        if ( ( value_offset < 0 )                     ||
+             ( (FT_ULong)value_offset > string_size ) )
+        {
+          error = PCF_Err_Invalid_Offset;
+          goto Bail;
+        }
+
+        if ( FT_STRDUP( properties[i].value.atom, strings + value_offset ) )
+          goto Bail;
+
+        FT_TRACE4(( " `%s'\n", properties[i].value.atom ));
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        properties[i].value.integer = props[i].value;
+
+        FT_TRACE4(( " %d\n", properties[i].value.integer ));
+      }
+    }
+
+    error = PCF_Err_Ok;
+
+  Bail:
+    FT_FREE( props );
+    FT_FREE( strings );
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  pcf_get_metrics( FT_Stream  stream,
+                   PCF_Face   face )
+  {
+    FT_Error    error    = PCF_Err_Ok;
+    FT_Memory   memory   = FT_FACE(face)->memory;
+    FT_ULong    format, size;
+    PCF_Metric  metrics  = 0;
+    FT_ULong    nmetrics, i;
+
+
+    error = pcf_seek_to_table_type( stream,
+                                    face->toc.tables,
+                                    face->toc.count,
+                                    PCF_METRICS,
+                                    &format,
+                                    &size );
+    if ( error )
+      return error;
+
+    if ( FT_READ_ULONG_LE( format ) )
+      goto Bail;
+
+    if ( !PCF_FORMAT_MATCH( format, PCF_DEFAULT_FORMAT )     &&
+         !PCF_FORMAT_MATCH( format, PCF_COMPRESSED_METRICS ) )
+      return PCF_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+
+    if ( PCF_FORMAT_MATCH( format, PCF_DEFAULT_FORMAT ) )
+    {
+      if ( PCF_BYTE_ORDER( format ) == MSBFirst )
+        (void)FT_READ_ULONG( nmetrics );
+      else
+        (void)FT_READ_ULONG_LE( nmetrics );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      if ( PCF_BYTE_ORDER( format ) == MSBFirst )
+        (void)FT_READ_USHORT( nmetrics );
+      else
+        (void)FT_READ_USHORT_LE( nmetrics );
+    }
+    if ( error )
+      return PCF_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+
+    face->nmetrics = nmetrics;
+
+    FT_TRACE4(( "pcf_get_metrics:\n" ));
+
+    FT_TRACE4(( "  number of metrics: %d\n", nmetrics ));
+
+    /* rough estimate */
+    if ( PCF_FORMAT_MATCH( format, PCF_DEFAULT_FORMAT ) )
+    {
+      if ( nmetrics > size / PCF_METRIC_SIZE )
+        return PCF_Err_Invalid_Table;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      if ( nmetrics > size / PCF_COMPRESSED_METRIC_SIZE )
+        return PCF_Err_Invalid_Table;
+    }
+
+    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( face->metrics, nmetrics ) )
+      return PCF_Err_Out_Of_Memory;
+
+    metrics = face->metrics;
+    for ( i = 0; i < nmetrics; i++ )
+    {
+      error = pcf_get_metric( stream, format, metrics + i );
+
+      metrics[i].bits = 0;
+
+      FT_TRACE5(( "  idx %d: width=%d, "
+                  "lsb=%d, rsb=%d, ascent=%d, descent=%d, swidth=%d\n",
+                  i,
+                  ( metrics + i )->characterWidth,
+                  ( metrics + i )->leftSideBearing,
+                  ( metrics + i )->rightSideBearing,
+                  ( metrics + i )->ascent,
+                  ( metrics + i )->descent,
+                  ( metrics + i )->attributes ));
+
+      if ( error )
+        break;
+    }
+
+    if ( error )
+      FT_FREE( face->metrics );
+
+  Bail:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  pcf_get_bitmaps( FT_Stream  stream,
+                   PCF_Face   face )
+  {
+    FT_Error   error  = PCF_Err_Ok;
+    FT_Memory  memory = FT_FACE(face)->memory;
+    FT_Long*   offsets;
+    FT_Long    bitmapSizes[GLYPHPADOPTIONS];
+    FT_ULong   format, size;
+    int        nbitmaps, i, sizebitmaps = 0;
+
+
+    error = pcf_seek_to_table_type( stream,
+                                    face->toc.tables,
+                                    face->toc.count,
+                                    PCF_BITMAPS,
+                                    &format,
+                                    &size );
+    if ( error )
+      return error;
+
+    error = FT_Stream_EnterFrame( stream, 8 );
+    if ( error )
+      return error;
+
+    format = FT_GET_ULONG_LE();
+    if ( PCF_BYTE_ORDER( format ) == MSBFirst )
+      nbitmaps  = FT_GET_ULONG();
+    else
+      nbitmaps  = FT_GET_ULONG_LE();
+
+    FT_Stream_ExitFrame( stream );
+
+    if ( !PCF_FORMAT_MATCH( format, PCF_DEFAULT_FORMAT ) )
+      return PCF_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+
+    FT_TRACE4(( "pcf_get_bitmaps:\n" ));
+
+    FT_TRACE4(( "  number of bitmaps: %d\n", nbitmaps ));
+
+    if ( nbitmaps != face->nmetrics )
+      return PCF_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+
+    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( offsets, nbitmaps ) )
+      return error;
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < nbitmaps; i++ )
+    {
+      if ( PCF_BYTE_ORDER( format ) == MSBFirst )
+        (void)FT_READ_LONG( offsets[i] );
+      else
+        (void)FT_READ_LONG_LE( offsets[i] );
+
+      FT_TRACE5(( "  bitmap %d: offset %ld (0x%lX)\n",
+                  i, offsets[i], offsets[i] ));
+    }
+    if ( error )
+      goto Bail;
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < GLYPHPADOPTIONS; i++ )
+    {
+      if ( PCF_BYTE_ORDER( format ) == MSBFirst )
+        (void)FT_READ_LONG( bitmapSizes[i] );
+      else
+        (void)FT_READ_LONG_LE( bitmapSizes[i] );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Bail;
+
+      sizebitmaps = bitmapSizes[PCF_GLYPH_PAD_INDEX( format )];
+
+      FT_TRACE4(( "  padding %d implies a size of %ld\n", i, bitmapSizes[i] ));
+    }
+
+    FT_TRACE4(( "  %d bitmaps, padding index %ld\n",
+                nbitmaps,
+                PCF_GLYPH_PAD_INDEX( format ) ));
+    FT_TRACE4(( "  bitmap size = %d\n", sizebitmaps ));
+
+    FT_UNUSED( sizebitmaps );       /* only used for debugging */
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < nbitmaps; i++ )
+    {
+      /* rough estimate */
+      if ( ( offsets[i] < 0 )              ||
+           ( (FT_ULong)offsets[i] > size ) )
+      {
+        FT_ERROR(( "pcf_get_bitmaps:"));
+        FT_ERROR(( " invalid offset to bitmap data of glyph %d\n", i ));
+      }
+      else
+        face->metrics[i].bits = stream->pos + offsets[i];
+    }
+
+    face->bitmapsFormat = format;
+
+  Bail:
+    FT_FREE( offsets );
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  pcf_get_encodings( FT_Stream  stream,
+                     PCF_Face   face )
+  {
+    FT_Error      error  = PCF_Err_Ok;
+    FT_Memory     memory = FT_FACE(face)->memory;
+    FT_ULong      format, size;
+    int           firstCol, lastCol;
+    int           firstRow, lastRow;
+    int           nencoding, encodingOffset;
+    int           i, j;
+    PCF_Encoding  tmpEncoding, encoding = 0;
+
+
+    error = pcf_seek_to_table_type( stream,
+                                    face->toc.tables,
+                                    face->toc.count,
+                                    PCF_BDF_ENCODINGS,
+                                    &format,
+                                    &size );
+    if ( error )
+      return error;
+
+    error = FT_Stream_EnterFrame( stream, 14 );
+    if ( error )
+      return error;
+
+    format = FT_GET_ULONG_LE();
+
+    if ( PCF_BYTE_ORDER( format ) == MSBFirst )
+    {
+      firstCol          = FT_GET_SHORT();
+      lastCol           = FT_GET_SHORT();
+      firstRow          = FT_GET_SHORT();
+      lastRow           = FT_GET_SHORT();
+      face->defaultChar = FT_GET_SHORT();
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      firstCol          = FT_GET_SHORT_LE();
+      lastCol           = FT_GET_SHORT_LE();
+      firstRow          = FT_GET_SHORT_LE();
+      lastRow           = FT_GET_SHORT_LE();
+      face->defaultChar = FT_GET_SHORT_LE();
+    }
+
+    FT_Stream_ExitFrame( stream );
+
+    if ( !PCF_FORMAT_MATCH( format, PCF_DEFAULT_FORMAT ) )
+      return PCF_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+
+    FT_TRACE4(( "pdf_get_encodings:\n" ));
+
+    FT_TRACE4(( "  firstCol %d, lastCol %d, firstRow %d, lastRow %d\n",
+                firstCol, lastCol, firstRow, lastRow ));
+
+    nencoding = ( lastCol - firstCol + 1 ) * ( lastRow - firstRow + 1 );
+
+    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( tmpEncoding, nencoding ) )
+      return PCF_Err_Out_Of_Memory;
+
+    error = FT_Stream_EnterFrame( stream, 2 * nencoding );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Bail;
+
+    for ( i = 0, j = 0 ; i < nencoding; i++ )
+    {
+      if ( PCF_BYTE_ORDER( format ) == MSBFirst )
+        encodingOffset = FT_GET_SHORT();
+      else
+        encodingOffset = FT_GET_SHORT_LE();
+
+      if ( encodingOffset != -1 )
+      {
+        tmpEncoding[j].enc = ( ( ( i / ( lastCol - firstCol + 1 ) ) +
+                                 firstRow ) * 256 ) +
+                               ( ( i % ( lastCol - firstCol + 1 ) ) +
+                                 firstCol );
+
+        tmpEncoding[j].glyph = (FT_Short)encodingOffset;
+
+        FT_TRACE5(( "  code %d (0x%04X): idx %d\n",
+                    tmpEncoding[j].enc, tmpEncoding[j].enc,
+                    tmpEncoding[j].glyph ));
+
+        j++;
+      }
+    }
+    FT_Stream_ExitFrame( stream );
+
+    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( encoding, j ) )
+      goto Bail;
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < j; i++ )
+    {
+      encoding[i].enc   = tmpEncoding[i].enc;
+      encoding[i].glyph = tmpEncoding[i].glyph;
+    }
+
+    face->nencodings = j;
+    face->encodings  = encoding;
+    FT_FREE( tmpEncoding );
+
+    return error;
+
+  Bail:
+    FT_FREE( encoding );
+    FT_FREE( tmpEncoding );
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static
+  const FT_Frame_Field  pcf_accel_header[] =
+  {
+#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
+#define FT_STRUCTURE  PCF_AccelRec
+
+    FT_FRAME_START( 20 ),
+      FT_FRAME_BYTE      ( noOverlap ),
+      FT_FRAME_BYTE      ( constantMetrics ),
+      FT_FRAME_BYTE      ( terminalFont ),
+      FT_FRAME_BYTE      ( constantWidth ),
+      FT_FRAME_BYTE      ( inkInside ),
+      FT_FRAME_BYTE      ( inkMetrics ),
+      FT_FRAME_BYTE      ( drawDirection ),
+      FT_FRAME_SKIP_BYTES( 1 ),
+      FT_FRAME_LONG_LE   ( fontAscent ),
+      FT_FRAME_LONG_LE   ( fontDescent ),
+      FT_FRAME_LONG_LE   ( maxOverlap ),
+    FT_FRAME_END
+  };
+
+
+  static
+  const FT_Frame_Field  pcf_accel_msb_header[] =
+  {
+#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
+#define FT_STRUCTURE  PCF_AccelRec
+
+    FT_FRAME_START( 20 ),
+      FT_FRAME_BYTE      ( noOverlap ),
+      FT_FRAME_BYTE      ( constantMetrics ),
+      FT_FRAME_BYTE      ( terminalFont ),
+      FT_FRAME_BYTE      ( constantWidth ),
+      FT_FRAME_BYTE      ( inkInside ),
+      FT_FRAME_BYTE      ( inkMetrics ),
+      FT_FRAME_BYTE      ( drawDirection ),
+      FT_FRAME_SKIP_BYTES( 1 ),
+      FT_FRAME_LONG      ( fontAscent ),
+      FT_FRAME_LONG      ( fontDescent ),
+      FT_FRAME_LONG      ( maxOverlap ),
+    FT_FRAME_END
+  };
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  pcf_get_accel( FT_Stream  stream,
+                 PCF_Face   face,
+                 FT_ULong   type )
+  {
+    FT_ULong   format, size;
+    FT_Error   error = PCF_Err_Ok;
+    PCF_Accel  accel = &face->accel;
+
+
+    error = pcf_seek_to_table_type( stream,
+                                    face->toc.tables,
+                                    face->toc.count,
+                                    type,
+                                    &format,
+                                    &size );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Bail;
+
+    if ( FT_READ_ULONG_LE( format ) )
+      goto Bail;
+
+    if ( !PCF_FORMAT_MATCH( format, PCF_DEFAULT_FORMAT )    &&
+         !PCF_FORMAT_MATCH( format, PCF_ACCEL_W_INKBOUNDS ) )
+      goto Bail;
+
+    if ( PCF_BYTE_ORDER( format ) == MSBFirst )
+    {
+      if ( FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( pcf_accel_msb_header, accel ) )
+        goto Bail;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      if ( FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( pcf_accel_header, accel ) )
+        goto Bail;
+    }
+
+    error = pcf_get_metric( stream,
+                            format & ( ~PCF_FORMAT_MASK ),
+                            &(accel->minbounds) );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Bail;
+
+    error = pcf_get_metric( stream,
+                            format & ( ~PCF_FORMAT_MASK ),
+                            &(accel->maxbounds) );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Bail;
+
+    if ( PCF_FORMAT_MATCH( format, PCF_ACCEL_W_INKBOUNDS ) )
+    {
+      error = pcf_get_metric( stream,
+                              format & ( ~PCF_FORMAT_MASK ),
+                              &(accel->ink_minbounds) );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Bail;
+
+      error = pcf_get_metric( stream,
+                              format & ( ~PCF_FORMAT_MASK ),
+                              &(accel->ink_maxbounds) );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Bail;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      accel->ink_minbounds = accel->minbounds; /* I'm not sure about this */
+      accel->ink_maxbounds = accel->maxbounds;
+    }
+
+  Bail:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  pcf_interpret_style( PCF_Face  pcf )
+  {
+    FT_Error   error  = PCF_Err_Ok;
+    FT_Face    face   = FT_FACE( pcf );
+    FT_Memory  memory = face->memory;
+
+    PCF_Property  prop;
+
+    int    nn, len;
+    char*  strings[4] = { NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL };
+    int    lengths[4];
+
+
+    face->style_flags = 0;
+
+    prop = pcf_find_property( pcf, "SLANT" );
+    if ( prop && prop->isString                                       &&
+         ( *(prop->value.atom) == 'O' || *(prop->value.atom) == 'o' ||
+           *(prop->value.atom) == 'I' || *(prop->value.atom) == 'i' ) )
+    {
+      face->style_flags |= FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC;
+      strings[2] = ( *(prop->value.atom) == 'O' ||
+                     *(prop->value.atom) == 'o' ) ? (char *)"Oblique"
+                                                  : (char *)"Italic";
+    }
+
+    prop = pcf_find_property( pcf, "WEIGHT_NAME" );
+    if ( prop && prop->isString                                       &&
+         ( *(prop->value.atom) == 'B' || *(prop->value.atom) == 'b' ) )
+    {
+      face->style_flags |= FT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLD;
+      strings[1] = (char *)"Bold";
+    }
+
+    prop = pcf_find_property( pcf, "SETWIDTH_NAME" );
+    if ( prop && prop->isString                                        &&
+         *(prop->value.atom)                                           &&
+         !( *(prop->value.atom) == 'N' || *(prop->value.atom) == 'n' ) )
+      strings[3] = (char *)(prop->value.atom);
+
+    prop = pcf_find_property( pcf, "ADD_STYLE_NAME" );
+    if ( prop && prop->isString                                        &&
+         *(prop->value.atom)                                           &&
+         !( *(prop->value.atom) == 'N' || *(prop->value.atom) == 'n' ) )
+      strings[0] = (char *)(prop->value.atom);
+
+    for ( len = 0, nn = 0; nn < 4; nn++ )
+    {
+      lengths[nn] = 0;
+      if ( strings[nn] )
+      {
+        lengths[nn] = ft_strlen( strings[nn] );
+        len        += lengths[nn] + 1;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if ( len == 0 )
+    {
+      strings[0] = (char *)"Regular";
+      lengths[0] = ft_strlen( strings[0] );
+      len        = lengths[0] + 1;
+    }
+
+    {
+      char*  s;
+
+
+      if ( FT_ALLOC( face->style_name, len ) )
+        return error;
+
+      s = face->style_name;
+
+      for ( nn = 0; nn < 4; nn++ )
+      {
+        char*  src = strings[nn];
+
+
+        len = lengths[nn];
+
+        if ( src == NULL )
+          continue;
+
+        /* separate elements with a space */
+        if ( s != face->style_name )
+          *s++ = ' ';
+
+        ft_memcpy( s, src, len );
+
+        /* need to convert spaces to dashes for */
+        /* add_style_name and setwidth_name     */
+        if ( nn == 0 || nn == 3 )
+        {
+          int  mm;
+
+
+          for ( mm = 0; mm < len; mm++ )
+            if (s[mm] == ' ')
+              s[mm] = '-';
+        }
+
+        s += len;
+      }
+      *s = 0;
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  pcf_load_font( FT_Stream  stream,
+                 PCF_Face   face )
+  {
+    FT_Error   error  = PCF_Err_Ok;
+    FT_Memory  memory = FT_FACE(face)->memory;
+    FT_Bool    hasBDFAccelerators;
+
+
+    error = pcf_read_TOC( stream, face );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    error = pcf_get_properties( stream, face );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* Use the old accelerators if no BDF accelerators are in the file. */
+    hasBDFAccelerators = pcf_has_table_type( face->toc.tables,
+                                             face->toc.count,
+                                             PCF_BDF_ACCELERATORS );
+    if ( !hasBDFAccelerators )
+    {
+      error = pcf_get_accel( stream, face, PCF_ACCELERATORS );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* metrics */
+    error = pcf_get_metrics( stream, face );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* bitmaps */
+    error = pcf_get_bitmaps( stream, face );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* encodings */
+    error = pcf_get_encodings( stream, face );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* BDF style accelerators (i.e. bounds based on encoded glyphs) */
+    if ( hasBDFAccelerators )
+    {
+      error = pcf_get_accel( stream, face, PCF_BDF_ACCELERATORS );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* XXX: TO DO: inkmetrics and glyph_names are missing */
+
+    /* now construct the face object */
+    {
+      FT_Face       root = FT_FACE( face );
+      PCF_Property  prop;
+
+
+      root->num_faces  = 1;
+      root->face_index = 0;
+      root->face_flags = FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES |
+                         FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL  |
+                         FT_FACE_FLAG_FAST_GLYPHS;
+
+      if ( face->accel.constantWidth )
+        root->face_flags |= FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH;
+
+      if ( ( error = pcf_interpret_style( face ) ) != 0 )
+         goto Exit;
+
+      prop = pcf_find_property( face, "FAMILY_NAME" );
+      if ( prop && prop->isString )
+      {
+        if ( FT_STRDUP( root->family_name, prop->value.atom ) )
+          goto Exit;
+      }
+      else
+        root->family_name = NULL;
+
+      /*
+       * Note: We shift all glyph indices by +1 since we must
+       * respect the convention that glyph 0 always corresponds
+       * to the `missing glyph'.
+       *
+       * This implies bumping the number of `available' glyphs by 1.
+       */
+      root->num_glyphs = face->nmetrics + 1;
+
+      root->num_fixed_sizes = 1;
+      if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( root->available_sizes, 1 ) )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      {
+        FT_Bitmap_Size*  bsize = root->available_sizes;
+        FT_Short         resolution_x = 0, resolution_y = 0;
+
+
+        FT_MEM_ZERO( bsize, sizeof ( FT_Bitmap_Size ) );
+
+#if 0
+        bsize->height = face->accel.maxbounds.ascent << 6;
+#endif
+        bsize->height = (FT_Short)( face->accel.fontAscent +
+                                    face->accel.fontDescent );
+
+        prop = pcf_find_property( face, "AVERAGE_WIDTH" );
+        if ( prop )
+          bsize->width = (FT_Short)( ( prop->value.integer + 5 ) / 10 );
+        else
+          bsize->width = (FT_Short)( bsize->height * 2/3 );
+
+        prop = pcf_find_property( face, "POINT_SIZE" );
+        if ( prop )
+          /* convert from 722.7 decipoints to 72 points per inch */
+          bsize->size =
+            (FT_Pos)( ( prop->value.integer * 64 * 7200 + 36135L ) / 72270L );
+
+        prop = pcf_find_property( face, "PIXEL_SIZE" );
+        if ( prop )
+          bsize->y_ppem = (FT_Short)prop->value.integer << 6;
+
+        prop = pcf_find_property( face, "RESOLUTION_X" );
+        if ( prop )
+          resolution_x = (FT_Short)prop->value.integer;
+
+        prop = pcf_find_property( face, "RESOLUTION_Y" );
+        if ( prop )
+          resolution_y = (FT_Short)prop->value.integer;
+
+        if ( bsize->y_ppem == 0 )
+        {
+          bsize->y_ppem = bsize->size;
+          if ( resolution_y )
+            bsize->y_ppem = bsize->y_ppem * resolution_y / 72;
+        }
+        if ( resolution_x && resolution_y )
+          bsize->x_ppem = bsize->y_ppem * resolution_x / resolution_y;
+        else
+          bsize->x_ppem = bsize->y_ppem;
+      }
+
+      /* set up charset */
+      {
+        PCF_Property  charset_registry = 0, charset_encoding = 0;
+
+
+        charset_registry = pcf_find_property( face, "CHARSET_REGISTRY" );
+        charset_encoding = pcf_find_property( face, "CHARSET_ENCODING" );
+
+        if ( charset_registry && charset_registry->isString &&
+             charset_encoding && charset_encoding->isString )
+        {
+          if ( FT_STRDUP( face->charset_encoding,
+                          charset_encoding->value.atom ) ||
+               FT_STRDUP( face->charset_registry,
+                          charset_registry->value.atom ) )
+            goto Exit;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    if ( error )
+    {
+      /* This is done to respect the behaviour of the original */
+      /* PCF font driver.                                      */
+      error = PCF_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcfread.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcfread.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c9524f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcfread.h
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/*  pcfread.h
+
+    FreeType font driver for pcf fonts
+
+  Copyright 2003 by
+  Francesco Zappa Nardelli
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+THE SOFTWARE.
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef __PCFREAD_H__
+#define __PCFREAD_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+  FT_LOCAL( PCF_Property )
+  pcf_find_property( PCF_Face          face,
+                     const FT_String*  prop );
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __PCFREAD_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcfutil.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcfutil.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..67ddbe8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcfutil.c
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+/*
+
+Copyright 1990, 1994, 1998  The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+*/
+/* $XFree86: xc/lib/font/util/utilbitmap.c,v 1.3 1999/08/22 08:58:58 dawes Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Author:  Keith Packard, MIT X Consortium
+ */
+
+/* Modified for use with FreeType */
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include "pcfutil.h"
+
+
+  /*
+   *  Invert bit order within each BYTE of an array.
+   */
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  BitOrderInvert( unsigned char*  buf,
+                  int             nbytes )
+  {
+    for ( ; --nbytes >= 0; buf++ )
+    {
+      unsigned int  val = *buf;
+
+
+      val = ( ( val >> 1 ) & 0x55 ) | ( ( val << 1 ) & 0xAA );
+      val = ( ( val >> 2 ) & 0x33 ) | ( ( val << 2 ) & 0xCC );
+      val = ( ( val >> 4 ) & 0x0F ) | ( ( val << 4 ) & 0xF0 );
+
+      *buf = (unsigned char)val;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /*
+   *  Invert byte order within each 16-bits of an array.
+   */
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  TwoByteSwap( unsigned char*  buf,
+               int             nbytes )
+  {
+    unsigned char  c;
+
+
+    for ( ; nbytes >= 2; nbytes -= 2, buf += 2 )
+    {
+      c      = buf[0];
+      buf[0] = buf[1];
+      buf[1] = c;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /*
+   *  Invert byte order within each 32-bits of an array.
+   */
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  FourByteSwap( unsigned char*  buf,
+                int             nbytes )
+  {
+    unsigned char  c;
+
+
+    for ( ; nbytes >= 4; nbytes -= 4, buf += 4 )
+    {
+      c      = buf[0];
+      buf[0] = buf[3];
+      buf[3] = c;
+
+      c      = buf[1];
+      buf[1] = buf[2];
+      buf[2] = c;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcfutil.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcfutil.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1557be3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/pcfutil.h
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+/*  pcfutil.h
+
+    FreeType font driver for pcf fonts
+
+  Copyright 2000, 2001, 2004 by
+  Francesco Zappa Nardelli
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+THE SOFTWARE.
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef __PCFUTIL_H__
+#define __PCFUTIL_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  BitOrderInvert( unsigned char*  buf,
+                  int             nbytes );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  TwoByteSwap( unsigned char*  buf,
+               int             nbytes );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  FourByteSwap( unsigned char*  buf,
+                int             nbytes );
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __PCFUTIL_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/rules.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/rules.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7864152
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pcf/rules.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 pcf driver configuration rules
+#
+
+
+# Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2003, 2008 by
+# Francesco Zappa Nardelli
+#
+# Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+# of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+# in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+# to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+# copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+# furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+#
+# The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+# all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+#
+# THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+# IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+# AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+# LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+# OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+# THE SOFTWARE.
+
+
+# pcf driver directory
+#
+PCF_DIR := $(SRC_DIR)/pcf
+
+
+PCF_COMPILE := $(FT_COMPILE) $I$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$(PCF_DIR))
+
+
+# pcf driver sources (i.e., C files)
+#
+PCF_DRV_SRC := $(PCF_DIR)/pcfdrivr.c \
+               $(PCF_DIR)/pcfread.c  \
+               $(PCF_DIR)/pcfutil.c
+
+# pcf driver headers
+#
+PCF_DRV_H := $(PCF_DRV_SRC:%.c=%.h) \
+             $(PCF_DIR)/pcf.h       \
+             $(PCF_DIR)/pcferror.h
+
+# pcf driver object(s)
+#
+#   PCF_DRV_OBJ_M is used during `multi' builds
+#   PCF_DRV_OBJ_S is used during `single' builds
+#
+PCF_DRV_OBJ_M := $(PCF_DRV_SRC:$(PCF_DIR)/%.c=$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O)
+PCF_DRV_OBJ_S := $(OBJ_DIR)/pcf.$O
+
+# pcf driver source file for single build
+#
+PCF_DRV_SRC_S := $(PCF_DIR)/pcf.c
+
+
+# pcf driver - single object
+#
+$(PCF_DRV_OBJ_S): $(PCF_DRV_SRC_S) $(PCF_DRV_SRC) $(FREETYPE_H) $(PCF_DRV_H)
+	$(PCF_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $(PCF_DRV_SRC_S))
+
+
+# pcf driver - multiple objects
+#
+$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O: $(PCF_DIR)/%.c $(FREETYPE_H) $(PCF_DRV_H)
+	$(PCF_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $<)
+
+
+# update main driver object lists
+#
+DRV_OBJS_S += $(PCF_DRV_OBJ_S)
+DRV_OBJS_M += $(PCF_DRV_OBJ_M)
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/Jamfile b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/Jamfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9e2f2b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/Jamfile
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+# FreeType 2 src/pfr Jamfile
+#
+# Copyright 2002 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+SubDir  FT2_TOP $(FT2_SRC_DIR) pfr ;
+
+{
+  local  _sources ;
+
+  if $(FT2_MULTI)
+  {
+    _sources = pfrdrivr pfrgload pfrload pfrobjs pfrcmap pfrsbit ;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    _sources = pfr ;
+  }
+
+  Library  $(FT2_LIB) : $(_sources).c ;
+}
+
+# end of src/pfr Jamfile
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/module.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/module.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8d1d28a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/module.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 PFR module definition
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 2002, 2006 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+FTMODULE_H_COMMANDS += PFR_DRIVER
+
+define PFR_DRIVER
+$(OPEN_DRIVER) FT_Driver_ClassRec, pfr_driver_class $(CLOSE_DRIVER)
+$(ECHO_DRIVER)pfr       $(ECHO_DRIVER_DESC)PFR/TrueDoc font files with extension *.pfr$(ECHO_DRIVER_DONE)
+endef
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfr.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eb2c4ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  pfr.c                                                                  */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType PFR driver component.                                       */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2002 by                                                      */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+#define FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+
+#include "pfrload.c"
+#include "pfrgload.c"
+#include "pfrcmap.c"
+#include "pfrobjs.c"
+#include "pfrdrivr.c"
+#include "pfrsbit.c"
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrcmap.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrcmap.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d4656d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrcmap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  pfrcmap.c                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType PFR cmap handling (body).                                   */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2002, 2007 by                                                */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include "pfrcmap.h"
+#include "pfrobjs.h"
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+
+#include "pfrerror.h"
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  pfr_cmap_init( PFR_CMap  cmap )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error = PFR_Err_Ok;
+    PFR_Face  face  = (PFR_Face)FT_CMAP_FACE( cmap );
+
+
+    cmap->num_chars = face->phy_font.num_chars;
+    cmap->chars     = face->phy_font.chars;
+
+    /* just for safety, check that the character entries are correctly */
+    /* sorted in increasing character code order                       */
+    {
+      FT_UInt  n;
+
+
+      for ( n = 1; n < cmap->num_chars; n++ )
+      {
+        if ( cmap->chars[n - 1].char_code >= cmap->chars[n].char_code )
+        {
+          error = PFR_Err_Invalid_Table;
+          goto Exit;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
+  pfr_cmap_done( PFR_CMap  cmap )
+  {
+    cmap->chars     = NULL;
+    cmap->num_chars = 0;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
+  pfr_cmap_char_index( PFR_CMap   cmap,
+                       FT_UInt32  char_code )
+  {
+    FT_UInt   min = 0;
+    FT_UInt   max = cmap->num_chars;
+    FT_UInt   mid;
+    PFR_Char  gchar;
+
+
+    while ( min < max )
+    {
+      mid   = min + ( max - min ) / 2;
+      gchar = cmap->chars + mid;
+
+      if ( gchar->char_code == char_code )
+        return mid + 1;
+
+      if ( gchar->char_code < char_code )
+        min = mid + 1;
+      else
+        max = mid;
+    }
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
+  pfr_cmap_char_next( PFR_CMap    cmap,
+                      FT_UInt32  *pchar_code )
+  {
+    FT_UInt    result    = 0;
+    FT_UInt32  char_code = *pchar_code + 1;
+
+
+  Restart:
+    {
+      FT_UInt   min = 0;
+      FT_UInt   max = cmap->num_chars;
+      FT_UInt   mid;
+      PFR_Char  gchar;
+
+
+      while ( min < max )
+      {
+        mid   = min + ( ( max - min ) >> 1 );
+        gchar = cmap->chars + mid;
+
+        if ( gchar->char_code == char_code )
+        {
+          result = mid;
+          if ( result != 0 )
+          {
+            result++;
+            goto Exit;
+          }
+
+          char_code++;
+          goto Restart;
+        }
+
+        if ( gchar->char_code < char_code )
+          min = mid+1;
+        else
+          max = mid;
+      }
+
+      /* we didn't find it, but we have a pair just above it */
+      char_code = 0;
+
+      if ( min < cmap->num_chars )
+      {
+        gchar  = cmap->chars + min;
+        result = min;
+        if ( result != 0 )
+        {
+          result++;
+          char_code = gchar->char_code;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    *pchar_code = char_code;
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF const FT_CMap_ClassRec
+  pfr_cmap_class_rec =
+  {
+    sizeof ( PFR_CMapRec ),
+
+    (FT_CMap_InitFunc)     pfr_cmap_init,
+    (FT_CMap_DoneFunc)     pfr_cmap_done,
+    (FT_CMap_CharIndexFunc)pfr_cmap_char_index,
+    (FT_CMap_CharNextFunc) pfr_cmap_char_next,
+
+    NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL
+  };
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrcmap.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrcmap.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a626953
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrcmap.h
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  pfrcmap.h                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType PFR cmap handling (specification).                          */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2002 by                                                      */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __PFRCMAP_H__
+#define __PFRCMAP_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+#include "pfrtypes.h"
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+  typedef struct  PFR_CMapRec_
+  {
+    FT_CMapRec  cmap;
+    FT_UInt     num_chars;
+    PFR_Char    chars;
+
+  } PFR_CMapRec, *PFR_CMap;
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE const FT_CMap_ClassRec  pfr_cmap_class_rec;
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+
+#endif /* __PFRCMAP_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrdrivr.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrdrivr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..15cca98
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrdrivr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,214 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  pfrdrivr.c                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType PFR driver interface (body).                                */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2008 by                              */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
+#include FT_SERVICE_PFR_H
+#include FT_SERVICE_XFREE86_NAME_H
+#include "pfrdrivr.h"
+#include "pfrobjs.h"
+
+#include "pfrerror.h"
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  pfr_get_kerning( FT_Face     pfrface,     /* PFR_Face */
+                   FT_UInt     left,
+                   FT_UInt     right,
+                   FT_Vector  *avector )
+  {
+    PFR_Face     face = (PFR_Face)pfrface;
+    PFR_PhyFont  phys = &face->phy_font;
+
+
+    pfr_face_get_kerning( pfrface, left, right, avector );
+
+    /* convert from metrics to outline units when necessary */
+    if ( phys->outline_resolution != phys->metrics_resolution )
+    {
+      if ( avector->x != 0 )
+        avector->x = FT_MulDiv( avector->x, phys->outline_resolution,
+                                            phys->metrics_resolution );
+
+      if ( avector->y != 0 )
+        avector->y = FT_MulDiv( avector->x, phys->outline_resolution,
+                                            phys->metrics_resolution );
+    }
+
+    return PFR_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+ /*
+  *  PFR METRICS SERVICE
+  *
+  */
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  pfr_get_advance( FT_Face   pfrface,       /* PFR_Face */
+                   FT_UInt   gindex,
+                   FT_Pos   *anadvance )
+  {
+    PFR_Face  face  = (PFR_Face)pfrface;
+    FT_Error  error = PFR_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+
+    *anadvance = 0;
+
+    if ( !gindex )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    gindex--;
+
+    if ( face )
+    {
+      PFR_PhyFont  phys = &face->phy_font;
+
+
+      if ( gindex < phys->num_chars )
+      {
+        *anadvance = phys->chars[gindex].advance;
+        error = 0;
+      }
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  pfr_get_metrics( FT_Face    pfrface,      /* PFR_Face */
+                   FT_UInt   *anoutline_resolution,
+                   FT_UInt   *ametrics_resolution,
+                   FT_Fixed  *ametrics_x_scale,
+                   FT_Fixed  *ametrics_y_scale )
+  {
+    PFR_Face     face = (PFR_Face)pfrface;
+    PFR_PhyFont  phys = &face->phy_font;
+    FT_Fixed     x_scale, y_scale;
+    FT_Size      size = face->root.size;
+
+
+    if ( anoutline_resolution )
+      *anoutline_resolution = phys->outline_resolution;
+
+    if ( ametrics_resolution )
+      *ametrics_resolution = phys->metrics_resolution;
+
+    x_scale = 0x10000L;
+    y_scale = 0x10000L;
+
+    if ( size )
+    {
+      x_scale = FT_DivFix( size->metrics.x_ppem << 6,
+                           phys->metrics_resolution );
+
+      y_scale = FT_DivFix( size->metrics.y_ppem << 6,
+                           phys->metrics_resolution );
+    }
+
+    if ( ametrics_x_scale )
+      *ametrics_x_scale = x_scale;
+
+    if ( ametrics_y_scale )
+      *ametrics_y_scale = y_scale;
+
+    return PFR_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
+  const FT_Service_PfrMetricsRec  pfr_metrics_service_rec =
+  {
+    pfr_get_metrics,
+    pfr_face_get_kerning,
+    pfr_get_advance
+  };
+
+
+ /*
+  *  SERVICE LIST
+  *
+  */
+
+  static const FT_ServiceDescRec  pfr_services[] =
+  {
+    { FT_SERVICE_ID_PFR_METRICS, &pfr_metrics_service_rec },
+    { FT_SERVICE_ID_XF86_NAME,   FT_XF86_FORMAT_PFR },
+    { NULL, NULL }
+  };
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Module_Interface )
+  pfr_get_service( FT_Module         module,
+                   const FT_String*  service_id )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( module );
+
+    return ft_service_list_lookup( pfr_services, service_id );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
+  const FT_Driver_ClassRec  pfr_driver_class =
+  {
+    {
+      FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER     |
+      FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE,
+
+      sizeof( FT_DriverRec ),
+
+      "pfr",
+      0x10000L,
+      0x20000L,
+
+      NULL,
+
+      0,
+      0,
+      pfr_get_service
+    },
+
+    sizeof( PFR_FaceRec ),
+    sizeof( PFR_SizeRec ),
+    sizeof( PFR_SlotRec ),
+
+    pfr_face_init,
+    pfr_face_done,
+    0,                  /* FT_Size_InitFunc */
+    0,                  /* FT_Size_DoneFunc */
+    pfr_slot_init,
+    pfr_slot_done,
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+    ft_stub_set_char_sizes,
+    ft_stub_set_pixel_sizes,
+#endif
+    pfr_slot_load,
+
+    pfr_get_kerning,
+    0,                  /* FT_Face_AttachFunc      */
+    0,                   /* FT_Face_GetAdvancesFunc */
+    0,                  /* FT_Size_RequestFunc */
+    0,                  /* FT_Size_SelectFunc  */
+  };
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrdrivr.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrdrivr.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..36f1205
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrdrivr.h
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  pfrdrivr.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    High-level Type PFR driver interface (specification).                */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2002 by                                                      */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __PFRDRIVR_H__
+#define __PFRDRIVR_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DRIVER_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  FT_EXPORT_VAR( const FT_Driver_ClassRec )  pfr_driver_class;
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+
+#endif /* __PFRDRIVR_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrerror.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrerror.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2e1c401
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrerror.h
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  pfrerror.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    PFR error codes (specification only).                                */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2002 by                                                      */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This file is used to define the PFR error enumeration constants.      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef __PFRERROR_H__
+#define __PFRERROR_H__
+
+#include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
+
+#undef __FTERRORS_H__
+
+#define FT_ERR_PREFIX  PFR_Err_
+#define FT_ERR_BASE    FT_Mod_Err_PFR
+
+#include FT_ERRORS_H
+
+#endif /* __PFRERROR_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrgload.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrgload.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6fe6e42
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrgload.c
@@ -0,0 +1,828 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  pfrgload.c                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType PFR glyph loader (body).                                    */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2005, 2007 by                                    */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include "pfrgload.h"
+#include "pfrsbit.h"
+#include "pfrload.h"            /* for macro definitions */
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+
+#include "pfrerror.h"
+
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_pfr
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                      PFR GLYPH BUILDER                        *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  pfr_glyph_init( PFR_Glyph       glyph,
+                  FT_GlyphLoader  loader )
+  {
+    FT_ZERO( glyph );
+
+    glyph->loader     = loader;
+    glyph->path_begun = 0;
+
+    FT_GlyphLoader_Rewind( loader );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  pfr_glyph_done( PFR_Glyph  glyph )
+  {
+    FT_Memory  memory = glyph->loader->memory;
+
+
+    FT_FREE( glyph->x_control );
+    glyph->y_control = NULL;
+
+    glyph->max_xy_control = 0;
+#if 0
+    glyph->num_x_control  = 0;
+    glyph->num_y_control  = 0;
+#endif
+
+    FT_FREE( glyph->subs );
+
+    glyph->max_subs = 0;
+    glyph->num_subs = 0;
+
+    glyph->loader     = NULL;
+    glyph->path_begun = 0;
+  }
+
+
+  /* close current contour, if any */
+  static void
+  pfr_glyph_close_contour( PFR_Glyph  glyph )
+  {
+    FT_GlyphLoader  loader  = glyph->loader;
+    FT_Outline*     outline = &loader->current.outline;
+    FT_Int          last, first;
+
+
+    if ( !glyph->path_begun )
+      return;
+
+    /* compute first and last point indices in current glyph outline */
+    last  = outline->n_points - 1;
+    first = 0;
+    if ( outline->n_contours > 0 )
+      first = outline->contours[outline->n_contours - 1];
+
+    /* if the last point falls on the same location than the first one */
+    /* we need to delete it                                            */
+    if ( last > first )
+    {
+      FT_Vector*  p1 = outline->points + first;
+      FT_Vector*  p2 = outline->points + last;
+
+
+      if ( p1->x == p2->x && p1->y == p2->y )
+      {
+        outline->n_points--;
+        last--;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* don't add empty contours */
+    if ( last >= first )
+      outline->contours[outline->n_contours++] = (short)last;
+
+    glyph->path_begun = 0;
+  }
+
+
+  /* reset glyph to start the loading of a new glyph */
+  static void
+  pfr_glyph_start( PFR_Glyph  glyph )
+  {
+    glyph->path_begun = 0;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  pfr_glyph_line_to( PFR_Glyph   glyph,
+                     FT_Vector*  to )
+  {
+    FT_GlyphLoader  loader  = glyph->loader;
+    FT_Outline*     outline = &loader->current.outline;
+    FT_Error        error;
+
+
+    /* check that we have begun a new path */
+    if ( !glyph->path_begun )
+    {
+      error = PFR_Err_Invalid_Table;
+      FT_ERROR(( "pfr_glyph_line_to: invalid glyph data\n" ));
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    error = FT_GLYPHLOADER_CHECK_POINTS( loader, 1, 0 );
+    if ( !error )
+    {
+      FT_UInt  n = outline->n_points;
+
+
+      outline->points[n] = *to;
+      outline->tags  [n] = FT_CURVE_TAG_ON;
+
+      outline->n_points++;
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  pfr_glyph_curve_to( PFR_Glyph   glyph,
+                      FT_Vector*  control1,
+                      FT_Vector*  control2,
+                      FT_Vector*  to )
+  {
+    FT_GlyphLoader  loader  = glyph->loader;
+    FT_Outline*     outline = &loader->current.outline;
+    FT_Error        error;
+
+
+    /* check that we have begun a new path */
+    if ( !glyph->path_begun )
+    {
+      error = PFR_Err_Invalid_Table;
+      FT_ERROR(( "pfr_glyph_line_to: invalid glyph data\n" ));
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    error = FT_GLYPHLOADER_CHECK_POINTS( loader, 3, 0 );
+    if ( !error )
+    {
+      FT_Vector*  vec = outline->points         + outline->n_points;
+      FT_Byte*    tag = (FT_Byte*)outline->tags + outline->n_points;
+
+
+      vec[0] = *control1;
+      vec[1] = *control2;
+      vec[2] = *to;
+      tag[0] = FT_CURVE_TAG_CUBIC;
+      tag[1] = FT_CURVE_TAG_CUBIC;
+      tag[2] = FT_CURVE_TAG_ON;
+
+      outline->n_points = (FT_Short)( outline->n_points + 3 );
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  pfr_glyph_move_to( PFR_Glyph   glyph,
+                     FT_Vector*  to )
+  {
+    FT_GlyphLoader  loader  = glyph->loader;
+    FT_Error        error;
+
+
+    /* close current contour if any */
+    pfr_glyph_close_contour( glyph );
+
+    /* indicate that a new contour has started */
+    glyph->path_begun = 1;
+
+    /* check that there is space for a new contour and a new point */
+    error = FT_GLYPHLOADER_CHECK_POINTS( loader, 1, 1 );
+    if ( !error )
+      /* add new start point */
+      error = pfr_glyph_line_to( glyph, to );
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  pfr_glyph_end( PFR_Glyph  glyph )
+  {
+    /* close current contour if any */
+    pfr_glyph_close_contour( glyph );
+
+    /* merge the current glyph into the stack */
+    FT_GlyphLoader_Add( glyph->loader );
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                      PFR GLYPH LOADER                         *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /* load a simple glyph */
+  static FT_Error
+  pfr_glyph_load_simple( PFR_Glyph  glyph,
+                         FT_Byte*   p,
+                         FT_Byte*   limit )
+  {
+    FT_Error   error  = 0;
+    FT_Memory  memory = glyph->loader->memory;
+    FT_UInt    flags, x_count, y_count, i, count, mask;
+    FT_Int     x;
+
+
+    PFR_CHECK( 1 );
+    flags = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
+
+    /* test for composite glyphs */
+    if ( flags & PFR_GLYPH_IS_COMPOUND )
+      goto Failure;
+
+    x_count = 0;
+    y_count = 0;
+
+    if ( flags & PFR_GLYPH_1BYTE_XYCOUNT )
+    {
+      PFR_CHECK( 1 );
+      count   = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
+      x_count = ( count & 15 );
+      y_count = ( count >> 4 );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      if ( flags & PFR_GLYPH_XCOUNT )
+      {
+        PFR_CHECK( 1 );
+        x_count = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
+      }
+
+      if ( flags & PFR_GLYPH_YCOUNT )
+      {
+        PFR_CHECK( 1 );
+        y_count = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
+      }
+    }
+
+    count = x_count + y_count;
+
+    /* re-allocate array when necessary */
+    if ( count > glyph->max_xy_control )
+    {
+      FT_UInt  new_max = FT_PAD_CEIL( count, 8 );
+
+
+      if ( FT_RENEW_ARRAY( glyph->x_control,
+                           glyph->max_xy_control,
+                           new_max ) )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      glyph->max_xy_control = new_max;
+    }
+
+    glyph->y_control = glyph->x_control + x_count;
+
+    mask  = 0;
+    x     = 0;
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < count; i++ )
+    {
+      if ( ( i & 7 ) == 0 )
+      {
+        PFR_CHECK( 1 );
+        mask = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
+      }
+
+      if ( mask & 1 )
+      {
+        PFR_CHECK( 2 );
+        x = PFR_NEXT_SHORT( p );
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        PFR_CHECK( 1 );
+        x += PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
+      }
+
+      glyph->x_control[i] = x;
+
+      mask >>= 1;
+    }
+
+    /* XXX: for now we ignore the secondary stroke and edge definitions */
+    /*      since we don't want to support native PFR hinting           */
+    /*                                                                  */
+    if ( flags & PFR_GLYPH_EXTRA_ITEMS )
+    {
+      error = pfr_extra_items_skip( &p, limit );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    pfr_glyph_start( glyph );
+
+    /* now load a simple glyph */
+    {
+      FT_Vector   pos[4];
+      FT_Vector*  cur;
+
+
+      pos[0].x = pos[0].y = 0;
+      pos[3]   = pos[0];
+
+      for (;;)
+      {
+        FT_UInt  format, format_low, args_format = 0, args_count, n;
+
+
+        /***************************************************************/
+        /*  read instruction                                           */
+        /*                                                             */
+        PFR_CHECK( 1 );
+        format     = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
+        format_low = format & 15;
+
+        switch ( format >> 4 )
+        {
+        case 0:                             /* end glyph */
+          FT_TRACE6(( "- end glyph" ));
+          args_count = 0;
+          break;
+
+        case 1:                             /* general line operation */
+          FT_TRACE6(( "- general line" ));
+          goto Line1;
+
+        case 4:                             /* move to inside contour  */
+          FT_TRACE6(( "- move to inside" ));
+          goto Line1;
+
+        case 5:                             /* move to outside contour */
+          FT_TRACE6(( "- move to outside" ));
+        Line1:
+          args_format = format_low;
+          args_count  = 1;
+          break;
+
+        case 2:                             /* horizontal line to */
+          FT_TRACE6(( "- horizontal line to cx.%d", format_low ));
+          if ( format_low > x_count )
+            goto Failure;
+          pos[0].x   = glyph->x_control[format_low];
+          pos[0].y   = pos[3].y;
+          pos[3]     = pos[0];
+          args_count = 0;
+          break;
+
+        case 3:                             /* vertical line to */
+          FT_TRACE6(( "- vertical line to cy.%d", format_low ));
+          if ( format_low > y_count )
+            goto Failure;
+          pos[0].x   = pos[3].x;
+          pos[0].y   = glyph->y_control[format_low];
+          pos[3]     = pos[0];
+          args_count = 0;
+          break;
+
+        case 6:                             /* horizontal to vertical curve */
+          FT_TRACE6(( "- hv curve " ));
+          args_format = 0xB8E;
+          args_count  = 3;
+          break;
+
+        case 7:                             /* vertical to horizontal curve */
+          FT_TRACE6(( "- vh curve" ));
+          args_format = 0xE2B;
+          args_count  = 3;
+          break;
+
+        default:                            /* general curve to */
+          FT_TRACE6(( "- general curve" ));
+          args_count  = 4;
+          args_format = format_low;
+        }
+
+        /***********************************************************/
+        /*  now read arguments                                     */
+        /*                                                         */
+        cur = pos;
+        for ( n = 0; n < args_count; n++ )
+        {
+          FT_UInt  idx;
+          FT_Int   delta;
+
+
+          /* read the X argument */
+          switch ( args_format & 3 )
+          {
+          case 0:                           /* 8-bit index */
+            PFR_CHECK( 1 );
+            idx  = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
+            if ( idx > x_count )
+              goto Failure;
+            cur->x = glyph->x_control[idx];
+            FT_TRACE7(( " cx#%d", idx ));
+            break;
+
+          case 1:                           /* 16-bit value */
+            PFR_CHECK( 2 );
+            cur->x = PFR_NEXT_SHORT( p );
+            FT_TRACE7(( " x.%d", cur->x ));
+            break;
+
+          case 2:                           /* 8-bit delta */
+            PFR_CHECK( 1 );
+            delta  = PFR_NEXT_INT8( p );
+            cur->x = pos[3].x + delta;
+            FT_TRACE7(( " dx.%d", delta ));
+            break;
+
+          default:
+            FT_TRACE7(( " |" ));
+            cur->x = pos[3].x;
+          }
+
+          /* read the Y argument */
+          switch ( ( args_format >> 2 ) & 3 )
+          {
+          case 0:                           /* 8-bit index */
+            PFR_CHECK( 1 );
+            idx  = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
+            if ( idx > y_count )
+              goto Failure;
+            cur->y = glyph->y_control[idx];
+            FT_TRACE7(( " cy#%d", idx ));
+            break;
+
+          case 1:                           /* 16-bit absolute value */
+            PFR_CHECK( 2 );
+            cur->y = PFR_NEXT_SHORT( p );
+            FT_TRACE7(( " y.%d", cur->y ));
+            break;
+
+          case 2:                           /* 8-bit delta */
+            PFR_CHECK( 1 );
+            delta  = PFR_NEXT_INT8( p );
+            cur->y = pos[3].y + delta;
+            FT_TRACE7(( " dy.%d", delta ));
+            break;
+
+          default:
+            FT_TRACE7(( " -" ));
+            cur->y = pos[3].y;
+          }
+
+          /* read the additional format flag for the general curve */
+          if ( n == 0 && args_count == 4 )
+          {
+            PFR_CHECK( 1 );
+            args_format = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
+            args_count--;
+          }
+          else
+            args_format >>= 4;
+
+          /* save the previous point */
+          pos[3] = cur[0];
+          cur++;
+        }
+
+        FT_TRACE7(( "\n" ));
+
+        /***********************************************************/
+        /*  finally, execute instruction                           */
+        /*                                                         */
+        switch ( format >> 4 )
+        {
+        case 0:                             /* end glyph => EXIT */
+          pfr_glyph_end( glyph );
+          goto Exit;
+
+        case 1:                             /* line operations */
+        case 2:
+        case 3:
+          error = pfr_glyph_line_to( glyph, pos );
+          goto Test_Error;
+
+        case 4:                             /* move to inside contour  */
+        case 5:                             /* move to outside contour */
+          error = pfr_glyph_move_to( glyph, pos );
+          goto Test_Error;
+
+        default:                            /* curve operations */
+          error = pfr_glyph_curve_to( glyph, pos, pos + 1, pos + 2 );
+
+        Test_Error:  /* test error condition */
+          if ( error )
+            goto Exit;
+        }
+      } /* for (;;) */
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+
+  Failure:
+  Too_Short:
+    error = PFR_Err_Invalid_Table;
+    FT_ERROR(( "pfr_glyph_load_simple: invalid glyph data\n" ));
+    goto Exit;
+  }
+
+
+  /* load a composite/compound glyph */
+  static FT_Error
+  pfr_glyph_load_compound( PFR_Glyph  glyph,
+                           FT_Byte*   p,
+                           FT_Byte*   limit )
+  {
+    FT_Error        error  = 0;
+    FT_GlyphLoader  loader = glyph->loader;
+    FT_Memory       memory = loader->memory;
+    PFR_SubGlyph    subglyph;
+    FT_UInt         flags, i, count, org_count;
+    FT_Int          x_pos, y_pos;
+
+
+    PFR_CHECK( 1 );
+    flags = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
+
+    /* test for composite glyphs */
+    if ( !( flags & PFR_GLYPH_IS_COMPOUND ) )
+      goto Failure;
+
+    count = flags & 0x3F;
+
+    /* ignore extra items when present */
+    /*                                 */
+    if ( flags & PFR_GLYPH_EXTRA_ITEMS )
+    {
+      error = pfr_extra_items_skip( &p, limit );
+      if (error) goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* we can't rely on the FT_GlyphLoader to load sub-glyphs, because   */
+    /* the PFR format is dumb, using direct file offsets to point to the */
+    /* sub-glyphs (instead of glyph indices).  Sigh.                     */
+    /*                                                                   */
+    /* For now, we load the list of sub-glyphs into a different array    */
+    /* but this will prevent us from using the auto-hinter at its best   */
+    /* quality.                                                          */
+    /*                                                                   */
+    org_count = glyph->num_subs;
+
+    if ( org_count + count > glyph->max_subs )
+    {
+      FT_UInt  new_max = ( org_count + count + 3 ) & (FT_UInt)-4;
+
+
+      if ( FT_RENEW_ARRAY( glyph->subs, glyph->max_subs, new_max ) )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      glyph->max_subs = new_max;
+    }
+
+    subglyph = glyph->subs + org_count;
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < count; i++, subglyph++ )
+    {
+      FT_UInt  format;
+
+
+      x_pos = 0;
+      y_pos = 0;
+
+      PFR_CHECK( 1 );
+      format = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
+
+      /* read scale when available */
+      subglyph->x_scale = 0x10000L;
+      if ( format & PFR_SUBGLYPH_XSCALE )
+      {
+        PFR_CHECK( 2 );
+        subglyph->x_scale = PFR_NEXT_SHORT( p ) << 4;
+      }
+
+      subglyph->y_scale = 0x10000L;
+      if ( format & PFR_SUBGLYPH_YSCALE )
+      {
+        PFR_CHECK( 2 );
+        subglyph->y_scale = PFR_NEXT_SHORT( p ) << 4;
+      }
+
+      /* read offset */
+      switch ( format & 3 )
+      {
+      case 1:
+        PFR_CHECK( 2 );
+        x_pos = PFR_NEXT_SHORT( p );
+        break;
+
+      case 2:
+        PFR_CHECK( 1 );
+        x_pos += PFR_NEXT_INT8( p );
+        break;
+
+      default:
+        ;
+      }
+
+      switch ( ( format >> 2 ) & 3 )
+      {
+      case 1:
+        PFR_CHECK( 2 );
+        y_pos = PFR_NEXT_SHORT( p );
+        break;
+
+      case 2:
+        PFR_CHECK( 1 );
+        y_pos += PFR_NEXT_INT8( p );
+        break;
+
+      default:
+        ;
+      }
+
+      subglyph->x_delta = x_pos;
+      subglyph->y_delta = y_pos;
+
+      /* read glyph position and size now */
+      if ( format & PFR_SUBGLYPH_2BYTE_SIZE )
+      {
+        PFR_CHECK( 2 );
+        subglyph->gps_size = PFR_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        PFR_CHECK( 1 );
+        subglyph->gps_size = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
+      }
+
+      if ( format & PFR_SUBGLYPH_3BYTE_OFFSET )
+      {
+        PFR_CHECK( 3 );
+        subglyph->gps_offset = PFR_NEXT_LONG( p );
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        PFR_CHECK( 2 );
+        subglyph->gps_offset = PFR_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+      }
+
+      glyph->num_subs++;
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+
+  Failure:
+  Too_Short:
+    error = PFR_Err_Invalid_Table;
+    FT_ERROR(( "pfr_glyph_load_compound: invalid glyph data\n" ));
+    goto Exit;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  pfr_glyph_load_rec( PFR_Glyph  glyph,
+                      FT_Stream  stream,
+                      FT_ULong   gps_offset,
+                      FT_ULong   offset,
+                      FT_ULong   size )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error;
+    FT_Byte*  p;
+    FT_Byte*  limit;
+
+
+    if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( gps_offset + offset ) ||
+         FT_FRAME_ENTER( size )                )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    p     = (FT_Byte*)stream->cursor;
+    limit = p + size;
+
+    if ( size > 0 && *p & PFR_GLYPH_IS_COMPOUND )
+    {
+      FT_Int          n, old_count, count;
+      FT_GlyphLoader  loader = glyph->loader;
+      FT_Outline*     base   = &loader->base.outline;
+
+
+      old_count = glyph->num_subs;
+
+      /* this is a compound glyph - load it */
+      error = pfr_glyph_load_compound( glyph, p, limit );
+
+      FT_FRAME_EXIT();
+
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      count = glyph->num_subs - old_count;
+
+      /* now, load each individual glyph */
+      for ( n = 0; n < count; n++ )
+      {
+        FT_Int        i, old_points, num_points;
+        PFR_SubGlyph  subglyph;
+
+
+        subglyph   = glyph->subs + old_count + n;
+        old_points = base->n_points;
+
+        error = pfr_glyph_load_rec( glyph, stream, gps_offset,
+                                    subglyph->gps_offset,
+                                    subglyph->gps_size );
+        if ( error )
+          goto Exit;
+
+        /* note that `glyph->subs' might have been re-allocated */
+        subglyph   = glyph->subs + old_count + n;
+        num_points = base->n_points - old_points;
+
+        /* translate and eventually scale the new glyph points */
+        if ( subglyph->x_scale != 0x10000L || subglyph->y_scale != 0x10000L )
+        {
+          FT_Vector*  vec = base->points + old_points;
+
+
+          for ( i = 0; i < num_points; i++, vec++ )
+          {
+            vec->x = FT_MulFix( vec->x, subglyph->x_scale ) +
+                       subglyph->x_delta;
+            vec->y = FT_MulFix( vec->y, subglyph->y_scale ) +
+                       subglyph->y_delta;
+          }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          FT_Vector*  vec = loader->base.outline.points + old_points;
+
+
+          for ( i = 0; i < num_points; i++, vec++ )
+          {
+            vec->x += subglyph->x_delta;
+            vec->y += subglyph->y_delta;
+          }
+        }
+
+        /* proceed to next sub-glyph */
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* load a simple glyph */
+      error = pfr_glyph_load_simple( glyph, p, limit );
+
+      FT_FRAME_EXIT();
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  pfr_glyph_load( PFR_Glyph  glyph,
+                  FT_Stream  stream,
+                  FT_ULong   gps_offset,
+                  FT_ULong   offset,
+                  FT_ULong   size )
+  {
+    /* initialize glyph loader */
+    FT_GlyphLoader_Rewind( glyph->loader );
+
+    glyph->num_subs = 0;
+
+    /* load the glyph, recursively when needed */
+    return pfr_glyph_load_rec( glyph, stream, gps_offset, offset, size );
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrgload.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrgload.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7cc7a87
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrgload.h
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  pfrgload.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType PFR glyph loader (specification).                           */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2002 by                                                      */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __PFRGLOAD_H__
+#define __PFRGLOAD_H__
+
+#include "pfrtypes.h"
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  pfr_glyph_init( PFR_Glyph       glyph,
+                  FT_GlyphLoader  loader );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  pfr_glyph_done( PFR_Glyph  glyph );
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  pfr_glyph_load( PFR_Glyph  glyph,
+                  FT_Stream  stream,
+                  FT_ULong   gps_offset,
+                  FT_ULong   offset,
+                  FT_ULong   size );
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+
+#endif /* __PFRGLOAD_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrload.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrload.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1ee2c1f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrload.c
@@ -0,0 +1,938 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  pfrload.c                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType PFR loader (body).                                          */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2007 by                              */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include "pfrload.h"
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
+
+#include "pfrerror.h"
+
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_pfr
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                          EXTRA ITEMS                          *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  pfr_extra_items_skip( FT_Byte*  *pp,
+                        FT_Byte*   limit )
+  {
+    return pfr_extra_items_parse( pp, limit, NULL, NULL );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  pfr_extra_items_parse( FT_Byte*       *pp,
+                         FT_Byte*        limit,
+                         PFR_ExtraItem   item_list,
+                         FT_Pointer      item_data )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error = 0;
+    FT_Byte*  p     = *pp;
+    FT_UInt   num_items, item_type, item_size;
+
+
+    PFR_CHECK( 1 );
+    num_items = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
+
+    for ( ; num_items > 0; num_items-- )
+    {
+      PFR_CHECK( 2 );
+      item_size = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
+      item_type = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
+
+      PFR_CHECK( item_size );
+
+      if ( item_list )
+      {
+        PFR_ExtraItem  extra = item_list;
+
+
+        for ( extra = item_list; extra->parser != NULL; extra++ )
+        {
+          if ( extra->type == item_type )
+          {
+            error = extra->parser( p, p + item_size, item_data );
+            if ( error ) goto Exit;
+
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+
+      p += item_size;
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    *pp = p;
+    return error;
+
+  Too_Short:
+    FT_ERROR(( "pfr_extra_items_parse: invalid extra items table\n" ));
+    error = PFR_Err_Invalid_Table;
+    goto Exit;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                          PFR HEADER                           *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+   static const FT_Frame_Field  pfr_header_fields[] =
+   {
+#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
+#define FT_STRUCTURE  PFR_HeaderRec
+
+     FT_FRAME_START( 58 ),
+       FT_FRAME_ULONG ( signature ),
+       FT_FRAME_USHORT( version ),
+       FT_FRAME_USHORT( signature2 ),
+       FT_FRAME_USHORT( header_size ),
+
+       FT_FRAME_USHORT( log_dir_size ),
+       FT_FRAME_USHORT( log_dir_offset ),
+
+       FT_FRAME_USHORT( log_font_max_size ),
+       FT_FRAME_UOFF3 ( log_font_section_size ),
+       FT_FRAME_UOFF3 ( log_font_section_offset ),
+
+       FT_FRAME_USHORT( phy_font_max_size ),
+       FT_FRAME_UOFF3 ( phy_font_section_size ),
+       FT_FRAME_UOFF3 ( phy_font_section_offset ),
+
+       FT_FRAME_USHORT( gps_max_size ),
+       FT_FRAME_UOFF3 ( gps_section_size ),
+       FT_FRAME_UOFF3 ( gps_section_offset ),
+
+       FT_FRAME_BYTE  ( max_blue_values ),
+       FT_FRAME_BYTE  ( max_x_orus ),
+       FT_FRAME_BYTE  ( max_y_orus ),
+
+       FT_FRAME_BYTE  ( phy_font_max_size_high ),
+       FT_FRAME_BYTE  ( color_flags ),
+
+       FT_FRAME_UOFF3 ( bct_max_size ),
+       FT_FRAME_UOFF3 ( bct_set_max_size ),
+       FT_FRAME_UOFF3 ( phy_bct_set_max_size ),
+
+       FT_FRAME_USHORT( num_phy_fonts ),
+       FT_FRAME_BYTE  ( max_vert_stem_snap ),
+       FT_FRAME_BYTE  ( max_horz_stem_snap ),
+       FT_FRAME_USHORT( max_chars ),
+     FT_FRAME_END
+   };
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  pfr_header_load( PFR_Header  header,
+                   FT_Stream   stream )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error;
+
+
+    /* read header directly */
+    if ( !FT_STREAM_SEEK( 0 )                                &&
+         !FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( pfr_header_fields, header ) )
+    {
+      /* make a few adjustments to the header */
+      header->phy_font_max_size +=
+        (FT_UInt32)header->phy_font_max_size_high << 16;
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Bool )
+  pfr_header_check( PFR_Header  header )
+  {
+    FT_Bool  result = 1;
+
+
+    /* check signature and header size */
+    if ( header->signature  != 0x50465230L ||   /* "PFR0" */
+         header->version     > 4           ||
+         header->header_size < 58          ||
+         header->signature2 != 0x0d0a      )    /* CR/LF  */
+    {
+      result = 0;
+    }
+    return  result;
+  }
+
+
+  /***********************************************************************/
+  /***********************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                             *****/
+  /*****                    PFR LOGICAL FONTS                        *****/
+  /*****                                                             *****/
+  /***********************************************************************/
+  /***********************************************************************/
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  pfr_log_font_count( FT_Stream  stream,
+                      FT_UInt32  section_offset,
+                      FT_UInt   *acount )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error;
+    FT_UInt   count;
+    FT_UInt   result = 0;
+
+
+    if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( section_offset ) || FT_READ_USHORT( count ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    result = count;
+
+  Exit:
+    *acount = result;
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  pfr_log_font_load( PFR_LogFont  log_font,
+                     FT_Stream    stream,
+                     FT_UInt      idx,
+                     FT_UInt32    section_offset,
+                     FT_Bool      size_increment )
+  {
+    FT_UInt    num_log_fonts;
+    FT_UInt    flags;
+    FT_UInt32  offset;
+    FT_UInt32  size;
+    FT_Error   error;
+
+
+    if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( section_offset ) ||
+         FT_READ_USHORT( num_log_fonts )  )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    if ( idx >= num_log_fonts )
+      return PFR_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    if ( FT_STREAM_SKIP( idx * 5 ) ||
+         FT_READ_USHORT( size )    ||
+         FT_READ_UOFF3 ( offset )  )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* save logical font size and offset */
+    log_font->size   = size;
+    log_font->offset = offset;
+
+    /* now, check the rest of the table before loading it */
+    {
+      FT_Byte*  p;
+      FT_Byte*  limit;
+      FT_UInt   local;
+
+
+      if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( offset ) || FT_FRAME_ENTER( size ) )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      p     = stream->cursor;
+      limit = p + size;
+
+      PFR_CHECK(13);
+
+      log_font->matrix[0] = PFR_NEXT_LONG( p );
+      log_font->matrix[1] = PFR_NEXT_LONG( p );
+      log_font->matrix[2] = PFR_NEXT_LONG( p );
+      log_font->matrix[3] = PFR_NEXT_LONG( p );
+
+      flags = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
+
+      local = 0;
+      if ( flags & PFR_LOG_STROKE )
+      {
+        local++;
+        if ( flags & PFR_LOG_2BYTE_STROKE )
+          local++;
+
+        if ( (flags & PFR_LINE_JOIN_MASK) == PFR_LINE_JOIN_MITER )
+          local += 3;
+      }
+      if ( flags & PFR_LOG_BOLD )
+      {
+        local++;
+        if ( flags & PFR_LOG_2BYTE_BOLD )
+          local++;
+      }
+
+      PFR_CHECK( local );
+
+      if ( flags & PFR_LOG_STROKE )
+      {
+        log_font->stroke_thickness = ( flags & PFR_LOG_2BYTE_STROKE )
+                                     ? PFR_NEXT_SHORT( p )
+                                     : PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
+
+        if ( ( flags & PFR_LINE_JOIN_MASK ) == PFR_LINE_JOIN_MITER )
+          log_font->miter_limit = PFR_NEXT_LONG( p );
+      }
+
+      if ( flags & PFR_LOG_BOLD )
+      {
+        log_font->bold_thickness = ( flags & PFR_LOG_2BYTE_BOLD )
+                                   ? PFR_NEXT_SHORT( p )
+                                   : PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
+      }
+
+      if ( flags & PFR_LOG_EXTRA_ITEMS )
+      {
+        error = pfr_extra_items_skip( &p, limit );
+        if (error) goto Fail;
+      }
+
+      PFR_CHECK(5);
+      log_font->phys_size   = PFR_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+      log_font->phys_offset = PFR_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+      if ( size_increment )
+      {
+        PFR_CHECK( 1 );
+        log_font->phys_size += (FT_UInt32)PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p ) << 16;
+      }
+    }
+
+  Fail:
+    FT_FRAME_EXIT();
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+
+  Too_Short:
+    FT_ERROR(( "pfr_log_font_load: invalid logical font table\n" ));
+    error = PFR_Err_Invalid_Table;
+    goto Fail;
+  }
+
+
+  /***********************************************************************/
+  /***********************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                             *****/
+  /*****                    PFR PHYSICAL FONTS                       *****/
+  /*****                                                             *****/
+  /***********************************************************************/
+  /***********************************************************************/
+
+
+  /* load bitmap strikes lists */
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  pfr_extra_item_load_bitmap_info( FT_Byte*     p,
+                                   FT_Byte*     limit,
+                                   PFR_PhyFont  phy_font )
+  {
+    FT_Memory   memory = phy_font->memory;
+    PFR_Strike  strike;
+    FT_UInt     flags0;
+    FT_UInt     n, count, size1;
+    FT_Error    error = 0;
+
+
+    PFR_CHECK( 5 );
+
+    p += 3;  /* skip bctSize */
+    flags0 = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
+    count  = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
+
+    /* re-allocate when needed */
+    if ( phy_font->num_strikes + count > phy_font->max_strikes )
+    {
+      FT_UInt  new_max = FT_PAD_CEIL( phy_font->num_strikes + count, 4 );
+
+
+      if ( FT_RENEW_ARRAY( phy_font->strikes,
+                           phy_font->num_strikes,
+                           new_max ) )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      phy_font->max_strikes = new_max;
+    }
+
+    size1 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 2 + 2 + 1;
+    if ( flags0 & PFR_STRIKE_2BYTE_XPPM )
+      size1++;
+
+    if ( flags0 & PFR_STRIKE_2BYTE_YPPM )
+      size1++;
+
+    if ( flags0 & PFR_STRIKE_3BYTE_SIZE )
+      size1++;
+
+    if ( flags0 & PFR_STRIKE_3BYTE_OFFSET )
+      size1++;
+
+    if ( flags0 & PFR_STRIKE_2BYTE_COUNT )
+      size1++;
+
+    strike = phy_font->strikes + phy_font->num_strikes;
+
+    PFR_CHECK( count * size1 );
+
+    for ( n = 0; n < count; n++, strike++ )
+    {
+      strike->x_ppm       = ( flags0 & PFR_STRIKE_2BYTE_XPPM )
+                            ? PFR_NEXT_USHORT( p )
+                            : PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
+
+      strike->y_ppm       = ( flags0 & PFR_STRIKE_2BYTE_YPPM )
+                            ? PFR_NEXT_USHORT( p )
+                            : PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
+
+      strike->flags       = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
+
+      strike->bct_size    = ( flags0 & PFR_STRIKE_3BYTE_SIZE )
+                            ? PFR_NEXT_ULONG( p )
+                            : PFR_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+      strike->bct_offset  = ( flags0 & PFR_STRIKE_3BYTE_OFFSET )
+                            ? PFR_NEXT_ULONG( p )
+                            : PFR_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+      strike->num_bitmaps = ( flags0 & PFR_STRIKE_2BYTE_COUNT )
+                            ? PFR_NEXT_USHORT( p )
+                            : PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
+    }
+
+    phy_font->num_strikes += count;
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+
+  Too_Short:
+    error = PFR_Err_Invalid_Table;
+    FT_ERROR(( "pfr_extra_item_load_bitmap_info: invalid bitmap info table\n" ));
+    goto Exit;
+  }
+
+
+  /* Load font ID.  This is a so-called "unique" name that is rather
+   * long and descriptive (like "Tiresias ScreenFont v7.51").
+   *
+   * Note that a PFR font's family name is contained in an *undocumented*
+   * string of the "auxiliary data" portion of a physical font record.  This
+   * may also contain the "real" style name!
+   *
+   * If no family name is present, the font ID is used instead for the
+   * family.
+   */
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  pfr_extra_item_load_font_id( FT_Byte*     p,
+                               FT_Byte*     limit,
+                               PFR_PhyFont  phy_font )
+  {
+    FT_Error    error  = 0;
+    FT_Memory   memory = phy_font->memory;
+    FT_PtrDist  len    = limit - p;
+
+
+    if ( phy_font->font_id != NULL )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    if ( FT_ALLOC( phy_font->font_id, len + 1 ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* copy font ID name, and terminate it for safety */
+    FT_MEM_COPY( phy_font->font_id, p, len );
+    phy_font->font_id[len] = 0;
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* load stem snap tables */
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  pfr_extra_item_load_stem_snaps( FT_Byte*     p,
+                                  FT_Byte*     limit,
+                                  PFR_PhyFont  phy_font )
+  {
+    FT_UInt    count, num_vert, num_horz;
+    FT_Int*    snaps;
+    FT_Error   error  = 0;
+    FT_Memory  memory = phy_font->memory;
+
+
+    if ( phy_font->vertical.stem_snaps != NULL )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    PFR_CHECK( 1 );
+    count = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
+
+    num_vert = count & 15;
+    num_horz = count >> 4;
+    count    = num_vert + num_horz;
+
+    PFR_CHECK( count * 2 );
+
+    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( snaps, count ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    phy_font->vertical.stem_snaps = snaps;
+    phy_font->horizontal.stem_snaps = snaps + num_vert;
+
+    for ( ; count > 0; count--, snaps++ )
+      *snaps = FT_NEXT_SHORT( p );
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+
+  Too_Short:
+    error = PFR_Err_Invalid_Table;
+    FT_ERROR(( "pfr_exta_item_load_stem_snaps: invalid stem snaps table\n" ));
+    goto Exit;
+  }
+
+
+
+  /* load kerning pair data */
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  pfr_extra_item_load_kerning_pairs( FT_Byte*     p,
+                                     FT_Byte*     limit,
+                                     PFR_PhyFont  phy_font )
+  {
+    PFR_KernItem  item;
+    FT_Error      error  = 0;
+    FT_Memory     memory = phy_font->memory;
+
+
+    FT_TRACE2(( "pfr_extra_item_load_kerning_pairs()\n" ));
+
+    if ( FT_NEW( item ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    PFR_CHECK( 4 );
+
+    item->pair_count = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
+    item->base_adj   = PFR_NEXT_SHORT( p );
+    item->flags      = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
+    item->offset     = phy_font->offset + ( p - phy_font->cursor );
+
+#ifndef PFR_CONFIG_NO_CHECKS
+    item->pair_size = 3;
+
+    if ( item->flags & PFR_KERN_2BYTE_CHAR )
+      item->pair_size += 2;
+
+    if ( item->flags & PFR_KERN_2BYTE_ADJ )
+      item->pair_size += 1;
+
+    PFR_CHECK( item->pair_count * item->pair_size );
+#endif
+
+    /* load first and last pairs into the item to speed up */
+    /* lookup later...                                     */
+    if ( item->pair_count > 0 )
+    {
+      FT_UInt   char1, char2;
+      FT_Byte*  q;
+
+
+      if ( item->flags & PFR_KERN_2BYTE_CHAR )
+      {
+        q     = p;
+        char1 = PFR_NEXT_USHORT( q );
+        char2 = PFR_NEXT_USHORT( q );
+
+        item->pair1 = PFR_KERN_INDEX( char1, char2 );
+
+        q = p + item->pair_size * ( item->pair_count - 1 );
+        char1 = PFR_NEXT_USHORT( q );
+        char2 = PFR_NEXT_USHORT( q );
+
+        item->pair2 = PFR_KERN_INDEX( char1, char2 );
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        q     = p;
+        char1 = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( q );
+        char2 = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( q );
+
+        item->pair1 = PFR_KERN_INDEX( char1, char2 );
+
+        q = p + item->pair_size * ( item->pair_count - 1 );
+        char1 = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( q );
+        char2 = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( q );
+
+        item->pair2 = PFR_KERN_INDEX( char1, char2 );
+      }
+
+      /* add new item to the current list */
+      item->next                 = NULL;
+      *phy_font->kern_items_tail = item;
+      phy_font->kern_items_tail  = &item->next;
+      phy_font->num_kern_pairs  += item->pair_count;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* empty item! */
+      FT_FREE( item );
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+
+  Too_Short:
+    FT_FREE( item );
+
+    error = PFR_Err_Invalid_Table;
+    FT_ERROR(( "pfr_extra_item_load_kerning_pairs: "
+               "invalid kerning pairs table\n" ));
+    goto Exit;
+  }
+
+
+
+  static const PFR_ExtraItemRec  pfr_phy_font_extra_items[] =
+  {
+    { 1, (PFR_ExtraItem_ParseFunc)pfr_extra_item_load_bitmap_info },
+    { 2, (PFR_ExtraItem_ParseFunc)pfr_extra_item_load_font_id },
+    { 3, (PFR_ExtraItem_ParseFunc)pfr_extra_item_load_stem_snaps },
+    { 4, (PFR_ExtraItem_ParseFunc)pfr_extra_item_load_kerning_pairs },
+    { 0, NULL }
+  };
+
+
+  /* Loads a name from the auxiliary data.  Since this extracts undocumented
+   * strings from the font file, we need to be careful here.
+   */
+  static FT_Error
+  pfr_aux_name_load( FT_Byte*     p,
+                     FT_UInt      len,
+                     FT_Memory    memory,
+                     FT_String*  *astring )
+  {
+    FT_Error    error = 0;
+    FT_String*  result = NULL;
+    FT_UInt     n, ok;
+
+
+    if ( len > 0 && p[len - 1] == 0 )
+      len--;
+
+    /* check that each character is ASCII for making sure not to
+       load garbage
+     */
+    ok = ( len > 0 );
+    for ( n = 0; n < len; n++ )
+      if ( p[n] < 32 || p[n] > 127 )
+      {
+        ok = 0;
+        break;
+      }
+
+    if ( ok )
+    {
+      if ( FT_ALLOC( result, len + 1 ) )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      FT_MEM_COPY( result, p, len );
+      result[len] = 0;
+    }
+  Exit:
+    *astring = result;
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  pfr_phy_font_done( PFR_PhyFont  phy_font,
+                     FT_Memory    memory )
+  {
+    FT_FREE( phy_font->font_id );
+    FT_FREE( phy_font->family_name );
+    FT_FREE( phy_font->style_name );
+
+    FT_FREE( phy_font->vertical.stem_snaps );
+    phy_font->vertical.num_stem_snaps = 0;
+
+    phy_font->horizontal.stem_snaps     = NULL;
+    phy_font->horizontal.num_stem_snaps = 0;
+
+    FT_FREE( phy_font->strikes );
+    phy_font->num_strikes = 0;
+    phy_font->max_strikes = 0;
+
+    FT_FREE( phy_font->chars );
+    phy_font->num_chars    = 0;
+    phy_font->chars_offset = 0;
+
+    FT_FREE( phy_font->blue_values );
+    phy_font->num_blue_values = 0;
+
+    {
+      PFR_KernItem  item, next;
+
+
+      item = phy_font->kern_items;
+      while ( item )
+      {
+        next = item->next;
+        FT_FREE( item );
+        item = next;
+      }
+      phy_font->kern_items      = NULL;
+      phy_font->kern_items_tail = NULL;
+    }
+
+    phy_font->num_kern_pairs = 0;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  pfr_phy_font_load( PFR_PhyFont  phy_font,
+                     FT_Stream    stream,
+                     FT_UInt32    offset,
+                     FT_UInt32    size )
+  {
+    FT_Error   error;
+    FT_Memory  memory = stream->memory;
+    FT_UInt    flags, num_aux;
+    FT_Byte*   p;
+    FT_Byte*   limit;
+
+
+    phy_font->memory = memory;
+    phy_font->offset = offset;
+
+    phy_font->kern_items      = NULL;
+    phy_font->kern_items_tail = &phy_font->kern_items;
+
+    if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( offset ) || FT_FRAME_ENTER( size ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    phy_font->cursor = stream->cursor;
+
+    p     = stream->cursor;
+    limit = p + size;
+
+    PFR_CHECK( 15 );
+    phy_font->font_ref_number    = PFR_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    phy_font->outline_resolution = PFR_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    phy_font->metrics_resolution = PFR_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    phy_font->bbox.xMin          = PFR_NEXT_SHORT( p );
+    phy_font->bbox.yMin          = PFR_NEXT_SHORT( p );
+    phy_font->bbox.xMax          = PFR_NEXT_SHORT( p );
+    phy_font->bbox.yMax          = PFR_NEXT_SHORT( p );
+    phy_font->flags      = flags = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
+
+    /* get the standard advance for non-proportional fonts */
+    if ( !(flags & PFR_PHY_PROPORTIONAL) )
+    {
+      PFR_CHECK( 2 );
+      phy_font->standard_advance = PFR_NEXT_SHORT( p );
+    }
+
+    /* load the extra items when present */
+    if ( flags & PFR_PHY_EXTRA_ITEMS )
+    {
+      error =  pfr_extra_items_parse( &p, limit,
+                                      pfr_phy_font_extra_items, phy_font );
+
+      if ( error )
+        goto Fail;
+    }
+
+    /* In certain fonts, the auxiliary bytes contain interesting  */
+    /* information. These are not in the specification but can be */
+    /* guessed by looking at the content of a few PFR0 fonts.     */
+    PFR_CHECK( 3 );
+    num_aux = PFR_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+
+    if ( num_aux > 0 )
+    {
+      FT_Byte*  q = p;
+      FT_Byte*  q2;
+
+
+      PFR_CHECK( num_aux );
+      p += num_aux;
+
+      while ( num_aux > 0 )
+      {
+        FT_UInt  length, type;
+
+
+        if ( q + 4 > p )
+          break;
+
+        length = PFR_NEXT_USHORT( q );
+        if ( length < 4 || length > num_aux )
+          break;
+
+        q2   = q + length - 2;
+        type = PFR_NEXT_USHORT( q );
+
+        switch ( type )
+        {
+        case 1:
+          /* this seems to correspond to the font's family name,
+           * padded to 16-bits with one zero when necessary
+           */
+          error = pfr_aux_name_load( q, length - 4U, memory,
+                                     &phy_font->family_name );
+          if ( error )
+            goto Exit;
+          break;
+
+        case 2:
+          if ( q + 32 > q2 )
+            break;
+
+          q += 10;
+          phy_font->ascent  = PFR_NEXT_SHORT( q );
+          phy_font->descent = PFR_NEXT_SHORT( q );
+          phy_font->leading = PFR_NEXT_SHORT( q );
+          q += 16;
+          break;
+
+        case 3:
+          /* this seems to correspond to the font's style name,
+           * padded to 16-bits with one zero when necessary
+           */
+          error = pfr_aux_name_load( q, length - 4U, memory,
+                                     &phy_font->style_name );
+          if ( error )
+            goto Exit;
+          break;
+
+        default:
+          ;
+        }
+
+        q        = q2;
+        num_aux -= length;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* read the blue values */
+    {
+      FT_UInt  n, count;
+
+
+      PFR_CHECK( 1 );
+      phy_font->num_blue_values = count = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
+
+      PFR_CHECK( count * 2 );
+
+      if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( phy_font->blue_values, count ) )
+        goto Fail;
+
+      for ( n = 0; n < count; n++ )
+        phy_font->blue_values[n] = PFR_NEXT_SHORT( p );
+    }
+
+    PFR_CHECK( 8 );
+    phy_font->blue_fuzz  = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
+    phy_font->blue_scale = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
+
+    phy_font->vertical.standard   = PFR_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    phy_font->horizontal.standard = PFR_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    /* read the character descriptors */
+    {
+      FT_UInt  n, count, Size;
+
+
+      phy_font->num_chars    = count = PFR_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+      phy_font->chars_offset = offset + ( p - stream->cursor );
+
+      if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( phy_font->chars, count ) )
+        goto Fail;
+
+      Size = 1 + 1 + 2;
+      if ( flags & PFR_PHY_2BYTE_CHARCODE )
+        Size += 1;
+
+      if ( flags & PFR_PHY_PROPORTIONAL )
+        Size += 2;
+
+      if ( flags & PFR_PHY_ASCII_CODE )
+        Size += 1;
+
+      if ( flags & PFR_PHY_2BYTE_GPS_SIZE )
+        Size += 1;
+
+      if ( flags & PFR_PHY_3BYTE_GPS_OFFSET )
+        Size += 1;
+
+      PFR_CHECK( count * Size );
+
+      for ( n = 0; n < count; n++ )
+      {
+        PFR_Char  cur = &phy_font->chars[n];
+
+
+        cur->char_code = ( flags & PFR_PHY_2BYTE_CHARCODE )
+                         ? PFR_NEXT_USHORT( p )
+                         : PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
+
+        cur->advance   = ( flags & PFR_PHY_PROPORTIONAL )
+                         ? PFR_NEXT_SHORT( p )
+                         : (FT_Int) phy_font->standard_advance;
+
+#if 0
+        cur->ascii     = ( flags & PFR_PHY_ASCII_CODE )
+                         ? PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p )
+                         : 0;
+#else
+        if ( flags & PFR_PHY_ASCII_CODE )
+          p += 1;
+#endif
+        cur->gps_size  = ( flags & PFR_PHY_2BYTE_GPS_SIZE )
+                         ? PFR_NEXT_USHORT( p )
+                         : PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
+
+        cur->gps_offset = ( flags & PFR_PHY_3BYTE_GPS_OFFSET )
+                          ? PFR_NEXT_ULONG( p )
+                          : PFR_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* that's it! */
+
+  Fail:
+    FT_FRAME_EXIT();
+
+    /* save position of bitmap info */
+    phy_font->bct_offset = FT_STREAM_POS();
+    phy_font->cursor     = NULL;
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+
+  Too_Short:
+    error = PFR_Err_Invalid_Table;
+    FT_ERROR(( "pfr_phy_font_load: invalid physical font table\n" ));
+    goto Fail;
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrload.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrload.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed01071
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrload.h
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  pfrload.h                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType PFR loader (specification).                                 */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2002 by                                                      */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __PFRLOAD_H__
+#define __PFRLOAD_H__
+
+#include "pfrobjs.h"
+#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+#ifdef PFR_CONFIG_NO_CHECKS
+#define PFR_CHECK( x )  do { } while ( 0 )
+#else
+#define PFR_CHECK( x )  do                       \
+                        {                        \
+                          if ( p + (x) > limit ) \
+                            goto Too_Short;      \
+                        } while ( 0 )
+#endif
+
+#define PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p )    FT_NEXT_BYTE( p )
+#define PFR_NEXT_INT8( p )    FT_NEXT_CHAR( p )
+#define PFR_NEXT_SHORT( p )   FT_NEXT_SHORT( p )
+#define PFR_NEXT_USHORT( p )  FT_NEXT_USHORT( p )
+#define PFR_NEXT_LONG( p )    FT_NEXT_OFF3( p )
+#define PFR_NEXT_ULONG( p )   FT_NEXT_UOFF3( p )
+
+
+ /* handling extra items */
+
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*PFR_ExtraItem_ParseFunc)( FT_Byte*    p,
+                              FT_Byte*    limit,
+                              FT_Pointer  data );
+
+  typedef struct  PFR_ExtraItemRec_
+  {
+    FT_UInt                  type;
+    PFR_ExtraItem_ParseFunc  parser;
+
+  } PFR_ExtraItemRec;
+
+  typedef const struct PFR_ExtraItemRec_*  PFR_ExtraItem;
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  pfr_extra_items_skip( FT_Byte*  *pp,
+                        FT_Byte*  limit );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  pfr_extra_items_parse( FT_Byte*      *pp,
+                         FT_Byte*       limit,
+                         PFR_ExtraItem  item_list,
+                         FT_Pointer     item_data );
+
+
+  /* load a PFR header */
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  pfr_header_load( PFR_Header  header,
+                   FT_Stream   stream );
+
+  /* check a PFR header */
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Bool )
+  pfr_header_check( PFR_Header  header );
+
+
+  /* return number of logical fonts in this file */
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  pfr_log_font_count( FT_Stream   stream,
+                      FT_UInt32   log_section_offset,
+                      FT_UInt    *acount );
+
+  /* load a pfr logical font entry */
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  pfr_log_font_load( PFR_LogFont  log_font,
+                     FT_Stream    stream,
+                     FT_UInt      face_index,
+                     FT_UInt32    section_offset,
+                     FT_Bool      size_increment );
+
+
+  /* load a physical font entry */
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  pfr_phy_font_load( PFR_PhyFont  phy_font,
+                     FT_Stream    stream,
+                     FT_UInt32    offset,
+                     FT_UInt32    size );
+
+  /* finalize a physical font */
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  pfr_phy_font_done( PFR_PhyFont  phy_font,
+                     FT_Memory    memory );
+
+  /* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __PFRLOAD_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrobjs.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrobjs.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..56d617d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrobjs.c
@@ -0,0 +1,581 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  pfrobjs.c                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType PFR object methods (body).                                  */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by                  */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include "pfrobjs.h"
+#include "pfrload.h"
+#include "pfrgload.h"
+#include "pfrcmap.h"
+#include "pfrsbit.h"
+#include FT_OUTLINE_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+
+#include "pfrerror.h"
+
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_pfr
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                     FACE OBJECT METHODS                       *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  pfr_face_done( FT_Face  pfrface )     /* PFR_Face */
+  {
+    PFR_Face   face = (PFR_Face)pfrface;
+    FT_Memory  memory;
+
+
+    if ( !face )
+      return;
+
+    memory = pfrface->driver->root.memory;
+
+    /* we don't want dangling pointers */
+    pfrface->family_name = NULL;
+    pfrface->style_name  = NULL;
+
+    /* finalize the physical font record */
+    pfr_phy_font_done( &face->phy_font, FT_FACE_MEMORY( face ) );
+
+    /* no need to finalize the logical font or the header */
+    FT_FREE( pfrface->available_sizes );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  pfr_face_init( FT_Stream      stream,
+                 FT_Face        pfrface,
+                 FT_Int         face_index,
+                 FT_Int         num_params,
+                 FT_Parameter*  params )
+  {
+    PFR_Face  face = (PFR_Face)pfrface;
+    FT_Error  error;
+
+    FT_UNUSED( num_params );
+    FT_UNUSED( params );
+
+
+    /* load the header and check it */
+    error = pfr_header_load( &face->header, stream );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    if ( !pfr_header_check( &face->header ) )
+    {
+      FT_TRACE4(( "pfr_face_init: not a valid PFR font\n" ));
+      error = PFR_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* check face index */
+    {
+      FT_UInt  num_faces;
+
+
+      error = pfr_log_font_count( stream,
+                                  face->header.log_dir_offset,
+                                  &num_faces );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      pfrface->num_faces = num_faces;
+    }
+
+    if ( face_index < 0 )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    if ( face_index >= pfrface->num_faces )
+    {
+      FT_ERROR(( "pfr_face_init: invalid face index\n" ));
+      error = PFR_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* load the face */
+    error = pfr_log_font_load(
+               &face->log_font, stream, face_index,
+               face->header.log_dir_offset,
+               FT_BOOL( face->header.phy_font_max_size_high != 0 ) );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* now load the physical font descriptor */
+    error = pfr_phy_font_load( &face->phy_font, stream,
+                               face->log_font.phys_offset,
+                               face->log_font.phys_size );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* now set up all root face fields */
+    {
+      PFR_PhyFont  phy_font = &face->phy_font;
+
+
+      pfrface->face_index = face_index;
+      pfrface->num_glyphs = phy_font->num_chars + 1;
+      pfrface->face_flags = FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE;
+
+      /* if all characters point to the same gps_offset 0, we */
+      /* assume that the font only contains bitmaps           */
+      {
+        FT_UInt  nn;
+
+
+        for ( nn = 0; nn < phy_font->num_chars; nn++ )
+          if ( phy_font->chars[nn].gps_offset != 0 )
+            break;
+
+        if ( nn == phy_font->num_chars )
+          pfrface->face_flags = 0;        /* not scalable */
+      }
+
+      if ( (phy_font->flags & PFR_PHY_PROPORTIONAL) == 0 )
+        pfrface->face_flags |= FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH;
+
+      if ( phy_font->flags & PFR_PHY_VERTICAL )
+        pfrface->face_flags |= FT_FACE_FLAG_VERTICAL;
+      else
+        pfrface->face_flags |= FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL;
+
+      if ( phy_font->num_strikes > 0 )
+        pfrface->face_flags |= FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES;
+
+      if ( phy_font->num_kern_pairs > 0 )
+        pfrface->face_flags |= FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING;
+
+      /* If no family name was found in the "undocumented" auxiliary
+       * data, use the font ID instead.  This sucks but is better than
+       * nothing.
+       */
+      pfrface->family_name = phy_font->family_name;
+      if ( pfrface->family_name == NULL )
+        pfrface->family_name = phy_font->font_id;
+
+      /* note that the style name can be NULL in certain PFR fonts,
+       * probably meaning "Regular"
+       */
+      pfrface->style_name = phy_font->style_name;
+
+      pfrface->num_fixed_sizes = 0;
+      pfrface->available_sizes = 0;
+
+      pfrface->bbox         = phy_font->bbox;
+      pfrface->units_per_EM = (FT_UShort)phy_font->outline_resolution;
+      pfrface->ascender     = (FT_Short) phy_font->bbox.yMax;
+      pfrface->descender    = (FT_Short) phy_font->bbox.yMin;
+
+      pfrface->height = (FT_Short)( ( pfrface->units_per_EM * 12 ) / 10 );
+      if ( pfrface->height < pfrface->ascender - pfrface->descender )
+        pfrface->height = (FT_Short)(pfrface->ascender - pfrface->descender);
+
+      if ( phy_font->num_strikes > 0 )
+      {
+        FT_UInt          n, count = phy_font->num_strikes;
+        FT_Bitmap_Size*  size;
+        PFR_Strike       strike;
+        FT_Memory        memory = pfrface->stream->memory;
+
+
+        if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( pfrface->available_sizes, count ) )
+          goto Exit;
+
+        size   = pfrface->available_sizes;
+        strike = phy_font->strikes;
+        for ( n = 0; n < count; n++, size++, strike++ )
+        {
+          size->height = (FT_UShort)strike->y_ppm;
+          size->width  = (FT_UShort)strike->x_ppm;
+          size->size   = strike->y_ppm << 6;
+          size->x_ppem = strike->x_ppm << 6;
+          size->y_ppem = strike->y_ppm << 6;
+        }
+        pfrface->num_fixed_sizes = count;
+      }
+
+      /* now compute maximum advance width */
+      if ( ( phy_font->flags & PFR_PHY_PROPORTIONAL ) == 0 )
+        pfrface->max_advance_width = (FT_Short)phy_font->standard_advance;
+      else
+      {
+        FT_Int    max = 0;
+        FT_UInt   count = phy_font->num_chars;
+        PFR_Char  gchar = phy_font->chars;
+
+
+        for ( ; count > 0; count--, gchar++ )
+        {
+          if ( max < gchar->advance )
+            max = gchar->advance;
+        }
+
+        pfrface->max_advance_width = (FT_Short)max;
+      }
+
+      pfrface->max_advance_height = pfrface->height;
+
+      pfrface->underline_position  = (FT_Short)( -pfrface->units_per_EM / 10 );
+      pfrface->underline_thickness = (FT_Short)(  pfrface->units_per_EM / 30 );
+
+      /* create charmap */
+      {
+        FT_CharMapRec  charmap;
+
+
+        charmap.face        = pfrface;
+        charmap.platform_id = 3;
+        charmap.encoding_id = 1;
+        charmap.encoding    = FT_ENCODING_UNICODE;
+
+        FT_CMap_New( &pfr_cmap_class_rec, NULL, &charmap, NULL );
+
+#if 0
+        /* Select default charmap */
+        if ( pfrface->num_charmaps )
+          pfrface->charmap = pfrface->charmaps[0];
+#endif
+      }
+
+      /* check whether we've loaded any kerning pairs */
+      if ( phy_font->num_kern_pairs )
+        pfrface->face_flags |= FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING;
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                    SLOT OBJECT METHOD                         *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  pfr_slot_init( FT_GlyphSlot  pfrslot )        /* PFR_Slot */
+  {
+    PFR_Slot        slot   = (PFR_Slot)pfrslot;
+    FT_GlyphLoader  loader = pfrslot->internal->loader;
+
+
+    pfr_glyph_init( &slot->glyph, loader );
+
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  pfr_slot_done( FT_GlyphSlot  pfrslot )        /* PFR_Slot */
+  {
+    PFR_Slot  slot = (PFR_Slot)pfrslot;
+
+
+    pfr_glyph_done( &slot->glyph );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  pfr_slot_load( FT_GlyphSlot  pfrslot,         /* PFR_Slot */
+                 FT_Size       pfrsize,         /* PFR_Size */
+                 FT_UInt       gindex,
+                 FT_Int32      load_flags )
+  {
+    PFR_Slot     slot    = (PFR_Slot)pfrslot;
+    PFR_Size     size    = (PFR_Size)pfrsize;
+    FT_Error     error;
+    PFR_Face     face    = (PFR_Face)pfrslot->face;
+    PFR_Char     gchar;
+    FT_Outline*  outline = &pfrslot->outline;
+    FT_ULong     gps_offset;
+
+
+    if ( gindex > 0 )
+      gindex--;
+
+    if ( !face || gindex >= face->phy_font.num_chars )
+    {
+      error = PFR_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* try to load an embedded bitmap */
+    if ( ( load_flags & ( FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE | FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP ) ) == 0 )
+    {
+      error = pfr_slot_load_bitmap( slot, size, gindex );
+      if ( error == 0 )
+        goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    if ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_SBITS_ONLY )
+    {
+      error = PFR_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    gchar               = face->phy_font.chars + gindex;
+    pfrslot->format     = FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE;
+    outline->n_points   = 0;
+    outline->n_contours = 0;
+    gps_offset          = face->header.gps_section_offset;
+
+    /* load the glyph outline (FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE isn't supported) */
+    error = pfr_glyph_load( &slot->glyph, face->root.stream,
+                            gps_offset, gchar->gps_offset, gchar->gps_size );
+
+    if ( !error )
+    {
+      FT_BBox            cbox;
+      FT_Glyph_Metrics*  metrics = &pfrslot->metrics;
+      FT_Pos             advance;
+      FT_Int             em_metrics, em_outline;
+      FT_Bool            scaling;
+
+
+      scaling = FT_BOOL( ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE ) == 0 );
+
+      /* copy outline data */
+      *outline = slot->glyph.loader->base.outline;
+
+      outline->flags &= ~FT_OUTLINE_OWNER;
+      outline->flags |= FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL;
+
+      if ( size && pfrsize->metrics.y_ppem < 24 )
+        outline->flags |= FT_OUTLINE_HIGH_PRECISION;
+
+      /* compute the advance vector */
+      metrics->horiAdvance = 0;
+      metrics->vertAdvance = 0;
+
+      advance    = gchar->advance;
+      em_metrics = face->phy_font.metrics_resolution;
+      em_outline = face->phy_font.outline_resolution;
+
+      if ( em_metrics != em_outline )
+        advance = FT_MulDiv( advance, em_outline, em_metrics );
+
+      if ( face->phy_font.flags & PFR_PHY_VERTICAL )
+        metrics->vertAdvance = advance;
+      else
+        metrics->horiAdvance = advance;
+
+      pfrslot->linearHoriAdvance = metrics->horiAdvance;
+      pfrslot->linearVertAdvance = metrics->vertAdvance;
+
+      /* make-up vertical metrics(?) */
+      metrics->vertBearingX = 0;
+      metrics->vertBearingY = 0;
+
+#if 0 /* some fonts seem to be broken here! */
+
+      /* Apply the font matrix, if any.                 */
+      /* TODO: Test existing fonts with unusual matrix  */
+      /* whether we have to adjust Units per EM.        */
+      {
+        FT_Matrix font_matrix;
+
+
+        font_matrix.xx = face->log_font.matrix[0] << 8;
+        font_matrix.yx = face->log_font.matrix[1] << 8;
+        font_matrix.xy = face->log_font.matrix[2] << 8;
+        font_matrix.yy = face->log_font.matrix[3] << 8;
+
+        FT_Outline_Transform( outline, &font_matrix );
+      }
+#endif
+
+      /* scale when needed */
+      if ( scaling )
+      {
+        FT_Int      n;
+        FT_Fixed    x_scale = pfrsize->metrics.x_scale;
+        FT_Fixed    y_scale = pfrsize->metrics.y_scale;
+        FT_Vector*  vec     = outline->points;
+
+
+        /* scale outline points */
+        for ( n = 0; n < outline->n_points; n++, vec++ )
+        {
+          vec->x = FT_MulFix( vec->x, x_scale );
+          vec->y = FT_MulFix( vec->y, y_scale );
+        }
+
+        /* scale the advance */
+        metrics->horiAdvance = FT_MulFix( metrics->horiAdvance, x_scale );
+        metrics->vertAdvance = FT_MulFix( metrics->vertAdvance, y_scale );
+      }
+
+      /* compute the rest of the metrics */
+      FT_Outline_Get_CBox( outline, &cbox );
+
+      metrics->width        = cbox.xMax - cbox.xMin;
+      metrics->height       = cbox.yMax - cbox.yMin;
+      metrics->horiBearingX = cbox.xMin;
+      metrics->horiBearingY = cbox.yMax - metrics->height;
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                      KERNING METHOD                           *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  pfr_face_get_kerning( FT_Face     pfrface,        /* PFR_Face */
+                        FT_UInt     glyph1,
+                        FT_UInt     glyph2,
+                        FT_Vector*  kerning )
+  {
+    PFR_Face     face     = (PFR_Face)pfrface;
+    FT_Error     error    = PFR_Err_Ok;
+    PFR_PhyFont  phy_font = &face->phy_font;
+    FT_UInt32    code1, code2, pair;
+
+
+    kerning->x = 0;
+    kerning->y = 0;
+
+    if ( glyph1 > 0 )
+      glyph1--;
+
+    if ( glyph2 > 0 )
+      glyph2--;
+
+    /* convert glyph indices to character codes */
+    if ( glyph1 > phy_font->num_chars ||
+         glyph2 > phy_font->num_chars )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    code1 = phy_font->chars[glyph1].char_code;
+    code2 = phy_font->chars[glyph2].char_code;
+    pair  = PFR_KERN_INDEX( code1, code2 );
+
+    /* now search the list of kerning items */
+    {
+      PFR_KernItem  item   = phy_font->kern_items;
+      FT_Stream     stream = pfrface->stream;
+
+
+      for ( ; item; item = item->next )
+      {
+        if ( pair >= item->pair1 && pair <= item->pair2 )
+          goto FoundPair;
+      }
+      goto Exit;
+
+    FoundPair: /* we found an item, now parse it and find the value if any */
+      if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( item->offset )                       ||
+           FT_FRAME_ENTER( item->pair_count * item->pair_size ) )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      {
+        FT_UInt    count       = item->pair_count;
+        FT_UInt    size        = item->pair_size;
+        FT_UInt    power       = (FT_UInt)ft_highpow2( (FT_UInt32)count );
+        FT_UInt    probe       = power * size;
+        FT_UInt    extra       = count - power;
+        FT_Byte*   base        = stream->cursor;
+        FT_Bool    twobytes    = FT_BOOL( item->flags & 1 );
+        FT_Bool    twobyte_adj = FT_BOOL( item->flags & 2 );
+        FT_Byte*   p;
+        FT_UInt32  cpair;
+
+
+        if ( extra > 0 )
+        {
+          p = base + extra * size;
+
+          if ( twobytes )
+            cpair = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+          else
+            cpair = PFR_NEXT_KPAIR( p );
+
+          if ( cpair == pair )
+            goto Found;
+
+          if ( cpair < pair )
+          {
+            if ( twobyte_adj )
+              p += 2;
+            else
+              p++;
+            base = p;
+          }
+        }
+
+        while ( probe > size )
+        {
+          probe >>= 1;
+          p       = base + probe;
+
+          if ( twobytes )
+            cpair = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+          else
+            cpair = PFR_NEXT_KPAIR( p );
+
+          if ( cpair == pair )
+            goto Found;
+
+          if ( cpair < pair )
+            base += probe;
+        }
+
+        p = base;
+
+        if ( twobytes )
+          cpair = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+        else
+          cpair = PFR_NEXT_KPAIR( p );
+
+        if ( cpair == pair )
+        {
+          FT_Int  value;
+
+
+        Found:
+          if ( twobyte_adj )
+            value = FT_PEEK_SHORT( p );
+          else
+            value = p[0];
+
+          kerning->x = item->base_adj + value;
+        }
+      }
+
+      FT_FRAME_EXIT();
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrobjs.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrobjs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f6aa8b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrobjs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  pfrobjs.h                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType PFR object methods (specification).                         */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004 by                                          */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __PFROBJS_H__
+#define __PFROBJS_H__
+
+#include "pfrtypes.h"
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+  typedef struct PFR_FaceRec_*  PFR_Face;
+
+  typedef struct PFR_SizeRec_*  PFR_Size;
+
+  typedef struct PFR_SlotRec_*  PFR_Slot;
+
+
+  typedef struct  PFR_FaceRec_
+  {
+    FT_FaceRec      root;
+    PFR_HeaderRec   header;
+    PFR_LogFontRec  log_font;
+    PFR_PhyFontRec  phy_font;
+
+  } PFR_FaceRec;
+
+
+  typedef struct  PFR_SizeRec_
+  {
+    FT_SizeRec  root;
+
+  } PFR_SizeRec;
+
+
+  typedef struct  PFR_SlotRec_
+  {
+    FT_GlyphSlotRec  root;
+    PFR_GlyphRec     glyph;
+
+  } PFR_SlotRec;
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  pfr_face_init( FT_Stream      stream,
+                 FT_Face        face,           /* PFR_Face */
+                 FT_Int         face_index,
+                 FT_Int         num_params,
+                 FT_Parameter*  params );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  pfr_face_done( FT_Face  face );               /* PFR_Face */
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  pfr_face_get_kerning( FT_Face     face,       /* PFR_Face */
+                        FT_UInt     glyph1,
+                        FT_UInt     glyph2,
+                        FT_Vector*  kerning );
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  pfr_slot_init( FT_GlyphSlot  slot );          /* PFR_Slot */
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  pfr_slot_done( FT_GlyphSlot  slot );          /* PFR_Slot */
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  pfr_slot_load( FT_GlyphSlot  slot,            /* PFR_Slot */
+                 FT_Size       size,            /* PFR_Size */
+                 FT_UInt       gindex,
+                 FT_Int32      load_flags );
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __PFROBJS_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrsbit.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrsbit.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..45ff666
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrsbit.c
@@ -0,0 +1,680 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  pfrsbit.c                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType PFR bitmap loader (body).                                   */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2006 by                                          */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include "pfrsbit.h"
+#include "pfrload.h"
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
+
+#include "pfrerror.h"
+
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_pfr
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                      PFR BIT WRITER                           *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  typedef struct  PFR_BitWriter_
+  {
+    FT_Byte*  line;      /* current line start                    */
+    FT_Int    pitch;     /* line size in bytes                    */
+    FT_Int    width;     /* width in pixels/bits                  */
+    FT_Int    rows;      /* number of remaining rows to scan      */
+    FT_Int    total;     /* total number of bits to draw          */
+
+  } PFR_BitWriterRec, *PFR_BitWriter;
+
+
+  static void
+  pfr_bitwriter_init( PFR_BitWriter  writer,
+                      FT_Bitmap*     target,
+                      FT_Bool        decreasing )
+  {
+    writer->line   = target->buffer;
+    writer->pitch  = target->pitch;
+    writer->width  = target->width;
+    writer->rows   = target->rows;
+    writer->total  = writer->width * writer->rows;
+
+    if ( !decreasing )
+    {
+      writer->line += writer->pitch * ( target->rows-1 );
+      writer->pitch = -writer->pitch;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  pfr_bitwriter_decode_bytes( PFR_BitWriter  writer,
+                              FT_Byte*       p,
+                              FT_Byte*       limit )
+  {
+    FT_Int    n, reload;
+    FT_Int    left = writer->width;
+    FT_Byte*  cur  = writer->line;
+    FT_UInt   mask = 0x80;
+    FT_UInt   val  = 0;
+    FT_UInt   c    = 0;
+
+
+    n = (FT_Int)( limit - p ) * 8;
+    if ( n > writer->total )
+      n = writer->total;
+
+    reload = n & 7;
+
+    for ( ; n > 0; n-- )
+    {
+      if ( ( n & 7 ) == reload )
+        val = *p++;
+
+      if ( val & 0x80 )
+        c |= mask;
+
+      val  <<= 1;
+      mask >>= 1;
+
+      if ( --left <= 0 )
+      {
+        cur[0] = (FT_Byte)c;
+        left   = writer->width;
+        mask   = 0x80;
+
+        writer->line += writer->pitch;
+        cur           = writer->line;
+        c             = 0;
+      }
+      else if ( mask == 0 )
+      {
+        cur[0] = (FT_Byte)c;
+        mask   = 0x80;
+        c      = 0;
+        cur ++;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if ( mask != 0x80 )
+      cur[0] = (FT_Byte)c;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  pfr_bitwriter_decode_rle1( PFR_BitWriter  writer,
+                             FT_Byte*       p,
+                             FT_Byte*       limit )
+  {
+    FT_Int    n, phase, count, counts[2], reload;
+    FT_Int    left = writer->width;
+    FT_Byte*  cur  = writer->line;
+    FT_UInt   mask = 0x80;
+    FT_UInt   c    = 0;
+
+
+    n = writer->total;
+
+    phase     = 1;
+    counts[0] = 0;
+    counts[1] = 0;
+    count     = 0;
+    reload    = 1;
+
+    for ( ; n > 0; n-- )
+    {
+      if ( reload )
+      {
+        do
+        {
+          if ( phase )
+          {
+            FT_Int  v;
+
+
+            if ( p >= limit )
+              break;
+
+            v         = *p++;
+            counts[0] = v >> 4;
+            counts[1] = v & 15;
+            phase     = 0;
+            count     = counts[0];
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            phase = 1;
+            count = counts[1];
+          }
+
+        } while ( count == 0 );
+      }
+
+      if ( phase )
+        c |= mask;
+
+      mask >>= 1;
+
+      if ( --left <= 0 )
+      {
+        cur[0] = (FT_Byte) c;
+        left   = writer->width;
+        mask   = 0x80;
+
+        writer->line += writer->pitch;
+        cur           = writer->line;
+        c             = 0;
+      }
+      else if ( mask == 0 )
+      {
+        cur[0] = (FT_Byte)c;
+        mask   = 0x80;
+        c      = 0;
+        cur ++;
+      }
+
+      reload = ( --count <= 0 );
+    }
+
+    if ( mask != 0x80 )
+      cur[0] = (FT_Byte) c;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  pfr_bitwriter_decode_rle2( PFR_BitWriter  writer,
+                             FT_Byte*       p,
+                             FT_Byte*       limit )
+  {
+    FT_Int    n, phase, count, reload;
+    FT_Int    left = writer->width;
+    FT_Byte*  cur  = writer->line;
+    FT_UInt   mask = 0x80;
+    FT_UInt   c    = 0;
+
+
+    n = writer->total;
+
+    phase  = 1;
+    count  = 0;
+    reload = 1;
+
+    for ( ; n > 0; n-- )
+    {
+      if ( reload )
+      {
+        do
+        {
+          if ( p >= limit )
+            break;
+
+          count = *p++;
+          phase = phase ^ 1;
+
+        } while ( count == 0 );
+      }
+
+      if ( phase )
+        c |= mask;
+
+      mask >>= 1;
+
+      if ( --left <= 0 )
+      {
+        cur[0] = (FT_Byte) c;
+        c      = 0;
+        mask   = 0x80;
+        left   = writer->width;
+
+        writer->line += writer->pitch;
+        cur           = writer->line;
+      }
+      else if ( mask == 0 )
+      {
+        cur[0] = (FT_Byte)c;
+        c      = 0;
+        mask   = 0x80;
+        cur ++;
+      }
+
+      reload = ( --count <= 0 );
+    }
+
+    if ( mask != 0x80 )
+      cur[0] = (FT_Byte) c;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                  BITMAP DATA DECODING                         *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  static void
+  pfr_lookup_bitmap_data( FT_Byte*   base,
+                          FT_Byte*   limit,
+                          FT_UInt    count,
+                          FT_UInt    flags,
+                          FT_UInt    char_code,
+                          FT_ULong*  found_offset,
+                          FT_ULong*  found_size )
+  {
+    FT_UInt   left, right, char_len;
+    FT_Bool   two = FT_BOOL( flags & 1 );
+    FT_Byte*  buff;
+
+
+    char_len = 4;
+    if ( two )       char_len += 1;
+    if ( flags & 2 ) char_len += 1;
+    if ( flags & 4 ) char_len += 1;
+
+    left  = 0;
+    right = count;
+
+    while ( left < right )
+    {
+      FT_UInt  middle, code;
+
+
+      middle = ( left + right ) >> 1;
+      buff   = base + middle * char_len;
+
+      /* check that we are not outside of the table -- */
+      /* this is possible with broken fonts...         */
+      if ( buff + char_len > limit )
+        goto Fail;
+
+      if ( two )
+        code = PFR_NEXT_USHORT( buff );
+      else
+        code = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( buff );
+
+      if ( code == char_code )
+        goto Found_It;
+
+      if ( code < char_code )
+        left = middle;
+      else
+        right = middle;
+    }
+
+  Fail:
+    /* Not found */
+    *found_size   = 0;
+    *found_offset = 0;
+    return;
+
+  Found_It:
+    if ( flags & 2 )
+      *found_size = PFR_NEXT_USHORT( buff );
+    else
+      *found_size = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( buff );
+
+    if ( flags & 4 )
+      *found_offset = PFR_NEXT_ULONG( buff );
+    else
+      *found_offset = PFR_NEXT_USHORT( buff );
+  }
+
+
+  /* load bitmap metrics.  "*padvance" must be set to the default value */
+  /* before calling this function...                                    */
+  /*                                                                    */
+  static FT_Error
+  pfr_load_bitmap_metrics( FT_Byte**  pdata,
+                           FT_Byte*   limit,
+                           FT_Long    scaled_advance,
+                           FT_Long   *axpos,
+                           FT_Long   *aypos,
+                           FT_UInt   *axsize,
+                           FT_UInt   *aysize,
+                           FT_Long   *aadvance,
+                           FT_UInt   *aformat )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error = 0;
+    FT_Byte   flags;
+    FT_Char   b;
+    FT_Byte*  p = *pdata;
+    FT_Long   xpos, ypos, advance;
+    FT_UInt   xsize, ysize;
+
+
+    PFR_CHECK( 1 );
+    flags = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
+
+    xpos    = 0;
+    ypos    = 0;
+    xsize   = 0;
+    ysize   = 0;
+    advance = 0;
+
+    switch ( flags & 3 )
+    {
+    case 0:
+      PFR_CHECK( 1 );
+      b    = PFR_NEXT_INT8( p );
+      xpos = b >> 4;
+      ypos = ( (FT_Char)( b << 4 ) ) >> 4;
+      break;
+
+    case 1:
+      PFR_CHECK( 2 );
+      xpos = PFR_NEXT_INT8( p );
+      ypos = PFR_NEXT_INT8( p );
+      break;
+
+    case 2:
+      PFR_CHECK( 4 );
+      xpos = PFR_NEXT_SHORT( p );
+      ypos = PFR_NEXT_SHORT( p );
+      break;
+
+    case 3:
+      PFR_CHECK( 6 );
+      xpos = PFR_NEXT_LONG( p );
+      ypos = PFR_NEXT_LONG( p );
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      ;
+    }
+
+    flags >>= 2;
+    switch ( flags & 3 )
+    {
+    case 0:
+      /* blank image */
+      xsize = 0;
+      ysize = 0;
+      break;
+
+    case 1:
+      PFR_CHECK( 1 );
+      b     = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
+      xsize = ( b >> 4 ) & 0xF;
+      ysize = b & 0xF;
+      break;
+
+    case 2:
+      PFR_CHECK( 2 );
+      xsize = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
+      ysize = PFR_NEXT_BYTE( p );
+      break;
+
+    case 3:
+      PFR_CHECK( 4 );
+      xsize = PFR_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+      ysize = PFR_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      ;
+    }
+
+    flags >>= 2;
+    switch ( flags & 3 )
+    {
+    case 0:
+      advance = scaled_advance;
+      break;
+
+    case 1:
+      PFR_CHECK( 1 );
+      advance = PFR_NEXT_INT8( p ) << 8;
+      break;
+
+    case 2:
+      PFR_CHECK( 2 );
+      advance = PFR_NEXT_SHORT( p );
+      break;
+
+    case 3:
+      PFR_CHECK( 3 );
+      advance = PFR_NEXT_LONG( p );
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      ;
+    }
+
+    *axpos    = xpos;
+    *aypos    = ypos;
+    *axsize   = xsize;
+    *aysize   = ysize;
+    *aadvance = advance;
+    *aformat  = flags >> 2;
+    *pdata    = p;
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+
+  Too_Short:
+    error = PFR_Err_Invalid_Table;
+    FT_ERROR(( "pfr_load_bitmap_metrics: invalid glyph data\n" ));
+    goto Exit;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  pfr_load_bitmap_bits( FT_Byte*    p,
+                        FT_Byte*    limit,
+                        FT_UInt     format,
+                        FT_Bool     decreasing,
+                        FT_Bitmap*  target )
+  {
+    FT_Error          error = 0;
+    PFR_BitWriterRec  writer;
+
+
+    if ( target->rows > 0 && target->width > 0 )
+    {
+      pfr_bitwriter_init( &writer, target, decreasing );
+
+      switch ( format )
+      {
+      case 0: /* packed bits */
+        pfr_bitwriter_decode_bytes( &writer, p, limit );
+        break;
+
+      case 1: /* RLE1 */
+        pfr_bitwriter_decode_rle1( &writer, p, limit );
+        break;
+
+      case 2: /* RLE2 */
+        pfr_bitwriter_decode_rle2( &writer, p, limit );
+        break;
+
+      default:
+        FT_ERROR(( "pfr_read_bitmap_data: invalid image type\n" ));
+        error = PFR_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+      }
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                     BITMAP LOADING                            *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  pfr_slot_load_bitmap( PFR_Slot  glyph,
+                        PFR_Size  size,
+                        FT_UInt   glyph_index )
+  {
+    FT_Error     error;
+    PFR_Face     face   = (PFR_Face) glyph->root.face;
+    FT_Stream    stream = face->root.stream;
+    PFR_PhyFont  phys   = &face->phy_font;
+    FT_ULong     gps_offset;
+    FT_ULong     gps_size;
+    PFR_Char     character;
+    PFR_Strike   strike;
+
+
+    character = &phys->chars[glyph_index];
+
+    /* Look-up a bitmap strike corresponding to the current */
+    /* character dimensions                                 */
+    {
+      FT_UInt  n;
+
+
+      strike = phys->strikes;
+      for ( n = 0; n < phys->num_strikes; n++ )
+      {
+        if ( strike->x_ppm == (FT_UInt)size->root.metrics.x_ppem &&
+             strike->y_ppm == (FT_UInt)size->root.metrics.y_ppem )
+        {
+          goto Found_Strike;
+        }
+
+        strike++;
+      }
+
+      /* couldn't find it */
+      return PFR_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+    }
+
+  Found_Strike:
+
+    /* Now lookup the glyph's position within the file */
+    {
+      FT_UInt  char_len;
+
+
+      char_len = 4;
+      if ( strike->flags & 1 ) char_len += 1;
+      if ( strike->flags & 2 ) char_len += 1;
+      if ( strike->flags & 4 ) char_len += 1;
+
+      /* Access data directly in the frame to speed lookups */
+      if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( phys->bct_offset + strike->bct_offset ) ||
+           FT_FRAME_ENTER( char_len * strike->num_bitmaps )        )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      pfr_lookup_bitmap_data( stream->cursor,
+                              stream->limit,
+                              strike->num_bitmaps,
+                              strike->flags,
+                              character->char_code,
+                              &gps_offset,
+                              &gps_size );
+
+      FT_FRAME_EXIT();
+
+      if ( gps_size == 0 )
+      {
+        /* Could not find a bitmap program string for this glyph */
+        error = PFR_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* get the bitmap metrics */
+    {
+      FT_Long   xpos, ypos, advance;
+      FT_UInt   xsize, ysize, format;
+      FT_Byte*  p;
+
+
+      /* compute linear advance */
+      advance = character->advance;
+      if ( phys->metrics_resolution != phys->outline_resolution )
+        advance = FT_MulDiv( advance,
+                             phys->outline_resolution,
+                             phys->metrics_resolution );
+
+      glyph->root.linearHoriAdvance = advance;
+
+      /* compute default advance, i.e., scaled advance.  This can be */
+      /* overridden in the bitmap header of certain glyphs.          */
+      advance = FT_MulDiv( (FT_Fixed)size->root.metrics.x_ppem << 8,
+                           character->advance,
+                           phys->metrics_resolution );
+
+      if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( face->header.gps_section_offset + gps_offset ) ||
+           FT_FRAME_ENTER( gps_size )                                     )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      p     = stream->cursor;
+      error = pfr_load_bitmap_metrics( &p, stream->limit,
+                                       advance,
+                                       &xpos, &ypos,
+                                       &xsize, &ysize,
+                                       &advance, &format );
+      if ( !error )
+      {
+        glyph->root.format = FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP;
+
+        /* Set up glyph bitmap and metrics */
+        glyph->root.bitmap.width      = (FT_Int)xsize;
+        glyph->root.bitmap.rows       = (FT_Int)ysize;
+        glyph->root.bitmap.pitch      = (FT_Long)( xsize + 7 ) >> 3;
+        glyph->root.bitmap.pixel_mode = FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO;
+
+        glyph->root.metrics.width        = (FT_Long)xsize << 6;
+        glyph->root.metrics.height       = (FT_Long)ysize << 6;
+        glyph->root.metrics.horiBearingX = xpos << 6;
+        glyph->root.metrics.horiBearingY = ypos << 6;
+        glyph->root.metrics.horiAdvance  = FT_PIX_ROUND( ( advance >> 2 ) );
+        glyph->root.metrics.vertBearingX = - glyph->root.metrics.width >> 1;
+        glyph->root.metrics.vertBearingY = 0;
+        glyph->root.metrics.vertAdvance  = size->root.metrics.height;
+
+        glyph->root.bitmap_left = xpos;
+        glyph->root.bitmap_top  = ypos + ysize;
+
+        /* Allocate and read bitmap data */
+        {
+          FT_ULong  len = glyph->root.bitmap.pitch * ysize;
+
+
+          error = ft_glyphslot_alloc_bitmap( &glyph->root, len );
+          if ( !error )
+          {
+            error = pfr_load_bitmap_bits(
+                      p,
+                      stream->limit,
+                      format,
+                      FT_BOOL(face->header.color_flags & 2),
+                      &glyph->root.bitmap );
+          }
+        }
+      }
+
+      FT_FRAME_EXIT();
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrsbit.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrsbit.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..015e9e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrsbit.h
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  pfrsbit.h                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType PFR bitmap loader (specification).                          */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2002 by                                                      */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __PFRSBIT_H__
+#define __PFRSBIT_H__
+
+#include "pfrobjs.h"
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  pfr_slot_load_bitmap( PFR_Slot  glyph,
+                        PFR_Size  size,
+                        FT_UInt   glyph_index );
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __PFR_SBIT_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrtypes.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrtypes.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c0ae042
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/pfrtypes.h
@@ -0,0 +1,362 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  pfrtypes.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType PFR data structures (specification only).                   */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2005, 2007 by                                    */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __PFRTYPES_H__
+#define __PFRTYPES_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+  /************************************************************************/
+
+  /* the PFR Header structure */
+  typedef struct  PFR_HeaderRec_
+  {
+    FT_UInt32  signature;
+    FT_UInt    version;
+    FT_UInt    signature2;
+    FT_UInt    header_size;
+
+    FT_UInt    log_dir_size;
+    FT_UInt    log_dir_offset;
+
+    FT_UInt    log_font_max_size;
+    FT_UInt32  log_font_section_size;
+    FT_UInt32  log_font_section_offset;
+
+    FT_UInt32  phy_font_max_size;
+    FT_UInt32  phy_font_section_size;
+    FT_UInt32  phy_font_section_offset;
+
+    FT_UInt    gps_max_size;
+    FT_UInt32  gps_section_size;
+    FT_UInt32  gps_section_offset;
+
+    FT_UInt    max_blue_values;
+    FT_UInt    max_x_orus;
+    FT_UInt    max_y_orus;
+
+    FT_UInt    phy_font_max_size_high;
+    FT_UInt    color_flags;
+
+    FT_UInt32  bct_max_size;
+    FT_UInt32  bct_set_max_size;
+    FT_UInt32  phy_bct_set_max_size;
+
+    FT_UInt    num_phy_fonts;
+    FT_UInt    max_vert_stem_snap;
+    FT_UInt    max_horz_stem_snap;
+    FT_UInt    max_chars;
+
+  } PFR_HeaderRec, *PFR_Header;
+
+
+  /* used in `color_flags' field of the PFR_Header */
+  typedef enum  PFR_HeaderFlags_
+  {
+    PFR_FLAG_BLACK_PIXEL   = 1,
+    PFR_FLAG_INVERT_BITMAP = 2
+
+  } PFR_HeaderFlags;
+
+
+  /************************************************************************/
+
+  typedef struct  PFR_LogFontRec_
+  {
+    FT_UInt32  size;
+    FT_UInt32  offset;
+
+    FT_Int32   matrix[4];
+    FT_UInt    stroke_flags;
+    FT_Int     stroke_thickness;
+    FT_Int     bold_thickness;
+    FT_Int32   miter_limit;
+
+    FT_UInt32  phys_size;
+    FT_UInt32  phys_offset;
+
+  } PFR_LogFontRec, *PFR_LogFont;
+
+
+  typedef enum  PFR_LogFlags_
+  {
+    PFR_LOG_EXTRA_ITEMS  = 0x40,
+    PFR_LOG_2BYTE_BOLD   = 0x20,
+    PFR_LOG_BOLD         = 0x10,
+    PFR_LOG_2BYTE_STROKE = 8,
+    PFR_LOG_STROKE       = 4,
+    PFR_LINE_JOIN_MASK   = 3
+
+  } PFR_LogFlags;
+
+
+  typedef enum  PFR_LineJoinFlags_
+  {
+    PFR_LINE_JOIN_MITER = 0,
+    PFR_LINE_JOIN_ROUND = 1,
+    PFR_LINE_JOIN_BEVEL = 2
+
+  } PFR_LineJoinFlags;
+
+
+  /************************************************************************/
+
+  typedef enum  PFR_BitmapFlags_
+  {
+    PFR_BITMAP_3BYTE_OFFSET   = 4,
+    PFR_BITMAP_2BYTE_SIZE     = 2,
+    PFR_BITMAP_2BYTE_CHARCODE = 1
+
+  } PFR_BitmapFlags;
+
+
+  typedef struct  PFR_BitmapCharRec_
+  {
+    FT_UInt    char_code;
+    FT_UInt    gps_size;
+    FT_UInt32  gps_offset;
+
+  } PFR_BitmapCharRec, *PFR_BitmapChar;
+
+
+  typedef enum  PFR_StrikeFlags_
+  {
+    PFR_STRIKE_2BYTE_COUNT  = 0x10,
+    PFR_STRIKE_3BYTE_OFFSET = 0x08,
+    PFR_STRIKE_3BYTE_SIZE   = 0x04,
+    PFR_STRIKE_2BYTE_YPPM   = 0x02,
+    PFR_STRIKE_2BYTE_XPPM   = 0x01
+
+  } PFR_StrikeFlags;
+
+
+  typedef struct  PFR_StrikeRec_
+  {
+    FT_UInt         x_ppm;
+    FT_UInt         y_ppm;
+    FT_UInt         flags;
+
+    FT_UInt32       gps_size;
+    FT_UInt32       gps_offset;
+
+    FT_UInt32       bct_size;
+    FT_UInt32       bct_offset;
+
+    /* optional */
+    FT_UInt         num_bitmaps;
+    PFR_BitmapChar  bitmaps;
+
+  } PFR_StrikeRec, *PFR_Strike;
+
+
+  /************************************************************************/
+
+  typedef struct  PFR_CharRec_
+  {
+    FT_UInt    char_code;
+    FT_Int     advance;
+    FT_UInt    gps_size;
+    FT_UInt32  gps_offset;
+
+  } PFR_CharRec, *PFR_Char;
+
+
+  /************************************************************************/
+
+  typedef struct  PFR_DimensionRec_
+  {
+    FT_UInt  standard;
+    FT_UInt  num_stem_snaps;
+    FT_Int*  stem_snaps;
+
+  } PFR_DimensionRec, *PFR_Dimension;
+
+  /************************************************************************/
+
+  typedef struct PFR_KernItemRec_*  PFR_KernItem;
+
+  typedef struct  PFR_KernItemRec_
+  {
+    PFR_KernItem  next;
+    FT_Byte       pair_count;
+    FT_Byte       flags;
+    FT_Short      base_adj;
+    FT_UInt       pair_size;
+    FT_UInt32     offset;
+    FT_UInt32     pair1;
+    FT_UInt32     pair2;
+
+  } PFR_KernItemRec;
+
+
+#define PFR_KERN_INDEX( g1, g2 )                          \
+          ( ( (FT_UInt32)(g1) << 16 ) | (FT_UInt16)(g2) )
+
+#define PFR_KERN_PAIR_INDEX( pair )                        \
+          PFR_KERN_INDEX( (pair)->glyph1, (pair)->glyph2 )
+
+#define PFR_NEXT_KPAIR( p )  ( p += 2,                              \
+                               ( (FT_UInt32)p[-2] << 16 ) | p[-1] )
+
+
+  /************************************************************************/
+
+  typedef struct  PFR_PhyFontRec_
+  {
+    FT_Memory          memory;
+    FT_UInt32          offset;
+
+    FT_UInt            font_ref_number;
+    FT_UInt            outline_resolution;
+    FT_UInt            metrics_resolution;
+    FT_BBox            bbox;
+    FT_UInt            flags;
+    FT_UInt            standard_advance;
+
+    FT_Int             ascent;   /* optional, bbox.yMax if not present */
+    FT_Int             descent;  /* optional, bbox.yMin if not present */
+    FT_Int             leading;  /* optional, 0 if not present         */
+
+    PFR_DimensionRec   horizontal;
+    PFR_DimensionRec   vertical;
+
+    FT_String*         font_id;
+    FT_String*         family_name;
+    FT_String*         style_name;
+
+    FT_UInt            num_strikes;
+    FT_UInt            max_strikes;
+    PFR_StrikeRec*     strikes;
+
+    FT_UInt            num_blue_values;
+    FT_Int            *blue_values;
+    FT_UInt            blue_fuzz;
+    FT_UInt            blue_scale;
+
+    FT_UInt            num_chars;
+    FT_UInt32          chars_offset;
+    PFR_Char           chars;
+
+    FT_UInt            num_kern_pairs;
+    PFR_KernItem       kern_items;
+    PFR_KernItem*      kern_items_tail;
+
+    /* not part of the spec, but used during load */
+    FT_UInt32          bct_offset;
+    FT_Byte*           cursor;
+
+  } PFR_PhyFontRec, *PFR_PhyFont;
+
+
+  typedef enum  PFR_PhyFlags_
+  {
+    PFR_PHY_EXTRA_ITEMS      = 0x80,
+    PFR_PHY_3BYTE_GPS_OFFSET = 0x20,
+    PFR_PHY_2BYTE_GPS_SIZE   = 0x10,
+    PFR_PHY_ASCII_CODE       = 0x08,
+    PFR_PHY_PROPORTIONAL     = 0x04,
+    PFR_PHY_2BYTE_CHARCODE   = 0x02,
+    PFR_PHY_VERTICAL         = 0x01
+
+  } PFR_PhyFlags;
+
+
+  typedef enum PFR_KernFlags_
+  {
+    PFR_KERN_2BYTE_CHAR  = 0x01,
+    PFR_KERN_2BYTE_ADJ   = 0x02
+
+  } PFR_KernFlags;
+
+
+  /************************************************************************/
+
+  typedef enum  PFR_GlyphFlags_
+  {
+    PFR_GLYPH_IS_COMPOUND   = 0x80,
+    PFR_GLYPH_EXTRA_ITEMS   = 0x08,
+    PFR_GLYPH_1BYTE_XYCOUNT = 0x04,
+    PFR_GLYPH_XCOUNT        = 0x02,
+    PFR_GLYPH_YCOUNT        = 0x01
+
+  } PFR_GlyphFlags;
+
+
+  /* controlled coordinate */
+  typedef struct  PFR_CoordRec_
+  {
+    FT_UInt  org;
+    FT_UInt  cur;
+
+  } PFR_CoordRec, *PFR_Coord;
+
+
+  typedef struct  PFR_SubGlyphRec_
+  {
+    FT_Fixed   x_scale;
+    FT_Fixed   y_scale;
+    FT_Int     x_delta;
+    FT_Int     y_delta;
+    FT_UInt32  gps_offset;
+    FT_UInt    gps_size;
+
+  } PFR_SubGlyphRec, *PFR_SubGlyph;
+
+
+  typedef enum  PFR_SubgGlyphFlags_
+  {
+    PFR_SUBGLYPH_3BYTE_OFFSET = 0x80,
+    PFR_SUBGLYPH_2BYTE_SIZE   = 0x40,
+    PFR_SUBGLYPH_YSCALE       = 0x20,
+    PFR_SUBGLYPH_XSCALE       = 0x10
+
+  } PFR_SubGlyphFlags;
+
+
+  typedef struct  PFR_GlyphRec_
+  {
+    FT_Byte           format;
+
+#if 0
+    FT_UInt           num_x_control;
+    FT_UInt           num_y_control;
+#endif
+    FT_UInt           max_xy_control;
+    FT_Pos*           x_control;
+    FT_Pos*           y_control;
+
+
+    FT_UInt           num_subs;
+    FT_UInt           max_subs;
+    PFR_SubGlyphRec*  subs;
+
+    FT_GlyphLoader    loader;
+    FT_Bool           path_begun;
+
+  } PFR_GlyphRec, *PFR_Glyph;
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __PFRTYPES_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/rules.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/rules.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..60b96c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pfr/rules.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 PFR driver configuration rules
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 2002, 2003 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+# pfr driver directory
+#
+PFR_DIR := $(SRC_DIR)/pfr
+
+
+# compilation flags for the driver
+#
+PFR_COMPILE := $(FT_COMPILE) $I$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$(PFR_DIR))
+
+
+# pfr driver sources (i.e., C files)
+#
+PFR_DRV_SRC := $(PFR_DIR)/pfrload.c  \
+               $(PFR_DIR)/pfrgload.c \
+               $(PFR_DIR)/pfrcmap.c  \
+               $(PFR_DIR)/pfrdrivr.c \
+               $(PFR_DIR)/pfrsbit.c  \
+               $(PFR_DIR)/pfrobjs.c
+
+# pfr driver headers
+#
+PFR_DRV_H := $(PFR_DRV_SRC:%.c=%.h) \
+             $(PFR_DIR)/pfrerror.h  \
+             $(PFR_DIR)/pfrtypes.h
+
+
+# Pfr driver object(s)
+#
+#   PFR_DRV_OBJ_M is used during `multi' builds
+#   PFR_DRV_OBJ_S is used during `single' builds
+#
+PFR_DRV_OBJ_M := $(PFR_DRV_SRC:$(PFR_DIR)/%.c=$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O)
+PFR_DRV_OBJ_S := $(OBJ_DIR)/pfr.$O
+
+# pfr driver source file for single build
+#
+PFR_DRV_SRC_S := $(PFR_DIR)/pfr.c
+
+
+# pfr driver - single object
+#
+$(PFR_DRV_OBJ_S): $(PFR_DRV_SRC_S) $(PFR_DRV_SRC) $(FREETYPE_H) $(PFR_DRV_H)
+	$(PFR_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $(PFR_DRV_SRC_S))
+
+
+# pfr driver - multiple objects
+#
+$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O: $(PFR_DIR)/%.c $(FREETYPE_H) $(PFR_DRV_H)
+	$(PFR_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $<)
+
+
+# update main driver object lists
+#
+DRV_OBJS_S += $(PFR_DRV_OBJ_S)
+DRV_OBJS_M += $(PFR_DRV_OBJ_M)
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/Jamfile b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/Jamfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..faeded9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/Jamfile
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+# FreeType 2 src/psaux Jamfile
+#
+# Copyright 2001, 2002 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+SubDir  FT2_TOP $(FT2_SRC_DIR) psaux ;
+
+{
+  local  _sources ;
+
+  if $(FT2_MULTI)
+  {
+    _sources = psauxmod psobjs   t1decode t1cmap
+               psconv   afmparse
+               ;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    _sources = psaux ;
+  }
+
+  Library  $(FT2_LIB) : $(_sources).c ;
+}
+
+# end of src/psaux Jamfile
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/afmparse.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/afmparse.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..63a786e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/afmparse.c
@@ -0,0 +1,965 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  afmparse.c                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    AFM parser (body).                                                   */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2006, 2007, 2008 by                                          */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_AUX_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+
+#include "afmparse.h"
+#include "psconv.h"
+
+#include "psauxerr.h"
+
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    AFM_Stream                                                           */
+/*                                                                         */
+/* The use of AFM_Stream is largely inspired by parseAFM.[ch] from t1lib.  */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*                                                                         */
+
+  enum
+  {
+    AFM_STREAM_STATUS_NORMAL,
+    AFM_STREAM_STATUS_EOC,
+    AFM_STREAM_STATUS_EOL,
+    AFM_STREAM_STATUS_EOF
+  };
+
+
+  typedef struct  AFM_StreamRec_
+  {
+    FT_Byte*  cursor;
+    FT_Byte*  base;
+    FT_Byte*  limit;
+
+    FT_Int    status;
+
+  } AFM_StreamRec;
+
+
+#ifndef EOF
+#define EOF -1
+#endif
+
+
+  /* this works because empty lines are ignored */
+#define AFM_IS_NEWLINE( ch )  ( (ch) == '\r' || (ch) == '\n' )
+
+#define AFM_IS_EOF( ch )      ( (ch) == EOF  || (ch) == '\x1a' )
+#define AFM_IS_SPACE( ch )    ( (ch) == ' '  || (ch) == '\t' )
+
+  /* column separator; there is no `column' in the spec actually */
+#define AFM_IS_SEP( ch )      ( (ch) == ';' )
+
+#define AFM_GETC()                                                       \
+          ( ( (stream)->cursor < (stream)->limit ) ? *(stream)->cursor++ \
+                                                   : EOF )
+
+#define AFM_STREAM_KEY_BEGIN( stream )    \
+          (char*)( (stream)->cursor - 1 )
+
+#define AFM_STREAM_KEY_LEN( stream, key )       \
+          ( (char*)(stream)->cursor - key - 1 )
+
+#define AFM_STATUS_EOC( stream ) \
+          ( (stream)->status >= AFM_STREAM_STATUS_EOC )
+
+#define AFM_STATUS_EOL( stream ) \
+          ( (stream)->status >= AFM_STREAM_STATUS_EOL )
+
+#define AFM_STATUS_EOF( stream ) \
+          ( (stream)->status >= AFM_STREAM_STATUS_EOF )
+
+
+  static int
+  afm_stream_skip_spaces( AFM_Stream  stream )
+  {
+    int  ch = 0;  /* make stupid compiler happy */
+
+
+    if ( AFM_STATUS_EOC( stream ) )
+      return ';';
+
+    while ( 1 )
+    {
+      ch = AFM_GETC();
+      if ( !AFM_IS_SPACE( ch ) )
+        break;
+    }
+
+    if ( AFM_IS_NEWLINE( ch ) )
+      stream->status = AFM_STREAM_STATUS_EOL;
+    else if ( AFM_IS_SEP( ch ) )
+      stream->status = AFM_STREAM_STATUS_EOC;
+    else if ( AFM_IS_EOF( ch ) )
+      stream->status = AFM_STREAM_STATUS_EOF;
+
+    return ch;
+  }
+
+
+  /* read a key or value in current column */
+  static char*
+  afm_stream_read_one( AFM_Stream  stream )
+  {
+    char*  str;
+    int    ch;
+
+
+    afm_stream_skip_spaces( stream );
+    if ( AFM_STATUS_EOC( stream ) )
+      return NULL;
+
+    str = AFM_STREAM_KEY_BEGIN( stream );
+
+    while ( 1 )
+    {
+      ch = AFM_GETC();
+      if ( AFM_IS_SPACE( ch ) )
+        break;
+      else if ( AFM_IS_NEWLINE( ch ) )
+      {
+        stream->status = AFM_STREAM_STATUS_EOL;
+        break;
+      }
+      else if ( AFM_IS_SEP( ch ) )
+      {
+        stream->status = AFM_STREAM_STATUS_EOC;
+        break;
+      }
+      else if ( AFM_IS_EOF( ch ) )
+      {
+        stream->status = AFM_STREAM_STATUS_EOF;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    return str;
+  }
+
+
+  /* read a string (i.e., read to EOL) */
+  static char*
+  afm_stream_read_string( AFM_Stream  stream )
+  {
+    char*  str;
+    int    ch;
+
+
+    afm_stream_skip_spaces( stream );
+    if ( AFM_STATUS_EOL( stream ) )
+      return NULL;
+
+    str = AFM_STREAM_KEY_BEGIN( stream );
+
+    /* scan to eol */
+    while ( 1 )
+    {
+      ch = AFM_GETC();
+      if ( AFM_IS_NEWLINE( ch ) )
+      {
+        stream->status = AFM_STREAM_STATUS_EOL;
+        break;
+      }
+      else if ( AFM_IS_EOF( ch ) )
+      {
+        stream->status = AFM_STREAM_STATUS_EOF;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    return str;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    AFM_Parser                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+
+  /* all keys defined in Ch. 7-10 of 5004.AFM_Spec.pdf */
+  typedef enum  AFM_Token_
+  {
+    AFM_TOKEN_ASCENDER,
+    AFM_TOKEN_AXISLABEL,
+    AFM_TOKEN_AXISTYPE,
+    AFM_TOKEN_B,
+    AFM_TOKEN_BLENDAXISTYPES,
+    AFM_TOKEN_BLENDDESIGNMAP,
+    AFM_TOKEN_BLENDDESIGNPOSITIONS,
+    AFM_TOKEN_C,
+    AFM_TOKEN_CC,
+    AFM_TOKEN_CH,
+    AFM_TOKEN_CAPHEIGHT,
+    AFM_TOKEN_CHARWIDTH,
+    AFM_TOKEN_CHARACTERSET,
+    AFM_TOKEN_CHARACTERS,
+    AFM_TOKEN_DESCENDER,
+    AFM_TOKEN_ENCODINGSCHEME,
+    AFM_TOKEN_ENDAXIS,
+    AFM_TOKEN_ENDCHARMETRICS,
+    AFM_TOKEN_ENDCOMPOSITES,
+    AFM_TOKEN_ENDDIRECTION,
+    AFM_TOKEN_ENDFONTMETRICS,
+    AFM_TOKEN_ENDKERNDATA,
+    AFM_TOKEN_ENDKERNPAIRS,
+    AFM_TOKEN_ENDTRACKKERN,
+    AFM_TOKEN_ESCCHAR,
+    AFM_TOKEN_FAMILYNAME,
+    AFM_TOKEN_FONTBBOX,
+    AFM_TOKEN_FONTNAME,
+    AFM_TOKEN_FULLNAME,
+    AFM_TOKEN_ISBASEFONT,
+    AFM_TOKEN_ISCIDFONT,
+    AFM_TOKEN_ISFIXEDPITCH,
+    AFM_TOKEN_ISFIXEDV,
+    AFM_TOKEN_ITALICANGLE,
+    AFM_TOKEN_KP,
+    AFM_TOKEN_KPH,
+    AFM_TOKEN_KPX,
+    AFM_TOKEN_KPY,
+    AFM_TOKEN_L,
+    AFM_TOKEN_MAPPINGSCHEME,
+    AFM_TOKEN_METRICSSETS,
+    AFM_TOKEN_N,
+    AFM_TOKEN_NOTICE,
+    AFM_TOKEN_PCC,
+    AFM_TOKEN_STARTAXIS,
+    AFM_TOKEN_STARTCHARMETRICS,
+    AFM_TOKEN_STARTCOMPOSITES,
+    AFM_TOKEN_STARTDIRECTION,
+    AFM_TOKEN_STARTFONTMETRICS,
+    AFM_TOKEN_STARTKERNDATA,
+    AFM_TOKEN_STARTKERNPAIRS,
+    AFM_TOKEN_STARTKERNPAIRS0,
+    AFM_TOKEN_STARTKERNPAIRS1,
+    AFM_TOKEN_STARTTRACKKERN,
+    AFM_TOKEN_STDHW,
+    AFM_TOKEN_STDVW,
+    AFM_TOKEN_TRACKKERN,
+    AFM_TOKEN_UNDERLINEPOSITION,
+    AFM_TOKEN_UNDERLINETHICKNESS,
+    AFM_TOKEN_VV,
+    AFM_TOKEN_VVECTOR,
+    AFM_TOKEN_VERSION,
+    AFM_TOKEN_W,
+    AFM_TOKEN_W0,
+    AFM_TOKEN_W0X,
+    AFM_TOKEN_W0Y,
+    AFM_TOKEN_W1,
+    AFM_TOKEN_W1X,
+    AFM_TOKEN_W1Y,
+    AFM_TOKEN_WX,
+    AFM_TOKEN_WY,
+    AFM_TOKEN_WEIGHT,
+    AFM_TOKEN_WEIGHTVECTOR,
+    AFM_TOKEN_XHEIGHT,
+    N_AFM_TOKENS,
+    AFM_TOKEN_UNKNOWN
+
+  } AFM_Token;
+
+
+  static const char*  const afm_key_table[N_AFM_TOKENS] =
+  {
+    "Ascender",
+    "AxisLabel",
+    "AxisType",
+    "B",
+    "BlendAxisTypes",
+    "BlendDesignMap",
+    "BlendDesignPositions",
+    "C",
+    "CC",
+    "CH",
+    "CapHeight",
+    "CharWidth",
+    "CharacterSet",
+    "Characters",
+    "Descender",
+    "EncodingScheme",
+    "EndAxis",
+    "EndCharMetrics",
+    "EndComposites",
+    "EndDirection",
+    "EndFontMetrics",
+    "EndKernData",
+    "EndKernPairs",
+    "EndTrackKern",
+    "EscChar",
+    "FamilyName",
+    "FontBBox",
+    "FontName",
+    "FullName",
+    "IsBaseFont",
+    "IsCIDFont",
+    "IsFixedPitch",
+    "IsFixedV",
+    "ItalicAngle",
+    "KP",
+    "KPH",
+    "KPX",
+    "KPY",
+    "L",
+    "MappingScheme",
+    "MetricsSets",
+    "N",
+    "Notice",
+    "PCC",
+    "StartAxis",
+    "StartCharMetrics",
+    "StartComposites",
+    "StartDirection",
+    "StartFontMetrics",
+    "StartKernData",
+    "StartKernPairs",
+    "StartKernPairs0",
+    "StartKernPairs1",
+    "StartTrackKern",
+    "StdHW",
+    "StdVW",
+    "TrackKern",
+    "UnderlinePosition",
+    "UnderlineThickness",
+    "VV",
+    "VVector",
+    "Version",
+    "W",
+    "W0",
+    "W0X",
+    "W0Y",
+    "W1",
+    "W1X",
+    "W1Y",
+    "WX",
+    "WY",
+    "Weight",
+    "WeightVector",
+    "XHeight"
+  };
+
+
+  /*
+   * `afm_parser_read_vals' and `afm_parser_next_key' provide
+   * high-level operations to an AFM_Stream.  The rest of the
+   * parser functions should use them without accessing the
+   * AFM_Stream directly.
+   */
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Int )
+  afm_parser_read_vals( AFM_Parser  parser,
+                        AFM_Value   vals,
+                        FT_Int      n )
+  {
+    AFM_Stream  stream = parser->stream;
+    char*       str;
+    FT_Int      i;
+
+
+    if ( n > AFM_MAX_ARGUMENTS )
+      return 0;
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
+    {
+      FT_UInt    len;
+      AFM_Value  val = vals + i;
+
+
+      if ( val->type == AFM_VALUE_TYPE_STRING )
+        str = afm_stream_read_string( stream );
+      else
+        str = afm_stream_read_one( stream );
+
+      if ( !str )
+        break;
+
+      len = AFM_STREAM_KEY_LEN( stream, str );
+
+      switch ( val->type )
+      {
+      case AFM_VALUE_TYPE_STRING:
+      case AFM_VALUE_TYPE_NAME:
+        {
+          FT_Memory  memory = parser->memory;
+          FT_Error   error;
+
+
+          if ( !FT_QALLOC( val->u.s, len + 1 ) )
+          {
+            ft_memcpy( val->u.s, str, len );
+            val->u.s[len] = '\0';
+          }
+        }
+        break;
+
+      case AFM_VALUE_TYPE_FIXED:
+        val->u.f = PS_Conv_ToFixed( (FT_Byte**)(void*)&str,
+                                    (FT_Byte*)str + len, 0 );
+        break;
+
+      case AFM_VALUE_TYPE_INTEGER:
+        val->u.i = PS_Conv_ToInt( (FT_Byte**)(void*)&str,
+                                  (FT_Byte*)str + len );
+        break;
+
+      case AFM_VALUE_TYPE_BOOL:
+        val->u.b = FT_BOOL( len == 4                      &&
+                            !ft_strncmp( str, "true", 4 ) );
+        break;
+
+      case AFM_VALUE_TYPE_INDEX:
+        if ( parser->get_index )
+          val->u.i = parser->get_index( str, len, parser->user_data );
+        else
+          val->u.i = 0;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    return i;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( char* )
+  afm_parser_next_key( AFM_Parser  parser,
+                       FT_Bool     line,
+                       FT_UInt*    len )
+  {
+    AFM_Stream  stream = parser->stream;
+    char*       key    = 0;  /* make stupid compiler happy */
+
+
+    if ( line )
+    {
+      while ( 1 )
+      {
+        /* skip current line */
+        if ( !AFM_STATUS_EOL( stream ) )
+          afm_stream_read_string( stream );
+
+        stream->status = AFM_STREAM_STATUS_NORMAL;
+        key = afm_stream_read_one( stream );
+
+        /* skip empty line */
+        if ( !key                      &&
+             !AFM_STATUS_EOF( stream ) &&
+             AFM_STATUS_EOL( stream )  )
+          continue;
+
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      while ( 1 )
+      {
+        /* skip current column */
+        while ( !AFM_STATUS_EOC( stream ) )
+          afm_stream_read_one( stream );
+
+        stream->status = AFM_STREAM_STATUS_NORMAL;
+        key = afm_stream_read_one( stream );
+
+        /* skip empty column */
+        if ( !key                      &&
+             !AFM_STATUS_EOF( stream ) &&
+             AFM_STATUS_EOC( stream )  )
+          continue;
+
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if ( len )
+      *len = ( key ) ? AFM_STREAM_KEY_LEN( stream, key )
+                     : 0;
+
+    return key;
+  }
+
+
+  static AFM_Token
+  afm_tokenize( const char*  key,
+                FT_UInt      len )
+  {
+    int  n;
+
+
+    for ( n = 0; n < N_AFM_TOKENS; n++ )
+    {
+      if ( *( afm_key_table[n] ) == *key )
+      {
+        for ( ; n < N_AFM_TOKENS; n++ )
+        {
+          if ( *( afm_key_table[n] ) != *key )
+            return AFM_TOKEN_UNKNOWN;
+
+          if ( ft_strncmp( afm_key_table[n], key, len ) == 0 )
+            return (AFM_Token) n;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    return AFM_TOKEN_UNKNOWN;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  afm_parser_init( AFM_Parser  parser,
+                   FT_Memory   memory,
+                   FT_Byte*    base,
+                   FT_Byte*    limit )
+  {
+    AFM_Stream  stream;
+    FT_Error    error;
+
+
+    if ( FT_NEW( stream ) )
+      return error;
+
+    stream->cursor = stream->base = base;
+    stream->limit  = limit;
+
+    /* don't skip the first line during the first call */
+    stream->status = AFM_STREAM_STATUS_EOL;
+
+    parser->memory    = memory;
+    parser->stream    = stream;
+    parser->FontInfo  = NULL;
+    parser->get_index = NULL;
+
+    return PSaux_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  afm_parser_done( AFM_Parser  parser )
+  {
+    FT_Memory  memory = parser->memory;
+
+
+    FT_FREE( parser->stream );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  afm_parser_read_int( AFM_Parser  parser,
+                       FT_Int*     aint )
+  {
+    AFM_ValueRec  val;
+
+
+    val.type = AFM_VALUE_TYPE_INTEGER;
+
+    if ( afm_parser_read_vals( parser, &val, 1 ) == 1 )
+    {
+      *aint = val.u.i;
+
+      return PSaux_Err_Ok;
+    }
+    else
+      return PSaux_Err_Syntax_Error;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  afm_parse_track_kern( AFM_Parser  parser )
+  {
+    AFM_FontInfo   fi = parser->FontInfo;
+    AFM_TrackKern  tk;
+    char*          key;
+    FT_UInt        len;
+    int            n = -1;
+
+
+    if ( afm_parser_read_int( parser, &fi->NumTrackKern ) )
+        goto Fail;
+
+    if ( fi->NumTrackKern )
+    {
+      FT_Memory  memory = parser->memory;
+      FT_Error   error;
+
+
+      if ( FT_QNEW_ARRAY( fi->TrackKerns, fi->NumTrackKern ) )
+        return error;
+    }
+
+    while ( ( key = afm_parser_next_key( parser, 1, &len ) ) != 0 )
+    {
+      AFM_ValueRec  shared_vals[5];
+
+
+      switch ( afm_tokenize( key, len ) )
+      {
+      case AFM_TOKEN_TRACKKERN:
+        n++;
+
+        if ( n >= fi->NumTrackKern )
+          goto Fail;
+
+        tk = fi->TrackKerns + n;
+
+        shared_vals[0].type = AFM_VALUE_TYPE_INTEGER;
+        shared_vals[1].type = AFM_VALUE_TYPE_FIXED;
+        shared_vals[2].type = AFM_VALUE_TYPE_FIXED;
+        shared_vals[3].type = AFM_VALUE_TYPE_FIXED;
+        shared_vals[4].type = AFM_VALUE_TYPE_FIXED;
+        if ( afm_parser_read_vals( parser, shared_vals, 5 ) != 5 )
+          goto Fail;
+
+        tk->degree     = shared_vals[0].u.i;
+        tk->min_ptsize = shared_vals[1].u.f;
+        tk->min_kern   = shared_vals[2].u.f;
+        tk->max_ptsize = shared_vals[3].u.f;
+        tk->max_kern   = shared_vals[4].u.f;
+
+        /* is this correct? */
+        if ( tk->degree < 0 && tk->min_kern > 0 )
+          tk->min_kern = -tk->min_kern;
+        break;
+
+      case AFM_TOKEN_ENDTRACKKERN:
+      case AFM_TOKEN_ENDKERNDATA:
+      case AFM_TOKEN_ENDFONTMETRICS:
+        fi->NumTrackKern = n + 1;
+        return PSaux_Err_Ok;
+
+      case AFM_TOKEN_UNKNOWN:
+        break;
+
+      default:
+        goto Fail;
+      }
+    }
+
+  Fail:
+    return PSaux_Err_Syntax_Error;
+  }
+
+
+#undef  KERN_INDEX
+#define KERN_INDEX( g1, g2 )  ( ( (FT_ULong)g1 << 16 ) | g2 )
+
+
+  /* compare two kerning pairs */
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( int )
+  afm_compare_kern_pairs( const void*  a,
+                          const void*  b )
+  {
+    AFM_KernPair  kp1 = (AFM_KernPair)a;
+    AFM_KernPair  kp2 = (AFM_KernPair)b;
+
+    FT_ULong  index1 = KERN_INDEX( kp1->index1, kp1->index2 );
+    FT_ULong  index2 = KERN_INDEX( kp2->index1, kp2->index2 );
+
+
+    if ( index1 > index2 )
+      return 1;
+    else if ( index1 < index2 )
+      return -1;
+    else
+      return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  afm_parse_kern_pairs( AFM_Parser  parser )
+  {
+    AFM_FontInfo  fi = parser->FontInfo;
+    AFM_KernPair  kp;
+    char*         key;
+    FT_UInt       len;
+    int           n = -1;
+
+
+    if ( afm_parser_read_int( parser, &fi->NumKernPair ) )
+      goto Fail;
+
+    if ( fi->NumKernPair )
+    {
+      FT_Memory  memory = parser->memory;
+      FT_Error   error;
+
+
+      if ( FT_QNEW_ARRAY( fi->KernPairs, fi->NumKernPair ) )
+        return error;
+    }
+
+    while ( ( key = afm_parser_next_key( parser, 1, &len ) ) != 0 )
+    {
+      AFM_Token  token = afm_tokenize( key, len );
+
+
+      switch ( token )
+      {
+      case AFM_TOKEN_KP:
+      case AFM_TOKEN_KPX:
+      case AFM_TOKEN_KPY:
+        {
+          FT_Int        r;
+          AFM_ValueRec  shared_vals[4];
+
+
+          n++;
+
+          if ( n >= fi->NumKernPair )
+            goto Fail;
+
+          kp = fi->KernPairs + n;
+
+          shared_vals[0].type = AFM_VALUE_TYPE_INDEX;
+          shared_vals[1].type = AFM_VALUE_TYPE_INDEX;
+          shared_vals[2].type = AFM_VALUE_TYPE_INTEGER;
+          shared_vals[3].type = AFM_VALUE_TYPE_INTEGER;
+          r = afm_parser_read_vals( parser, shared_vals, 4 );
+          if ( r < 3 )
+            goto Fail;
+
+          kp->index1 = shared_vals[0].u.i;
+          kp->index2 = shared_vals[1].u.i;
+          if ( token == AFM_TOKEN_KPY )
+          {
+            kp->x = 0;
+            kp->y = shared_vals[2].u.i;
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            kp->x = shared_vals[2].u.i;
+            kp->y = ( token == AFM_TOKEN_KP && r == 4 )
+                      ? shared_vals[3].u.i : 0;
+          }
+        }
+        break;
+
+      case AFM_TOKEN_ENDKERNPAIRS:
+      case AFM_TOKEN_ENDKERNDATA:
+      case AFM_TOKEN_ENDFONTMETRICS:
+        fi->NumKernPair = n + 1;
+        ft_qsort( fi->KernPairs, fi->NumKernPair,
+                  sizeof( AFM_KernPairRec ),
+                  afm_compare_kern_pairs );
+        return PSaux_Err_Ok;
+
+      case AFM_TOKEN_UNKNOWN:
+        break;
+
+      default:
+        goto Fail;
+      }
+    }
+
+  Fail:
+    return PSaux_Err_Syntax_Error;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  afm_parse_kern_data( AFM_Parser  parser )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error;
+    char*     key;
+    FT_UInt   len;
+
+
+    while ( ( key = afm_parser_next_key( parser, 1, &len ) ) != 0 )
+    {
+      switch ( afm_tokenize( key, len ) )
+      {
+      case AFM_TOKEN_STARTTRACKKERN:
+        error = afm_parse_track_kern( parser );
+        if ( error )
+          return error;
+        break;
+
+      case AFM_TOKEN_STARTKERNPAIRS:
+      case AFM_TOKEN_STARTKERNPAIRS0:
+        error = afm_parse_kern_pairs( parser );
+        if ( error )
+          return error;
+        break;
+
+      case AFM_TOKEN_ENDKERNDATA:
+      case AFM_TOKEN_ENDFONTMETRICS:
+        return PSaux_Err_Ok;
+
+      case AFM_TOKEN_UNKNOWN:
+        break;
+
+      default:
+        goto Fail;
+      }
+    }
+
+  Fail:
+    return PSaux_Err_Syntax_Error;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  afm_parser_skip_section( AFM_Parser  parser,
+                           FT_UInt     n,
+                           AFM_Token   end_section )
+  {
+    char*    key;
+    FT_UInt  len;
+
+
+    while ( n-- > 0 )
+    {
+      key = afm_parser_next_key( parser, 1, NULL );
+      if ( !key )
+        goto Fail;
+    }
+
+    while ( ( key = afm_parser_next_key( parser, 1, &len ) ) != 0 )
+    {
+      AFM_Token  token = afm_tokenize( key, len );
+
+
+      if ( token == end_section || token == AFM_TOKEN_ENDFONTMETRICS )
+        return PSaux_Err_Ok;
+    }
+
+  Fail:
+    return PSaux_Err_Syntax_Error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  afm_parser_parse( AFM_Parser  parser )
+  {
+    FT_Memory     memory = parser->memory;
+    AFM_FontInfo  fi     = parser->FontInfo;
+    FT_Error      error  = PSaux_Err_Syntax_Error;
+    char*         key;
+    FT_UInt       len;
+    FT_Int        metrics_sets = 0;
+
+
+    if ( !fi )
+      return PSaux_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    key = afm_parser_next_key( parser, 1, &len );
+    if ( !key || len != 16                              ||
+         ft_strncmp( key, "StartFontMetrics", 16 ) != 0 )
+      return PSaux_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
+
+    while ( ( key = afm_parser_next_key( parser, 1, &len ) ) != 0 )
+    {
+      AFM_ValueRec  shared_vals[4];
+
+
+      switch ( afm_tokenize( key, len ) )
+      {
+      case AFM_TOKEN_METRICSSETS:
+        if ( afm_parser_read_int( parser, &metrics_sets ) )
+          goto Fail;
+
+        if ( metrics_sets != 0 && metrics_sets != 2 )
+        {
+          error = PSaux_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
+
+          goto Fail;
+        }
+        break;
+
+      case AFM_TOKEN_ISCIDFONT:
+        shared_vals[0].type = AFM_VALUE_TYPE_BOOL;
+        if ( afm_parser_read_vals( parser, shared_vals, 1 ) != 1 )
+          goto Fail;
+
+        fi->IsCIDFont = shared_vals[0].u.b;
+        break;
+
+      case AFM_TOKEN_FONTBBOX:
+        shared_vals[0].type = AFM_VALUE_TYPE_FIXED;
+        shared_vals[1].type = AFM_VALUE_TYPE_FIXED;
+        shared_vals[2].type = AFM_VALUE_TYPE_FIXED;
+        shared_vals[3].type = AFM_VALUE_TYPE_FIXED;
+        if ( afm_parser_read_vals( parser, shared_vals, 4 ) != 4 )
+          goto Fail;
+
+        fi->FontBBox.xMin = shared_vals[0].u.f;
+        fi->FontBBox.yMin = shared_vals[1].u.f;
+        fi->FontBBox.xMax = shared_vals[2].u.f;
+        fi->FontBBox.yMax = shared_vals[3].u.f;
+        break;
+
+      case AFM_TOKEN_ASCENDER:
+        shared_vals[0].type = AFM_VALUE_TYPE_FIXED;
+        if ( afm_parser_read_vals( parser, shared_vals, 1 ) != 1 )
+          goto Fail;
+
+        fi->Ascender = shared_vals[0].u.f;
+        break;
+
+      case AFM_TOKEN_DESCENDER:
+        shared_vals[0].type = AFM_VALUE_TYPE_FIXED;
+        if ( afm_parser_read_vals( parser, shared_vals, 1 ) != 1 )
+          goto Fail;
+
+        fi->Descender = shared_vals[0].u.f;
+        break;
+
+      case AFM_TOKEN_STARTCHARMETRICS:
+        {
+          FT_Int  n = 0;
+
+
+          if ( afm_parser_read_int( parser, &n ) )
+            goto Fail;
+
+          error = afm_parser_skip_section( parser, n,
+                                           AFM_TOKEN_ENDCHARMETRICS );
+          if ( error )
+            return error;
+        }
+        break;
+
+      case AFM_TOKEN_STARTKERNDATA:
+        error = afm_parse_kern_data( parser );
+        if ( error )
+          goto Fail;
+        /* fall through since we only support kern data */
+
+      case AFM_TOKEN_ENDFONTMETRICS:
+        return PSaux_Err_Ok;
+
+      default:
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+  Fail:
+    FT_FREE( fi->TrackKerns );
+    fi->NumTrackKern = 0;
+
+    FT_FREE( fi->KernPairs );
+    fi->NumKernPair = 0;
+
+    fi->IsCIDFont = 0;
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/afmparse.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/afmparse.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c2fce75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/afmparse.h
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  afmparse.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    AFM parser (specification).                                          */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2006 by                                                      */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __AFMPARSE_H__
+#define __AFMPARSE_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_AUX_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  afm_parser_init( AFM_Parser  parser,
+                   FT_Memory   memory,
+                   FT_Byte*    base,
+                   FT_Byte*    limit );
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  afm_parser_done( AFM_Parser  parser );
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  afm_parser_parse( AFM_Parser  parser );
+
+
+  enum  AFM_ValueType_
+  {
+    AFM_VALUE_TYPE_STRING,
+    AFM_VALUE_TYPE_NAME,
+    AFM_VALUE_TYPE_FIXED,   /* real number */
+    AFM_VALUE_TYPE_INTEGER,
+    AFM_VALUE_TYPE_BOOL,
+    AFM_VALUE_TYPE_INDEX    /* glyph index */
+  };
+
+
+  typedef struct  AFM_ValueRec_
+  {
+    enum AFM_ValueType_  type;
+    union {
+      char*     s;
+      FT_Fixed  f;
+      FT_Int    i;
+      FT_Bool   b;
+
+    } u;
+
+  } AFM_ValueRec, *AFM_Value;
+
+#define  AFM_MAX_ARGUMENTS  5
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Int )
+  afm_parser_read_vals( AFM_Parser  parser,
+                        AFM_Value   vals,
+                        FT_Int      n );
+
+  /* read the next key from the next line or column */
+  FT_LOCAL( char* )
+  afm_parser_next_key( AFM_Parser  parser,
+                       FT_Bool     line,
+                       FT_UInt*    len );
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __AFMPARSE_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/module.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/module.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..42bf6f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/module.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 PSaux module definition
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2006 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+FTMODULE_H_COMMANDS += PSAUX_MODULE
+
+define PSAUX_MODULE
+$(OPEN_DRIVER) FT_Module_Class, psaux_module_class $(CLOSE_DRIVER)
+$(ECHO_DRIVER)psaux     $(ECHO_DRIVER_DESC)Postscript Type 1 & Type 2 helper module$(ECHO_DRIVER_DONE)
+endef
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psaux.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psaux.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a4b9c5c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psaux.c
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  psaux.c                                                                */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType auxiliary PostScript driver component (body only).          */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2006 by                                     */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#define FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include "psobjs.c"
+#include "psauxmod.c"
+#include "t1decode.c"
+#include "t1cmap.c"
+
+#ifndef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_AFM
+#include "afmparse.c"
+#endif
+
+#include "psconv.c"
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psauxerr.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psauxerr.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d0baa3c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psauxerr.h
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  psauxerr.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    PS auxiliary module error codes (specification only).                */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2001 by                                                      */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This file is used to define the PS auxiliary module error enumeration */
+  /* constants.                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef __PSAUXERR_H__
+#define __PSAUXERR_H__
+
+#include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
+
+#undef __FTERRORS_H__
+
+#define FT_ERR_PREFIX  PSaux_Err_
+#define FT_ERR_BASE    FT_Mod_Err_PSaux
+
+#include FT_ERRORS_H
+
+#endif /* __PSAUXERR_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psauxmod.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psauxmod.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4c3579f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psauxmod.c
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  psauxmod.c                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType auxiliary PostScript module implementation (body).          */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2000-2001, 2002, 2003, 2006 by                               */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include "psauxmod.h"
+#include "psobjs.h"
+#include "t1decode.h"
+#include "t1cmap.h"
+
+#ifndef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_AFM
+#include "afmparse.h"
+#endif
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
+  const PS_Table_FuncsRec  ps_table_funcs =
+  {
+    ps_table_new,
+    ps_table_done,
+    ps_table_add,
+    ps_table_release
+  };
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
+  const PS_Parser_FuncsRec  ps_parser_funcs =
+  {
+    ps_parser_init,
+    ps_parser_done,
+    ps_parser_skip_spaces,
+    ps_parser_skip_PS_token,
+    ps_parser_to_int,
+    ps_parser_to_fixed,
+    ps_parser_to_bytes,
+    ps_parser_to_coord_array,
+    ps_parser_to_fixed_array,
+    ps_parser_to_token,
+    ps_parser_to_token_array,
+    ps_parser_load_field,
+    ps_parser_load_field_table
+  };
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
+  const T1_Builder_FuncsRec  t1_builder_funcs =
+  {
+    t1_builder_init,
+    t1_builder_done,
+    t1_builder_check_points,
+    t1_builder_add_point,
+    t1_builder_add_point1,
+    t1_builder_add_contour,
+    t1_builder_start_point,
+    t1_builder_close_contour
+  };
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
+  const T1_Decoder_FuncsRec  t1_decoder_funcs =
+  {
+    t1_decoder_init,
+    t1_decoder_done,
+    t1_decoder_parse_charstrings
+  };
+
+
+#ifndef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_AFM
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
+  const AFM_Parser_FuncsRec  afm_parser_funcs =
+  {
+    afm_parser_init,
+    afm_parser_done,
+    afm_parser_parse
+  };
+#endif
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
+  const T1_CMap_ClassesRec  t1_cmap_classes =
+  {
+    &t1_cmap_standard_class_rec,
+    &t1_cmap_expert_class_rec,
+    &t1_cmap_custom_class_rec,
+    &t1_cmap_unicode_class_rec
+  };
+
+
+  static
+  const PSAux_Interface  psaux_interface =
+  {
+    &ps_table_funcs,
+    &ps_parser_funcs,
+    &t1_builder_funcs,
+    &t1_decoder_funcs,
+    t1_decrypt,
+
+    (const T1_CMap_ClassesRec*) &t1_cmap_classes,
+
+#ifndef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_AFM
+    &afm_parser_funcs,
+#else
+    0,
+#endif
+  };
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
+  const FT_Module_Class  psaux_module_class =
+  {
+    0,
+    sizeof( FT_ModuleRec ),
+    "psaux",
+    0x20000L,
+    0x20000L,
+
+    &psaux_interface,  /* module-specific interface */
+
+    (FT_Module_Constructor)0,
+    (FT_Module_Destructor) 0,
+    (FT_Module_Requester)  0
+  };
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psauxmod.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psauxmod.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..92ac056
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psauxmod.h
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  psauxmod.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType auxiliary PostScript module implementation (specification). */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2000-2001 by                                                 */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __PSAUXMOD_H__
+#define __PSAUXMOD_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_MODULE_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  FT_EXPORT_VAR( const FT_Module_Class )  psaux_driver_class;
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __PSAUXMOD_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psconv.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psconv.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d824b59
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psconv.c
@@ -0,0 +1,474 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  psconv.c                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Some convenience conversions (body).                                 */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2006, 2008 by                                                */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_AUX_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+
+#include "psconv.h"
+#include "psobjs.h"
+#include "psauxerr.h"
+
+
+  /* The following array is used by various functions to quickly convert */
+  /* digits (both decimal and non-decimal) into numbers.                 */
+
+#if 'A' == 65
+  /* ASCII */
+
+  static const FT_Char  ft_char_table[128] =
+  {
+    /* 0x00 */
+    -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
+    -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
+    -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
+     0,  1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
+    -1, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24,
+    25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
+    -1, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24,
+    25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
+  };
+
+  /* no character >= 0x80 can represent a valid number */
+#define OP  >=
+
+#endif /* 'A' == 65 */
+
+#if 'A' == 193
+  /* EBCDIC */
+
+  static const FT_Char  ft_char_table[128] =
+  {
+    /* 0x80 */
+    -1, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
+    -1, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
+    -1, -1, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
+    -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
+    -1, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
+    -1, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
+    -1, -1, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
+     0,  1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
+  };
+
+  /* no character < 0x80 can represent a valid number */
+#define OP  <
+
+#endif /* 'A' == 193 */
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Int )
+  PS_Conv_Strtol( FT_Byte**  cursor,
+                  FT_Byte*   limit,
+                  FT_Int     base )
+  {
+    FT_Byte*  p = *cursor;
+    FT_Int    num = 0;
+    FT_Bool   sign = 0;
+
+
+    if ( p == limit || base < 2 || base > 36 )
+      return 0;
+
+    if ( *p == '-' || *p == '+' )
+    {
+      sign = FT_BOOL( *p == '-' );
+
+      p++;
+      if ( p == limit )
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+    for ( ; p < limit; p++ )
+    {
+      FT_Char  c;
+
+
+      if ( IS_PS_SPACE( *p ) || *p OP 0x80 )
+        break;
+
+      c = ft_char_table[*p & 0x7f];
+
+      if ( c < 0 || c >= base )
+        break;
+
+      num = num * base + c;
+    }
+
+    if ( sign )
+      num = -num;
+
+    *cursor = p;
+
+    return num;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Int )
+  PS_Conv_ToInt( FT_Byte**  cursor,
+                 FT_Byte*   limit )
+
+  {
+    FT_Byte*  p;
+    FT_Int    num;
+
+
+    num = PS_Conv_Strtol( cursor, limit, 10 );
+    p   = *cursor;
+
+    if ( p < limit && *p == '#' )
+    {
+      *cursor = p + 1;
+
+      return PS_Conv_Strtol( cursor, limit, num );
+    }
+    else
+      return num;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Fixed )
+  PS_Conv_ToFixed( FT_Byte**  cursor,
+                   FT_Byte*   limit,
+                   FT_Int     power_ten )
+  {
+    FT_Byte*  p = *cursor;
+    FT_Fixed  integral;
+    FT_Long   decimal = 0, divider = 1;
+    FT_Bool   sign = 0;
+
+
+    if ( p == limit )
+      return 0;
+
+    if ( *p == '-' || *p == '+' )
+    {
+      sign = FT_BOOL( *p == '-' );
+
+      p++;
+      if ( p == limit )
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+    if ( *p != '.' )
+      integral = PS_Conv_ToInt( &p, limit ) << 16;
+    else
+      integral = 0;
+
+    /* read the decimal part */
+    if ( p < limit && *p == '.' )
+    {
+      p++;
+
+      for ( ; p < limit; p++ )
+      {
+        FT_Char  c;
+
+
+        if ( IS_PS_SPACE( *p ) || *p OP 0x80 )
+          break;
+
+        c = ft_char_table[*p & 0x7f];
+
+        if ( c < 0 || c >= 10 )
+          break;
+
+        if ( !integral && power_ten > 0 )
+        {
+          power_ten--;
+          decimal = decimal * 10 + c;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          if ( divider < 10000000L )
+          {
+            decimal = decimal * 10 + c;
+            divider *= 10;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* read exponent, if any */
+    if ( p + 1 < limit && ( *p == 'e' || *p == 'E' ) )
+    {
+      p++;
+      power_ten += PS_Conv_ToInt( &p, limit );
+    }
+
+    while ( power_ten > 0 )
+    {
+      integral *= 10;
+      decimal  *= 10;
+      power_ten--;
+    }
+
+    while ( power_ten < 0 )
+    {
+      integral /= 10;
+      divider  *= 10;
+      power_ten++;
+    }
+
+    if ( decimal )
+      integral += FT_DivFix( decimal, divider );
+
+    if ( sign )
+      integral = -integral;
+
+    *cursor = p;
+
+    return integral;
+  }
+
+
+#if 0
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_UInt )
+  PS_Conv_StringDecode( FT_Byte**  cursor,
+                        FT_Byte*   limit,
+                        FT_Byte*   buffer,
+                        FT_UInt    n )
+  {
+    FT_Byte*  p;
+    FT_UInt   r = 0;
+
+
+    for ( p = *cursor; r < n && p < limit; p++ )
+    {
+      FT_Byte  b;
+
+
+      if ( *p != '\\' )
+      {
+        buffer[r++] = *p;
+
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      p++;
+
+      switch ( *p )
+      {
+      case 'n':
+        b = '\n';
+        break;
+      case 'r':
+        b = '\r';
+        break;
+      case 't':
+        b = '\t';
+        break;
+      case 'b':
+        b = '\b';
+        break;
+      case 'f':
+        b = '\f';
+        break;
+      case '\r':
+        p++;
+        if ( *p != '\n' )
+        {
+          b = *p;
+
+          break;
+        }
+        /* no break */
+      case '\n':
+        continue;
+        break;
+      default:
+        if ( IS_PS_DIGIT( *p ) )
+        {
+          b = *p - '0';
+
+          p++;
+
+          if ( IS_PS_DIGIT( *p ) )
+          {
+            b = b * 8 + *p - '0';
+
+            p++;
+
+            if ( IS_PS_DIGIT( *p ) )
+              b = b * 8 + *p - '0';
+            else
+            {
+              buffer[r++] = b;
+              b = *p;
+            }
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            buffer[r++] = b;
+            b = *p;
+          }
+        }
+        else
+          b = *p;
+        break;
+      }
+
+      buffer[r++] = b;
+    }
+
+    *cursor = p;
+
+    return r;
+  }
+#endif /* 0 */
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_UInt )
+  PS_Conv_ASCIIHexDecode( FT_Byte**  cursor,
+                          FT_Byte*   limit,
+                          FT_Byte*   buffer,
+                          FT_UInt    n )
+  {
+    FT_Byte*  p;
+    FT_UInt   r   = 0;
+    FT_UInt   w   = 0;
+    FT_UInt   pad = 0x01;
+
+
+    n *= 2;
+
+#if 1
+
+    p  = *cursor;
+    if ( n > (FT_UInt)( limit - p ) )
+      n = (FT_UInt)( limit - p );
+
+    /* we try to process two nibbles at a time to be as fast as possible */
+    for ( ; r < n; r++ )
+    {
+      FT_UInt  c = p[r];
+
+
+      if ( IS_PS_SPACE( c ) )
+        continue;
+
+      if ( c OP 0x80 )
+        break;
+
+      c = ft_char_table[c & 0x7F];
+      if ( (unsigned)c >= 16 )
+        break;
+
+      pad = ( pad << 4 ) | c;
+      if ( pad & 0x100 )
+      {
+        buffer[w++] = (FT_Byte)pad;
+        pad         = 0x01;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if ( pad != 0x01 )
+      buffer[w++] = (FT_Byte)( pad << 4 );
+
+    *cursor = p + r;
+
+    return w;
+
+#else /* 0 */
+
+    for ( r = 0; r < n; r++ )
+    {
+      FT_Char  c;
+
+
+      if ( IS_PS_SPACE( *p ) )
+        continue;
+
+      if ( *p OP 0x80 )
+        break;
+
+      c = ft_char_table[*p & 0x7f];
+
+      if ( (unsigned)c >= 16 )
+        break;
+
+      if ( r & 1 )
+      {
+        *buffer = (FT_Byte)(*buffer + c);
+        buffer++;
+      }
+      else
+        *buffer = (FT_Byte)(c << 4);
+
+      r++;
+    }
+
+    *cursor = p;
+
+    return ( r + 1 ) / 2;
+
+#endif /* 0 */
+
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_UInt )
+  PS_Conv_EexecDecode( FT_Byte**   cursor,
+                       FT_Byte*    limit,
+                       FT_Byte*    buffer,
+                       FT_UInt     n,
+                       FT_UShort*  seed )
+  {
+    FT_Byte*  p;
+    FT_UInt   r;
+    FT_UInt   s = *seed;
+
+
+#if 1
+
+    p = *cursor;
+    if ( n > (FT_UInt)(limit - p) )
+      n = (FT_UInt)(limit - p);
+
+    for ( r = 0; r < n; r++ )
+    {
+      FT_UInt  val = p[r];
+      FT_UInt  b   = ( val ^ ( s >> 8 ) );
+
+
+      s         = ( (val + s)*52845U + 22719 ) & 0xFFFFU;
+      buffer[r] = (FT_Byte) b;
+    }
+
+    *cursor = p + n;
+    *seed   = (FT_UShort)s;
+
+#else /* 0 */
+
+    for ( r = 0, p = *cursor; r < n && p < limit; r++, p++ )
+    {
+      FT_Byte  b = (FT_Byte)( *p ^ ( s >> 8 ) );
+
+
+      s = (FT_UShort)( ( *p + s ) * 52845U + 22719 );
+      *buffer++ = b;
+    }
+    *cursor = p;
+    *seed   = s;
+
+#endif /* 0 */
+
+    return r;
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psconv.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psconv.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e511241
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psconv.h
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  psconv.h                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Some convenience conversions (specification).                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2006 by                                                      */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __PSCONV_H__
+#define __PSCONV_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_AUX_H
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Int )
+  PS_Conv_Strtol( FT_Byte**  cursor,
+                  FT_Byte*   limit,
+                  FT_Int     base );
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Int )
+  PS_Conv_ToInt( FT_Byte**  cursor,
+                 FT_Byte*   limit );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Fixed )
+  PS_Conv_ToFixed( FT_Byte**  cursor,
+                   FT_Byte*   limit,
+                   FT_Int     power_ten );
+
+#if 0
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_UInt )
+  PS_Conv_StringDecode( FT_Byte**  cursor,
+                        FT_Byte*   limit,
+                        FT_Byte*   buffer,
+                        FT_UInt    n );
+#endif
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_UInt )
+  PS_Conv_ASCIIHexDecode( FT_Byte**  cursor,
+                          FT_Byte*   limit,
+                          FT_Byte*   buffer,
+                          FT_UInt    n );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_UInt )
+  PS_Conv_EexecDecode( FT_Byte**   cursor,
+                       FT_Byte*    limit,
+                       FT_Byte*    buffer,
+                       FT_UInt     n,
+                       FT_UShort*  seed );
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __PSCONV_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psobjs.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psobjs.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..52e30a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psobjs.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1706 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  psobjs.c                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Auxiliary functions for PostScript fonts (body).                     */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 by */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_AUX_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+
+#include "psobjs.h"
+#include "psconv.h"
+
+#include "psauxerr.h"
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_psobjs
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                             PS_TABLE                          *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    ps_table_new                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Initializes a PS_Table.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    table  :: The address of the target table.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    count  :: The table size = the maximum number of elements.         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    memory :: The memory object to use for all subsequent              */
+  /*              reallocations.                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  ps_table_new( PS_Table   table,
+                FT_Int     count,
+                FT_Memory  memory )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error;
+
+
+    table->memory = memory;
+    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( table->elements, count ) ||
+         FT_NEW_ARRAY( table->lengths,  count ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    table->max_elems = count;
+    table->init      = 0xDEADBEEFUL;
+    table->num_elems = 0;
+    table->block     = 0;
+    table->capacity  = 0;
+    table->cursor    = 0;
+
+    *(PS_Table_FuncsRec*)&table->funcs = ps_table_funcs;
+
+  Exit:
+    if ( error )
+      FT_FREE( table->elements );
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  shift_elements( PS_Table  table,
+                  FT_Byte*  old_base )
+  {
+    FT_PtrDist  delta  = table->block - old_base;
+    FT_Byte**   offset = table->elements;
+    FT_Byte**   limit  = offset + table->max_elems;
+
+
+    for ( ; offset < limit; offset++ )
+    {
+      if ( offset[0] )
+        offset[0] += delta;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  reallocate_t1_table( PS_Table  table,
+                       FT_Long   new_size )
+  {
+    FT_Memory  memory   = table->memory;
+    FT_Byte*   old_base = table->block;
+    FT_Error   error;
+
+
+    /* allocate new base block */
+    if ( FT_ALLOC( table->block, new_size ) )
+    {
+      table->block = old_base;
+      return error;
+    }
+
+    /* copy elements and shift offsets */
+    if ( old_base )
+    {
+      FT_MEM_COPY( table->block, old_base, table->capacity );
+      shift_elements( table, old_base );
+      FT_FREE( old_base );
+    }
+
+    table->capacity = new_size;
+
+    return PSaux_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    ps_table_add                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Adds an object to a PS_Table, possibly growing its memory block.   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    table  :: The target table.                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    idx    :: The index of the object in the table.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    object :: The address of the object to copy in memory.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    length :: The length in bytes of the source object.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.  An error is returned if a  */
+  /*    reallocation fails.                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  ps_table_add( PS_Table    table,
+                FT_Int      idx,
+                void*       object,
+                FT_PtrDist  length )
+  {
+    if ( idx < 0 || idx >= table->max_elems )
+    {
+      FT_ERROR(( "ps_table_add: invalid index\n" ));
+      return PSaux_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+    }
+
+    if ( length < 0 )
+    {
+      FT_ERROR(( "ps_table_add: invalid length\n" ));
+      return PSaux_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+    }
+
+    /* grow the base block if needed */
+    if ( table->cursor + length > table->capacity )
+    {
+      FT_Error   error;
+      FT_Offset  new_size = table->capacity;
+      FT_Long    in_offset;
+
+
+      in_offset = (FT_Long)((FT_Byte*)object - table->block);
+      if ( (FT_ULong)in_offset >= table->capacity )
+        in_offset = -1;
+
+      while ( new_size < table->cursor + length )
+      {
+        /* increase size by 25% and round up to the nearest multiple
+           of 1024 */
+        new_size += ( new_size >> 2 ) + 1;
+        new_size  = FT_PAD_CEIL( new_size, 1024 );
+      }
+
+      error = reallocate_t1_table( table, new_size );
+      if ( error )
+        return error;
+
+      if ( in_offset >= 0 )
+        object = table->block + in_offset;
+    }
+
+    /* add the object to the base block and adjust offset */
+    table->elements[idx] = table->block + table->cursor;
+    table->lengths [idx] = length;
+    FT_MEM_COPY( table->block + table->cursor, object, length );
+
+    table->cursor += length;
+    return PSaux_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    ps_table_done                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Finalizes a PS_TableRec (i.e., reallocate it to its current        */
+  /*    cursor).                                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    table :: The target table.                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    This function does NOT release the heap's memory block.  It is up  */
+  /*    to the caller to clean it, or reference it in its own structures.  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  ps_table_done( PS_Table  table )
+  {
+    FT_Memory  memory = table->memory;
+    FT_Error   error;
+    FT_Byte*   old_base = table->block;
+
+
+    /* should never fail, because rec.cursor <= rec.size */
+    if ( !old_base )
+      return;
+
+    if ( FT_ALLOC( table->block, table->cursor ) )
+      return;
+    FT_MEM_COPY( table->block, old_base, table->cursor );
+    shift_elements( table, old_base );
+
+    table->capacity = table->cursor;
+    FT_FREE( old_base );
+
+    FT_UNUSED( error );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  ps_table_release( PS_Table  table )
+  {
+    FT_Memory  memory = table->memory;
+
+
+    if ( (FT_ULong)table->init == 0xDEADBEEFUL )
+    {
+      FT_FREE( table->block );
+      FT_FREE( table->elements );
+      FT_FREE( table->lengths );
+      table->init = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                            T1 PARSER                          *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /* first character must be already part of the comment */
+
+  static void
+  skip_comment( FT_Byte*  *acur,
+                FT_Byte*   limit )
+  {
+    FT_Byte*  cur = *acur;
+
+
+    while ( cur < limit )
+    {
+      if ( IS_PS_NEWLINE( *cur ) )
+        break;
+      cur++;
+    }
+
+    *acur = cur;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  skip_spaces( FT_Byte*  *acur,
+               FT_Byte*   limit )
+  {
+    FT_Byte*  cur = *acur;
+
+
+    while ( cur < limit )
+    {
+      if ( !IS_PS_SPACE( *cur ) )
+      {
+        if ( *cur == '%' )
+          /* According to the PLRM, a comment is equal to a space. */
+          skip_comment( &cur, limit );
+        else
+          break;
+      }
+      cur++;
+    }
+
+    *acur = cur;
+  }
+
+
+#define IS_OCTAL_DIGIT( c ) ( '0' <= (c) && (c) <= '7' )
+
+
+  /* first character must be `(';                               */
+  /* *acur is positioned at the character after the closing `)' */
+
+  static FT_Error
+  skip_literal_string( FT_Byte*  *acur,
+                       FT_Byte*   limit )
+  {
+    FT_Byte*      cur   = *acur;
+    FT_Int        embed = 0;
+    FT_Error      error = PSaux_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+    unsigned int  i;
+
+
+    while ( cur < limit )
+    {
+      FT_Byte  c = *cur;
+
+
+      ++cur;
+
+      if ( c == '\\' )
+      {
+        /* Red Book 3rd ed., section `Literal Text Strings', p. 29:     */
+        /* A backslash can introduce three different types              */
+        /* of escape sequences:                                         */
+        /*   - a special escaped char like \r, \n, etc.                 */
+        /*   - a one-, two-, or three-digit octal number                */
+        /*   - none of the above in which case the backslash is ignored */
+
+        if ( cur == limit )
+          /* error (or to be ignored?) */
+          break;
+
+        switch ( *cur )
+        {
+          /* skip `special' escape */
+        case 'n':
+        case 'r':
+        case 't':
+        case 'b':
+        case 'f':
+        case '\\':
+        case '(':
+        case ')':
+          ++cur;
+          break;
+
+        default:
+          /* skip octal escape or ignore backslash */
+          for ( i = 0; i < 3 && cur < limit; ++i )
+          {
+            if ( !IS_OCTAL_DIGIT( *cur ) )
+              break;
+
+            ++cur;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      else if ( c == '(' )
+        embed++;
+      else if ( c == ')' )
+      {
+        embed--;
+        if ( embed == 0 )
+        {
+          error = PSaux_Err_Ok;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    *acur = cur;
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* first character must be `<' */
+
+  static FT_Error
+  skip_string( FT_Byte*  *acur,
+               FT_Byte*   limit )
+  {
+    FT_Byte*  cur = *acur;
+    FT_Error  err =  PSaux_Err_Ok;
+
+
+    while ( ++cur < limit )
+    {
+      /* All whitespace characters are ignored. */
+      skip_spaces( &cur, limit );
+      if ( cur >= limit )
+        break;
+
+      if ( !IS_PS_XDIGIT( *cur ) )
+        break;
+    }
+
+    if ( cur < limit && *cur != '>' )
+    {
+      FT_ERROR(( "skip_string: missing closing delimiter `>'\n" ));
+      err = PSaux_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+    }
+    else
+      cur++;
+
+    *acur = cur;
+    return err;
+  }
+
+
+  /* first character must be the opening brace that */
+  /* starts the procedure                           */
+
+  /* NB: [ and ] need not match:                    */
+  /* `/foo {[} def' is a valid PostScript fragment, */
+  /* even within a Type1 font                       */
+
+  static FT_Error
+  skip_procedure( FT_Byte*  *acur,
+                  FT_Byte*   limit )
+  {
+    FT_Byte*  cur;
+    FT_Int    embed = 0;
+    FT_Error  error = PSaux_Err_Ok;
+
+
+    FT_ASSERT( **acur == '{' );
+
+    for ( cur = *acur; cur < limit && error == PSaux_Err_Ok; ++cur )
+    {
+      switch ( *cur )
+      {
+      case '{':
+        ++embed;
+        break;
+
+      case '}':
+        --embed;
+        if ( embed == 0 )
+        {
+          ++cur;
+          goto end;
+        }
+        break;
+
+      case '(':
+        error = skip_literal_string( &cur, limit );
+        break;
+
+      case '<':
+        error = skip_string( &cur, limit );
+        break;
+
+      case '%':
+        skip_comment( &cur, limit );
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+  end:
+    if ( embed != 0 )
+      error = PSaux_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+
+    *acur = cur;
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /***********************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                     */
+  /* All exported parsing routines handle leading whitespace and stop at */
+  /* the first character which isn't part of the just handled token.     */
+  /*                                                                     */
+  /***********************************************************************/
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  ps_parser_skip_PS_token( PS_Parser  parser )
+  {
+    /* Note: PostScript allows any non-delimiting, non-whitespace        */
+    /*       character in a name (PS Ref Manual, 3rd ed, p31).           */
+    /*       PostScript delimiters are (, ), <, >, [, ], {, }, /, and %. */
+
+    FT_Byte*  cur   = parser->cursor;
+    FT_Byte*  limit = parser->limit;
+    FT_Error  error = PSaux_Err_Ok;
+
+
+    skip_spaces( &cur, limit );             /* this also skips comments */
+    if ( cur >= limit )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* self-delimiting, single-character tokens */
+    if ( *cur == '[' || *cur == ']' )
+    {
+      cur++;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* skip balanced expressions (procedures and strings) */
+
+    if ( *cur == '{' )                              /* {...} */
+    {
+      error = skip_procedure( &cur, limit );
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    if ( *cur == '(' )                              /* (...) */
+    {
+      error = skip_literal_string( &cur, limit );
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    if ( *cur == '<' )                              /* <...> */
+    {
+      if ( cur + 1 < limit && *(cur + 1) == '<' )   /* << */
+      {
+        cur++;
+        cur++;
+      }
+      else
+        error = skip_string( &cur, limit );
+
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    if ( *cur == '>' )
+    {
+      cur++;
+      if ( cur >= limit || *cur != '>' )             /* >> */
+      {
+        FT_ERROR(( "ps_parser_skip_PS_token: "
+                   "unexpected closing delimiter `>'\n" ));
+        error = PSaux_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+      cur++;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    if ( *cur == '/' )
+      cur++;
+
+    /* anything else */
+    while ( cur < limit )
+    {
+      /* *cur might be invalid (e.g., ')' or '}'), but this   */
+      /* is handled by the test `cur == parser->cursor' below */
+      if ( IS_PS_DELIM( *cur ) )
+        break;
+
+      cur++;
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    if ( cur == parser->cursor )
+    {
+      FT_ERROR(( "ps_parser_skip_PS_token: "
+                 "current token is `%c', which is self-delimiting "
+                 "but invalid at this point\n",
+                 *cur ));
+
+      error = PSaux_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+    }
+
+    parser->error  = error;
+    parser->cursor = cur;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  ps_parser_skip_spaces( PS_Parser  parser )
+  {
+    skip_spaces( &parser->cursor, parser->limit );
+  }
+
+
+  /* `token' here means either something between balanced delimiters */
+  /* or the next token; the delimiters are not removed.              */
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  ps_parser_to_token( PS_Parser  parser,
+                      T1_Token   token )
+  {
+    FT_Byte*  cur;
+    FT_Byte*  limit;
+    FT_Int    embed;
+
+
+    token->type  = T1_TOKEN_TYPE_NONE;
+    token->start = 0;
+    token->limit = 0;
+
+    /* first of all, skip leading whitespace */
+    ps_parser_skip_spaces( parser );
+
+    cur   = parser->cursor;
+    limit = parser->limit;
+
+    if ( cur >= limit )
+      return;
+
+    switch ( *cur )
+    {
+      /************* check for literal string *****************/
+    case '(':
+      token->type  = T1_TOKEN_TYPE_STRING;
+      token->start = cur;
+
+      if ( skip_literal_string( &cur, limit ) == PSaux_Err_Ok )
+        token->limit = cur;
+      break;
+
+      /************* check for programs/array *****************/
+    case '{':
+      token->type  = T1_TOKEN_TYPE_ARRAY;
+      token->start = cur;
+
+      if ( skip_procedure( &cur, limit ) == PSaux_Err_Ok )
+        token->limit = cur;
+      break;
+
+      /************* check for table/array ********************/
+      /* XXX: in theory we should also look for "<<"          */
+      /*      since this is semantically equivalent to "[";   */
+      /*      in practice it doesn't matter (?)               */
+    case '[':
+      token->type  = T1_TOKEN_TYPE_ARRAY;
+      embed        = 1;
+      token->start = cur++;
+
+      /* we need this to catch `[ ]' */
+      parser->cursor = cur;
+      ps_parser_skip_spaces( parser );
+      cur = parser->cursor;
+
+      while ( cur < limit && !parser->error )
+      {
+        /* XXX: this is wrong because it does not      */
+        /*      skip comments, procedures, and strings */
+        if ( *cur == '[' )
+          embed++;
+        else if ( *cur == ']' )
+        {
+          embed--;
+          if ( embed <= 0 )
+          {
+            token->limit = ++cur;
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+
+        parser->cursor = cur;
+        ps_parser_skip_PS_token( parser );
+        /* we need this to catch `[XXX ]' */
+        ps_parser_skip_spaces  ( parser );
+        cur = parser->cursor;
+      }
+      break;
+
+      /* ************ otherwise, it is any token **************/
+    default:
+      token->start = cur;
+      token->type  = ( *cur == '/' ? T1_TOKEN_TYPE_KEY : T1_TOKEN_TYPE_ANY );
+      ps_parser_skip_PS_token( parser );
+      cur = parser->cursor;
+      if ( !parser->error )
+        token->limit = cur;
+    }
+
+    if ( !token->limit )
+    {
+      token->start = 0;
+      token->type  = T1_TOKEN_TYPE_NONE;
+    }
+
+    parser->cursor = cur;
+  }
+
+
+  /* NB: `tokens' can be NULL if we only want to count */
+  /* the number of array elements                      */
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  ps_parser_to_token_array( PS_Parser  parser,
+                            T1_Token   tokens,
+                            FT_UInt    max_tokens,
+                            FT_Int*    pnum_tokens )
+  {
+    T1_TokenRec  master;
+
+
+    *pnum_tokens = -1;
+
+    /* this also handles leading whitespace */
+    ps_parser_to_token( parser, &master );
+
+    if ( master.type == T1_TOKEN_TYPE_ARRAY )
+    {
+      FT_Byte*  old_cursor = parser->cursor;
+      FT_Byte*  old_limit  = parser->limit;
+      T1_Token  cur        = tokens;
+      T1_Token  limit      = cur + max_tokens;
+
+
+      /* don't include outermost delimiters */
+      parser->cursor = master.start + 1;
+      parser->limit  = master.limit - 1;
+
+      while ( parser->cursor < parser->limit )
+      {
+        T1_TokenRec  token;
+
+
+        ps_parser_to_token( parser, &token );
+        if ( !token.type )
+          break;
+
+        if ( tokens != NULL && cur < limit )
+          *cur = token;
+
+        cur++;
+      }
+
+      *pnum_tokens = (FT_Int)( cur - tokens );
+
+      parser->cursor = old_cursor;
+      parser->limit  = old_limit;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /* first character must be a delimiter or a part of a number */
+  /* NB: `coords' can be NULL if we just want to skip the      */
+  /*     array; in this case we ignore `max_coords'            */
+
+  static FT_Int
+  ps_tocoordarray( FT_Byte*  *acur,
+                   FT_Byte*   limit,
+                   FT_Int     max_coords,
+                   FT_Short*  coords )
+  {
+    FT_Byte*  cur   = *acur;
+    FT_Int    count = 0;
+    FT_Byte   c, ender;
+
+
+    if ( cur >= limit )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* check for the beginning of an array; otherwise, only one number */
+    /* will be read                                                    */
+    c     = *cur;
+    ender = 0;
+
+    if ( c == '[' )
+      ender = ']';
+    else if ( c == '{' )
+      ender = '}';
+
+    if ( ender )
+      cur++;
+
+    /* now, read the coordinates */
+    while ( cur < limit )
+    {
+      FT_Short  dummy;
+      FT_Byte*  old_cur;
+
+
+      /* skip whitespace in front of data */
+      skip_spaces( &cur, limit );
+      if ( cur >= limit )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      if ( *cur == ender )
+      {
+        cur++;
+        break;
+      }
+
+      old_cur = cur;
+
+      if ( coords != NULL && count >= max_coords )
+        break;
+
+      /* call PS_Conv_ToFixed() even if coords == NULL */
+      /* to properly parse number at `cur'             */
+      *( coords != NULL ? &coords[count] : &dummy ) =
+        (FT_Short)( PS_Conv_ToFixed( &cur, limit, 0 ) >> 16 );
+
+      if ( old_cur == cur )
+      {
+        count = -1;
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+      else
+        count++;
+
+      if ( !ender )
+        break;
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    *acur = cur;
+    return count;
+  }
+
+
+  /* first character must be a delimiter or a part of a number */
+  /* NB: `values' can be NULL if we just want to skip the      */
+  /*     array; in this case we ignore `max_values'            */
+
+  static FT_Int
+  ps_tofixedarray( FT_Byte*  *acur,
+                   FT_Byte*   limit,
+                   FT_Int     max_values,
+                   FT_Fixed*  values,
+                   FT_Int     power_ten )
+  {
+    FT_Byte*  cur   = *acur;
+    FT_Int    count = 0;
+    FT_Byte   c, ender;
+
+
+    if ( cur >= limit )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* Check for the beginning of an array.  Otherwise, only one number */
+    /* will be read.                                                    */
+    c     = *cur;
+    ender = 0;
+
+    if ( c == '[' )
+      ender = ']';
+    else if ( c == '{' )
+      ender = '}';
+
+    if ( ender )
+      cur++;
+
+    /* now, read the values */
+    while ( cur < limit )
+    {
+      FT_Fixed  dummy;
+      FT_Byte*  old_cur;
+
+
+      /* skip whitespace in front of data */
+      skip_spaces( &cur, limit );
+      if ( cur >= limit )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      if ( *cur == ender )
+      {
+        cur++;
+        break;
+      }
+
+      old_cur = cur;
+
+      if ( values != NULL && count >= max_values )
+        break;
+
+      /* call PS_Conv_ToFixed() even if coords == NULL */
+      /* to properly parse number at `cur'             */
+      *( values != NULL ? &values[count] : &dummy ) =
+        PS_Conv_ToFixed( &cur, limit, power_ten );
+
+      if ( old_cur == cur )
+      {
+        count = -1;
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+      else
+        count++;
+
+      if ( !ender )
+        break;
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    *acur = cur;
+    return count;
+  }
+
+
+#if 0
+
+  static FT_String*
+  ps_tostring( FT_Byte**  cursor,
+               FT_Byte*   limit,
+               FT_Memory  memory )
+  {
+    FT_Byte*    cur = *cursor;
+    FT_PtrDist  len = 0;
+    FT_Int      count;
+    FT_String*  result;
+    FT_Error    error;
+
+
+    /* XXX: some stupid fonts have a `Notice' or `Copyright' string     */
+    /*      that simply doesn't begin with an opening parenthesis, even */
+    /*      though they have a closing one!  E.g. "amuncial.pfb"        */
+    /*                                                                  */
+    /*      We must deal with these ill-fated cases there.  Note that   */
+    /*      these fonts didn't work with the old Type 1 driver as the   */
+    /*      notice/copyright was not recognized as a valid string token */
+    /*      and made the old token parser commit errors.                */
+
+    while ( cur < limit && ( *cur == ' ' || *cur == '\t' ) )
+      cur++;
+    if ( cur + 1 >= limit )
+      return 0;
+
+    if ( *cur == '(' )
+      cur++;  /* skip the opening parenthesis, if there is one */
+
+    *cursor = cur;
+    count   = 0;
+
+    /* then, count its length */
+    for ( ; cur < limit; cur++ )
+    {
+      if ( *cur == '(' )
+        count++;
+
+      else if ( *cur == ')' )
+      {
+        count--;
+        if ( count < 0 )
+          break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    len = cur - *cursor;
+    if ( cur >= limit || FT_ALLOC( result, len + 1 ) )
+      return 0;
+
+    /* now copy the string */
+    FT_MEM_COPY( result, *cursor, len );
+    result[len] = '\0';
+    *cursor = cur;
+    return result;
+  }
+
+#endif /* 0 */
+
+
+  static int
+  ps_tobool( FT_Byte*  *acur,
+             FT_Byte*   limit )
+  {
+    FT_Byte*  cur    = *acur;
+    FT_Bool   result = 0;
+
+
+    /* return 1 if we find `true', 0 otherwise */
+    if ( cur + 3 < limit &&
+         cur[0] == 't'   &&
+         cur[1] == 'r'   &&
+         cur[2] == 'u'   &&
+         cur[3] == 'e'   )
+    {
+      result = 1;
+      cur   += 5;
+    }
+    else if ( cur + 4 < limit &&
+              cur[0] == 'f'   &&
+              cur[1] == 'a'   &&
+              cur[2] == 'l'   &&
+              cur[3] == 's'   &&
+              cur[4] == 'e'   )
+    {
+      result = 0;
+      cur   += 6;
+    }
+
+    *acur = cur;
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+  /* load a simple field (i.e. non-table) into the current list of objects */
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  ps_parser_load_field( PS_Parser       parser,
+                        const T1_Field  field,
+                        void**          objects,
+                        FT_UInt         max_objects,
+                        FT_ULong*       pflags )
+  {
+    T1_TokenRec  token;
+    FT_Byte*     cur;
+    FT_Byte*     limit;
+    FT_UInt      count;
+    FT_UInt      idx;
+    FT_Error     error;
+
+
+    /* this also skips leading whitespace */
+    ps_parser_to_token( parser, &token );
+    if ( !token.type )
+      goto Fail;
+
+    count = 1;
+    idx   = 0;
+    cur   = token.start;
+    limit = token.limit;
+
+    /* we must detect arrays in /FontBBox */
+    if ( field->type == T1_FIELD_TYPE_BBOX )
+    {
+      T1_TokenRec  token2;
+      FT_Byte*     old_cur   = parser->cursor;
+      FT_Byte*     old_limit = parser->limit;
+
+
+      /* don't include delimiters */
+      parser->cursor = token.start + 1;
+      parser->limit  = token.limit - 1;
+
+      ps_parser_to_token( parser, &token2 );
+      parser->cursor = old_cur;
+      parser->limit  = old_limit;
+
+      if ( token2.type == T1_TOKEN_TYPE_ARRAY )
+        goto FieldArray;
+    }
+    else if ( token.type == T1_TOKEN_TYPE_ARRAY )
+    {
+    FieldArray:
+      /* if this is an array and we have no blend, an error occurs */
+      if ( max_objects == 0 )
+        goto Fail;
+
+      count = max_objects;
+      idx   = 1;
+
+      /* don't include delimiters */
+      cur++;
+      limit--;
+    }
+
+    for ( ; count > 0; count--, idx++ )
+    {
+      FT_Byte*    q = (FT_Byte*)objects[idx] + field->offset;
+      FT_Long     val;
+      FT_String*  string;
+
+
+      skip_spaces( &cur, limit );
+
+      switch ( field->type )
+      {
+      case T1_FIELD_TYPE_BOOL:
+        val = ps_tobool( &cur, limit );
+        goto Store_Integer;
+
+      case T1_FIELD_TYPE_FIXED:
+        val = PS_Conv_ToFixed( &cur, limit, 0 );
+        goto Store_Integer;
+
+      case T1_FIELD_TYPE_FIXED_1000:
+        val = PS_Conv_ToFixed( &cur, limit, 3 );
+        goto Store_Integer;
+
+      case T1_FIELD_TYPE_INTEGER:
+        val = PS_Conv_ToInt( &cur, limit );
+        /* fall through */
+
+      Store_Integer:
+        switch ( field->size )
+        {
+        case (8 / FT_CHAR_BIT):
+          *(FT_Byte*)q = (FT_Byte)val;
+          break;
+
+        case (16 / FT_CHAR_BIT):
+          *(FT_UShort*)q = (FT_UShort)val;
+          break;
+
+        case (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT):
+          *(FT_UInt32*)q = (FT_UInt32)val;
+          break;
+
+        default:                /* for 64-bit systems */
+          *(FT_Long*)q = val;
+        }
+        break;
+
+      case T1_FIELD_TYPE_STRING:
+      case T1_FIELD_TYPE_KEY:
+        {
+          FT_Memory  memory = parser->memory;
+          FT_UInt    len    = (FT_UInt)( limit - cur );
+
+
+          if ( cur >= limit )
+            break;
+
+          /* we allow both a string or a name   */
+          /* for cases like /FontName (foo) def */
+          if ( token.type == T1_TOKEN_TYPE_KEY )
+          {
+            /* don't include leading `/' */
+            len--;
+            cur++;
+          }
+          else if ( token.type == T1_TOKEN_TYPE_STRING )
+          {
+            /* don't include delimiting parentheses    */
+            /* XXX we don't handle <<...>> here        */
+            /* XXX should we convert octal escapes?    */
+            /*     if so, what encoding should we use? */
+            cur++;
+            len -= 2;
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            FT_ERROR(( "ps_parser_load_field: expected a name or string "
+                       "but found token of type %d instead\n",
+                       token.type ));
+            error = PSaux_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+            goto Exit;
+          }
+
+          /* for this to work (FT_String**)q must have been */
+          /* initialized to NULL                            */
+          if ( *(FT_String**)q != NULL )
+          {
+            FT_TRACE0(( "ps_parser_load_field: overwriting field %s\n",
+                        field->ident ));
+            FT_FREE( *(FT_String**)q );
+            *(FT_String**)q = NULL;
+          }
+
+          if ( FT_ALLOC( string, len + 1 ) )
+            goto Exit;
+
+          FT_MEM_COPY( string, cur, len );
+          string[len] = 0;
+
+          *(FT_String**)q = string;
+        }
+        break;
+
+      case T1_FIELD_TYPE_BBOX:
+        {
+          FT_Fixed  temp[4];
+          FT_BBox*  bbox = (FT_BBox*)q;
+          FT_Int    result;
+
+
+          result = ps_tofixedarray( &cur, limit, 4, temp, 0 );
+
+          if ( result < 0 )
+          {
+            FT_ERROR(( "ps_parser_load_field: "
+                       "expected four integers in bounding box\n" ));
+            error = PSaux_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+            goto Exit;
+          }
+
+          bbox->xMin = FT_RoundFix( temp[0] );
+          bbox->yMin = FT_RoundFix( temp[1] );
+          bbox->xMax = FT_RoundFix( temp[2] );
+          bbox->yMax = FT_RoundFix( temp[3] );
+        }
+        break;
+
+      default:
+        /* an error occurred */
+        goto Fail;
+      }
+    }
+
+#if 0  /* obsolete -- keep for reference */
+    if ( pflags )
+      *pflags |= 1L << field->flag_bit;
+#else
+    FT_UNUSED( pflags );
+#endif
+
+    error = PSaux_Err_Ok;
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+
+  Fail:
+    error = PSaux_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+    goto Exit;
+  }
+
+
+#define T1_MAX_TABLE_ELEMENTS  32
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  ps_parser_load_field_table( PS_Parser       parser,
+                              const T1_Field  field,
+                              void**          objects,
+                              FT_UInt         max_objects,
+                              FT_ULong*       pflags )
+  {
+    T1_TokenRec  elements[T1_MAX_TABLE_ELEMENTS];
+    T1_Token     token;
+    FT_Int       num_elements;
+    FT_Error     error = PSaux_Err_Ok;
+    FT_Byte*     old_cursor;
+    FT_Byte*     old_limit;
+    T1_FieldRec  fieldrec = *(T1_Field)field;
+
+
+    fieldrec.type = T1_FIELD_TYPE_INTEGER;
+    if ( field->type == T1_FIELD_TYPE_FIXED_ARRAY ||
+         field->type == T1_FIELD_TYPE_BBOX        )
+      fieldrec.type = T1_FIELD_TYPE_FIXED;
+
+    ps_parser_to_token_array( parser, elements,
+                              T1_MAX_TABLE_ELEMENTS, &num_elements );
+    if ( num_elements < 0 )
+    {
+      error = PSaux_Err_Ignore;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+    if ( (FT_UInt)num_elements > field->array_max )
+      num_elements = field->array_max;
+
+    old_cursor = parser->cursor;
+    old_limit  = parser->limit;
+
+    /* we store the elements count if necessary;           */
+    /* we further assume that `count_offset' can't be zero */
+    if ( field->type != T1_FIELD_TYPE_BBOX && field->count_offset != 0 )
+      *(FT_Byte*)( (FT_Byte*)objects[0] + field->count_offset ) =
+        (FT_Byte)num_elements;
+
+    /* we now load each element, adjusting the field.offset on each one */
+    token = elements;
+    for ( ; num_elements > 0; num_elements--, token++ )
+    {
+      parser->cursor = token->start;
+      parser->limit  = token->limit;
+      ps_parser_load_field( parser, &fieldrec, objects, max_objects, 0 );
+      fieldrec.offset += fieldrec.size;
+    }
+
+#if 0  /* obsolete -- keep for reference */
+    if ( pflags )
+      *pflags |= 1L << field->flag_bit;
+#else
+    FT_UNUSED( pflags );
+#endif
+
+    parser->cursor = old_cursor;
+    parser->limit  = old_limit;
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Long )
+  ps_parser_to_int( PS_Parser  parser )
+  {
+    ps_parser_skip_spaces( parser );
+    return PS_Conv_ToInt( &parser->cursor, parser->limit );
+  }
+
+
+  /* first character must be `<' if `delimiters' is non-zero */
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  ps_parser_to_bytes( PS_Parser  parser,
+                      FT_Byte*   bytes,
+                      FT_Long    max_bytes,
+                      FT_Long*   pnum_bytes,
+                      FT_Bool    delimiters )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error = PSaux_Err_Ok;
+    FT_Byte*  cur;
+
+
+    ps_parser_skip_spaces( parser );
+    cur = parser->cursor;
+
+    if ( cur >= parser->limit )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    if ( delimiters )
+    {
+      if ( *cur != '<' )
+      {
+        FT_ERROR(( "ps_parser_to_bytes: Missing starting delimiter `<'\n" ));
+        error = PSaux_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+
+      cur++;
+    }
+
+    *pnum_bytes = PS_Conv_ASCIIHexDecode( &cur,
+                                          parser->limit,
+                                          bytes,
+                                          max_bytes );
+
+    if ( delimiters )
+    {
+      if ( cur < parser->limit && *cur != '>' )
+      {
+        FT_ERROR(( "ps_parser_to_bytes: Missing closing delimiter `>'\n" ));
+        error = PSaux_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+
+      cur++;
+    }
+
+    parser->cursor = cur;
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Fixed )
+  ps_parser_to_fixed( PS_Parser  parser,
+                      FT_Int     power_ten )
+  {
+    ps_parser_skip_spaces( parser );
+    return PS_Conv_ToFixed( &parser->cursor, parser->limit, power_ten );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Int )
+  ps_parser_to_coord_array( PS_Parser  parser,
+                            FT_Int     max_coords,
+                            FT_Short*  coords )
+  {
+    ps_parser_skip_spaces( parser );
+    return ps_tocoordarray( &parser->cursor, parser->limit,
+                            max_coords, coords );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Int )
+  ps_parser_to_fixed_array( PS_Parser  parser,
+                            FT_Int     max_values,
+                            FT_Fixed*  values,
+                            FT_Int     power_ten )
+  {
+    ps_parser_skip_spaces( parser );
+    return ps_tofixedarray( &parser->cursor, parser->limit,
+                            max_values, values, power_ten );
+  }
+
+
+#if 0
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_String* )
+  T1_ToString( PS_Parser  parser )
+  {
+    return ps_tostring( &parser->cursor, parser->limit, parser->memory );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Bool )
+  T1_ToBool( PS_Parser  parser )
+  {
+    return ps_tobool( &parser->cursor, parser->limit );
+  }
+
+#endif /* 0 */
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  ps_parser_init( PS_Parser  parser,
+                  FT_Byte*   base,
+                  FT_Byte*   limit,
+                  FT_Memory  memory )
+  {
+    parser->error  = PSaux_Err_Ok;
+    parser->base   = base;
+    parser->limit  = limit;
+    parser->cursor = base;
+    parser->memory = memory;
+    parser->funcs  = ps_parser_funcs;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  ps_parser_done( PS_Parser  parser )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( parser );
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                            T1 BUILDER                         *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    t1_builder_init                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Initializes a given glyph builder.                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    builder :: A pointer to the glyph builder to initialize.           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face    :: The current face object.                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    size    :: The current size object.                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    glyph   :: The current glyph object.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    hinting :: Whether hinting should be applied.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  t1_builder_init( T1_Builder    builder,
+                   FT_Face       face,
+                   FT_Size       size,
+                   FT_GlyphSlot  glyph,
+                   FT_Bool       hinting )
+  {
+    builder->parse_state = T1_Parse_Start;
+    builder->load_points = 1;
+
+    builder->face   = face;
+    builder->glyph  = glyph;
+    builder->memory = face->memory;
+
+    if ( glyph )
+    {
+      FT_GlyphLoader  loader = glyph->internal->loader;
+
+
+      builder->loader  = loader;
+      builder->base    = &loader->base.outline;
+      builder->current = &loader->current.outline;
+      FT_GlyphLoader_Rewind( loader );
+
+      builder->hints_globals = size->internal;
+      builder->hints_funcs   = 0;
+
+      if ( hinting )
+        builder->hints_funcs = glyph->internal->glyph_hints;
+    }
+
+    builder->pos_x = 0;
+    builder->pos_y = 0;
+
+    builder->left_bearing.x = 0;
+    builder->left_bearing.y = 0;
+    builder->advance.x      = 0;
+    builder->advance.y      = 0;
+
+    builder->funcs = t1_builder_funcs;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    t1_builder_done                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Finalizes a given glyph builder.  Its contents can still be used   */
+  /*    after the call, but the function saves important information       */
+  /*    within the corresponding glyph slot.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    builder :: A pointer to the glyph builder to finalize.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  t1_builder_done( T1_Builder  builder )
+  {
+    FT_GlyphSlot  glyph = builder->glyph;
+
+
+    if ( glyph )
+      glyph->outline = *builder->base;
+  }
+
+
+  /* check that there is enough space for `count' more points */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  t1_builder_check_points( T1_Builder  builder,
+                           FT_Int      count )
+  {
+    return FT_GLYPHLOADER_CHECK_POINTS( builder->loader, count, 0 );
+  }
+
+
+  /* add a new point, do not check space */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  t1_builder_add_point( T1_Builder  builder,
+                        FT_Pos      x,
+                        FT_Pos      y,
+                        FT_Byte     flag )
+  {
+    FT_Outline*  outline = builder->current;
+
+
+    if ( builder->load_points )
+    {
+      FT_Vector*  point   = outline->points + outline->n_points;
+      FT_Byte*    control = (FT_Byte*)outline->tags + outline->n_points;
+
+
+      if ( builder->shift )
+      {
+        x >>= 16;
+        y >>= 16;
+      }
+      point->x = x;
+      point->y = y;
+      *control = (FT_Byte)( flag ? FT_CURVE_TAG_ON : FT_CURVE_TAG_CUBIC );
+
+      builder->last = *point;
+    }
+    outline->n_points++;
+  }
+
+
+  /* check space for a new on-curve point, then add it */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  t1_builder_add_point1( T1_Builder  builder,
+                         FT_Pos      x,
+                         FT_Pos      y )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error;
+
+
+    error = t1_builder_check_points( builder, 1 );
+    if ( !error )
+      t1_builder_add_point( builder, x, y, 1 );
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* check space for a new contour, then add it */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  t1_builder_add_contour( T1_Builder  builder )
+  {
+    FT_Outline*  outline = builder->current;
+    FT_Error     error;
+
+
+    if ( !builder->load_points )
+    {
+      outline->n_contours++;
+      return PSaux_Err_Ok;
+    }
+
+    error = FT_GLYPHLOADER_CHECK_POINTS( builder->loader, 0, 1 );
+    if ( !error )
+    {
+      if ( outline->n_contours > 0 )
+        outline->contours[outline->n_contours - 1] =
+          (short)( outline->n_points - 1 );
+
+      outline->n_contours++;
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* if a path was begun, add its first on-curve point */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  t1_builder_start_point( T1_Builder  builder,
+                          FT_Pos      x,
+                          FT_Pos      y )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error = PSaux_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+
+
+    /* test whether we are building a new contour */
+
+    if ( builder->parse_state == T1_Parse_Have_Path )
+      error = PSaux_Err_Ok;
+    else if ( builder->parse_state == T1_Parse_Have_Moveto )
+    {
+      builder->parse_state = T1_Parse_Have_Path;
+      error = t1_builder_add_contour( builder );
+      if ( !error )
+        error = t1_builder_add_point1( builder, x, y );
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* close the current contour */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  t1_builder_close_contour( T1_Builder  builder )
+  {
+    FT_Outline*  outline = builder->current;
+    FT_Int       first;
+
+
+    if ( !outline )
+      return;
+
+    first = outline->n_contours <= 1
+            ? 0 : outline->contours[outline->n_contours - 2] + 1;
+
+    /* We must not include the last point in the path if it */
+    /* is located on the first point.                       */
+    if ( outline->n_points > 1 )
+    {
+      FT_Vector*  p1      = outline->points + first;
+      FT_Vector*  p2      = outline->points + outline->n_points - 1;
+      FT_Byte*    control = (FT_Byte*)outline->tags + outline->n_points - 1;
+
+
+      /* `delete' last point only if it coincides with the first */
+      /* point and it is not a control point (which can happen). */
+      if ( p1->x == p2->x && p1->y == p2->y )
+        if ( *control == FT_CURVE_TAG_ON )
+          outline->n_points--;
+    }
+
+    if ( outline->n_contours > 0 )
+    {
+      /* Don't add contours only consisting of one point, i.e., */
+      /* check whether begin point and last point are the same. */
+      if ( first == outline->n_points - 1 )
+      {
+        outline->n_contours--;
+        outline->n_points--;
+      }
+      else
+        outline->contours[outline->n_contours - 1] =
+          (short)( outline->n_points - 1 );
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                            OTHER                              *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  t1_decrypt( FT_Byte*   buffer,
+              FT_Offset  length,
+              FT_UShort  seed )
+  {
+    PS_Conv_EexecDecode( &buffer,
+                         buffer + length,
+                         buffer,
+                         length,
+                         &seed );
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psobjs.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psobjs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c2cbf2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/psobjs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,212 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  psobjs.h                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Auxiliary functions for PostScript fonts (specification).            */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003 by                                     */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __PSOBJS_H__
+#define __PSOBJS_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_AUX_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                             T1_TABLE                          *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE
+  const PS_Table_FuncsRec    ps_table_funcs;
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE
+  const PS_Parser_FuncsRec   ps_parser_funcs;
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE
+  const T1_Builder_FuncsRec  t1_builder_funcs;
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  ps_table_new( PS_Table   table,
+                FT_Int     count,
+                FT_Memory  memory );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  ps_table_add( PS_Table    table,
+                FT_Int      idx,
+                void*       object,
+                FT_PtrDist  length );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  ps_table_done( PS_Table  table );
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  ps_table_release( PS_Table  table );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                            T1 PARSER                          *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  ps_parser_skip_spaces( PS_Parser  parser );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  ps_parser_skip_PS_token( PS_Parser  parser );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  ps_parser_to_token( PS_Parser  parser,
+                      T1_Token   token );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  ps_parser_to_token_array( PS_Parser  parser,
+                            T1_Token   tokens,
+                            FT_UInt    max_tokens,
+                            FT_Int*    pnum_tokens );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  ps_parser_load_field( PS_Parser       parser,
+                        const T1_Field  field,
+                        void**          objects,
+                        FT_UInt         max_objects,
+                        FT_ULong*       pflags );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  ps_parser_load_field_table( PS_Parser       parser,
+                              const T1_Field  field,
+                              void**          objects,
+                              FT_UInt         max_objects,
+                              FT_ULong*       pflags );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Long )
+  ps_parser_to_int( PS_Parser  parser );
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  ps_parser_to_bytes( PS_Parser  parser,
+                      FT_Byte*   bytes,
+                      FT_Long    max_bytes,
+                      FT_Long*   pnum_bytes,
+                      FT_Bool    delimiters );
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Fixed )
+  ps_parser_to_fixed( PS_Parser  parser,
+                      FT_Int     power_ten );
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Int )
+  ps_parser_to_coord_array( PS_Parser  parser,
+                            FT_Int     max_coords,
+                            FT_Short*  coords );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Int )
+  ps_parser_to_fixed_array( PS_Parser  parser,
+                            FT_Int     max_values,
+                            FT_Fixed*  values,
+                            FT_Int     power_ten );
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  ps_parser_init( PS_Parser  parser,
+                  FT_Byte*   base,
+                  FT_Byte*   limit,
+                  FT_Memory  memory );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  ps_parser_done( PS_Parser  parser );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                            T1 BUILDER                         *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  t1_builder_init( T1_Builder    builder,
+                   FT_Face       face,
+                   FT_Size       size,
+                   FT_GlyphSlot  glyph,
+                   FT_Bool       hinting );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  t1_builder_done( T1_Builder  builder );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  t1_builder_check_points( T1_Builder  builder,
+                           FT_Int      count );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  t1_builder_add_point( T1_Builder  builder,
+                        FT_Pos      x,
+                        FT_Pos      y,
+                        FT_Byte     flag );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  t1_builder_add_point1( T1_Builder  builder,
+                         FT_Pos      x,
+                         FT_Pos      y );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  t1_builder_add_contour( T1_Builder  builder );
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  t1_builder_start_point( T1_Builder  builder,
+                          FT_Pos      x,
+                          FT_Pos      y );
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  t1_builder_close_contour( T1_Builder  builder );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                            OTHER                              *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  t1_decrypt( FT_Byte*   buffer,
+              FT_Offset  length,
+              FT_UShort  seed );
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __PSOBJS_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/rules.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/rules.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7a1be37
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/rules.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 PSaux driver configuration rules
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2002, 2003, 2006 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+# PSAUX driver directory
+#
+PSAUX_DIR := $(SRC_DIR)/psaux
+
+
+# compilation flags for the driver
+#
+PSAUX_COMPILE := $(FT_COMPILE) $I$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$(PSAUX_DIR))
+
+
+# PSAUX driver sources (i.e., C files)
+#
+PSAUX_DRV_SRC := $(PSAUX_DIR)/psobjs.c   \
+                 $(PSAUX_DIR)/t1decode.c \
+                 $(PSAUX_DIR)/t1cmap.c   \
+                 $(PSAUX_DIR)/afmparse.c \
+                 $(PSAUX_DIR)/psconv.c   \
+                 $(PSAUX_DIR)/psauxmod.c
+
+# PSAUX driver headers
+#
+PSAUX_DRV_H := $(PSAUX_DRV_SRC:%c=%h)  \
+               $(PSAUX_DIR)/psauxerr.h
+
+
+# PSAUX driver object(s)
+#
+#   PSAUX_DRV_OBJ_M is used during `multi' builds.
+#   PSAUX_DRV_OBJ_S is used during `single' builds.
+#
+PSAUX_DRV_OBJ_M := $(PSAUX_DRV_SRC:$(PSAUX_DIR)/%.c=$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O)
+PSAUX_DRV_OBJ_S := $(OBJ_DIR)/psaux.$O
+
+# PSAUX driver source file for single build
+#
+PSAUX_DRV_SRC_S := $(PSAUX_DIR)/psaux.c
+
+
+# PSAUX driver - single object
+#
+$(PSAUX_DRV_OBJ_S): $(PSAUX_DRV_SRC_S) $(PSAUX_DRV_SRC) \
+                   $(FREETYPE_H) $(PSAUX_DRV_H)
+	$(PSAUX_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $(PSAUX_DRV_SRC_S))
+
+
+# PSAUX driver - multiple objects
+#
+$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O: $(PSAUX_DIR)/%.c $(FREETYPE_H) $(PSAUX_DRV_H)
+	$(PSAUX_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $<)
+
+
+# update main driver object lists
+#
+DRV_OBJS_S += $(PSAUX_DRV_OBJ_S)
+DRV_OBJS_M += $(PSAUX_DRV_OBJ_M)
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/t1cmap.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/t1cmap.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..67a23db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/t1cmap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,341 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  t1cmap.c                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Type 1 character map support (body).                                 */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2006, 2007 by                                    */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include "t1cmap.h"
+
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+
+#include "psauxerr.h"
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****          TYPE1 STANDARD (AND EXPERT) ENCODING CMAPS           *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  static void
+  t1_cmap_std_init( T1_CMapStd  cmap,
+                    FT_Int      is_expert )
+  {
+    T1_Face             face    = (T1_Face)FT_CMAP_FACE( cmap );
+    FT_Service_PsCMaps  psnames = (FT_Service_PsCMaps)face->psnames;
+
+
+    cmap->num_glyphs    = face->type1.num_glyphs;
+    cmap->glyph_names   = (const char* const*)face->type1.glyph_names;
+    cmap->sid_to_string = psnames->adobe_std_strings;
+    cmap->code_to_sid   = is_expert ? psnames->adobe_expert_encoding
+                                    : psnames->adobe_std_encoding;
+
+    FT_ASSERT( cmap->code_to_sid != NULL );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
+  t1_cmap_std_done( T1_CMapStd  cmap )
+  {
+    cmap->num_glyphs    = 0;
+    cmap->glyph_names   = NULL;
+    cmap->sid_to_string = NULL;
+    cmap->code_to_sid   = NULL;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
+  t1_cmap_std_char_index( T1_CMapStd  cmap,
+                          FT_UInt32   char_code )
+  {
+    FT_UInt  result = 0;
+
+
+    if ( char_code < 256 )
+    {
+      FT_UInt      code, n;
+      const char*  glyph_name;
+
+
+      /* convert character code to Adobe SID string */
+      code       = cmap->code_to_sid[char_code];
+      glyph_name = cmap->sid_to_string( code );
+
+      /* look for the corresponding glyph name */
+      for ( n = 0; n < cmap->num_glyphs; n++ )
+      {
+        const char* gname = cmap->glyph_names[n];
+
+
+        if ( gname && gname[0] == glyph_name[0]  &&
+             ft_strcmp( gname, glyph_name ) == 0 )
+        {
+          result = n;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
+  t1_cmap_std_char_next( T1_CMapStd   cmap,
+                         FT_UInt32   *pchar_code )
+  {
+    FT_UInt    result    = 0;
+    FT_UInt32  char_code = *pchar_code + 1;
+
+
+    while ( char_code < 256 )
+    {
+      result = t1_cmap_std_char_index( cmap, char_code );
+      if ( result != 0 )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      char_code++;
+    }
+    char_code = 0;
+
+  Exit:
+    *pchar_code = char_code;
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  t1_cmap_standard_init( T1_CMapStd  cmap )
+  {
+    t1_cmap_std_init( cmap, 0 );
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF const FT_CMap_ClassRec
+  t1_cmap_standard_class_rec =
+  {
+    sizeof ( T1_CMapStdRec ),
+
+    (FT_CMap_InitFunc)     t1_cmap_standard_init,
+    (FT_CMap_DoneFunc)     t1_cmap_std_done,
+    (FT_CMap_CharIndexFunc)t1_cmap_std_char_index,
+    (FT_CMap_CharNextFunc) t1_cmap_std_char_next,
+
+    NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL
+  };
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  t1_cmap_expert_init( T1_CMapStd  cmap )
+  {
+    t1_cmap_std_init( cmap, 1 );
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF const FT_CMap_ClassRec
+  t1_cmap_expert_class_rec =
+  {
+    sizeof ( T1_CMapStdRec ),
+
+    (FT_CMap_InitFunc)     t1_cmap_expert_init,
+    (FT_CMap_DoneFunc)     t1_cmap_std_done,
+    (FT_CMap_CharIndexFunc)t1_cmap_std_char_index,
+    (FT_CMap_CharNextFunc) t1_cmap_std_char_next,
+
+    NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL
+  };
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                    TYPE1 CUSTOM ENCODING CMAP                 *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  t1_cmap_custom_init( T1_CMapCustom  cmap )
+  {
+    T1_Face      face     = (T1_Face)FT_CMAP_FACE( cmap );
+    T1_Encoding  encoding = &face->type1.encoding;
+
+
+    cmap->first   = encoding->code_first;
+    cmap->count   = (FT_UInt)( encoding->code_last - cmap->first + 1 );
+    cmap->indices = encoding->char_index;
+
+    FT_ASSERT( cmap->indices != NULL );
+    FT_ASSERT( encoding->code_first <= encoding->code_last );
+
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
+  t1_cmap_custom_done( T1_CMapCustom  cmap )
+  {
+    cmap->indices = NULL;
+    cmap->first   = 0;
+    cmap->count   = 0;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
+  t1_cmap_custom_char_index( T1_CMapCustom  cmap,
+                             FT_UInt32      char_code )
+  {
+    FT_UInt    result = 0;
+
+
+    if ( ( char_code >= cmap->first )                  &&
+         ( char_code < ( cmap->first + cmap->count ) ) )
+      result = cmap->indices[char_code];
+
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
+  t1_cmap_custom_char_next( T1_CMapCustom  cmap,
+                            FT_UInt32     *pchar_code )
+  {
+    FT_UInt    result = 0;
+    FT_UInt32  char_code = *pchar_code;
+
+
+    ++char_code;
+
+    if ( char_code < cmap->first )
+      char_code = cmap->first;
+
+    for ( ; char_code < ( cmap->first + cmap->count ); char_code++ )
+    {
+      result = cmap->indices[char_code];
+      if ( result != 0 )
+        goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    char_code = 0;
+
+  Exit:
+    *pchar_code = char_code;
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF const FT_CMap_ClassRec
+  t1_cmap_custom_class_rec =
+  {
+    sizeof ( T1_CMapCustomRec ),
+
+    (FT_CMap_InitFunc)     t1_cmap_custom_init,
+    (FT_CMap_DoneFunc)     t1_cmap_custom_done,
+    (FT_CMap_CharIndexFunc)t1_cmap_custom_char_index,
+    (FT_CMap_CharNextFunc) t1_cmap_custom_char_next,
+
+    NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL
+  };
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****            TYPE1 SYNTHETIC UNICODE ENCODING CMAP              *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( const char * )
+  t1_get_glyph_name( T1_Face  face,
+                     FT_UInt  idx )
+  {
+    return face->type1.glyph_names[idx];
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  t1_cmap_unicode_init( PS_Unicodes  unicodes )
+  {
+    T1_Face             face    = (T1_Face)FT_CMAP_FACE( unicodes );
+    FT_Memory           memory  = FT_FACE_MEMORY( face );
+    FT_Service_PsCMaps  psnames = (FT_Service_PsCMaps)face->psnames;
+
+
+    return psnames->unicodes_init( memory,
+                                   unicodes,
+                                   face->type1.num_glyphs,
+                                   (PS_GetGlyphNameFunc)&t1_get_glyph_name,
+                                   (PS_FreeGlyphNameFunc)NULL,
+                                   (FT_Pointer)face );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
+  t1_cmap_unicode_done( PS_Unicodes  unicodes )
+  {
+    FT_Face    face   = FT_CMAP_FACE( unicodes );
+    FT_Memory  memory = FT_FACE_MEMORY( face );
+
+
+    FT_FREE( unicodes->maps );
+    unicodes->num_maps = 0;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
+  t1_cmap_unicode_char_index( PS_Unicodes  unicodes,
+                              FT_UInt32    char_code )
+  {
+    T1_Face             face    = (T1_Face)FT_CMAP_FACE( unicodes );
+    FT_Service_PsCMaps  psnames = (FT_Service_PsCMaps)face->psnames;
+
+
+    return psnames->unicodes_char_index( unicodes, char_code );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
+  t1_cmap_unicode_char_next( PS_Unicodes  unicodes,
+                             FT_UInt32   *pchar_code )
+  {
+    T1_Face             face    = (T1_Face)FT_CMAP_FACE( unicodes );
+    FT_Service_PsCMaps  psnames = (FT_Service_PsCMaps)face->psnames;
+
+
+    return psnames->unicodes_char_next( unicodes, pchar_code );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF const FT_CMap_ClassRec
+  t1_cmap_unicode_class_rec =
+  {
+    sizeof ( PS_UnicodesRec ),
+
+    (FT_CMap_InitFunc)     t1_cmap_unicode_init,
+    (FT_CMap_DoneFunc)     t1_cmap_unicode_done,
+    (FT_CMap_CharIndexFunc)t1_cmap_unicode_char_index,
+    (FT_CMap_CharNextFunc) t1_cmap_unicode_char_next,
+
+    NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL
+  };
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/t1cmap.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/t1cmap.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ae65d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/t1cmap.h
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  t1cmap.h                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Type 1 character map support (specification).                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2006 by                                          */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __T1CMAP_H__
+#define __T1CMAP_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_TYPE1_TYPES_H
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****          TYPE1 STANDARD (AND EXPERT) ENCODING CMAPS           *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /* standard (and expert) encoding cmaps */
+  typedef struct T1_CMapStdRec_*  T1_CMapStd;
+
+  typedef struct  T1_CMapStdRec_
+  {
+    FT_CMapRec                cmap;
+
+    const FT_UShort*          code_to_sid;
+    PS_Adobe_Std_StringsFunc  sid_to_string;
+
+    FT_UInt                   num_glyphs;
+    const char* const*        glyph_names;
+
+  } T1_CMapStdRec;
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE const FT_CMap_ClassRec
+  t1_cmap_standard_class_rec;
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE const FT_CMap_ClassRec
+  t1_cmap_expert_class_rec;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                  TYPE1 CUSTOM ENCODING CMAP                   *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  typedef struct T1_CMapCustomRec_*  T1_CMapCustom;
+
+  typedef struct  T1_CMapCustomRec_
+  {
+    FT_CMapRec  cmap;
+    FT_UInt     first;
+    FT_UInt     count;
+    FT_UShort*  indices;
+
+  } T1_CMapCustomRec;
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE const FT_CMap_ClassRec
+  t1_cmap_custom_class_rec;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****             TYPE1 SYNTHETIC UNICODE ENCODING CMAP             *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /* unicode (synthetic) cmaps */
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE const FT_CMap_ClassRec
+  t1_cmap_unicode_class_rec;
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __T1CMAP_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/t1decode.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/t1decode.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bda2324
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/t1decode.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1474 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  t1decode.c                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    PostScript Type 1 decoding routines (body).                          */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2000-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 by */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_HINTS_H
+#include FT_OUTLINE_H
+
+#include "t1decode.h"
+#include "psobjs.h"
+
+#include "psauxerr.h"
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_t1decode
+
+
+  typedef enum  T1_Operator_
+  {
+    op_none = 0,
+    op_endchar,
+    op_hsbw,
+    op_seac,
+    op_sbw,
+    op_closepath,
+    op_hlineto,
+    op_hmoveto,
+    op_hvcurveto,
+    op_rlineto,
+    op_rmoveto,
+    op_rrcurveto,
+    op_vhcurveto,
+    op_vlineto,
+    op_vmoveto,
+    op_dotsection,
+    op_hstem,
+    op_hstem3,
+    op_vstem,
+    op_vstem3,
+    op_div,
+    op_callothersubr,
+    op_callsubr,
+    op_pop,
+    op_return,
+    op_setcurrentpoint,
+    op_unknown15,
+
+    op_max    /* never remove this one */
+
+  } T1_Operator;
+
+
+  static
+  const FT_Int  t1_args_count[op_max] =
+  {
+    0, /* none */
+    0, /* endchar */
+    2, /* hsbw */
+    5, /* seac */
+    4, /* sbw */
+    0, /* closepath */
+    1, /* hlineto */
+    1, /* hmoveto */
+    4, /* hvcurveto */
+    2, /* rlineto */
+    2, /* rmoveto */
+    6, /* rrcurveto */
+    4, /* vhcurveto */
+    1, /* vlineto */
+    1, /* vmoveto */
+    0, /* dotsection */
+    2, /* hstem */
+    6, /* hstem3 */
+    2, /* vstem */
+    6, /* vstem3 */
+    2, /* div */
+   -1, /* callothersubr */
+    1, /* callsubr */
+    0, /* pop */
+    0, /* return */
+    2, /* setcurrentpoint */
+    2  /* opcode 15 (undocumented and obsolete) */
+  };
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    t1_lookup_glyph_by_stdcharcode                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Looks up a given glyph by its StandardEncoding charcode.  Used to  */
+  /*    implement the SEAC Type 1 operator.                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face     :: The current face object.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    charcode :: The character code to look for.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    A glyph index in the font face.  Returns -1 if the corresponding   */
+  /*    glyph wasn't found.                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static FT_Int
+  t1_lookup_glyph_by_stdcharcode( T1_Decoder  decoder,
+                                  FT_Int      charcode )
+  {
+    FT_UInt             n;
+    const FT_String*    glyph_name;
+    FT_Service_PsCMaps  psnames = decoder->psnames;
+
+
+    /* check range of standard char code */
+    if ( charcode < 0 || charcode > 255 )
+      return -1;
+
+    glyph_name = psnames->adobe_std_strings(
+                   psnames->adobe_std_encoding[charcode]);
+
+    for ( n = 0; n < decoder->num_glyphs; n++ )
+    {
+      FT_String*  name = (FT_String*)decoder->glyph_names[n];
+
+
+      if ( name && name[0] == glyph_name[0]  &&
+           ft_strcmp( name, glyph_name ) == 0 )
+        return n;
+    }
+
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    t1operator_seac                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Implements the `seac' Type 1 operator for a Type 1 decoder.        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    decoder :: The current CID decoder.                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    asb     :: The accent's side bearing.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    adx     :: The horizontal offset of the accent.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    ady     :: The vertical offset of the accent.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    bchar   :: The base character's StandardEncoding charcode.         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    achar   :: The accent character's StandardEncoding charcode.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static FT_Error
+  t1operator_seac( T1_Decoder  decoder,
+                   FT_Pos      asb,
+                   FT_Pos      adx,
+                   FT_Pos      ady,
+                   FT_Int      bchar,
+                   FT_Int      achar )
+  {
+    FT_Error     error;
+    FT_Int       bchar_index, achar_index;
+#if 0
+    FT_Int       n_base_points;
+    FT_Outline*  base = decoder->builder.base;
+#endif
+    FT_Vector    left_bearing, advance;
+
+
+    /* seac weirdness */
+    adx += decoder->builder.left_bearing.x;
+
+    /* `glyph_names' is set to 0 for CID fonts which do not */
+    /* include an encoding.  How can we deal with these?    */
+    if ( decoder->glyph_names == 0 )
+    {
+      FT_ERROR(( "t1operator_seac:" ));
+      FT_ERROR(( " glyph names table not available in this font!\n" ));
+      return PSaux_Err_Syntax_Error;
+    }
+
+    bchar_index = t1_lookup_glyph_by_stdcharcode( decoder, bchar );
+    achar_index = t1_lookup_glyph_by_stdcharcode( decoder, achar );
+
+    if ( bchar_index < 0 || achar_index < 0 )
+    {
+      FT_ERROR(( "t1operator_seac:" ));
+      FT_ERROR(( " invalid seac character code arguments\n" ));
+      return PSaux_Err_Syntax_Error;
+    }
+
+    /* if we are trying to load a composite glyph, do not load the */
+    /* accent character and return the array of subglyphs.         */
+    if ( decoder->builder.no_recurse )
+    {
+      FT_GlyphSlot    glyph  = (FT_GlyphSlot)decoder->builder.glyph;
+      FT_GlyphLoader  loader = glyph->internal->loader;
+      FT_SubGlyph     subg;
+
+
+      /* reallocate subglyph array if necessary */
+      error = FT_GlyphLoader_CheckSubGlyphs( loader, 2 );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      subg = loader->current.subglyphs;
+
+      /* subglyph 0 = base character */
+      subg->index = bchar_index;
+      subg->flags = FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_XY_VALUES |
+                    FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_USE_MY_METRICS;
+      subg->arg1  = 0;
+      subg->arg2  = 0;
+      subg++;
+
+      /* subglyph 1 = accent character */
+      subg->index = achar_index;
+      subg->flags = FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_XY_VALUES;
+      subg->arg1  = (FT_Int)( adx - asb );
+      subg->arg2  = (FT_Int)ady;
+
+      /* set up remaining glyph fields */
+      glyph->num_subglyphs = 2;
+      glyph->subglyphs     = loader->base.subglyphs;
+      glyph->format        = FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE;
+
+      loader->current.num_subglyphs = 2;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* First load `bchar' in builder */
+    /* now load the unscaled outline */
+
+    FT_GlyphLoader_Prepare( decoder->builder.loader );  /* prepare loader */
+
+    error = t1_decoder_parse_glyph( decoder, bchar_index );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* save the left bearing and width of the base character */
+    /* as they will be erased by the next load.              */
+
+    left_bearing = decoder->builder.left_bearing;
+    advance      = decoder->builder.advance;
+
+    decoder->builder.left_bearing.x = 0;
+    decoder->builder.left_bearing.y = 0;
+
+    decoder->builder.pos_x = adx - asb;
+    decoder->builder.pos_y = ady;
+
+    /* Now load `achar' on top of */
+    /* the base outline           */
+    error = t1_decoder_parse_glyph( decoder, achar_index );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* restore the left side bearing and   */
+    /* advance width of the base character */
+
+    decoder->builder.left_bearing = left_bearing;
+    decoder->builder.advance      = advance;
+
+    decoder->builder.pos_x = 0;
+    decoder->builder.pos_y = 0;
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    t1_decoder_parse_charstrings                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Parses a given Type 1 charstrings program.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    decoder         :: The current Type 1 decoder.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    charstring_base :: The base address of the charstring stream.      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    charstring_len  :: The length in bytes of the charstring stream.   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  t1_decoder_parse_charstrings( T1_Decoder  decoder,
+                                FT_Byte*    charstring_base,
+                                FT_UInt     charstring_len )
+  {
+    FT_Error         error;
+    T1_Decoder_Zone  zone;
+    FT_Byte*         ip;
+    FT_Byte*         limit;
+    T1_Builder       builder = &decoder->builder;
+    FT_Pos           x, y, orig_x, orig_y;
+    FT_Int           known_othersubr_result_cnt   = 0;
+    FT_Int           unknown_othersubr_result_cnt = 0;
+
+    T1_Hints_Funcs   hinter;
+
+
+    /* we don't want to touch the source code -- use macro trick */
+#define start_point    t1_builder_start_point
+#define check_points   t1_builder_check_points
+#define add_point      t1_builder_add_point
+#define add_point1     t1_builder_add_point1
+#define add_contour    t1_builder_add_contour
+#define close_contour  t1_builder_close_contour
+
+    /* First of all, initialize the decoder */
+    decoder->top  = decoder->stack;
+    decoder->zone = decoder->zones;
+    zone          = decoder->zones;
+
+    builder->parse_state = T1_Parse_Start;
+
+    hinter = (T1_Hints_Funcs)builder->hints_funcs;
+
+    /* a font that reads BuildCharArray without setting */
+    /* its values first is buggy, but ...               */
+    FT_ASSERT( ( decoder->len_buildchar == 0 ) ==
+               ( decoder->buildchar == NULL ) );
+
+    if ( decoder->len_buildchar > 0 )
+      ft_memset( &decoder->buildchar[0],
+                 0,
+                 sizeof( decoder->buildchar[0] ) * decoder->len_buildchar );
+
+    FT_TRACE4(( "\nStart charstring\n" ));
+
+    zone->base           = charstring_base;
+    limit = zone->limit  = charstring_base + charstring_len;
+    ip    = zone->cursor = zone->base;
+
+    error = PSaux_Err_Ok;
+
+    x = orig_x = builder->pos_x;
+    y = orig_y = builder->pos_y;
+
+    /* begin hints recording session, if any */
+    if ( hinter )
+      hinter->open( hinter->hints );
+
+    /* now, execute loop */
+    while ( ip < limit )
+    {
+      FT_Long*     top   = decoder->top;
+      T1_Operator  op    = op_none;
+      FT_Long      value = 0;
+
+
+      FT_ASSERT( known_othersubr_result_cnt == 0   ||
+                 unknown_othersubr_result_cnt == 0 );
+
+      FT_TRACE5(( " (%d)", decoder->top - decoder->stack ));
+
+      /*********************************************************************/
+      /*                                                                   */
+      /* Decode operator or operand                                        */
+      /*                                                                   */
+      /*                                                                   */
+
+      /* first of all, decompress operator or value */
+      switch ( *ip++ )
+      {
+      case 1:
+        op = op_hstem;
+        break;
+
+      case 3:
+        op = op_vstem;
+        break;
+      case 4:
+        op = op_vmoveto;
+        break;
+      case 5:
+        op = op_rlineto;
+        break;
+      case 6:
+        op = op_hlineto;
+        break;
+      case 7:
+        op = op_vlineto;
+        break;
+      case 8:
+        op = op_rrcurveto;
+        break;
+      case 9:
+        op = op_closepath;
+        break;
+      case 10:
+        op = op_callsubr;
+        break;
+      case 11:
+        op = op_return;
+        break;
+
+      case 13:
+        op = op_hsbw;
+        break;
+      case 14:
+        op = op_endchar;
+        break;
+
+      case 15:          /* undocumented, obsolete operator */
+        op = op_unknown15;
+        break;
+
+      case 21:
+        op = op_rmoveto;
+        break;
+      case 22:
+        op = op_hmoveto;
+        break;
+
+      case 30:
+        op = op_vhcurveto;
+        break;
+      case 31:
+        op = op_hvcurveto;
+        break;
+
+      case 12:
+        if ( ip > limit )
+        {
+          FT_ERROR(( "t1_decoder_parse_charstrings: "
+                     "invalid escape (12+EOF)\n" ));
+          goto Syntax_Error;
+        }
+
+        switch ( *ip++ )
+        {
+        case 0:
+          op = op_dotsection;
+          break;
+        case 1:
+          op = op_vstem3;
+          break;
+        case 2:
+          op = op_hstem3;
+          break;
+        case 6:
+          op = op_seac;
+          break;
+        case 7:
+          op = op_sbw;
+          break;
+        case 12:
+          op = op_div;
+          break;
+        case 16:
+          op = op_callothersubr;
+          break;
+        case 17:
+          op = op_pop;
+          break;
+        case 33:
+          op = op_setcurrentpoint;
+          break;
+
+        default:
+          FT_ERROR(( "t1_decoder_parse_charstrings: "
+                     "invalid escape (12+%d)\n",
+                     ip[-1] ));
+          goto Syntax_Error;
+        }
+        break;
+
+      case 255:    /* four bytes integer */
+        if ( ip + 4 > limit )
+        {
+          FT_ERROR(( "t1_decoder_parse_charstrings: "
+                     "unexpected EOF in integer\n" ));
+          goto Syntax_Error;
+        }
+
+        value = (FT_Int32)( ((FT_Long)ip[0] << 24) |
+                            ((FT_Long)ip[1] << 16) |
+                            ((FT_Long)ip[2] << 8 ) |
+                                      ip[3] );
+        ip += 4;
+        break;
+
+      default:
+        if ( ip[-1] >= 32 )
+        {
+          if ( ip[-1] < 247 )
+            value = (FT_Long)ip[-1] - 139;
+          else
+          {
+            if ( ++ip > limit )
+            {
+              FT_ERROR(( "t1_decoder_parse_charstrings: " ));
+              FT_ERROR(( "unexpected EOF in integer\n" ));
+              goto Syntax_Error;
+            }
+
+            if ( ip[-2] < 251 )
+              value =  ( ( (FT_Long)ip[-2] - 247 ) << 8 ) + ip[-1] + 108;
+            else
+              value = -( ( ( (FT_Long)ip[-2] - 251 ) << 8 ) + ip[-1] + 108 );
+          }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          FT_ERROR(( "t1_decoder_parse_charstrings: "
+                     "invalid byte (%d)\n", ip[-1] ));
+          goto Syntax_Error;
+        }
+      }
+
+      if ( unknown_othersubr_result_cnt > 0 )
+      {
+        switch ( op )
+        {
+        case op_callsubr:
+        case op_return:
+        case op_none:
+        case op_pop:
+          break;
+
+        default:
+          /* all operands have been transferred by previous pops */
+          unknown_othersubr_result_cnt = 0;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+
+      /*********************************************************************/
+      /*                                                                   */
+      /*  Push value on stack, or process operator                         */
+      /*                                                                   */
+      /*                                                                   */
+      if ( op == op_none )
+      {
+        if ( top - decoder->stack >= T1_MAX_CHARSTRINGS_OPERANDS )
+        {
+          FT_ERROR(( "t1_decoder_parse_charstrings: stack overflow!\n" ));
+          goto Syntax_Error;
+        }
+
+        FT_TRACE4(( " %ld", value ));
+
+        *top++       = value;
+        decoder->top = top;
+      }
+      else if ( op == op_callothersubr )  /* callothersubr */
+      {
+        FT_Int  subr_no;
+        FT_Int  arg_cnt;
+
+
+        FT_TRACE4(( " callothersubr" ));
+
+        if ( top - decoder->stack < 2 )
+          goto Stack_Underflow;
+
+        top -= 2;
+
+        subr_no = (FT_Int)top[1];
+        arg_cnt = (FT_Int)top[0];
+
+        /***********************************************************/
+        /*                                                         */
+        /* remove all operands to callothersubr from the stack     */
+        /*                                                         */
+        /* for handled othersubrs, where we know the number of     */
+        /* arguments, we increase the stack by the value of        */
+        /* known_othersubr_result_cnt                              */
+        /*                                                         */
+        /* for unhandled othersubrs the following pops adjust the  */
+        /* stack pointer as necessary                              */
+
+        if ( arg_cnt > top - decoder->stack )
+          goto Stack_Underflow;
+
+        top -= arg_cnt;
+
+        known_othersubr_result_cnt   = 0;
+        unknown_othersubr_result_cnt = 0;
+
+        /* XXX TODO: The checks to `arg_count == <whatever>'       */
+        /* might not be correct; an othersubr expects a certain    */
+        /* number of operands on the PostScript stack (as opposed  */
+        /* to the T1 stack) but it doesn't have to put them there  */
+        /* by itself; previous othersubrs might have left the      */
+        /* operands there if they were not followed by an          */
+        /* appropriate number of pops                              */
+        /*                                                         */
+        /* On the other hand, Adobe Reader 7.0.8 for Linux doesn't */
+        /* accept a font that contains charstrings like            */
+        /*                                                         */
+        /*     100 200 2 20 callothersubr                          */
+        /*     300 1 20 callothersubr pop                          */
+        /*                                                         */
+        /* Perhaps this is the reason why BuildCharArray exists.   */
+
+        switch ( subr_no )
+        {
+        case 1:                     /* start flex feature */
+          if ( arg_cnt != 0 )
+            goto Unexpected_OtherSubr;
+
+          decoder->flex_state        = 1;
+          decoder->num_flex_vectors  = 0;
+          if ( start_point( builder, x, y ) ||
+               check_points( builder, 6 )   )
+            goto Fail;
+          break;
+
+        case 2:                     /* add flex vectors */
+          {
+            FT_Int  idx;
+
+
+            if ( arg_cnt != 0 )
+              goto Unexpected_OtherSubr;
+
+            /* note that we should not add a point for index 0; */
+            /* this will move our current position to the flex  */
+            /* point without adding any point to the outline    */
+            idx = decoder->num_flex_vectors++;
+            if ( idx > 0 && idx < 7 )
+              add_point( builder,
+                         x,
+                         y,
+                         (FT_Byte)( idx == 3 || idx == 6 ) );
+          }
+          break;
+
+        case 0:                     /* end flex feature */
+          if ( arg_cnt != 3 )
+            goto Unexpected_OtherSubr;
+
+          if ( decoder->flex_state       == 0 ||
+               decoder->num_flex_vectors != 7 )
+          {
+            FT_ERROR(( "t1_decoder_parse_charstrings: "
+                       "unexpected flex end\n" ));
+            goto Syntax_Error;
+          }
+
+          /* the two `results' are popped by the following setcurrentpoint */
+          known_othersubr_result_cnt = 2;
+          break;
+
+        case 3:                     /* change hints */
+          if ( arg_cnt != 1 )
+            goto Unexpected_OtherSubr;
+
+          known_othersubr_result_cnt = 1;
+
+          if ( hinter )
+            hinter->reset( hinter->hints, builder->current->n_points );
+
+          break;
+
+        case 12:
+        case 13:
+          /* counter control hints, clear stack */
+          top = decoder->stack;
+          break;
+
+        case 14:
+        case 15:
+        case 16:
+        case 17:
+        case 18:                    /* multiple masters */
+          {
+            PS_Blend  blend = decoder->blend;
+            FT_UInt   num_points, nn, mm;
+            FT_Long*  delta;
+            FT_Long*  values;
+
+
+            if ( !blend )
+            {
+              FT_ERROR(( "t1_decoder_parse_charstrings: " ));
+              FT_ERROR(( "unexpected multiple masters operator!\n" ));
+              goto Syntax_Error;
+            }
+
+            num_points = (FT_UInt)subr_no - 13 + ( subr_no == 18 );
+            if ( arg_cnt != (FT_Int)( num_points * blend->num_designs ) )
+            {
+              FT_ERROR(( "t1_decoder_parse_charstrings: " ));
+              FT_ERROR(( "incorrect number of mm arguments\n" ));
+              goto Syntax_Error;
+            }
+
+            /* we want to compute:                                   */
+            /*                                                       */
+            /*  a0*w0 + a1*w1 + ... + ak*wk                          */
+            /*                                                       */
+            /* but we only have the a0, a1-a0, a2-a0, .. ak-a0       */
+            /* however, given that w0 + w1 + ... + wk == 1, we can   */
+            /* rewrite it easily as:                                 */
+            /*                                                       */
+            /*  a0 + (a1-a0)*w1 + (a2-a0)*w2 + .. + (ak-a0)*wk       */
+            /*                                                       */
+            /* where k == num_designs-1                              */
+            /*                                                       */
+            /* I guess that's why it's written in this `compact'     */
+            /* form.                                                 */
+            /*                                                       */
+            delta  = top + num_points;
+            values = top;
+            for ( nn = 0; nn < num_points; nn++ )
+            {
+              FT_Long  tmp = values[0];
+
+
+              for ( mm = 1; mm < blend->num_designs; mm++ )
+                tmp += FT_MulFix( *delta++, blend->weight_vector[mm] );
+
+              *values++ = tmp;
+            }
+
+            known_othersubr_result_cnt = num_points;
+            break;
+          }
+
+#ifdef CAN_HANDLE_NON_INTEGRAL_T1_OPERANDS
+
+          /* We cannot yet enable these since currently  */
+          /* our T1 stack stores integers which lack the */
+          /* precision to express the values             */
+
+        case 19:
+          /* <idx> 1 19 callothersubr                             */
+          /* => replace elements starting from index cvi( <idx> ) */
+          /*    of BuildCharArray with WeightVector               */
+          {
+            FT_Int    idx;
+            PS_Blend  blend = decoder->blend;
+
+
+            if ( arg_cnt != 1 || blend == NULL )
+              goto Unexpected_OtherSubr;
+
+            idx = top[0];
+
+            if ( idx < 0                                                 ||
+                 idx + blend->num_designs > decoder->face->len_buildchar )
+              goto Unexpected_OtherSubr;
+
+            ft_memcpy( &decoder->buildchar[idx],
+                       blend->weight_vector,
+                       blend->num_designs *
+                         sizeof( blend->weight_vector[0] ) );
+          }
+          break;
+
+        case 20:
+          /* <arg1> <arg2> 2 20 callothersubr pop   */
+          /* ==> push <arg1> + <arg2> onto T1 stack */
+          if ( arg_cnt != 2 )
+            goto Unexpected_OtherSubr;
+
+          top[0] += top[1]; /* XXX (over|under)flow */
+
+          known_othersubr_result_cnt = 1;
+          break;
+
+        case 21:
+          /* <arg1> <arg2> 2 21 callothersubr pop   */
+          /* ==> push <arg1> - <arg2> onto T1 stack */
+          if ( arg_cnt != 2 )
+            goto Unexpected_OtherSubr;
+
+          top[0] -= top[1]; /* XXX (over|under)flow */
+
+          known_othersubr_result_cnt = 1;
+          break;
+
+        case 22:
+          /* <arg1> <arg2> 2 22 callothersubr pop   */
+          /* ==> push <arg1> * <arg2> onto T1 stack */
+          if ( arg_cnt != 2 )
+            goto Unexpected_OtherSubr;
+
+          top[0] *= top[1]; /* XXX (over|under)flow */
+
+          known_othersubr_result_cnt = 1;
+          break;
+
+        case 23:
+          /* <arg1> <arg2> 2 23 callothersubr pop   */
+          /* ==> push <arg1> / <arg2> onto T1 stack */
+          if ( arg_cnt != 2 || top[1] == 0 )
+            goto Unexpected_OtherSubr;
+
+          top[0] /= top[1]; /* XXX (over|under)flow */
+
+          known_othersubr_result_cnt = 1;
+          break;
+
+#endif /* CAN_HANDLE_NON_INTEGRAL_T1_OPERANDS */
+
+        case 24:
+          /* <val> <idx> 2 24 callothersubr              */
+          /* => set BuildCharArray[cvi( <idx> )] = <val> */
+          {
+            FT_Int    idx;
+            PS_Blend  blend = decoder->blend;
+
+            if ( arg_cnt != 2 || blend == NULL )
+              goto Unexpected_OtherSubr;
+
+            idx = top[1];
+
+            if ( idx < 0 || (FT_UInt) idx >= decoder->len_buildchar )
+              goto Unexpected_OtherSubr;
+
+            decoder->buildchar[idx] = top[0];
+          }
+          break;
+
+        case 25:
+          /* <idx> 1 25 callothersubr pop       */
+          /* => push BuildCharArray[cvi( idx )] */
+          /*    onto T1 stack                   */
+          {
+            FT_Int    idx;
+            PS_Blend  blend = decoder->blend;
+
+            if ( arg_cnt != 1 || blend == NULL )
+              goto Unexpected_OtherSubr;
+
+            idx = top[0];
+
+            if ( idx < 0 || (FT_UInt) idx >= decoder->len_buildchar )
+              goto Unexpected_OtherSubr;
+
+            top[0] = decoder->buildchar[idx];
+          }
+
+          known_othersubr_result_cnt = 1;
+          break;
+
+#if 0
+        case 26:
+          /* <val> mark <idx> ==> set BuildCharArray[cvi( <idx> )] = <val>, */
+          /*                      leave mark on T1 stack                    */
+          /* <val> <idx>      ==> set BuildCharArray[cvi( <idx> )] = <val>  */
+          XXX who has left his mark on the (PostScript) stack ?;
+          break;
+#endif
+
+        case 27:
+          /* <res1> <res2> <val1> <val2> 4 27 callothersubr pop */
+          /* ==> push <res1> onto T1 stack if <val1> <= <val2>,  */
+          /*     otherwise push <res2>                          */
+          if ( arg_cnt != 4 )
+            goto Unexpected_OtherSubr;
+
+          if ( top[2] > top[3] )
+            top[0] = top[1];
+
+          known_othersubr_result_cnt = 1;
+          break;
+
+#ifdef CAN_HANDLE_NON_INTEGRAL_T1_OPERANDS
+        case 28:
+          /* 0 28 callothersubr pop                               */
+          /* => push random value from interval [0, 1) onto stack */
+          if ( arg_cnt != 0 )
+            goto Unexpected_OtherSubr;
+
+          top[0] = FT_rand();
+          known_othersubr_result_cnt = 1;
+          break;
+#endif
+
+        default:
+          FT_ERROR(( "t1_decoder_parse_charstrings: "
+                     "unknown othersubr [%d %d], wish me luck!\n",
+                     arg_cnt, subr_no ));
+          unknown_othersubr_result_cnt = arg_cnt;
+          break;
+
+        Unexpected_OtherSubr:
+          FT_ERROR(( "t1_decoder_parse_charstrings: "
+                     "invalid othersubr [%d %d]!\n", arg_cnt, subr_no ));
+          goto Syntax_Error;
+        }
+
+        top += known_othersubr_result_cnt;
+
+        decoder->top = top;
+      }
+      else  /* general operator */
+      {
+        FT_Int  num_args = t1_args_count[op];
+
+
+        FT_ASSERT( num_args >= 0 );
+
+        if ( top - decoder->stack < num_args )
+          goto Stack_Underflow;
+
+        /* XXX Operators usually take their operands from the        */
+        /*     bottom of the stack, i.e., the operands are           */
+        /*     decoder->stack[0], ..., decoder->stack[num_args - 1]; */
+        /*     only div, callsubr, and callothersubr are different.  */
+        /*     In practice it doesn't matter (?).                    */
+
+#ifdef FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE
+
+        switch ( op )
+        {
+        case op_callsubr:
+        case op_div:
+        case op_callothersubr:
+        case op_pop:
+        case op_return:
+          break;
+
+        default:
+          if ( top - decoder->stack != num_args )
+            FT_TRACE0(( "t1_decoder_parse_charstrings: "
+                        "too much operands on the stack "
+                        "(seen %d, expected %d)\n",
+                        top - decoder->stack, num_args ));
+            break;
+        }
+
+#endif /* FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE */
+
+        top -= num_args;
+
+        switch ( op )
+        {
+        case op_endchar:
+          FT_TRACE4(( " endchar" ));
+
+          close_contour( builder );
+
+          /* close hints recording session */
+          if ( hinter )
+          {
+            if (hinter->close( hinter->hints, builder->current->n_points ))
+              goto Syntax_Error;
+
+            /* apply hints to the loaded glyph outline now */
+            hinter->apply( hinter->hints,
+                           builder->current,
+                           (PSH_Globals) builder->hints_globals,
+                           decoder->hint_mode );
+          }
+
+          /* add current outline to the glyph slot */
+          FT_GlyphLoader_Add( builder->loader );
+
+          FT_TRACE4(( "\n" ));
+
+          /* the compiler should optimize away this empty loop but ... */
+
+#ifdef FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE
+
+          if ( decoder->len_buildchar > 0 )
+          {
+            FT_UInt  i;
+
+
+            FT_TRACE4(( "BuildCharArray = [ " ));
+
+            for ( i = 0; i < decoder->len_buildchar; ++i )
+              FT_TRACE4(( "%d ", decoder->buildchar[ i ] ));
+
+            FT_TRACE4(( "]\n" ));
+          }
+
+#endif /* FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE */
+
+          FT_TRACE4(( "\n" ));
+
+          /* return now! */
+          return PSaux_Err_Ok;
+
+        case op_hsbw:
+          FT_TRACE4(( " hsbw" ));
+
+          builder->parse_state = T1_Parse_Have_Width;
+
+          builder->left_bearing.x += top[0];
+          builder->advance.x       = top[1];
+          builder->advance.y       = 0;
+
+          orig_x = builder->last.x = x = builder->pos_x + top[0];
+          orig_y = builder->last.y = y = builder->pos_y;
+
+          FT_UNUSED( orig_y );
+
+          /* the `metrics_only' indicates that we only want to compute */
+          /* the glyph's metrics (lsb + advance width), not load the   */
+          /* rest of it; so exit immediately                           */
+          if ( builder->metrics_only )
+            return PSaux_Err_Ok;
+
+          break;
+
+        case op_seac:
+          /* return immediately after the processing */
+          return t1operator_seac( decoder, top[0], top[1], top[2],
+                                           (FT_Int)top[3], (FT_Int)top[4] );
+
+        case op_sbw:
+          FT_TRACE4(( " sbw" ));
+
+          builder->parse_state = T1_Parse_Have_Width;
+
+          builder->left_bearing.x += top[0];
+          builder->left_bearing.y += top[1];
+          builder->advance.x       = top[2];
+          builder->advance.y       = top[3];
+
+          builder->last.x = x = builder->pos_x + top[0];
+          builder->last.y = y = builder->pos_y + top[1];
+
+          /* the `metrics_only' indicates that we only want to compute */
+          /* the glyph's metrics (lsb + advance width), not load the   */
+          /* rest of it; so exit immediately                           */
+          if ( builder->metrics_only )
+            return PSaux_Err_Ok;
+
+          break;
+
+        case op_closepath:
+          FT_TRACE4(( " closepath" ));
+
+          /* if there is no path, `closepath' is a no-op */
+          if ( builder->parse_state == T1_Parse_Have_Path   ||
+               builder->parse_state == T1_Parse_Have_Moveto )
+            close_contour( builder );
+
+          builder->parse_state = T1_Parse_Have_Width;
+          break;
+
+        case op_hlineto:
+          FT_TRACE4(( " hlineto" ));
+
+          if ( start_point( builder, x, y ) )
+            goto Fail;
+
+          x += top[0];
+          goto Add_Line;
+
+        case op_hmoveto:
+          FT_TRACE4(( " hmoveto" ));
+
+          x += top[0];
+          if ( !decoder->flex_state )
+          {
+            if ( builder->parse_state == T1_Parse_Start )
+              goto Syntax_Error;
+            builder->parse_state = T1_Parse_Have_Moveto;
+          }
+          break;
+
+        case op_hvcurveto:
+          FT_TRACE4(( " hvcurveto" ));
+
+          if ( start_point( builder, x, y ) ||
+               check_points( builder, 3 )   )
+            goto Fail;
+
+          x += top[0];
+          add_point( builder, x, y, 0 );
+          x += top[1];
+          y += top[2];
+          add_point( builder, x, y, 0 );
+          y += top[3];
+          add_point( builder, x, y, 1 );
+          break;
+
+        case op_rlineto:
+          FT_TRACE4(( " rlineto" ));
+
+          if ( start_point( builder, x, y ) )
+            goto Fail;
+
+          x += top[0];
+          y += top[1];
+
+        Add_Line:
+          if ( add_point1( builder, x, y ) )
+            goto Fail;
+          break;
+
+        case op_rmoveto:
+          FT_TRACE4(( " rmoveto" ));
+
+          x += top[0];
+          y += top[1];
+          if ( !decoder->flex_state )
+          {
+            if ( builder->parse_state == T1_Parse_Start )
+              goto Syntax_Error;
+            builder->parse_state = T1_Parse_Have_Moveto;
+          }
+          break;
+
+        case op_rrcurveto:
+          FT_TRACE4(( " rcurveto" ));
+
+          if ( start_point( builder, x, y ) ||
+               check_points( builder, 3 )   )
+            goto Fail;
+
+          x += top[0];
+          y += top[1];
+          add_point( builder, x, y, 0 );
+
+          x += top[2];
+          y += top[3];
+          add_point( builder, x, y, 0 );
+
+          x += top[4];
+          y += top[5];
+          add_point( builder, x, y, 1 );
+          break;
+
+        case op_vhcurveto:
+          FT_TRACE4(( " vhcurveto" ));
+
+          if ( start_point( builder, x, y ) ||
+               check_points( builder, 3 )   )
+            goto Fail;
+
+          y += top[0];
+          add_point( builder, x, y, 0 );
+          x += top[1];
+          y += top[2];
+          add_point( builder, x, y, 0 );
+          x += top[3];
+          add_point( builder, x, y, 1 );
+          break;
+
+        case op_vlineto:
+          FT_TRACE4(( " vlineto" ));
+
+          if ( start_point( builder, x, y ) )
+            goto Fail;
+
+          y += top[0];
+          goto Add_Line;
+
+        case op_vmoveto:
+          FT_TRACE4(( " vmoveto" ));
+
+          y += top[0];
+          if ( !decoder->flex_state )
+          {
+            if ( builder->parse_state == T1_Parse_Start )
+              goto Syntax_Error;
+            builder->parse_state = T1_Parse_Have_Moveto;
+          }
+          break;
+
+        case op_div:
+          FT_TRACE4(( " div" ));
+
+          if ( top[1] )
+          {
+            *top = top[0] / top[1];
+            ++top;
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            FT_ERROR(( "t1_decoder_parse_charstrings: division by 0\n" ));
+            goto Syntax_Error;
+          }
+          break;
+
+        case op_callsubr:
+          {
+            FT_Int  idx;
+
+
+            FT_TRACE4(( " callsubr" ));
+
+            idx = (FT_Int)top[0];
+            if ( idx < 0 || idx >= (FT_Int)decoder->num_subrs )
+            {
+              FT_ERROR(( "t1_decoder_parse_charstrings: "
+                         "invalid subrs index\n" ));
+              goto Syntax_Error;
+            }
+
+            if ( zone - decoder->zones >= T1_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS )
+            {
+              FT_ERROR(( "t1_decoder_parse_charstrings: "
+                         "too many nested subrs\n" ));
+              goto Syntax_Error;
+            }
+
+            zone->cursor = ip;  /* save current instruction pointer */
+
+            zone++;
+
+            /* The Type 1 driver stores subroutines without the seed bytes. */
+            /* The CID driver stores subroutines with seed bytes.  This     */
+            /* case is taken care of when decoder->subrs_len == 0.          */
+            zone->base = decoder->subrs[idx];
+
+            if ( decoder->subrs_len )
+              zone->limit = zone->base + decoder->subrs_len[idx];
+            else
+            {
+              /* We are using subroutines from a CID font.  We must adjust */
+              /* for the seed bytes.                                       */
+              zone->base  += ( decoder->lenIV >= 0 ? decoder->lenIV : 0 );
+              zone->limit  = decoder->subrs[idx + 1];
+            }
+
+            zone->cursor = zone->base;
+
+            if ( !zone->base )
+            {
+              FT_ERROR(( "t1_decoder_parse_charstrings: "
+                         "invoking empty subrs!\n" ));
+              goto Syntax_Error;
+            }
+
+            decoder->zone = zone;
+            ip            = zone->base;
+            limit         = zone->limit;
+            break;
+          }
+
+        case op_pop:
+          FT_TRACE4(( " pop" ));
+
+          if ( known_othersubr_result_cnt > 0 )
+          {
+            known_othersubr_result_cnt--;
+            /* ignore, we pushed the operands ourselves */
+            break;
+          }
+
+          if ( unknown_othersubr_result_cnt == 0 )
+          {
+            FT_ERROR(( "t1_decoder_parse_charstrings: "
+                       "no more operands for othersubr!\n" ));
+            goto Syntax_Error;
+          }
+
+          unknown_othersubr_result_cnt--;
+          top++;   /* `push' the operand to callothersubr onto the stack */
+          break;
+
+        case op_return:
+          FT_TRACE4(( " return" ));
+
+          if ( zone <= decoder->zones )
+          {
+            FT_ERROR(( "t1_decoder_parse_charstrings: unexpected return\n" ));
+            goto Syntax_Error;
+          }
+
+          zone--;
+          ip            = zone->cursor;
+          limit         = zone->limit;
+          decoder->zone = zone;
+          break;
+
+        case op_dotsection:
+          FT_TRACE4(( " dotsection" ));
+
+          break;
+
+        case op_hstem:
+          FT_TRACE4(( " hstem" ));
+
+          /* record horizontal hint */
+          if ( hinter )
+          {
+            /* top[0] += builder->left_bearing.y; */
+            hinter->stem( hinter->hints, 1, top );
+          }
+
+          break;
+
+        case op_hstem3:
+          FT_TRACE4(( " hstem3" ));
+
+          /* record horizontal counter-controlled hints */
+          if ( hinter )
+            hinter->stem3( hinter->hints, 1, top );
+
+          break;
+
+        case op_vstem:
+          FT_TRACE4(( " vstem" ));
+
+          /* record vertical  hint */
+          if ( hinter )
+          {
+            top[0] += orig_x;
+            hinter->stem( hinter->hints, 0, top );
+          }
+
+          break;
+
+        case op_vstem3:
+          FT_TRACE4(( " vstem3" ));
+
+          /* record vertical counter-controlled hints */
+          if ( hinter )
+          {
+            FT_Pos  dx = orig_x;
+
+
+            top[0] += dx;
+            top[2] += dx;
+            top[4] += dx;
+            hinter->stem3( hinter->hints, 0, top );
+          }
+          break;
+
+        case op_setcurrentpoint:
+          FT_TRACE4(( " setcurrentpoint" ));
+
+          /* From the T1 specs, section 6.4:                        */
+          /*                                                        */
+          /*   The setcurrentpoint command is used only in          */
+          /*   conjunction with results from OtherSubrs procedures. */
+
+          /* known_othersubr_result_cnt != 0 is already handled above */
+          if ( decoder->flex_state != 1 )
+          {
+            FT_ERROR(( "t1_decoder_parse_charstrings: " ));
+            FT_ERROR(( "unexpected `setcurrentpoint'\n" ));
+
+            goto Syntax_Error;
+          }
+          else
+            decoder->flex_state = 0;
+          break;
+
+        case op_unknown15:
+          FT_TRACE4(( " opcode_15" ));
+          /* nothing to do except to pop the two arguments */
+          break;
+
+        default:
+          FT_ERROR(( "t1_decoder_parse_charstrings: "
+                     "unhandled opcode %d\n", op ));
+          goto Syntax_Error;
+        }
+
+        /* XXX Operators usually clear the operand stack;  */
+        /*     only div, callsubr, callothersubr, pop, and */
+        /*     return are different.                       */
+        /*     In practice it doesn't matter (?).          */
+
+        decoder->top = top;
+
+      } /* general operator processing */
+
+    } /* while ip < limit */
+
+    FT_TRACE4(( "..end..\n\n" ));
+
+  Fail:
+    return error;
+
+  Syntax_Error:
+    return PSaux_Err_Syntax_Error;
+
+  Stack_Underflow:
+    return PSaux_Err_Stack_Underflow;
+  }
+
+
+  /* parse a single Type 1 glyph */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  t1_decoder_parse_glyph( T1_Decoder  decoder,
+                          FT_UInt     glyph )
+  {
+    return decoder->parse_callback( decoder, glyph );
+  }
+
+
+  /* initialize T1 decoder */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  t1_decoder_init( T1_Decoder           decoder,
+                   FT_Face              face,
+                   FT_Size              size,
+                   FT_GlyphSlot         slot,
+                   FT_Byte**            glyph_names,
+                   PS_Blend             blend,
+                   FT_Bool              hinting,
+                   FT_Render_Mode       hint_mode,
+                   T1_Decoder_Callback  parse_callback )
+  {
+    FT_MEM_ZERO( decoder, sizeof ( *decoder ) );
+
+    /* retrieve PSNames interface from list of current modules */
+    {
+      FT_Service_PsCMaps  psnames = 0;
+
+
+      FT_FACE_FIND_GLOBAL_SERVICE( face, psnames, POSTSCRIPT_CMAPS );
+      if ( !psnames )
+      {
+        FT_ERROR(( "t1_decoder_init: " ));
+        FT_ERROR(( "the `psnames' module is not available\n" ));
+        return PSaux_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
+      }
+
+      decoder->psnames = psnames;
+    }
+
+    t1_builder_init( &decoder->builder, face, size, slot, hinting );
+
+    /* decoder->buildchar and decoder->len_buildchar have to be  */
+    /* initialized by the caller since we cannot know the length */
+    /* of the BuildCharArray                                     */
+
+    decoder->num_glyphs     = (FT_UInt)face->num_glyphs;
+    decoder->glyph_names    = glyph_names;
+    decoder->hint_mode      = hint_mode;
+    decoder->blend          = blend;
+    decoder->parse_callback = parse_callback;
+
+    decoder->funcs          = t1_decoder_funcs;
+
+    return PSaux_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  /* finalize T1 decoder */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  t1_decoder_done( T1_Decoder  decoder )
+  {
+    t1_builder_done( &decoder->builder );
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/t1decode.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/t1decode.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..00728db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psaux/t1decode.h
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  t1decode.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    PostScript Type 1 decoding routines (specification).                 */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2000-2001, 2002, 2003 by                                     */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __T1DECODE_H__
+#define __T1DECODE_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_AUX_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_TYPE1_TYPES_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE
+  const T1_Decoder_FuncsRec  t1_decoder_funcs;
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  t1_decoder_parse_glyph( T1_Decoder  decoder,
+                          FT_UInt     glyph_index );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  t1_decoder_parse_charstrings( T1_Decoder  decoder,
+                                FT_Byte*    base,
+                                FT_UInt     len );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  t1_decoder_init( T1_Decoder           decoder,
+                   FT_Face              face,
+                   FT_Size              size,
+                   FT_GlyphSlot         slot,
+                   FT_Byte**            glyph_names,
+                   PS_Blend             blend,
+                   FT_Bool              hinting,
+                   FT_Render_Mode       hint_mode,
+                   T1_Decoder_Callback  parse_glyph );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  t1_decoder_done( T1_Decoder  decoder );
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __T1DECODE_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/Jamfile b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/Jamfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..769dcc4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/Jamfile
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+# FreeType 2 src/pshinter Jamfile
+#
+# Copyright 2001, 2003 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+SubDir  FT2_TOP $(FT2_SRC_DIR) pshinter ;
+
+{
+  local  _sources ;
+
+  if $(FT2_MULTI)
+  {
+    _sources = pshrec pshglob pshalgo pshmod ;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    _sources = pshinter ;
+  }
+
+  Library  $(FT2_LIB) : $(_sources).c ;
+}
+
+# end of src/pshinter Jamfile
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/module.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/module.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed24eb7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/module.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 PSHinter module definition
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2001, 2006 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+FTMODULE_H_COMMANDS += PSHINTER_MODULE
+
+define PSHINTER_MODULE
+$(OPEN_DRIVER) FT_Module_Class, pshinter_module_class $(CLOSE_DRIVER)
+$(ECHO_DRIVER)pshinter  $(ECHO_DRIVER_DESC)Postscript hinter module$(ECHO_DRIVER_DONE)
+endef
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshalgo.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshalgo.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f9ab3da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshalgo.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2302 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  pshalgo.c                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    PostScript hinting algorithm (body).                                 */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 by      */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used        */
+/*  modified and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project       */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_CALC_H
+#include "pshalgo.h"
+
+#include "pshnterr.h"
+
+
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_pshalgo2
+
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_HINTER
+  PSH_Hint_Table  ps_debug_hint_table = 0;
+  PSH_HintFunc    ps_debug_hint_func  = 0;
+  PSH_Glyph       ps_debug_glyph      = 0;
+#endif
+
+
+#define  COMPUTE_INFLEXS  /* compute inflection points to optimize `S' */
+                          /* and similar glyphs                        */
+#define  STRONGER         /* slightly increase the contrast of smooth  */
+                          /* hinting                                   */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                  BASIC HINTS RECORDINGS                       *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /* return true if two stem hints overlap */
+  static FT_Int
+  psh_hint_overlap( PSH_Hint  hint1,
+                    PSH_Hint  hint2 )
+  {
+    return hint1->org_pos + hint1->org_len >= hint2->org_pos &&
+           hint2->org_pos + hint2->org_len >= hint1->org_pos;
+  }
+
+
+  /* destroy hints table */
+  static void
+  psh_hint_table_done( PSH_Hint_Table  table,
+                       FT_Memory       memory )
+  {
+    FT_FREE( table->zones );
+    table->num_zones = 0;
+    table->zone      = 0;
+
+    FT_FREE( table->sort );
+    FT_FREE( table->hints );
+    table->num_hints   = 0;
+    table->max_hints   = 0;
+    table->sort_global = 0;
+  }
+
+
+  /* deactivate all hints in a table */
+  static void
+  psh_hint_table_deactivate( PSH_Hint_Table  table )
+  {
+    FT_UInt   count = table->max_hints;
+    PSH_Hint  hint  = table->hints;
+
+
+    for ( ; count > 0; count--, hint++ )
+    {
+      psh_hint_deactivate( hint );
+      hint->order = -1;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /* internal function to record a new hint */
+  static void
+  psh_hint_table_record( PSH_Hint_Table  table,
+                         FT_UInt         idx )
+  {
+    PSH_Hint  hint = table->hints + idx;
+
+
+    if ( idx >= table->max_hints )
+    {
+      FT_ERROR(( "psh_hint_table_record: invalid hint index %d\n", idx ));
+      return;
+    }
+
+    /* ignore active hints */
+    if ( psh_hint_is_active( hint ) )
+      return;
+
+    psh_hint_activate( hint );
+
+    /* now scan the current active hint set to check */
+    /* whether `hint' overlaps with another hint     */
+    {
+      PSH_Hint*  sorted = table->sort_global;
+      FT_UInt    count  = table->num_hints;
+      PSH_Hint   hint2;
+
+
+      hint->parent = 0;
+      for ( ; count > 0; count--, sorted++ )
+      {
+        hint2 = sorted[0];
+
+        if ( psh_hint_overlap( hint, hint2 ) )
+        {
+          hint->parent = hint2;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    if ( table->num_hints < table->max_hints )
+      table->sort_global[table->num_hints++] = hint;
+    else
+      FT_ERROR(( "psh_hint_table_record: too many sorted hints!  BUG!\n" ));
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  psh_hint_table_record_mask( PSH_Hint_Table  table,
+                              PS_Mask         hint_mask )
+  {
+    FT_Int    mask = 0, val = 0;
+    FT_Byte*  cursor = hint_mask->bytes;
+    FT_UInt   idx, limit;
+
+
+    limit = hint_mask->num_bits;
+
+    for ( idx = 0; idx < limit; idx++ )
+    {
+      if ( mask == 0 )
+      {
+        val  = *cursor++;
+        mask = 0x80;
+      }
+
+      if ( val & mask )
+        psh_hint_table_record( table, idx );
+
+      mask >>= 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /* create hints table */
+  static FT_Error
+  psh_hint_table_init( PSH_Hint_Table  table,
+                       PS_Hint_Table   hints,
+                       PS_Mask_Table   hint_masks,
+                       PS_Mask_Table   counter_masks,
+                       FT_Memory       memory )
+  {
+    FT_UInt   count;
+    FT_Error  error;
+
+    FT_UNUSED( counter_masks );
+
+
+    count = hints->num_hints;
+
+    /* allocate our tables */
+    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( table->sort,  2 * count     ) ||
+         FT_NEW_ARRAY( table->hints,     count     ) ||
+         FT_NEW_ARRAY( table->zones, 2 * count + 1 ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    table->max_hints   = count;
+    table->sort_global = table->sort + count;
+    table->num_hints   = 0;
+    table->num_zones   = 0;
+    table->zone        = 0;
+
+    /* initialize the `table->hints' array */
+    {
+      PSH_Hint  write = table->hints;
+      PS_Hint   read  = hints->hints;
+
+
+      for ( ; count > 0; count--, write++, read++ )
+      {
+        write->org_pos = read->pos;
+        write->org_len = read->len;
+        write->flags   = read->flags;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* we now need to determine the initial `parent' stems; first  */
+    /* activate the hints that are given by the initial hint masks */
+    if ( hint_masks )
+    {
+      PS_Mask  mask = hint_masks->masks;
+
+
+      count             = hint_masks->num_masks;
+      table->hint_masks = hint_masks;
+
+      for ( ; count > 0; count--, mask++ )
+        psh_hint_table_record_mask( table, mask );
+    }
+
+    /* finally, do a linear parse in case some hints were left alone */
+    if ( table->num_hints != table->max_hints )
+    {
+      FT_UInt  idx;
+
+
+      FT_ERROR(( "psh_hint_table_init: missing/incorrect hint masks!\n" ));
+
+      count = table->max_hints;
+      for ( idx = 0; idx < count; idx++ )
+        psh_hint_table_record( table, idx );
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  psh_hint_table_activate_mask( PSH_Hint_Table  table,
+                                PS_Mask         hint_mask )
+  {
+    FT_Int    mask = 0, val = 0;
+    FT_Byte*  cursor = hint_mask->bytes;
+    FT_UInt   idx, limit, count;
+
+
+    limit = hint_mask->num_bits;
+    count = 0;
+
+    psh_hint_table_deactivate( table );
+
+    for ( idx = 0; idx < limit; idx++ )
+    {
+      if ( mask == 0 )
+      {
+        val  = *cursor++;
+        mask = 0x80;
+      }
+
+      if ( val & mask )
+      {
+        PSH_Hint  hint = &table->hints[idx];
+
+
+        if ( !psh_hint_is_active( hint ) )
+        {
+          FT_UInt     count2;
+
+#if 0
+          PSH_Hint*  sort = table->sort;
+          PSH_Hint   hint2;
+
+
+          for ( count2 = count; count2 > 0; count2--, sort++ )
+          {
+            hint2 = sort[0];
+            if ( psh_hint_overlap( hint, hint2 ) )
+              FT_ERROR(( "psh_hint_table_activate_mask:"
+                         " found overlapping hints\n" ))
+          }
+#else
+          count2 = 0;
+#endif
+
+          if ( count2 == 0 )
+          {
+            psh_hint_activate( hint );
+            if ( count < table->max_hints )
+              table->sort[count++] = hint;
+            else
+              FT_ERROR(( "psh_hint_tableactivate_mask:"
+                         " too many active hints\n" ));
+          }
+        }
+      }
+
+      mask >>= 1;
+    }
+    table->num_hints = count;
+
+    /* now, sort the hints; they are guaranteed to not overlap */
+    /* so we can compare their "org_pos" field directly        */
+    {
+      FT_Int     i1, i2;
+      PSH_Hint   hint1, hint2;
+      PSH_Hint*  sort = table->sort;
+
+
+      /* a simple bubble sort will do, since in 99% of cases, the hints */
+      /* will be already sorted -- and the sort will be linear          */
+      for ( i1 = 1; i1 < (FT_Int)count; i1++ )
+      {
+        hint1 = sort[i1];
+        for ( i2 = i1 - 1; i2 >= 0; i2-- )
+        {
+          hint2 = sort[i2];
+
+          if ( hint2->org_pos < hint1->org_pos )
+            break;
+
+          sort[i2 + 1] = hint2;
+          sort[i2]     = hint1;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****               HINTS GRID-FITTING AND OPTIMIZATION             *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+#if 1
+  static FT_Pos
+  psh_dimension_quantize_len( PSH_Dimension  dim,
+                              FT_Pos         len,
+                              FT_Bool        do_snapping )
+  {
+    if ( len <= 64 )
+      len = 64;
+    else
+    {
+      FT_Pos  delta = len - dim->stdw.widths[0].cur;
+
+
+      if ( delta < 0 )
+        delta = -delta;
+
+      if ( delta < 40 )
+      {
+        len = dim->stdw.widths[0].cur;
+        if ( len < 48 )
+          len = 48;
+      }
+
+      if ( len < 3 * 64 )
+      {
+        delta = ( len & 63 );
+        len  &= -64;
+
+        if ( delta < 10 )
+          len += delta;
+
+        else if ( delta < 32 )
+          len += 10;
+
+        else if ( delta < 54 )
+          len += 54;
+
+        else
+          len += delta;
+      }
+      else
+        len = FT_PIX_ROUND( len );
+    }
+
+    if ( do_snapping )
+      len = FT_PIX_ROUND( len );
+
+    return  len;
+  }
+#endif /* 0 */
+
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_HINTER
+
+  static void
+  ps_simple_scale( PSH_Hint_Table  table,
+                   FT_Fixed        scale,
+                   FT_Fixed        delta,
+                   FT_Int          dimension )
+  {
+    PSH_Hint  hint;
+    FT_UInt   count;
+
+
+    for ( count = 0; count < table->max_hints; count++ )
+    {
+      hint = table->hints + count;
+
+      hint->cur_pos = FT_MulFix( hint->org_pos, scale ) + delta;
+      hint->cur_len = FT_MulFix( hint->org_len, scale );
+
+      if ( ps_debug_hint_func )
+        ps_debug_hint_func( hint, dimension );
+    }
+  }
+
+#endif /* DEBUG_HINTER */
+
+
+  static FT_Fixed
+  psh_hint_snap_stem_side_delta( FT_Fixed  pos,
+                                 FT_Fixed  len )
+  {
+    FT_Fixed  delta1 = FT_PIX_ROUND( pos ) - pos;
+    FT_Fixed  delta2 = FT_PIX_ROUND( pos + len ) - pos - len;
+
+
+    if ( FT_ABS( delta1 ) <= FT_ABS( delta2 ) )
+      return delta1;
+    else
+      return delta2;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  psh_hint_align( PSH_Hint     hint,
+                  PSH_Globals  globals,
+                  FT_Int       dimension,
+                  PSH_Glyph    glyph )
+  {
+    PSH_Dimension  dim   = &globals->dimension[dimension];
+    FT_Fixed       scale = dim->scale_mult;
+    FT_Fixed       delta = dim->scale_delta;
+
+
+    if ( !psh_hint_is_fitted( hint ) )
+    {
+      FT_Pos  pos = FT_MulFix( hint->org_pos, scale ) + delta;
+      FT_Pos  len = FT_MulFix( hint->org_len, scale );
+
+      FT_Int            do_snapping;
+      FT_Pos            fit_len;
+      PSH_AlignmentRec  align;
+
+
+      /* ignore stem alignments when requested through the hint flags */
+      if ( ( dimension == 0 && !glyph->do_horz_hints ) ||
+           ( dimension == 1 && !glyph->do_vert_hints ) )
+      {
+        hint->cur_pos = pos;
+        hint->cur_len = len;
+
+        psh_hint_set_fitted( hint );
+        return;
+      }
+
+      /* perform stem snapping when requested - this is necessary
+       * for monochrome and LCD hinting modes only
+       */
+      do_snapping = ( dimension == 0 && glyph->do_horz_snapping ) ||
+                    ( dimension == 1 && glyph->do_vert_snapping );
+
+      hint->cur_len = fit_len = len;
+
+      /* check blue zones for horizontal stems */
+      align.align     = PSH_BLUE_ALIGN_NONE;
+      align.align_bot = align.align_top = 0;
+
+      if ( dimension == 1 )
+        psh_blues_snap_stem( &globals->blues,
+                             hint->org_pos + hint->org_len,
+                             hint->org_pos,
+                             &align );
+
+      switch ( align.align )
+      {
+      case PSH_BLUE_ALIGN_TOP:
+        /* the top of the stem is aligned against a blue zone */
+        hint->cur_pos = align.align_top - fit_len;
+        break;
+
+      case PSH_BLUE_ALIGN_BOT:
+        /* the bottom of the stem is aligned against a blue zone */
+        hint->cur_pos = align.align_bot;
+        break;
+
+      case PSH_BLUE_ALIGN_TOP | PSH_BLUE_ALIGN_BOT:
+        /* both edges of the stem are aligned against blue zones */
+        hint->cur_pos = align.align_bot;
+        hint->cur_len = align.align_top - align.align_bot;
+        break;
+
+      default:
+        {
+          PSH_Hint  parent = hint->parent;
+
+
+          if ( parent )
+          {
+            FT_Pos  par_org_center, par_cur_center;
+            FT_Pos  cur_org_center, cur_delta;
+
+
+            /* ensure that parent is already fitted */
+            if ( !psh_hint_is_fitted( parent ) )
+              psh_hint_align( parent, globals, dimension, glyph );
+
+            /* keep original relation between hints, this is, use the */
+            /* scaled distance between the centers of the hints to    */
+            /* compute the new position                               */
+            par_org_center = parent->org_pos + ( parent->org_len >> 1 );
+            par_cur_center = parent->cur_pos + ( parent->cur_len >> 1 );
+            cur_org_center = hint->org_pos   + ( hint->org_len   >> 1 );
+
+            cur_delta = FT_MulFix( cur_org_center - par_org_center, scale );
+            pos       = par_cur_center + cur_delta - ( len >> 1 );
+          }
+
+          hint->cur_pos = pos;
+          hint->cur_len = fit_len;
+
+          /* Stem adjustment tries to snap stem widths to standard
+           * ones.  This is important to prevent unpleasant rounding
+           * artefacts.
+           */
+          if ( glyph->do_stem_adjust )
+          {
+            if ( len <= 64 )
+            {
+              /* the stem is less than one pixel; we will center it
+               * around the nearest pixel center
+               */
+              if ( len >= 32 )
+              {
+                /* This is a special case where we also widen the stem
+                 * and align it to the pixel grid.
+                 *
+                 *   stem_center          = pos + (len/2)
+                 *   nearest_pixel_center = FT_ROUND(stem_center-32)+32
+                 *   new_pos              = nearest_pixel_center-32
+                 *                        = FT_ROUND(stem_center-32)
+                 *                        = FT_FLOOR(stem_center-32+32)
+                 *                        = FT_FLOOR(stem_center)
+                 *   new_len              = 64
+                 */
+                pos = FT_PIX_FLOOR( pos + ( len >> 1 ) );
+                len = 64;
+              }
+              else if ( len > 0 )
+              {
+                /* This is a very small stem; we simply align it to the
+                 * pixel grid, trying to find the minimal displacement.
+                 *
+                 * left               = pos
+                 * right              = pos + len
+                 * left_nearest_edge  = ROUND(pos)
+                 * right_nearest_edge = ROUND(right)
+                 *
+                 * if ( ABS(left_nearest_edge - left) <=
+                 *      ABS(right_nearest_edge - right) )
+                 *    new_pos = left
+                 * else
+                 *    new_pos = right
+                 */
+                FT_Pos  left_nearest  = FT_PIX_ROUND( pos );
+                FT_Pos  right_nearest = FT_PIX_ROUND( pos + len );
+                FT_Pos  left_disp     = left_nearest - pos;
+                FT_Pos  right_disp    = right_nearest - ( pos + len );
+
+
+                if ( left_disp < 0 )
+                  left_disp = -left_disp;
+                if ( right_disp < 0 )
+                  right_disp = -right_disp;
+                if ( left_disp <= right_disp )
+                  pos = left_nearest;
+                else
+                  pos = right_nearest;
+              }
+              else
+              {
+                /* this is a ghost stem; we simply round it */
+                pos = FT_PIX_ROUND( pos );
+              }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+              len = psh_dimension_quantize_len( dim, len, 0 );
+            }
+          }
+
+          /* now that we have a good hinted stem width, try to position */
+          /* the stem along a pixel grid integer coordinate             */
+          hint->cur_pos = pos + psh_hint_snap_stem_side_delta( pos, len );
+          hint->cur_len = len;
+        }
+      }
+
+      if ( do_snapping )
+      {
+        pos = hint->cur_pos;
+        len = hint->cur_len;
+
+        if ( len < 64 )
+          len = 64;
+        else
+          len = FT_PIX_ROUND( len );
+
+        switch ( align.align )
+        {
+          case PSH_BLUE_ALIGN_TOP:
+            hint->cur_pos = align.align_top - len;
+            hint->cur_len = len;
+            break;
+
+          case PSH_BLUE_ALIGN_BOT:
+            hint->cur_len = len;
+            break;
+
+          case PSH_BLUE_ALIGN_BOT | PSH_BLUE_ALIGN_TOP:
+            /* don't touch */
+            break;
+
+
+          default:
+            hint->cur_len = len;
+            if ( len & 64 )
+              pos = FT_PIX_FLOOR( pos + ( len >> 1 ) ) + 32;
+            else
+              pos = FT_PIX_ROUND( pos + ( len >> 1 ) );
+
+            hint->cur_pos = pos - ( len >> 1 );
+            hint->cur_len = len;
+        }
+      }
+
+      psh_hint_set_fitted( hint );
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_HINTER
+      if ( ps_debug_hint_func )
+        ps_debug_hint_func( hint, dimension );
+#endif
+    }
+  }
+
+
+#if 0  /* not used for now, experimental */
+
+ /*
+  *  A variant to perform "light" hinting (i.e. FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT)
+  *  of stems
+  */
+  static void
+  psh_hint_align_light( PSH_Hint     hint,
+                        PSH_Globals  globals,
+                        FT_Int       dimension,
+                        PSH_Glyph    glyph )
+  {
+    PSH_Dimension  dim   = &globals->dimension[dimension];
+    FT_Fixed       scale = dim->scale_mult;
+    FT_Fixed       delta = dim->scale_delta;
+
+
+    if ( !psh_hint_is_fitted( hint ) )
+    {
+      FT_Pos  pos = FT_MulFix( hint->org_pos, scale ) + delta;
+      FT_Pos  len = FT_MulFix( hint->org_len, scale );
+
+      FT_Pos  fit_len;
+
+      PSH_AlignmentRec  align;
+
+
+      /* ignore stem alignments when requested through the hint flags */
+      if ( ( dimension == 0 && !glyph->do_horz_hints ) ||
+           ( dimension == 1 && !glyph->do_vert_hints ) )
+      {
+        hint->cur_pos = pos;
+        hint->cur_len = len;
+
+        psh_hint_set_fitted( hint );
+        return;
+      }
+
+      fit_len = len;
+
+      hint->cur_len = fit_len;
+
+      /* check blue zones for horizontal stems */
+      align.align = PSH_BLUE_ALIGN_NONE;
+      align.align_bot = align.align_top = 0;
+
+      if ( dimension == 1 )
+        psh_blues_snap_stem( &globals->blues,
+                             hint->org_pos + hint->org_len,
+                             hint->org_pos,
+                             &align );
+
+      switch ( align.align )
+      {
+      case PSH_BLUE_ALIGN_TOP:
+        /* the top of the stem is aligned against a blue zone */
+        hint->cur_pos = align.align_top - fit_len;
+        break;
+
+      case PSH_BLUE_ALIGN_BOT:
+        /* the bottom of the stem is aligned against a blue zone */
+        hint->cur_pos = align.align_bot;
+        break;
+
+      case PSH_BLUE_ALIGN_TOP | PSH_BLUE_ALIGN_BOT:
+        /* both edges of the stem are aligned against blue zones */
+        hint->cur_pos = align.align_bot;
+        hint->cur_len = align.align_top - align.align_bot;
+        break;
+
+      default:
+        {
+          PSH_Hint  parent = hint->parent;
+
+
+          if ( parent )
+          {
+            FT_Pos  par_org_center, par_cur_center;
+            FT_Pos  cur_org_center, cur_delta;
+
+
+            /* ensure that parent is already fitted */
+            if ( !psh_hint_is_fitted( parent ) )
+              psh_hint_align_light( parent, globals, dimension, glyph );
+
+            par_org_center = parent->org_pos + ( parent->org_len / 2 );
+            par_cur_center = parent->cur_pos + ( parent->cur_len / 2 );
+            cur_org_center = hint->org_pos   + ( hint->org_len   / 2 );
+
+            cur_delta = FT_MulFix( cur_org_center - par_org_center, scale );
+            pos       = par_cur_center + cur_delta - ( len >> 1 );
+          }
+
+          /* Stems less than one pixel wide are easy -- we want to
+           * make them as dark as possible, so they must fall within
+           * one pixel.  If the stem is split between two pixels
+           * then snap the edge that is nearer to the pixel boundary
+           * to the pixel boundary.
+           */
+          if ( len <= 64 )
+          {
+            if ( ( pos + len + 63 ) / 64  != pos / 64 + 1 )
+              pos += psh_hint_snap_stem_side_delta ( pos, len );
+          }
+
+          /* Position stems other to minimize the amount of mid-grays.
+           * There are, in general, two positions that do this,
+           * illustrated as A) and B) below.
+           *
+           *   +                   +                   +                   +
+           *
+           * A)             |--------------------------------|
+           * B)   |--------------------------------|
+           * C)       |--------------------------------|
+           *
+           * Position A) (split the excess stem equally) should be better
+           * for stems of width N + f where f < 0.5.
+           *
+           * Position B) (split the deficiency equally) should be better
+           * for stems of width N + f where f > 0.5.
+           *
+           * It turns out though that minimizing the total number of lit
+           * pixels is also important, so position C), with one edge
+           * aligned with a pixel boundary is actually preferable
+           * to A).  There are also more possibile positions for C) than
+           * for A) or B), so it involves less distortion of the overall
+           * character shape.
+           */
+          else /* len > 64 */
+          {
+            FT_Fixed  frac_len = len & 63;
+            FT_Fixed  center = pos + ( len >> 1 );
+            FT_Fixed  delta_a, delta_b;
+
+
+            if ( ( len / 64 ) & 1 )
+            {
+              delta_a = FT_PIX_FLOOR( center ) + 32 - center;
+              delta_b = FT_PIX_ROUND( center ) - center;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+              delta_a = FT_PIX_ROUND( center ) - center;
+              delta_b = FT_PIX_FLOOR( center ) + 32 - center;
+            }
+
+            /* We choose between B) and C) above based on the amount
+             * of fractinal stem width; for small amounts, choose
+             * C) always, for large amounts, B) always, and inbetween,
+             * pick whichever one involves less stem movement.
+             */
+            if ( frac_len < 32 )
+            {
+              pos += psh_hint_snap_stem_side_delta ( pos, len );
+            }
+            else if ( frac_len < 48 )
+            {
+              FT_Fixed  side_delta = psh_hint_snap_stem_side_delta ( pos,
+                                                                     len );
+
+              if ( FT_ABS( side_delta ) < FT_ABS( delta_b ) )
+                pos += side_delta;
+              else
+                pos += delta_b;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+              pos += delta_b;
+            }
+          }
+
+          hint->cur_pos = pos;
+        }
+      }  /* switch */
+
+      psh_hint_set_fitted( hint );
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_HINTER
+      if ( ps_debug_hint_func )
+        ps_debug_hint_func( hint, dimension );
+#endif
+    }
+  }
+
+#endif /* 0 */
+
+
+  static void
+  psh_hint_table_align_hints( PSH_Hint_Table  table,
+                              PSH_Globals     globals,
+                              FT_Int          dimension,
+                              PSH_Glyph       glyph )
+  {
+    PSH_Hint       hint;
+    FT_UInt        count;
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_HINTER
+
+    PSH_Dimension  dim   = &globals->dimension[dimension];
+    FT_Fixed       scale = dim->scale_mult;
+    FT_Fixed       delta = dim->scale_delta;
+
+
+    if ( ps_debug_no_vert_hints && dimension == 0 )
+    {
+      ps_simple_scale( table, scale, delta, dimension );
+      return;
+    }
+
+    if ( ps_debug_no_horz_hints && dimension == 1 )
+    {
+      ps_simple_scale( table, scale, delta, dimension );
+      return;
+    }
+
+#endif /* DEBUG_HINTER*/
+
+    hint  = table->hints;
+    count = table->max_hints;
+
+    for ( ; count > 0; count--, hint++ )
+      psh_hint_align( hint, globals, dimension, glyph );
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                POINTS INTERPOLATION ROUTINES                  *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+#define PSH_ZONE_MIN  -3200000L
+#define PSH_ZONE_MAX  +3200000L
+
+#define xxDEBUG_ZONES
+
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_ZONES
+
+#include FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
+
+  static void
+  psh_print_zone( PSH_Zone  zone )
+  {
+    printf( "zone [scale,delta,min,max] = [%.3f,%.3f,%d,%d]\n",
+             zone->scale / 65536.0,
+             zone->delta / 64.0,
+             zone->min,
+             zone->max );
+  }
+
+#else
+
+#define psh_print_zone( x )  do { } while ( 0 )
+
+#endif /* DEBUG_ZONES */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                    HINTER GLYPH MANAGEMENT                    *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+#if 1
+
+#define  psh_corner_is_flat      ft_corner_is_flat
+#define  psh_corner_orientation  ft_corner_orientation
+
+#else
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Int )
+  psh_corner_is_flat( FT_Pos  x_in,
+                      FT_Pos  y_in,
+                      FT_Pos  x_out,
+                      FT_Pos  y_out )
+  {
+    FT_Pos  ax = x_in;
+    FT_Pos  ay = y_in;
+
+    FT_Pos  d_in, d_out, d_corner;
+
+
+    if ( ax < 0 )
+      ax = -ax;
+    if ( ay < 0 )
+      ay = -ay;
+    d_in = ax + ay;
+
+    ax = x_out;
+    if ( ax < 0 )
+      ax = -ax;
+    ay = y_out;
+    if ( ay < 0 )
+      ay = -ay;
+    d_out = ax + ay;
+
+    ax = x_out + x_in;
+    if ( ax < 0 )
+      ax = -ax;
+    ay = y_out + y_in;
+    if ( ay < 0 )
+      ay = -ay;
+    d_corner = ax + ay;
+
+    return ( d_in + d_out - d_corner ) < ( d_corner >> 4 );
+  }
+
+  static FT_Int
+  psh_corner_orientation( FT_Pos  in_x,
+                          FT_Pos  in_y,
+                          FT_Pos  out_x,
+                          FT_Pos  out_y )
+  {
+    FT_Int  result;
+
+
+    /* deal with the trivial cases quickly */
+    if ( in_y == 0 )
+    {
+      if ( in_x >= 0 )
+        result = out_y;
+      else
+        result = -out_y;
+    }
+    else if ( in_x == 0 )
+    {
+      if ( in_y >= 0 )
+        result = -out_x;
+      else
+        result = out_x;
+    }
+    else if ( out_y == 0 )
+    {
+      if ( out_x >= 0 )
+        result = in_y;
+      else
+        result = -in_y;
+    }
+    else if ( out_x == 0 )
+    {
+      if ( out_y >= 0 )
+        result = -in_x;
+      else
+        result =  in_x;
+    }
+    else /* general case */
+    {
+      long long  delta = (long long)in_x * out_y - (long long)in_y * out_x;
+
+      if ( delta == 0 )
+        result = 0;
+      else
+        result = 1 - 2 * ( delta < 0 );
+    }
+
+    return result;
+  }
+
+#endif /* !1 */
+
+
+#ifdef COMPUTE_INFLEXS
+
+  /* compute all inflex points in a given glyph */
+  static void
+  psh_glyph_compute_inflections( PSH_Glyph  glyph )
+  {
+    FT_UInt  n;
+
+
+    for ( n = 0; n < glyph->num_contours; n++ )
+    {
+      PSH_Point  first, start, end, before, after;
+      FT_Pos     in_x, in_y, out_x, out_y;
+      FT_Int     orient_prev, orient_cur;
+      FT_Int     finished = 0;
+
+
+      /* we need at least 4 points to create an inflection point */
+      if ( glyph->contours[n].count < 4 )
+        continue;
+
+      /* compute first segment in contour */
+      first = glyph->contours[n].start;
+
+      start = end = first;
+      do
+      {
+        end = end->next;
+        if ( end == first )
+          goto Skip;
+
+        in_x = end->org_u - start->org_u;
+        in_y = end->org_v - start->org_v;
+
+      } while ( in_x == 0 && in_y == 0 );
+
+      /* extend the segment start whenever possible */
+      before = start;
+      do
+      {
+        do
+        {
+          start  = before;
+          before = before->prev;
+          if ( before == first )
+            goto Skip;
+
+          out_x = start->org_u - before->org_u;
+          out_y = start->org_v - before->org_v;
+
+        } while ( out_x == 0 && out_y == 0 );
+
+        orient_prev = psh_corner_orientation( in_x, in_y, out_x, out_y );
+
+      } while ( orient_prev == 0 );
+
+      first = start;
+      in_x  = out_x;
+      in_y  = out_y;
+
+      /* now, process all segments in the contour */
+      do
+      {
+        /* first, extend current segment's end whenever possible */
+        after = end;
+        do
+        {
+          do
+          {
+            end   = after;
+            after = after->next;
+            if ( after == first )
+              finished = 1;
+
+            out_x = after->org_u - end->org_u;
+            out_y = after->org_v - end->org_v;
+
+          } while ( out_x == 0 && out_y == 0 );
+
+          orient_cur = psh_corner_orientation( in_x, in_y, out_x, out_y );
+
+        } while ( orient_cur == 0 );
+
+        if ( ( orient_cur ^ orient_prev ) < 0 )
+        {
+          do
+          {
+            psh_point_set_inflex( start );
+            start = start->next;
+          }
+          while ( start != end );
+
+          psh_point_set_inflex( start );
+        }
+
+        start       = end;
+        end         = after;
+        orient_prev = orient_cur;
+        in_x        = out_x;
+        in_y        = out_y;
+
+      } while ( !finished );
+
+    Skip:
+      ;
+    }
+  }
+
+#endif /* COMPUTE_INFLEXS */
+
+
+  static void
+  psh_glyph_done( PSH_Glyph  glyph )
+  {
+    FT_Memory  memory = glyph->memory;
+
+
+    psh_hint_table_done( &glyph->hint_tables[1], memory );
+    psh_hint_table_done( &glyph->hint_tables[0], memory );
+
+    FT_FREE( glyph->points );
+    FT_FREE( glyph->contours );
+
+    glyph->num_points   = 0;
+    glyph->num_contours = 0;
+
+    glyph->memory = 0;
+  }
+
+
+  static int
+  psh_compute_dir( FT_Pos  dx,
+                   FT_Pos  dy )
+  {
+    FT_Pos  ax, ay;
+    int     result = PSH_DIR_NONE;
+
+
+    ax = ( dx >= 0 ) ? dx : -dx;
+    ay = ( dy >= 0 ) ? dy : -dy;
+
+    if ( ay * 12 < ax )
+    {
+      /* |dy| <<< |dx|  means a near-horizontal segment */
+      result = ( dx >= 0 ) ? PSH_DIR_RIGHT : PSH_DIR_LEFT;
+    }
+    else if ( ax * 12 < ay )
+    {
+      /* |dx| <<< |dy|  means a near-vertical segment */
+      result = ( dy >= 0 ) ? PSH_DIR_UP : PSH_DIR_DOWN;
+    }
+
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+  /* load outline point coordinates into hinter glyph */
+  static void
+  psh_glyph_load_points( PSH_Glyph  glyph,
+                         FT_Int     dimension )
+  {
+    FT_Vector*  vec   = glyph->outline->points;
+    PSH_Point   point = glyph->points;
+    FT_UInt     count = glyph->num_points;
+
+
+    for ( ; count > 0; count--, point++, vec++ )
+    {
+      point->flags2 = 0;
+      point->hint   = NULL;
+      if ( dimension == 0 )
+      {
+        point->org_u = vec->x;
+        point->org_v = vec->y;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        point->org_u = vec->y;
+        point->org_v = vec->x;
+      }
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_HINTER
+      point->org_x = vec->x;
+      point->org_y = vec->y;
+#endif
+
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /* save hinted point coordinates back to outline */
+  static void
+  psh_glyph_save_points( PSH_Glyph  glyph,
+                         FT_Int     dimension )
+  {
+    FT_UInt     n;
+    PSH_Point   point = glyph->points;
+    FT_Vector*  vec   = glyph->outline->points;
+    char*       tags  = glyph->outline->tags;
+
+
+    for ( n = 0; n < glyph->num_points; n++ )
+    {
+      if ( dimension == 0 )
+        vec[n].x = point->cur_u;
+      else
+        vec[n].y = point->cur_u;
+
+      if ( psh_point_is_strong( point ) )
+        tags[n] |= (char)( ( dimension == 0 ) ? 32 : 64 );
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_HINTER
+
+      if ( dimension == 0 )
+      {
+        point->cur_x   = point->cur_u;
+        point->flags_x = point->flags2 | point->flags;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        point->cur_y   = point->cur_u;
+        point->flags_y = point->flags2 | point->flags;
+      }
+
+#endif
+
+      point++;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  psh_glyph_init( PSH_Glyph    glyph,
+                  FT_Outline*  outline,
+                  PS_Hints     ps_hints,
+                  PSH_Globals  globals )
+  {
+    FT_Error   error;
+    FT_Memory  memory;
+
+
+    /* clear all fields */
+    FT_MEM_ZERO( glyph, sizeof ( *glyph ) );
+
+    memory = glyph->memory = globals->memory;
+
+    /* allocate and setup points + contours arrays */
+    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( glyph->points,   outline->n_points   ) ||
+         FT_NEW_ARRAY( glyph->contours, outline->n_contours ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    glyph->num_points   = outline->n_points;
+    glyph->num_contours = outline->n_contours;
+
+    {
+      FT_UInt      first = 0, next, n;
+      PSH_Point    points  = glyph->points;
+      PSH_Contour  contour = glyph->contours;
+
+
+      for ( n = 0; n < glyph->num_contours; n++ )
+      {
+        FT_Int     count;
+        PSH_Point  point;
+
+
+        next  = outline->contours[n] + 1;
+        count = next - first;
+
+        contour->start = points + first;
+        contour->count = (FT_UInt)count;
+
+        if ( count > 0 )
+        {
+          point = points + first;
+
+          point->prev    = points + next - 1;
+          point->contour = contour;
+
+          for ( ; count > 1; count-- )
+          {
+            point[0].next = point + 1;
+            point[1].prev = point;
+            point++;
+            point->contour = contour;
+          }
+          point->next = points + first;
+        }
+
+        contour++;
+        first = next;
+      }
+    }
+
+    {
+      PSH_Point   points = glyph->points;
+      PSH_Point   point  = points;
+      FT_Vector*  vec    = outline->points;
+      FT_UInt     n;
+
+
+      for ( n = 0; n < glyph->num_points; n++, point++ )
+      {
+        FT_Int  n_prev = (FT_Int)( point->prev - points );
+        FT_Int  n_next = (FT_Int)( point->next - points );
+        FT_Pos  dxi, dyi, dxo, dyo;
+
+
+        if ( !( outline->tags[n] & FT_CURVE_TAG_ON ) )
+          point->flags = PSH_POINT_OFF;
+
+        dxi = vec[n].x - vec[n_prev].x;
+        dyi = vec[n].y - vec[n_prev].y;
+
+        point->dir_in = (FT_Char)psh_compute_dir( dxi, dyi );
+
+        dxo = vec[n_next].x - vec[n].x;
+        dyo = vec[n_next].y - vec[n].y;
+
+        point->dir_out = (FT_Char)psh_compute_dir( dxo, dyo );
+
+        /* detect smooth points */
+        if ( point->flags & PSH_POINT_OFF )
+          point->flags |= PSH_POINT_SMOOTH;
+
+        else if ( point->dir_in == point->dir_out )
+        {
+          if ( point->dir_out != PSH_DIR_NONE           ||
+               psh_corner_is_flat( dxi, dyi, dxo, dyo ) )
+            point->flags |= PSH_POINT_SMOOTH;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    glyph->outline = outline;
+    glyph->globals = globals;
+
+#ifdef COMPUTE_INFLEXS
+    psh_glyph_load_points( glyph, 0 );
+    psh_glyph_compute_inflections( glyph );
+#endif /* COMPUTE_INFLEXS */
+
+    /* now deal with hints tables */
+    error = psh_hint_table_init( &glyph->hint_tables [0],
+                                 &ps_hints->dimension[0].hints,
+                                 &ps_hints->dimension[0].masks,
+                                 &ps_hints->dimension[0].counters,
+                                 memory );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    error = psh_hint_table_init( &glyph->hint_tables [1],
+                                 &ps_hints->dimension[1].hints,
+                                 &ps_hints->dimension[1].masks,
+                                 &ps_hints->dimension[1].counters,
+                                 memory );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* compute all extrema in a glyph for a given dimension */
+  static void
+  psh_glyph_compute_extrema( PSH_Glyph  glyph )
+  {
+    FT_UInt  n;
+
+
+    /* first of all, compute all local extrema */
+    for ( n = 0; n < glyph->num_contours; n++ )
+    {
+      PSH_Point  first = glyph->contours[n].start;
+      PSH_Point  point, before, after;
+
+
+      if ( glyph->contours[n].count == 0 )
+        continue;
+
+      point  = first;
+      before = point;
+      after  = point;
+
+      do
+      {
+        before = before->prev;
+        if ( before == first )
+          goto Skip;
+
+      } while ( before->org_u == point->org_u );
+
+      first = point = before->next;
+
+      for (;;)
+      {
+        after = point;
+        do
+        {
+          after = after->next;
+          if ( after == first )
+            goto Next;
+
+        } while ( after->org_u == point->org_u );
+
+        if ( before->org_u < point->org_u )
+        {
+          if ( after->org_u < point->org_u )
+          {
+            /* local maximum */
+            goto Extremum;
+          }
+        }
+        else /* before->org_u > point->org_u */
+        {
+          if ( after->org_u > point->org_u )
+          {
+            /* local minimum */
+          Extremum:
+            do
+            {
+              psh_point_set_extremum( point );
+              point = point->next;
+
+            } while ( point != after );
+          }
+        }
+
+        before = after->prev;
+        point  = after;
+
+      } /* for  */
+
+    Next:
+      ;
+    }
+
+    /* for each extremum, determine its direction along the */
+    /* orthogonal axis                                      */
+    for ( n = 0; n < glyph->num_points; n++ )
+    {
+      PSH_Point  point, before, after;
+
+
+      point  = &glyph->points[n];
+      before = point;
+      after  = point;
+
+      if ( psh_point_is_extremum( point ) )
+      {
+        do
+        {
+          before = before->prev;
+          if ( before == point )
+            goto Skip;
+
+        } while ( before->org_v == point->org_v );
+
+        do
+        {
+          after = after->next;
+          if ( after == point )
+            goto Skip;
+
+        } while ( after->org_v == point->org_v );
+      }
+
+      if ( before->org_v < point->org_v &&
+           after->org_v  > point->org_v )
+      {
+        psh_point_set_positive( point );
+      }
+      else if ( before->org_v > point->org_v &&
+                after->org_v  < point->org_v )
+      {
+        psh_point_set_negative( point );
+      }
+
+    Skip:
+      ;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /* major_dir is the direction for points on the bottom/left of the stem; */
+  /* Points on the top/right of the stem will have a direction of          */
+  /* -major_dir.                                                           */
+
+  static void
+  psh_hint_table_find_strong_points( PSH_Hint_Table  table,
+                                     PSH_Point       point,
+                                     FT_UInt         count,
+                                     FT_Int          threshold,
+                                     FT_Int          major_dir )
+  {
+    PSH_Hint*  sort      = table->sort;
+    FT_UInt    num_hints = table->num_hints;
+
+
+    for ( ; count > 0; count--, point++ )
+    {
+      FT_Int  point_dir = 0;
+      FT_Pos  org_u     = point->org_u;
+
+
+      if ( psh_point_is_strong( point ) )
+        continue;
+
+      if ( PSH_DIR_COMPARE( point->dir_in, major_dir ) )
+        point_dir = point->dir_in;
+
+      else if ( PSH_DIR_COMPARE( point->dir_out, major_dir ) )
+        point_dir = point->dir_out;
+
+      if ( point_dir )
+      {
+        if ( point_dir == major_dir )
+        {
+          FT_UInt  nn;
+
+
+          for ( nn = 0; nn < num_hints; nn++ )
+          {
+            PSH_Hint  hint = sort[nn];
+            FT_Pos    d    = org_u - hint->org_pos;
+
+
+            if ( d < threshold && -d < threshold )
+            {
+              psh_point_set_strong( point );
+              point->flags2 |= PSH_POINT_EDGE_MIN;
+              point->hint    = hint;
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        else if ( point_dir == -major_dir )
+        {
+          FT_UInt  nn;
+
+
+          for ( nn = 0; nn < num_hints; nn++ )
+          {
+            PSH_Hint  hint = sort[nn];
+            FT_Pos    d    = org_u - hint->org_pos - hint->org_len;
+
+
+            if ( d < threshold && -d < threshold )
+            {
+              psh_point_set_strong( point );
+              point->flags2 |= PSH_POINT_EDGE_MAX;
+              point->hint    = hint;
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+
+#if 1
+      else if ( psh_point_is_extremum( point ) )
+      {
+        /* treat extrema as special cases for stem edge alignment */
+        FT_UInt  nn, min_flag, max_flag;
+
+
+        if ( major_dir == PSH_DIR_HORIZONTAL )
+        {
+          min_flag = PSH_POINT_POSITIVE;
+          max_flag = PSH_POINT_NEGATIVE;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          min_flag = PSH_POINT_NEGATIVE;
+          max_flag = PSH_POINT_POSITIVE;
+        }
+
+        if ( point->flags2 & min_flag )
+        {
+          for ( nn = 0; nn < num_hints; nn++ )
+          {
+            PSH_Hint  hint = sort[nn];
+            FT_Pos    d    = org_u - hint->org_pos;
+
+
+            if ( d < threshold && -d < threshold )
+            {
+              point->flags2 |= PSH_POINT_EDGE_MIN;
+              point->hint    = hint;
+              psh_point_set_strong( point );
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        else if ( point->flags2 & max_flag )
+        {
+          for ( nn = 0; nn < num_hints; nn++ )
+          {
+            PSH_Hint  hint = sort[nn];
+            FT_Pos    d    = org_u - hint->org_pos - hint->org_len;
+
+
+            if ( d < threshold && -d < threshold )
+            {
+              point->flags2 |= PSH_POINT_EDGE_MAX;
+              point->hint    = hint;
+              psh_point_set_strong( point );
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+
+        if ( point->hint == NULL )
+        {
+          for ( nn = 0; nn < num_hints; nn++ )
+          {
+            PSH_Hint  hint = sort[nn];
+
+
+            if ( org_u >= hint->org_pos                 &&
+                org_u <= hint->org_pos + hint->org_len )
+            {
+              point->hint = hint;
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+
+#endif /* 1 */
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /* the accepted shift for strong points in fractional pixels */
+#define PSH_STRONG_THRESHOLD  32
+
+  /* the maximum shift value in font units */
+#define PSH_STRONG_THRESHOLD_MAXIMUM  30
+
+
+  /* find strong points in a glyph */
+  static void
+  psh_glyph_find_strong_points( PSH_Glyph  glyph,
+                                FT_Int     dimension )
+  {
+    /* a point is `strong' if it is located on a stem edge and       */
+    /* has an `in' or `out' tangent parallel to the hint's direction */
+
+    PSH_Hint_Table  table     = &glyph->hint_tables[dimension];
+    PS_Mask         mask      = table->hint_masks->masks;
+    FT_UInt         num_masks = table->hint_masks->num_masks;
+    FT_UInt         first     = 0;
+    FT_Int          major_dir = dimension == 0 ? PSH_DIR_VERTICAL
+                                               : PSH_DIR_HORIZONTAL;
+    PSH_Dimension   dim       = &glyph->globals->dimension[dimension];
+    FT_Fixed        scale     = dim->scale_mult;
+    FT_Int          threshold;
+
+
+    threshold = (FT_Int)FT_DivFix( PSH_STRONG_THRESHOLD, scale );
+    if ( threshold > PSH_STRONG_THRESHOLD_MAXIMUM )
+      threshold = PSH_STRONG_THRESHOLD_MAXIMUM;
+
+    /* process secondary hints to `selected' points */
+    if ( num_masks > 1 && glyph->num_points > 0 )
+    {
+      first = mask->end_point;
+      mask++;
+      for ( ; num_masks > 1; num_masks--, mask++ )
+      {
+        FT_UInt  next;
+        FT_Int   count;
+
+
+        next  = mask->end_point;
+        count = next - first;
+        if ( count > 0 )
+        {
+          PSH_Point  point = glyph->points + first;
+
+
+          psh_hint_table_activate_mask( table, mask );
+
+          psh_hint_table_find_strong_points( table, point, count,
+                                             threshold, major_dir );
+        }
+        first = next;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* process primary hints for all points */
+    if ( num_masks == 1 )
+    {
+      FT_UInt    count = glyph->num_points;
+      PSH_Point  point = glyph->points;
+
+
+      psh_hint_table_activate_mask( table, table->hint_masks->masks );
+
+      psh_hint_table_find_strong_points( table, point, count,
+                                         threshold, major_dir );
+    }
+
+    /* now, certain points may have been attached to a hint and */
+    /* not marked as strong; update their flags then            */
+    {
+      FT_UInt    count = glyph->num_points;
+      PSH_Point  point = glyph->points;
+
+
+      for ( ; count > 0; count--, point++ )
+        if ( point->hint && !psh_point_is_strong( point ) )
+          psh_point_set_strong( point );
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /* find points in a glyph which are in a blue zone and have `in' or */
+  /* `out' tangents parallel to the horizontal axis                   */
+  static void
+  psh_glyph_find_blue_points( PSH_Blues  blues,
+                              PSH_Glyph  glyph )
+  {
+    PSH_Blue_Table  table;
+    PSH_Blue_Zone   zone;
+    FT_UInt         glyph_count = glyph->num_points;
+    FT_UInt         blue_count;
+    PSH_Point       point = glyph->points;
+
+
+    for ( ; glyph_count > 0; glyph_count--, point++ )
+    {
+      FT_Pos  y;
+
+
+      /* check tangents */
+      if ( !PSH_DIR_COMPARE( point->dir_in,  PSH_DIR_HORIZONTAL ) &&
+           !PSH_DIR_COMPARE( point->dir_out, PSH_DIR_HORIZONTAL ) )
+        continue;
+
+      /* skip strong points */
+      if ( psh_point_is_strong( point ) )
+        continue;
+
+      y = point->org_u;
+
+      /* look up top zones */
+      table      = &blues->normal_top;
+      blue_count = table->count;
+      zone       = table->zones;
+
+      for ( ; blue_count > 0; blue_count--, zone++ )
+      {
+        FT_Pos  delta = y - zone->org_bottom;
+
+
+        if ( delta < -blues->blue_fuzz )
+          break;
+
+        if ( y <= zone->org_top + blues->blue_fuzz )
+          if ( blues->no_overshoots || delta <= blues->blue_threshold )
+          {
+            point->cur_u = zone->cur_bottom;
+            psh_point_set_strong( point );
+            psh_point_set_fitted( point );
+          }
+      }
+
+      /* look up bottom zones */
+      table      = &blues->normal_bottom;
+      blue_count = table->count;
+      zone       = table->zones + blue_count - 1;
+
+      for ( ; blue_count > 0; blue_count--, zone-- )
+      {
+        FT_Pos  delta = zone->org_top - y;
+
+
+        if ( delta < -blues->blue_fuzz )
+          break;
+
+        if ( y >= zone->org_bottom - blues->blue_fuzz )
+          if ( blues->no_overshoots || delta < blues->blue_threshold )
+          {
+            point->cur_u = zone->cur_top;
+            psh_point_set_strong( point );
+            psh_point_set_fitted( point );
+          }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /* interpolate strong points with the help of hinted coordinates */
+  static void
+  psh_glyph_interpolate_strong_points( PSH_Glyph  glyph,
+                                       FT_Int     dimension )
+  {
+    PSH_Dimension  dim   = &glyph->globals->dimension[dimension];
+    FT_Fixed       scale = dim->scale_mult;
+
+    FT_UInt        count = glyph->num_points;
+    PSH_Point      point = glyph->points;
+
+
+    for ( ; count > 0; count--, point++ )
+    {
+      PSH_Hint  hint = point->hint;
+
+
+      if ( hint )
+      {
+        FT_Pos  delta;
+
+
+        if ( psh_point_is_edge_min( point ) )
+          point->cur_u = hint->cur_pos;
+
+        else if ( psh_point_is_edge_max( point ) )
+          point->cur_u = hint->cur_pos + hint->cur_len;
+
+        else
+        {
+          delta = point->org_u - hint->org_pos;
+
+          if ( delta <= 0 )
+            point->cur_u = hint->cur_pos + FT_MulFix( delta, scale );
+
+          else if ( delta >= hint->org_len )
+            point->cur_u = hint->cur_pos + hint->cur_len +
+                             FT_MulFix( delta - hint->org_len, scale );
+
+          else if ( hint->org_len > 0 )
+            point->cur_u = hint->cur_pos +
+                             FT_MulDiv( delta, hint->cur_len,
+                                        hint->org_len );
+          else
+            point->cur_u = hint->cur_pos;
+        }
+        psh_point_set_fitted( point );
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+
+#define  PSH_MAX_STRONG_INTERNAL  16
+
+  static void
+  psh_glyph_interpolate_normal_points( PSH_Glyph  glyph,
+                                       FT_Int     dimension )
+  {
+
+#if 1
+    /* first technique: a point is strong if it is a local extremum */
+
+    PSH_Dimension  dim    = &glyph->globals->dimension[dimension];
+    FT_Fixed       scale  = dim->scale_mult;
+    FT_Memory      memory = glyph->memory;
+
+    PSH_Point*     strongs     = NULL;
+    PSH_Point      strongs_0[PSH_MAX_STRONG_INTERNAL];
+    FT_UInt        num_strongs = 0;
+
+    PSH_Point      points = glyph->points;
+    PSH_Point      points_end = points + glyph->num_points;
+    PSH_Point      point;
+
+
+    /* first count the number of strong points */
+    for ( point = points; point < points_end; point++ )
+    {
+      if ( psh_point_is_strong( point ) )
+        num_strongs++;
+    }
+
+    if ( num_strongs == 0 )  /* nothing to do here */
+      return;
+
+    /* allocate an array to store a list of points, */
+    /* stored in increasing org_u order             */
+    if ( num_strongs <= PSH_MAX_STRONG_INTERNAL )
+      strongs = strongs_0;
+    else
+    {
+      FT_Error  error;
+
+
+      if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( strongs, num_strongs ) )
+        return;
+    }
+
+    num_strongs = 0;
+    for ( point = points; point < points_end; point++ )
+    {
+      PSH_Point*  insert;
+
+
+      if ( !psh_point_is_strong( point ) )
+        continue;
+
+      for ( insert = strongs + num_strongs; insert > strongs; insert-- )
+      {
+        if ( insert[-1]->org_u <= point->org_u )
+          break;
+
+        insert[0] = insert[-1];
+      }
+      insert[0] = point;
+      num_strongs++;
+    }
+
+    /* now try to interpolate all normal points */
+    for ( point = points; point < points_end; point++ )
+    {
+      if ( psh_point_is_strong( point ) )
+        continue;
+
+      /* sometimes, some local extrema are smooth points */
+      if ( psh_point_is_smooth( point ) )
+      {
+        if ( point->dir_in == PSH_DIR_NONE   ||
+             point->dir_in != point->dir_out )
+          continue;
+
+        if ( !psh_point_is_extremum( point ) &&
+             !psh_point_is_inflex( point )   )
+          continue;
+
+        point->flags &= ~PSH_POINT_SMOOTH;
+      }
+
+      /* find best enclosing point coordinates then interpolate */
+      {
+        PSH_Point   before, after;
+        FT_UInt     nn;
+
+
+        for ( nn = 0; nn < num_strongs; nn++ )
+          if ( strongs[nn]->org_u > point->org_u )
+            break;
+
+        if ( nn == 0 )  /* point before the first strong point */
+        {
+          after = strongs[0];
+
+          point->cur_u = after->cur_u +
+                           FT_MulFix( point->org_u - after->org_u,
+                                      scale );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          before = strongs[nn - 1];
+
+          for ( nn = num_strongs; nn > 0; nn-- )
+            if ( strongs[nn - 1]->org_u < point->org_u )
+              break;
+
+          if ( nn == num_strongs )  /* point is after last strong point */
+          {
+            before = strongs[nn - 1];
+
+            point->cur_u = before->cur_u +
+                             FT_MulFix( point->org_u - before->org_u,
+                                        scale );
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            FT_Pos  u;
+
+
+            after = strongs[nn];
+
+            /* now interpolate point between before and after */
+            u = point->org_u;
+
+            if ( u == before->org_u )
+              point->cur_u = before->cur_u;
+
+            else if ( u == after->org_u )
+              point->cur_u = after->cur_u;
+
+            else
+              point->cur_u = before->cur_u +
+                               FT_MulDiv( u - before->org_u,
+                                          after->cur_u - before->cur_u,
+                                          after->org_u - before->org_u );
+          }
+        }
+        psh_point_set_fitted( point );
+      }
+    }
+
+    if ( strongs != strongs_0 )
+      FT_FREE( strongs );
+
+#endif /* 1 */
+
+  }
+
+
+  /* interpolate other points */
+  static void
+  psh_glyph_interpolate_other_points( PSH_Glyph  glyph,
+                                      FT_Int     dimension )
+  {
+    PSH_Dimension  dim          = &glyph->globals->dimension[dimension];
+    FT_Fixed       scale        = dim->scale_mult;
+    FT_Fixed       delta        = dim->scale_delta;
+    PSH_Contour    contour      = glyph->contours;
+    FT_UInt        num_contours = glyph->num_contours;
+
+
+    for ( ; num_contours > 0; num_contours--, contour++ )
+    {
+      PSH_Point  start = contour->start;
+      PSH_Point  first, next, point;
+      FT_UInt    fit_count;
+
+
+      /* count the number of strong points in this contour */
+      next      = start + contour->count;
+      fit_count = 0;
+      first     = 0;
+
+      for ( point = start; point < next; point++ )
+        if ( psh_point_is_fitted( point ) )
+        {
+          if ( !first )
+            first = point;
+
+          fit_count++;
+        }
+
+      /* if there are less than 2 fitted points in the contour, we */
+      /* simply scale and eventually translate the contour points  */
+      if ( fit_count < 2 )
+      {
+        if ( fit_count == 1 )
+          delta = first->cur_u - FT_MulFix( first->org_u, scale );
+
+        for ( point = start; point < next; point++ )
+          if ( point != first )
+            point->cur_u = FT_MulFix( point->org_u, scale ) + delta;
+
+        goto Next_Contour;
+      }
+
+      /* there are more than 2 strong points in this contour; we */
+      /* need to interpolate weak points between them            */
+      start = first;
+      do
+      {
+        point = first;
+
+        /* skip consecutive fitted points */
+        for (;;)
+        {
+          next = first->next;
+          if ( next == start )
+            goto Next_Contour;
+
+          if ( !psh_point_is_fitted( next ) )
+            break;
+
+          first = next;
+        }
+
+        /* find next fitted point after unfitted one */
+        for (;;)
+        {
+          next = next->next;
+          if ( psh_point_is_fitted( next ) )
+            break;
+        }
+
+        /* now interpolate between them */
+        {
+          FT_Pos    org_a, org_ab, cur_a, cur_ab;
+          FT_Pos    org_c, org_ac, cur_c;
+          FT_Fixed  scale_ab;
+
+
+          if ( first->org_u <= next->org_u )
+          {
+            org_a  = first->org_u;
+            cur_a  = first->cur_u;
+            org_ab = next->org_u - org_a;
+            cur_ab = next->cur_u - cur_a;
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            org_a  = next->org_u;
+            cur_a  = next->cur_u;
+            org_ab = first->org_u - org_a;
+            cur_ab = first->cur_u - cur_a;
+          }
+
+          scale_ab = 0x10000L;
+          if ( org_ab > 0 )
+            scale_ab = FT_DivFix( cur_ab, org_ab );
+
+          point = first->next;
+          do
+          {
+            org_c  = point->org_u;
+            org_ac = org_c - org_a;
+
+            if ( org_ac <= 0 )
+            {
+              /* on the left of the interpolation zone */
+              cur_c = cur_a + FT_MulFix( org_ac, scale );
+            }
+            else if ( org_ac >= org_ab )
+            {
+              /* on the right on the interpolation zone */
+              cur_c = cur_a + cur_ab + FT_MulFix( org_ac - org_ab, scale );
+            }
+            else
+            {
+              /* within the interpolation zone */
+              cur_c = cur_a + FT_MulFix( org_ac, scale_ab );
+            }
+
+            point->cur_u = cur_c;
+
+            point = point->next;
+
+          } while ( point != next );
+        }
+
+        /* keep going until all points in the contours have been processed */
+        first = next;
+
+      } while ( first != start );
+
+    Next_Contour:
+      ;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                     HIGH-LEVEL INTERFACE                      *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  FT_Error
+  ps_hints_apply( PS_Hints        ps_hints,
+                  FT_Outline*     outline,
+                  PSH_Globals     globals,
+                  FT_Render_Mode  hint_mode )
+  {
+    PSH_GlyphRec  glyphrec;
+    PSH_Glyph     glyph = &glyphrec;
+    FT_Error      error;
+#ifdef DEBUG_HINTER
+    FT_Memory     memory;
+#endif
+    FT_Int        dimension;
+
+
+    /* something to do? */
+    if ( outline->n_points == 0 || outline->n_contours == 0 )
+      return PSH_Err_Ok;
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_HINTER
+
+    memory = globals->memory;
+
+    if ( ps_debug_glyph )
+    {
+      psh_glyph_done( ps_debug_glyph );
+      FT_FREE( ps_debug_glyph );
+    }
+
+    if ( FT_NEW( glyph ) )
+      return error;
+
+    ps_debug_glyph = glyph;
+
+#endif /* DEBUG_HINTER */
+
+    error = psh_glyph_init( glyph, outline, ps_hints, globals );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* try to optimize the y_scale so that the top of non-capital letters
+     * is aligned on a pixel boundary whenever possible
+     */
+    {
+      PSH_Dimension  dim_x = &glyph->globals->dimension[0];
+      PSH_Dimension  dim_y = &glyph->globals->dimension[1];
+
+      FT_Fixed  x_scale = dim_x->scale_mult;
+      FT_Fixed  y_scale = dim_y->scale_mult;
+
+      FT_Fixed  old_x_scale = x_scale;
+      FT_Fixed  old_y_scale = y_scale;
+
+      FT_Fixed  scaled;
+      FT_Fixed  fitted;
+
+      FT_Bool  rescale = FALSE;
+
+
+      scaled = FT_MulFix( globals->blues.normal_top.zones->org_ref, y_scale );
+      fitted = FT_PIX_ROUND( scaled );
+
+      if ( fitted != 0 && scaled != fitted )
+      {
+        rescale = TRUE;
+
+        y_scale = FT_MulDiv( y_scale, fitted, scaled );
+
+        if ( fitted < scaled )
+          x_scale -= x_scale / 50;
+
+        psh_globals_set_scale( glyph->globals, x_scale, y_scale, 0, 0 );
+      }
+
+      glyph->do_horz_hints = 1;
+      glyph->do_vert_hints = 1;
+
+      glyph->do_horz_snapping = FT_BOOL( hint_mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO ||
+                                         hint_mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD  );
+
+      glyph->do_vert_snapping = FT_BOOL( hint_mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO  ||
+                                         hint_mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V );
+
+      glyph->do_stem_adjust   = FT_BOOL( hint_mode != FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT );
+
+      for ( dimension = 0; dimension < 2; dimension++ )
+      {
+        /* load outline coordinates into glyph */
+        psh_glyph_load_points( glyph, dimension );
+
+        /* compute local extrema */
+        psh_glyph_compute_extrema( glyph );
+
+        /* compute aligned stem/hints positions */
+        psh_hint_table_align_hints( &glyph->hint_tables[dimension],
+                                    glyph->globals,
+                                    dimension,
+                                    glyph );
+
+        /* find strong points, align them, then interpolate others */
+        psh_glyph_find_strong_points( glyph, dimension );
+        if ( dimension == 1 )
+          psh_glyph_find_blue_points( &globals->blues, glyph );
+        psh_glyph_interpolate_strong_points( glyph, dimension );
+        psh_glyph_interpolate_normal_points( glyph, dimension );
+        psh_glyph_interpolate_other_points( glyph, dimension );
+
+        /* save hinted coordinates back to outline */
+        psh_glyph_save_points( glyph, dimension );
+
+        if ( rescale )
+          psh_globals_set_scale( glyph->globals,
+                                 old_x_scale, old_y_scale, 0, 0 );
+      }
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+
+#ifndef DEBUG_HINTER
+    psh_glyph_done( glyph );
+#endif
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshalgo.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshalgo.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1a248a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshalgo.h
@@ -0,0 +1,255 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  pshalgo.h                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    PostScript hinting algorithm (specification).                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2001, 2002, 2003, 2008 by                                    */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __PSHALGO_H__
+#define __PSHALGO_H__
+
+
+#include "pshrec.h"
+#include "pshglob.h"
+#include FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /* handle to Hint structure */
+  typedef struct PSH_HintRec_*  PSH_Hint;
+
+  /* hint bit-flags */
+  typedef enum  PSH_Hint_Flags_
+  {
+    PSH_HINT_GHOST  = PS_HINT_FLAG_GHOST,
+    PSH_HINT_BOTTOM = PS_HINT_FLAG_BOTTOM,
+    PSH_HINT_ACTIVE = 4,
+    PSH_HINT_FITTED = 8
+
+  } PSH_Hint_Flags;
+
+
+#define psh_hint_is_active( x )  ( ( (x)->flags & PSH_HINT_ACTIVE ) != 0 )
+#define psh_hint_is_ghost( x )   ( ( (x)->flags & PSH_HINT_GHOST  ) != 0 )
+#define psh_hint_is_fitted( x )  ( ( (x)->flags & PSH_HINT_FITTED ) != 0 )
+
+#define psh_hint_activate( x )    (x)->flags |=  PSH_HINT_ACTIVE
+#define psh_hint_deactivate( x )  (x)->flags &= ~PSH_HINT_ACTIVE
+#define psh_hint_set_fitted( x )  (x)->flags |=  PSH_HINT_FITTED
+
+  /* hint structure */
+  typedef struct  PSH_HintRec_
+  {
+    FT_Int    org_pos;
+    FT_Int    org_len;
+    FT_Pos    cur_pos;
+    FT_Pos    cur_len;
+    FT_UInt   flags;
+    PSH_Hint  parent;
+    FT_Int    order;
+
+  } PSH_HintRec;
+
+
+  /* this is an interpolation zone used for strong points;  */
+  /* weak points are interpolated according to their strong */
+  /* neighbours                                             */
+  typedef struct  PSH_ZoneRec_
+  {
+    FT_Fixed  scale;
+    FT_Fixed  delta;
+    FT_Pos    min;
+    FT_Pos    max;
+
+  } PSH_ZoneRec, *PSH_Zone;
+
+
+  typedef struct  PSH_Hint_TableRec_
+  {
+    FT_UInt        max_hints;
+    FT_UInt        num_hints;
+    PSH_Hint       hints;
+    PSH_Hint*      sort;
+    PSH_Hint*      sort_global;
+    FT_UInt        num_zones;
+    PSH_ZoneRec*   zones;
+    PSH_Zone       zone;
+    PS_Mask_Table  hint_masks;
+    PS_Mask_Table  counter_masks;
+
+  } PSH_Hint_TableRec, *PSH_Hint_Table;
+
+
+  typedef struct PSH_PointRec_*    PSH_Point;
+  typedef struct PSH_ContourRec_*  PSH_Contour;
+
+  enum
+  {
+    PSH_DIR_NONE  =  4,
+    PSH_DIR_UP    = -1,
+    PSH_DIR_DOWN  =  1,
+    PSH_DIR_LEFT  = -2,
+    PSH_DIR_RIGHT =  2
+  };
+
+#define PSH_DIR_HORIZONTAL  2
+#define PSH_DIR_VERTICAL    1
+
+#define PSH_DIR_COMPARE( d1, d2 )   ( (d1) == (d2) || (d1) == -(d2) )
+#define PSH_DIR_IS_HORIZONTAL( d )  PSH_DIR_COMPARE( d, PSH_DIR_HORIZONTAL )
+#define PSH_DIR_IS_VERTICAL( d )    PSH_DIR_COMPARE( d, PSH_DIR_VERTICAL )
+
+
+ /* the following bit-flags are computed once by the glyph */
+ /* analyzer, for both dimensions                          */
+  enum
+  {
+    PSH_POINT_OFF    = 1,   /* point is off the curve */
+    PSH_POINT_SMOOTH = 2,   /* point is smooth        */
+    PSH_POINT_INFLEX = 4    /* point is inflection    */
+  };
+
+#define psh_point_is_smooth( p )  ( (p)->flags & PSH_POINT_SMOOTH )
+#define psh_point_is_off( p )     ( (p)->flags & PSH_POINT_OFF    )
+#define psh_point_is_inflex( p )  ( (p)->flags & PSH_POINT_INFLEX )
+
+#define psh_point_set_smooth( p )  (p)->flags |= PSH_POINT_SMOOTH
+#define psh_point_set_off( p )     (p)->flags |= PSH_POINT_OFF
+#define psh_point_set_inflex( p )  (p)->flags |= PSH_POINT_INFLEX
+
+  /* the following bit-flags are re-computed for each dimension */
+  enum
+  {
+    PSH_POINT_STRONG   = 16,   /* point is strong                           */
+    PSH_POINT_FITTED   = 32,   /* point is already fitted                   */
+    PSH_POINT_EXTREMUM = 64,   /* point is local extremum                   */
+    PSH_POINT_POSITIVE = 128,  /* extremum has positive contour flow        */
+    PSH_POINT_NEGATIVE = 256,  /* extremum has negative contour flow        */
+    PSH_POINT_EDGE_MIN = 512,  /* point is aligned to left/bottom stem edge */
+    PSH_POINT_EDGE_MAX = 1024  /* point is aligned to top/right stem edge   */
+  };
+
+#define psh_point_is_strong( p )    ( (p)->flags2 & PSH_POINT_STRONG )
+#define psh_point_is_fitted( p )    ( (p)->flags2 & PSH_POINT_FITTED )
+#define psh_point_is_extremum( p )  ( (p)->flags2 & PSH_POINT_EXTREMUM )
+#define psh_point_is_positive( p )  ( (p)->flags2 & PSH_POINT_POSITIVE )
+#define psh_point_is_negative( p )  ( (p)->flags2 & PSH_POINT_NEGATIVE )
+#define psh_point_is_edge_min( p )  ( (p)->flags2 & PSH_POINT_EDGE_MIN )
+#define psh_point_is_edge_max( p )  ( (p)->flags2 & PSH_POINT_EDGE_MAX )
+
+#define psh_point_set_strong( p )    (p)->flags2 |= PSH_POINT_STRONG
+#define psh_point_set_fitted( p )    (p)->flags2 |= PSH_POINT_FITTED
+#define psh_point_set_extremum( p )  (p)->flags2 |= PSH_POINT_EXTREMUM
+#define psh_point_set_positive( p )  (p)->flags2 |= PSH_POINT_POSITIVE
+#define psh_point_set_negative( p )  (p)->flags2 |= PSH_POINT_NEGATIVE
+#define psh_point_set_edge_min( p )  (p)->flags2 |= PSH_POINT_EDGE_MIN
+#define psh_point_set_edge_max( p )  (p)->flags2 |= PSH_POINT_EDGE_MAX
+
+
+  typedef struct  PSH_PointRec_
+  {
+    PSH_Point    prev;
+    PSH_Point    next;
+    PSH_Contour  contour;
+    FT_UInt      flags;
+    FT_UInt      flags2;
+    FT_Char      dir_in;
+    FT_Char      dir_out;
+    FT_Angle     angle_in;
+    FT_Angle     angle_out;
+    PSH_Hint     hint;
+    FT_Pos       org_u;
+    FT_Pos       org_v;
+    FT_Pos       cur_u;
+#ifdef DEBUG_HINTER
+    FT_Pos       org_x;
+    FT_Pos       cur_x;
+    FT_Pos       org_y;
+    FT_Pos       cur_y;
+    FT_UInt      flags_x;
+    FT_UInt      flags_y;
+#endif
+
+  } PSH_PointRec;
+
+
+#define PSH_POINT_EQUAL_ORG( a, b )  ( (a)->org_u == (b)->org_u && \
+                                       (a)->org_v == (b)->org_v )
+
+#define PSH_POINT_ANGLE( a, b )  FT_Atan2( (b)->org_u - (a)->org_u,  \
+                                           (b)->org_v - (a)->org_v )
+
+  typedef struct  PSH_ContourRec_
+  {
+    PSH_Point  start;
+    FT_UInt    count;
+
+  } PSH_ContourRec;
+
+
+  typedef struct  PSH_GlyphRec_
+  {
+    FT_UInt            num_points;
+    FT_UInt            num_contours;
+
+    PSH_Point          points;
+    PSH_Contour        contours;
+
+    FT_Memory          memory;
+    FT_Outline*        outline;
+    PSH_Globals        globals;
+    PSH_Hint_TableRec  hint_tables[2];
+
+    FT_Bool            vertical;
+    FT_Int             major_dir;
+    FT_Int             minor_dir;
+
+    FT_Bool            do_horz_hints;
+    FT_Bool            do_vert_hints;
+    FT_Bool            do_horz_snapping;
+    FT_Bool            do_vert_snapping;
+    FT_Bool            do_stem_adjust;
+
+  } PSH_GlyphRec, *PSH_Glyph;
+
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_HINTER
+  extern PSH_Hint_Table  ps_debug_hint_table;
+
+  typedef void
+  (*PSH_HintFunc)( PSH_Hint  hint,
+                   FT_Bool   vertical );
+
+  extern PSH_HintFunc    ps_debug_hint_func;
+
+  extern PSH_Glyph       ps_debug_glyph;
+#endif
+
+
+  extern FT_Error
+  ps_hints_apply( PS_Hints        ps_hints,
+                  FT_Outline*     outline,
+                  PSH_Globals     globals,
+                  FT_Render_Mode  hint_mode );
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+
+#endif /* __PSHALGO_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshglob.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshglob.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8a69aa1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshglob.c
@@ -0,0 +1,750 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  pshglob.c                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    PostScript hinter global hinting management (body).                  */
+/*    Inspired by the new auto-hinter module.                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006 by                              */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used        */
+/*  modified and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project       */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+#include "pshglob.h"
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_HINTER
+  PSH_Globals  ps_debug_globals = 0;
+#endif
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                       STANDARD WIDTHS                         *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /* scale the widths/heights table */
+  static void
+  psh_globals_scale_widths( PSH_Globals  globals,
+                            FT_UInt      direction )
+  {
+    PSH_Dimension  dim   = &globals->dimension[direction];
+    PSH_Widths     stdw  = &dim->stdw;
+    FT_UInt        count = stdw->count;
+    PSH_Width      width = stdw->widths;
+    PSH_Width      stand = width;               /* standard width/height */
+    FT_Fixed       scale = dim->scale_mult;
+
+
+    if ( count > 0 )
+    {
+      width->cur = FT_MulFix( width->org, scale );
+      width->fit = FT_PIX_ROUND( width->cur );
+
+      width++;
+      count--;
+
+      for ( ; count > 0; count--, width++ )
+      {
+        FT_Pos  w, dist;
+
+
+        w    = FT_MulFix( width->org, scale );
+        dist = w - stand->cur;
+
+        if ( dist < 0 )
+          dist = -dist;
+
+        if ( dist < 128 )
+          w = stand->cur;
+
+        width->cur = w;
+        width->fit = FT_PIX_ROUND( w );
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+
+#if 0
+
+  /* org_width is is font units, result in device pixels, 26.6 format */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Pos )
+  psh_dimension_snap_width( PSH_Dimension  dimension,
+                            FT_Int         org_width )
+  {
+    FT_UInt  n;
+    FT_Pos   width     = FT_MulFix( org_width, dimension->scale_mult );
+    FT_Pos   best      = 64 + 32 + 2;
+    FT_Pos   reference = width;
+
+
+    for ( n = 0; n < dimension->stdw.count; n++ )
+    {
+      FT_Pos  w;
+      FT_Pos  dist;
+
+
+      w = dimension->stdw.widths[n].cur;
+      dist = width - w;
+      if ( dist < 0 )
+        dist = -dist;
+      if ( dist < best )
+      {
+        best      = dist;
+        reference = w;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if ( width >= reference )
+    {
+      width -= 0x21;
+      if ( width < reference )
+        width = reference;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      width += 0x21;
+      if ( width > reference )
+        width = reference;
+    }
+
+    return width;
+  }
+
+#endif /* 0 */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                       BLUE ZONES                              *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  static void
+  psh_blues_set_zones_0( PSH_Blues       target,
+                         FT_Bool         is_others,
+                         FT_UInt         read_count,
+                         FT_Short*       read,
+                         PSH_Blue_Table  top_table,
+                         PSH_Blue_Table  bot_table )
+  {
+    FT_UInt  count_top = top_table->count;
+    FT_UInt  count_bot = bot_table->count;
+    FT_Bool  first     = 1;
+
+    FT_UNUSED( target );
+
+
+    for ( ; read_count > 1; read_count -= 2 )
+    {
+      FT_Int         reference, delta;
+      FT_UInt        count;
+      PSH_Blue_Zone  zones, zone;
+      FT_Bool        top;
+
+
+      /* read blue zone entry, and select target top/bottom zone */
+      top = 0;
+      if ( first || is_others )
+      {
+        reference = read[1];
+        delta     = read[0] - reference;
+
+        zones = bot_table->zones;
+        count = count_bot;
+        first = 0;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        reference = read[0];
+        delta     = read[1] - reference;
+
+        zones = top_table->zones;
+        count = count_top;
+        top   = 1;
+      }
+
+      /* insert into sorted table */
+      zone = zones;
+      for ( ; count > 0; count--, zone++ )
+      {
+        if ( reference < zone->org_ref )
+          break;
+
+        if ( reference == zone->org_ref )
+        {
+          FT_Int  delta0 = zone->org_delta;
+
+
+          /* we have two zones on the same reference position -- */
+          /* only keep the largest one                           */
+          if ( delta < 0 )
+          {
+            if ( delta < delta0 )
+              zone->org_delta = delta;
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            if ( delta > delta0 )
+              zone->org_delta = delta;
+          }
+          goto Skip;
+        }
+      }
+
+      for ( ; count > 0; count-- )
+        zone[count] = zone[count-1];
+
+      zone->org_ref   = reference;
+      zone->org_delta = delta;
+
+      if ( top )
+        count_top++;
+      else
+        count_bot++;
+
+    Skip:
+      read += 2;
+    }
+
+    top_table->count = count_top;
+    bot_table->count = count_bot;
+  }
+
+
+  /* Re-read blue zones from the original fonts and store them into out */
+  /* private structure.  This function re-orders, sanitizes and         */
+  /* fuzz-expands the zones as well.                                    */
+  static void
+  psh_blues_set_zones( PSH_Blues  target,
+                       FT_UInt    count,
+                       FT_Short*  blues,
+                       FT_UInt    count_others,
+                       FT_Short*  other_blues,
+                       FT_Int     fuzz,
+                       FT_Int     family )
+  {
+    PSH_Blue_Table  top_table, bot_table;
+    FT_Int          count_top, count_bot;
+
+
+    if ( family )
+    {
+      top_table = &target->family_top;
+      bot_table = &target->family_bottom;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      top_table = &target->normal_top;
+      bot_table = &target->normal_bottom;
+    }
+
+    /* read the input blue zones, and build two sorted tables  */
+    /* (one for the top zones, the other for the bottom zones) */
+    top_table->count = 0;
+    bot_table->count = 0;
+
+    /* first, the blues */
+    psh_blues_set_zones_0( target, 0,
+                           count, blues, top_table, bot_table );
+    psh_blues_set_zones_0( target, 1,
+                           count_others, other_blues, top_table, bot_table );
+
+    count_top = top_table->count;
+    count_bot = bot_table->count;
+
+    /* sanitize top table */
+    if ( count_top > 0 )
+    {
+      PSH_Blue_Zone  zone = top_table->zones;
+
+
+      for ( count = count_top; count > 0; count--, zone++ )
+      {
+        FT_Int  delta;
+
+
+        if ( count > 1 )
+        {
+          delta = zone[1].org_ref - zone[0].org_ref;
+          if ( zone->org_delta > delta )
+            zone->org_delta = delta;
+        }
+
+        zone->org_bottom = zone->org_ref;
+        zone->org_top    = zone->org_delta + zone->org_ref;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* sanitize bottom table */
+    if ( count_bot > 0 )
+    {
+      PSH_Blue_Zone  zone = bot_table->zones;
+
+
+      for ( count = count_bot; count > 0; count--, zone++ )
+      {
+        FT_Int  delta;
+
+
+        if ( count > 1 )
+        {
+          delta = zone[0].org_ref - zone[1].org_ref;
+          if ( zone->org_delta < delta )
+            zone->org_delta = delta;
+        }
+
+        zone->org_top    = zone->org_ref;
+        zone->org_bottom = zone->org_delta + zone->org_ref;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* expand top and bottom tables with blue fuzz */
+    {
+      FT_Int         dim, top, bot, delta;
+      PSH_Blue_Zone  zone;
+
+
+      zone  = top_table->zones;
+      count = count_top;
+
+      for ( dim = 1; dim >= 0; dim-- )
+      {
+        if ( count > 0 )
+        {
+          /* expand the bottom of the lowest zone normally */
+          zone->org_bottom -= fuzz;
+
+          /* expand the top and bottom of intermediate zones;    */
+          /* checking that the interval is smaller than the fuzz */
+          top = zone->org_top;
+
+          for ( count--; count > 0; count-- )
+          {
+            bot   = zone[1].org_bottom;
+            delta = bot - top;
+
+            if ( delta < 2 * fuzz )
+              zone[0].org_top = zone[1].org_bottom = top + delta / 2;
+            else
+            {
+              zone[0].org_top    = top + fuzz;
+              zone[1].org_bottom = bot - fuzz;
+            }
+
+            zone++;
+            top = zone->org_top;
+          }
+
+          /* expand the top of the highest zone normally */
+          zone->org_top = top + fuzz;
+        }
+        zone  = bot_table->zones;
+        count = count_bot;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /* reset the blues table when the device transform changes */
+  static void
+  psh_blues_scale_zones( PSH_Blues  blues,
+                         FT_Fixed   scale,
+                         FT_Pos     delta )
+  {
+    FT_UInt         count;
+    FT_UInt         num;
+    PSH_Blue_Table  table = 0;
+
+    /*                                                        */
+    /* Determine whether we need to suppress overshoots or    */
+    /* not.  We simply need to compare the vertical scale     */
+    /* parameter to the raw bluescale value.  Here is why:    */
+    /*                                                        */
+    /*   We need to suppress overshoots for all pointsizes.   */
+    /*   At 300dpi that satisfies:                            */
+    /*                                                        */
+    /*      pointsize < 240*bluescale + 0.49                  */
+    /*                                                        */
+    /*   This corresponds to:                                 */
+    /*                                                        */
+    /*      pixelsize < 1000*bluescale + 49/24                */
+    /*                                                        */
+    /*      scale*EM_Size < 1000*bluescale + 49/24            */
+    /*                                                        */
+    /*   However, for normal Type 1 fonts, EM_Size is 1000!   */
+    /*   We thus only check:                                  */
+    /*                                                        */
+    /*      scale < bluescale + 49/24000                      */
+    /*                                                        */
+    /*   which we shorten to                                  */
+    /*                                                        */
+    /*      "scale < bluescale"                               */
+    /*                                                        */
+    /* Note that `blue_scale' is stored 1000 times its real   */
+    /* value, and that `scale' converts from font units to    */
+    /* fractional pixels.                                     */
+    /*                                                        */
+
+    /* 1000 / 64 = 125 / 8 */
+    if ( scale >= 0x20C49BAL )
+      blues->no_overshoots = FT_BOOL( scale < blues->blue_scale * 8 / 125 );
+    else
+      blues->no_overshoots = FT_BOOL( scale * 125 < blues->blue_scale * 8 );
+
+    /*                                                        */
+    /*  The blue threshold is the font units distance under   */
+    /*  which overshoots are suppressed due to the BlueShift  */
+    /*  even if the scale is greater than BlueScale.          */
+    /*                                                        */
+    /*  It is the smallest distance such that                 */
+    /*                                                        */
+    /*    dist <= BlueShift && dist*scale <= 0.5 pixels       */
+    /*                                                        */
+    {
+      FT_Int  threshold = blues->blue_shift;
+
+
+      while ( threshold > 0 && FT_MulFix( threshold, scale ) > 32 )
+        threshold--;
+
+      blues->blue_threshold = threshold;
+    }
+
+    for ( num = 0; num < 4; num++ )
+    {
+      PSH_Blue_Zone  zone;
+
+
+      switch ( num )
+      {
+      case 0:
+        table = &blues->normal_top;
+        break;
+      case 1:
+        table = &blues->normal_bottom;
+        break;
+      case 2:
+        table = &blues->family_top;
+        break;
+      default:
+        table = &blues->family_bottom;
+        break;
+      }
+
+      zone  = table->zones;
+      count = table->count;
+      for ( ; count > 0; count--, zone++ )
+      {
+        zone->cur_top    = FT_MulFix( zone->org_top,    scale ) + delta;
+        zone->cur_bottom = FT_MulFix( zone->org_bottom, scale ) + delta;
+        zone->cur_ref    = FT_MulFix( zone->org_ref,    scale ) + delta;
+        zone->cur_delta  = FT_MulFix( zone->org_delta,  scale );
+
+        /* round scaled reference position */
+        zone->cur_ref = FT_PIX_ROUND( zone->cur_ref );
+
+#if 0
+        if ( zone->cur_ref > zone->cur_top )
+          zone->cur_ref -= 64;
+        else if ( zone->cur_ref < zone->cur_bottom )
+          zone->cur_ref += 64;
+#endif
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* process the families now */
+
+    for ( num = 0; num < 2; num++ )
+    {
+      PSH_Blue_Zone   zone1, zone2;
+      FT_UInt         count1, count2;
+      PSH_Blue_Table  normal, family;
+
+
+      switch ( num )
+      {
+      case 0:
+        normal = &blues->normal_top;
+        family = &blues->family_top;
+        break;
+
+      default:
+        normal = &blues->normal_bottom;
+        family = &blues->family_bottom;
+      }
+
+      zone1  = normal->zones;
+      count1 = normal->count;
+
+      for ( ; count1 > 0; count1--, zone1++ )
+      {
+        /* try to find a family zone whose reference position is less */
+        /* than 1 pixel far from the current zone                     */
+        zone2  = family->zones;
+        count2 = family->count;
+
+        for ( ; count2 > 0; count2--, zone2++ )
+        {
+          FT_Pos  Delta;
+
+
+          Delta = zone1->org_ref - zone2->org_ref;
+          if ( Delta < 0 )
+            Delta = -Delta;
+
+          if ( FT_MulFix( Delta, scale ) < 64 )
+          {
+            zone1->cur_top    = zone2->cur_top;
+            zone1->cur_bottom = zone2->cur_bottom;
+            zone1->cur_ref    = zone2->cur_ref;
+            zone1->cur_delta  = zone2->cur_delta;
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  psh_blues_snap_stem( PSH_Blues      blues,
+                       FT_Int         stem_top,
+                       FT_Int         stem_bot,
+                       PSH_Alignment  alignment )
+  {
+    PSH_Blue_Table  table;
+    FT_UInt         count;
+    FT_Pos          delta;
+    PSH_Blue_Zone   zone;
+    FT_Int          no_shoots;
+
+
+    alignment->align = PSH_BLUE_ALIGN_NONE;
+
+    no_shoots = blues->no_overshoots;
+
+    /* look up stem top in top zones table */
+    table = &blues->normal_top;
+    count = table->count;
+    zone  = table->zones;
+
+    for ( ; count > 0; count--, zone++ )
+    {
+      delta = stem_top - zone->org_bottom;
+      if ( delta < -blues->blue_fuzz )
+        break;
+
+      if ( stem_top <= zone->org_top + blues->blue_fuzz )
+      {
+        if ( no_shoots || delta <= blues->blue_threshold )
+        {
+          alignment->align    |= PSH_BLUE_ALIGN_TOP;
+          alignment->align_top = zone->cur_ref;
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* look up stem bottom in bottom zones table */
+    table = &blues->normal_bottom;
+    count = table->count;
+    zone  = table->zones + count-1;
+
+    for ( ; count > 0; count--, zone-- )
+    {
+      delta = zone->org_top - stem_bot;
+      if ( delta < -blues->blue_fuzz )
+        break;
+
+      if ( stem_bot >= zone->org_bottom - blues->blue_fuzz )
+      {
+        if ( no_shoots || delta < blues->blue_threshold )
+        {
+          alignment->align    |= PSH_BLUE_ALIGN_BOT;
+          alignment->align_bot = zone->cur_ref;
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                        GLOBAL HINTS                           *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  static void
+  psh_globals_destroy( PSH_Globals  globals )
+  {
+    if ( globals )
+    {
+      FT_Memory  memory;
+
+
+      memory = globals->memory;
+      globals->dimension[0].stdw.count = 0;
+      globals->dimension[1].stdw.count = 0;
+
+      globals->blues.normal_top.count    = 0;
+      globals->blues.normal_bottom.count = 0;
+      globals->blues.family_top.count    = 0;
+      globals->blues.family_bottom.count = 0;
+
+      FT_FREE( globals );
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_HINTER
+      ps_debug_globals = 0;
+#endif
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  psh_globals_new( FT_Memory     memory,
+                   T1_Private*   priv,
+                   PSH_Globals  *aglobals )
+  {
+    PSH_Globals  globals;
+    FT_Error     error;
+
+
+    if ( !FT_NEW( globals ) )
+    {
+      FT_UInt    count;
+      FT_Short*  read;
+
+
+      globals->memory = memory;
+
+      /* copy standard widths */
+      {
+        PSH_Dimension  dim   = &globals->dimension[1];
+        PSH_Width      write = dim->stdw.widths;
+
+
+        write->org = priv->standard_width[0];
+        write++;
+
+        read = priv->snap_widths;
+        for ( count = priv->num_snap_widths; count > 0; count-- )
+        {
+          write->org = *read;
+          write++;
+          read++;
+        }
+
+        dim->stdw.count = priv->num_snap_widths + 1;
+      }
+
+      /* copy standard heights */
+      {
+        PSH_Dimension  dim = &globals->dimension[0];
+        PSH_Width      write = dim->stdw.widths;
+
+
+        write->org = priv->standard_height[0];
+        write++;
+        read = priv->snap_heights;
+        for ( count = priv->num_snap_heights; count > 0; count-- )
+        {
+          write->org = *read;
+          write++;
+          read++;
+        }
+
+        dim->stdw.count = priv->num_snap_heights + 1;
+      }
+
+      /* copy blue zones */
+      psh_blues_set_zones( &globals->blues, priv->num_blue_values,
+                           priv->blue_values, priv->num_other_blues,
+                           priv->other_blues, priv->blue_fuzz, 0 );
+
+      psh_blues_set_zones( &globals->blues, priv->num_family_blues,
+                           priv->family_blues, priv->num_family_other_blues,
+                           priv->family_other_blues, priv->blue_fuzz, 1 );
+
+      globals->blues.blue_scale = priv->blue_scale;
+      globals->blues.blue_shift = priv->blue_shift;
+      globals->blues.blue_fuzz  = priv->blue_fuzz;
+
+      globals->dimension[0].scale_mult  = 0;
+      globals->dimension[0].scale_delta = 0;
+      globals->dimension[1].scale_mult  = 0;
+      globals->dimension[1].scale_delta = 0;
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_HINTER
+      ps_debug_globals = globals;
+#endif
+    }
+
+    *aglobals = globals;
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  psh_globals_set_scale( PSH_Globals  globals,
+                         FT_Fixed     x_scale,
+                         FT_Fixed     y_scale,
+                         FT_Fixed     x_delta,
+                         FT_Fixed     y_delta )
+  {
+    PSH_Dimension  dim = &globals->dimension[0];
+
+
+    dim = &globals->dimension[0];
+    if ( x_scale != dim->scale_mult  ||
+         x_delta != dim->scale_delta )
+    {
+      dim->scale_mult  = x_scale;
+      dim->scale_delta = x_delta;
+
+      psh_globals_scale_widths( globals, 0 );
+    }
+
+    dim = &globals->dimension[1];
+    if ( y_scale != dim->scale_mult  ||
+         y_delta != dim->scale_delta )
+    {
+      dim->scale_mult  = y_scale;
+      dim->scale_delta = y_delta;
+
+      psh_globals_scale_widths( globals, 1 );
+      psh_blues_scale_zones( &globals->blues, y_scale, y_delta );
+    }
+
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  psh_globals_funcs_init( PSH_Globals_FuncsRec*  funcs )
+  {
+    funcs->create    = psh_globals_new;
+    funcs->set_scale = psh_globals_set_scale;
+    funcs->destroy   = psh_globals_destroy;
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshglob.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshglob.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c511626
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshglob.h
@@ -0,0 +1,196 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  pshglob.h                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    PostScript hinter global hinting management.                         */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2001, 2002, 2003 by                                          */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __PSHGLOB_H__
+#define __PSHGLOB_H__
+
+
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_HINTS_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                    GLOBAL HINTS INTERNALS                     *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* @constant:                                                            */
+  /*    PS_GLOBALS_MAX_BLUE_ZONES                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* @description:                                                         */
+  /*    The maximum number of blue zones in a font global hints structure. */
+  /*    See @PS_Globals_BluesRec.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define PS_GLOBALS_MAX_BLUE_ZONES  16
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* @constant:                                                            */
+  /*    PS_GLOBALS_MAX_STD_WIDTHS                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* @description:                                                         */
+  /*    The maximum number of standard and snap widths in either the       */
+  /*    horizontal or vertical direction.  See @PS_Globals_WidthsRec.      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define PS_GLOBALS_MAX_STD_WIDTHS  16
+
+
+  /* standard and snap width */
+  typedef struct  PSH_WidthRec_
+  {
+    FT_Int  org;
+    FT_Pos  cur;
+    FT_Pos  fit;
+
+  } PSH_WidthRec, *PSH_Width;
+
+
+  /* standard and snap widths table */
+  typedef struct  PSH_WidthsRec_
+  {
+    FT_UInt       count;
+    PSH_WidthRec  widths[PS_GLOBALS_MAX_STD_WIDTHS];
+
+  } PSH_WidthsRec, *PSH_Widths;
+
+
+  typedef struct  PSH_DimensionRec_
+  {
+    PSH_WidthsRec  stdw;
+    FT_Fixed       scale_mult;
+    FT_Fixed       scale_delta;
+
+  } PSH_DimensionRec, *PSH_Dimension;
+
+
+  /* blue zone descriptor */
+  typedef struct  PSH_Blue_ZoneRec_
+  {
+    FT_Int  org_ref;
+    FT_Int  org_delta;
+    FT_Int  org_top;
+    FT_Int  org_bottom;
+
+    FT_Pos  cur_ref;
+    FT_Pos  cur_delta;
+    FT_Pos  cur_bottom;
+    FT_Pos  cur_top;
+
+  } PSH_Blue_ZoneRec, *PSH_Blue_Zone;
+
+
+  typedef struct  PSH_Blue_TableRec_
+  {
+    FT_UInt           count;
+    PSH_Blue_ZoneRec  zones[PS_GLOBALS_MAX_BLUE_ZONES];
+
+  } PSH_Blue_TableRec, *PSH_Blue_Table;
+
+
+  /* blue zones table */
+  typedef struct  PSH_BluesRec_
+  {
+    PSH_Blue_TableRec  normal_top;
+    PSH_Blue_TableRec  normal_bottom;
+    PSH_Blue_TableRec  family_top;
+    PSH_Blue_TableRec  family_bottom;
+
+    FT_Fixed           blue_scale;
+    FT_Int             blue_shift;
+    FT_Int             blue_threshold;
+    FT_Int             blue_fuzz;
+    FT_Bool            no_overshoots;
+
+  } PSH_BluesRec, *PSH_Blues;
+
+
+  /* font globals.                                         */
+  /* dimension 0 => X coordinates + vertical hints/stems   */
+  /* dimension 1 => Y coordinates + horizontal hints/stems */
+  typedef struct  PSH_GlobalsRec_
+  {
+    FT_Memory         memory;
+    PSH_DimensionRec  dimension[2];
+    PSH_BluesRec      blues;
+
+  } PSH_GlobalsRec;
+
+
+#define PSH_BLUE_ALIGN_NONE  0
+#define PSH_BLUE_ALIGN_TOP   1
+#define PSH_BLUE_ALIGN_BOT   2
+
+
+  typedef struct  PSH_AlignmentRec_
+  {
+    int     align;
+    FT_Pos  align_top;
+    FT_Pos  align_bot;
+
+  } PSH_AlignmentRec, *PSH_Alignment;
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  psh_globals_funcs_init( PSH_Globals_FuncsRec*  funcs );
+
+
+#if 0
+  /* snap a stem width to fitter coordinates.  `org_width' is in font */
+  /* units.  The result is in device pixels (26.6 format).            */
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Pos )
+  psh_dimension_snap_width( PSH_Dimension  dimension,
+                            FT_Int         org_width );
+#endif
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  psh_globals_set_scale( PSH_Globals  globals,
+                         FT_Fixed     x_scale,
+                         FT_Fixed     y_scale,
+                         FT_Fixed     x_delta,
+                         FT_Fixed     y_delta );
+
+  /* snap a stem to one or two blue zones */
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  psh_blues_snap_stem( PSH_Blues      blues,
+                       FT_Int         stem_top,
+                       FT_Int         stem_bot,
+                       PSH_Alignment  alignment );
+  /* */
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_HINTER
+  extern PSH_Globals  ps_debug_globals;
+#endif
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+
+#endif /* __PSHGLOB_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshinter.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshinter.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8e3f193
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshinter.c
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  pshinter.c                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType PostScript Hinting module                                   */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2001, 2003 by                                                */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#define FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include "pshrec.c"
+#include "pshglob.c"
+#include "pshalgo.c"
+#include "pshmod.c"
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshmod.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshmod.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4eb3d91
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshmod.c
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  pshmod.c                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType PostScript hinter module implementation (body).             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2001, 2002, 2007 by                                          */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+#include "pshrec.h"
+#include "pshalgo.h"
+
+
+  /* the Postscript Hinter module structure */
+  typedef struct  PS_Hinter_Module_Rec_
+  {
+    FT_ModuleRec          root;
+    PS_HintsRec           ps_hints;
+
+    PSH_Globals_FuncsRec  globals_funcs;
+    T1_Hints_FuncsRec     t1_funcs;
+    T2_Hints_FuncsRec     t2_funcs;
+
+  } PS_Hinter_ModuleRec, *PS_Hinter_Module;
+
+
+  /* finalize module */
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
+  ps_hinter_done( PS_Hinter_Module  module )
+  {
+    module->t1_funcs.hints = NULL;
+    module->t2_funcs.hints = NULL;
+
+    ps_hints_done( &module->ps_hints );
+  }
+
+
+  /* initialize module, create hints recorder and the interface */
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  ps_hinter_init( PS_Hinter_Module  module )
+  {
+    FT_Memory  memory = module->root.memory;
+    void*      ph     = &module->ps_hints;
+
+
+    ps_hints_init( &module->ps_hints, memory );
+
+    psh_globals_funcs_init( &module->globals_funcs );
+
+    t1_hints_funcs_init( &module->t1_funcs );
+    module->t1_funcs.hints = (T1_Hints)ph;
+
+    t2_hints_funcs_init( &module->t2_funcs );
+    module->t2_funcs.hints = (T2_Hints)ph;
+
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  /* returns global hints interface */
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( PSH_Globals_Funcs )
+  pshinter_get_globals_funcs( FT_Module  module )
+  {
+    return &((PS_Hinter_Module)module)->globals_funcs;
+  }
+
+
+  /* return Type 1 hints interface */
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( T1_Hints_Funcs )
+  pshinter_get_t1_funcs( FT_Module  module )
+  {
+    return &((PS_Hinter_Module)module)->t1_funcs;
+  }
+
+
+  /* return Type 2 hints interface */
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( T2_Hints_Funcs )
+  pshinter_get_t2_funcs( FT_Module  module )
+  {
+    return &((PS_Hinter_Module)module)->t2_funcs;
+  }
+
+
+  static
+  const PSHinter_Interface  pshinter_interface =
+  {
+    pshinter_get_globals_funcs,
+    pshinter_get_t1_funcs,
+    pshinter_get_t2_funcs
+  };
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
+  const FT_Module_Class  pshinter_module_class =
+  {
+    0,
+    sizeof ( PS_Hinter_ModuleRec ),
+    "pshinter",
+    0x10000L,
+    0x20000L,
+
+    &pshinter_interface,            /* module-specific interface */
+
+    (FT_Module_Constructor)ps_hinter_init,
+    (FT_Module_Destructor) ps_hinter_done,
+    (FT_Module_Requester)  0        /* no additional interface for now */
+  };
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshmod.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshmod.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1a91025
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshmod.h
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  pshmod.h                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    PostScript hinter module interface (specification).                  */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2001 by                                                      */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __PSHMOD_H__
+#define __PSHMOD_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_MODULE_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  FT_EXPORT_VAR( const FT_Module_Class )  pshinter_module_class;
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+
+#endif /* __PSHMOD_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshnterr.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshnterr.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3c0029f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshnterr.h
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  pshnterr.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    PS Hinter error codes (specification only).                          */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2003 by                                                      */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This file is used to define the PSHinter error enumeration constants. */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef __PSHNTERR_H__
+#define __PSHNTERR_H__
+
+#include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
+
+#undef __FTERRORS_H__
+
+#define FT_ERR_PREFIX  PSH_Err_
+#define FT_ERR_BASE    FT_Mod_Err_PShinter
+
+#include FT_ERRORS_H
+
+#endif /* __PSHNTERR_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshrec.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshrec.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2a885ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshrec.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1215 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  pshrec.c                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType PostScript hints recorder (body).                           */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007 by                              */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+#include "pshrec.h"
+#include "pshalgo.h"
+
+#include "pshnterr.h"
+
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_pshrec
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_HINTER
+  PS_Hints  ps_debug_hints         = 0;
+  int       ps_debug_no_horz_hints = 0;
+  int       ps_debug_no_vert_hints = 0;
+#endif
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                      PS_HINT MANAGEMENT                       *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /* destroy hints table */
+  static void
+  ps_hint_table_done( PS_Hint_Table  table,
+                      FT_Memory      memory )
+  {
+    FT_FREE( table->hints );
+    table->num_hints = 0;
+    table->max_hints = 0;
+  }
+
+
+  /* ensure that a table can contain "count" elements */
+  static FT_Error
+  ps_hint_table_ensure( PS_Hint_Table  table,
+                        FT_UInt        count,
+                        FT_Memory      memory )
+  {
+    FT_UInt   old_max = table->max_hints;
+    FT_UInt   new_max = count;
+    FT_Error  error   = 0;
+
+
+    if ( new_max > old_max )
+    {
+      /* try to grow the table */
+      new_max = FT_PAD_CEIL( new_max, 8 );
+      if ( !FT_RENEW_ARRAY( table->hints, old_max, new_max ) )
+        table->max_hints = new_max;
+    }
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  ps_hint_table_alloc( PS_Hint_Table  table,
+                       FT_Memory      memory,
+                       PS_Hint       *ahint )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error = 0;
+    FT_UInt   count;
+    PS_Hint   hint = 0;
+
+
+    count = table->num_hints;
+    count++;
+
+    if ( count >= table->max_hints )
+    {
+      error = ps_hint_table_ensure( table, count, memory );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    hint        = table->hints + count - 1;
+    hint->pos   = 0;
+    hint->len   = 0;
+    hint->flags = 0;
+
+    table->num_hints = count;
+
+  Exit:
+    *ahint = hint;
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                      PS_MASK MANAGEMENT                       *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /* destroy mask */
+  static void
+  ps_mask_done( PS_Mask    mask,
+                FT_Memory  memory )
+  {
+    FT_FREE( mask->bytes );
+    mask->num_bits  = 0;
+    mask->max_bits  = 0;
+    mask->end_point = 0;
+  }
+
+
+  /* ensure that a mask can contain "count" bits */
+  static FT_Error
+  ps_mask_ensure( PS_Mask    mask,
+                  FT_UInt    count,
+                  FT_Memory  memory )
+  {
+    FT_UInt   old_max = ( mask->max_bits + 7 ) >> 3;
+    FT_UInt   new_max = ( count          + 7 ) >> 3;
+    FT_Error  error   = 0;
+
+
+    if ( new_max > old_max )
+    {
+      new_max = FT_PAD_CEIL( new_max, 8 );
+      if ( !FT_RENEW_ARRAY( mask->bytes, old_max, new_max ) )
+        mask->max_bits = new_max * 8;
+    }
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* test a bit value in a given mask */
+  static FT_Int
+  ps_mask_test_bit( PS_Mask  mask,
+                    FT_Int   idx )
+  {
+    if ( (FT_UInt)idx >= mask->num_bits )
+      return 0;
+
+    return mask->bytes[idx >> 3] & ( 0x80 >> ( idx & 7 ) );
+  }
+
+
+  /* clear a given bit */
+  static void
+  ps_mask_clear_bit( PS_Mask  mask,
+                     FT_Int   idx )
+  {
+    FT_Byte*  p;
+
+
+    if ( (FT_UInt)idx >= mask->num_bits )
+      return;
+
+    p    = mask->bytes + ( idx >> 3 );
+    p[0] = (FT_Byte)( p[0] & ~( 0x80 >> ( idx & 7 ) ) );
+  }
+
+
+  /* set a given bit, possibly grow the mask */
+  static FT_Error
+  ps_mask_set_bit( PS_Mask    mask,
+                   FT_Int     idx,
+                   FT_Memory  memory )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error = 0;
+    FT_Byte*  p;
+
+
+    if ( idx < 0 )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    if ( (FT_UInt)idx >= mask->num_bits )
+    {
+      error = ps_mask_ensure( mask, idx + 1, memory );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      mask->num_bits = idx + 1;
+    }
+
+    p    = mask->bytes + ( idx >> 3 );
+    p[0] = (FT_Byte)( p[0] | ( 0x80 >> ( idx & 7 ) ) );
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* destroy mask table */
+  static void
+  ps_mask_table_done( PS_Mask_Table  table,
+                      FT_Memory      memory )
+  {
+    FT_UInt  count = table->max_masks;
+    PS_Mask  mask  = table->masks;
+
+
+    for ( ; count > 0; count--, mask++ )
+      ps_mask_done( mask, memory );
+
+    FT_FREE( table->masks );
+    table->num_masks = 0;
+    table->max_masks = 0;
+  }
+
+
+  /* ensure that a mask table can contain "count" masks */
+  static FT_Error
+  ps_mask_table_ensure( PS_Mask_Table  table,
+                        FT_UInt        count,
+                        FT_Memory      memory )
+  {
+    FT_UInt   old_max = table->max_masks;
+    FT_UInt   new_max = count;
+    FT_Error  error   = 0;
+
+
+    if ( new_max > old_max )
+    {
+      new_max = FT_PAD_CEIL( new_max, 8 );
+      if ( !FT_RENEW_ARRAY( table->masks, old_max, new_max ) )
+        table->max_masks = new_max;
+    }
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* allocate a new mask in a table */
+  static FT_Error
+  ps_mask_table_alloc( PS_Mask_Table  table,
+                       FT_Memory      memory,
+                       PS_Mask       *amask )
+  {
+    FT_UInt   count;
+    FT_Error  error = 0;
+    PS_Mask   mask  = 0;
+
+
+    count = table->num_masks;
+    count++;
+
+    if ( count > table->max_masks )
+    {
+      error = ps_mask_table_ensure( table, count, memory );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    mask             = table->masks + count - 1;
+    mask->num_bits   = 0;
+    mask->end_point  = 0;
+    table->num_masks = count;
+
+  Exit:
+    *amask = mask;
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* return last hint mask in a table, create one if the table is empty */
+  static FT_Error
+  ps_mask_table_last( PS_Mask_Table  table,
+                      FT_Memory      memory,
+                      PS_Mask       *amask )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error = 0;
+    FT_UInt   count;
+    PS_Mask   mask;
+
+
+    count = table->num_masks;
+    if ( count == 0 )
+    {
+      error = ps_mask_table_alloc( table, memory, &mask );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+    }
+    else
+      mask = table->masks + count - 1;
+
+  Exit:
+    *amask = mask;
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* set a new mask to a given bit range */
+  static FT_Error
+  ps_mask_table_set_bits( PS_Mask_Table   table,
+                          const FT_Byte*  source,
+                          FT_UInt         bit_pos,
+                          FT_UInt         bit_count,
+                          FT_Memory       memory )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error = 0;
+    PS_Mask   mask;
+
+
+    error = ps_mask_table_last( table, memory, &mask );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    error = ps_mask_ensure( mask, bit_count, memory );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    mask->num_bits = bit_count;
+
+    /* now, copy bits */
+    {
+      FT_Byte*  read  = (FT_Byte*)source + ( bit_pos >> 3 );
+      FT_Int    rmask = 0x80 >> ( bit_pos & 7 );
+      FT_Byte*  write = mask->bytes;
+      FT_Int    wmask = 0x80;
+      FT_Int    val;
+
+
+      for ( ; bit_count > 0; bit_count-- )
+      {
+        val = write[0] & ~wmask;
+
+        if ( read[0] & rmask )
+          val |= wmask;
+
+        write[0] = (FT_Byte)val;
+
+        rmask >>= 1;
+        if ( rmask == 0 )
+        {
+          read++;
+          rmask = 0x80;
+        }
+
+        wmask >>= 1;
+        if ( wmask == 0 )
+        {
+          write++;
+          wmask = 0x80;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* test whether two masks in a table intersect */
+  static FT_Int
+  ps_mask_table_test_intersect( PS_Mask_Table  table,
+                                FT_Int         index1,
+                                FT_Int         index2 )
+  {
+    PS_Mask   mask1  = table->masks + index1;
+    PS_Mask   mask2  = table->masks + index2;
+    FT_Byte*  p1     = mask1->bytes;
+    FT_Byte*  p2     = mask2->bytes;
+    FT_UInt   count1 = mask1->num_bits;
+    FT_UInt   count2 = mask2->num_bits;
+    FT_UInt   count;
+
+
+    count = ( count1 <= count2 ) ? count1 : count2;
+    for ( ; count >= 8; count -= 8 )
+    {
+      if ( p1[0] & p2[0] )
+        return 1;
+
+      p1++;
+      p2++;
+    }
+
+    if ( count == 0 )
+      return 0;
+
+    return ( p1[0] & p2[0] ) & ~( 0xFF >> count );
+  }
+
+
+  /* merge two masks, used by ps_mask_table_merge_all */
+  static FT_Error
+  ps_mask_table_merge( PS_Mask_Table  table,
+                       FT_Int         index1,
+                       FT_Int         index2,
+                       FT_Memory      memory )
+  {
+    FT_UInt   temp;
+    FT_Error  error = 0;
+
+
+    /* swap index1 and index2 so that index1 < index2 */
+    if ( index1 > index2 )
+    {
+      temp   = index1;
+      index1 = index2;
+      index2 = temp;
+    }
+
+    if ( index1 < index2 && index1 >= 0 && index2 < (FT_Int)table->num_masks )
+    {
+      /* we need to merge the bitsets of index1 and index2 with a */
+      /* simple union                                             */
+      PS_Mask  mask1  = table->masks + index1;
+      PS_Mask  mask2  = table->masks + index2;
+      FT_UInt  count1 = mask1->num_bits;
+      FT_UInt  count2 = mask2->num_bits;
+      FT_Int   delta;
+
+
+      if ( count2 > 0 )
+      {
+        FT_UInt   pos;
+        FT_Byte*  read;
+        FT_Byte*  write;
+
+
+        /* if "count2" is greater than "count1", we need to grow the */
+        /* first bitset, and clear the highest bits                  */
+        if ( count2 > count1 )
+        {
+          error = ps_mask_ensure( mask1, count2, memory );
+          if ( error )
+            goto Exit;
+
+          for ( pos = count1; pos < count2; pos++ )
+            ps_mask_clear_bit( mask1, pos );
+        }
+
+        /* merge (unite) the bitsets */
+        read  = mask2->bytes;
+        write = mask1->bytes;
+        pos   = (FT_UInt)( ( count2 + 7 ) >> 3 );
+
+        for ( ; pos > 0; pos-- )
+        {
+          write[0] = (FT_Byte)( write[0] | read[0] );
+          write++;
+          read++;
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* Now, remove "mask2" from the list.  We need to keep the masks */
+      /* sorted in order of importance, so move table elements.        */
+      mask2->num_bits  = 0;
+      mask2->end_point = 0;
+
+      delta = table->num_masks - 1 - index2; /* number of masks to move */
+      if ( delta > 0 )
+      {
+        /* move to end of table for reuse */
+        PS_MaskRec  dummy = *mask2;
+
+
+        ft_memmove( mask2, mask2 + 1, delta * sizeof ( PS_MaskRec ) );
+
+        mask2[delta] = dummy;
+      }
+
+      table->num_masks--;
+    }
+    else
+      FT_ERROR(( "ps_mask_table_merge: ignoring invalid indices (%d,%d)\n",
+                 index1, index2 ));
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* Try to merge all masks in a given table.  This is used to merge */
+  /* all counter masks into independent counter "paths".             */
+  /*                                                                 */
+  static FT_Error
+  ps_mask_table_merge_all( PS_Mask_Table  table,
+                           FT_Memory      memory )
+  {
+    FT_Int    index1, index2;
+    FT_Error  error = 0;
+
+
+    for ( index1 = table->num_masks - 1; index1 > 0; index1-- )
+    {
+      for ( index2 = index1 - 1; index2 >= 0; index2-- )
+      {
+        if ( ps_mask_table_test_intersect( table, index1, index2 ) )
+        {
+          error = ps_mask_table_merge( table, index2, index1, memory );
+          if ( error )
+            goto Exit;
+
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                    PS_DIMENSION MANAGEMENT                    *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /* finalize a given dimension */
+  static void
+  ps_dimension_done( PS_Dimension  dimension,
+                     FT_Memory     memory )
+  {
+    ps_mask_table_done( &dimension->counters, memory );
+    ps_mask_table_done( &dimension->masks,    memory );
+    ps_hint_table_done( &dimension->hints,    memory );
+  }
+
+
+  /* initialize a given dimension */
+  static void
+  ps_dimension_init( PS_Dimension  dimension )
+  {
+    dimension->hints.num_hints    = 0;
+    dimension->masks.num_masks    = 0;
+    dimension->counters.num_masks = 0;
+  }
+
+
+#if 0
+
+  /* set a bit at a given index in the current hint mask */
+  static FT_Error
+  ps_dimension_set_mask_bit( PS_Dimension  dim,
+                             FT_UInt       idx,
+                             FT_Memory     memory )
+  {
+    PS_Mask  mask;
+    FT_Error  error = 0;
+
+
+    /* get last hint mask */
+    error = ps_mask_table_last( &dim->masks, memory, &mask );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    error = ps_mask_set_bit( mask, idx, memory );
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+#endif
+
+  /* set the end point in a mask, called from "End" & "Reset" methods */
+  static void
+  ps_dimension_end_mask( PS_Dimension  dim,
+                         FT_UInt       end_point )
+  {
+    FT_UInt  count = dim->masks.num_masks;
+    PS_Mask  mask;
+
+
+    if ( count > 0 )
+    {
+      mask            = dim->masks.masks + count - 1;
+      mask->end_point = end_point;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /* set the end point in the current mask, then create a new empty one */
+  /* (called by "Reset" method)                                         */
+  static FT_Error
+  ps_dimension_reset_mask( PS_Dimension  dim,
+                           FT_UInt       end_point,
+                           FT_Memory     memory )
+  {
+    PS_Mask  mask;
+
+
+    /* end current mask */
+    ps_dimension_end_mask( dim, end_point );
+
+    /* allocate new one */
+    return ps_mask_table_alloc( &dim->masks, memory, &mask );
+  }
+
+
+  /* set a new mask, called from the "T2Stem" method */
+  static FT_Error
+  ps_dimension_set_mask_bits( PS_Dimension    dim,
+                              const FT_Byte*  source,
+                              FT_UInt         source_pos,
+                              FT_UInt         source_bits,
+                              FT_UInt         end_point,
+                              FT_Memory       memory )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error = 0;
+
+
+    /* reset current mask, if any */
+    error = ps_dimension_reset_mask( dim, end_point, memory );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* set bits in new mask */
+    error = ps_mask_table_set_bits( &dim->masks, source,
+                                    source_pos, source_bits, memory );
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* add a new single stem (called from "T1Stem" method) */
+  static FT_Error
+  ps_dimension_add_t1stem( PS_Dimension  dim,
+                           FT_Int        pos,
+                           FT_Int        len,
+                           FT_Memory     memory,
+                           FT_Int       *aindex )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error = 0;
+    FT_UInt   flags = 0;
+
+
+    /* detect ghost stem */
+    if ( len < 0 )
+    {
+      flags |= PS_HINT_FLAG_GHOST;
+      if ( len == -21 )
+      {
+        flags |= PS_HINT_FLAG_BOTTOM;
+        pos   += len;
+      }
+      len = 0;
+    }
+
+    if ( aindex )
+      *aindex = -1;
+
+    /* now, lookup stem in the current hints table */
+    {
+      PS_Mask  mask;
+      FT_UInt  idx;
+      FT_UInt  max   = dim->hints.num_hints;
+      PS_Hint  hint  = dim->hints.hints;
+
+
+      for ( idx = 0; idx < max; idx++, hint++ )
+      {
+        if ( hint->pos == pos && hint->len == len )
+          break;
+      }
+
+      /* we need to create a new hint in the table */
+      if ( idx >= max )
+      {
+        error = ps_hint_table_alloc( &dim->hints, memory, &hint );
+        if ( error )
+          goto Exit;
+
+        hint->pos   = pos;
+        hint->len   = len;
+        hint->flags = flags;
+      }
+
+      /* now, store the hint in the current mask */
+      error = ps_mask_table_last( &dim->masks, memory, &mask );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      error = ps_mask_set_bit( mask, idx, memory );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      if ( aindex )
+        *aindex = (FT_Int)idx;
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* add a "hstem3/vstem3" counter to our dimension table */
+  static FT_Error
+  ps_dimension_add_counter( PS_Dimension  dim,
+                            FT_Int        hint1,
+                            FT_Int        hint2,
+                            FT_Int        hint3,
+                            FT_Memory     memory )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error   = 0;
+    FT_UInt   count   = dim->counters.num_masks;
+    PS_Mask   counter = dim->counters.masks;
+
+
+    /* try to find an existing counter mask that already uses */
+    /* one of these stems here                                */
+    for ( ; count > 0; count--, counter++ )
+    {
+      if ( ps_mask_test_bit( counter, hint1 ) ||
+           ps_mask_test_bit( counter, hint2 ) ||
+           ps_mask_test_bit( counter, hint3 ) )
+        break;
+    }
+
+    /* create a new counter when needed */
+    if ( count == 0 )
+    {
+      error = ps_mask_table_alloc( &dim->counters, memory, &counter );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* now, set the bits for our hints in the counter mask */
+    error = ps_mask_set_bit( counter, hint1, memory );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    error = ps_mask_set_bit( counter, hint2, memory );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    error = ps_mask_set_bit( counter, hint3, memory );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* end of recording session for a given dimension */
+  static FT_Error
+  ps_dimension_end( PS_Dimension  dim,
+                    FT_UInt       end_point,
+                    FT_Memory     memory )
+  {
+    /* end hint mask table */
+    ps_dimension_end_mask( dim, end_point );
+
+    /* merge all counter masks into independent "paths" */
+    return ps_mask_table_merge_all( &dim->counters, memory );
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                    PS_RECORDER MANAGEMENT                     *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /* destroy hints */
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  ps_hints_done( PS_Hints  hints )
+  {
+    FT_Memory  memory = hints->memory;
+
+
+    ps_dimension_done( &hints->dimension[0], memory );
+    ps_dimension_done( &hints->dimension[1], memory );
+
+    hints->error  = 0;
+    hints->memory = 0;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  ps_hints_init( PS_Hints   hints,
+                 FT_Memory  memory )
+  {
+    FT_MEM_ZERO( hints, sizeof ( *hints ) );
+    hints->memory = memory;
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  /* initialize a hints for a new session */
+  static void
+  ps_hints_open( PS_Hints      hints,
+                 PS_Hint_Type  hint_type )
+  {
+    switch ( hint_type )
+    {
+    case PS_HINT_TYPE_1:
+    case PS_HINT_TYPE_2:
+      hints->error     = 0;
+      hints->hint_type = hint_type;
+
+      ps_dimension_init( &hints->dimension[0] );
+      ps_dimension_init( &hints->dimension[1] );
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      hints->error     = PSH_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+      hints->hint_type = hint_type;
+
+      FT_ERROR(( "ps_hints_open: invalid charstring type!\n" ));
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /* add one or more stems to the current hints table */
+  static void
+  ps_hints_stem( PS_Hints  hints,
+                 FT_Int    dimension,
+                 FT_UInt   count,
+                 FT_Long*  stems )
+  {
+    if ( !hints->error )
+    {
+      /* limit "dimension" to 0..1 */
+      if ( dimension < 0 || dimension > 1 )
+      {
+        FT_ERROR(( "ps_hints_stem: invalid dimension (%d) used\n",
+                   dimension ));
+        dimension = ( dimension != 0 );
+      }
+
+      /* record the stems in the current hints/masks table */
+      switch ( hints->hint_type )
+      {
+      case PS_HINT_TYPE_1:  /* Type 1 "hstem" or "vstem" operator */
+      case PS_HINT_TYPE_2:  /* Type 2 "hstem" or "vstem" operator */
+        {
+          PS_Dimension  dim = &hints->dimension[dimension];
+
+
+          for ( ; count > 0; count--, stems += 2 )
+          {
+            FT_Error   error;
+            FT_Memory  memory = hints->memory;
+
+
+            error = ps_dimension_add_t1stem(
+                      dim, (FT_Int)stems[0], (FT_Int)stems[1],
+                      memory, NULL );
+            if ( error )
+            {
+              FT_ERROR(( "ps_hints_stem: could not add stem"
+                         " (%d,%d) to hints table\n", stems[0], stems[1] ));
+
+              hints->error = error;
+              return;
+            }
+          }
+          break;
+        }
+
+      default:
+        FT_ERROR(( "ps_hints_stem: called with invalid hint type (%d)\n",
+                   hints->hint_type ));
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /* add one Type1 counter stem to the current hints table */
+  static void
+  ps_hints_t1stem3( PS_Hints  hints,
+                    FT_Int    dimension,
+                    FT_Long*  stems )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error = 0;
+
+
+    if ( !hints->error )
+    {
+      PS_Dimension  dim;
+      FT_Memory     memory = hints->memory;
+      FT_Int        count;
+      FT_Int        idx[3];
+
+
+      /* limit "dimension" to 0..1 */
+      if ( dimension < 0 || dimension > 1 )
+      {
+        FT_ERROR(( "ps_hints_t1stem3: invalid dimension (%d) used\n",
+                   dimension ));
+        dimension = ( dimension != 0 );
+      }
+
+      dim = &hints->dimension[dimension];
+
+      /* there must be 6 elements in the 'stem' array */
+      if ( hints->hint_type == PS_HINT_TYPE_1 )
+      {
+        /* add the three stems to our hints/masks table */
+        for ( count = 0; count < 3; count++, stems += 2 )
+        {
+          error = ps_dimension_add_t1stem(
+                    dim, (FT_Int)stems[0], (FT_Int)stems[1],
+                    memory, &idx[count] );
+          if ( error )
+            goto Fail;
+        }
+
+        /* now, add the hints to the counters table */
+        error = ps_dimension_add_counter( dim, idx[0], idx[1], idx[2],
+                                          memory );
+        if ( error )
+          goto Fail;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        FT_ERROR(( "ps_hints_t1stem3: called with invalid hint type!\n" ));
+        error = PSH_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+        goto Fail;
+      }
+    }
+
+    return;
+
+  Fail:
+    FT_ERROR(( "ps_hints_t1stem3: could not add counter stems to table\n" ));
+    hints->error = error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* reset hints (only with Type 1 hints) */
+  static void
+  ps_hints_t1reset( PS_Hints  hints,
+                    FT_UInt   end_point )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error = 0;
+
+
+    if ( !hints->error )
+    {
+      FT_Memory  memory = hints->memory;
+
+
+      if ( hints->hint_type == PS_HINT_TYPE_1 )
+      {
+        error = ps_dimension_reset_mask( &hints->dimension[0],
+                                         end_point, memory );
+        if ( error )
+          goto Fail;
+
+        error = ps_dimension_reset_mask( &hints->dimension[1],
+                                         end_point, memory );
+        if ( error )
+          goto Fail;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* invalid hint type */
+        error = PSH_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+        goto Fail;
+      }
+    }
+    return;
+
+  Fail:
+    hints->error = error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* Type2 "hintmask" operator, add a new hintmask to each direction */
+  static void
+  ps_hints_t2mask( PS_Hints        hints,
+                   FT_UInt         end_point,
+                   FT_UInt         bit_count,
+                   const FT_Byte*  bytes )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error;
+
+
+    if ( !hints->error )
+    {
+      PS_Dimension  dim    = hints->dimension;
+      FT_Memory     memory = hints->memory;
+      FT_UInt       count1 = dim[0].hints.num_hints;
+      FT_UInt       count2 = dim[1].hints.num_hints;
+
+
+      /* check bit count; must be equal to current total hint count */
+      if ( bit_count !=  count1 + count2 )
+      {
+        FT_ERROR(( "ps_hints_t2mask: "
+                   "called with invalid bitcount %d (instead of %d)\n",
+                   bit_count, count1 + count2 ));
+
+        /* simply ignore the operator */
+        return;
+      }
+
+      /* set-up new horizontal and vertical hint mask now */
+      error = ps_dimension_set_mask_bits( &dim[0], bytes, count2, count1,
+                                          end_point, memory );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Fail;
+
+      error = ps_dimension_set_mask_bits( &dim[1], bytes, 0, count2,
+                                          end_point, memory );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Fail;
+    }
+    return;
+
+  Fail:
+    hints->error = error;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  ps_hints_t2counter( PS_Hints        hints,
+                      FT_UInt         bit_count,
+                      const FT_Byte*  bytes )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error;
+
+
+    if ( !hints->error )
+    {
+      PS_Dimension  dim    = hints->dimension;
+      FT_Memory     memory = hints->memory;
+      FT_UInt       count1 = dim[0].hints.num_hints;
+      FT_UInt       count2 = dim[1].hints.num_hints;
+
+
+      /* check bit count, must be equal to current total hint count */
+      if ( bit_count !=  count1 + count2 )
+      {
+        FT_ERROR(( "ps_hints_t2counter: "
+                   "called with invalid bitcount %d (instead of %d)\n",
+                   bit_count, count1 + count2 ));
+
+        /* simply ignore the operator */
+        return;
+      }
+
+      /* set-up new horizontal and vertical hint mask now */
+      error = ps_dimension_set_mask_bits( &dim[0], bytes, 0, count1,
+                                          0, memory );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Fail;
+
+      error = ps_dimension_set_mask_bits( &dim[1], bytes, count1, count2,
+                                          0, memory );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Fail;
+    }
+    return;
+
+  Fail:
+    hints->error = error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* end recording session */
+  static FT_Error
+  ps_hints_close( PS_Hints  hints,
+                  FT_UInt   end_point )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error;
+
+
+    error = hints->error;
+    if ( !error )
+    {
+      FT_Memory     memory = hints->memory;
+      PS_Dimension  dim    = hints->dimension;
+
+
+      error = ps_dimension_end( &dim[0], end_point, memory );
+      if ( !error )
+      {
+        error = ps_dimension_end( &dim[1], end_point, memory );
+      }
+    }
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_HINTER
+    if ( !error )
+      ps_debug_hints = hints;
+#endif
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                TYPE 1 HINTS RECORDING INTERFACE               *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  static void
+  t1_hints_open( T1_Hints  hints )
+  {
+    ps_hints_open( (PS_Hints)hints, PS_HINT_TYPE_1 );
+  }
+
+  static void
+  t1_hints_stem( T1_Hints  hints,
+                 FT_Int    dimension,
+                 FT_Long*  coords )
+  {
+    ps_hints_stem( (PS_Hints)hints, dimension, 1, coords );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  t1_hints_funcs_init( T1_Hints_FuncsRec*  funcs )
+  {
+    FT_MEM_ZERO( (char*)funcs, sizeof ( *funcs ) );
+
+    funcs->open  = (T1_Hints_OpenFunc)    t1_hints_open;
+    funcs->close = (T1_Hints_CloseFunc)   ps_hints_close;
+    funcs->stem  = (T1_Hints_SetStemFunc) t1_hints_stem;
+    funcs->stem3 = (T1_Hints_SetStem3Func)ps_hints_t1stem3;
+    funcs->reset = (T1_Hints_ResetFunc)   ps_hints_t1reset;
+    funcs->apply = (T1_Hints_ApplyFunc)   ps_hints_apply;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                TYPE 2 HINTS RECORDING INTERFACE               *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  static void
+  t2_hints_open( T2_Hints  hints )
+  {
+    ps_hints_open( (PS_Hints)hints, PS_HINT_TYPE_2 );
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  t2_hints_stems( T2_Hints   hints,
+                  FT_Int     dimension,
+                  FT_Int     count,
+                  FT_Fixed*  coords )
+  {
+    FT_Pos  stems[32], y, n;
+    FT_Int  total = count;
+
+
+    y = 0;
+    while ( total > 0 )
+    {
+      /* determine number of stems to write */
+      count = total;
+      if ( count > 16 )
+        count = 16;
+
+      /* compute integer stem positions in font units */
+      for ( n = 0; n < count * 2; n++ )
+      {
+        y       += coords[n];
+        stems[n] = ( y + 0x8000L ) >> 16;
+      }
+
+      /* compute lengths */
+      for ( n = 0; n < count * 2; n += 2 )
+        stems[n + 1] = stems[n + 1] - stems[n];
+
+      /* add them to the current dimension */
+      ps_hints_stem( (PS_Hints)hints, dimension, count, stems );
+
+      total -= count;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  t2_hints_funcs_init( T2_Hints_FuncsRec*  funcs )
+  {
+    FT_MEM_ZERO( funcs, sizeof ( *funcs ) );
+
+    funcs->open    = (T2_Hints_OpenFunc)   t2_hints_open;
+    funcs->close   = (T2_Hints_CloseFunc)  ps_hints_close;
+    funcs->stems   = (T2_Hints_StemsFunc)  t2_hints_stems;
+    funcs->hintmask= (T2_Hints_MaskFunc)   ps_hints_t2mask;
+    funcs->counter = (T2_Hints_CounterFunc)ps_hints_t2counter;
+    funcs->apply   = (T2_Hints_ApplyFunc)  ps_hints_apply;
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshrec.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshrec.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dcb3197
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/pshrec.h
@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  pshrec.h                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Postscript (Type1/Type2) hints recorder (specification).             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2001, 2002, 2003, 2006, 2008 by                              */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /**************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                        */
+  /*  The functions defined here are called from the Type 1, CID and CFF    */
+  /*  font drivers to record the hints of a given character/glyph.          */
+  /*                                                                        */
+  /*  The hints are recorded in a unified format, and are later processed   */
+  /*  by the `optimizer' and `fitter' to adjust the outlines to the pixel   */
+  /*  grid.                                                                 */
+  /*                                                                        */
+  /**************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __PSHREC_H__
+#define __PSHREC_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_HINTS_H
+#include "pshglob.h"
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                 GLYPH HINTS RECORDER INTERNALS                *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /* handle to hint record */
+  typedef struct PS_HintRec_*  PS_Hint;
+
+  /* hint types */
+  typedef enum  PS_Hint_Type_
+  {
+    PS_HINT_TYPE_1 = 1,
+    PS_HINT_TYPE_2 = 2
+
+  } PS_Hint_Type;
+
+
+  /* hint flags */
+  typedef enum  PS_Hint_Flags_
+  {
+    PS_HINT_FLAG_GHOST  = 1,
+    PS_HINT_FLAG_BOTTOM = 2
+
+  } PS_Hint_Flags;
+
+
+  /* hint descriptor */
+  typedef struct  PS_HintRec_
+  {
+    FT_Int   pos;
+    FT_Int   len;
+    FT_UInt  flags;
+
+  } PS_HintRec;
+
+
+#define ps_hint_is_active( x )  ( (x)->flags & PS_HINT_FLAG_ACTIVE )
+#define ps_hint_is_ghost( x )   ( (x)->flags & PS_HINT_FLAG_GHOST  )
+#define ps_hint_is_bottom( x )  ( (x)->flags & PS_HINT_FLAG_BOTTOM )
+
+
+  /* hints table descriptor */
+  typedef struct  PS_Hint_TableRec_
+  {
+    FT_UInt  num_hints;
+    FT_UInt  max_hints;
+    PS_Hint  hints;
+
+  } PS_Hint_TableRec, *PS_Hint_Table;
+
+
+  /* hint and counter mask descriptor */
+  typedef struct  PS_MaskRec_
+  {
+    FT_UInt   num_bits;
+    FT_UInt   max_bits;
+    FT_Byte*  bytes;
+    FT_UInt   end_point;
+
+  } PS_MaskRec, *PS_Mask;
+
+
+  /* masks and counters table descriptor */
+  typedef struct  PS_Mask_TableRec_
+  {
+    FT_UInt  num_masks;
+    FT_UInt  max_masks;
+    PS_Mask  masks;
+
+  } PS_Mask_TableRec, *PS_Mask_Table;
+
+
+ /* dimension-specific hints descriptor */
+  typedef struct  PS_DimensionRec_
+  {
+    PS_Hint_TableRec  hints;
+    PS_Mask_TableRec  masks;
+    PS_Mask_TableRec  counters;
+
+  } PS_DimensionRec, *PS_Dimension;
+
+
+  /* glyph hints descriptor                                */
+  /* dimension 0 => X coordinates + vertical hints/stems   */
+  /* dimension 1 => Y coordinates + horizontal hints/stems */
+  typedef struct  PS_HintsRec_
+  {
+    FT_Memory        memory;
+    FT_Error         error;
+    FT_UInt32        magic;
+    PS_Hint_Type     hint_type;
+    PS_DimensionRec  dimension[2];
+
+  } PS_HintsRec, *PS_Hints;
+
+  /* */
+
+  /* initialize hints recorder */
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  ps_hints_init( PS_Hints   hints,
+                 FT_Memory  memory );
+
+  /* finalize hints recorder */
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  ps_hints_done( PS_Hints  hints );
+
+  /* initialize Type1 hints recorder interface */
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  t1_hints_funcs_init( T1_Hints_FuncsRec*  funcs );
+
+  /* initialize Type2 hints recorder interface */
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  t2_hints_funcs_init( T2_Hints_FuncsRec*  funcs );
+
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_HINTER
+  extern PS_Hints  ps_debug_hints;
+  extern  int      ps_debug_no_horz_hints;
+  extern  int      ps_debug_no_vert_hints;
+#endif
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+
+#endif /* __PS_HINTER_RECORD_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/rules.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/rules.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5777339
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/pshinter/rules.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 PSHinter driver configuration rules
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 2001, 2003 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+# PSHINTER driver directory
+#
+PSHINTER_DIR := $(SRC_DIR)/pshinter
+
+
+# compilation flags for the driver
+#
+PSHINTER_COMPILE := $(FT_COMPILE) $I$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$(PSHINTER_DIR))
+
+
+# PSHINTER driver sources (i.e., C files)
+#
+PSHINTER_DRV_SRC := $(PSHINTER_DIR)/pshrec.c  \
+                    $(PSHINTER_DIR)/pshglob.c \
+                    $(PSHINTER_DIR)/pshmod.c  \
+                    $(PSHINTER_DIR)/pshalgo.c
+
+
+# PSHINTER driver headers
+#
+PSHINTER_DRV_H := $(PSHINTER_DRV_SRC:%c=%h) \
+                  $(PSHINTER_DIR)/pshnterr.h
+
+
+# PSHINTER driver object(s)
+#
+#   PSHINTER_DRV_OBJ_M is used during `multi' builds.
+#   PSHINTER_DRV_OBJ_S is used during `single' builds.
+#
+PSHINTER_DRV_OBJ_M := $(PSHINTER_DRV_SRC:$(PSHINTER_DIR)/%.c=$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O)
+PSHINTER_DRV_OBJ_S := $(OBJ_DIR)/pshinter.$O
+
+# PSHINTER driver source file for single build
+#
+PSHINTER_DRV_SRC_S := $(PSHINTER_DIR)/pshinter.c
+
+
+# PSHINTER driver - single object
+#
+$(PSHINTER_DRV_OBJ_S): $(PSHINTER_DRV_SRC_S) $(PSHINTER_DRV_SRC) \
+                       $(FREETYPE_H) $(PSHINTER_DRV_H)
+	$(PSHINTER_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $(PSHINTER_DRV_SRC_S))
+
+
+# PSHINTER driver - multiple objects
+#
+$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O: $(PSHINTER_DIR)/%.c $(FREETYPE_H) $(PSHINTER_DRV_H)
+	$(PSHINTER_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $<)
+
+
+# update main driver object lists
+#
+DRV_OBJS_S += $(PSHINTER_DRV_OBJ_S)
+DRV_OBJS_M += $(PSHINTER_DRV_OBJ_M)
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/Jamfile b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/Jamfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d85c1e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/Jamfile
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+# FreeType 2 src/psnames Jamfile
+#
+# Copyright 2001 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+SubDir  FT2_TOP $(FT2_SRC_DIR) psnames ;
+
+{
+  local  _sources ;
+
+  if $(FT2_MULTI)
+  {
+    _sources = psmodule ;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    _sources = psnames ;
+  }
+
+  Library  $(FT2_LIB) : $(_sources).c ;
+}
+
+# end of src/psnames Jamfile
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/module.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/module.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a6e9082
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/module.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 PSnames module definition
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2006 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+FTMODULE_H_COMMANDS += PSNAMES_MODULE
+
+define PSNAMES_MODULE
+$(OPEN_DRIVER) FT_Module_Class, psnames_module_class $(CLOSE_DRIVER)
+$(ECHO_DRIVER)psnames   $(ECHO_DRIVER_DESC)Postscript & Unicode Glyph name handling$(ECHO_DRIVER_DONE)
+endef
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/psmodule.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/psmodule.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..41942a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/psmodule.c
@@ -0,0 +1,590 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  psmodule.c                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    PSNames module implementation (body).                                */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by             */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+#include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_CMAPS_H
+
+#include "psmodule.h"
+#include "pstables.h"
+
+#include "psnamerr.h"
+
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES
+
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ADOBE_GLYPH_LIST
+
+
+#define VARIANT_BIT         0x80000000UL
+#define BASE_GLYPH( code )  ( (code) & ~VARIANT_BIT )
+
+
+  /* Return the Unicode value corresponding to a given glyph.  Note that */
+  /* we do deal with glyph variants by detecting a non-initial dot in    */
+  /* the name, as in `A.swash' or `e.final'; in this case, the           */
+  /* VARIANT_BIT is set in the return value.                             */
+  /*                                                                     */
+  static FT_UInt32
+  ps_unicode_value( const char*  glyph_name )
+  {
+    /* If the name begins with `uni', then the glyph name may be a */
+    /* hard-coded unicode character code.                          */
+    if ( glyph_name[0] == 'u' &&
+         glyph_name[1] == 'n' &&
+         glyph_name[2] == 'i' )
+    {
+      /* determine whether the next four characters following are */
+      /* hexadecimal.                                             */
+
+      /* XXX: Add code to deal with ligatures, i.e. glyph names like */
+      /*      `uniXXXXYYYYZZZZ'...                                   */
+
+      FT_Int       count;
+      FT_ULong     value = 0;
+      const char*  p     = glyph_name + 3;
+
+
+      for ( count = 4; count > 0; count--, p++ )
+      {
+        char          c = *p;
+        unsigned int  d;
+
+
+        d = (unsigned char)c - '0';
+        if ( d >= 10 )
+        {
+          d = (unsigned char)c - 'A';
+          if ( d >= 6 )
+            d = 16;
+          else
+            d += 10;
+        }
+
+        /* Exit if a non-uppercase hexadecimal character was found   */
+        /* -- this also catches character codes below `0' since such */
+        /* negative numbers cast to `unsigned int' are far too big.  */
+        if ( d >= 16 )
+          break;
+
+        value = ( value << 4 ) + d;
+      }
+
+      /* there must be exactly four hex digits */
+      if ( count == 0 )
+      {
+        if ( *p == '\0' )
+          return value;
+        if ( *p == '.' )
+          return value | VARIANT_BIT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* If the name begins with `u', followed by four to six uppercase */
+    /* hexadecimal digits, it is a hard-coded unicode character code. */
+    if ( glyph_name[0] == 'u' )
+    {
+      FT_Int       count;
+      FT_ULong     value = 0;
+      const char*  p     = glyph_name + 1;
+
+
+      for ( count = 6; count > 0; count--, p++ )
+      {
+        char          c = *p;
+        unsigned int  d;
+
+
+        d = (unsigned char)c - '0';
+        if ( d >= 10 )
+        {
+          d = (unsigned char)c - 'A';
+          if ( d >= 6 )
+            d = 16;
+          else
+            d += 10;
+        }
+
+        if ( d >= 16 )
+          break;
+
+        value = ( value << 4 ) + d;
+      }
+
+      if ( count <= 2 )
+      {
+        if ( *p == '\0' )
+          return value;
+        if ( *p == '.' )
+          return value | VARIANT_BIT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Look for a non-initial dot in the glyph name in order to */
+    /* find variants like `A.swash', `e.final', etc.            */
+    {
+      const char*  p   = glyph_name;
+      const char*  dot = NULL;
+
+
+      for ( ; *p; p++ )
+      {
+        if ( *p == '.' && p > glyph_name )
+        {
+          dot = p;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* now look up the glyph in the Adobe Glyph List */
+      if ( !dot )
+        return ft_get_adobe_glyph_index( glyph_name, p );
+      else
+        return ft_get_adobe_glyph_index( glyph_name, dot ) | VARIANT_BIT;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /* ft_qsort callback to sort the unicode map */
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( int )
+  compare_uni_maps( const void*  a,
+                    const void*  b )
+  {
+    PS_UniMap*  map1 = (PS_UniMap*)a;
+    PS_UniMap*  map2 = (PS_UniMap*)b;
+    FT_UInt32   unicode1 = BASE_GLYPH( map1->unicode );
+    FT_UInt32   unicode2 = BASE_GLYPH( map2->unicode );
+
+
+    /* sort base glyphs before glyph variants */
+    if ( unicode1 == unicode2 )
+    {
+      if ( map1->unicode > map2->unicode )
+        return 1;
+      else if ( map1->unicode < map2->unicode )
+        return -1;
+      else
+        return 0;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      if ( unicode1 > unicode2 )
+        return 1;
+      else if ( unicode1 < unicode2 )
+        return -1;
+      else
+        return 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /* support for extra glyphs not handled (well) in AGL; */
+  /* we add extra mappings for them if necessary         */
+
+#define EXTRA_GLYPH_LIST_SIZE  10
+
+  static const FT_UInt32  ft_extra_glyph_unicodes[EXTRA_GLYPH_LIST_SIZE] =
+  {
+    /* WGL 4 */
+    0x0394,
+    0x03A9,
+    0x2215,
+    0x00AD,
+    0x02C9,
+    0x03BC,
+    0x2219,
+    0x00A0,
+    /* Romanian */
+    0x021A,
+    0x021B
+  };
+
+  static const char  ft_extra_glyph_names[] =
+  {
+    'D','e','l','t','a',0,
+    'O','m','e','g','a',0,
+    'f','r','a','c','t','i','o','n',0,
+    'h','y','p','h','e','n',0,
+    'm','a','c','r','o','n',0,
+    'm','u',0,
+    'p','e','r','i','o','d','c','e','n','t','e','r','e','d',0,
+    's','p','a','c','e',0,
+    'T','c','o','m','m','a','a','c','c','e','n','t',0,
+    't','c','o','m','m','a','a','c','c','e','n','t',0
+  };
+
+  static const FT_Int
+  ft_extra_glyph_name_offsets[EXTRA_GLYPH_LIST_SIZE] =
+  {
+     0,
+     6,
+    12,
+    21,
+    28,
+    35,
+    38,
+    53,
+    59,
+    72
+  };
+
+
+  static void
+  ps_check_extra_glyph_name( const char*  gname,
+                             FT_UInt      glyph,
+                             FT_UInt*     extra_glyphs,
+                             FT_UInt     *states )
+  {
+    FT_UInt  n;
+
+
+    for ( n = 0; n < EXTRA_GLYPH_LIST_SIZE; n++ )
+    {
+      if ( ft_strcmp( ft_extra_glyph_names +
+                        ft_extra_glyph_name_offsets[n], gname ) == 0 )
+      {
+        if ( states[n] == 0 )
+        {
+          /* mark this extra glyph as a candidate for the cmap */
+          states[n]     = 1;
+          extra_glyphs[n] = glyph;
+        }
+
+        return;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  ps_check_extra_glyph_unicode( FT_UInt32  uni_char,
+                                FT_UInt   *states )
+  {
+    FT_UInt  n;
+
+
+    for ( n = 0; n < EXTRA_GLYPH_LIST_SIZE; n++ )
+    {
+      if ( uni_char == ft_extra_glyph_unicodes[n] )
+      {
+        /* disable this extra glyph from being added to the cmap */
+        states[n] = 2;
+
+        return;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /* Build a table that maps Unicode values to glyph indices. */
+  static FT_Error
+  ps_unicodes_init( FT_Memory             memory,
+                    PS_Unicodes           table,
+                    FT_UInt               num_glyphs,
+                    PS_GetGlyphNameFunc   get_glyph_name,
+                    PS_FreeGlyphNameFunc  free_glyph_name,
+                    FT_Pointer            glyph_data )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error;
+
+    FT_UInt  extra_glyph_list_states[] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
+    FT_UInt  extra_glyphs[EXTRA_GLYPH_LIST_SIZE];
+
+
+    /* we first allocate the table */
+    table->num_maps = 0;
+    table->maps     = 0;
+
+    if ( !FT_NEW_ARRAY( table->maps, num_glyphs + EXTRA_GLYPH_LIST_SIZE ) )
+    {
+      FT_UInt     n;
+      FT_UInt     count;
+      PS_UniMap*  map;
+      FT_UInt32   uni_char;
+
+
+      map = table->maps;
+
+      for ( n = 0; n < num_glyphs; n++ )
+      {
+        const char*  gname = get_glyph_name( glyph_data, n );
+
+
+        if ( gname )
+        {
+          ps_check_extra_glyph_name( gname, n,
+                                     extra_glyphs, extra_glyph_list_states );
+          uni_char = ps_unicode_value( gname );
+
+          if ( BASE_GLYPH( uni_char ) != 0 )
+          {
+            ps_check_extra_glyph_unicode( uni_char,
+                                          extra_glyph_list_states );
+            map->unicode     = uni_char;
+            map->glyph_index = n;
+            map++;
+          }
+
+          if ( free_glyph_name )
+            free_glyph_name( glyph_data, gname );
+        }
+      }
+
+      for ( n = 0; n < EXTRA_GLYPH_LIST_SIZE; n++ )
+      {
+        if ( extra_glyph_list_states[n] == 1 )
+        {
+          /* This glyph name has an additional representation. */
+          /* Add it to the cmap.                               */
+
+          map->unicode     = ft_extra_glyph_unicodes[n];
+          map->glyph_index = extra_glyphs[n];
+          map++;
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* now compress the table a bit */
+      count = (FT_UInt)( map - table->maps );
+
+      if ( count == 0 )
+      {
+        FT_FREE( table->maps );
+        if ( !error )
+          error = PSnames_Err_Invalid_Argument;  /* No unicode chars here! */
+      }
+      else {
+        /* Reallocate if the number of used entries is much smaller. */
+        if ( count < num_glyphs / 2 )
+        {
+          (void)FT_RENEW_ARRAY( table->maps, num_glyphs, count );
+          error = PSnames_Err_Ok;
+        }
+
+        /* Sort the table in increasing order of unicode values, */
+        /* taking care of glyph variants.                        */
+        ft_qsort( table->maps, count, sizeof ( PS_UniMap ),
+                  compare_uni_maps );
+      }
+
+      table->num_maps = count;
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_UInt
+  ps_unicodes_char_index( PS_Unicodes  table,
+                          FT_UInt32    unicode )
+  {
+    PS_UniMap  *min, *max, *mid, *result = NULL;
+
+
+    /* Perform a binary search on the table. */
+
+    min = table->maps;
+    max = min + table->num_maps - 1;
+
+    while ( min <= max )
+    {
+      FT_UInt32  base_glyph;
+
+
+      mid = min + ( ( max - min ) >> 1 );
+
+      if ( mid->unicode == unicode )
+      {
+        result = mid;
+        break;
+      }
+
+      base_glyph = BASE_GLYPH( mid->unicode );
+
+      if ( base_glyph == unicode )
+        result = mid; /* remember match but continue search for base glyph */
+
+      if ( min == max )
+        break;
+
+      if ( base_glyph < unicode )
+        min = mid + 1;
+      else
+        max = mid - 1;
+    }
+
+    if ( result )
+      return result->glyph_index;
+    else
+      return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_ULong
+  ps_unicodes_char_next( PS_Unicodes  table,
+                         FT_UInt32   *unicode )
+  {
+    FT_UInt    result    = 0;
+    FT_UInt32  char_code = *unicode + 1;
+
+
+    {
+      FT_UInt     min = 0;
+      FT_UInt     max = table->num_maps;
+      FT_UInt     mid;
+      PS_UniMap*  map;
+      FT_UInt32   base_glyph;
+
+
+      while ( min < max )
+      {
+        mid = min + ( ( max - min ) >> 1 );
+        map = table->maps + mid;
+
+        if ( map->unicode == char_code )
+        {
+          result = map->glyph_index;
+          goto Exit;
+        }
+
+        base_glyph = BASE_GLYPH( map->unicode );
+
+        if ( base_glyph == char_code )
+          result = map->glyph_index;
+
+        if ( base_glyph < char_code )
+          min = mid + 1;
+        else
+          max = mid;
+      }
+
+      if ( result )
+        goto Exit;               /* we have a variant glyph */
+
+      /* we didn't find it; check whether we have a map just above it */
+      char_code = 0;
+
+      if ( min < table->num_maps )
+      {
+        map       = table->maps + min;
+        result    = map->glyph_index;
+        char_code = BASE_GLYPH( map->unicode );
+      }
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    *unicode = char_code;
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ADOBE_GLYPH_LIST */
+
+
+  static const char*
+  ps_get_macintosh_name( FT_UInt  name_index )
+  {
+    if ( name_index >= FT_NUM_MAC_NAMES )
+      name_index = 0;
+
+    return ft_standard_glyph_names + ft_mac_names[name_index];
+  }
+
+
+  static const char*
+  ps_get_standard_strings( FT_UInt  sid )
+  {
+    if ( sid >= FT_NUM_SID_NAMES )
+      return 0;
+
+    return ft_standard_glyph_names + ft_sid_names[sid];
+  }
+
+
+  static
+  const FT_Service_PsCMapsRec  pscmaps_interface =
+  {
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ADOBE_GLYPH_LIST
+
+    (PS_Unicode_ValueFunc)     ps_unicode_value,
+    (PS_Unicodes_InitFunc)     ps_unicodes_init,
+    (PS_Unicodes_CharIndexFunc)ps_unicodes_char_index,
+    (PS_Unicodes_CharNextFunc) ps_unicodes_char_next,
+
+#else
+
+    0,
+    0,
+    0,
+    0,
+
+#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ADOBE_GLYPH_LIST */
+
+    (PS_Macintosh_NameFunc)    ps_get_macintosh_name,
+    (PS_Adobe_Std_StringsFunc) ps_get_standard_strings,
+
+    t1_standard_encoding,
+    t1_expert_encoding
+  };
+
+
+  static const FT_ServiceDescRec  pscmaps_services[] =
+  {
+    { FT_SERVICE_ID_POSTSCRIPT_CMAPS, &pscmaps_interface },
+    { NULL, NULL }
+  };
+
+
+  static FT_Pointer
+  psnames_get_service( FT_Module    module,
+                       const char*  service_id )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( module );
+
+    return ft_service_list_lookup( pscmaps_services, service_id );
+  }
+
+#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES */
+
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
+  const FT_Module_Class  psnames_module_class =
+  {
+    0,  /* this is not a font driver, nor a renderer */
+    sizeof ( FT_ModuleRec ),
+
+    "psnames",  /* driver name                         */
+    0x10000L,   /* driver version                      */
+    0x20000L,   /* driver requires FreeType 2 or above */
+
+#ifndef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES
+    0,
+    (FT_Module_Constructor)0,
+    (FT_Module_Destructor) 0,
+    (FT_Module_Requester)  0
+#else
+    (void*)&pscmaps_interface,   /* module specific interface */
+    (FT_Module_Constructor)0,
+    (FT_Module_Destructor) 0,
+    (FT_Module_Requester)  psnames_get_service
+#endif
+  };
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/psmodule.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/psmodule.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..232fdfb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/psmodule.h
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  psmodule.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    High-level PSNames module interface (specification).                 */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001 by                                                 */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __PSMODULE_H__
+#define __PSMODULE_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_MODULE_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  FT_EXPORT_VAR( const FT_Module_Class )  psnames_module_class;
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __PSMODULE_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/psnamerr.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/psnamerr.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ae1541d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/psnamerr.h
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  psnamerr.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    PS names module error codes (specification only).                    */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2001 by                                                      */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This file is used to define the PS names module error enumeration     */
+  /* constants.                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef __PSNAMERR_H__
+#define __PSNAMERR_H__
+
+#include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
+
+#undef __FTERRORS_H__
+
+#define FT_ERR_PREFIX  PSnames_Err_
+#define FT_ERR_BASE    FT_Mod_Err_PSnames
+
+#include FT_ERRORS_H
+
+#endif /* __PSNAMERR_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/psnames.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/psnames.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d6ed998
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/psnames.c
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  psnames.c                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType PSNames module component (body only).                       */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001 by                                                 */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#define FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include "psmodule.c"
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/pstables.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/pstables.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1521e9c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/pstables.h
@@ -0,0 +1,4095 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  pstables.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    PostScript glyph names.                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2005, 2008 by                                                */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /* This file has been generated automatically -- do not edit! */
+
+
+  static const char  ft_standard_glyph_names[3696] =
+  {
+    '.','n','u','l','l', 0,
+    'n','o','n','m','a','r','k','i','n','g','r','e','t','u','r','n', 0,
+    'n','o','t','e','q','u','a','l', 0,
+    'i','n','f','i','n','i','t','y', 0,
+    'l','e','s','s','e','q','u','a','l', 0,
+    'g','r','e','a','t','e','r','e','q','u','a','l', 0,
+    'p','a','r','t','i','a','l','d','i','f','f', 0,
+    's','u','m','m','a','t','i','o','n', 0,
+    'p','r','o','d','u','c','t', 0,
+    'p','i', 0,
+    'i','n','t','e','g','r','a','l', 0,
+    'O','m','e','g','a', 0,
+    'r','a','d','i','c','a','l', 0,
+    'a','p','p','r','o','x','e','q','u','a','l', 0,
+    'D','e','l','t','a', 0,
+    'n','o','n','b','r','e','a','k','i','n','g','s','p','a','c','e', 0,
+    'l','o','z','e','n','g','e', 0,
+    'a','p','p','l','e', 0,
+    'f','r','a','n','c', 0,
+    'G','b','r','e','v','e', 0,
+    'g','b','r','e','v','e', 0,
+    'I','d','o','t','a','c','c','e','n','t', 0,
+    'S','c','e','d','i','l','l','a', 0,
+    's','c','e','d','i','l','l','a', 0,
+    'C','a','c','u','t','e', 0,
+    'c','a','c','u','t','e', 0,
+    'C','c','a','r','o','n', 0,
+    'c','c','a','r','o','n', 0,
+    'd','c','r','o','a','t', 0,
+    '.','n','o','t','d','e','f', 0,
+    's','p','a','c','e', 0,
+    'e','x','c','l','a','m', 0,
+    'q','u','o','t','e','d','b','l', 0,
+    'n','u','m','b','e','r','s','i','g','n', 0,
+    'd','o','l','l','a','r', 0,
+    'p','e','r','c','e','n','t', 0,
+    'a','m','p','e','r','s','a','n','d', 0,
+    'q','u','o','t','e','r','i','g','h','t', 0,
+    'p','a','r','e','n','l','e','f','t', 0,
+    'p','a','r','e','n','r','i','g','h','t', 0,
+    'a','s','t','e','r','i','s','k', 0,
+    'p','l','u','s', 0,
+    'c','o','m','m','a', 0,
+    'h','y','p','h','e','n', 0,
+    'p','e','r','i','o','d', 0,
+    's','l','a','s','h', 0,
+    'z','e','r','o', 0,
+    'o','n','e', 0,
+    't','w','o', 0,
+    't','h','r','e','e', 0,
+    'f','o','u','r', 0,
+    'f','i','v','e', 0,
+    's','i','x', 0,
+    's','e','v','e','n', 0,
+    'e','i','g','h','t', 0,
+    'n','i','n','e', 0,
+    'c','o','l','o','n', 0,
+    's','e','m','i','c','o','l','o','n', 0,
+    'l','e','s','s', 0,
+    'e','q','u','a','l', 0,
+    'g','r','e','a','t','e','r', 0,
+    'q','u','e','s','t','i','o','n', 0,
+    'a','t', 0,
+    'A', 0,
+    'B', 0,
+    'C', 0,
+    'D', 0,
+    'E', 0,
+    'F', 0,
+    'G', 0,
+    'H', 0,
+    'I', 0,
+    'J', 0,
+    'K', 0,
+    'L', 0,
+    'M', 0,
+    'N', 0,
+    'O', 0,
+    'P', 0,
+    'Q', 0,
+    'R', 0,
+    'S', 0,
+    'T', 0,
+    'U', 0,
+    'V', 0,
+    'W', 0,
+    'X', 0,
+    'Y', 0,
+    'Z', 0,
+    'b','r','a','c','k','e','t','l','e','f','t', 0,
+    'b','a','c','k','s','l','a','s','h', 0,
+    'b','r','a','c','k','e','t','r','i','g','h','t', 0,
+    'a','s','c','i','i','c','i','r','c','u','m', 0,
+    'u','n','d','e','r','s','c','o','r','e', 0,
+    'q','u','o','t','e','l','e','f','t', 0,
+    'a', 0,
+    'b', 0,
+    'c', 0,
+    'd', 0,
+    'e', 0,
+    'f', 0,
+    'g', 0,
+    'h', 0,
+    'i', 0,
+    'j', 0,
+    'k', 0,
+    'l', 0,
+    'm', 0,
+    'n', 0,
+    'o', 0,
+    'p', 0,
+    'q', 0,
+    'r', 0,
+    's', 0,
+    't', 0,
+    'u', 0,
+    'v', 0,
+    'w', 0,
+    'x', 0,
+    'y', 0,
+    'z', 0,
+    'b','r','a','c','e','l','e','f','t', 0,
+    'b','a','r', 0,
+    'b','r','a','c','e','r','i','g','h','t', 0,
+    'a','s','c','i','i','t','i','l','d','e', 0,
+    'e','x','c','l','a','m','d','o','w','n', 0,
+    'c','e','n','t', 0,
+    's','t','e','r','l','i','n','g', 0,
+    'f','r','a','c','t','i','o','n', 0,
+    'y','e','n', 0,
+    'f','l','o','r','i','n', 0,
+    's','e','c','t','i','o','n', 0,
+    'c','u','r','r','e','n','c','y', 0,
+    'q','u','o','t','e','s','i','n','g','l','e', 0,
+    'q','u','o','t','e','d','b','l','l','e','f','t', 0,
+    'g','u','i','l','l','e','m','o','t','l','e','f','t', 0,
+    'g','u','i','l','s','i','n','g','l','l','e','f','t', 0,
+    'g','u','i','l','s','i','n','g','l','r','i','g','h','t', 0,
+    'f','i', 0,
+    'f','l', 0,
+    'e','n','d','a','s','h', 0,
+    'd','a','g','g','e','r', 0,
+    'd','a','g','g','e','r','d','b','l', 0,
+    'p','e','r','i','o','d','c','e','n','t','e','r','e','d', 0,
+    'p','a','r','a','g','r','a','p','h', 0,
+    'b','u','l','l','e','t', 0,
+    'q','u','o','t','e','s','i','n','g','l','b','a','s','e', 0,
+    'q','u','o','t','e','d','b','l','b','a','s','e', 0,
+    'q','u','o','t','e','d','b','l','r','i','g','h','t', 0,
+    'g','u','i','l','l','e','m','o','t','r','i','g','h','t', 0,
+    'e','l','l','i','p','s','i','s', 0,
+    'p','e','r','t','h','o','u','s','a','n','d', 0,
+    'q','u','e','s','t','i','o','n','d','o','w','n', 0,
+    'g','r','a','v','e', 0,
+    'a','c','u','t','e', 0,
+    'c','i','r','c','u','m','f','l','e','x', 0,
+    't','i','l','d','e', 0,
+    'm','a','c','r','o','n', 0,
+    'b','r','e','v','e', 0,
+    'd','o','t','a','c','c','e','n','t', 0,
+    'd','i','e','r','e','s','i','s', 0,
+    'r','i','n','g', 0,
+    'c','e','d','i','l','l','a', 0,
+    'h','u','n','g','a','r','u','m','l','a','u','t', 0,
+    'o','g','o','n','e','k', 0,
+    'c','a','r','o','n', 0,
+    'e','m','d','a','s','h', 0,
+    'A','E', 0,
+    'o','r','d','f','e','m','i','n','i','n','e', 0,
+    'L','s','l','a','s','h', 0,
+    'O','s','l','a','s','h', 0,
+    'O','E', 0,
+    'o','r','d','m','a','s','c','u','l','i','n','e', 0,
+    'a','e', 0,
+    'd','o','t','l','e','s','s','i', 0,
+    'l','s','l','a','s','h', 0,
+    'o','s','l','a','s','h', 0,
+    'o','e', 0,
+    'g','e','r','m','a','n','d','b','l','s', 0,
+    'o','n','e','s','u','p','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
+    'l','o','g','i','c','a','l','n','o','t', 0,
+    'm','u', 0,
+    't','r','a','d','e','m','a','r','k', 0,
+    'E','t','h', 0,
+    'o','n','e','h','a','l','f', 0,
+    'p','l','u','s','m','i','n','u','s', 0,
+    'T','h','o','r','n', 0,
+    'o','n','e','q','u','a','r','t','e','r', 0,
+    'd','i','v','i','d','e', 0,
+    'b','r','o','k','e','n','b','a','r', 0,
+    'd','e','g','r','e','e', 0,
+    't','h','o','r','n', 0,
+    't','h','r','e','e','q','u','a','r','t','e','r','s', 0,
+    't','w','o','s','u','p','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
+    'r','e','g','i','s','t','e','r','e','d', 0,
+    'm','i','n','u','s', 0,
+    'e','t','h', 0,
+    'm','u','l','t','i','p','l','y', 0,
+    't','h','r','e','e','s','u','p','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
+    'c','o','p','y','r','i','g','h','t', 0,
+    'A','a','c','u','t','e', 0,
+    'A','c','i','r','c','u','m','f','l','e','x', 0,
+    'A','d','i','e','r','e','s','i','s', 0,
+    'A','g','r','a','v','e', 0,
+    'A','r','i','n','g', 0,
+    'A','t','i','l','d','e', 0,
+    'C','c','e','d','i','l','l','a', 0,
+    'E','a','c','u','t','e', 0,
+    'E','c','i','r','c','u','m','f','l','e','x', 0,
+    'E','d','i','e','r','e','s','i','s', 0,
+    'E','g','r','a','v','e', 0,
+    'I','a','c','u','t','e', 0,
+    'I','c','i','r','c','u','m','f','l','e','x', 0,
+    'I','d','i','e','r','e','s','i','s', 0,
+    'I','g','r','a','v','e', 0,
+    'N','t','i','l','d','e', 0,
+    'O','a','c','u','t','e', 0,
+    'O','c','i','r','c','u','m','f','l','e','x', 0,
+    'O','d','i','e','r','e','s','i','s', 0,
+    'O','g','r','a','v','e', 0,
+    'O','t','i','l','d','e', 0,
+    'S','c','a','r','o','n', 0,
+    'U','a','c','u','t','e', 0,
+    'U','c','i','r','c','u','m','f','l','e','x', 0,
+    'U','d','i','e','r','e','s','i','s', 0,
+    'U','g','r','a','v','e', 0,
+    'Y','a','c','u','t','e', 0,
+    'Y','d','i','e','r','e','s','i','s', 0,
+    'Z','c','a','r','o','n', 0,
+    'a','a','c','u','t','e', 0,
+    'a','c','i','r','c','u','m','f','l','e','x', 0,
+    'a','d','i','e','r','e','s','i','s', 0,
+    'a','g','r','a','v','e', 0,
+    'a','r','i','n','g', 0,
+    'a','t','i','l','d','e', 0,
+    'c','c','e','d','i','l','l','a', 0,
+    'e','a','c','u','t','e', 0,
+    'e','c','i','r','c','u','m','f','l','e','x', 0,
+    'e','d','i','e','r','e','s','i','s', 0,
+    'e','g','r','a','v','e', 0,
+    'i','a','c','u','t','e', 0,
+    'i','c','i','r','c','u','m','f','l','e','x', 0,
+    'i','d','i','e','r','e','s','i','s', 0,
+    'i','g','r','a','v','e', 0,
+    'n','t','i','l','d','e', 0,
+    'o','a','c','u','t','e', 0,
+    'o','c','i','r','c','u','m','f','l','e','x', 0,
+    'o','d','i','e','r','e','s','i','s', 0,
+    'o','g','r','a','v','e', 0,
+    'o','t','i','l','d','e', 0,
+    's','c','a','r','o','n', 0,
+    'u','a','c','u','t','e', 0,
+    'u','c','i','r','c','u','m','f','l','e','x', 0,
+    'u','d','i','e','r','e','s','i','s', 0,
+    'u','g','r','a','v','e', 0,
+    'y','a','c','u','t','e', 0,
+    'y','d','i','e','r','e','s','i','s', 0,
+    'z','c','a','r','o','n', 0,
+    'e','x','c','l','a','m','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'H','u','n','g','a','r','u','m','l','a','u','t','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'd','o','l','l','a','r','o','l','d','s','t','y','l','e', 0,
+    'd','o','l','l','a','r','s','u','p','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
+    'a','m','p','e','r','s','a','n','d','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'A','c','u','t','e','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'p','a','r','e','n','l','e','f','t','s','u','p','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
+    'p','a','r','e','n','r','i','g','h','t','s','u','p','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
+    't','w','o','d','o','t','e','n','l','e','a','d','e','r', 0,
+    'o','n','e','d','o','t','e','n','l','e','a','d','e','r', 0,
+    'z','e','r','o','o','l','d','s','t','y','l','e', 0,
+    'o','n','e','o','l','d','s','t','y','l','e', 0,
+    't','w','o','o','l','d','s','t','y','l','e', 0,
+    't','h','r','e','e','o','l','d','s','t','y','l','e', 0,
+    'f','o','u','r','o','l','d','s','t','y','l','e', 0,
+    'f','i','v','e','o','l','d','s','t','y','l','e', 0,
+    's','i','x','o','l','d','s','t','y','l','e', 0,
+    's','e','v','e','n','o','l','d','s','t','y','l','e', 0,
+    'e','i','g','h','t','o','l','d','s','t','y','l','e', 0,
+    'n','i','n','e','o','l','d','s','t','y','l','e', 0,
+    'c','o','m','m','a','s','u','p','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
+    't','h','r','e','e','q','u','a','r','t','e','r','s','e','m','d','a','s','h', 0,
+    'p','e','r','i','o','d','s','u','p','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
+    'q','u','e','s','t','i','o','n','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'a','s','u','p','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
+    'b','s','u','p','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
+    'c','e','n','t','s','u','p','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
+    'd','s','u','p','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
+    'e','s','u','p','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
+    'i','s','u','p','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
+    'l','s','u','p','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
+    'm','s','u','p','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
+    'n','s','u','p','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
+    'o','s','u','p','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
+    'r','s','u','p','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
+    's','s','u','p','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
+    't','s','u','p','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
+    'f','f', 0,
+    'f','f','i', 0,
+    'f','f','l', 0,
+    'p','a','r','e','n','l','e','f','t','i','n','f','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
+    'p','a','r','e','n','r','i','g','h','t','i','n','f','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
+    'C','i','r','c','u','m','f','l','e','x','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'h','y','p','h','e','n','s','u','p','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
+    'G','r','a','v','e','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'A','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'B','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'C','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'D','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'E','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'F','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'G','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'H','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'I','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'J','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'K','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'L','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'M','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'N','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'O','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'P','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'Q','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'R','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'S','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'T','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'U','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'V','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'W','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'X','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'Y','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'Z','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'c','o','l','o','n','m','o','n','e','t','a','r','y', 0,
+    'o','n','e','f','i','t','t','e','d', 0,
+    'r','u','p','i','a','h', 0,
+    'T','i','l','d','e','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'e','x','c','l','a','m','d','o','w','n','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'c','e','n','t','o','l','d','s','t','y','l','e', 0,
+    'L','s','l','a','s','h','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'S','c','a','r','o','n','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'Z','c','a','r','o','n','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'D','i','e','r','e','s','i','s','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'B','r','e','v','e','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'C','a','r','o','n','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'D','o','t','a','c','c','e','n','t','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'M','a','c','r','o','n','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'f','i','g','u','r','e','d','a','s','h', 0,
+    'h','y','p','h','e','n','i','n','f','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
+    'O','g','o','n','e','k','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'R','i','n','g','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'C','e','d','i','l','l','a','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'q','u','e','s','t','i','o','n','d','o','w','n','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'o','n','e','e','i','g','h','t','h', 0,
+    't','h','r','e','e','e','i','g','h','t','h','s', 0,
+    'f','i','v','e','e','i','g','h','t','h','s', 0,
+    's','e','v','e','n','e','i','g','h','t','h','s', 0,
+    'o','n','e','t','h','i','r','d', 0,
+    't','w','o','t','h','i','r','d','s', 0,
+    'z','e','r','o','s','u','p','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
+    'f','o','u','r','s','u','p','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
+    'f','i','v','e','s','u','p','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
+    's','i','x','s','u','p','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
+    's','e','v','e','n','s','u','p','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
+    'e','i','g','h','t','s','u','p','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
+    'n','i','n','e','s','u','p','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
+    'z','e','r','o','i','n','f','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
+    'o','n','e','i','n','f','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
+    't','w','o','i','n','f','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
+    't','h','r','e','e','i','n','f','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
+    'f','o','u','r','i','n','f','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
+    'f','i','v','e','i','n','f','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
+    's','i','x','i','n','f','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
+    's','e','v','e','n','i','n','f','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
+    'e','i','g','h','t','i','n','f','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
+    'n','i','n','e','i','n','f','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
+    'c','e','n','t','i','n','f','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
+    'd','o','l','l','a','r','i','n','f','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
+    'p','e','r','i','o','d','i','n','f','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
+    'c','o','m','m','a','i','n','f','e','r','i','o','r', 0,
+    'A','g','r','a','v','e','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'A','a','c','u','t','e','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'A','c','i','r','c','u','m','f','l','e','x','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'A','t','i','l','d','e','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'A','d','i','e','r','e','s','i','s','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'A','r','i','n','g','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'A','E','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'C','c','e','d','i','l','l','a','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'E','g','r','a','v','e','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'E','a','c','u','t','e','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'E','c','i','r','c','u','m','f','l','e','x','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'E','d','i','e','r','e','s','i','s','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'I','g','r','a','v','e','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'I','a','c','u','t','e','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'I','c','i','r','c','u','m','f','l','e','x','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'I','d','i','e','r','e','s','i','s','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'E','t','h','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'N','t','i','l','d','e','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'O','g','r','a','v','e','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'O','a','c','u','t','e','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'O','c','i','r','c','u','m','f','l','e','x','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'O','t','i','l','d','e','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'O','d','i','e','r','e','s','i','s','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'O','E','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'O','s','l','a','s','h','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'U','g','r','a','v','e','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'U','a','c','u','t','e','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'U','c','i','r','c','u','m','f','l','e','x','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'U','d','i','e','r','e','s','i','s','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'Y','a','c','u','t','e','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'T','h','o','r','n','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    'Y','d','i','e','r','e','s','i','s','s','m','a','l','l', 0,
+    '0','0','1','.','0','0','0', 0,
+    '0','0','1','.','0','0','1', 0,
+    '0','0','1','.','0','0','2', 0,
+    '0','0','1','.','0','0','3', 0,
+    'B','l','a','c','k', 0,
+    'B','o','l','d', 0,
+    'B','o','o','k', 0,
+    'L','i','g','h','t', 0,
+    'M','e','d','i','u','m', 0,
+    'R','e','g','u','l','a','r', 0,
+    'R','o','m','a','n', 0,
+    'S','e','m','i','b','o','l','d', 0,
+  };
+
+
+#define FT_NUM_MAC_NAMES  258
+
+  /* Values are offsets into the `ft_standard_glyph_names' table */
+
+  static const short  ft_mac_names[FT_NUM_MAC_NAMES] =
+  {
+     253,   0,   6, 261, 267, 274, 283, 294, 301, 309, 758, 330, 340, 351,
+     360, 365, 371, 378, 385, 391, 396, 400, 404, 410, 415, 420, 424, 430,
+     436, 441, 447, 457, 462, 468, 476, 485, 488, 490, 492, 494, 496, 498,
+     500, 502, 504, 506, 508, 510, 512, 514, 516, 518, 520, 522, 524, 526,
+     528, 530, 532, 534, 536, 538, 540, 552, 562, 575, 587, 979, 608, 610,
+     612, 614, 616, 618, 620, 622, 624, 626, 628, 630, 632, 634, 636, 638,
+     640, 642, 644, 646, 648, 650, 652, 654, 656, 658, 660, 670, 674, 685,
+    1375,1392,1405,1414,1486,1512,1562,1603,1632,1610,1622,1645,1639,1652,
+    1661,1690,1668,1680,1697,1726,1704,1716,1733,1740,1769,1747,1759,1776,
+    1790,1819,1797,1809, 839,1263, 707, 712, 741, 881, 871,1160,1302,1346,
+    1197, 985,1031,  23,1086,1108,  32,1219,  41,  51, 730,1194,  64,  76,
+      86,  94,  97,1089,1118, 106,1131,1150, 966, 696,1183, 112, 734, 120,
+     132, 783, 930, 945, 138,1385,1398,1529,1115,1157, 832,1079, 770, 916,
+     598, 319,1246, 155,1833,1586, 721, 749, 797, 811, 826, 829, 846, 856,
+     888, 903, 954,1363,1421,1356,1433,1443,1450,1457,1469,1479,1493,1500,
+     163,1522,1543,1550,1572,1134, 991,1002,1008,1015,1021,1040,1045,1053,
+    1066,1073,1101,1143,1536,1783,1596,1843,1253,1207,1319,1579,1826,1229,
+    1270,1313,1323,1171,1290,1332,1211,1235,1276, 169, 175, 182, 189, 200,
+     209, 218, 225, 232, 239, 246
+  };
+
+
+#define FT_NUM_SID_NAMES  391
+
+  /* Values are offsets into the `ft_standard_glyph_names' table */
+
+  static const short  ft_sid_names[FT_NUM_SID_NAMES] =
+  {
+     253, 261, 267, 274, 283, 294, 301, 309, 319, 330, 340, 351, 360, 365,
+     371, 378, 385, 391, 396, 400, 404, 410, 415, 420, 424, 430, 436, 441,
+     447, 457, 462, 468, 476, 485, 488, 490, 492, 494, 496, 498, 500, 502,
+     504, 506, 508, 510, 512, 514, 516, 518, 520, 522, 524, 526, 528, 530,
+     532, 534, 536, 538, 540, 552, 562, 575, 587, 598, 608, 610, 612, 614,
+     616, 618, 620, 622, 624, 626, 628, 630, 632, 634, 636, 638, 640, 642,
+     644, 646, 648, 650, 652, 654, 656, 658, 660, 670, 674, 685, 696, 707,
+     712, 721, 730, 734, 741, 749, 758, 770, 783, 797, 811, 826, 829, 832,
+     839, 846, 856, 871, 881, 888, 903, 916, 930, 945, 954, 966, 979, 985,
+     991,1002,1008,1015,1021,1031,1040,1045,1053,1066,1073,1079,1086,1089,
+    1101,1108,1115,1118,1131,1134,1143,1150,1157,1160,1171,1183,1194,1197,
+    1207,1211,1219,1229,1235,1246,1253,1263,1270,1276,1290,1302,1313,1319,
+    1323,1332,1346,1356,1363,1375,1385,1392,1398,1405,1414,1421,1433,1443,
+    1450,1457,1469,1479,1486,1493,1500,1512,1522,1529,1536,1543,1550,1562,
+    1572,1579,1586,1596,1603,1610,1622,1632,1639,1645,1652,1661,1668,1680,
+    1690,1697,1704,1716,1726,1733,1740,1747,1759,1769,1776,1783,1790,1797,
+    1809,1819,1826,1833,1843,1850,1862,1880,1895,1910,1925,1936,1954,1973,
+    1988,2003,2016,2028,2040,2054,2067,2080,2092,2106,2120,2133,2147,2167,
+    2182,2196,2206,2216,2229,2239,2249,2259,2269,2279,2289,2299,2309,2319,
+    2329,2332,2336,2340,2358,2377,2393,2408,2419,2426,2433,2440,2447,2454,
+    2461,2468,2475,2482,2489,2496,2503,2510,2517,2524,2531,2538,2545,2552,
+    2559,2566,2573,2580,2587,2594,2601,2615,2625,2632,2643,2659,2672,2684,
+    2696,2708,2722,2733,2744,2759,2771,2782,2797,2809,2819,2832,2850,2860,
+    2873,2885,2898,2907,2917,2930,2943,2956,2968,2982,2996,3009,3022,3034,
+    3046,3060,3073,3086,3098,3112,3126,3139,3152,3167,3182,3196,3208,3220,
+    3237,3249,3264,3275,3283,3297,3309,3321,3338,3353,3365,3377,3394,3409,
+    3418,3430,3442,3454,3471,3483,3498,3506,3518,3530,3542,3559,3574,3586,
+    3597,3612,3620,3628,3636,3644,3650,3655,3660,3666,3673,3681,3687
+  };
+
+
+  /* the following are indices into the SID name table */
+  static const unsigned short  t1_standard_encoding[256] =
+  {
+      0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
+      0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
+      1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16,
+     17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32,
+     33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48,
+     49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64,
+     65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80,
+     81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95,  0,
+      0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
+      0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
+      0, 96, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105,106,107,108,109,110,
+      0,111,112,113,114,  0,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,  0,123,
+      0,124,125,126,127,128,129,130,131,  0,132,133,  0,134,135,136,
+    137,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
+      0,138,  0,139,  0,  0,  0,  0,140,141,142,143,  0,  0,  0,  0,
+      0,144,  0,  0,  0,145,  0,  0,146,147,148,149,  0,  0,  0,  0
+  };
+
+
+  /* the following are indices into the SID name table */
+  static const unsigned short  t1_expert_encoding[256] =
+  {
+      0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
+      0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
+      1,229,230,  0,231,232,233,234,235,236,237,238, 13, 14, 15, 99,
+    239,240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,248, 27, 28,249,250,251,252,
+      0,253,254,255,256,257,  0,  0,  0,258,  0,  0,259,260,261,262,
+      0,  0,263,264,265,  0,266,109,110,267,268,269,  0,270,271,272,
+    273,274,275,276,277,278,279,280,281,282,283,284,285,286,287,288,
+    289,290,291,292,293,294,295,296,297,298,299,300,301,302,303,  0,
+      0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
+      0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,
+      0,304,305,306,  0,  0,307,308,309,310,311,  0,312,  0,  0,313,
+      0,  0,314,315,  0,  0,316,317,318,  0,  0,  0,158,155,163,319,
+    320,321,322,323,324,325,  0,  0,326,150,164,169,327,328,329,330,
+    331,332,333,334,335,336,337,338,339,340,341,342,343,344,345,346,
+    347,348,349,350,351,352,353,354,355,356,357,358,359,360,361,362,
+    363,364,365,366,367,368,369,370,371,372,373,374,375,376,377,378
+  };
+
+
+  /*
+   *  This table is a compressed version of the Adobe Glyph List (AGL),
+   *  optimized for efficient searching.  It has been generated by the
+   *  `glnames.py' python script located in the `src/tools' directory.
+   *
+   *  The lookup function to get the Unicode value for a given string
+   *  is defined below the table.
+   */
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ADOBE_GLYPH_LIST
+
+  static const unsigned char  ft_adobe_glyph_list[54791L] =
+  {
+      0, 52,  0,106,  2,167,  3, 63,  4,220,  6,125,  9,143, 10, 23,
+     11,137, 12,199, 14,246, 15, 87, 16,233, 17,219, 18,104, 19, 88,
+     22,110, 23, 32, 23, 71, 24, 77, 27,156, 29, 73, 31,247, 32,107,
+     32,222, 33, 55, 34,154, 35,218, 53, 84, 59,196, 68,  6, 75,183,
+     83,178, 88,135, 93,242,101,165,109,185,111, 55,117,254,123, 73,
+    130,238,138,206,145, 31,153,182,156,189,163,249,178,221,193, 17,
+    197, 99,199,240,204, 27,204,155,210,100, 65,143,  0, 65,  0,140,
+      0,175,  0,193,  1, 15,  1,147,  1,233,  1,251,  2,  7,  2, 40,
+      2, 57,  2, 82,  2, 91,  2,128,  2,136,  2,154, 69,131,  0,198,
+      0,150,  0,158,  0,167,225,227,245,244,101,128,  1,252,237,225,
+    227,242,239,110,128,  1,226,243,237,225,236,108,128,247,230,225,
+    227,245,244,101,129,  0,193,  0,185,243,237,225,236,108,128,247,
+    225,226,242,229,246,101,134,  1,  2,  0,213,  0,221,  0,232,  0,
+    243,  0,251,  1,  7,225,227,245,244,101,128, 30,174,227,249,242,
+    233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,208,228,239,244,226,229,236,239,119,
+    128, 30,182,231,242,225,246,101,128, 30,176,232,239,239,235,225,
+    226,239,246,101,128, 30,178,244,233,236,228,101,128, 30,180, 99,
+      4,  1, 25,  1, 32,  1,121,  1,137,225,242,239,110,128,  1,205,
+    233,242, 99,  2,  1, 40,  1, 45,236,101,128, 36,182,245,237,230,
+    236,229,120,134,  0,194,  1, 66,  1, 74,  1, 85,  1, 93,  1,105,
+      1,113,225,227,245,244,101,128, 30,164,228,239,244,226,229,236,
+    239,119,128, 30,172,231,242,225,246,101,128, 30,166,232,239,239,
+    235,225,226,239,246,101,128, 30,168,243,237,225,236,108,128,247,
+    226,244,233,236,228,101,128, 30,170,245,244,101,129,246,201,  1,
+    129,243,237,225,236,108,128,247,180,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,
+    128,  4, 16,100,  3,  1,155,  1,165,  1,209,226,236,231,242,225,
+    246,101,128,  2,  0,233,229,242,229,243,233,115,131,  0,196,  1,
+    181,  1,192,  1,201,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,210,
+    237,225,227,242,239,110,128,  1,222,243,237,225,236,108,128,247,
+    228,239,116,  2,  1,216,  1,224,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30,160,
+    237,225,227,242,239,110,128,  1,224,231,242,225,246,101,129,  0,
+    192,  1,243,243,237,225,236,108,128,247,224,232,239,239,235,225,
+    226,239,246,101,128, 30,162,105,  2,  2, 13,  2, 25,229,227,249,
+    242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,212,238,246,229,242,244,229,228,
+    226,242,229,246,101,128,  2,  2,236,240,232, 97,129,  3,145,  2,
+     49,244,239,238,239,115,128,  3,134,109,  2,  2, 63,  2, 71,225,
+    227,242,239,110,128,  1,  0,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,
+    255, 33,239,231,239,238,229,107,128,  1,  4,242,233,238,103,131,
+      0,197,  2,104,  2,112,  2,120,225,227,245,244,101,128,  1,250,
+    226,229,236,239,119,128, 30,  0,243,237,225,236,108,128,247,229,
+    243,237,225,236,108,128,247, 97,244,233,236,228,101,129,  0,195,
+      2,146,243,237,225,236,108,128,247,227,249,226,225,242,237,229,
+    238,233,225,110,128,  5, 49, 66,137,  0, 66,  2,189,  2,198,  2,
+    223,  3,  3,  3, 10,  3, 22,  3, 34,  3, 46,  3, 54,227,233,242,
+    227,236,101,128, 36,183,228,239,116,  2,  2,206,  2,215,225,227,
+    227,229,238,116,128, 30,  2,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30,  4,101,
+      3,  2,231,  2,242,  2,254,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,
+      4, 17,238,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5, 50,244, 97,
+    128,  3,146,232,239,239,107,128,  1,129,236,233,238,229,226,229,
+    236,239,119,128, 30,  6,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,
+    255, 34,242,229,246,229,243,237,225,236,108,128,246,244,243,237,
+    225,236,108,128,247, 98,244,239,240,226,225,114,128,  1,130, 67,
+    137,  0, 67,  3, 85,  3,127,  3,193,  3,210,  3,224,  4,171,  4,
+    188,  4,200,  4,212, 97,  3,  3, 93,  3,104,  3,111,225,242,237,
+    229,238,233,225,110,128,  5, 62,227,245,244,101,128,  1,  6,242,
+    239,110,129,246,202,  3,119,243,237,225,236,108,128,246,245, 99,
+      3,  3,135,  3,142,  3,171,225,242,239,110,128,  1, 12,229,228,
+    233,236,236, 97,130,  0,199,  3,155,  3,163,225,227,245,244,101,
+    128, 30,  8,243,237,225,236,108,128,247,231,233,242, 99,  2,  3,
+    179,  3,184,236,101,128, 36,184,245,237,230,236,229,120,128,  1,
+      8,228,239,116,129,  1, 10,  3,201,225,227,227,229,238,116,128,
+      1, 10,229,228,233,236,236,225,243,237,225,236,108,128,247,184,
+    104,  4,  3,234,  3,246,  4,161,  4,165,225,225,242,237,229,238,
+    233,225,110,128,  5, 73,101,  6,  4,  4,  4, 24,  4, 35,  4,103,
+      4,115,  4,136,225,226,235,232,225,243,233,225,238,227,249,242,
+    233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,188,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,
+    128,  4, 39,100,  2,  4, 41,  4, 85,229,243,227,229,238,228,229,
+    114,  2,  4, 54,  4, 74,225,226,235,232,225,243,233,225,238,227,
+    249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,190,227,249,242,233,236,236,
+    233, 99,128,  4,182,233,229,242,229,243,233,243,227,249,242,233,
+    236,236,233, 99,128,  4,244,232,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,
+    128,  5, 67,235,232,225,235,225,243,243,233,225,238,227,249,242,
+    233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,203,246,229,242,244,233,227,225,236,
+    243,244,242,239,235,229,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,
+    184,105,128,  3,167,239,239,107,128,  1,135,233,242,227,245,237,
+    230,236,229,248,243,237,225,236,108,128,246,246,237,239,238,239,
+    243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 35,239,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,
+    110,128,  5, 81,243,237,225,236,108,128,247, 99, 68,142,  0, 68,
+      4,252,  5, 10,  5, 36,  5, 96,  5,121,  5,166,  5,173,  5,231,
+      5,244,  6,  0,  6, 12,  6, 28,  6, 48,  6, 57, 90,129,  1,241,
+      5,  2,227,225,242,239,110,128,  1,196, 97,  2,  5, 16,  5, 27,
+    225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5, 52,230,242,233,227,225,
+    110,128,  1,137, 99,  4,  5, 46,  5, 53,  5, 62,  5, 89,225,242,
+    239,110,128,  1, 14,229,228,233,236,236, 97,128, 30, 16,233,242,
+     99,  2,  5, 70,  5, 75,236,101,128, 36,185,245,237,230,236,229,
+    248,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30, 18,242,239,225,116,128,  1, 16,
+    228,239,116,  2,  5,104,  5,113,225,227,227,229,238,116,128, 30,
+     10,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30, 12,101,  3,  5,129,  5,140,  5,
+    150,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 20,233,227,239,240,
+    244,233, 99,128,  3,238,236,244, 97,129, 34,  6,  5,158,231,242,
+    229,229,107,128,  3,148,232,239,239,107,128,  1,138,105,  2,  5,
+    179,  5,218,229,242,229,243,233,115,131,246,203,  5,194,  5,202,
+      5,210,193,227,245,244,101,128,246,204,199,242,225,246,101,128,
+    246,205,243,237,225,236,108,128,247,168,231,225,237,237,225,231,
+    242,229,229,107,128,  3,220,234,229,227,249,242,233,236,236,233,
+     99,128,  4,  2,236,233,238,229,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30, 14,
+    237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 36,239,244,225,227,
+    227,229,238,244,243,237,225,236,108,128,246,247,115,  2,  6, 34,
+      6, 41,236,225,243,104,128,  1, 16,237,225,236,108,128,247,100,
+    244,239,240,226,225,114,128,  1,139,122,131,  1,242,  6, 67,  6,
+     75,  6,112,227,225,242,239,110,128,  1,197,101,  2,  6, 81,  6,
+    101,225,226,235,232,225,243,233,225,238,227,249,242,233,236,236,
+    233, 99,128,  4,224,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,  5,
+    232,229,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 15, 69,146,  0,
+     69,  6,165,  6,183,  6,191,  7, 89,  7,153,  7,165,  7,183,  7,
+    211,  8,  7,  8, 36,  8, 94,  8,169,  8,189,  8,208,  8,248,  9,
+     44,  9,109,  9,115,225,227,245,244,101,129,  0,201,  6,175,243,
+    237,225,236,108,128,247,233,226,242,229,246,101,128,  1, 20, 99,
+      5,  6,203,  6,210,  6,224,  6,236,  7, 79,225,242,239,110,128,
+      1, 26,229,228,233,236,236,225,226,242,229,246,101,128, 30, 28,
+    232,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5, 53,233,242, 99,  2,
+      6,244,  6,249,236,101,128, 36,186,245,237,230,236,229,120,135,
+      0,202,  7, 16,  7, 24,  7, 32,  7, 43,  7, 51,  7, 63,  7, 71,
+    225,227,245,244,101,128, 30,190,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30, 24,
+    228,239,244,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30,198,231,242,225,246,101,
+    128, 30,192,232,239,239,235,225,226,239,246,101,128, 30,194,243,
+    237,225,236,108,128,247,234,244,233,236,228,101,128, 30,196,249,
+    242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,  4,100,  3,  7, 97,  7,107,  7,
+    127,226,236,231,242,225,246,101,128,  2,  4,233,229,242,229,243,
+    233,115,129,  0,203,  7,119,243,237,225,236,108,128,247,235,239,
+    116,130,  1, 22,  7,136,  7,145,225,227,227,229,238,116,128,  1,
+     22,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30,184,230,227,249,242,233,236,236,
+    233, 99,128,  4, 36,231,242,225,246,101,129,  0,200,  7,175,243,
+    237,225,236,108,128,247,232,104,  2,  7,189,  7,200,225,242,237,
+    229,238,233,225,110,128,  5, 55,239,239,235,225,226,239,246,101,
+    128, 30,186,105,  3,  7,219,  7,230,  7,245,231,232,244,242,239,
+    237,225,110,128, 33,103,238,246,229,242,244,229,228,226,242,229,
+    246,101,128,  2,  6,239,244,233,230,233,229,228,227,249,242,233,
+    236,236,233, 99,128,  4,100,108,  2,  8, 13,  8, 24,227,249,242,
+    233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 27,229,246,229,238,242,239,237,225,
+    110,128, 33,106,109,  3,  8, 44,  8, 72,  8, 83,225,227,242,239,
+    110,130,  1, 18,  8, 56,  8, 64,225,227,245,244,101,128, 30, 22,
+    231,242,225,246,101,128, 30, 20,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,
+    128,  4, 28,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 37,110,  4,
+      8,104,  8,115,  8,135,  8,154,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,
+    128,  4, 29,228,229,243,227,229,238,228,229,242,227,249,242,233,
+    236,236,233, 99,128,  4,162,103,129,  1, 74,  8,141,232,229,227,
+    249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,164,232,239,239,235,227,249,
+    242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,199,111,  2,  8,175,  8,183,231,
+    239,238,229,107,128,  1, 24,240,229,110,128,  1,144,240,243,233,
+    236,239,110,129,  3,149,  8,200,244,239,238,239,115,128,  3,136,
+    114,  2,  8,214,  8,225,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,
+     32,229,246,229,242,243,229,100,129,  1,142,  8,237,227,249,242,
+    233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 45,115,  4,  9,  2,  9, 13,  9, 33,
+      9, 37,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 33,228,229,243,
+    227,229,238,228,229,242,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,
+    170,104,128,  1,169,237,225,236,108,128,247,101,116,  3,  9, 52,
+      9, 78,  9, 92, 97,130,  3,151,  9, 60,  9, 70,242,237,229,238,
+    233,225,110,128,  5, 56,244,239,238,239,115,128,  3,137,104,129,
+      0,208,  9, 84,243,237,225,236,108,128,247,240,233,236,228,101,
+    129, 30,188,  9,101,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30, 26,245,242,111,
+    128, 32,172,250,104,130,  1,183,  9,124,  9,132,227,225,242,239,
+    110,128,  1,238,242,229,246,229,242,243,229,100,128,  1,184, 70,
+    136,  0, 70,  9,163,  9,172,  9,184,  9,212,  9,219,  9,248, 10,
+      4, 10, 15,227,233,242,227,236,101,128, 36,187,228,239,244,225,
+    227,227,229,238,116,128, 30, 30,101,  2,  9,190,  9,202,232,225,
+    242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5, 86,233,227,239,240,244,233,
+     99,128,  3,228,232,239,239,107,128,  1,145,105,  2,  9,225,  9,
+    238,244,225,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,114,246,229,
+    242,239,237,225,110,128, 33,100,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,
+    101,128,255, 38,239,245,242,242,239,237,225,110,128, 33, 99,243,
+    237,225,236,108,128,247,102, 71,140,  0, 71, 10, 51, 10, 61, 10,
+    107, 10,115, 10,176, 10,193, 10,205, 11, 39, 11, 52, 11, 65, 11,
+     90, 11,107,194,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,135, 97,  3, 10,
+     69, 10, 76, 10, 94,227,245,244,101,128,  1,244,237,237, 97,129,
+      3,147, 10, 84,225,230,242,233,227,225,110,128,  1,148,238,231,
+    233,225,227,239,240,244,233, 99,128,  3,234,226,242,229,246,101,
+    128,  1, 30, 99,  4, 10,125, 10,132, 10,141, 10,163,225,242,239,
+    110,128,  1,230,229,228,233,236,236, 97,128,  1, 34,233,242, 99,
+      2, 10,149, 10,154,236,101,128, 36,188,245,237,230,236,229,120,
+    128,  1, 28,239,237,237,225,225,227,227,229,238,116,128,  1, 34,
+    228,239,116,129,  1, 32, 10,184,225,227,227,229,238,116,128,  1,
+     32,229,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 19,104,  3, 10,
+    213, 10,226, 11, 33,225,228,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,
+      5, 66,101,  3, 10,234, 10,255, 11, 16,237,233,228,228,236,229,
+    232,239,239,235,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,148,243,
+    244,242,239,235,229,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,146,
+    245,240,244,245,242,238,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,
+    144,239,239,107,128,  1,147,233,237,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,
+    110,128,  5, 51,234,229,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,
+      3,109,  2, 11, 71, 11, 79,225,227,242,239,110,128, 30, 32,239,
+    238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 39,242,225,246,101,129,246,
+    206, 11, 99,243,237,225,236,108,128,247, 96,115,  2, 11,113, 11,
+    129,237,225,236,108,129,247,103, 11,122,232,239,239,107,128,  2,
+    155,244,242,239,235,101,128,  1,228, 72,140,  0, 72, 11,165, 11,
+    190, 11,198, 11,208, 12, 17, 12, 40, 12, 77, 12,117, 12,129, 12,
+    157, 12,165, 12,189,177,184, 53,  3, 11,175, 11,180, 11,185,179,
+     51,128, 37,207,180, 51,128, 37,170,181, 49,128, 37,171,178,178,
+    176,183, 51,128, 37,161,208,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,203,
+     97,  3, 11,216, 11,236, 12,  0,225,226,235,232,225,243,233,225,
+    238,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,168,228,229,243,227,
+    229,238,228,229,242,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,178,
+    242,228,243,233,231,238,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,
+     42, 98,  2, 12, 23, 12, 28,225,114,128,  1, 38,242,229,246,229,
+    226,229,236,239,119,128, 30, 42, 99,  2, 12, 46, 12, 55,229,228,
+    233,236,236, 97,128, 30, 40,233,242, 99,  2, 12, 63, 12, 68,236,
+    101,128, 36,189,245,237,230,236,229,120,128,  1, 36,100,  2, 12,
+     83, 12, 93,233,229,242,229,243,233,115,128, 30, 38,239,116,  2,
+     12,100, 12,109,225,227,227,229,238,116,128, 30, 34,226,229,236,
+    239,119,128, 30, 36,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255,
+     40,111,  2, 12,135, 12,146,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,
+      5, 64,242,233,227,239,240,244,233, 99,128,  3,232,243,237,225,
+    236,108,128,247,104,245,238,231,225,242,245,237,236,225,245,116,
+    129,246,207, 12,181,243,237,225,236,108,128,246,248,250,243,241,
+    245,225,242,101,128, 51,144, 73,146,  0, 73, 12,239, 12,251, 12,
+    255, 13, 11, 13, 29, 13, 37, 13, 94, 13,181, 13,214, 13,224, 13,
+    242, 13,254, 14, 48, 14, 86, 14, 99, 14,166, 14,187, 14,205,193,
+    227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 47, 74,128,  1, 50,213,
+    227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 46,225,227,245,244,101,
+    129,  0,205, 13, 21,243,237,225,236,108,128,247,237,226,242,229,
+    246,101,128,  1, 44, 99,  3, 13, 45, 13, 52, 13, 84,225,242,239,
+    110,128,  1,207,233,242, 99,  2, 13, 60, 13, 65,236,101,128, 36,
+    190,245,237,230,236,229,120,129,  0,206, 13, 76,243,237,225,236,
+    108,128,247,238,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,  6,100,  3,
+     13,102, 13,112, 13,155,226,236,231,242,225,246,101,128,  2,  8,
+    233,229,242,229,243,233,115,131,  0,207, 13,128, 13,136, 13,147,
+    225,227,245,244,101,128, 30, 46,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,
+    128,  4,228,243,237,225,236,108,128,247,239,239,116,130,  1, 48,
+     13,164, 13,173,225,227,227,229,238,116,128,  1, 48,226,229,236,
+    239,119,128, 30,202,101,  2, 13,187, 13,203,226,242,229,246,229,
+    227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,214,227,249,242,233,236,
+    236,233, 99,128,  4, 21,230,242,225,235,244,245,114,128, 33, 17,
+    231,242,225,246,101,129,  0,204, 13,234,243,237,225,236,108,128,
+    247,236,232,239,239,235,225,226,239,246,101,128, 30,200,105,  3,
+     14,  6, 14, 17, 14, 32,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,
+     24,238,246,229,242,244,229,228,226,242,229,246,101,128,  2, 10,
+    243,232,239,242,244,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 25,
+    109,  2, 14, 54, 14, 75,225,227,242,239,110,129,  1, 42, 14, 64,
+    227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,226,239,238,239,243,240,
+    225,227,101,128,255, 41,238,233,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,
+    128,  5, 59,111,  3, 14,107, 14,118, 14,126,227,249,242,233,236,
+    236,233, 99,128,  4,  1,231,239,238,229,107,128,  1, 46,244, 97,
+    131,  3,153, 14,137, 14,147, 14,158,225,230,242,233,227,225,110,
+    128,  1,150,228,233,229,242,229,243,233,115,128,  3,170,244,239,
+    238,239,115,128,  3,138,115,  2, 14,172, 14,179,237,225,236,108,
+    128,247,105,244,242,239,235,101,128,  1,151,244,233,236,228,101,
+    129,  1, 40, 14,197,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30, 44,250,232,233,
+    244,243, 97,  2, 14,216, 14,227,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,
+    128,  4,116,228,226,236,231,242,225,246,229,227,249,242,233,236,
+    236,233, 99,128,  4,118, 74,134,  0, 74, 15,  6, 15, 18, 15, 41,
+     15, 53, 15, 67, 15, 79,225,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,
+      5, 65,227,233,242, 99,  2, 15, 27, 15, 32,236,101,128, 36,191,
+    245,237,230,236,229,120,128,  1, 52,229,227,249,242,233,236,236,
+    233, 99,128,  4,  8,232,229,232,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,
+    128,  5, 75,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 42,243,
+    237,225,236,108,128,247,106, 75,140,  0, 75, 15,115, 15,125, 15,
+    135, 16, 18, 16, 65, 16, 76, 16,106, 16,143, 16,156, 16,168, 16,
+    180, 16,208,194,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,133,203,243,241,
+    245,225,242,101,128, 51,205, 97,  7, 15,151, 15,169, 15,191, 15,
+    211, 15,226, 15,232, 15,249,226,225,243,232,235,233,242,227,249,
+    242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,160, 99,  2, 15,175, 15,181,245,
+    244,101,128, 30, 48,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 26,228,
+    229,243,227,229,238,228,229,242,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,
+    128,  4,154,232,239,239,235,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,
+      4,195,240,240, 97,128,  3,154,243,244,242,239,235,229,227,249,
+    242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,158,246,229,242,244,233,227,225,
+    236,243,244,242,239,235,229,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,
+      4,156, 99,  4, 16, 28, 16, 35, 16, 44, 16, 52,225,242,239,110,
+    128,  1,232,229,228,233,236,236, 97,128,  1, 54,233,242,227,236,
+    101,128, 36,192,239,237,237,225,225,227,227,229,238,116,128,  1,
+     54,228,239,244,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30, 50,101,  2, 16, 82,
+     16, 94,232,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5, 84,238,225,
+    242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5, 63,104,  3, 16,114, 16,126,
+     16,137,225,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 37,229,233,
+    227,239,240,244,233, 99,128,  3,230,239,239,107,128,  1,152,234,
+    229,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 12,236,233,238,229,
+    226,229,236,239,119,128, 30, 52,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,
+    101,128,255, 43,239,240,240, 97,  2, 16,189, 16,200,227,249,242,
+    233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,128,231,242,229,229,107,128,  3,222,
+    115,  2, 16,214, 16,226,233,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,
+      4,110,237,225,236,108,128,247,107, 76,138,  0, 76, 17,  1, 17,
+      5, 17,  9, 17, 29, 17, 95, 17,133, 17,147, 17,165, 17,177, 17,
+    189, 74,128,  1,199, 76,128,246,191, 97,  2, 17, 15, 17, 22,227,
+    245,244,101,128,  1, 57,237,226,228, 97,128,  3,155, 99,  4, 17,
+     39, 17, 46, 17, 55, 17, 82,225,242,239,110,128,  1, 61,229,228,
+    233,236,236, 97,128,  1, 59,233,242, 99,  2, 17, 63, 17, 68,236,
+    101,128, 36,193,245,237,230,236,229,248,226,229,236,239,119,128,
+     30, 60,239,237,237,225,225,227,227,229,238,116,128,  1, 59,228,
+    239,116,130,  1, 63, 17,105, 17,114,225,227,227,229,238,116,128,
+      1, 63,226,229,236,239,119,129, 30, 54, 17,124,237,225,227,242,
+    239,110,128, 30, 56,233,247,238,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,
+    128,  5, 60,106,129,  1,200, 17,153,229,227,249,242,233,236,236,
+    233, 99,128,  4,  9,236,233,238,229,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30,
+     58,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 44,115,  2, 17,
+    195, 17,212,236,225,243,104,129,  1, 65, 17,204,243,237,225,236,
+    108,128,246,249,237,225,236,108,128,247,108, 77,137,  0, 77, 17,
+    241, 17,251, 18, 24, 18, 33, 18, 58, 18, 71, 18, 83, 18, 91, 18,
+    100,194,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,134,225, 99,  2, 18,  2,
+     18, 18,242,239,110,129,246,208, 18, 10,243,237,225,236,108,128,
+    247,175,245,244,101,128, 30, 62,227,233,242,227,236,101,128, 36,
+    194,228,239,116,  2, 18, 41, 18, 50,225,227,227,229,238,116,128,
+     30, 64,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30, 66,229,238,225,242,237,229,
+    238,233,225,110,128,  5, 68,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,
+    128,255, 45,243,237,225,236,108,128,247,109,244,245,242,238,229,
+    100,128,  1,156,117,128,  3,156, 78,141,  0, 78, 18,134, 18,138,
+     18,146, 18,212, 18,237, 18,248, 19,  3, 19, 21, 19, 33, 19, 45,
+     19, 58, 19, 66, 19, 84, 74,128,  1,202,225,227,245,244,101,128,
+      1, 67, 99,  4, 18,156, 18,163, 18,172, 18,199,225,242,239,110,
+    128,  1, 71,229,228,233,236,236, 97,128,  1, 69,233,242, 99,  2,
+     18,180, 18,185,236,101,128, 36,195,245,237,230,236,229,248,226,
+    229,236,239,119,128, 30, 74,239,237,237,225,225,227,227,229,238,
+    116,128,  1, 69,228,239,116,  2, 18,220, 18,229,225,227,227,229,
+    238,116,128, 30, 68,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30, 70,232,239,239,
+    235,236,229,230,116,128,  1,157,233,238,229,242,239,237,225,110,
+    128, 33,104,106,129,  1,203, 19,  9,229,227,249,242,233,236,236,
+    233, 99,128,  4, 10,236,233,238,229,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30,
+     72,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 46,239,247,225,
+    242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5, 70,243,237,225,236,108,128,
+    247,110,244,233,236,228,101,129,  0,209, 19, 76,243,237,225,236,
+    108,128,247,241,117,128,  3,157, 79,141,  0, 79, 19,118, 19,132,
+     19,150, 19,203, 20, 78, 20,152, 20,187, 21, 48, 21, 69, 21,213,
+     21,223, 21,254, 22, 53, 69,129,  1, 82, 19,124,243,237,225,236,
+    108,128,246,250,225,227,245,244,101,129,  0,211, 19,142,243,237,
+    225,236,108,128,247,243, 98,  2, 19,156, 19,196,225,242,242,229,
+    100,  2, 19,166, 19,177,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,
+    232,228,233,229,242,229,243,233,243,227,249,242,233,236,236,233,
+     99,128,  4,234,242,229,246,101,128,  1, 78, 99,  4, 19,213, 19,
+    220, 19,235, 20, 68,225,242,239,110,128,  1,209,229,238,244,229,
+    242,229,228,244,233,236,228,101,128,  1,159,233,242, 99,  2, 19,
+    243, 19,248,236,101,128, 36,196,245,237,230,236,229,120,134,  0,
+    212, 20, 13, 20, 21, 20, 32, 20, 40, 20, 52, 20, 60,225,227,245,
+    244,101,128, 30,208,228,239,244,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30,216,
+    231,242,225,246,101,128, 30,210,232,239,239,235,225,226,239,246,
+    101,128, 30,212,243,237,225,236,108,128,247,244,244,233,236,228,
+    101,128, 30,214,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 30,100,  3,
+     20, 86, 20,109, 20,142,226,108,  2, 20, 93, 20,101,225,227,245,
+    244,101,128,  1, 80,231,242,225,246,101,128,  2, 12,233,229,242,
+    229,243,233,115,130,  0,214, 20,123, 20,134,227,249,242,233,236,
+    236,233, 99,128,  4,230,243,237,225,236,108,128,247,246,239,244,
+    226,229,236,239,119,128, 30,204,103,  2, 20,158, 20,170,239,238,
+    229,235,243,237,225,236,108,128,246,251,242,225,246,101,129,  0,
+    210, 20,179,243,237,225,236,108,128,247,242,104,  4, 20,197, 20,
+    208, 20,212, 21, 34,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5, 85,
+    109,128, 33, 38,111,  2, 20,218, 20,228,239,235,225,226,239,246,
+    101,128, 30,206,242,110,133,  1,160, 20,243, 20,251, 21,  6, 21,
+     14, 21, 26,225,227,245,244,101,128, 30,218,228,239,244,226,229,
+    236,239,119,128, 30,226,231,242,225,246,101,128, 30,220,232,239,
+    239,235,225,226,239,246,101,128, 30,222,244,233,236,228,101,128,
+     30,224,245,238,231,225,242,245,237,236,225,245,116,128,  1, 80,
+    105,129,  1,162, 21, 54,238,246,229,242,244,229,228,226,242,229,
+    246,101,128,  2, 14,109,  4, 21, 79, 21,107, 21,184, 21,202,225,
+    227,242,239,110,130,  1, 76, 21, 91, 21, 99,225,227,245,244,101,
+    128, 30, 82,231,242,225,246,101,128, 30, 80,229,231, 97,132, 33,
+     38, 21,121, 21,132, 21,140, 21,156,227,249,242,233,236,236,233,
+     99,128,  4, 96,231,242,229,229,107,128,  3,169,242,239,245,238,
+    228,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,122,116,  2, 21,162,
+     21,177,233,244,236,239,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,
+    124,239,238,239,115,128,  3,143,233,227,242,239,110,129,  3,159,
+     21,194,244,239,238,239,115,128,  3,140,239,238,239,243,240,225,
+    227,101,128,255, 47,238,229,242,239,237,225,110,128, 33, 96,111,
+      2, 21,229, 21,248,231,239,238,229,107,129,  1,234, 21,239,237,
+    225,227,242,239,110,128,  1,236,240,229,110,128,  1,134,115,  3,
+     22,  6, 22, 33, 22, 40,236,225,243,104,130,  0,216, 22, 17, 22,
+     25,225,227,245,244,101,128,  1,254,243,237,225,236,108,128,247,
+    248,237,225,236,108,128,247,111,244,242,239,235,229,225,227,245,
+    244,101,128,  1,254,116,  2, 22, 59, 22, 70,227,249,242,233,236,
+    236,233, 99,128,  4,126,233,236,228,101,131,  0,213, 22, 83, 22,
+     91, 22,102,225,227,245,244,101,128, 30, 76,228,233,229,242,229,
+    243,233,115,128, 30, 78,243,237,225,236,108,128,247,245, 80,136,
+      0, 80, 22,130, 22,138, 22,147, 22,159, 22,211, 22,227, 22,246,
+     23,  2,225,227,245,244,101,128, 30, 84,227,233,242,227,236,101,
+    128, 36,197,228,239,244,225,227,227,229,238,116,128, 30, 86,101,
+      3, 22,167, 22,178, 22,190,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,
+      4, 31,232,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5, 74,237,233,
+    228,228,236,229,232,239,239,235,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,
+    128,  4,166,104,  2, 22,217, 22,221,105,128,  3,166,239,239,107,
+    128,  1,164,105,129,  3,160, 22,233,247,242,225,242,237,229,238,
+    233,225,110,128,  5, 83,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,
+    255, 48,115,  2, 23,  8, 23, 25,105,129,  3,168, 23, 14,227,249,
+    242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,112,237,225,236,108,128,247,112,
+     81,131,  0, 81, 23, 42, 23, 51, 23, 63,227,233,242,227,236,101,
+    128, 36,198,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 49,243,
+    237,225,236,108,128,247,113, 82,138,  0, 82, 23, 95, 23,119, 23,
+    166, 23,217, 23,230, 23,240, 23,245, 24, 19, 24, 31, 24, 43, 97,
+      2, 23,101, 23,112,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5, 76,
+    227,245,244,101,128,  1, 84, 99,  4, 23,129, 23,136, 23,145, 23,
+    153,225,242,239,110,128,  1, 88,229,228,233,236,236, 97,128,  1,
+     86,233,242,227,236,101,128, 36,199,239,237,237,225,225,227,227,
+    229,238,116,128,  1, 86,100,  2, 23,172, 23,182,226,236,231,242,
+    225,246,101,128,  2, 16,239,116,  2, 23,189, 23,198,225,227,227,
+    229,238,116,128, 30, 88,226,229,236,239,119,129, 30, 90, 23,208,
+    237,225,227,242,239,110,128, 30, 92,229,232,225,242,237,229,238,
+    233,225,110,128,  5, 80,230,242,225,235,244,245,114,128, 33, 28,
+    232,111,128,  3,161,233,110,  2, 23,252, 24,  5,231,243,237,225,
+    236,108,128,246,252,246,229,242,244,229,228,226,242,229,246,101,
+    128,  2, 18,236,233,238,229,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30, 94,237,
+    239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 50,243,237,225,236,108,
+    129,247,114, 24, 53,233,238,246,229,242,244,229,100,129,  2,129,
+     24, 66,243,245,240,229,242,233,239,114,128,  2,182, 83,139,  0,
+     83, 24,103, 26, 17, 26, 55, 26,182, 26,221, 26,250, 27, 84, 27,
+    105, 27,117, 27,135, 27,143, 70,  6, 24,117, 24,209, 24,241, 25,
+     77, 25,119, 25,221, 48,  9, 24,137, 24,145, 24,153, 24,161, 24,
+    169, 24,177, 24,185, 24,193, 24,201,177,176,176,176, 48,128, 37,
+     12,178,176,176,176, 48,128, 37, 20,179,176,176,176, 48,128, 37,
+     16,180,176,176,176, 48,128, 37, 24,181,176,176,176, 48,128, 37,
+     60,182,176,176,176, 48,128, 37, 44,183,176,176,176, 48,128, 37,
+     52,184,176,176,176, 48,128, 37, 28,185,176,176,176, 48,128, 37,
+     36, 49,  3, 24,217, 24,225, 24,233,176,176,176,176, 48,128, 37,
+      0,177,176,176,176, 48,128, 37,  2,185,176,176,176, 48,128, 37,
+     97, 50,  9, 25,  5, 25, 13, 25, 21, 25, 29, 25, 37, 25, 45, 25,
+     53, 25, 61, 25, 69,176,176,176,176, 48,128, 37, 98,177,176,176,
+    176, 48,128, 37, 86,178,176,176,176, 48,128, 37, 85,179,176,176,
+    176, 48,128, 37, 99,180,176,176,176, 48,128, 37, 81,181,176,176,
+    176, 48,128, 37, 87,182,176,176,176, 48,128, 37, 93,183,176,176,
+    176, 48,128, 37, 92,184,176,176,176, 48,128, 37, 91, 51,  4, 25,
+     87, 25, 95, 25,103, 25,111,182,176,176,176, 48,128, 37, 94,183,
+    176,176,176, 48,128, 37, 95,184,176,176,176, 48,128, 37, 90,185,
+    176,176,176, 48,128, 37, 84, 52, 10, 25,141, 25,149, 25,157, 25,
+    165, 25,173, 25,181, 25,189, 25,197, 25,205, 25,213,176,176,176,
+    176, 48,128, 37,105,177,176,176,176, 48,128, 37,102,178,176,176,
+    176, 48,128, 37, 96,179,176,176,176, 48,128, 37, 80,180,176,176,
+    176, 48,128, 37,108,181,176,176,176, 48,128, 37,103,182,176,176,
+    176, 48,128, 37,104,183,176,176,176, 48,128, 37,100,184,176,176,
+    176, 48,128, 37,101,185,176,176,176, 48,128, 37, 89, 53,  5, 25,
+    233, 25,241, 25,249, 26,  1, 26,  9,176,176,176,176, 48,128, 37,
+     88,177,176,176,176, 48,128, 37, 82,178,176,176,176, 48,128, 37,
+     83,179,176,176,176, 48,128, 37,107,180,176,176,176, 48,128, 37,
+    106, 97,  2, 26, 23, 26, 44,227,245,244,101,129,  1, 90, 26, 32,
+    228,239,244,225,227,227,229,238,116,128, 30,100,237,240,233,231,
+    242,229,229,107,128,  3,224, 99,  5, 26, 67, 26, 98, 26,107, 26,
+    147, 26,169,225,242,239,110,130,  1, 96, 26, 78, 26, 90,228,239,
+    244,225,227,227,229,238,116,128, 30,102,243,237,225,236,108,128,
+    246,253,229,228,233,236,236, 97,128,  1, 94,232,247, 97,130,  1,
+    143, 26,117, 26,128,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,216,
+    228,233,229,242,229,243,233,243,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,
+    128,  4,218,233,242, 99,  2, 26,155, 26,160,236,101,128, 36,200,
+    245,237,230,236,229,120,128,  1, 92,239,237,237,225,225,227,227,
+    229,238,116,128,  2, 24,228,239,116,  2, 26,190, 26,199,225,227,
+    227,229,238,116,128, 30, 96,226,229,236,239,119,129, 30, 98, 26,
+    209,228,239,244,225,227,227,229,238,116,128, 30,104,101,  2, 26,
+    227, 26,239,232,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5, 77,246,
+    229,238,242,239,237,225,110,128, 33,102,104,  5, 27,  6, 27, 34,
+     27, 48, 27, 59, 27, 72, 97,  2, 27, 12, 27, 23,225,242,237,229,
+    238,233,225,110,128,  5, 71,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,
+      4, 40,227,232,225,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 41,
+    229,233,227,239,240,244,233, 99,128,  3,226,232,225,227,249,242,
+    233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,186,233,237,225,227,239,240,244,233,
+     99,128,  3,236,105,  2, 27, 90, 27, 96,231,237, 97,128,  3,163,
+    248,242,239,237,225,110,128, 33,101,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,
+    227,101,128,255, 51,239,230,244,243,233,231,238,227,249,242,233,
+    236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 44,243,237,225,236,108,128,247,115,244,
+    233,231,237,225,231,242,229,229,107,128,  3,218, 84,141,  0, 84,
+     27,186, 27,191, 27,197, 28,  7, 28, 32, 28, 96, 28,147, 28,177,
+     28,189, 28,201, 28,246, 29,  6, 29, 46,225,117,128,  3,164,226,
+    225,114,128,  1,102, 99,  4, 27,207, 27,214, 27,223, 27,250,225,
+    242,239,110,128,  1,100,229,228,233,236,236, 97,128,  1, 98,233,
+    242, 99,  2, 27,231, 27,236,236,101,128, 36,201,245,237,230,236,
+    229,248,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30,112,239,237,237,225,225,227,
+    227,229,238,116,128,  1, 98,228,239,116,  2, 28, 15, 28, 24,225,
+    227,227,229,238,116,128, 30,106,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30,108,
+    101,  4, 28, 42, 28, 53, 28, 73, 28, 82,227,249,242,233,236,236,
+    233, 99,128,  4, 34,228,229,243,227,229,238,228,229,242,227,249,
+    242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,172,238,242,239,237,225,110,128,
+     33,105,244,243,229,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,180,
+    104,  3, 28,104, 28,110, 28,136,229,244, 97,128,  3,152,111,  2,
+     28,116, 28,121,239,107,128,  1,172,242,110,129,  0,222, 28,128,
+    243,237,225,236,108,128,247,254,242,229,229,242,239,237,225,110,
+    128, 33, 98,105,  2, 28,153, 28,164,236,228,229,243,237,225,236,
+    108,128,246,254,247,238,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5,
+     79,236,233,238,229,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30,110,237,239,238,
+    239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 52,111,  2, 28,207, 28,218,225,
+    242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5, 57,238,101,  3, 28,227, 28,
+    234, 28,240,230,233,246,101,128,  1,188,243,233,120,128,  1,132,
+    244,247,111,128,  1,167,242,229,244,242,239,230,236,229,248,232,
+    239,239,107,128,  1,174,115,  3, 29, 14, 29, 26, 29, 39,229,227,
+    249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 38,232,229,227,249,242,233,
+    236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 11,237,225,236,108,128,247,116,119,  2,
+     29, 52, 29, 64,229,236,246,229,242,239,237,225,110,128, 33,107,
+    239,242,239,237,225,110,128, 33, 97, 85,142,  0, 85, 29,105, 29,
+    123, 29,131, 29,198, 30, 69, 30, 87, 30,198, 30,214, 30,226, 31,
+     21, 31, 30, 31,142, 31,149, 31,219,225,227,245,244,101,129,  0,
+    218, 29,115,243,237,225,236,108,128,247,250,226,242,229,246,101,
+    128,  1,108, 99,  3, 29,139, 29,146, 29,188,225,242,239,110,128,
+      1,211,233,242, 99,  2, 29,154, 29,159,236,101,128, 36,202,245,
+    237,230,236,229,120,130,  0,219, 29,172, 29,180,226,229,236,239,
+    119,128, 30,118,243,237,225,236,108,128,247,251,249,242,233,236,
+    236,233, 99,128,  4, 35,100,  3, 29,206, 29,229, 30, 59,226,108,
+      2, 29,213, 29,221,225,227,245,244,101,128,  1,112,231,242,225,
+    246,101,128,  2, 20,233,229,242,229,243,233,115,134,  0,220, 29,
+    251, 30,  3, 30, 11, 30, 34, 30, 42, 30, 51,225,227,245,244,101,
+    128,  1,215,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30,114, 99,  2, 30, 17, 30,
+     24,225,242,239,110,128,  1,217,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,
+      4,240,231,242,225,246,101,128,  1,219,237,225,227,242,239,110,
+    128,  1,213,243,237,225,236,108,128,247,252,239,244,226,229,236,
+    239,119,128, 30,228,231,242,225,246,101,129,  0,217, 30, 79,243,
+    237,225,236,108,128,247,249,104,  2, 30, 93, 30,171,111,  2, 30,
+     99, 30,109,239,235,225,226,239,246,101,128, 30,230,242,110,133,
+      1,175, 30,124, 30,132, 30,143, 30,151, 30,163,225,227,245,244,
+    101,128, 30,232,228,239,244,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30,240,231,
+    242,225,246,101,128, 30,234,232,239,239,235,225,226,239,246,101,
+    128, 30,236,244,233,236,228,101,128, 30,238,245,238,231,225,242,
+    245,237,236,225,245,116,129,  1,112, 30,187,227,249,242,233,236,
+    236,233, 99,128,  4,242,233,238,246,229,242,244,229,228,226,242,
+    229,246,101,128,  2, 22,235,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,
+      4,120,109,  2, 30,232, 31, 10,225,227,242,239,110,130,  1,106,
+     30,244, 30,255,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,238,228,
+    233,229,242,229,243,233,115,128, 30,122,239,238,239,243,240,225,
+    227,101,128,255, 53,239,231,239,238,229,107,128,  1,114,240,243,
+    233,236,239,110,133,  3,165, 31, 49, 31, 53, 31, 90, 31,121, 31,
+    134, 49,128,  3,210, 97,  2, 31, 59, 31, 81,227,245,244,229,232,
+    239,239,235,243,249,237,226,239,236,231,242,229,229,107,128,  3,
+    211,230,242,233,227,225,110,128,  1,177,228,233,229,242,229,243,
+    233,115,129,  3,171, 31,103,232,239,239,235,243,249,237,226,239,
+    236,231,242,229,229,107,128,  3,212,232,239,239,235,243,249,237,
+    226,239,108,128,  3,210,244,239,238,239,115,128,  3,142,242,233,
+    238,103,128,  1,110,115,  3, 31,157, 31,172, 31,179,232,239,242,
+    244,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 14,237,225,236,108,
+    128,247,117,244,242,225,233,231,232,116,  2, 31,191, 31,202,227,
+    249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,174,243,244,242,239,235,229,
+    227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,176,244,233,236,228,101,
+    130,  1,104, 31,231, 31,239,225,227,245,244,101,128, 30,120,226,
+    229,236,239,119,128, 30,116, 86,136,  0, 86, 32, 11, 32, 20, 32,
+     31, 32, 60, 32, 67, 32, 79, 32, 91, 32, 99,227,233,242,227,236,
+    101,128, 36,203,228,239,244,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30,126,101,
+      2, 32, 37, 32, 48,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 18,
+    247,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5, 78,232,239,239,107,
+    128,  1,178,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 54,239,
+    225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5, 72,243,237,225,236,108,
+    128,247,118,244,233,236,228,101,128, 30,124, 87,134,  0, 87, 32,
+    123, 32,131, 32,154, 32,194, 32,202, 32,214,225,227,245,244,101,
+    128, 30,130,227,233,242, 99,  2, 32,140, 32,145,236,101,128, 36,
+    204,245,237,230,236,229,120,128,  1,116,100,  2, 32,160, 32,170,
+    233,229,242,229,243,233,115,128, 30,132,239,116,  2, 32,177, 32,
+    186,225,227,227,229,238,116,128, 30,134,226,229,236,239,119,128,
+     30,136,231,242,225,246,101,128, 30,128,237,239,238,239,243,240,
+    225,227,101,128,255, 55,243,237,225,236,108,128,247,119, 88,134,
+      0, 88, 32,238, 32,247, 33, 18, 33, 31, 33, 35, 33, 47,227,233,
+    242,227,236,101,128, 36,205,100,  2, 32,253, 33,  7,233,229,242,
+    229,243,233,115,128, 30,140,239,244,225,227,227,229,238,116,128,
+     30,138,229,232,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5, 61,105,
+    128,  3,158,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 56,243,
+    237,225,236,108,128,247,120, 89,139,  0, 89, 33, 81, 33,116, 33,
+    139, 33,189, 33,228, 33,236, 33,253, 34, 40, 34, 52, 34, 60, 34,
+     68, 97,  2, 33, 87, 33,104,227,245,244,101,129,  0,221, 33, 96,
+    243,237,225,236,108,128,247,253,244,227,249,242,233,236,236,233,
+     99,128,  4, 98,227,233,242, 99,  2, 33,125, 33,130,236,101,128,
+     36,206,245,237,230,236,229,120,128,  1,118,100,  2, 33,145, 33,
+    165,233,229,242,229,243,233,115,129,  1,120, 33,157,243,237,225,
+    236,108,128,247,255,239,116,  2, 33,172, 33,181,225,227,227,229,
+    238,116,128, 30,142,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30,244,229,114,  2,
+     33,196, 33,208,233,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 43,
+    245,228,233,229,242,229,243,233,243,227,249,242,233,236,236,233,
+     99,128,  4,248,231,242,225,246,101,128, 30,242,232,239,239,107,
+    129,  1,179, 33,245,225,226,239,246,101,128, 30,246,105,  3, 34,
+      5, 34, 16, 34, 27,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5, 69,
+    227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,  7,247,238,225,242,237,
+    229,238,233,225,110,128,  5, 82,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,
+    101,128,255, 57,243,237,225,236,108,128,247,121,244,233,236,228,
+    101,128, 30,248,245,115,  2, 34, 75, 34,113,226,233,103,  2, 34,
+     83, 34, 94,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,106,233,239,
+    244,233,230,233,229,228,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,
+    108,236,233,244,244,236,101,  2, 34,124, 34,135,227,249,242,233,
+    236,236,233, 99,128,  4,102,233,239,244,233,230,233,229,228,227,
+    249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,104, 90,136,  0, 90, 34,174,
+     34,198, 34,243, 35, 14, 35, 81, 35,173, 35,185, 35,197, 97,  2,
+     34,180, 34,191,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5, 54,227,
+    245,244,101,128,  1,121, 99,  2, 34,204, 34,221,225,242,239,110,
+    129,  1,125, 34,213,243,237,225,236,108,128,246,255,233,242, 99,
+      2, 34,229, 34,234,236,101,128, 36,207,245,237,230,236,229,120,
+    128, 30,144,228,239,116,130,  1,123, 34,253, 35,  6,225,227,227,
+    229,238,116,128,  1,123,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30,146,101,  3,
+     35, 22, 35, 33, 35, 76,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,
+     23,100,  2, 35, 39, 35, 58,229,243,227,229,238,228,229,242,227,
+    249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,152,233,229,242,229,243,233,
+    243,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,222,244, 97,128,  3,
+    150,232,101,  4, 35, 92, 35,103, 35,119, 35,130,225,242,237,229,
+    238,233,225,110,128,  5, 58,226,242,229,246,229,227,249,242,233,
+    236,236,233, 99,128,  4,193,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,
+      4, 22,100,  2, 35,136, 35,155,229,243,227,229,238,228,229,242,
+    227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,150,233,229,242,229,243,
+    233,243,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,220,236,233,238,
+    229,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30,148,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,
+    227,101,128,255, 58,115,  2, 35,203, 35,210,237,225,236,108,128,
+    247,122,244,242,239,235,101,128,  1,181, 97,149,  0, 97, 36,  8,
+     36,144, 37, 35, 37,211, 38, 55, 38, 91, 45, 10, 45, 47, 45, 74,
+     46, 43, 46, 81, 47,170, 47,242, 48,197, 48,206, 49, 79, 51, 87,
+     52, 77, 52,124, 53, 19, 53, 33, 97,  7, 36, 24, 36, 34, 36, 41,
+     36, 48, 36, 73, 36, 89, 36,100,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,
+      9,134,227,245,244,101,128,  0,225,228,229,246, 97,128,  9,  6,
+    231,117,  2, 36, 55, 36, 64,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,134,
+    242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10,  6,237,225,244,242,225,231,245,
+    242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10, 62,242,245,243,241,245,225,242,
+    101,128, 51,  3,246,239,247,229,236,243,233,231,110,  3, 36,116,
+     36,126, 36,133,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,190,228,229,
+    246, 97,128,  9, 62,231,245,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,190,
+     98,  4, 36,154, 36,195, 36,204, 36,214,226,242,229,246,233,225,
+    244,233,239,110,  2, 36,169, 36,184,237,225,242,235,225,242,237,
+    229,238,233,225,110,128,  5, 95,243,233,231,238,228,229,246, 97,
+    128,  9,112,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,133,239,240,239,237,
+    239,230,111,128, 49, 26,242,229,246,101,134,  1,  3, 36,233, 36,
+    241, 36,252, 37,  7, 37, 15, 37, 27,225,227,245,244,101,128, 30,
+    175,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,209,228,239,244,226,
+    229,236,239,119,128, 30,183,231,242,225,246,101,128, 30,177,232,
+    239,239,235,225,226,239,246,101,128, 30,179,244,233,236,228,101,
+    128, 30,181, 99,  4, 37, 45, 37, 52, 37,131, 37,201,225,242,239,
+    110,128,  1,206,233,242, 99,  2, 37, 60, 37, 65,236,101,128, 36,
+    208,245,237,230,236,229,120,133,  0,226, 37, 84, 37, 92, 37,103,
+     37,111, 37,123,225,227,245,244,101,128, 30,165,228,239,244,226,
+    229,236,239,119,128, 30,173,231,242,225,246,101,128, 30,167,232,
+    239,239,235,225,226,239,246,101,128, 30,169,244,233,236,228,101,
+    128, 30,171,245,244,101,133,  0,180, 37,147, 37,158, 37,175, 37,
+    182, 37,191,226,229,236,239,247,227,237, 98,128,  3, 23, 99,  2,
+     37,164, 37,169,237, 98,128,  3,  1,239,237, 98,128,  3,  1,228,
+    229,246, 97,128,  9, 84,236,239,247,237,239,100,128,  2,207,244,
+    239,238,229,227,237, 98,128,  3, 65,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,
+    128,  4, 48,100,  5, 37,223, 37,233, 37,247, 37,253, 38, 31,226,
+    236,231,242,225,246,101,128,  2,  1,228,225,235,231,245,242,237,
+    245,235,232,105,128, 10,113,229,246, 97,128,  9,  5,233,229,242,
+    229,243,233,115,130,  0,228, 38, 11, 38, 22,227,249,242,233,236,
+    236,233, 99,128,  4,211,237,225,227,242,239,110,128,  1,223,239,
+    116,  2, 38, 38, 38, 46,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30,161,237,225,
+    227,242,239,110,128,  1,225,101,131,  0,230, 38, 65, 38, 73, 38,
+     82,225,227,245,244,101,128,  1,253,235,239,242,229,225,110,128,
+     49, 80,237,225,227,242,239,110,128,  1,227,230,233,105,  6, 38,
+    107, 38,127, 41, 64, 41, 70, 41, 85, 44,185, 48,  2, 38,113, 38,
+    120,176,178,176, 56,128, 32, 21,184,185,180, 49,128, 32,164,177,
+     48,  3, 38,136, 40,160, 41, 39, 48,  9, 38,156, 38,176, 38,238,
+     39, 44, 39,106, 39,168, 39,230, 40, 36, 40, 98, 49,  3, 38,164,
+     38,168, 38,172, 55,128,  4, 16, 56,128,  4, 17, 57,128,  4, 18,
+     50, 10, 38,198, 38,202, 38,206, 38,210, 38,214, 38,218, 38,222,
+     38,226, 38,230, 38,234, 48,128,  4, 19, 49,128,  4, 20, 50,128,
+      4, 21, 51,128,  4,  1, 52,128,  4, 22, 53,128,  4, 23, 54,128,
+      4, 24, 55,128,  4, 25, 56,128,  4, 26, 57,128,  4, 27, 51, 10,
+     39,  4, 39,  8, 39, 12, 39, 16, 39, 20, 39, 24, 39, 28, 39, 32,
+     39, 36, 39, 40, 48,128,  4, 28, 49,128,  4, 29, 50,128,  4, 30,
+     51,128,  4, 31, 52,128,  4, 32, 53,128,  4, 33, 54,128,  4, 34,
+     55,128,  4, 35, 56,128,  4, 36, 57,128,  4, 37, 52, 10, 39, 66,
+     39, 70, 39, 74, 39, 78, 39, 82, 39, 86, 39, 90, 39, 94, 39, 98,
+     39,102, 48,128,  4, 38, 49,128,  4, 39, 50,128,  4, 40, 51,128,
+      4, 41, 52,128,  4, 42, 53,128,  4, 43, 54,128,  4, 44, 55,128,
+      4, 45, 56,128,  4, 46, 57,128,  4, 47, 53, 10, 39,128, 39,132,
+     39,136, 39,140, 39,144, 39,148, 39,152, 39,156, 39,160, 39,164,
+     48,128,  4,144, 49,128,  4,  2, 50,128,  4,  3, 51,128,  4,  4,
+     52,128,  4,  5, 53,128,  4,  6, 54,128,  4,  7, 55,128,  4,  8,
+     56,128,  4,  9, 57,128,  4, 10, 54, 10, 39,190, 39,194, 39,198,
+     39,202, 39,206, 39,210, 39,214, 39,218, 39,222, 39,226, 48,128,
+      4, 11, 49,128,  4, 12, 50,128,  4, 14, 51,128,246,196, 52,128,
+    246,197, 53,128,  4, 48, 54,128,  4, 49, 55,128,  4, 50, 56,128,
+      4, 51, 57,128,  4, 52, 55, 10, 39,252, 40,  0, 40,  4, 40,  8,
+     40, 12, 40, 16, 40, 20, 40, 24, 40, 28, 40, 32, 48,128,  4, 53,
+     49,128,  4, 81, 50,128,  4, 54, 51,128,  4, 55, 52,128,  4, 56,
+     53,128,  4, 57, 54,128,  4, 58, 55,128,  4, 59, 56,128,  4, 60,
+     57,128,  4, 61, 56, 10, 40, 58, 40, 62, 40, 66, 40, 70, 40, 74,
+     40, 78, 40, 82, 40, 86, 40, 90, 40, 94, 48,128,  4, 62, 49,128,
+      4, 63, 50,128,  4, 64, 51,128,  4, 65, 52,128,  4, 66, 53,128,
+      4, 67, 54,128,  4, 68, 55,128,  4, 69, 56,128,  4, 70, 57,128,
+      4, 71, 57, 10, 40,120, 40,124, 40,128, 40,132, 40,136, 40,140,
+     40,144, 40,148, 40,152, 40,156, 48,128,  4, 72, 49,128,  4, 73,
+     50,128,  4, 74, 51,128,  4, 75, 52,128,  4, 76, 53,128,  4, 77,
+     54,128,  4, 78, 55,128,  4, 79, 56,128,  4,145, 57,128,  4, 82,
+     49,  4, 40,170, 40,232, 40,237, 41,  7, 48, 10, 40,192, 40,196,
+     40,200, 40,204, 40,208, 40,212, 40,216, 40,220, 40,224, 40,228,
+     48,128,  4, 83, 49,128,  4, 84, 50,128,  4, 85, 51,128,  4, 86,
+     52,128,  4, 87, 53,128,  4, 88, 54,128,  4, 89, 55,128,  4, 90,
+     56,128,  4, 91, 57,128,  4, 92,177, 48,128,  4, 94, 52,  4, 40,
+    247, 40,251, 40,255, 41,  3, 53,128,  4, 15, 54,128,  4, 98, 55,
+    128,  4,114, 56,128,  4,116, 57,  5, 41, 19, 41, 23, 41, 27, 41,
+     31, 41, 35, 50,128,246,198, 51,128,  4, 95, 52,128,  4, 99, 53,
+    128,  4,115, 54,128,  4,117, 56,  2, 41, 45, 41, 59, 51,  2, 41,
+     51, 41, 55, 49,128,246,199, 50,128,246,200,180, 54,128,  4,217,
+    178,185, 57,128, 32, 14,179, 48,  2, 41, 77, 41, 81, 48,128, 32,
+     15, 49,128, 32, 13,181, 55,  7, 41,102, 41,172, 42,237, 43, 58,
+     44, 15, 44,108, 44,179, 51,  2, 41,108, 41,122, 56,  2, 41,114,
+     41,118, 49,128,  6,106, 56,128,  6, 12, 57,  8, 41,140, 41,144,
+     41,148, 41,152, 41,156, 41,160, 41,164, 41,168, 50,128,  6, 96,
+     51,128,  6, 97, 52,128,  6, 98, 53,128,  6, 99, 54,128,  6,100,
+     55,128,  6,101, 56,128,  6,102, 57,128,  6,103, 52,  7, 41,188,
+     41,220, 42, 26, 42, 88, 42,120, 42,176, 42,232, 48,  5, 41,200,
+     41,204, 41,208, 41,212, 41,216, 48,128,  6,104, 49,128,  6,105,
+     51,128,  6, 27, 55,128,  6, 31, 57,128,  6, 33, 49, 10, 41,242,
+     41,246, 41,250, 41,254, 42,  2, 42,  6, 42, 10, 42, 14, 42, 18,
+     42, 22, 48,128,  6, 34, 49,128,  6, 35, 50,128,  6, 36, 51,128,
+      6, 37, 52,128,  6, 38, 53,128,  6, 39, 54,128,  6, 40, 55,128,
+      6, 41, 56,128,  6, 42, 57,128,  6, 43, 50, 10, 42, 48, 42, 52,
+     42, 56, 42, 60, 42, 64, 42, 68, 42, 72, 42, 76, 42, 80, 42, 84,
+     48,128,  6, 44, 49,128,  6, 45, 50,128,  6, 46, 51,128,  6, 47,
+     52,128,  6, 48, 53,128,  6, 49, 54,128,  6, 50, 55,128,  6, 51,
+     56,128,  6, 52, 57,128,  6, 53, 51,  5, 42,100, 42,104, 42,108,
+     42,112, 42,116, 48,128,  6, 54, 49,128,  6, 55, 50,128,  6, 56,
+     51,128,  6, 57, 52,128,  6, 58, 52,  9, 42,140, 42,144, 42,148,
+     42,152, 42,156, 42,160, 42,164, 42,168, 42,172, 48,128,  6, 64,
+     49,128,  6, 65, 50,128,  6, 66, 51,128,  6, 67, 52,128,  6, 68,
+     53,128,  6, 69, 54,128,  6, 70, 56,128,  6, 72, 57,128,  6, 73,
+     53,  9, 42,196, 42,200, 42,204, 42,208, 42,212, 42,216, 42,220,
+     42,224, 42,228, 48,128,  6, 74, 49,128,  6, 75, 50,128,  6, 76,
+     51,128,  6, 77, 52,128,  6, 78, 53,128,  6, 79, 54,128,  6, 80,
+     55,128,  6, 81, 56,128,  6, 82,183, 48,128,  6, 71, 53,  3, 42,
+    245, 43, 21, 43, 53, 48,  5, 43,  1, 43,  5, 43,  9, 43, 13, 43,
+     17, 53,128,  6,164, 54,128,  6,126, 55,128,  6,134, 56,128,  6,
+    152, 57,128,  6,175, 49,  5, 43, 33, 43, 37, 43, 41, 43, 45, 43,
+     49, 49,128,  6,121, 50,128,  6,136, 51,128,  6,145, 52,128,  6,
+    186, 57,128,  6,210,179, 52,128,  6,213, 54,  7, 43, 74, 43, 79,
+     43, 84, 43, 89, 43,127, 43,189, 43,251,179, 54,128, 32,170,180,
+     53,128,  5,190,181, 56,128,  5,195, 54,  6, 43,103, 43,107, 43,
+    111, 43,115, 43,119, 43,123, 52,128,  5,208, 53,128,  5,209, 54,
+    128,  5,210, 55,128,  5,211, 56,128,  5,212, 57,128,  5,213, 55,
+     10, 43,149, 43,153, 43,157, 43,161, 43,165, 43,169, 43,173, 43,
+    177, 43,181, 43,185, 48,128,  5,214, 49,128,  5,215, 50,128,  5,
+    216, 51,128,  5,217, 52,128,  5,218, 53,128,  5,219, 54,128,  5,
+    220, 55,128,  5,221, 56,128,  5,222, 57,128,  5,223, 56, 10, 43,
+    211, 43,215, 43,219, 43,223, 43,227, 43,231, 43,235, 43,239, 43,
+    243, 43,247, 48,128,  5,224, 49,128,  5,225, 50,128,  5,226, 51,
+    128,  5,227, 52,128,  5,228, 53,128,  5,229, 54,128,  5,230, 55,
+    128,  5,231, 56,128,  5,232, 57,128,  5,233, 57,  3, 44,  3, 44,
+      7, 44, 11, 48,128,  5,234, 52,128,251, 42, 53,128,251, 43, 55,
+      4, 44, 25, 44, 39, 44, 59, 44, 64, 48,  2, 44, 31, 44, 35, 48,
+    128,251, 75, 53,128,251, 31, 49,  3, 44, 47, 44, 51, 44, 55, 54,
+    128,  5,240, 55,128,  5,241, 56,128,  5,242,178, 51,128,251, 53,
+     57,  7, 44, 80, 44, 84, 44, 88, 44, 92, 44, 96, 44,100, 44,104,
+     51,128,  5,180, 52,128,  5,181, 53,128,  5,182, 54,128,  5,187,
+     55,128,  5,184, 56,128,  5,183, 57,128,  5,176, 56,  3, 44,116,
+     44,160, 44,165, 48,  7, 44,132, 44,136, 44,140, 44,144, 44,148,
+     44,152, 44,156, 48,128,  5,178, 49,128,  5,177, 50,128,  5,179,
+     51,128,  5,194, 52,128,  5,193, 54,128,  5,185, 55,128,  5,188,
+    179, 57,128,  5,189, 52,  2, 44,171, 44,175, 49,128,  5,191, 50,
+    128,  5,192,185,178, 57,128,  2,188, 54,  3, 44,193, 44,252, 45,
+      3, 49,  4, 44,203, 44,219, 44,225, 44,246, 50,  2, 44,209, 44,
+    214,180, 56,128, 33,  5,184, 57,128, 33, 19,179,181, 50,128, 33,
+     22,181, 55,  3, 44,234, 44,238, 44,242, 51,128, 32, 44, 52,128,
+     32, 45, 53,128, 32, 46,182,182, 52,128, 32, 12,179,177,182, 55,
+    128,  6,109,180,185,179, 55,128,  2,189,103,  2, 45, 16, 45, 23,
+    242,225,246,101,128,  0,224,117,  2, 45, 29, 45, 38,234,225,242,
+    225,244,105,128, 10,133,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10,  5,104,
+      2, 45, 53, 45, 63,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48, 66,239,
+    239,235,225,226,239,246,101,128, 30,163,105,  7, 45, 90, 45,115,
+     45,122, 45,134, 45,159, 45,175, 45,255, 98,  2, 45, 96, 45,105,
+    229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,144,239,240,239,237,239,230,111,
+    128, 49, 30,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 16,229,227,249,242,233,236,
+    236,233, 99,128,  4,213,231,117,  2, 45,141, 45,150,234,225,242,
+    225,244,105,128, 10,144,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10, 16,237,
+    225,244,242,225,231,245,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10, 72,110,
+      5, 45,187, 45,196, 45,210, 45,226, 45,241,225,242,225,226,233,
+     99,128,  6, 57,230,233,238,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,
+    254,202,233,238,233,244,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,
+    254,203,237,229,228,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,
+    204,246,229,242,244,229,228,226,242,229,246,101,128,  2,  3,246,
+    239,247,229,236,243,233,231,110,  3, 46, 15, 46, 25, 46, 32,226,
+    229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,200,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 72,
+    231,245,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,200,107,  2, 46, 49, 46,
+     73,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,162, 46, 61,232,225,236,
+    230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,113,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49,
+     79,108,  3, 46, 89, 47,145, 47,154,101,  2, 46, 95, 47,140,102,
+    136,  5,208, 46,115, 46,124, 46,139, 46,153, 46,242, 47,  0, 47,
+    111, 47,125,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 39,228,225,231,229,
+    243,232,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,251, 48,230,233,238,225,236,
+    225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,142,104,  2, 46,159, 46,234,225,
+    237,250, 97,  2, 46,168, 46,201,225,226,239,246,101,  2, 46,178,
+     46,187,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 35,230,233,238,225,236,
+    225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,132,226,229,236,239,119,  2, 46,
+    211, 46,220,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 37,230,233,238,225,
+    236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,136,229,226,242,229,119,128,
+      5,208,236,225,237,229,228,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,251, 79,
+    237, 97,  2, 47,  7, 47, 43,228,228,225,225,226,239,246,101,  2,
+     47, 20, 47, 29,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 34,230,233,238,
+    225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,130,235,243,245,242, 97,
+      4, 47, 57, 47, 66, 47, 80, 47, 96,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,
+      6, 73,230,233,238,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,240,
+    233,238,233,244,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,243,
+    237,229,228,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,244,240,
+    225,244,225,232,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,251, 46,241,225,237,
+    225,244,243,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,251, 47,240,104,128, 33,
+     53,236,229,241,245,225,108,128, 34, 76,240,232, 97,129,  3,177,
+     47,162,244,239,238,239,115,128,  3,172,109,  4, 47,180, 47,188,
+     47,199, 47,233,225,227,242,239,110,128,  1,  1,239,238,239,243,
+    240,225,227,101,128,255, 65,240,229,242,243,225,238,100,130,  0,
+     38, 47,213, 47,225,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255,
+      6,243,237,225,236,108,128,247, 38,243,241,245,225,242,101,128,
+     51,194,110,  4, 47,252, 48,  7, 48,129, 48,139,226,239,240,239,
+    237,239,230,111,128, 49, 34,103,  4, 48, 17, 48, 28, 48, 42, 48,
+    121,226,239,240,239,237,239,230,111,128, 49, 36,235,232,225,238,
+    235,232,245,244,232,225,105,128, 14, 90,236,101,131, 34, 32, 48,
+     53, 48,106, 48,113,226,242,225,227,235,229,116,  2, 48, 65, 48,
+     85,236,229,230,116,129, 48,  8, 48, 74,246,229,242,244,233,227,
+    225,108,128,254, 63,242,233,231,232,116,129, 48,  9, 48, 95,246,
+    229,242,244,233,227,225,108,128,254, 64,236,229,230,116,128, 35,
+     41,242,233,231,232,116,128, 35, 42,243,244,242,239,109,128, 33,
+     43,239,244,229,236,229,233, 97,128,  3,135,117,  2, 48,145, 48,
+    157,228,225,244,244,225,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 82,243,246,225,
+    242, 97,  3, 48,169, 48,179, 48,186,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,
+    128,  9,130,228,229,246, 97,128,  9,  2,231,245,234,225,242,225,
+    244,105,128, 10,130,239,231,239,238,229,107,128,  1,  5,112,  3,
+     48,214, 48,238, 49, 12, 97,  2, 48,220, 48,232,225,244,239,243,
+    241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,  0,242,229,110,128, 36,156,239,243,
+    244,242,239,240,232,101,  2, 48,251, 49,  6,225,242,237,229,238,
+    233,225,110,128,  5, 90,237,239,100,128,  2,188,112,  2, 49, 18,
+     49, 23,236,101,128,248,255,242,111,  2, 49, 30, 49, 38,225,227,
+    232,229,115,128, 34, 80,120,  2, 49, 44, 49, 64,229,241,245,225,
+    108,129, 34, 72, 49, 54,239,242,233,237,225,231,101,128, 34, 82,
+    233,237,225,244,229,236,249,229,241,245,225,108,128, 34, 69,114,
+      4, 49, 89, 49,116, 49,120, 49,165,225,229, 97,  2, 49, 97, 49,
+    107,229,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49,142,235,239,242,229,225,
+    110,128, 49,141, 99,128, 35, 18,105,  2, 49,126, 49,140,231,232,
+    244,232,225,236,230,242,233,238,103,128, 30,154,238,103,130,  0,
+    229, 49,149, 49,157,225,227,245,244,101,128,  1,251,226,229,236,
+    239,119,128, 30,  1,242,239,119,  8, 49,185, 49,192, 50, 65, 50,
+    131, 50,181, 50,236, 51,  3, 51, 78,226,239,244,104,128, 33,148,
+    100,  3, 49,200, 49,239, 50, 30,225,243,104,  4, 49,212, 49,219,
+     49,226, 49,234,228,239,247,110,128, 33,227,236,229,230,116,128,
+     33,224,242,233,231,232,116,128, 33,226,245,112,128, 33,225,226,
+    108,  5, 49,252, 50,  3, 50, 10, 50, 17, 50, 25,226,239,244,104,
+    128, 33,212,228,239,247,110,128, 33,211,236,229,230,116,128, 33,
+    208,242,233,231,232,116,128, 33,210,245,112,128, 33,209,239,247,
+    110,131, 33,147, 50, 42, 50, 49, 50, 57,236,229,230,116,128, 33,
+    153,242,233,231,232,116,128, 33,152,247,232,233,244,101,128, 33,
+    233,104,  2, 50, 71, 50,122,229,225,100,  4, 50, 83, 50, 93, 50,
+    103, 50,114,228,239,247,238,237,239,100,128,  2,197,236,229,230,
+    244,237,239,100,128,  2,194,242,233,231,232,244,237,239,100,128,
+      2,195,245,240,237,239,100,128,  2,196,239,242,233,250,229,120,
+    128,248,231,236,229,230,116,131, 33,144, 50,144, 50,161, 50,173,
+    228,226,108,129, 33,208, 50,152,243,244,242,239,235,101,128, 33,
+    205,239,246,229,242,242,233,231,232,116,128, 33,198,247,232,233,
+    244,101,128, 33,230,242,233,231,232,116,132, 33,146, 50,197, 50,
+    209, 50,217, 50,228,228,226,236,243,244,242,239,235,101,128, 33,
+    207,232,229,225,246,121,128, 39,158,239,246,229,242,236,229,230,
+    116,128, 33,196,247,232,233,244,101,128, 33,232,244,225, 98,  2,
+     50,244, 50,251,236,229,230,116,128, 33,228,242,233,231,232,116,
+    128, 33,229,245,112,132, 33,145, 51, 16, 51, 44, 51, 62, 51, 70,
+    100,  2, 51, 22, 51, 34,110,129, 33,149, 51, 28,226,243,101,128,
+     33,168,239,247,238,226,225,243,101,128, 33,168,236,229,230,116,
+    129, 33,150, 51, 53,239,230,228,239,247,110,128, 33,197,242,233,
+    231,232,116,128, 33,151,247,232,233,244,101,128, 33,231,246,229,
+    242,244,229,120,128,248,230,115,  5, 51, 99, 51,175, 51,220, 52,
+     47, 52, 57, 99,  2, 51,105, 51,157,233,105,  2, 51,112, 51,135,
+    227,233,242,227,245,109,129,  0, 94, 51,123,237,239,238,239,243,
+    240,225,227,101,128,255, 62,244,233,236,228,101,129,  0,126, 51,
+    145,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 94,242,233,240,
+    116,129,  2, 81, 51,166,244,245,242,238,229,100,128,  2, 82,237,
+    225,236,108,  2, 51,184, 51,195,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,
+    128, 48, 65,235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,161, 51,208,
+    232,225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,103,244,229,242,233,
+    115,  2, 51,230, 52, 43,107,131,  0, 42, 51,240, 52, 12, 52, 35,
+     97,  2, 51,246, 52,  4,236,244,239,238,229,225,242,225,226,233,
+     99,128,  6,109,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6,109,109,  2, 52, 18,
+     52, 24,225,244,104,128, 34, 23,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,
+    128,255, 10,243,237,225,236,108,128,254, 97,109,128, 32, 66,245,
+    240,229,242,233,239,114,128,246,233,249,237,240,244,239,244,233,
+    227,225,236,236,249,229,241,245,225,108,128, 34, 67,116,132,  0,
+     64, 52, 89, 52, 96, 52,108, 52,116,233,236,228,101,128,  0,227,
+    237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 32,243,237,225,236,
+    108,128,254,107,245,242,238,229,100,128,  2, 80,117,  6, 52,138,
+     52,163, 52,170, 52,195, 52,215, 52,231, 98,  2, 52,144, 52,153,
+    229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,148,239,240,239,237,239,230,111,
+    128, 49, 32,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 20,231,117,  2, 52,177, 52,
+    186,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,148,242,237,245,235,232,105,
+    128, 10, 20,236,229,238,231,244,232,237,225,242,235,226,229,238,
+    231,225,236,105,128,  9,215,237,225,244,242,225,231,245,242,237,
+    245,235,232,105,128, 10, 76,246,239,247,229,236,243,233,231,110,
+      3, 52,247, 53,  1, 53,  8,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,
+    204,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 76,231,245,234,225,242,225,244,105,
+    128, 10,204,246,225,231,242,225,232,225,228,229,246, 97,128,  9,
+     61,121,  2, 53, 39, 53, 51,226,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,
+    128,  5, 97,233,110,130,  5,226, 53, 60, 53, 75,225,236,244,239,
+    238,229,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,251, 32,232,229,226,242,229,
+    119,128,  5,226, 98,144,  0, 98, 53,120, 53,255, 54, 10, 54, 19,
+     54, 44, 55, 85, 55,147, 55,220, 57,146, 57,158, 57,201, 57,209,
+     57,219, 59, 89, 59,113, 59,122, 97,  7, 53,136, 53,146, 53,170,
+     53,177, 53,202, 53,226, 53,237,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,
+      9,172,227,235,243,236,225,243,104,129,  0, 92, 53,158,237,239,
+    238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 60,228,229,246, 97,128,  9,
+     44,231,117,  2, 53,184, 53,193,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,
+    172,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10, 44,104,  2, 53,208, 53,218,
+    233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,112,244,244,232,225,105,128,
+     14, 63,235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,128, 48,208,114,129,  0,
+    124, 53,243,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 92,226,
+    239,240,239,237,239,230,111,128, 49,  5,227,233,242,227,236,101,
+    128, 36,209,228,239,116,  2, 54, 27, 54, 36,225,227,227,229,238,
+    116,128, 30,  3,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30,  5,101,  6, 54, 58,
+     54, 79, 54,102, 54,244, 54,255, 55, 11,225,237,229,228,243,233,
+    248,244,229,229,238,244,232,238,239,244,229,115,128, 38,108, 99,
+      2, 54, 85, 54, 92,225,245,243,101,128, 34, 53,249,242,233,236,
+    236,233, 99,128,  4, 49,104,  5, 54,114, 54,123, 54,137, 54,167,
+     54,226,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 40,230,233,238,225,236,
+    225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,144,105,  2, 54,143, 54,158,238,
+    233,244,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,145,242,225,
+    231,225,238, 97,128, 48,121,237,101,  2, 54,174, 54,187,228,233,
+    225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,146,229,237,105,  2, 54,
+    195, 54,210,238,233,244,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,
+    252,159,243,239,236,225,244,229,228,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,
+    252,  8,238,239,239,238,230,233,238,225,236,225,242,225,226,233,
+     99,128,252,109,235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,128, 48,217,238,
+    225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5, 98,116,132,  5,209, 55,
+     23, 55, 43, 55, 63, 55, 72, 97,129,  3,178, 55, 29,243,249,237,
+    226,239,236,231,242,229,229,107,128,  3,208,228,225,231,229,243,
+    104,129,251, 49, 55, 54,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,251, 49,232,
+    229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,209,242,225,230,229,232,229,226,242,
+    229,119,128,251, 76,104,  2, 55, 91, 55,141, 97,  3, 55, 99, 55,
+    109, 55,116,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,173,228,229,246,
+     97,128,  9, 45,231,117,  2, 55,123, 55,132,234,225,242,225,244,
+    105,128, 10,173,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10, 45,239,239,107,
+    128,  2, 83,105,  5, 55,159, 55,170, 55,181, 55,195, 55,209,232,
+    233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,115,235,225,244,225,235,225,
+    238, 97,128, 48,211,236,225,226,233,225,236,227,236,233,227,107,
+    128,  2,152,238,228,233,231,245,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10,
+      2,242,245,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51, 49,108,  3, 55,228,
+     57,129, 57,140, 97,  2, 55,234, 57,124,227,107,  6, 55,249, 56,
+      2, 56, 39, 56,188, 56,243, 57, 39,227,233,242,227,236,101,128,
+     37,207,100,  2, 56,  8, 56, 17,233,225,237,239,238,100,128, 37,
+    198,239,247,238,240,239,233,238,244,233,238,231,244,242,233,225,
+    238,231,236,101,128, 37,188,108,  2, 56, 45, 56,148,101,  2, 56,
+     51, 56, 87,230,244,240,239,233,238,244,233,238,103,  2, 56, 66,
+     56, 76,240,239,233,238,244,229,114,128, 37,196,244,242,233,225,
+    238,231,236,101,128, 37,192,238,244,233,227,245,236,225,242,226,
+    242,225,227,235,229,116,  2, 56,107, 56,127,236,229,230,116,129,
+     48, 16, 56,116,246,229,242,244,233,227,225,108,128,254, 59,242,
+    233,231,232,116,129, 48, 17, 56,137,246,229,242,244,233,227,225,
+    108,128,254, 60,239,247,229,114,  2, 56,157, 56,172,236,229,230,
+    244,244,242,233,225,238,231,236,101,128, 37,227,242,233,231,232,
+    244,244,242,233,225,238,231,236,101,128, 37,226,114,  2, 56,194,
+     56,205,229,227,244,225,238,231,236,101,128, 37,172,233,231,232,
+    244,240,239,233,238,244,233,238,103,  2, 56,222, 56,232,240,239,
+    233,238,244,229,114,128, 37,186,244,242,233,225,238,231,236,101,
+    128, 37,182,115,  3, 56,251, 57, 25, 57, 33,109,  2, 57,  1, 57,
+     13,225,236,236,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 37,170,233,236,233,
+    238,231,230,225,227,101,128, 38, 59,241,245,225,242,101,128, 37,
+    160,244,225,114,128, 38,  5,245,240,112,  2, 57, 47, 57, 85,229,
+    114,  2, 57, 54, 57, 69,236,229,230,244,244,242,233,225,238,231,
+    236,101,128, 37,228,242,233,231,232,244,244,242,233,225,238,231,
+    236,101,128, 37,229,239,233,238,244,233,238,103,  2, 57, 97, 57,
+    113,243,237,225,236,236,244,242,233,225,238,231,236,101,128, 37,
+    180,244,242,233,225,238,231,236,101,128, 37,178,238,107,128, 36,
+     35,233,238,229,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30,  7,239,227,107,128,
+     37,136,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 66,111,  3,
+     57,166, 57,179, 57,190,226,225,233,237,225,233,244,232,225,105,
+    128, 14, 26,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,124,235,225,
+    244,225,235,225,238, 97,128, 48,220,240,225,242,229,110,128, 36,
+    157,241,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,195,114,  4, 57,229, 58,
+    223, 59, 40, 59, 79,225, 99,  2, 57,236, 58,130,101,  3, 57,244,
+     57,249, 58, 61,229,120,128,248,244,236,229,230,116,133,  0,123,
+     58, 10, 58, 15, 58, 37, 58, 45, 58, 50,226,116,128,248,243,109,
+      2, 58, 21, 58, 26,233,100,128,248,242,239,238,239,243,240,225,
+    227,101,128,255, 91,243,237,225,236,108,128,254, 91,244,112,128,
+    248,241,246,229,242,244,233,227,225,108,128,254, 55,242,233,231,
+    232,116,133,  0,125, 58, 79, 58, 84, 58,106, 58,114, 58,119,226,
+    116,128,248,254,109,  2, 58, 90, 58, 95,233,100,128,248,253,239,
+    238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 93,243,237,225,236,108,128,
+    254, 92,244,112,128,248,252,246,229,242,244,233,227,225,108,128,
+    254, 56,235,229,116,  2, 58,138, 58,180,236,229,230,116,132,  0,
+     91, 58,153, 58,158, 58,163, 58,175,226,116,128,248,240,229,120,
+    128,248,239,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 59,244,
+    112,128,248,238,242,233,231,232,116,132,  0, 93, 58,196, 58,201,
+     58,206, 58,218,226,116,128,248,251,229,120,128,248,250,237,239,
+    238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 61,244,112,128,248,249,229,
+    246,101,131,  2,216, 58,235, 58,246, 58,252,226,229,236,239,247,
+    227,237, 98,128,  3, 46,227,237, 98,128,  3,  6,233,238,246,229,
+    242,244,229,100,  3, 59, 11, 59, 22, 59, 28,226,229,236,239,247,
+    227,237, 98,128,  3, 47,227,237, 98,128,  3, 17,228,239,245,226,
+    236,229,227,237, 98,128,  3, 97,233,228,231,101,  2, 59, 49, 59,
+     60,226,229,236,239,247,227,237, 98,128,  3, 42,233,238,246,229,
+    242,244,229,228,226,229,236,239,247,227,237, 98,128,  3, 58,239,
+    235,229,238,226,225,114,128,  0,166,115,  2, 59, 95, 59,103,244,
+    242,239,235,101,128,  1,128,245,240,229,242,233,239,114,128,246,
+    234,244,239,240,226,225,114,128,  1,131,117,  3, 59,130, 59,141,
+     59,152,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,118,235,225,244,
+    225,235,225,238, 97,128, 48,214,236,108,  2, 59,159, 59,189,229,
+    116,130, 32, 34, 59,168, 59,178,233,238,246,229,242,243,101,128,
+     37,216,239,240,229,242,225,244,239,114,128, 34, 25,243,229,249,
+    101,128, 37,206, 99,143,  0, 99, 59,230, 60,179, 60,190, 60,254,
+     61, 29, 61,122, 63, 33, 64, 17, 64,117, 64,166, 67,158, 67,166,
+     67,176, 67,188, 67,221, 97,  9, 59,250, 60,  5, 60, 15, 60, 22,
+     60, 29, 60, 54, 60, 64, 60,116, 60,125,225,242,237,229,238,233,
+    225,110,128,  5,110,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,154,227,
+    245,244,101,128,  1,  7,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 26,231,117,  2,
+     60, 36, 60, 45,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,154,242,237,245,
+    235,232,105,128, 10, 26,236,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,136,
+    238,228,242,225,226,233,238,228,117,  4, 60, 82, 60, 92, 60, 98,
+     60,105,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,129,227,237, 98,128,
+      3, 16,228,229,246, 97,128,  9,  1,231,245,234,225,242,225,244,
+    105,128, 10,129,240,243,236,239,227,107,128, 33,234,114,  3, 60,
+    133, 60,139, 60,165,229,239,102,128, 33,  5,239,110,130,  2,199,
+     60,148, 60,159,226,229,236,239,247,227,237, 98,128,  3, 44,227,
+    237, 98,128,  3, 12,242,233,225,231,229,242,229,244,245,242,110,
+    128, 33,181,226,239,240,239,237,239,230,111,128, 49, 24, 99,  4,
+     60,200, 60,207, 60,226, 60,248,225,242,239,110,128,  1, 13,229,
+    228,233,236,236, 97,129,  0,231, 60,218,225,227,245,244,101,128,
+     30,  9,233,242, 99,  2, 60,234, 60,239,236,101,128, 36,210,245,
+    237,230,236,229,120,128,  1,  9,245,242,108,128,  2, 85,100,  2,
+     61,  4, 61, 20,239,116,129,  1, 11, 61, 11,225,227,227,229,238,
+    116,128,  1, 11,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,197,101,  2, 61,
+     35, 61, 51,228,233,236,236, 97,129,  0,184, 61, 45,227,237, 98,
+    128,  3, 39,238,116,132,  0,162, 61, 64, 61, 88, 61,100, 61,111,
+    105,  2, 61, 70, 61, 78,231,242,225,228,101,128, 33,  3,238,230,
+    229,242,233,239,114,128,246,223,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,
+    101,128,255,224,239,236,228,243,244,249,236,101,128,247,162,243,
+    245,240,229,242,233,239,114,128,246,224,104,  5, 61,134, 61,197,
+     61,208, 62,136, 62,228, 97,  4, 61,144, 61,155, 61,165, 61,172,
+    225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5,121,226,229,238,231,225,
+    236,105,128,  9,155,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 27,231,117,  2, 61,
+    179, 61,188,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,155,242,237,245,235,
+    232,105,128, 10, 27,226,239,240,239,237,239,230,111,128, 49, 20,
+    101,  6, 61,222, 61,242, 62, 10, 62, 78, 62, 90, 62,111,225,226,
+    235,232,225,243,233,225,238,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,
+      4,189, 99,  2, 61,248, 62,  0,235,237,225,242,107,128, 39, 19,
+    249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 71,100,  2, 62, 16, 62, 60,
+    229,243,227,229,238,228,229,114,  2, 62, 29, 62, 49,225,226,235,
+    232,225,243,233,225,238,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,
+    191,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,183,233,229,242,229,
+    243,233,243,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,245,232,225,
+    242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5,115,235,232,225,235,225,243,
+    243,233,225,238,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,204,246,
+    229,242,244,233,227,225,236,243,244,242,239,235,229,227,249,242,
+    233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,185,105,129,  3,199, 62,142,229,245,
+    227,104,  4, 62,155, 62,190, 62,205, 62,214, 97,  2, 62,161, 62,
+    176,227,233,242,227,236,229,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 50,119,
+    240,225,242,229,238,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 50, 23,227,233,
+    242,227,236,229,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 50,105,235,239,242,
+    229,225,110,128, 49, 74,240,225,242,229,238,235,239,242,229,225,
+    110,128, 50,  9,111,  2, 62,234, 63, 28,227,104,  3, 62,243, 63,
+      9, 63, 19,225,110,  2, 62,250, 63,  2,231,244,232,225,105,128,
+     14, 10,244,232,225,105,128, 14,  8,233,238,231,244,232,225,105,
+    128, 14,  9,239,229,244,232,225,105,128, 14, 12,239,107,128,  1,
+    136,105,  2, 63, 39, 63,141,229,245, 99,  5, 63, 53, 63, 88, 63,
+    103, 63,112, 63,126, 97,  2, 63, 59, 63, 74,227,233,242,227,236,
+    229,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 50,118,240,225,242,229,238,235,
+    239,242,229,225,110,128, 50, 22,227,233,242,227,236,229,235,239,
+    242,229,225,110,128, 50,104,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49, 72,
+    240,225,242,229,238,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 50,  8,245,240,
+    225,242,229,238,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 50, 28,242, 99,  2,
+     63,148, 63,243,236,101,132, 37,203, 63,161, 63,172, 63,177, 63,
+    201,237,245,236,244,233,240,236,121,128, 34,151,239,116,128, 34,
+    153,112,  2, 63,183, 63,189,236,245,115,128, 34,149,239,243,244,
+    225,236,237,225,242,107,128, 48, 54,247,233,244,104,  2, 63,210,
+     63,226,236,229,230,244,232,225,236,230,226,236,225,227,107,128,
+     37,208,242,233,231,232,244,232,225,236,230,226,236,225,227,107,
+    128, 37,209,245,237,230,236,229,120,130,  2,198, 64,  0, 64, 11,
+    226,229,236,239,247,227,237, 98,128,  3, 45,227,237, 98,128,  3,
+      2,108,  3, 64, 25, 64, 31, 64, 85,229,225,114,128, 35, 39,233,
+    227,107,  4, 64, 43, 64, 54, 64, 63, 64, 73,225,236,246,229,239,
+    236,225,114,128,  1,194,228,229,238,244,225,108,128,  1,192,236,
+    225,244,229,242,225,108,128,  1,193,242,229,244,242,239,230,236,
+    229,120,128,  1,195,245, 98,129, 38, 99, 64, 92,243,245,233,116,
+      2, 64,101, 64,109,226,236,225,227,107,128, 38, 99,247,232,233,
+    244,101,128, 38,103,109,  3, 64,125, 64,139, 64,150,227,245,226,
+    229,228,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,164,239,238,239,243,240,
+    225,227,101,128,255, 67,243,241,245,225,242,229,228,243,241,245,
+    225,242,101,128, 51,160,111,  8, 64,184, 64,195, 65, 26, 65,224,
+     66,253, 67, 28, 67,135, 67,144,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,
+    128,  5,129,236,239,110,131,  0, 58, 64,207, 64,232, 64,251,237,
+    239,110,  2, 64,215, 64,223,229,244,225,242,121,128, 32,161,239,
+    243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 26,115,  2, 64,238, 64,244,233,231,
+    110,128, 32,161,237,225,236,108,128,254, 85,244,242,233,225,238,
+    231,245,236,225,114,  2, 65, 10, 65, 20,232,225,236,230,237,239,
+    100,128,  2,209,237,239,100,128,  2,208,109,  2, 65, 32, 65,217,
+    237, 97,134,  0, 44, 65, 49, 65,113, 65,124, 65,136, 65,166, 65,
+    189, 97,  3, 65, 57, 65, 83, 65, 91,226,239,246,101,  2, 65, 66,
+     65, 72,227,237, 98,128,  3, 19,242,233,231,232,244,227,237, 98,
+    128,  3, 21,227,227,229,238,116,128,246,195,114,  2, 65, 97, 65,
+    104,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 12,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5,
+     93,233,238,230,229,242,233,239,114,128,246,225,237,239,238,239,
+    243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 12,242,229,246,229,242,243,229,100,
+      2, 65,149, 65,160,225,226,239,246,229,227,237, 98,128,  3, 20,
+    237,239,100,128,  2,189,115,  2, 65,172, 65,179,237,225,236,108,
+    128,254, 80,245,240,229,242,233,239,114,128,246,226,244,245,242,
+    238,229,100,  2, 65,200, 65,211,225,226,239,246,229,227,237, 98,
+    128,  3, 18,237,239,100,128,  2,187,240,225,243,115,128, 38, 60,
+    110,  2, 65,230, 65,239,231,242,245,229,238,116,128, 34, 69,116,
+      2, 65,245, 66,  3,239,245,242,233,238,244,229,231,242,225,108,
+    128, 34, 46,242,239,108,142, 35,  3, 66, 37, 66, 43, 66, 58, 66,
+     73, 66,117, 66,162, 66,176, 66,181, 66,186, 66,191, 66,197, 66,
+    202, 66,243, 66,248,193,195, 75,128,  0,  6, 66,  2, 66, 49, 66,
+     54,197, 76,128,  0,  7, 83,128,  0,  8, 67,  2, 66, 64, 66, 69,
+    193, 78,128,  0, 24, 82,128,  0, 13, 68,  3, 66, 81, 66,107, 66,
+    112, 67,  4, 66, 91, 66, 95, 66, 99, 66,103, 49,128,  0, 17, 50,
+    128,  0, 18, 51,128,  0, 19, 52,128,  0, 20,197, 76,128,  0,127,
+    204, 69,128,  0, 16, 69,  5, 66,129, 66,133, 66,138, 66,143, 66,
+    148, 77,128,  0, 25,206, 81,128,  0,  5,207, 84,128,  0,  4,211,
+     67,128,  0, 27, 84,  2, 66,154, 66,158, 66,128,  0, 23, 88,128,
+      0,  3, 70,  2, 66,168, 66,172, 70,128,  0, 12, 83,128,  0, 28,
+    199, 83,128,  0, 29,200, 84,128,  0,  9,204, 70,128,  0, 10,206,
+    193, 75,128,  0, 21,210, 83,128,  0, 30, 83,  5, 66,214, 66,218,
+     66,228, 66,233, 66,238, 73,128,  0, 15, 79,129,  0, 14, 66,224,
+     84,128,  0,  2,212, 88,128,  0,  1,213, 66,128,  0, 26,217, 78,
+    128,  0, 22,213, 83,128,  0, 31,214, 84,128,  0, 11,240,249,242,
+    233,231,232,116,129,  0,169, 67,  9,115,  2, 67, 15, 67, 21,225,
+    238,115,128,248,233,229,242,233,102,128,246,217,114,  2, 67, 34,
+     67,118,238,229,242,226,242,225,227,235,229,116,  2, 67, 49, 67,
+     83,236,229,230,116,130, 48, 12, 67, 60, 67, 72,232,225,236,230,
+    247,233,228,244,104,128,255, 98,246,229,242,244,233,227,225,108,
+    128,254, 65,242,233,231,232,116,130, 48, 13, 67, 95, 67,107,232,
+    225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255, 99,246,229,242,244,233,
+    227,225,108,128,254, 66,240,239,242,225,244,233,239,238,243,241,
+    245,225,242,101,128, 51,127,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,199,
+    246,229,242,235,231,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,198,240,225,
+    242,229,110,128, 36,158,242,245,250,229,233,242,111,128, 32,162,
+    243,244,242,229,244,227,232,229,100,128,  2,151,245,114,  2, 67,
+    195, 67,213,236,121,  2, 67,202, 67,208,225,238,100,128, 34,207,
+    239,114,128, 34,206,242,229,238,227,121,128,  0,164,249,114,  4,
+     67,232, 67,240, 67,247, 67,255,194,242,229,246,101,128,246,209,
+    198,236,229,120,128,246,210,226,242,229,246,101,128,246,212,230,
+    236,229,120,128,246,213,100,146,  0,100, 68, 46, 69,184, 70,208,
+     71, 12, 71,188, 72,142, 72,204, 73,133, 73,146, 73,155, 73,181,
+     73,206, 73,215, 75, 26, 75, 34, 75, 45, 75, 65, 75, 93, 97, 11,
+     68, 70, 68, 81, 68, 91, 68,163, 68,226, 68,237, 68,248, 69, 61,
+     69,123, 69,129, 69,159,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5,
+    100,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,166,100,  5, 68,103, 68,
+    112, 68,118, 68,132, 68,148,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 54,
+    229,246, 97,128,  9, 38,230,233,238,225,236,225,242,225,226,233,
+     99,128,254,190,233,238,233,244,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233,
+     99,128,254,191,237,229,228,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,
+    128,254,192,103,  3, 68,171, 68,188, 68,202,229,243,104,129,  5,
+    188, 68,179,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,188,231,229,114,129,
+     32, 32, 68,196,228,226,108,128, 32, 33,117,  2, 68,208, 68,217,
+    234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,166,242,237,245,235,232,105,128,
+     10, 38,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48, 96,235,225,244,
+    225,235,225,238, 97,128, 48,192,108,  3, 69,  0, 69,  9, 69, 47,
+    225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 47,229,116,130,  5,211, 69, 18,
+     69, 38,228,225,231,229,243,104,129,251, 51, 69, 29,232,229,226,
+    242,229,119,128,251, 51,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,211,230,
+    233,238,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,170,237,237, 97,
+      3, 69, 71, 69, 80, 69, 92,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 79,
+    236,239,247,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 79,244,225,238, 97,
+      2, 69,101, 69,115,236,244,239,238,229,225,242,225,226,233, 99,
+    128,  6, 76,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 76,238,228, 97,128,  9,
+    100,242,231, 97,  2, 69,137, 69,146,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,
+      5,167,236,229,230,244,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,167,243,
+    233,225,240,238,229,245,237,225,244,225,227,249,242,233,236,236,
+    233,227,227,237, 98,128,  4,133, 98,  3, 69,192, 70,189, 70,199,
+    108,  9, 69,212, 69,220, 70, 77, 70, 85, 70,101, 70,112, 70,130,
+     70,144, 70,155,199,242,225,246,101,128,246,211, 97,  2, 69,226,
+     70, 27,238,231,236,229,226,242,225,227,235,229,116,  2, 69,242,
+     70,  6,236,229,230,116,129, 48, 10, 69,251,246,229,242,244,233,
+    227,225,108,128,254, 61,242,233,231,232,116,129, 48, 11, 70, 16,
+    246,229,242,244,233,227,225,108,128,254, 62,114,  2, 70, 33, 70,
+     54,227,232,233,238,246,229,242,244,229,228,226,229,236,239,247,
+    227,237, 98,128,  3, 43,242,239,119,  2, 70, 62, 70, 69,236,229,
+    230,116,128, 33,212,242,233,231,232,116,128, 33,210,228,225,238,
+    228, 97,128,  9,101,231,242,225,246,101,129,246,214, 70, 95,227,
+    237, 98,128,  3, 15,233,238,244,229,231,242,225,108,128, 34, 44,
+    236,239,247,236,233,238,101,129, 32, 23, 70,124,227,237, 98,128,
+      3, 51,239,246,229,242,236,233,238,229,227,237, 98,128,  3, 63,
+    240,242,233,237,229,237,239,100,128,  2,186,246,229,242,244,233,
+    227,225,108,  2, 70,168, 70,174,226,225,114,128, 32, 22,236,233,
+    238,229,225,226,239,246,229,227,237, 98,128,  3, 14,239,240,239,
+    237,239,230,111,128, 49,  9,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,200,
+     99,  4, 70,218, 70,225, 70,234, 71,  5,225,242,239,110,128,  1,
+     15,229,228,233,236,236, 97,128, 30, 17,233,242, 99,  2, 70,242,
+     70,247,236,101,128, 36,211,245,237,230,236,229,248,226,229,236,
+    239,119,128, 30, 19,242,239,225,116,128,  1, 17,100,  4, 71, 22,
+     71,103, 71,113, 71,164, 97,  4, 71, 32, 71, 42, 71, 49, 71, 74,
+    226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,161,228,229,246, 97,128,  9,
+     33,231,117,  2, 71, 56, 71, 65,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,
+    161,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10, 33,108,  2, 71, 80, 71, 89,
+    225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6,136,230,233,238,225,236,225,242,
+    225,226,233, 99,128,251,137,228,232,225,228,229,246, 97,128,  9,
+     92,232, 97,  3, 71,122, 71,132, 71,139,226,229,238,231,225,236,
+    105,128,  9,162,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 34,231,117,  2, 71,146,
+     71,155,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,162,242,237,245,235,232,
+    105,128, 10, 34,239,116,  2, 71,171, 71,180,225,227,227,229,238,
+    116,128, 30, 11,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30, 13,101,  8, 71,206,
+     72,  3, 72, 10, 72, 35, 72, 45, 72, 56, 72,101, 72,137, 99,  2,
+     71,212, 71,249,233,237,225,236,243,229,240,225,242,225,244,239,
+    114,  2, 71,230, 71,239,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6,107,240,
+    229,242,243,233,225,110,128,  6,107,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,
+    128,  4, 52,231,242,229,101,128,  0,176,232,105,  2, 72, 17, 72,
+     26,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,173,242,225,231,225,238, 97,
+    128, 48,103,233,227,239,240,244,233, 99,128,  3,239,235,225,244,
+    225,235,225,238, 97,128, 48,199,108,  2, 72, 62, 72, 85,229,244,
+    101,  2, 72, 70, 72, 77,236,229,230,116,128, 35, 43,242,233,231,
+    232,116,128, 35, 38,244, 97,129,  3,180, 72, 92,244,245,242,238,
+    229,100,128,  1,141,238,239,237,233,238,225,244,239,242,237,233,
+    238,245,243,239,238,229,238,245,237,229,242,225,244,239,242,226,
+    229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,248,250,104,128,  2,164,104,  2,
+     72,148, 72,198, 97,  3, 72,156, 72,166, 72,173,226,229,238,231,
+    225,236,105,128,  9,167,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 39,231,117,  2,
+     72,180, 72,189,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,167,242,237,245,
+    235,232,105,128, 10, 39,239,239,107,128,  2, 87,105,  6, 72,218,
+     73, 11, 73, 71, 73, 82, 73, 93, 73,103, 97,  2, 72,224, 72,246,
+    236,249,244,233,235,225,244,239,238,239,115,129,  3,133, 72,240,
+    227,237, 98,128,  3, 68,237,239,238,100,129, 38,102, 72,255,243,
+    245,233,244,247,232,233,244,101,128, 38, 98,229,242,229,243,233,
+    115,133,  0,168, 73, 30, 73, 38, 73, 49, 73, 55, 73, 63,225,227,
+    245,244,101,128,246,215,226,229,236,239,247,227,237, 98,128,  3,
+     36,227,237, 98,128,  3,  8,231,242,225,246,101,128,246,216,244,
+    239,238,239,115,128,  3,133,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128,
+     48, 98,235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,128, 48,194,244,244,239,
+    237,225,242,107,128, 48,  3,246,105,  2, 73,110, 73,121,228,101,
+    129,  0,247, 73,117,115,128, 34, 35,243,233,239,238,243,236,225,
+    243,104,128, 34, 21,234,229,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,
+      4, 82,235,243,232,225,228,101,128, 37,147,108,  2, 73,161, 73,
+    172,233,238,229,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30, 15,243,241,245,225,
+    242,101,128, 51,151,109,  2, 73,187, 73,195,225,227,242,239,110,
+    128,  1, 17,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 68,238,226,
+    236,239,227,107,128, 37,132,111, 10, 73,237, 73,249, 74,  3, 74,
+     14, 74, 25, 74, 97, 74,102, 74,113, 74,228, 74,254,227,232,225,
+    228,225,244,232,225,105,128, 14, 14,228,229,235,244,232,225,105,
+    128, 14, 20,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,105,235,225,
+    244,225,235,225,238, 97,128, 48,201,236,236,225,114,132,  0, 36,
+     74, 40, 74, 51, 74, 63, 74, 74,233,238,230,229,242,233,239,114,
+    128,246,227,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255,  4,239,
+    236,228,243,244,249,236,101,128,247, 36,115,  2, 74, 80, 74, 87,
+    237,225,236,108,128,254,105,245,240,229,242,233,239,114,128,246,
+    228,238,103,128, 32,171,242,245,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,
+     38,116,  6, 74,127, 74,144, 74,166, 74,177, 74,209, 74,216,225,
+    227,227,229,238,116,129,  2,217, 74,138,227,237, 98,128,  3,  7,
+    226,229,236,239,247, 99,  2, 74,155, 74,160,237, 98,128,  3, 35,
+    239,237, 98,128,  3, 35,235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,128, 48,
+    251,236,229,243,115,  2, 74,186, 74,190,105,128,  1, 49,106,129,
+    246,190, 74,196,243,244,242,239,235,229,232,239,239,107,128,  2,
+    132,237,225,244,104,128, 34,197,244,229,228,227,233,242,227,236,
+    101,128, 37,204,245,226,236,229,249,239,228,240,225,244,225,104,
+    129,251, 31, 74,245,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,251, 31,247,238,
+    244,225,227,107,  2, 75,  9, 75, 20,226,229,236,239,247,227,237,
+     98,128,  3, 30,237,239,100,128,  2,213,240,225,242,229,110,128,
+     36,159,243,245,240,229,242,233,239,114,128,246,235,116,  2, 75,
+     51, 75, 57,225,233,108,128,  2, 86,239,240,226,225,114,128,  1,
+    140,117,  2, 75, 71, 75, 82,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128,
+     48,101,235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,128, 48,197,122,132,  1,
+    243, 75,105, 75,114, 75,133, 75,170,225,236,244,239,238,101,128,
+      2,163, 99,  2, 75,120, 75,127,225,242,239,110,128,  1,198,245,
+    242,108,128,  2,165,101,  2, 75,139, 75,159,225,226,235,232,225,
+    243,233,225,238,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,225,227,
+    249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 85,232,229,227,249,242,233,
+    236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 95,101,151,  0,101, 75,233, 75,252, 76,
+     30, 77,  4, 77, 66, 77, 99, 77,111, 77,134, 77,187, 79, 43, 79,
+    101, 79,203, 80, 63, 80,198, 81, 17, 81, 48, 81,110, 81,163, 82,
+     98, 82,231, 82,251, 83, 39, 83,130, 97,  2, 75,239, 75,246,227,
+    245,244,101,128,  0,233,242,244,104,128, 38, 65, 98,  3, 76,  4,
+     76, 13, 76, 23,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,143,239,240,239,
+    237,239,230,111,128, 49, 28,242,229,246,101,128,  1, 21, 99,  5,
+     76, 42, 76,115, 76,129, 76,161, 76,250, 97,  2, 76, 48, 76,109,
+    238,228,242, 97,  3, 76, 59, 76, 66, 76, 77,228,229,246, 97,128,
+      9, 13,231,245,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,141,246,239,247,
+    229,236,243,233,231,110,  2, 76, 91, 76, 98,228,229,246, 97,128,
+      9, 69,231,245,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,197,242,239,110,
+    128,  1, 27,229,228,233,236,236,225,226,242,229,246,101,128, 30,
+     29,104,  2, 76,135, 76,146,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,
+      5,101,249,233,247,238,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5,
+    135,233,242, 99,  2, 76,169, 76,174,236,101,128, 36,212,245,237,
+    230,236,229,120,134,  0,234, 76,195, 76,203, 76,211, 76,222, 76,
+    230, 76,242,225,227,245,244,101,128, 30,191,226,229,236,239,119,
+    128, 30, 25,228,239,244,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30,199,231,242,
+    225,246,101,128, 30,193,232,239,239,235,225,226,239,246,101,128,
+     30,195,244,233,236,228,101,128, 30,197,249,242,233,236,236,233,
+     99,128,  4, 84,100,  4, 77, 14, 77, 24, 77, 30, 77, 40,226,236,
+    231,242,225,246,101,128,  2,  5,229,246, 97,128,  9, 15,233,229,
+    242,229,243,233,115,128,  0,235,239,116,130,  1, 23, 77, 49, 77,
+     58,225,227,227,229,238,116,128,  1, 23,226,229,236,239,119,128,
+     30,185,101,  2, 77, 72, 77, 83,231,245,242,237,245,235,232,105,
+    128, 10, 15,237,225,244,242,225,231,245,242,237,245,235,232,105,
+    128, 10, 71,230,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 68,103,
+      2, 77,117, 77,124,242,225,246,101,128,  0,232,245,234,225,242,
+    225,244,105,128, 10,143,104,  4, 77,144, 77,155, 77,166, 77,176,
+    225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5,103,226,239,240,239,237,
+    239,230,111,128, 49, 29,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48, 72,
+    239,239,235,225,226,239,246,101,128, 30,187,105,  4, 77,197, 77,
+    208, 79, 10, 79, 25,226,239,240,239,237,239,230,111,128, 49, 31,
+    231,232,116,142,  0, 56, 77,242, 77,251, 78,  5, 78, 35, 78, 42,
+     78, 80, 78,105, 78,150, 78,184, 78,196, 78,207, 78,240, 78,248,
+     79,  3,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6,104,226,229,238,231,225,
+    236,105,128,  9,238,227,233,242,227,236,101,129, 36,103, 78, 16,
+    233,238,246,229,242,243,229,243,225,238,243,243,229,242,233,102,
+    128, 39,145,228,229,246, 97,128,  9,110,229,229,110,  2, 78, 50,
+     78, 59,227,233,242,227,236,101,128, 36,113,112,  2, 78, 65, 78,
+     72,225,242,229,110,128, 36,133,229,242,233,239,100,128, 36,153,
+    231,117,  2, 78, 87, 78, 96,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,238,
+    242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10,110,104,  2, 78,111, 78,137, 97,
+      2, 78,117, 78,128,227,235,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6,104,
+    238,231,250,232,239,117,128, 48, 40,238,239,244,229,226,229,225,
+    237,229,100,128, 38,107,105,  2, 78,156, 78,174,228,229,239,231,
+    242,225,240,232,233,227,240,225,242,229,110,128, 50, 39,238,230,
+    229,242,233,239,114,128, 32,136,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,
+    101,128,255, 24,239,236,228,243,244,249,236,101,128,247, 56,112,
+      2, 78,213, 78,220,225,242,229,110,128, 36,123,229,114,  2, 78,
+    227, 78,233,233,239,100,128, 36,143,243,233,225,110,128,  6,248,
+    242,239,237,225,110,128, 33,119,243,245,240,229,242,233,239,114,
+    128, 32,120,244,232,225,105,128, 14, 88,238,246,229,242,244,229,
+    228,226,242,229,246,101,128,  2,  7,239,244,233,230,233,229,228,
+    227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,101,107,  2, 79, 49, 79,
+     73,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,168, 79, 61,232,225,236,
+    230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,116,111,  2, 79, 79, 79, 94,238,
+    235,225,242,231,245,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10,116,242,229,
+    225,110,128, 49, 84,108,  3, 79,109, 79,120, 79,181,227,249,242,
+    233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 59,101,  2, 79,126, 79,133,237,229,
+    238,116,128, 34,  8,246,229,110,  3, 79,143, 79,152, 79,173,227,
+    233,242,227,236,101,128, 36,106,112,  2, 79,158, 79,165,225,242,
+    229,110,128, 36,126,229,242,233,239,100,128, 36,146,242,239,237,
+    225,110,128, 33,122,236,233,240,243,233,115,129, 32, 38, 79,192,
+    246,229,242,244,233,227,225,108,128, 34,238,109,  5, 79,215, 79,
+    243, 79,254, 80, 18, 80, 29,225,227,242,239,110,130,  1, 19, 79,
+    227, 79,235,225,227,245,244,101,128, 30, 23,231,242,225,246,101,
+    128, 30, 21,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 60,228,225,
+    243,104,129, 32, 20, 80,  7,246,229,242,244,233,227,225,108,128,
+    254, 49,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 69,112,  2, 80,
+     35, 80, 55,232,225,243,233,243,237,225,242,235,225,242,237,229,
+    238,233,225,110,128,  5, 91,244,249,243,229,116,128, 34,  5,110,
+      6, 80, 77, 80, 88, 80, 99, 80,143, 80,175, 80,190,226,239,240,
+    239,237,239,230,111,128, 49, 35,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,
+    128,  4, 61,100,  2, 80,105, 80,124,225,243,104,129, 32, 19, 80,
+    113,246,229,242,244,233,227,225,108,128,254, 50,229,243,227,229,
+    238,228,229,242,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,163,103,
+    130,  1, 75, 80,151, 80,162,226,239,240,239,237,239,230,111,128,
+     49, 37,232,229,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,165,232,
+    239,239,235,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,200,243,240,
+    225,227,101,128, 32,  2,111,  3, 80,206, 80,214, 80,223,231,239,
+    238,229,107,128,  1, 25,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49, 83,240,
+    229,110,130,  2, 91, 80,233, 80,242,227,236,239,243,229,100,128,
+      2,154,242,229,246,229,242,243,229,100,130,  2, 92, 81,  1, 81,
+     10,227,236,239,243,229,100,128,  2, 94,232,239,239,107,128,  2,
+     93,112,  2, 81, 23, 81, 30,225,242,229,110,128, 36,160,243,233,
+    236,239,110,129,  3,181, 81, 40,244,239,238,239,115,128,  3,173,
+    241,117,  2, 81, 55, 81, 99,225,108,130,  0, 61, 81, 64, 81, 76,
+    237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 29,115,  2, 81, 82,
+     81, 89,237,225,236,108,128,254,102,245,240,229,242,233,239,114,
+    128, 32,124,233,246,225,236,229,238,227,101,128, 34, 97,114,  3,
+     81,118, 81,129, 81,140,226,239,240,239,237,239,230,111,128, 49,
+     38,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 64,229,246,229,242,
+    243,229,100,129,  2, 88, 81,152,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,
+    128,  4, 77,115,  6, 81,177, 81,188, 81,208, 82, 33, 82, 78, 82,
+     88,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 65,228,229,243,227,
+    229,238,228,229,242,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,171,
+    104,132,  2,131, 81,220, 81,227, 82,  2, 82, 17,227,245,242,108,
+    128,  2,134,239,242,116,  2, 81,235, 81,242,228,229,246, 97,128,
+      9, 14,246,239,247,229,236,243,233,231,238,228,229,246, 97,128,
+      9, 70,242,229,246,229,242,243,229,228,236,239,239,112,128,  1,
+    170,243,241,245,225,244,242,229,246,229,242,243,229,100,128,  2,
+    133,237,225,236,108,  2, 82, 42, 82, 53,232,233,242,225,231,225,
+    238, 97,128, 48, 71,235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,167,
+     82, 66,232,225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,106,244,233,
+    237,225,244,229,100,128, 33, 46,245,240,229,242,233,239,114,128,
+    246,236,116,  5, 82,110, 82,136, 82,140, 82,157, 82,223, 97,130,
+      3,183, 82,118, 82,128,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5,104,
+    244,239,238,239,115,128,  3,174,104,128,  0,240,233,236,228,101,
+    129, 30,189, 82,149,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30, 27,238,225,232,
+    244, 97,  3, 82,169, 82,201, 82,210,230,239,245,235,104,  2, 82,
+    179, 82,188,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,145,236,229,230,244,
+    232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,145,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,
+      5,145,236,229,230,244,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,145,245,
+    242,238,229,100,128,  1,221,117,  2, 82,237, 82,246,235,239,242,
+    229,225,110,128, 49, 97,242,111,128, 32,172,246,239,247,229,236,
+    243,233,231,110,  3, 83, 11, 83, 21, 83, 28,226,229,238,231,225,
+    236,105,128,  9,199,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 71,231,245,234,225,
+    242,225,244,105,128, 10,199,120,  2, 83, 45, 83,118,227,236,225,
+    109,132,  0, 33, 83, 60, 83, 71, 83, 98, 83,110,225,242,237,229,
+    238,233,225,110,128,  5, 92,100,  2, 83, 77, 83, 82,226,108,128,
+     32, 60,239,247,110,129,  0,161, 83, 90,243,237,225,236,108,128,
+    247,161,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255,  1,243,237,
+    225,236,108,128,247, 33,233,243,244,229,238,244,233,225,108,128,
+     34,  3,250,104,131,  2,146, 83,141, 83,160, 83,171, 99,  2, 83,
+    147, 83,154,225,242,239,110,128,  1,239,245,242,108,128,  2,147,
+    242,229,246,229,242,243,229,100,128,  1,185,244,225,233,108,128,
+      1,186,102,140,  0,102, 83,206, 84, 32, 84, 43, 84, 52, 84, 64,
+     84,167, 84,183, 86,191, 86,204, 86,230, 88,107, 88,115, 97,  4,
+     83,216, 83,223, 83,234, 83,245,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 94,231,
+    245,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10, 94,232,242,229,238,232,229,
+    233,116,128, 33,  9,244,232, 97,  3, 83,255, 84,  8, 84, 20,225,
+    242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 78,236,239,247,225,242,225,226,233,
+     99,128,  6, 78,244,225,238,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 75,
+    226,239,240,239,237,239,230,111,128, 49,  8,227,233,242,227,236,
+    101,128, 36,213,228,239,244,225,227,227,229,238,116,128, 30, 31,
+    101,  3, 84, 72, 84,150, 84,160,104,  4, 84, 82, 84,105, 84,119,
+     84,135,225,114,  2, 84, 89, 84, 96,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 65,
+    237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5,134,230,233,238,225,236,225,242,
+    225,226,233, 99,128,254,210,233,238,233,244,233,225,236,225,242,
+    225,226,233, 99,128,254,211,237,229,228,233,225,236,225,242,225,
+    226,233, 99,128,254,212,233,227,239,240,244,233, 99,128,  3,229,
+    237,225,236,101,128, 38, 64,102,130,251,  0, 84,175, 84,179,105,
+    128,251,  3,108,128,251,  4,105,136,251,  1, 84,203, 84,243, 84,
+    254, 85, 20, 85,142, 85,159, 85,167, 85,180,230,244,229,229,110,
+      2, 84,213, 84,222,227,233,242,227,236,101,128, 36,110,112,  2,
+     84,228, 84,235,225,242,229,110,128, 36,130,229,242,233,239,100,
+    128, 36,150,231,245,242,229,228,225,243,104,128, 32, 18,236,236,
+    229,100,  2, 85,  7, 85, 13,226,239,120,128, 37,160,242,229,227,
+    116,128, 37,172,238,225,108,  5, 85, 34, 85, 73, 85, 90, 85,107,
+     85,123,235,225,102,130,  5,218, 85, 44, 85, 64,228,225,231,229,
+    243,104,129,251, 58, 85, 55,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,251, 58,
+    232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,218,237,229,109,129,  5,221, 85,
+     81,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,221,238,245,110,129,  5,223,
+     85, 98,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,223,240,101,129,  5,227,
+     85,114,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,227,244,243,225,228,105,
+    129,  5,229, 85,133,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,229,242,243,
+    244,244,239,238,229,227,232,233,238,229,243,101,128,  2,201,243,
+    232,229,249,101,128, 37,201,244,225,227,249,242,233,236,236,233,
+     99,128,  4,115,246,101,142,  0, 53, 85,213, 85,222, 85,232, 86,
+      6, 86, 13, 86, 23, 86, 48, 86, 75, 86,109, 86,121, 86,132, 86,
+    165, 86,173, 86,184,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6,101,226,229,
+    238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,235,227,233,242,227,236,101,129, 36,
+    100, 85,243,233,238,246,229,242,243,229,243,225,238,243,243,229,
+    242,233,102,128, 39,142,228,229,246, 97,128,  9,107,229,233,231,
+    232,244,232,115,128, 33, 93,231,117,  2, 86, 30, 86, 39,234,225,
+    242,225,244,105,128, 10,235,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10,107,
+    232, 97,  2, 86, 55, 86, 66,227,235,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,
+      6,101,238,231,250,232,239,117,128, 48, 37,105,  2, 86, 81, 86,
+     99,228,229,239,231,242,225,240,232,233,227,240,225,242,229,110,
+    128, 50, 36,238,230,229,242,233,239,114,128, 32,133,237,239,238,
+    239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 21,239,236,228,243,244,249,236,
+    101,128,247, 53,112,  2, 86,138, 86,145,225,242,229,110,128, 36,
+    120,229,114,  2, 86,152, 86,158,233,239,100,128, 36,140,243,233,
+    225,110,128,  6,245,242,239,237,225,110,128, 33,116,243,245,240,
+    229,242,233,239,114,128, 32,117,244,232,225,105,128, 14, 85,108,
+    129,251,  2, 86,197,239,242,233,110,128,  1,146,109,  2, 86,210,
+     86,221,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 70,243,241,245,
+    225,242,101,128, 51,153,111,  4, 86,240, 87,  6, 87, 18, 87, 25,
+    230, 97,  2, 86,247, 86,255,238,244,232,225,105,128, 14, 31,244,
+    232,225,105,128, 14, 29,238,231,237,225,238,244,232,225,105,128,
+     14, 79,242,225,236,108,128, 34,  0,245,114,142,  0, 52, 87, 58,
+     87, 67, 87, 77, 87,107, 87,114, 87,139, 87,166, 87,200, 87,212,
+     87,231, 87,242, 88, 19, 88, 27, 88, 38,225,242,225,226,233, 99,
+    128,  6,100,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,234,227,233,242,
+    227,236,101,129, 36, 99, 87, 88,233,238,246,229,242,243,229,243,
+    225,238,243,243,229,242,233,102,128, 39,141,228,229,246, 97,128,
+      9,106,231,117,  2, 87,121, 87,130,234,225,242,225,244,105,128,
+     10,234,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10,106,232, 97,  2, 87,146,
+     87,157,227,235,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6,100,238,231,250,
+    232,239,117,128, 48, 36,105,  2, 87,172, 87,190,228,229,239,231,
+    242,225,240,232,233,227,240,225,242,229,110,128, 50, 35,238,230,
+    229,242,233,239,114,128, 32,132,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,
+    101,128,255, 20,238,245,237,229,242,225,244,239,242,226,229,238,
+    231,225,236,105,128,  9,247,239,236,228,243,244,249,236,101,128,
+    247, 52,112,  2, 87,248, 87,255,225,242,229,110,128, 36,119,229,
+    114,  2, 88,  6, 88, 12,233,239,100,128, 36,139,243,233,225,110,
+    128,  6,244,242,239,237,225,110,128, 33,115,243,245,240,229,242,
+    233,239,114,128, 32,116,116,  2, 88, 44, 88, 82,229,229,110,  2,
+     88, 52, 88, 61,227,233,242,227,236,101,128, 36,109,112,  2, 88,
+     67, 88, 74,225,242,229,110,128, 36,129,229,242,233,239,100,128,
+     36,149,104,  2, 88, 88, 88, 93,225,105,128, 14, 84,244,239,238,
+    229,227,232,233,238,229,243,101,128,  2,203,240,225,242,229,110,
+    128, 36,161,242, 97,  2, 88,122, 88,130,227,244,233,239,110,128,
+     32, 68,238, 99,128, 32,163,103,144,  0,103, 88,171, 89,117, 89,
+    140, 89,201, 89,218, 90,139, 91,132, 91,217, 91,230, 92, 88, 92,
+    113, 92,141, 92,163, 93,108, 93,130, 93,232, 97,  9, 88,191, 88,
+    201, 88,208, 88,215, 89, 23, 89, 48, 89, 59, 89, 70, 89,104,226,
+    229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,151,227,245,244,101,128,  1,245,
+    228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 23,102,  4, 88,225, 88,234, 88,248, 89,
+      8,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6,175,230,233,238,225,236,225,
+    242,225,226,233, 99,128,251,147,233,238,233,244,233,225,236,225,
+    242,225,226,233, 99,128,251,148,237,229,228,233,225,236,225,242,
+    225,226,233, 99,128,251,149,231,117,  2, 89, 30, 89, 39,234,225,
+    242,225,244,105,128, 10,151,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10, 23,
+    232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48, 76,235,225,244,225,235,
+    225,238, 97,128, 48,172,237,237, 97,130,  3,179, 89, 80, 89, 93,
+    236,225,244,233,238,243,237,225,236,108,128,  2, 99,243,245,240,
+    229,242,233,239,114,128,  2,224,238,231,233,225,227,239,240,244,
+    233, 99,128,  3,235, 98,  2, 89,123, 89,133,239,240,239,237,239,
+    230,111,128, 49, 13,242,229,246,101,128,  1, 31, 99,  4, 89,150,
+     89,157, 89,166, 89,188,225,242,239,110,128,  1,231,229,228,233,
+    236,236, 97,128,  1, 35,233,242, 99,  2, 89,174, 89,179,236,101,
+    128, 36,214,245,237,230,236,229,120,128,  1, 29,239,237,237,225,
+    225,227,227,229,238,116,128,  1, 35,228,239,116,129,  1, 33, 89,
+    209,225,227,227,229,238,116,128,  1, 33,101,  6, 89,232, 89,243,
+     89,254, 90,  9, 90, 28, 90,130,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,
+    128,  4, 51,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48, 82,235,225,
+    244,225,235,225,238, 97,128, 48,178,239,237,229,244,242,233,227,
+    225,236,236,249,229,241,245,225,108,128, 34, 81,114,  3, 90, 36,
+     90, 85, 90, 95,229,243,104,  3, 90, 46, 90, 61, 90, 70,225,227,
+    227,229,238,244,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,156,232,229,226,
+    242,229,119,128,  5,243,237,245,241,228,225,237,232,229,226,242,
+    229,119,128,  5,157,237,225,238,228,226,236,115,128,  0,223,243,
+    232,225,249,233,109,  2, 90,106, 90,121,225,227,227,229,238,244,
+    232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,158,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,
+      5,244,244,225,237,225,242,107,128, 48, 19,104,  5, 90,151, 91,
+     28, 91, 91, 91,116, 91,122, 97,  4, 90,161, 90,171, 90,194, 90,
+    219,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,152,100,  2, 90,177, 90,
+    188,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5,114,229,246, 97,128,
+      9, 24,231,117,  2, 90,201, 90,210,234,225,242,225,244,105,128,
+     10,152,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10, 24,233,110,  4, 90,230,
+     90,239, 90,253, 91, 13,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 58,230,
+    233,238,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,206,233,238,233,
+    244,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,207,237,229,228,
+    233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,208,101,  3, 91, 36,
+     91, 57, 91, 74,237,233,228,228,236,229,232,239,239,235,227,249,
+    242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,149,243,244,242,239,235,229,227,
+    249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,147,245,240,244,245,242,238,
+    227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,145,232, 97,  2, 91, 98,
+     91,105,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 90,231,245,242,237,245,235,232,
+    105,128, 10, 90,239,239,107,128,  2, 96,250,243,241,245,225,242,
+    101,128, 51,147,105,  3, 91,140, 91,151, 91,162,232,233,242,225,
+    231,225,238, 97,128, 48, 78,235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,128,
+     48,174,109,  2, 91,168, 91,179,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,
+    128,  5, 99,229,108,130,  5,210, 91,188, 91,208,228,225,231,229,
+    243,104,129,251, 50, 91,199,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,251, 50,
+    232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,210,234,229,227,249,242,233,236,
+    236,233, 99,128,  4, 83,236,239,244,244,225,108,  2, 91,241, 92,
+      2,233,238,246,229,242,244,229,228,243,244,242,239,235,101,128,
+      1,190,243,244,239,112,132,  2,148, 92, 17, 92, 28, 92, 34, 92,
+     66,233,238,246,229,242,244,229,100,128,  2,150,237,239,100,128,
+      2,192,242,229,246,229,242,243,229,100,130,  2,149, 92, 49, 92,
+     55,237,239,100,128,  2,193,243,245,240,229,242,233,239,114,128,
+      2,228,243,244,242,239,235,101,129,  2,161, 92, 77,242,229,246,
+    229,242,243,229,100,128,  2,162,109,  2, 92, 94, 92,102,225,227,
+    242,239,110,128, 30, 33,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255,
+     71,111,  2, 92,119, 92,130,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128,
+     48, 84,235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,128, 48,180,240, 97,  2,
+     92,148, 92,154,242,229,110,128, 36,162,243,241,245,225,242,101,
+    128, 51,172,114,  2, 92,169, 93, 10, 97,  2, 92,175, 92,183,228,
+    233,229,238,116,128, 34,  7,246,101,134,  0, 96, 92,200, 92,211,
+     92,228, 92,235, 92,244, 93,  0,226,229,236,239,247,227,237, 98,
+    128,  3, 22, 99,  2, 92,217, 92,222,237, 98,128,  3,  0,239,237,
+     98,128,  3,  0,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 83,236,239,247,237,239,
+    100,128,  2,206,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 64,
+    244,239,238,229,227,237, 98,128,  3, 64,229,225,244,229,114,132,
+      0, 62, 93, 26, 93, 45, 93, 57, 93,100,229,241,245,225,108,129,
+     34,101, 93, 36,239,242,236,229,243,115,128, 34,219,237,239,238,
+    239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 30,111,  2, 93, 63, 93, 89,114,
+      2, 93, 69, 93, 82,229,241,245,233,246,225,236,229,238,116,128,
+     34,115,236,229,243,115,128, 34,119,246,229,242,229,241,245,225,
+    108,128, 34,103,243,237,225,236,108,128,254,101,115,  2, 93,114,
+     93,122,227,242,233,240,116,128,  2, 97,244,242,239,235,101,128,
+      1,229,117,  4, 93,140, 93,151, 93,208, 93,219,232,233,242,225,
+    231,225,238, 97,128, 48, 80,233,108,  2, 93,158, 93,183,236,229,
+    237,239,116,  2, 93,168, 93,175,236,229,230,116,128,  0,171,242,
+    233,231,232,116,128,  0,187,243,233,238,231,108,  2, 93,193, 93,
+    200,236,229,230,116,128, 32, 57,242,233,231,232,116,128, 32, 58,
+    235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,128, 48,176,242,225,237,245,243,
+    241,245,225,242,101,128, 51, 24,249,243,241,245,225,242,101,128,
+     51,201,104,144,  0,104, 94, 22, 96,164, 96,199, 96,236, 97, 20,
+     98,164, 98,184, 99,149, 99,161, 99,173,100,241,100,249,101,  4,
+    101, 13,101, 93,101, 97, 97, 13, 94, 50, 94, 89, 94, 99, 94,129,
+     94,154, 94,232, 94,244, 95, 13, 95, 28, 95, 57, 95, 70, 95,128,
+     95,137, 97,  2, 94, 56, 94, 75,226,235,232,225,243,233,225,238,
+    227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,169,236,244,239,238,229,
+    225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6,193,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,
+    128,  9,185,228,101,  2, 94,106, 94,124,243,227,229,238,228,229,
+    242,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,179,246, 97,128,  9,
+     57,231,117,  2, 94,136, 94,145,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,
+    185,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10, 57,104,  4, 94,164, 94,173,
+     94,187, 94,217,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 45,230,233,238,
+    225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,162,105,  2, 94,193, 94,
+    208,238,233,244,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,163,
+    242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,111,237,229,228,233,225,236,225,
+    242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,164,233,244,245,243,241,245,225,242,
+    101,128, 51, 42,235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,207, 95,
+      1,232,225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,138,236,225,238,
+    244,231,245,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10, 77,237,250, 97,  2,
+     95, 36, 95, 45,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 33,236,239,247,
+    225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 33,238,231,245,236,230,233,236,
+    236,229,114,128, 49,100,114,  2, 95, 76, 95, 92,228,243,233,231,
+    238,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 74,240,239,239,110,
+      2, 95,101, 95,114,236,229,230,244,226,225,242,226,245,112,128,
+     33,188,242,233,231,232,244,226,225,242,226,245,112,128, 33,192,
+    243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,202,244,225,102,  3, 95,147, 95,
+    239, 96, 74,240,225,244,225,104,134,  5,178, 95,167, 95,172, 95,
+    186, 95,195, 95,210, 95,226,177, 54,128,  5,178, 50,  2, 95,178,
+     95,182, 51,128,  5,178,102,128,  5,178,232,229,226,242,229,119,
+    128,  5,178,238,225,242,242,239,247,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,
+      5,178,241,245,225,242,244,229,242,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,
+      5,178,247,233,228,229,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,178,241,
+    225,237,225,244,115,135,  5,179, 96,  6, 96, 11, 96, 16, 96, 21,
+     96, 30, 96, 45, 96, 61,177, 98,128,  5,179,178, 56,128,  5,179,
+    179, 52,128,  5,179,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,179,238,225,
+    242,242,239,247,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,179,241,245,225,
+    242,244,229,242,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,179,247,233,228,
+    229,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,179,243,229,231,239,108,135,
+      5,177, 96, 96, 96,101, 96,106, 96,111, 96,120, 96,135, 96,151,
+    177, 55,128,  5,177,178, 52,128,  5,177,179, 48,128,  5,177,232,
+    229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,177,238,225,242,242,239,247,232,229,
+    226,242,229,119,128,  5,177,241,245,225,242,244,229,242,232,229,
+    226,242,229,119,128,  5,177,247,233,228,229,232,229,226,242,229,
+    119,128,  5,177, 98,  3, 96,172, 96,177, 96,187,225,114,128,  1,
+     39,239,240,239,237,239,230,111,128, 49, 15,242,229,246,229,226,
+    229,236,239,119,128, 30, 43, 99,  2, 96,205, 96,214,229,228,233,
+    236,236, 97,128, 30, 41,233,242, 99,  2, 96,222, 96,227,236,101,
+    128, 36,215,245,237,230,236,229,120,128,  1, 37,100,  2, 96,242,
+     96,252,233,229,242,229,243,233,115,128, 30, 39,239,116,  2, 97,
+      3, 97, 12,225,227,227,229,238,116,128, 30, 35,226,229,236,239,
+    119,128, 30, 37,101,136,  5,212, 97, 40, 97, 73, 97, 93, 98, 66,
+     98, 82, 98,127, 98,136, 98,149,225,242,116,129, 38,101, 97, 48,
+    243,245,233,116,  2, 97, 57, 97, 65,226,236,225,227,107,128, 38,
+    101,247,232,233,244,101,128, 38, 97,228,225,231,229,243,104,129,
+    251, 52, 97, 84,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,251, 52,104,  6, 97,
+    107, 97,135, 97,143, 97,193, 97,239, 98, 32, 97,  2, 97,113, 97,
+    127,236,244,239,238,229,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6,193,242,
+    225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 71,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,212,230,
+    233,238,225,236, 97,  2, 97,154, 97,185,236,116,  2, 97,161, 97,
+    173,239,238,229,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,251,167,244,247,239,
+    225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,234,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,
+    234,232,225,237,250,225,225,226,239,246,101,  2, 97,208, 97,222,
+    230,233,238,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,251,165,233,243,
+    239,236,225,244,229,228,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,251,164,105,
+      2, 97,245, 98, 23,238,233,244,233,225,236, 97,  2, 98,  1, 98,
+     15,236,244,239,238,229,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,251,168,242,
+    225,226,233, 99,128,254,235,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,120,
+    237,229,228,233,225,236, 97,  2, 98, 44, 98, 58,236,244,239,238,
+    229,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,251,169,242,225,226,233, 99,128,
+    254,236,233,243,229,233,229,242,225,243,241,245,225,242,101,128,
+     51,123,107,  2, 98, 88, 98,112,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129,
+     48,216, 98,100,232,225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,141,
+    245,244,225,225,242,245,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51, 54,238,
+    231,232,239,239,107,128,  2,103,242,245,244,245,243,241,245,225,
+    242,101,128, 51, 57,116,129,  5,215, 98,155,232,229,226,242,229,
+    119,128,  5,215,232,239,239,107,129,  2,102, 98,173,243,245,240,
+    229,242,233,239,114,128,  2,177,105,  4, 98,194, 99, 23, 99, 34,
+     99, 59,229,245,104,  4, 98,206, 98,241, 99,  0, 99,  9, 97,  2,
+     98,212, 98,227,227,233,242,227,236,229,235,239,242,229,225,110,
+    128, 50,123,240,225,242,229,238,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 50,
+     27,227,233,242,227,236,229,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 50,109,
+    235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49, 78,240,225,242,229,238,235,239,
+    242,229,225,110,128, 50, 13,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128,
+     48,114,235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,210, 99, 47,232,
+    225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,139,242,233,113,134,  5,
+    180, 99, 77, 99, 82, 99, 96, 99,105, 99,120, 99,136,177, 52,128,
+      5,180, 50,  2, 99, 88, 99, 92, 49,128,  5,180,100,128,  5,180,
+    232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,180,238,225,242,242,239,247,232,
+    229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,180,241,245,225,242,244,229,242,232,
+    229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,180,247,233,228,229,232,229,226,242,
+    229,119,128,  5,180,236,233,238,229,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30,
+    150,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 72,111,  9, 99,
+    193, 99,204, 99,228, 99,253,100, 85,100, 98,100,184,100,224,100,
+    235,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5,112,232,105,  2, 99,
+    211, 99,219,240,244,232,225,105,128, 14, 43,242,225,231,225,238,
+     97,128, 48,123,235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,219, 99,
+    241,232,225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,142,236,225,109,
+    135,  5,185,100, 17,100, 22,100, 27,100, 32,100, 41,100, 56,100,
+     72,177, 57,128,  5,185,178, 54,128,  5,185,179, 50,128,  5,185,
+    232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,185,238,225,242,242,239,247,232,
+    229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,185,241,245,225,242,244,229,242,232,
+    229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,185,247,233,228,229,232,229,226,242,
+    229,119,128,  5,185,238,239,235,232,245,235,244,232,225,105,128,
+     14, 46,111,  2,100,104,100,174,107,  4,100,114,100,126,100,132,
+    100,154,225,226,239,246,229,227,239,237, 98,128,  3,  9,227,237,
+     98,128,  3,  9,240,225,236,225,244,225,236,233,250,229,228,226,
+    229,236,239,247,227,237, 98,128,  3, 33,242,229,244,242,239,230,
+    236,229,248,226,229,236,239,247,227,237, 98,128,  3, 34,238,243,
+    241,245,225,242,101,128, 51, 66,114,  2,100,190,100,217,105,  2,
+    100,196,100,205,227,239,240,244,233, 99,128,  3,233,250,239,238,
+    244,225,236,226,225,114,128, 32, 21,238,227,237, 98,128,  3, 27,
+    244,243,240,242,233,238,231,115,128, 38,104,245,243,101,128, 35,
+      2,240,225,242,229,110,128, 36,163,243,245,240,229,242,233,239,
+    114,128,  2,176,244,245,242,238,229,100,128,  2,101,117,  4,101,
+     23,101, 34,101, 47,101, 72,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128,
+     48,117,233,233,244,239,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51, 51,235,
+    225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,213,101, 60,232,225,236,230,
+    247,233,228,244,104,128,255,140,238,231,225,242,245,237,236,225,
+    245,116,129,  2,221,101, 87,227,237, 98,128,  3, 11,118,128,  1,
+    149,249,240,232,229,110,132,  0, 45,101,113,101,124,101,136,101,
+    159,233,238,230,229,242,233,239,114,128,246,229,237,239,238,239,
+    243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 13,115,  2,101,142,101,149,237,225,
+    236,108,128,254, 99,245,240,229,242,233,239,114,128,246,230,244,
+    247,111,128, 32, 16,105,149,  0,105,101,211,101,234,102, 12,102,
+     59,105,197,106, 61,106, 98,106,125,107, 31,107, 35,107, 73,107,
+     95,107,179,108, 88,108,163,108,171,108,184,109, 15,109, 72,109,
+    100,109,144,225, 99,  2,101,218,101,224,245,244,101,128,  0,237,
+    249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 79, 98,  3,101,242,101,251,
+    102,  5,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,135,239,240,239,237,239,
+    230,111,128, 49, 39,242,229,246,101,128,  1, 45, 99,  3,102, 20,
+    102, 27,102, 49,225,242,239,110,128,  1,208,233,242, 99,  2,102,
+     35,102, 40,236,101,128, 36,216,245,237,230,236,229,120,128,  0,
+    238,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 86,100,  4,102, 69,102,
+     79,105,154,105,187,226,236,231,242,225,246,101,128,  2,  9,101,
+      2,102, 85,105,149,239,231,242,225,240,104,  7,102,106,102,120,
+    102,133,105, 62,105, 93,105,106,105,118,229,225,242,244,232,227,
+    233,242,227,236,101,128, 50,143,230,233,242,229,227,233,242,227,
+    236,101,128, 50,139,233, 99, 14,102,164,102,180,103, 23,103, 77,
+    103,143,103,172,103,188,103,245,104, 38,104, 50,104, 77,104,144,
+    105, 26,105, 55,225,236,236,233,225,238,227,229,240,225,242,229,
+    110,128, 50, 63, 99,  4,102,190,102,201,102,215,102,222,225,236,
+    236,240,225,242,229,110,128, 50, 58,229,238,244,242,229,227,233,
+    242,227,236,101,128, 50,165,236,239,243,101,128, 48,  6,111,  3,
+    102,230,102,245,103,  9,237,237, 97,129, 48,  1,102,238,236,229,
+    230,116,128,255,100,238,231,242,225,244,245,236,225,244,233,239,
+    238,240,225,242,229,110,128, 50, 55,242,242,229,227,244,227,233,
+    242,227,236,101,128, 50,163,101,  3,103, 31,103, 43,103, 60,225,
+    242,244,232,240,225,242,229,110,128, 50, 47,238,244,229,242,240,
+    242,233,243,229,240,225,242,229,110,128, 50, 61,248,227,229,236,
+    236,229,238,244,227,233,242,227,236,101,128, 50,157,102,  2,103,
+     83,103, 98,229,243,244,233,246,225,236,240,225,242,229,110,128,
+     50, 64,105,  2,103,104,103,133,238,225,238,227,233,225,108,  2,
+    103,116,103,125,227,233,242,227,236,101,128, 50,150,240,225,242,
+    229,110,128, 50, 54,242,229,240,225,242,229,110,128, 50, 43,104,
+      2,103,149,103,160,225,246,229,240,225,242,229,110,128, 50, 50,
+    233,231,232,227,233,242,227,236,101,128, 50,164,233,244,229,242,
+    225,244,233,239,238,237,225,242,107,128, 48,  5,108,  3,103,196,
+    103,222,103,234,225,226,239,114,  2,103,205,103,214,227,233,242,
+    227,236,101,128, 50,152,240,225,242,229,110,128, 50, 56,229,230,
+    244,227,233,242,227,236,101,128, 50,167,239,247,227,233,242,227,
+    236,101,128, 50,166,109,  2,103,251,104, 27,101,  2,104,  1,104,
+     16,228,233,227,233,238,229,227,233,242,227,236,101,128, 50,169,
+    244,225,236,240,225,242,229,110,128, 50, 46,239,239,238,240,225,
+    242,229,110,128, 50, 42,238,225,237,229,240,225,242,229,110,128,
+     50, 52,112,  2,104, 56,104, 64,229,242,233,239,100,128, 48,  2,
+    242,233,238,244,227,233,242,227,236,101,128, 50,158,114,  2,104,
+     83,104,131,101,  3,104, 91,104,102,104,117,225,227,232,240,225,
+    242,229,110,128, 50, 67,240,242,229,243,229,238,244,240,225,242,
+    229,110,128, 50, 57,243,239,245,242,227,229,240,225,242,229,110,
+    128, 50, 62,233,231,232,244,227,233,242,227,236,101,128, 50,168,
+    115,  5,104,156,104,185,104,199,104,224,104,252,101,  2,104,162,
+    104,175,227,242,229,244,227,233,242,227,236,101,128, 50,153,236,
+    230,240,225,242,229,110,128, 50, 66,239,227,233,229,244,249,240,
+    225,242,229,110,128, 50, 51,112,  2,104,205,104,211,225,227,101,
+    128, 48,  0,229,227,233,225,236,240,225,242,229,110,128, 50, 53,
+    116,  2,104,230,104,241,239,227,235,240,225,242,229,110,128, 50,
+     49,245,228,249,240,225,242,229,110,128, 50, 59,117,  2,105,  2,
+    105, 11,238,240,225,242,229,110,128, 50, 48,240,229,242,246,233,
+    243,229,240,225,242,229,110,128, 50, 60,119,  2,105, 32,105, 44,
+    225,244,229,242,240,225,242,229,110,128, 50, 44,239,239,228,240,
+    225,242,229,110,128, 50, 45,250,229,242,111,128, 48,  7,109,  2,
+    105, 68,105, 81,229,244,225,236,227,233,242,227,236,101,128, 50,
+    142,239,239,238,227,233,242,227,236,101,128, 50,138,238,225,237,
+    229,227,233,242,227,236,101,128, 50,148,243,245,238,227,233,242,
+    227,236,101,128, 50,144,119,  2,105,124,105,137,225,244,229,242,
+    227,233,242,227,236,101,128, 50,140,239,239,228,227,233,242,227,
+    236,101,128, 50,141,246, 97,128,  9,  7,233,229,242,229,243,233,
+    115,130,  0,239,105,168,105,176,225,227,245,244,101,128, 30, 47,
+    227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,229,239,244,226,229,236,
+    239,119,128, 30,203,101,  3,105,205,105,221,105,232,226,242,229,
+    246,229,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,215,227,249,242,
+    233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 53,245,238,103,  4,105,244,106, 23,
+    106, 38,106, 47, 97,  2,105,250,106,  9,227,233,242,227,236,229,
+    235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 50,117,240,225,242,229,238,235,239,
+    242,229,225,110,128, 50, 21,227,233,242,227,236,229,235,239,242,
+    229,225,110,128, 50,103,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49, 71,240,
+    225,242,229,238,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 50,  7,103,  2,106,
+     67,106, 74,242,225,246,101,128,  0,236,117,  2,106, 80,106, 89,
+    234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,135,242,237,245,235,232,105,128,
+     10,  7,104,  2,106,104,106,114,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128,
+     48, 68,239,239,235,225,226,239,246,101,128, 30,201,105,  8,106,
+    143,106,153,106,164,106,171,106,196,106,212,106,227,106,243,226,
+    229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,136,227,249,242,233,236,236,233,
+     99,128,  4, 56,228,229,246, 97,128,  9,  8,231,117,  2,106,178,
+    106,187,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,136,242,237,245,235,232,
+    105,128, 10,  8,237,225,244,242,225,231,245,242,237,245,235,232,
+    105,128, 10, 64,238,246,229,242,244,229,228,226,242,229,246,101,
+    128,  2, 11,243,232,239,242,244,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,
+    128,  4, 57,246,239,247,229,236,243,233,231,110,  3,107,  3,107,
+     13,107, 20,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,192,228,229,246,
+     97,128,  9, 64,231,245,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,192,106,
+    128,  1, 51,107,  2,107, 41,107, 65,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,
+    129, 48,164,107, 53,232,225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,
+    114,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49, 99,108,  2,107, 79,107, 84,228,
+    101,128,  2,220,245,249,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,172,109,
+      2,107,101,107,168, 97,  3,107,109,107,129,107,154,227,242,239,
+    110,129,  1, 43,107,118,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,
+    227,231,229,239,242,225,240,240,242,239,248,233,237,225,244,229,
+    236,249,229,241,245,225,108,128, 34, 83,244,242,225,231,245,242,
+    237,245,235,232,105,128, 10, 63,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,
+    128,255, 73,110,  5,107,191,107,201,107,210,107,222,108, 50,227,
+    242,229,237,229,238,116,128, 34,  6,230,233,238,233,244,121,128,
+     34, 30,233,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5,107,116,  2,
+    107,228,108, 40,101,  2,107,234,108, 29,231,242,225,108,131, 34,
+     43,107,247,108,  9,108, 14, 98,  2,107,253,108,  5,239,244,244,
+    239,109,128, 35, 33,116,128, 35, 33,229,120,128,248,245,116,  2,
+    108, 20,108, 25,239,112,128, 35, 32,112,128, 35, 32,242,243,229,
+    227,244,233,239,110,128, 34, 41,233,243,241,245,225,242,101,128,
+     51,  5,118,  3,108, 58,108, 67,108, 76,226,245,236,236,229,116,
+    128, 37,216,227,233,242,227,236,101,128, 37,217,243,237,233,236,
+    229,230,225,227,101,128, 38, 59,111,  3,108, 96,108,107,108,115,
+    227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 81,231,239,238,229,107,
+    128,  1, 47,244, 97,131,  3,185,108,126,108,147,108,155,228,233,
+    229,242,229,243,233,115,129,  3,202,108,139,244,239,238,239,115,
+    128,  3,144,236,225,244,233,110,128,  2,105,244,239,238,239,115,
+    128,  3,175,240,225,242,229,110,128, 36,164,242,233,231,245,242,
+    237,245,235,232,105,128, 10,114,115,  4,108,194,108,239,108,253,
+    109,  5,237,225,236,108,  2,108,203,108,214,232,233,242,225,231,
+    225,238, 97,128, 48, 67,235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,
+    163,108,227,232,225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,104,243,
+    232,225,242,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,250,244,242,239,
+    235,101,128,  2,104,245,240,229,242,233,239,114,128,246,237,116,
+      2,109, 21,109, 55,229,242,225,244,233,239,110,  2,109, 33,109,
+     44,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,157,235,225,244,225,
+    235,225,238, 97,128, 48,253,233,236,228,101,129,  1, 41,109, 64,
+    226,229,236,239,119,128, 30, 45,117,  2,109, 78,109, 89,226,239,
+    240,239,237,239,230,111,128, 49, 41,227,249,242,233,236,236,233,
+     99,128,  4, 78,246,239,247,229,236,243,233,231,110,  3,109,116,
+    109,126,109,133,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,191,228,229,
+    246, 97,128,  9, 63,231,245,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,191,
+    250,232,233,244,243, 97,  2,109,155,109,166,227,249,242,233,236,
+    236,233, 99,128,  4,117,228,226,236,231,242,225,246,229,227,249,
+    242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,119,106,138,  0,106,109,209,110,
+     16,110, 27,110, 77,110, 93,110,206,111, 19,111, 24,111, 36,111,
+     44, 97,  4,109,219,109,230,109,240,109,247,225,242,237,229,238,
+    233,225,110,128,  5,113,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,156,
+    228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 28,231,117,  2,109,254,110,  7,234,225,
+    242,225,244,105,128, 10,156,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10, 28,
+    226,239,240,239,237,239,230,111,128, 49, 16, 99,  3,110, 35,110,
+     42,110, 64,225,242,239,110,128,  1,240,233,242, 99,  2,110, 50,
+    110, 55,236,101,128, 36,217,245,237,230,236,229,120,128,  1, 53,
+    242,239,243,243,229,228,244,225,233,108,128,  2,157,228,239,244,
+    236,229,243,243,243,244,242,239,235,101,128,  2, 95,101,  3,110,
+    101,110,112,110,177,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 88,
+    229,109,  4,110,123,110,132,110,146,110,162,225,242,225,226,233,
+     99,128,  6, 44,230,233,238,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,
+    254,158,233,238,233,244,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,
+    254,159,237,229,228,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,
+    160,104,  2,110,183,110,192,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6,152,
+    230,233,238,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,251,139,104,  2,
+    110,212,111,  6, 97,  3,110,220,110,230,110,237,226,229,238,231,
+    225,236,105,128,  9,157,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 29,231,117,  2,
+    110,244,110,253,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,157,242,237,245,
+    235,232,105,128, 10, 29,229,232,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,
+    128,  5,123,233,115,128, 48,  4,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,
+    101,128,255, 74,240,225,242,229,110,128, 36,165,243,245,240,229,
+    242,233,239,114,128,  2,178,107,146,  0,107,111, 95,113,184,113,
+    195,114,  1,114, 12,114,102,114,116,115,224,116,164,116,177,116,
+    203,116,252,117,134,117,156,117,169,117,192,117,234,117,244, 97,
+     12,111,121,111,153,111,175,111,205,112, 63,112, 88,112,118,112,
+    143,112,249,113,  7,113,130,113,159, 98,  2,111,127,111,144,225,
+    243,232,235,233,242,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,161,
+    229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,149, 99,  2,111,159,111,165,245,
+    244,101,128, 30, 49,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 58,228,
+    101,  2,111,182,111,200,243,227,229,238,228,229,242,227,249,242,
+    233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,155,246, 97,128,  9, 21,102,135,  5,
+    219,111,223,111,232,111,252,112, 10,112, 19,112, 35,112, 50,225,
+    242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 67,228,225,231,229,243,104,129,251,
+     59,111,243,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,251, 59,230,233,238,225,
+    236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,218,232,229,226,242,229,119,
+    128,  5,219,233,238,233,244,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,
+    128,254,219,237,229,228,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,
+    254,220,242,225,230,229,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,251, 77,231,
+    117,  2,112, 70,112, 79,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,149,242,
+    237,245,235,232,105,128, 10, 21,104,  2,112, 94,112,104,233,242,
+    225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48, 75,239,239,235,227,249,242,233,236,
+    236,233, 99,128,  4,196,235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,
+    171,112,131,232,225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,118,112,
+      2,112,149,112,170,240, 97,129,  3,186,112,156,243,249,237,226,
+    239,236,231,242,229,229,107,128,  3,240,249,229,239,245,110,  3,
+    112,182,112,196,112,230,237,233,229,245,237,235,239,242,229,225,
+    110,128, 49,113,112,  2,112,202,112,217,232,233,229,245,240,232,
+    235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49,132,233,229,245,240,235,239,242,
+    229,225,110,128, 49,120,243,243,225,238,231,240,233,229,245,240,
+    235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49,121,242,239,242,233,233,243,241,
+    245,225,242,101,128, 51, 13,115,  5,113, 19,113, 63,113, 78,113,
+     86,113,114,232,233,228,225,225,245,244,111,  2,113, 32,113, 41,
+    225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 64,238,239,243,233,228,229,226,
+    229,225,242,233,238,231,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 64,237,
+    225,236,236,235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,128, 48,245,241,245,
+    225,242,101,128, 51,132,242, 97,  2,113, 93,113,102,225,242,225,
+    226,233, 99,128,  6, 80,244,225,238,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,
+      6, 77,244,242,239,235,229,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,
+      4,159,244,225,232,233,242,225,240,242,239,236,239,238,231,237,
+    225,242,235,232,225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,112,246,
+    229,242,244,233,227,225,236,243,244,242,239,235,229,227,249,242,
+    233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,157,226,239,240,239,237,239,230,111,
+    128, 49, 14, 99,  4,113,205,113,227,113,236,113,244, 97,  2,113,
+    211,113,221,236,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,137,242,239,110,
+    128,  1,233,229,228,233,236,236, 97,128,  1, 55,233,242,227,236,
+    101,128, 36,218,239,237,237,225,225,227,227,229,238,116,128,  1,
+     55,228,239,244,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30, 51,101,  4,114, 22,
+    114, 49,114, 74,114, 86,104,  2,114, 28,114, 39,225,242,237,229,
+    238,233,225,110,128,  5,132,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,
+     81,235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,177,114, 62,232,225,
+    236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,121,238,225,242,237,229,238,
+    233,225,110,128,  5,111,243,237,225,236,236,235,225,244,225,235,
+    225,238, 97,128, 48,246,231,242,229,229,238,236,225,238,228,233,
+     99,128,  1, 56,104,  6,114,130,115,  3,115, 14,115, 39,115,126,
+    115,214, 97,  5,114,142,114,152,114,163,114,170,114,195,226,229,
+    238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,150,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,
+    128,  4, 69,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 22,231,117,  2,114,177,114,
+    186,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,150,242,237,245,235,232,105,
+    128, 10, 22,104,  4,114,205,114,214,114,228,114,244,225,242,225,
+    226,233, 99,128,  6, 46,230,233,238,225,236,225,242,225,226,233,
+     99,128,254,166,233,238,233,244,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233,
+     99,128,254,167,237,229,228,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,
+    128,254,168,229,233,227,239,240,244,233, 99,128,  3,231,232, 97,
+      2,115, 21,115, 28,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 89,231,245,242,237,
+    245,235,232,105,128, 10, 89,233,229,245,235,104,  4,115, 53,115,
+     88,115,103,115,112, 97,  2,115, 59,115, 74,227,233,242,227,236,
+    229,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 50,120,240,225,242,229,238,235,
+    239,242,229,225,110,128, 50, 24,227,233,242,227,236,229,235,239,
+    242,229,225,110,128, 50,106,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49, 75,
+    240,225,242,229,238,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 50, 10,111,  4,
+    115,136,115,185,115,195,115,200,235,104,  4,115,147,115,156,115,
+    165,115,175,225,233,244,232,225,105,128, 14,  2,239,238,244,232,
+    225,105,128, 14,  5,245,225,244,244,232,225,105,128, 14,  3,247,
+    225,233,244,232,225,105,128, 14,  4,237,245,244,244,232,225,105,
+    128, 14, 91,239,107,128,  1,153,242,225,235,232,225,238,231,244,
+    232,225,105,128, 14,  6,250,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,145,
+    105,  4,115,234,115,245,116, 14,116, 63,232,233,242,225,231,225,
+    238, 97,128, 48, 77,235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,173,
+    116,  2,232,225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,119,242,111,
+      3,116, 23,116, 38,116, 54,231,245,242,225,237,245,243,241,245,
+    225,242,101,128, 51, 21,237,229,229,244,239,242,245,243,241,245,
+    225,242,101,128, 51, 22,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51, 20,249,
+    229,239,107,  5,116, 78,116,113,116,128,116,137,116,151, 97,  2,
+    116, 84,116, 99,227,233,242,227,236,229,235,239,242,229,225,110,
+    128, 50,110,240,225,242,229,238,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 50,
+     14,227,233,242,227,236,229,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 50, 96,
+    235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49, 49,240,225,242,229,238,235,239,
+    242,229,225,110,128, 50,  0,243,233,239,243,235,239,242,229,225,
+    110,128, 49, 51,234,229,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,
+     92,108,  2,116,183,116,194,233,238,229,226,229,236,239,119,128,
+     30, 53,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,152,109,  3,116,211,116,
+    225,116,236,227,245,226,229,228,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,
+    166,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 75,243,241,245,225,
+    242,229,228,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,162,111,  5,117,  8,
+    117, 34,117, 72,117, 84,117, 98,104,  2,117, 14,117, 24,233,242,
+    225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48, 83,237,243,241,245,225,242,101,128,
+     51,192,235, 97,  2,117, 41,117, 49,233,244,232,225,105,128, 14,
+      1,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,179,117, 60,232,225,236,230,
+    247,233,228,244,104,128,255,122,239,240,239,243,241,245,225,242,
+    101,128, 51, 30,240,240,225,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,
+      4,129,114,  2,117,104,117,124,229,225,238,243,244,225,238,228,
+    225,242,228,243,249,237,226,239,108,128, 50,127,239,238,233,243,
+    227,237, 98,128,  3, 67,240, 97,  2,117,141,117,147,242,229,110,
+    128, 36,166,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,170,243,233,227,249,
+    242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,111,116,  2,117,175,117,184,243,
+    241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,207,245,242,238,229,100,128,  2,158,
+    117,  2,117,198,117,209,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,
+     79,235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,175,117,222,232,225,
+    236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,120,246,243,241,245,225,242,
+    101,128, 51,184,247,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,190,108,146,
+      0,108,118, 38,120, 65,120, 94,120,160,120,198,121, 94,121,103,
+    121,119,121,143,121,161,122, 23,122, 64,122,199,122,207,122,240,
+    122,249,123,  1,123, 63, 97,  7,118, 54,118, 64,118, 71,118, 78,
+    118,103,118,119,120, 53,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,178,
+    227,245,244,101,128,  1, 58,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 50,231,117,
+      2,118, 85,118, 94,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,178,242,237,
+    245,235,232,105,128, 10, 50,235,235,232,225,238,231,249,225,239,
+    244,232,225,105,128, 14, 69,109, 10,118,141,119, 80,119, 97,119,
+    135,119,149,119,168,119,184,119,204,119,224,119,247, 97,  2,118,
+    147,119, 72,236,229,102,  4,118,159,118,173,119,  9,119, 26,230,
+    233,238,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,252,232,225,237,
+    250, 97,  2,118,183,118,224,225,226,239,246,101,  2,118,193,118,
+    207,230,233,238,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,248,233,
+    243,239,236,225,244,229,228,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,247,
+    226,229,236,239,119,  2,118,234,118,248,230,233,238,225,236,225,
+    242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,250,233,243,239,236,225,244,229,228,
+    225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,249,233,243,239,236,225,244,229,
+    228,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,251,237,225,228,228,225,225,
+    226,239,246,101,  2,119, 41,119, 55,230,233,238,225,236,225,242,
+    225,226,233, 99,128,254,246,233,243,239,236,225,244,229,228,225,
+    242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,245,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 68,
+    226,228, 97,129,  3,187,119, 88,243,244,242,239,235,101,128,  1,
+    155,229,100,130,  5,220,119,106,119,126,228,225,231,229,243,104,
+    129,251, 60,119,117,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,251, 60,232,229,
+    226,242,229,119,128,  5,220,230,233,238,225,236,225,242,225,226,
+    233, 99,128,254,222,232,225,232,233,238,233,244,233,225,236,225,
+    242,225,226,233, 99,128,252,202,233,238,233,244,233,225,236,225,
+    242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,223,234,229,229,237,233,238,233,244,
+    233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,252,201,235,232,225,232,
+    233,238,233,244,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,252,203,
+    236,225,237,232,229,232,233,243,239,236,225,244,229,228,225,242,
+    225,226,233, 99,128,253,242,237,101,  2,119,254,120, 11,228,233,
+    225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,224,229,109,  2,120, 18,
+    120, 37,232,225,232,233,238,233,244,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,
+    233, 99,128,253,136,233,238,233,244,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,
+    233, 99,128,252,204,242,231,229,227,233,242,227,236,101,128, 37,
+    239, 98,  3,120, 73,120, 78,120, 84,225,114,128,  1,154,229,236,
+    116,128,  2,108,239,240,239,237,239,230,111,128, 49, 12, 99,  4,
+    120,104,120,111,120,120,120,147,225,242,239,110,128,  1, 62,229,
+    228,233,236,236, 97,128,  1, 60,233,242, 99,  2,120,128,120,133,
+    236,101,128, 36,219,245,237,230,236,229,248,226,229,236,239,119,
+    128, 30, 61,239,237,237,225,225,227,227,229,238,116,128,  1, 60,
+    228,239,116,130,  1, 64,120,170,120,179,225,227,227,229,238,116,
+    128,  1, 64,226,229,236,239,119,129, 30, 55,120,189,237,225,227,
+    242,239,110,128, 30, 57,101,  3,120,206,120,244,121, 89,230,116,
+      2,120,213,120,229,225,238,231,236,229,225,226,239,246,229,227,
+    237, 98,128,  3, 26,244,225,227,235,226,229,236,239,247,227,237,
+     98,128,  3, 24,243,115,132,  0, 60,121,  1,121, 23,121, 35,121,
+     81,229,241,245,225,108,129, 34,100,121, 11,239,242,231,242,229,
+    225,244,229,114,128, 34,218,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,
+    128,255, 28,111,  2,121, 41,121, 70,114,  2,121, 47,121, 60,229,
+    241,245,233,246,225,236,229,238,116,128, 34,114,231,242,229,225,
+    244,229,114,128, 34,118,246,229,242,229,241,245,225,108,128, 34,
+    102,243,237,225,236,108,128,254,100,250,104,128,  2,110,230,226,
+    236,239,227,107,128, 37,140,232,239,239,235,242,229,244,242,239,
+    230,236,229,120,128,  2,109,105,  2,121,125,121,130,242, 97,128,
+     32,164,247,238,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5,108,106,
+    129,  1,201,121,149,229,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,
+     89,108,132,246,192,121,173,121,197,121,208,121,217, 97,  2,121,
+    179,121,186,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 51,231,245,234,225,242,225,
+    244,105,128, 10,179,233,238,229,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30, 59,
+    236,225,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 52,246,239,227,225,236,233, 99,
+      3,121,231,121,241,121,248,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,
+    225,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 97,246,239,247,229,236,243,233,231,
+    110,  2,122,  6,122, 16,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,227,
+    228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 99,109,  3,122, 31,122, 44,122, 55,233,
+    228,228,236,229,244,233,236,228,101,128,  2,107,239,238,239,243,
+    240,225,227,101,128,255, 76,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,208,
+    111,  6,122, 78,122, 90,122,132,122,143,122,149,122,191,227,232,
+    245,236,225,244,232,225,105,128, 14, 44,231,233,227,225,108,  3,
+    122,102,122,108,122,127,225,238,100,128, 34, 39,238,239,116,129,
+      0,172,122,116,242,229,246,229,242,243,229,100,128, 35, 16,239,
+    114,128, 34, 40,236,233,238,231,244,232,225,105,128, 14, 37,238,
+    231,115,128,  1,127,247,236,233,238,101,  2,122,159,122,182, 99,
+      2,122,165,122,177,229,238,244,229,242,236,233,238,101,128,254,
+     78,237, 98,128,  3, 50,228,225,243,232,229,100,128,254, 77,250,
+    229,238,231,101,128, 37,202,240,225,242,229,110,128, 36,167,115,
+      3,122,215,122,222,122,230,236,225,243,104,128,  1, 66,241,245,
+    225,242,101,128, 33, 19,245,240,229,242,233,239,114,128,246,238,
+    244,243,232,225,228,101,128, 37,145,245,244,232,225,105,128, 14,
+     38,246,239,227,225,236,233, 99,  3,123, 15,123, 25,123, 32,226,
+    229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,140,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 12,
+    246,239,247,229,236,243,233,231,110,  2,123, 46,123, 56,226,229,
+    238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,226,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 98,248,
+    243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,211,109,144,  0,109,123,109,125,
+    218,125,243,126, 14,126, 39,127, 92,127,114,128,169,128,199,128,
+    248,129, 99,129,121,129,146,129,155,130,182,130,210, 97, 12,123,
+    135,123,145,123,209,123,216,123,241,124, 33,125,125,125,150,125,
+    155,125,169,125,181,125,186,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,
+    174, 99,  2,123,151,123,203,242,239,110,132,  0,175,123,165,123,
+    176,123,182,123,191,226,229,236,239,247,227,237, 98,128,  3, 49,
+    227,237, 98,128,  3,  4,236,239,247,237,239,100,128,  2,205,237,
+    239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255,227,245,244,101,128, 30,
+     63,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 46,231,117,  2,123,223,123,232,234,
+    225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,174,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10,
+     46,104,  2,123,247,124, 23,225,240,225,235,104,  2,124,  1,124,
+     10,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,164,236,229,230,244,232,229,
+    226,242,229,119,128,  5,164,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,
+    126,105,  5,124, 45,124,114,124,177,124,207,125,113,227,232,225,
+    244,244,225,247, 97,  3,124, 60,124, 91,124, 98,236,239,119,  2,
+    124, 68,124, 79,236,229,230,244,244,232,225,105,128,248,149,242,
+    233,231,232,244,244,232,225,105,128,248,148,244,232,225,105,128,
+     14, 75,245,240,240,229,242,236,229,230,244,244,232,225,105,128,
+    248,147,229,107,  3,124,123,124,154,124,161,236,239,119,  2,124,
+    131,124,142,236,229,230,244,244,232,225,105,128,248,140,242,233,
+    231,232,244,244,232,225,105,128,248,139,244,232,225,105,128, 14,
+     72,245,240,240,229,242,236,229,230,244,244,232,225,105,128,248,
+    138,232,225,238,225,235,225,116,  2,124,189,124,200,236,229,230,
+    244,244,232,225,105,128,248,132,244,232,225,105,128, 14, 49,116,
+      3,124,215,124,243,125, 50,225,233,235,232,117,  2,124,225,124,
+    236,236,229,230,244,244,232,225,105,128,248,137,244,232,225,105,
+    128, 14, 71,232,111,  3,124,252,125, 27,125, 34,236,239,119,  2,
+    125,  4,125, 15,236,229,230,244,244,232,225,105,128,248,143,242,
+    233,231,232,244,244,232,225,105,128,248,142,244,232,225,105,128,
+     14, 73,245,240,240,229,242,236,229,230,244,244,232,225,105,128,
+    248,141,242,105,  3,125, 59,125, 90,125, 97,236,239,119,  2,125,
+     67,125, 78,236,229,230,244,244,232,225,105,128,248,146,242,233,
+    231,232,244,244,232,225,105,128,248,145,244,232,225,105,128, 14,
+     74,245,240,240,229,242,236,229,230,244,244,232,225,105,128,248,
+    144,249,225,237,239,235,244,232,225,105,128, 14, 70,235,225,244,
+    225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,222,125,138,232,225,236,230,247,233,
+    228,244,104,128,255,143,236,101,128, 38, 66,238,243,249,239,238,
+    243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51, 71,241,225,230,232,229,226,242,
+    229,119,128,  5,190,242,115,128, 38, 66,115,  2,125,192,125,210,
+    239,242,225,227,233,242,227,236,229,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,
+      5,175,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,131, 98,  2,125,224,125,234,
+    239,240,239,237,239,230,111,128, 49,  7,243,241,245,225,242,101,
+    128, 51,212, 99,  2,125,249,126,  1,233,242,227,236,101,128, 36,
+    220,245,226,229,228,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,165,228,239,
+    116,  2,126, 22,126, 31,225,227,227,229,238,116,128, 30, 65,226,
+    229,236,239,119,128, 30, 67,101,  7,126, 55,126,182,126,193,126,
+    208,126,233,127, 14,127, 26,101,  2,126, 61,126,169,109,  4,126,
+     71,126, 80,126, 94,126,110,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 69,
+    230,233,238,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,226,233,238,
+    233,244,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,227,237,101,
+      2,126,117,126,130,228,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,
+    254,228,229,237,105,  2,126,138,126,153,238,233,244,233,225,236,
+    225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,252,209,243,239,236,225,244,229,228,
+    225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,252, 72,244,239,242,245,243,241,245,
+    225,242,101,128, 51, 77,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,
+    129,233,250,233,229,242,225,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,126,
+    235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,225,126,221,232,225,236,
+    230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,146,109,130,  5,222,126,241,127,
+      5,228,225,231,229,243,104,129,251, 62,126,252,232,229,226,242,
+    229,119,128,251, 62,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,222,238,225,
+    242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5,116,242,235,232, 97,  3,127,
+     37,127, 46,127, 79,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,165,235,229,
+    230,245,236, 97,  2,127, 57,127, 66,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,
+      5,166,236,229,230,244,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,166,236,
+    229,230,244,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,165,104,  2,127, 98,
+    127,104,239,239,107,128,  2,113,250,243,241,245,225,242,101,128,
+     51,146,105,  6,127,128,127,165,128, 46,128, 57,128, 82,128,139,
+    228,100,  2,127,135,127,160,236,229,228,239,244,235,225,244,225,
+    235,225,238,225,232,225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,101,
+    239,116,128,  0,183,229,245,109,  5,127,179,127,214,127,229,127,
+    238,128, 33, 97,  2,127,185,127,200,227,233,242,227,236,229,235,
+    239,242,229,225,110,128, 50,114,240,225,242,229,238,235,239,242,
+    229,225,110,128, 50, 18,227,233,242,227,236,229,235,239,242,229,
+    225,110,128, 50,100,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49, 65,112,  2,
+    127,244,128, 20, 97,  2,127,250,128,  8,238,243,233,239,243,235,
+    239,242,229,225,110,128, 49,112,242,229,238,235,239,242,229,225,
+    110,128, 50,  4,233,229,245,240,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49,
+    110,243,233,239,243,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49,111,232,233,
+    242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,127,235,225,244,225,235,225,238,
+     97,129, 48,223,128, 70,232,225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,
+    255,144,238,117,  2,128, 89,128,134,115,132, 34, 18,128,101,128,
+    112,128,121,128,127,226,229,236,239,247,227,237, 98,128,  3, 32,
+    227,233,242,227,236,101,128, 34,150,237,239,100,128,  2,215,240,
+    236,245,115,128, 34, 19,244,101,128, 32, 50,242,105,  2,128,146,
+    128,160,226,225,225,242,245,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51, 74,
+    243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51, 73,108,  2,128,175,128,190,239,
+    238,231,236,229,231,244,245,242,238,229,100,128,  2,112,243,241,
+    245,225,242,101,128, 51,150,109,  3,128,207,128,221,128,232,227,
+    245,226,229,228,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,163,239,238,239,
+    243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 77,243,241,245,225,242,229,228,243,
+    241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,159,111,  5,129,  4,129, 30,129, 55,
+    129, 65,129, 74,104,  2,129, 10,129, 20,233,242,225,231,225,238,
+     97,128, 48,130,237,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,193,235,225,
+    244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,226,129, 43,232,225,236,230,247,
+    233,228,244,104,128,255,147,236,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,
+    214,237,225,244,232,225,105,128, 14, 33,246,229,242,243,243,241,
+    245,225,242,101,129, 51,167,129, 89,228,243,241,245,225,242,101,
+    128, 51,168,240, 97,  2,129,106,129,112,242,229,110,128, 36,168,
+    243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,171,115,  2,129,127,129,136,243,
+    241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,179,245,240,229,242,233,239,114,128,
+    246,239,244,245,242,238,229,100,128,  2,111,117,141,  0,181,129,
+    185,129,189,129,199,129,223,129,233,129,255,130, 10,130, 35,130,
+     58,130, 68,130, 98,130,162,130,172, 49,128,  0,181,225,243,241,
+    245,225,242,101,128, 51,130,227,104,  2,129,206,129,216,231,242,
+    229,225,244,229,114,128, 34,107,236,229,243,115,128, 34,106,230,
+    243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,140,103,  2,129,239,129,246,242,
+    229,229,107,128,  3,188,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,141,232,
+    233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,128,235,225,244,225,235,225,
+    238, 97,129, 48,224,130, 23,232,225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,
+    128,255,145,108,  2,130, 41,130, 50,243,241,245,225,242,101,128,
+     51,149,244,233,240,236,121,128,  0,215,237,243,241,245,225,242,
+    101,128, 51,155,238,225,104,  2,130, 76,130, 85,232,229,226,242,
+    229,119,128,  5,163,236,229,230,244,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,
+      5,163,115,  2,130,104,130,153,233, 99,  3,130,113,130,130,130,
+    141,225,236,238,239,244,101,129, 38,106,130,124,228,226,108,128,
+     38,107,230,236,225,244,243,233,231,110,128, 38,109,243,232,225,
+    242,240,243,233,231,110,128, 38,111,243,241,245,225,242,101,128,
+     51,178,246,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,182,247,243,241,245,
+    225,242,101,128, 51,188,118,  2,130,188,130,201,237,229,231,225,
+    243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,185,243,241,245,225,242,101,128,
+     51,183,119,  2,130,216,130,229,237,229,231,225,243,241,245,225,
+    242,101,128, 51,191,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,189,110,150,
+      0,110,131, 30,131,164,131,188,131,254,132, 23,132, 81,132, 91,
+    132,158,132,201,134,235,134,253,135, 22,135, 53,135, 79,135,144,
+    137,126,137,134,137,159,137,167,138,135,138,145,138,155, 97,  8,
+    131, 48,131, 68,131, 75,131, 82,131,107,131,118,131,143,131,155,
+     98,  2,131, 54,131, 63,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,168,236,
+     97,128, 34,  7,227,245,244,101,128,  1, 68,228,229,246, 97,128,
+      9, 40,231,117,  2,131, 89,131, 98,234,225,242,225,244,105,128,
+     10,168,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10, 40,232,233,242,225,231,
+    225,238, 97,128, 48,106,235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,
+    202,131,131,232,225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,133,240,
+    239,243,244,242,239,240,232,101,128,  1, 73,243,241,245,225,242,
+    101,128, 51,129, 98,  2,131,170,131,180,239,240,239,237,239,230,
+    111,128, 49, 11,243,240,225,227,101,128,  0,160, 99,  4,131,198,
+    131,205,131,214,131,241,225,242,239,110,128,  1, 72,229,228,233,
+    236,236, 97,128,  1, 70,233,242, 99,  2,131,222,131,227,236,101,
+    128, 36,221,245,237,230,236,229,248,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30,
+     75,239,237,237,225,225,227,227,229,238,116,128,  1, 70,228,239,
+    116,  2,132,  6,132, 15,225,227,227,229,238,116,128, 30, 69,226,
+    229,236,239,119,128, 30, 71,101,  3,132, 31,132, 42,132, 67,232,
+    233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,109,235,225,244,225,235,225,
+    238, 97,129, 48,205,132, 55,232,225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,
+    128,255,136,247,243,232,229,241,229,236,243,233,231,110,128, 32,
+    170,230,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,139,103,  2,132, 97,132,
+    147, 97,  3,132,105,132,115,132,122,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,
+    128,  9,153,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 25,231,117,  2,132,129,132,
+    138,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,153,242,237,245,235,232,105,
+    128, 10, 25,239,238,231,245,244,232,225,105,128, 14,  7,104,  2,
+    132,164,132,174,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,147,239,239,
+    107,  2,132,182,132,189,236,229,230,116,128,  2,114,242,229,244,
+    242,239,230,236,229,120,128,  2,115,105,  4,132,211,133,124,133,
+    135,133,193,229,245,110,  7,132,229,133,  8,133, 40,133, 54,133,
+     63,133, 96,133,109, 97,  2,132,235,132,250,227,233,242,227,236,
+    229,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 50,111,240,225,242,229,238,235,
+    239,242,229,225,110,128, 50, 15,227,105,  2,133, 15,133, 27,229,
+    245,227,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49, 53,242,227,236,229,235,
+    239,242,229,225,110,128, 50, 97,232,233,229,245,232,235,239,242,
+    229,225,110,128, 49, 54,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49, 52,240,
+     97,  2,133, 70,133, 84,238,243,233,239,243,235,239,242,229,225,
+    110,128, 49,104,242,229,238,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 50,  1,
+    243,233,239,243,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49,103,244,233,235,
+    229,245,244,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49,102,232,233,242,225,
+    231,225,238, 97,128, 48,107,107,  2,133,141,133,165,225,244,225,
+    235,225,238, 97,129, 48,203,133,153,232,225,236,230,247,233,228,
+    244,104,128,255,134,232,225,232,233,116,  2,133,175,133,186,236,
+    229,230,244,244,232,225,105,128,248,153,244,232,225,105,128, 14,
+     77,238,101,141,  0, 57,133,224,133,233,133,243,134, 17,134, 24,
+    134, 49,134, 76,134,110,134,122,134,133,134,166,134,174,134,185,
+    225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6,105,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,
+    128,  9,239,227,233,242,227,236,101,129, 36,104,133,254,233,238,
+    246,229,242,243,229,243,225,238,243,243,229,242,233,102,128, 39,
+    146,228,229,246, 97,128,  9,111,231,117,  2,134, 31,134, 40,234,
+    225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,239,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10,
+    111,232, 97,  2,134, 56,134, 67,227,235,225,242,225,226,233, 99,
+    128,  6,105,238,231,250,232,239,117,128, 48, 41,105,  2,134, 82,
+    134,100,228,229,239,231,242,225,240,232,233,227,240,225,242,229,
+    110,128, 50, 40,238,230,229,242,233,239,114,128, 32,137,237,239,
+    238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 25,239,236,228,243,244,249,
+    236,101,128,247, 57,112,  2,134,139,134,146,225,242,229,110,128,
+     36,124,229,114,  2,134,153,134,159,233,239,100,128, 36,144,243,
+    233,225,110,128,  6,249,242,239,237,225,110,128, 33,120,243,245,
+    240,229,242,233,239,114,128, 32,121,116,  2,134,191,134,229,229,
+    229,110,  2,134,199,134,208,227,233,242,227,236,101,128, 36,114,
+    112,  2,134,214,134,221,225,242,229,110,128, 36,134,229,242,233,
+    239,100,128, 36,154,232,225,105,128, 14, 89,106,129,  1,204,134,
+    241,229,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 90,235,225,244,
+    225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,243,135, 10,232,225,236,230,247,233,
+    228,244,104,128,255,157,108,  2,135, 28,135, 42,229,231,242,233,
+    231,232,244,236,239,238,103,128,  1,158,233,238,229,226,229,236,
+    239,119,128, 30, 73,109,  2,135, 59,135, 70,239,238,239,243,240,
+    225,227,101,128,255, 78,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,154,110,
+      2,135, 85,135,135, 97,  3,135, 93,135,103,135,110,226,229,238,
+    231,225,236,105,128,  9,163,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 35,231,117,
+      2,135,117,135,126,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,163,242,237,
+    245,235,232,105,128, 10, 35,238,225,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 41,
+    111,  6,135,158,135,169,135,194,135,235,136,187,137,114,232,233,
+    242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,110,235,225,244,225,235,225,238,
+     97,129, 48,206,135,182,232,225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,
+    255,137,110,  3,135,202,135,218,135,227,226,242,229,225,235,233,
+    238,231,243,240,225,227,101,128,  0,160,229,238,244,232,225,105,
+    128, 14, 19,245,244,232,225,105,128, 14, 25,239,110,  7,135,252,
+    136,  5,136, 19,136, 53,136, 69,136,110,136,169,225,242,225,226,
+    233, 99,128,  6, 70,230,233,238,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,
+    128,254,230,231,232,245,238,238, 97,  2,136, 30,136, 39,225,242,
+    225,226,233, 99,128,  6,186,230,233,238,225,236,225,242,225,226,
+    233, 99,128,251,159,233,238,233,244,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,
+    233, 99,128,254,231,234,229,229,237,105,  2,136, 79,136, 94,238,
+    233,244,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,252,210,243,239,
+    236,225,244,229,228,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,252, 75,237,101,
+      2,136,117,136,130,228,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,
+    254,232,229,237,105,  2,136,138,136,153,238,233,244,233,225,236,
+    225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,252,213,243,239,236,225,244,229,228,
+    225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,252, 78,238,239,239,238,230,233,238,
+    225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,252,141,116,  7,136,203,136,
+    214,136,243,137, 22,137, 34,137, 54,137, 80,227,239,238,244,225,
+    233,238,115,128, 34, 12,101,  2,136,220,136,236,236,229,237,229,
+    238,116,129, 34,  9,136,231,239,102,128, 34,  9,241,245,225,108,
+    128, 34, 96,231,242,229,225,244,229,114,129, 34,111,136,255,238,
+    239,114,  2,137,  7,137, 15,229,241,245,225,108,128, 34,113,236,
+    229,243,115,128, 34,121,233,228,229,238,244,233,227,225,108,128,
+     34, 98,236,229,243,115,129, 34,110,137, 43,238,239,242,229,241,
+    245,225,108,128, 34,112,112,  2,137, 60,137, 70,225,242,225,236,
+    236,229,108,128, 34, 38,242,229,227,229,228,229,115,128, 34,128,
+    243,117,  3,137, 89,137, 96,137,105,226,243,229,116,128, 34,132,
+    227,227,229,229,228,115,128, 34,129,240,229,242,243,229,116,128,
+     34,133,247,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5,118,240,225,
+    242,229,110,128, 36,169,115,  2,137,140,137,149,243,241,245,225,
+    242,101,128, 51,177,245,240,229,242,233,239,114,128, 32,127,244,
+    233,236,228,101,128,  0,241,117,132,  3,189,137,179,137,190,138,
+     15,138, 98,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,108,107,  2,
+    137,196,137,220,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,204,137,208,
+    232,225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,135,244, 97,  3,137,
+    229,137,239,137,246,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,188,228,
+    229,246, 97,128,  9, 60,231,117,  2,137,253,138,  6,234,225,242,
+    225,244,105,128, 10,188,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10, 60,109,
+      2,138, 21,138, 55,226,229,242,243,233,231,110,130,  0, 35,138,
+     35,138, 47,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255,  3,243,
+    237,225,236,108,128,254, 95,229,114,  2,138, 62,138, 94,225,236,
+    243,233,231,110,  2,138, 73,138, 81,231,242,229,229,107,128,  3,
+    116,236,239,247,229,242,231,242,229,229,107,128,  3,117,111,128,
+     33, 22,110,130,  5,224,138,106,138,126,228,225,231,229,243,104,
+    129,251, 64,138,117,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,251, 64,232,229,
+    226,242,229,119,128,  5,224,246,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,
+    181,247,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,187,249, 97,  3,138,164,
+    138,174,138,181,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,158,228,229,
+    246, 97,128,  9, 30,231,117,  2,138,188,138,197,234,225,242,225,
+    244,105,128, 10,158,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10, 30,111,147,
+      0,111,138,248,139, 14,139, 92,140,  6,140, 78,140, 93,140,133,
+    141,  0,141, 21,141, 59,141, 70,141,248,143, 82,143,146,143,179,
+    143,225,144, 98,144,145,144,157, 97,  2,138,254,139,  5,227,245,
+    244,101,128,  0,243,238,231,244,232,225,105,128, 14, 45, 98,  4,
+    139, 24,139, 66,139, 75,139, 85,225,242,242,229,100,130,  2,117,
+    139, 36,139, 47,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,233,228,
+    233,229,242,229,243,233,243,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,
+      4,235,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,147,239,240,239,237,239,
+    230,111,128, 49, 27,242,229,246,101,128,  1, 79, 99,  3,139,100,
+    139,173,139,252, 97,  2,139,106,139,167,238,228,242, 97,  3,139,
+    117,139,124,139,135,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 17,231,245,234,225,
+    242,225,244,105,128, 10,145,246,239,247,229,236,243,233,231,110,
+      2,139,149,139,156,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 73,231,245,234,225,
+    242,225,244,105,128, 10,201,242,239,110,128,  1,210,233,242, 99,
+      2,139,181,139,186,236,101,128, 36,222,245,237,230,236,229,120,
+    133,  0,244,139,205,139,213,139,224,139,232,139,244,225,227,245,
+    244,101,128, 30,209,228,239,244,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30,217,
+    231,242,225,246,101,128, 30,211,232,239,239,235,225,226,239,246,
+    101,128, 30,213,244,233,236,228,101,128, 30,215,249,242,233,236,
+    236,233, 99,128,  4, 62,100,  4,140, 16,140, 39,140, 45,140, 68,
+    226,108,  2,140, 23,140, 31,225,227,245,244,101,128,  1, 81,231,
+    242,225,246,101,128,  2, 13,229,246, 97,128,  9, 19,233,229,242,
+    229,243,233,115,129,  0,246,140, 57,227,249,242,233,236,236,233,
+     99,128,  4,231,239,244,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30,205,101,129,
+      1, 83,140, 84,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49, 90,103,  3,140,
+    101,140,116,140,123,239,238,229,107,129,  2,219,140,110,227,237,
+     98,128,  3, 40,242,225,246,101,128,  0,242,245,234,225,242,225,
+    244,105,128, 10,147,104,  4,140,143,140,154,140,164,140,242,225,
+    242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5,133,233,242,225,231,225,238,
+     97,128, 48, 74,111,  2,140,170,140,180,239,235,225,226,239,246,
+    101,128, 30,207,242,110,133,  1,161,140,195,140,203,140,214,140,
+    222,140,234,225,227,245,244,101,128, 30,219,228,239,244,226,229,
+    236,239,119,128, 30,227,231,242,225,246,101,128, 30,221,232,239,
+    239,235,225,226,239,246,101,128, 30,223,244,233,236,228,101,128,
+     30,225,245,238,231,225,242,245,237,236,225,245,116,128,  1, 81,
+    105,129,  1,163,141,  6,238,246,229,242,244,229,228,226,242,229,
+    246,101,128,  2, 15,107,  2,141, 27,141, 51,225,244,225,235,225,
+    238, 97,129, 48,170,141, 39,232,225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,
+    128,255,117,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49, 87,236,229,232,229,226,
+    242,229,119,128,  5,171,109,  6,141, 84,141,112,141,119,141,208,
+    141,219,141,237,225,227,242,239,110,130,  1, 77,141, 96,141,104,
+    225,227,245,244,101,128, 30, 83,231,242,225,246,101,128, 30, 81,
+    228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 80,229,231, 97,133,  3,201,141,135,141,
+    139,141,150,141,164,141,180, 49,128,  3,214,227,249,242,233,236,
+    236,233, 99,128,  4, 97,236,225,244,233,238,227,236,239,243,229,
+    100,128,  2,119,242,239,245,238,228,227,249,242,233,236,236,233,
+     99,128,  4,123,116,  2,141,186,141,201,233,244,236,239,227,249,
+    242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,125,239,238,239,115,128,  3,206,
+    231,245,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,208,233,227,242,239,110,
+    129,  3,191,141,229,244,239,238,239,115,128,  3,204,239,238,239,
+    243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 79,238,101,145,  0, 49,142, 31,142,
+     40,142, 50,142, 80,142,105,142,114,142,123,142,148,142,182,142,
+    216,142,228,142,247,143,  2,143, 35,143, 45,143, 53,143, 64,225,
+    242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 97,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,
+      9,231,227,233,242,227,236,101,129, 36, 96,142, 61,233,238,246,
+    229,242,243,229,243,225,238,243,243,229,242,233,102,128, 39,138,
+    100,  2,142, 86,142, 92,229,246, 97,128,  9,103,239,244,229,238,
+    236,229,225,228,229,114,128, 32, 36,229,233,231,232,244,104,128,
+     33, 91,230,233,244,244,229,100,128,246,220,231,117,  2,142,130,
+    142,139,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,231,242,237,245,235,232,
+    105,128, 10,103,232, 97,  3,142,157,142,168,142,173,227,235,225,
+    242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 97,236,102,128,  0,189,238,231,250,
+    232,239,117,128, 48, 33,105,  2,142,188,142,206,228,229,239,231,
+    242,225,240,232,233,227,240,225,242,229,110,128, 50, 32,238,230,
+    229,242,233,239,114,128, 32,129,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,
+    101,128,255, 17,238,245,237,229,242,225,244,239,242,226,229,238,
+    231,225,236,105,128,  9,244,239,236,228,243,244,249,236,101,128,
+    247, 49,112,  2,143,  8,143, 15,225,242,229,110,128, 36,116,229,
+    114,  2,143, 22,143, 28,233,239,100,128, 36,136,243,233,225,110,
+    128,  6,241,241,245,225,242,244,229,114,128,  0,188,242,239,237,
+    225,110,128, 33,112,243,245,240,229,242,233,239,114,128,  0,185,
+    244,104,  2,143, 71,143, 76,225,105,128, 14, 81,233,242,100,128,
+     33, 83,111,  3,143, 90,143,124,143,140,103,  2,143, 96,143,114,
+    239,238,229,107,129,  1,235,143,105,237,225,227,242,239,110,128,
+      1,237,245,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10, 19,237,225,244,242,
+    225,231,245,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10, 75,240,229,110,128,
+      2, 84,112,  3,143,154,143,161,143,172,225,242,229,110,128, 36,
+    170,229,238,226,245,236,236,229,116,128, 37,230,244,233,239,110,
+    128, 35, 37,114,  2,143,185,143,214,100,  2,143,191,143,202,230,
+    229,237,233,238,233,238,101,128,  0,170,237,225,243,227,245,236,
+    233,238,101,128,  0,186,244,232,239,231,239,238,225,108,128, 34,
+     31,115,  5,143,237,144, 13,144, 30,144, 75,144, 88,232,239,242,
+    116,  2,143,246,143,253,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 18,246,239,247,
+    229,236,243,233,231,238,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 74,236,225,243,
+    104,129,  0,248,144, 22,225,227,245,244,101,128,  1,255,237,225,
+    236,108,  2,144, 39,144, 50,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128,
+     48, 73,235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,169,144, 63,232,
+    225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,107,244,242,239,235,229,
+    225,227,245,244,101,128,  1,255,245,240,229,242,233,239,114,128,
+    246,240,116,  2,144,104,144,115,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,
+    128,  4,127,233,236,228,101,130,  0,245,144,126,144,134,225,227,
+    245,244,101,128, 30, 77,228,233,229,242,229,243,233,115,128, 30,
+     79,245,226,239,240,239,237,239,230,111,128, 49, 33,118,  2,144,
+    163,144,244,229,114,  2,144,170,144,236,236,233,238,101,131, 32,
+     62,144,183,144,206,144,229, 99,  2,144,189,144,201,229,238,244,
+    229,242,236,233,238,101,128,254, 74,237, 98,128,  3,  5,100,  2,
+    144,212,144,220,225,243,232,229,100,128,254, 73,226,236,247,225,
+    246,121,128,254, 76,247,225,246,121,128,254, 75,243,227,239,242,
+    101,128,  0,175,239,247,229,236,243,233,231,110,  3,145,  3,145,
+     13,145, 20,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,203,228,229,246,
+     97,128,  9, 75,231,245,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,203,112,
+    145,  0,112,145, 69,147,197,147,208,147,217,147,229,149,154,149,
+    164,150,156,151,175,152,  9,152, 35,152,166,152,174,153, 76,153,
+    134,153,162,153,172, 97, 14,145, 99,145,131,145,141,145,148,145,
+    155,145,203,145,214,145,228,145,239,146, 30,146, 44,147, 56,147,
+     95,147,185, 97,  2,145,105,145,117,237,240,243,243,241,245,225,
+    242,101,128, 51,128,243,229,238,244,239,243,241,245,225,242,101,
+    128, 51, 43,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,170,227,245,244,
+    101,128, 30, 85,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 42,103,  2,145,161,145,
+    179,101,  2,145,167,145,174,228,239,247,110,128, 33,223,245,112,
+    128, 33,222,117,  2,145,185,145,194,234,225,242,225,244,105,128,
+     10,170,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10, 42,232,233,242,225,231,
+    225,238, 97,128, 48,113,233,249,225,238,238,239,233,244,232,225,
+    105,128, 14, 47,235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,128, 48,209,108,
+      2,145,245,146, 14,225,244,225,236,233,250,225,244,233,239,238,
+    227,249,242,233,236,236,233,227,227,237, 98,128,  4,132,239,227,
+    232,235,225,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,192,238,243,
+    233,239,243,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49,127,114,  3,146, 52,
+    146, 73,147, 45, 97,  2,146, 58,146, 66,231,242,225,240,104,128,
+      0,182,236,236,229,108,128, 34, 37,229,110,  2,146, 80,146,190,
+    236,229,230,116,136,  0, 40,146,103,146,118,146,123,146,128,146,
+    139,146,151,146,174,146,179,225,236,244,239,238,229,225,242,225,
+    226,233, 99,128,253, 62,226,116,128,248,237,229,120,128,248,236,
+    233,238,230,229,242,233,239,114,128, 32,141,237,239,238,239,243,
+    240,225,227,101,128,255,  8,115,  2,146,157,146,164,237,225,236,
+    108,128,254, 89,245,240,229,242,233,239,114,128, 32,125,244,112,
+    128,248,235,246,229,242,244,233,227,225,108,128,254, 53,242,233,
+    231,232,116,136,  0, 41,146,214,146,229,146,234,146,239,146,250,
+    147,  6,147, 29,147, 34,225,236,244,239,238,229,225,242,225,226,
+    233, 99,128,253, 63,226,116,128,248,248,229,120,128,248,247,233,
+    238,230,229,242,233,239,114,128, 32,142,237,239,238,239,243,240,
+    225,227,101,128,255,  9,115,  2,147, 12,147, 19,237,225,236,108,
+    128,254, 90,245,240,229,242,233,239,114,128, 32,126,244,112,128,
+    248,246,246,229,242,244,233,227,225,108,128,254, 54,244,233,225,
+    236,228,233,230,102,128, 34,  2,115,  3,147, 64,147, 75,147, 87,
+    229,241,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,192,232,244,225,232,229,
+    226,242,229,119,128,  5,153,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,169,244,
+    225,104,134,  5,183,147,113,147,127,147,132,147,141,147,156,147,
+    172, 49,  2,147,119,147,123, 49,128,  5,183,100,128,  5,183,178,
+     97,128,  5,183,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,183,238,225,242,
+    242,239,247,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,183,241,245,225,242,
+    244,229,242,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,183,247,233,228,229,
+    232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,183,250,229,242,232,229,226,242,
+    229,119,128,  5,161,226,239,240,239,237,239,230,111,128, 49,  6,
+    227,233,242,227,236,101,128, 36,223,228,239,244,225,227,227,229,
+    238,116,128, 30, 87,101,137,  5,228,147,251,148,  6,148, 26,148,
+     38,148, 58,148,160,148,171,148,192,149,147,227,249,242,233,236,
+    236,233, 99,128,  4, 63,228,225,231,229,243,104,129,251, 68,148,
+     17,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,251, 68,229,250,233,243,241,245,
+    225,242,101,128, 51, 59,230,233,238,225,236,228,225,231,229,243,
+    232,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,251, 67,104,  5,148, 70,148, 93,
+    148,101,148,115,148,145,225,114,  2,148, 77,148, 84,225,226,233,
+     99,128,  6,126,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5,122,229,226,242,
+    229,119,128,  5,228,230,233,238,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,
+    128,251, 87,105,  2,148,121,148,136,238,233,244,233,225,236,225,
+    242,225,226,233, 99,128,251, 88,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,
+    122,237,229,228,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,251, 89,
+    235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,128, 48,218,237,233,228,228,236,
+    229,232,239,239,235,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,167,
+    114,  5,148,204,148,216,149,  2,149,123,149,136,225,230,229,232,
+    229,226,242,229,119,128,251, 78,227,229,238,116,131,  0, 37,148,
+    229,148,238,148,250,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6,106,237,239,
+    238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255,  5,243,237,225,236,108,128,
+    254,106,105,  2,149,  8,149,105,239,100,134,  0, 46,149, 25,149,
+     36,149, 47,149, 59,149, 70,149, 82,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,
+    110,128,  5,137,227,229,238,244,229,242,229,100,128,  0,183,232,
+    225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255, 97,233,238,230,229,242,
+    233,239,114,128,246,231,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,
+    255, 14,115,  2,149, 88,149, 95,237,225,236,108,128,254, 82,245,
+    240,229,242,233,239,114,128,246,232,243,240,239,237,229,238,233,
+    231,242,229,229,235,227,237, 98,128,  3, 66,240,229,238,228,233,
+    227,245,236,225,114,128, 34,165,244,232,239,245,243,225,238,100,
+    128, 32, 48,243,229,244, 97,128, 32,167,230,243,241,245,225,242,
+    101,128, 51,138,104,  3,149,172,149,222,150,103, 97,  3,149,180,
+    149,190,149,197,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,171,228,229,
+    246, 97,128,  9, 43,231,117,  2,149,204,149,213,234,225,242,225,
+    244,105,128, 10,171,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10, 43,105,133,
+      3,198,149,236,149,240,150, 70,150, 78,150, 89, 49,128,  3,213,
+    229,245,240,104,  4,149,253,150, 32,150, 47,150, 56, 97,  2,150,
+      3,150, 18,227,233,242,227,236,229,235,239,242,229,225,110,128,
+     50,122,240,225,242,229,238,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 50, 26,
+    227,233,242,227,236,229,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 50,108,235,
+    239,242,229,225,110,128, 49, 77,240,225,242,229,238,235,239,242,
+    229,225,110,128, 50, 12,236,225,244,233,110,128,  2,120,238,244,
+    232,245,244,232,225,105,128, 14, 58,243,249,237,226,239,236,231,
+    242,229,229,107,128,  3,213,111,  3,150,111,150,116,150,142,239,
+    107,128,  1,165,240,104,  2,150,123,150,132,225,238,244,232,225,
+    105,128, 14, 30,245,238,231,244,232,225,105,128, 14, 28,243,225,
+    237,240,232,225,239,244,232,225,105,128, 14, 32,105,133,  3,192,
+    150,170,151,126,151,137,151,148,151,162,229,245,112,  6,150,186,
+    150,221,150,253,151, 25,151, 39,151, 91, 97,  2,150,192,150,207,
+    227,233,242,227,236,229,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 50,115,240,
+    225,242,229,238,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 50, 19,227,105,  2,
+    150,228,150,240,229,245,227,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49,118,
+    242,227,236,229,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 50,101,107,  2,151,
+      3,151, 17,233,249,229,239,235,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49,
+    114,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49, 66,240,225,242,229,238,235,239,
+    242,229,225,110,128, 50,  5,243,233,239,115,  2,151, 48,151, 76,
+    107,  2,151, 54,151, 68,233,249,229,239,235,235,239,242,229,225,
+    110,128, 49,116,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49, 68,244,233,235,229,
+    245,244,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49,117,116,  2,151, 97,151,
+    112,232,233,229,245,244,232,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49,119,
+    233,235,229,245,244,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49,115,232,233,
+    242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,116,235,225,244,225,235,225,238,
+     97,128, 48,212,243,249,237,226,239,236,231,242,229,229,107,128,
+      3,214,247,242,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5,131,236,
+    245,115,132,  0, 43,151,189,151,200,151,209,151,242,226,229,236,
+    239,247,227,237, 98,128,  3, 31,227,233,242,227,236,101,128, 34,
+    149,109,  2,151,215,151,222,233,238,245,115,128,  0,177,111,  2,
+    151,228,151,232,100,128,  2,214,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,
+    255, 11,115,  2,151,248,151,255,237,225,236,108,128,254, 98,245,
+    240,229,242,233,239,114,128, 32,122,109,  2,152, 15,152, 26,239,
+    238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 80,243,241,245,225,242,101,
+    128, 51,216,111,  5,152, 47,152, 58,152,125,152,136,152,146,232,
+    233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,125,233,238,244,233,238,231,
+    233,238,228,229,120,  4,152, 78,152, 90,152,102,152,115,228,239,
+    247,238,247,232,233,244,101,128, 38, 31,236,229,230,244,247,232,
+    233,244,101,128, 38, 28,242,233,231,232,244,247,232,233,244,101,
+    128, 38, 30,245,240,247,232,233,244,101,128, 38, 29,235,225,244,
+    225,235,225,238, 97,128, 48,221,240,236,225,244,232,225,105,128,
+     14, 27,243,244,225,236,237,225,242,107,129, 48, 18,152,159,230,
+    225,227,101,128, 48, 32,240,225,242,229,110,128, 36,171,114,  3,
+    152,182,152,208,152,233,101,  2,152,188,152,196,227,229,228,229,
+    115,128, 34,122,243,227,242,233,240,244,233,239,110,128, 33, 30,
+    233,237,101,  2,152,216,152,222,237,239,100,128,  2,185,242,229,
+    246,229,242,243,229,100,128, 32, 53,111,  4,152,243,152,250,153,
+      4,153, 17,228,245,227,116,128, 34, 15,234,229,227,244,233,246,
+    101,128, 35,  5,236,239,238,231,229,228,235,225,238, 97,128, 48,
+    252,112,  2,153, 23,153, 60,101,  2,153, 29,153, 36,236,236,239,
+    114,128, 35, 24,242,243,117,  2,153, 44,153, 51,226,243,229,116,
+    128, 34,130,240,229,242,243,229,116,128, 34,131,239,242,244,233,
+    239,110,129, 34, 55,153, 71,225,108,128, 34, 29,115,  2,153, 82,
+    153,125,105,130,  3,200,153, 90,153,101,227,249,242,233,236,236,
+    233, 99,128,  4,113,236,233,240,238,229,245,237,225,244,225,227,
+    249,242,233,236,236,233,227,227,237, 98,128,  4,134,243,241,245,
+    225,242,101,128, 51,176,117,  2,153,140,153,151,232,233,242,225,
+    231,225,238, 97,128, 48,119,235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,128,
+     48,215,246,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,180,247,243,241,245,
+    225,242,101,128, 51,186,113,136,  0,113,153,202,154,251,155,  6,
+    155, 15,155, 22,155, 34,155, 72,155, 80, 97,  4,153,212,153,235,
+    154, 43,154,234,100,  2,153,218,153,224,229,246, 97,128,  9, 88,
+    237,225,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,168,102,  4,153,245,153,
+    254,154, 12,154, 28,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 66,230,233,
+    238,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,214,233,238,233,244,
+    233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,215,237,229,228,233,
+    225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,216,237,225,244,115,136,
+      5,184,154, 66,154, 86,154,100,154,105,154,110,154,119,154,134,
+    154,221, 49,  3,154, 74,154, 78,154, 82, 48,128,  5,184, 97,128,
+      5,184, 99,128,  5,184, 50,  2,154, 92,154, 96, 55,128,  5,184,
+     57,128,  5,184,179, 51,128,  5,184,228,101,128,  5,184,232,229,
+    226,242,229,119,128,  5,184,238,225,242,242,239,247,232,229,226,
+    242,229,119,128,  5,184,113,  2,154,140,154,206,225,244,225,110,
+      4,154,153,154,162,154,177,154,193,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,
+      5,184,238,225,242,242,239,247,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,
+    184,241,245,225,242,244,229,242,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,
+    184,247,233,228,229,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,184,245,225,
+    242,244,229,242,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,184,247,233,228,
+    229,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,184,242,238,229,249,240,225,
+    242,225,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,159,226,239,240,239,237,
+    239,230,111,128, 49, 17,227,233,242,227,236,101,128, 36,224,232,
+    239,239,107,128,  2,160,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,
+    255, 81,239,102,130,  5,231,155, 43,155, 63,228,225,231,229,243,
+    104,129,251, 71,155, 54,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,251, 71,232,
+    229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,231,240,225,242,229,110,128, 36,172,
+    117,  4,155, 90,155,102,155,191,156, 22,225,242,244,229,242,238,
+    239,244,101,128, 38,105,226,245,244,115,135,  5,187,155,123,155,
+    128,155,133,155,138,155,147,155,162,155,178,177, 56,128,  5,187,
+    178, 53,128,  5,187,179, 49,128,  5,187,232,229,226,242,229,119,
+    128,  5,187,238,225,242,242,239,247,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,
+      5,187,241,245,225,242,244,229,242,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,
+      5,187,247,233,228,229,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,187,229,
+    243,244,233,239,110,133,  0, 63,155,210,155,233,155,250,156,  2,
+    156, 14,225,114,  2,155,217,155,224,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 31,
+    237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5, 94,228,239,247,110,129,  0,191,
+    155,242,243,237,225,236,108,128,247,191,231,242,229,229,107,128,
+      3,126,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 31,243,237,
+    225,236,108,128,247, 63,239,244,101,  4,156, 34,156,105,156,125,
+    156,154,228,226,108,133,  0, 34,156, 50,156, 57,156, 64,156, 76,
+    156, 97,226,225,243,101,128, 32, 30,236,229,230,116,128, 32, 28,
+    237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255,  2,240,242,233,237,
+    101,129, 48, 30,156, 86,242,229,246,229,242,243,229,100,128, 48,
+     29,242,233,231,232,116,128, 32, 29,236,229,230,116,129, 32, 24,
+    156,114,242,229,246,229,242,243,229,100,128, 32, 27,114,  2,156,
+    131,156,141,229,246,229,242,243,229,100,128, 32, 27,233,231,232,
+    116,129, 32, 25,156,150,110,128,  1, 73,243,233,238,231,108,  2,
+    156,164,156,171,226,225,243,101,128, 32, 26,101,129,  0, 39,156,
+    177,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255,  7,114,145,  0,
+    114,156,227,157,231,157,242,158, 33,158, 84,159,101,159,125,159,
+    220,161,254,162, 35,162, 47,162,101,162,109,163, 15,163, 26,163,
+     61,163,161, 97, 11,156,251,157,  6,157, 16,157, 23,157, 88,157,
+    104,157,129,157,140,157,165,157,188,157,225,225,242,237,229,238,
+    233,225,110,128,  5,124,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,176,
+    227,245,244,101,128,  1, 85,100,  4,157, 33,157, 39,157, 53,157,
+     79,229,246, 97,128,  9, 48,233,227,225,108,129, 34, 26,157, 48,
+    229,120,128,248,229,239,246,229,242,243,243,241,245,225,242,101,
+    129, 51,174,157, 69,228,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,175,243,
+    241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,173,230,101,129,  5,191,157, 95,232,
+    229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,191,231,117,  2,157,111,157,120,234,
+    225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,176,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10,
+     48,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,137,235,225,244,225,
+    235,225,238, 97,129, 48,233,157,153,232,225,236,230,247,233,228,
+    244,104,128,255,151,236,239,247,229,242,228,233,225,231,239,238,
+    225,236,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,241,109,  2,157,194,
+    157,217,233,228,228,236,229,228,233,225,231,239,238,225,236,226,
+    229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,240,243,232,239,242,110,128,  2,
+    100,244,233,111,128, 34, 54,226,239,240,239,237,239,230,111,128,
+     49, 22, 99,  4,157,252,158,  3,158, 12,158, 20,225,242,239,110,
+    128,  1, 89,229,228,233,236,236, 97,128,  1, 87,233,242,227,236,
+    101,128, 36,225,239,237,237,225,225,227,227,229,238,116,128,  1,
+     87,100,  2,158, 39,158, 49,226,236,231,242,225,246,101,128,  2,
+     17,239,116,  2,158, 56,158, 65,225,227,227,229,238,116,128, 30,
+     89,226,229,236,239,119,129, 30, 91,158, 75,237,225,227,242,239,
+    110,128, 30, 93,101,  6,158, 98,158,143,158,178,158,233,159,  2,
+    159, 35,102,  2,158,104,158,117,229,242,229,238,227,229,237,225,
+    242,107,128, 32, 59,236,229,248,243,117,  2,158,127,158,134,226,
+    243,229,116,128, 34,134,240,229,242,243,229,116,128, 34,135,231,
+    233,243,244,229,114,  2,158,154,158,159,229,100,128,  0,174,115,
+      2,158,165,158,171,225,238,115,128,248,232,229,242,233,102,128,
+    246,218,104,  3,158,186,158,209,158,223,225,114,  2,158,193,158,
+    200,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 49,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5,
+    128,230,233,238,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,174,233,
+    242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,140,235,225,244,225,235,225,238,
+     97,129, 48,236,158,246,232,225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,
+    255,154,243,104,130,  5,232,159, 11,159, 26,228,225,231,229,243,
+    232,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,251, 72,232,229,226,242,229,119,
+    128,  5,232,118,  3,159, 43,159, 56,159, 88,229,242,243,229,228,
+    244,233,236,228,101,128, 34, 61,233, 97,  2,159, 63,159, 72,232,
+    229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,151,237,245,231,242,225,243,232,232,
+    229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,151,236,239,231,233,227,225,236,238,
+    239,116,128, 35, 16,230,233,243,232,232,239,239,107,129,  2,126,
+    159,114,242,229,246,229,242,243,229,100,128,  2,127,104,  2,159,
+    131,159,154, 97,  2,159,137,159,147,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,
+    128,  9,221,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 93,111,131,  3,193,159,164,
+    159,193,159,207,239,107,129,  2,125,159,171,244,245,242,238,229,
+    100,129,  2,123,159,182,243,245,240,229,242,233,239,114,128,  2,
+    181,243,249,237,226,239,236,231,242,229,229,107,128,  3,241,244,
+    233,227,232,239,239,235,237,239,100,128,  2,222,105,  6,159,234,
+    161, 22,161, 68,161, 79,161,104,161,240,229,245,108,  9,160,  0,
+    160, 35,160, 50,160, 64,160,110,160,124,160,210,160,223,161,  2,
+     97,  2,160,  6,160, 21,227,233,242,227,236,229,235,239,242,229,
+    225,110,128, 50,113,240,225,242,229,238,235,239,242,229,225,110,
+    128, 50, 17,227,233,242,227,236,229,235,239,242,229,225,110,128,
+     50, 99,232,233,229,245,232,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49, 64,
+    107,  2,160, 70,160,102,233,249,229,239,107,  2,160, 80,160, 89,
+    235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49, 58,243,233,239,243,235,239,242,
+    229,225,110,128, 49,105,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49, 57,237,233,
+    229,245,237,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49, 59,112,  3,160,132,
+    160,164,160,179, 97,  2,160,138,160,152,238,243,233,239,243,235,
+    239,242,229,225,110,128, 49,108,242,229,238,235,239,242,229,225,
+    110,128, 50,  3,232,233,229,245,240,232,235,239,242,229,225,110,
+    128, 49, 63,233,229,245,112,  2,160,188,160,197,235,239,242,229,
+    225,110,128, 49, 60,243,233,239,243,235,239,242,229,225,110,128,
+     49,107,243,233,239,243,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49, 61,116,
+      2,160,229,160,244,232,233,229,245,244,232,235,239,242,229,225,
+    110,128, 49, 62,233,235,229,245,244,235,239,242,229,225,110,128,
+     49,106,249,229,239,242,233,238,232,233,229,245,232,235,239,242,
+    229,225,110,128, 49,109,231,232,116,  2,161, 30,161, 38,225,238,
+    231,236,101,128, 34, 31,116,  2,161, 44,161, 58,225,227,235,226,
+    229,236,239,247,227,237, 98,128,  3, 25,242,233,225,238,231,236,
+    101,128, 34,191,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,138,235,
+    225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,234,161, 92,232,225,236,230,
+    247,233,228,244,104,128,255,152,110,  2,161,110,161,226,103,131,
+      2,218,161,120,161,131,161,137,226,229,236,239,247,227,237, 98,
+    128,  3, 37,227,237, 98,128,  3, 10,232,225,236,102,  2,161,146,
+    161,192,236,229,230,116,131,  2,191,161,159,161,170,161,181,225,
+    242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5, 89,226,229,236,239,247,227,
+    237, 98,128,  3, 28,227,229,238,244,229,242,229,100,128,  2,211,
+    242,233,231,232,116,130,  2,190,161,204,161,215,226,229,236,239,
+    247,227,237, 98,128,  3, 57,227,229,238,244,229,242,229,100,128,
+      2,210,246,229,242,244,229,228,226,242,229,246,101,128,  2, 19,
+    244,244,239,242,245,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51, 81,108,  2,
+    162,  4,162, 15,233,238,229,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30, 95,239,
+    238,231,236,229,103,129,  2,124,162, 26,244,245,242,238,229,100,
+    128,  2,122,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 82,111,
+      3,162, 55,162, 66,162, 91,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128,
+     48,141,235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,237,162, 79,232,
+    225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,155,242,245,225,244,232,
+    225,105,128, 14, 35,240,225,242,229,110,128, 36,173,114,  3,162,
+    117,162,153,162,183, 97,  3,162,125,162,135,162,142,226,229,238,
+    231,225,236,105,128,  9,220,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 49,231,245,
+    242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10, 92,229,104,  2,162,160,162,169,
+    225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6,145,230,233,238,225,236,225,242,
+    225,226,233, 99,128,251,141,246,239,227,225,236,233, 99,  4,162,
+    199,162,209,162,216,162,227,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,
+    224,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 96,231,245,234,225,242,225,244,105,
+    128, 10,224,246,239,247,229,236,243,233,231,110,  3,162,243,162,
+    253,163,  4,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,196,228,229,246,
+     97,128,  9, 68,231,245,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,196,243,
+    245,240,229,242,233,239,114,128,246,241,116,  2,163, 32,163, 40,
+    226,236,239,227,107,128, 37,144,245,242,238,229,100,129,  2,121,
+    163, 50,243,245,240,229,242,233,239,114,128,  2,180,117,  4,163,
+     71,163, 82,163,107,163,154,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128,
+     48,139,235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,235,163, 95,232,
+    225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,153,112,  2,163,113,163,
+    148,229,101,  2,163,120,163,134,237,225,242,235,226,229,238,231,
+    225,236,105,128,  9,242,243,233,231,238,226,229,238,231,225,236,
+    105,128,  9,243,233,225,104,128,246,221,244,232,225,105,128, 14,
+     36,246,239,227,225,236,233, 99,  4,163,177,163,187,163,194,163,
+    205,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,139,228,229,246, 97,128,
+      9, 11,231,245,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,139,246,239,247,
+    229,236,243,233,231,110,  3,163,221,163,231,163,238,226,229,238,
+    231,225,236,105,128,  9,195,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 67,231,245,
+    234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,195,115,147,  0,115,164, 35,166,
+      5,166, 16,166,142,166,181,169,123,169,134,172, 21,174,159,174,
+    205,174,232,175,167,175,234,177, 11,177, 21,177,207,178, 24,178,
+    194,178,204, 97,  9,164, 55,164, 65,164, 86,164,158,164,183,164,
+    194,164,219,164,251,165, 35,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,
+    184,227,245,244,101,129,  1, 91,164, 74,228,239,244,225,227,227,
+    229,238,116,128, 30,101,100,  5,164, 98,164,107,164,113,164,127,
+    164,143,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 53,229,246, 97,128,  9,
+     56,230,233,238,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,186,233,
+    238,233,244,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,187,237,
+    229,228,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,188,231,117,
+      2,164,165,164,174,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,184,242,237,
+    245,235,232,105,128, 10, 56,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128,
+     48, 85,235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,181,164,207,232,
+    225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,123,236,236,225,236,236,
+    225,232,239,245,225,236,225,249,232,229,247,225,243,225,236,236,
+    225,237,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,253,250,237,229,235,104,130,
+      5,225,165,  6,165, 26,228,225,231,229,243,104,129,251, 65,165,
+     17,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,251, 65,232,229,226,242,229,119,
+    128,  5,225,242, 97,  5,165, 48,165,122,165,130,165,180,165,188,
+     97,  5,165, 60,165, 68,165, 76,165,107,165,115,225,244,232,225,
+    105,128, 14, 50,229,244,232,225,105,128, 14, 65,233,237,225,233,
+    109,  2,165, 86,165, 97,225,236,225,233,244,232,225,105,128, 14,
+     68,245,225,238,244,232,225,105,128, 14, 67,237,244,232,225,105,
+    128, 14, 51,244,232,225,105,128, 14, 48,229,244,232,225,105,128,
+     14, 64,105,  3,165,138,165,162,165,173,105,  2,165,144,165,155,
+    236,229,230,244,244,232,225,105,128,248,134,244,232,225,105,128,
+     14, 53,236,229,230,244,244,232,225,105,128,248,133,244,232,225,
+    105,128, 14, 52,239,244,232,225,105,128, 14, 66,117,  3,165,196,
+    165,246,165,253,101,  3,165,204,165,228,165,239,101,  2,165,210,
+    165,221,236,229,230,244,244,232,225,105,128,248,136,244,232,225,
+    105,128, 14, 55,236,229,230,244,244,232,225,105,128,248,135,244,
+    232,225,105,128, 14, 54,244,232,225,105,128, 14, 56,245,244,232,
+    225,105,128, 14, 57,226,239,240,239,237,239,230,111,128, 49, 25,
+     99,  5,166, 28,166, 49,166, 58,166,107,166,129,225,242,239,110,
+    129,  1, 97,166, 37,228,239,244,225,227,227,229,238,116,128, 30,
+    103,229,228,233,236,236, 97,128,  1, 95,232,247, 97,131,  2, 89,
+    166, 70,166, 81,166,100,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,
+    217,228,233,229,242,229,243,233,243,227,249,242,233,236,236,233,
+     99,128,  4,219,232,239,239,107,128,  2, 90,233,242, 99,  2,166,
+    115,166,120,236,101,128, 36,226,245,237,230,236,229,120,128,  1,
+     93,239,237,237,225,225,227,227,229,238,116,128,  2, 25,228,239,
+    116,  2,166,150,166,159,225,227,227,229,238,116,128, 30, 97,226,
+    229,236,239,119,129, 30, 99,166,169,228,239,244,225,227,227,229,
+    238,116,128, 30,105,101,  9,166,201,166,217,166,252,167, 61,167,
+    164,167,191,167,216,168, 41,168, 68,225,231,245,236,236,226,229,
+    236,239,247,227,237, 98,128,  3, 60, 99,  2,166,223,166,245,239,
+    238,100,129, 32, 51,166,231,244,239,238,229,227,232,233,238,229,
+    243,101,128,  2,202,244,233,239,110,128,  0,167,229,110,  4,167,
+      7,167, 16,167, 30,167, 46,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 51,
+    230,233,238,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,178,233,238,
+    233,244,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,179,237,229,
+    228,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,180,231,239,108,
+    135,  5,182,167, 81,167, 95,167,100,167,109,167,124,167,140,167,
+    151, 49,  2,167, 87,167, 91, 51,128,  5,182,102,128,  5,182,178,
+     99,128,  5,182,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,182,238,225,242,
+    242,239,247,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,182,241,245,225,242,
+    244,229,242,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,182,244,225,232,229,
+    226,242,229,119,128,  5,146,247,233,228,229,232,229,226,242,229,
+    119,128,  5,182,104,  2,167,170,167,181,225,242,237,229,238,233,
+    225,110,128,  5,125,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48, 91,235,
+    225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,187,167,204,232,225,236,230,
+    247,233,228,244,104,128,255,126,237,105,  2,167,223,168, 10,227,
+    239,236,239,110,131,  0, 59,167,237,167,246,168,  2,225,242,225,
+    226,233, 99,128,  6, 27,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,
+    255, 27,243,237,225,236,108,128,254, 84,246,239,233,227,229,228,
+    237,225,242,235,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,156,168, 29,232,225,236,
+    230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,159,238,116,  2,168, 48,168, 58,
+    233,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51, 34,239,243,241,245,225,242,
+    101,128, 51, 35,246,229,110,142,  0, 55,168,102,168,111,168,121,
+    168,151,168,158,168,168,168,193,168,220,168,254,169, 10,169, 21,
+    169, 54,169, 62,169, 73,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6,103,226,
+    229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,237,227,233,242,227,236,101,129,
+     36,102,168,132,233,238,246,229,242,243,229,243,225,238,243,243,
+    229,242,233,102,128, 39,144,228,229,246, 97,128,  9,109,229,233,
+    231,232,244,232,115,128, 33, 94,231,117,  2,168,175,168,184,234,
+    225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,237,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10,
+    109,232, 97,  2,168,200,168,211,227,235,225,242,225,226,233, 99,
+    128,  6,103,238,231,250,232,239,117,128, 48, 39,105,  2,168,226,
+    168,244,228,229,239,231,242,225,240,232,233,227,240,225,242,229,
+    110,128, 50, 38,238,230,229,242,233,239,114,128, 32,135,237,239,
+    238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 23,239,236,228,243,244,249,
+    236,101,128,247, 55,112,  2,169, 27,169, 34,225,242,229,110,128,
+     36,122,229,114,  2,169, 41,169, 47,233,239,100,128, 36,142,243,
+    233,225,110,128,  6,247,242,239,237,225,110,128, 33,118,243,245,
+    240,229,242,233,239,114,128, 32,119,116,  2,169, 79,169,117,229,
+    229,110,  2,169, 87,169, 96,227,233,242,227,236,101,128, 36,112,
+    112,  2,169,102,169,109,225,242,229,110,128, 36,132,229,242,233,
+    239,100,128, 36,152,232,225,105,128, 14, 87,230,244,232,249,240,
+    232,229,110,128,  0,173,104,  7,169,150,170,124,170,135,170,149,
+    171, 94,171,107,172, 15, 97,  6,169,164,169,175,169,185,169,196,
+    170, 83,170,108,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5,119,226,
+    229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,182,227,249,242,233,236,236,233,
+     99,128,  4, 72,100,  2,169,202,170, 42,228, 97,  4,169,213,169,
+    222,169,253,170, 11,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 81,228,225,
+    237,237, 97,  2,169,232,169,241,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,252,
+     97,244,225,238,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,252, 94,230,225,244,
+    232,225,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,252, 96,235,225,243,242, 97,
+      2,170, 21,170, 30,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,252, 98,244,225,
+    238,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,252, 95,101,132, 37,146,170, 54,
+    170, 61,170, 69,170, 78,228,225,242,107,128, 37,147,236,233,231,
+    232,116,128, 37,145,237,229,228,233,245,109,128, 37,146,246, 97,
+    128,  9, 54,231,117,  2,170, 90,170, 99,234,225,242,225,244,105,
+    128, 10,182,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10, 54,236,243,232,229,
+    236,229,244,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,147,226,239,240,239,
+    237,239,230,111,128, 49, 21,227,232,225,227,249,242,233,236,236,
+    233, 99,128,  4, 73,101,  4,170,159,170,224,170,234,170,251,229,
+    110,  4,170,170,170,179,170,193,170,209,225,242,225,226,233, 99,
+    128,  6, 52,230,233,238,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,
+    182,233,238,233,244,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,
+    183,237,229,228,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,184,
+    233,227,239,240,244,233, 99,128,  3,227,241,229,108,129, 32,170,
+    170,242,232,229,226,242,229,119,128, 32,170,246, 97,134,  5,176,
+    171, 12,171, 27,171, 41,171, 50,171, 65,171, 81, 49,  2,171, 18,
+    171, 23,177, 53,128,  5,176, 53,128,  5,176, 50,  2,171, 33,171,
+     37, 50,128,  5,176,101,128,  5,176,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,
+      5,176,238,225,242,242,239,247,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,
+    176,241,245,225,242,244,229,242,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,
+    176,247,233,228,229,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,176,232,225,
+    227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,187,105,  2,171,113,171,
+    124,237,225,227,239,240,244,233, 99,128,  3,237,110,131,  5,233,
+    171,134,171,217,171,226,100,  2,171,140,171,206,225,231,229,243,
+    104,130,251, 73,171,152,171,161,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,251,
+     73,115,  2,171,167,171,187,232,233,238,228,239,116,129,251, 44,
+    171,178,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,251, 44,233,238,228,239,116,
+    129,251, 45,171,197,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,251, 45,239,244,
+    232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,193,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,
+      5,233,115,  2,171,232,171,252,232,233,238,228,239,116,129,251,
+     42,171,243,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,251, 42,233,238,228,239,
+    116,129,251, 43,172,  6,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,251, 43,239,
+    239,107,128,  2,130,105,  8,172, 39,172, 83,172, 94,172,119,172,
+    149,172,157,172,170,173, 85,231,237, 97,131,  3,195,172, 51,172,
+     55,172, 63, 49,128,  3,194,230,233,238,225,108,128,  3,194,236,
+    245,238,225,244,229,243,249,237,226,239,236,231,242,229,229,107,
+    128,  3,242,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48, 87,235,225,
+    244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,183,172,107,232,225,236,230,247,
+    233,228,244,104,128,255,124,236,245,113,  2,172,127,172,136,232,
+    229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,189,236,229,230,244,232,229,226,242,
+    229,119,128,  5,189,237,233,236,225,114,128, 34, 60,238,228,239,
+    244,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,194,239,115,  6,172,185,172,
+    220,172,252,173, 24,173, 38,173, 70, 97,  2,172,191,172,206,227,
+    233,242,227,236,229,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 50,116,240,225,
+    242,229,238,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 50, 20,227,105,  2,172,
+    227,172,239,229,245,227,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49,126,242,
+    227,236,229,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 50,102,107,  2,173,  2,
+    173, 16,233,249,229,239,235,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49,122,
+    239,242,229,225,110,128, 49, 69,238,233,229,245,238,235,239,242,
+    229,225,110,128, 49,123,112,  2,173, 44,173, 57,225,242,229,238,
+    235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 50,  6,233,229,245,240,235,239,242,
+    229,225,110,128, 49,125,244,233,235,229,245,244,235,239,242,229,
+    225,110,128, 49,124,120,141,  0, 54,173,115,173,124,173,134,173,
+    164,173,171,173,196,173,223,174,  1,174, 13,174, 24,174, 57,174,
+     65,174, 76,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6,102,226,229,238,231,
+    225,236,105,128,  9,236,227,233,242,227,236,101,129, 36,101,173,
+    145,233,238,246,229,242,243,229,243,225,238,243,243,229,242,233,
+    102,128, 39,143,228,229,246, 97,128,  9,108,231,117,  2,173,178,
+    173,187,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,236,242,237,245,235,232,
+    105,128, 10,108,232, 97,  2,173,203,173,214,227,235,225,242,225,
+    226,233, 99,128,  6,102,238,231,250,232,239,117,128, 48, 38,105,
+      2,173,229,173,247,228,229,239,231,242,225,240,232,233,227,240,
+    225,242,229,110,128, 50, 37,238,230,229,242,233,239,114,128, 32,
+    134,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 22,239,236,228,
+    243,244,249,236,101,128,247, 54,112,  2,174, 30,174, 37,225,242,
+    229,110,128, 36,121,229,114,  2,174, 44,174, 50,233,239,100,128,
+     36,141,243,233,225,110,128,  6,246,242,239,237,225,110,128, 33,
+    117,243,245,240,229,242,233,239,114,128, 32,118,116,  2,174, 82,
+    174,153,229,229,110,  2,174, 90,174,132, 99,  2,174, 96,174,104,
+    233,242,227,236,101,128, 36,111,245,242,242,229,238,227,249,228,
+    229,238,239,237,233,238,225,244,239,242,226,229,238,231,225,236,
+    105,128,  9,249,112,  2,174,138,174,145,225,242,229,110,128, 36,
+    131,229,242,233,239,100,128, 36,151,232,225,105,128, 14, 86,108,
+      2,174,165,174,185,225,243,104,129,  0, 47,174,173,237,239,238,
+    239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 15,239,238,103,129,  1,127,174,
+    193,228,239,244,225,227,227,229,238,116,128, 30,155,109,  2,174,
+    211,174,221,233,236,229,230,225,227,101,128, 38, 58,239,238,239,
+    243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 83,111,  6,174,246,175, 40,175, 51,
+    175, 76,175,121,175,132,102,  2,174,252,175, 10,240,225,243,245,
+    241,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,195,116,  2,175, 16,175, 25,
+    232,249,240,232,229,110,128,  0,173,243,233,231,238,227,249,242,
+    233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 76,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,
+    128, 48, 93,235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,189,175, 64,
+    232,225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,127,236,233,228,245,
+    115,  2,175, 86,175,103,236,239,238,231,239,246,229,242,236,225,
+    249,227,237, 98,128,  3, 56,243,232,239,242,244,239,246,229,242,
+    236,225,249,227,237, 98,128,  3, 55,242,245,243,233,244,232,225,
+    105,128, 14, 41,115,  3,175,140,175,150,175,158,225,236,225,244,
+    232,225,105,128, 14, 40,239,244,232,225,105,128, 14, 11,245,225,
+    244,232,225,105,128, 14, 42,240, 97,  3,175,176,175,196,175,228,
+    227,101,129,  0, 32,175,183,232,225,227,235,225,242,225,226,233,
+     99,128,  0, 32,228,101,129, 38, 96,175,203,243,245,233,116,  2,
+    175,212,175,220,226,236,225,227,107,128, 38, 96,247,232,233,244,
+    101,128, 38,100,242,229,110,128, 36,174,241,245,225,242,101, 11,
+    176,  6,176, 17,176, 31,176, 56,176, 73,176, 99,176,114,176,147,
+    176,174,176,230,176,245,226,229,236,239,247,227,237, 98,128,  3,
+     59, 99,  2,176, 23,176, 27, 99,128, 51,196,109,128, 51,157,228,
+    233,225,231,239,238,225,236,227,242,239,243,243,232,225,244,227,
+    232,230,233,236,108,128, 37,169,232,239,242,233,250,239,238,244,
+    225,236,230,233,236,108,128, 37,164,107,  2,176, 79,176, 83,103,
+    128, 51,143,109,129, 51,158,176, 89,227,225,240,233,244,225,108,
+    128, 51,206,108,  2,176,105,176,109,110,128, 51,209,239,103,128,
+     51,210,109,  4,176,124,176,128,176,133,176,137,103,128, 51,142,
+    233,108,128, 51,213,109,128, 51,156,243,241,245,225,242,229,100,
+    128, 51,161,239,242,244,232,239,231,239,238,225,236,227,242,239,
+    243,243,232,225,244,227,232,230,233,236,108,128, 37,166,245,240,
+    240,229,114,  2,176,184,176,207,236,229,230,244,244,239,236,239,
+    247,229,242,242,233,231,232,244,230,233,236,108,128, 37,167,242,
+    233,231,232,244,244,239,236,239,247,229,242,236,229,230,244,230,
+    233,236,108,128, 37,168,246,229,242,244,233,227,225,236,230,233,
+    236,108,128, 37,165,247,232,233,244,229,247,233,244,232,243,237,
+    225,236,236,226,236,225,227,107,128, 37,163,242,243,241,245,225,
+    242,101,128, 51,219,115,  2,177, 27,177,197, 97,  4,177, 37,177,
+     47,177, 54,177, 65,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,183,228,
+    229,246, 97,128,  9, 55,231,245,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,
+    183,238,103,  8,177, 84,177, 98,177,112,177,126,177,141,177,155,
+    177,169,177,182,227,233,229,245,227,235,239,242,229,225,110,128,
+     49, 73,232,233,229,245,232,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49,133,
+    233,229,245,238,231,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49,128,235,233,
+    249,229,239,235,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49, 50,238,233,229,
+    245,238,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49,101,240,233,229,245,240,
+    235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49, 67,243,233,239,243,235,239,242,
+    229,225,110,128, 49, 70,244,233,235,229,245,244,235,239,242,229,
+    225,110,128, 49, 56,245,240,229,242,233,239,114,128,246,242,116,
+      2,177,213,177,236,229,242,236,233,238,103,129,  0,163,177,224,
+    237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255,225,242,239,235,101,
+      2,177,245,178,  6,236,239,238,231,239,246,229,242,236,225,249,
+    227,237, 98,128,  3, 54,243,232,239,242,244,239,246,229,242,236,
+    225,249,227,237, 98,128,  3, 53,117,  7,178, 40,178, 72,178, 94,
+    178,105,178,146,178,156,178,160,226,243,229,116,130, 34,130,178,
+     51,178, 62,238,239,244,229,241,245,225,108,128, 34,138,239,242,
+    229,241,245,225,108,128, 34,134, 99,  2,178, 78,178, 86,227,229,
+    229,228,115,128, 34,123,232,244,232,225,116,128, 34, 11,232,233,
+    242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48, 89,107,  2,178,111,178,135,225,
+    244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,185,178,123,232,225,236,230,247,
+    233,228,244,104,128,255,125,245,238,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,
+      6, 82,237,237,225,244,233,239,110,128, 34, 17,110,128, 38, 60,
+    240,229,242,243,229,116,130, 34,131,178,173,178,184,238,239,244,
+    229,241,245,225,108,128, 34,139,239,242,229,241,245,225,108,128,
+     34,135,246,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,220,249,239,245,247,
+    225,229,242,225,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,124,116,144,  0,
+    116,179,  1,180, 10,180, 31,180,174,180,214,183,  6,186,144,187,
+    219,187,231,187,243,189, 20,189, 45,189,131,190, 55,190,239,191,
+     73, 97, 10,179, 23,179, 33,179, 54,179, 61,179, 86,179,164,179,
+    181,179,206,179,220,179,224,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,
+    164,227,107,  2,179, 40,179, 47,228,239,247,110,128, 34,164,236,
+    229,230,116,128, 34,163,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 36,231,117,  2,
+    179, 68,179, 77,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,164,242,237,245,
+    235,232,105,128, 10, 36,104,  4,179, 96,179,105,179,119,179,149,
+    225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 55,230,233,238,225,236,225,242,
+    225,226,233, 99,128,254,194,105,  2,179,125,179,140,238,233,244,
+    233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,195,242,225,231,225,
+    238, 97,128, 48, 95,237,229,228,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233,
+     99,128,254,196,233,243,249,239,245,229,242,225,243,241,245,225,
+    242,101,128, 51,125,235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,191,
+    179,194,232,225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,128,244,247,
+    229,229,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 64,117,128,  3,196,
+    118,130,  5,234,179,232,180,  1,228,225,231,229,115,129,251, 74,
+    179,242,104,129,251, 74,179,248,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,251,
+     74,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,234, 98,  2,180, 16,180, 21,
+    225,114,128,  1,103,239,240,239,237,239,230,111,128, 49, 10, 99,
+      6,180, 45,180, 52,180, 59,180, 68,180,134,180,161,225,242,239,
+    110,128,  1,101,227,245,242,108,128,  2,168,229,228,233,236,236,
+     97,128,  1, 99,232,229,104,  4,180, 80,180, 89,180,103,180,119,
+    225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6,134,230,233,238,225,236,225,242,
+    225,226,233, 99,128,251,123,233,238,233,244,233,225,236,225,242,
+    225,226,233, 99,128,251,124,237,229,228,233,225,236,225,242,225,
+    226,233, 99,128,251,125,233,242, 99,  2,180,142,180,147,236,101,
+    128, 36,227,245,237,230,236,229,248,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30,
+    113,239,237,237,225,225,227,227,229,238,116,128,  1, 99,100,  2,
+    180,180,180,190,233,229,242,229,243,233,115,128, 30,151,239,116,
+      2,180,197,180,206,225,227,227,229,238,116,128, 30,107,226,229,
+    236,239,119,128, 30,109,101,  9,180,234,180,245,181,  9,182, 19,
+    182, 44,182,108,182,175,182,180,182,232,227,249,242,233,236,236,
+    233, 99,128,  4, 66,228,229,243,227,229,238,228,229,242,227,249,
+    242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,173,104,  7,181, 25,181, 34,181,
+     48,181, 88,181,118,181,159,182,  1,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,
+      6, 42,230,233,238,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,150,
+    232,225,232,105,  2,181, 57,181, 72,238,233,244,233,225,236,225,
+    242,225,226,233, 99,128,252,162,243,239,236,225,244,229,228,225,
+    242,225,226,233, 99,128,252, 12,105,  2,181, 94,181,109,238,233,
+    244,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,151,242,225,231,
+    225,238, 97,128, 48,102,234,229,229,237,105,  2,181,128,181,143,
+    238,233,244,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,252,161,243,
+    239,236,225,244,229,228,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,252, 11,109,
+      2,181,165,181,199,225,242,226,245,244, 97,  2,181,176,181,185,
+    225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 41,230,233,238,225,236,225,242,
+    225,226,233, 99,128,254,148,101,  2,181,205,181,218,228,233,225,
+    236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,152,229,237,105,  2,181,226,
+    181,241,238,233,244,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,252,
+    164,243,239,236,225,244,229,228,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,252,
+     14,238,239,239,238,230,233,238,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,
+    128,252,115,235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,198,182, 32,
+    232,225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,131,108,  2,182, 50,
+    182, 69,229,240,232,239,238,101,129, 33, 33,182, 61,226,236,225,
+    227,107,128, 38, 14,233,243,232, 97,  2,182, 78,182, 93,231,229,
+    228,239,236,225,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,160,241,229,244,
+    225,238,225,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,169,110,  4,182,118,
+    182,127,182,146,182,167,227,233,242,227,236,101,128, 36,105,233,
+    228,229,239,231,242,225,240,232,233,227,240,225,242,229,110,128,
+     50, 41,112,  2,182,152,182,159,225,242,229,110,128, 36,125,229,
+    242,233,239,100,128, 36,145,242,239,237,225,110,128, 33,121,243,
+    104,128,  2,167,116,131,  5,216,182,190,182,210,182,219,228,225,
+    231,229,243,104,129,251, 56,182,201,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,
+    251, 56,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,216,243,229,227,249,242,
+    233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,181,246,233,114,  2,182,240,182,249,
+    232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,155,236,229,230,244,232,229,226,
+    242,229,119,128,  5,155,104,  6,183, 20,183,172,184, 38,184,170,
+    185, 77,186,134, 97,  5,183, 32,183, 42,183, 49,183, 74,183,103,
+    226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,165,228,229,246, 97,128,  9,
+     37,231,117,  2,183, 56,183, 65,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,
+    165,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10, 37,108,  2,183, 80,183, 89,
+    225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 48,230,233,238,225,236,225,242,
+    225,226,233, 99,128,254,172,238,244,232,225,235,232,225,116,  3,
+    183,118,183,149,183,156,236,239,119,  2,183,126,183,137,236,229,
+    230,244,244,232,225,105,128,248,152,242,233,231,232,244,244,232,
+    225,105,128,248,151,244,232,225,105,128, 14, 76,245,240,240,229,
+    242,236,229,230,244,244,232,225,105,128,248,150,101,  3,183,180,
+    183,244,184, 11,104,  4,183,190,183,199,183,213,183,229,225,242,
+    225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 43,230,233,238,225,236,225,242,225,226,
+    233, 99,128,254,154,233,238,233,244,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,
+    233, 99,128,254,155,237,229,228,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233,
+     99,128,254,156,242,101,  2,183,251,184,  4,229,248,233,243,244,
+    115,128, 34,  3,230,239,242,101,128, 34, 52,244, 97,130,  3,184,
+    184, 20,184, 24, 49,128,  3,209,243,249,237,226,239,236,231,242,
+    229,229,107,128,  3,209,105,  2,184, 44,184,130,229,245,244,104,
+      4,184, 57,184, 92,184,107,184,116, 97,  2,184, 63,184, 78,227,
+    233,242,227,236,229,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 50,121,240,225,
+    242,229,238,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 50, 25,227,233,242,227,
+    236,229,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 50,107,235,239,242,229,225,
+    110,128, 49, 76,240,225,242,229,238,235,239,242,229,225,110,128,
+     50, 11,242,244,229,229,110,  2,184,140,184,149,227,233,242,227,
+    236,101,128, 36,108,112,  2,184,155,184,162,225,242,229,110,128,
+     36,128,229,242,233,239,100,128, 36,148,111,  6,184,184,184,201,
+    184,206,184,220,184,225,185, 22,238,225,238,231,237,239,238,244,
+    232,239,244,232,225,105,128, 14, 17,239,107,128,  1,173,240,232,
+    245,244,232,225,239,244,232,225,105,128, 14, 18,242,110,128,  0,
+    254,244,104,  3,184,234,185,  2,185, 12, 97,  2,184,240,184,250,
+    232,225,238,244,232,225,105,128, 14, 23,238,244,232,225,105,128,
+     14, 16,239,238,231,244,232,225,105,128, 14, 24,245,238,231,244,
+    232,225,105,128, 14, 22,245,243,225,238,100,  2,185, 32,185, 43,
+    227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,130,243,243,229,240,225,
+    242,225,244,239,114,  2,185, 58,185, 67,225,242,225,226,233, 99,
+    128,  6,108,240,229,242,243,233,225,110,128,  6,108,242,229,101,
+    144,  0, 51,185,115,185,124,185,134,185,164,185,171,185,181,185,
+    206,185,233,186, 11,186, 23,186, 42,186, 53,186, 86,186,108,186,
+    116,186,127,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 99,226,229,238,231,
+    225,236,105,128,  9,233,227,233,242,227,236,101,129, 36, 98,185,
+    145,233,238,246,229,242,243,229,243,225,238,243,243,229,242,233,
+    102,128, 39,140,228,229,246, 97,128,  9,105,229,233,231,232,244,
+    232,115,128, 33, 92,231,117,  2,185,188,185,197,234,225,242,225,
+    244,105,128, 10,233,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10,105,232, 97,
+      2,185,213,185,224,227,235,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 99,
+    238,231,250,232,239,117,128, 48, 35,105,  2,185,239,186,  1,228,
+    229,239,231,242,225,240,232,233,227,240,225,242,229,110,128, 50,
+     34,238,230,229,242,233,239,114,128, 32,131,237,239,238,239,243,
+    240,225,227,101,128,255, 19,238,245,237,229,242,225,244,239,242,
+    226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,246,239,236,228,243,244,249,
+    236,101,128,247, 51,112,  2,186, 59,186, 66,225,242,229,110,128,
+     36,118,229,114,  2,186, 73,186, 79,233,239,100,128, 36,138,243,
+    233,225,110,128,  6,243,241,245,225,242,244,229,242,115,129,  0,
+    190,186, 99,229,237,228,225,243,104,128,246,222,242,239,237,225,
+    110,128, 33,114,243,245,240,229,242,233,239,114,128,  0,179,244,
+    232,225,105,128, 14, 83,250,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,148,
+    105,  7,186,160,186,171,187, 30,187,128,187,140,187,189,187,206,
+    232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48, 97,107,  2,186,177,186,
+    201,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,193,186,189,232,225,236,
+    230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,129,229,245,116,  4,186,213,186,
+    248,187,  7,187, 16, 97,  2,186,219,186,234,227,233,242,227,236,
+    229,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 50,112,240,225,242,229,238,235,
+    239,242,229,225,110,128, 50, 16,227,233,242,227,236,229,235,239,
+    242,229,225,110,128, 50, 98,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49, 55,
+    240,225,242,229,238,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 50,  2,236,228,
+    101,133,  2,220,187, 46,187, 57,187, 74,187, 86,187,114,226,229,
+    236,239,247,227,237, 98,128,  3, 48, 99,  2,187, 63,187, 68,237,
+     98,128,  3,  3,239,237, 98,128,  3,  3,228,239,245,226,236,229,
+    227,237, 98,128,  3, 96,111,  2,187, 92,187,102,240,229,242,225,
+    244,239,114,128, 34, 60,246,229,242,236,225,249,227,237, 98,128,
+      3, 52,246,229,242,244,233,227,225,236,227,237, 98,128,  3, 62,
+    237,229,243,227,233,242,227,236,101,128, 34,151,112,  2,187,146,
+    187,176,229,232, 97,  2,187,154,187,163,232,229,226,242,229,119,
+    128,  5,150,236,229,230,244,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,150,
+    240,233,231,245,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10,112,244,236,239,
+    227,249,242,233,236,236,233,227,227,237, 98,128,  4,131,247,238,
+    225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5,127,236,233,238,229,226,
+    229,236,239,119,128, 30,111,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,
+    128,255, 84,111,  7,188,  3,188, 14,188, 25,188, 50,188,170,188,
+    182,189, 10,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5,105,232,233,
+    242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,104,235,225,244,225,235,225,238,
+     97,129, 48,200,188, 38,232,225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,
+    255,132,110,  3,188, 58,188,156,188,161,101,  4,188, 68,188,137,
+    188,144,188,150,226,225,114,  4,188, 80,188,109,188,119,188,128,
+    229,248,244,242, 97,  2,188, 90,188,100,232,233,231,232,237,239,
+    100,128,  2,229,236,239,247,237,239,100,128,  2,233,232,233,231,
+    232,237,239,100,128,  2,230,236,239,247,237,239,100,128,  2,232,
+    237,233,228,237,239,100,128,  2,231,230,233,246,101,128,  1,189,
+    243,233,120,128,  1,133,244,247,111,128,  1,168,239,115,128,  3,
+    132,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51, 39,240,225,244,225,235,244,
+    232,225,105,128, 14, 15,242,244,239,233,243,229,243,232,229,236,
+    236,226,242,225,227,235,229,116,  2,188,205,188,235,236,229,230,
+    116,130, 48, 20,188,216,188,224,243,237,225,236,108,128,254, 93,
+    246,229,242,244,233,227,225,108,128,254, 57,242,233,231,232,116,
+    130, 48, 21,188,247,188,255,243,237,225,236,108,128,254, 94,246,
+    229,242,244,233,227,225,108,128,254, 58,244,225,239,244,232,225,
+    105,128, 14, 21,240, 97,  2,189, 27,189, 39,236,225,244,225,236,
+    232,239,239,107,128,  1,171,242,229,110,128, 36,175,114,  3,189,
+     53,189, 84,189, 99,225,228,229,237,225,242,107,129, 33, 34,189,
+     65,115,  2,189, 71,189, 77,225,238,115,128,248,234,229,242,233,
+    102,128,246,219,229,244,242,239,230,236,229,248,232,239,239,107,
+    128,  2,136,233,225,103,  4,189,111,189,116,189,121,189,126,228,
+    110,128, 37,188,236,102,128, 37,196,242,116,128, 37,186,245,112,
+    128, 37,178,115,132,  2,166,189,143,189,182,190, 32,190, 45,225,
+    228,105,130,  5,230,189,153,189,173,228,225,231,229,243,104,129,
+    251, 70,189,164,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,251, 70,232,229,226,
+    242,229,119,128,  5,230,101,  2,189,188,189,199,227,249,242,233,
+    236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 70,242,101,134,  5,181,189,216,189,230,
+    189,235,189,244,190,  3,190, 19, 49,  2,189,222,189,226, 50,128,
+      5,181,101,128,  5,181,178, 98,128,  5,181,232,229,226,242,229,
+    119,128,  5,181,238,225,242,242,239,247,232,229,226,242,229,119,
+    128,  5,181,241,245,225,242,244,229,242,232,229,226,242,229,119,
+    128,  5,181,247,233,228,229,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,181,
+    232,229,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 91,245,240,229,
+    242,233,239,114,128,246,243,116,  4,190, 65,190,115,190,180,190,
+    231, 97,  3,190, 73,190, 83,190, 90,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,
+    128,  9,159,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 31,231,117,  2,190, 97,190,
+    106,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,159,242,237,245,235,232,105,
+    128, 10, 31,229,104,  4,190,126,190,135,190,149,190,165,225,242,
+    225,226,233, 99,128,  6,121,230,233,238,225,236,225,242,225,226,
+    233, 99,128,251,103,233,238,233,244,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,
+    233, 99,128,251,104,237,229,228,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233,
+     99,128,251,105,232, 97,  3,190,189,190,199,190,206,226,229,238,
+    231,225,236,105,128,  9,160,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 32,231,117,
+      2,190,213,190,222,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,160,242,237,
+    245,235,232,105,128, 10, 32,245,242,238,229,100,128,  2,135,117,
+      3,190,247,191,  2,191, 27,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128,
+     48,100,235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,196,191, 15,232,
+    225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,130,243,237,225,236,108,
+      2,191, 37,191, 48,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48, 99,
+    235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,195,191, 61,232,225,236,
+    230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,111,119,  2,191, 79,191,184,101,
+      2,191, 85,191,133,236,246,101,  3,191, 95,191,104,191,125,227,
+    233,242,227,236,101,128, 36,107,112,  2,191,110,191,117,225,242,
+    229,110,128, 36,127,229,242,233,239,100,128, 36,147,242,239,237,
+    225,110,128, 33,123,238,244,121,  3,191,143,191,152,191,163,227,
+    233,242,227,236,101,128, 36,115,232,225,238,231,250,232,239,117,
+    128, 83, 68,112,  2,191,169,191,176,225,242,229,110,128, 36,135,
+    229,242,233,239,100,128, 36,155,111,142,  0, 50,191,216,191,225,
+    191,235,192,  9,192, 61,192, 86,192,113,192,147,192,159,192,178,
+    192,189,192,222,192,230,192,254,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6,
+     98,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,232,227,233,242,227,236,
+    101,129, 36, 97,191,246,233,238,246,229,242,243,229,243,225,238,
+    243,243,229,242,233,102,128, 39,139,100,  2,192, 15,192, 21,229,
+    246, 97,128,  9,104,239,116,  2,192, 28,192, 39,229,238,236,229,
+    225,228,229,114,128, 32, 37,236,229,225,228,229,114,129, 32, 37,
+    192, 50,246,229,242,244,233,227,225,108,128,254, 48,231,117,  2,
+    192, 68,192, 77,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,232,242,237,245,
+    235,232,105,128, 10,104,232, 97,  2,192, 93,192,104,227,235,225,
+    242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 98,238,231,250,232,239,117,128, 48,
+     34,105,  2,192,119,192,137,228,229,239,231,242,225,240,232,233,
+    227,240,225,242,229,110,128, 50, 33,238,230,229,242,233,239,114,
+    128, 32,130,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 18,238,
+    245,237,229,242,225,244,239,242,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,
+      9,245,239,236,228,243,244,249,236,101,128,247, 50,112,  2,192,
+    195,192,202,225,242,229,110,128, 36,117,229,114,  2,192,209,192,
+    215,233,239,100,128, 36,137,243,233,225,110,128,  6,242,242,239,
+    237,225,110,128, 33,113,115,  2,192,236,192,244,244,242,239,235,
+    101,128,  1,187,245,240,229,242,233,239,114,128,  0,178,244,104,
+      2,193,  5,193, 10,225,105,128, 14, 82,233,242,228,115,128, 33,
+     84,117,145,  0,117,193, 55,193, 63,193,104,193,161,194, 43,194,
+     80,194,203,194,219,195, 14,195, 84,195,165,195,174,196, 37,196,
+     61,196,169,196,197,197, 55,225,227,245,244,101,128,  0,250, 98,
+      4,193, 73,193, 78,193, 87,193, 97,225,114,128,  2,137,229,238,
+    231,225,236,105,128,  9,137,239,240,239,237,239,230,111,128, 49,
+     40,242,229,246,101,128,  1,109, 99,  3,193,112,193,119,193,151,
+    225,242,239,110,128,  1,212,233,242, 99,  2,193,127,193,132,236,
+    101,128, 36,228,245,237,230,236,229,120,129,  0,251,193,143,226,
+    229,236,239,119,128, 30,119,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,
+     67,100,  5,193,173,193,184,193,207,193,213,194, 33,225,244,244,
+    225,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 81,226,108,  2,193,191,193,199,225,
+    227,245,244,101,128,  1,113,231,242,225,246,101,128,  2, 21,229,
+    246, 97,128,  9,  9,233,229,242,229,243,233,115,133,  0,252,193,
+    233,193,241,193,249,194, 16,194, 24,225,227,245,244,101,128,  1,
+    216,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30,115, 99,  2,193,255,194,  6,225,
+    242,239,110,128,  1,218,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,241,
+    231,242,225,246,101,128,  1,220,237,225,227,242,239,110,128,  1,
+    214,239,244,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30,229,103,  2,194, 49,194,
+     56,242,225,246,101,128,  0,249,117,  2,194, 62,194, 71,234,225,
+    242,225,244,105,128, 10,137,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10,  9,
+    104,  3,194, 88,194, 98,194,176,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128,
+     48, 70,111,  2,194,104,194,114,239,235,225,226,239,246,101,128,
+     30,231,242,110,133,  1,176,194,129,194,137,194,148,194,156,194,
+    168,225,227,245,244,101,128, 30,233,228,239,244,226,229,236,239,
+    119,128, 30,241,231,242,225,246,101,128, 30,235,232,239,239,235,
+    225,226,239,246,101,128, 30,237,244,233,236,228,101,128, 30,239,
+    245,238,231,225,242,245,237,236,225,245,116,129,  1,113,194,192,
+    227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,243,233,238,246,229,242,
+    244,229,228,226,242,229,246,101,128,  2, 23,107,  3,194,227,194,
+    251,195,  6,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,166,194,239,232,
+    225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,115,227,249,242,233,236,
+    236,233, 99,128,  4,121,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49, 92,109,  2,
+    195, 20,195, 73, 97,  2,195, 26,195, 59,227,242,239,110,130,  1,
+    107,195, 37,195, 48,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,239,
+    228,233,229,242,229,243,233,115,128, 30,123,244,242,225,231,245,
+    242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10, 65,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,
+    101,128,255, 85,110,  2,195, 90,195,145,228,229,242,243,227,239,
+    242,101,132,  0, 95,195,109,195,115,195,127,195,138,228,226,108,
+    128, 32, 23,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 63,246,
+    229,242,244,233,227,225,108,128,254, 51,247,225,246,121,128,254,
+     79,105,  2,195,151,195,156,239,110,128, 34, 42,246,229,242,243,
+    225,108,128, 34,  0,239,231,239,238,229,107,128,  1,115,112,  5,
+    195,186,195,193,195,201,195,216,196, 11,225,242,229,110,128, 36,
+    176,226,236,239,227,107,128, 37,128,240,229,242,228,239,244,232,
+    229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,196,243,233,236,239,110,131,  3,197,
+    195,230,195,251,196,  3,228,233,229,242,229,243,233,115,129,  3,
+    203,195,243,244,239,238,239,115,128,  3,176,236,225,244,233,110,
+    128,  2,138,244,239,238,239,115,128,  3,205,244,225,227,107,  2,
+    196, 20,196, 31,226,229,236,239,247,227,237, 98,128,  3, 29,237,
+    239,100,128,  2,212,114,  2,196, 43,196, 55,225,231,245,242,237,
+    245,235,232,105,128, 10,115,233,238,103,128,  1,111,115,  3,196,
+     69,196, 84,196,129,232,239,242,244,227,249,242,233,236,236,233,
+     99,128,  4, 94,237,225,236,108,  2,196, 93,196,104,232,233,242,
+    225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48, 69,235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,
+    129, 48,165,196,117,232,225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,
+    105,244,242,225,233,231,232,116,  2,196,141,196,152,227,249,242,
+    233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,175,243,244,242,239,235,229,227,249,
+    242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,177,244,233,236,228,101,130,  1,
+    105,196,181,196,189,225,227,245,244,101,128, 30,121,226,229,236,
+    239,119,128, 30,117,117,  5,196,209,196,219,196,226,196,251,197,
+     11,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,138,228,229,246, 97,128,
+      9, 10,231,117,  2,196,233,196,242,234,225,242,225,244,105,128,
+     10,138,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10, 10,237,225,244,242,225,
+    231,245,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10, 66,246,239,247,229,236,
+    243,233,231,110,  3,197, 27,197, 37,197, 44,226,229,238,231,225,
+    236,105,128,  9,194,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 66,231,245,234,225,
+    242,225,244,105,128, 10,194,246,239,247,229,236,243,233,231,110,
+      3,197, 71,197, 81,197, 88,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,
+    193,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 65,231,245,234,225,242,225,244,105,
+    128, 10,193,118,139,  0,118,197,125,198, 17,198, 26,198, 37,198,
+    222,198,229,199, 71,199, 83,199,183,199,191,199,212, 97,  4,197,
+    135,197,142,197,167,197,178,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 53,231,117,
+      2,197,149,197,158,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,181,242,237,
+    245,235,232,105,128, 10, 53,235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,128,
+     48,247,118,132,  5,213,197,190,197,217,197,249,198,  5,228,225,
+    231,229,243,104,130,251, 53,197,203,197,208,182, 53,128,251, 53,
+    232,229,226,242,229,119,128,251, 53,104,  2,197,223,197,231,229,
+    226,242,229,119,128,  5,213,239,236,225,109,129,251, 75,197,240,
+    232,229,226,242,229,119,128,251, 75,246,225,246,232,229,226,242,
+    229,119,128,  5,240,249,239,228,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,
+    241,227,233,242,227,236,101,128, 36,229,228,239,244,226,229,236,
+    239,119,128, 30,127,101,  6,198, 51,198, 62,198,126,198,137,198,
+    143,198,210,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 50,104,  4,
+    198, 72,198, 81,198, 95,198,111,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6,
+    164,230,233,238,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,251,107,233,
+    238,233,244,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,251,108,237,
+    229,228,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,251,109,235,225,
+    244,225,235,225,238, 97,128, 48,249,238,245,115,128, 38, 64,242,
+    244,233,227,225,108,  2,198,154,198,160,226,225,114,128,  0,124,
+    236,233,238,101,  4,198,173,198,184,198,195,198,204,225,226,239,
+    246,229,227,237, 98,128,  3, 13,226,229,236,239,247,227,237, 98,
+    128,  3, 41,236,239,247,237,239,100,128,  2,204,237,239,100,128,
+      2,200,247,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5,126,232,239,
+    239,107,128,  2,139,105,  3,198,237,198,248,199, 31,235,225,244,
+    225,235,225,238, 97,128, 48,248,242,225,237, 97,  3,199,  3,199,
+     13,199, 20,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,205,228,229,246,
+     97,128,  9, 77,231,245,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,205,243,
+    225,242,231, 97,  3,199, 43,199, 53,199, 60,226,229,238,231,225,
+    236,105,128,  9,131,228,229,246, 97,128,  9,  3,231,245,234,225,
+    242,225,244,105,128, 10,131,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,
+    128,255, 86,111,  3,199, 91,199,102,199,172,225,242,237,229,238,
+    233,225,110,128,  5,120,233,227,229,100,  2,199,111,199,147,233,
+    244,229,242,225,244,233,239,110,  2,199,125,199,136,232,233,242,
+    225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,158,235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,
+    128, 48,254,237,225,242,235,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,155,199,160,
+    232,225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,158,235,225,244,225,
+    235,225,238, 97,128, 48,250,240,225,242,229,110,128, 36,177,116,
+      2,199,197,199,204,233,236,228,101,128, 30,125,245,242,238,229,
+    100,128,  2,140,117,  2,199,218,199,229,232,233,242,225,231,225,
+    238, 97,128, 48,148,235,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,128, 48,244,
+    119,143,  0,119,200, 18,200,251,201,  5,201, 28,201, 68,201,135,
+    201,143,203,114,203,155,203,167,203,242,203,250,204,  1,204, 12,
+    204, 21, 97,  8,200, 36,200, 43,200, 53,200, 64,200,102,200,134,
+    200,146,200,182,227,245,244,101,128, 30,131,229,235,239,242,229,
+    225,110,128, 49, 89,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,143,
+    107,  2,200, 70,200, 94,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,239,
+    200, 82,232,225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,156,239,242,
+    229,225,110,128, 49, 88,243,237,225,236,108,  2,200,112,200,123,
+    232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,142,235,225,244,225,235,
+    225,238, 97,128, 48,238,244,244,239,243,241,245,225,242,101,128,
+     51, 87,118,  2,200,152,200,160,229,228,225,243,104,128, 48, 28,
+    249,245,238,228,229,242,243,227,239,242,229,246,229,242,244,233,
+    227,225,108,128,254, 52,119,  3,200,190,200,199,200,213,225,242,
+    225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 72,230,233,238,225,236,225,242,225,226,
+    233, 99,128,254,238,232,225,237,250,225,225,226,239,246,101,  2,
+    200,228,200,237,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 36,230,233,238,
+    225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,134,226,243,241,245,225,
+    242,101,128, 51,221,227,233,242, 99,  2,201, 14,201, 19,236,101,
+    128, 36,230,245,237,230,236,229,120,128,  1,117,100,  2,201, 34,
+    201, 44,233,229,242,229,243,233,115,128, 30,133,239,116,  2,201,
+     51,201, 60,225,227,227,229,238,116,128, 30,135,226,229,236,239,
+    119,128, 30,137,101,  4,201, 78,201, 89,201,101,201,125,232,233,
+    242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,145,233,229,242,243,244,242,225,
+    243,115,128, 33, 24,107,  2,201,107,201,117,225,244,225,235,225,
+    238, 97,128, 48,241,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49, 94,239,235,239,
+    242,229,225,110,128, 49, 93,231,242,225,246,101,128, 30,129,232,
+    233,244,101,  8,201,164,201,173,202,  1,202, 91,202,175,202,220,
+    203, 16,203, 72,226,245,236,236,229,116,128, 37,230, 99,  2,201,
+    179,201,199,233,242,227,236,101,129, 37,203,201,189,233,238,246,
+    229,242,243,101,128, 37,217,239,242,238,229,242,226,242,225,227,
+    235,229,116,  2,201,216,201,236,236,229,230,116,129, 48, 14,201,
+    225,246,229,242,244,233,227,225,108,128,254, 67,242,233,231,232,
+    116,129, 48, 15,201,246,246,229,242,244,233,227,225,108,128,254,
+     68,100,  2,202,  7,202, 48,233,225,237,239,238,100,129, 37,199,
+    202, 18,227,239,238,244,225,233,238,233,238,231,226,236,225,227,
+    235,243,237,225,236,236,228,233,225,237,239,238,100,128, 37,200,
+    239,247,238,240,239,233,238,244,233,238,103,  2,202, 64,202, 80,
+    243,237,225,236,236,244,242,233,225,238,231,236,101,128, 37,191,
+    244,242,233,225,238,231,236,101,128, 37,189,236,101,  2,202, 98,
+    202,140,230,244,240,239,233,238,244,233,238,103,  2,202,113,202,
+    129,243,237,225,236,236,244,242,233,225,238,231,236,101,128, 37,
+    195,244,242,233,225,238,231,236,101,128, 37,193,238,244,233,227,
+    245,236,225,242,226,242,225,227,235,229,116,  2,202,160,202,167,
+    236,229,230,116,128, 48, 22,242,233,231,232,116,128, 48, 23,242,
+    233,231,232,244,240,239,233,238,244,233,238,103,  2,202,193,202,
+    209,243,237,225,236,236,244,242,233,225,238,231,236,101,128, 37,
+    185,244,242,233,225,238,231,236,101,128, 37,183,115,  3,202,228,
+    203,  2,203, 10,109,  2,202,234,202,246,225,236,236,243,241,245,
+    225,242,101,128, 37,171,233,236,233,238,231,230,225,227,101,128,
+     38, 58,241,245,225,242,101,128, 37,161,244,225,114,128, 38,  6,
+    116,  2,203, 22,203, 33,229,236,229,240,232,239,238,101,128, 38,
+     15,239,242,244,239,233,243,229,243,232,229,236,236,226,242,225,
+    227,235,229,116,  2,203, 57,203, 64,236,229,230,116,128, 48, 24,
+    242,233,231,232,116,128, 48, 25,245,240,240,239,233,238,244,233,
+    238,103,  2,203, 87,203,103,243,237,225,236,236,244,242,233,225,
+    238,231,236,101,128, 37,181,244,242,233,225,238,231,236,101,128,
+     37,179,105,  2,203,120,203,131,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,
+    128, 48,144,107,  2,203,137,203,147,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,
+    128, 48,240,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49, 95,237,239,238,239,243,
+    240,225,227,101,128,255, 87,111,  4,203,177,203,188,203,213,203,
+    231,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,146,235,225,244,225,
+    235,225,238, 97,129, 48,242,203,201,232,225,236,230,247,233,228,
+    244,104,128,255,102,110,129, 32,169,203,219,237,239,238,239,243,
+    240,225,227,101,128,255,230,247,225,229,238,244,232,225,105,128,
+     14, 39,240,225,242,229,110,128, 36,178,242,233,238,103,128, 30,
+    152,243,245,240,229,242,233,239,114,128,  2,183,244,245,242,238,
+    229,100,128,  2,141,249,238,110,128,  1,191,120,137,  0,120,204,
+     49,204, 60,204, 71,204, 80,204,107,204,120,204,124,204,136,204,
+    144,225,226,239,246,229,227,237, 98,128,  3, 61,226,239,240,239,
+    237,239,230,111,128, 49, 18,227,233,242,227,236,101,128, 36,231,
+    100,  2,204, 86,204, 96,233,229,242,229,243,233,115,128, 30,141,
+    239,244,225,227,227,229,238,116,128, 30,139,229,232,225,242,237,
+    229,238,233,225,110,128,  5,109,105,128,  3,190,237,239,238,239,
+    243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 88,240,225,242,229,110,128, 36,179,
+    243,245,240,229,242,233,239,114,128,  2,227,121,143,  0,121,204,
+    189,205,148,205,171,205,211,207,177,207,185,207,202,208, 10,208,
+     22,209, 19,209, 59,209, 71,209, 82,209,103,210, 76, 97, 11,204,
+    213,204,225,204,235,204,242,204,249,205,  3,205, 28,205, 39,205,
+     77,205, 90,205,136,225,228,239,243,241,245,225,242,101,128, 51,
+     78,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,175,227,245,244,101,128,
+      0,253,228,229,246, 97,128,  9, 47,229,235,239,242,229,225,110,
+    128, 49, 82,231,117,  2,205, 10,205, 19,234,225,242,225,244,105,
+    128, 10,175,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10, 47,232,233,242,225,
+    231,225,238, 97,128, 48,132,107,  2,205, 45,205, 69,225,244,225,
+    235,225,238, 97,129, 48,228,205, 57,232,225,236,230,247,233,228,
+    244,104,128,255,148,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49, 81,237,225,235,
+    235,225,238,244,232,225,105,128, 14, 78,243,237,225,236,108,  2,
+    205,100,205,111,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,131,235,
+    225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,227,205,124,232,225,236,230,
+    247,233,228,244,104,128,255,108,244,227,249,242,233,236,236,233,
+     99,128,  4, 99,227,233,242, 99,  2,205,157,205,162,236,101,128,
+     36,232,245,237,230,236,229,120,128,  1,119,100,  2,205,177,205,
+    187,233,229,242,229,243,233,115,128,  0,255,239,116,  2,205,194,
+    205,203,225,227,227,229,238,116,128, 30,143,226,229,236,239,119,
+    128, 30,245,101,  7,205,227,206,235,206,244,207,  6,207, 38,207,
+    114,207,165,104,  8,205,245,205,254,206, 32,206, 46,206,119,206,
+    135,206,194,206,212,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 74,226,225,
+    242,242,229,101,  2,206,  9,206, 18,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,
+      6,210,230,233,238,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,251,175,
+    230,233,238,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,242,232,225,
+    237,250,225,225,226,239,246,101,  4,206, 65,206, 74,206, 88,206,
+    104,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 38,230,233,238,225,236,225,
+    242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,138,233,238,233,244,233,225,236,225,
+    242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,139,237,229,228,233,225,236,225,242,
+    225,226,233, 99,128,254,140,233,238,233,244,233,225,236,225,242,
+    225,226,233, 99,128,254,243,237,101,  2,206,142,206,155,228,233,
+    225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,244,229,237,105,  2,206,
+    163,206,178,238,233,244,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,
+    252,221,243,239,236,225,244,229,228,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,
+    252, 88,238,239,239,238,230,233,238,225,236,225,242,225,226,233,
+     99,128,252,148,244,232,242,229,229,228,239,244,243,226,229,236,
+    239,247,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6,209,235,239,242,229,225,
+    110,128, 49, 86,110,129,  0,165,206,250,237,239,238,239,243,240,
+    225,227,101,128,255,229,111,  2,207, 12,207, 21,235,239,242,229,
+    225,110,128, 49, 85,242,233,238,232,233,229,245,232,235,239,242,
+    229,225,110,128, 49,134,114,  3,207, 46,207, 82,207, 94,225,232,
+    226,229,238,249,239,237,111,  2,207, 60,207, 69,232,229,226,242,
+    229,119,128,  5,170,236,229,230,244,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,
+      5,170,233,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 75,245,228,
+    233,229,242,229,243,233,243,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,
+      4,249,243,233,229,245,238,103,  3,207,127,207,136,207,152,235,
+    239,242,229,225,110,128, 49,129,240,225,238,243,233,239,243,235,
+    239,242,229,225,110,128, 49,131,243,233,239,243,235,239,242,229,
+    225,110,128, 49,130,244,233,246,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,
+    154,231,242,225,246,101,128, 30,243,232,239,239,107,129,  1,180,
+    207,194,225,226,239,246,101,128, 30,247,105,  5,207,214,207,225,
+    207,236,207,245,207,253,225,242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5,
+    117,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4, 87,235,239,242,229,
+    225,110,128, 49, 98,238,249,225,238,103,128, 38, 47,247,238,225,
+    242,237,229,238,233,225,110,128,  5,130,237,239,238,239,243,240,
+    225,227,101,128,255, 89,111,  7,208, 38,208,108,208,119,208,129,
+    208,167,208,213,208,222,100,131,  5,217,208, 48,208, 68,208, 77,
+    228,225,231,229,243,104,129,251, 57,208, 59,232,229,226,242,229,
+    119,128,251, 57,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,217,249,239,100,
+      2,208, 85,208, 94,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,242,240,225,
+    244,225,232,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,251, 31,232,233,242,225,
+    231,225,238, 97,128, 48,136,233,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49,
+    137,107,  2,208,135,208,159,225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,
+    232,208,147,232,225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,255,150,239,
+    242,229,225,110,128, 49, 91,243,237,225,236,108,  2,208,177,208,
+    188,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,135,235,225,244,225,
+    235,225,238, 97,129, 48,231,208,201,232,225,236,230,247,233,228,
+    244,104,128,255,110,244,231,242,229,229,107,128,  3,243,121,  2,
+    208,228,209,  9, 97,  2,208,234,208,244,229,235,239,242,229,225,
+    110,128, 49,136,107,  2,208,250,209,  2,239,242,229,225,110,128,
+     49,135,244,232,225,105,128, 14, 34,233,238,231,244,232,225,105,
+    128, 14, 13,112,  2,209, 25,209, 32,225,242,229,110,128, 36,180,
+    239,231,229,231,242,225,237,237,229,238,105,129,  3,122,209, 48,
+    231,242,229,229,235,227,237, 98,128,  3, 69,114,129,  1,166,209,
+     65,233,238,103,128, 30,153,243,245,240,229,242,233,239,114,128,
+      2,184,116,  2,209, 88,209, 95,233,236,228,101,128, 30,249,245,
+    242,238,229,100,128,  2,142,117,  5,209,115,209,126,209,136,209,
+    174,210, 50,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,134,233,235,
+    239,242,229,225,110,128, 49,140,107,  2,209,142,209,166,225,244,
+    225,235,225,238, 97,129, 48,230,209,154,232,225,236,230,247,233,
+    228,244,104,128,255,149,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49, 96,115,  3,
+    209,182,209,220,210,  5,226,233,103,  2,209,190,209,201,227,249,
+    242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,107,233,239,244,233,230,233,229,
+    228,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,109,236,233,244,244,
+    236,101,  2,209,231,209,242,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,
+      4,103,233,239,244,233,230,233,229,228,227,249,242,233,236,236,
+    233, 99,128,  4,105,237,225,236,108,  2,210, 14,210, 25,232,233,
+    242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48,133,235,225,244,225,235,225,238,
+     97,129, 48,229,210, 38,232,225,236,230,247,233,228,244,104,128,
+    255,109,249,101,  2,210, 57,210, 66,235,239,242,229,225,110,128,
+     49,139,239,235,239,242,229,225,110,128, 49,138,249, 97,  2,210,
+     83,210, 93,226,229,238,231,225,236,105,128,  9,223,228,229,246,
+     97,128,  9, 95,122,142,  0,122,210,132,211,140,211,151,211,194,
+    211,221,213,  0,213,108,213,150,213,162,213,174,213,202,213,210,
+    213,226,213,235, 97, 10,210,154,210,165,210,172,210,179,210,190,
+    211, 12,211, 42,211, 53,211, 89,211,101,225,242,237,229,238,233,
+    225,110,128,  5,102,227,245,244,101,128,  1,122,228,229,246, 97,
+    128,  9, 91,231,245,242,237,245,235,232,105,128, 10, 91,104,  4,
+    210,200,210,209,210,223,210,253,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6,
+     56,230,233,238,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,198,105,
+      2,210,229,210,244,238,233,244,233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233,
+     99,128,254,199,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48, 86,237,229,228,
+    233,225,236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,200,233,110,  2,211,
+     19,211, 28,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 50,230,233,238,225,
+    236,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,254,176,235,225,244,225,235,225,
+    238, 97,128, 48,182,241,229,102,  2,211, 61,211, 75,231,225,228,
+    239,236,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,149,241,225,244,225,238,
+    232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,148,242,241,225,232,229,226,242,
+    229,119,128,  5,152,249,233,110,130,  5,214,211,111,211,131,228,
+    225,231,229,243,104,129,251, 54,211,122,232,229,226,242,229,119,
+    128,251, 54,232,229,226,242,229,119,128,  5,214,226,239,240,239,
+    237,239,230,111,128, 49, 23, 99,  3,211,159,211,166,211,188,225,
+    242,239,110,128,  1,126,233,242, 99,  2,211,174,211,179,236,101,
+    128, 36,233,245,237,230,236,229,120,128, 30,145,245,242,108,128,
+      2,145,228,239,116,130,  1,124,211,204,211,213,225,227,227,229,
+    238,116,128,  1,124,226,229,236,239,119,128, 30,147,101,  6,211,
+    235,211,246,212, 33,212, 44,212, 55,212,251,227,249,242,233,236,
+    236,233, 99,128,  4, 55,100,  2,211,252,212, 15,229,243,227,229,
+    238,228,229,242,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,153,233,
+    229,242,229,243,233,243,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,
+    223,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48, 92,235,225,244,225,
+    235,225,238, 97,128, 48,188,242,111,140,  0, 48,212, 84,212, 93,
+    212,103,212,110,212,135,212,148,212,159,212,171,212,182,212,192,
+    212,203,212,210,225,242,225,226,233, 99,128,  6, 96,226,229,238,
+    231,225,236,105,128,  9,230,228,229,246, 97,128,  9,102,231,117,
+      2,212,117,212,126,234,225,242,225,244,105,128, 10,230,242,237,
+    245,235,232,105,128, 10,102,232,225,227,235,225,242,225,226,233,
+     99,128,  6, 96,233,238,230,229,242,233,239,114,128, 32,128,237,
+    239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 16,239,236,228,243,244,
+    249,236,101,128,247, 48,240,229,242,243,233,225,110,128,  6,240,
+    243,245,240,229,242,233,239,114,128, 32,112,244,232,225,105,128,
+     14, 80,247,233,228,244,104,  3,212,222,212,231,212,243,234,239,
+    233,238,229,114,128,254,255,238,239,238,234,239,233,238,229,114,
+    128, 32, 12,243,240,225,227,101,128, 32, 11,244, 97,128,  3,182,
+    104,  2,213,  6,213, 17,226,239,240,239,237,239,230,111,128, 49,
+     19,101,  4,213, 27,213, 38,213, 54,213, 65,225,242,237,229,238,
+    233,225,110,128,  5,106,226,242,229,246,229,227,249,242,233,236,
+    236,233, 99,128,  4,194,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,
+     54,100,  2,213, 71,213, 90,229,243,227,229,238,228,229,242,227,
+    249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,151,233,229,242,229,243,233,
+    243,227,249,242,233,236,236,233, 99,128,  4,221,105,  3,213,116,
+    213,127,213,138,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48, 88,235,
+    225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,128, 48,184,238,239,242,232,229,226,
+    242,229,119,128,  5,174,236,233,238,229,226,229,236,239,119,128,
+     30,149,237,239,238,239,243,240,225,227,101,128,255, 90,111,  2,
+    213,180,213,191,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48, 94,235,
+    225,244,225,235,225,238, 97,128, 48,190,240,225,242,229,110,128,
+     36,181,242,229,244,242,239,230,236,229,248,232,239,239,107,128,
+      2,144,243,244,242,239,235,101,128,  1,182,117,  2,213,241,213,
+    252,232,233,242,225,231,225,238, 97,128, 48, 90,235,225,244,225,
+    235,225,238, 97,128, 48,186
+  };
+
+
+  /*
+   *  This function searches the compressed table efficiently.
+   */
+  static unsigned long
+  ft_get_adobe_glyph_index( const char*  name,
+                            const char*  limit )
+  {
+    int                   c = 0;
+    int                   count, min, max;
+    const unsigned char*  p = ft_adobe_glyph_list;
+
+
+    if ( name == 0 || name >= limit )
+      goto NotFound;
+
+    c     = *name++;
+    count = p[1];
+    p    += 2;
+
+    min = 0;
+    max = count;
+
+    while ( min < max )
+    {
+      int                   mid = ( min + max ) >> 1;
+      const unsigned char*  q   = p + mid * 2;
+      int                   c2;
+
+
+      q = ft_adobe_glyph_list + ( ( (int)q[0] << 8 ) | q[1] );
+
+      c2 = q[0] & 127;
+      if ( c2 == c )
+      {
+        p = q;
+        goto Found;
+      }
+      if ( c2 < c )
+        min = mid + 1;
+      else
+        max = mid;
+    }
+    goto NotFound;
+
+  Found:
+    for (;;)
+    {
+      /* assert (*p & 127) == c */
+
+      if ( name >= limit )
+      {
+        if ( (p[0] & 128) == 0 &&
+             (p[1] & 128) != 0 )
+          return (unsigned long)( ( (int)p[2] << 8 ) | p[3] );
+
+        goto NotFound;
+      }
+      c = *name++;
+      if ( p[0] & 128 )
+      {
+        p++;
+        if ( c != (p[0] & 127) )
+          goto NotFound;
+
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      p++;
+      count = p[0] & 127;
+      if ( p[0] & 128 )
+        p += 2;
+
+      p++;
+
+      for ( ; count > 0; count--, p += 2 )
+      {
+        int                   offset = ( (int)p[0] << 8 ) | p[1];
+        const unsigned char*  q      = ft_adobe_glyph_list + offset;
+
+        if ( c == ( q[0] & 127 ) )
+        {
+          p = q;
+          goto NextIter;
+        }
+      }
+      goto NotFound;
+
+    NextIter:
+      ;
+    }
+
+  NotFound:
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ADOBE_GLYPH_LIST */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/rules.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/rules.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..06bd161
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/psnames/rules.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 PSNames driver configuration rules
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2001, 2003 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+# PSNames driver directory
+#
+PSNAMES_DIR := $(SRC_DIR)/psnames
+
+
+# compilation flags for the driver
+#
+PSNAMES_COMPILE := $(FT_COMPILE) $I$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$(PSNAMES_DIR))
+
+
+# PSNames driver sources (i.e., C files)
+#
+PSNAMES_DRV_SRC := $(PSNAMES_DIR)/psmodule.c
+
+
+# PSNames driver headers
+#
+PSNAMES_DRV_H := $(PSNAMES_DRV_SRC:%.c=%.h) \
+                 $(PSNAMES_DIR)/pstables.h  \
+                 $(PSNAMES_DIR)/psnamerr.h
+
+
+# PSNames driver object(s)
+#
+#   PSNAMES_DRV_OBJ_M is used during `multi' builds
+#   PSNAMES_DRV_OBJ_S is used during `single' builds
+#
+PSNAMES_DRV_OBJ_M := $(PSNAMES_DRV_SRC:$(PSNAMES_DIR)/%.c=$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O)
+PSNAMES_DRV_OBJ_S := $(OBJ_DIR)/psnames.$O
+
+# PSNames driver source file for single build
+#
+PSNAMES_DRV_SRC_S := $(PSNAMES_DIR)/psmodule.c
+
+
+# PSNames driver - single object
+#
+$(PSNAMES_DRV_OBJ_S): $(PSNAMES_DRV_SRC_S) $(PSNAMES_DRV_SRC) \
+                      $(FREETYPE_H) $(PSNAMES_DRV_H)
+	$(PSNAMES_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $(PSNAMES_DRV_SRC_S))
+
+
+# PSNames driver - multiple objects
+#
+$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O: $(PSNAMES_DIR)/%.c $(FREETYPE_H) $(PSNAMES_DRV_H)
+	$(PSNAMES_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $<)
+
+
+# update main driver object lists
+#
+DRV_OBJS_S += $(PSNAMES_DRV_OBJ_S)
+DRV_OBJS_M += $(PSNAMES_DRV_OBJ_M)
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/Jamfile b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/Jamfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f6e4251
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/Jamfile
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+# FreeType 2 src/raster Jamfile
+#
+# Copyright 2001 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+SubDir  FT2_TOP $(FT2_SRC_DIR) raster ;
+
+{
+  local  _sources ;
+
+  if $(FT2_MULTI)
+  {
+    _sources = ftraster ftrend1 ;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    _sources = raster ;
+  }
+
+  Library  $(FT2_LIB) : $(_sources).c ;
+}
+
+# end of src/raster Jamfile
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/ftmisc.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/ftmisc.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d9d73e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/ftmisc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftmisc.h                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Miscellaneous macros for stand-alone rasterizer (specification       */
+/*    only).                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2005, 2009 by                                                */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used        */
+/*  modified and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project       */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /***************************************************/
+  /*                                                 */
+  /* This file is *not* portable!  You have to adapt */
+  /* its definitions to your platform.               */
+  /*                                                 */
+  /***************************************************/
+
+#ifndef __FTMISC_H__
+#define __FTMISC_H__
+
+  /* memset */
+#include FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
+
+#define FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+#define FT_END_HEADER
+
+#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x )   static x
+
+  /* from include/freetype2/fttypes.h */
+
+  typedef unsigned char  FT_Byte;
+  typedef signed int     FT_Int;
+  typedef unsigned int   FT_UInt;
+  typedef signed long    FT_Long;
+  typedef unsigned long  FT_ULong;
+  typedef signed long    FT_F26Dot6;
+  typedef int            FT_Error;
+
+#define FT_MAKE_TAG( _x1, _x2, _x3, _x4 ) \
+          ( ( (FT_ULong)_x1 << 24 ) |     \
+            ( (FT_ULong)_x2 << 16 ) |     \
+            ( (FT_ULong)_x3 <<  8 ) |     \
+              (FT_ULong)_x4         )
+
+
+  /* from src/ftcalc.c */
+
+#include <inttypes.h>
+
+  typedef int64_t  FT_Int64;
+
+  static FT_Long
+  FT_MulDiv( FT_Long  a,
+             FT_Long  b,
+             FT_Long  c )
+  {
+    FT_Int   s;
+    FT_Long  d;
+
+
+    s = 1;
+    if ( a < 0 ) { a = -a; s = -1; }
+    if ( b < 0 ) { b = -b; s = -s; }
+    if ( c < 0 ) { c = -c; s = -s; }
+
+    d = (FT_Long)( c > 0 ? ( (FT_Int64)a * b + ( c >> 1 ) ) / c
+                         : 0x7FFFFFFFL );
+
+    return ( s > 0 ) ? d : -d;
+  }
+
+#endif /* __FTMISC_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/ftraster.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/ftraster.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eb9c4a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/ftraster.c
@@ -0,0 +1,3433 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftraster.c                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    The FreeType glyph rasterizer (body).                                */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2007, 2008, 2009 by             */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This file can be compiled without the rest of the FreeType engine, by */
+  /* defining the _STANDALONE_ macro when compiling it.  You also need to  */
+  /* put the files `ftimage.h' and `ftmisc.h' into the $(incdir)           */
+  /* directory.  Typically, you should do something like                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* - copy `src/raster/ftraster.c' (this file) to your current directory  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* - copy `include/freetype/ftimage.h' and `src/raster/ftmisc.h'         */
+  /*   to your current directory                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* - compile `ftraster' with the _STANDALONE_ macro defined, as in       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*     cc -c -D_STANDALONE_ ftraster.c                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The renderer can be initialized with a call to                        */
+  /* `ft_standard_raster.raster_new'; a bitmap can be generated            */
+  /* with a call to `ft_standard_raster.raster_render'.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* See the comments and documentation in the file `ftimage.h' for more   */
+  /* details on how the raster works.                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This is a rewrite of the FreeType 1.x scan-line converter             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef _STANDALONE_
+
+#include "ftmisc.h"
+#include "ftimage.h"
+
+#else /* !_STANDALONE_ */
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include "ftraster.h"
+#include FT_INTERNAL_CALC_H   /* for FT_MulDiv only */
+
+#endif /* !_STANDALONE_ */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* A simple technical note on how the raster works                       */
+  /* -----------------------------------------------                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Converting an outline into a bitmap is achieved in several steps:   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   1 - Decomposing the outline into successive `profiles'.  Each       */
+  /*       profile is simply an array of scanline intersections on a given */
+  /*       dimension.  A profile's main attributes are                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*       o its scanline position boundaries, i.e. `Ymin' and `Ymax'.     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*       o an array of intersection coordinates for each scanline        */
+  /*         between `Ymin' and `Ymax'.                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*       o a direction, indicating whether it was built going `up' or    */
+  /*         `down', as this is very important for filling rules.          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   2 - Sweeping the target map's scanlines in order to compute segment */
+  /*       `spans' which are then filled.  Additionally, this pass         */
+  /*       performs drop-out control.                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   The outline data is parsed during step 1 only.  The profiles are    */
+  /*   built from the bottom of the render pool, used as a stack.  The     */
+  /*   following graphics shows the profile list under construction:       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*     ____________________________________________________________ _ _  */
+  /*    |         |                   |         |                 |        */
+  /*    | profile | coordinates for   | profile | coordinates for |-->     */
+  /*    |    1    |  profile 1        |    2    |  profile 2      |-->     */
+  /*    |_________|___________________|_________|_________________|__ _ _  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    ^                                                         ^        */
+  /*    |                                                         |        */
+  /*  start of render pool                                       top       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   The top of the profile stack is kept in the `top' variable.         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   As you can see, a profile record is pushed on top of the render     */
+  /*   pool, which is then followed by its coordinates/intersections.  If  */
+  /*   a change of direction is detected in the outline, a new profile is  */
+  /*   generated until the end of the outline.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Note that when all profiles have been generated, the function       */
+  /*   Finalize_Profile_Table() is used to record, for each profile, its   */
+  /*   bottom-most scanline as well as the scanline above its upmost       */
+  /*   boundary.  These positions are called `y-turns' because they (sort  */
+  /*   of) correspond to local extrema.  They are stored in a sorted list  */
+  /*   built from the top of the render pool as a downwards stack:         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*      _ _ _______________________________________                      */
+  /*                            |                    |                     */
+  /*                         <--| sorted list of     |                     */
+  /*                         <--|  extrema scanlines |                     */
+  /*      _ _ __________________|____________________|                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                            ^                    ^                     */
+  /*                            |                    |                     */
+  /*                         maxBuff           sizeBuff = end of pool      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   This list is later used during the sweep phase in order to          */
+  /*   optimize performance (see technical note on the sweep below).       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Of course, the raster detects whether the two stacks collide and    */
+  /*   handles the situation properly.                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /**                                                                     **/
+  /**  CONFIGURATION MACROS                                               **/
+  /**                                                                     **/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /* define DEBUG_RASTER if you want to compile a debugging version */
+#define xxxDEBUG_RASTER
+
+  /* undefine FT_RASTER_OPTION_ANTI_ALIASING if you do not want to support */
+  /* 5-levels anti-aliasing                                                */
+#undef FT_RASTER_OPTION_ANTI_ALIASING
+
+  /* The size of the two-lines intermediate bitmap used */
+  /* for anti-aliasing, in bytes.                       */
+#define RASTER_GRAY_LINES  2048
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /**                                                                     **/
+  /**  OTHER MACROS (do not change)                                       **/
+  /**                                                                     **/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_raster
+
+
+#ifdef _STANDALONE_
+
+
+  /* This macro is used to indicate that a function parameter is unused. */
+  /* Its purpose is simply to reduce compiler warnings.  Note also that  */
+  /* simply defining it as `(void)x' doesn't avoid warnings with certain */
+  /* ANSI compilers (e.g. LCC).                                          */
+#define FT_UNUSED( x )  (x) = (x)
+
+  /* Disable the tracing mechanism for simplicity -- developers can      */
+  /* activate it easily by redefining these two macros.                  */
+#ifndef FT_ERROR
+#define FT_ERROR( x )  do { } while ( 0 )     /* nothing */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef FT_TRACE
+#define FT_TRACE( x )   do { } while ( 0 )    /* nothing */
+#define FT_TRACE1( x )  do { } while ( 0 )    /* nothing */
+#define FT_TRACE6( x )  do { } while ( 0 )    /* nothing */
+#endif
+
+#define Raster_Err_None          0
+#define Raster_Err_Not_Ini      -1
+#define Raster_Err_Overflow     -2
+#define Raster_Err_Neg_Height   -3
+#define Raster_Err_Invalid      -4
+#define Raster_Err_Unsupported  -5
+
+#define ft_memset   memset
+
+#else /* _STANDALONE_ */
+
+
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H        /* for FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() */
+
+#include "rasterrs.h"
+
+#define Raster_Err_None         Raster_Err_Ok
+#define Raster_Err_Not_Ini      Raster_Err_Raster_Uninitialized
+#define Raster_Err_Overflow     Raster_Err_Raster_Overflow
+#define Raster_Err_Neg_Height   Raster_Err_Raster_Negative_Height
+#define Raster_Err_Invalid      Raster_Err_Invalid_Outline
+#define Raster_Err_Unsupported  Raster_Err_Cannot_Render_Glyph
+
+
+#endif /* _STANDALONE_ */
+
+
+#ifndef FT_MEM_SET
+#define FT_MEM_SET( d, s, c )  ft_memset( d, s, c )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef FT_MEM_ZERO
+#define FT_MEM_ZERO( dest, count )  FT_MEM_SET( dest, 0, count )
+#endif
+
+  /* FMulDiv means `Fast MulDiv'; it is used in case where `b' is       */
+  /* typically a small value and the result of a*b is known to fit into */
+  /* 32 bits.                                                           */
+#define FMulDiv( a, b, c )  ( (a) * (b) / (c) )
+
+  /* On the other hand, SMulDiv means `Slow MulDiv', and is used typically */
+  /* for clipping computations.  It simply uses the FT_MulDiv() function   */
+  /* defined in `ftcalc.h'.                                                */
+#define SMulDiv  FT_MulDiv
+
+  /* The rasterizer is a very general purpose component; please leave */
+  /* the following redefinitions there (you never know your target    */
+  /* environment).                                                    */
+
+#ifndef TRUE
+#define TRUE   1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef FALSE
+#define FALSE  0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NULL
+#define NULL  (void*)0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SUCCESS
+#define SUCCESS  0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef FAILURE
+#define FAILURE  1
+#endif
+
+
+#define MaxBezier  32   /* The maximum number of stacked Bezier curves. */
+                        /* Setting this constant to more than 32 is a   */
+                        /* pure waste of space.                         */
+
+#define Pixel_Bits  6   /* fractional bits of *input* coordinates */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /**                                                                     **/
+  /**  SIMPLE TYPE DECLARATIONS                                           **/
+  /**                                                                     **/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  typedef int             Int;
+  typedef unsigned int    UInt;
+  typedef short           Short;
+  typedef unsigned short  UShort, *PUShort;
+  typedef long            Long, *PLong;
+  typedef unsigned long   ULong;
+
+  typedef unsigned char   Byte, *PByte;
+  typedef char            Bool;
+
+
+  typedef union  Alignment_
+  {
+    long    l;
+    void*   p;
+    void  (*f)(void);
+
+  } Alignment, *PAlignment;
+
+
+  typedef struct  TPoint_
+  {
+    Long  x;
+    Long  y;
+
+  } TPoint;
+
+
+  typedef enum  TFlow_
+  {
+    Flow_None = 0,
+    Flow_Up   = 1,
+    Flow_Down = -1
+
+  } TFlow;
+
+
+  /* States of each line, arc, and profile */
+  typedef enum  TStates_
+  {
+    Unknown_State,
+    Ascending_State,
+    Descending_State,
+    Flat_State
+
+  } TStates;
+
+
+  typedef struct TProfile_  TProfile;
+  typedef TProfile*         PProfile;
+
+  struct  TProfile_
+  {
+    FT_F26Dot6  X;           /* current coordinate during sweep        */
+    PProfile    link;        /* link to next profile - various purpose */
+    PLong       offset;      /* start of profile's data in render pool */
+    int         flow;        /* Profile orientation: Asc/Descending    */
+    long        height;      /* profile's height in scanlines          */
+    long        start;       /* profile's starting scanline            */
+
+    unsigned    countL;      /* number of lines to step before this    */
+                             /* profile becomes drawable               */
+
+    PProfile    next;        /* next profile in same contour, used     */
+                             /* during drop-out control                */
+  };
+
+  typedef PProfile   TProfileList;
+  typedef PProfile*  PProfileList;
+
+
+  /* Simple record used to implement a stack of bands, required */
+  /* by the sub-banding mechanism                               */
+  typedef struct  TBand_
+  {
+    Short  y_min;   /* band's minimum */
+    Short  y_max;   /* band's maximum */
+
+  } TBand;
+
+
+#define AlignProfileSize \
+  ( ( sizeof ( TProfile ) + sizeof ( Alignment ) - 1 ) / sizeof ( long ) )
+
+
+#ifdef FT_STATIC_RASTER
+
+
+#define RAS_ARGS       /* void */
+#define RAS_ARG        /* void */
+
+#define RAS_VARS       /* void */
+#define RAS_VAR        /* void */
+
+#define FT_UNUSED_RASTER  do { } while ( 0 )
+
+
+#else /* FT_STATIC_RASTER */
+
+
+#define RAS_ARGS       PWorker    worker,
+#define RAS_ARG        PWorker    worker
+
+#define RAS_VARS       worker,
+#define RAS_VAR        worker
+
+#define FT_UNUSED_RASTER  FT_UNUSED( worker )
+
+
+#endif /* FT_STATIC_RASTER */
+
+
+  typedef struct TWorker_  TWorker, *PWorker;
+
+
+  /* prototypes used for sweep function dispatch */
+  typedef void
+  Function_Sweep_Init( RAS_ARGS Short*  min,
+                                Short*  max );
+
+  typedef void
+  Function_Sweep_Span( RAS_ARGS Short       y,
+                                FT_F26Dot6  x1,
+                                FT_F26Dot6  x2,
+                                PProfile    left,
+                                PProfile    right );
+
+  typedef void
+  Function_Sweep_Step( RAS_ARG );
+
+
+  /* NOTE: These operations are only valid on 2's complement processors */
+
+#define FLOOR( x )    ( (x) & -ras.precision )
+#define CEILING( x )  ( ( (x) + ras.precision - 1 ) & -ras.precision )
+#define TRUNC( x )    ( (signed long)(x) >> ras.precision_bits )
+#define FRAC( x )     ( (x) & ( ras.precision - 1 ) )
+#define SCALED( x )   ( ( (x) << ras.scale_shift ) - ras.precision_half )
+
+  /* Note that I have moved the location of some fields in the */
+  /* structure to ensure that the most used variables are used */
+  /* at the top.  Thus, their offset can be coded with less    */
+  /* opcodes, and it results in a smaller executable.          */
+
+  struct  TWorker_
+  {
+    Int       precision_bits;       /* precision related variables         */
+    Int       precision;
+    Int       precision_half;
+    Long      precision_mask;
+    Int       precision_shift;
+    Int       precision_step;
+    Int       precision_jitter;
+
+    Int       scale_shift;          /* == precision_shift   for bitmaps    */
+                                    /* == precision_shift+1 for pixmaps    */
+
+    PLong     buff;                 /* The profiles buffer                 */
+    PLong     sizeBuff;             /* Render pool size                    */
+    PLong     maxBuff;              /* Profiles buffer size                */
+    PLong     top;                  /* Current cursor in buffer            */
+
+    FT_Error  error;
+
+    Int       numTurns;             /* number of Y-turns in outline        */
+
+    TPoint*   arc;                  /* current Bezier arc pointer          */
+
+    UShort    bWidth;               /* target bitmap width                 */
+    PByte     bTarget;              /* target bitmap buffer                */
+    PByte     gTarget;              /* target pixmap buffer                */
+
+    Long      lastX, lastY, minY, maxY;
+
+    UShort    num_Profs;            /* current number of profiles          */
+
+    Bool      fresh;                /* signals a fresh new profile which   */
+                                    /* 'start' field must be completed     */
+    Bool      joint;                /* signals that the last arc ended     */
+                                    /* exactly on a scanline.  Allows      */
+                                    /* removal of doublets                 */
+    PProfile  cProfile;             /* current profile                     */
+    PProfile  fProfile;             /* head of linked list of profiles     */
+    PProfile  gProfile;             /* contour's first profile in case     */
+                                    /* of impact                           */
+
+    TStates   state;                /* rendering state                     */
+
+    FT_Bitmap   target;             /* description of target bit/pixmap    */
+    FT_Outline  outline;
+
+    Long      traceOfs;             /* current offset in target bitmap     */
+    Long      traceG;               /* current offset in target pixmap     */
+
+    Short     traceIncr;            /* sweep's increment in target bitmap  */
+
+    Short     gray_min_x;           /* current min x during gray rendering */
+    Short     gray_max_x;           /* current max x during gray rendering */
+
+    /* dispatch variables */
+
+    Function_Sweep_Init*  Proc_Sweep_Init;
+    Function_Sweep_Span*  Proc_Sweep_Span;
+    Function_Sweep_Span*  Proc_Sweep_Drop;
+    Function_Sweep_Step*  Proc_Sweep_Step;
+
+    Byte      dropOutControl;       /* current drop_out control method     */
+
+    Bool      second_pass;          /* indicates whether a horizontal pass */
+                                    /* should be performed to control      */
+                                    /* drop-out accurately when calling    */
+                                    /* Render_Glyph.  Note that there is   */
+                                    /* no horizontal pass during gray      */
+                                    /* rendering.                          */
+
+    TPoint    arcs[3 * MaxBezier + 1]; /* The Bezier stack                 */
+
+    TBand     band_stack[16];       /* band stack used for sub-banding     */
+    Int       band_top;             /* band stack top                      */
+
+#ifdef FT_RASTER_OPTION_ANTI_ALIASING
+
+    Byte*     grays;
+
+    Byte      gray_lines[RASTER_GRAY_LINES];
+                                /* Intermediate table used to render the   */
+                                /* graylevels pixmaps.                     */
+                                /* gray_lines is a buffer holding two      */
+                                /* monochrome scanlines                    */
+
+    Short     gray_width;       /* width in bytes of one monochrome        */
+                                /* intermediate scanline of gray_lines.    */
+                                /* Each gray pixel takes 2 bits long there */
+
+                       /* The gray_lines must hold 2 lines, thus with size */
+                       /* in bytes of at least `gray_width*2'.             */
+
+#endif /* FT_RASTER_ANTI_ALIASING */
+
+  };
+
+
+  typedef struct  TRaster_
+  {
+    char*     buffer;
+    long      buffer_size;
+    void*     memory;
+    PWorker   worker;
+    Byte      grays[5];
+    Short     gray_width;
+
+  } TRaster, *PRaster;
+
+#ifdef FT_STATIC_RASTER
+
+  static TWorker  cur_ras;
+#define ras  cur_ras
+
+#else
+
+#define ras  (*worker)
+
+#endif /* FT_STATIC_RASTER */
+
+
+#ifdef FT_RASTER_OPTION_ANTI_ALIASING
+
+  static const char  count_table[256] =
+  {
+    0 , 1 , 1 , 2 , 1 , 2 , 2 , 3 , 1 , 2 , 2 , 3 , 2 , 3 , 3 , 4,
+    1 , 2 , 2 , 3 , 2 , 3 , 3 , 4 , 2 , 3 , 3 , 4 , 3 , 4 , 4 , 5,
+    1 , 2 , 2 , 3 , 2 , 3 , 3 , 4 , 2 , 3 , 3 , 4 , 3 , 4 , 4 , 5,
+    2 , 3 , 3 , 4 , 3 , 4 , 4 , 5 , 3 , 4 , 4 , 5 , 4 , 5 , 5 , 6,
+    1 , 2 , 2 , 3 , 2 , 3 , 3 , 4 , 2 , 3 , 3 , 4 , 3 , 4 , 4 , 5,
+    2 , 3 , 3 , 4 , 3 , 4 , 4 , 5 , 3 , 4 , 4 , 5 , 4 , 5 , 5 , 6,
+    2 , 3 , 3 , 4 , 3 , 4 , 4 , 5 , 3 , 4 , 4 , 5 , 4 , 5 , 5 , 6,
+    3 , 4 , 4 , 5 , 4 , 5 , 5 , 6 , 4 , 5 , 5 , 6 , 5 , 6 , 6 , 7,
+    1 , 2 , 2 , 3 , 2 , 3 , 3 , 4 , 2 , 3 , 3 , 4 , 3 , 4 , 4 , 5,
+    2 , 3 , 3 , 4 , 3 , 4 , 4 , 5 , 3 , 4 , 4 , 5 , 4 , 5 , 5 , 6,
+    2 , 3 , 3 , 4 , 3 , 4 , 4 , 5 , 3 , 4 , 4 , 5 , 4 , 5 , 5 , 6,
+    3 , 4 , 4 , 5 , 4 , 5 , 5 , 6 , 4 , 5 , 5 , 6 , 5 , 6 , 6 , 7,
+    2 , 3 , 3 , 4 , 3 , 4 , 4 , 5 , 3 , 4 , 4 , 5 , 4 , 5 , 5 , 6,
+    3 , 4 , 4 , 5 , 4 , 5 , 5 , 6 , 4 , 5 , 5 , 6 , 5 , 6 , 6 , 7,
+    3 , 4 , 4 , 5 , 4 , 5 , 5 , 6 , 4 , 5 , 5 , 6 , 5 , 6 , 6 , 7,
+    4 , 5 , 5 , 6 , 5 , 6 , 6 , 7 , 5 , 6 , 6 , 7 , 6 , 7 , 7 , 8
+a  };
+
+#endif /* FT_RASTER_OPTION_ANTI_ALIASING */
+
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /**                                                                     **/
+  /**  PROFILES COMPUTATION                                               **/
+  /**                                                                     **/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    Set_High_Precision                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Set precision variables according to param flag.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    High :: Set to True for high precision (typically for ppem < 18),  */
+  /*            false otherwise.                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Set_High_Precision( RAS_ARGS Int  High )
+  {
+    if ( High )
+    {
+      ras.precision_bits   = 10;
+      ras.precision_step   = 128;
+      ras.precision_jitter = 24;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      ras.precision_bits   = 6;
+      ras.precision_step   = 32;
+      ras.precision_jitter = 2;
+    }
+
+    FT_TRACE6(( "Set_High_Precision(%s)\n", High ? "true" : "false" ));
+
+    ras.precision       = 1 << ras.precision_bits;
+    ras.precision_half  = ras.precision / 2;
+    ras.precision_shift = ras.precision_bits - Pixel_Bits;
+    ras.precision_mask  = -ras.precision;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    New_Profile                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Create a new profile in the render pool.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    aState :: The state/orientation of the new profile.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*   SUCCESS on success.  FAILURE in case of overflow or of incoherent   */
+  /*   profile.                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static Bool
+  New_Profile( RAS_ARGS TStates  aState )
+  {
+    if ( !ras.fProfile )
+    {
+      ras.cProfile  = (PProfile)ras.top;
+      ras.fProfile  = ras.cProfile;
+      ras.top      += AlignProfileSize;
+    }
+
+    if ( ras.top >= ras.maxBuff )
+    {
+      ras.error = Raster_Err_Overflow;
+      return FAILURE;
+    }
+
+    switch ( aState )
+    {
+    case Ascending_State:
+      ras.cProfile->flow = Flow_Up;
+      FT_TRACE6(( "New ascending profile = %lx\n", (long)ras.cProfile ));
+      break;
+
+    case Descending_State:
+      ras.cProfile->flow = Flow_Down;
+      FT_TRACE6(( "New descending profile = %lx\n", (long)ras.cProfile ));
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      FT_ERROR(( "New_Profile: invalid profile direction!\n" ));
+      ras.error = Raster_Err_Invalid;
+      return FAILURE;
+    }
+
+    ras.cProfile->start  = 0;
+    ras.cProfile->height = 0;
+    ras.cProfile->offset = ras.top;
+    ras.cProfile->link   = (PProfile)0;
+    ras.cProfile->next   = (PProfile)0;
+
+    if ( !ras.gProfile )
+      ras.gProfile = ras.cProfile;
+
+    ras.state = aState;
+    ras.fresh = TRUE;
+    ras.joint = FALSE;
+
+    return SUCCESS;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    End_Profile                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Finalize the current profile.                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    SUCCESS on success.  FAILURE in case of overflow or incoherency.   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static Bool
+  End_Profile( RAS_ARG )
+  {
+    Long      h;
+    PProfile  oldProfile;
+
+
+    h = (Long)( ras.top - ras.cProfile->offset );
+
+    if ( h < 0 )
+    {
+      FT_ERROR(( "End_Profile: negative height encountered!\n" ));
+      ras.error = Raster_Err_Neg_Height;
+      return FAILURE;
+    }
+
+    if ( h > 0 )
+    {
+      FT_TRACE6(( "Ending profile %lx, start = %ld, height = %ld\n",
+                  (long)ras.cProfile, ras.cProfile->start, h ));
+
+      oldProfile           = ras.cProfile;
+      ras.cProfile->height = h;
+      ras.cProfile         = (PProfile)ras.top;
+
+      ras.top             += AlignProfileSize;
+
+      ras.cProfile->height = 0;
+      ras.cProfile->offset = ras.top;
+      oldProfile->next     = ras.cProfile;
+      ras.num_Profs++;
+    }
+
+    if ( ras.top >= ras.maxBuff )
+    {
+      FT_TRACE1(( "overflow in End_Profile\n" ));
+      ras.error = Raster_Err_Overflow;
+      return FAILURE;
+    }
+
+    ras.joint = FALSE;
+
+    return SUCCESS;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    Insert_Y_Turn                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Insert a salient into the sorted list placed on top of the render  */
+  /*    pool.                                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    New y scanline position.                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    SUCCESS on success.  FAILURE in case of overflow.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static Bool
+  Insert_Y_Turn( RAS_ARGS Int  y )
+  {
+    PLong  y_turns;
+    Int    y2, n;
+
+
+    n       = ras.numTurns - 1;
+    y_turns = ras.sizeBuff - ras.numTurns;
+
+    /* look for first y value that is <= */
+    while ( n >= 0 && y < y_turns[n] )
+      n--;
+
+    /* if it is <, simply insert it, ignore if == */
+    if ( n >= 0 && y > y_turns[n] )
+      while ( n >= 0 )
+      {
+        y2 = (Int)y_turns[n];
+        y_turns[n] = y;
+        y = y2;
+        n--;
+      }
+
+    if ( n < 0 )
+    {
+      ras.maxBuff--;
+      if ( ras.maxBuff <= ras.top )
+      {
+        ras.error = Raster_Err_Overflow;
+        return FAILURE;
+      }
+      ras.numTurns++;
+      ras.sizeBuff[-ras.numTurns] = y;
+    }
+
+    return SUCCESS;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    Finalize_Profile_Table                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Adjust all links in the profiles list.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    SUCCESS on success.  FAILURE in case of overflow.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static Bool
+  Finalize_Profile_Table( RAS_ARG )
+  {
+    Int       bottom, top;
+    UShort    n;
+    PProfile  p;
+
+
+    n = ras.num_Profs;
+    p = ras.fProfile;
+
+    if ( n > 1 && p )
+    {
+      while ( n > 0 )
+      {
+        if ( n > 1 )
+          p->link = (PProfile)( p->offset + p->height );
+        else
+          p->link = NULL;
+
+        switch ( p->flow )
+        {
+        case Flow_Down:
+          bottom     = (Int)( p->start - p->height + 1 );
+          top        = (Int)p->start;
+          p->start   = bottom;
+          p->offset += p->height - 1;
+          break;
+
+        case Flow_Up:
+        default:
+          bottom = (Int)p->start;
+          top    = (Int)( p->start + p->height - 1 );
+        }
+
+        if ( Insert_Y_Turn( RAS_VARS bottom )   ||
+             Insert_Y_Turn( RAS_VARS top + 1 )  )
+          return FAILURE;
+
+        p = p->link;
+        n--;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+      ras.fProfile = NULL;
+
+    return SUCCESS;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    Split_Conic                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Subdivide one conic Bezier into two joint sub-arcs in the Bezier   */
+  /*    stack.                                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    None (subdivided Bezier is taken from the top of the stack).       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    This routine is the `beef' of this component.  It is  _the_ inner  */
+  /*    loop that should be optimized to hell to get the best performance. */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Split_Conic( TPoint*  base )
+  {
+    Long  a, b;
+
+
+    base[4].x = base[2].x;
+    b = base[1].x;
+    a = base[3].x = ( base[2].x + b ) / 2;
+    b = base[1].x = ( base[0].x + b ) / 2;
+    base[2].x = ( a + b ) / 2;
+
+    base[4].y = base[2].y;
+    b = base[1].y;
+    a = base[3].y = ( base[2].y + b ) / 2;
+    b = base[1].y = ( base[0].y + b ) / 2;
+    base[2].y = ( a + b ) / 2;
+
+    /* hand optimized.  gcc doesn't seem to be too good at common      */
+    /* expression substitution and instruction scheduling ;-)          */
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    Split_Cubic                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Subdivide a third-order Bezier arc into two joint sub-arcs in the  */
+  /*    Bezier stack.                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    This routine is the `beef' of the component.  It is one of _the_   */
+  /*    inner loops that should be optimized like hell to get the best     */
+  /*    performance.                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Split_Cubic( TPoint*  base )
+  {
+    Long  a, b, c, d;
+
+
+    base[6].x = base[3].x;
+    c = base[1].x;
+    d = base[2].x;
+    base[1].x = a = ( base[0].x + c + 1 ) >> 1;
+    base[5].x = b = ( base[3].x + d + 1 ) >> 1;
+    c = ( c + d + 1 ) >> 1;
+    base[2].x = a = ( a + c + 1 ) >> 1;
+    base[4].x = b = ( b + c + 1 ) >> 1;
+    base[3].x = ( a + b + 1 ) >> 1;
+
+    base[6].y = base[3].y;
+    c = base[1].y;
+    d = base[2].y;
+    base[1].y = a = ( base[0].y + c + 1 ) >> 1;
+    base[5].y = b = ( base[3].y + d + 1 ) >> 1;
+    c = ( c + d + 1 ) >> 1;
+    base[2].y = a = ( a + c + 1 ) >> 1;
+    base[4].y = b = ( b + c + 1 ) >> 1;
+    base[3].y = ( a + b + 1 ) >> 1;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    Line_Up                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Compute the x-coordinates of an ascending line segment and store   */
+  /*    them in the render pool.                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    x1   :: The x-coordinate of the segment's start point.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    y1   :: The y-coordinate of the segment's start point.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    x2   :: The x-coordinate of the segment's end point.               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    y2   :: The y-coordinate of the segment's end point.               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    miny :: A lower vertical clipping bound value.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    maxy :: An upper vertical clipping bound value.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    SUCCESS on success, FAILURE on render pool overflow.               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static Bool
+  Line_Up( RAS_ARGS Long  x1,
+                    Long  y1,
+                    Long  x2,
+                    Long  y2,
+                    Long  miny,
+                    Long  maxy )
+  {
+    Long   Dx, Dy;
+    Int    e1, e2, f1, f2, size;     /* XXX: is `Short' sufficient? */
+    Long   Ix, Rx, Ax;
+
+    PLong  top;
+
+
+    Dx = x2 - x1;
+    Dy = y2 - y1;
+
+    if ( Dy <= 0 || y2 < miny || y1 > maxy )
+      return SUCCESS;
+
+    if ( y1 < miny )
+    {
+      /* Take care: miny-y1 can be a very large value; we use     */
+      /*            a slow MulDiv function to avoid clipping bugs */
+      x1 += SMulDiv( Dx, miny - y1, Dy );
+      e1  = (Int)TRUNC( miny );
+      f1  = 0;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      e1 = (Int)TRUNC( y1 );
+      f1 = (Int)FRAC( y1 );
+    }
+
+    if ( y2 > maxy )
+    {
+      /* x2 += FMulDiv( Dx, maxy - y2, Dy );  UNNECESSARY */
+      e2  = (Int)TRUNC( maxy );
+      f2  = 0;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      e2 = (Int)TRUNC( y2 );
+      f2 = (Int)FRAC( y2 );
+    }
+
+    if ( f1 > 0 )
+    {
+      if ( e1 == e2 )
+        return SUCCESS;
+      else
+      {
+        x1 += FMulDiv( Dx, ras.precision - f1, Dy );
+        e1 += 1;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+      if ( ras.joint )
+      {
+        ras.top--;
+        ras.joint = FALSE;
+      }
+
+    ras.joint = (char)( f2 == 0 );
+
+    if ( ras.fresh )
+    {
+      ras.cProfile->start = e1;
+      ras.fresh           = FALSE;
+    }
+
+    size = e2 - e1 + 1;
+    if ( ras.top + size >= ras.maxBuff )
+    {
+      ras.error = Raster_Err_Overflow;
+      return FAILURE;
+    }
+
+    if ( Dx > 0 )
+    {
+      Ix = ( ras.precision * Dx ) / Dy;
+      Rx = ( ras.precision * Dx ) % Dy;
+      Dx = 1;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      Ix = -( ( ras.precision * -Dx ) / Dy );
+      Rx =    ( ras.precision * -Dx ) % Dy;
+      Dx = -1;
+    }
+
+    Ax  = -Dy;
+    top = ras.top;
+
+    while ( size > 0 )
+    {
+      *top++ = x1;
+
+      x1 += Ix;
+      Ax += Rx;
+      if ( Ax >= 0 )
+      {
+        Ax -= Dy;
+        x1 += Dx;
+      }
+      size--;
+    }
+
+    ras.top = top;
+    return SUCCESS;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    Line_Down                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Compute the x-coordinates of an descending line segment and store  */
+  /*    them in the render pool.                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    x1   :: The x-coordinate of the segment's start point.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    y1   :: The y-coordinate of the segment's start point.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    x2   :: The x-coordinate of the segment's end point.               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    y2   :: The y-coordinate of the segment's end point.               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    miny :: A lower vertical clipping bound value.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    maxy :: An upper vertical clipping bound value.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    SUCCESS on success, FAILURE on render pool overflow.               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static Bool
+  Line_Down( RAS_ARGS Long  x1,
+                      Long  y1,
+                      Long  x2,
+                      Long  y2,
+                      Long  miny,
+                      Long  maxy )
+  {
+    Bool  result, fresh;
+
+
+    fresh  = ras.fresh;
+
+    result = Line_Up( RAS_VARS x1, -y1, x2, -y2, -maxy, -miny );
+
+    if ( fresh && !ras.fresh )
+      ras.cProfile->start = -ras.cProfile->start;
+
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+  /* A function type describing the functions used to split Bezier arcs */
+  typedef void  (*TSplitter)( TPoint*  base );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    Bezier_Up                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Compute the x-coordinates of an ascending Bezier arc and store     */
+  /*    them in the render pool.                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    degree   :: The degree of the Bezier arc (either 2 or 3).          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    splitter :: The function to split Bezier arcs.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    miny     :: A lower vertical clipping bound value.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    maxy     :: An upper vertical clipping bound value.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    SUCCESS on success, FAILURE on render pool overflow.               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static Bool
+  Bezier_Up( RAS_ARGS Int        degree,
+                      TSplitter  splitter,
+                      Long       miny,
+                      Long       maxy )
+  {
+    Long   y1, y2, e, e2, e0;
+    Short  f1;
+
+    TPoint*  arc;
+    TPoint*  start_arc;
+
+    PLong top;
+
+
+    arc = ras.arc;
+    y1  = arc[degree].y;
+    y2  = arc[0].y;
+    top = ras.top;
+
+    if ( y2 < miny || y1 > maxy )
+      goto Fin;
+
+    e2 = FLOOR( y2 );
+
+    if ( e2 > maxy )
+      e2 = maxy;
+
+    e0 = miny;
+
+    if ( y1 < miny )
+      e = miny;
+    else
+    {
+      e  = CEILING( y1 );
+      f1 = (Short)( FRAC( y1 ) );
+      e0 = e;
+
+      if ( f1 == 0 )
+      {
+        if ( ras.joint )
+        {
+          top--;
+          ras.joint = FALSE;
+        }
+
+        *top++ = arc[degree].x;
+
+        e += ras.precision;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if ( ras.fresh )
+    {
+      ras.cProfile->start = TRUNC( e0 );
+      ras.fresh = FALSE;
+    }
+
+    if ( e2 < e )
+      goto Fin;
+
+    if ( ( top + TRUNC( e2 - e ) + 1 ) >= ras.maxBuff )
+    {
+      ras.top   = top;
+      ras.error = Raster_Err_Overflow;
+      return FAILURE;
+    }
+
+    start_arc = arc;
+
+    while ( arc >= start_arc && e <= e2 )
+    {
+      ras.joint = FALSE;
+
+      y2 = arc[0].y;
+
+      if ( y2 > e )
+      {
+        y1 = arc[degree].y;
+        if ( y2 - y1 >= ras.precision_step )
+        {
+          splitter( arc );
+          arc += degree;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          *top++ = arc[degree].x + FMulDiv( arc[0].x-arc[degree].x,
+                                            e - y1, y2 - y1 );
+          arc -= degree;
+          e   += ras.precision;
+        }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        if ( y2 == e )
+        {
+          ras.joint  = TRUE;
+          *top++     = arc[0].x;
+
+          e += ras.precision;
+        }
+        arc -= degree;
+      }
+    }
+
+  Fin:
+    ras.top  = top;
+    ras.arc -= degree;
+    return SUCCESS;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    Bezier_Down                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Compute the x-coordinates of an descending Bezier arc and store    */
+  /*    them in the render pool.                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    degree   :: The degree of the Bezier arc (either 2 or 3).          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    splitter :: The function to split Bezier arcs.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    miny     :: A lower vertical clipping bound value.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    maxy     :: An upper vertical clipping bound value.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    SUCCESS on success, FAILURE on render pool overflow.               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static Bool
+  Bezier_Down( RAS_ARGS Int        degree,
+                        TSplitter  splitter,
+                        Long       miny,
+                        Long       maxy )
+  {
+    TPoint*  arc = ras.arc;
+    Bool     result, fresh;
+
+
+    arc[0].y = -arc[0].y;
+    arc[1].y = -arc[1].y;
+    arc[2].y = -arc[2].y;
+    if ( degree > 2 )
+      arc[3].y = -arc[3].y;
+
+    fresh = ras.fresh;
+
+    result = Bezier_Up( RAS_VARS degree, splitter, -maxy, -miny );
+
+    if ( fresh && !ras.fresh )
+      ras.cProfile->start = -ras.cProfile->start;
+
+    arc[0].y = -arc[0].y;
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    Line_To                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Inject a new line segment and adjust the Profiles list.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*   x :: The x-coordinate of the segment's end point (its start point   */
+  /*        is stored in `lastX').                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   y :: The y-coordinate of the segment's end point (its start point   */
+  /*        is stored in `lastY').                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*   SUCCESS on success, FAILURE on render pool overflow or incorrect    */
+  /*   profile.                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static Bool
+  Line_To( RAS_ARGS Long  x,
+                    Long  y )
+  {
+    /* First, detect a change of direction */
+
+    switch ( ras.state )
+    {
+    case Unknown_State:
+      if ( y > ras.lastY )
+      {
+        if ( New_Profile( RAS_VARS Ascending_State ) )
+          return FAILURE;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        if ( y < ras.lastY )
+          if ( New_Profile( RAS_VARS Descending_State ) )
+            return FAILURE;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case Ascending_State:
+      if ( y < ras.lastY )
+      {
+        if ( End_Profile( RAS_VAR )                   ||
+             New_Profile( RAS_VARS Descending_State ) )
+          return FAILURE;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case Descending_State:
+      if ( y > ras.lastY )
+      {
+        if ( End_Profile( RAS_VAR )                  ||
+             New_Profile( RAS_VARS Ascending_State ) )
+          return FAILURE;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      ;
+    }
+
+    /* Then compute the lines */
+
+    switch ( ras.state )
+    {
+    case Ascending_State:
+      if ( Line_Up( RAS_VARS ras.lastX, ras.lastY,
+                    x, y, ras.minY, ras.maxY ) )
+        return FAILURE;
+      break;
+
+    case Descending_State:
+      if ( Line_Down( RAS_VARS ras.lastX, ras.lastY,
+                      x, y, ras.minY, ras.maxY ) )
+        return FAILURE;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      ;
+    }
+
+    ras.lastX = x;
+    ras.lastY = y;
+
+    return SUCCESS;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    Conic_To                                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Inject a new conic arc and adjust the profile list.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*   cx :: The x-coordinate of the arc's new control point.              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   cy :: The y-coordinate of the arc's new control point.              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   x  :: The x-coordinate of the arc's end point (its start point is   */
+  /*         stored in `lastX').                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   y  :: The y-coordinate of the arc's end point (its start point is   */
+  /*         stored in `lastY').                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*   SUCCESS on success, FAILURE on render pool overflow or incorrect    */
+  /*   profile.                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static Bool
+  Conic_To( RAS_ARGS Long  cx,
+                     Long  cy,
+                     Long  x,
+                     Long  y )
+  {
+    Long     y1, y2, y3, x3, ymin, ymax;
+    TStates  state_bez;
+
+
+    ras.arc      = ras.arcs;
+    ras.arc[2].x = ras.lastX;
+    ras.arc[2].y = ras.lastY;
+    ras.arc[1].x = cx; ras.arc[1].y = cy;
+    ras.arc[0].x = x;  ras.arc[0].y = y;
+
+    do
+    {
+      y1 = ras.arc[2].y;
+      y2 = ras.arc[1].y;
+      y3 = ras.arc[0].y;
+      x3 = ras.arc[0].x;
+
+      /* first, categorize the Bezier arc */
+
+      if ( y1 <= y3 )
+      {
+        ymin = y1;
+        ymax = y3;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        ymin = y3;
+        ymax = y1;
+      }
+
+      if ( y2 < ymin || y2 > ymax )
+      {
+        /* this arc has no given direction, split it! */
+        Split_Conic( ras.arc );
+        ras.arc += 2;
+      }
+      else if ( y1 == y3 )
+      {
+        /* this arc is flat, ignore it and pop it from the Bezier stack */
+        ras.arc -= 2;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* the arc is y-monotonous, either ascending or descending */
+        /* detect a change of direction                            */
+        state_bez = y1 < y3 ? Ascending_State : Descending_State;
+        if ( ras.state != state_bez )
+        {
+          /* finalize current profile if any */
+          if ( ras.state != Unknown_State   &&
+               End_Profile( RAS_VAR ) )
+            goto Fail;
+
+          /* create a new profile */
+          if ( New_Profile( RAS_VARS state_bez ) )
+            goto Fail;
+        }
+
+        /* now call the appropriate routine */
+        if ( state_bez == Ascending_State )
+        {
+          if ( Bezier_Up( RAS_VARS 2, Split_Conic, ras.minY, ras.maxY ) )
+            goto Fail;
+        }
+        else
+          if ( Bezier_Down( RAS_VARS 2, Split_Conic, ras.minY, ras.maxY ) )
+            goto Fail;
+      }
+
+    } while ( ras.arc >= ras.arcs );
+
+    ras.lastX = x3;
+    ras.lastY = y3;
+
+    return SUCCESS;
+
+  Fail:
+    return FAILURE;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    Cubic_To                                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Inject a new cubic arc and adjust the profile list.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*   cx1 :: The x-coordinate of the arc's first new control point.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   cy1 :: The y-coordinate of the arc's first new control point.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   cx2 :: The x-coordinate of the arc's second new control point.      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   cy2 :: The y-coordinate of the arc's second new control point.      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   x   :: The x-coordinate of the arc's end point (its start point is  */
+  /*          stored in `lastX').                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   y   :: The y-coordinate of the arc's end point (its start point is  */
+  /*          stored in `lastY').                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*   SUCCESS on success, FAILURE on render pool overflow or incorrect    */
+  /*   profile.                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static Bool
+  Cubic_To( RAS_ARGS Long  cx1,
+                     Long  cy1,
+                     Long  cx2,
+                     Long  cy2,
+                     Long  x,
+                     Long  y )
+  {
+    Long     y1, y2, y3, y4, x4, ymin1, ymax1, ymin2, ymax2;
+    TStates  state_bez;
+
+
+    ras.arc      = ras.arcs;
+    ras.arc[3].x = ras.lastX;
+    ras.arc[3].y = ras.lastY;
+    ras.arc[2].x = cx1; ras.arc[2].y = cy1;
+    ras.arc[1].x = cx2; ras.arc[1].y = cy2;
+    ras.arc[0].x = x;   ras.arc[0].y = y;
+
+    do
+    {
+      y1 = ras.arc[3].y;
+      y2 = ras.arc[2].y;
+      y3 = ras.arc[1].y;
+      y4 = ras.arc[0].y;
+      x4 = ras.arc[0].x;
+
+      /* first, categorize the Bezier arc */
+
+      if ( y1 <= y4 )
+      {
+        ymin1 = y1;
+        ymax1 = y4;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        ymin1 = y4;
+        ymax1 = y1;
+      }
+
+      if ( y2 <= y3 )
+      {
+        ymin2 = y2;
+        ymax2 = y3;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        ymin2 = y3;
+        ymax2 = y2;
+      }
+
+      if ( ymin2 < ymin1 || ymax2 > ymax1 )
+      {
+        /* this arc has no given direction, split it! */
+        Split_Cubic( ras.arc );
+        ras.arc += 3;
+      }
+      else if ( y1 == y4 )
+      {
+        /* this arc is flat, ignore it and pop it from the Bezier stack */
+        ras.arc -= 3;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        state_bez = ( y1 <= y4 ) ? Ascending_State : Descending_State;
+
+        /* detect a change of direction */
+        if ( ras.state != state_bez )
+        {
+          if ( ras.state != Unknown_State   &&
+               End_Profile( RAS_VAR ) )
+            goto Fail;
+
+          if ( New_Profile( RAS_VARS state_bez ) )
+            goto Fail;
+        }
+
+        /* compute intersections */
+        if ( state_bez == Ascending_State )
+        {
+          if ( Bezier_Up( RAS_VARS 3, Split_Cubic, ras.minY, ras.maxY ) )
+            goto Fail;
+        }
+        else
+          if ( Bezier_Down( RAS_VARS 3, Split_Cubic, ras.minY, ras.maxY ) )
+            goto Fail;
+      }
+
+    } while ( ras.arc >= ras.arcs );
+
+    ras.lastX = x4;
+    ras.lastY = y4;
+
+    return SUCCESS;
+
+  Fail:
+    return FAILURE;
+  }
+
+
+#undef  SWAP_
+#define SWAP_( x, y )  do                \
+                       {                 \
+                         Long  swap = x; \
+                                         \
+                                         \
+                         x = y;          \
+                         y = swap;       \
+                       } while ( 0 )
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    Decompose_Curve                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Scan the outline arrays in order to emit individual segments and   */
+  /*    Beziers by calling Line_To() and Bezier_To().  It handles all      */
+  /*    weird cases, like when the first point is off the curve, or when   */
+  /*    there are simply no `on' points in the contour!                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    first   :: The index of the first point in the contour.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    last    :: The index of the last point in the contour.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    flipped :: If set, flip the direction of the curve.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    SUCCESS on success, FAILURE on error.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static Bool
+  Decompose_Curve( RAS_ARGS UShort  first,
+                            UShort  last,
+                            int     flipped )
+  {
+    FT_Vector   v_last;
+    FT_Vector   v_control;
+    FT_Vector   v_start;
+
+    FT_Vector*  points;
+    FT_Vector*  point;
+    FT_Vector*  limit;
+    char*       tags;
+
+    unsigned    tag;       /* current point's state           */
+
+
+    points = ras.outline.points;
+    limit  = points + last;
+
+    v_start.x = SCALED( points[first].x );
+    v_start.y = SCALED( points[first].y );
+    v_last.x  = SCALED( points[last].x );
+    v_last.y  = SCALED( points[last].y );
+
+    if ( flipped )
+    {
+      SWAP_( v_start.x, v_start.y );
+      SWAP_( v_last.x, v_last.y );
+    }
+
+    v_control = v_start;
+
+    point = points + first;
+    tags  = ras.outline.tags  + first;
+    tag   = FT_CURVE_TAG( tags[0] );
+
+    /* A contour cannot start with a cubic control point! */
+    if ( tag == FT_CURVE_TAG_CUBIC )
+      goto Invalid_Outline;
+
+    /* check first point to determine origin */
+    if ( tag == FT_CURVE_TAG_CONIC )
+    {
+      /* first point is conic control.  Yes, this happens. */
+      if ( FT_CURVE_TAG( ras.outline.tags[last] ) == FT_CURVE_TAG_ON )
+      {
+        /* start at last point if it is on the curve */
+        v_start = v_last;
+        limit--;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* if both first and last points are conic,         */
+        /* start at their middle and record its position    */
+        /* for closure                                      */
+        v_start.x = ( v_start.x + v_last.x ) / 2;
+        v_start.y = ( v_start.y + v_last.y ) / 2;
+
+        v_last = v_start;
+      }
+      point--;
+      tags--;
+    }
+
+    ras.lastX = v_start.x;
+    ras.lastY = v_start.y;
+
+    while ( point < limit )
+    {
+      point++;
+      tags++;
+
+      tag = FT_CURVE_TAG( tags[0] );
+
+      switch ( tag )
+      {
+      case FT_CURVE_TAG_ON:  /* emit a single line_to */
+        {
+          Long  x, y;
+
+
+          x = SCALED( point->x );
+          y = SCALED( point->y );
+          if ( flipped )
+            SWAP_( x, y );
+
+          if ( Line_To( RAS_VARS x, y ) )
+            goto Fail;
+          continue;
+        }
+
+      case FT_CURVE_TAG_CONIC:  /* consume conic arcs */
+        v_control.x = SCALED( point[0].x );
+        v_control.y = SCALED( point[0].y );
+
+        if ( flipped )
+          SWAP_( v_control.x, v_control.y );
+
+      Do_Conic:
+        if ( point < limit )
+        {
+          FT_Vector  v_middle;
+          Long       x, y;
+
+
+          point++;
+          tags++;
+          tag = FT_CURVE_TAG( tags[0] );
+
+          x = SCALED( point[0].x );
+          y = SCALED( point[0].y );
+
+          if ( flipped )
+            SWAP_( x, y );
+
+          if ( tag == FT_CURVE_TAG_ON )
+          {
+            if ( Conic_To( RAS_VARS v_control.x, v_control.y, x, y ) )
+              goto Fail;
+            continue;
+          }
+
+          if ( tag != FT_CURVE_TAG_CONIC )
+            goto Invalid_Outline;
+
+          v_middle.x = ( v_control.x + x ) / 2;
+          v_middle.y = ( v_control.y + y ) / 2;
+
+          if ( Conic_To( RAS_VARS v_control.x, v_control.y,
+                                  v_middle.x,  v_middle.y ) )
+            goto Fail;
+
+          v_control.x = x;
+          v_control.y = y;
+
+          goto Do_Conic;
+        }
+
+        if ( Conic_To( RAS_VARS v_control.x, v_control.y,
+                                v_start.x,   v_start.y ) )
+          goto Fail;
+
+        goto Close;
+
+      default:  /* FT_CURVE_TAG_CUBIC */
+        {
+          Long  x1, y1, x2, y2, x3, y3;
+
+
+          if ( point + 1 > limit                             ||
+               FT_CURVE_TAG( tags[1] ) != FT_CURVE_TAG_CUBIC )
+            goto Invalid_Outline;
+
+          point += 2;
+          tags  += 2;
+
+          x1 = SCALED( point[-2].x );
+          y1 = SCALED( point[-2].y );
+          x2 = SCALED( point[-1].x );
+          y2 = SCALED( point[-1].y );
+          x3 = SCALED( point[ 0].x );
+          y3 = SCALED( point[ 0].y );
+
+          if ( flipped )
+          {
+            SWAP_( x1, y1 );
+            SWAP_( x2, y2 );
+            SWAP_( x3, y3 );
+          }
+
+          if ( point <= limit )
+          {
+            if ( Cubic_To( RAS_VARS x1, y1, x2, y2, x3, y3 ) )
+              goto Fail;
+            continue;
+          }
+
+          if ( Cubic_To( RAS_VARS x1, y1, x2, y2, v_start.x, v_start.y ) )
+            goto Fail;
+          goto Close;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* close the contour with a line segment */
+    if ( Line_To( RAS_VARS v_start.x, v_start.y ) )
+      goto Fail;
+
+  Close:
+    return SUCCESS;
+
+  Invalid_Outline:
+    ras.error = Raster_Err_Invalid;
+
+  Fail:
+    return FAILURE;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    Convert_Glyph                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Convert a glyph into a series of segments and arcs and make a      */
+  /*    profiles list with them.                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    flipped :: If set, flip the direction of curve.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    SUCCESS on success, FAILURE if any error was encountered during    */
+  /*    rendering.                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static Bool
+  Convert_Glyph( RAS_ARGS int  flipped )
+  {
+    int       i;
+    unsigned  start;
+
+    PProfile  lastProfile;
+
+
+    ras.fProfile = NULL;
+    ras.joint    = FALSE;
+    ras.fresh    = FALSE;
+
+    ras.maxBuff  = ras.sizeBuff - AlignProfileSize;
+
+    ras.numTurns = 0;
+
+    ras.cProfile         = (PProfile)ras.top;
+    ras.cProfile->offset = ras.top;
+    ras.num_Profs        = 0;
+
+    start = 0;
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < ras.outline.n_contours; i++ )
+    {
+      ras.state    = Unknown_State;
+      ras.gProfile = NULL;
+
+      if ( Decompose_Curve( RAS_VARS (unsigned short)start,
+                            ras.outline.contours[i],
+                            flipped ) )
+        return FAILURE;
+
+      start = ras.outline.contours[i] + 1;
+
+      /* We must now see whether the extreme arcs join or not */
+      if ( FRAC( ras.lastY ) == 0 &&
+           ras.lastY >= ras.minY  &&
+           ras.lastY <= ras.maxY  )
+        if ( ras.gProfile && ras.gProfile->flow == ras.cProfile->flow )
+          ras.top--;
+        /* Note that ras.gProfile can be nil if the contour was too small */
+        /* to be drawn.                                                   */
+
+      lastProfile = ras.cProfile;
+      if ( End_Profile( RAS_VAR ) )
+        return FAILURE;
+
+      /* close the `next profile in contour' linked list */
+      if ( ras.gProfile )
+        lastProfile->next = ras.gProfile;
+    }
+
+    if ( Finalize_Profile_Table( RAS_VAR ) )
+      return FAILURE;
+
+    return (Bool)( ras.top < ras.maxBuff ? SUCCESS : FAILURE );
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /**                                                                     **/
+  /**  SCAN-LINE SWEEPS AND DRAWING                                       **/
+  /**                                                                     **/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*  Init_Linked                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Initializes an empty linked list.                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Init_Linked( TProfileList*  l )
+  {
+    *l = NULL;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*  InsNew                                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Inserts a new profile in a linked list.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  InsNew( PProfileList  list,
+          PProfile      profile )
+  {
+    PProfile  *old, current;
+    Long       x;
+
+
+    old     = list;
+    current = *old;
+    x       = profile->X;
+
+    while ( current )
+    {
+      if ( x < current->X )
+        break;
+      old     = ¤t->link;
+      current = *old;
+    }
+
+    profile->link = current;
+    *old          = profile;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*  DelOld                                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Removes an old profile from a linked list.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  DelOld( PProfileList  list,
+          PProfile      profile )
+  {
+    PProfile  *old, current;
+
+
+    old     = list;
+    current = *old;
+
+    while ( current )
+    {
+      if ( current == profile )
+      {
+        *old = current->link;
+        return;
+      }
+
+      old     = ¤t->link;
+      current = *old;
+    }
+
+    /* we should never get there, unless the profile was not part of */
+    /* the list.                                                     */
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*  Sort                                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Sorts a trace list.  In 95%, the list is already sorted.  We need  */
+  /*    an algorithm which is fast in this case.  Bubble sort is enough    */
+  /*    and simple.                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Sort( PProfileList  list )
+  {
+    PProfile  *old, current, next;
+
+
+    /* First, set the new X coordinate of each profile */
+    current = *list;
+    while ( current )
+    {
+      current->X       = *current->offset;
+      current->offset += current->flow;
+      current->height--;
+      current = current->link;
+    }
+
+    /* Then sort them */
+    old     = list;
+    current = *old;
+
+    if ( !current )
+      return;
+
+    next = current->link;
+
+    while ( next )
+    {
+      if ( current->X <= next->X )
+      {
+        old     = ¤t->link;
+        current = *old;
+
+        if ( !current )
+          return;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        *old          = next;
+        current->link = next->link;
+        next->link    = current;
+
+        old     = list;
+        current = *old;
+      }
+
+      next = current->link;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*  Vertical Sweep Procedure Set                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*  These four routines are used during the vertical black/white sweep   */
+  /*  phase by the generic Draw_Sweep() function.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  static void
+  Vertical_Sweep_Init( RAS_ARGS Short*  min,
+                                Short*  max )
+  {
+    Long  pitch = ras.target.pitch;
+
+    FT_UNUSED( max );
+
+
+    ras.traceIncr = (Short)-pitch;
+    ras.traceOfs  = -*min * pitch;
+    if ( pitch > 0 )
+      ras.traceOfs += ( ras.target.rows - 1 ) * pitch;
+
+    ras.gray_min_x = 0;
+    ras.gray_max_x = 0;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  Vertical_Sweep_Span( RAS_ARGS Short       y,
+                                FT_F26Dot6  x1,
+                                FT_F26Dot6  x2,
+                                PProfile    left,
+                                PProfile    right )
+  {
+    Long   e1, e2;
+    int    c1, c2;
+    Byte   f1, f2;
+    Byte*  target;
+
+    FT_UNUSED( y );
+    FT_UNUSED( left );
+    FT_UNUSED( right );
+
+
+    /* Drop-out control */
+
+    e1 = TRUNC( CEILING( x1 ) );
+
+    if ( x2 - x1 - ras.precision <= ras.precision_jitter )
+      e2 = e1;
+    else
+      e2 = TRUNC( FLOOR( x2 ) );
+
+    if ( e2 >= 0 && e1 < ras.bWidth )
+    {
+      if ( e1 < 0 )
+        e1 = 0;
+      if ( e2 >= ras.bWidth )
+        e2 = ras.bWidth - 1;
+
+      c1 = (Short)( e1 >> 3 );
+      c2 = (Short)( e2 >> 3 );
+
+      f1 = (Byte)  ( 0xFF >> ( e1 & 7 ) );
+      f2 = (Byte) ~( 0x7F >> ( e2 & 7 ) );
+
+      if ( ras.gray_min_x > c1 )
+        ras.gray_min_x = (short)c1;
+      if ( ras.gray_max_x < c2 )
+        ras.gray_max_x = (short)c2;
+
+      target = ras.bTarget + ras.traceOfs + c1;
+      c2 -= c1;
+
+      if ( c2 > 0 )
+      {
+        target[0] |= f1;
+
+        /* memset() is slower than the following code on many platforms. */
+        /* This is due to the fact that, in the vast majority of cases,  */
+        /* the span length in bytes is relatively small.                 */
+        c2--;
+        while ( c2 > 0 )
+        {
+          *(++target) = 0xFF;
+          c2--;
+        }
+        target[1] |= f2;
+      }
+      else
+        *target |= ( f1 & f2 );
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  Vertical_Sweep_Drop( RAS_ARGS Short       y,
+                                FT_F26Dot6  x1,
+                                FT_F26Dot6  x2,
+                                PProfile    left,
+                                PProfile    right )
+  {
+    Long   e1, e2, pxl;
+    Short  c1, f1;
+
+
+    /* Drop-out control */
+
+    /*   e2            x2                    x1           e1   */
+    /*                                                         */
+    /*                 ^                     |                 */
+    /*                 |                     |                 */
+    /*   +-------------+---------------------+------------+    */
+    /*                 |                     |                 */
+    /*                 |                     v                 */
+    /*                                                         */
+    /* pixel         contour              contour       pixel  */
+    /* center                                           center */
+
+    /* drop-out mode    scan conversion rules (as defined in OpenType) */
+    /* --------------------------------------------------------------- */
+    /*  0                1, 2, 3                                       */
+    /*  1                1, 2, 4                                       */
+    /*  2                1, 2                                          */
+    /*  3                same as mode 2                                */
+    /*  4                1, 2, 5                                       */
+    /*  5                1, 2, 6                                       */
+    /*  6, 7             same as mode 2                                */
+
+    e1  = CEILING( x1 );
+    e2  = FLOOR  ( x2 );
+    pxl = e1;
+
+    if ( e1 > e2 )
+    {
+      if ( e1 == e2 + ras.precision )
+      {
+        switch ( ras.dropOutControl )
+        {
+        case 0: /* simple drop-outs including stubs */
+          pxl = e2;
+          break;
+
+        case 4: /* smart drop-outs including stubs */
+          pxl = FLOOR( ( x1 + x2 + 1 ) / 2 + ras.precision_half );
+          break;
+
+        case 1: /* simple drop-outs excluding stubs */
+        case 5: /* smart drop-outs excluding stubs  */
+
+          /* Drop-out Control Rules #4 and #6 */
+
+          /* The spec is not very clear regarding those rules.  It  */
+          /* presents a method that is way too costly to implement  */
+          /* while the general idea seems to get rid of `stubs'.    */
+          /*                                                        */
+          /* Here, we only get rid of stubs recognized if:          */
+          /*                                                        */
+          /*  upper stub:                                           */
+          /*                                                        */
+          /*   - P_Left and P_Right are in the same contour         */
+          /*   - P_Right is the successor of P_Left in that contour */
+          /*   - y is the top of P_Left and P_Right                 */
+          /*                                                        */
+          /*  lower stub:                                           */
+          /*                                                        */
+          /*   - P_Left and P_Right are in the same contour         */
+          /*   - P_Left is the successor of P_Right in that contour */
+          /*   - y is the bottom of P_Left                          */
+          /*                                                        */
+
+          /* FIXXXME: uncommenting this line solves the disappearing */
+          /*          bit problem in the `7' of verdana 10pts, but   */
+          /*          makes a new one in the `C' of arial 14pts      */
+#if 0
+          if ( x2 - x1 < ras.precision_half )
+#endif
+          {
+            /* upper stub test */
+            if ( left->next == right && left->height <= 0 )
+              return;
+
+            /* lower stub test */
+            if ( right->next == left && left->start == y )
+              return;
+          }
+
+          if ( ras.dropOutControl == 1 )
+            pxl = e2;
+          else
+            pxl = FLOOR( ( x1 + x2 + 1 ) / 2 + ras.precision_half );
+          break;
+
+        default: /* modes 2, 3, 6, 7 */
+          return;  /* no drop-out control */
+        }
+
+        /* check that the other pixel isn't set */
+        e1 = pxl == e1 ? e2 : e1;
+
+        e1 = TRUNC( e1 );
+
+        c1 = (Short)( e1 >> 3 );
+        f1 = (Short)( e1 &  7 );
+
+        if ( e1 >= 0 && e1 < ras.bWidth                      &&
+             ras.bTarget[ras.traceOfs + c1] & ( 0x80 >> f1 ) )
+          return;
+      }
+      else
+        return;
+    }
+
+    e1 = TRUNC( pxl );
+
+    if ( e1 >= 0 && e1 < ras.bWidth )
+    {
+      c1 = (Short)( e1 >> 3 );
+      f1 = (Short)( e1 & 7 );
+
+      if ( ras.gray_min_x > c1 )
+        ras.gray_min_x = c1;
+      if ( ras.gray_max_x < c1 )
+        ras.gray_max_x = c1;
+
+      ras.bTarget[ras.traceOfs + c1] |= (char)( 0x80 >> f1 );
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  Vertical_Sweep_Step( RAS_ARG )
+  {
+    ras.traceOfs += ras.traceIncr;
+  }
+
+
+  /***********************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                     */
+  /*  Horizontal Sweep Procedure Set                                     */
+  /*                                                                     */
+  /*  These four routines are used during the horizontal black/white     */
+  /*  sweep phase by the generic Draw_Sweep() function.                  */
+  /*                                                                     */
+  /***********************************************************************/
+
+  static void
+  Horizontal_Sweep_Init( RAS_ARGS Short*  min,
+                                  Short*  max )
+  {
+    /* nothing, really */
+    FT_UNUSED_RASTER;
+    FT_UNUSED( min );
+    FT_UNUSED( max );
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  Horizontal_Sweep_Span( RAS_ARGS Short       y,
+                                  FT_F26Dot6  x1,
+                                  FT_F26Dot6  x2,
+                                  PProfile    left,
+                                  PProfile    right )
+  {
+    Long   e1, e2;
+    PByte  bits;
+    Byte   f1;
+
+    FT_UNUSED( left );
+    FT_UNUSED( right );
+
+
+    if ( x2 - x1 < ras.precision )
+    {
+      e1 = CEILING( x1 );
+      e2 = FLOOR  ( x2 );
+
+      if ( e1 == e2 )
+      {
+        bits = ras.bTarget + ( y >> 3 );
+        f1   = (Byte)( 0x80 >> ( y & 7 ) );
+
+        e1 = TRUNC( e1 );
+
+        if ( e1 >= 0 && e1 < ras.target.rows )
+        {
+          PByte  p;
+
+
+          p = bits - e1*ras.target.pitch;
+          if ( ras.target.pitch > 0 )
+            p += ( ras.target.rows - 1 ) * ras.target.pitch;
+
+          p[0] |= f1;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  Horizontal_Sweep_Drop( RAS_ARGS Short       y,
+                                  FT_F26Dot6  x1,
+                                  FT_F26Dot6  x2,
+                                  PProfile    left,
+                                  PProfile    right )
+  {
+    Long   e1, e2, pxl;
+    PByte  bits;
+    Byte   f1;
+
+
+    /* During the horizontal sweep, we only take care of drop-outs */
+
+    /* e1     +       <-- pixel center */
+    /*        |                        */
+    /* x1  ---+-->    <-- contour      */
+    /*        |                        */
+    /*        |                        */
+    /* x2  <--+---    <-- contour      */
+    /*        |                        */
+    /*        |                        */
+    /* e2     +       <-- pixel center */
+
+    e1  = CEILING( x1 );
+    e2  = FLOOR  ( x2 );
+    pxl = e1;
+
+    if ( e1 > e2 )
+    {
+      if ( e1 == e2 + ras.precision )
+      {
+        switch ( ras.dropOutControl )
+        {
+        case 0: /* simple drop-outs including stubs */
+          pxl = e2;
+          break;
+
+        case 4: /* smart drop-outs including stubs */
+          pxl = FLOOR( ( x1 + x2 + 1 ) / 2 + ras.precision_half );
+          break;
+
+        case 1: /* simple drop-outs excluding stubs */
+        case 5: /* smart drop-outs excluding stubs  */
+          /* see Vertical_Sweep_Drop for details */
+
+          /* rightmost stub test */
+          if ( left->next == right && left->height <= 0 )
+            return;
+
+          /* leftmost stub test */
+          if ( right->next == left && left->start == y )
+            return;
+
+          if ( ras.dropOutControl == 1 )
+            pxl = e2;
+          else
+            pxl = FLOOR( ( x1 + x2 + 1 ) / 2 + ras.precision_half );
+          break;
+
+        default: /* modes 2, 3, 6, 7 */
+          return;  /* no drop-out control */
+        }
+
+        /* check that the other pixel isn't set */
+        e1 = pxl == e1 ? e2 : e1;
+
+        e1 = TRUNC( e1 );
+
+        bits = ras.bTarget + ( y >> 3 );
+        f1   = (Byte)( 0x80 >> ( y & 7 ) );
+
+        bits -= e1 * ras.target.pitch;
+        if ( ras.target.pitch > 0 )
+          bits += ( ras.target.rows - 1 ) * ras.target.pitch;
+
+        if ( e1 >= 0              &&
+             e1 < ras.target.rows &&
+             *bits & f1           )
+          return;
+      }
+      else
+        return;
+    }
+
+    bits = ras.bTarget + ( y >> 3 );
+    f1   = (Byte)( 0x80 >> ( y & 7 ) );
+
+    e1 = TRUNC( pxl );
+
+    if ( e1 >= 0 && e1 < ras.target.rows )
+    {
+      bits -= e1 * ras.target.pitch;
+      if ( ras.target.pitch > 0 )
+        bits += ( ras.target.rows - 1 ) * ras.target.pitch;
+
+      bits[0] |= f1;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  Horizontal_Sweep_Step( RAS_ARG )
+  {
+    /* Nothing, really */
+    FT_UNUSED_RASTER;
+  }
+
+
+#ifdef FT_RASTER_OPTION_ANTI_ALIASING
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*  Vertical Gray Sweep Procedure Set                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*  These two routines are used during the vertical gray-levels sweep    */
+  /*  phase by the generic Draw_Sweep() function.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*  NOTES                                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*  - The target pixmap's width *must* be a multiple of 4.               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*  - You have to use the function Vertical_Sweep_Span() for the gray    */
+  /*    span call.                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  static void
+  Vertical_Gray_Sweep_Init( RAS_ARGS Short*  min,
+                                     Short*  max )
+  {
+    Long  pitch, byte_len;
+
+
+    *min = *min & -2;
+    *max = ( *max + 3 ) & -2;
+
+    ras.traceOfs  = 0;
+    pitch         = ras.target.pitch;
+    byte_len      = -pitch;
+    ras.traceIncr = (Short)byte_len;
+    ras.traceG    = ( *min / 2 ) * byte_len;
+
+    if ( pitch > 0 )
+    {
+      ras.traceG += ( ras.target.rows - 1 ) * pitch;
+      byte_len    = -byte_len;
+    }
+
+    ras.gray_min_x =  (Short)byte_len;
+    ras.gray_max_x = -(Short)byte_len;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  Vertical_Gray_Sweep_Step( RAS_ARG )
+  {
+    Int    c1, c2;
+    PByte  pix, bit, bit2;
+    char*  count = (char*)count_table;
+    Byte*  grays;
+
+
+    ras.traceOfs += ras.gray_width;
+
+    if ( ras.traceOfs > ras.gray_width )
+    {
+      pix   = ras.gTarget + ras.traceG + ras.gray_min_x * 4;
+      grays = ras.grays;
+
+      if ( ras.gray_max_x >= 0 )
+      {
+        Long  last_pixel = ras.target.width - 1;
+        Int   last_cell  = last_pixel >> 2;
+        Int   last_bit   = last_pixel & 3;
+        Bool  over       = 0;
+
+
+        if ( ras.gray_max_x >= last_cell && last_bit != 3 )
+        {
+          ras.gray_max_x = last_cell - 1;
+          over = 1;
+        }
+
+        if ( ras.gray_min_x < 0 )
+          ras.gray_min_x = 0;
+
+        bit  = ras.bTarget + ras.gray_min_x;
+        bit2 = bit + ras.gray_width;
+
+        c1 = ras.gray_max_x - ras.gray_min_x;
+
+        while ( c1 >= 0 )
+        {
+          c2 = count[*bit] + count[*bit2];
+
+          if ( c2 )
+          {
+            pix[0] = grays[(c2 >> 12) & 0x000F];
+            pix[1] = grays[(c2 >> 8 ) & 0x000F];
+            pix[2] = grays[(c2 >> 4 ) & 0x000F];
+            pix[3] = grays[ c2        & 0x000F];
+
+            *bit  = 0;
+            *bit2 = 0;
+          }
+
+          bit++;
+          bit2++;
+          pix += 4;
+          c1--;
+        }
+
+        if ( over )
+        {
+          c2 = count[*bit] + count[*bit2];
+          if ( c2 )
+          {
+            switch ( last_bit )
+            {
+            case 2:
+              pix[2] = grays[(c2 >> 4 ) & 0x000F];
+            case 1:
+              pix[1] = grays[(c2 >> 8 ) & 0x000F];
+            default:
+              pix[0] = grays[(c2 >> 12) & 0x000F];
+            }
+
+            *bit  = 0;
+            *bit2 = 0;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+
+      ras.traceOfs = 0;
+      ras.traceG  += ras.traceIncr;
+
+      ras.gray_min_x =  32000;
+      ras.gray_max_x = -32000;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  Horizontal_Gray_Sweep_Span( RAS_ARGS Short       y,
+                                       FT_F26Dot6  x1,
+                                       FT_F26Dot6  x2,
+                                       PProfile    left,
+                                       PProfile    right )
+  {
+    /* nothing, really */
+    FT_UNUSED_RASTER;
+    FT_UNUSED( y );
+    FT_UNUSED( x1 );
+    FT_UNUSED( x2 );
+    FT_UNUSED( left );
+    FT_UNUSED( right );
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  Horizontal_Gray_Sweep_Drop( RAS_ARGS Short       y,
+                                       FT_F26Dot6  x1,
+                                       FT_F26Dot6  x2,
+                                       PProfile    left,
+                                       PProfile    right )
+  {
+    Long   e1, e2;
+    PByte  pixel;
+    Byte   color;
+
+
+    /* During the horizontal sweep, we only take care of drop-outs */
+
+    e1 = CEILING( x1 );
+    e2 = FLOOR  ( x2 );
+
+    if ( e1 > e2 )
+    {
+      if ( e1 == e2 + ras.precision )
+      {
+        switch ( ras.dropOutControl )
+        {
+        case 0: /* simple drop-outs including stubs */
+          e1 = e2;
+          break;
+
+        case 4: /* smart drop-outs including stubs */
+          e1 = FLOOR( ( x1 + x2 + 1 ) / 2 + ras.precision_half );
+          break;
+
+        case 1: /* simple drop-outs excluding stubs */
+        case 5: /* smart drop-outs excluding stubs  */
+          /* see Vertical_Sweep_Drop for details */
+
+          /* rightmost stub test */
+          if ( left->next == right && left->height <= 0 )
+            return;
+
+          /* leftmost stub test */
+          if ( right->next == left && left->start == y )
+            return;
+
+          if ( ras.dropOutControl == 1 )
+            e1 = e2;
+          else
+            e1 = FLOOR( ( x1 + x2 + 1 ) / 2 + ras.precision_half );
+
+          break;
+
+        default: /* modes 2, 3, 6, 7 */
+          return;  /* no drop-out control */
+        }
+      }
+      else
+        return;
+    }
+
+    if ( e1 >= 0 )
+    {
+      if ( x2 - x1 >= ras.precision_half )
+        color = ras.grays[2];
+      else
+        color = ras.grays[1];
+
+      e1 = TRUNC( e1 ) / 2;
+      if ( e1 < ras.target.rows )
+      {
+        pixel = ras.gTarget - e1 * ras.target.pitch + y / 2;
+        if ( ras.target.pitch > 0 )
+          pixel += ( ras.target.rows - 1 ) * ras.target.pitch;
+
+        if ( pixel[0] == ras.grays[0] )
+          pixel[0] = color;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+
+#endif /* FT_RASTER_OPTION_ANTI_ALIASING */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*  Generic Sweep Drawing routine                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  static Bool
+  Draw_Sweep( RAS_ARG )
+  {
+    Short         y, y_change, y_height;
+
+    PProfile      P, Q, P_Left, P_Right;
+
+    Short         min_Y, max_Y, top, bottom, dropouts;
+
+    Long          x1, x2, xs, e1, e2;
+
+    TProfileList  waiting;
+    TProfileList  draw_left, draw_right;
+
+
+    /* initialize empty linked lists */
+
+    Init_Linked( &waiting );
+
+    Init_Linked( &draw_left  );
+    Init_Linked( &draw_right );
+
+    /* first, compute min and max Y */
+
+    P     = ras.fProfile;
+    max_Y = (Short)TRUNC( ras.minY );
+    min_Y = (Short)TRUNC( ras.maxY );
+
+    while ( P )
+    {
+      Q = P->link;
+
+      bottom = (Short)P->start;
+      top    = (Short)( P->start + P->height - 1 );
+
+      if ( min_Y > bottom )
+        min_Y = bottom;
+      if ( max_Y < top )
+        max_Y = top;
+
+      P->X = 0;
+      InsNew( &waiting, P );
+
+      P = Q;
+    }
+
+    /* check the Y-turns */
+    if ( ras.numTurns == 0 )
+    {
+      ras.error = Raster_Err_Invalid;
+      return FAILURE;
+    }
+
+    /* now initialize the sweep */
+
+    ras.Proc_Sweep_Init( RAS_VARS &min_Y, &max_Y );
+
+    /* then compute the distance of each profile from min_Y */
+
+    P = waiting;
+
+    while ( P )
+    {
+      P->countL = (UShort)( P->start - min_Y );
+      P = P->link;
+    }
+
+    /* let's go */
+
+    y        = min_Y;
+    y_height = 0;
+
+    if ( ras.numTurns > 0 &&
+         ras.sizeBuff[-ras.numTurns] == min_Y )
+      ras.numTurns--;
+
+    while ( ras.numTurns > 0 )
+    {
+      /* check waiting list for new activations */
+
+      P = waiting;
+
+      while ( P )
+      {
+        Q = P->link;
+        P->countL -= y_height;
+        if ( P->countL == 0 )
+        {
+          DelOld( &waiting, P );
+
+          switch ( P->flow )
+          {
+          case Flow_Up:
+            InsNew( &draw_left,  P );
+            break;
+
+          case Flow_Down:
+            InsNew( &draw_right, P );
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+
+        P = Q;
+      }
+
+      /* sort the drawing lists */
+
+      Sort( &draw_left );
+      Sort( &draw_right );
+
+      y_change = (Short)ras.sizeBuff[-ras.numTurns--];
+      y_height = (Short)( y_change - y );
+
+      while ( y < y_change )
+      {
+        /* let's trace */
+
+        dropouts = 0;
+
+        P_Left  = draw_left;
+        P_Right = draw_right;
+
+        while ( P_Left )
+        {
+          x1 = P_Left ->X;
+          x2 = P_Right->X;
+
+          if ( x1 > x2 )
+          {
+            xs = x1;
+            x1 = x2;
+            x2 = xs;
+          }
+
+          e1 = FLOOR( x1 );
+          e2 = CEILING( x2 );
+
+          if ( x2 - x1 <= ras.precision &&
+               e1 != x1 && e2 != x2     )
+          {
+            if ( e1 > e2 || e2 == e1 + ras.precision )
+            {
+              if ( ras.dropOutControl != 2 )
+              {
+                /* a drop-out was detected */
+
+                P_Left ->X = x1;
+                P_Right->X = x2;
+
+                /* mark profile for drop-out processing */
+                P_Left->countL = 1;
+                dropouts++;
+              }
+
+              goto Skip_To_Next;
+            }
+          }
+
+          ras.Proc_Sweep_Span( RAS_VARS y, x1, x2, P_Left, P_Right );
+
+        Skip_To_Next:
+
+          P_Left  = P_Left->link;
+          P_Right = P_Right->link;
+        }
+
+        /* handle drop-outs _after_ the span drawing --       */
+        /* drop-out processing has been moved out of the loop */
+        /* for performance tuning                             */
+        if ( dropouts > 0 )
+          goto Scan_DropOuts;
+
+      Next_Line:
+
+        ras.Proc_Sweep_Step( RAS_VAR );
+
+        y++;
+
+        if ( y < y_change )
+        {
+          Sort( &draw_left  );
+          Sort( &draw_right );
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* now finalize the profiles that need it */
+
+      P = draw_left;
+      while ( P )
+      {
+        Q = P->link;
+        if ( P->height == 0 )
+          DelOld( &draw_left, P );
+        P = Q;
+      }
+
+      P = draw_right;
+      while ( P )
+      {
+        Q = P->link;
+        if ( P->height == 0 )
+          DelOld( &draw_right, P );
+        P = Q;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* for gray-scaling, flush the bitmap scanline cache */
+    while ( y <= max_Y )
+    {
+      ras.Proc_Sweep_Step( RAS_VAR );
+      y++;
+    }
+
+    return SUCCESS;
+
+  Scan_DropOuts:
+
+    P_Left  = draw_left;
+    P_Right = draw_right;
+
+    while ( P_Left )
+    {
+      if ( P_Left->countL )
+      {
+        P_Left->countL = 0;
+#if 0
+        dropouts--;  /* -- this is useful when debugging only */
+#endif
+        ras.Proc_Sweep_Drop( RAS_VARS y,
+                                      P_Left->X,
+                                      P_Right->X,
+                                      P_Left,
+                                      P_Right );
+      }
+
+      P_Left  = P_Left->link;
+      P_Right = P_Right->link;
+    }
+
+    goto Next_Line;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    Render_Single_Pass                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Perform one sweep with sub-banding.                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    flipped :: If set, flip the direction of the outline.              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    Renderer error code.                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static int
+  Render_Single_Pass( RAS_ARGS Bool  flipped )
+  {
+    Short  i, j, k;
+
+
+    while ( ras.band_top >= 0 )
+    {
+      ras.maxY = (Long)ras.band_stack[ras.band_top].y_max * ras.precision;
+      ras.minY = (Long)ras.band_stack[ras.band_top].y_min * ras.precision;
+
+      ras.top = ras.buff;
+
+      ras.error = Raster_Err_None;
+
+      if ( Convert_Glyph( RAS_VARS flipped ) )
+      {
+        if ( ras.error != Raster_Err_Overflow )
+          return FAILURE;
+
+        ras.error = Raster_Err_None;
+
+        /* sub-banding */
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_RASTER
+        ClearBand( RAS_VARS TRUNC( ras.minY ), TRUNC( ras.maxY ) );
+#endif
+
+        i = ras.band_stack[ras.band_top].y_min;
+        j = ras.band_stack[ras.band_top].y_max;
+
+        k = (Short)( ( i + j ) / 2 );
+
+        if ( ras.band_top >= 7 || k < i )
+        {
+          ras.band_top = 0;
+          ras.error    = Raster_Err_Invalid;
+
+          return ras.error;
+        }
+
+        ras.band_stack[ras.band_top + 1].y_min = k;
+        ras.band_stack[ras.band_top + 1].y_max = j;
+
+        ras.band_stack[ras.band_top].y_max = (Short)( k - 1 );
+
+        ras.band_top++;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        if ( ras.fProfile )
+          if ( Draw_Sweep( RAS_VAR ) )
+             return ras.error;
+        ras.band_top--;
+      }
+    }
+
+    return SUCCESS;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    Render_Glyph                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Render a glyph in a bitmap.  Sub-banding if needed.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  Render_Glyph( RAS_ARG )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error;
+
+
+    Set_High_Precision( RAS_VARS ras.outline.flags &
+                        FT_OUTLINE_HIGH_PRECISION );
+    ras.scale_shift = ras.precision_shift;
+
+    if ( ras.outline.flags & FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS )
+      ras.dropOutControl = 2;
+    else
+    {
+      if ( ras.outline.flags & FT_OUTLINE_SMART_DROPOUTS )
+        ras.dropOutControl = 4;
+      else
+        ras.dropOutControl = 0;
+
+      if ( !( ras.outline.flags & FT_OUTLINE_INCLUDE_STUBS ) )
+        ras.dropOutControl += 1;
+    }
+
+    ras.second_pass = (FT_Byte)( !( ras.outline.flags &
+                                    FT_OUTLINE_SINGLE_PASS ) );
+
+    /* Vertical Sweep */
+    ras.Proc_Sweep_Init = Vertical_Sweep_Init;
+    ras.Proc_Sweep_Span = Vertical_Sweep_Span;
+    ras.Proc_Sweep_Drop = Vertical_Sweep_Drop;
+    ras.Proc_Sweep_Step = Vertical_Sweep_Step;
+
+    ras.band_top            = 0;
+    ras.band_stack[0].y_min = 0;
+    ras.band_stack[0].y_max = (short)( ras.target.rows - 1 );
+
+    ras.bWidth  = (unsigned short)ras.target.width;
+    ras.bTarget = (Byte*)ras.target.buffer;
+
+    if ( ( error = Render_Single_Pass( RAS_VARS 0 ) ) != 0 )
+      return error;
+
+    /* Horizontal Sweep */
+    if ( ras.second_pass && ras.dropOutControl != 2 )
+    {
+      ras.Proc_Sweep_Init = Horizontal_Sweep_Init;
+      ras.Proc_Sweep_Span = Horizontal_Sweep_Span;
+      ras.Proc_Sweep_Drop = Horizontal_Sweep_Drop;
+      ras.Proc_Sweep_Step = Horizontal_Sweep_Step;
+
+      ras.band_top            = 0;
+      ras.band_stack[0].y_min = 0;
+      ras.band_stack[0].y_max = (short)( ras.target.width - 1 );
+
+      if ( ( error = Render_Single_Pass( RAS_VARS 1 ) ) != 0 )
+        return error;
+    }
+
+    return Raster_Err_None;
+  }
+
+
+#ifdef FT_RASTER_OPTION_ANTI_ALIASING
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    Render_Gray_Glyph                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Render a glyph with grayscaling.  Sub-banding if needed.           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  Render_Gray_Glyph( RAS_ARG )
+  {
+    Long      pixel_width;
+    FT_Error  error;
+
+
+    Set_High_Precision( RAS_VARS ras.outline.flags &
+                        FT_OUTLINE_HIGH_PRECISION );
+    ras.scale_shift = ras.precision_shift + 1;
+
+    if ( ras.outline.flags & FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS )
+      ras.dropOutControl = 2;
+    else
+    {
+      if ( ras.outline.flags & FT_OUTLINE_SMART_DROPOUTS )
+        ras.dropOutControl = 4;
+      else
+        ras.dropOutControl = 0;
+
+      if ( !( ras.outline.flags & FT_OUTLINE_INCLUDE_STUBS ) )
+        ras.dropOutControl += 1;
+    }
+
+    ras.second_pass = !( ras.outline.flags & FT_OUTLINE_SINGLE_PASS );
+
+    /* Vertical Sweep */
+
+    ras.band_top            = 0;
+    ras.band_stack[0].y_min = 0;
+    ras.band_stack[0].y_max = 2 * ras.target.rows - 1;
+
+    ras.bWidth  = ras.gray_width;
+    pixel_width = 2 * ( ( ras.target.width + 3 ) >> 2 );
+
+    if ( ras.bWidth > pixel_width )
+      ras.bWidth = pixel_width;
+
+    ras.bWidth  = ras.bWidth * 8;
+    ras.bTarget = (Byte*)ras.gray_lines;
+    ras.gTarget = (Byte*)ras.target.buffer;
+
+    ras.Proc_Sweep_Init = Vertical_Gray_Sweep_Init;
+    ras.Proc_Sweep_Span = Vertical_Sweep_Span;
+    ras.Proc_Sweep_Drop = Vertical_Sweep_Drop;
+    ras.Proc_Sweep_Step = Vertical_Gray_Sweep_Step;
+
+    error = Render_Single_Pass( RAS_VARS 0 );
+    if ( error )
+      return error;
+
+    /* Horizontal Sweep */
+    if ( ras.second_pass && ras.dropOutControl != 2 )
+    {
+      ras.Proc_Sweep_Init = Horizontal_Sweep_Init;
+      ras.Proc_Sweep_Span = Horizontal_Gray_Sweep_Span;
+      ras.Proc_Sweep_Drop = Horizontal_Gray_Sweep_Drop;
+      ras.Proc_Sweep_Step = Horizontal_Sweep_Step;
+
+      ras.band_top            = 0;
+      ras.band_stack[0].y_min = 0;
+      ras.band_stack[0].y_max = ras.target.width * 2 - 1;
+
+      error = Render_Single_Pass( RAS_VARS 1 );
+      if ( error )
+        return error;
+    }
+
+    return Raster_Err_None;
+  }
+
+#else /* !FT_RASTER_OPTION_ANTI_ALIASING */
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  Render_Gray_Glyph( RAS_ARG )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED_RASTER;
+
+    return Raster_Err_Unsupported;
+  }
+
+#endif /* !FT_RASTER_OPTION_ANTI_ALIASING */
+
+
+  static void
+  ft_black_init( PRaster  raster )
+  {
+#ifdef FT_RASTER_OPTION_ANTI_ALIASING
+    FT_UInt  n;
+
+
+    /* set default 5-levels gray palette */
+    for ( n = 0; n < 5; n++ )
+      raster->grays[n] = n * 255 / 4;
+
+    raster->gray_width = RASTER_GRAY_LINES / 2;
+
+#else
+    FT_UNUSED( raster );
+#endif
+  }
+
+
+  /**** RASTER OBJECT CREATION: In standalone mode, we simply use *****/
+  /****                         a static object.                  *****/
+
+
+#ifdef _STANDALONE_
+
+
+  static int
+  ft_black_new( void*       memory,
+                FT_Raster  *araster )
+  {
+     static TRaster  the_raster;
+
+
+     *araster = (FT_Raster)&the_raster;
+     FT_MEM_ZERO( &the_raster, sizeof ( the_raster ) );
+     ft_black_init( &the_raster );
+
+     return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  ft_black_done( FT_Raster  raster )
+  {
+    /* nothing */
+    FT_UNUSED( raster );
+  }
+
+
+#else /* _STANDALONE_ */
+
+
+  static int
+  ft_black_new( FT_Memory   memory,
+                PRaster    *araster )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error;
+    PRaster   raster;
+
+
+    *araster = 0;
+    if ( !FT_NEW( raster ) )
+    {
+      raster->memory = memory;
+      ft_black_init( raster );
+
+      *araster = raster;
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  ft_black_done( PRaster  raster )
+  {
+    FT_Memory  memory = (FT_Memory)raster->memory;
+    FT_FREE( raster );
+  }
+
+
+#endif /* _STANDALONE_ */
+
+
+  static void
+  ft_black_reset( PRaster  raster,
+                  char*    pool_base,
+                  long     pool_size )
+  {
+    if ( raster )
+    {
+      if ( pool_base && pool_size >= (long)sizeof(TWorker) + 2048 )
+      {
+        PWorker  worker = (PWorker)pool_base;
+
+
+        raster->buffer      = pool_base + ( (sizeof ( *worker ) + 7 ) & ~7 );
+        raster->buffer_size = ( ( pool_base + pool_size ) -
+                                (char*)raster->buffer ) / sizeof ( Long );
+        raster->worker      = worker;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        raster->buffer      = NULL;
+        raster->buffer_size = 0;
+        raster->worker      = NULL;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  ft_black_set_mode( PRaster        raster,
+                     unsigned long  mode,
+                     const char*    palette )
+  {
+#ifdef FT_RASTER_OPTION_ANTI_ALIASING
+
+    if ( mode == FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'a', 'l', '5' ) )
+    {
+      /* set 5-levels gray palette */
+      raster->grays[0] = palette[0];
+      raster->grays[1] = palette[1];
+      raster->grays[2] = palette[2];
+      raster->grays[3] = palette[3];
+      raster->grays[4] = palette[4];
+    }
+
+#else
+
+    FT_UNUSED( raster );
+    FT_UNUSED( mode );
+    FT_UNUSED( palette );
+
+#endif
+  }
+
+
+  static int
+  ft_black_render( PRaster                  raster,
+                   const FT_Raster_Params*  params )
+  {
+    const FT_Outline*  outline    = (const FT_Outline*)params->source;
+    const FT_Bitmap*   target_map = params->target;
+    PWorker            worker;
+
+
+    if ( !raster || !raster->buffer || !raster->buffer_size )
+      return Raster_Err_Not_Ini;
+
+    if ( !outline )
+      return Raster_Err_Invalid;
+
+    /* return immediately if the outline is empty */
+    if ( outline->n_points == 0 || outline->n_contours <= 0 )
+      return Raster_Err_None;
+
+    if ( !outline->contours || !outline->points )
+      return Raster_Err_Invalid;
+
+    if ( outline->n_points !=
+           outline->contours[outline->n_contours - 1] + 1 )
+      return Raster_Err_Invalid;
+
+    worker = raster->worker;
+
+    /* this version of the raster does not support direct rendering, sorry */
+    if ( params->flags & FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT )
+      return Raster_Err_Unsupported;
+
+    if ( !target_map )
+      return Raster_Err_Invalid;
+
+    /* nothing to do */
+    if ( !target_map->width || !target_map->rows )
+      return Raster_Err_None;
+
+    if ( !target_map->buffer )
+      return Raster_Err_Invalid;
+
+    ras.outline = *outline;
+    ras.target  = *target_map;
+
+    worker->buff       = (PLong) raster->buffer;
+    worker->sizeBuff   = worker->buff +
+                           raster->buffer_size / sizeof ( Long );
+#ifdef FT_RASTER_OPTION_ANTI_ALIASING
+    worker->grays      = raster->grays;
+    worker->gray_width = raster->gray_width;
+#endif
+
+    return ( ( params->flags & FT_RASTER_FLAG_AA )
+               ? Render_Gray_Glyph( RAS_VAR )
+               : Render_Glyph( RAS_VAR ) );
+  }
+
+
+  const FT_Raster_Funcs  ft_standard_raster =
+  {
+    FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE,
+    (FT_Raster_New_Func)     ft_black_new,
+    (FT_Raster_Reset_Func)   ft_black_reset,
+    (FT_Raster_Set_Mode_Func)ft_black_set_mode,
+    (FT_Raster_Render_Func)  ft_black_render,
+    (FT_Raster_Done_Func)    ft_black_done
+  };
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/ftraster.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/ftraster.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..80fe46d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/ftraster.h
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftraster.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    The FreeType glyph rasterizer (specification).                       */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001 by                                                 */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used        */
+/*  modified and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project       */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTRASTER_H__
+#define __FTRASTER_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
+#include FT_IMAGE_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Uncomment the following line if you are using ftraster.c as a         */
+  /* standalone module, fully independent of FreeType.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+/* #define _STANDALONE_ */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_VAR( const FT_Raster_Funcs )  ft_standard_raster;
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTRASTER_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/ftrend1.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/ftrend1.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3cc8d07
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/ftrend1.c
@@ -0,0 +1,273 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftrend1.c                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    The FreeType glyph rasterizer interface (body).                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2006 by                         */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+#include FT_OUTLINE_H
+#include "ftrend1.h"
+#include "ftraster.h"
+
+#include "rasterrs.h"
+
+
+  /* initialize renderer -- init its raster */
+  static FT_Error
+  ft_raster1_init( FT_Renderer  render )
+  {
+    FT_Library  library = FT_MODULE_LIBRARY( render );
+
+
+    render->clazz->raster_class->raster_reset( render->raster,
+                                               library->raster_pool,
+                                               library->raster_pool_size );
+
+    return Raster_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  /* set render-specific mode */
+  static FT_Error
+  ft_raster1_set_mode( FT_Renderer  render,
+                       FT_ULong     mode_tag,
+                       FT_Pointer   data )
+  {
+    /* we simply pass it to the raster */
+    return render->clazz->raster_class->raster_set_mode( render->raster,
+                                                         mode_tag,
+                                                         data );
+  }
+
+
+  /* transform a given glyph image */
+  static FT_Error
+  ft_raster1_transform( FT_Renderer       render,
+                        FT_GlyphSlot      slot,
+                        const FT_Matrix*  matrix,
+                        const FT_Vector*  delta )
+  {
+    FT_Error error = Raster_Err_Ok;
+
+
+    if ( slot->format != render->glyph_format )
+    {
+      error = Raster_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    if ( matrix )
+      FT_Outline_Transform( &slot->outline, matrix );
+
+    if ( delta )
+      FT_Outline_Translate( &slot->outline, delta->x, delta->y );
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* return the glyph's control box */
+  static void
+  ft_raster1_get_cbox( FT_Renderer   render,
+                       FT_GlyphSlot  slot,
+                       FT_BBox*      cbox )
+  {
+    FT_MEM_ZERO( cbox, sizeof ( *cbox ) );
+
+    if ( slot->format == render->glyph_format )
+      FT_Outline_Get_CBox( &slot->outline, cbox );
+  }
+
+
+  /* convert a slot's glyph image into a bitmap */
+  static FT_Error
+  ft_raster1_render( FT_Renderer       render,
+                     FT_GlyphSlot      slot,
+                     FT_Render_Mode    mode,
+                     const FT_Vector*  origin )
+  {
+    FT_Error     error;
+    FT_Outline*  outline;
+    FT_BBox      cbox;
+    FT_UInt      width, height, pitch;
+    FT_Bitmap*   bitmap;
+    FT_Memory    memory;
+
+    FT_Raster_Params  params;
+
+
+    /* check glyph image format */
+    if ( slot->format != render->glyph_format )
+    {
+      error = Raster_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* check rendering mode */
+    if ( mode != FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO )
+    {
+      /* raster1 is only capable of producing monochrome bitmaps */
+      if ( render->clazz == &ft_raster1_renderer_class )
+        return Raster_Err_Cannot_Render_Glyph;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* raster5 is only capable of producing 5-gray-levels bitmaps */
+      if ( render->clazz == &ft_raster5_renderer_class )
+        return Raster_Err_Cannot_Render_Glyph;
+    }
+
+    outline = &slot->outline;
+
+    /* translate the outline to the new origin if needed */
+    if ( origin )
+      FT_Outline_Translate( outline, origin->x, origin->y );
+
+    /* compute the control box, and grid fit it */
+    FT_Outline_Get_CBox( outline, &cbox );
+
+    cbox.xMin = FT_PIX_FLOOR( cbox.xMin );
+    cbox.yMin = FT_PIX_FLOOR( cbox.yMin );
+    cbox.xMax = FT_PIX_CEIL( cbox.xMax );
+    cbox.yMax = FT_PIX_CEIL( cbox.yMax );
+
+    width  = (FT_UInt)( ( cbox.xMax - cbox.xMin ) >> 6 );
+    height = (FT_UInt)( ( cbox.yMax - cbox.yMin ) >> 6 );
+    bitmap = &slot->bitmap;
+    memory = render->root.memory;
+
+    /* release old bitmap buffer */
+    if ( slot->internal->flags & FT_GLYPH_OWN_BITMAP )
+    {
+      FT_FREE( bitmap->buffer );
+      slot->internal->flags &= ~FT_GLYPH_OWN_BITMAP;
+    }
+
+    /* allocate new one, depends on pixel format */
+    if ( !( mode & FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO ) )
+    {
+      /* we pad to 32 bits, only for backwards compatibility with FT 1.x */
+      pitch              = FT_PAD_CEIL( width, 4 );
+      bitmap->pixel_mode = FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY;
+      bitmap->num_grays  = 256;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      pitch              = ( ( width + 15 ) >> 4 ) << 1;
+      bitmap->pixel_mode = FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO;
+    }
+
+    bitmap->width = width;
+    bitmap->rows  = height;
+    bitmap->pitch = pitch;
+
+    if ( FT_ALLOC_MULT( bitmap->buffer, pitch, height ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    slot->internal->flags |= FT_GLYPH_OWN_BITMAP;
+
+    /* translate outline to render it into the bitmap */
+    FT_Outline_Translate( outline, -cbox.xMin, -cbox.yMin );
+
+    /* set up parameters */
+    params.target = bitmap;
+    params.source = outline;
+    params.flags  = 0;
+
+    if ( bitmap->pixel_mode == FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY )
+      params.flags |= FT_RASTER_FLAG_AA;
+
+    /* render outline into the bitmap */
+    error = render->raster_render( render->raster, ¶ms );
+
+    FT_Outline_Translate( outline, cbox.xMin, cbox.yMin );
+
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    slot->format      = FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP;
+    slot->bitmap_left = (FT_Int)( cbox.xMin >> 6 );
+    slot->bitmap_top  = (FT_Int)( cbox.yMax >> 6 );
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
+  const FT_Renderer_Class  ft_raster1_renderer_class =
+  {
+    {
+      FT_MODULE_RENDERER,
+      sizeof( FT_RendererRec ),
+
+      "raster1",
+      0x10000L,
+      0x20000L,
+
+      0,    /* module specific interface */
+
+      (FT_Module_Constructor)ft_raster1_init,
+      (FT_Module_Destructor) 0,
+      (FT_Module_Requester)  0
+    },
+
+    FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE,
+
+    (FT_Renderer_RenderFunc)   ft_raster1_render,
+    (FT_Renderer_TransformFunc)ft_raster1_transform,
+    (FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc)  ft_raster1_get_cbox,
+    (FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc)  ft_raster1_set_mode,
+
+    (FT_Raster_Funcs*)    &ft_standard_raster
+  };
+
+
+  /* This renderer is _NOT_ part of the default modules; you will need */
+  /* to register it by hand in your application.  It should only be    */
+  /* used for backwards-compatibility with FT 1.x anyway.              */
+  /*                                                                   */
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
+  const FT_Renderer_Class  ft_raster5_renderer_class =
+  {
+    {
+      FT_MODULE_RENDERER,
+      sizeof( FT_RendererRec ),
+
+      "raster5",
+      0x10000L,
+      0x20000L,
+
+      0,    /* module specific interface */
+
+      (FT_Module_Constructor)ft_raster1_init,
+      (FT_Module_Destructor) 0,
+      (FT_Module_Requester)  0
+    },
+
+    FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE,
+
+    (FT_Renderer_RenderFunc)   ft_raster1_render,
+    (FT_Renderer_TransformFunc)ft_raster1_transform,
+    (FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc)  ft_raster1_get_cbox,
+    (FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc)  ft_raster1_set_mode,
+
+    (FT_Raster_Funcs*)    &ft_standard_raster
+  };
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/ftrend1.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/ftrend1.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..76e9a5f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/ftrend1.h
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftrend1.h                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    The FreeType glyph rasterizer interface (specification).             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001 by                                                 */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTREND1_H__
+#define __FTREND1_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_RENDER_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  FT_EXPORT_VAR( const FT_Renderer_Class )  ft_raster1_renderer_class;
+
+  /* this renderer is _NOT_ part of the default modules, you'll need */
+  /* to register it by hand in your application.  It should only be  */
+  /* used for backwards-compatibility with FT 1.x anyway.            */
+  /*                                                                 */
+  FT_EXPORT_VAR( const FT_Renderer_Class )  ft_raster5_renderer_class;
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTREND1_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/module.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/module.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cbff5df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/module.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 renderer module definition
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2006 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+FTMODULE_H_COMMANDS += RASTER_MODULE
+
+define RASTER_MODULE
+$(OPEN_DRIVER) FT_Renderer_Class, ft_raster1_renderer_class $(CLOSE_DRIVER)
+$(ECHO_DRIVER)raster    $(ECHO_DRIVER_DESC)monochrome bitmap renderer$(ECHO_DRIVER_DONE)
+endef
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/raster.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/raster.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f13a67a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/raster.c
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  raster.c                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType monochrome rasterer module component (body only).           */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001 by                                                 */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#define FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include "ftraster.c"
+#include "ftrend1.c"
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/rasterrs.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/rasterrs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5df9a7a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/rasterrs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  rasterrs.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    monochrome renderer error codes (specification only).                */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2001 by                                                      */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This file is used to define the monochrome renderer error enumeration */
+  /* constants.                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef __RASTERRS_H__
+#define __RASTERRS_H__
+
+#include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
+
+#undef __FTERRORS_H__
+
+#define FT_ERR_PREFIX  Raster_Err_
+#define FT_ERR_BASE    FT_Mod_Err_Raster
+
+#include FT_ERRORS_H
+
+#endif /* __RASTERRS_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/rules.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/rules.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..43a9af2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/raster/rules.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 renderer module build rules
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2001, 2003, 2008 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+# raster driver directory
+#
+RASTER_DIR := $(SRC_DIR)/raster
+
+# compilation flags for the driver
+#
+RASTER_COMPILE := $(FT_COMPILE) $I$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$(RASTER_DIR))
+
+
+# raster driver sources (i.e., C files)
+#
+RASTER_DRV_SRC := $(RASTER_DIR)/ftraster.c \
+                  $(RASTER_DIR)/ftrend1.c
+
+
+# raster driver headers
+#
+RASTER_DRV_H := $(RASTER_DRV_SRC:%.c=%.h) \
+                $(RASTER_DIR)/ftmisc.h    \
+                $(RASTER_DIR)/rasterrs.h
+
+
+# raster driver object(s)
+#
+#   RASTER_DRV_OBJ_M is used during `multi' builds.
+#   RASTER_DRV_OBJ_S is used during `single' builds.
+#
+RASTER_DRV_OBJ_M := $(RASTER_DRV_SRC:$(RASTER_DIR)/%.c=$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O)
+RASTER_DRV_OBJ_S := $(OBJ_DIR)/raster.$O
+
+# raster driver source file for single build
+#
+RASTER_DRV_SRC_S := $(RASTER_DIR)/raster.c
+
+
+# raster driver - single object
+#
+$(RASTER_DRV_OBJ_S): $(RASTER_DRV_SRC_S) $(RASTER_DRV_SRC) \
+                     $(FREETYPE_H) $(RASTER_DRV_H)
+	$(RASTER_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $(RASTER_DRV_SRC_S))
+
+
+# raster driver - multiple objects
+#
+$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O: $(RASTER_DIR)/%.c $(FREETYPE_H) $(RASTER_DRV_H)
+	$(RASTER_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $<)
+
+
+# update main driver object lists
+#
+DRV_OBJS_S += $(RASTER_DRV_OBJ_S)
+DRV_OBJS_M += $(RASTER_DRV_OBJ_M)
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/Jamfile b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/Jamfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ad467be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/Jamfile
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+# FreeType 2 src/sfnt Jamfile
+#
+# Copyright 2001, 2002, 2004, 2005 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+SubDir  FT2_TOP $(FT2_SRC_DIR) sfnt ;
+
+{
+  local  _sources ;
+
+  if $(FT2_MULTI)
+  {
+    _sources = sfobjs sfdriver ttcmap ttmtx ttpost ttload ttsbit ttkern ttbdf ;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    _sources = sfnt ;
+  }
+
+  Library  $(FT2_LIB) : $(_sources).c ;
+}
+
+# end of src/sfnt Jamfile
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/module.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/module.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..95fd6a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/module.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 SFNT module definition
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2006 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+FTMODULE_H_COMMANDS += SFNT_MODULE
+
+define SFNT_MODULE
+$(OPEN_DRIVER) FT_Module_Class, sfnt_module_class $(CLOSE_DRIVER)
+$(ECHO_DRIVER)sfnt      $(ECHO_DRIVER_DESC)helper module for TrueType & OpenType formats$(ECHO_DRIVER_DONE)
+endef
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/rules.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/rules.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..abda74f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/rules.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 SFNT driver configuration rules
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2009 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+# SFNT driver directory
+#
+SFNT_DIR := $(SRC_DIR)/sfnt
+
+
+# compilation flags for the driver
+#
+SFNT_COMPILE := $(FT_COMPILE) $I$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$(SFNT_DIR))
+
+
+# SFNT driver sources (i.e., C files)
+#
+SFNT_DRV_SRC := $(SFNT_DIR)/ttload.c   \
+                $(SFNT_DIR)/ttmtx.c    \
+                $(SFNT_DIR)/ttcmap.c   \
+                $(SFNT_DIR)/ttsbit.c   \
+                $(SFNT_DIR)/ttpost.c   \
+                $(SFNT_DIR)/ttkern.c   \
+                $(SFNT_DIR)/ttbdf.c    \
+                $(SFNT_DIR)/sfobjs.c   \
+                $(SFNT_DIR)/sfdriver.c
+
+# SFNT driver headers
+#
+# Note that ttsbit0.c gets #included by ttsbit.c.
+#
+SFNT_DRV_H := $(SFNT_DRV_SRC:%c=%h)  \
+              $(SFNT_DIR)/sferrors.h \
+              $(SFNT_DIR)/ttsbit0.c
+
+
+# SFNT driver object(s)
+#
+#   SFNT_DRV_OBJ_M is used during `multi' builds.
+#   SFNT_DRV_OBJ_S is used during `single' builds.
+#
+SFNT_DRV_OBJ_M := $(SFNT_DRV_SRC:$(SFNT_DIR)/%.c=$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O)
+SFNT_DRV_OBJ_S := $(OBJ_DIR)/sfnt.$O
+
+# SFNT driver source file for single build
+#
+SFNT_DRV_SRC_S := $(SFNT_DIR)/sfnt.c
+
+
+# SFNT driver - single object
+#
+$(SFNT_DRV_OBJ_S): $(SFNT_DRV_SRC_S) $(SFNT_DRV_SRC) \
+                   $(FREETYPE_H) $(SFNT_DRV_H)
+	$(SFNT_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $(SFNT_DRV_SRC_S))
+
+
+# SFNT driver - multiple objects
+#
+$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O: $(SFNT_DIR)/%.c $(FREETYPE_H) $(SFNT_DRV_H)
+	$(SFNT_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $<)
+
+
+# update main driver object lists
+#
+DRV_OBJS_S += $(SFNT_DRV_OBJ_S)
+DRV_OBJS_M += $(SFNT_DRV_OBJ_M)
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/sfdriver.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/sfdriver.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..142ef76
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/sfdriver.c
@@ -0,0 +1,643 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  sfdriver.c                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    High-level SFNT driver interface (body).                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2009 by       */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_SFNT_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+
+#include "sfdriver.h"
+#include "ttload.h"
+#include "sfobjs.h"
+
+#include "sferrors.h"
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS
+#include "ttsbit.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES
+#include "ttpost.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF
+#include "ttbdf.h"
+#include FT_SERVICE_BDF_H
+#endif
+
+#include "ttcmap.h"
+#include "ttkern.h"
+#include "ttmtx.h"
+
+#include FT_SERVICE_GLYPH_DICT_H
+#include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_NAME_H
+#include FT_SERVICE_SFNT_H
+#include FT_SERVICE_TT_CMAP_H
+
+
+ /*
+  *  SFNT TABLE SERVICE
+  *
+  */
+
+  static void*
+  get_sfnt_table( TT_Face      face,
+                  FT_Sfnt_Tag  tag )
+  {
+    void*  table;
+
+
+    switch ( tag )
+    {
+    case ft_sfnt_head:
+      table = &face->header;
+      break;
+
+    case ft_sfnt_hhea:
+      table = &face->horizontal;
+      break;
+
+    case ft_sfnt_vhea:
+      table = face->vertical_info ? &face->vertical : 0;
+      break;
+
+    case ft_sfnt_os2:
+      table = face->os2.version == 0xFFFFU ? 0 : &face->os2;
+      break;
+
+    case ft_sfnt_post:
+      table = &face->postscript;
+      break;
+
+    case ft_sfnt_maxp:
+      table = &face->max_profile;
+      break;
+
+    case ft_sfnt_pclt:
+      table = face->pclt.Version ? &face->pclt : 0;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      table = 0;
+    }
+
+    return table;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  sfnt_table_info( TT_Face    face,
+                   FT_UInt    idx,
+                   FT_ULong  *tag,
+                   FT_ULong  *length )
+  {
+    if ( !tag || !length )
+      return SFNT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    if ( idx >= face->num_tables )
+      return SFNT_Err_Table_Missing;
+
+    *tag    = face->dir_tables[idx].Tag;
+    *length = face->dir_tables[idx].Length;
+
+    return SFNT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  static const FT_Service_SFNT_TableRec  sfnt_service_sfnt_table =
+  {
+    (FT_SFNT_TableLoadFunc)tt_face_load_any,
+    (FT_SFNT_TableGetFunc) get_sfnt_table,
+    (FT_SFNT_TableInfoFunc)sfnt_table_info
+  };
+
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES
+
+ /*
+  *  GLYPH DICT SERVICE
+  *
+  */
+
+  static FT_Error
+  sfnt_get_glyph_name( TT_Face     face,
+                       FT_UInt     glyph_index,
+                       FT_Pointer  buffer,
+                       FT_UInt     buffer_max )
+  {
+    FT_String*  gname;
+    FT_Error    error;
+
+
+    error = tt_face_get_ps_name( face, glyph_index, &gname );
+    if ( !error )
+      FT_STRCPYN( buffer, gname, buffer_max );
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_UInt
+  sfnt_get_name_index( TT_Face     face,
+                       FT_String*  glyph_name )
+  {
+    FT_Face  root = &face->root;
+    FT_Long  i;
+
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < root->num_glyphs; i++ )
+    {
+      FT_String*  gname;
+      FT_Error    error = tt_face_get_ps_name( face, i, &gname );
+
+
+      if ( error )
+        continue;
+
+      if ( !ft_strcmp( glyph_name, gname ) )
+        return (FT_UInt)i;
+    }
+
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  static const FT_Service_GlyphDictRec  sfnt_service_glyph_dict =
+  {
+    (FT_GlyphDict_GetNameFunc)  sfnt_get_glyph_name,
+    (FT_GlyphDict_NameIndexFunc)sfnt_get_name_index
+  };
+
+#endif /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES */
+
+
+ /*
+  *  POSTSCRIPT NAME SERVICE
+  *
+  */
+
+  static const char*
+  sfnt_get_ps_name( TT_Face  face )
+  {
+    FT_Int       n, found_win, found_apple;
+    const char*  result = NULL;
+
+
+    /* shouldn't happen, but just in case to avoid memory leaks */
+    if ( face->postscript_name )
+      return face->postscript_name;
+
+    /* scan the name table to see whether we have a Postscript name here, */
+    /* either in Macintosh or Windows platform encodings                  */
+    found_win   = -1;
+    found_apple = -1;
+
+    for ( n = 0; n < face->num_names; n++ )
+    {
+      TT_NameEntryRec*  name = face->name_table.names + n;
+
+
+      if ( name->nameID == 6 && name->stringLength > 0 )
+      {
+        if ( name->platformID == 3     &&
+             name->encodingID == 1     &&
+             name->languageID == 0x409 )
+          found_win = n;
+
+        if ( name->platformID == 1 &&
+             name->encodingID == 0 &&
+             name->languageID == 0 )
+          found_apple = n;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if ( found_win != -1 )
+    {
+      FT_Memory         memory = face->root.memory;
+      TT_NameEntryRec*  name   = face->name_table.names + found_win;
+      FT_UInt           len    = name->stringLength / 2;
+      FT_Error          error  = SFNT_Err_Ok;
+
+      FT_UNUSED( error );
+
+
+      if ( !FT_ALLOC( result, name->stringLength + 1 ) )
+      {
+        FT_Stream   stream = face->name_table.stream;
+        FT_String*  r      = (FT_String*)result;
+        FT_Byte*    p      = (FT_Byte*)name->string;
+
+
+        if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( name->stringOffset ) ||
+             FT_FRAME_ENTER( name->stringLength ) )
+        {
+          FT_FREE( result );
+          name->stringLength = 0;
+          name->stringOffset = 0;
+          FT_FREE( name->string );
+
+          goto Exit;
+        }
+
+        p = (FT_Byte*)stream->cursor;
+
+        for ( ; len > 0; len--, p += 2 )
+        {
+          if ( p[0] == 0 && p[1] >= 32 && p[1] < 128 )
+            *r++ = p[1];
+        }
+        *r = '\0';
+
+        FT_FRAME_EXIT();
+      }
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    if ( found_apple != -1 )
+    {
+      FT_Memory         memory = face->root.memory;
+      TT_NameEntryRec*  name   = face->name_table.names + found_apple;
+      FT_UInt           len    = name->stringLength;
+      FT_Error          error  = SFNT_Err_Ok;
+
+      FT_UNUSED( error );
+
+
+      if ( !FT_ALLOC( result, len + 1 ) )
+      {
+        FT_Stream  stream = face->name_table.stream;
+
+
+        if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( name->stringOffset ) ||
+             FT_STREAM_READ( result, len )        )
+        {
+          name->stringOffset = 0;
+          name->stringLength = 0;
+          FT_FREE( name->string );
+          FT_FREE( result );
+          goto Exit;
+        }
+        ((char*)result)[len] = '\0';
+      }
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    face->postscript_name = result;
+    return result;
+  }
+
+  static const FT_Service_PsFontNameRec  sfnt_service_ps_name =
+  {
+    (FT_PsName_GetFunc)sfnt_get_ps_name
+  };
+
+
+  /*
+   *  TT CMAP INFO
+   */
+  static const FT_Service_TTCMapsRec  tt_service_get_cmap_info =
+  {
+    (TT_CMap_Info_GetFunc)tt_get_cmap_info
+  };
+
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF
+
+  static FT_Error
+  sfnt_get_charset_id( TT_Face       face,
+                       const char*  *acharset_encoding,
+                       const char*  *acharset_registry )
+  {
+    BDF_PropertyRec  encoding, registry;
+    FT_Error         error;
+
+
+    /* XXX: I don't know whether this is correct, since
+     *      tt_face_find_bdf_prop only returns something correct if we have
+     *      previously selected a size that is listed in the BDF table.
+     *      Should we change the BDF table format to include single offsets
+     *      for `CHARSET_REGISTRY' and `CHARSET_ENCODING'?
+     */
+    error = tt_face_find_bdf_prop( face, "CHARSET_REGISTRY", ®istry );
+    if ( !error )
+    {
+      error = tt_face_find_bdf_prop( face, "CHARSET_ENCODING", &encoding );
+      if ( !error )
+      {
+        if ( registry.type == BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM &&
+             encoding.type == BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM )
+        {
+          *acharset_encoding = encoding.u.atom;
+          *acharset_registry = registry.u.atom;
+        }
+        else
+          error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+      }
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static const FT_Service_BDFRec  sfnt_service_bdf =
+  {
+    (FT_BDF_GetCharsetIdFunc) sfnt_get_charset_id,
+    (FT_BDF_GetPropertyFunc)  tt_face_find_bdf_prop,
+  };
+
+#endif /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF */
+
+
+  /*
+   *  SERVICE LIST
+   */
+
+  static const FT_ServiceDescRec  sfnt_services[] =
+  {
+    { FT_SERVICE_ID_SFNT_TABLE,           &sfnt_service_sfnt_table },
+    { FT_SERVICE_ID_POSTSCRIPT_FONT_NAME, &sfnt_service_ps_name },
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES
+    { FT_SERVICE_ID_GLYPH_DICT,           &sfnt_service_glyph_dict },
+#endif
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF
+    { FT_SERVICE_ID_BDF,                  &sfnt_service_bdf },
+#endif
+    { FT_SERVICE_ID_TT_CMAP,              &tt_service_get_cmap_info },
+
+    { NULL, NULL }
+  };
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Module_Interface )
+  sfnt_get_interface( FT_Module    module,
+                      const char*  module_interface )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( module );
+
+    return ft_service_list_lookup( sfnt_services, module_interface );
+  }
+
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_load_sfnt_header_stub( TT_Face      face,
+                                 FT_Stream    stream,
+                                 FT_Long      face_index,
+                                 SFNT_Header  header )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( face );
+    FT_UNUSED( stream );
+    FT_UNUSED( face_index );
+    FT_UNUSED( header );
+
+    return FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_load_directory_stub( TT_Face      face,
+                               FT_Stream    stream,
+                               SFNT_Header  header )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( face );
+    FT_UNUSED( stream );
+    FT_UNUSED( header );
+
+    return FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_load_hdmx_stub( TT_Face    face,
+                          FT_Stream  stream )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( face );
+    FT_UNUSED( stream );
+
+    return FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
+  tt_face_free_hdmx_stub( TT_Face  face )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( face );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_set_sbit_strike_stub( TT_Face    face,
+                                FT_UInt    x_ppem,
+                                FT_UInt    y_ppem,
+                                FT_ULong*  astrike_index )
+  {
+    /*
+     * We simply forge a FT_Size_Request and call the real function
+     * that does all the work.
+     *
+     * This stub might be called by libXfont in the X.Org Xserver,
+     * compiled against version 2.1.8 or newer.
+     */
+
+    FT_Size_RequestRec  req;
+
+
+    req.type           = FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_NOMINAL;
+    req.width          = (FT_F26Dot6)x_ppem;
+    req.height         = (FT_F26Dot6)y_ppem;
+    req.horiResolution = 0;
+    req.vertResolution = 0;
+
+    *astrike_index = 0x7FFFFFFFUL;
+
+    return tt_face_set_sbit_strike( face, &req, astrike_index );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_load_sbit_stub( TT_Face    face,
+                          FT_Stream  stream )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( face );
+    FT_UNUSED( stream );
+
+    /*
+     *  This function was originally implemented to load the sbit table.
+     *  However, it has been replaced by `tt_face_load_eblc', and this stub
+     *  is only there for some rogue clients which would want to call it
+     *  directly (which doesn't make much sense).
+     */
+    return FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
+  tt_face_free_sbit_stub( TT_Face  face )
+  {
+    /* nothing to do in this stub */
+    FT_UNUSED( face );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_load_charmap_stub( TT_Face    face,
+                             void*      cmap,
+                             FT_Stream  input )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( face );
+    FT_UNUSED( cmap );
+    FT_UNUSED( input );
+
+    return FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_free_charmap_stub( TT_Face  face,
+                             void*    cmap )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( face );
+    FT_UNUSED( cmap );
+
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
+
+
+  static
+  const SFNT_Interface  sfnt_interface =
+  {
+    tt_face_goto_table,
+
+    sfnt_init_face,
+    sfnt_load_face,
+    sfnt_done_face,
+    sfnt_get_interface,
+
+    tt_face_load_any,
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+    tt_face_load_sfnt_header_stub,
+    tt_face_load_directory_stub,
+#endif
+
+    tt_face_load_head,
+    tt_face_load_hhea,
+    tt_face_load_cmap,
+    tt_face_load_maxp,
+    tt_face_load_os2,
+    tt_face_load_post,
+
+    tt_face_load_name,
+    tt_face_free_name,
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+    tt_face_load_hdmx_stub,
+    tt_face_free_hdmx_stub,
+#endif
+
+    tt_face_load_kern,
+    tt_face_load_gasp,
+    tt_face_load_pclt,
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS
+    /* see `ttload.h' */
+    tt_face_load_bhed,
+#else
+    0,
+#endif
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+    tt_face_set_sbit_strike_stub,
+    tt_face_load_sbit_stub,
+
+    tt_find_sbit_image,
+    tt_load_sbit_metrics,
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS
+    tt_face_load_sbit_image,
+#else
+    0,
+#endif
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+    tt_face_free_sbit_stub,
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES
+    /* see `ttpost.h' */
+    tt_face_get_ps_name,
+    tt_face_free_ps_names,
+#else
+    0,
+    0,
+#endif
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+    tt_face_load_charmap_stub,
+    tt_face_free_charmap_stub,
+#endif
+
+    /* since version 2.1.8 */
+
+    tt_face_get_kerning,
+
+    /* since version 2.2 */
+
+    tt_face_load_font_dir,
+    tt_face_load_hmtx,
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS
+    /* see `ttsbit.h' and `sfnt.h' */
+    tt_face_load_eblc,
+    tt_face_free_eblc,
+
+    tt_face_set_sbit_strike,
+    tt_face_load_strike_metrics,
+#else
+    0,
+    0,
+    0,
+    0,
+#endif
+
+    tt_face_get_metrics
+  };
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
+  const FT_Module_Class  sfnt_module_class =
+  {
+    0,  /* not a font driver or renderer */
+    sizeof( FT_ModuleRec ),
+
+    "sfnt",     /* driver name                            */
+    0x10000L,   /* driver version 1.0                     */
+    0x20000L,   /* driver requires FreeType 2.0 or higher */
+
+    (const void*)&sfnt_interface,  /* module specific interface */
+
+    (FT_Module_Constructor)0,
+    (FT_Module_Destructor) 0,
+    (FT_Module_Requester)  sfnt_get_interface
+  };
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/sfdriver.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/sfdriver.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..92db796
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/sfdriver.h
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  sfdriver.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    High-level SFNT driver interface (specification).                    */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001 by                                                 */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __SFDRIVER_H__
+#define __SFDRIVER_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_MODULE_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  FT_EXPORT_VAR( const FT_Module_Class )  sfnt_module_class;
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __SFDRIVER_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/sferrors.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/sferrors.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..27f90de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/sferrors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  sferrors.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    SFNT error codes (specification only).                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2001, 2004 by                                                */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This file is used to define the SFNT error enumeration constants.     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef __SFERRORS_H__
+#define __SFERRORS_H__
+
+#include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
+
+#undef __FTERRORS_H__
+
+#define FT_ERR_PREFIX  SFNT_Err_
+#define FT_ERR_BASE    FT_Mod_Err_SFNT
+
+#define FT_KEEP_ERR_PREFIX
+
+#include FT_ERRORS_H
+
+#endif /* __SFERRORS_H__ */
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/sfnt.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/sfnt.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..45a820b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/sfnt.c
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  sfnt.c                                                                 */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Single object library component.                                     */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 by                   */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#define FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include "ttload.c"
+#include "ttmtx.c"
+#include "ttcmap.c"
+#include "ttkern.c"
+#include "sfobjs.c"
+#include "sfdriver.c"
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS
+#include "ttsbit.c"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES
+#include "ttpost.c"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF
+#include "ttbdf.c"
+#endif
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/sfobjs.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/sfobjs.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c826b92
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/sfobjs.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1130 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  sfobjs.c                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    SFNT object management (base).                                       */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by       */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include "sfobjs.h"
+#include "ttload.h"
+#include "ttcmap.h"
+#include "ttkern.h"
+#include FT_INTERNAL_SFNT_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+#include FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H
+#include FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H
+#include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_CMAPS_H
+#include "sferrors.h"
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF
+#include "ttbdf.h"
+#endif
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_sfobjs
+
+
+
+  /* convert a UTF-16 name entry to ASCII */
+  static FT_String*
+  tt_name_entry_ascii_from_utf16( TT_NameEntry  entry,
+                                  FT_Memory     memory )
+  {
+    FT_String*  string;
+    FT_UInt     len, code, n;
+    FT_Byte*    read = (FT_Byte*)entry->string;
+    FT_Error    error;
+
+
+    len = (FT_UInt)entry->stringLength / 2;
+
+    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( string, len + 1 ) )
+      return NULL;
+
+    for ( n = 0; n < len; n++ )
+    {
+      code = FT_NEXT_USHORT( read );
+      if ( code < 32 || code > 127 )
+        code = '?';
+
+      string[n] = (char)code;
+    }
+
+    string[len] = 0;
+
+    return string;
+  }
+
+
+  /* convert an Apple Roman or symbol name entry to ASCII */
+  static FT_String*
+  tt_name_entry_ascii_from_other( TT_NameEntry  entry,
+                                  FT_Memory     memory )
+  {
+    FT_String*  string;
+    FT_UInt     len, code, n;
+    FT_Byte*    read = (FT_Byte*)entry->string;
+    FT_Error    error;
+
+
+    len = (FT_UInt)entry->stringLength;
+
+    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( string, len + 1 ) )
+      return NULL;
+
+    for ( n = 0; n < len; n++ )
+    {
+      code = *read++;
+      if ( code < 32 || code > 127 )
+        code = '?';
+
+      string[n] = (char)code;
+    }
+
+    string[len] = 0;
+
+    return string;
+  }
+
+
+  typedef FT_String*  (*TT_NameEntry_ConvertFunc)( TT_NameEntry  entry,
+                                                   FT_Memory     memory );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    tt_face_get_name                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Returns a given ENGLISH name record in ASCII.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face   :: A handle to the source face object.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    nameid :: The name id of the name record to return.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    name   :: The address of a string pointer.  NULL if no name is     */
+  /*              present.                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static FT_Error
+  tt_face_get_name( TT_Face      face,
+                    FT_UShort    nameid,
+                    FT_String**  name )
+  {
+    FT_Memory         memory = face->root.memory;
+    FT_Error          error  = SFNT_Err_Ok;
+    FT_String*        result = NULL;
+    FT_UShort         n;
+    TT_NameEntryRec*  rec;
+    FT_Int            found_apple         = -1;
+    FT_Int            found_apple_roman   = -1;
+    FT_Int            found_apple_english = -1;
+    FT_Int            found_win           = -1;
+    FT_Int            found_unicode       = -1;
+
+    FT_Bool           is_english = 0;
+
+    TT_NameEntry_ConvertFunc  convert;
+
+
+    FT_ASSERT( name );
+
+    rec = face->name_table.names;
+    for ( n = 0; n < face->num_names; n++, rec++ )
+    {
+      /* According to the OpenType 1.3 specification, only Microsoft or  */
+      /* Apple platform IDs might be used in the `name' table.  The      */
+      /* `Unicode' platform is reserved for the `cmap' table, and the    */
+      /* `Iso' one is deprecated.                                        */
+      /*                                                                 */
+      /* However, the Apple TrueType specification doesn't say the same  */
+      /* thing and goes to suggest that all Unicode `name' table entries */
+      /* should be coded in UTF-16 (in big-endian format I suppose).     */
+      /*                                                                 */
+      if ( rec->nameID == nameid && rec->stringLength > 0 )
+      {
+        switch ( rec->platformID )
+        {
+        case TT_PLATFORM_APPLE_UNICODE:
+        case TT_PLATFORM_ISO:
+          /* there is `languageID' to check there.  We should use this */
+          /* field only as a last solution when nothing else is        */
+          /* available.                                                */
+          /*                                                           */
+          found_unicode = n;
+          break;
+
+        case TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH:
+          /* This is a bit special because some fonts will use either    */
+          /* an English language id, or a Roman encoding id, to indicate */
+          /* the English version of its font name.                       */
+          /*                                                             */
+          if ( rec->languageID == TT_MAC_LANGID_ENGLISH )
+            found_apple_english = n;
+          else if ( rec->encodingID == TT_MAC_ID_ROMAN )
+            found_apple_roman = n;
+          break;
+
+        case TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT:
+          /* we only take a non-English name when there is nothing */
+          /* else available in the font                            */
+          /*                                                       */
+          if ( found_win == -1 || ( rec->languageID & 0x3FF ) == 0x009 )
+          {
+            switch ( rec->encodingID )
+            {
+            case TT_MS_ID_SYMBOL_CS:
+            case TT_MS_ID_UNICODE_CS:
+            case TT_MS_ID_UCS_4:
+              is_english = FT_BOOL( ( rec->languageID & 0x3FF ) == 0x009 );
+              found_win  = n;
+              break;
+
+            default:
+              ;
+            }
+          }
+          break;
+
+        default:
+          ;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    found_apple = found_apple_roman;
+    if ( found_apple_english >= 0 )
+      found_apple = found_apple_english;
+
+    /* some fonts contain invalid Unicode or Macintosh formatted entries; */
+    /* we will thus favor names encoded in Windows formats if available   */
+    /* (provided it is an English name)                                   */
+    /*                                                                    */
+    convert = NULL;
+    if ( found_win >= 0 && !( found_apple >= 0 && !is_english ) )
+    {
+      rec = face->name_table.names + found_win;
+      switch ( rec->encodingID )
+      {
+        /* all Unicode strings are encoded using UTF-16BE */
+      case TT_MS_ID_UNICODE_CS:
+      case TT_MS_ID_SYMBOL_CS:
+        convert = tt_name_entry_ascii_from_utf16;
+        break;
+
+      case TT_MS_ID_UCS_4:
+        /* Apparently, if this value is found in a name table entry, it is */
+        /* documented as `full Unicode repertoire'.  Experience with the   */
+        /* MsGothic font shipped with Windows Vista shows that this really */
+        /* means UTF-16 encoded names (UCS-4 values are only used within   */
+        /* charmaps).                                                      */
+        convert = tt_name_entry_ascii_from_utf16;
+        break;
+
+      default:
+        ;
+      }
+    }
+    else if ( found_apple >= 0 )
+    {
+      rec     = face->name_table.names + found_apple;
+      convert = tt_name_entry_ascii_from_other;
+    }
+    else if ( found_unicode >= 0 )
+    {
+      rec     = face->name_table.names + found_unicode;
+      convert = tt_name_entry_ascii_from_utf16;
+    }
+
+    if ( rec && convert )
+    {
+      if ( rec->string == NULL )
+      {
+        FT_Stream  stream = face->name_table.stream;
+
+
+        if ( FT_QNEW_ARRAY ( rec->string, rec->stringLength ) ||
+             FT_STREAM_SEEK( rec->stringOffset )              ||
+             FT_STREAM_READ( rec->string, rec->stringLength ) )
+        {
+          FT_FREE( rec->string );
+          rec->stringLength = 0;
+          result            = NULL;
+          goto Exit;
+        }
+      }
+
+      result = convert( rec, memory );
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    *name = result;
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Encoding
+  sfnt_find_encoding( int  platform_id,
+                      int  encoding_id )
+  {
+    typedef struct  TEncoding_
+    {
+      int          platform_id;
+      int          encoding_id;
+      FT_Encoding  encoding;
+
+    } TEncoding;
+
+    static
+    const TEncoding  tt_encodings[] =
+    {
+      { TT_PLATFORM_ISO,           -1,                  FT_ENCODING_UNICODE },
+
+      { TT_PLATFORM_APPLE_UNICODE, -1,                  FT_ENCODING_UNICODE },
+
+      { TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH,     TT_MAC_ID_ROMAN,     FT_ENCODING_APPLE_ROMAN },
+
+      { TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT,     TT_MS_ID_SYMBOL_CS,  FT_ENCODING_MS_SYMBOL },
+      { TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT,     TT_MS_ID_UCS_4,      FT_ENCODING_UNICODE },
+      { TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT,     TT_MS_ID_UNICODE_CS, FT_ENCODING_UNICODE },
+      { TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT,     TT_MS_ID_SJIS,       FT_ENCODING_SJIS },
+      { TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT,     TT_MS_ID_GB2312,     FT_ENCODING_GB2312 },
+      { TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT,     TT_MS_ID_BIG_5,      FT_ENCODING_BIG5 },
+      { TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT,     TT_MS_ID_WANSUNG,    FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG },
+      { TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT,     TT_MS_ID_JOHAB,      FT_ENCODING_JOHAB }
+    };
+
+    const TEncoding  *cur, *limit;
+
+
+    cur   = tt_encodings;
+    limit = cur + sizeof ( tt_encodings ) / sizeof ( tt_encodings[0] );
+
+    for ( ; cur < limit; cur++ )
+    {
+      if ( cur->platform_id == platform_id )
+      {
+        if ( cur->encoding_id == encoding_id ||
+             cur->encoding_id == -1          )
+          return cur->encoding;
+      }
+    }
+
+    return FT_ENCODING_NONE;
+  }
+
+
+  /* Fill in face->ttc_header.  If the font is not a TTC, it is */
+  /* synthesized into a TTC with one offset table.              */
+  static FT_Error
+  sfnt_open_font( FT_Stream  stream,
+                  TT_Face    face )
+  {
+    FT_Memory  memory = stream->memory;
+    FT_Error   error;
+    FT_ULong   tag, offset;
+
+    static const FT_Frame_Field  ttc_header_fields[] =
+    {
+#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
+#define FT_STRUCTURE  TTC_HeaderRec
+
+      FT_FRAME_START( 8 ),
+        FT_FRAME_LONG( version ),
+        FT_FRAME_LONG( count   ),
+      FT_FRAME_END
+    };
+
+
+    face->ttc_header.tag     = 0;
+    face->ttc_header.version = 0;
+    face->ttc_header.count   = 0;
+
+    offset = FT_STREAM_POS();
+
+    if ( FT_READ_ULONG( tag ) )
+      return error;
+
+    if ( tag != 0x00010000UL &&
+         tag != TTAG_ttcf    &&
+         tag != TTAG_OTTO    &&
+         tag != TTAG_true    &&
+         tag != TTAG_typ1    &&
+         tag != 0x00020000UL )
+      return SFNT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
+
+    face->ttc_header.tag = TTAG_ttcf;
+
+    if ( tag == TTAG_ttcf )
+    {
+      FT_Int  n;
+
+
+      FT_TRACE3(( "sfnt_open_font: file is a collection\n" ));
+
+      if ( FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( ttc_header_fields, &face->ttc_header ) )
+        return error;
+
+      /* now read the offsets of each font in the file */
+      if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( face->ttc_header.offsets, face->ttc_header.count ) )
+        return error;
+
+      if ( FT_FRAME_ENTER( face->ttc_header.count * 4L ) )
+        return error;
+
+      for ( n = 0; n < face->ttc_header.count; n++ )
+        face->ttc_header.offsets[n] = FT_GET_ULONG();
+
+      FT_FRAME_EXIT();
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      FT_TRACE3(( "sfnt_open_font: synthesize TTC\n" ));
+
+      face->ttc_header.version = 1 << 16;
+      face->ttc_header.count   = 1;
+
+      if ( FT_NEW( face->ttc_header.offsets ) )
+        return error;
+
+      face->ttc_header.offsets[0] = offset;
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  sfnt_init_face( FT_Stream      stream,
+                  TT_Face        face,
+                  FT_Int         face_index,
+                  FT_Int         num_params,
+                  FT_Parameter*  params )
+  {
+    FT_Error        error;
+    FT_Library      library = face->root.driver->root.library;
+    SFNT_Service    sfnt;
+
+
+    /* for now, parameters are unused */
+    FT_UNUSED( num_params );
+    FT_UNUSED( params );
+
+
+    sfnt = (SFNT_Service)face->sfnt;
+    if ( !sfnt )
+    {
+      sfnt = (SFNT_Service)FT_Get_Module_Interface( library, "sfnt" );
+      if ( !sfnt )
+        return SFNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+
+      face->sfnt       = sfnt;
+      face->goto_table = sfnt->goto_table;
+    }
+
+    FT_FACE_FIND_GLOBAL_SERVICE( face, face->psnames, POSTSCRIPT_CMAPS );
+
+    error = sfnt_open_font( stream, face );
+    if ( error )
+      return error;
+
+    FT_TRACE2(( "sfnt_init_face: %08p, %ld\n", face, face_index ));
+
+    if ( face_index < 0 )
+      face_index = 0;
+
+    if ( face_index >= face->ttc_header.count )
+      return SFNT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( face->ttc_header.offsets[face_index] ) )
+      return error;
+
+    /* check that we have a valid TrueType file */
+    error = sfnt->load_font_dir( face, stream );
+    if ( error )
+      return error;
+
+    face->root.num_faces  = face->ttc_header.count;
+    face->root.face_index = face_index;
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+#define LOAD_( x )                                            \
+  do {                                                        \
+    FT_TRACE2(( "`" #x "' " ));                               \
+    FT_TRACE3(( "-->\n" ));                                   \
+                                                              \
+    error = sfnt->load_##x( face, stream );                   \
+                                                              \
+    FT_TRACE2(( "%s\n", ( !error )                            \
+                        ? "loaded"                            \
+                        : ( error == SFNT_Err_Table_Missing ) \
+                          ? "missing"                         \
+                          : "failed to load" ));              \
+    FT_TRACE3(( "\n" ));                                      \
+  } while ( 0 )
+
+#define LOADM_( x, vertical )                                 \
+  do {                                                        \
+    FT_TRACE2(( "`%s" #x "' ",                                \
+                vertical ? "vertical " : "" ));               \
+    FT_TRACE3(( "-->\n" ));                                   \
+                                                              \
+    error = sfnt->load_##x( face, stream, vertical );         \
+                                                              \
+    FT_TRACE2(( "%s\n", ( !error )                            \
+                        ? "loaded"                            \
+                        : ( error == SFNT_Err_Table_Missing ) \
+                          ? "missing"                         \
+                          : "failed to load" ));              \
+    FT_TRACE3(( "\n" ));                                      \
+  } while ( 0 )
+
+#define GET_NAME( id, field )                                 \
+  do {                                                        \
+    error = tt_face_get_name( face, TT_NAME_ID_##id, field ); \
+    if ( error )                                              \
+      goto Exit;                                              \
+  } while ( 0 )
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  sfnt_load_face( FT_Stream      stream,
+                  TT_Face        face,
+                  FT_Int         face_index,
+                  FT_Int         num_params,
+                  FT_Parameter*  params )
+  {
+    FT_Error      error;
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES
+    FT_Error      psnames_error;
+#endif
+    FT_Bool       has_outline;
+    FT_Bool       is_apple_sbit;
+
+    SFNT_Service  sfnt = (SFNT_Service)face->sfnt;
+
+    FT_UNUSED( face_index );
+    FT_UNUSED( num_params );
+    FT_UNUSED( params );
+
+
+    /* Load tables */
+
+    /* We now support two SFNT-based bitmapped font formats.  They */
+    /* are recognized easily as they do not include a `glyf'       */
+    /* table.                                                      */
+    /*                                                             */
+    /* The first format comes from Apple, and uses a table named   */
+    /* `bhed' instead of `head' to store the font header (using    */
+    /* the same format).  It also doesn't include horizontal and   */
+    /* vertical metrics tables (i.e. `hhea' and `vhea' tables are  */
+    /* missing).                                                   */
+    /*                                                             */
+    /* The other format comes from Microsoft, and is used with     */
+    /* WinCE/PocketPC.  It looks like a standard TTF, except that  */
+    /* it doesn't contain outlines.                                */
+    /*                                                             */
+
+    FT_TRACE2(( "sfnt_load_face: %08p\n\n", face ));
+
+    /* do we have outlines in there? */
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
+    has_outline   = FT_BOOL( face->root.internal->incremental_interface != 0 ||
+                             tt_face_lookup_table( face, TTAG_glyf )    != 0 ||
+                             tt_face_lookup_table( face, TTAG_CFF )     != 0 );
+#else
+    has_outline   = FT_BOOL( tt_face_lookup_table( face, TTAG_glyf ) != 0 ||
+                             tt_face_lookup_table( face, TTAG_CFF )  != 0 );
+#endif
+
+    is_apple_sbit = 0;
+
+    /* if this font doesn't contain outlines, we try to load */
+    /* a `bhed' table                                        */
+    if ( !has_outline && sfnt->load_bhed )
+    {
+      LOAD_( bhed );
+      is_apple_sbit = FT_BOOL( !error );
+    }
+
+    /* load the font header (`head' table) if this isn't an Apple */
+    /* sbit font file                                             */
+    if ( !is_apple_sbit )
+    {
+      LOAD_( head );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    if ( face->header.Units_Per_EM == 0 )
+    {
+      error = SFNT_Err_Invalid_Table;
+
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* the following tables are often not present in embedded TrueType */
+    /* fonts within PDF documents, so don't check for them.            */
+    LOAD_( maxp );
+    LOAD_( cmap );
+
+    /* the following tables are optional in PCL fonts -- */
+    /* don't check for errors                            */
+    LOAD_( name );
+    LOAD_( post );
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES
+    psnames_error = error;
+#endif
+
+    /* do not load the metrics headers and tables if this is an Apple */
+    /* sbit font file                                                 */
+    if ( !is_apple_sbit )
+    {
+      /* load the `hhea' and `hmtx' tables */
+      LOADM_( hhea, 0 );
+      if ( !error )
+      {
+        LOADM_( hmtx, 0 );
+        if ( error == SFNT_Err_Table_Missing )
+        {
+          error = SFNT_Err_Hmtx_Table_Missing;
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
+          /* If this is an incrementally loaded font and there are */
+          /* overriding metrics, tolerate a missing `hmtx' table.  */
+          if ( face->root.internal->incremental_interface          &&
+               face->root.internal->incremental_interface->funcs->
+                 get_glyph_metrics                                 )
+          {
+            face->horizontal.number_Of_HMetrics = 0;
+            error = SFNT_Err_Ok;
+          }
+#endif
+        }
+      }
+      else if ( error == SFNT_Err_Table_Missing )
+      {
+        /* No `hhea' table necessary for SFNT Mac fonts. */
+        if ( face->format_tag == TTAG_true )
+        {
+          FT_TRACE2(( "This is an SFNT Mac font.\n" ));
+          has_outline = 0;
+          error = SFNT_Err_Ok;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          error = SFNT_Err_Horiz_Header_Missing;
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
+          /* If this is an incrementally loaded font and there are */
+          /* overriding metrics, tolerate a missing `hhea' table.  */
+          if ( face->root.internal->incremental_interface          &&
+               face->root.internal->incremental_interface->funcs->
+                 get_glyph_metrics                                 )
+          {
+            face->horizontal.number_Of_HMetrics = 0;
+            error = SFNT_Err_Ok;
+          }
+#endif
+
+        }
+      }
+
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      /* try to load the `vhea' and `vmtx' tables */
+      LOADM_( hhea, 1 );
+      if ( !error )
+      {
+        LOADM_( hmtx, 1 );
+        if ( !error )
+          face->vertical_info = 1;
+      }
+
+      if ( error && error != SFNT_Err_Table_Missing )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      LOAD_( os2 );
+      if ( error )
+      {
+        if ( error != SFNT_Err_Table_Missing )
+          goto Exit;
+
+        face->os2.version = 0xFFFFU;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* the optional tables */
+
+    /* embedded bitmap support */
+    if ( sfnt->load_eblc )
+    {
+      LOAD_( eblc );
+      if ( error )
+      {
+        /* a font which contains neither bitmaps nor outlines is */
+        /* still valid (although rather useless in most cases);  */
+        /* however, you can find such stripped fonts in PDFs     */
+        if ( error == SFNT_Err_Table_Missing )
+          error = SFNT_Err_Ok;
+        else
+          goto Exit;
+      }
+    }
+
+    LOAD_( pclt );
+    if ( error )
+    {
+      if ( error != SFNT_Err_Table_Missing )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      face->pclt.Version = 0;
+    }
+
+    /* consider the kerning and gasp tables as optional */
+    LOAD_( gasp );
+    LOAD_( kern );
+
+    face->root.num_glyphs = face->max_profile.numGlyphs;
+
+    /* Bit 8 of the `fsSelection' field in the `OS/2' table denotes  */
+    /* a WWS-only font face.  `WWS' stands for `weight', width', and */
+    /* `slope', a term used by Microsoft's Windows Presentation      */
+    /* Foundation (WPF).  This flag has been introduced in version   */
+    /* 1.5 of the OpenType specification (May 2008).                 */
+
+    if ( face->os2.version != 0xFFFFU && face->os2.fsSelection & 256 )
+    {
+      GET_NAME( PREFERRED_FAMILY, &face->root.family_name );
+      if ( !face->root.family_name )
+        GET_NAME( FONT_FAMILY, &face->root.family_name );
+
+      GET_NAME( PREFERRED_SUBFAMILY, &face->root.style_name );
+      if ( !face->root.style_name )
+        GET_NAME( FONT_SUBFAMILY, &face->root.style_name );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      GET_NAME( WWS_FAMILY, &face->root.family_name );
+      if ( !face->root.family_name )
+        GET_NAME( PREFERRED_FAMILY, &face->root.family_name );
+      if ( !face->root.family_name )
+        GET_NAME( FONT_FAMILY, &face->root.family_name );
+
+      GET_NAME( WWS_SUBFAMILY, &face->root.style_name );
+      if ( !face->root.style_name )
+        GET_NAME( PREFERRED_SUBFAMILY, &face->root.style_name );
+      if ( !face->root.style_name )
+        GET_NAME( FONT_SUBFAMILY, &face->root.style_name );
+    }
+
+    /* now set up root fields */
+    {
+      FT_Face   root  = &face->root;
+      FT_Int32  flags = root->face_flags;
+
+
+      /*********************************************************************/
+      /*                                                                   */
+      /* Compute face flags.                                               */
+      /*                                                                   */
+      if ( has_outline == TRUE )
+        flags |= FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE;   /* scalable outlines */
+
+      /* The sfnt driver only supports bitmap fonts natively, thus we */
+      /* don't set FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTER.                               */
+      flags |= FT_FACE_FLAG_SFNT       |  /* SFNT file format  */
+               FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL;   /* horizontal data   */
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES
+      if ( psnames_error == SFNT_Err_Ok               &&
+           face->postscript.FormatType != 0x00030000L )
+        flags |= FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES;
+#endif
+
+      /* fixed width font? */
+      if ( face->postscript.isFixedPitch )
+        flags |= FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH;
+
+      /* vertical information? */
+      if ( face->vertical_info )
+        flags |= FT_FACE_FLAG_VERTICAL;
+
+      /* kerning available ? */
+      if ( TT_FACE_HAS_KERNING( face ) )
+        flags |= FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING;
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT
+      /* Don't bother to load the tables unless somebody asks for them. */
+      /* No need to do work which will (probably) not be used.          */
+      if ( tt_face_lookup_table( face, TTAG_glyf ) != 0 &&
+           tt_face_lookup_table( face, TTAG_fvar ) != 0 &&
+           tt_face_lookup_table( face, TTAG_gvar ) != 0 )
+        flags |= FT_FACE_FLAG_MULTIPLE_MASTERS;
+#endif
+
+      root->face_flags = flags;
+
+      /*********************************************************************/
+      /*                                                                   */
+      /* Compute style flags.                                              */
+      /*                                                                   */
+
+      flags = 0;
+      if ( has_outline == TRUE && face->os2.version != 0xFFFFU )
+      {
+        /* We have an OS/2 table; use the `fsSelection' field.  Bit 9 */
+        /* indicates an oblique font face.  This flag has been        */
+        /* introduced in version 1.5 of the OpenType specification.   */
+
+        if ( face->os2.fsSelection & 512 )       /* bit 9 */
+          flags |= FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC;
+        else if ( face->os2.fsSelection & 1 )    /* bit 0 */
+          flags |= FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC;
+
+        if ( face->os2.fsSelection & 32 )        /* bit 5 */
+          flags |= FT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLD;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* this is an old Mac font, use the header field */
+
+        if ( face->header.Mac_Style & 1 )
+          flags |= FT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLD;
+
+        if ( face->header.Mac_Style & 2 )
+          flags |= FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC;
+      }
+
+      root->style_flags = flags;
+
+      /*********************************************************************/
+      /*                                                                   */
+      /* Polish the charmaps.                                              */
+      /*                                                                   */
+      /*   Try to set the charmap encoding according to the platform &     */
+      /*   encoding ID of each charmap.                                    */
+      /*                                                                   */
+
+      tt_face_build_cmaps( face );  /* ignore errors */
+
+
+      /* set the encoding fields */
+      {
+        FT_Int  m;
+
+
+        for ( m = 0; m < root->num_charmaps; m++ )
+        {
+          FT_CharMap  charmap = root->charmaps[m];
+
+
+          charmap->encoding = sfnt_find_encoding( charmap->platform_id,
+                                                  charmap->encoding_id );
+
+#if 0
+          if ( root->charmap     == NULL &&
+               charmap->encoding == FT_ENCODING_UNICODE )
+          {
+            /* set 'root->charmap' to the first Unicode encoding we find */
+            root->charmap = charmap;
+          }
+#endif
+        }
+      }
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS
+
+      /*
+       *  Now allocate the root array of FT_Bitmap_Size records and
+       *  populate them.  Unfortunately, it isn't possible to indicate bit
+       *  depths in the FT_Bitmap_Size record.  This is a design error.
+       */
+      {
+        FT_UInt  i, count;
+
+
+#ifndef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+        count = face->sbit_num_strikes;
+#else
+        count = (FT_UInt)face->num_sbit_strikes;
+#endif
+
+        if ( count > 0 )
+        {
+          FT_Memory        memory   = face->root.stream->memory;
+          FT_UShort        em_size  = face->header.Units_Per_EM;
+          FT_Short         avgwidth = face->os2.xAvgCharWidth;
+          FT_Size_Metrics  metrics;
+
+
+          if ( em_size == 0 || face->os2.version == 0xFFFFU )
+          {
+            avgwidth = 0;
+            em_size = 1;
+          }
+
+          if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( root->available_sizes, count ) )
+            goto Exit;
+
+          for ( i = 0; i < count; i++ )
+          {
+            FT_Bitmap_Size*  bsize = root->available_sizes + i;
+
+
+            error = sfnt->load_strike_metrics( face, i, &metrics );
+            if ( error )
+              goto Exit;
+
+            bsize->height = (FT_Short)( metrics.height >> 6 );
+            bsize->width = (FT_Short)(
+                ( avgwidth * metrics.x_ppem + em_size / 2 ) / em_size );
+
+            bsize->x_ppem = metrics.x_ppem << 6;
+            bsize->y_ppem = metrics.y_ppem << 6;
+
+            /* assume 72dpi */
+            bsize->size   = metrics.y_ppem << 6;
+          }
+
+          root->face_flags     |= FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES;
+          root->num_fixed_sizes = (FT_Int)count;
+        }
+      }
+
+#endif /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS */
+
+      /* a font with no bitmaps and no outlines is scalable; */
+      /* it has only empty glyphs then                       */
+      if ( !FT_HAS_FIXED_SIZES( root ) && !FT_IS_SCALABLE( root ) )
+        root->face_flags |= FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE;
+
+
+      /*********************************************************************/
+      /*                                                                   */
+      /*  Set up metrics.                                                  */
+      /*                                                                   */
+      if ( FT_IS_SCALABLE( root ) )
+      {
+        /* XXX What about if outline header is missing */
+        /*     (e.g. sfnt wrapped bitmap)?             */
+        root->bbox.xMin    = face->header.xMin;
+        root->bbox.yMin    = face->header.yMin;
+        root->bbox.xMax    = face->header.xMax;
+        root->bbox.yMax    = face->header.yMax;
+        root->units_per_EM = face->header.Units_Per_EM;
+
+
+        /* XXX: Computing the ascender/descender/height is very different */
+        /*      from what the specification tells you.  Apparently, we    */
+        /*      must be careful because                                   */
+        /*                                                                */
+        /*      - not all fonts have an OS/2 table; in this case, we take */
+        /*        the values in the horizontal header.  However, these    */
+        /*        values very often are not reliable.                     */
+        /*                                                                */
+        /*      - otherwise, the correct typographic values are in the    */
+        /*        sTypoAscender, sTypoDescender & sTypoLineGap fields.    */
+        /*                                                                */
+        /*        However, certain fonts have these fields set to 0.      */
+        /*        Rather, they have usWinAscent & usWinDescent correctly  */
+        /*        set (but with different values).                        */
+        /*                                                                */
+        /*      As an example, Arial Narrow is implemented through four   */
+        /*      files ARIALN.TTF, ARIALNI.TTF, ARIALNB.TTF & ARIALNBI.TTF */
+        /*                                                                */
+        /*      Strangely, all fonts have the same values in their        */
+        /*      sTypoXXX fields, except ARIALNB which sets them to 0.     */
+        /*                                                                */
+        /*      On the other hand, they all have different                */
+        /*      usWinAscent/Descent values -- as a conclusion, the OS/2   */
+        /*      table cannot be used to compute the text height reliably! */
+        /*                                                                */
+
+        /* The ascender/descender/height are computed from the OS/2 table */
+        /* when found.  Otherwise, they're taken from the horizontal      */
+        /* header.                                                        */
+        /*                                                                */
+
+        root->ascender  = face->horizontal.Ascender;
+        root->descender = face->horizontal.Descender;
+
+        root->height    = (FT_Short)( root->ascender - root->descender +
+                                      face->horizontal.Line_Gap );
+
+#if 0
+        /* if the line_gap is 0, we add an extra 15% to the text height --  */
+        /* this computation is based on various versions of Times New Roman */
+        if ( face->horizontal.Line_Gap == 0 )
+          root->height = (FT_Short)( ( root->height * 115 + 50 ) / 100 );
+#endif /* 0 */
+
+#if 0
+        /* some fonts have the OS/2 "sTypoAscender", "sTypoDescender" & */
+        /* "sTypoLineGap" fields set to 0, like ARIALNB.TTF             */
+        if ( face->os2.version != 0xFFFFU && root->ascender )
+        {
+          FT_Int  height;
+
+
+          root->ascender  =  face->os2.sTypoAscender;
+          root->descender = -face->os2.sTypoDescender;
+
+          height = root->ascender + root->descender + face->os2.sTypoLineGap;
+          if ( height > root->height )
+            root->height = height;
+        }
+#endif /* 0 */
+
+        root->max_advance_width  = face->horizontal.advance_Width_Max;
+        root->max_advance_height = (FT_Short)( face->vertical_info
+                                     ? face->vertical.advance_Height_Max
+                                     : root->height );
+
+        /* See http://www.microsoft.com/OpenType/OTSpec/post.htm -- */
+        /* Adjust underline position from top edge to centre of     */
+        /* stroke to convert TrueType meaning to FreeType meaning.  */
+        root->underline_position  = face->postscript.underlinePosition -
+                                    face->postscript.underlineThickness / 2;
+        root->underline_thickness = face->postscript.underlineThickness;
+      }
+
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    FT_TRACE2(( "sfnt_load_face: done\n" ));
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+#undef LOAD_
+#undef LOADM_
+#undef GET_NAME
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  sfnt_done_face( TT_Face  face )
+  {
+    FT_Memory     memory;
+    SFNT_Service  sfnt;
+
+
+    if ( !face )
+      return;
+
+    memory = face->root.memory;
+    sfnt   = (SFNT_Service)face->sfnt;
+
+    if ( sfnt )
+    {
+      /* destroy the postscript names table if it is loaded */
+      if ( sfnt->free_psnames )
+        sfnt->free_psnames( face );
+
+      /* destroy the embedded bitmaps table if it is loaded */
+      if ( sfnt->free_eblc )
+        sfnt->free_eblc( face );
+    }
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF
+    /* freeing the embedded BDF properties */
+    tt_face_free_bdf_props( face );
+#endif
+
+    /* freeing the kerning table */
+    tt_face_done_kern( face );
+
+    /* freeing the collection table */
+    FT_FREE( face->ttc_header.offsets );
+    face->ttc_header.count = 0;
+
+    /* freeing table directory */
+    FT_FREE( face->dir_tables );
+    face->num_tables = 0;
+
+    {
+      FT_Stream  stream = FT_FACE_STREAM( face );
+
+
+      /* simply release the 'cmap' table frame */
+      FT_FRAME_RELEASE( face->cmap_table );
+      face->cmap_size = 0;
+    }
+
+    /* freeing the horizontal metrics */
+#ifndef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+    {
+      FT_Stream  stream = FT_FACE_STREAM( face );
+
+
+      FT_FRAME_RELEASE( face->horz_metrics );
+      FT_FRAME_RELEASE( face->vert_metrics );
+      face->horz_metrics_size = 0;
+      face->vert_metrics_size = 0;
+    }
+#else
+    FT_FREE( face->horizontal.long_metrics );
+    FT_FREE( face->horizontal.short_metrics );
+#endif
+
+    /* freeing the vertical ones, if any */
+    if ( face->vertical_info )
+    {
+      FT_FREE( face->vertical.long_metrics  );
+      FT_FREE( face->vertical.short_metrics );
+      face->vertical_info = 0;
+    }
+
+    /* freeing the gasp table */
+    FT_FREE( face->gasp.gaspRanges );
+    face->gasp.numRanges = 0;
+
+    /* freeing the name table */
+    if ( sfnt )
+      sfnt->free_name( face );
+
+    /* freeing family and style name */
+    FT_FREE( face->root.family_name );
+    FT_FREE( face->root.style_name );
+
+    /* freeing sbit size table */
+    FT_FREE( face->root.available_sizes );
+    face->root.num_fixed_sizes = 0;
+
+    FT_FREE( face->postscript_name );
+
+    face->sfnt = 0;
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/sfobjs.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/sfobjs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6241c93
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/sfobjs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  sfobjs.h                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    SFNT object management (specification).                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002 by                                           */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __SFOBJS_H__
+#define __SFOBJS_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_SFNT_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  sfnt_init_face( FT_Stream      stream,
+                  TT_Face        face,
+                  FT_Int         face_index,
+                  FT_Int         num_params,
+                  FT_Parameter*  params );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  sfnt_load_face( FT_Stream      stream,
+                  TT_Face        face,
+                  FT_Int         face_index,
+                  FT_Int         num_params,
+                  FT_Parameter*  params );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  sfnt_done_face( TT_Face  face );
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __SFDRIVER_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttbdf.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttbdf.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6c95387
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttbdf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,250 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ttbdf.c                                                                */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    TrueType and OpenType embedded BDF properties (body).                */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2005, 2006 by                                                */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
+#include FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H
+#include "ttbdf.h"
+
+#include "sferrors.h"
+
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_ttbdf
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  tt_face_free_bdf_props( TT_Face  face )
+  {
+    TT_BDF  bdf = &face->bdf;
+
+
+    if ( bdf->loaded )
+    {
+      FT_Stream  stream = FT_FACE(face)->stream;
+
+
+      if ( bdf->table != NULL )
+        FT_FRAME_RELEASE( bdf->table );
+
+      bdf->table_end    = NULL;
+      bdf->strings      = NULL;
+      bdf->strings_size = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  tt_face_load_bdf_props( TT_Face    face,
+                          FT_Stream  stream )
+  {
+    TT_BDF    bdf = &face->bdf;
+    FT_ULong  length;
+    FT_Error  error;
+
+
+    FT_ZERO( bdf );
+
+    error = tt_face_goto_table( face, TTAG_BDF, stream, &length );
+    if ( error                                  ||
+         length < 8                             ||
+         FT_FRAME_EXTRACT( length, bdf->table ) )
+    {
+      error = FT_Err_Invalid_Table;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    bdf->table_end = bdf->table + length;
+
+    {
+      FT_Byte*   p           = bdf->table;
+      FT_UInt    version     = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+      FT_UInt    num_strikes = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+      FT_UInt32  strings     = FT_NEXT_ULONG ( p );
+      FT_UInt    count;
+      FT_Byte*   strike;
+
+
+      if ( version != 0x0001                 ||
+           strings < 8                       ||
+           ( strings - 8 ) / 4 < num_strikes ||
+           strings + 1 > length              )
+      {
+        goto BadTable;
+      }
+
+      bdf->num_strikes  = num_strikes;
+      bdf->strings      = bdf->table + strings;
+      bdf->strings_size = length - strings;
+
+      count  = bdf->num_strikes;
+      p      = bdf->table + 8;
+      strike = p + count * 4;
+
+
+      for ( ; count > 0; count-- )
+      {
+        FT_UInt  num_items = FT_PEEK_USHORT( p + 2 );
+
+        /*
+         *  We don't need to check the value sets themselves, since this
+         *  is done later.
+         */
+        strike += 10 * num_items;
+
+        p += 4;
+      }
+
+      if ( strike > bdf->strings )
+        goto BadTable;
+    }
+
+    bdf->loaded = 1;
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+
+  BadTable:
+    FT_FRAME_RELEASE( bdf->table );
+    FT_ZERO( bdf );
+    error = FT_Err_Invalid_Table;
+    goto Exit;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_find_bdf_prop( TT_Face           face,
+                         const char*       property_name,
+                         BDF_PropertyRec  *aprop )
+  {
+    TT_BDF    bdf   = &face->bdf;
+    FT_Size   size  = FT_FACE(face)->size;
+    FT_Error  error = 0;
+    FT_Byte*  p;
+    FT_UInt   count;
+    FT_Byte*  strike;
+    FT_UInt   property_len;
+
+
+    aprop->type = BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE;
+
+    if ( bdf->loaded == 0 )
+    {
+      error = tt_face_load_bdf_props( face, FT_FACE( face )->stream );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    count  = bdf->num_strikes;
+    p      = bdf->table + 8;
+    strike = p + 4 * count;
+
+    error = FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    if ( size == NULL || property_name == NULL )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    property_len = ft_strlen( property_name );
+    if ( property_len == 0 )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    for ( ; count > 0; count-- )
+    {
+      FT_UInt  _ppem  = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+      FT_UInt  _count = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+      if ( _ppem == size->metrics.y_ppem )
+      {
+        count = _count;
+        goto FoundStrike;
+      }
+
+      strike += 10 * _count;
+    }
+    goto Exit;
+
+  FoundStrike:
+    p = strike;
+    for ( ; count > 0; count-- )
+    {
+      FT_UInt  type = FT_PEEK_USHORT( p + 4 );
+
+      if ( ( type & 0x10 ) != 0 )
+      {
+        FT_UInt32  name_offset = FT_PEEK_ULONG( p     );
+        FT_UInt32  value       = FT_PEEK_ULONG( p + 6 );
+
+        /* be a bit paranoid for invalid entries here */
+        if ( name_offset < bdf->strings_size                    &&
+             property_len < bdf->strings_size - name_offset     &&
+             ft_strncmp( property_name,
+                         (const char*)bdf->strings + name_offset,
+                         bdf->strings_size - name_offset ) == 0 )
+        {
+          switch ( type & 0x0F )
+          {
+          case 0x00:  /* string */
+          case 0x01:  /* atoms */
+            /* check that the content is really 0-terminated */
+            if ( value < bdf->strings_size &&
+                 ft_memchr( bdf->strings + value, 0, bdf->strings_size ) )
+            {
+              aprop->type   = BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM;
+              aprop->u.atom = (const char*)bdf->strings + value;
+              error         = 0;
+              goto Exit;
+            }
+            break;
+
+          case 0x02:
+            aprop->type      = BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER;
+            aprop->u.integer = (FT_Int32)value;
+            error            = 0;
+            goto Exit;
+
+          case 0x03:
+            aprop->type       = BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL;
+            aprop->u.cardinal = value;
+            error             = 0;
+            goto Exit;
+
+          default:
+            ;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      p += 10;
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+#endif /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttbdf.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttbdf.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..48a10d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttbdf.h
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ttbdf.h                                                                */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    TrueType and OpenType embedded BDF properties (specification).       */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2005 by                                                      */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __TTBDF_H__
+#define __TTBDF_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include "ttload.h"
+#include FT_BDF_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  tt_face_free_bdf_props( TT_Face  face );
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_find_bdf_prop( TT_Face           face,
+                         const char*       property_name,
+                         BDF_PropertyRec  *aprop );
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __TTBDF_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttcmap.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttcmap.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6830391
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttcmap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,3187 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ttcmap.c                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    TrueType character mapping table (cmap) support (body).              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 by            */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+
+#include "sferrors.h"           /* must come before FT_INTERNAL_VALIDATE_H */
+
+#include FT_INTERNAL_VALIDATE_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
+#include "ttload.h"
+#include "ttcmap.h"
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_ttcmap
+
+
+#define TT_PEEK_SHORT   FT_PEEK_SHORT
+#define TT_PEEK_USHORT  FT_PEEK_USHORT
+#define TT_PEEK_UINT24  FT_PEEK_UOFF3
+#define TT_PEEK_LONG    FT_PEEK_LONG
+#define TT_PEEK_ULONG   FT_PEEK_ULONG
+
+#define TT_NEXT_SHORT   FT_NEXT_SHORT
+#define TT_NEXT_USHORT  FT_NEXT_USHORT
+#define TT_NEXT_UINT24  FT_NEXT_UOFF3
+#define TT_NEXT_LONG    FT_NEXT_LONG
+#define TT_NEXT_ULONG   FT_NEXT_ULONG
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_cmap_init( TT_CMap   cmap,
+                FT_Byte*  table )
+  {
+    cmap->data = table;
+    return SFNT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                           FORMAT 0                            *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* TABLE OVERVIEW                                                        */
+  /* --------------                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   NAME        OFFSET         TYPE          DESCRIPTION                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   format      0              USHORT        must be 0                  */
+  /*   length      2              USHORT        table length in bytes      */
+  /*   language    4              USHORT        Mac language code          */
+  /*   glyph_ids   6              BYTE[256]     array of glyph indices     */
+  /*               262                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_0
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_cmap0_validate( FT_Byte*      table,
+                     FT_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Byte*  p      = table + 2;
+    FT_UInt   length = TT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+
+    if ( table + length > valid->limit || length < 262 )
+      FT_INVALID_TOO_SHORT;
+
+    /* check glyph indices whenever necessary */
+    if ( valid->level >= FT_VALIDATE_TIGHT )
+    {
+      FT_UInt  n, idx;
+
+
+      p = table + 6;
+      for ( n = 0; n < 256; n++ )
+      {
+        idx = *p++;
+        if ( idx >= TT_VALID_GLYPH_COUNT( valid ) )
+          FT_INVALID_GLYPH_ID;
+      }
+    }
+
+    return SFNT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
+  tt_cmap0_char_index( TT_CMap    cmap,
+                       FT_UInt32  char_code )
+  {
+    FT_Byte*  table = cmap->data;
+
+
+    return char_code < 256 ? table[6 + char_code] : 0;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
+  tt_cmap0_char_next( TT_CMap     cmap,
+                      FT_UInt32  *pchar_code )
+  {
+    FT_Byte*   table    = cmap->data;
+    FT_UInt32  charcode = *pchar_code;
+    FT_UInt32  result   = 0;
+    FT_UInt    gindex   = 0;
+
+
+    table += 6;  /* go to glyph IDs */
+    while ( ++charcode < 256 )
+    {
+      gindex = table[charcode];
+      if ( gindex != 0 )
+      {
+        result = charcode;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    *pchar_code = result;
+    return gindex;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_cmap0_get_info( TT_CMap       cmap,
+                     TT_CMapInfo  *cmap_info )
+  {
+    FT_Byte*  p = cmap->data + 4;
+
+
+    cmap_info->format = 0;
+    cmap_info->language = (FT_ULong)TT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
+
+    return SFNT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
+  const TT_CMap_ClassRec  tt_cmap0_class_rec =
+  {
+    {
+      sizeof ( TT_CMapRec ),
+
+      (FT_CMap_InitFunc)     tt_cmap_init,
+      (FT_CMap_DoneFunc)     NULL,
+      (FT_CMap_CharIndexFunc)tt_cmap0_char_index,
+      (FT_CMap_CharNextFunc) tt_cmap0_char_next,
+
+      NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL
+    },
+    0,
+    (TT_CMap_ValidateFunc)   tt_cmap0_validate,
+    (TT_CMap_Info_GetFunc)   tt_cmap0_get_info
+  };
+
+#endif /* TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_0 */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                          FORMAT 2                             *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /***** This is used for certain CJK encodings that encode text in a  *****/
+  /***** mixed 8/16 bits encoding along the following lines:           *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /***** * Certain byte values correspond to an 8-bit character code   *****/
+  /*****   (typically in the range 0..127 for ASCII compatibility).    *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /***** * Certain byte values signal the first byte of a 2-byte       *****/
+  /*****   character code (but these values are also valid as the      *****/
+  /*****   second byte of a 2-byte character).                         *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /***** The following charmap lookup and iteration functions all      *****/
+  /***** assume that the value "charcode" correspond to following:     *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****   - For one byte characters, "charcode" is simply the         *****/
+  /*****     character code.                                           *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****   - For two byte characters, "charcode" is the 2-byte         *****/
+  /*****     character code in big endian format.  More exactly:       *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****       (charcode >> 8)    is the first byte value              *****/
+  /*****       (charcode & 0xFF)  is the second byte value             *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /***** Note that not all values of "charcode" are valid according    *****/
+  /***** to these rules, and the function moderately check the         *****/
+  /***** arguments.                                                    *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* TABLE OVERVIEW                                                        */
+  /* --------------                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   NAME        OFFSET         TYPE            DESCRIPTION              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   format      0              USHORT          must be 2                */
+  /*   length      2              USHORT          table length in bytes    */
+  /*   language    4              USHORT          Mac language code        */
+  /*   keys        6              USHORT[256]     sub-header keys          */
+  /*   subs        518            SUBHEAD[NSUBS]  sub-headers array        */
+  /*   glyph_ids   518+NSUB*8     USHORT[]        glyph ID array           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The `keys' table is used to map charcode high-bytes to sub-headers.   */
+  /* The value of `NSUBS' is the number of sub-headers defined in the      */
+  /* table and is computed by finding the maximum of the `keys' table.     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Note that for any n, `keys[n]' is a byte offset within the `subs'     */
+  /* table, i.e., it is the corresponding sub-header index multiplied      */
+  /* by 8.                                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Each sub-header has the following format:                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   NAME        OFFSET      TYPE            DESCRIPTION                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   first       0           USHORT          first valid low-byte        */
+  /*   count       2           USHORT          number of valid low-bytes   */
+  /*   delta       4           SHORT           see below                   */
+  /*   offset      6           USHORT          see below                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* A sub-header defines, for each high-byte, the range of valid          */
+  /* low-bytes within the charmap.  Note that the range defined by `first' */
+  /* and `count' must be completely included in the interval [0..255]      */
+  /* according to the specification.                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* If a character code is contained within a given sub-header, then      */
+  /* mapping it to a glyph index is done as follows:                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* * The value of `offset' is read.  This is a _byte_ distance from the  */
+  /*   location of the `offset' field itself into a slice of the           */
+  /*   `glyph_ids' table.  Let's call it `slice' (it is a USHORT[] too).   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* * The value `slice[char.lo - first]' is read.  If it is 0, there is   */
+  /*   no glyph for the charcode.  Otherwise, the value of `delta' is      */
+  /*   added to it (modulo 65536) to form a new glyph index.               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* It is up to the validation routine to check that all offsets fall     */
+  /* within the glyph IDs table (and not within the `subs' table itself or */
+  /* outside of the CMap).                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_2
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_cmap2_validate( FT_Byte*      table,
+                     FT_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Byte*  p      = table + 2;           /* skip format */
+    FT_UInt   length = TT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
+    FT_UInt   n, max_subs;
+    FT_Byte*  keys;                         /* keys table */
+    FT_Byte*  subs;                         /* sub-headers */
+    FT_Byte*  glyph_ids;                    /* glyph ID array */
+
+
+    if ( table + length > valid->limit || length < 6 + 512 )
+      FT_INVALID_TOO_SHORT;
+
+    keys = table + 6;
+
+    /* parse keys to compute sub-headers count */
+    p        = keys;
+    max_subs = 0;
+    for ( n = 0; n < 256; n++ )
+    {
+      FT_UInt  idx = TT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+
+      /* value must be multiple of 8 */
+      if ( valid->level >= FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID && ( idx & 7 ) != 0 )
+        FT_INVALID_DATA;
+
+      idx >>= 3;
+
+      if ( idx > max_subs )
+        max_subs = idx;
+    }
+
+    FT_ASSERT( p == table + 518 );
+
+    subs      = p;
+    glyph_ids = subs + (max_subs + 1) * 8;
+    if ( glyph_ids > valid->limit )
+      FT_INVALID_TOO_SHORT;
+
+    /* parse sub-headers */
+    for ( n = 0; n <= max_subs; n++ )
+    {
+      FT_UInt   first_code, code_count, offset;
+      FT_Int    delta;
+      FT_Byte*  ids;
+
+
+      first_code = TT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+      code_count = TT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+      delta      = TT_NEXT_SHORT( p );
+      offset     = TT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+      /* many Dynalab fonts have empty sub-headers */
+      if ( code_count == 0 )
+        continue;
+
+      /* check range within 0..255 */
+      if ( valid->level >= FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID )
+      {
+        if ( first_code >= 256 || first_code + code_count > 256 )
+          FT_INVALID_DATA;
+      }
+
+      /* check offset */
+      if ( offset != 0 )
+      {
+        ids = p - 2 + offset;
+        if ( ids < glyph_ids || ids + code_count*2 > table + length )
+          FT_INVALID_OFFSET;
+
+        /* check glyph IDs */
+        if ( valid->level >= FT_VALIDATE_TIGHT )
+        {
+          FT_Byte*  limit = p + code_count * 2;
+          FT_UInt   idx;
+
+
+          for ( ; p < limit; )
+          {
+            idx = TT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+            if ( idx != 0 )
+            {
+              idx = ( idx + delta ) & 0xFFFFU;
+              if ( idx >= TT_VALID_GLYPH_COUNT( valid ) )
+                FT_INVALID_GLYPH_ID;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    return SFNT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  /* return sub header corresponding to a given character code */
+  /* NULL on invalid charcode                                  */
+  static FT_Byte*
+  tt_cmap2_get_subheader( FT_Byte*   table,
+                          FT_UInt32  char_code )
+  {
+    FT_Byte*  result = NULL;
+
+
+    if ( char_code < 0x10000UL )
+    {
+      FT_UInt   char_lo = (FT_UInt)( char_code & 0xFF );
+      FT_UInt   char_hi = (FT_UInt)( char_code >> 8 );
+      FT_Byte*  p       = table + 6;    /* keys table */
+      FT_Byte*  subs    = table + 518;  /* subheaders table */
+      FT_Byte*  sub;
+
+
+      if ( char_hi == 0 )
+      {
+        /* an 8-bit character code -- we use subHeader 0 in this case */
+        /* to test whether the character code is in the charmap       */
+        /*                                                            */
+        sub = subs;  /* jump to first sub-header */
+
+        /* check that the sub-header for this byte is 0, which */
+        /* indicates that it is really a valid one-byte value  */
+        /* Otherwise, return 0                                 */
+        /*                                                     */
+        p += char_lo * 2;
+        if ( TT_PEEK_USHORT( p ) != 0 )
+          goto Exit;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* a 16-bit character code */
+
+        /* jump to key entry  */
+        p  += char_hi * 2;
+        /* jump to sub-header */
+        sub = subs + ( FT_PAD_FLOOR( TT_PEEK_USHORT( p ), 8 ) );
+
+        /* check that the high byte isn't a valid one-byte value */
+        if ( sub == subs )
+          goto Exit;
+      }
+      result = sub;
+    }
+  Exit:
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
+  tt_cmap2_char_index( TT_CMap    cmap,
+                       FT_UInt32  char_code )
+  {
+    FT_Byte*  table   = cmap->data;
+    FT_UInt   result  = 0;
+    FT_Byte*  subheader;
+
+
+    subheader = tt_cmap2_get_subheader( table, char_code );
+    if ( subheader )
+    {
+      FT_Byte*  p   = subheader;
+      FT_UInt   idx = (FT_UInt)(char_code & 0xFF);
+      FT_UInt   start, count;
+      FT_Int    delta;
+      FT_UInt   offset;
+
+
+      start  = TT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+      count  = TT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+      delta  = TT_NEXT_SHORT ( p );
+      offset = TT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
+
+      idx -= start;
+      if ( idx < count && offset != 0 )
+      {
+        p  += offset + 2 * idx;
+        idx = TT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
+
+        if ( idx != 0 )
+          result = (FT_UInt)( idx + delta ) & 0xFFFFU;
+      }
+    }
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
+  tt_cmap2_char_next( TT_CMap     cmap,
+                      FT_UInt32  *pcharcode )
+  {
+    FT_Byte*   table    = cmap->data;
+    FT_UInt    gindex   = 0;
+    FT_UInt32  result   = 0;
+    FT_UInt32  charcode = *pcharcode + 1;
+    FT_Byte*   subheader;
+
+
+    while ( charcode < 0x10000UL )
+    {
+      subheader = tt_cmap2_get_subheader( table, charcode );
+      if ( subheader )
+      {
+        FT_Byte*  p       = subheader;
+        FT_UInt   start   = TT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+        FT_UInt   count   = TT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+        FT_Int    delta   = TT_NEXT_SHORT ( p );
+        FT_UInt   offset  = TT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
+        FT_UInt   char_lo = (FT_UInt)( charcode & 0xFF );
+        FT_UInt   pos, idx;
+
+
+        if ( offset == 0 )
+          goto Next_SubHeader;
+
+        if ( char_lo < start )
+        {
+          char_lo = start;
+          pos     = 0;
+        }
+        else
+          pos = (FT_UInt)( char_lo - start );
+
+        p       += offset + pos * 2;
+        charcode = FT_PAD_FLOOR( charcode, 256 ) + char_lo;
+
+        for ( ; pos < count; pos++, charcode++ )
+        {
+          idx = TT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+          if ( idx != 0 )
+          {
+            gindex = ( idx + delta ) & 0xFFFFU;
+            if ( gindex != 0 )
+            {
+              result = charcode;
+              goto Exit;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* jump to next sub-header, i.e. higher byte value */
+    Next_SubHeader:
+      charcode = FT_PAD_FLOOR( charcode, 256 ) + 256;
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    *pcharcode = result;
+
+    return gindex;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_cmap2_get_info( TT_CMap       cmap,
+                     TT_CMapInfo  *cmap_info )
+  {
+    FT_Byte*  p = cmap->data + 4;
+
+
+    cmap_info->format = 2;
+    cmap_info->language = (FT_ULong)TT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
+
+    return SFNT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
+  const TT_CMap_ClassRec  tt_cmap2_class_rec =
+  {
+    {
+      sizeof ( TT_CMapRec ),
+
+      (FT_CMap_InitFunc)     tt_cmap_init,
+      (FT_CMap_DoneFunc)     NULL,
+      (FT_CMap_CharIndexFunc)tt_cmap2_char_index,
+      (FT_CMap_CharNextFunc) tt_cmap2_char_next,
+
+      NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL
+    },
+    2,
+    (TT_CMap_ValidateFunc)   tt_cmap2_validate,
+    (TT_CMap_Info_GetFunc)   tt_cmap2_get_info
+  };
+
+#endif /* TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_2 */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                           FORMAT 4                            *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* TABLE OVERVIEW                                                        */
+  /* --------------                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   NAME          OFFSET         TYPE              DESCRIPTION          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   format        0              USHORT            must be 4            */
+  /*   length        2              USHORT            table length         */
+  /*                                                  in bytes             */
+  /*   language      4              USHORT            Mac language code    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   segCountX2    6              USHORT            2*NUM_SEGS           */
+  /*   searchRange   8              USHORT            2*(1 << LOG_SEGS)    */
+  /*   entrySelector 10             USHORT            LOG_SEGS             */
+  /*   rangeShift    12             USHORT            segCountX2 -         */
+  /*                                                    searchRange        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   endCount      14             USHORT[NUM_SEGS]  end charcode for     */
+  /*                                                  each segment; last   */
+  /*                                                  is 0xFFFF            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   pad           14+NUM_SEGS*2  USHORT            padding              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   startCount    16+NUM_SEGS*2  USHORT[NUM_SEGS]  first charcode for   */
+  /*                                                  each segment         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   idDelta       16+NUM_SEGS*4  SHORT[NUM_SEGS]   delta for each       */
+  /*                                                  segment              */
+  /*   idOffset      16+NUM_SEGS*6  SHORT[NUM_SEGS]   range offset for     */
+  /*                                                  each segment; can be */
+  /*                                                  zero                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   glyphIds      16+NUM_SEGS*8  USHORT[]          array of glyph ID    */
+  /*                                                  ranges               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Character codes are modelled by a series of ordered (increasing)      */
+  /* intervals called segments.  Each segment has start and end codes,     */
+  /* provided by the `startCount' and `endCount' arrays.  Segments must    */
+  /* not overlap, and the last segment should always contain the value     */
+  /* 0xFFFF for `endCount'.                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The fields `searchRange', `entrySelector' and `rangeShift' are better */
+  /* ignored (they are traces of over-engineering in the TrueType          */
+  /* specification).                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Each segment also has a signed `delta', as well as an optional offset */
+  /* within the `glyphIds' table.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* If a segment's idOffset is 0, the glyph index corresponding to any    */
+  /* charcode within the segment is obtained by adding the value of        */
+  /* `idDelta' directly to the charcode, modulo 65536.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Otherwise, a glyph index is taken from the glyph IDs sub-array for    */
+  /* the segment, and the value of `idDelta' is added to it.               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Finally, note that a lot of fonts contain an invalid last segment,    */
+  /* where `start' and `end' are correctly set to 0xFFFF but both `delta'  */
+  /* and `offset' are incorrect (e.g., `opens___.ttf' which comes with     */
+  /* OpenOffice.org).  We need special code to deal with them correctly.   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_4
+
+  typedef struct  TT_CMap4Rec_
+  {
+    TT_CMapRec  cmap;
+    FT_UInt32   cur_charcode;   /* current charcode */
+    FT_UInt     cur_gindex;     /* current glyph index */
+
+    FT_UInt     num_ranges;
+    FT_UInt     cur_range;
+    FT_UInt     cur_start;
+    FT_UInt     cur_end;
+    FT_Int      cur_delta;
+    FT_Byte*    cur_values;
+
+  } TT_CMap4Rec, *TT_CMap4;
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_cmap4_init( TT_CMap4  cmap,
+                 FT_Byte*  table )
+  {
+    FT_Byte*  p;
+
+
+    cmap->cmap.data    = table;
+
+    p                  = table + 6;
+    cmap->num_ranges   = FT_PEEK_USHORT( p ) >> 1;
+    cmap->cur_charcode = 0xFFFFFFFFUL;
+    cmap->cur_gindex   = 0;
+
+    return SFNT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Int
+  tt_cmap4_set_range( TT_CMap4  cmap,
+                      FT_UInt   range_index )
+  {
+    FT_Byte*  table = cmap->cmap.data;
+    FT_Byte*  p;
+    FT_UInt   num_ranges = cmap->num_ranges;
+
+
+    while ( range_index < num_ranges )
+    {
+      FT_UInt  offset;
+
+
+      p             = table + 14 + range_index * 2;
+      cmap->cur_end = FT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
+
+      p              += 2 + num_ranges * 2;
+      cmap->cur_start = FT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
+
+      p              += num_ranges * 2;
+      cmap->cur_delta = FT_PEEK_SHORT( p );
+
+      p     += num_ranges * 2;
+      offset = FT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
+
+      /* some fonts have an incorrect last segment; */
+      /* we have to catch it                        */
+      if ( range_index     >= num_ranges - 1 &&
+           cmap->cur_start == 0xFFFFU        &&
+           cmap->cur_end   == 0xFFFFU        )
+      {
+        TT_Face   face  = (TT_Face)cmap->cmap.cmap.charmap.face;
+        FT_Byte*  limit = face->cmap_table + face->cmap_size;
+
+
+        if ( offset && p + offset + 2 > limit )
+        {
+          cmap->cur_delta = 1;
+          offset          = 0;
+        }
+      }
+
+      if ( offset != 0xFFFFU )
+      {
+        cmap->cur_values = offset ? p + offset : NULL;
+        cmap->cur_range  = range_index;
+        return 0;
+      }
+
+      /* we skip empty segments */
+      range_index++;
+    }
+
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+
+  /* search the index of the charcode next to cmap->cur_charcode; */
+  /* caller should call tt_cmap4_set_range with proper range      */
+  /* before calling this function                                 */
+  /*                                                              */
+  static void
+  tt_cmap4_next( TT_CMap4  cmap )
+  {
+    FT_UInt  charcode;
+
+
+    if ( cmap->cur_charcode >= 0xFFFFUL )
+      goto Fail;
+
+    charcode = cmap->cur_charcode + 1;
+
+    if ( charcode < cmap->cur_start )
+      charcode = cmap->cur_start;
+
+    for ( ;; )
+    {
+      FT_Byte*  values = cmap->cur_values;
+      FT_UInt   end    = cmap->cur_end;
+      FT_Int    delta  = cmap->cur_delta;
+
+
+      if ( charcode <= end )
+      {
+        if ( values )
+        {
+          FT_Byte*  p = values + 2 * ( charcode - cmap->cur_start );
+
+
+          do
+          {
+            FT_UInt  gindex = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+
+            if ( gindex != 0 )
+            {
+              gindex = (FT_UInt)( ( gindex + delta ) & 0xFFFFU );
+              if ( gindex != 0 )
+              {
+                cmap->cur_charcode = charcode;
+                cmap->cur_gindex   = gindex;
+                return;
+              }
+            }
+          } while ( ++charcode <= end );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          do
+          {
+            FT_UInt  gindex = (FT_UInt)( ( charcode + delta ) & 0xFFFFU );
+
+
+            if ( gindex != 0 )
+            {
+              cmap->cur_charcode = charcode;
+              cmap->cur_gindex   = gindex;
+              return;
+            }
+          } while ( ++charcode <= end );
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* we need to find another range */
+      if ( tt_cmap4_set_range( cmap, cmap->cur_range + 1 ) < 0 )
+        break;
+
+      if ( charcode < cmap->cur_start )
+        charcode = cmap->cur_start;
+    }
+
+  Fail:
+    cmap->cur_charcode = 0xFFFFFFFFUL;
+    cmap->cur_gindex   = 0;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_cmap4_validate( FT_Byte*      table,
+                     FT_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Byte*  p      = table + 2;               /* skip format */
+    FT_UInt   length = TT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    FT_Byte   *ends, *starts, *offsets, *deltas, *glyph_ids;
+    FT_UInt   num_segs;
+    FT_Error  error = SFNT_Err_Ok;
+
+
+    if ( length < 16 )
+      FT_INVALID_TOO_SHORT;
+
+    /* in certain fonts, the `length' field is invalid and goes */
+    /* out of bound.  We try to correct this here...            */
+    if ( table + length > valid->limit )
+    {
+      if ( valid->level >= FT_VALIDATE_TIGHT )
+        FT_INVALID_TOO_SHORT;
+
+      length = (FT_UInt)( valid->limit - table );
+    }
+
+    p        = table + 6;
+    num_segs = TT_NEXT_USHORT( p );   /* read segCountX2 */
+
+    if ( valid->level >= FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID )
+    {
+      /* check that we have an even value here */
+      if ( num_segs & 1 )
+        FT_INVALID_DATA;
+    }
+
+    num_segs /= 2;
+
+    if ( length < 16 + num_segs * 2 * 4 )
+      FT_INVALID_TOO_SHORT;
+
+    /* check the search parameters - even though we never use them */
+    /*                                                             */
+    if ( valid->level >= FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID )
+    {
+      /* check the values of `searchRange', `entrySelector', `rangeShift' */
+      FT_UInt  search_range   = TT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+      FT_UInt  entry_selector = TT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+      FT_UInt  range_shift    = TT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+
+      if ( ( search_range | range_shift ) & 1 )  /* must be even values */
+        FT_INVALID_DATA;
+
+      search_range /= 2;
+      range_shift  /= 2;
+
+      /* `search range' is the greatest power of 2 that is <= num_segs */
+
+      if ( search_range                > num_segs                 ||
+           search_range * 2            < num_segs                 ||
+           search_range + range_shift != num_segs                 ||
+           search_range               != ( 1U << entry_selector ) )
+        FT_INVALID_DATA;
+    }
+
+    ends      = table   + 14;
+    starts    = table   + 16 + num_segs * 2;
+    deltas    = starts  + num_segs * 2;
+    offsets   = deltas  + num_segs * 2;
+    glyph_ids = offsets + num_segs * 2;
+
+    /* check last segment; its end count value must be 0xFFFF */
+    if ( valid->level >= FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID )
+    {
+      p = ends + ( num_segs - 1 ) * 2;
+      if ( TT_PEEK_USHORT( p ) != 0xFFFFU )
+        FT_INVALID_DATA;
+    }
+
+    {
+      FT_UInt   start, end, offset, n;
+      FT_UInt   last_start = 0, last_end = 0;
+      FT_Int    delta;
+      FT_Byte*  p_start   = starts;
+      FT_Byte*  p_end     = ends;
+      FT_Byte*  p_delta   = deltas;
+      FT_Byte*  p_offset  = offsets;
+
+
+      for ( n = 0; n < num_segs; n++ )
+      {
+        p      = p_offset;
+        start  = TT_NEXT_USHORT( p_start );
+        end    = TT_NEXT_USHORT( p_end );
+        delta  = TT_NEXT_SHORT( p_delta );
+        offset = TT_NEXT_USHORT( p_offset );
+
+        if ( start > end )
+          FT_INVALID_DATA;
+
+        /* this test should be performed at default validation level; */
+        /* unfortunately, some popular Asian fonts have overlapping   */
+        /* ranges in their charmaps                                   */
+        /*                                                            */
+        if ( start <= last_end && n > 0 )
+        {
+          if ( valid->level >= FT_VALIDATE_TIGHT )
+            FT_INVALID_DATA;
+          else
+          {
+            /* allow overlapping segments, provided their start points */
+            /* and end points, respectively, are in ascending order    */
+            /*                                                         */
+            if ( last_start > start || last_end > end )
+              error |= TT_CMAP_FLAG_UNSORTED;
+            else
+              error |= TT_CMAP_FLAG_OVERLAPPING;
+          }
+        }
+
+        if ( offset && offset != 0xFFFFU )
+        {
+          p += offset;  /* start of glyph ID array */
+
+          /* check that we point within the glyph IDs table only */
+          if ( valid->level >= FT_VALIDATE_TIGHT )
+          {
+            if ( p < glyph_ids                                ||
+                 p + ( end - start + 1 ) * 2 > table + length )
+              FT_INVALID_DATA;
+          }
+          /* Some fonts handle the last segment incorrectly.  In */
+          /* theory, 0xFFFF might point to an ordinary glyph --  */
+          /* a cmap 4 is versatile and could be used for any     */
+          /* encoding, not only Unicode.  However, reality shows */
+          /* that far too many fonts are sloppy and incorrectly  */
+          /* set all fields but `start' and `end' for the last   */
+          /* segment if it contains only a single character.     */
+          /*                                                     */
+          /* We thus omit the test here, delaying it to the      */
+          /* routines which actually access the cmap.            */
+          else if ( n != num_segs - 1                       ||
+                    !( start == 0xFFFFU && end == 0xFFFFU ) )
+          {
+            if ( p < glyph_ids                              ||
+                 p + ( end - start + 1 ) * 2 > valid->limit )
+              FT_INVALID_DATA;
+          }
+
+          /* check glyph indices within the segment range */
+          if ( valid->level >= FT_VALIDATE_TIGHT )
+          {
+            FT_UInt  i, idx;
+
+
+            for ( i = start; i < end; i++ )
+            {
+              idx = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+              if ( idx != 0 )
+              {
+                idx = (FT_UInt)( idx + delta ) & 0xFFFFU;
+
+                if ( idx >= TT_VALID_GLYPH_COUNT( valid ) )
+                  FT_INVALID_GLYPH_ID;
+              }
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        else if ( offset == 0xFFFFU )
+        {
+          /* some fonts (erroneously?) use a range offset of 0xFFFF */
+          /* to mean missing glyph in cmap table                    */
+          /*                                                        */
+          if ( valid->level >= FT_VALIDATE_PARANOID    ||
+               n != num_segs - 1                       ||
+               !( start == 0xFFFFU && end == 0xFFFFU ) )
+            FT_INVALID_DATA;
+        }
+
+        last_start = start;
+        last_end   = end;
+      }
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_UInt
+  tt_cmap4_char_map_linear( TT_CMap     cmap,
+                            FT_UInt32*  pcharcode,
+                            FT_Bool     next )
+  {
+    FT_UInt    num_segs2, start, end, offset;
+    FT_Int     delta;
+    FT_UInt    i, num_segs;
+    FT_UInt32  charcode = *pcharcode;
+    FT_UInt    gindex   = 0;
+    FT_Byte*   p;
+
+
+    p = cmap->data + 6;
+    num_segs2 = FT_PAD_FLOOR( TT_PEEK_USHORT( p ), 2 );
+
+    num_segs = num_segs2 >> 1;
+
+    if ( !num_segs )
+      return 0;
+
+    if ( next )
+      charcode++;
+
+    /* linear search */
+    for ( ; charcode <= 0xFFFFU; charcode++ )
+    {
+      FT_Byte*  q;
+
+
+      p = cmap->data + 14;               /* ends table   */
+      q = cmap->data + 16 + num_segs2;   /* starts table */
+
+      for ( i = 0; i < num_segs; i++ )
+      {
+        end   = TT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+        start = TT_NEXT_USHORT( q );
+
+        if ( charcode >= start && charcode <= end )
+        {
+          p       = q - 2 + num_segs2;
+          delta   = TT_PEEK_SHORT( p );
+          p      += num_segs2;
+          offset  = TT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
+
+          /* some fonts have an incorrect last segment; */
+          /* we have to catch it                        */
+          if ( i >= num_segs - 1                  &&
+               start == 0xFFFFU && end == 0xFFFFU )
+          {
+            TT_Face   face  = (TT_Face)cmap->cmap.charmap.face;
+            FT_Byte*  limit = face->cmap_table + face->cmap_size;
+
+
+            if ( offset && p + offset + 2 > limit )
+            {
+              delta  = 1;
+              offset = 0;
+            }
+          }
+
+          if ( offset == 0xFFFFU )
+            continue;
+
+          if ( offset )
+          {
+            p += offset + ( charcode - start ) * 2;
+            gindex = TT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
+            if ( gindex != 0 )
+              gindex = (FT_UInt)( gindex + delta ) & 0xFFFFU;
+          }
+          else
+            gindex = (FT_UInt)( charcode + delta ) & 0xFFFFU;
+
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+
+      if ( !next || gindex )
+        break;
+    }
+
+    if ( next && gindex )
+      *pcharcode = charcode;
+
+    return gindex;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_UInt
+  tt_cmap4_char_map_binary( TT_CMap     cmap,
+                            FT_UInt32*  pcharcode,
+                            FT_Bool     next )
+  {
+    FT_UInt   num_segs2, start, end, offset;
+    FT_Int    delta;
+    FT_UInt   max, min, mid, num_segs;
+    FT_UInt   charcode = *pcharcode;
+    FT_UInt   gindex   = 0;
+    FT_Byte*  p;
+
+
+    p = cmap->data + 6;
+    num_segs2 = FT_PAD_FLOOR( TT_PEEK_USHORT( p ), 2 );
+
+    if ( !num_segs2 )
+      return 0;
+
+    num_segs = num_segs2 >> 1;
+
+    /* make compiler happy */
+    mid = num_segs;
+    end = 0xFFFFU;
+
+    if ( next )
+      charcode++;
+
+    min = 0;
+    max = num_segs;
+
+    /* binary search */
+    while ( min < max )
+    {
+      mid    = ( min + max ) >> 1;
+      p      = cmap->data + 14 + mid * 2;
+      end    = TT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
+      p     += 2 + num_segs2;
+      start  = TT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
+
+      if ( charcode < start )
+        max = mid;
+      else if ( charcode > end )
+        min = mid + 1;
+      else
+      {
+        p     += num_segs2;
+        delta  = TT_PEEK_SHORT( p );
+        p     += num_segs2;
+        offset = TT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
+
+        /* some fonts have an incorrect last segment; */
+        /* we have to catch it                        */
+        if ( mid >= num_segs - 1                &&
+             start == 0xFFFFU && end == 0xFFFFU )
+        {
+          TT_Face   face  = (TT_Face)cmap->cmap.charmap.face;
+          FT_Byte*  limit = face->cmap_table + face->cmap_size;
+
+
+          if ( offset && p + offset + 2 > limit )
+          {
+            delta  = 1;
+            offset = 0;
+          }
+        }
+
+        /* search the first segment containing `charcode' */
+        if ( cmap->flags & TT_CMAP_FLAG_OVERLAPPING )
+        {
+          FT_UInt  i;
+
+
+          /* call the current segment `max' */
+          max = mid;
+
+          if ( offset == 0xFFFFU )
+            mid = max + 1;
+
+          /* search in segments before the current segment */
+          for ( i = max ; i > 0; i-- )
+          {
+            FT_UInt   prev_end;
+            FT_Byte*  old_p;
+
+
+            old_p    = p;
+            p        = cmap->data + 14 + ( i - 1 ) * 2;
+            prev_end = TT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
+
+            if ( charcode > prev_end )
+            {
+              p = old_p;
+              break;
+            }
+
+            end    = prev_end;
+            p     += 2 + num_segs2;
+            start  = TT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
+            p     += num_segs2;
+            delta  = TT_PEEK_SHORT( p );
+            p     += num_segs2;
+            offset = TT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
+
+            if ( offset != 0xFFFFU )
+              mid = i - 1;
+          }
+
+          /* no luck */
+          if ( mid == max + 1 )
+          {
+            if ( i != max )
+            {
+              p      = cmap->data + 14 + max * 2;
+              end    = TT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
+              p     += 2 + num_segs2;
+              start  = TT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
+              p     += num_segs2;
+              delta  = TT_PEEK_SHORT( p );
+              p     += num_segs2;
+              offset = TT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
+            }
+
+            mid = max;
+
+            /* search in segments after the current segment */
+            for ( i = max + 1; i < num_segs; i++ )
+            {
+              FT_UInt  next_end, next_start;
+
+
+              p          = cmap->data + 14 + i * 2;
+              next_end   = TT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
+              p         += 2 + num_segs2;
+              next_start = TT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
+
+              if ( charcode < next_start )
+                break;
+
+              end    = next_end;
+              start  = next_start;
+              p     += num_segs2;
+              delta  = TT_PEEK_SHORT( p );
+              p     += num_segs2;
+              offset = TT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
+
+              if ( offset != 0xFFFFU )
+                mid = i;
+            }
+            i--;
+
+            /* still no luck */
+            if ( mid == max )
+            {
+              mid = i;
+
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+
+          /* end, start, delta, and offset are for the i'th segment */
+          if ( mid != i )
+          {
+            p      = cmap->data + 14 + mid * 2;
+            end    = TT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
+            p     += 2 + num_segs2;
+            start  = TT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
+            p     += num_segs2;
+            delta  = TT_PEEK_SHORT( p );
+            p     += num_segs2;
+            offset = TT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
+          }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          if ( offset == 0xFFFFU )
+            break;
+        }
+
+        if ( offset )
+        {
+          p += offset + ( charcode - start ) * 2;
+          gindex = TT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
+          if ( gindex != 0 )
+            gindex = (FT_UInt)( gindex + delta ) & 0xFFFFU;
+        }
+        else
+          gindex = (FT_UInt)( charcode + delta ) & 0xFFFFU;
+
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if ( next )
+    {
+      TT_CMap4  cmap4 = (TT_CMap4)cmap;
+
+
+      /* if `charcode' is not in any segment, then `mid' is */
+      /* the segment nearest to `charcode'                  */
+      /*                                                    */
+
+      if ( charcode > end )
+      {
+        mid++;
+        if ( mid == num_segs )
+          return 0;
+      }
+
+      if ( tt_cmap4_set_range( cmap4, mid ) )
+      {
+        if ( gindex )
+          *pcharcode = charcode;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        cmap4->cur_charcode = charcode;
+
+        if ( gindex )
+          cmap4->cur_gindex = gindex;
+        else
+        {
+          cmap4->cur_charcode = charcode;
+          tt_cmap4_next( cmap4 );
+          gindex = cmap4->cur_gindex;
+        }
+
+        if ( gindex )
+          *pcharcode = cmap4->cur_charcode;
+      }
+    }
+
+    return gindex;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
+  tt_cmap4_char_index( TT_CMap    cmap,
+                       FT_UInt32  char_code )
+  {
+    if ( char_code >= 0x10000UL )
+      return 0;
+
+    if ( cmap->flags & TT_CMAP_FLAG_UNSORTED )
+      return tt_cmap4_char_map_linear( cmap, &char_code, 0 );
+    else
+      return tt_cmap4_char_map_binary( cmap, &char_code, 0 );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
+  tt_cmap4_char_next( TT_CMap     cmap,
+                      FT_UInt32  *pchar_code )
+  {
+    FT_UInt  gindex;
+
+
+    if ( *pchar_code >= 0xFFFFU )
+      return 0;
+
+    if ( cmap->flags & TT_CMAP_FLAG_UNSORTED )
+      gindex = tt_cmap4_char_map_linear( cmap, pchar_code, 1 );
+    else
+    {
+      TT_CMap4  cmap4 = (TT_CMap4)cmap;
+
+
+      /* no need to search */
+      if ( *pchar_code == cmap4->cur_charcode )
+      {
+        tt_cmap4_next( cmap4 );
+        gindex = cmap4->cur_gindex;
+        if ( gindex )
+          *pchar_code = cmap4->cur_charcode;
+      }
+      else
+        gindex = tt_cmap4_char_map_binary( cmap, pchar_code, 1 );
+    }
+
+    return gindex;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_cmap4_get_info( TT_CMap       cmap,
+                     TT_CMapInfo  *cmap_info )
+  {
+    FT_Byte*  p = cmap->data + 4;
+
+
+    cmap_info->format = 4;
+    cmap_info->language = (FT_ULong)TT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
+
+    return SFNT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
+  const TT_CMap_ClassRec  tt_cmap4_class_rec =
+  {
+    {
+      sizeof ( TT_CMap4Rec ),
+      (FT_CMap_InitFunc)     tt_cmap4_init,
+      (FT_CMap_DoneFunc)     NULL,
+      (FT_CMap_CharIndexFunc)tt_cmap4_char_index,
+      (FT_CMap_CharNextFunc) tt_cmap4_char_next,
+
+      NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL
+    },
+    4,
+    (TT_CMap_ValidateFunc)   tt_cmap4_validate,
+    (TT_CMap_Info_GetFunc)   tt_cmap4_get_info
+  };
+
+#endif /* TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_4 */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                          FORMAT 6                             *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* TABLE OVERVIEW                                                        */
+  /* --------------                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   NAME        OFFSET          TYPE             DESCRIPTION            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   format       0              USHORT           must be 4              */
+  /*   length       2              USHORT           table length in bytes  */
+  /*   language     4              USHORT           Mac language code      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   first        6              USHORT           first segment code     */
+  /*   count        8              USHORT           segment size in chars  */
+  /*   glyphIds     10             USHORT[count]    glyph IDs              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* A very simplified segment mapping.                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_6
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_cmap6_validate( FT_Byte*      table,
+                     FT_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Byte*  p;
+    FT_UInt   length, count;
+
+
+    if ( table + 10 > valid->limit )
+      FT_INVALID_TOO_SHORT;
+
+    p      = table + 2;
+    length = TT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    p      = table + 8;             /* skip language and start index */
+    count  = TT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    if ( table + length > valid->limit || length < 10 + count * 2 )
+      FT_INVALID_TOO_SHORT;
+
+    /* check glyph indices */
+    if ( valid->level >= FT_VALIDATE_TIGHT )
+    {
+      FT_UInt  gindex;
+
+
+      for ( ; count > 0; count-- )
+      {
+        gindex = TT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+        if ( gindex >= TT_VALID_GLYPH_COUNT( valid ) )
+          FT_INVALID_GLYPH_ID;
+      }
+    }
+
+    return SFNT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
+  tt_cmap6_char_index( TT_CMap    cmap,
+                       FT_UInt32  char_code )
+  {
+    FT_Byte*  table  = cmap->data;
+    FT_UInt   result = 0;
+    FT_Byte*  p      = table + 6;
+    FT_UInt   start  = TT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    FT_UInt   count  = TT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    FT_UInt   idx    = (FT_UInt)( char_code - start );
+
+
+    if ( idx < count )
+    {
+      p += 2 * idx;
+      result = TT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
+    }
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
+  tt_cmap6_char_next( TT_CMap     cmap,
+                      FT_UInt32  *pchar_code )
+  {
+    FT_Byte*   table     = cmap->data;
+    FT_UInt32  result    = 0;
+    FT_UInt32  char_code = *pchar_code + 1;
+    FT_UInt    gindex    = 0;
+
+    FT_Byte*   p         = table + 6;
+    FT_UInt    start     = TT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    FT_UInt    count     = TT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    FT_UInt    idx;
+
+
+    if ( char_code >= 0x10000UL )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    if ( char_code < start )
+      char_code = start;
+
+    idx = (FT_UInt)( char_code - start );
+    p  += 2 * idx;
+
+    for ( ; idx < count; idx++ )
+    {
+      gindex = TT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+      if ( gindex != 0 )
+      {
+        result = char_code;
+        break;
+      }
+      char_code++;
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    *pchar_code = result;
+    return gindex;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_cmap6_get_info( TT_CMap       cmap,
+                     TT_CMapInfo  *cmap_info )
+  {
+    FT_Byte*  p = cmap->data + 4;
+
+
+    cmap_info->format = 6;
+    cmap_info->language = (FT_ULong)TT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
+
+    return SFNT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
+  const TT_CMap_ClassRec  tt_cmap6_class_rec =
+  {
+    {
+      sizeof ( TT_CMapRec ),
+
+      (FT_CMap_InitFunc)     tt_cmap_init,
+      (FT_CMap_DoneFunc)     NULL,
+      (FT_CMap_CharIndexFunc)tt_cmap6_char_index,
+      (FT_CMap_CharNextFunc) tt_cmap6_char_next,
+
+      NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL
+    },
+    6,
+    (TT_CMap_ValidateFunc)   tt_cmap6_validate,
+    (TT_CMap_Info_GetFunc)   tt_cmap6_get_info
+  };
+
+#endif /* TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_6 */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                          FORMAT 8                             *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /***** It is hard to completely understand what the OpenType spec    *****/
+  /***** says about this format, but here is my conclusion.            *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /***** The purpose of this format is to easily map UTF-16 text to    *****/
+  /***** glyph indices.  Basically, the `char_code' must be in one of  *****/
+  /***** the following formats:                                        *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****   - A 16-bit value that isn't part of the Unicode Surrogates  *****/
+  /*****     Area (i.e. U+D800-U+DFFF).                                *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****   - A 32-bit value, made of two surrogate values, i.e.. if    *****/
+  /*****     `char_code = (char_hi << 16) | char_lo', then both        *****/
+  /*****     `char_hi' and `char_lo' must be in the Surrogates Area.   *****/
+  /*****      Area.                                                    *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /***** The `is32' table embedded in the charmap indicates whether a  *****/
+  /***** given 16-bit value is in the surrogates area or not.          *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /***** So, for any given `char_code', we can assert the following:   *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****   If `char_hi == 0' then we must have `is32[char_lo] == 0'.   *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****   If `char_hi != 0' then we must have both                    *****/
+  /*****   `is32[char_hi] != 0' and `is32[char_lo] != 0'.              *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* TABLE OVERVIEW                                                        */
+  /* --------------                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   NAME        OFFSET         TYPE        DESCRIPTION                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   format      0              USHORT      must be 8                    */
+  /*   reserved    2              USHORT      reserved                     */
+  /*   length      4              ULONG       length in bytes              */
+  /*   language    8              ULONG       Mac language code            */
+  /*   is32        12             BYTE[8192]  32-bitness bitmap            */
+  /*   count       8204           ULONG       number of groups             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This header is followed by `count' groups of the following format:    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   start       0              ULONG       first charcode               */
+  /*   end         4              ULONG       last charcode                */
+  /*   startId     8              ULONG       start glyph ID for the group */
+  /*                                                                       */
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_8
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_cmap8_validate( FT_Byte*      table,
+                     FT_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Byte*   p = table + 4;
+    FT_Byte*   is32;
+    FT_UInt32  length;
+    FT_UInt32  num_groups;
+
+
+    if ( table + 16 + 8192 > valid->limit )
+      FT_INVALID_TOO_SHORT;
+
+    length = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+    if ( table + length > valid->limit || length < 8208 )
+      FT_INVALID_TOO_SHORT;
+
+    is32       = table + 12;
+    p          = is32  + 8192;          /* skip `is32' array */
+    num_groups = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+
+    if ( p + num_groups * 12 > valid->limit )
+      FT_INVALID_TOO_SHORT;
+
+    /* check groups, they must be in increasing order */
+    {
+      FT_UInt32  n, start, end, start_id, count, last = 0;
+
+
+      for ( n = 0; n < num_groups; n++ )
+      {
+        FT_UInt   hi, lo;
+
+
+        start    = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+        end      = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+        start_id = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+
+        if ( start > end )
+          FT_INVALID_DATA;
+
+        if ( n > 0 && start <= last )
+          FT_INVALID_DATA;
+
+        if ( valid->level >= FT_VALIDATE_TIGHT )
+        {
+          if ( start_id + end - start >= TT_VALID_GLYPH_COUNT( valid ) )
+            FT_INVALID_GLYPH_ID;
+
+          count = (FT_UInt32)( end - start + 1 );
+
+          if ( start & ~0xFFFFU )
+          {
+            /* start_hi != 0; check that is32[i] is 1 for each i in */
+            /* the `hi' and `lo' of the range [start..end]          */
+            for ( ; count > 0; count--, start++ )
+            {
+              hi = (FT_UInt)( start >> 16 );
+              lo = (FT_UInt)( start & 0xFFFFU );
+
+              if ( (is32[hi >> 3] & ( 0x80 >> ( hi & 7 ) ) ) == 0 )
+                FT_INVALID_DATA;
+
+              if ( (is32[lo >> 3] & ( 0x80 >> ( lo & 7 ) ) ) == 0 )
+                FT_INVALID_DATA;
+            }
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            /* start_hi == 0; check that is32[i] is 0 for each i in */
+            /* the range [start..end]                               */
+
+            /* end_hi cannot be != 0! */
+            if ( end & ~0xFFFFU )
+              FT_INVALID_DATA;
+
+            for ( ; count > 0; count--, start++ )
+            {
+              lo = (FT_UInt)( start & 0xFFFFU );
+
+              if ( (is32[lo >> 3] & ( 0x80 >> ( lo & 7 ) ) ) != 0 )
+                FT_INVALID_DATA;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+
+        last = end;
+      }
+    }
+
+    return SFNT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
+  tt_cmap8_char_index( TT_CMap    cmap,
+                       FT_UInt32  char_code )
+  {
+    FT_Byte*   table      = cmap->data;
+    FT_UInt    result     = 0;
+    FT_Byte*   p          = table + 8204;
+    FT_UInt32  num_groups = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+    FT_UInt32  start, end, start_id;
+
+
+    for ( ; num_groups > 0; num_groups-- )
+    {
+      start    = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+      end      = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+      start_id = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+
+      if ( char_code < start )
+        break;
+
+      if ( char_code <= end )
+      {
+        result = (FT_UInt)( start_id + char_code - start );
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
+  tt_cmap8_char_next( TT_CMap     cmap,
+                      FT_UInt32  *pchar_code )
+  {
+    FT_UInt32  result     = 0;
+    FT_UInt32  char_code  = *pchar_code + 1;
+    FT_UInt    gindex     = 0;
+    FT_Byte*   table      = cmap->data;
+    FT_Byte*   p          = table + 8204;
+    FT_UInt32  num_groups = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+    FT_UInt32  start, end, start_id;
+
+
+    p = table + 8208;
+
+    for ( ; num_groups > 0; num_groups-- )
+    {
+      start    = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+      end      = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+      start_id = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+
+      if ( char_code < start )
+        char_code = start;
+
+      if ( char_code <= end )
+      {
+        gindex = (FT_UInt)( char_code - start + start_id );
+        if ( gindex != 0 )
+        {
+          result = char_code;
+          goto Exit;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    *pchar_code = result;
+    return gindex;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_cmap8_get_info( TT_CMap       cmap,
+                     TT_CMapInfo  *cmap_info )
+  {
+    FT_Byte*  p = cmap->data + 8;
+
+
+    cmap_info->format = 8;
+    cmap_info->language = (FT_ULong)TT_PEEK_ULONG( p );
+
+    return SFNT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
+  const TT_CMap_ClassRec  tt_cmap8_class_rec =
+  {
+    {
+      sizeof ( TT_CMapRec ),
+
+      (FT_CMap_InitFunc)     tt_cmap_init,
+      (FT_CMap_DoneFunc)     NULL,
+      (FT_CMap_CharIndexFunc)tt_cmap8_char_index,
+      (FT_CMap_CharNextFunc) tt_cmap8_char_next,
+
+      NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL
+    },
+    8,
+    (TT_CMap_ValidateFunc)   tt_cmap8_validate,
+    (TT_CMap_Info_GetFunc)   tt_cmap8_get_info
+  };
+
+#endif /* TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_8 */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                          FORMAT 10                            *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* TABLE OVERVIEW                                                        */
+  /* --------------                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   NAME      OFFSET  TYPE               DESCRIPTION                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   format     0      USHORT             must be 10                     */
+  /*   reserved   2      USHORT             reserved                       */
+  /*   length     4      ULONG              length in bytes                */
+  /*   language   8      ULONG              Mac language code              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   start     12      ULONG              first char in range            */
+  /*   count     16      ULONG              number of chars in range       */
+  /*   glyphIds  20      USHORT[count]      glyph indices covered          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_10
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_cmap10_validate( FT_Byte*      table,
+                      FT_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Byte*  p = table + 4;
+    FT_ULong  length, count;
+
+
+    if ( table + 20 > valid->limit )
+      FT_INVALID_TOO_SHORT;
+
+    length = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+    p      = table + 16;
+    count  = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+
+    if ( table + length > valid->limit || length < 20 + count * 2 )
+      FT_INVALID_TOO_SHORT;
+
+    /* check glyph indices */
+    if ( valid->level >= FT_VALIDATE_TIGHT )
+    {
+      FT_UInt  gindex;
+
+
+      for ( ; count > 0; count-- )
+      {
+        gindex = TT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+        if ( gindex >= TT_VALID_GLYPH_COUNT( valid ) )
+          FT_INVALID_GLYPH_ID;
+      }
+    }
+
+    return SFNT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
+  tt_cmap10_char_index( TT_CMap    cmap,
+                        FT_UInt32  char_code )
+  {
+    FT_Byte*   table  = cmap->data;
+    FT_UInt    result = 0;
+    FT_Byte*   p      = table + 12;
+    FT_UInt32  start  = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+    FT_UInt32  count  = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+    FT_UInt32  idx    = (FT_ULong)( char_code - start );
+
+
+    if ( idx < count )
+    {
+      p     += 2 * idx;
+      result = TT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
+    }
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
+  tt_cmap10_char_next( TT_CMap     cmap,
+                       FT_UInt32  *pchar_code )
+  {
+    FT_Byte*   table     = cmap->data;
+    FT_UInt32  char_code = *pchar_code + 1;
+    FT_UInt    gindex    = 0;
+    FT_Byte*   p         = table + 12;
+    FT_UInt32  start     = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+    FT_UInt32  count     = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+    FT_UInt32  idx;
+
+
+    if ( char_code < start )
+      char_code = start;
+
+    idx = (FT_UInt32)( char_code - start );
+    p  += 2 * idx;
+
+    for ( ; idx < count; idx++ )
+    {
+      gindex = TT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+      if ( gindex != 0 )
+        break;
+      char_code++;
+    }
+
+    *pchar_code = char_code;
+    return gindex;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_cmap10_get_info( TT_CMap       cmap,
+                      TT_CMapInfo  *cmap_info )
+  {
+    FT_Byte*  p = cmap->data + 8;
+
+
+    cmap_info->format = 10;
+    cmap_info->language = (FT_ULong)TT_PEEK_ULONG( p );
+
+    return SFNT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
+  const TT_CMap_ClassRec  tt_cmap10_class_rec =
+  {
+    {
+      sizeof ( TT_CMapRec ),
+
+      (FT_CMap_InitFunc)     tt_cmap_init,
+      (FT_CMap_DoneFunc)     NULL,
+      (FT_CMap_CharIndexFunc)tt_cmap10_char_index,
+      (FT_CMap_CharNextFunc) tt_cmap10_char_next,
+
+      NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL
+    },
+    10,
+    (TT_CMap_ValidateFunc)   tt_cmap10_validate,
+    (TT_CMap_Info_GetFunc)   tt_cmap10_get_info
+  };
+
+#endif /* TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_10 */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                          FORMAT 12                            *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* TABLE OVERVIEW                                                        */
+  /* --------------                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   NAME        OFFSET     TYPE       DESCRIPTION                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   format      0          USHORT     must be 12                        */
+  /*   reserved    2          USHORT     reserved                          */
+  /*   length      4          ULONG      length in bytes                   */
+  /*   language    8          ULONG      Mac language code                 */
+  /*   count       12         ULONG      number of groups                  */
+  /*               16                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This header is followed by `count' groups of the following format:    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   start       0          ULONG      first charcode                    */
+  /*   end         4          ULONG      last charcode                     */
+  /*   startId     8          ULONG      start glyph ID for the group      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_12
+
+  typedef struct  TT_CMap12Rec_
+  {
+    TT_CMapRec  cmap;
+    FT_Bool     valid;
+    FT_ULong    cur_charcode;
+    FT_UInt     cur_gindex;
+    FT_ULong    cur_group;
+    FT_ULong    num_groups;
+
+  } TT_CMap12Rec, *TT_CMap12;
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_cmap12_init( TT_CMap12  cmap,
+                  FT_Byte*   table )
+  {
+    cmap->cmap.data  = table;
+
+    table           += 12;
+    cmap->num_groups = FT_PEEK_ULONG( table );
+
+    cmap->valid      = 0;
+
+    return SFNT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_cmap12_validate( FT_Byte*      table,
+                      FT_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Byte*   p;
+    FT_ULong   length;
+    FT_ULong   num_groups;
+
+
+    if ( table + 16 > valid->limit )
+      FT_INVALID_TOO_SHORT;
+
+    p      = table + 4;
+    length = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+
+    p          = table + 12;
+    num_groups = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+
+    if ( table + length > valid->limit || length < 16 + 12 * num_groups )
+      FT_INVALID_TOO_SHORT;
+
+    /* check groups, they must be in increasing order */
+    {
+      FT_ULong  n, start, end, start_id, last = 0;
+
+
+      for ( n = 0; n < num_groups; n++ )
+      {
+        start    = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+        end      = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+        start_id = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+
+        if ( start > end )
+          FT_INVALID_DATA;
+
+        if ( n > 0 && start <= last )
+          FT_INVALID_DATA;
+
+        if ( valid->level >= FT_VALIDATE_TIGHT )
+        {
+          if ( start_id + end - start >= TT_VALID_GLYPH_COUNT( valid ) )
+            FT_INVALID_GLYPH_ID;
+        }
+
+        last = end;
+      }
+    }
+
+    return SFNT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  /* search the index of the charcode next to cmap->cur_charcode */
+  /* cmap->cur_group should be set up properly by caller         */
+  /*                                                             */
+  static void
+  tt_cmap12_next( TT_CMap12  cmap )
+  {
+    FT_Byte*  p;
+    FT_ULong  start, end, start_id, char_code;
+    FT_ULong  n;
+    FT_UInt   gindex;
+
+
+    if ( cmap->cur_charcode >= 0xFFFFFFFFUL )
+      goto Fail;
+
+    char_code = cmap->cur_charcode + 1;
+
+    n = cmap->cur_group;
+
+    for ( n = cmap->cur_group; n < cmap->num_groups; n++ )
+    {
+      p        = cmap->cmap.data + 16 + 12 * n;
+      start    = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+      end      = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+      start_id = TT_PEEK_ULONG( p );
+
+      if ( char_code < start )
+        char_code = start;
+
+      for ( ; char_code <= end; char_code++ )
+      {
+        gindex = (FT_UInt)( start_id + char_code - start );
+
+        if ( gindex )
+        {
+          cmap->cur_charcode = char_code;;
+          cmap->cur_gindex   = gindex;
+          cmap->cur_group    = n;
+
+          return;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+  Fail:
+    cmap->valid = 0;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_UInt
+  tt_cmap12_char_map_binary( TT_CMap     cmap,
+                             FT_UInt32*  pchar_code,
+                             FT_Bool     next )
+  {
+    FT_UInt    gindex     = 0;
+    FT_Byte*   p          = cmap->data + 12;
+    FT_UInt32  num_groups = TT_PEEK_ULONG( p );
+    FT_UInt32  char_code  = *pchar_code;
+    FT_UInt32  start, end, start_id;
+    FT_UInt32  max, min, mid;
+
+
+    if ( !num_groups )
+      return 0;
+
+    /* make compiler happy */
+    mid = num_groups;
+    end = 0xFFFFFFFFUL;
+
+    if ( next )
+      char_code++;
+
+    min = 0;
+    max = num_groups;
+
+    /* binary search */
+    while ( min < max )
+    {
+      mid = ( min + max ) >> 1;
+      p   = cmap->data + 16 + 12 * mid;
+
+      start = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+      end   = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+
+      if ( char_code < start )
+        max = mid;
+      else if ( char_code > end )
+        min = mid + 1;
+      else
+      {
+        start_id = TT_PEEK_ULONG( p );
+        gindex = (FT_UInt)( start_id + char_code - start );
+
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if ( next )
+    {
+      TT_CMap12  cmap12 = (TT_CMap12)cmap;
+
+
+      /* if `char_code' is not in any group, then `mid' is */
+      /* the group nearest to `char_code'                  */
+      /*                                                   */
+
+      if ( char_code > end )
+      {
+        mid++;
+        if ( mid == num_groups )
+          return 0;
+      }
+
+      cmap12->valid        = 1;
+      cmap12->cur_charcode = char_code;
+      cmap12->cur_group    = mid;
+
+      if ( !gindex )
+      {
+        tt_cmap12_next( cmap12 );
+
+        if ( cmap12->valid )
+          gindex = cmap12->cur_gindex;
+      }
+      else
+        cmap12->cur_gindex = gindex;
+
+      if ( gindex )
+        *pchar_code = cmap12->cur_charcode;
+    }
+
+    return gindex;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
+  tt_cmap12_char_index( TT_CMap    cmap,
+                        FT_UInt32  char_code )
+  {
+    return tt_cmap12_char_map_binary( cmap, &char_code, 0 );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
+  tt_cmap12_char_next( TT_CMap     cmap,
+                       FT_UInt32  *pchar_code )
+  {
+    TT_CMap12  cmap12 = (TT_CMap12)cmap;
+    FT_ULong   gindex;
+
+
+    if ( cmap12->cur_charcode >= 0xFFFFFFFFUL )
+      return 0;
+
+    /* no need to search */
+    if ( cmap12->valid && cmap12->cur_charcode == *pchar_code )
+    {
+      tt_cmap12_next( cmap12 );
+      if ( cmap12->valid )
+      {
+        gindex = cmap12->cur_gindex;
+        if ( gindex )
+          *pchar_code = cmap12->cur_charcode;
+      }
+      else
+        gindex = 0;
+    }
+    else
+      gindex = tt_cmap12_char_map_binary( cmap, pchar_code, 1 );
+
+    return gindex;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_cmap12_get_info( TT_CMap       cmap,
+                      TT_CMapInfo  *cmap_info )
+  {
+    FT_Byte*  p = cmap->data + 8;
+
+
+    cmap_info->format = 12;
+    cmap_info->language = (FT_ULong)TT_PEEK_ULONG( p );
+
+    return SFNT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
+  const TT_CMap_ClassRec  tt_cmap12_class_rec =
+  {
+    {
+      sizeof ( TT_CMap12Rec ),
+
+      (FT_CMap_InitFunc)     tt_cmap12_init,
+      (FT_CMap_DoneFunc)     NULL,
+      (FT_CMap_CharIndexFunc)tt_cmap12_char_index,
+      (FT_CMap_CharNextFunc) tt_cmap12_char_next,
+
+      NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL
+    },
+    12,
+    (TT_CMap_ValidateFunc)   tt_cmap12_validate,
+    (TT_CMap_Info_GetFunc)   tt_cmap12_get_info
+  };
+
+#endif /* TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_12 */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                           FORMAT 14                           *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* TABLE OVERVIEW                                                        */
+  /* --------------                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   NAME         OFFSET  TYPE    DESCRIPTION                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   format         0     USHORT  must be 14                             */
+  /*   length         2     ULONG   table length in bytes                  */
+  /*   numSelector    6     ULONG   number of variation sel. records       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Followed by numSelector records, each of which looks like             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   varSelector    0     UINT24  Unicode codepoint of sel.              */
+  /*   defaultOff     3     ULONG   offset to a default UVS table          */
+  /*                                describing any variants to be found in */
+  /*                                the normal Unicode subtable.           */
+  /*   nonDefOff      7     ULONG   offset to a non-default UVS table      */
+  /*                                describing any variants not in the     */
+  /*                                standard cmap, with GIDs here          */
+  /* (either offset may be 0 NULL)                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Selectors are sorted by code point.                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* A default Unicode Variation Selector (UVS) subtable is just a list of */
+  /* ranges of code points which are to be found in the standard cmap.  No */
+  /* glyph IDs (GIDs) here.                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   numRanges      0     ULONG   number of ranges following             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* A range looks like                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   uniStart       0     UINT24  code point of the first character in   */
+  /*                                this range                             */
+  /*   additionalCnt  3     UBYTE   count of additional characters in this */
+  /*                                range (zero means a range of a single  */
+  /*                                character)                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Ranges are sorted by `uniStart'.                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* A non-default Unicode Variation Selector (UVS) subtable is a list of  */
+  /* mappings from codepoint to GID.                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   numMappings    0     ULONG   number of mappings                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* A range looks like                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   uniStart       0     UINT24  code point of the first character in   */
+  /*                                this range                             */
+  /*   GID            3     USHORT  and its GID                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Ranges are sorted by `uniStart'.                                      */
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_14
+
+  typedef struct  TT_CMap14Rec_
+  {
+    TT_CMapRec  cmap;
+    FT_ULong    num_selectors;
+
+    /* This array is used to store the results of various
+     * cmap 14 query functions.  The data is overwritten
+     * on each call to these functions.
+     */
+    FT_UInt     max_results;
+    FT_UInt32*  results;
+    FT_Memory   memory;
+
+  } TT_CMap14Rec, *TT_CMap14;
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
+  tt_cmap14_done( TT_CMap14  cmap )
+  {
+    FT_Memory  memory = cmap->memory;
+
+
+    cmap->max_results = 0;
+    if ( memory != NULL && cmap->results != NULL )
+      FT_FREE( cmap->results );
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  tt_cmap14_ensure( TT_CMap14  cmap,
+                    FT_UInt    num_results,
+                    FT_Memory  memory )
+  {
+    FT_UInt   old_max = cmap->max_results;
+    FT_Error  error   = 0;
+
+
+    if ( num_results > cmap->max_results )
+    {
+       cmap->memory = memory;
+
+       if ( FT_QRENEW_ARRAY( cmap->results, old_max, num_results ) )
+         return error;
+
+       cmap->max_results = num_results;
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_cmap14_init( TT_CMap14  cmap,
+                  FT_Byte*   table )
+  {
+    cmap->cmap.data = table;
+
+    table               += 6;
+    cmap->num_selectors = FT_PEEK_ULONG( table );
+    cmap->max_results   = 0;
+    cmap->results       = NULL;
+
+    return SFNT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_cmap14_validate( FT_Byte*      table,
+                      FT_Validator  valid )
+  {
+    FT_Byte*  p             = table + 2;
+    FT_ULong  length        = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+    FT_ULong  num_selectors = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+
+
+    if ( table + length > valid->limit || length < 10 + 11 * num_selectors )
+      FT_INVALID_TOO_SHORT;
+
+    /* check selectors, they must be in increasing order */
+    {
+      /* we start lastVarSel at 1 because a variant selector value of 0
+       * isn't valid.
+       */
+      FT_ULong  n, lastVarSel = 1;
+
+
+      for ( n = 0; n < num_selectors; n++ )
+      {
+        FT_ULong  varSel    = TT_NEXT_UINT24( p );
+        FT_ULong  defOff    = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+        FT_ULong  nondefOff = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+
+
+        if ( defOff >= length || nondefOff >= length )
+          FT_INVALID_TOO_SHORT;
+
+        if ( varSel < lastVarSel )
+          FT_INVALID_DATA;
+
+        lastVarSel = varSel + 1;
+
+        /* check the default table (these glyphs should be reached     */
+        /* through the normal Unicode cmap, no GIDs, just check order) */
+        if ( defOff != 0 )
+        {
+          FT_Byte*  defp      = table + defOff;
+          FT_ULong  numRanges = TT_NEXT_ULONG( defp );
+          FT_ULong  i;
+          FT_ULong  lastBase  = 0;
+
+
+          if ( defp + numRanges * 4 > valid->limit )
+            FT_INVALID_TOO_SHORT;
+
+          for ( i = 0; i < numRanges; ++i )
+          {
+            FT_ULong  base = TT_NEXT_UINT24( defp );
+            FT_ULong  cnt  = FT_NEXT_BYTE( defp );
+
+
+            if ( base + cnt >= 0x110000UL )              /* end of Unicode */
+              FT_INVALID_DATA;
+
+            if ( base < lastBase )
+              FT_INVALID_DATA;
+
+            lastBase = base + cnt + 1U;
+          }
+        }
+
+        /* and the non-default table (these glyphs are specified here) */
+        if ( nondefOff != 0 ) {
+          FT_Byte*  ndp         = table + nondefOff;
+          FT_ULong  numMappings = TT_NEXT_ULONG( ndp );
+          FT_ULong  i, lastUni = 0;
+
+
+          if ( ndp + numMappings * 4 > valid->limit )
+            FT_INVALID_TOO_SHORT;
+
+          for ( i = 0; i < numMappings; ++i )
+          {
+            FT_ULong  uni = TT_NEXT_UINT24( ndp );
+            FT_ULong  gid = TT_NEXT_USHORT( ndp );
+
+
+            if ( uni >= 0x110000UL )                     /* end of Unicode */
+              FT_INVALID_DATA;
+
+            if ( uni < lastUni )
+              FT_INVALID_DATA;
+
+            lastUni = uni + 1U;
+
+            if ( valid->level >= FT_VALIDATE_TIGHT    &&
+                 gid >= TT_VALID_GLYPH_COUNT( valid ) )
+              FT_INVALID_GLYPH_ID;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    return SFNT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
+  tt_cmap14_char_index( TT_CMap    cmap,
+                        FT_UInt32  char_code )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( cmap );
+    FT_UNUSED( char_code );
+
+    /* This can't happen */
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
+  tt_cmap14_char_next( TT_CMap     cmap,
+                       FT_UInt32  *pchar_code )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( cmap );
+
+    /* This can't happen */
+    *pchar_code = 0;
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_cmap14_get_info( TT_CMap       cmap,
+                      TT_CMapInfo  *cmap_info )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( cmap );
+
+    cmap_info->format = 14;
+    /* subtable 14 does not define a language field */
+    cmap_info->language = 0xFFFFFFFFUL;
+
+    return SFNT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_UInt
+  tt_cmap14_char_map_def_binary( FT_Byte    *base,
+                                 FT_UInt32   char_code )
+  {
+    FT_UInt32  numRanges = TT_PEEK_ULONG( base );
+    FT_UInt32  max, min;
+
+
+    min = 0;
+    max = numRanges;
+
+    base += 4;
+
+    /* binary search */
+    while ( min < max )
+    {
+      FT_UInt32  mid   = ( min + max ) >> 1;
+      FT_Byte*   p     = base + 4 * mid;
+      FT_ULong   start = TT_NEXT_UINT24( p );
+      FT_UInt    cnt   = FT_NEXT_BYTE( p );
+
+
+      if ( char_code < start )
+        max = mid;
+      else if ( char_code > start+cnt )
+        min = mid + 1;
+      else
+        return TRUE;
+    }
+
+    return FALSE;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_UInt
+  tt_cmap14_char_map_nondef_binary( FT_Byte    *base,
+                                    FT_UInt32   char_code )
+  {
+    FT_UInt32  numMappings = TT_PEEK_ULONG( base );
+    FT_UInt32  max, min;
+
+
+    min = 0;
+    max = numMappings;
+
+    base += 4;
+
+    /* binary search */
+    while ( min < max )
+    {
+      FT_UInt32  mid = ( min + max ) >> 1;
+      FT_Byte*   p   = base + 5 * mid;
+      FT_UInt32  uni = TT_NEXT_UINT24( p );
+
+
+      if ( char_code < uni )
+        max = mid;
+      else if ( char_code > uni )
+        min = mid + 1;
+      else
+        return TT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
+    }
+
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Byte*
+  tt_cmap14_find_variant( FT_Byte    *base,
+                          FT_UInt32   variantCode )
+  {
+    FT_UInt32  numVar = TT_PEEK_ULONG( base );
+    FT_UInt32  max, min;
+
+
+    min = 0;
+    max = numVar;
+
+    base += 4;
+
+    /* binary search */
+    while ( min < max )
+    {
+      FT_UInt32  mid    = ( min + max ) >> 1;
+      FT_Byte*   p      = base + 11 * mid;
+      FT_ULong   varSel = TT_NEXT_UINT24( p );
+
+
+      if ( variantCode < varSel )
+        max = mid;
+      else if ( variantCode > varSel )
+        min = mid + 1;
+      else
+        return p;
+    }
+
+    return NULL;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt )
+  tt_cmap14_char_var_index( TT_CMap   cmap,
+                            TT_CMap   ucmap,
+                            FT_ULong  charcode,
+                            FT_ULong  variantSelector)
+  {
+    FT_Byte*  p = tt_cmap14_find_variant( cmap->data + 6, variantSelector );
+    FT_ULong  defOff;
+    FT_ULong  nondefOff;
+
+
+    if ( !p )
+      return 0;
+
+    defOff    = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+    nondefOff = TT_PEEK_ULONG( p );
+
+    if ( defOff != 0                                                    &&
+         tt_cmap14_char_map_def_binary( cmap->data + defOff, charcode ) )
+    {
+      /* This is the default variant of this charcode.  GID not stored */
+      /* here; stored in the normal Unicode charmap instead.           */
+      return ucmap->cmap.clazz->char_index( &ucmap->cmap, charcode );
+    }
+
+    if ( nondefOff != 0 )
+      return tt_cmap14_char_map_nondef_binary( cmap->data + nondefOff,
+                                               charcode );
+
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Int )
+  tt_cmap14_char_var_isdefault( TT_CMap   cmap,
+                                FT_ULong  charcode,
+                                FT_ULong  variantSelector )
+  {
+    FT_Byte*  p = tt_cmap14_find_variant( cmap->data + 6, variantSelector );
+    FT_ULong  defOff;
+    FT_ULong  nondefOff;
+
+
+    if ( !p )
+      return -1;
+
+    defOff    = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+    nondefOff = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+
+    if ( defOff != 0                                                    &&
+         tt_cmap14_char_map_def_binary( cmap->data + defOff, charcode ) )
+      return 1;
+
+    if ( nondefOff != 0                                            &&
+         tt_cmap14_char_map_nondef_binary( cmap->data + nondefOff,
+                                           charcode ) != 0         )
+      return 0;
+
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt32* )
+  tt_cmap14_variants( TT_CMap    cmap,
+                      FT_Memory  memory )
+  {
+    TT_CMap14   cmap14 = (TT_CMap14)cmap;
+    FT_UInt     count  = cmap14->num_selectors;
+    FT_Byte*    p      = cmap->data + 10;
+    FT_UInt32*  result;
+    FT_UInt     i;
+
+
+    if ( tt_cmap14_ensure( cmap14, ( count + 1 ), memory ) )
+      return NULL;
+
+    result = cmap14->results;
+    for ( i = 0; i < count; ++i )
+    {
+      result[i] = TT_NEXT_UINT24( p );
+      p        += 8;
+    }
+    result[i] = 0;
+
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt32 * )
+  tt_cmap14_char_variants( TT_CMap    cmap,
+                           FT_Memory  memory,
+                           FT_ULong   charCode )
+  {
+    TT_CMap14   cmap14 = (TT_CMap14)  cmap;
+    FT_UInt     count  = cmap14->num_selectors;
+    FT_Byte*    p      = cmap->data + 10;
+    FT_UInt32*  q;
+
+
+    if ( tt_cmap14_ensure( cmap14, ( count + 1 ), memory ) )
+      return NULL;
+
+    for ( q = cmap14->results; count > 0; --count )
+    {
+      FT_UInt32  varSel    = TT_NEXT_UINT24( p );
+      FT_ULong   defOff    = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+      FT_ULong   nondefOff = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+
+
+      if ( ( defOff != 0                                               &&
+             tt_cmap14_char_map_def_binary( cmap->data + defOff,
+                                            charCode )                 ) ||
+           ( nondefOff != 0                                            &&
+             tt_cmap14_char_map_nondef_binary( cmap->data + nondefOff,
+                                               charCode ) != 0         ) )
+      {
+        q[0] = varSel;
+        q++;
+      }
+    }
+    q[0] = 0;
+
+    return cmap14->results;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_UInt
+  tt_cmap14_def_char_count( FT_Byte  *p )
+  {
+    FT_UInt32  numRanges = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+    FT_UInt    tot       = 0;
+
+
+    p += 3;  /* point to the first `cnt' field */
+    for ( ; numRanges > 0; numRanges-- )
+    {
+      tot += 1 + p[0];
+      p   += 4;
+    }
+
+    return tot;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_UInt32*
+  tt_cmap14_get_def_chars( TT_CMap     cmap,
+                           FT_Byte*    p,
+                           FT_Memory   memory )
+  {
+    TT_CMap14   cmap14 = (TT_CMap14) cmap;
+    FT_UInt32   numRanges;
+    FT_UInt     cnt;
+    FT_UInt32*  q;
+
+
+    cnt       = tt_cmap14_def_char_count( p );
+    numRanges = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+
+    if ( tt_cmap14_ensure( cmap14, ( cnt + 1 ), memory ) )
+      return NULL;
+
+    for ( q = cmap14->results; numRanges > 0; --numRanges )
+    {
+      FT_UInt  uni = TT_NEXT_UINT24( p );
+
+
+      cnt = FT_NEXT_BYTE( p ) + 1;
+      do
+      {
+        q[0]  = uni;
+        uni  += 1;
+        q    += 1;
+      } while ( --cnt != 0 );
+    }
+    q[0] = 0;
+
+    return cmap14->results;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_UInt32*
+  tt_cmap14_get_nondef_chars( TT_CMap     cmap,
+                              FT_Byte    *p,
+                              FT_Memory   memory )
+  {
+    TT_CMap14   cmap14 = (TT_CMap14) cmap;
+    FT_UInt32   numMappings;
+    FT_UInt     i;
+    FT_UInt32  *ret;
+
+
+    numMappings = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+
+    if ( tt_cmap14_ensure( cmap14, ( numMappings + 1 ), memory ) )
+      return NULL;
+
+    ret = cmap14->results;
+    for ( i = 0; i < numMappings; ++i )
+    {
+      ret[i] = TT_NEXT_UINT24( p );
+      p += 2;
+    }
+    ret[i] = 0;
+
+    return ret;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_UInt32 * )
+  tt_cmap14_variant_chars( TT_CMap    cmap,
+                           FT_Memory  memory,
+                           FT_ULong   variantSelector )
+  {
+    FT_Byte    *p  = tt_cmap14_find_variant( cmap->data + 6,
+                                             variantSelector );
+    FT_UInt32  *ret;
+    FT_Int      i;
+    FT_ULong    defOff;
+    FT_ULong    nondefOff;
+
+
+    if ( !p )
+      return NULL;
+
+    defOff    = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+    nondefOff = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+
+    if ( defOff == 0 && nondefOff == 0 )
+      return NULL;
+
+    if ( defOff == 0 )
+      return tt_cmap14_get_nondef_chars( cmap, cmap->data + nondefOff,
+                                         memory );
+    else if ( nondefOff == 0 )
+      return tt_cmap14_get_def_chars( cmap, cmap->data + defOff,
+                                      memory );
+    else
+    {
+      /* Both a default and a non-default glyph set?  That's probably not */
+      /* good font design, but the spec allows for it...                  */
+      TT_CMap14  cmap14 = (TT_CMap14) cmap;
+      FT_UInt32  numRanges;
+      FT_UInt32  numMappings;
+      FT_UInt32  duni;
+      FT_UInt32  dcnt;
+      FT_UInt32  nuni;
+      FT_Byte*   dp;
+      FT_UInt    di, ni, k;
+
+
+      p  = cmap->data + nondefOff;
+      dp = cmap->data + defOff;
+
+      numMappings = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+      dcnt        = tt_cmap14_def_char_count( dp );
+      numRanges   = TT_NEXT_ULONG( dp );
+
+      if ( numMappings == 0 )
+        return tt_cmap14_get_def_chars( cmap, cmap->data + defOff,
+                                        memory );
+      if ( dcnt == 0 )
+        return tt_cmap14_get_nondef_chars( cmap, cmap->data + nondefOff,
+                                           memory );
+
+      if ( tt_cmap14_ensure( cmap14, ( dcnt + numMappings + 1 ), memory ) )
+        return NULL;
+
+      ret  = cmap14->results;
+      duni = TT_NEXT_UINT24( dp );
+      dcnt = FT_NEXT_BYTE( dp );
+      di   = 1;
+      nuni = TT_NEXT_UINT24( p );
+      p   += 2;
+      ni   = 1;
+      i    = 0;
+
+      for ( ;; )
+      {
+        if ( nuni > duni + dcnt )
+        {
+          for ( k = 0; k <= dcnt; ++k )
+            ret[i++] = duni + k;
+
+          ++di;
+
+          if ( di > numRanges )
+            break;
+
+          duni = TT_NEXT_UINT24( dp );
+          dcnt = FT_NEXT_BYTE( dp );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          if ( nuni < duni )
+            ret[i++] = nuni;
+          /* If it is within the default range then ignore it -- */
+          /* that should not have happened                       */
+          ++ni;
+          if ( ni > numMappings )
+            break;
+
+          nuni = TT_NEXT_UINT24( p );
+          p += 2;
+        }
+      }
+
+      if ( ni <= numMappings )
+      {
+        /* If we get here then we have run out of all default ranges.   */
+        /* We have read one non-default mapping which we haven't stored */
+        /* and there may be others that need to be read.                */
+        ret[i++] = nuni;
+        while ( ni < numMappings )
+        {
+          ret[i++] = TT_NEXT_UINT24( p );
+          p += 2;
+          ++ni;
+        }
+      }
+      else if ( di <= numRanges )
+      {
+        /* If we get here then we have run out of all non-default     */
+        /* mappings.  We have read one default range which we haven't */
+        /* stored and there may be others that need to be read.       */
+        for ( k = 0; k <= dcnt; ++k )
+          ret[i++] = duni + k;
+
+        while ( di < numRanges )
+        {
+          duni = TT_NEXT_UINT24( dp );
+          dcnt = FT_NEXT_BYTE( dp );
+
+          for ( k = 0; k <= dcnt; ++k )
+            ret[i++] = duni + k;
+          ++di;
+        }
+      }
+
+      ret[i] = 0;
+
+      return ret;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
+  const TT_CMap_ClassRec  tt_cmap14_class_rec =
+  {
+    {
+      sizeof ( TT_CMap14Rec ),
+
+      (FT_CMap_InitFunc)     tt_cmap14_init,
+      (FT_CMap_DoneFunc)     tt_cmap14_done,
+      (FT_CMap_CharIndexFunc)tt_cmap14_char_index,
+      (FT_CMap_CharNextFunc) tt_cmap14_char_next,
+
+      /* Format 14 extension functions */
+      (FT_CMap_CharVarIndexFunc)    tt_cmap14_char_var_index,
+      (FT_CMap_CharVarIsDefaultFunc)tt_cmap14_char_var_isdefault,
+      (FT_CMap_VariantListFunc)     tt_cmap14_variants,
+      (FT_CMap_CharVariantListFunc) tt_cmap14_char_variants,
+      (FT_CMap_VariantCharListFunc) tt_cmap14_variant_chars
+    },
+    14,
+    (TT_CMap_ValidateFunc)tt_cmap14_validate,
+    (TT_CMap_Info_GetFunc)tt_cmap14_get_info
+  };
+
+#endif /* TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_14 */
+
+
+  static const TT_CMap_Class  tt_cmap_classes[] =
+  {
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_0
+    &tt_cmap0_class_rec,
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_2
+    &tt_cmap2_class_rec,
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_4
+    &tt_cmap4_class_rec,
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_6
+    &tt_cmap6_class_rec,
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_8
+    &tt_cmap8_class_rec,
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_10
+    &tt_cmap10_class_rec,
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_12
+    &tt_cmap12_class_rec,
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_14
+    &tt_cmap14_class_rec,
+#endif
+
+    NULL,
+  };
+
+
+  /* parse the `cmap' table and build the corresponding TT_CMap objects */
+  /* in the current face                                                */
+  /*                                                                    */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_build_cmaps( TT_Face  face )
+  {
+    FT_Byte*           table = face->cmap_table;
+    FT_Byte*           limit = table + face->cmap_size;
+    FT_UInt volatile   num_cmaps;
+    FT_Byte* volatile  p     = table;
+
+
+    if ( p + 4 > limit )
+      return SFNT_Err_Invalid_Table;
+
+    /* only recognize format 0 */
+    if ( TT_NEXT_USHORT( p ) != 0 )
+    {
+      p -= 2;
+      FT_ERROR(( "tt_face_build_cmaps: unsupported `cmap' table format = %d\n",
+                 TT_PEEK_USHORT( p ) ));
+      return SFNT_Err_Invalid_Table;
+    }
+
+    num_cmaps = TT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    for ( ; num_cmaps > 0 && p + 8 <= limit; num_cmaps-- )
+    {
+      FT_CharMapRec  charmap;
+      FT_UInt32      offset;
+
+
+      charmap.platform_id = TT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+      charmap.encoding_id = TT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+      charmap.face        = FT_FACE( face );
+      charmap.encoding    = FT_ENCODING_NONE;  /* will be filled later */
+      offset              = TT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+
+      if ( offset && offset <= face->cmap_size - 2 )
+      {
+        FT_Byte* volatile              cmap   = table + offset;
+        volatile FT_UInt               format = TT_PEEK_USHORT( cmap );
+        const TT_CMap_Class* volatile  pclazz = tt_cmap_classes;
+        TT_CMap_Class volatile         clazz;
+
+
+        for ( ; *pclazz; pclazz++ )
+        {
+          clazz = *pclazz;
+          if ( clazz->format == format )
+          {
+            volatile TT_ValidatorRec  valid;
+            volatile FT_Error         error = SFNT_Err_Ok;
+
+
+            ft_validator_init( FT_VALIDATOR( &valid ), cmap, limit,
+                               FT_VALIDATE_DEFAULT );
+
+            valid.num_glyphs = (FT_UInt)face->max_profile.numGlyphs;
+
+            if ( ft_setjmp(
+              *((ft_jmp_buf*)&FT_VALIDATOR( &valid )->jump_buffer) ) == 0 )
+            {
+              /* validate this cmap sub-table */
+              error = clazz->validate( cmap, FT_VALIDATOR( &valid ) );
+            }
+
+            if ( valid.validator.error == 0 )
+            {
+              FT_CMap  ttcmap;
+
+
+              /* It might make sense to store the single variation selector */
+              /* cmap somewhere special.  But it would have to be in the    */
+              /* public FT_FaceRec, and we can't change that.               */
+
+              if ( !FT_CMap_New( (FT_CMap_Class)clazz,
+                                 cmap, &charmap, &ttcmap ) )
+              {
+                /* it is simpler to directly set `flags' than adding */
+                /* a parameter to FT_CMap_New                        */
+                ((TT_CMap)ttcmap)->flags = (FT_Int)error;
+              }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+              FT_ERROR(( "tt_face_build_cmaps:" ));
+              FT_ERROR(( " broken cmap sub-table ignored!\n" ));
+            }
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+
+        if ( *pclazz == NULL )
+        {
+          FT_ERROR(( "tt_face_build_cmaps:" ));
+          FT_ERROR(( " unsupported cmap sub-table ignored!\n" ));
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    return SFNT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  tt_get_cmap_info( FT_CharMap    charmap,
+                    TT_CMapInfo  *cmap_info )
+  {
+    FT_CMap        cmap  = (FT_CMap)charmap;
+    TT_CMap_Class  clazz = (TT_CMap_Class)cmap->clazz;
+
+
+    return clazz->get_cmap_info( charmap, cmap_info );
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttcmap.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttcmap.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a10a3e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttcmap.h
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ttcmap.h                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    TrueType character mapping table (cmap) support (specification).     */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 by                                    */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __TTCMAP_H__
+#define __TTCMAP_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_TRUETYPE_TYPES_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_VALIDATE_H
+#include FT_SERVICE_TT_CMAP_H
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+#define TT_CMAP_FLAG_UNSORTED     1
+#define TT_CMAP_FLAG_OVERLAPPING  2
+
+  typedef struct  TT_CMapRec_
+  {
+    FT_CMapRec  cmap;
+    FT_Byte*    data;           /* pointer to in-memory cmap table */
+    FT_Int      flags;          /* for format 4 only               */
+
+  } TT_CMapRec, *TT_CMap;
+
+  typedef const struct TT_CMap_ClassRec_*  TT_CMap_Class;
+
+
+  typedef FT_Error
+  (*TT_CMap_ValidateFunc)( FT_Byte*      data,
+                           FT_Validator  valid );
+
+  typedef struct  TT_CMap_ClassRec_
+  {
+    FT_CMap_ClassRec      clazz;
+    FT_UInt               format;
+    TT_CMap_ValidateFunc  validate;
+    TT_CMap_Info_GetFunc  get_cmap_info;
+
+  } TT_CMap_ClassRec;
+
+
+  typedef struct  TT_ValidatorRec_
+  {
+    FT_ValidatorRec  validator;
+    FT_UInt          num_glyphs;
+
+  } TT_ValidatorRec, *TT_Validator;
+
+
+#define TT_VALIDATOR( x )          ((TT_Validator)( x ))
+#define TT_VALID_GLYPH_COUNT( x )  TT_VALIDATOR( x )->num_glyphs
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_build_cmaps( TT_Face  face );
+
+  /* used in tt-cmaps service */
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  tt_get_cmap_info( FT_CharMap    charmap,
+                    TT_CMapInfo  *cmap_info );
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __TTCMAP_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttkern.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttkern.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..67d5115
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttkern.c
@@ -0,0 +1,305 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ttkern.c                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Load the basic TrueType kerning table.  This doesn't handle          */
+/*    kerning data within the GPOS table at the moment.                    */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2009 by       */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
+#include FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H
+#include "ttkern.h"
+#include "ttload.h"
+
+#include "sferrors.h"
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_ttkern
+
+
+#undef  TT_KERN_INDEX
+#define TT_KERN_INDEX( g1, g2 )  ( ( (FT_ULong)(g1) << 16 ) | (g2) )
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_load_kern( TT_Face    face,
+                     FT_Stream  stream )
+  {
+    FT_Error   error;
+    FT_ULong   table_size;
+    FT_Byte*   p;
+    FT_Byte*   p_limit;
+    FT_UInt    nn, num_tables;
+    FT_UInt32  avail = 0, ordered = 0;
+
+
+    /* the kern table is optional; exit silently if it is missing */
+    error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_kern, stream, &table_size );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    if ( table_size < 4 )  /* the case of a malformed table */
+    {
+      FT_ERROR(( "kerning table is too small - ignored\n" ));
+      error = SFNT_Err_Table_Missing;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    if ( FT_FRAME_EXTRACT( table_size, face->kern_table ) )
+    {
+      FT_ERROR(( "could not extract kerning table\n" ));
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    face->kern_table_size = table_size;
+
+    p       = face->kern_table;
+    p_limit = p + table_size;
+
+    p         += 2; /* skip version */
+    num_tables = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    if ( num_tables > 32 ) /* we only support up to 32 sub-tables */
+      num_tables = 32;
+
+    for ( nn = 0; nn < num_tables; nn++ )
+    {
+      FT_UInt    num_pairs, length, coverage;
+      FT_Byte*   p_next;
+      FT_UInt32  mask = 1UL << nn;
+
+
+      if ( p + 6 > p_limit )
+        break;
+
+      p_next = p;
+
+      p += 2; /* skip version */
+      length   = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+      coverage = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+      if ( length <= 6 )
+        break;
+
+      p_next += length;
+
+      if ( p_next > p_limit )  /* handle broken table */
+        p_next = p_limit;
+
+      /* only use horizontal kerning tables */
+      if ( ( coverage & ~8 ) != 0x0001 ||
+           p + 8 > p_limit             )
+        goto NextTable;
+
+      num_pairs = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+      p        += 6;
+
+      if ( ( p_next - p ) / 6 < (int)num_pairs ) /* handle broken count */
+        num_pairs = (FT_UInt)( ( p_next - p ) / 6 );
+
+      avail |= mask;
+
+      /*
+       *  Now check whether the pairs in this table are ordered.
+       *  We then can use binary search.
+       */
+      if ( num_pairs > 0 )
+      {
+        FT_UInt  count;
+        FT_UInt  old_pair;
+
+
+        old_pair = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+        p       += 2;
+
+        for ( count = num_pairs - 1; count > 0; count-- )
+        {
+          FT_UInt32  cur_pair;
+
+
+          cur_pair = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+          if ( cur_pair <= old_pair )
+            break;
+
+          p += 2;
+          old_pair = cur_pair;
+        }
+
+        if ( count == 0 )
+          ordered |= mask;
+      }
+
+    NextTable:
+      p = p_next;
+    }
+
+    face->num_kern_tables = nn;
+    face->kern_avail_bits = avail;
+    face->kern_order_bits = ordered;
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  tt_face_done_kern( TT_Face  face )
+  {
+    FT_Stream  stream = face->root.stream;
+
+
+    FT_FRAME_RELEASE( face->kern_table );
+    face->kern_table_size = 0;
+    face->num_kern_tables = 0;
+    face->kern_avail_bits = 0;
+    face->kern_order_bits = 0;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Int )
+  tt_face_get_kerning( TT_Face  face,
+                       FT_UInt  left_glyph,
+                       FT_UInt  right_glyph )
+  {
+    FT_Int    result = 0;
+    FT_UInt   count, mask = 1;
+    FT_Byte*  p       = face->kern_table;
+    FT_Byte*  p_limit = p + face->kern_table_size;
+
+
+    p   += 4;
+    mask = 0x0001;
+
+    for ( count = face->num_kern_tables;
+          count > 0 && p + 6 <= p_limit;
+          count--, mask <<= 1 )
+    {
+      FT_Byte* base     = p;
+      FT_Byte* next     = base;
+      FT_UInt  version  = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+      FT_UInt  length   = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+      FT_UInt  coverage = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+      FT_UInt  num_pairs;
+      FT_Int   value    = 0;
+
+      FT_UNUSED( version );
+
+
+      next = base + length;
+
+      if ( next > p_limit )  /* handle broken table */
+        next = p_limit;
+
+      if ( ( face->kern_avail_bits & mask ) == 0 )
+        goto NextTable;
+
+      if ( p + 8 > next )
+        goto NextTable;
+
+      num_pairs = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+      p        += 6;
+
+      if ( ( next - p ) / 6 < (int)num_pairs )  /* handle broken count  */
+        num_pairs = (FT_UInt)( ( next - p ) / 6 );
+
+      switch ( coverage >> 8 )
+      {
+      case 0:
+        {
+          FT_ULong  key0 = TT_KERN_INDEX( left_glyph, right_glyph );
+
+
+          if ( face->kern_order_bits & mask )   /* binary search */
+          {
+            FT_UInt   min = 0;
+            FT_UInt   max = num_pairs;
+
+
+            while ( min < max )
+            {
+              FT_UInt   mid = ( min + max ) >> 1;
+              FT_Byte*  q   = p + 6 * mid;
+              FT_ULong  key;
+
+
+              key = FT_NEXT_ULONG( q );
+
+              if ( key == key0 )
+              {
+                value = FT_PEEK_SHORT( q );
+                goto Found;
+              }
+              if ( key < key0 )
+                min = mid + 1;
+              else
+                max = mid;
+            }
+          }
+          else /* linear search */
+          {
+            FT_UInt  count2;
+
+
+            for ( count2 = num_pairs; count2 > 0; count2-- )
+            {
+              FT_ULong  key = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+
+
+              if ( key == key0 )
+              {
+                value = FT_PEEK_SHORT( p );
+                goto Found;
+              }
+              p += 2;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        break;
+
+       /*
+        *  We don't support format 2 because we haven't seen a single font
+        *  using it in real life...
+        */
+
+      default:
+        ;
+      }
+
+      goto NextTable;
+
+    Found:
+      if ( coverage & 8 ) /* override or add */
+        result = value;
+      else
+        result += value;
+
+    NextTable:
+      p = next;
+    }
+
+    return result;
+  }
+
+#undef TT_KERN_INDEX
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttkern.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttkern.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..df1da9b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttkern.h
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ttkern.h                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Load the basic TrueType kerning table.  This doesn't handle          */
+/*    kerning data within the GPOS table at the moment.                    */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2005, 2007 by                               */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __TTKERN_H__
+#define __TTKERN_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_TRUETYPE_TYPES_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error  )
+  tt_face_load_kern( TT_Face    face,
+                     FT_Stream  stream );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  tt_face_done_kern( TT_Face  face );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Int )
+  tt_face_get_kerning( TT_Face     face,
+                       FT_UInt     left_glyph,
+                       FT_UInt     right_glyph );
+
+#define TT_FACE_HAS_KERNING( face )  ( (face)->kern_avail_bits != 0 )
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __TTKERN_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttload.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttload.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c45a1ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttload.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1248 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ttload.c                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Load the basic TrueType tables, i.e., tables that can be either in   */
+/*    TTF or OTF fonts (body).                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by       */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
+#include FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H
+#include "ttload.h"
+
+#include "sferrors.h"
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_ttload
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    tt_face_lookup_table                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Looks for a TrueType table by name.                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face :: A face object handle.                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    tag  :: The searched tag.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    A pointer to the table directory entry.  0 if not found.           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( TT_Table  )
+  tt_face_lookup_table( TT_Face   face,
+                        FT_ULong  tag  )
+  {
+    TT_Table  entry;
+    TT_Table  limit;
+#ifdef FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE
+    FT_Bool   zero_length = FALSE;
+#endif
+
+
+    FT_TRACE4(( "tt_face_lookup_table: %08p, `%c%c%c%c' -- ",
+                face,
+                (FT_Char)( tag >> 24 ),
+                (FT_Char)( tag >> 16 ),
+                (FT_Char)( tag >> 8  ),
+                (FT_Char)( tag       ) ));
+
+    entry = face->dir_tables;
+    limit = entry + face->num_tables;
+
+    for ( ; entry < limit; entry++ )
+    {
+      /* For compatibility with Windows, we consider    */
+      /* zero-length tables the same as missing tables. */
+      if ( entry->Tag == tag ) {
+        if ( entry->Length != 0 )
+        {
+          FT_TRACE4(( "found table.\n" ));
+          return entry;
+        }
+#ifdef FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE
+        zero_length = TRUE;
+#endif
+      }
+    }
+
+#ifdef FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE
+    if ( zero_length )
+      FT_TRACE4(( "ignoring empty table!\n" ));
+    else
+      FT_TRACE4(( "could not find table!\n" ));
+#endif
+
+    return NULL;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    tt_face_goto_table                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Looks for a TrueType table by name, then seek a stream to it.      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face   :: A face object handle.                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    tag    :: The searched tag.                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    stream :: The stream to seek when the table is found.              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    length :: The length of the table if found, undefined otherwise.   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_goto_table( TT_Face    face,
+                      FT_ULong   tag,
+                      FT_Stream  stream,
+                      FT_ULong*  length )
+  {
+    TT_Table  table;
+    FT_Error  error;
+
+
+    table = tt_face_lookup_table( face, tag );
+    if ( table )
+    {
+      if ( length )
+        *length = table->Length;
+
+      if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( table->Offset ) )
+        goto Exit;
+    }
+    else
+      error = SFNT_Err_Table_Missing;
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* Here, we                                                         */
+  /*                                                                  */
+  /* - check that `num_tables' is valid (and adjust it if necessary)  */
+  /*                                                                  */
+  /* - look for a `head' table, check its size, and parse it to check */
+  /*   whether its `magic' field is correctly set                     */
+  /*                                                                  */
+  /* - errors (except errors returned by stream handling)             */
+  /*                                                                  */
+  /*     SFNT_Err_Unknown_File_Format:                                */
+  /*       no table is defined in directory, it is not sfnt-wrapped   */
+  /*       data                                                       */
+  /*     SFNT_Err_Table_Missing:                                      */
+  /*       table directory is valid, but essential tables             */
+  /*       (head/bhed/SING) are missing                               */
+  /*                                                                  */
+  static FT_Error
+  check_table_dir( SFNT_Header  sfnt,
+                   FT_Stream    stream )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error;
+    FT_UInt   nn, valid_entries = 0;
+    FT_UInt   has_head = 0, has_sing = 0, has_meta = 0;
+    FT_ULong  offset = sfnt->offset + 12;
+
+    static const FT_Frame_Field  table_dir_entry_fields[] =
+    {
+#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
+#define FT_STRUCTURE  TT_TableRec
+
+      FT_FRAME_START( 16 ),
+        FT_FRAME_ULONG( Tag ),
+        FT_FRAME_ULONG( CheckSum ),
+        FT_FRAME_ULONG( Offset ),
+        FT_FRAME_ULONG( Length ),
+      FT_FRAME_END
+    };
+
+
+    if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( offset ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    for ( nn = 0; nn < sfnt->num_tables; nn++ )
+    {
+      TT_TableRec  table;
+
+
+      if ( FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( table_dir_entry_fields, &table ) )
+      {
+        nn--;
+        FT_TRACE2(( "check_table_dir:"
+                    " can read only %d table%s in font (instead of %d)\n",
+                    nn, nn == 1 ? "" : "s", sfnt->num_tables ));
+        sfnt->num_tables = nn;
+        break;
+      }
+
+      /* we ignore invalid tables */
+      if ( table.Offset + table.Length > stream->size )
+      {
+        FT_TRACE2(( "check_table_dir: table entry %d invalid\n", nn ));
+        continue;
+      }
+      else
+        valid_entries++;
+
+      if ( table.Tag == TTAG_head || table.Tag == TTAG_bhed )
+      {
+        FT_UInt32  magic;
+
+
+#ifndef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS
+        if ( table.Tag == TTAG_head )
+#endif
+          has_head = 1;
+
+        /*
+         * The table length should be 0x36, but certain font tools make it
+         * 0x38, so we will just check that it is greater.
+         *
+         * Note that according to the specification, the table must be
+         * padded to 32-bit lengths, but this doesn't apply to the value of
+         * its `Length' field!
+         *
+         */
+        if ( table.Length < 0x36 )
+        {
+          FT_TRACE2(( "check_table_dir: `head' table too small\n" ));
+          error = SFNT_Err_Table_Missing;
+          goto Exit;
+        }
+
+        if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( table.Offset + 12 ) ||
+             FT_READ_ULONG( magic )              )
+          goto Exit;
+
+        if ( magic != 0x5F0F3CF5UL )
+        {
+          FT_TRACE2(( "check_table_dir:"
+                      " no magic number found in `head' table\n"));
+          error = SFNT_Err_Table_Missing;
+          goto Exit;
+        }
+
+        if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( offset + ( nn + 1 ) * 16 ) )
+          goto Exit;
+      }
+      else if ( table.Tag == TTAG_SING )
+        has_sing = 1;
+      else if ( table.Tag == TTAG_META )
+        has_meta = 1;
+    }
+
+    sfnt->num_tables = valid_entries;
+
+    if ( sfnt->num_tables == 0 )
+    {
+      FT_TRACE2(( "check_table_dir: no tables found\n" ));
+      error = SFNT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* if `sing' and `meta' tables are present, there is no `head' table */
+    if ( has_head || ( has_sing && has_meta ) )
+    {
+      error = SFNT_Err_Ok;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      FT_TRACE2(( "check_table_dir:" ));
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS
+      FT_TRACE2(( " neither `head', `bhed', nor `sing' table found\n" ));
+#else
+      FT_TRACE2(( " neither `head' nor `sing' table found\n" ));
+#endif
+      error = SFNT_Err_Table_Missing;
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    tt_face_load_font_dir                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Loads the header of a SFNT font file.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face       :: A handle to the target face object.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    stream     :: The input stream.                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    sfnt       :: The SFNT header.                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    The stream cursor must be at the beginning of the font directory.  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_load_font_dir( TT_Face    face,
+                         FT_Stream  stream )
+  {
+    SFNT_HeaderRec  sfnt;
+    FT_Error        error;
+    FT_Memory       memory = stream->memory;
+    TT_TableRec*    entry;
+    FT_Int          nn;
+
+    static const FT_Frame_Field  offset_table_fields[] =
+    {
+#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
+#define FT_STRUCTURE  SFNT_HeaderRec
+
+      FT_FRAME_START( 8 ),
+        FT_FRAME_USHORT( num_tables ),
+        FT_FRAME_USHORT( search_range ),
+        FT_FRAME_USHORT( entry_selector ),
+        FT_FRAME_USHORT( range_shift ),
+      FT_FRAME_END
+    };
+
+
+    FT_TRACE2(( "tt_face_load_font_dir: %08p\n", face ));
+
+    /* read the offset table */
+
+    sfnt.offset = FT_STREAM_POS();
+
+    if ( FT_READ_ULONG( sfnt.format_tag )                    ||
+         FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( offset_table_fields, &sfnt ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* many fonts don't have these fields set correctly */
+#if 0
+    if ( sfnt.search_range != 1 << ( sfnt.entry_selector + 4 )        ||
+         sfnt.search_range + sfnt.range_shift != sfnt.num_tables << 4 )
+      return SFNT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
+#endif
+
+    /* load the table directory */
+
+    FT_TRACE2(( "-- Number of tables: %10u\n",    sfnt.num_tables ));
+    FT_TRACE2(( "-- Format version:   0x%08lx\n", sfnt.format_tag ));
+
+    /* check first */
+    error = check_table_dir( &sfnt, stream );
+    if ( error )
+    {
+      FT_TRACE2(( "tt_face_load_font_dir: invalid table directory for TrueType!\n" ));
+
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    face->num_tables = sfnt.num_tables;
+    face->format_tag = sfnt.format_tag;
+
+    if ( FT_QNEW_ARRAY( face->dir_tables, face->num_tables ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( sfnt.offset + 12 )       ||
+         FT_FRAME_ENTER( face->num_tables * 16L ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    entry = face->dir_tables;
+
+    for ( nn = 0; nn < sfnt.num_tables; nn++ )
+    {
+      entry->Tag      = FT_GET_TAG4();
+      entry->CheckSum = FT_GET_ULONG();
+      entry->Offset   = FT_GET_LONG();
+      entry->Length   = FT_GET_LONG();
+
+      /* ignore invalid tables */
+      if ( entry->Offset + entry->Length > stream->size )
+        continue;
+      else
+      {
+        FT_TRACE2(( "  %c%c%c%c  -  %08lx  -  %08lx\n",
+                    (FT_Char)( entry->Tag >> 24 ),
+                    (FT_Char)( entry->Tag >> 16 ),
+                    (FT_Char)( entry->Tag >> 8  ),
+                    (FT_Char)( entry->Tag       ),
+                    entry->Offset,
+                    entry->Length ));
+        entry++;
+      }
+    }
+
+    FT_FRAME_EXIT();
+
+    FT_TRACE2(( "table directory loaded\n\n" ));
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    tt_face_load_any                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Loads any font table into client memory.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face   :: The face object to look for.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    tag    :: The tag of table to load.  Use the value 0 if you want   */
+  /*              to access the whole font file, else set this parameter   */
+  /*              to a valid TrueType table tag that you can forge with    */
+  /*              the MAKE_TT_TAG macro.                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    offset :: The starting offset in the table (or the file if         */
+  /*              tag == 0).                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    length :: The address of the decision variable:                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                If length == NULL:                                     */
+  /*                  Loads the whole table.  Returns an error if          */
+  /*                  `offset' == 0!                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                If *length == 0:                                       */
+  /*                  Exits immediately; returning the length of the given */
+  /*                  table or of the font file, depending on the value of */
+  /*                  `tag'.                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                If *length != 0:                                       */
+  /*                  Loads the next `length' bytes of table or font,      */
+  /*                  starting at offset `offset' (in table or font too).  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    buffer :: The address of target buffer.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_load_any( TT_Face    face,
+                    FT_ULong   tag,
+                    FT_Long    offset,
+                    FT_Byte*   buffer,
+                    FT_ULong*  length )
+  {
+    FT_Error   error;
+    FT_Stream  stream;
+    TT_Table   table;
+    FT_ULong   size;
+
+
+    if ( tag != 0 )
+    {
+      /* look for tag in font directory */
+      table = tt_face_lookup_table( face, tag );
+      if ( !table )
+      {
+        error = SFNT_Err_Table_Missing;
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+
+      offset += table->Offset;
+      size    = table->Length;
+    }
+    else
+      /* tag == 0 -- the user wants to access the font file directly */
+      size = face->root.stream->size;
+
+    if ( length && *length == 0 )
+    {
+      *length = size;
+
+      return SFNT_Err_Ok;
+    }
+
+    if ( length )
+      size = *length;
+
+    stream = face->root.stream;
+    /* the `if' is syntactic sugar for picky compilers */
+    if ( FT_STREAM_READ_AT( offset, buffer, size ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    tt_face_load_generic_header                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Loads the TrueType table `head' or `bhed'.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face   :: A handle to the target face object.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    stream :: The input stream.                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static FT_Error
+  tt_face_load_generic_header( TT_Face    face,
+                               FT_Stream  stream,
+                               FT_ULong   tag )
+  {
+    FT_Error    error;
+    TT_Header*  header;
+
+    static const FT_Frame_Field  header_fields[] =
+    {
+#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
+#define FT_STRUCTURE  TT_Header
+
+      FT_FRAME_START( 54 ),
+        FT_FRAME_ULONG ( Table_Version ),
+        FT_FRAME_ULONG ( Font_Revision ),
+        FT_FRAME_LONG  ( CheckSum_Adjust ),
+        FT_FRAME_LONG  ( Magic_Number ),
+        FT_FRAME_USHORT( Flags ),
+        FT_FRAME_USHORT( Units_Per_EM ),
+        FT_FRAME_LONG  ( Created[0] ),
+        FT_FRAME_LONG  ( Created[1] ),
+        FT_FRAME_LONG  ( Modified[0] ),
+        FT_FRAME_LONG  ( Modified[1] ),
+        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( xMin ),
+        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( yMin ),
+        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( xMax ),
+        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( yMax ),
+        FT_FRAME_USHORT( Mac_Style ),
+        FT_FRAME_USHORT( Lowest_Rec_PPEM ),
+        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( Font_Direction ),
+        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( Index_To_Loc_Format ),
+        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( Glyph_Data_Format ),
+      FT_FRAME_END
+    };
+
+
+    error = face->goto_table( face, tag, stream, 0 );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    header = &face->header;
+
+    if ( FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( header_fields, header ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    FT_TRACE3(( "Units per EM: %4u\n", header->Units_Per_EM ));
+    FT_TRACE3(( "IndexToLoc:   %4d\n", header->Index_To_Loc_Format ));
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_load_head( TT_Face    face,
+                     FT_Stream  stream )
+  {
+    return tt_face_load_generic_header( face, stream, TTAG_head );
+  }
+
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_load_bhed( TT_Face    face,
+                     FT_Stream  stream )
+  {
+    return tt_face_load_generic_header( face, stream, TTAG_bhed );
+  }
+
+#endif /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    tt_face_load_max_profile                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Loads the maximum profile into a face object.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face   :: A handle to the target face object.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    stream :: The input stream.                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_load_maxp( TT_Face    face,
+                     FT_Stream  stream )
+  {
+    FT_Error        error;
+    TT_MaxProfile*  maxProfile = &face->max_profile;
+
+    const FT_Frame_Field  maxp_fields[] =
+    {
+#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
+#define FT_STRUCTURE  TT_MaxProfile
+
+      FT_FRAME_START( 6 ),
+        FT_FRAME_LONG  ( version ),
+        FT_FRAME_USHORT( numGlyphs ),
+      FT_FRAME_END
+    };
+
+    const FT_Frame_Field  maxp_fields_extra[] =
+    {
+      FT_FRAME_START( 26 ),
+        FT_FRAME_USHORT( maxPoints ),
+        FT_FRAME_USHORT( maxContours ),
+        FT_FRAME_USHORT( maxCompositePoints ),
+        FT_FRAME_USHORT( maxCompositeContours ),
+        FT_FRAME_USHORT( maxZones ),
+        FT_FRAME_USHORT( maxTwilightPoints ),
+        FT_FRAME_USHORT( maxStorage ),
+        FT_FRAME_USHORT( maxFunctionDefs ),
+        FT_FRAME_USHORT( maxInstructionDefs ),
+        FT_FRAME_USHORT( maxStackElements ),
+        FT_FRAME_USHORT( maxSizeOfInstructions ),
+        FT_FRAME_USHORT( maxComponentElements ),
+        FT_FRAME_USHORT( maxComponentDepth ),
+      FT_FRAME_END
+    };
+
+
+    error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_maxp, stream, 0 );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    if ( FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( maxp_fields, maxProfile ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    maxProfile->maxPoints             = 0;
+    maxProfile->maxContours           = 0;
+    maxProfile->maxCompositePoints    = 0;
+    maxProfile->maxCompositeContours  = 0;
+    maxProfile->maxZones              = 0;
+    maxProfile->maxTwilightPoints     = 0;
+    maxProfile->maxStorage            = 0;
+    maxProfile->maxFunctionDefs       = 0;
+    maxProfile->maxInstructionDefs    = 0;
+    maxProfile->maxStackElements      = 0;
+    maxProfile->maxSizeOfInstructions = 0;
+    maxProfile->maxComponentElements  = 0;
+    maxProfile->maxComponentDepth     = 0;
+
+    if ( maxProfile->version >= 0x10000L )
+    {
+      if ( FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( maxp_fields_extra, maxProfile ) )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      /* XXX: an adjustment that is necessary to load certain */
+      /*      broken fonts like `Keystrokes MT' :-(           */
+      /*                                                      */
+      /*   We allocate 64 function entries by default when    */
+      /*   the maxFunctionDefs field is null.                 */
+
+      if ( maxProfile->maxFunctionDefs == 0 )
+        maxProfile->maxFunctionDefs = 64;
+
+      /* we add 4 phantom points later */
+      if ( maxProfile->maxTwilightPoints > ( 0xFFFFU - 4 ) )
+      {
+        FT_ERROR(( "Too much twilight points in `maxp' table;\n" ));
+        FT_ERROR(( "  some glyphs might be rendered incorrectly.\n" ));
+
+        maxProfile->maxTwilightPoints = 0xFFFFU - 4;
+      }
+    }
+
+    FT_TRACE3(( "numGlyphs: %u\n", maxProfile->numGlyphs ));
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    tt_face_load_names                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Loads the name records.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face   :: A handle to the target face object.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    stream :: The input stream.                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_load_name( TT_Face    face,
+                     FT_Stream  stream )
+  {
+    FT_Error      error;
+    FT_Memory     memory = stream->memory;
+    FT_ULong      table_pos, table_len;
+    FT_ULong      storage_start, storage_limit;
+    FT_UInt       count;
+    TT_NameTable  table;
+
+    static const FT_Frame_Field  name_table_fields[] =
+    {
+#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
+#define FT_STRUCTURE  TT_NameTableRec
+
+      FT_FRAME_START( 6 ),
+        FT_FRAME_USHORT( format ),
+        FT_FRAME_USHORT( numNameRecords ),
+        FT_FRAME_USHORT( storageOffset ),
+      FT_FRAME_END
+    };
+
+    static const FT_Frame_Field  name_record_fields[] =
+    {
+#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
+#define FT_STRUCTURE  TT_NameEntryRec
+
+      /* no FT_FRAME_START */
+        FT_FRAME_USHORT( platformID ),
+        FT_FRAME_USHORT( encodingID ),
+        FT_FRAME_USHORT( languageID ),
+        FT_FRAME_USHORT( nameID ),
+        FT_FRAME_USHORT( stringLength ),
+        FT_FRAME_USHORT( stringOffset ),
+      FT_FRAME_END
+    };
+
+
+    table         = &face->name_table;
+    table->stream = stream;
+
+    error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_name, stream, &table_len );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    table_pos = FT_STREAM_POS();
+
+
+    if ( FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( name_table_fields, table ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* Some popular Asian fonts have an invalid `storageOffset' value   */
+    /* (it should be at least "6 + 12*num_names").  However, the string */
+    /* offsets, computed as "storageOffset + entry->stringOffset", are  */
+    /* valid pointers within the name table...                          */
+    /*                                                                  */
+    /* We thus can't check `storageOffset' right now.                   */
+    /*                                                                  */
+    storage_start = table_pos + 6 + 12*table->numNameRecords;
+    storage_limit = table_pos + table_len;
+
+    if ( storage_start > storage_limit )
+    {
+      FT_ERROR(( "invalid `name' table\n" ));
+      error = SFNT_Err_Name_Table_Missing;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* Allocate the array of name records. */
+    count                 = table->numNameRecords;
+    table->numNameRecords = 0;
+
+    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( table->names, count ) ||
+         FT_FRAME_ENTER( count * 12 )        )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* Load the name records and determine how much storage is needed */
+    /* to hold the strings themselves.                                */
+    {
+      TT_NameEntryRec*  entry = table->names;
+
+
+      for ( ; count > 0; count-- )
+      {
+        if ( FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( name_record_fields, entry ) )
+          continue;
+
+        /* check that the name is not empty */
+        if ( entry->stringLength == 0 )
+          continue;
+
+        /* check that the name string is within the table */
+        entry->stringOffset += table_pos + table->storageOffset;
+        if ( entry->stringOffset                       < storage_start ||
+             entry->stringOffset + entry->stringLength > storage_limit )
+        {
+          /* invalid entry - ignore it */
+          entry->stringOffset = 0;
+          entry->stringLength = 0;
+          continue;
+        }
+
+        entry++;
+      }
+
+      table->numNameRecords = (FT_UInt)( entry - table->names );
+    }
+
+    FT_FRAME_EXIT();
+
+    /* everything went well, update face->num_names */
+    face->num_names = (FT_UShort) table->numNameRecords;
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    tt_face_free_names                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Frees the name records.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face :: A handle to the target face object.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  tt_face_free_name( TT_Face  face )
+  {
+    FT_Memory     memory = face->root.driver->root.memory;
+    TT_NameTable  table  = &face->name_table;
+    TT_NameEntry  entry  = table->names;
+    FT_UInt       count  = table->numNameRecords;
+
+
+    if ( table->names )
+    {
+      for ( ; count > 0; count--, entry++ )
+      {
+        FT_FREE( entry->string );
+        entry->stringLength = 0;
+      }
+
+      /* free strings table */
+      FT_FREE( table->names );
+    }
+
+    table->numNameRecords = 0;
+    table->format         = 0;
+    table->storageOffset  = 0;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    tt_face_load_cmap                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Loads the cmap directory in a face object.  The cmaps themselves   */
+  /*    are loaded on demand in the `ttcmap.c' module.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face   :: A handle to the target face object.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    stream :: A handle to the input stream.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_load_cmap( TT_Face    face,
+                     FT_Stream  stream )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error;
+
+
+    error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_cmap, stream, &face->cmap_size );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    if ( FT_FRAME_EXTRACT( face->cmap_size, face->cmap_table ) )
+      face->cmap_size = 0;
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    tt_face_load_os2                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Loads the OS2 table.                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face   :: A handle to the target face object.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    stream :: A handle to the input stream.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_load_os2( TT_Face    face,
+                    FT_Stream  stream )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error;
+    TT_OS2*   os2;
+
+    const FT_Frame_Field  os2_fields[] =
+    {
+#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
+#define FT_STRUCTURE  TT_OS2
+
+      FT_FRAME_START( 78 ),
+        FT_FRAME_USHORT( version ),
+        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( xAvgCharWidth ),
+        FT_FRAME_USHORT( usWeightClass ),
+        FT_FRAME_USHORT( usWidthClass ),
+        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( fsType ),
+        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( ySubscriptXSize ),
+        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( ySubscriptYSize ),
+        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( ySubscriptXOffset ),
+        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( ySubscriptYOffset ),
+        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( ySuperscriptXSize ),
+        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( ySuperscriptYSize ),
+        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( ySuperscriptXOffset ),
+        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( ySuperscriptYOffset ),
+        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( yStrikeoutSize ),
+        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( yStrikeoutPosition ),
+        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( sFamilyClass ),
+        FT_FRAME_BYTE  ( panose[0] ),
+        FT_FRAME_BYTE  ( panose[1] ),
+        FT_FRAME_BYTE  ( panose[2] ),
+        FT_FRAME_BYTE  ( panose[3] ),
+        FT_FRAME_BYTE  ( panose[4] ),
+        FT_FRAME_BYTE  ( panose[5] ),
+        FT_FRAME_BYTE  ( panose[6] ),
+        FT_FRAME_BYTE  ( panose[7] ),
+        FT_FRAME_BYTE  ( panose[8] ),
+        FT_FRAME_BYTE  ( panose[9] ),
+        FT_FRAME_ULONG ( ulUnicodeRange1 ),
+        FT_FRAME_ULONG ( ulUnicodeRange2 ),
+        FT_FRAME_ULONG ( ulUnicodeRange3 ),
+        FT_FRAME_ULONG ( ulUnicodeRange4 ),
+        FT_FRAME_BYTE  ( achVendID[0] ),
+        FT_FRAME_BYTE  ( achVendID[1] ),
+        FT_FRAME_BYTE  ( achVendID[2] ),
+        FT_FRAME_BYTE  ( achVendID[3] ),
+
+        FT_FRAME_USHORT( fsSelection ),
+        FT_FRAME_USHORT( usFirstCharIndex ),
+        FT_FRAME_USHORT( usLastCharIndex ),
+        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( sTypoAscender ),
+        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( sTypoDescender ),
+        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( sTypoLineGap ),
+        FT_FRAME_USHORT( usWinAscent ),
+        FT_FRAME_USHORT( usWinDescent ),
+      FT_FRAME_END
+    };
+
+    const FT_Frame_Field  os2_fields_extra[] =
+    {
+      FT_FRAME_START( 8 ),
+        FT_FRAME_ULONG( ulCodePageRange1 ),
+        FT_FRAME_ULONG( ulCodePageRange2 ),
+      FT_FRAME_END
+    };
+
+    const FT_Frame_Field  os2_fields_extra2[] =
+    {
+      FT_FRAME_START( 10 ),
+        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( sxHeight ),
+        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( sCapHeight ),
+        FT_FRAME_USHORT( usDefaultChar ),
+        FT_FRAME_USHORT( usBreakChar ),
+        FT_FRAME_USHORT( usMaxContext ),
+      FT_FRAME_END
+    };
+
+
+    /* We now support old Mac fonts where the OS/2 table doesn't  */
+    /* exist.  Simply put, we set the `version' field to 0xFFFF   */
+    /* and test this value each time we need to access the table. */
+    error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_OS2, stream, 0 );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    os2 = &face->os2;
+
+    if ( FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( os2_fields, os2 ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    os2->ulCodePageRange1 = 0;
+    os2->ulCodePageRange2 = 0;
+    os2->sxHeight         = 0;
+    os2->sCapHeight       = 0;
+    os2->usDefaultChar    = 0;
+    os2->usBreakChar      = 0;
+    os2->usMaxContext     = 0;
+
+    if ( os2->version >= 0x0001 )
+    {
+      /* only version 1 tables */
+      if ( FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( os2_fields_extra, os2 ) )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      if ( os2->version >= 0x0002 )
+      {
+        /* only version 2 tables */
+        if ( FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( os2_fields_extra2, os2 ) )
+          goto Exit;
+      }
+    }
+
+    FT_TRACE3(( "sTypoAscender:  %4d\n",   os2->sTypoAscender ));
+    FT_TRACE3(( "sTypoDescender: %4d\n",   os2->sTypoDescender ));
+    FT_TRACE3(( "usWinAscent:    %4u\n",   os2->usWinAscent ));
+    FT_TRACE3(( "usWinDescent:   %4u\n",   os2->usWinDescent ));
+    FT_TRACE3(( "fsSelection:    0x%2x\n", os2->fsSelection ));
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    tt_face_load_postscript                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Loads the Postscript table.                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face   :: A handle to the target face object.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    stream :: A handle to the input stream.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_load_post( TT_Face    face,
+                     FT_Stream  stream )
+  {
+    FT_Error        error;
+    TT_Postscript*  post = &face->postscript;
+
+    static const FT_Frame_Field  post_fields[] =
+    {
+#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
+#define FT_STRUCTURE  TT_Postscript
+
+      FT_FRAME_START( 32 ),
+        FT_FRAME_ULONG( FormatType ),
+        FT_FRAME_ULONG( italicAngle ),
+        FT_FRAME_SHORT( underlinePosition ),
+        FT_FRAME_SHORT( underlineThickness ),
+        FT_FRAME_ULONG( isFixedPitch ),
+        FT_FRAME_ULONG( minMemType42 ),
+        FT_FRAME_ULONG( maxMemType42 ),
+        FT_FRAME_ULONG( minMemType1 ),
+        FT_FRAME_ULONG( maxMemType1 ),
+      FT_FRAME_END
+    };
+
+
+    error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_post, stream, 0 );
+    if ( error )
+      return error;
+
+    if ( FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( post_fields, post ) )
+      return error;
+
+    /* we don't load the glyph names, we do that in another */
+    /* module (ttpost).                                     */
+
+    FT_TRACE3(( "FormatType:   0x%x\n", post->FormatType ));
+    FT_TRACE3(( "isFixedPitch:   %s\n", post->isFixedPitch
+                                        ? "  yes" : "   no" ));
+
+    return SFNT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    tt_face_load_pclt                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Loads the PCL 5 Table.                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face   :: A handle to the target face object.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    stream :: A handle to the input stream.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_load_pclt( TT_Face    face,
+                     FT_Stream  stream )
+  {
+    static const FT_Frame_Field  pclt_fields[] =
+    {
+#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
+#define FT_STRUCTURE  TT_PCLT
+
+      FT_FRAME_START( 54 ),
+        FT_FRAME_ULONG ( Version ),
+        FT_FRAME_ULONG ( FontNumber ),
+        FT_FRAME_USHORT( Pitch ),
+        FT_FRAME_USHORT( xHeight ),
+        FT_FRAME_USHORT( Style ),
+        FT_FRAME_USHORT( TypeFamily ),
+        FT_FRAME_USHORT( CapHeight ),
+        FT_FRAME_BYTES ( TypeFace, 16 ),
+        FT_FRAME_BYTES ( CharacterComplement, 8 ),
+        FT_FRAME_BYTES ( FileName, 6 ),
+        FT_FRAME_CHAR  ( StrokeWeight ),
+        FT_FRAME_CHAR  ( WidthType ),
+        FT_FRAME_BYTE  ( SerifStyle ),
+        FT_FRAME_BYTE  ( Reserved ),
+      FT_FRAME_END
+    };
+
+    FT_Error  error;
+    TT_PCLT*  pclt = &face->pclt;
+
+
+    /* optional table */
+    error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_PCLT, stream, 0 );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    if ( FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( pclt_fields, pclt ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    tt_face_load_gasp                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Loads the `gasp' table into a face object.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face   :: A handle to the target face object.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    stream :: The input stream.                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_load_gasp( TT_Face    face,
+                     FT_Stream  stream )
+  {
+    FT_Error   error;
+    FT_Memory  memory = stream->memory;
+
+    FT_UInt        j,num_ranges;
+    TT_GaspRange   gaspranges;
+
+
+    /* the gasp table is optional */
+    error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_gasp, stream, 0 );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    if ( FT_FRAME_ENTER( 4L ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    face->gasp.version   = FT_GET_USHORT();
+    face->gasp.numRanges = FT_GET_USHORT();
+
+    FT_FRAME_EXIT();
+
+    /* only support versions 0 and 1 of the table */
+    if ( face->gasp.version >= 2 )
+    {
+      face->gasp.numRanges = 0;
+      error = SFNT_Err_Invalid_Table;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    num_ranges = face->gasp.numRanges;
+    FT_TRACE3(( "numRanges: %u\n", num_ranges ));
+
+    if ( FT_QNEW_ARRAY( gaspranges, num_ranges ) ||
+         FT_FRAME_ENTER( num_ranges * 4L )      )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    face->gasp.gaspRanges = gaspranges;
+
+    for ( j = 0; j < num_ranges; j++ )
+    {
+      gaspranges[j].maxPPEM  = FT_GET_USHORT();
+      gaspranges[j].gaspFlag = FT_GET_USHORT();
+
+      FT_TRACE3(( "gaspRange %d: rangeMaxPPEM %5d, rangeGaspBehavior 0x%x\n",
+                  j,
+                  gaspranges[j].maxPPEM,
+                  gaspranges[j].gaspFlag ));
+    }
+
+    FT_FRAME_EXIT();
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttload.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttload.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..49a1aee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttload.h
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ttload.h                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Load the basic TrueType tables, i.e., tables that can be either in   */
+/*    TTF or OTF fonts (specification).                                    */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2005, 2006 by                               */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __TTLOAD_H__
+#define __TTLOAD_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_TRUETYPE_TYPES_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( TT_Table  )
+  tt_face_lookup_table( TT_Face   face,
+                        FT_ULong  tag );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_goto_table( TT_Face    face,
+                      FT_ULong   tag,
+                      FT_Stream  stream,
+                      FT_ULong*  length );
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_load_font_dir( TT_Face    face,
+                         FT_Stream  stream );
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_load_any( TT_Face    face,
+                    FT_ULong   tag,
+                    FT_Long    offset,
+                    FT_Byte*   buffer,
+                    FT_ULong*  length );
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_load_head( TT_Face    face,
+                     FT_Stream  stream );
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_load_cmap( TT_Face    face,
+                     FT_Stream  stream );
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_load_maxp( TT_Face    face,
+                     FT_Stream  stream );
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_load_name( TT_Face    face,
+                     FT_Stream  stream );
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_load_os2( TT_Face    face,
+                    FT_Stream  stream );
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_load_post( TT_Face    face,
+                     FT_Stream  stream );
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_load_pclt( TT_Face    face,
+                     FT_Stream  stream );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  tt_face_free_name( TT_Face  face );
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_load_gasp( TT_Face    face,
+                     FT_Stream  stream );
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_load_bhed( TT_Face    face,
+                     FT_Stream  stream );
+
+#endif /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __TTLOAD_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttmtx.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttmtx.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2a7d22c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttmtx.c
@@ -0,0 +1,466 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ttmtx.c                                                                */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Load the metrics tables common to TTF and OTF fonts (body).          */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2006, 2007, 2008 by                                          */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
+#include FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H
+#include "ttmtx.h"
+
+#include "sferrors.h"
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_ttmtx
+
+
+  /*
+   *  Unfortunately, we can't enable our memory optimizations if
+   *  FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS is defined.  This is because at least
+   *  one rogue client (libXfont in the X.Org XServer) is directly accessing
+   *  the metrics.
+   */
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    tt_face_load_hmtx                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Load the `hmtx' or `vmtx' table into a face object.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face     :: A handle to the target face object.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    stream   :: The input stream.                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    vertical :: A boolean flag.  If set, load `vmtx'.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#ifndef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_load_hmtx( TT_Face    face,
+                     FT_Stream  stream,
+                     FT_Bool    vertical )
+  {
+    FT_Error   error;
+    FT_ULong   tag, table_size;
+    FT_ULong*  ptable_offset;
+    FT_ULong*  ptable_size;
+
+
+    if ( vertical )
+    {
+      tag           = TTAG_vmtx;
+      ptable_offset = &face->vert_metrics_offset;
+      ptable_size   = &face->vert_metrics_size;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      tag           = TTAG_hmtx;
+      ptable_offset = &face->horz_metrics_offset;
+      ptable_size   = &face->horz_metrics_size;
+    }
+
+    error = face->goto_table( face, tag, stream, &table_size );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Fail;
+
+    *ptable_size   = table_size;
+    *ptable_offset = FT_STREAM_POS();
+
+  Fail:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+#else /* !FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_load_hmtx( TT_Face    face,
+                     FT_Stream  stream,
+                     FT_Bool    vertical )
+  {
+    FT_Error   error;
+    FT_Memory  memory = stream->memory;
+
+    FT_ULong   table_len;
+    FT_Long    num_shorts, num_longs, num_shorts_checked;
+
+    TT_LongMetrics*    longs;
+    TT_ShortMetrics**  shorts;
+    FT_Byte*           p;
+
+
+    if ( vertical )
+    {
+      void*   lm = &face->vertical.long_metrics;
+      void**  sm = &face->vertical.short_metrics;
+
+
+      error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_vmtx, stream, &table_len );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Fail;
+
+      num_longs = face->vertical.number_Of_VMetrics;
+      if ( (FT_ULong)num_longs > table_len / 4 )
+        num_longs = (FT_Long)( table_len / 4 );
+
+      face->vertical.number_Of_VMetrics = 0;
+
+      longs  = (TT_LongMetrics*)lm;
+      shorts = (TT_ShortMetrics**)sm;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      void*   lm = &face->horizontal.long_metrics;
+      void**  sm = &face->horizontal.short_metrics;
+
+
+      error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_hmtx, stream, &table_len );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Fail;
+
+      num_longs = face->horizontal.number_Of_HMetrics;
+      if ( (FT_ULong)num_longs > table_len / 4 )
+        num_longs = (FT_Long)( table_len / 4 );
+
+      face->horizontal.number_Of_HMetrics = 0;
+
+      longs  = (TT_LongMetrics*)lm;
+      shorts = (TT_ShortMetrics**)sm;
+    }
+
+    /* never trust derived values */
+
+    num_shorts         = face->max_profile.numGlyphs - num_longs;
+    num_shorts_checked = ( table_len - num_longs * 4L ) / 2;
+
+    if ( num_shorts < 0 )
+    {
+      FT_ERROR(( "%cmtx has more metrics than glyphs.\n" ));
+
+      /* Adobe simply ignores this problem.  So we shall do the same. */
+#if 0
+      error = vertical ? SFNT_Err_Invalid_Vert_Metrics
+                       : SFNT_Err_Invalid_Horiz_Metrics;
+      goto Exit;
+#else
+      num_shorts = 0;
+#endif
+    }
+
+    if ( FT_QNEW_ARRAY( *longs,  num_longs  ) ||
+         FT_QNEW_ARRAY( *shorts, num_shorts ) )
+      goto Fail;
+
+    if ( FT_FRAME_ENTER( table_len ) )
+      goto Fail;
+
+    p = stream->cursor;
+
+    {
+      TT_LongMetrics  cur   = *longs;
+      TT_LongMetrics  limit = cur + num_longs;
+
+
+      for ( ; cur < limit; cur++ )
+      {
+        cur->advance = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+        cur->bearing = FT_NEXT_SHORT( p );
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* do we have an inconsistent number of metric values? */
+    {
+      TT_ShortMetrics*  cur   = *shorts;
+      TT_ShortMetrics*  limit = cur +
+                                FT_MIN( num_shorts, num_shorts_checked );
+
+
+      for ( ; cur < limit; cur++ )
+        *cur = FT_NEXT_SHORT( p );
+
+      /* We fill up the missing left side bearings with the     */
+      /* last valid value.  Since this will occur for buggy CJK */
+      /* fonts usually only, nothing serious will happen.       */
+      if ( num_shorts > num_shorts_checked && num_shorts_checked > 0 )
+      {
+        FT_Short  val = (*shorts)[num_shorts_checked - 1];
+
+
+        limit = *shorts + num_shorts;
+        for ( ; cur < limit; cur++ )
+          *cur = val;
+      }
+    }
+
+    FT_FRAME_EXIT();
+
+    if ( vertical )
+      face->vertical.number_Of_VMetrics = (FT_UShort)num_longs;
+    else
+      face->horizontal.number_Of_HMetrics = (FT_UShort)num_longs;
+
+  Fail:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+#endif /* !FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    tt_face_load_hhea                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Load the `hhea' or 'vhea' table into a face object.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face     :: A handle to the target face object.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    stream   :: The input stream.                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    vertical :: A boolean flag.  If set, load `vhea'.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_load_hhea( TT_Face    face,
+                     FT_Stream  stream,
+                     FT_Bool    vertical )
+  {
+    FT_Error        error;
+    TT_HoriHeader*  header;
+
+    const FT_Frame_Field  metrics_header_fields[] =
+    {
+#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
+#define FT_STRUCTURE  TT_HoriHeader
+
+      FT_FRAME_START( 36 ),
+        FT_FRAME_ULONG ( Version ),
+        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( Ascender ),
+        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( Descender ),
+        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( Line_Gap ),
+        FT_FRAME_USHORT( advance_Width_Max ),
+        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( min_Left_Side_Bearing ),
+        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( min_Right_Side_Bearing ),
+        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( xMax_Extent ),
+        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( caret_Slope_Rise ),
+        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( caret_Slope_Run ),
+        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( caret_Offset ),
+        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( Reserved[0] ),
+        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( Reserved[1] ),
+        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( Reserved[2] ),
+        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( Reserved[3] ),
+        FT_FRAME_SHORT ( metric_Data_Format ),
+        FT_FRAME_USHORT( number_Of_HMetrics ),
+      FT_FRAME_END
+    };
+
+
+    if ( vertical )
+    {
+      void  *v = &face->vertical;
+
+
+      error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_vhea, stream, 0 );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Fail;
+
+      header = (TT_HoriHeader*)v;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_hhea, stream, 0 );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Fail;
+
+      header = &face->horizontal;
+    }
+
+    if ( FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( metrics_header_fields, header ) )
+      goto Fail;
+
+    FT_TRACE3(( "Ascender:          %5d\n", header->Ascender ));
+    FT_TRACE3(( "Descender:         %5d\n", header->Descender ));
+    FT_TRACE3(( "number_Of_Metrics: %5u\n", header->number_Of_HMetrics ));
+
+    header->long_metrics  = NULL;
+    header->short_metrics = NULL;
+
+  Fail:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    tt_face_get_metrics                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Returns the horizontal or vertical metrics in font units for a     */
+  /*    given glyph.  The metrics are the left side bearing (resp. top     */
+  /*    side bearing) and advance width (resp. advance height).            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    header  :: A pointer to either the horizontal or vertical metrics  */
+  /*               structure.                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    idx     :: The glyph index.                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    bearing :: The bearing, either left side or top side.              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    advance :: The advance width resp. advance height.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#ifndef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_get_metrics( TT_Face     face,
+                       FT_Bool     vertical,
+                       FT_UInt     gindex,
+                       FT_Short   *abearing,
+                       FT_UShort  *aadvance )
+  {
+    FT_Error        error;
+    FT_Stream       stream = face->root.stream;
+    TT_HoriHeader*  header;
+    FT_ULong        table_pos, table_size, table_end;
+    FT_UShort       k;
+
+
+    if ( vertical )
+    {
+      void*  v = &face->vertical;
+
+
+      header     = (TT_HoriHeader*)v;
+      table_pos  = face->vert_metrics_offset;
+      table_size = face->vert_metrics_size;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      header     = &face->horizontal;
+      table_pos  = face->horz_metrics_offset;
+      table_size = face->horz_metrics_size;
+    }
+
+    table_end = table_pos + table_size;
+
+    k = header->number_Of_HMetrics;
+
+    if ( k > 0 )
+    {
+      if ( gindex < (FT_UInt)k )
+      {
+        table_pos += 4 * gindex;
+        if ( table_pos + 4 > table_end )
+          goto NoData;
+
+        if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( table_pos ) ||
+             FT_READ_USHORT( *aadvance ) ||
+             FT_READ_SHORT( *abearing )  )
+          goto NoData;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        table_pos += 4 * ( k - 1 );
+        if ( table_pos + 4 > table_end )
+          goto NoData;
+
+        if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( table_pos ) ||
+             FT_READ_USHORT( *aadvance ) )
+          goto NoData;
+
+        table_pos += 4 + 2 * ( gindex - k );
+        if ( table_pos + 2 > table_end )
+          *abearing = 0;
+        else
+        {
+          if ( !FT_STREAM_SEEK( table_pos ) )
+            (void)FT_READ_SHORT( *abearing );
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+    NoData:
+      *abearing = 0;
+      *aadvance = 0;
+    }
+
+    return SFNT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+#else /* !FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_get_metrics( TT_Face     face,
+                       FT_Bool     vertical,
+                       FT_UInt     gindex,
+                       FT_Short*   abearing,
+                       FT_UShort*  aadvance )
+  {
+    void*           v = &face->vertical;
+    void*           h = &face->horizontal;
+    TT_HoriHeader*  header = vertical ? (TT_HoriHeader*)v
+                                      : (TT_HoriHeader*)h;
+    TT_LongMetrics  longs_m;
+    FT_UShort       k = header->number_Of_HMetrics;
+
+
+    if ( k == 0                                         ||
+         !header->long_metrics                          ||
+         gindex >= (FT_UInt)face->max_profile.numGlyphs )
+    {
+      *abearing = *aadvance = 0;
+      return SFNT_Err_Ok;
+    }
+
+    if ( gindex < (FT_UInt)k )
+    {
+      longs_m   = (TT_LongMetrics)header->long_metrics + gindex;
+      *abearing = longs_m->bearing;
+      *aadvance = longs_m->advance;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      *abearing = ((TT_ShortMetrics*)header->short_metrics)[gindex - k];
+      *aadvance = ((TT_LongMetrics)header->long_metrics)[k - 1].advance;
+    }
+
+    return SFNT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+#endif /* !FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttmtx.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttmtx.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b91a11
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttmtx.h
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ttmtx.h                                                                */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Load the metrics tables common to TTF and OTF fonts (specification). */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2006 by                                                      */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __TTMTX_H__
+#define __TTMTX_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_TRUETYPE_TYPES_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_load_hhea( TT_Face    face,
+                     FT_Stream  stream,
+                     FT_Bool    vertical );
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_load_hmtx( TT_Face    face,
+                     FT_Stream  stream,
+                     FT_Bool    vertical );
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_get_metrics( TT_Face     face,
+                       FT_Bool     vertical,
+                       FT_UInt     gindex,
+                       FT_Short*   abearing,
+                       FT_UShort*  aadvance );
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __TTMTX_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttpost.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttpost.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ce628e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttpost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,522 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ttpost.c                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Postcript name table processing for TrueType and OpenType fonts      */
+/*    (body).                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2006, 2007, 2008 by                   */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The post table is not completely loaded by the core engine.  This     */
+  /* file loads the missing PS glyph names and implements an API to access */
+  /* them.                                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
+#include FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H
+#include "ttpost.h"
+#include "ttload.h"
+
+#include "sferrors.h"
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_ttpost
+
+
+  /* If this configuration macro is defined, we rely on the `PSNames' */
+  /* module to grab the glyph names.                                  */
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES
+
+
+#include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_CMAPS_H
+
+#define MAC_NAME( x )  ( (FT_String*)psnames->macintosh_name( x ) )
+
+
+#else /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES */
+
+
+   /* Otherwise, we ignore the `PSNames' module, and provide our own  */
+   /* table of Mac names.  Thus, it is possible to build a version of */
+   /* FreeType without the Type 1 driver & PSNames module.            */
+
+#define MAC_NAME( x )  ( (FT_String*)tt_post_default_names[x] )
+
+  /* the 258 default Mac PS glyph names */
+
+  static const FT_String* const  tt_post_default_names[258] =
+  {
+    /*   0 */
+    ".notdef", ".null", "CR", "space", "exclam",
+    "quotedbl", "numbersign", "dollar", "percent", "ampersand",
+    /*  10 */
+    "quotesingle", "parenleft", "parenright", "asterisk", "plus",
+    "comma", "hyphen", "period", "slash", "zero",
+    /*  20 */
+    "one", "two", "three", "four", "five",
+    "six", "seven", "eight", "nine", "colon",
+    /*  30 */
+    "semicolon", "less", "equal", "greater", "question",
+    "at", "A", "B", "C", "D",
+    /*  40 */
+    "E", "F", "G", "H", "I",
+    "J", "K", "L", "M", "N",
+    /*  50 */
+    "O", "P", "Q", "R", "S",
+    "T", "U", "V", "W", "X",
+    /*  60 */
+    "Y", "Z", "bracketleft", "backslash", "bracketright",
+    "asciicircum", "underscore", "grave", "a", "b",
+    /*  70 */
+    "c", "d", "e", "f", "g",
+    "h", "i", "j", "k", "l",
+    /*  80 */
+    "m", "n", "o", "p", "q",
+    "r", "s", "t", "u", "v",
+    /*  90 */
+    "w", "x", "y", "z", "braceleft",
+    "bar", "braceright", "asciitilde", "Adieresis", "Aring",
+    /* 100 */
+    "Ccedilla", "Eacute", "Ntilde", "Odieresis", "Udieresis",
+    "aacute", "agrave", "acircumflex", "adieresis", "atilde",
+    /* 110 */
+    "aring", "ccedilla", "eacute", "egrave", "ecircumflex",
+    "edieresis", "iacute", "igrave", "icircumflex", "idieresis",
+    /* 120 */
+    "ntilde", "oacute", "ograve", "ocircumflex", "odieresis",
+    "otilde", "uacute", "ugrave", "ucircumflex", "udieresis",
+    /* 130 */
+    "dagger", "degree", "cent", "sterling", "section",
+    "bullet", "paragraph", "germandbls", "registered", "copyright",
+    /* 140 */
+    "trademark", "acute", "dieresis", "notequal", "AE",
+    "Oslash", "infinity", "plusminus", "lessequal", "greaterequal",
+    /* 150 */
+    "yen", "mu", "partialdiff", "summation", "product",
+    "pi", "integral", "ordfeminine", "ordmasculine", "Omega",
+    /* 160 */
+    "ae", "oslash", "questiondown", "exclamdown", "logicalnot",
+    "radical", "florin", "approxequal", "Delta", "guillemotleft",
+    /* 170 */
+    "guillemotright", "ellipsis", "nbspace", "Agrave", "Atilde",
+    "Otilde", "OE", "oe", "endash", "emdash",
+    /* 180 */
+    "quotedblleft", "quotedblright", "quoteleft", "quoteright", "divide",
+    "lozenge", "ydieresis", "Ydieresis", "fraction", "currency",
+    /* 190 */
+    "guilsinglleft", "guilsinglright", "fi", "fl", "daggerdbl",
+    "periodcentered", "quotesinglbase", "quotedblbase", "perthousand", "Acircumflex",
+    /* 200 */
+    "Ecircumflex", "Aacute", "Edieresis", "Egrave", "Iacute",
+    "Icircumflex", "Idieresis", "Igrave", "Oacute", "Ocircumflex",
+    /* 210 */
+    "apple", "Ograve", "Uacute", "Ucircumflex", "Ugrave",
+    "dotlessi", "circumflex", "tilde", "macron", "breve",
+    /* 220 */
+    "dotaccent", "ring", "cedilla", "hungarumlaut", "ogonek",
+    "caron", "Lslash", "lslash", "Scaron", "scaron",
+    /* 230 */
+    "Zcaron", "zcaron", "brokenbar", "Eth", "eth",
+    "Yacute", "yacute", "Thorn", "thorn", "minus",
+    /* 240 */
+    "multiply", "onesuperior", "twosuperior", "threesuperior", "onehalf",
+    "onequarter", "threequarters", "franc", "Gbreve", "gbreve",
+    /* 250 */
+    "Idot", "Scedilla", "scedilla", "Cacute", "cacute",
+    "Ccaron", "ccaron", "dmacron",
+  };
+
+
+#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES */
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  load_format_20( TT_Face    face,
+                  FT_Stream  stream )
+  {
+    FT_Memory   memory = stream->memory;
+    FT_Error    error;
+
+    FT_Int      num_glyphs;
+    FT_UShort   num_names;
+
+    FT_UShort*  glyph_indices = 0;
+    FT_Char**   name_strings  = 0;
+
+
+    if ( FT_READ_USHORT( num_glyphs ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* UNDOCUMENTED!  The number of glyphs in this table can be smaller */
+    /* than the value in the maxp table (cf. cyberbit.ttf).             */
+
+    /* There already exist fonts which have more than 32768 glyph names */
+    /* in this table, so the test for this threshold has been dropped.  */
+
+    if ( num_glyphs > face->max_profile.numGlyphs )
+    {
+      error = SFNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* load the indices */
+    {
+      FT_Int  n;
+
+
+      if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY ( glyph_indices, num_glyphs ) ||
+           FT_FRAME_ENTER( num_glyphs * 2L )          )
+        goto Fail;
+
+      for ( n = 0; n < num_glyphs; n++ )
+        glyph_indices[n] = FT_GET_USHORT();
+
+      FT_FRAME_EXIT();
+    }
+
+    /* compute number of names stored in table */
+    {
+      FT_Int  n;
+
+
+      num_names = 0;
+
+      for ( n = 0; n < num_glyphs; n++ )
+      {
+        FT_Int  idx;
+
+
+        idx = glyph_indices[n];
+        if ( idx >= 258 )
+        {
+          idx -= 257;
+          if ( idx > num_names )
+            num_names = (FT_UShort)idx;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* now load the name strings */
+    {
+      FT_UShort  n;
+
+
+      if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( name_strings, num_names ) )
+        goto Fail;
+
+      for ( n = 0; n < num_names; n++ )
+      {
+        FT_UInt  len;
+
+
+        if ( FT_READ_BYTE  ( len )                    ||
+             FT_NEW_ARRAY( name_strings[n], len + 1 ) ||
+             FT_STREAM_READ  ( name_strings[n], len ) )
+          goto Fail1;
+
+        name_strings[n][len] = '\0';
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* all right, set table fields and exit successfully */
+    {
+      TT_Post_20  table = &face->postscript_names.names.format_20;
+
+
+      table->num_glyphs    = (FT_UShort)num_glyphs;
+      table->num_names     = (FT_UShort)num_names;
+      table->glyph_indices = glyph_indices;
+      table->glyph_names   = name_strings;
+    }
+    return SFNT_Err_Ok;
+
+  Fail1:
+    {
+      FT_UShort  n;
+
+
+      for ( n = 0; n < num_names; n++ )
+        FT_FREE( name_strings[n] );
+    }
+
+  Fail:
+    FT_FREE( name_strings );
+    FT_FREE( glyph_indices );
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  load_format_25( TT_Face    face,
+                  FT_Stream  stream )
+  {
+    FT_Memory  memory = stream->memory;
+    FT_Error   error;
+
+    FT_Int     num_glyphs;
+    FT_Char*   offset_table = 0;
+
+
+    /* UNDOCUMENTED!  This value appears only in the Apple TT specs. */
+    if ( FT_READ_USHORT( num_glyphs ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* check the number of glyphs */
+    if ( num_glyphs > face->max_profile.numGlyphs || num_glyphs > 258 )
+    {
+      error = SFNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( offset_table, num_glyphs )   ||
+         FT_STREAM_READ( offset_table, num_glyphs ) )
+      goto Fail;
+
+    /* now check the offset table */
+    {
+      FT_Int  n;
+
+
+      for ( n = 0; n < num_glyphs; n++ )
+      {
+        FT_Long  idx = (FT_Long)n + offset_table[n];
+
+
+        if ( idx < 0 || idx > num_glyphs )
+        {
+          error = SFNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+          goto Fail;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* OK, set table fields and exit successfully */
+    {
+      TT_Post_25  table = &face->postscript_names.names.format_25;
+
+
+      table->num_glyphs = (FT_UShort)num_glyphs;
+      table->offsets    = offset_table;
+    }
+
+    return SFNT_Err_Ok;
+
+  Fail:
+    FT_FREE( offset_table );
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  load_post_names( TT_Face  face )
+  {
+    FT_Stream  stream;
+    FT_Error   error;
+    FT_Fixed   format;
+
+
+    /* get a stream for the face's resource */
+    stream = face->root.stream;
+
+    /* seek to the beginning of the PS names table */
+    error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_post, stream, 0 );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    format = face->postscript.FormatType;
+
+    /* go to beginning of subtable */
+    if ( FT_STREAM_SKIP( 32 ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* now read postscript table */
+    if ( format == 0x00020000L )
+      error = load_format_20( face, stream );
+    else if ( format == 0x00028000L )
+      error = load_format_25( face, stream );
+    else
+      error = SFNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+
+    face->postscript_names.loaded = 1;
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  tt_face_free_ps_names( TT_Face  face )
+  {
+    FT_Memory      memory = face->root.memory;
+    TT_Post_Names  names  = &face->postscript_names;
+    FT_Fixed       format;
+
+
+    if ( names->loaded )
+    {
+      format = face->postscript.FormatType;
+
+      if ( format == 0x00020000L )
+      {
+        TT_Post_20  table = &names->names.format_20;
+        FT_UShort   n;
+
+
+        FT_FREE( table->glyph_indices );
+        table->num_glyphs = 0;
+
+        for ( n = 0; n < table->num_names; n++ )
+          FT_FREE( table->glyph_names[n] );
+
+        FT_FREE( table->glyph_names );
+        table->num_names = 0;
+      }
+      else if ( format == 0x00028000L )
+      {
+        TT_Post_25  table = &names->names.format_25;
+
+
+        FT_FREE( table->offsets );
+        table->num_glyphs = 0;
+      }
+    }
+    names->loaded = 0;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    tt_face_get_ps_name                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Get the PostScript glyph name of a glyph.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face   :: A handle to the parent face.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    idx    :: The glyph index.                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    PSname :: The address of a string pointer.  Will be NULL in case   */
+  /*              of error, otherwise it is a pointer to the glyph name.   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*              You must not modify the returned string!                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_get_ps_name( TT_Face      face,
+                       FT_UInt      idx,
+                       FT_String**  PSname )
+  {
+    FT_Error       error;
+    TT_Post_Names  names;
+    FT_Fixed       format;
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES
+    FT_Service_PsCMaps  psnames;
+#endif
+
+
+    if ( !face )
+      return SFNT_Err_Invalid_Face_Handle;
+
+    if ( idx >= (FT_UInt)face->max_profile.numGlyphs )
+      return SFNT_Err_Invalid_Glyph_Index;
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES
+    psnames = (FT_Service_PsCMaps)face->psnames;
+    if ( !psnames )
+      return SFNT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
+#endif
+
+    names = &face->postscript_names;
+
+    /* `.notdef' by default */
+    *PSname = MAC_NAME( 0 );
+
+    format = face->postscript.FormatType;
+
+    if ( format == 0x00010000L )
+    {
+      if ( idx < 258 )                    /* paranoid checking */
+        *PSname = MAC_NAME( idx );
+    }
+    else if ( format == 0x00020000L )
+    {
+      TT_Post_20  table = &names->names.format_20;
+
+
+      if ( !names->loaded )
+      {
+        error = load_post_names( face );
+        if ( error )
+          goto End;
+      }
+
+      if ( idx < (FT_UInt)table->num_glyphs )
+      {
+        FT_UShort  name_index = table->glyph_indices[idx];
+
+
+        if ( name_index < 258 )
+          *PSname = MAC_NAME( name_index );
+        else
+          *PSname = (FT_String*)table->glyph_names[name_index - 258];
+      }
+    }
+    else if ( format == 0x00028000L )
+    {
+      TT_Post_25  table = &names->names.format_25;
+
+
+      if ( !names->loaded )
+      {
+        error = load_post_names( face );
+        if ( error )
+          goto End;
+      }
+
+      if ( idx < (FT_UInt)table->num_glyphs )    /* paranoid checking */
+      {
+        idx    += table->offsets[idx];
+        *PSname = MAC_NAME( idx );
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* nothing to do for format == 0x00030000L */
+
+  End:
+    return SFNT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttpost.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttpost.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6f06d75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttpost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ttpost.h                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Postcript name table processing for TrueType and OpenType fonts      */
+/*    (specification).                                                     */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002 by                                           */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __TTPOST_H__
+#define __TTPOST_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_TRUETYPE_TYPES_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_get_ps_name( TT_Face      face,
+                       FT_UInt      idx,
+                       FT_String**  PSname );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  tt_face_free_ps_names( TT_Face  face );
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __TTPOST_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttsbit.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttsbit.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eadaade
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttsbit.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1507 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ttsbit.c                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    TrueType and OpenType embedded bitmap support (body).                */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 by */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
+#include FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H
+
+  /*
+   *  Alas, the memory-optimized sbit loader can't be used when implementing
+   *  the `old internals' hack
+   */
+#ifndef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+
+#include "ttsbit0.c"
+
+#else /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
+#include FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H
+#include "ttsbit.h"
+
+#include "sferrors.h"
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_ttsbit
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    blit_sbit                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Blits a bitmap from an input stream into a given target.  Supports */
+  /*    x and y offsets as well as byte padded lines.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    target      :: The target bitmap/pixmap.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    source      :: The input packed bitmap data.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    line_bits   :: The number of bits per line.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    byte_padded :: A flag which is true if lines are byte-padded.      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    x_offset    :: The horizontal offset.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    y_offset    :: The vertical offset.                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    IMPORTANT: The x and y offsets are relative to the top corner of   */
+  /*               the target bitmap (unlike the normal TrueType           */
+  /*               convention).  A positive y offset indicates a downwards */
+  /*               direction!                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  blit_sbit( FT_Bitmap*  target,
+             FT_Byte*    source,
+             FT_Int      line_bits,
+             FT_Bool     byte_padded,
+             FT_Int      x_offset,
+             FT_Int      y_offset,
+             FT_Int      source_height )
+  {
+    FT_Byte*   line_buff;
+    FT_Int     line_incr;
+    FT_Int     height;
+
+    FT_UShort  acc;
+    FT_UInt    loaded;
+
+
+    /* first of all, compute starting write position */
+    line_incr = target->pitch;
+    line_buff = target->buffer;
+
+    if ( line_incr < 0 )
+      line_buff -= line_incr * ( target->rows - 1 );
+
+    line_buff += ( x_offset >> 3 ) + y_offset * line_incr;
+
+    /***********************************************************************/
+    /*                                                                     */
+    /* We use the extra-classic `accumulator' trick to extract the bits    */
+    /* from the source byte stream.                                        */
+    /*                                                                     */
+    /* Namely, the variable `acc' is a 16-bit accumulator containing the   */
+    /* last `loaded' bits from the input stream.  The bits are shifted to  */
+    /* the upmost position in `acc'.                                       */
+    /*                                                                     */
+    /***********************************************************************/
+
+    acc    = 0;  /* clear accumulator   */
+    loaded = 0;  /* no bits were loaded */
+
+    for ( height = source_height; height > 0; height-- )
+    {
+      FT_Byte*  cur   = line_buff;        /* current write cursor          */
+      FT_Int    count = line_bits;        /* # of bits to extract per line */
+      FT_Byte   shift = (FT_Byte)( x_offset & 7 ); /* current write shift  */
+      FT_Byte   space = (FT_Byte)( 8 - shift );
+
+
+      /* first of all, read individual source bytes */
+      if ( count >= 8 )
+      {
+        count -= 8;
+        {
+          do
+          {
+            FT_Byte  val;
+
+
+            /* ensure that there are at least 8 bits in the accumulator */
+            if ( loaded < 8 )
+            {
+              acc    |= (FT_UShort)((FT_UShort)*source++ << ( 8 - loaded ));
+              loaded += 8;
+            }
+
+            /* now write one byte */
+            val = (FT_Byte)( acc >> 8 );
+            if ( shift )
+            {
+              cur[0] |= (FT_Byte)( val >> shift );
+              cur[1] |= (FT_Byte)( val << space );
+            }
+            else
+              cur[0] |= val;
+
+            cur++;
+            acc   <<= 8;  /* remove bits from accumulator */
+            loaded -= 8;
+            count  -= 8;
+
+          } while ( count >= 0 );
+        }
+
+        /* restore `count' to correct value */
+        count += 8;
+      }
+
+      /* now write remaining bits (count < 8) */
+      if ( count > 0 )
+      {
+        FT_Byte  val;
+
+
+        /* ensure that there are at least `count' bits in the accumulator */
+        if ( (FT_Int)loaded < count )
+        {
+          acc    |= (FT_UShort)((FT_UShort)*source++ << ( 8 - loaded ));
+          loaded += 8;
+        }
+
+        /* now write remaining bits */
+        val     = (FT_Byte)( ( (FT_Byte)( acc >> 8 ) ) & ~( 0xFF >> count ) );
+        cur[0] |= (FT_Byte)( val >> shift );
+
+        if ( count > space )
+          cur[1] |= (FT_Byte)( val << space );
+
+        acc   <<= count;
+        loaded -= count;
+      }
+
+      /* now, skip to next line */
+      if ( byte_padded )
+      {
+        acc    = 0;
+        loaded = 0;   /* clear accumulator on byte-padded lines */
+      }
+
+      line_buff += line_incr;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  static const FT_Frame_Field  sbit_metrics_fields[] =
+  {
+#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
+#define FT_STRUCTURE  TT_SBit_MetricsRec
+
+    FT_FRAME_START( 8 ),
+      FT_FRAME_BYTE( height ),
+      FT_FRAME_BYTE( width ),
+
+      FT_FRAME_CHAR( horiBearingX ),
+      FT_FRAME_CHAR( horiBearingY ),
+      FT_FRAME_BYTE( horiAdvance ),
+
+      FT_FRAME_CHAR( vertBearingX ),
+      FT_FRAME_CHAR( vertBearingY ),
+      FT_FRAME_BYTE( vertAdvance ),
+    FT_FRAME_END
+  };
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    Load_SBit_Const_Metrics                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Loads the metrics for `EBLC' index tables format 2 and 5.          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    range  :: The target range.                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    stream :: The input stream.                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static FT_Error
+  Load_SBit_Const_Metrics( TT_SBit_Range  range,
+                           FT_Stream      stream )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error;
+
+
+    if ( FT_READ_ULONG( range->image_size ) )
+      return error;
+
+    return FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( sbit_metrics_fields, &range->metrics );
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    Load_SBit_Range_Codes                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Loads the range codes for `EBLC' index tables format 4 and 5.      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    range        :: The target range.                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    stream       :: The input stream.                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    load_offsets :: A flag whether to load the glyph offset table.     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static FT_Error
+  Load_SBit_Range_Codes( TT_SBit_Range  range,
+                         FT_Stream      stream,
+                         FT_Bool        load_offsets )
+  {
+    FT_Error   error;
+    FT_ULong   count, n, size;
+    FT_Memory  memory = stream->memory;
+
+
+    if ( FT_READ_ULONG( count ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    range->num_glyphs = count;
+
+    /* Allocate glyph offsets table if needed */
+    if ( load_offsets )
+    {
+      if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( range->glyph_offsets, count ) )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      size = count * 4L;
+    }
+    else
+      size = count * 2L;
+
+    /* Allocate glyph codes table and access frame */
+    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY ( range->glyph_codes, count ) ||
+         FT_FRAME_ENTER( size )                     )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    for ( n = 0; n < count; n++ )
+    {
+      range->glyph_codes[n] = FT_GET_USHORT();
+
+      if ( load_offsets )
+        range->glyph_offsets[n] = (FT_ULong)range->image_offset +
+                                  FT_GET_USHORT();
+    }
+
+    FT_FRAME_EXIT();
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    Load_SBit_Range                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Loads a given `EBLC' index/range table.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    range  :: The target range.                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    stream :: The input stream.                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static FT_Error
+  Load_SBit_Range( TT_SBit_Range  range,
+                   FT_Stream      stream )
+  {
+    FT_Error   error;
+    FT_Memory  memory = stream->memory;
+
+
+    switch( range->index_format )
+    {
+    case 1:   /* variable metrics with 4-byte offsets */
+    case 3:   /* variable metrics with 2-byte offsets */
+      {
+        FT_ULong  num_glyphs, n;
+        FT_Int    size_elem;
+        FT_Bool   large = FT_BOOL( range->index_format == 1 );
+
+
+
+        if ( range->last_glyph < range->first_glyph )
+        {
+          error = SFNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+          goto Exit;
+        }
+
+        num_glyphs        = range->last_glyph - range->first_glyph + 1L;
+        range->num_glyphs = num_glyphs;
+        num_glyphs++;                       /* XXX: BEWARE - see spec */
+
+        size_elem = large ? 4 : 2;
+
+        if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( range->glyph_offsets, num_glyphs ) ||
+             FT_FRAME_ENTER( num_glyphs * size_elem )         )
+          goto Exit;
+
+        for ( n = 0; n < num_glyphs; n++ )
+          range->glyph_offsets[n] = (FT_ULong)( range->image_offset +
+                                                ( large ? FT_GET_ULONG()
+                                                        : FT_GET_USHORT() ) );
+        FT_FRAME_EXIT();
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case 2:   /* all glyphs have identical metrics */
+      error = Load_SBit_Const_Metrics( range, stream );
+      break;
+
+    case 4:
+      error = Load_SBit_Range_Codes( range, stream, 1 );
+      break;
+
+    case 5:
+      error = Load_SBit_Const_Metrics( range, stream );
+      if ( !error )
+        error = Load_SBit_Range_Codes( range, stream, 0 );
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      error = SFNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    tt_face_load_eblc                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Loads the table of embedded bitmap sizes for this face.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face   :: The target face object.                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    stream :: The input stream.                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_load_eblc( TT_Face    face,
+                     FT_Stream  stream )
+  {
+    FT_Error   error  = 0;
+    FT_Memory  memory = stream->memory;
+    FT_Fixed   version;
+    FT_ULong   num_strikes;
+    FT_ULong   table_base;
+
+    static const FT_Frame_Field  sbit_line_metrics_fields[] =
+    {
+#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
+#define FT_STRUCTURE  TT_SBit_LineMetricsRec
+
+      /* no FT_FRAME_START */
+        FT_FRAME_CHAR( ascender ),
+        FT_FRAME_CHAR( descender ),
+        FT_FRAME_BYTE( max_width ),
+
+        FT_FRAME_CHAR( caret_slope_numerator ),
+        FT_FRAME_CHAR( caret_slope_denominator ),
+        FT_FRAME_CHAR( caret_offset ),
+
+        FT_FRAME_CHAR( min_origin_SB ),
+        FT_FRAME_CHAR( min_advance_SB ),
+        FT_FRAME_CHAR( max_before_BL ),
+        FT_FRAME_CHAR( min_after_BL ),
+        FT_FRAME_CHAR( pads[0] ),
+        FT_FRAME_CHAR( pads[1] ),
+      FT_FRAME_END
+    };
+
+    static const FT_Frame_Field  strike_start_fields[] =
+    {
+#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
+#define FT_STRUCTURE  TT_SBit_StrikeRec
+
+      /* no FT_FRAME_START */
+        FT_FRAME_ULONG( ranges_offset ),
+        FT_FRAME_SKIP_LONG,
+        FT_FRAME_ULONG( num_ranges ),
+        FT_FRAME_ULONG( color_ref ),
+      FT_FRAME_END
+    };
+
+    static const FT_Frame_Field  strike_end_fields[] =
+    {
+      /* no FT_FRAME_START */
+        FT_FRAME_USHORT( start_glyph ),
+        FT_FRAME_USHORT( end_glyph ),
+        FT_FRAME_BYTE  ( x_ppem ),
+        FT_FRAME_BYTE  ( y_ppem ),
+        FT_FRAME_BYTE  ( bit_depth ),
+        FT_FRAME_CHAR  ( flags ),
+      FT_FRAME_END
+    };
+
+
+    face->num_sbit_strikes = 0;
+
+    /* this table is optional */
+    error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_EBLC, stream, 0 );
+    if ( error )
+      error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_bloc, stream, 0 );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    table_base = FT_STREAM_POS();
+    if ( FT_FRAME_ENTER( 8L ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    version     = FT_GET_LONG();
+    num_strikes = FT_GET_ULONG();
+
+    FT_FRAME_EXIT();
+
+    /* check version number and strike count */
+    if ( version     != 0x00020000L ||
+         num_strikes >= 0x10000L    )
+    {
+      FT_ERROR(( "tt_face_load_sbit_strikes: invalid table version!\n" ));
+      error = SFNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* allocate the strikes table */
+    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( face->sbit_strikes, num_strikes ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    face->num_sbit_strikes = num_strikes;
+
+    /* now read each strike table separately */
+    {
+      TT_SBit_Strike  strike = face->sbit_strikes;
+      FT_ULong        count  = num_strikes;
+
+
+      if ( FT_FRAME_ENTER( 48L * num_strikes ) )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      while ( count > 0 )
+      {
+        if ( FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( strike_start_fields, strike )             ||
+             FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( sbit_line_metrics_fields, &strike->hori ) ||
+             FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( sbit_line_metrics_fields, &strike->vert ) ||
+             FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( strike_end_fields, strike )               )
+          break;
+
+        count--;
+        strike++;
+      }
+
+      FT_FRAME_EXIT();
+    }
+
+    /* allocate the index ranges for each strike table */
+    {
+      TT_SBit_Strike  strike = face->sbit_strikes;
+      FT_ULong        count  = num_strikes;
+
+
+      while ( count > 0 )
+      {
+        TT_SBit_Range  range;
+        FT_ULong       count2 = strike->num_ranges;
+
+
+        /* read each range */
+        if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( table_base + strike->ranges_offset ) ||
+             FT_FRAME_ENTER( strike->num_ranges * 8L )            )
+          goto Exit;
+
+        if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( strike->sbit_ranges, strike->num_ranges ) )
+          goto Exit;
+
+        range = strike->sbit_ranges;
+        while ( count2 > 0 )
+        {
+          range->first_glyph  = FT_GET_USHORT();
+          range->last_glyph   = FT_GET_USHORT();
+          range->table_offset = table_base + strike->ranges_offset +
+                                  FT_GET_ULONG();
+          count2--;
+          range++;
+        }
+
+        FT_FRAME_EXIT();
+
+        /* Now, read each index table */
+        count2 = strike->num_ranges;
+        range  = strike->sbit_ranges;
+        while ( count2 > 0 )
+        {
+          /* Read the header */
+          if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( range->table_offset ) ||
+               FT_FRAME_ENTER( 8L )                  )
+            goto Exit;
+
+          range->index_format = FT_GET_USHORT();
+          range->image_format = FT_GET_USHORT();
+          range->image_offset = FT_GET_ULONG();
+
+          FT_FRAME_EXIT();
+
+          error = Load_SBit_Range( range, stream );
+          if ( error )
+            goto Exit;
+
+          count2--;
+          range++;
+        }
+
+        count--;
+        strike++;
+      }
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    tt_face_free_eblc                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Releases the embedded bitmap tables.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face :: The target face object.                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  tt_face_free_eblc( TT_Face  face )
+  {
+    FT_Memory       memory       = face->root.memory;
+    TT_SBit_Strike  strike       = face->sbit_strikes;
+    TT_SBit_Strike  strike_limit = strike + face->num_sbit_strikes;
+
+
+    if ( strike )
+    {
+      for ( ; strike < strike_limit; strike++ )
+      {
+        TT_SBit_Range  range       = strike->sbit_ranges;
+        TT_SBit_Range  range_limit = range + strike->num_ranges;
+
+
+        if ( range )
+        {
+          for ( ; range < range_limit; range++ )
+          {
+            /* release the glyph offsets and codes tables */
+            /* where appropriate                          */
+            FT_FREE( range->glyph_offsets );
+            FT_FREE( range->glyph_codes );
+          }
+        }
+        FT_FREE( strike->sbit_ranges );
+        strike->num_ranges = 0;
+      }
+      FT_FREE( face->sbit_strikes );
+    }
+    face->num_sbit_strikes = 0;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_set_sbit_strike( TT_Face          face,
+                           FT_Size_Request  req,
+                           FT_ULong*        astrike_index )
+  {
+    return FT_Match_Size( (FT_Face)face, req, 0, astrike_index );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_load_strike_metrics( TT_Face           face,
+                               FT_ULong          strike_index,
+                               FT_Size_Metrics*  metrics )
+  {
+    TT_SBit_Strike  strike;
+
+
+    if ( strike_index >= face->num_sbit_strikes )
+      return SFNT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    strike = face->sbit_strikes + strike_index;
+
+    metrics->x_ppem = strike->x_ppem;
+    metrics->y_ppem = strike->y_ppem;
+
+    metrics->ascender  = strike->hori.ascender << 6;
+    metrics->descender = strike->hori.descender << 6;
+
+    /* XXX: Is this correct? */
+    metrics->max_advance = ( strike->hori.min_origin_SB  +
+                             strike->hori.max_width      +
+                             strike->hori.min_advance_SB ) << 6;
+
+    metrics->height = metrics->ascender - metrics->descender;
+
+    return SFNT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    find_sbit_range                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Scans a given strike's ranges and return, for a given glyph        */
+  /*    index, the corresponding sbit range, and `EBDT' offset.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    glyph_index   :: The glyph index.                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    strike        :: The source/current sbit strike.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    arange        :: The sbit range containing the glyph index.        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    aglyph_offset :: The offset of the glyph data in `EBDT' table.     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means the glyph index was found.           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static FT_Error
+  find_sbit_range( FT_UInt          glyph_index,
+                   TT_SBit_Strike   strike,
+                   TT_SBit_Range   *arange,
+                   FT_ULong        *aglyph_offset )
+  {
+    TT_SBit_RangeRec  *range, *range_limit;
+
+
+    /* check whether the glyph index is within this strike's */
+    /* glyph range                                           */
+    if ( glyph_index < (FT_UInt)strike->start_glyph ||
+         glyph_index > (FT_UInt)strike->end_glyph   )
+      goto Fail;
+
+    /* scan all ranges in strike */
+    range       = strike->sbit_ranges;
+    range_limit = range + strike->num_ranges;
+    if ( !range )
+      goto Fail;
+
+    for ( ; range < range_limit; range++ )
+    {
+      if ( glyph_index >= (FT_UInt)range->first_glyph &&
+           glyph_index <= (FT_UInt)range->last_glyph  )
+      {
+        FT_UShort  delta = (FT_UShort)( glyph_index - range->first_glyph );
+
+
+        switch ( range->index_format )
+        {
+        case 1:
+        case 3:
+          *aglyph_offset = range->glyph_offsets[delta];
+          break;
+
+        case 2:
+          *aglyph_offset = range->image_offset +
+                           range->image_size * delta;
+          break;
+
+        case 4:
+        case 5:
+          {
+            FT_ULong  n;
+
+
+            for ( n = 0; n < range->num_glyphs; n++ )
+            {
+              if ( (FT_UInt)range->glyph_codes[n] == glyph_index )
+              {
+                if ( range->index_format == 4 )
+                  *aglyph_offset = range->glyph_offsets[n];
+                else
+                  *aglyph_offset = range->image_offset +
+                                   n * range->image_size;
+                goto Found;
+              }
+            }
+          }
+
+        /* fall-through */
+        default:
+          goto Fail;
+        }
+
+      Found:
+        /* return successfully! */
+        *arange  = range;
+        return SFNT_Err_Ok;
+      }
+    }
+
+  Fail:
+    *arange        = 0;
+    *aglyph_offset = 0;
+
+    return SFNT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    tt_find_sbit_image                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Checks whether an embedded bitmap (an `sbit') exists for a given   */
+  /*    glyph, at a given strike.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face          :: The target face object.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    glyph_index   :: The glyph index.                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    strike_index  :: The current strike index.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    arange        :: The SBit range containing the glyph index.        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    astrike       :: The SBit strike containing the glyph index.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    aglyph_offset :: The offset of the glyph data in `EBDT' table.     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.  Returns                    */
+  /*    SFNT_Err_Invalid_Argument if no sbit exists for the requested      */
+  /*    glyph.                                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  tt_find_sbit_image( TT_Face          face,
+                      FT_UInt          glyph_index,
+                      FT_ULong         strike_index,
+                      TT_SBit_Range   *arange,
+                      TT_SBit_Strike  *astrike,
+                      FT_ULong        *aglyph_offset )
+  {
+    FT_Error        error;
+    TT_SBit_Strike  strike;
+
+
+    if ( !face->sbit_strikes                        ||
+         ( face->num_sbit_strikes <= strike_index ) )
+      goto Fail;
+
+    strike = &face->sbit_strikes[strike_index];
+
+    error = find_sbit_range( glyph_index, strike,
+                             arange, aglyph_offset );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Fail;
+
+    *astrike = strike;
+
+    return SFNT_Err_Ok;
+
+  Fail:
+    /* no embedded bitmap for this glyph in face */
+    *arange        = 0;
+    *astrike       = 0;
+    *aglyph_offset = 0;
+
+    return SFNT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    tt_load_sbit_metrics                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Gets the big metrics for a given SBit.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    stream      :: The input stream.                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    range       :: The SBit range containing the glyph.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    big_metrics :: A big SBit metrics structure for the glyph.         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Note>                                                                */
+  /*    The stream cursor must be positioned at the glyph's offset within  */
+  /*    the `EBDT' table before the call.                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    If the image format uses variable metrics, the stream cursor is    */
+  /*    positioned just after the metrics header in the `EBDT' table on    */
+  /*    function exit.                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  tt_load_sbit_metrics( FT_Stream        stream,
+                        TT_SBit_Range    range,
+                        TT_SBit_Metrics  metrics )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error = SFNT_Err_Ok;
+
+
+    switch ( range->image_format )
+    {
+    case 1:
+    case 2:
+    case 8:
+      /* variable small metrics */
+      {
+        TT_SBit_SmallMetricsRec  smetrics;
+
+        static const FT_Frame_Field  sbit_small_metrics_fields[] =
+        {
+#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
+#define FT_STRUCTURE  TT_SBit_SmallMetricsRec
+
+          FT_FRAME_START( 5 ),
+            FT_FRAME_BYTE( height ),
+            FT_FRAME_BYTE( width ),
+            FT_FRAME_CHAR( bearingX ),
+            FT_FRAME_CHAR( bearingY ),
+            FT_FRAME_BYTE( advance ),
+          FT_FRAME_END
+        };
+
+
+        /* read small metrics */
+        if ( FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( sbit_small_metrics_fields, &smetrics ) )
+          goto Exit;
+
+        /* convert it to a big metrics */
+        metrics->height       = smetrics.height;
+        metrics->width        = smetrics.width;
+        metrics->horiBearingX = smetrics.bearingX;
+        metrics->horiBearingY = smetrics.bearingY;
+        metrics->horiAdvance  = smetrics.advance;
+
+        /* these metrics are made up at a higher level when */
+        /* needed.                                          */
+        metrics->vertBearingX = 0;
+        metrics->vertBearingY = 0;
+        metrics->vertAdvance  = 0;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case 6:
+    case 7:
+    case 9:
+      /* variable big metrics */
+      if ( FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( sbit_metrics_fields, metrics ) )
+        goto Exit;
+      break;
+
+    case 5:
+    default:  /* constant metrics */
+      if ( range->index_format == 2 || range->index_format == 5 )
+        *metrics = range->metrics;
+      else
+        return SFNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+   }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    crop_bitmap                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Crops a bitmap to its tightest bounding box, and adjusts its       */
+  /*    metrics.                                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    map     :: The bitmap.                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    metrics :: The corresponding metrics structure.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  crop_bitmap( FT_Bitmap*       map,
+               TT_SBit_Metrics  metrics )
+  {
+    /***********************************************************************/
+    /*                                                                     */
+    /* In this situation, some bounding boxes of embedded bitmaps are too  */
+    /* large.  We need to crop it to a reasonable size.                    */
+    /*                                                                     */
+    /*      ---------                                                      */
+    /*      |       |                -----                                 */
+    /*      |  ***  |                |***|                                 */
+    /*      |   *   |                | * |                                 */
+    /*      |   *   |    ------>     | * |                                 */
+    /*      |   *   |                | * |                                 */
+    /*      |   *   |                | * |                                 */
+    /*      |  ***  |                |***|                                 */
+    /*      ---------                -----                                 */
+    /*                                                                     */
+    /***********************************************************************/
+
+    FT_Int    rows, count;
+    FT_Long   line_len;
+    FT_Byte*  line;
+
+
+    /***********************************************************************/
+    /*                                                                     */
+    /* first of all, check the top-most lines of the bitmap, and remove    */
+    /* them if they're empty.                                              */
+    /*                                                                     */
+    {
+      line     = (FT_Byte*)map->buffer;
+      rows     = map->rows;
+      line_len = map->pitch;
+
+
+      for ( count = 0; count < rows; count++ )
+      {
+        FT_Byte*  cur   = line;
+        FT_Byte*  limit = line + line_len;
+
+
+        for ( ; cur < limit; cur++ )
+          if ( cur[0] )
+            goto Found_Top;
+
+        /* the current line was empty - skip to next one */
+        line  = limit;
+      }
+
+    Found_Top:
+      /* check that we have at least one filled line */
+      if ( count >= rows )
+        goto Empty_Bitmap;
+
+      /* now, crop the empty upper lines */
+      if ( count > 0 )
+      {
+        line = (FT_Byte*)map->buffer;
+
+        FT_MEM_MOVE( line, line + count * line_len,
+                     ( rows - count ) * line_len );
+
+        metrics->height       = (FT_Byte)( metrics->height - count );
+        metrics->horiBearingY = (FT_Char)( metrics->horiBearingY - count );
+        metrics->vertBearingY = (FT_Char)( metrics->vertBearingY - count );
+
+        map->rows -= count;
+        rows      -= count;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /***********************************************************************/
+    /*                                                                     */
+    /* second, crop the lower lines                                        */
+    /*                                                                     */
+    {
+      line = (FT_Byte*)map->buffer + ( rows - 1 ) * line_len;
+
+      for ( count = 0; count < rows; count++ )
+      {
+        FT_Byte*  cur   = line;
+        FT_Byte*  limit = line + line_len;
+
+
+        for ( ; cur < limit; cur++ )
+          if ( cur[0] )
+            goto Found_Bottom;
+
+        /* the current line was empty - skip to previous one */
+        line -= line_len;
+      }
+
+    Found_Bottom:
+      if ( count > 0 )
+      {
+        metrics->height  = (FT_Byte)( metrics->height - count );
+        rows            -= count;
+        map->rows       -= count;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /***********************************************************************/
+    /*                                                                     */
+    /* third, get rid of the space on the left side of the glyph           */
+    /*                                                                     */
+    do
+    {
+      FT_Byte*  limit;
+
+
+      line  = (FT_Byte*)map->buffer;
+      limit = line + rows * line_len;
+
+      for ( ; line < limit; line += line_len )
+        if ( line[0] & 0x80 )
+          goto Found_Left;
+
+      /* shift the whole glyph one pixel to the left */
+      line  = (FT_Byte*)map->buffer;
+      limit = line + rows * line_len;
+
+      for ( ; line < limit; line += line_len )
+      {
+        FT_Int    n, width = map->width;
+        FT_Byte   old;
+        FT_Byte*  cur = line;
+
+
+        old = (FT_Byte)(cur[0] << 1);
+        for ( n = 8; n < width; n += 8 )
+        {
+          FT_Byte  val;
+
+
+          val    = cur[1];
+          cur[0] = (FT_Byte)( old | ( val >> 7 ) );
+          old    = (FT_Byte)( val << 1 );
+          cur++;
+        }
+        cur[0] = old;
+      }
+
+      map->width--;
+      metrics->horiBearingX++;
+      metrics->vertBearingX++;
+      metrics->width--;
+
+    } while ( map->width > 0 );
+
+  Found_Left:
+
+    /***********************************************************************/
+    /*                                                                     */
+    /* finally, crop the bitmap width to get rid of the space on the right */
+    /* side of the glyph.                                                  */
+    /*                                                                     */
+    do
+    {
+      FT_Int    right = map->width - 1;
+      FT_Byte*  limit;
+      FT_Byte   mask;
+
+
+      line  = (FT_Byte*)map->buffer + ( right >> 3 );
+      limit = line + rows * line_len;
+      mask  = (FT_Byte)( 0x80 >> ( right & 7 ) );
+
+      for ( ; line < limit; line += line_len )
+        if ( line[0] & mask )
+          goto Found_Right;
+
+      /* crop the whole glyph to the right */
+      map->width--;
+      metrics->width--;
+
+    } while ( map->width > 0 );
+
+  Found_Right:
+    /* all right, the bitmap was cropped */
+    return;
+
+  Empty_Bitmap:
+    map->width      = 0;
+    map->rows       = 0;
+    map->pitch      = 0;
+    map->pixel_mode = FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  Load_SBit_Single( FT_Bitmap*       map,
+                    FT_Int           x_offset,
+                    FT_Int           y_offset,
+                    FT_Int           pix_bits,
+                    FT_UShort        image_format,
+                    TT_SBit_Metrics  metrics,
+                    FT_Stream        stream )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error;
+
+
+    /* check that the source bitmap fits into the target pixmap */
+    if ( x_offset < 0 || x_offset + metrics->width  > map->width ||
+         y_offset < 0 || y_offset + metrics->height > map->rows  )
+    {
+      error = SFNT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    {
+      FT_Int   glyph_width  = metrics->width;
+      FT_Int   glyph_height = metrics->height;
+      FT_Int   glyph_size;
+      FT_Int   line_bits    = pix_bits * glyph_width;
+      FT_Bool  pad_bytes    = 0;
+
+
+      /* compute size of glyph image */
+      switch ( image_format )
+      {
+      case 1:  /* byte-padded formats */
+      case 6:
+        {
+          FT_Int  line_length;
+
+
+          switch ( pix_bits )
+          {
+          case 1:
+            line_length = ( glyph_width + 7 ) >> 3;
+            break;
+          case 2:
+            line_length = ( glyph_width + 3 ) >> 2;
+            break;
+          case 4:
+            line_length = ( glyph_width + 1 ) >> 1;
+            break;
+          default:
+            line_length =   glyph_width;
+          }
+
+          glyph_size = glyph_height * line_length;
+          pad_bytes  = 1;
+        }
+        break;
+
+      case 2:
+      case 5:
+      case 7:
+        line_bits  =   glyph_width  * pix_bits;
+        glyph_size = ( glyph_height * line_bits + 7 ) >> 3;
+        break;
+
+      default:  /* invalid format */
+        return SFNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+      }
+
+      /* Now read data and draw glyph into target pixmap       */
+      if ( FT_FRAME_ENTER( glyph_size ) )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      /* don't forget to multiply `x_offset' by `map->pix_bits' as */
+      /* the sbit blitter doesn't make a difference between pixmap */
+      /* depths.                                                   */
+      blit_sbit( map, (FT_Byte*)stream->cursor, line_bits, pad_bytes,
+                 x_offset * pix_bits, y_offset, metrics->height );
+
+      FT_FRAME_EXIT();
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  Load_SBit_Image( TT_SBit_Strike   strike,
+                   TT_SBit_Range    range,
+                   FT_ULong         ebdt_pos,
+                   FT_ULong         glyph_offset,
+                   FT_GlyphSlot     slot,
+                   FT_Int           x_offset,
+                   FT_Int           y_offset,
+                   FT_Stream        stream,
+                   TT_SBit_Metrics  metrics,
+                   FT_Int           depth )
+  {
+    FT_Memory   memory = stream->memory;
+    FT_Bitmap*  map    = &slot->bitmap;
+    FT_Error    error;
+
+
+    /* place stream at beginning of glyph data and read metrics */
+    if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( ebdt_pos + glyph_offset ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    error = tt_load_sbit_metrics( stream, range, metrics );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* This function is recursive.  At the top-level call, we  */
+    /* compute the dimensions of the higher-level glyph to     */
+    /* allocate the final pixmap buffer.                       */
+    if ( depth == 0 )
+    {
+      FT_Long  size;
+
+
+      map->width = metrics->width;
+      map->rows  = metrics->height;
+
+      switch ( strike->bit_depth )
+      {
+      case 1:
+        map->pixel_mode = FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO;
+        map->pitch      = ( map->width + 7 ) >> 3;
+        break;
+
+      case 2:
+        map->pixel_mode = FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2;
+        map->pitch      = ( map->width + 3 ) >> 2;
+        break;
+
+      case 4:
+        map->pixel_mode = FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4;
+        map->pitch      = ( map->width + 1 ) >> 1;
+        break;
+
+      case 8:
+        map->pixel_mode = FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY;
+        map->pitch      = map->width;
+        break;
+
+      default:
+        return SFNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+      }
+
+      size = map->rows * map->pitch;
+
+      /* check that there is no empty image */
+      if ( size == 0 )
+        goto Exit;     /* exit successfully! */
+
+      error = ft_glyphslot_alloc_bitmap( slot, size );
+      if (error)
+        goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    switch ( range->image_format )
+    {
+    case 1:  /* single sbit image - load it */
+    case 2:
+    case 5:
+    case 6:
+    case 7:
+      return Load_SBit_Single( map, x_offset, y_offset, strike->bit_depth,
+                               range->image_format, metrics, stream );
+
+    case 8:  /* compound format */
+      if ( FT_STREAM_SKIP( 1L ) )
+      {
+        error = SFNT_Err_Invalid_Stream_Skip;
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+      /* fallthrough */
+
+    case 9:
+      break;
+
+    default: /* invalid image format */
+      return SFNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+    }
+
+    /* All right, we have a compound format.  First of all, read */
+    /* the array of elements.                                    */
+    {
+      TT_SBit_Component  components;
+      TT_SBit_Component  comp;
+      FT_UShort          num_components, count;
+
+
+      if ( FT_READ_USHORT( num_components )           ||
+           FT_NEW_ARRAY( components, num_components ) )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      count = num_components;
+
+      if ( FT_FRAME_ENTER( 4L * num_components ) )
+        goto Fail_Memory;
+
+      for ( comp = components; count > 0; count--, comp++ )
+      {
+        comp->glyph_code = FT_GET_USHORT();
+        comp->x_offset   = FT_GET_CHAR();
+        comp->y_offset   = FT_GET_CHAR();
+      }
+
+      FT_FRAME_EXIT();
+
+      /* Now recursively load each element glyph */
+      count = num_components;
+      comp  = components;
+      for ( ; count > 0; count--, comp++ )
+      {
+        TT_SBit_Range       elem_range;
+        TT_SBit_MetricsRec  elem_metrics;
+        FT_ULong            elem_offset;
+
+
+        /* find the range for this element */
+        error = find_sbit_range( comp->glyph_code,
+                                 strike,
+                                 &elem_range,
+                                 &elem_offset );
+        if ( error )
+          goto Fail_Memory;
+
+        /* now load the element, recursively */
+        error = Load_SBit_Image( strike,
+                                 elem_range,
+                                 ebdt_pos,
+                                 elem_offset,
+                                 slot,
+                                 x_offset + comp->x_offset,
+                                 y_offset + comp->y_offset,
+                                 stream,
+                                 &elem_metrics,
+                                 depth + 1 );
+        if ( error )
+          goto Fail_Memory;
+      }
+
+    Fail_Memory:
+      FT_FREE( components );
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    tt_face_load_sbit_image                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Loads a given glyph sbit image from the font resource.  This also  */
+  /*    returns its metrics.                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    face         :: The target face object.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    strike_index :: The current strike index.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    glyph_index  :: The current glyph index.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    load_flags   :: The glyph load flags (the code checks for the flag */
+  /*                    FT_LOAD_CROP_BITMAP).                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    stream       :: The input stream.                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Output>                                                              */
+  /*    map          :: The target pixmap.                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    metrics      :: A big sbit metrics structure for the glyph image.  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.  Returns an error if no     */
+  /*    glyph sbit exists for the index.                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*  <Note>                                                               */
+  /*    The `map.buffer' field is always freed before the glyph is loaded. */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_load_sbit_image( TT_Face              face,
+                           FT_ULong             strike_index,
+                           FT_UInt              glyph_index,
+                           FT_UInt              load_flags,
+                           FT_Stream            stream,
+                           FT_Bitmap           *map,
+                           TT_SBit_MetricsRec  *metrics )
+  {
+    FT_Error        error;
+    FT_ULong        ebdt_pos, glyph_offset;
+
+    TT_SBit_Strike  strike;
+    TT_SBit_Range   range;
+
+
+    /* Check whether there is a glyph sbit for the current index */
+    error = tt_find_sbit_image( face, glyph_index, strike_index,
+                                &range, &strike, &glyph_offset );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* now, find the location of the `EBDT' table in */
+    /* the font file                                 */
+    error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_EBDT, stream, 0 );
+    if ( error )
+      error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_bdat, stream, 0 );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    ebdt_pos = FT_STREAM_POS();
+
+    error = Load_SBit_Image( strike, range, ebdt_pos, glyph_offset,
+                             face->root.glyph, 0, 0, stream, metrics, 0 );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* setup vertical metrics if needed */
+    if ( strike->flags & 1 )
+    {
+      /* in case of a horizontal strike only */
+      FT_Int  advance;
+
+
+      advance = strike->hori.ascender - strike->hori.descender;
+
+      /* some heuristic values */
+
+      metrics->vertBearingX = (FT_Char)(-metrics->width / 2 );
+      metrics->vertBearingY = (FT_Char)( ( advance - metrics->height ) / 2 );
+      metrics->vertAdvance  = (FT_Char)( advance * 12 / 10 );
+    }
+
+    /* Crop the bitmap now, unless specified otherwise */
+    if ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_CROP_BITMAP )
+      crop_bitmap( map, metrics );
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttsbit.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttsbit.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ea2af1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttsbit.h
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ttsbit.h                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    TrueType and OpenType embedded bitmap support (specification).       */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by       */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __TTSBIT_H__
+#define __TTSBIT_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include "ttload.h"
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_load_eblc( TT_Face    face,
+                     FT_Stream  stream );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  tt_face_free_eblc( TT_Face  face );
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_set_sbit_strike( TT_Face          face,
+                           FT_Size_Request  req,
+                           FT_ULong*        astrike_index );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_load_strike_metrics( TT_Face           face,
+                               FT_ULong          strike_index,
+                               FT_Size_Metrics*  metrics );
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  tt_find_sbit_image( TT_Face          face,
+                      FT_UInt          glyph_index,
+                      FT_ULong         strike_index,
+                      TT_SBit_Range   *arange,
+                      TT_SBit_Strike  *astrike,
+                      FT_ULong        *aglyph_offset );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  tt_load_sbit_metrics( FT_Stream        stream,
+                        TT_SBit_Range    range,
+                        TT_SBit_Metrics  metrics );
+
+#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_load_sbit_image( TT_Face              face,
+                           FT_ULong             strike_index,
+                           FT_UInt              glyph_index,
+                           FT_UInt              load_flags,
+                           FT_Stream            stream,
+                           FT_Bitmap           *map,
+                           TT_SBit_MetricsRec  *metrics );
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __TTSBIT_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttsbit0.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttsbit0.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3ebcbbd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/sfnt/ttsbit0.c
@@ -0,0 +1,969 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ttsbit0.c                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    TrueType and OpenType embedded bitmap support (body).                */
+/*    This is a heap-optimized version.                                    */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 by                              */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/* This file is included by ttsbit.c */
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
+#include FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H
+#include "ttsbit.h"
+
+#include "sferrors.h"
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_ttsbit
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_load_eblc( TT_Face    face,
+                     FT_Stream  stream )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error = SFNT_Err_Ok;
+    FT_Fixed  version;
+    FT_ULong  num_strikes, table_size;
+    FT_Byte*  p;
+    FT_Byte*  p_limit;
+    FT_UInt   count;
+
+
+    face->sbit_num_strikes = 0;
+
+    /* this table is optional */
+    error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_EBLC, stream, &table_size );
+    if ( error )
+      error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_bloc, stream, &table_size );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    if ( table_size < 8 )
+    {
+      FT_ERROR(( "tt_face_load_sbit_strikes: table too short!\n" ));
+      error = SFNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    if ( FT_FRAME_EXTRACT( table_size, face->sbit_table ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    face->sbit_table_size = table_size;
+
+    p       = face->sbit_table;
+    p_limit = p + table_size;
+
+    version     = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+    num_strikes = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+
+    if ( version != 0x00020000UL || num_strikes >= 0x10000UL )
+    {
+      FT_ERROR(( "tt_face_load_sbit_strikes: invalid table version!\n" ));
+      error = SFNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+      goto Fail;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     *  Count the number of strikes available in the table.  We are a bit
+     *  paranoid there and don't trust the data.
+     */
+    count = (FT_UInt)num_strikes;
+    if ( 8 + 48UL * count > table_size )
+      count = (FT_UInt)( ( p_limit - p ) / 48 );
+
+    face->sbit_num_strikes = count;
+
+    FT_TRACE3(( "sbit_num_strikes: %u\n", count ));
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+
+  Fail:
+    FT_FRAME_RELEASE( face->sbit_table );
+    face->sbit_table_size = 0;
+    goto Exit;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  tt_face_free_eblc( TT_Face  face )
+  {
+    FT_Stream  stream = face->root.stream;
+
+
+    FT_FRAME_RELEASE( face->sbit_table );
+    face->sbit_table_size  = 0;
+    face->sbit_num_strikes = 0;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_set_sbit_strike( TT_Face          face,
+                           FT_Size_Request  req,
+                           FT_ULong*        astrike_index )
+  {
+    return FT_Match_Size( (FT_Face)face, req, 0, astrike_index );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_load_strike_metrics( TT_Face           face,
+                               FT_ULong          strike_index,
+                               FT_Size_Metrics*  metrics )
+  {
+    FT_Byte*  strike;
+
+
+    if ( strike_index >= (FT_ULong)face->sbit_num_strikes )
+      return SFNT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    strike = face->sbit_table + 8 + strike_index * 48;
+
+    metrics->x_ppem = (FT_UShort)strike[44];
+    metrics->y_ppem = (FT_UShort)strike[45];
+
+    metrics->ascender  = (FT_Char)strike[16] << 6;  /* hori.ascender  */
+    metrics->descender = (FT_Char)strike[17] << 6;  /* hori.descender */
+    metrics->height    = metrics->ascender - metrics->descender;
+
+    /* XXX: Is this correct? */
+    metrics->max_advance = ( (FT_Char)strike[22] + /* min_origin_SB  */
+                                      strike[18] + /* max_width      */
+                             (FT_Char)strike[23]   /* min_advance_SB */
+                                                 ) << 6;
+
+    return SFNT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  typedef struct  TT_SBitDecoderRec_
+  {
+    TT_Face          face;
+    FT_Stream        stream;
+    FT_Bitmap*       bitmap;
+    TT_SBit_Metrics  metrics;
+    FT_Bool          metrics_loaded;
+    FT_Bool          bitmap_allocated;
+    FT_Byte          bit_depth;
+
+    FT_ULong         ebdt_start;
+    FT_ULong         ebdt_size;
+
+    FT_ULong         strike_index_array;
+    FT_ULong         strike_index_count;
+    FT_Byte*         eblc_base;
+    FT_Byte*         eblc_limit;
+
+  } TT_SBitDecoderRec, *TT_SBitDecoder;
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  tt_sbit_decoder_init( TT_SBitDecoder       decoder,
+                        TT_Face              face,
+                        FT_ULong             strike_index,
+                        TT_SBit_MetricsRec*  metrics )
+  {
+    FT_Error   error;
+    FT_Stream  stream = face->root.stream;
+    FT_ULong   ebdt_size;
+
+
+    error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_EBDT, stream, &ebdt_size );
+    if ( error )
+      error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_bdat, stream, &ebdt_size );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    decoder->face    = face;
+    decoder->stream  = stream;
+    decoder->bitmap  = &face->root.glyph->bitmap;
+    decoder->metrics = metrics;
+
+    decoder->metrics_loaded   = 0;
+    decoder->bitmap_allocated = 0;
+
+    decoder->ebdt_start = FT_STREAM_POS();
+    decoder->ebdt_size  = ebdt_size;
+
+    decoder->eblc_base  = face->sbit_table;
+    decoder->eblc_limit = face->sbit_table + face->sbit_table_size;
+
+    /* now find the strike corresponding to the index */
+    {
+      FT_Byte*  p;
+
+
+      if ( 8 + 48 * strike_index + 3 * 4 + 34 + 1 > face->sbit_table_size )
+      {
+        error = SFNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+
+      p = decoder->eblc_base + 8 + 48 * strike_index;
+
+      decoder->strike_index_array = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+      p                          += 4;
+      decoder->strike_index_count = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+      p                          += 34;
+      decoder->bit_depth          = *p;
+
+      if ( decoder->strike_index_array > face->sbit_table_size             ||
+           decoder->strike_index_array + 8 * decoder->strike_index_count >
+             face->sbit_table_size                                         )
+        error = SFNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  tt_sbit_decoder_done( TT_SBitDecoder  decoder )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( decoder );
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  tt_sbit_decoder_alloc_bitmap( TT_SBitDecoder  decoder )
+  {
+    FT_Error    error = SFNT_Err_Ok;
+    FT_UInt     width, height;
+    FT_Bitmap*  map = decoder->bitmap;
+    FT_Long     size;
+
+
+    if ( !decoder->metrics_loaded )
+    {
+      error = SFNT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    width  = decoder->metrics->width;
+    height = decoder->metrics->height;
+
+    map->width = (int)width;
+    map->rows  = (int)height;
+
+    switch ( decoder->bit_depth )
+    {
+    case 1:
+      map->pixel_mode = FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO;
+      map->pitch      = ( map->width + 7 ) >> 3;
+      break;
+
+    case 2:
+      map->pixel_mode = FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2;
+      map->pitch      = ( map->width + 3 ) >> 2;
+      break;
+
+    case 4:
+      map->pixel_mode = FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4;
+      map->pitch      = ( map->width + 1 ) >> 1;
+      break;
+
+    case 8:
+      map->pixel_mode = FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY;
+      map->pitch      = map->width;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      error = SFNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    size = map->rows * map->pitch;
+
+    /* check that there is no empty image */
+    if ( size == 0 )
+      goto Exit;     /* exit successfully! */
+
+    error = ft_glyphslot_alloc_bitmap( decoder->face->root.glyph, size );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    decoder->bitmap_allocated = 1;
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  tt_sbit_decoder_load_metrics( TT_SBitDecoder  decoder,
+                                FT_Byte*       *pp,
+                                FT_Byte*        limit,
+                                FT_Bool         big )
+  {
+    FT_Byte*         p       = *pp;
+    TT_SBit_Metrics  metrics = decoder->metrics;
+
+
+    if ( p + 5 > limit )
+      goto Fail;
+
+    metrics->height       = p[0];
+    metrics->width        = p[1];
+    metrics->horiBearingX = (FT_Char)p[2];
+    metrics->horiBearingY = (FT_Char)p[3];
+    metrics->horiAdvance  = p[4];
+
+    p += 5;
+    if ( big )
+    {
+      if ( p + 3 > limit )
+        goto Fail;
+
+      metrics->vertBearingX = (FT_Char)p[0];
+      metrics->vertBearingY = (FT_Char)p[1];
+      metrics->vertAdvance  = p[2];
+
+      p += 3;
+    }
+
+    decoder->metrics_loaded = 1;
+    *pp = p;
+    return SFNT_Err_Ok;
+
+  Fail:
+    return SFNT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+  }
+
+
+  /* forward declaration */
+  static FT_Error
+  tt_sbit_decoder_load_image( TT_SBitDecoder  decoder,
+                              FT_UInt         glyph_index,
+                              FT_Int          x_pos,
+                              FT_Int          y_pos );
+
+  typedef FT_Error  (*TT_SBitDecoder_LoadFunc)( TT_SBitDecoder  decoder,
+                                                FT_Byte*        p,
+                                                FT_Byte*        plimit,
+                                                FT_Int          x_pos,
+                                                FT_Int          y_pos );
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  tt_sbit_decoder_load_byte_aligned( TT_SBitDecoder  decoder,
+                                     FT_Byte*        p,
+                                     FT_Byte*        limit,
+                                     FT_Int          x_pos,
+                                     FT_Int          y_pos )
+  {
+    FT_Error    error = SFNT_Err_Ok;
+    FT_Byte*    line;
+    FT_Int      bit_height, bit_width, pitch, width, height, h;
+    FT_Bitmap*  bitmap;
+
+
+    if ( !decoder->bitmap_allocated )
+    {
+      error = tt_sbit_decoder_alloc_bitmap( decoder );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* check that we can write the glyph into the bitmap */
+    bitmap     = decoder->bitmap;
+    bit_width  = bitmap->width;
+    bit_height = bitmap->rows;
+    pitch      = bitmap->pitch;
+    line       = bitmap->buffer;
+
+    width  = decoder->metrics->width;
+    height = decoder->metrics->height;
+
+    if ( x_pos < 0 || x_pos + width > bit_width   ||
+         y_pos < 0 || y_pos + height > bit_height )
+    {
+      error = SFNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    if ( p + ( ( width + 7 ) >> 3 ) * height > limit )
+    {
+      error = SFNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* now do the blit */
+    line  += y_pos * pitch + ( x_pos >> 3 );
+    x_pos &= 7;
+
+    if ( x_pos == 0 )  /* the easy one */
+    {
+      for ( h = height; h > 0; h--, line += pitch )
+      {
+        FT_Byte*  write = line;
+        FT_Int    w;
+
+
+        for ( w = width; w >= 8; w -= 8 )
+        {
+          write[0] = (FT_Byte)( write[0] | *p++ );
+          write   += 1;
+        }
+
+        if ( w > 0 )
+          write[0] = (FT_Byte)( write[0] | ( *p++ & ( 0xFF00U >> w ) ) );
+      }
+    }
+    else  /* x_pos > 0 */
+    {
+      for ( h = height; h > 0; h--, line += pitch )
+      {
+        FT_Byte*  write = line;
+        FT_Int    w;
+        FT_UInt   wval = 0;
+
+
+        for ( w = width; w >= 8; w -= 8 )
+        {
+          wval      = (FT_UInt)( wval | *p++ );
+          write[0]  = (FT_Byte)( write[0] | ( wval >> x_pos ) );
+          write    += 1;
+          wval    <<= 8;
+        }
+
+        if ( w > 0 )
+          wval = (FT_UInt)( wval | ( *p++ & ( 0xFF00U >> w ) ) );
+
+        /* all bits read and there are `x_pos + w' bits to be written */
+
+        write[0] = (FT_Byte)( write[0] | ( wval >> x_pos ) );
+
+        if ( x_pos + w > 8 )
+        {
+          write++;
+          wval   <<= 8;
+          write[0] = (FT_Byte)( write[0] | ( wval >> x_pos ) );
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  tt_sbit_decoder_load_bit_aligned( TT_SBitDecoder  decoder,
+                                    FT_Byte*        p,
+                                    FT_Byte*        limit,
+                                    FT_Int          x_pos,
+                                    FT_Int          y_pos )
+  {
+    FT_Error    error = SFNT_Err_Ok;
+    FT_Byte*    line;
+    FT_Int      bit_height, bit_width, pitch, width, height, h, nbits;
+    FT_Bitmap*  bitmap;
+    FT_UShort   rval;
+
+
+    if ( !decoder->bitmap_allocated )
+    {
+      error = tt_sbit_decoder_alloc_bitmap( decoder );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* check that we can write the glyph into the bitmap */
+    bitmap     = decoder->bitmap;
+    bit_width  = bitmap->width;
+    bit_height = bitmap->rows;
+    pitch      = bitmap->pitch;
+    line       = bitmap->buffer;
+
+    width  = decoder->metrics->width;
+    height = decoder->metrics->height;
+
+    if ( x_pos < 0 || x_pos + width  > bit_width  ||
+         y_pos < 0 || y_pos + height > bit_height )
+    {
+      error = SFNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    if ( p + ( ( width * height + 7 ) >> 3 ) > limit )
+    {
+      error = SFNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* now do the blit */
+    line  += y_pos * pitch + ( x_pos >> 3 );
+    x_pos &= 7;
+
+    /* the higher byte of `rval' is used as a buffer */
+    rval  = 0;
+    nbits = 0;
+
+    for ( h = height; h > 0; h--, line += pitch )
+    {
+      FT_Byte*  write = line;
+      FT_Int    w = width;
+
+
+      if ( x_pos )
+      {
+        w = ( width < 8 - x_pos ) ? width : 8 - x_pos;
+
+        if ( h == height )
+        {
+          rval  |= *p++;
+          nbits += x_pos;
+        }
+        else if ( nbits < w )
+        {
+          rval  |= *p++;
+          nbits += 8 - w;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          rval  >>= 8;
+          nbits  -= w;
+        }
+
+        *write++ |= ( ( rval >> nbits ) & 0xFF ) &
+                    ( ~( 0xFF << w ) << ( 8 - w - x_pos ) );
+        rval    <<= 8;
+
+        w = width - w;
+      }
+
+      for ( ; w >= 8; w -= 8 )
+      {
+        rval     |= *p++;
+        *write++ |= ( rval >> nbits ) & 0xFF;
+
+        rval <<= 8;
+      }
+
+      if ( w > 0 )
+      {
+        if ( nbits < w )
+        {
+          rval   |= *p++;
+          *write |= ( ( rval >> nbits ) & 0xFF ) & ( 0xFF00U >> w );
+          nbits  += 8 - w;
+
+          rval <<= 8;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          *write |= ( ( rval >> nbits ) & 0xFF ) & ( 0xFF00U >> w );
+          nbits  -= w;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  tt_sbit_decoder_load_compound( TT_SBitDecoder  decoder,
+                                 FT_Byte*        p,
+                                 FT_Byte*        limit,
+                                 FT_Int          x_pos,
+                                 FT_Int          y_pos )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error = SFNT_Err_Ok;
+    FT_UInt   num_components, nn;
+
+    FT_Char  horiBearingX = decoder->metrics->horiBearingX;
+    FT_Char  horiBearingY = decoder->metrics->horiBearingY;
+    FT_Byte  horiAdvance  = decoder->metrics->horiAdvance;
+    FT_Char  vertBearingX = decoder->metrics->vertBearingX;
+    FT_Char  vertBearingY = decoder->metrics->vertBearingY;
+    FT_Byte  vertAdvance  = decoder->metrics->vertAdvance;
+
+
+    if ( p + 2 > limit )
+      goto Fail;
+
+    num_components = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    if ( p + 4 * num_components > limit )
+      goto Fail;
+
+    if ( !decoder->bitmap_allocated )
+    {
+      error = tt_sbit_decoder_alloc_bitmap( decoder );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    for ( nn = 0; nn < num_components; nn++ )
+    {
+      FT_UInt  gindex = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+      FT_Byte  dx     = FT_NEXT_BYTE( p );
+      FT_Byte  dy     = FT_NEXT_BYTE( p );
+
+
+      /* NB: a recursive call */
+      error = tt_sbit_decoder_load_image( decoder, gindex,
+                                          x_pos + dx, y_pos + dy );
+      if ( error )
+        break;
+    }
+
+    decoder->metrics->horiBearingX = horiBearingX;
+    decoder->metrics->horiBearingY = horiBearingY;
+    decoder->metrics->horiAdvance  = horiAdvance;
+    decoder->metrics->vertBearingX = vertBearingX;
+    decoder->metrics->vertBearingY = vertBearingY;
+    decoder->metrics->vertAdvance  = vertAdvance;
+    decoder->metrics->width        = (FT_UInt)decoder->bitmap->width;
+    decoder->metrics->height       = (FT_UInt)decoder->bitmap->rows;
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+
+  Fail:
+    error = SFNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+    goto Exit;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  tt_sbit_decoder_load_bitmap( TT_SBitDecoder  decoder,
+                               FT_UInt         glyph_format,
+                               FT_ULong        glyph_start,
+                               FT_ULong        glyph_size,
+                               FT_Int          x_pos,
+                               FT_Int          y_pos )
+  {
+    FT_Error   error;
+    FT_Stream  stream = decoder->stream;
+    FT_Byte*   p;
+    FT_Byte*   p_limit;
+    FT_Byte*   data;
+
+
+    /* seek into the EBDT table now */
+    if ( glyph_start + glyph_size > decoder->ebdt_size )
+    {
+      error = SFNT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( decoder->ebdt_start + glyph_start ) ||
+         FT_FRAME_EXTRACT( glyph_size, data )                )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    p       = data;
+    p_limit = p + glyph_size;
+
+    /* read the data, depending on the glyph format */
+    switch ( glyph_format )
+    {
+    case 1:
+    case 2:
+    case 8:
+      error = tt_sbit_decoder_load_metrics( decoder, &p, p_limit, 0 );
+      break;
+
+    case 6:
+    case 7:
+    case 9:
+      error = tt_sbit_decoder_load_metrics( decoder, &p, p_limit, 1 );
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      error = SFNT_Err_Ok;
+    }
+
+    if ( error )
+      goto Fail;
+
+    {
+      TT_SBitDecoder_LoadFunc  loader;
+
+
+      switch ( glyph_format )
+      {
+      case 1:
+      case 6:
+        loader = tt_sbit_decoder_load_byte_aligned;
+        break;
+
+      case 2:
+      case 5:
+      case 7:
+        loader = tt_sbit_decoder_load_bit_aligned;
+        break;
+
+      case 8:
+        if ( p + 1 > p_limit )
+          goto Fail;
+
+        p += 1;  /* skip padding */
+        /* fall-through */
+
+      case 9:
+        loader = tt_sbit_decoder_load_compound;
+        break;
+
+      default:
+        goto Fail;
+      }
+
+      error = loader( decoder, p, p_limit, x_pos, y_pos );
+    }
+
+  Fail:
+    FT_FRAME_RELEASE( data );
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  tt_sbit_decoder_load_image( TT_SBitDecoder  decoder,
+                              FT_UInt         glyph_index,
+                              FT_Int          x_pos,
+                              FT_Int          y_pos )
+  {
+    /*
+     *  First, we find the correct strike range that applies to this
+     *  glyph index.
+     */
+
+    FT_Byte*  p          = decoder->eblc_base + decoder->strike_index_array;
+    FT_Byte*  p_limit    = decoder->eblc_limit;
+    FT_ULong  num_ranges = decoder->strike_index_count;
+    FT_UInt   start, end, index_format, image_format;
+    FT_ULong  image_start = 0, image_end = 0, image_offset;
+
+
+    for ( ; num_ranges > 0; num_ranges-- )
+    {
+      start = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+      end   = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+      if ( glyph_index >= start && glyph_index <= end )
+        goto FoundRange;
+
+      p += 4;  /* ignore index offset */
+    }
+    goto NoBitmap;
+
+  FoundRange:
+    image_offset = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+
+    /* overflow check */
+    if ( decoder->eblc_base + decoder->strike_index_array + image_offset <
+           decoder->eblc_base )
+      goto Failure;
+
+    p = decoder->eblc_base + decoder->strike_index_array + image_offset;
+    if ( p + 8 > p_limit )
+      goto NoBitmap;
+
+    /* now find the glyph's location and extend within the ebdt table */
+    index_format = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    image_format = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    image_offset = FT_NEXT_ULONG ( p );
+
+    switch ( index_format )
+    {
+    case 1: /* 4-byte offsets relative to `image_offset' */
+      {
+        p += 4 * ( glyph_index - start );
+        if ( p + 8 > p_limit )
+          goto NoBitmap;
+
+        image_start = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+        image_end   = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+
+        if ( image_start == image_end )  /* missing glyph */
+          goto NoBitmap;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case 2: /* big metrics, constant image size */
+      {
+        FT_ULong  image_size;
+
+
+        if ( p + 12 > p_limit )
+          goto NoBitmap;
+
+        image_size = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+
+        if ( tt_sbit_decoder_load_metrics( decoder, &p, p_limit, 1 ) )
+          goto NoBitmap;
+
+        image_start = image_size * ( glyph_index - start );
+        image_end   = image_start + image_size;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case 3: /* 2-byte offsets relative to 'image_offset' */
+      {
+        p += 2 * ( glyph_index - start );
+        if ( p + 4 > p_limit )
+          goto NoBitmap;
+
+        image_start = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+        image_end   = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+        if ( image_start == image_end )  /* missing glyph */
+          goto NoBitmap;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case 4: /* sparse glyph array with (glyph,offset) pairs */
+      {
+        FT_ULong  mm, num_glyphs;
+
+
+        if ( p + 4 > p_limit )
+          goto NoBitmap;
+
+        num_glyphs = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+
+        /* overflow check */
+        if ( p + ( num_glyphs + 1 ) * 4 < p )
+          goto Failure;
+
+        if ( p + ( num_glyphs + 1 ) * 4 > p_limit )
+          goto NoBitmap;
+
+        for ( mm = 0; mm < num_glyphs; mm++ )
+        {
+          FT_UInt  gindex = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+
+          if ( gindex == glyph_index )
+          {
+            image_start = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+            p          += 2;
+            image_end   = FT_PEEK_USHORT( p );
+            break;
+          }
+          p += 2;
+        }
+
+        if ( mm >= num_glyphs )
+          goto NoBitmap;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case 5: /* constant metrics with sparse glyph codes */
+      {
+        FT_ULong  image_size, mm, num_glyphs;
+
+
+        if ( p + 16 > p_limit )
+          goto NoBitmap;
+
+        image_size = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+
+        if ( tt_sbit_decoder_load_metrics( decoder, &p, p_limit, 1 ) )
+          goto NoBitmap;
+
+        num_glyphs = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+
+        /* overflow check */
+        if ( p + 2 * num_glyphs < p )
+          goto Failure;
+
+        if ( p + 2 * num_glyphs > p_limit )
+          goto NoBitmap;
+
+        for ( mm = 0; mm < num_glyphs; mm++ )
+        {
+          FT_UInt  gindex = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+
+          if ( gindex == glyph_index )
+            break;
+        }
+
+        if ( mm >= num_glyphs )
+          goto NoBitmap;
+
+        image_start = image_size * mm;
+        image_end   = image_start + image_size;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      goto NoBitmap;
+    }
+
+    if ( image_start > image_end )
+      goto NoBitmap;
+
+    image_end  -= image_start;
+    image_start = image_offset + image_start;
+
+    return tt_sbit_decoder_load_bitmap( decoder,
+                                        image_format,
+                                        image_start,
+                                        image_end,
+                                        x_pos,
+                                        y_pos );
+
+  Failure:
+    return SFNT_Err_Invalid_Table;
+
+  NoBitmap:
+    return SFNT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_load_sbit_image( TT_Face              face,
+                           FT_ULong             strike_index,
+                           FT_UInt              glyph_index,
+                           FT_UInt              load_flags,
+                           FT_Stream            stream,
+                           FT_Bitmap           *map,
+                           TT_SBit_MetricsRec  *metrics )
+  {
+    TT_SBitDecoderRec  decoder[1];
+    FT_Error           error;
+
+    FT_UNUSED( load_flags );
+    FT_UNUSED( stream );
+    FT_UNUSED( map );
+
+
+    error = tt_sbit_decoder_init( decoder, face, strike_index, metrics );
+    if ( !error )
+    {
+      error = tt_sbit_decoder_load_image( decoder, glyph_index, 0, 0 );
+      tt_sbit_decoder_done( decoder );
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+/* EOF */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/Jamfile b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/Jamfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8a792df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/Jamfile
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+# FreeType 2 src/smooth Jamfile
+#
+# Copyright 2001 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+SubDir  FT2_TOP $(FT2_SRC_DIR) smooth ;
+
+{
+  local  _sources ;
+
+  if $(FT2_MULTI)
+  {
+    _sources = ftgrays ftsmooth ;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    _sources = smooth ;
+  }
+
+  Library  $(FT2_LIB) : $(_sources).c ;
+}
+
+# end of src/smooth Jamfile
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/ftgrays.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/ftgrays.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..10fa2ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/ftgrays.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2057 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftgrays.c                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    A new `perfect' anti-aliasing renderer (body).                       */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2000-2001, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by             */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This file can be compiled without the rest of the FreeType engine, by */
+  /* defining the _STANDALONE_ macro when compiling it.  You also need to  */
+  /* put the files `ftgrays.h' and `ftimage.h' into the current            */
+  /* compilation directory.  Typically, you could do something like        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* - copy `src/smooth/ftgrays.c' (this file) to your current directory   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* - copy `include/freetype/ftimage.h' and `src/smooth/ftgrays.h' to the */
+  /*   same directory                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* - compile `ftgrays' with the _STANDALONE_ macro defined, as in        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*     cc -c -D_STANDALONE_ ftgrays.c                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The renderer can be initialized with a call to                        */
+  /* `ft_gray_raster.raster_new'; an anti-aliased bitmap can be generated  */
+  /* with a call to `ft_gray_raster.raster_render'.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* See the comments and documentation in the file `ftimage.h' for more   */
+  /* details on how the raster works.                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This is a new anti-aliasing scan-converter for FreeType 2.  The       */
+  /* algorithm used here is _very_ different from the one in the standard  */
+  /* `ftraster' module.  Actually, `ftgrays' computes the _exact_          */
+  /* coverage of the outline on each pixel cell.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* It is based on ideas that I initially found in Raph Levien's          */
+  /* excellent LibArt graphics library (see http://www.levien.com/libart   */
+  /* for more information, though the web pages do not tell anything       */
+  /* about the renderer; you'll have to dive into the source code to       */
+  /* understand how it works).                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Note, however, that this is a _very_ different implementation         */
+  /* compared to Raph's.  Coverage information is stored in a very         */
+  /* different way, and I don't use sorted vector paths.  Also, it doesn't */
+  /* use floating point values.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This renderer has the following advantages:                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* - It doesn't need an intermediate bitmap.  Instead, one can supply a  */
+  /*   callback function that will be called by the renderer to draw gray  */
+  /*   spans on any target surface.  You can thus do direct composition on */
+  /*   any kind of bitmap, provided that you give the renderer the right   */
+  /*   callback.                                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* - A perfect anti-aliaser, i.e., it computes the _exact_ coverage on   */
+  /*   each pixel cell.                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* - It performs a single pass on the outline (the `standard' FT2        */
+  /*   renderer makes two passes).                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* - It can easily be modified to render to _any_ number of gray levels  */
+  /*   cheaply.                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* - For small (< 20) pixel sizes, it is faster than the standard        */
+  /*   renderer.                                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_smooth
+
+
+#ifdef _STANDALONE_
+
+
+  /* define this to dump debugging information */
+/* #define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE */
+
+
+#ifdef FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <string.h>
+#include <setjmp.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#define FT_UINT_MAX  UINT_MAX
+
+#define ft_memset   memset
+
+#define ft_setjmp   setjmp
+#define ft_longjmp  longjmp
+#define ft_jmp_buf  jmp_buf
+
+
+#define ErrRaster_Invalid_Mode      -2
+#define ErrRaster_Invalid_Outline   -1
+#define ErrRaster_Invalid_Argument  -3
+#define ErrRaster_Memory_Overflow   -4
+
+#define FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+#define FT_END_HEADER
+
+#include "ftimage.h"
+#include "ftgrays.h"
+
+
+  /* This macro is used to indicate that a function parameter is unused. */
+  /* Its purpose is simply to reduce compiler warnings.  Note also that  */
+  /* simply defining it as `(void)x' doesn't avoid warnings with certain */
+  /* ANSI compilers (e.g. LCC).                                          */
+#define FT_UNUSED( x )  (x) = (x)
+
+
+  /* we only use level 5 & 7 tracing messages; cf. ftdebug.h */
+
+#ifdef FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE
+
+  void
+  FT_Message( const char*  fmt,
+              ... )
+  {
+    va_list  ap;
+
+
+    va_start( ap, fmt );
+    vfprintf( stderr, fmt, ap );
+    va_end( ap );
+  }
+
+  /* we don't handle tracing levels in stand-alone mode; */
+#ifndef FT_TRACE5
+#define FT_TRACE5( varformat )  FT_Message varformat
+#endif
+#ifndef FT_TRACE7
+#define FT_TRACE7( varformat )  FT_Message varformat
+#endif
+#ifndef FT_ERROR
+#define FT_ERROR( varformat )   FT_Message varformat
+#endif
+
+#else /* !FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE */
+
+#define FT_TRACE5( x )  do { } while ( 0 )     /* nothing */
+#define FT_TRACE7( x )  do { } while ( 0 )     /* nothing */
+#define FT_ERROR( x )   do { } while ( 0 )     /* nothing */
+
+#endif /* !FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE */
+
+
+#else /* !_STANDALONE_ */
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include "ftgrays.h"
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+#include FT_OUTLINE_H
+
+#include "ftsmerrs.h"
+
+#define ErrRaster_Invalid_Mode      Smooth_Err_Cannot_Render_Glyph
+#define ErrRaster_Invalid_Outline   Smooth_Err_Invalid_Outline
+#define ErrRaster_Memory_Overflow   Smooth_Err_Out_Of_Memory
+#define ErrRaster_Invalid_Argument  Smooth_Err_Invalid_Argument
+
+#endif /* !_STANDALONE_ */
+
+
+#ifndef FT_MEM_SET
+#define FT_MEM_SET( d, s, c )  ft_memset( d, s, c )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef FT_MEM_ZERO
+#define FT_MEM_ZERO( dest, count )  FT_MEM_SET( dest, 0, count )
+#endif
+
+  /* as usual, for the speed hungry :-) */
+
+#ifndef FT_STATIC_RASTER
+
+
+#define RAS_ARG   PWorker  worker
+#define RAS_ARG_  PWorker  worker,
+
+#define RAS_VAR   worker
+#define RAS_VAR_  worker,
+
+#define ras       (*worker)
+
+
+#else /* FT_STATIC_RASTER */
+
+
+#define RAS_ARG   /* empty */
+#define RAS_ARG_  /* empty */
+#define RAS_VAR   /* empty */
+#define RAS_VAR_  /* empty */
+
+  static TWorker  ras;
+
+
+#endif /* FT_STATIC_RASTER */
+
+
+  /* must be at least 6 bits! */
+#define PIXEL_BITS  8
+
+#define ONE_PIXEL       ( 1L << PIXEL_BITS )
+#define PIXEL_MASK      ( -1L << PIXEL_BITS )
+#define TRUNC( x )      ( (TCoord)( (x) >> PIXEL_BITS ) )
+#define SUBPIXELS( x )  ( (TPos)(x) << PIXEL_BITS )
+#define FLOOR( x )      ( (x) & -ONE_PIXEL )
+#define CEILING( x )    ( ( (x) + ONE_PIXEL - 1 ) & -ONE_PIXEL )
+#define ROUND( x )      ( ( (x) + ONE_PIXEL / 2 ) & -ONE_PIXEL )
+
+#if PIXEL_BITS >= 6
+#define UPSCALE( x )    ( (x) << ( PIXEL_BITS - 6 ) )
+#define DOWNSCALE( x )  ( (x) >> ( PIXEL_BITS - 6 ) )
+#else
+#define UPSCALE( x )    ( (x) >> ( 6 - PIXEL_BITS ) )
+#define DOWNSCALE( x )  ( (x) << ( 6 - PIXEL_BITS ) )
+#endif
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   TYPE DEFINITIONS                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+
+  /* don't change the following types to FT_Int or FT_Pos, since we might */
+  /* need to define them to "float" or "double" when experimenting with   */
+  /* new algorithms                                                       */
+
+  typedef int   TCoord;   /* integer scanline/pixel coordinate */
+  typedef long  TPos;     /* sub-pixel coordinate              */
+
+  /* determine the type used to store cell areas.  This normally takes at */
+  /* least PIXEL_BITS*2 + 1 bits.  On 16-bit systems, we need to use      */
+  /* `long' instead of `int', otherwise bad things happen                 */
+
+#if PIXEL_BITS <= 7
+
+  typedef int  TArea;
+
+#else /* PIXEL_BITS >= 8 */
+
+  /* approximately determine the size of integers using an ANSI-C header */
+#if FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFU
+  typedef long  TArea;
+#else
+  typedef int   TArea;
+#endif
+
+#endif /* PIXEL_BITS >= 8 */
+
+
+  /* maximal number of gray spans in a call to the span callback */
+#define FT_MAX_GRAY_SPANS  32
+
+
+  typedef struct TCell_*  PCell;
+
+  typedef struct  TCell_
+  {
+    int    x;
+    int    cover;
+    TArea  area;
+    PCell  next;
+
+  } TCell;
+
+
+  typedef struct  TWorker_
+  {
+    TCoord  ex, ey;
+    TPos    min_ex, max_ex;
+    TPos    min_ey, max_ey;
+    TPos    count_ex, count_ey;
+
+    TArea   area;
+    int     cover;
+    int     invalid;
+
+    PCell   cells;
+    int     max_cells;
+    int     num_cells;
+
+    TCoord  cx, cy;
+    TPos    x,  y;
+
+    TPos    last_ey;
+
+    FT_Vector   bez_stack[32 * 3 + 1];
+    int         lev_stack[32];
+
+    FT_Outline  outline;
+    FT_Bitmap   target;
+    FT_BBox     clip_box;
+
+    FT_Span     gray_spans[FT_MAX_GRAY_SPANS];
+    int         num_gray_spans;
+
+    FT_Raster_Span_Func  render_span;
+    void*                render_span_data;
+    int                  span_y;
+
+    int  band_size;
+    int  band_shoot;
+    int  conic_level;
+    int  cubic_level;
+
+    ft_jmp_buf  jump_buffer;
+
+    void*       buffer;
+    long        buffer_size;
+
+    PCell*     ycells;
+    int        ycount;
+
+  } TWorker, *PWorker;
+
+
+  typedef struct TRaster_
+  {
+    void*    buffer;
+    long     buffer_size;
+    int      band_size;
+    void*    memory;
+    PWorker  worker;
+
+  } TRaster, *PRaster;
+
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Initialize the cells table.                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  gray_init_cells( RAS_ARG_ void*  buffer,
+                   long            byte_size )
+  {
+    ras.buffer      = buffer;
+    ras.buffer_size = byte_size;
+
+    ras.ycells      = (PCell*) buffer;
+    ras.cells       = NULL;
+    ras.max_cells   = 0;
+    ras.num_cells   = 0;
+    ras.area        = 0;
+    ras.cover       = 0;
+    ras.invalid     = 1;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Compute the outline bounding box.                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  gray_compute_cbox( RAS_ARG )
+  {
+    FT_Outline*  outline = &ras.outline;
+    FT_Vector*   vec     = outline->points;
+    FT_Vector*   limit   = vec + outline->n_points;
+
+
+    if ( outline->n_points <= 0 )
+    {
+      ras.min_ex = ras.max_ex = 0;
+      ras.min_ey = ras.max_ey = 0;
+      return;
+    }
+
+    ras.min_ex = ras.max_ex = vec->x;
+    ras.min_ey = ras.max_ey = vec->y;
+
+    vec++;
+
+    for ( ; vec < limit; vec++ )
+    {
+      TPos  x = vec->x;
+      TPos  y = vec->y;
+
+
+      if ( x < ras.min_ex ) ras.min_ex = x;
+      if ( x > ras.max_ex ) ras.max_ex = x;
+      if ( y < ras.min_ey ) ras.min_ey = y;
+      if ( y > ras.max_ey ) ras.max_ey = y;
+    }
+
+    /* truncate the bounding box to integer pixels */
+    ras.min_ex = ras.min_ex >> 6;
+    ras.min_ey = ras.min_ey >> 6;
+    ras.max_ex = ( ras.max_ex + 63 ) >> 6;
+    ras.max_ey = ( ras.max_ey + 63 ) >> 6;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Record the current cell in the table.                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static PCell
+  gray_find_cell( RAS_ARG )
+  {
+    PCell  *pcell, cell;
+    int     x = ras.ex;
+
+
+    if ( x > ras.count_ex )
+      x = ras.count_ex;
+
+    pcell = &ras.ycells[ras.ey];
+    for (;;)
+    {
+      cell = *pcell;
+      if ( cell == NULL || cell->x > x )
+        break;
+
+      if ( cell->x == x )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      pcell = &cell->next;
+    }
+
+    if ( ras.num_cells >= ras.max_cells )
+      ft_longjmp( ras.jump_buffer, 1 );
+
+    cell        = ras.cells + ras.num_cells++;
+    cell->x     = x;
+    cell->area  = 0;
+    cell->cover = 0;
+
+    cell->next  = *pcell;
+    *pcell      = cell;
+
+  Exit:
+    return cell;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  gray_record_cell( RAS_ARG )
+  {
+    if ( !ras.invalid && ( ras.area | ras.cover ) )
+    {
+      PCell  cell = gray_find_cell( RAS_VAR );
+
+
+      cell->area  += ras.area;
+      cell->cover += ras.cover;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Set the current cell to a new position.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  gray_set_cell( RAS_ARG_ TCoord  ex,
+                          TCoord  ey )
+  {
+    /* Move the cell pointer to a new position.  We set the `invalid'      */
+    /* flag to indicate that the cell isn't part of those we're interested */
+    /* in during the render phase.  This means that:                       */
+    /*                                                                     */
+    /* . the new vertical position must be within min_ey..max_ey-1.        */
+    /* . the new horizontal position must be strictly less than max_ex     */
+    /*                                                                     */
+    /* Note that if a cell is to the left of the clipping region, it is    */
+    /* actually set to the (min_ex-1) horizontal position.                 */
+
+    /* All cells that are on the left of the clipping region go to the */
+    /* min_ex - 1 horizontal position.                                 */
+    ey -= ras.min_ey;
+
+    if ( ex > ras.max_ex )
+      ex = ras.max_ex;
+
+    ex -= ras.min_ex;
+    if ( ex < 0 )
+      ex = -1;
+
+    /* are we moving to a different cell ? */
+    if ( ex != ras.ex || ey != ras.ey )
+    {
+      /* record the current one if it is valid */
+      if ( !ras.invalid )
+        gray_record_cell( RAS_VAR );
+
+      ras.area  = 0;
+      ras.cover = 0;
+    }
+
+    ras.ex      = ex;
+    ras.ey      = ey;
+    ras.invalid = ( (unsigned)ey >= (unsigned)ras.count_ey ||
+                              ex >= ras.count_ex           );
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Start a new contour at a given cell.                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  gray_start_cell( RAS_ARG_ TCoord  ex,
+                            TCoord  ey )
+  {
+    if ( ex > ras.max_ex )
+      ex = (TCoord)( ras.max_ex );
+
+    if ( ex < ras.min_ex )
+      ex = (TCoord)( ras.min_ex - 1 );
+
+    ras.area    = 0;
+    ras.cover   = 0;
+    ras.ex      = ex - ras.min_ex;
+    ras.ey      = ey - ras.min_ey;
+    ras.last_ey = SUBPIXELS( ey );
+    ras.invalid = 0;
+
+    gray_set_cell( RAS_VAR_ ex, ey );
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Render a scanline as one or more cells.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  gray_render_scanline( RAS_ARG_ TCoord  ey,
+                                 TPos    x1,
+                                 TCoord  y1,
+                                 TPos    x2,
+                                 TCoord  y2 )
+  {
+    TCoord  ex1, ex2, fx1, fx2, delta;
+    long    p, first, dx;
+    int     incr, lift, mod, rem;
+
+
+    dx = x2 - x1;
+
+    ex1 = TRUNC( x1 );
+    ex2 = TRUNC( x2 );
+    fx1 = (TCoord)( x1 - SUBPIXELS( ex1 ) );
+    fx2 = (TCoord)( x2 - SUBPIXELS( ex2 ) );
+
+    /* trivial case.  Happens often */
+    if ( y1 == y2 )
+    {
+      gray_set_cell( RAS_VAR_ ex2, ey );
+      return;
+    }
+
+    /* everything is located in a single cell.  That is easy! */
+    /*                                                        */
+    if ( ex1 == ex2 )
+    {
+      delta      = y2 - y1;
+      ras.area  += (TArea)( fx1 + fx2 ) * delta;
+      ras.cover += delta;
+      return;
+    }
+
+    /* ok, we'll have to render a run of adjacent cells on the same */
+    /* scanline...                                                  */
+    /*                                                              */
+    p     = ( ONE_PIXEL - fx1 ) * ( y2 - y1 );
+    first = ONE_PIXEL;
+    incr  = 1;
+
+    if ( dx < 0 )
+    {
+      p     = fx1 * ( y2 - y1 );
+      first = 0;
+      incr  = -1;
+      dx    = -dx;
+    }
+
+    delta = (TCoord)( p / dx );
+    mod   = (TCoord)( p % dx );
+    if ( mod < 0 )
+    {
+      delta--;
+      mod += (TCoord)dx;
+    }
+
+    ras.area  += (TArea)( fx1 + first ) * delta;
+    ras.cover += delta;
+
+    ex1 += incr;
+    gray_set_cell( RAS_VAR_ ex1, ey );
+    y1  += delta;
+
+    if ( ex1 != ex2 )
+    {
+      p    = ONE_PIXEL * ( y2 - y1 + delta );
+      lift = (TCoord)( p / dx );
+      rem  = (TCoord)( p % dx );
+      if ( rem < 0 )
+      {
+        lift--;
+        rem += (TCoord)dx;
+      }
+
+      mod -= (int)dx;
+
+      while ( ex1 != ex2 )
+      {
+        delta = lift;
+        mod  += rem;
+        if ( mod >= 0 )
+        {
+          mod -= (TCoord)dx;
+          delta++;
+        }
+
+        ras.area  += (TArea)ONE_PIXEL * delta;
+        ras.cover += delta;
+        y1        += delta;
+        ex1       += incr;
+        gray_set_cell( RAS_VAR_ ex1, ey );
+      }
+    }
+
+    delta      = y2 - y1;
+    ras.area  += (TArea)( fx2 + ONE_PIXEL - first ) * delta;
+    ras.cover += delta;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Render a given line as a series of scanlines.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  gray_render_line( RAS_ARG_ TPos  to_x,
+                             TPos  to_y )
+  {
+    TCoord  ey1, ey2, fy1, fy2;
+    TPos    dx, dy, x, x2;
+    long    p, first;
+    int     delta, rem, mod, lift, incr;
+
+
+    ey1 = TRUNC( ras.last_ey );
+    ey2 = TRUNC( to_y );     /* if (ey2 >= ras.max_ey) ey2 = ras.max_ey-1; */
+    fy1 = (TCoord)( ras.y - ras.last_ey );
+    fy2 = (TCoord)( to_y - SUBPIXELS( ey2 ) );
+
+    dx = to_x - ras.x;
+    dy = to_y - ras.y;
+
+    /* XXX: we should do something about the trivial case where dx == 0, */
+    /*      as it happens very often!                                    */
+
+    /* perform vertical clipping */
+    {
+      TCoord  min, max;
+
+
+      min = ey1;
+      max = ey2;
+      if ( ey1 > ey2 )
+      {
+        min = ey2;
+        max = ey1;
+      }
+      if ( min >= ras.max_ey || max < ras.min_ey )
+        goto End;
+    }
+
+    /* everything is on a single scanline */
+    if ( ey1 == ey2 )
+    {
+      gray_render_scanline( RAS_VAR_ ey1, ras.x, fy1, to_x, fy2 );
+      goto End;
+    }
+
+    /* vertical line - avoid calling gray_render_scanline */
+    incr = 1;
+
+    if ( dx == 0 )
+    {
+      TCoord  ex     = TRUNC( ras.x );
+      TCoord  two_fx = (TCoord)( ( ras.x - SUBPIXELS( ex ) ) << 1 );
+      TPos    area;
+
+
+      first = ONE_PIXEL;
+      if ( dy < 0 )
+      {
+        first = 0;
+        incr  = -1;
+      }
+
+      delta      = (int)( first - fy1 );
+      ras.area  += (TArea)two_fx * delta;
+      ras.cover += delta;
+      ey1       += incr;
+
+      gray_set_cell( &ras, ex, ey1 );
+
+      delta = (int)( first + first - ONE_PIXEL );
+      area  = (TArea)two_fx * delta;
+      while ( ey1 != ey2 )
+      {
+        ras.area  += area;
+        ras.cover += delta;
+        ey1       += incr;
+
+        gray_set_cell( &ras, ex, ey1 );
+      }
+
+      delta      = (int)( fy2 - ONE_PIXEL + first );
+      ras.area  += (TArea)two_fx * delta;
+      ras.cover += delta;
+
+      goto End;
+    }
+
+    /* ok, we have to render several scanlines */
+    p     = ( ONE_PIXEL - fy1 ) * dx;
+    first = ONE_PIXEL;
+    incr  = 1;
+
+    if ( dy < 0 )
+    {
+      p     = fy1 * dx;
+      first = 0;
+      incr  = -1;
+      dy    = -dy;
+    }
+
+    delta = (int)( p / dy );
+    mod   = (int)( p % dy );
+    if ( mod < 0 )
+    {
+      delta--;
+      mod += (TCoord)dy;
+    }
+
+    x = ras.x + delta;
+    gray_render_scanline( RAS_VAR_ ey1, ras.x, fy1, x, (TCoord)first );
+
+    ey1 += incr;
+    gray_set_cell( RAS_VAR_ TRUNC( x ), ey1 );
+
+    if ( ey1 != ey2 )
+    {
+      p     = ONE_PIXEL * dx;
+      lift  = (int)( p / dy );
+      rem   = (int)( p % dy );
+      if ( rem < 0 )
+      {
+        lift--;
+        rem += (int)dy;
+      }
+      mod -= (int)dy;
+
+      while ( ey1 != ey2 )
+      {
+        delta = lift;
+        mod  += rem;
+        if ( mod >= 0 )
+        {
+          mod -= (int)dy;
+          delta++;
+        }
+
+        x2 = x + delta;
+        gray_render_scanline( RAS_VAR_ ey1, x,
+                                       (TCoord)( ONE_PIXEL - first ), x2,
+                                       (TCoord)first );
+        x = x2;
+
+        ey1 += incr;
+        gray_set_cell( RAS_VAR_ TRUNC( x ), ey1 );
+      }
+    }
+
+    gray_render_scanline( RAS_VAR_ ey1, x,
+                                   (TCoord)( ONE_PIXEL - first ), to_x,
+                                   fy2 );
+
+  End:
+    ras.x       = to_x;
+    ras.y       = to_y;
+    ras.last_ey = SUBPIXELS( ey2 );
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  gray_split_conic( FT_Vector*  base )
+  {
+    TPos  a, b;
+
+
+    base[4].x = base[2].x;
+    b = base[1].x;
+    a = base[3].x = ( base[2].x + b ) / 2;
+    b = base[1].x = ( base[0].x + b ) / 2;
+    base[2].x = ( a + b ) / 2;
+
+    base[4].y = base[2].y;
+    b = base[1].y;
+    a = base[3].y = ( base[2].y + b ) / 2;
+    b = base[1].y = ( base[0].y + b ) / 2;
+    base[2].y = ( a + b ) / 2;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  gray_render_conic( RAS_ARG_ const FT_Vector*  control,
+                              const FT_Vector*  to )
+  {
+    TPos        dx, dy;
+    int         top, level;
+    int*        levels;
+    FT_Vector*  arc;
+
+
+    dx = DOWNSCALE( ras.x ) + to->x - ( control->x << 1 );
+    if ( dx < 0 )
+      dx = -dx;
+    dy = DOWNSCALE( ras.y ) + to->y - ( control->y << 1 );
+    if ( dy < 0 )
+      dy = -dy;
+    if ( dx < dy )
+      dx = dy;
+
+    level = 1;
+    dx = dx / ras.conic_level;
+    while ( dx > 0 )
+    {
+      dx >>= 2;
+      level++;
+    }
+
+    /* a shortcut to speed things up */
+    if ( level <= 1 )
+    {
+      /* we compute the mid-point directly in order to avoid */
+      /* calling gray_split_conic()                          */
+      TPos  to_x, to_y, mid_x, mid_y;
+
+
+      to_x  = UPSCALE( to->x );
+      to_y  = UPSCALE( to->y );
+      mid_x = ( ras.x + to_x + 2 * UPSCALE( control->x ) ) / 4;
+      mid_y = ( ras.y + to_y + 2 * UPSCALE( control->y ) ) / 4;
+
+      gray_render_line( RAS_VAR_ mid_x, mid_y );
+      gray_render_line( RAS_VAR_ to_x, to_y );
+
+      return;
+    }
+
+    arc       = ras.bez_stack;
+    levels    = ras.lev_stack;
+    top       = 0;
+    levels[0] = level;
+
+    arc[0].x = UPSCALE( to->x );
+    arc[0].y = UPSCALE( to->y );
+    arc[1].x = UPSCALE( control->x );
+    arc[1].y = UPSCALE( control->y );
+    arc[2].x = ras.x;
+    arc[2].y = ras.y;
+
+    while ( top >= 0 )
+    {
+      level = levels[top];
+      if ( level > 1 )
+      {
+        /* check that the arc crosses the current band */
+        TPos  min, max, y;
+
+
+        min = max = arc[0].y;
+
+        y = arc[1].y;
+        if ( y < min ) min = y;
+        if ( y > max ) max = y;
+
+        y = arc[2].y;
+        if ( y < min ) min = y;
+        if ( y > max ) max = y;
+
+        if ( TRUNC( min ) >= ras.max_ey || TRUNC( max ) < ras.min_ey )
+          goto Draw;
+
+        gray_split_conic( arc );
+        arc += 2;
+        top++;
+        levels[top] = levels[top - 1] = level - 1;
+        continue;
+      }
+
+    Draw:
+      {
+        TPos  to_x, to_y, mid_x, mid_y;
+
+
+        to_x  = arc[0].x;
+        to_y  = arc[0].y;
+        mid_x = ( ras.x + to_x + 2 * arc[1].x ) / 4;
+        mid_y = ( ras.y + to_y + 2 * arc[1].y ) / 4;
+
+        gray_render_line( RAS_VAR_ mid_x, mid_y );
+        gray_render_line( RAS_VAR_ to_x, to_y );
+
+        top--;
+        arc -= 2;
+      }
+    }
+
+    return;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  gray_split_cubic( FT_Vector*  base )
+  {
+    TPos  a, b, c, d;
+
+
+    base[6].x = base[3].x;
+    c = base[1].x;
+    d = base[2].x;
+    base[1].x = a = ( base[0].x + c ) / 2;
+    base[5].x = b = ( base[3].x + d ) / 2;
+    c = ( c + d ) / 2;
+    base[2].x = a = ( a + c ) / 2;
+    base[4].x = b = ( b + c ) / 2;
+    base[3].x = ( a + b ) / 2;
+
+    base[6].y = base[3].y;
+    c = base[1].y;
+    d = base[2].y;
+    base[1].y = a = ( base[0].y + c ) / 2;
+    base[5].y = b = ( base[3].y + d ) / 2;
+    c = ( c + d ) / 2;
+    base[2].y = a = ( a + c ) / 2;
+    base[4].y = b = ( b + c ) / 2;
+    base[3].y = ( a + b ) / 2;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  gray_render_cubic( RAS_ARG_ const FT_Vector*  control1,
+                              const FT_Vector*  control2,
+                              const FT_Vector*  to )
+  {
+    TPos        dx, dy, da, db;
+    int         top, level;
+    int*        levels;
+    FT_Vector*  arc;
+
+
+    dx = DOWNSCALE( ras.x ) + to->x - ( control1->x << 1 );
+    if ( dx < 0 )
+      dx = -dx;
+    dy = DOWNSCALE( ras.y ) + to->y - ( control1->y << 1 );
+    if ( dy < 0 )
+      dy = -dy;
+    if ( dx < dy )
+      dx = dy;
+    da = dx;
+
+    dx = DOWNSCALE( ras.x ) + to->x - 3 * ( control1->x + control2->x );
+    if ( dx < 0 )
+      dx = -dx;
+    dy = DOWNSCALE( ras.y ) + to->y - 3 * ( control1->x + control2->y );
+    if ( dy < 0 )
+      dy = -dy;
+    if ( dx < dy )
+      dx = dy;
+    db = dx;
+
+    level = 1;
+    da    = da / ras.cubic_level;
+    db    = db / ras.conic_level;
+    while ( da > 0 || db > 0 )
+    {
+      da >>= 2;
+      db >>= 3;
+      level++;
+    }
+
+    if ( level <= 1 )
+    {
+      TPos   to_x, to_y, mid_x, mid_y;
+
+
+      to_x  = UPSCALE( to->x );
+      to_y  = UPSCALE( to->y );
+      mid_x = ( ras.x + to_x +
+                3 * UPSCALE( control1->x + control2->x ) ) / 8;
+      mid_y = ( ras.y + to_y +
+                3 * UPSCALE( control1->y + control2->y ) ) / 8;
+
+      gray_render_line( RAS_VAR_ mid_x, mid_y );
+      gray_render_line( RAS_VAR_ to_x, to_y );
+      return;
+    }
+
+    arc      = ras.bez_stack;
+    arc[0].x = UPSCALE( to->x );
+    arc[0].y = UPSCALE( to->y );
+    arc[1].x = UPSCALE( control2->x );
+    arc[1].y = UPSCALE( control2->y );
+    arc[2].x = UPSCALE( control1->x );
+    arc[2].y = UPSCALE( control1->y );
+    arc[3].x = ras.x;
+    arc[3].y = ras.y;
+
+    levels    = ras.lev_stack;
+    top       = 0;
+    levels[0] = level;
+
+    while ( top >= 0 )
+    {
+      level = levels[top];
+      if ( level > 1 )
+      {
+        /* check that the arc crosses the current band */
+        TPos  min, max, y;
+
+
+        min = max = arc[0].y;
+        y = arc[1].y;
+        if ( y < min ) min = y;
+        if ( y > max ) max = y;
+        y = arc[2].y;
+        if ( y < min ) min = y;
+        if ( y > max ) max = y;
+        y = arc[3].y;
+        if ( y < min ) min = y;
+        if ( y > max ) max = y;
+        if ( TRUNC( min ) >= ras.max_ey || TRUNC( max ) < 0 )
+          goto Draw;
+        gray_split_cubic( arc );
+        arc += 3;
+        top ++;
+        levels[top] = levels[top - 1] = level - 1;
+        continue;
+      }
+
+    Draw:
+      {
+        TPos  to_x, to_y, mid_x, mid_y;
+
+
+        to_x  = arc[0].x;
+        to_y  = arc[0].y;
+        mid_x = ( ras.x + to_x + 3 * ( arc[1].x + arc[2].x ) ) / 8;
+        mid_y = ( ras.y + to_y + 3 * ( arc[1].y + arc[2].y ) ) / 8;
+
+        gray_render_line( RAS_VAR_ mid_x, mid_y );
+        gray_render_line( RAS_VAR_ to_x, to_y );
+        top --;
+        arc -= 3;
+      }
+    }
+
+    return;
+  }
+
+
+
+  static int
+  gray_move_to( const FT_Vector*  to,
+                PWorker           worker )
+  {
+    TPos  x, y;
+
+
+    /* record current cell, if any */
+    gray_record_cell( worker );
+
+    /* start to a new position */
+    x = UPSCALE( to->x );
+    y = UPSCALE( to->y );
+
+    gray_start_cell( worker, TRUNC( x ), TRUNC( y ) );
+
+    worker->x = x;
+    worker->y = y;
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  static int
+  gray_line_to( const FT_Vector*  to,
+                PWorker           worker )
+  {
+    gray_render_line( worker, UPSCALE( to->x ), UPSCALE( to->y ) );
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  static int
+  gray_conic_to( const FT_Vector*  control,
+                 const FT_Vector*  to,
+                 PWorker           worker )
+  {
+    gray_render_conic( worker, control, to );
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  static int
+  gray_cubic_to( const FT_Vector*  control1,
+                 const FT_Vector*  control2,
+                 const FT_Vector*  to,
+                 PWorker           worker )
+  {
+    gray_render_cubic( worker, control1, control2, to );
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  gray_render_span( int             y,
+                    int             count,
+                    const FT_Span*  spans,
+                    PWorker         worker )
+  {
+    unsigned char*  p;
+    FT_Bitmap*      map = &worker->target;
+
+
+    /* first of all, compute the scanline offset */
+    p = (unsigned char*)map->buffer - y * map->pitch;
+    if ( map->pitch >= 0 )
+      p += ( map->rows - 1 ) * map->pitch;
+
+    for ( ; count > 0; count--, spans++ )
+    {
+      unsigned char  coverage = spans->coverage;
+
+
+      if ( coverage )
+      {
+        /* For small-spans it is faster to do it by ourselves than
+         * calling `memset'.  This is mainly due to the cost of the
+         * function call.
+         */
+        if ( spans->len >= 8 )
+          FT_MEM_SET( p + spans->x, (unsigned char)coverage, spans->len );
+        else
+        {
+          unsigned char*  q = p + spans->x;
+
+
+          switch ( spans->len )
+          {
+          case 7: *q++ = (unsigned char)coverage;
+          case 6: *q++ = (unsigned char)coverage;
+          case 5: *q++ = (unsigned char)coverage;
+          case 4: *q++ = (unsigned char)coverage;
+          case 3: *q++ = (unsigned char)coverage;
+          case 2: *q++ = (unsigned char)coverage;
+          case 1: *q   = (unsigned char)coverage;
+          default:
+            ;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  gray_hline( RAS_ARG_ TCoord  x,
+                       TCoord  y,
+                       TPos    area,
+                       int     acount )
+  {
+    FT_Span*  span;
+    int       count;
+    int       coverage;
+
+
+    /* compute the coverage line's coverage, depending on the    */
+    /* outline fill rule                                         */
+    /*                                                           */
+    /* the coverage percentage is area/(PIXEL_BITS*PIXEL_BITS*2) */
+    /*                                                           */
+    coverage = (int)( area >> ( PIXEL_BITS * 2 + 1 - 8 ) );
+                                                    /* use range 0..256 */
+    if ( coverage < 0 )
+      coverage = -coverage;
+
+    if ( ras.outline.flags & FT_OUTLINE_EVEN_ODD_FILL )
+    {
+      coverage &= 511;
+
+      if ( coverage > 256 )
+        coverage = 512 - coverage;
+      else if ( coverage == 256 )
+        coverage = 255;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* normal non-zero winding rule */
+      if ( coverage >= 256 )
+        coverage = 255;
+    }
+
+    y += (TCoord)ras.min_ey;
+    x += (TCoord)ras.min_ex;
+
+    /* FT_Span.x is a 16-bit short, so limit our coordinates appropriately */
+    if ( x >= 32767 )
+      x = 32767;
+
+    if ( coverage )
+    {
+      /* see whether we can add this span to the current list */
+      count = ras.num_gray_spans;
+      span  = ras.gray_spans + count - 1;
+      if ( count > 0                          &&
+           ras.span_y == y                    &&
+           (int)span->x + span->len == (int)x &&
+           span->coverage == coverage         )
+      {
+        span->len = (unsigned short)( span->len + acount );
+        return;
+      }
+
+      if ( ras.span_y != y || count >= FT_MAX_GRAY_SPANS )
+      {
+        if ( ras.render_span && count > 0 )
+          ras.render_span( ras.span_y, count, ras.gray_spans,
+                           ras.render_span_data );
+
+#ifdef FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE
+
+        if ( count > 0 )
+        {
+          int  n;
+
+
+          FT_TRACE7(( "y = %3d ", ras.span_y ));
+          span = ras.gray_spans;
+          for ( n = 0; n < count; n++, span++ )
+            FT_TRACE7(( "[%d..%d]:%02x ",
+                        span->x, span->x + span->len - 1, span->coverage ));
+          FT_TRACE7(( "\n" ));
+        }
+
+#endif /* FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE */
+
+        ras.num_gray_spans = 0;
+        ras.span_y         = y;
+
+        count = 0;
+        span  = ras.gray_spans;
+      }
+      else
+        span++;
+
+      /* add a gray span to the current list */
+      span->x        = (short)x;
+      span->len      = (unsigned short)acount;
+      span->coverage = (unsigned char)coverage;
+
+      ras.num_gray_spans++;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+#ifdef FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE
+
+  /* to be called while in the debugger --                                */
+  /* this function causes a compiler warning since it is unused otherwise */
+  static void
+  gray_dump_cells( RAS_ARG )
+  {
+    int  yindex;
+
+
+    for ( yindex = 0; yindex < ras.ycount; yindex++ )
+    {
+      PCell  cell;
+
+
+      printf( "%3d:", yindex );
+
+      for ( cell = ras.ycells[yindex]; cell != NULL; cell = cell->next )
+        printf( " (%3d, c:%4d, a:%6d)", cell->x, cell->cover, cell->area );
+      printf( "\n" );
+    }
+  }
+
+#endif /* FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE */
+
+
+  static void
+  gray_sweep( RAS_ARG_ const FT_Bitmap*  target )
+  {
+    int  yindex;
+
+    FT_UNUSED( target );
+
+
+    if ( ras.num_cells == 0 )
+      return;
+
+    ras.num_gray_spans = 0;
+
+    FT_TRACE7(( "gray_sweep: start\n" ));
+
+    for ( yindex = 0; yindex < ras.ycount; yindex++ )
+    {
+      PCell   cell  = ras.ycells[yindex];
+      TCoord  cover = 0;
+      TCoord  x     = 0;
+
+
+      for ( ; cell != NULL; cell = cell->next )
+      {
+        TArea  area;
+
+
+        if ( cell->x > x && cover != 0 )
+          gray_hline( RAS_VAR_ x, yindex, cover * ( ONE_PIXEL * 2 ),
+                      cell->x - x );
+
+        cover += cell->cover;
+        area   = cover * ( ONE_PIXEL * 2 ) - cell->area;
+
+        if ( area != 0 && cell->x >= 0 )
+          gray_hline( RAS_VAR_ cell->x, yindex, area, 1 );
+
+        x = cell->x + 1;
+      }
+
+      if ( cover != 0 )
+        gray_hline( RAS_VAR_ x, yindex, cover * ( ONE_PIXEL * 2 ),
+                    ras.count_ex - x );
+    }
+
+    if ( ras.render_span && ras.num_gray_spans > 0 )
+      ras.render_span( ras.span_y, ras.num_gray_spans,
+                       ras.gray_spans, ras.render_span_data );
+
+    FT_TRACE7(( "gray_sweep: end\n" ));
+  }
+
+
+#ifdef _STANDALONE_
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*  The following function should only compile in stand-alone mode,      */
+  /*  i.e., when building this component without the rest of FreeType.     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Function>                                                            */
+  /*    FT_Outline_Decompose                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Description>                                                         */
+  /*    Walk over an outline's structure to decompose it into individual   */
+  /*    segments and Bézier arcs.  This function is also able to emit      */
+  /*    `move to' and `close to' operations to indicate the start and end  */
+  /*    of new contours in the outline.                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Input>                                                               */
+  /*    outline        :: A pointer to the source target.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    func_interface :: A table of `emitters', i.e., function pointers   */
+  /*                      called during decomposition to indicate path     */
+  /*                      operations.                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <InOut>                                                               */
+  /*    user           :: A typeless pointer which is passed to each       */
+  /*                      emitter during the decomposition.  It can be     */
+  /*                      used to store the state during the               */
+  /*                      decomposition.                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* <Return>                                                              */
+  /*    Error code.  0 means success.                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static int
+  FT_Outline_Decompose( const FT_Outline*        outline,
+                        const FT_Outline_Funcs*  func_interface,
+                        void*                    user )
+  {
+#undef SCALED
+#define SCALED( x )  ( ( (x) << shift ) - delta )
+
+    FT_Vector   v_last;
+    FT_Vector   v_control;
+    FT_Vector   v_start;
+
+    FT_Vector*  point;
+    FT_Vector*  limit;
+    char*       tags;
+
+    int         error;
+
+    int   n;         /* index of contour in outline     */
+    int   first;     /* index of first point in contour */
+    char  tag;       /* current point's state           */
+
+    int   shift;
+    TPos  delta;
+
+
+    if ( !outline || !func_interface )
+      return ErrRaster_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    shift = func_interface->shift;
+    delta = func_interface->delta;
+    first = 0;
+
+    for ( n = 0; n < outline->n_contours; n++ )
+    {
+      int  last;  /* index of last point in contour */
+
+
+      FT_TRACE5(( "FT_Outline_Decompose: Outline %d\n", n ));
+
+      last  = outline->contours[n];
+      if ( last < 0 )
+        goto Invalid_Outline;
+      limit = outline->points + last;
+
+      v_start   = outline->points[first];
+      v_start.x = SCALED( v_start.x );
+      v_start.y = SCALED( v_start.y );
+
+      v_last   = outline->points[last];
+      v_last.x = SCALED( v_last.x );
+      v_last.y = SCALED( v_last.y );
+
+      v_control = v_start;
+
+      point = outline->points + first;
+      tags  = outline->tags   + first;
+      tag   = FT_CURVE_TAG( tags[0] );
+
+      /* A contour cannot start with a cubic control point! */
+      if ( tag == FT_CURVE_TAG_CUBIC )
+        goto Invalid_Outline;
+
+      /* check first point to determine origin */
+      if ( tag == FT_CURVE_TAG_CONIC )
+      {
+        /* first point is conic control.  Yes, this happens. */
+        if ( FT_CURVE_TAG( outline->tags[last] ) == FT_CURVE_TAG_ON )
+        {
+          /* start at last point if it is on the curve */
+          v_start = v_last;
+          limit--;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          /* if both first and last points are conic,         */
+          /* start at their middle and record its position    */
+          /* for closure                                      */
+          v_start.x = ( v_start.x + v_last.x ) / 2;
+          v_start.y = ( v_start.y + v_last.y ) / 2;
+
+          v_last = v_start;
+        }
+        point--;
+        tags--;
+      }
+
+      FT_TRACE5(( "  move to (%.2f, %.2f)\n",
+                  v_start.x / 64.0, v_start.y / 64.0 ));
+      error = func_interface->move_to( &v_start, user );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      while ( point < limit )
+      {
+        point++;
+        tags++;
+
+        tag = FT_CURVE_TAG( tags[0] );
+        switch ( tag )
+        {
+        case FT_CURVE_TAG_ON:  /* emit a single line_to */
+          {
+            FT_Vector  vec;
+
+
+            vec.x = SCALED( point->x );
+            vec.y = SCALED( point->y );
+
+            FT_TRACE5(( "  line to (%.2f, %.2f)\n",
+                        vec.x / 64.0, vec.y / 64.0 ));
+            error = func_interface->line_to( &vec, user );
+            if ( error )
+              goto Exit;
+            continue;
+          }
+
+        case FT_CURVE_TAG_CONIC:  /* consume conic arcs */
+          v_control.x = SCALED( point->x );
+          v_control.y = SCALED( point->y );
+
+        Do_Conic:
+          if ( point < limit )
+          {
+            FT_Vector  vec;
+            FT_Vector  v_middle;
+
+
+            point++;
+            tags++;
+            tag = FT_CURVE_TAG( tags[0] );
+
+            vec.x = SCALED( point->x );
+            vec.y = SCALED( point->y );
+
+            if ( tag == FT_CURVE_TAG_ON )
+            {
+              FT_TRACE5(( "  conic to (%.2f, %.2f)"
+                          " with control (%.2f, %.2f)\n",
+                          vec.x / 64.0, vec.y / 64.0,
+                          v_control.x / 64.0, v_control.y / 64.0 ));
+              error = func_interface->conic_to( &v_control, &vec, user );
+              if ( error )
+                goto Exit;
+              continue;
+            }
+
+            if ( tag != FT_CURVE_TAG_CONIC )
+              goto Invalid_Outline;
+
+            v_middle.x = ( v_control.x + vec.x ) / 2;
+            v_middle.y = ( v_control.y + vec.y ) / 2;
+
+            FT_TRACE5(( "  conic to (%.2f, %.2f)"
+                        " with control (%.2f, %.2f)\n",
+                        v_middle.x / 64.0, v_middle.y / 64.0,
+                        v_control.x / 64.0, v_control.y / 64.0 ));
+            error = func_interface->conic_to( &v_control, &v_middle, user );
+            if ( error )
+              goto Exit;
+
+            v_control = vec;
+            goto Do_Conic;
+          }
+
+          FT_TRACE5(( "  conic to (%.2f, %.2f)"
+                      " with control (%.2f, %.2f)\n",
+                      v_start.x / 64.0, v_start.y / 64.0,
+                      v_control.x / 64.0, v_control.y / 64.0 ));
+          error = func_interface->conic_to( &v_control, &v_start, user );
+          goto Close;
+
+        default:  /* FT_CURVE_TAG_CUBIC */
+          {
+            FT_Vector  vec1, vec2;
+
+
+            if ( point + 1 > limit                             ||
+                 FT_CURVE_TAG( tags[1] ) != FT_CURVE_TAG_CUBIC )
+              goto Invalid_Outline;
+
+            point += 2;
+            tags  += 2;
+
+            vec1.x = SCALED( point[-2].x );
+            vec1.y = SCALED( point[-2].y );
+
+            vec2.x = SCALED( point[-1].x );
+            vec2.y = SCALED( point[-1].y );
+
+            if ( point <= limit )
+            {
+              FT_Vector  vec;
+
+
+              vec.x = SCALED( point->x );
+              vec.y = SCALED( point->y );
+
+              FT_TRACE5(( "  cubic to (%.2f, %.2f)"
+                          " with controls (%.2f, %.2f) and (%.2f, %.2f)\n",
+                          vec.x / 64.0, vec.y / 64.0,
+                          vec1.x / 64.0, vec1.y / 64.0,
+                          vec2.x / 64.0, vec2.y / 64.0 ));
+              error = func_interface->cubic_to( &vec1, &vec2, &vec, user );
+              if ( error )
+                goto Exit;
+              continue;
+            }
+
+            FT_TRACE5(( "  cubic to (%.2f, %.2f)"
+                        " with controls (%.2f, %.2f) and (%.2f, %.2f)\n",
+                        v_start.x / 64.0, v_start.y / 64.0,
+                        vec1.x / 64.0, vec1.y / 64.0,
+                        vec2.x / 64.0, vec2.y / 64.0 ));
+            error = func_interface->cubic_to( &vec1, &vec2, &v_start, user );
+            goto Close;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* close the contour with a line segment */
+      FT_TRACE5(( "  line to (%.2f, %.2f)\n",
+                  v_start.x / 64.0, v_start.y / 64.0 ));
+      error = func_interface->line_to( &v_start, user );
+
+   Close:
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      first = last + 1;
+    }
+
+    FT_TRACE5(( "FT_Outline_Decompose: Done\n", n ));
+    return 0;
+
+  Exit:
+    FT_TRACE5(( "FT_Outline_Decompose: Error %d\n", error ));
+    return error;
+
+  Invalid_Outline:
+    return ErrRaster_Invalid_Outline;
+  }
+
+#endif /* _STANDALONE_ */
+
+
+  typedef struct  TBand_
+  {
+    TPos  min, max;
+
+  } TBand;
+
+
+  static int
+  gray_convert_glyph_inner( RAS_ARG )
+  {
+    static
+    const FT_Outline_Funcs  func_interface =
+    {
+      (FT_Outline_MoveTo_Func) gray_move_to,
+      (FT_Outline_LineTo_Func) gray_line_to,
+      (FT_Outline_ConicTo_Func)gray_conic_to,
+      (FT_Outline_CubicTo_Func)gray_cubic_to,
+      0,
+      0
+    };
+
+    volatile int  error = 0;
+
+
+    if ( ft_setjmp( ras.jump_buffer ) == 0 )
+    {
+      error = FT_Outline_Decompose( &ras.outline, &func_interface, &ras );
+      gray_record_cell( RAS_VAR );
+    }
+    else
+      error = ErrRaster_Memory_Overflow;
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static int
+  gray_convert_glyph( RAS_ARG )
+  {
+    TBand            bands[40];
+    TBand* volatile  band;
+    int volatile     n, num_bands;
+    TPos volatile    min, max, max_y;
+    FT_BBox*         clip;
+
+
+    /* Set up state in the raster object */
+    gray_compute_cbox( RAS_VAR );
+
+    /* clip to target bitmap, exit if nothing to do */
+    clip = &ras.clip_box;
+
+    if ( ras.max_ex <= clip->xMin || ras.min_ex >= clip->xMax ||
+         ras.max_ey <= clip->yMin || ras.min_ey >= clip->yMax )
+      return 0;
+
+    if ( ras.min_ex < clip->xMin ) ras.min_ex = clip->xMin;
+    if ( ras.min_ey < clip->yMin ) ras.min_ey = clip->yMin;
+
+    if ( ras.max_ex > clip->xMax ) ras.max_ex = clip->xMax;
+    if ( ras.max_ey > clip->yMax ) ras.max_ey = clip->yMax;
+
+    ras.count_ex = ras.max_ex - ras.min_ex;
+    ras.count_ey = ras.max_ey - ras.min_ey;
+
+    /* simple heuristic used to speed up the bezier decomposition -- see */
+    /* the code in gray_render_conic() and gray_render_cubic() for more  */
+    /* details                                                           */
+    ras.conic_level = 32;
+    ras.cubic_level = 16;
+
+    {
+      int  level = 0;
+
+
+      if ( ras.count_ex > 24 || ras.count_ey > 24 )
+        level++;
+      if ( ras.count_ex > 120 || ras.count_ey > 120 )
+        level++;
+
+      ras.conic_level <<= level;
+      ras.cubic_level <<= level;
+    }
+
+    /* set up vertical bands */
+    num_bands = (int)( ( ras.max_ey - ras.min_ey ) / ras.band_size );
+    if ( num_bands == 0 )
+      num_bands = 1;
+    if ( num_bands >= 39 )
+      num_bands = 39;
+
+    ras.band_shoot = 0;
+
+    min   = ras.min_ey;
+    max_y = ras.max_ey;
+
+    for ( n = 0; n < num_bands; n++, min = max )
+    {
+      max = min + ras.band_size;
+      if ( n == num_bands - 1 || max > max_y )
+        max = max_y;
+
+      bands[0].min = min;
+      bands[0].max = max;
+      band         = bands;
+
+      while ( band >= bands )
+      {
+        TPos  bottom, top, middle;
+        int   error;
+
+        {
+          PCell  cells_max;
+          int    yindex;
+          long   cell_start, cell_end, cell_mod;
+
+
+          ras.ycells = (PCell*)ras.buffer;
+          ras.ycount = band->max - band->min;
+
+          cell_start = sizeof ( PCell ) * ras.ycount;
+          cell_mod   = cell_start % sizeof ( TCell );
+          if ( cell_mod > 0 )
+            cell_start += sizeof ( TCell ) - cell_mod;
+
+          cell_end  = ras.buffer_size;
+          cell_end -= cell_end % sizeof( TCell );
+
+          cells_max = (PCell)( (char*)ras.buffer + cell_end );
+          ras.cells = (PCell)( (char*)ras.buffer + cell_start );
+          if ( ras.cells >= cells_max )
+            goto ReduceBands;
+
+          ras.max_cells = cells_max - ras.cells;
+          if ( ras.max_cells < 2 )
+            goto ReduceBands;
+
+          for ( yindex = 0; yindex < ras.ycount; yindex++ )
+            ras.ycells[yindex] = NULL;
+        }
+
+        ras.num_cells = 0;
+        ras.invalid   = 1;
+        ras.min_ey    = band->min;
+        ras.max_ey    = band->max;
+        ras.count_ey  = band->max - band->min;
+
+        error = gray_convert_glyph_inner( RAS_VAR );
+
+        if ( !error )
+        {
+          gray_sweep( RAS_VAR_ &ras.target );
+          band--;
+          continue;
+        }
+        else if ( error != ErrRaster_Memory_Overflow )
+          return 1;
+
+      ReduceBands:
+        /* render pool overflow; we will reduce the render band by half */
+        bottom = band->min;
+        top    = band->max;
+        middle = bottom + ( ( top - bottom ) >> 1 );
+
+        /* This is too complex for a single scanline; there must */
+        /* be some problems.                                     */
+        if ( middle == bottom )
+        {
+#ifdef FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE
+          FT_TRACE7(( "gray_convert_glyph: Rotten glyph!\n" ));
+#endif
+          return 1;
+        }
+
+        if ( bottom-top >= ras.band_size )
+          ras.band_shoot++;
+
+        band[1].min = bottom;
+        band[1].max = middle;
+        band[0].min = middle;
+        band[0].max = top;
+        band++;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if ( ras.band_shoot > 8 && ras.band_size > 16 )
+      ras.band_size = ras.band_size / 2;
+
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  static int
+  gray_raster_render( PRaster                  raster,
+                      const FT_Raster_Params*  params )
+  {
+    const FT_Outline*  outline    = (const FT_Outline*)params->source;
+    const FT_Bitmap*   target_map = params->target;
+    PWorker            worker;
+
+
+    if ( !raster || !raster->buffer || !raster->buffer_size )
+      return ErrRaster_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    if ( !outline )
+      return ErrRaster_Invalid_Outline;
+
+    /* return immediately if the outline is empty */
+    if ( outline->n_points == 0 || outline->n_contours <= 0 )
+      return 0;
+
+    if ( !outline->contours || !outline->points )
+      return ErrRaster_Invalid_Outline;
+
+    if ( outline->n_points !=
+           outline->contours[outline->n_contours - 1] + 1 )
+      return ErrRaster_Invalid_Outline;
+
+    worker = raster->worker;
+
+    /* if direct mode is not set, we must have a target bitmap */
+    if ( !( params->flags & FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT ) )
+    {
+      if ( !target_map )
+        return ErrRaster_Invalid_Argument;
+
+      /* nothing to do */
+      if ( !target_map->width || !target_map->rows )
+        return 0;
+
+      if ( !target_map->buffer )
+        return ErrRaster_Invalid_Argument;
+    }
+
+    /* this version does not support monochrome rendering */
+    if ( !( params->flags & FT_RASTER_FLAG_AA ) )
+      return ErrRaster_Invalid_Mode;
+
+    /* compute clipping box */
+    if ( !( params->flags & FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT ) )
+    {
+      /* compute clip box from target pixmap */
+      ras.clip_box.xMin = 0;
+      ras.clip_box.yMin = 0;
+      ras.clip_box.xMax = target_map->width;
+      ras.clip_box.yMax = target_map->rows;
+    }
+    else if ( params->flags & FT_RASTER_FLAG_CLIP )
+      ras.clip_box = params->clip_box;
+    else
+    {
+      ras.clip_box.xMin = -32768L;
+      ras.clip_box.yMin = -32768L;
+      ras.clip_box.xMax =  32767L;
+      ras.clip_box.yMax =  32767L;
+    }
+
+    gray_init_cells( worker, raster->buffer, raster->buffer_size );
+
+    ras.outline        = *outline;
+    ras.num_cells      = 0;
+    ras.invalid        = 1;
+    ras.band_size      = raster->band_size;
+    ras.num_gray_spans = 0;
+
+    if ( params->flags & FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT )
+    {
+      ras.render_span      = (FT_Raster_Span_Func)params->gray_spans;
+      ras.render_span_data = params->user;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      ras.target           = *target_map;
+      ras.render_span      = (FT_Raster_Span_Func)gray_render_span;
+      ras.render_span_data = &ras;
+    }
+
+    return gray_convert_glyph( worker );
+  }
+
+
+  /**** RASTER OBJECT CREATION: In stand-alone mode, we simply use *****/
+  /****                         a static object.                   *****/
+
+#ifdef _STANDALONE_
+
+  static int
+  gray_raster_new( void*       memory,
+                   FT_Raster*  araster )
+  {
+    static TRaster  the_raster;
+
+    FT_UNUSED( memory );
+
+
+    *araster = (FT_Raster)&the_raster;
+    FT_MEM_ZERO( &the_raster, sizeof ( the_raster ) );
+
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  gray_raster_done( FT_Raster  raster )
+  {
+    /* nothing */
+    FT_UNUSED( raster );
+  }
+
+#else /* _STANDALONE_ */
+
+  static int
+  gray_raster_new( FT_Memory   memory,
+                   FT_Raster*  araster )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error;
+    PRaster   raster;
+
+
+    *araster = 0;
+    if ( !FT_ALLOC( raster, sizeof ( TRaster ) ) )
+    {
+      raster->memory = memory;
+      *araster = (FT_Raster)raster;
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  gray_raster_done( FT_Raster  raster )
+  {
+    FT_Memory  memory = (FT_Memory)((PRaster)raster)->memory;
+
+
+    FT_FREE( raster );
+  }
+
+#endif /* _STANDALONE_ */
+
+
+  static void
+  gray_raster_reset( FT_Raster  raster,
+                     char*      pool_base,
+                     long       pool_size )
+  {
+    PRaster  rast = (PRaster)raster;
+
+
+    if ( raster )
+    {
+      if ( pool_base && pool_size >= (long)sizeof ( TWorker ) + 2048 )
+      {
+        PWorker  worker = (PWorker)pool_base;
+
+
+        rast->worker      = worker;
+        rast->buffer      = pool_base +
+                              ( ( sizeof ( TWorker ) + sizeof ( TCell ) - 1 ) &
+                                ~( sizeof ( TCell ) - 1 ) );
+        rast->buffer_size = (long)( ( pool_base + pool_size ) -
+                                    (char*)rast->buffer ) &
+                                      ~( sizeof ( TCell ) - 1 );
+        rast->band_size   = (int)( rast->buffer_size /
+                                     ( sizeof ( TCell ) * 8 ) );
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        rast->buffer      = NULL;
+        rast->buffer_size = 0;
+        rast->worker      = NULL;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  const FT_Raster_Funcs  ft_grays_raster =
+  {
+    FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE,
+
+    (FT_Raster_New_Func)     gray_raster_new,
+    (FT_Raster_Reset_Func)   gray_raster_reset,
+    (FT_Raster_Set_Mode_Func)0,
+    (FT_Raster_Render_Func)  gray_raster_render,
+    (FT_Raster_Done_Func)    gray_raster_done
+  };
+
+
+/* END */
+
+
+/* Local Variables: */
+/* coding: utf-8    */
+/* End:             */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/ftgrays.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/ftgrays.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2d40954
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/ftgrays.h
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftgrays.h                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType smooth renderer declaration                                 */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001 by                                                 */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTGRAYS_H__
+#define __FTGRAYS_H__
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+  extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef _STANDALONE_
+#include "ftimage.h"
+#else
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_IMAGE_H
+#endif
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* To make ftgrays.h independent from configuration files we check       */
+  /* whether FT_EXPORT_VAR has been defined already.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* On some systems and compilers (Win32 mostly), an extra keyword is     */
+  /* necessary to compile the library as a DLL.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#ifndef FT_EXPORT_VAR
+#define FT_EXPORT_VAR( x )  extern  x
+#endif
+
+  FT_EXPORT_VAR( const FT_Raster_Funcs )  ft_grays_raster;
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+  }
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __FTGRAYS_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/ftsmerrs.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/ftsmerrs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0c2a2ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/ftsmerrs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftsmerrs.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    smooth renderer error codes (specification only).                    */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2001 by                                                      */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This file is used to define the smooth renderer error enumeration     */
+  /* constants.                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef __FTSMERRS_H__
+#define __FTSMERRS_H__
+
+#include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
+
+#undef __FTERRORS_H__
+
+#define FT_ERR_PREFIX  Smooth_Err_
+#define FT_ERR_BASE    FT_Mod_Err_Smooth
+
+#include FT_ERRORS_H
+
+#endif /* __FTSMERRS_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/ftsmooth.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/ftsmooth.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a6db504
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/ftsmooth.c
@@ -0,0 +1,467 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftsmooth.c                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Anti-aliasing renderer interface (body).                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2000-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2009 by             */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+#include FT_OUTLINE_H
+#include "ftsmooth.h"
+#include "ftgrays.h"
+
+#include "ftsmerrs.h"
+
+
+  /* initialize renderer -- init its raster */
+  static FT_Error
+  ft_smooth_init( FT_Renderer  render )
+  {
+    FT_Library  library = FT_MODULE_LIBRARY( render );
+
+
+    render->clazz->raster_class->raster_reset( render->raster,
+                                               library->raster_pool,
+                                               library->raster_pool_size );
+
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  /* sets render-specific mode */
+  static FT_Error
+  ft_smooth_set_mode( FT_Renderer  render,
+                      FT_ULong     mode_tag,
+                      FT_Pointer   data )
+  {
+    /* we simply pass it to the raster */
+    return render->clazz->raster_class->raster_set_mode( render->raster,
+                                                         mode_tag,
+                                                         data );
+  }
+
+  /* transform a given glyph image */
+  static FT_Error
+  ft_smooth_transform( FT_Renderer       render,
+                       FT_GlyphSlot      slot,
+                       const FT_Matrix*  matrix,
+                       const FT_Vector*  delta )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error = Smooth_Err_Ok;
+
+
+    if ( slot->format != render->glyph_format )
+    {
+      error = Smooth_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    if ( matrix )
+      FT_Outline_Transform( &slot->outline, matrix );
+
+    if ( delta )
+      FT_Outline_Translate( &slot->outline, delta->x, delta->y );
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* return the glyph's control box */
+  static void
+  ft_smooth_get_cbox( FT_Renderer   render,
+                      FT_GlyphSlot  slot,
+                      FT_BBox*      cbox )
+  {
+    FT_MEM_ZERO( cbox, sizeof ( *cbox ) );
+
+    if ( slot->format == render->glyph_format )
+      FT_Outline_Get_CBox( &slot->outline, cbox );
+  }
+
+
+  /* convert a slot's glyph image into a bitmap */
+  static FT_Error
+  ft_smooth_render_generic( FT_Renderer       render,
+                            FT_GlyphSlot      slot,
+                            FT_Render_Mode    mode,
+                            const FT_Vector*  origin,
+                            FT_Render_Mode    required_mode )
+  {
+    FT_Error     error;
+    FT_Outline*  outline = NULL;
+    FT_BBox      cbox;
+    FT_UInt      width, height, height_org, width_org, pitch;
+    FT_Bitmap*   bitmap;
+    FT_Memory    memory;
+    FT_Int       hmul = mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD;
+    FT_Int       vmul = mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V;
+    FT_Pos       x_shift, y_shift, x_left, y_top;
+
+    FT_Raster_Params  params;
+
+
+    /* check glyph image format */
+    if ( slot->format != render->glyph_format )
+    {
+      error = Smooth_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* check mode */
+    if ( mode != required_mode )
+      return Smooth_Err_Cannot_Render_Glyph;
+
+    outline = &slot->outline;
+
+    /* translate the outline to the new origin if needed */
+    if ( origin )
+      FT_Outline_Translate( outline, origin->x, origin->y );
+
+    /* compute the control box, and grid fit it */
+    FT_Outline_Get_CBox( outline, &cbox );
+
+    cbox.xMin = FT_PIX_FLOOR( cbox.xMin );
+    cbox.yMin = FT_PIX_FLOOR( cbox.yMin );
+    cbox.xMax = FT_PIX_CEIL( cbox.xMax );
+    cbox.yMax = FT_PIX_CEIL( cbox.yMax );
+
+    width  = (FT_UInt)( ( cbox.xMax - cbox.xMin ) >> 6 );
+    height = (FT_UInt)( ( cbox.yMax - cbox.yMin ) >> 6 );
+    bitmap = &slot->bitmap;
+    memory = render->root.memory;
+
+    width_org  = width;
+    height_org = height;
+
+    /* release old bitmap buffer */
+    if ( slot->internal->flags & FT_GLYPH_OWN_BITMAP )
+    {
+      FT_FREE( bitmap->buffer );
+      slot->internal->flags &= ~FT_GLYPH_OWN_BITMAP;
+    }
+
+    /* allocate new one, depends on pixel format */
+    pitch = width;
+    if ( hmul )
+    {
+      width = width * 3;
+      pitch = FT_PAD_CEIL( width, 4 );
+    }
+
+    if ( vmul )
+      height *= 3;
+
+    x_shift = (FT_Int) cbox.xMin;
+    y_shift = (FT_Int) cbox.yMin;
+    x_left  = (FT_Int)( cbox.xMin >> 6 );
+    y_top   = (FT_Int)( cbox.yMax >> 6 );
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING
+
+    if ( slot->library->lcd_filter_func )
+    {
+      FT_Int  extra = slot->library->lcd_extra;
+
+
+      if ( hmul )
+      {
+        x_shift -= 64 * ( extra >> 1 );
+        width   += 3 * extra;
+        pitch    = FT_PAD_CEIL( width, 4 );
+        x_left  -= extra >> 1;
+      }
+
+      if ( vmul )
+      {
+        y_shift -= 64 * ( extra >> 1 );
+        height  += 3 * extra;
+        y_top   += extra >> 1;
+      }
+    }
+
+#endif
+
+    bitmap->pixel_mode = FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY;
+    bitmap->num_grays  = 256;
+    bitmap->width      = width;
+    bitmap->rows       = height;
+    bitmap->pitch      = pitch;
+
+    /* translate outline to render it into the bitmap */
+    FT_Outline_Translate( outline, -x_shift, -y_shift );
+
+    if ( FT_ALLOC( bitmap->buffer, (FT_ULong)pitch * height ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    slot->internal->flags |= FT_GLYPH_OWN_BITMAP;
+
+    /* set up parameters */
+    params.target = bitmap;
+    params.source = outline;
+    params.flags  = FT_RASTER_FLAG_AA;
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING
+
+    /* implode outline if needed */
+    {
+      FT_Vector*  points     = outline->points;
+      FT_Vector*  points_end = points + outline->n_points;
+      FT_Vector*  vec;
+
+
+      if ( hmul )
+        for ( vec = points; vec < points_end; vec++ )
+          vec->x *= 3;
+
+      if ( vmul )
+        for ( vec = points; vec < points_end; vec++ )
+          vec->y *= 3;
+    }
+
+    /* render outline into the bitmap */
+    error = render->raster_render( render->raster, ¶ms );
+
+    /* deflate outline if needed */
+    {
+      FT_Vector*  points     = outline->points;
+      FT_Vector*  points_end = points + outline->n_points;
+      FT_Vector*  vec;
+
+
+      if ( hmul )
+        for ( vec = points; vec < points_end; vec++ )
+          vec->x /= 3;
+
+      if ( vmul )
+        for ( vec = points; vec < points_end; vec++ )
+          vec->y /= 3;
+    }
+
+    if ( slot->library->lcd_filter_func )
+      slot->library->lcd_filter_func( bitmap, mode, slot->library );
+
+#else /* !FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING */
+
+    /* render outline into bitmap */
+    error = render->raster_render( render->raster, ¶ms );
+
+    /* expand it horizontally */
+    if ( hmul )
+    {
+      FT_Byte*  line = bitmap->buffer;
+      FT_UInt   hh;
+
+
+      for ( hh = height_org; hh > 0; hh--, line += pitch )
+      {
+        FT_UInt   xx;
+        FT_Byte*  end = line + width;
+
+
+        for ( xx = width_org; xx > 0; xx-- )
+        {
+          FT_UInt  pixel = line[xx-1];
+
+
+          end[-3] = (FT_Byte)pixel;
+          end[-2] = (FT_Byte)pixel;
+          end[-1] = (FT_Byte)pixel;
+          end    -= 3;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* expand it vertically */
+    if ( vmul )
+    {
+      FT_Byte*  read  = bitmap->buffer + ( height - height_org ) * pitch;
+      FT_Byte*  write = bitmap->buffer;
+      FT_UInt   hh;
+
+
+      for ( hh = height_org; hh > 0; hh-- )
+      {
+        ft_memcpy( write, read, pitch );
+        write += pitch;
+
+        ft_memcpy( write, read, pitch );
+        write += pitch;
+
+        ft_memcpy( write, read, pitch );
+        write += pitch;
+        read  += pitch;
+      }
+    }
+
+#endif /* !FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING */
+
+    FT_Outline_Translate( outline, x_shift, y_shift );
+
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    slot->format      = FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP;
+    slot->bitmap_left = x_left;
+    slot->bitmap_top  = y_top;
+
+  Exit:
+    if ( outline && origin )
+      FT_Outline_Translate( outline, -origin->x, -origin->y );
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* convert a slot's glyph image into a bitmap */
+  static FT_Error
+  ft_smooth_render( FT_Renderer       render,
+                    FT_GlyphSlot      slot,
+                    FT_Render_Mode    mode,
+                    const FT_Vector*  origin )
+  {
+    if ( mode == FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT )
+      mode = FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL;
+
+    return ft_smooth_render_generic( render, slot, mode, origin,
+                                     FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL );
+  }
+
+
+  /* convert a slot's glyph image into a horizontal LCD bitmap */
+  static FT_Error
+  ft_smooth_render_lcd( FT_Renderer       render,
+                        FT_GlyphSlot      slot,
+                        FT_Render_Mode    mode,
+                        const FT_Vector*  origin )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error;
+
+    error = ft_smooth_render_generic( render, slot, mode, origin,
+                                      FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD );
+    if ( !error )
+      slot->bitmap.pixel_mode = FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD;
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* convert a slot's glyph image into a vertical LCD bitmap */
+  static FT_Error
+  ft_smooth_render_lcd_v( FT_Renderer       render,
+                          FT_GlyphSlot      slot,
+                          FT_Render_Mode    mode,
+                          const FT_Vector*  origin )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error;
+
+    error = ft_smooth_render_generic( render, slot, mode, origin,
+                                      FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V );
+    if ( !error )
+      slot->bitmap.pixel_mode = FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V;
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
+  const FT_Renderer_Class  ft_smooth_renderer_class =
+  {
+    {
+      FT_MODULE_RENDERER,
+      sizeof( FT_RendererRec ),
+
+      "smooth",
+      0x10000L,
+      0x20000L,
+
+      0,    /* module specific interface */
+
+      (FT_Module_Constructor)ft_smooth_init,
+      (FT_Module_Destructor) 0,
+      (FT_Module_Requester)  0
+    },
+
+    FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE,
+
+    (FT_Renderer_RenderFunc)   ft_smooth_render,
+    (FT_Renderer_TransformFunc)ft_smooth_transform,
+    (FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc)  ft_smooth_get_cbox,
+    (FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc)  ft_smooth_set_mode,
+
+    (FT_Raster_Funcs*)    &ft_grays_raster
+  };
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
+  const FT_Renderer_Class  ft_smooth_lcd_renderer_class =
+  {
+    {
+      FT_MODULE_RENDERER,
+      sizeof( FT_RendererRec ),
+
+      "smooth-lcd",
+      0x10000L,
+      0x20000L,
+
+      0,    /* module specific interface */
+
+      (FT_Module_Constructor)ft_smooth_init,
+      (FT_Module_Destructor) 0,
+      (FT_Module_Requester)  0
+    },
+
+    FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE,
+
+    (FT_Renderer_RenderFunc)   ft_smooth_render_lcd,
+    (FT_Renderer_TransformFunc)ft_smooth_transform,
+    (FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc)  ft_smooth_get_cbox,
+    (FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc)  ft_smooth_set_mode,
+
+    (FT_Raster_Funcs*)    &ft_grays_raster
+  };
+
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
+  const FT_Renderer_Class  ft_smooth_lcdv_renderer_class =
+  {
+    {
+      FT_MODULE_RENDERER,
+      sizeof( FT_RendererRec ),
+
+      "smooth-lcdv",
+      0x10000L,
+      0x20000L,
+
+      0,    /* module specific interface */
+
+      (FT_Module_Constructor)ft_smooth_init,
+      (FT_Module_Destructor) 0,
+      (FT_Module_Requester)  0
+    },
+
+    FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE,
+
+    (FT_Renderer_RenderFunc)   ft_smooth_render_lcd_v,
+    (FT_Renderer_TransformFunc)ft_smooth_transform,
+    (FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc)  ft_smooth_get_cbox,
+    (FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc)  ft_smooth_set_mode,
+
+    (FT_Raster_Funcs*)    &ft_grays_raster
+  };
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/ftsmooth.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/ftsmooth.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..62cced4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/ftsmooth.h
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftsmooth.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Anti-aliasing renderer interface (specification).                    */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001 by                                                 */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTSMOOTH_H__
+#define __FTSMOOTH_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_RENDER_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+#ifndef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_STD_RASTER
+  FT_EXPORT_VAR( const FT_Renderer_Class )  ft_std_renderer_class;
+#endif
+
+#ifndef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_SMOOTH_RASTER
+  FT_EXPORT_VAR( const FT_Renderer_Class )  ft_smooth_renderer_class;
+
+  FT_EXPORT_VAR( const FT_Renderer_Class )  ft_smooth_lcd_renderer_class;
+
+  FT_EXPORT_VAR( const FT_Renderer_Class )  ft_smooth_lcd_v_renderer_class;
+#endif
+
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTSMOOTH_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/module.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/module.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..47f6c04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/module.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 smooth renderer module definition
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2006 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+FTMODULE_H_COMMANDS += SMOOTH_RENDERER
+
+define SMOOTH_RENDERER
+$(OPEN_DRIVER) FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_renderer_class $(CLOSE_DRIVER)
+$(ECHO_DRIVER)smooth    $(ECHO_DRIVER_DESC)anti-aliased bitmap renderer$(ECHO_DRIVER_DONE)
+$(OPEN_DRIVER) FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_lcd_renderer_class $(CLOSE_DRIVER)
+$(ECHO_DRIVER)smooth    $(ECHO_DRIVER_DESC)anti-aliased bitmap renderer for LCDs$(ECHO_DRIVER_DONE)
+$(OPEN_DRIVER) FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_lcdv_renderer_class $(CLOSE_DRIVER)
+$(ECHO_DRIVER)smooth    $(ECHO_DRIVER_DESC)anti-aliased bitmap renderer for vertical LCDs$(ECHO_DRIVER_DONE)
+endef
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/rules.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/rules.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4f27f01
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/rules.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 smooth renderer module build rules
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2001, 2003 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+# smooth driver directory
+#
+SMOOTH_DIR := $(SRC_DIR)/smooth
+
+# compilation flags for the driver
+#
+SMOOTH_COMPILE := $(FT_COMPILE) $I$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$(SMOOTH_DIR))
+
+
+# smooth driver sources (i.e., C files)
+#
+SMOOTH_DRV_SRC := $(SMOOTH_DIR)/ftgrays.c  \
+                  $(SMOOTH_DIR)/ftsmooth.c
+
+
+# smooth driver headers
+#
+SMOOTH_DRV_H := $(SMOOTH_DRV_SRC:%c=%h)  \
+                $(SMOOTH_DIR)/ftsmerrs.h
+
+
+# smooth driver object(s)
+#
+#   SMOOTH_DRV_OBJ_M is used during `multi' builds.
+#   SMOOTH_DRV_OBJ_S is used during `single' builds.
+#
+SMOOTH_DRV_OBJ_M := $(SMOOTH_DRV_SRC:$(SMOOTH_DIR)/%.c=$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O)
+SMOOTH_DRV_OBJ_S := $(OBJ_DIR)/smooth.$O
+
+# smooth driver source file for single build
+#
+SMOOTH_DRV_SRC_S := $(SMOOTH_DIR)/smooth.c
+
+
+# smooth driver - single object
+#
+$(SMOOTH_DRV_OBJ_S): $(SMOOTH_DRV_SRC_S) $(SMOOTH_DRV_SRC) \
+                     $(FREETYPE_H) $(SMOOTH_DRV_H)
+	$(SMOOTH_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $(SMOOTH_DRV_SRC_S))
+
+
+# smooth driver - multiple objects
+#
+$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O: $(SMOOTH_DIR)/%.c $(FREETYPE_H) $(SMOOTH_DRV_H)
+	$(SMOOTH_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $<)
+
+
+# update main driver object lists
+#
+DRV_OBJS_S += $(SMOOTH_DRV_OBJ_S)
+DRV_OBJS_M += $(SMOOTH_DRV_OBJ_M)
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/smooth.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/smooth.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ff6be3e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/smooth/smooth.c
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  smooth.c                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType anti-aliasing rasterer module component (body only).        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001 by                                                 */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#define FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include "ftgrays.c"
+#include "ftsmooth.c"
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/Jamfile b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/Jamfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..475161e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/Jamfile
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+# Jamfile for src/tools
+#
+SubDir FT2_TOP src tools ;
+
+Main  apinames : apinames.c ;
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/apinames.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/apinames.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..19aec50
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/apinames.c
@@ -0,0 +1,443 @@
+/*
+ * This little program is used to parse the FreeType headers and
+ * find the declaration of all public APIs.  This is easy, because
+ * they all look like the following:
+ *
+ *   FT_EXPORT( return_type )
+ *   function_name( function arguments );
+ *
+ * You must pass the list of header files as arguments.  Wildcards are
+ * accepted if you are using GCC for compilation (and probably by
+ * other compilers too).
+ *
+ * Author: David Turner, 2005, 2006, 2008
+ *
+ * This code is explicitly placed into the public domain.
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#define  PROGRAM_NAME     "apinames"
+#define  PROGRAM_VERSION  "0.1"
+
+#define  LINEBUFF_SIZE  1024
+
+typedef enum  OutputFormat_
+{
+  OUTPUT_LIST = 0,      /* output the list of names, one per line             */
+  OUTPUT_WINDOWS_DEF,   /* output a Windows .DEF file for Visual C++ or Mingw */
+  OUTPUT_BORLAND_DEF,   /* output a Windows .DEF file for Borland C++         */
+  OUTPUT_WATCOM_LBC     /* output a Watcom Linker Command File                */
+
+} OutputFormat;
+
+
+static void
+panic( const char*  message )
+{
+  fprintf( stderr, "PANIC: %s\n", message );
+  exit(2);
+}
+
+
+typedef struct  NameRec_
+{
+  char*         name;
+  unsigned int  hash;
+
+} NameRec, *Name;
+
+static Name  the_names;
+static int   num_names;
+static int   max_names;
+
+static void
+names_add( const char*  name,
+           const char*  end )
+{
+  int   nn, len, h;
+  Name  nm;
+
+  if ( end <= name )
+    return;
+
+  /* compute hash value */
+  len = (int)(end - name);
+  h   = 0;
+  for ( nn = 0; nn < len; nn++ )
+    h = h*33 + name[nn];
+
+  /* check for an pre-existing name */
+  for ( nn = 0; nn < num_names; nn++ )
+  {
+    nm = the_names + nn;
+
+    if ( (int)nm->hash                 == h &&
+         memcmp( name, nm->name, len ) == 0 &&
+         nm->name[len]                 == 0 )
+      return;
+  }
+
+  /* add new name */
+  if ( num_names >= max_names )
+  {
+    max_names += (max_names >> 1) + 4;
+    the_names  = (NameRec*)realloc( the_names, sizeof(the_names[0])*max_names );
+    if ( the_names == NULL )
+      panic( "not enough memory" );
+  }
+  nm = &the_names[num_names++];
+
+  nm->hash = h;
+  nm->name = (char*)malloc( len+1 );
+  if ( nm->name == NULL )
+    panic( "not enough memory" );
+
+  memcpy( nm->name, name, len );
+  nm->name[len] = 0;
+}
+
+
+static int
+name_compare( const void*  name1,
+              const void*  name2 )
+{
+  Name  n1 = (Name)name1;
+  Name  n2 = (Name)name2;
+
+  return strcmp( n1->name, n2->name );
+}
+
+static void
+names_sort( void )
+{
+  qsort( the_names, (size_t)num_names, sizeof(the_names[0]), name_compare );
+}
+
+
+static void
+names_dump( FILE*         out,
+            OutputFormat  format,
+            const char*   dll_name )
+{
+  int  nn;
+
+  switch ( format )
+  {
+    case OUTPUT_WINDOWS_DEF:
+      if ( dll_name )
+        fprintf( out, "LIBRARY %s\n", dll_name );
+
+      fprintf( out, "DESCRIPTION  FreeType 2 DLL\n" );
+      fprintf( out, "EXPORTS\n" );
+      for ( nn = 0; nn < num_names; nn++ )
+        fprintf( out, "  %s\n", the_names[nn].name );
+      break;
+
+    case OUTPUT_BORLAND_DEF:
+      if ( dll_name )
+        fprintf( out, "LIBRARY %s\n", dll_name );
+
+      fprintf( out, "DESCRIPTION  FreeType 2 DLL\n" );
+      fprintf( out, "EXPORTS\n" );
+      for ( nn = 0; nn < num_names; nn++ )
+        fprintf( out, "  _%s\n", the_names[nn].name );
+      break;
+
+    case OUTPUT_WATCOM_LBC:
+      {
+        /* we must omit the .dll suffix from the library name */
+        char   temp[512];
+        char*  dot;
+
+        if ( dll_name == NULL )
+        {
+          fprintf( stderr,
+                   "you must provide a DLL name with the -d option !!\n" );
+          exit(4);
+        }
+
+        dot = strchr( dll_name, '.' );
+        if ( dot != NULL )
+        {
+          int  len = (dot - dll_name);
+          if ( len > (int)(sizeof(temp)-1) )
+            len = sizeof(temp)-1;
+
+          memcpy( temp, dll_name, len );
+          temp[len] = 0;
+
+          dll_name = (const char*)temp;
+        }
+
+        for ( nn = 0; nn < num_names; nn++ )
+          fprintf( out, "++_%s.%s.%s\n", the_names[nn].name, dll_name,
+                        the_names[nn].name );
+      }
+      break;
+
+    default:  /* LIST */
+      for ( nn = 0; nn < num_names; nn++ )
+        fprintf( out, "%s\n", the_names[nn].name );
+  }
+}
+
+
+
+
+/* states of the line parser */
+
+typedef enum  State_
+{
+  STATE_START = 0,  /* waiting for FT_EXPORT keyword and return type */
+  STATE_TYPE        /* type was read, waiting for function name      */
+
+} State;
+
+static int
+read_header_file( FILE*  file, int  verbose )
+{
+  static char  buff[ LINEBUFF_SIZE+1 ];
+  State        state = STATE_START;
+
+  while ( !feof( file ) )
+  {
+    char*  p;
+
+    if ( !fgets( buff, LINEBUFF_SIZE, file ) )
+      break;
+
+    p = buff;
+
+    while ( *p && (*p == ' ' || *p == '\\') )  /* skip leading whitespace */
+      p++;
+
+    if ( *p == '\n' || *p == '\r' )  /* skip empty lines */
+      continue;
+
+    switch ( state )
+    {
+      case STATE_START:
+        {
+          if ( memcmp( p, "FT_EXPORT(", 10 ) != 0 )
+            break;
+
+          p += 10;
+          for (;;)
+          {
+            if ( *p == 0 || *p == '\n' || *p == '\r' )
+              goto NextLine;
+
+            if ( *p == ')' )
+            {
+              p++;
+              break;
+            }
+
+            p++;
+          }
+
+          state = STATE_TYPE;
+
+         /* sometimes, the name is just after the FT_EXPORT(...), so
+          * skip whitespace, and fall-through if we find an alphanumeric
+          * character
+          */
+          while ( *p == ' ' || *p == '\t' )
+            p++;
+
+          if ( !isalpha(*p) )
+            break;
+        }
+        /* fall-through */
+
+      case STATE_TYPE:
+        {
+          char*   name = p;
+
+          while ( isalnum(*p) || *p == '_' )
+            p++;
+
+          if ( p > name )
+          {
+            if ( verbose )
+              fprintf( stderr, ">>> %.*s\n", p-name, name );
+
+            names_add( name, p );
+          }
+
+          state = STATE_START;
+        }
+        break;
+
+      default:
+        ;
+    }
+
+  NextLine:
+    ;
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+static void
+usage( void )
+{
+  static const char* const  format =
+   "%s %s: extract FreeType API names from header files\n\n"
+   "this program is used to extract the list of public FreeType API\n"
+   "functions. It receives the list of header files as argument and\n"
+   "generates a sorted list of unique identifiers\n\n"
+
+   "usage: %s header1 [options] [header2 ...]\n\n"
+
+   "options:   -      : parse the content of stdin, ignore arguments\n"
+   "           -v     : verbose mode, output sent to standard error\n"
+   "           -oFILE : write output to FILE instead of standard output\n"
+   "           -dNAME : indicate DLL file name, 'freetype.dll' by default\n"
+   "           -w     : output .DEF file for Visual C++ and Mingw\n"
+   "           -wB    : output .DEF file for Borland C++\n"
+   "           -wW    : output Watcom Linker Response File\n"
+   "\n";
+
+  fprintf( stderr,
+           format,
+           PROGRAM_NAME,
+           PROGRAM_VERSION,
+           PROGRAM_NAME
+           );
+  exit(1);
+}
+
+
+int  main( int argc, const char* const*  argv )
+{
+  int           from_stdin = 0;
+  int           verbose = 0;
+  OutputFormat  format = OUTPUT_LIST;  /* the default */
+  FILE*         out    = stdout;
+  const char*   library_name = NULL;
+
+  if ( argc < 2 )
+    usage();
+
+  /* '-' used as a single argument means read source file from stdin */
+  while ( argc > 1 && argv[1][0] == '-' )
+  {
+    const char*  arg = argv[1];
+
+    switch ( arg[1] )
+    {
+      case 'v':
+        verbose = 1;
+        break;
+
+      case 'o':
+        if ( arg[2] == 0 )
+        {
+          if ( argc < 2 )
+            usage();
+
+          arg = argv[2];
+          argv++;
+          argc--;
+        }
+        else
+          arg += 2;
+
+        out = fopen( arg, "wt" );
+        if ( out == NULL )
+        {
+          fprintf( stderr, "could not open '%s' for writing\n", argv[2] );
+          exit(3);
+        }
+        break;
+
+      case 'd':
+        if ( arg[2] == 0 )
+        {
+          if ( argc < 2 )
+            usage();
+
+          arg = argv[2];
+          argv++;
+          argc--;
+        }
+        else
+          arg += 2;
+
+        library_name = arg;
+        break;
+
+      case 'w':
+        format = OUTPUT_WINDOWS_DEF;
+        switch ( arg[2] )
+        {
+          case 'B':
+            format = OUTPUT_BORLAND_DEF;
+            break;
+
+          case 'W':
+            format = OUTPUT_WATCOM_LBC;
+            break;
+
+          case 0:
+            break;
+
+          default:
+            usage();
+        }
+        break;
+
+      case 0:
+        from_stdin = 1;
+        break;
+
+      default:
+        usage();
+    }
+
+    argc--;
+    argv++;
+  }
+
+  if ( from_stdin )
+  {
+    read_header_file( stdin, verbose );
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    for ( --argc, argv++; argc > 0; argc--, argv++ )
+    {
+      FILE*  file = fopen( argv[0], "rb" );
+
+      if ( file == NULL )
+        fprintf( stderr, "unable to open '%s'\n", argv[0] );
+      else
+      {
+        if ( verbose )
+          fprintf( stderr, "opening '%s'\n", argv[0] );
+
+        read_header_file( file, verbose );
+        fclose( file );
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if ( num_names == 0 )
+    panic( "could not find exported functions !!\n" );
+
+  names_sort();
+  names_dump( out, format, library_name );
+
+  if ( out != stdout )
+    fclose( out );
+
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/cordic.py b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/cordic.py
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3f80c5f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/cordic.py
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+# compute arctangent table for CORDIC computations in fttrigon.c
+import sys, math
+
+#units  = 64*65536.0   # don't change !!
+units  = 256
+scale  = units/math.pi
+shrink = 1.0
+comma  = ""
+
+def calc_val( x ):
+    global units, shrink
+    angle  = math.atan(x)
+    shrink = shrink * math.cos(angle)
+    return angle/math.pi * units
+
+def  print_val( n, x ):
+    global comma
+
+    lo  = int(x)
+    hi  = lo + 1
+    alo = math.atan(lo)
+    ahi = math.atan(hi)
+    ax  = math.atan(2.0**n)
+
+    errlo = abs( alo - ax )
+    errhi = abs( ahi - ax )
+
+    if ( errlo < errhi ):
+      hi = lo
+
+    sys.stdout.write( comma + repr( int(hi) ) )
+    comma = ", "
+
+
+print ""
+print "table of arctan( 1/2^n ) for PI = " + repr(units/65536.0) + " units"
+
+# compute range of "i"
+r = [-1]
+r = r + range(32)
+
+for n in r:
+
+    if n >= 0:
+        x = 1.0/(2.0**n)    # tangent value
+    else:
+        x = 2.0**(-n)
+
+    angle  = math.atan(x)    # arctangent
+    angle2 = angle*scale     # arctangent in FT_Angle units
+
+    # determine which integer value for angle gives the best tangent
+    lo  = int(angle2)
+    hi  = lo + 1
+    tlo = math.tan(lo/scale)
+    thi = math.tan(hi/scale)
+
+    errlo = abs( tlo - x )
+    errhi = abs( thi - x )
+
+    angle2 = hi
+    if errlo < errhi:
+        angle2 = lo
+
+    if angle2 <= 0:
+        break
+
+    sys.stdout.write( comma + repr( int(angle2) ) )
+    comma = ", "
+
+    shrink = shrink * math.cos( angle2/scale)
+
+
+print
+print "shrink factor    = " + repr( shrink )
+print "shrink factor 2  = " + repr( shrink * (2.0**32) )
+print "expansion factor = " + repr(1/shrink)
+print ""
+
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/docmaker/content.py b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/docmaker/content.py
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0d76d19
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/docmaker/content.py
@@ -0,0 +1,584 @@
+#  Content (c) 2002, 2004, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009
+#    David Turner <david@freetype.org>
+#
+#  This file contains routines used to parse the content of documentation
+#  comment blocks and build more structured objects out of them.
+#
+
+from sources import *
+from utils import *
+import string, re
+
+
+# this regular expression is used to detect code sequences. these
+# are simply code fragments embedded in '{' and '}' like in:
+#
+#  {
+#    x = y + z;
+#    if ( zookoo == 2 )
+#    {
+#      foobar();
+#    }
+#  }
+#
+# note that indentation of the starting and ending accolades must be
+# exactly the same. the code sequence can contain accolades at greater
+# indentation
+#
+re_code_start = re.compile( r"(\s*){\s*$" )
+re_code_end   = re.compile( r"(\s*)}\s*$" )
+
+
+# this regular expression is used to isolate identifiers from
+# other text
+#
+re_identifier = re.compile( r'(\w*)' )
+
+
+# we collect macros ending in `_H'; while outputting the object data, we use
+# this info together with the object's file location to emit the appropriate
+# header file macro and name before the object itself
+#
+re_header_macro = re.compile( r'^#define\s{1,}(\w{1,}_H)\s{1,}<(.*)>' )
+
+
+#############################################################################
+#
+# The DocCode class is used to store source code lines.
+#
+#   'self.lines' contains a set of source code lines that will be dumped as
+#   HTML in a <PRE> tag.
+#
+#   The object is filled line by line by the parser; it strips the leading
+#   "margin" space from each input line before storing it in 'self.lines'.
+#
+class  DocCode:
+
+    def  __init__( self, margin, lines ):
+        self.lines = []
+        self.words = None
+
+        # remove margin spaces
+        for l in lines:
+            if string.strip( l[:margin] ) == "":
+                l = l[margin:]
+            self.lines.append( l )
+
+    def  dump( self, prefix = "", width = 60 ):
+        lines = self.dump_lines( 0, width )
+        for l in lines:
+            print prefix + l
+
+    def  dump_lines( self, margin = 0, width = 60 ):
+        result = []
+        for l in self.lines:
+            result.append( " " * margin + l )
+        return result
+
+
+
+#############################################################################
+#
+# The DocPara class is used to store "normal" text paragraph.
+#
+#   'self.words' contains the list of words that make up the paragraph
+#
+class  DocPara:
+
+    def  __init__( self, lines ):
+        self.lines = None
+        self.words = []
+        for l in lines:
+            l = string.strip( l )
+            self.words.extend( string.split( l ) )
+
+    def  dump( self, prefix = "", width = 60 ):
+        lines = self.dump_lines( 0, width )
+        for l in lines:
+            print prefix + l
+
+    def  dump_lines( self, margin = 0, width = 60 ):
+        cur    = ""  # current line
+        col    = 0   # current width
+        result = []
+
+        for word in self.words:
+            ln = len( word )
+            if col > 0:
+                ln = ln + 1
+
+            if col + ln > width:
+                result.append( " " * margin + cur )
+                cur = word
+                col = len( word )
+            else:
+                if col > 0:
+                    cur = cur + " "
+                cur = cur + word
+                col = col + ln
+
+        if col > 0:
+            result.append( " " * margin + cur )
+
+        return result
+
+
+
+#############################################################################
+#
+#  The DocField class is used to store a list containing either DocPara or
+#  DocCode objects. Each DocField also has an optional "name" which is used
+#  when the object corresponds to a field or value definition
+#
+class  DocField:
+
+    def  __init__( self, name, lines ):
+        self.name  = name  # can be None for normal paragraphs/sources
+        self.items = []    # list of items
+
+        mode_none  = 0     # start parsing mode
+        mode_code  = 1     # parsing code sequences
+        mode_para  = 3     # parsing normal paragraph
+
+        margin     = -1    # current code sequence indentation
+        cur_lines  = []
+
+        # now analyze the markup lines to see if they contain paragraphs,
+        # code sequences or fields definitions
+        #
+        start = 0
+        mode  = mode_none
+
+        for l in lines:
+            # are we parsing a code sequence ?
+            if mode == mode_code:
+                m = re_code_end.match( l )
+                if m and len( m.group( 1 ) ) <= margin:
+                    # that's it, we finished the code sequence
+                    code = DocCode( 0, cur_lines )
+                    self.items.append( code )
+                    margin    = -1
+                    cur_lines = []
+                    mode      = mode_none
+                else:
+                    # nope, continue the code sequence
+                    cur_lines.append( l[margin:] )
+            else:
+                # start of code sequence ?
+                m = re_code_start.match( l )
+                if m:
+                    # save current lines
+                    if cur_lines:
+                        para = DocPara( cur_lines )
+                        self.items.append( para )
+                        cur_lines = []
+
+                    # switch to code extraction mode
+                    margin = len( m.group( 1 ) )
+                    mode   = mode_code
+                else:
+                    if not string.split( l ) and cur_lines:
+                        # if the line is empty, we end the current paragraph,
+                        # if any
+                        para = DocPara( cur_lines )
+                        self.items.append( para )
+                        cur_lines = []
+                    else:
+                        # otherwise, simply add the line to the current
+                        # paragraph
+                        cur_lines.append( l )
+
+        if mode == mode_code:
+            # unexpected end of code sequence
+            code = DocCode( margin, cur_lines )
+            self.items.append( code )
+        elif cur_lines:
+            para = DocPara( cur_lines )
+            self.items.append( para )
+
+    def  dump( self, prefix = "" ):
+        if self.field:
+            print prefix + self.field + " ::"
+            prefix = prefix + "----"
+
+        first = 1
+        for p in self.items:
+            if not first:
+                print ""
+            p.dump( prefix )
+            first = 0
+
+    def  dump_lines( self, margin = 0, width = 60 ):
+        result = []
+        nl     = None
+
+        for p in self.items:
+            if nl:
+                result.append( "" )
+
+            result.extend( p.dump_lines( margin, width ) )
+            nl = 1
+
+        return result
+
+
+
+# this regular expression is used to detect field definitions
+#
+re_field = re.compile( r"\s*(\w*|\w(\w|\.)*\w)\s*::" )
+
+
+
+class  DocMarkup:
+
+    def  __init__( self, tag, lines ):
+        self.tag    = string.lower( tag )
+        self.fields = []
+
+        cur_lines = []
+        field     = None
+        mode      = 0
+
+        for l in lines:
+            m = re_field.match( l )
+            if m:
+                # we detected the start of a new field definition
+
+                # first, save the current one
+                if cur_lines:
+                    f = DocField( field, cur_lines )
+                    self.fields.append( f )
+                    cur_lines = []
+                    field     = None
+
+                field     = m.group( 1 )   # record field name
+                ln        = len( m.group( 0 ) )
+                l         = " " * ln + l[ln:]
+                cur_lines = [l]
+            else:
+                cur_lines.append( l )
+
+        if field or cur_lines:
+            f = DocField( field, cur_lines )
+            self.fields.append( f )
+
+    def  get_name( self ):
+        try:
+            return self.fields[0].items[0].words[0]
+        except:
+            return None
+
+    def  get_start( self ):
+        try:
+            result = ""
+            for word in self.fields[0].items[0].words:
+                result = result + " " + word
+            return result[1:]
+        except:
+            return "ERROR"
+
+    def  dump( self, margin ):
+        print " " * margin + "<" + self.tag + ">"
+        for f in self.fields:
+            f.dump( "  " )
+        print " " * margin + "</" + self.tag + ">"
+
+
+
+class  DocChapter:
+
+    def  __init__( self, block ):
+        self.block    = block
+        self.sections = []
+        if block:
+            self.name  = block.name
+            self.title = block.get_markup_words( "title" )
+            self.order = block.get_markup_words( "sections" )
+        else:
+            self.name  = "Other"
+            self.title = string.split( "Miscellaneous" )
+            self.order = []
+
+
+
+class  DocSection:
+
+    def  __init__( self, name = "Other" ):
+        self.name        = name
+        self.blocks      = {}
+        self.block_names = []  # ordered block names in section
+        self.defs        = []
+        self.abstract    = ""
+        self.description = ""
+        self.order       = []
+        self.title       = "ERROR"
+        self.chapter     = None
+
+    def  add_def( self, block ):
+        self.defs.append( block )
+
+    def  add_block( self, block ):
+        self.block_names.append( block.name )
+        self.blocks[block.name] = block
+
+    def  process( self ):
+        # look up one block that contains a valid section description
+        for block in self.defs:
+            title = block.get_markup_text( "title" )
+            if title:
+                self.title       = title
+                self.abstract    = block.get_markup_words( "abstract" )
+                self.description = block.get_markup_items( "description" )
+                self.order       = block.get_markup_words( "order" )
+                return
+
+    def  reorder( self ):
+        self.block_names = sort_order_list( self.block_names, self.order )
+
+
+
+class  ContentProcessor:
+
+    def  __init__( self ):
+        """initialize a block content processor"""
+        self.reset()
+
+        self.sections = {}    # dictionary of documentation sections
+        self.section  = None  # current documentation section
+
+        self.chapters = []    # list of chapters
+
+        self.headers  = {}    # dictionary of header macros
+
+    def  set_section( self, section_name ):
+        """set current section during parsing"""
+        if not self.sections.has_key( section_name ):
+            section = DocSection( section_name )
+            self.sections[section_name] = section
+            self.section                = section
+        else:
+            self.section = self.sections[section_name]
+
+    def  add_chapter( self, block ):
+        chapter = DocChapter( block )
+        self.chapters.append( chapter )
+
+
+    def  reset( self ):
+        """reset the content processor for a new block"""
+        self.markups      = []
+        self.markup       = None
+        self.markup_lines = []
+
+    def  add_markup( self ):
+        """add a new markup section"""
+        if self.markup and self.markup_lines:
+
+            # get rid of last line of markup if it's empty
+            marks = self.markup_lines
+            if len( marks ) > 0 and not string.strip( marks[-1] ):
+                self.markup_lines = marks[:-1]
+
+            m = DocMarkup( self.markup, self.markup_lines )
+
+            self.markups.append( m )
+
+            self.markup       = None
+            self.markup_lines = []
+
+    def  process_content( self, content ):
+        """process a block content and return a list of DocMarkup objects
+           corresponding to it"""
+        markup       = None
+        markup_lines = []
+        first        = 1
+
+        for line in content:
+            found = None
+            for t in re_markup_tags:
+                m = t.match( line )
+                if m:
+                    found  = string.lower( m.group( 1 ) )
+                    prefix = len( m.group( 0 ) )
+                    line   = " " * prefix + line[prefix:]   # remove markup from line
+                    break
+
+            # is it the start of a new markup section ?
+            if found:
+                first = 0
+                self.add_markup()  # add current markup content
+                self.markup = found
+                if len( string.strip( line ) ) > 0:
+                    self.markup_lines.append( line )
+            elif first == 0:
+                self.markup_lines.append( line )
+
+        self.add_markup()
+
+        return self.markups
+
+    def  parse_sources( self, source_processor ):
+        blocks = source_processor.blocks
+        count  = len( blocks )
+
+        for n in range( count ):
+            source = blocks[n]
+            if source.content:
+                # this is a documentation comment, we need to catch
+                # all following normal blocks in the "follow" list
+                #
+                follow = []
+                m = n + 1
+                while m < count and not blocks[m].content:
+                    follow.append( blocks[m] )
+                    m = m + 1
+
+                doc_block = DocBlock( source, follow, self )
+
+    def  finish( self ):
+        # process all sections to extract their abstract, description
+        # and ordered list of items
+        #
+        for sec in self.sections.values():
+            sec.process()
+
+        # process chapters to check that all sections are correctly
+        # listed there
+        for chap in self.chapters:
+            for sec in chap.order:
+                if self.sections.has_key( sec ):
+                    section = self.sections[sec]
+                    section.chapter = chap
+                    section.reorder()
+                    chap.sections.append( section )
+                else:
+                    sys.stderr.write( "WARNING: chapter '" +          \
+                        chap.name + "' in " + chap.block.location() + \
+                        " lists unknown section '" + sec + "'\n" )
+
+        # check that all sections are in a chapter
+        #
+        others = []
+        for sec in self.sections.values():
+            if not sec.chapter:
+                others.append( sec )
+
+        # create a new special chapter for all remaining sections
+        # when necessary
+        #
+        if others:
+            chap = DocChapter( None )
+            chap.sections = others
+            self.chapters.append( chap )
+
+
+
+class  DocBlock:
+
+    def  __init__( self, source, follow, processor ):
+        processor.reset()
+
+        self.source  = source
+        self.code    = []
+        self.type    = "ERRTYPE"
+        self.name    = "ERRNAME"
+        self.section = processor.section
+        self.markups = processor.process_content( source.content )
+
+        # compute block type from first markup tag
+        try:
+            self.type = self.markups[0].tag
+        except:
+            pass
+
+        # compute block name from first markup paragraph
+        try:
+            markup = self.markups[0]
+            para   = markup.fields[0].items[0]
+            name   = para.words[0]
+            m = re_identifier.match( name )
+            if m:
+                name = m.group( 1 )
+            self.name = name
+        except:
+            pass
+
+        if self.type == "section":
+            # detect new section starts
+            processor.set_section( self.name )
+            processor.section.add_def( self )
+        elif self.type == "chapter":
+            # detect new chapter
+            processor.add_chapter( self )
+        else:
+            processor.section.add_block( self )
+
+        # now, compute the source lines relevant to this documentation
+        # block. We keep normal comments in for obvious reasons (??)
+        source = []
+        for b in follow:
+            if b.format:
+                break
+            for l in b.lines:
+                # collect header macro definitions
+                m = re_header_macro.match( l )
+                if m:
+                    processor.headers[m.group( 2 )] = m.group( 1 );
+
+                # we use "/* */" as a separator
+                if re_source_sep.match( l ):
+                    break
+                source.append( l )
+
+        # now strip the leading and trailing empty lines from the sources
+        start = 0
+        end   = len( source ) - 1
+
+        while start < end and not string.strip( source[start] ):
+            start = start + 1
+
+        while start < end and not string.strip( source[end] ):
+            end = end - 1
+
+        if start == end:
+            self.code = []
+        else:
+            self.code = source[start:end + 1]
+
+    def  location( self ):
+        return self.source.location()
+
+    def  get_markup( self, tag_name ):
+        """return the DocMarkup corresponding to a given tag in a block"""
+        for m in self.markups:
+            if m.tag == string.lower( tag_name ):
+                return m
+        return None
+
+    def  get_markup_name( self, tag_name ):
+        """return the name of a given primary markup in a block"""
+        try:
+            m = self.get_markup( tag_name )
+            return m.get_name()
+        except:
+            return None
+
+    def  get_markup_words( self, tag_name ):
+        try:
+            m = self.get_markup( tag_name )
+            return m.fields[0].items[0].words
+        except:
+            return []
+
+    def  get_markup_text( self, tag_name ):
+        result = self.get_markup_words( tag_name )
+        return string.join( result )
+
+    def  get_markup_items( self, tag_name ):
+        try:
+            m = self.get_markup( tag_name )
+            return m.fields[0].items
+        except:
+            return None
+
+# eof
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/docmaker/docbeauty.py b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/docmaker/docbeauty.py
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3ddf4a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/docmaker/docbeauty.py
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env python
+#
+#  DocBeauty (c) 2003, 2004, 2008 David Turner <david@freetype.org>
+#
+# This program is used to beautify the documentation comments used
+# in the FreeType 2 public headers.
+#
+
+from sources import *
+from content import *
+from utils   import *
+
+import utils
+
+import sys, os, time, string, getopt
+
+
+content_processor = ContentProcessor()
+
+
+def  beautify_block( block ):
+    if block.content:
+        content_processor.reset()
+
+        markups = content_processor.process_content( block.content )
+        text    = []
+        first   = 1
+
+        for markup in markups:
+            text.extend( markup.beautify( first ) )
+            first = 0
+
+        # now beautify the documentation "borders" themselves
+        lines = [" /*************************************************************************"]
+        for l in text:
+            lines.append( "  *" + l )
+        lines.append( "  */" )
+
+        block.lines = lines
+
+
+def  usage():
+    print "\nDocBeauty 0.1 Usage information\n"
+    print "  docbeauty [options] file1 [file2 ...]\n"
+    print "using the following options:\n"
+    print "  -h : print this page"
+    print "  -b : backup original files with the 'orig' extension"
+    print ""
+    print "  --backup : same as -b"
+
+
+def  main( argv ):
+    """main program loop"""
+
+    global output_dir
+
+    try:
+        opts, args = getopt.getopt( sys.argv[1:], \
+                                    "hb",         \
+                                    ["help", "backup"] )
+    except getopt.GetoptError:
+        usage()
+        sys.exit( 2 )
+
+    if args == []:
+        usage()
+        sys.exit( 1 )
+
+    # process options
+    #
+    output_dir = None
+    do_backup  = None
+
+    for opt in opts:
+        if opt[0] in ( "-h", "--help" ):
+            usage()
+            sys.exit( 0 )
+
+        if opt[0] in ( "-b", "--backup" ):
+            do_backup = 1
+
+    # create context and processor
+    source_processor = SourceProcessor()
+
+    # retrieve the list of files to process
+    file_list = make_file_list( args )
+    for filename in file_list:
+        source_processor.parse_file( filename )
+
+        for block in source_processor.blocks:
+            beautify_block( block )
+
+        new_name = filename + ".new"
+        ok       = None
+
+        try:
+            file = open( new_name, "wt" )
+            for block in source_processor.blocks:
+                for line in block.lines:
+                    file.write( line )
+                    file.write( "\n" )
+            file.close()
+        except:
+            ok = 0
+
+
+# if called from the command line
+#
+if __name__ == '__main__':
+    main( sys.argv )
+
+
+# eof
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/docmaker/docmaker.py b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/docmaker/docmaker.py
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1d9de9f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/docmaker/docmaker.py
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env python
+#
+#  DocMaker (c) 2002, 2004, 2008 David Turner <david@freetype.org>
+#
+# This program is a re-write of the original DocMaker took used
+# to generate the API Reference of the FreeType font engine
+# by converting in-source comments into structured HTML.
+#
+# This new version is capable of outputting XML data, as well
+# as accepts more liberal formatting options.
+#
+# It also uses regular expression matching and substitution
+# to speed things significantly.
+#
+
+from sources   import *
+from content   import *
+from utils     import *
+from formatter import *
+from tohtml    import *
+
+import utils
+
+import sys, os, time, string, glob, getopt
+
+
+def  usage():
+    print "\nDocMaker Usage information\n"
+    print "  docmaker [options] file1 [file2 ...]\n"
+    print "using the following options:\n"
+    print "  -h : print this page"
+    print "  -t : set project title, as in '-t \"My Project\"'"
+    print "  -o : set output directory, as in '-o mydir'"
+    print "  -p : set documentation prefix, as in '-p ft2'"
+    print ""
+    print "  --title  : same as -t, as in '--title=\"My Project\"'"
+    print "  --output : same as -o, as in '--output=mydir'"
+    print "  --prefix : same as -p, as in '--prefix=ft2'"
+
+
+def  main( argv ):
+    """main program loop"""
+
+    global output_dir
+
+    try:
+        opts, args = getopt.getopt( sys.argv[1:], \
+                                    "ht:o:p:",    \
+                                    ["help", "title=", "output=", "prefix="] )
+    except getopt.GetoptError:
+        usage()
+        sys.exit( 2 )
+
+    if args == []:
+        usage()
+        sys.exit( 1 )
+
+    # process options
+    #
+    project_title  = "Project"
+    project_prefix = None
+    output_dir     = None
+
+    for opt in opts:
+        if opt[0] in ( "-h", "--help" ):
+            usage()
+            sys.exit( 0 )
+
+        if opt[0] in ( "-t", "--title" ):
+            project_title = opt[1]
+
+        if opt[0] in ( "-o", "--output" ):
+            utils.output_dir = opt[1]
+
+        if opt[0] in ( "-p", "--prefix" ):
+            project_prefix = opt[1]
+
+    check_output()
+
+    # create context and processor
+    source_processor  = SourceProcessor()
+    content_processor = ContentProcessor()
+
+    # retrieve the list of files to process
+    file_list = make_file_list( args )
+    for filename in file_list:
+        source_processor.parse_file( filename )
+        content_processor.parse_sources( source_processor )
+
+    # process sections
+    content_processor.finish()
+
+    formatter = HtmlFormatter( content_processor, project_title, project_prefix )
+
+    formatter.toc_dump()
+    formatter.index_dump()
+    formatter.section_dump_all()
+
+
+# if called from the command line
+#
+if __name__ == '__main__':
+    main( sys.argv )
+
+
+# eof
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/docmaker/formatter.py b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/docmaker/formatter.py
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f62ce67
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/docmaker/formatter.py
@@ -0,0 +1,188 @@
+#  Formatter (c) 2002, 2004, 2007, 2008 David Turner <david@freetype.org>
+#
+
+from sources import *
+from content import *
+from utils   import *
+
+# This is the base Formatter class.  Its purpose is to convert
+# a content processor's data into specific documents (i.e., table of
+# contents, global index, and individual API reference indices).
+#
+# You need to sub-class it to output anything sensible.  For example,
+# the file tohtml.py contains the definition of the HtmlFormatter sub-class
+# used to output -- you guessed it -- HTML.
+#
+
+class  Formatter:
+
+    def  __init__( self, processor ):
+        self.processor   = processor
+        self.identifiers = {}
+        self.chapters    = processor.chapters
+        self.sections    = processor.sections.values()
+        self.block_index = []
+
+        # store all blocks in a dictionary
+        self.blocks = []
+        for section in self.sections:
+            for block in section.blocks.values():
+                self.add_identifier( block.name, block )
+
+                # add enumeration values to the index, since this is useful
+                for markup in block.markups:
+                    if markup.tag == 'values':
+                        for field in markup.fields:
+                            self.add_identifier( field.name, block )
+
+        self.block_index = self.identifiers.keys()
+        self.block_index.sort( index_sort )
+
+    def  add_identifier( self, name, block ):
+        if self.identifiers.has_key( name ):
+            # duplicate name!
+            sys.stderr.write(                                           \
+               "WARNING: duplicate definition for '" + name + "' in " + \
+               block.location() + ", previous definition in " +         \
+               self.identifiers[name].location() + "\n" )
+        else:
+            self.identifiers[name] = block
+
+    #
+    #  Formatting the table of contents
+    #
+    def  toc_enter( self ):
+        pass
+
+    def  toc_chapter_enter( self, chapter ):
+        pass
+
+    def  toc_section_enter( self, section ):
+        pass
+
+    def  toc_section_exit( self, section ):
+        pass
+
+    def  toc_chapter_exit( self, chapter ):
+        pass
+
+    def  toc_index( self, index_filename ):
+        pass
+
+    def  toc_exit( self ):
+        pass
+
+    def  toc_dump( self, toc_filename = None, index_filename = None ):
+        output = None
+        if toc_filename:
+            output = open_output( toc_filename )
+
+        self.toc_enter()
+
+        for chap in self.processor.chapters:
+
+            self.toc_chapter_enter( chap )
+
+            for section in chap.sections:
+                self.toc_section_enter( section )
+                self.toc_section_exit( section )
+
+            self.toc_chapter_exit( chap )
+
+        self.toc_index( index_filename )
+
+        self.toc_exit()
+
+        if output:
+            close_output( output )
+
+    #
+    #  Formatting the index
+    #
+    def  index_enter( self ):
+        pass
+
+    def  index_name_enter( self, name ):
+        pass
+
+    def  index_name_exit( self, name ):
+        pass
+
+    def  index_exit( self ):
+        pass
+
+    def  index_dump( self, index_filename = None ):
+        output = None
+        if index_filename:
+            output = open_output( index_filename )
+
+        self.index_enter()
+
+        for name in self.block_index:
+            self.index_name_enter( name )
+            self.index_name_exit( name )
+
+        self.index_exit()
+
+        if output:
+            close_output( output )
+
+    #
+    #  Formatting a section
+    #
+    def  section_enter( self, section ):
+        pass
+
+    def  block_enter( self, block ):
+        pass
+
+    def  markup_enter( self, markup, block = None ):
+        pass
+
+    def  field_enter( self, field, markup = None, block = None ):
+        pass
+
+    def  field_exit( self, field, markup = None, block = None ):
+        pass
+
+    def  markup_exit( self, markup, block = None ):
+        pass
+
+    def  block_exit( self, block ):
+        pass
+
+    def  section_exit( self, section ):
+        pass
+
+    def  section_dump( self, section, section_filename = None ):
+        output = None
+        if section_filename:
+            output = open_output( section_filename )
+
+        self.section_enter( section )
+
+        for name in section.block_names:
+            block = self.identifiers[name]
+            self.block_enter( block )
+
+            for markup in block.markups[1:]:   # always ignore first markup!
+                self.markup_enter( markup, block )
+
+                for field in markup.fields:
+                    self.field_enter( field, markup, block )
+                    self.field_exit( field, markup, block )
+
+                self.markup_exit( markup, block )
+
+            self.block_exit( block )
+
+        self.section_exit( section )
+
+        if output:
+            close_output( output )
+
+    def  section_dump_all( self ):
+        for section in self.sections:
+            self.section_dump( section )
+
+# eof
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/docmaker/sources.py b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/docmaker/sources.py
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7b68c07
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/docmaker/sources.py
@@ -0,0 +1,347 @@
+#  Sources (c) 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009
+#    David Turner <david@freetype.org>
+#
+#
+# this file contains definitions of classes needed to decompose
+# C sources files into a series of multi-line "blocks". There are
+# two kinds of blocks:
+#
+#   - normal blocks, which contain source code or ordinary comments
+#
+#   - documentation blocks, which have restricted formatting, and
+#     whose text always start with a documentation markup tag like
+#     "<Function>", "<Type>", etc..
+#
+# the routines used to process the content of documentation blocks
+# are not contained here, but in "content.py"
+#
+# the classes and methods found here only deal with text parsing
+# and basic documentation block extraction
+#
+
+import fileinput, re, sys, os, string
+
+
+
+################################################################
+##
+##  BLOCK FORMAT PATTERN
+##
+##   A simple class containing compiled regular expressions used
+##   to detect potential documentation format block comments within
+##   C source code
+##
+##   note that the 'column' pattern must contain a group that will
+##   be used to "unbox" the content of documentation comment blocks
+##
+class  SourceBlockFormat:
+
+    def  __init__( self, id, start, column, end ):
+        """create a block pattern, used to recognize special documentation blocks"""
+        self.id     = id
+        self.start  = re.compile( start, re.VERBOSE )
+        self.column = re.compile( column, re.VERBOSE )
+        self.end    = re.compile( end, re.VERBOSE )
+
+
+
+#
+# format 1 documentation comment blocks look like the following:
+#
+#    /************************************/
+#    /*                                  */
+#    /*                                  */
+#    /*                                  */
+#    /************************************/
+#
+# we define a few regular expressions here to detect them
+#
+
+start = r'''
+  \s*      # any number of whitespace
+  /\*{2,}/ # followed by '/' and at least two asterisks then '/'
+  \s*$     # probably followed by whitespace
+'''
+
+column = r'''
+  \s*      # any number of whitespace
+  /\*{1}   # followed by '/' and precisely one asterisk
+  ([^*].*) # followed by anything (group 1)
+  \*{1}/   # followed by one asterisk and a '/'
+  \s*$     # probably followed by whitespace
+'''
+
+re_source_block_format1 = SourceBlockFormat( 1, start, column, start )
+
+
+#
+# format 2 documentation comment blocks look like the following:
+#
+#    /************************************ (at least 2 asterisks)
+#     *
+#     *
+#     *
+#     *
+#     **/       (1 or more asterisks at the end)
+#
+# we define a few regular expressions here to detect them
+#
+start = r'''
+  \s*     # any number of whitespace
+  /\*{2,} # followed by '/' and at least two asterisks
+  \s*$    # probably followed by whitespace
+'''
+
+column = r'''
+  \s*        # any number of whitespace
+  \*{1}(?!/) # followed by precisely one asterisk not followed by `/'
+  (.*)       # then anything (group1)
+'''
+
+end = r'''
+  \s*  # any number of whitespace
+  \*+/ # followed by at least one asterisk, then '/'
+'''
+
+re_source_block_format2 = SourceBlockFormat( 2, start, column, end )
+
+
+#
+# the list of supported documentation block formats, we could add new ones
+# relatively easily
+#
+re_source_block_formats = [re_source_block_format1, re_source_block_format2]
+
+
+#
+# the following regular expressions corresponds to markup tags
+# within the documentation comment blocks. they're equivalent
+# despite their different syntax
+#
+# notice how each markup tag _must_ begin a new line
+#
+re_markup_tag1 = re.compile( r'''\s*<(\w*)>''' )  # <xxxx> format
+re_markup_tag2 = re.compile( r'''\s*@(\w*):''' )  # @xxxx: format
+
+#
+# the list of supported markup tags, we could add new ones relatively
+# easily
+#
+re_markup_tags = [re_markup_tag1, re_markup_tag2]
+
+#
+# used to detect a cross-reference, after markup tags have been stripped
+#
+re_crossref = re.compile( r'@(\w*)(.*)' )
+
+#
+# used to detect italic and bold styles in paragraph text
+#
+re_italic = re.compile( r"_(\w(\w|')*)_(.*)" )     #  _italic_
+re_bold   = re.compile( r"\*(\w(\w|')*)\*(.*)" )   #  *bold*
+
+#
+# used to detect the end of commented source lines
+#
+re_source_sep = re.compile( r'\s*/\*\s*\*/' )
+
+#
+# used to perform cross-reference within source output
+#
+re_source_crossref = re.compile( r'(\W*)(\w*)' )
+
+#
+# a list of reserved source keywords
+#
+re_source_keywords = re.compile( '''\\b ( typedef   |
+                                          struct    |
+                                          enum      |
+                                          union     |
+                                          const     |
+                                          char      |
+                                          int       |
+                                          short     |
+                                          long      |
+                                          void      |
+                                          signed    |
+                                          unsigned  |
+                                          \#include |
+                                          \#define  |
+                                          \#undef   |
+                                          \#if      |
+                                          \#ifdef   |
+                                          \#ifndef  |
+                                          \#else    |
+                                          \#endif   ) \\b''', re.VERBOSE )
+
+
+################################################################
+##
+##  SOURCE BLOCK CLASS
+##
+##   A SourceProcessor is in charge of reading a C source file
+##   and decomposing it into a series of different "SourceBlocks".
+##   each one of these blocks can be made of the following data:
+##
+##   - A documentation comment block that starts with "/**" and
+##     whose exact format will be discussed later
+##
+##   - normal sources lines, including comments
+##
+##   the important fields in a text block are the following ones:
+##
+##     self.lines   : a list of text lines for the corresponding block
+##
+##     self.content : for documentation comment blocks only, this is the
+##                    block content that has been "unboxed" from its
+##                    decoration. This is None for all other blocks
+##                    (i.e. sources or ordinary comments with no starting
+##                     markup tag)
+##
+class  SourceBlock:
+
+    def  __init__( self, processor, filename, lineno, lines ):
+        self.processor = processor
+        self.filename  = filename
+        self.lineno    = lineno
+        self.lines     = lines[:]
+        self.format    = processor.format
+        self.content   = []
+
+        if self.format == None:
+            return
+
+        words = []
+
+        # extract comment lines
+        lines = []
+
+        for line0 in self.lines:
+            m = self.format.column.match( line0 )
+            if m:
+                lines.append( m.group( 1 ) )
+
+        # now, look for a markup tag
+        for l in lines:
+            l = string.strip( l )
+            if len( l ) > 0:
+                for tag in re_markup_tags:
+                    if tag.match( l ):
+                        self.content = lines
+                        return
+
+    def  location( self ):
+        return "(" + self.filename + ":" + repr( self.lineno ) + ")"
+
+    # debugging only - not used in normal operations
+    def  dump( self ):
+        if self.content:
+            print "{{{content start---"
+            for l in self.content:
+                print l
+            print "---content end}}}"
+            return
+
+        fmt = ""
+        if self.format:
+            fmt = repr( self.format.id ) + " "
+
+        for line in self.lines:
+            print line
+
+
+
+################################################################
+##
+##  SOURCE PROCESSOR CLASS
+##
+##   The SourceProcessor is in charge of reading a C source file
+##   and decomposing it into a series of different "SourceBlock"
+##   objects.
+##
+##   each one of these blocks can be made of the following data:
+##
+##   - A documentation comment block that starts with "/**" and
+##     whose exact format will be discussed later
+##
+##   - normal sources lines, include comments
+##
+##
+class  SourceProcessor:
+
+    def  __init__( self ):
+        """initialize a source processor"""
+        self.blocks   = []
+        self.filename = None
+        self.format   = None
+        self.lines    = []
+
+    def  reset( self ):
+        """reset a block processor, clean all its blocks"""
+        self.blocks = []
+        self.format = None
+
+    def  parse_file( self, filename ):
+        """parse a C source file, and add its blocks to the processor's list"""
+        self.reset()
+
+        self.filename = filename
+
+        fileinput.close()
+        self.format = None
+        self.lineno = 0
+        self.lines  = []
+
+        for line in fileinput.input( filename ):
+            # strip trailing newlines, important on Windows machines!
+            if line[-1] == '\012':
+                line = line[0:-1]
+
+            if self.format == None:
+                self.process_normal_line( line )
+            else:
+                if self.format.end.match( line ):
+                    # that's a normal block end, add it to 'lines' and
+                    # create a new block
+                    self.lines.append( line )
+                    self.add_block_lines()
+                elif self.format.column.match( line ):
+                    # that's a normal column line, add it to 'lines'
+                    self.lines.append( line )
+                else:
+                    # humm.. this is an unexpected block end,
+                    # create a new block, but don't process the line
+                    self.add_block_lines()
+
+                    # we need to process the line again
+                    self.process_normal_line( line )
+
+        # record the last lines
+        self.add_block_lines()
+
+    def  process_normal_line( self, line ):
+        """process a normal line and check whether it is the start of a new block"""
+        for f in re_source_block_formats:
+            if f.start.match( line ):
+                self.add_block_lines()
+                self.format = f
+                self.lineno = fileinput.filelineno()
+
+        self.lines.append( line )
+
+    def  add_block_lines( self ):
+        """add the current accumulated lines and create a new block"""
+        if self.lines != []:
+            block = SourceBlock( self, self.filename, self.lineno, self.lines )
+
+            self.blocks.append( block )
+            self.format = None
+            self.lines  = []
+
+    # debugging only, not used in normal operations
+    def  dump( self ):
+        """print all blocks in a processor"""
+        for b in self.blocks:
+            b.dump()
+
+# eof
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/docmaker/tohtml.py b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/docmaker/tohtml.py
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fffa120
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/docmaker/tohtml.py
@@ -0,0 +1,593 @@
+#  ToHTML (c) 2002, 2003, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008
+#    David Turner <david@freetype.org>
+
+from sources import *
+from content import *
+from formatter import *
+
+import time
+
+
+# The following defines the HTML header used by all generated pages.
+html_header_1 = """\
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"
+"http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
+<html>
+<head>
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
+<title>\
+"""
+
+html_header_2 = """\
+ API Reference
+
+
+
+"""
+
+html_header_3 = """
+
+
+
+
        [
        [Index][TOC]
        
+
        \
+"""
+
+html_header_5t = """\
+">Index]
+
+
        \
+"""
+
+html_header_6 = """\
+ API Reference
        
+"""
+
+
+# The HTML footer used by all generated pages.
+html_footer = """\
+
+\
+"""
+
+# The header and footer used for each section.
+section_title_header = "
        "
+section_title_footer = "
        "
+
+# The header and footer used for code segments.
+code_header = '
        '
+code_footer = '
        '
+
+# Paragraph header and footer.
+para_header = "
        "
+para_footer = "
        "
+
+# Block header and footer.
+block_header        = '
        '
+block_footer_start  = """\
+
        
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index][TOC]
        
+"""
+
+# Description header/footer.
+description_header = '
        '
+description_footer = "

        "
+
+# Marker header/inter/footer combination.
+marker_header = '
        '
+marker_inter  = "
        "
+marker_footer = "
        "
+
+# Header location header/footer.
+header_location_header = '
        '
+header_location_footer = "

        "
+
+# Source code extracts header/footer.
+source_header = '
        \n'
+source_footer = "\n

        "
+
+# Chapter header/inter/footer.
+chapter_header = '
        '
+chapter_inter  = '
        • '
+chapter_footer = '
        '
+
+# Index footer.
+index_footer_start = """\
+
        
+
+
        [TOC]
        
+"""
+
+# TOC footer.
+toc_footer_start = """\
+
        
+
+
+
        [Index]
        
+"""
+
+
+# source language keyword coloration/styling
+keyword_prefix = ''
+keyword_suffix = ''
+
+section_synopsis_header = '
        Synopsis
        '
+section_synopsis_footer = ''
+
+
+# Translate a single line of source to HTML.  This will convert
+# a "<" into "<.", ">" into ">.", etc.
+def  html_quote( line ):
+    result = string.replace( line, "&", "&" )
+    result = string.replace( result, "<", "<" )
+    result = string.replace( result, ">", ">" )
+    return result
+
+
+# same as 'html_quote', but ignores left and right brackets
+def  html_quote0( line ):
+    return string.replace( line, "&", "&" )
+
+
+def  dump_html_code( lines, prefix = "" ):
+    # clean the last empty lines
+    l = len( self.lines )
+    while l > 0 and string.strip( self.lines[l - 1] ) == "":
+        l = l - 1
+
+    # The code footer should be directly appended to the last code
+    # line to avoid an additional blank line.
+    print prefix + code_header,
+    for line in self.lines[0 : l + 1]:
+        print '\n' + prefix + html_quote( line ),
+    print prefix + code_footer,
+
+
+
+class  HtmlFormatter( Formatter ):
+
+    def  __init__( self, processor, project_title, file_prefix ):
+        Formatter.__init__( self, processor )
+
+        global html_header_1, html_header_2, html_header_3
+        global html_header_4, html_header_5, html_footer
+
+        if file_prefix:
+            file_prefix = file_prefix + "-"
+        else:
+            file_prefix = ""
+
+        self.headers           = processor.headers
+        self.project_title     = project_title
+        self.file_prefix       = file_prefix
+        self.html_header       = html_header_1 + project_title +              \
+                                 html_header_2 +                              \
+                                 html_header_3 + file_prefix + "index.html" + \
+                                 html_header_4 + file_prefix + "toc.html" +   \
+                                 html_header_5 + project_title +              \
+                                 html_header_6
+
+        self.html_index_header = html_header_1 + project_title +             \
+                                 html_header_2 +                             \
+                                 html_header_3i + file_prefix + "toc.html" + \
+                                 html_header_5 + project_title +             \
+                                 html_header_6
+
+        self.html_toc_header   = html_header_1 + project_title +              \
+                                 html_header_2 +                              \
+                                 html_header_3 + file_prefix + "index.html" + \
+                                 html_header_5t + project_title +             \
+                                 html_header_6
+
+        self.html_footer       = "
        generated on " +     \
+                                 time.asctime( time.localtime( time.time() ) ) + \
+                                 "
        " + html_footer
+
+        self.columns = 3
+
+    def  make_section_url( self, section ):
+        return self.file_prefix + section.name + ".html"
+
+    def  make_block_url( self, block ):
+        return self.make_section_url( block.section ) + "#" + block.name
+
+    def  make_html_words( self, words ):
+        """ convert a series of simple words into some HTML text """
+        line = ""
+        if words:
+            line = html_quote( words[0] )
+            for w in words[1:]:
+                line = line + " " + html_quote( w )
+
+        return line
+
+    def  make_html_word( self, word ):
+        """analyze a simple word to detect cross-references and styling"""
+        # look for cross-references
+        m = re_crossref.match( word )
+        if m:
+            try:
+                name = m.group( 1 )
+                rest = m.group( 2 )
+                block = self.identifiers[name]
+                url   = self.make_block_url( block )
+                return '' + name + '' + rest
+            except:
+                # we detected a cross-reference to an unknown item
+                sys.stderr.write( \
+                   "WARNING: undefined cross reference '" + name + "'.\n" )
+                return '?' + name + '?' + rest
+
+        # look for italics and bolds
+        m = re_italic.match( word )
+        if m:
+            name = m.group( 1 )
+            rest = m.group( 3 )
+            return '' + name + '' + rest
+
+        m = re_bold.match( word )
+        if m:
+            name = m.group( 1 )
+            rest = m.group( 3 )
+            return '' + name + '' + rest
+
+        return html_quote( word )
+
+    def  make_html_para( self, words ):
+        """ convert words of a paragraph into tagged HTML text, handle xrefs """
+        line = ""
+        if words:
+            line = self.make_html_word( words[0] )
+            for word in words[1:]:
+                line = line + " " + self.make_html_word( word )
+            # convert `...' quotations into real left and right single quotes
+            line = re.sub( r"(^|\W)`(.*?)'(\W|$)",  \
+                           r'\1‘\2’\3', \
+                           line )
+            # convert tilde into non-breakable space
+            line = string.replace( line, "~", " " )
+
+        return para_header + line + para_footer
+
+    def  make_html_code( self, lines ):
+        """ convert a code sequence to HTML """
+        line = code_header + '\n'
+        for l in lines:
+            line = line + html_quote( l ) + '\n'
+
+        return line + code_footer
+
+    def  make_html_items( self, items ):
+        """ convert a field's content into some valid HTML """
+        lines = []
+        for item in items:
+            if item.lines:
+                lines.append( self.make_html_code( item.lines ) )
+            else:
+                lines.append( self.make_html_para( item.words ) )
+
+        return string.join( lines, '\n' )
+
+    def  print_html_items( self, items ):
+        print self.make_html_items( items )
+
+    def  print_html_field( self, field ):
+        if field.name:
+            print "
        " + field.name + ""
+
+        print self.make_html_items( field.items )
+
+        if field.name:
+            print "
        "
+
+    def  html_source_quote( self, line, block_name = None ):
+        result = ""
+        while line:
+            m = re_source_crossref.match( line )
+            if m:
+                name   = m.group( 2 )
+                prefix = html_quote( m.group( 1 ) )
+                length = len( m.group( 0 ) )
+
+                if name == block_name:
+                    # this is the current block name, if any
+                    result = result + prefix + '' + name + ''
+                elif re_source_keywords.match( name ):
+                    # this is a C keyword
+                    result = result + prefix + keyword_prefix + name + keyword_suffix
+                elif self.identifiers.has_key( name ):
+                    # this is a known identifier
+                    block = self.identifiers[name]
+                    result = result + prefix + '' + name + ''
+                else:
+                    result = result + html_quote( line[:length] )
+
+                line = line[length:]
+            else:
+                result = result + html_quote( line )
+                line   = []
+
+        return result
+
+    def  print_html_field_list( self, fields ):
+        print "
        "
+        print ""
+        for field in fields:
+            if len( field.name ) > 22:
+              print ""
+              print ""
+        print "
        " + field.name + "
        "
+            else:
+              print "
        " + field.name + ""
+
+            self.print_html_items( field.items )
+            print "
        "
+
+    def  print_html_markup( self, markup ):
+        table_fields = []
+        for field in markup.fields:
+            if field.name:
+                # we begin a new series of field or value definitions, we
+                # will record them in the 'table_fields' list before outputting
+                # all of them as a single table
+                #
+                table_fields.append( field )
+            else:
+                if table_fields:
+                    self.print_html_field_list( table_fields )
+                    table_fields = []
+
+                self.print_html_items( field.items )
+
+        if table_fields:
+            self.print_html_field_list( table_fields )
+
+    #
+    #  Formatting the index
+    #
+    def  index_enter( self ):
+        print self.html_index_header
+        self.index_items = {}
+
+    def  index_name_enter( self, name ):
+        block = self.identifiers[name]
+        url   = self.make_block_url( block )
+        self.index_items[name] = url
+
+    def  index_exit( self ):
+        # block_index already contains the sorted list of index names
+        count = len( self.block_index )
+        rows  = ( count + self.columns - 1 ) / self.columns
+
+        print ""
+        for r in range( rows ):
+            line = ""
+            for c in range( self.columns ):
+                i = r + c * rows
+                if i < count:
+                    bname = self.block_index[r + c * rows]
+                    url   = self.index_items[bname]
+                    line = line + ''
+                else:
+                    line = line + ''
+            line = line + ""
+            print line
+
+        print "
        ' + bname + '
        "
+
+        print index_footer_start +            \
+              self.file_prefix + "toc.html" + \
+              index_footer_end
+
+        print self.html_footer
+
+        self.index_items = {}
+
+    def  index_dump( self, index_filename = None ):
+        if index_filename == None:
+            index_filename = self.file_prefix + "index.html"
+
+        Formatter.index_dump( self, index_filename )
+
+    #
+    #  Formatting the table of content
+    #
+    def  toc_enter( self ):
+        print self.html_toc_header
+        print "
        Table of Contents
        "
+
+    def  toc_chapter_enter( self, chapter ):
+        print  chapter_header + string.join( chapter.title ) + chapter_inter
+        print ""
+
+    def  toc_section_enter( self, section ):
+        print '"
+
+    def  toc_chapter_exit( self, chapter ):
+        print "
        '
+        print '' + \
+               section.title + ''
+
+        print self.make_html_para( section.abstract )
+
+    def  toc_section_exit( self, section ):
+        print "
        "
+        print chapter_footer
+
+    def  toc_index( self, index_filename ):
+        print chapter_header +                                      \
+              'Global Index' + \
+              chapter_inter + chapter_footer
+
+    def  toc_exit( self ):
+        print toc_footer_start +                \
+              self.file_prefix + "index.html" + \
+              toc_footer_end
+
+        print self.html_footer
+
+    def  toc_dump( self, toc_filename = None, index_filename = None ):
+        if toc_filename == None:
+            toc_filename = self.file_prefix + "toc.html"
+
+        if index_filename == None:
+            index_filename = self.file_prefix + "index.html"
+
+        Formatter.toc_dump( self, toc_filename, index_filename )
+
+    #
+    #  Formatting sections
+    #
+    def  section_enter( self, section ):
+        print self.html_header
+
+        print section_title_header
+        print section.title
+        print section_title_footer
+
+        maxwidth = 0
+        for b in section.blocks.values():
+            if len( b.name ) > maxwidth:
+                maxwidth = len( b.name )
+
+        width = 70  # XXX magic number
+        if maxwidth <> 0:
+            # print section synopsis
+            print section_synopsis_header
+            print ""
+
+            columns = width / maxwidth
+            if columns < 1:
+                columns = 1
+
+            count = len( section.block_names )
+            rows  = ( count + columns - 1 ) / columns
+
+            for r in range( rows ):
+                line = ""
+                for c in range( columns ):
+                    i = r + c * rows
+                    line = line + ''
+                line = line + ""
+                print line
+
+            print "
        '
+                    if i < count:
+                        name = section.block_names[i]
+                        line = line + '' + name + ''
+
+                    line = line + '


        "
+            print section_synopsis_footer
+
+        print description_header
+        print self.make_html_items( section.description )
+        print description_footer
+
+    def  block_enter( self, block ):
+        print block_header
+
+        # place html anchor if needed
+        if block.name:
+            print '
        ' + block.name + '
        '
+
+        # dump the block C source lines now
+        if block.code:
+            header = ''
+            for f in self.headers.keys():
+                if block.source.filename.find( f ) >= 0:
+                    header = self.headers[f] + ' (' + f + ')'
+                    break;
+                
+#           if not header:
+#               sys.stderr.write( \
+#                 'WARNING: No header macro for ' + block.source.filename + '.\n' )
+
+            if header:
+                print header_location_header
+                print 'Defined in ' + header + '.'
+                print header_location_footer
+
+            print source_header
+            for l in block.code:
+                print self.html_source_quote( l, block.name )
+            print source_footer
+
+    def  markup_enter( self, markup, block ):
+        if markup.tag == "description":
+            print description_header
+        else:
+            print marker_header + markup.tag + marker_inter
+
+        self.print_html_markup( markup )
+
+    def  markup_exit( self, markup, block ):
+        if markup.tag == "description":
+            print description_footer
+        else:
+            print marker_footer
+
+    def  block_exit( self, block ):
+        print block_footer_start + self.file_prefix + "index.html" + \
+              block_footer_middle + self.file_prefix + "toc.html" +  \
+              block_footer_end
+
+    def  section_exit( self, section ):
+        print html_footer
+
+    def  section_dump_all( self ):
+        for section in self.sections:
+            self.section_dump( section, self.file_prefix + section.name + '.html' )
+
+# eof
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/docmaker/utils.py b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/docmaker/utils.py
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1d96658
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/docmaker/utils.py
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+#  Utils (c) 2002, 2004, 2007, 2008  David Turner 
+#
+
+import string, sys, os, glob
+
+# current output directory
+#
+output_dir = None
+
+
+# This function is used to sort the index.  It is a simple lexicographical
+# sort, except that it places capital letters before lowercase ones.
+#
+def  index_sort( s1, s2 ):
+    if not s1:
+        return -1
+
+    if not s2:
+        return 1
+
+    l1 = len( s1 )
+    l2 = len( s2 )
+    m1 = string.lower( s1 )
+    m2 = string.lower( s2 )
+
+    for i in range( l1 ):
+        if i >= l2 or m1[i] > m2[i]:
+            return 1
+
+        if m1[i] < m2[i]:
+            return -1
+
+        if s1[i] < s2[i]:
+            return -1
+
+        if s1[i] > s2[i]:
+            return 1
+
+    if l2 > l1:
+        return -1
+
+    return 0
+
+
+# Sort input_list, placing the elements of order_list in front.
+#
+def  sort_order_list( input_list, order_list ):
+    new_list = order_list[:]
+    for id in input_list:
+        if not id in order_list:
+            new_list.append( id )
+    return new_list
+
+
+# Open the standard output to a given project documentation file.  Use
+# "output_dir" to determine the filename location if necessary and save the
+# old stdout in a tuple that is returned by this function.
+#
+def  open_output( filename ):
+    global output_dir
+
+    if output_dir and output_dir != "":
+        filename = output_dir + os.sep + filename
+
+    old_stdout = sys.stdout
+    new_file   = open( filename, "w" )
+    sys.stdout = new_file
+
+    return ( new_file, old_stdout )
+
+
+# Close the output that was returned by "close_output".
+#
+def  close_output( output ):
+    output[0].close()
+    sys.stdout = output[1]
+
+
+# Check output directory.
+#
+def  check_output():
+    global output_dir
+    if output_dir:
+        if output_dir != "":
+            if not os.path.isdir( output_dir ):
+                sys.stderr.write( "argument" + " '" + output_dir + "' " + \
+                                  "is not a valid directory" )
+                sys.exit( 2 )
+        else:
+            output_dir = None
+
+
+def  file_exists( pathname ):
+    """checks that a given file exists"""
+    result = 1
+    try:
+        file = open( pathname, "r" )
+        file.close()
+    except:
+        result = None
+        sys.stderr.write( pathname + " couldn't be accessed\n" )
+
+    return result
+
+
+def  make_file_list( args = None ):
+    """builds a list of input files from command-line arguments"""
+    file_list = []
+    # sys.stderr.write( repr( sys.argv[1 :] ) + '\n' )
+
+    if not args:
+        args = sys.argv[1 :]
+
+    for pathname in args:
+        if string.find( pathname, '*' ) >= 0:
+            newpath = glob.glob( pathname )
+            newpath.sort()  # sort files -- this is important because
+                            # of the order of files
+        else:
+            newpath = [pathname]
+
+        file_list.extend( newpath )
+
+    if len( file_list ) == 0:
+        file_list = None
+    else:
+        # now filter the file list to remove non-existing ones
+        file_list = filter( file_exists, file_list )
+
+    return file_list
+
+# eof
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/ftrandom/Makefile b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/ftrandom/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2e61929
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/ftrandom/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+# TOP_DIR and OBJ_DIR should be set by the user to the right directories,
+# if necessary.
+
+TOP_DIR ?= ../../..
+OBJ_DIR ?= $(TOP_DIR)/objs
+
+
+# The setup below is for gcc on a Unix-like platform.
+
+SRC_DIR = $(TOP_DIR)/src/tools/ftrandom
+
+CC = gcc
+WFLAGS = -Wmissing-prototypes \
+         -Wunused \
+         -Wimplicit \
+         -Wreturn-type \
+         -Wparentheses \
+         -pedantic \
+         -Wformat \
+         -Wchar-subscripts \
+         -Wsequence-point
+CFLAGS = $(WFLAGS) \
+         -g \
+         -I $(TOP_DIR)/include
+LIBS = -lm \
+       -L $(OBJ_DIR) \
+       -lfreetype \
+       -lz
+
+all: $(OBJ_DIR)/ftrandom
+
+$(OBJ_DIR)/ftrandom: $(SRC_DIR)/ftrandom.c $(OBJ_DIR)/libfreetype.a
+	$(CC) -o $(OBJ_DIR)/ftrandom $(CFLAGS) $(SRC_DIR)/ftrandom.c $(LIBS)
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/ftrandom/README b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/ftrandom/README
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c093f15
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/ftrandom/README
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+ftrandom
+--------
+
+This program expects a set of directories containing good fonts, and a set
+of extensions of fonts to be tested.  It will randomly pick a font, copy it,
+introduce and error and then test it.
+
+The FreeType tests are quite basic:
+
+  For each erroneous font it
+    forks off a new tester;
+    initializes the library;
+    opens each font in the file;
+    loads each glyph;
+      (optionally reviewing the contours of the glyph)
+      (optionally rasterizing)
+    closes the face.
+
+If the tester exits with a signal, or takes longer than 20 seconds then
+ftrandom saves the erroneous font and continues.  If the tester exits
+normally or with an error, then the superstructure removes the test font and
+continues.
+
+Arguments are:
+
+  --all                    Test every font in the directory(ies) no matter
+                           what its extension (some CID-keyed fonts have no
+                           extension).
+  --check-outlines         Call FT_Outline_Decompose on each glyph.
+  --dir               Append  to the list of directories to search
+                           for good fonts.
+  --error-count       Introduce  single-byte errors into the
+                           erroneous fonts.
+  --error-fraction   Multiply the file size of the font by  and
+                           introduce that many errors into the erroneous
+                           font file.
+  --ext               Add  to the set of font types tested.  Known
+                           extensions are `ttf', `otf', `ttc', `cid', `pfb',
+                           `pfa', `bdf', `pcf', `pfr', `fon', `otb', and
+                           `cff'.
+  --help                   Print out this list of options.
+  --nohints                Specify FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING when loading glyphs.
+  --rasterize              Call FT_Render_Glyph as well as loading it.
+  --result            This is the directory in which test files are
+                           placed.
+  --test             Run a single test on a pre-generated testcase. 
+                           Done in the current process so it can be debugged
+                           more easily.
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/ftrandom/ftrandom.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/ftrandom/ftrandom.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4daac0d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/ftrandom/ftrandom.c
@@ -0,0 +1,659 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 2005, 2007, 2008 by George Williams */
+/*
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+
+ * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
+ * list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+
+ * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+
+ * The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
+ * EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
+ * PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS;
+ * OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
+ * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
+ * OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
+ * ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/* modified by Werner Lemberg        */
+/* This file is now part of the FreeType library */
+
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#include 
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+#include FT_OUTLINE_H
+
+#define true     1
+#define false    0
+#define forever  for (;;)
+
+
+  static int    check_outlines = false;
+  static int    nohints        = false;
+  static int    rasterize      = false;
+  static char*  results_dir    = "results";
+
+#define GOOD_FONTS_DIR  "/home/wl/freetype-testfonts"
+
+  static char*  default_dir_list[] =
+  {
+    GOOD_FONTS_DIR,
+    NULL
+  };
+
+  static char*  default_ext_list[] =
+  {
+    "ttf",
+    "otf",
+    "ttc",
+    "cid",
+    "pfb",
+    "pfa",
+    "bdf",
+    "pcf",
+    "pfr",
+    "fon",
+    "otb",
+    "cff",
+    NULL
+  };
+
+  static int  error_count    = 1;
+  static int  error_fraction = 0;
+
+  static FT_F26Dot6  font_size = 12 * 64;
+
+  static struct fontlist
+  {
+    char*         name;
+    int           len;
+    unsigned int  isbinary: 1;
+    unsigned int  isascii: 1;
+    unsigned int  ishex: 1;
+
+  } *fontlist;
+
+  static int  fcnt;
+
+
+  static int
+  FT_MoveTo( const FT_Vector  *to,
+             void             *user )
+  {
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  static int
+  FT_LineTo( const FT_Vector  *to,
+             void             *user )
+  {
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  static int
+  FT_ConicTo( const FT_Vector  *_cp,
+              const FT_Vector  *to,
+              void             *user )
+  {
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  static int
+  FT_CubicTo( const FT_Vector  *cp1,
+              const FT_Vector  *cp2,
+              const FT_Vector  *to,
+              void             *user )
+  {
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Outline_Funcs outlinefuncs =
+  {
+    FT_MoveTo,
+    FT_LineTo,
+    FT_ConicTo,
+    FT_CubicTo,
+    0, 0          /* No shift, no delta */
+  };
+
+
+  static void
+  TestFace( FT_Face  face )
+  {
+    int  gid;
+    int  load_flags = FT_LOAD_DEFAULT;
+
+
+    if ( check_outlines         &&
+         FT_IS_SCALABLE( face ) )
+      load_flags = FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP;
+
+    if ( nohints )
+      load_flags |= FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING;
+
+    FT_Set_Char_Size( face, 0, font_size, 72, 72 );
+
+    for ( gid = 0; gid < face->num_glyphs; ++gid )
+    {
+      if ( check_outlines         &&
+           FT_IS_SCALABLE( face ) )
+      {
+        if ( !FT_Load_Glyph( face, gid, load_flags ) )
+          FT_Outline_Decompose( &face->glyph->outline, &outlinefuncs, NULL );
+      }
+      else
+        FT_Load_Glyph( face, gid, load_flags );
+
+      if ( rasterize )
+        FT_Render_Glyph( face->glyph, ft_render_mode_normal );
+    }
+
+    FT_Done_Face( face );
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  ExecuteTest( char*  testfont )
+  {
+    FT_Library  context;
+    FT_Face     face;
+    int         i, num;
+
+
+    if ( FT_Init_FreeType( &context ) )
+    {
+      fprintf( stderr, "Can't initialize FreeType.\n" );
+      exit( 1 );
+    }
+
+    if ( FT_New_Face( context, testfont, 0, &face ) )
+    {
+      /* The font is erroneous, so if this fails that's ok. */
+      exit( 0 );
+    }
+
+    if ( face->num_faces == 1 )
+      TestFace( face );
+    else
+    {
+      num = face->num_faces;
+      FT_Done_Face( face );
+
+      for ( i = 0; i < num; ++i )
+      {
+        if ( !FT_New_Face( context, testfont, i, &face ) )
+          TestFace( face );
+      }
+    }
+
+    exit( 0 );
+  }
+
+
+  static int
+  extmatch( char*   filename,
+            char**  extensions )
+  {
+    int    i;
+    char*  pt;
+
+
+    if ( extensions == NULL )
+      return true;
+
+    pt = strrchr( filename, '.' );
+    if ( pt == NULL )
+      return false;
+    if ( pt < strrchr( filename, '/' ) )
+      return false;
+
+    for ( i = 0; extensions[i] != NULL; ++i )
+      if ( strcasecmp( pt + 1, extensions[i] ) == 0 ||
+           strcasecmp( pt,     extensions[i] ) == 0 )
+        return true;
+
+    return false;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  figurefiletype( struct fontlist*  item )
+  {
+    FILE*  foo;
+
+
+    item->isbinary = item->isascii = item->ishex = false;
+
+    foo = fopen( item->name, "rb" );
+    if ( foo != NULL )
+    {
+      /* Try to guess the file type from the first few characters... */
+      int  ch1 = getc( foo );
+      int  ch2 = getc( foo );
+      int  ch3 = getc( foo );
+      int  ch4 = getc( foo );
+
+
+      fclose( foo );
+
+      if ( ( ch1 == 0   && ch2 == 1   && ch3 == 0   && ch4 == 0   ) ||
+           ( ch1 == 'O' && ch2 == 'T' && ch3 == 'T' && ch4 == 'O' ) ||
+           ( ch1 == 't' && ch2 == 'r' && ch3 == 'u' && ch4 == 'e' ) ||
+           ( ch1 == 't' && ch2 == 't' && ch3 == 'c' && ch4 == 'f' ) )
+      {
+        /* ttf, otf, ttc files */
+        item->isbinary = true;
+      }
+      else if ( ch1 == 0x80 && ch2 == '\01' )
+      {
+        /* PFB header */
+        item->isbinary = true;
+      }
+      else if ( ch1 == '%' && ch2 == '!' )
+      {
+        /* Random PostScript */
+        if ( strstr( item->name, ".pfa" ) != NULL ||
+             strstr( item->name, ".PFA" ) != NULL )
+          item->ishex = true;
+        else
+          item->isascii = true;
+      }
+      else if ( ch1 == 1 && ch2 == 0 && ch3 == 4 )
+      {
+        /* Bare CFF */
+        item->isbinary = true;
+      }
+      else if ( ch1 == 'S' && ch2 == 'T' && ch3 == 'A' && ch4 == 'R' )
+      {
+        /* BDF */
+        item->ishex = true;
+      }
+      else if ( ch1 == 'P' && ch2 == 'F' && ch3 == 'R' && ch4 == '0' )
+      {
+        /* PFR */
+        item->isbinary = true;
+      }
+      else if ( ( ch1 == '\1' && ch2 == 'f' && ch3 == 'c' && ch4 == 'p' ) ||
+                ( ch1 == 'M'  && ch2 == 'Z' )                             )
+      {
+        /* Windows FON */
+        item->isbinary = true;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        fprintf( stderr,
+                 "Can't recognize file type of `%s', assuming binary\n",
+                 item->name );
+        item->isbinary = true;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      fprintf( stderr, "Can't open `%s' for typing the file.\n",
+               item->name );
+      item->isbinary = true;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  FindFonts( char**  fontdirs,
+             char**  extensions )
+  {
+    DIR*            examples;
+    struct dirent*  ent;
+
+    int             i, max;
+    char            buffer[1025];
+    struct stat     statb;
+
+
+    max  = 0;
+    fcnt = 0;
+
+    for ( i = 0; fontdirs[i] != NULL; ++i )
+    {
+      examples = opendir( fontdirs[i] );
+      if ( examples == NULL )
+      {
+        fprintf( stderr,
+                 "Can't open example font directory `%s'\n",
+                 fontdirs[i] );
+        exit( 1 );
+      }
+
+      while ( ( ent = readdir( examples ) ) != NULL )
+      {
+        snprintf( buffer, sizeof ( buffer ),
+                  "%s/%s", fontdirs[i], ent->d_name );
+        if ( stat( buffer, &statb ) == -1 || S_ISDIR( statb.st_mode ) )
+          continue;
+        if ( extensions == NULL || extmatch( buffer, extensions ) )
+        {
+          if ( fcnt >= max )
+          {
+            max += 100;
+            fontlist = realloc( fontlist, max * sizeof ( struct fontlist ) );
+            if ( fontlist == NULL )
+            {
+              fprintf( stderr, "Can't allocate memory\n" );
+              exit( 1 );
+            }
+          }
+
+          fontlist[fcnt].name = strdup( buffer );
+          fontlist[fcnt].len  = statb.st_size;
+
+          figurefiletype( &fontlist[fcnt] );
+          ++fcnt;
+        }
+      }
+
+      closedir( examples );
+    }
+
+    if ( fcnt == 0 )
+    {
+      fprintf( stderr, "Can't find matching font files.\n" );
+      exit( 1 );
+    }
+
+    fontlist[fcnt].name = NULL;
+  }
+
+
+  static int
+  getErrorCnt( struct fontlist*  item )
+  {
+    if ( error_count == 0 && error_fraction == 0 )
+      return 0;
+
+    return error_count + ceil( error_fraction * item->len );
+  }
+
+
+  static int
+  getRandom( int  low,
+             int  high )
+  {
+    if ( low - high < 0x10000L )
+      return low + ( ( random() >> 8 ) % ( high + 1 - low ) );
+
+    return low + ( random() % ( high + 1 - low ) );
+  }
+
+
+  static int
+  copyfont( struct fontlist*  item,
+            char*             newfont )
+  {
+    static char  buffer[8096];
+    FILE         *good, *new;
+    int          len;
+    int          i, err_cnt;
+
+
+    good = fopen( item->name, "r" );
+    if ( good == NULL )
+    {
+      fprintf( stderr, "Can't open `%s'\n", item->name );
+      return false;
+    }
+
+    new = fopen( newfont, "w+" );
+    if ( new == NULL )
+    {
+      fprintf( stderr, "Can't create temporary output file `%s'\n",
+               newfont );
+      exit( 1 );
+    }
+
+    while ( ( len = fread( buffer, 1, sizeof ( buffer ), good ) ) > 0 )
+      fwrite( buffer, 1, len, new );
+
+    fclose( good );
+
+    err_cnt = getErrorCnt( item );
+    for ( i = 0; i < err_cnt; ++i )
+    {
+      fseek( new, getRandom( 0, item->len - 1 ), SEEK_SET );
+
+      if ( item->isbinary )
+        putc( getRandom( 0, 0xff ), new );
+      else if ( item->isascii )
+        putc( getRandom( 0x20, 0x7e ), new );
+      else
+      {
+        int  hex = getRandom( 0, 15 );
+
+
+        if ( hex < 10 )
+          hex += '0';
+        else
+          hex += 'A' - 10;
+
+        putc( hex, new );
+      }
+    }
+
+    if ( ferror( new ) )
+    {
+      fclose( new );
+      unlink( newfont );
+      return false;
+    }
+
+    fclose( new );
+
+    return true;
+  }
+
+
+  static int  child_pid;
+
+  static void
+  abort_test( int  sig )
+  {
+    /* If a time-out happens, then kill the child */
+    kill( child_pid, SIGFPE );
+    write( 2, "Timeout... ", 11 );
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  do_test( void )
+  {
+    int         i        = getRandom( 0, fcnt - 1 );
+    static int  test_num = 0;
+    char        buffer[1024];
+
+
+    sprintf( buffer, "%s/test%d", results_dir, test_num++ );
+
+    if ( copyfont ( &fontlist[i], buffer ) )
+    {
+      signal( SIGALRM, abort_test );
+      /* Anything that takes more than 20 seconds */
+      /* to parse and/or rasterize is an error.   */
+      alarm( 20 );
+      if ( ( child_pid = fork() ) == 0 )
+        ExecuteTest( buffer );
+      else if ( child_pid != -1 )
+      {
+        int  status;
+
+
+        waitpid( child_pid, &status, 0 );
+        alarm( 0 );
+        if ( WIFSIGNALED ( status ) )
+          printf( "Error found in file `%s'\n", buffer );
+        else
+          unlink( buffer );
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        fprintf( stderr, "Can't fork test case.\n" );
+        exit( 1 );
+      }
+      alarm( 0 );
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  usage( FILE*  out,
+         char*  name )
+  {
+    fprintf( out, "%s [options] -- Generate random erroneous fonts\n"
+                  "  and attempt to parse them with FreeType.\n\n", name );
+
+    fprintf( out, "  --all                    All non-directory files are assumed to be fonts.\n" );
+    fprintf( out, "  --check-outlines         Make sure we can parse the outlines of each glyph.\n" );
+    fprintf( out, "  --dir              Append  to list of font search directories.\n" );
+    fprintf( out, "  --error-count       Introduce  single byte errors into each font.\n" );
+    fprintf( out, "  --error-fraction   Introduce *filesize single byte errors\n"
+                  "                           into each font.\n" );
+    fprintf( out, "  --ext               Add  to list of extensions indicating fonts.\n" );
+    fprintf( out, "  --help                   Print this.\n" );
+    fprintf( out, "  --nohints                Turn off hinting.\n" );
+    fprintf( out, "  --rasterize              Attempt to rasterize each glyph.\n" );
+    fprintf( out, "  --results           Directory in which to place the test fonts.\n" );
+    fprintf( out, "  --size            Use the given font size for the tests.\n" );
+    fprintf( out, "  --test             Run a single test on an already existing file.\n" );
+  }
+
+
+  int
+  main( int     argc,
+        char**  argv )
+  {
+    char    **dirs, **exts;
+    char    *pt, *end;
+    int     dcnt = 0, ecnt = 0, rset = false, allexts = false;
+    int     i;
+    time_t  now;
+    char*   testfile = NULL;
+
+
+    dirs = calloc( argc + 1, sizeof ( char ** ) );
+    exts = calloc( argc + 1, sizeof ( char ** ) );
+
+    for ( i = 1; i < argc; ++i )
+    {
+      pt = argv[i];
+      if ( pt[0] == '-' && pt[1] == '-' )
+        ++pt;
+
+      if ( strcmp( pt, "-all" ) == 0 )
+        allexts = true;
+      else if ( strcmp( pt, "-check-outlines" ) == 0 )
+        check_outlines = true;
+      else if ( strcmp( pt, "-dir" ) == 0 )
+        dirs[dcnt++] = argv[++i];
+      else if ( strcmp( pt, "-error-count" ) == 0 )
+      {
+        if ( !rset )
+          error_fraction = 0;
+        rset = true;
+        error_count = strtol( argv[++i], &end, 10 );
+        if ( *end != '\0' )
+        {
+          fprintf( stderr, "Bad value for error-count: %s\n", argv[i] );
+          exit( 1 );
+        }
+      }
+      else if ( strcmp( pt, "-error-fraction" ) == 0 )
+      {
+        if ( !rset )
+          error_count = 0;
+        rset = true;
+        error_fraction = strtod( argv[++i], &end );
+        if ( *end != '\0' )
+        {
+          fprintf( stderr, "Bad value for error-fraction: %s\n", argv[i] );
+          exit( 1 );
+        }
+      }
+      else if ( strcmp( pt, "-ext" ) == 0 )
+        exts[ecnt++] = argv[++i];
+      else if ( strcmp( pt, "-help" ) == 0 )
+      {
+        usage( stdout, argv[0] );
+        exit( 0 );
+      }
+      else if ( strcmp( pt, "-nohints" ) == 0 )
+        nohints = true;
+      else if ( strcmp( pt, "-rasterize" ) == 0 )
+        rasterize = true;
+      else if ( strcmp( pt, "-results" ) == 0 )
+        results_dir = argv[++i];
+      else if ( strcmp( pt, "-size" ) == 0 )
+      {
+        font_size = (FT_F26Dot6)( strtod( argv[++i], &end ) * 64 );
+        if ( *end != '\0' || font_size < 64 )
+        {
+          fprintf( stderr, "Bad value for size: %s\n", argv[i] );
+          exit( 1 );
+        }
+      }
+      else if ( strcmp( pt, "-test" ) == 0 )
+        testfile = argv[++i];
+      else
+      {
+        usage( stderr, argv[0] );
+        exit( 1 );
+      }
+    }
+
+    if ( allexts )
+      exts = NULL;
+    else if ( ecnt == 0 )
+      exts = default_ext_list;
+
+    if ( dcnt == 0 )
+      dirs = default_dir_list;
+
+    if ( testfile != NULL )
+      ExecuteTest( testfile );         /* This should never return */
+
+    time( &now );
+    srandom( now );
+
+    FindFonts( dirs, exts );
+    mkdir( results_dir, 0755 );
+
+    forever
+      do_test();
+
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+/* EOF */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/glnames.py b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/glnames.py
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..55573b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/glnames.py
@@ -0,0 +1,5287 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env python
+#
+
+#
+# FreeType 2 glyph name builder
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2003, 2005, 2007, 2008 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+"""\
+
+usage: %s 
+
+  This python script generates the glyph names tables defined in the
+  `psnames' module.
+
+  Its single argument is the name of the header file to be created.
+"""
+
+
+import sys, string, struct, re, os.path
+
+
+# This table lists the glyphs according to the Macintosh specification.
+# It is used by the TrueType Postscript names table.
+#
+# See
+#
+#   http://fonts.apple.com/TTRefMan/RM06/Chap6post.html
+#
+# for the official list.
+#
+mac_standard_names = \
+[
+  # 0
+  ".notdef", ".null", "nonmarkingreturn", "space", "exclam",
+  "quotedbl", "numbersign", "dollar", "percent", "ampersand",
+
+  # 10
+  "quotesingle", "parenleft", "parenright", "asterisk", "plus",
+  "comma", "hyphen", "period", "slash", "zero",
+
+  # 20
+  "one", "two", "three", "four", "five",
+  "six", "seven", "eight", "nine", "colon",
+
+  # 30
+  "semicolon", "less", "equal", "greater", "question",
+  "at", "A", "B", "C", "D",
+
+  # 40
+  "E", "F", "G", "H", "I",
+  "J", "K", "L", "M", "N",
+
+  # 50
+  "O", "P", "Q", "R", "S",
+  "T", "U", "V", "W", "X",
+
+  # 60
+  "Y", "Z", "bracketleft", "backslash", "bracketright",
+  "asciicircum", "underscore", "grave", "a", "b",
+
+  # 70
+  "c", "d", "e", "f", "g",
+  "h", "i", "j", "k", "l",
+
+  # 80
+  "m", "n", "o", "p", "q",
+  "r", "s", "t", "u", "v",
+
+  # 90
+  "w", "x", "y", "z", "braceleft",
+  "bar", "braceright", "asciitilde", "Adieresis", "Aring",
+
+  # 100
+  "Ccedilla", "Eacute", "Ntilde", "Odieresis", "Udieresis",
+  "aacute", "agrave", "acircumflex", "adieresis", "atilde",
+
+  # 110
+  "aring", "ccedilla", "eacute", "egrave", "ecircumflex",
+  "edieresis", "iacute", "igrave", "icircumflex", "idieresis",
+
+  # 120
+  "ntilde", "oacute", "ograve", "ocircumflex", "odieresis",
+  "otilde", "uacute", "ugrave", "ucircumflex", "udieresis",
+
+  # 130
+  "dagger", "degree", "cent", "sterling", "section",
+  "bullet", "paragraph", "germandbls", "registered", "copyright",
+
+  # 140
+  "trademark", "acute", "dieresis", "notequal", "AE",
+  "Oslash", "infinity", "plusminus", "lessequal", "greaterequal",
+
+  # 150
+  "yen", "mu", "partialdiff", "summation", "product",
+  "pi", "integral", "ordfeminine", "ordmasculine", "Omega",
+
+  # 160
+  "ae", "oslash", "questiondown", "exclamdown", "logicalnot",
+  "radical", "florin", "approxequal", "Delta", "guillemotleft",
+
+  # 170
+  "guillemotright", "ellipsis", "nonbreakingspace", "Agrave", "Atilde",
+  "Otilde", "OE", "oe", "endash", "emdash",
+
+  # 180
+  "quotedblleft", "quotedblright", "quoteleft", "quoteright", "divide",
+  "lozenge", "ydieresis", "Ydieresis", "fraction", "currency",
+
+  # 190
+  "guilsinglleft", "guilsinglright", "fi", "fl", "daggerdbl",
+  "periodcentered", "quotesinglbase", "quotedblbase", "perthousand",
+    "Acircumflex",
+
+  # 200
+  "Ecircumflex", "Aacute", "Edieresis", "Egrave", "Iacute",
+  "Icircumflex", "Idieresis", "Igrave", "Oacute", "Ocircumflex",
+
+  # 210
+  "apple", "Ograve", "Uacute", "Ucircumflex", "Ugrave",
+  "dotlessi", "circumflex", "tilde", "macron", "breve",
+
+  # 220
+  "dotaccent", "ring", "cedilla", "hungarumlaut", "ogonek",
+  "caron", "Lslash", "lslash", "Scaron", "scaron",
+
+  # 230
+  "Zcaron", "zcaron", "brokenbar", "Eth", "eth",
+  "Yacute", "yacute", "Thorn", "thorn", "minus",
+
+  # 240
+  "multiply", "onesuperior", "twosuperior", "threesuperior", "onehalf",
+  "onequarter", "threequarters", "franc", "Gbreve", "gbreve",
+
+  # 250
+  "Idotaccent", "Scedilla", "scedilla", "Cacute", "cacute",
+  "Ccaron", "ccaron", "dcroat"
+]
+
+
+# The list of standard `SID' glyph names.  For the official list,
+# see Annex A of document at
+#
+#   http://partners.adobe.com/asn/developer/pdfs/tn/5176.CFF.pdf.
+#
+sid_standard_names = \
+[
+  # 0
+  ".notdef", "space", "exclam", "quotedbl", "numbersign",
+  "dollar", "percent", "ampersand", "quoteright", "parenleft",
+
+  # 10
+  "parenright", "asterisk", "plus", "comma", "hyphen",
+  "period", "slash", "zero", "one", "two",
+
+  # 20
+  "three", "four", "five", "six", "seven",
+  "eight", "nine", "colon", "semicolon", "less",
+
+  # 30
+  "equal", "greater", "question", "at", "A",
+  "B", "C", "D", "E", "F",
+
+  # 40
+  "G", "H", "I", "J", "K",
+  "L", "M", "N", "O", "P",
+
+  # 50
+  "Q", "R", "S", "T", "U",
+  "V", "W", "X", "Y", "Z",
+
+  # 60
+  "bracketleft", "backslash", "bracketright", "asciicircum", "underscore",
+  "quoteleft", "a", "b", "c", "d",
+
+  # 70
+  "e", "f", "g", "h", "i",
+  "j", "k", "l", "m", "n",
+
+  # 80
+  "o", "p", "q", "r", "s",
+  "t", "u", "v", "w", "x",
+
+  # 90
+  "y", "z", "braceleft", "bar", "braceright",
+  "asciitilde", "exclamdown", "cent", "sterling", "fraction",
+
+  # 100
+  "yen", "florin", "section", "currency", "quotesingle",
+  "quotedblleft", "guillemotleft", "guilsinglleft", "guilsinglright", "fi",
+
+  # 110
+  "fl", "endash", "dagger", "daggerdbl", "periodcentered",
+  "paragraph", "bullet", "quotesinglbase", "quotedblbase", "quotedblright",
+
+  # 120
+  "guillemotright", "ellipsis", "perthousand", "questiondown", "grave",
+  "acute", "circumflex", "tilde", "macron", "breve",
+
+  # 130
+  "dotaccent", "dieresis", "ring", "cedilla", "hungarumlaut",
+  "ogonek", "caron", "emdash", "AE", "ordfeminine",
+
+  # 140
+  "Lslash", "Oslash", "OE", "ordmasculine", "ae",
+  "dotlessi", "lslash", "oslash", "oe", "germandbls",
+
+  # 150
+  "onesuperior", "logicalnot", "mu", "trademark", "Eth",
+  "onehalf", "plusminus", "Thorn", "onequarter", "divide",
+
+  # 160
+  "brokenbar", "degree", "thorn", "threequarters", "twosuperior",
+  "registered", "minus", "eth", "multiply", "threesuperior",
+
+  # 170
+  "copyright", "Aacute", "Acircumflex", "Adieresis", "Agrave",
+  "Aring", "Atilde", "Ccedilla", "Eacute", "Ecircumflex",
+
+  # 180
+  "Edieresis", "Egrave", "Iacute", "Icircumflex", "Idieresis",
+  "Igrave", "Ntilde", "Oacute", "Ocircumflex", "Odieresis",
+
+  # 190
+  "Ograve", "Otilde", "Scaron", "Uacute", "Ucircumflex",
+  "Udieresis", "Ugrave", "Yacute", "Ydieresis", "Zcaron",
+
+  # 200
+  "aacute", "acircumflex", "adieresis", "agrave", "aring",
+  "atilde", "ccedilla", "eacute", "ecircumflex", "edieresis",
+
+  # 210
+  "egrave", "iacute", "icircumflex", "idieresis", "igrave",
+  "ntilde", "oacute", "ocircumflex", "odieresis", "ograve",
+
+  # 220
+  "otilde", "scaron", "uacute", "ucircumflex", "udieresis",
+  "ugrave", "yacute", "ydieresis", "zcaron", "exclamsmall",
+
+  # 230
+  "Hungarumlautsmall", "dollaroldstyle", "dollarsuperior", "ampersandsmall",
+    "Acutesmall",
+  "parenleftsuperior", "parenrightsuperior", "twodotenleader",
+    "onedotenleader", "zerooldstyle",
+
+  # 240
+  "oneoldstyle", "twooldstyle", "threeoldstyle", "fouroldstyle",
+    "fiveoldstyle",
+  "sixoldstyle", "sevenoldstyle", "eightoldstyle", "nineoldstyle",
+    "commasuperior",
+
+  # 250
+  "threequartersemdash", "periodsuperior", "questionsmall", "asuperior",
+    "bsuperior",
+  "centsuperior", "dsuperior", "esuperior", "isuperior", "lsuperior",
+
+  # 260
+  "msuperior", "nsuperior", "osuperior", "rsuperior", "ssuperior",
+  "tsuperior", "ff", "ffi", "ffl", "parenleftinferior",
+
+  # 270
+  "parenrightinferior", "Circumflexsmall", "hyphensuperior", "Gravesmall",
+    "Asmall",
+  "Bsmall", "Csmall", "Dsmall", "Esmall", "Fsmall",
+
+  # 280
+  "Gsmall", "Hsmall", "Ismall", "Jsmall", "Ksmall",
+  "Lsmall", "Msmall", "Nsmall", "Osmall", "Psmall",
+
+  # 290
+  "Qsmall", "Rsmall", "Ssmall", "Tsmall", "Usmall",
+  "Vsmall", "Wsmall", "Xsmall", "Ysmall", "Zsmall",
+
+  # 300
+  "colonmonetary", "onefitted", "rupiah", "Tildesmall", "exclamdownsmall",
+  "centoldstyle", "Lslashsmall", "Scaronsmall", "Zcaronsmall",
+    "Dieresissmall",
+
+  # 310
+  "Brevesmall", "Caronsmall", "Dotaccentsmall", "Macronsmall", "figuredash",
+  "hypheninferior", "Ogoneksmall", "Ringsmall", "Cedillasmall",
+    "questiondownsmall",
+
+  # 320
+  "oneeighth", "threeeighths", "fiveeighths", "seveneighths", "onethird",
+  "twothirds", "zerosuperior", "foursuperior", "fivesuperior",
+    "sixsuperior",
+
+  # 330
+  "sevensuperior", "eightsuperior", "ninesuperior", "zeroinferior",
+    "oneinferior",
+  "twoinferior", "threeinferior", "fourinferior", "fiveinferior",
+    "sixinferior",
+
+  # 340
+  "seveninferior", "eightinferior", "nineinferior", "centinferior",
+    "dollarinferior",
+  "periodinferior", "commainferior", "Agravesmall", "Aacutesmall",
+    "Acircumflexsmall",
+
+  # 350
+  "Atildesmall", "Adieresissmall", "Aringsmall", "AEsmall", "Ccedillasmall",
+  "Egravesmall", "Eacutesmall", "Ecircumflexsmall", "Edieresissmall",
+    "Igravesmall",
+
+  # 360
+  "Iacutesmall", "Icircumflexsmall", "Idieresissmall", "Ethsmall",
+    "Ntildesmall",
+  "Ogravesmall", "Oacutesmall", "Ocircumflexsmall", "Otildesmall",
+    "Odieresissmall",
+
+  # 370
+  "OEsmall", "Oslashsmall", "Ugravesmall", "Uacutesmall",
+    "Ucircumflexsmall",
+  "Udieresissmall", "Yacutesmall", "Thornsmall", "Ydieresissmall",
+    "001.000",
+
+  # 380
+  "001.001", "001.002", "001.003", "Black", "Bold",
+  "Book", "Light", "Medium", "Regular", "Roman",
+
+  # 390
+  "Semibold"
+]
+
+
+# This table maps character codes of the Adobe Standard Type 1
+# encoding to glyph indices in the sid_standard_names table.
+#
+t1_standard_encoding = \
+[
+    0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+    0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+    0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+    0,   0,   1,   2,   3,   4,   5,   6,   7,   8,
+    9,  10,  11,  12,  13,  14,  15,  16,  17,  18,
+
+   19,  20,  21,  22,  23,  24,  25,  26,  27,  28,
+   29,  30,  31,  32,  33,  34,  35,  36,  37,  38,
+   39,  40,  41,  42,  43,  44,  45,  46,  47,  48,
+   49,  50,  51,  52,  53,  54,  55,  56,  57,  58,
+   59,  60,  61,  62,  63,  64,  65,  66,  67,  68,
+
+   69,  70,  71,  72,  73,  74,  75,  76,  77,  78,
+   79,  80,  81,  82,  83,  84,  85,  86,  87,  88,
+   89,  90,  91,  92,  93,  94,  95,   0,   0,   0,
+    0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+    0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+
+    0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+    0,  96,  97,  98,  99, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104,
+  105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110,   0, 111, 112, 113,
+  114,   0, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122,
+    0, 123,   0, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130,
+
+  131,   0, 132, 133,   0, 134, 135, 136, 137,   0,
+    0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+    0,   0,   0,   0,   0, 138,   0, 139,   0,   0,
+    0,   0, 140, 141, 142, 143,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+    0, 144,   0,   0,   0, 145,   0,   0, 146, 147,
+
+  148, 149,   0,   0,   0,   0
+]
+
+
+# This table maps character codes of the Adobe Expert Type 1
+# encoding to glyph indices in the sid_standard_names table.
+#
+t1_expert_encoding = \
+[
+    0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+    0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+    0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+    0,   0,   1, 229, 230,   0, 231, 232, 233, 234,
+  235, 236, 237, 238,  13,  14,  15,  99, 239, 240,
+
+  241, 242, 243, 244, 245, 246, 247, 248,  27,  28,
+  249, 250, 251, 252,   0, 253, 254, 255, 256, 257,
+    0,   0,   0, 258,   0,   0, 259, 260, 261, 262,
+    0,   0, 263, 264, 265,   0, 266, 109, 110, 267,
+  268, 269,   0, 270, 271, 272, 273, 274, 275, 276,
+
+  277, 278, 279, 280, 281, 282, 283, 284, 285, 286,
+  287, 288, 289, 290, 291, 292, 293, 294, 295, 296,
+  297, 298, 299, 300, 301, 302, 303,   0,   0,   0,
+    0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+    0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+
+    0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+    0, 304, 305, 306,   0,   0, 307, 308, 309, 310,
+  311,   0, 312,   0,   0, 313,   0,   0, 314, 315,
+    0,   0, 316, 317, 318,   0,   0,   0, 158, 155,
+  163, 319, 320, 321, 322, 323, 324, 325,   0,   0,
+
+  326, 150, 164, 169, 327, 328, 329, 330, 331, 332,
+  333, 334, 335, 336, 337, 338, 339, 340, 341, 342,
+  343, 344, 345, 346, 347, 348, 349, 350, 351, 352,
+  353, 354, 355, 356, 357, 358, 359, 360, 361, 362,
+  363, 364, 365, 366, 367, 368, 369, 370, 371, 372,
+
+  373, 374, 375, 376, 377, 378
+]
+
+
+# This data has been taken literally from the file `glyphlist.txt',
+# version 2.0, 22 Sept 2002.  It is available from
+#
+#   http://partners.adobe.com/asn/developer/typeforum/unicodegn.html
+#   http://partners.adobe.com/public/developer/en/opentype/glyphlist.txt
+#
+adobe_glyph_list = """\
+A;0041
+AE;00C6
+AEacute;01FC
+AEmacron;01E2
+AEsmall;F7E6
+Aacute;00C1
+Aacutesmall;F7E1
+Abreve;0102
+Abreveacute;1EAE
+Abrevecyrillic;04D0
+Abrevedotbelow;1EB6
+Abrevegrave;1EB0
+Abrevehookabove;1EB2
+Abrevetilde;1EB4
+Acaron;01CD
+Acircle;24B6
+Acircumflex;00C2
+Acircumflexacute;1EA4
+Acircumflexdotbelow;1EAC
+Acircumflexgrave;1EA6
+Acircumflexhookabove;1EA8
+Acircumflexsmall;F7E2
+Acircumflextilde;1EAA
+Acute;F6C9
+Acutesmall;F7B4
+Acyrillic;0410
+Adblgrave;0200
+Adieresis;00C4
+Adieresiscyrillic;04D2
+Adieresismacron;01DE
+Adieresissmall;F7E4
+Adotbelow;1EA0
+Adotmacron;01E0
+Agrave;00C0
+Agravesmall;F7E0
+Ahookabove;1EA2
+Aiecyrillic;04D4
+Ainvertedbreve;0202
+Alpha;0391
+Alphatonos;0386
+Amacron;0100
+Amonospace;FF21
+Aogonek;0104
+Aring;00C5
+Aringacute;01FA
+Aringbelow;1E00
+Aringsmall;F7E5
+Asmall;F761
+Atilde;00C3
+Atildesmall;F7E3
+Aybarmenian;0531
+B;0042
+Bcircle;24B7
+Bdotaccent;1E02
+Bdotbelow;1E04
+Becyrillic;0411
+Benarmenian;0532
+Beta;0392
+Bhook;0181
+Blinebelow;1E06
+Bmonospace;FF22
+Brevesmall;F6F4
+Bsmall;F762
+Btopbar;0182
+C;0043
+Caarmenian;053E
+Cacute;0106
+Caron;F6CA
+Caronsmall;F6F5
+Ccaron;010C
+Ccedilla;00C7
+Ccedillaacute;1E08
+Ccedillasmall;F7E7
+Ccircle;24B8
+Ccircumflex;0108
+Cdot;010A
+Cdotaccent;010A
+Cedillasmall;F7B8
+Chaarmenian;0549
+Cheabkhasiancyrillic;04BC
+Checyrillic;0427
+Chedescenderabkhasiancyrillic;04BE
+Chedescendercyrillic;04B6
+Chedieresiscyrillic;04F4
+Cheharmenian;0543
+Chekhakassiancyrillic;04CB
+Cheverticalstrokecyrillic;04B8
+Chi;03A7
+Chook;0187
+Circumflexsmall;F6F6
+Cmonospace;FF23
+Coarmenian;0551
+Csmall;F763
+D;0044
+DZ;01F1
+DZcaron;01C4
+Daarmenian;0534
+Dafrican;0189
+Dcaron;010E
+Dcedilla;1E10
+Dcircle;24B9
+Dcircumflexbelow;1E12
+Dcroat;0110
+Ddotaccent;1E0A
+Ddotbelow;1E0C
+Decyrillic;0414
+Deicoptic;03EE
+Delta;2206
+Deltagreek;0394
+Dhook;018A
+Dieresis;F6CB
+DieresisAcute;F6CC
+DieresisGrave;F6CD
+Dieresissmall;F7A8
+Digammagreek;03DC
+Djecyrillic;0402
+Dlinebelow;1E0E
+Dmonospace;FF24
+Dotaccentsmall;F6F7
+Dslash;0110
+Dsmall;F764
+Dtopbar;018B
+Dz;01F2
+Dzcaron;01C5
+Dzeabkhasiancyrillic;04E0
+Dzecyrillic;0405
+Dzhecyrillic;040F
+E;0045
+Eacute;00C9
+Eacutesmall;F7E9
+Ebreve;0114
+Ecaron;011A
+Ecedillabreve;1E1C
+Echarmenian;0535
+Ecircle;24BA
+Ecircumflex;00CA
+Ecircumflexacute;1EBE
+Ecircumflexbelow;1E18
+Ecircumflexdotbelow;1EC6
+Ecircumflexgrave;1EC0
+Ecircumflexhookabove;1EC2
+Ecircumflexsmall;F7EA
+Ecircumflextilde;1EC4
+Ecyrillic;0404
+Edblgrave;0204
+Edieresis;00CB
+Edieresissmall;F7EB
+Edot;0116
+Edotaccent;0116
+Edotbelow;1EB8
+Efcyrillic;0424
+Egrave;00C8
+Egravesmall;F7E8
+Eharmenian;0537
+Ehookabove;1EBA
+Eightroman;2167
+Einvertedbreve;0206
+Eiotifiedcyrillic;0464
+Elcyrillic;041B
+Elevenroman;216A
+Emacron;0112
+Emacronacute;1E16
+Emacrongrave;1E14
+Emcyrillic;041C
+Emonospace;FF25
+Encyrillic;041D
+Endescendercyrillic;04A2
+Eng;014A
+Enghecyrillic;04A4
+Enhookcyrillic;04C7
+Eogonek;0118
+Eopen;0190
+Epsilon;0395
+Epsilontonos;0388
+Ercyrillic;0420
+Ereversed;018E
+Ereversedcyrillic;042D
+Escyrillic;0421
+Esdescendercyrillic;04AA
+Esh;01A9
+Esmall;F765
+Eta;0397
+Etarmenian;0538
+Etatonos;0389
+Eth;00D0
+Ethsmall;F7F0
+Etilde;1EBC
+Etildebelow;1E1A
+Euro;20AC
+Ezh;01B7
+Ezhcaron;01EE
+Ezhreversed;01B8
+F;0046
+Fcircle;24BB
+Fdotaccent;1E1E
+Feharmenian;0556
+Feicoptic;03E4
+Fhook;0191
+Fitacyrillic;0472
+Fiveroman;2164
+Fmonospace;FF26
+Fourroman;2163
+Fsmall;F766
+G;0047
+GBsquare;3387
+Gacute;01F4
+Gamma;0393
+Gammaafrican;0194
+Gangiacoptic;03EA
+Gbreve;011E
+Gcaron;01E6
+Gcedilla;0122
+Gcircle;24BC
+Gcircumflex;011C
+Gcommaaccent;0122
+Gdot;0120
+Gdotaccent;0120
+Gecyrillic;0413
+Ghadarmenian;0542
+Ghemiddlehookcyrillic;0494
+Ghestrokecyrillic;0492
+Gheupturncyrillic;0490
+Ghook;0193
+Gimarmenian;0533
+Gjecyrillic;0403
+Gmacron;1E20
+Gmonospace;FF27
+Grave;F6CE
+Gravesmall;F760
+Gsmall;F767
+Gsmallhook;029B
+Gstroke;01E4
+H;0048
+H18533;25CF
+H18543;25AA
+H18551;25AB
+H22073;25A1
+HPsquare;33CB
+Haabkhasiancyrillic;04A8
+Hadescendercyrillic;04B2
+Hardsigncyrillic;042A
+Hbar;0126
+Hbrevebelow;1E2A
+Hcedilla;1E28
+Hcircle;24BD
+Hcircumflex;0124
+Hdieresis;1E26
+Hdotaccent;1E22
+Hdotbelow;1E24
+Hmonospace;FF28
+Hoarmenian;0540
+Horicoptic;03E8
+Hsmall;F768
+Hungarumlaut;F6CF
+Hungarumlautsmall;F6F8
+Hzsquare;3390
+I;0049
+IAcyrillic;042F
+IJ;0132
+IUcyrillic;042E
+Iacute;00CD
+Iacutesmall;F7ED
+Ibreve;012C
+Icaron;01CF
+Icircle;24BE
+Icircumflex;00CE
+Icircumflexsmall;F7EE
+Icyrillic;0406
+Idblgrave;0208
+Idieresis;00CF
+Idieresisacute;1E2E
+Idieresiscyrillic;04E4
+Idieresissmall;F7EF
+Idot;0130
+Idotaccent;0130
+Idotbelow;1ECA
+Iebrevecyrillic;04D6
+Iecyrillic;0415
+Ifraktur;2111
+Igrave;00CC
+Igravesmall;F7EC
+Ihookabove;1EC8
+Iicyrillic;0418
+Iinvertedbreve;020A
+Iishortcyrillic;0419
+Imacron;012A
+Imacroncyrillic;04E2
+Imonospace;FF29
+Iniarmenian;053B
+Iocyrillic;0401
+Iogonek;012E
+Iota;0399
+Iotaafrican;0196
+Iotadieresis;03AA
+Iotatonos;038A
+Ismall;F769
+Istroke;0197
+Itilde;0128
+Itildebelow;1E2C
+Izhitsacyrillic;0474
+Izhitsadblgravecyrillic;0476
+J;004A
+Jaarmenian;0541
+Jcircle;24BF
+Jcircumflex;0134
+Jecyrillic;0408
+Jheharmenian;054B
+Jmonospace;FF2A
+Jsmall;F76A
+K;004B
+KBsquare;3385
+KKsquare;33CD
+Kabashkircyrillic;04A0
+Kacute;1E30
+Kacyrillic;041A
+Kadescendercyrillic;049A
+Kahookcyrillic;04C3
+Kappa;039A
+Kastrokecyrillic;049E
+Kaverticalstrokecyrillic;049C
+Kcaron;01E8
+Kcedilla;0136
+Kcircle;24C0
+Kcommaaccent;0136
+Kdotbelow;1E32
+Keharmenian;0554
+Kenarmenian;053F
+Khacyrillic;0425
+Kheicoptic;03E6
+Khook;0198
+Kjecyrillic;040C
+Klinebelow;1E34
+Kmonospace;FF2B
+Koppacyrillic;0480
+Koppagreek;03DE
+Ksicyrillic;046E
+Ksmall;F76B
+L;004C
+LJ;01C7
+LL;F6BF
+Lacute;0139
+Lambda;039B
+Lcaron;013D
+Lcedilla;013B
+Lcircle;24C1
+Lcircumflexbelow;1E3C
+Lcommaaccent;013B
+Ldot;013F
+Ldotaccent;013F
+Ldotbelow;1E36
+Ldotbelowmacron;1E38
+Liwnarmenian;053C
+Lj;01C8
+Ljecyrillic;0409
+Llinebelow;1E3A
+Lmonospace;FF2C
+Lslash;0141
+Lslashsmall;F6F9
+Lsmall;F76C
+M;004D
+MBsquare;3386
+Macron;F6D0
+Macronsmall;F7AF
+Macute;1E3E
+Mcircle;24C2
+Mdotaccent;1E40
+Mdotbelow;1E42
+Menarmenian;0544
+Mmonospace;FF2D
+Msmall;F76D
+Mturned;019C
+Mu;039C
+N;004E
+NJ;01CA
+Nacute;0143
+Ncaron;0147
+Ncedilla;0145
+Ncircle;24C3
+Ncircumflexbelow;1E4A
+Ncommaaccent;0145
+Ndotaccent;1E44
+Ndotbelow;1E46
+Nhookleft;019D
+Nineroman;2168
+Nj;01CB
+Njecyrillic;040A
+Nlinebelow;1E48
+Nmonospace;FF2E
+Nowarmenian;0546
+Nsmall;F76E
+Ntilde;00D1
+Ntildesmall;F7F1
+Nu;039D
+O;004F
+OE;0152
+OEsmall;F6FA
+Oacute;00D3
+Oacutesmall;F7F3
+Obarredcyrillic;04E8
+Obarreddieresiscyrillic;04EA
+Obreve;014E
+Ocaron;01D1
+Ocenteredtilde;019F
+Ocircle;24C4
+Ocircumflex;00D4
+Ocircumflexacute;1ED0
+Ocircumflexdotbelow;1ED8
+Ocircumflexgrave;1ED2
+Ocircumflexhookabove;1ED4
+Ocircumflexsmall;F7F4
+Ocircumflextilde;1ED6
+Ocyrillic;041E
+Odblacute;0150
+Odblgrave;020C
+Odieresis;00D6
+Odieresiscyrillic;04E6
+Odieresissmall;F7F6
+Odotbelow;1ECC
+Ogoneksmall;F6FB
+Ograve;00D2
+Ogravesmall;F7F2
+Oharmenian;0555
+Ohm;2126
+Ohookabove;1ECE
+Ohorn;01A0
+Ohornacute;1EDA
+Ohorndotbelow;1EE2
+Ohorngrave;1EDC
+Ohornhookabove;1EDE
+Ohorntilde;1EE0
+Ohungarumlaut;0150
+Oi;01A2
+Oinvertedbreve;020E
+Omacron;014C
+Omacronacute;1E52
+Omacrongrave;1E50
+Omega;2126
+Omegacyrillic;0460
+Omegagreek;03A9
+Omegaroundcyrillic;047A
+Omegatitlocyrillic;047C
+Omegatonos;038F
+Omicron;039F
+Omicrontonos;038C
+Omonospace;FF2F
+Oneroman;2160
+Oogonek;01EA
+Oogonekmacron;01EC
+Oopen;0186
+Oslash;00D8
+Oslashacute;01FE
+Oslashsmall;F7F8
+Osmall;F76F
+Ostrokeacute;01FE
+Otcyrillic;047E
+Otilde;00D5
+Otildeacute;1E4C
+Otildedieresis;1E4E
+Otildesmall;F7F5
+P;0050
+Pacute;1E54
+Pcircle;24C5
+Pdotaccent;1E56
+Pecyrillic;041F
+Peharmenian;054A
+Pemiddlehookcyrillic;04A6
+Phi;03A6
+Phook;01A4
+Pi;03A0
+Piwrarmenian;0553
+Pmonospace;FF30
+Psi;03A8
+Psicyrillic;0470
+Psmall;F770
+Q;0051
+Qcircle;24C6
+Qmonospace;FF31
+Qsmall;F771
+R;0052
+Raarmenian;054C
+Racute;0154
+Rcaron;0158
+Rcedilla;0156
+Rcircle;24C7
+Rcommaaccent;0156
+Rdblgrave;0210
+Rdotaccent;1E58
+Rdotbelow;1E5A
+Rdotbelowmacron;1E5C
+Reharmenian;0550
+Rfraktur;211C
+Rho;03A1
+Ringsmall;F6FC
+Rinvertedbreve;0212
+Rlinebelow;1E5E
+Rmonospace;FF32
+Rsmall;F772
+Rsmallinverted;0281
+Rsmallinvertedsuperior;02B6
+S;0053
+SF010000;250C
+SF020000;2514
+SF030000;2510
+SF040000;2518
+SF050000;253C
+SF060000;252C
+SF070000;2534
+SF080000;251C
+SF090000;2524
+SF100000;2500
+SF110000;2502
+SF190000;2561
+SF200000;2562
+SF210000;2556
+SF220000;2555
+SF230000;2563
+SF240000;2551
+SF250000;2557
+SF260000;255D
+SF270000;255C
+SF280000;255B
+SF360000;255E
+SF370000;255F
+SF380000;255A
+SF390000;2554
+SF400000;2569
+SF410000;2566
+SF420000;2560
+SF430000;2550
+SF440000;256C
+SF450000;2567
+SF460000;2568
+SF470000;2564
+SF480000;2565
+SF490000;2559
+SF500000;2558
+SF510000;2552
+SF520000;2553
+SF530000;256B
+SF540000;256A
+Sacute;015A
+Sacutedotaccent;1E64
+Sampigreek;03E0
+Scaron;0160
+Scarondotaccent;1E66
+Scaronsmall;F6FD
+Scedilla;015E
+Schwa;018F
+Schwacyrillic;04D8
+Schwadieresiscyrillic;04DA
+Scircle;24C8
+Scircumflex;015C
+Scommaaccent;0218
+Sdotaccent;1E60
+Sdotbelow;1E62
+Sdotbelowdotaccent;1E68
+Seharmenian;054D
+Sevenroman;2166
+Shaarmenian;0547
+Shacyrillic;0428
+Shchacyrillic;0429
+Sheicoptic;03E2
+Shhacyrillic;04BA
+Shimacoptic;03EC
+Sigma;03A3
+Sixroman;2165
+Smonospace;FF33
+Softsigncyrillic;042C
+Ssmall;F773
+Stigmagreek;03DA
+T;0054
+Tau;03A4
+Tbar;0166
+Tcaron;0164
+Tcedilla;0162
+Tcircle;24C9
+Tcircumflexbelow;1E70
+Tcommaaccent;0162
+Tdotaccent;1E6A
+Tdotbelow;1E6C
+Tecyrillic;0422
+Tedescendercyrillic;04AC
+Tenroman;2169
+Tetsecyrillic;04B4
+Theta;0398
+Thook;01AC
+Thorn;00DE
+Thornsmall;F7FE
+Threeroman;2162
+Tildesmall;F6FE
+Tiwnarmenian;054F
+Tlinebelow;1E6E
+Tmonospace;FF34
+Toarmenian;0539
+Tonefive;01BC
+Tonesix;0184
+Tonetwo;01A7
+Tretroflexhook;01AE
+Tsecyrillic;0426
+Tshecyrillic;040B
+Tsmall;F774
+Twelveroman;216B
+Tworoman;2161
+U;0055
+Uacute;00DA
+Uacutesmall;F7FA
+Ubreve;016C
+Ucaron;01D3
+Ucircle;24CA
+Ucircumflex;00DB
+Ucircumflexbelow;1E76
+Ucircumflexsmall;F7FB
+Ucyrillic;0423
+Udblacute;0170
+Udblgrave;0214
+Udieresis;00DC
+Udieresisacute;01D7
+Udieresisbelow;1E72
+Udieresiscaron;01D9
+Udieresiscyrillic;04F0
+Udieresisgrave;01DB
+Udieresismacron;01D5
+Udieresissmall;F7FC
+Udotbelow;1EE4
+Ugrave;00D9
+Ugravesmall;F7F9
+Uhookabove;1EE6
+Uhorn;01AF
+Uhornacute;1EE8
+Uhorndotbelow;1EF0
+Uhorngrave;1EEA
+Uhornhookabove;1EEC
+Uhorntilde;1EEE
+Uhungarumlaut;0170
+Uhungarumlautcyrillic;04F2
+Uinvertedbreve;0216
+Ukcyrillic;0478
+Umacron;016A
+Umacroncyrillic;04EE
+Umacrondieresis;1E7A
+Umonospace;FF35
+Uogonek;0172
+Upsilon;03A5
+Upsilon1;03D2
+Upsilonacutehooksymbolgreek;03D3
+Upsilonafrican;01B1
+Upsilondieresis;03AB
+Upsilondieresishooksymbolgreek;03D4
+Upsilonhooksymbol;03D2
+Upsilontonos;038E
+Uring;016E
+Ushortcyrillic;040E
+Usmall;F775
+Ustraightcyrillic;04AE
+Ustraightstrokecyrillic;04B0
+Utilde;0168
+Utildeacute;1E78
+Utildebelow;1E74
+V;0056
+Vcircle;24CB
+Vdotbelow;1E7E
+Vecyrillic;0412
+Vewarmenian;054E
+Vhook;01B2
+Vmonospace;FF36
+Voarmenian;0548
+Vsmall;F776
+Vtilde;1E7C
+W;0057
+Wacute;1E82
+Wcircle;24CC
+Wcircumflex;0174
+Wdieresis;1E84
+Wdotaccent;1E86
+Wdotbelow;1E88
+Wgrave;1E80
+Wmonospace;FF37
+Wsmall;F777
+X;0058
+Xcircle;24CD
+Xdieresis;1E8C
+Xdotaccent;1E8A
+Xeharmenian;053D
+Xi;039E
+Xmonospace;FF38
+Xsmall;F778
+Y;0059
+Yacute;00DD
+Yacutesmall;F7FD
+Yatcyrillic;0462
+Ycircle;24CE
+Ycircumflex;0176
+Ydieresis;0178
+Ydieresissmall;F7FF
+Ydotaccent;1E8E
+Ydotbelow;1EF4
+Yericyrillic;042B
+Yerudieresiscyrillic;04F8
+Ygrave;1EF2
+Yhook;01B3
+Yhookabove;1EF6
+Yiarmenian;0545
+Yicyrillic;0407
+Yiwnarmenian;0552
+Ymonospace;FF39
+Ysmall;F779
+Ytilde;1EF8
+Yusbigcyrillic;046A
+Yusbigiotifiedcyrillic;046C
+Yuslittlecyrillic;0466
+Yuslittleiotifiedcyrillic;0468
+Z;005A
+Zaarmenian;0536
+Zacute;0179
+Zcaron;017D
+Zcaronsmall;F6FF
+Zcircle;24CF
+Zcircumflex;1E90
+Zdot;017B
+Zdotaccent;017B
+Zdotbelow;1E92
+Zecyrillic;0417
+Zedescendercyrillic;0498
+Zedieresiscyrillic;04DE
+Zeta;0396
+Zhearmenian;053A
+Zhebrevecyrillic;04C1
+Zhecyrillic;0416
+Zhedescendercyrillic;0496
+Zhedieresiscyrillic;04DC
+Zlinebelow;1E94
+Zmonospace;FF3A
+Zsmall;F77A
+Zstroke;01B5
+a;0061
+aabengali;0986
+aacute;00E1
+aadeva;0906
+aagujarati;0A86
+aagurmukhi;0A06
+aamatragurmukhi;0A3E
+aarusquare;3303
+aavowelsignbengali;09BE
+aavowelsigndeva;093E
+aavowelsigngujarati;0ABE
+abbreviationmarkarmenian;055F
+abbreviationsigndeva;0970
+abengali;0985
+abopomofo;311A
+abreve;0103
+abreveacute;1EAF
+abrevecyrillic;04D1
+abrevedotbelow;1EB7
+abrevegrave;1EB1
+abrevehookabove;1EB3
+abrevetilde;1EB5
+acaron;01CE
+acircle;24D0
+acircumflex;00E2
+acircumflexacute;1EA5
+acircumflexdotbelow;1EAD
+acircumflexgrave;1EA7
+acircumflexhookabove;1EA9
+acircumflextilde;1EAB
+acute;00B4
+acutebelowcmb;0317
+acutecmb;0301
+acutecomb;0301
+acutedeva;0954
+acutelowmod;02CF
+acutetonecmb;0341
+acyrillic;0430
+adblgrave;0201
+addakgurmukhi;0A71
+adeva;0905
+adieresis;00E4
+adieresiscyrillic;04D3
+adieresismacron;01DF
+adotbelow;1EA1
+adotmacron;01E1
+ae;00E6
+aeacute;01FD
+aekorean;3150
+aemacron;01E3
+afii00208;2015
+afii08941;20A4
+afii10017;0410
+afii10018;0411
+afii10019;0412
+afii10020;0413
+afii10021;0414
+afii10022;0415
+afii10023;0401
+afii10024;0416
+afii10025;0417
+afii10026;0418
+afii10027;0419
+afii10028;041A
+afii10029;041B
+afii10030;041C
+afii10031;041D
+afii10032;041E
+afii10033;041F
+afii10034;0420
+afii10035;0421
+afii10036;0422
+afii10037;0423
+afii10038;0424
+afii10039;0425
+afii10040;0426
+afii10041;0427
+afii10042;0428
+afii10043;0429
+afii10044;042A
+afii10045;042B
+afii10046;042C
+afii10047;042D
+afii10048;042E
+afii10049;042F
+afii10050;0490
+afii10051;0402
+afii10052;0403
+afii10053;0404
+afii10054;0405
+afii10055;0406
+afii10056;0407
+afii10057;0408
+afii10058;0409
+afii10059;040A
+afii10060;040B
+afii10061;040C
+afii10062;040E
+afii10063;F6C4
+afii10064;F6C5
+afii10065;0430
+afii10066;0431
+afii10067;0432
+afii10068;0433
+afii10069;0434
+afii10070;0435
+afii10071;0451
+afii10072;0436
+afii10073;0437
+afii10074;0438
+afii10075;0439
+afii10076;043A
+afii10077;043B
+afii10078;043C
+afii10079;043D
+afii10080;043E
+afii10081;043F
+afii10082;0440
+afii10083;0441
+afii10084;0442
+afii10085;0443
+afii10086;0444
+afii10087;0445
+afii10088;0446
+afii10089;0447
+afii10090;0448
+afii10091;0449
+afii10092;044A
+afii10093;044B
+afii10094;044C
+afii10095;044D
+afii10096;044E
+afii10097;044F
+afii10098;0491
+afii10099;0452
+afii10100;0453
+afii10101;0454
+afii10102;0455
+afii10103;0456
+afii10104;0457
+afii10105;0458
+afii10106;0459
+afii10107;045A
+afii10108;045B
+afii10109;045C
+afii10110;045E
+afii10145;040F
+afii10146;0462
+afii10147;0472
+afii10148;0474
+afii10192;F6C6
+afii10193;045F
+afii10194;0463
+afii10195;0473
+afii10196;0475
+afii10831;F6C7
+afii10832;F6C8
+afii10846;04D9
+afii299;200E
+afii300;200F
+afii301;200D
+afii57381;066A
+afii57388;060C
+afii57392;0660
+afii57393;0661
+afii57394;0662
+afii57395;0663
+afii57396;0664
+afii57397;0665
+afii57398;0666
+afii57399;0667
+afii57400;0668
+afii57401;0669
+afii57403;061B
+afii57407;061F
+afii57409;0621
+afii57410;0622
+afii57411;0623
+afii57412;0624
+afii57413;0625
+afii57414;0626
+afii57415;0627
+afii57416;0628
+afii57417;0629
+afii57418;062A
+afii57419;062B
+afii57420;062C
+afii57421;062D
+afii57422;062E
+afii57423;062F
+afii57424;0630
+afii57425;0631
+afii57426;0632
+afii57427;0633
+afii57428;0634
+afii57429;0635
+afii57430;0636
+afii57431;0637
+afii57432;0638
+afii57433;0639
+afii57434;063A
+afii57440;0640
+afii57441;0641
+afii57442;0642
+afii57443;0643
+afii57444;0644
+afii57445;0645
+afii57446;0646
+afii57448;0648
+afii57449;0649
+afii57450;064A
+afii57451;064B
+afii57452;064C
+afii57453;064D
+afii57454;064E
+afii57455;064F
+afii57456;0650
+afii57457;0651
+afii57458;0652
+afii57470;0647
+afii57505;06A4
+afii57506;067E
+afii57507;0686
+afii57508;0698
+afii57509;06AF
+afii57511;0679
+afii57512;0688
+afii57513;0691
+afii57514;06BA
+afii57519;06D2
+afii57534;06D5
+afii57636;20AA
+afii57645;05BE
+afii57658;05C3
+afii57664;05D0
+afii57665;05D1
+afii57666;05D2
+afii57667;05D3
+afii57668;05D4
+afii57669;05D5
+afii57670;05D6
+afii57671;05D7
+afii57672;05D8
+afii57673;05D9
+afii57674;05DA
+afii57675;05DB
+afii57676;05DC
+afii57677;05DD
+afii57678;05DE
+afii57679;05DF
+afii57680;05E0
+afii57681;05E1
+afii57682;05E2
+afii57683;05E3
+afii57684;05E4
+afii57685;05E5
+afii57686;05E6
+afii57687;05E7
+afii57688;05E8
+afii57689;05E9
+afii57690;05EA
+afii57694;FB2A
+afii57695;FB2B
+afii57700;FB4B
+afii57705;FB1F
+afii57716;05F0
+afii57717;05F1
+afii57718;05F2
+afii57723;FB35
+afii57793;05B4
+afii57794;05B5
+afii57795;05B6
+afii57796;05BB
+afii57797;05B8
+afii57798;05B7
+afii57799;05B0
+afii57800;05B2
+afii57801;05B1
+afii57802;05B3
+afii57803;05C2
+afii57804;05C1
+afii57806;05B9
+afii57807;05BC
+afii57839;05BD
+afii57841;05BF
+afii57842;05C0
+afii57929;02BC
+afii61248;2105
+afii61289;2113
+afii61352;2116
+afii61573;202C
+afii61574;202D
+afii61575;202E
+afii61664;200C
+afii63167;066D
+afii64937;02BD
+agrave;00E0
+agujarati;0A85
+agurmukhi;0A05
+ahiragana;3042
+ahookabove;1EA3
+aibengali;0990
+aibopomofo;311E
+aideva;0910
+aiecyrillic;04D5
+aigujarati;0A90
+aigurmukhi;0A10
+aimatragurmukhi;0A48
+ainarabic;0639
+ainfinalarabic;FECA
+aininitialarabic;FECB
+ainmedialarabic;FECC
+ainvertedbreve;0203
+aivowelsignbengali;09C8
+aivowelsigndeva;0948
+aivowelsigngujarati;0AC8
+akatakana;30A2
+akatakanahalfwidth;FF71
+akorean;314F
+alef;05D0
+alefarabic;0627
+alefdageshhebrew;FB30
+aleffinalarabic;FE8E
+alefhamzaabovearabic;0623
+alefhamzaabovefinalarabic;FE84
+alefhamzabelowarabic;0625
+alefhamzabelowfinalarabic;FE88
+alefhebrew;05D0
+aleflamedhebrew;FB4F
+alefmaddaabovearabic;0622
+alefmaddaabovefinalarabic;FE82
+alefmaksuraarabic;0649
+alefmaksurafinalarabic;FEF0
+alefmaksurainitialarabic;FEF3
+alefmaksuramedialarabic;FEF4
+alefpatahhebrew;FB2E
+alefqamatshebrew;FB2F
+aleph;2135
+allequal;224C
+alpha;03B1
+alphatonos;03AC
+amacron;0101
+amonospace;FF41
+ampersand;0026
+ampersandmonospace;FF06
+ampersandsmall;F726
+amsquare;33C2
+anbopomofo;3122
+angbopomofo;3124
+angkhankhuthai;0E5A
+angle;2220
+anglebracketleft;3008
+anglebracketleftvertical;FE3F
+anglebracketright;3009
+anglebracketrightvertical;FE40
+angleleft;2329
+angleright;232A
+angstrom;212B
+anoteleia;0387
+anudattadeva;0952
+anusvarabengali;0982
+anusvaradeva;0902
+anusvaragujarati;0A82
+aogonek;0105
+apaatosquare;3300
+aparen;249C
+apostrophearmenian;055A
+apostrophemod;02BC
+apple;F8FF
+approaches;2250
+approxequal;2248
+approxequalorimage;2252
+approximatelyequal;2245
+araeaekorean;318E
+araeakorean;318D
+arc;2312
+arighthalfring;1E9A
+aring;00E5
+aringacute;01FB
+aringbelow;1E01
+arrowboth;2194
+arrowdashdown;21E3
+arrowdashleft;21E0
+arrowdashright;21E2
+arrowdashup;21E1
+arrowdblboth;21D4
+arrowdbldown;21D3
+arrowdblleft;21D0
+arrowdblright;21D2
+arrowdblup;21D1
+arrowdown;2193
+arrowdownleft;2199
+arrowdownright;2198
+arrowdownwhite;21E9
+arrowheaddownmod;02C5
+arrowheadleftmod;02C2
+arrowheadrightmod;02C3
+arrowheadupmod;02C4
+arrowhorizex;F8E7
+arrowleft;2190
+arrowleftdbl;21D0
+arrowleftdblstroke;21CD
+arrowleftoverright;21C6
+arrowleftwhite;21E6
+arrowright;2192
+arrowrightdblstroke;21CF
+arrowrightheavy;279E
+arrowrightoverleft;21C4
+arrowrightwhite;21E8
+arrowtableft;21E4
+arrowtabright;21E5
+arrowup;2191
+arrowupdn;2195
+arrowupdnbse;21A8
+arrowupdownbase;21A8
+arrowupleft;2196
+arrowupleftofdown;21C5
+arrowupright;2197
+arrowupwhite;21E7
+arrowvertex;F8E6
+asciicircum;005E
+asciicircummonospace;FF3E
+asciitilde;007E
+asciitildemonospace;FF5E
+ascript;0251
+ascriptturned;0252
+asmallhiragana;3041
+asmallkatakana;30A1
+asmallkatakanahalfwidth;FF67
+asterisk;002A
+asteriskaltonearabic;066D
+asteriskarabic;066D
+asteriskmath;2217
+asteriskmonospace;FF0A
+asterisksmall;FE61
+asterism;2042
+asuperior;F6E9
+asymptoticallyequal;2243
+at;0040
+atilde;00E3
+atmonospace;FF20
+atsmall;FE6B
+aturned;0250
+aubengali;0994
+aubopomofo;3120
+audeva;0914
+augujarati;0A94
+augurmukhi;0A14
+aulengthmarkbengali;09D7
+aumatragurmukhi;0A4C
+auvowelsignbengali;09CC
+auvowelsigndeva;094C
+auvowelsigngujarati;0ACC
+avagrahadeva;093D
+aybarmenian;0561
+ayin;05E2
+ayinaltonehebrew;FB20
+ayinhebrew;05E2
+b;0062
+babengali;09AC
+backslash;005C
+backslashmonospace;FF3C
+badeva;092C
+bagujarati;0AAC
+bagurmukhi;0A2C
+bahiragana;3070
+bahtthai;0E3F
+bakatakana;30D0
+bar;007C
+barmonospace;FF5C
+bbopomofo;3105
+bcircle;24D1
+bdotaccent;1E03
+bdotbelow;1E05
+beamedsixteenthnotes;266C
+because;2235
+becyrillic;0431
+beharabic;0628
+behfinalarabic;FE90
+behinitialarabic;FE91
+behiragana;3079
+behmedialarabic;FE92
+behmeeminitialarabic;FC9F
+behmeemisolatedarabic;FC08
+behnoonfinalarabic;FC6D
+bekatakana;30D9
+benarmenian;0562
+bet;05D1
+beta;03B2
+betasymbolgreek;03D0
+betdagesh;FB31
+betdageshhebrew;FB31
+bethebrew;05D1
+betrafehebrew;FB4C
+bhabengali;09AD
+bhadeva;092D
+bhagujarati;0AAD
+bhagurmukhi;0A2D
+bhook;0253
+bihiragana;3073
+bikatakana;30D3
+bilabialclick;0298
+bindigurmukhi;0A02
+birusquare;3331
+blackcircle;25CF
+blackdiamond;25C6
+blackdownpointingtriangle;25BC
+blackleftpointingpointer;25C4
+blackleftpointingtriangle;25C0
+blacklenticularbracketleft;3010
+blacklenticularbracketleftvertical;FE3B
+blacklenticularbracketright;3011
+blacklenticularbracketrightvertical;FE3C
+blacklowerlefttriangle;25E3
+blacklowerrighttriangle;25E2
+blackrectangle;25AC
+blackrightpointingpointer;25BA
+blackrightpointingtriangle;25B6
+blacksmallsquare;25AA
+blacksmilingface;263B
+blacksquare;25A0
+blackstar;2605
+blackupperlefttriangle;25E4
+blackupperrighttriangle;25E5
+blackuppointingsmalltriangle;25B4
+blackuppointingtriangle;25B2
+blank;2423
+blinebelow;1E07
+block;2588
+bmonospace;FF42
+bobaimaithai;0E1A
+bohiragana;307C
+bokatakana;30DC
+bparen;249D
+bqsquare;33C3
+braceex;F8F4
+braceleft;007B
+braceleftbt;F8F3
+braceleftmid;F8F2
+braceleftmonospace;FF5B
+braceleftsmall;FE5B
+bracelefttp;F8F1
+braceleftvertical;FE37
+braceright;007D
+bracerightbt;F8FE
+bracerightmid;F8FD
+bracerightmonospace;FF5D
+bracerightsmall;FE5C
+bracerighttp;F8FC
+bracerightvertical;FE38
+bracketleft;005B
+bracketleftbt;F8F0
+bracketleftex;F8EF
+bracketleftmonospace;FF3B
+bracketlefttp;F8EE
+bracketright;005D
+bracketrightbt;F8FB
+bracketrightex;F8FA
+bracketrightmonospace;FF3D
+bracketrighttp;F8F9
+breve;02D8
+brevebelowcmb;032E
+brevecmb;0306
+breveinvertedbelowcmb;032F
+breveinvertedcmb;0311
+breveinverteddoublecmb;0361
+bridgebelowcmb;032A
+bridgeinvertedbelowcmb;033A
+brokenbar;00A6
+bstroke;0180
+bsuperior;F6EA
+btopbar;0183
+buhiragana;3076
+bukatakana;30D6
+bullet;2022
+bulletinverse;25D8
+bulletoperator;2219
+bullseye;25CE
+c;0063
+caarmenian;056E
+cabengali;099A
+cacute;0107
+cadeva;091A
+cagujarati;0A9A
+cagurmukhi;0A1A
+calsquare;3388
+candrabindubengali;0981
+candrabinducmb;0310
+candrabindudeva;0901
+candrabindugujarati;0A81
+capslock;21EA
+careof;2105
+caron;02C7
+caronbelowcmb;032C
+caroncmb;030C
+carriagereturn;21B5
+cbopomofo;3118
+ccaron;010D
+ccedilla;00E7
+ccedillaacute;1E09
+ccircle;24D2
+ccircumflex;0109
+ccurl;0255
+cdot;010B
+cdotaccent;010B
+cdsquare;33C5
+cedilla;00B8
+cedillacmb;0327
+cent;00A2
+centigrade;2103
+centinferior;F6DF
+centmonospace;FFE0
+centoldstyle;F7A2
+centsuperior;F6E0
+chaarmenian;0579
+chabengali;099B
+chadeva;091B
+chagujarati;0A9B
+chagurmukhi;0A1B
+chbopomofo;3114
+cheabkhasiancyrillic;04BD
+checkmark;2713
+checyrillic;0447
+chedescenderabkhasiancyrillic;04BF
+chedescendercyrillic;04B7
+chedieresiscyrillic;04F5
+cheharmenian;0573
+chekhakassiancyrillic;04CC
+cheverticalstrokecyrillic;04B9
+chi;03C7
+chieuchacirclekorean;3277
+chieuchaparenkorean;3217
+chieuchcirclekorean;3269
+chieuchkorean;314A
+chieuchparenkorean;3209
+chochangthai;0E0A
+chochanthai;0E08
+chochingthai;0E09
+chochoethai;0E0C
+chook;0188
+cieucacirclekorean;3276
+cieucaparenkorean;3216
+cieuccirclekorean;3268
+cieuckorean;3148
+cieucparenkorean;3208
+cieucuparenkorean;321C
+circle;25CB
+circlemultiply;2297
+circleot;2299
+circleplus;2295
+circlepostalmark;3036
+circlewithlefthalfblack;25D0
+circlewithrighthalfblack;25D1
+circumflex;02C6
+circumflexbelowcmb;032D
+circumflexcmb;0302
+clear;2327
+clickalveolar;01C2
+clickdental;01C0
+clicklateral;01C1
+clickretroflex;01C3
+club;2663
+clubsuitblack;2663
+clubsuitwhite;2667
+cmcubedsquare;33A4
+cmonospace;FF43
+cmsquaredsquare;33A0
+coarmenian;0581
+colon;003A
+colonmonetary;20A1
+colonmonospace;FF1A
+colonsign;20A1
+colonsmall;FE55
+colontriangularhalfmod;02D1
+colontriangularmod;02D0
+comma;002C
+commaabovecmb;0313
+commaaboverightcmb;0315
+commaaccent;F6C3
+commaarabic;060C
+commaarmenian;055D
+commainferior;F6E1
+commamonospace;FF0C
+commareversedabovecmb;0314
+commareversedmod;02BD
+commasmall;FE50
+commasuperior;F6E2
+commaturnedabovecmb;0312
+commaturnedmod;02BB
+compass;263C
+congruent;2245
+contourintegral;222E
+control;2303
+controlACK;0006
+controlBEL;0007
+controlBS;0008
+controlCAN;0018
+controlCR;000D
+controlDC1;0011
+controlDC2;0012
+controlDC3;0013
+controlDC4;0014
+controlDEL;007F
+controlDLE;0010
+controlEM;0019
+controlENQ;0005
+controlEOT;0004
+controlESC;001B
+controlETB;0017
+controlETX;0003
+controlFF;000C
+controlFS;001C
+controlGS;001D
+controlHT;0009
+controlLF;000A
+controlNAK;0015
+controlRS;001E
+controlSI;000F
+controlSO;000E
+controlSOT;0002
+controlSTX;0001
+controlSUB;001A
+controlSYN;0016
+controlUS;001F
+controlVT;000B
+copyright;00A9
+copyrightsans;F8E9
+copyrightserif;F6D9
+cornerbracketleft;300C
+cornerbracketlefthalfwidth;FF62
+cornerbracketleftvertical;FE41
+cornerbracketright;300D
+cornerbracketrighthalfwidth;FF63
+cornerbracketrightvertical;FE42
+corporationsquare;337F
+cosquare;33C7
+coverkgsquare;33C6
+cparen;249E
+cruzeiro;20A2
+cstretched;0297
+curlyand;22CF
+curlyor;22CE
+currency;00A4
+cyrBreve;F6D1
+cyrFlex;F6D2
+cyrbreve;F6D4
+cyrflex;F6D5
+d;0064
+daarmenian;0564
+dabengali;09A6
+dadarabic;0636
+dadeva;0926
+dadfinalarabic;FEBE
+dadinitialarabic;FEBF
+dadmedialarabic;FEC0
+dagesh;05BC
+dageshhebrew;05BC
+dagger;2020
+daggerdbl;2021
+dagujarati;0AA6
+dagurmukhi;0A26
+dahiragana;3060
+dakatakana;30C0
+dalarabic;062F
+dalet;05D3
+daletdagesh;FB33
+daletdageshhebrew;FB33
+dalethatafpatah;05D3 05B2
+dalethatafpatahhebrew;05D3 05B2
+dalethatafsegol;05D3 05B1
+dalethatafsegolhebrew;05D3 05B1
+dalethebrew;05D3
+dalethiriq;05D3 05B4
+dalethiriqhebrew;05D3 05B4
+daletholam;05D3 05B9
+daletholamhebrew;05D3 05B9
+daletpatah;05D3 05B7
+daletpatahhebrew;05D3 05B7
+daletqamats;05D3 05B8
+daletqamatshebrew;05D3 05B8
+daletqubuts;05D3 05BB
+daletqubutshebrew;05D3 05BB
+daletsegol;05D3 05B6
+daletsegolhebrew;05D3 05B6
+daletsheva;05D3 05B0
+daletshevahebrew;05D3 05B0
+dalettsere;05D3 05B5
+dalettserehebrew;05D3 05B5
+dalfinalarabic;FEAA
+dammaarabic;064F
+dammalowarabic;064F
+dammatanaltonearabic;064C
+dammatanarabic;064C
+danda;0964
+dargahebrew;05A7
+dargalefthebrew;05A7
+dasiapneumatacyrilliccmb;0485
+dblGrave;F6D3
+dblanglebracketleft;300A
+dblanglebracketleftvertical;FE3D
+dblanglebracketright;300B
+dblanglebracketrightvertical;FE3E
+dblarchinvertedbelowcmb;032B
+dblarrowleft;21D4
+dblarrowright;21D2
+dbldanda;0965
+dblgrave;F6D6
+dblgravecmb;030F
+dblintegral;222C
+dbllowline;2017
+dbllowlinecmb;0333
+dbloverlinecmb;033F
+dblprimemod;02BA
+dblverticalbar;2016
+dblverticallineabovecmb;030E
+dbopomofo;3109
+dbsquare;33C8
+dcaron;010F
+dcedilla;1E11
+dcircle;24D3
+dcircumflexbelow;1E13
+dcroat;0111
+ddabengali;09A1
+ddadeva;0921
+ddagujarati;0AA1
+ddagurmukhi;0A21
+ddalarabic;0688
+ddalfinalarabic;FB89
+dddhadeva;095C
+ddhabengali;09A2
+ddhadeva;0922
+ddhagujarati;0AA2
+ddhagurmukhi;0A22
+ddotaccent;1E0B
+ddotbelow;1E0D
+decimalseparatorarabic;066B
+decimalseparatorpersian;066B
+decyrillic;0434
+degree;00B0
+dehihebrew;05AD
+dehiragana;3067
+deicoptic;03EF
+dekatakana;30C7
+deleteleft;232B
+deleteright;2326
+delta;03B4
+deltaturned;018D
+denominatorminusonenumeratorbengali;09F8
+dezh;02A4
+dhabengali;09A7
+dhadeva;0927
+dhagujarati;0AA7
+dhagurmukhi;0A27
+dhook;0257
+dialytikatonos;0385
+dialytikatonoscmb;0344
+diamond;2666
+diamondsuitwhite;2662
+dieresis;00A8
+dieresisacute;F6D7
+dieresisbelowcmb;0324
+dieresiscmb;0308
+dieresisgrave;F6D8
+dieresistonos;0385
+dihiragana;3062
+dikatakana;30C2
+dittomark;3003
+divide;00F7
+divides;2223
+divisionslash;2215
+djecyrillic;0452
+dkshade;2593
+dlinebelow;1E0F
+dlsquare;3397
+dmacron;0111
+dmonospace;FF44
+dnblock;2584
+dochadathai;0E0E
+dodekthai;0E14
+dohiragana;3069
+dokatakana;30C9
+dollar;0024
+dollarinferior;F6E3
+dollarmonospace;FF04
+dollaroldstyle;F724
+dollarsmall;FE69
+dollarsuperior;F6E4
+dong;20AB
+dorusquare;3326
+dotaccent;02D9
+dotaccentcmb;0307
+dotbelowcmb;0323
+dotbelowcomb;0323
+dotkatakana;30FB
+dotlessi;0131
+dotlessj;F6BE
+dotlessjstrokehook;0284
+dotmath;22C5
+dottedcircle;25CC
+doubleyodpatah;FB1F
+doubleyodpatahhebrew;FB1F
+downtackbelowcmb;031E
+downtackmod;02D5
+dparen;249F
+dsuperior;F6EB
+dtail;0256
+dtopbar;018C
+duhiragana;3065
+dukatakana;30C5
+dz;01F3
+dzaltone;02A3
+dzcaron;01C6
+dzcurl;02A5
+dzeabkhasiancyrillic;04E1
+dzecyrillic;0455
+dzhecyrillic;045F
+e;0065
+eacute;00E9
+earth;2641
+ebengali;098F
+ebopomofo;311C
+ebreve;0115
+ecandradeva;090D
+ecandragujarati;0A8D
+ecandravowelsigndeva;0945
+ecandravowelsigngujarati;0AC5
+ecaron;011B
+ecedillabreve;1E1D
+echarmenian;0565
+echyiwnarmenian;0587
+ecircle;24D4
+ecircumflex;00EA
+ecircumflexacute;1EBF
+ecircumflexbelow;1E19
+ecircumflexdotbelow;1EC7
+ecircumflexgrave;1EC1
+ecircumflexhookabove;1EC3
+ecircumflextilde;1EC5
+ecyrillic;0454
+edblgrave;0205
+edeva;090F
+edieresis;00EB
+edot;0117
+edotaccent;0117
+edotbelow;1EB9
+eegurmukhi;0A0F
+eematragurmukhi;0A47
+efcyrillic;0444
+egrave;00E8
+egujarati;0A8F
+eharmenian;0567
+ehbopomofo;311D
+ehiragana;3048
+ehookabove;1EBB
+eibopomofo;311F
+eight;0038
+eightarabic;0668
+eightbengali;09EE
+eightcircle;2467
+eightcircleinversesansserif;2791
+eightdeva;096E
+eighteencircle;2471
+eighteenparen;2485
+eighteenperiod;2499
+eightgujarati;0AEE
+eightgurmukhi;0A6E
+eighthackarabic;0668
+eighthangzhou;3028
+eighthnotebeamed;266B
+eightideographicparen;3227
+eightinferior;2088
+eightmonospace;FF18
+eightoldstyle;F738
+eightparen;247B
+eightperiod;248F
+eightpersian;06F8
+eightroman;2177
+eightsuperior;2078
+eightthai;0E58
+einvertedbreve;0207
+eiotifiedcyrillic;0465
+ekatakana;30A8
+ekatakanahalfwidth;FF74
+ekonkargurmukhi;0A74
+ekorean;3154
+elcyrillic;043B
+element;2208
+elevencircle;246A
+elevenparen;247E
+elevenperiod;2492
+elevenroman;217A
+ellipsis;2026
+ellipsisvertical;22EE
+emacron;0113
+emacronacute;1E17
+emacrongrave;1E15
+emcyrillic;043C
+emdash;2014
+emdashvertical;FE31
+emonospace;FF45
+emphasismarkarmenian;055B
+emptyset;2205
+enbopomofo;3123
+encyrillic;043D
+endash;2013
+endashvertical;FE32
+endescendercyrillic;04A3
+eng;014B
+engbopomofo;3125
+enghecyrillic;04A5
+enhookcyrillic;04C8
+enspace;2002
+eogonek;0119
+eokorean;3153
+eopen;025B
+eopenclosed;029A
+eopenreversed;025C
+eopenreversedclosed;025E
+eopenreversedhook;025D
+eparen;24A0
+epsilon;03B5
+epsilontonos;03AD
+equal;003D
+equalmonospace;FF1D
+equalsmall;FE66
+equalsuperior;207C
+equivalence;2261
+erbopomofo;3126
+ercyrillic;0440
+ereversed;0258
+ereversedcyrillic;044D
+escyrillic;0441
+esdescendercyrillic;04AB
+esh;0283
+eshcurl;0286
+eshortdeva;090E
+eshortvowelsigndeva;0946
+eshreversedloop;01AA
+eshsquatreversed;0285
+esmallhiragana;3047
+esmallkatakana;30A7
+esmallkatakanahalfwidth;FF6A
+estimated;212E
+esuperior;F6EC
+eta;03B7
+etarmenian;0568
+etatonos;03AE
+eth;00F0
+etilde;1EBD
+etildebelow;1E1B
+etnahtafoukhhebrew;0591
+etnahtafoukhlefthebrew;0591
+etnahtahebrew;0591
+etnahtalefthebrew;0591
+eturned;01DD
+eukorean;3161
+euro;20AC
+evowelsignbengali;09C7
+evowelsigndeva;0947
+evowelsigngujarati;0AC7
+exclam;0021
+exclamarmenian;055C
+exclamdbl;203C
+exclamdown;00A1
+exclamdownsmall;F7A1
+exclammonospace;FF01
+exclamsmall;F721
+existential;2203
+ezh;0292
+ezhcaron;01EF
+ezhcurl;0293
+ezhreversed;01B9
+ezhtail;01BA
+f;0066
+fadeva;095E
+fagurmukhi;0A5E
+fahrenheit;2109
+fathaarabic;064E
+fathalowarabic;064E
+fathatanarabic;064B
+fbopomofo;3108
+fcircle;24D5
+fdotaccent;1E1F
+feharabic;0641
+feharmenian;0586
+fehfinalarabic;FED2
+fehinitialarabic;FED3
+fehmedialarabic;FED4
+feicoptic;03E5
+female;2640
+ff;FB00
+ffi;FB03
+ffl;FB04
+fi;FB01
+fifteencircle;246E
+fifteenparen;2482
+fifteenperiod;2496
+figuredash;2012
+filledbox;25A0
+filledrect;25AC
+finalkaf;05DA
+finalkafdagesh;FB3A
+finalkafdageshhebrew;FB3A
+finalkafhebrew;05DA
+finalkafqamats;05DA 05B8
+finalkafqamatshebrew;05DA 05B8
+finalkafsheva;05DA 05B0
+finalkafshevahebrew;05DA 05B0
+finalmem;05DD
+finalmemhebrew;05DD
+finalnun;05DF
+finalnunhebrew;05DF
+finalpe;05E3
+finalpehebrew;05E3
+finaltsadi;05E5
+finaltsadihebrew;05E5
+firsttonechinese;02C9
+fisheye;25C9
+fitacyrillic;0473
+five;0035
+fivearabic;0665
+fivebengali;09EB
+fivecircle;2464
+fivecircleinversesansserif;278E
+fivedeva;096B
+fiveeighths;215D
+fivegujarati;0AEB
+fivegurmukhi;0A6B
+fivehackarabic;0665
+fivehangzhou;3025
+fiveideographicparen;3224
+fiveinferior;2085
+fivemonospace;FF15
+fiveoldstyle;F735
+fiveparen;2478
+fiveperiod;248C
+fivepersian;06F5
+fiveroman;2174
+fivesuperior;2075
+fivethai;0E55
+fl;FB02
+florin;0192
+fmonospace;FF46
+fmsquare;3399
+fofanthai;0E1F
+fofathai;0E1D
+fongmanthai;0E4F
+forall;2200
+four;0034
+fourarabic;0664
+fourbengali;09EA
+fourcircle;2463
+fourcircleinversesansserif;278D
+fourdeva;096A
+fourgujarati;0AEA
+fourgurmukhi;0A6A
+fourhackarabic;0664
+fourhangzhou;3024
+fourideographicparen;3223
+fourinferior;2084
+fourmonospace;FF14
+fournumeratorbengali;09F7
+fouroldstyle;F734
+fourparen;2477
+fourperiod;248B
+fourpersian;06F4
+fourroman;2173
+foursuperior;2074
+fourteencircle;246D
+fourteenparen;2481
+fourteenperiod;2495
+fourthai;0E54
+fourthtonechinese;02CB
+fparen;24A1
+fraction;2044
+franc;20A3
+g;0067
+gabengali;0997
+gacute;01F5
+gadeva;0917
+gafarabic;06AF
+gaffinalarabic;FB93
+gafinitialarabic;FB94
+gafmedialarabic;FB95
+gagujarati;0A97
+gagurmukhi;0A17
+gahiragana;304C
+gakatakana;30AC
+gamma;03B3
+gammalatinsmall;0263
+gammasuperior;02E0
+gangiacoptic;03EB
+gbopomofo;310D
+gbreve;011F
+gcaron;01E7
+gcedilla;0123
+gcircle;24D6
+gcircumflex;011D
+gcommaaccent;0123
+gdot;0121
+gdotaccent;0121
+gecyrillic;0433
+gehiragana;3052
+gekatakana;30B2
+geometricallyequal;2251
+gereshaccenthebrew;059C
+gereshhebrew;05F3
+gereshmuqdamhebrew;059D
+germandbls;00DF
+gershayimaccenthebrew;059E
+gershayimhebrew;05F4
+getamark;3013
+ghabengali;0998
+ghadarmenian;0572
+ghadeva;0918
+ghagujarati;0A98
+ghagurmukhi;0A18
+ghainarabic;063A
+ghainfinalarabic;FECE
+ghaininitialarabic;FECF
+ghainmedialarabic;FED0
+ghemiddlehookcyrillic;0495
+ghestrokecyrillic;0493
+gheupturncyrillic;0491
+ghhadeva;095A
+ghhagurmukhi;0A5A
+ghook;0260
+ghzsquare;3393
+gihiragana;304E
+gikatakana;30AE
+gimarmenian;0563
+gimel;05D2
+gimeldagesh;FB32
+gimeldageshhebrew;FB32
+gimelhebrew;05D2
+gjecyrillic;0453
+glottalinvertedstroke;01BE
+glottalstop;0294
+glottalstopinverted;0296
+glottalstopmod;02C0
+glottalstopreversed;0295
+glottalstopreversedmod;02C1
+glottalstopreversedsuperior;02E4
+glottalstopstroke;02A1
+glottalstopstrokereversed;02A2
+gmacron;1E21
+gmonospace;FF47
+gohiragana;3054
+gokatakana;30B4
+gparen;24A2
+gpasquare;33AC
+gradient;2207
+grave;0060
+gravebelowcmb;0316
+gravecmb;0300
+gravecomb;0300
+gravedeva;0953
+gravelowmod;02CE
+gravemonospace;FF40
+gravetonecmb;0340
+greater;003E
+greaterequal;2265
+greaterequalorless;22DB
+greatermonospace;FF1E
+greaterorequivalent;2273
+greaterorless;2277
+greateroverequal;2267
+greatersmall;FE65
+gscript;0261
+gstroke;01E5
+guhiragana;3050
+guillemotleft;00AB
+guillemotright;00BB
+guilsinglleft;2039
+guilsinglright;203A
+gukatakana;30B0
+guramusquare;3318
+gysquare;33C9
+h;0068
+haabkhasiancyrillic;04A9
+haaltonearabic;06C1
+habengali;09B9
+hadescendercyrillic;04B3
+hadeva;0939
+hagujarati;0AB9
+hagurmukhi;0A39
+haharabic;062D
+hahfinalarabic;FEA2
+hahinitialarabic;FEA3
+hahiragana;306F
+hahmedialarabic;FEA4
+haitusquare;332A
+hakatakana;30CF
+hakatakanahalfwidth;FF8A
+halantgurmukhi;0A4D
+hamzaarabic;0621
+hamzadammaarabic;0621 064F
+hamzadammatanarabic;0621 064C
+hamzafathaarabic;0621 064E
+hamzafathatanarabic;0621 064B
+hamzalowarabic;0621
+hamzalowkasraarabic;0621 0650
+hamzalowkasratanarabic;0621 064D
+hamzasukunarabic;0621 0652
+hangulfiller;3164
+hardsigncyrillic;044A
+harpoonleftbarbup;21BC
+harpoonrightbarbup;21C0
+hasquare;33CA
+hatafpatah;05B2
+hatafpatah16;05B2
+hatafpatah23;05B2
+hatafpatah2f;05B2
+hatafpatahhebrew;05B2
+hatafpatahnarrowhebrew;05B2
+hatafpatahquarterhebrew;05B2
+hatafpatahwidehebrew;05B2
+hatafqamats;05B3
+hatafqamats1b;05B3
+hatafqamats28;05B3
+hatafqamats34;05B3
+hatafqamatshebrew;05B3
+hatafqamatsnarrowhebrew;05B3
+hatafqamatsquarterhebrew;05B3
+hatafqamatswidehebrew;05B3
+hatafsegol;05B1
+hatafsegol17;05B1
+hatafsegol24;05B1
+hatafsegol30;05B1
+hatafsegolhebrew;05B1
+hatafsegolnarrowhebrew;05B1
+hatafsegolquarterhebrew;05B1
+hatafsegolwidehebrew;05B1
+hbar;0127
+hbopomofo;310F
+hbrevebelow;1E2B
+hcedilla;1E29
+hcircle;24D7
+hcircumflex;0125
+hdieresis;1E27
+hdotaccent;1E23
+hdotbelow;1E25
+he;05D4
+heart;2665
+heartsuitblack;2665
+heartsuitwhite;2661
+hedagesh;FB34
+hedageshhebrew;FB34
+hehaltonearabic;06C1
+heharabic;0647
+hehebrew;05D4
+hehfinalaltonearabic;FBA7
+hehfinalalttwoarabic;FEEA
+hehfinalarabic;FEEA
+hehhamzaabovefinalarabic;FBA5
+hehhamzaaboveisolatedarabic;FBA4
+hehinitialaltonearabic;FBA8
+hehinitialarabic;FEEB
+hehiragana;3078
+hehmedialaltonearabic;FBA9
+hehmedialarabic;FEEC
+heiseierasquare;337B
+hekatakana;30D8
+hekatakanahalfwidth;FF8D
+hekutaarusquare;3336
+henghook;0267
+herutusquare;3339
+het;05D7
+hethebrew;05D7
+hhook;0266
+hhooksuperior;02B1
+hieuhacirclekorean;327B
+hieuhaparenkorean;321B
+hieuhcirclekorean;326D
+hieuhkorean;314E
+hieuhparenkorean;320D
+hihiragana;3072
+hikatakana;30D2
+hikatakanahalfwidth;FF8B
+hiriq;05B4
+hiriq14;05B4
+hiriq21;05B4
+hiriq2d;05B4
+hiriqhebrew;05B4
+hiriqnarrowhebrew;05B4
+hiriqquarterhebrew;05B4
+hiriqwidehebrew;05B4
+hlinebelow;1E96
+hmonospace;FF48
+hoarmenian;0570
+hohipthai;0E2B
+hohiragana;307B
+hokatakana;30DB
+hokatakanahalfwidth;FF8E
+holam;05B9
+holam19;05B9
+holam26;05B9
+holam32;05B9
+holamhebrew;05B9
+holamnarrowhebrew;05B9
+holamquarterhebrew;05B9
+holamwidehebrew;05B9
+honokhukthai;0E2E
+hookabovecomb;0309
+hookcmb;0309
+hookpalatalizedbelowcmb;0321
+hookretroflexbelowcmb;0322
+hoonsquare;3342
+horicoptic;03E9
+horizontalbar;2015
+horncmb;031B
+hotsprings;2668
+house;2302
+hparen;24A3
+hsuperior;02B0
+hturned;0265
+huhiragana;3075
+huiitosquare;3333
+hukatakana;30D5
+hukatakanahalfwidth;FF8C
+hungarumlaut;02DD
+hungarumlautcmb;030B
+hv;0195
+hyphen;002D
+hypheninferior;F6E5
+hyphenmonospace;FF0D
+hyphensmall;FE63
+hyphensuperior;F6E6
+hyphentwo;2010
+i;0069
+iacute;00ED
+iacyrillic;044F
+ibengali;0987
+ibopomofo;3127
+ibreve;012D
+icaron;01D0
+icircle;24D8
+icircumflex;00EE
+icyrillic;0456
+idblgrave;0209
+ideographearthcircle;328F
+ideographfirecircle;328B
+ideographicallianceparen;323F
+ideographiccallparen;323A
+ideographiccentrecircle;32A5
+ideographicclose;3006
+ideographiccomma;3001
+ideographiccommaleft;FF64
+ideographiccongratulationparen;3237
+ideographiccorrectcircle;32A3
+ideographicearthparen;322F
+ideographicenterpriseparen;323D
+ideographicexcellentcircle;329D
+ideographicfestivalparen;3240
+ideographicfinancialcircle;3296
+ideographicfinancialparen;3236
+ideographicfireparen;322B
+ideographichaveparen;3232
+ideographichighcircle;32A4
+ideographiciterationmark;3005
+ideographiclaborcircle;3298
+ideographiclaborparen;3238
+ideographicleftcircle;32A7
+ideographiclowcircle;32A6
+ideographicmedicinecircle;32A9
+ideographicmetalparen;322E
+ideographicmoonparen;322A
+ideographicnameparen;3234
+ideographicperiod;3002
+ideographicprintcircle;329E
+ideographicreachparen;3243
+ideographicrepresentparen;3239
+ideographicresourceparen;323E
+ideographicrightcircle;32A8
+ideographicsecretcircle;3299
+ideographicselfparen;3242
+ideographicsocietyparen;3233
+ideographicspace;3000
+ideographicspecialparen;3235
+ideographicstockparen;3231
+ideographicstudyparen;323B
+ideographicsunparen;3230
+ideographicsuperviseparen;323C
+ideographicwaterparen;322C
+ideographicwoodparen;322D
+ideographiczero;3007
+ideographmetalcircle;328E
+ideographmooncircle;328A
+ideographnamecircle;3294
+ideographsuncircle;3290
+ideographwatercircle;328C
+ideographwoodcircle;328D
+ideva;0907
+idieresis;00EF
+idieresisacute;1E2F
+idieresiscyrillic;04E5
+idotbelow;1ECB
+iebrevecyrillic;04D7
+iecyrillic;0435
+ieungacirclekorean;3275
+ieungaparenkorean;3215
+ieungcirclekorean;3267
+ieungkorean;3147
+ieungparenkorean;3207
+igrave;00EC
+igujarati;0A87
+igurmukhi;0A07
+ihiragana;3044
+ihookabove;1EC9
+iibengali;0988
+iicyrillic;0438
+iideva;0908
+iigujarati;0A88
+iigurmukhi;0A08
+iimatragurmukhi;0A40
+iinvertedbreve;020B
+iishortcyrillic;0439
+iivowelsignbengali;09C0
+iivowelsigndeva;0940
+iivowelsigngujarati;0AC0
+ij;0133
+ikatakana;30A4
+ikatakanahalfwidth;FF72
+ikorean;3163
+ilde;02DC
+iluyhebrew;05AC
+imacron;012B
+imacroncyrillic;04E3
+imageorapproximatelyequal;2253
+imatragurmukhi;0A3F
+imonospace;FF49
+increment;2206
+infinity;221E
+iniarmenian;056B
+integral;222B
+integralbottom;2321
+integralbt;2321
+integralex;F8F5
+integraltop;2320
+integraltp;2320
+intersection;2229
+intisquare;3305
+invbullet;25D8
+invcircle;25D9
+invsmileface;263B
+iocyrillic;0451
+iogonek;012F
+iota;03B9
+iotadieresis;03CA
+iotadieresistonos;0390
+iotalatin;0269
+iotatonos;03AF
+iparen;24A4
+irigurmukhi;0A72
+ismallhiragana;3043
+ismallkatakana;30A3
+ismallkatakanahalfwidth;FF68
+issharbengali;09FA
+istroke;0268
+isuperior;F6ED
+iterationhiragana;309D
+iterationkatakana;30FD
+itilde;0129
+itildebelow;1E2D
+iubopomofo;3129
+iucyrillic;044E
+ivowelsignbengali;09BF
+ivowelsigndeva;093F
+ivowelsigngujarati;0ABF
+izhitsacyrillic;0475
+izhitsadblgravecyrillic;0477
+j;006A
+jaarmenian;0571
+jabengali;099C
+jadeva;091C
+jagujarati;0A9C
+jagurmukhi;0A1C
+jbopomofo;3110
+jcaron;01F0
+jcircle;24D9
+jcircumflex;0135
+jcrossedtail;029D
+jdotlessstroke;025F
+jecyrillic;0458
+jeemarabic;062C
+jeemfinalarabic;FE9E
+jeeminitialarabic;FE9F
+jeemmedialarabic;FEA0
+jeharabic;0698
+jehfinalarabic;FB8B
+jhabengali;099D
+jhadeva;091D
+jhagujarati;0A9D
+jhagurmukhi;0A1D
+jheharmenian;057B
+jis;3004
+jmonospace;FF4A
+jparen;24A5
+jsuperior;02B2
+k;006B
+kabashkircyrillic;04A1
+kabengali;0995
+kacute;1E31
+kacyrillic;043A
+kadescendercyrillic;049B
+kadeva;0915
+kaf;05DB
+kafarabic;0643
+kafdagesh;FB3B
+kafdageshhebrew;FB3B
+kaffinalarabic;FEDA
+kafhebrew;05DB
+kafinitialarabic;FEDB
+kafmedialarabic;FEDC
+kafrafehebrew;FB4D
+kagujarati;0A95
+kagurmukhi;0A15
+kahiragana;304B
+kahookcyrillic;04C4
+kakatakana;30AB
+kakatakanahalfwidth;FF76
+kappa;03BA
+kappasymbolgreek;03F0
+kapyeounmieumkorean;3171
+kapyeounphieuphkorean;3184
+kapyeounpieupkorean;3178
+kapyeounssangpieupkorean;3179
+karoriisquare;330D
+kashidaautoarabic;0640
+kashidaautonosidebearingarabic;0640
+kasmallkatakana;30F5
+kasquare;3384
+kasraarabic;0650
+kasratanarabic;064D
+kastrokecyrillic;049F
+katahiraprolongmarkhalfwidth;FF70
+kaverticalstrokecyrillic;049D
+kbopomofo;310E
+kcalsquare;3389
+kcaron;01E9
+kcedilla;0137
+kcircle;24DA
+kcommaaccent;0137
+kdotbelow;1E33
+keharmenian;0584
+kehiragana;3051
+kekatakana;30B1
+kekatakanahalfwidth;FF79
+kenarmenian;056F
+kesmallkatakana;30F6
+kgreenlandic;0138
+khabengali;0996
+khacyrillic;0445
+khadeva;0916
+khagujarati;0A96
+khagurmukhi;0A16
+khaharabic;062E
+khahfinalarabic;FEA6
+khahinitialarabic;FEA7
+khahmedialarabic;FEA8
+kheicoptic;03E7
+khhadeva;0959
+khhagurmukhi;0A59
+khieukhacirclekorean;3278
+khieukhaparenkorean;3218
+khieukhcirclekorean;326A
+khieukhkorean;314B
+khieukhparenkorean;320A
+khokhaithai;0E02
+khokhonthai;0E05
+khokhuatthai;0E03
+khokhwaithai;0E04
+khomutthai;0E5B
+khook;0199
+khorakhangthai;0E06
+khzsquare;3391
+kihiragana;304D
+kikatakana;30AD
+kikatakanahalfwidth;FF77
+kiroguramusquare;3315
+kiromeetorusquare;3316
+kirosquare;3314
+kiyeokacirclekorean;326E
+kiyeokaparenkorean;320E
+kiyeokcirclekorean;3260
+kiyeokkorean;3131
+kiyeokparenkorean;3200
+kiyeoksioskorean;3133
+kjecyrillic;045C
+klinebelow;1E35
+klsquare;3398
+kmcubedsquare;33A6
+kmonospace;FF4B
+kmsquaredsquare;33A2
+kohiragana;3053
+kohmsquare;33C0
+kokaithai;0E01
+kokatakana;30B3
+kokatakanahalfwidth;FF7A
+kooposquare;331E
+koppacyrillic;0481
+koreanstandardsymbol;327F
+koroniscmb;0343
+kparen;24A6
+kpasquare;33AA
+ksicyrillic;046F
+ktsquare;33CF
+kturned;029E
+kuhiragana;304F
+kukatakana;30AF
+kukatakanahalfwidth;FF78
+kvsquare;33B8
+kwsquare;33BE
+l;006C
+labengali;09B2
+lacute;013A
+ladeva;0932
+lagujarati;0AB2
+lagurmukhi;0A32
+lakkhangyaothai;0E45
+lamaleffinalarabic;FEFC
+lamalefhamzaabovefinalarabic;FEF8
+lamalefhamzaaboveisolatedarabic;FEF7
+lamalefhamzabelowfinalarabic;FEFA
+lamalefhamzabelowisolatedarabic;FEF9
+lamalefisolatedarabic;FEFB
+lamalefmaddaabovefinalarabic;FEF6
+lamalefmaddaaboveisolatedarabic;FEF5
+lamarabic;0644
+lambda;03BB
+lambdastroke;019B
+lamed;05DC
+lameddagesh;FB3C
+lameddageshhebrew;FB3C
+lamedhebrew;05DC
+lamedholam;05DC 05B9
+lamedholamdagesh;05DC 05B9 05BC
+lamedholamdageshhebrew;05DC 05B9 05BC
+lamedholamhebrew;05DC 05B9
+lamfinalarabic;FEDE
+lamhahinitialarabic;FCCA
+laminitialarabic;FEDF
+lamjeeminitialarabic;FCC9
+lamkhahinitialarabic;FCCB
+lamlamhehisolatedarabic;FDF2
+lammedialarabic;FEE0
+lammeemhahinitialarabic;FD88
+lammeeminitialarabic;FCCC
+lammeemjeeminitialarabic;FEDF FEE4 FEA0
+lammeemkhahinitialarabic;FEDF FEE4 FEA8
+largecircle;25EF
+lbar;019A
+lbelt;026C
+lbopomofo;310C
+lcaron;013E
+lcedilla;013C
+lcircle;24DB
+lcircumflexbelow;1E3D
+lcommaaccent;013C
+ldot;0140
+ldotaccent;0140
+ldotbelow;1E37
+ldotbelowmacron;1E39
+leftangleabovecmb;031A
+lefttackbelowcmb;0318
+less;003C
+lessequal;2264
+lessequalorgreater;22DA
+lessmonospace;FF1C
+lessorequivalent;2272
+lessorgreater;2276
+lessoverequal;2266
+lesssmall;FE64
+lezh;026E
+lfblock;258C
+lhookretroflex;026D
+lira;20A4
+liwnarmenian;056C
+lj;01C9
+ljecyrillic;0459
+ll;F6C0
+lladeva;0933
+llagujarati;0AB3
+llinebelow;1E3B
+llladeva;0934
+llvocalicbengali;09E1
+llvocalicdeva;0961
+llvocalicvowelsignbengali;09E3
+llvocalicvowelsigndeva;0963
+lmiddletilde;026B
+lmonospace;FF4C
+lmsquare;33D0
+lochulathai;0E2C
+logicaland;2227
+logicalnot;00AC
+logicalnotreversed;2310
+logicalor;2228
+lolingthai;0E25
+longs;017F
+lowlinecenterline;FE4E
+lowlinecmb;0332
+lowlinedashed;FE4D
+lozenge;25CA
+lparen;24A7
+lslash;0142
+lsquare;2113
+lsuperior;F6EE
+ltshade;2591
+luthai;0E26
+lvocalicbengali;098C
+lvocalicdeva;090C
+lvocalicvowelsignbengali;09E2
+lvocalicvowelsigndeva;0962
+lxsquare;33D3
+m;006D
+mabengali;09AE
+macron;00AF
+macronbelowcmb;0331
+macroncmb;0304
+macronlowmod;02CD
+macronmonospace;FFE3
+macute;1E3F
+madeva;092E
+magujarati;0AAE
+magurmukhi;0A2E
+mahapakhhebrew;05A4
+mahapakhlefthebrew;05A4
+mahiragana;307E
+maichattawalowleftthai;F895
+maichattawalowrightthai;F894
+maichattawathai;0E4B
+maichattawaupperleftthai;F893
+maieklowleftthai;F88C
+maieklowrightthai;F88B
+maiekthai;0E48
+maiekupperleftthai;F88A
+maihanakatleftthai;F884
+maihanakatthai;0E31
+maitaikhuleftthai;F889
+maitaikhuthai;0E47
+maitholowleftthai;F88F
+maitholowrightthai;F88E
+maithothai;0E49
+maithoupperleftthai;F88D
+maitrilowleftthai;F892
+maitrilowrightthai;F891
+maitrithai;0E4A
+maitriupperleftthai;F890
+maiyamokthai;0E46
+makatakana;30DE
+makatakanahalfwidth;FF8F
+male;2642
+mansyonsquare;3347
+maqafhebrew;05BE
+mars;2642
+masoracirclehebrew;05AF
+masquare;3383
+mbopomofo;3107
+mbsquare;33D4
+mcircle;24DC
+mcubedsquare;33A5
+mdotaccent;1E41
+mdotbelow;1E43
+meemarabic;0645
+meemfinalarabic;FEE2
+meeminitialarabic;FEE3
+meemmedialarabic;FEE4
+meemmeeminitialarabic;FCD1
+meemmeemisolatedarabic;FC48
+meetorusquare;334D
+mehiragana;3081
+meizierasquare;337E
+mekatakana;30E1
+mekatakanahalfwidth;FF92
+mem;05DE
+memdagesh;FB3E
+memdageshhebrew;FB3E
+memhebrew;05DE
+menarmenian;0574
+merkhahebrew;05A5
+merkhakefulahebrew;05A6
+merkhakefulalefthebrew;05A6
+merkhalefthebrew;05A5
+mhook;0271
+mhzsquare;3392
+middledotkatakanahalfwidth;FF65
+middot;00B7
+mieumacirclekorean;3272
+mieumaparenkorean;3212
+mieumcirclekorean;3264
+mieumkorean;3141
+mieumpansioskorean;3170
+mieumparenkorean;3204
+mieumpieupkorean;316E
+mieumsioskorean;316F
+mihiragana;307F
+mikatakana;30DF
+mikatakanahalfwidth;FF90
+minus;2212
+minusbelowcmb;0320
+minuscircle;2296
+minusmod;02D7
+minusplus;2213
+minute;2032
+miribaarusquare;334A
+mirisquare;3349
+mlonglegturned;0270
+mlsquare;3396
+mmcubedsquare;33A3
+mmonospace;FF4D
+mmsquaredsquare;339F
+mohiragana;3082
+mohmsquare;33C1
+mokatakana;30E2
+mokatakanahalfwidth;FF93
+molsquare;33D6
+momathai;0E21
+moverssquare;33A7
+moverssquaredsquare;33A8
+mparen;24A8
+mpasquare;33AB
+mssquare;33B3
+msuperior;F6EF
+mturned;026F
+mu;00B5
+mu1;00B5
+muasquare;3382
+muchgreater;226B
+muchless;226A
+mufsquare;338C
+mugreek;03BC
+mugsquare;338D
+muhiragana;3080
+mukatakana;30E0
+mukatakanahalfwidth;FF91
+mulsquare;3395
+multiply;00D7
+mumsquare;339B
+munahhebrew;05A3
+munahlefthebrew;05A3
+musicalnote;266A
+musicalnotedbl;266B
+musicflatsign;266D
+musicsharpsign;266F
+mussquare;33B2
+muvsquare;33B6
+muwsquare;33BC
+mvmegasquare;33B9
+mvsquare;33B7
+mwmegasquare;33BF
+mwsquare;33BD
+n;006E
+nabengali;09A8
+nabla;2207
+nacute;0144
+nadeva;0928
+nagujarati;0AA8
+nagurmukhi;0A28
+nahiragana;306A
+nakatakana;30CA
+nakatakanahalfwidth;FF85
+napostrophe;0149
+nasquare;3381
+nbopomofo;310B
+nbspace;00A0
+ncaron;0148
+ncedilla;0146
+ncircle;24DD
+ncircumflexbelow;1E4B
+ncommaaccent;0146
+ndotaccent;1E45
+ndotbelow;1E47
+nehiragana;306D
+nekatakana;30CD
+nekatakanahalfwidth;FF88
+newsheqelsign;20AA
+nfsquare;338B
+ngabengali;0999
+ngadeva;0919
+ngagujarati;0A99
+ngagurmukhi;0A19
+ngonguthai;0E07
+nhiragana;3093
+nhookleft;0272
+nhookretroflex;0273
+nieunacirclekorean;326F
+nieunaparenkorean;320F
+nieuncieuckorean;3135
+nieuncirclekorean;3261
+nieunhieuhkorean;3136
+nieunkorean;3134
+nieunpansioskorean;3168
+nieunparenkorean;3201
+nieunsioskorean;3167
+nieuntikeutkorean;3166
+nihiragana;306B
+nikatakana;30CB
+nikatakanahalfwidth;FF86
+nikhahitleftthai;F899
+nikhahitthai;0E4D
+nine;0039
+ninearabic;0669
+ninebengali;09EF
+ninecircle;2468
+ninecircleinversesansserif;2792
+ninedeva;096F
+ninegujarati;0AEF
+ninegurmukhi;0A6F
+ninehackarabic;0669
+ninehangzhou;3029
+nineideographicparen;3228
+nineinferior;2089
+ninemonospace;FF19
+nineoldstyle;F739
+nineparen;247C
+nineperiod;2490
+ninepersian;06F9
+nineroman;2178
+ninesuperior;2079
+nineteencircle;2472
+nineteenparen;2486
+nineteenperiod;249A
+ninethai;0E59
+nj;01CC
+njecyrillic;045A
+nkatakana;30F3
+nkatakanahalfwidth;FF9D
+nlegrightlong;019E
+nlinebelow;1E49
+nmonospace;FF4E
+nmsquare;339A
+nnabengali;09A3
+nnadeva;0923
+nnagujarati;0AA3
+nnagurmukhi;0A23
+nnnadeva;0929
+nohiragana;306E
+nokatakana;30CE
+nokatakanahalfwidth;FF89
+nonbreakingspace;00A0
+nonenthai;0E13
+nonuthai;0E19
+noonarabic;0646
+noonfinalarabic;FEE6
+noonghunnaarabic;06BA
+noonghunnafinalarabic;FB9F
+noonhehinitialarabic;FEE7 FEEC
+nooninitialarabic;FEE7
+noonjeeminitialarabic;FCD2
+noonjeemisolatedarabic;FC4B
+noonmedialarabic;FEE8
+noonmeeminitialarabic;FCD5
+noonmeemisolatedarabic;FC4E
+noonnoonfinalarabic;FC8D
+notcontains;220C
+notelement;2209
+notelementof;2209
+notequal;2260
+notgreater;226F
+notgreaternorequal;2271
+notgreaternorless;2279
+notidentical;2262
+notless;226E
+notlessnorequal;2270
+notparallel;2226
+notprecedes;2280
+notsubset;2284
+notsucceeds;2281
+notsuperset;2285
+nowarmenian;0576
+nparen;24A9
+nssquare;33B1
+nsuperior;207F
+ntilde;00F1
+nu;03BD
+nuhiragana;306C
+nukatakana;30CC
+nukatakanahalfwidth;FF87
+nuktabengali;09BC
+nuktadeva;093C
+nuktagujarati;0ABC
+nuktagurmukhi;0A3C
+numbersign;0023
+numbersignmonospace;FF03
+numbersignsmall;FE5F
+numeralsigngreek;0374
+numeralsignlowergreek;0375
+numero;2116
+nun;05E0
+nundagesh;FB40
+nundageshhebrew;FB40
+nunhebrew;05E0
+nvsquare;33B5
+nwsquare;33BB
+nyabengali;099E
+nyadeva;091E
+nyagujarati;0A9E
+nyagurmukhi;0A1E
+o;006F
+oacute;00F3
+oangthai;0E2D
+obarred;0275
+obarredcyrillic;04E9
+obarreddieresiscyrillic;04EB
+obengali;0993
+obopomofo;311B
+obreve;014F
+ocandradeva;0911
+ocandragujarati;0A91
+ocandravowelsigndeva;0949
+ocandravowelsigngujarati;0AC9
+ocaron;01D2
+ocircle;24DE
+ocircumflex;00F4
+ocircumflexacute;1ED1
+ocircumflexdotbelow;1ED9
+ocircumflexgrave;1ED3
+ocircumflexhookabove;1ED5
+ocircumflextilde;1ED7
+ocyrillic;043E
+odblacute;0151
+odblgrave;020D
+odeva;0913
+odieresis;00F6
+odieresiscyrillic;04E7
+odotbelow;1ECD
+oe;0153
+oekorean;315A
+ogonek;02DB
+ogonekcmb;0328
+ograve;00F2
+ogujarati;0A93
+oharmenian;0585
+ohiragana;304A
+ohookabove;1ECF
+ohorn;01A1
+ohornacute;1EDB
+ohorndotbelow;1EE3
+ohorngrave;1EDD
+ohornhookabove;1EDF
+ohorntilde;1EE1
+ohungarumlaut;0151
+oi;01A3
+oinvertedbreve;020F
+okatakana;30AA
+okatakanahalfwidth;FF75
+okorean;3157
+olehebrew;05AB
+omacron;014D
+omacronacute;1E53
+omacrongrave;1E51
+omdeva;0950
+omega;03C9
+omega1;03D6
+omegacyrillic;0461
+omegalatinclosed;0277
+omegaroundcyrillic;047B
+omegatitlocyrillic;047D
+omegatonos;03CE
+omgujarati;0AD0
+omicron;03BF
+omicrontonos;03CC
+omonospace;FF4F
+one;0031
+onearabic;0661
+onebengali;09E7
+onecircle;2460
+onecircleinversesansserif;278A
+onedeva;0967
+onedotenleader;2024
+oneeighth;215B
+onefitted;F6DC
+onegujarati;0AE7
+onegurmukhi;0A67
+onehackarabic;0661
+onehalf;00BD
+onehangzhou;3021
+oneideographicparen;3220
+oneinferior;2081
+onemonospace;FF11
+onenumeratorbengali;09F4
+oneoldstyle;F731
+oneparen;2474
+oneperiod;2488
+onepersian;06F1
+onequarter;00BC
+oneroman;2170
+onesuperior;00B9
+onethai;0E51
+onethird;2153
+oogonek;01EB
+oogonekmacron;01ED
+oogurmukhi;0A13
+oomatragurmukhi;0A4B
+oopen;0254
+oparen;24AA
+openbullet;25E6
+option;2325
+ordfeminine;00AA
+ordmasculine;00BA
+orthogonal;221F
+oshortdeva;0912
+oshortvowelsigndeva;094A
+oslash;00F8
+oslashacute;01FF
+osmallhiragana;3049
+osmallkatakana;30A9
+osmallkatakanahalfwidth;FF6B
+ostrokeacute;01FF
+osuperior;F6F0
+otcyrillic;047F
+otilde;00F5
+otildeacute;1E4D
+otildedieresis;1E4F
+oubopomofo;3121
+overline;203E
+overlinecenterline;FE4A
+overlinecmb;0305
+overlinedashed;FE49
+overlinedblwavy;FE4C
+overlinewavy;FE4B
+overscore;00AF
+ovowelsignbengali;09CB
+ovowelsigndeva;094B
+ovowelsigngujarati;0ACB
+p;0070
+paampssquare;3380
+paasentosquare;332B
+pabengali;09AA
+pacute;1E55
+padeva;092A
+pagedown;21DF
+pageup;21DE
+pagujarati;0AAA
+pagurmukhi;0A2A
+pahiragana;3071
+paiyannoithai;0E2F
+pakatakana;30D1
+palatalizationcyrilliccmb;0484
+palochkacyrillic;04C0
+pansioskorean;317F
+paragraph;00B6
+parallel;2225
+parenleft;0028
+parenleftaltonearabic;FD3E
+parenleftbt;F8ED
+parenleftex;F8EC
+parenleftinferior;208D
+parenleftmonospace;FF08
+parenleftsmall;FE59
+parenleftsuperior;207D
+parenlefttp;F8EB
+parenleftvertical;FE35
+parenright;0029
+parenrightaltonearabic;FD3F
+parenrightbt;F8F8
+parenrightex;F8F7
+parenrightinferior;208E
+parenrightmonospace;FF09
+parenrightsmall;FE5A
+parenrightsuperior;207E
+parenrighttp;F8F6
+parenrightvertical;FE36
+partialdiff;2202
+paseqhebrew;05C0
+pashtahebrew;0599
+pasquare;33A9
+patah;05B7
+patah11;05B7
+patah1d;05B7
+patah2a;05B7
+patahhebrew;05B7
+patahnarrowhebrew;05B7
+patahquarterhebrew;05B7
+patahwidehebrew;05B7
+pazerhebrew;05A1
+pbopomofo;3106
+pcircle;24DF
+pdotaccent;1E57
+pe;05E4
+pecyrillic;043F
+pedagesh;FB44
+pedageshhebrew;FB44
+peezisquare;333B
+pefinaldageshhebrew;FB43
+peharabic;067E
+peharmenian;057A
+pehebrew;05E4
+pehfinalarabic;FB57
+pehinitialarabic;FB58
+pehiragana;307A
+pehmedialarabic;FB59
+pekatakana;30DA
+pemiddlehookcyrillic;04A7
+perafehebrew;FB4E
+percent;0025
+percentarabic;066A
+percentmonospace;FF05
+percentsmall;FE6A
+period;002E
+periodarmenian;0589
+periodcentered;00B7
+periodhalfwidth;FF61
+periodinferior;F6E7
+periodmonospace;FF0E
+periodsmall;FE52
+periodsuperior;F6E8
+perispomenigreekcmb;0342
+perpendicular;22A5
+perthousand;2030
+peseta;20A7
+pfsquare;338A
+phabengali;09AB
+phadeva;092B
+phagujarati;0AAB
+phagurmukhi;0A2B
+phi;03C6
+phi1;03D5
+phieuphacirclekorean;327A
+phieuphaparenkorean;321A
+phieuphcirclekorean;326C
+phieuphkorean;314D
+phieuphparenkorean;320C
+philatin;0278
+phinthuthai;0E3A
+phisymbolgreek;03D5
+phook;01A5
+phophanthai;0E1E
+phophungthai;0E1C
+phosamphaothai;0E20
+pi;03C0
+pieupacirclekorean;3273
+pieupaparenkorean;3213
+pieupcieuckorean;3176
+pieupcirclekorean;3265
+pieupkiyeokkorean;3172
+pieupkorean;3142
+pieupparenkorean;3205
+pieupsioskiyeokkorean;3174
+pieupsioskorean;3144
+pieupsiostikeutkorean;3175
+pieupthieuthkorean;3177
+pieuptikeutkorean;3173
+pihiragana;3074
+pikatakana;30D4
+pisymbolgreek;03D6
+piwrarmenian;0583
+plus;002B
+plusbelowcmb;031F
+pluscircle;2295
+plusminus;00B1
+plusmod;02D6
+plusmonospace;FF0B
+plussmall;FE62
+plussuperior;207A
+pmonospace;FF50
+pmsquare;33D8
+pohiragana;307D
+pointingindexdownwhite;261F
+pointingindexleftwhite;261C
+pointingindexrightwhite;261E
+pointingindexupwhite;261D
+pokatakana;30DD
+poplathai;0E1B
+postalmark;3012
+postalmarkface;3020
+pparen;24AB
+precedes;227A
+prescription;211E
+primemod;02B9
+primereversed;2035
+product;220F
+projective;2305
+prolongedkana;30FC
+propellor;2318
+propersubset;2282
+propersuperset;2283
+proportion;2237
+proportional;221D
+psi;03C8
+psicyrillic;0471
+psilipneumatacyrilliccmb;0486
+pssquare;33B0
+puhiragana;3077
+pukatakana;30D7
+pvsquare;33B4
+pwsquare;33BA
+q;0071
+qadeva;0958
+qadmahebrew;05A8
+qafarabic;0642
+qaffinalarabic;FED6
+qafinitialarabic;FED7
+qafmedialarabic;FED8
+qamats;05B8
+qamats10;05B8
+qamats1a;05B8
+qamats1c;05B8
+qamats27;05B8
+qamats29;05B8
+qamats33;05B8
+qamatsde;05B8
+qamatshebrew;05B8
+qamatsnarrowhebrew;05B8
+qamatsqatanhebrew;05B8
+qamatsqatannarrowhebrew;05B8
+qamatsqatanquarterhebrew;05B8
+qamatsqatanwidehebrew;05B8
+qamatsquarterhebrew;05B8
+qamatswidehebrew;05B8
+qarneyparahebrew;059F
+qbopomofo;3111
+qcircle;24E0
+qhook;02A0
+qmonospace;FF51
+qof;05E7
+qofdagesh;FB47
+qofdageshhebrew;FB47
+qofhatafpatah;05E7 05B2
+qofhatafpatahhebrew;05E7 05B2
+qofhatafsegol;05E7 05B1
+qofhatafsegolhebrew;05E7 05B1
+qofhebrew;05E7
+qofhiriq;05E7 05B4
+qofhiriqhebrew;05E7 05B4
+qofholam;05E7 05B9
+qofholamhebrew;05E7 05B9
+qofpatah;05E7 05B7
+qofpatahhebrew;05E7 05B7
+qofqamats;05E7 05B8
+qofqamatshebrew;05E7 05B8
+qofqubuts;05E7 05BB
+qofqubutshebrew;05E7 05BB
+qofsegol;05E7 05B6
+qofsegolhebrew;05E7 05B6
+qofsheva;05E7 05B0
+qofshevahebrew;05E7 05B0
+qoftsere;05E7 05B5
+qoftserehebrew;05E7 05B5
+qparen;24AC
+quarternote;2669
+qubuts;05BB
+qubuts18;05BB
+qubuts25;05BB
+qubuts31;05BB
+qubutshebrew;05BB
+qubutsnarrowhebrew;05BB
+qubutsquarterhebrew;05BB
+qubutswidehebrew;05BB
+question;003F
+questionarabic;061F
+questionarmenian;055E
+questiondown;00BF
+questiondownsmall;F7BF
+questiongreek;037E
+questionmonospace;FF1F
+questionsmall;F73F
+quotedbl;0022
+quotedblbase;201E
+quotedblleft;201C
+quotedblmonospace;FF02
+quotedblprime;301E
+quotedblprimereversed;301D
+quotedblright;201D
+quoteleft;2018
+quoteleftreversed;201B
+quotereversed;201B
+quoteright;2019
+quoterightn;0149
+quotesinglbase;201A
+quotesingle;0027
+quotesinglemonospace;FF07
+r;0072
+raarmenian;057C
+rabengali;09B0
+racute;0155
+radeva;0930
+radical;221A
+radicalex;F8E5
+radoverssquare;33AE
+radoverssquaredsquare;33AF
+radsquare;33AD
+rafe;05BF
+rafehebrew;05BF
+ragujarati;0AB0
+ragurmukhi;0A30
+rahiragana;3089
+rakatakana;30E9
+rakatakanahalfwidth;FF97
+ralowerdiagonalbengali;09F1
+ramiddlediagonalbengali;09F0
+ramshorn;0264
+ratio;2236
+rbopomofo;3116
+rcaron;0159
+rcedilla;0157
+rcircle;24E1
+rcommaaccent;0157
+rdblgrave;0211
+rdotaccent;1E59
+rdotbelow;1E5B
+rdotbelowmacron;1E5D
+referencemark;203B
+reflexsubset;2286
+reflexsuperset;2287
+registered;00AE
+registersans;F8E8
+registerserif;F6DA
+reharabic;0631
+reharmenian;0580
+rehfinalarabic;FEAE
+rehiragana;308C
+rehyehaleflamarabic;0631 FEF3 FE8E 0644
+rekatakana;30EC
+rekatakanahalfwidth;FF9A
+resh;05E8
+reshdageshhebrew;FB48
+reshhatafpatah;05E8 05B2
+reshhatafpatahhebrew;05E8 05B2
+reshhatafsegol;05E8 05B1
+reshhatafsegolhebrew;05E8 05B1
+reshhebrew;05E8
+reshhiriq;05E8 05B4
+reshhiriqhebrew;05E8 05B4
+reshholam;05E8 05B9
+reshholamhebrew;05E8 05B9
+reshpatah;05E8 05B7
+reshpatahhebrew;05E8 05B7
+reshqamats;05E8 05B8
+reshqamatshebrew;05E8 05B8
+reshqubuts;05E8 05BB
+reshqubutshebrew;05E8 05BB
+reshsegol;05E8 05B6
+reshsegolhebrew;05E8 05B6
+reshsheva;05E8 05B0
+reshshevahebrew;05E8 05B0
+reshtsere;05E8 05B5
+reshtserehebrew;05E8 05B5
+reversedtilde;223D
+reviahebrew;0597
+reviamugrashhebrew;0597
+revlogicalnot;2310
+rfishhook;027E
+rfishhookreversed;027F
+rhabengali;09DD
+rhadeva;095D
+rho;03C1
+rhook;027D
+rhookturned;027B
+rhookturnedsuperior;02B5
+rhosymbolgreek;03F1
+rhotichookmod;02DE
+rieulacirclekorean;3271
+rieulaparenkorean;3211
+rieulcirclekorean;3263
+rieulhieuhkorean;3140
+rieulkiyeokkorean;313A
+rieulkiyeoksioskorean;3169
+rieulkorean;3139
+rieulmieumkorean;313B
+rieulpansioskorean;316C
+rieulparenkorean;3203
+rieulphieuphkorean;313F
+rieulpieupkorean;313C
+rieulpieupsioskorean;316B
+rieulsioskorean;313D
+rieulthieuthkorean;313E
+rieultikeutkorean;316A
+rieulyeorinhieuhkorean;316D
+rightangle;221F
+righttackbelowcmb;0319
+righttriangle;22BF
+rihiragana;308A
+rikatakana;30EA
+rikatakanahalfwidth;FF98
+ring;02DA
+ringbelowcmb;0325
+ringcmb;030A
+ringhalfleft;02BF
+ringhalfleftarmenian;0559
+ringhalfleftbelowcmb;031C
+ringhalfleftcentered;02D3
+ringhalfright;02BE
+ringhalfrightbelowcmb;0339
+ringhalfrightcentered;02D2
+rinvertedbreve;0213
+rittorusquare;3351
+rlinebelow;1E5F
+rlongleg;027C
+rlonglegturned;027A
+rmonospace;FF52
+rohiragana;308D
+rokatakana;30ED
+rokatakanahalfwidth;FF9B
+roruathai;0E23
+rparen;24AD
+rrabengali;09DC
+rradeva;0931
+rragurmukhi;0A5C
+rreharabic;0691
+rrehfinalarabic;FB8D
+rrvocalicbengali;09E0
+rrvocalicdeva;0960
+rrvocalicgujarati;0AE0
+rrvocalicvowelsignbengali;09C4
+rrvocalicvowelsigndeva;0944
+rrvocalicvowelsigngujarati;0AC4
+rsuperior;F6F1
+rtblock;2590
+rturned;0279
+rturnedsuperior;02B4
+ruhiragana;308B
+rukatakana;30EB
+rukatakanahalfwidth;FF99
+rupeemarkbengali;09F2
+rupeesignbengali;09F3
+rupiah;F6DD
+ruthai;0E24
+rvocalicbengali;098B
+rvocalicdeva;090B
+rvocalicgujarati;0A8B
+rvocalicvowelsignbengali;09C3
+rvocalicvowelsigndeva;0943
+rvocalicvowelsigngujarati;0AC3
+s;0073
+sabengali;09B8
+sacute;015B
+sacutedotaccent;1E65
+sadarabic;0635
+sadeva;0938
+sadfinalarabic;FEBA
+sadinitialarabic;FEBB
+sadmedialarabic;FEBC
+sagujarati;0AB8
+sagurmukhi;0A38
+sahiragana;3055
+sakatakana;30B5
+sakatakanahalfwidth;FF7B
+sallallahoualayhewasallamarabic;FDFA
+samekh;05E1
+samekhdagesh;FB41
+samekhdageshhebrew;FB41
+samekhhebrew;05E1
+saraaathai;0E32
+saraaethai;0E41
+saraaimaimalaithai;0E44
+saraaimaimuanthai;0E43
+saraamthai;0E33
+saraathai;0E30
+saraethai;0E40
+saraiileftthai;F886
+saraiithai;0E35
+saraileftthai;F885
+saraithai;0E34
+saraothai;0E42
+saraueeleftthai;F888
+saraueethai;0E37
+saraueleftthai;F887
+sarauethai;0E36
+sarauthai;0E38
+sarauuthai;0E39
+sbopomofo;3119
+scaron;0161
+scarondotaccent;1E67
+scedilla;015F
+schwa;0259
+schwacyrillic;04D9
+schwadieresiscyrillic;04DB
+schwahook;025A
+scircle;24E2
+scircumflex;015D
+scommaaccent;0219
+sdotaccent;1E61
+sdotbelow;1E63
+sdotbelowdotaccent;1E69
+seagullbelowcmb;033C
+second;2033
+secondtonechinese;02CA
+section;00A7
+seenarabic;0633
+seenfinalarabic;FEB2
+seeninitialarabic;FEB3
+seenmedialarabic;FEB4
+segol;05B6
+segol13;05B6
+segol1f;05B6
+segol2c;05B6
+segolhebrew;05B6
+segolnarrowhebrew;05B6
+segolquarterhebrew;05B6
+segoltahebrew;0592
+segolwidehebrew;05B6
+seharmenian;057D
+sehiragana;305B
+sekatakana;30BB
+sekatakanahalfwidth;FF7E
+semicolon;003B
+semicolonarabic;061B
+semicolonmonospace;FF1B
+semicolonsmall;FE54
+semivoicedmarkkana;309C
+semivoicedmarkkanahalfwidth;FF9F
+sentisquare;3322
+sentosquare;3323
+seven;0037
+sevenarabic;0667
+sevenbengali;09ED
+sevencircle;2466
+sevencircleinversesansserif;2790
+sevendeva;096D
+seveneighths;215E
+sevengujarati;0AED
+sevengurmukhi;0A6D
+sevenhackarabic;0667
+sevenhangzhou;3027
+sevenideographicparen;3226
+seveninferior;2087
+sevenmonospace;FF17
+sevenoldstyle;F737
+sevenparen;247A
+sevenperiod;248E
+sevenpersian;06F7
+sevenroman;2176
+sevensuperior;2077
+seventeencircle;2470
+seventeenparen;2484
+seventeenperiod;2498
+seventhai;0E57
+sfthyphen;00AD
+shaarmenian;0577
+shabengali;09B6
+shacyrillic;0448
+shaddaarabic;0651
+shaddadammaarabic;FC61
+shaddadammatanarabic;FC5E
+shaddafathaarabic;FC60
+shaddafathatanarabic;0651 064B
+shaddakasraarabic;FC62
+shaddakasratanarabic;FC5F
+shade;2592
+shadedark;2593
+shadelight;2591
+shademedium;2592
+shadeva;0936
+shagujarati;0AB6
+shagurmukhi;0A36
+shalshelethebrew;0593
+shbopomofo;3115
+shchacyrillic;0449
+sheenarabic;0634
+sheenfinalarabic;FEB6
+sheeninitialarabic;FEB7
+sheenmedialarabic;FEB8
+sheicoptic;03E3
+sheqel;20AA
+sheqelhebrew;20AA
+sheva;05B0
+sheva115;05B0
+sheva15;05B0
+sheva22;05B0
+sheva2e;05B0
+shevahebrew;05B0
+shevanarrowhebrew;05B0
+shevaquarterhebrew;05B0
+shevawidehebrew;05B0
+shhacyrillic;04BB
+shimacoptic;03ED
+shin;05E9
+shindagesh;FB49
+shindageshhebrew;FB49
+shindageshshindot;FB2C
+shindageshshindothebrew;FB2C
+shindageshsindot;FB2D
+shindageshsindothebrew;FB2D
+shindothebrew;05C1
+shinhebrew;05E9
+shinshindot;FB2A
+shinshindothebrew;FB2A
+shinsindot;FB2B
+shinsindothebrew;FB2B
+shook;0282
+sigma;03C3
+sigma1;03C2
+sigmafinal;03C2
+sigmalunatesymbolgreek;03F2
+sihiragana;3057
+sikatakana;30B7
+sikatakanahalfwidth;FF7C
+siluqhebrew;05BD
+siluqlefthebrew;05BD
+similar;223C
+sindothebrew;05C2
+siosacirclekorean;3274
+siosaparenkorean;3214
+sioscieuckorean;317E
+sioscirclekorean;3266
+sioskiyeokkorean;317A
+sioskorean;3145
+siosnieunkorean;317B
+siosparenkorean;3206
+siospieupkorean;317D
+siostikeutkorean;317C
+six;0036
+sixarabic;0666
+sixbengali;09EC
+sixcircle;2465
+sixcircleinversesansserif;278F
+sixdeva;096C
+sixgujarati;0AEC
+sixgurmukhi;0A6C
+sixhackarabic;0666
+sixhangzhou;3026
+sixideographicparen;3225
+sixinferior;2086
+sixmonospace;FF16
+sixoldstyle;F736
+sixparen;2479
+sixperiod;248D
+sixpersian;06F6
+sixroman;2175
+sixsuperior;2076
+sixteencircle;246F
+sixteencurrencydenominatorbengali;09F9
+sixteenparen;2483
+sixteenperiod;2497
+sixthai;0E56
+slash;002F
+slashmonospace;FF0F
+slong;017F
+slongdotaccent;1E9B
+smileface;263A
+smonospace;FF53
+sofpasuqhebrew;05C3
+softhyphen;00AD
+softsigncyrillic;044C
+sohiragana;305D
+sokatakana;30BD
+sokatakanahalfwidth;FF7F
+soliduslongoverlaycmb;0338
+solidusshortoverlaycmb;0337
+sorusithai;0E29
+sosalathai;0E28
+sosothai;0E0B
+sosuathai;0E2A
+space;0020
+spacehackarabic;0020
+spade;2660
+spadesuitblack;2660
+spadesuitwhite;2664
+sparen;24AE
+squarebelowcmb;033B
+squarecc;33C4
+squarecm;339D
+squarediagonalcrosshatchfill;25A9
+squarehorizontalfill;25A4
+squarekg;338F
+squarekm;339E
+squarekmcapital;33CE
+squareln;33D1
+squarelog;33D2
+squaremg;338E
+squaremil;33D5
+squaremm;339C
+squaremsquared;33A1
+squareorthogonalcrosshatchfill;25A6
+squareupperlefttolowerrightfill;25A7
+squareupperrighttolowerleftfill;25A8
+squareverticalfill;25A5
+squarewhitewithsmallblack;25A3
+srsquare;33DB
+ssabengali;09B7
+ssadeva;0937
+ssagujarati;0AB7
+ssangcieuckorean;3149
+ssanghieuhkorean;3185
+ssangieungkorean;3180
+ssangkiyeokkorean;3132
+ssangnieunkorean;3165
+ssangpieupkorean;3143
+ssangsioskorean;3146
+ssangtikeutkorean;3138
+ssuperior;F6F2
+sterling;00A3
+sterlingmonospace;FFE1
+strokelongoverlaycmb;0336
+strokeshortoverlaycmb;0335
+subset;2282
+subsetnotequal;228A
+subsetorequal;2286
+succeeds;227B
+suchthat;220B
+suhiragana;3059
+sukatakana;30B9
+sukatakanahalfwidth;FF7D
+sukunarabic;0652
+summation;2211
+sun;263C
+superset;2283
+supersetnotequal;228B
+supersetorequal;2287
+svsquare;33DC
+syouwaerasquare;337C
+t;0074
+tabengali;09A4
+tackdown;22A4
+tackleft;22A3
+tadeva;0924
+tagujarati;0AA4
+tagurmukhi;0A24
+taharabic;0637
+tahfinalarabic;FEC2
+tahinitialarabic;FEC3
+tahiragana;305F
+tahmedialarabic;FEC4
+taisyouerasquare;337D
+takatakana;30BF
+takatakanahalfwidth;FF80
+tatweelarabic;0640
+tau;03C4
+tav;05EA
+tavdages;FB4A
+tavdagesh;FB4A
+tavdageshhebrew;FB4A
+tavhebrew;05EA
+tbar;0167
+tbopomofo;310A
+tcaron;0165
+tccurl;02A8
+tcedilla;0163
+tcheharabic;0686
+tchehfinalarabic;FB7B
+tchehinitialarabic;FB7C
+tchehmedialarabic;FB7D
+tchehmeeminitialarabic;FB7C FEE4
+tcircle;24E3
+tcircumflexbelow;1E71
+tcommaaccent;0163
+tdieresis;1E97
+tdotaccent;1E6B
+tdotbelow;1E6D
+tecyrillic;0442
+tedescendercyrillic;04AD
+teharabic;062A
+tehfinalarabic;FE96
+tehhahinitialarabic;FCA2
+tehhahisolatedarabic;FC0C
+tehinitialarabic;FE97
+tehiragana;3066
+tehjeeminitialarabic;FCA1
+tehjeemisolatedarabic;FC0B
+tehmarbutaarabic;0629
+tehmarbutafinalarabic;FE94
+tehmedialarabic;FE98
+tehmeeminitialarabic;FCA4
+tehmeemisolatedarabic;FC0E
+tehnoonfinalarabic;FC73
+tekatakana;30C6
+tekatakanahalfwidth;FF83
+telephone;2121
+telephoneblack;260E
+telishagedolahebrew;05A0
+telishaqetanahebrew;05A9
+tencircle;2469
+tenideographicparen;3229
+tenparen;247D
+tenperiod;2491
+tenroman;2179
+tesh;02A7
+tet;05D8
+tetdagesh;FB38
+tetdageshhebrew;FB38
+tethebrew;05D8
+tetsecyrillic;04B5
+tevirhebrew;059B
+tevirlefthebrew;059B
+thabengali;09A5
+thadeva;0925
+thagujarati;0AA5
+thagurmukhi;0A25
+thalarabic;0630
+thalfinalarabic;FEAC
+thanthakhatlowleftthai;F898
+thanthakhatlowrightthai;F897
+thanthakhatthai;0E4C
+thanthakhatupperleftthai;F896
+theharabic;062B
+thehfinalarabic;FE9A
+thehinitialarabic;FE9B
+thehmedialarabic;FE9C
+thereexists;2203
+therefore;2234
+theta;03B8
+theta1;03D1
+thetasymbolgreek;03D1
+thieuthacirclekorean;3279
+thieuthaparenkorean;3219
+thieuthcirclekorean;326B
+thieuthkorean;314C
+thieuthparenkorean;320B
+thirteencircle;246C
+thirteenparen;2480
+thirteenperiod;2494
+thonangmonthothai;0E11
+thook;01AD
+thophuthaothai;0E12
+thorn;00FE
+thothahanthai;0E17
+thothanthai;0E10
+thothongthai;0E18
+thothungthai;0E16
+thousandcyrillic;0482
+thousandsseparatorarabic;066C
+thousandsseparatorpersian;066C
+three;0033
+threearabic;0663
+threebengali;09E9
+threecircle;2462
+threecircleinversesansserif;278C
+threedeva;0969
+threeeighths;215C
+threegujarati;0AE9
+threegurmukhi;0A69
+threehackarabic;0663
+threehangzhou;3023
+threeideographicparen;3222
+threeinferior;2083
+threemonospace;FF13
+threenumeratorbengali;09F6
+threeoldstyle;F733
+threeparen;2476
+threeperiod;248A
+threepersian;06F3
+threequarters;00BE
+threequartersemdash;F6DE
+threeroman;2172
+threesuperior;00B3
+threethai;0E53
+thzsquare;3394
+tihiragana;3061
+tikatakana;30C1
+tikatakanahalfwidth;FF81
+tikeutacirclekorean;3270
+tikeutaparenkorean;3210
+tikeutcirclekorean;3262
+tikeutkorean;3137
+tikeutparenkorean;3202
+tilde;02DC
+tildebelowcmb;0330
+tildecmb;0303
+tildecomb;0303
+tildedoublecmb;0360
+tildeoperator;223C
+tildeoverlaycmb;0334
+tildeverticalcmb;033E
+timescircle;2297
+tipehahebrew;0596
+tipehalefthebrew;0596
+tippigurmukhi;0A70
+titlocyrilliccmb;0483
+tiwnarmenian;057F
+tlinebelow;1E6F
+tmonospace;FF54
+toarmenian;0569
+tohiragana;3068
+tokatakana;30C8
+tokatakanahalfwidth;FF84
+tonebarextrahighmod;02E5
+tonebarextralowmod;02E9
+tonebarhighmod;02E6
+tonebarlowmod;02E8
+tonebarmidmod;02E7
+tonefive;01BD
+tonesix;0185
+tonetwo;01A8
+tonos;0384
+tonsquare;3327
+topatakthai;0E0F
+tortoiseshellbracketleft;3014
+tortoiseshellbracketleftsmall;FE5D
+tortoiseshellbracketleftvertical;FE39
+tortoiseshellbracketright;3015
+tortoiseshellbracketrightsmall;FE5E
+tortoiseshellbracketrightvertical;FE3A
+totaothai;0E15
+tpalatalhook;01AB
+tparen;24AF
+trademark;2122
+trademarksans;F8EA
+trademarkserif;F6DB
+tretroflexhook;0288
+triagdn;25BC
+triaglf;25C4
+triagrt;25BA
+triagup;25B2
+ts;02A6
+tsadi;05E6
+tsadidagesh;FB46
+tsadidageshhebrew;FB46
+tsadihebrew;05E6
+tsecyrillic;0446
+tsere;05B5
+tsere12;05B5
+tsere1e;05B5
+tsere2b;05B5
+tserehebrew;05B5
+tserenarrowhebrew;05B5
+tserequarterhebrew;05B5
+tserewidehebrew;05B5
+tshecyrillic;045B
+tsuperior;F6F3
+ttabengali;099F
+ttadeva;091F
+ttagujarati;0A9F
+ttagurmukhi;0A1F
+tteharabic;0679
+ttehfinalarabic;FB67
+ttehinitialarabic;FB68
+ttehmedialarabic;FB69
+tthabengali;09A0
+tthadeva;0920
+tthagujarati;0AA0
+tthagurmukhi;0A20
+tturned;0287
+tuhiragana;3064
+tukatakana;30C4
+tukatakanahalfwidth;FF82
+tusmallhiragana;3063
+tusmallkatakana;30C3
+tusmallkatakanahalfwidth;FF6F
+twelvecircle;246B
+twelveparen;247F
+twelveperiod;2493
+twelveroman;217B
+twentycircle;2473
+twentyhangzhou;5344
+twentyparen;2487
+twentyperiod;249B
+two;0032
+twoarabic;0662
+twobengali;09E8
+twocircle;2461
+twocircleinversesansserif;278B
+twodeva;0968
+twodotenleader;2025
+twodotleader;2025
+twodotleadervertical;FE30
+twogujarati;0AE8
+twogurmukhi;0A68
+twohackarabic;0662
+twohangzhou;3022
+twoideographicparen;3221
+twoinferior;2082
+twomonospace;FF12
+twonumeratorbengali;09F5
+twooldstyle;F732
+twoparen;2475
+twoperiod;2489
+twopersian;06F2
+tworoman;2171
+twostroke;01BB
+twosuperior;00B2
+twothai;0E52
+twothirds;2154
+u;0075
+uacute;00FA
+ubar;0289
+ubengali;0989
+ubopomofo;3128
+ubreve;016D
+ucaron;01D4
+ucircle;24E4
+ucircumflex;00FB
+ucircumflexbelow;1E77
+ucyrillic;0443
+udattadeva;0951
+udblacute;0171
+udblgrave;0215
+udeva;0909
+udieresis;00FC
+udieresisacute;01D8
+udieresisbelow;1E73
+udieresiscaron;01DA
+udieresiscyrillic;04F1
+udieresisgrave;01DC
+udieresismacron;01D6
+udotbelow;1EE5
+ugrave;00F9
+ugujarati;0A89
+ugurmukhi;0A09
+uhiragana;3046
+uhookabove;1EE7
+uhorn;01B0
+uhornacute;1EE9
+uhorndotbelow;1EF1
+uhorngrave;1EEB
+uhornhookabove;1EED
+uhorntilde;1EEF
+uhungarumlaut;0171
+uhungarumlautcyrillic;04F3
+uinvertedbreve;0217
+ukatakana;30A6
+ukatakanahalfwidth;FF73
+ukcyrillic;0479
+ukorean;315C
+umacron;016B
+umacroncyrillic;04EF
+umacrondieresis;1E7B
+umatragurmukhi;0A41
+umonospace;FF55
+underscore;005F
+underscoredbl;2017
+underscoremonospace;FF3F
+underscorevertical;FE33
+underscorewavy;FE4F
+union;222A
+universal;2200
+uogonek;0173
+uparen;24B0
+upblock;2580
+upperdothebrew;05C4
+upsilon;03C5
+upsilondieresis;03CB
+upsilondieresistonos;03B0
+upsilonlatin;028A
+upsilontonos;03CD
+uptackbelowcmb;031D
+uptackmod;02D4
+uragurmukhi;0A73
+uring;016F
+ushortcyrillic;045E
+usmallhiragana;3045
+usmallkatakana;30A5
+usmallkatakanahalfwidth;FF69
+ustraightcyrillic;04AF
+ustraightstrokecyrillic;04B1
+utilde;0169
+utildeacute;1E79
+utildebelow;1E75
+uubengali;098A
+uudeva;090A
+uugujarati;0A8A
+uugurmukhi;0A0A
+uumatragurmukhi;0A42
+uuvowelsignbengali;09C2
+uuvowelsigndeva;0942
+uuvowelsigngujarati;0AC2
+uvowelsignbengali;09C1
+uvowelsigndeva;0941
+uvowelsigngujarati;0AC1
+v;0076
+vadeva;0935
+vagujarati;0AB5
+vagurmukhi;0A35
+vakatakana;30F7
+vav;05D5
+vavdagesh;FB35
+vavdagesh65;FB35
+vavdageshhebrew;FB35
+vavhebrew;05D5
+vavholam;FB4B
+vavholamhebrew;FB4B
+vavvavhebrew;05F0
+vavyodhebrew;05F1
+vcircle;24E5
+vdotbelow;1E7F
+vecyrillic;0432
+veharabic;06A4
+vehfinalarabic;FB6B
+vehinitialarabic;FB6C
+vehmedialarabic;FB6D
+vekatakana;30F9
+venus;2640
+verticalbar;007C
+verticallineabovecmb;030D
+verticallinebelowcmb;0329
+verticallinelowmod;02CC
+verticallinemod;02C8
+vewarmenian;057E
+vhook;028B
+vikatakana;30F8
+viramabengali;09CD
+viramadeva;094D
+viramagujarati;0ACD
+visargabengali;0983
+visargadeva;0903
+visargagujarati;0A83
+vmonospace;FF56
+voarmenian;0578
+voicediterationhiragana;309E
+voicediterationkatakana;30FE
+voicedmarkkana;309B
+voicedmarkkanahalfwidth;FF9E
+vokatakana;30FA
+vparen;24B1
+vtilde;1E7D
+vturned;028C
+vuhiragana;3094
+vukatakana;30F4
+w;0077
+wacute;1E83
+waekorean;3159
+wahiragana;308F
+wakatakana;30EF
+wakatakanahalfwidth;FF9C
+wakorean;3158
+wasmallhiragana;308E
+wasmallkatakana;30EE
+wattosquare;3357
+wavedash;301C
+wavyunderscorevertical;FE34
+wawarabic;0648
+wawfinalarabic;FEEE
+wawhamzaabovearabic;0624
+wawhamzaabovefinalarabic;FE86
+wbsquare;33DD
+wcircle;24E6
+wcircumflex;0175
+wdieresis;1E85
+wdotaccent;1E87
+wdotbelow;1E89
+wehiragana;3091
+weierstrass;2118
+wekatakana;30F1
+wekorean;315E
+weokorean;315D
+wgrave;1E81
+whitebullet;25E6
+whitecircle;25CB
+whitecircleinverse;25D9
+whitecornerbracketleft;300E
+whitecornerbracketleftvertical;FE43
+whitecornerbracketright;300F
+whitecornerbracketrightvertical;FE44
+whitediamond;25C7
+whitediamondcontainingblacksmalldiamond;25C8
+whitedownpointingsmalltriangle;25BF
+whitedownpointingtriangle;25BD
+whiteleftpointingsmalltriangle;25C3
+whiteleftpointingtriangle;25C1
+whitelenticularbracketleft;3016
+whitelenticularbracketright;3017
+whiterightpointingsmalltriangle;25B9
+whiterightpointingtriangle;25B7
+whitesmallsquare;25AB
+whitesmilingface;263A
+whitesquare;25A1
+whitestar;2606
+whitetelephone;260F
+whitetortoiseshellbracketleft;3018
+whitetortoiseshellbracketright;3019
+whiteuppointingsmalltriangle;25B5
+whiteuppointingtriangle;25B3
+wihiragana;3090
+wikatakana;30F0
+wikorean;315F
+wmonospace;FF57
+wohiragana;3092
+wokatakana;30F2
+wokatakanahalfwidth;FF66
+won;20A9
+wonmonospace;FFE6
+wowaenthai;0E27
+wparen;24B2
+wring;1E98
+wsuperior;02B7
+wturned;028D
+wynn;01BF
+x;0078
+xabovecmb;033D
+xbopomofo;3112
+xcircle;24E7
+xdieresis;1E8D
+xdotaccent;1E8B
+xeharmenian;056D
+xi;03BE
+xmonospace;FF58
+xparen;24B3
+xsuperior;02E3
+y;0079
+yaadosquare;334E
+yabengali;09AF
+yacute;00FD
+yadeva;092F
+yaekorean;3152
+yagujarati;0AAF
+yagurmukhi;0A2F
+yahiragana;3084
+yakatakana;30E4
+yakatakanahalfwidth;FF94
+yakorean;3151
+yamakkanthai;0E4E
+yasmallhiragana;3083
+yasmallkatakana;30E3
+yasmallkatakanahalfwidth;FF6C
+yatcyrillic;0463
+ycircle;24E8
+ycircumflex;0177
+ydieresis;00FF
+ydotaccent;1E8F
+ydotbelow;1EF5
+yeharabic;064A
+yehbarreearabic;06D2
+yehbarreefinalarabic;FBAF
+yehfinalarabic;FEF2
+yehhamzaabovearabic;0626
+yehhamzaabovefinalarabic;FE8A
+yehhamzaaboveinitialarabic;FE8B
+yehhamzaabovemedialarabic;FE8C
+yehinitialarabic;FEF3
+yehmedialarabic;FEF4
+yehmeeminitialarabic;FCDD
+yehmeemisolatedarabic;FC58
+yehnoonfinalarabic;FC94
+yehthreedotsbelowarabic;06D1
+yekorean;3156
+yen;00A5
+yenmonospace;FFE5
+yeokorean;3155
+yeorinhieuhkorean;3186
+yerahbenyomohebrew;05AA
+yerahbenyomolefthebrew;05AA
+yericyrillic;044B
+yerudieresiscyrillic;04F9
+yesieungkorean;3181
+yesieungpansioskorean;3183
+yesieungsioskorean;3182
+yetivhebrew;059A
+ygrave;1EF3
+yhook;01B4
+yhookabove;1EF7
+yiarmenian;0575
+yicyrillic;0457
+yikorean;3162
+yinyang;262F
+yiwnarmenian;0582
+ymonospace;FF59
+yod;05D9
+yoddagesh;FB39
+yoddageshhebrew;FB39
+yodhebrew;05D9
+yodyodhebrew;05F2
+yodyodpatahhebrew;FB1F
+yohiragana;3088
+yoikorean;3189
+yokatakana;30E8
+yokatakanahalfwidth;FF96
+yokorean;315B
+yosmallhiragana;3087
+yosmallkatakana;30E7
+yosmallkatakanahalfwidth;FF6E
+yotgreek;03F3
+yoyaekorean;3188
+yoyakorean;3187
+yoyakthai;0E22
+yoyingthai;0E0D
+yparen;24B4
+ypogegrammeni;037A
+ypogegrammenigreekcmb;0345
+yr;01A6
+yring;1E99
+ysuperior;02B8
+ytilde;1EF9
+yturned;028E
+yuhiragana;3086
+yuikorean;318C
+yukatakana;30E6
+yukatakanahalfwidth;FF95
+yukorean;3160
+yusbigcyrillic;046B
+yusbigiotifiedcyrillic;046D
+yuslittlecyrillic;0467
+yuslittleiotifiedcyrillic;0469
+yusmallhiragana;3085
+yusmallkatakana;30E5
+yusmallkatakanahalfwidth;FF6D
+yuyekorean;318B
+yuyeokorean;318A
+yyabengali;09DF
+yyadeva;095F
+z;007A
+zaarmenian;0566
+zacute;017A
+zadeva;095B
+zagurmukhi;0A5B
+zaharabic;0638
+zahfinalarabic;FEC6
+zahinitialarabic;FEC7
+zahiragana;3056
+zahmedialarabic;FEC8
+zainarabic;0632
+zainfinalarabic;FEB0
+zakatakana;30B6
+zaqefgadolhebrew;0595
+zaqefqatanhebrew;0594
+zarqahebrew;0598
+zayin;05D6
+zayindagesh;FB36
+zayindageshhebrew;FB36
+zayinhebrew;05D6
+zbopomofo;3117
+zcaron;017E
+zcircle;24E9
+zcircumflex;1E91
+zcurl;0291
+zdot;017C
+zdotaccent;017C
+zdotbelow;1E93
+zecyrillic;0437
+zedescendercyrillic;0499
+zedieresiscyrillic;04DF
+zehiragana;305C
+zekatakana;30BC
+zero;0030
+zeroarabic;0660
+zerobengali;09E6
+zerodeva;0966
+zerogujarati;0AE6
+zerogurmukhi;0A66
+zerohackarabic;0660
+zeroinferior;2080
+zeromonospace;FF10
+zerooldstyle;F730
+zeropersian;06F0
+zerosuperior;2070
+zerothai;0E50
+zerowidthjoiner;FEFF
+zerowidthnonjoiner;200C
+zerowidthspace;200B
+zeta;03B6
+zhbopomofo;3113
+zhearmenian;056A
+zhebrevecyrillic;04C2
+zhecyrillic;0436
+zhedescendercyrillic;0497
+zhedieresiscyrillic;04DD
+zihiragana;3058
+zikatakana;30B8
+zinorhebrew;05AE
+zlinebelow;1E95
+zmonospace;FF5A
+zohiragana;305E
+zokatakana;30BE
+zparen;24B5
+zretroflexhook;0290
+zstroke;01B6
+zuhiragana;305A
+zukatakana;30BA
+"""
+
+
+# string table management
+#
+class StringTable:
+  def __init__( self, name_list, master_table_name ):
+    self.names        = name_list
+    self.master_table = master_table_name
+    self.indices      = {}
+    index             = 0
+
+    for name in name_list:
+      self.indices[name] = index
+      index += len( name ) + 1
+
+    self.total = index
+
+  def dump( self, file ):
+    write = file.write
+    write( "  static const char  " + self.master_table +
+           "[" + repr( self.total ) + "] =\n" )
+    write( "  {\n" )
+
+    line = ""
+    for name in self.names:
+      line += "    '"
+      line += string.join( ( re.findall( ".", name ) ), "','" )
+      line += "', 0,\n"
+
+    write( line + "  };\n\n\n" )
+
+  def dump_sublist( self, file, table_name, macro_name, sublist ):
+    write = file.write
+    write( "#define " + macro_name + "  " + repr( len( sublist ) ) + "\n\n" )
+
+    write( "  /* Values are offsets into the `" +
+           self.master_table + "' table */\n\n" )
+    write( "  static const short  " + table_name +
+           "[" + macro_name + "] =\n" )
+    write( "  {\n" )
+
+    line  = "    "
+    comma = ""
+    col   = 0
+
+    for name in sublist:
+      line += comma
+      line += "%4d" % self.indices[name]
+      col  += 1
+      comma = ","
+      if col == 14:
+        col   = 0
+        comma = ",\n    "
+
+    write( line + "\n  };\n\n\n" )
+
+
+# We now store the Adobe Glyph List in compressed form.  The list is put
+# into a data structure called `trie' (because it has a tree-like
+# appearance).  Consider, for example, that you want to store the
+# following name mapping:
+#
+#   A        => 1
+#   Aacute   => 6
+#   Abalon   => 2
+#   Abstract => 4
+#
+# It is possible to store the entries as follows.
+#
+#   A => 1
+#   |
+#   +-acute => 6
+#   |
+#   +-b
+#     |
+#     +-alon => 2
+#     |
+#     +-stract => 4
+#
+# We see that each node in the trie has:
+#
+# - one or more `letters'
+# - an optional value
+# - zero or more child nodes
+#
+# The first step is to call
+#
+#   root = StringNode( "", 0 )
+#   for word in map.values():
+#     root.add( word, map[word] )
+#
+# which creates a large trie where each node has only one children.
+#
+# Executing
+#
+#   root = root.optimize()
+#
+# optimizes the trie by merging the letters of successive nodes whenever
+# possible.
+#
+# Each node of the trie is stored as follows.
+#
+# - First the node's letter, according to the following scheme.  We
+#   use the fact that in the AGL no name contains character codes > 127.
+#
+#     name         bitsize     description
+#     ----------------------------------------------------------------
+#     notlast            1     Set to 1 if this is not the last letter
+#                              in the word.
+#     ascii              7     The letter's ASCII value.
+#
+# - The letter is followed by a children count and the value of the
+#   current key (if any).  Again we can do some optimization because all
+#   AGL entries are from the BMP; this means that 16 bits are sufficient
+#   to store its Unicode values.  Additionally, no node has more than
+#   127 children.
+#
+#     name         bitsize     description
+#     -----------------------------------------
+#     hasvalue           1     Set to 1 if a 16-bit Unicode value follows.
+#     num_children       7     Number of children.  Can be 0 only if
+#                              `hasvalue' is set to 1.
+#     value             16     Optional Unicode value.
+#
+# - A node is finished by a list of 16bit absolute offsets to the
+#   children, which must be sorted in increasing order of their first
+#   letter.
+#
+# For simplicity, all 16bit quantities are stored in big-endian order.
+#
+# The root node has first letter = 0, and no value.
+#
+class StringNode:
+  def __init__( self, letter, value ):
+    self.letter   = letter
+    self.value    = value
+    self.children = {}
+
+  def __cmp__( self, other ):
+    return ord( self.letter[0] ) - ord( other.letter[0] )
+
+  def add( self, word, value ):
+    if len( word ) == 0:
+      self.value = value
+      return
+
+    letter = word[0]
+    word   = word[1:]
+
+    if self.children.has_key( letter ):
+      child = self.children[letter]
+    else:
+      child = StringNode( letter, 0 )
+      self.children[letter] = child
+
+    child.add( word, value )
+
+  def optimize( self ):
+    # optimize all children first
+    children      = self.children.values()
+    self.children = {}
+
+    for child in children:
+      self.children[child.letter[0]] = child.optimize()
+
+    # don't optimize if there's a value,
+    # if we don't have any child or if we
+    # have more than one child
+    if ( self.value != 0 ) or ( not children ) or len( children ) > 1:
+      return self
+
+    child = children[0]
+
+    self.letter  += child.letter
+    self.value    = child.value
+    self.children = child.children
+
+    return self
+
+  def dump_debug( self, write, margin ):
+    # this is used during debugging
+    line = margin + "+-"
+    if len( self.letter ) == 0:
+      line += ""
+    else:
+      line += self.letter
+
+    if self.value:
+      line += " => " + repr( self.value )
+
+    write( line + "\n" )
+
+    if self.children:
+      margin += "| "
+      for child in self.children.values():
+        child.dump_debug( write, margin )
+
+  def locate( self, index ):
+    self.index = index
+    if len( self.letter ) > 0:
+      index += len( self.letter ) + 1
+    else:
+      index += 2
+
+    if self.value != 0:
+      index += 2
+
+    children = self.children.values()
+    children.sort()
+
+    index += 2 * len( children )
+    for child in children:
+      index = child.locate( index )
+
+    return index
+
+  def store( self, storage ):
+    # write the letters
+    l = len( self.letter )
+    if l == 0:
+      storage += struct.pack( "B", 0 )
+    else:
+      for n in range( l ):
+        val = ord( self.letter[n] )
+        if n < l - 1:
+          val += 128
+        storage += struct.pack( "B", val )
+
+    # write the count
+    children = self.children.values()
+    children.sort()
+
+    count = len( children )
+
+    if self.value != 0:
+      storage += struct.pack( "!BH", count + 128, self.value )
+    else:
+      storage += struct.pack( "B", count )
+
+    for child in children:
+      storage += struct.pack( "!H", child.index )
+
+    for child in children:
+      storage = child.store( storage )
+
+    return storage
+
+
+def adobe_glyph_values():
+  """return the list of glyph names and their unicode values"""
+
+  lines  = string.split( adobe_glyph_list, '\n' )
+  glyphs = []
+  values = []
+
+  for line in lines:
+    if line:
+      fields = string.split( line, ';' )
+#     print fields[1] + ' - ' + fields[0]
+      subfields = string.split( fields[1], ' ' )
+      if len( subfields ) == 1:
+        glyphs.append( fields[0] )
+        values.append( fields[1] )
+
+  return glyphs, values
+
+
+def filter_glyph_names( alist, filter ):
+  """filter `alist' by taking _out_ all glyph names that are in `filter'"""
+
+  count  = 0
+  extras = []
+
+  for name in alist:
+    try:
+      filtered_index = filter.index( name )
+    except:
+      extras.append( name )
+
+  return extras
+
+
+def dump_encoding( file, encoding_name, encoding_list ):
+  """dump a given encoding"""
+
+  write = file.write
+  write( "  /* the following are indices into the SID name table */\n" )
+  write( "  static const unsigned short  " + encoding_name +
+         "[" + repr( len( encoding_list ) ) + "] =\n" )
+  write( "  {\n" )
+
+  line  = "    "
+  comma = ""
+  col   = 0
+  for value in encoding_list:
+    line += comma
+    line += "%3d" % value
+    comma = ","
+    col  += 1
+    if col == 16:
+      col = 0
+      comma = ",\n    "
+
+  write( line + "\n  };\n\n\n" )
+
+
+def dump_array( the_array, write, array_name ):
+  """dumps a given encoding"""
+
+  write( "  static const unsigned char  " + array_name +
+         "[" + repr( len( the_array ) ) + "L] =\n" )
+  write( "  {\n" )
+
+  line  = ""
+  comma = "    "
+  col   = 0
+
+  for value in the_array:
+    line += comma
+    line += "%3d" % ord( value )
+    comma = ","
+    col  += 1
+
+    if col == 16:
+      col   = 0
+      comma = ",\n    "
+
+    if len( line ) > 1024:
+      write( line )
+      line = ""
+
+  write( line + "\n  };\n\n\n" )
+
+
+def main():
+  """main program body"""
+
+  if len( sys.argv ) != 2:
+    print __doc__ % sys.argv[0]
+    sys.exit( 1 )
+
+  file  = open( sys.argv[1], "w\n" )
+  write = file.write
+
+  count_sid = len( sid_standard_names )
+
+  # `mac_extras' contains the list of glyph names in the Macintosh standard
+  # encoding which are not in the SID Standard Names.
+  #
+  mac_extras = filter_glyph_names( mac_standard_names, sid_standard_names )
+
+  # `base_list' contains the names of our final glyph names table.
+  # It consists of the `mac_extras' glyph names, followed by the SID
+  # standard names.
+  #
+  mac_extras_count = len( mac_extras )
+  base_list        = mac_extras + sid_standard_names
+
+  write( "/***************************************************************************/\n" )
+  write( "/*                                                                         */\n" )
+
+  write( "/*  %-71s*/\n" % os.path.basename( sys.argv[1] ) )
+
+  write( "/*                                                                         */\n" )
+  write( "/*    PostScript glyph names.                                              */\n" )
+  write( "/*                                                                         */\n" )
+  write( "/*  Copyright 2005, 2008 by                                                */\n" )
+  write( "/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */\n" )
+  write( "/*                                                                         */\n" )
+  write( "/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */\n" )
+  write( "/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */\n" )
+  write( "/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */\n" )
+  write( "/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */\n" )
+  write( "/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */\n" )
+  write( "/*                                                                         */\n" )
+  write( "/***************************************************************************/\n" )
+  write( "\n" )
+  write( "\n" )
+  write( "  /* This file has been generated automatically -- do not edit! */\n" )
+  write( "\n" )
+  write( "\n" )
+
+  # dump final glyph list (mac extras + sid standard names)
+  #
+  st = StringTable( base_list, "ft_standard_glyph_names" )
+
+  st.dump( file )
+  st.dump_sublist( file, "ft_mac_names",
+                   "FT_NUM_MAC_NAMES", mac_standard_names )
+  st.dump_sublist( file, "ft_sid_names",
+                   "FT_NUM_SID_NAMES", sid_standard_names )
+
+  dump_encoding( file, "t1_standard_encoding", t1_standard_encoding )
+  dump_encoding( file, "t1_expert_encoding", t1_expert_encoding )
+
+  # dump the AGL in its compressed form
+  #
+  agl_glyphs, agl_values = adobe_glyph_values()
+  dict = StringNode( "", 0 )
+
+  for g in range( len( agl_glyphs ) ):
+    dict.add( agl_glyphs[g], eval( "0x" + agl_values[g] ) )
+
+  dict       = dict.optimize()
+  dict_len   = dict.locate( 0 )
+  dict_array = dict.store( "" )
+
+  write( """\
+  /*
+   *  This table is a compressed version of the Adobe Glyph List (AGL),
+   *  optimized for efficient searching.  It has been generated by the
+   *  `glnames.py' python script located in the `src/tools' directory.
+   *
+   *  The lookup function to get the Unicode value for a given string
+   *  is defined below the table.
+   */
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ADOBE_GLYPH_LIST
+
+""" )
+
+  dump_array( dict_array, write, "ft_adobe_glyph_list" )
+
+  # write the lookup routine now
+  #
+  write( """\
+  /*
+   *  This function searches the compressed table efficiently.
+   */
+  static unsigned long
+  ft_get_adobe_glyph_index( const char*  name,
+                            const char*  limit )
+  {
+    int                   c = 0;
+    int                   count, min, max;
+    const unsigned char*  p = ft_adobe_glyph_list;
+
+
+    if ( name == 0 || name >= limit )
+      goto NotFound;
+
+    c     = *name++;
+    count = p[1];
+    p    += 2;
+
+    min = 0;
+    max = count;
+
+    while ( min < max )
+    {
+      int                   mid = ( min + max ) >> 1;
+      const unsigned char*  q   = p + mid * 2;
+      int                   c2;
+
+
+      q = ft_adobe_glyph_list + ( ( (int)q[0] << 8 ) | q[1] );
+
+      c2 = q[0] & 127;
+      if ( c2 == c )
+      {
+        p = q;
+        goto Found;
+      }
+      if ( c2 < c )
+        min = mid + 1;
+      else
+        max = mid;
+    }
+    goto NotFound;
+
+  Found:
+    for (;;)
+    {
+      /* assert (*p & 127) == c */
+
+      if ( name >= limit )
+      {
+        if ( (p[0] & 128) == 0 &&
+             (p[1] & 128) != 0 )
+          return (unsigned long)( ( (int)p[2] << 8 ) | p[3] );
+
+        goto NotFound;
+      }
+      c = *name++;
+      if ( p[0] & 128 )
+      {
+        p++;
+        if ( c != (p[0] & 127) )
+          goto NotFound;
+
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      p++;
+      count = p[0] & 127;
+      if ( p[0] & 128 )
+        p += 2;
+
+      p++;
+
+      for ( ; count > 0; count--, p += 2 )
+      {
+        int                   offset = ( (int)p[0] << 8 ) | p[1];
+        const unsigned char*  q      = ft_adobe_glyph_list + offset;
+
+        if ( c == ( q[0] & 127 ) )
+        {
+          p = q;
+          goto NextIter;
+        }
+      }
+      goto NotFound;
+
+    NextIter:
+      ;
+    }
+
+  NotFound:
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ADOBE_GLYPH_LIST */
+
+""" )
+
+  if 0:  # generate unit test, or don't
+    #
+    # now write the unit test to check that everything works OK
+    #
+    write( "#ifdef TEST\n\n" )
+
+    write( "static const char* const  the_names[] = {\n" )
+    for name in agl_glyphs:
+      write( '  "' + name + '",\n' )
+    write( "  0\n};\n" )
+
+    write( "static const unsigned long  the_values[] = {\n" )
+    for val in agl_values:
+      write( '  0x' + val + ',\n' )
+    write( "  0\n};\n" )
+
+    write( """
+#include 
+#include 
+
+  int
+  main( void )
+  {
+    int                   result = 0;
+    const char* const*    names  = the_names;
+    const unsigned long*  values = the_values;
+
+
+    for ( ; *names; names++, values++ )
+    {
+      const char*    name      = *names;
+      unsigned long  reference = *values;
+      unsigned long  value;
+
+
+      value = ft_get_adobe_glyph_index( name, name + strlen( name ) );
+      if ( value != reference )
+      {
+        result = 1;
+        fprintf( stderr, "name '%s' => %04x instead of %04x\\n",
+                         name, value, reference );
+      }
+    }
+
+    return result;
+  }
+""" )
+
+    write( "#endif /* TEST */\n" )
+
+  write("\n/* END */\n")
+
+
+# Now run the main routine
+#
+main()
+
+
+# END
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/test_afm.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/test_afm.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d53cb33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/test_afm.c
@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+/*
+ * gcc -DFT2_BUILD_LIBRARY -I../../include -o test_afm test_afm.c \
+ *     -L../../objs/.libs -lfreetype -lz -static
+ */
+#include 
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_AUX_H
+
+  void dump_fontinfo( AFM_FontInfo  fi )
+  {
+    FT_Int  i;
+
+
+    printf( "This AFM is for %sCID font.\n\n",
+            ( fi->IsCIDFont ) ? "" : "non-" );
+
+    printf( "FontBBox: %.2f %.2f %.2f %.2f\n", fi->FontBBox.xMin / 65536.,
+                                               fi->FontBBox.yMin / 65536.,
+                                               fi->FontBBox.xMax / 65536.,
+                                               fi->FontBBox.yMax / 65536. );
+    printf( "Ascender: %.2f\n", fi->Ascender / 65536. );
+    printf( "Descender: %.2f\n\n", fi->Descender / 65536. );
+
+    if ( fi->NumTrackKern )
+      printf( "There are %d sets of track kernings:\n",
+              fi->NumTrackKern );
+    else
+      printf( "There is no track kerning.\n" );
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < fi->NumTrackKern; i++ )
+    {
+      AFM_TrackKern  tk = fi->TrackKerns + i;
+
+
+      printf( "\t%2d: %5.2f %5.2f %5.2f %5.2f\n", tk->degree,
+                                                  tk->min_ptsize / 65536.,
+                                                  tk->min_kern / 65536.,
+                                                  tk->max_ptsize / 65536.,
+                                                  tk->max_kern / 65536. );
+    }
+
+    printf( "\n" );
+
+    if ( fi->NumKernPair )
+      printf( "There are %d kerning pairs:\n",
+              fi->NumKernPair );
+    else
+      printf( "There is no kerning pair.\n" );
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < fi->NumKernPair; i++ )
+    {
+      AFM_KernPair  kp = fi->KernPairs + i;
+
+
+      printf( "\t%3d + %3d => (%4d, %4d)\n", kp->index1,
+                                             kp->index2,
+                                             kp->x,
+                                             kp->y );
+    }
+
+  }
+
+  int
+  dummy_get_index( const char*  name,
+                   FT_UInt      len,
+                   void*        user_data )
+  {
+    if ( len )
+      return name[0];
+    else
+      return 0;
+  }
+
+  FT_Error
+  parse_afm( FT_Library    library,
+             FT_Stream     stream,
+             AFM_FontInfo  fi )
+  {
+    PSAux_Service  psaux;
+    AFM_ParserRec  parser;
+    FT_Error       error = FT_Err_Ok;
+
+
+    psaux = (PSAux_Service)FT_Get_Module_Interface( library, "psaux" );
+    if ( !psaux || !psaux->afm_parser_funcs )
+      return -1;
+
+    error = FT_Stream_EnterFrame( stream, stream->size );
+    if ( error )
+      return error;
+
+    error = psaux->afm_parser_funcs->init( &parser,
+                                           library->memory,
+                                           stream->cursor,
+                                           stream->limit );
+    if ( error )
+      return error;
+
+    parser.FontInfo = fi;
+    parser.get_index = dummy_get_index;
+
+    error = psaux->afm_parser_funcs->parse( &parser );
+
+    psaux->afm_parser_funcs->done( &parser );
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  int main( int    argc,
+            char** argv )
+  {
+    FT_Library       library;
+    FT_StreamRec     stream;
+    FT_Error         error = FT_Err_Ok;
+    AFM_FontInfoRec  fi;
+
+
+    if ( argc < 2 )
+      return FT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    error = FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
+    if ( error )
+      return error;
+
+    FT_ZERO( &stream );
+    error = FT_Stream_Open( &stream, argv[1] );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+    stream.memory = library->memory;
+
+    FT_ZERO( &fi );
+    error = parse_afm( library, &stream, &fi );
+
+    if ( !error )
+    {
+      FT_Memory  memory = library->memory;
+
+
+      dump_fontinfo( &fi );
+
+      if ( fi.KernPairs )
+        FT_FREE( fi.KernPairs );
+      if ( fi.TrackKerns )
+        FT_FREE( fi.TrackKerns );
+    }
+    else
+      printf( "parse error\n" );
+
+    FT_Stream_Close( &stream );
+
+  Exit:
+    FT_Done_FreeType( library );
+
+    return error;
+  }
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/test_bbox.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/test_bbox.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e085c5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/test_bbox.c
@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
+#include 
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+#include FT_BBOX_H
+
+
+#include     /* for clock() */
+
+/* SunOS 4.1.* does not define CLOCKS_PER_SEC, so include  */
+/* to get the HZ macro which is the equivalent.                         */
+#if defined(__sun__) && !defined(SVR4) && !defined(__SVR4)
+#include 
+#define CLOCKS_PER_SEC HZ
+#endif
+
+  static long
+  get_time( void )
+  {
+    return clock() * 10000L / CLOCKS_PER_SEC;
+  }
+
+
+
+
+  /* test bbox computations */
+
+#define  XSCALE    65536
+#define  XX(x)     ((FT_Pos)(x*XSCALE))
+#define  XVEC(x,y)  { XX(x), XX(y) }
+#define  XVAL(x)   ((x)/(1.0*XSCALE))
+
+  /* dummy outline #1 */
+  static FT_Vector  dummy_vec_1[4] =
+  {
+#if 1
+    XVEC( 408.9111, 535.3164 ),
+    XVEC( 455.8887, 634.396  ),
+    XVEC( -37.8765, 786.2207 ),
+    XVEC( 164.6074, 535.3164 )
+#else
+    { (FT_Int32)0x0198E93DL , (FT_Int32)0x021750FFL },  /* 408.9111, 535.3164 */
+    { (FT_Int32)0x01C7E312L , (FT_Int32)0x027A6560L },  /* 455.8887, 634.3960 */
+    { (FT_Int32)0xFFDA1F9EL , (FT_Int32)0x0312387FL },  /* -37.8765, 786.2207 */
+    { (FT_Int32)0x00A49B7EL , (FT_Int32)0x021750FFL }   /* 164.6074, 535.3164 */
+#endif
+   };
+
+  static char  dummy_tag_1[4] =
+  {
+    FT_CURVE_TAG_ON,
+    FT_CURVE_TAG_CUBIC,
+    FT_CURVE_TAG_CUBIC,
+    FT_CURVE_TAG_ON
+  };
+
+  static short  dummy_contour_1[1] =
+  {
+    3
+  };
+
+  static FT_Outline  dummy_outline_1 =
+  {
+    1,
+    4,
+    dummy_vec_1,
+    dummy_tag_1,
+    dummy_contour_1,
+    0
+  };
+
+
+  /* dummy outline #2 */
+  static FT_Vector  dummy_vec_2[4] =
+  {
+    XVEC( 100.0, 100.0 ),
+    XVEC( 100.0, 200.0 ),
+    XVEC( 200.0, 200.0 ),
+    XVEC( 200.0, 133.0 )
+  };
+
+  static FT_Outline  dummy_outline_2 =
+  {
+    1,
+    4,
+    dummy_vec_2,
+    dummy_tag_1,
+    dummy_contour_1,
+    0
+  };
+
+
+  static void
+  dump_outline( FT_Outline*  outline )
+  {
+    FT_BBox  bbox;
+
+    /* compute and display cbox */
+    FT_Outline_Get_CBox( outline, &bbox );
+    printf( "cbox = [%.2f %.2f %.2f %.2f]\n",
+             XVAL( bbox.xMin ),
+             XVAL( bbox.yMin ),
+             XVAL( bbox.xMax ),
+             XVAL( bbox.yMax ) );
+
+    /* compute and display bbox */
+    FT_Outline_Get_BBox( outline, &bbox );
+    printf( "bbox = [%.2f %.2f %.2f %.2f]\n",
+             XVAL( bbox.xMin ),
+             XVAL( bbox.yMin ),
+             XVAL( bbox.xMax ),
+             XVAL( bbox.yMax ) );
+  }
+
+
+
+  static void
+  profile_outline( FT_Outline*   outline,
+                   long          repeat )
+  {
+    FT_BBox  bbox;
+    long     count;
+    long     time0;
+
+    time0 = get_time();
+    for ( count = repeat; count > 0; count-- )
+      FT_Outline_Get_CBox( outline, &bbox );
+
+    time0 = get_time() - time0;
+    printf( "time = %5.2f cbox = [%.2f %.2f %.2f %.2f]\n",
+             ((double)time0/10000.0),
+             XVAL( bbox.xMin ),
+             XVAL( bbox.yMin ),
+             XVAL( bbox.xMax ),
+             XVAL( bbox.yMax ) );
+
+
+    time0 = get_time();
+    for ( count = repeat; count > 0; count-- )
+      FT_Outline_Get_BBox( outline, &bbox );
+
+    time0 = get_time() - time0;
+    printf( "time = %5.2f bbox = [%.2f %.2f %.2f %.2f]\n",
+             ((double)time0/10000.0),
+             XVAL( bbox.xMin ),
+             XVAL( bbox.yMin ),
+             XVAL( bbox.xMax ),
+             XVAL( bbox.yMax ) );
+  }
+
+#define REPEAT  100000L
+
+  int  main( int  argc, char**  argv )
+  {
+    printf( "outline #1\n" );
+    profile_outline( &dummy_outline_1, REPEAT );
+
+    printf( "outline #2\n" );
+    profile_outline( &dummy_outline_2, REPEAT );
+    return 0;
+  }
+
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/test_trig.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/test_trig.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8c8a544
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/tools/test_trig.c
@@ -0,0 +1,236 @@
+#include 
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+#include FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H
+
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#define  PI   3.14159265358979323846
+#define  SPI  (PI/FT_ANGLE_PI)
+
+/* the precision in 16.16 fixed float points of the checks. Expect */
+/* between 2 and 5 noise LSB bits during operations, due to        */
+/* rounding errors..                                               */
+#define  THRESHOLD  64
+
+  static  error = 0;
+
+  static void
+  test_cos( void )
+  {
+    FT_Fixed  f1, f2;
+    double    d1, d2;
+    int       i;
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < FT_ANGLE_2PI; i += 0x10000 )
+    {
+      f1 = FT_Cos(i);
+      d1 = f1/65536.0;
+      d2 = cos( i*SPI );
+      f2 = (FT_Fixed)(d2*65536.0);
+
+      if ( abs( f2-f1 ) > THRESHOLD )
+      {
+        error = 1;
+        printf( "FT_Cos[%3d] = %.7f  cos[%3d] = %.7f\n",
+                (i >> 16), f1/65536.0, (i >> 16), d2 );
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+
+
+  static void
+  test_sin( void )
+  {
+    FT_Fixed  f1, f2;
+    double    d1, d2;
+    int       i;
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < FT_ANGLE_2PI; i += 0x10000 )
+    {
+      f1 = FT_Sin(i);
+      d1 = f1/65536.0;
+      d2 = sin( i*SPI );
+      f2 = (FT_Fixed)(d2*65536.0);
+
+      if ( abs( f2-f1 ) > THRESHOLD )
+      {
+        error = 1;
+        printf( "FT_Sin[%3d] = %.7f  sin[%3d] = %.7f\n",
+                (i >> 16), f1/65536.0, (i >> 16), d2 );
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  test_tan( void )
+  {
+    FT_Fixed  f1, f2;
+    double    d1, d2;
+    int       i;
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < FT_ANGLE_PI2-0x2000000; i += 0x10000 )
+    {
+      f1 = FT_Tan(i);
+      d1 = f1/65536.0;
+      d2 = tan( i*SPI );
+      f2 = (FT_Fixed)(d2*65536.0);
+
+      if ( abs( f2-f1 ) > THRESHOLD )
+      {
+        error = 1;
+        printf( "FT_Tan[%3d] = %.7f  tan[%3d] = %.7f\n",
+                (i >> 16), f1/65536.0, (i >> 16), d2 );
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  test_atan2( void )
+  {
+    FT_Fixed  c2, s2;
+    double    l, a, c1, s1;
+    int       i, j;
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < FT_ANGLE_2PI; i += 0x10000 )
+    {
+      l  = 5.0;
+      a  = i*SPI;
+
+      c1 = l * cos(a);
+      s1 = l * sin(a);
+
+      c2 = (FT_Fixed)(c1*65536.0);
+      s2 = (FT_Fixed)(s1*65536.0);
+
+      j  = FT_Atan2( c2, s2 );
+      if ( j < 0 )
+        j += FT_ANGLE_2PI;
+
+      if ( abs( i - j ) > 1 )
+      {
+        printf( "FT_Atan2( %.7f, %.7f ) = %.5f, atan = %.5f\n",
+                c2/65536.0, s2/65536.0, j/65536.0, i/65536.0 );
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  static void
+  test_unit( void )
+  {
+    FT_Vector  v;
+    double     a, c1, s1;
+    FT_Fixed   c2, s2;
+    int        i;
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < FT_ANGLE_2PI; i += 0x10000 )
+    {
+      FT_Vector_Unit( &v, i );
+      a  = ( i*SPI );
+      c1 = cos(a);
+      s1 = sin(a);
+      c2 = (FT_Fixed)(c1*65536.0);
+      s2 = (FT_Fixed)(s1*65536.0);
+
+      if ( abs( v.x-c2 ) > THRESHOLD ||
+           abs( v.y-s2 ) > THRESHOLD )
+      {
+        error = 1;
+        printf( "FT_Vector_Unit[%3d] = ( %.7f, %.7f )  vec = ( %.7f, %.7f )\n",
+                (i >> 16),
+                v.x/65536.0, v.y/65536.0,
+                c1, s1 );
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  test_length( void )
+  {
+    FT_Vector  v;
+    FT_Fixed   l, l2;
+    int        i;
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < FT_ANGLE_2PI; i += 0x10000 )
+    {
+      l   = (FT_Fixed)(500.0*65536.0);
+      v.x = (FT_Fixed)( l * cos( i*SPI ) );
+      v.y = (FT_Fixed)( l * sin( i*SPI ) );
+      l2  = FT_Vector_Length( &v );
+
+      if ( abs( l2-l ) > THRESHOLD )
+      {
+        error = 1;
+        printf( "FT_Length( %.7f, %.7f ) = %.5f, length = %.5f\n",
+                v.x/65536.0, v.y/65536.0, l2/65536.0, l/65536.0 );
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  test_rotate( void )
+  {
+    FT_Fixed  c2, s2, c4, s4;
+    FT_Vector v;
+    double    l, ra, a, c1, s1, cra, sra, c3, s3;
+    int       i, j, rotate;
+
+    for ( rotate = 0; rotate < FT_ANGLE_2PI; rotate += 0x10000 )
+    {
+      ra  = rotate*SPI;
+      cra = cos( ra );
+      sra = sin( ra );
+
+      for ( i = 0; i < FT_ANGLE_2PI; i += 0x10000 )
+      {
+        l  = 500.0;
+        a  = i*SPI;
+
+        c1 = l * cos(a);
+        s1 = l * sin(a);
+
+        v.x = c2 = (FT_Fixed)(c1*65536.0);
+        v.y = s2 = (FT_Fixed)(s1*65536.0);
+
+        FT_Vector_Rotate( &v, rotate );
+
+        c3 = c1 * cra - s1 * sra;
+        s3 = c1 * sra + s1 * cra;
+
+        c4 = (FT_Fixed)(c3*65536.0);
+        s4 = (FT_Fixed)(s3*65536.0);
+
+        if ( abs( c4 - v.x ) > THRESHOLD ||
+             abs( s4 - v.y ) > THRESHOLD )
+        {
+          error = 1;
+          printf( "FT_Rotate( (%.7f,%.7f), %.5f ) = ( %.7f, %.7f ), rot = ( %.7f, %.7f )\n",
+                  c1, s1, ra,
+                  c2/65536.0, s2/65536.0,
+                  c4/65536.0, s4/65536.0 );
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  int main( void )
+  {
+    test_cos();
+    test_sin();
+    test_tan();
+    test_atan2();
+    test_unit();
+    test_length();
+    test_rotate();
+
+    if (!error)
+      printf( "trigonometry test ok !\n" );
+
+    return !error;
+  }
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/Jamfile b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/Jamfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a166909
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/Jamfile
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+# FreeType 2 src/truetype Jamfile
+#
+# Copyright 2001, 2004 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+SubDir  FT2_TOP $(FT2_SRC_DIR) truetype ;
+
+{
+  local  _sources ;
+
+  if $(FT2_MULTI)
+  {
+    _sources = ttdriver ttobjs ttpload ttgload ttinterp ttgxvar ;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    _sources = truetype ;
+  }
+
+  Library  $(FT2_LIB) : $(_sources).c ;
+}
+
+# end of src/truetype Jamfile
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/module.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/module.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..baee81a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/module.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 TrueType module definition
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2006 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+FTMODULE_H_COMMANDS += TRUETYPE_DRIVER
+
+define TRUETYPE_DRIVER
+$(OPEN_DRIVER) FT_Driver_ClassRec, tt_driver_class $(CLOSE_DRIVER)
+$(ECHO_DRIVER)truetype  $(ECHO_DRIVER_DESC)Windows/Mac font files with extension *.ttf or *.ttc$(ECHO_DRIVER_DONE)
+endef
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/rules.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/rules.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7468426
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/rules.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 TrueType driver configuration rules
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2001, 2003, 2004 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+# TrueType driver directory
+#
+TT_DIR := $(SRC_DIR)/truetype
+
+
+# compilation flags for the driver
+#
+TT_COMPILE := $(FT_COMPILE) $I$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$(TT_DIR))
+
+
+# TrueType driver sources (i.e., C files)
+#
+TT_DRV_SRC := $(TT_DIR)/ttobjs.c   \
+              $(TT_DIR)/ttpload.c  \
+              $(TT_DIR)/ttgload.c  \
+              $(TT_DIR)/ttinterp.c \
+              $(TT_DIR)/ttgxvar.c \
+              $(TT_DIR)/ttdriver.c
+
+# TrueType driver headers
+#
+TT_DRV_H := $(TT_DRV_SRC:%.c=%.h) \
+            $(TT_DIR)/tterrors.h
+
+
+# TrueType driver object(s)
+#
+#   TT_DRV_OBJ_M is used during `multi' builds
+#   TT_DRV_OBJ_S is used during `single' builds
+#
+TT_DRV_OBJ_M := $(TT_DRV_SRC:$(TT_DIR)/%.c=$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O)
+TT_DRV_OBJ_S := $(OBJ_DIR)/truetype.$O
+
+# TrueType driver source file for single build
+#
+TT_DRV_SRC_S := $(TT_DIR)/truetype.c
+
+
+# TrueType driver - single object
+#
+$(TT_DRV_OBJ_S): $(TT_DRV_SRC_S) $(TT_DRV_SRC) $(FREETYPE_H) $(TT_DRV_H)
+	$(TT_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $(TT_DRV_SRC_S))
+
+
+# driver - multiple objects
+#
+$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O: $(TT_DIR)/%.c $(FREETYPE_H) $(TT_DRV_H)
+	$(TT_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $<)
+
+
+# update main driver object lists
+#
+DRV_OBJS_S += $(TT_DRV_OBJ_S)
+DRV_OBJS_M += $(TT_DRV_OBJ_M)
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/truetype.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/truetype.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b36473a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/truetype.c
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  truetype.c                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType TrueType driver component (body only).                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2004, 2006 by                                     */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#define FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT
+
+#include 
+#include "ttdriver.c"   /* driver interface    */
+#include "ttpload.c"    /* tables loader       */
+#include "ttgload.c"    /* glyph loader        */
+#include "ttobjs.c"     /* object manager      */
+
+#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
+#include "ttinterp.c"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT
+#include "ttgxvar.c"    /* gx distortable font */
+#endif
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttdriver.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttdriver.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..42feb05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttdriver.c
@@ -0,0 +1,474 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ttdriver.c                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    TrueType font driver implementation (body).                          */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by       */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include 
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_SFNT_H
+#include FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H
+#include FT_SERVICE_XFREE86_NAME_H
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT
+#include FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H
+#include FT_SERVICE_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H
+#endif
+
+#include FT_SERVICE_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_H
+#include FT_SERVICE_TRUETYPE_GLYF_H
+
+#include "ttdriver.h"
+#include "ttgload.h"
+#include "ttpload.h"
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT
+#include "ttgxvar.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "tterrors.h"
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_ttdriver
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****                          F A C E S                              ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#undef  PAIR_TAG
+#define PAIR_TAG( left, right )  ( ( (FT_ULong)left << 16 ) | \
+                                     (FT_ULong)right        )
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    tt_get_kerning                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    A driver method used to return the kerning vector between two      */
+  /*    glyphs of the same face.                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    face        :: A handle to the source face object.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    left_glyph  :: The index of the left glyph in the kern pair.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    right_glyph :: The index of the right glyph in the kern pair.      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    kerning     :: The kerning vector.  This is in font units for      */
+  /*                   scalable formats, and in pixels for fixed-sizes     */
+  /*                   formats.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                 */
+  /*    Only horizontal layouts (left-to-right & right-to-left) are        */
+  /*    supported by this function.  Other layouts, or more sophisticated  */
+  /*    kernings, are out of scope of this method (the basic driver        */
+  /*    interface is meant to be simple).                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    They can be implemented by format-specific interfaces.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static FT_Error
+  tt_get_kerning( FT_Face     ttface,          /* TT_Face */
+                  FT_UInt     left_glyph,
+                  FT_UInt     right_glyph,
+                  FT_Vector*  kerning )
+  {
+    TT_Face       face = (TT_Face)ttface;
+    SFNT_Service  sfnt = (SFNT_Service)face->sfnt;
+
+
+    kerning->x = 0;
+    kerning->y = 0;
+
+    if ( sfnt )
+      kerning->x = sfnt->get_kerning( face, left_glyph, right_glyph );
+
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+#undef PAIR_TAG
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  tt_get_advances( FT_Face    ttface,
+                   FT_UInt    start,
+                   FT_UInt    count,
+                   FT_Int32   flags,
+                   FT_Fixed  *advances )
+  {
+    FT_UInt  nn;
+    TT_Face  face  = (TT_Face) ttface;
+    FT_Bool  check = FT_BOOL(
+                       !( flags & FT_LOAD_IGNORE_GLOBAL_ADVANCE_WIDTH ) );
+
+
+    /* XXX: TODO: check for sbits */
+
+    if ( flags & FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT )
+    {
+      for ( nn = 0; nn < count; nn++ )
+      {
+        FT_Short   tsb;
+        FT_UShort  ah;
+
+
+        TT_Get_VMetrics( face, start + nn, check, &tsb, &ah );
+        advances[nn] = ah;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      for ( nn = 0; nn < count; nn++ )
+      {
+        FT_Short   lsb;
+        FT_UShort  aw;
+
+
+        TT_Get_HMetrics( face, start + nn, check, &lsb, &aw );
+        advances[nn] = aw;
+      }
+    }
+
+    return TT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****                           S I Z E S                             ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS
+
+  static FT_Error
+  tt_size_select( FT_Size   size,
+                  FT_ULong  strike_index )
+  {
+    TT_Face   ttface = (TT_Face)size->face;
+    TT_Size   ttsize = (TT_Size)size;
+    FT_Error  error  = TT_Err_Ok;
+
+
+    ttsize->strike_index = strike_index;
+
+    if ( FT_IS_SCALABLE( size->face ) )
+    {
+      /* use the scaled metrics, even when tt_size_reset fails */
+      FT_Select_Metrics( size->face, strike_index );
+
+      tt_size_reset( ttsize );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      SFNT_Service      sfnt    = (SFNT_Service) ttface->sfnt;
+      FT_Size_Metrics*  metrics = &size->metrics;
+
+
+      error = sfnt->load_strike_metrics( ttface, strike_index, metrics );
+      if ( error )
+        ttsize->strike_index = 0xFFFFFFFFUL;
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+#endif /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS */
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  tt_size_request( FT_Size          size,
+                   FT_Size_Request  req )
+  {
+    TT_Size   ttsize = (TT_Size)size;
+    FT_Error  error  = TT_Err_Ok;
+
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS
+
+    if ( FT_HAS_FIXED_SIZES( size->face ) )
+    {
+      TT_Face       ttface = (TT_Face)size->face;
+      SFNT_Service  sfnt   = (SFNT_Service) ttface->sfnt;
+      FT_ULong      strike_index;
+
+
+      error = sfnt->set_sbit_strike( ttface, req, &strike_index );
+
+      if ( error )
+        ttsize->strike_index = 0xFFFFFFFFUL;
+      else
+        return tt_size_select( size, strike_index );
+    }
+
+#endif /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS */
+
+    FT_Request_Metrics( size->face, req );
+
+    if ( FT_IS_SCALABLE( size->face ) )
+      error = tt_size_reset( ttsize );
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    Load_Glyph                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    A driver method used to load a glyph within a given glyph slot.    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    slot        :: A handle to the target slot object where the glyph  */
+  /*                   will be loaded.                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    size        :: A handle to the source face size at which the glyph */
+  /*                   must be scaled, loaded, etc.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    glyph_index :: The index of the glyph in the font file.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    load_flags  :: A flag indicating what to load for this glyph.  The */
+  /*                   FT_LOAD_XXX constants can be used to control the    */
+  /*                   glyph loading process (e.g., whether the outline    */
+  /*                   should be scaled, whether to load bitmaps or not,   */
+  /*                   whether to hint the outline, etc).                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static FT_Error
+  Load_Glyph( FT_GlyphSlot  ttslot,         /* TT_GlyphSlot */
+              FT_Size       ttsize,         /* TT_Size      */
+              FT_UInt       glyph_index,
+              FT_Int32      load_flags )
+  {
+    TT_GlyphSlot  slot = (TT_GlyphSlot)ttslot;
+    TT_Size       size = (TT_Size)ttsize;
+    FT_Face       face = ttslot->face;
+    FT_Error      error;
+
+
+    if ( !slot )
+      return TT_Err_Invalid_Slot_Handle;
+
+    if ( !size )
+      return TT_Err_Invalid_Size_Handle;
+
+    if ( !face || glyph_index >= (FT_UInt)face->num_glyphs )
+      return TT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    if ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING )
+    {
+      /* both FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING and FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT   */
+      /* are necessary to disable hinting for tricky fonts */          
+
+      if ( FT_IS_TRICKY( face ) )
+        load_flags &= ~FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING;
+
+      if ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT )
+        load_flags |= FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING;
+    }
+
+    if ( load_flags & ( FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE | FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE ) )
+    {
+      load_flags |= FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP | FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE;
+
+      if ( !FT_IS_TRICKY( face ) )
+        load_flags |= FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING;
+    }
+
+    /* now load the glyph outline if necessary */
+    error = TT_Load_Glyph( size, slot, glyph_index, load_flags );
+
+    /* force drop-out mode to 2 - irrelevant now */
+    /* slot->outline.dropout_mode = 2; */
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****                D R I V E R  I N T E R F A C E                   ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /****                                                                 ****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT
+  static const FT_Service_MultiMastersRec  tt_service_gx_multi_masters =
+  {
+    (FT_Get_MM_Func)        NULL,
+    (FT_Set_MM_Design_Func) NULL,
+    (FT_Set_MM_Blend_Func)  TT_Set_MM_Blend,
+    (FT_Get_MM_Var_Func)    TT_Get_MM_Var,
+    (FT_Set_Var_Design_Func)TT_Set_Var_Design
+  };
+#endif
+
+  static const FT_Service_TrueTypeEngineRec  tt_service_truetype_engine =
+  {
+#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING
+    FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_UNPATENTED
+#else
+    FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_PATENTED
+#endif
+
+#else /* !TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER */
+
+    FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_NONE
+
+#endif /* TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER */
+  };
+
+  static const FT_Service_TTGlyfRec  tt_service_truetype_glyf =
+  {
+    (TT_Glyf_GetLocationFunc)tt_face_get_location
+  };
+
+  static const FT_ServiceDescRec  tt_services[] =
+  {
+    { FT_SERVICE_ID_XF86_NAME,       FT_XF86_FORMAT_TRUETYPE },
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT
+    { FT_SERVICE_ID_MULTI_MASTERS,   &tt_service_gx_multi_masters },
+#endif
+    { FT_SERVICE_ID_TRUETYPE_ENGINE, &tt_service_truetype_engine },
+    { FT_SERVICE_ID_TT_GLYF,         &tt_service_truetype_glyf },
+    { NULL, NULL }
+  };
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Module_Interface )
+  tt_get_interface( FT_Module    driver,    /* TT_Driver */
+                    const char*  tt_interface )
+  {
+    FT_Module_Interface  result;
+    FT_Module            sfntd;
+    SFNT_Service         sfnt;
+
+
+    result = ft_service_list_lookup( tt_services, tt_interface );
+    if ( result != NULL )
+      return result;
+
+    /* only return the default interface from the SFNT module */
+    sfntd = FT_Get_Module( driver->library, "sfnt" );
+    if ( sfntd )
+    {
+      sfnt = (SFNT_Service)( sfntd->clazz->module_interface );
+      if ( sfnt )
+        return sfnt->get_interface( driver, tt_interface );
+    }
+
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  /* The FT_DriverInterface structure is defined in ftdriver.h. */
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
+  const FT_Driver_ClassRec  tt_driver_class =
+  {
+    {
+      FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER        |
+      FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE    |
+#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
+      FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER,
+#else
+      0,
+#endif
+
+      sizeof ( TT_DriverRec ),
+
+      "truetype",      /* driver name                           */
+      0x10000L,        /* driver version == 1.0                 */
+      0x20000L,        /* driver requires FreeType 2.0 or above */
+
+      (void*)0,        /* driver specific interface */
+
+      tt_driver_init,
+      tt_driver_done,
+      tt_get_interface,
+    },
+
+    sizeof ( TT_FaceRec ),
+    sizeof ( TT_SizeRec ),
+    sizeof ( FT_GlyphSlotRec ),
+
+    tt_face_init,
+    tt_face_done,
+    tt_size_init,
+    tt_size_done,
+    tt_slot_init,
+    0,                      /* FT_Slot_DoneFunc */
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+    ft_stub_set_char_sizes,
+    ft_stub_set_pixel_sizes,
+#endif
+    Load_Glyph,
+
+    tt_get_kerning,
+    0,                      /* FT_Face_AttachFunc      */
+    tt_get_advances,
+
+    tt_size_request,
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS
+    tt_size_select
+#else
+    0                       /* FT_Size_SelectFunc      */
+#endif
+  };
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttdriver.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttdriver.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f6f26e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttdriver.h
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ttdriver.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    High-level TrueType driver interface (specification).                */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002 by                                           */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __TTDRIVER_H__
+#define __TTDRIVER_H__
+
+
+#include 
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DRIVER_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  FT_EXPORT_VAR( const FT_Driver_ClassRec )  tt_driver_class;
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __TTDRIVER_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/tterrors.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/tterrors.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d317c70
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/tterrors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  tterrors.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    TrueType error codes (specification only).                           */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2001 by                                                      */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This file is used to define the TrueType error enumeration            */
+  /* constants.                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef __TTERRORS_H__
+#define __TTERRORS_H__
+
+#include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
+
+#undef __FTERRORS_H__
+
+#define FT_ERR_PREFIX  TT_Err_
+#define FT_ERR_BASE    FT_Mod_Err_TrueType
+
+#include FT_ERRORS_H
+
+#endif /* __TTERRORS_H__ */
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttgload.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttgload.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..06e9ccd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttgload.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2022 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ttgload.c                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    TrueType Glyph Loader (body).                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by       */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include 
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_CALC_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_SFNT_H
+#include FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H
+#include FT_OUTLINE_H
+
+#include "ttgload.h"
+#include "ttpload.h"
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT
+#include "ttgxvar.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "tterrors.h"
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_ttgload
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Composite font flags.                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define ARGS_ARE_WORDS             0x0001
+#define ARGS_ARE_XY_VALUES         0x0002
+#define ROUND_XY_TO_GRID           0x0004
+#define WE_HAVE_A_SCALE            0x0008
+/* reserved                        0x0010 */
+#define MORE_COMPONENTS            0x0020
+#define WE_HAVE_AN_XY_SCALE        0x0040
+#define WE_HAVE_A_2X2              0x0080
+#define WE_HAVE_INSTR              0x0100
+#define USE_MY_METRICS             0x0200
+#define OVERLAP_COMPOUND           0x0400
+#define SCALED_COMPONENT_OFFSET    0x0800
+#define UNSCALED_COMPONENT_OFFSET  0x1000
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Returns the horizontal metrics in font units for a given glyph.  If   */
+  /* `check' is true, take care of monospaced fonts by returning the       */
+  /* advance width maximum.                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF(void)
+  TT_Get_HMetrics( TT_Face     face,
+                   FT_UInt     idx,
+                   FT_Bool     check,
+                   FT_Short*   lsb,
+                   FT_UShort*  aw )
+  {
+    ( (SFNT_Service)face->sfnt )->get_metrics( face, 0, idx, lsb, aw );
+
+    if ( check && face->postscript.isFixedPitch )
+      *aw = face->horizontal.advance_Width_Max;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Returns the vertical metrics in font units for a given glyph.         */
+  /* Greg Hitchcock from Microsoft told us that if there were no `vmtx'    */
+  /* table, typoAscender/Descender from the `OS/2' table would be used     */
+  /* instead, and if there were no `OS/2' table, use ascender/descender    */
+  /* from the `hhea' table.  But that is not what Microsoft's rasterizer   */
+  /* apparently does: It uses the ppem value as the advance height, and    */
+  /* sets the top side bearing to be zero.                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The monospace `check' is probably not meaningful here, but we leave   */
+  /* it in for a consistent interface.                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF(void)
+  TT_Get_VMetrics( TT_Face     face,
+                   FT_UInt     idx,
+                   FT_Bool     check,
+                   FT_Short*   tsb,
+                   FT_UShort*  ah )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( check );
+
+    if ( face->vertical_info )
+      ( (SFNT_Service)face->sfnt )->get_metrics( face, 1, idx, tsb, ah );
+
+#if 1             /* Empirically determined, at variance with what MS said */
+
+    else
+    {
+      *tsb = 0;
+      *ah  = face->root.units_per_EM;
+    }
+
+#else      /* This is what MS said to do.  It isn't what they do, however. */
+
+    else if ( face->os2.version != 0xFFFFU )
+    {
+      *tsb = face->os2.sTypoAscender;
+      *ah  = face->os2.sTypoAscender - face->os2.sTypoDescender;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      *tsb = face->horizontal.Ascender;
+      *ah  = face->horizontal.Ascender - face->horizontal.Descender;
+    }
+
+#endif
+
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Translates an array of coordinates.                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  translate_array( FT_UInt     n,
+                   FT_Vector*  coords,
+                   FT_Pos      delta_x,
+                   FT_Pos      delta_y )
+  {
+    FT_UInt  k;
+
+
+    if ( delta_x )
+      for ( k = 0; k < n; k++ )
+        coords[k].x += delta_x;
+
+    if ( delta_y )
+      for ( k = 0; k < n; k++ )
+        coords[k].y += delta_y;
+  }
+
+
+#undef  IS_HINTED
+#define IS_HINTED( flags )  ( ( flags & FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING ) == 0 )
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The following functions are used by default with TrueType fonts.      */
+  /* However, they can be replaced by alternatives if we need to support   */
+  /* TrueType-compressed formats (like MicroType) in the future.           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  TT_Access_Glyph_Frame( TT_Loader  loader,
+                         FT_UInt    glyph_index,
+                         FT_ULong   offset,
+                         FT_UInt    byte_count )
+  {
+    FT_Error   error;
+    FT_Stream  stream = loader->stream;
+
+    /* for non-debug mode */
+    FT_UNUSED( glyph_index );
+
+
+    FT_TRACE5(( "Glyph %ld\n", glyph_index ));
+
+    /* the following line sets the `error' variable through macros! */
+    if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( offset ) || FT_FRAME_ENTER( byte_count ) )
+      return error;
+
+    loader->cursor = stream->cursor;
+    loader->limit  = stream->limit;
+
+    return TT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
+  TT_Forget_Glyph_Frame( TT_Loader  loader )
+  {
+    FT_Stream  stream = loader->stream;
+
+
+    FT_FRAME_EXIT();
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  TT_Load_Glyph_Header( TT_Loader  loader )
+  {
+    FT_Byte*  p     = loader->cursor;
+    FT_Byte*  limit = loader->limit;
+
+
+    if ( p + 10 > limit )
+      return TT_Err_Invalid_Outline;
+
+    loader->n_contours = FT_NEXT_SHORT( p );
+
+    loader->bbox.xMin = FT_NEXT_SHORT( p );
+    loader->bbox.yMin = FT_NEXT_SHORT( p );
+    loader->bbox.xMax = FT_NEXT_SHORT( p );
+    loader->bbox.yMax = FT_NEXT_SHORT( p );
+
+    FT_TRACE5(( "  # of contours: %d\n", loader->n_contours ));
+    FT_TRACE5(( "  xMin: %4d  xMax: %4d\n", loader->bbox.xMin,
+                                            loader->bbox.xMax ));
+    FT_TRACE5(( "  yMin: %4d  yMax: %4d\n", loader->bbox.yMin,
+                                            loader->bbox.yMax ));
+    loader->cursor = p;
+
+    return TT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  TT_Load_Simple_Glyph( TT_Loader  load )
+  {
+    FT_Error        error;
+    FT_Byte*        p          = load->cursor;
+    FT_Byte*        limit      = load->limit;
+    FT_GlyphLoader  gloader    = load->gloader;
+    FT_Int          n_contours = load->n_contours;
+    FT_Outline*     outline;
+    TT_Face         face       = (TT_Face)load->face;
+    FT_UShort       n_ins;
+    FT_Int          n_points;
+
+    FT_Byte         *flag, *flag_limit;
+    FT_Byte         c, count;
+    FT_Vector       *vec, *vec_limit;
+    FT_Pos          x;
+    FT_Short        *cont, *cont_limit, prev_cont;
+    FT_Int          xy_size = 0;
+
+
+    /* check that we can add the contours to the glyph */
+    error = FT_GLYPHLOADER_CHECK_POINTS( gloader, 0, n_contours );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Fail;
+
+    /* reading the contours' endpoints & number of points */
+    cont       = gloader->current.outline.contours;
+    cont_limit = cont + n_contours;
+
+    /* check space for contours array + instructions count */
+    if ( n_contours >= 0xFFF || p + ( n_contours + 1 ) * 2 > limit )
+      goto Invalid_Outline;
+
+    prev_cont = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    if ( n_contours > 0 )
+      cont[0] = prev_cont;
+
+    for ( cont++; cont < cont_limit; cont++ )
+    {
+      cont[0] = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+      if ( cont[0] <= prev_cont )
+      {
+        /* unordered contours: this is invalid */
+        error = FT_Err_Invalid_Table;
+        goto Fail;
+      }
+      prev_cont = cont[0];
+    }
+
+    n_points = 0;
+    if ( n_contours > 0 )
+    {
+      n_points = cont[-1] + 1;
+      if ( n_points < 0 )
+        goto Invalid_Outline;
+    }
+
+    /* note that we will add four phantom points later */
+    error = FT_GLYPHLOADER_CHECK_POINTS( gloader, n_points + 4, 0 );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Fail;
+
+    /* we'd better check the contours table right now */
+    outline = &gloader->current.outline;
+
+    for ( cont = outline->contours + 1; cont < cont_limit; cont++ )
+      if ( cont[-1] >= cont[0] )
+        goto Invalid_Outline;
+
+    /* reading the bytecode instructions */
+    load->glyph->control_len  = 0;
+    load->glyph->control_data = 0;
+
+    if ( p + 2 > limit )
+      goto Invalid_Outline;
+
+    n_ins = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+    FT_TRACE5(( "  Instructions size: %u\n", n_ins ));
+
+    if ( n_ins > face->max_profile.maxSizeOfInstructions )
+    {
+      FT_TRACE0(( "TT_Load_Simple_Glyph: Too many instructions (%d)\n",
+                  n_ins ));
+      error = TT_Err_Too_Many_Hints;
+      goto Fail;
+    }
+
+    if ( ( limit - p ) < n_ins )
+    {
+      FT_TRACE0(( "TT_Load_Simple_Glyph: Instruction count mismatch!\n" ));
+      error = TT_Err_Too_Many_Hints;
+      goto Fail;
+    }
+
+#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
+
+    if ( IS_HINTED( load->load_flags ) )
+    {
+      load->glyph->control_len  = n_ins;
+      load->glyph->control_data = load->exec->glyphIns;
+
+      FT_MEM_COPY( load->exec->glyphIns, p, (FT_Long)n_ins );
+    }
+
+#endif /* TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER */
+
+    p += n_ins;
+
+    /* reading the point tags */
+    flag       = (FT_Byte*)outline->tags;
+    flag_limit = flag + n_points;
+
+    FT_ASSERT( flag != NULL );
+
+    while ( flag < flag_limit )
+    {
+      if ( p + 1 > limit )
+        goto Invalid_Outline;
+
+      *flag++ = c = FT_NEXT_BYTE( p );
+      if ( c & 8 )
+      {
+        if ( p + 1 > limit )
+          goto Invalid_Outline;
+
+        count = FT_NEXT_BYTE( p );
+        if ( flag + (FT_Int)count > flag_limit )
+          goto Invalid_Outline;
+
+        for ( ; count > 0; count-- )
+          *flag++ = c;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* reading the X coordinates */
+
+    vec       = outline->points;
+    vec_limit = vec + n_points;
+    flag      = (FT_Byte*)outline->tags;
+    x         = 0;
+
+    if ( p + xy_size > limit )
+      goto Invalid_Outline;
+
+    for ( ; vec < vec_limit; vec++, flag++ )
+    {
+      FT_Pos   y = 0;
+      FT_Byte  f = *flag;
+
+
+      if ( f & 2 )
+      {
+        if ( p + 1 > limit )
+          goto Invalid_Outline;
+
+        y = (FT_Pos)FT_NEXT_BYTE( p );
+        if ( ( f & 16 ) == 0 )
+          y = -y;
+      }
+      else if ( ( f & 16 ) == 0 )
+      {
+        if ( p + 2 > limit )
+          goto Invalid_Outline;
+
+        y = (FT_Pos)FT_NEXT_SHORT( p );
+      }
+
+      x     += y;
+      vec->x = x;
+      /* the cast is for stupid compilers */
+      *flag  = (FT_Byte)( f & ~( 2 | 16 ) );
+    }
+
+    /* reading the Y coordinates */
+
+    vec       = gloader->current.outline.points;
+    vec_limit = vec + n_points;
+    flag      = (FT_Byte*)outline->tags;
+    x         = 0;
+
+    for ( ; vec < vec_limit; vec++, flag++ )
+    {
+      FT_Pos   y = 0;
+      FT_Byte  f = *flag;
+
+
+      if ( f & 4 )
+      {
+        if ( p + 1 > limit )
+          goto Invalid_Outline;
+
+        y = (FT_Pos)FT_NEXT_BYTE( p );
+        if ( ( f & 32 ) == 0 )
+          y = -y;
+      }
+      else if ( ( f & 32 ) == 0 )
+      {
+        if ( p + 2 > limit )
+          goto Invalid_Outline;
+
+        y = (FT_Pos)FT_NEXT_SHORT( p );
+      }
+
+      x     += y;
+      vec->y = x;
+      /* the cast is for stupid compilers */
+      *flag  = (FT_Byte)( f & FT_CURVE_TAG_ON );
+    }
+
+    outline->n_points   = (FT_UShort)n_points;
+    outline->n_contours = (FT_Short) n_contours;
+
+    load->cursor = p;
+
+  Fail:
+    return error;
+
+  Invalid_Outline:
+    error = TT_Err_Invalid_Outline;
+    goto Fail;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  TT_Load_Composite_Glyph( TT_Loader  loader )
+  {
+    FT_Error        error;
+    FT_Byte*        p       = loader->cursor;
+    FT_Byte*        limit   = loader->limit;
+    FT_GlyphLoader  gloader = loader->gloader;
+    FT_SubGlyph     subglyph;
+    FT_UInt         num_subglyphs;
+
+
+    num_subglyphs = 0;
+
+    do
+    {
+      FT_Fixed  xx, xy, yy, yx;
+      FT_UInt   count;
+
+
+      /* check that we can load a new subglyph */
+      error = FT_GlyphLoader_CheckSubGlyphs( gloader, num_subglyphs + 1 );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Fail;
+
+      /* check space */
+      if ( p + 4 > limit )
+        goto Invalid_Composite;
+
+      subglyph = gloader->current.subglyphs + num_subglyphs;
+
+      subglyph->arg1 = subglyph->arg2 = 0;
+
+      subglyph->flags = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+      subglyph->index = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+      /* check space */
+      count = 2;
+      if ( subglyph->flags & ARGS_ARE_WORDS )
+        count += 2;
+      if ( subglyph->flags & WE_HAVE_A_SCALE )
+        count += 2;
+      else if ( subglyph->flags & WE_HAVE_AN_XY_SCALE )
+        count += 4;
+      else if ( subglyph->flags & WE_HAVE_A_2X2 )
+        count += 8;
+
+      if ( p + count > limit )
+        goto Invalid_Composite;
+
+      /* read arguments */
+      if ( subglyph->flags & ARGS_ARE_WORDS )
+      {
+        subglyph->arg1 = FT_NEXT_SHORT( p );
+        subglyph->arg2 = FT_NEXT_SHORT( p );
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        subglyph->arg1 = FT_NEXT_CHAR( p );
+        subglyph->arg2 = FT_NEXT_CHAR( p );
+      }
+
+      /* read transform */
+      xx = yy = 0x10000L;
+      xy = yx = 0;
+
+      if ( subglyph->flags & WE_HAVE_A_SCALE )
+      {
+        xx = (FT_Fixed)FT_NEXT_SHORT( p ) << 2;
+        yy = xx;
+      }
+      else if ( subglyph->flags & WE_HAVE_AN_XY_SCALE )
+      {
+        xx = (FT_Fixed)FT_NEXT_SHORT( p ) << 2;
+        yy = (FT_Fixed)FT_NEXT_SHORT( p ) << 2;
+      }
+      else if ( subglyph->flags & WE_HAVE_A_2X2 )
+      {
+        xx = (FT_Fixed)FT_NEXT_SHORT( p ) << 2;
+        yx = (FT_Fixed)FT_NEXT_SHORT( p ) << 2;
+        xy = (FT_Fixed)FT_NEXT_SHORT( p ) << 2;
+        yy = (FT_Fixed)FT_NEXT_SHORT( p ) << 2;
+      }
+
+      subglyph->transform.xx = xx;
+      subglyph->transform.xy = xy;
+      subglyph->transform.yx = yx;
+      subglyph->transform.yy = yy;
+
+      num_subglyphs++;
+
+    } while ( subglyph->flags & MORE_COMPONENTS );
+
+    gloader->current.num_subglyphs = num_subglyphs;
+
+#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
+
+    {
+      FT_Stream  stream = loader->stream;
+
+
+      /* we must undo the FT_FRAME_ENTER in order to point */
+      /* to the composite instructions, if we find some.   */
+      /* We will process them later.                       */
+      /*                                                   */
+      loader->ins_pos = (FT_ULong)( FT_STREAM_POS() +
+                                    p - limit );
+    }
+
+#endif
+
+    loader->cursor = p;
+
+  Fail:
+    return error;
+
+  Invalid_Composite:
+    error = TT_Err_Invalid_Composite;
+    goto Fail;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  TT_Init_Glyph_Loading( TT_Face  face )
+  {
+    face->access_glyph_frame   = TT_Access_Glyph_Frame;
+    face->read_glyph_header    = TT_Load_Glyph_Header;
+    face->read_simple_glyph    = TT_Load_Simple_Glyph;
+    face->read_composite_glyph = TT_Load_Composite_Glyph;
+    face->forget_glyph_frame   = TT_Forget_Glyph_Frame;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  tt_prepare_zone( TT_GlyphZone  zone,
+                   FT_GlyphLoad  load,
+                   FT_UInt       start_point,
+                   FT_UInt       start_contour )
+  {
+    zone->n_points    = (FT_UShort)( load->outline.n_points - start_point );
+    zone->n_contours  = (FT_Short) ( load->outline.n_contours -
+                                       start_contour );
+    zone->org         = load->extra_points + start_point;
+    zone->cur         = load->outline.points + start_point;
+    zone->orus        = load->extra_points2 + start_point;
+    zone->tags        = (FT_Byte*)load->outline.tags + start_point;
+    zone->contours    = (FT_UShort*)load->outline.contours + start_contour;
+    zone->first_point = (FT_UShort)start_point;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    TT_Hint_Glyph                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Hint the glyph using the zone prepared by the caller.  Note that   */
+  /*    the zone is supposed to include four phantom points.               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static FT_Error
+  TT_Hint_Glyph( TT_Loader  loader,
+                 FT_Bool    is_composite )
+  {
+    TT_GlyphZone  zone = &loader->zone;
+    FT_Pos        origin;
+
+#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
+    FT_UInt       n_ins;
+#else
+    FT_UNUSED( is_composite );
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
+    n_ins = loader->glyph->control_len;
+#endif
+
+    origin = zone->cur[zone->n_points - 4].x;
+    origin = FT_PIX_ROUND( origin ) - origin;
+    if ( origin )
+      translate_array( zone->n_points, zone->cur, origin, 0 );
+
+#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
+    /* save original point position in org */
+    if ( n_ins > 0 )
+      FT_ARRAY_COPY( zone->org, zone->cur, zone->n_points );
+
+    /* Reset graphics state. */
+    loader->exec->GS = ((TT_Size)loader->size)->GS;
+
+    /* XXX: UNDOCUMENTED! Hinting instructions of a composite glyph */
+    /*      completely refer to the (already) hinted subglyphs.     */
+    if ( is_composite )
+    {
+      loader->exec->metrics.x_scale = 1 << 16;
+      loader->exec->metrics.y_scale = 1 << 16;
+
+      FT_ARRAY_COPY( zone->orus, zone->cur, zone->n_points );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      loader->exec->metrics.x_scale =
+        ((TT_Size)loader->size)->metrics.x_scale;
+      loader->exec->metrics.y_scale =
+        ((TT_Size)loader->size)->metrics.y_scale;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    /* round pp2 and pp4 */
+    zone->cur[zone->n_points - 3].x =
+      FT_PIX_ROUND( zone->cur[zone->n_points - 3].x );
+    zone->cur[zone->n_points - 1].y =
+      FT_PIX_ROUND( zone->cur[zone->n_points - 1].y );
+
+#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
+
+    if ( n_ins > 0 )
+    {
+      FT_Bool   debug;
+      FT_Error  error;
+
+
+      error = TT_Set_CodeRange( loader->exec, tt_coderange_glyph,
+                                loader->exec->glyphIns, n_ins );
+      if ( error )
+        return error;
+
+      loader->exec->is_composite = is_composite;
+      loader->exec->pts          = *zone;
+
+      debug = FT_BOOL( !( loader->load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE ) &&
+                       ((TT_Size)loader->size)->debug             );
+
+      error = TT_Run_Context( loader->exec, debug );
+      if ( error && loader->exec->pedantic_hinting )
+        return error;
+    }
+
+#endif
+
+    /* save glyph phantom points */
+    if ( !loader->preserve_pps )
+    {
+      loader->pp1 = zone->cur[zone->n_points - 4];
+      loader->pp2 = zone->cur[zone->n_points - 3];
+      loader->pp3 = zone->cur[zone->n_points - 2];
+      loader->pp4 = zone->cur[zone->n_points - 1];
+    }
+
+    return TT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    TT_Process_Simple_Glyph                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Once a simple glyph has been loaded, it needs to be processed.     */
+  /*    Usually, this means scaling and hinting through bytecode           */
+  /*    interpretation.                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static FT_Error
+  TT_Process_Simple_Glyph( TT_Loader  loader )
+  {
+    FT_GlyphLoader  gloader = loader->gloader;
+    FT_Error        error   = TT_Err_Ok;
+    FT_Outline*     outline;
+    FT_Int          n_points;
+
+
+    outline  = &gloader->current.outline;
+    n_points = outline->n_points;
+
+    /* set phantom points */
+
+    outline->points[n_points    ] = loader->pp1;
+    outline->points[n_points + 1] = loader->pp2;
+    outline->points[n_points + 2] = loader->pp3;
+    outline->points[n_points + 3] = loader->pp4;
+
+    outline->tags[n_points    ] = 0;
+    outline->tags[n_points + 1] = 0;
+    outline->tags[n_points + 2] = 0;
+    outline->tags[n_points + 3] = 0;
+
+    n_points += 4;
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT
+
+    if ( ((TT_Face)loader->face)->doblend )
+    {
+      /* Deltas apply to the unscaled data. */
+      FT_Vector*  deltas;
+      FT_Memory   memory = loader->face->memory;
+      FT_Int      i;
+
+
+      error = TT_Vary_Get_Glyph_Deltas( (TT_Face)(loader->face),
+                                        loader->glyph_index,
+                                        &deltas,
+                                        n_points );
+      if ( error )
+        return error;
+
+      for ( i = 0; i < n_points; ++i )
+      {
+        outline->points[i].x += deltas[i].x;
+        outline->points[i].y += deltas[i].y;
+      }
+
+      FT_FREE( deltas );
+    }
+
+#endif /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT */
+
+    if ( IS_HINTED( loader->load_flags ) )
+    {
+      tt_prepare_zone( &loader->zone, &gloader->current, 0, 0 );
+
+      FT_ARRAY_COPY( loader->zone.orus, loader->zone.cur,
+                     loader->zone.n_points + 4 );
+    }
+
+    /* scale the glyph */
+    if ( ( loader->load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE ) == 0 )
+    {
+      FT_Vector*  vec     = outline->points;
+      FT_Vector*  limit   = outline->points + n_points;
+      FT_Fixed    x_scale = ((TT_Size)loader->size)->metrics.x_scale;
+      FT_Fixed    y_scale = ((TT_Size)loader->size)->metrics.y_scale;
+
+
+      for ( ; vec < limit; vec++ )
+      {
+        vec->x = FT_MulFix( vec->x, x_scale );
+        vec->y = FT_MulFix( vec->y, y_scale );
+      }
+
+      loader->pp1 = outline->points[n_points - 4];
+      loader->pp2 = outline->points[n_points - 3];
+      loader->pp3 = outline->points[n_points - 2];
+      loader->pp4 = outline->points[n_points - 1];
+    }
+
+    if ( IS_HINTED( loader->load_flags ) )
+    {
+      loader->zone.n_points += 4;
+
+      error = TT_Hint_Glyph( loader, 0 );
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    TT_Process_Composite_Component                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Once a composite component has been loaded, it needs to be         */
+  /*    processed.  Usually, this means transforming and translating.      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static FT_Error
+  TT_Process_Composite_Component( TT_Loader    loader,
+                                  FT_SubGlyph  subglyph,
+                                  FT_UInt      start_point,
+                                  FT_UInt      num_base_points )
+  {
+    FT_GlyphLoader  gloader    = loader->gloader;
+    FT_Vector*      base_vec   = gloader->base.outline.points;
+    FT_UInt         num_points = gloader->base.outline.n_points;
+    FT_Bool         have_scale;
+    FT_Pos          x, y;
+
+
+    have_scale = FT_BOOL( subglyph->flags & ( WE_HAVE_A_SCALE     |
+                                              WE_HAVE_AN_XY_SCALE |
+                                              WE_HAVE_A_2X2       ) );
+
+    /* perform the transform required for this subglyph */
+    if ( have_scale )
+    {
+      FT_UInt  i;
+
+
+      for ( i = num_base_points; i < num_points; i++ )
+        FT_Vector_Transform( base_vec + i, &subglyph->transform );
+    }
+
+    /* get offset */
+    if ( !( subglyph->flags & ARGS_ARE_XY_VALUES ) )
+    {
+      FT_UInt     k = subglyph->arg1;
+      FT_UInt     l = subglyph->arg2;
+      FT_Vector*  p1;
+      FT_Vector*  p2;
+
+
+      /* match l-th point of the newly loaded component to the k-th point */
+      /* of the previously loaded components.                             */
+
+      /* change to the point numbers used by our outline */
+      k += start_point;
+      l += num_base_points;
+      if ( k >= num_base_points ||
+           l >= num_points      )
+        return TT_Err_Invalid_Composite;
+
+      p1 = gloader->base.outline.points + k;
+      p2 = gloader->base.outline.points + l;
+
+      x = p1->x - p2->x;
+      y = p1->y - p2->y;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      x = subglyph->arg1;
+      y = subglyph->arg2;
+
+      if ( !x && !y )
+        return TT_Err_Ok;
+
+  /* Use a default value dependent on                                     */
+  /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPONENT_OFFSET_SCALED.  This is useful for old TT */
+  /* fonts which don't set the xxx_COMPONENT_OFFSET bit.                  */
+
+      if ( have_scale &&
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPONENT_OFFSET_SCALED
+           !( subglyph->flags & UNSCALED_COMPONENT_OFFSET ) )
+#else
+            ( subglyph->flags & SCALED_COMPONENT_OFFSET ) )
+#endif
+      {
+
+#if 0
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This algorithm is what Apple documents.  But it doesn't work.         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+        int  a = subglyph->transform.xx > 0 ?  subglyph->transform.xx
+                                            : -subglyph->transform.xx;
+        int  b = subglyph->transform.yx > 0 ?  subglyph->transform.yx
+                                            : -subglyph->transform.yx;
+        int  c = subglyph->transform.xy > 0 ?  subglyph->transform.xy
+                                            : -subglyph->transform.xy;
+        int  d = subglyph->transform.yy > 0 ? subglyph->transform.yy
+                                            : -subglyph->transform.yy;
+        int  m = a > b ? a : b;
+        int  n = c > d ? c : d;
+
+
+        if ( a - b <= 33 && a - b >= -33 )
+          m *= 2;
+        if ( c - d <= 33 && c - d >= -33 )
+          n *= 2;
+        x = FT_MulFix( x, m );
+        y = FT_MulFix( y, n );
+
+#else /* 0 */
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This algorithm is a guess and works much better than the above.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+        FT_Fixed  mac_xscale = FT_SqrtFixed(
+                                 FT_MulFix( subglyph->transform.xx,
+                                            subglyph->transform.xx ) +
+                                 FT_MulFix( subglyph->transform.xy,
+                                            subglyph->transform.xy ) );
+        FT_Fixed  mac_yscale = FT_SqrtFixed(
+                                 FT_MulFix( subglyph->transform.yy,
+                                            subglyph->transform.yy ) +
+                                 FT_MulFix( subglyph->transform.yx,
+                                            subglyph->transform.yx ) );
+
+
+        x = FT_MulFix( x, mac_xscale );
+        y = FT_MulFix( y, mac_yscale );
+
+#endif /* 0 */
+
+      }
+
+      if ( !( loader->load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE ) )
+      {
+        FT_Fixed  x_scale = ((TT_Size)loader->size)->metrics.x_scale;
+        FT_Fixed  y_scale = ((TT_Size)loader->size)->metrics.y_scale;
+
+
+        x = FT_MulFix( x, x_scale );
+        y = FT_MulFix( y, y_scale );
+
+        if ( subglyph->flags & ROUND_XY_TO_GRID )
+        {
+          x = FT_PIX_ROUND( x );
+          y = FT_PIX_ROUND( y );
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    if ( x || y )
+      translate_array( num_points - num_base_points,
+                       base_vec + num_base_points,
+                       x, y );
+
+    return TT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    TT_Process_Composite_Glyph                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    This is slightly different from TT_Process_Simple_Glyph, in that   */
+  /*    its sole purpose is to hint the glyph.  Thus this function is      */
+  /*    only available when bytecode interpreter is enabled.               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static FT_Error
+  TT_Process_Composite_Glyph( TT_Loader  loader,
+                              FT_UInt    start_point,
+                              FT_UInt    start_contour )
+  {
+    FT_Error     error;
+    FT_Outline*  outline;
+    FT_UInt      i;
+
+
+    outline = &loader->gloader->base.outline;
+
+    /* make room for phantom points */
+    error = FT_GLYPHLOADER_CHECK_POINTS( loader->gloader,
+                                         outline->n_points + 4,
+                                         0 );
+    if ( error )
+      return error;
+
+    outline->points[outline->n_points    ] = loader->pp1;
+    outline->points[outline->n_points + 1] = loader->pp2;
+    outline->points[outline->n_points + 2] = loader->pp3;
+    outline->points[outline->n_points + 3] = loader->pp4;
+
+    outline->tags[outline->n_points    ] = 0;
+    outline->tags[outline->n_points + 1] = 0;
+    outline->tags[outline->n_points + 2] = 0;
+    outline->tags[outline->n_points + 3] = 0;
+
+#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
+
+    {
+      FT_Stream  stream = loader->stream;
+      FT_UShort  n_ins;
+
+
+      /* TT_Load_Composite_Glyph only gives us the offset of instructions */
+      /* so we read them here                                             */
+      if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( loader->ins_pos ) ||
+           FT_READ_USHORT( n_ins )           )
+        return error;
+
+      FT_TRACE5(( "  Instructions size = %d\n", n_ins ));
+
+      /* check it */
+      if ( n_ins > ((TT_Face)loader->face)->max_profile.maxSizeOfInstructions )
+      {
+        FT_TRACE0(( "TT_Process_Composite_Glyph: Too many instructions (%d)\n",
+                    n_ins ));
+
+        return TT_Err_Too_Many_Hints;
+      }
+      else if ( n_ins == 0 )
+        return TT_Err_Ok;
+
+      if ( FT_STREAM_READ( loader->exec->glyphIns, n_ins ) )
+        return error;
+
+      loader->glyph->control_data = loader->exec->glyphIns;
+      loader->glyph->control_len  = n_ins;
+    }
+
+#endif
+
+    tt_prepare_zone( &loader->zone, &loader->gloader->base,
+                     start_point, start_contour );
+
+    /* Some points are likely touched during execution of  */
+    /* instructions on components.  So let's untouch them. */
+    for ( i = start_point; i < loader->zone.n_points; i++ )
+      loader->zone.tags[i] &= ~( FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_X |
+                                 FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_Y );
+
+    loader->zone.n_points += 4;
+
+    return TT_Hint_Glyph( loader, 1 );
+  }
+
+
+  /* Calculate the four phantom points.                     */
+  /* The first two stand for horizontal origin and advance. */
+  /* The last two stand for vertical origin and advance.    */
+#define TT_LOADER_SET_PP( loader )                                          \
+          do {                                                              \
+            (loader)->pp1.x = (loader)->bbox.xMin - (loader)->left_bearing; \
+            (loader)->pp1.y = 0;                                            \
+            (loader)->pp2.x = (loader)->pp1.x + (loader)->advance;          \
+            (loader)->pp2.y = 0;                                            \
+            (loader)->pp3.x = 0;                                            \
+            (loader)->pp3.y = (loader)->top_bearing + (loader)->bbox.yMax;  \
+            (loader)->pp4.x = 0;                                            \
+            (loader)->pp4.y = (loader)->pp3.y - (loader)->vadvance;         \
+          } while ( 0 )
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    load_truetype_glyph                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Loads a given truetype glyph.  Handles composites and uses a       */
+  /*    TT_Loader object.                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static FT_Error
+  load_truetype_glyph( TT_Loader  loader,
+                       FT_UInt    glyph_index,
+                       FT_UInt    recurse_count )
+  {
+    FT_Error        error;
+    FT_Fixed        x_scale, y_scale;
+    FT_ULong        offset;
+    TT_Face         face         = (TT_Face)loader->face;
+    FT_GlyphLoader  gloader      = loader->gloader;
+    FT_Bool         opened_frame = 0;
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT
+    FT_Vector*      deltas       = NULL;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
+    FT_StreamRec    inc_stream;
+    FT_Data         glyph_data;
+    FT_Bool         glyph_data_loaded = 0;
+#endif
+
+
+    /* some fonts have an incorrect value of `maxComponentDepth', */
+    /* thus we allow depth 1 to catch the majority of them        */
+    if ( recurse_count > 1                                   &&
+         recurse_count > face->max_profile.maxComponentDepth )
+    {
+      error = TT_Err_Invalid_Composite;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* check glyph index */
+    if ( glyph_index >= (FT_UInt)face->root.num_glyphs )
+    {
+      error = TT_Err_Invalid_Glyph_Index;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    loader->glyph_index = glyph_index;
+
+    if ( ( loader->load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE ) == 0 )
+    {
+      x_scale = ((TT_Size)loader->size)->metrics.x_scale;
+      y_scale = ((TT_Size)loader->size)->metrics.y_scale;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      x_scale = 0x10000L;
+      y_scale = 0x10000L;
+    }
+
+    /* get metrics, horizontal and vertical */
+    {
+      FT_Short   left_bearing = 0, top_bearing = 0;
+      FT_UShort  advance_width = 0, advance_height = 0;
+
+
+      TT_Get_HMetrics( face, glyph_index,
+                       (FT_Bool)!( loader->load_flags &
+                                   FT_LOAD_IGNORE_GLOBAL_ADVANCE_WIDTH ),
+                       &left_bearing,
+                       &advance_width );
+      TT_Get_VMetrics( face, glyph_index,
+                       (FT_Bool)!( loader->load_flags &
+                                   FT_LOAD_IGNORE_GLOBAL_ADVANCE_WIDTH ),
+                       &top_bearing,
+                       &advance_height );
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
+
+      /* If this is an incrementally loaded font see if there are */
+      /* overriding metrics for this glyph.                       */
+      if ( face->root.internal->incremental_interface &&
+           face->root.internal->incremental_interface->funcs->get_glyph_metrics )
+      {
+        FT_Incremental_MetricsRec  metrics;
+
+
+        metrics.bearing_x = left_bearing;
+        metrics.bearing_y = 0;
+        metrics.advance = advance_width;
+        error = face->root.internal->incremental_interface->funcs->get_glyph_metrics(
+                  face->root.internal->incremental_interface->object,
+                  glyph_index, FALSE, &metrics );
+        if ( error )
+          goto Exit;
+        left_bearing  = (FT_Short)metrics.bearing_x;
+        advance_width = (FT_UShort)metrics.advance;
+
+#if 0
+
+        /* GWW: Do I do the same for vertical metrics? */
+        metrics.bearing_x = 0;
+        metrics.bearing_y = top_bearing;
+        metrics.advance = advance_height;
+        error = face->root.internal->incremental_interface->funcs->get_glyph_metrics(
+                  face->root.internal->incremental_interface->object,
+                  glyph_index, TRUE, &metrics );
+        if ( error )
+          goto Exit;
+        top_bearing  = (FT_Short)metrics.bearing_y;
+        advance_height = (FT_UShort)metrics.advance;
+
+#endif /* 0 */
+
+      }
+
+#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL */
+
+      loader->left_bearing = left_bearing;
+      loader->advance      = advance_width;
+      loader->top_bearing  = top_bearing;
+      loader->vadvance     = advance_height;
+
+      if ( !loader->linear_def )
+      {
+        loader->linear_def = 1;
+        loader->linear     = advance_width;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Set `offset' to the start of the glyph relative to the start of */
+    /* the `glyf' table, and `byte_len' to the length of the glyph in  */
+    /* bytes.                                                          */
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
+
+    /* If we are loading glyph data via the incremental interface, set */
+    /* the loader stream to a memory stream reading the data returned  */
+    /* by the interface.                                               */
+    if ( face->root.internal->incremental_interface )
+    {
+      error = face->root.internal->incremental_interface->funcs->get_glyph_data(
+                face->root.internal->incremental_interface->object,
+                glyph_index, &glyph_data );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      glyph_data_loaded = 1;
+      offset            = 0;
+      loader->byte_len  = glyph_data.length;
+
+      FT_MEM_ZERO( &inc_stream, sizeof ( inc_stream ) );
+      FT_Stream_OpenMemory( &inc_stream,
+                            glyph_data.pointer, glyph_data.length );
+
+      loader->stream = &inc_stream;
+    }
+    else
+
+#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL */
+
+      offset = tt_face_get_location( face, glyph_index,
+                                     (FT_UInt*)&loader->byte_len );
+
+    if ( loader->byte_len > 0 )
+    {
+      if ( !loader->glyf_offset )
+      {
+        FT_TRACE2(( "no `glyf' table but non-zero `loca' entry!\n" ));
+        error = TT_Err_Invalid_Table;
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+
+      error = face->access_glyph_frame( loader, glyph_index,
+                                        loader->glyf_offset + offset,
+                                        loader->byte_len );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      opened_frame = 1;
+
+      /* read first glyph header */
+      error = face->read_glyph_header( loader );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    if ( loader->byte_len == 0 || loader->n_contours == 0 )
+    {
+      loader->bbox.xMin = 0;
+      loader->bbox.xMax = 0;
+      loader->bbox.yMin = 0;
+      loader->bbox.yMax = 0;
+
+      TT_LOADER_SET_PP( loader );
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT
+
+      if ( ((TT_Face)(loader->face))->doblend )
+      {
+        /* this must be done before scaling */
+        FT_Memory  memory = loader->face->memory;
+
+
+        error = TT_Vary_Get_Glyph_Deltas( (TT_Face)(loader->face),
+                                          glyph_index, &deltas, 4 );
+        if ( error )
+          goto Exit;
+
+        loader->pp1.x += deltas[0].x; loader->pp1.y += deltas[0].y;
+        loader->pp2.x += deltas[1].x; loader->pp2.y += deltas[1].y;
+        loader->pp3.x += deltas[2].x; loader->pp3.y += deltas[2].y;
+        loader->pp4.x += deltas[3].x; loader->pp4.y += deltas[3].y;
+
+        FT_FREE( deltas );
+      }
+
+#endif
+
+      if ( ( loader->load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE ) == 0 )
+      {
+        loader->pp1.x = FT_MulFix( loader->pp1.x, x_scale );
+        loader->pp2.x = FT_MulFix( loader->pp2.x, x_scale );
+        loader->pp3.y = FT_MulFix( loader->pp3.y, y_scale );
+        loader->pp4.y = FT_MulFix( loader->pp4.y, y_scale );
+      }
+
+      error = TT_Err_Ok;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    TT_LOADER_SET_PP( loader );
+
+    /***********************************************************************/
+    /***********************************************************************/
+    /***********************************************************************/
+
+    /* if it is a simple glyph, load it */
+
+    if ( loader->n_contours > 0 )
+    {
+      error = face->read_simple_glyph( loader );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      /* all data have been read */
+      face->forget_glyph_frame( loader );
+      opened_frame = 0;
+
+      error = TT_Process_Simple_Glyph( loader );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      FT_GlyphLoader_Add( gloader );
+    }
+
+    /***********************************************************************/
+    /***********************************************************************/
+    /***********************************************************************/
+
+    /* otherwise, load a composite! */
+    else if ( loader->n_contours == -1 )
+    {
+      FT_UInt   start_point;
+      FT_UInt   start_contour;
+      FT_ULong  ins_pos;  /* position of composite instructions, if any */
+
+
+      start_point   = gloader->base.outline.n_points;
+      start_contour = gloader->base.outline.n_contours;
+
+      /* for each subglyph, read composite header */
+      error = face->read_composite_glyph( loader );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      /* store the offset of instructions */
+      ins_pos = loader->ins_pos;
+
+      /* all data we need are read */
+      face->forget_glyph_frame( loader );
+      opened_frame = 0;
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT
+
+      if ( face->doblend )
+      {
+        FT_Int       i, limit;
+        FT_SubGlyph  subglyph;
+        FT_Memory    memory = face->root.memory;
+
+
+        /* this provides additional offsets */
+        /* for each component's translation */
+
+        if ( ( error = TT_Vary_Get_Glyph_Deltas(
+                         face,
+                         glyph_index,
+                         &deltas,
+                         gloader->current.num_subglyphs + 4 )) != 0 )
+          goto Exit;
+
+        subglyph = gloader->current.subglyphs + gloader->base.num_subglyphs;
+        limit    = gloader->current.num_subglyphs;
+
+        for ( i = 0; i < limit; ++i, ++subglyph )
+        {
+          if ( subglyph->flags & ARGS_ARE_XY_VALUES )
+          {
+            subglyph->arg1 += deltas[i].x;
+            subglyph->arg2 += deltas[i].y;
+          }
+        }
+
+        loader->pp1.x += deltas[i + 0].x; loader->pp1.y += deltas[i + 0].y;
+        loader->pp2.x += deltas[i + 1].x; loader->pp2.y += deltas[i + 1].y;
+        loader->pp3.x += deltas[i + 2].x; loader->pp3.y += deltas[i + 2].y;
+        loader->pp4.x += deltas[i + 3].x; loader->pp4.y += deltas[i + 3].y;
+
+        FT_FREE( deltas );
+      }
+
+#endif /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT */
+
+      if ( ( loader->load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE ) == 0 )
+      {
+        loader->pp1.x = FT_MulFix( loader->pp1.x, x_scale );
+        loader->pp2.x = FT_MulFix( loader->pp2.x, x_scale );
+        loader->pp3.y = FT_MulFix( loader->pp3.y, y_scale );
+        loader->pp4.y = FT_MulFix( loader->pp4.y, y_scale );
+      }
+
+      /* if the flag FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE is set, we return the subglyph */
+      /* `as is' in the glyph slot (the client application will be     */
+      /* responsible for interpreting these data)...                   */
+      if ( loader->load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE )
+      {
+        FT_GlyphLoader_Add( gloader );
+        loader->glyph->format = FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE;
+
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+
+      /*********************************************************************/
+      /*********************************************************************/
+      /*********************************************************************/
+
+      {
+        FT_UInt      n, num_base_points;
+        FT_SubGlyph  subglyph       = 0;
+
+        FT_UInt      num_points     = start_point;
+        FT_UInt      num_subglyphs  = gloader->current.num_subglyphs;
+        FT_UInt      num_base_subgs = gloader->base.num_subglyphs;
+
+        FT_Stream    old_stream     = loader->stream;
+
+
+        FT_GlyphLoader_Add( gloader );
+
+        /* read each subglyph independently */
+        for ( n = 0; n < num_subglyphs; n++ )
+        {
+          FT_Vector  pp[4];
+
+
+          /* Each time we call load_truetype_glyph in this loop, the   */
+          /* value of `gloader.base.subglyphs' can change due to table */
+          /* reallocations.  We thus need to recompute the subglyph    */
+          /* pointer on each iteration.                                */
+          subglyph = gloader->base.subglyphs + num_base_subgs + n;
+
+          pp[0] = loader->pp1;
+          pp[1] = loader->pp2;
+          pp[2] = loader->pp3;
+          pp[3] = loader->pp4;
+
+          num_base_points = gloader->base.outline.n_points;
+
+          error = load_truetype_glyph( loader, subglyph->index,
+                                       recurse_count + 1 );
+          if ( error )
+            goto Exit;
+
+          /* restore subglyph pointer */
+          subglyph = gloader->base.subglyphs + num_base_subgs + n;
+
+          if ( !( subglyph->flags & USE_MY_METRICS ) )
+          {
+            loader->pp1 = pp[0];
+            loader->pp2 = pp[1];
+            loader->pp3 = pp[2];
+            loader->pp4 = pp[3];
+          }
+
+          num_points = gloader->base.outline.n_points;
+
+          if ( num_points == num_base_points )
+            continue;
+
+          /* gloader->base.outline consists of three parts:               */
+          /* 0 -(1)-> start_point -(2)-> num_base_points -(3)-> n_points. */
+          /*                                                              */
+          /* (1): exists from the beginning                               */
+          /* (2): components that have been loaded so far                 */
+          /* (3): the newly loaded component                              */
+          TT_Process_Composite_Component( loader, subglyph, start_point,
+                                          num_base_points );
+        }
+
+        loader->stream = old_stream;
+
+        /* process the glyph */
+        loader->ins_pos = ins_pos;
+        if ( IS_HINTED( loader->load_flags ) &&
+
+#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
+
+             subglyph->flags & WE_HAVE_INSTR &&
+
+#endif
+
+             num_points > start_point )
+          TT_Process_Composite_Glyph( loader, start_point, start_contour );
+
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* invalid composite count (negative but not -1) */
+      error = TT_Err_Invalid_Outline;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /***********************************************************************/
+    /***********************************************************************/
+    /***********************************************************************/
+
+  Exit:
+
+    if ( opened_frame )
+      face->forget_glyph_frame( loader );
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
+
+    if ( glyph_data_loaded )
+      face->root.internal->incremental_interface->funcs->free_glyph_data(
+        face->root.internal->incremental_interface->object,
+        &glyph_data );
+
+#endif
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  compute_glyph_metrics( TT_Loader  loader,
+                         FT_UInt    glyph_index )
+  {
+    FT_BBox       bbox;
+    TT_Face       face = (TT_Face)loader->face;
+    FT_Fixed      y_scale;
+    TT_GlyphSlot  glyph = loader->glyph;
+    TT_Size       size = (TT_Size)loader->size;
+
+
+    y_scale = 0x10000L;
+    if ( ( loader->load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE ) == 0 )
+      y_scale = size->root.metrics.y_scale;
+
+    if ( glyph->format != FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE )
+      FT_Outline_Get_CBox( &glyph->outline, &bbox );
+    else
+      bbox = loader->bbox;
+
+    /* get the device-independent horizontal advance; it is scaled later */
+    /* by the base layer.                                                */
+    {
+      FT_Pos  advance = loader->linear;
+
+
+      /* the flag FT_LOAD_IGNORE_GLOBAL_ADVANCE_WIDTH was introduced to */
+      /* correctly support DynaLab fonts, which have an incorrect       */
+      /* `advance_Width_Max' field!  It is used, to my knowledge,       */
+      /* exclusively in the X-TrueType font server.                     */
+      /*                                                                */
+      if ( face->postscript.isFixedPitch                                     &&
+           ( loader->load_flags & FT_LOAD_IGNORE_GLOBAL_ADVANCE_WIDTH ) == 0 )
+        advance = face->horizontal.advance_Width_Max;
+
+      /* we need to return the advance in font units in linearHoriAdvance, */
+      /* it will be scaled later by the base layer.                        */
+      glyph->linearHoriAdvance = advance;
+    }
+
+    glyph->metrics.horiBearingX = bbox.xMin;
+    glyph->metrics.horiBearingY = bbox.yMax;
+    glyph->metrics.horiAdvance  = loader->pp2.x - loader->pp1.x;
+
+    /* Now take care of vertical metrics.  In the case where there is    */
+    /* no vertical information within the font (relatively common), make */
+    /* up some metrics by `hand'...                                      */
+
+    {
+      FT_Pos  top;      /* scaled vertical top side bearing  */
+      FT_Pos  advance;  /* scaled vertical advance height    */
+
+
+      /* Get the unscaled top bearing and advance height. */
+      if ( face->vertical_info &&
+           face->vertical.number_Of_VMetrics > 0 )
+      {
+        top = (FT_Short)FT_DivFix( loader->pp3.y - bbox.yMax,
+                                   y_scale );
+
+        if ( loader->pp3.y <= loader->pp4.y )
+          advance = 0;
+        else
+          advance = (FT_UShort)FT_DivFix( loader->pp3.y - loader->pp4.y,
+                                          y_scale );
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        FT_Pos  height;
+
+
+        /* XXX Compute top side bearing and advance height in  */
+        /*     Get_VMetrics instead of here.                   */
+
+        /* NOTE: The OS/2 values are the only `portable' ones, */
+        /*       which is why we use them, if there is an OS/2 */
+        /*       table in the font.  Otherwise, we use the     */
+        /*       values defined in the horizontal header.      */
+
+        height = (FT_Short)FT_DivFix( bbox.yMax - bbox.yMin,
+                                      y_scale );
+        if ( face->os2.version != 0xFFFFU )
+          advance = (FT_Pos)( face->os2.sTypoAscender -
+                              face->os2.sTypoDescender );
+        else
+          advance = (FT_Pos)( face->horizontal.Ascender -
+                              face->horizontal.Descender );
+
+        top = ( advance - height ) / 2;
+      }
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
+      {
+        FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec*  incr;
+        FT_Incremental_MetricsRec     metrics;
+        FT_Error                      error;
+
+
+        incr = face->root.internal->incremental_interface;
+
+        /* If this is an incrementally loaded font see if there are */
+        /* overriding metrics for this glyph.                       */
+        if ( incr && incr->funcs->get_glyph_metrics )
+        {
+          metrics.bearing_x = 0;
+          metrics.bearing_y = top;
+          metrics.advance   = advance;
+
+          error = incr->funcs->get_glyph_metrics( incr->object,
+                                                  glyph_index,
+                                                  TRUE,
+                                                  &metrics );
+          if ( error )
+            return error;
+
+          top     = metrics.bearing_y;
+          advance = metrics.advance;
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* GWW: Do vertical metrics get loaded incrementally too? */
+
+#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL */
+
+      glyph->linearVertAdvance = advance;
+
+      /* scale the metrics */
+      if ( !( loader->load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE ) )
+      {
+        top     = FT_MulFix( top, y_scale );
+        advance = FT_MulFix( advance, y_scale );
+      }
+
+      /* XXX: for now, we have no better algorithm for the lsb, but it */
+      /*      should work fine.                                        */
+      /*                                                               */
+      glyph->metrics.vertBearingX = ( bbox.xMin - bbox.xMax ) / 2;
+      glyph->metrics.vertBearingY = top;
+      glyph->metrics.vertAdvance  = advance;
+    }
+
+    /* adjust advance width to the value contained in the hdmx table */
+    if ( !face->postscript.isFixedPitch  &&
+         IS_HINTED( loader->load_flags ) )
+    {
+      FT_Byte*  widthp;
+
+
+      widthp = tt_face_get_device_metrics( face,
+                                           size->root.metrics.x_ppem,
+                                           glyph_index );
+
+      if ( widthp )
+        glyph->metrics.horiAdvance = *widthp << 6;
+    }
+
+    /* set glyph dimensions */
+    glyph->metrics.width  = bbox.xMax - bbox.xMin;
+    glyph->metrics.height = bbox.yMax - bbox.yMin;
+
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS
+
+  static FT_Error
+  load_sbit_image( TT_Size       size,
+                   TT_GlyphSlot  glyph,
+                   FT_UInt       glyph_index,
+                   FT_Int32      load_flags )
+  {
+    TT_Face             face;
+    SFNT_Service        sfnt;
+    FT_Stream           stream;
+    FT_Error            error;
+    TT_SBit_MetricsRec  metrics;
+
+
+    face   = (TT_Face)glyph->face;
+    sfnt   = (SFNT_Service)face->sfnt;
+    stream = face->root.stream;
+
+    error = sfnt->load_sbit_image( face,
+                                   size->strike_index,
+                                   glyph_index,
+                                   (FT_Int)load_flags,
+                                   stream,
+                                   &glyph->bitmap,
+                                   &metrics );
+    if ( !error )
+    {
+      glyph->outline.n_points   = 0;
+      glyph->outline.n_contours = 0;
+
+      glyph->metrics.width  = (FT_Pos)metrics.width  << 6;
+      glyph->metrics.height = (FT_Pos)metrics.height << 6;
+
+      glyph->metrics.horiBearingX = (FT_Pos)metrics.horiBearingX << 6;
+      glyph->metrics.horiBearingY = (FT_Pos)metrics.horiBearingY << 6;
+      glyph->metrics.horiAdvance  = (FT_Pos)metrics.horiAdvance  << 6;
+
+      glyph->metrics.vertBearingX = (FT_Pos)metrics.vertBearingX << 6;
+      glyph->metrics.vertBearingY = (FT_Pos)metrics.vertBearingY << 6;
+      glyph->metrics.vertAdvance  = (FT_Pos)metrics.vertAdvance  << 6;
+
+      glyph->format = FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP;
+      if ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT )
+      {
+        glyph->bitmap_left = metrics.vertBearingX;
+        glyph->bitmap_top  = metrics.vertBearingY;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        glyph->bitmap_left = metrics.horiBearingX;
+        glyph->bitmap_top  = metrics.horiBearingY;
+      }
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+#endif /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS */
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  tt_loader_init( TT_Loader     loader,
+                  TT_Size       size,
+                  TT_GlyphSlot  glyph,
+                  FT_Int32      load_flags )
+  {
+    TT_Face    face;
+    FT_Stream  stream;
+
+
+    face   = (TT_Face)glyph->face;
+    stream = face->root.stream;
+
+    FT_MEM_ZERO( loader, sizeof ( TT_LoaderRec ) );
+
+#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
+
+    /* load execution context */
+    if ( IS_HINTED( load_flags ) )
+    {
+      TT_ExecContext  exec;
+      FT_Bool         grayscale;
+
+
+      if ( !size->cvt_ready )
+      {
+        FT_Error  error = tt_size_ready_bytecode( size );
+        if ( error )
+          return error;
+      }
+
+      /* query new execution context */
+      exec = size->debug ? size->context
+                         : ( (TT_Driver)FT_FACE_DRIVER( face ) )->context;
+      if ( !exec )
+        return TT_Err_Could_Not_Find_Context;
+
+      grayscale =
+        FT_BOOL( FT_LOAD_TARGET_MODE( load_flags ) != FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO );
+
+      TT_Load_Context( exec, face, size );
+
+      /* a change from mono to grayscale rendering (and vice versa) */
+      /* requires a re-execution of the CVT program                 */
+      if ( grayscale != exec->grayscale )
+      {
+        FT_UInt  i;
+
+
+        exec->grayscale = grayscale;
+
+        for ( i = 0; i < size->cvt_size; i++ )
+          size->cvt[i] = FT_MulFix( face->cvt[i], size->ttmetrics.scale );
+        tt_size_run_prep( size );
+      }
+
+      /* see whether the cvt program has disabled hinting */
+      if ( exec->GS.instruct_control & 1 )
+        load_flags |= FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING;
+
+      /* load default graphics state -- if needed */
+      if ( exec->GS.instruct_control & 2 )
+        exec->GS = tt_default_graphics_state;
+
+      exec->pedantic_hinting = FT_BOOL( load_flags & FT_LOAD_PEDANTIC );
+      loader->exec = exec;
+      loader->instructions = exec->glyphIns;
+    }
+
+#endif /* TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER */
+
+    /* seek to the beginning of the glyph table -- for Type 42 fonts     */
+    /* the table might be accessed from a Postscript stream or something */
+    /* else...                                                           */
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
+
+    if ( face->root.internal->incremental_interface )
+      loader->glyf_offset = 0;
+    else
+
+#endif
+
+    {
+      FT_Error  error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_glyf, stream, 0 );
+
+
+      if ( error == TT_Err_Table_Missing )
+        loader->glyf_offset = 0;
+      else if ( error )
+      {
+        FT_ERROR(( "TT_Load_Glyph: could not access glyph table\n" ));
+        return error;
+      }
+      else
+        loader->glyf_offset = FT_STREAM_POS();
+    }
+
+    /* get face's glyph loader */
+    {
+      FT_GlyphLoader  gloader = glyph->internal->loader;
+
+
+      FT_GlyphLoader_Rewind( gloader );
+      loader->gloader = gloader;
+    }
+
+    loader->load_flags = load_flags;
+
+    loader->face   = (FT_Face)face;
+    loader->size   = (FT_Size)size;
+    loader->glyph  = (FT_GlyphSlot)glyph;
+    loader->stream = stream;
+
+    return TT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    TT_Load_Glyph                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    A function used to load a single glyph within a given glyph slot,  */
+  /*    for a given size.                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    glyph       :: A handle to a target slot object where the glyph    */
+  /*                   will be loaded.                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    size        :: A handle to the source face size at which the glyph */
+  /*                   must be scaled/loaded.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    glyph_index :: The index of the glyph in the font file.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    load_flags  :: A flag indicating what to load for this glyph.  The */
+  /*                   FT_LOAD_XXX constants can be used to control the    */
+  /*                   glyph loading process (e.g., whether the outline    */
+  /*                   should be scaled, whether to load bitmaps or not,   */
+  /*                   whether to hint the outline, etc).                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  TT_Load_Glyph( TT_Size       size,
+                 TT_GlyphSlot  glyph,
+                 FT_UInt       glyph_index,
+                 FT_Int32      load_flags )
+  {
+    TT_Face       face;
+    FT_Error      error;
+    TT_LoaderRec  loader;
+
+
+    face   = (TT_Face)glyph->face;
+    error  = TT_Err_Ok;
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS
+
+    /* try to load embedded bitmap if any              */
+    /*                                                 */
+    /* XXX: The convention should be emphasized in     */
+    /*      the documents because it can be confusing. */
+    if ( size->strike_index != 0xFFFFFFFFUL      &&
+         ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP ) == 0 )
+    {
+      error = load_sbit_image( size, glyph, glyph_index, load_flags );
+      if ( !error )
+        return TT_Err_Ok;
+    }
+
+#endif /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS */
+
+    /* if FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE is not set, `ttmetrics' must be valid */
+    if ( !( load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE ) && !size->ttmetrics.valid )
+      return TT_Err_Invalid_Size_Handle;
+
+    if ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_SBITS_ONLY )
+      return TT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    error = tt_loader_init( &loader, size, glyph, load_flags );
+    if ( error )
+      return error;
+
+    glyph->format        = FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE;
+    glyph->num_subglyphs = 0;
+    glyph->outline.flags = 0;
+
+    /* main loading loop */
+    error = load_truetype_glyph( &loader, glyph_index, 0 );
+    if ( !error )
+    {
+      if ( glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE )
+      {
+        glyph->num_subglyphs = loader.gloader->base.num_subglyphs;
+        glyph->subglyphs     = loader.gloader->base.subglyphs;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        glyph->outline        = loader.gloader->base.outline;
+        glyph->outline.flags &= ~FT_OUTLINE_SINGLE_PASS;
+
+        /* In case bit 1 of the `flags' field in the `head' table isn't */
+        /* set, translate array so that (0,0) is the glyph's origin.    */
+        if ( ( face->header.Flags & 2 ) == 0 && loader.pp1.x )
+          FT_Outline_Translate( &glyph->outline, -loader.pp1.x, 0 );
+      }
+
+#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
+
+      if ( IS_HINTED( load_flags ) )
+      {
+        if ( loader.exec->GS.scan_control )
+        {
+          /* convert scan conversion mode to FT_OUTLINE_XXX flags */
+          switch ( loader.exec->GS.scan_type )
+          {
+          case 0: /* simple drop-outs including stubs */
+            glyph->outline.flags |= FT_OUTLINE_INCLUDE_STUBS;
+            break;
+          case 1: /* simple drop-outs excluding stubs */
+            /* nothing; it's the default rendering mode */
+            break;
+          case 4: /* smart drop-outs including stubs */
+            glyph->outline.flags |= FT_OUTLINE_SMART_DROPOUTS |
+                                    FT_OUTLINE_INCLUDE_STUBS;
+            break;
+          case 5: /* smart drop-outs excluding stubs  */
+            glyph->outline.flags |= FT_OUTLINE_SMART_DROPOUTS;
+            break;
+
+          default: /* no drop-out control */
+            glyph->outline.flags |= FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS;
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+        else 
+          glyph->outline.flags |= FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS;
+      }
+
+#endif /* TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER */
+
+      compute_glyph_metrics( &loader, glyph_index );
+    }
+
+    /* Set the `high precision' bit flag.                           */
+    /* This is _critical_ to get correct output for monochrome      */
+    /* TrueType glyphs at all sizes using the bytecode interpreter. */
+    /*                                                              */
+    if ( !( load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE ) &&
+         size->root.metrics.y_ppem < 24     )
+      glyph->outline.flags |= FT_OUTLINE_HIGH_PRECISION;
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttgload.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttgload.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..958d67d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttgload.h
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ttgload.h                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    TrueType Glyph Loader (specification).                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008 by             */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __TTGLOAD_H__
+#define __TTGLOAD_H__
+
+
+#include 
+#include "ttobjs.h"
+
+#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
+#include "ttinterp.h"
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  TT_Init_Glyph_Loading( TT_Face  face );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  TT_Get_HMetrics( TT_Face     face,
+                   FT_UInt     idx,
+                   FT_Bool     check,
+                   FT_Short*   lsb,
+                   FT_UShort*  aw );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  TT_Get_VMetrics( TT_Face     face,
+                   FT_UInt     idx,
+                   FT_Bool     check,
+                   FT_Short*   tsb,
+                   FT_UShort*  ah );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  TT_Load_Glyph( TT_Size       size,
+                 TT_GlyphSlot  glyph,
+                 FT_UInt       glyph_index,
+                 FT_Int32      load_flags );
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __TTGLOAD_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttgxvar.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttgxvar.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..515e734
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttgxvar.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1541 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ttgxvar.c                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    TrueType GX Font Variation loader                                    */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by                              */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, Werner Lemberg, and George Williams.     */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/* Apple documents the `fvar', `gvar', `cvar', and `avar' tables at        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*   http://developer.apple.com/fonts/TTRefMan/RM06/Chap6[fgca]var.html    */
+/*                                                                         */
+/* The documentation for `fvar' is inconsistent.  At one point it says     */
+/* that `countSizePairs' should be 3, at another point 2.  It should be 2. */
+/*                                                                         */
+/* The documentation for `gvar' is not intelligible; `cvar' refers you to  */
+/* `gvar' and is thus also incomprehensible.                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/* The documentation for `avar' appears correct, but Apple has no fonts    */
+/* with an `avar' table, so it is hard to test.                            */
+/*                                                                         */
+/* Many thanks to John Jenkins (at Apple) in figuring this out.            */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*                                                                         */
+/* Apple's `kern' table has some references to tuple indices, but as there */
+/* is no indication where these indices are defined, nor how to            */
+/* interpolate the kerning values (different tuples have different         */
+/* classes) this issue is ignored.                                         */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include 
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+#include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_SFNT_H
+#include FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H
+#include FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H
+#include FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H
+
+#include "ttdriver.h"
+#include "ttpload.h"
+#include "ttgxvar.h"
+
+#include "tterrors.h"
+
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT
+
+
+#define FT_Stream_FTell( stream )  \
+          ( (stream)->cursor - (stream)->base )
+#define FT_Stream_SeekSet( stream, off ) \
+              ( (stream)->cursor = (stream)->base+(off) )
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_ttgxvar
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                       Internal Routines                       *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro ALL_POINTS is used in `ft_var_readpackedpoints'.  It        */
+  /* indicates that there is a delta for every point without needing to    */
+  /* enumerate all of them.                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define ALL_POINTS  (FT_UShort*)( -1 )
+
+
+  enum
+  {
+    GX_PT_POINTS_ARE_WORDS     = 0x80,
+    GX_PT_POINT_RUN_COUNT_MASK = 0x7F
+  };
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    ft_var_readpackedpoints                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Read a set of points to which the following deltas will apply.     */
+  /*    Points are packed with a run length encoding.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    stream    :: The data stream.                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    point_cnt :: The number of points read.  A zero value means that   */
+  /*                 all points in the glyph will be affected, without     */
+  /*                 enumerating them individually.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    An array of FT_UShort containing the affected points or the        */
+  /*    special value ALL_POINTS.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static FT_UShort*
+  ft_var_readpackedpoints( FT_Stream  stream,
+                           FT_UInt   *point_cnt )
+  {
+    FT_UShort *points;
+    FT_Int     n;
+    FT_Int     runcnt;
+    FT_Int     i;
+    FT_Int     j;
+    FT_Int     first;
+    FT_Memory  memory = stream->memory;
+    FT_Error   error = TT_Err_Ok;
+
+    FT_UNUSED( error );
+
+
+    *point_cnt = n = FT_GET_BYTE();
+    if ( n == 0 )
+      return ALL_POINTS;
+
+    if ( n & GX_PT_POINTS_ARE_WORDS )
+      n = FT_GET_BYTE() | ( ( n & GX_PT_POINT_RUN_COUNT_MASK ) << 8 );
+
+    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( points, n ) )
+      return NULL;
+
+    i = 0;
+    while ( i < n )
+    {
+      runcnt = FT_GET_BYTE();
+      if ( runcnt & GX_PT_POINTS_ARE_WORDS )
+      {
+        runcnt = runcnt & GX_PT_POINT_RUN_COUNT_MASK;
+        first  = points[i++] = FT_GET_USHORT();
+
+        /* first point not included in runcount */
+        for ( j = 0; j < runcnt; ++j )
+          points[i++] = (FT_UShort)( first += FT_GET_USHORT() );
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        first = points[i++] = FT_GET_BYTE();
+
+        for ( j = 0; j < runcnt; ++j )
+          points[i++] = (FT_UShort)( first += FT_GET_BYTE() );
+      }
+    }
+
+    return points;
+  }
+
+
+  enum
+  {
+    GX_DT_DELTAS_ARE_ZERO      = 0x80,
+    GX_DT_DELTAS_ARE_WORDS     = 0x40,
+    GX_DT_DELTA_RUN_COUNT_MASK = 0x3F
+  };
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    ft_var_readpackeddeltas                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Read a set of deltas.  These are packed slightly differently than  */
+  /*    points.  In particular there is no overall count.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    stream    :: The data stream.                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    delta_cnt :: The number of to be read.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    An array of FT_Short containing the deltas for the affected        */
+  /*    points.  (This only gets the deltas for one dimension.  It will    */
+  /*    generally be called twice, once for x, once for y.  When used in   */
+  /*    cvt table, it will only be called once.)                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static FT_Short*
+  ft_var_readpackeddeltas( FT_Stream  stream,
+                           FT_Int     delta_cnt )
+  {
+    FT_Short  *deltas;
+    FT_Int     runcnt;
+    FT_Int     i;
+    FT_Int     j;
+    FT_Memory  memory = stream->memory;
+    FT_Error   error = TT_Err_Ok;
+
+    FT_UNUSED( error );
+
+
+    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( deltas, delta_cnt ) )
+      return NULL;
+
+    i = 0;
+    while ( i < delta_cnt )
+    {
+      runcnt = FT_GET_BYTE();
+      if ( runcnt & GX_DT_DELTAS_ARE_ZERO )
+      {
+        /* runcnt zeroes get added */
+        for ( j = 0;
+              j <= ( runcnt & GX_DT_DELTA_RUN_COUNT_MASK ) && i < delta_cnt;
+              ++j )
+          deltas[i++] = 0;
+      }
+      else if ( runcnt & GX_DT_DELTAS_ARE_WORDS )
+      {
+        /* runcnt shorts from the stack */
+        for ( j = 0;
+              j <= ( runcnt & GX_DT_DELTA_RUN_COUNT_MASK ) && i < delta_cnt;
+              ++j )
+          deltas[i++] = FT_GET_SHORT();
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* runcnt signed bytes from the stack */
+        for ( j = 0;
+              j <= ( runcnt & GX_DT_DELTA_RUN_COUNT_MASK ) && i < delta_cnt;
+              ++j )
+          deltas[i++] = FT_GET_CHAR();
+      }
+
+      if ( j <= ( runcnt & GX_DT_DELTA_RUN_COUNT_MASK ) )
+      {
+        /* Bad format */
+        FT_FREE( deltas );
+        return NULL;
+      }
+    }
+
+    return deltas;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    ft_var_load_avar                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Parse the `avar' table if present.  It need not be, so we return   */
+  /*    nothing.                                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    face :: The font face.                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  ft_var_load_avar( TT_Face  face )
+  {
+    FT_Stream       stream = FT_FACE_STREAM(face);
+    FT_Memory       memory = stream->memory;
+    GX_Blend        blend  = face->blend;
+    GX_AVarSegment  segment;
+    FT_Error        error = TT_Err_Ok;
+    FT_ULong        version;
+    FT_Long         axisCount;
+    FT_Int          i, j;
+    FT_ULong        table_len;
+
+    FT_UNUSED( error );
+
+
+    blend->avar_checked = TRUE;
+    if ( (error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_avar, stream, &table_len )) != 0 )
+      return;
+
+    if ( FT_FRAME_ENTER( table_len ) )
+      return;
+
+    version   = FT_GET_LONG();
+    axisCount = FT_GET_LONG();
+
+    if ( version != 0x00010000L                       ||
+         axisCount != (FT_Long)blend->mmvar->num_axis )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( blend->avar_segment, axisCount ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    segment = &blend->avar_segment[0];
+    for ( i = 0; i < axisCount; ++i, ++segment )
+    {
+      segment->pairCount = FT_GET_USHORT();
+      if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( segment->correspondence, segment->pairCount ) )
+      {
+        /* Failure.  Free everything we have done so far.  We must do */
+        /* it right now since loading the `avar' table is optional.   */
+
+        for ( j = i - 1; j >= 0; --j )
+          FT_FREE( blend->avar_segment[j].correspondence );
+
+        FT_FREE( blend->avar_segment );
+        blend->avar_segment = NULL;
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+
+      for ( j = 0; j < segment->pairCount; ++j )
+      {
+        segment->correspondence[j].fromCoord =
+          FT_GET_SHORT() << 2;    /* convert to Fixed */
+        segment->correspondence[j].toCoord =
+          FT_GET_SHORT()<<2;    /* convert to Fixed */
+      }
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    FT_FRAME_EXIT();
+  }
+
+
+  typedef struct  GX_GVar_Head_
+  {
+    FT_Long    version;
+    FT_UShort  axisCount;
+    FT_UShort  globalCoordCount;
+    FT_ULong   offsetToCoord;
+    FT_UShort  glyphCount;
+    FT_UShort  flags;
+    FT_ULong   offsetToData;
+
+  } GX_GVar_Head;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    ft_var_load_gvar                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Parses the `gvar' table if present.  If `fvar' is there, `gvar'    */
+  /*    had better be there too.                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    face :: The font face.                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static FT_Error
+  ft_var_load_gvar( TT_Face  face )
+  {
+    FT_Stream     stream = FT_FACE_STREAM(face);
+    FT_Memory     memory = stream->memory;
+    GX_Blend      blend  = face->blend;
+    FT_Error      error;
+    FT_UInt       i, j;
+    FT_ULong      table_len;
+    FT_ULong      gvar_start;
+    FT_ULong      offsetToData;
+    GX_GVar_Head  gvar_head;
+
+    static const FT_Frame_Field  gvar_fields[] =
+    {
+
+#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
+#define FT_STRUCTURE  GX_GVar_Head
+
+      FT_FRAME_START( 20 ),
+        FT_FRAME_LONG  ( version ),
+        FT_FRAME_USHORT( axisCount ),
+        FT_FRAME_USHORT( globalCoordCount ),
+        FT_FRAME_ULONG ( offsetToCoord ),
+        FT_FRAME_USHORT( glyphCount ),
+        FT_FRAME_USHORT( flags ),
+        FT_FRAME_ULONG ( offsetToData ),
+      FT_FRAME_END
+    };
+
+    if ( (error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_gvar, stream, &table_len )) != 0 )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    gvar_start = FT_STREAM_POS( );
+    if ( FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( gvar_fields, &gvar_head ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    blend->tuplecount  = gvar_head.globalCoordCount;
+    blend->gv_glyphcnt = gvar_head.glyphCount;
+    offsetToData       = gvar_start + gvar_head.offsetToData;
+
+    if ( gvar_head.version   != (FT_Long)0x00010000L              ||
+         gvar_head.axisCount != (FT_UShort)blend->mmvar->num_axis )
+    {
+      error = TT_Err_Invalid_Table;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( blend->glyphoffsets, blend->gv_glyphcnt + 1 ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    if ( gvar_head.flags & 1 )
+    {
+      /* long offsets (one more offset than glyphs, to mark size of last) */
+      if ( FT_FRAME_ENTER( ( blend->gv_glyphcnt + 1 ) * 4L ) )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      for ( i = 0; i <= blend->gv_glyphcnt; ++i )
+        blend->glyphoffsets[i] = offsetToData + FT_GET_LONG();
+
+      FT_FRAME_EXIT();
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* short offsets (one more offset than glyphs, to mark size of last) */
+      if ( FT_FRAME_ENTER( ( blend->gv_glyphcnt + 1 ) * 2L ) )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      for ( i = 0; i <= blend->gv_glyphcnt; ++i )
+        blend->glyphoffsets[i] = offsetToData + FT_GET_USHORT() * 2;
+                                              /* XXX: Undocumented: `*2'! */
+
+      FT_FRAME_EXIT();
+    }
+
+    if ( blend->tuplecount != 0 )
+    {
+      if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( blend->tuplecoords,
+                         gvar_head.axisCount * blend->tuplecount ) )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( gvar_start + gvar_head.offsetToCoord )       ||
+           FT_FRAME_ENTER( blend->tuplecount * gvar_head.axisCount * 2L )                   )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      for ( i = 0; i < blend->tuplecount; ++i )
+        for ( j = 0 ; j < (FT_UInt)gvar_head.axisCount; ++j )
+          blend->tuplecoords[i * gvar_head.axisCount + j] =
+            FT_GET_SHORT() << 2;                /* convert to FT_Fixed */
+
+      FT_FRAME_EXIT();
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    ft_var_apply_tuple                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Figure out whether a given tuple (design) applies to the current   */
+  /*    blend, and if so, what is the scaling factor.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    blend           :: The current blend of the font.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    tupleIndex      :: A flag saying whether this is an intermediate   */
+  /*                       tuple or not.                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    tuple_coords    :: The coordinates of the tuple in normalized axis */
+  /*                       units.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    im_start_coords :: The initial coordinates where this tuple starts */
+  /*                       to apply (for intermediate coordinates).        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    im_end_coords   :: The final coordinates after which this tuple no */
+  /*                       longer applies (for intermediate coordinates).  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    An FT_Fixed value containing the scaling factor.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static FT_Fixed
+  ft_var_apply_tuple( GX_Blend   blend,
+                      FT_UShort  tupleIndex,
+                      FT_Fixed*  tuple_coords,
+                      FT_Fixed*  im_start_coords,
+                      FT_Fixed*  im_end_coords )
+  {
+    FT_UInt   i;
+    FT_Fixed  apply;
+    FT_Fixed  temp;
+
+
+    apply = 0x10000L;
+    for ( i = 0; i < blend->num_axis; ++i )
+    {
+      if ( tuple_coords[i] == 0 )
+        /* It's not clear why (for intermediate tuples) we don't need     */
+        /* to check against start/end -- the documentation says we don't. */
+        /* Similarly, it's unclear why we don't need to scale along the   */
+        /* axis.                                                          */
+        continue;
+
+      else if ( blend->normalizedcoords[i] == 0                           ||
+                ( blend->normalizedcoords[i] < 0 && tuple_coords[i] > 0 ) ||
+                ( blend->normalizedcoords[i] > 0 && tuple_coords[i] < 0 ) )
+      {
+        apply = 0;
+        break;
+      }
+
+      else if ( !( tupleIndex & GX_TI_INTERMEDIATE_TUPLE ) )
+        /* not an intermediate tuple */
+        apply = FT_MulDiv( apply,
+                           blend->normalizedcoords[i] > 0
+                             ? blend->normalizedcoords[i]
+                             : -blend->normalizedcoords[i],
+                           0x10000L );
+
+      else if ( blend->normalizedcoords[i] <= im_start_coords[i] ||
+                blend->normalizedcoords[i] >= im_end_coords[i]   )
+      {
+        apply = 0;
+        break;
+      }
+
+      else if ( blend->normalizedcoords[i] < tuple_coords[i] )
+      {
+        temp = FT_MulDiv( blend->normalizedcoords[i] - im_start_coords[i],
+                          0x10000L,
+                          tuple_coords[i] - im_start_coords[i]);
+        apply = FT_MulDiv( apply, temp, 0x10000L );
+      }
+
+      else
+      {
+        temp = FT_MulDiv( im_end_coords[i] - blend->normalizedcoords[i],
+                          0x10000L,
+                          im_end_coords[i] - tuple_coords[i] );
+        apply = FT_MulDiv( apply, temp, 0x10000L );
+      }
+    }
+
+    return apply;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****               MULTIPLE MASTERS SERVICE FUNCTIONS              *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  typedef struct  GX_FVar_Head_
+  {
+    FT_Long    version;
+    FT_UShort  offsetToData;
+    FT_UShort  countSizePairs;
+    FT_UShort  axisCount;
+    FT_UShort  axisSize;
+    FT_UShort  instanceCount;
+    FT_UShort  instanceSize;
+
+  } GX_FVar_Head;
+
+
+  typedef struct  fvar_axis_
+  {
+    FT_ULong   axisTag;
+    FT_ULong   minValue;
+    FT_ULong   defaultValue;
+    FT_ULong   maxValue;
+    FT_UShort  flags;
+    FT_UShort  nameID;
+
+  } GX_FVar_Axis;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    TT_Get_MM_Var                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Check that the font's `fvar' table is valid, parse it, and return  */
+  /*    those data.                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    face   :: The font face.                                           */
+  /*              TT_Get_MM_Var initializes the blend structure.           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    master :: The `fvar' data (must be freed by caller).               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  TT_Get_MM_Var( TT_Face      face,
+                 FT_MM_Var*  *master )
+  {
+    FT_Stream            stream = face->root.stream;
+    FT_Memory            memory = face->root.memory;
+    FT_ULong             table_len;
+    FT_Error             error  = TT_Err_Ok;
+    FT_ULong             fvar_start;
+    FT_Int               i, j;
+    FT_MM_Var*           mmvar;
+    FT_Fixed*            next_coords;
+    FT_String*           next_name;
+    FT_Var_Axis*         a;
+    FT_Var_Named_Style*  ns;
+    GX_FVar_Head         fvar_head;
+
+    static const FT_Frame_Field  fvar_fields[] =
+    {
+
+#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
+#define FT_STRUCTURE  GX_FVar_Head
+
+      FT_FRAME_START( 16 ),
+        FT_FRAME_LONG  ( version ),
+        FT_FRAME_USHORT( offsetToData ),
+        FT_FRAME_USHORT( countSizePairs ),
+        FT_FRAME_USHORT( axisCount ),
+        FT_FRAME_USHORT( axisSize ),
+        FT_FRAME_USHORT( instanceCount ),
+        FT_FRAME_USHORT( instanceSize ),
+      FT_FRAME_END
+    };
+
+    static const FT_Frame_Field  fvaraxis_fields[] =
+    {
+
+#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
+#define FT_STRUCTURE  GX_FVar_Axis
+
+      FT_FRAME_START( 20 ),
+        FT_FRAME_ULONG ( axisTag ),
+        FT_FRAME_ULONG ( minValue ),
+        FT_FRAME_ULONG ( defaultValue ),
+        FT_FRAME_ULONG ( maxValue ),
+        FT_FRAME_USHORT( flags ),
+        FT_FRAME_USHORT( nameID ),
+      FT_FRAME_END
+    };
+
+
+    if ( face->blend == NULL )
+    {
+      /* both `fvar' and `gvar' must be present */
+      if ( (error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_gvar,
+                                      stream, &table_len )) != 0 )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      if ( (error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_fvar,
+                                      stream, &table_len )) != 0 )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      fvar_start = FT_STREAM_POS( );
+
+      if ( FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( fvar_fields, &fvar_head ) )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      if ( fvar_head.version != (FT_Long)0x00010000L                      ||
+           fvar_head.countSizePairs != 2                                  ||
+           fvar_head.axisSize != 20                                       ||
+           fvar_head.instanceSize != 4 + 4 * fvar_head.axisCount          ||
+           fvar_head.offsetToData + fvar_head.axisCount * 20U +
+             fvar_head.instanceCount * fvar_head.instanceSize > table_len )
+      {
+        error = TT_Err_Invalid_Table;
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+
+      if ( FT_NEW( face->blend ) )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      /* XXX: TODO - check for overflows */
+      face->blend->mmvar_len =
+        sizeof ( FT_MM_Var ) +
+        fvar_head.axisCount * sizeof ( FT_Var_Axis ) +
+        fvar_head.instanceCount * sizeof ( FT_Var_Named_Style ) +
+        fvar_head.instanceCount * fvar_head.axisCount * sizeof ( FT_Fixed ) +
+        5 * fvar_head.axisCount;
+
+      if ( FT_ALLOC( mmvar, face->blend->mmvar_len ) )
+        goto Exit;
+      face->blend->mmvar = mmvar;
+
+      mmvar->num_axis =
+        fvar_head.axisCount;
+      mmvar->num_designs =
+        (FT_UInt)-1;           /* meaningless in this context; each glyph */
+                               /* may have a different number of designs  */
+                               /* (or tuples, as called by Apple)         */
+      mmvar->num_namedstyles =
+        fvar_head.instanceCount;
+      mmvar->axis =
+        (FT_Var_Axis*)&(mmvar[1]);
+      mmvar->namedstyle =
+        (FT_Var_Named_Style*)&(mmvar->axis[fvar_head.axisCount]);
+
+      next_coords =
+        (FT_Fixed*)&(mmvar->namedstyle[fvar_head.instanceCount]);
+      for ( i = 0; i < fvar_head.instanceCount; ++i )
+      {
+        mmvar->namedstyle[i].coords  = next_coords;
+        next_coords                 += fvar_head.axisCount;
+      }
+
+      next_name = (FT_String*)next_coords;
+      for ( i = 0; i < fvar_head.axisCount; ++i )
+      {
+        mmvar->axis[i].name  = next_name;
+        next_name           += 5;
+      }
+
+      if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( fvar_start + fvar_head.offsetToData ) )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      a = mmvar->axis;
+      for ( i = 0; i < fvar_head.axisCount; ++i )
+      {
+        GX_FVar_Axis  axis_rec;
+
+
+        if ( FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( fvaraxis_fields, &axis_rec ) )
+          goto Exit;
+        a->tag     = axis_rec.axisTag;
+        a->minimum = axis_rec.minValue;     /* A Fixed */
+        a->def     = axis_rec.defaultValue; /* A Fixed */
+        a->maximum = axis_rec.maxValue;     /* A Fixed */
+        a->strid   = axis_rec.nameID;
+
+        a->name[0] = (FT_String)(   a->tag >> 24 );
+        a->name[1] = (FT_String)( ( a->tag >> 16 ) & 0xFF );
+        a->name[2] = (FT_String)( ( a->tag >>  8 ) & 0xFF );
+        a->name[3] = (FT_String)( ( a->tag       ) & 0xFF );
+        a->name[4] = 0;
+
+        ++a;
+      }
+
+      ns = mmvar->namedstyle;
+      for ( i = 0; i < fvar_head.instanceCount; ++i, ++ns )
+      {
+        if ( FT_FRAME_ENTER( 4L + 4L * fvar_head.axisCount ) )
+          goto Exit;
+
+        ns->strid       =    FT_GET_USHORT();
+        (void) /* flags = */ FT_GET_USHORT();
+
+        for ( j = 0; j < fvar_head.axisCount; ++j )
+          ns->coords[j] = FT_GET_ULONG();     /* A Fixed */
+
+        FT_FRAME_EXIT();
+      }
+    }
+
+    if ( master != NULL )
+    {
+      FT_UInt  n;
+
+
+      if ( FT_ALLOC( mmvar, face->blend->mmvar_len ) )
+        goto Exit;
+      FT_MEM_COPY( mmvar, face->blend->mmvar, face->blend->mmvar_len );
+
+      mmvar->axis =
+        (FT_Var_Axis*)&(mmvar[1]);
+      mmvar->namedstyle =
+        (FT_Var_Named_Style*)&(mmvar->axis[mmvar->num_axis]);
+      next_coords =
+        (FT_Fixed*)&(mmvar->namedstyle[mmvar->num_namedstyles]);
+
+      for ( n = 0; n < mmvar->num_namedstyles; ++n )
+      {
+        mmvar->namedstyle[n].coords  = next_coords;
+        next_coords                 += mmvar->num_axis;
+      }
+
+      a = mmvar->axis;
+      next_name = (FT_String*)next_coords;
+      for ( n = 0; n < mmvar->num_axis; ++n )
+      {
+        a->name = next_name;
+
+        /* standard PostScript names for some standard apple tags */
+        if ( a->tag == TTAG_wght )
+          a->name = (char *)"Weight";
+        else if ( a->tag == TTAG_wdth )
+          a->name = (char *)"Width";
+        else if ( a->tag == TTAG_opsz )
+          a->name = (char *)"OpticalSize";
+        else if ( a->tag == TTAG_slnt )
+          a->name = (char *)"Slant";
+
+        next_name += 5;
+        ++a;
+      }
+
+      *master = mmvar;
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    TT_Set_MM_Blend                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Set the blend (normalized) coordinates for this instance of the    */
+  /*    font.  Check that the `gvar' table is reasonable and does some     */
+  /*    initial preparation.                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    face       :: The font.                                            */
+  /*                  Initialize the blend structure with `gvar' data.     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    num_coords :: Must be the axis count of the font.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    coords     :: An array of num_coords, each between [-1,1].         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  TT_Set_MM_Blend( TT_Face    face,
+                   FT_UInt    num_coords,
+                   FT_Fixed*  coords )
+  {
+    FT_Error    error = TT_Err_Ok;
+    GX_Blend    blend;
+    FT_MM_Var*  mmvar;
+    FT_UInt     i;
+    FT_Memory   memory = face->root.memory;
+
+    enum
+    {
+      mcvt_retain,
+      mcvt_modify,
+      mcvt_load
+
+    } manageCvt;
+
+
+    face->doblend = FALSE;
+
+    if ( face->blend == NULL )
+    {
+      if ( (error = TT_Get_MM_Var( face, NULL)) != 0 )
+        goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    blend = face->blend;
+    mmvar = blend->mmvar;
+
+    if ( num_coords != mmvar->num_axis )
+    {
+      error = TT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < num_coords; ++i )
+      if ( coords[i] < -0x00010000L || coords[i] > 0x00010000L )
+      {
+        error = TT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+
+    if ( blend->glyphoffsets == NULL )
+      if ( (error = ft_var_load_gvar( face )) != 0 )
+        goto Exit;
+
+    if ( blend->normalizedcoords == NULL )
+    {
+      if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( blend->normalizedcoords, num_coords ) )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      manageCvt = mcvt_modify;
+
+      /* If we have not set the blend coordinates before this, then the  */
+      /* cvt table will still be what we read from the `cvt ' table and  */
+      /* we don't need to reload it.  We may need to change it though... */
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      manageCvt = mcvt_retain;
+      for ( i = 0; i < num_coords; ++i )
+      {
+        if ( blend->normalizedcoords[i] != coords[i] )
+        {
+          manageCvt = mcvt_load;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* If we don't change the blend coords then we don't need to do  */
+      /* anything to the cvt table.  It will be correct.  Otherwise we */
+      /* no longer have the original cvt (it was modified when we set  */
+      /* the blend last time), so we must reload and then modify it.   */
+    }
+
+    blend->num_axis = num_coords;
+    FT_MEM_COPY( blend->normalizedcoords,
+                 coords,
+                 num_coords * sizeof ( FT_Fixed ) );
+
+    face->doblend = TRUE;
+
+    if ( face->cvt != NULL )
+    {
+      switch ( manageCvt )
+      {
+      case mcvt_load:
+        /* The cvt table has been loaded already; every time we change the */
+        /* blend we may need to reload and remodify the cvt table.         */
+        FT_FREE( face->cvt );
+        face->cvt = NULL;
+
+        tt_face_load_cvt( face, face->root.stream );
+        break;
+
+      case mcvt_modify:
+        /* The original cvt table is in memory.  All we need to do is */
+        /* apply the `cvar' table (if any).                           */
+        tt_face_vary_cvt( face, face->root.stream );
+        break;
+
+      case mcvt_retain:
+        /* The cvt table is correct for this set of coordinates. */
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    TT_Set_Var_Design                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Set the coordinates for the instance, measured in the user         */
+  /*    coordinate system.  Parse the `avar' table (if present) to convert */
+  /*    from user to normalized coordinates.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    face       :: The font face.                                       */
+  /*                  Initialize the blend struct with `gvar' data.        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    num_coords :: This must be the axis count of the font.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    coords     :: A coordinate array with `num_coords' elements.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  TT_Set_Var_Design( TT_Face    face,
+                     FT_UInt    num_coords,
+                     FT_Fixed*  coords )
+  {
+    FT_Error        error      = TT_Err_Ok;
+    FT_Fixed*       normalized = NULL;
+    GX_Blend        blend;
+    FT_MM_Var*      mmvar;
+    FT_UInt         i, j;
+    FT_Var_Axis*    a;
+    GX_AVarSegment  av;
+    FT_Memory       memory = face->root.memory;
+
+
+    if ( face->blend == NULL )
+    {
+      if ( (error = TT_Get_MM_Var( face, NULL )) != 0 )
+        goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    blend = face->blend;
+    mmvar = blend->mmvar;
+
+    if ( num_coords != mmvar->num_axis )
+    {
+      error = TT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* Axis normalization is a two stage process.  First we normalize */
+    /* based on the [min,def,max] values for the axis to be [-1,0,1]. */
+    /* Then, if there's an `avar' table, we renormalize this range.   */
+
+    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( normalized, mmvar->num_axis ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    a = mmvar->axis;
+    for ( i = 0; i < mmvar->num_axis; ++i, ++a )
+    {
+      if ( coords[i] > a->maximum || coords[i] < a->minimum )
+      {
+        error = TT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+
+      if ( coords[i] < a->def )
+      {
+        normalized[i] = -FT_MulDiv( coords[i] - a->def,
+                                    0x10000L,
+                                    a->minimum - a->def );
+      }
+      else if ( a->maximum == a->def )
+        normalized[i] = 0;
+      else
+      {
+        normalized[i] = FT_MulDiv( coords[i] - a->def,
+                                   0x10000L,
+                                   a->maximum - a->def );
+      }
+    }
+
+    if ( !blend->avar_checked )
+      ft_var_load_avar( face );
+
+    if ( blend->avar_segment != NULL )
+    {
+      av = blend->avar_segment;
+      for ( i = 0; i < mmvar->num_axis; ++i, ++av )
+      {
+        for ( j = 1; j < (FT_UInt)av->pairCount; ++j )
+          if ( normalized[i] < av->correspondence[j].fromCoord )
+          {
+            normalized[i] =
+              FT_MulDiv(
+                FT_MulDiv(
+                  normalized[i] - av->correspondence[j - 1].fromCoord,
+                  0x10000L,
+                  av->correspondence[j].fromCoord -
+                    av->correspondence[j - 1].fromCoord ),
+                av->correspondence[j].toCoord -
+                  av->correspondence[j - 1].toCoord,
+                0x10000L ) +
+              av->correspondence[j - 1].toCoord;
+            break;
+          }
+      }
+    }
+
+    error = TT_Set_MM_Blend( face, num_coords, normalized );
+
+  Exit:
+    FT_FREE( normalized );
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                     GX VAR PARSING ROUTINES                   *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    tt_face_vary_cvt                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Modify the loaded cvt table according to the `cvar' table and the  */
+  /*    font's blend.                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    face   :: A handle to the target face object.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    stream :: A handle to the input stream.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    Most errors are ignored.  It is perfectly valid not to have a      */
+  /*    `cvar' table even if there is a `gvar' and `fvar' table.           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_vary_cvt( TT_Face    face,
+                    FT_Stream  stream )
+  {
+    FT_Error    error;
+    FT_Memory   memory = stream->memory;
+    FT_ULong    table_start;
+    FT_ULong    table_len;
+    FT_UInt     tupleCount;
+    FT_ULong    offsetToData;
+    FT_ULong    here;
+    FT_UInt     i, j;
+    FT_Fixed*   tuple_coords    = NULL;
+    FT_Fixed*   im_start_coords = NULL;
+    FT_Fixed*   im_end_coords   = NULL;
+    GX_Blend    blend           = face->blend;
+    FT_UInt     point_count;
+    FT_UShort*  localpoints;
+    FT_Short*   deltas;
+
+
+    FT_TRACE2(( "CVAR " ));
+
+    if ( blend == NULL )
+    {
+      FT_TRACE2(( "no blend specified!\n" ));
+
+      error = TT_Err_Ok;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    if ( face->cvt == NULL )
+    {
+      FT_TRACE2(( "no `cvt ' table!\n" ));
+
+      error = TT_Err_Ok;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_cvar, stream, &table_len );
+    if ( error )
+    {
+      FT_TRACE2(( "is missing!\n" ));
+
+      error = TT_Err_Ok;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    if ( FT_FRAME_ENTER( table_len ) )
+    {
+      error = TT_Err_Ok;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    table_start = FT_Stream_FTell( stream );
+    if ( FT_GET_LONG() != 0x00010000L )
+    {
+      FT_TRACE2(( "bad table version!\n" ));
+
+      error = TT_Err_Ok;
+      goto FExit;
+    }
+
+    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( tuple_coords, blend->num_axis )    ||
+         FT_NEW_ARRAY( im_start_coords, blend->num_axis ) ||
+         FT_NEW_ARRAY( im_end_coords, blend->num_axis )   )
+      goto FExit;
+
+    tupleCount   = FT_GET_USHORT();
+    offsetToData = table_start + FT_GET_USHORT();
+
+    /* The documentation implies there are flags packed into the        */
+    /* tuplecount, but John Jenkins says that shared points don't apply */
+    /* to `cvar', and no other flags are defined.                       */
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < ( tupleCount & 0xFFF ); ++i )
+    {
+      FT_UInt   tupleDataSize;
+      FT_UInt   tupleIndex;
+      FT_Fixed  apply;
+
+
+      tupleDataSize = FT_GET_USHORT();
+      tupleIndex    = FT_GET_USHORT();
+
+      /* There is no provision here for a global tuple coordinate section, */
+      /* so John says.  There are no tuple indices, just embedded tuples.  */
+
+      if ( tupleIndex & GX_TI_EMBEDDED_TUPLE_COORD )
+      {
+        for ( j = 0; j < blend->num_axis; ++j )
+          tuple_coords[j] = FT_GET_SHORT() << 2; /* convert from        */
+                                                 /* short frac to fixed */
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* skip this tuple; it makes no sense */
+
+        if ( tupleIndex & GX_TI_INTERMEDIATE_TUPLE )
+          for ( j = 0; j < 2 * blend->num_axis; ++j )
+            (void)FT_GET_SHORT();
+
+        offsetToData += tupleDataSize;
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      if ( tupleIndex & GX_TI_INTERMEDIATE_TUPLE )
+      {
+        for ( j = 0; j < blend->num_axis; ++j )
+          im_start_coords[j] = FT_GET_SHORT() << 2;
+        for ( j = 0; j < blend->num_axis; ++j )
+          im_end_coords[j] = FT_GET_SHORT() << 2;
+      }
+
+      apply = ft_var_apply_tuple( blend,
+                                  (FT_UShort)tupleIndex,
+                                  tuple_coords,
+                                  im_start_coords,
+                                  im_end_coords );
+      if ( /* tuple isn't active for our blend */
+           apply == 0                                    ||
+           /* global points not allowed,           */
+           /* if they aren't local, makes no sense */
+           !( tupleIndex & GX_TI_PRIVATE_POINT_NUMBERS ) )
+      {
+        offsetToData += tupleDataSize;
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      here = FT_Stream_FTell( stream );
+
+      FT_Stream_SeekSet( stream, offsetToData );
+
+      localpoints = ft_var_readpackedpoints( stream, &point_count );
+      deltas      = ft_var_readpackeddeltas( stream,
+                                             point_count == 0 ? face->cvt_size
+                                                              : point_count );
+      if ( localpoints == NULL || deltas == NULL )
+        /* failure, ignore it */;
+
+      else if ( localpoints == ALL_POINTS )
+      {
+        /* this means that there are deltas for every entry in cvt */
+        for ( j = 0; j < face->cvt_size; ++j )
+          face->cvt[j] = (FT_Short)( face->cvt[j] +
+                                     FT_MulFix( deltas[j], apply ) );
+      }
+
+      else
+      {
+        for ( j = 0; j < point_count; ++j )
+        {
+          int  pindex = localpoints[j];
+
+          face->cvt[pindex] = (FT_Short)( face->cvt[pindex] +
+                                          FT_MulFix( deltas[j], apply ) );
+        }
+      }
+
+      if ( localpoints != ALL_POINTS )
+        FT_FREE( localpoints );
+      FT_FREE( deltas );
+
+      offsetToData += tupleDataSize;
+
+      FT_Stream_SeekSet( stream, here );
+    }
+
+  FExit:
+    FT_FRAME_EXIT();
+
+  Exit:
+    FT_FREE( tuple_coords );
+    FT_FREE( im_start_coords );
+    FT_FREE( im_end_coords );
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    TT_Vary_Get_Glyph_Deltas                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Load the appropriate deltas for the current glyph.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    face        :: A handle to the target face object.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    glyph_index :: The index of the glyph being modified.              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    n_points    :: The number of the points in the glyph, including    */
+  /*                   phantom points.                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    deltas      :: The array of points to change.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  TT_Vary_Get_Glyph_Deltas( TT_Face      face,
+                            FT_UInt      glyph_index,
+                            FT_Vector*  *deltas,
+                            FT_UInt      n_points )
+  {
+    FT_Stream   stream = face->root.stream;
+    FT_Memory   memory = stream->memory;
+    GX_Blend    blend  = face->blend;
+    FT_Vector*  delta_xy;
+
+    FT_Error    error;
+    FT_ULong    glyph_start;
+    FT_UInt     tupleCount;
+    FT_ULong    offsetToData;
+    FT_ULong    here;
+    FT_UInt     i, j;
+    FT_Fixed*   tuple_coords    = NULL;
+    FT_Fixed*   im_start_coords = NULL;
+    FT_Fixed*   im_end_coords   = NULL;
+    FT_UInt     point_count, spoint_count = 0;
+    FT_UShort*  sharedpoints = NULL;
+    FT_UShort*  localpoints  = NULL;
+    FT_UShort*  points;
+    FT_Short    *deltas_x, *deltas_y;
+
+
+    if ( !face->doblend || blend == NULL )
+      return TT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    /* to be freed by the caller */
+    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( delta_xy, n_points ) )
+      goto Exit;
+    *deltas = delta_xy;
+
+    if ( glyph_index >= blend->gv_glyphcnt      ||
+         blend->glyphoffsets[glyph_index] ==
+           blend->glyphoffsets[glyph_index + 1] )
+      return TT_Err_Ok;               /* no variation data for this glyph */
+
+    if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( blend->glyphoffsets[glyph_index] )   ||
+         FT_FRAME_ENTER( blend->glyphoffsets[glyph_index + 1] -
+                           blend->glyphoffsets[glyph_index] ) )
+      goto Fail1;
+
+    glyph_start = FT_Stream_FTell( stream );
+
+    /* each set of glyph variation data is formatted similarly to `cvar' */
+    /* (except we get shared points and global tuples)                   */
+
+    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( tuple_coords, blend->num_axis )    ||
+         FT_NEW_ARRAY( im_start_coords, blend->num_axis ) ||
+         FT_NEW_ARRAY( im_end_coords, blend->num_axis )   )
+      goto Fail2;
+
+    tupleCount   = FT_GET_USHORT();
+    offsetToData = glyph_start + FT_GET_USHORT();
+
+    if ( tupleCount & GX_TC_TUPLES_SHARE_POINT_NUMBERS )
+    {
+      here = FT_Stream_FTell( stream );
+
+      FT_Stream_SeekSet( stream, offsetToData );
+
+      sharedpoints = ft_var_readpackedpoints( stream, &spoint_count );
+      offsetToData = FT_Stream_FTell( stream );
+
+      FT_Stream_SeekSet( stream, here );
+    }
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < ( tupleCount & GX_TC_TUPLE_COUNT_MASK ); ++i )
+    {
+      FT_UInt   tupleDataSize;
+      FT_UInt   tupleIndex;
+      FT_Fixed  apply;
+
+
+      tupleDataSize = FT_GET_USHORT();
+      tupleIndex    = FT_GET_USHORT();
+
+      if ( tupleIndex & GX_TI_EMBEDDED_TUPLE_COORD )
+      {
+        for ( j = 0; j < blend->num_axis; ++j )
+          tuple_coords[j] = FT_GET_SHORT() << 2;  /* convert from        */
+                                                  /* short frac to fixed */
+      }
+      else if ( ( tupleIndex & GX_TI_TUPLE_INDEX_MASK ) >= blend->tuplecount )
+      {
+        error = TT_Err_Invalid_Table;
+        goto Fail3;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        FT_MEM_COPY(
+          tuple_coords,
+          &blend->tuplecoords[(tupleIndex & 0xFFF) * blend->num_axis],
+          blend->num_axis * sizeof ( FT_Fixed ) );
+      }
+
+      if ( tupleIndex & GX_TI_INTERMEDIATE_TUPLE )
+      {
+        for ( j = 0; j < blend->num_axis; ++j )
+          im_start_coords[j] = FT_GET_SHORT() << 2;
+        for ( j = 0; j < blend->num_axis; ++j )
+          im_end_coords[j] = FT_GET_SHORT() << 2;
+      }
+
+      apply = ft_var_apply_tuple( blend,
+                                  (FT_UShort)tupleIndex,
+                                  tuple_coords,
+                                  im_start_coords,
+                                  im_end_coords );
+
+      if ( apply == 0 )              /* tuple isn't active for our blend */
+      {
+        offsetToData += tupleDataSize;
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      here = FT_Stream_FTell( stream );
+
+      if ( tupleIndex & GX_TI_PRIVATE_POINT_NUMBERS )
+      {
+        FT_Stream_SeekSet( stream, offsetToData );
+
+        localpoints = ft_var_readpackedpoints( stream, &point_count );
+        points      = localpoints;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        points      = sharedpoints;
+        point_count = spoint_count;
+      }
+
+      deltas_x = ft_var_readpackeddeltas( stream,
+                                          point_count == 0 ? n_points
+                                                           : point_count );
+      deltas_y = ft_var_readpackeddeltas( stream,
+                                          point_count == 0 ? n_points
+                                                           : point_count );
+
+      if ( points == NULL || deltas_y == NULL || deltas_x == NULL )
+        ; /* failure, ignore it */
+
+      else if ( points == ALL_POINTS )
+      {
+        /* this means that there are deltas for every point in the glyph */
+        for ( j = 0; j < n_points; ++j )
+        {
+          delta_xy[j].x += FT_MulFix( deltas_x[j], apply );
+          delta_xy[j].y += FT_MulFix( deltas_y[j], apply );
+        }
+      }
+
+      else
+      {
+        for ( j = 0; j < point_count; ++j )
+        {
+          delta_xy[localpoints[j]].x += FT_MulFix( deltas_x[j], apply );
+          delta_xy[localpoints[j]].y += FT_MulFix( deltas_y[j], apply );
+        }
+      }
+
+      if ( localpoints != ALL_POINTS )
+        FT_FREE( localpoints );
+      FT_FREE( deltas_x );
+      FT_FREE( deltas_y );
+
+      offsetToData += tupleDataSize;
+
+      FT_Stream_SeekSet( stream, here );
+    }
+
+  Fail3:
+    FT_FREE( tuple_coords );
+    FT_FREE( im_start_coords );
+    FT_FREE( im_end_coords );
+
+  Fail2:
+    FT_FRAME_EXIT();
+
+  Fail1:
+    if ( error )
+    {
+      FT_FREE( delta_xy );
+      *deltas = NULL;
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    tt_done_blend                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Frees the blend internal data structure.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  tt_done_blend( FT_Memory  memory,
+                 GX_Blend   blend )
+  {
+    if ( blend != NULL )
+    {
+      FT_UInt  i;
+
+
+      FT_FREE( blend->normalizedcoords );
+      FT_FREE( blend->mmvar );
+
+      if ( blend->avar_segment != NULL )
+      {
+        for ( i = 0; i < blend->num_axis; ++i )
+          FT_FREE( blend->avar_segment[i].correspondence );
+        FT_FREE( blend->avar_segment );
+      }
+
+      FT_FREE( blend->tuplecoords );
+      FT_FREE( blend->glyphoffsets );
+      FT_FREE( blend );
+    }
+  }
+
+#endif /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttgxvar.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttgxvar.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..706cb4d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttgxvar.h
@@ -0,0 +1,182 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ttgxvar.h                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    TrueType GX Font Variation loader (specification)                    */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2004 by                                                      */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, Werner Lemberg and George Williams.      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __TTGXVAR_H__
+#define __TTGXVAR_H__
+
+
+#include 
+#include "ttobjs.h"
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    GX_AVarCorrespondenceRec                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    A data structure representing `shortFracCorrespondence' in `avar'  */
+  /*    table according to the specifications from Apple.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  GX_AVarCorrespondenceRec_
+  {
+    FT_Fixed  fromCoord;
+    FT_Fixed  toCoord;
+
+  } GX_AVarCorrespondenceRec_, *GX_AVarCorrespondence;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    GX_AVarRec                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Data from the segment field of `avar' table.                       */
+  /*    There is one of these for each axis.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  GX_AVarSegmentRec_
+  {
+    FT_UShort              pairCount;
+    GX_AVarCorrespondence  correspondence; /* array with pairCount entries */
+
+  } GX_AVarSegmentRec, *GX_AVarSegment;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    GX_BlendRec                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Data for interpolating a font from a distortable font specified    */
+  /*    by the GX *var tables ([fgca]var).                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    num_axis         :: The number of axes along which interpolation   */
+  /*                         may happen                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    normalizedcoords :: A normalized value (between [-1,1]) indicating */
+  /*                        the contribution along each axis to the final  */
+  /*                        interpolated font.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  GX_BlendRec_
+  {
+    FT_UInt         num_axis;
+    FT_Fixed*       normalizedcoords;
+
+    FT_MM_Var*      mmvar;
+    FT_Int          mmvar_len;
+
+    FT_Bool         avar_checked;
+    GX_AVarSegment  avar_segment;
+
+    FT_UInt         tuplecount;      /* shared tuples in `gvar'           */
+    FT_Fixed*       tuplecoords;     /* tuplecoords[tuplecount][num_axis] */
+
+    FT_UInt         gv_glyphcnt;
+    FT_ULong*       glyphoffsets;
+
+  } GX_BlendRec;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                 */
+  /*    GX_TupleCountFlags                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Flags used within the `TupleCount' field of the `gvar' table.      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef enum  GX_TupleCountFlags_
+  {
+    GX_TC_TUPLES_SHARE_POINT_NUMBERS = 0x8000,
+    GX_TC_RESERVED_TUPLE_FLAGS       = 0x7000,
+    GX_TC_TUPLE_COUNT_MASK           = 0x0FFF
+
+  } GX_TupleCountFlags;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                 */
+  /*    GX_TupleIndexFlags                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Flags used within the `TupleIndex' field of the `gvar' and `cvar'  */
+  /*    tables.                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef enum  GX_TupleIndexFlags_
+  {
+    GX_TI_EMBEDDED_TUPLE_COORD  = 0x8000,
+    GX_TI_INTERMEDIATE_TUPLE    = 0x4000,
+    GX_TI_PRIVATE_POINT_NUMBERS = 0x2000,
+    GX_TI_RESERVED_TUPLE_FLAG   = 0x1000,
+    GX_TI_TUPLE_INDEX_MASK      = 0x0FFF
+
+  } GX_TupleIndexFlags;
+
+
+#define TTAG_wght  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'w', 'g', 'h', 't' )
+#define TTAG_wdth  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'w', 'd', 't', 'h' )
+#define TTAG_opsz  FT_MAKE_TAG( 'o', 'p', 's', 'z' )
+#define TTAG_slnt  FT_MAKE_TAG( 's', 'l', 'n', 't' )
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  TT_Set_MM_Blend( TT_Face    face,
+                   FT_UInt    num_coords,
+                   FT_Fixed*  coords );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  TT_Set_Var_Design( TT_Face    face,
+                     FT_UInt    num_coords,
+                     FT_Fixed*  coords );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  TT_Get_MM_Var( TT_Face      face,
+                 FT_MM_Var*  *master );
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_vary_cvt( TT_Face    face,
+                    FT_Stream  stream );
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  TT_Vary_Get_Glyph_Deltas( TT_Face      face,
+                            FT_UInt      glyph_index,
+                            FT_Vector*  *deltas,
+                            FT_UInt      n_points );
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  tt_done_blend( FT_Memory  memory,
+                 GX_Blend   blend );
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+
+#endif /* __TTGXVAR_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttinterp.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttinterp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2279a62
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttinterp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,7830 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ttinterp.c                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    TrueType bytecode interpreter (body).                                */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 by */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include 
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_CALC_H
+#include FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H
+#include FT_SYSTEM_H
+
+#include "ttinterp.h"
+
+#include "tterrors.h"
+
+
+#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
+
+
+#define TT_MULFIX           FT_MulFix
+#define TT_MULDIV           FT_MulDiv
+#define TT_MULDIV_NO_ROUND  FT_MulDiv_No_Round
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_ttinterp
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* In order to detect infinite loops in the code, we set up a counter    */
+  /* within the run loop.  A single stroke of interpretation is now        */
+  /* limited to a maximal number of opcodes defined below.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define MAX_RUNNABLE_OPCODES  1000000L
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* There are two kinds of implementations:                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* a. static implementation                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    The current execution context is a static variable, which fields   */
+  /*    are accessed directly by the interpreter during execution.  The    */
+  /*    context is named `cur'.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    This version is non-reentrant, of course.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* b. indirect implementation                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    The current execution context is passed to _each_ function as its  */
+  /*    first argument, and each field is thus accessed indirectly.        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    This version is fully re-entrant.                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The idea is that an indirect implementation may be slower to execute  */
+  /* on low-end processors that are used in some systems (like 386s or     */
+  /* even 486s).                                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* As a consequence, the indirect implementation is now the default, as  */
+  /* its performance costs can be considered negligible in our context.    */
+  /* Note, however, that we kept the same source with macros because:      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* - The code is kept very close in design to the Pascal code used for   */
+  /*   development.                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* - It's much more readable that way!                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* - It's still open to experimentation and tuning.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_STATIC_INTERPRETER     /* indirect implementation */
+
+#define CUR  (*exc)                             /* see ttobjs.h */
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This macro is used whenever `exec' is unused in a function, to avoid  */
+  /* stupid warnings from pedantic compilers.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define FT_UNUSED_EXEC  FT_UNUSED( exc )
+
+#else                                           /* static implementation */
+
+#define CUR  cur
+
+#define FT_UNUSED_EXEC  int  __dummy = __dummy
+
+  static
+  TT_ExecContextRec  cur;   /* static exec. context variable */
+
+  /* apparently, we have a _lot_ of direct indexing when accessing  */
+  /* the static `cur', which makes the code bigger (due to all the  */
+  /* four bytes addresses).                                         */
+
+#endif /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_STATIC_INTERPRETER */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The instruction argument stack.                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define INS_ARG  EXEC_OP_ FT_Long*  args    /* see ttobjs.h for EXEC_OP_ */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This macro is used whenever `args' is unused in a function, to avoid  */
+  /* stupid warnings from pedantic compilers.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define FT_UNUSED_ARG  FT_UNUSED_EXEC; FT_UNUSED( args )
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The following macros hide the use of EXEC_ARG and EXEC_ARG_ to        */
+  /* increase readability of the code.                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#define SKIP_Code() \
+          SkipCode( EXEC_ARG )
+
+#define GET_ShortIns() \
+          GetShortIns( EXEC_ARG )
+
+#define NORMalize( x, y, v ) \
+          Normalize( EXEC_ARG_ x, y, v )
+
+#define SET_SuperRound( scale, flags ) \
+          SetSuperRound( EXEC_ARG_ scale, flags )
+
+#define ROUND_None( d, c ) \
+          Round_None( EXEC_ARG_ d, c )
+
+#define INS_Goto_CodeRange( range, ip ) \
+          Ins_Goto_CodeRange( EXEC_ARG_ range, ip )
+
+#define CUR_Func_move( z, p, d ) \
+          CUR.func_move( EXEC_ARG_ z, p, d )
+
+#define CUR_Func_move_orig( z, p, d ) \
+          CUR.func_move_orig( EXEC_ARG_ z, p, d )
+
+#define CUR_Func_round( d, c ) \
+          CUR.func_round( EXEC_ARG_ d, c )
+
+#define CUR_Func_read_cvt( index ) \
+          CUR.func_read_cvt( EXEC_ARG_ index )
+
+#define CUR_Func_write_cvt( index, val ) \
+          CUR.func_write_cvt( EXEC_ARG_ index, val )
+
+#define CUR_Func_move_cvt( index, val ) \
+          CUR.func_move_cvt( EXEC_ARG_ index, val )
+
+#define CURRENT_Ratio() \
+          Current_Ratio( EXEC_ARG )
+
+#define CURRENT_Ppem() \
+          Current_Ppem( EXEC_ARG )
+
+#define CUR_Ppem() \
+          Cur_PPEM( EXEC_ARG )
+
+#define INS_SxVTL( a, b, c, d ) \
+          Ins_SxVTL( EXEC_ARG_ a, b, c, d )
+
+#define COMPUTE_Funcs() \
+          Compute_Funcs( EXEC_ARG )
+
+#define COMPUTE_Round( a ) \
+          Compute_Round( EXEC_ARG_ a )
+
+#define COMPUTE_Point_Displacement( a, b, c, d ) \
+          Compute_Point_Displacement( EXEC_ARG_ a, b, c, d )
+
+#define MOVE_Zp2_Point( a, b, c, t ) \
+          Move_Zp2_Point( EXEC_ARG_ a, b, c, t )
+
+
+#define CUR_Func_project( v1, v2 )  \
+          CUR.func_project( EXEC_ARG_ (v1)->x - (v2)->x, (v1)->y - (v2)->y )
+
+#define CUR_Func_dualproj( v1, v2 )  \
+          CUR.func_dualproj( EXEC_ARG_ (v1)->x - (v2)->x, (v1)->y - (v2)->y )
+
+#define CUR_fast_project( v ) \
+          CUR.func_project( EXEC_ARG_ (v)->x, (v)->y )
+
+#define CUR_fast_dualproj( v ) \
+          CUR.func_dualproj( EXEC_ARG_ (v)->x, (v)->y )
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Instruction dispatch function, as used by the interpreter.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef void  (*TInstruction_Function)( INS_ARG );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* A simple bounds-checking macro.                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define BOUNDS( x, n )  ( (FT_UInt)(x) >= (FT_UInt)(n) )
+
+#undef  SUCCESS
+#define SUCCESS  0
+
+#undef  FAILURE
+#define FAILURE  1
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING
+#define GUESS_VECTOR( V )                                         \
+  if ( CUR.face->unpatented_hinting )                             \
+  {                                                               \
+    CUR.GS.V.x = (FT_F2Dot14)( CUR.GS.both_x_axis ? 0x4000 : 0 ); \
+    CUR.GS.V.y = (FT_F2Dot14)( CUR.GS.both_x_axis ? 0 : 0x4000 ); \
+  }
+#else
+#define GUESS_VECTOR( V )
+#endif
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                        CODERANGE FUNCTIONS                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    TT_Goto_CodeRange                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Switches to a new code range (updates the code related elements in */
+  /*    `exec', and `IP').                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    range :: The new execution code range.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    IP    :: The new IP in the new code range.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    exec  :: The target execution context.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  TT_Goto_CodeRange( TT_ExecContext  exec,
+                     FT_Int          range,
+                     FT_Long         IP )
+  {
+    TT_CodeRange*  coderange;
+
+
+    FT_ASSERT( range >= 1 && range <= 3 );
+
+    coderange = &exec->codeRangeTable[range - 1];
+
+    FT_ASSERT( coderange->base != NULL );
+
+    /* NOTE: Because the last instruction of a program may be a CALL */
+    /*       which will return to the first byte *after* the code    */
+    /*       range, we test for IP <= Size instead of IP < Size.     */
+    /*                                                               */
+    FT_ASSERT( (FT_ULong)IP <= coderange->size );
+
+    exec->code     = coderange->base;
+    exec->codeSize = coderange->size;
+    exec->IP       = IP;
+    exec->curRange = range;
+
+    return TT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    TT_Set_CodeRange                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Sets a code range.                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    range  :: The code range index.                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    base   :: The new code base.                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    length :: The range size in bytes.                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    exec   :: The target execution context.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  TT_Set_CodeRange( TT_ExecContext  exec,
+                    FT_Int          range,
+                    void*           base,
+                    FT_Long         length )
+  {
+    FT_ASSERT( range >= 1 && range <= 3 );
+
+    exec->codeRangeTable[range - 1].base = (FT_Byte*)base;
+    exec->codeRangeTable[range - 1].size = length;
+
+    return TT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    TT_Clear_CodeRange                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Clears a code range.                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    range :: The code range index.                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    exec  :: The target execution context.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                 */
+  /*    Does not set the Error variable.                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  TT_Clear_CodeRange( TT_ExecContext  exec,
+                      FT_Int          range )
+  {
+    FT_ASSERT( range >= 1 && range <= 3 );
+
+    exec->codeRangeTable[range - 1].base = NULL;
+    exec->codeRangeTable[range - 1].size = 0;
+
+    return TT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                   EXECUTION CONTEXT ROUTINES                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    TT_Done_Context                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Destroys a given context.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    exec   :: A handle to the target execution context.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    memory :: A handle to the parent memory object.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                 */
+  /*    Only the glyph loader and debugger should call this function.      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  TT_Done_Context( TT_ExecContext  exec )
+  {
+    FT_Memory  memory = exec->memory;
+
+
+    /* points zone */
+    exec->maxPoints   = 0;
+    exec->maxContours = 0;
+
+    /* free stack */
+    FT_FREE( exec->stack );
+    exec->stackSize = 0;
+
+    /* free call stack */
+    FT_FREE( exec->callStack );
+    exec->callSize = 0;
+    exec->callTop  = 0;
+
+    /* free glyph code range */
+    FT_FREE( exec->glyphIns );
+    exec->glyphSize = 0;
+
+    exec->size = NULL;
+    exec->face = NULL;
+
+    FT_FREE( exec );
+
+    return TT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    Init_Context                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Initializes a context object.                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    memory :: A handle to the parent memory object.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    exec   :: A handle to the target execution context.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static FT_Error
+  Init_Context( TT_ExecContext  exec,
+                FT_Memory       memory )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error;
+
+
+    FT_TRACE1(( "Init_Context: new object at 0x%08p\n", exec ));
+
+    exec->memory   = memory;
+    exec->callSize = 32;
+
+    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( exec->callStack, exec->callSize ) )
+      goto Fail_Memory;
+
+    /* all values in the context are set to 0 already, but this is */
+    /* here as a remainder                                         */
+    exec->maxPoints   = 0;
+    exec->maxContours = 0;
+
+    exec->stackSize = 0;
+    exec->glyphSize = 0;
+
+    exec->stack     = NULL;
+    exec->glyphIns  = NULL;
+
+    exec->face = NULL;
+    exec->size = NULL;
+
+    return TT_Err_Ok;
+
+  Fail_Memory:
+    FT_ERROR(( "Init_Context: not enough memory for 0x%08lx\n",
+               (FT_Long)exec ));
+    TT_Done_Context( exec );
+
+    return error;
+ }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    Update_Max                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Checks the size of a buffer and reallocates it if necessary.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    memory     :: A handle to the parent memory object.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    multiplier :: The size in bytes of each element in the buffer.     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    new_max    :: The new capacity (size) of the buffer.               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    size       :: The address of the buffer's current size expressed   */
+  /*                  in elements.                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    buff       :: The address of the buffer base pointer.              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static FT_Error
+  Update_Max( FT_Memory  memory,
+              FT_ULong*  size,
+              FT_Long    multiplier,
+              void*      _pbuff,
+              FT_ULong   new_max )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error;
+    void**    pbuff = (void**)_pbuff;
+
+
+    if ( *size < new_max )
+    {
+      if ( FT_REALLOC( *pbuff, *size * multiplier, new_max * multiplier ) )
+        return error;
+      *size = new_max;
+    }
+
+    return TT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    TT_Load_Context                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Prepare an execution context for glyph hinting.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    face :: A handle to the source face object.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    size :: A handle to the source size object.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    exec :: A handle to the target execution context.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                 */
+  /*    Only the glyph loader and debugger should call this function.      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  TT_Load_Context( TT_ExecContext  exec,
+                   TT_Face         face,
+                   TT_Size         size )
+  {
+    FT_Int          i;
+    FT_ULong        tmp;
+    TT_MaxProfile*  maxp;
+    FT_Error        error;
+
+
+    exec->face = face;
+    maxp       = &face->max_profile;
+    exec->size = size;
+
+    if ( size )
+    {
+      exec->numFDefs   = size->num_function_defs;
+      exec->maxFDefs   = size->max_function_defs;
+      exec->numIDefs   = size->num_instruction_defs;
+      exec->maxIDefs   = size->max_instruction_defs;
+      exec->FDefs      = size->function_defs;
+      exec->IDefs      = size->instruction_defs;
+      exec->tt_metrics = size->ttmetrics;
+      exec->metrics    = size->metrics;
+
+      exec->maxFunc    = size->max_func;
+      exec->maxIns     = size->max_ins;
+
+      for ( i = 0; i < TT_MAX_CODE_RANGES; i++ )
+        exec->codeRangeTable[i] = size->codeRangeTable[i];
+
+      /* set graphics state */
+      exec->GS = size->GS;
+
+      exec->cvtSize = size->cvt_size;
+      exec->cvt     = size->cvt;
+
+      exec->storeSize = size->storage_size;
+      exec->storage   = size->storage;
+
+      exec->twilight  = size->twilight;
+    }
+
+    /* XXX: We reserve a little more elements on the stack to deal safely */
+    /*      with broken fonts like arialbs, courbs, timesbs, etc.         */
+    tmp = exec->stackSize;
+    error = Update_Max( exec->memory,
+                        &tmp,
+                        sizeof ( FT_F26Dot6 ),
+                        (void*)&exec->stack,
+                        maxp->maxStackElements + 32 );
+    exec->stackSize = (FT_UInt)tmp;
+    if ( error )
+      return error;
+
+    tmp = exec->glyphSize;
+    error = Update_Max( exec->memory,
+                        &tmp,
+                        sizeof ( FT_Byte ),
+                        (void*)&exec->glyphIns,
+                        maxp->maxSizeOfInstructions );
+    exec->glyphSize = (FT_UShort)tmp;
+    if ( error )
+      return error;
+
+    exec->pts.n_points   = 0;
+    exec->pts.n_contours = 0;
+
+    exec->zp1 = exec->pts;
+    exec->zp2 = exec->pts;
+    exec->zp0 = exec->pts;
+
+    exec->instruction_trap = FALSE;
+
+    return TT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    TT_Save_Context                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Saves the code ranges in a `size' object.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    exec :: A handle to the source execution context.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    size :: A handle to the target size object.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                 */
+  /*    Only the glyph loader and debugger should call this function.      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  TT_Save_Context( TT_ExecContext  exec,
+                   TT_Size         size )
+  {
+    FT_Int  i;
+
+
+    /* XXXX: Will probably disappear soon with all the code range */
+    /*       management, which is now rather obsolete.            */
+    /*                                                            */
+    size->num_function_defs    = exec->numFDefs;
+    size->num_instruction_defs = exec->numIDefs;
+
+    size->max_func = exec->maxFunc;
+    size->max_ins  = exec->maxIns;
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < TT_MAX_CODE_RANGES; i++ )
+      size->codeRangeTable[i] = exec->codeRangeTable[i];
+
+    return TT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    TT_Run_Context                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Executes one or more instructions in the execution context.        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    debug :: A Boolean flag.  If set, the function sets some internal  */
+  /*             variables and returns immediately, otherwise TT_RunIns()  */
+  /*             is called.                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*             This is commented out currently.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    exec  :: A handle to the target execution context.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    TrueType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                 */
+  /*    Only the glyph loader and debugger should call this function.      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  TT_Run_Context( TT_ExecContext  exec,
+                  FT_Bool         debug )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error;
+
+
+    if ( ( error = TT_Goto_CodeRange( exec, tt_coderange_glyph, 0  ) )
+           != TT_Err_Ok )
+      return error;
+
+    exec->zp0 = exec->pts;
+    exec->zp1 = exec->pts;
+    exec->zp2 = exec->pts;
+
+    exec->GS.gep0 = 1;
+    exec->GS.gep1 = 1;
+    exec->GS.gep2 = 1;
+
+    exec->GS.projVector.x = 0x4000;
+    exec->GS.projVector.y = 0x0000;
+
+    exec->GS.freeVector = exec->GS.projVector;
+    exec->GS.dualVector = exec->GS.projVector;
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING
+    exec->GS.both_x_axis = TRUE;
+#endif
+
+    exec->GS.round_state = 1;
+    exec->GS.loop        = 1;
+
+    /* some glyphs leave something on the stack. so we clean it */
+    /* before a new execution.                                  */
+    exec->top     = 0;
+    exec->callTop = 0;
+
+#if 1
+    FT_UNUSED( debug );
+
+    return exec->face->interpreter( exec );
+#else
+    if ( !debug )
+      return TT_RunIns( exec );
+    else
+      return TT_Err_Ok;
+#endif
+  }
+
+
+  /* The default value for `scan_control' is documented as FALSE in the */
+  /* TrueType specification.  This is confusing since it implies a      */
+  /* Boolean value.  However, this is not the case, thus both the       */
+  /* default values of our `scan_type' and `scan_control' fields (which */
+  /* the documentation's `scan_control' variable is split into) are     */
+  /* zero.                                                              */
+
+  const TT_GraphicsState  tt_default_graphics_state =
+  {
+    0, 0, 0,
+    { 0x4000, 0 },
+    { 0x4000, 0 },
+    { 0x4000, 0 },
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING
+    TRUE,
+#endif
+
+    1, 64, 1,
+    TRUE, 68, 0, 0, 9, 3,
+    0, FALSE, 0, 1, 1, 1
+  };
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ttinterp.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( TT_ExecContext )
+  TT_New_Context( TT_Driver  driver )
+  {
+    TT_ExecContext  exec;
+    FT_Memory       memory;
+
+
+    memory = driver->root.root.memory;
+    exec   = driver->context;
+
+    if ( !driver->context )
+    {
+      FT_Error  error;
+
+
+      /* allocate object */
+      if ( FT_NEW( exec ) )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      /* initialize it */
+      error = Init_Context( exec, memory );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Fail;
+
+      /* store it into the driver */
+      driver->context = exec;
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return driver->context;
+
+  Fail:
+    FT_FREE( exec );
+
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Before an opcode is executed, the interpreter verifies that there are */
+  /* enough arguments on the stack, with the help of the `Pop_Push_Count'  */
+  /* table.                                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* For each opcode, the first column gives the number of arguments that  */
+  /* are popped from the stack; the second one gives the number of those   */
+  /* that are pushed in result.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Opcodes which have a varying number of parameters in the data stream  */
+  /* (NPUSHB, NPUSHW) are handled specially; they have a negative value in */
+  /* the `opcode_length' table, and the value in `Pop_Push_Count' is set   */
+  /* to zero.                                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#undef  PACK
+#define PACK( x, y )  ( ( x << 4 ) | y )
+
+
+  static
+  const FT_Byte  Pop_Push_Count[256] =
+  {
+    /* opcodes are gathered in groups of 16 */
+    /* please keep the spaces as they are   */
+
+    /*  SVTCA  y  */  PACK( 0, 0 ),
+    /*  SVTCA  x  */  PACK( 0, 0 ),
+    /*  SPvTCA y  */  PACK( 0, 0 ),
+    /*  SPvTCA x  */  PACK( 0, 0 ),
+    /*  SFvTCA y  */  PACK( 0, 0 ),
+    /*  SFvTCA x  */  PACK( 0, 0 ),
+    /*  SPvTL //  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
+    /*  SPvTL +   */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
+    /*  SFvTL //  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
+    /*  SFvTL +   */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
+    /*  SPvFS     */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
+    /*  SFvFS     */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
+    /*  GPV       */  PACK( 0, 2 ),
+    /*  GFV       */  PACK( 0, 2 ),
+    /*  SFvTPv    */  PACK( 0, 0 ),
+    /*  ISECT     */  PACK( 5, 0 ),
+
+    /*  SRP0      */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  SRP1      */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  SRP2      */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  SZP0      */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  SZP1      */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  SZP2      */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  SZPS      */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  SLOOP     */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  RTG       */  PACK( 0, 0 ),
+    /*  RTHG      */  PACK( 0, 0 ),
+    /*  SMD       */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  ELSE      */  PACK( 0, 0 ),
+    /*  JMPR      */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  SCvTCi    */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  SSwCi     */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  SSW       */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+
+    /*  DUP       */  PACK( 1, 2 ),
+    /*  POP       */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  CLEAR     */  PACK( 0, 0 ),
+    /*  SWAP      */  PACK( 2, 2 ),
+    /*  DEPTH     */  PACK( 0, 1 ),
+    /*  CINDEX    */  PACK( 1, 1 ),
+    /*  MINDEX    */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  AlignPTS  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
+    /*  INS_$28   */  PACK( 0, 0 ),
+    /*  UTP       */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  LOOPCALL  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
+    /*  CALL      */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  FDEF      */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  ENDF      */  PACK( 0, 0 ),
+    /*  MDAP[0]   */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  MDAP[1]   */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+
+    /*  IUP[0]    */  PACK( 0, 0 ),
+    /*  IUP[1]    */  PACK( 0, 0 ),
+    /*  SHP[0]    */  PACK( 0, 0 ),
+    /*  SHP[1]    */  PACK( 0, 0 ),
+    /*  SHC[0]    */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  SHC[1]    */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  SHZ[0]    */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  SHZ[1]    */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  SHPIX     */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  IP        */  PACK( 0, 0 ),
+    /*  MSIRP[0]  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
+    /*  MSIRP[1]  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
+    /*  AlignRP   */  PACK( 0, 0 ),
+    /*  RTDG      */  PACK( 0, 0 ),
+    /*  MIAP[0]   */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
+    /*  MIAP[1]   */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
+
+    /*  NPushB    */  PACK( 0, 0 ),
+    /*  NPushW    */  PACK( 0, 0 ),
+    /*  WS        */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
+    /*  RS        */  PACK( 1, 1 ),
+    /*  WCvtP     */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
+    /*  RCvt      */  PACK( 1, 1 ),
+    /*  GC[0]     */  PACK( 1, 1 ),
+    /*  GC[1]     */  PACK( 1, 1 ),
+    /*  SCFS      */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
+    /*  MD[0]     */  PACK( 2, 1 ),
+    /*  MD[1]     */  PACK( 2, 1 ),
+    /*  MPPEM     */  PACK( 0, 1 ),
+    /*  MPS       */  PACK( 0, 1 ),
+    /*  FlipON    */  PACK( 0, 0 ),
+    /*  FlipOFF   */  PACK( 0, 0 ),
+    /*  DEBUG     */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+
+    /*  LT        */  PACK( 2, 1 ),
+    /*  LTEQ      */  PACK( 2, 1 ),
+    /*  GT        */  PACK( 2, 1 ),
+    /*  GTEQ      */  PACK( 2, 1 ),
+    /*  EQ        */  PACK( 2, 1 ),
+    /*  NEQ       */  PACK( 2, 1 ),
+    /*  ODD       */  PACK( 1, 1 ),
+    /*  EVEN      */  PACK( 1, 1 ),
+    /*  IF        */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  EIF       */  PACK( 0, 0 ),
+    /*  AND       */  PACK( 2, 1 ),
+    /*  OR        */  PACK( 2, 1 ),
+    /*  NOT       */  PACK( 1, 1 ),
+    /*  DeltaP1   */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  SDB       */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  SDS       */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+
+    /*  ADD       */  PACK( 2, 1 ),
+    /*  SUB       */  PACK( 2, 1 ),
+    /*  DIV       */  PACK( 2, 1 ),
+    /*  MUL       */  PACK( 2, 1 ),
+    /*  ABS       */  PACK( 1, 1 ),
+    /*  NEG       */  PACK( 1, 1 ),
+    /*  FLOOR     */  PACK( 1, 1 ),
+    /*  CEILING   */  PACK( 1, 1 ),
+    /*  ROUND[0]  */  PACK( 1, 1 ),
+    /*  ROUND[1]  */  PACK( 1, 1 ),
+    /*  ROUND[2]  */  PACK( 1, 1 ),
+    /*  ROUND[3]  */  PACK( 1, 1 ),
+    /*  NROUND[0] */  PACK( 1, 1 ),
+    /*  NROUND[1] */  PACK( 1, 1 ),
+    /*  NROUND[2] */  PACK( 1, 1 ),
+    /*  NROUND[3] */  PACK( 1, 1 ),
+
+    /*  WCvtF     */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
+    /*  DeltaP2   */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  DeltaP3   */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  DeltaCn[0] */ PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  DeltaCn[1] */ PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  DeltaCn[2] */ PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  SROUND    */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  S45Round  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  JROT      */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
+    /*  JROF      */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
+    /*  ROFF      */  PACK( 0, 0 ),
+    /*  INS_$7B   */  PACK( 0, 0 ),
+    /*  RUTG      */  PACK( 0, 0 ),
+    /*  RDTG      */  PACK( 0, 0 ),
+    /*  SANGW     */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  AA        */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+
+    /*  FlipPT    */  PACK( 0, 0 ),
+    /*  FlipRgON  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
+    /*  FlipRgOFF */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
+    /*  INS_$83   */  PACK( 0, 0 ),
+    /*  INS_$84   */  PACK( 0, 0 ),
+    /*  ScanCTRL  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  SDVPTL[0] */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
+    /*  SDVPTL[1] */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
+    /*  GetINFO   */  PACK( 1, 1 ),
+    /*  IDEF      */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  ROLL      */  PACK( 3, 3 ),
+    /*  MAX       */  PACK( 2, 1 ),
+    /*  MIN       */  PACK( 2, 1 ),
+    /*  ScanTYPE  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  InstCTRL  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
+    /*  INS_$8F   */  PACK( 0, 0 ),
+
+    /*  INS_$90  */   PACK( 0, 0 ),
+    /*  INS_$91  */   PACK( 0, 0 ),
+    /*  INS_$92  */   PACK( 0, 0 ),
+    /*  INS_$93  */   PACK( 0, 0 ),
+    /*  INS_$94  */   PACK( 0, 0 ),
+    /*  INS_$95  */   PACK( 0, 0 ),
+    /*  INS_$96  */   PACK( 0, 0 ),
+    /*  INS_$97  */   PACK( 0, 0 ),
+    /*  INS_$98  */   PACK( 0, 0 ),
+    /*  INS_$99  */   PACK( 0, 0 ),
+    /*  INS_$9A  */   PACK( 0, 0 ),
+    /*  INS_$9B  */   PACK( 0, 0 ),
+    /*  INS_$9C  */   PACK( 0, 0 ),
+    /*  INS_$9D  */   PACK( 0, 0 ),
+    /*  INS_$9E  */   PACK( 0, 0 ),
+    /*  INS_$9F  */   PACK( 0, 0 ),
+
+    /*  INS_$A0  */   PACK( 0, 0 ),
+    /*  INS_$A1  */   PACK( 0, 0 ),
+    /*  INS_$A2  */   PACK( 0, 0 ),
+    /*  INS_$A3  */   PACK( 0, 0 ),
+    /*  INS_$A4  */   PACK( 0, 0 ),
+    /*  INS_$A5  */   PACK( 0, 0 ),
+    /*  INS_$A6  */   PACK( 0, 0 ),
+    /*  INS_$A7  */   PACK( 0, 0 ),
+    /*  INS_$A8  */   PACK( 0, 0 ),
+    /*  INS_$A9  */   PACK( 0, 0 ),
+    /*  INS_$AA  */   PACK( 0, 0 ),
+    /*  INS_$AB  */   PACK( 0, 0 ),
+    /*  INS_$AC  */   PACK( 0, 0 ),
+    /*  INS_$AD  */   PACK( 0, 0 ),
+    /*  INS_$AE  */   PACK( 0, 0 ),
+    /*  INS_$AF  */   PACK( 0, 0 ),
+
+    /*  PushB[0]  */  PACK( 0, 1 ),
+    /*  PushB[1]  */  PACK( 0, 2 ),
+    /*  PushB[2]  */  PACK( 0, 3 ),
+    /*  PushB[3]  */  PACK( 0, 4 ),
+    /*  PushB[4]  */  PACK( 0, 5 ),
+    /*  PushB[5]  */  PACK( 0, 6 ),
+    /*  PushB[6]  */  PACK( 0, 7 ),
+    /*  PushB[7]  */  PACK( 0, 8 ),
+    /*  PushW[0]  */  PACK( 0, 1 ),
+    /*  PushW[1]  */  PACK( 0, 2 ),
+    /*  PushW[2]  */  PACK( 0, 3 ),
+    /*  PushW[3]  */  PACK( 0, 4 ),
+    /*  PushW[4]  */  PACK( 0, 5 ),
+    /*  PushW[5]  */  PACK( 0, 6 ),
+    /*  PushW[6]  */  PACK( 0, 7 ),
+    /*  PushW[7]  */  PACK( 0, 8 ),
+
+    /*  MDRP[00]  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  MDRP[01]  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  MDRP[02]  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  MDRP[03]  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  MDRP[04]  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  MDRP[05]  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  MDRP[06]  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  MDRP[07]  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  MDRP[08]  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  MDRP[09]  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  MDRP[10]  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  MDRP[11]  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  MDRP[12]  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  MDRP[13]  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  MDRP[14]  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  MDRP[15]  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+
+    /*  MDRP[16]  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  MDRP[17]  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  MDRP[18]  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  MDRP[19]  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  MDRP[20]  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  MDRP[21]  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  MDRP[22]  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  MDRP[23]  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  MDRP[24]  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  MDRP[25]  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  MDRP[26]  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  MDRP[27]  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  MDRP[28]  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  MDRP[29]  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  MDRP[30]  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+    /*  MDRP[31]  */  PACK( 1, 0 ),
+
+    /*  MIRP[00]  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
+    /*  MIRP[01]  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
+    /*  MIRP[02]  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
+    /*  MIRP[03]  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
+    /*  MIRP[04]  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
+    /*  MIRP[05]  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
+    /*  MIRP[06]  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
+    /*  MIRP[07]  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
+    /*  MIRP[08]  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
+    /*  MIRP[09]  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
+    /*  MIRP[10]  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
+    /*  MIRP[11]  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
+    /*  MIRP[12]  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
+    /*  MIRP[13]  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
+    /*  MIRP[14]  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
+    /*  MIRP[15]  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
+
+    /*  MIRP[16]  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
+    /*  MIRP[17]  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
+    /*  MIRP[18]  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
+    /*  MIRP[19]  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
+    /*  MIRP[20]  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
+    /*  MIRP[21]  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
+    /*  MIRP[22]  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
+    /*  MIRP[23]  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
+    /*  MIRP[24]  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
+    /*  MIRP[25]  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
+    /*  MIRP[26]  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
+    /*  MIRP[27]  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
+    /*  MIRP[28]  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
+    /*  MIRP[29]  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
+    /*  MIRP[30]  */  PACK( 2, 0 ),
+    /*  MIRP[31]  */  PACK( 2, 0 )
+  };
+
+
+  static
+  const FT_Char  opcode_length[256] =
+  {
+    1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,
+    1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,
+    1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,
+    1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,
+
+   -1,-2, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,
+    1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,
+    1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,
+    1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,
+
+    1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,
+    1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,
+    1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,
+    2, 3, 4, 5,  6, 7, 8, 9,  3, 5, 7, 9, 11,13,15,17,
+
+    1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,
+    1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,
+    1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,
+    1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1,  1, 1, 1, 1
+  };
+
+#undef PACK
+
+#if 1
+
+  static FT_Int32
+  TT_MulFix14( FT_Int32  a,
+               FT_Int    b )
+  {
+    FT_Int32   sign;
+    FT_UInt32  ah, al, mid, lo, hi;
+
+
+    sign = a ^ b;
+
+    if ( a < 0 )
+      a = -a;
+    if ( b < 0 )
+      b = -b;
+
+    ah = (FT_UInt32)( ( a >> 16 ) & 0xFFFFU );
+    al = (FT_UInt32)( a & 0xFFFFU );
+
+    lo    = al * b;
+    mid   = ah * b;
+    hi    = mid >> 16;
+    mid   = ( mid << 16 ) + ( 1 << 13 ); /* rounding */
+    lo   += mid;
+    if ( lo < mid )
+      hi += 1;
+
+    mid = ( lo >> 14 ) | ( hi << 18 );
+
+    return sign >= 0 ? (FT_Int32)mid : -(FT_Int32)mid;
+  }
+
+#else
+
+  /* compute (a*b)/2^14 with maximal accuracy and rounding */
+  static FT_Int32
+  TT_MulFix14( FT_Int32  a,
+               FT_Int    b )
+  {
+    FT_Int32   m, s, hi;
+    FT_UInt32  l, lo;
+
+
+    /* compute ax*bx as 64-bit value */
+    l  = (FT_UInt32)( ( a & 0xFFFFU ) * b );
+    m  = ( a >> 16 ) * b;
+
+    lo = l + (FT_UInt32)( m << 16 );
+    hi = ( m >> 16 ) + ( (FT_Int32)l >> 31 ) + ( lo < l );
+
+    /* divide the result by 2^14 with rounding */
+    s   = hi >> 31;
+    l   = lo + (FT_UInt32)s;
+    hi += s + ( l < lo );
+    lo  = l;
+
+    l   = lo + 0x2000U;
+    hi += l < lo;
+
+    return ( hi << 18 ) | ( l >> 14 );
+  }
+#endif
+
+
+  /* compute (ax*bx+ay*by)/2^14 with maximal accuracy and rounding */
+  static FT_Int32
+  TT_DotFix14( FT_Int32  ax,
+               FT_Int32  ay,
+               FT_Int    bx,
+               FT_Int    by )
+  {
+    FT_Int32   m, s, hi1, hi2, hi;
+    FT_UInt32  l, lo1, lo2, lo;
+
+
+    /* compute ax*bx as 64-bit value */
+    l = (FT_UInt32)( ( ax & 0xFFFFU ) * bx );
+    m = ( ax >> 16 ) * bx;
+
+    lo1 = l + (FT_UInt32)( m << 16 );
+    hi1 = ( m >> 16 ) + ( (FT_Int32)l >> 31 ) + ( lo1 < l );
+
+    /* compute ay*by as 64-bit value */
+    l = (FT_UInt32)( ( ay & 0xFFFFU ) * by );
+    m = ( ay >> 16 ) * by;
+
+    lo2 = l + (FT_UInt32)( m << 16 );
+    hi2 = ( m >> 16 ) + ( (FT_Int32)l >> 31 ) + ( lo2 < l );
+
+    /* add them */
+    lo = lo1 + lo2;
+    hi = hi1 + hi2 + ( lo < lo1 );
+
+    /* divide the result by 2^14 with rounding */
+    s   = hi >> 31;
+    l   = lo + (FT_UInt32)s;
+    hi += s + ( l < lo );
+    lo  = l;
+
+    l   = lo + 0x2000U;
+    hi += ( l < lo );
+
+    return ( hi << 18 ) | ( l >> 14 );
+  }
+
+
+  /* return length of given vector */
+
+#if 0
+
+  static FT_Int32
+  TT_VecLen( FT_Int32  x,
+             FT_Int32  y )
+  {
+    FT_Int32   m, hi1, hi2, hi;
+    FT_UInt32  l, lo1, lo2, lo;
+
+
+    /* compute x*x as 64-bit value */
+    lo = (FT_UInt32)( x & 0xFFFFU );
+    hi = x >> 16;
+
+    l  = lo * lo;
+    m  = hi * lo;
+    hi = hi * hi;
+
+    lo1 = l + (FT_UInt32)( m << 17 );
+    hi1 = hi + ( m >> 15 ) + ( lo1 < l );
+
+    /* compute y*y as 64-bit value */
+    lo = (FT_UInt32)( y & 0xFFFFU );
+    hi = y >> 16;
+
+    l  = lo * lo;
+    m  = hi * lo;
+    hi = hi * hi;
+
+    lo2 = l + (FT_UInt32)( m << 17 );
+    hi2 = hi + ( m >> 15 ) + ( lo2 < l );
+
+    /* add them to get 'x*x+y*y' as 64-bit value */
+    lo = lo1 + lo2;
+    hi = hi1 + hi2 + ( lo < lo1 );
+
+    /* compute the square root of this value */
+    {
+      FT_UInt32  root, rem, test_div;
+      FT_Int     count;
+
+
+      root = 0;
+
+      {
+        rem   = 0;
+        count = 32;
+        do
+        {
+          rem      = ( rem << 2 ) | ( (FT_UInt32)hi >> 30 );
+          hi       = (  hi << 2 ) | (            lo >> 30 );
+          lo     <<= 2;
+          root   <<= 1;
+          test_div = ( root << 1 ) + 1;
+
+          if ( rem >= test_div )
+          {
+            rem  -= test_div;
+            root += 1;
+          }
+        } while ( --count );
+      }
+
+      return (FT_Int32)root;
+    }
+  }
+
+#else
+
+  /* this version uses FT_Vector_Length which computes the same value */
+  /* much, much faster..                                              */
+  /*                                                                  */
+  static FT_F26Dot6
+  TT_VecLen( FT_F26Dot6  X,
+             FT_F26Dot6  Y )
+  {
+    FT_Vector  v;
+
+
+    v.x = X;
+    v.y = Y;
+
+    return FT_Vector_Length( &v );
+  }
+
+#endif
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    Current_Ratio                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Returns the current aspect ratio scaling factor depending on the   */
+  /*    projection vector's state and device resolutions.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    The aspect ratio in 16.16 format, always <= 1.0 .                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static FT_Long
+  Current_Ratio( EXEC_OP )
+  {
+    if ( !CUR.tt_metrics.ratio )
+    {
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING
+      if ( CUR.face->unpatented_hinting )
+      {
+        if ( CUR.GS.both_x_axis )
+          CUR.tt_metrics.ratio = CUR.tt_metrics.x_ratio;
+        else
+          CUR.tt_metrics.ratio = CUR.tt_metrics.y_ratio;
+      }
+      else
+#endif
+      {
+        if ( CUR.GS.projVector.y == 0 )
+          CUR.tt_metrics.ratio = CUR.tt_metrics.x_ratio;
+
+        else if ( CUR.GS.projVector.x == 0 )
+          CUR.tt_metrics.ratio = CUR.tt_metrics.y_ratio;
+
+        else
+        {
+          FT_Long  x, y;
+
+
+          x = TT_MULDIV( CUR.GS.projVector.x,
+                         CUR.tt_metrics.x_ratio, 0x4000 );
+          y = TT_MULDIV( CUR.GS.projVector.y,
+                         CUR.tt_metrics.y_ratio, 0x4000 );
+          CUR.tt_metrics.ratio = TT_VecLen( x, y );
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    return CUR.tt_metrics.ratio;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Long
+  Current_Ppem( EXEC_OP )
+  {
+    return TT_MULFIX( CUR.tt_metrics.ppem, CURRENT_Ratio() );
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Functions related to the control value table (CVT).                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_F26Dot6 )
+  Read_CVT( EXEC_OP_ FT_ULong  idx )
+  {
+    return CUR.cvt[idx];
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_F26Dot6 )
+  Read_CVT_Stretched( EXEC_OP_ FT_ULong  idx )
+  {
+    return TT_MULFIX( CUR.cvt[idx], CURRENT_Ratio() );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
+  Write_CVT( EXEC_OP_ FT_ULong    idx,
+                      FT_F26Dot6  value )
+  {
+    CUR.cvt[idx] = value;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
+  Write_CVT_Stretched( EXEC_OP_ FT_ULong    idx,
+                                FT_F26Dot6  value )
+  {
+    CUR.cvt[idx] = FT_DivFix( value, CURRENT_Ratio() );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
+  Move_CVT( EXEC_OP_ FT_ULong    idx,
+                     FT_F26Dot6  value )
+  {
+    CUR.cvt[idx] += value;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( void )
+  Move_CVT_Stretched( EXEC_OP_ FT_ULong    idx,
+                               FT_F26Dot6  value )
+  {
+    CUR.cvt[idx] += FT_DivFix( value, CURRENT_Ratio() );
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    GetShortIns                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Returns a short integer taken from the instruction stream at       */
+  /*    address IP.                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    Short read at code[IP].                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                 */
+  /*    This one could become a macro.                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static FT_Short
+  GetShortIns( EXEC_OP )
+  {
+    /* Reading a byte stream so there is no endianess (DaveP) */
+    CUR.IP += 2;
+    return (FT_Short)( ( CUR.code[CUR.IP - 2] << 8 ) +
+                         CUR.code[CUR.IP - 1]      );
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    Ins_Goto_CodeRange                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Goes to a certain code range in the instruction stream.            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    aRange :: The index of the code range.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    aIP    :: The new IP address in the code range.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    SUCCESS or FAILURE.                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static FT_Bool
+  Ins_Goto_CodeRange( EXEC_OP_ FT_Int    aRange,
+                               FT_ULong  aIP )
+  {
+    TT_CodeRange*  range;
+
+
+    if ( aRange < 1 || aRange > 3 )
+    {
+      CUR.error = TT_Err_Bad_Argument;
+      return FAILURE;
+    }
+
+    range = &CUR.codeRangeTable[aRange - 1];
+
+    if ( range->base == NULL )     /* invalid coderange */
+    {
+      CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_CodeRange;
+      return FAILURE;
+    }
+
+    /* NOTE: Because the last instruction of a program may be a CALL */
+    /*       which will return to the first byte *after* the code    */
+    /*       range, we test for AIP <= Size, instead of AIP < Size.  */
+
+    if ( aIP > range->size )
+    {
+      CUR.error = TT_Err_Code_Overflow;
+      return FAILURE;
+    }
+
+    CUR.code     = range->base;
+    CUR.codeSize = range->size;
+    CUR.IP       = aIP;
+    CUR.curRange = aRange;
+
+    return SUCCESS;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    Direct_Move                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Moves a point by a given distance along the freedom vector.  The   */
+  /*    point will be `touched'.                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    point    :: The index of the point to move.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    distance :: The distance to apply.                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    zone     :: The affected glyph zone.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Direct_Move( EXEC_OP_ TT_GlyphZone  zone,
+                        FT_UShort     point,
+                        FT_F26Dot6    distance )
+  {
+    FT_F26Dot6  v;
+
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING
+    FT_ASSERT( !CUR.face->unpatented_hinting );
+#endif
+
+    v = CUR.GS.freeVector.x;
+
+    if ( v != 0 )
+    {
+      zone->cur[point].x += TT_MULDIV( distance,
+                                       v * 0x10000L,
+                                       CUR.F_dot_P );
+
+      zone->tags[point] |= FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_X;
+    }
+
+    v = CUR.GS.freeVector.y;
+
+    if ( v != 0 )
+    {
+      zone->cur[point].y += TT_MULDIV( distance,
+                                       v * 0x10000L,
+                                       CUR.F_dot_P );
+
+      zone->tags[point] |= FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_Y;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    Direct_Move_Orig                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Moves the *original* position of a point by a given distance along */
+  /*    the freedom vector.  Obviously, the point will not be `touched'.   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    point    :: The index of the point to move.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    distance :: The distance to apply.                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    zone     :: The affected glyph zone.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Direct_Move_Orig( EXEC_OP_ TT_GlyphZone  zone,
+                             FT_UShort     point,
+                             FT_F26Dot6    distance )
+  {
+    FT_F26Dot6  v;
+
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING
+    FT_ASSERT( !CUR.face->unpatented_hinting );
+#endif
+
+    v = CUR.GS.freeVector.x;
+
+    if ( v != 0 )
+      zone->org[point].x += TT_MULDIV( distance,
+                                       v * 0x10000L,
+                                       CUR.F_dot_P );
+
+    v = CUR.GS.freeVector.y;
+
+    if ( v != 0 )
+      zone->org[point].y += TT_MULDIV( distance,
+                                       v * 0x10000L,
+                                       CUR.F_dot_P );
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Special versions of Direct_Move()                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   The following versions are used whenever both vectors are both      */
+  /*   along one of the coordinate unit vectors, i.e. in 90% of the cases. */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  static void
+  Direct_Move_X( EXEC_OP_ TT_GlyphZone  zone,
+                          FT_UShort     point,
+                          FT_F26Dot6    distance )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED_EXEC;
+
+    zone->cur[point].x += distance;
+    zone->tags[point]  |= FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_X;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  Direct_Move_Y( EXEC_OP_ TT_GlyphZone  zone,
+                          FT_UShort     point,
+                          FT_F26Dot6    distance )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED_EXEC;
+
+    zone->cur[point].y += distance;
+    zone->tags[point]  |= FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_Y;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Special versions of Direct_Move_Orig()                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   The following versions are used whenever both vectors are both      */
+  /*   along one of the coordinate unit vectors, i.e. in 90% of the cases. */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  static void
+  Direct_Move_Orig_X( EXEC_OP_ TT_GlyphZone  zone,
+                               FT_UShort     point,
+                               FT_F26Dot6    distance )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED_EXEC;
+
+    zone->org[point].x += distance;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  Direct_Move_Orig_Y( EXEC_OP_ TT_GlyphZone  zone,
+                               FT_UShort     point,
+                               FT_F26Dot6    distance )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED_EXEC;
+
+    zone->org[point].y += distance;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    Round_None                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Does not round, but adds engine compensation.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    distance     :: The distance (not) to round.                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    compensation :: The engine compensation.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    The compensated distance.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                 */
+  /*    The TrueType specification says very few about the relationship    */
+  /*    between rounding and engine compensation.  However, it seems from  */
+  /*    the description of super round that we should add the compensation */
+  /*    before rounding.                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static FT_F26Dot6
+  Round_None( EXEC_OP_ FT_F26Dot6  distance,
+                       FT_F26Dot6  compensation )
+  {
+    FT_F26Dot6  val;
+
+    FT_UNUSED_EXEC;
+
+
+    if ( distance >= 0 )
+    {
+      val = distance + compensation;
+      if ( distance && val < 0 )
+        val = 0;
+    }
+    else {
+      val = distance - compensation;
+      if ( val > 0 )
+        val = 0;
+    }
+    return val;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    Round_To_Grid                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Rounds value to grid after adding engine compensation.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    distance     :: The distance to round.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    compensation :: The engine compensation.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    Rounded distance.                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static FT_F26Dot6
+  Round_To_Grid( EXEC_OP_ FT_F26Dot6  distance,
+                          FT_F26Dot6  compensation )
+  {
+    FT_F26Dot6  val;
+
+    FT_UNUSED_EXEC;
+
+
+    if ( distance >= 0 )
+    {
+      val = distance + compensation + 32;
+      if ( distance && val > 0 )
+        val &= ~63;
+      else
+        val = 0;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      val = -FT_PIX_ROUND( compensation - distance );
+      if ( val > 0 )
+        val = 0;
+    }
+
+    return  val;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    Round_To_Half_Grid                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Rounds value to half grid after adding engine compensation.        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    distance     :: The distance to round.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    compensation :: The engine compensation.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    Rounded distance.                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static FT_F26Dot6
+  Round_To_Half_Grid( EXEC_OP_ FT_F26Dot6  distance,
+                               FT_F26Dot6  compensation )
+  {
+    FT_F26Dot6  val;
+
+    FT_UNUSED_EXEC;
+
+
+    if ( distance >= 0 )
+    {
+      val = FT_PIX_FLOOR( distance + compensation ) + 32;
+      if ( distance && val < 0 )
+        val = 0;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      val = -( FT_PIX_FLOOR( compensation - distance ) + 32 );
+      if ( val > 0 )
+        val = 0;
+    }
+
+    return val;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    Round_Down_To_Grid                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Rounds value down to grid after adding engine compensation.        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    distance     :: The distance to round.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    compensation :: The engine compensation.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    Rounded distance.                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static FT_F26Dot6
+  Round_Down_To_Grid( EXEC_OP_ FT_F26Dot6  distance,
+                               FT_F26Dot6  compensation )
+  {
+    FT_F26Dot6  val;
+
+    FT_UNUSED_EXEC;
+
+
+    if ( distance >= 0 )
+    {
+      val = distance + compensation;
+      if ( distance && val > 0 )
+        val &= ~63;
+      else
+        val = 0;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      val = -( ( compensation - distance ) & -64 );
+      if ( val > 0 )
+        val = 0;
+    }
+
+    return val;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    Round_Up_To_Grid                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Rounds value up to grid after adding engine compensation.          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    distance     :: The distance to round.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    compensation :: The engine compensation.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    Rounded distance.                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static FT_F26Dot6
+  Round_Up_To_Grid( EXEC_OP_ FT_F26Dot6  distance,
+                             FT_F26Dot6  compensation )
+  {
+    FT_F26Dot6  val;
+
+    FT_UNUSED_EXEC;
+
+
+    if ( distance >= 0 )
+    {
+      val = distance + compensation + 63;
+      if ( distance && val > 0 )
+        val &= ~63;
+      else
+        val = 0;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      val = - FT_PIX_CEIL( compensation - distance );
+      if ( val > 0 )
+        val = 0;
+    }
+
+    return val;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    Round_To_Double_Grid                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Rounds value to double grid after adding engine compensation.      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    distance     :: The distance to round.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    compensation :: The engine compensation.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    Rounded distance.                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static FT_F26Dot6
+  Round_To_Double_Grid( EXEC_OP_ FT_F26Dot6  distance,
+                                 FT_F26Dot6  compensation )
+  {
+    FT_F26Dot6 val;
+
+    FT_UNUSED_EXEC;
+
+
+    if ( distance >= 0 )
+    {
+      val = distance + compensation + 16;
+      if ( distance && val > 0 )
+        val &= ~31;
+      else
+        val = 0;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      val = -FT_PAD_ROUND( compensation - distance, 32 );
+      if ( val > 0 )
+        val = 0;
+    }
+
+    return val;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    Round_Super                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Super-rounds value to grid after adding engine compensation.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    distance     :: The distance to round.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    compensation :: The engine compensation.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    Rounded distance.                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                 */
+  /*    The TrueType specification says very few about the relationship    */
+  /*    between rounding and engine compensation.  However, it seems from  */
+  /*    the description of super round that we should add the compensation */
+  /*    before rounding.                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static FT_F26Dot6
+  Round_Super( EXEC_OP_ FT_F26Dot6  distance,
+                        FT_F26Dot6  compensation )
+  {
+    FT_F26Dot6  val;
+
+
+    if ( distance >= 0 )
+    {
+      val = ( distance - CUR.phase + CUR.threshold + compensation ) &
+              -CUR.period;
+      if ( distance && val < 0 )
+        val = 0;
+      val += CUR.phase;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      val = -( ( CUR.threshold - CUR.phase - distance + compensation ) &
+               -CUR.period );
+      if ( val > 0 )
+        val = 0;
+      val -= CUR.phase;
+    }
+
+    return val;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    Round_Super_45                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Super-rounds value to grid after adding engine compensation.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    distance     :: The distance to round.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    compensation :: The engine compensation.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    Rounded distance.                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                 */
+  /*    There is a separate function for Round_Super_45() as we may need   */
+  /*    greater precision.                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static FT_F26Dot6
+  Round_Super_45( EXEC_OP_ FT_F26Dot6  distance,
+                           FT_F26Dot6  compensation )
+  {
+    FT_F26Dot6  val;
+
+
+    if ( distance >= 0 )
+    {
+      val = ( ( distance - CUR.phase + CUR.threshold + compensation ) /
+                CUR.period ) * CUR.period;
+      if ( distance && val < 0 )
+        val = 0;
+      val += CUR.phase;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      val = -( ( ( CUR.threshold - CUR.phase - distance + compensation ) /
+                   CUR.period ) * CUR.period );
+      if ( val > 0 )
+        val = 0;
+      val -= CUR.phase;
+    }
+
+    return val;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    Compute_Round                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Sets the rounding mode.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    round_mode :: The rounding mode to be used.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Compute_Round( EXEC_OP_ FT_Byte  round_mode )
+  {
+    switch ( round_mode )
+    {
+    case TT_Round_Off:
+      CUR.func_round = (TT_Round_Func)Round_None;
+      break;
+
+    case TT_Round_To_Grid:
+      CUR.func_round = (TT_Round_Func)Round_To_Grid;
+      break;
+
+    case TT_Round_Up_To_Grid:
+      CUR.func_round = (TT_Round_Func)Round_Up_To_Grid;
+      break;
+
+    case TT_Round_Down_To_Grid:
+      CUR.func_round = (TT_Round_Func)Round_Down_To_Grid;
+      break;
+
+    case TT_Round_To_Half_Grid:
+      CUR.func_round = (TT_Round_Func)Round_To_Half_Grid;
+      break;
+
+    case TT_Round_To_Double_Grid:
+      CUR.func_round = (TT_Round_Func)Round_To_Double_Grid;
+      break;
+
+    case TT_Round_Super:
+      CUR.func_round = (TT_Round_Func)Round_Super;
+      break;
+
+    case TT_Round_Super_45:
+      CUR.func_round = (TT_Round_Func)Round_Super_45;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    SetSuperRound                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Sets Super Round parameters.                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    GridPeriod :: Grid period                                          */
+  /*    selector   :: SROUND opcode                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  SetSuperRound( EXEC_OP_ FT_F26Dot6  GridPeriod,
+                          FT_Long     selector )
+  {
+    switch ( (FT_Int)( selector & 0xC0 ) )
+    {
+      case 0:
+        CUR.period = GridPeriod / 2;
+        break;
+
+      case 0x40:
+        CUR.period = GridPeriod;
+        break;
+
+      case 0x80:
+        CUR.period = GridPeriod * 2;
+        break;
+
+      /* This opcode is reserved, but... */
+
+      case 0xC0:
+        CUR.period = GridPeriod;
+        break;
+    }
+
+    switch ( (FT_Int)( selector & 0x30 ) )
+    {
+    case 0:
+      CUR.phase = 0;
+      break;
+
+    case 0x10:
+      CUR.phase = CUR.period / 4;
+      break;
+
+    case 0x20:
+      CUR.phase = CUR.period / 2;
+      break;
+
+    case 0x30:
+      CUR.phase = CUR.period * 3 / 4;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    if ( ( selector & 0x0F ) == 0 )
+      CUR.threshold = CUR.period - 1;
+    else
+      CUR.threshold = ( (FT_Int)( selector & 0x0F ) - 4 ) * CUR.period / 8;
+
+    CUR.period    /= 256;
+    CUR.phase     /= 256;
+    CUR.threshold /= 256;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    Project                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Computes the projection of vector given by (v2-v1) along the       */
+  /*    current projection vector.                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    v1 :: First input vector.                                          */
+  /*    v2 :: Second input vector.                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    The distance in F26dot6 format.                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static FT_F26Dot6
+  Project( EXEC_OP_ FT_Pos  dx,
+                    FT_Pos  dy )
+  {
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING
+    FT_ASSERT( !CUR.face->unpatented_hinting );
+#endif
+
+    return TT_DotFix14( dx, dy,
+                        CUR.GS.projVector.x,
+                        CUR.GS.projVector.y );
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    Dual_Project                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Computes the projection of the vector given by (v2-v1) along the   */
+  /*    current dual vector.                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    v1 :: First input vector.                                          */
+  /*    v2 :: Second input vector.                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    The distance in F26dot6 format.                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static FT_F26Dot6
+  Dual_Project( EXEC_OP_ FT_Pos  dx,
+                         FT_Pos  dy )
+  {
+    return TT_DotFix14( dx, dy,
+                        CUR.GS.dualVector.x,
+                        CUR.GS.dualVector.y );
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    Project_x                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Computes the projection of the vector given by (v2-v1) along the   */
+  /*    horizontal axis.                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    v1 :: First input vector.                                          */
+  /*    v2 :: Second input vector.                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    The distance in F26dot6 format.                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static FT_F26Dot6
+  Project_x( EXEC_OP_ FT_Pos  dx,
+                      FT_Pos  dy )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED_EXEC;
+    FT_UNUSED( dy );
+
+    return dx;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    Project_y                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Computes the projection of the vector given by (v2-v1) along the   */
+  /*    vertical axis.                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    v1 :: First input vector.                                          */
+  /*    v2 :: Second input vector.                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    The distance in F26dot6 format.                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static FT_F26Dot6
+  Project_y( EXEC_OP_ FT_Pos  dx,
+                      FT_Pos  dy )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED_EXEC;
+    FT_UNUSED( dx );
+
+    return dy;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    Compute_Funcs                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Computes the projection and movement function pointers according   */
+  /*    to the current graphics state.                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Compute_Funcs( EXEC_OP )
+  {
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING
+    if ( CUR.face->unpatented_hinting )
+    {
+      /* If both vectors point rightwards along the x axis, set             */
+      /* `both-x-axis' true, otherwise set it false.  The x values only     */
+      /* need be tested because the vector has been normalised to a unit    */
+      /* vector of length 0x4000 = unity.                                   */
+      CUR.GS.both_x_axis = (FT_Bool)( CUR.GS.projVector.x == 0x4000 &&
+                                      CUR.GS.freeVector.x == 0x4000 );
+
+      /* Throw away projection and freedom vector information */
+      /* because the patents don't allow them to be stored.   */
+      /* The relevant US Patents are 5155805 and 5325479.     */
+      CUR.GS.projVector.x = 0;
+      CUR.GS.projVector.y = 0;
+      CUR.GS.freeVector.x = 0;
+      CUR.GS.freeVector.y = 0;
+
+      if ( CUR.GS.both_x_axis )
+      {
+        CUR.func_project   = Project_x;
+        CUR.func_move      = Direct_Move_X;
+        CUR.func_move_orig = Direct_Move_Orig_X;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        CUR.func_project   = Project_y;
+        CUR.func_move      = Direct_Move_Y;
+        CUR.func_move_orig = Direct_Move_Orig_Y;
+      }
+
+      if ( CUR.GS.dualVector.x == 0x4000 )
+        CUR.func_dualproj = Project_x;
+      else
+      {
+        if ( CUR.GS.dualVector.y == 0x4000 )
+          CUR.func_dualproj = Project_y;
+        else
+          CUR.func_dualproj = Dual_Project;
+      }
+
+      /* Force recalculation of cached aspect ratio */
+      CUR.tt_metrics.ratio = 0;
+
+      return;
+    }
+#endif /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING */
+
+    if ( CUR.GS.freeVector.x == 0x4000 )
+      CUR.F_dot_P       = CUR.GS.projVector.x * 0x10000L;
+    else
+    {
+      if ( CUR.GS.freeVector.y == 0x4000 )
+        CUR.F_dot_P       = CUR.GS.projVector.y * 0x10000L;
+      else
+        CUR.F_dot_P = (FT_Long)CUR.GS.projVector.x * CUR.GS.freeVector.x * 4 +
+                      (FT_Long)CUR.GS.projVector.y * CUR.GS.freeVector.y * 4;
+    }
+
+    if ( CUR.GS.projVector.x == 0x4000 )
+      CUR.func_project = (TT_Project_Func)Project_x;
+    else
+    {
+      if ( CUR.GS.projVector.y == 0x4000 )
+        CUR.func_project = (TT_Project_Func)Project_y;
+      else
+        CUR.func_project = (TT_Project_Func)Project;
+    }
+
+    if ( CUR.GS.dualVector.x == 0x4000 )
+      CUR.func_dualproj = (TT_Project_Func)Project_x;
+    else
+    {
+      if ( CUR.GS.dualVector.y == 0x4000 )
+        CUR.func_dualproj = (TT_Project_Func)Project_y;
+      else
+        CUR.func_dualproj = (TT_Project_Func)Dual_Project;
+    }
+
+    CUR.func_move      = (TT_Move_Func)Direct_Move;
+    CUR.func_move_orig = (TT_Move_Func)Direct_Move_Orig;
+
+    if ( CUR.F_dot_P == 0x40000000L )
+    {
+      if ( CUR.GS.freeVector.x == 0x4000 )
+      {
+        CUR.func_move      = (TT_Move_Func)Direct_Move_X;
+        CUR.func_move_orig = (TT_Move_Func)Direct_Move_Orig_X;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        if ( CUR.GS.freeVector.y == 0x4000 )
+        {
+          CUR.func_move      = (TT_Move_Func)Direct_Move_Y;
+          CUR.func_move_orig = (TT_Move_Func)Direct_Move_Orig_Y;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* at small sizes, F_dot_P can become too small, resulting   */
+    /* in overflows and `spikes' in a number of glyphs like `w'. */
+
+    if ( FT_ABS( CUR.F_dot_P ) < 0x4000000L )
+      CUR.F_dot_P = 0x40000000L;
+
+    /* Disable cached aspect ratio */
+    CUR.tt_metrics.ratio = 0;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    Normalize                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Norms a vector.                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    Vx :: The horizontal input vector coordinate.                      */
+  /*    Vy :: The vertical input vector coordinate.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    R  :: The normed unit vector.                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    Returns FAILURE if a vector parameter is zero.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                 */
+  /*    In case Vx and Vy are both zero, Normalize() returns SUCCESS, and  */
+  /*    R is undefined.                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+
+
+  static FT_Bool
+  Normalize( EXEC_OP_ FT_F26Dot6      Vx,
+                      FT_F26Dot6      Vy,
+                      FT_UnitVector*  R )
+  {
+    FT_F26Dot6  W;
+    FT_Bool     S1, S2;
+
+    FT_UNUSED_EXEC;
+
+
+    if ( FT_ABS( Vx ) < 0x10000L && FT_ABS( Vy ) < 0x10000L )
+    {
+      Vx *= 0x100;
+      Vy *= 0x100;
+
+      W = TT_VecLen( Vx, Vy );
+
+      if ( W == 0 )
+      {
+        /* XXX: UNDOCUMENTED! It seems that it is possible to try   */
+        /*      to normalize the vector (0,0).  Return immediately. */
+        return SUCCESS;
+      }
+
+      R->x = (FT_F2Dot14)FT_MulDiv( Vx, 0x4000L, W );
+      R->y = (FT_F2Dot14)FT_MulDiv( Vy, 0x4000L, W );
+
+      return SUCCESS;
+    }
+
+    W = TT_VecLen( Vx, Vy );
+
+    Vx = FT_MulDiv( Vx, 0x4000L, W );
+    Vy = FT_MulDiv( Vy, 0x4000L, W );
+
+    W = Vx * Vx + Vy * Vy;
+
+    /* Now, we want that Sqrt( W ) = 0x4000 */
+    /* Or 0x10000000 <= W < 0x10004000        */
+
+    if ( Vx < 0 )
+    {
+      Vx = -Vx;
+      S1 = TRUE;
+    }
+    else
+      S1 = FALSE;
+
+    if ( Vy < 0 )
+    {
+      Vy = -Vy;
+      S2 = TRUE;
+    }
+    else
+      S2 = FALSE;
+
+    while ( W < 0x10000000L )
+    {
+      /* We need to increase W by a minimal amount */
+      if ( Vx < Vy )
+        Vx++;
+      else
+        Vy++;
+
+      W = Vx * Vx + Vy * Vy;
+    }
+
+    while ( W >= 0x10004000L )
+    {
+      /* We need to decrease W by a minimal amount */
+      if ( Vx < Vy )
+        Vx--;
+      else
+        Vy--;
+
+      W = Vx * Vx + Vy * Vy;
+    }
+
+    /* Note that in various cases, we can only  */
+    /* compute a Sqrt(W) of 0x3FFF, eg. Vx = Vy */
+
+    if ( S1 )
+      Vx = -Vx;
+
+    if ( S2 )
+      Vy = -Vy;
+
+    R->x = (FT_F2Dot14)Vx;   /* Type conversion */
+    R->y = (FT_F2Dot14)Vy;   /* Type conversion */
+
+    return SUCCESS;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Here we start with the implementation of the various opcodes.         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  static FT_Bool
+  Ins_SxVTL( EXEC_OP_ FT_UShort       aIdx1,
+                      FT_UShort       aIdx2,
+                      FT_Int          aOpc,
+                      FT_UnitVector*  Vec )
+  {
+    FT_Long     A, B, C;
+    FT_Vector*  p1;
+    FT_Vector*  p2;
+
+
+    if ( BOUNDS( aIdx1, CUR.zp2.n_points ) ||
+         BOUNDS( aIdx2, CUR.zp1.n_points ) )
+    {
+      if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )
+        CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
+      return FAILURE;
+    }
+
+    p1 = CUR.zp1.cur + aIdx2;
+    p2 = CUR.zp2.cur + aIdx1;
+
+    A = p1->x - p2->x;
+    B = p1->y - p2->y;
+
+    if ( ( aOpc & 1 ) != 0 )
+    {
+      C =  B;   /* counter clockwise rotation */
+      B =  A;
+      A = -C;
+    }
+
+    NORMalize( A, B, Vec );
+
+    return SUCCESS;
+  }
+
+
+  /* When not using the big switch statements, the interpreter uses a */
+  /* call table defined later below in this source.  Each opcode must */
+  /* thus have a corresponding function, even trivial ones.           */
+  /*                                                                  */
+  /* They are all defined there.                                      */
+
+#define DO_SVTCA                            \
+  {                                         \
+    FT_Short  A, B;                         \
+                                            \
+                                            \
+    A = (FT_Short)( CUR.opcode & 1 ) << 14; \
+    B = A ^ (FT_Short)0x4000;               \
+                                            \
+    CUR.GS.freeVector.x = A;                \
+    CUR.GS.projVector.x = A;                \
+    CUR.GS.dualVector.x = A;                \
+                                            \
+    CUR.GS.freeVector.y = B;                \
+    CUR.GS.projVector.y = B;                \
+    CUR.GS.dualVector.y = B;                \
+                                            \
+    COMPUTE_Funcs();                        \
+  }
+
+
+#define DO_SPVTCA                           \
+  {                                         \
+    FT_Short  A, B;                         \
+                                            \
+                                            \
+    A = (FT_Short)( CUR.opcode & 1 ) << 14; \
+    B = A ^ (FT_Short)0x4000;               \
+                                            \
+    CUR.GS.projVector.x = A;                \
+    CUR.GS.dualVector.x = A;                \
+                                            \
+    CUR.GS.projVector.y = B;                \
+    CUR.GS.dualVector.y = B;                \
+                                            \
+    GUESS_VECTOR( freeVector );             \
+                                            \
+    COMPUTE_Funcs();                        \
+  }
+
+
+#define DO_SFVTCA                           \
+  {                                         \
+    FT_Short  A, B;                         \
+                                            \
+                                            \
+    A = (FT_Short)( CUR.opcode & 1 ) << 14; \
+    B = A ^ (FT_Short)0x4000;               \
+                                            \
+    CUR.GS.freeVector.x = A;                \
+    CUR.GS.freeVector.y = B;                \
+                                            \
+    GUESS_VECTOR( projVector );             \
+                                            \
+    COMPUTE_Funcs();                        \
+  }
+
+
+#define DO_SPVTL                                      \
+    if ( INS_SxVTL( (FT_UShort)args[1],               \
+                    (FT_UShort)args[0],               \
+                    CUR.opcode,                       \
+                    &CUR.GS.projVector ) == SUCCESS ) \
+    {                                                 \
+      CUR.GS.dualVector = CUR.GS.projVector;          \
+      GUESS_VECTOR( freeVector );                     \
+      COMPUTE_Funcs();                                \
+    }
+
+
+#define DO_SFVTL                                      \
+    if ( INS_SxVTL( (FT_UShort)args[1],               \
+                    (FT_UShort)args[0],               \
+                    CUR.opcode,                       \
+                    &CUR.GS.freeVector ) == SUCCESS ) \
+    {                                                 \
+      GUESS_VECTOR( projVector );                     \
+      COMPUTE_Funcs();                                \
+    }
+
+
+#define DO_SFVTPV                          \
+    GUESS_VECTOR( projVector );            \
+    CUR.GS.freeVector = CUR.GS.projVector; \
+    COMPUTE_Funcs();
+
+
+#define DO_SPVFS                                \
+  {                                             \
+    FT_Short  S;                                \
+    FT_Long   X, Y;                             \
+                                                \
+                                                \
+    /* Only use low 16bits, then sign extend */ \
+    S = (FT_Short)args[1];                      \
+    Y = (FT_Long)S;                             \
+    S = (FT_Short)args[0];                      \
+    X = (FT_Long)S;                             \
+                                                \
+    NORMalize( X, Y, &CUR.GS.projVector );      \
+                                                \
+    CUR.GS.dualVector = CUR.GS.projVector;      \
+    GUESS_VECTOR( freeVector );                 \
+    COMPUTE_Funcs();                            \
+  }
+
+
+#define DO_SFVFS                                \
+  {                                             \
+    FT_Short  S;                                \
+    FT_Long   X, Y;                             \
+                                                \
+                                                \
+    /* Only use low 16bits, then sign extend */ \
+    S = (FT_Short)args[1];                      \
+    Y = (FT_Long)S;                             \
+    S = (FT_Short)args[0];                      \
+    X = S;                                      \
+                                                \
+    NORMalize( X, Y, &CUR.GS.freeVector );      \
+    GUESS_VECTOR( projVector );                 \
+    COMPUTE_Funcs();                            \
+  }
+
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING
+#define DO_GPV                                   \
+    if ( CUR.face->unpatented_hinting )          \
+    {                                            \
+      args[0] = CUR.GS.both_x_axis ? 0x4000 : 0; \
+      args[1] = CUR.GS.both_x_axis ? 0 : 0x4000; \
+    }                                            \
+    else                                         \
+    {                                            \
+      args[0] = CUR.GS.projVector.x;             \
+      args[1] = CUR.GS.projVector.y;             \
+    }
+#else
+#define DO_GPV                                   \
+    args[0] = CUR.GS.projVector.x;               \
+    args[1] = CUR.GS.projVector.y;
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING
+#define DO_GFV                                   \
+    if ( CUR.face->unpatented_hinting )          \
+    {                                            \
+      args[0] = CUR.GS.both_x_axis ? 0x4000 : 0; \
+      args[1] = CUR.GS.both_x_axis ? 0 : 0x4000; \
+    }                                            \
+    else                                         \
+    {                                            \
+      args[0] = CUR.GS.freeVector.x;             \
+      args[1] = CUR.GS.freeVector.y;             \
+    }
+#else
+#define DO_GFV                                   \
+    args[0] = CUR.GS.freeVector.x;               \
+    args[1] = CUR.GS.freeVector.y;
+#endif
+
+
+#define DO_SRP0                      \
+    CUR.GS.rp0 = (FT_UShort)args[0];
+
+
+#define DO_SRP1                      \
+    CUR.GS.rp1 = (FT_UShort)args[0];
+
+
+#define DO_SRP2                      \
+    CUR.GS.rp2 = (FT_UShort)args[0];
+
+
+#define DO_RTHG                                         \
+    CUR.GS.round_state = TT_Round_To_Half_Grid;         \
+    CUR.func_round = (TT_Round_Func)Round_To_Half_Grid;
+
+
+#define DO_RTG                                     \
+    CUR.GS.round_state = TT_Round_To_Grid;         \
+    CUR.func_round = (TT_Round_Func)Round_To_Grid;
+
+
+#define DO_RTDG                                           \
+    CUR.GS.round_state = TT_Round_To_Double_Grid;         \
+    CUR.func_round = (TT_Round_Func)Round_To_Double_Grid;
+
+
+#define DO_RUTG                                       \
+    CUR.GS.round_state = TT_Round_Up_To_Grid;         \
+    CUR.func_round = (TT_Round_Func)Round_Up_To_Grid;
+
+
+#define DO_RDTG                                         \
+    CUR.GS.round_state = TT_Round_Down_To_Grid;         \
+    CUR.func_round = (TT_Round_Func)Round_Down_To_Grid;
+
+
+#define DO_ROFF                                 \
+    CUR.GS.round_state = TT_Round_Off;          \
+    CUR.func_round = (TT_Round_Func)Round_None;
+
+
+#define DO_SROUND                                \
+    SET_SuperRound( 0x4000, args[0] );           \
+    CUR.GS.round_state = TT_Round_Super;         \
+    CUR.func_round = (TT_Round_Func)Round_Super;
+
+
+#define DO_S45ROUND                                 \
+    SET_SuperRound( 0x2D41, args[0] );              \
+    CUR.GS.round_state = TT_Round_Super_45;         \
+    CUR.func_round = (TT_Round_Func)Round_Super_45;
+
+
+#define DO_SLOOP                       \
+    if ( args[0] < 0 )                 \
+      CUR.error = TT_Err_Bad_Argument; \
+    else                               \
+      CUR.GS.loop = args[0];
+
+
+#define DO_SMD                         \
+    CUR.GS.minimum_distance = args[0];
+
+
+#define DO_SCVTCI                                     \
+    CUR.GS.control_value_cutin = (FT_F26Dot6)args[0];
+
+
+#define DO_SSWCI                                     \
+    CUR.GS.single_width_cutin = (FT_F26Dot6)args[0];
+
+
+    /* XXX: UNDOCUMENTED! or bug in the Windows engine?   */
+    /*                                                    */
+    /*      It seems that the value that is read here is  */
+    /*      expressed in 16.16 format rather than in font */
+    /*      units.                                        */
+    /*                                                    */
+#define DO_SSW                                                 \
+    CUR.GS.single_width_value = (FT_F26Dot6)( args[0] >> 10 );
+
+
+#define DO_FLIPON            \
+    CUR.GS.auto_flip = TRUE;
+
+
+#define DO_FLIPOFF            \
+    CUR.GS.auto_flip = FALSE;
+
+
+#define DO_SDB                             \
+    CUR.GS.delta_base = (FT_Short)args[0];
+
+
+#define DO_SDS                              \
+    CUR.GS.delta_shift = (FT_Short)args[0];
+
+
+#define DO_MD  /* nothing */
+
+
+#define DO_MPPEM              \
+    args[0] = CURRENT_Ppem();
+
+
+  /* Note: The pointSize should be irrelevant in a given font program; */
+  /*       we thus decide to return only the ppem.                     */
+#if 0
+
+#define DO_MPS                       \
+    args[0] = CUR.metrics.pointSize;
+
+#else
+
+#define DO_MPS                \
+    args[0] = CURRENT_Ppem();
+
+#endif /* 0 */
+
+
+#define DO_DUP         \
+    args[1] = args[0];
+
+
+#define DO_CLEAR     \
+    CUR.new_top = 0;
+
+
+#define DO_SWAP        \
+  {                    \
+    FT_Long  L;        \
+                       \
+                       \
+    L       = args[0]; \
+    args[0] = args[1]; \
+    args[1] = L;       \
+  }
+
+
+#define DO_DEPTH       \
+    args[0] = CUR.top;
+
+
+#define DO_CINDEX                           \
+  {                                         \
+    FT_Long  L;                             \
+                                            \
+                                            \
+    L = args[0];                            \
+                                            \
+    if ( L <= 0 || L > CUR.args )           \
+      CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference; \
+    else                                    \
+      args[0] = CUR.stack[CUR.args - L];    \
+  }
+
+
+#define DO_JROT               \
+    if ( args[1] != 0 )       \
+    {                         \
+      CUR.IP      += args[0]; \
+      CUR.step_ins = FALSE;   \
+    }
+
+
+#define DO_JMPR             \
+    CUR.IP      += args[0]; \
+    CUR.step_ins = FALSE;
+
+
+#define DO_JROF               \
+    if ( args[1] == 0 )       \
+    {                         \
+      CUR.IP      += args[0]; \
+      CUR.step_ins = FALSE;   \
+    }
+
+
+#define DO_LT                        \
+    args[0] = ( args[0] < args[1] );
+
+
+#define DO_LTEQ                       \
+    args[0] = ( args[0] <= args[1] );
+
+
+#define DO_GT                        \
+    args[0] = ( args[0] > args[1] );
+
+
+#define DO_GTEQ                       \
+    args[0] = ( args[0] >= args[1] );
+
+
+#define DO_EQ                         \
+    args[0] = ( args[0] == args[1] );
+
+
+#define DO_NEQ                        \
+    args[0] = ( args[0] != args[1] );
+
+
+#define DO_ODD                                                  \
+    args[0] = ( ( CUR_Func_round( args[0], 0 ) & 127 ) == 64 );
+
+
+#define DO_EVEN                                                \
+    args[0] = ( ( CUR_Func_round( args[0], 0 ) & 127 ) == 0 );
+
+
+#define DO_AND                        \
+    args[0] = ( args[0] && args[1] );
+
+
+#define DO_OR                         \
+    args[0] = ( args[0] || args[1] );
+
+
+#define DO_NOT          \
+    args[0] = !args[0];
+
+
+#define DO_ADD          \
+    args[0] += args[1];
+
+
+#define DO_SUB          \
+    args[0] -= args[1];
+
+
+#define DO_DIV                                               \
+    if ( args[1] == 0 )                                      \
+      CUR.error = TT_Err_Divide_By_Zero;                     \
+    else                                                     \
+      args[0] = TT_MULDIV_NO_ROUND( args[0], 64L, args[1] );
+
+
+#define DO_MUL                                    \
+    args[0] = TT_MULDIV( args[0], args[1], 64L );
+
+
+#define DO_ABS                   \
+    args[0] = FT_ABS( args[0] );
+
+
+#define DO_NEG          \
+    args[0] = -args[0];
+
+
+#define DO_FLOOR    \
+    args[0] = FT_PIX_FLOOR( args[0] );
+
+
+#define DO_CEILING                    \
+    args[0] = FT_PIX_CEIL( args[0] );
+
+
+#define DO_RS                          \
+   {                                   \
+     FT_ULong  I = (FT_ULong)args[0];  \
+                                       \
+                                       \
+     if ( BOUNDS( I, CUR.storeSize ) ) \
+     {                                 \
+       if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )     \
+       {                               \
+         ARRAY_BOUND_ERROR;            \
+       }                               \
+       else                            \
+         args[0] = 0;                  \
+     }                                 \
+     else                              \
+       args[0] = CUR.storage[I];       \
+   }
+
+
+#define DO_WS                          \
+   {                                   \
+     FT_ULong  I = (FT_ULong)args[0];  \
+                                       \
+                                       \
+     if ( BOUNDS( I, CUR.storeSize ) ) \
+     {                                 \
+       if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )     \
+       {                               \
+         ARRAY_BOUND_ERROR;            \
+       }                               \
+     }                                 \
+     else                              \
+       CUR.storage[I] = args[1];       \
+   }
+
+
+#define DO_RCVT                          \
+   {                                     \
+     FT_ULong  I = (FT_ULong)args[0];    \
+                                         \
+                                         \
+     if ( BOUNDS( I, CUR.cvtSize ) )     \
+     {                                   \
+       if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )       \
+       {                                 \
+         ARRAY_BOUND_ERROR;              \
+       }                                 \
+       else                              \
+         args[0] = 0;                    \
+     }                                   \
+     else                                \
+       args[0] = CUR_Func_read_cvt( I ); \
+   }
+
+
+#define DO_WCVTP                         \
+   {                                     \
+     FT_ULong  I = (FT_ULong)args[0];    \
+                                         \
+                                         \
+     if ( BOUNDS( I, CUR.cvtSize ) )     \
+     {                                   \
+       if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )       \
+       {                                 \
+         ARRAY_BOUND_ERROR;              \
+       }                                 \
+     }                                   \
+     else                                \
+       CUR_Func_write_cvt( I, args[1] ); \
+   }
+
+
+#define DO_WCVTF                                                \
+   {                                                            \
+     FT_ULong  I = (FT_ULong)args[0];                           \
+                                                                \
+                                                                \
+     if ( BOUNDS( I, CUR.cvtSize ) )                            \
+     {                                                          \
+       if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )                              \
+       {                                                        \
+         ARRAY_BOUND_ERROR;                                     \
+       }                                                        \
+     }                                                          \
+     else                                                       \
+       CUR.cvt[I] = TT_MULFIX( args[1], CUR.tt_metrics.scale ); \
+   }
+
+
+#define DO_DEBUG                     \
+    CUR.error = TT_Err_Debug_OpCode;
+
+
+#define DO_ROUND                                                   \
+    args[0] = CUR_Func_round(                                      \
+                args[0],                                           \
+                CUR.tt_metrics.compensations[CUR.opcode - 0x68] );
+
+
+#define DO_NROUND                                                            \
+    args[0] = ROUND_None( args[0],                                           \
+                          CUR.tt_metrics.compensations[CUR.opcode - 0x6C] );
+
+
+#define DO_MAX               \
+    if ( args[1] > args[0] ) \
+      args[0] = args[1];
+
+
+#define DO_MIN               \
+    if ( args[1] < args[0] ) \
+      args[0] = args[1];
+
+
+#ifndef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_INTERPRETER_SWITCH
+
+
+#undef  ARRAY_BOUND_ERROR
+#define ARRAY_BOUND_ERROR                   \
+    {                                       \
+      CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference; \
+      return;                               \
+    }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* SVTCA[a]:     Set (F and P) Vectors to Coordinate Axis                */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x00-0x01                                               */
+  /* Stack:        -->                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_SVTCA( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_SVTCA
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* SPVTCA[a]:    Set PVector to Coordinate Axis                          */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x02-0x03                                               */
+  /* Stack:        -->                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_SPVTCA( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_SPVTCA
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* SFVTCA[a]:    Set FVector to Coordinate Axis                          */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x04-0x05                                               */
+  /* Stack:        -->                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_SFVTCA( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_SFVTCA
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* SPVTL[a]:     Set PVector To Line                                     */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x06-0x07                                               */
+  /* Stack:        uint32 uint32 -->                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_SPVTL( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_SPVTL
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* SFVTL[a]:     Set FVector To Line                                     */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x08-0x09                                               */
+  /* Stack:        uint32 uint32 -->                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_SFVTL( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_SFVTL
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* SFVTPV[]:     Set FVector To PVector                                  */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x0E                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        -->                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_SFVTPV( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_SFVTPV
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* SPVFS[]:      Set PVector From Stack                                  */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x0A                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        f2.14 f2.14 -->                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_SPVFS( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_SPVFS
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* SFVFS[]:      Set FVector From Stack                                  */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x0B                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        f2.14 f2.14 -->                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_SFVFS( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_SFVFS
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* GPV[]:        Get Projection Vector                                   */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x0C                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        ef2.14 --> ef2.14                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_GPV( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_GPV
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /* GFV[]:        Get Freedom Vector                                      */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x0D                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        ef2.14 --> ef2.14                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_GFV( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_GFV
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* SRP0[]:       Set Reference Point 0                                   */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x10                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        uint32 -->                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_SRP0( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_SRP0
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* SRP1[]:       Set Reference Point 1                                   */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x11                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        uint32 -->                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_SRP1( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_SRP1
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* SRP2[]:       Set Reference Point 2                                   */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x12                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        uint32 -->                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_SRP2( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_SRP2
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* RTHG[]:       Round To Half Grid                                      */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x19                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        -->                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_RTHG( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_RTHG
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* RTG[]:        Round To Grid                                           */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x18                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        -->                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_RTG( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_RTG
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /* RTDG[]:       Round To Double Grid                                    */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x3D                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        -->                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_RTDG( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_RTDG
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /* RUTG[]:       Round Up To Grid                                        */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x7C                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        -->                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_RUTG( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_RUTG
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* RDTG[]:       Round Down To Grid                                      */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x7D                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        -->                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_RDTG( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_RDTG
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* ROFF[]:       Round OFF                                               */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x7A                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        -->                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_ROFF( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_ROFF
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* SROUND[]:     Super ROUND                                             */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x76                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        Eint8 -->                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_SROUND( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_SROUND
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* S45ROUND[]:   Super ROUND 45 degrees                                  */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x77                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        uint32 -->                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_S45ROUND( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_S45ROUND
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* SLOOP[]:      Set LOOP variable                                       */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x17                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        int32? -->                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_SLOOP( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_SLOOP
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* SMD[]:        Set Minimum Distance                                    */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x1A                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        f26.6 -->                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_SMD( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_SMD
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* SCVTCI[]:     Set Control Value Table Cut In                          */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x1D                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        f26.6 -->                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_SCVTCI( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_SCVTCI
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* SSWCI[]:      Set Single Width Cut In                                 */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x1E                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        f26.6 -->                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_SSWCI( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_SSWCI
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* SSW[]:        Set Single Width                                        */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x1F                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        int32? -->                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_SSW( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_SSW
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* FLIPON[]:     Set auto-FLIP to ON                                     */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x4D                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        -->                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_FLIPON( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_FLIPON
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* FLIPOFF[]:    Set auto-FLIP to OFF                                    */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x4E                                                    */
+  /* Stack: -->                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_FLIPOFF( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_FLIPOFF
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* SANGW[]:      Set ANGle Weight                                        */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x7E                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        uint32 -->                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_SANGW( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    /* instruction not supported anymore */
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* SDB[]:        Set Delta Base                                          */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x5E                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        uint32 -->                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_SDB( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_SDB
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* SDS[]:        Set Delta Shift                                         */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x5F                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        uint32 -->                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_SDS( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_SDS
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* MPPEM[]:      Measure Pixel Per EM                                    */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x4B                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        --> Euint16                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_MPPEM( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_MPPEM
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* MPS[]:        Measure Point Size                                      */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x4C                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        --> Euint16                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_MPS( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_MPS
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* DUP[]:        DUPlicate the top stack's element                       */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x20                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        StkElt --> StkElt StkElt                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_DUP( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_DUP
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* POP[]:        POP the stack's top element                             */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x21                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        StkElt -->                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_POP( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    /* nothing to do */
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* CLEAR[]:      CLEAR the entire stack                                  */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x22                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        StkElt... -->                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_CLEAR( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_CLEAR
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* SWAP[]:       SWAP the stack's top two elements                       */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x23                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        2 * StkElt --> 2 * StkElt                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_SWAP( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_SWAP
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* DEPTH[]:      return the stack DEPTH                                  */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x24                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        --> uint32                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_DEPTH( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_DEPTH
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* CINDEX[]:     Copy INDEXed element                                    */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x25                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        int32 --> StkElt                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_CINDEX( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_CINDEX
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* EIF[]:        End IF                                                  */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x59                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        -->                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_EIF( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    /* nothing to do */
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* JROT[]:       Jump Relative On True                                   */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x78                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        StkElt int32 -->                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_JROT( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_JROT
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* JMPR[]:       JuMP Relative                                           */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x1C                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        int32 -->                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_JMPR( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_JMPR
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* JROF[]:       Jump Relative On False                                  */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x79                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        StkElt int32 -->                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_JROF( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_JROF
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* LT[]:         Less Than                                               */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x50                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        int32? int32? --> bool                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_LT( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_LT
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* LTEQ[]:       Less Than or EQual                                      */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x51                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        int32? int32? --> bool                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_LTEQ( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_LTEQ
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* GT[]:         Greater Than                                            */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x52                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        int32? int32? --> bool                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_GT( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_GT
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* GTEQ[]:       Greater Than or EQual                                   */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x53                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        int32? int32? --> bool                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_GTEQ( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_GTEQ
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* EQ[]:         EQual                                                   */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x54                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        StkElt StkElt --> bool                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_EQ( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_EQ
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* NEQ[]:        Not EQual                                               */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x55                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        StkElt StkElt --> bool                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_NEQ( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_NEQ
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* ODD[]:        Is ODD                                                  */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x56                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        f26.6 --> bool                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_ODD( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_ODD
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* EVEN[]:       Is EVEN                                                 */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x57                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        f26.6 --> bool                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_EVEN( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_EVEN
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* AND[]:        logical AND                                             */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x5A                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        uint32 uint32 --> uint32                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_AND( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_AND
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* OR[]:         logical OR                                              */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x5B                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        uint32 uint32 --> uint32                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_OR( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_OR
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* NOT[]:        logical NOT                                             */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x5C                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        StkElt --> uint32                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_NOT( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_NOT
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* ADD[]:        ADD                                                     */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x60                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        f26.6 f26.6 --> f26.6                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_ADD( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_ADD
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* SUB[]:        SUBtract                                                */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x61                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        f26.6 f26.6 --> f26.6                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_SUB( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_SUB
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* DIV[]:        DIVide                                                  */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x62                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        f26.6 f26.6 --> f26.6                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_DIV( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_DIV
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* MUL[]:        MULtiply                                                */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x63                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        f26.6 f26.6 --> f26.6                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_MUL( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_MUL
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* ABS[]:        ABSolute value                                          */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x64                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        f26.6 --> f26.6                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_ABS( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_ABS
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* NEG[]:        NEGate                                                  */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x65                                                    */
+  /* Stack: f26.6 --> f26.6                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_NEG( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_NEG
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* FLOOR[]:      FLOOR                                                   */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x66                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        f26.6 --> f26.6                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_FLOOR( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_FLOOR
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* CEILING[]:    CEILING                                                 */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x67                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        f26.6 --> f26.6                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_CEILING( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_CEILING
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* RS[]:         Read Store                                              */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x43                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        uint32 --> uint32                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_RS( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_RS
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* WS[]:         Write Store                                             */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x42                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        uint32 uint32 -->                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_WS( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_WS
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* WCVTP[]:      Write CVT in Pixel units                                */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x44                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        f26.6 uint32 -->                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_WCVTP( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_WCVTP
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* WCVTF[]:      Write CVT in Funits                                     */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x70                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        uint32 uint32 -->                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_WCVTF( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_WCVTF
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* RCVT[]:       Read CVT                                                */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x45                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        uint32 --> f26.6                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_RCVT( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_RCVT
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* AA[]:         Adjust Angle                                            */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x7F                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        uint32 -->                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_AA( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    /* intentionally no longer supported */
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* DEBUG[]:      DEBUG.  Unsupported.                                    */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x4F                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        uint32 -->                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Note: The original instruction pops a value from the stack.           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_DEBUG( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_DEBUG
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* ROUND[ab]:    ROUND value                                             */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x68-0x6B                                               */
+  /* Stack:        f26.6 --> f26.6                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_ROUND( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_ROUND
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* NROUND[ab]:   No ROUNDing of value                                    */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x6C-0x6F                                               */
+  /* Stack:        f26.6 --> f26.6                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_NROUND( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_NROUND
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* MAX[]:        MAXimum                                                 */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x68                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        int32? int32? --> int32                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_MAX( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_MAX
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* MIN[]:        MINimum                                                 */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x69                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        int32? int32? --> int32                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_MIN( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    DO_MIN
+  }
+
+
+#endif  /* !TT_CONFIG_OPTION_INTERPRETER_SWITCH */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The following functions are called as is within the switch statement. */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* MINDEX[]:     Move INDEXed element                                    */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x26                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        int32? --> StkElt                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_MINDEX( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    FT_Long  L, K;
+
+
+    L = args[0];
+
+    if ( L <= 0 || L > CUR.args )
+    {
+      CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
+      return;
+    }
+
+    K = CUR.stack[CUR.args - L];
+
+    FT_ARRAY_MOVE( &CUR.stack[CUR.args - L    ],
+                   &CUR.stack[CUR.args - L + 1],
+                   ( L - 1 ) );
+
+    CUR.stack[CUR.args - 1] = K;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* ROLL[]:       ROLL top three elements                                 */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x8A                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        3 * StkElt --> 3 * StkElt                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_ROLL( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    FT_Long  A, B, C;
+
+    FT_UNUSED_EXEC;
+
+
+    A = args[2];
+    B = args[1];
+    C = args[0];
+
+    args[2] = C;
+    args[1] = A;
+    args[0] = B;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* MANAGING THE FLOW OF CONTROL                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Instructions appear in the specification's order.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  static FT_Bool
+  SkipCode( EXEC_OP )
+  {
+    CUR.IP += CUR.length;
+
+    if ( CUR.IP < CUR.codeSize )
+    {
+      CUR.opcode = CUR.code[CUR.IP];
+
+      CUR.length = opcode_length[CUR.opcode];
+      if ( CUR.length < 0 )
+      {
+        if ( CUR.IP + 1 > CUR.codeSize )
+          goto Fail_Overflow;
+        CUR.length = 2 - CUR.length * CUR.code[CUR.IP + 1];
+      }
+
+      if ( CUR.IP + CUR.length <= CUR.codeSize )
+        return SUCCESS;
+    }
+
+  Fail_Overflow:
+    CUR.error = TT_Err_Code_Overflow;
+    return FAILURE;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* IF[]:         IF test                                                 */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x58                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        StkElt -->                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_IF( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    FT_Int   nIfs;
+    FT_Bool  Out;
+
+
+    if ( args[0] != 0 )
+      return;
+
+    nIfs = 1;
+    Out = 0;
+
+    do
+    {
+      if ( SKIP_Code() == FAILURE )
+        return;
+
+      switch ( CUR.opcode )
+      {
+      case 0x58:      /* IF */
+        nIfs++;
+        break;
+
+      case 0x1B:      /* ELSE */
+        Out = FT_BOOL( nIfs == 1 );
+        break;
+
+      case 0x59:      /* EIF */
+        nIfs--;
+        Out = FT_BOOL( nIfs == 0 );
+        break;
+      }
+    } while ( Out == 0 );
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* ELSE[]:       ELSE                                                    */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x1B                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        -->                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_ELSE( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    FT_Int  nIfs;
+
+    FT_UNUSED_ARG;
+
+
+    nIfs = 1;
+
+    do
+    {
+      if ( SKIP_Code() == FAILURE )
+        return;
+
+      switch ( CUR.opcode )
+      {
+      case 0x58:    /* IF */
+        nIfs++;
+        break;
+
+      case 0x59:    /* EIF */
+        nIfs--;
+        break;
+      }
+    } while ( nIfs != 0 );
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* DEFINING AND USING FUNCTIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Instructions appear in the specification's order.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* FDEF[]:       Function DEFinition                                     */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x2C                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        uint32 -->                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_FDEF( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    FT_ULong       n;
+    TT_DefRecord*  rec;
+    TT_DefRecord*  limit;
+
+
+    /* some font programs are broken enough to redefine functions! */
+    /* We will then parse the current table.                       */
+
+    rec   = CUR.FDefs;
+    limit = rec + CUR.numFDefs;
+    n     = args[0];
+
+    for ( ; rec < limit; rec++ )
+    {
+      if ( rec->opc == n )
+        break;
+    }
+
+    if ( rec == limit )
+    {
+      /* check that there is enough room for new functions */
+      if ( CUR.numFDefs >= CUR.maxFDefs )
+      {
+        CUR.error = TT_Err_Too_Many_Function_Defs;
+        return;
+      }
+      CUR.numFDefs++;
+    }
+
+    rec->range  = CUR.curRange;
+    rec->opc    = n;
+    rec->start  = CUR.IP + 1;
+    rec->active = TRUE;
+
+    if ( n > CUR.maxFunc )
+      CUR.maxFunc = n;
+
+    /* Now skip the whole function definition. */
+    /* We don't allow nested IDEFS & FDEFs.    */
+
+    while ( SKIP_Code() == SUCCESS )
+    {
+      switch ( CUR.opcode )
+      {
+      case 0x89:    /* IDEF */
+      case 0x2C:    /* FDEF */
+        CUR.error = TT_Err_Nested_DEFS;
+        return;
+
+      case 0x2D:   /* ENDF */
+        return;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* ENDF[]:       END Function definition                                 */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x2D                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        -->                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_ENDF( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    TT_CallRec*  pRec;
+
+    FT_UNUSED_ARG;
+
+
+    if ( CUR.callTop <= 0 )     /* We encountered an ENDF without a call */
+    {
+      CUR.error = TT_Err_ENDF_In_Exec_Stream;
+      return;
+    }
+
+    CUR.callTop--;
+
+    pRec = &CUR.callStack[CUR.callTop];
+
+    pRec->Cur_Count--;
+
+    CUR.step_ins = FALSE;
+
+    if ( pRec->Cur_Count > 0 )
+    {
+      CUR.callTop++;
+      CUR.IP = pRec->Cur_Restart;
+    }
+    else
+      /* Loop through the current function */
+      INS_Goto_CodeRange( pRec->Caller_Range,
+                          pRec->Caller_IP );
+
+    /* Exit the current call frame.                      */
+
+    /* NOTE: If the last instruction of a program is a   */
+    /*       CALL or LOOPCALL, the return address is     */
+    /*       always out of the code range.  This is a    */
+    /*       valid address, and it is why we do not test */
+    /*       the result of Ins_Goto_CodeRange() here!    */
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* CALL[]:       CALL function                                           */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x2B                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        uint32? -->                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_CALL( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    FT_ULong       F;
+    TT_CallRec*    pCrec;
+    TT_DefRecord*  def;
+
+
+    /* first of all, check the index */
+
+    F = args[0];
+    if ( BOUNDS( F, CUR.maxFunc + 1 ) )
+      goto Fail;
+
+    /* Except for some old Apple fonts, all functions in a TrueType */
+    /* font are defined in increasing order, starting from 0.  This */
+    /* means that we normally have                                  */
+    /*                                                              */
+    /*    CUR.maxFunc+1 == CUR.numFDefs                             */
+    /*    CUR.FDefs[n].opc == n for n in 0..CUR.maxFunc             */
+    /*                                                              */
+    /* If this isn't true, we need to look up the function table.   */
+
+    def = CUR.FDefs + F;
+    if ( CUR.maxFunc + 1 != CUR.numFDefs || def->opc != F )
+    {
+      /* look up the FDefs table */
+      TT_DefRecord*  limit;
+
+
+      def   = CUR.FDefs;
+      limit = def + CUR.numFDefs;
+
+      while ( def < limit && def->opc != F )
+        def++;
+
+      if ( def == limit )
+        goto Fail;
+    }
+
+    /* check that the function is active */
+    if ( !def->active )
+      goto Fail;
+
+    /* check the call stack */
+    if ( CUR.callTop >= CUR.callSize )
+    {
+      CUR.error = TT_Err_Stack_Overflow;
+      return;
+    }
+
+    pCrec = CUR.callStack + CUR.callTop;
+
+    pCrec->Caller_Range = CUR.curRange;
+    pCrec->Caller_IP    = CUR.IP + 1;
+    pCrec->Cur_Count    = 1;
+    pCrec->Cur_Restart  = def->start;
+
+    CUR.callTop++;
+
+    INS_Goto_CodeRange( def->range,
+                        def->start );
+
+    CUR.step_ins = FALSE;
+    return;
+
+  Fail:
+    CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* LOOPCALL[]:   LOOP and CALL function                                  */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x2A                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        uint32? Eint16? -->                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_LOOPCALL( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    FT_ULong       F;
+    TT_CallRec*    pCrec;
+    TT_DefRecord*  def;
+
+
+    /* first of all, check the index */
+    F = args[1];
+    if ( BOUNDS( F, CUR.maxFunc + 1 ) )
+      goto Fail;
+
+    /* Except for some old Apple fonts, all functions in a TrueType */
+    /* font are defined in increasing order, starting from 0.  This */
+    /* means that we normally have                                  */
+    /*                                                              */
+    /*    CUR.maxFunc+1 == CUR.numFDefs                             */
+    /*    CUR.FDefs[n].opc == n for n in 0..CUR.maxFunc             */
+    /*                                                              */
+    /* If this isn't true, we need to look up the function table.   */
+
+    def = CUR.FDefs + F;
+    if ( CUR.maxFunc + 1 != CUR.numFDefs || def->opc != F )
+    {
+      /* look up the FDefs table */
+      TT_DefRecord*  limit;
+
+
+      def   = CUR.FDefs;
+      limit = def + CUR.numFDefs;
+
+      while ( def < limit && def->opc != F )
+        def++;
+
+      if ( def == limit )
+        goto Fail;
+    }
+
+    /* check that the function is active */
+    if ( !def->active )
+      goto Fail;
+
+    /* check stack */
+    if ( CUR.callTop >= CUR.callSize )
+    {
+      CUR.error = TT_Err_Stack_Overflow;
+      return;
+    }
+
+    if ( args[0] > 0 )
+    {
+      pCrec = CUR.callStack + CUR.callTop;
+
+      pCrec->Caller_Range = CUR.curRange;
+      pCrec->Caller_IP    = CUR.IP + 1;
+      pCrec->Cur_Count    = (FT_Int)args[0];
+      pCrec->Cur_Restart  = def->start;
+
+      CUR.callTop++;
+
+      INS_Goto_CodeRange( def->range, def->start );
+
+      CUR.step_ins = FALSE;
+    }
+    return;
+
+  Fail:
+    CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* IDEF[]:       Instruction DEFinition                                  */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x89                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        Eint8 -->                                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_IDEF( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    TT_DefRecord*  def;
+    TT_DefRecord*  limit;
+
+
+    /*  First of all, look for the same function in our table */
+
+    def   = CUR.IDefs;
+    limit = def + CUR.numIDefs;
+
+    for ( ; def < limit; def++ )
+      if ( def->opc == (FT_ULong)args[0] )
+        break;
+
+    if ( def == limit )
+    {
+      /* check that there is enough room for a new instruction */
+      if ( CUR.numIDefs >= CUR.maxIDefs )
+      {
+        CUR.error = TT_Err_Too_Many_Instruction_Defs;
+        return;
+      }
+      CUR.numIDefs++;
+    }
+
+    def->opc    = args[0];
+    def->start  = CUR.IP+1;
+    def->range  = CUR.curRange;
+    def->active = TRUE;
+
+    if ( (FT_ULong)args[0] > CUR.maxIns )
+      CUR.maxIns = args[0];
+
+    /* Now skip the whole function definition. */
+    /* We don't allow nested IDEFs & FDEFs.    */
+
+    while ( SKIP_Code() == SUCCESS )
+    {
+      switch ( CUR.opcode )
+      {
+      case 0x89:   /* IDEF */
+      case 0x2C:   /* FDEF */
+        CUR.error = TT_Err_Nested_DEFS;
+        return;
+      case 0x2D:   /* ENDF */
+        return;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* PUSHING DATA ONTO THE INTERPRETER STACK                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Instructions appear in the specification's order.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* NPUSHB[]:     PUSH N Bytes                                            */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x40                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        --> uint32...                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_NPUSHB( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    FT_UShort  L, K;
+
+
+    L = (FT_UShort)CUR.code[CUR.IP + 1];
+
+    if ( BOUNDS( L, CUR.stackSize + 1 - CUR.top ) )
+    {
+      CUR.error = TT_Err_Stack_Overflow;
+      return;
+    }
+
+    for ( K = 1; K <= L; K++ )
+      args[K - 1] = CUR.code[CUR.IP + K + 1];
+
+    CUR.new_top += L;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* NPUSHW[]:     PUSH N Words                                            */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x41                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        --> int32...                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_NPUSHW( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    FT_UShort  L, K;
+
+
+    L = (FT_UShort)CUR.code[CUR.IP + 1];
+
+    if ( BOUNDS( L, CUR.stackSize + 1 - CUR.top ) )
+    {
+      CUR.error = TT_Err_Stack_Overflow;
+      return;
+    }
+
+    CUR.IP += 2;
+
+    for ( K = 0; K < L; K++ )
+      args[K] = GET_ShortIns();
+
+    CUR.step_ins = FALSE;
+    CUR.new_top += L;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* PUSHB[abc]:   PUSH Bytes                                              */
+  /* Opcode range: 0xB0-0xB7                                               */
+  /* Stack:        --> uint32...                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_PUSHB( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    FT_UShort  L, K;
+
+
+    L = (FT_UShort)( CUR.opcode - 0xB0 + 1 );
+
+    if ( BOUNDS( L, CUR.stackSize + 1 - CUR.top ) )
+    {
+      CUR.error = TT_Err_Stack_Overflow;
+      return;
+    }
+
+    for ( K = 1; K <= L; K++ )
+      args[K - 1] = CUR.code[CUR.IP + K];
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* PUSHW[abc]:   PUSH Words                                              */
+  /* Opcode range: 0xB8-0xBF                                               */
+  /* Stack:        --> int32...                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_PUSHW( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    FT_UShort  L, K;
+
+
+    L = (FT_UShort)( CUR.opcode - 0xB8 + 1 );
+
+    if ( BOUNDS( L, CUR.stackSize + 1 - CUR.top ) )
+    {
+      CUR.error = TT_Err_Stack_Overflow;
+      return;
+    }
+
+    CUR.IP++;
+
+    for ( K = 0; K < L; K++ )
+      args[K] = GET_ShortIns();
+
+    CUR.step_ins = FALSE;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* MANAGING THE GRAPHICS STATE                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*  Instructions appear in the specs' order.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* GC[a]:        Get Coordinate projected onto                           */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x46-0x47                                               */
+  /* Stack:        uint32 --> f26.6                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* BULLSHIT: Measures from the original glyph must be taken along the    */
+  /*           dual projection vector!                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_GC( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    FT_ULong    L;
+    FT_F26Dot6  R;
+
+
+    L = (FT_ULong)args[0];
+
+    if ( BOUNDS( L, CUR.zp2.n_points ) )
+    {
+      if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )
+      {
+        CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
+        return;
+      }
+      else
+        R = 0;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      if ( CUR.opcode & 1 )
+        R = CUR_fast_dualproj( &CUR.zp2.org[L] );
+      else
+        R = CUR_fast_project( &CUR.zp2.cur[L] );
+    }
+
+    args[0] = R;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* SCFS[]:       Set Coordinate From Stack                               */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x48                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        f26.6 uint32 -->                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Formula:                                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   OA := OA + ( value - OA.p )/( f.p ) * f                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_SCFS( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    FT_Long    K;
+    FT_UShort  L;
+
+
+    L = (FT_UShort)args[0];
+
+    if ( BOUNDS( L, CUR.zp2.n_points ) )
+    {
+      if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )
+        CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
+      return;
+    }
+
+    K = CUR_fast_project( &CUR.zp2.cur[L] );
+
+    CUR_Func_move( &CUR.zp2, L, args[1] - K );
+
+    /* not part of the specs, but here for safety */
+
+    if ( CUR.GS.gep2 == 0 )
+      CUR.zp2.org[L] = CUR.zp2.cur[L];
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* MD[a]:        Measure Distance                                        */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x49-0x4A                                               */
+  /* Stack:        uint32 uint32 --> f26.6                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* BULLSHIT: Measure taken in the original glyph must be along the dual  */
+  /*           projection vector.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Second BULLSHIT: Flag attributes are inverted!                        */
+  /*                  0 => measure distance in original outline            */
+  /*                  1 => measure distance in grid-fitted outline         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Third one: `zp0 - zp1', and not `zp2 - zp1!                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_MD( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    FT_UShort   K, L;
+    FT_F26Dot6  D;
+
+
+    K = (FT_UShort)args[1];
+    L = (FT_UShort)args[0];
+
+    if( BOUNDS( L, CUR.zp0.n_points ) ||
+        BOUNDS( K, CUR.zp1.n_points ) )
+    {
+      if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )
+      {
+        CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
+        return;
+      }
+      D = 0;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      if ( CUR.opcode & 1 )
+        D = CUR_Func_project( CUR.zp0.cur + L, CUR.zp1.cur + K );
+      else
+      {
+        FT_Vector*  vec1 = CUR.zp0.orus + L;
+        FT_Vector*  vec2 = CUR.zp1.orus + K;
+
+
+        if ( CUR.metrics.x_scale == CUR.metrics.y_scale )
+        {
+          /* this should be faster */
+          D = CUR_Func_dualproj( vec1, vec2 );
+          D = TT_MULFIX( D, CUR.metrics.x_scale );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          FT_Vector  vec;
+
+
+          vec.x = TT_MULFIX( vec1->x - vec2->x, CUR.metrics.x_scale );
+          vec.y = TT_MULFIX( vec1->y - vec2->y, CUR.metrics.y_scale );
+
+          D = CUR_fast_dualproj( &vec );
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    args[0] = D;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* SDPVTL[a]:    Set Dual PVector to Line                                */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x86-0x87                                               */
+  /* Stack:        uint32 uint32 -->                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_SDPVTL( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    FT_Long    A, B, C;
+    FT_UShort  p1, p2;   /* was FT_Int in pas type ERROR */
+
+
+    p1 = (FT_UShort)args[1];
+    p2 = (FT_UShort)args[0];
+
+    if ( BOUNDS( p2, CUR.zp1.n_points ) ||
+         BOUNDS( p1, CUR.zp2.n_points ) )
+    {
+      if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )
+        CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
+      return;
+    }
+
+    {
+      FT_Vector* v1 = CUR.zp1.org + p2;
+      FT_Vector* v2 = CUR.zp2.org + p1;
+
+
+      A = v1->x - v2->x;
+      B = v1->y - v2->y;
+    }
+
+    if ( ( CUR.opcode & 1 ) != 0 )
+    {
+      C =  B;   /* counter clockwise rotation */
+      B =  A;
+      A = -C;
+    }
+
+    NORMalize( A, B, &CUR.GS.dualVector );
+
+    {
+      FT_Vector*  v1 = CUR.zp1.cur + p2;
+      FT_Vector*  v2 = CUR.zp2.cur + p1;
+
+
+      A = v1->x - v2->x;
+      B = v1->y - v2->y;
+    }
+
+    if ( ( CUR.opcode & 1 ) != 0 )
+    {
+      C =  B;   /* counter clockwise rotation */
+      B =  A;
+      A = -C;
+    }
+
+    NORMalize( A, B, &CUR.GS.projVector );
+
+    GUESS_VECTOR( freeVector );
+
+    COMPUTE_Funcs();
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* SZP0[]:       Set Zone Pointer 0                                      */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x13                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        uint32 -->                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_SZP0( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    switch ( (FT_Int)args[0] )
+    {
+    case 0:
+      CUR.zp0 = CUR.twilight;
+      break;
+
+    case 1:
+      CUR.zp0 = CUR.pts;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )
+        CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
+      return;
+    }
+
+    CUR.GS.gep0 = (FT_UShort)args[0];
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* SZP1[]:       Set Zone Pointer 1                                      */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x14                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        uint32 -->                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_SZP1( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    switch ( (FT_Int)args[0] )
+    {
+    case 0:
+      CUR.zp1 = CUR.twilight;
+      break;
+
+    case 1:
+      CUR.zp1 = CUR.pts;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )
+        CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
+      return;
+    }
+
+    CUR.GS.gep1 = (FT_UShort)args[0];
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* SZP2[]:       Set Zone Pointer 2                                      */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x15                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        uint32 -->                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_SZP2( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    switch ( (FT_Int)args[0] )
+    {
+    case 0:
+      CUR.zp2 = CUR.twilight;
+      break;
+
+    case 1:
+      CUR.zp2 = CUR.pts;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )
+        CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
+      return;
+    }
+
+    CUR.GS.gep2 = (FT_UShort)args[0];
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* SZPS[]:       Set Zone PointerS                                       */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x16                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        uint32 -->                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_SZPS( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    switch ( (FT_Int)args[0] )
+    {
+    case 0:
+      CUR.zp0 = CUR.twilight;
+      break;
+
+    case 1:
+      CUR.zp0 = CUR.pts;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )
+        CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
+      return;
+    }
+
+    CUR.zp1 = CUR.zp0;
+    CUR.zp2 = CUR.zp0;
+
+    CUR.GS.gep0 = (FT_UShort)args[0];
+    CUR.GS.gep1 = (FT_UShort)args[0];
+    CUR.GS.gep2 = (FT_UShort)args[0];
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* INSTCTRL[]:   INSTruction ConTRoL                                     */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x8e                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        int32 int32 -->                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_INSTCTRL( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    FT_Long  K, L;
+
+
+    K = args[1];
+    L = args[0];
+
+    if ( K < 1 || K > 2 )
+    {
+      if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )
+        CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
+      return;
+    }
+
+    if ( L != 0 )
+        L = K;
+
+    CUR.GS.instruct_control = FT_BOOL(
+      ( (FT_Byte)CUR.GS.instruct_control & ~(FT_Byte)K ) | (FT_Byte)L );
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* SCANCTRL[]:   SCAN ConTRoL                                            */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x85                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        uint32? -->                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_SCANCTRL( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    FT_Int  A;
+
+
+    /* Get Threshold */
+    A = (FT_Int)( args[0] & 0xFF );
+
+    if ( A == 0xFF )
+    {
+      CUR.GS.scan_control = TRUE;
+      return;
+    }
+    else if ( A == 0 )
+    {
+      CUR.GS.scan_control = FALSE;
+      return;
+    }
+
+    if ( ( args[0] & 0x100 ) != 0 && CUR.tt_metrics.ppem <= A )
+      CUR.GS.scan_control = TRUE;
+
+    if ( ( args[0] & 0x200 ) != 0 && CUR.tt_metrics.rotated )
+      CUR.GS.scan_control = TRUE;
+
+    if ( ( args[0] & 0x400 ) != 0 && CUR.tt_metrics.stretched )
+      CUR.GS.scan_control = TRUE;
+
+    if ( ( args[0] & 0x800 ) != 0 && CUR.tt_metrics.ppem > A )
+      CUR.GS.scan_control = FALSE;
+
+    if ( ( args[0] & 0x1000 ) != 0 && CUR.tt_metrics.rotated )
+      CUR.GS.scan_control = FALSE;
+
+    if ( ( args[0] & 0x2000 ) != 0 && CUR.tt_metrics.stretched )
+      CUR.GS.scan_control = FALSE;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* SCANTYPE[]:   SCAN TYPE                                               */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x8D                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        uint32? -->                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_SCANTYPE( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    if ( args[0] >= 0 )
+      CUR.GS.scan_type = (FT_Int)args[0];
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* MANAGING OUTLINES                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Instructions appear in the specification's order.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* FLIPPT[]:     FLIP PoinT                                              */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x80                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        uint32... -->                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_FLIPPT( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    FT_UShort  point;
+
+    FT_UNUSED_ARG;
+
+
+    if ( CUR.top < CUR.GS.loop )
+    {
+      CUR.error = TT_Err_Too_Few_Arguments;
+      return;
+    }
+
+    while ( CUR.GS.loop > 0 )
+    {
+      CUR.args--;
+
+      point = (FT_UShort)CUR.stack[CUR.args];
+
+      if ( BOUNDS( point, CUR.pts.n_points ) )
+      {
+        if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )
+        {
+          CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
+          return;
+        }
+      }
+      else
+        CUR.pts.tags[point] ^= FT_CURVE_TAG_ON;
+
+      CUR.GS.loop--;
+    }
+
+    CUR.GS.loop = 1;
+    CUR.new_top = CUR.args;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* FLIPRGON[]:   FLIP RanGe ON                                           */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x81                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        uint32 uint32 -->                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_FLIPRGON( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    FT_UShort  I, K, L;
+
+
+    K = (FT_UShort)args[1];
+    L = (FT_UShort)args[0];
+
+    if ( BOUNDS( K, CUR.pts.n_points ) ||
+         BOUNDS( L, CUR.pts.n_points ) )
+    {
+      if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )
+        CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
+      return;
+    }
+
+    for ( I = L; I <= K; I++ )
+      CUR.pts.tags[I] |= FT_CURVE_TAG_ON;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* FLIPRGOFF:    FLIP RanGe OFF                                          */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x82                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        uint32 uint32 -->                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_FLIPRGOFF( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    FT_UShort  I, K, L;
+
+
+    K = (FT_UShort)args[1];
+    L = (FT_UShort)args[0];
+
+    if ( BOUNDS( K, CUR.pts.n_points ) ||
+         BOUNDS( L, CUR.pts.n_points ) )
+    {
+      if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )
+        CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
+      return;
+    }
+
+    for ( I = L; I <= K; I++ )
+      CUR.pts.tags[I] &= ~FT_CURVE_TAG_ON;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Bool
+  Compute_Point_Displacement( EXEC_OP_ FT_F26Dot6*   x,
+                                       FT_F26Dot6*   y,
+                                       TT_GlyphZone  zone,
+                                       FT_UShort*    refp )
+  {
+    TT_GlyphZoneRec  zp;
+    FT_UShort        p;
+    FT_F26Dot6       d;
+
+
+    if ( CUR.opcode & 1 )
+    {
+      zp = CUR.zp0;
+      p  = CUR.GS.rp1;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      zp = CUR.zp1;
+      p  = CUR.GS.rp2;
+    }
+
+    if ( BOUNDS( p, zp.n_points ) )
+    {
+      if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )
+        CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
+      *refp = 0;
+      return FAILURE;
+    }
+
+    *zone = zp;
+    *refp = p;
+
+    d = CUR_Func_project( zp.cur + p, zp.org + p );
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING
+    if ( CUR.face->unpatented_hinting )
+    {
+      if ( CUR.GS.both_x_axis )
+      {
+        *x = d;
+        *y = 0;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        *x = 0;
+        *y = d;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+#endif
+    {
+      *x = TT_MULDIV( d,
+                      (FT_Long)CUR.GS.freeVector.x * 0x10000L,
+                      CUR.F_dot_P );
+      *y = TT_MULDIV( d,
+                      (FT_Long)CUR.GS.freeVector.y * 0x10000L,
+                      CUR.F_dot_P );
+    }
+
+    return SUCCESS;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  Move_Zp2_Point( EXEC_OP_ FT_UShort   point,
+                           FT_F26Dot6  dx,
+                           FT_F26Dot6  dy,
+                           FT_Bool     touch )
+  {
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING
+    if ( CUR.face->unpatented_hinting )
+    {
+      if ( CUR.GS.both_x_axis )
+      {
+        CUR.zp2.cur[point].x += dx;
+        if ( touch )
+          CUR.zp2.tags[point] |= FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_X;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        CUR.zp2.cur[point].y += dy;
+        if ( touch )
+          CUR.zp2.tags[point] |= FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_Y;
+      }
+      return;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    if ( CUR.GS.freeVector.x != 0 )
+    {
+      CUR.zp2.cur[point].x += dx;
+      if ( touch )
+        CUR.zp2.tags[point] |= FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_X;
+    }
+
+    if ( CUR.GS.freeVector.y != 0 )
+    {
+      CUR.zp2.cur[point].y += dy;
+      if ( touch )
+        CUR.zp2.tags[point] |= FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_Y;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* SHP[a]:       SHift Point by the last point                           */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x32-0x33                                               */
+  /* Stack:        uint32... -->                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_SHP( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    TT_GlyphZoneRec  zp;
+    FT_UShort        refp;
+
+    FT_F26Dot6       dx,
+                     dy;
+    FT_UShort        point;
+
+    FT_UNUSED_ARG;
+
+
+    if ( CUR.top < CUR.GS.loop )
+    {
+      CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
+      return;
+    }
+
+    if ( COMPUTE_Point_Displacement( &dx, &dy, &zp, &refp ) )
+      return;
+
+    while ( CUR.GS.loop > 0 )
+    {
+      CUR.args--;
+      point = (FT_UShort)CUR.stack[CUR.args];
+
+      if ( BOUNDS( point, CUR.zp2.n_points ) )
+      {
+        if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )
+        {
+          CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
+          return;
+        }
+      }
+      else
+        /* XXX: UNDOCUMENTED! SHP touches the points */
+        MOVE_Zp2_Point( point, dx, dy, TRUE );
+
+      CUR.GS.loop--;
+    }
+
+    CUR.GS.loop = 1;
+    CUR.new_top = CUR.args;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* SHC[a]:       SHift Contour                                           */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x34-35                                                 */
+  /* Stack:        uint32 -->                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_SHC( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    TT_GlyphZoneRec zp;
+    FT_UShort       refp;
+    FT_F26Dot6      dx,
+                    dy;
+
+    FT_Short        contour;
+    FT_UShort       first_point, last_point, i;
+
+
+    contour = (FT_UShort)args[0];
+
+    if ( BOUNDS( contour, CUR.pts.n_contours ) )
+    {
+      if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )
+        CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
+      return;
+    }
+
+    if ( COMPUTE_Point_Displacement( &dx, &dy, &zp, &refp ) )
+      return;
+
+    if ( contour == 0 )
+      first_point = 0;
+    else
+      first_point = (FT_UShort)( CUR.pts.contours[contour - 1] + 1 -
+                                 CUR.pts.first_point );
+
+    last_point = (FT_UShort)( CUR.pts.contours[contour] -
+                              CUR.pts.first_point );
+
+    /* XXX: this is probably wrong... at least it prevents memory */
+    /*      corruption when zp2 is the twilight zone              */
+    if ( BOUNDS( last_point, CUR.zp2.n_points ) )
+    {
+      if ( CUR.zp2.n_points > 0 )
+        last_point = (FT_UShort)(CUR.zp2.n_points - 1);
+      else
+        last_point = 0;
+    }
+
+    /* XXX: UNDOCUMENTED! SHC touches the points */
+    for ( i = first_point; i <= last_point; i++ )
+    {
+      if ( zp.cur != CUR.zp2.cur || refp != i )
+        MOVE_Zp2_Point( i, dx, dy, TRUE );
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* SHZ[a]:       SHift Zone                                              */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x36-37                                                 */
+  /* Stack:        uint32 -->                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_SHZ( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    TT_GlyphZoneRec zp;
+    FT_UShort       refp;
+    FT_F26Dot6      dx,
+                    dy;
+
+    FT_UShort       last_point, i;
+
+
+    if ( BOUNDS( args[0], 2 ) )
+    {
+      if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )
+        CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
+      return;
+    }
+
+    if ( COMPUTE_Point_Displacement( &dx, &dy, &zp, &refp ) )
+      return;
+
+    /* XXX: UNDOCUMENTED! SHZ doesn't move the phantom points.  */
+    /*      Twilight zone has no contours, so use `n_points'.   */
+    /*      Normal zone's `n_points' includes phantoms, so must */
+    /*      use end of last contour.                            */
+    if ( CUR.GS.gep2 == 0 && CUR.zp2.n_points > 0 )
+      last_point = (FT_UShort)( CUR.zp2.n_points - 1 );
+    else if ( CUR.GS.gep2 == 1 && CUR.zp2.n_contours > 0 )
+      last_point = (FT_UShort)( CUR.zp2.contours[CUR.zp2.n_contours - 1] );
+    else
+      last_point = 0;
+
+    /* XXX: UNDOCUMENTED! SHZ doesn't touch the points */
+    for ( i = 0; i <= last_point; i++ )
+    {
+      if ( zp.cur != CUR.zp2.cur || refp != i )
+        MOVE_Zp2_Point( i, dx, dy, FALSE );
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* SHPIX[]:      SHift points by a PIXel amount                          */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x38                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        f26.6 uint32... -->                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_SHPIX( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    FT_F26Dot6  dx, dy;
+    FT_UShort   point;
+
+
+    if ( CUR.top < CUR.GS.loop + 1 )
+    {
+      CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
+      return;
+    }
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING
+    if ( CUR.face->unpatented_hinting )
+    {
+      if ( CUR.GS.both_x_axis )
+      {
+        dx = TT_MulFix14( args[0], 0x4000 );
+        dy = 0;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        dx = 0;
+        dy = TT_MulFix14( args[0], 0x4000 );
+      }
+    }
+    else
+#endif
+    {
+      dx = TT_MulFix14( args[0], CUR.GS.freeVector.x );
+      dy = TT_MulFix14( args[0], CUR.GS.freeVector.y );
+    }
+
+    while ( CUR.GS.loop > 0 )
+    {
+      CUR.args--;
+
+      point = (FT_UShort)CUR.stack[CUR.args];
+
+      if ( BOUNDS( point, CUR.zp2.n_points ) )
+      {
+        if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )
+        {
+          CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
+          return;
+        }
+      }
+      else
+        MOVE_Zp2_Point( point, dx, dy, TRUE );
+
+      CUR.GS.loop--;
+    }
+
+    CUR.GS.loop = 1;
+    CUR.new_top = CUR.args;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* MSIRP[a]:     Move Stack Indirect Relative Position                   */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x3A-0x3B                                               */
+  /* Stack:        f26.6 uint32 -->                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_MSIRP( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    FT_UShort   point;
+    FT_F26Dot6  distance;
+
+
+    point = (FT_UShort)args[0];
+
+    if ( BOUNDS( point,      CUR.zp1.n_points ) ||
+         BOUNDS( CUR.GS.rp0, CUR.zp0.n_points ) )
+    {
+      if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )
+        CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
+      return;
+    }
+
+    /* XXX: UNDOCUMENTED! behaviour */
+    if ( CUR.GS.gep1 == 0 )   /* if the point that is to be moved */
+                              /* is in twilight zone              */
+    {
+      CUR.zp1.org[point] = CUR.zp0.org[CUR.GS.rp0];
+      CUR_Func_move_orig( &CUR.zp1, point, args[1] );
+      CUR.zp1.cur[point] = CUR.zp1.org[point];
+    }
+
+    distance = CUR_Func_project( CUR.zp1.cur + point,
+                                 CUR.zp0.cur + CUR.GS.rp0 );
+
+    CUR_Func_move( &CUR.zp1, point, args[1] - distance );
+
+    CUR.GS.rp1 = CUR.GS.rp0;
+    CUR.GS.rp2 = point;
+
+    if ( ( CUR.opcode & 1 ) != 0 )
+      CUR.GS.rp0 = point;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* MDAP[a]:      Move Direct Absolute Point                              */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x2E-0x2F                                               */
+  /* Stack:        uint32 -->                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_MDAP( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    FT_UShort   point;
+    FT_F26Dot6  cur_dist,
+                distance;
+
+
+    point = (FT_UShort)args[0];
+
+    if ( BOUNDS( point, CUR.zp0.n_points ) )
+    {
+      if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )
+        CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
+      return;
+    }
+
+    /* XXX: Is there some undocumented feature while in the */
+    /*      twilight zone? ?                                */
+    if ( ( CUR.opcode & 1 ) != 0 )
+    {
+      cur_dist = CUR_fast_project( &CUR.zp0.cur[point] );
+      distance = CUR_Func_round( cur_dist,
+                                 CUR.tt_metrics.compensations[0] ) - cur_dist;
+    }
+    else
+      distance = 0;
+
+    CUR_Func_move( &CUR.zp0, point, distance );
+
+    CUR.GS.rp0 = point;
+    CUR.GS.rp1 = point;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* MIAP[a]:      Move Indirect Absolute Point                            */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x3E-0x3F                                               */
+  /* Stack:        uint32 uint32 -->                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_MIAP( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    FT_ULong    cvtEntry;
+    FT_UShort   point;
+    FT_F26Dot6  distance,
+                org_dist;
+
+
+    cvtEntry = (FT_ULong)args[1];
+    point    = (FT_UShort)args[0];
+
+    if ( BOUNDS( point,    CUR.zp0.n_points ) ||
+         BOUNDS( cvtEntry, CUR.cvtSize )      )
+    {
+      if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )
+        CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
+      return;
+    }
+
+    /* XXX: UNDOCUMENTED!                                */
+    /*                                                   */
+    /* The behaviour of an MIAP instruction is quite     */
+    /* different when used in the twilight zone.         */
+    /*                                                   */
+    /* First, no control value cut-in test is performed  */
+    /* as it would fail anyway.  Second, the original    */
+    /* point, i.e. (org_x,org_y) of zp0.point, is set    */
+    /* to the absolute, unrounded distance found in      */
+    /* the CVT.                                          */
+    /*                                                   */
+    /* This is used in the CVT programs of the Microsoft */
+    /* fonts Arial, Times, etc., in order to re-adjust   */
+    /* some key font heights.  It allows the use of the  */
+    /* IP instruction in the twilight zone, which        */
+    /* otherwise would be `illegal' according to the     */
+    /* specification.                                    */
+    /*                                                   */
+    /* We implement it with a special sequence for the   */
+    /* twilight zone.  This is a bad hack, but it seems  */
+    /* to work.                                          */
+
+    distance = CUR_Func_read_cvt( cvtEntry );
+
+    if ( CUR.GS.gep0 == 0 )   /* If in twilight zone */
+    {
+      CUR.zp0.org[point].x = TT_MulFix14( distance, CUR.GS.freeVector.x );
+      CUR.zp0.org[point].y = TT_MulFix14( distance, CUR.GS.freeVector.y ),
+      CUR.zp0.cur[point]   = CUR.zp0.org[point];
+    }
+
+    org_dist = CUR_fast_project( &CUR.zp0.cur[point] );
+
+    if ( ( CUR.opcode & 1 ) != 0 )   /* rounding and control cutin flag */
+    {
+      if ( FT_ABS( distance - org_dist ) > CUR.GS.control_value_cutin )
+        distance = org_dist;
+
+      distance = CUR_Func_round( distance, CUR.tt_metrics.compensations[0] );
+    }
+
+    CUR_Func_move( &CUR.zp0, point, distance - org_dist );
+
+    CUR.GS.rp0 = point;
+    CUR.GS.rp1 = point;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* MDRP[abcde]:  Move Direct Relative Point                              */
+  /* Opcode range: 0xC0-0xDF                                               */
+  /* Stack:        uint32 -->                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_MDRP( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    FT_UShort   point;
+    FT_F26Dot6  org_dist, distance;
+
+
+    point = (FT_UShort)args[0];
+
+    if ( BOUNDS( point,      CUR.zp1.n_points ) ||
+         BOUNDS( CUR.GS.rp0, CUR.zp0.n_points ) )
+    {
+      if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )
+        CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
+      return;
+    }
+
+    /* XXX: Is there some undocumented feature while in the */
+    /*      twilight zone?                                  */
+
+    /* XXX: UNDOCUMENTED: twilight zone special case */
+
+    if ( CUR.GS.gep0 == 0 || CUR.GS.gep1 == 0 )
+    {
+      FT_Vector*  vec1 = &CUR.zp1.org[point];
+      FT_Vector*  vec2 = &CUR.zp0.org[CUR.GS.rp0];
+
+
+      org_dist = CUR_Func_dualproj( vec1, vec2 );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      FT_Vector*  vec1 = &CUR.zp1.orus[point];
+      FT_Vector*  vec2 = &CUR.zp0.orus[CUR.GS.rp0];
+
+
+      if ( CUR.metrics.x_scale == CUR.metrics.y_scale )
+      {
+        /* this should be faster */
+        org_dist = CUR_Func_dualproj( vec1, vec2 );
+        org_dist = TT_MULFIX( org_dist, CUR.metrics.x_scale );
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        FT_Vector  vec;
+
+
+        vec.x = TT_MULFIX( vec1->x - vec2->x, CUR.metrics.x_scale );
+        vec.y = TT_MULFIX( vec1->y - vec2->y, CUR.metrics.y_scale );
+
+        org_dist = CUR_fast_dualproj( &vec );
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* single width cut-in test */
+
+    if ( FT_ABS( org_dist - CUR.GS.single_width_value ) <
+         CUR.GS.single_width_cutin )
+    {
+      if ( org_dist >= 0 )
+        org_dist = CUR.GS.single_width_value;
+      else
+        org_dist = -CUR.GS.single_width_value;
+    }
+
+    /* round flag */
+
+    if ( ( CUR.opcode & 4 ) != 0 )
+      distance = CUR_Func_round(
+                   org_dist,
+                   CUR.tt_metrics.compensations[CUR.opcode & 3] );
+    else
+      distance = ROUND_None(
+                   org_dist,
+                   CUR.tt_metrics.compensations[CUR.opcode & 3] );
+
+    /* minimum distance flag */
+
+    if ( ( CUR.opcode & 8 ) != 0 )
+    {
+      if ( org_dist >= 0 )
+      {
+        if ( distance < CUR.GS.minimum_distance )
+          distance = CUR.GS.minimum_distance;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        if ( distance > -CUR.GS.minimum_distance )
+          distance = -CUR.GS.minimum_distance;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* now move the point */
+
+    org_dist = CUR_Func_project( CUR.zp1.cur + point,
+                                 CUR.zp0.cur + CUR.GS.rp0 );
+
+    CUR_Func_move( &CUR.zp1, point, distance - org_dist );
+
+    CUR.GS.rp1 = CUR.GS.rp0;
+    CUR.GS.rp2 = point;
+
+    if ( ( CUR.opcode & 16 ) != 0 )
+      CUR.GS.rp0 = point;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* MIRP[abcde]:  Move Indirect Relative Point                            */
+  /* Opcode range: 0xE0-0xFF                                               */
+  /* Stack:        int32? uint32 -->                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_MIRP( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    FT_UShort   point;
+    FT_ULong    cvtEntry;
+
+    FT_F26Dot6  cvt_dist,
+                distance,
+                cur_dist,
+                org_dist;
+
+
+    point    = (FT_UShort)args[0];
+    cvtEntry = (FT_ULong)( args[1] + 1 );
+
+    /* XXX: UNDOCUMENTED! cvt[-1] = 0 always */
+
+    if ( BOUNDS( point,      CUR.zp1.n_points ) ||
+         BOUNDS( cvtEntry,   CUR.cvtSize + 1 )  ||
+         BOUNDS( CUR.GS.rp0, CUR.zp0.n_points ) )
+    {
+      if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )
+        CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
+      return;
+    }
+
+    if ( !cvtEntry )
+      cvt_dist = 0;
+    else
+      cvt_dist = CUR_Func_read_cvt( cvtEntry - 1 );
+
+    /* single width test */
+
+    if ( FT_ABS( cvt_dist - CUR.GS.single_width_value ) <
+         CUR.GS.single_width_cutin )
+    {
+      if ( cvt_dist >= 0 )
+        cvt_dist =  CUR.GS.single_width_value;
+      else
+        cvt_dist = -CUR.GS.single_width_value;
+    }
+
+    /* XXX: UNDOCUMENTED! -- twilight zone */
+
+    if ( CUR.GS.gep1 == 0 )
+    {
+      CUR.zp1.org[point].x = CUR.zp0.org[CUR.GS.rp0].x +
+                             TT_MulFix14( cvt_dist, CUR.GS.freeVector.x );
+
+      CUR.zp1.org[point].y = CUR.zp0.org[CUR.GS.rp0].y +
+                             TT_MulFix14( cvt_dist, CUR.GS.freeVector.y );
+
+      CUR.zp1.cur[point] = CUR.zp0.cur[point];
+    }
+
+    org_dist = CUR_Func_dualproj( &CUR.zp1.org[point],
+                                  &CUR.zp0.org[CUR.GS.rp0] );
+    cur_dist = CUR_Func_project ( &CUR.zp1.cur[point],
+                                  &CUR.zp0.cur[CUR.GS.rp0] );
+
+    /* auto-flip test */
+
+    if ( CUR.GS.auto_flip )
+    {
+      if ( ( org_dist ^ cvt_dist ) < 0 )
+        cvt_dist = -cvt_dist;
+    }
+
+    /* control value cutin and round */
+
+    if ( ( CUR.opcode & 4 ) != 0 )
+    {
+      /* XXX: UNDOCUMENTED!  Only perform cut-in test when both points */
+      /*      refer to the same zone.                                  */
+
+      if ( CUR.GS.gep0 == CUR.GS.gep1 )
+        if ( FT_ABS( cvt_dist - org_dist ) >= CUR.GS.control_value_cutin )
+          cvt_dist = org_dist;
+
+      distance = CUR_Func_round(
+                   cvt_dist,
+                   CUR.tt_metrics.compensations[CUR.opcode & 3] );
+    }
+    else
+      distance = ROUND_None(
+                   cvt_dist,
+                   CUR.tt_metrics.compensations[CUR.opcode & 3] );
+
+    /* minimum distance test */
+
+    if ( ( CUR.opcode & 8 ) != 0 )
+    {
+      if ( org_dist >= 0 )
+      {
+        if ( distance < CUR.GS.minimum_distance )
+          distance = CUR.GS.minimum_distance;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        if ( distance > -CUR.GS.minimum_distance )
+          distance = -CUR.GS.minimum_distance;
+      }
+    }
+
+    CUR_Func_move( &CUR.zp1, point, distance - cur_dist );
+
+    CUR.GS.rp1 = CUR.GS.rp0;
+
+    if ( ( CUR.opcode & 16 ) != 0 )
+      CUR.GS.rp0 = point;
+
+    /* XXX: UNDOCUMENTED! */
+    CUR.GS.rp2 = point;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* ALIGNRP[]:    ALIGN Relative Point                                    */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x3C                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        uint32 uint32... -->                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_ALIGNRP( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    FT_UShort   point;
+    FT_F26Dot6  distance;
+
+    FT_UNUSED_ARG;
+
+
+    if ( CUR.top < CUR.GS.loop ||
+         BOUNDS( CUR.GS.rp0, CUR.zp0.n_points ) )
+    {
+      if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )
+        CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
+      return;
+    }
+
+    while ( CUR.GS.loop > 0 )
+    {
+      CUR.args--;
+
+      point = (FT_UShort)CUR.stack[CUR.args];
+
+      if ( BOUNDS( point, CUR.zp1.n_points ) )
+      {
+        if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )
+        {
+          CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
+          return;
+        }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        distance = CUR_Func_project( CUR.zp1.cur + point,
+                                     CUR.zp0.cur + CUR.GS.rp0 );
+
+        CUR_Func_move( &CUR.zp1, point, -distance );
+      }
+
+      CUR.GS.loop--;
+    }
+
+    CUR.GS.loop = 1;
+    CUR.new_top = CUR.args;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* ISECT[]:      moves point to InterSECTion                             */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x0F                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        5 * uint32 -->                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_ISECT( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    FT_UShort   point,
+                a0, a1,
+                b0, b1;
+
+    FT_F26Dot6  discriminant;
+
+    FT_F26Dot6  dx,  dy,
+                dax, day,
+                dbx, dby;
+
+    FT_F26Dot6  val;
+
+    FT_Vector   R;
+
+
+    point = (FT_UShort)args[0];
+
+    a0 = (FT_UShort)args[1];
+    a1 = (FT_UShort)args[2];
+    b0 = (FT_UShort)args[3];
+    b1 = (FT_UShort)args[4];
+
+    if ( BOUNDS( b0, CUR.zp0.n_points )  ||
+         BOUNDS( b1, CUR.zp0.n_points )  ||
+         BOUNDS( a0, CUR.zp1.n_points )  ||
+         BOUNDS( a1, CUR.zp1.n_points )  ||
+         BOUNDS( point, CUR.zp2.n_points ) )
+    {
+      if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )
+        CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
+      return;
+    }
+
+    dbx = CUR.zp0.cur[b1].x - CUR.zp0.cur[b0].x;
+    dby = CUR.zp0.cur[b1].y - CUR.zp0.cur[b0].y;
+
+    dax = CUR.zp1.cur[a1].x - CUR.zp1.cur[a0].x;
+    day = CUR.zp1.cur[a1].y - CUR.zp1.cur[a0].y;
+
+    dx = CUR.zp0.cur[b0].x - CUR.zp1.cur[a0].x;
+    dy = CUR.zp0.cur[b0].y - CUR.zp1.cur[a0].y;
+
+    CUR.zp2.tags[point] |= FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_BOTH;
+
+    discriminant = TT_MULDIV( dax, -dby, 0x40 ) +
+                   TT_MULDIV( day, dbx, 0x40 );
+
+    if ( FT_ABS( discriminant ) >= 0x40 )
+    {
+      val = TT_MULDIV( dx, -dby, 0x40 ) + TT_MULDIV( dy, dbx, 0x40 );
+
+      R.x = TT_MULDIV( val, dax, discriminant );
+      R.y = TT_MULDIV( val, day, discriminant );
+
+      CUR.zp2.cur[point].x = CUR.zp1.cur[a0].x + R.x;
+      CUR.zp2.cur[point].y = CUR.zp1.cur[a0].y + R.y;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* else, take the middle of the middles of A and B */
+
+      CUR.zp2.cur[point].x = ( CUR.zp1.cur[a0].x +
+                               CUR.zp1.cur[a1].x +
+                               CUR.zp0.cur[b0].x +
+                               CUR.zp0.cur[b1].x ) / 4;
+      CUR.zp2.cur[point].y = ( CUR.zp1.cur[a0].y +
+                               CUR.zp1.cur[a1].y +
+                               CUR.zp0.cur[b0].y +
+                               CUR.zp0.cur[b1].y ) / 4;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* ALIGNPTS[]:   ALIGN PoinTS                                            */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x27                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        uint32 uint32 -->                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_ALIGNPTS( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    FT_UShort   p1, p2;
+    FT_F26Dot6  distance;
+
+
+    p1 = (FT_UShort)args[0];
+    p2 = (FT_UShort)args[1];
+
+    if ( BOUNDS( args[0], CUR.zp1.n_points ) ||
+         BOUNDS( args[1], CUR.zp0.n_points ) )
+    {
+      if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )
+        CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
+      return;
+    }
+
+    distance = CUR_Func_project( CUR.zp0.cur + p2,
+                                 CUR.zp1.cur + p1 ) / 2;
+
+    CUR_Func_move( &CUR.zp1, p1, distance );
+    CUR_Func_move( &CUR.zp0, p2, -distance );
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* IP[]:         Interpolate Point                                       */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x39                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        uint32... -->                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+
+  /* SOMETIMES, DUMBER CODE IS BETTER CODE */
+
+  static void
+  Ins_IP( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    FT_F26Dot6  old_range, cur_range;
+    FT_Vector*  orus_base;
+    FT_Vector*  cur_base;
+    FT_Int      twilight;
+
+    FT_UNUSED_ARG;
+
+
+    if ( CUR.top < CUR.GS.loop )
+    {
+      CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
+      return;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * We need to deal in a special way with the twilight zone.
+     * Otherwise, by definition, the value of CUR.twilight.orus[n] is (0,0),
+     * for every n.
+     */
+    twilight = CUR.GS.gep0 == 0 || CUR.GS.gep1 == 0 || CUR.GS.gep2 == 0;
+
+    if ( BOUNDS( CUR.GS.rp1, CUR.zp0.n_points ) )
+    {
+      if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )
+        CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
+      return;
+    }
+
+    if ( twilight )
+      orus_base = &CUR.zp0.org[CUR.GS.rp1];
+    else
+      orus_base = &CUR.zp0.orus[CUR.GS.rp1];
+
+    cur_base = &CUR.zp0.cur[CUR.GS.rp1];
+
+    /* XXX: There are some glyphs in some braindead but popular */
+    /*      fonts out there (e.g. [aeu]grave in monotype.ttf)   */
+    /*      calling IP[] with bad values of rp[12].             */
+    /*      Do something sane when this odd thing happens.      */
+    if ( BOUNDS( CUR.GS.rp1, CUR.zp0.n_points ) ||
+         BOUNDS( CUR.GS.rp2, CUR.zp1.n_points ) )
+    {
+      old_range = 0;
+      cur_range = 0;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      if ( twilight )
+        old_range = CUR_Func_dualproj( &CUR.zp1.org[CUR.GS.rp2],
+                                       orus_base );
+      else
+        old_range = CUR_Func_dualproj( &CUR.zp1.orus[CUR.GS.rp2],
+                                       orus_base );
+
+      cur_range = CUR_Func_project ( &CUR.zp1.cur[CUR.GS.rp2], cur_base );
+    }
+
+    for ( ; CUR.GS.loop > 0; --CUR.GS.loop )
+    {
+      FT_UInt     point = (FT_UInt)CUR.stack[--CUR.args];
+      FT_F26Dot6  org_dist, cur_dist, new_dist;
+
+
+      /* check point bounds */
+      if ( BOUNDS( point, CUR.zp2.n_points ) )
+      {
+        if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )
+        {
+          CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
+          return;
+        }
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      if ( twilight )
+        org_dist = CUR_Func_dualproj( &CUR.zp2.org[point], orus_base );
+      else
+        org_dist = CUR_Func_dualproj( &CUR.zp2.orus[point], orus_base );
+
+      cur_dist = CUR_Func_project ( &CUR.zp2.cur[point], cur_base );
+
+      if ( org_dist )
+        new_dist = ( old_range != 0 )
+                     ? TT_MULDIV( org_dist, cur_range, old_range )
+                     : cur_dist;
+      else
+        new_dist = 0;
+
+      CUR_Func_move( &CUR.zp2, (FT_UShort)point, new_dist - cur_dist );
+    }
+    CUR.GS.loop = 1;
+    CUR.new_top = CUR.args;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* UTP[a]:       UnTouch Point                                           */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x29                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        uint32 -->                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_UTP( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    FT_UShort  point;
+    FT_Byte    mask;
+
+
+    point = (FT_UShort)args[0];
+
+    if ( BOUNDS( point, CUR.zp0.n_points ) )
+    {
+      if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )
+        CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
+      return;
+    }
+
+    mask = 0xFF;
+
+    if ( CUR.GS.freeVector.x != 0 )
+      mask &= ~FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_X;
+
+    if ( CUR.GS.freeVector.y != 0 )
+      mask &= ~FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_Y;
+
+    CUR.zp0.tags[point] &= mask;
+  }
+
+
+  /* Local variables for Ins_IUP: */
+  typedef struct  IUP_WorkerRec_
+  {
+    FT_Vector*  orgs;   /* original and current coordinate */
+    FT_Vector*  curs;   /* arrays                          */
+    FT_Vector*  orus;
+    FT_UInt     max_points;
+
+  } IUP_WorkerRec, *IUP_Worker;
+
+
+  static void
+  _iup_worker_shift( IUP_Worker  worker,
+                     FT_UInt     p1,
+                     FT_UInt     p2,
+                     FT_UInt     p )
+  {
+    FT_UInt     i;
+    FT_F26Dot6  dx;
+
+
+    dx = worker->curs[p].x - worker->orgs[p].x;
+    if ( dx != 0 )
+    {
+      for ( i = p1; i < p; i++ )
+        worker->curs[i].x += dx;
+
+      for ( i = p + 1; i <= p2; i++ )
+        worker->curs[i].x += dx;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  _iup_worker_interpolate( IUP_Worker  worker,
+                           FT_UInt     p1,
+                           FT_UInt     p2,
+                           FT_UInt     ref1,
+                           FT_UInt     ref2 )
+  {
+    FT_UInt     i;
+    FT_F26Dot6  orus1, orus2, org1, org2, delta1, delta2;
+
+
+    if ( p1 > p2 )
+      return;
+
+    if ( BOUNDS( ref1, worker->max_points ) ||
+         BOUNDS( ref2, worker->max_points ) )
+      return;
+
+    orus1 = worker->orus[ref1].x;
+    orus2 = worker->orus[ref2].x;
+
+    if ( orus1 > orus2 )
+    {
+      FT_F26Dot6  tmp_o;
+      FT_UInt     tmp_r;
+
+
+      tmp_o = orus1;
+      orus1 = orus2;
+      orus2 = tmp_o;
+
+      tmp_r = ref1;
+      ref1  = ref2;
+      ref2  = tmp_r;
+    }
+
+    org1   = worker->orgs[ref1].x;
+    org2   = worker->orgs[ref2].x;
+    delta1 = worker->curs[ref1].x - org1;
+    delta2 = worker->curs[ref2].x - org2;
+
+    if ( orus1 == orus2 )
+    {
+      /* simple shift of untouched points */
+      for ( i = p1; i <= p2; i++ )
+      {
+        FT_F26Dot6  x = worker->orgs[i].x;
+
+
+        if ( x <= org1 )
+          x += delta1;
+        else
+          x += delta2;
+
+        worker->curs[i].x = x;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      FT_Fixed  scale       = 0;
+      FT_Bool   scale_valid = 0;
+
+
+      /* interpolation */
+      for ( i = p1; i <= p2; i++ )
+      {
+        FT_F26Dot6  x = worker->orgs[i].x;
+
+
+        if ( x <= org1 )
+          x += delta1;
+
+        else if ( x >= org2 )
+          x += delta2;
+
+        else
+        {
+          if ( !scale_valid )
+          {
+            scale_valid = 1;
+            scale       = TT_MULDIV( org2 + delta2 - ( org1 + delta1 ),
+                                     0x10000L, orus2 - orus1 );
+          }
+
+          x = ( org1 + delta1 ) +
+              TT_MULFIX( worker->orus[i].x - orus1, scale );
+        }
+        worker->curs[i].x = x;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* IUP[a]:       Interpolate Untouched Points                            */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x30-0x31                                               */
+  /* Stack:        -->                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_IUP( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    IUP_WorkerRec  V;
+    FT_Byte        mask;
+
+    FT_UInt   first_point;   /* first point of contour        */
+    FT_UInt   end_point;     /* end point (last+1) of contour */
+
+    FT_UInt   first_touched; /* first touched point in contour   */
+    FT_UInt   cur_touched;   /* current touched point in contour */
+
+    FT_UInt   point;         /* current point   */
+    FT_Short  contour;       /* current contour */
+
+    FT_UNUSED_ARG;
+
+
+    /* ignore empty outlines */
+    if ( CUR.pts.n_contours == 0 )
+      return;
+
+    if ( CUR.opcode & 1 )
+    {
+      mask   = FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_X;
+      V.orgs = CUR.pts.org;
+      V.curs = CUR.pts.cur;
+      V.orus = CUR.pts.orus;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      mask   = FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_Y;
+      V.orgs = (FT_Vector*)( (FT_Pos*)CUR.pts.org + 1 );
+      V.curs = (FT_Vector*)( (FT_Pos*)CUR.pts.cur + 1 );
+      V.orus = (FT_Vector*)( (FT_Pos*)CUR.pts.orus + 1 );
+    }
+    V.max_points = CUR.pts.n_points;
+
+    contour = 0;
+    point   = 0;
+
+    do
+    {
+      end_point   = CUR.pts.contours[contour] - CUR.pts.first_point;
+      first_point = point;
+
+      if ( CUR.pts.n_points <= end_point )
+        end_point = CUR.pts.n_points;
+
+      while ( point <= end_point && ( CUR.pts.tags[point] & mask ) == 0 )
+        point++;
+
+      if ( point <= end_point )
+      {
+        first_touched = point;
+        cur_touched   = point;
+
+        point++;
+
+        while ( point <= end_point )
+        {
+          if ( ( CUR.pts.tags[point] & mask ) != 0 )
+          {
+            if ( point > 0 )
+              _iup_worker_interpolate( &V,
+                                       cur_touched + 1,
+                                       point - 1,
+                                       cur_touched,
+                                       point );
+            cur_touched = point;
+          }
+
+          point++;
+        }
+
+        if ( cur_touched == first_touched )
+          _iup_worker_shift( &V, first_point, end_point, cur_touched );
+        else
+        {
+          _iup_worker_interpolate( &V,
+                                   (FT_UShort)( cur_touched + 1 ),
+                                   end_point,
+                                   cur_touched,
+                                   first_touched );
+
+          if ( first_touched > 0 )
+            _iup_worker_interpolate( &V,
+                                     first_point,
+                                     first_touched - 1,
+                                     cur_touched,
+                                     first_touched );
+        }
+      }
+      contour++;
+    } while ( contour < CUR.pts.n_contours );
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* DELTAPn[]:    DELTA exceptions P1, P2, P3                             */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x5D,0x71,0x72                                          */
+  /* Stack:        uint32 (2 * uint32)... -->                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_DELTAP( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    FT_ULong   k, nump;
+    FT_UShort  A;
+    FT_ULong   C;
+    FT_Long    B;
+
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING
+    /* Delta hinting is covered by US Patent 5159668. */
+    if ( CUR.face->unpatented_hinting )
+    {
+      FT_Long  n = args[0] * 2;
+
+
+      if ( CUR.args < n )
+      {
+        CUR.error = TT_Err_Too_Few_Arguments;
+        return;
+      }
+
+      CUR.args -= n;
+      CUR.new_top = CUR.args;
+      return;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    nump = (FT_ULong)args[0];   /* some points theoretically may occur more
+                                   than once, thus UShort isn't enough */
+
+    for ( k = 1; k <= nump; k++ )
+    {
+      if ( CUR.args < 2 )
+      {
+        CUR.error = TT_Err_Too_Few_Arguments;
+        return;
+      }
+
+      CUR.args -= 2;
+
+      A = (FT_UShort)CUR.stack[CUR.args + 1];
+      B = CUR.stack[CUR.args];
+
+      /* XXX: Because some popular fonts contain some invalid DeltaP */
+      /*      instructions, we simply ignore them when the stacked   */
+      /*      point reference is off limit, rather than returning an */
+      /*      error.  As a delta instruction doesn't change a glyph  */
+      /*      in great ways, this shouldn't be a problem.            */
+
+      if ( !BOUNDS( A, CUR.zp0.n_points ) )
+      {
+        C = ( (FT_ULong)B & 0xF0 ) >> 4;
+
+        switch ( CUR.opcode )
+        {
+        case 0x5D:
+          break;
+
+        case 0x71:
+          C += 16;
+          break;
+
+        case 0x72:
+          C += 32;
+          break;
+        }
+
+        C += CUR.GS.delta_base;
+
+        if ( CURRENT_Ppem() == (FT_Long)C )
+        {
+          B = ( (FT_ULong)B & 0xF ) - 8;
+          if ( B >= 0 )
+            B++;
+          B = B * 64 / ( 1L << CUR.GS.delta_shift );
+
+          CUR_Func_move( &CUR.zp0, A, B );
+        }
+      }
+      else
+        if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )
+          CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
+    }
+
+    CUR.new_top = CUR.args;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* DELTACn[]:    DELTA exceptions C1, C2, C3                             */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x73,0x74,0x75                                          */
+  /* Stack:        uint32 (2 * uint32)... -->                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_DELTAC( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    FT_ULong  nump, k;
+    FT_ULong  A, C;
+    FT_Long   B;
+
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING
+    /* Delta hinting is covered by US Patent 5159668. */
+    if ( CUR.face->unpatented_hinting )
+    {
+      FT_Long  n = args[0] * 2;
+
+
+      if ( CUR.args < n )
+      {
+        CUR.error = TT_Err_Too_Few_Arguments;
+        return;
+      }
+
+      CUR.args -= n;
+      CUR.new_top = CUR.args;
+      return;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    nump = (FT_ULong)args[0];
+
+    for ( k = 1; k <= nump; k++ )
+    {
+      if ( CUR.args < 2 )
+      {
+        CUR.error = TT_Err_Too_Few_Arguments;
+        return;
+      }
+
+      CUR.args -= 2;
+
+      A = (FT_ULong)CUR.stack[CUR.args + 1];
+      B = CUR.stack[CUR.args];
+
+      if ( BOUNDS( A, CUR.cvtSize ) )
+      {
+        if ( CUR.pedantic_hinting )
+        {
+          CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
+          return;
+        }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        C = ( (FT_ULong)B & 0xF0 ) >> 4;
+
+        switch ( CUR.opcode )
+        {
+        case 0x73:
+          break;
+
+        case 0x74:
+          C += 16;
+          break;
+
+        case 0x75:
+          C += 32;
+          break;
+        }
+
+        C += CUR.GS.delta_base;
+
+        if ( CURRENT_Ppem() == (FT_Long)C )
+        {
+          B = ( (FT_ULong)B & 0xF ) - 8;
+          if ( B >= 0 )
+            B++;
+          B = B * 64 / ( 1L << CUR.GS.delta_shift );
+
+          CUR_Func_move_cvt( A, B );
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    CUR.new_top = CUR.args;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* MISC. INSTRUCTIONS                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* GETINFO[]:    GET INFOrmation                                         */
+  /* Opcode range: 0x88                                                    */
+  /* Stack:        uint32 --> uint32                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static void
+  Ins_GETINFO( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    FT_Long  K;
+
+
+    K = 0;
+
+    /* We return MS rasterizer version 1.7 for the font scaler. */
+    if ( ( args[0] & 1 ) != 0 )
+      K = 35;
+
+    /* Has the glyph been rotated? */
+    if ( ( args[0] & 2 ) != 0 && CUR.tt_metrics.rotated )
+      K |= 0x80;
+
+    /* Has the glyph been stretched? */
+    if ( ( args[0] & 4 ) != 0 && CUR.tt_metrics.stretched )
+      K |= 1 << 8;
+
+    /* Are we hinting for grayscale? */
+    if ( ( args[0] & 32 ) != 0 && CUR.grayscale )
+      K |= 1 << 12;
+
+    args[0] = K;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  Ins_UNKNOWN( INS_ARG )
+  {
+    TT_DefRecord*  def   = CUR.IDefs;
+    TT_DefRecord*  limit = def + CUR.numIDefs;
+
+    FT_UNUSED_ARG;
+
+
+    for ( ; def < limit; def++ )
+    {
+      if ( (FT_Byte)def->opc == CUR.opcode && def->active )
+      {
+        TT_CallRec*  call;
+
+
+        if ( CUR.callTop >= CUR.callSize )
+        {
+          CUR.error = TT_Err_Stack_Overflow;
+          return;
+        }
+
+        call = CUR.callStack + CUR.callTop++;
+
+        call->Caller_Range = CUR.curRange;
+        call->Caller_IP    = CUR.IP+1;
+        call->Cur_Count    = 1;
+        call->Cur_Restart  = def->start;
+
+        INS_Goto_CodeRange( def->range, def->start );
+
+        CUR.step_ins = FALSE;
+        return;
+      }
+    }
+
+    CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Opcode;
+  }
+
+
+#ifndef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_INTERPRETER_SWITCH
+
+
+  static
+  TInstruction_Function  Instruct_Dispatch[256] =
+  {
+    /* Opcodes are gathered in groups of 16. */
+    /* Please keep the spaces as they are.   */
+
+    /*  SVTCA  y  */  Ins_SVTCA,
+    /*  SVTCA  x  */  Ins_SVTCA,
+    /*  SPvTCA y  */  Ins_SPVTCA,
+    /*  SPvTCA x  */  Ins_SPVTCA,
+    /*  SFvTCA y  */  Ins_SFVTCA,
+    /*  SFvTCA x  */  Ins_SFVTCA,
+    /*  SPvTL //  */  Ins_SPVTL,
+    /*  SPvTL +   */  Ins_SPVTL,
+    /*  SFvTL //  */  Ins_SFVTL,
+    /*  SFvTL +   */  Ins_SFVTL,
+    /*  SPvFS     */  Ins_SPVFS,
+    /*  SFvFS     */  Ins_SFVFS,
+    /*  GPV       */  Ins_GPV,
+    /*  GFV       */  Ins_GFV,
+    /*  SFvTPv    */  Ins_SFVTPV,
+    /*  ISECT     */  Ins_ISECT,
+
+    /*  SRP0      */  Ins_SRP0,
+    /*  SRP1      */  Ins_SRP1,
+    /*  SRP2      */  Ins_SRP2,
+    /*  SZP0      */  Ins_SZP0,
+    /*  SZP1      */  Ins_SZP1,
+    /*  SZP2      */  Ins_SZP2,
+    /*  SZPS      */  Ins_SZPS,
+    /*  SLOOP     */  Ins_SLOOP,
+    /*  RTG       */  Ins_RTG,
+    /*  RTHG      */  Ins_RTHG,
+    /*  SMD       */  Ins_SMD,
+    /*  ELSE      */  Ins_ELSE,
+    /*  JMPR      */  Ins_JMPR,
+    /*  SCvTCi    */  Ins_SCVTCI,
+    /*  SSwCi     */  Ins_SSWCI,
+    /*  SSW       */  Ins_SSW,
+
+    /*  DUP       */  Ins_DUP,
+    /*  POP       */  Ins_POP,
+    /*  CLEAR     */  Ins_CLEAR,
+    /*  SWAP      */  Ins_SWAP,
+    /*  DEPTH     */  Ins_DEPTH,
+    /*  CINDEX    */  Ins_CINDEX,
+    /*  MINDEX    */  Ins_MINDEX,
+    /*  AlignPTS  */  Ins_ALIGNPTS,
+    /*  INS_0x28  */  Ins_UNKNOWN,
+    /*  UTP       */  Ins_UTP,
+    /*  LOOPCALL  */  Ins_LOOPCALL,
+    /*  CALL      */  Ins_CALL,
+    /*  FDEF      */  Ins_FDEF,
+    /*  ENDF      */  Ins_ENDF,
+    /*  MDAP[0]   */  Ins_MDAP,
+    /*  MDAP[1]   */  Ins_MDAP,
+
+    /*  IUP[0]    */  Ins_IUP,
+    /*  IUP[1]    */  Ins_IUP,
+    /*  SHP[0]    */  Ins_SHP,
+    /*  SHP[1]    */  Ins_SHP,
+    /*  SHC[0]    */  Ins_SHC,
+    /*  SHC[1]    */  Ins_SHC,
+    /*  SHZ[0]    */  Ins_SHZ,
+    /*  SHZ[1]    */  Ins_SHZ,
+    /*  SHPIX     */  Ins_SHPIX,
+    /*  IP        */  Ins_IP,
+    /*  MSIRP[0]  */  Ins_MSIRP,
+    /*  MSIRP[1]  */  Ins_MSIRP,
+    /*  AlignRP   */  Ins_ALIGNRP,
+    /*  RTDG      */  Ins_RTDG,
+    /*  MIAP[0]   */  Ins_MIAP,
+    /*  MIAP[1]   */  Ins_MIAP,
+
+    /*  NPushB    */  Ins_NPUSHB,
+    /*  NPushW    */  Ins_NPUSHW,
+    /*  WS        */  Ins_WS,
+    /*  RS        */  Ins_RS,
+    /*  WCvtP     */  Ins_WCVTP,
+    /*  RCvt      */  Ins_RCVT,
+    /*  GC[0]     */  Ins_GC,
+    /*  GC[1]     */  Ins_GC,
+    /*  SCFS      */  Ins_SCFS,
+    /*  MD[0]     */  Ins_MD,
+    /*  MD[1]     */  Ins_MD,
+    /*  MPPEM     */  Ins_MPPEM,
+    /*  MPS       */  Ins_MPS,
+    /*  FlipON    */  Ins_FLIPON,
+    /*  FlipOFF   */  Ins_FLIPOFF,
+    /*  DEBUG     */  Ins_DEBUG,
+
+    /*  LT        */  Ins_LT,
+    /*  LTEQ      */  Ins_LTEQ,
+    /*  GT        */  Ins_GT,
+    /*  GTEQ      */  Ins_GTEQ,
+    /*  EQ        */  Ins_EQ,
+    /*  NEQ       */  Ins_NEQ,
+    /*  ODD       */  Ins_ODD,
+    /*  EVEN      */  Ins_EVEN,
+    /*  IF        */  Ins_IF,
+    /*  EIF       */  Ins_EIF,
+    /*  AND       */  Ins_AND,
+    /*  OR        */  Ins_OR,
+    /*  NOT       */  Ins_NOT,
+    /*  DeltaP1   */  Ins_DELTAP,
+    /*  SDB       */  Ins_SDB,
+    /*  SDS       */  Ins_SDS,
+
+    /*  ADD       */  Ins_ADD,
+    /*  SUB       */  Ins_SUB,
+    /*  DIV       */  Ins_DIV,
+    /*  MUL       */  Ins_MUL,
+    /*  ABS       */  Ins_ABS,
+    /*  NEG       */  Ins_NEG,
+    /*  FLOOR     */  Ins_FLOOR,
+    /*  CEILING   */  Ins_CEILING,
+    /*  ROUND[0]  */  Ins_ROUND,
+    /*  ROUND[1]  */  Ins_ROUND,
+    /*  ROUND[2]  */  Ins_ROUND,
+    /*  ROUND[3]  */  Ins_ROUND,
+    /*  NROUND[0] */  Ins_NROUND,
+    /*  NROUND[1] */  Ins_NROUND,
+    /*  NROUND[2] */  Ins_NROUND,
+    /*  NROUND[3] */  Ins_NROUND,
+
+    /*  WCvtF     */  Ins_WCVTF,
+    /*  DeltaP2   */  Ins_DELTAP,
+    /*  DeltaP3   */  Ins_DELTAP,
+    /*  DeltaCn[0] */ Ins_DELTAC,
+    /*  DeltaCn[1] */ Ins_DELTAC,
+    /*  DeltaCn[2] */ Ins_DELTAC,
+    /*  SROUND    */  Ins_SROUND,
+    /*  S45Round  */  Ins_S45ROUND,
+    /*  JROT      */  Ins_JROT,
+    /*  JROF      */  Ins_JROF,
+    /*  ROFF      */  Ins_ROFF,
+    /*  INS_0x7B  */  Ins_UNKNOWN,
+    /*  RUTG      */  Ins_RUTG,
+    /*  RDTG      */  Ins_RDTG,
+    /*  SANGW     */  Ins_SANGW,
+    /*  AA        */  Ins_AA,
+
+    /*  FlipPT    */  Ins_FLIPPT,
+    /*  FlipRgON  */  Ins_FLIPRGON,
+    /*  FlipRgOFF */  Ins_FLIPRGOFF,
+    /*  INS_0x83  */  Ins_UNKNOWN,
+    /*  INS_0x84  */  Ins_UNKNOWN,
+    /*  ScanCTRL  */  Ins_SCANCTRL,
+    /*  SDPVTL[0] */  Ins_SDPVTL,
+    /*  SDPVTL[1] */  Ins_SDPVTL,
+    /*  GetINFO   */  Ins_GETINFO,
+    /*  IDEF      */  Ins_IDEF,
+    /*  ROLL      */  Ins_ROLL,
+    /*  MAX       */  Ins_MAX,
+    /*  MIN       */  Ins_MIN,
+    /*  ScanTYPE  */  Ins_SCANTYPE,
+    /*  InstCTRL  */  Ins_INSTCTRL,
+    /*  INS_0x8F  */  Ins_UNKNOWN,
+
+    /*  INS_0x90  */   Ins_UNKNOWN,
+    /*  INS_0x91  */   Ins_UNKNOWN,
+    /*  INS_0x92  */   Ins_UNKNOWN,
+    /*  INS_0x93  */   Ins_UNKNOWN,
+    /*  INS_0x94  */   Ins_UNKNOWN,
+    /*  INS_0x95  */   Ins_UNKNOWN,
+    /*  INS_0x96  */   Ins_UNKNOWN,
+    /*  INS_0x97  */   Ins_UNKNOWN,
+    /*  INS_0x98  */   Ins_UNKNOWN,
+    /*  INS_0x99  */   Ins_UNKNOWN,
+    /*  INS_0x9A  */   Ins_UNKNOWN,
+    /*  INS_0x9B  */   Ins_UNKNOWN,
+    /*  INS_0x9C  */   Ins_UNKNOWN,
+    /*  INS_0x9D  */   Ins_UNKNOWN,
+    /*  INS_0x9E  */   Ins_UNKNOWN,
+    /*  INS_0x9F  */   Ins_UNKNOWN,
+
+    /*  INS_0xA0  */   Ins_UNKNOWN,
+    /*  INS_0xA1  */   Ins_UNKNOWN,
+    /*  INS_0xA2  */   Ins_UNKNOWN,
+    /*  INS_0xA3  */   Ins_UNKNOWN,
+    /*  INS_0xA4  */   Ins_UNKNOWN,
+    /*  INS_0xA5  */   Ins_UNKNOWN,
+    /*  INS_0xA6  */   Ins_UNKNOWN,
+    /*  INS_0xA7  */   Ins_UNKNOWN,
+    /*  INS_0xA8  */   Ins_UNKNOWN,
+    /*  INS_0xA9  */   Ins_UNKNOWN,
+    /*  INS_0xAA  */   Ins_UNKNOWN,
+    /*  INS_0xAB  */   Ins_UNKNOWN,
+    /*  INS_0xAC  */   Ins_UNKNOWN,
+    /*  INS_0xAD  */   Ins_UNKNOWN,
+    /*  INS_0xAE  */   Ins_UNKNOWN,
+    /*  INS_0xAF  */   Ins_UNKNOWN,
+
+    /*  PushB[0]  */  Ins_PUSHB,
+    /*  PushB[1]  */  Ins_PUSHB,
+    /*  PushB[2]  */  Ins_PUSHB,
+    /*  PushB[3]  */  Ins_PUSHB,
+    /*  PushB[4]  */  Ins_PUSHB,
+    /*  PushB[5]  */  Ins_PUSHB,
+    /*  PushB[6]  */  Ins_PUSHB,
+    /*  PushB[7]  */  Ins_PUSHB,
+    /*  PushW[0]  */  Ins_PUSHW,
+    /*  PushW[1]  */  Ins_PUSHW,
+    /*  PushW[2]  */  Ins_PUSHW,
+    /*  PushW[3]  */  Ins_PUSHW,
+    /*  PushW[4]  */  Ins_PUSHW,
+    /*  PushW[5]  */  Ins_PUSHW,
+    /*  PushW[6]  */  Ins_PUSHW,
+    /*  PushW[7]  */  Ins_PUSHW,
+
+    /*  MDRP[00]  */  Ins_MDRP,
+    /*  MDRP[01]  */  Ins_MDRP,
+    /*  MDRP[02]  */  Ins_MDRP,
+    /*  MDRP[03]  */  Ins_MDRP,
+    /*  MDRP[04]  */  Ins_MDRP,
+    /*  MDRP[05]  */  Ins_MDRP,
+    /*  MDRP[06]  */  Ins_MDRP,
+    /*  MDRP[07]  */  Ins_MDRP,
+    /*  MDRP[08]  */  Ins_MDRP,
+    /*  MDRP[09]  */  Ins_MDRP,
+    /*  MDRP[10]  */  Ins_MDRP,
+    /*  MDRP[11]  */  Ins_MDRP,
+    /*  MDRP[12]  */  Ins_MDRP,
+    /*  MDRP[13]  */  Ins_MDRP,
+    /*  MDRP[14]  */  Ins_MDRP,
+    /*  MDRP[15]  */  Ins_MDRP,
+
+    /*  MDRP[16]  */  Ins_MDRP,
+    /*  MDRP[17]  */  Ins_MDRP,
+    /*  MDRP[18]  */  Ins_MDRP,
+    /*  MDRP[19]  */  Ins_MDRP,
+    /*  MDRP[20]  */  Ins_MDRP,
+    /*  MDRP[21]  */  Ins_MDRP,
+    /*  MDRP[22]  */  Ins_MDRP,
+    /*  MDRP[23]  */  Ins_MDRP,
+    /*  MDRP[24]  */  Ins_MDRP,
+    /*  MDRP[25]  */  Ins_MDRP,
+    /*  MDRP[26]  */  Ins_MDRP,
+    /*  MDRP[27]  */  Ins_MDRP,
+    /*  MDRP[28]  */  Ins_MDRP,
+    /*  MDRP[29]  */  Ins_MDRP,
+    /*  MDRP[30]  */  Ins_MDRP,
+    /*  MDRP[31]  */  Ins_MDRP,
+
+    /*  MIRP[00]  */  Ins_MIRP,
+    /*  MIRP[01]  */  Ins_MIRP,
+    /*  MIRP[02]  */  Ins_MIRP,
+    /*  MIRP[03]  */  Ins_MIRP,
+    /*  MIRP[04]  */  Ins_MIRP,
+    /*  MIRP[05]  */  Ins_MIRP,
+    /*  MIRP[06]  */  Ins_MIRP,
+    /*  MIRP[07]  */  Ins_MIRP,
+    /*  MIRP[08]  */  Ins_MIRP,
+    /*  MIRP[09]  */  Ins_MIRP,
+    /*  MIRP[10]  */  Ins_MIRP,
+    /*  MIRP[11]  */  Ins_MIRP,
+    /*  MIRP[12]  */  Ins_MIRP,
+    /*  MIRP[13]  */  Ins_MIRP,
+    /*  MIRP[14]  */  Ins_MIRP,
+    /*  MIRP[15]  */  Ins_MIRP,
+
+    /*  MIRP[16]  */  Ins_MIRP,
+    /*  MIRP[17]  */  Ins_MIRP,
+    /*  MIRP[18]  */  Ins_MIRP,
+    /*  MIRP[19]  */  Ins_MIRP,
+    /*  MIRP[20]  */  Ins_MIRP,
+    /*  MIRP[21]  */  Ins_MIRP,
+    /*  MIRP[22]  */  Ins_MIRP,
+    /*  MIRP[23]  */  Ins_MIRP,
+    /*  MIRP[24]  */  Ins_MIRP,
+    /*  MIRP[25]  */  Ins_MIRP,
+    /*  MIRP[26]  */  Ins_MIRP,
+    /*  MIRP[27]  */  Ins_MIRP,
+    /*  MIRP[28]  */  Ins_MIRP,
+    /*  MIRP[29]  */  Ins_MIRP,
+    /*  MIRP[30]  */  Ins_MIRP,
+    /*  MIRP[31]  */  Ins_MIRP
+  };
+
+
+#endif /* !TT_CONFIG_OPTION_INTERPRETER_SWITCH */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* RUN                                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*  This function executes a run of opcodes.  It will exit in the        */
+  /*  following cases:                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*  - Errors (in which case it returns FALSE).                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*  - Reaching the end of the main code range (returns TRUE).            */
+  /*    Reaching the end of a code range within a function call is an      */
+  /*    error.                                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*  - After executing one single opcode, if the flag `Instruction_Trap'  */
+  /*    is set to TRUE (returns TRUE).                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*  On exit with TRUE, test IP < CodeSize to know whether it comes from  */
+  /*  an instruction trap or a normal termination.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*  Note: The documented DEBUG opcode pops a value from the stack.  This */
+  /*        behaviour is unsupported; here a DEBUG opcode is always an     */
+  /*        error.                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* THIS IS THE INTERPRETER'S MAIN LOOP.                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*  Instructions appear in the specification's order.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /* documentation is in ttinterp.h */
+
+  FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error )
+  TT_RunIns( TT_ExecContext  exc )
+  {
+    FT_Long  ins_counter = 0;  /* executed instructions counter */
+
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_STATIC_RASTER
+    cur = *exc;
+#endif
+
+    /* set CVT functions */
+    CUR.tt_metrics.ratio = 0;
+    if ( CUR.metrics.x_ppem != CUR.metrics.y_ppem )
+    {
+      /* non-square pixels, use the stretched routines */
+      CUR.func_read_cvt  = Read_CVT_Stretched;
+      CUR.func_write_cvt = Write_CVT_Stretched;
+      CUR.func_move_cvt  = Move_CVT_Stretched;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* square pixels, use normal routines */
+      CUR.func_read_cvt  = Read_CVT;
+      CUR.func_write_cvt = Write_CVT;
+      CUR.func_move_cvt  = Move_CVT;
+    }
+
+    COMPUTE_Funcs();
+    COMPUTE_Round( (FT_Byte)exc->GS.round_state );
+
+    do
+    {
+      CUR.opcode = CUR.code[CUR.IP];
+
+      if ( ( CUR.length = opcode_length[CUR.opcode] ) < 0 )
+      {
+        if ( CUR.IP + 1 > CUR.codeSize )
+          goto LErrorCodeOverflow_;
+
+        CUR.length = 2 - CUR.length * CUR.code[CUR.IP + 1];
+      }
+
+      if ( CUR.IP + CUR.length > CUR.codeSize )
+        goto LErrorCodeOverflow_;
+
+      /* First, let's check for empty stack and overflow */
+      CUR.args = CUR.top - ( Pop_Push_Count[CUR.opcode] >> 4 );
+
+      /* `args' is the top of the stack once arguments have been popped. */
+      /* One can also interpret it as the index of the last argument.    */
+      if ( CUR.args < 0 )
+      {
+        CUR.error = TT_Err_Too_Few_Arguments;
+        goto LErrorLabel_;
+      }
+
+      CUR.new_top = CUR.args + ( Pop_Push_Count[CUR.opcode] & 15 );
+
+      /* `new_top' is the new top of the stack, after the instruction's */
+      /* execution.  `top' will be set to `new_top' after the `switch'  */
+      /* statement.                                                     */
+      if ( CUR.new_top > CUR.stackSize )
+      {
+        CUR.error = TT_Err_Stack_Overflow;
+        goto LErrorLabel_;
+      }
+
+      CUR.step_ins = TRUE;
+      CUR.error    = TT_Err_Ok;
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_INTERPRETER_SWITCH
+
+      {
+        FT_Long*  args   = CUR.stack + CUR.args;
+        FT_Byte   opcode = CUR.opcode;
+
+
+#undef  ARRAY_BOUND_ERROR
+#define ARRAY_BOUND_ERROR  goto Set_Invalid_Ref
+
+
+        switch ( opcode )
+        {
+        case 0x00:  /* SVTCA y  */
+        case 0x01:  /* SVTCA x  */
+        case 0x02:  /* SPvTCA y */
+        case 0x03:  /* SPvTCA x */
+        case 0x04:  /* SFvTCA y */
+        case 0x05:  /* SFvTCA x */
+          {
+            FT_Short AA, BB;
+
+
+            AA = (FT_Short)( ( opcode & 1 ) << 14 );
+            BB = (FT_Short)( AA ^ 0x4000 );
+
+            if ( opcode < 4 )
+            {
+              CUR.GS.projVector.x = AA;
+              CUR.GS.projVector.y = BB;
+
+              CUR.GS.dualVector.x = AA;
+              CUR.GS.dualVector.y = BB;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+              GUESS_VECTOR( projVector );
+            }
+
+            if ( ( opcode & 2 ) == 0 )
+            {
+              CUR.GS.freeVector.x = AA;
+              CUR.GS.freeVector.y = BB;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+              GUESS_VECTOR( freeVector );
+            }
+
+            COMPUTE_Funcs();
+          }
+          break;
+
+        case 0x06:  /* SPvTL // */
+        case 0x07:  /* SPvTL +  */
+          DO_SPVTL
+          break;
+
+        case 0x08:  /* SFvTL // */
+        case 0x09:  /* SFvTL +  */
+          DO_SFVTL
+          break;
+
+        case 0x0A:  /* SPvFS */
+          DO_SPVFS
+          break;
+
+        case 0x0B:  /* SFvFS */
+          DO_SFVFS
+          break;
+
+        case 0x0C:  /* GPV */
+          DO_GPV
+          break;
+
+        case 0x0D:  /* GFV */
+          DO_GFV
+          break;
+
+        case 0x0E:  /* SFvTPv */
+          DO_SFVTPV
+          break;
+
+        case 0x0F:  /* ISECT  */
+          Ins_ISECT( EXEC_ARG_ args );
+          break;
+
+        case 0x10:  /* SRP0 */
+          DO_SRP0
+          break;
+
+        case 0x11:  /* SRP1 */
+          DO_SRP1
+          break;
+
+        case 0x12:  /* SRP2 */
+          DO_SRP2
+          break;
+
+        case 0x13:  /* SZP0 */
+          Ins_SZP0( EXEC_ARG_ args );
+          break;
+
+        case 0x14:  /* SZP1 */
+          Ins_SZP1( EXEC_ARG_ args );
+          break;
+
+        case 0x15:  /* SZP2 */
+          Ins_SZP2( EXEC_ARG_ args );
+          break;
+
+        case 0x16:  /* SZPS */
+          Ins_SZPS( EXEC_ARG_ args );
+          break;
+
+        case 0x17:  /* SLOOP */
+          DO_SLOOP
+          break;
+
+        case 0x18:  /* RTG */
+          DO_RTG
+          break;
+
+        case 0x19:  /* RTHG */
+          DO_RTHG
+          break;
+
+        case 0x1A:  /* SMD */
+          DO_SMD
+          break;
+
+        case 0x1B:  /* ELSE */
+          Ins_ELSE( EXEC_ARG_ args );
+          break;
+
+        case 0x1C:  /* JMPR */
+          DO_JMPR
+          break;
+
+        case 0x1D:  /* SCVTCI */
+          DO_SCVTCI
+          break;
+
+        case 0x1E:  /* SSWCI */
+          DO_SSWCI
+          break;
+
+        case 0x1F:  /* SSW */
+          DO_SSW
+          break;
+
+        case 0x20:  /* DUP */
+          DO_DUP
+          break;
+
+        case 0x21:  /* POP */
+          /* nothing :-) */
+          break;
+
+        case 0x22:  /* CLEAR */
+          DO_CLEAR
+          break;
+
+        case 0x23:  /* SWAP */
+          DO_SWAP
+          break;
+
+        case 0x24:  /* DEPTH */
+          DO_DEPTH
+          break;
+
+        case 0x25:  /* CINDEX */
+          DO_CINDEX
+          break;
+
+        case 0x26:  /* MINDEX */
+          Ins_MINDEX( EXEC_ARG_ args );
+          break;
+
+        case 0x27:  /* ALIGNPTS */
+          Ins_ALIGNPTS( EXEC_ARG_ args );
+          break;
+
+        case 0x28:  /* ???? */
+          Ins_UNKNOWN( EXEC_ARG_ args );
+          break;
+
+        case 0x29:  /* UTP */
+          Ins_UTP( EXEC_ARG_ args );
+          break;
+
+        case 0x2A:  /* LOOPCALL */
+          Ins_LOOPCALL( EXEC_ARG_ args );
+          break;
+
+        case 0x2B:  /* CALL */
+          Ins_CALL( EXEC_ARG_ args );
+          break;
+
+        case 0x2C:  /* FDEF */
+          Ins_FDEF( EXEC_ARG_ args );
+          break;
+
+        case 0x2D:  /* ENDF */
+          Ins_ENDF( EXEC_ARG_ args );
+          break;
+
+        case 0x2E:  /* MDAP */
+        case 0x2F:  /* MDAP */
+          Ins_MDAP( EXEC_ARG_ args );
+          break;
+
+
+        case 0x30:  /* IUP */
+        case 0x31:  /* IUP */
+          Ins_IUP( EXEC_ARG_ args );
+          break;
+
+        case 0x32:  /* SHP */
+        case 0x33:  /* SHP */
+          Ins_SHP( EXEC_ARG_ args );
+          break;
+
+        case 0x34:  /* SHC */
+        case 0x35:  /* SHC */
+          Ins_SHC( EXEC_ARG_ args );
+          break;
+
+        case 0x36:  /* SHZ */
+        case 0x37:  /* SHZ */
+          Ins_SHZ( EXEC_ARG_ args );
+          break;
+
+        case 0x38:  /* SHPIX */
+          Ins_SHPIX( EXEC_ARG_ args );
+          break;
+
+        case 0x39:  /* IP    */
+          Ins_IP( EXEC_ARG_ args );
+          break;
+
+        case 0x3A:  /* MSIRP */
+        case 0x3B:  /* MSIRP */
+          Ins_MSIRP( EXEC_ARG_ args );
+          break;
+
+        case 0x3C:  /* AlignRP */
+          Ins_ALIGNRP( EXEC_ARG_ args );
+          break;
+
+        case 0x3D:  /* RTDG */
+          DO_RTDG
+          break;
+
+        case 0x3E:  /* MIAP */
+        case 0x3F:  /* MIAP */
+          Ins_MIAP( EXEC_ARG_ args );
+          break;
+
+        case 0x40:  /* NPUSHB */
+          Ins_NPUSHB( EXEC_ARG_ args );
+          break;
+
+        case 0x41:  /* NPUSHW */
+          Ins_NPUSHW( EXEC_ARG_ args );
+          break;
+
+        case 0x42:  /* WS */
+          DO_WS
+          break;
+
+      Set_Invalid_Ref:
+            CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
+          break;
+
+        case 0x43:  /* RS */
+          DO_RS
+          break;
+
+        case 0x44:  /* WCVTP */
+          DO_WCVTP
+          break;
+
+        case 0x45:  /* RCVT */
+          DO_RCVT
+          break;
+
+        case 0x46:  /* GC */
+        case 0x47:  /* GC */
+          Ins_GC( EXEC_ARG_ args );
+          break;
+
+        case 0x48:  /* SCFS */
+          Ins_SCFS( EXEC_ARG_ args );
+          break;
+
+        case 0x49:  /* MD */
+        case 0x4A:  /* MD */
+          Ins_MD( EXEC_ARG_ args );
+          break;
+
+        case 0x4B:  /* MPPEM */
+          DO_MPPEM
+          break;
+
+        case 0x4C:  /* MPS */
+          DO_MPS
+          break;
+
+        case 0x4D:  /* FLIPON */
+          DO_FLIPON
+          break;
+
+        case 0x4E:  /* FLIPOFF */
+          DO_FLIPOFF
+          break;
+
+        case 0x4F:  /* DEBUG */
+          DO_DEBUG
+          break;
+
+        case 0x50:  /* LT */
+          DO_LT
+          break;
+
+        case 0x51:  /* LTEQ */
+          DO_LTEQ
+          break;
+
+        case 0x52:  /* GT */
+          DO_GT
+          break;
+
+        case 0x53:  /* GTEQ */
+          DO_GTEQ
+          break;
+
+        case 0x54:  /* EQ */
+          DO_EQ
+          break;
+
+        case 0x55:  /* NEQ */
+          DO_NEQ
+          break;
+
+        case 0x56:  /* ODD */
+          DO_ODD
+          break;
+
+        case 0x57:  /* EVEN */
+          DO_EVEN
+          break;
+
+        case 0x58:  /* IF */
+          Ins_IF( EXEC_ARG_ args );
+          break;
+
+        case 0x59:  /* EIF */
+          /* do nothing */
+          break;
+
+        case 0x5A:  /* AND */
+          DO_AND
+          break;
+
+        case 0x5B:  /* OR */
+          DO_OR
+          break;
+
+        case 0x5C:  /* NOT */
+          DO_NOT
+          break;
+
+        case 0x5D:  /* DELTAP1 */
+          Ins_DELTAP( EXEC_ARG_ args );
+          break;
+
+        case 0x5E:  /* SDB */
+          DO_SDB
+          break;
+
+        case 0x5F:  /* SDS */
+          DO_SDS
+          break;
+
+        case 0x60:  /* ADD */
+          DO_ADD
+          break;
+
+        case 0x61:  /* SUB */
+          DO_SUB
+          break;
+
+        case 0x62:  /* DIV */
+          DO_DIV
+          break;
+
+        case 0x63:  /* MUL */
+          DO_MUL
+          break;
+
+        case 0x64:  /* ABS */
+          DO_ABS
+          break;
+
+        case 0x65:  /* NEG */
+          DO_NEG
+          break;
+
+        case 0x66:  /* FLOOR */
+          DO_FLOOR
+          break;
+
+        case 0x67:  /* CEILING */
+          DO_CEILING
+          break;
+
+        case 0x68:  /* ROUND */
+        case 0x69:  /* ROUND */
+        case 0x6A:  /* ROUND */
+        case 0x6B:  /* ROUND */
+          DO_ROUND
+          break;
+
+        case 0x6C:  /* NROUND */
+        case 0x6D:  /* NROUND */
+        case 0x6E:  /* NRRUND */
+        case 0x6F:  /* NROUND */
+          DO_NROUND
+          break;
+
+        case 0x70:  /* WCVTF */
+          DO_WCVTF
+          break;
+
+        case 0x71:  /* DELTAP2 */
+        case 0x72:  /* DELTAP3 */
+          Ins_DELTAP( EXEC_ARG_ args );
+          break;
+
+        case 0x73:  /* DELTAC0 */
+        case 0x74:  /* DELTAC1 */
+        case 0x75:  /* DELTAC2 */
+          Ins_DELTAC( EXEC_ARG_ args );
+          break;
+
+        case 0x76:  /* SROUND */
+          DO_SROUND
+          break;
+
+        case 0x77:  /* S45Round */
+          DO_S45ROUND
+          break;
+
+        case 0x78:  /* JROT */
+          DO_JROT
+          break;
+
+        case 0x79:  /* JROF */
+          DO_JROF
+          break;
+
+        case 0x7A:  /* ROFF */
+          DO_ROFF
+          break;
+
+        case 0x7B:  /* ???? */
+          Ins_UNKNOWN( EXEC_ARG_ args );
+          break;
+
+        case 0x7C:  /* RUTG */
+          DO_RUTG
+          break;
+
+        case 0x7D:  /* RDTG */
+          DO_RDTG
+          break;
+
+        case 0x7E:  /* SANGW */
+        case 0x7F:  /* AA    */
+          /* nothing - obsolete */
+          break;
+
+        case 0x80:  /* FLIPPT */
+          Ins_FLIPPT( EXEC_ARG_ args );
+          break;
+
+        case 0x81:  /* FLIPRGON */
+          Ins_FLIPRGON( EXEC_ARG_ args );
+          break;
+
+        case 0x82:  /* FLIPRGOFF */
+          Ins_FLIPRGOFF( EXEC_ARG_ args );
+          break;
+
+        case 0x83:  /* UNKNOWN */
+        case 0x84:  /* UNKNOWN */
+          Ins_UNKNOWN( EXEC_ARG_ args );
+          break;
+
+        case 0x85:  /* SCANCTRL */
+          Ins_SCANCTRL( EXEC_ARG_ args );
+          break;
+
+        case 0x86:  /* SDPVTL */
+        case 0x87:  /* SDPVTL */
+          Ins_SDPVTL( EXEC_ARG_ args );
+          break;
+
+        case 0x88:  /* GETINFO */
+          Ins_GETINFO( EXEC_ARG_ args );
+          break;
+
+        case 0x89:  /* IDEF */
+          Ins_IDEF( EXEC_ARG_ args );
+          break;
+
+        case 0x8A:  /* ROLL */
+          Ins_ROLL( EXEC_ARG_ args );
+          break;
+
+        case 0x8B:  /* MAX */
+          DO_MAX
+          break;
+
+        case 0x8C:  /* MIN */
+          DO_MIN
+          break;
+
+        case 0x8D:  /* SCANTYPE */
+          Ins_SCANTYPE( EXEC_ARG_ args );
+          break;
+
+        case 0x8E:  /* INSTCTRL */
+          Ins_INSTCTRL( EXEC_ARG_ args );
+          break;
+
+        case 0x8F:
+          Ins_UNKNOWN( EXEC_ARG_ args );
+          break;
+
+        default:
+          if ( opcode >= 0xE0 )
+            Ins_MIRP( EXEC_ARG_ args );
+          else if ( opcode >= 0xC0 )
+            Ins_MDRP( EXEC_ARG_ args );
+          else if ( opcode >= 0xB8 )
+            Ins_PUSHW( EXEC_ARG_ args );
+          else if ( opcode >= 0xB0 )
+            Ins_PUSHB( EXEC_ARG_ args );
+          else
+            Ins_UNKNOWN( EXEC_ARG_ args );
+        }
+
+      }
+
+#else
+
+      Instruct_Dispatch[CUR.opcode]( EXEC_ARG_ &CUR.stack[CUR.args] );
+
+#endif /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_INTERPRETER_SWITCH */
+
+      if ( CUR.error != TT_Err_Ok )
+      {
+        switch ( CUR.error )
+        {
+        case TT_Err_Invalid_Opcode: /* looking for redefined instructions */
+          {
+            TT_DefRecord*  def   = CUR.IDefs;
+            TT_DefRecord*  limit = def + CUR.numIDefs;
+
+
+            for ( ; def < limit; def++ )
+            {
+              if ( def->active && CUR.opcode == (FT_Byte)def->opc )
+              {
+                TT_CallRec*  callrec;
+
+
+                if ( CUR.callTop >= CUR.callSize )
+                {
+                  CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Reference;
+                  goto LErrorLabel_;
+                }
+
+                callrec = &CUR.callStack[CUR.callTop];
+
+                callrec->Caller_Range = CUR.curRange;
+                callrec->Caller_IP    = CUR.IP + 1;
+                callrec->Cur_Count    = 1;
+                callrec->Cur_Restart  = def->start;
+
+                if ( INS_Goto_CodeRange( def->range, def->start ) == FAILURE )
+                  goto LErrorLabel_;
+
+                goto LSuiteLabel_;
+              }
+            }
+          }
+
+          CUR.error = TT_Err_Invalid_Opcode;
+          goto LErrorLabel_;
+
+#if 0
+          break;   /* Unreachable code warning suppression.             */
+                   /* Leave to remind in case a later change the editor */
+                   /* to consider break;                                */
+#endif
+
+        default:
+          goto LErrorLabel_;
+
+#if 0
+        break;
+#endif
+        }
+      }
+
+      CUR.top = CUR.new_top;
+
+      if ( CUR.step_ins )
+        CUR.IP += CUR.length;
+
+      /* increment instruction counter and check if we didn't */
+      /* run this program for too long (e.g. infinite loops). */
+      if ( ++ins_counter > MAX_RUNNABLE_OPCODES )
+        return TT_Err_Execution_Too_Long;
+
+    LSuiteLabel_:
+      if ( CUR.IP >= CUR.codeSize )
+      {
+        if ( CUR.callTop > 0 )
+        {
+          CUR.error = TT_Err_Code_Overflow;
+          goto LErrorLabel_;
+        }
+        else
+          goto LNo_Error_;
+      }
+    } while ( !CUR.instruction_trap );
+
+  LNo_Error_:
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_STATIC_RASTER
+    *exc = cur;
+#endif
+
+    return TT_Err_Ok;
+
+  LErrorCodeOverflow_:
+    CUR.error = TT_Err_Code_Overflow;
+
+  LErrorLabel_:
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_STATIC_RASTER
+    *exc = cur;
+#endif
+
+    return CUR.error;
+  }
+
+
+#endif /* TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttinterp.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttinterp.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..07a8972
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttinterp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,311 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ttinterp.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    TrueType bytecode interpreter (specification).                       */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by             */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __TTINTERP_H__
+#define __TTINTERP_H__
+
+#include 
+#include "ttobjs.h"
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+#ifndef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_STATIC_INTERPRETER /* indirect implementation */
+
+#define EXEC_OP_   TT_ExecContext  exc,
+#define EXEC_OP    TT_ExecContext  exc
+#define EXEC_ARG_  exc,
+#define EXEC_ARG   exc
+
+#else                                       /* static implementation */
+
+#define EXEC_OP_   /* void */
+#define EXEC_OP    /* void */
+#define EXEC_ARG_  /* void */
+#define EXEC_ARG   /* void */
+
+#endif /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_STATIC_INTERPRETER */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Rounding mode constants.                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#define TT_Round_Off             5
+#define TT_Round_To_Half_Grid    0
+#define TT_Round_To_Grid         1
+#define TT_Round_To_Double_Grid  2
+#define TT_Round_Up_To_Grid      4
+#define TT_Round_Down_To_Grid    3
+#define TT_Round_Super           6
+#define TT_Round_Super_45        7
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Function types used by the interpreter, depending on various modes    */
+  /* (e.g. the rounding mode, whether to render a vertical or horizontal   */
+  /* line etc).                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  /* Rounding function */
+  typedef FT_F26Dot6
+  (*TT_Round_Func)( EXEC_OP_ FT_F26Dot6  distance,
+                             FT_F26Dot6  compensation );
+
+  /* Point displacement along the freedom vector routine */
+  typedef void
+  (*TT_Move_Func)( EXEC_OP_ TT_GlyphZone  zone,
+                            FT_UShort     point,
+                            FT_F26Dot6    distance );
+
+  /* Distance projection along one of the projection vectors */
+  typedef FT_F26Dot6
+  (*TT_Project_Func)( EXEC_OP_ FT_Pos   dx,
+                               FT_Pos   dy );
+
+  /* reading a cvt value.  Take care of non-square pixels if necessary */
+  typedef FT_F26Dot6
+  (*TT_Get_CVT_Func)( EXEC_OP_ FT_ULong  idx );
+
+  /* setting or moving a cvt value.  Take care of non-square pixels  */
+  /* if necessary                                                    */
+  typedef void
+  (*TT_Set_CVT_Func)( EXEC_OP_ FT_ULong    idx,
+                               FT_F26Dot6  value );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This structure defines a call record, used to manage function calls.  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  TT_CallRec_
+  {
+    FT_Int   Caller_Range;
+    FT_Long  Caller_IP;
+    FT_Long  Cur_Count;
+    FT_Long  Cur_Restart;
+
+  } TT_CallRec, *TT_CallStack;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The main structure for the interpreter which collects all necessary   */
+  /* variables and states.                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  TT_ExecContextRec_
+  {
+    TT_Face            face;
+    TT_Size            size;
+    FT_Memory          memory;
+
+    /* instructions state */
+
+    FT_Error           error;      /* last execution error */
+
+    FT_Long            top;        /* top of exec. stack   */
+
+    FT_UInt            stackSize;  /* size of exec. stack  */
+    FT_Long*           stack;      /* current exec. stack  */
+
+    FT_Long            args;
+    FT_UInt            new_top;    /* new top after exec.  */
+
+    TT_GlyphZoneRec    zp0,        /* zone records */
+                       zp1,
+                       zp2,
+                       pts,
+                       twilight;
+
+    FT_Size_Metrics    metrics;
+    TT_Size_Metrics    tt_metrics; /* size metrics */
+
+    TT_GraphicsState   GS;         /* current graphics state */
+
+    FT_Int             curRange;  /* current code range number   */
+    FT_Byte*           code;      /* current code range          */
+    FT_Long            IP;        /* current instruction pointer */
+    FT_Long            codeSize;  /* size of current range       */
+
+    FT_Byte            opcode;    /* current opcode              */
+    FT_Int             length;    /* length of current opcode    */
+
+    FT_Bool            step_ins;  /* true if the interpreter must */
+                                  /* increment IP after ins. exec */
+    FT_Long            cvtSize;
+    FT_Long*           cvt;
+
+    FT_UInt            glyphSize; /* glyph instructions buffer size */
+    FT_Byte*           glyphIns;  /* glyph instructions buffer */
+
+    FT_UInt            numFDefs;  /* number of function defs         */
+    FT_UInt            maxFDefs;  /* maximum number of function defs */
+    TT_DefArray        FDefs;     /* table of FDefs entries          */
+
+    FT_UInt            numIDefs;  /* number of instruction defs */
+    FT_UInt            maxIDefs;  /* maximum number of ins defs */
+    TT_DefArray        IDefs;     /* table of IDefs entries     */
+
+    FT_UInt            maxFunc;   /* maximum function index     */
+    FT_UInt            maxIns;    /* maximum instruction index  */
+
+    FT_Int             callTop,    /* top of call stack during execution */
+                       callSize;   /* size of call stack */
+    TT_CallStack       callStack;  /* call stack */
+
+    FT_UShort          maxPoints;    /* capacity of this context's `pts' */
+    FT_Short           maxContours;  /* record, expressed in points and  */
+                                     /* contours.                        */
+
+    TT_CodeRangeTable  codeRangeTable;  /* table of valid code ranges */
+                                        /* useful for the debugger   */
+
+    FT_UShort          storeSize;  /* size of current storage */
+    FT_Long*           storage;    /* storage area            */
+
+    FT_F26Dot6         period;     /* values used for the */
+    FT_F26Dot6         phase;      /* `SuperRounding'     */
+    FT_F26Dot6         threshold;
+
+#if 0
+    /* this seems to be unused */
+    FT_Int             cur_ppem;   /* ppem along the current proj vector */
+#endif
+
+    FT_Bool            instruction_trap; /* If `True', the interpreter will */
+                                         /* exit after each instruction     */
+
+    TT_GraphicsState   default_GS;       /* graphics state resulting from   */
+                                         /* the prep program                */
+    FT_Bool            is_composite;     /* true if the glyph is composite  */
+    FT_Bool            pedantic_hinting; /* true if pedantic interpretation */
+
+    /* latest interpreter additions */
+
+    FT_Long            F_dot_P;    /* dot product of freedom and projection */
+                                   /* vectors                               */
+    TT_Round_Func      func_round; /* current rounding function             */
+
+    TT_Project_Func    func_project,   /* current projection function */
+                       func_dualproj,  /* current dual proj. function */
+                       func_freeProj;  /* current freedom proj. func  */
+
+    TT_Move_Func       func_move;      /* current point move function */
+    TT_Move_Func       func_move_orig; /* move original position function */
+
+    TT_Get_CVT_Func    func_read_cvt;  /* read a cvt entry              */
+    TT_Set_CVT_Func    func_write_cvt; /* write a cvt entry (in pixels) */
+    TT_Set_CVT_Func    func_move_cvt;  /* incr a cvt entry (in pixels)  */
+
+    FT_Bool            grayscale;      /* are we hinting for grayscale? */
+
+  } TT_ExecContextRec;
+
+
+  extern const TT_GraphicsState  tt_default_graphics_state;
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  TT_Goto_CodeRange( TT_ExecContext  exec,
+                     FT_Int          range,
+                     FT_Long         IP );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  TT_Set_CodeRange( TT_ExecContext  exec,
+                    FT_Int          range,
+                    void*           base,
+                    FT_Long         length );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  TT_Clear_CodeRange( TT_ExecContext  exec,
+                      FT_Int          range );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    TT_New_Context                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Queries the face context for a given font.  Note that there is     */
+  /*    now a _single_ execution context in the TrueType driver which is   */
+  /*    shared among faces.                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    face :: A handle to the source face object.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    A handle to the execution context.  Initialized for `face'.        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                 */
+  /*    Only the glyph loader and debugger should call this function.      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( TT_ExecContext )
+  TT_New_Context( TT_Driver  driver );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  TT_Done_Context( TT_ExecContext  exec );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  TT_Load_Context( TT_ExecContext  exec,
+                   TT_Face         face,
+                   TT_Size         size );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  TT_Save_Context( TT_ExecContext  exec,
+                   TT_Size         ins );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  TT_Run_Context( TT_ExecContext  exec,
+                  FT_Bool         debug );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    TT_RunIns                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Executes one or more instruction in the execution context.  This   */
+  /*    is the main function of the TrueType opcode interpreter.           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    exec :: A handle to the target execution context.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                 */
+  /*    Only the object manager and debugger should call this function.    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    This function is publicly exported because it is directly          */
+  /*    invoked by the TrueType debugger.                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+  TT_RunIns( TT_ExecContext  exec );
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __TTINTERP_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttobjs.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttobjs.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2649a67
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttobjs.c
@@ -0,0 +1,955 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ttobjs.c                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Objects manager (body).                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 by */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include 
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_CALC_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
+#include FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H
+#include FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_SFNT_H
+
+#include "ttgload.h"
+#include "ttpload.h"
+
+#include "tterrors.h"
+
+#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
+#include "ttinterp.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING
+#include FT_TRUETYPE_UNPATENTED_H
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT
+#include "ttgxvar.h"
+#endif
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_ttobjs
+
+
+#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                       GLYPH ZONE FUNCTIONS                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    tt_glyphzone_done                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Deallocate a glyph zone.                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    zone :: A pointer to the target glyph zone.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  tt_glyphzone_done( TT_GlyphZone  zone )
+  {
+    FT_Memory  memory = zone->memory;
+
+
+    if ( memory )
+    {
+      FT_FREE( zone->contours );
+      FT_FREE( zone->tags );
+      FT_FREE( zone->cur );
+      FT_FREE( zone->org );
+      FT_FREE( zone->orus );
+
+      zone->max_points   = zone->n_points   = 0;
+      zone->max_contours = zone->n_contours = 0;
+      zone->memory       = NULL;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    tt_glyphzone_new                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Allocate a new glyph zone.                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    memory      :: A handle to the current memory object.              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    maxPoints   :: The capacity of glyph zone in points.               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    maxContours :: The capacity of glyph zone in contours.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    zone        :: A pointer to the target glyph zone record.          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_glyphzone_new( FT_Memory     memory,
+                    FT_UShort     maxPoints,
+                    FT_Short      maxContours,
+                    TT_GlyphZone  zone )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error;
+
+
+    FT_MEM_ZERO( zone, sizeof ( *zone ) );
+    zone->memory = memory;
+
+    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( zone->org,      maxPoints   ) ||
+         FT_NEW_ARRAY( zone->cur,      maxPoints   ) ||
+         FT_NEW_ARRAY( zone->orus,     maxPoints   ) ||
+         FT_NEW_ARRAY( zone->tags,     maxPoints   ) ||
+         FT_NEW_ARRAY( zone->contours, maxContours ) )
+    {
+      tt_glyphzone_done( zone );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      zone->max_points   = maxPoints;
+      zone->max_contours = maxContours;
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+#endif /* TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER */
+
+
+  /* Compare the face with a list of well-known `tricky' fonts. */
+  /* This list shall be expanded as we find more of them.       */
+
+  static FT_Bool
+  tt_check_trickyness( FT_String*  name )
+  {
+    static const char* const  trick_names[] =
+    {
+      "DFKaiSho-SB",     /* dfkaisb.ttf */
+      "DFKaiShu",
+      "DFKai-SB",        /* kaiu.ttf */
+      "HuaTianSongTi?",  /* htst3.ttf */
+      "MingLiU",         /* mingliu.ttf & mingliu.ttc */
+      "PMingLiU",        /* mingliu.ttc */
+      "MingLi43",        /* mingli.ttf */
+      NULL
+    };
+    int  nn;
+
+
+    if ( !name )
+      return FALSE;
+
+    /* Note that we only check the face name at the moment; it might */
+    /* be worth to do more checks for a few special cases.           */
+    for ( nn = 0; trick_names[nn] != NULL; nn++ )
+      if ( ft_strstr( name, trick_names[nn] ) )
+        return TRUE;
+
+    return FALSE;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    tt_face_init                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Initialize a given TrueType face object.                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    stream     :: The source font stream.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    face_index :: The index of the font face in the resource.          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    num_params :: Number of additional generic parameters.  Ignored.   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    params     :: Additional generic parameters.  Ignored.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    face       :: The newly built face object.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_init( FT_Stream      stream,
+                FT_Face        ttface,      /* TT_Face */
+                FT_Int         face_index,
+                FT_Int         num_params,
+                FT_Parameter*  params )
+  {
+    FT_Error      error;
+    FT_Library    library;
+    SFNT_Service  sfnt;
+    TT_Face       face = (TT_Face)ttface;
+
+
+    library = ttface->driver->root.library;
+    sfnt    = (SFNT_Service)FT_Get_Module_Interface( library, "sfnt" );
+    if ( !sfnt )
+      goto Bad_Format;
+
+    /* create input stream from resource */
+    if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( 0 ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* check that we have a valid TrueType file */
+    error = sfnt->init_face( stream, face, face_index, num_params, params );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* We must also be able to accept Mac/GX fonts, as well as OT ones. */
+    /* The 0x00020000 tag is completely undocumented; some fonts from   */
+    /* Arphic made for Chinese Windows 3.1 have this.                   */
+    if ( face->format_tag != 0x00010000L &&    /* MS fonts  */
+         face->format_tag != 0x00020000L &&    /* CJK fonts for Win 3.1 */
+         face->format_tag != TTAG_true   )     /* Mac fonts */
+    {
+      FT_TRACE2(( "[not a valid TTF font]\n" ));
+      goto Bad_Format;
+    }
+
+#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
+    ttface->face_flags |= FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTER;
+#endif
+
+    /* If we are performing a simple font format check, exit immediately. */
+    if ( face_index < 0 )
+      return TT_Err_Ok;
+
+    /* Load font directory */
+    error = sfnt->load_face( stream, face, face_index, num_params, params );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    if ( tt_check_trickyness( ttface->family_name ) )
+      ttface->face_flags |= FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY;
+
+    error = tt_face_load_hdmx( face, stream );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    if ( FT_IS_SCALABLE( ttface ) )
+    {
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
+
+      if ( !ttface->internal->incremental_interface )
+        error = tt_face_load_loca( face, stream );
+      if ( !error )
+        error = tt_face_load_cvt( face, stream );
+      if ( !error )
+        error = tt_face_load_fpgm( face, stream );
+      if ( !error )
+        error = tt_face_load_prep( face, stream );
+
+#else
+
+      if ( !error )
+        error = tt_face_load_loca( face, stream );
+      if ( !error )
+        error = tt_face_load_cvt( face, stream );
+      if ( !error )
+        error = tt_face_load_fpgm( face, stream );
+      if ( !error )
+        error = tt_face_load_prep( face, stream );
+
+#endif
+
+    }
+
+#if defined( TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING    ) && \
+    !defined( TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER )
+
+    {
+      FT_Bool  unpatented_hinting;
+      int      i;
+
+
+      /* Determine whether unpatented hinting is to be used for this face. */
+      unpatented_hinting = FT_BOOL
+        ( library->debug_hooks[FT_DEBUG_HOOK_UNPATENTED_HINTING] != NULL );
+
+      for ( i = 0; i < num_params && !face->unpatented_hinting; i++ )
+        if ( params[i].tag == FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING )
+          unpatented_hinting = TRUE;
+
+      if ( !unpatented_hinting )
+        ttface->internal->ignore_unpatented_hinter = TRUE;
+    }
+
+#endif /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING &&
+          !TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER */
+
+    /* initialize standard glyph loading routines */
+    TT_Init_Glyph_Loading( face );
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+
+  Bad_Format:
+    error = TT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
+    goto Exit;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    tt_face_done                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Finalize a given face object.                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    face :: A pointer to the face object to destroy.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  tt_face_done( FT_Face  ttface )           /* TT_Face */
+  {
+    TT_Face       face = (TT_Face)ttface;
+    FT_Memory     memory;
+    FT_Stream     stream;
+    SFNT_Service  sfnt;
+
+
+    if ( !face )
+      return;
+
+    memory = ttface->memory;
+    stream = ttface->stream;
+    sfnt   = (SFNT_Service)face->sfnt;
+
+    /* for `extended TrueType formats' (i.e. compressed versions) */
+    if ( face->extra.finalizer )
+      face->extra.finalizer( face->extra.data );
+
+    if ( sfnt )
+      sfnt->done_face( face );
+
+    /* freeing the locations table */
+    tt_face_done_loca( face );
+
+    tt_face_free_hdmx( face );
+
+    /* freeing the CVT */
+    FT_FREE( face->cvt );
+    face->cvt_size = 0;
+
+    /* freeing the programs */
+    FT_FRAME_RELEASE( face->font_program );
+    FT_FRAME_RELEASE( face->cvt_program );
+    face->font_program_size = 0;
+    face->cvt_program_size  = 0;
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT
+    tt_done_blend( memory, face->blend );
+    face->blend = NULL;
+#endif
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                           SIZE  FUNCTIONS                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    tt_size_run_fpgm                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Run the font program.                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    size :: A handle to the size object.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_size_run_fpgm( TT_Size  size )
+  {
+    TT_Face         face = (TT_Face)size->root.face;
+    TT_ExecContext  exec;
+    FT_Error        error;
+
+
+    /* debugging instances have their own context */
+    if ( size->debug )
+      exec = size->context;
+    else
+      exec = ( (TT_Driver)FT_FACE_DRIVER( face ) )->context;
+
+    if ( !exec )
+      return TT_Err_Could_Not_Find_Context;
+
+    TT_Load_Context( exec, face, size );
+
+    exec->callTop   = 0;
+    exec->top       = 0;
+
+    exec->period    = 64;
+    exec->phase     = 0;
+    exec->threshold = 0;
+
+    exec->instruction_trap = FALSE;
+    exec->F_dot_P = 0x10000L;
+
+    {
+      FT_Size_Metrics*  metrics    = &exec->metrics;
+      TT_Size_Metrics*  tt_metrics = &exec->tt_metrics;
+
+
+      metrics->x_ppem   = 0;
+      metrics->y_ppem   = 0;
+      metrics->x_scale  = 0;
+      metrics->y_scale  = 0;
+
+      tt_metrics->ppem  = 0;
+      tt_metrics->scale = 0;
+      tt_metrics->ratio = 0x10000L;
+    }
+
+    /* allow font program execution */
+    TT_Set_CodeRange( exec,
+                      tt_coderange_font,
+                      face->font_program,
+                      face->font_program_size );
+
+    /* disable CVT and glyph programs coderange */
+    TT_Clear_CodeRange( exec, tt_coderange_cvt );
+    TT_Clear_CodeRange( exec, tt_coderange_glyph );
+
+    if ( face->font_program_size > 0 )
+    {
+      error = TT_Goto_CodeRange( exec, tt_coderange_font, 0 );
+
+      if ( !error )
+        error = face->interpreter( exec );
+    }
+    else
+      error = TT_Err_Ok;
+
+    if ( !error )
+      TT_Save_Context( exec, size );
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    tt_size_run_prep                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Run the control value program.                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    size :: A handle to the size object.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_size_run_prep( TT_Size  size )
+  {
+    TT_Face         face = (TT_Face)size->root.face;
+    TT_ExecContext  exec;
+    FT_Error        error;
+
+
+    /* debugging instances have their own context */
+    if ( size->debug )
+      exec = size->context;
+    else
+      exec = ( (TT_Driver)FT_FACE_DRIVER( face ) )->context;
+
+    if ( !exec )
+      return TT_Err_Could_Not_Find_Context;
+
+    TT_Load_Context( exec, face, size );
+
+    exec->callTop = 0;
+    exec->top     = 0;
+
+    exec->instruction_trap = FALSE;
+
+    TT_Set_CodeRange( exec,
+                      tt_coderange_cvt,
+                      face->cvt_program,
+                      face->cvt_program_size );
+
+    TT_Clear_CodeRange( exec, tt_coderange_glyph );
+
+    if ( face->cvt_program_size > 0 )
+    {
+      error = TT_Goto_CodeRange( exec, tt_coderange_cvt, 0 );
+
+      if ( !error && !size->debug )
+        error = face->interpreter( exec );
+    }
+    else
+      error = TT_Err_Ok;
+
+    /* save as default graphics state */
+    size->GS = exec->GS;
+
+    TT_Save_Context( exec, size );
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+#endif /* TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER */
+
+
+#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
+
+  static void
+  tt_size_done_bytecode( FT_Size  ftsize )
+  {
+    TT_Size    size   = (TT_Size)ftsize;
+    TT_Face    face   = (TT_Face)ftsize->face;
+    FT_Memory  memory = face->root.memory;
+
+
+    if ( size->debug )
+    {
+      /* the debug context must be deleted by the debugger itself */
+      size->context = NULL;
+      size->debug   = FALSE;
+    }
+
+    FT_FREE( size->cvt );
+    size->cvt_size = 0;
+
+    /* free storage area */
+    FT_FREE( size->storage );
+    size->storage_size = 0;
+
+    /* twilight zone */
+    tt_glyphzone_done( &size->twilight );
+
+    FT_FREE( size->function_defs );
+    FT_FREE( size->instruction_defs );
+
+    size->num_function_defs    = 0;
+    size->max_function_defs    = 0;
+    size->num_instruction_defs = 0;
+    size->max_instruction_defs = 0;
+
+    size->max_func = 0;
+    size->max_ins  = 0;
+
+    size->bytecode_ready = 0;
+    size->cvt_ready      = 0;
+  }
+
+
+  /* Initialize bytecode-related fields in the size object.       */
+  /* We do this only if bytecode interpretation is really needed. */
+  static FT_Error
+  tt_size_init_bytecode( FT_Size  ftsize )
+  {
+    FT_Error   error;
+    TT_Size    size = (TT_Size)ftsize;
+    TT_Face    face = (TT_Face)ftsize->face;
+    FT_Memory  memory = face->root.memory;
+    FT_Int     i;
+
+    FT_UShort       n_twilight;
+    TT_MaxProfile*  maxp = &face->max_profile;
+
+
+    size->bytecode_ready = 1;
+    size->cvt_ready      = 0;
+
+    size->max_function_defs    = maxp->maxFunctionDefs;
+    size->max_instruction_defs = maxp->maxInstructionDefs;
+
+    size->num_function_defs    = 0;
+    size->num_instruction_defs = 0;
+
+    size->max_func = 0;
+    size->max_ins  = 0;
+
+    size->cvt_size     = face->cvt_size;
+    size->storage_size = maxp->maxStorage;
+
+    /* Set default metrics */
+    {
+      FT_Size_Metrics*  metrics  = &size->metrics;
+      TT_Size_Metrics*  metrics2 = &size->ttmetrics;
+
+      metrics->x_ppem = 0;
+      metrics->y_ppem = 0;
+
+      metrics2->rotated   = FALSE;
+      metrics2->stretched = FALSE;
+
+      /* set default compensation (all 0) */
+      for ( i = 0; i < 4; i++ )
+        metrics2->compensations[i] = 0;
+    }
+
+    /* allocate function defs, instruction defs, cvt, and storage area */
+    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( size->function_defs,    size->max_function_defs    ) ||
+         FT_NEW_ARRAY( size->instruction_defs, size->max_instruction_defs ) ||
+         FT_NEW_ARRAY( size->cvt,              size->cvt_size             ) ||
+         FT_NEW_ARRAY( size->storage,          size->storage_size         ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* reserve twilight zone */
+    n_twilight = maxp->maxTwilightPoints;
+
+    /* there are 4 phantom points (do we need this?) */
+    n_twilight += 4;
+
+    error = tt_glyphzone_new( memory, n_twilight, 0, &size->twilight );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    size->twilight.n_points = n_twilight;
+
+    size->GS = tt_default_graphics_state;
+
+    /* set `face->interpreter' according to the debug hook present */
+    {
+      FT_Library  library = face->root.driver->root.library;
+
+
+      face->interpreter = (TT_Interpreter)
+                            library->debug_hooks[FT_DEBUG_HOOK_TRUETYPE];
+      if ( !face->interpreter )
+        face->interpreter = (TT_Interpreter)TT_RunIns;
+    }
+
+    /* Fine, now run the font program! */
+    error = tt_size_run_fpgm( size );
+
+  Exit:
+    if ( error )
+      tt_size_done_bytecode( ftsize );
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_size_ready_bytecode( TT_Size  size )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error = TT_Err_Ok;
+
+
+    if ( !size->bytecode_ready )
+    {
+      error = tt_size_init_bytecode( (FT_Size)size );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* rescale CVT when needed */
+    if ( !size->cvt_ready )
+    {
+      FT_UInt  i;
+      TT_Face  face = (TT_Face)size->root.face;
+
+
+      /* Scale the cvt values to the new ppem.          */
+      /* We use by default the y ppem to scale the CVT. */
+      for ( i = 0; i < size->cvt_size; i++ )
+        size->cvt[i] = FT_MulFix( face->cvt[i], size->ttmetrics.scale );
+
+      /* all twilight points are originally zero */
+      for ( i = 0; i < (FT_UInt)size->twilight.n_points; i++ )
+      {
+        size->twilight.org[i].x = 0;
+        size->twilight.org[i].y = 0;
+        size->twilight.cur[i].x = 0;
+        size->twilight.cur[i].y = 0;
+      }
+
+      /* clear storage area */
+      for ( i = 0; i < (FT_UInt)size->storage_size; i++ )
+        size->storage[i] = 0;
+
+      size->GS = tt_default_graphics_state;
+
+      error = tt_size_run_prep( size );
+      if ( !error )
+        size->cvt_ready = 1;
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+#endif /* TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    tt_size_init                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Initialize a new TrueType size object.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    size :: A handle to the size object.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_size_init( FT_Size  ttsize )           /* TT_Size */
+  {
+    TT_Size   size  = (TT_Size)ttsize;
+    FT_Error  error = TT_Err_Ok;
+
+#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
+    size->bytecode_ready = 0;
+    size->cvt_ready      = 0;
+#endif
+
+    size->ttmetrics.valid = FALSE;
+    size->strike_index    = 0xFFFFFFFFUL;
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    tt_size_done                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    The TrueType size object finalizer.                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    size :: A handle to the target size object.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  tt_size_done( FT_Size  ttsize )           /* TT_Size */
+  {
+    TT_Size  size = (TT_Size)ttsize;
+
+
+#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
+    if ( size->bytecode_ready )
+      tt_size_done_bytecode( ttsize );
+#endif
+
+    size->ttmetrics.valid = FALSE;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    tt_size_reset                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Reset a TrueType size when resolutions and character dimensions    */
+  /*    have been changed.                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    size :: A handle to the target size object.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_size_reset( TT_Size  size )
+  {
+    TT_Face           face;
+    FT_Error          error = TT_Err_Ok;
+    FT_Size_Metrics*  metrics;
+
+
+    size->ttmetrics.valid = FALSE;
+
+    face = (TT_Face)size->root.face;
+
+    metrics = &size->metrics;
+
+    /* copy the result from base layer */
+    *metrics = size->root.metrics;
+
+    if ( metrics->x_ppem < 1 || metrics->y_ppem < 1 )
+      return TT_Err_Invalid_PPem;
+
+    /* This bit flag, if set, indicates that the ppems must be       */
+    /* rounded to integers.  Nearly all TrueType fonts have this bit */
+    /* set, as hinting won't work really well otherwise.             */
+    /*                                                               */
+    if ( face->header.Flags & 8 )
+    {
+      metrics->x_scale = FT_DivFix( metrics->x_ppem << 6,
+                                    face->root.units_per_EM );
+      metrics->y_scale = FT_DivFix( metrics->y_ppem << 6,
+                                    face->root.units_per_EM );
+
+      metrics->ascender =
+        FT_PIX_ROUND( FT_MulFix( face->root.ascender, metrics->y_scale ) );
+      metrics->descender =
+        FT_PIX_ROUND( FT_MulFix( face->root.descender, metrics->y_scale ) );
+      metrics->height =
+        FT_PIX_ROUND( FT_MulFix( face->root.height, metrics->y_scale ) );
+      metrics->max_advance =
+        FT_PIX_ROUND( FT_MulFix( face->root.max_advance_width,
+                                 metrics->x_scale ) );
+    }
+
+    /* compute new transformation */
+    if ( metrics->x_ppem >= metrics->y_ppem )
+    {
+      size->ttmetrics.scale   = metrics->x_scale;
+      size->ttmetrics.ppem    = metrics->x_ppem;
+      size->ttmetrics.x_ratio = 0x10000L;
+      size->ttmetrics.y_ratio = FT_MulDiv( metrics->y_ppem,
+                                           0x10000L,
+                                           metrics->x_ppem );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      size->ttmetrics.scale   = metrics->y_scale;
+      size->ttmetrics.ppem    = metrics->y_ppem;
+      size->ttmetrics.x_ratio = FT_MulDiv( metrics->x_ppem,
+                                           0x10000L,
+                                           metrics->y_ppem );
+      size->ttmetrics.y_ratio = 0x10000L;
+    }
+
+#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
+    size->cvt_ready = 0;
+#endif /* TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER */
+
+    if ( !error )
+      size->ttmetrics.valid = TRUE;
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    tt_driver_init                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Initialize a given TrueType driver object.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    driver :: A handle to the target driver object.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_driver_init( FT_Module  ttdriver )     /* TT_Driver */
+  {
+
+#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
+
+    TT_Driver  driver = (TT_Driver)ttdriver;
+
+
+    if ( !TT_New_Context( driver ) )
+      return TT_Err_Could_Not_Find_Context;
+
+#else
+
+    FT_UNUSED( ttdriver );
+
+#endif
+
+    return TT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    tt_driver_done                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Finalize a given TrueType driver.                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    driver :: A handle to the target TrueType driver.                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  tt_driver_done( FT_Module  ttdriver )     /* TT_Driver */
+  {
+#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
+    TT_Driver  driver = (TT_Driver)ttdriver;
+
+
+    /* destroy the execution context */
+    if ( driver->context )
+    {
+      TT_Done_Context( driver->context );
+      driver->context = NULL;
+    }
+#else
+    FT_UNUSED( ttdriver );
+#endif
+
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    tt_slot_init                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Initialize a new slot object.                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    slot :: A handle to the slot object.                               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_slot_init( FT_GlyphSlot  slot )
+  {
+    return FT_GlyphLoader_CreateExtra( slot->internal->loader );
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttobjs.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttobjs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d4b8228
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttobjs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,463 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ttobjs.h                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Objects manager (specification).                                     */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by       */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __TTOBJS_H__
+#define __TTOBJS_H__
+
+
+#include 
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_TRUETYPE_TYPES_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                 */
+  /*    TT_Driver                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    A handle to a TrueType driver object.                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct TT_DriverRec_*  TT_Driver;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                 */
+  /*    TT_Instance                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    A handle to a TrueType size object.                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct TT_SizeRec_*  TT_Size;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                 */
+  /*    TT_GlyphSlot                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    A handle to a TrueType glyph slot object.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                 */
+  /*    This is a direct typedef of FT_GlyphSlot, as there is nothing      */
+  /*    specific about the TrueType glyph slot.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef FT_GlyphSlot  TT_GlyphSlot;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    TT_GraphicsState                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    The TrueType graphics state used during bytecode interpretation.   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  TT_GraphicsState_
+  {
+    FT_UShort      rp0;
+    FT_UShort      rp1;
+    FT_UShort      rp2;
+
+    FT_UnitVector  dualVector;
+    FT_UnitVector  projVector;
+    FT_UnitVector  freeVector;
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING
+    FT_Bool        both_x_axis;
+#endif
+
+    FT_Long        loop;
+    FT_F26Dot6     minimum_distance;
+    FT_Int         round_state;
+
+    FT_Bool        auto_flip;
+    FT_F26Dot6     control_value_cutin;
+    FT_F26Dot6     single_width_cutin;
+    FT_F26Dot6     single_width_value;
+    FT_Short       delta_base;
+    FT_Short       delta_shift;
+
+    FT_Byte        instruct_control;
+    /* According to Greg Hitchcock from Microsoft, the `scan_control'     */
+    /* variable as documented in the TrueType specification is a 32-bit   */
+    /* integer; the high-word part holds the SCANTYPE value, the low-word */
+    /* part the SCANCTRL value.  We separate it into two fields.          */
+    FT_Bool        scan_control;
+    FT_Int         scan_type;
+
+    FT_UShort      gep0;
+    FT_UShort      gep1;
+    FT_UShort      gep2;
+
+  } TT_GraphicsState;
+
+
+#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  tt_glyphzone_done( TT_GlyphZone  zone );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  tt_glyphzone_new( FT_Memory     memory,
+                    FT_UShort     maxPoints,
+                    FT_Short      maxContours,
+                    TT_GlyphZone  zone );
+
+#endif /* TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER */
+
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*  EXECUTION SUBTABLES                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*  These sub-tables relate to instruction execution.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#define TT_MAX_CODE_RANGES  3
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* There can only be 3 active code ranges at once:                       */
+  /*   - the Font Program                                                  */
+  /*   - the CVT Program                                                   */
+  /*   - a glyph's instructions set                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef enum  TT_CodeRange_Tag_
+  {
+    tt_coderange_none = 0,
+    tt_coderange_font,
+    tt_coderange_cvt,
+    tt_coderange_glyph
+
+  } TT_CodeRange_Tag;
+
+
+  typedef struct  TT_CodeRange_
+  {
+    FT_Byte*  base;
+    FT_ULong  size;
+
+  } TT_CodeRange;
+
+  typedef TT_CodeRange  TT_CodeRangeTable[TT_MAX_CODE_RANGES];
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Defines a function/instruction definition record.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  TT_DefRecord_
+  {
+    FT_Int   range;      /* in which code range is it located? */
+    FT_Long  start;      /* where does it start?               */
+    FT_UInt  opc;        /* function #, or instruction code    */
+    FT_Bool  active;     /* is it active?                      */
+
+  } TT_DefRecord, *TT_DefArray;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Subglyph transformation record.                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  TT_Transform_
+  {
+    FT_Fixed    xx, xy;     /* transformation matrix coefficients */
+    FT_Fixed    yx, yy;
+    FT_F26Dot6  ox, oy;     /* offsets        */
+
+  } TT_Transform;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Subglyph loading record.  Used to load composite components.          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  TT_SubglyphRec_
+  {
+    FT_Long          index;        /* subglyph index; initialized with -1 */
+    FT_Bool          is_scaled;    /* is the subglyph scaled?             */
+    FT_Bool          is_hinted;    /* should it be hinted?                */
+    FT_Bool          preserve_pps; /* preserve phantom points?            */
+
+    FT_Long          file_offset;
+
+    FT_BBox          bbox;
+    FT_Pos           left_bearing;
+    FT_Pos           advance;
+
+    TT_GlyphZoneRec  zone;
+
+    FT_Long          arg1;         /* first argument                      */
+    FT_Long          arg2;         /* second argument                     */
+
+    FT_UShort        element_flag; /* current load element flag           */
+
+    TT_Transform     transform;    /* transformation matrix               */
+
+    FT_Vector        pp1, pp2;     /* phantom points (horizontal)         */
+    FT_Vector        pp3, pp4;     /* phantom points (vertical)           */
+
+  } TT_SubGlyphRec, *TT_SubGlyph_Stack;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* A note regarding non-squared pixels:                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* (This text will probably go into some docs at some time; for now, it  */
+  /*  is kept here to explain some definitions in the TIns_Metrics         */
+  /*  record).                                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The CVT is a one-dimensional array containing values that control     */
+  /* certain important characteristics in a font, like the height of all   */
+  /* capitals, all lowercase letter, default spacing or stem width/height. */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* These values are found in FUnits in the font file, and must be scaled */
+  /* to pixel coordinates before being used by the CVT and glyph programs. */
+  /* Unfortunately, when using distinct x and y resolutions (or distinct x */
+  /* and y pointsizes), there are two possible scalings.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* A first try was to implement a `lazy' scheme where all values were    */
+  /* scaled when first used.  However, while some values are always used   */
+  /* in the same direction, some others are used under many different      */
+  /* circumstances and orientations.                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* I have found a simpler way to do the same, and it even seems to work  */
+  /* in most of the cases:                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* - All CVT values are scaled to the maximum ppem size.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* - When performing a read or write in the CVT, a ratio factor is used  */
+  /*   to perform adequate scaling.  Example:                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*     x_ppem = 14                                                       */
+  /*     y_ppem = 10                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   We choose ppem = x_ppem = 14 as the CVT scaling size.  All cvt      */
+  /*   entries are scaled to it.                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*     x_ratio = 1.0                                                     */
+  /*     y_ratio = y_ppem/ppem (< 1.0)                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   We compute the current ratio like:                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   - If projVector is horizontal,                                      */
+  /*       ratio = x_ratio = 1.0                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   - if projVector is vertical,                                        */
+  /*       ratio = y_ratio                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   - else,                                                             */
+  /*       ratio = sqrt( (proj.x * x_ratio) ^ 2 + (proj.y * y_ratio) ^ 2 ) */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Reading a cvt value returns                                         */
+  /*     ratio * cvt[index]                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Writing a cvt value in pixels:                                      */
+  /*     cvt[index] / ratio                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   The current ppem is simply                                          */
+  /*     ratio * ppem                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Metrics used by the TrueType size and context objects.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  TT_Size_Metrics_
+  {
+    /* for non-square pixels */
+    FT_Long     x_ratio;
+    FT_Long     y_ratio;
+
+    FT_UShort   ppem;               /* maximum ppem size              */
+    FT_Long     ratio;              /* current ratio                  */
+    FT_Fixed    scale;
+
+    FT_F26Dot6  compensations[4];   /* device-specific compensations  */
+
+    FT_Bool     valid;
+
+    FT_Bool     rotated;            /* `is the glyph rotated?'-flag   */
+    FT_Bool     stretched;          /* `is the glyph stretched?'-flag */
+
+  } TT_Size_Metrics;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* TrueType size class.                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  TT_SizeRec_
+  {
+    FT_SizeRec         root;
+
+    /* we have our own copy of metrics so that we can modify */
+    /* it without affecting auto-hinting (when used)         */
+    FT_Size_Metrics    metrics;
+
+    TT_Size_Metrics    ttmetrics;
+
+    FT_ULong           strike_index;      /* 0xFFFFFFFF to indicate invalid */
+
+#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
+
+    FT_UInt            num_function_defs; /* number of function definitions */
+    FT_UInt            max_function_defs;
+    TT_DefArray        function_defs;     /* table of function definitions  */
+
+    FT_UInt            num_instruction_defs;  /* number of ins. definitions */
+    FT_UInt            max_instruction_defs;
+    TT_DefArray        instruction_defs;      /* table of ins. definitions  */
+
+    FT_UInt            max_func;
+    FT_UInt            max_ins;
+
+    TT_CodeRangeTable  codeRangeTable;
+
+    TT_GraphicsState   GS;
+
+    FT_ULong           cvt_size;      /* the scaled control value table */
+    FT_Long*           cvt;
+
+    FT_UShort          storage_size; /* The storage area is now part of */
+    FT_Long*           storage;      /* the instance                    */
+
+    TT_GlyphZoneRec    twilight;     /* The instance's twilight zone    */
+
+    /* debugging variables */
+
+    /* When using the debugger, we must keep the */
+    /* execution context tied to the instance    */
+    /* object rather than asking it on demand.   */
+
+    FT_Bool            debug;
+    TT_ExecContext     context;
+
+    FT_Bool            bytecode_ready;
+    FT_Bool            cvt_ready;
+
+#endif /* TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER */
+
+  } TT_SizeRec;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* TrueType driver class.                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  TT_DriverRec_
+  {
+    FT_DriverRec     root;
+    TT_ExecContext   context;  /* execution context        */
+    TT_GlyphZoneRec  zone;     /* glyph loader points zone */
+
+    void*            extension_component;
+
+  } TT_DriverRec;
+
+
+  /* Note: All of the functions below (except tt_size_reset()) are used    */
+  /* as function pointers in a FT_Driver_ClassRec.  Therefore their        */
+  /* parameters are of types FT_Face, FT_Size, etc., rather than TT_Face,  */
+  /* TT_Size, etc., so that the compiler can confirm that the types and    */
+  /* number of parameters are correct.  In all cases the FT_xxx types are  */
+  /* cast to their TT_xxx counterparts inside the functions since FreeType */
+  /* will always use the TT driver to create them.                         */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Face functions                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_init( FT_Stream      stream,
+                FT_Face        ttface,      /* TT_Face */
+                FT_Int         face_index,
+                FT_Int         num_params,
+                FT_Parameter*  params );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  tt_face_done( FT_Face  ttface );          /* TT_Face */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Size functions                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  tt_size_init( FT_Size  ttsize );          /* TT_Size */
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  tt_size_done( FT_Size  ttsize );          /* TT_Size */
+
+#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  tt_size_run_fpgm( TT_Size  size );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  tt_size_run_prep( TT_Size  size );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  tt_size_ready_bytecode( TT_Size  size );
+
+#endif /* TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER */
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  tt_size_reset( TT_Size  size );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Driver functions                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  tt_driver_init( FT_Module  ttdriver );    /* TT_Driver */
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  tt_driver_done( FT_Module  ttdriver );    /* TT_Driver */
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Slot functions                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  tt_slot_init( FT_GlyphSlot  slot );
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __TTOBJS_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttpload.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttpload.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dc538fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttpload.c
@@ -0,0 +1,574 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ttpload.c                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    TrueType-specific tables loader (body).                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by             */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include 
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
+#include FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H
+
+#include "ttpload.h"
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT
+#include "ttgxvar.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "tterrors.h"
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_ttpload
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    tt_face_load_loca                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Load the locations table.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    face   :: A handle to the target face object.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    stream :: The input stream.                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_load_loca( TT_Face    face,
+                     FT_Stream  stream )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error;
+    FT_ULong  table_len;
+    FT_Int    shift;
+
+
+    /* we need the size of the `glyf' table for malformed `loca' tables */
+    error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_glyf, stream, &face->glyf_len );
+
+    /* it is possible that a font doesn't have a glyf table at all */
+    /* or its size is zero                                         */
+    if ( error == TT_Err_Table_Missing )
+      face->glyf_len = 0;
+    else if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    FT_TRACE2(( "Locations " ));
+    error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_loca, stream, &table_len );
+    if ( error )
+    {
+      error = TT_Err_Locations_Missing;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    if ( face->header.Index_To_Loc_Format != 0 )
+    {
+      shift = 2;
+
+      if ( table_len >= 0x40000L )
+      {
+        FT_TRACE2(( "table too large!\n" ));
+        error = TT_Err_Invalid_Table;
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+      face->num_locations = (FT_UInt)( table_len >> shift );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      shift = 1;
+
+      if ( table_len >= 0x20000L )
+      {
+        FT_TRACE2(( "table too large!\n" ));
+        error = TT_Err_Invalid_Table;
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+      face->num_locations = (FT_UInt)( table_len >> shift );
+    }
+
+    if ( face->num_locations != (FT_UInt)face->root.num_glyphs )
+    {
+      FT_TRACE2(( "glyph count mismatch!  loca: %d, maxp: %d\n",
+                  face->num_locations, face->root.num_glyphs ));
+
+      /* we only handle the case where `maxp' gives a larger value */
+      if ( face->num_locations < (FT_UInt)face->root.num_glyphs )
+      {
+        FT_Long   new_loca_len = (FT_Long)face->root.num_glyphs << shift;
+
+        TT_Table  entry = face->dir_tables;
+        TT_Table  limit = entry + face->num_tables;
+
+        FT_Long   pos  = FT_Stream_Pos( stream );
+        FT_Long   dist = 0x7FFFFFFFL;
+
+
+        /* compute the distance to next table in font file */
+        for ( ; entry < limit; entry++ )
+        {
+          FT_Long  diff = entry->Offset - pos;
+
+
+          if ( diff > 0 && diff < dist )
+            dist = diff;
+        }
+
+        if ( new_loca_len <= dist )
+        {
+          face->num_locations = (FT_Long)face->root.num_glyphs;
+          table_len           = new_loca_len;
+
+          FT_TRACE2(( "adjusting num_locations to %d\n",
+                      face->num_locations ));
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Extract the frame.  We don't need to decompress it since
+     * we are able to parse it directly.
+     */
+    if ( FT_FRAME_EXTRACT( table_len, face->glyph_locations ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    FT_TRACE2(( "loaded\n" ));
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_ULong )
+  tt_face_get_location( TT_Face   face,
+                        FT_UInt   gindex,
+                        FT_UInt  *asize )
+  {
+    FT_ULong  pos1, pos2;
+    FT_Byte*  p;
+    FT_Byte*  p_limit;
+
+
+    pos1 = pos2 = 0;
+
+    if ( gindex < face->num_locations )
+    {
+      if ( face->header.Index_To_Loc_Format != 0 )
+      {
+        p       = face->glyph_locations + gindex * 4;
+        p_limit = face->glyph_locations + face->num_locations * 4;
+
+        pos1 = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+        pos2 = pos1;
+
+        if ( p + 4 <= p_limit )
+          pos2 = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        p       = face->glyph_locations + gindex * 2;
+        p_limit = face->glyph_locations + face->num_locations * 2;
+
+        pos1 = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+        pos2 = pos1;
+
+        if ( p + 2 <= p_limit )
+          pos2 = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+
+        pos1 <<= 1;
+        pos2 <<= 1;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* It isn't mentioned explicitly that the `loca' table must be  */
+    /* ordered, but implicitly it refers to the length of an entry  */
+    /* as the difference between the current and the next position. */
+    /* Anyway, there do exist (malformed) fonts which don't obey    */
+    /* this rule, so we are only able to provide an upper bound for */
+    /* the size.                                                    */
+    /*                                                              */
+    /* We get (intentionally) a wrong, non-zero result in case the  */
+    /* `glyf' table is missing.                                     */
+    if ( pos2 >= pos1 )
+      *asize = (FT_UInt)( pos2 - pos1 );
+    else
+      *asize = (FT_UInt)( face->glyf_len - pos1 );
+
+    return pos1;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  tt_face_done_loca( TT_Face  face )
+  {
+    FT_Stream  stream = face->root.stream;
+
+
+    FT_FRAME_RELEASE( face->glyph_locations );
+    face->num_locations = 0;
+  }
+
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    tt_face_load_cvt                                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Load the control value table into a face object.                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    face   :: A handle to the target face object.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    stream :: A handle to the input stream.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_load_cvt( TT_Face    face,
+                    FT_Stream  stream )
+  {
+#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
+
+    FT_Error   error;
+    FT_Memory  memory = stream->memory;
+    FT_ULong   table_len;
+
+
+    FT_TRACE2(( "CVT " ));
+
+    error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_cvt, stream, &table_len );
+    if ( error )
+    {
+      FT_TRACE2(( "is missing!\n" ));
+
+      face->cvt_size = 0;
+      face->cvt      = NULL;
+      error          = TT_Err_Ok;
+
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    face->cvt_size = table_len / 2;
+
+    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( face->cvt, face->cvt_size ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    if ( FT_FRAME_ENTER( face->cvt_size * 2L ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    {
+      FT_Short*  cur   = face->cvt;
+      FT_Short*  limit = cur + face->cvt_size;
+
+
+      for ( ; cur <  limit; cur++ )
+        *cur = FT_GET_SHORT();
+    }
+
+    FT_FRAME_EXIT();
+    FT_TRACE2(( "loaded\n" ));
+
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT
+    if ( face->doblend )
+      error = tt_face_vary_cvt( face, stream );
+#endif
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+
+#else /* !TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER */
+
+    FT_UNUSED( face   );
+    FT_UNUSED( stream );
+
+    return TT_Err_Ok;
+
+#endif
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    tt_face_load_fpgm                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Load the font program.                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    face   :: A handle to the target face object.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    stream :: A handle to the input stream.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_load_fpgm( TT_Face    face,
+                     FT_Stream  stream )
+  {
+#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
+
+    FT_Error  error;
+    FT_ULong  table_len;
+
+
+    FT_TRACE2(( "Font program " ));
+
+    /* The font program is optional */
+    error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_fpgm, stream, &table_len );
+    if ( error )
+    {
+      face->font_program      = NULL;
+      face->font_program_size = 0;
+      error                   = TT_Err_Ok;
+
+      FT_TRACE2(( "is missing!\n" ));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      face->font_program_size = table_len;
+      if ( FT_FRAME_EXTRACT( table_len, face->font_program ) )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      FT_TRACE2(( "loaded, %12d bytes\n", face->font_program_size ));
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+
+#else /* !TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER */
+
+    FT_UNUSED( face   );
+    FT_UNUSED( stream );
+
+    return TT_Err_Ok;
+
+#endif
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    tt_face_load_prep                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Load the cvt program.                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    face   :: A handle to the target face object.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    stream :: A handle to the input stream.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_load_prep( TT_Face    face,
+                     FT_Stream  stream )
+  {
+#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
+
+    FT_Error  error;
+    FT_ULong  table_len;
+
+
+    FT_TRACE2(( "Prep program " ));
+
+    error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_prep, stream, &table_len );
+    if ( error )
+    {
+      face->cvt_program      = NULL;
+      face->cvt_program_size = 0;
+      error                  = TT_Err_Ok;
+
+      FT_TRACE2(( "is missing!\n" ));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      face->cvt_program_size = table_len;
+      if ( FT_FRAME_EXTRACT( table_len, face->cvt_program ) )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      FT_TRACE2(( "loaded, %12d bytes\n", face->cvt_program_size ));
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+
+#else /* !TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER */
+
+    FT_UNUSED( face   );
+    FT_UNUSED( stream );
+
+    return TT_Err_Ok;
+
+#endif
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    tt_face_load_hdmx                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Load the `hdmx' table into the face object.                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    face   :: A handle to the target face object.                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    stream :: A handle to the input stream.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_load_hdmx( TT_Face    face,
+                     FT_Stream  stream )
+  {
+    FT_Error   error;
+    FT_Memory  memory = stream->memory;
+    FT_UInt    version, nn, num_records;
+    FT_ULong   table_size, record_size;
+    FT_Byte*   p;
+    FT_Byte*   limit;
+
+
+    /* this table is optional */
+    error = face->goto_table( face, TTAG_hdmx, stream, &table_size );
+    if ( error || table_size < 8 )
+      return TT_Err_Ok;
+
+    if ( FT_FRAME_EXTRACT( table_size, face->hdmx_table ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    p     = face->hdmx_table;
+    limit = p + table_size;
+
+    version     = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    num_records = FT_NEXT_USHORT( p );
+    record_size = FT_NEXT_ULONG( p );
+
+    /* The maximum number of bytes in an hdmx device record is the */
+    /* maximum number of glyphs + 2; this is 0xFFFF + 2; this is   */
+    /* the reason why `record_size' is a long (which we read as    */
+    /* unsigned long for convenience).  In practice, two bytes     */
+    /* sufficient to hold the size value.                          */
+    /*                                                             */
+    /* There are at least two fonts, HANNOM-A and HANNOM-B version */
+    /* 2.0 (2005), which get this wrong: The upper two bytes of    */
+    /* the size value are set to 0xFF instead of 0x00.  We catch   */
+    /* and fix this.                                               */
+
+    if ( record_size >= 0xFFFF0000UL )
+      record_size &= 0xFFFFU;
+
+    /* The limit for `num_records' is a heuristic value. */
+
+    if ( version != 0 || num_records > 255 || record_size > 0x10001L )
+    {
+      error = TT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+      goto Fail;
+    }
+
+    if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( face->hdmx_record_sizes, num_records ) )
+      goto Fail;
+
+    for ( nn = 0; nn < num_records; nn++ )
+    {
+      if ( p + record_size > limit )
+        break;
+
+      face->hdmx_record_sizes[nn] = p[0];
+      p                          += record_size;
+    }
+
+    face->hdmx_record_count = nn;
+    face->hdmx_table_size   = table_size;
+    face->hdmx_record_size  = record_size;
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+
+  Fail:
+    FT_FRAME_RELEASE( face->hdmx_table );
+    face->hdmx_table_size = 0;
+    goto Exit;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  tt_face_free_hdmx( TT_Face  face )
+  {
+    FT_Stream  stream = face->root.stream;
+    FT_Memory  memory = stream->memory;
+
+
+    FT_FREE( face->hdmx_record_sizes );
+    FT_FRAME_RELEASE( face->hdmx_table );
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Return the advance width table for a given pixel size if it is found  */
+  /* in the font's `hdmx' table (if any).                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Byte* )
+  tt_face_get_device_metrics( TT_Face  face,
+                              FT_UInt  ppem,
+                              FT_UInt  gindex )
+  {
+    FT_UInt   nn;
+    FT_Byte*  result      = NULL;
+    FT_ULong  record_size = face->hdmx_record_size;
+    FT_Byte*  record      = face->hdmx_table + 8;
+
+
+    for ( nn = 0; nn < face->hdmx_record_count; nn++ )
+      if ( face->hdmx_record_sizes[nn] == ppem )
+      {
+        gindex += 2;
+        if ( gindex < record_size )
+          result = record + nn * record_size + gindex;
+        break;
+      }
+
+    return result;
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttpload.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttpload.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f61ac07
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/truetype/ttpload.h
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ttpload.h                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    TrueType-specific tables loader (specification).                     */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2005, 2006 by                               */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __TTPLOAD_H__
+#define __TTPLOAD_H__
+
+
+#include 
+#include FT_INTERNAL_TRUETYPE_TYPES_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_load_loca( TT_Face    face,
+                     FT_Stream  stream );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_ULong )
+  tt_face_get_location( TT_Face   face,
+                        FT_UInt   gindex,
+                        FT_UInt  *asize );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  tt_face_done_loca( TT_Face  face );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_load_cvt( TT_Face    face,
+                    FT_Stream  stream );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_load_fpgm( TT_Face    face,
+                     FT_Stream  stream );
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_load_prep( TT_Face    face,
+                     FT_Stream  stream );
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  tt_face_load_hdmx( TT_Face    face,
+                     FT_Stream  stream );
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  tt_face_free_hdmx( TT_Face  face );
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Byte* )
+  tt_face_get_device_metrics( TT_Face    face,
+                              FT_UInt    ppem,
+                              FT_UInt    gindex );
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __TTPLOAD_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/Jamfile b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/Jamfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8e366ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/Jamfile
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+# FreeType 2 src/type1 Jamfile
+#
+# Copyright 2001 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+SubDir  FT2_TOP $(FT2_SRC_DIR) type1 ;
+
+{
+  local  _sources ;
+
+  if $(FT2_MULTI)
+  {
+    _sources = t1afm t1driver t1objs t1load t1gload t1parse ;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    _sources = type1 ;
+  }
+
+  Library  $(FT2_LIB) : $(_sources).c ;
+}
+
+# end of src/type1 Jamfile
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/module.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/module.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ade0210
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/module.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 Type1 module definition
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2006 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+FTMODULE_H_COMMANDS += TYPE1_DRIVER
+
+define TYPE1_DRIVER
+$(OPEN_DRIVER) FT_Driver_ClassRec, t1_driver_class $(CLOSE_DRIVER)
+$(ECHO_DRIVER)type1     $(ECHO_DRIVER_DESC)Postscript font files with extension *.pfa or *.pfb$(ECHO_DRIVER_DONE)
+endef
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/rules.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/rules.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..15087b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/rules.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 Type1 driver configuration rules
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2001, 2003 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+# Type1 driver directory
+#
+T1_DIR := $(SRC_DIR)/type1
+
+
+# compilation flags for the driver
+#
+T1_COMPILE := $(FT_COMPILE) $I$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$(T1_DIR))
+
+
+# Type1 driver sources (i.e., C files)
+#
+T1_DRV_SRC := $(T1_DIR)/t1parse.c  \
+              $(T1_DIR)/t1load.c   \
+              $(T1_DIR)/t1driver.c \
+              $(T1_DIR)/t1afm.c    \
+              $(T1_DIR)/t1gload.c  \
+              $(T1_DIR)/t1objs.c
+
+# Type1 driver headers
+#
+T1_DRV_H := $(T1_DRV_SRC:%.c=%.h) \
+            $(T1_DIR)/t1tokens.h  \
+            $(T1_DIR)/t1errors.h
+
+
+# Type1 driver object(s)
+#
+#   T1_DRV_OBJ_M is used during `multi' builds
+#   T1_DRV_OBJ_S is used during `single' builds
+#
+T1_DRV_OBJ_M := $(T1_DRV_SRC:$(T1_DIR)/%.c=$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O)
+T1_DRV_OBJ_S := $(OBJ_DIR)/type1.$O
+
+# Type1 driver source file for single build
+#
+T1_DRV_SRC_S := $(T1_DIR)/type1.c
+
+
+# Type1 driver - single object
+#
+$(T1_DRV_OBJ_S): $(T1_DRV_SRC_S) $(T1_DRV_SRC) $(FREETYPE_H) $(T1_DRV_H)
+	$(T1_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $(T1_DRV_SRC_S))
+
+
+# Type1 driver - multiple objects
+#
+$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O: $(T1_DIR)/%.c $(FREETYPE_H) $(T1_DRV_H)
+	$(T1_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $<)
+
+
+# update main driver object lists
+#
+DRV_OBJS_S += $(T1_DRV_OBJ_S)
+DRV_OBJS_M += $(T1_DRV_OBJ_M)
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1afm.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1afm.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5aea588
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1afm.c
@@ -0,0 +1,390 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  t1afm.c                                                                */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    AFM support for Type 1 fonts (body).                                 */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by       */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include 
+#include "t1afm.h"
+#include "t1errors.h"
+#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_AUX_H
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_t1afm
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  T1_Done_Metrics( FT_Memory     memory,
+                   AFM_FontInfo  fi )
+  {
+    FT_FREE( fi->KernPairs );
+    fi->NumKernPair = 0;
+
+    FT_FREE( fi->TrackKerns );
+    fi->NumTrackKern = 0;
+
+    FT_FREE( fi );
+  }
+
+
+  /* read a glyph name and return the equivalent glyph index */
+  static FT_Int
+  t1_get_index( const char*  name,
+                FT_UInt      len,
+                void*        user_data )
+  {
+    T1_Font  type1 = (T1_Font)user_data;
+    FT_Int   n;
+
+
+    for ( n = 0; n < type1->num_glyphs; n++ )
+    {
+      char*  gname = (char*)type1->glyph_names[n];
+
+
+      if ( gname && gname[0] == name[0]        &&
+           ft_strlen( gname ) == len           &&
+           ft_strncmp( gname, name, len ) == 0 )
+        return n;
+    }
+
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+#undef  KERN_INDEX
+#define KERN_INDEX( g1, g2 )  ( ( (FT_ULong)(g1) << 16 ) | (g2) )
+
+
+  /* compare two kerning pairs */
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( int )
+  compare_kern_pairs( const void*  a,
+                      const void*  b )
+  {
+    AFM_KernPair  pair1 = (AFM_KernPair)a;
+    AFM_KernPair  pair2 = (AFM_KernPair)b;
+
+    FT_ULong  index1 = KERN_INDEX( pair1->index1, pair1->index2 );
+    FT_ULong  index2 = KERN_INDEX( pair2->index1, pair2->index2 );
+
+
+    if ( index1 > index2 )
+      return 1;
+    else if ( index1 < index2 )
+      return -1;
+    else
+      return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  /* parse a PFM file -- for now, only read the kerning pairs */
+  static FT_Error
+  T1_Read_PFM( FT_Face       t1_face,
+               FT_Stream     stream,
+               AFM_FontInfo  fi )
+  {
+    FT_Error      error = T1_Err_Ok;
+    FT_Memory     memory = stream->memory;
+    FT_Byte*      start;
+    FT_Byte*      limit;
+    FT_Byte*      p;
+    AFM_KernPair  kp;
+    FT_Int        width_table_length;
+    FT_CharMap    oldcharmap;
+    FT_CharMap    charmap;
+    FT_Int        n;
+
+
+    start = (FT_Byte*)stream->cursor;
+    limit = (FT_Byte*)stream->limit;
+    p     = start;
+
+    /* Figure out how long the width table is.          */
+    /* This info is a little-endian short at offset 99. */
+    p = start + 99;
+    if ( p + 2 > limit )
+    {
+      error = T1_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+    width_table_length = FT_PEEK_USHORT_LE( p );
+
+    p += 18 + width_table_length;
+    if ( p + 0x12 > limit || FT_PEEK_USHORT_LE( p ) < 0x12 )
+      /* extension table is probably optional */
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* Kerning offset is 14 bytes from start of extensions table. */
+    p += 14;
+    p = start + FT_PEEK_ULONG_LE( p );
+
+    if ( p == start )
+      /* zero offset means no table */
+      goto Exit;
+
+    if ( p + 2 > limit )
+    {
+      error = T1_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    fi->NumKernPair = FT_PEEK_USHORT_LE( p );
+    p += 2;
+    if ( p + 4 * fi->NumKernPair > limit )
+    {
+      error = T1_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* Actually, kerning pairs are simply optional! */
+    if ( fi->NumKernPair == 0 )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* allocate the pairs */
+    if ( FT_QNEW_ARRAY( fi->KernPairs, fi->NumKernPair ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* now, read each kern pair */
+    kp             = fi->KernPairs;
+    limit          = p + 4 * fi->NumKernPair;
+
+    /* PFM kerning data are stored by encoding rather than glyph index, */
+    /* so find the PostScript charmap of this font and install it       */
+    /* temporarily.  If we find no PostScript charmap, then just use    */
+    /* the default and hope it is the right one.                        */
+    oldcharmap = t1_face->charmap;
+    charmap    = NULL;
+
+    for ( n = 0; n < t1_face->num_charmaps; n++ )
+    {
+      charmap = t1_face->charmaps[n];
+      /* check against PostScript pseudo platform */
+      if ( charmap->platform_id == 7 )
+      {
+        error = FT_Set_Charmap( t1_face, charmap );
+        if ( error )
+          goto Exit;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Kerning info is stored as:             */
+    /*                                        */
+    /*   encoding of first glyph (1 byte)     */
+    /*   encoding of second glyph (1 byte)    */
+    /*   offset (little-endian short)         */
+    for ( ; p < limit ; p += 4 )
+    {
+      kp->index1 = FT_Get_Char_Index( t1_face, p[0] );
+      kp->index2 = FT_Get_Char_Index( t1_face, p[1] );
+
+      kp->x = (FT_Int)FT_PEEK_SHORT_LE(p + 2);
+      kp->y = 0;
+
+      kp++;
+    }
+
+    if ( oldcharmap != NULL )
+      error = FT_Set_Charmap( t1_face, oldcharmap );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* now, sort the kern pairs according to their glyph indices */
+    ft_qsort( fi->KernPairs, fi->NumKernPair, sizeof ( AFM_KernPairRec ),
+              compare_kern_pairs );
+
+  Exit:
+    if ( error )
+    {
+      FT_FREE( fi->KernPairs );
+      fi->NumKernPair = 0;
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* parse a metrics file -- either AFM or PFM depending on what */
+  /* it turns out to be                                          */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  T1_Read_Metrics( FT_Face    t1_face,
+                   FT_Stream  stream )
+  {
+    PSAux_Service  psaux;
+    FT_Memory      memory = stream->memory;
+    AFM_ParserRec  parser;
+    AFM_FontInfo   fi;
+    FT_Error       error = T1_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
+    T1_Font        t1_font = &( (T1_Face)t1_face )->type1;
+
+
+    if ( FT_NEW( fi )                   ||
+         FT_FRAME_ENTER( stream->size ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    fi->FontBBox  = t1_font->font_bbox;
+    fi->Ascender  = t1_font->font_bbox.yMax;
+    fi->Descender = t1_font->font_bbox.yMin;
+
+    psaux = (PSAux_Service)( (T1_Face)t1_face )->psaux;
+    if ( psaux && psaux->afm_parser_funcs )
+    {
+      error = psaux->afm_parser_funcs->init( &parser,
+                                             stream->memory,
+                                             stream->cursor,
+                                             stream->limit );
+
+      if ( !error )
+      {
+        parser.FontInfo  = fi;
+        parser.get_index = t1_get_index;
+        parser.user_data = t1_font;
+
+        error = psaux->afm_parser_funcs->parse( &parser );
+        psaux->afm_parser_funcs->done( &parser );
+      }
+    }
+
+    if ( error == T1_Err_Unknown_File_Format )
+    {
+      FT_Byte*  start = stream->cursor;
+
+
+      /* MS Windows allows versions up to 0x3FF without complaining */
+      if ( stream->size > 6                              &&
+           start[1] < 4                                  &&
+           FT_PEEK_ULONG_LE( start + 2 ) == stream->size )
+        error = T1_Read_PFM( t1_face, stream, fi );
+    }
+
+    if ( !error )
+    {
+      t1_font->font_bbox = fi->FontBBox;
+
+      t1_face->bbox.xMin =   fi->FontBBox.xMin             >> 16;
+      t1_face->bbox.yMin =   fi->FontBBox.yMin             >> 16;
+      t1_face->bbox.xMax = ( fi->FontBBox.xMax + 0xFFFFU ) >> 16;
+      t1_face->bbox.yMax = ( fi->FontBBox.yMax + 0xFFFFU ) >> 16;
+
+      t1_face->ascender  = (FT_Short)( ( fi->Ascender  + 0x8000U ) >> 16 );
+      t1_face->descender = (FT_Short)( ( fi->Descender + 0x8000U ) >> 16 );
+
+      if ( fi->NumKernPair )
+      {
+        t1_face->face_flags |= FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING;
+        ( (T1_Face)t1_face )->afm_data = fi;
+        fi = NULL;
+      }
+    }
+
+    FT_FRAME_EXIT();
+
+  Exit:
+    if ( fi != NULL )
+      T1_Done_Metrics( memory, fi );
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* find the kerning for a given glyph pair */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  T1_Get_Kerning( AFM_FontInfo  fi,
+                  FT_UInt       glyph1,
+                  FT_UInt       glyph2,
+                  FT_Vector*    kerning )
+  {
+    AFM_KernPair  min, mid, max;
+    FT_ULong      idx = KERN_INDEX( glyph1, glyph2 );
+
+
+    /* simple binary search */
+    min = fi->KernPairs;
+    max = min + fi->NumKernPair - 1;
+
+    while ( min <= max )
+    {
+      FT_ULong  midi;
+
+
+      mid  = min + ( max - min ) / 2;
+      midi = KERN_INDEX( mid->index1, mid->index2 );
+
+      if ( midi == idx )
+      {
+        kerning->x = mid->x;
+        kerning->y = mid->y;
+
+        return;
+      }
+
+      if ( midi < idx )
+        min = mid + 1;
+      else
+        max = mid - 1;
+    }
+
+    kerning->x = 0;
+    kerning->y = 0;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  T1_Get_Track_Kerning( FT_Face    face,
+                        FT_Fixed   ptsize,
+                        FT_Int     degree,
+                        FT_Fixed*  kerning )
+  {
+    AFM_FontInfo  fi = (AFM_FontInfo)( (T1_Face)face )->afm_data;
+    FT_Int        i;
+
+
+    if ( !fi )
+      return T1_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < fi->NumTrackKern; i++ )
+    {
+      AFM_TrackKern  tk = fi->TrackKerns + i;
+
+
+      if ( tk->degree != degree )
+        continue;
+
+      if ( ptsize < tk->min_ptsize )
+        *kerning = tk->min_kern;
+      else if ( ptsize > tk->max_ptsize )
+        *kerning = tk->max_kern;
+      else
+      {
+        *kerning = FT_MulDiv( ptsize - tk->min_ptsize,
+                              tk->max_kern - tk->min_kern,
+                              tk->max_ptsize - tk->min_ptsize ) +
+                   tk->min_kern;
+      }
+    }
+
+    return T1_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1afm.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1afm.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8eb1764
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1afm.h
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  t1afm.h                                                                */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    AFM support for Type 1 fonts (specification).                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2006 by                                     */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __T1AFM_H__
+#define __T1AFM_H__
+
+#include 
+#include "t1objs.h"
+#include FT_INTERNAL_TYPE1_TYPES_H
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  T1_Read_Metrics( FT_Face    face,
+                   FT_Stream  stream );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  T1_Done_Metrics( FT_Memory     memory,
+                   AFM_FontInfo  fi );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  T1_Get_Kerning( AFM_FontInfo  fi,
+                  FT_UInt       glyph1,
+                  FT_UInt       glyph2,
+                  FT_Vector*    kerning );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  T1_Get_Track_Kerning( FT_Face    face,
+                        FT_Fixed   ptsize,
+                        FT_Int     degree,
+                        FT_Fixed*  kerning );
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __T1AFM_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1driver.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1driver.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8c398ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1driver.c
@@ -0,0 +1,331 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  t1driver.c                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Type 1 driver interface (body).                                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2007, 2009 by             */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include 
+#include "t1driver.h"
+#include "t1gload.h"
+#include "t1load.h"
+
+#include "t1errors.h"
+
+#ifndef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_AFM
+#include "t1afm.h"
+#endif
+
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
+
+#include FT_SERVICE_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H
+#include FT_SERVICE_GLYPH_DICT_H
+#include FT_SERVICE_XFREE86_NAME_H
+#include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_NAME_H
+#include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_CMAPS_H
+#include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_INFO_H
+#include FT_SERVICE_KERNING_H
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_t1driver
+
+ /*
+  *  GLYPH DICT SERVICE
+  *
+  */
+
+  static FT_Error
+  t1_get_glyph_name( T1_Face     face,
+                     FT_UInt     glyph_index,
+                     FT_Pointer  buffer,
+                     FT_UInt     buffer_max )
+  {
+    FT_STRCPYN( buffer, face->type1.glyph_names[glyph_index], buffer_max );
+
+    return T1_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_UInt
+  t1_get_name_index( T1_Face     face,
+                     FT_String*  glyph_name )
+  {
+    FT_Int      i;
+    FT_String*  gname;
+
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < face->type1.num_glyphs; i++ )
+    {
+      gname = face->type1.glyph_names[i];
+
+      if ( !ft_strcmp( glyph_name, gname ) )
+        return (FT_UInt)i;
+    }
+
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  static const FT_Service_GlyphDictRec  t1_service_glyph_dict =
+  {
+    (FT_GlyphDict_GetNameFunc)  t1_get_glyph_name,
+    (FT_GlyphDict_NameIndexFunc)t1_get_name_index
+  };
+
+
+  /*
+   *  POSTSCRIPT NAME SERVICE
+   *
+   */
+
+  static const char*
+  t1_get_ps_name( T1_Face  face )
+  {
+    return (const char*) face->type1.font_name;
+  }
+
+
+  static const FT_Service_PsFontNameRec  t1_service_ps_name =
+  {
+    (FT_PsName_GetFunc)t1_get_ps_name
+  };
+
+
+  /*
+   *  MULTIPLE MASTERS SERVICE
+   *
+   */
+
+#ifndef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_MM_SUPPORT
+  static const FT_Service_MultiMastersRec  t1_service_multi_masters =
+  {
+    (FT_Get_MM_Func)        T1_Get_Multi_Master,
+    (FT_Set_MM_Design_Func) T1_Set_MM_Design,
+    (FT_Set_MM_Blend_Func)  T1_Set_MM_Blend,
+    (FT_Get_MM_Var_Func)    T1_Get_MM_Var,
+    (FT_Set_Var_Design_Func)T1_Set_Var_Design
+  };
+#endif
+
+
+  /*
+   *  POSTSCRIPT INFO SERVICE
+   *
+   */
+
+  static FT_Error
+  t1_ps_get_font_info( FT_Face          face,
+                       PS_FontInfoRec*  afont_info )
+  {
+    *afont_info = ((T1_Face)face)->type1.font_info;
+
+    return T1_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  t1_ps_get_font_extra( FT_Face           face,
+                        PS_FontExtraRec*  afont_extra )
+  {
+    *afont_extra = ((T1_Face)face)->type1.font_extra;
+
+    return T1_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Int
+  t1_ps_has_glyph_names( FT_Face  face )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( face );
+
+    return 1;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  t1_ps_get_font_private( FT_Face         face,
+                          PS_PrivateRec*  afont_private )
+  {
+    *afont_private = ((T1_Face)face)->type1.private_dict;
+
+    return T1_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  static const FT_Service_PsInfoRec  t1_service_ps_info =
+  {
+    (PS_GetFontInfoFunc)   t1_ps_get_font_info,
+    (PS_GetFontExtraFunc)  t1_ps_get_font_extra,
+    (PS_HasGlyphNamesFunc) t1_ps_has_glyph_names,
+    (PS_GetFontPrivateFunc)t1_ps_get_font_private,
+  };
+
+
+#ifndef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_AFM
+  static const FT_Service_KerningRec  t1_service_kerning =
+  {
+    T1_Get_Track_Kerning,
+  };
+#endif
+
+
+  /*
+   *  SERVICE LIST
+   *
+   */
+
+  static const FT_ServiceDescRec  t1_services[] =
+  {
+    { FT_SERVICE_ID_POSTSCRIPT_FONT_NAME, &t1_service_ps_name },
+    { FT_SERVICE_ID_GLYPH_DICT,           &t1_service_glyph_dict },
+    { FT_SERVICE_ID_XF86_NAME,            FT_XF86_FORMAT_TYPE_1 },
+    { FT_SERVICE_ID_POSTSCRIPT_INFO,      &t1_service_ps_info },
+
+#ifndef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_AFM
+    { FT_SERVICE_ID_KERNING,              &t1_service_kerning },
+#endif
+
+#ifndef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_MM_SUPPORT
+    { FT_SERVICE_ID_MULTI_MASTERS,        &t1_service_multi_masters },
+#endif
+    { NULL, NULL }
+  };
+
+
+  static FT_Module_Interface
+  Get_Interface( FT_Driver         driver,
+                 const FT_String*  t1_interface )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( driver );
+
+    return ft_service_list_lookup( t1_services, t1_interface );
+  }
+
+
+#ifndef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_AFM
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    Get_Kerning                                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    A driver method used to return the kerning vector between two      */
+  /*    glyphs of the same face.                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    face        :: A handle to the source face object.                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    left_glyph  :: The index of the left glyph in the kern pair.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    right_glyph :: The index of the right glyph in the kern pair.      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    kerning     :: The kerning vector.  This is in font units for      */
+  /*                   scalable formats, and in pixels for fixed-sizes     */
+  /*                   formats.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                 */
+  /*    Only horizontal layouts (left-to-right & right-to-left) are        */
+  /*    supported by this function.  Other layouts, or more sophisticated  */
+  /*    kernings are out of scope of this method (the basic driver         */
+  /*    interface is meant to be simple).                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    They can be implemented by format-specific interfaces.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  static FT_Error
+  Get_Kerning( T1_Face     face,
+               FT_UInt     left_glyph,
+               FT_UInt     right_glyph,
+               FT_Vector*  kerning )
+  {
+    kerning->x = 0;
+    kerning->y = 0;
+
+    if ( face->afm_data )
+      T1_Get_Kerning( (AFM_FontInfo)face->afm_data,
+                      left_glyph,
+                      right_glyph,
+                      kerning );
+
+    return T1_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+#endif /* T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_AFM */
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
+  const FT_Driver_ClassRec  t1_driver_class =
+  {
+    {
+      FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER       |
+      FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE   |
+      FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER,
+
+      sizeof( FT_DriverRec ),
+
+      "type1",
+      0x10000L,
+      0x20000L,
+
+      0,   /* format interface */
+
+      (FT_Module_Constructor)T1_Driver_Init,
+      (FT_Module_Destructor) T1_Driver_Done,
+      (FT_Module_Requester)  Get_Interface,
+    },
+
+    sizeof( T1_FaceRec ),
+    sizeof( T1_SizeRec ),
+    sizeof( T1_GlyphSlotRec ),
+
+    (FT_Face_InitFunc)        T1_Face_Init,
+    (FT_Face_DoneFunc)        T1_Face_Done,
+    (FT_Size_InitFunc)        T1_Size_Init,
+    (FT_Size_DoneFunc)        T1_Size_Done,
+    (FT_Slot_InitFunc)        T1_GlyphSlot_Init,
+    (FT_Slot_DoneFunc)        T1_GlyphSlot_Done,
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+    ft_stub_set_char_sizes,
+    ft_stub_set_pixel_sizes,
+#endif
+    (FT_Slot_LoadFunc)        T1_Load_Glyph,
+
+#ifdef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_AFM
+    (FT_Face_GetKerningFunc)  0,
+    (FT_Face_AttachFunc)      0,
+#else
+    (FT_Face_GetKerningFunc)  Get_Kerning,
+    (FT_Face_AttachFunc)      T1_Read_Metrics,
+#endif
+    (FT_Face_GetAdvancesFunc) T1_Get_Advances,
+    (FT_Size_RequestFunc)     T1_Size_Request,
+    (FT_Size_SelectFunc)      0
+  };
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1driver.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1driver.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ad42944
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1driver.h
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  t1driver.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    High-level Type 1 driver interface (specification).                  */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002 by                                           */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __T1DRIVER_H__
+#define __T1DRIVER_H__
+
+
+#include 
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DRIVER_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  FT_EXPORT_VAR( const FT_Driver_ClassRec )  t1_driver_class;
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __T1DRIVER_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1errors.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1errors.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..81221c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1errors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  t1errors.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Type 1 error codes (specification only).                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2001 by                                                      */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This file is used to define the Type 1 error enumeration constants.   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef __T1ERRORS_H__
+#define __T1ERRORS_H__
+
+#include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
+
+#undef __FTERRORS_H__
+
+#define FT_ERR_PREFIX  T1_Err_
+#define FT_ERR_BASE    FT_Mod_Err_Type1
+
+#include FT_ERRORS_H
+
+#endif /* __T1ERRORS_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1gload.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1gload.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c3ac13f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1gload.c
@@ -0,0 +1,489 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  t1gload.c                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Type 1 Glyph Loader (body).                                          */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008, 2009 by       */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include 
+#include "t1gload.h"
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
+#include FT_OUTLINE_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_AUX_H
+
+#include "t1errors.h"
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_t1gload
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /**********                                                      *********/
+  /**********            COMPUTE THE MAXIMUM ADVANCE WIDTH         *********/
+  /**********                                                      *********/
+  /**********    The following code is in charge of computing      *********/
+  /**********    the maximum advance width of the font.  It        *********/
+  /**********    quickly processes each glyph charstring to        *********/
+  /**********    extract the value from either a `sbw' or `seac'   *********/
+  /**********    operator.                                         *********/
+  /**********                                                      *********/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  T1_Parse_Glyph_And_Get_Char_String( T1_Decoder  decoder,
+                                      FT_UInt     glyph_index,
+                                      FT_Data*    char_string )
+  {
+    T1_Face   face  = (T1_Face)decoder->builder.face;
+    T1_Font   type1 = &face->type1;
+    FT_Error  error = T1_Err_Ok;
+
+
+    decoder->font_matrix = type1->font_matrix;
+    decoder->font_offset = type1->font_offset;
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
+
+    /* For incremental fonts get the character data using the */
+    /* callback function.                                     */
+    if ( face->root.internal->incremental_interface )
+      error = face->root.internal->incremental_interface->funcs->get_glyph_data(
+                face->root.internal->incremental_interface->object,
+                glyph_index, char_string );
+    else
+
+#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL */
+
+    /* For ordinary fonts get the character data stored in the face record. */
+    {
+      char_string->pointer = type1->charstrings[glyph_index];
+      char_string->length  = (FT_Int)type1->charstrings_len[glyph_index];
+    }
+
+    if ( !error )
+      error = decoder->funcs.parse_charstrings(
+                decoder, (FT_Byte*)char_string->pointer,
+                char_string->length );
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
+
+    /* Incremental fonts can optionally override the metrics. */
+    if ( !error && face->root.internal->incremental_interface                 &&
+         face->root.internal->incremental_interface->funcs->get_glyph_metrics )
+    {
+      FT_Incremental_MetricsRec  metrics;
+
+
+      metrics.bearing_x = decoder->builder.left_bearing.x;
+      metrics.bearing_y = decoder->builder.left_bearing.y;
+      metrics.advance   = decoder->builder.advance.x;
+      error = face->root.internal->incremental_interface->funcs->get_glyph_metrics(
+                face->root.internal->incremental_interface->object,
+                glyph_index, FALSE, &metrics );
+      decoder->builder.left_bearing.x = metrics.bearing_x;
+      decoder->builder.left_bearing.y = metrics.bearing_y;
+      decoder->builder.advance.x      = metrics.advance;
+      decoder->builder.advance.y      = 0;
+    }
+
+#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL */
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_DEF( FT_Error )
+  T1_Parse_Glyph( T1_Decoder  decoder,
+                  FT_UInt     glyph_index )
+  {
+    FT_Data   glyph_data;
+    FT_Error  error = T1_Parse_Glyph_And_Get_Char_String(
+                        decoder, glyph_index, &glyph_data );
+
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
+
+    if ( !error )
+    {
+      T1_Face  face = (T1_Face)decoder->builder.face;
+
+
+      if ( face->root.internal->incremental_interface )
+        face->root.internal->incremental_interface->funcs->free_glyph_data(
+          face->root.internal->incremental_interface->object,
+          &glyph_data );
+    }
+
+#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL */
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  T1_Compute_Max_Advance( T1_Face  face,
+                          FT_Pos*  max_advance )
+  {
+    FT_Error       error;
+    T1_DecoderRec  decoder;
+    FT_Int         glyph_index;
+    T1_Font        type1 = &face->type1;
+    PSAux_Service  psaux = (PSAux_Service)face->psaux;
+
+
+    FT_ASSERT( ( face->len_buildchar == 0 ) == ( face->buildchar == NULL ) );
+
+    *max_advance = 0;
+
+    /* initialize load decoder */
+    error = psaux->t1_decoder_funcs->init( &decoder,
+                                           (FT_Face)face,
+                                           0, /* size       */
+                                           0, /* glyph slot */
+                                           (FT_Byte**)type1->glyph_names,
+                                           face->blend,
+                                           0,
+                                           FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL,
+                                           T1_Parse_Glyph );
+    if ( error )
+      return error;
+
+    decoder.builder.metrics_only = 1;
+    decoder.builder.load_points  = 0;
+
+    decoder.num_subrs     = type1->num_subrs;
+    decoder.subrs         = type1->subrs;
+    decoder.subrs_len     = type1->subrs_len;
+
+    decoder.buildchar     = face->buildchar;
+    decoder.len_buildchar = face->len_buildchar;
+
+    *max_advance = 0;
+
+    /* for each glyph, parse the glyph charstring and extract */
+    /* the advance width                                      */
+    for ( glyph_index = 0; glyph_index < type1->num_glyphs; glyph_index++ )
+    {
+      /* now get load the unscaled outline */
+      error = T1_Parse_Glyph( &decoder, glyph_index );
+      if ( glyph_index == 0 || decoder.builder.advance.x > *max_advance )
+        *max_advance = decoder.builder.advance.x;
+
+      /* ignore the error if one occurred - skip to next glyph */
+    }
+
+    psaux->t1_decoder_funcs->done( &decoder );
+
+    return T1_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  T1_Get_Advances( T1_Face    face,
+                   FT_UInt    first,
+                   FT_UInt    count,
+                   FT_ULong   load_flags,
+                   FT_Fixed*  advances )
+  {
+    T1_DecoderRec  decoder;
+    T1_Font        type1 = &face->type1;
+    PSAux_Service  psaux = (PSAux_Service)face->psaux;
+    FT_UInt        nn;
+    FT_Error       error;
+
+    FT_UNUSED( load_flags );
+
+
+    if ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT )
+    {
+      for ( nn = 0; nn < count; nn++ )
+        advances[nn] = 0;
+
+      return T1_Err_Ok;
+    }
+
+    error = psaux->t1_decoder_funcs->init( &decoder,
+                                           (FT_Face)face,
+                                           0, /* size       */
+                                           0, /* glyph slot */
+                                           (FT_Byte**)type1->glyph_names,
+                                           face->blend,
+                                           0,
+                                           FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL,
+                                           T1_Parse_Glyph );
+    if ( error )
+      return error;
+
+    decoder.builder.metrics_only = 1;
+    decoder.builder.load_points  = 0;
+
+    decoder.num_subrs = type1->num_subrs;
+    decoder.subrs     = type1->subrs;
+    decoder.subrs_len = type1->subrs_len;
+
+    decoder.buildchar     = face->buildchar;
+    decoder.len_buildchar = face->len_buildchar;
+
+    for ( nn = 0; nn < count; nn++ )
+    {
+      error = T1_Parse_Glyph( &decoder, first + nn );
+      if ( !error )
+        advances[nn] = decoder.builder.advance.x;
+      else
+        advances[nn] = 0;
+    }
+
+    return T1_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  T1_Load_Glyph( T1_GlyphSlot  glyph,
+                 T1_Size       size,
+                 FT_UInt       glyph_index,
+                 FT_Int32      load_flags )
+  {
+    FT_Error                error;
+    T1_DecoderRec           decoder;
+    T1_Face                 face = (T1_Face)glyph->root.face;
+    FT_Bool                 hinting;
+    T1_Font                 type1         = &face->type1;
+    PSAux_Service           psaux         = (PSAux_Service)face->psaux;
+    const T1_Decoder_Funcs  decoder_funcs = psaux->t1_decoder_funcs;
+
+    FT_Matrix               font_matrix;
+    FT_Vector               font_offset;
+    FT_Data                 glyph_data;
+    FT_Bool                 must_finish_decoder = FALSE;
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
+    FT_Bool                 glyph_data_loaded = 0;
+#endif
+
+
+    if ( glyph_index >= (FT_UInt)face->root.num_glyphs )
+    {
+      error = T1_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    FT_ASSERT( ( face->len_buildchar == 0 ) == ( face->buildchar == NULL ) );
+
+    if ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE )
+      load_flags |= FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE | FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING;
+
+    if ( size )
+    {
+      glyph->x_scale = size->root.metrics.x_scale;
+      glyph->y_scale = size->root.metrics.y_scale;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      glyph->x_scale = 0x10000L;
+      glyph->y_scale = 0x10000L;
+    }
+
+    glyph->root.outline.n_points   = 0;
+    glyph->root.outline.n_contours = 0;
+
+    hinting = FT_BOOL( ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE   ) == 0 &&
+                       ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING ) == 0 );
+
+    glyph->root.format = FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE;
+
+    error = decoder_funcs->init( &decoder,
+                                 (FT_Face)face,
+                                 (FT_Size)size,
+                                 (FT_GlyphSlot)glyph,
+                                 (FT_Byte**)type1->glyph_names,
+                                 face->blend,
+                                 FT_BOOL( hinting ),
+                                 FT_LOAD_TARGET_MODE( load_flags ),
+                                 T1_Parse_Glyph );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    must_finish_decoder = TRUE;
+
+    decoder.builder.no_recurse = FT_BOOL(
+                                   ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE ) != 0 );
+
+    decoder.num_subrs     = type1->num_subrs;
+    decoder.subrs         = type1->subrs;
+    decoder.subrs_len     = type1->subrs_len;
+
+    decoder.buildchar     = face->buildchar;
+    decoder.len_buildchar = face->len_buildchar;
+
+    /* now load the unscaled outline */
+    error = T1_Parse_Glyph_And_Get_Char_String( &decoder, glyph_index,
+                                                &glyph_data );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
+    glyph_data_loaded = 1;
+#endif
+
+    font_matrix = decoder.font_matrix;
+    font_offset = decoder.font_offset;
+
+    /* save new glyph tables */
+    decoder_funcs->done( &decoder );
+
+    must_finish_decoder = FALSE;
+
+    /* now, set the metrics -- this is rather simple, as   */
+    /* the left side bearing is the xMin, and the top side */
+    /* bearing the yMax                                    */
+    if ( !error )
+    {
+      glyph->root.outline.flags &= FT_OUTLINE_OWNER;
+      glyph->root.outline.flags |= FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL;
+
+      /* for composite glyphs, return only left side bearing and */
+      /* advance width                                           */
+      if ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE )
+      {
+        FT_Slot_Internal  internal = glyph->root.internal;
+
+
+        glyph->root.metrics.horiBearingX = decoder.builder.left_bearing.x;
+        glyph->root.metrics.horiAdvance  = decoder.builder.advance.x;
+        internal->glyph_matrix           = font_matrix;
+        internal->glyph_delta            = font_offset;
+        internal->glyph_transformed      = 1;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        FT_BBox            cbox;
+        FT_Glyph_Metrics*  metrics = &glyph->root.metrics;
+        FT_Vector          advance;
+
+
+        /* copy the _unscaled_ advance width */
+        metrics->horiAdvance                    = decoder.builder.advance.x;
+        glyph->root.linearHoriAdvance           = decoder.builder.advance.x;
+        glyph->root.internal->glyph_transformed = 0;
+
+        /* make up vertical ones */
+        metrics->vertAdvance = ( face->type1.font_bbox.yMax -
+                                 face->type1.font_bbox.yMin ) >> 16;
+        glyph->root.linearVertAdvance = metrics->vertAdvance;
+
+        glyph->root.format = FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE;
+
+        if ( size && size->root.metrics.y_ppem < 24 )
+          glyph->root.outline.flags |= FT_OUTLINE_HIGH_PRECISION;
+
+#if 1
+        /* apply the font matrix, if any */
+        if ( font_matrix.xx != 0x10000L || font_matrix.yy != font_matrix.xx ||
+             font_matrix.xy != 0        || font_matrix.yx != 0              )
+          FT_Outline_Transform( &glyph->root.outline, &font_matrix );
+
+        if ( font_offset.x || font_offset.y )
+          FT_Outline_Translate( &glyph->root.outline,
+                                font_offset.x,
+                                font_offset.y );
+
+        advance.x = metrics->horiAdvance;
+        advance.y = 0;
+        FT_Vector_Transform( &advance, &font_matrix );
+        metrics->horiAdvance = advance.x + font_offset.x;
+        advance.x = 0;
+        advance.y = metrics->vertAdvance;
+        FT_Vector_Transform( &advance, &font_matrix );
+        metrics->vertAdvance = advance.y + font_offset.y;
+#endif
+
+        if ( ( load_flags & FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE ) == 0 )
+        {
+          /* scale the outline and the metrics */
+          FT_Int       n;
+          FT_Outline*  cur = decoder.builder.base;
+          FT_Vector*   vec = cur->points;
+          FT_Fixed     x_scale = glyph->x_scale;
+          FT_Fixed     y_scale = glyph->y_scale;
+
+
+          /* First of all, scale the points, if we are not hinting */
+          if ( !hinting || ! decoder.builder.hints_funcs )
+            for ( n = cur->n_points; n > 0; n--, vec++ )
+            {
+              vec->x = FT_MulFix( vec->x, x_scale );
+              vec->y = FT_MulFix( vec->y, y_scale );
+            }
+
+          /* Then scale the metrics */
+          metrics->horiAdvance = FT_MulFix( metrics->horiAdvance, x_scale );
+          metrics->vertAdvance = FT_MulFix( metrics->vertAdvance, y_scale );
+        }
+
+        /* compute the other metrics */
+        FT_Outline_Get_CBox( &glyph->root.outline, &cbox );
+
+        metrics->width  = cbox.xMax - cbox.xMin;
+        metrics->height = cbox.yMax - cbox.yMin;
+
+        metrics->horiBearingX = cbox.xMin;
+        metrics->horiBearingY = cbox.yMax;
+
+        /* make up vertical ones */
+        ft_synthesize_vertical_metrics( metrics,
+                                        metrics->vertAdvance );
+      }
+
+      /* Set control data to the glyph charstrings.  Note that this is */
+      /* _not_ zero-terminated.                                        */
+      glyph->root.control_data = (FT_Byte*)glyph_data.pointer;
+      glyph->root.control_len  = glyph_data.length;
+    }
+
+
+  Exit:
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
+    if ( glyph_data_loaded && face->root.internal->incremental_interface )
+    {
+      face->root.internal->incremental_interface->funcs->free_glyph_data(
+        face->root.internal->incremental_interface->object,
+        &glyph_data );
+
+      /* Set the control data to null - it is no longer available if   */
+      /* loaded incrementally.                                         */
+      glyph->root.control_data = 0;
+      glyph->root.control_len  = 0;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    if ( must_finish_decoder )
+      decoder_funcs->done( &decoder );
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1gload.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1gload.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..100df06
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1gload.h
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  t1gload.h                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Type 1 Glyph Loader (specification).                                 */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2008 by                               */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __T1GLOAD_H__
+#define __T1GLOAD_H__
+
+
+#include 
+#include "t1objs.h"
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  T1_Compute_Max_Advance( T1_Face  face,
+                          FT_Pos*  max_advance );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  T1_Get_Advances( T1_Face    face,
+                   FT_UInt    first,
+                   FT_UInt    count,
+                   FT_ULong   load_flags,
+                   FT_Fixed*  advances );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  T1_Load_Glyph( T1_GlyphSlot  glyph,
+                 T1_Size       size,
+                 FT_UInt       glyph_index,
+                 FT_Int32      load_flags );
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __T1GLOAD_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1load.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1load.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..06e72cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1load.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2245 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  t1load.c                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Type 1 font loader (body).                                           */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 by */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This is the new and improved Type 1 data loader for FreeType 2.  The  */
+  /* old loader has several problems: it is slow, complex, difficult to    */
+  /* maintain, and contains incredible hacks to make it accept some        */
+  /* ill-formed Type 1 fonts without hiccup-ing.  Moreover, about 5% of    */
+  /* the Type 1 fonts on my machine still aren't loaded correctly by it.   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This version is much simpler, much faster and also easier to read and */
+  /* maintain by a great order of magnitude.  The idea behind it is to     */
+  /* _not_ try to read the Type 1 token stream with a state machine (i.e.  */
+  /* a Postscript-like interpreter) but rather to perform simple pattern   */
+  /* matching.                                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Indeed, nearly all data definitions follow a simple pattern like      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*  ... /Field  ...                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* where  can be a number, a boolean, a string, or an array of     */
+  /* numbers.  There are a few exceptions, namely the encoding, font name, */
+  /* charstrings, and subrs; they are handled with a special pattern       */
+  /* matching routine.                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* All other common cases are handled very simply.  The matching rules   */
+  /* are defined in the file `t1tokens.h' through the use of several       */
+  /* macros calls PARSE_XXX.  This file is included twice here; the first  */
+  /* time to generate parsing callback functions, the second time to       */
+  /* generate a table of keywords (with pointers to the associated         */
+  /* callback functions).                                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The function `parse_dict' simply scans *linearly* a given dictionary  */
+  /* (either the top-level or private one) and calls the appropriate       */
+  /* callback when it encounters an immediate keyword.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This is by far the fastest way one can find to parse and read all     */
+  /* data.                                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This led to tremendous code size reduction.  Note that later, the     */
+  /* glyph loader will also be _greatly_ simplified, and the automatic     */
+  /* hinter will replace the clumsy `t1hinter'.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include 
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+#include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
+#include FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_TYPE1_TYPES_H
+
+#include "t1load.h"
+#include "t1errors.h"
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_t1load
+
+
+#ifndef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_MM_SUPPORT
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                    MULTIPLE MASTERS SUPPORT                   *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  static FT_Error
+  t1_allocate_blend( T1_Face  face,
+                     FT_UInt  num_designs,
+                     FT_UInt  num_axis )
+  {
+    PS_Blend   blend;
+    FT_Memory  memory = face->root.memory;
+    FT_Error   error  = T1_Err_Ok;
+
+
+    blend = face->blend;
+    if ( !blend )
+    {
+      if ( FT_NEW( blend ) )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      blend->num_default_design_vector = 0;
+
+      face->blend = blend;
+    }
+
+    /* allocate design data if needed */
+    if ( num_designs > 0 )
+    {
+      if ( blend->num_designs == 0 )
+      {
+        FT_UInt  nn;
+
+
+        /* allocate the blend `private' and `font_info' dictionaries */
+        if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( blend->font_infos[1], num_designs     ) ||
+             FT_NEW_ARRAY( blend->privates[1], num_designs       ) ||
+             FT_NEW_ARRAY( blend->bboxes[1], num_designs         ) ||
+             FT_NEW_ARRAY( blend->weight_vector, num_designs * 2 ) )
+          goto Exit;
+
+        blend->default_weight_vector = blend->weight_vector + num_designs;
+
+        blend->font_infos[0] = &face->type1.font_info;
+        blend->privates  [0] = &face->type1.private_dict;
+        blend->bboxes    [0] = &face->type1.font_bbox;
+
+        for ( nn = 2; nn <= num_designs; nn++ )
+        {
+          blend->privates[nn]   = blend->privates  [nn - 1] + 1;
+          blend->font_infos[nn] = blend->font_infos[nn - 1] + 1;
+          blend->bboxes[nn]     = blend->bboxes    [nn - 1] + 1;
+        }
+
+        blend->num_designs   = num_designs;
+      }
+      else if ( blend->num_designs != num_designs )
+        goto Fail;
+    }
+
+    /* allocate axis data if needed */
+    if ( num_axis > 0 )
+    {
+      if ( blend->num_axis != 0 && blend->num_axis != num_axis )
+        goto Fail;
+
+      blend->num_axis = num_axis;
+    }
+
+    /* allocate the blend design pos table if needed */
+    num_designs = blend->num_designs;
+    num_axis    = blend->num_axis;
+    if ( num_designs && num_axis && blend->design_pos[0] == 0 )
+    {
+      FT_UInt  n;
+
+
+      if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( blend->design_pos[0], num_designs * num_axis ) )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      for ( n = 1; n < num_designs; n++ )
+        blend->design_pos[n] = blend->design_pos[0] + num_axis * n;
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+
+  Fail:
+    error = T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+    goto Exit;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  T1_Get_Multi_Master( T1_Face           face,
+                       FT_Multi_Master*  master )
+  {
+    PS_Blend  blend = face->blend;
+    FT_UInt   n;
+    FT_Error  error;
+
+
+    error = T1_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    if ( blend )
+    {
+      master->num_axis    = blend->num_axis;
+      master->num_designs = blend->num_designs;
+
+      for ( n = 0; n < blend->num_axis; n++ )
+      {
+        FT_MM_Axis*   axis = master->axis + n;
+        PS_DesignMap  map = blend->design_map + n;
+
+
+        axis->name    = blend->axis_names[n];
+        axis->minimum = map->design_points[0];
+        axis->maximum = map->design_points[map->num_points - 1];
+      }
+
+      error = T1_Err_Ok;
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+#define FT_INT_TO_FIXED( a )  ( (a) << 16 )
+#define FT_FIXED_TO_INT( a )  ( FT_RoundFix( a ) >> 16 )
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Given a normalized (blend) coordinate, figure out the design          */
+  /* coordinate appropriate for that value.                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Fixed )
+  mm_axis_unmap( PS_DesignMap  axismap,
+                 FT_Fixed      ncv )
+  {
+    int  j;
+
+
+    if ( ncv <= axismap->blend_points[0] )
+      return FT_INT_TO_FIXED( axismap->design_points[0] );
+
+    for ( j = 1; j < axismap->num_points; ++j )
+    {
+      if ( ncv <= axismap->blend_points[j] )
+      {
+        FT_Fixed  t = FT_MulDiv( ncv - axismap->blend_points[j - 1],
+                                 0x10000L,
+                                 axismap->blend_points[j] -
+                                   axismap->blend_points[j - 1] );
+
+        return FT_INT_TO_FIXED( axismap->design_points[j - 1] ) +
+                 FT_MulDiv( t,
+                            axismap->design_points[j] -
+                              axismap->design_points[j - 1],
+                            1L );
+      }
+    }
+
+    return FT_INT_TO_FIXED( axismap->design_points[axismap->num_points - 1] );
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Given a vector of weights, one for each design, figure out the        */
+  /* normalized axis coordinates which gave rise to those weights.         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  mm_weights_unmap( FT_Fixed*  weights,
+                    FT_Fixed*  axiscoords,
+                    FT_UInt    axis_count )
+  {
+    FT_ASSERT( axis_count <= T1_MAX_MM_AXIS );
+
+    if ( axis_count == 1 )
+      axiscoords[0] = weights[1];
+
+    else if ( axis_count == 2 )
+    {
+      axiscoords[0] = weights[3] + weights[1];
+      axiscoords[1] = weights[3] + weights[2];
+    }
+
+    else if ( axis_count == 3 )
+    {
+      axiscoords[0] = weights[7] + weights[5] + weights[3] + weights[1];
+      axiscoords[1] = weights[7] + weights[6] + weights[3] + weights[2];
+      axiscoords[2] = weights[7] + weights[6] + weights[5] + weights[4];
+    }
+
+    else
+    {
+      axiscoords[0] = weights[15] + weights[13] + weights[11] + weights[9] +
+                        weights[7] + weights[5] + weights[3] + weights[1];
+      axiscoords[1] = weights[15] + weights[14] + weights[11] + weights[10] +
+                        weights[7] + weights[6] + weights[3] + weights[2];
+      axiscoords[2] = weights[15] + weights[14] + weights[13] + weights[12] +
+                        weights[7] + weights[6] + weights[5] + weights[4];
+      axiscoords[3] = weights[15] + weights[14] + weights[13] + weights[12] +
+                        weights[11] + weights[10] + weights[9] + weights[8];
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Just a wrapper around T1_Get_Multi_Master to support the different    */
+  /*  arguments needed by the GX var distortable fonts.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  T1_Get_MM_Var( T1_Face      face,
+                 FT_MM_Var*  *master )
+  {
+    FT_Memory        memory = face->root.memory;
+    FT_MM_Var       *mmvar;
+    FT_Multi_Master  mmaster;
+    FT_Error         error;
+    FT_UInt          i;
+    FT_Fixed         axiscoords[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];
+    PS_Blend         blend = face->blend;
+
+
+    error = T1_Get_Multi_Master( face, &mmaster );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+    if ( FT_ALLOC( mmvar,
+                   sizeof ( FT_MM_Var ) +
+                     mmaster.num_axis * sizeof ( FT_Var_Axis ) ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    mmvar->num_axis        = mmaster.num_axis;
+    mmvar->num_designs     = mmaster.num_designs;
+    mmvar->num_namedstyles = (FT_UInt)-1;                /* Does not apply */
+    mmvar->axis            = (FT_Var_Axis*)&mmvar[1];
+                                      /* Point to axes after MM_Var struct */
+    mmvar->namedstyle      = NULL;
+
+    for ( i = 0 ; i < mmaster.num_axis; ++i )
+    {
+      mmvar->axis[i].name    = mmaster.axis[i].name;
+      mmvar->axis[i].minimum = FT_INT_TO_FIXED( mmaster.axis[i].minimum);
+      mmvar->axis[i].maximum = FT_INT_TO_FIXED( mmaster.axis[i].maximum);
+      mmvar->axis[i].def     = ( mmvar->axis[i].minimum +
+                                   mmvar->axis[i].maximum ) / 2;
+                            /* Does not apply.  But this value is in range */
+      mmvar->axis[i].strid   = (FT_UInt)-1;    /* Does not apply */
+      mmvar->axis[i].tag     = (FT_ULong)-1;   /* Does not apply */
+
+      if ( ft_strcmp( mmvar->axis[i].name, "Weight" ) == 0 )
+        mmvar->axis[i].tag = FT_MAKE_TAG( 'w', 'g', 'h', 't' );
+      else if ( ft_strcmp( mmvar->axis[i].name, "Width" ) == 0 )
+        mmvar->axis[i].tag = FT_MAKE_TAG( 'w', 'd', 't', 'h' );
+      else if ( ft_strcmp( mmvar->axis[i].name, "OpticalSize" ) == 0 )
+        mmvar->axis[i].tag = FT_MAKE_TAG( 'o', 'p', 's', 'z' );
+    }
+
+    if ( blend->num_designs == ( 1U << blend->num_axis ) )
+    {
+      mm_weights_unmap( blend->default_weight_vector,
+                        axiscoords,
+                        blend->num_axis );
+
+      for ( i = 0; i < mmaster.num_axis; ++i )
+        mmvar->axis[i].def = mm_axis_unmap( &blend->design_map[i],
+                                            axiscoords[i] );
+    }
+
+    *master = mmvar;
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  T1_Set_MM_Blend( T1_Face    face,
+                   FT_UInt    num_coords,
+                   FT_Fixed*  coords )
+  {
+    PS_Blend  blend = face->blend;
+    FT_Error  error;
+    FT_UInt   n, m;
+
+
+    error = T1_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+
+    if ( blend && blend->num_axis == num_coords )
+    {
+      /* recompute the weight vector from the blend coordinates */
+      error = T1_Err_Ok;
+
+      for ( n = 0; n < blend->num_designs; n++ )
+      {
+        FT_Fixed  result = 0x10000L;  /* 1.0 fixed */
+
+
+        for ( m = 0; m < blend->num_axis; m++ )
+        {
+          FT_Fixed  factor;
+
+
+          /* get current blend axis position */
+          factor = coords[m];
+          if ( factor < 0 )        factor = 0;
+          if ( factor > 0x10000L ) factor = 0x10000L;
+
+          if ( ( n & ( 1 << m ) ) == 0 )
+            factor = 0x10000L - factor;
+
+          result = FT_MulFix( result, factor );
+        }
+        blend->weight_vector[n] = result;
+      }
+
+      error = T1_Err_Ok;
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  T1_Set_MM_Design( T1_Face   face,
+                    FT_UInt   num_coords,
+                    FT_Long*  coords )
+  {
+    PS_Blend  blend = face->blend;
+    FT_Error  error;
+    FT_UInt   n, p;
+
+
+    error = T1_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+    if ( blend && blend->num_axis == num_coords )
+    {
+      /* compute the blend coordinates through the blend design map */
+      FT_Fixed  final_blends[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS];
+
+
+      for ( n = 0; n < blend->num_axis; n++ )
+      {
+        FT_Long       design  = coords[n];
+        FT_Fixed      the_blend;
+        PS_DesignMap  map     = blend->design_map + n;
+        FT_Long*      designs = map->design_points;
+        FT_Fixed*     blends  = map->blend_points;
+        FT_Int        before  = -1, after = -1;
+
+
+        for ( p = 0; p < (FT_UInt)map->num_points; p++ )
+        {
+          FT_Long  p_design = designs[p];
+
+
+          /* exact match? */
+          if ( design == p_design )
+          {
+            the_blend = blends[p];
+            goto Found;
+          }
+
+          if ( design < p_design )
+          {
+            after = p;
+            break;
+          }
+
+          before = p;
+        }
+
+        /* now interpolate if necessary */
+        if ( before < 0 )
+          the_blend = blends[0];
+
+        else if ( after < 0 )
+          the_blend = blends[map->num_points - 1];
+
+        else
+          the_blend = FT_MulDiv( design         - designs[before],
+                                 blends [after] - blends [before],
+                                 designs[after] - designs[before] );
+
+      Found:
+        final_blends[n] = the_blend;
+      }
+
+      error = T1_Set_MM_Blend( face, num_coords, final_blends );
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Just a wrapper around T1_Set_MM_Design to support the different       */
+  /* arguments needed by the GX var distortable fonts.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  T1_Set_Var_Design( T1_Face    face,
+                     FT_UInt    num_coords,
+                     FT_Fixed*  coords )
+  {
+     FT_Long   lcoords[4];          /* maximum axis count is 4 */
+     FT_UInt   i;
+     FT_Error  error;
+
+
+     error = T1_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+     if ( num_coords <= 4 && num_coords > 0 )
+     {
+       for ( i = 0; i < num_coords; ++i )
+         lcoords[i] = FT_FIXED_TO_INT( coords[i] );
+       error = T1_Set_MM_Design( face, num_coords, lcoords );
+     }
+
+     return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  T1_Done_Blend( T1_Face  face )
+  {
+    FT_Memory  memory = face->root.memory;
+    PS_Blend   blend  = face->blend;
+
+
+    if ( blend )
+    {
+      FT_UInt  num_designs = blend->num_designs;
+      FT_UInt  num_axis    = blend->num_axis;
+      FT_UInt  n;
+
+
+      /* release design pos table */
+      FT_FREE( blend->design_pos[0] );
+      for ( n = 1; n < num_designs; n++ )
+        blend->design_pos[n] = 0;
+
+      /* release blend `private' and `font info' dictionaries */
+      FT_FREE( blend->privates[1] );
+      FT_FREE( blend->font_infos[1] );
+      FT_FREE( blend->bboxes[1] );
+
+      for ( n = 0; n < num_designs; n++ )
+      {
+        blend->privates  [n] = 0;
+        blend->font_infos[n] = 0;
+        blend->bboxes    [n] = 0;
+      }
+
+      /* release weight vectors */
+      FT_FREE( blend->weight_vector );
+      blend->default_weight_vector = 0;
+
+      /* release axis names */
+      for ( n = 0; n < num_axis; n++ )
+        FT_FREE( blend->axis_names[n] );
+
+      /* release design map */
+      for ( n = 0; n < num_axis; n++ )
+      {
+        PS_DesignMap  dmap = blend->design_map + n;
+
+
+        FT_FREE( dmap->design_points );
+        dmap->num_points = 0;
+      }
+
+      FT_FREE( face->blend );
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  parse_blend_axis_types( T1_Face    face,
+                          T1_Loader  loader )
+  {
+    T1_TokenRec  axis_tokens[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];
+    FT_Int       n, num_axis;
+    FT_Error     error = T1_Err_Ok;
+    PS_Blend     blend;
+    FT_Memory    memory;
+
+
+    /* take an array of objects */
+    T1_ToTokenArray( &loader->parser, axis_tokens,
+                     T1_MAX_MM_AXIS, &num_axis );
+    if ( num_axis < 0 )
+    {
+      error = T1_Err_Ignore;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+    if ( num_axis == 0 || num_axis > T1_MAX_MM_AXIS )
+    {
+      FT_ERROR(( "parse_blend_axis_types: incorrect number of axes: %d\n",
+                 num_axis ));
+      error = T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* allocate blend if necessary */
+    error = t1_allocate_blend( face, 0, (FT_UInt)num_axis );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    blend  = face->blend;
+    memory = face->root.memory;
+
+    /* each token is an immediate containing the name of the axis */
+    for ( n = 0; n < num_axis; n++ )
+    {
+      T1_Token    token = axis_tokens + n;
+      FT_Byte*    name;
+      FT_PtrDist  len;
+
+
+      /* skip first slash, if any */
+      if ( token->start[0] == '/' )
+        token->start++;
+
+      len = token->limit - token->start;
+      if ( len == 0 )
+      {
+        error = T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+
+      if ( FT_ALLOC( blend->axis_names[n], len + 1 ) )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      name = (FT_Byte*)blend->axis_names[n];
+      FT_MEM_COPY( name, token->start, len );
+      name[len] = 0;
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    loader->parser.root.error = error;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  parse_blend_design_positions( T1_Face    face,
+                                T1_Loader  loader )
+  {
+    T1_TokenRec  design_tokens[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS];
+    FT_Int       num_designs;
+    FT_Int       num_axis;
+    T1_Parser    parser = &loader->parser;
+
+    FT_Error     error = T1_Err_Ok;
+    PS_Blend     blend;
+
+
+    /* get the array of design tokens -- compute number of designs */
+    T1_ToTokenArray( parser, design_tokens,
+                     T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS, &num_designs );
+    if ( num_designs < 0 )
+    {
+      error = T1_Err_Ignore;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+    if ( num_designs == 0 || num_designs > T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS )
+    {
+      FT_ERROR(( "parse_blend_design_positions:" ));
+      FT_ERROR(( " incorrect number of designs: %d\n",
+                 num_designs ));
+      error = T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    {
+      FT_Byte*  old_cursor = parser->root.cursor;
+      FT_Byte*  old_limit  = parser->root.limit;
+      FT_Int    n;
+
+
+      blend    = face->blend;
+      num_axis = 0;  /* make compiler happy */
+
+      for ( n = 0; n < num_designs; n++ )
+      {
+        T1_TokenRec  axis_tokens[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];
+        T1_Token     token;
+        FT_Int       axis, n_axis;
+
+
+        /* read axis/coordinates tokens */
+        token = design_tokens + n;
+        parser->root.cursor = token->start;
+        parser->root.limit  = token->limit;
+        T1_ToTokenArray( parser, axis_tokens, T1_MAX_MM_AXIS, &n_axis );
+
+        if ( n == 0 )
+        {
+          if ( n_axis <= 0 || n_axis > T1_MAX_MM_AXIS )
+          {
+            FT_ERROR(( "parse_blend_design_positions:" ));
+            FT_ERROR(( "  invalid number of axes: %d\n",
+                       n_axis ));
+            error = T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+            goto Exit;
+          }
+
+          num_axis = n_axis;
+          error = t1_allocate_blend( face, num_designs, num_axis );
+          if ( error )
+            goto Exit;
+          blend = face->blend;
+        }
+        else if ( n_axis != num_axis )
+        {
+          FT_ERROR(( "parse_blend_design_positions: incorrect table\n" ));
+          error = T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+          goto Exit;
+        }
+
+        /* now read each axis token into the design position */
+        for ( axis = 0; axis < n_axis; axis++ )
+        {
+          T1_Token  token2 = axis_tokens + axis;
+
+
+          parser->root.cursor = token2->start;
+          parser->root.limit  = token2->limit;
+          blend->design_pos[n][axis] = T1_ToFixed( parser, 0 );
+        }
+      }
+
+      loader->parser.root.cursor = old_cursor;
+      loader->parser.root.limit  = old_limit;
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    loader->parser.root.error = error;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  parse_blend_design_map( T1_Face    face,
+                          T1_Loader  loader )
+  {
+    FT_Error     error  = T1_Err_Ok;
+    T1_Parser    parser = &loader->parser;
+    PS_Blend     blend;
+    T1_TokenRec  axis_tokens[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];
+    FT_Int       n, num_axis;
+    FT_Byte*     old_cursor;
+    FT_Byte*     old_limit;
+    FT_Memory    memory = face->root.memory;
+
+
+    T1_ToTokenArray( parser, axis_tokens,
+                     T1_MAX_MM_AXIS, &num_axis );
+    if ( num_axis < 0 )
+    {
+      error = T1_Err_Ignore;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+    if ( num_axis == 0 || num_axis > T1_MAX_MM_AXIS )
+    {
+      FT_ERROR(( "parse_blend_design_map: incorrect number of axes: %d\n",
+                 num_axis ));
+      error = T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    old_cursor = parser->root.cursor;
+    old_limit  = parser->root.limit;
+
+    error = t1_allocate_blend( face, 0, num_axis );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+    blend = face->blend;
+
+    /* now read each axis design map */
+    for ( n = 0; n < num_axis; n++ )
+    {
+      PS_DesignMap  map = blend->design_map + n;
+      T1_Token      axis_token;
+      T1_TokenRec   point_tokens[T1_MAX_MM_MAP_POINTS];
+      FT_Int        p, num_points;
+
+
+      axis_token = axis_tokens + n;
+
+      parser->root.cursor = axis_token->start;
+      parser->root.limit  = axis_token->limit;
+      T1_ToTokenArray( parser, point_tokens,
+                       T1_MAX_MM_MAP_POINTS, &num_points );
+
+      if ( num_points <= 0 || num_points > T1_MAX_MM_MAP_POINTS )
+      {
+        FT_ERROR(( "parse_blend_design_map: incorrect table\n" ));
+        error = T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+
+      /* allocate design map data */
+      if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( map->design_points, num_points * 2 ) )
+        goto Exit;
+      map->blend_points = map->design_points + num_points;
+      map->num_points   = (FT_Byte)num_points;
+
+      for ( p = 0; p < num_points; p++ )
+      {
+        T1_Token  point_token;
+
+
+        point_token = point_tokens + p;
+
+        /* don't include delimiting brackets */
+        parser->root.cursor = point_token->start + 1;
+        parser->root.limit  = point_token->limit - 1;
+
+        map->design_points[p] = T1_ToInt( parser );
+        map->blend_points [p] = T1_ToFixed( parser, 0 );
+      }
+    }
+
+    parser->root.cursor = old_cursor;
+    parser->root.limit  = old_limit;
+
+  Exit:
+    parser->root.error = error;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  parse_weight_vector( T1_Face    face,
+                       T1_Loader  loader )
+  {
+    T1_TokenRec  design_tokens[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS];
+    FT_Int       num_designs;
+    FT_Error     error  = T1_Err_Ok;
+    T1_Parser    parser = &loader->parser;
+    PS_Blend     blend  = face->blend;
+    T1_Token     token;
+    FT_Int       n;
+    FT_Byte*     old_cursor;
+    FT_Byte*     old_limit;
+
+
+    T1_ToTokenArray( parser, design_tokens,
+                     T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS, &num_designs );
+    if ( num_designs < 0 )
+    {
+      error = T1_Err_Ignore;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+    if ( num_designs == 0 || num_designs > T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS )
+    {
+      FT_ERROR(( "parse_weight_vector:" ));
+      FT_ERROR(( " incorrect number of designs: %d\n",
+                 num_designs ));
+      error = T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    if ( !blend || !blend->num_designs )
+    {
+      error = t1_allocate_blend( face, num_designs, 0 );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Exit;
+      blend = face->blend;
+    }
+    else if ( blend->num_designs != (FT_UInt)num_designs )
+    {
+      FT_ERROR(( "parse_weight_vector:"
+                 " /BlendDesignPosition and /WeightVector have\n" ));
+      FT_ERROR(( "                    "
+                 " different number of elements!\n" ));
+      error = T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    old_cursor = parser->root.cursor;
+    old_limit  = parser->root.limit;
+
+    for ( n = 0; n < num_designs; n++ )
+    {
+      token = design_tokens + n;
+      parser->root.cursor = token->start;
+      parser->root.limit  = token->limit;
+
+      blend->default_weight_vector[n] =
+      blend->weight_vector[n]         = T1_ToFixed( parser, 0 );
+    }
+
+    parser->root.cursor = old_cursor;
+    parser->root.limit  = old_limit;
+
+  Exit:
+    parser->root.error = error;
+  }
+
+
+  /* e.g., /BuildCharArray [0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0] def           */
+  /* we're only interested in the number of array elements */
+  static void
+  parse_buildchar( T1_Face    face,
+                   T1_Loader  loader )
+  {
+    face->len_buildchar = T1_ToFixedArray( &loader->parser, 0, NULL, 0 );
+
+    return;
+  }
+
+
+#endif /* T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_MM_SUPPORT */
+
+
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                      TYPE 1 SYMBOL PARSING                    *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  static FT_Error
+  t1_load_keyword( T1_Face         face,
+                   T1_Loader       loader,
+                   const T1_Field  field )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error;
+    void*     dummy_object;
+    void**    objects;
+    FT_UInt   max_objects;
+    PS_Blend  blend = face->blend;
+
+
+    /* if the keyword has a dedicated callback, call it */
+    if ( field->type == T1_FIELD_TYPE_CALLBACK )
+    {
+      field->reader( (FT_Face)face, loader );
+      error = loader->parser.root.error;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* now, the keyword is either a simple field, or a table of fields; */
+    /* we are now going to take care of it                              */
+    switch ( field->location )
+    {
+    case T1_FIELD_LOCATION_FONT_INFO:
+      dummy_object = &face->type1.font_info;
+      objects      = &dummy_object;
+      max_objects  = 0;
+
+      if ( blend )
+      {
+        objects     = (void**)blend->font_infos;
+        max_objects = blend->num_designs;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case T1_FIELD_LOCATION_FONT_EXTRA:
+      dummy_object = &face->type1.font_extra;
+      objects      = &dummy_object;
+      max_objects  = 0;
+      break;
+
+    case T1_FIELD_LOCATION_PRIVATE:
+      dummy_object = &face->type1.private_dict;
+      objects      = &dummy_object;
+      max_objects  = 0;
+
+      if ( blend )
+      {
+        objects     = (void**)blend->privates;
+        max_objects = blend->num_designs;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case T1_FIELD_LOCATION_BBOX:
+      dummy_object = &face->type1.font_bbox;
+      objects      = &dummy_object;
+      max_objects  = 0;
+
+      if ( blend )
+      {
+        objects     = (void**)blend->bboxes;
+        max_objects = blend->num_designs;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case T1_FIELD_LOCATION_LOADER:
+      dummy_object = loader;
+      objects      = &dummy_object;
+      max_objects  = 0;
+      break;
+
+    case T1_FIELD_LOCATION_FACE:
+      dummy_object = face;
+      objects      = &dummy_object;
+      max_objects  = 0;
+      break;
+
+#ifndef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_MM_SUPPORT
+    case T1_FIELD_LOCATION_BLEND:
+      dummy_object = face->blend;
+      objects      = &dummy_object;
+      max_objects  = 0;
+      break;
+#endif
+
+    default:
+      dummy_object = &face->type1;
+      objects      = &dummy_object;
+      max_objects  = 0;
+    }
+
+    if ( field->type == T1_FIELD_TYPE_INTEGER_ARRAY ||
+         field->type == T1_FIELD_TYPE_FIXED_ARRAY   )
+      error = T1_Load_Field_Table( &loader->parser, field,
+                                   objects, max_objects, 0 );
+    else
+      error = T1_Load_Field( &loader->parser, field,
+                             objects, max_objects, 0 );
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  parse_private( T1_Face    face,
+                 T1_Loader  loader )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( face );
+
+    loader->keywords_encountered |= T1_PRIVATE;
+  }
+
+
+  static int
+  read_binary_data( T1_Parser  parser,
+                    FT_Long*   size,
+                    FT_Byte**  base )
+  {
+    FT_Byte*  cur;
+    FT_Byte*  limit = parser->root.limit;
+
+
+    /* the binary data has one of the following formats */
+    /*                                                  */
+    /*   `size' [white*] RD white ....... ND            */
+    /*   `size' [white*] -| white ....... |-            */
+    /*                                                  */
+
+    T1_Skip_Spaces( parser );
+
+    cur = parser->root.cursor;
+
+    if ( cur < limit && ft_isdigit( *cur ) )
+    {
+      *size = T1_ToInt( parser );
+
+      T1_Skip_PS_Token( parser );   /* `RD' or `-|' or something else */
+
+      /* there is only one whitespace char after the */
+      /* `RD' or `-|' token                          */
+      *base = parser->root.cursor + 1;
+
+      parser->root.cursor += *size + 1;
+      return !parser->root.error;
+    }
+
+    FT_ERROR(( "read_binary_data: invalid size field\n" ));
+    parser->root.error = T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  /* We now define the routines to handle the `/Encoding', `/Subrs', */
+  /* and `/CharStrings' dictionaries.                                */
+
+  static void
+  parse_font_matrix( T1_Face    face,
+                     T1_Loader  loader )
+  {
+    T1_Parser   parser = &loader->parser;
+    FT_Matrix*  matrix = &face->type1.font_matrix;
+    FT_Vector*  offset = &face->type1.font_offset;
+    FT_Face     root   = (FT_Face)&face->root;
+    FT_Fixed    temp[6];
+    FT_Fixed    temp_scale;
+    FT_Int      result;
+
+
+    result = T1_ToFixedArray( parser, 6, temp, 3 );
+
+    if ( result < 0 )
+    {
+      parser->root.error = T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+      return;
+    }
+
+    temp_scale = FT_ABS( temp[3] );
+
+    if ( temp_scale == 0 )
+    {
+      FT_ERROR(( "parse_font_matrix: invalid font matrix\n" ));
+      parser->root.error = T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+      return;
+    }
+
+    /* Set Units per EM based on FontMatrix values.  We set the value to */
+    /* 1000 / temp_scale, because temp_scale was already multiplied by   */
+    /* 1000 (in t1_tofixed, from psobjs.c).                              */
+
+    root->units_per_EM = (FT_UShort)( FT_DivFix( 1000 * 0x10000L,
+                                                 temp_scale ) >> 16 );
+
+    /* we need to scale the values by 1.0/temp_scale */
+    if ( temp_scale != 0x10000L )
+    {
+      temp[0] = FT_DivFix( temp[0], temp_scale );
+      temp[1] = FT_DivFix( temp[1], temp_scale );
+      temp[2] = FT_DivFix( temp[2], temp_scale );
+      temp[4] = FT_DivFix( temp[4], temp_scale );
+      temp[5] = FT_DivFix( temp[5], temp_scale );
+      temp[3] = 0x10000L;
+    }
+
+    matrix->xx = temp[0];
+    matrix->yx = temp[1];
+    matrix->xy = temp[2];
+    matrix->yy = temp[3];
+
+    /* note that the offsets must be expressed in integer font units */
+    offset->x = temp[4] >> 16;
+    offset->y = temp[5] >> 16;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  parse_encoding( T1_Face    face,
+                  T1_Loader  loader )
+  {
+    T1_Parser  parser = &loader->parser;
+    FT_Byte*   cur;
+    FT_Byte*   limit  = parser->root.limit;
+
+    PSAux_Service  psaux = (PSAux_Service)face->psaux;
+
+
+    T1_Skip_Spaces( parser );
+    cur = parser->root.cursor;
+    if ( cur >= limit )
+    {
+      FT_ERROR(( "parse_encoding: out of bounds!\n" ));
+      parser->root.error = T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+      return;
+    }
+
+    /* if we have a number or `[', the encoding is an array, */
+    /* and we must load it now                               */
+    if ( ft_isdigit( *cur ) || *cur == '[' )
+    {
+      T1_Encoding  encode          = &face->type1.encoding;
+      FT_Int       count, n;
+      PS_Table     char_table      = &loader->encoding_table;
+      FT_Memory    memory          = parser->root.memory;
+      FT_Error     error;
+      FT_Bool      only_immediates = 0;
+
+
+      /* read the number of entries in the encoding; should be 256 */
+      if ( *cur == '[' )
+      {
+        count           = 256;
+        only_immediates = 1;
+        parser->root.cursor++;
+      }
+      else
+        count = (FT_Int)T1_ToInt( parser );
+
+      T1_Skip_Spaces( parser );
+      if ( parser->root.cursor >= limit )
+        return;
+
+      /* we use a T1_Table to store our charnames */
+      loader->num_chars = encode->num_chars = count;
+      if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( encode->char_index, count )     ||
+           FT_NEW_ARRAY( encode->char_name,  count )     ||
+           FT_SET_ERROR( psaux->ps_table_funcs->init(
+                           char_table, count, memory ) ) )
+      {
+        parser->root.error = error;
+        return;
+      }
+
+      /* We need to `zero' out encoding_table.elements */
+      for ( n = 0; n < count; n++ )
+      {
+        char*  notdef = (char *)".notdef";
+
+
+        T1_Add_Table( char_table, n, notdef, 8 );
+      }
+
+      /* Now we need to read records of the form                */
+      /*                                                        */
+      /*   ... charcode /charname ...                           */
+      /*                                                        */
+      /* for each entry in our table.                           */
+      /*                                                        */
+      /* We simply look for a number followed by an immediate   */
+      /* name.  Note that this ignores correctly the sequence   */
+      /* that is often seen in type1 fonts:                     */
+      /*                                                        */
+      /*   0 1 255 { 1 index exch /.notdef put } for dup        */
+      /*                                                        */
+      /* used to clean the encoding array before anything else. */
+      /*                                                        */
+      /* Alternatively, if the array is directly given as       */
+      /*                                                        */
+      /*   /Encoding [ ... ]                                    */
+      /*                                                        */
+      /* we only read immediates.                               */
+
+      n = 0;
+      T1_Skip_Spaces( parser );
+
+      while ( parser->root.cursor < limit )
+      {
+        cur = parser->root.cursor;
+
+        /* we stop when we encounter a `def' or `]' */
+        if ( *cur == 'd' && cur + 3 < limit )
+        {
+          if ( cur[1] == 'e'         &&
+               cur[2] == 'f'         &&
+               IS_PS_DELIM( cur[3] ) )
+          {
+            FT_TRACE6(( "encoding end\n" ));
+            cur += 3;
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+        if ( *cur == ']' )
+        {
+          FT_TRACE6(( "encoding end\n" ));
+          cur++;
+          break;
+        }
+
+        /* check whether we've found an entry */
+        if ( ft_isdigit( *cur ) || only_immediates )
+        {
+          FT_Int  charcode;
+
+
+          if ( only_immediates )
+            charcode = n;
+          else
+          {
+            charcode = (FT_Int)T1_ToInt( parser );
+            T1_Skip_Spaces( parser );
+          }
+
+          cur = parser->root.cursor;
+
+          if ( *cur == '/' && cur + 2 < limit && n < count )
+          {
+            FT_PtrDist  len;
+
+
+            cur++;
+
+            parser->root.cursor = cur;
+            T1_Skip_PS_Token( parser );
+            if ( parser->root.error )
+              return;
+
+            len = parser->root.cursor - cur;
+
+            parser->root.error = T1_Add_Table( char_table, charcode,
+                                               cur, len + 1 );
+            if ( parser->root.error )
+              return;
+            char_table->elements[charcode][len] = '\0';
+
+            n++;
+          }
+          else if ( only_immediates )
+          {
+            /* Since the current position is not updated for           */
+            /* immediates-only mode we would get an infinite loop if   */
+            /* we don't do anything here.                              */
+            /*                                                         */
+            /* This encoding array is not valid according to the type1 */
+            /* specification (it might be an encoding for a CID type1  */
+            /* font, however), so we conclude that this font is NOT a  */
+            /* type1 font.                                             */
+            parser->root.error = FT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
+            return;
+          }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          T1_Skip_PS_Token( parser );
+          if ( parser->root.error )
+            return;
+        }
+
+        T1_Skip_Spaces( parser );
+      }
+
+      face->type1.encoding_type = T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ARRAY;
+      parser->root.cursor       = cur;
+    }
+
+    /* Otherwise, we should have either `StandardEncoding', */
+    /* `ExpertEncoding', or `ISOLatin1Encoding'             */
+    else
+    {
+      if ( cur + 17 < limit                                            &&
+           ft_strncmp( (const char*)cur, "StandardEncoding", 16 ) == 0 )
+        face->type1.encoding_type = T1_ENCODING_TYPE_STANDARD;
+
+      else if ( cur + 15 < limit                                          &&
+                ft_strncmp( (const char*)cur, "ExpertEncoding", 14 ) == 0 )
+        face->type1.encoding_type = T1_ENCODING_TYPE_EXPERT;
+
+      else if ( cur + 18 < limit                                             &&
+                ft_strncmp( (const char*)cur, "ISOLatin1Encoding", 17 ) == 0 )
+        face->type1.encoding_type = T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ISOLATIN1;
+
+      else
+        parser->root.error = T1_Err_Ignore;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  parse_subrs( T1_Face    face,
+               T1_Loader  loader )
+  {
+    T1_Parser  parser = &loader->parser;
+    PS_Table   table  = &loader->subrs;
+    FT_Memory  memory = parser->root.memory;
+    FT_Error   error;
+    FT_Int     num_subrs;
+
+    PSAux_Service  psaux = (PSAux_Service)face->psaux;
+
+
+    T1_Skip_Spaces( parser );
+
+    /* test for empty array */
+    if ( parser->root.cursor < parser->root.limit &&
+         *parser->root.cursor == '['              )
+    {
+      T1_Skip_PS_Token( parser );
+      T1_Skip_Spaces  ( parser );
+      if ( parser->root.cursor >= parser->root.limit ||
+           *parser->root.cursor != ']'               )
+        parser->root.error = T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+      return;
+    }
+
+    num_subrs = (FT_Int)T1_ToInt( parser );
+
+    /* position the parser right before the `dup' of the first subr */
+    T1_Skip_PS_Token( parser );         /* `array' */
+    if ( parser->root.error )
+      return;
+    T1_Skip_Spaces( parser );
+
+    /* initialize subrs array -- with synthetic fonts it is possible */
+    /* we get here twice                                             */
+    if ( !loader->num_subrs )
+    {
+      error = psaux->ps_table_funcs->init( table, num_subrs, memory );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Fail;
+    }
+
+    /* the format is simple:   */
+    /*                         */
+    /*   `index' + binary data */
+    /*                         */
+    for (;;)
+    {
+      FT_Long   idx, size;
+      FT_Byte*  base;
+
+
+      /* If the next token isn't `dup' we are done. */
+      if ( ft_strncmp( (char*)parser->root.cursor, "dup", 3 ) != 0 )
+        break;
+
+      T1_Skip_PS_Token( parser );       /* `dup' */
+
+      idx = T1_ToInt( parser );
+
+      if ( !read_binary_data( parser, &size, &base ) )
+        return;
+
+      /* The binary string is followed by one token, e.g. `NP' */
+      /* (bound to `noaccess put') or by two separate tokens:  */
+      /* `noaccess' & `put'.  We position the parser right     */
+      /* before the next `dup', if any.                        */
+      T1_Skip_PS_Token( parser );   /* `NP' or `|' or `noaccess' */
+      if ( parser->root.error )
+        return;
+      T1_Skip_Spaces  ( parser );
+
+      if ( ft_strncmp( (char*)parser->root.cursor, "put", 3 ) == 0 )
+      {
+        T1_Skip_PS_Token( parser ); /* skip `put' */
+        T1_Skip_Spaces  ( parser );
+      }
+
+      /* with synthetic fonts it is possible we get here twice */
+      if ( loader->num_subrs )
+        continue;
+
+      /* some fonts use a value of -1 for lenIV to indicate that */
+      /* the charstrings are unencoded                           */
+      /*                                                         */
+      /* thanks to Tom Kacvinsky for pointing this out           */
+      /*                                                         */
+      if ( face->type1.private_dict.lenIV >= 0 )
+      {
+        FT_Byte*  temp;
+
+
+        /* some fonts define empty subr records -- this is not totally */
+        /* compliant to the specification (which says they should at   */
+        /* least contain a `return'), but we support them anyway       */
+        if ( size < face->type1.private_dict.lenIV )
+        {
+          error = T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+          goto Fail;
+        }
+
+        /* t1_decrypt() shouldn't write to base -- make temporary copy */
+        if ( FT_ALLOC( temp, size ) )
+          goto Fail;
+        FT_MEM_COPY( temp, base, size );
+        psaux->t1_decrypt( temp, size, 4330 );
+        size -= face->type1.private_dict.lenIV;
+        error = T1_Add_Table( table, (FT_Int)idx,
+                              temp + face->type1.private_dict.lenIV, size );
+        FT_FREE( temp );
+      }
+      else
+        error = T1_Add_Table( table, (FT_Int)idx, base, size );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Fail;
+    }
+
+    if ( !loader->num_subrs )
+      loader->num_subrs = num_subrs;
+
+    return;
+
+  Fail:
+    parser->root.error = error;
+  }
+
+
+#define TABLE_EXTEND  5
+
+
+  static void
+  parse_charstrings( T1_Face    face,
+                     T1_Loader  loader )
+  {
+    T1_Parser      parser       = &loader->parser;
+    PS_Table       code_table   = &loader->charstrings;
+    PS_Table       name_table   = &loader->glyph_names;
+    PS_Table       swap_table   = &loader->swap_table;
+    FT_Memory      memory       = parser->root.memory;
+    FT_Error       error;
+
+    PSAux_Service  psaux        = (PSAux_Service)face->psaux;
+
+    FT_Byte*       cur;
+    FT_Byte*       limit        = parser->root.limit;
+    FT_Int         n, num_glyphs;
+    FT_UInt        notdef_index = 0;
+    FT_Byte        notdef_found = 0;
+
+
+    num_glyphs = (FT_Int)T1_ToInt( parser );
+    /* some fonts like Optima-Oblique not only define the /CharStrings */
+    /* array but access it also                                        */
+    if ( num_glyphs == 0 || parser->root.error )
+      return;
+
+    /* initialize tables, leaving space for addition of .notdef, */
+    /* if necessary, and a few other glyphs to handle buggy      */
+    /* fonts which have more glyphs than specified.              */
+
+    /* for some non-standard fonts like `Optima' which provides  */
+    /* different outlines depending on the resolution it is      */
+    /* possible to get here twice                                */
+    if ( !loader->num_glyphs )
+    {
+      error = psaux->ps_table_funcs->init(
+                code_table, num_glyphs + 1 + TABLE_EXTEND, memory );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Fail;
+
+      error = psaux->ps_table_funcs->init(
+                name_table, num_glyphs + 1 + TABLE_EXTEND, memory );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Fail;
+
+      /* Initialize table for swapping index notdef_index and */
+      /* index 0 names and codes (if necessary).              */
+
+      error = psaux->ps_table_funcs->init( swap_table, 4, memory );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Fail;
+    }
+
+    n = 0;
+
+    for (;;)
+    {
+      FT_Long   size;
+      FT_Byte*  base;
+
+
+      /* the format is simple:        */
+      /*   `/glyphname' + binary data */
+
+      T1_Skip_Spaces( parser );
+
+      cur = parser->root.cursor;
+      if ( cur >= limit )
+        break;
+
+      /* we stop when we find a `def' or `end' keyword */
+      if ( cur + 3 < limit && IS_PS_DELIM( cur[3] ) )
+      {
+        if ( cur[0] == 'd' &&
+             cur[1] == 'e' &&
+             cur[2] == 'f' )
+        {
+          /* There are fonts which have this: */
+          /*                                  */
+          /*   /CharStrings 118 dict def      */
+          /*   Private begin                  */
+          /*   CharStrings begin              */
+          /*   ...                            */
+          /*                                  */
+          /* To catch this we ignore `def' if */
+          /* no charstring has actually been  */
+          /* seen.                            */
+          if ( n )
+            break;
+        }
+
+        if ( cur[0] == 'e' &&
+             cur[1] == 'n' &&
+             cur[2] == 'd' )
+          break;
+      }
+
+      T1_Skip_PS_Token( parser );
+      if ( parser->root.error )
+        return;
+
+      if ( *cur == '/' )
+      {
+        FT_PtrDist  len;
+
+
+        if ( cur + 1 >= limit )
+        {
+          error = T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+          goto Fail;
+        }
+
+        cur++;                              /* skip `/' */
+        len = parser->root.cursor - cur;
+
+        if ( !read_binary_data( parser, &size, &base ) )
+          return;
+
+        /* for some non-standard fonts like `Optima' which provides */
+        /* different outlines depending on the resolution it is     */
+        /* possible to get here twice                               */
+        if ( loader->num_glyphs )
+          continue;
+
+        error = T1_Add_Table( name_table, n, cur, len + 1 );
+        if ( error )
+          goto Fail;
+
+        /* add a trailing zero to the name table */
+        name_table->elements[n][len] = '\0';
+
+        /* record index of /.notdef */
+        if ( *cur == '.'                                              &&
+             ft_strcmp( ".notdef",
+                        (const char*)(name_table->elements[n]) ) == 0 )
+        {
+          notdef_index = n;
+          notdef_found = 1;
+        }
+
+        if ( face->type1.private_dict.lenIV >= 0 &&
+             n < num_glyphs + TABLE_EXTEND       )
+        {
+          FT_Byte*  temp;
+
+
+          if ( size <= face->type1.private_dict.lenIV )
+          {
+            error = T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+            goto Fail;
+          }
+
+          /* t1_decrypt() shouldn't write to base -- make temporary copy */
+          if ( FT_ALLOC( temp, size ) )
+            goto Fail;
+          FT_MEM_COPY( temp, base, size );
+          psaux->t1_decrypt( temp, size, 4330 );
+          size -= face->type1.private_dict.lenIV;
+          error = T1_Add_Table( code_table, n,
+                                temp + face->type1.private_dict.lenIV, size );
+          FT_FREE( temp );
+        }
+        else
+          error = T1_Add_Table( code_table, n, base, size );
+        if ( error )
+          goto Fail;
+
+        n++;
+      }
+    }
+
+    loader->num_glyphs = n;
+
+    /* if /.notdef is found but does not occupy index 0, do our magic. */
+    if ( notdef_found                                                 &&
+         ft_strcmp( ".notdef", (const char*)name_table->elements[0] ) )
+    {
+      /* Swap glyph in index 0 with /.notdef glyph.  First, add index 0  */
+      /* name and code entries to swap_table.  Then place notdef_index   */
+      /* name and code entries into swap_table.  Then swap name and code */
+      /* entries at indices notdef_index and 0 using values stored in    */
+      /* swap_table.                                                     */
+
+      /* Index 0 name */
+      error = T1_Add_Table( swap_table, 0,
+                            name_table->elements[0],
+                            name_table->lengths [0] );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Fail;
+
+      /* Index 0 code */
+      error = T1_Add_Table( swap_table, 1,
+                            code_table->elements[0],
+                            code_table->lengths [0] );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Fail;
+
+      /* Index notdef_index name */
+      error = T1_Add_Table( swap_table, 2,
+                            name_table->elements[notdef_index],
+                            name_table->lengths [notdef_index] );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Fail;
+
+      /* Index notdef_index code */
+      error = T1_Add_Table( swap_table, 3,
+                            code_table->elements[notdef_index],
+                            code_table->lengths [notdef_index] );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Fail;
+
+      error = T1_Add_Table( name_table, notdef_index,
+                            swap_table->elements[0],
+                            swap_table->lengths [0] );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Fail;
+
+      error = T1_Add_Table( code_table, notdef_index,
+                            swap_table->elements[1],
+                            swap_table->lengths [1] );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Fail;
+
+      error = T1_Add_Table( name_table, 0,
+                            swap_table->elements[2],
+                            swap_table->lengths [2] );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Fail;
+
+      error = T1_Add_Table( code_table, 0,
+                            swap_table->elements[3],
+                            swap_table->lengths [3] );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Fail;
+
+    }
+    else if ( !notdef_found )
+    {
+      /* notdef_index is already 0, or /.notdef is undefined in   */
+      /* charstrings dictionary.  Worry about /.notdef undefined. */
+      /* We take index 0 and add it to the end of the table(s)    */
+      /* and add our own /.notdef glyph to index 0.               */
+
+      /* 0 333 hsbw endchar */
+      FT_Byte  notdef_glyph[] = { 0x8B, 0xF7, 0xE1, 0x0D, 0x0E };
+      char*    notdef_name    = (char *)".notdef";
+
+
+      error = T1_Add_Table( swap_table, 0,
+                            name_table->elements[0],
+                            name_table->lengths [0] );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Fail;
+
+      error = T1_Add_Table( swap_table, 1,
+                            code_table->elements[0],
+                            code_table->lengths [0] );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Fail;
+
+      error = T1_Add_Table( name_table, 0, notdef_name, 8 );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Fail;
+
+      error = T1_Add_Table( code_table, 0, notdef_glyph, 5 );
+
+      if ( error )
+        goto Fail;
+
+      error = T1_Add_Table( name_table, n,
+                            swap_table->elements[0],
+                            swap_table->lengths [0] );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Fail;
+
+      error = T1_Add_Table( code_table, n,
+                            swap_table->elements[1],
+                            swap_table->lengths [1] );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Fail;
+
+      /* we added a glyph. */
+      loader->num_glyphs += 1;
+    }
+
+    return;
+
+  Fail:
+    parser->root.error = error;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Define the token field static variables.  This is a set of            */
+  /* T1_FieldRec variables.                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  static
+  const T1_FieldRec  t1_keywords[] =
+  {
+
+#include "t1tokens.h"
+
+    /* now add the special functions... */
+    T1_FIELD_CALLBACK( "FontMatrix",           parse_font_matrix,
+                       T1_FIELD_DICT_FONTDICT )
+    T1_FIELD_CALLBACK( "Encoding",             parse_encoding,
+                       T1_FIELD_DICT_FONTDICT )
+    T1_FIELD_CALLBACK( "Subrs",                parse_subrs,
+                       T1_FIELD_DICT_PRIVATE )
+    T1_FIELD_CALLBACK( "CharStrings",          parse_charstrings,
+                       T1_FIELD_DICT_PRIVATE )
+    T1_FIELD_CALLBACK( "Private",              parse_private,
+                       T1_FIELD_DICT_FONTDICT )
+
+#ifndef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_MM_SUPPORT
+    T1_FIELD_CALLBACK( "BlendDesignPositions", parse_blend_design_positions,
+                       T1_FIELD_DICT_FONTDICT )
+    T1_FIELD_CALLBACK( "BlendDesignMap",       parse_blend_design_map,
+                       T1_FIELD_DICT_FONTDICT )
+    T1_FIELD_CALLBACK( "BlendAxisTypes",       parse_blend_axis_types,
+                       T1_FIELD_DICT_FONTDICT )
+    T1_FIELD_CALLBACK( "WeightVector",         parse_weight_vector,
+                       T1_FIELD_DICT_FONTDICT )
+    T1_FIELD_CALLBACK( "BuildCharArray",       parse_buildchar,
+                       T1_FIELD_DICT_PRIVATE )
+#endif
+
+    { 0, T1_FIELD_LOCATION_CID_INFO, T1_FIELD_TYPE_NONE, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
+  };
+
+
+#define T1_FIELD_COUNT                                           \
+          ( sizeof ( t1_keywords ) / sizeof ( t1_keywords[0] ) )
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  parse_dict( T1_Face    face,
+              T1_Loader  loader,
+              FT_Byte*   base,
+              FT_Long    size )
+  {
+    T1_Parser  parser = &loader->parser;
+    FT_Byte   *limit, *start_binary = NULL;
+    FT_Bool    have_integer = 0;
+
+
+    parser->root.cursor = base;
+    parser->root.limit  = base + size;
+    parser->root.error  = T1_Err_Ok;
+
+    limit = parser->root.limit;
+
+    T1_Skip_Spaces( parser );
+
+    while ( parser->root.cursor < limit )
+    {
+      FT_Byte*  cur;
+
+
+      cur = parser->root.cursor;
+
+      /* look for `eexec' */
+      if ( IS_PS_TOKEN( cur, limit, "eexec" ) )
+        break;
+
+      /* look for `closefile' which ends the eexec section */
+      else if ( IS_PS_TOKEN( cur, limit, "closefile" ) )
+        break;
+
+      /* in a synthetic font the base font starts after a           */
+      /* `FontDictionary' token that is placed after a Private dict */
+      else if ( IS_PS_TOKEN( cur, limit, "FontDirectory" ) )
+      {
+        if ( loader->keywords_encountered & T1_PRIVATE )
+          loader->keywords_encountered |=
+            T1_FONTDIR_AFTER_PRIVATE;
+        parser->root.cursor += 13;
+      }
+
+      /* check whether we have an integer */
+      else if ( ft_isdigit( *cur ) )
+      {
+        start_binary = cur;
+        T1_Skip_PS_Token( parser );
+        if ( parser->root.error )
+          goto Exit;
+        have_integer = 1;
+      }
+
+      /* in valid Type 1 fonts we don't see `RD' or `-|' directly */
+      /* since those tokens are handled by parse_subrs and        */
+      /* parse_charstrings                                        */
+      else if ( *cur == 'R' && cur + 6 < limit && *(cur + 1) == 'D' &&
+                have_integer )
+      {
+        FT_Long   s;
+        FT_Byte*  b;
+
+
+        parser->root.cursor = start_binary;
+        if ( !read_binary_data( parser, &s, &b ) )
+          return T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+        have_integer = 0;
+      }
+
+      else if ( *cur == '-' && cur + 6 < limit && *(cur + 1) == '|' &&
+                have_integer )
+      {
+        FT_Long   s;
+        FT_Byte*  b;
+
+
+        parser->root.cursor = start_binary;
+        if ( !read_binary_data( parser, &s, &b ) )
+          return T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+        have_integer = 0;
+      }
+
+      /* look for immediates */
+      else if ( *cur == '/' && cur + 2 < limit )
+      {
+        FT_PtrDist  len;
+
+
+        cur++;
+
+        parser->root.cursor = cur;
+        T1_Skip_PS_Token( parser );
+        if ( parser->root.error )
+          goto Exit;
+
+        len = parser->root.cursor - cur;
+
+        if ( len > 0 && len < 22 && parser->root.cursor < limit )
+        {
+          /* now compare the immediate name to the keyword table */
+          T1_Field  keyword = (T1_Field)t1_keywords;
+
+
+          for (;;)
+          {
+            FT_Byte*  name;
+
+
+            name = (FT_Byte*)keyword->ident;
+            if ( !name )
+              break;
+
+            if ( cur[0] == name[0]                                  &&
+                 len == (FT_PtrDist)ft_strlen( (const char *)name ) &&
+                 ft_memcmp( cur, name, len ) == 0                   )
+            {
+              /* We found it -- run the parsing callback!     */
+              /* We record every instance of every field      */
+              /* (until we reach the base font of a           */
+              /* synthetic font) to deal adequately with      */
+              /* multiple master fonts; this is also          */
+              /* necessary because later PostScript           */
+              /* definitions override earlier ones.           */
+
+              /* Once we encounter `FontDirectory' after      */
+              /* `/Private', we know that this is a synthetic */
+              /* font; except for `/CharStrings' we are not   */
+              /* interested in anything that follows this     */
+              /* `FontDirectory'.                             */
+
+              /* MM fonts have more than one /Private token at */
+              /* the top level; let's hope that all the junk   */
+              /* that follows the first /Private token is not  */
+              /* interesting to us.                            */
+
+              /* According to Adobe Tech Note #5175 (CID-Keyed */
+              /* Font Installation for ATM Software) a `begin' */
+              /* must be followed by exactly one `end', and    */
+              /* `begin' -- `end' pairs must be accurately     */
+              /* paired.  We could use this to distinguish     */
+              /* between the global Private and the Private    */
+              /* dict that is a member of the Blend dict.      */
+
+              const FT_UInt dict =
+                ( loader->keywords_encountered & T1_PRIVATE )
+                    ? T1_FIELD_DICT_PRIVATE
+                    : T1_FIELD_DICT_FONTDICT;
+
+              if ( !( dict & keyword->dict ) )
+              {
+                FT_TRACE1(( "parse_dict: found %s but ignoring it "
+                            "since it is in the wrong dictionary\n",
+                            keyword->ident ));
+                break;
+              }
+
+              if ( !( loader->keywords_encountered &
+                      T1_FONTDIR_AFTER_PRIVATE     )                  ||
+                   ft_strcmp( (const char*)name, "CharStrings" ) == 0 )
+              {
+                parser->root.error = t1_load_keyword( face,
+                                                      loader,
+                                                      keyword );
+                if ( parser->root.error != T1_Err_Ok )
+                {
+                  if ( FT_ERROR_BASE( parser->root.error ) == FT_Err_Ignore )
+                    parser->root.error = T1_Err_Ok;
+                  else
+                    return parser->root.error;
+                }
+              }
+              break;
+            }
+
+            keyword++;
+          }
+        }
+
+        have_integer = 0;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        T1_Skip_PS_Token( parser );
+        if ( parser->root.error )
+          goto Exit;
+        have_integer = 0;
+      }
+
+      T1_Skip_Spaces( parser );
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return parser->root.error;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  t1_init_loader( T1_Loader  loader,
+                  T1_Face    face )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( face );
+
+    FT_MEM_ZERO( loader, sizeof ( *loader ) );
+    loader->num_glyphs = 0;
+    loader->num_chars  = 0;
+
+    /* initialize the tables -- simply set their `init' field to 0 */
+    loader->encoding_table.init  = 0;
+    loader->charstrings.init     = 0;
+    loader->glyph_names.init     = 0;
+    loader->subrs.init           = 0;
+    loader->swap_table.init      = 0;
+    loader->fontdata             = 0;
+    loader->keywords_encountered = 0;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  t1_done_loader( T1_Loader  loader )
+  {
+    T1_Parser  parser = &loader->parser;
+
+
+    /* finalize tables */
+    T1_Release_Table( &loader->encoding_table );
+    T1_Release_Table( &loader->charstrings );
+    T1_Release_Table( &loader->glyph_names );
+    T1_Release_Table( &loader->swap_table );
+    T1_Release_Table( &loader->subrs );
+
+    /* finalize parser */
+    T1_Finalize_Parser( parser );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  T1_Open_Face( T1_Face  face )
+  {
+    T1_LoaderRec   loader;
+    T1_Parser      parser;
+    T1_Font        type1 = &face->type1;
+    PS_Private     priv  = &type1->private_dict;
+    FT_Error       error;
+
+    PSAux_Service  psaux = (PSAux_Service)face->psaux;
+
+
+    t1_init_loader( &loader, face );
+
+    /* default values */
+    face->ndv_idx          = -1;
+    face->cdv_idx          = -1;
+    face->len_buildchar    = 0;
+
+    priv->blue_shift       = 7;
+    priv->blue_fuzz        = 1;
+    priv->lenIV            = 4;
+    priv->expansion_factor = (FT_Fixed)( 0.06 * 0x10000L );
+    priv->blue_scale       = (FT_Fixed)( 0.039625 * 0x10000L * 1000 );
+
+    parser = &loader.parser;
+    error  = T1_New_Parser( parser,
+                            face->root.stream,
+                            face->root.memory,
+                            psaux );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    error = parse_dict( face, &loader,
+                        parser->base_dict, parser->base_len );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    error = T1_Get_Private_Dict( parser, psaux );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    error = parse_dict( face, &loader,
+                        parser->private_dict, parser->private_len );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* ensure even-ness of `num_blue_values' */
+    priv->num_blue_values &= ~1;
+
+#ifndef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_MM_SUPPORT
+
+    if ( face->blend                                                     &&
+         face->blend->num_default_design_vector != 0                     &&
+         face->blend->num_default_design_vector != face->blend->num_axis )
+    {
+      /* we don't use it currently so just warn, reset, and ignore */
+      FT_ERROR(( "T1_Open_Face(): /DesignVector contains %u entries "
+                 "while there are %u axes.\n",
+                 face->blend->num_default_design_vector,
+                 face->blend->num_axis ));
+
+      face->blend->num_default_design_vector = 0;
+    }
+
+    /* the following can happen for MM instances; we then treat the */
+    /* font as a normal PS font                                     */
+    if ( face->blend                                             &&
+         ( !face->blend->num_designs || !face->blend->num_axis ) )
+      T1_Done_Blend( face );
+
+    /* another safety check */
+    if ( face->blend )
+    {
+      FT_UInt  i;
+
+
+      for ( i = 0; i < face->blend->num_axis; i++ )
+        if ( !face->blend->design_map[i].num_points )
+        {
+          T1_Done_Blend( face );
+          break;
+        }
+    }
+
+    if ( face->blend )
+    {
+      if ( face->len_buildchar > 0 )
+      {
+        FT_Memory  memory = face->root.memory;
+
+
+        if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( face->buildchar, face->len_buildchar ) )
+        {
+          FT_ERROR(( "T1_Open_Face: cannot allocate BuildCharArray\n" ));
+          face->len_buildchar = 0;
+          goto Exit;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+#endif /* T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_MM_SUPPORT */
+
+    /* now, propagate the subrs, charstrings, and glyphnames tables */
+    /* to the Type1 data                                            */
+    type1->num_glyphs = loader.num_glyphs;
+
+    if ( loader.subrs.init )
+    {
+      loader.subrs.init  = 0;
+      type1->num_subrs   = loader.num_subrs;
+      type1->subrs_block = loader.subrs.block;
+      type1->subrs       = loader.subrs.elements;
+      type1->subrs_len   = loader.subrs.lengths;
+    }
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
+    if ( !face->root.internal->incremental_interface )
+#endif
+      if ( !loader.charstrings.init )
+      {
+        FT_ERROR(( "T1_Open_Face: no `/CharStrings' array in face!\n" ));
+        error = T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+      }
+
+    loader.charstrings.init  = 0;
+    type1->charstrings_block = loader.charstrings.block;
+    type1->charstrings       = loader.charstrings.elements;
+    type1->charstrings_len   = loader.charstrings.lengths;
+
+    /* we copy the glyph names `block' and `elements' fields; */
+    /* the `lengths' field must be released later             */
+    type1->glyph_names_block    = loader.glyph_names.block;
+    type1->glyph_names          = (FT_String**)loader.glyph_names.elements;
+    loader.glyph_names.block    = 0;
+    loader.glyph_names.elements = 0;
+
+    /* we must now build type1.encoding when we have a custom array */
+    if ( type1->encoding_type == T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ARRAY )
+    {
+      FT_Int    charcode, idx, min_char, max_char;
+      FT_Byte*  char_name;
+      FT_Byte*  glyph_name;
+
+
+      /* OK, we do the following: for each element in the encoding  */
+      /* table, look up the index of the glyph having the same name */
+      /* the index is then stored in type1.encoding.char_index, and */
+      /* a the name to type1.encoding.char_name                     */
+
+      min_char = +32000;
+      max_char = -32000;
+
+      charcode = 0;
+      for ( ; charcode < loader.encoding_table.max_elems; charcode++ )
+      {
+        type1->encoding.char_index[charcode] = 0;
+        type1->encoding.char_name [charcode] = (char *)".notdef";
+
+        char_name = loader.encoding_table.elements[charcode];
+        if ( char_name )
+          for ( idx = 0; idx < type1->num_glyphs; idx++ )
+          {
+            glyph_name = (FT_Byte*)type1->glyph_names[idx];
+            if ( ft_strcmp( (const char*)char_name,
+                            (const char*)glyph_name ) == 0 )
+            {
+              type1->encoding.char_index[charcode] = (FT_UShort)idx;
+              type1->encoding.char_name [charcode] = (char*)glyph_name;
+
+              /* Change min/max encoded char only if glyph name is */
+              /* not /.notdef                                      */
+              if ( ft_strcmp( (const char*)".notdef",
+                              (const char*)glyph_name ) != 0 )
+              {
+                if ( charcode < min_char )
+                  min_char = charcode;
+                if ( charcode > max_char )
+                  max_char = charcode;
+              }
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+      }
+
+      /*
+       *  Yes, this happens: Certain PDF-embedded fonts have only a
+       *  `.notdef' glyph defined!
+       */
+
+      if ( min_char > max_char )
+      {
+        min_char = 0;
+        max_char = loader.encoding_table.max_elems;
+      }
+
+      type1->encoding.code_first = min_char;
+      type1->encoding.code_last  = max_char;
+      type1->encoding.num_chars  = loader.num_chars;
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    t1_done_loader( &loader );
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1load.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1load.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..546fc33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1load.h
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  t1load.h                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Type 1 font loader (specification).                                  */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2004, 2006, 2007 by                         */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __T1LOAD_H__
+#define __T1LOAD_H__
+
+
+#include 
+#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_AUX_H
+#include FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H
+
+#include "t1parse.h"
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  typedef struct  T1_Loader_
+  {
+    T1_ParserRec  parser;          /* parser used to read the stream */
+
+    FT_Int        num_chars;       /* number of characters in encoding */
+    PS_TableRec   encoding_table;  /* PS_Table used to store the       */
+                                   /* encoding character names         */
+
+    FT_Int        num_glyphs;
+    PS_TableRec   glyph_names;
+    PS_TableRec   charstrings;
+    PS_TableRec   swap_table;      /* For moving .notdef glyph to index 0. */
+
+    FT_Int        num_subrs;
+    PS_TableRec   subrs;
+    FT_Bool       fontdata;
+
+    FT_UInt       keywords_encountered; /* T1_LOADER_ENCOUNTERED_XXX */
+
+  } T1_LoaderRec, *T1_Loader;
+
+
+  /* treatment of some keywords differs depending on whether */
+  /* they precede or follow certain other keywords           */
+
+#define T1_PRIVATE                ( 1 << 0 )
+#define T1_FONTDIR_AFTER_PRIVATE  ( 1 << 1 )
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  T1_Open_Face( T1_Face  face );
+
+#ifndef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_MM_SUPPORT
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  T1_Get_Multi_Master( T1_Face           face,
+                       FT_Multi_Master*  master );
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  T1_Get_MM_Var( T1_Face      face,
+                 FT_MM_Var*  *master );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  T1_Set_MM_Blend( T1_Face    face,
+                   FT_UInt    num_coords,
+                   FT_Fixed*  coords );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  T1_Set_MM_Design( T1_Face   face,
+                    FT_UInt   num_coords,
+                    FT_Long*  coords );
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  T1_Set_Var_Design( T1_Face    face,
+                     FT_UInt    num_coords,
+                     FT_Fixed*  coords );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  T1_Done_Blend( T1_Face  face );
+
+#endif /* !T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_MM_SUPPORT */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __T1LOAD_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1objs.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1objs.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2f90dd6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1objs.c
@@ -0,0 +1,592 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  t1objs.c                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Type 1 objects manager (body).                                       */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by       */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include 
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
+#include FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H
+
+#include "t1gload.h"
+#include "t1load.h"
+
+#include "t1errors.h"
+
+#ifndef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_AFM
+#include "t1afm.h"
+#endif
+
+#include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_CMAPS_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_AUX_H
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_t1objs
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                            SIZE FUNCTIONS                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*  note that we store the global hints in the size's "internal" root    */
+  /*  field                                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  static PSH_Globals_Funcs
+  T1_Size_Get_Globals_Funcs( T1_Size  size )
+  {
+    T1_Face           face     = (T1_Face)size->root.face;
+    PSHinter_Service  pshinter = (PSHinter_Service)face->pshinter;
+    FT_Module         module;
+
+
+    module = FT_Get_Module( size->root.face->driver->root.library,
+                            "pshinter" );
+    return ( module && pshinter && pshinter->get_globals_funcs )
+           ? pshinter->get_globals_funcs( module )
+           : 0 ;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  T1_Size_Done( T1_Size  size )
+  {
+    if ( size->root.internal )
+    {
+      PSH_Globals_Funcs  funcs;
+
+
+      funcs = T1_Size_Get_Globals_Funcs( size );
+      if ( funcs )
+        funcs->destroy( (PSH_Globals)size->root.internal );
+
+      size->root.internal = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  T1_Size_Init( T1_Size  size )
+  {
+    FT_Error           error = T1_Err_Ok;
+    PSH_Globals_Funcs  funcs = T1_Size_Get_Globals_Funcs( size );
+
+
+    if ( funcs )
+    {
+      PSH_Globals  globals;
+      T1_Face      face = (T1_Face)size->root.face;
+
+
+      error = funcs->create( size->root.face->memory,
+                             &face->type1.private_dict, &globals );
+      if ( !error )
+        size->root.internal = (FT_Size_Internal)(void*)globals;
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  T1_Size_Request( T1_Size          size,
+                   FT_Size_Request  req )
+  {
+    PSH_Globals_Funcs  funcs = T1_Size_Get_Globals_Funcs( size );
+
+
+    FT_Request_Metrics( size->root.face, req );
+
+    if ( funcs )
+      funcs->set_scale( (PSH_Globals)size->root.internal,
+                        size->root.metrics.x_scale,
+                        size->root.metrics.y_scale,
+                        0, 0 );
+
+    return T1_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                            SLOT  FUNCTIONS                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  T1_GlyphSlot_Done( T1_GlyphSlot  slot )
+  {
+    slot->root.internal->glyph_hints = 0;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  T1_GlyphSlot_Init( T1_GlyphSlot  slot )
+  {
+    T1_Face           face;
+    PSHinter_Service  pshinter;
+
+
+    face     = (T1_Face)slot->root.face;
+    pshinter = (PSHinter_Service)face->pshinter;
+
+    if ( pshinter )
+    {
+      FT_Module  module;
+
+
+      module = FT_Get_Module( slot->root.face->driver->root.library, "pshinter" );
+      if (module)
+      {
+        T1_Hints_Funcs  funcs;
+
+        funcs = pshinter->get_t1_funcs( module );
+        slot->root.internal->glyph_hints = (void*)funcs;
+      }
+    }
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                            FACE  FUNCTIONS                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    T1_Face_Done                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    The face object destructor.                                        */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    face :: A typeless pointer to the face object to destroy.          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  T1_Face_Done( T1_Face  face )
+  {
+    FT_Memory  memory;
+    T1_Font    type1;
+
+
+    if ( !face )
+      return;
+
+    memory = face->root.memory;
+    type1  = &face->type1;
+
+#ifndef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_MM_SUPPORT
+    /* release multiple masters information */
+    FT_ASSERT( ( face->len_buildchar == 0 ) == ( face->buildchar == NULL ) );
+
+    if ( face->buildchar )
+    {
+      FT_FREE( face->buildchar );
+
+      face->buildchar     = NULL;
+      face->len_buildchar = 0;
+    }
+
+    T1_Done_Blend( face );
+    face->blend = 0;
+#endif
+
+    /* release font info strings */
+    {
+      PS_FontInfo  info = &type1->font_info;
+
+
+      FT_FREE( info->version );
+      FT_FREE( info->notice );
+      FT_FREE( info->full_name );
+      FT_FREE( info->family_name );
+      FT_FREE( info->weight );
+    }
+
+    /* release top dictionary */
+    FT_FREE( type1->charstrings_len );
+    FT_FREE( type1->charstrings );
+    FT_FREE( type1->glyph_names );
+
+    FT_FREE( type1->subrs );
+    FT_FREE( type1->subrs_len );
+
+    FT_FREE( type1->subrs_block );
+    FT_FREE( type1->charstrings_block );
+    FT_FREE( type1->glyph_names_block );
+
+    FT_FREE( type1->encoding.char_index );
+    FT_FREE( type1->encoding.char_name );
+    FT_FREE( type1->font_name );
+
+#ifndef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_AFM
+    /* release afm data if present */
+    if ( face->afm_data )
+      T1_Done_Metrics( memory, (AFM_FontInfo)face->afm_data );
+#endif
+
+    /* release unicode map, if any */
+#if 0
+    FT_FREE( face->unicode_map_rec.maps );
+    face->unicode_map_rec.num_maps = 0;
+    face->unicode_map              = NULL;
+#endif
+
+    face->root.family_name = NULL;
+    face->root.style_name  = NULL;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    T1_Face_Init                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    The face object constructor.                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    stream     ::  input stream where to load font data.               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    face_index :: The index of the font face in the resource.          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    num_params :: Number of additional generic parameters.  Ignored.   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    params     :: Additional generic parameters.  Ignored.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    face       :: The face record to build.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  T1_Face_Init( FT_Stream      stream,
+                T1_Face        face,
+                FT_Int         face_index,
+                FT_Int         num_params,
+                FT_Parameter*  params )
+  {
+    FT_Error            error;
+    FT_Service_PsCMaps  psnames;
+    PSAux_Service       psaux;
+    T1_Font             type1 = &face->type1;
+    PS_FontInfo         info = &type1->font_info;
+
+    FT_UNUSED( num_params );
+    FT_UNUSED( params );
+    FT_UNUSED( stream );
+
+
+    face->root.num_faces = 1;
+
+    FT_FACE_FIND_GLOBAL_SERVICE( face, psnames, POSTSCRIPT_CMAPS );
+    face->psnames = psnames;
+
+    face->psaux = FT_Get_Module_Interface( FT_FACE_LIBRARY( face ),
+                                           "psaux" );
+    psaux = (PSAux_Service)face->psaux;
+
+    face->pshinter = FT_Get_Module_Interface( FT_FACE_LIBRARY( face ),
+                                              "pshinter" );
+
+    /* open the tokenizer; this will also check the font format */
+    error = T1_Open_Face( face );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* if we just wanted to check the format, leave successfully now */
+    if ( face_index < 0 )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* check the face index */
+    if ( face_index > 0 )
+    {
+      FT_ERROR(( "T1_Face_Init: invalid face index\n" ));
+      error = T1_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* now load the font program into the face object */
+
+    /* initialize the face object fields */
+
+    /* set up root face fields */
+    {
+      FT_Face  root = (FT_Face)&face->root;
+
+
+      root->num_glyphs = type1->num_glyphs;
+      root->face_index = 0;
+
+      root->face_flags = FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE    |
+                         FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL  |
+                         FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES |
+                         FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTER;
+
+      if ( info->is_fixed_pitch )
+        root->face_flags |= FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH;
+
+      if ( face->blend )
+        root->face_flags |= FT_FACE_FLAG_MULTIPLE_MASTERS;
+
+      /* XXX: TODO -- add kerning with .afm support */
+
+
+      /* The following code to extract the family and the style is very   */
+      /* simplistic and might get some things wrong.  For a full-featured */
+      /* algorithm you might have a look at the whitepaper given at       */
+      /*                                                                  */
+      /*   http://blogs.msdn.com/text/archive/2007/04/23/wpf-font-selection-model.aspx */
+
+      /* get style name -- be careful, some broken fonts only */
+      /* have a `/FontName' dictionary entry!                 */
+      root->family_name = info->family_name;
+      root->style_name  = NULL;
+
+      if ( root->family_name )
+      {
+        char*  full   = info->full_name;
+        char*  family = root->family_name;
+
+
+        if ( full )
+        {
+          FT_Bool  the_same = TRUE;
+
+
+          while ( *full )
+          {
+            if ( *full == *family )
+            {
+              family++;
+              full++;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+              if ( *full == ' ' || *full == '-' )
+                full++;
+              else if ( *family == ' ' || *family == '-' )
+                family++;
+              else
+              {
+                the_same = FALSE;
+
+                if ( !*family )
+                  root->style_name = full;
+                break;
+              }
+            }
+          }
+
+          if ( the_same )
+            root->style_name = (char *)"Regular";
+        }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* do we have a `/FontName'? */
+        if ( type1->font_name )
+          root->family_name = type1->font_name;
+      }
+
+      if ( !root->style_name )
+      {
+        if ( info->weight )
+          root->style_name = info->weight;
+        else
+          /* assume `Regular' style because we don't know better */
+          root->style_name = (char *)"Regular";
+      }
+
+      /* compute style flags */
+      root->style_flags = 0;
+      if ( info->italic_angle )
+        root->style_flags |= FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC;
+      if ( info->weight )
+      {
+        if ( !ft_strcmp( info->weight, "Bold"  ) ||
+             !ft_strcmp( info->weight, "Black" ) )
+          root->style_flags |= FT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLD;
+      }
+
+      /* no embedded bitmap support */
+      root->num_fixed_sizes = 0;
+      root->available_sizes = 0;
+
+      root->bbox.xMin =   type1->font_bbox.xMin             >> 16;
+      root->bbox.yMin =   type1->font_bbox.yMin             >> 16;
+      root->bbox.xMax = ( type1->font_bbox.xMax + 0xFFFFU ) >> 16;
+      root->bbox.yMax = ( type1->font_bbox.yMax + 0xFFFFU ) >> 16;
+
+      /* Set units_per_EM if we didn't set it in parse_font_matrix. */
+      if ( !root->units_per_EM )
+        root->units_per_EM = 1000;
+
+      root->ascender  = (FT_Short)( root->bbox.yMax );
+      root->descender = (FT_Short)( root->bbox.yMin );
+
+      root->height = (FT_Short)( ( root->units_per_EM * 12 ) / 10 );
+      if ( root->height < root->ascender - root->descender )
+        root->height = (FT_Short)( root->ascender - root->descender );
+
+      /* now compute the maximum advance width */
+      root->max_advance_width =
+        (FT_Short)( root->bbox.xMax );
+      {
+        FT_Pos  max_advance;
+
+
+        error = T1_Compute_Max_Advance( face, &max_advance );
+
+        /* in case of error, keep the standard width */
+        if ( !error )
+          root->max_advance_width = (FT_Short)max_advance;
+        else
+          error = T1_Err_Ok;   /* clear error */
+      }
+
+      root->max_advance_height = root->height;
+
+      root->underline_position  = (FT_Short)info->underline_position;
+      root->underline_thickness = (FT_Short)info->underline_thickness;
+    }
+
+    {
+      FT_Face  root = &face->root;
+
+
+      if ( psnames && psaux )
+      {
+        FT_CharMapRec    charmap;
+        T1_CMap_Classes  cmap_classes = psaux->t1_cmap_classes;
+        FT_CMap_Class    clazz;
+
+
+        charmap.face = root;
+
+        /* first of all, try to synthesize a Unicode charmap */
+        charmap.platform_id = 3;
+        charmap.encoding_id = 1;
+        charmap.encoding    = FT_ENCODING_UNICODE;
+
+        FT_CMap_New( cmap_classes->unicode, NULL, &charmap, NULL );
+
+        /* now, generate an Adobe Standard encoding when appropriate */
+        charmap.platform_id = 7;
+        clazz               = NULL;
+
+        switch ( type1->encoding_type )
+        {
+        case T1_ENCODING_TYPE_STANDARD:
+          charmap.encoding    = FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_STANDARD;
+          charmap.encoding_id = TT_ADOBE_ID_STANDARD;
+          clazz               = cmap_classes->standard;
+          break;
+
+        case T1_ENCODING_TYPE_EXPERT:
+          charmap.encoding    = FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_EXPERT;
+          charmap.encoding_id = TT_ADOBE_ID_EXPERT;
+          clazz               = cmap_classes->expert;
+          break;
+
+        case T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ARRAY:
+          charmap.encoding    = FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_CUSTOM;
+          charmap.encoding_id = TT_ADOBE_ID_CUSTOM;
+          clazz               = cmap_classes->custom;
+          break;
+
+        case T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ISOLATIN1:
+          charmap.encoding    = FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_LATIN_1;
+          charmap.encoding_id = TT_ADOBE_ID_LATIN_1;
+          clazz               = cmap_classes->unicode;
+          break;
+
+        default:
+          ;
+        }
+
+        if ( clazz )
+          FT_CMap_New( clazz, NULL, &charmap, NULL );
+
+#if 0
+        /* Select default charmap */
+        if (root->num_charmaps)
+          root->charmap = root->charmaps[0];
+#endif
+      }
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    T1_Driver_Init                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Initializes a given Type 1 driver object.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    driver :: A handle to the target driver object.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  T1_Driver_Init( T1_Driver  driver )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( driver );
+
+    return T1_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    T1_Driver_Done                                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Finalizes a given Type 1 driver.                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    driver :: A handle to the target Type 1 driver.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  T1_Driver_Done( T1_Driver  driver )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( driver );
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1objs.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1objs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e5e9029
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1objs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,171 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  t1objs.h                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Type 1 objects manager (specification).                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2006 by                                     */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __T1OBJS_H__
+#define __T1OBJS_H__
+
+
+#include 
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+#include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_TYPE1_TYPES_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /* The following structures must be defined by the hinter */
+  typedef struct T1_Size_Hints_   T1_Size_Hints;
+  typedef struct T1_Glyph_Hints_  T1_Glyph_Hints;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                 */
+  /*    T1_Driver                                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    A handle to a Type 1 driver object.                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct T1_DriverRec_   *T1_Driver;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                 */
+  /*    T1_Size                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    A handle to a Type 1 size object.                                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct T1_SizeRec_*  T1_Size;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                 */
+  /*    T1_GlyphSlot                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    A handle to a Type 1 glyph slot object.                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct T1_GlyphSlotRec_*  T1_GlyphSlot;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                 */
+  /*    T1_CharMap                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    A handle to a Type 1 character mapping object.                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                 */
+  /*    The Type 1 format doesn't use a charmap but an encoding table.     */
+  /*    The driver is responsible for making up charmap objects            */
+  /*    corresponding to these tables.                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct T1_CharMapRec_*   T1_CharMap;
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                  HERE BEGINS THE TYPE1 SPECIFIC STUFF                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                 */
+  /*    T1_SizeRec                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Type 1 size record.                                                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  T1_SizeRec_
+  {
+    FT_SizeRec  root;
+
+  } T1_SizeRec;
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  T1_Size_Done( T1_Size  size );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  T1_Size_Request( T1_Size          size,
+                   FT_Size_Request  req );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  T1_Size_Init( T1_Size  size );
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                 */
+  /*    T1_GlyphSlotRec                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Type 1 glyph slot record.                                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  T1_GlyphSlotRec_
+  {
+    FT_GlyphSlotRec  root;
+
+    FT_Bool          hint;
+    FT_Bool          scaled;
+
+    FT_Int           max_points;
+    FT_Int           max_contours;
+
+    FT_Fixed         x_scale;
+    FT_Fixed         y_scale;
+
+  } T1_GlyphSlotRec;
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  T1_Face_Init( FT_Stream      stream,
+                T1_Face        face,
+                FT_Int         face_index,
+                FT_Int         num_params,
+                FT_Parameter*  params );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  T1_Face_Done( T1_Face  face );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  T1_GlyphSlot_Init( T1_GlyphSlot  slot );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  T1_GlyphSlot_Done( T1_GlyphSlot  slot );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  T1_Driver_Init( T1_Driver  driver );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  T1_Driver_Done( T1_Driver  driver );
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __T1OBJS_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1parse.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1parse.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..36f5c82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1parse.c
@@ -0,0 +1,484 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  t1parse.c                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Type 1 parser (body).                                                */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008 by                   */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The Type 1 parser is in charge of the following:                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*  - provide an implementation of a growing sequence of objects called  */
+  /*    a `T1_Table' (used to build various tables needed by the loader).  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*  - opening .pfb and .pfa files to extract their top-level and private */
+  /*    dictionaries.                                                      */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*  - read numbers, arrays & strings from any dictionary.                */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* See `t1load.c' to see how data is loaded from the font file.          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include 
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_CALC_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_AUX_H
+
+#include "t1parse.h"
+
+#include "t1errors.h"
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_t1parse
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*****                   INPUT STREAM PARSER                         *****/
+  /*****                                                               *****/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /* see Adobe Technical Note 5040.Download_Fonts.pdf */
+
+  static FT_Error
+  read_pfb_tag( FT_Stream   stream,
+                FT_UShort  *atag,
+                FT_ULong   *asize )
+  {
+    FT_Error   error;
+    FT_UShort  tag;
+    FT_ULong   size;
+
+
+    *atag  = 0;
+    *asize = 0;
+
+    if ( !FT_READ_USHORT( tag ) )
+    {
+      if ( tag == 0x8001U || tag == 0x8002U )
+      {
+        if ( !FT_READ_ULONG_LE( size ) )
+          *asize = size;
+      }
+
+      *atag = tag;
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  check_type1_format( FT_Stream    stream,
+                      const char*  header_string,
+                      size_t       header_length )
+  {
+    FT_Error   error;
+    FT_UShort  tag;
+    FT_ULong   dummy;
+
+
+    if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( 0 ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    error = read_pfb_tag( stream, &tag, &dummy );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* We assume that the first segment in a PFB is always encoded as   */
+    /* text.  This might be wrong (and the specification doesn't insist */
+    /* on that), but we have never seen a counterexample.               */
+    if ( tag != 0x8001U && FT_STREAM_SEEK( 0 ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    if ( !FT_FRAME_ENTER( header_length ) )
+    {
+      error = T1_Err_Ok;
+
+      if ( ft_memcmp( stream->cursor, header_string, header_length ) != 0 )
+        error = T1_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
+
+      FT_FRAME_EXIT();
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  T1_New_Parser( T1_Parser      parser,
+                 FT_Stream      stream,
+                 FT_Memory      memory,
+                 PSAux_Service  psaux )
+  {
+    FT_Error   error;
+    FT_UShort  tag;
+    FT_ULong   size;
+
+
+    psaux->ps_parser_funcs->init( &parser->root, 0, 0, memory );
+
+    parser->stream       = stream;
+    parser->base_len     = 0;
+    parser->base_dict    = 0;
+    parser->private_len  = 0;
+    parser->private_dict = 0;
+    parser->in_pfb       = 0;
+    parser->in_memory    = 0;
+    parser->single_block = 0;
+
+    /* check the header format */
+    error = check_type1_format( stream, "%!PS-AdobeFont", 14 );
+    if ( error )
+    {
+      if ( error != T1_Err_Unknown_File_Format )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      error = check_type1_format( stream, "%!FontType", 10 );
+      if ( error )
+      {
+        FT_TRACE2(( "[not a Type1 font]\n" ));
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /******************************************************************/
+    /*                                                                */
+    /* Here a short summary of what is going on:                      */
+    /*                                                                */
+    /*   When creating a new Type 1 parser, we try to locate and load */
+    /*   the base dictionary if this is possible (i.e., for PFB       */
+    /*   files).  Otherwise, we load the whole font into memory.      */
+    /*                                                                */
+    /*   When `loading' the base dictionary, we only setup pointers   */
+    /*   in the case of a memory-based stream.  Otherwise, we         */
+    /*   allocate and load the base dictionary in it.                 */
+    /*                                                                */
+    /*   parser->in_pfb is set if we are in a binary (`.pfb') font.   */
+    /*   parser->in_memory is set if we have a memory stream.         */
+    /*                                                                */
+
+    /* try to compute the size of the base dictionary;     */
+    /* look for a Postscript binary file tag, i.e., 0x8001 */
+    if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( 0L ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    error = read_pfb_tag( stream, &tag, &size );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    if ( tag != 0x8001U )
+    {
+      /* assume that this is a PFA file for now; an error will */
+      /* be produced later when more things are checked        */
+      if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( 0L ) )
+        goto Exit;
+      size = stream->size;
+    }
+    else
+      parser->in_pfb = 1;
+
+    /* now, try to load `size' bytes of the `base' dictionary we */
+    /* found previously                                          */
+
+    /* if it is a memory-based resource, set up pointers */
+    if ( !stream->read )
+    {
+      parser->base_dict = (FT_Byte*)stream->base + stream->pos;
+      parser->base_len  = size;
+      parser->in_memory = 1;
+
+      /* check that the `size' field is valid */
+      if ( FT_STREAM_SKIP( size ) )
+        goto Exit;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* read segment in memory -- this is clumsy, but so does the format */
+      if ( FT_ALLOC( parser->base_dict, size )       ||
+           FT_STREAM_READ( parser->base_dict, size ) )
+        goto Exit;
+      parser->base_len = size;
+    }
+
+    parser->root.base   = parser->base_dict;
+    parser->root.cursor = parser->base_dict;
+    parser->root.limit  = parser->root.cursor + parser->base_len;
+
+  Exit:
+    if ( error && !parser->in_memory )
+      FT_FREE( parser->base_dict );
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  T1_Finalize_Parser( T1_Parser  parser )
+  {
+    FT_Memory  memory = parser->root.memory;
+
+
+    /* always free the private dictionary */
+    FT_FREE( parser->private_dict );
+
+    /* free the base dictionary only when we have a disk stream */
+    if ( !parser->in_memory )
+      FT_FREE( parser->base_dict );
+
+    parser->root.funcs.done( &parser->root );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  T1_Get_Private_Dict( T1_Parser      parser,
+                       PSAux_Service  psaux )
+  {
+    FT_Stream  stream = parser->stream;
+    FT_Memory  memory = parser->root.memory;
+    FT_Error   error  = T1_Err_Ok;
+    FT_ULong   size;
+
+
+    if ( parser->in_pfb )
+    {
+      /* in the case of the PFB format, the private dictionary can be  */
+      /* made of several segments.  We thus first read the number of   */
+      /* segments to compute the total size of the private dictionary  */
+      /* then re-read them into memory.                                */
+      FT_Long    start_pos = FT_STREAM_POS();
+      FT_UShort  tag;
+
+
+      parser->private_len = 0;
+      for (;;)
+      {
+        error = read_pfb_tag( stream, &tag, &size );
+        if ( error )
+          goto Fail;
+
+        if ( tag != 0x8002U )
+          break;
+
+        parser->private_len += size;
+
+        if ( FT_STREAM_SKIP( size ) )
+          goto Fail;
+      }
+
+      /* Check that we have a private dictionary there */
+      /* and allocate private dictionary buffer        */
+      if ( parser->private_len == 0 )
+      {
+        FT_ERROR(( "T1_Get_Private_Dict:" ));
+        FT_ERROR(( " invalid private dictionary section\n" ));
+        error = T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+        goto Fail;
+      }
+
+      if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( start_pos )                           ||
+           FT_ALLOC( parser->private_dict, parser->private_len ) )
+        goto Fail;
+
+      parser->private_len = 0;
+      for (;;)
+      {
+        error = read_pfb_tag( stream, &tag, &size );
+        if ( error || tag != 0x8002U )
+        {
+          error = T1_Err_Ok;
+          break;
+        }
+
+        if ( FT_STREAM_READ( parser->private_dict + parser->private_len,
+                             size ) )
+          goto Fail;
+
+        parser->private_len += size;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* We have already `loaded' the whole PFA font file into memory; */
+      /* if this is a memory resource, allocate a new block to hold    */
+      /* the private dict.  Otherwise, simply overwrite into the base  */
+      /* dictionary block in the heap.                                 */
+
+      /* first of all, look at the `eexec' keyword */
+      FT_Byte*  cur   = parser->base_dict;
+      FT_Byte*  limit = cur + parser->base_len;
+      FT_Byte   c;
+
+
+    Again:
+      for (;;)
+      {
+        c = cur[0];
+        if ( c == 'e' && cur + 9 < limit )  /* 9 = 5 letters for `eexec' + */
+                                            /* newline + 4 chars           */
+        {
+          if ( cur[1] == 'e' &&
+               cur[2] == 'x' &&
+               cur[3] == 'e' &&
+               cur[4] == 'c' )
+            break;
+        }
+        cur++;
+        if ( cur >= limit )
+        {
+          FT_ERROR(( "T1_Get_Private_Dict:" ));
+          FT_ERROR(( " could not find `eexec' keyword\n" ));
+          error = T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+          goto Exit;
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* check whether `eexec' was real -- it could be in a comment */
+      /* or string (as e.g. in u003043t.gsf from ghostscript)       */
+
+      parser->root.cursor = parser->base_dict;
+      parser->root.limit  = cur + 9;
+
+      cur   = parser->root.cursor;
+      limit = parser->root.limit;
+
+      while ( cur < limit )
+      {
+        if ( *cur == 'e' && ft_strncmp( (char*)cur, "eexec", 5 ) == 0 )
+          goto Found;
+
+        T1_Skip_PS_Token( parser );
+        if ( parser->root.error )
+          break;
+        T1_Skip_Spaces  ( parser );
+        cur = parser->root.cursor;
+      }
+
+      /* we haven't found the correct `eexec'; go back and continue */
+      /* searching                                                  */
+
+      cur   = limit;
+      limit = parser->base_dict + parser->base_len;
+      goto Again;
+
+      /* now determine where to write the _encrypted_ binary private  */
+      /* dictionary.  We overwrite the base dictionary for disk-based */
+      /* resources and allocate a new block otherwise                 */
+
+    Found:
+      parser->root.limit = parser->base_dict + parser->base_len;
+
+      T1_Skip_PS_Token( parser );
+      cur = parser->root.cursor;
+      if ( *cur == '\r' )
+      {
+        cur++;
+        if ( *cur == '\n' )
+          cur++;
+      }
+      else if ( *cur == '\n' )
+        cur++;
+      else
+      {
+        FT_ERROR(( "T1_Get_Private_Dict:" ));
+        FT_ERROR(( " `eexec' not properly terminated\n" ));
+        error = T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+
+      size = parser->base_len - ( cur - parser->base_dict );
+
+      if ( parser->in_memory )
+      {
+        /* note that we allocate one more byte to put a terminating `0' */
+        if ( FT_ALLOC( parser->private_dict, size + 1 ) )
+          goto Fail;
+        parser->private_len = size;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        parser->single_block = 1;
+        parser->private_dict = parser->base_dict;
+        parser->private_len  = size;
+        parser->base_dict    = 0;
+        parser->base_len     = 0;
+      }
+
+      /* now determine whether the private dictionary is encoded in binary */
+      /* or hexadecimal ASCII format -- decode it accordingly              */
+
+      /* we need to access the next 4 bytes (after the final \r following */
+      /* the `eexec' keyword); if they all are hexadecimal digits, then   */
+      /* we have a case of ASCII storage                                  */
+
+      if ( ft_isxdigit( cur[0] ) && ft_isxdigit( cur[1] ) &&
+           ft_isxdigit( cur[2] ) && ft_isxdigit( cur[3] ) )
+      {
+        /* ASCII hexadecimal encoding */
+        FT_Long  len;
+
+
+        parser->root.cursor = cur;
+        (void)psaux->ps_parser_funcs->to_bytes( &parser->root,
+                                                parser->private_dict,
+                                                parser->private_len,
+                                                &len,
+                                                0 );
+        parser->private_len = len;
+
+        /* put a safeguard */
+        parser->private_dict[len] = '\0';
+      }
+      else
+        /* binary encoding -- copy the private dict */
+        FT_MEM_MOVE( parser->private_dict, cur, size );
+    }
+
+    /* we now decrypt the encoded binary private dictionary */
+    psaux->t1_decrypt( parser->private_dict, parser->private_len, 55665U );
+
+    /* replace the four random bytes at the beginning with whitespace */
+    parser->private_dict[0] = ' ';
+    parser->private_dict[1] = ' ';
+    parser->private_dict[2] = ' ';
+    parser->private_dict[3] = ' ';
+
+    parser->root.base   = parser->private_dict;
+    parser->root.cursor = parser->private_dict;
+    parser->root.limit  = parser->root.cursor + parser->private_len;
+
+  Fail:
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1parse.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1parse.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fb1c8a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1parse.h
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  t1parse.h                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Type 1 parser (specification).                                       */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2008 by                               */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __T1PARSE_H__
+#define __T1PARSE_H__
+
+
+#include 
+#include FT_INTERNAL_TYPE1_TYPES_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    T1_ParserRec                                                       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    A PS_ParserRec is an object used to parse a Type 1 fonts very      */
+  /*    quickly.                                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    root         :: The root parser.                                   */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    stream       :: The current input stream.                          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    base_dict    :: A pointer to the top-level dictionary.             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    base_len     :: The length in bytes of the top dictionary.         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    private_dict :: A pointer to the private dictionary.               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    private_len  :: The length in bytes of the private dictionary.     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    in_pfb       :: A boolean.  Indicates that we are handling a PFB   */
+  /*                    file.                                              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    in_memory    :: A boolean.  Indicates a memory-based stream.       */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*    single_block :: A boolean.  Indicates that the private dictionary  */
+  /*                    is stored in lieu of the base dictionary.          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef struct  T1_ParserRec_
+  {
+    PS_ParserRec  root;
+    FT_Stream     stream;
+
+    FT_Byte*      base_dict;
+    FT_ULong      base_len;
+
+    FT_Byte*      private_dict;
+    FT_ULong      private_len;
+
+    FT_Bool       in_pfb;
+    FT_Bool       in_memory;
+    FT_Bool       single_block;
+
+  } T1_ParserRec, *T1_Parser;
+
+
+#define T1_Add_Table( p, i, o, l )  (p)->funcs.add( (p), i, o, l )
+#define T1_Done_Table( p )          \
+          do                        \
+          {                         \
+            if ( (p)->funcs.done )  \
+              (p)->funcs.done( p ); \
+          } while ( 0 )
+#define T1_Release_Table( p )          \
+          do                           \
+          {                            \
+            if ( (p)->funcs.release )  \
+              (p)->funcs.release( p ); \
+          } while ( 0 )
+
+
+#define T1_Skip_Spaces( p )    (p)->root.funcs.skip_spaces( &(p)->root )
+#define T1_Skip_PS_Token( p )  (p)->root.funcs.skip_PS_token( &(p)->root )
+
+#define T1_ToInt( p )       (p)->root.funcs.to_int( &(p)->root )
+#define T1_ToFixed( p, t )  (p)->root.funcs.to_fixed( &(p)->root, t )
+
+#define T1_ToCoordArray( p, m, c )                           \
+          (p)->root.funcs.to_coord_array( &(p)->root, m, c )
+#define T1_ToFixedArray( p, m, f, t )                           \
+          (p)->root.funcs.to_fixed_array( &(p)->root, m, f, t )
+#define T1_ToToken( p, t )                          \
+          (p)->root.funcs.to_token( &(p)->root, t )
+#define T1_ToTokenArray( p, t, m, c )                           \
+          (p)->root.funcs.to_token_array( &(p)->root, t, m, c )
+
+#define T1_Load_Field( p, f, o, m, pf )                         \
+          (p)->root.funcs.load_field( &(p)->root, f, o, m, pf )
+
+#define T1_Load_Field_Table( p, f, o, m, pf )                         \
+          (p)->root.funcs.load_field_table( &(p)->root, f, o, m, pf )
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  T1_New_Parser( T1_Parser      parser,
+                 FT_Stream      stream,
+                 FT_Memory      memory,
+                 PSAux_Service  psaux );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  T1_Get_Private_Dict( T1_Parser      parser,
+                       PSAux_Service  psaux );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  T1_Finalize_Parser( T1_Parser  parser );
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __T1PARSE_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1tokens.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1tokens.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2d692f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/t1tokens.h
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  t1tokens.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Type 1 tokenizer (specification).                                    */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2008, 2009 by             */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
+#define FT_STRUCTURE  PS_FontInfoRec
+#undef  T1CODE
+#define T1CODE        T1_FIELD_LOCATION_FONT_INFO
+
+  T1_FIELD_STRING( "version",            version,
+                   T1_FIELD_DICT_FONTDICT )
+  T1_FIELD_STRING( "Notice",             notice,
+                   T1_FIELD_DICT_FONTDICT )
+  T1_FIELD_STRING( "FullName",           full_name,
+                   T1_FIELD_DICT_FONTDICT )
+  T1_FIELD_STRING( "FamilyName",         family_name,
+                   T1_FIELD_DICT_FONTDICT )
+  T1_FIELD_STRING( "Weight",             weight,
+                   T1_FIELD_DICT_FONTDICT )
+
+  /* we use pointers to detect modifications made by synthetic fonts */
+  T1_FIELD_NUM   ( "ItalicAngle",        italic_angle,
+                   T1_FIELD_DICT_FONTDICT )
+  T1_FIELD_BOOL  ( "isFixedPitch",       is_fixed_pitch,
+                   T1_FIELD_DICT_FONTDICT )
+  T1_FIELD_NUM   ( "UnderlinePosition",  underline_position,
+                   T1_FIELD_DICT_FONTDICT )
+  T1_FIELD_NUM   ( "UnderlineThickness", underline_thickness,
+                   T1_FIELD_DICT_FONTDICT )
+
+#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
+#define FT_STRUCTURE  PS_FontExtraRec
+#undef  T1CODE
+#define T1CODE        T1_FIELD_LOCATION_FONT_EXTRA
+
+  T1_FIELD_NUM   ( "FSType", fs_type,
+                   T1_FIELD_DICT_FONTDICT )
+
+#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
+#define FT_STRUCTURE  PS_PrivateRec
+#undef  T1CODE
+#define T1CODE        T1_FIELD_LOCATION_PRIVATE
+
+  T1_FIELD_NUM       ( "UniqueID",         unique_id,
+                       T1_FIELD_DICT_FONTDICT | T1_FIELD_DICT_PRIVATE )
+  T1_FIELD_NUM       ( "lenIV",            lenIV,
+                       T1_FIELD_DICT_PRIVATE )
+  T1_FIELD_NUM       ( "LanguageGroup",    language_group,
+                       T1_FIELD_DICT_PRIVATE )
+  T1_FIELD_NUM       ( "password",         password,
+                       T1_FIELD_DICT_PRIVATE )
+
+  T1_FIELD_FIXED_1000( "BlueScale",        blue_scale,
+                       T1_FIELD_DICT_PRIVATE )
+  T1_FIELD_NUM       ( "BlueShift",        blue_shift,
+                       T1_FIELD_DICT_PRIVATE )
+  T1_FIELD_NUM       ( "BlueFuzz",         blue_fuzz,
+                       T1_FIELD_DICT_PRIVATE )
+
+  T1_FIELD_NUM_TABLE ( "BlueValues",       blue_values,        14,
+                       T1_FIELD_DICT_PRIVATE )
+  T1_FIELD_NUM_TABLE ( "OtherBlues",       other_blues,        10,
+                       T1_FIELD_DICT_PRIVATE )
+  T1_FIELD_NUM_TABLE ( "FamilyBlues",      family_blues,       14,
+                       T1_FIELD_DICT_PRIVATE )
+  T1_FIELD_NUM_TABLE ( "FamilyOtherBlues", family_other_blues, 10,
+                       T1_FIELD_DICT_PRIVATE )
+
+  T1_FIELD_NUM_TABLE2( "StdHW",            standard_width,      1,
+                       T1_FIELD_DICT_PRIVATE )
+  T1_FIELD_NUM_TABLE2( "StdVW",            standard_height,     1,
+                       T1_FIELD_DICT_PRIVATE )
+  T1_FIELD_NUM_TABLE2( "MinFeature",       min_feature,         2,
+                       T1_FIELD_DICT_PRIVATE )
+
+  T1_FIELD_NUM_TABLE ( "StemSnapH",        snap_widths,        12,
+                       T1_FIELD_DICT_PRIVATE )
+  T1_FIELD_NUM_TABLE ( "StemSnapV",        snap_heights,       12,
+                       T1_FIELD_DICT_PRIVATE )
+
+  T1_FIELD_FIXED     ( "ExpansionFactor",  expansion_factor,
+                       T1_FIELD_DICT_PRIVATE )
+  T1_FIELD_BOOL      ( "ForceBold",        force_bold,
+                       T1_FIELD_DICT_PRIVATE )
+                         
+
+#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
+#define FT_STRUCTURE  T1_FontRec
+#undef  T1CODE
+#define T1CODE        T1_FIELD_LOCATION_FONT_DICT
+
+  T1_FIELD_KEY  ( "FontName",    font_name,    T1_FIELD_DICT_FONTDICT )
+  T1_FIELD_NUM  ( "PaintType",   paint_type,   T1_FIELD_DICT_FONTDICT )
+  T1_FIELD_NUM  ( "FontType",    font_type,    T1_FIELD_DICT_FONTDICT )
+  T1_FIELD_FIXED( "StrokeWidth", stroke_width, T1_FIELD_DICT_FONTDICT )
+
+
+#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
+#define FT_STRUCTURE  FT_BBox
+#undef  T1CODE
+#define T1CODE        T1_FIELD_LOCATION_BBOX
+
+  T1_FIELD_BBOX( "FontBBox", xMin, T1_FIELD_DICT_FONTDICT )
+
+
+#ifndef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_MM_SUPPORT
+
+#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
+#define FT_STRUCTURE  T1_FaceRec
+#undef  T1CODE
+#define T1CODE        T1_FIELD_LOCATION_FACE
+
+  T1_FIELD_NUM( "NDV", ndv_idx, T1_FIELD_DICT_PRIVATE )
+  T1_FIELD_NUM( "CDV", cdv_idx, T1_FIELD_DICT_PRIVATE )
+
+
+#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
+#define FT_STRUCTURE  PS_BlendRec
+#undef  T1CODE
+#define T1CODE        T1_FIELD_LOCATION_BLEND
+
+  T1_FIELD_NUM_TABLE( "DesignVector", default_design_vector,
+                      T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS, T1_FIELD_DICT_FONTDICT )
+
+
+#endif /* T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_MM_SUPPORT */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/type1.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/type1.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ccc12be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type1/type1.c
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  type1.c                                                                */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType Type 1 driver component (body only).                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001 by                                                 */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#define FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT
+
+#include 
+#include "t1parse.c"
+#include "t1load.c"
+#include "t1objs.c"
+#include "t1driver.c"
+#include "t1gload.c"
+
+#ifndef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_AFM
+#include "t1afm.c"
+#endif
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/Jamfile b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/Jamfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..00371d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/Jamfile
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+# FreeType 2 src/type42 Jamfile
+#
+# Copyright 2002 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+SubDir  FT2_TOP $(FT2_SRC_DIR) type42 ;
+
+{
+  local  _sources ;
+
+  if $(FT2_MULTI)
+  {
+    _sources = t42objs t42parse t42drivr ;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    _sources = type42 ;
+  }
+
+  Library  $(FT2_LIB) : $(_sources).c ;
+}
+
+# end of src/type42 Jamfile
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/module.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/module.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b3f10a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/module.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 Type42 module definition
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 2002, 2006 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+FTMODULE_H_COMMANDS += TYPE42_DRIVER
+
+define TYPE42_DRIVER
+$(OPEN_DRIVER) FT_Driver_ClassRec, t42_driver_class $(CLOSE_DRIVER)
+$(ECHO_DRIVER)type42    $(ECHO_DRIVER_DESC)Type 42 font files with no known extension$(ECHO_DRIVER_DONE)
+endef
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/rules.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/rules.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eac1081
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/rules.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 Type42 driver configuration rules
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 2002, 2003, 2008 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+# Type42 driver directory
+#
+T42_DIR := $(SRC_DIR)/type42
+
+
+# compilation flags for the driver
+#
+T42_COMPILE := $(FT_COMPILE) $I$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$(T42_DIR))
+
+
+# Type42 driver source
+#
+T42_DRV_SRC := $(T42_DIR)/t42objs.c  \
+               $(T42_DIR)/t42parse.c \
+               $(T42_DIR)/t42drivr.c
+
+# Type42 driver headers
+#
+T42_DRV_H := $(T42_DRV_SRC:%.c=%.h) \
+             $(T42_DIR)/t42error.h  \
+             $(T42_DIR)/t42types.h
+
+
+# Type42 driver object(s)
+#
+#   T42_DRV_OBJ_M is used during `multi' builds
+#   T42_DRV_OBJ_S is used during `single' builds
+#
+T42_DRV_OBJ_M := $(T42_DRV_SRC:$(T42_DIR)/%.c=$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O)
+T42_DRV_OBJ_S := $(OBJ_DIR)/type42.$O
+
+# Type42 driver source file for single build
+#
+T42_DRV_SRC_S := $(T42_DIR)/type42.c
+
+
+# Type42 driver - single object
+#
+$(T42_DRV_OBJ_S): $(T42_DRV_SRC_S) $(T42_DRV_SRC) $(FREETYPE_H) $(T42_DRV_H)
+	$(T42_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $(T42_DRV_SRC_S))
+
+
+# Type42 driver - multiple objects
+#
+$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O: $(T42_DIR)/%.c $(FREETYPE_H) $(T42_DRV_H)
+	$(T42_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $<)
+
+
+# update main driver object lists
+#
+DRV_OBJS_S += $(T42_DRV_OBJ_S)
+DRV_OBJS_M += $(T42_DRV_OBJ_M)
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42drivr.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42drivr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..820c679
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42drivr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,246 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  t42drivr.c                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    High-level Type 42 driver interface (body).                          */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2007, 2009 by Roberto Alameda.       */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This driver implements Type42 fonts as described in the               */
+  /* Technical Note #5012 from Adobe, with these limitations:              */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* 1) CID Fonts are not currently supported.                             */
+  /* 2) Incremental fonts making use of the GlyphDirectory keyword         */
+  /*    will be loaded, but the rendering will be using the TrueType       */
+  /*    tables.                                                            */
+  /* 3) As for Type1 fonts, CDevProc is not supported.                     */
+  /* 4) The Metrics dictionary is not supported.                           */
+  /* 5) AFM metrics are not supported.                                     */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* In other words, this driver supports Type42 fonts derived from        */
+  /* TrueType fonts in a non-CID manner, as done by usual conversion       */
+  /* programs.                                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include "t42drivr.h"
+#include "t42objs.h"
+#include "t42error.h"
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+
+#include FT_SERVICE_XFREE86_NAME_H
+#include FT_SERVICE_GLYPH_DICT_H
+#include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_NAME_H
+#include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_INFO_H
+
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_t42
+
+
+  /*
+   *
+   *  GLYPH DICT SERVICE
+   *
+   */
+
+  static FT_Error
+  t42_get_glyph_name( T42_Face    face,
+                      FT_UInt     glyph_index,
+                      FT_Pointer  buffer,
+                      FT_UInt     buffer_max )
+  {
+    FT_STRCPYN( buffer, face->type1.glyph_names[glyph_index], buffer_max );
+
+    return T42_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_UInt
+  t42_get_name_index( T42_Face    face,
+                      FT_String*  glyph_name )
+  {
+    FT_Int      i;
+    FT_String*  gname;
+
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < face->type1.num_glyphs; i++ )
+    {
+      gname = face->type1.glyph_names[i];
+
+      if ( glyph_name[0] == gname[0] && !ft_strcmp( glyph_name, gname ) )
+        return (FT_UInt)ft_atol( (const char *)face->type1.charstrings[i] );
+    }
+
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  static const FT_Service_GlyphDictRec  t42_service_glyph_dict =
+  {
+    (FT_GlyphDict_GetNameFunc)  t42_get_glyph_name,
+    (FT_GlyphDict_NameIndexFunc)t42_get_name_index
+  };
+
+
+  /*
+   *
+   *  POSTSCRIPT NAME SERVICE
+   *
+   */
+
+  static const char*
+  t42_get_ps_font_name( T42_Face  face )
+  {
+    return (const char*)face->type1.font_name;
+  }
+
+
+  static const FT_Service_PsFontNameRec  t42_service_ps_font_name =
+  {
+    (FT_PsName_GetFunc)t42_get_ps_font_name
+  };
+
+
+  /*
+   *
+   *  POSTSCRIPT INFO SERVICE
+   *
+   */
+
+  static FT_Error
+  t42_ps_get_font_info( FT_Face          face,
+                        PS_FontInfoRec*  afont_info )
+  {
+    *afont_info = ((T42_Face)face)->type1.font_info;
+
+    return T42_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  t42_ps_get_font_extra( FT_Face           face,
+                         PS_FontExtraRec*  afont_extra )
+  {
+    *afont_extra = ((T42_Face)face)->type1.font_extra;
+
+    return T42_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Int
+  t42_ps_has_glyph_names( FT_Face  face )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( face );
+
+    return 1;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  t42_ps_get_font_private( FT_Face         face,
+                           PS_PrivateRec*  afont_private )
+  {
+    *afont_private = ((T42_Face)face)->type1.private_dict;
+
+    return T42_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  static const FT_Service_PsInfoRec  t42_service_ps_info =
+  {
+    (PS_GetFontInfoFunc)   t42_ps_get_font_info,
+    (PS_GetFontExtraFunc)   t42_ps_get_font_extra,
+    (PS_HasGlyphNamesFunc) t42_ps_has_glyph_names,
+    (PS_GetFontPrivateFunc)t42_ps_get_font_private
+  };
+
+
+  /*
+   *
+   *  SERVICE LIST
+   *
+   */
+
+  static const FT_ServiceDescRec  t42_services[] =
+  {
+    { FT_SERVICE_ID_GLYPH_DICT,           &t42_service_glyph_dict },
+    { FT_SERVICE_ID_POSTSCRIPT_FONT_NAME, &t42_service_ps_font_name },
+    { FT_SERVICE_ID_POSTSCRIPT_INFO,      &t42_service_ps_info },
+    { FT_SERVICE_ID_XF86_NAME,            FT_XF86_FORMAT_TYPE_42 },
+    { NULL, NULL }
+  };
+
+
+  static FT_Module_Interface
+  T42_Get_Interface( FT_Driver         driver,
+                     const FT_String*  t42_interface )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( driver );
+
+    return ft_service_list_lookup( t42_services, t42_interface );
+  }
+
+
+  const FT_Driver_ClassRec  t42_driver_class =
+  {
+    {
+      FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER       |
+      FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE   |
+#ifdef TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
+      FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER,
+#else
+      0,
+#endif
+
+      sizeof ( T42_DriverRec ),
+
+      "type42",
+      0x10000L,
+      0x20000L,
+
+      0,    /* format interface */
+
+      (FT_Module_Constructor)T42_Driver_Init,
+      (FT_Module_Destructor) T42_Driver_Done,
+      (FT_Module_Requester)  T42_Get_Interface,
+    },
+
+    sizeof ( T42_FaceRec ),
+    sizeof ( T42_SizeRec ),
+    sizeof ( T42_GlyphSlotRec ),
+
+    (FT_Face_InitFunc)        T42_Face_Init,
+    (FT_Face_DoneFunc)        T42_Face_Done,
+    (FT_Size_InitFunc)        T42_Size_Init,
+    (FT_Size_DoneFunc)        T42_Size_Done,
+    (FT_Slot_InitFunc)        T42_GlyphSlot_Init,
+    (FT_Slot_DoneFunc)        T42_GlyphSlot_Done,
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+    ft_stub_set_char_sizes,
+    ft_stub_set_pixel_sizes,
+#endif
+    (FT_Slot_LoadFunc)        T42_GlyphSlot_Load,
+
+    (FT_Face_GetKerningFunc)  0,
+    (FT_Face_AttachFunc)      0,
+
+    (FT_Face_GetAdvancesFunc) 0,
+    (FT_Size_RequestFunc)     T42_Size_Request,
+    (FT_Size_SelectFunc)      T42_Size_Select
+  };
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42drivr.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42drivr.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..98b7410
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42drivr.h
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  t42drivr.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    High-level Type 42 driver interface (specification).                 */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2002 by Roberto Alameda.                                     */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __T42DRIVR_H__
+#define __T42DRIVR_H__
+
+
+#include 
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DRIVER_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  FT_EXPORT_VAR( const FT_Driver_ClassRec )  t42_driver_class;
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+
+#endif /* __T42DRIVR_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42error.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42error.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b230910
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42error.h
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  t42error.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Type 42 error codes (specification only).                            */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2002, 2003 by                                                */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This file is used to define the Type 42 error enumeration constants.  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef __T42ERROR_H__
+#define __T42ERROR_H__
+
+#include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
+
+#undef __FTERRORS_H__
+
+#define FT_ERR_PREFIX  T42_Err_
+#define FT_ERR_BASE    FT_Mod_Err_Type42
+
+#include FT_ERRORS_H
+
+#endif /* __T42ERROR_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42objs.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42objs.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..16e9809
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42objs.c
@@ -0,0 +1,647 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  t42objs.c                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Type 42 objects manager (body).                                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by Roberto Alameda. */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include "t42objs.h"
+#include "t42parse.h"
+#include "t42error.h"
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
+#include FT_LIST_H
+
+
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_t42
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  T42_Open_Face( T42_Face  face )
+  {
+    T42_LoaderRec  loader;
+    T42_Parser     parser;
+    T1_Font        type1 = &face->type1;
+    FT_Memory      memory = face->root.memory;
+    FT_Error       error;
+
+    PSAux_Service  psaux  = (PSAux_Service)face->psaux;
+
+
+    t42_loader_init( &loader, face );
+
+    parser = &loader.parser;
+
+    if ( FT_ALLOC( face->ttf_data, 12 ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    error = t42_parser_init( parser,
+                             face->root.stream,
+                             memory,
+                             psaux);
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    error = t42_parse_dict( face, &loader,
+                            parser->base_dict, parser->base_len );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    if ( type1->font_type != 42 )
+    {
+      error = T42_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* now, propagate the charstrings and glyphnames tables */
+    /* to the Type1 data                                    */
+    type1->num_glyphs = loader.num_glyphs;
+
+    if ( !loader.charstrings.init )
+    {
+      FT_ERROR(( "T42_Open_Face: no charstrings array in face!\n" ));
+      error = T42_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+    }
+
+    loader.charstrings.init  = 0;
+    type1->charstrings_block = loader.charstrings.block;
+    type1->charstrings       = loader.charstrings.elements;
+    type1->charstrings_len   = loader.charstrings.lengths;
+
+    /* we copy the glyph names `block' and `elements' fields; */
+    /* the `lengths' field must be released later             */
+    type1->glyph_names_block    = loader.glyph_names.block;
+    type1->glyph_names          = (FT_String**)loader.glyph_names.elements;
+    loader.glyph_names.block    = 0;
+    loader.glyph_names.elements = 0;
+
+    /* we must now build type1.encoding when we have a custom array */
+    if ( type1->encoding_type == T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ARRAY )
+    {
+      FT_Int    charcode, idx, min_char, max_char;
+      FT_Byte*  char_name;
+      FT_Byte*  glyph_name;
+
+
+      /* OK, we do the following: for each element in the encoding   */
+      /* table, look up the index of the glyph having the same name  */
+      /* as defined in the CharStrings array.                        */
+      /* The index is then stored in type1.encoding.char_index, and  */
+      /* the name in type1.encoding.char_name                        */
+
+      min_char = +32000;
+      max_char = -32000;
+
+      charcode = 0;
+      for ( ; charcode < loader.encoding_table.max_elems; charcode++ )
+      {
+        type1->encoding.char_index[charcode] = 0;
+        type1->encoding.char_name [charcode] = (char *)".notdef";
+
+        char_name = loader.encoding_table.elements[charcode];
+        if ( char_name )
+          for ( idx = 0; idx < type1->num_glyphs; idx++ )
+          {
+            glyph_name = (FT_Byte*)type1->glyph_names[idx];
+            if ( ft_strcmp( (const char*)char_name,
+                            (const char*)glyph_name ) == 0 )
+            {
+              type1->encoding.char_index[charcode] = (FT_UShort)idx;
+              type1->encoding.char_name [charcode] = (char*)glyph_name;
+
+              /* Change min/max encoded char only if glyph name is */
+              /* not /.notdef                                      */
+              if ( ft_strcmp( (const char*)".notdef",
+                              (const char*)glyph_name ) != 0 )
+              {
+                if ( charcode < min_char )
+                  min_char = charcode;
+                if ( charcode > max_char )
+                  max_char = charcode;
+              }
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+      }
+      type1->encoding.code_first = min_char;
+      type1->encoding.code_last  = max_char;
+      type1->encoding.num_chars  = loader.num_chars;
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    t42_loader_done( &loader );
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  /***************** Driver Functions *************/
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  T42_Face_Init( FT_Stream      stream,
+                 T42_Face       face,
+                 FT_Int         face_index,
+                 FT_Int         num_params,
+                 FT_Parameter*  params )
+  {
+    FT_Error            error;
+    FT_Service_PsCMaps  psnames;
+    PSAux_Service       psaux;
+    FT_Face             root  = (FT_Face)&face->root;
+    T1_Font             type1 = &face->type1;
+    PS_FontInfo         info  = &type1->font_info;
+
+    FT_UNUSED( num_params );
+    FT_UNUSED( params );
+    FT_UNUSED( face_index );
+    FT_UNUSED( stream );
+
+
+    face->ttf_face       = NULL;
+    face->root.num_faces = 1;
+
+    FT_FACE_FIND_GLOBAL_SERVICE( face, psnames, POSTSCRIPT_CMAPS );
+    face->psnames = psnames;
+
+    face->psaux = FT_Get_Module_Interface( FT_FACE_LIBRARY( face ),
+                                           "psaux" );
+    psaux = (PSAux_Service)face->psaux;
+
+    /* open the tokenizer, this will also check the font format */
+    error = T42_Open_Face( face );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* if we just wanted to check the format, leave successfully now */
+    if ( face_index < 0 )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* check the face index */
+    if ( face_index > 0 )
+    {
+      FT_ERROR(( "T42_Face_Init: invalid face index\n" ));
+      error = T42_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* Now load the font program into the face object */
+
+    /* Init the face object fields */
+    /* Now set up root face fields */
+
+    root->num_glyphs   = type1->num_glyphs;
+    root->num_charmaps = 0;
+    root->face_index   = 0;
+
+    root->face_flags = FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE    |
+                       FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL  |
+                       FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES;
+
+    if ( info->is_fixed_pitch )
+      root->face_flags |= FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH;
+
+    /* We only set this flag if we have the patented bytecode interpreter. */
+    /* There are no known `tricky' Type42 fonts that could be loaded with  */
+    /* the unpatented interpreter.                                         */
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
+    root->face_flags |= FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTER;
+#endif
+
+    /* XXX: TODO -- add kerning with .afm support */
+
+    /* get style name -- be careful, some broken fonts only */
+    /* have a `/FontName' dictionary entry!                 */
+    root->family_name = info->family_name;
+    /* assume "Regular" style if we don't know better */
+    root->style_name = (char *)"Regular";
+    if ( root->family_name )
+    {
+      char*  full   = info->full_name;
+      char*  family = root->family_name;
+
+
+      if ( full )
+      {
+        while ( *full )
+        {
+          if ( *full == *family )
+          {
+            family++;
+            full++;
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            if ( *full == ' ' || *full == '-' )
+              full++;
+            else if ( *family == ' ' || *family == '-' )
+              family++;
+            else
+            {
+              if ( !*family )
+                root->style_name = full;
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* do we have a `/FontName'? */
+      if ( type1->font_name )
+        root->family_name = type1->font_name;
+    }
+
+    /* no embedded bitmap support */
+    root->num_fixed_sizes = 0;
+    root->available_sizes = 0;
+
+    /* Load the TTF font embedded in the T42 font */
+    {
+      FT_Open_Args  args;
+
+
+      args.flags       = FT_OPEN_MEMORY;
+      args.memory_base = face->ttf_data;
+      args.memory_size = face->ttf_size;
+
+      if ( num_params )
+      {
+        args.flags     |= FT_OPEN_PARAMS;
+        args.num_params = num_params;
+        args.params     = params;
+      }
+
+      error = FT_Open_Face( FT_FACE_LIBRARY( face ),
+                            &args, 0, &face->ttf_face );
+    }
+
+    if ( error )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    FT_Done_Size( face->ttf_face->size );
+
+    /* Ignore info in FontInfo dictionary and use the info from the  */
+    /* loaded TTF font.  The PostScript interpreter also ignores it. */
+    root->bbox         = face->ttf_face->bbox;
+    root->units_per_EM = face->ttf_face->units_per_EM;
+
+    root->ascender  = face->ttf_face->ascender;
+    root->descender = face->ttf_face->descender;
+    root->height    = face->ttf_face->height;
+
+    root->max_advance_width  = face->ttf_face->max_advance_width;
+    root->max_advance_height = face->ttf_face->max_advance_height;
+
+    root->underline_position  = (FT_Short)info->underline_position;
+    root->underline_thickness = (FT_Short)info->underline_thickness;
+
+    /* compute style flags */
+    root->style_flags = 0;
+    if ( info->italic_angle )
+      root->style_flags |= FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC;
+
+    if ( face->ttf_face->style_flags & FT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLD )
+      root->style_flags |= FT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLD;
+
+    if ( face->ttf_face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_VERTICAL )
+      root->face_flags |= FT_FACE_FLAG_VERTICAL;
+
+    {
+      if ( psnames && psaux )
+      {
+        FT_CharMapRec    charmap;
+        T1_CMap_Classes  cmap_classes = psaux->t1_cmap_classes;
+        FT_CMap_Class    clazz;
+
+
+        charmap.face = root;
+
+        /* first of all, try to synthesize a Unicode charmap */
+        charmap.platform_id = 3;
+        charmap.encoding_id = 1;
+        charmap.encoding    = FT_ENCODING_UNICODE;
+
+        FT_CMap_New( cmap_classes->unicode, NULL, &charmap, NULL );
+
+        /* now, generate an Adobe Standard encoding when appropriate */
+        charmap.platform_id = 7;
+        clazz               = NULL;
+
+        switch ( type1->encoding_type )
+        {
+        case T1_ENCODING_TYPE_STANDARD:
+          charmap.encoding    = FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_STANDARD;
+          charmap.encoding_id = 0;
+          clazz               = cmap_classes->standard;
+          break;
+
+        case T1_ENCODING_TYPE_EXPERT:
+          charmap.encoding    = FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_EXPERT;
+          charmap.encoding_id = 1;
+          clazz               = cmap_classes->expert;
+          break;
+
+        case T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ARRAY:
+          charmap.encoding    = FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_CUSTOM;
+          charmap.encoding_id = 2;
+          clazz               = cmap_classes->custom;
+          break;
+
+        case T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ISOLATIN1:
+          charmap.encoding    = FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_LATIN_1;
+          charmap.encoding_id = 3;
+          clazz               = cmap_classes->unicode;
+          break;
+
+        default:
+          ;
+        }
+
+        if ( clazz )
+          FT_CMap_New( clazz, NULL, &charmap, NULL );
+
+#if 0
+        /* Select default charmap */
+        if ( root->num_charmaps )
+          root->charmap = root->charmaps[0];
+#endif
+      }
+    }
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  T42_Face_Done( T42_Face  face )
+  {
+    T1_Font      type1;
+    PS_FontInfo  info;
+    FT_Memory    memory;
+
+
+    if ( !face )
+      return;
+
+    type1  = &face->type1;
+    info   = &type1->font_info;
+    memory = face->root.memory;
+
+    /* delete internal ttf face prior to freeing face->ttf_data */
+    if ( face->ttf_face )
+      FT_Done_Face( face->ttf_face );
+
+    /* release font info strings */
+    FT_FREE( info->version );
+    FT_FREE( info->notice );
+    FT_FREE( info->full_name );
+    FT_FREE( info->family_name );
+    FT_FREE( info->weight );
+
+    /* release top dictionary */
+    FT_FREE( type1->charstrings_len );
+    FT_FREE( type1->charstrings );
+    FT_FREE( type1->glyph_names );
+
+    FT_FREE( type1->charstrings_block );
+    FT_FREE( type1->glyph_names_block );
+
+    FT_FREE( type1->encoding.char_index );
+    FT_FREE( type1->encoding.char_name );
+    FT_FREE( type1->font_name );
+
+    FT_FREE( face->ttf_data );
+
+#if 0
+    /* release afm data if present */
+    if ( face->afm_data )
+      T1_Done_AFM( memory, (T1_AFM*)face->afm_data );
+#endif
+
+    /* release unicode map, if any */
+    FT_FREE( face->unicode_map.maps );
+    face->unicode_map.num_maps = 0;
+
+    face->root.family_name = 0;
+    face->root.style_name  = 0;
+  }
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                             */
+  /*    T42_Driver_Init                                                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                          */
+  /*    Initializes a given Type 42 driver object.                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                                */
+  /*    driver :: A handle to the target driver object.                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                                                               */
+  /*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  T42_Driver_Init( T42_Driver  driver )
+  {
+    FT_Module  ttmodule;
+
+
+    ttmodule = FT_Get_Module( FT_MODULE(driver)->library, "truetype" );
+    driver->ttclazz = (FT_Driver_Class)ttmodule->clazz;
+
+    return T42_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  T42_Driver_Done( T42_Driver  driver )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( driver );
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  T42_Size_Init( T42_Size  size )
+  {
+    FT_Face   face = size->root.face;
+    T42_Face  t42face = (T42_Face)face;
+    FT_Size   ttsize;
+    FT_Error  error   = T42_Err_Ok;
+
+
+    error = FT_New_Size( t42face->ttf_face, &ttsize );
+    size->ttsize = ttsize;
+
+    FT_Activate_Size( ttsize );
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  T42_Size_Request( T42_Size         size,
+                    FT_Size_Request  req )
+  {
+    T42_Face  face = (T42_Face)size->root.face;
+    FT_Error  error;
+
+
+    FT_Activate_Size( size->ttsize );
+
+    error = FT_Request_Size( face->ttf_face, req );
+    if ( !error )
+      ( (FT_Size)size )->metrics = face->ttf_face->size->metrics;
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  T42_Size_Select( T42_Size  size,
+                   FT_ULong  strike_index )
+  {
+    T42_Face  face = (T42_Face)size->root.face;
+    FT_Error  error;
+
+
+    FT_Activate_Size( size->ttsize );
+
+    error = FT_Select_Size( face->ttf_face, (FT_Int)strike_index );
+    if ( !error )
+      ( (FT_Size)size )->metrics = face->ttf_face->size->metrics;
+
+    return error;
+
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  T42_Size_Done( T42_Size  size )
+  {
+    FT_Face      face    = size->root.face;
+    T42_Face     t42face = (T42_Face)face;
+    FT_ListNode  node;
+
+
+    node = FT_List_Find( &t42face->ttf_face->sizes_list, size->ttsize );
+    if ( node )
+    {
+      FT_Done_Size( size->ttsize );
+      size->ttsize = NULL;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  T42_GlyphSlot_Init( T42_GlyphSlot  slot )
+  {
+    FT_Face       face    = slot->root.face;
+    T42_Face      t42face = (T42_Face)face;
+    FT_GlyphSlot  ttslot;
+    FT_Error      error   = T42_Err_Ok;
+
+
+    if ( face->glyph == NULL )
+    {
+      /* First glyph slot for this face */
+      slot->ttslot = t42face->ttf_face->glyph;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      error = FT_New_GlyphSlot( t42face->ttf_face, &ttslot );
+      slot->ttslot = ttslot;
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  T42_GlyphSlot_Done( T42_GlyphSlot slot )
+  {
+    FT_Done_GlyphSlot( slot->ttslot );
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  t42_glyphslot_clear( FT_GlyphSlot  slot )
+  {
+    /* free bitmap if needed */
+    ft_glyphslot_free_bitmap( slot );
+
+    /* clear all public fields in the glyph slot */
+    FT_ZERO( &slot->metrics );
+    FT_ZERO( &slot->outline );
+    FT_ZERO( &slot->bitmap );
+
+    slot->bitmap_left   = 0;
+    slot->bitmap_top    = 0;
+    slot->num_subglyphs = 0;
+    slot->subglyphs     = 0;
+    slot->control_data  = 0;
+    slot->control_len   = 0;
+    slot->other         = 0;
+    slot->format        = FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_NONE;
+
+    slot->linearHoriAdvance = 0;
+    slot->linearVertAdvance = 0;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  T42_GlyphSlot_Load( FT_GlyphSlot  glyph,
+                      FT_Size       size,
+                      FT_UInt       glyph_index,
+                      FT_Int32      load_flags )
+  {
+    FT_Error         error;
+    T42_GlyphSlot    t42slot = (T42_GlyphSlot)glyph;
+    T42_Size         t42size = (T42_Size)size;
+    FT_Driver_Class  ttclazz = ((T42_Driver)glyph->face->driver)->ttclazz;
+
+
+    t42_glyphslot_clear( t42slot->ttslot );
+    error = ttclazz->load_glyph( t42slot->ttslot,
+                                 t42size->ttsize,
+                                 glyph_index,
+                                 load_flags | FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP );
+
+    if ( !error )
+    {
+      glyph->metrics = t42slot->ttslot->metrics;
+
+      glyph->linearHoriAdvance = t42slot->ttslot->linearHoriAdvance;
+      glyph->linearVertAdvance = t42slot->ttslot->linearVertAdvance;
+
+      glyph->format  = t42slot->ttslot->format;
+      glyph->outline = t42slot->ttslot->outline;
+
+      glyph->bitmap      = t42slot->ttslot->bitmap;
+      glyph->bitmap_left = t42slot->ttslot->bitmap_left;
+      glyph->bitmap_top  = t42slot->ttslot->bitmap_top;
+
+      glyph->num_subglyphs = t42slot->ttslot->num_subglyphs;
+      glyph->subglyphs     = t42slot->ttslot->subglyphs;
+
+      glyph->control_data  = t42slot->ttslot->control_data;
+      glyph->control_len   = t42slot->ttslot->control_len;
+    }
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42objs.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42objs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..289dedc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42objs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  t42objs.h                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Type 42 objects manager (specification).                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2006, 2007 by Roberto Alameda.                   */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __T42OBJS_H__
+#define __T42OBJS_H__
+
+#include 
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+#include FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_TYPE1_TYPES_H
+#include "t42types.h"
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DRIVER_H
+#include FT_SERVICE_POSTSCRIPT_CMAPS_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_HINTS_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /* Type42 size */
+  typedef struct  T42_SizeRec_
+  {
+    FT_SizeRec  root;
+    FT_Size     ttsize;
+
+  } T42_SizeRec, *T42_Size;
+
+
+  /* Type42 slot */
+  typedef struct  T42_GlyphSlotRec_
+  {
+    FT_GlyphSlotRec  root;
+    FT_GlyphSlot     ttslot;
+
+  } T42_GlyphSlotRec, *T42_GlyphSlot;
+
+
+  /* Type 42 driver */
+  typedef struct  T42_DriverRec_
+  {
+    FT_DriverRec     root;
+    FT_Driver_Class  ttclazz;
+    void*            extension_component;
+
+  } T42_DriverRec, *T42_Driver;
+
+
+  /* */
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  T42_Face_Init( FT_Stream      stream,
+                 T42_Face       face,
+                 FT_Int         face_index,
+                 FT_Int         num_params,
+                 FT_Parameter*  params );
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  T42_Face_Done( T42_Face  face );
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  T42_Size_Init( T42_Size  size );
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  T42_Size_Request( T42_Size         size,
+                    FT_Size_Request  req );
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  T42_Size_Select( T42_Size  size,
+                   FT_ULong  strike_index );
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  T42_Size_Done( T42_Size  size );
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  T42_GlyphSlot_Init( T42_GlyphSlot  slot );
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  T42_GlyphSlot_Load( FT_GlyphSlot  glyph,
+                      FT_Size       size,
+                      FT_UInt       glyph_index,
+                      FT_Int32      load_flags );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  T42_GlyphSlot_Done( T42_GlyphSlot slot );
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  T42_Driver_Init( T42_Driver  driver );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  T42_Driver_Done( T42_Driver  driver );
+
+ /* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+
+#endif /* __T42OBJS_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42parse.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42parse.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b9e408c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42parse.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1175 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  t42parse.c                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Type 42 font parser (body).                                          */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 by            */
+/*  Roberto Alameda.                                                       */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include "t42parse.h"
+#include "t42error.h"
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
+#include FT_LIST_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_AUX_H
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_t42
+
+
+  static void
+  t42_parse_font_matrix( T42_Face    face,
+                         T42_Loader  loader );
+  static void
+  t42_parse_encoding( T42_Face    face,
+                      T42_Loader  loader );
+
+  static void
+  t42_parse_charstrings( T42_Face    face,
+                         T42_Loader  loader );
+
+  static void
+  t42_parse_sfnts( T42_Face    face,
+                   T42_Loader  loader );
+
+
+  /* as Type42 fonts have no Private dict,         */
+  /* we set the last argument of T1_FIELD_XXX to 0 */
+  static const
+  T1_FieldRec  t42_keywords[] = {
+
+#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
+#define FT_STRUCTURE  T1_FontInfo
+#undef  T1CODE
+#define T1CODE        T1_FIELD_LOCATION_FONT_INFO
+
+    T1_FIELD_STRING( "version",            version,             0 )
+    T1_FIELD_STRING( "Notice",             notice,              0 )
+    T1_FIELD_STRING( "FullName",           full_name,           0 )
+    T1_FIELD_STRING( "FamilyName",         family_name,         0 )
+    T1_FIELD_STRING( "Weight",             weight,              0 )
+    T1_FIELD_NUM   ( "ItalicAngle",        italic_angle,        0 )
+    T1_FIELD_BOOL  ( "isFixedPitch",       is_fixed_pitch,      0 )
+    T1_FIELD_NUM   ( "UnderlinePosition",  underline_position,  0 )
+    T1_FIELD_NUM   ( "UnderlineThickness", underline_thickness, 0 )
+
+#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
+#define FT_STRUCTURE  PS_FontExtraRec
+#undef  T1CODE
+#define T1CODE        T1_FIELD_LOCATION_FONT_EXTRA
+
+    T1_FIELD_NUM   ( "FSType",             fs_type,             0 )
+
+#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
+#define FT_STRUCTURE  T1_FontRec
+#undef  T1CODE
+#define T1CODE        T1_FIELD_LOCATION_FONT_DICT
+
+    T1_FIELD_KEY  ( "FontName",    font_name,    0 )
+    T1_FIELD_NUM  ( "PaintType",   paint_type,   0 )
+    T1_FIELD_NUM  ( "FontType",    font_type,    0 )
+    T1_FIELD_FIXED( "StrokeWidth", stroke_width, 0 )
+
+#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
+#define FT_STRUCTURE  FT_BBox
+#undef  T1CODE
+#define T1CODE        T1_FIELD_LOCATION_BBOX
+
+    T1_FIELD_BBOX("FontBBox", xMin, 0 )
+
+    T1_FIELD_CALLBACK( "FontMatrix",  t42_parse_font_matrix, 0 )
+    T1_FIELD_CALLBACK( "Encoding",    t42_parse_encoding,    0 )
+    T1_FIELD_CALLBACK( "CharStrings", t42_parse_charstrings, 0 )
+    T1_FIELD_CALLBACK( "sfnts",       t42_parse_sfnts,       0 )
+
+    { 0, T1_FIELD_LOCATION_CID_INFO, T1_FIELD_TYPE_NONE, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
+  };
+
+
+#define T1_Add_Table( p, i, o, l )  (p)->funcs.add( (p), i, o, l )
+#define T1_Done_Table( p )          \
+          do                        \
+          {                         \
+            if ( (p)->funcs.done )  \
+              (p)->funcs.done( p ); \
+          } while ( 0 )
+#define T1_Release_Table( p )          \
+          do                           \
+          {                            \
+            if ( (p)->funcs.release )  \
+              (p)->funcs.release( p ); \
+          } while ( 0 )
+
+#define T1_Skip_Spaces( p )    (p)->root.funcs.skip_spaces( &(p)->root )
+#define T1_Skip_PS_Token( p )  (p)->root.funcs.skip_PS_token( &(p)->root )
+
+#define T1_ToInt( p )                          \
+          (p)->root.funcs.to_int( &(p)->root )
+#define T1_ToBytes( p, b, m, n, d )                          \
+          (p)->root.funcs.to_bytes( &(p)->root, b, m, n, d )
+
+#define T1_ToFixedArray( p, m, f, t )                           \
+          (p)->root.funcs.to_fixed_array( &(p)->root, m, f, t )
+#define T1_ToToken( p, t )                          \
+          (p)->root.funcs.to_token( &(p)->root, t )
+
+#define T1_Load_Field( p, f, o, m, pf )                         \
+          (p)->root.funcs.load_field( &(p)->root, f, o, m, pf )
+#define T1_Load_Field_Table( p, f, o, m, pf )                         \
+          (p)->root.funcs.load_field_table( &(p)->root, f, o, m, pf )
+
+
+  /********************* Parsing Functions ******************/
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  t42_parser_init( T42_Parser     parser,
+                   FT_Stream      stream,
+                   FT_Memory      memory,
+                   PSAux_Service  psaux )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error = T42_Err_Ok;
+    FT_Long   size;
+
+
+    psaux->ps_parser_funcs->init( &parser->root, 0, 0, memory );
+
+    parser->stream    = stream;
+    parser->base_len  = 0;
+    parser->base_dict = 0;
+    parser->in_memory = 0;
+
+    /*******************************************************************/
+    /*                                                                 */
+    /* Here a short summary of what is going on:                       */
+    /*                                                                 */
+    /*   When creating a new Type 42 parser, we try to locate and load */
+    /*   the base dictionary, loading the whole font into memory.      */
+    /*                                                                 */
+    /*   When `loading' the base dictionary, we only set up pointers   */
+    /*   in the case of a memory-based stream.  Otherwise, we allocate */
+    /*   and load the base dictionary in it.                           */
+    /*                                                                 */
+    /*   parser->in_memory is set if we have a memory stream.          */
+    /*                                                                 */
+
+    if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( 0L ) ||
+         FT_FRAME_ENTER( 17 ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    if ( ft_memcmp( stream->cursor, "%!PS-TrueTypeFont", 17 ) != 0 )
+    {
+      FT_TRACE2(( "not a Type42 font\n" ));
+      error = T42_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
+    }
+
+    FT_FRAME_EXIT();
+
+    if ( error || FT_STREAM_SEEK( 0 ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    size = stream->size;
+
+    /* now, try to load `size' bytes of the `base' dictionary we */
+    /* found previously                                          */
+
+    /* if it is a memory-based resource, set up pointers */
+    if ( !stream->read )
+    {
+      parser->base_dict = (FT_Byte*)stream->base + stream->pos;
+      parser->base_len  = size;
+      parser->in_memory = 1;
+
+      /* check that the `size' field is valid */
+      if ( FT_STREAM_SKIP( size ) )
+        goto Exit;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* read segment in memory */
+      if ( FT_ALLOC( parser->base_dict, size )       ||
+           FT_STREAM_READ( parser->base_dict, size ) )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      parser->base_len = size;
+    }
+
+    parser->root.base   = parser->base_dict;
+    parser->root.cursor = parser->base_dict;
+    parser->root.limit  = parser->root.cursor + parser->base_len;
+
+  Exit:
+    if ( error && !parser->in_memory )
+      FT_FREE( parser->base_dict );
+
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  t42_parser_done( T42_Parser  parser )
+  {
+    FT_Memory  memory = parser->root.memory;
+
+
+    /* free the base dictionary only when we have a disk stream */
+    if ( !parser->in_memory )
+      FT_FREE( parser->base_dict );
+
+    parser->root.funcs.done( &parser->root );
+  }
+
+
+  static int
+  t42_is_space( FT_Byte  c )
+  {
+    return ( c == ' '  || c == '\t'              ||
+             c == '\r' || c == '\n' || c == '\f' ||
+             c == '\0'                           );
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  t42_parse_font_matrix( T42_Face    face,
+                         T42_Loader  loader )
+  {
+    T42_Parser  parser = &loader->parser;
+    FT_Matrix*  matrix = &face->type1.font_matrix;
+    FT_Vector*  offset = &face->type1.font_offset;
+    FT_Face     root   = (FT_Face)&face->root;
+    FT_Fixed    temp[6];
+    FT_Fixed    temp_scale;
+
+
+    (void)T1_ToFixedArray( parser, 6, temp, 3 );
+
+    temp_scale = FT_ABS( temp[3] );
+
+    /* Set Units per EM based on FontMatrix values.  We set the value to */
+    /* 1000 / temp_scale, because temp_scale was already multiplied by   */
+    /* 1000 (in t1_tofixed, from psobjs.c).                              */
+
+    root->units_per_EM = (FT_UShort)( FT_DivFix( 1000 * 0x10000L,
+                                                 temp_scale ) >> 16 );
+
+    /* we need to scale the values by 1.0/temp_scale */
+    if ( temp_scale != 0x10000L ) {
+      temp[0] = FT_DivFix( temp[0], temp_scale );
+      temp[1] = FT_DivFix( temp[1], temp_scale );
+      temp[2] = FT_DivFix( temp[2], temp_scale );
+      temp[4] = FT_DivFix( temp[4], temp_scale );
+      temp[5] = FT_DivFix( temp[5], temp_scale );
+      temp[3] = 0x10000L;
+    }
+
+    matrix->xx = temp[0];
+    matrix->yx = temp[1];
+    matrix->xy = temp[2];
+    matrix->yy = temp[3];
+
+    /* note that the offsets must be expressed in integer font units */
+    offset->x = temp[4] >> 16;
+    offset->y = temp[5] >> 16;
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  t42_parse_encoding( T42_Face    face,
+                      T42_Loader  loader )
+  {
+    T42_Parser  parser = &loader->parser;
+    FT_Byte*    cur;
+    FT_Byte*    limit  = parser->root.limit;
+
+    PSAux_Service  psaux  = (PSAux_Service)face->psaux;
+
+
+    T1_Skip_Spaces( parser );
+    cur = parser->root.cursor;
+    if ( cur >= limit )
+    {
+      FT_ERROR(( "t42_parse_encoding: out of bounds!\n" ));
+      parser->root.error = T42_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+      return;
+    }
+
+    /* if we have a number or `[', the encoding is an array, */
+    /* and we must load it now                               */
+    if ( ft_isdigit( *cur ) || *cur == '[' )
+    {
+      T1_Encoding  encode          = &face->type1.encoding;
+      FT_UInt      count, n;
+      PS_Table     char_table      = &loader->encoding_table;
+      FT_Memory    memory          = parser->root.memory;
+      FT_Error     error;
+      FT_Bool      only_immediates = 0;
+
+
+      /* read the number of entries in the encoding; should be 256 */
+      if ( *cur == '[' )
+      {
+        count           = 256;
+        only_immediates = 1;
+        parser->root.cursor++;
+      }
+      else
+        count = (FT_UInt)T1_ToInt( parser );
+
+      T1_Skip_Spaces( parser );
+      if ( parser->root.cursor >= limit )
+        return;
+
+      /* we use a T1_Table to store our charnames */
+      loader->num_chars = encode->num_chars = count;
+      if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( encode->char_index, count )     ||
+           FT_NEW_ARRAY( encode->char_name,  count )     ||
+           FT_SET_ERROR( psaux->ps_table_funcs->init(
+                           char_table, count, memory ) ) )
+      {
+        parser->root.error = error;
+        return;
+      }
+
+      /* We need to `zero' out encoding_table.elements */
+      for ( n = 0; n < count; n++ )
+      {
+        char*  notdef = (char *)".notdef";
+
+
+        T1_Add_Table( char_table, n, notdef, 8 );
+      }
+
+      /* Now we need to read records of the form                */
+      /*                                                        */
+      /*   ... charcode /charname ...                           */
+      /*                                                        */
+      /* for each entry in our table.                           */
+      /*                                                        */
+      /* We simply look for a number followed by an immediate   */
+      /* name.  Note that this ignores correctly the sequence   */
+      /* that is often seen in type42 fonts:                    */
+      /*                                                        */
+      /*   0 1 255 { 1 index exch /.notdef put } for dup        */
+      /*                                                        */
+      /* used to clean the encoding array before anything else. */
+      /*                                                        */
+      /* Alternatively, if the array is directly given as       */
+      /*                                                        */
+      /*   /Encoding [ ... ]                                    */
+      /*                                                        */
+      /* we only read immediates.                               */
+
+      n = 0;
+      T1_Skip_Spaces( parser );
+
+      while ( parser->root.cursor < limit )
+      {
+        cur = parser->root.cursor;
+
+        /* we stop when we encounter `def' or `]' */
+        if ( *cur == 'd' && cur + 3 < limit )
+        {
+          if ( cur[1] == 'e'          &&
+               cur[2] == 'f'          &&
+               t42_is_space( cur[3] ) )
+          {
+            FT_TRACE6(( "encoding end\n" ));
+            cur += 3;
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+        if ( *cur == ']' )
+        {
+          FT_TRACE6(( "encoding end\n" ));
+          cur++;
+          break;
+        }
+
+        /* check whether we have found an entry */
+        if ( ft_isdigit( *cur ) || only_immediates )
+        {
+          FT_Int  charcode;
+
+
+          if ( only_immediates )
+            charcode = n;
+          else
+          {
+            charcode = (FT_Int)T1_ToInt( parser );
+            T1_Skip_Spaces( parser );
+          }
+
+          cur = parser->root.cursor;
+
+          if ( *cur == '/' && cur + 2 < limit && n < count )
+          {
+            FT_PtrDist  len;
+
+
+            cur++;
+
+            parser->root.cursor = cur;
+            T1_Skip_PS_Token( parser );
+            if ( parser->root.error )
+              return;
+
+            len = parser->root.cursor - cur;
+
+            parser->root.error = T1_Add_Table( char_table, charcode,
+                                               cur, len + 1 );
+            if ( parser->root.error )
+              return;
+            char_table->elements[charcode][len] = '\0';
+
+            n++;
+          }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          T1_Skip_PS_Token( parser );
+          if ( parser->root.error )
+            return;
+        }
+
+        T1_Skip_Spaces( parser );
+      }
+
+      face->type1.encoding_type  = T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ARRAY;
+      parser->root.cursor        = cur;
+    }
+
+    /* Otherwise, we should have either `StandardEncoding', */
+    /* `ExpertEncoding', or `ISOLatin1Encoding'             */
+    else
+    {
+      if ( cur + 17 < limit                                            &&
+           ft_strncmp( (const char*)cur, "StandardEncoding", 16 ) == 0 )
+        face->type1.encoding_type = T1_ENCODING_TYPE_STANDARD;
+
+      else if ( cur + 15 < limit                                          &&
+                ft_strncmp( (const char*)cur, "ExpertEncoding", 14 ) == 0 )
+        face->type1.encoding_type = T1_ENCODING_TYPE_EXPERT;
+
+      else if ( cur + 18 < limit                                             &&
+                ft_strncmp( (const char*)cur, "ISOLatin1Encoding", 17 ) == 0 )
+        face->type1.encoding_type = T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ISOLATIN1;
+
+      else
+      {
+        FT_ERROR(( "t42_parse_encoding: invalid token!\n" ));
+        parser->root.error = T42_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  typedef enum  T42_Load_Status_
+  {
+    BEFORE_START,
+    BEFORE_TABLE_DIR,
+    OTHER_TABLES
+
+  } T42_Load_Status;
+
+
+  static void
+  t42_parse_sfnts( T42_Face    face,
+                   T42_Loader  loader )
+  {
+    T42_Parser  parser = &loader->parser;
+    FT_Memory   memory = parser->root.memory;
+    FT_Byte*    cur;
+    FT_Byte*    limit  = parser->root.limit;
+    FT_Error    error;
+    FT_Int      num_tables = 0;
+    FT_ULong    count, ttf_size = 0;
+
+    FT_Long     n, string_size, old_string_size, real_size;
+    FT_Byte*    string_buf = NULL;
+    FT_Bool     allocated  = 0;
+
+    T42_Load_Status  status;
+
+
+    /* The format is                                */
+    /*                                              */
+    /*   /sfnts [   ... ] def */
+    /*                                              */
+    /* or                                           */
+    /*                                              */
+    /*   /sfnts [                                   */
+    /*       RD         */
+    /*       RD         */
+    /*      ...                                     */
+    /*   ] def                                      */
+    /*                                              */
+    /* with exactly one space after the `RD' token. */
+
+    T1_Skip_Spaces( parser );
+
+    if ( parser->root.cursor >= limit || *parser->root.cursor++ != '[' )
+    {
+      FT_ERROR(( "t42_parse_sfnts: can't find begin of sfnts vector!\n" ));
+      error = T42_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+      goto Fail;
+    }
+
+    T1_Skip_Spaces( parser );
+    status          = BEFORE_START;
+    string_size     = 0;
+    old_string_size = 0;
+    count           = 0;
+
+    while ( parser->root.cursor < limit )
+    {
+      cur = parser->root.cursor;
+
+      if ( *cur == ']' )
+      {
+        parser->root.cursor++;
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+
+      else if ( *cur == '<' )
+      {
+        T1_Skip_PS_Token( parser );
+        if ( parser->root.error )
+          goto Exit;
+
+        /* don't include delimiters */
+        string_size = (FT_Long)( ( parser->root.cursor - cur - 2 + 1 ) / 2 );
+        if ( FT_REALLOC( string_buf, old_string_size, string_size ) )
+          goto Fail;
+
+        allocated = 1;
+
+        parser->root.cursor = cur;
+        (void)T1_ToBytes( parser, string_buf, string_size, &real_size, 1 );
+        old_string_size = string_size;
+        string_size = real_size;
+      }
+
+      else if ( ft_isdigit( *cur ) )
+      {
+        if ( allocated )
+        {
+          FT_ERROR(( "t42_parse_sfnts: "
+                     "can't handle mixed binary and hex strings!\n" ));
+          error = T42_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+          goto Fail;
+        }
+
+        string_size = T1_ToInt( parser );
+
+        T1_Skip_PS_Token( parser );             /* `RD' */
+        if ( parser->root.error )
+          return;
+
+        string_buf = parser->root.cursor + 1;   /* one space after `RD' */
+
+        parser->root.cursor += string_size + 1;
+        if ( parser->root.cursor >= limit )
+        {
+          FT_ERROR(( "t42_parse_sfnts: too many binary data!\n" ));
+          error = T42_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+          goto Fail;
+        }
+      }
+
+      if ( !string_buf )
+      {
+        FT_ERROR(( "t42_parse_sfnts: invalid data in sfnts array!\n" ));
+        error = T42_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+        goto Fail;
+      }
+
+      /* A string can have a trailing zero byte for padding.  Ignore it. */
+      if ( string_buf[string_size - 1] == 0 && ( string_size % 2 == 1 ) )
+        string_size--;
+
+      if ( !string_size )
+      {
+        FT_ERROR(( "t42_parse_sfnts: invalid string!\n" ));
+        error = T42_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+        goto Fail;
+      }
+
+      for ( n = 0; n < string_size; n++ )
+      {
+        switch ( status )
+        {
+        case BEFORE_START:
+          /* load offset table, 12 bytes */
+          if ( count < 12 )
+          {
+            face->ttf_data[count++] = string_buf[n];
+            continue;
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            num_tables = 16 * face->ttf_data[4] + face->ttf_data[5];
+            status     = BEFORE_TABLE_DIR;
+            ttf_size   = 12 + 16 * num_tables;
+
+            if ( FT_REALLOC( face->ttf_data, 12, ttf_size ) )
+              goto Fail;
+          }
+          /* fall through */
+
+        case BEFORE_TABLE_DIR:
+          /* the offset table is read; read the table directory */
+          if ( count < ttf_size )
+          {
+            face->ttf_data[count++] = string_buf[n];
+            continue;
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            int       i;
+            FT_ULong  len;
+
+
+            for ( i = 0; i < num_tables; i++ )
+            {
+              FT_Byte*  p = face->ttf_data + 12 + 16 * i + 12;
+
+
+              len = FT_PEEK_ULONG( p );
+
+              /* Pad to a 4-byte boundary length */
+              ttf_size += ( len + 3 ) & ~3;
+            }
+
+            status         = OTHER_TABLES;
+            face->ttf_size = ttf_size;
+
+            /* there are no more than 256 tables, so no size check here */
+            if ( FT_REALLOC( face->ttf_data, 12 + 16 * num_tables,
+                             ttf_size + 1 ) )
+              goto Fail;
+          }
+          /* fall through */
+
+        case OTHER_TABLES:
+          /* all other tables are just copied */
+          if ( count >= ttf_size )
+          {
+            FT_ERROR(( "t42_parse_sfnts: too many binary data!\n" ));
+            error = T42_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+            goto Fail;
+          }
+          face->ttf_data[count++] = string_buf[n];
+        }
+      }
+
+      T1_Skip_Spaces( parser );
+    }
+
+    /* if control reaches this point, the format was not valid */
+    error = T42_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+
+  Fail:
+    parser->root.error = error;
+
+  Exit:
+    if ( allocated )
+      FT_FREE( string_buf );
+  }
+
+
+  static void
+  t42_parse_charstrings( T42_Face    face,
+                         T42_Loader  loader )
+  {
+    T42_Parser     parser       = &loader->parser;
+    PS_Table       code_table   = &loader->charstrings;
+    PS_Table       name_table   = &loader->glyph_names;
+    PS_Table       swap_table   = &loader->swap_table;
+    FT_Memory      memory       = parser->root.memory;
+    FT_Error       error;
+
+    PSAux_Service  psaux        = (PSAux_Service)face->psaux;
+
+    FT_Byte*       cur;
+    FT_Byte*       limit        = parser->root.limit;
+    FT_UInt        n;
+    FT_UInt        notdef_index = 0;
+    FT_Byte        notdef_found = 0;
+
+
+    T1_Skip_Spaces( parser );
+
+    if ( parser->root.cursor >= limit )
+    {
+      FT_ERROR(( "t42_parse_charstrings: out of bounds!\n" ));
+      error = T42_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+      goto Fail;
+    }
+
+    if ( ft_isdigit( *parser->root.cursor ) )
+    {
+      loader->num_glyphs = (FT_UInt)T1_ToInt( parser );
+      if ( parser->root.error )
+        return;
+    }
+    else if ( *parser->root.cursor == '<' )
+    {
+      /* We have `<< ... >>'.  Count the number of `/' in the dictionary */
+      /* to get its size.                                                */
+      FT_UInt  count = 0;
+
+
+      T1_Skip_PS_Token( parser );
+      if ( parser->root.error )
+        return;
+      T1_Skip_Spaces( parser );
+      cur = parser->root.cursor;
+
+      while ( parser->root.cursor < limit )
+      {
+        if ( *parser->root.cursor == '/' )
+          count++;
+        else if ( *parser->root.cursor == '>' )
+        {
+          loader->num_glyphs  = count;
+          parser->root.cursor = cur;        /* rewind */
+          break;
+        }
+        T1_Skip_PS_Token( parser );
+        if ( parser->root.error )
+          return;
+        T1_Skip_Spaces( parser );
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      FT_ERROR(( "t42_parse_charstrings: invalid token!\n" ));
+      error = T42_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+      goto Fail;
+    }
+
+    if ( parser->root.cursor >= limit )
+    {
+      FT_ERROR(( "t42_parse_charstrings: out of bounds!\n" ));
+      error = T42_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+      goto Fail;
+    }
+
+    /* initialize tables */
+
+    error = psaux->ps_table_funcs->init( code_table,
+                                         loader->num_glyphs,
+                                         memory );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Fail;
+
+    error = psaux->ps_table_funcs->init( name_table,
+                                         loader->num_glyphs,
+                                         memory );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Fail;
+
+    /* Initialize table for swapping index notdef_index and */
+    /* index 0 names and codes (if necessary).              */
+
+    error = psaux->ps_table_funcs->init( swap_table, 4, memory );
+    if ( error )
+      goto Fail;
+
+    n = 0;
+
+    for (;;)
+    {
+      /* The format is simple:                   */
+      /*   `/glyphname' + index [+ def]          */
+
+      T1_Skip_Spaces( parser );
+
+      cur = parser->root.cursor;
+      if ( cur >= limit )
+        break;
+
+      /* We stop when we find an `end' keyword or '>' */
+      if ( *cur   == 'e'          &&
+           cur + 3 < limit        &&
+           cur[1] == 'n'          &&
+           cur[2] == 'd'          &&
+           t42_is_space( cur[3] ) )
+        break;
+      if ( *cur == '>' )
+        break;
+
+      T1_Skip_PS_Token( parser );
+      if ( parser->root.error )
+        return;
+
+      if ( *cur == '/' )
+      {
+        FT_PtrDist  len;
+
+
+        if ( cur + 1 >= limit )
+        {
+          FT_ERROR(( "t42_parse_charstrings: out of bounds!\n" ));
+          error = T42_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+          goto Fail;
+        }
+
+        cur++;                              /* skip `/' */
+        len = parser->root.cursor - cur;
+
+        error = T1_Add_Table( name_table, n, cur, len + 1 );
+        if ( error )
+          goto Fail;
+
+        /* add a trailing zero to the name table */
+        name_table->elements[n][len] = '\0';
+
+        /* record index of /.notdef */
+        if ( *cur == '.'                                              &&
+             ft_strcmp( ".notdef",
+                        (const char*)(name_table->elements[n]) ) == 0 )
+        {
+          notdef_index = n;
+          notdef_found = 1;
+        }
+
+        T1_Skip_Spaces( parser );
+
+        cur = parser->root.cursor;
+
+        (void)T1_ToInt( parser );
+        if ( parser->root.cursor >= limit )
+        {
+          FT_ERROR(( "t42_parse_charstrings: out of bounds!\n" ));
+          error = T42_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+          goto Fail;
+        }
+
+        len = parser->root.cursor - cur;
+
+        error = T1_Add_Table( code_table, n, cur, len + 1 );
+        if ( error )
+          goto Fail;
+
+        code_table->elements[n][len] = '\0';
+
+        n++;
+        if ( n >= loader->num_glyphs )
+          break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    loader->num_glyphs = n;
+
+    if ( !notdef_found )
+    {
+      FT_ERROR(( "t42_parse_charstrings: no /.notdef glyph!\n" ));
+      error = T42_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+      goto Fail;
+    }
+
+    /* if /.notdef does not occupy index 0, do our magic. */
+    if ( ft_strcmp( (const char*)".notdef",
+                    (const char*)name_table->elements[0] ) )
+    {
+      /* Swap glyph in index 0 with /.notdef glyph.  First, add index 0  */
+      /* name and code entries to swap_table.  Then place notdef_index   */
+      /* name and code entries into swap_table.  Then swap name and code */
+      /* entries at indices notdef_index and 0 using values stored in    */
+      /* swap_table.                                                     */
+
+      /* Index 0 name */
+      error = T1_Add_Table( swap_table, 0,
+                            name_table->elements[0],
+                            name_table->lengths [0] );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Fail;
+
+      /* Index 0 code */
+      error = T1_Add_Table( swap_table, 1,
+                            code_table->elements[0],
+                            code_table->lengths [0] );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Fail;
+
+      /* Index notdef_index name */
+      error = T1_Add_Table( swap_table, 2,
+                            name_table->elements[notdef_index],
+                            name_table->lengths [notdef_index] );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Fail;
+
+      /* Index notdef_index code */
+      error = T1_Add_Table( swap_table, 3,
+                            code_table->elements[notdef_index],
+                            code_table->lengths [notdef_index] );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Fail;
+
+      error = T1_Add_Table( name_table, notdef_index,
+                            swap_table->elements[0],
+                            swap_table->lengths [0] );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Fail;
+
+      error = T1_Add_Table( code_table, notdef_index,
+                            swap_table->elements[1],
+                            swap_table->lengths [1] );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Fail;
+
+      error = T1_Add_Table( name_table, 0,
+                            swap_table->elements[2],
+                            swap_table->lengths [2] );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Fail;
+
+      error = T1_Add_Table( code_table, 0,
+                            swap_table->elements[3],
+                            swap_table->lengths [3] );
+      if ( error )
+        goto Fail;
+
+    }
+
+    return;
+
+  Fail:
+    parser->root.error = error;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  t42_load_keyword( T42_Face    face,
+                    T42_Loader  loader,
+                    T1_Field    field )
+  {
+    FT_Error  error;
+    void*     dummy_object;
+    void**    objects;
+    FT_UInt   max_objects = 0;
+
+
+    /* if the keyword has a dedicated callback, call it */
+    if ( field->type == T1_FIELD_TYPE_CALLBACK )
+    {
+      field->reader( (FT_Face)face, loader );
+      error = loader->parser.root.error;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* now the keyword is either a simple field or a table of fields; */
+    /* we are now going to take care of it                            */
+
+    switch ( field->location )
+    {
+    case T1_FIELD_LOCATION_FONT_INFO:
+      dummy_object = &face->type1.font_info;
+      break;
+
+    case T1_FIELD_LOCATION_BBOX:
+      dummy_object = &face->type1.font_bbox;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      dummy_object = &face->type1;
+    }
+
+    objects = &dummy_object;
+
+    if ( field->type == T1_FIELD_TYPE_INTEGER_ARRAY ||
+         field->type == T1_FIELD_TYPE_FIXED_ARRAY   )
+      error = T1_Load_Field_Table( &loader->parser, field,
+                                   objects, max_objects, 0 );
+    else
+      error = T1_Load_Field( &loader->parser, field,
+                             objects, max_objects, 0 );
+
+   Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( FT_Error )
+  t42_parse_dict( T42_Face    face,
+                  T42_Loader  loader,
+                  FT_Byte*    base,
+                  FT_Long     size )
+  {
+    T42_Parser  parser     = &loader->parser;
+    FT_Byte*    limit;
+    FT_Int      n_keywords = (FT_Int)( sizeof ( t42_keywords ) /
+                                         sizeof ( t42_keywords[0] ) );
+
+
+    parser->root.cursor = base;
+    parser->root.limit  = base + size;
+    parser->root.error  = T42_Err_Ok;
+
+    limit = parser->root.limit;
+
+    T1_Skip_Spaces( parser );
+
+    while ( parser->root.cursor < limit )
+    {
+      FT_Byte*  cur;
+
+
+      cur = parser->root.cursor;
+
+      /* look for `FontDirectory' which causes problems for some fonts */
+      if ( *cur == 'F' && cur + 25 < limit                    &&
+           ft_strncmp( (char*)cur, "FontDirectory", 13 ) == 0 )
+      {
+        FT_Byte*  cur2;
+
+
+        /* skip the `FontDirectory' keyword */
+        T1_Skip_PS_Token( parser );
+        T1_Skip_Spaces  ( parser );
+        cur = cur2 = parser->root.cursor;
+
+        /* look up the `known' keyword */
+        while ( cur < limit )
+        {
+          if ( *cur == 'k' && cur + 5 < limit             &&
+                ft_strncmp( (char*)cur, "known", 5 ) == 0 )
+            break;
+
+          T1_Skip_PS_Token( parser );
+          if ( parser->root.error )
+            goto Exit;
+          T1_Skip_Spaces  ( parser );
+          cur = parser->root.cursor;
+        }
+
+        if ( cur < limit )
+        {
+          T1_TokenRec  token;
+
+
+          /* skip the `known' keyword and the token following it */
+          T1_Skip_PS_Token( parser );
+          T1_ToToken( parser, &token );
+
+          /* if the last token was an array, skip it! */
+          if ( token.type == T1_TOKEN_TYPE_ARRAY )
+            cur2 = parser->root.cursor;
+        }
+        parser->root.cursor = cur2;
+      }
+
+      /* look for immediates */
+      else if ( *cur == '/' && cur + 2 < limit )
+      {
+        FT_PtrDist  len;
+
+
+        cur++;
+
+        parser->root.cursor = cur;
+        T1_Skip_PS_Token( parser );
+        if ( parser->root.error )
+          goto Exit;
+
+        len = parser->root.cursor - cur;
+
+        if ( len > 0 && len < 22 && parser->root.cursor < limit )
+        {
+          int  i;
+
+
+          /* now compare the immediate name to the keyword table */
+
+          /* loop through all known keywords */
+          for ( i = 0; i < n_keywords; i++ )
+          {
+            T1_Field  keyword = (T1_Field)&t42_keywords[i];
+            FT_Byte   *name   = (FT_Byte*)keyword->ident;
+
+
+            if ( !name )
+              continue;
+
+            if ( cur[0] == name[0]                                  &&
+                 len == (FT_PtrDist)ft_strlen( (const char *)name ) &&
+                 ft_memcmp( cur, name, len ) == 0                   )
+            {
+              /* we found it -- run the parsing callback! */
+              parser->root.error = t42_load_keyword( face,
+                                                     loader,
+                                                     keyword );
+              if ( parser->root.error )
+                return parser->root.error;
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        T1_Skip_PS_Token( parser );
+        if ( parser->root.error )
+          goto Exit;
+      }
+
+      T1_Skip_Spaces( parser );
+    }
+
+  Exit:
+    return parser->root.error;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  t42_loader_init( T42_Loader  loader,
+                   T42_Face    face )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( face );
+
+    FT_MEM_ZERO( loader, sizeof ( *loader ) );
+    loader->num_glyphs = 0;
+    loader->num_chars  = 0;
+
+    /* initialize the tables -- simply set their `init' field to 0 */
+    loader->encoding_table.init = 0;
+    loader->charstrings.init    = 0;
+    loader->glyph_names.init    = 0;
+  }
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL_DEF( void )
+  t42_loader_done( T42_Loader  loader )
+  {
+    T42_Parser  parser = &loader->parser;
+
+
+    /* finalize tables */
+    T1_Release_Table( &loader->encoding_table );
+    T1_Release_Table( &loader->charstrings );
+    T1_Release_Table( &loader->glyph_names );
+    T1_Release_Table( &loader->swap_table );
+
+    /* finalize parser */
+    t42_parser_done( parser );
+  }
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42parse.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42parse.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f77ec4a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42parse.h
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  t42parse.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Type 42 font parser (specification).                                 */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2002, 2003 by Roberto Alameda.                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __T42PARSE_H__
+#define __T42PARSE_H__
+
+
+#include "t42objs.h"
+#include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_AUX_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+  typedef struct  T42_ParserRec_
+  {
+    PS_ParserRec  root;
+    FT_Stream     stream;
+
+    FT_Byte*      base_dict;
+    FT_Long       base_len;
+
+    FT_Bool       in_memory;
+
+  } T42_ParserRec, *T42_Parser;
+
+
+  typedef struct  T42_Loader_
+  {
+    T42_ParserRec  parser;          /* parser used to read the stream */
+
+    FT_UInt        num_chars;       /* number of characters in encoding */
+    PS_TableRec    encoding_table;  /* PS_Table used to store the       */
+                                    /* encoding character names         */
+
+    FT_UInt        num_glyphs;
+    PS_TableRec    glyph_names;
+    PS_TableRec    charstrings;
+    PS_TableRec    swap_table;      /* For moving .notdef glyph to index 0. */
+
+  } T42_LoaderRec, *T42_Loader;
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  t42_parser_init( T42_Parser     parser,
+                   FT_Stream      stream,
+                   FT_Memory      memory,
+                   PSAux_Service  psaux );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  t42_parser_done( T42_Parser  parser );
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( FT_Error )
+  t42_parse_dict( T42_Face    face,
+                  T42_Loader  loader,
+                  FT_Byte*    base,
+                  FT_Long     size );
+
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  t42_loader_init( T42_Loader  loader,
+                   T42_Face    face );
+
+  FT_LOCAL( void )
+  t42_loader_done( T42_Loader  loader );
+
+
+ /* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+
+#endif /* __T42PARSE_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42types.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42types.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c7c2db4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/t42types.h
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  t42types.h                                                             */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Type 42 font data types (specification only).                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2006, 2008 by Roberto Alameda.                   */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __T42TYPES_H__
+#define __T42TYPES_H__
+
+
+#include 
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+#include FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_TYPE1_TYPES_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_POSTSCRIPT_HINTS_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  typedef struct  T42_FaceRec_
+  {
+    FT_FaceRec      root;
+    T1_FontRec      type1;
+    const void*     psnames;
+    const void*     psaux;
+#if 0
+    const void*     afm_data;
+#endif
+    FT_Byte*        ttf_data;
+    FT_ULong        ttf_size;
+    FT_Face         ttf_face;
+    FT_CharMapRec   charmaprecs[2];
+    FT_CharMap      charmaps[2];
+    PS_UnicodesRec  unicode_map;
+
+  } T42_FaceRec, *T42_Face;
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __T42TYPES_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/type42.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/type42.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d13df56
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/type42/type42.c
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  type42.c                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType Type 42 driver component.                                   */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2002 by                                                      */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+#define FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT
+
+#include 
+#include "t42objs.c"
+#include "t42parse.c"
+#include "t42drivr.c"
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/winfonts/Jamfile b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/winfonts/Jamfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..71cf567
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/winfonts/Jamfile
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+# FreeType 2 src/winfonts Jamfile
+#
+# Copyright 2001 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+SubDir  FT2_TOP $(FT2_SRC_DIR) winfonts ;
+
+Library  $(FT2_LIB) : winfnt.c ;
+
+# end of src/winfonts Jamfile
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/winfonts/fnterrs.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/winfonts/fnterrs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ea80909
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/winfonts/fnterrs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  fnterrs.h                                                              */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    Win FNT/FON error codes (specification only).                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 2001 by                                                      */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This file is used to define the Windows FNT/FON error enumeration     */
+  /* constants.                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef __FNTERRS_H__
+#define __FNTERRS_H__
+
+#include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
+
+#undef __FTERRORS_H__
+
+#define FT_ERR_PREFIX  FNT_Err_
+#define FT_ERR_BASE    FT_Mod_Err_Winfonts
+
+#include FT_ERRORS_H
+
+#endif /* __FNTERRS_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/winfonts/module.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/winfonts/module.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b44d7f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/winfonts/module.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 Windows FNT/FON module definition
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2006 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+FTMODULE_H_COMMANDS += WINDOWS_DRIVER
+
+define WINDOWS_DRIVER
+$(OPEN_DRIVER) FT_Driver_ClassRec, winfnt_driver_class $(CLOSE_DRIVER)
+$(ECHO_DRIVER)winfnt    $(ECHO_DRIVER_DESC)Windows bitmap fonts with extension *.fnt or *.fon$(ECHO_DRIVER_DONE)
+endef
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/winfonts/rules.mk b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/winfonts/rules.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..71a7df2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/winfonts/rules.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+#
+# FreeType 2 Windows FNT/FON driver configuration rules
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2001, 2003 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+# Windows driver directory
+#
+FNT_DIR := $(SRC_DIR)/winfonts
+
+
+FNT_COMPILE := $(FT_COMPILE) $I$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$(FNT_DIR))
+
+
+# Windows driver sources (i.e., C files)
+#
+FNT_DRV_SRC := $(FNT_DIR)/winfnt.c
+
+# Windows driver headers
+#
+FNT_DRV_H := $(FNT_DRV_SRC:%.c=%.h) \
+             $(FNT_DIR)/fnterrs.h
+
+
+# Windows driver object(s)
+#
+#   FNT_DRV_OBJ_M is used during `multi' builds
+#   FNT_DRV_OBJ_S is used during `single' builds
+#
+FNT_DRV_OBJ_M := $(FNT_DRV_SRC:$(FNT_DIR)/%.c=$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O)
+FNT_DRV_OBJ_S := $(OBJ_DIR)/winfnt.$O
+
+# Windows driver source file for single build
+#
+FNT_DRV_SRC_S := $(FNT_DIR)/winfnt.c
+
+
+# Windows driver - single object
+#
+$(FNT_DRV_OBJ_S): $(FNT_DRV_SRC_S) $(FNT_DRV_SRC) $(FREETYPE_H) $(FNT_DRV_H)
+	$(FNT_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $(FNT_DRV_SRC_S))
+
+
+# Windows driver - multiple objects
+#
+$(OBJ_DIR)/%.$O: $(FNT_DIR)/%.c $(FREETYPE_H) $(FNT_DRV_H)
+	$(FNT_COMPILE) $T$(subst /,$(COMPILER_SEP),$@ $<)
+
+
+# update main driver object lists
+#
+DRV_OBJS_S += $(FNT_DRV_OBJ_S)
+DRV_OBJS_M += $(FNT_DRV_OBJ_M)
+
+
+# EOF
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/winfonts/winfnt.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/winfonts/winfnt.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f6e9859
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/winfonts/winfnt.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1135 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  winfnt.c                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType font driver for Windows FNT/FON files                       */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2007, 2008 by             */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*  Copyright 2003 Huw D M Davies for Codeweavers                          */
+/*  Copyright 2007 Dmitry Timoshkov for Codeweavers                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include 
+#include FT_WINFONTS_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DEBUG_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_STREAM_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_OBJECTS_H
+
+#include "winfnt.h"
+#include "fnterrs.h"
+#include FT_SERVICE_WINFNT_H
+#include FT_SERVICE_XFREE86_NAME_H
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The macro FT_COMPONENT is used in trace mode.  It is an implicit      */
+  /* parameter of the FT_TRACE() and FT_ERROR() macros, used to print/log  */
+  /* messages during execution.                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#undef  FT_COMPONENT
+#define FT_COMPONENT  trace_winfnt
+
+
+  static const FT_Frame_Field  winmz_header_fields[] =
+  {
+#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
+#define FT_STRUCTURE  WinMZ_HeaderRec
+
+    FT_FRAME_START( 64 ),
+      FT_FRAME_USHORT_LE ( magic ),
+      FT_FRAME_SKIP_BYTES( 29 * 2 ),
+      FT_FRAME_ULONG_LE  ( lfanew ),
+    FT_FRAME_END
+  };
+
+  static const FT_Frame_Field  winne_header_fields[] =
+  {
+#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
+#define FT_STRUCTURE  WinNE_HeaderRec
+
+    FT_FRAME_START( 40 ),
+      FT_FRAME_USHORT_LE ( magic ),
+      FT_FRAME_SKIP_BYTES( 34 ),
+      FT_FRAME_USHORT_LE ( resource_tab_offset ),
+      FT_FRAME_USHORT_LE ( rname_tab_offset ),
+    FT_FRAME_END
+  };
+
+  static const FT_Frame_Field  winpe32_header_fields[] =
+  {
+#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
+#define FT_STRUCTURE  WinPE32_HeaderRec
+
+    FT_FRAME_START( 248 ),
+      FT_FRAME_ULONG_LE  ( magic ),   /* PE00 */
+      FT_FRAME_USHORT_LE ( machine ), /* 0x014c - i386 */
+      FT_FRAME_USHORT_LE ( number_of_sections ),
+      FT_FRAME_SKIP_BYTES( 12 ),
+      FT_FRAME_USHORT_LE ( size_of_optional_header ),
+      FT_FRAME_SKIP_BYTES( 2 ),
+      FT_FRAME_USHORT_LE ( magic32 ), /* 0x10b */
+      FT_FRAME_SKIP_BYTES( 110 ),
+      FT_FRAME_ULONG_LE  ( rsrc_virtual_address ),
+      FT_FRAME_ULONG_LE  ( rsrc_size ),
+      FT_FRAME_SKIP_BYTES( 104 ),
+    FT_FRAME_END
+  };
+
+  static const FT_Frame_Field  winpe32_section_fields[] =
+  {
+#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
+#define FT_STRUCTURE  WinPE32_SectionRec
+
+    FT_FRAME_START( 40 ),
+      FT_FRAME_BYTES     ( name, 8 ),
+      FT_FRAME_SKIP_BYTES( 4 ),
+      FT_FRAME_ULONG_LE  ( virtual_address ),
+      FT_FRAME_ULONG_LE  ( size_of_raw_data ),
+      FT_FRAME_ULONG_LE  ( pointer_to_raw_data ),
+      FT_FRAME_SKIP_BYTES( 16 ),
+    FT_FRAME_END
+  };
+
+  static const FT_Frame_Field  winpe_rsrc_dir_fields[] =
+  {
+#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
+#define FT_STRUCTURE  WinPE_RsrcDirRec
+
+    FT_FRAME_START( 16 ),
+      FT_FRAME_ULONG_LE ( characteristics ),
+      FT_FRAME_ULONG_LE ( time_date_stamp ),
+      FT_FRAME_USHORT_LE( major_version ),
+      FT_FRAME_USHORT_LE( minor_version ),
+      FT_FRAME_USHORT_LE( number_of_named_entries ),
+      FT_FRAME_USHORT_LE( number_of_id_entries ),
+    FT_FRAME_END
+  };
+
+  static const FT_Frame_Field  winpe_rsrc_dir_entry_fields[] =
+  {
+#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
+#define FT_STRUCTURE  WinPE_RsrcDirEntryRec
+
+    FT_FRAME_START( 8 ),
+      FT_FRAME_ULONG_LE( name ),
+      FT_FRAME_ULONG_LE( offset ),
+    FT_FRAME_END
+  };
+
+  static const FT_Frame_Field  winpe_rsrc_data_entry_fields[] =
+  {
+#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
+#define FT_STRUCTURE  WinPE_RsrcDataEntryRec
+
+    FT_FRAME_START( 16 ),
+      FT_FRAME_ULONG_LE( offset_to_data ),
+      FT_FRAME_ULONG_LE( size ),
+      FT_FRAME_ULONG_LE( code_page ),
+      FT_FRAME_ULONG_LE( reserved ),
+    FT_FRAME_END
+  };
+
+  static const FT_Frame_Field  winfnt_header_fields[] =
+  {
+#undef  FT_STRUCTURE
+#define FT_STRUCTURE  FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec
+
+    FT_FRAME_START( 148 ),
+      FT_FRAME_USHORT_LE( version ),
+      FT_FRAME_ULONG_LE ( file_size ),
+      FT_FRAME_BYTES    ( copyright, 60 ),
+      FT_FRAME_USHORT_LE( file_type ),
+      FT_FRAME_USHORT_LE( nominal_point_size ),
+      FT_FRAME_USHORT_LE( vertical_resolution ),
+      FT_FRAME_USHORT_LE( horizontal_resolution ),
+      FT_FRAME_USHORT_LE( ascent ),
+      FT_FRAME_USHORT_LE( internal_leading ),
+      FT_FRAME_USHORT_LE( external_leading ),
+      FT_FRAME_BYTE     ( italic ),
+      FT_FRAME_BYTE     ( underline ),
+      FT_FRAME_BYTE     ( strike_out ),
+      FT_FRAME_USHORT_LE( weight ),
+      FT_FRAME_BYTE     ( charset ),
+      FT_FRAME_USHORT_LE( pixel_width ),
+      FT_FRAME_USHORT_LE( pixel_height ),
+      FT_FRAME_BYTE     ( pitch_and_family ),
+      FT_FRAME_USHORT_LE( avg_width ),
+      FT_FRAME_USHORT_LE( max_width ),
+      FT_FRAME_BYTE     ( first_char ),
+      FT_FRAME_BYTE     ( last_char ),
+      FT_FRAME_BYTE     ( default_char ),
+      FT_FRAME_BYTE     ( break_char ),
+      FT_FRAME_USHORT_LE( bytes_per_row ),
+      FT_FRAME_ULONG_LE ( device_offset ),
+      FT_FRAME_ULONG_LE ( face_name_offset ),
+      FT_FRAME_ULONG_LE ( bits_pointer ),
+      FT_FRAME_ULONG_LE ( bits_offset ),
+      FT_FRAME_BYTE     ( reserved ),
+      FT_FRAME_ULONG_LE ( flags ),
+      FT_FRAME_USHORT_LE( A_space ),
+      FT_FRAME_USHORT_LE( B_space ),
+      FT_FRAME_USHORT_LE( C_space ),
+      FT_FRAME_ULONG_LE ( color_table_offset ),
+      FT_FRAME_BYTES    ( reserved1, 16 ),
+    FT_FRAME_END
+  };
+
+
+  static void
+  fnt_font_done( FNT_Face face )
+  {
+    FT_Memory  memory = FT_FACE( face )->memory;
+    FT_Stream  stream = FT_FACE( face )->stream;
+    FNT_Font   font   = face->font;
+
+
+    if ( !font )
+      return;
+
+    if ( font->fnt_frame )
+      FT_FRAME_RELEASE( font->fnt_frame );
+    FT_FREE( font->family_name );
+
+    FT_FREE( font );
+    face->font = 0;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  fnt_font_load( FNT_Font   font,
+                 FT_Stream  stream )
+  {
+    FT_Error          error;
+    FT_WinFNT_Header  header = &font->header;
+    FT_Bool           new_format;
+    FT_UInt           size;
+
+
+    /* first of all, read the FNT header */
+    if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( font->offset )                        ||
+         FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( winfnt_header_fields, header ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    /* check header */
+    if ( header->version != 0x200 &&
+         header->version != 0x300 )
+    {
+      FT_TRACE2(( "[not a valid FNT file]\n" ));
+      error = FNT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    new_format = FT_BOOL( font->header.version == 0x300 );
+    size       = new_format ? 148 : 118;
+
+    if ( header->file_size < size )
+    {
+      FT_TRACE2(( "[not a valid FNT file]\n" ));
+      error = FNT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* Version 2 doesn't have these fields */
+    if ( header->version == 0x200 )
+    {
+      header->flags   = 0;
+      header->A_space = 0;
+      header->B_space = 0;
+      header->C_space = 0;
+
+      header->color_table_offset = 0;
+    }
+
+    if ( header->file_type & 1 )
+    {
+      FT_TRACE2(( "[can't handle vector FNT fonts]\n" ));
+      error = FNT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* this is a FNT file/table; extract its frame */
+    if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( font->offset )                         ||
+         FT_FRAME_EXTRACT( header->file_size, font->fnt_frame ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  fnt_face_get_dll_font( FNT_Face  face,
+                         FT_Int    face_index )
+  {
+    FT_Error         error;
+    FT_Stream        stream = FT_FACE( face )->stream;
+    FT_Memory        memory = FT_FACE( face )->memory;
+    WinMZ_HeaderRec  mz_header;
+
+
+    face->font = 0;
+
+    /* does it begin with an MZ header? */
+    if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( 0 )                                      ||
+         FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( winmz_header_fields, &mz_header ) )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    error = FNT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
+    if ( mz_header.magic == WINFNT_MZ_MAGIC )
+    {
+      /* yes, now look for an NE header in the file */
+      WinNE_HeaderRec  ne_header;
+
+
+      FT_TRACE2(( "MZ signature found\n" ));
+
+      if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( mz_header.lfanew )                       ||
+           FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( winne_header_fields, &ne_header ) )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      error = FNT_Err_Unknown_File_Format;
+      if ( ne_header.magic == WINFNT_NE_MAGIC )
+      {
+        /* good, now look into the resource table for each FNT resource */
+        FT_ULong   res_offset  = mz_header.lfanew +
+                                   ne_header.resource_tab_offset;
+        FT_UShort  size_shift;
+        FT_UShort  font_count  = 0;
+        FT_ULong   font_offset = 0;
+
+
+        FT_TRACE2(( "NE signature found\n" ));
+
+        if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( res_offset )                    ||
+             FT_FRAME_ENTER( ne_header.rname_tab_offset -
+                             ne_header.resource_tab_offset ) )
+          goto Exit;
+
+        size_shift = FT_GET_USHORT_LE();
+
+        for (;;)
+        {
+          FT_UShort  type_id, count;
+
+
+          type_id = FT_GET_USHORT_LE();
+          if ( !type_id )
+            break;
+
+          count = FT_GET_USHORT_LE();
+
+          if ( type_id == 0x8008U )
+          {
+            font_count  = count;
+            font_offset = (FT_ULong)( FT_STREAM_POS() + 4 +
+                                      ( stream->cursor - stream->limit ) );
+            break;
+          }
+
+          stream->cursor += 4 + count * 12;
+        }
+
+        FT_FRAME_EXIT();
+
+        if ( !font_count || !font_offset )
+        {
+          FT_TRACE2(( "this file doesn't contain any FNT resources!\n" ));
+          error = FNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+          goto Exit;
+        }
+
+        /* loading `winfnt_header_fields' needs at least 118 bytes;    */
+        /* use this as a rough measure to check the expected font size */
+        if ( font_count * 118UL > stream->size )
+        {
+          FT_TRACE2(( "invalid number of faces\n" ));
+          error = FNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+          goto Exit;
+        }
+
+        face->root.num_faces = font_count;
+
+        if ( face_index >= font_count )
+        {
+          error = FNT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+          goto Exit;
+        }
+        else if ( face_index < 0 )
+          goto Exit;
+
+        if ( FT_NEW( face->font ) )
+          goto Exit;
+
+        if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( font_offset + face_index * 12 ) ||
+             FT_FRAME_ENTER( 12 )                            )
+          goto Fail;
+
+        face->font->offset   = (FT_ULong)FT_GET_USHORT_LE() << size_shift;
+        face->font->fnt_size = (FT_ULong)FT_GET_USHORT_LE() << size_shift;
+
+        stream->cursor += 8;
+
+        FT_FRAME_EXIT();
+
+        error = fnt_font_load( face->font, stream );
+      }
+      else if ( ne_header.magic == WINFNT_PE_MAGIC )
+      {
+        WinPE32_HeaderRec       pe32_header;
+        WinPE32_SectionRec      pe32_section;
+        WinPE_RsrcDirRec        root_dir, name_dir, lang_dir;
+        WinPE_RsrcDirEntryRec   dir_entry1, dir_entry2, dir_entry3;
+        WinPE_RsrcDataEntryRec  data_entry;
+
+        FT_Long    root_dir_offset, name_dir_offset, lang_dir_offset;
+        FT_UShort  i, j, k;
+
+
+        FT_TRACE2(( "PE signature found\n" ));
+
+        if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( mz_header.lfanew )                           ||
+             FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( winpe32_header_fields, &pe32_header ) )
+          goto Exit;
+
+        FT_TRACE2(( "magic %04lx, machine %02x, number_of_sections %u, "
+                    "size_of_optional_header %02x\n"
+                    "magic32 %02x, rsrc_virtual_address %04lx, "
+                    "rsrc_size %04lx\n",
+                    pe32_header.magic, pe32_header.machine,
+                    pe32_header.number_of_sections,
+                    pe32_header.size_of_optional_header,
+                    pe32_header.magic32, pe32_header.rsrc_virtual_address,
+                    pe32_header.rsrc_size ));
+
+        if ( pe32_header.magic != WINFNT_PE_MAGIC /* check full signature */ ||
+             pe32_header.machine != 0x014c /* i386 */                        ||
+             pe32_header.size_of_optional_header != 0xe0 /* FIXME */         ||
+             pe32_header.magic32 != 0x10b                                    )
+        {
+          FT_TRACE2(( "this file has an invalid PE header\n" ));
+          error = FNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+          goto Exit;
+        }
+
+        face->root.num_faces = 0;
+
+        for ( i = 0; i < pe32_header.number_of_sections; i++ )
+        {
+          if ( FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( winpe32_section_fields,
+                                      &pe32_section ) )
+            goto Exit;
+
+          FT_TRACE2(( "name %.8s, va %04lx, size %04lx, offset %04lx\n",
+                      pe32_section.name, pe32_section.virtual_address,
+                      pe32_section.size_of_raw_data,
+                      pe32_section.pointer_to_raw_data ));
+
+          if ( pe32_header.rsrc_virtual_address ==
+                 pe32_section.virtual_address )
+            goto Found_rsrc_section;
+        }
+
+        FT_TRACE2(( "this file doesn't contain any resources\n" ));
+        error = FNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+        goto Exit;
+
+      Found_rsrc_section:
+        FT_TRACE2(( "found resources section %.8s\n", pe32_section.name ));
+
+        if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( pe32_section.pointer_to_raw_data )        ||
+             FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( winpe_rsrc_dir_fields, &root_dir ) )
+          goto Exit;
+
+        root_dir_offset = pe32_section.pointer_to_raw_data;
+
+        for ( i = 0; i < root_dir.number_of_named_entries +
+                           root_dir.number_of_id_entries; i++ )
+        {
+          if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( root_dir_offset + 16 + i * 8 )      ||
+               FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( winpe_rsrc_dir_entry_fields,
+                                      &dir_entry1 )                )
+            goto Exit;
+
+          if ( !(dir_entry1.offset & 0x80000000UL ) /* DataIsDirectory */ )
+          {
+            error = FNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+            goto Exit;
+          }
+
+          dir_entry1.offset &= ~0x80000000UL;
+
+          name_dir_offset = pe32_section.pointer_to_raw_data +
+                            dir_entry1.offset;
+
+          if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( pe32_section.pointer_to_raw_data +
+                               dir_entry1.offset )                       ||
+               FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( winpe_rsrc_dir_fields, &name_dir ) )
+            goto Exit;
+
+          for ( j = 0; j < name_dir.number_of_named_entries +
+                             name_dir.number_of_id_entries; j++ )
+          {
+            if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( name_dir_offset + 16 + j * 8 )      ||
+                 FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( winpe_rsrc_dir_entry_fields,
+                                        &dir_entry2 )                )
+              goto Exit;
+
+            if ( !(dir_entry2.offset & 0x80000000UL ) /* DataIsDirectory */ )
+            {
+              error = FNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+              goto Exit;
+            }
+
+            dir_entry2.offset &= ~0x80000000UL;
+
+            lang_dir_offset = pe32_section.pointer_to_raw_data +
+                                dir_entry2.offset;
+
+            if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( pe32_section.pointer_to_raw_data +
+                                   dir_entry2.offset )                     ||
+                 FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( winpe_rsrc_dir_fields, &lang_dir ) )
+              goto Exit;
+
+            for ( k = 0; k < lang_dir.number_of_named_entries +
+                               lang_dir.number_of_id_entries; k++ )
+            {
+              if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( lang_dir_offset + 16 + k * 8 )      ||
+                   FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( winpe_rsrc_dir_entry_fields,
+                                          &dir_entry3 )                )
+                goto Exit;
+
+              if ( dir_entry2.offset & 0x80000000UL /* DataIsDirectory */ )
+              {
+                error = FNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+                goto Exit;
+              }
+
+              if ( dir_entry1.name == 8 /* RT_FONT */ )
+              {
+                if ( FT_STREAM_SEEK( root_dir_offset + dir_entry3.offset ) ||
+                     FT_STREAM_READ_FIELDS( winpe_rsrc_data_entry_fields,
+                                            &data_entry )                  )
+                  goto Exit;
+
+                FT_TRACE2(( "found font #%lu, offset %04lx, "
+                            "size %04lx, cp %lu\n",
+                            dir_entry2.name,
+                            pe32_section.pointer_to_raw_data +
+                              data_entry.offset_to_data -
+                              pe32_section.virtual_address,
+                            data_entry.size, data_entry.code_page ));
+
+                if ( face_index == face->root.num_faces )
+                {
+                  if ( FT_NEW( face->font ) )
+                    goto Exit;
+
+                  face->font->offset   = pe32_section.pointer_to_raw_data +
+                                           data_entry.offset_to_data -
+                                           pe32_section.virtual_address;
+                  face->font->fnt_size = data_entry.size;
+
+                  error = fnt_font_load( face->font, stream );
+                  if ( error )
+                  {
+                    FT_TRACE2(( "font #%lu load error %d\n",
+                                dir_entry2.name, error ));
+                    goto Fail;
+                  }
+                  else
+                    FT_TRACE2(( "font #%lu successfully loaded\n",
+                                dir_entry2.name ));
+                }
+
+                face->root.num_faces++;
+              }
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+
+      if ( !face->root.num_faces )
+      {
+        FT_TRACE2(( "this file doesn't contain any RT_FONT resources\n" ));
+        error = FNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+
+      if ( face_index >= face->root.num_faces )
+      {
+        error = FNT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+    }
+
+  Fail:
+    if ( error )
+      fnt_font_done( face );
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  typedef struct  FNT_CMapRec_
+  {
+    FT_CMapRec  cmap;
+    FT_UInt32   first;
+    FT_UInt32   count;
+
+  } FNT_CMapRec, *FNT_CMap;
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  fnt_cmap_init( FNT_CMap  cmap )
+  {
+    FNT_Face  face = (FNT_Face)FT_CMAP_FACE( cmap );
+    FNT_Font  font = face->font;
+
+
+    cmap->first = (FT_UInt32)  font->header.first_char;
+    cmap->count = (FT_UInt32)( font->header.last_char - cmap->first + 1 );
+
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_UInt
+  fnt_cmap_char_index( FNT_CMap   cmap,
+                       FT_UInt32  char_code )
+  {
+    FT_UInt  gindex = 0;
+
+
+    char_code -= cmap->first;
+    if ( char_code < cmap->count )
+      /* we artificially increase the glyph index; */
+      /* FNT_Load_Glyph reverts to the right one   */
+      gindex = (FT_UInt)( char_code + 1 );
+    return gindex;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_UInt
+  fnt_cmap_char_next( FNT_CMap    cmap,
+                      FT_UInt32  *pchar_code )
+  {
+    FT_UInt    gindex = 0;
+    FT_UInt32  result = 0;
+    FT_UInt32  char_code = *pchar_code + 1;
+
+
+    if ( char_code <= cmap->first )
+    {
+      result = cmap->first;
+      gindex = 1;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      char_code -= cmap->first;
+      if ( char_code < cmap->count )
+      {
+        result = cmap->first + char_code;
+        gindex = (FT_UInt)( char_code + 1 );
+      }
+    }
+
+    *pchar_code = result;
+    return gindex;
+  }
+
+
+  static const FT_CMap_ClassRec  fnt_cmap_class_rec =
+  {
+    sizeof ( FNT_CMapRec ),
+
+    (FT_CMap_InitFunc)     fnt_cmap_init,
+    (FT_CMap_DoneFunc)     NULL,
+    (FT_CMap_CharIndexFunc)fnt_cmap_char_index,
+    (FT_CMap_CharNextFunc) fnt_cmap_char_next,
+
+    NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL
+  };
+
+  static FT_CMap_Class const  fnt_cmap_class = &fnt_cmap_class_rec;
+
+
+  static void
+  FNT_Face_Done( FNT_Face  face )
+  {
+    FT_Memory  memory;
+
+
+    if ( !face )
+      return;
+
+    memory = FT_FACE_MEMORY( face );
+
+    fnt_font_done( face );
+
+    FT_FREE( face->root.available_sizes );
+    face->root.num_fixed_sizes = 0;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  FNT_Face_Init( FT_Stream      stream,
+                 FNT_Face       face,
+                 FT_Int         face_index,
+                 FT_Int         num_params,
+                 FT_Parameter*  params )
+  {
+    FT_Error   error;
+    FT_Memory  memory = FT_FACE_MEMORY( face );
+
+    FT_UNUSED( num_params );
+    FT_UNUSED( params );
+
+
+    /* try to load font from a DLL */
+    error = fnt_face_get_dll_font( face, face_index );
+    if ( !error && face_index < 0 )
+      goto Exit;
+
+    if ( error == FNT_Err_Unknown_File_Format )
+    {
+      /* this didn't work; try to load a single FNT font */
+      FNT_Font  font;
+
+      if ( FT_NEW( face->font ) )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      face->root.num_faces = 1;
+
+      font           = face->font;
+      font->offset   = 0;
+      font->fnt_size = stream->size;
+
+      error = fnt_font_load( font, stream );
+
+      if ( !error )
+      {
+        if ( face_index > 0 )
+          error = FNT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+        else if ( face_index < 0 )
+          goto Exit;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if ( error )
+      goto Fail;
+
+    /* we now need to fill the root FT_Face fields */
+    /* with relevant information                   */
+    {
+      FT_Face     root = FT_FACE( face );
+      FNT_Font    font = face->font;
+      FT_PtrDist  family_size;
+
+
+      root->face_index = face_index;
+
+      root->face_flags = FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES |
+                         FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL;
+
+      if ( font->header.avg_width == font->header.max_width )
+        root->face_flags |= FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH;
+
+      if ( font->header.italic )
+        root->style_flags |= FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC;
+
+      if ( font->header.weight >= 800 )
+        root->style_flags |= FT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLD;
+
+      /* set up the `fixed_sizes' array */
+      if ( FT_NEW_ARRAY( root->available_sizes, 1 ) )
+        goto Fail;
+
+      root->num_fixed_sizes = 1;
+
+      {
+        FT_Bitmap_Size*  bsize = root->available_sizes;
+        FT_UShort        x_res, y_res;
+
+
+        bsize->width  = font->header.avg_width;
+        bsize->height = (FT_Short)(
+          font->header.pixel_height + font->header.external_leading );
+        bsize->size   = font->header.nominal_point_size << 6;
+
+        x_res = font->header.horizontal_resolution;
+        if ( !x_res )
+          x_res = 72;
+
+        y_res = font->header.vertical_resolution;
+        if ( !y_res )
+          y_res = 72;
+
+        bsize->y_ppem = FT_MulDiv( bsize->size, y_res, 72 );
+        bsize->y_ppem = FT_PIX_ROUND( bsize->y_ppem );
+
+        /*
+         * this reads:
+         *
+         * the nominal height is larger than the bbox's height
+         *
+         * => nominal_point_size contains incorrect value;
+         *    use pixel_height as the nominal height
+         */
+        if ( bsize->y_ppem > ( font->header.pixel_height << 6 ) )
+        {
+          FT_TRACE2(( "use pixel_height as the nominal height\n" ));
+
+          bsize->y_ppem = font->header.pixel_height << 6;
+          bsize->size   = FT_MulDiv( bsize->y_ppem, 72, y_res );
+        }
+
+        bsize->x_ppem = FT_MulDiv( bsize->size, x_res, 72 );
+        bsize->x_ppem = FT_PIX_ROUND( bsize->x_ppem );
+      }
+
+      {
+        FT_CharMapRec  charmap;
+
+
+        charmap.encoding    = FT_ENCODING_NONE;
+        charmap.platform_id = 0;
+        charmap.encoding_id = 0;
+        charmap.face        = root;
+
+        if ( font->header.charset == FT_WinFNT_ID_MAC )
+        {
+          charmap.encoding    = FT_ENCODING_APPLE_ROMAN;
+          charmap.platform_id = 1;
+/*        charmap.encoding_id = 0; */
+        }
+
+        error = FT_CMap_New( fnt_cmap_class,
+                             NULL,
+                             &charmap,
+                             NULL );
+        if ( error )
+          goto Fail;
+
+        /* Select default charmap */
+        if ( root->num_charmaps )
+          root->charmap = root->charmaps[0];
+      }
+
+      /* setup remaining flags */
+
+      /* reserve one slot for the .notdef glyph at index 0 */
+      root->num_glyphs = font->header.last_char -
+                         font->header.first_char + 1 + 1;
+
+      if ( font->header.face_name_offset >= font->header.file_size )
+      {
+        FT_TRACE2(( "invalid family name offset!\n" ));
+        error = FNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+        goto Fail;
+      }
+      family_size = font->header.file_size - font->header.face_name_offset;
+      /* Some broken fonts don't delimit the face name with a final */
+      /* NULL byte -- the frame is erroneously one byte too small.  */
+      /* We thus allocate one more byte, setting it explicitly to   */
+      /* zero.                                                      */
+      if ( FT_ALLOC( font->family_name, family_size + 1 ) )
+        goto Fail;
+
+      FT_MEM_COPY( font->family_name,
+                   font->fnt_frame + font->header.face_name_offset,
+                   family_size );
+
+      font->family_name[family_size] = '\0';
+
+      if ( FT_REALLOC( font->family_name,
+                       family_size,
+                       ft_strlen( font->family_name ) + 1 ) )
+        goto Fail;
+
+      root->family_name = font->family_name;
+      root->style_name  = (char *)"Regular";
+
+      if ( root->style_flags & FT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLD )
+      {
+        if ( root->style_flags & FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC )
+          root->style_name = (char *)"Bold Italic";
+        else
+          root->style_name = (char *)"Bold";
+      }
+      else if ( root->style_flags & FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC )
+        root->style_name = (char *)"Italic";
+    }
+    goto Exit;
+
+  Fail:
+    FNT_Face_Done( face );
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  FNT_Size_Select( FT_Size  size )
+  {
+    FNT_Face          face   = (FNT_Face)size->face;
+    FT_WinFNT_Header  header = &face->font->header;
+
+
+    FT_Select_Metrics( size->face, 0 );
+
+    size->metrics.ascender    = header->ascent * 64;
+    size->metrics.descender   = -( header->pixel_height -
+                                   header->ascent ) * 64;
+    size->metrics.max_advance = header->max_width * 64;
+
+    return FNT_Err_Ok;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  FNT_Size_Request( FT_Size          size,
+                    FT_Size_Request  req )
+  {
+    FNT_Face          face    = (FNT_Face)size->face;
+    FT_WinFNT_Header  header  = &face->font->header;
+    FT_Bitmap_Size*   bsize   = size->face->available_sizes;
+    FT_Error          error   = FNT_Err_Invalid_Pixel_Size;
+    FT_Long           height;
+
+
+    height = FT_REQUEST_HEIGHT( req );
+    height = ( height + 32 ) >> 6;
+
+    switch ( req->type )
+    {
+    case FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_NOMINAL:
+      if ( height == ( ( bsize->y_ppem + 32 ) >> 6 ) )
+        error = FNT_Err_Ok;
+      break;
+
+    case FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_REAL_DIM:
+      if ( height == header->pixel_height )
+        error = FNT_Err_Ok;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      error = FNT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    if ( error )
+      return error;
+    else
+      return FNT_Size_Select( size );
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  FNT_Load_Glyph( FT_GlyphSlot  slot,
+                  FT_Size       size,
+                  FT_UInt       glyph_index,
+                  FT_Int32      load_flags )
+  {
+    FNT_Face    face   = (FNT_Face)FT_SIZE_FACE( size );
+    FNT_Font    font   = face->font;
+    FT_Error    error  = FNT_Err_Ok;
+    FT_Byte*    p;
+    FT_Int      len;
+    FT_Bitmap*  bitmap = &slot->bitmap;
+    FT_ULong    offset;
+    FT_Bool     new_format;
+
+    FT_UNUSED( load_flags );
+
+
+    if ( !face || !font ||
+         glyph_index >= (FT_UInt)( FT_FACE( face )->num_glyphs ) )
+    {
+      error = FNT_Err_Invalid_Argument;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    if ( glyph_index > 0 )
+      glyph_index--;                           /* revert to real index */
+    else
+      glyph_index = font->header.default_char; /* the .notdef glyph */
+
+    new_format = FT_BOOL( font->header.version == 0x300 );
+    len        = new_format ? 6 : 4;
+
+    /* jump to glyph entry */
+    p = font->fnt_frame + ( new_format ? 148 : 118 ) + len * glyph_index;
+
+    bitmap->width = FT_NEXT_SHORT_LE( p );
+
+    if ( new_format )
+      offset = FT_NEXT_ULONG_LE( p );
+    else
+      offset = FT_NEXT_USHORT_LE( p );
+
+    if ( offset >= font->header.file_size )
+    {
+      FT_TRACE2(( "invalid FNT offset!\n" ));
+      error = FNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+      goto Exit;
+    }
+
+    /* jump to glyph data */
+    p = font->fnt_frame + /* font->header.bits_offset */ + offset;
+
+    /* allocate and build bitmap */
+    {
+      FT_Memory  memory = FT_FACE_MEMORY( slot->face );
+      FT_Int     pitch  = ( bitmap->width + 7 ) >> 3;
+      FT_Byte*   column;
+      FT_Byte*   write;
+
+
+      bitmap->pitch      = pitch;
+      bitmap->rows       = font->header.pixel_height;
+      bitmap->pixel_mode = FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO;
+
+      if ( offset + pitch * bitmap->rows >= font->header.file_size )
+      {
+        FT_TRACE2(( "invalid bitmap width\n" ));
+        error = FNT_Err_Invalid_File_Format;
+        goto Exit;
+      }
+
+      /* note: since glyphs are stored in columns and not in rows we */
+      /*       can't use ft_glyphslot_set_bitmap                     */
+      if ( FT_ALLOC_MULT( bitmap->buffer, pitch, bitmap->rows ) )
+        goto Exit;
+
+      column = (FT_Byte*)bitmap->buffer;
+
+      for ( ; pitch > 0; pitch--, column++ )
+      {
+        FT_Byte*  limit = p + bitmap->rows;
+
+
+        for ( write = column; p < limit; p++, write += bitmap->pitch )
+          *write = *p;
+      }
+    }
+
+    slot->internal->flags = FT_GLYPH_OWN_BITMAP;
+    slot->bitmap_left     = 0;
+    slot->bitmap_top      = font->header.ascent;
+    slot->format          = FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP;
+
+    /* now set up metrics */
+    slot->metrics.width        = bitmap->width << 6;
+    slot->metrics.height       = bitmap->rows << 6;
+    slot->metrics.horiAdvance  = bitmap->width << 6;
+    slot->metrics.horiBearingX = 0;
+    slot->metrics.horiBearingY = slot->bitmap_top << 6;
+
+    ft_synthesize_vertical_metrics( &slot->metrics,
+                                    bitmap->rows << 6 );
+
+  Exit:
+    return error;
+  }
+
+
+  static FT_Error
+  winfnt_get_header( FT_Face               face,
+                     FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec  *aheader )
+  {
+    FNT_Font  font = ((FNT_Face)face)->font;
+
+
+    *aheader = font->header;
+
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+
+  static const FT_Service_WinFntRec  winfnt_service_rec =
+  {
+    winfnt_get_header
+  };
+
+ /*
+  *  SERVICE LIST
+  *
+  */
+
+  static const FT_ServiceDescRec  winfnt_services[] =
+  {
+    { FT_SERVICE_ID_XF86_NAME, FT_XF86_FORMAT_WINFNT },
+    { FT_SERVICE_ID_WINFNT,    &winfnt_service_rec },
+    { NULL, NULL }
+  };
+
+
+  static FT_Module_Interface
+  winfnt_get_service( FT_Driver         driver,
+                      const FT_String*  service_id )
+  {
+    FT_UNUSED( driver );
+
+    return ft_service_list_lookup( winfnt_services, service_id );
+  }
+
+
+
+
+  FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF
+  const FT_Driver_ClassRec  winfnt_driver_class =
+  {
+    {
+      FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER        |
+      FT_MODULE_DRIVER_NO_OUTLINES,
+      sizeof ( FT_DriverRec ),
+
+      "winfonts",
+      0x10000L,
+      0x20000L,
+
+      0,
+
+      (FT_Module_Constructor)0,
+      (FT_Module_Destructor) 0,
+      (FT_Module_Requester)  winfnt_get_service
+    },
+
+    sizeof( FNT_FaceRec ),
+    sizeof( FT_SizeRec ),
+    sizeof( FT_GlyphSlotRec ),
+
+    (FT_Face_InitFunc)        FNT_Face_Init,
+    (FT_Face_DoneFunc)        FNT_Face_Done,
+    (FT_Size_InitFunc)        0,
+    (FT_Size_DoneFunc)        0,
+    (FT_Slot_InitFunc)        0,
+    (FT_Slot_DoneFunc)        0,
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+    ft_stub_set_char_sizes,
+    ft_stub_set_pixel_sizes,
+#endif
+    (FT_Slot_LoadFunc)        FNT_Load_Glyph,
+
+    (FT_Face_GetKerningFunc)  0,
+    (FT_Face_AttachFunc)      0,
+    (FT_Face_GetAdvancesFunc) 0,
+
+    (FT_Size_RequestFunc)     FNT_Size_Request,
+    (FT_Size_SelectFunc)      FNT_Size_Select
+  };
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/winfonts/winfnt.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/winfonts/winfnt.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ca75c95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/src/winfonts/winfnt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  winfnt.h                                                               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    FreeType font driver for Windows FNT/FON files                       */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007 by                         */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*  Copyright 2007 Dmitry Timoshkov for Codeweavers                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __WINFNT_H__
+#define __WINFNT_H__
+
+
+#include 
+#include FT_WINFONTS_H
+#include FT_INTERNAL_DRIVER_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+  typedef struct  WinMZ_HeaderRec_
+  {
+    FT_UShort  magic;
+    /* skipped content */
+    FT_UShort  lfanew;
+
+  } WinMZ_HeaderRec;
+
+
+  typedef struct  WinNE_HeaderRec_
+  {
+    FT_UShort  magic;
+    /* skipped content */
+    FT_UShort  resource_tab_offset;
+    FT_UShort  rname_tab_offset;
+
+  } WinNE_HeaderRec;
+
+
+  typedef struct  WinPE32_HeaderRec_
+  {
+    FT_ULong   magic;
+    FT_UShort  machine;
+    FT_UShort  number_of_sections;
+    /* skipped content */
+    FT_UShort  size_of_optional_header;
+    /* skipped content */
+    FT_UShort  magic32;
+    /* skipped content */
+    FT_ULong   rsrc_virtual_address;
+    FT_ULong   rsrc_size;
+    /* skipped content */
+
+  } WinPE32_HeaderRec;
+
+
+  typedef struct  WinPE32_SectionRec_
+  {
+    FT_Byte   name[8];
+    /* skipped content */
+    FT_ULong  virtual_address;
+    FT_ULong  size_of_raw_data;
+    FT_ULong  pointer_to_raw_data;
+    /* skipped content */
+
+  } WinPE32_SectionRec;
+
+
+  typedef struct  WinPE_RsrcDirRec_
+  {
+    FT_ULong   characteristics;
+    FT_ULong   time_date_stamp;
+    FT_UShort  major_version;
+    FT_UShort  minor_version;
+    FT_UShort  number_of_named_entries;
+    FT_UShort  number_of_id_entries;
+
+  } WinPE_RsrcDirRec;
+
+
+  typedef struct  WinPE_RsrcDirEntryRec_
+  {
+    FT_ULong  name;
+    FT_ULong  offset;
+
+  } WinPE_RsrcDirEntryRec;
+
+
+  typedef struct  WinPE_RsrcDataEntryRec_
+  {
+    FT_ULong  offset_to_data;
+    FT_ULong  size;
+    FT_ULong  code_page;
+    FT_ULong  reserved;
+
+  } WinPE_RsrcDataEntryRec;
+
+
+  typedef struct  WinNameInfoRec_
+  {
+    FT_UShort  offset;
+    FT_UShort  length;
+    FT_UShort  flags;
+    FT_UShort  id;
+    FT_UShort  handle;
+    FT_UShort  usage;
+
+  } WinNameInfoRec;
+
+
+  typedef struct  WinResourceInfoRec_
+  {
+    FT_UShort  type_id;
+    FT_UShort  count;
+
+  } WinResourceInfoRec;
+
+
+#define WINFNT_MZ_MAGIC  0x5A4D
+#define WINFNT_NE_MAGIC  0x454E
+#define WINFNT_PE_MAGIC  0x4550
+
+
+  typedef struct  FNT_FontRec_
+  {
+    FT_ULong             offset;
+
+    FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec  header;
+
+    FT_Byte*             fnt_frame;
+    FT_ULong             fnt_size;
+    FT_String*           family_name;
+
+  } FNT_FontRec, *FNT_Font;
+
+
+  typedef struct  FNT_FaceRec_
+  {
+    FT_FaceRec     root;
+    FNT_Font       font;
+
+    FT_CharMap     charmap_handle;
+    FT_CharMapRec  charmap;  /* a single charmap per face */
+
+  } FNT_FaceRec, *FNT_Face;
+
+
+  FT_EXPORT_VAR( const FT_Driver_ClassRec )  winfnt_driver_class;
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+
+#endif /* __WINFNT_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/version.sed b/src/3rdparty/freetype/version.sed
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c281ff5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/version.sed
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+#! /usr/bin/sed -nf
+
+s/^#define  *FREETYPE_MAJOR  *\([^ ][^ ]*\).*$/freetype_major="\1" ;/p
+s/^#define  *FREETYPE_MINOR  *\([^ ][^ ]*\).*$/freetype_minor=".\1" ;/p
+s/^#define  *FREETYPE_PATCH  *\([^ ][^ ]*\).*$/freetype_patch=".\1" ;/p
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/vms_make.com b/src/3rdparty/freetype/vms_make.com
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1aa83e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/vms_make.com
@@ -0,0 +1,1286 @@
+$! make Freetype2 under OpenVMS
+$!
+$! Copyright 2003, 2004, 2006, 2007 by
+$! David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+$!
+$! This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+$! and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+$! LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+$! indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+$! fully.
+$!
+$!
+$! External libraries (like Freetype, XPM, etc.) are supported via the
+$! config file VMSLIB.DAT. Please check the sample file, which is part of this
+$! distribution, for the information you need to provide
+$!
+$! This procedure currently does support the following commandline options
+$! in arbitrary order
+$!
+$! * DEBUG - Compile modules with /noopt/debug and link shareable image
+$!           with /debug
+$! * LOPTS - Options to be passed to the link command
+$! * CCOPT - Options to be passed to the C compiler
+$!
+$! In case of problems with the install you might contact me at
+$! zinser@zinser.no-ip.info(preferred) or
+$! zinser@sysdev.deutsche-boerse.com (work)
+$!
+$! Make procedure history for Freetype2
+$!
+$!------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+$! Version history
+$! 0.01 20040401 First version to receive a number
+$! 0.02 20041030 Add error handling, Freetype 2.1.9
+$!
+$ on error then goto err_exit
+$ true  = 1
+$ false = 0
+$ tmpnam = "temp_" + f$getjpi("","pid")
+$ tt = tmpnam + ".txt"
+$ tc = tmpnam + ".c"
+$ th = tmpnam + ".h"
+$ its_decc = false
+$ its_vaxc = false
+$ its_gnuc = false
+$!
+$! Setup variables holding "config" information
+$!
+$ Make    = ""
+$ ccopt   = "/name=as_is/float=ieee"
+$ lopts   = ""
+$ dnsrl   = ""
+$ aconf_in_file = "config.hin"
+$ name    = "Freetype2"
+$ mapfile =  name + ".map"
+$ optfile =  name + ".opt"
+$ s_case  = false
+$ liblist = ""
+$!
+$ whoami = f$parse(f$environment("Procedure"),,,,"NO_CONCEAL")
+$ mydef  = F$parse(whoami,,,"DEVICE")
+$ mydir  = f$parse(whoami,,,"DIRECTORY") - "]["
+$ myproc = f$parse(whoami,,,"Name") + f$parse(whoami,,,"type")
+$!
+$! Check for MMK/MMS
+$!
+$ If F$Search ("Sys$System:MMS.EXE") .nes. "" Then Make = "MMS"
+$ If F$Type (MMK) .eqs. "STRING" Then Make = "MMK"
+$!
+$! Which command parameters were given
+$!
+$ gosub check_opts
+$!
+$! Create option file
+$!
+$ open/write optf 'optfile'
+$!
+$! Pull in external libraries
+$!
+$ create libs.opt
+$ open/write libsf libs.opt
+$ gosub check_create_vmslib
+$!
+$! Create objects
+$!
+$ if libdefs .nes. ""
+$ then
+$   ccopt = ccopt + "/define=(" + f$extract(0,f$length(libdefs)-1,libdefs) + ")"
+$ endif
+$!
+$ if f$locate("AS_IS",f$edit(ccopt,"UPCASE")) .lt. f$length(ccopt) -
+    then s_case = true
+$ gosub crea_mms
+$!
+$ 'Make' /macro=(comp_flags="''ccopt'")
+$ purge/nolog [...]descrip.mms
+$!
+$! Add them to options
+$!
+$FLOOP:
+$  file = f$edit(f$search("[...]*.obj"),"UPCASE")
+$  if (file .nes. "")
+$  then
+$    if f$locate("DEMOS",file) .eqs. f$length(file) then write optf file
+$    goto floop
+$  endif
+$!
+$ close optf
+$!
+$!
+$! Alpha gets a shareable image
+$!
+$ If f$getsyi("HW_MODEL") .gt. 1024
+$ Then
+$   write sys$output "Creating freetype2shr.exe"
+$   call anal_obj_axp 'optfile' _link.opt
+$   open/append  optf 'optfile'
+$   if s_case then WRITE optf "case_sensitive=YES"
+$   close optf
+$   LINK_/NODEB/SHARE=[.lib]freetype2shr.exe -
+                            'optfile'/opt,libs.opt/opt,_link.opt/opt
+$ endif
+$!
+$ exit
+$!
+$
+$ERR_LIB:
+$ write sys$output "Error reading config file vmslib.dat"
+$ goto err_exit
+$FT2_ERR:
+$ write sys$output "Could not locate Freetype 2 include files"
+$ goto err_exit
+$ERR_EXIT:
+$ set message/facil/ident/sever/text
+$ close/nolog optf
+$ close/nolog out
+$ close/nolog libdata
+$ close/nolog in
+$ close/nolog atmp
+$ close/nolog xtmp
+$ write sys$output "Exiting..."
+$ exit 2
+$!
+$!------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+$!
+$! If MMS/MMK are available dump out the descrip.mms if required
+$!
+$CREA_MMS:
+$ write sys$output "Creating descrip.mms files ..."
+$ write sys$output "... Main directory"
+$ create descrip.mms
+$ open/append out descrip.mms
+$ copy sys$input: out
+$ deck
+#
+# FreeType 2 build system -- top-level Makefile for OpenVMS
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 2001 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+$ EOD
+$ write out "CFLAGS = ", ccopt
+$ copy sys$input: out
+$ deck
+
+
+all :
+        define freetype [--.include.freetype]
+        define psaux [-.psaux]
+        define autofit [-.autofit]
+        define autohint [-.autohint]
+        define base [-.base]
+        define cache [-.cache]
+        define cff [-.cff]
+        define cid [-.cid]
+        define pcf [-.pcf]
+        define psnames [-.psnames]
+        define raster [-.raster]
+        define sfnt [-.sfnt]
+        define smooth [-.smooth]
+        define truetype [-.truetype]
+        define type1 [-.type1]
+        define winfonts [-.winfonts]
+        if f$search("lib.dir") .eqs. "" then create/directory [.lib]
+        set default [.builds.vms]
+        $(MMS)$(MMSQUALIFIERS)
+#        set default [--.src.autofit]
+#        $(MMS)$(MMSQUALIFIERS)
+        set default [--.src.autohint]
+        $(MMS)$(MMSQUALIFIERS)
+        set default [-.base]
+        $(MMS)$(MMSQUALIFIERS)
+        set default [-.bdf]
+        $(MMS)$(MMSQUALIFIERS)
+        set default [-.cache]
+        $(MMS)$(MMSQUALIFIERS)
+        set default [-.cff]
+        $(MMS)$(MMSQUALIFIERS)
+        set default [-.cid]
+        $(MMS)$(MMSQUALIFIERS)
+        set default [-.gzip]
+        $(MMS)$(MMSQUALIFIERS)
+        set default [-.lzw]
+        $(MMS)$(MMSQUALIFIERS)
+        set default [-.otvalid]
+        $(MMS)$(MMSQUALIFIERS)
+        set default [-.pcf]
+        $(MMS)$(MMSQUALIFIERS)
+        set default [-.pfr]
+        $(MMS)$(MMSQUALIFIERS)
+        set default [-.psaux]
+        $(MMS)$(MMSQUALIFIERS)
+        set default [-.pshinter]
+        $(MMS)$(MMSQUALIFIERS)
+        set default [-.psnames]
+        $(MMS)$(MMSQUALIFIERS)
+        set default [-.raster]
+        $(MMS)$(MMSQUALIFIERS)
+        set default [-.sfnt]
+        $(MMS)$(MMSQUALIFIERS)
+        set default [-.smooth]
+        $(MMS)$(MMSQUALIFIERS)
+        set default [-.truetype]
+        $(MMS)$(MMSQUALIFIERS)
+        set default [-.type1]
+        $(MMS)$(MMSQUALIFIERS)
+        set default [-.type42]
+        $(MMS)$(MMSQUALIFIERS)
+        set default [-.winfonts]
+        $(MMS)$(MMSQUALIFIERS)
+        set default [--]
+
+# EOF
+$ eod
+$ close out
+$ write sys$output "... [.builds.vms] directory"
+$ create [.builds.vms]descrip.mms
+$ open/append out [.builds.vms]descrip.mms
+$ copy sys$input: out
+$ deck
+#
+# FreeType 2 system rules for VMS
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 2001 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+CFLAGS=$(COMP_FLAGS)$(DEBUG)/include=([],[--.include],[--.src.base])
+
+OBJS=ftsystem.obj
+
+all : $(OBJS)
+        library/create [--.lib]freetype.olb $(OBJS)
+
+ftsystem.obj : ftsystem.c ftconfig.h
+
+# EOF
+$ eod
+$ close out
+$ write sys$output "... [.src.autofit] directory"
+$ create [.src.autofit]descrip.mms
+$ open/append out [.src.autofit]descrip.mms
+$ copy sys$input: out
+$ deck
+#
+# FreeType 2 auto-fit module compilation rules for VMS
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 2002 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+CFLAGS=$(COMP_FLAGS)$(DEBUG)/include=([--.include],[--.src.autofit])
+
+OBJS=afangles.obj,afhints.obj,aflatin.obj
+
+all : $(OBJS)
+        library [--.lib]freetype.olb $(OBJS)
+
+# EOF
+$ eod
+$ close out
+$ write sys$output "... [.src.autohint] directory"
+$ create [.src.autohint]descrip.mms
+$ open/append out [.src.autohint]descrip.mms
+$ copy sys$input: out
+$ deck
+#
+# FreeType 2 auto-hinter module compilation rules for VMS
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 2001, 2002 Catharon Productions Inc.
+#
+# This file is part of the Catharon Typography Project and shall only
+# be used, modified, and distributed under the terms of the Catharon
+# Open Source License that should come with this file under the name
+# `CatharonLicense.txt'.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
+# this file you indicate that you have read the license and
+# understand and accept it fully.
+#
+# Note that this license is compatible with the FreeType license.
+
+
+CFLAGS=$(COMP_FLAGS)$(DEBUG)/incl=([--.include],[--.src.autohint])
+
+OBJS=autohint.obj
+
+all : $(OBJS)
+        library [--.lib]freetype.olb $(OBJS)
+
+# EOF
+$ eod
+$ close out
+$ write sys$output "... [.src.base] directory"
+$ create [.src.base]descrip.mms
+$ open/append out [.src.base]descrip.mms
+$ copy sys$input: out
+$ deck
+#
+# FreeType 2 base layer compilation rules for VMS
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 2001, 2003 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+CFLAGS=$(COMP_FLAGS)$(DEBUG)/include=([--.builds.vms],[--.include],[--.src.base])
+
+OBJS=ftbase.obj,ftinit.obj,ftglyph.obj,ftdebug.obj,ftbdf.obj,ftmm.obj,\
+     fttype1.obj,ftxf86.obj,ftpfr.obj,ftstroke.obj,ftwinfnt.obj,ftbbox.obj,\
+     ftbitmap.obj ftlcdfil.obj ftgasp.obj
+
+all : $(OBJS)
+        library [--.lib]freetype.olb $(OBJS)
+
+# EOF
+$ eod
+$ close out
+$ write sys$output "... [.src.bdf] directory"
+$ create [.src.bdf]descrip.mms
+$ open/append out [.src.bdf]descrip.mms
+$ copy sys$input: out
+$ deck
+#
+# FreeType 2 BDF driver compilation rules for VMS
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 2002 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+CFLAGS=$(COMP_FLAGS)$(DEBUG)/include=([--.include],[--.src.bdf])
+
+OBJS=bdf.obj
+
+all : $(OBJS)
+        library [--.lib]freetype.olb $(OBJS)
+
+# EOF
+$ eod
+$ close out
+$ write sys$output "... [.src.cache] directory"
+$ create [.src.cache]descrip.mms
+$ open/append out [.src.cache]descrip.mms
+$ copy sys$input: out
+$ deck
+#
+# FreeType 2 Cache compilation rules for VMS
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+CFLAGS=$(COMP_FLAGS)$(DEBUG)/include=([--.include],[--.src.cache])
+
+OBJS=ftcache.obj
+
+all : $(OBJS)
+        library [--.lib]freetype.olb $(OBJS)
+
+ftcache.obj : ftcache.c ftcbasic.c ftccache.c ftccmap.c ftcglyph.c ftcimage.c \
+              ftcmanag.c ftcmru.c ftcsbits.c
+
+# EOF
+$ eod
+$ close out
+$ write sys$output "... [.src.cff] directory"
+$ create [.src.cff]descrip.mms
+$ open/append out [.src.cff]descrip.mms
+$ copy sys$input: out
+$ deck
+#
+# FreeType 2 OpenType/CFF driver compilation rules for VMS
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 2001, 2002 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+CFLAGS=$(COMP_FLAGS)$(DEBUG)/include=([--.include],[--.src.cff])
+
+OBJS=cff.obj
+
+all : $(OBJS)
+        library [--.lib]freetype.olb $(OBJS)
+
+# EOF
+$ eod
+$ close out
+$ write sys$output "... [.src.cid] directory"
+$ create [.src.cid]descrip.mms
+$ open/append out [.src.cid]descrip.mms
+$ copy sys$input: out
+$ deck
+#
+# FreeType 2 CID driver compilation rules for VMS
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 2001 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+CFLAGS=$(COMP_FLAGS)$(DEBUG)/include=([--.include],[--.src.cid])
+
+OBJS=type1cid.obj
+
+all : $(OBJS)
+        library [--.lib]freetype.olb $(OBJS)
+
+# EOF
+$ eod
+$ close out
+$ write sys$output "... [.src.gzip] directory"
+$ create [.src.gzip]descrip.mms
+$ open/append out [.src.gzip]descrip.mms
+$ copy sys$input: out
+$ deck
+#
+# FreeType 2 GZip support compilation rules for VMS
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 2002 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+$EOD
+$ if libincs .nes. "" then write out "LIBINCS = ", libincs - ",", ","
+$ write out "COMP_FLAGS = ", ccopt
+$ copy sys$input: out
+$ deck
+
+CFLAGS=$(COMP_FLAGS)$(DEBUG)/include=($(LIBINCS)[--.include],[--.src.gzip])
+
+OBJS=ftgzip.obj
+
+all : $(OBJS)
+        library [--.lib]freetype.olb $(OBJS)
+
+# EOF
+$ eod
+$ close out
+$ write sys$output "... [.src.lzw] directory"
+$ create [.src.lzw]descrip.mms
+$ open/append out [.src.lzw]descrip.mms
+$ copy sys$input: out
+$ deck
+#
+# FreeType 2 LZW support compilation rules for VMS
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 2004 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+$EOD
+$ if libincs .nes. "" then write out "LIBINCS = ", libincs - ",", ","
+$ write out "COMP_FLAGS = ", ccopt
+$ copy sys$input: out
+$ deck
+
+CFLAGS=$(COMP_FLAGS)$(DEBUG)/include=($(LIBINCS)[--.include],[--.src.lzw])
+
+OBJS=ftlzw.obj
+
+all : $(OBJS)
+        library [--.lib]freetype.olb $(OBJS)
+
+# EOF
+$ eod
+$ close out
+$ write sys$output "... [.src.otlayout] directory"
+$ create [.src.otlayout]descrip.mms
+$ open/append out [.src.otlayout]descrip.mms
+$ copy sys$input: out
+$ deck
+#
+# FreeType 2 OT layout compilation rules for VMS
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 2004 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+CFLAGS=$(COMP_FLAGS)$(DEBUG)/include=([--.include],[--.src.otlayout])
+
+OBJS=otlbase.obj,otlcommn.obj,otlgdef.obj,otlgpos.obj,otlgsub.obj,\
+     otljstf.obj,otlparse.obj
+
+all : $(OBJS)
+        library [--.lib]freetype.olb $(OBJS)
+
+
+# EOF
+$ eod
+$ close out
+$ write sys$output "... [.src.otvalid] directory"
+$ create [.src.otvalid]descrip.mms
+$ open/append out [.src.otvalid]descrip.mms
+$ copy sys$input: out
+$ deck
+#
+# FreeType 2 OpenType validation module compilation rules for VMS
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 2004 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+CFLAGS=$(COMP_FLAGS)$(DEBUG)/include=([--.include],[--.src.otvalid])
+
+OBJS=otvalid.obj
+
+all : $(OBJS)
+        library [--.lib]freetype.olb $(OBJS)
+
+# EOF
+$ eod
+$ close out
+$ write sys$output "... [.src.pcf] directory"
+$ create [.src.pcf]descrip.mms
+$ open/append out [.src.pcf]descrip.mms
+$ copy sys$input: out
+$ deck
+#
+# FreeType 2 pcf driver compilation rules for VMS
+#
+
+
+# Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 by
+# Francesco Zappa Nardelli
+#
+# Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+# of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+# in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+# to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+# copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+# furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+#
+# The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+# all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+#
+# THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+# IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+# AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+# LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+# OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+# THE SOFTWARE.
+
+
+CFLAGS=$(COMP_FLAGS)$(DEBUG)/include=([--.include],[--.src.pcf])
+
+OBJS=pcf.obj
+
+all : $(OBJS)
+        library [--.lib]freetype.olb $(OBJS)
+
+# EOF
+$ eod
+$ close out
+$ write sys$output "... [.src.pfr] directory"
+$ create [.src.pfr]descrip.mms
+$ open/append out [.src.pfr]descrip.mms
+$ copy sys$input: out
+$ deck
+#
+# FreeType 2 PFR driver compilation rules for VMS
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 2002 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+CFLAGS=$(COMP_FLAGS)$(DEBUG)/include=([--.include],[--.src.pfr])
+
+OBJS=pfr.obj
+
+all : $(OBJS)
+        library [--.lib]freetype.olb $(OBJS)
+
+# EOF
+$ eod
+$ close out
+$ write sys$output "... [.src.psaux] directory"
+$ create [.src.psaux]descrip.mms
+$ open/append out [.src.psaux]descrip.mms
+$ copy sys$input: out
+$ deck
+#
+# FreeType 2 PSaux driver compilation rules for VMS
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 2001, 2002 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+CFLAGS=$(COMP_FLAGS)$(DEBUG)/include=([--.include],[--.src.psaux])
+
+OBJS=psaux.obj
+
+all : $(OBJS)
+        library [--.lib]freetype.olb $(OBJS)
+
+# EOF
+$ eod
+$ close out
+$ write sys$output "... [.src.pshinter] directory"
+$ create [.src.pshinter]descrip.mms
+$ open/append out [.src.pshinter]descrip.mms
+$ copy sys$input: out
+$ deck
+#
+# FreeType 2 PSHinter driver compilation rules for OpenVMS
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 2001, 2002 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+CFLAGS=$(COMP_FLAGS)$(DEBUG)/include=([--.include],[--.src.psnames])
+
+OBJS=pshinter.obj
+
+all : $(OBJS)
+        library [--.lib]freetype.olb $(OBJS)
+
+# EOF
+$ eod
+$ close out
+$ write sys$output "... [.src.psnames] directory"
+$ create [.src.psnames]descrip.mms
+$ open/append out [.src.psnames]descrip.mms
+$ copy sys$input: out
+$ deck
+#
+# FreeType 2 PSNames driver compilation rules for VMS
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 2001, 2002 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+CFLAGS=$(COMP_FLAGS)$(DEBUG)/include=([--.include],[--.src.psnames])
+
+OBJS=psnames.obj
+
+all : $(OBJS)
+        library [--.lib]freetype.olb $(OBJS)
+
+# EOF
+$ eod
+$ close out
+$ write sys$output "... [.src.raster] directory"
+$ create [.src.raster]descrip.mms
+$ open/append out [.src.raster]descrip.mms
+$ copy sys$input: out
+$ deck
+#
+# FreeType 2 renderer module compilation rules for VMS
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 2001 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+CFLAGS=$(COMP_FLAGS)$(DEBUG)/include=([--.include],[--.src.raster])
+
+OBJS=raster.obj
+
+all : $(OBJS)
+        library [--.lib]freetype.olb $(OBJS)
+
+# EOF
+$ eod
+$ close out
+$ write sys$output "... [.src.sfnt] directory"
+$ create [.src.sfnt]descrip.mms
+$ open/append out [.src.sfnt]descrip.mms
+$ copy sys$input: out
+$ deck
+#
+# FreeType 2 SFNT driver compilation rules for VMS
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 2001, 2002 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+CFLAGS=$(COMP_FLAGS)$(DEBUG)/include=([--.include],[--.src.sfnt])
+
+OBJS=sfnt.obj
+
+all : $(OBJS)
+        library [--.lib]freetype.olb $(OBJS)
+
+# EOF
+$ eod
+$ close out
+$ write sys$output "... [.src.smooth] directory"
+$ create [.src.smooth]descrip.mms
+$ open/append out [.src.smooth]descrip.mms
+$ copy sys$input: out
+$ deck
+#
+# FreeType 2 smooth renderer module compilation rules for VMS
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 2001 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+CFLAGS=$(COMP_FLAGS)$(DEBUG)/include=([--.include],[--.src.smooth])
+
+OBJS=smooth.obj
+
+all : $(OBJS)
+        library [--.lib]freetype.olb $(OBJS)
+
+# EOF
+$ eod
+$ close out
+$ write sys$output "... [.src.truetype] directory"
+$ create [.src.truetype]descrip.mms
+$ open/append out [.src.truetype]descrip.mms
+$ copy sys$input: out
+$ deck
+#
+# FreeType 2 TrueType driver compilation rules for VMS
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 2001, 2002 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+CFLAGS=$(COMP_FLAGS)$(DEBUG)/include=([--.include],[--.src.truetype])
+
+OBJS=truetype.obj
+
+all : $(OBJS)
+        library [--.lib]freetype.olb $(OBJS)
+
+# EOF
+$ eod
+$ close out
+$ write sys$output "... [.src.type1] directory"
+$ create [.src.type1]descrip.mms
+$ open/append out [.src.type1]descrip.mms
+$ copy sys$input: out
+$ deck
+#
+# FreeType 2 Type1 driver compilation rules for VMS
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 1996-2000, 2002 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+CFLAGS=$(COMP_FLAGS)$(DEBUG)/include=([--.include],[--.src.type1])
+
+OBJS=type1.obj
+
+all : $(OBJS)
+        library [--.lib]freetype.olb $(OBJS)
+
+type1.obj : type1.c t1parse.c t1load.c t1objs.c t1driver.c t1gload.c t1afm.c
+
+# EOF
+$ eod
+$ close out
+$ write sys$output "... [.src.type42] directory"
+$ create [.src.type42]descrip.mms
+$ open/append out [.src.type42]descrip.mms
+$ copy sys$input: out
+$ deck
+#
+# FreeType 2 Type 42 driver compilation rules for VMS
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 2002 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+CFLAGS=$(COMP_FLAGS)$(DEBUG)/include=([--.include],[--.src.type42])
+
+OBJS=type42.obj
+
+all : $(OBJS)
+        library [--.lib]freetype.olb $(OBJS)
+
+# EOF
+$ eod
+$ close out
+$ write sys$output "... [.src.winfonts] directory"
+$ create [.src.winfonts]descrip.mms
+$ open/append out [.src.winfonts]descrip.mms
+$ copy sys$input: out
+$ deck
+#
+# FreeType 2 Windows FNT/FON driver compilation rules for VMS
+#
+
+
+# Copyright 2001, 2002 by
+# David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
+#
+# This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, modified,
+# and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project license,
+# LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute this file you
+# indicate that you have read the license and understand and accept it
+# fully.
+
+
+CFLAGS=$(COMP_FLAGS)$(DEBUG)/include=([--.include],[--.src.winfonts])
+
+OBJS=winfnt.obj
+
+all : $(OBJS)
+        library [--.lib]freetype.olb $(OBJS)
+
+# EOF
+$ eod
+$ close out
+$ return
+$!------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+$!
+$! Check command line options and set symbols accordingly
+$!
+$ CHECK_OPTS:
+$ i = 1
+$ OPT_LOOP:
+$ if i .lt. 9
+$ then
+$   cparm = f$edit(p'i',"upcase")
+$   if cparm .eqs. "DEBUG"
+$   then
+$     ccopt = ccopt + "/noopt/deb"
+$     lopts = lopts + "/deb"
+$   endif
+$   if f$locate("CCOPT=",cparm) .lt. f$length(cparm)
+$   then
+$     start = f$locate("=",cparm) + 1
+$     len   = f$length(cparm) - start
+$     ccopt = ccopt + f$extract(start,len,cparm)
+$   endif
+$   if cparm .eqs. "LINK" then linkonly = true
+$   if f$locate("LOPTS=",cparm) .lt. f$length(cparm)
+$   then
+$     start = f$locate("=",cparm) + 1
+$     len   = f$length(cparm) - start
+$     lopts = lopts + f$extract(start,len,cparm)
+$   endif
+$   if f$locate("CC=",cparm) .lt. f$length(cparm)
+$   then
+$     start  = f$locate("=",cparm) + 1
+$     len    = f$length(cparm) - start
+$     cc_com = f$extract(start,len,cparm)
+      if (cc_com .nes. "DECC") .and. -
+         (cc_com .nes. "VAXC") .and. -
+	 (cc_com .nes. "GNUC")
+$     then
+$       write sys$output "Unsupported compiler choice ''cc_com' ignored"
+$       write sys$output "Use DECC, VAXC, or GNUC instead"
+$     else
+$     	if cc_com .eqs. "DECC" then its_decc = true
+$     	if cc_com .eqs. "VAXC" then its_vaxc = true
+$     	if cc_com .eqs. "GNUC" then its_gnuc = true
+$     endif
+$   endif
+$   if f$locate("MAKE=",cparm) .lt. f$length(cparm)
+$   then
+$     start  = f$locate("=",cparm) + 1
+$     len    = f$length(cparm) - start
+$     mmks = f$extract(start,len,cparm)
+$     if (mmks .eqs. "MMK") .or. (mmks .eqs. "MMS")
+$     then
+$       make = mmks
+$     else
+$       write sys$output "Unsupported make choice ''mmks' ignored"
+$       write sys$output "Use MMK or MMS instead"
+$     endif
+$   endif
+$   i = i + 1
+$   goto opt_loop
+$ endif
+$ return
+$!------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+$!
+$! Take care of driver file with information about external libraries
+$!
+$! Version history
+$! 0.01 20040220 First version to receive a number
+$! 0.02 20040229 Echo current procedure name; use general error exit handler
+$!               Remove xpm hack -> Replaced by more general dnsrl handling
+$CHECK_CREATE_VMSLIB:
+$!
+$ if f$search("VMSLIB.DAT") .eqs. ""
+$ then
+$   type/out=vmslib.dat sys$input
+!
+! This is a simple driver file with information used by vms_make.com to
+! check if external libraries (like t1lib and freetype) are available on
+! the system.
+!
+! Layout of the file:
+!
+!    - Lines starting with ! are treated as comments
+!    - Elements in a data line are separated by # signs
+!    - The elements need to be listed in the following order
+!      1.) Name of the Library (only used for informative messages
+!                               from vms_make.com)
+!      2.) Location where the object library can be found
+!      3.) Location where the include files for the library can be found
+!      4.) Include file used to verify library location
+!      5.) CPP define to pass to the build to indicate availability of
+!          the library
+!
+! Example: The following lines show how definitions
+!          might look like. They are site specific and the locations of the
+!          library and include files need almost certainly to be changed.
+!
+! Location: All of the libaries can be found at the following addresses
+!
+!   ZLIB:     http://zinser.no-ip.info/vms/sw/zlib.htmlx
+!
+ZLIB # sys$library:libz.olb # sys$library: # zlib.h # FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB
+$   write sys$output "New driver file vmslib.dat created."
+$   write sys$output "Please customize libary locations for your site"
+$   write sys$output "and afterwards re-execute ''myproc'"
+$   goto err_exit
+$ endif
+$!
+$! Init symbols used to hold CPP definitions and include path
+$!
+$ libdefs = ""
+$ libincs = ""
+$!
+$! Open data file with location of libraries
+$!
+$ open/read/end=end_lib/err=err_lib libdata VMSLIB.DAT
+$LIB_LOOP:
+$ read/end=end_lib libdata libline
+$ libline = f$edit(libline, "UNCOMMENT,COLLAPSE")
+$ if libline .eqs. "" then goto LIB_LOOP ! Comment line
+$ libname = f$edit(f$element(0,"#",libline),"UPCASE")
+$ write sys$output "Processing ''libname' setup ..."
+$ libloc  = f$element(1,"#",libline)
+$ libsrc  = f$element(2,"#",libline)
+$ testinc = f$element(3,"#",libline)
+$ cppdef  = f$element(4,"#",libline)
+$ old_cpp = f$locate("=1",cppdef)
+$ if old_cpp.lt.f$length(cppdef) then cppdef = f$extract(0,old_cpp,cppdef)
+$ if f$search("''libloc'").eqs. ""
+$ then
+$   write sys$output "Can not find library ''libloc' - Skipping ''libname'"
+$   goto LIB_LOOP
+$ endif
+$ libsrc_elem = 0
+$ libsrc_found = false
+$LIBSRC_LOOP:
+$ libsrcdir = f$element(libsrc_elem,",",libsrc)
+$ if (libsrcdir .eqs. ",") then goto END_LIBSRC
+$ if f$search("''libsrcdir'''testinc'") .nes. "" then libsrc_found = true
+$ libsrc_elem = libsrc_elem + 1
+$ goto LIBSRC_LOOP
+$END_LIBSRC:
+$ if .not. libsrc_found
+$ then
+$   write sys$output "Can not find includes at ''libsrc' - Skipping ''libname'"
+$   goto LIB_LOOP
+$ endif
+$ if (cppdef .nes. "") then libdefs = libdefs +  cppdef + ","
+$ libincs = libincs + "," + libsrc
+$ lqual = "/lib"
+$ libtype = f$edit(f$parse(libloc,,,"TYPE"),"UPCASE")
+$ if f$locate("EXE",libtype) .lt. f$length(libtype) then lqual = "/share"
+$ write optf libloc , lqual
+$ if (f$trnlnm("topt") .nes. "") then write topt libloc , lqual
+$!
+$! Nasty hack to get the freetype includes to work
+$!
+$ ft2def = false
+$ if ((libname .eqs. "FREETYPE") .and. -
+      (f$locate("FREETYPE2",cppdef) .lt. f$length(cppdef)))
+$ then
+$   if ((f$search("freetype:freetype.h") .nes. "") .and. -
+        (f$search("freetype:[internal]ftobjs.h") .nes. ""))
+$   then
+$     write sys$output "Will use local definition of freetype logical"
+$   else
+$     ft2elem = 0
+$FT2_LOOP:
+$     ft2srcdir = f$element(ft2elem,",",libsrc)
+$     if f$search("''ft2srcdir'''testinc'") .nes. ""
+$     then
+$        if f$search("''ft2srcdir'internal.dir") .nes. ""
+$        then
+$          ft2dev  = f$parse("''ft2srcdir'",,,"device","no_conceal")
+$          ft2dir  = f$parse("''ft2srcdir'",,,"directory","no_conceal")
+$          ft2conc = f$locate("][",ft2dir)
+$          ft2len  = f$length(ft2dir)
+$          if ft2conc .lt. ft2len
+$          then
+$             ft2dir = f$extract(0,ft2conc,ft2dir) + -
+                       f$extract(ft2conc+2,ft2len-2,ft2dir)
+$          endif
+$          ft2dir = ft2dir - "]" + ".]"
+$          define freetype 'ft2dev''ft2dir','ft2srcdir'
+$          ft2def = true
+$        else
+$          goto ft2_err
+$        endif
+$     else
+$       ft2elem = ft2elem + 1
+$       goto ft2_loop
+$     endif
+$   endif
+$ endif
+$ goto LIB_LOOP
+$END_LIB:
+$ close libdata
+$ return
+$!------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+$!
+$! Analyze Object files for OpenVMS AXP to extract Procedure and Data
+$! information to build a symbol vector for a shareable image
+$! All the "brains" of this logic was suggested by Hartmut Becker
+$! (Hartmut.Becker@compaq.com). All the bugs were introduced by me
+$! (zinser@decus.de), so if you do have problem reports please do not
+$! bother Hartmut/HP, but get in touch with me
+$!
+$! Version history
+$! 0.01 20040006 Skip over shareable images in option file
+$!
+$ ANAL_OBJ_AXP: Subroutine
+$ V = 'F$Verify(0)
+$ SAY := "WRITE_ SYS$OUTPUT"
+$
+$ IF F$SEARCH("''P1'") .EQS. ""
+$ THEN
+$    SAY "ANAL_OBJ_AXP-E-NOSUCHFILE:  Error, inputfile ''p1' not available"
+$    goto exit_aa
+$ ENDIF
+$ IF "''P2'" .EQS. ""
+$ THEN
+$    SAY "ANAL_OBJ_AXP:  Error, no output file provided"
+$    goto exit_aa
+$ ENDIF
+$
+$ open/read in 'p1
+$ create a.tmp
+$ open/append atmp a.tmp
+$ loop:
+$ read/end=end_loop in line
+$ if f$locate("/SHARE",f$edit(line,"upcase")) .lt. f$length(line)
+$ then
+$   write sys$output "ANAL_SKP_SHR-i-skipshare, ''line'"
+$   goto loop
+$ endif
+$ if f$locate("/LIB",f$edit(line,"upcase")) .lt. f$length(line)
+$ then
+$   write libsf line
+$   write sys$output "ANAL_SKP_LIB-i-skiplib, ''line'"
+$   goto loop
+$ endif
+$ f= f$search(line)
+$ if f .eqs. ""
+$ then
+$	write sys$output "ANAL_OBJ_AXP-w-nosuchfile, ''line'"
+$	goto loop
+$ endif
+$ def/user sys$output nl:
+$ def/user sys$error nl:
+$ anal/obj/gsd 'f /out=x.tmp
+$ open/read xtmp x.tmp
+$ XLOOP:
+$ read/end=end_xloop xtmp xline
+$ xline = f$edit(xline,"compress")
+$ write atmp xline
+$ goto xloop
+$ END_XLOOP:
+$ close xtmp
+$ goto loop
+$ end_loop:
+$ close in
+$ close atmp
+$ if f$search("a.tmp") .eqs. "" -
+	then $ exit
+$ ! all global definitions
+$ search a.tmp "symbol:","EGSY$V_DEF 1","EGSY$V_NORM 1"/out=b.tmp
+$ ! all procedures
+$ search b.tmp "EGSY$V_NORM 1"/wind=(0,1) /out=c.tmp
+$ search c.tmp "symbol:"/out=d.tmp
+$ def/user sys$output nl:
+$ edito/edt/command=sys$input d.tmp
+sub/symbol: "/symbol_vector=(/whole
+sub/"/=PROCEDURE)/whole
+exit
+$ ! all data
+$ search b.tmp "EGSY$V_DEF 1"/wind=(0,1) /out=e.tmp
+$ search e.tmp "symbol:"/out=f.tmp
+$ def/user sys$output nl:
+$ edito/edt/command=sys$input f.tmp
+sub/symbol: "/symbol_vector=(/whole
+sub/"/=DATA)/whole
+exit
+$ sort/nodupl d.tmp,f.tmp 'p2'
+$ delete a.tmp;*,b.tmp;*,c.tmp;*,d.tmp;*,e.tmp;*,f.tmp;*
+$ if f$search("x.tmp") .nes. "" -
+	then $ delete x.tmp;*
+$!
+$ close libsf
+$ EXIT_AA:
+$ if V then set verify
+$ endsubroutine
-- 
cgit v0.12


From 433ae0c05079f09293667e495bdb3583616cec6c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Harald Fernengel 
Date: Fri, 14 Aug 2009 12:08:45 +0200
Subject: Our modifications to freetype

---
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/ftconfig.h      | 262 ++++++++++++++++++++++
 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/ftsystem.c      |   9 +-
 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftbbox.h   |   2 +-
 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftglyph.h  |   4 +-
 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftimage.h  |  20 +-
 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftoutln.h  |   6 +-
 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftstroke.h |  10 +-
 src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftwinfnt.h |   2 +-
 8 files changed, 292 insertions(+), 23 deletions(-)
 create mode 100644 src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/ftconfig.h

diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/ftconfig.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/ftconfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2fca16c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/ftconfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,262 @@
+/* ftconfig.h.  Generated by configure.  */
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  ftconfig.in                                                            */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*    UNIX-specific configuration file (specification only).               */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  Copyright 1996-2000, 2002 by                                           */
+/*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      */
+/*                                                                         */
+/*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       */
+/*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      */
+/*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     */
+/*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              */
+/*  understand and accept it fully.                                        */
+/*                                                                         */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* This header file contains a number of macro definitions that are used */
+  /* by the rest of the engine.  Most of the macros here are automatically */
+  /* determined at compile time, and you should not need to change it to   */
+  /* port FreeType, except to compile the library with a non-ANSI          */
+  /* compiler.                                                             */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Note however that if some specific modifications are needed, we       */
+  /* advise you to place a modified copy in your build directory.          */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* The build directory is usually `freetype/builds/', and        */
+  /* contains system-specific files that are always included first when    */
+  /* building the library.                                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTCONFIG_H__
+#define __FTCONFIG_H__
+
+#include 
+#include FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
+#include FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*               PLATFORM-SPECIFIC CONFIGURATION MACROS                  */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* These macros can be toggled to suit a specific system.  The current   */
+  /* ones are defaults used to compile FreeType in an ANSI C environment   */
+  /* (16bit compilers are also supported).  Copy this file to your own     */
+  /* `freetype/builds/' directory, and edit it to port the engine. */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#define HAVE_UNISTD_H 1
+#define HAVE_FCNTL_H 1
+
+#define SIZEOF_INT 4
+#define SIZEOF_LONG 4
+
+#define FT_SIZEOF_INT   SIZEOF_INT
+#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG  SIZEOF_LONG
+
+
+  /* Preferred alignment of data */
+#define FT_ALIGNMENT  8
+
+
+  /* FT_UNUSED is a macro used to indicate that a given parameter is not  */
+  /* used -- this is only used to get rid of unpleasant compiler warnings */
+#ifndef FT_UNUSED
+#define FT_UNUSED( arg )  ( (arg) = (arg) )
+#endif
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*                     AUTOMATIC CONFIGURATION MACROS                    */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* These macros are computed from the ones defined above.  Don't touch   */
+  /* their definition, unless you know precisely what you are doing.  No   */
+  /* porter should need to mess with them.                                 */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* IntN types                                                            */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /*   Used to guarantee the size of some specific integers.               */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  typedef signed short    FT_Int16;
+  typedef unsigned short  FT_UInt16;
+
+#if FT_SIZEOF_INT == 4
+
+  typedef signed int      FT_Int32;
+  typedef unsigned int    FT_UInt32;
+
+#elif FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 4
+
+  typedef signed long     FT_Int32;
+  typedef unsigned long   FT_UInt32;
+
+#else
+#error "no 32bit type found -- please check your configuration files"
+#endif
+
+#if FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 8
+
+  /* FT_LONG64 must be defined if a 64-bit type is available */
+#define FT_LONG64
+#define FT_INT64   long
+
+#else
+
+  /*************************************************************************/
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Many compilers provide the non-ANSI `long long' 64-bit type.  You can */
+  /* activate it by defining the FTCALC_USE_LONG_LONG macro in             */
+  /* `ftoption.h'.                                                         */
+  /*                                                                       */
+  /* Note that this will produce many -ansi warnings during library        */
+  /* compilation, and that in many cases,  the generated code will be      */
+  /* neither smaller nor faster!                                           */
+  /*                                                                       */
+#ifdef FTCALC_USE_LONG_LONG
+
+#define FT_LONG64
+#define FT_INT64   long long
+
+#endif /* FTCALC_USE_LONG_LONG */
+#endif /* FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 8 */
+
+
+#ifdef FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT
+
+#define FT_LOCAL( x )      static  x
+#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x )  static  x
+
+#else
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_LOCAL( x )      extern "C"  x
+#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x )  extern "C"  x
+#else
+#define FT_LOCAL( x )      extern  x
+#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x )  extern  x
+#endif
+
+#endif /* FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT */
+
+
+#ifndef FT_BASE
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_BASE( x )  extern "C"  x
+#else
+#define FT_BASE( x )  extern  x
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !FT_BASE */
+
+
+#ifndef FT_BASE_DEF
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_BASE_DEF( x )  extern "C"  x
+#else
+#define FT_BASE_DEF( x )  extern  x
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !FT_BASE_DEF */
+
+
+#ifndef FT_EXPORT
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_EXPORT( x )  extern "C"  x
+#else
+#define FT_EXPORT( x )  extern  x
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !FT_EXPORT */
+
+
+#ifndef FT_EXPORT_DEF
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_EXPORT_DEF( x )  extern "C"  x
+#else
+#define FT_EXPORT_DEF( x )  extern  x
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !FT_EXPORT_DEF */
+
+
+#ifndef FT_EXPORT_VAR
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_EXPORT_VAR( x )  extern "C"  x
+#else
+#define FT_EXPORT_VAR( x )  extern  x
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !FT_EXPORT_VAR */
+
+  /* The following macros are needed to compile the library with a   */
+  /* C++ compiler and with 16bit compilers.                          */
+  /*                                                                 */
+
+  /* This is special.  Within C++, you must specify `extern "C"' for */
+  /* functions which are used via function pointers, and you also    */
+  /* must do that for structures which contain function pointers to  */
+  /* assure C linkage -- it's not possible to have (local) anonymous */
+  /* functions which are accessed by (global) function pointers.     */
+  /*                                                                 */
+  /*                                                                 */
+  /* FT_CALLBACK_DEF is used to _define_ a callback function.        */
+  /*                                                                 */
+  /* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE is used to _declare_ a constant variable that */
+  /* contains pointers to callback functions.                        */
+  /*                                                                 */
+  /* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF is used to _define_ a constant variable   */
+  /* that contains pointers to callback functions.                   */
+  /*                                                                 */
+  /*                                                                 */
+  /* Some 16bit compilers have to redefine these macros to insert    */
+  /* the infamous `_cdecl' or `__fastcall' declarations.             */
+  /*                                                                 */
+#ifndef FT_CALLBACK_DEF
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_CALLBACK_DEF( x )  extern "C"  x
+#else
+#define FT_CALLBACK_DEF( x )  static  x
+#endif
+#endif /* FT_CALLBACK_DEF */
+
+#ifndef FT_CALLBACK_TABLE
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE      extern "C"
+#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF  extern "C"
+#else
+#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE      extern
+#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF  /* nothing */
+#endif
+#endif /* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTCONFIG_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/ftsystem.c b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/ftsystem.c
index 95f8271..5c38090 100644
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/ftsystem.c
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/builds/unix/ftsystem.c
@@ -69,6 +69,9 @@
 #include 
 #include 
 
+#ifdef VXWORKS
+#include 
+#endif
 
   /*************************************************************************/
   /*                                                                       */
@@ -238,7 +241,7 @@
       return FT_Err_Invalid_Stream_Handle;
 
     /* open the file */
-    file = open( filepathname, O_RDONLY );
+    file = open( filepathname, O_RDONLY, 0);
     if ( file < 0 )
     {
       FT_ERROR(( "FT_Stream_Open:" ));
@@ -322,7 +325,11 @@
 
 
         read_count = read( file,
+#ifndef VXWORKS
                            stream->base + total_read_count,
+#else
+                           (char *) stream->base + total_read_count,
+#endif
                            stream->size - total_read_count );
 
         if ( read_count <= 0 )
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftbbox.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftbbox.h
index 01fe3fb..5cfb9ff 100644
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftbbox.h
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftbbox.h
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ FT_BEGIN_HEADER
   /*    Compute the exact bounding box of an outline.  This is slower      */
   /*    than computing the control box.  However, it uses an advanced      */
   /*    algorithm which returns _very_ quickly when the two boxes          */
-  /*    coincide.  Otherwise, the outline Bézier arcs are traversed to     */
+  /*    coincide.  Otherwise, the outline Bezier arcs are traversed to     */
   /*    extract their extrema.                                             */
   /*                                                                       */
   /*                                                                */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftglyph.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftglyph.h
index cacccf0..c3c5733 100644
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftglyph.h
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftglyph.h
@@ -355,10 +355,10 @@ FT_BEGIN_HEADER
   /*                                                                       */
   /*                                                          */
   /*    Return a glyph's `control box'.  The control box encloses all the  */
-  /*    outline's points, including Bézier control points.  Though it      */
+  /*    outline's points, including Bezier control points.  Though it      */
   /*    coincides with the exact bounding box for most glyphs, it can be   */
   /*    slightly larger in some situations (like when rotating an outline  */
-  /*    which contains Bézier outside arcs).                               */
+  /*    which contains Bezier outside arcs).                               */
   /*                                                                       */
   /*    Computing the control box is very fast, while getting the bounding */
   /*    box can take much more time as it needs to walk over all segments  */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftimage.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftimage.h
index ccc2f71..25a9b1b 100644
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftimage.h
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftimage.h
@@ -319,11 +319,11 @@ FT_BEGIN_HEADER
   /*                                                                       */
   /*    tags       :: A pointer to an array of `n_points' chars, giving    */
   /*                  each outline point's type.  If bit~0 is unset, the   */
-  /*                  point is `off' the curve, i.e., a Bézier control     */
+  /*                  point is `off' the curve, i.e., a Bezier control     */
   /*                  point, while it is `on' when set.                    */
   /*                                                                       */
   /*                  Bit~1 is meaningful for `off' points only.  If set,  */
-  /*                  it indicates a third-order Bézier arc control point; */
+  /*                  it indicates a third-order Bezier arc control point; */
   /*                  and a second-order control point if unset.           */
   /*                                                                       */
   /*    contours   :: An array of `n_contours' shorts, giving the end      */
@@ -535,7 +535,7 @@ FT_BEGIN_HEADER
   /*    A function pointer type use to describe the signature of a `conic  */
   /*    to' function during outline walking/decomposition.                 */
   /*                                                                       */
-  /*    A `conic to' is emitted to indicate a second-order Bézier arc in   */
+  /*    A `conic to' is emitted to indicate a second-order Bezier arc in   */
   /*    the outline.                                                       */
   /*                                                                       */
   /*                                                                */
@@ -567,12 +567,12 @@ FT_BEGIN_HEADER
   /*    A function pointer type used to describe the signature of a `cubic */
   /*    to' function during outline walking/decomposition.                 */
   /*                                                                       */
-  /*    A `cubic to' is emitted to indicate a third-order Bézier arc.      */
+  /*    A `cubic to' is emitted to indicate a third-order Bezier arc.      */
   /*                                                                       */
   /*                                                                */
-  /*    control1 :: A pointer to the first Bézier control point.           */
+  /*    control1 :: A pointer to the first Bezier control point.           */
   /*                                                                       */
-  /*    control2 :: A pointer to the second Bézier control point.          */
+  /*    control2 :: A pointer to the second Bezier control point.          */
   /*                                                                       */
   /*    to       :: A pointer to the target end point.                     */
   /*                                                                       */
@@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ FT_BEGIN_HEADER
   /*                                                                       */
   /*                                                          */
   /*    A structure to hold various function pointers used during outline  */
-  /*    decomposition in order to emit segments, conic, and cubic Béziers, */
+  /*    decomposition in order to emit segments, conic, and cubic Beziers, */
   /*    as well as `move to' and `close to' operations.                    */
   /*                                                                       */
   /*                                                               */
@@ -606,9 +606,9 @@ FT_BEGIN_HEADER
   /*                                                                       */
   /*    line_to  :: The segment emitter.                                   */
   /*                                                                       */
-  /*    conic_to :: The second-order Bézier arc emitter.                   */
+  /*    conic_to :: The second-order Bezier arc emitter.                   */
   /*                                                                       */
-  /*    cubic_to :: The third-order Bézier arc emitter.                    */
+  /*    cubic_to :: The third-order Bezier arc emitter.                    */
   /*                                                                       */
   /*    shift    :: The shift that is applied to coordinates before they   */
   /*                are sent to the emitter.                               */
@@ -705,7 +705,7 @@ FT_BEGIN_HEADER
   /*                                                                       */
   /*    FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE ::                                         */
   /*      The glyph image is a vectorial outline made of line segments     */
-  /*      and Bézier arcs; it can be described as an @FT_Outline; you      */
+  /*      and Bezier arcs; it can be described as an @FT_Outline; you      */
   /*      generally want to access the `outline' field of the              */
   /*      @FT_GlyphSlotRec structure to read it.                           */
   /*                                                                       */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftoutln.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftoutln.h
index d7d01e8..ea60d43 100644
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftoutln.h
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftoutln.h
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ FT_BEGIN_HEADER
   /*                                                                       */
   /*                                                          */
   /*    Walk over an outline's structure to decompose it into individual   */
-  /*    segments and Bézier arcs.  This function is also able to emit      */
+  /*    segments and Bezier arcs.  This function is also able to emit      */
   /*    `move to' and `close to' operations to indicate the start and end  */
   /*    of new contours in the outline.                                    */
   /*                                                                       */
@@ -212,10 +212,10 @@ FT_BEGIN_HEADER
   /*                                                                       */
   /*                                                          */
   /*    Return an outline's `control box'.  The control box encloses all   */
-  /*    the outline's points, including Bézier control points.  Though it  */
+  /*    the outline's points, including Bezier control points.  Though it  */
   /*    coincides with the exact bounding box for most glyphs, it can be   */
   /*    slightly larger in some situations (like when rotating an outline  */
-  /*    which contains Bézier outside arcs).                               */
+  /*    which contains Bezier outside arcs).                               */
   /*                                                                       */
   /*    Computing the control box is very fast, while getting the bounding */
   /*    box can take much more time as it needs to walk over all segments  */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftstroke.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftstroke.h
index ae90500..0c10122 100644
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftstroke.h
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftstroke.h
@@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ FT_BEGIN_HEADER
    *   FT_Stroker_ConicTo
    *
    * @description:
-   *   `Draw' a single quadratic Bézier in the stroker's current sub-path,
+   *   `Draw' a single quadratic Bezier in the stroker's current sub-path,
    *   from the last position.
    *
    * @input:
@@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ FT_BEGIN_HEADER
    *     The target stroker handle.
    *
    *   control ::
-   *     A pointer to a Bézier control point.
+   *     A pointer to a Bezier control point.
    *
    *   to ::
    *     A pointer to the destination point.
@@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ FT_BEGIN_HEADER
    *   FT_Stroker_CubicTo
    *
    * @description:
-   *   `Draw' a single cubic Bézier in the stroker's current sub-path,
+   *   `Draw' a single cubic Bezier in the stroker's current sub-path,
    *   from the last position.
    *
    * @input:
@@ -447,10 +447,10 @@ FT_BEGIN_HEADER
    *     The target stroker handle.
    *
    *   control1 ::
-   *     A pointer to the first Bézier control point.
+   *     A pointer to the first Bezier control point.
    *
    *   control2 ::
-   *     A pointer to second Bézier control point.
+   *     A pointer to second Bezier control point.
    *
    *   to ::
    *     A pointer to the destination point.
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftwinfnt.h b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftwinfnt.h
index ea33353..9a4cf58 100644
--- a/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftwinfnt.h
+++ b/src/3rdparty/freetype/include/freetype/ftwinfnt.h
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ FT_BEGIN_HEADER
    *     Mac Roman encoding.
    *
    *   FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM ::
-   *     From Michael Pöttgen :
+   *     From Michael Poettgen :
    *
    *       The `Windows Font Mapping' article says that FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM
    *       is used for the charset of vector fonts, like `modern.fon',
-- 
cgit v0.12


From dc2070d82c3d3cd972a52df680c6df9d2989f3e4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Richard Moe Gustavsen 
Date: Tue, 11 Aug 2009 16:02:27 +0200
Subject: Cocoa: Fix several issues with the event dispatcher

Autotest: qcoreapplication, qapplication, qtimer
qwidget_window, qwidget

Issue 1: stacking order of modal windows was not
working correctly. With this patch, we remove the
need for rebuilding modal sessions all the time,
and when we do, we rebuild them all in the correct
order.

Issue 2: When running the event processor manually
(that is, just calling processEvents in a loop), we
sometimes spendt 100% cpu if a window was pending to
become modal. The reason was that we need to keep
reposting the QCocoaRequestModal event until we
could block the calling thread (that is, one of
the exec flags was given to processEvents). With this
patch, the need for posting QCocoaRequestModal is
completly removed in favor of an 'interrupt'
approach instead.

Issue 3: If using Qt as a plugin, or just add widget
to a native cocoa application, it would often lead
to closing down the application. The reason is that
the event dispatcher needs to restart [NSApp run]
now and then. But this approach fails if Qt was not
the code that started [NSApp run] in the first place.
This patch removes the need to restart NSApp in this
situation, at the cost of modal windows not beeing
modal if Qt is not spinning the event dispatcher.
Normal QDialog::exec etc will always work.
---
 src/gui/kernel/qapplication.cpp         |   4 -
 src/gui/kernel/qapplication_mac.mm      |  26 +-
 src/gui/kernel/qapplication_p.h         |   6 -
 src/gui/kernel/qeventdispatcher_mac.mm  | 425 +++++++++++++++++++++-----------
 src/gui/kernel/qeventdispatcher_mac_p.h |  26 +-
 src/gui/kernel/qwidget_mac.mm           |  14 +-
 6 files changed, 308 insertions(+), 193 deletions(-)

diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qapplication.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qapplication.cpp
index fea3e2d..df85809 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qapplication.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qapplication.cpp
@@ -2311,10 +2311,6 @@ bool QApplication::event(QEvent *e)
         } else if (te->timerId() == d->toolTipFallAsleep.timerId()) {
             d->toolTipFallAsleep.stop();
         }
-#ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
-    } else if (e->type() == QEvent::CocoaRequestModal) {
-        d->_q_runAppModalWindow();
-#endif
     }
     return QCoreApplication::event(e);
 }
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qapplication_mac.mm b/src/gui/kernel/qapplication_mac.mm
index 5b503b3..0c17892 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qapplication_mac.mm
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qapplication_mac.mm
@@ -1409,13 +1409,8 @@ void QApplicationPrivate::enterModal_sys(QWidget *widget)
     qt_button_down = 0;
 
 #ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
-    if (!qt_mac_is_macsheet(widget)) {
-        // Add a new, empty (null), NSModalSession to the stack.
-        // The next time we spin the event dispatcher, it will
-        // check the stack, and recurse into a modal session for it:
-        QCocoaModalSessionInfo info = {widget, 0};
-        QEventDispatcherMacPrivate::cocoaModalSessionStack.push(info);
-    }
+    if (!qt_mac_is_macsheet(widget))
+        QEventDispatcherMacPrivate::beginModalSession(widget);
 #endif
 }
 
@@ -1441,7 +1436,7 @@ void QApplicationPrivate::leaveModal_sys(QWidget *widget)
         }
 #ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
         if (!qt_mac_is_macsheet(widget))
-            QEventDispatcherMacPrivate::rebuildModalSessionStack(true);
+            QEventDispatcherMacPrivate::endModalSession(widget);
 #endif
     }
 #ifdef DEBUG_MODAL_EVENTS
@@ -1452,21 +1447,6 @@ void QApplicationPrivate::leaveModal_sys(QWidget *widget)
         qt_event_request_menubarupdate();
 }
 
-#if defined(QT_MAC_USE_COCOA)
-void QApplicationPrivate::_q_runAppModalWindow()
-{
-    if (QEventDispatcherMacPrivate::blockCocoaRequestModal) {
-        // Just postpone the event until the event dispatcher tells
-        // us (by releasing the block) that it is OK to recurse into
-        // a new event loop for our non-execing modal window:
-        qApp->postEvent(qApp, new QEvent(QEvent::CocoaRequestModal));
-    } else {
-        // Recurse into a new event loop for the current app modal window:
-        threadData->eventDispatcher->processEvents(QEventLoop::DialogExec);
-    }
-}
-#endif
-
 QWidget *QApplicationPrivate::tryModalHelper_sys(QWidget *top)
 {
 #ifndef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qapplication_p.h b/src/gui/kernel/qapplication_p.h
index c90ebfe..5d409f4 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qapplication_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qapplication_p.h
@@ -484,12 +484,6 @@ public:
     void _q_alertTimeOut();
     QHash alertTimerHash;
 #endif
-#if defined(QT_MAC_USE_COCOA)
-    void _q_runAppModalWindow();
-#endif
-#if defined(QT_MAC_USE_COCOA)
-    void _q_runModalWindow();
-#endif
 #ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET
     static QString styleSheet;
 #endif
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qeventdispatcher_mac.mm b/src/gui/kernel/qeventdispatcher_mac.mm
index 2e45479..efe6375 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qeventdispatcher_mac.mm
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qeventdispatcher_mac.mm
@@ -497,6 +497,40 @@ static bool IsMouseOrKeyEvent( NSEvent* event )
 }
 #endif
 
+static inline void qt_mac_waitForMoreEvents()
+{
+#ifndef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+    while(CFRunLoopRunInMode(kCFRunLoopDefaultMode, 1.0e20, true) == kCFRunLoopRunTimedOut);
+#else
+    // If no event exist in the cocoa event que, wait
+    // (and free up cpu time) until at least one event occur.
+    // This implementation is a bit on the edge, but seems to
+    // work fine:
+    NSEvent* event = [NSApp nextEventMatchingMask:NSAnyEventMask
+        untilDate:[NSDate distantFuture]
+        inMode:NSDefaultRunLoopMode
+        dequeue:YES];
+    if (event)
+        [NSApp postEvent:event atStart:YES];
+#endif
+}
+
+#ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+static inline void qt_mac_waitForMoreModalSessionEvents()
+{
+    // If no event exist in the cocoa event que, wait
+    // (and free up cpu time) until at least one event occur.
+    // This implementation is a bit on the edge, but seems to
+    // work fine:
+    NSEvent* event = [NSApp nextEventMatchingMask:NSAnyEventMask
+        untilDate:[NSDate distantFuture]
+        inMode:NSModalPanelRunLoopMode
+        dequeue:YES];
+    if (event)
+        [NSApp postEvent:event atStart:YES];
+}
+#endif
+
 bool QEventDispatcherMac::processEvents(QEventLoop::ProcessEventsFlags flags)
 {
     Q_D(QEventDispatcherMac);
@@ -515,55 +549,42 @@ bool QEventDispatcherMac::processEvents(QEventLoop::ProcessEventsFlags flags)
         QMacCocoaAutoReleasePool pool;
         NSEvent* event = 0;
 
-        if (flags & QEventLoop::DialogExec || flags & QEventLoop::EventLoopExec) {
-            // The point of the CocoaRequestModal event is to make sure that a
-            // non-execed app modal window recurses into it's own dialog exec
-            // once cocoa is spinning the event loop for us (e.g on top of [NSApp run]).
-            // We expect only one event to notify us about this, regardless of how many
-            // widgets that are waiting to be modal. So we remove all other pending
-            // events, if any. And since cocoa will now take over event processing for us,
-            // we allow new app modal widgets to recurse on top of us, hence the release of
-            // the block:
-            QBoolBlocker block(d->blockCocoaRequestModal, false);
-            QCoreApplication::removePostedEvents(qApp, QEvent::CocoaRequestModal);
-
-            if (NSModalSession session = d->activeModalSession())
-                while ([NSApp runModalSession:session] == NSRunContinuesResponse) {
-                    // runModalSession will not wait for events, so we do it
-                    // ourselves (otherwise we would spend 100% CPU inside this loop):
-                    event = [NSApp nextEventMatchingMask:NSAnyEventMask
-                        untilDate:[NSDate distantFuture] inMode:NSModalPanelRunLoopMode dequeue:YES];
-                    if (event)
-                        [NSApp postEvent:event atStart:YES];
-                }
-            else
+        // If Qt is used as a plugin, or just added into a native cocoa
+        // application, we should not run or stop NSApplication;
+        // This will be done from outside Qt.
+        // And if processEvents is called manually (rather than from QEventLoop), we
+        // cannot enter a tight loop and block the call, but instead return after one flush:
+        bool canExec_3rdParty = d->nsAppRunCalledByQt || ![NSApp isRunning];
+        bool canExec_Qt = flags & QEventLoop::DialogExec || flags & QEventLoop::EventLoopExec;
+
+        if (canExec_Qt && canExec_3rdParty) {
+            // We can use exec-mode, meaning that we can stay in a tight loop until
+            // interrupted. This is mostly an optimization, but it also allow us
+            // to use [NSApp run], which is the recommended way of running applications
+            // in cocoa. [NSApp run] should be called at least once for any cocoa app.
+            if (NSModalSession session = d->currentModalSession()) {
+                QBoolBlocker execGuard(d->currentExecIsNSAppRun, false);
+                while (!d->interrupt && [NSApp runModalSession:session] == NSRunContinuesResponse)
+                    qt_mac_waitForMoreModalSessionEvents();
+            } else {
+                d->nsAppRunCalledByQt = true;
+                QBoolBlocker execGuard(d->currentExecIsNSAppRun, true);
                 [NSApp run];
-
-            d->rebuildModalSessionStack(false);
+            }
             retVal = true;
         } else do {
-            // Since we now are going to spin the event loop just _one_ round
-            // we need to block all incoming CocoaRequestModal events to ensure
-            // that we don't recurse into a new exec-ing event loop while doing
-            // so (and as such, 'hang' the thread inside the recursion):
-            QBoolBlocker block(d->blockCocoaRequestModal, true);
+            // INVARIANT: We cannot block the thread (and run in a tight loop).
+            // Instead we will process all current pending events and return.
             bool mustRelease = false;
 
             if (!(flags & QEventLoop::ExcludeUserInputEvents) && !d->queuedUserInputEvents.isEmpty()) {
-                // process a pending user input event
+                // Process a pending user input event
                 mustRelease = true;
                 event = static_cast(d->queuedUserInputEvents.takeFirst());
             } else {
-                if (NSModalSession session = d->activeModalSession()) {
-                    // There's s a modal widget showing, run it's session:
-                    if (flags & QEventLoop::WaitForMoreEvents) {
-                        // Wait for at least one event
-                        // before spinning the session:
-                        event = [NSApp nextEventMatchingMask:NSAnyEventMask
-                            untilDate:[NSDate distantFuture] inMode:NSModalPanelRunLoopMode dequeue:YES];
-                        if (event)
-                            [NSApp postEvent:event atStart:YES];
-                    }
+                if (NSModalSession session = d->currentModalSession()) {
+                    if (flags & QEventLoop::WaitForMoreEvents)
+                        qt_mac_waitForMoreModalSessionEvents();
                     [NSApp runModalSession:session];
                     retVal = true;
                     break;
@@ -634,41 +655,35 @@ bool QEventDispatcherMac::processEvents(QEventLoop::ProcessEventsFlags flags)
                 && (flags & QEventLoop::WaitForMoreEvents));
         if (canWait) {
             // INVARIANT: We haven't processed any events yet. And we're told
-            // to stay inside this function until at least one event is processed
-            // (WaitForMoreEvents). So we wait on the window server:
-#ifndef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
-            while(CFRunLoopRunInMode(kCFRunLoopDefaultMode, 1.0e20, true) == kCFRunLoopRunTimedOut);
-#else
-            QMacCocoaAutoReleasePool pool;
-            NSEvent *manualEvent = [NSApp nextEventMatchingMask:NSAnyEventMask
-                untilDate:[NSDate distantFuture] inMode:NSDefaultRunLoopMode
-                dequeue:YES];
-            if (manualEvent)
-                [NSApp sendEvent:manualEvent];
-#endif
+            // to stay inside this function until at least one event is processed.
+            qt_mac_waitForMoreEvents();
             flags &= ~QEventLoop::WaitForMoreEvents;
         } else {
-            // Done with event processing for now. Leave the function:
+            // Done with event processing for now.
+            // Leave the function:
             break;
         }
     }
 
-    // Because pending deffered-delete events are only sendt after
-    // returning from the loop level they were posted in, we schedule
-    // an extra wakup to force the _current_ run loop to process them (in
-    // case the application stands idle waiting for the delete event):
-    wakeUp();
+#ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+    // In case we _now_ process events using [NSApp run], we need to stop it to
+    // ensure that:
+    //    1. the QEventLoop that called us is still executing, or
+    //    2. we have a modal session that needs to be spun instead.
+    // In case this is a plain call to processEvents (perhaps from a loop) 
+    // from the application (rather than from a QEventLoop), we delay the
+    // interrupting until we/ actually enter a lower loop level (hence the
+    // deffered delete of the object below):
+    QtMacInterruptDispatcherHelp::interruptLater();
+#endif
 
-    if (d->interrupt){
-        // We restart NSApplication by first stopping it, and then call 'run'
-        // again (NSApplication is actually already stopped, hence the need
-        // for a restart, but calling stop again will also make the call
-        // return from the current recursion). When the call returns to
-        // QEventLoop (mind, not from this recursion, but from the one we're
-        // about to stop), it will just call QEventDispatcherMac::processEvents()
-        // again.
+    if (d->interrupt) {
+        // We should continue to leave all recursion to processEvents until
+        // processEvents is called again (e.g. from a QEventLoop that 
+        // was not yet told to quit:
         interrupt();
     }
+
     return retVal;
 }
 
@@ -700,104 +715,169 @@ bool QEventDispatcherMacPrivate::blockSendPostedEvents = false;
 
 #ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
 QStack QEventDispatcherMacPrivate::cocoaModalSessionStack;
-bool QEventDispatcherMacPrivate::blockCocoaRequestModal = false;
+bool QEventDispatcherMacPrivate::currentExecIsNSAppRun = false;
+bool QEventDispatcherMacPrivate::nsAppRunCalledByQt = false;
+NSModalSession QEventDispatcherMacPrivate::currentModalSessionCached = 0;
 
-static void qt_mac_setChildDialogsResponsive(QWidget *widget, bool responsive)
+int QEventDispatcherMacPrivate::activeModalSessionCount()
 {
+    // Returns the number of modal sessions created
+    // (and not just pushed onto the stack, pending to be created)
+    int count = 0;
+    for (int i=cocoaModalSessionStack.size()-1; i>=0; --i) {
+        QCocoaModalSessionInfo &info = cocoaModalSessionStack[i];
+        if (info.session)
+            ++count;
+    }
+    return count;
+}
+
+void QEventDispatcherMacPrivate::temporarilyStopAllModalSessions()
+{
+    // Stop all created modal session, and as such, make then
+    // pending again. The next call to currentModalSession will
+    // recreate the session on top again:
+    int stackSize = cocoaModalSessionStack.size();
+    for (int i=stackSize-1; i>=0; --i) {
+        QCocoaModalSessionInfo &info = cocoaModalSessionStack[i];
+        if (info.session) {
+            [NSApp endModalSession:info.session];
+            info.session = 0;
+        }
+    }
+    currentModalSessionCached = 0;
+}
+
+NSModalSession QEventDispatcherMacPrivate::currentModalSession()
+{
+    // If we have one or more modal windows, this function will create
+    // a session for each of those, and return the one for the top.
+    if (currentModalSessionCached)
+        return currentModalSessionCached;
+
+    if (cocoaModalSessionStack.isEmpty())
+        return 0;
+
+    // Since this code will end up calling our Qt event handler
+    // (also from beginModalSessionForWindow), we need to block
+    // that to avoid side effects of events beeing delivered:
+    QBoolBlocker block(blockSendPostedEvents, true);
+
+    if (![NSApp isRunning]) {
+        // Sadly, we need to introduce this little event flush
+        // to stop dialogs from blinking/poping in front if a 
+        // modal session restart was needed:
+        while (NSEvent *event = [NSApp nextEventMatchingMask:NSAnyEventMask
+                untilDate:nil
+                inMode:NSDefaultRunLoopMode
+                dequeue: YES]) {
+            qt_mac_send_event(0, event, 0);
+        }
+    }
+
+    int sessionCount = cocoaModalSessionStack.size();
+    for (int i=0; itestAttribute(Qt::WA_DontShowOnScreen))
+            continue;
+        if (!info.session) {
+            QMacCocoaAutoReleasePool pool;
+            NSWindow *window = qt_mac_window_for(info.widget);
+            if (!window)
+                continue;
+            info.session = [NSApp beginModalSessionForWindow:window];
+        }
+        currentModalSessionCached = info.session;
+    }
+
+    return currentModalSessionCached;
+}
+
+static void setChildrenWorksWhenModal(QWidget *widget, bool worksWhenModal)
+{
+    // For NSPanels (but not NSWindows, sadly), we can set the flag
+    // worksWhenModal, so that they are active even when they are not modal. 
     QList dialogs = widget->findChildren();
     for (int i=0; i(window) setWorksWhenModal:responsive];
-            if (responsive && dialogs[i]->isVisible()){
+            [static_cast(window) setWorksWhenModal:worksWhenModal];
+            if (worksWhenModal && dialogs[i]->isVisible()){
                 [window orderFront:window];
             }
         }
     }
 }
 
-NSModalSession QEventDispatcherMacPrivate::activeModalSession()
+void QEventDispatcherMacPrivate::updateChildrenWorksWhenModal()
 {
-    // Create (if needed) and return the modal session
-    // for the  top-most modal dialog, if any:
-    if (cocoaModalSessionStack.isEmpty())
-        return 0;
-    QCocoaModalSessionInfo &info = cocoaModalSessionStack.last();
-    if (!info.widget)
-        return 0;
-    if (info.widget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_DontShowOnScreen)){
-        // INVARIANT: We have a modal widget, but it's not visible on screen.
-        // This will e.g. be true for native dialogs. Make the dialog children
-        // of the previous modal dialog unresponsive, so that the current dialog
-        // (native or not) is the only reponsive dialog on screen:
-        int size = cocoaModalSessionStack.size();
+    // Make the dialog children of the widget
+    // active. And make the dialog children of
+    // the previous modal dialog unactive again:
+    int size = cocoaModalSessionStack.size();
+    if (size > 0){
+        if (QWidget *prevModal = cocoaModalSessionStack[size-1].widget)
+            setChildrenWorksWhenModal(prevModal, true);
         if (size > 1){
             if (QWidget *prevModal = cocoaModalSessionStack[size-2].widget)
-                qt_mac_setChildDialogsResponsive(prevModal, false);
+                setChildrenWorksWhenModal(prevModal, false);
         }
-        return 0;
     }
+}
 
-    if (!info.session) {
-        QMacCocoaAutoReleasePool pool;
-        NSWindow *window = qt_mac_window_for(info.widget);
-        if (!window)
-            return 0;
-        // 'beginModalSessionForWindow' will give the event loop a spin, and as
-        // such, deliver Qt events. This might lead to inconsistent behaviour
-        // (especially if CocoaRequestModal is delivered), so we need to block:
-        QBoolBlocker block(blockSendPostedEvents, true);
-        info.session = [NSApp beginModalSessionForWindow:window];
-        // Make the dialog children of the current modal dialog
-        // responsive. And make the dialog children of
-        // the previous modal dialog unresponsive again:
-        qt_mac_setChildDialogsResponsive(info.widget, true);
-        int size = cocoaModalSessionStack.size();
-        if (size > 1){
-            if (QWidget *prevModal = cocoaModalSessionStack[size-2].widget)
-                qt_mac_setChildDialogsResponsive(prevModal, false);
-        }
-    }
-    return info.session;
+void QEventDispatcherMacPrivate::beginModalSession(QWidget *widget)
+{
+    // Add a new, empty (null), NSModalSession to the stack.
+    // It will become active the next time QEventDispatcher::processEvents is called.
+    // A QCocoaModalSessionInfo is considered pending to become active if the widget pointer 
+    // is non-zero, and the session pointer is zero (it will become active upon a call to
+    // currentModalSession). A QCocoaModalSessionInfo is considered pending to be stopped if
+    // the widget pointer is zero, and the session pointer is non-zero (it will be fully
+    // stopped in endModalSession().
+    QCocoaModalSessionInfo info = {widget, 0};
+    cocoaModalSessionStack.push(info);
+    updateChildrenWorksWhenModal();
+    currentModalSessionCached = 0;
 }
 
-void QEventDispatcherMacPrivate::rebuildModalSessionStack(bool pop)
+void QEventDispatcherMacPrivate::endModalSession(QWidget *widget)
 {
-    // Calling [NSApp stopModal], or [NSApp stop], will stop all modal dialogs
-    // in one go. So to to not confuse cocoa, we need to stop all our modal
-    // sessions as well. QMacEventDispatcher will make them modal again
-    // in the correct order as long as they are left on the cocoaModalSessionStack
-    // and a CocoaRequestModal is posted:
-    if (cocoaModalSessionStack.isEmpty())
-        return;
+    // Mark all sessions attached to widget as pending to be stopped. We do this
+    // by setting the widget pointer to zero, but leave the session pointer.
+    // We don't tell cocoa to stop any sessions just yet, because cocoa only understands
+    // when we stop the _current_ modal session (which is the session on top of
+    // the stack, and might not belong to 'widget'). 
+    int stackSize = cocoaModalSessionStack.size();
+    for (int i=stackSize-1; i>=0; --i) {
+        QCocoaModalSessionInfo &info = cocoaModalSessionStack[i];
+        if (info.widget == widget)
+            info.widget = 0;
+    }
 
-    QMacCocoaAutoReleasePool pool;
-    [NSApp stopModal];
-    [NSApp postEvent:[NSEvent otherEventWithType:NSApplicationDefined location:NSZeroPoint
-        modifierFlags:0 timestamp:0. windowNumber:0 context:0
-        subtype:SHRT_MAX data1:0 data2:0] atStart:NO];
+    // Now we stop, and remove, all sessions marked as pending
+    // to be stopped on _top_ of the stack, if any:
+    bool needToInterruptEventDispatcher = false;
+    bool needToUpdateChildrenWorksWhenModal = false;
 
-    for (int i=0; i=0; --i) {
         QCocoaModalSessionInfo &info = cocoaModalSessionStack[i];
+        if (info.widget)
+            break;
+        cocoaModalSessionStack.remove(i);
+        needToUpdateChildrenWorksWhenModal = true;
+        currentModalSessionCached = 0;
         if (info.session) {
             [NSApp endModalSession:info.session];
-            info.session = 0;
+            needToInterruptEventDispatcher = true;
         }
     }
 
-    if (pop) {
-        QCocoaModalSessionInfo info = cocoaModalSessionStack.pop();
-        if (info.widget)
-            qt_mac_setChildDialogsResponsive(info.widget, false);
-    }
-
-    if (!cocoaModalSessionStack.isEmpty()) {
-        // Since we now have pending modal sessions again, make
-        // sure that we enter modal for the one on the top later:
-        qApp->postEvent(qApp, new QEvent(QEvent::CocoaRequestModal));
-    } else {
-        QCoreApplication::removePostedEvents(qApp, QEvent::CocoaRequestModal);
-    }
+    if (needToUpdateChildrenWorksWhenModal)
+        updateChildrenWorksWhenModal();
+    if (needToInterruptEventDispatcher)
+        QEventDispatcherMac::instance()->interrupt();
 }
 
 #endif
@@ -858,27 +938,29 @@ void QEventDispatcherMacPrivate::postedEventsSourcePerformCallback(void *info)
     }
 }
 
-#ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
-static void stopNSApp()
-{
-    QMacCocoaAutoReleasePool pool;
-    static const short NSAppShouldStopForQt = SHRT_MAX;
-    [NSApp stop:NSApp];
-    [NSApp postEvent:[NSEvent otherEventWithType:NSApplicationDefined location:NSZeroPoint
-                                   modifierFlags:0 timestamp:0. windowNumber:0 context:0
-                                         subtype:NSAppShouldStopForQt data1:0 data2:0] atStart:NO];
-}
-#endif
-
 void QEventDispatcherMac::interrupt()
 {
     Q_D(QEventDispatcherMac);
     d->interrupt = true;
     wakeUp();
+
 #ifndef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
     CFRunLoopStop(mainRunLoop());
 #else
-    stopNSApp();
+    QMacCocoaAutoReleasePool pool;
+    // In case we wait for more events inside
+    // processEvents (or NSApp run), post a dummy to wake it up:
+    static const short NSAppShouldStopForQt = SHRT_MAX;
+    [NSApp postEvent:[NSEvent otherEventWithType:NSApplicationDefined location:NSZeroPoint
+        modifierFlags:0 timestamp:0. windowNumber:0 context:0
+        subtype:NSAppShouldStopForQt data1:0 data2:0] atStart:NO];
+
+    if (d->activeModalSessionCount() == 0) {
+        // We should only stop NSApp if we actually started it (and
+        // not some 3rd party application, e.g. if we are a plugin).
+        if (d->nsAppRunCalledByQt)
+            [NSApp stop:NSApp];
+    }
 #endif
 }
 
@@ -916,5 +998,52 @@ QEventDispatcherMac::~QEventDispatcherMac()
     CFRelease(d->waitingObserver);
 }
 
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+
+QtMacInterruptDispatcherHelp* QtMacInterruptDispatcherHelp::instance = 0;
+
+QtMacInterruptDispatcherHelp::QtMacInterruptDispatcherHelp() : cancelled(false)
+{
+    // This is the whole point of encapsulation this code
+    // inside a class; we can make the code (inside destructor)
+    // execute on lower loop level:
+    deleteLater();
+}
+
+QtMacInterruptDispatcherHelp::~QtMacInterruptDispatcherHelp()
+{
+    if (cancelled)
+        return;
+
+    instance = 0;
+
+    if (QEventDispatcherMacPrivate::currentExecIsNSAppRun) {
+        int activeCount = QEventDispatcherMacPrivate::activeModalSessionCount();
+        if (activeCount > 0) {
+            // The problem we now have hit: [NSApp stop] will not stop NSApp
+            // if a session is active; it will stop the session instead.
+            // So to stop NSApp, we need to temporarily stop all the
+            // sessions, then stop NSApp, then restart the session on top again.
+            // We need to do this to ensure that we're not stuck inside
+            // [NSApp run] when we really should be running a modal session:
+            QEventDispatcherMacPrivate::temporarilyStopAllModalSessions();
+        }
+    }
+    // Always interrupt once more in case the modal session stack changed
+    // while processEvents was called manually from within the application:
+    QEventDispatcherMac::instance()->interrupt();
+}
+
+void QtMacInterruptDispatcherHelp::interruptLater() {
+    if (instance) {
+        instance->cancelled = true;
+        delete instance;
+    }
+    instance = new QtMacInterruptDispatcherHelp;
+}
+
+#endif
 
 QT_END_NAMESPACE
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qeventdispatcher_mac_p.h b/src/gui/kernel/qeventdispatcher_mac_p.h
index 225d32e..6747d52 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qeventdispatcher_mac_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qeventdispatcher_mac_p.h
@@ -172,9 +172,15 @@ public:
 #ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
     // The following variables help organizing modal sessions:
     static QStack cocoaModalSessionStack;
-    static bool blockCocoaRequestModal;
-    static NSModalSession activeModalSession();
-    static void rebuildModalSessionStack(bool pop);
+    static bool currentExecIsNSAppRun;
+    static bool nsAppRunCalledByQt;
+    static NSModalSession currentModalSessionCached;
+    static void updateChildrenWorksWhenModal();
+    static NSModalSession currentModalSession();
+    static int activeModalSessionCount();
+    static void temporarilyStopAllModalSessions();
+    static void beginModalSession(QWidget *widget);
+    static void endModalSession(QWidget *widget);
 #endif
 
     MacSocketHash macSockets;
@@ -192,6 +198,20 @@ private:
                                         CFRunLoopActivity activity, void *info);
 };
 
+#ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+class QtMacInterruptDispatcherHelp : public QObject
+{
+    static QtMacInterruptDispatcherHelp *instance;
+    bool cancelled;
+
+    QtMacInterruptDispatcherHelp();
+    ~QtMacInterruptDispatcherHelp();
+
+    public:
+    static void interruptLater();
+};
+#endif
+
 QT_END_NAMESPACE
 
 #endif // QEVENTDISPATCHER_MAC_P_H
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qwidget_mac.mm b/src/gui/kernel/qwidget_mac.mm
index 48a4bc3..5948cd4 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qwidget_mac.mm
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qwidget_mac.mm
@@ -3197,10 +3197,13 @@ void QWidgetPrivate::show_sys()
 #else
             // sync the opacity value back (in case of a fade).
             [window setAlphaValue:q->windowOpacity()];
-
             [window makeKeyAndOrderFront:window];
+
+            // If this window is app modal, we need to start spinning
+            // a modal session for it. Interrupting
+            // the event dispatcher will make this happend:
             if (data.window_modality == Qt::ApplicationModal)
-                QCoreApplication::postEvent(qApp, new QEvent(QEvent::CocoaRequestModal));
+                QEventDispatcherMac::instance()->interrupt();
 #endif
             if (q->windowType() == Qt::Popup) {
 			    if (q->focusWidget())
@@ -3218,13 +3221,6 @@ void QWidgetPrivate::show_sys()
 #endif
         } else if (!q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_ShowWithoutActivating)) {
             qt_event_request_activate(q);
-#ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
-            if (q->windowModality() == Qt::ApplicationModal) {
-                // We call 'activeModalSession' early to force creation of q's modal
-                // session. This seems neccessary for child dialogs to pop to front:
-                QEventDispatcherMacPrivate::activeModalSession();
-            }
-#endif
         }
     } else if(topData()->embedded || !q->parentWidget() || q->parentWidget()->isVisible()) {
 #ifndef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
-- 
cgit v0.12


From 51ce8a80acebc67ef09d506d89a2ee1972377877 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: =?UTF-8?q?Tor=20Arne=20Vestb=C3=B8?= 
Date: Fri, 14 Aug 2009 12:50:29 +0200
Subject: Set the QMAKE_BUNDLE_LOCATION to 'Contents/MacOS' only if it's not
 set

This matches the logic for the 'lib' template to the one for 'app'.

Reviewed-by: Simon Hausmann
---
 qmake/generators/unix/unixmake.cpp | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/qmake/generators/unix/unixmake.cpp b/qmake/generators/unix/unixmake.cpp
index a2bd71f..36470f2 100644
--- a/qmake/generators/unix/unixmake.cpp
+++ b/qmake/generators/unix/unixmake.cpp
@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ UnixMakefileGenerator::init()
                     bundle += project->first("QMAKE_BUNDLE_EXTENSION");
                 else if(!bundle.endsWith(".plugin"))
                     bundle += ".plugin";
-                if(!project->isEmpty("QMAKE_BUNDLE_LOCATION"))
+                if(project->isEmpty("QMAKE_BUNDLE_LOCATION"))
                     project->values("QMAKE_BUNDLE_LOCATION").append("Contents/MacOS");
             } else {
                 if(!project->isEmpty("QMAKE_FRAMEWORK_BUNDLE_NAME"))
-- 
cgit v0.12


From b770651f19741907cd415ea9ad6e087cb32cc948 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Thierry Bastian 
Date: Fri, 14 Aug 2009 13:01:37 +0200
Subject: QVariant: added toFloat and toReal

Made better use of qreal all over the place. We were previously
using QVariant::toDouble a lot. That is triggering unnecessary
conversions between float and double on embedded.

Reviewed-by: ogoffart
---
 src/corelib/kernel/qvariant.cpp             | 57 +++++++++++++++++++++++------
 src/corelib/kernel/qvariant.h               |  2 +
 src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem.cpp      | 11 +++---
 src/gui/image/qpnghandler.cpp               |  2 +-
 src/gui/itemviews/qitemdelegate.cpp         |  5 ++-
 src/gui/itemviews/qsortfilterproxymodel.cpp |  4 +-
 src/gui/itemviews/qstandarditemmodel.cpp    |  4 +-
 src/gui/itemviews/qstyleditemdelegate.cpp   |  3 +-
 src/gui/painting/qpdf.cpp                   | 10 ++---
 src/gui/painting/qprintengine_win.cpp       |  8 ++--
 src/gui/painting/qprinter.cpp               |  8 ++--
 src/gui/text/qcssparser.cpp                 | 13 +++----
 src/gui/text/qtextdocumentlayout.cpp        |  4 +-
 src/gui/text/qtextformat.cpp                |  7 ++--
 14 files changed, 90 insertions(+), 48 deletions(-)

diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qvariant.cpp b/src/corelib/kernel/qvariant.cpp
index b26cfdd..3c430eb 100644
--- a/src/corelib/kernel/qvariant.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qvariant.cpp
@@ -936,10 +936,10 @@ static bool convert(const QVariant::Private *d, QVariant::Type t, void *result,
         float *f = static_cast(result);
         switch (d->type) {
         case QVariant::String:
-            *f = float(v_cast(d)->toDouble(ok));
+            *f = v_cast(d)->toFloat(ok);
             break;
         case QVariant::ByteArray:
-            *f = float(v_cast(d)->toDouble(ok));
+            *f = v_cast(d)->toFloat(ok);
             break;
         case QVariant::Bool:
             *f = float(d->data.b);
@@ -1054,7 +1054,7 @@ static void streamDebug(QDebug dbg, const QVariant &v)
         dbg.nospace() << v.toULongLong();
         break;
     case QMetaType::Float:
-        dbg.nospace() << qVariantValue(v);
+        dbg.nospace() << v.toFloat();
         break;
     case QMetaType::QObjectStar:
         dbg.nospace() << qVariantValue(v);
@@ -2331,16 +2331,17 @@ QBitArray QVariant::toBitArray() const
 }
 
 template 
-inline T qNumVariantToHelper(const QVariant::Private &d, QVariant::Type t,
+inline T qNumVariantToHelper(const QVariant::Private &d,
                              const QVariant::Handler *handler, bool *ok, const T& val)
 {
+    uint t = qMetaTypeId();
     if (ok)
         *ok = true;
     if (d.type == t)
         return val;
 
     T ret;
-    if (!handler->convert(&d, t, &ret, ok) && ok)
+    if (!handler->convert(&d, QVariant::Type(t), &ret, ok) && ok)
         *ok = false;
     return ret;
 }
@@ -2362,7 +2363,7 @@ inline T qNumVariantToHelper(const QVariant::Private &d, QVariant::Type t,
 */
 int QVariant::toInt(bool *ok) const
 {
-    return qNumVariantToHelper(d, Int, handler, ok, d.data.i);
+    return qNumVariantToHelper(d, handler, ok, d.data.i);
 }
 
 /*!
@@ -2382,7 +2383,7 @@ int QVariant::toInt(bool *ok) const
 */
 uint QVariant::toUInt(bool *ok) const
 {
-    return qNumVariantToHelper(d, UInt, handler, ok, d.data.u);
+    return qNumVariantToHelper(d, handler, ok, d.data.u);
 }
 
 /*!
@@ -2397,7 +2398,7 @@ uint QVariant::toUInt(bool *ok) const
 */
 qlonglong QVariant::toLongLong(bool *ok) const
 {
-    return qNumVariantToHelper(d, LongLong, handler, ok, d.data.ll);
+    return qNumVariantToHelper(d, handler, ok, d.data.ll);
 }
 
 /*!
@@ -2413,7 +2414,7 @@ qlonglong QVariant::toLongLong(bool *ok) const
 */
 qulonglong QVariant::toULongLong(bool *ok) const
 {
-    return qNumVariantToHelper(d, ULongLong, handler, ok, d.data.ull);
+    return qNumVariantToHelper(d, handler, ok, d.data.ull);
 }
 
 /*!
@@ -2440,7 +2441,7 @@ bool QVariant::toBool() const
 
 /*!
     Returns the variant as a double if the variant has type() \l
-    Double, \l Bool, \l ByteArray, \l Int, \l LongLong, \l String, \l
+    Double, \l QMetaType::Float, \l Bool, \l ByteArray, \l Int, \l LongLong, \l String, \l
     UInt, or \l ULongLong; otherwise returns 0.0.
 
     If \a ok is non-null: \c{*}\a{ok} is set to true if the value could be
@@ -2450,7 +2451,41 @@ bool QVariant::toBool() const
 */
 double QVariant::toDouble(bool *ok) const
 {
-    return qNumVariantToHelper(d, Double, handler, ok, d.data.d);
+    return qNumVariantToHelper(d, handler, ok, d.data.d);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the variant as a float if the variant has type() \l
+    Double, \l QMetaType::Float, \l Bool, \l ByteArray, \l Int, \l LongLong, \l String, \l
+    UInt, or \l ULongLong; otherwise returns 0.0.
+
+    \since 4.6
+
+    If \a ok is non-null: \c{*}\a{ok} is set to true if the value could be
+    converted to a double; otherwise \c{*}\a{ok} is set to false.
+
+    \sa canConvert(), convert()
+*/
+float QVariant::toFloat(bool *ok) const
+{
+    return qNumVariantToHelper(d, handler, ok, d.data.d);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the variant as a qreal if the variant has type() \l
+    Double, \l QMetaType::Float, \l Bool, \l ByteArray, \l Int, \l LongLong, \l String, \l
+    UInt, or \l ULongLong; otherwise returns 0.0.
+
+    \since 4.6
+
+    If \a ok is non-null: \c{*}\a{ok} is set to true if the value could be
+    converted to a double; otherwise \c{*}\a{ok} is set to false.
+
+    \sa canConvert(), convert()
+*/
+qreal QVariant::toReal(bool *ok) const
+{
+    return qNumVariantToHelper(d, handler, ok, d.data.d);
 }
 
 /*!
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qvariant.h b/src/corelib/kernel/qvariant.h
index 569355a..79bd5b8 100644
--- a/src/corelib/kernel/qvariant.h
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qvariant.h
@@ -250,6 +250,8 @@ class Q_CORE_EXPORT QVariant
     qulonglong toULongLong(bool *ok = 0) const;
     bool toBool() const;
     double toDouble(bool *ok = 0) const;
+    float toFloat(bool *ok = 0) const;
+    qreal toReal(bool *ok = 0) const;
     QByteArray toByteArray() const;
     QBitArray toBitArray() const;
     QString toString() const;
diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem.cpp b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem.cpp
index 537dab7..74b8fe2 100644
--- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem.cpp
@@ -2192,11 +2192,10 @@ qreal QGraphicsItem::effectiveOpacity() const
 void QGraphicsItem::setOpacity(qreal opacity)
 {
     // Notify change.
-    const QVariant newOpacityVariant(itemChange(ItemOpacityChange, double(opacity)));
-    qreal newOpacity = newOpacityVariant.toDouble();
+    const QVariant newOpacityVariant(itemChange(ItemOpacityChange, opacity));
 
-    // Normalize.
-    newOpacity = qBound(0.0, newOpacity, 1.0);
+    // Normalized opacity
+    qreal newOpacity = qBound(qreal(0), newOpacityVariant.toReal(), qreal(1));
 
     // No change? Done.
     if (newOpacity == d_ptr->opacity)
@@ -3696,8 +3695,8 @@ qreal QGraphicsItem::zValue() const
 */
 void QGraphicsItem::setZValue(qreal z)
 {
-    const QVariant newZVariant(itemChange(ItemZValueChange, double(z)));
-    qreal newZ = qreal(newZVariant.toDouble());
+    const QVariant newZVariant(itemChange(ItemZValueChange, z));
+    qreal newZ = newZVariant.toReal();
     if (newZ == d_ptr->z)
         return;
 
diff --git a/src/gui/image/qpnghandler.cpp b/src/gui/image/qpnghandler.cpp
index e3475d6..64bc5d3 100644
--- a/src/gui/image/qpnghandler.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/image/qpnghandler.cpp
@@ -956,7 +956,7 @@ QVariant QPngHandler::option(ImageOption option) const
 void QPngHandler::setOption(ImageOption option, const QVariant &value)
 {
     if (option == Gamma)
-        d->gamma = value.toDouble();
+        d->gamma = value.toFloat();
     else if (option == Quality)
         d->quality = value.toInt();
     else if (option == Description)
diff --git a/src/gui/itemviews/qitemdelegate.cpp b/src/gui/itemviews/qitemdelegate.cpp
index 75d48a4..2cbde51 100644
--- a/src/gui/itemviews/qitemdelegate.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/itemviews/qitemdelegate.cpp
@@ -352,7 +352,10 @@ void QItemDelegate::setClipping(bool clip)
 QString QItemDelegatePrivate::valueToText(const QVariant &value, const QStyleOptionViewItemV4 &option)
 {
     QString text;
-    switch (value.type()) {
+    switch (value.userType()) {
+        case QMetaType::Float:
+            text = option.locale.toString(value.toFloat(), 'g');
+            break;
         case QVariant::Double:
             text = option.locale.toString(value.toDouble(), 'g', DBL_DIG);
             break;
diff --git a/src/gui/itemviews/qsortfilterproxymodel.cpp b/src/gui/itemviews/qsortfilterproxymodel.cpp
index d39506d..8444a5b 100644
--- a/src/gui/itemviews/qsortfilterproxymodel.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/itemviews/qsortfilterproxymodel.cpp
@@ -2316,7 +2316,7 @@ bool QSortFilterProxyModel::lessThan(const QModelIndex &left, const QModelIndex
     Q_D(const QSortFilterProxyModel);
     QVariant l = (left.model() ? left.model()->data(left, d->sort_role) : QVariant());
     QVariant r = (right.model() ? right.model()->data(right, d->sort_role) : QVariant());
-    switch (l.type()) {
+    switch (l.userType()) {
     case QVariant::Invalid:
         return (r.type() == QVariant::Invalid);
     case QVariant::Int:
@@ -2327,6 +2327,8 @@ bool QSortFilterProxyModel::lessThan(const QModelIndex &left, const QModelIndex
         return l.toLongLong() < r.toLongLong();
     case QVariant::ULongLong:
         return l.toULongLong() < r.toULongLong();
+    case QMetaType::Float:
+        return l.toFloat() < r.toFloat();
     case QVariant::Double:
         return l.toDouble() < r.toDouble();
     case QVariant::Char:
diff --git a/src/gui/itemviews/qstandarditemmodel.cpp b/src/gui/itemviews/qstandarditemmodel.cpp
index 7505ccc..168d423 100644
--- a/src/gui/itemviews/qstandarditemmodel.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/itemviews/qstandarditemmodel.cpp
@@ -1809,7 +1809,7 @@ bool QStandardItem::operator<(const QStandardItem &other) const
     const int role = model() ? model()->sortRole() : Qt::DisplayRole;
     const QVariant l = data(role), r = other.data(role);
     // this code is copied from QSortFilterProxyModel::lessThan()
-    switch (l.type()) {
+    switch (l.userType()) {
     case QVariant::Invalid:
         return (r.type() == QVariant::Invalid);
     case QVariant::Int:
@@ -1820,6 +1820,8 @@ bool QStandardItem::operator<(const QStandardItem &other) const
         return l.toLongLong() < r.toLongLong();
     case QVariant::ULongLong:
         return l.toULongLong() < r.toULongLong();
+    case QMetaType::Float:
+        return l.toFloat() < r.toFloat();
     case QVariant::Double:
         return l.toDouble() < r.toDouble();
     case QVariant::Char:
diff --git a/src/gui/itemviews/qstyleditemdelegate.cpp b/src/gui/itemviews/qstyleditemdelegate.cpp
index 0494d4f..f7c7d12 100644
--- a/src/gui/itemviews/qstyleditemdelegate.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/itemviews/qstyleditemdelegate.cpp
@@ -267,7 +267,8 @@ QStyledItemDelegate::~QStyledItemDelegate()
 QString QStyledItemDelegate::displayText(const QVariant &value, const QLocale& locale) const
 {
     QString text;
-    switch (value.type()) {
+    switch (value.userType()) {
+    case QMetaType::Float:
     case QVariant::Double:
         text = locale.toString(value.toDouble());
         break;
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qpdf.cpp b/src/gui/painting/qpdf.cpp
index 3f5643e..9b3b289 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qpdf.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qpdf.cpp
@@ -1471,10 +1471,10 @@ void QPdfBaseEngine::setProperty(PrintEnginePropertyKey key, const QVariant &val
     {
         QList margins(value.toList());
         Q_ASSERT(margins.size() == 4);
-        d->leftMargin = margins.at(0).toDouble();
-        d->topMargin = margins.at(1).toDouble();
-        d->rightMargin = margins.at(2).toDouble();
-        d->bottomMargin = margins.at(3).toDouble();
+        d->leftMargin = margins.at(0).toReal();
+        d->topMargin = margins.at(1).toReal();
+        d->rightMargin = margins.at(2).toReal();
+        d->bottomMargin = margins.at(3).toReal();
         d->hasCustomPageMargins = true;
         break;
     }
@@ -1576,7 +1576,7 @@ QVariant QPdfBaseEngine::property(PrintEnginePropertyKey key) const
             margins << d->leftMargin << d->topMargin
                     << d->rightMargin << d->bottomMargin;
         } else {
-            const int defaultMargin = 10; // ~3.5 mm
+            const qreal defaultMargin = 10; // ~3.5 mm
             margins << defaultMargin << defaultMargin
                     << defaultMargin << defaultMargin;
         }
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qprintengine_win.cpp b/src/gui/painting/qprintengine_win.cpp
index 7ac3224..21c0873 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qprintengine_win.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qprintengine_win.cpp
@@ -1360,10 +1360,10 @@ void QWin32PrintEngine::setProperty(PrintEnginePropertyKey key, const QVariant &
         Q_ASSERT(margins.size() == 4);
         int left, top, right, bottom;
         // specified in 1/100 mm
-        left = (margins.at(0).toDouble()*25.4/72.0) * 100;
-        top = (margins.at(1).toDouble()*25.4/72.0) * 100;
-        right = (margins.at(2).toDouble()*25.4/72.0) * 100;
-        bottom = (margins.at(3).toDouble()*25.4/72.0) * 100;
+        left = (margins.at(0).toReal()*25.4/72.0) * 100;
+        top = (margins.at(1).toReal()*25.4/72.0) * 100;
+        right = (margins.at(2).toReal()*25.4/72.0) * 100;
+        bottom = (margins.at(3).toReal()*25.4/72.0) * 100;
         d->setPageMargins(left, top, right, bottom);
         break;
     }
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qprinter.cpp b/src/gui/painting/qprinter.cpp
index 6910eb3..f8399af 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qprinter.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qprinter.cpp
@@ -1665,10 +1665,10 @@ void QPrinter::getPageMargins(qreal *left, qreal *top, qreal *right, qreal *bott
     Q_ASSERT(left && top && right && bottom);
     const qreal multiplier = qt_multiplierForUnit(unit, resolution());
     QList margins(d->printEngine->property(QPrintEngine::PPK_PageMargins).toList());
-    *left = margins.at(0).toDouble() / multiplier;
-    *top = margins.at(1).toDouble() / multiplier;
-    *right = margins.at(2).toDouble() / multiplier;
-    *bottom = margins.at(3).toDouble() / multiplier;
+    *left = margins.at(0).toReal() / multiplier;
+    *top = margins.at(1).toReal() / multiplier;
+    *right = margins.at(2).toReal() / multiplier;
+    *bottom = margins.at(3).toReal() / multiplier;
 }
 
 /*!
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qcssparser.cpp b/src/gui/text/qcssparser.cpp
index e0af6d2..181ec7e 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qcssparser.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/text/qcssparser.cpp
@@ -382,10 +382,7 @@ LengthData ValueExtractor::lengthValue(const Value& v)
     if (data.unit != LengthData::None)
         s.chop(2);
 
-    bool ok;
-    data.number = s.toDouble(&ok);
-    if (!ok)
-        data.number = 0;
+    data.number = s.toDouble();
     return data;
 }
 
@@ -711,7 +708,7 @@ static ColorData parseColorValue(Value v)
 
     for (int i = 0; i < qMin(colorDigits.count(), 7); i += 2) {
         if (colorDigits.at(i).type == Value::Percentage) {
-            colorDigits[i].variant = colorDigits.at(i).variant.toDouble() * 255. / 100.;
+            colorDigits[i].variant = colorDigits.at(i).variant.toReal() * (255. / 100.);
             colorDigits[i].type = Value::Number;
         } else if (colorDigits.at(i).type != Value::Number) {
             return ColorData();
@@ -788,7 +785,7 @@ static BrushData parseBrushValue(const Value &v, const QPalette &pal)
             ColorData cd = parseColorValue(color);
             if(cd.type == ColorData::Role)
                 dependsOnThePalette = true;
-            stops.append(QGradientStop(stop.variant.toDouble(), colorFromData(cd, pal)));
+            stops.append(QGradientStop(stop.variant.toReal(), colorFromData(cd, pal)));
         } else {
             parser.next();
             Value value;
@@ -1079,8 +1076,8 @@ static bool setFontSizeFromValue(Value value, QFont *font, int *fontSizeAdjustme
     if (s.endsWith(QLatin1String("pt"), Qt::CaseInsensitive)) {
         s.chop(2);
         value.variant = s;
-        if (value.variant.convert(QVariant::Double)) {
-            font->setPointSizeF(value.variant.toDouble());
+        if (value.variant.convert((QVariant::Type)qMetaTypeId())) {
+            font->setPointSizeF(value.variant.toReal());
             valid = true;
         }
     } else if (s.endsWith(QLatin1String("px"), Qt::CaseInsensitive)) {
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qtextdocumentlayout.cpp b/src/gui/text/qtextdocumentlayout.cpp
index cfec8e9..e26961f 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qtextdocumentlayout.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/text/qtextdocumentlayout.cpp
@@ -198,8 +198,8 @@ public:
         if (v.isNull()) {
             return cellPadding;
         } else {
-            Q_ASSERT(v.type() == QVariant::Double);
-            return QFixed::fromReal(v.toDouble() * deviceScale);
+            Q_ASSERT(v.userType() == QVariant::Double || v.userType() == QMetaType::Float);
+            return QFixed::fromReal(v.toReal() * deviceScale);
         }
     }
 
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qtextformat.cpp b/src/gui/text/qtextformat.cpp
index 8e9b892..075f2ff 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qtextformat.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/text/qtextformat.cpp
@@ -271,6 +271,7 @@ static uint variantHash(const QVariant &variant)
     case QVariant::Invalid: return 0;
     case QVariant::Bool: return variant.toBool();
     case QVariant::Int: return variant.toInt();
+    case QMetaType::Float: return static_cast(variant.toFloat());
     case QVariant::Double: return static_cast(variant.toDouble());
     case QVariant::String: return qHash(variant.toString());
     case QVariant::Color: return qHash(qvariant_cast(variant).rgb());
@@ -325,7 +326,7 @@ void QTextFormatPrivate::recalcFont() const
                 f.setFamily(props.at(i).value.toString());
                 break;
             case QTextFormat::FontPointSize:
-                f.setPointSizeF(props.at(i).value.toDouble());
+                f.setPointSizeF(props.at(i).value.toReal());
                 break;
             case  QTextFormat::FontPixelSize:
                 f.setPixelSize(props.at(i).value.toInt());
@@ -352,10 +353,10 @@ void QTextFormatPrivate::recalcFont() const
                 f.setStrikeOut(props.at(i).value.toBool());
                 break;
             case QTextFormat::FontLetterSpacing:
-                f.setLetterSpacing(QFont::PercentageSpacing, props.at(i).value.toDouble());
+                f.setLetterSpacing(QFont::PercentageSpacing, props.at(i).value.toReal());
                 break;
             case QTextFormat::FontWordSpacing:
-                f.setWordSpacing(props.at(i).value.toDouble());
+                f.setWordSpacing(props.at(i).value.toReal());
                 break;
             case QTextFormat::FontCapitalization:
                 f.setCapitalization(static_cast (props.at(i).value.toInt()));
-- 
cgit v0.12


From 05145be7e502d4330ced88d3e55207a99c0a841b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Thierry Bastian 
Date: Fri, 14 Aug 2009 14:35:44 +0200
Subject: Fixed coverity warnings

Some dead code removed
Some member not initialized missing
---
 src/gui/dialogs/qfiledialog.cpp                        |  2 +-
 src/gui/itemviews/qabstractitemview.cpp                |  2 +-
 src/gui/itemviews/qitemdelegate.cpp                    |  2 --
 src/gui/itemviews/qitemselectionmodel_p.h              |  2 +-
 src/gui/itemviews/qlistwidget_p.h                      |  1 -
 src/gui/itemviews/qstandarditemmodel_p.h               |  1 +
 src/gui/itemviews/qtreewidget.cpp                      |  2 ++
 src/gui/itemviews/qtreewidgetitemiterator_p.h          |  3 ++-
 src/gui/kernel/qwidget.cpp                             |  5 ++---
 src/gui/kernel/qx11info_x11.cpp                        |  3 ++-
 src/gui/styles/qstyleoption.cpp                        |  6 +++---
 src/gui/text/qcssparser_p.h                            | 14 +++++++-------
 src/gui/text/qzip.cpp                                  |  2 +-
 src/gui/widgets/qcalendarwidget.cpp                    |  3 +--
 src/network/ssl/qsslcertificate.cpp                    |  2 +-
 src/scripttools/debugging/qscriptstdmessagehandler.cpp | 13 +------------
 16 files changed, 26 insertions(+), 37 deletions(-)

diff --git a/src/gui/dialogs/qfiledialog.cpp b/src/gui/dialogs/qfiledialog.cpp
index 8299f69..f548912 100644
--- a/src/gui/dialogs/qfiledialog.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/dialogs/qfiledialog.cpp
@@ -2696,7 +2696,7 @@ void QFileDialogPrivate::_q_updateOkButton()
     if (lineEditText.startsWith(QLatin1String("//")) || lineEditText.startsWith(QLatin1Char('\\'))) {
         button->setEnabled(true);
         if (acceptMode == QFileDialog::AcceptSave)
-            button->setText(isOpenDirectory ? QFileDialog::tr("&Open") : acceptLabel);
+            button->setText(acceptLabel);
         return;
     }
 
diff --git a/src/gui/itemviews/qabstractitemview.cpp b/src/gui/itemviews/qabstractitemview.cpp
index 4f32ecc..7b51483 100644
--- a/src/gui/itemviews/qabstractitemview.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/itemviews/qabstractitemview.cpp
@@ -584,7 +584,7 @@ void QAbstractItemView::setModel(QAbstractItemModel *model)
                "QAbstractItemView::setModel",
                "The parent of a top level index should be invalid");
 
-    if (d->model && d->model != QAbstractItemModelPrivate::staticEmptyModel()) {
+    if (d->model != QAbstractItemModelPrivate::staticEmptyModel()) {
         connect(d->model, SIGNAL(destroyed()),
                 this, SLOT(_q_modelDestroyed()));
         connect(d->model, SIGNAL(dataChanged(QModelIndex,QModelIndex)),
diff --git a/src/gui/itemviews/qitemdelegate.cpp b/src/gui/itemviews/qitemdelegate.cpp
index 2cbde51..1e36f72 100644
--- a/src/gui/itemviews/qitemdelegate.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/itemviews/qitemdelegate.cpp
@@ -722,8 +722,6 @@ void QItemDelegate::drawDisplay(QPainter *painter, const QStyleOptionViewItem &o
             //let's add the last line (after the last QChar::LineSeparator)
             elided += option.fontMetrics.elidedText(text.mid(start),
                                                     option.textElideMode, textRect.width());
-            if (end != -1)
-                elided += QChar::LineSeparator;
         }
         d->textLayout.setText(elided);
         textLayoutSize = d->doTextLayout(textRect.width());
diff --git a/src/gui/itemviews/qitemselectionmodel_p.h b/src/gui/itemviews/qitemselectionmodel_p.h
index 6e1046c..e9e6bb1 100644
--- a/src/gui/itemviews/qitemselectionmodel_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/itemviews/qitemselectionmodel_p.h
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public:
     QItemSelectionModelPrivate()
       : model(0),
         currentCommand(QItemSelectionModel::NoUpdate),
-        tableSelected(false) {}
+        tableSelected(false), tableColCount(0), tableRowCount(0) {}
 
     QItemSelection expandSelection(const QItemSelection &selection,
                                    QItemSelectionModel::SelectionFlags command) const;
diff --git a/src/gui/itemviews/qlistwidget_p.h b/src/gui/itemviews/qlistwidget_p.h
index 124222c..0851e20 100644
--- a/src/gui/itemviews/qlistwidget_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/itemviews/qlistwidget_p.h
@@ -163,7 +163,6 @@ class QListWidgetItemPrivate
 public:
     QListWidgetItemPrivate(QListWidgetItem *item) : q(item), theid(-1) {}
     QListWidgetItem *q;
-    int id;
     QVector values;
     int theid;
 };
diff --git a/src/gui/itemviews/qstandarditemmodel_p.h b/src/gui/itemviews/qstandarditemmodel_p.h
index e21ac9c..5984a59 100644
--- a/src/gui/itemviews/qstandarditemmodel_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/itemviews/qstandarditemmodel_p.h
@@ -75,6 +75,7 @@ public:
           parent(0),
           rows(0),
           columns(0),
+          q_ptr(0),
           lastIndexOf(2)
         { }
     virtual ~QStandardItemPrivate();
diff --git a/src/gui/itemviews/qtreewidget.cpp b/src/gui/itemviews/qtreewidget.cpp
index ee7cea3..025f83c 100644
--- a/src/gui/itemviews/qtreewidget.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/itemviews/qtreewidget.cpp
@@ -2074,6 +2074,8 @@ QList QTreeWidgetItem::takeChildren()
 void QTreeWidgetItemPrivate::sortChildren(int column, Qt::SortOrder order, bool climb)
 {
     QTreeModel *model = (q->view ? qobject_cast(q->view->model()) : 0);
+    if (!model)
+        return;   
     model->sortItems(&q->children, column, order);
     if (climb) {
         QList::iterator it = q->children.begin();
diff --git a/src/gui/itemviews/qtreewidgetitemiterator_p.h b/src/gui/itemviews/qtreewidgetitemiterator_p.h
index 3ffe823..ee0808c 100644
--- a/src/gui/itemviews/qtreewidgetitemiterator_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/itemviews/qtreewidgetitemiterator_p.h
@@ -73,7 +73,8 @@ public:
     }
 
     QTreeWidgetItemIteratorPrivate(const QTreeWidgetItemIteratorPrivate& other)
-        : m_currentIndex(other.m_currentIndex), m_model(other.m_model), m_parentIndex(other.m_parentIndex)
+        : m_currentIndex(other.m_currentIndex), m_model(other.m_model),
+          m_parentIndex(other.m_parentIndex), q_ptr(other.q_ptr)
     {
 
     }
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qwidget.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qwidget.cpp
index cc41f73..c00f953 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qwidget.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qwidget.cpp
@@ -2747,7 +2747,7 @@ void QWidget::showNormal()
 bool QWidget::isEnabledTo(QWidget* ancestor) const
 {
     const QWidget * w = this;
-    while (w && !w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_ForceDisabled)
+    while (!w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_ForceDisabled)
             && !w->isWindow()
             && w->parentWidget()
             && w->parentWidget() != ancestor)
@@ -7239,8 +7239,7 @@ bool QWidget::isVisibleTo(QWidget* ancestor) const
     if (!ancestor)
         return isVisible();
     const QWidget * w = this;
-    while (w
-            && !w->isHidden()
+    while (!w->isHidden()
             && !w->isWindow()
             && w->parentWidget()
             && w->parentWidget() != ancestor)
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qx11info_x11.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qx11info_x11.cpp
index 786d48d..136f7f8 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qx11info_x11.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qx11info_x11.cpp
@@ -179,6 +179,7 @@ QX11InfoData* QX11Info::getX11Data(bool def) const
     QX11InfoData* res = 0;
     if (def) {
         res = new QX11InfoData;
+        res->ref = 0;
         res->screen = appScreen();
         res->depth = appDepth();
         res->cells = appCells();
@@ -189,8 +190,8 @@ QX11InfoData* QX11Info::getX11Data(bool def) const
     } else if (x11data) {
         res = new QX11InfoData;
         *res = *x11data;
+        res->ref = 0;
     }
-    res->ref = 0;
     return res;
 }
 
diff --git a/src/gui/styles/qstyleoption.cpp b/src/gui/styles/qstyleoption.cpp
index 38abd95..98996e2 100644
--- a/src/gui/styles/qstyleoption.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/styles/qstyleoption.cpp
@@ -954,7 +954,7 @@ QStyleOptionViewItemV2 &QStyleOptionViewItemV2::operator=(const QStyleOptionView
     Constructs a QStyleOptionViewItemV3 object.
 */
 QStyleOptionViewItemV3::QStyleOptionViewItemV3()
-    : QStyleOptionViewItemV2(Version)
+    : QStyleOptionViewItemV2(Version), widget(0)
 {
 }
 
@@ -962,7 +962,7 @@ QStyleOptionViewItemV3::QStyleOptionViewItemV3()
     Constructs a copy of \a other.
 */
 QStyleOptionViewItemV3::QStyleOptionViewItemV3(const QStyleOptionViewItem &other)
-    : QStyleOptionViewItemV2(Version)
+    : QStyleOptionViewItemV2(Version), widget(0)
 {
     (void)QStyleOptionViewItemV3::operator=(other);
 }
@@ -991,7 +991,7 @@ QStyleOptionViewItemV3 &QStyleOptionViewItemV3::operator = (const QStyleOptionVi
     \internal
 */
 QStyleOptionViewItemV3::QStyleOptionViewItemV3(int version)
-    : QStyleOptionViewItemV2(version)
+    : QStyleOptionViewItemV2(version), widget(0)
 {
 }
 
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qcssparser_p.h b/src/gui/text/qcssparser_p.h
index 2d21bc2..732164c 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qcssparser_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/text/qcssparser_p.h
@@ -368,18 +368,18 @@ struct Q_GUI_EXPORT Value
 };
 
 struct ColorData {
-    ColorData() : type(Invalid) {}
-    ColorData(const QColor &col) : color(col) , type(Color) {}
-    ColorData(QPalette::ColorRole r) : role(r) , type(Role) {}
+    ColorData() : role(QPalette::NoRole), type(Invalid) {}
+    ColorData(const QColor &col) : role(QPalette::NoRole), color(col), type(Color) {}
+    ColorData(QPalette::ColorRole r) : role(r), type(Role) {}
     QColor color;
     QPalette::ColorRole role;
     enum { Invalid, Color, Role} type;
 };
 
 struct BrushData {
-    BrushData() : type(Invalid) {}
-    BrushData(const QBrush &br) : brush(br) , type(Brush) {}
-    BrushData(QPalette::ColorRole r) : role(r) , type(Role) {}
+    BrushData() : role(QPalette::NoRole), type(Invalid) {}
+    BrushData(const QBrush &br) : brush(br), role(QPalette::NoRole), type(Brush) {}
+    BrushData(QPalette::ColorRole r) : role(r), type(Role) {}
     QBrush brush;
     QPalette::ColorRole role;
     enum { Invalid, Brush, Role, DependsOnThePalette } type;
@@ -726,7 +726,7 @@ enum TokenType {
 
 struct Q_GUI_EXPORT Symbol
 {
-    inline Symbol() : start(0), len(-1) {}
+    inline Symbol() : token(NONE), start(0), len(-1) {}
     TokenType token;
     QString text;
     int start, len;
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qzip.cpp b/src/gui/text/qzip.cpp
index edef816..9fd13cd 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qzip.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/text/qzip.cpp
@@ -771,7 +771,7 @@ QList QZipReader::fileInfoList() const
 {
     d->scanFiles();
     QList files;
-    for (int i = 0; d && i < d->fileHeaders.size(); ++i) {
+    for (int i = 0; i < d->fileHeaders.size(); ++i) {
         QZipReader::FileInfo fi;
         d->fillFileInfo(i, fi);
         files.append(fi);
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qcalendarwidget.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qcalendarwidget.cpp
index 31da850..8d5d0c7 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qcalendarwidget.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qcalendarwidget.cpp
@@ -332,10 +332,9 @@ QString QCalendarMonthValidator::text(const QDate &date, int repeat) const
         return str + QString::number(date.month());
     } else if (repeat == 3) {
         return m_locale.standaloneMonthName(date.month(), QLocale::ShortFormat);
-    } else if (repeat >= 4) {
+    } else /*if (repeat >= 4)*/ {
         return m_locale.standaloneMonthName(date.month(), QLocale::LongFormat);
     }
-    return QString();
 }
 
 //////////////////////////////////
diff --git a/src/network/ssl/qsslcertificate.cpp b/src/network/ssl/qsslcertificate.cpp
index 43f9301..7e4bd7f 100644
--- a/src/network/ssl/qsslcertificate.cpp
+++ b/src/network/ssl/qsslcertificate.cpp
@@ -693,7 +693,7 @@ static bool matchLineFeed(const QByteArray &pem, int *offset)
         ch = pem.at(++*offset);
 
     if (ch == '\n') {
-        *offset++;
+        *offset += 1;
         return true;
     }
     if (ch == '\r' && pem.size() > (*offset + 1) && pem.at(*offset + 1) == '\n') {
diff --git a/src/scripttools/debugging/qscriptstdmessagehandler.cpp b/src/scripttools/debugging/qscriptstdmessagehandler.cpp
index bed04ec..5fb2db9 100644
--- a/src/scripttools/debugging/qscriptstdmessagehandler.cpp
+++ b/src/scripttools/debugging/qscriptstdmessagehandler.cpp
@@ -92,18 +92,7 @@ void QScriptStdMessageHandler::message(QtMsgType type, const QString &text,
     }
     msg.append(text);
 
-    FILE *fp = 0;
-    switch (type) {
-    case QtDebugMsg:
-        fp = stdout;
-        break;
-    case QtWarningMsg:
-    case QtCriticalMsg:
-    case QtFatalMsg:
-        fp = stderr;
-        break;
-    }
-
+    FILE *fp = (type == QtDebugMsg) ? stdout : stderr;
     fprintf(fp, "%s\n", msg.toLatin1().constData());
     fflush(fp);
 }
-- 
cgit v0.12


From 32824094837dfe5e4c22189daeb0a5663c786070 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Thierry Bastian 
Date: Fri, 14 Aug 2009 15:04:44 +0200
Subject: QCssParser: reordering initializers to match declaration

---
 src/gui/text/qcssparser_p.h | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/src/gui/text/qcssparser_p.h b/src/gui/text/qcssparser_p.h
index 732164c..c685b08 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qcssparser_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/text/qcssparser_p.h
@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ struct Q_GUI_EXPORT Value
 
 struct ColorData {
     ColorData() : role(QPalette::NoRole), type(Invalid) {}
-    ColorData(const QColor &col) : role(QPalette::NoRole), color(col), type(Color) {}
+    ColorData(const QColor &col) : color(col), role(QPalette::NoRole), type(Color) {}
     ColorData(QPalette::ColorRole r) : role(r), type(Role) {}
     QColor color;
     QPalette::ColorRole role;
-- 
cgit v0.12


From a835ec7dc2d618b9023067e4c6e7c6d122e06c8f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Alessandro Portale 
Date: Fri, 14 Aug 2009 15:16:19 +0200
Subject: Removing some unused variables.

---
 src/gui/styles/qcleanlooksstyle.cpp    | 5 -----
 src/gui/styles/qplastiquestyle.cpp     | 1 -
 src/gui/styles/qwindowscestyle.cpp     | 1 -
 src/gui/styles/qwindowsmobilestyle.cpp | 5 -----
 src/gui/styles/qwindowsstyle.cpp       | 2 --
 src/gui/styles/qwindowsxpstyle.cpp     | 2 --
 6 files changed, 16 deletions(-)

diff --git a/src/gui/styles/qcleanlooksstyle.cpp b/src/gui/styles/qcleanlooksstyle.cpp
index fa6aeb2..0a82c9c 100644
--- a/src/gui/styles/qcleanlooksstyle.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/styles/qcleanlooksstyle.cpp
@@ -84,14 +84,9 @@ enum Direction {
 
 // from windows style
 static const int windowsItemFrame        =  2; // menu item frame width
-static const int windowsSepHeight        =  6; // separator item height
 static const int windowsItemHMargin      =  3; // menu item hor text margin
 static const int windowsItemVMargin      =  8; // menu item ver text margin
-static const int windowsArrowHMargin     =  6; // arrow horizontal margin
-static const int windowsTabSpacing       = 12; // space between text and tab
-static const int windowsCheckMarkHMargin =  2; // horiz. margins of check mark
 static const int windowsRightBorder      = 15; // right border on windows
-static const int windowsCheckMarkWidth   = 12; // checkmarks width on windows
 
 /* XPM */
 static const char * const dock_widget_close_xpm[] = {
diff --git a/src/gui/styles/qplastiquestyle.cpp b/src/gui/styles/qplastiquestyle.cpp
index 89d4ca5..04559dc 100644
--- a/src/gui/styles/qplastiquestyle.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/styles/qplastiquestyle.cpp
@@ -98,7 +98,6 @@ static const int windowsItemHMargin      =  3; // menu item hor text margin
 static const int windowsItemVMargin      =  2; // menu item ver text margin
 static const int windowsArrowHMargin     =  6; // arrow horizontal margin
 static const int windowsTabSpacing       = 12; // space between text and tab
-static const int windowsCheckMarkHMargin =  2; // horiz. margins of check mark
 static const int windowsRightBorder      = 15; // right border on windows
 static const int windowsCheckMarkWidth   = 12; // checkmarks width on windows
 
diff --git a/src/gui/styles/qwindowscestyle.cpp b/src/gui/styles/qwindowscestyle.cpp
index 4817da0..bf97984 100644
--- a/src/gui/styles/qwindowscestyle.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/styles/qwindowscestyle.cpp
@@ -56,7 +56,6 @@
 QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
 static const int windowsItemFrame        =  2; // menu item frame width
-static const int windowsSepHeight        =  9; // separator item height
 static const int windowsItemHMargin      =  3; // menu item hor text margin
 static const int windowsItemVMargin      =  2; // menu item ver text margin
 static const int windowsArrowHMargin	 =  6; // arrow horizontal margin
diff --git a/src/gui/styles/qwindowsmobilestyle.cpp b/src/gui/styles/qwindowsmobilestyle.cpp
index 09d345a..f3dcee1 100644
--- a/src/gui/styles/qwindowsmobilestyle.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/styles/qwindowsmobilestyle.cpp
@@ -83,11 +83,6 @@ extern bool qt_wince_is_windows_mobile_65(); //defined in qguifunctions_wince.cp
 QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
 static const int windowsItemFrame        =  1; // menu item frame width
-static const int windowsItemHMargin      =  2; // menu item hor text margin
-static const int windowsItemVMargin      =  2; // menu item ver text margin
-static const int windowsArrowHMargin	 =  6; // arrow horizontal margin
-static const int windowsRightBorder      = 15; // right border on windows
-static const int windowsCheckMarkWidth   = 14; // checkmarks width on windows
 
 static const int windowsMobileitemViewCheckBoxSize   = 13;
 static const int windowsMobileFrameGroupBoxOffset    = 9;
diff --git a/src/gui/styles/qwindowsstyle.cpp b/src/gui/styles/qwindowsstyle.cpp
index 91dce4a..6b2dc70 100644
--- a/src/gui/styles/qwindowsstyle.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/styles/qwindowsstyle.cpp
@@ -121,8 +121,6 @@ static const int windowsSepHeight        =  9; // separator item height
 static const int windowsItemHMargin      =  3; // menu item hor text margin
 static const int windowsItemVMargin      =  2; // menu item ver text margin
 static const int windowsArrowHMargin     =  6; // arrow horizontal margin
-static const int windowsTabSpacing       = 12; // space between text and tab
-static const int windowsCheckMarkHMargin =  2; // horiz. margins of check mark
 static const int windowsRightBorder      = 15; // right border on windows
 static const int windowsCheckMarkWidth   = 12; // checkmarks width on windows
 
diff --git a/src/gui/styles/qwindowsxpstyle.cpp b/src/gui/styles/qwindowsxpstyle.cpp
index 5da1e4e..191b71e 100644
--- a/src/gui/styles/qwindowsxpstyle.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/styles/qwindowsxpstyle.cpp
@@ -125,11 +125,9 @@ static PtrIsThemeBackgroundPartiallyTransparent pIsThemeBackgroundPartiallyTrans
 
 // General const values
 static const int windowsItemFrame        =  2; // menu item frame width
-static const int windowsSepHeight        =  9; // separator item height
 static const int windowsItemHMargin      =  3; // menu item hor text margin
 static const int windowsItemVMargin      =  0; // menu item ver text margin
 static const int windowsArrowHMargin     =  6; // arrow horizontal margin
-static const int windowsCheckMarkHMargin =  0; // horiz. margins of check mark
 static const int windowsRightBorder      = 12; // right border on windows
 
 // External function calls
-- 
cgit v0.12


From 533807d5c06be28694665fc889ec1942c59ab705 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Gabriel de Dietrich 
Date: Fri, 14 Aug 2009 16:43:14 +0200
Subject: Fixed Coverity defect CID 1528.

Reviewed-by: Olivier
---
 src/gui/kernel/qapplication_x11.cpp | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qapplication_x11.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qapplication_x11.cpp
index 3b1a581..db349f0 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qapplication_x11.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qapplication_x11.cpp
@@ -4579,6 +4579,7 @@ bool QETWidget::translateXinputEvent(const XEvent *ev, QTabletDeviceData *tablet
         // Do event compression.  Skip over tablet+mouse move events if there are newer ones.
         qt_tablet_motion_data tabletMotionData;
         tabletMotionData.tabletMotionType = tablet->xinput_motion;
+        XEvent dummy;
         while (true) {
             // Find first mouse event since we expect them in pairs inside Qt
             tabletMotionData.error =false;
@@ -4591,7 +4592,6 @@ bool QETWidget::translateXinputEvent(const XEvent *ev, QTabletDeviceData *tablet
             }
 
             // Now discard any duplicate tablet events.
-            XEvent dummy;
             tabletMotionData.error = false;
             tabletMotionData.timestamp = mouseMotionEvent.xmotion.time;
             while (XCheckIfEvent(X11->display, &dummy, &qt_tabletMotion_scanner, (XPointer) &tabletMotionData)) {
-- 
cgit v0.12


From 3c8f4512df30dee4a867a498fff6d2b27b881e4b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Thierry Bastian 
Date: Fri, 14 Aug 2009 17:04:42 +0200
Subject: QVariant: more work on avoinding conversion between float and doubles

we call QVariant::toReal instead of toDouble when needed
---
 src/3rdparty/phonon/ds9/effect.cpp          |  3 +--
 src/3rdparty/phonon/phonon/effectwidget.cpp | 13 +++++++------
 src/gui/text/qtexthtmlparser.cpp            |  5 ++---
 src/svg/qsvghandler.cpp                     |  7 +++----
 src/xmlpatterns/data/qatomicvalue.cpp       |  4 +++-
 5 files changed, 16 insertions(+), 16 deletions(-)

diff --git a/src/3rdparty/phonon/ds9/effect.cpp b/src/3rdparty/phonon/ds9/effect.cpp
index dc4ac3d..104a3c1 100644
--- a/src/3rdparty/phonon/ds9/effect.cpp
+++ b/src/3rdparty/phonon/ds9/effect.cpp
@@ -138,8 +138,7 @@ namespace Phonon
                 ComPointer params(filter, IID_IMediaParams);
                 Q_ASSERT(params);
 
-                MP_DATA data = float(v.toDouble());
-                params->SetParam(p.id(), data);
+                params->SetParam(p.id(), v.toFloat());
             }
         }
 
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/phonon/phonon/effectwidget.cpp b/src/3rdparty/phonon/phonon/effectwidget.cpp
index 99478f7..8f105f2 100644
--- a/src/3rdparty/phonon/phonon/effectwidget.cpp
+++ b/src/3rdparty/phonon/phonon/effectwidget.cpp
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ void EffectWidgetPrivate::autogenerateUi()
 #endif
 
         QWidget *control = 0;
-        switch (para.type()) {
+        switch (para.userType()) {
         case QVariant::String:
             {
                 QComboBox *cb = new QComboBox(q);
@@ -157,19 +157,20 @@ void EffectWidgetPrivate::autogenerateUi()
                 QObject::connect(sb, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), q, SLOT(_k_setIntParameter(int)));
             }
             break;
+        case QMetaType::Float:
         case QVariant::Double:
             {
-                const double minValue = (para.minimumValue().type() == QVariant::Double ?
-                    para.minimumValue().toDouble() : DEFAULT_MIN);
-                const double maxValue = (para.maximumValue().type() == QVariant::Double ?
-                    para.maximumValue().toDouble() : DEFAULT_MAX);
+                const qreal minValue = para.minimumValue().canConvert(QVariant::Double) ?
+                    para.minimumValue().toReal(&ok) : DEFAULT_MIN;
+                const qreal maxValue = para.maximumValue().canConvert(QVariant::Double) ?
+                    para.maximumValue().toReal(&ok) : DEFAULT_MAX;
 
                 if (minValue == -1. && maxValue == 1.) {
                     //Special case values between -1 and 1.0 to use a slider for improved usability
                     QSlider *slider = new QSlider(Qt::Horizontal, q);
                     control = slider;
                     slider->setRange(-SLIDER_RANGE, +SLIDER_RANGE);
-                    slider->setValue(int(SLIDER_RANGE * value.toDouble()));
+                    slider->setValue(int(SLIDER_RANGE * value.toReal()));
                     slider->setTickPosition(QSlider::TicksBelow);
                     slider->setTickInterval(TICKINTERVAL);
                     QObject::connect(slider, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), q, SLOT(_k_setSliderParameter(int)));
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qtexthtmlparser.cpp b/src/gui/text/qtexthtmlparser.cpp
index 8910394..92b2d4e 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qtexthtmlparser.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/text/qtexthtmlparser.cpp
@@ -1443,14 +1443,13 @@ static bool setFloatAttribute(qreal *destination, const QString &value)
 
 static void setWidthAttribute(QTextLength *width, QString value)
 {
-    qreal realVal;
     bool ok = false;
-    realVal = value.toDouble(&ok);
+    qreal realVal = value.toDouble(&ok);
     if (ok) {
         *width = QTextLength(QTextLength::FixedLength, realVal);
     } else {
         value = value.trimmed();
-        if (!value.isEmpty() && value.at(value.length() - 1) == QLatin1Char('%')) {
+        if (!value.isEmpty() && value.endsWith(QLatin1Char('%'))) {
             value.chop(1);
             realVal = value.toDouble(&ok);
             if (ok)
diff --git a/src/svg/qsvghandler.cpp b/src/svg/qsvghandler.cpp
index 3b5bd0d..5e07181 100644
--- a/src/svg/qsvghandler.cpp
+++ b/src/svg/qsvghandler.cpp
@@ -1740,14 +1740,13 @@ static void parseOpacity(QSvgNode *node,
                          const QSvgAttributes &attributes,
                          QSvgHandler *)
 {
-    QString value = attributes.value(QLatin1String("opacity")).toString();
-    value = value.trimmed();
+    const QString value = attributes.value(QLatin1String("opacity")).toString().trimmed();
 
     bool ok = false;
-    qreal op = value.toDouble(&ok);
+    qreal op = value.toReal(&ok);
 
     if (ok) {
-        QSvgOpacityStyle *opacity = new QSvgOpacityStyle(qMin(qreal(1.0), qMax(qreal(0.0), op)));
+        QSvgOpacityStyle *opacity = new QSvgOpacityStyle(qBound(qreal(0.0), op, qreal(1.0)));
         node->appendStyleProperty(opacity, someId(attributes));
     }
 }
diff --git a/src/xmlpatterns/data/qatomicvalue.cpp b/src/xmlpatterns/data/qatomicvalue.cpp
index 24f1a01..8559c80 100644
--- a/src/xmlpatterns/data/qatomicvalue.cpp
+++ b/src/xmlpatterns/data/qatomicvalue.cpp
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ Item AtomicValue::toXDM(const QVariant &value)
     Q_ASSERT_X(value.isValid(), Q_FUNC_INFO,
                "QVariants sent to Patternist must be valid.");
 
-    switch(value.type())
+    switch(value.userType())
     {
         case QVariant::Char:
         /* Fallthrough. A single codepoint is a string in XQuery. */
@@ -166,6 +166,8 @@ Item AtomicValue::toXDM(const QVariant &value)
             return Date::fromDateTime(QDateTime(value.toDate(), QTime(), Qt::UTC));
         case QVariant::DateTime:
             return DateTime::fromDateTime(value.toDateTime());
+        case QMetaType::Float:
+            return Item(Double::fromValue(value.toFloat()));
         case QVariant::Double:
             return Item(Double::fromValue(value.toDouble()));
         default:
-- 
cgit v0.12


From e9d32707afeddfdd2906af7bed60c375b1035dd6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: David Boddie 
Date: Fri, 14 Aug 2009 17:18:01 +0200
Subject: Doc: Included type information for the Qt::ItemDataRole enum.

Task-number: 257116
Reviewed-by: Trust Me
---
 doc/src/classes/qnamespace.qdoc     | 39 +++++++++++++++++++++----------------
 doc/src/model-view-programming.qdoc |  2 ++
 2 files changed, 24 insertions(+), 17 deletions(-)

diff --git a/doc/src/classes/qnamespace.qdoc b/doc/src/classes/qnamespace.qdoc
index 2ccc639..6f28504 100644
--- a/doc/src/classes/qnamespace.qdoc
+++ b/doc/src/classes/qnamespace.qdoc
@@ -2464,44 +2464,46 @@
 
     Each item in the model has a set of data elements associated with
     it, each with its own role. The roles are used by the view to indicate
-    to the model which type of data it needs.
+    to the model which type of data it needs. Custom models should return
+    data in these types.
 
-    The general purpose roles are:
+    The general purpose roles (and the associated types) are:
 
-    \value DisplayRole    The key data to be rendered in the form of text.
+    \value DisplayRole    The key data to be rendered in the form of text. (QString)
     \value DecorationRole The data to be rendered as a decoration in the form
-                          of an icon.
+                          of an icon. (QColor)
     \value EditRole       The data in a form suitable for editing in an
-                          editor.
-    \value ToolTipRole    The data displayed in the item's tooltip.
-    \value StatusTipRole  The data displayed in the status bar.
+                          editor. (QString)
+    \value ToolTipRole    The data displayed in the item's tooltip. (QString)
+    \value StatusTipRole  The data displayed in the status bar. (QString)
     \value WhatsThisRole  The data displayed for the item in "What's This?"
-                          mode.
+                          mode. (QString)
     \value SizeHintRole   The size hint for the item that will be supplied
-                          to views.
+                          to views. (QSize)
 
-    Roles describing appearance and meta data:
+    Roles describing appearance and meta data (with associated types):
 
     \value FontRole            The font used for items rendered with the default
-                               delegate.
+                               delegate. (QFont)
     \value TextAlignmentRole   The alignment of the text for items rendered with the
-                               default delegate.
+                               default delegate. (Qt::AlignmentFlag)
     \value BackgroundRole      The background brush used for items rendered with
-                               the default delegate.
+                               the default delegate. (QBrush)
     \value BackgroundColorRole This role is obsolete. Use BackgroundRole instead.
     \value ForegroundRole      The foreground brush (text color, typically)
                                used for items rendered with the default delegate.
+                               (QBrush)
     \value TextColorRole       This role is obsolete. Use ForegroundRole instead.
     \value CheckStateRole      This role is used to obtain the checked state of
-                               an item (see \l Qt::CheckState).
+                               an item. (Qt::CheckState)
 
-    Accessibility roles:
+    Accessibility roles (with associated types):
 
     \value AccessibleTextRole        The text to be used by accessibility
                                      extensions and plugins, such as screen
-                                     readers.
+                                     readers. (QString)
     \value AccessibleDescriptionRole A description of the item for accessibility
-                                     purposes.
+                                     purposes. (QString)
 
     User roles:
 
@@ -2512,6 +2514,9 @@
     \omitvalue ToolTipPropertyRole
     \omitvalue StatusTipPropertyRole
     \omitvalue WhatsThisPropertyRole
+
+    For user roles, it is up to the developer to decide which types to use and ensure that
+    components use the correct types when accessing and setting data.
 */
 
 /*!
diff --git a/doc/src/model-view-programming.qdoc b/doc/src/model-view-programming.qdoc
index 49214e0..13f5e5a 100644
--- a/doc/src/model-view-programming.qdoc
+++ b/doc/src/model-view-programming.qdoc
@@ -2148,6 +2148,8 @@
             need to supply data for Qt::DisplayRole and any application-specific user
             roles, but it is also good practice to provide data for Qt::ToolTipRole,
             Qt::AccessibleTextRole, and Qt::AccessibleDescriptionRole.
+            See the Qt::ItemDataRole enum documentation for information about the types
+            associated with each role.
     \row \o \l{QAbstractItemModel::headerData()}{headerData()}
          \o Provides views with information to show in their headers. The information is
             only retrieved by views that can display header information.
-- 
cgit v0.12


From a931fac02fe0430439a351dacc5167ddeca1d4d0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Frans Englich 
Date: Fri, 14 Aug 2009 17:16:34 +0200
Subject: Perform license checks on source files.

Previously we only checked headers, but we actually care about source
files too. This detects about 50 errors all over Qt.

Discussed with Thiago.
---
 tests/auto/headers/tst_headers.cpp | 84 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++---------
 1 file changed, 65 insertions(+), 19 deletions(-)

diff --git a/tests/auto/headers/tst_headers.cpp b/tests/auto/headers/tst_headers.cpp
index 51e3a55..f5a11f4 100644
--- a/tests/auto/headers/tst_headers.cpp
+++ b/tests/auto/headers/tst_headers.cpp
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ public:
 private slots:
     void initTestCase();
 
-    void licenseCheck_data() { allHeadersData(); }
+    void licenseCheck_data() { allSourceFilesData(); }
     void licenseCheck();
 
     void privateSlots_data() { allHeadersData(); }
@@ -60,11 +60,19 @@ private slots:
     void macros();
 
 private:
+    static QStringList getFiles(const QString &path,
+                                const QStringList dirFilters,
+                                const QRegExp &exclude);
+    static QStringList getHeaders(const QString &path);
+    static QStringList getSourceFiles(const QString &path);
+
+    void allSourceFilesData();
     void allHeadersData();
     QStringList headers;
     const QRegExp copyrightPattern;
     const QRegExp licensePattern;
     const QRegExp moduleTest;
+    QString qtSrcDir;
 };
 
 tst_Headers::tst_Headers() :
@@ -74,29 +82,41 @@ tst_Headers::tst_Headers() :
 {
 }
 
-QStringList getHeaders(const QString &path)
+QStringList tst_Headers::getFiles(const QString &path,
+                                  const QStringList dirFilters,
+                                  const QRegExp &excludeReg)
 {
-    QStringList headers;
-
-    QDir dir(path);
-    QStringList dirs = dir.entryList(QDir::Dirs | QDir::NoDotAndDotDot);
+    const QDir dir(path);
+    const QStringList dirs(dir.entryList(QDir::Dirs | QDir::NoDotAndDotDot));
+    QStringList result;
 
     foreach (QString subdir, dirs)
-        headers += getHeaders(path + "/" + subdir);
+        result += getFiles(path + "/" + subdir, dirFilters, excludeReg);
 
-    QStringList entries = dir.entryList(QStringList("*.h"), QDir::Files);
-    QRegExp reg("^(?!ui_)");
-    entries = entries.filter(reg);
+    QStringList entries = dir.entryList(dirFilters, QDir::Files);
+    entries = entries.filter(excludeReg);
     foreach (QString entry, entries)
-        headers += path + "/" + entry;
+        result += path + "/" + entry;
 
-    return headers;
+    return result;
+}
+
+QStringList tst_Headers::getHeaders(const QString &path)
+{
+    return getFiles(path, QStringList("*.h"), QRegExp("^(?!ui_)"));
+}
+
+QStringList tst_Headers::getSourceFiles(const QString &path)
+{
+    return getFiles(path, QStringList("*.cpp"), QRegExp("^(?!(moc_|qrc_))"));
 }
 
 void tst_Headers::initTestCase()
 {
-    QString qtSrcDir = QString::fromLocal8Bit(qgetenv("QTSRCDIR").isEmpty()
-            ? qgetenv("QTDIR") : qgetenv("QTSRCDIR"));
+    qtSrcDir = QString::fromLocal8Bit(qgetenv("QTSRCDIR").isEmpty()
+               ? qgetenv("QTDIR")
+               : qgetenv("QTSRCDIR"));
+
     headers = getHeaders(qtSrcDir + "/src");
 
 #ifndef Q_OS_WINCE
@@ -108,6 +128,30 @@ void tst_Headers::initTestCase()
     QVERIFY(licensePattern.isValid());
 }
 
+void tst_Headers::allSourceFilesData()
+{
+    QTest::addColumn("sourceFile");
+
+    const QStringList sourceFiles(getSourceFiles(qtSrcDir));
+
+    foreach (QString sourceFile, sourceFiles) {
+        if (sourceFile.contains("/3rdparty/")
+            || sourceFile.contains("/config.tests/")
+            || sourceFile.contains("/snippets/")
+            || sourceFile.contains("linguist/lupdate/testdata")
+            || sourceFile.contains("/fulltextsearch/"))
+            continue;
+
+        // This test is crude, but if a file contains this string, we skip it.
+        QFile file(sourceFile);
+        QVERIFY(file.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly));
+        if (file.readAll().contains("This file was generated by"))
+            continue;
+
+        QTest::newRow(qPrintable(sourceFile)) << sourceFile;
+    }
+}
+
 void tst_Headers::allHeadersData()
 {
     QTest::addColumn("header");
@@ -125,12 +169,14 @@ void tst_Headers::allHeadersData()
 
 void tst_Headers::licenseCheck()
 {
-    QFETCH(QString, header);
+    QFETCH(QString, sourceFile);
 
-    if (header.endsWith("/qgifhandler.h") || header.endsWith("/qconfig.h"))
+    if (sourceFile.endsWith("/qgifhandler.h")
+        || sourceFile.endsWith("/qconfig.h")
+        || sourceFile.endsWith("/qconfig.cpp"))
         return;
 
-    QFile f(header);
+    QFile f(sourceFile);
     QVERIFY(f.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly));
     QByteArray data = f.readAll();
     QStringList content = QString::fromLocal8Bit(data.replace('\r',"")).split("\n");
@@ -138,8 +184,8 @@ void tst_Headers::licenseCheck()
     if (content.first().contains("generated"))
         content.takeFirst();
 
-    QVERIFY(licensePattern.exactMatch(content.at(7)) ||
-            licensePattern.exactMatch(content.at(4)));
+    QVERIFY(licensePattern.exactMatch(content.value(7)) ||
+            licensePattern.exactMatch(content.value(4)));
     QString licenseType = licensePattern.cap(1);
 
     int i = 0;
-- 
cgit v0.12


From 78fbb9cf6ef5e8440f0453ef60bd7845ce418745 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Thiago Macieira 
Date: Fri, 14 Aug 2009 15:04:30 +0200
Subject: Reimplement qSwap and Q_DECLARE_SHARED differently.

This enables the use of Q_DECLARE_SHARED with d-pointers that are
QExplicitlySharedDataPointer.

Also, this enables swapping atomically QSharedPointers.

Reviewed-by: Harald Fernengel
---
 src/corelib/global/qglobal.h                       | 31 ++++++---------------
 src/corelib/tools/qalgorithms.h                    | 17 ------------
 src/corelib/tools/qshareddata.h                    | 14 ++++++++++
 src/corelib/tools/qsharedpointer_impl.h            | 19 +++++++++++--
 .../tst_qexplicitlyshareddatapointer.cpp           | 20 ++++++++++++++
 tests/auto/qsharedpointer/tst_qsharedpointer.cpp   | 32 ++++++++++++++++++++++
 6 files changed, 92 insertions(+), 41 deletions(-)

diff --git a/src/corelib/global/qglobal.h b/src/corelib/global/qglobal.h
index 5a2c329..92fe649 100644
--- a/src/corelib/global/qglobal.h
+++ b/src/corelib/global/qglobal.h
@@ -1906,6 +1906,14 @@ public: \
     static inline const char *name() { return #TYPE; } \
 }
 
+template 
+inline void qSwap(T &value1, T &value2)
+{
+    const T t = value1;
+    value1 = value2;
+    value2 = t;
+}
+
 /*
    Specialize a shared type with:
 
@@ -1915,33 +1923,12 @@ public: \
    types must declare a 'bool isDetached(void) const;' member for this
    to work.
 */
-#if defined Q_CC_MSVC && _MSC_VER < 1300
-template 
-inline void qSwap_helper(T &value1, T &value2, T*)
-{
-    T t = value1;
-    value1 = value2;
-    value2 = t;
-}
 #define Q_DECLARE_SHARED(TYPE)                                          \
 template <> inline bool qIsDetached(TYPE &t) { return t.isDetached(); } \
-template <> inline void qSwap_helper(TYPE &value1, TYPE &value2, TYPE*) \
-{ \
-    const TYPE::DataPtr t = value1.data_ptr(); \
-    value1.data_ptr() = value2.data_ptr(); \
-    value2.data_ptr() = t; \
-}
-#else
-#define Q_DECLARE_SHARED(TYPE)                                          \
-template <> inline bool qIsDetached(TYPE &t) { return t.isDetached(); } \
-template  inline void qSwap(T &, T &); \
 template <> inline void qSwap(TYPE &value1, TYPE &value2) \
 { \
-    const TYPE::DataPtr t = value1.data_ptr(); \
-    value1.data_ptr() = value2.data_ptr(); \
-    value2.data_ptr() = t; \
+    qSwap(value1.data_ptr(), value2.data_ptr()); \
 }
-#endif
 
 /*
    QTypeInfo primitive specializations
diff --git a/src/corelib/tools/qalgorithms.h b/src/corelib/tools/qalgorithms.h
index 6f623d9..3e5c3cc 100644
--- a/src/corelib/tools/qalgorithms.h
+++ b/src/corelib/tools/qalgorithms.h
@@ -141,23 +141,6 @@ inline void qCount(const Container &container, const T &value, Size &n)
     qCount(container.constBegin(), container.constEnd(), value, n);
 }
 
-
-#if defined Q_CC_MSVC && _MSC_VER < 1300
-template 
-inline void qSwap(T &value1, T &value2)
-{
-    qSwap_helper(value1, value2, (T *)0);
-}
-#else
-template 
-inline void qSwap(T &value1, T &value2)
-{
-    T t = value1;
-    value1 = value2;
-    value2 = t;
-}
-#endif
-
 #ifdef qdoc
 template 
 LessThan qLess()
diff --git a/src/corelib/tools/qshareddata.h b/src/corelib/tools/qshareddata.h
index e13e37c..dde6e88 100644
--- a/src/corelib/tools/qshareddata.h
+++ b/src/corelib/tools/qshareddata.h
@@ -111,6 +111,9 @@ public:
 
     inline bool operator!() const { return !d; }
 
+    inline void swap(QSharedDataPointer &other)
+    { qSwap(d, other.d); }
+
 protected:
     T *clone();
 
@@ -186,6 +189,9 @@ public:
 
     inline bool operator!() const { return !d; }
 
+    inline void swap(QExplicitlySharedDataPointer &other)
+    { qSwap(d, other.d); }
+
 protected:
     T *clone();
 
@@ -235,6 +241,14 @@ template 
 Q_INLINE_TEMPLATE QExplicitlySharedDataPointer::QExplicitlySharedDataPointer(T *adata) : d(adata)
 { if (d) d->ref.ref(); }
 
+template 
+Q_INLINE_TEMPLATE void qSwap(QSharedDataPointer &p1, QSharedDataPointer &p2)
+{ p1.swap(p2); }
+
+template 
+Q_INLINE_TEMPLATE void qSwap(QExplicitlySharedDataPointer &p1, QExplicitlySharedDataPointer &p2)
+{ p1.swap(p2); }
+
 QT_END_NAMESPACE
 
 QT_END_HEADER
diff --git a/src/corelib/tools/qsharedpointer_impl.h b/src/corelib/tools/qsharedpointer_impl.h
index cbeb79f..1136aa9 100644
--- a/src/corelib/tools/qsharedpointer_impl.h
+++ b/src/corelib/tools/qsharedpointer_impl.h
@@ -171,8 +171,8 @@ namespace QtSharedPointer {
 
         inline ExternalRefCountData()
         {
-            QBasicAtomicInt proto = Q_BASIC_ATOMIC_INITIALIZER(1);
-            weakref = strongref = proto;
+            strongref = 1;
+            weakref = 1;
         }
         inline ExternalRefCountData(Qt::Initialization) { }
         virtual inline ~ExternalRefCountData() { Q_ASSERT(!weakref); Q_ASSERT(strongref <= 0); }
@@ -385,6 +385,12 @@ namespace QtSharedPointer {
                 delete this->value;
         }
 
+        inline void internalSwap(ExternalRefCount &other)
+        {
+            qSwap(d, other.d);
+            qSwap(this->value, other.value);
+        }
+
 #if defined(Q_NO_TEMPLATE_FRIENDS)
     public:
 #else
@@ -465,6 +471,9 @@ public:
     inline QSharedPointer &operator=(const QWeakPointer &other)
     { internalSet(other.d, other.value); return *this; }
 
+    inline void swap(QSharedPointer &other)
+    { internalSwap(other); }
+
     template 
     QSharedPointer staticCast() const
     {
@@ -682,6 +691,12 @@ Q_INLINE_TEMPLATE QWeakPointer QSharedPointer::toWeakRef() const
     return QWeakPointer(*this);
 }
 
+template 
+inline void qSwap(QSharedPointer &p1, QSharedPointer &p2)
+{
+    p1.swap(p2);
+}
+
 namespace QtSharedPointer {
 // helper functions:
     template 
diff --git a/tests/auto/qexplicitlyshareddatapointer/tst_qexplicitlyshareddatapointer.cpp b/tests/auto/qexplicitlyshareddatapointer/tst_qexplicitlyshareddatapointer.cpp
index 4cdeb5c..97e57f1 100644
--- a/tests/auto/qexplicitlyshareddatapointer/tst_qexplicitlyshareddatapointer.cpp
+++ b/tests/auto/qexplicitlyshareddatapointer/tst_qexplicitlyshareddatapointer.cpp
@@ -61,6 +61,7 @@ private Q_SLOTS:
     void clone() const;
     void data() const;
     void reset() const;
+    void swap() const;
 };
 
 class MyClass : public QSharedData
@@ -233,6 +234,25 @@ void tst_QExplicitlySharedDataPointer::reset() const
     }
 }
 
+void tst_QExplicitlySharedDataPointer::swap() const
+{
+    QExplicitlySharedDataPointer p1(0), p2(new MyClass());
+    QVERIFY(!p1.data());
+    QVERIFY(p2.data());
+
+    p1.swap(p2);
+    QVERIFY(p1.data());
+    QVERIFY(!p2.data());
+
+    p1.swap(p2);
+    QVERIFY(!p1.data());
+    QVERIFY(p2.data());
+
+    qSwap(p1, p2);
+    QVERIFY(p1.data());
+    QVERIFY(!p2.data());
+}
+
 QTEST_MAIN(tst_QExplicitlySharedDataPointer)
 
 #include "tst_qexplicitlyshareddatapointer.moc"
diff --git a/tests/auto/qsharedpointer/tst_qsharedpointer.cpp b/tests/auto/qsharedpointer/tst_qsharedpointer.cpp
index 58e5401..ab75c91 100644
--- a/tests/auto/qsharedpointer/tst_qsharedpointer.cpp
+++ b/tests/auto/qsharedpointer/tst_qsharedpointer.cpp
@@ -62,6 +62,7 @@ class tst_QSharedPointer: public QObject
 private slots:
     void basics_data();
     void basics();
+    void swap();
     void forwardDeclaration1();
     void forwardDeclaration2();
     void memoryManagement();
@@ -263,6 +264,37 @@ void tst_QSharedPointer::basics()
     // aData is deleted here
 }
 
+void tst_QSharedPointer::swap()
+{
+    QSharedPointer p1, p2(new int(42)), control = p2;
+    QVERIFY(p1 != control);
+    QVERIFY(p1.isNull());
+    QVERIFY(p2 == control);
+    QVERIFY(!p2.isNull());
+    QVERIFY(*p2 == 42);
+
+    p1.swap(p2);
+    QVERIFY(p1 == control);
+    QVERIFY(!p1.isNull());
+    QVERIFY(p2 != control);
+    QVERIFY(p2.isNull());
+    QVERIFY(*p1 == 42);
+
+    p1.swap(p2);
+    QVERIFY(p1 != control);
+    QVERIFY(p1.isNull());
+    QVERIFY(p2 == control);
+    QVERIFY(!p2.isNull());
+    QVERIFY(*p2 == 42);
+
+    qSwap(p1, p2);
+    QVERIFY(p1 == control);
+    QVERIFY(!p1.isNull());
+    QVERIFY(p2 != control);
+    QVERIFY(p2.isNull());
+    QVERIFY(*p1 == 42);
+}
+
 class ForwardDeclared;
 ForwardDeclared *forwardPointer();
 void externalForwardDeclaration();
-- 
cgit v0.12


From 812f41d1ec0b9f6dd6492e4e9c2d0f19142c91d9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: David Boddie 
Date: Fri, 14 Aug 2009 17:54:29 +0200
Subject: Doc: Removed claims that QDialog supports border style sheet
 settings.

Task-number: 255853
Reviewed-by: Trust Me
I'm-trusting: The information in the task :-)
---
 doc/src/stylesheet.qdoc | 6 +++---
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/doc/src/stylesheet.qdoc b/doc/src/stylesheet.qdoc
index 45621cc..2afe924 100644
--- a/doc/src/stylesheet.qdoc
+++ b/doc/src/stylesheet.qdoc
@@ -1523,7 +1523,7 @@
 
            This property is supported by QAbstractItemView
            subclasses, QAbstractSpinBox subclasses, QCheckBox,
-           QComboBox, QDialog, QFrame, QGroupBox, QLabel, QLineEdit,
+           QComboBox, QFrame, QGroupBox, QLabel, QLineEdit,
            QMenu, QMenuBar, QPushButton, QRadioButton, QSplitter,
            QTextEdit, QToolTip, and plain \l{QWidget}s.
 
@@ -1569,7 +1569,7 @@
 
            This property is supported by QAbstractItemView
            subclasses, QAbstractSpinBox subclasses, QCheckBox,
-           QComboBox, QDialog, QFrame, QGroupBox, QLabel, QLineEdit,
+           QComboBox, QFrame, QGroupBox, QLabel, QLineEdit,
            QMenu, QMenuBar, QPushButton, QRadioButton, QSplitter,
            QTextEdit, QToolTip, and plain \l{QWidget}s.
 
@@ -1614,7 +1614,7 @@
 
            This property is supported by QAbstractItemView
            subclasses, QAbstractSpinBox subclasses, QCheckBox,
-           QComboBox, QDialog, QFrame, QGroupBox, QLabel, QLineEdit,
+           QComboBox, QFrame, QGroupBox, QLabel, QLineEdit,
            QMenu, QMenuBar, QPushButton, QRadioButton, QSplitter,
            QTextEdit and QToolTip.
 
-- 
cgit v0.12


From a7b24170890aad476345a5d7a56ded8d62c53df0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Eskil Abrahamsen Blomfeldt 
Date: Fri, 14 Aug 2009 17:38:31 +0200
Subject: Avoid wrapping outside word boundaries in QTextDocument unless
 necessary

If you have a floating object which affects the width available to the
text, we need to recalculate the width of the text line. In the code,
the setLineWidth() call to do this would by default have WrapAnywhere
as its wrap mode, even when this was not necessary. The code has now
been moved so that WrapAnywhere is only used if we try to set the
line width to match the available width and detect that the text is
too wide (the natural text width exceeds the available space.)

Task-number: 240325
Reviewed-by: Simon Hausmann
---
 src/gui/text/qtextdocumentlayout.cpp | 19 ++++++++++---------
 1 file changed, 10 insertions(+), 9 deletions(-)

diff --git a/src/gui/text/qtextdocumentlayout.cpp b/src/gui/text/qtextdocumentlayout.cpp
index e26961f..a795c1f 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qtextdocumentlayout.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/text/qtextdocumentlayout.cpp
@@ -2601,13 +2601,13 @@ void QTextDocumentLayoutPrivate::layoutBlock(const QTextBlock &bl, int blockPosi
                 // float has been added in the meantime, redo
                 layoutStruct->pendingFloats.clear();
 
-                if (haveWordOrAnyWrapMode) {
-                    option.setWrapMode(QTextOption::WrapAnywhere);
-                    tl->setTextOption(option);
-                }
-
                 line.setLineWidth((right-left).toReal());
                 if (QFixed::fromReal(line.naturalTextWidth()) > right-left) {
+                    if (haveWordOrAnyWrapMode) {
+                        option.setWrapMode(QTextOption::WrapAnywhere);
+                        tl->setTextOption(option);
+                    }
+
                     layoutStruct->pendingFloats.clear();
                     // lines min width more than what we have
                     layoutStruct->y = findY(layoutStruct->y, layoutStruct, QFixed::fromReal(line.naturalTextWidth()));
@@ -2619,12 +2619,13 @@ void QTextDocumentLayoutPrivate::layoutBlock(const QTextBlock &bl, int blockPosi
                     else
                         right -= text_indent;
                     line.setLineWidth(qMax(line.naturalTextWidth(), (right-left).toReal()));
-                }
 
-                if (haveWordOrAnyWrapMode) {
-                    option.setWrapMode(QTextOption::WordWrap);
-                    tl->setTextOption(option);
+                    if (haveWordOrAnyWrapMode) {
+                        option.setWrapMode(QTextOption::WordWrap);
+                        tl->setTextOption(option);
+                    }
                 }
+
             }
 
             QFixed lineHeight = QFixed::fromReal(line.height());
-- 
cgit v0.12


From ca89fd9ee95511a7fe1e8cdb2317e7c8388ec220 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Eskil Abrahamsen Blomfeldt 
Date: Fri, 14 Aug 2009 17:49:31 +0200
Subject: Autotest for correct word wrapping on text next to floating object

We set the document's page size to be large enough to contain an
image which is 100 pixels wide and one, but not two, instances of the
word 'Foobar'. We then render HTML which contains a string with repeated
occurrences of the word 'Foobar' next to a floating, right-aligned image
which is 100 pixels wide. The layout should break on word boundaries,
since this is the default in QTextDocument, and thus each text line
should contain one instance of the word 'Foobar'.

Task-number: 240325
---
 tests/auto/qtextdocument/tst_qtextdocument.cpp | 39 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++
 1 file changed, 39 insertions(+)

diff --git a/tests/auto/qtextdocument/tst_qtextdocument.cpp b/tests/auto/qtextdocument/tst_qtextdocument.cpp
index 72f3ea8..4643df0 100644
--- a/tests/auto/qtextdocument/tst_qtextdocument.cpp
+++ b/tests/auto/qtextdocument/tst_qtextdocument.cpp
@@ -55,8 +55,13 @@
 #include 
 #include 
 #include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
 #include "common.h"
 
+
 QT_FORWARD_DECLARE_CLASS(QTextDocument)
 
 //TESTED_CLASS=
@@ -93,6 +98,8 @@ private slots:
     void noundo_isModified3();
     void mightBeRichText();
 
+    void task240325();
+
     void toHtml_data();
     void toHtml();
     void toHtml2();
@@ -532,6 +539,38 @@ void tst_QTextDocument::noundo_basicIsModifiedChecks()
     QCOMPARE(spy.count(), 0);
 }
 
+void tst_QTextDocument::task240325()
+{
+    doc->setHtml("Foobar Foobar Foobar Foobar");
+
+    QImage img(1000, 7000, QImage::Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied);
+    QPainter p(&img);
+    QFontMetrics fm(p.font());
+
+    // Set page size to contain image and one "Foobar"
+    doc->setPageSize(QSize(100 + fm.width("Foobar")*2, 1000));
+
+    // Force layout
+    doc->drawContents(&p);
+
+    QCOMPARE(doc->blockCount(), 1);
+    for (QTextBlock block = doc->begin() ; block!=doc->end() ; block = block.next()) {
+        QTextLayout *layout = block.layout();
+        QCOMPARE(layout->lineCount(), 4);
+        for (int lineIdx=0;lineIdxlineCount();++lineIdx) {
+            QTextLine line = layout->lineAt(lineIdx);
+
+            QString text = block.text().mid(line.textStart(), line.textLength()).trimmed();
+
+            // Remove start token
+            if (lineIdx == 0)
+                text = text.mid(1);
+
+            QCOMPARE(text, QString::fromLatin1("Foobar"));
+        }
+    }
+}
+
 void tst_QTextDocument::noundo_moreIsModified()
 {
     doc->setUndoRedoEnabled(false);
-- 
cgit v0.12


From ef682d7d0043d5054818908ffe1ba573ef6cb01b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Rohan McGovern 
Date: Sat, 15 Aug 2009 08:33:18 +1000
Subject: Fixed compile.

Put QString::toReal back to QString::toDouble, there is no
QString::toReal.
---
 src/svg/qsvghandler.cpp | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/src/svg/qsvghandler.cpp b/src/svg/qsvghandler.cpp
index 5e07181..a79e4a0 100644
--- a/src/svg/qsvghandler.cpp
+++ b/src/svg/qsvghandler.cpp
@@ -1743,7 +1743,7 @@ static void parseOpacity(QSvgNode *node,
     const QString value = attributes.value(QLatin1String("opacity")).toString().trimmed();
 
     bool ok = false;
-    qreal op = value.toReal(&ok);
+    qreal op = value.toDouble(&ok);
 
     if (ok) {
         QSvgOpacityStyle *opacity = new QSvgOpacityStyle(qBound(qreal(0.0), op, qreal(1.0)));
-- 
cgit v0.12


From aa09d4f9c2d47348e6eac76e66500f4807b132a3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Rohan McGovern 
Date: Sat, 15 Aug 2009 09:18:23 +1000
Subject: Fixed compile.

Put EffectParameter::userType back to EffectParameter::type.
---
 src/3rdparty/phonon/phonon/effectwidget.cpp | 6 +++---
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/src/3rdparty/phonon/phonon/effectwidget.cpp b/src/3rdparty/phonon/phonon/effectwidget.cpp
index 8f105f2..fb9cf6e 100644
--- a/src/3rdparty/phonon/phonon/effectwidget.cpp
+++ b/src/3rdparty/phonon/phonon/effectwidget.cpp
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ void EffectWidgetPrivate::autogenerateUi()
 #endif
 
         QWidget *control = 0;
-        switch (para.userType()) {
+        switch (para.type()) {
         case QVariant::String:
             {
                 QComboBox *cb = new QComboBox(q);
@@ -161,9 +161,9 @@ void EffectWidgetPrivate::autogenerateUi()
         case QVariant::Double:
             {
                 const qreal minValue = para.minimumValue().canConvert(QVariant::Double) ?
-                    para.minimumValue().toReal(&ok) : DEFAULT_MIN;
+                    para.minimumValue().toReal() : DEFAULT_MIN;
                 const qreal maxValue = para.maximumValue().canConvert(QVariant::Double) ?
-                    para.maximumValue().toReal(&ok) : DEFAULT_MAX;
+                    para.maximumValue().toReal() : DEFAULT_MAX;
 
                 if (minValue == -1. && maxValue == 1.) {
                     //Special case values between -1 and 1.0 to use a slider for improved usability
-- 
cgit v0.12


From 72c1cb2ffdfb2742985e12025d4578aa2fe80ce7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date: Sun, 16 Aug 2009 13:00:53 +0200
Subject: Doc: Fix links and silence qdoc warnings.

---
 src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/Api/qwebelement.cpp |  6 ++---
 src/gui/image/qicon.cpp                           | 28 ++++++++++++-----------
 src/gui/text/qfontmetrics.cpp                     | 15 ++++++------
 3 files changed, 25 insertions(+), 24 deletions(-)

diff --git a/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/Api/qwebelement.cpp b/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/Api/qwebelement.cpp
index dd90f39..3ef969e 100644
--- a/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/Api/qwebelement.cpp
+++ b/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/Api/qwebelement.cpp
@@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ QString QWebElement::attribute(const QString &name, const QString &defaultValue)
     Returns the attribute with the given \a name in \a namespaceUri. If the
     attribute does not exist, \a defaultValue is returned.
 
-    \sa setAtributeNS(), setAttribute(), attribute()
+    \sa setAttributeNS(), setAttribute(), attribute()
 */
 QString QWebElement::attributeNS(const QString &namespaceUri, const QString &name, const QString &defaultValue) const
 {
@@ -976,7 +976,7 @@ QStringList QWebElement::scriptableProperties() const
 
 /*!
     Returns the value of the style with the given \a name. If a style with
-    \name does not exist, an empty string is returned.
+    \a name does not exist, an empty string is returned.
 
     If \a rule is IgnoreCascadingStyles, the value defined inside the element
     (inline in CSS terminology) is returned.
@@ -1099,7 +1099,7 @@ void QWebElement::setStyleProperty(const QString &name, const QString &value, St
 
 /*!
     Returns the computed value for style with the given \a name. If a style
-    with \name does not exist, an empty string is returned.
+    with \a name does not exist, an empty string is returned.
 */
 QString QWebElement::computedStyleProperty(const QString &name) const
 {
diff --git a/src/gui/image/qicon.cpp b/src/gui/image/qicon.cpp
index 0d854d0..677cc44 100644
--- a/src/gui/image/qicon.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/image/qicon.cpp
@@ -871,7 +871,7 @@ QList QIcon::availableSizes(Mode mode, State state) const
     \since 4.6
 
     Sets the search paths for icon themes to \a paths.
-    \sa themeSearchPaths(), fromTheme()
+    \sa themeSearchPaths(), fromTheme(), setThemeName()
 */
 void QIcon::setThemeSearchPaths(const QStringList &paths)
 {
@@ -893,7 +893,7 @@ void QIcon::setThemeSearchPaths(const QStringList &paths)
     On Mac the default search path will search in the
     [Contents/Resources/icons] part of the application bundle.
 
-    \sa setThemeSearchPaths(), fromTheme()
+    \sa setThemeSearchPaths(), fromTheme(), setThemeName()
 */
 QStringList QIcon::themeSearchPaths()
 {
@@ -903,16 +903,17 @@ QStringList QIcon::themeSearchPaths()
 /*!
     \since 4.6
 
-    Sets the current icon theme.
+    Sets the current icon theme to \a name.
 
-    The name should correspond to a directory name in the
-    current \ themeSearchPath() containing an index.theme
-    file describing it's contents..
+    The \a name should correspond to a directory name in the
+    current themeSearchPath() containing an index.theme
+    file describing it's contents.
 
+    \sa themeSearchPaths(), themeName()
 */
-void QIcon::setThemeName(const QString &path)
+void QIcon::setThemeName(const QString &name)
 {
-    QIconLoader::instance()->setThemeName(path);
+    QIconLoader::instance()->setThemeName(name);
 }
 
 /*!
@@ -923,7 +924,8 @@ void QIcon::setThemeName(const QString &path)
     On X11, the current icon theme depends on your desktop
     settings. On other platforms it is not set by default.
 
-    \sa themeSearchPaths(), fromTheme(), hasThemeIcon()
+    \sa setThemeName(), themeSearchPaths(), fromTheme(),
+    hasThemeIcon()
 */
 QString QIcon::themeName()
 {
@@ -960,7 +962,7 @@ QString QIcon::themeName()
     compliant theme in one of your themeSearchPaths() and set the
     appropriate themeName().
 
-    \sa themeName(), themeSearchPaths()
+    \sa themeName(), setThemeName(), themeSearchPaths()
 */
 QIcon QIcon::fromTheme(const QString &name, const QIcon &fallback)
 {
@@ -994,10 +996,10 @@ QIcon QIcon::fromTheme(const QString &name, const QIcon &fallback)
 /*!
     \since 4.6
 
-    Returns true if there is an icon available for a \a name in the current
-    icon theme, otherwise returns false.
+    Returns true if there is an icon available for \a name in the
+    current icon theme, otherwise returns false.
 
-    \sa themeSearchPaths(), fromTheme()
+    \sa themeSearchPaths(), fromTheme(), setThemeName()
 */
 bool QIcon::hasThemeIcon(const QString &name)
 {
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qfontmetrics.cpp b/src/gui/text/qfontmetrics.cpp
index 3e074a7..b3d1a5f 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qfontmetrics.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/text/qfontmetrics.cpp
@@ -859,24 +859,23 @@ QRect QFontMetrics::tightBoundingRect(const QString &text) const
     right-to-left layouts, and on the left side for right-to-left
     layouts. Note that this behavior is independent of the text
     language.
-
 */
-QString QFontMetrics::elidedText(const QString &_text, Qt::TextElideMode mode, int width, int flags) const
+QString QFontMetrics::elidedText(const QString &text, Qt::TextElideMode mode, int width, int flags) const
 {
-    QString text = _text;
+    QString _text = text;
     if (!(flags & Qt::TextLongestVariant)) {
         int posA = 0;
-        int posB = text.indexOf(QLatin1Char('\x9c'));
+        int posB = _text.indexOf(QLatin1Char('\x9c'));
         while (posB >= 0) {
-            QString portion = text.mid(posA, posB - posA);
+            QString portion = _text.mid(posA, posB - posA);
             if (size(flags, portion).width() <= width)
                 return portion;
             posA = posB + 1;
-            posB = text.indexOf(QLatin1Char('\x9c'), posA);
+            posB = _text.indexOf(QLatin1Char('\x9c'), posA);
         }
-        text = text.mid(posA);
+        _text = _text.mid(posA);
     }
-    QStackTextEngine engine(text, QFont(d));
+    QStackTextEngine engine(_text, QFont(d));
     return engine.elidedText(mode, width, flags);
 }
 
-- 
cgit v0.12


From caef9533a860941701745e221e719438ea6870d8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Peter Yard 
Date: Mon, 17 Aug 2009 15:34:39 +1000
Subject: Snippet files for gesture overview documentation

---
 .../snippets/gestures/imageviewer/imagewidget.cpp  | 364 +++++++++++++++++++++
 .../snippets/gestures/imageviewer/imagewidget.h    | 137 ++++++++
 .../gestures/imageviewer/tapandholdgesture.cpp     | 159 +++++++++
 .../gestures/imageviewer/tapandholdgesture.h       |  74 +++++
 4 files changed, 734 insertions(+)
 create mode 100644 doc/src/snippets/gestures/imageviewer/imagewidget.cpp
 create mode 100644 doc/src/snippets/gestures/imageviewer/imagewidget.h
 create mode 100644 doc/src/snippets/gestures/imageviewer/tapandholdgesture.cpp
 create mode 100644 doc/src/snippets/gestures/imageviewer/tapandholdgesture.h

diff --git a/doc/src/snippets/gestures/imageviewer/imagewidget.cpp b/doc/src/snippets/gestures/imageviewer/imagewidget.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f9d6a77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/snippets/gestures/imageviewer/imagewidget.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,364 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the examples of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "imagewidget.h"
+
+#include 
+
+ImageWidget::ImageWidget(QWidget *parent)
+    : QWidget(parent)
+{
+    setAttribute(Qt::WA_AcceptTouchEvents);
+    setAttribute(Qt::WA_PaintOnScreen);
+    setAttribute(Qt::WA_OpaquePaintEvent);
+    setAttribute(Qt::WA_NoSystemBackground);
+
+    setObjectName("ImageWidget");
+
+    setMinimumSize(QSize(100,100));
+
+    position = 0;
+    zoomed = rotated = false;
+
+    zoomedIn = false;
+    horizontalOffset = 0;
+    verticalOffset = 0;
+
+//! [imagewidget-connect]
+    panGesture = new QPanGesture(this);
+    connect(panGesture, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(gestureTriggered()));
+
+    tapAndHoldGesture = new TapAndHoldGesture(this);
+    connect(tapAndHoldGesture, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(gestureTriggered()));
+    connect(tapAndHoldGesture, SIGNAL(finished()), this, SLOT(gestureFinished()));
+//! [imagewidget-connect]
+}
+
+void ImageWidget::paintEvent(QPaintEvent*)
+{
+    QPainter p(this);
+    if (currentImage.isNull()) {
+        p.fillRect(geometry(), Qt::white);
+        return;
+    }
+    int hoffset = 0;
+    int voffset = 0;
+    const int w = pixmap.width();
+    const int h = pixmap.height();
+    p.save();
+    if (zoomedIn) {
+        hoffset = horizontalOffset;
+        voffset = verticalOffset;
+        if (horizontalOffset > 0)
+            p.fillRect(0, 0, horizontalOffset, height(), Qt::white);
+        if (verticalOffset > 0)
+            p.fillRect(0, 0, width(), verticalOffset, Qt::white);
+    }
+    p.drawPixmap(hoffset, voffset, pixmap);
+    if (hoffset + w < width())
+        p.fillRect(hoffset + w, 0, width() - w - hoffset, height(), Qt::white);
+    if (voffset + h < height())
+        p.fillRect(0, voffset + h, width(), height() - h - voffset, Qt::white);
+
+    // paint touch feedback
+    if (touchFeedback.tapped || touchFeedback.doubleTapped) {
+        p.setPen(QPen(Qt::gray, 2));
+        p.drawEllipse(touchFeedback.position, 5, 5);
+        if (touchFeedback.doubleTapped) {
+            p.setPen(QPen(Qt::darkGray, 2, Qt::DotLine));
+            p.drawEllipse(touchFeedback.position, 15, 15);
+        } else if (touchFeedback.tapAndHoldState != 0) {
+            QPoint pts[8] = {
+                touchFeedback.position + QPoint(  0, -15),
+                touchFeedback.position + QPoint( 10, -10),
+                touchFeedback.position + QPoint( 15,   0),
+                touchFeedback.position + QPoint( 10,  10),
+                touchFeedback.position + QPoint(  0,  15),
+                touchFeedback.position + QPoint(-10,  10),
+                touchFeedback.position + QPoint(-15,   0)
+            };
+            for (int i = 0; i < touchFeedback.tapAndHoldState/5; ++i)
+                p.drawEllipse(pts[i], 3, 3);
+        }
+    } else if (touchFeedback.sliding) {
+        p.setPen(QPen(Qt::red, 3));
+        QPoint endPos = QPoint(touchFeedback.position.x(), touchFeedback.slidingStartPosition.y());
+        p.drawLine(touchFeedback.slidingStartPosition, endPos);
+        int dx = 10;
+        if (touchFeedback.slidingStartPosition.x() < endPos.x())
+            dx = -1*dx;
+        p.drawLine(endPos, endPos + QPoint(dx, 5));
+        p.drawLine(endPos, endPos + QPoint(dx, -5));
+    }
+
+    for (int i = 0; i < TouchFeedback::MaximumNumberOfTouches; ++i) {
+        if (touchFeedback.touches[i].isNull())
+            break;
+        p.drawEllipse(touchFeedback.touches[i], 10, 10);
+    }
+    p.restore();
+}
+
+void ImageWidget::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event)
+{
+    touchFeedback.tapped = true;
+    touchFeedback.position = event->pos();
+}
+
+void ImageWidget::mouseDoubleClickEvent(QMouseEvent *event)
+{
+    touchFeedback.doubleTapped = true;
+    const QPoint p = event->pos();
+    touchFeedback.position = p;
+    horizontalOffset = p.x() - currentImage.width()*1.0*p.x()/width();
+    verticalOffset = p.y() - currentImage.height()*1.0*p.y()/height();
+    setZoomedIn(!zoomedIn);
+    zoomed = rotated = false;
+    updateImage();
+
+    feedbackFadeOutTimer.start(500, this);
+}
+
+//! [imagewidget-triggered-1]
+void ImageWidget::gestureTriggered()
+{
+    if (sender() == panGesture) {
+//! [imagewidget-triggered-1]
+        touchFeedback.tapped = false;
+        touchFeedback.doubleTapped = false;
+        QPanGesture *pg = qobject_cast(sender());
+        if (zoomedIn) {
+#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
+            switch (pg->state()) {
+                case Qt::GestureStarted:
+                case Qt::GestureUpdated:
+                    setCursor(Qt::SizeAllCursor);
+                    break;
+                default:
+                    setCursor(Qt::ArrowCursor);
+            }
+#endif
+            horizontalOffset += pg->lastOffset().width();
+            verticalOffset += pg->lastOffset().height();
+        } else {
+            // only slide gesture should be accepted
+            if (pg->state() == Qt::GestureFinished) {
+                touchFeedback.sliding = false;
+                zoomed = rotated = false;
+                if (pg->totalOffset().width() > 0)
+                    goNextImage();
+                else
+                    goPrevImage();
+                updateImage();
+            }
+        }
+        update();
+        feedbackFadeOutTimer.start(500, this);
+    } else if (sender() == tapAndHoldGesture) {
+        if (tapAndHoldGesture->state() == Qt::GestureFinished) {
+            qDebug() << "tap and hold detected";
+            touchFeedback.reset();
+            update();
+
+            QMenu menu;
+            menu.addAction("Action 1");
+            menu.addAction("Action 2");
+            menu.addAction("Action 3");
+            menu.exec(mapToGlobal(tapAndHoldGesture->pos()));
+        } else {
+            ++touchFeedback.tapAndHoldState;
+            update();
+        }
+        feedbackFadeOutTimer.start(500, this);
+    }
+}
+
+void ImageWidget::gestureFinished()
+{
+    qDebug() << "gesture finished" << sender();
+}
+
+void ImageWidget::gestureCancelled()
+{
+    qDebug() << "gesture cancelled" << sender();
+}
+
+void ImageWidget::resizeEvent(QResizeEvent*)
+{
+    updateImage();
+}
+
+void ImageWidget::updateImage()
+{
+    // should use qtconcurrent here?
+    transformation = QTransform();
+    if (zoomedIn) {
+    } else {
+        if (currentImage.isNull())
+            return;
+        if (zoomed) {
+            transformation = transformation.scale(zoom, zoom);
+        } else {
+            double xscale = (double)width()/currentImage.width();
+            double yscale = (double)height()/currentImage.height();
+            if (xscale < yscale)
+                yscale = xscale;
+            else
+                xscale = yscale;
+            transformation = transformation.scale(xscale, yscale);
+        }
+        if (rotated)
+            transformation = transformation.rotate(angle);
+    }
+    pixmap = QPixmap::fromImage(currentImage).transformed(transformation);
+    update();
+}
+
+void ImageWidget::openDirectory(const QString &path)
+{
+    this->path = path;
+    QDir dir(path);
+    QStringList nameFilters;
+    nameFilters << "*.jpg" << "*.png";
+    files = dir.entryList(nameFilters, QDir::Files|QDir::Readable, QDir::Name);
+
+    position = 0;
+    goToImage(0);
+    updateImage();
+}
+
+QImage ImageWidget::loadImage(const QString &fileName)
+{
+    QImageReader reader(fileName);
+    if (!reader.canRead()) {
+        qDebug() << fileName << ": can't load image";
+        return QImage();
+    }
+    QImage image;
+    if (!reader.read(&image)) {
+        qDebug() << fileName << ": corrupted image";
+        return QImage();
+    }
+    return image;
+}
+
+void ImageWidget::setZoomedIn(bool zoomed)
+{
+    zoomedIn = zoomed;
+}
+
+void ImageWidget::goNextImage()
+{
+    if (files.isEmpty())
+        return;
+    if (position < files.size()-1) {
+        ++position;
+        prevImage = currentImage;
+        currentImage = nextImage;
+        if (position+1 < files.size())
+            nextImage = loadImage(path+QLatin1String("/")+files.at(position+1));
+        else
+            nextImage = QImage();
+    }
+    setZoomedIn(false);
+    updateImage();
+}
+
+void ImageWidget::goPrevImage()
+{
+    if (files.isEmpty())
+        return;
+    if (position > 0) {
+        --position;
+        nextImage = currentImage;
+        currentImage = prevImage;
+        if (position > 0)
+            prevImage = loadImage(path+QLatin1String("/")+files.at(position-1));
+        else
+            prevImage = QImage();
+    }
+    setZoomedIn(false);
+    updateImage();
+}
+
+void ImageWidget::goToImage(int index)
+{
+    if (files.isEmpty())
+        return;
+    if (index < 0 || index >= files.size()) {
+        qDebug() << "goToImage: invalid index: " << index;
+        return;
+    }
+    if (index == position+1) {
+        goNextImage();
+        return;
+    }
+    if (position > 0 && index == position-1) {
+        goPrevImage();
+        return;
+    }
+    position = index;
+    pixmap = QPixmap();
+    if (index > 0)
+        prevImage = loadImage(path+QLatin1String("/")+files.at(position-1));
+    else
+        prevImage = QImage();
+    currentImage = loadImage(path+QLatin1String("/")+files.at(position));
+    if (position+1 < files.size())
+        nextImage = loadImage(path+QLatin1String("/")+files.at(position+1));
+    else
+        nextImage = QImage();
+    setZoomedIn(false);
+    updateImage();
+}
+
+void ImageWidget::timerEvent(QTimerEvent *event)
+{
+    if (event->timerId() == touchFeedback.tapTimer.timerId()) {
+        touchFeedback.tapTimer.stop();
+    } else if (event->timerId() == feedbackFadeOutTimer.timerId()) {
+        feedbackFadeOutTimer.stop();
+        touchFeedback.reset();
+    }
+    update();
+}
+
+#include "moc_imagewidget.cpp"
diff --git a/doc/src/snippets/gestures/imageviewer/imagewidget.h b/doc/src/snippets/gestures/imageviewer/imagewidget.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fcad5b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/snippets/gestures/imageviewer/imagewidget.h
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the examples of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef IMAGEWIDGET_H
+#define IMAGEWIDGET_H
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+#include 
+
+#include "tapandholdgesture.h"
+
+class ImageWidget : public QWidget
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+    ImageWidget(QWidget *parent = 0);
+
+    void openDirectory(const QString &path);
+
+protected:
+    void paintEvent(QPaintEvent*);
+    void resizeEvent(QResizeEvent*);
+    void timerEvent(QTimerEvent*);
+    void mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent*);
+    void mouseDoubleClickEvent(QMouseEvent*);
+
+//! [imagewidget-slots]
+private slots:
+    void gestureTriggered();
+    void gestureFinished();
+    void gestureCancelled();
+//! [imagewidget-slots]
+
+private:
+    void updateImage();
+    QImage loadImage(const QString &fileName);
+    void loadImage();
+    void setZoomedIn(bool zoomed);
+    void goNextImage();
+    void goPrevImage();
+    void goToImage(int index);
+
+    QPanGesture *panGesture;
+    TapAndHoldGesture *tapAndHoldGesture;
+
+    QString path;
+    QStringList files;
+    int position;
+
+    QImage prevImage, nextImage;
+    QImage currentImage;
+    QPixmap pixmap;
+    QTransform transformation;
+
+    bool zoomedIn;
+    int horizontalOffset;
+    int verticalOffset;
+
+    bool zoomed;
+    qreal zoom;
+    bool rotated;
+    qreal angle;
+
+    struct TouchFeedback
+    {
+        bool tapped;
+        QPoint position;
+        bool sliding;
+        QPoint slidingStartPosition;
+        QBasicTimer tapTimer;
+        int tapState;
+        bool doubleTapped;
+        int tapAndHoldState;
+
+        enum { MaximumNumberOfTouches = 5 };
+        QPoint touches[MaximumNumberOfTouches];
+
+        inline TouchFeedback() { reset(); }
+        inline void reset()
+        {
+            tapped = false;
+            sliding = false;
+            tapTimer.stop();
+            tapState = 0;
+            doubleTapped = false;
+            tapAndHoldState = 0;
+            for (int i = 0; i < MaximumNumberOfTouches; ++i) {
+                touches[i] = QPoint();
+            }
+        }
+    } touchFeedback;
+    QBasicTimer feedbackFadeOutTimer;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/doc/src/snippets/gestures/imageviewer/tapandholdgesture.cpp b/doc/src/snippets/gestures/imageviewer/tapandholdgesture.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..03898dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/snippets/gestures/imageviewer/tapandholdgesture.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the examples of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "tapandholdgesture.h"
+
+#include 
+
+// #define TAPANDHOLD_USING_MOUSE
+
+/*!
+    \class TapAndHoldGesture
+    \since 4.6
+
+    \brief The TapAndHoldGesture class represents a Tap-and-Hold gesture,
+    providing additional information.
+*/
+
+const int TapAndHoldGesture::iterationCount = 40;
+const int TapAndHoldGesture::iterationTimeout = 50;
+
+/*!
+    Creates a new Tap and Hold gesture handler object and marks it as a child
+    of \a parent.
+
+    On some platforms like Windows there is a system-wide tap and hold gesture
+    that cannot be overriden, hence the gesture might never trigger and default
+    context menu will be shown instead.
+*/
+TapAndHoldGesture::TapAndHoldGesture(QWidget *parent)
+    : QGesture(parent), iteration(0)
+{
+}
+
+/*! \internal */
+bool TapAndHoldGesture::filterEvent(QEvent *event)
+{
+    if (!event->spontaneous())
+        return false;
+    const QTouchEvent *ev = static_cast(event);
+    switch (event->type()) {
+    case QEvent::TouchBegin: {
+        if (timer.isActive())
+            timer.stop();
+        timer.start(TapAndHoldGesture::iterationTimeout, this);
+        const QPoint p = ev->touchPoints().at(0).pos().toPoint();
+        position = p;
+        break;
+    }
+    case QEvent::TouchUpdate:
+        if (ev->touchPoints().size() == 1) {
+            const QPoint startPos = ev->touchPoints().at(0).startPos().toPoint();
+            const QPoint pos = ev->touchPoints().at(0).pos().toPoint();
+            if ((startPos - pos).manhattanLength() > 15)
+                reset();
+        } else {
+            reset();
+        }
+        break;
+    case QEvent::TouchEnd:
+        reset();
+        break;
+#ifdef TAPANDHOLD_USING_MOUSE
+    case QEvent::MouseButtonPress: {
+        if (timer.isActive())
+            timer.stop();
+        timer.start(TapAndHoldGesture::iterationTimeout, this);
+        const QPoint p = static_cast(event)->pos();
+        position = startPosition = p;
+        break;
+    }
+    case QEvent::MouseMove: {
+        const QPoint startPos = startPosition;
+        const QPoint pos = static_cast(event)->pos();
+        if ((startPos - pos).manhattanLength() > 15)
+            reset();
+        break;
+    }
+    case QEvent::MouseButtonRelease:
+        reset();
+        break;
+#endif // TAPANDHOLD_USING_MOUSE
+    default:
+        break;
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+/*! \internal */
+void TapAndHoldGesture::timerEvent(QTimerEvent *event)
+{
+    if (event->timerId() != timer.timerId())
+        return;
+    if (iteration == TapAndHoldGesture::iterationCount) {
+        timer.stop();
+        updateState(Qt::GestureFinished);
+    } else {
+        updateState(Qt::GestureUpdated);
+    }
+    ++iteration;
+}
+
+/*! \internal */
+//! [tapandhold-reset]
+void TapAndHoldGesture::reset()
+{
+    timer.stop();
+    iteration = 0;
+    position = startPosition = QPoint();
+    updateState(Qt::NoGesture);
+}
+//! [tapandhold-reset]
+
+/*!
+    \property TapAndHoldGesture::pos
+
+    \brief The position of the gesture.
+*/
+QPoint TapAndHoldGesture::pos() const
+{
+    return position;
+}
diff --git a/doc/src/snippets/gestures/imageviewer/tapandholdgesture.h b/doc/src/snippets/gestures/imageviewer/tapandholdgesture.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bf0f867
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/snippets/gestures/imageviewer/tapandholdgesture.h
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the examples of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TAPANDHOLDGESTURE_H
+#define TAPANDHOLDGESTURE_H
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+class TapAndHoldGesture : public QGesture
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+    Q_PROPERTY(QPoint pos READ pos)
+
+public:
+    TapAndHoldGesture(QWidget *parent);
+
+    bool filterEvent(QEvent *event);
+    void reset();
+
+    QPoint pos() const;
+
+protected:
+    void timerEvent(QTimerEvent *event);
+
+private:
+    QBasicTimer timer;
+    int iteration;
+    QPoint position;
+    QPoint startPosition;
+    static const int iterationCount;
+    static const int iterationTimeout;
+};
+
+#endif // TAPANDHOLDGESTURE_H
-- 
cgit v0.12


From c09c9704a934000425a1f4a0db0c59f09eaee041 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Olivier Goffart 
Date: Mon, 17 Aug 2009 09:45:01 +0200
Subject: Doc: Mention that destroying an item that belongs to a QGraphicsScene
 is inneficient

As the virtual functions (such as the boundingRect()) are not available
anymore in the destructor, the view has to refresh everything.

Reviewed-by: Alexis
---
 src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem.cpp | 3 +++
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+)

diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem.cpp b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem.cpp
index 74b8fe2..f454d7c 100644
--- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem.cpp
@@ -1183,6 +1183,9 @@ QGraphicsItem::QGraphicsItem(QGraphicsItemPrivate &dd, QGraphicsItem *parent,
     Destroys the QGraphicsItem and all its children. If this item is currently
     associated with a scene, the item will be removed from the scene before it
     is deleted.
+
+    \note It is more efficient to remove the item from the QGraphicsScene before
+    destroying the item.
 */
 QGraphicsItem::~QGraphicsItem()
 {
-- 
cgit v0.12


From 58e5dbb977bf7f52c2a374e589de2faaa336dbb9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Thierry Bastian 
Date: Mon, 17 Aug 2009 13:49:22 +0200
Subject: qpdf: fix memory leak detected by coverity

---
 src/gui/painting/qpdf.cpp | 3 +++
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+)

diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qpdf.cpp b/src/gui/painting/qpdf.cpp
index 9b3b289..6a7889a 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qpdf.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qpdf.cpp
@@ -1773,6 +1773,9 @@ bool QPdfBaseEnginePrivate::openPrintDevice()
                 (void)execv("/bin/lpr", lprargs);
                 (void)execv("/usr/bin/lp", lpargs);
                 (void)execv("/usr/bin/lpr", lprargs);
+
+                delete []lpargs;
+                delete []lprargs;
             }
             // if we couldn't exec anything, close the fd,
             // wait for a second so the parent process (the
-- 
cgit v0.12


From 8096d2bbbb1f4becaaefe2219560f8dd558235de Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Martin Smith 
Date: Mon, 17 Aug 2009 12:26:00 +0200
Subject: doc: Eliminated two qdoc error reports.

---
 src/corelib/tools/qshareddata.cpp | 10 ++++++++++
 1 file changed, 10 insertions(+)

diff --git a/src/corelib/tools/qshareddata.cpp b/src/corelib/tools/qshareddata.cpp
index dd98499..9f49898 100644
--- a/src/corelib/tools/qshareddata.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/tools/qshareddata.cpp
@@ -285,6 +285,11 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
   \sa data()
 */
 
+/*! \fn void QSharedDataPointer::swap(QSharedDataPointer &other)
+  Swap this instance's shared data pointer with the shared
+  data pointer in \a other.
+ */
+
 /*! \fn bool QSharedDataPointer::operator==(const QSharedDataPointer& other) const
   Returns true if \a other and \e this have the same \e{d pointer}.
   This function does \e not call detach().
@@ -436,6 +441,11 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
   \sa data()
 */
 
+/*! \fn void QExplicitlySharedDataPointer::swap(QExplicitlySharedDataPointer &other)
+  Swap this instance's explicitly shared data pointer with
+  the explicitly shared data pointer in \a other.
+ */
+
 /*! \fn bool QExplicitlySharedDataPointer::operator==(const QExplicitlySharedDataPointer& other) const
   Returns true if \a other and \e this have the same \e{d pointer}.
 */
-- 
cgit v0.12


From 5bc8c27e9406fd55693e3a3963030c6d9a89b08a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Thiago Macieira 
Date: Mon, 20 Oct 2008 09:59:51 +0200
Subject: Add LIBS_PRIVATE to qmake.

The difference between LIBS and LIBS_PRIVATE is that private libraries
are those that are not part of the public interface of a library. For
example, if you're writing a Qt application and link to QtGui, you
definitely need the development files for QtCore, but not necessarily
for Glib and GThread, or maybe even X11.

The private libraries are necessary only in static builds, so the
information should still be published in .prl and pkg-config files.

Reviewed-By: Marius Storm-Olsen
---
 qmake/generators/makefile.cpp          |  2 ++
 qmake/generators/unix/unixmake.cpp     |  3 ++-
 qmake/generators/unix/unixmake2.cpp    | 18 ++++++++++--------
 qmake/generators/win32/mingw_make.cpp  | 11 +++++++++--
 qmake/generators/win32/mingw_make.h    |  1 +
 qmake/generators/win32/msvc_nmake.cpp  |  1 +
 qmake/generators/win32/winmakefile.cpp |  2 +-
 qmake/generators/win32/winmakefile.h   |  2 +-
 8 files changed, 27 insertions(+), 13 deletions(-)

diff --git a/qmake/generators/makefile.cpp b/qmake/generators/makefile.cpp
index 9580101..bf0e6df 100644
--- a/qmake/generators/makefile.cpp
+++ b/qmake/generators/makefile.cpp
@@ -967,6 +967,8 @@ MakefileGenerator::writePrlFile(QTextStream &t)
             libs = project->values("QMAKE_INTERNAL_PRL_LIBS");
         else
             libs << "QMAKE_LIBS"; //obvious one
+        if(project->isActiveConfig("staticlib"))
+            libs << "QMAKE_LIBS_PRIVATE";
         t << "QMAKE_PRL_LIBS = ";
         for(QStringList::Iterator it = libs.begin(); it != libs.end(); ++it)
             t << project->values((*it)).join(" ") << " ";
diff --git a/qmake/generators/unix/unixmake.cpp b/qmake/generators/unix/unixmake.cpp
index 36470f2..626b955a5 100644
--- a/qmake/generators/unix/unixmake.cpp
+++ b/qmake/generators/unix/unixmake.cpp
@@ -127,6 +127,7 @@ UnixMakefileGenerator::init()
     project->values("QMAKE_ORIG_TARGET") = project->values("TARGET");
     project->values("QMAKE_ORIG_DESTDIR") = project->values("DESTDIR");
     project->values("QMAKE_LIBS") += escapeFilePaths(project->values("LIBS"));
+    project->values("QMAKE_LIBS_PRIVATE") += escapeFilePaths(project->values("LIBS_PRIVATE"));
     if((!project->isEmpty("QMAKE_LIB_FLAG") && !project->isActiveConfig("staticlib")) ||
        (project->isActiveConfig("qt") &&  project->isActiveConfig("plugin"))) {
         if(configs.indexOf("dll") == -1) configs.append("dll");
@@ -441,7 +442,7 @@ UnixMakefileGenerator::findLibraries()
     QList libdirs, frameworkdirs;
     frameworkdirs.append(QMakeLocalFileName("/System/Library/Frameworks"));
     frameworkdirs.append(QMakeLocalFileName("/Library/Frameworks"));
-    const QString lflags[] = { "QMAKE_LIBDIR_FLAGS", "QMAKE_FRAMEWORKPATH_FLAGS", "QMAKE_LFLAGS", "QMAKE_LIBS", QString() };
+    const QString lflags[] = { "QMAKE_LIBDIR_FLAGS", "QMAKE_FRAMEWORKPATH_FLAGS", "QMAKE_LFLAGS", "QMAKE_LIBS", "QMAKE_LIBS_PRIVATE", QString() };
     for(int i = 0; !lflags[i].isNull(); i++) {
         QStringList &l = project->values(lflags[i]);
         for(QStringList::Iterator it = l.begin(); it != l.end(); ++it) {
diff --git a/qmake/generators/unix/unixmake2.cpp b/qmake/generators/unix/unixmake2.cpp
index b8252b8..07c7d38 100644
--- a/qmake/generators/unix/unixmake2.cpp
+++ b/qmake/generators/unix/unixmake2.cpp
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ UnixMakefileGenerator::writeMakeParts(QTextStream &t)
         t << "LINK          = " << var("QMAKE_LINK") << endl;
         t << "LFLAGS        = " << var("QMAKE_LFLAGS") << endl;
         t << "LIBS          = " << "$(SUBLIBS) " << var("QMAKE_FRAMEWORKDIR_FLAGS") << " "
-          << var("QMAKE_LIBDIR_FLAGS") << " " << var("QMAKE_LIBS") << endl;
+          << var("QMAKE_LIBDIR_FLAGS") << " " << var("QMAKE_LIBS") << " " << var("QMAKE_LIBS_PRIVATE") << endl;
     }
 
     t << "AR            = " << var("QMAKE_AR") << endl;
@@ -1424,13 +1424,6 @@ UnixMakefileGenerator::writePkgConfigFile()
     t << "Version: " << project->first("VERSION") << endl;
 
     // libs
-    QStringList libs;
-    if(!project->isEmpty("QMAKE_INTERNAL_PRL_LIBS")) {
-        libs = project->values("QMAKE_INTERNAL_PRL_LIBS");
-    } else {
-        libs << "QMAKE_LIBS"; //obvious one
-    }
-    libs << "QMAKE_LFLAGS_THREAD"; //not sure about this one, but what about things like -pthread?
     t << "Libs: ";
     QString pkgConfiglibDir;
     QString pkgConfiglibName;
@@ -1450,6 +1443,15 @@ UnixMakefileGenerator::writePkgConfigFile()
         pkgConfiglibName = "-l" + lname.left(lname.length()-Option::libtool_ext.length());
     }
     t << pkgConfiglibDir << " " << pkgConfiglibName << " " << endl;
+
+    QStringList libs;
+    if(!project->isEmpty("QMAKE_INTERNAL_PRL_LIBS")) {
+        libs = project->values("QMAKE_INTERNAL_PRL_LIBS");
+    } else {
+        libs << "QMAKE_LIBS"; //obvious one
+    }
+    libs << "QMAKE_LIBS_PRIVATE";
+    libs << "QMAKE_LFLAGS_THREAD"; //not sure about this one, but what about things like -pthread?
     t << "Libs.private: ";
     for(QStringList::ConstIterator it = libs.begin(); it != libs.end(); ++it) {
         t << project->values((*it)).join(" ") << " ";
diff --git a/qmake/generators/win32/mingw_make.cpp b/qmake/generators/win32/mingw_make.cpp
index 84104fd..fb0f48d 100644
--- a/qmake/generators/win32/mingw_make.cpp
+++ b/qmake/generators/win32/mingw_make.cpp
@@ -82,7 +82,12 @@ QString MingwMakefileGenerator::getLibTarget()
 
 bool MingwMakefileGenerator::findLibraries()
 {
-    QStringList &l = project->values("QMAKE_LIBS");
+    return findLibraries("QMAKE_LIBS") && findLibraries("QMAKE_LIBS_PRIVATE");
+}
+
+bool MingwMakefileGenerator::findLibraries(const QString &where)
+{
+    QStringList &l = project->values(where);
 
     QList dirs;
     {
@@ -258,6 +263,7 @@ void MingwMakefileGenerator::init()
 
     // LIBS defined in Profile comes first for gcc
     project->values("QMAKE_LIBS") += escapeFilePaths(project->values("LIBS"));
+    project->values("QMAKE_LIBS_PRIVATE") += escapeFilePaths(project->values("LIBS_PRIVATE"));
 
     QString targetfilename = project->values("TARGET").first();
     QStringList &configs = project->values("CONFIG");
@@ -344,7 +350,8 @@ void MingwMakefileGenerator::writeLibsPart(QTextStream &t)
         t << "LIBS        =        ";
         if(!project->values("QMAKE_LIBDIR").isEmpty())
             writeLibDirPart(t);
-        t << var("QMAKE_LIBS").replace(QRegExp("(\\slib|^lib)")," -l") << endl;
+        t << var("QMAKE_LIBS").replace(QRegExp("(\\slib|^lib)")," -l") << ' '
+          << var("QMAKE_LIBS_PRIVATE").replace(QRegExp("(\\slib|^lib)")," -l") << endl;
     }
 }
 
diff --git a/qmake/generators/win32/mingw_make.h b/qmake/generators/win32/mingw_make.h
index c95beff..8640bbc 100644
--- a/qmake/generators/win32/mingw_make.h
+++ b/qmake/generators/win32/mingw_make.h
@@ -72,6 +72,7 @@ private:
     QString preCompHeaderOut;
 
     virtual bool findLibraries();
+    bool findLibraries(const QString &where);
     void fixTargetExt();
 
     bool init_flag;
diff --git a/qmake/generators/win32/msvc_nmake.cpp b/qmake/generators/win32/msvc_nmake.cpp
index 7613ef2..3a0ca6f 100644
--- a/qmake/generators/win32/msvc_nmake.cpp
+++ b/qmake/generators/win32/msvc_nmake.cpp
@@ -172,6 +172,7 @@ void NmakeMakefileGenerator::init()
     }
 
     project->values("QMAKE_LIBS") += escapeFilePaths(project->values("LIBS"));
+    project->values("QMAKE_LIBS_PRIVATE") += escapeFilePaths(project->values("LIBS_PRIVATE"));
     processVars();
 
     if (!project->values("RES_FILE").isEmpty()) {
diff --git a/qmake/generators/win32/winmakefile.cpp b/qmake/generators/win32/winmakefile.cpp
index e3923c6..3a4329c 100644
--- a/qmake/generators/win32/winmakefile.cpp
+++ b/qmake/generators/win32/winmakefile.cpp
@@ -708,7 +708,7 @@ void Win32MakefileGenerator::writeLibsPart(QTextStream &t)
         if(!project->values("QMAKE_LIBDIR").isEmpty())
             writeLibDirPart(t);
         t << var("QMAKE_LFLAGS") << endl;
-        t << "LIBS          = " << var("QMAKE_LIBS") << endl;
+        t << "LIBS          = " << var("QMAKE_LIBS") << " " << var("QMAKE_LIBS_PRIVATE") << endl;
     }
 }
 
diff --git a/qmake/generators/win32/winmakefile.h b/qmake/generators/win32/winmakefile.h
index e2b6608..7032251 100644
--- a/qmake/generators/win32/winmakefile.h
+++ b/qmake/generators/win32/winmakefile.h
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ inline Win32MakefileGenerator::~Win32MakefileGenerator()
 { }
 
 inline bool Win32MakefileGenerator::findLibraries()
-{ return findLibraries("QMAKE_LIBS"); }
+{ return findLibraries("QMAKE_LIBS") && findLibraries("QMAKE_LIBS_PRIVATE"); }
 
 QT_END_NAMESPACE
 
-- 
cgit v0.12


From 83940f25dba51a9942ab55ed8475fc7fc8a8da84 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Thiago Macieira 
Date: Mon, 17 Aug 2009 10:43:48 +0200
Subject: Use LIBS_PRIVATE on Mac and X11.

On the Mac, it means "-framework ApplicationServices -framework Carbon
-framework AppKit" are no longer part of the default LIBS in Qt
applications. This required a lot of fixes where we used Mac-specific
code in Qt.

On X11, it was very straightforward, because we apparently use very
little of X11 outside QtGui.

I haven't changed the Windows-specific LIBS paths, because I don't
know how Windows behaves. Windows has DLLs, but it links to static
"import" libraries. So is it static linking or dynamic linking?

Reviewed-By: Marius Storm-Olsen
---
 config.tests/unix/clock-gettime/clock-gettime.pri |  2 +-
 demos/macmainwindow/macmainwindow.pro             |  2 +-
 mkspecs/features/unix/dylib.prf                   |  2 +-
 mkspecs/features/unix/opengl.prf                  |  2 +-
 mkspecs/features/unix/x11lib.prf                  |  2 +-
 mkspecs/features/unix/x11sm.prf                   |  2 +-
 src/3rdparty/webkit/WebCore/WebCore.pro           |  1 +
 src/corelib/codecs/codecs.pri                     |  2 +-
 src/corelib/corelib.pro                           |  2 +-
 src/corelib/kernel/kernel.pri                     |  2 +-
 src/corelib/plugin/plugin.pri                     |  2 ++
 src/corelib/tools/tools.pri                       |  5 +++--
 src/dbus/dbus.pro                                 | 10 +++++-----
 src/gui/egl/egl.pri                               |  2 +-
 src/gui/embedded/embedded.pri                     |  2 +-
 src/gui/image/image.pri                           |  2 +-
 src/gui/kernel/kernel.pri                         |  4 ++--
 src/gui/kernel/mac.pri                            |  2 +-
 src/gui/kernel/x11.pri                            |  2 +-
 src/gui/painting/painting.pri                     |  7 ++++++-
 src/gui/styles/styles.pri                         |  2 +-
 src/gui/text/text.pri                             |  2 +-
 src/multimedia/audio/audio.pri                    |  4 ++--
 src/network/access/access.pri                     |  2 +-
 src/network/kernel/kernel.pri                     |  2 +-
 src/network/ssl/ssl.pri                           |  2 +-
 src/opengl/opengl.pro                             | 14 ++++++++++++--
 src/openvg/openvg.pro                             | 12 ++++++------
 src/plugins/phonon/qt7/qt7.pro                    |  2 +-
 src/qt3support/network/network.pri                |  2 +-
 src/qt3support/qt3support.pro                     |  2 +-
 src/svg/svg.pro                                   |  2 +-
 src/testlib/testlib.pro                           |  7 +++----
 tools/assistant/lib/lib.pro                       |  8 +++-----
 34 files changed, 68 insertions(+), 52 deletions(-)

diff --git a/config.tests/unix/clock-gettime/clock-gettime.pri b/config.tests/unix/clock-gettime/clock-gettime.pri
index 2a6160b..65b49fb 100644
--- a/config.tests/unix/clock-gettime/clock-gettime.pri
+++ b/config.tests/unix/clock-gettime/clock-gettime.pri
@@ -1,2 +1,2 @@
 # clock_gettime() is implemented in librt on these systems
-linux-*|hpux-*|solaris-*:LIBS *= -lrt
+linux-*|hpux-*|solaris-*:LIBS_PRIVATE *= -lrt
diff --git a/demos/macmainwindow/macmainwindow.pro b/demos/macmainwindow/macmainwindow.pro
index f5165a7..ba6ffbb 100644
--- a/demos/macmainwindow/macmainwindow.pro
+++ b/demos/macmainwindow/macmainwindow.pro
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ build_all:!build_pass {
     CONFIG += release
 }
 
-LIBS += -framework Cocoa
+LIBS += -framework Cocoa -framework Carbon
 
 # install
 mac {
diff --git a/mkspecs/features/unix/dylib.prf b/mkspecs/features/unix/dylib.prf
index 1268fae..8b13789 100644
--- a/mkspecs/features/unix/dylib.prf
+++ b/mkspecs/features/unix/dylib.prf
@@ -1 +1 @@
-LIBS += $$QMAKE_LIBS_DYNLOAD
+
diff --git a/mkspecs/features/unix/opengl.prf b/mkspecs/features/unix/opengl.prf
index 231d0aa..2fdf324 100644
--- a/mkspecs/features/unix/opengl.prf
+++ b/mkspecs/features/unix/opengl.prf
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
 INCLUDEPATH += $$QMAKE_INCDIR_OPENGL
 !isEmpty(QMAKE_LIBDIR_OPENGL):QMAKE_LIBDIR += $$QMAKE_LIBDIR_OPENGL
-target_qt:LIBS += $$QMAKE_LIBS_OPENGL_QT
+target_qt:LIBS_PRIVATE += $$QMAKE_LIBS_OPENGL_QT
 else:LIBS += $$QMAKE_LIBS_OPENGL
diff --git a/mkspecs/features/unix/x11lib.prf b/mkspecs/features/unix/x11lib.prf
index 521518a..b661d53 100644
--- a/mkspecs/features/unix/x11lib.prf
+++ b/mkspecs/features/unix/x11lib.prf
@@ -1,2 +1,2 @@
 !isEmpty(QMAKE_LIBDIR_X11):QMAKE_LIBDIR += $$QMAKE_LIBDIR_X11
-LIBS += $$QMAKE_LIBS_X11
+LIBS_PRIVATE += $$QMAKE_LIBS_X11
diff --git a/mkspecs/features/unix/x11sm.prf b/mkspecs/features/unix/x11sm.prf
index b455b01..5176147 100644
--- a/mkspecs/features/unix/x11sm.prf
+++ b/mkspecs/features/unix/x11sm.prf
@@ -1,2 +1,2 @@
 !isEmpty(QMAKE_LIBDIR_X11):QMAKE_LIBDIR += $$QMAKE_LIBDIR_X11
-LIBS += $$QMAKE_LIBS_X11SM
+LIBS_PRIVATE += $$QMAKE_LIBS_X11SM
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebCore/WebCore.pro b/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebCore/WebCore.pro
index 68da1d6..2fb5c32 100644
--- a/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebCore/WebCore.pro
+++ b/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebCore/WebCore.pro
@@ -2165,6 +2165,7 @@ SOURCES += \
         SOURCES += \
             platform/text/cf/StringCF.cpp \
             platform/text/cf/StringImplCF.cpp
+        LIBS_PRIVATE += -framework Carbon -framework AppKit
     }
 
     win32-* {
diff --git a/src/corelib/codecs/codecs.pri b/src/corelib/codecs/codecs.pri
index 2e247e5..724b18d 100644
--- a/src/corelib/codecs/codecs.pri
+++ b/src/corelib/codecs/codecs.pri
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ unix {
                 SOURCES += codecs/qiconvcodec.cpp
 
                 DEFINES += GNU_LIBICONV
-                !mac:LIBS *= -liconv
+                !mac:LIBS_PRIVATE *= -liconv
         } else {
                 # no iconv, so we put all plugins in the library
                 HEADERS += \
diff --git a/src/corelib/corelib.pro b/src/corelib/corelib.pro
index db51d43..d028772 100644
--- a/src/corelib/corelib.pro
+++ b/src/corelib/corelib.pro
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ include(codecs/codecs.pri)
 include(statemachine/statemachine.pri)
 include(xml/xml.pri)
 
-mac|darwin:LIBS += -framework ApplicationServices
+mac|darwin:LIBS_PRIVATE += -framework ApplicationServices
 
 mac:lib_bundle:DEFINES += QT_NO_DEBUG_PLUGIN_CHECK
 win32:DEFINES-=QT_NO_CAST_TO_ASCII
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/kernel.pri b/src/corelib/kernel/kernel.pri
index 3493784..5c2f384 100644
--- a/src/corelib/kernel/kernel.pri
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/kernel.pri
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ unix {
             HEADERS += \
                 kernel/qeventdispatcher_glib_p.h
             QMAKE_CXXFLAGS += $$QT_CFLAGS_GLIB
-            LIBS +=$$QT_LIBS_GLIB
+            LIBS_PRIVATE +=$$QT_LIBS_GLIB
         }
             SOURCES += \
                 kernel/qeventdispatcher_unix.cpp
diff --git a/src/corelib/plugin/plugin.pri b/src/corelib/plugin/plugin.pri
index aaecec9..c05ff48 100644
--- a/src/corelib/plugin/plugin.pri
+++ b/src/corelib/plugin/plugin.pri
@@ -22,3 +22,5 @@ win32 {
 unix {
 	SOURCES += plugin/qlibrary_unix.cpp
 }
+
+LIBS_PRIVATE += $$QMAKE_LIBS_DYNLOAD
diff --git a/src/corelib/tools/tools.pri b/src/corelib/tools/tools.pri
index 44fbb62..1a6c1c0 100644
--- a/src/corelib/tools/tools.pri
+++ b/src/corelib/tools/tools.pri
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ contains(QT_CONFIG, zlib) {
 	../3rdparty/zlib/uncompr.c \
 	../3rdparty/zlib/zutil.c
 } else:!contains(QT_CONFIG, no-zlib) {
-   unix:LIBS += -lz
+   unix:LIBS_PRIVATE += -lz
 #  win32:LIBS += libz.lib
 }
 
@@ -109,4 +109,5 @@ SOURCES += ../3rdparty/harfbuzz/src/harfbuzz-buffer.c \
            tools/qharfbuzz.cpp
 HEADERS += tools/qharfbuzz_p.h
 
-!macx-icc:!vxworks:unix:LIBS += -lm
+# Note: libm should be present by default becaue this is C++
+!macx-icc:!vxworks:unix:LIBS_PRIVATE += -lm
diff --git a/src/dbus/dbus.pro b/src/dbus/dbus.pro
index 39adfe1..dcd8418 100644
--- a/src/dbus/dbus.pro
+++ b/src/dbus/dbus.pro
@@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ DEFINES        += QDBUS_MAKEDLL DBUS_API_SUBJECT_TO_CHANGE
 QMAKE_CXXFLAGS += $$QT_CFLAGS_DBUS
 
 contains(QT_CONFIG, dbus-linked) {
-    LIBS       += $$QT_LIBS_DBUS
-    DEFINES    += QT_LINKED_LIBDBUS
+    LIBS_PRIVATE += $$QT_LIBS_DBUS
+    DEFINES      += QT_LINKED_LIBDBUS
 }
 
 #INCLUDEPATH += .
@@ -18,9 +18,9 @@ unix {
 }
 
 win32 {
-   LIBS += -lws2_32 -ladvapi32 -lnetapi32 -luser32
-   CONFIG(debug, debug|release):LIBS += -ldbus-1d
-   else:LIBS += -ldbus-1
+   LIBS_PRIVATE += -lws2_32 -ladvapi32 -lnetapi32 -luser32
+   CONFIG(debug, debug|release):LIBS_PRIVATE += -ldbus-1d
+   else:LIBS_PRIVATE += -ldbus-1
 }
 
 include(../qbase.pri)
diff --git a/src/gui/egl/egl.pri b/src/gui/egl/egl.pri
index 651507f..75a3d91 100644
--- a/src/gui/egl/egl.pri
+++ b/src/gui/egl/egl.pri
@@ -25,4 +25,4 @@ for(p, QMAKE_LIBDIR_EGL) {
 }
 
 !isEmpty(QMAKE_INCDIR_EGL): INCLUDEPATH += $$QMAKE_INCDIR_EGL
-!isEmpty(QMAKE_LIBS_EGL): LIBS += $$QMAKE_LIBS_EGL
+!isEmpty(QMAKE_LIBS_EGL): LIBS_PRIVATE += $$QMAKE_LIBS_EGL
diff --git a/src/gui/embedded/embedded.pri b/src/gui/embedded/embedded.pri
index e8eb959..255a504 100644
--- a/src/gui/embedded/embedded.pri
+++ b/src/gui/embedded/embedded.pri
@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ embedded {
 	}
 
 	contains( mouse-drivers, tslib ) {
-		LIBS += -lts
+		LIBS_PRIVATE += -lts
 		HEADERS +=embedded/qmousetslib_qws.h
 		SOURCES +=embedded/qmousetslib_qws.cpp
 	}
diff --git a/src/gui/image/image.pri b/src/gui/image/image.pri
index baf2125..5507d25 100644
--- a/src/gui/image/image.pri
+++ b/src/gui/image/image.pri
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ SOURCES += \
     SOURCES += image/qpnghandler.cpp
 
     contains(QT_CONFIG, system-png) {
-        unix:LIBS  += -lpng
+        unix:LIBS_PRIVATE  += -lpng
         win32:LIBS += libpng.lib
     } else {
         !isEqual(QT_ARCH, i386):!isEqual(QT_ARCH, x86_64):DEFINES += PNG_NO_ASSEMBLER_CODE
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/kernel.pri b/src/gui/kernel/kernel.pri
index d9deefe..a94c5a3 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/kernel.pri
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/kernel.pri
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ unix:x11 {
             HEADERS += \
                 kernel/qguieventdispatcher_glib_p.h
             QMAKE_CXXFLAGS += $$QT_CFLAGS_GLIB
-	    LIBS +=$$QT_LIBS_GLIB
+	    LIBS_PRIVATE +=$$QT_LIBS_GLIB
 	}
             SOURCES += \
 		kernel/qeventdispatcher_x11.cpp
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ embedded {
         QMAKE_BUNDLE_DATA += MENU_NIB 
         RESOURCES += mac/macresources.qrc
 
-        LIBS += -framework AppKit
+        LIBS_PRIVATE += -framework AppKit
 }
 
 wince*: {
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/mac.pri b/src/gui/kernel/mac.pri
index 415fe0a..1538510 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/mac.pri
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/mac.pri
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
 !x11:!embedded:mac {
-   LIBS += -framework Carbon -lz
+   LIBS_PRIVATE += -framework Carbon -lz
    *-mwerks:INCLUDEPATH += compat
 }
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/x11.pri b/src/gui/kernel/x11.pri
index ac40f69..82de1b6 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/x11.pri
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/x11.pri
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
 x11 {
-        contains(QT_CONFIG, nas): LIBS += -laudio -lXt
+        contains(QT_CONFIG, nas): LIBS_PRIVATE += -laudio -lXt
 }
  
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/painting.pri b/src/gui/painting/painting.pri
index d226be2..adb73aa 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/painting.pri
+++ b/src/gui/painting/painting.pri
@@ -352,4 +352,9 @@ embedded {
         SOURCES += painting/qwindowsurface_qws.cpp
 }
 
-
+contains(QT_CONFIG, zlib) {
+   INCLUDEPATH += ../3rdparty/zlib
+} else:!contains(QT_CONFIG, no-zlib) {
+   unix:LIBS_PRIVATE += -lz
+#  win32:LIBS += libz.lib
+}
diff --git a/src/gui/styles/styles.pri b/src/gui/styles/styles.pri
index d255f80..ce1f91f 100644
--- a/src/gui/styles/styles.pri
+++ b/src/gui/styles/styles.pri
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ x11|embedded|!macx-*:styles -= mac
 
 x11{
     QMAKE_CXXFLAGS += $$QT_CFLAGS_QGTKSTYLE
-    LIBS += $$QT_LIBS_QGTKSTYLE
+    LIBS_PRIVATE += $$QT_LIBS_QGTKSTYLE
     styles += gtk
 }
 
diff --git a/src/gui/text/text.pri b/src/gui/text/text.pri
index fc33d43..94ed756 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/text.pri
+++ b/src/gui/text/text.pri
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ contains(QT_CONFIG, freetype) {
     embedded:CONFIG += opentype
     # pull in the proper freetype2 include directory
     include($$QT_SOURCE_TREE/config.tests/unix/freetype/freetype.pri)
-    LIBS += -lfreetype
+    LIBS_PRIVATE += -lfreetype
 } else {
     DEFINES *= QT_NO_FREETYPE
 }
diff --git a/src/multimedia/audio/audio.pri b/src/multimedia/audio/audio.pri
index 3ddb23b..c7fbbb0 100644
--- a/src/multimedia/audio/audio.pri
+++ b/src/multimedia/audio/audio.pri
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ mac {
                $$PWD/qaudioinput_mac_p.cpp \
                $$PWD/qaudio_mac.cpp
 
-    LIBS += -framework CoreAudio -framework AudioUnit -framework AudioToolbox
+    LIBS += -framework ApplicationServices -framework CoreAudio -framework AudioUnit -framework AudioToolbox
 
 } else:win32 {
 
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ mac {
             SOURCES += $$PWD/qaudiodeviceinfo_alsa_p.cpp \
                    $$PWD/qaudiooutput_alsa_p.cpp \
                    $$PWD/qaudioinput_alsa_p.cpp
-            LIBS += -lasound
+            LIBS_PRIVATE += -lasound
         }
     }
 }
diff --git a/src/network/access/access.pri b/src/network/access/access.pri
index ab7b3a7..edc1b63 100644
--- a/src/network/access/access.pri
+++ b/src/network/access/access.pri
@@ -59,6 +59,6 @@ SOURCES += access/qftp.cpp \
 contains(QT_CONFIG, zlib) {
    INCLUDEPATH += ../3rdparty/zlib
 } else:!contains(QT_CONFIG, no-zlib) {
-   unix:LIBS += -lz
+   unix:LIBS_PRIVATE += -lz
 #  win32:LIBS += libz.lib
 }
diff --git a/src/network/kernel/kernel.pri b/src/network/kernel/kernel.pri
index 8aa6ff4..09d2acf 100644
--- a/src/network/kernel/kernel.pri
+++ b/src/network/kernel/kernel.pri
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ SOURCES += kernel/qauthenticator.cpp \
 unix:SOURCES += kernel/qhostinfo_unix.cpp kernel/qnetworkinterface_unix.cpp
 win32:SOURCES += kernel/qhostinfo_win.cpp kernel/qnetworkinterface_win.cpp
 
-mac:LIBS+= -framework SystemConfiguration
+mac:LIBS_PRIVATE += -framework SystemConfiguration -framework CoreFoundation
 mac:SOURCES += kernel/qnetworkproxy_mac.cpp
 else:win32:SOURCES += kernel/qnetworkproxy_win.cpp
 else:SOURCES += kernel/qnetworkproxy_generic.cpp
diff --git a/src/network/ssl/ssl.pri b/src/network/ssl/ssl.pri
index 196e19d..44f4812 100644
--- a/src/network/ssl/ssl.pri
+++ b/src/network/ssl/ssl.pri
@@ -29,5 +29,5 @@ contains(QT_CONFIG, openssl) | contains(QT_CONFIG, openssl-linked) {
     RESOURCES += network.qrc
 
     # Add optional SSL libs
-    LIBS += $$OPENSSL_LIBS
+    LIBS_PRIVATE += $$OPENSSL_LIBS
 }
diff --git a/src/opengl/opengl.pro b/src/opengl/opengl.pro
index 868484e..4231721 100644
--- a/src/opengl/opengl.pro
+++ b/src/opengl/opengl.pro
@@ -73,16 +73,26 @@ x11 {
     }
 
     contains(QT_CONFIG, fontconfig) {
+        contains(QT_CONFIG, system-freetype) {
+            embedded:CONFIG += opentype
+            # pull in the proper freetype2 include directory
             include($$QT_SOURCE_TREE/config.tests/unix/freetype/freetype.pri)
+            LIBS_PRIVATE += -lfreetype
+        } else {
+            ### Note: how does this compile with a non-system freetype?
+	    # This probably doesn't compile
+        }
     } else {
         DEFINES *= QT_NO_FREETYPE
     }
+
+    LIBS_PRIVATE += $$QMAKE_LIBS_DYNLOAD
 }
 
 mac {
     OBJECTIVE_SOURCES += qgl_mac.mm \
                          qglpixelbuffer_mac.mm
-    LIBS += -framework AppKit
+    LIBS_PRIVATE += -framework AppKit -framework Carbon
 }
 win32:!wince*: {
     SOURCES += qgl_win.cpp \
@@ -131,5 +141,5 @@ wince*: {
     }
 
 } else {
-    QMAKE_LIBS += $$QMAKE_LIBS_OPENGL
+    LIBS_PRIVATE += $$QMAKE_LIBS_OPENGL
 }
diff --git a/src/openvg/openvg.pro b/src/openvg/openvg.pro
index 240bf13..bf224b4 100644
--- a/src/openvg/openvg.pro
+++ b/src/openvg/openvg.pro
@@ -36,19 +36,19 @@ include(../qbase.pri)
 unix:QMAKE_PKGCONFIG_REQUIRES = QtCore QtGui
 
 !isEmpty(QMAKE_INCDIR_OPENVG): INCLUDEPATH += $$QMAKE_INCDIR_OPENVG
-!isEmpty(QMAKE_LIBDIR_OPENVG): LIBS += -L$$QMAKE_LIBDIR_OPENVG
-!isEmpty(QMAKE_LIBS_OPENVG): LIBS += $$QMAKE_LIBS_OPENVG
+!isEmpty(QMAKE_LIBDIR_OPENVG): LIBS_PRIVATE += -L$$QMAKE_LIBDIR_OPENVG
+!isEmpty(QMAKE_LIBS_OPENVG): LIBS_PRIVATE += $$QMAKE_LIBS_OPENVG
 
 contains(QT_CONFIG, egl) {
     !isEmpty(QMAKE_INCDIR_EGL): INCLUDEPATH += $$QMAKE_INCDIR_EGL
-    !isEmpty(QMAKE_LIBDIR_EGL): LIBS += -L$$QMAKE_LIBDIR_EGL
-    !isEmpty(QMAKE_LIBS_EGL): LIBS += $$QMAKE_LIBS_EGL
+    !isEmpty(QMAKE_LIBDIR_EGL): LIBS_PRIVATE += -L$$QMAKE_LIBDIR_EGL
+    !isEmpty(QMAKE_LIBS_EGL): LIBS_PRIVATE += $$QMAKE_LIBS_EGL
 }
 
 contains(QT_CONFIG, openvg_on_opengl) {
     !isEmpty(QMAKE_INCDIR_OPENGL): INCLUDEPATH += $$QMAKE_INCDIR_OPENGL
-    !isEmpty(QMAKE_LIBDIR_OPENGL): LIBS += -L$$QMAKE_LIBDIR_OPENGL
-    !isEmpty(QMAKE_LIBS_OPENGL): LIBS += $$QMAKE_LIBS_OPENGL
+    !isEmpty(QMAKE_LIBDIR_OPENGL): LIBS_PRIVATE += -L$$QMAKE_LIBDIR_OPENGL
+    !isEmpty(QMAKE_LIBS_OPENGL): LIBS_PRIVATE += $$QMAKE_LIBS_OPENGL
 }
 
 INCLUDEPATH += ../3rdparty/harfbuzz/src
diff --git a/src/plugins/phonon/qt7/qt7.pro b/src/plugins/phonon/qt7/qt7.pro
index 665baee..53407db 100644
--- a/src/plugins/phonon/qt7/qt7.pro
+++ b/src/plugins/phonon/qt7/qt7.pro
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ contains(QMAKE_MAC_XARCH, no) {
     LIBS += -Xarch_i386 -framework QuickTime -Xarch_ppc -framework QuickTime
 }
 
-LIBS += -framework AudioUnit \
+LIBS += -framework AppKit -framework AudioUnit \
 	-framework AudioToolbox -framework CoreAudio \
 	-framework QuartzCore -framework QTKit
 
diff --git a/src/qt3support/network/network.pri b/src/qt3support/network/network.pri
index 31ea682..086f56a 100644
--- a/src/qt3support/network/network.pri
+++ b/src/qt3support/network/network.pri
@@ -26,5 +26,5 @@ SOURCES +=      network/q3dns.cpp \
 
 win32:SOURCES +=  network/q3socketdevice_win.cpp
 unix:SOURCES += network/q3socketdevice_unix.cpp
-mac:LIBS += -lresolv
+mac:LIBS_PRIVATE += -lresolv
 
diff --git a/src/qt3support/qt3support.pro b/src/qt3support/qt3support.pro
index 23a4696..a30117c 100644
--- a/src/qt3support/qt3support.pro
+++ b/src/qt3support/qt3support.pro
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ unix {
    QMAKE_PKGCONFIG_CFLAGS += -DQT3_SUPPORT
    QMAKE_PKGCONFIG_REQUIRES = QtCore QtGui QtNetwork QtSql
 }
-mac:LIBS += -framework Carbon
+mac:LIBS_PRIVATE += -framework Carbon
 
 QMAKE_LIBS += $$QMAKE_LIBS_COMPAT $$QMAKE_LIBS_NETWORK
 DEFINES -= QT3_SUPPORT_WARNINGS
diff --git a/src/svg/svg.pro b/src/svg/svg.pro
index aef0786..9a01983 100644
--- a/src/svg/svg.pro
+++ b/src/svg/svg.pro
@@ -44,5 +44,5 @@ INCLUDEPATH += ../3rdparty/harfbuzz/src
 contains(QT_CONFIG, zlib) {
    INCLUDEPATH += ../3rdparty/zlib
 } else:!contains(QT_CONFIG, no-zlib) {
-   unix:LIBS += -lz
+   unix:LIBS_PRIVATE += -lz
 }
diff --git a/src/testlib/testlib.pro b/src/testlib/testlib.pro
index 9740c21..5238dfe 100644
--- a/src/testlib/testlib.pro
+++ b/src/testlib/testlib.pro
@@ -57,10 +57,9 @@ wince*::LIBS += libcmt.lib \
     commctrl.lib \
     coredll.lib \
     winsock.lib
-mac:LIBS += -framework \
-    IOKit \
-    -framework \
-    Security
+mac:LIBS += -framework IOKit \
+    -framework ApplicationServices \
+    -framework Security
 include(../qbase.pri)
 QMAKE_TARGET_PRODUCT = QTestLib
 QMAKE_TARGET_DESCRIPTION = Qt \
diff --git a/tools/assistant/lib/lib.pro b/tools/assistant/lib/lib.pro
index 5d6d436..011dec2 100644
--- a/tools/assistant/lib/lib.pro
+++ b/tools/assistant/lib/lib.pro
@@ -18,14 +18,12 @@ if(!debug_and_release|build_pass):CONFIG(debug, debug|release) {
     mac:qclucene = $${qclucene}_debug
     win32:qclucene = $${qclucene}d
 }
-linux-lsb-g++:LIBS += --lsb-shared-libs=$$qclucene
-unix:QMAKE_PKGCONFIG_REQUIRES += QtNetwork \
-    QtSql \
-    QtXml
-LIBS += -l$$qclucene
+linux-lsb-g++:LIBS_PRIVATE += --lsb-shared-libs=$$qclucene
 unix:QMAKE_PKGCONFIG_REQUIRES += QtNetwork \
     QtSql \
     QtXml
+LIBS_PRIVATE += -l$$qclucene
+
 RESOURCES += helpsystem.qrc
 SOURCES += qhelpenginecore.cpp \
     qhelpengine.cpp \
-- 
cgit v0.12


From 213e2c937b667dba7e4996b0857ae5791c6d5fc8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Thierry Bastian 
Date: Mon, 17 Aug 2009 12:01:21 +0200
Subject: Fixed coverity warnings

---
 src/corelib/io/qiodevice.cpp      | 2 +-
 src/gui/itemviews/qlistview.cpp   | 1 -
 src/gui/itemviews/qlistview_p.h   | 7 ++++---
 src/gui/itemviews/qtreewidget.cpp | 1 +
 src/gui/painting/qpdf.cpp         | 2 +-
 src/gui/styles/qstyleoption.cpp   | 6 +++---
 src/gui/text/qcssparser_p.h       | 2 +-
 src/xml/dom/qdom.cpp              | 5 ++---
 8 files changed, 13 insertions(+), 13 deletions(-)

diff --git a/src/corelib/io/qiodevice.cpp b/src/corelib/io/qiodevice.cpp
index 4108136..35b85c3 100644
--- a/src/corelib/io/qiodevice.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/io/qiodevice.cpp
@@ -811,7 +811,7 @@ qint64 QIODevice::read(char *data, qint64 maxSize)
 #endif
 
                 if (readFromDevice < bytesToBuffer)
-                    d->buffer.truncate(readFromDevice < 0 ? 0 : int(readFromDevice));
+                    d->buffer.truncate(int(readFromDevice));
                 if (!d->buffer.isEmpty()) {
                     lastReadChunkSize = d->buffer.read(data + readSoFar, maxSize - readSoFar);
                     readSoFar += lastReadChunkSize;
diff --git a/src/gui/itemviews/qlistview.cpp b/src/gui/itemviews/qlistview.cpp
index 1870a3b..3ab3204 100644
--- a/src/gui/itemviews/qlistview.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/itemviews/qlistview.cpp
@@ -1957,7 +1957,6 @@ bool QListView::event(QEvent *e)
 QListViewPrivate::QListViewPrivate()
     : QAbstractItemViewPrivate(),
       dynamicListView(0),
-      staticListView(0),
       wrap(false),
       space(0),
       flow(QListView::TopToBottom),
diff --git a/src/gui/itemviews/qlistview_p.h b/src/gui/itemviews/qlistview_p.h
index 1131059..6c8d324 100644
--- a/src/gui/itemviews/qlistview_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/itemviews/qlistview_p.h
@@ -351,9 +351,10 @@ public:
 
     QItemViewPaintPairs draggablePaintPairs(const QModelIndexList &indexes, QRect *r) const;
 
-    // ### FIXME: we only need one at a time
-    QDynamicListViewBase *dynamicListView;
-    QStaticListViewBase *staticListView;
+    union {
+        QDynamicListViewBase *dynamicListView;
+        QStaticListViewBase *staticListView;
+    };
 
     // ### FIXME: see if we can move the members into the dynamic/static classes
 
diff --git a/src/gui/itemviews/qtreewidget.cpp b/src/gui/itemviews/qtreewidget.cpp
index 025f83c..1ab69df 100644
--- a/src/gui/itemviews/qtreewidget.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/itemviews/qtreewidget.cpp
@@ -1768,6 +1768,7 @@ QVariant QTreeWidgetItem::data(int column, int role) const
         // special case for check state in tristate
         if (children.count() && (itemFlags & Qt::ItemIsTristate))
             return childrenCheckState(column);
+        // fallthrough intended
    default:
         if (column >= 0 && column < values.size()) {
             const QVector &column_values = values.at(column);
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qpdf.cpp b/src/gui/painting/qpdf.cpp
index 6a7889a..478a2a8 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qpdf.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qpdf.cpp
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ QByteArray QPdf::generatePath(const QPainterPath &path, const QTransform &matrix
 
     Qt::FillRule fillRule = path.fillRule();
 
-    const char *op = 0;
+    const char *op = "";
     switch (flags) {
     case ClipPath:
         op = (fillRule == Qt::WindingFill) ? "W n\n" : "W* n\n";
diff --git a/src/gui/styles/qstyleoption.cpp b/src/gui/styles/qstyleoption.cpp
index 98996e2..eabbb8d 100644
--- a/src/gui/styles/qstyleoption.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/styles/qstyleoption.cpp
@@ -712,7 +712,7 @@ QStyleOptionFrameV2 &QStyleOptionFrameV2::operator=(const QStyleOptionFrame &oth
     Constructs a QStyleOptionFrameV3 object.
 */
 QStyleOptionFrameV3::QStyleOptionFrameV3()
-    : QStyleOptionFrameV2(Version), frameShape(QFrame::NoFrame)
+    : QStyleOptionFrameV2(Version), frameShape(QFrame::NoFrame), unused(0)
 {
 }
 
@@ -726,7 +726,7 @@ QStyleOptionFrameV3::QStyleOptionFrameV3()
     \internal
 */
 QStyleOptionFrameV3::QStyleOptionFrameV3(int version)
-    : QStyleOptionFrameV2(version), frameShape(QFrame::NoFrame)
+    : QStyleOptionFrameV2(version), frameShape(QFrame::NoFrame), unused(0)
 {
 }
 
@@ -4845,7 +4845,7 @@ QStyleOptionTabBarBaseV2 &QStyleOptionTabBarBaseV2::operator = (const QStyleOpti
 
 /*! \internal */
 QStyleOptionTabBarBaseV2::QStyleOptionTabBarBaseV2(int version)
-    : QStyleOptionTabBarBase(version)
+    : QStyleOptionTabBarBase(version), documentMode(false)
 {
 }
 
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qcssparser_p.h b/src/gui/text/qcssparser_p.h
index c685b08..6f73445 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qcssparser_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/text/qcssparser_p.h
@@ -504,7 +504,7 @@ const int NumPseudos = 46;
 
 struct Pseudo
 {
-    Pseudo() : negated(false) { }
+    Pseudo() : type(0), negated(false) { }
     quint64 type;
     QString name;
     QString function;
diff --git a/src/xml/dom/qdom.cpp b/src/xml/dom/qdom.cpp
index a7dfaa9..85a31c7 100644
--- a/src/xml/dom/qdom.cpp
+++ b/src/xml/dom/qdom.cpp
@@ -1845,8 +1845,7 @@ QDomNodePrivate* QDomNodePrivate::removeChild(QDomNodePrivate* oldChild)
     oldChild->prev = 0;
 
     // We are no longer interested in the old node
-    if (oldChild)
-        oldChild->ref.deref();
+    oldChild->ref.deref();
 
     return oldChild;
 }
@@ -4355,7 +4354,7 @@ bool QDomAttr::specified() const
 QDomElement QDomAttr::ownerElement() const
 {
     Q_ASSERT(impl->parent());
-    if (!impl || !impl->parent()->isElement())
+    if (!impl->parent()->isElement())
         return QDomElement();
     return QDomElement((QDomElementPrivate*)(impl->parent()));
 }
-- 
cgit v0.12


From dc2771eb57702a0daf5164b0f9ad569c9fe0e5ba Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Thierry Bastian 
Date: Mon, 17 Aug 2009 12:51:37 +0200
Subject: Better handling of qreal with QVariant

---
 src/corelib/kernel/qabstractitemmodel.cpp | 39 ++++++++++++++++++++-----------
 src/corelib/kernel/qabstractitemmodel_p.h |  2 +-
 src/corelib/kernel/qvariant.cpp           |  2 +-
 src/gui/itemviews/qlistwidget.cpp         |  4 +---
 src/gui/itemviews/qstyleditemdelegate.cpp |  2 +-
 src/gui/itemviews/qtablewidget.cpp        |  4 +---
 src/gui/itemviews/qtreewidget.cpp         |  4 +---
 src/gui/text/qcssparser.cpp               |  2 +-
 8 files changed, 33 insertions(+), 26 deletions(-)

diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qabstractitemmodel.cpp b/src/corelib/kernel/qabstractitemmodel.cpp
index cfc961c..61b19a2 100644
--- a/src/corelib/kernel/qabstractitemmodel.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qabstractitemmodel.cpp
@@ -488,35 +488,48 @@ const QHash &QAbstractItemModelPrivate::defaultRoleNames()
     return *qDefaultRoleNames();
 }
 
-/*!
-    \internal
-    return true if \a value contains a numerical type
 
-    This function is used by our Q{Tree,Widget,Table}WidgetModel classes to sort.
-    We cannot rely on QVariant::canConvert because this would take strings as double
-    and then not sort strings correctly
-*/
-bool QAbstractItemModelPrivate::canConvertToDouble(const QVariant &value)
+static uint typeOfVariant(const QVariant &value)
 {
+    //return 0 for integer, 1 for floating point and 2 for other
     switch (value.userType()) {
         case QVariant::Bool:
         case QVariant::Int:
         case QVariant::UInt:
         case QVariant::LongLong:
         case QVariant::ULongLong:
-        case QVariant::Double:
         case QVariant::Char:
-        case QMetaType::Float:
         case QMetaType::Short:
         case QMetaType::UShort:
         case QMetaType::UChar:
         case QMetaType::ULong:
         case QMetaType::Long:
-            return true;
+            return 0;
+        case QVariant::Double:
+        case QMetaType::Float:
+            return 1;
         default:
-            return false;
+            return 2;
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+    return true if \a value contains a numerical type
+
+    This function is used by our Q{Tree,Widget,Table}WidgetModel classes to sort.
+*/
+bool QAbstractItemModelPrivate::variantLessThan(const QVariant &v1, const QVariant &v2)
+{
+    switch(qMax(typeOfVariant(v1), typeOfVariant(v2)))
+    {
+    case 0: //integer type
+        return v1.toLongLong() < v2.toLongLong();
+    case 1: //floating point
+        return v1.toReal() < v2.toReal();
+    default:
+        return v1.toString() < v2.toString();
     }
-    return false;
 }
 
 void QAbstractItemModelPrivate::removePersistentIndexData(QPersistentModelIndexData *data)
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qabstractitemmodel_p.h b/src/corelib/kernel/qabstractitemmodel_p.h
index 76c2d70..e81e627 100644
--- a/src/corelib/kernel/qabstractitemmodel_p.h
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qabstractitemmodel_p.h
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ public:
     void columnsAboutToBeRemoved(const QModelIndex &parent, int first, int last);
     void columnsRemoved(const QModelIndex &parent, int first, int last);
     static QAbstractItemModel *staticEmptyModel();
-    static bool canConvertToDouble(const QVariant &value);
+    static bool variantLessThan(const QVariant &v1, const QVariant &v2);
 
     inline QModelIndex createIndex(int row, int column, void *data = 0) const {
         return q_func()->createIndex(row, column, data);
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qvariant.cpp b/src/corelib/kernel/qvariant.cpp
index 3c430eb..66c4176 100644
--- a/src/corelib/kernel/qvariant.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qvariant.cpp
@@ -2776,7 +2776,7 @@ bool QVariant::cmp(const QVariant &v) const
     if (d.type != v2.d.type) {
         if (qIsNumericType(d.type) && qIsNumericType(v.d.type)) {
             if (qIsFloatingPoint(d.type) || qIsFloatingPoint(v.d.type))
-                return qFuzzyCompare(toDouble(), v.toDouble());
+                return qFuzzyCompare(toReal(), v.toReal());
             else
                 return toLongLong() == v.toLongLong();
         }
diff --git a/src/gui/itemviews/qlistwidget.cpp b/src/gui/itemviews/qlistwidget.cpp
index 2792bbd..a1f8288 100644
--- a/src/gui/itemviews/qlistwidget.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/itemviews/qlistwidget.cpp
@@ -708,9 +708,7 @@ QVariant QListWidgetItem::data(int role) const
 bool QListWidgetItem::operator<(const QListWidgetItem &other) const
 {
     const QVariant v1 = data(Qt::DisplayRole), v2 = other.data(Qt::DisplayRole);
-    if (QAbstractItemModelPrivate::canConvertToDouble(v1) && QAbstractItemModelPrivate::canConvertToDouble(v2))
-        return v1.toDouble() < v2.toDouble();
-    return v1.toString() < v2.toString();
+    return QAbstractItemModelPrivate::variantLessThan(v1, v2);
 }
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
diff --git a/src/gui/itemviews/qstyleditemdelegate.cpp b/src/gui/itemviews/qstyleditemdelegate.cpp
index f7c7d12..a8ea218 100644
--- a/src/gui/itemviews/qstyleditemdelegate.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/itemviews/qstyleditemdelegate.cpp
@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ QString QStyledItemDelegate::displayText(const QVariant &value, const QLocale& l
     switch (value.userType()) {
     case QMetaType::Float:
     case QVariant::Double:
-        text = locale.toString(value.toDouble());
+        text = locale.toString(value.toReal());
         break;
     case QVariant::Int:
     case QVariant::LongLong:
diff --git a/src/gui/itemviews/qtablewidget.cpp b/src/gui/itemviews/qtablewidget.cpp
index fea81e5..de8ebde 100644
--- a/src/gui/itemviews/qtablewidget.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/itemviews/qtablewidget.cpp
@@ -1392,9 +1392,7 @@ QVariant QTableWidgetItem::data(int role) const
 bool QTableWidgetItem::operator<(const QTableWidgetItem &other) const
 {
     const QVariant v1 = data(Qt::DisplayRole), v2 = other.data(Qt::DisplayRole);
-    if (QAbstractItemModelPrivate::canConvertToDouble(v1) && QAbstractItemModelPrivate::canConvertToDouble(v2))
-        return v1.toDouble() < v2.toDouble();
-    return v1.toString() < v2.toString();
+    return QAbstractItemModelPrivate::variantLessThan(v1, v2);
 }
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
diff --git a/src/gui/itemviews/qtreewidget.cpp b/src/gui/itemviews/qtreewidget.cpp
index 1ab69df..f48e393 100644
--- a/src/gui/itemviews/qtreewidget.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/itemviews/qtreewidget.cpp
@@ -1790,9 +1790,7 @@ bool QTreeWidgetItem::operator<(const QTreeWidgetItem &other) const
     int column = view ? view->sortColumn() : 0;
     const QVariant v1 = data(column, Qt::DisplayRole);
     const QVariant v2 = other.data(column, Qt::DisplayRole);
-    if (QAbstractItemModelPrivate::canConvertToDouble(v1) && QAbstractItemModelPrivate::canConvertToDouble(v2))
-        return v1.toDouble() < v2.toDouble();
-    return v1.toString() < v2.toString();
+    return QAbstractItemModelPrivate::variantLessThan(v1, v2);
 }
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qcssparser.cpp b/src/gui/text/qcssparser.cpp
index 181ec7e..f11104f 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qcssparser.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/text/qcssparser.cpp
@@ -793,7 +793,7 @@ static BrushData parseBrushValue(const Value &v, const QPalette &pal)
             if (attr.compare(QLatin1String("spread"), Qt::CaseInsensitive) == 0) {
                 spread = spreads.indexOf(value.variant.toString());
             } else {
-                vars[attr] = value.variant.toString().toDouble();
+                vars[attr] = value.variant.toReal();
             }
         }
         parser.skipSpace();
-- 
cgit v0.12


From efd84105355552bcb203b5e402be0352641e7480 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Morten Sorvig 
Date: Mon, 17 Aug 2009 13:14:27 +0200
Subject: Fix compiler flags setting for .mm files on Mac.

Commit 7f1cba82 causes {x86, x86_64, ppc, ppc64}.prf to be loaded before objective_c.prf.
This will add content to QMAKE_OBJECTIVE_CFLAGS, causing the isEmpty test to skip
populating QMAKE_OBJECTIVE_CFLAGS. Remove the isEmpty test to fix the issue.
---
 mkspecs/features/mac/objective_c.prf | 3 +--
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/mkspecs/features/mac/objective_c.prf b/mkspecs/features/mac/objective_c.prf
index 0a73af9..0df7013 100644
--- a/mkspecs/features/mac/objective_c.prf
+++ b/mkspecs/features/mac/objective_c.prf
@@ -1,6 +1,5 @@
 
 isEmpty(QMAKE_OBJECTIVE_CC):QMAKE_OBJECTIVE_CC = $$QMAKE_CC
-isEmpty(QMAKE_OBJECTIVE_CFLAGS) { #bootstrap
     QMAKE_OBJECTIVE_CFLAGS = $$QMAKE_CFLAGS
     QMAKE_OBJECTIVE_CFLAGS_WARN_ON = $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_WARN_ON
     QMAKE_OBJECTIVE_CFLAGS_WARN_OFF = $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_WARN_OFF
@@ -9,7 +8,7 @@ isEmpty(QMAKE_OBJECTIVE_CFLAGS) { #bootstrap
     QMAKE_OBJECTIVE_CFLAGS_X86 = $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_X86
     QMAKE_OBJECTIVE_CFLAGS_PPC = $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_PPC
     QMAKE_OBJECTIVE_CFLAGS_HIDESYMS = $$QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_HIDESYMS
-}
+
 OBJECTIVE_C_OBJECTS_DIR = $$OBJECTS_DIR
 isEmpty(OBJECTIVE_C_OBJECTS_DIR):OBJECTIVE_C_OBJECTS_DIR = .
 isEmpty(QMAKE_EXT_OBJECTIVE_C):QMAKE_EXT_OBJECTIVE_C = .mm .m
-- 
cgit v0.12


From abdf1befb8de4b88da43561dae2e1beb09c2a532 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Gabriel de Dietrich 
Date: Mon, 17 Aug 2009 13:29:09 +0200
Subject: Transforms do not obey AnchorUnderMouse with viewport margins set

setTransformationAnchor(QGraphicsView::AnchorUnderMouse) would not work
properly if viewport margins were set. When centering the view in
QGraphicsViewPrivate::centerView, the viewport margins were not being taken
into account.

Mapping from global cursor coordinates in the viewport instead of the view
fixes the issue.

Task-number: 255529
Reviewed-by: Olivier
---
 src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsview.cpp         |  4 +--
 tests/auto/qgraphicsview/tst_qgraphicsview.cpp | 37 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++
 2 files changed, 39 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsview.cpp b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsview.cpp
index 7213542..91e654c 100644
--- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsview.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsview.cpp
@@ -493,8 +493,8 @@ void QGraphicsViewPrivate::centerView(QGraphicsView::ViewportAnchor anchor)
             // Last scene pos: lastMouseMoveScenePoint
             // Current mouse pos:
             QPointF transformationDiff = q->mapToScene(viewport->rect().center())
-                                         - q->mapToScene(q->mapFromGlobal(QCursor::pos()));
-            q->centerOn(lastMouseMoveScenePoint + transformationDiff);;
+                                         - q->mapToScene(viewport->mapFromGlobal(QCursor::pos()));
+            q->centerOn(lastMouseMoveScenePoint + transformationDiff);
         } else {
             q->centerOn(lastCenterPoint);
         }
diff --git a/tests/auto/qgraphicsview/tst_qgraphicsview.cpp b/tests/auto/qgraphicsview/tst_qgraphicsview.cpp
index 0c65b87..c12fb11 100644
--- a/tests/auto/qgraphicsview/tst_qgraphicsview.cpp
+++ b/tests/auto/qgraphicsview/tst_qgraphicsview.cpp
@@ -216,6 +216,7 @@ private slots:
     void task239047_fitInViewSmallViewport();
     void task245469_itemsAtPointWithClip();
     void task253415_reconnectUpdateSceneOnSceneChanged();
+    void task255529_transformationAnchorMouseAndViewportMargins();
 };
 
 void tst_QGraphicsView::initTestCase()
@@ -3617,5 +3618,41 @@ void tst_QGraphicsView::task253415_reconnectUpdateSceneOnSceneChanged()
     QVERIFY(wasConnected2);
 }
 
+void tst_QGraphicsView::task255529_transformationAnchorMouseAndViewportMargins()
+{
+    QGraphicsScene scene(-100, -100, 200, 200);
+    scene.addRect(QRectF(-50, -50, 100, 100), QPen(Qt::black), QBrush(Qt::blue));
+
+    class VpGraphicsView: public QGraphicsView
+    {
+    public:
+        VpGraphicsView(QGraphicsScene *scene)
+            : QGraphicsView(scene)
+        {
+            setViewportMargins(8, 16, 12, 20);
+            setTransformationAnchor(QGraphicsView::AnchorUnderMouse);
+            setMouseTracking(true);
+        }
+    };
+
+    VpGraphicsView view(&scene);
+    view.show();
+    QPoint mouseViewPos(20, 20);
+    sendMouseMove(view.viewport(), mouseViewPos);
+    QTest::qWait(125);
+
+    QPointF mouseScenePos = view.mapToScene(mouseViewPos);
+    view.setTransform(QTransform().scale(5, 5));
+    QTest::qWait(125);
+    view.setTransform(QTransform().rotate(5, Qt::ZAxis), true);
+    QTest::qWait(125);
+
+    QPointF newMouseScenePos = view.mapToScene(mouseViewPos);
+    qreal slack = 3;
+    QVERIFY(qAbs(newMouseScenePos.x() - mouseScenePos.x()) < slack);
+    QVERIFY(qAbs(newMouseScenePos.y() - mouseScenePos.y()) < slack);
+}
+
+
 QTEST_MAIN(tst_QGraphicsView)
 #include "tst_qgraphicsview.moc"
-- 
cgit v0.12


From 025a7395153c3708e2964cfd93957532b19ae04f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Gunnar Sletta 
Date: Mon, 17 Aug 2009 13:15:08 +0200
Subject: QPaintDevice implemented in qpaintdevice.cpp. Saves duplicated code

Reviewed-by: Eskil
---
 src/gui/painting/painting.pri         |  5 +--
 src/gui/painting/qpaintdevice.cpp     | 66 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
 src/gui/painting/qpaintdevice_mac.cpp | 28 ---------------
 src/gui/painting/qpaintdevice_win.cpp | 21 -----------
 src/gui/painting/qpaintdevice_x11.cpp | 21 -----------
 5 files changed, 69 insertions(+), 72 deletions(-)
 create mode 100644 src/gui/painting/qpaintdevice.cpp

diff --git a/src/gui/painting/painting.pri b/src/gui/painting/painting.pri
index adb73aa..b9d293c 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/painting.pri
+++ b/src/gui/painting/painting.pri
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ HEADERS += \
 
 SOURCES += \
         painting/qbezier.cpp \
-	painting/qblendfunctions.cpp \
+        painting/qblendfunctions.cpp \
         painting/qbrush.cpp \
         painting/qcolor.cpp \
         painting/qcolor_p.cpp \
@@ -57,6 +57,7 @@ SOURCES += \
         painting/qmatrix.cpp \
         painting/qmemrotate.cpp \
         painting/qoutlinemapper.cpp \
+        painting/qpaintdevice.cpp \
         painting/qpaintengine.cpp \
         painting/qpaintengine_alpha.cpp \
         painting/qpaintengine_preview.cpp \
@@ -75,9 +76,9 @@ SOURCES += \
         painting/qstroker.cpp \
         painting/qstylepainter.cpp \
         painting/qtessellator.cpp \
-        painting/qwindowsurface.cpp \
         painting/qtextureglyphcache.cpp \
         painting/qtransform.cpp \
+        painting/qwindowsurface.cpp \
 
         DEFINES += QT_RASTER_IMAGEENGINE
         win32:DEFINES += QT_RASTER_PAINTENGINE
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qpaintdevice.cpp b/src/gui/painting/qpaintdevice.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6477952
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qpaintdevice.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "qpaintdevice.h"
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+extern void qt_painter_removePaintDevice(QPaintDevice *); //qpainter.cpp
+
+QPaintDevice::QPaintDevice()
+{
+    painters = 0;
+}
+
+QPaintDevice::~QPaintDevice()
+{
+    if (paintingActive())
+        qWarning("QPaintDevice: Cannot destroy paint device that is being "
+                  "painted");
+    qt_painter_removePaintDevice(this);
+}
+
+
+int QPaintDevice::metric(PaintDeviceMetric) const
+{
+    qWarning("QPaintDevice::metrics: Device has no metric information");
+    return 0;
+}
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qpaintdevice_mac.cpp b/src/gui/painting/qpaintdevice_mac.cpp
index bf5e261..aa7c2ac 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qpaintdevice_mac.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qpaintdevice_mac.cpp
@@ -57,34 +57,6 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
   Internal variables and functions
  *****************************************************************************/
 
-
-/*****************************************************************************
-  External functions
- *****************************************************************************/
-
-extern void qt_painter_removePaintDevice(QPaintDevice *); //qpainter.cpp
-
-/*****************************************************************************
-  QPaintDevice member functions
- *****************************************************************************/
-QPaintDevice::QPaintDevice()
-{
-    painters = 0;
-}
-
-QPaintDevice::~QPaintDevice()
-{
-    if(paintingActive())
-        qWarning("QPaintDevice: Cannot destroy paint device that is being "
-                 "painted, be sure to QPainter::end() painters");
-    qt_painter_removePaintDevice(this);
-}
-
-int QPaintDevice::metric(PaintDeviceMetric) const
-{
-    return 0;
-}
-
 /*! \internal */
 float qt_mac_defaultDpi_x()
 {
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qpaintdevice_win.cpp b/src/gui/painting/qpaintdevice_win.cpp
index 86de028..f964feb 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qpaintdevice_win.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qpaintdevice_win.cpp
@@ -50,27 +50,6 @@
 
 QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
-QPaintDevice::QPaintDevice()
-{
-    painters = 0;
-}
-
-extern void qt_painter_removePaintDevice(QPaintDevice *); //qpainter.cpp
-
-QPaintDevice::~QPaintDevice()
-{
-    if (paintingActive())
-        qWarning("QPaintDevice: Cannot destroy paint device that is being "
-                  "painted.  Be sure to QPainter::end() painters!");
-    qt_painter_removePaintDevice(this);
-}
-
-int QPaintDevice::metric(PaintDeviceMetric) const
-{
-    qWarning("QPaintDevice::metrics: Device has no metric information");
-    return 0;
-}
-
 HDC QPaintDevice::getDC() const
 {
     return 0;
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qpaintdevice_x11.cpp b/src/gui/painting/qpaintdevice_x11.cpp
index b0ed732..474f3f1 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qpaintdevice_x11.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qpaintdevice_x11.cpp
@@ -49,21 +49,6 @@
 
 QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
-QPaintDevice::QPaintDevice()
-{
-    painters = 0;
-}
-
-extern void qt_painter_removePaintDevice(QPaintDevice *); //qpainter.cpp
-
-QPaintDevice::~QPaintDevice()
-{
-    if (paintingActive())
-        qWarning("QPaintDevice: Cannot destroy paint device that is being "
-                  "painted");
-    qt_painter_removePaintDevice(this);
-}
-
 /*! \internal
 
     Returns the X11 Drawable of the paint device. 0 is returned if it
@@ -96,12 +81,6 @@ const Q_GUI_EXPORT QX11Info *qt_x11Info(const QPaintDevice *pd)
     return 0;
 }
 
-int QPaintDevice::metric(PaintDeviceMetric) const
-{
-    qWarning("QPaintDevice::metrics: Device has no metric information");
-    return 0;
-}
-
 
 
 #ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
-- 
cgit v0.12


From 3d50220423b96a84f1ca4c0f5ef9246345aad359 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Thierry Bastian 
Date: Mon, 17 Aug 2009 13:48:51 +0200
Subject: Fix coverity warnings

---
 src/gui/image/qmovie.cpp                 | 2 +-
 src/gui/image/qppmhandler.cpp            | 2 +-
 src/gui/itemviews/qheaderview.cpp        | 2 +-
 src/gui/painting/qpaintengine_raster.cpp | 3 ---
 src/gui/text/qcssparser.cpp              | 6 +++---
 5 files changed, 6 insertions(+), 9 deletions(-)

diff --git a/src/gui/image/qmovie.cpp b/src/gui/image/qmovie.cpp
index 2265e7b..c341e5e 100644
--- a/src/gui/image/qmovie.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/image/qmovie.cpp
@@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ QFrameInfo QMoviePrivate::infoForFrame(int frameNumber)
                         reader = new QImageReader(device, format);
                     else
                         reader = new QImageReader(absoluteFilePath, format);
-                    reader->canRead(); // Provoke a device->open() call
+                    (void)reader->canRead(); // Provoke a device->open() call
                     reader->device()->seek(initialDevicePos);
                     reader->setBackgroundColor(bgColor);
                     reader->setScaledSize(scaledSize);
diff --git a/src/gui/image/qppmhandler.cpp b/src/gui/image/qppmhandler.cpp
index 77ccb48..ed8f4c1 100644
--- a/src/gui/image/qppmhandler.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/image/qppmhandler.cpp
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ static int read_pbm_int(QIODevice *d)
         else if (isspace((uchar) c))
             continue;
         else if (c == '#')
-            d->readLine(buf, buflen);
+            (void)d->readLine(buf, buflen);
         else
             break;
     }
diff --git a/src/gui/itemviews/qheaderview.cpp b/src/gui/itemviews/qheaderview.cpp
index 633dd53..96df758 100644
--- a/src/gui/itemviews/qheaderview.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/itemviews/qheaderview.cpp
@@ -2615,7 +2615,7 @@ void QHeaderView::dataChanged(const QModelIndex &topLeft, const QModelIndex &bot
         int first = orientation() == Qt::Horizontal ? topLeft.column() : topLeft.row();
         int last = orientation() == Qt::Horizontal ? bottomRight.column() : bottomRight.row();
         for (int i = first; i <= last && !resizeRequired; ++i)
-            resizeRequired = (resizeRequired && resizeMode(i));
+            resizeRequired = (resizeMode(i) == ResizeToContents);
         if (resizeRequired)
             d->doDelayedResizeSections();
     }
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qpaintengine_raster.cpp b/src/gui/painting/qpaintengine_raster.cpp
index 654870f..d00329b 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qpaintengine_raster.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qpaintengine_raster.cpp
@@ -1022,9 +1022,6 @@ void QRasterPaintEnginePrivate::drawImage(const QPointF &pt,
     if (alpha == 0 || !clip.isValid())
         return;
 
-    if (alpha ==0)
-        return;
-
     Q_ASSERT(img.depth() >= 8);
 
     int srcBPL = img.bytesPerLine();
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qcssparser.cpp b/src/gui/text/qcssparser.cpp
index f11104f..d3dcf50 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qcssparser.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/text/qcssparser.cpp
@@ -789,7 +789,7 @@ static BrushData parseBrushValue(const Value &v, const QPalette &pal)
         } else {
             parser.next();
             Value value;
-            parser.parseTerm(&value);
+            (void)parser.parseTerm(&value);
             if (attr.compare(QLatin1String("spread"), Qt::CaseInsensitive) == 0) {
                 spread = spreads.indexOf(value.variant.toString());
             } else {
@@ -797,7 +797,7 @@ static BrushData parseBrushValue(const Value &v, const QPalette &pal)
             }
         }
         parser.skipSpace();
-        parser.test(COMMA);
+        (void)parser.test(COMMA);
     }
 
     if (gradType == 0) {
@@ -2458,7 +2458,7 @@ bool Parser::parseAttrib(AttributeSelector *attr)
 
 bool Parser::parsePseudo(Pseudo *pseudo)
 {
-    test(COLON);
+    (void)test(COLON);
     pseudo->negated = test(EXCLAMATION_SYM);
     if (test(IDENT)) {
         pseudo->name = lexem();
-- 
cgit v0.12


From b80312254e61986e6848d1608dcac54e0b3f191a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Gunnar Sletta 
Date: Wed, 12 Aug 2009 10:34:40 +0200
Subject: remove QT_RASTER_PAINTENGINE and QT_RASTER_IMAGEENGINE defines as
 they are legacy and completely pointless...

Reviewed-By: Eskil
---
 src/gui/image/qimage.cpp         |  7 +----
 src/gui/image/qpixmap_mac.cpp    | 11 -------
 src/gui/kernel/qcocoaview_mac.mm | 67 +++++++++++++++++++---------------------
 src/gui/kernel/qwidget_mac.mm    | 27 +---------------
 src/gui/painting/painting.pri    |  3 --
 5 files changed, 33 insertions(+), 82 deletions(-)

diff --git a/src/gui/image/qimage.cpp b/src/gui/image/qimage.cpp
index 0001e2b..09bc8c8 100644
--- a/src/gui/image/qimage.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/image/qimage.cpp
@@ -61,11 +61,7 @@
 
 #include 
 
-#ifdef QT_RASTER_IMAGEENGINE
 #include 
-#else
-#include 
-#endif
 
 #include 
 
@@ -5255,11 +5251,10 @@ QPaintEngine *QImage::paintEngine() const
     if (!d)
         return 0;
 
-#ifdef QT_RASTER_IMAGEENGINE
     if (!d->paintEngine) {
         d->paintEngine = new QRasterPaintEngine(const_cast(this));
     }
-#endif
+
     return d->paintEngine;
 }
 
diff --git a/src/gui/image/qpixmap_mac.cpp b/src/gui/image/qpixmap_mac.cpp
index 8c911bb..5959da1 100644
--- a/src/gui/image/qpixmap_mac.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/image/qpixmap_mac.cpp
@@ -38,7 +38,6 @@
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
-//#define QT_RASTER_PAINTENGINE
 
 #include "qpixmap.h"
 #include "qimage.h"
@@ -52,9 +51,6 @@
 #include 
 #include 
 #include 
-#ifdef QT_RASTER_PAINTENGINE
-#  include 
-#endif
 #include 
 #include 
 #include 
@@ -1098,14 +1094,7 @@ QPaintEngine* QMacPixmapData::paintEngine() const
 {
     if (!pengine) {
         QMacPixmapData *that = const_cast(this);
-#ifdef QT_RASTER_PAINTENGINE
-        if (qgetenv("QT_MAC_USE_COREGRAPHICS").isNull())
-            that->pengine = new QRasterPaintEngine();
-        else
-            that->pengine = new QCoreGraphicsPaintEngine();
-#else
         that->pengine = new QCoreGraphicsPaintEngine();
-#endif
     }
     return pengine;
 }
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qcocoaview_mac.mm b/src/gui/kernel/qcocoaview_mac.mm
index c20445a..45b0ada 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qcocoaview_mac.mm
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qcocoaview_mac.mm
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ static dndenum_mapper dnd_enums[] = {
     { NSDragOperationCopy,  Qt::CopyAction, true },
     { NSDragOperationGeneric,  Qt::CopyAction, false },
     { NSDragOperationEvery, Qt::ActionMask, false },
-    { NSDragOperationNone, Qt::IgnoreAction, false } 
+    { NSDragOperationNone, Qt::IgnoreAction, false }
 };
 
 static NSDragOperation qt_mac_mapDropAction(Qt::DropAction action)
@@ -228,14 +228,14 @@ extern "C" {
             currentCustomTypes = new QStringList();
         *currentCustomTypes = customTypes;
         const NSString* mimeTypeGeneric = @"com.trolltech.qt.MimeTypeName";
-	NSMutableArray *supportedTypes = [NSMutableArray arrayWithObjects:NSColorPboardType, 
-                                   NSFilenamesPboardType, NSStringPboardType, 
-                                   NSFilenamesPboardType, NSPostScriptPboardType, NSTIFFPboardType, 
-                                   NSRTFPboardType, NSTabularTextPboardType, NSFontPboardType, 
-                                   NSRulerPboardType, NSFileContentsPboardType, NSColorPboardType, 
-                                   NSRTFDPboardType, NSHTMLPboardType, NSPICTPboardType, 
+	NSMutableArray *supportedTypes = [NSMutableArray arrayWithObjects:NSColorPboardType,
+                                   NSFilenamesPboardType, NSStringPboardType,
+                                   NSFilenamesPboardType, NSPostScriptPboardType, NSTIFFPboardType,
+                                   NSRTFPboardType, NSTabularTextPboardType, NSFontPboardType,
+                                   NSRulerPboardType, NSFileContentsPboardType, NSColorPboardType,
+                                   NSRTFDPboardType, NSHTMLPboardType, NSPICTPboardType,
                                    NSURLPboardType, NSPDFPboardType, NSVCardPboardType,
-                                   NSFilesPromisePboardType, NSInkTextPboardType, 
+                                   NSFilesPromisePboardType, NSInkTextPboardType,
                                    NSMultipleTextSelectionPboardType, mimeTypeGeneric, nil];
         // Add custom types supported by the application.
         for (int i = 0; i < customTypes.size(); i++) {
@@ -280,16 +280,16 @@ extern "C" {
         dropData = 0;
     }
 }
- 
-- (void)addDropData:(id )sender 
+
+- (void)addDropData:(id )sender
 {
     [self removeDropData];
-    CFStringRef dropPasteboard = (CFStringRef) [[sender draggingPasteboard] name]; 
+    CFStringRef dropPasteboard = (CFStringRef) [[sender draggingPasteboard] name];
     dropData = new QCocoaDropData(dropPasteboard);
-} 
+}
 
-- (NSDragOperation)draggingEntered:(id )sender 
-{ 
+- (NSDragOperation)draggingEntered:(id )sender
+{
     if (qwidget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_DropSiteRegistered) == false)
         return NSDragOperationNone;
     NSPoint windowPoint = [sender draggingLocation];
@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ extern "C" {
     NSPoint globalPoint = [[sender draggingDestinationWindow] convertBaseToScreen:windowPoint];
     NSPoint localPoint = [self convertPoint:windowPoint fromView:nil];
     QPoint posDrag(localPoint.x, localPoint.y);
-    NSDragOperation nsActions = [sender draggingSourceOperationMask]; 
+    NSDragOperation nsActions = [sender draggingSourceOperationMask];
     Qt::DropActions qtAllowed = qt_mac_mapNSDragOperations(nsActions);
     QT_PREPEND_NAMESPACE(qt_mac_dnd_answer_rec.lastOperation) = nsActions;
     Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers  = Qt::NoModifier;
@@ -336,8 +336,8 @@ extern "C" {
         qDMEvent.accept(); // accept by default, since enter event was accepted.
         QApplication::sendEvent(qwidget, &qDMEvent);
         if (!qDMEvent.isAccepted() || qDMEvent.dropAction() == Qt::IgnoreAction) {
-            // since we accepted the drag enter event, the widget expects 
-            // future drage move events.  
+            // since we accepted the drag enter event, the widget expects
+            // future drage move events.
             // ### check if we need to treat this like the drag enter event.
             nsActions = QT_PREPEND_NAMESPACE(qt_mac_mapDropAction)(qDEEvent.dropAction());
         } else {
@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ extern "C" {
         }
         QT_PREPEND_NAMESPACE(qt_mac_copy_answer_rect)(qDMEvent);
         return nsActions;
-    } 
+    }
  }
 
 - (NSDragOperation)draggingUpdated:(id < NSDraggingInfo >)sender
@@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ extern "C" {
     if (qt_mac_mouse_inside_answer_rect(posDrag)
         && QT_PREPEND_NAMESPACE(qt_mac_dnd_answer_rec.lastOperation) == nsActions)
         return QT_PREPEND_NAMESPACE(qt_mac_mapDropActions)(QT_PREPEND_NAMESPACE(qt_mac_dnd_answer_rec.lastAction));
-    // send drag move event to the widget    
+    // send drag move event to the widget
     QT_PREPEND_NAMESPACE(qt_mac_dnd_answer_rec.lastOperation) = nsActions;
     Qt::DropActions qtAllowed = QT_PREPEND_NAMESPACE(qt_mac_mapNSDragOperations)(nsActions);
     Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers  = Qt::NoModifier;
@@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ extern "C" {
     NSPoint localPoint = [self convertPoint:windowPoint fromView:nil];
     QPoint posDrop(localPoint.x, localPoint.y);
 
-    NSDragOperation nsActions = [sender draggingSourceOperationMask]; 
+    NSDragOperation nsActions = [sender draggingSourceOperationMask];
     Qt::DropActions qtAllowed = qt_mac_mapNSDragOperations(nsActions);
     QMimeData *mimeData = dropData;
     if (QDragManager::self()->source())
@@ -563,11 +563,6 @@ extern "C" {
         qt_sendSpontaneousEvent(qwidget, &e);
         if (!redirectionOffset.isNull())
             QPainter::restoreRedirected(qwidget);
-#ifdef QT_RASTER_PAINTENGINE
-        if(engine && engine->type() == QPaintEngine::Raster)
-            static_cast(engine)->flush(qwidget,
-                                                            qrgn.boundingRect().topLeft());
-#endif
         if (engine)
             engine->setSystemClip(QRegion());
         qwidget->setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_InPaintEvent, false);
@@ -638,7 +633,7 @@ extern "C" {
             QHoverEvent he(QEvent::HoverEnter, QPoint(viewPoint.x, viewPoint.y), QPoint(-1, -1));
             QApplicationPrivate::instance()->notify_helper(qwidget, &he);
         }
-    }    
+    }
 }
 
 - (void)mouseExited:(NSEvent *)event
@@ -647,7 +642,7 @@ extern "C" {
     NSPoint globalPoint = [[event window] convertBaseToScreen:[event locationInWindow]];
     if (!qAppInstance()->activeModalWidget() || QApplicationPrivate::tryModalHelper(qwidget, 0)) {
         QApplication::sendEvent(qwidget, &leaveEvent);
-        
+
         // ### Think about if it is necessary to update the cursor, should only be for a few cases.
         qt_mac_update_cursor_at_global_pos(flipPoint(globalPoint).toPoint());
         if (qwidget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_Hover)
@@ -679,7 +674,7 @@ extern "C" {
 {
     qt_mac_handleMouseEvent(self, theEvent, QEvent::MouseButtonPress, Qt::LeftButton);
     // Don't call super here. This prevents us from getting the mouseUp event,
-    // which we need to send even if the mouseDown event was not accepted. 
+    // which we need to send even if the mouseDown event was not accepted.
     // (this is standard Qt behavior.)
 }
 
@@ -843,7 +838,7 @@ extern "C" {
 }
 
 #if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_6
-- (void)touchesBeganWithEvent:(NSEvent *)event; 
+- (void)touchesBeganWithEvent:(NSEvent *)event;
 {
     bool all = qwidget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_TouchPadAcceptSingleTouchEvents);
     qt_translateRawTouchEvent(qwidget, QTouchEvent::TouchPad, QCocoaTouch::getCurrentTouchPointList(event, all));
@@ -1128,7 +1123,7 @@ extern "C" {
         while (index < composingLength) {
             NSRange effectiveRange;
             NSRange range = NSMakeRange(index, composingLength-index);
-            NSDictionary *attributes = [aString attributesAtIndex:index 
+            NSDictionary *attributes = [aString attributesAtIndex:index
                                             longestEffectiveRange:&effectiveRange
                                                           inRange:range];
             NSNumber *underlineStyle = [attributes objectForKey:NSUnderlineStyleAttributeName];
@@ -1137,7 +1132,7 @@ extern "C" {
                 NSColor *color = [attributes objectForKey:NSUnderlineColorAttributeName];
                 if (color) {
                     clr = colorFrom(color);
-                } 
+                }
                 QTextCharFormat format;
                 format.setFontUnderline(true);
                 format.setUnderlineColor(clr);
@@ -1213,7 +1208,7 @@ extern "C" {
 
 - (NSRange) markedRange
 {
-    NSRange range; 
+    NSRange range;
     if (composing) {
         range.location = 0;
         range.length = composingLength;
@@ -1238,13 +1233,13 @@ extern "C" {
         selRange.length = 0;
     }
     return selRange;
-    
+
 }
 
 - (NSRect) firstRectForCharacterRange:(NSRange)theRange
 {
     Q_UNUSED(theRange);
-    // The returned rect is always based on the internal cursor. 
+    // The returned rect is always based on the internal cursor.
     QRect mr(qwidget->inputMethodQuery(Qt::ImMicroFocus).toRect());
     QPoint mp(qwidget->mapToGlobal(QPoint(mr.bottomLeft())));
     NSRect rect ;
@@ -1392,7 +1387,7 @@ Qt::DropAction QDragManager::drag(QDrag *o)
     NSImage *image = (NSImage *)qt_mac_create_nsimage(pix);
     [image retain];
     DnDParams *dndParams = [QT_MANGLE_NAMESPACE(QCocoaView) currentMouseEvent];
-    // save supported actions 
+    // save supported actions
     [dndParams->view setSupportedActions: qt_mac_mapDropActions(dragPrivate()->possible_actions)];
     NSPoint imageLoc = {dndParams->localPoint.x - hotspot.x(),
                         dndParams->localPoint.y + pix.height() - hotspot.y()};
@@ -1416,7 +1411,7 @@ Qt::DropAction QDragManager::drag(QDrag *o)
     Qt::DropAction performedAction(qt_mac_mapNSDragOperation(dndParams->performedAction));
     // do post drag processing, if required.
     if(performedAction != Qt::IgnoreAction) {
-        // check if the receiver points us to a file location. 
+        // check if the receiver points us to a file location.
         // if so, we need to do the file copy/move ourselves.
         QCFType pasteLocation = 0;
         PasteboardCopyPasteLocation(dragBoard.pasteBoard(), &pasteLocation);
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qwidget_mac.mm b/src/gui/kernel/qwidget_mac.mm
index 5948cd4..5bf140c 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qwidget_mac.mm
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qwidget_mac.mm
@@ -72,7 +72,6 @@
 ** SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
-//#define QT_RASTER_PAINTENGINE
 
 #include 
 #include 
@@ -88,9 +87,6 @@
 #include "qlayout.h"
 #include "qmenubar.h"
 #include 
-#ifdef QT_RASTER_PAINTENGINE
-# include 
-#endif
 #include 
 #include 
 #include "qpainter.h"
@@ -1220,11 +1216,6 @@ OSStatus QWidgetPrivate::qt_widget_event(EventHandlerCallRef er, EventRef event,
                     QApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent(widget, &e);
                     if (!redirectionOffset.isNull())
                         widget->d_func()->restoreRedirected();
-#ifdef QT_RASTER_PAINTENGINE
-                    if(engine && engine->type() == QPaintEngine::Raster)
-                        static_cast(engine)->flush(widget,
-                                                                        qrgn.boundingRect().topLeft());
-#endif
 
                     //cleanup
                     if (engine)
@@ -3101,7 +3092,7 @@ void QWidgetPrivate::update_sys(const QRegion &rgn)
     dirtyOnWidget += rgn;
 #ifndef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
     RgnHandle rgnHandle = rgn.toQDRgnForUpdate_sys();
-    if (rgnHandle) 
+    if (rgnHandle)
         HIViewSetNeedsDisplayInRegion(qt_mac_nativeview_for(q), QMacSmartQuickDrawRegion(rgnHandle), true);
     else {
         HIViewSetNeedsDisplay(qt_mac_nativeview_for(q), true); // do a complete repaint on overflow.
@@ -4555,21 +4546,6 @@ Q_GLOBAL_STATIC(QPaintEngineCleanupHandler, engineHandler)
 QPaintEngine *QWidget::paintEngine() const
 {
     QPaintEngine *&pe = engineHandler()->engine;
-#ifdef QT_RASTER_PAINTENGINE
-    if (!pe) {
-        if(qgetenv("QT_MAC_USE_COREGRAPHICS").isNull())
-            pe = new QRasterPaintEngine();
-        else
-            pe = new QCoreGraphicsPaintEngine();
-    }
-    if (pe->isActive()) {
-        QPaintEngine *engine =
-            qgetenv("QT_MAC_USE_COREGRAPHICS").isNull()
-            ? (QPaintEngine*)new QRasterPaintEngine() : (QPaintEngine*)new QCoreGraphicsPaintEngine();
-        engine->setAutoDestruct(true);
-        return engine;
-    }
-#else
     if (!pe)
         pe = new QCoreGraphicsPaintEngine();
     if (pe->isActive()) {
@@ -4577,7 +4553,6 @@ QPaintEngine *QWidget::paintEngine() const
         engine->setAutoDestruct(true);
         return engine;
     }
-#endif
     return pe;
 }
 
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/painting.pri b/src/gui/painting/painting.pri
index b9d293c..d11e818 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/painting.pri
+++ b/src/gui/painting/painting.pri
@@ -80,9 +80,6 @@ SOURCES += \
         painting/qtransform.cpp \
         painting/qwindowsurface.cpp \
 
-        DEFINES += QT_RASTER_IMAGEENGINE
-        win32:DEFINES += QT_RASTER_PAINTENGINE
-        embedded:DEFINES += QT_RASTER_PAINTENGINE
         SOURCES +=                                      \
                 painting/qpaintengine_raster.cpp        \
                 painting/qdrawhelper.cpp                \
-- 
cgit v0.12


From 38f41726cf3a76a57ca15f7cc82e56a5aa2c5a1c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Thierry Bastian 
Date: Mon, 17 Aug 2009 13:59:43 +0200
Subject: QTextControl::print: fix coverity warning

the test was wrong on the QPrinter pointer
In addition, priv is never null
---
 src/gui/text/qtextcontrol.cpp | 2 +-
 src/gui/text/qtextcursor.cpp  | 5 ++---
 2 files changed, 3 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)

diff --git a/src/gui/text/qtextcontrol.cpp b/src/gui/text/qtextcontrol.cpp
index 58f8a06..1c14d20 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qtextcontrol.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/text/qtextcontrol.cpp
@@ -2262,7 +2262,7 @@ void QTextControl::print(QPrinter *printer) const
 {
 #ifndef QT_NO_PRINTER
     Q_D(const QTextControl);
-    if (printer && !printer->isValid())
+    if (!printer || !printer->isValid())
         return;
     QTextDocument *tempDoc = 0;
     const QTextDocument *doc = d->doc;
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qtextcursor.cpp b/src/gui/text/qtextcursor.cpp
index 6ab89dc..f97146d 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qtextcursor.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/text/qtextcursor.cpp
@@ -84,8 +84,7 @@ QTextCursorPrivate::QTextCursorPrivate(const QTextCursorPrivate &rhs)
 
 QTextCursorPrivate::~QTextCursorPrivate()
 {
-    if (priv)
-        priv->removeCursor(this);
+    priv->removeCursor(this);
 }
 
 QTextCursorPrivate::AdjustResult QTextCursorPrivate::adjustPosition(int positionOfChange, int charsAddedOrRemoved, QTextUndoCommand::Operation op)
@@ -125,7 +124,7 @@ QTextCursorPrivate::AdjustResult QTextCursorPrivate::adjustPosition(int position
 
 void QTextCursorPrivate::setX()
 {
-    if (priv && priv->isInEditBlock()) {
+    if (priv->isInEditBlock()) {
         x = -1; // mark dirty
         return;
     }
-- 
cgit v0.12


From 1ca6a2f3174fdfbbe080af920ab75558a1a9247e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Martin Smith 
Date: Mon, 17 Aug 2009 14:28:45 +0200
Subject: qdoc: Fixed the bug that made reporting NOTIFY signals not work.

The signal was being associated with a particular property,
but in many classes, the NOTIFY signal applies to multiple
properties. Added a new function to the PropertyNode class
that adds the signal function without associating it with
any property.

Task-number: 259071
---
 src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem.cpp | 5 +++--
 tools/qdoc3/cppcodeparser.cpp          | 4 ++--
 tools/qdoc3/node.h                     | 6 ++++++
 tools/qdoc3/tree.cpp                   | 2 +-
 4 files changed, 12 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)

diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem.cpp b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem.cpp
index f454d7c..6d75db3 100644
--- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem.cpp
@@ -6831,11 +6831,12 @@ QGraphicsObject::QGraphicsObject(QGraphicsItemPrivate &dd, QGraphicsItem *parent
 
   By default, this property is true.
 
-  \sa QGraphicsItem::isEnabled(), QGraphicsItem::setEnabled(), enabledChanged()
+  \sa QGraphicsItem::isEnabled(), QGraphicsItem::setEnabled()
+  \sa QGraphicsObject::enabledChanged()
 */
 
 /*!
-  \fn QGraphicsObject::enabledChanged()
+  \fn void QGraphicsObject::enabledChanged()
 
   This signal gets emitted whenever the item get's enabled or disabled.
 
diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/cppcodeparser.cpp b/tools/qdoc3/cppcodeparser.cpp
index ebe5ec9..7519ff1 100644
--- a/tools/qdoc3/cppcodeparser.cpp
+++ b/tools/qdoc3/cppcodeparser.cpp
@@ -1734,11 +1734,11 @@ bool CppCodeParser::matchProperty(InnerNode *parent)
             property->setDesignable(value.toLower() == "true");
         else if (key == "RESET")
             tre->addPropertyFunction(property, value, PropertyNode::Resetter);
-#if 0        
+
         else if (key == "NOTIFY") {
             tre->addPropertyFunction(property, value, PropertyNode::Notifier);
         }
-#endif            
+
     }
     match(Tok_RightParen);
     return true;
diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/node.h b/tools/qdoc3/node.h
index 2a1ca05..0cddf51 100644
--- a/tools/qdoc3/node.h
+++ b/tools/qdoc3/node.h
@@ -598,6 +598,7 @@ class PropertyNode : public LeafNode
 
     void setDataType(const QString& dataType) { dt = dataType; }
     void addFunction(FunctionNode *function, FunctionRole role);
+    void addSignal(FunctionNode *function, FunctionRole role);
     void setStored(bool stored) { sto = toTrool(stored); }
     void setDesignable(bool designable) { des = toTrool(designable); }
     void setOverriddenFrom(const PropertyNode *baseProperty);
@@ -641,6 +642,11 @@ inline void PropertyNode::addFunction(FunctionNode *function, FunctionRole role)
     function->setAssociatedProperty(this);
 }
 
+inline void PropertyNode::addSignal(FunctionNode *function, FunctionRole role)
+{
+    funcs[(int)role].append(function);
+}
+
 inline NodeList PropertyNode::functions() const
 {
     NodeList list;
diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/tree.cpp b/tools/qdoc3/tree.cpp
index b42701f..7d488df 100644
--- a/tools/qdoc3/tree.cpp
+++ b/tools/qdoc3/tree.cpp
@@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ void Tree::resolveProperties()
                     } else if (function->name() == resetterName) {
                         property->addFunction(function, PropertyNode::Resetter);
                     } else if (function->name() == notifierName) {
-                        property->addFunction(function, PropertyNode::Notifier);
+                        property->addSignal(function, PropertyNode::Notifier);
                     }
                 }
             }
-- 
cgit v0.12


From 6687a82476a96922f23d4fd3535d4e7354d9cdab Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Thierry Bastian 
Date: Mon, 17 Aug 2009 14:42:48 +0200
Subject: More coverity warnings removed

---
 src/corelib/io/qfileinfo_p.h |  4 ++--
 src/gui/text/qtextobject.cpp | 10 ----------
 src/gui/text/qtextobject_p.h |  2 +-
 src/gui/text/qtexttable_p.h  |  2 +-
 src/svg/qsvgstyle.cpp        |  4 +++-
 5 files changed, 7 insertions(+), 15 deletions(-)

diff --git a/src/corelib/io/qfileinfo_p.h b/src/corelib/io/qfileinfo_p.h
index d64a5c4..d92090c 100644
--- a/src/corelib/io/qfileinfo_p.h
+++ b/src/corelib/io/qfileinfo_p.h
@@ -81,11 +81,11 @@ public:
            CachedSize =0x08 };
     struct Data {
         inline Data()
-            : ref(1), fileEngine(0), cache_enabled(1)
+            : ref(1), fileEngine(0), cache_enabled(1), fileSize(0)
         { clear(); }
         inline Data(const Data ©)
             : ref(1), fileEngine(QAbstractFileEngine::create(copy.fileName)),
-              fileName(copy.fileName), cache_enabled(copy.cache_enabled)
+              fileName(copy.fileName), cache_enabled(copy.cache_enabled), fileSize(copy.fileSize)
         { clear(); }
         inline ~Data() { delete fileEngine; }
         inline void clearFlags() {
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qtextobject.cpp b/src/gui/text/qtextobject.cpp
index 98c92eb..5dc0c48 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qtextobject.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/text/qtextobject.cpp
@@ -412,11 +412,6 @@ QTextFrameLayoutData::~QTextFrameLayoutData()
 QTextFrame::QTextFrame(QTextDocument *doc)
     : QTextObject(*new QTextFramePrivate(doc), doc)
 {
-    Q_D(QTextFrame);
-    d->fragment_start = 0;
-    d->fragment_end = 0;
-    d->parentFrame = 0;
-    d->layoutData = 0;
 }
 
 // ### DOC: What does this do to child frames?
@@ -435,11 +430,6 @@ QTextFrame::~QTextFrame()
 QTextFrame::QTextFrame(QTextFramePrivate &p, QTextDocument *doc)
     : QTextObject(p, doc)
 {
-    Q_D(QTextFrame);
-    d->fragment_start = 0;
-    d->fragment_end = 0;
-    d->parentFrame = 0;
-    d->layoutData = 0;
 }
 
 /*!
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qtextobject_p.h b/src/gui/text/qtextobject_p.h
index e862b30..22034c8 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qtextobject_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/text/qtextobject_p.h
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ class QTextFramePrivate : public QTextObjectPrivate
     Q_DECLARE_PUBLIC(QTextFrame)
 public:
     QTextFramePrivate(QTextDocument *doc)
-        : QTextObjectPrivate(doc)
+        : QTextObjectPrivate(doc), fragment_start(0), fragment_end(0), parentFrame(0), layoutData(0)
     {
     }
     virtual void fragmentAdded(const QChar &type, uint fragment);
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qtexttable_p.h b/src/gui/text/qtexttable_p.h
index 4dd52c7..7783b5d 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qtexttable_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/text/qtexttable_p.h
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ class QTextTablePrivate : public QTextFramePrivate
 {
     Q_DECLARE_PUBLIC(QTextTable)
 public:
-    QTextTablePrivate(QTextDocument *document) : QTextFramePrivate(document), grid(0), nRows(0), dirty(true), blockFragmentUpdates(false) {}
+    QTextTablePrivate(QTextDocument *document) : QTextFramePrivate(document), grid(0), nRows(0), nCols(0), dirty(true), blockFragmentUpdates(false) {}
     ~QTextTablePrivate();
 
     static QTextTable *createTable(QTextDocumentPrivate *, int pos, int rows, int cols, const QTextTableFormat &tableFormat);
diff --git a/src/svg/qsvgstyle.cpp b/src/svg/qsvgstyle.cpp
index 820f716..1ecf870 100644
--- a/src/svg/qsvgstyle.cpp
+++ b/src/svg/qsvgstyle.cpp
@@ -90,6 +90,7 @@ QSvgFillStyle::QSvgFillStyle(const QBrush &brush)
     , m_fillRule(Qt::WindingFill)
     , m_fillOpacitySet(false)
     , m_fillOpacity(1.0)
+    , m_oldOpacity(0)
     , m_gradientResolved(true)
     , m_fillSet(true)
 {
@@ -101,6 +102,7 @@ QSvgFillStyle::QSvgFillStyle(QSvgStyleProperty *style)
     , m_fillRule(Qt::WindingFill)
     , m_fillOpacitySet(false)
     , m_fillOpacity(1.0)
+    , m_oldOpacity(0)
     , m_gradientResolved(true)
     , m_fillSet(style != 0)
 {
@@ -858,7 +860,7 @@ QSvgStyleProperty::Type QSvgAnimateColor::type() const
 }
 
 QSvgOpacityStyle::QSvgOpacityStyle(qreal opacity)
-    : m_opacity(opacity)
+    : m_opacity(opacity), m_oldOpacity(0)
 {
 
 }
-- 
cgit v0.12


From 9e144490bfa059050f8b90645db80b1fd45fd2b1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Thierry Bastian 
Date: Mon, 17 Aug 2009 15:08:14 +0200
Subject: Fix a crash in the destruction of QListView

---
 src/gui/itemviews/qlistview.cpp | 6 ++++--
 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/src/gui/itemviews/qlistview.cpp b/src/gui/itemviews/qlistview.cpp
index 3ab3204..b055d32 100644
--- a/src/gui/itemviews/qlistview.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/itemviews/qlistview.cpp
@@ -1974,8 +1974,10 @@ QListViewPrivate::QListViewPrivate()
 
 QListViewPrivate::~QListViewPrivate()
 {
-    delete staticListView;
-    delete dynamicListView;
+    if (viewMode == QListView::ListMode)
+        delete staticListView;
+    else
+        delete dynamicListView;
 }
 
 void QListViewPrivate::clear()
-- 
cgit v0.12


From 4929da8ad0a43220c3cbd2d9f11db4c535028243 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: kh1 
Date: Mon, 17 Aug 2009 15:11:32 +0200
Subject: Add some more exception around to clucene index writer.

Reviewed-by: ck
---
 .../lib/qhelpsearchindexwriter_clucene.cpp         | 78 ++++++++++++++++------
 .../lib/qhelpsearchindexwriter_clucene_p.h         |  2 +
 2 files changed, 60 insertions(+), 20 deletions(-)

diff --git a/tools/assistant/lib/qhelpsearchindexwriter_clucene.cpp b/tools/assistant/lib/qhelpsearchindexwriter_clucene.cpp
index 6f7c035..4651d2e 100644
--- a/tools/assistant/lib/qhelpsearchindexwriter_clucene.cpp
+++ b/tools/assistant/lib/qhelpsearchindexwriter_clucene.cpp
@@ -590,15 +590,24 @@ void QHelpSearchIndexWriter::updateIndex(const QString &collectionFile,
 
 void QHelpSearchIndexWriter::optimizeIndex()
 {
-    if (QCLuceneIndexReader::indexExists(m_indexFilesFolder)) {
-        if (QCLuceneIndexReader::isLocked(m_indexFilesFolder))
-            return;
-
-        QCLuceneStandardAnalyzer analyzer;
-        QCLuceneIndexWriter writer(m_indexFilesFolder, analyzer, false);
-        writer.optimize();
-        writer.close();
+#if !defined(QT_NO_EXCEPTIONS)
+    try {
+#endif
+        if (QCLuceneIndexReader::indexExists(m_indexFilesFolder)) {
+            if (QCLuceneIndexReader::isLocked(m_indexFilesFolder))
+                return;
+
+            QCLuceneStandardAnalyzer analyzer;
+            QCLuceneIndexWriter writer(m_indexFilesFolder, analyzer, false);
+            writer.optimize();
+            writer.close();
+        }
+#if !defined(QT_NO_EXCEPTIONS)
+    } catch (...) {
+        qWarning("Full Text Search, could not optimize index.");
+        return;
     }
+#endif
 }
 
 void QHelpSearchIndexWriter::run()
@@ -720,21 +729,30 @@ void QHelpSearchIndexWriter::run()
         }
 #if !defined(QT_NO_EXCEPTIONS)
     } catch (...) {
-        qWarning("Full Text Search, could not create index writer in '%s'.", qPrintable(indexPath));
+        qWarning("Full Text Search, could not create index writer in '%s'.",
+            qPrintable(indexPath));
         return;
     }
 #endif
 
-    writer->setMergeFactor(100);
-    writer->setMinMergeDocs(1000);
-    writer->setMaxFieldLength(QCLuceneIndexWriter::DEFAULT_MAX_FIELD_LENGTH);
+#if !defined(QT_NO_EXCEPTIONS)
+    try {
+#endif
+        writer->setMergeFactor(100);
+        writer->setMinMergeDocs(1000);
+        writer->setMaxFieldLength(QCLuceneIndexWriter::DEFAULT_MAX_FIELD_LENGTH);
+#if !defined(QT_NO_EXCEPTIONS)
+    } catch (...) {
+        qWarning("Full Text Search, could not set writer properties.");
+        return;
+    }
+#endif
 
     QStringList namespaces;
     foreach(const QString &namespaceName, registeredDocs) {
         mutexLocker.relock();
         if (m_cancel) {
-            writer->close();
-            delete writer;
+            closeIndexWriter(writer);
             emit indexingFinished();
             return;
         }
@@ -777,8 +795,7 @@ void QHelpSearchIndexWriter::run()
         mutexLocker.unlock();
     }
 
-    writer->close();
-    delete writer;
+    closeIndexWriter(writer);
 
     mutexLocker.relock();
     if (!m_cancel) {
@@ -813,15 +830,23 @@ bool QHelpSearchIndexWriter::addDocuments(const QList docFiles,
     foreach(const QUrl &url, docFiles) {
         QCLuceneDocument document;
         DocumentHelper helper(url.toString(), engine.fileData(url));
-        if (helper.addFieldsToDocument(&document, namespaceName, attrList))
-            writer->addDocument(document, analyzer);
-
+        if (helper.addFieldsToDocument(&document, namespaceName, attrList)) {
+#if !defined(QT_NO_EXCEPTIONS)
+            try {
+#endif
+                writer->addDocument(document, analyzer);
+#if !defined(QT_NO_EXCEPTIONS)
+            } catch (...) {
+                qWarning("Full Text Search, could not properly add documents.");
+                return false;
+            }
+#endif
+        }
         locker.relock();
         if (m_cancel)
             return false;
         locker.unlock();
     }
-
     return true;
 }
 
@@ -861,6 +886,19 @@ QList QHelpSearchIndexWriter::indexableFiles(QHelpEngineCore *helpEngine,
     return docFiles;
 }
 
+void QHelpSearchIndexWriter::closeIndexWriter(QCLuceneIndexWriter *writer)
+{
+#if !defined(QT_NO_EXCEPTIONS)
+    try {
+#endif
+        writer->close();
+        delete writer;
+#if !defined(QT_NO_EXCEPTIONS)
+    } catch (...) {
+        qWarning("Full Text Search, could not properly close index writer.");
+    }
+#endif
+}
 
         }   // namespace clucene
     }   // namespace fulltextsearch
diff --git a/tools/assistant/lib/qhelpsearchindexwriter_clucene_p.h b/tools/assistant/lib/qhelpsearchindexwriter_clucene_p.h
index e9a917b..d4bb755 100644
--- a/tools/assistant/lib/qhelpsearchindexwriter_clucene_p.h
+++ b/tools/assistant/lib/qhelpsearchindexwriter_clucene_p.h
@@ -104,6 +104,8 @@ private:
     QList indexableFiles(QHelpEngineCore *helpEngine,
         const QString &namespaceName, const QStringList &attributes) const;
 
+    void closeIndexWriter(QCLuceneIndexWriter *writer);
+
 private:
     QMutex mutex;
     QWaitCondition waitCondition;
-- 
cgit v0.12


From 3a095929a13b9503946d97eded36e02ed07d81d3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: David Boddie 
Date: Mon, 17 Aug 2009 15:34:34 +0200
Subject: Doc: Fixed number of commercial editions.

Reviewed-by: Trust Me
---
 doc/src/legal/commercialeditions.qdoc | 3 +--
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/doc/src/legal/commercialeditions.qdoc b/doc/src/legal/commercialeditions.qdoc
index 93c1bc0..761a53b 100644
--- a/doc/src/legal/commercialeditions.qdoc
+++ b/doc/src/legal/commercialeditions.qdoc
@@ -54,8 +54,7 @@
     If you want to develop Free or Open Source software for release using a recognized
     Open Source license, you can use the \l{Open Source Versions of Qt}.
 
-    The table below summarizes the differences between the three
-    commercial editions:
+    The table below summarizes the differences between the two commercial editions:
 
     \table 75%
     \header \o{1,2} Features                                      \o{2,1} Editions
-- 
cgit v0.12


From 53807e58770f27d46ca8ecaa33a3d5f7b6925517 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: =?UTF-8?q?Trond=20Kjern=C3=A5sen?= 
Date: Mon, 17 Aug 2009 15:45:43 +0200
Subject: Fixed text rendering on GL ES 2 implementations.

Some GL ES 2 implementations seem to have problems with
glCopyTexSubImage2D(), so we fall back and read the old font texture
into system memory and re-upload the new font texture.

Also, the precision used for texture coordinates in the fragment
programs wasn't high enough, which could lead to rendering artifacts.

Reviewed-by: Samuel
---
 .../gl2paintengineex/qglengineshadersource_p.h     |  6 ++--
 .../gl2paintengineex/qpaintengineex_opengl2.cpp    | 37 ++++++++++++++++------
 2 files changed, 31 insertions(+), 12 deletions(-)

diff --git a/src/opengl/gl2paintengineex/qglengineshadersource_p.h b/src/opengl/gl2paintengineex/qglengineshadersource_p.h
index b0b91ae..c80d6e1 100644
--- a/src/opengl/gl2paintengineex/qglengineshadersource_p.h
+++ b/src/opengl/gl2paintengineex/qglengineshadersource_p.h
@@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ static const char* const qglslMainVertexShader = "\
     }";
 
 static const char* const qglslMainWithTexCoordsVertexShader = "\
-    attribute lowp  vec2    textureCoordArray; \
-    varying   lowp  vec2    textureCoords; \
+    attribute mediump  vec2 textureCoordArray; \
+    varying   mediump  vec2 textureCoords; \
     uniform   highp float   depth;\
     void setPosition();\
     void main(void) \
@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ static const char* const qglslSolidBrushSrcFragmentShader = "\
     }";
 
 static const char* const qglslImageSrcFragmentShader = "\
-    varying highp vec2      textureCoords; \
+    varying mediump vec2    textureCoords; \
     uniform       sampler2D imageTexture; \
     lowp vec4 srcPixel() { \
         return texture2D(imageTexture, textureCoords); \
diff --git a/src/opengl/gl2paintengineex/qpaintengineex_opengl2.cpp b/src/opengl/gl2paintengineex/qpaintengineex_opengl2.cpp
index 5e1e892..34f7e7a 100644
--- a/src/opengl/gl2paintengineex/qpaintengineex_opengl2.cpp
+++ b/src/opengl/gl2paintengineex/qpaintengineex_opengl2.cpp
@@ -75,6 +75,7 @@
 #include 
 #include 
 #include 
+#include 
 
 #include "qglgradientcache_p.h"
 #include "qglengineshadermanager_p.h"
@@ -175,7 +176,7 @@ void QGLTextureGlyphCache::createTextureData(int width, int height)
     m_height = height;
 
     QVarLengthArray data(width * height);
-    for (int i = 0; i < width * height; ++i)
+    for (int i = 0; i < data.size(); ++i)
         data[i] = 0;
 
     if (m_type == QFontEngineGlyphCache::Raster_RGBMask)
@@ -200,13 +201,18 @@ void QGLTextureGlyphCache::resizeTextureData(int width, int height)
 
     glBindFramebuffer(GL_FRAMEBUFFER_EXT, m_fbo);
 
-    GLuint colorBuffer;
-    glGenRenderbuffers(1, &colorBuffer);
-    glBindRenderbuffer(GL_RENDERBUFFER_EXT, colorBuffer);
-    glRenderbufferStorage(GL_RENDERBUFFER_EXT, GL_RGBA, oldWidth, oldHeight);
-    glFramebufferRenderbuffer(GL_FRAMEBUFFER_EXT, GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT0_EXT,
-                              GL_RENDERBUFFER_EXT, colorBuffer);
-    glBindRenderbuffer(GL_RENDERBUFFER_EXT, 0);
+    GLuint tmp_texture;
+    glGenTextures(1, &tmp_texture);
+    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, tmp_texture);
+    glTexImage2D(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0, GL_RGBA, oldWidth, oldHeight, 0,
+                 GL_RGBA, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, NULL);
+    glTexParameterf(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MIN_FILTER, GL_NEAREST);
+    glTexParameterf(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MAG_FILTER, GL_NEAREST);
+    glTexParameterf(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_S, GL_CLAMP_TO_EDGE);
+    glTexParameterf(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_T, GL_CLAMP_TO_EDGE);
+    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0);
+    glFramebufferTexture2D(GL_FRAMEBUFFER_EXT, GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT0_EXT,
+                           GL_TEXTURE_2D, tmp_texture, 0);
 
     glActiveTexture(GL_TEXTURE0 + QT_IMAGE_TEXTURE_UNIT);
     glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, oldTexture);
@@ -237,11 +243,24 @@ void QGLTextureGlyphCache::resizeTextureData(int width, int height)
     glDisableVertexAttribArray(QT_TEXTURE_COORDS_ATTR);
 
     glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, m_texture);
+
+#ifdef QT_OPENGL_ES_2
+    QDataBuffer buffer(4*oldWidth*oldHeight);
+    glReadPixels(0, 0, oldWidth, oldHeight, GL_RGBA, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, buffer.data());
+
+    // do an in-place conversion from GL_RGBA to GL_ALPHA
+    for (int i=0; id_ptr->current_fbo);
-- 
cgit v0.12


From 85edfcbde9f1d2f77a05edb8d01361c76234f47c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Andreas Aardal Hanssen 
Date: Mon, 17 Aug 2009 15:41:51 +0200
Subject: Merge QGV delta from kinetic-declarativeui into master.

New flag: QGraphicsItem::ItemNegativeZStacksBehindParent, which makes
it easy to toggle stack-behind based on the value of Z alone.

Add interface initializations to QGV classes.

Add a simple internal focus policy to QGraphicsItem to allow derived
items to be focusable without allowing clickfocus.

Reviewed-by: Alexis
---
 src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem.cpp         | 15 +++++++++++++++
 src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem.h           |  8 +++++---
 src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem_p.h         | 10 ++++++----
 src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicslayout.h         |  2 ++
 src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicslayoutitem.h     |  2 ++
 src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsscene.cpp        |  7 ++++---
 src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsscene_p.h        |  1 +
 src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicswidget.cpp       |  4 +++-
 src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicswidget.h         |  1 +
 tests/auto/qgraphicsitem/tst_qgraphicsitem.cpp | 26 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++
 10 files changed, 65 insertions(+), 11 deletions(-)

diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem.cpp b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem.cpp
index 6d75db3..37d969b 100644
--- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem.cpp
@@ -328,6 +328,10 @@
     used for Asian languages.
     This flag was introduced in Qt 4.6.
 
+    \value ItemNegativeZStacksBehindParent The item automatically stacks behind
+    it's parent if it's z-value is negative. This flag enables setZValue() to
+    toggle ItemStacksBehindParent.
+
     \value ItemAutoDetectsFocusProxy The item will assign any child that
     gains input focus as its focus proxy. See also focusProxy().
     This flag was introduced in Qt 4.6.
@@ -1566,6 +1570,11 @@ void QGraphicsItem::setFlags(GraphicsItemFlags flags)
             d_ptr->scene->d_func()->updateInputMethodSensitivityInViews();
     }
 
+    if ((flags & ItemNegativeZStacksBehindParent) != (oldFlags & ItemNegativeZStacksBehindParent)) {
+        // Update stack-behind.
+        setFlag(ItemStacksBehindParent, d_ptr->z < qreal(0.0));
+    }
+
     if (d_ptr->scene) {
         d_ptr->scene->d_func()->markDirty(this, QRectF(),
                                           /*invalidateChildren=*/true,
@@ -3719,6 +3728,9 @@ void QGraphicsItem::setZValue(qreal z)
 
     itemChange(ItemZValueHasChanged, newZVariant);
 
+    if (d_ptr->flags & ItemNegativeZStacksBehindParent)
+        setFlag(QGraphicsItem::ItemStacksBehindParent, z < qreal(0.0));
+
     if (d_ptr->isObject)
         emit static_cast(this)->zChanged();
 }
@@ -10103,6 +10115,9 @@ QDebug operator<<(QDebug debug, QGraphicsItem::GraphicsItemFlag flag)
     case QGraphicsItem::ItemAcceptsInputMethod:
         str = "ItemAcceptsInputMethod";
         break;
+    case QGraphicsItem::ItemNegativeZStacksBehindParent:
+        str = "ItemNegativeZStacksBehindParent";
+        break;
     case QGraphicsItem::ItemAutoDetectsFocusProxy:
         str = "ItemAutoDetectsFocusProxy";
         break;
diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem.h b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem.h
index 3acf265..b5e6ed5 100644
--- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem.h
+++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem.h
@@ -101,7 +101,8 @@ public:
         ItemHasNoContents = 0x400,
         ItemSendsGeometryChanges = 0x800,
         ItemAcceptsInputMethod = 0x1000,
-        ItemAutoDetectsFocusProxy = 0x2000
+        ItemAutoDetectsFocusProxy = 0x2000,
+        ItemNegativeZStacksBehindParent = 0x4000
         // NB! Don't forget to increase the d_ptr->flags bit field by 1 when adding a new flag.
     };
     Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(GraphicsItemFlags, GraphicsItemFlag)
@@ -452,6 +453,7 @@ private:
 };
 
 Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(QGraphicsItem::GraphicsItemFlags)
+Q_DECLARE_INTERFACE(QGraphicsItem, "com.trolltech.Qt.QGraphicsItem")
 
 inline void QGraphicsItem::setPos(qreal ax, qreal ay)
 { setPos(QPointF(ax, ay)); }
@@ -504,9 +506,9 @@ class Q_GUI_EXPORT QGraphicsObject : public QObject, public QGraphicsItem
     Q_OBJECT
     Q_PROPERTY(QGraphicsObject * parent READ parentObject WRITE setParentItem NOTIFY parentChanged DESIGNABLE false)
     Q_PROPERTY(QString id READ objectName WRITE setObjectName)
-    Q_PROPERTY(qreal opacity READ opacity WRITE setOpacity NOTIFY opacityChanged)
+    Q_PROPERTY(qreal opacity READ opacity WRITE setOpacity NOTIFY opacityChanged FINAL)
     Q_PROPERTY(bool enabled READ isEnabled WRITE setEnabled NOTIFY enabledChanged)
-    Q_PROPERTY(bool visible READ isVisible WRITE setVisible NOTIFY visibleChanged)
+    Q_PROPERTY(bool visible READ isVisible WRITE setVisible NOTIFY visibleChanged FINAL)
     Q_PROPERTY(QPointF pos READ pos WRITE setPos)
     Q_PROPERTY(qreal x READ x WRITE setX NOTIFY xChanged)
     Q_PROPERTY(qreal y READ y WRITE setY NOTIFY yChanged)
diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem_p.h b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem_p.h
index c654d4f..43d690f 100644
--- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem_p.h
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ public:
     void purge();
 };
 
-class Q_AUTOTEST_EXPORT QGraphicsItemPrivate
+class Q_GUI_EXPORT QGraphicsItemPrivate
 {
     Q_DECLARE_PUBLIC(QGraphicsItem)
 public:
@@ -165,6 +165,7 @@ public:
         acceptedTouchBeginEvent(0),
         filtersDescendantEvents(0),
         sceneTransformTranslateOnly(0),
+        mouseSetsFocus(1),
         globalStackingOrder(-1),
         q_ptr(0)
     {
@@ -201,7 +202,7 @@ public:
     virtual QVariant inputMethodQueryHelper(Qt::InputMethodQuery query) const;
     static bool movableAncestorIsSelected(const QGraphicsItem *item);
 
-    void setPosHelper(const QPointF &pos);
+    virtual void setPosHelper(const QPointF &pos);
     void setTransformHelper(const QTransform &transform);
     void appendGraphicsTransform(QGraphicsTransform *t);
     void setVisibleHelper(bool newVisible, bool explicitly, bool update = true);
@@ -452,7 +453,7 @@ public:
 
     // New 32 bits
     quint32 fullUpdatePending : 1;
-    quint32 flags : 14;
+    quint32 flags : 15;
     quint32 dirtyChildrenBoundingRect : 1;
     quint32 paintedViewBoundingRectsNeedRepaint : 1;
     quint32 dirtySceneTransform : 1;
@@ -465,7 +466,8 @@ public:
     quint32 acceptedTouchBeginEvent : 1;
     quint32 filtersDescendantEvents : 1;
     quint32 sceneTransformTranslateOnly : 1;
-    quint32 unused : 5; // feel free to use
+    quint32 mouseSetsFocus : 1;
+    quint32 unused : 3; // feel free to use
 
     // Optional stacking order
     int globalStackingOrder;
diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicslayout.h b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicslayout.h
index d7e087b..1a21e53 100644
--- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicslayout.h
+++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicslayout.h
@@ -85,6 +85,8 @@ private:
     friend class QGraphicsWidget;
 };
 
+Q_DECLARE_INTERFACE(QGraphicsLayout, "com.trolltech.Qt.QGraphicsLayout")
+
 #endif
 
 QT_END_NAMESPACE
diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicslayoutitem.h b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicslayoutitem.h
index 44c1c0f..f315404 100644
--- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicslayoutitem.h
+++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicslayoutitem.h
@@ -121,6 +121,8 @@ private:
     friend class QGraphicsLayout;
 };
 
+Q_DECLARE_INTERFACE(QGraphicsLayoutItem, "com.trolltech.Qt.QGraphicsLayoutItem")
+
 inline void QGraphicsLayoutItem::setMinimumSize(qreal aw, qreal ah)
 { setMinimumSize(QSizeF(aw, ah)); }
 inline void QGraphicsLayoutItem::setPreferredSize(qreal aw, qreal ah)
diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsscene.cpp b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsscene.cpp
index 2178850..21ea72f 100644
--- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsscene.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsscene.cpp
@@ -1079,7 +1079,7 @@ void QGraphicsScenePrivate::mousePressEventHandler(QGraphicsSceneMouseEvent *mou
     // Set focus on the topmost enabled item that can take focus.
     bool setFocus = false;
     foreach (QGraphicsItem *item, cachedItemsUnderMouse) {
-        if (item->isEnabled() && (item->flags() & QGraphicsItem::ItemIsFocusable)) {
+        if (item->isEnabled() && ((item->flags() & QGraphicsItem::ItemIsFocusable) && item->d_ptr->mouseSetsFocus)) {
             if (!item->isWidget() || ((QGraphicsWidget *)item)->focusPolicy() & Qt::ClickFocus) {
                 setFocus = true;
                 if (item != q->focusItem())
@@ -3802,7 +3802,8 @@ void QGraphicsScene::wheelEvent(QGraphicsSceneWheelEvent *wheelEvent)
 
     bool hasSetFocus = false;
     foreach (QGraphicsItem *item, wheelCandidates) {
-        if (!hasSetFocus && item->isEnabled() && (item->flags() & QGraphicsItem::ItemIsFocusable)) {
+        if (!hasSetFocus && item->isEnabled()
+            && ((item->flags() & QGraphicsItem::ItemIsFocusable) && item->d_ptr->mouseSetsFocus)) {
             if (item->isWidget() && static_cast(item)->focusPolicy() == Qt::WheelFocus) {
                 hasSetFocus = true;
                 if (item != focusItem())
@@ -5298,7 +5299,7 @@ bool QGraphicsScenePrivate::sendTouchBeginEvent(QGraphicsItem *origin, QTouchEve
     // Set focus on the topmost enabled item that can take focus.
     bool setFocus = false;
     foreach (QGraphicsItem *item, cachedItemsUnderMouse) {
-        if (item->isEnabled() && (item->flags() & QGraphicsItem::ItemIsFocusable)) {
+        if (item->isEnabled() && ((item->flags() & QGraphicsItem::ItemIsFocusable) && item->d_ptr->mouseSetsFocus)) {
             if (!item->isWidget() || ((QGraphicsWidget *)item)->focusPolicy() & Qt::ClickFocus) {
                 setFocus = true;
                 if (item != q->focusItem())
diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsscene_p.h b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsscene_p.h
index 836522d..685f534 100644
--- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsscene_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsscene_p.h
@@ -59,6 +59,7 @@
 
 #include "qgraphicssceneevent.h"
 #include "qgraphicsview.h"
+#include "qgraphicsview_p.h"
 #include "qgraphicsitem_p.h"
 
 #include 
diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicswidget.cpp b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicswidget.cpp
index 64881b5..4b41f1f 100644
--- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicswidget.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicswidget.cpp
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ QGraphicsWidget::~QGraphicsWidget()
 
     //we check if we have a layout previously
     if (d->layout) {
-        delete d->layout;
+        QGraphicsLayout *temp = d->layout;
         foreach (QGraphicsItem * item, childItems()) {
             // In case of a custom layout which doesn't remove and delete items, we ensure that
             // the parent layout item does not point to the deleted layout. This code is here to
@@ -269,6 +269,8 @@ QGraphicsWidget::~QGraphicsWidget()
                     widget->setParentLayoutItem(0);
             }
         }
+        d->layout = 0;
+        delete temp;
     }
 
     // Remove this graphics widget from widgetStyles
diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicswidget.h b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicswidget.h
index 62b353a..57015f9 100644
--- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicswidget.h
+++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicswidget.h
@@ -69,6 +69,7 @@ class QGraphicsWidgetPrivate;
 class Q_GUI_EXPORT QGraphicsWidget : public QGraphicsObject, public QGraphicsLayoutItem
 {
     Q_OBJECT
+    Q_INTERFACES(QGraphicsItem QGraphicsLayoutItem)
     Q_PROPERTY(QPalette palette READ palette WRITE setPalette)
     Q_PROPERTY(QFont font READ font WRITE setFont)
     Q_PROPERTY(Qt::LayoutDirection layoutDirection READ layoutDirection WRITE setLayoutDirection RESET unsetLayoutDirection)
diff --git a/tests/auto/qgraphicsitem/tst_qgraphicsitem.cpp b/tests/auto/qgraphicsitem/tst_qgraphicsitem.cpp
index a623b50..10f0e42 100644
--- a/tests/auto/qgraphicsitem/tst_qgraphicsitem.cpp
+++ b/tests/auto/qgraphicsitem/tst_qgraphicsitem.cpp
@@ -281,6 +281,7 @@ private slots:
     void subFocus();
     void reverseCreateAutoFocusProxy();
     void focusProxyDeletion();
+    void negativeZStacksBehindParent();
 
     // task specific tests below me
     void task141694_textItemEnsureVisible();
@@ -7558,5 +7559,30 @@ void tst_QGraphicsItem::focusProxyDeletion()
     delete scene; // don't crash
 }
 
+void tst_QGraphicsItem::negativeZStacksBehindParent()
+{
+    QGraphicsRectItem rect;
+    QCOMPARE(rect.zValue(), qreal(0.0));
+    QVERIFY(!(rect.flags() & QGraphicsItem::ItemNegativeZStacksBehindParent));
+    QVERIFY(!(rect.flags() & QGraphicsItem::ItemStacksBehindParent));
+    rect.setZValue(-1);
+    QCOMPARE(rect.zValue(), qreal(-1.0));
+    QVERIFY(!(rect.flags() & QGraphicsItem::ItemStacksBehindParent));
+    rect.setZValue(0);
+    rect.setFlag(QGraphicsItem::ItemNegativeZStacksBehindParent);
+    QVERIFY(rect.flags() & QGraphicsItem::ItemNegativeZStacksBehindParent);
+    QVERIFY(!(rect.flags() & QGraphicsItem::ItemStacksBehindParent));
+    rect.setZValue(-1);
+    QVERIFY(rect.flags() & QGraphicsItem::ItemStacksBehindParent);
+    rect.setZValue(0);
+    QVERIFY(!(rect.flags() & QGraphicsItem::ItemStacksBehindParent));
+    rect.setFlag(QGraphicsItem::ItemNegativeZStacksBehindParent, false);
+    rect.setZValue(-1);
+    rect.setFlag(QGraphicsItem::ItemNegativeZStacksBehindParent, true);
+    QVERIFY(rect.flags() & QGraphicsItem::ItemStacksBehindParent);
+    rect.setFlag(QGraphicsItem::ItemNegativeZStacksBehindParent, false);
+    QVERIFY(rect.flags() & QGraphicsItem::ItemStacksBehindParent);
+}
+
 QTEST_MAIN(tst_QGraphicsItem)
 #include "tst_qgraphicsitem.moc"
-- 
cgit v0.12


From 55e3c88a002de2a99e144df82ad7ac375a7c51aa Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Kavindra Devi Palaraja 
Date: Mon, 17 Aug 2009 16:07:21 +0200
Subject: Doc - some clean ups to QSortFilterProxyModel's documentation

Reviewed-By: TrustMe
---
 src/gui/itemviews/qsortfilterproxymodel.cpp | 171 +++++++++++++---------------
 1 file changed, 82 insertions(+), 89 deletions(-)

diff --git a/src/gui/itemviews/qsortfilterproxymodel.cpp b/src/gui/itemviews/qsortfilterproxymodel.cpp
index 8444a5b..aef59b5 100644
--- a/src/gui/itemviews/qsortfilterproxymodel.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/itemviews/qsortfilterproxymodel.cpp
@@ -1278,82 +1278,76 @@ void QSortFilterProxyModelPrivate::_q_sourceColumnsRemoved(
 /*!
     \since 4.1
     \class QSortFilterProxyModel
-    \brief The QSortFilterProxyModel class provides support for sorting and filtering data passed
-    between another model and a view.
+    \brief The QSortFilterProxyModel class provides support for sorting and
+    filtering data passed between another model and a view.
 
     \ingroup model-view
 
-    QSortFilterProxyModel can be used for sorting items, filtering
-    out items, or both. The model transforms the structure of a
-    source model by mapping the model indexes it supplies to new
-    indexes, corresponding to different locations, for views to use.
-    This approach allows a given source model to be restructured as
-    far as views are concerned without requiring any transformations
-    on the underlying data, and without duplicating the data in
+    QSortFilterProxyModel can be used for sorting items, filtering out items,
+    or both. The model transforms the structure of a source model by mapping
+    the model indexes it supplies to new indexes, corresponding to different
+    locations, for views to use. This approach allows a given source model to
+    be restructured as far as views are concerned without requiring any
+    transformations on the underlying data, and without duplicating the data in
     memory.
 
-    Let's assume that we want to sort and filter the items provided
-    by a custom model. The code to set up the model and the view, \e
-    without sorting and filtering, would look like this:
+    Let's assume that we want to sort and filter the items provided by a custom
+    model. The code to set up the model and the view, \e without sorting and
+    filtering, would look like this:
 
     \snippet doc/src/snippets/qsortfilterproxymodel-details/main.cpp 1
 
-    To add sorting and filtering support to \c MyItemModel, we need
-    to create a QSortFilterProxyModel, call setSourceModel() with the
-    \c MyItemModel as argument, and install the QSortFilterProxyModel
-    on the view:
+    To add sorting and filtering support to \c MyItemModel, we need to create
+    a QSortFilterProxyModel, call setSourceModel() with the \c MyItemModel as
+    argument, and install the QSortFilterProxyModel on the view:
 
     \snippet doc/src/snippets/qsortfilterproxymodel-details/main.cpp 0
     \snippet doc/src/snippets/qsortfilterproxymodel-details/main.cpp 2
 
-    At this point, neither sorting nor filtering is enabled; the
-    original data is displayed in the view. Any changes made through
-    the QSortFilterProxyModel are applied to the original model.
+    At this point, neither sorting nor filtering is enabled; the original data
+    is displayed in the view. Any changes made through the
+    QSortFilterProxyModel are applied to the original model.
 
-    The QSortFilterProxyModel acts as a wrapper for the original
-    model. If you need to convert source \l{QModelIndex}es to
-    sorted/filtered model indexes or vice versa, use mapToSource(),
-    mapFromSource(), mapSelectionToSource(), and
-    mapSelectionFromSource().
+    The QSortFilterProxyModel acts as a wrapper for the original model. If you
+    need to convert source \l{QModelIndex}es to sorted/filtered model indexes
+    or vice versa, use mapToSource(), mapFromSource(), mapSelectionToSource(),
+    and mapSelectionFromSource().
 
-    \note By default, the model does not dynamically re-sort and re-filter
-    data whenever the original model changes. This behavior can be
-    changed by setting the \l{QSortFilterProxyModel::dynamicSortFilter}
-    {dynamicSortFilter} property.
+    \note By default, the model does not dynamically re-sort and re-filter data
+    whenever the original model changes. This behavior can be changed by
+    setting the \l{QSortFilterProxyModel::dynamicSortFilter}{dynamicSortFilter}
+    property.
 
-    The \l{itemviews/basicsortfiltermodel}{Basic Sort/Filter Model}
-    and \l{itemviews/customsortfiltermodel}{Custom Sort/Filter Model}
-    examples illustrate how to use QSortFilterProxyModel to perform
-    basic sorting and filtering and how to subclass it to implement
-    custom behavior.
+    The \l{itemviews/basicsortfiltermodel}{Basic Sort/Filter Model} and
+    \l{itemviews/customsortfiltermodel}{Custom Sort/Filter Model} examples
+    illustrate how to use QSortFilterProxyModel to perform basic sorting and
+    filtering and how to subclass it to implement custom behavior.
 
     \section1 Sorting
 
     QTableView and QTreeView have a
-    \l{QTreeView::sortingEnabled}{sortingEnabled} property that
-    controls whether the user can sort the view by clicking the
-    view's horizontal header. For example:
+    \l{QTreeView::sortingEnabled}{sortingEnabled} property that controls
+    whether the user can sort the view by clicking the view's horizontal
+    header. For example:
 
     \snippet doc/src/snippets/qsortfilterproxymodel-details/main.cpp 3
 
-    When this feature is on (the default is off), clicking on a
-    header section sorts the items according to that column. By
-    clicking repeatedly, the user can alternate between ascending and
-    descending order.
+    When this feature is on (the default is off), clicking on a header section
+    sorts the items according to that column. By clicking repeatedly, the user
+    can alternate between ascending and descending order.
 
     \image qsortfilterproxymodel-sorting.png A sorted QTreeView
 
-    Behind the scene, the view calls the sort() virtual function on
-    the model to reorder the data in the model. To make your data
-    sortable, you can either implement sort() in your model, or you
-    use a QSortFilterProxyModel to wrap your model --
-    QSortFilterProxyModel provides a generic sort() reimplementation
-    that operates on the sortRole() (Qt::DisplayRole by default) of
-    the items and that understands several data types, including \c
-    int, QString, and QDateTime. For hierarchical models, sorting is
-    applied recursively to all child items. String comparisons are
-    case sensitive by default; this can be changed by setting the
-    \l{QSortFilterProxyModel::}{sortCaseSensitivity} property.
+    Behind the scene, the view calls the sort() virtual function on the model
+    to reorder the data in the model. To make your data sortable, you can
+    either implement sort() in your model, or use a QSortFilterProxyModel to
+    wrap your model -- QSortFilterProxyModel provides a generic sort()
+    reimplementation that operates on the sortRole() (Qt::DisplayRole by
+    default) of the items and that understands several data types, including
+    \c int, QString, and QDateTime. For hierarchical models, sorting is applied
+    recursively to all child items. String comparisons are case sensitive by
+    default; this can be changed by setting the \l{QSortFilterProxyModel::}
+    {sortCaseSensitivity} property.
 
     Custom sorting behavior is achieved by subclassing
     QSortFilterProxyModel and reimplementing lessThan(), which is
@@ -1365,43 +1359,42 @@ void QSortFilterProxyModelPrivate::_q_sourceColumnsRemoved(
     \l{itemviews/customsortfiltermodel}{Custom Sort/Filter Model}
     example.)
 
-    An alternative approach to sorting is to disable sorting on the
-    view and to impose a certain order to the user. This is done by
-    explicitly calling sort() with the desired column and order as
-    arguments on the QSortFilterProxyModel (or on the original model
-    if it implements sort()). For example:
+    An alternative approach to sorting is to disable sorting on the view and to
+    impose a certain order to the user. This is done by explicitly calling
+    sort() with the desired column and order as arguments on the
+    QSortFilterProxyModel (or on the original model if it implements sort()).
+    For example:
 
     \snippet doc/src/snippets/qsortfilterproxymodel-details/main.cpp 4
 
-    QSortFilterProxyModel can be sorted by column -1, in which case it
-    returns to the sort order of the underlying source model.
+    QSortFilterProxyModel can be sorted by column -1, in which case it returns
+    to the sort order of the underlying source model.
 
     \section1 Filtering
 
-    In addition to sorting, QSortFilterProxyModel can be used to hide
-    items that don't match a certain filter. The filter is specified
-    using a QRegExp object and is applied to the filterRole()
-    (Qt::DisplayRole by default) of each item, for a given column.
-    The QRegExp object can be used to match a regular expression, a
-    wildcard pattern, or a fixed string. For example:
+    In addition to sorting, QSortFilterProxyModel can be used to hide items
+    that do not match a certain filter. The filter is specified using a QRegExp
+    object and is applied to the filterRole() (Qt::DisplayRole by default) of
+    each item, for a given column. The QRegExp object can be used to match a
+    regular expression, a wildcard pattern, or a fixed string. For example:
 
     \snippet doc/src/snippets/qsortfilterproxymodel-details/main.cpp 5
 
-    For hierarchical models, the filter is applied recursively to all
-    children. If a parent item doesn't match the filter, none of its
-    children will be shown.
+    For hierarchical models, the filter is applied recursively to all children.
+    If a parent item doesn't match the filter, none of its children will be
+    shown.
 
-    A common use case is to let the user specify the filter regexp,
-    wildcard pattern, or fixed string in a QLineEdit and to connect
-    the \l{QLineEdit::textChanged()}{textChanged()} signal to
-    setFilterRegExp(), setFilterWildcard(), or setFilterFixedString()
-    to reapply the filter.
+    A common use case is to let the user specify the filter regexp, wildcard
+    pattern, or fixed string in a QLineEdit and to connect the
+    \l{QLineEdit::textChanged()}{textChanged()} signal to setFilterRegExp(),
+    setFilterWildcard(), or setFilterFixedString() to reapply the filter.
 
     Custom filtering behavior can be achieved by reimplementing the
     filterAcceptsRow() and filterAcceptsColumn() functions. For
-    example, the following implementation ignores the
-    \l{QSortFilterProxyModel::filterKeyColumn}{filterKeyColumn}
-    property and performs filtering on columns 0, 1, and 2:
+    example (from the \l{itemviews/customsortfiltermodel}
+    {Custom Sort/Filter Model} example), the following implementation ignores
+    the \l{QSortFilterProxyModel::filterKeyColumn}{filterKeyColumn} property
+    and performs filtering on columns 0, 1, and 2:
 
     \snippet examples/itemviews/customsortfiltermodel/mysortfilterproxymodel.cpp 3
 
@@ -1411,24 +1404,24 @@ void QSortFilterProxyModelPrivate::_q_sourceColumnsRemoved(
 
     If you are working with large amounts of filtering and have to invoke
     invalidateFilter() repeatedly, using reset() may be more efficient,
-    depending on the implementation of your model. However, note that reset()
-    returns the proxy model to its original state, losing selection
-    information, and will cause the proxy model to be repopulated.
+    depending on the implementation of your model. However, reset() returns the
+    proxy model to its original state, losing selection information, and will
+    cause the proxy model to be repopulated.
 
     \section1 Subclassing
 
-    \bold{Note:} Some general guidelines for subclassing models are
-    available in the \l{Model Subclassing Reference}.
-
     Since QAbstractProxyModel and its subclasses are derived from
-    QAbstractItemModel, much of the same advice about subclassing normal
-    models also applies to proxy models. In addition, it is worth noting
-    that many of the default implementations of functions in this class
-    are written so that they call the equivalent functions in the relevant
-    source model. This simple proxying mechanism may need to be overridden
-    for source models with more complex behavior; for example, if the
-    source model provides a custom hasChildren() implementation, you
-    should also provide one in the proxy model.
+    QAbstractItemModel, much of the same advice about subclassing normal models
+    also applies to proxy models. In addition, it is worth noting that many of
+    the default implementations of functions in this class are written so that
+    they call the equivalent functions in the relevant source model. This
+    simple proxying mechanism may need to be overridden for source models with
+    more complex behavior; for example, if the source model provides a custom
+    hasChildren() implementation, you should also provide one in the proxy
+    model.
+
+    \note Some general guidelines for subclassing models are available in the
+    \l{Model Subclassing Reference}.
 
     \sa QAbstractProxyModel, QAbstractItemModel, {Model/View Programming},
     {Basic Sort/Filter Model Example}, {Custom Sort/Filter Model Example}
-- 
cgit v0.12


From b31244b59396abea08254cb649eb1f59b2f8ed55 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Kavindra Devi Palaraja 
Date: Mon, 17 Aug 2009 16:12:55 +0200
Subject: Doc - mentioned that if no QRegExp is set, or an empty string is set,
 everything in the source model will be accepted.

Task: 251308

Reviewed-By: Olivier Goffart
---
 src/gui/itemviews/qsortfilterproxymodel.cpp | 8 +++++---
 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/src/gui/itemviews/qsortfilterproxymodel.cpp b/src/gui/itemviews/qsortfilterproxymodel.cpp
index aef59b5..d173efe 100644
--- a/src/gui/itemviews/qsortfilterproxymodel.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/itemviews/qsortfilterproxymodel.cpp
@@ -1984,9 +1984,11 @@ Qt::SortOrder QSortFilterProxyModel::sortOrder() const
     \brief the QRegExp used to filter the contents of the source model
 
     Setting this property overwrites the current
-    \l{QSortFilterProxyModel::filterCaseSensitivity}
-    {filterCaseSensitivity}. By default, the QRegExp is an empty
-    string matching all contents.
+    \l{QSortFilterProxyModel::filterCaseSensitivity}{filterCaseSensitivity}.
+    By default, the QRegExp is an empty string matching all contents.
+
+    If no QRegExp or an empty string is set, everything in the source model
+    will be accepted.
 
     \sa filterCaseSensitivity, setFilterWildcard(), setFilterFixedString()
 */
-- 
cgit v0.12


From ac9f56b31dacc35dd2007caee69a9cf521ed8410 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Benjamin Poulain 
Date: Mon, 17 Aug 2009 16:12:12 +0200
Subject: Add support for the orientation of tiff images
MIME-Version: 1.0
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit

The orientation tag was ignored for tiff images. The tag is now used
to rotate the image before providing it to the user.

The orientation of indexed an mono images is done completely manually.

The orientation of other type is done in conjunction to the mirroring
already performed by libtiff.

Task-number: 258526
Reviewed-by: Samuel Rødal
---
 src/plugins/imageformats/tiff/qtiffhandler.cpp     | 107 ++++++++++++++++++++-
 .../tiff_oriented/indexed_orientation_1.tiff       | Bin 0 -> 7740 bytes
 .../tiff_oriented/indexed_orientation_2.tiff       | Bin 0 -> 9570 bytes
 .../tiff_oriented/indexed_orientation_3.tiff       | Bin 0 -> 11392 bytes
 .../tiff_oriented/indexed_orientation_4.tiff       | Bin 0 -> 11392 bytes
 .../tiff_oriented/indexed_orientation_5.tiff       | Bin 0 -> 11392 bytes
 .../tiff_oriented/indexed_orientation_6.tiff       | Bin 0 -> 11392 bytes
 .../tiff_oriented/indexed_orientation_7.tiff       | Bin 0 -> 11392 bytes
 .../tiff_oriented/indexed_orientation_8.tiff       | Bin 0 -> 11392 bytes
 .../images/tiff_oriented/mono_orientation_1.tiff   | Bin 0 -> 2382 bytes
 .../images/tiff_oriented/mono_orientation_2.tiff   | Bin 0 -> 1608 bytes
 .../images/tiff_oriented/mono_orientation_3.tiff   | Bin 0 -> 1608 bytes
 .../images/tiff_oriented/mono_orientation_4.tiff   | Bin 0 -> 1608 bytes
 .../images/tiff_oriented/mono_orientation_5.tiff   | Bin 0 -> 1608 bytes
 .../images/tiff_oriented/mono_orientation_6.tiff   | Bin 0 -> 1608 bytes
 .../images/tiff_oriented/mono_orientation_7.tiff   | Bin 0 -> 1608 bytes
 .../images/tiff_oriented/mono_orientation_8.tiff   | Bin 0 -> 1608 bytes
 .../images/tiff_oriented/original_indexed.tiff     | Bin 0 -> 5922 bytes
 .../images/tiff_oriented/original_mono.tiff        | Bin 0 -> 786 bytes
 .../images/tiff_oriented/original_rgb.tiff         | Bin 0 -> 12608 bytes
 .../images/tiff_oriented/rgb_orientation_1.tiff    | Bin 0 -> 15560 bytes
 .../images/tiff_oriented/rgb_orientation_2.tiff    | Bin 0 -> 17972 bytes
 .../images/tiff_oriented/rgb_orientation_3.tiff    | Bin 0 -> 17324 bytes
 .../images/tiff_oriented/rgb_orientation_4.tiff    | Bin 0 -> 17324 bytes
 .../images/tiff_oriented/rgb_orientation_5.tiff    | Bin 0 -> 17648 bytes
 .../images/tiff_oriented/rgb_orientation_6.tiff    | Bin 0 -> 17324 bytes
 .../images/tiff_oriented/rgb_orientation_7.tiff    | Bin 0 -> 17324 bytes
 .../images/tiff_oriented/rgb_orientation_8.tiff    | Bin 0 -> 17324 bytes
 tests/auto/qimagereader/tst_qimagereader.cpp       |  45 +++++++++
 29 files changed, 151 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)
 create mode 100644 tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/indexed_orientation_1.tiff
 create mode 100644 tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/indexed_orientation_2.tiff
 create mode 100644 tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/indexed_orientation_3.tiff
 create mode 100644 tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/indexed_orientation_4.tiff
 create mode 100644 tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/indexed_orientation_5.tiff
 create mode 100644 tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/indexed_orientation_6.tiff
 create mode 100644 tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/indexed_orientation_7.tiff
 create mode 100644 tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/indexed_orientation_8.tiff
 create mode 100644 tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/mono_orientation_1.tiff
 create mode 100644 tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/mono_orientation_2.tiff
 create mode 100644 tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/mono_orientation_3.tiff
 create mode 100644 tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/mono_orientation_4.tiff
 create mode 100644 tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/mono_orientation_5.tiff
 create mode 100644 tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/mono_orientation_6.tiff
 create mode 100644 tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/mono_orientation_7.tiff
 create mode 100644 tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/mono_orientation_8.tiff
 create mode 100644 tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/original_indexed.tiff
 create mode 100644 tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/original_mono.tiff
 create mode 100644 tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/original_rgb.tiff
 create mode 100644 tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/rgb_orientation_1.tiff
 create mode 100644 tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/rgb_orientation_2.tiff
 create mode 100644 tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/rgb_orientation_3.tiff
 create mode 100644 tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/rgb_orientation_4.tiff
 create mode 100644 tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/rgb_orientation_5.tiff
 create mode 100644 tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/rgb_orientation_6.tiff
 create mode 100644 tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/rgb_orientation_7.tiff
 create mode 100644 tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/rgb_orientation_8.tiff

diff --git a/src/plugins/imageformats/tiff/qtiffhandler.cpp b/src/plugins/imageformats/tiff/qtiffhandler.cpp
index ec8a483..59edaf4 100644
--- a/src/plugins/imageformats/tiff/qtiffhandler.cpp
+++ b/src/plugins/imageformats/tiff/qtiffhandler.cpp
@@ -98,6 +98,43 @@ void qtiffUnmapProc(thandle_t /*fd*/, tdata_t /*base*/, toff_t /*size*/)
 {
 }
 
+// for 32 bits images
+inline void rotate_right_mirror_horizontal(QImage *const image)// rotate right->mirrored horizontal
+{
+    const int height = image->height();
+    const int width = image->width();
+    QImage generated(/* width = */ height, /* height = */ width, image->format());
+    const uint32 *originalPixel = reinterpret_cast(image->bits());
+    uint32 *const generatedPixels = reinterpret_cast(generated.bits());
+    for (int row=0; row < height; ++row) {
+        for (int col=0; col < width; ++col) {
+            int idx = col * height + row;
+            generatedPixels[idx] = *originalPixel;
+            ++originalPixel;
+        }
+    }
+    *image = generated;
+}
+
+inline void rotate_right_mirror_vertical(QImage *const image) // rotate right->mirrored vertical
+{
+    const int height = image->height();
+    const int width = image->width();
+    QImage generated(/* width = */ height, /* height = */ width, image->format());
+    const int lastCol = width - 1;
+    const int lastRow = height - 1;
+    const uint32 *pixel = reinterpret_cast(image->bits());
+    uint32 *const generatedBits = reinterpret_cast(generated.bits());
+    for (int row=0; row < height; ++row) {
+        for (int col=0; col < width; ++col) {
+            int idx = (lastCol - col) * height + (lastRow - row);
+            generatedBits[idx] = *pixel;
+            ++pixel;
+        }
+    }
+    *image = generated;
+}
+
 QTiffHandler::QTiffHandler() : QImageIOHandler()
 {
     compression = NoCompression;
@@ -223,7 +260,8 @@ bool QTiffHandler::read(QImage *image)
             if (image->size() != QSize(width, height) || image->format() != QImage::Format_ARGB32)
                 *image = QImage(width, height, QImage::Format_ARGB32);
             if (!image->isNull()) {
-                if (TIFFReadRGBAImageOriented(tiff, width, height, reinterpret_cast(image->bits()), ORIENTATION_TOPLEFT, 0)) {
+                const int stopOnError = 1;
+                if (TIFFReadRGBAImageOriented(tiff, width, height, reinterpret_cast(image->bits()), ORIENTATION_TOPLEFT, stopOnError)) {
                     for (uint32 y=0; yscanLine(y), width);
                 } else {
@@ -262,6 +300,73 @@ bool QTiffHandler::read(QImage *image)
         }
     }
 
+    // rotate the image if the orientation is defined in the file
+    uint16 orientationTag;
+    if (TIFFGetField(tiff, TIFFTAG_ORIENTATION, &orientationTag)) {
+        if (image->format() == QImage::Format_ARGB32) {
+            // TIFFReadRGBAImageOriented() flip the image but does not rotate them
+            switch (orientationTag) {
+            case 5:
+                rotate_right_mirror_horizontal(image);
+                break;
+            case 6:
+                rotate_right_mirror_vertical(image);
+                break;
+            case 7:
+                rotate_right_mirror_horizontal(image);
+                break;
+            case 8:
+                rotate_right_mirror_vertical(image);
+                break;
+            }
+        } else {
+            switch (orientationTag) {
+            case 1: // default orientation
+                break;
+            case 2: // mirror horizontal
+                *image = image->mirrored(true, false);
+                break;
+            case 3: // mirror both
+                *image = image->mirrored(true, true);
+                break;
+            case 4: // mirror vertical
+                *image = image->mirrored(false, true);
+                break;
+            case 5: // rotate right mirror horizontal
+                {
+                    QMatrix transformation;
+                    transformation.rotate(90);
+                    *image = image->transformed(transformation);
+                    *image = image->mirrored(true, false);
+                    break;
+                }
+            case 6: // rotate right
+                {
+                    QMatrix transformation;
+                    transformation.rotate(90);
+                    *image = image->transformed(transformation);
+                    break;
+                }
+            case 7: // rotate right, mirror vertical
+                {
+                    QMatrix transformation;
+                    transformation.rotate(90);
+                    *image = image->transformed(transformation);
+                    *image = image->mirrored(false, true);
+                    break;
+                }
+            case 8: // rotate left
+                {
+                    QMatrix transformation;
+                    transformation.rotate(270);
+                    *image = image->transformed(transformation);
+                    break;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+
     TIFFClose(tiff);
     return true;
 }
diff --git a/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/indexed_orientation_1.tiff b/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/indexed_orientation_1.tiff
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3fcb8a9
Binary files /dev/null and b/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/indexed_orientation_1.tiff differ
diff --git a/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/indexed_orientation_2.tiff b/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/indexed_orientation_2.tiff
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6f3e9d5
Binary files /dev/null and b/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/indexed_orientation_2.tiff differ
diff --git a/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/indexed_orientation_3.tiff b/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/indexed_orientation_3.tiff
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aab9cf2
Binary files /dev/null and b/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/indexed_orientation_3.tiff differ
diff --git a/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/indexed_orientation_4.tiff b/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/indexed_orientation_4.tiff
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aad96ff
Binary files /dev/null and b/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/indexed_orientation_4.tiff differ
diff --git a/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/indexed_orientation_5.tiff b/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/indexed_orientation_5.tiff
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..05d23dc
Binary files /dev/null and b/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/indexed_orientation_5.tiff differ
diff --git a/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/indexed_orientation_6.tiff b/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/indexed_orientation_6.tiff
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9ffe7fc
Binary files /dev/null and b/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/indexed_orientation_6.tiff differ
diff --git a/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/indexed_orientation_7.tiff b/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/indexed_orientation_7.tiff
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eeeb019
Binary files /dev/null and b/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/indexed_orientation_7.tiff differ
diff --git a/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/indexed_orientation_8.tiff b/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/indexed_orientation_8.tiff
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..87cf2fd
Binary files /dev/null and b/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/indexed_orientation_8.tiff differ
diff --git a/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/mono_orientation_1.tiff b/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/mono_orientation_1.tiff
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3b589b2
Binary files /dev/null and b/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/mono_orientation_1.tiff differ
diff --git a/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/mono_orientation_2.tiff b/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/mono_orientation_2.tiff
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9a66223
Binary files /dev/null and b/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/mono_orientation_2.tiff differ
diff --git a/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/mono_orientation_3.tiff b/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/mono_orientation_3.tiff
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eed2423
Binary files /dev/null and b/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/mono_orientation_3.tiff differ
diff --git a/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/mono_orientation_4.tiff b/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/mono_orientation_4.tiff
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..055480e
Binary files /dev/null and b/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/mono_orientation_4.tiff differ
diff --git a/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/mono_orientation_5.tiff b/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/mono_orientation_5.tiff
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b4d0974
Binary files /dev/null and b/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/mono_orientation_5.tiff differ
diff --git a/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/mono_orientation_6.tiff b/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/mono_orientation_6.tiff
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3b1e02a
Binary files /dev/null and b/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/mono_orientation_6.tiff differ
diff --git a/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/mono_orientation_7.tiff b/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/mono_orientation_7.tiff
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b752c74
Binary files /dev/null and b/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/mono_orientation_7.tiff differ
diff --git a/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/mono_orientation_8.tiff b/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/mono_orientation_8.tiff
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e228d05
Binary files /dev/null and b/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/mono_orientation_8.tiff differ
diff --git a/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/original_indexed.tiff b/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/original_indexed.tiff
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7507e52
Binary files /dev/null and b/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/original_indexed.tiff differ
diff --git a/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/original_mono.tiff b/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/original_mono.tiff
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8ff9db8
Binary files /dev/null and b/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/original_mono.tiff differ
diff --git a/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/original_rgb.tiff b/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/original_rgb.tiff
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..321ea3e
Binary files /dev/null and b/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/original_rgb.tiff differ
diff --git a/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/rgb_orientation_1.tiff b/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/rgb_orientation_1.tiff
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2756a82
Binary files /dev/null and b/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/rgb_orientation_1.tiff differ
diff --git a/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/rgb_orientation_2.tiff b/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/rgb_orientation_2.tiff
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ae9af09
Binary files /dev/null and b/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/rgb_orientation_2.tiff differ
diff --git a/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/rgb_orientation_3.tiff b/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/rgb_orientation_3.tiff
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a2f4325
Binary files /dev/null and b/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/rgb_orientation_3.tiff differ
diff --git a/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/rgb_orientation_4.tiff b/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/rgb_orientation_4.tiff
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f35bfc4
Binary files /dev/null and b/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/rgb_orientation_4.tiff differ
diff --git a/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/rgb_orientation_5.tiff b/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/rgb_orientation_5.tiff
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..70e5478
Binary files /dev/null and b/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/rgb_orientation_5.tiff differ
diff --git a/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/rgb_orientation_6.tiff b/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/rgb_orientation_6.tiff
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b2635fe
Binary files /dev/null and b/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/rgb_orientation_6.tiff differ
diff --git a/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/rgb_orientation_7.tiff b/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/rgb_orientation_7.tiff
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1fb0cd9
Binary files /dev/null and b/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/rgb_orientation_7.tiff differ
diff --git a/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/rgb_orientation_8.tiff b/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/rgb_orientation_8.tiff
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..666b1b4
Binary files /dev/null and b/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/tiff_oriented/rgb_orientation_8.tiff differ
diff --git a/tests/auto/qimagereader/tst_qimagereader.cpp b/tests/auto/qimagereader/tst_qimagereader.cpp
index dad771b..ba3d83e 100644
--- a/tests/auto/qimagereader/tst_qimagereader.cpp
+++ b/tests/auto/qimagereader/tst_qimagereader.cpp
@@ -149,6 +149,9 @@ private slots:
     void tiffCompression_data();
     void tiffCompression();
     void tiffEndianness();
+
+    void tiffOrientation_data();
+    void tiffOrientation();
 #endif
 
     void autoDetectImageFormat();
@@ -1308,6 +1311,48 @@ void tst_QImageReader::tiffEndianness()
     QCOMPARE(littleEndian, bigEndian);
 }
 
+void tst_QImageReader::tiffOrientation_data()
+{
+    QTest::addColumn("expected");
+    QTest::addColumn("oriented");
+    QTest::newRow("Indexed TIFF, orientation1") << "tiff_oriented/original_indexed.tiff" << "tiff_oriented/indexed_orientation_1.tiff";
+    QTest::newRow("Indexed TIFF, orientation2") << "tiff_oriented/original_indexed.tiff" << "tiff_oriented/indexed_orientation_2.tiff";
+    QTest::newRow("Indexed TIFF, orientation3") << "tiff_oriented/original_indexed.tiff" << "tiff_oriented/indexed_orientation_3.tiff";
+    QTest::newRow("Indexed TIFF, orientation4") << "tiff_oriented/original_indexed.tiff" << "tiff_oriented/indexed_orientation_4.tiff";
+    QTest::newRow("Indexed TIFF, orientation5") << "tiff_oriented/original_indexed.tiff" << "tiff_oriented/indexed_orientation_5.tiff";
+    QTest::newRow("Indexed TIFF, orientation6") << "tiff_oriented/original_indexed.tiff" << "tiff_oriented/indexed_orientation_6.tiff";
+    QTest::newRow("Indexed TIFF, orientation7") << "tiff_oriented/original_indexed.tiff" << "tiff_oriented/indexed_orientation_7.tiff";
+    QTest::newRow("Indexed TIFF, orientation8") << "tiff_oriented/original_indexed.tiff" << "tiff_oriented/indexed_orientation_8.tiff";
+
+    QTest::newRow("Mono TIFF, orientation1") << "tiff_oriented/original_mono.tiff" << "tiff_oriented/mono_orientation_1.tiff";
+    QTest::newRow("Mono TIFF, orientation2") << "tiff_oriented/original_mono.tiff" << "tiff_oriented/mono_orientation_2.tiff";
+    QTest::newRow("Mono TIFF, orientation3") << "tiff_oriented/original_mono.tiff" << "tiff_oriented/mono_orientation_3.tiff";
+    QTest::newRow("Mono TIFF, orientation4") << "tiff_oriented/original_mono.tiff" << "tiff_oriented/mono_orientation_4.tiff";
+    QTest::newRow("Mono TIFF, orientation5") << "tiff_oriented/original_mono.tiff" << "tiff_oriented/mono_orientation_5.tiff";
+    QTest::newRow("Mono TIFF, orientation6") << "tiff_oriented/original_mono.tiff" << "tiff_oriented/mono_orientation_6.tiff";
+    QTest::newRow("Mono TIFF, orientation7") << "tiff_oriented/original_mono.tiff" << "tiff_oriented/mono_orientation_7.tiff";
+    QTest::newRow("Mono TIFF, orientation8") << "tiff_oriented/original_mono.tiff" << "tiff_oriented/mono_orientation_8.tiff";
+
+    QTest::newRow("RGB TIFF, orientation1") << "tiff_oriented/original_rgb.tiff" << "tiff_oriented/rgb_orientation_1.tiff";
+    QTest::newRow("RGB TIFF, orientation2") << "tiff_oriented/original_rgb.tiff" << "tiff_oriented/rgb_orientation_2.tiff";
+    QTest::newRow("RGB TIFF, orientation3") << "tiff_oriented/original_rgb.tiff" << "tiff_oriented/rgb_orientation_3.tiff";
+    QTest::newRow("RGB TIFF, orientation4") << "tiff_oriented/original_rgb.tiff" << "tiff_oriented/rgb_orientation_4.tiff";
+    QTest::newRow("RGB TIFF, orientation5") << "tiff_oriented/original_rgb.tiff" << "tiff_oriented/rgb_orientation_5.tiff";
+    QTest::newRow("RGB TIFF, orientation6") << "tiff_oriented/original_rgb.tiff" << "tiff_oriented/rgb_orientation_6.tiff";
+    QTest::newRow("RGB TIFF, orientation7") << "tiff_oriented/original_rgb.tiff" << "tiff_oriented/rgb_orientation_7.tiff";
+    QTest::newRow("RGB TIFF, orientation8") << "tiff_oriented/original_rgb.tiff" << "tiff_oriented/rgb_orientation_8.tiff";
+}
+
+void tst_QImageReader::tiffOrientation()
+{
+    QFETCH(QString, expected);
+    QFETCH(QString, oriented);
+
+    QImage expectedImage(prefix + expected);
+    QImage orientedImage(prefix + oriented);
+    QCOMPARE(expectedImage, orientedImage);
+}
+
 #endif
 
 void tst_QImageReader::dotsPerMeter_data()
-- 
cgit v0.12


From 351f8f97fbb2996827f8345cf4dc26afe4208cea Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Kim Motoyoshi Kalland 
Date: Fri, 14 Aug 2009 17:45:30 +0200
Subject: Initialize QSvgTinyDocument::m_widthPercent and m_heightPercent.

Reviewed-by: Trond
---
 src/svg/qsvgtinydocument.cpp | 10 ++++++----
 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)

diff --git a/src/svg/qsvgtinydocument.cpp b/src/svg/qsvgtinydocument.cpp
index 5ab2608..614494f 100644
--- a/src/svg/qsvgtinydocument.cpp
+++ b/src/svg/qsvgtinydocument.cpp
@@ -61,10 +61,12 @@
 QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
 QSvgTinyDocument::QSvgTinyDocument()
-    : QSvgStructureNode(0),
-      m_animated(false),
-      m_animationDuration(0),
-      m_fps(30)
+    : QSvgStructureNode(0)
+    , m_widthPercent(false)
+    , m_heightPercent(false)
+    , m_animated(false)
+    , m_animationDuration(0)
+    , m_fps(30)
 {
 }
 
-- 
cgit v0.12


From 994ca2d739830ea30334d1aca080813d7db4498c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Kim Motoyoshi Kalland 
Date: Mon, 17 Aug 2009 11:37:39 +0200
Subject: Removed unused member variable from QGLFramebufferObjectPrivate.

Reviewed-by: Samuel
---
 src/opengl/qglframebufferobject.cpp | 2 --
 1 file changed, 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/src/opengl/qglframebufferobject.cpp b/src/opengl/qglframebufferobject.cpp
index f48c18d..b93cee8 100644
--- a/src/opengl/qglframebufferobject.cpp
+++ b/src/opengl/qglframebufferobject.cpp
@@ -275,7 +275,6 @@ public:
     GLenum target;
     QSize size;
     QGLFramebufferObjectFormat format;
-    int samples;
     uint valid : 1;
     uint bound : 1;
     QGLFramebufferObject::Attachment fbo_attachment;
@@ -368,7 +367,6 @@ void QGLFramebufferObjectPrivate::init(const QSize &sz, QGLFramebufferObject::At
         valid = checkFramebufferStatus();
 
         color_buffer = 0;
-        samples = 0;
     } else {
         GLint maxSamples;
         glGetIntegerv(GL_MAX_SAMPLES_EXT, &maxSamples);
-- 
cgit v0.12


From d490ce3d1f2ec3937f3dd272821d139fcd8de506 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Kim Motoyoshi Kalland 
Date: Mon, 17 Aug 2009 15:18:20 +0200
Subject: Implemented faster image transformation in the raster engine.

Task-number: 245650
Reviewed-by: Gunnar
---
 src/gui/painting/qblendfunctions.cpp     | 633 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
 src/gui/painting/qdrawhelper_p.h         |   9 +
 src/gui/painting/qpaintengine_raster.cpp |  35 +-
 3 files changed, 664 insertions(+), 13 deletions(-)

diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qblendfunctions.cpp b/src/gui/painting/qblendfunctions.cpp
index 1121c0e..e447301 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qblendfunctions.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qblendfunctions.cpp
@@ -793,8 +793,351 @@ void qt_scale_image_argb32_on_argb32(uchar *destPixels, int dbpl,
     }
 }
 
+struct QTransformImageVertex
+{
+    qreal x, y, u, v; // destination coordinates (x, y) and source coordinates (u, v)
+};
+
+template 
+void qt_transform_image_rasterize(DestT *destPixels, int dbpl,
+                                  const SrcT *srcPixels, int sbpl,
+                                  const QTransformImageVertex &topLeft, const QTransformImageVertex &bottomLeft,
+                                  const QTransformImageVertex &topRight, const QTransformImageVertex &bottomRight,
+                                  const QRect &sourceRect,
+                                  const QRect &clip,
+                                  qreal topY, qreal bottomY,
+                                  int dudx, int dvdx, int dudy, int dvdy, int u0, int v0,
+                                  Blender blender)
+{
+    int fromY = qMax(qRound(topY), clip.top());
+    int toY = qMin(qRound(bottomY), clip.top() + clip.height());
+    if (fromY >= toY)
+        return;
+
+    qreal leftSlope = (bottomLeft.x - topLeft.x) / (bottomLeft.y - topLeft.y);
+    qreal rightSlope = (bottomRight.x - topRight.x) / (bottomRight.y - topRight.y);
+    int dx_l = int(leftSlope * 0x10000);
+    int dx_r = int(rightSlope * 0x10000);
+    int x_l = int((topLeft.x + (0.5 + fromY - topLeft.y) * leftSlope + 0.5) * 0x10000);
+    int x_r = int((topRight.x + (0.5 + fromY - topRight.y) * rightSlope + 0.5) * 0x10000);
+
+    int fromX, toX, x1, x2, u, v, i, ii;
+    DestT *line;
+    for (int y = fromY; y < toY; ++y) {
+        line = reinterpret_cast(reinterpret_cast(destPixels) + y * dbpl);
+
+        fromX = qMax(x_l >> 16, clip.left());
+        toX = qMin(x_r >> 16, clip.left() + clip.width());
+        if (fromX < toX) {
+            // Because of rounding, we can get source coordinates outside the source image.
+            // Clamp these coordinates to the source rect to avoid segmentation fault and
+            // garbage on the screen.
+
+            // Find the first pixel on the current scan line where the source coordinates are within the source rect.
+            x1 = fromX;
+            u = x1 * dudx + y * dudy + u0;
+            v = x1 * dvdx + y * dvdy + v0;
+            for (; x1 < toX; ++x1) {
+                int uu = u >> 16;
+                int vv = v >> 16;
+                if (uu >= sourceRect.left() && uu < sourceRect.left() + sourceRect.width()
+                    && vv >= sourceRect.top() && vv < sourceRect.top() + sourceRect.height()) {
+                    break;
+                }
+                u += dudx;
+                v += dvdx;
+            }
+
+            // Find the last pixel on the current scan line where the source coordinates are within the source rect.
+            x2 = toX;
+            u = (x2 - 1) * dudx + y * dudy + u0;
+            v = (x2 - 1) * dvdx + y * dvdy + v0;
+            for (; x2 > x1; --x2) {
+                int uu = u >> 16;
+                int vv = v >> 16;
+                if (uu >= sourceRect.left() && uu < sourceRect.left() + sourceRect.width()
+                    && vv >= sourceRect.top() && vv < sourceRect.top() + sourceRect.height()) {
+                    break;
+                }
+                u -= dudx;
+                v -= dvdx;
+            }
+
+            // Set up values at the beginning of the scan line.
+            u = fromX * dudx + y * dudy + u0;
+            v = fromX * dvdx + y * dvdy + v0;
+            line += fromX;
+
+            // Beginning of the scan line, with per-pixel checks.
+            i = x1 - fromX;
+            while (i) {
+                int uu = qBound(sourceRect.left(), u >> 16, sourceRect.left() + sourceRect.width() - 1);
+                int vv = qBound(sourceRect.top(), v >> 16, sourceRect.top() + sourceRect.height() - 1);
+                blender.write(line, reinterpret_cast(reinterpret_cast(srcPixels) + vv * sbpl)[uu]);
+                u += dudx;
+                v += dvdx;
+                ++line;
+                --i;
+            }
+
+            // Middle of the scan line, without checks.
+            // Manual loop unrolling.
+            i = x2 - x1;
+            ii = i >> 3;
+            while (ii) {
+                blender.write(&line[0], reinterpret_cast(reinterpret_cast(srcPixels) + (v >> 16) * sbpl)[u >> 16]); u += dudx; v += dvdx;
+                blender.write(&line[1], reinterpret_cast(reinterpret_cast(srcPixels) + (v >> 16) * sbpl)[u >> 16]); u += dudx; v += dvdx;
+                blender.write(&line[2], reinterpret_cast(reinterpret_cast(srcPixels) + (v >> 16) * sbpl)[u >> 16]); u += dudx; v += dvdx;
+                blender.write(&line[3], reinterpret_cast(reinterpret_cast(srcPixels) + (v >> 16) * sbpl)[u >> 16]); u += dudx; v += dvdx;
+                blender.write(&line[4], reinterpret_cast(reinterpret_cast(srcPixels) + (v >> 16) * sbpl)[u >> 16]); u += dudx; v += dvdx;
+                blender.write(&line[5], reinterpret_cast(reinterpret_cast(srcPixels) + (v >> 16) * sbpl)[u >> 16]); u += dudx; v += dvdx;
+                blender.write(&line[6], reinterpret_cast(reinterpret_cast(srcPixels) + (v >> 16) * sbpl)[u >> 16]); u += dudx; v += dvdx;
+                blender.write(&line[7], reinterpret_cast(reinterpret_cast(srcPixels) + (v >> 16) * sbpl)[u >> 16]); u += dudx; v += dvdx;
+                line += 8;
+                --ii;
+            }
+            switch (i & 7) {
+                case 7: blender.write(line, reinterpret_cast(reinterpret_cast(srcPixels) + (v >> 16) * sbpl)[u >> 16]); u += dudx; v += dvdx; ++line;
+                case 6: blender.write(line, reinterpret_cast(reinterpret_cast(srcPixels) + (v >> 16) * sbpl)[u >> 16]); u += dudx; v += dvdx; ++line;
+                case 5: blender.write(line, reinterpret_cast(reinterpret_cast(srcPixels) + (v >> 16) * sbpl)[u >> 16]); u += dudx; v += dvdx; ++line;
+                case 4: blender.write(line, reinterpret_cast(reinterpret_cast(srcPixels) + (v >> 16) * sbpl)[u >> 16]); u += dudx; v += dvdx; ++line;
+                case 3: blender.write(line, reinterpret_cast(reinterpret_cast(srcPixels) + (v >> 16) * sbpl)[u >> 16]); u += dudx; v += dvdx; ++line;
+                case 2: blender.write(line, reinterpret_cast(reinterpret_cast(srcPixels) + (v >> 16) * sbpl)[u >> 16]); u += dudx; v += dvdx; ++line;
+                case 1: blender.write(line, reinterpret_cast(reinterpret_cast(srcPixels) + (v >> 16) * sbpl)[u >> 16]); u += dudx; v += dvdx; ++line;
+            }
+
+            // End of the scan line, with per-pixel checks.
+            i = toX - x2;
+            while (i) {
+                int uu = qBound(sourceRect.left(), u >> 16, sourceRect.left() + sourceRect.width() - 1);
+                int vv = qBound(sourceRect.top(), v >> 16, sourceRect.top() + sourceRect.height() - 1);
+                blender.write(line, reinterpret_cast(reinterpret_cast(srcPixels) + vv * sbpl)[uu]);
+                u += dudx;
+                v += dvdx;
+                ++line;
+                --i;
+            }
+        }
+        x_l += dx_l;
+        x_r += dx_r;
+    }
+}
+
+template 
+void qt_transform_image(DestT *destPixels, int dbpl,
+                        const SrcT *srcPixels, int sbpl,
+                        const QRectF &targetRect,
+                        const QRectF &sourceRect,
+                        const QRect &clip,
+                        const QTransform &targetRectTransform,
+                        Blender blender)
+{
+    enum Corner
+    {
+        TopLeft,
+        TopRight,
+        BottomRight,
+        BottomLeft
+    };
+
+    // map source rectangle to destination.
+    QTransformImageVertex v[4];
+    v[TopLeft].u = v[BottomLeft].u = sourceRect.left();
+    v[TopLeft].v = v[TopRight].v = sourceRect.top();
+    v[TopRight].u = v[BottomRight].u = sourceRect.right();
+    v[BottomLeft].v = v[BottomRight].v = sourceRect.bottom();
+    targetRectTransform.map(targetRect.left(), targetRect.top(), &v[TopLeft].x, &v[TopLeft].y);
+    targetRectTransform.map(targetRect.right(), targetRect.top(), &v[TopRight].x, &v[TopRight].y);
+    targetRectTransform.map(targetRect.left(), targetRect.bottom(), &v[BottomLeft].x, &v[BottomLeft].y);
+    targetRectTransform.map(targetRect.right(), targetRect.bottom(), &v[BottomRight].x, &v[BottomRight].y);
+
+    // find topmost vertex.
+    int topmost = 0;
+    for (int i = 1; i < 4; ++i) {
+        if (v[i].y < v[topmost].y)
+            topmost = i;
+    }
+    // rearrange array such that topmost vertex is at index 0.
+    switch (topmost) {
+    case 1:
+        {
+            QTransformImageVertex t = v[0];
+            for (int i = 0; i < 3; ++i)
+                v[i] = v[i+1];
+            v[3] = t;
+        }
+        break;
+    case 2:
+        qSwap(v[0], v[2]);
+        qSwap(v[1], v[3]);
+        break;
+    case 3:
+        {
+            QTransformImageVertex t = v[3];
+            for (int i = 3; i > 0; --i)
+                v[i] = v[i-1];
+            v[0] = t;
+        }
+        break;
+    }
+
+    // if necessary, swap vertex 1 and 3 such that 1 is to the left of 3.
+    qreal dx1 = v[1].x - v[0].x;
+    qreal dy1 = v[1].y - v[0].y;
+    qreal dx2 = v[3].x - v[0].x;
+    qreal dy2 = v[3].y - v[0].y;
+    if (dx1 * dy2 - dx2 * dy1 > 0)
+        qSwap(v[1], v[3]);
+
+    QTransformImageVertex u = {v[1].x - v[0].x, v[1].y - v[0].y, v[1].u - v[0].u, v[1].v - v[0].v};
+    QTransformImageVertex w = {v[2].x - v[0].x, v[2].y - v[0].y, v[2].u - v[0].u, v[2].v - v[0].v};
+
+    qreal det = u.x * w.y - u.y * w.x;
+    if (det == 0)
+        return;
+
+    qreal invDet = 1.0 / det;
+    qreal m11, m12, m21, m22, mdx, mdy;
+
+    m11 = (u.u * w.y - u.y * w.u) * invDet;
+    m12 = (u.x * w.u - u.u * w.x) * invDet;
+    m21 = (u.v * w.y - u.y * w.v) * invDet;
+    m22 = (u.x * w.v - u.v * w.x) * invDet;
+    mdx = v[0].u - m11 * v[0].x - m12 * v[0].y;
+    mdy = v[0].v - m21 * v[0].x - m22 * v[0].y;
+
+    int dudx = int(m11 * 0x10000);
+    int dvdx = int(m21 * 0x10000);
+    int dudy = int(m12 * 0x10000);
+    int dvdy = int(m22 * 0x10000);
+    int u0 = qCeil((0.5 * m11 + 0.5 * m12 + mdx) * 0x10000) - 1;
+    int v0 = qCeil((0.5 * m21 + 0.5 * m22 + mdy) * 0x10000) - 1;
+
+    int x1 = qFloor(sourceRect.left());
+    int y1 = qFloor(sourceRect.top());
+    int x2 = qCeil(sourceRect.right());
+    int y2 = qCeil(sourceRect.bottom());
+    QRect sourceRectI(x1, y1, x2 - x1, y2 - y1);
+
+    // rasterize trapezoids.
+    if (v[1].y < v[3].y) {
+        qt_transform_image_rasterize(destPixels, dbpl, srcPixels, sbpl, v[0], v[1], v[0], v[3], sourceRectI, clip, v[0].y, v[1].y, dudx, dvdx, dudy, dvdy, u0, v0, blender);
+        qt_transform_image_rasterize(destPixels, dbpl, srcPixels, sbpl, v[1], v[2], v[0], v[3], sourceRectI, clip, v[1].y, v[3].y, dudx, dvdx, dudy, dvdy, u0, v0, blender);
+        qt_transform_image_rasterize(destPixels, dbpl, srcPixels, sbpl, v[1], v[2], v[3], v[2], sourceRectI, clip, v[3].y, v[2].y, dudx, dvdx, dudy, dvdy, u0, v0, blender);
+    } else {
+        qt_transform_image_rasterize(destPixels, dbpl, srcPixels, sbpl, v[0], v[1], v[0], v[3], sourceRectI, clip, v[0].y, v[3].y, dudx, dvdx, dudy, dvdy, u0, v0, blender);
+        qt_transform_image_rasterize(destPixels, dbpl, srcPixels, sbpl, v[0], v[1], v[3], v[2], sourceRectI, clip, v[3].y, v[1].y, dudx, dvdx, dudy, dvdy, u0, v0, blender);
+        qt_transform_image_rasterize(destPixels, dbpl, srcPixels, sbpl, v[1], v[2], v[3], v[2], sourceRectI, clip, v[1].y, v[2].y, dudx, dvdx, dudy, dvdy, u0, v0, blender);
+    }
+}
+
+void qt_transform_image_rgb16_on_rgb16(uchar *destPixels, int dbpl,
+                                       const uchar *srcPixels, int sbpl,
+                                       const QRectF &targetRect,
+                                       const QRectF &sourceRect,
+                                       const QRect &clip,
+                                       const QTransform &targetRectTransform,
+                                       int const_alpha)
+{
+    if (const_alpha == 256) {
+        Blend_RGB16_on_RGB16_NoAlpha noAlpha;
+        qt_transform_image(reinterpret_cast(destPixels), dbpl,
+                           reinterpret_cast(srcPixels), sbpl,
+                           targetRect, sourceRect, clip, targetRectTransform, noAlpha);
+    } else {
+        Blend_RGB16_on_RGB16_ConstAlpha constAlpha(const_alpha);
+        qt_transform_image(reinterpret_cast(destPixels), dbpl,
+                           reinterpret_cast(srcPixels), sbpl,
+                           targetRect, sourceRect, clip, targetRectTransform, constAlpha);
+    }
+}
+
+void qt_transform_image_argb24_on_rgb16(uchar *destPixels, int dbpl,
+                                        const uchar *srcPixels, int sbpl,
+                                        const QRectF &targetRect,
+                                        const QRectF &sourceRect,
+                                        const QRect &clip,
+                                        const QTransform &targetRectTransform,
+                                        int const_alpha)
+{
+    if (const_alpha == 256) {
+        Blend_ARGB24_on_RGB16_SourceAlpha noAlpha;
+        qt_transform_image(reinterpret_cast(destPixels), dbpl,
+                           reinterpret_cast(srcPixels), sbpl,
+                           targetRect, sourceRect, clip, targetRectTransform, noAlpha);
+    } else {
+        Blend_ARGB24_on_RGB16_SourceAndConstAlpha constAlpha(const_alpha);
+        qt_transform_image(reinterpret_cast(destPixels), dbpl,
+                           reinterpret_cast(srcPixels), sbpl,
+                           targetRect, sourceRect, clip, targetRectTransform, constAlpha);
+    }
+}
 
 
+void qt_transform_image_argb32_on_rgb16(uchar *destPixels, int dbpl,
+                                        const uchar *srcPixels, int sbpl,
+                                        const QRectF &targetRect,
+                                        const QRectF &sourceRect,
+                                        const QRect &clip,
+                                        const QTransform &targetRectTransform,
+                                        int const_alpha)
+{
+    if (const_alpha == 256) {
+        Blend_ARGB32_on_RGB16_SourceAlpha noAlpha;
+        qt_transform_image(reinterpret_cast(destPixels), dbpl,
+                           reinterpret_cast(srcPixels), sbpl,
+                           targetRect, sourceRect, clip, targetRectTransform, noAlpha);
+    } else {
+        Blend_ARGB32_on_RGB16_SourceAndConstAlpha constAlpha(const_alpha);
+        qt_transform_image(reinterpret_cast(destPixels), dbpl,
+                           reinterpret_cast(srcPixels), sbpl,
+                           targetRect, sourceRect, clip, targetRectTransform, constAlpha);
+    }
+}
+
+
+void qt_transform_image_rgb32_on_rgb32(uchar *destPixels, int dbpl,
+                                       const uchar *srcPixels, int sbpl,
+                                       const QRectF &targetRect,
+                                       const QRectF &sourceRect,
+                                       const QRect &clip,
+                                       const QTransform &targetRectTransform,
+                                       int const_alpha)
+{
+    if (const_alpha == 256) {
+        Blend_RGB32_on_RGB32_NoAlpha noAlpha;
+        qt_transform_image(reinterpret_cast(destPixels), dbpl,
+                           reinterpret_cast(srcPixels), sbpl,
+                           targetRect, sourceRect, clip, targetRectTransform, noAlpha);
+    } else {
+        Blend_RGB32_on_RGB32_ConstAlpha constAlpha(const_alpha);
+        qt_transform_image(reinterpret_cast(destPixels), dbpl,
+                           reinterpret_cast(srcPixels), sbpl,
+                           targetRect, sourceRect, clip, targetRectTransform, constAlpha);
+    }
+}
+
+void qt_transform_image_argb32_on_argb32(uchar *destPixels, int dbpl,
+                                         const uchar *srcPixels, int sbpl,
+                                         const QRectF &targetRect,
+                                         const QRectF &sourceRect,
+                                         const QRect &clip,
+                                         const QTransform &targetRectTransform,
+                                         int const_alpha)
+{
+    if (const_alpha == 256) {
+        Blend_ARGB32_on_ARGB32_SourceAlpha sourceAlpha;
+        qt_transform_image(reinterpret_cast(destPixels), dbpl,
+                           reinterpret_cast(srcPixels), sbpl,
+                           targetRect, sourceRect, clip, targetRectTransform, sourceAlpha);
+    } else {
+        Blend_ARGB32_on_ARGB32_SourceAndConstAlpha constAlpha(const_alpha);
+        qt_transform_image(reinterpret_cast(destPixels), dbpl,
+                           reinterpret_cast(srcPixels), sbpl,
+                           targetRect, sourceRect, clip, targetRectTransform, constAlpha);
+    }
+}
+
 SrcOverScaleFunc qScaleFunctions[QImage::NImageFormats][QImage::NImageFormats] = {
     {   // Format_Invalid
         0,      // Format_Invalid,
@@ -1378,5 +1721,295 @@ SrcOverBlendFunc qBlendFunctions[QImage::NImageFormats][QImage::NImageFormats] =
     }
 };
 
+SrcOverTransformFunc qTransformFunctions[QImage::NImageFormats][QImage::NImageFormats] = {
+    {   // Format_Invalid
+        0,      // Format_Invalid,
+        0,      // Format_Mono,
+        0,      // Format_MonoLSB,
+        0,      // Format_Indexed8,
+        0,      // Format_RGB32,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB32,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB16,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB8565_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB666,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB6666_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB555,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB8555_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB888,
+        0,      // Format_RGB444,
+        0       // Format_ARGB4444_Premultiplied,
+    },
+    {   // Format_Mono
+        0,      // Format_Invalid,
+        0,      // Format_Mono,
+        0,      // Format_MonoLSB,
+        0,      // Format_Indexed8,
+        0,      // Format_RGB32,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB32,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB16,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB8565_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB666,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB6666_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB555,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB8555_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB888,
+        0,      // Format_RGB444,
+        0       // Format_ARGB4444_Premultiplied,
+    },
+    {   // Format_MonoLSB
+        0,      // Format_Invalid,
+        0,      // Format_Mono,
+        0,      // Format_MonoLSB,
+        0,      // Format_Indexed8,
+        0,      // Format_RGB32,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB32,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB16,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB8565_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB666,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB6666_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB555,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB8555_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB888,
+        0,      // Format_RGB444,
+        0       // Format_ARGB4444_Premultiplied,
+    },
+    {   // Format_Indexed8
+        0,      // Format_Invalid,
+        0,      // Format_Mono,
+        0,      // Format_MonoLSB,
+        0,      // Format_Indexed8,
+        0,      // Format_RGB32,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB32,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB16,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB8565_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB666,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB6666_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB555,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB8555_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB888,
+        0,      // Format_RGB444,
+        0       // Format_ARGB4444_Premultiplied,
+    },
+    {   // Format_RGB32
+        0,      // Format_Invalid,
+        0,      // Format_Mono,
+        0,      // Format_MonoLSB,
+        0,      // Format_Indexed8,
+        qt_transform_image_rgb32_on_rgb32,      // Format_RGB32,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB32,
+        qt_transform_image_argb32_on_argb32,    // Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB16,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB8565_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB666,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB6666_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB555,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB8555_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB888,
+        0,      // Format_RGB444,
+        0       // Format_ARGB4444_Premultiplied,
+    },
+    {   // Format_ARGB32
+        0,      // Format_Invalid,
+        0,      // Format_Mono,
+        0,      // Format_MonoLSB,
+        0,      // Format_Indexed8,
+        0,      // Format_RGB32,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB32,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB16,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB8565_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB666,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB6666_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB555,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB8555_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB888,
+        0,      // Format_RGB444,
+        0       // Format_ARGB4444_Premultiplied,
+    },
+    {   // Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied
+        0,      // Format_Invalid,
+        0,      // Format_Mono,
+        0,      // Format_MonoLSB,
+        0,      // Format_Indexed8,
+        qt_transform_image_rgb32_on_rgb32,          // Format_RGB32,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB32,
+        qt_transform_image_argb32_on_argb32,        // Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB16,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB8565_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB666,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB6666_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB555,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB8555_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB888,
+        0,      // Format_RGB444,
+        0       // Format_ARGB4444_Premultiplied,
+    },
+    {   // Format_RGB16
+        0,      // Format_Invalid,
+        0,      // Format_Mono,
+        0,      // Format_MonoLSB,
+        0,      // Format_Indexed8,
+        0,      // Format_RGB32,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB32,
+        qt_transform_image_argb32_on_rgb16,       // Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied,
+        qt_transform_image_rgb16_on_rgb16,        // Format_RGB16,
+        qt_transform_image_argb24_on_rgb16,       // Format_ARGB8565_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB666,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB6666_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB555,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB8555_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB888,
+        0,      // Format_RGB444,
+        0       // Format_ARGB4444_Premultiplied,
+    },
+    {   // Format_ARGB8565_Premultiplied
+        0,      // Format_Invalid,
+        0,      // Format_Mono,
+        0,      // Format_MonoLSB,
+        0,      // Format_Indexed8,
+        0,      // Format_RGB32,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB32,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB16,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB8565_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB666,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB6666_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB555,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB8555_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB888,
+        0,      // Format_RGB444,
+        0       // Format_ARGB4444_Premultiplied,
+    },
+    {   // Format_RGB666
+        0,      // Format_Invalid,
+        0,      // Format_Mono,
+        0,      // Format_MonoLSB,
+        0,      // Format_Indexed8,
+        0,      // Format_RGB32,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB32,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB16,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB8565_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB666,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB6666_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB555,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB8555_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB888,
+        0,      // Format_RGB444,
+        0       // Format_ARGB4444_Premultiplied,
+    },
+    {   // Format_ARGB6666_Premultiplied
+        0,      // Format_Invalid,
+        0,      // Format_Mono,
+        0,      // Format_MonoLSB,
+        0,      // Format_Indexed8,
+        0,      // Format_RGB32,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB32,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB16,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB8565_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB666,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB6666_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB555,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB8555_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB888,
+        0,      // Format_RGB444,
+        0       // Format_ARGB4444_Premultiplied,
+    },
+    {   // Format_RGB555
+        0,      // Format_Invalid,
+        0,      // Format_Mono,
+        0,      // Format_MonoLSB,
+        0,      // Format_Indexed8,
+        0,      // Format_RGB32,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB32,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB16,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB8565_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB666,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB6666_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB555,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB8555_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB888,
+        0,      // Format_RGB444,
+        0       // Format_ARGB4444_Premultiplied,
+    },
+    {   // Format_ARGB8555_Premultiplied
+        0,      // Format_Invalid,
+        0,      // Format_Mono,
+        0,      // Format_MonoLSB,
+        0,      // Format_Indexed8,
+        0,      // Format_RGB32,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB32,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB16,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB8565_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB666,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB6666_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB555,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB8555_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB888,
+        0,      // Format_RGB444,
+        0       // Format_ARGB4444_Premultiplied,
+    },
+    {   // Format_RGB888
+        0,      // Format_Invalid,
+        0,      // Format_Mono,
+        0,      // Format_MonoLSB,
+        0,      // Format_Indexed8,
+        0,      // Format_RGB32,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB32,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB16,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB8565_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB666,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB6666_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB555,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB8555_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB888,
+        0,      // Format_RGB444,
+        0       // Format_ARGB4444_Premultiplied,
+    },
+    {   // Format_RGB444
+        0,      // Format_Invalid,
+        0,      // Format_Mono,
+        0,      // Format_MonoLSB,
+        0,      // Format_Indexed8,
+        0,      // Format_RGB32,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB32,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB16,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB8565_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB666,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB6666_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB555,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB8555_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB888,
+        0,      // Format_RGB444,
+        0       // Format_ARGB4444_Premultiplied,
+    },
+    {   // Format_ARGB4444_Premultiplied
+        0,      // Format_Invalid,
+        0,      // Format_Mono,
+        0,      // Format_MonoLSB,
+        0,      // Format_Indexed8,
+        0,      // Format_RGB32,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB32,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB16,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB8565_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB666,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB6666_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB555,
+        0,      // Format_ARGB8555_Premultiplied,
+        0,      // Format_RGB888,
+        0,      // Format_RGB444,
+        0       // Format_ARGB4444_Premultiplied,
+    }
+};
 
 QT_END_NAMESPACE
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qdrawhelper_p.h b/src/gui/painting/qdrawhelper_p.h
index 18c3358..83d2671 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qdrawhelper_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qdrawhelper_p.h
@@ -146,6 +146,14 @@ typedef void (*SrcOverScaleFunc)(uchar *destPixels, int dbpl,
                                  const QRect &clipRect,
                                  int const_alpha);
 
+typedef void (*SrcOverTransformFunc)(uchar *destPixels, int dbpl,
+                                     const uchar *src, int spbl,
+                                     const QRectF &targetRect,
+                                     const QRectF &sourceRect,
+                                     const QRect &clipRect,
+                                     const QTransform &targetRectTransform,
+                                     int const_alpha);
+
 
 struct DrawHelper {
     ProcessSpans blendColor;
@@ -158,6 +166,7 @@ struct DrawHelper {
 
 extern SrcOverBlendFunc qBlendFunctions[QImage::NImageFormats][QImage::NImageFormats];
 extern SrcOverScaleFunc qScaleFunctions[QImage::NImageFormats][QImage::NImageFormats];
+extern SrcOverTransformFunc qTransformFunctions[QImage::NImageFormats][QImage::NImageFormats];
 
 extern DrawHelper qDrawHelper[QImage::NImageFormats];
 
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qpaintengine_raster.cpp b/src/gui/painting/qpaintengine_raster.cpp
index d00329b..8b83f02 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qpaintengine_raster.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qpaintengine_raster.cpp
@@ -2495,10 +2495,7 @@ void QRasterPaintEngine::drawImage(const QPointF &p, const QImage &img)
         const QClipData *clip = d->clip();
         QPointF pt(p.x() + s->matrix.dx(), p.y() + s->matrix.dy());
 
-        // ### TODO: remove this eventually...
-        static bool NO_BLEND_FUNC = !qgetenv("QT_NO_BLEND_FUNCTIONS").isNull();
-
-        if (s->flags.fast_images && !NO_BLEND_FUNC) {
+        if (s->flags.fast_images) {
             SrcOverBlendFunc func = qBlendFunctions[d->rasterBuffer->format][img.format()];
             if (func) {
                 if (!clip) {
@@ -2511,6 +2508,8 @@ void QRasterPaintEngine::drawImage(const QPointF &p, const QImage &img)
             }
         }
 
+
+
         d->image_filler.clip = clip;
         d->image_filler.initTexture(&img, s->intOpacity, QTextureData::Plain, img.rect());
         if (!d->image_filler.blend)
@@ -2562,14 +2561,24 @@ void QRasterPaintEngine::drawImage(const QRectF &r, const QImage &img, const QRe
     if (s->matrix.type() > QTransform::TxTranslate || stretch_sr) {
 
         if (s->flags.fast_images) {
-            SrcOverScaleFunc func = qScaleFunctions[d->rasterBuffer->format][img.format()];
-            if (func && (!clip || clip->hasRectClip)) {
-                func(d->rasterBuffer->buffer(), d->rasterBuffer->bytesPerLine(),
-                     img.bits(), img.bytesPerLine(),
-                     qt_mapRect_non_normalizing(r, s->matrix), sr,
-                     !clip ? d->deviceRect : clip->clipRect,
-                     s->intOpacity);
-                return;
+            if (s->matrix.type() > QTransform::TxScale) {
+                SrcOverTransformFunc func = qTransformFunctions[d->rasterBuffer->format][img.format()];
+                if (func && (!clip || clip->hasRectClip)) {
+                    func(d->rasterBuffer->buffer(), d->rasterBuffer->bytesPerLine(), img.bits(),
+                         img.bytesPerLine(), r, sr, !clip ? d->deviceRect : clip->clipRect,
+                         s->matrix, s->intOpacity);
+                    return;
+                }
+            } else {
+                SrcOverScaleFunc func = qScaleFunctions[d->rasterBuffer->format][img.format()];
+                if (func && (!clip || clip->hasRectClip)) {
+                    func(d->rasterBuffer->buffer(), d->rasterBuffer->bytesPerLine(),
+                         img.bits(), img.bytesPerLine(),
+                         qt_mapRect_non_normalizing(r, s->matrix), sr,
+                         !clip ? d->deviceRect : clip->clipRect,
+                         s->intOpacity);
+                    return;
+                }
             }
         }
 
@@ -4056,7 +4065,7 @@ void QRasterPaintEnginePrivate::recalculateFastImages()
 
     s->flags.fast_images = !(s->renderHints & QPainter::SmoothPixmapTransform)
                            && rasterBuffer->compositionMode == QPainter::CompositionMode_SourceOver
-                           && s->matrix.type() <= QTransform::TxScale;
+                           && s->matrix.type() <= QTransform::TxShear;
 }
 
 
-- 
cgit v0.12


From 2c433296b3f570e92e4279ffbdbaecd48f018ec7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: David Boddie 
Date: Mon, 17 Aug 2009 17:15:59 +0200
Subject: Doc: Clarified that arguments should be passed as separate strings.

Task-number: 178753
Reviewed-by: Trust Me
---
 src/corelib/io/qprocess.cpp | 18 +++++++++++++-----
 1 file changed, 13 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)

diff --git a/src/corelib/io/qprocess.cpp b/src/corelib/io/qprocess.cpp
index 133d51e..4715eb7 100644
--- a/src/corelib/io/qprocess.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/io/qprocess.cpp
@@ -155,8 +155,16 @@ void QProcessPrivate::Channel::clear()
     \mainclass
     \reentrant
 
+    \section1 Running a Process
+
     To start a process, pass the name and command line arguments of
-    the program you want to run as arguments to start(). For example:
+    the program you want to run as arguments to start(). Arguments
+    are supplied as individual strings in a QStringList.
+
+    For example, the following code snippet runs the analog clock
+    example in the Motif style on X11 platforms by passing strings
+    containing "-style" and "motif" as two items in the list of
+    arguments:
 
     \snippet doc/src/snippets/qprocess/qprocess-simpleexecution.cpp 0
     \dots
@@ -1565,16 +1573,16 @@ QByteArray QProcess::readAllStandardError()
     process, a warning may be printed at the console, and the existing
     process will continue running.
 
-    Note that arguments that contain spaces are not passed to the
+    \note Arguments that contain spaces are not passed to the
     process as separate arguments.
 
-    \bold{Windows:} Arguments that contain spaces are wrapped in quotes.
-
     \note Processes are started asynchronously, which means the started()
     and error() signals may be delayed. Call waitForStarted() to make
     sure the process has started (or has failed to start) and those signals
     have been emitted.
 
+    \bold{Windows:} Arguments that contain spaces are wrapped in quotes.
+
     \sa pid(), started(), waitForStarted()
 */
 void QProcess::start(const QString &program, const QStringList &arguments, OpenMode mode)
@@ -1834,7 +1842,7 @@ bool QProcess::startDetached(const QString &program,
     otherwise returns false. If the calling process exits, the
     detached process will continue to live.
 
-    Note that arguments that contain spaces are not passed to the
+    \note Arguments that contain spaces are not passed to the
     process as separate arguments.
 
     \bold{Unix:} The started process will run in its own session and act
-- 
cgit v0.12


From 285d4b12cb937a5672d6eb15781f03d249f8cfc1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Thierry Bastian 
Date: Mon, 17 Aug 2009 17:13:56 +0200
Subject: Add autotest to make sure we receive the
 QVariantAnimation::valueChanged

Reviewed-by: ogoffart
---
 .../qpropertyanimation/tst_qpropertyanimation.cpp  | 28 ++++++++++++++++++++++
 1 file changed, 28 insertions(+)

diff --git a/tests/auto/qpropertyanimation/tst_qpropertyanimation.cpp b/tests/auto/qpropertyanimation/tst_qpropertyanimation.cpp
index 5af6f39..3ff177a 100644
--- a/tests/auto/qpropertyanimation/tst_qpropertyanimation.cpp
+++ b/tests/auto/qpropertyanimation/tst_qpropertyanimation.cpp
@@ -113,6 +113,7 @@ private slots:
     void oneKeyValue();
     void updateOnSetKeyValues();
     void restart();
+    void valueChanged();
 };
 
 tst_QPropertyAnimation::tst_QPropertyAnimation()
@@ -1052,6 +1053,33 @@ void tst_QPropertyAnimation::restart()
     anim.start();
 }
 
+void tst_QPropertyAnimation::valueChanged()
+{
+    qRegisterMetaType("QVariant");
+
+    //we check that we receive the valueChanged signal
+    MyErrorObject o;
+    o.setOle(0);
+    QCOMPARE(o.property("ole").toInt(), 0);
+    QPropertyAnimation anim(&o, "ole");
+    anim.setEndValue(5);
+    anim.setDuration(1000);
+    QSignalSpy spy(&anim, SIGNAL(valueChanged(QVariant)));
+    anim.start();
+
+    QTest::qWait(anim.duration() + 50);
+
+    QCOMPARE(anim.state(), QAbstractAnimation::Stopped);
+    QCOMPARE(anim.currentTime(), anim.duration());
+
+    //let's check that the values go forward
+    QCOMPARE(spy.count(), 6); //we should have got everything from 0 to 5
+    for (int i = 0; i < spy.count(); ++i) {
+        QCOMPARE(qvariant_cast(spy.at(i).first()).toInt(), i);
+    }
+}
+
+
 
 QTEST_MAIN(tst_QPropertyAnimation)
 #include "tst_qpropertyanimation.moc"
-- 
cgit v0.12


From 911557fcf7dedc002e689a0d66efd2b77e044bd1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date: Mon, 17 Aug 2009 18:37:42 +0200
Subject: Restructure the documentation, both on a file and on a content level.

- directory structure in doc/src
- moving of class-specific documentation together with classes
- new, less cluttered index page
- significantely reduced number of "groups of classes"
- categorized all (?) documentation into "Frameworks" or "Howtos"
- reformatting of examples pages
- splitting of very long documentation pages into walkthroughs
- some writing where it was missing


Squashed commit of the following:

commit b44ea6c917a7470a678509f4c6c9b8836d277346
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Mon Aug 17 18:32:09 2009 +0200

    Some cleaning up in the categories.

commit b592c6eba72332fd23911251d836cf0af4514bae
Merge: 1e10d9e 285d4b1
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Mon Aug 17 18:20:57 2009 +0200

    Merge branch 'master' into doccleanup

commit 1e10d9e732f4171e61b3d1ecf0b64f7509e71607
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Mon Aug 17 18:19:03 2009 +0200

    Split the "io" group into "io" and "network".

    And list the network classes in the respective overview documentation.

commit fae86d24becb69c532a9c3b4fbf744c44a54f49d
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Mon Aug 17 18:00:32 2009 +0200

    Move the string-processing classes together with the Unicode in Qt docu.

commit d2a6dd3307b0306bd7a8e283e11a99e833206963
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Mon Aug 17 18:00:14 2009 +0200

    Not a toplevel topic, it's within the "paint system" set of pages.

commit 44cba00cdf7fb086dd3bb62b15c0f9a7915e20c2
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Mon Aug 17 17:57:37 2009 +0200

    "Canvas UI" is not a stand-alone concept in Qt - yet!

commit 5f6e69b38fbca661709bc20b502ab0bc1b251b96
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Mon Aug 17 17:43:01 2009 +0200

    Can just as well delete the old index.

commit aa5ec5327dceb1d3df62b990a32c970cce03ba9c
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Mon Aug 17 17:39:52 2009 +0200

    Some rephrasing and easier access to the "Keyboard Focus" docu.

commit 6248de281565cafce12221c902e9944867b338b3
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Mon Aug 17 17:37:02 2009 +0200

    Replace the old index with the new index.

commit 110acab8af0c99db9905b0f4cc6e93c325b1e3c6
Merge: d88d526 53807e5
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Mon Aug 17 16:04:59 2009 +0200

    Merge branch 'master' into doccleanup

commit d88d52681d758e9e730de0e69290472728bf8c40
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Sun Aug 16 17:34:14 2009 +0200

    Give the "Widgets and Layouts" topic a bit more content.

commit 01e108a5f2d1d0948c2093987a77f222d6cc4d09
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Sun Aug 16 14:21:41 2009 +0200

    Move OpenVG "best practices" documentation into howtos directory.

commit 86f4ca38f965909a29cee0478c537558a4ea8f5a
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Sun Aug 16 14:18:32 2009 +0200

    Add module documentation for OpenVG and Multimedia.

commit 9fef923acbbb75cdc3fc4e984aec177ddcd24c53
Merge: e7e5cd9 72c1cb2
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Sun Aug 16 13:20:23 2009 +0200

    Merge branch 'master' into doccleanup

commit e7e5cd9444ac0e7be55ecfbeb8c9ace23784205b
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Sun Aug 16 13:20:08 2009 +0200

    Add Google custom search box.

    Not sure why that change was never merged in by git.

commit 348372947a3d7da2b28325731ac02bbc67cdec41
Merge: 3ff51b9 aa09d4f
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Sat Aug 15 02:14:31 2009 +0200

    Merge branch 'master' into doccleanup

commit 3ff51b9b52af39c00a938db380809e36b6c701c9
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Sat Aug 15 02:09:38 2009 +0200

    Minor word-smithing.

commit da612b4130061e094a16d47a450f3f3fe6f547c7
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Sat Aug 15 01:55:16 2009 +0200

    Separating the "multimedia" group into reasonable sets of classes.

commit 838955a1a780e41ea77676e1bef8e471c7a2a2f5
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Fri Aug 14 23:12:33 2009 +0200

    Just one file, doesn't need a separate directory.

commit b99f56262faa4410880d08787f2c8d9a509d303d
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Fri Aug 14 23:05:59 2009 +0200

    Move documentation for Asian codecs into src/corelib/codecs.

    Not ideal, the source of most of those codecs live in src/plugins/codecs,
    but since this is no real API documentation it's probably appropriate.

commit ba2258c0b6587d959cdfe6ff99c4d36319077aac
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Fri Aug 14 22:24:33 2009 +0200

    Renaming of files that used old product/company names.

commit 30ee7deb935bb3de4257cd71be5ba9610376047c
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Fri Aug 14 22:14:30 2009 +0200

    Those will only used by "Qt 4 for Qt 3" users, so leave the original text.

commit d0c110d047bbbd2dde70fc51ad702db59fa3883b
Merge: c5eccd5 8198d35
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Fri Aug 14 22:12:15 2009 +0200

    Merge branch 'master' into doccleanup

commit c5eccd51ad85cfaf07ea8522a977b7bef70f70fd
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Fri Aug 14 22:09:43 2009 +0200

    Moving some last files from doc/src into subdirectories.

commit d2dc303d92c1f66bf721b65fca1c6d55ab7ec01d
Merge: 0bdf16e a835ec7
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Fri Aug 14 15:39:59 2009 +0200

    Merge branch 'master' into doccleanup

commit 0bdf16e1bb04e532d4cc72c5646cb28470d5e627
Merge: 04bb351 c73fd72
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Fri Aug 14 13:08:37 2009 +0200

    Merge branch 'master' into doccleanup

    Conflicts:
    	src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/Api/qwebelement.cpp

commit 04bb3513f107a895cfbbf98f8c4f9a67e392c72a
Merge: 8a52ce8 07d2ce1
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Wed Aug 12 19:58:04 2009 +0200

    Merge branch 'master' into doccleanup

    Conflicts:
    	tools/qdoc3/test/qt-html-templates.qdocconf

commit 8a52ce8055d5d8b1bf799bf1fdde18aaf8b940c7
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Wed Aug 12 13:30:50 2009 +0200

    Fix some links to the qt.nokia.com page, and at least some linking to IO.

commit f7823801bf750b0b76ce0871c3f9e8e59c7901fe
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Wed Aug 12 12:27:19 2009 +0200

    Make links in header point to the pages with links to everything else.

commit 335012b7e96698d6ec7994fdfd52813140f12413
Merge: 21b1263 96b6a3c
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Wed Aug 12 12:17:57 2009 +0200

    Merge branch 'master' into doccleanup

    Conflicts:
    	doc/src/classes/qtdesigner-api.qdoc
    	doc/src/desktop-integration.qdoc
    	doc/src/distributingqt.qdoc
    	doc/src/examples-overview.qdoc
    	doc/src/examples.qdoc
    	doc/src/frameworks-technologies/dbus-adaptors.qdoc
    	doc/src/geometry.qdoc
    	doc/src/groups.qdoc
    	doc/src/objecttrees.qdoc
    	doc/src/plugins-howto.qdoc
    	doc/src/qt4-accessibility.qdoc
    	doc/src/qt4-scribe.qdoc
    	doc/src/qt4-sql.qdoc
    	doc/src/qt4-styles.qdoc
    	doc/src/qtdbus.qdoc
    	doc/src/qtgui.qdoc
    	doc/src/qtmain.qdoc
    	doc/src/qtopengl.qdoc
    	doc/src/qtscripttools.qdoc
    	doc/src/qtsvg.qdoc
    	doc/src/qtuiloader.qdoc
    	doc/src/qundo.qdoc
    	doc/src/richtext.qdoc
    	doc/src/topics.qdoc
    	doc/src/xml-processing/xml-processing.qdoc

commit 21b126346989a86a828ee8a66bb12108d2bb2b71
Merge: 88e7d76 204c771
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Tue Aug 11 18:15:17 2009 +0200

    Merge branch 'master' into doccleanup

commit 88e7d76ceec664404a913469025ed9a7ca6f4fb0
Merge: 97c4128 1c62dc4
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Tue Aug 11 18:00:56 2009 +0200

    Merge branch 'master' into doccleanup

commit 97c412815162859d853c5a4ede1eb9bd4be4af9b
Merge: cf5d8ae 4096911
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Mon Aug 10 19:27:08 2009 +0200

    Merge branch 'master' into doccleanup

commit cf5d8ae4b09a92fed5b4e4cabbcfd49116e9e13f
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Mon Aug 10 19:09:57 2009 +0200

    This should link to the platform specific documentation.

commit 38610f0ff210286f92528495d48f434d2c0db8e8
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Mon Aug 10 18:59:35 2009 +0200

    These groups are embedded in the respective framework overview already.

commit 1e58a90c561d33aada9427b17db8e0f7bbe02fa7
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Mon Aug 10 18:54:47 2009 +0200

    Remove howtos and overviews from script group.

    The "Making Applications Scriptable" page needs to be split into a
    walkthrough anyway.

commit 1e68b8d7d53500b8fb6c9c821d46e045ed7efe6f
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Mon Aug 10 18:30:10 2009 +0200

    Groups are for classes. The objectmodel framework overview links to those.

commit a0a95420c82e2a77150b070e98609aa3e1b3b1a6
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Mon Aug 10 18:22:20 2009 +0200

    Kill the "buildsystem" group.

    All documents can be reached through the "Developing with Qt" page.

commit 7b23a40c5ba3a215fba6032ad96199b5c9797e98
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Mon Aug 10 18:07:23 2009 +0200

    This guide should only be in the porting group.

commit ef731bcc53a9b34ba3b42e5ad7caf4234941c4a9
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Mon Aug 10 18:06:21 2009 +0200

    Phonon is a framework on its own.

    The whole "multimedia" group is a rather random collection of stuff...

commit 5d290d48fc428573ccd31861cf57d214051ba349
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Mon Aug 10 17:59:36 2009 +0200

    Move the Qt Help documentation into frameworks.

    This needs a bit of a rewrite, and the list of classes needs to be
    integrated.

commit 5e4d094c8712bfb46d844e09746aad5da3ac4a91
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Mon Aug 10 17:58:52 2009 +0200

    The list of all classes that use implicit sharing is not useful on its own.

commit 2059a0be23c5953f9758098cb7a9416cb86d5ad1
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Mon Aug 10 17:55:20 2009 +0200

    Make the QtScript overview documentation part of frameworks.

commit 3413696bd745ee5862aa517dcfc9c8446fee9b82
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Mon Aug 10 17:54:59 2009 +0200

    Make the list of drag & drop classes part of the framework docu.

commit f1c85ea263b30de1e1a1f6c5cb8b8d9ee12254cb
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Mon Aug 10 17:44:57 2009 +0200

    Porting guides are part of the Howto's

commit cfcc742f938cf7c278f1f8b11b24a61f62fb4c62
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Mon Aug 10 17:44:26 2009 +0200

    All platform specific docu is available through one toplevel page.

commit 53c642fe4cbc2dbd44fe5b9b4e32feeca438b5c3
Merge: c564285 41537bb
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Mon Aug 10 16:48:09 2009 +0200

    Merge branch 'master' into doccleanup

commit c5642857b2f2364134f58776661cc08a9da13b2c
Merge: 9cdeba7 24aa363
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Mon Aug 10 15:53:47 2009 +0200

    Merge branch 'master' into doccleanup

commit 9cdeba712c51eb0bf71eab35080734a2b93efcc5
Merge: 09dac33 d13418e
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Sat Aug 8 11:46:42 2009 +0200

    Merge branch 'master' into doccleanup

commit 09dac333d427792a8d33fa311a63c620678e7920
Merge: f7b211e dfa2842
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Fri Aug 7 15:40:33 2009 +0200

    Merge branch 'master' into doccleanup

    Conflicts:
    	doc/src/examples.qdoc

commit f7b211e5588fee20913a8d02c55cca0e05ea2859
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Thu Aug 6 14:58:49 2009 +0200

    Rename file to follow naming scheme and resulting html.

commit ed6432fea376e60e4dd7c8987ed61a063af11ac7
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Thu Aug 6 14:58:10 2009 +0200

    Structure the XML documentation into a walk-through.

    The XmlPatterns docu should probably be split into two or three sections,
    XQuery, XPath and XML Schema.

commit 3dbc1d4ca08d3cac47ca2709b6fb1a2419442c36
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Thu Aug 6 14:15:00 2009 +0200

    Add a table of contents.

commit 1569c35cb90c10ead72dcea2c4b99a0a6cbfcc13
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Thu Aug 6 14:04:52 2009 +0200

    Splitting the long SQL documentation into walkthrough steps.

commit 6a05688bce3cca34dd1b8b323b8feb49d3133d7e
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Thu Aug 6 13:49:50 2009 +0200

    Combining various desktop integration topics into one document.

commit c02c9adca98ba1d4494dd9c7de4ef5b191d9721a
Merge: 4cc4a81 2a286b0
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Thu Aug 6 08:16:04 2009 +0200

    Merge branch 'doccleanup' of git@scm.dev.nokia.troll.no:qt/vohis-docuwork into doccleanup

commit 4cc4a81324cff3c1ad91867cf3acb87d9b4184c6
Merge: a88dc5d 06d57fc
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Thu Aug 6 08:15:52 2009 +0200

    Merge branch 'master' into doccleanup

commit 2a286b03167ce028821b4007bf08537d2c5637c2
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Wed Aug 5 23:23:28 2009 +0200

    Some writing on windows and dialogs.

    Also some restructuring of the existing content.

commit a88dc5d72bec7abeec23b289c212418499c25e4a
Merge: 86f956c fb8bb14
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Wed Aug 5 18:09:58 2009 +0200

    Merge branch 'master' into doccleanup

commit 86f956c89b9b8fb3d684665797d4a5b5e538fb2c
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Wed Aug 5 17:09:36 2009 +0200

    All "Qt 4 vs Qt 3" docu lives in porting.

    Some of those files have been changed by now to move docu into overview
    files where the respective information was missing.

commit ac6f1fc8b1e760ae69ce799e13ac92144eeb89e2
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Wed Aug 5 17:06:15 2009 +0200

    Start work on windows and dialogs docu.

commit 4253dea2661dc3526a9dec53f336301992b543cb
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Wed Aug 5 16:03:52 2009 +0200

    Make QtWebKit module documentation follow the other modules:

    - Module overview only lists classes, library, header and license
    implication

    - Usage-documentation is separated

commit a27f1b8498ba8d06743e70ecde4fc1e44d5f02f0
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Wed Aug 5 16:01:25 2009 +0200

    Make QtWebKit classes show up in the module overview.

commit d38d185ec8b7d32037e86b4ecbbc725343aabea7
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Wed Aug 5 15:40:17 2009 +0200

    Make the most important sections a bit larger.

commit 70991dcdfb8c00baa960381b297fdcb8ed7f50d0
Merge: deb4c2b e95166d
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Wed Aug 5 14:35:07 2009 +0200

    Merge branch 'master' into doccleanup

commit deb4c2bb4d7120579fda541b03c0a77d989089d5
Merge: 37e5373 f78bd88
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Wed Aug 5 12:59:22 2009 +0200

    Merge branch 'master' into doccleanup

commit 37e5373dcc5455b1e029ee389ce7985a98f579d9
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Wed Aug 5 11:32:43 2009 +0200

    These new examples are not yet fully documented

commit 85fb40ea11458040e09302bb898d89664eb280b5
Merge: 8b78e18 bcf41cf
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Wed Aug 5 11:30:26 2009 +0200

    Merge branch 'master' into doccleanup

    Conflicts:
    	doc/src/examples-overview.qdoc
    	doc/src/examples.qdoc
    	tools/qdoc3/htmlgenerator.cpp

commit 8b78e1828b93a9762301d80cb110a1f1b7c4211f
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Wed Aug 5 00:04:36 2009 +0200

    Line-feed fixes.

commit 2fa80a411dd96369c0e09defc54af44118930ae5
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Wed Aug 5 00:04:00 2009 +0200

    The "buildsystem" docu seems a reasonable start for proper documentation.

    Three lists of tools - in the buildsystem table, in the tools-list docu
    and implicitly through \ingroup qttools. Needs to be consolidated.

commit 8d4043feab66698664cfa17bd150eabf4fe2420d
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Wed Aug 5 00:01:32 2009 +0200

    Restructure the i18n page.

    The list of classes needs to be reviewed.

commit 49f718b1e75c02bc43feac93d5b233064c032555
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Wed Aug 5 00:00:45 2009 +0200

    The Accessibility group is just a group of classes.

commit b17db7dc54c1945cd2651fdebde471c71ef4001d
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Tue Aug 4 23:40:21 2009 +0200

    Remove the "Topics" group.

    Things are part of frameworks or how-to documentation. Top-level groups are
    right now still on the "all overviews" document.

commit 31e5c276b50130542dbd824b0b8cc20b16ca1cb1
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Tue Aug 4 22:45:43 2009 +0200

    Splitting the thread documentation into multiple pages.

    Also add relevant classes from QtConcurrent to the thread group.

commit d491ffb0e949f1d8653d73495e091b241a025558
Merge: e99794c 3ff7afd
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Tue Aug 4 19:29:18 2009 +0200

    Merge branch 'doccleanup' of git@scm.dev.nokia.troll.no:qt/vohis-docuwork into doccleanup

commit 3ff7afd6c11d824af38c72afdea4b6578f6de784
Merge: 1dae0ad 2df403d
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Tue Aug 4 18:07:11 2009 +0200

    Merge branch 'doccleanup' of git@scm.dev.nokia.troll.no:qt/vohis-docuwork into doccleanup

    Conflicts:
    	doc/src/accessible.qdoc
    	doc/src/activeqt.qdoc
    	doc/src/animation.qdoc
    	doc/src/containers.qdoc
    	doc/src/custom-types.qdoc
    	doc/src/desktop-integration.qdoc
    	doc/src/dnd.qdoc
    	doc/src/frameworks-technologies/accessible.qdoc
    	doc/src/frameworks-technologies/activeqt-container.qdoc
    	doc/src/frameworks-technologies/activeqt-server.qdoc
    	doc/src/frameworks-technologies/activeqt.qdoc
    	doc/src/frameworks-technologies/animation.qdoc
    	doc/src/frameworks-technologies/containers.qdoc
    	doc/src/frameworks-technologies/dbus-adaptors.qdoc
    	doc/src/frameworks-technologies/dbus-intro.qdoc
    	doc/src/frameworks-technologies/desktop-integration.qdoc
    	doc/src/frameworks-technologies/dnd.qdoc
    	doc/src/frameworks-technologies/implicit-sharing.qdoc
    	doc/src/frameworks-technologies/ipc.qdoc
    	doc/src/frameworks-technologies/model-view-programming.qdoc
    	doc/src/frameworks-technologies/phonon.qdoc
    	doc/src/frameworks-technologies/qt4-interview.qdoc
    	doc/src/frameworks-technologies/qtdesigner.qdoc
    	doc/src/frameworks-technologies/qthelp.qdoc
    	doc/src/frameworks-technologies/statemachine.qdoc
    	doc/src/frameworks-technologies/templates.qdoc
    	doc/src/frameworks-technologies/unicode.qdoc
    	doc/src/frameworks/accessible.qdoc
    	doc/src/frameworks/activeqt-container.qdoc
    	doc/src/frameworks/activeqt-server.qdoc
    	doc/src/frameworks/activeqt.qdoc
    	doc/src/frameworks/animation.qdoc
    	doc/src/frameworks/containers.qdoc
    	doc/src/frameworks/dbus-adaptors.qdoc
    	doc/src/frameworks/dbus-intro.qdoc
    	doc/src/frameworks/desktop-integration.qdoc
    	doc/src/frameworks/dnd.qdoc
    	doc/src/frameworks/ipc.qdoc
    	doc/src/frameworks/model-view-programming.qdoc
    	doc/src/frameworks/phonon.qdoc
    	doc/src/frameworks/qt4-interview.qdoc
    	doc/src/frameworks/qtdesigner.qdoc
    	doc/src/frameworks/qthelp.qdoc
    	doc/src/frameworks/qundo.qdoc
    	doc/src/frameworks/richtext.qdoc
    	doc/src/frameworks/statemachine.qdoc
    	doc/src/graphicsview.qdoc
    	doc/src/howtos/custom-types.qdoc
    	doc/src/howtos/session.qdoc
    	doc/src/implicit-sharing.qdoc
    	doc/src/introtodbus.qdoc
    	doc/src/ipc.qdoc
    	doc/src/model-view-programming.qdoc
    	doc/src/modules.qdoc
    	doc/src/new_index.qdoc
    	doc/src/objectmodel/custom-types.qdoc
    	doc/src/objectmodel/object.qdoc
    	doc/src/objectmodel/objecttrees.qdoc
    	doc/src/overviews.qdoc
    	doc/src/phonon.qdoc
    	doc/src/porting/qt4-tulip.qdoc
    	doc/src/qaxcontainer.qdoc
    	doc/src/qaxserver.qdoc
    	doc/src/qdbusadaptors.qdoc
    	doc/src/qt4-interview.qdoc
    	doc/src/qtdesigner.qdoc
    	doc/src/qthelp.qdoc
    	doc/src/statemachine.qdoc
    	doc/src/technologies/implicit-sharing.qdoc
    	doc/src/technologies/templates.qdoc
    	doc/src/technologies/unicode.qdoc
    	doc/src/templates.qdoc
    	doc/src/unicode.qdoc
    	doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/layout.qdoc
    	doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/styles.qdoc
    	doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/widgets.qdoc
    	src/gui/kernel/qstandardgestures.cpp

commit 1dae0adf3d85620f7574a2a0475510a627a896dc
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Tue Aug 4 17:46:58 2009 +0200

    This way it appears as part of the overview, and the moc docu links to it.

commit 5802092887e46dc5eb034bb9b45dd34a265607f5
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Tue Aug 4 17:45:09 2009 +0200

    Not sure what it is yet, but definitely not an architecture.

    QDataStream links to this page, that might just as well be enough.

commit 69d32c4ff079bcaea098b34de70b7d9587e51e88
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Tue Aug 4 17:43:42 2009 +0200

    Use \annotatedlist command to list all widget classes.

    Needs nicer formatting, ie qdoc could be \table aware for those lists and
    skip the header.

commit 02057d7575bb4f0875e82ea4cb76552f2d8ac17a
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Tue Aug 4 17:35:46 2009 +0200

    This should be together with all the other licensing documentation.

commit be91b2fe15c67cb90eaa59121d7ff51eb21b4dba
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Tue Aug 4 17:26:02 2009 +0200

    These are best practices.

commit 8e0b104db1266a736ac246c9466656c058df18f2
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Tue Aug 4 17:25:35 2009 +0200

    Another technology.

commit 19c16384d712c652716776c94c749030b0742752
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Tue Aug 4 17:24:55 2009 +0200

    Remove duplicate and out-of-date license headers.

commit 689aa91de0f840fc0f98f0adfbb2f18d72c6b985
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Tue Aug 4 17:21:00 2009 +0200

    Move into frameworks.

    Add explicitly printed list of classes instead of using a separate
    \group page. The \group page is still there as long as qdoc requires it.

    Threading and WebKit are still "architectures", coming later.

commit 3f96833ab78dacd7ae66e6dd58a3a0dee22229e7
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Tue Aug 4 16:35:17 2009 +0200

    Remove IPC group.

    Only two classes, and those are explicitly listed in the real
    documentation about IPC in Qt.

commit bbb02d8cc55c9595226f42fe5b617261584c6bdd
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Tue Aug 4 15:54:46 2009 +0200

    Use the new \annotatedlist command, and make it a framework.

commit ba3a0376acb44ae5cafc8bd3802bd425dcb663a5
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Tue Aug 4 15:38:24 2009 +0200

    Make \annotatedlist  work.

commit c80fb8d6a143c81700c2aefe7af1e83dd487dde4
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Tue Aug 4 15:37:51 2009 +0200

    These are API documentation, not architecture.

commit 713744520bd35d510864ad48464575f1c8a35668
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Tue Aug 4 15:10:25 2009 +0200

    Frameworks and technologies used in Qt are really one thing.

commit a86d4248c1e3c13f245c49f3f2d018ec4babc822
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Tue Aug 4 15:00:35 2009 +0200

    Move into correct groups and make the howto a walk-through.

commit 7cc88f310e0dfa37d39026d67443f518531d7fe9
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Tue Aug 4 12:50:58 2009 +0200

    Architecture -> Frameworks and Technologies

commit 4a3ba3f19d78c4df5343af951c761df47e22759a
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Tue Aug 4 12:50:41 2009 +0200

    Some consolidation of the Tulip documentation.

commit d3dab98b96d83ce408523f8ccb9363a09eed1f34
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Tue Aug 4 12:01:10 2009 +0200

    Start with "Frameworks and Technologies" vs "howtos and best practices".

commit 37a8e364442e6234c6a83667eb64af1c79b38e9b
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Tue Aug 4 12:00:34 2009 +0200

    Beautify.

commit c86d844a79406d4b9fee67578efd67e27ce96b83
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Tue Aug 4 00:04:40 2009 +0200

    Fix some headers.

commit 20b775d781d3b1d91164320807c21c8a6efcf011
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Mon Aug 3 23:48:17 2009 +0200

    Split the accessibility docu into a "compared to Qt 3" section, and move
    real information into the overview.

commit 6846a1bccf7d212f7ee0471f992cfb16efb71c43
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Mon Aug 3 23:47:37 2009 +0200

    The gui-programming seems rather arbitrary and should go away.

    Some things fit into the desktop integration, which is probably more a
    howto. Focus is a concept in the widgets context, and application-wide
    techniques like accelerators should probably be part of the "window"
    docu.

commit 8c7bc99e78a69751080de07618bf003bc227e2db
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Mon Aug 3 23:45:28 2009 +0200

    Move "Getting Started" documentation into getting-started directory.

commit 561cc3eafa20903243f3946ac4b7b724554c341c
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Mon Aug 3 19:06:16 2009 +0200

    Group "getting started" documents into a walkthrough structure.

commit 6d703807348923a068dea7360fb4456cbde071b6
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Mon Aug 3 17:35:15 2009 +0200

    Add screenshots for example-overview page.

commit f7a47536305e157c16e8a863f145a2617606a2cc
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Sun Aug 2 16:57:04 2009 +0200

    Link to the real documentation, not just to the modules overview.

commit 92ce250ba206f4dde198637f1a30cd10768d9ae5
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Sun Aug 2 16:56:41 2009 +0200

    A new layout for the examples.

    Needs a bit of shuffeling around, and more screenshots and descriptive text
    for some categories.

commit a5e2e2939b32dee0aceabe136aa4c13b12c88070
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Sat Aug 1 22:39:27 2009 +0200

    Cleanup the script-related groups a bit.

commit ca469165a9f55ca6bd31e53d85d74883fe892ed4
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Sat Aug 1 22:17:16 2009 +0200

    Add QContiguousCache to the list of containers as a special case.

commit a21292704bd12daf2495195b216424442e097220
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Sat Aug 1 21:52:37 2009 +0200

    Cleaning up groups of text- and string-related classes.

    Make a clear separation between classes that deal with string data (ie
    QString, QByteArray, QTextStream) and classes that are part of the "scribe"
    framework.

    Merge documentation from the Qt 4.0 introduction of Scribe into the
    richtext processing guide.

commit 3854592806e23955f69613bdc1e2998d5d6f3a8a
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Sat Aug 1 20:50:06 2009 +0200

    One group of thread-related classes should be enough.

commit b8935bc0ec3d33b6a3fe7b3b220b5781ad79d68d
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Sat Aug 1 19:32:21 2009 +0200

    Move documentation for classes into same directory as the respective
    header files (or implementation file, if one exists).

    This follows the Qt standard, and there is no particular reason why .qdoc
    files cannot live in src. Since there are a number of .cpp files that have
    only documentation it might also be an idea to rename the .qdoc files to
    .cpp and add them to the .pro-files to have them included in generated
    project files for easier access.

commit b61cc5eaf2f2bf72cff209ab0f69fde48fb87471
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Fri Jul 31 19:29:46 2009 +0200

    Starting to tie together the widgets and layouts groups and documentation.

commit 47fb0c6cf1dacdbfa07a59cf4dc703dd2c35eb8c
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Fri Jul 31 18:43:34 2009 +0200

    This is all duplicate information that is better covered in the
    sql-programming guide.

commit d3c70dd9ed84b4688cbabf30f6b906665b676b76
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Fri Jul 31 18:37:53 2009 +0200

    Consolidate style documentation.

commit 1d8d30eee1e2fe9f8e77ce1462803921b2132ade
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Fri Jul 31 17:13:44 2009 +0200

    Split plugin-documentation into two: writing plugins and deploying plugins.

commit a329665353a78749b0d4fdd6e75403252d34f679
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Fri Jul 31 14:19:47 2009 +0200

    Some final module cleaning up.

commit e3de6579d43cc9796b69188cfb9d3d415a91a770
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Fri Jul 31 13:51:54 2009 +0200

    Move remaining overview groups into one file.

commit 7d783342f520f8376e561246268371d0b74a4e44
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Fri Jul 31 13:51:34 2009 +0200

    The "io" group should be about file access (be it local or networked).

commit 961fcefb034fea89d1aab2bfed5acaabb65e8d34
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Fri Jul 31 13:36:51 2009 +0200

    Kill the "time" group.

    The "How to use timers in your application" documentation covers the usecase.

commit c7bebf1a4c3e2da54ce6a5d649926d76bf65e41e
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Fri Jul 31 13:28:21 2009 +0200

    Kill the group "misc".

commit e414a8945cb938ccc6bd1bd8cd52adbfade096c2
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Fri Jul 31 13:09:24 2009 +0200

    Kill the "Environment" group.

    It was a random collection of classes, mostly ending up in there because
    of copy/paste (I suspect).

commit 9236a04e7ac6dd3910f035d15b8ab23297fd5f24
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Fri Jul 31 13:08:37 2009 +0200

    More moving of files and content.

commit 1ef3134bade2df33ff68c7c906cf20343abd86a5
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Fri Jul 31 02:03:07 2009 +0200

    Workaround qdoc being difficult.

commit 49064b0570088fe749fc08c02c5ab6d23855089f
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Fri Jul 31 01:49:52 2009 +0200

    Some more moving of files into meaningful directories.

commit df4ced831cf9f49c638c231fa9f2754699a8a59d
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Fri Jul 31 01:41:14 2009 +0200

    Separate module documentation from frameworks documentation.

    Module documentation will list the classes in each module, how to use the
    respective libraries and headerfiles from a build-system perspective and
    what the legal implications are when linking against those libraries.

    The documentation of frameworks lives now in the frameworks subdirectory,
    or in dedicated subdirectories for the key frameworks.

commit f4ccabe1abb97f91f196dab1948fee6135c9fa6e
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Fri Jul 31 00:47:54 2009 +0200

    Group files in subdirectories that would correspond to top level topics.

commit ceb0110a364185b8b5d7bea3d3d1d54500035fcc
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Thu Jul 30 21:48:45 2009 +0200

    Group files in subdirectories that would correspond to top level topics.

commit 72a4dae65b25c9df400218252f1c68d59724ff75
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Thu Jul 30 20:57:39 2009 +0200

    Fix a few links.

commit ecb79681417e8bc3d8e46065dc12146f4d4dfc5f
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Thu Jul 30 20:20:55 2009 +0200

    Consolidate the two example documents into one page.

commit d30d980055e7c531c9e73cdf9a1b220ce9691eef
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Thu Jul 30 19:25:16 2009 +0200

    The QtAssistant module is obsolete, remove it.

    QAssistantClient is in the list of obsolete classes.

commit 137ecd1ee70f0766fd94c6199d8a6b8217d020ca
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Thu Jul 30 18:56:14 2009 +0200

    Get rid of \mainclass

    If we want to select a list of main classes, then we can use \ingroup for
    that, and document them coherently as part of the Fundamentals or a
    relevant framework.

commit 042a7f21e68120e43b68444cbf3cfeca3aad4488
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Thu Jul 30 18:23:55 2009 +0200

    The new index page and respective style changes.

commit 5245d784eb46287f8e1ae41addb2765eb19b0663
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Thu Jul 30 17:05:46 2009 +0200

    Deployment group is gone.

commit 567d737a8d08f227133674ebfe2d161888862b8c
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Thu Jul 30 16:48:53 2009 +0200

    All "lists of classes etc" are now in classes.qdoc... I hope.

commit 0bb6074c0b38f07697e72a50a2ef60b561e718fe
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Thu Jul 30 16:47:20 2009 +0200

    Cleaning up files documenting deployment. Text need to be reviewed and merged.

commit 2df403da24a2959c02d0d845d1d4fac0c3aa38e0
Author: Thierry Bastian 
Date:   Mon Aug 3 16:49:46 2009 +0200

    fix warnings on mingw (gcc4.4)

    basically reordering members initialization in constructors or fixing
    singed/unsigned checks.

    Reviewed-by: Trustme

commit e887c7705b8b7f218b3605eeefb316dea274fe27
Author: Richard Moe Gustavsen 
Date:   Tue Aug 4 10:00:01 2009 +0200

    Mac: Remove debug work output

commit 62687960508b2855b48d64825b445e5738c44142
Author: Richard Moe Gustavsen 
Date:   Tue Aug 4 09:45:47 2009 +0200

    Modify imagewidget example so it works with new API

commit 9c7aed68270b336ae9a309d9eb0107d49729c1f3
Author: Richard Moe Gustavsen 
Date:   Tue Aug 4 09:43:14 2009 +0200

    Add support for pan gesture on mac (carbon and cocoa)

commit be5783878a977148b34dc64c464e951be312964e
Author: Morten Sorvig 
Date:   Tue Aug 4 09:47:05 2009 +0200

    Remove the "preliminary support" warning for 10.6

    Also make the "usupported on > 10.6" error a warning. No need
    to stop the build, the warning will be printed enough times.

commit f6282eec434d073fef46d50ef141df6fa36033b9
Author: Morten Sorvig 
Date:   Tue Aug 4 09:31:56 2009 +0200

    Build on snow leopard.

    Don't error out when building qmake, just let it build a 64-bit binary (even for carbon)

    RebBy: Richard Moe Gustavsen

commit abae82a26f4dec34635827acf0784058be638e31
Author: Morten Sorvig 
Date:   Tue Aug 4 08:15:21 2009 +0200

    Make Cocoa builds 64-bit by default on snow leopard.

commit 4672e771c164503d998ccb6ca05cf7e7906fb031
Author: Jason McDonald 
Date:   Tue Aug 4 15:40:15 2009 +1000

    Fix incorrect license headers.

    Reviewed-by: Trust Me

commit a3bd65e8eb0fd39e14539919cc9ced645c969883
Author: Bill King 
Date:   Tue Aug 4 14:57:36 2009 +1000

    Fixes failed queries when mysql auto-prepares

    Queries like "Show Index" etc, fail on mysql when automatically prepared
    due to a bug in several versions of mysql. Basically anything but a
    select query will fail. This fixes this by making the user explicitly
    prepare the query if they want to, and the blame then falls on them
    if they try and prepare a statement likely to fail.  This fix also
    seems to result in a speedup for single-execution queries, possibly
    due to reduction in roundtrip communications.

    All autotests pass & behaviour conforms to documentation.

    Task-number: 252450, 246125

commit 4612596a6a945ab0199fe06727ff3ea350092ec1
Author: Jason McDonald 
Date:   Tue Aug 4 14:49:14 2009 +1000

    Fix obsolete license headers

    Reviewed-by: Trust Me

commit c3bcc8b094341e0dc768ef5820ba359e2c23436a
Author: Aaron Kennedy 
Date:   Tue Aug 4 10:59:02 2009 +1000

    Doc fixes

    Reviewed-by: TrustMe

commit 1d60528ced1f6818a60889d672089bfe4d2290bb
Author: Morten Sorvig 
Date:   Mon Aug 3 15:57:44 2009 +0200

    Fix spelling error.

commit e99794c1200515f18ffdd0bec9c143db46e009a1
Merge: 199db81 d65f893
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Tue Aug 4 09:24:14 2009 +0200

    Merge branch 'master' into doccleanup

commit 199db8104a680f91451cf2c93d2d41077b5605bb
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Tue Aug 4 00:04:40 2009 +0200

    Fix some headers.

commit e8f8193b951a9f9e4b6d309c44151c47b715e901
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Mon Aug 3 23:48:17 2009 +0200

    Split the accessibility docu into a "compared to Qt 3" section, and move
    real information into the overview.

commit 8006ec36024e972be21e8397c2cc758a0e9b2ba0
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Mon Aug 3 23:47:37 2009 +0200

    The gui-programming seems rather arbitrary and should go away.

    Some things fit into the desktop integration, which is probably more a
    howto. Focus is a concept in the widgets context, and application-wide
    techniques like accelerators should probably be part of the "window"
    docu.

commit 8dab96460280b8af6726905e8d5d24020930b882
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Mon Aug 3 23:45:28 2009 +0200

    Move "Getting Started" documentation into getting-started directory.

commit 523fd47c29c24a865855d085a0036fc741203930
Merge: a1e50f6 2076f15
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Mon Aug 3 19:10:51 2009 +0200

    Merge branch 'master' into doccleanup

commit a1e50f6619ff1a302dd1fefbcb6b0cd62a653e7d
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Mon Aug 3 19:06:16 2009 +0200

    Group "getting started" documents into a walkthrough structure.

commit e393b4f458263cb2f011cc5e5e67cdcc48610ea9
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Mon Aug 3 17:35:15 2009 +0200

    Add screenshots for example-overview page.

commit 8c84f307f73ab7b77a91e61ed18fdc685afebcc5
Merge: a16033a 34e272a
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Mon Aug 3 11:03:41 2009 +0200

    Merge branch 'master' into doccleanup

commit a16033a287afe2f494401e24f02f046ec98d944c
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Sun Aug 2 16:57:04 2009 +0200

    Link to the real documentation, not just to the modules overview.

commit 6c4ed0361c860e738b9344dfb191f55d35b3309f
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Sun Aug 2 16:56:41 2009 +0200

    A new layout for the examples.

    Needs a bit of shuffeling around, and more screenshots and descriptive text
    for some categories.

commit 2dde2faa8f6e86acf738a808412c5e3c21c44658
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Sat Aug 1 22:39:27 2009 +0200

    Cleanup the script-related groups a bit.

commit a66227d0bed87c633a22a4d155f6a7f0061fc34e
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Sat Aug 1 22:17:16 2009 +0200

    Add QContiguousCache to the list of containers as a special case.

commit b22133eef28566f1c3c5d57aa0e8272af26da86a
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Sat Aug 1 21:52:37 2009 +0200

    Cleaning up groups of text- and string-related classes.

    Make a clear separation between classes that deal with string data (ie
    QString, QByteArray, QTextStream) and classes that are part of the "scribe"
    framework.

    Merge documentation from the Qt 4.0 introduction of Scribe into the
    richtext processing guide.

commit b30ba739308905b6c06987cec47d4de1e5d172de
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Sat Aug 1 20:50:06 2009 +0200

    One group of thread-related classes should be enough.

commit a2511650577126026f98cb7416c159498f6f2db5
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Sat Aug 1 19:32:21 2009 +0200

    Move documentation for classes into same directory as the respective
    header files (or implementation file, if one exists).

    This follows the Qt standard, and there is no particular reason why .qdoc
    files cannot live in src. Since there are a number of .cpp files that have
    only documentation it might also be an idea to rename the .qdoc files to
    .cpp and add them to the .pro-files to have them included in generated
    project files for easier access.

commit f333ad71384cf42c20219a55d9dfa1e29a8c263e
Merge: bad9ba5 5aed3db
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Sat Aug 1 12:04:55 2009 +0200

    Merge branch 'master' into doccleanup

commit bad9ba5468333be2f08da7f28950c980bc63c787
Merge: 49f38b7 c57ed13
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Fri Jul 31 19:31:04 2009 +0200

    Merge branch 'master' into doccleanup

commit 49f38b7afe3205eedccf655c0ad749d685cb3d52
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Fri Jul 31 19:29:46 2009 +0200

    Starting to tie together the widgets and layouts groups and documentation.

commit e6c4b8316b7c90b19815c0008a282983012c68b3
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Fri Jul 31 18:43:34 2009 +0200

    This is all duplicate information that is better covered in the
    sql-programming guide.

commit 620620ae969bed86d970519bead45762bd39ede1
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Fri Jul 31 18:37:53 2009 +0200

    Consolidate style documentation.

commit 01c78ff78888d3ccb50189206b9bcacaf13f5c80
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Fri Jul 31 17:13:44 2009 +0200

    Split plugin-documentation into two: writing plugins and deploying plugins.

commit a21f510c982dce06ac1769e61e93574f90cc48c4
Merge: da93c4c c6cdfcb
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Fri Jul 31 16:04:51 2009 +0200

    Merge branch 'master' into doccleanup

commit da93c4ccc25dd189dfb9b71bda28bd1e3a7230c1
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Fri Jul 31 14:19:47 2009 +0200

    Some final module cleaning up.

commit 9eb0815bbd01b7e30877110b53aa6f82b8e9221d
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Fri Jul 31 13:51:54 2009 +0200

    Move remaining overview groups into one file.

commit 65d4c4145386a409aeb1372ae5adc6f3e71e444b
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Fri Jul 31 13:51:34 2009 +0200

    The "io" group should be about file access (be it local or networked).

commit 1a3de3a7add6d9e7653e46b57b00852845384a42
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Fri Jul 31 13:36:51 2009 +0200

    Kill the "time" group.

    The "How to use timers in your application" documentation covers the usecase.

commit dbadf1c060e051dbac7f5c72528ef6a3125d5ba3
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Fri Jul 31 13:28:21 2009 +0200

    Kill the group "misc".

commit 7b7484b37b074d52af5c4ff9b138087a75965508
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Fri Jul 31 13:09:24 2009 +0200

    Kill the "Environment" group.

    It was a random collection of classes, mostly ending up in there because
    of copy/paste (I suspect).

commit b5271d81e7da6666d339041d028a0ae6c8ed75c4
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Fri Jul 31 13:08:37 2009 +0200

    More moving of files and content.

commit 96a707d25342c273cdd7629fc1e24b0ead4118de
Merge: 4ffe572 18fbfdf
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Fri Jul 31 11:08:11 2009 +0200

    Merge branch 'master' into doccleanup

commit 4ffe572a954e99d604c1360fc55db25e8586436c
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Fri Jul 31 02:03:07 2009 +0200

    Workaround qdoc being difficult.

commit 7f0e965c7cf613782e8189069444a4b549f0c11a
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Fri Jul 31 01:49:52 2009 +0200

    Some more moving of files into meaningful directories.

commit b0d67674469e57b29e60110888352ae955adcdd8
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Fri Jul 31 01:41:14 2009 +0200

    Separate module documentation from frameworks documentation.

    Module documentation will list the classes in each module, how to use the
    respective libraries and headerfiles from a build-system perspective and
    what the legal implications are when linking against those libraries.

    The documentation of frameworks lives now in the frameworks subdirectory,
    or in dedicated subdirectories for the key frameworks.

commit 45240a9c0eba9e42e6e441a55a407173a81a7344
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Fri Jul 31 00:47:54 2009 +0200

    Group files in subdirectories that would correspond to top level topics.

commit 896507f2f4fdc541fc436cf901a2beb72d35f6aa
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Thu Jul 30 21:48:45 2009 +0200

    Group files in subdirectories that would correspond to top level topics.

commit 37eb554f75d8b1d9d76993f6fcf632933c9616a2
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Thu Jul 30 20:57:39 2009 +0200

    Fix a few links.

commit 74027c3568c1bdbb9960d203266f4ccc5e89c05c
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Thu Jul 30 20:20:55 2009 +0200

    Consolidate the two example documents into one page.

commit cfc0fd3df050cf6c0e3229d22adfbff35aed46af
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Thu Jul 30 19:25:16 2009 +0200

    The QtAssistant module is obsolete, remove it.

    QAssistantClient is in the list of obsolete classes.

commit 0f86c7a176fc920669ca8a880afa141434f37767
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Thu Jul 30 18:56:14 2009 +0200

    Get rid of \mainclass

    If we want to select a list of main classes, then we can use \ingroup for
    that, and document them coherently as part of the Fundamentals or a
    relevant framework.

commit c4dfbc6bf58ef741fdab01538e75e9472e8370bf
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Thu Jul 30 18:23:55 2009 +0200

    The new index page and respective style changes.

commit a3e4eb6712e24a4d6156c340ee98671887a2b2fa
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Thu Jul 30 17:05:46 2009 +0200

    Deployment group is gone.

commit f03ee6192450db977bc2e4b07ffc613314b63a80
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Thu Jul 30 16:48:53 2009 +0200

    All "lists of classes etc" are now in classes.qdoc... I hope.

commit c5fb9a4b5208498454812d27578ac62ae23652a4
Author: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date:   Thu Jul 30 16:47:20 2009 +0200

    Cleaning up files documenting deployment. Text need to be reviewed and merged.
---
 doc/src/accelerators.qdoc                          |  137 -
 doc/src/accessible.qdoc                            |  600 ---
 doc/src/activeqt-dumpcpp.qdoc                      |  143 -
 doc/src/activeqt-dumpdoc.qdoc                      |   83 -
 doc/src/activeqt-idc.qdoc                          |   82 -
 doc/src/activeqt-testcon.qdoc                      |   77 -
 doc/src/activeqt.qdoc                              |   88 -
 doc/src/animation.qdoc                             |  364 --
 doc/src/appicon.qdoc                               |  226 -
 doc/src/assistant-manual.qdoc                      |  810 ----
 doc/src/atomic-operations.qdoc                     |   89 -
 doc/src/bughowto.qdoc                              |    1 -
 doc/src/classes.qdoc                               |   31 +-
 doc/src/classes/exportedfunctions.qdoc             |  139 +
 doc/src/classes/phonon-namespace.qdoc              |   54 +
 doc/src/classes/q3asciicache.qdoc                  |  465 ---
 doc/src/classes/q3asciidict.qdoc                   |  416 --
 doc/src/classes/q3cache.qdoc                       |  461 ---
 doc/src/classes/q3dict.qdoc                        |  446 --
 doc/src/classes/q3intcache.qdoc                    |  446 --
 doc/src/classes/q3intdict.qdoc                     |  390 --
 doc/src/classes/q3memarray.qdoc                    |  523 ---
 doc/src/classes/q3popupmenu.qdoc                   |   76 -
 doc/src/classes/q3ptrdict.qdoc                     |  388 --
 doc/src/classes/q3ptrlist.qdoc                     | 1157 ------
 doc/src/classes/q3ptrqueue.qdoc                    |  230 --
 doc/src/classes/q3ptrstack.qdoc                    |  217 -
 doc/src/classes/q3ptrvector.qdoc                   |  427 --
 doc/src/classes/q3sqlfieldinfo.qdoc                |  234 --
 doc/src/classes/q3sqlrecordinfo.qdoc               |   89 -
 doc/src/classes/q3valuelist.qdoc                   |  569 ---
 doc/src/classes/q3valuestack.qdoc                  |  149 -
 doc/src/classes/q3valuevector.qdoc                 |  274 --
 doc/src/classes/qalgorithms.qdoc                   |  651 ---
 doc/src/classes/qcache.qdoc                        |  244 --
 doc/src/classes/qcolormap.qdoc                     |  152 -
 doc/src/classes/qdesktopwidget.qdoc                |  266 --
 doc/src/classes/qiterator.qdoc                     | 1431 -------
 doc/src/classes/qmacstyle.qdoc                     |  261 --
 doc/src/classes/qnamespace.qdoc                    | 2756 -------------
 doc/src/classes/qpagesetupdialog.qdoc              |   84 -
 doc/src/classes/qpaintdevice.qdoc                  |  289 --
 doc/src/classes/qpair.qdoc                         |  229 --
 doc/src/classes/qplugin.qdoc                       |  135 -
 doc/src/classes/qprintdialog.qdoc                  |   72 -
 doc/src/classes/qprinterinfo.qdoc                  |  137 -
 doc/src/classes/qset.qdoc                          |  953 -----
 doc/src/classes/qsignalspy.qdoc                    |   98 -
 doc/src/classes/qsizepolicy.qdoc                   |  522 ---
 doc/src/classes/qtdesigner-api.qdoc                | 1413 -------
 doc/src/classes/qtendian.qdoc                      |  168 -
 doc/src/classes/qtestevent.qdoc                    |  191 -
 doc/src/classes/qvarlengtharray.qdoc               |  274 --
 doc/src/classes/qwaitcondition.qdoc                |  188 -
 doc/src/codecs.qdoc                                |  534 ---
 doc/src/compiler-notes.qdoc                        |  278 --
 doc/src/containers.qdoc                            |  775 ----
 doc/src/coordsys.qdoc                              |  486 ---
 doc/src/custom-types.qdoc                          |  178 -
 doc/src/datastreamformat.qdoc                      |  376 --
 doc/src/debug.qdoc                                 |  256 --
 doc/src/demos.qdoc                                 |  151 -
 doc/src/demos/qtdemo.qdoc                          |   67 +
 doc/src/deployment.qdoc                            | 1478 -------
 doc/src/deployment/deployment-plugins.qdoc         |  236 ++
 doc/src/deployment/deployment.qdoc                 | 1464 +++++++
 doc/src/deployment/qt-conf.qdoc                    |  135 +
 doc/src/deployment/qtconfig.qdoc                   |   56 +
 doc/src/designer-manual.qdoc                       | 2836 -------------
 doc/src/desktop-integration.qdoc                   |   90 -
 doc/src/developing-on-mac.qdoc                     |  269 --
 doc/src/development/activeqt-dumpcpp.qdoc          |  143 +
 doc/src/development/activeqt-dumpdoc.qdoc          |   83 +
 doc/src/development/activeqt-idc.qdoc              |   82 +
 doc/src/development/activeqt-testcon.qdoc          |   77 +
 doc/src/development/assistant-manual.qdoc          |  810 ++++
 doc/src/development/debug.qdoc                     |  243 ++
 doc/src/development/designer-manual.qdoc           | 2836 +++++++++++++
 doc/src/development/developing-on-mac.qdoc         |  269 ++
 doc/src/development/developing-with-qt.qdoc        |   74 +
 doc/src/development/moc.qdoc                       |  335 ++
 doc/src/development/qmake-manual.qdoc              | 4320 +++++++++++++++++++
 doc/src/development/qmsdev.qdoc                    |  166 +
 doc/src/development/qtestlib.qdoc                  |  778 ++++
 doc/src/development/rcc.qdoc                       |   95 +
 doc/src/development/tools-list.qdoc                |   84 +
 doc/src/development/uic.qdoc                       |   88 +
 doc/src/distributingqt.qdoc                        |  154 -
 doc/src/dnd.qdoc                                   |  546 ---
 doc/src/ecmascript.qdoc                            |  313 --
 doc/src/emb-accel.qdoc                             |  143 -
 doc/src/emb-charinput.qdoc                         |  164 -
 doc/src/emb-crosscompiling.qdoc                    |  191 -
 doc/src/emb-deployment.qdoc                        |  111 -
 doc/src/emb-differences.qdoc                       |   72 -
 doc/src/emb-envvars.qdoc                           |  168 -
 doc/src/emb-features.qdoc                          |  147 -
 doc/src/emb-fonts.qdoc                             |  201 -
 doc/src/emb-framebuffer-howto.qdoc                 |   53 -
 doc/src/emb-install.qdoc                           |  197 -
 doc/src/emb-kmap2qmap.qdoc                         |   84 -
 doc/src/emb-makeqpf.qdoc                           |   53 -
 doc/src/emb-performance.qdoc                       |  152 -
 doc/src/emb-pointer.qdoc                           |  209 -
 doc/src/emb-porting.qdoc                           |  193 -
 doc/src/emb-qvfb.qdoc                              |  296 --
 doc/src/emb-running.qdoc                           |  210 -
 doc/src/emb-vnc.qdoc                               |  141 -
 doc/src/eventsandfilters.qdoc                      |  221 -
 doc/src/examples-overview.qdoc                     |  367 --
 doc/src/examples.qdoc                              |  437 --
 doc/src/examples/application.qdoc                  |    2 +-
 doc/src/examples/drilldown.qdoc                    |    4 +-
 doc/src/examples/qtscriptcalculator.qdoc           |    1 -
 doc/src/examples/trafficinfo.qdoc                  |    2 +-
 doc/src/exportedfunctions.qdoc                     |  139 -
 doc/src/files-and-resources/datastreamformat.qdoc  |  363 ++
 doc/src/files-and-resources/resources.qdoc         |  203 +
 doc/src/focus.qdoc                                 |  213 -
 doc/src/frameworks-technologies/accessible.qdoc    |  624 +++
 .../activeqt-container.qdoc                        |  218 +
 .../frameworks-technologies/activeqt-server.qdoc   |  856 ++++
 doc/src/frameworks-technologies/activeqt.qdoc      |  100 +
 doc/src/frameworks-technologies/animation.qdoc     |  377 ++
 doc/src/frameworks-technologies/containers.qdoc    |  810 ++++
 doc/src/frameworks-technologies/dbus-adaptors.qdoc |  494 +++
 doc/src/frameworks-technologies/dbus-intro.qdoc    |  229 ++
 .../desktop-integration.qdoc                       |  111 +
 doc/src/frameworks-technologies/dnd.qdoc           |  449 ++
 .../frameworks-technologies/eventsandfilters.qdoc  |  235 ++
 doc/src/frameworks-technologies/gestures.qdoc      |  170 +
 doc/src/frameworks-technologies/graphicsview.qdoc  |  554 +++
 .../frameworks-technologies/implicit-sharing.qdoc  |  152 +
 doc/src/frameworks-technologies/ipc.qdoc           |   89 +
 .../model-view-programming.qdoc                    | 2498 +++++++++++
 doc/src/frameworks-technologies/phonon.qdoc        |  558 +++
 doc/src/frameworks-technologies/plugins-howto.qdoc |  311 ++
 doc/src/frameworks-technologies/qthelp.qdoc        |  382 ++
 doc/src/frameworks-technologies/qundo.qdoc         |  113 +
 doc/src/frameworks-technologies/richtext.qdoc      | 1226 ++++++
 doc/src/frameworks-technologies/statemachine.qdoc  |  548 +++
 doc/src/frameworks-technologies/templates.qdoc     |  229 ++
 doc/src/frameworks-technologies/threads.qdoc       |  700 ++++
 doc/src/frameworks-technologies/unicode.qdoc       |  182 +
 doc/src/gallery-cde.qdoc                           |  392 --
 doc/src/gallery-cleanlooks.qdoc                    |  392 --
 doc/src/gallery-gtk.qdoc                           |  358 --
 doc/src/gallery-macintosh.qdoc                     |  392 --
 doc/src/gallery-motif.qdoc                         |  392 --
 doc/src/gallery-plastique.qdoc                     |  392 --
 doc/src/gallery-windows.qdoc                       |  392 --
 doc/src/gallery-windowsvista.qdoc                  |  392 --
 doc/src/gallery-windowsxp.qdoc                     |  392 --
 doc/src/gallery.qdoc                               |  151 -
 doc/src/geometry.qdoc                              |  150 -
 doc/src/gestures.qdoc                              |  170 -
 doc/src/getting-started/demos.qdoc                 |  166 +
 doc/src/getting-started/examples.qdoc              | 1108 +++++
 doc/src/getting-started/how-to-learn-qt.qdoc       |  118 +
 doc/src/getting-started/installation.qdoc          |  806 ++++
 doc/src/getting-started/known-issues.qdoc          |  143 +
 doc/src/getting-started/tutorials.qdoc             |  103 +
 doc/src/graphicsview.qdoc                          |  543 ---
 doc/src/groups.qdoc                                |  487 ---
 doc/src/guibooks.qdoc                              |  121 -
 doc/src/how-to-learn-qt.qdoc                       |  115 -
 doc/src/howtos/accelerators.qdoc                   |  138 +
 doc/src/howtos/appicon.qdoc                        |  215 +
 doc/src/howtos/custom-types.qdoc                   |  179 +
 doc/src/howtos/guibooks.qdoc                       |  120 +
 doc/src/howtos/openvg.qdoc                         |  322 ++
 doc/src/howtos/qtdesigner.qdoc                     |  144 +
 doc/src/howtos/restoring-geometry.qdoc             |   87 +
 doc/src/howtos/session.qdoc                        |  178 +
 doc/src/howtos/sharedlibrary.qdoc                  |  176 +
 doc/src/howtos/timers.qdoc                         |  137 +
 doc/src/howtos/unix-signal-handlers.qdoc           |  105 +
 doc/src/i18n.qdoc                                  |  508 ---
 doc/src/images/activeqt-examples.png               |  Bin 0 -> 6671 bytes
 doc/src/images/animation-examples.png              |  Bin 0 -> 28060 bytes
 doc/src/images/ipc-examples.png                    |  Bin 0 -> 7727 bytes
 doc/src/images/qq-thumbnail.png                    |  Bin 0 -> 27022 bytes
 doc/src/images/statemachine-examples.png           |  Bin 0 -> 3326 bytes
 doc/src/images/webkit-examples.png                 |  Bin 26874 -> 19323 bytes
 doc/src/implicit-sharing.qdoc                      |  144 -
 doc/src/index.qdoc                                 |  195 +-
 doc/src/installation.qdoc                          |  794 ----
 doc/src/internationalization/i18n.qdoc             |  515 +++
 doc/src/internationalization/linguist-manual.qdoc  | 1512 +++++++
 doc/src/introtodbus.qdoc                           |  229 --
 doc/src/ipc.qdoc                                   |   91 -
 doc/src/known-issues.qdoc                          |  143 -
 doc/src/layout.qdoc                                |  384 --
 doc/src/legal/editions.qdoc                        |   12 -
 doc/src/legal/licenses.qdoc                        |    1 -
 doc/src/linguist-manual.qdoc                       | 1512 -------
 doc/src/mac-differences.qdoc                       |  339 --
 doc/src/metaobjects.qdoc                           |  149 -
 doc/src/moc.qdoc                                   |  336 --
 doc/src/model-view-programming.qdoc                | 2485 -----------
 doc/src/modules.qdoc                               |  952 ++++-
 doc/src/network-programming/qtnetwork.qdoc         |  330 ++
 doc/src/network-programming/ssl.qdoc               |   67 +
 doc/src/object.qdoc                                |  132 -
 doc/src/objectmodel/metaobjects.qdoc               |  148 +
 doc/src/objectmodel/object.qdoc                    |  139 +
 doc/src/objectmodel/objecttrees.qdoc               |  115 +
 doc/src/objectmodel/properties.qdoc                |  278 ++
 doc/src/objectmodel/signalsandslots.qdoc           |  421 ++
 doc/src/objecttrees.qdoc                           |  117 -
 doc/src/overviews.qdoc                             |   25 +
 doc/src/painting-and-printing/coordsys.qdoc        |  477 +++
 doc/src/painting-and-printing/paintsystem.qdoc     |  570 +++
 doc/src/painting-and-printing/printing.qdoc        |  191 +
 doc/src/paintsystem.qdoc                           |  483 ---
 doc/src/phonon.qdoc                                |  643 ---
 doc/src/platform-notes-rtos.qdoc                   |  220 -
 doc/src/platform-notes.qdoc                        |  401 --
 doc/src/platforms/atomic-operations.qdoc           |   90 +
 doc/src/platforms/compiler-notes.qdoc              |  278 ++
 doc/src/platforms/emb-accel.qdoc                   |  143 +
 doc/src/platforms/emb-architecture.qdoc            |  338 ++
 doc/src/platforms/emb-charinput.qdoc               |  164 +
 doc/src/platforms/emb-crosscompiling.qdoc          |  191 +
 doc/src/platforms/emb-deployment.qdoc              |  111 +
 doc/src/platforms/emb-differences.qdoc             |   72 +
 doc/src/platforms/emb-displaymanagement.qdoc       |  205 +
 doc/src/platforms/emb-envvars.qdoc                 |  168 +
 doc/src/platforms/emb-features.qdoc                |  147 +
 doc/src/platforms/emb-fonts.qdoc                   |  201 +
 doc/src/platforms/emb-framebuffer-howto.qdoc       |   53 +
 doc/src/platforms/emb-install.qdoc                 |  197 +
 doc/src/platforms/emb-kmap2qmap.qdoc               |   84 +
 doc/src/platforms/emb-makeqpf.qdoc                 |   53 +
 doc/src/platforms/emb-opengl.qdoc                  |  227 +
 doc/src/platforms/emb-performance.qdoc             |  152 +
 doc/src/platforms/emb-pointer.qdoc                 |  209 +
 doc/src/platforms/emb-porting.qdoc                 |  193 +
 doc/src/platforms/emb-qvfb.qdoc                    |  296 ++
 doc/src/platforms/emb-running.qdoc                 |  210 +
 doc/src/platforms/emb-vnc.qdoc                     |  141 +
 doc/src/platforms/mac-differences.qdoc             |  339 ++
 doc/src/platforms/platform-notes-rtos.qdoc         |  220 +
 doc/src/platforms/platform-notes.qdoc              |  412 ++
 doc/src/platforms/qt-embedded-linux.qdoc           |  126 +
 doc/src/platforms/qt-embedded.qdoc                 |   76 +
 doc/src/platforms/qtmac-as-native.qdoc             |  202 +
 doc/src/platforms/supported-platforms.qdoc         |  141 +
 doc/src/platforms/wince-customization.qdoc         |  264 ++
 doc/src/platforms/wince-introduction.qdoc          |  142 +
 doc/src/platforms/wince-opengl.qdoc                |   98 +
 doc/src/platforms/winsystem.qdoc                   |   98 +
 doc/src/platforms/x11overlays.qdoc                 |   98 +
 doc/src/plugins-howto.qdoc                         |  470 ---
 doc/src/porting-qsa.qdoc                           |  475 ---
 doc/src/porting/porting-qsa.qdoc                   |  475 +++
 doc/src/porting/porting4-canvas.qdoc               |  702 ++++
 doc/src/porting/porting4-designer.qdoc             |  349 ++
 doc/src/porting/porting4-dnd.qdoc                  |  152 +
 doc/src/porting/porting4-modifiedvirtual.qdocinc   |   63 +
 .../porting/porting4-obsoletedmechanism.qdocinc    |    3 +
 doc/src/porting/porting4-overview.qdoc             |  373 ++
 doc/src/porting/porting4-removedenumvalues.qdocinc |    6 +
 doc/src/porting/porting4-removedtypes.qdocinc      |    1 +
 .../porting4-removedvariantfunctions.qdocinc       |   16 +
 doc/src/porting/porting4-removedvirtual.qdocinc    |  605 +++
 doc/src/porting/porting4-renamedclasses.qdocinc    |    3 +
 doc/src/porting/porting4-renamedenumvalues.qdocinc |  234 ++
 doc/src/porting/porting4-renamedfunctions.qdocinc  |    6 +
 doc/src/porting/porting4-renamedstatic.qdocinc     |    3 +
 doc/src/porting/porting4-renamedtypes.qdocinc      |   26 +
 doc/src/porting/porting4.qdoc                      | 4244 +++++++++++++++++++
 doc/src/porting/qt3to4.qdoc                        |  179 +
 doc/src/porting/qt4-accessibility.qdoc             |  162 +
 doc/src/porting/qt4-arthur.qdoc                    |  336 ++
 doc/src/porting/qt4-designer.qdoc                  |  298 ++
 doc/src/porting/qt4-interview.qdoc                 |  293 ++
 doc/src/porting/qt4-mainwindow.qdoc                |  250 ++
 doc/src/porting/qt4-network.qdoc                   |  243 ++
 doc/src/porting/qt4-scribe.qdoc                    |  257 ++
 doc/src/porting/qt4-sql.qdoc                       |  175 +
 doc/src/porting/qt4-styles.qdoc                    |  157 +
 doc/src/porting/qt4-threads.qdoc                   |  101 +
 doc/src/porting/qt4-tulip.qdoc                     |  200 +
 doc/src/porting4-canvas.qdoc                       |  703 ----
 doc/src/porting4-designer.qdoc                     |  349 --
 doc/src/porting4-modifiedvirtual.qdocinc           |   63 -
 doc/src/porting4-obsoletedmechanism.qdocinc        |    3 -
 doc/src/porting4-overview.qdoc                     |  373 --
 doc/src/porting4-removedenumvalues.qdocinc         |    6 -
 doc/src/porting4-removedtypes.qdocinc              |    1 -
 doc/src/porting4-removedvariantfunctions.qdocinc   |   16 -
 doc/src/porting4-removedvirtual.qdocinc            |  605 ---
 doc/src/porting4-renamedclasses.qdocinc            |    3 -
 doc/src/porting4-renamedenumvalues.qdocinc         |  234 --
 doc/src/porting4-renamedfunctions.qdocinc          |    6 -
 doc/src/porting4-renamedstatic.qdocinc             |    3 -
 doc/src/porting4-renamedtypes.qdocinc              |   26 -
 doc/src/porting4.qdoc                              | 4231 -------------------
 doc/src/printing.qdoc                              |  175 -
 doc/src/properties.qdoc                            |  279 --
 doc/src/qaxcontainer.qdoc                          |  260 --
 doc/src/qaxserver.qdoc                             |  898 ----
 doc/src/qdbusadaptors.qdoc                         |  518 ---
 doc/src/qmake-manual.qdoc                          | 4323 --------------------
 doc/src/qmsdev.qdoc                                |  137 -
 doc/src/qsql.qdoc                                  |  139 -
 doc/src/qsqldatatype-table.qdoc                    |  581 ---
 doc/src/qt-conf.qdoc                               |  136 -
 doc/src/qt-embedded.qdoc                           |   76 -
 doc/src/qt-webpages.qdoc                           |  245 ++
 doc/src/qt3support.qdoc                            |   81 -
 doc/src/qt3to4.qdoc                                |  179 -
 doc/src/qt4-accessibility.qdoc                     |  163 -
 doc/src/qt4-arthur.qdoc                            |  336 --
 doc/src/qt4-designer.qdoc                          |  298 --
 doc/src/qt4-interview.qdoc                         |  293 --
 doc/src/qt4-intro.qdoc                             |    6 +-
 doc/src/qt4-mainwindow.qdoc                        |  250 --
 doc/src/qt4-network.qdoc                           |  243 --
 doc/src/qt4-scribe.qdoc                            |  257 --
 doc/src/qt4-sql.qdoc                               |  175 -
 doc/src/qt4-styles.qdoc                            |  157 -
 doc/src/qt4-threads.qdoc                           |  101 -
 doc/src/qt4-tulip.qdoc                             |  200 -
 doc/src/qtassistant.qdoc                           |   54 -
 doc/src/qtconfig.qdoc                              |   56 -
 doc/src/qtcore.qdoc                                |   60 -
 doc/src/qtdbus.qdoc                                |  124 -
 doc/src/qtdemo.qdoc                                |   67 -
 doc/src/qtdesigner.qdoc                            |  168 -
 doc/src/qtestlib.qdoc                              |  779 ----
 doc/src/qtgui.qdoc                                 |   59 -
 doc/src/qthelp.qdoc                                |  410 --
 doc/src/qtmac-as-native.qdoc                       |  202 -
 doc/src/qtmain.qdoc                                |   93 -
 doc/src/qtnetwork.qdoc                             |  344 --
 doc/src/qtopengl.qdoc                              |  163 -
 doc/src/qtopenvg.qdoc                              |  324 --
 doc/src/qtopiacore-architecture.qdoc               |  338 --
 doc/src/qtopiacore-displaymanagement.qdoc          |  205 -
 doc/src/qtopiacore-opengl.qdoc                     |  227 -
 doc/src/qtopiacore.qdoc                            |  114 -
 doc/src/qtscript.qdoc                              | 1934 ---------
 doc/src/qtscriptdebugger-manual.qdoc               |  437 --
 doc/src/qtscriptextensions.qdoc                    |  126 -
 doc/src/qtscripttools.qdoc                         |   72 -
 doc/src/qtsql.qdoc                                 |  571 ---
 doc/src/qtsvg.qdoc                                 |  135 -
 doc/src/qttest.qdoc                                |   70 -
 doc/src/qtuiloader.qdoc                            |   82 -
 doc/src/qtxml.qdoc                                 |  615 ---
 doc/src/qtxmlpatterns.qdoc                         |  968 -----
 doc/src/qundo.qdoc                                 |  113 -
 doc/src/rcc.qdoc                                   |   96 -
 doc/src/resources.qdoc                             |  192 -
 doc/src/richtext.qdoc                              | 1076 -----
 doc/src/scripting/ecmascript.qdoc                  |  312 ++
 doc/src/scripting/qtscriptdebugger-manual.qdoc     |  436 ++
 doc/src/scripting/qtscriptextensions.qdoc          |  115 +
 doc/src/scripting/scripting.qdoc                   | 1929 +++++++++
 doc/src/session.qdoc                               |  177 -
 doc/src/sharedlibrary.qdoc                         |  186 -
 doc/src/signalsandslots.qdoc                       |  422 --
 doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtmultimedia.qdoc    |    8 +
 doc/src/sql-driver.qdoc                            |  762 ----
 doc/src/sql-programming/qsqldatatype-table.qdoc    |  583 +++
 doc/src/sql-programming/sql-driver.qdoc            |  762 ++++
 doc/src/sql-programming/sql-programming.qdoc       |  614 +++
 doc/src/statemachine.qdoc                          |  536 ---
 doc/src/styles.qdoc                                | 2059 ----------
 doc/src/stylesheet.qdoc                            | 3960 ------------------
 doc/src/supported-platforms.qdoc                   |  141 -
 doc/src/templates.qdoc                             |  230 --
 doc/src/threads.qdoc                               |  616 ---
 doc/src/timers.qdoc                                |  136 -
 doc/src/tools-list.qdoc                            |   85 -
 doc/src/topics.qdoc                                |  290 --
 doc/src/trolltech-webpages.qdoc                    |  245 --
 doc/src/tutorials/addressbook-fr.qdoc              |    3 +-
 doc/src/tutorials/addressbook.qdoc                 |    3 +-
 doc/src/tutorials/widgets-tutorial.qdoc            |   15 +-
 doc/src/uic.qdoc                                   |   89 -
 doc/src/unicode.qdoc                               |  161 -
 doc/src/unix-signal-handlers.qdoc                  |  103 -
 doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/focus.qdoc             |  200 +
 doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-cde.qdoc       |  392 ++
 .../widgets-and-layouts/gallery-cleanlooks.qdoc    |  392 ++
 doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-gtk.qdoc       |  358 ++
 doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-macintosh.qdoc |  392 ++
 doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-motif.qdoc     |  392 ++
 doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-plastique.qdoc |  392 ++
 doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-windows.qdoc   |  392 ++
 .../widgets-and-layouts/gallery-windowsvista.qdoc  |  392 ++
 doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-windowsxp.qdoc |  392 ++
 doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/gallery.qdoc           |  150 +
 doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/layout.qdoc            |  396 ++
 doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/styles.qdoc            | 2123 ++++++++++
 doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/stylesheet.qdoc        | 3962 ++++++++++++++++++
 doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/widgets.qdoc           |  187 +
 doc/src/wince-customization.qdoc                   |  264 --
 doc/src/wince-introduction.qdoc                    |  110 -
 doc/src/wince-opengl.qdoc                          |   98 -
 doc/src/windows-and-dialogs/dialogs.qdoc           |   76 +
 doc/src/windows-and-dialogs/mainwindow.qdoc        |  279 ++
 doc/src/winsystem.qdoc                             |   99 -
 doc/src/xml-processing/xml-patterns.qdoc           |  904 ++++
 doc/src/xml-processing/xml-processing.qdoc         |  631 +++
 doc/src/xml-processing/xquery-introduction.qdoc    | 1023 +++++
 doc/src/xquery-introduction.qdoc                   | 1024 -----
 src/3rdparty/easing/legal.qdoc                     |    2 +-
 src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/Api/qwebdatabase.cpp |    2 +
 src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/Api/qwebelement.cpp  |    2 +-
 src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/Api/qwebframe.cpp    |    4 +
 src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/Api/qwebhistory.cpp  |    4 +
 .../webkit/WebKit/qt/Api/qwebhistoryinterface.cpp  |    2 +
 src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/Api/qwebpage.cpp     |    8 +
 .../webkit/WebKit/qt/Api/qwebpluginfactory.cpp     |   10 +
 .../webkit/WebKit/qt/Api/qwebsecurityorigin.cpp    |    2 +
 src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/Api/qwebsettings.cpp |    2 +
 src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/Api/qwebview.cpp     |    2 +
 src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/docs/qtwebkit.qdoc   |  110 +-
 src/corelib/animation/qpropertyanimation.cpp       |    2 +-
 src/corelib/codecs/codecs.qdoc                     |  546 +++
 src/corelib/concurrent/qfuture.cpp                 |    6 +-
 src/corelib/concurrent/qfuturesynchronizer.cpp     |    6 +-
 src/corelib/concurrent/qfuturewatcher.cpp          |    4 +-
 src/corelib/concurrent/qrunnable.cpp               |    2 +
 src/corelib/concurrent/qtconcurrentfilter.cpp      |    4 +-
 src/corelib/concurrent/qtconcurrentmap.cpp         |   10 +-
 src/corelib/concurrent/qtconcurrentrun.cpp         |    6 +-
 src/corelib/concurrent/qthreadpool.cpp             |    4 +-
 src/corelib/global/qendian.qdoc                    |  168 +
 src/corelib/global/qglobal.cpp                     |    4 +-
 src/corelib/global/qlibraryinfo.cpp                |    3 -
 src/corelib/global/qnamespace.qdoc                 | 2754 +++++++++++++
 src/corelib/io/qdatastream.cpp                     |    2 +-
 src/corelib/io/qdebug.cpp                          |    3 +-
 src/corelib/io/qdir.cpp                            |    2 +-
 src/corelib/io/qfile.cpp                           |    2 +-
 src/corelib/io/qprocess.cpp                        |    3 +-
 src/corelib/io/qresource.cpp                       |    2 +-
 src/corelib/io/qsettings.cpp                       |    3 +-
 src/corelib/io/qtemporaryfile.cpp                  |    2 +-
 src/corelib/io/qtextstream.cpp                     |    6 +-
 src/corelib/io/qurl.cpp                            |    4 +-
 src/corelib/kernel/qabstracteventdispatcher.cpp    |    1 -
 src/corelib/kernel/qabstractitemmodel.cpp          |    4 +-
 src/corelib/kernel/qbasictimer.cpp                 |    1 -
 src/corelib/kernel/qcoreapplication.cpp            |    3 -
 src/corelib/kernel/qcoreevent.cpp                  |    1 -
 src/corelib/kernel/qobject.cpp                     |    2 +-
 src/corelib/kernel/qpointer.cpp                    |    2 +-
 src/corelib/kernel/qsharedmemory.cpp               |    1 -
 src/corelib/kernel/qsignalmapper.cpp               |    4 +-
 src/corelib/kernel/qsocketnotifier.cpp             |    1 +
 src/corelib/kernel/qsystemsemaphore.cpp            |    1 -
 src/corelib/kernel/qtimer.cpp                      |    3 +-
 src/corelib/kernel/qtranslator.cpp                 |    2 -
 src/corelib/kernel/qvariant.cpp                    |    3 +-
 src/corelib/kernel/qwineventnotifier_p.cpp         |    2 -
 src/corelib/plugin/qlibrary.cpp                    |    2 +-
 src/corelib/plugin/qplugin.qdoc                    |  135 +
 src/corelib/plugin/qpluginloader.cpp               |    2 +-
 src/corelib/plugin/quuid.cpp                       |    1 -
 src/corelib/thread/qmutex.cpp                      |    3 -
 src/corelib/thread/qreadwritelock.cpp              |    3 -
 src/corelib/thread/qsemaphore.cpp                  |    1 -
 src/corelib/thread/qthread.cpp                     |    2 -
 src/corelib/thread/qthreadstorage.cpp              |    2 -
 src/corelib/thread/qwaitcondition.qdoc             |  187 +
 src/corelib/tools/qalgorithms.qdoc                 |  651 +++
 src/corelib/tools/qbytearray.cpp                   |    4 +-
 src/corelib/tools/qbytearraymatcher.cpp            |    2 +-
 src/corelib/tools/qcache.qdoc                      |  244 ++
 src/corelib/tools/qchar.cpp                        |    4 +-
 src/corelib/tools/qdatetime.cpp                    |    6 -
 src/corelib/tools/qhash.cpp                        |    4 +-
 src/corelib/tools/qiterator.qdoc                   | 1431 +++++++
 src/corelib/tools/qline.cpp                        |    4 +-
 src/corelib/tools/qlinkedlist.cpp                  |    2 +-
 src/corelib/tools/qlistdata.cpp                    |    2 +-
 src/corelib/tools/qlocale.cpp                      |    4 +-
 src/corelib/tools/qmap.cpp                         |    4 +-
 src/corelib/tools/qpair.qdoc                       |  229 ++
 src/corelib/tools/qpoint.cpp                       |    4 +-
 src/corelib/tools/qqueue.cpp                       |    2 +-
 src/corelib/tools/qrect.cpp                        |    4 +-
 src/corelib/tools/qregexp.cpp                      |    3 +-
 src/corelib/tools/qset.qdoc                        |  953 +++++
 src/corelib/tools/qshareddata.cpp                  |  663 ++-
 src/corelib/tools/qsharedpointer.cpp               |    2 -
 src/corelib/tools/qsize.cpp                        |    4 +-
 src/corelib/tools/qstack.cpp                       |    2 +-
 src/corelib/tools/qstring.cpp                      |   10 +-
 src/corelib/tools/qstringbuilder.cpp               |    8 +-
 src/corelib/tools/qstringlist.cpp                  |    4 +-
 src/corelib/tools/qstringmatcher.cpp               |    2 +-
 src/corelib/tools/qtextboundaryfinder.cpp          |    2 +-
 src/corelib/tools/qtimeline.cpp                    |    2 +-
 src/corelib/tools/qvarlengtharray.qdoc             |  274 ++
 src/corelib/tools/qvector.cpp                      |    2 +-
 src/corelib/xml/qxmlstream.cpp                     |    4 +-
 src/gui/accessible/qaccessible.cpp                 |    2 +-
 src/gui/dialogs/qabstractprintdialog.cpp           |    5 +-
 src/gui/dialogs/qcolordialog.cpp                   |    4 +-
 src/gui/dialogs/qdialog.cpp                        |    4 +-
 src/gui/dialogs/qerrormessage.cpp                  |    3 +-
 src/gui/dialogs/qfiledialog.cpp                    |    4 +-
 src/gui/dialogs/qfontdialog.cpp                    |    5 +-
 src/gui/dialogs/qinputdialog.cpp                   |    4 +-
 src/gui/dialogs/qmessagebox.cpp                    |    4 +-
 src/gui/dialogs/qpagesetupdialog.cpp               |   46 +
 src/gui/dialogs/qprintdialog.qdoc                  |   72 +
 src/gui/dialogs/qprintpreviewdialog.cpp            |    3 +
 src/gui/dialogs/qprogressdialog.cpp                |    4 +-
 src/gui/embedded/qdirectpainter_qws.cpp            |    2 +-
 src/gui/embedded/qlock.cpp                         |    1 -
 src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsgridlayout.cpp       |    2 +-
 src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem.cpp             |   13 +-
 src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitemanimation.cpp    |    1 -
 src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicslayout.cpp           |    1 -
 src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicslayoutitem.cpp       |    1 -
 src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicslinearlayout.cpp     |    1 -
 src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsproxywidget.cpp      |    1 -
 src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsscene.cpp            |    3 +-
 .../graphicsview/qgraphicsscenebsptreeindex.cpp    |    3 +-
 src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicssceneevent.cpp       |    9 -
 src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicssceneindex.cpp       |    3 +-
 src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicstransform.cpp        |    1 +
 src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsview.cpp             |    3 +-
 src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicswidget.cpp           |    1 -
 src/gui/image/qbitmap.cpp                          |    2 +-
 src/gui/image/qicon.cpp                            |    4 +-
 src/gui/image/qiconengine.cpp                      |    4 +-
 src/gui/image/qimage.cpp                           |    4 +-
 src/gui/image/qimagereader.cpp                     |    2 +-
 src/gui/image/qimagewriter.cpp                     |    2 +-
 src/gui/image/qmovie.cpp                           |    2 +-
 src/gui/image/qpicture.cpp                         |    6 +-
 src/gui/image/qpixmap.cpp                          |    4 +-
 src/gui/image/qpixmapcache.cpp                     |    3 +-
 src/gui/image/qpixmapfilter.cpp                    |    8 +-
 src/gui/inputmethod/qinputcontextfactory.cpp       |    1 -
 src/gui/itemviews/qabstractitemdelegate.cpp        |    2 +-
 src/gui/itemviews/qabstractitemview.cpp            |    2 +-
 src/gui/itemviews/qcolumnview.cpp                  |    2 +-
 src/gui/itemviews/qheaderview.cpp                  |    2 +-
 src/gui/itemviews/qitemdelegate.cpp                |    2 +-
 src/gui/itemviews/qlistview.cpp                    |    2 +-
 src/gui/itemviews/qlistwidget.cpp                  |    2 +-
 src/gui/itemviews/qstringlistmodel.cpp             |    2 +-
 src/gui/itemviews/qstyleditemdelegate.cpp          |    2 +-
 src/gui/itemviews/qtableview.cpp                   |    2 +-
 src/gui/itemviews/qtablewidget.cpp                 |    2 +-
 src/gui/itemviews/qtreeview.cpp                    |    2 +-
 src/gui/itemviews/qtreewidget.cpp                  |    4 +-
 src/gui/kernel/qaction.cpp                         |    4 +-
 src/gui/kernel/qactiongroup.cpp                    |    2 +-
 src/gui/kernel/qapplication.cpp                    |    6 -
 src/gui/kernel/qboxlayout.cpp                      |    5 -
 src/gui/kernel/qclipboard.cpp                      |    4 -
 src/gui/kernel/qcursor.cpp                         |    2 +-
 src/gui/kernel/qdesktopwidget.qdoc                 |  264 ++
 src/gui/kernel/qformlayout.cpp                     |    2 -
 src/gui/kernel/qgridlayout.cpp                     |    3 +-
 src/gui/kernel/qkeymapper.cpp                      |    1 -
 src/gui/kernel/qkeysequence.cpp                    |    3 +-
 src/gui/kernel/qlayout.cpp                         |    1 -
 src/gui/kernel/qlayoutitem.cpp                     |    3 -
 src/gui/kernel/qmime_mac.cpp                       |    3 +-
 src/gui/kernel/qmime_win.cpp                       |    2 -
 src/gui/kernel/qpalette.cpp                        |    4 +-
 src/gui/kernel/qshortcut.cpp                       |    2 +-
 src/gui/kernel/qsizepolicy.qdoc                    |  521 +++
 src/gui/kernel/qsound.cpp                          |    2 +-
 src/gui/kernel/qstackedlayout.cpp                  |    2 -
 src/gui/kernel/qtooltip.cpp                        |    2 +-
 src/gui/kernel/qwhatsthis.cpp                      |    2 +-
 src/gui/kernel/qwidget.cpp                         |   44 +-
 src/gui/kernel/qwidgetaction.cpp                   |    5 +-
 src/gui/math3d/qgenericmatrix.cpp                  |    2 +
 src/gui/math3d/qmatrix4x4.cpp                      |    1 +
 src/gui/math3d/qquaternion.cpp                     |    1 +
 src/gui/math3d/qvector2d.cpp                       |    2 +
 src/gui/math3d/qvector3d.cpp                       |    1 +
 src/gui/math3d/qvector4d.cpp                       |    1 +
 src/gui/painting/qbrush.cpp                        |   10 +-
 src/gui/painting/qcolor.cpp                        |    4 +-
 src/gui/painting/qcolormap.qdoc                    |  152 +
 src/gui/painting/qmatrix.cpp                       |    2 +-
 src/gui/painting/qpaintdevice.qdoc                 |  289 ++
 src/gui/painting/qpaintengine.cpp                  |    2 +-
 src/gui/painting/qpainter.cpp                      |    4 +-
 src/gui/painting/qpainterpath.cpp                  |    4 +-
 src/gui/painting/qpen.cpp                          |    4 +-
 src/gui/painting/qpolygon.cpp                      |    4 +-
 src/gui/painting/qprinter.cpp                      |    6 +-
 src/gui/painting/qprinterinfo.qdoc                 |  139 +
 src/gui/painting/qregion.cpp                       |    2 +-
 src/gui/painting/qstylepainter.cpp                 |    2 +-
 src/gui/painting/qtransform.cpp                    |    2 +-
 src/gui/styles/qmacstyle.qdoc                      |  261 ++
 src/gui/styles/qstyleoption.cpp                    |    2 +-
 src/gui/text/qabstracttextdocumentlayout.cpp       |    2 +-
 src/gui/text/qfont.cpp                             |    9 +-
 src/gui/text/qfontdatabase.cpp                     |    6 +-
 src/gui/text/qfontmetrics.cpp                      |    6 +-
 src/gui/text/qsyntaxhighlighter.cpp                |    2 +-
 src/gui/text/qtextcursor.cpp                       |    4 +-
 src/gui/text/qtextdocument.cpp                     |    4 +-
 src/gui/text/qtextdocumentfragment.cpp             |    2 +-
 src/gui/text/qtextdocumentwriter.cpp               |    2 +-
 src/gui/text/qtextformat.cpp                       |   20 +-
 src/gui/text/qtextlayout.cpp                       |    6 +-
 src/gui/text/qtextlist.cpp                         |    2 +-
 src/gui/text/qtextobject.cpp                       |   16 +-
 src/gui/text/qtextoption.cpp                       |    2 +-
 src/gui/text/qtexttable.cpp                        |    4 +-
 src/gui/util/qsystemtrayicon.cpp                   |    1 -
 src/gui/util/qundogroup.cpp                        |    1 -
 src/gui/util/qundostack.cpp                        |    2 -
 src/gui/util/qundoview.cpp                         |    2 +-
 src/gui/widgets/qbuttongroup.cpp                   |    2 -
 src/gui/widgets/qcalendarwidget.cpp                |    2 +-
 src/gui/widgets/qcheckbox.cpp                      |    2 +-
 src/gui/widgets/qcombobox.cpp                      |    2 +-
 src/gui/widgets/qcommandlinkbutton.cpp             |    2 +-
 src/gui/widgets/qdatetimeedit.cpp                  |    6 +-
 src/gui/widgets/qdial.cpp                          |    2 +-
 src/gui/widgets/qdialogbuttonbox.cpp               |    4 +-
 src/gui/widgets/qdockwidget.cpp                    |    2 +-
 src/gui/widgets/qfocusframe.cpp                    |    2 +-
 src/gui/widgets/qfontcombobox.cpp                  |    1 -
 src/gui/widgets/qframe.cpp                         |    2 +-
 src/gui/widgets/qgroupbox.cpp                      |    2 -
 src/gui/widgets/qlabel.cpp                         |    2 -
 src/gui/widgets/qlcdnumber.cpp                     |    2 +-
 src/gui/widgets/qlineedit.cpp                      |    2 +-
 src/gui/widgets/qmainwindow.cpp                    |    4 +-
 src/gui/widgets/qmdiarea.cpp                       |    4 +-
 src/gui/widgets/qmdisubwindow.cpp                  |    4 +-
 src/gui/widgets/qmenu.cpp                          |    4 +-
 src/gui/widgets/qmenubar.cpp                       |    5 +-
 src/gui/widgets/qplaintextedit.cpp                 |    7 +-
 src/gui/widgets/qprintpreviewwidget.cpp            |    2 +-
 src/gui/widgets/qprogressbar.cpp                   |    2 +-
 src/gui/widgets/qpushbutton.cpp                    |    2 +-
 src/gui/widgets/qradiobutton.cpp                   |    2 +-
 src/gui/widgets/qrubberband.cpp                    |    3 -
 src/gui/widgets/qscrollarea.cpp                    |    2 +-
 src/gui/widgets/qsizegrip.cpp                      |    3 +-
 src/gui/widgets/qslider.cpp                        |    2 +-
 src/gui/widgets/qspinbox.cpp                       |    4 +-
 src/gui/widgets/qsplashscreen.cpp                  |    3 -
 src/gui/widgets/qsplitter.cpp                      |    2 +-
 src/gui/widgets/qstackedwidget.cpp                 |    3 +-
 src/gui/widgets/qstatusbar.cpp                     |    4 +-
 src/gui/widgets/qtabbar.cpp                        |    2 +-
 src/gui/widgets/qtabwidget.cpp                     |    2 +-
 src/gui/widgets/qtextbrowser.cpp                   |    2 +-
 src/gui/widgets/qtextedit.cpp                      |    4 +-
 src/gui/widgets/qtoolbar.cpp                       |    4 +-
 src/gui/widgets/qtoolbox.cpp                       |    2 +-
 src/gui/widgets/qtoolbutton.cpp                    |    2 +-
 src/gui/widgets/qvalidator.cpp                     |    9 -
 src/gui/widgets/qworkspace.cpp                     |    1 -
 src/network/access/qftp.cpp                        |    4 +-
 src/network/access/qhttp.cpp                       |   10 +-
 src/network/access/qnetworkrequest.cpp             |    2 +-
 src/network/kernel/qauthenticator.cpp              |    2 +-
 src/network/kernel/qhostaddress.cpp                |    2 +-
 src/network/kernel/qhostinfo.cpp                   |    2 +-
 src/network/kernel/qnetworkinterface.cpp           |    4 +-
 src/network/kernel/qnetworkproxy.cpp               |    4 +-
 src/network/kernel/qurlinfo.cpp                    |    2 +-
 src/network/socket/qabstractsocket.cpp             |    2 +-
 src/network/socket/qnativesocketengine.cpp         |    2 +-
 src/network/socket/qtcpserver.cpp                  |    2 +-
 src/network/socket/qtcpsocket.cpp                  |    2 +-
 src/network/socket/qudpsocket.cpp                  |    2 +-
 src/network/ssl/qssl.cpp                           |    3 +-
 src/network/ssl/qsslcertificate.cpp                |    2 +-
 src/network/ssl/qsslcipher.cpp                     |    2 +-
 src/network/ssl/qsslconfiguration.cpp              |    2 +-
 src/network/ssl/qsslerror.cpp                      |    2 +-
 src/network/ssl/qsslkey.cpp                        |    2 +-
 src/network/ssl/qsslsocket.cpp                     |    2 +-
 src/opengl/qgl.cpp                                 |   10 +-
 src/opengl/qglcolormap.cpp                         |    2 +-
 src/opengl/qglframebufferobject.cpp                |    4 +-
 src/opengl/qglpixelbuffer.cpp                      |    2 +-
 src/opengl/qglshaderprogram.cpp                    |    2 +
 src/qt3support/sql/q3sqlfieldinfo.qdoc             |  234 ++
 src/qt3support/sql/q3sqlrecordinfo.qdoc            |   89 +
 src/qt3support/tools/q3asciicache.qdoc             |  465 +++
 src/qt3support/tools/q3asciidict.qdoc              |  416 ++
 src/qt3support/tools/q3cache.qdoc                  |  461 +++
 src/qt3support/tools/q3dict.qdoc                   |  446 ++
 src/qt3support/tools/q3intcache.qdoc               |  446 ++
 src/qt3support/tools/q3intdict.qdoc                |  390 ++
 src/qt3support/tools/q3memarray.qdoc               |  523 +++
 src/qt3support/tools/q3ptrdict.qdoc                |  388 ++
 src/qt3support/tools/q3ptrlist.qdoc                | 1157 ++++++
 src/qt3support/tools/q3ptrqueue.qdoc               |  230 ++
 src/qt3support/tools/q3ptrstack.qdoc               |  217 +
 src/qt3support/tools/q3ptrvector.qdoc              |  427 ++
 src/qt3support/tools/q3valuelist.qdoc              |  569 +++
 src/qt3support/tools/q3valuestack.qdoc             |  149 +
 src/qt3support/tools/q3valuevector.qdoc            |  274 ++
 src/qt3support/widgets/q3popupmenu.cpp             |   37 +
 src/script/qscriptable.cpp                         |    2 +-
 src/script/qscriptclass.cpp                        |    2 +-
 src/script/qscriptcontext.cpp                      |    2 +-
 src/script/qscriptcontextinfo.cpp                  |    2 +-
 src/script/qscriptengine.cpp                       |    8 +-
 src/script/qscriptengineagent.cpp                  |    2 +-
 src/script/qscriptstring.cpp                       |    2 +-
 src/script/qscriptvalue.cpp                        |    2 +-
 src/script/qscriptvalueiterator.cpp                |    2 +-
 src/scripttools/debugging/qscriptdebugger.cpp      |    4 +-
 .../debugging/qscriptenginedebugger.cpp            |    4 +-
 src/sql/kernel/qsql.qdoc                           |  139 +
 src/sql/kernel/qsqldatabase.cpp                    |    2 +-
 src/sql/kernel/qsqlquery.cpp                       |    2 +-
 src/svg/qgraphicssvgitem.cpp                       |    1 -
 src/svg/qsvggenerator.cpp                          |    2 +-
 src/svg/qsvgrenderer.cpp                           |    2 +-
 src/svg/qsvgwidget.cpp                             |    2 +-
 src/testlib/qsignalspy.qdoc                        |   98 +
 src/testlib/qtestevent.qdoc                        |  191 +
 src/xml/dom/qdom.cpp                               |    4 +-
 src/xml/sax/qxml.cpp                               |    2 +-
 src/xmlpatterns/api/qabstractxmlnodemodel.cpp      |    3 +-
 src/xmlpatterns/api/qxmlquery.cpp                  |    4 +-
 src/xmlpatterns/utils/qautoptr.cpp                 |    2 -
 tools/assistant/compat/lib/qassistantclient.cpp    |    1 -
 tools/designer/src/lib/sdk/abstractdnditem.qdoc    |  112 +
 tools/designer/src/lib/sdk/abstracticoncache.qdoc  |  130 +
 .../designer/src/lib/sdk/dynamicpropertysheet.qdoc |   94 +
 tools/designer/src/lib/sdk/layoutdecoration.qdoc   |  163 +
 tools/designer/src/lib/sdk/membersheet.qdoc        |  263 ++
 tools/designer/src/lib/sdk/propertysheet.qdoc      |  302 ++
 tools/designer/src/lib/sdk/taskmenu.qdoc           |  152 +
 tools/designer/src/lib/uilib/container.qdoc        |  186 +
 tools/designer/src/lib/uilib/customwidget.qdoc     |  309 ++
 tools/qdoc3/test/classic.css                       |   21 +-
 tools/qdoc3/test/qt-html-templates.qdocconf        |   48 +-
 748 files changed, 89173 insertions(+), 88412 deletions(-)
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/accelerators.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/accessible.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/activeqt-dumpcpp.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/activeqt-dumpdoc.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/activeqt-idc.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/activeqt-testcon.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/activeqt.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/animation.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/appicon.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/assistant-manual.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/atomic-operations.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/classes/exportedfunctions.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/classes/phonon-namespace.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/classes/q3asciicache.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/classes/q3asciidict.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/classes/q3cache.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/classes/q3dict.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/classes/q3intcache.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/classes/q3intdict.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/classes/q3memarray.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/classes/q3popupmenu.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/classes/q3ptrdict.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/classes/q3ptrlist.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/classes/q3ptrqueue.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/classes/q3ptrstack.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/classes/q3ptrvector.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/classes/q3sqlfieldinfo.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/classes/q3sqlrecordinfo.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/classes/q3valuelist.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/classes/q3valuestack.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/classes/q3valuevector.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/classes/qalgorithms.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/classes/qcache.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/classes/qcolormap.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/classes/qdesktopwidget.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/classes/qiterator.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/classes/qmacstyle.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/classes/qnamespace.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/classes/qpagesetupdialog.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/classes/qpaintdevice.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/classes/qpair.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/classes/qplugin.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/classes/qprintdialog.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/classes/qprinterinfo.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/classes/qset.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/classes/qsignalspy.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/classes/qsizepolicy.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/classes/qtdesigner-api.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/classes/qtendian.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/classes/qtestevent.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/classes/qvarlengtharray.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/classes/qwaitcondition.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/codecs.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/compiler-notes.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/containers.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/coordsys.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/custom-types.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/datastreamformat.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/debug.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/demos.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/demos/qtdemo.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/deployment.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/deployment/deployment-plugins.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/deployment/deployment.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/deployment/qt-conf.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/deployment/qtconfig.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/designer-manual.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/desktop-integration.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/developing-on-mac.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/development/activeqt-dumpcpp.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/development/activeqt-dumpdoc.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/development/activeqt-idc.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/development/activeqt-testcon.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/development/assistant-manual.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/development/debug.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/development/designer-manual.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/development/developing-on-mac.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/development/developing-with-qt.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/development/moc.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/development/qmake-manual.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/development/qmsdev.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/development/qtestlib.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/development/rcc.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/development/tools-list.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/development/uic.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/distributingqt.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/dnd.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/ecmascript.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/emb-accel.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/emb-charinput.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/emb-crosscompiling.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/emb-deployment.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/emb-differences.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/emb-envvars.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/emb-features.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/emb-fonts.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/emb-framebuffer-howto.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/emb-install.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/emb-kmap2qmap.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/emb-makeqpf.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/emb-performance.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/emb-pointer.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/emb-porting.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/emb-qvfb.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/emb-running.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/emb-vnc.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/eventsandfilters.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/examples-overview.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/examples.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/exportedfunctions.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/files-and-resources/datastreamformat.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/files-and-resources/resources.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/focus.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/frameworks-technologies/accessible.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/frameworks-technologies/activeqt-container.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/frameworks-technologies/activeqt-server.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/frameworks-technologies/activeqt.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/frameworks-technologies/animation.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/frameworks-technologies/containers.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/frameworks-technologies/dbus-adaptors.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/frameworks-technologies/dbus-intro.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/frameworks-technologies/desktop-integration.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/frameworks-technologies/dnd.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/frameworks-technologies/eventsandfilters.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/frameworks-technologies/gestures.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/frameworks-technologies/graphicsview.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/frameworks-technologies/implicit-sharing.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/frameworks-technologies/ipc.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/frameworks-technologies/model-view-programming.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/frameworks-technologies/phonon.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/frameworks-technologies/plugins-howto.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/frameworks-technologies/qthelp.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/frameworks-technologies/qundo.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/frameworks-technologies/richtext.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/frameworks-technologies/statemachine.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/frameworks-technologies/templates.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/frameworks-technologies/threads.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/frameworks-technologies/unicode.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/gallery-cde.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/gallery-cleanlooks.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/gallery-gtk.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/gallery-macintosh.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/gallery-motif.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/gallery-plastique.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/gallery-windows.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/gallery-windowsvista.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/gallery-windowsxp.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/gallery.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/geometry.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/gestures.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/getting-started/demos.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/getting-started/examples.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/getting-started/how-to-learn-qt.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/getting-started/installation.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/getting-started/known-issues.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/getting-started/tutorials.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/graphicsview.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/groups.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/guibooks.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/how-to-learn-qt.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/howtos/accelerators.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/howtos/appicon.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/howtos/custom-types.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/howtos/guibooks.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/howtos/openvg.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/howtos/qtdesigner.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/howtos/restoring-geometry.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/howtos/session.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/howtos/sharedlibrary.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/howtos/timers.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/howtos/unix-signal-handlers.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/i18n.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/images/activeqt-examples.png
 create mode 100644 doc/src/images/animation-examples.png
 create mode 100644 doc/src/images/ipc-examples.png
 create mode 100644 doc/src/images/qq-thumbnail.png
 create mode 100644 doc/src/images/statemachine-examples.png
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/implicit-sharing.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/installation.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/internationalization/i18n.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/internationalization/linguist-manual.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/introtodbus.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/ipc.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/known-issues.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/layout.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/linguist-manual.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/mac-differences.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/metaobjects.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/moc.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/model-view-programming.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/network-programming/qtnetwork.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/network-programming/ssl.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/object.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/objectmodel/metaobjects.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/objectmodel/object.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/objectmodel/objecttrees.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/objectmodel/properties.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/objectmodel/signalsandslots.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/objecttrees.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/painting-and-printing/coordsys.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/painting-and-printing/paintsystem.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/painting-and-printing/printing.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/paintsystem.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/phonon.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/platform-notes-rtos.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/platform-notes.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/platforms/atomic-operations.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/platforms/compiler-notes.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/platforms/emb-accel.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/platforms/emb-architecture.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/platforms/emb-charinput.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/platforms/emb-crosscompiling.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/platforms/emb-deployment.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/platforms/emb-differences.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/platforms/emb-displaymanagement.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/platforms/emb-envvars.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/platforms/emb-features.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/platforms/emb-fonts.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/platforms/emb-framebuffer-howto.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/platforms/emb-install.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/platforms/emb-kmap2qmap.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/platforms/emb-makeqpf.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/platforms/emb-opengl.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/platforms/emb-performance.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/platforms/emb-pointer.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/platforms/emb-porting.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/platforms/emb-qvfb.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/platforms/emb-running.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/platforms/emb-vnc.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/platforms/mac-differences.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/platforms/platform-notes-rtos.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/platforms/platform-notes.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/platforms/qt-embedded-linux.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/platforms/qt-embedded.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/platforms/qtmac-as-native.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/platforms/supported-platforms.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/platforms/wince-customization.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/platforms/wince-introduction.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/platforms/wince-opengl.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/platforms/winsystem.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/platforms/x11overlays.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/plugins-howto.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/porting-qsa.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/porting/porting-qsa.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/porting/porting4-canvas.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/porting/porting4-designer.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/porting/porting4-dnd.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/porting/porting4-modifiedvirtual.qdocinc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/porting/porting4-obsoletedmechanism.qdocinc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/porting/porting4-overview.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/porting/porting4-removedenumvalues.qdocinc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/porting/porting4-removedtypes.qdocinc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/porting/porting4-removedvariantfunctions.qdocinc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/porting/porting4-removedvirtual.qdocinc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/porting/porting4-renamedclasses.qdocinc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/porting/porting4-renamedenumvalues.qdocinc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/porting/porting4-renamedfunctions.qdocinc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/porting/porting4-renamedstatic.qdocinc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/porting/porting4-renamedtypes.qdocinc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/porting/porting4.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/porting/qt3to4.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/porting/qt4-accessibility.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/porting/qt4-arthur.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/porting/qt4-designer.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/porting/qt4-interview.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/porting/qt4-mainwindow.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/porting/qt4-network.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/porting/qt4-scribe.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/porting/qt4-sql.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/porting/qt4-styles.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/porting/qt4-threads.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/porting/qt4-tulip.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/porting4-canvas.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/porting4-designer.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/porting4-modifiedvirtual.qdocinc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/porting4-obsoletedmechanism.qdocinc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/porting4-overview.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/porting4-removedenumvalues.qdocinc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/porting4-removedtypes.qdocinc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/porting4-removedvariantfunctions.qdocinc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/porting4-removedvirtual.qdocinc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/porting4-renamedclasses.qdocinc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/porting4-renamedenumvalues.qdocinc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/porting4-renamedfunctions.qdocinc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/porting4-renamedstatic.qdocinc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/porting4-renamedtypes.qdocinc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/porting4.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/printing.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/properties.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/qaxcontainer.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/qaxserver.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/qdbusadaptors.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/qmake-manual.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/qmsdev.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/qsql.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/qsqldatatype-table.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/qt-conf.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/qt-embedded.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/qt-webpages.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/qt3support.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/qt3to4.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/qt4-accessibility.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/qt4-arthur.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/qt4-designer.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/qt4-interview.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/qt4-mainwindow.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/qt4-network.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/qt4-scribe.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/qt4-sql.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/qt4-styles.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/qt4-threads.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/qt4-tulip.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/qtassistant.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/qtconfig.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/qtcore.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/qtdbus.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/qtdemo.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/qtdesigner.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/qtestlib.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/qtgui.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/qthelp.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/qtmac-as-native.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/qtmain.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/qtnetwork.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/qtopengl.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/qtopenvg.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/qtopiacore-architecture.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/qtopiacore-displaymanagement.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/qtopiacore-opengl.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/qtopiacore.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/qtscript.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/qtscriptdebugger-manual.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/qtscriptextensions.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/qtscripttools.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/qtsql.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/qtsvg.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/qttest.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/qtuiloader.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/qtxml.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/qtxmlpatterns.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/qundo.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/rcc.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/resources.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/richtext.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/scripting/ecmascript.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/scripting/qtscriptdebugger-manual.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/scripting/qtscriptextensions.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/scripting/scripting.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/session.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/sharedlibrary.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/signalsandslots.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtmultimedia.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/sql-driver.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/sql-programming/qsqldatatype-table.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/sql-programming/sql-driver.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/sql-programming/sql-programming.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/statemachine.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/styles.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/stylesheet.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/supported-platforms.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/templates.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/threads.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/timers.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/tools-list.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/topics.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/trolltech-webpages.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/uic.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/unicode.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/unix-signal-handlers.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/focus.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-cde.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-cleanlooks.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-gtk.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-macintosh.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-motif.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-plastique.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-windows.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-windowsvista.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-windowsxp.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/gallery.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/layout.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/styles.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/stylesheet.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/widgets.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/wince-customization.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/wince-introduction.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/wince-opengl.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/windows-and-dialogs/dialogs.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/windows-and-dialogs/mainwindow.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/winsystem.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/xml-processing/xml-patterns.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/xml-processing/xml-processing.qdoc
 create mode 100644 doc/src/xml-processing/xquery-introduction.qdoc
 delete mode 100644 doc/src/xquery-introduction.qdoc
 create mode 100644 src/corelib/codecs/codecs.qdoc
 create mode 100644 src/corelib/global/qendian.qdoc
 create mode 100644 src/corelib/global/qnamespace.qdoc
 create mode 100644 src/corelib/plugin/qplugin.qdoc
 create mode 100644 src/corelib/thread/qwaitcondition.qdoc
 create mode 100644 src/corelib/tools/qalgorithms.qdoc
 create mode 100644 src/corelib/tools/qcache.qdoc
 create mode 100644 src/corelib/tools/qiterator.qdoc
 create mode 100644 src/corelib/tools/qpair.qdoc
 create mode 100644 src/corelib/tools/qset.qdoc
 create mode 100644 src/corelib/tools/qvarlengtharray.qdoc
 create mode 100644 src/gui/dialogs/qprintdialog.qdoc
 create mode 100644 src/gui/kernel/qdesktopwidget.qdoc
 create mode 100644 src/gui/kernel/qsizepolicy.qdoc
 create mode 100644 src/gui/painting/qcolormap.qdoc
 create mode 100644 src/gui/painting/qpaintdevice.qdoc
 create mode 100644 src/gui/painting/qprinterinfo.qdoc
 create mode 100644 src/gui/styles/qmacstyle.qdoc
 create mode 100644 src/qt3support/sql/q3sqlfieldinfo.qdoc
 create mode 100644 src/qt3support/sql/q3sqlrecordinfo.qdoc
 create mode 100644 src/qt3support/tools/q3asciicache.qdoc
 create mode 100644 src/qt3support/tools/q3asciidict.qdoc
 create mode 100644 src/qt3support/tools/q3cache.qdoc
 create mode 100644 src/qt3support/tools/q3dict.qdoc
 create mode 100644 src/qt3support/tools/q3intcache.qdoc
 create mode 100644 src/qt3support/tools/q3intdict.qdoc
 create mode 100644 src/qt3support/tools/q3memarray.qdoc
 create mode 100644 src/qt3support/tools/q3ptrdict.qdoc
 create mode 100644 src/qt3support/tools/q3ptrlist.qdoc
 create mode 100644 src/qt3support/tools/q3ptrqueue.qdoc
 create mode 100644 src/qt3support/tools/q3ptrstack.qdoc
 create mode 100644 src/qt3support/tools/q3ptrvector.qdoc
 create mode 100644 src/qt3support/tools/q3valuelist.qdoc
 create mode 100644 src/qt3support/tools/q3valuestack.qdoc
 create mode 100644 src/qt3support/tools/q3valuevector.qdoc
 create mode 100644 src/sql/kernel/qsql.qdoc
 create mode 100644 src/testlib/qsignalspy.qdoc
 create mode 100644 src/testlib/qtestevent.qdoc
 create mode 100644 tools/designer/src/lib/sdk/abstractdnditem.qdoc
 create mode 100644 tools/designer/src/lib/sdk/abstracticoncache.qdoc
 create mode 100644 tools/designer/src/lib/sdk/dynamicpropertysheet.qdoc
 create mode 100644 tools/designer/src/lib/sdk/layoutdecoration.qdoc
 create mode 100644 tools/designer/src/lib/sdk/membersheet.qdoc
 create mode 100644 tools/designer/src/lib/sdk/propertysheet.qdoc
 create mode 100644 tools/designer/src/lib/sdk/taskmenu.qdoc
 create mode 100644 tools/designer/src/lib/uilib/container.qdoc
 create mode 100644 tools/designer/src/lib/uilib/customwidget.qdoc

diff --git a/doc/src/accelerators.qdoc b/doc/src/accelerators.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 4376730..0000000
--- a/doc/src/accelerators.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,137 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page accelerators.html
-    \title Standard Accelerator Keys
-    \ingroup gui-programming
-
-    Applications invariably need to define accelerator keys for actions.
-    Qt fully supports accelerators, for example with \l Q3Accel::shortcutKey().
-
-    Here are Microsoft's recommendations for accelerator keys, with
-    comments about the Open Group's recommendations where they exist
-    and differ. For most commands, the Open Group either has no advice or
-    agrees with Microsoft.
-
-    The emboldened letter plus Alt is Microsoft's recommended choice, and
-    we recommend supporting it. For an Apply button, for example, we
-    recommend QAbstractButton::setText(\link QWidget::tr() tr \endlink("&Apply"));
-
-    If you have conflicting commands (e.g. About and Apply buttons in the
-    same dialog), you must decide for yourself.
-
-    \list
-    \i \bold{\underline{A}}bout
-    \i Always on \bold{\underline{T}}op
-    \i \bold{\underline{A}}pply
-    \i \bold{\underline{B}}ack
-    \i \bold{\underline{B}}rowse
-    \i \bold{\underline{C}}lose (CDE: Alt+F4; Alt+F4 is "close window" in Windows)
-    \i \bold{\underline{C}}opy (CDE: Ctrl+C, Ctrl+Insert)
-    \i \bold{\underline{C}}opy Here
-    \i Create \bold{\underline{S}}hortcut
-    \i Create \bold{\underline{S}}hortcut Here
-    \i Cu\bold{\underline{t}}
-    \i \bold{\underline{D}}elete
-    \i \bold{\underline{E}}dit
-    \i \bold{\underline{E}}xit (CDE: E\bold{\underline{x}}it)
-    \i \bold{\underline{E}}xplore
-    \i \bold{\underline{F}}ile
-    \i \bold{\underline{F}}ind
-    \i \bold{\underline{H}}elp
-    \i Help \bold{\underline{T}}opics
-    \i \bold{\underline{H}}ide
-    \i \bold{\underline{I}}nsert
-    \i Insert \bold{\underline{O}}bject
-    \i \bold{\underline{L}}ink Here
-    \i Ma\bold{\underline{x}}imize
-    \i Mi\bold{\underline{n}}imize
-    \i \bold{\underline{M}}ove
-    \i \bold{\underline{M}}ove Here
-    \i \bold{\underline{N}}ew
-    \i \bold{\underline{N}}ext
-    \i \bold{\underline{N}}o
-    \i \bold{\underline{O}}pen
-    \i Open \bold{\underline{W}}ith
-    \i Page Set\bold{\underline{u}}p
-    \i \bold{\underline{P}}aste
-    \i Paste \bold{\underline{L}}ink
-    \i Paste \bold{\underline{S}}hortcut
-    \i Paste \bold{\underline{S}}pecial
-    \i \bold{\underline{P}}ause
-    \i \bold{\underline{P}}lay
-    \i \bold{\underline{P}}rint
-    \i \bold{\underline{P}}rint Here
-    \i P\bold{\underline{r}}operties
-    \i \bold{\underline{Q}}uick View
-    \i \bold{\underline{R}}edo (CDE: Ctrl+Y, Shift+Alt+Backspace)
-    \i \bold{\underline{R}}epeat
-    \i \bold{\underline{R}}estore
-    \i \bold{\underline{R}}esume
-    \i \bold{\underline{R}}etry
-    \i \bold{\underline{R}}un
-    \i \bold{\underline{S}}ave
-    \i Save \bold{\underline{A}}s
-    \i Select \bold{\underline{A}}ll
-    \i Se\bold{\underline{n}}d To
-    \i \bold{\underline{S}}how
-    \i \bold{\underline{S}}ize
-    \i S\bold{\underline{p}}lit
-    \i \bold{\underline{S}}top
-    \i \bold{\underline{U}}ndo (CDE: Ctrl+Z or Alt+Backspace)
-    \i \bold{\underline{V}}iew
-    \i \bold{\underline{W}}hat's This?
-    \i \bold{\underline{W}}indow
-    \i \bold{\underline{Y}}es
-    \endlist
-
-    There are also a lot of other keys and actions (that use other
-    modifier keys than Alt). See the Microsoft and The Open Group
-    documentation for details.
-
-    The
-    \l{http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0735605661/trolltech/t}{Microsoft book}
-    has ISBN 0735605661. The corresponding Open Group
-    book is very hard to find, rather expensive and we cannot recommend
-    it. However, if you really want it, ogpubs@opengroup.org might be able
-    to help. Ask them for ISBN 1859121047.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/accessible.qdoc b/doc/src/accessible.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 8daff5a..0000000
--- a/doc/src/accessible.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,600 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page accessible.html
-    \title Accessibility
-    \ingroup accessibility
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 Introduction
-
-    Accessibility in computer software is making applications usable
-    for people with disabilities. This could be achieved by providing
-    keyboard shortcuts, a high-contrast user interface that uses
-    specially selected colors and fonts, or support for assistive tools
-    such as screen readers and braille displays.
-
-    An application does not usually communicate directly with
-    assistive tools but through an assistive technology, which is a
-    bridge for exchange of information between the applications and
-    the tools. Information about user interface elements, such
-    as buttons and scroll bars, is exposed to the assistive technologies.
-    Qt supports Microsoft Active Accessibility (MSAA) on Windows and
-    Mac OS X Accessibility on Mac OS X.
-    On Unix/X11, support is preliminary. The individual technologies
-    are abstracted from Qt, and there is only a single interface to
-    consider. We will use MSAA throughout this document when we need
-    to address technology related issues.
-
-    In this overview document, we will examine the overall Qt
-    accessibility architecture, and how to implement accessibility for
-    custom widgets and elements. 
-
-    \section1 Architecture
-
-    Providing accessibility is a collaboration between accessibility
-    compliant applications, the assistive technology, and the
-    assistive tools. 
-
-    \image accessibilityarchitecture.png
-
-    Accessibility compliant applications are called AT-Servers while
-    assistive tools are called AT-Clients. A Qt application will
-    typically be an AT-Server, but specialized programs might also
-    function like AT-Clients. We will refer to clients and servers
-    when talking about AT-Clients and AT-Servers in the rest of this
-    document.
-
-    We will from now on focus on the Qt accessibility interface and
-    how it is implemented to create Qt applications that support
-    accessibility.
-
-    \section2 Accessibility in Qt
-
-    When we communicate with the assistive technologies, we need to
-    describe Qt's user interface in a way that they can understand. Qt
-    applications use QAccessibleInterface to expose information about the
-    individual UI elements. Currently, Qt provides support for its widgets
-    and widget parts, e.g., slider handles, but the interface could
-    also be implemented for any QObject if necessary. QAccessible
-    contains enums that describe the UI. The description is mainly
-    based on MSAA and is independent of Qt. We will examine the enums
-    in the course of this document.
-
-    The structure of the UI is represented as a tree of
-    QAccessibleInterface subclasses. You can think of this as a
-    representation of a UI like the QObject tree built by Qt. Objects
-    can be widgets or widget parts (such as scroll bar handles). We
-    examine the tree in detail in the next section.
-
-    Servers notify clients through \l{QAccessible::}{updateAccessibility()}
-    about changes in objects by sending events, and the clients
-    register to receive the events. The available events are defined
-    by the QAccessible::Event enum. The clients may then query for
-    the object that generated the event through
-    QAccessible::queryAccessibleInterface().
-
-    Three of the enums in QAccessible help clients query and alter
-    accessible objects:
-
-    \list
-        \o \l{QAccessible::}{Role}: Describes the role the object
-            fills in the user interface, e.g., if it is a main
-            window, a text caret, or a cell in an item view.
-        \o \l{QAccessible::}{Action}: The actions that the
-            clients can perform on the objects, e.g., pushing a
-            button.
-        \o \l{QAccessible::}{Relation}: Describes the relationship
-            between objects in the object tree.
-            This is used for navigation.
-    \endlist
-
-    The clients also have some possibilities to get the content of
-    objects, e.g., a button's text; the object provides strings
-    defined by the QAccessible::Text enum, that give information
-    about content.
-
-    The objects can be in a number of different states as defined by
-    the \l{QAccessible::}{State} enum. Examples of states are whether
-    the object is disabled, if it has focus, or if it provides a pop-up
-    menu.
-
-    \section2 The Accessible Object Tree
-
-    As mentioned, a tree structure is built from the accessible
-    objects of an application. By navigating through the tree, the
-    clients can access all elements in the UI. Object relations give
-    clients information about the UI. For instance, a slider handle is
-    a child of the slider to which it belongs. QAccessible::Relation
-    describes the various relationships the clients can ask objects
-    for.
-
-    Note that there are no direct mapping between the Qt QObject tree
-    and the accessible object tree. For instance, scroll bar handles
-    are accessible objects but are not widgets or objects in Qt.
-
-    AT-Clients have access to the accessibility object tree through
-    the root object in the tree, which is the QApplication. They can
-    query other objects through QAccessible::navigate(), which fetches
-    objects based on \l{QAccessible::}{Relation}s. The children of any
-    node is 1-based numbered. The child numbered 0 is the object
-    itself. The children of all interfaces are numbered this way,
-    i.e., it is not a fixed numbering from the root node in the entire
-    tree.
-
-    Qt provides accessible interfaces for its widgets. Interfaces for
-    any QObject subclass can be requested through
-    QAccessible::queryInterface(). A default implementation is
-    provided if a more specialized interface is not defined. An
-    AT-Client cannot acquire an interface for accessible objects that
-    do not have an equivalent QObject, e.g., scroll bar handles, but
-    they appear as normal objects through interfaces of parent
-    accessible objects, e.g., you can query their relationships with
-    QAccessible::relationTo().
-
-    To illustrate, we present an image of an accessible object tree.
-    Beneath the tree is a table with examples of object relationships.
-
-    \image accessibleobjecttree.png
-
-    The labels in top-down order are: the QAccessibleInterface class
-    name, the widget for which an interface is provided, and the
-    \l{QAccessible::}{Role} of the object. The Position, PageLeft and 
-    PageRight correspond to the slider handle, the slider groove left
-    and the slider groove right, respectively. These accessible objects
-    do not have an equivalent QObject.
-
-    \table 40%
-        \header
-            \o Source Object
-            \o Target Object
-            \o Relation
-        \row
-            \o Slider
-            \o Indicator
-            \o Controller
-        \row
-            \o Indicator
-            \o Slider
-            \o Controlled
-        \row
-            \o Slider
-            \o Application
-            \o Ancestor
-        \row
-            \o Application
-            \o Slider
-            \o Child
-        \row
-            \o PushButton
-            \o Indicator
-            \o Sibling
-    \endtable
-
-    \section2 The Static QAccessible Functions
-
-    The accessibility is managed by QAccessible's static functions,
-    which we will examine shortly. They produce QAccessible
-    interfaces, build the object tree, and initiate the connection
-    with MSAA or the other platform specific technologies. If you are
-    only interested in learning how to make your application
-    accessible, you can safely skip over this section to
-    \l{Implementing Accessibility}.
-
-    The communication between clients and the server is initiated when
-    \l{QAccessible::}{setRootObject()} is called. This is done when
-    the QApplication instance is instantiated and you should not have
-    to do this yourself.
-
-    When a QObject calls \l{QAccessible::}{updateAccessibility()},
-    clients that are listening to events are notified of the
-    change. The function is used to post events to the assistive
-    technology, and accessible \l{QAccessible::Event}{events} are
-    posted by \l{QAccessible::}{updateAccessibility()}.
-
-    \l{QAccessible::}{queryAccessibleInterface()} returns accessible
-    interfaces for \l{QObject}s. All widgets in Qt provide interfaces;
-    if you need interfaces to control the behavior of other \l{QObject}
-    subclasses, you must implement the interfaces yourself, although
-    the QAccessibleObject convenience class implements parts of the
-    functionality for you.
-
-    The factory that produces accessibility interfaces for QObjects is
-    a function of type QAccessible::InterfaceFactory. It is possible
-    to have several factories installed. The last factory installed
-    will be the first to be asked for interfaces.
-    \l{QAccessible::}{queryAccessibleInterface()} uses the factories
-    to create interfaces for \l{QObject}s. Normally, you need not be
-    concerned about factories because you can implement plugins that
-    produce interfaces. We will give examples of both approaches
-    later.
-
-    \section1 Implementing Accessibility
-
-    To provide accessibility support for a widget or other user
-    interface element, you need to implement the QAccessibleInterface
-    and distribute it in a QAccessiblePlugin. It is also possible to
-    compile the interface into the application and provide a
-    QAccessible::InterfaceFactory for it. The factory can be used if
-    you link statically or do not want the added complexity of
-    plugins.  This can be an advantage if you, for instance, are
-    delivering a 3-rd party library.
-
-    All widgets and other user interface elements should have
-    interfaces and plugins. If you want your application to support
-    accessibility, you will need to consider the following:
-
-    \list
-        \o Qt already implements accessibility for its own widgets.
-           We therefore recommend that you use Qt widgets where possible.
-        \o A QAccessibleInterface needs to be implemented for each element
-           that you want to make available to accessibility clients.
-        \o You need to send accessibility events from the custom
-           user interface elements that you implement.
-    \endlist
-
-    In general, it is recommended that you are somewhat familiar with
-    MSAA, which Qt originally was built for. You should also study
-    the enum values of QAccessible, which describe the roles, actions,
-    relationships, and events that you need to consider.
-
-    Note that you can examine how Qt's widgets implement their
-    accessibility. One major problem with the MSAA standard is that
-    interfaces are often implemented in an inconsistent way. This
-    makes life difficult for clients and often leads to guesswork on
-    object functionality.
-
-    It is possible to implement interfaces by inheriting
-    QAccessibleInterface and implementing its pure virtual functions.
-    In practice, however, it is usually preferable to inherit
-    QAccessibleObject or QAccessibleWidget, which implement part of
-    the functionality for you. In the next section, we will see an
-    example of implementing accessibility for a widget by inheriting
-    the QAccessibleWidget class.
-
-    \section2 The QAccessibleObject and QAccessibleWidget Convenience Classes
-
-    When implementing an accessibility interface for widgets, one would
-    as a rule inherit QAccessibleWidget, which is a convenience class
-    for widgets. Another available convenience class, which is
-    inherited by QAccessibleWidget, is the QAccessibleObject, which
-    implements part of the interface for QObjects.
-
-    The QAccessibleWidget provides the following functionality:
-
-    \list
-        \o It handles the navigation of the tree and
-           hit testing of the objects. 
-        \o It handles events, roles, and actions that are common for all
-           \l{QWidget}s.
-        \o It handles action and methods that can be performed on
-           all widgets.
-        \o It calculates bounding rectangles with
-           \l{QAccessibleInterface::}{rect()}.
-        \o It gives \l{QAccessibleInterface::}{text()} strings that are
-           appropriate for a generic widget.
-        \o It sets the \l{QAccessible::State}{states} that
-           are common for all widgets.
-    \endlist
-
-    \section2 QAccessibleWidget Example
-
-    Instead of creating a custom widget and implementing an interface
-    for it, we will show how accessibility can be implemented for one of
-    Qt's standard widgets: QSlider. Making this widget accessible
-    demonstrates many of the issues that need to be faced when making
-    a custom widget accessible.
-
-    The slider is a complex control that functions as a
-    \l{QAccessible::}{Controller} for its accessible children.
-    This relationship must be known by the interface (for
-    \l{QAccessibleInterface::}{relationTo()} and
-    \l{QAccessibleInterface::}{navigate()}). This can be done
-    using a controlling signal, which is a mechanism provided by
-    QAccessibleWidget. We do this in the constructor:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/accessibilityslidersnippet.cpp 0
-
-    The choice of signal shown is not important; the same principles
-    apply to all signals that are declared in this way. Note that we
-    use QLatin1String to ensure that the signal name is correctly
-    specified.
-
-    When an accessible object is changed in a way that users need
-    to know about, it notifies clients of the change by sending them
-    an event via the accessible interface. This is how QSlider calls
-    \l{QAccessibleInterface::}{updateAccessibility()} to indicate that
-    its value has changed:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qabstractsliderisnippet.cpp 0
-    \dots
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qabstractsliderisnippet.cpp 1
-    \dots
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qabstractsliderisnippet.cpp 2
-
-    Note that the call is made after the value of the slider has
-    changed because clients may query the new value immediately after
-    receiving the event.
-
-    The interface must be able to calculate bounding rectangles of
-    itself and any children that do not provide an interface of their
-    own. The \c QAccessibleSlider has three such children identified by
-    the private enum, \c SliderElements, which has the following values:
-    \c PageLeft (the rectangle on the left hand side of the slider
-    handle), \c PageRight (the rectangle on the right hand side of the
-    handle), and \c Position (the slider handle). Here is the
-    implementation of \l{QAccessibleInterface::}{rect()}:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/accessibilityslidersnippet.cpp 1
-    \dots
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/accessibilityslidersnippet.cpp 2
-    \dots
-
-    The first part of the function, which we have omitted, uses the
-    current \l{QStyle}{style} to calculate the slider handle's
-    bounding rectangle; it is stored in \c srect. Notice that child 0,
-    covered in the default case in the above code, is the slider itself,
-    so we can simply return the QSlider bounding rectangle obtained
-    from the superclass, which is effectively the value obtained from
-    QAccessibleWidget::rect().
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/accessibilityslidersnippet.cpp 3
-
-    Before the rectangle is returned it must be mapped to screen
-    coordinates.
-
-    The QAccessibleSlider must reimplement
-    QAccessibleInterface::childCount() since it manages children
-    without interfaces.
-
-    The \l{QAccessibleInterface::}{text()} function returns the
-    QAccessible::Text strings for the slider:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/accessibilityslidersnippet.cpp 4
-
-    The \c slider() function returns a pointer to the interface's
-    QSlider. Some values are left for the superclass's implementation.
-    Not all values are appropriate for all accessible objects, as you
-    can see for QAccessible::Value case. You should just return an
-    empty string for those values where no relevant text can be
-    provided.
-
-    The implementation of the \l{QAccessibleInterface::}{role()}
-    function is straightforward:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/accessibilityslidersnippet.cpp 5
-
-    The role function should be reimplemented by all objects and
-    describes the role of themselves and the children that do not
-    provide accessible interfaces of their own.
-
-    Next, the accessible interface needs to return the
-    \l{QAccessible::State}{states} that the slider can be in. We look
-    at parts of the \c state() implementation to show how just a few
-    of the states are handled:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/accessibilityslidersnippet.cpp 6
-    \dots
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/accessibilityslidersnippet.cpp 7
-
-    The superclass implementation of
-    \l{QAccessibleInterface::}{state()}, uses the
-    QAccessibleInterface::state() implementation. We simply need to
-    disable the buttons if the slider is at its minimum or maximum.
-
-    We have now exposed the information we have about the slider to
-    the clients. For the clients to be able to alter the slider - for
-    example, to change its value - we must provide information about
-    the actions that can be performed and perform them upon request.
-    We discuss this in the next section.
-
-    \section2 Handling Action Requests from Clients
-
-    QAccessible provides a number of \l{QAccessible::}{Action}s
-    that can be performed on request from clients. If an
-    accessible object supports actions, it should reimplement the
-    following functions from QAccessibleInterface:
-
-    \list
-        \o \l{QAccessibleInterface::}{actionText()} returns
-            strings that describe each action. The descriptions
-            to be made available are one for each
-            \l{QAccessible::}{Text} enum value.
-        \o  \l{QAccessibleInterface::}{doAction()} executes requests
-            from clients to perform actions.
-    \endlist
-
-    Note that a client can request any action from an object. If
-    the object does not support the action, it returns false from
-    \l{QAccessibleInterface::}{doAction()}.
-
-    None of the standard actions take any parameters. It is possible
-    to provide user-defined actions that can take parameters.
-    The interface must then also reimplement
-    \l{QAccessibleInterface::}{userActionCount()}. Since this is not
-    defined in the MSAA specification, it is probably only useful to
-    use this if you know which specific AT-Clients will use the
-    application.
-
-    QAccessibleInterface gives another technique for clients to handle
-    accessible objects. It works basically the same way, but uses the
-    concept of methods in place of actions. The available methods are
-    defined by the QAccessible::Method enum. The following functions
-    need to be reimplemented from QAccessibleInterface if the
-    accessible object is to support methods:
-
-    \list
-        \o \l{QAccessibleInterface::}{supportedMethods()} returns
-            a QSet of \l{QAccessible::}{Method} values that are 
-            supported by the object.
-        \o \l{QAccessibleInterface::}{invokeMethod()} executes
-           methods requested by clients.
-    \endlist
-
-    The action mechanism will probably be substituted by providing
-    methods in place of the standard actions. 
-
-    To see examples on how to implement actions and methods, you
-    could examine the QAccessibleObject and QAccessibleWidget
-    implementations. You might also want to take a look at the
-    MSAA documentation.
-
-    \section2 Implementing Accessible Plugins
-
-    In this section we will explain the procedure of implementing
-    accessible plugins for your interfaces. A plugin is a class stored
-    in a shared library that can be loaded at run-time. It is
-    convenient to distribute interfaces as plugins since they will only
-    be loaded when required.
-
-    Creating an accessible plugin is achieved by inheriting
-    QAccessiblePlugin, reimplementing \l{QAccessiblePlugin::}{keys()}
-    and \l{QAccessiblePlugin::}{create()} from that class, and adding
-    one or two macros. The \c .pro file must be altered to use the
-    plugin template, and the library containing the plugin must be
-    placed on a path where Qt searches for accessible plugins.
-
-    We will go through the implementation of \c SliderPlugin, which is an
-    accessible plugin that produces interfaces for the
-    QAccessibleSlider we implemented in the \l{QAccessibleWidget Example}.
-    We start with the \c key() function:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/accessibilitypluginsnippet.cpp 0
-
-    We simply need to return the class name of the single interface
-    our plugin can create an accessible interface for. A plugin
-    can support any number of classes; just add more class names
-    to the string list. We move on to the \c create() function:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/accessibilitypluginsnippet.cpp 1
-
-    We check whether the interface requested is for the QSlider; if it
-    is, we create and return an interface for it. Note that \c object
-    will always be an instance of \c classname. You must return 0 if
-    you do not support the class.
-    \l{QAccessible::}{updateAccessibility()} checks with the
-    available accessibility plugins until it finds one that does not
-    return 0.
-
-    Finally, you need to include macros in the cpp file:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/accessibilitypluginsnippet.cpp 2
-
-    The Q_EXPORT_PLUGIN2 macro exports the plugin in the \c
-    SliderPlugin class into the \c acc_sliderplugin library. The first
-    argument is the name of the plugin library file, excluding the
-    file suffix, and the second is the class name. For more information
-    on plugins, consult the plugins \l{How to Create Qt
-    Plugins}{overview document}.
-
-    You can omit the first macro unless you want the plugin
-    to be statically linked with the application.
-
-    \section2 Implementing Interface Factories
-
-    If you do not want to provide plugins for your accessibility
-    interfaces, you can use an interface factory
-    (QAccessible::InterfaceFactory), which is the recommended way to
-    provide accessible interfaces in a statically-linked application.
-
-    A factory is a function pointer for a function that takes the same
-    parameters as \l{QAccessiblePlugin}'s
-    \l{QAccessiblePlugin::}{create()} - a QString and a QObject. It
-    also works the same way. You install the factory with the
-    \l{QAccessible::}{installFactory()} function. We give an example
-    of how to create a factory for the \c SliderPlugin class:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/accessibilityfactorysnippet.cpp 0
-    \dots
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/accessibilityfactorysnippet.cpp 1
-
-    \omit
-
-    \section1 Implementing Bridges for Other Assistive Technologies
-
-    An accessibility bridge provides the means for an assistive
-    technology to talk to Qt. On Windows and Mac, the built-in bridges
-    will be used. On UNIX, however, there are no built-in standard
-    assistive technology, and it might therefore be necessary to
-    implement an accessible bridge.
-
-    A bridge is implemented by inheriting QAccessibleBridge for the
-    technology to support. The class defines the interface that Qt
-    needs an assistive technology to support:
-
-    \list
-        \o A root object. This is the root in the accessible
-           object tree and is of type QAccessibleInterface.
-        \o Receive events from from accessible objects.
-    \endlist
-
-    The root object is set with the
-    \l{QAccessibleBridge::}{setRootObject()}. In the case of Qt, this
-    will always be an interface for the QApplication instance of the
-    application.
-
-    Event notification is sent through
-    \l{QAccessibleBridge::}{notifyAccessibilityUpdate()}. This
-    function is called by \l{QAccessible::}{updateAccessibility()}. Even
-    though the bridge needs only to implement these two functions, it
-    must be able to communicate the entire QAccessibleInterface to the
-    underlying technology. How this is achieved is, naturally, up to
-    the individual bridge and none of Qt's concern.
-
-    As with accessible interfaces, you distribute accessible bridges
-    in plugins. Accessible bridge plugins are subclasses of the
-    QAccessibleBridgePlugin class; the class defines the functions
-    \l{QAccessibleBridgePlugin::}{create()} and
-    \l{QAccessibleBridgePlugin::}{keys()}, which must me
-    reimplemented. If Qt finds a built-in bridge to use, it will
-    ignore any available plugins.
-
-    \endomit
-
-    \section1 Further Reading
-
-    The \l{Cross-Platform Accessibility Support in Qt 4} document contains a more
-    general overview of Qt's accessibility features and discusses how it is
-    used on each platform.
-    issues
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/activeqt-dumpcpp.qdoc b/doc/src/activeqt-dumpcpp.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 63e35ee..0000000
--- a/doc/src/activeqt-dumpcpp.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,143 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*! 
-    \page activeqt-dumpcpp.html
-    \title The dumpcpp Tool (ActiveQt)
-
-    \ingroup activeqt-tools
-
-    \keyword dumpcpp
-
-    The \c dumpcpp tool generates a C++ namespace for a type library.
-
-    To generate a C++ namespace for a type library, call \c dumpcpp with the following 
-    command line parameters:
-
-    \table
-    \header
-    \i Option
-    \i Result
-    \row
-    \i input
-    \i Generate documentation for \e input. \e input can specify a type library file or a type 
-    library ID, or a CLSID or ProgID for an object
-    \row
-    \i -o file
-    \i Writes the class declaration to \e {file}.h and meta object infomation to \e {file}.cpp
-    \row
-    \i -n namespace
-    \i Generate a C++ namespace \e namespace
-    \row
-    \i -nometaobject
-    \i Do not generate a .cpp file with the meta object information. 
-    The meta object is then generated in runtime.
-    \row
-    \i -getfile libid
-    \i Print the filename for the typelibrary \e libid to stdout
-    \row
-    \i -compat
-    \i Generate namespace with dynamicCall-compatible API
-    \row
-    \i -v
-    \i Print version information
-    \row
-    \i -h
-    \i Print help
-    \endtable
-
-    \c dumpcpp can be integrated into the \c qmake build system. In your .pro file, list the type 
-    libraries you want to use in the TYPELIBS variable:
-
-    \snippet examples/activeqt/qutlook/qutlook.pro 0
-
-    The generated namespace will declare all enumerations, as well as one QAxObject subclass 
-    for each \c coclass and \c interface declared in the type library. coclasses marked with 
-    the \c control attribute will be wrapped by a QAxWidget subclass.
-
-    Those classes that wrap creatable
 coclasses 
(i.e. coclasses that are not marked 
-    as \c noncreatable) have a default constructor; this is typically a single class 
-    of type \c Application. 
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_activeqt-dumpcpp.qdoc 0
-
-    All other classes can only be created by passing an IDispatch interface pointer 
-    to the constructor; those classes should however not 
be created explicitly. 
-    Instead, use the appropriate API of already created
 objects.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_activeqt-dumpcpp.qdoc 1
-
-    All coclass wrappers also have one constructors taking an interface wrapper class
-    for each interface implemented.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_activeqt-dumpcpp.qdoc 2
-
-    You have to create coclasses to be able to connect to signals of the subobject.
-    Note that the constructor deletes the interface object, so the following will
-    cause a segmentation fault:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_activeqt-dumpcpp.qdoc 3
-
-    If the return type is of a coclass or interface type declared in another type 
-    library you have to include the namespace header for that other type library 
-    before including the header for the namespace you want to use (both header have 
-    to be generated with this tool).
-
-    By default, methods and property returning subobjects will use the type as in 
-    the type library. The caller of the function is responsible for deleting or 
-    reparenting the object
 returned. If the \c -compat switch is set, properties 
-    and method returning a COM object have the return type \c IDispatch*, and 
-    the namespace will not declare wrapper classes for
 interfaces. 
-
-    In this case, create the correct wrapper class explicitly:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_activeqt-dumpcpp.qdoc 4
-
-    You can of course use the IDispatch* returned directly, in which case you have to 
-    call
 \c Release() when finished with the interface.
-
-    All classes in the namespace are tagged with a macro that allows you to export
-    or import them from a DLL. To do that, declare the macro to expand to 
-    \c __declspec(dllimport/export) before including the header file.
-
-    To build the tool you must first build the QAxContainer library.
-    Then run your make tool in \c tools/dumpcpp.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/activeqt-dumpdoc.qdoc b/doc/src/activeqt-dumpdoc.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 55ab2d7..0000000
--- a/doc/src/activeqt-dumpdoc.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*! 
-    \page activeqt-dumpdoc.html
-    \title The dumpdoc Tool (ActiveQt)
-
-    \ingroup activeqt-tools
-
-    \keyword dumpdoc
-
-    The \c dumpdoc tool generates Qt-style documentation for any
-    COM object and writes it into the file specified.
-
-    Call \c dumpdoc with the following command line parameters:
-
-    \table
-    \header
-    \i Option
-    \i Result
-    \row
-    \i -o file
-    \i Writes output to \e file
-    \row
-    \i object
-    \i Generate documentation for \e object
-    \row
-    \i -v
-    \i Print version information
-    \row
-    \i -h
-    \i Print help
-    \endtable
-
-    \e object must be an object installed on the local machine (ie.
-    remote objects are not supported), and can include subobjects
-    accessible through properties, ie.
-    \c Outlook.Application/Session/CurrentUser
-
-    The generated file will be an HTML file using Qt documentation
-    style.
-
-    To build the tool you must first build the QAxContainer library.
-    Then run your make tool in \c tools/dumpdoc.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/activeqt-idc.qdoc b/doc/src/activeqt-idc.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 974eddc..0000000
--- a/doc/src/activeqt-idc.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*! 
-    \page activeqt-idc.html
-    \title IDC - The Interface Description Compiler (ActiveQt)
-
-    \ingroup activeqt-tools
-
-    \keyword idc
-
-    The IDC tool is part of the ActiveQt build system and makes
-    it possible to turn any Qt binary into a full COM object server 
-    with only a few lines of code.
-
-    IDC understands the following command line parameters:
-
-    \table
-    \header
-    \i Option
-    \i Result
-    \row
-    \i dll -idl idl -version x.y
-    \i Writes the IDL of the server \e dll to the file \e idl. The
-       type library wll have version x.y.
-    \row
-    \i dll -tlb tlb
-    \i Replaces the type library in \e dll with \e tlb
-    \row
-    \i -v
-    \i Print version information
-    \row
-    \i -regserver dll
-    \i Register the COM server \e dll
-    \row
-    \i -unregserver
-    \i Unregister the COM server \e dll
-    \endtable
-
-    It is usually never necessary to invoke IDC manually, as the \c
-    qmake build system takes care of adding the required post 
-    processing steps to the build process. See the  \l{ActiveQt}
-    documentation for details.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/activeqt-testcon.qdoc b/doc/src/activeqt-testcon.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 9fcfed6..0000000
--- a/doc/src/activeqt-testcon.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*! 
-    \page activeqt-testcon.html
-    \title testcon - An ActiveX Test Container (ActiveQt)
-
-    \ingroup activeqt-tools
-
-    \keyword testcon
-
-    This application implements a generic test container for ActiveX
-    controls. You can insert ActiveX controls installed on your
-    system, and execute methods and modify properties. The container
-    will log information about events and property changes as well
-    as debug output in the log window.
-
-    Parts of the code use internals of the Qt meta object and ActiveQt 
-    framework and are not recommended to be used in application code.
-
-    Use the application to view the slots, signals and porperties 
-    available through the QAxWidget class when instantiated with a 
-    certain ActiveX, and to test ActiveX controls you implement or
-    want to use in your Qt application.
-
-    The application can load and execute script files in JavaScript, 
-    VBScript, Perl and Python (if installed) to automate the controls 
-    loaded. Example script files using the QAxWidget2 class are available 
-    in the \c scripts subdirectory.
-
-    Note that the qmake project of this example includes a resource file
-    \c testcon.rc with a version resource. This is required by some
-    ActiveX controls (ie. Shockwave ActiveX Controls), which might crash
-    or misbehave otherwise if such version information is missing.
-
-    To build the tool you must first build the QAxContainer and the
-    QAxServer libraries. Then run your make  tool in \c tools/testcon
-    and run the resulting \c testcon.exe.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/activeqt.qdoc b/doc/src/activeqt.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index b3f0856..0000000
--- a/doc/src/activeqt.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page activeqt.html
-    \title ActiveQt Framework
-    \brief An overview of Qt's ActiveX and COM integration on Windows.
-
-    \ingroup platform-notes
-    \keyword ActiveQt
-
-    Qt's ActiveX and COM support allows Qt for Windows developers to:
-
-    \list 1
-    \o Access and use ActiveX controls and COM objects provided by any 
-    ActiveX server in their Qt applications.
-    \o Make their Qt applications available as COM servers, with
-    any number of Qt objects and widgets as COM objects and ActiveX 
-    controls.
-    \endlist
-
-    The ActiveQt framework consists of two modules:
-
-    \list
-    \o The \l QAxContainer module is a static
-       library implementing QObject and QWidget subclasses, QAxObject and
-       QAxWidget, that act as containers for COM objects and ActiveX
-       controls.
-    \o The \l QAxServer module is a static library that implements
-       functionality for in-process and executable COM servers. This
-       module provides the QAxAggregated, QAxBindable and QAxFactory
-       classes.
-    \endlist
-
-    To build the static libraries, change into the \c activeqt directory 
-    (usually \c QTDIR/src/activeqt), and run \c qmake and your make
-    tool in both the \c container and the \c control subdirectory.
-    The libraries \c qaxcontainer.lib and \c qaxserver.lib will be linked
-    into \c QTDIR/lib.
-
-    If you are using a shared configuration of Qt enter the \c plugin
-    subdirectory and run \c qmake and your make tool to build a
-    plugin that integrates the QAxContainer module into \l{Qt
-    Designer}.
-
-    The ActiveQt modules are part of the \l{Qt Full Framework Edition} and
-    the \l{Open Source Versions of Qt}.
-
-    \sa {QAxContainer Module}, {QAxServer Module}
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/animation.qdoc b/doc/src/animation.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 7fd7850..0000000
--- a/doc/src/animation.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,364 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page animation-overview.html
-    \title The Animation Framework
-    \ingroup architecture
-    \ingroup animation
-    \brief An overview of the Animation Framework
-
-    \keyword Animation
-
-    The animation framework is part of the Kinetic project, and aims
-    to provide an easy way for creating animated and smooth GUI's.  By
-    animating Qt properties, the framework provides great freedom for
-    animating widgets and other \l{QObject}s. The framework can also
-    be used with the Graphics View framework.
-
-    In this overview, we explain the basics of its architecture. We
-    also show examples of the most common techniques that the
-    framework allows for animating QObjects and graphics items.
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 The Animation Architecture
-
-    We will in this section take a high-level look at the animation
-    framework's architecture and how it is used to animate Qt
-    properties. The following diagram shows the most important classes
-    in the animation framework.
-
-    \image animations-architecture.png
-
-    The animation framework foundation consists of the base class
-    QAbstractAnimation, and its two subclasses QVariantAnimation and
-    QAnimationGroup. QAbstractAnimation is the ancestor of all
-    animations. It represents basic properties that are common for all
-    animations in the framework; notably, the ability to start, stop,
-    and pause an animation. It is also receives the time change
-    notifications.
-
-    The animation framework further provides the QPropertyAnimation
-    class, which inherits QVariantAnimation and performs animation of
-    a Qt property, which is part of Qt's \l{Meta-Object
-    System}{meta-object system}. The class performs an interpolation
-    over the property using an easing curve. So when you want to
-    animate a value, you can declare it as a property and make your
-    class a QObject. Note that this gives us great freedom in
-    animating already existing widgets and other \l{QObject}s.
-
-    Complex animations can be constructed by building a tree structure
-    of \l{QAbstractAnimation}s. The tree is built by using
-    \l{QAnimationGroup}s, which function as containers for other
-    animations. Note also that the groups are subclasses of
-    QAbstractAnimation, so groups can themselves contain other groups.
-
-    The animation framework can be used on its own, but is also
-    designed to be part of the state machine framework (See the
-    \l{The State Machine Framework}{state machine framework} for an
-    introduction to the Qt state machine). The state machine provides
-    a special state that can play an animation. A QState can also set
-    properties when the state is entered or exited, and this special
-    animation state will interpolate between these values when given a
-    QPropertyAnimation. We will look more closely at this later.
-
-    Behind the scenes, the animations are controlled by a global
-    timer, which sends \l{QAbstractAnimation::updateCurrentTime()}{updates} to
-    all animations that are playing.
-
-    For detailed descriptions of the classes' function and roles in
-    the framework, please look up their class descriptions.
-
-    \section1 Animating Qt Properties
-
-    As mentioned in the previous section, the QPropertyAnimation class
-    can interpolate over Qt properties. It is this class that should
-    be used for animation of values; in fact, its superclass,
-    QVariantAnimation, is an abstract class, and cannot be used
-    directly.
-
-    A major reason we chose to animate Qt properties is that it
-    presents us with freedom to animate already existing classes in
-    the Qt API. Notably, the QWidget class (which we can also embed in
-    a QGraphicsView) has properties for its bounds, colors, etc.
-    Let's look at a small example:
-
-    \code
-        QPushButton button("Animated Button");
-        button.show();
-
-        QPropertyAnimation animation(&button, "geometry");
-        animation.setDuration(10000);
-        animation.setStartValue(QRect(0, 0, 100, 30));
-        animation.setEndValue(QRect(250, 250, 100, 30));
-
-        animation.start();
-    \endcode
-
-    This code will move \c button from the top left corner of the
-    screen to the position (250, 250) in 10 seconds (10000 milliseconds).
-
-    The example above will do a linear interpolation between the
-    start and end value. It is also possible to set values
-    situated between the start and end value. The interpolation
-    will then go by these points.
-
-    \code
-        QPushButton button("Animated Button");
-        button.show();
-
-        QPropertyAnimation animation(&button, "geometry");
-        animation.setDuration(10000);
-
-        animation.setKeyValueAt(0, QRect(0, 0, 100, 30));
-        animation.setKeyValueAt(0.8, QRect(250, 250, 100, 30));
-        animation.setKeyValueAt(1, QRect(0, 0, 100, 30));
-
-        animation.start();
-    \endcode
-
-    In this example, the animation will take the button to (250, 250)
-    in 8 seconds, and then move it back to its original position in
-    the remaining 2 seconds. The movement will be linearly
-    interpolated between these points.
-
-    You also have the possibility to animate values of a QObject
-    that is not declared as a Qt property. The only requirement is
-    that this value has a setter. You can then subclass the class
-    containing the value and declare a property that uses this setter.
-    Note that each Qt property requires a getter, so you will need to
-    provide a getter yourself if this is not defined.
-
-    \code
-        class MyGraphicsRectItem : public QObject, public QGraphicsRectItem
-        {
-            Q_OBJECT
-            Q_PROPERTY(QRectF geometry READ geometry WRITE setGeometry)
-        };
-    \endcode
-
-    In the above code example, we subclass QGraphicsRectItem and
-    define a geometry property. We can now animate the widgets
-    geometry even if QGraphicsRectItem does not provide the geometry
-    property.
-
-    For a general introduction to the Qt property system, see its
-    \l{Qt's Property System}{overview}.
-
-    \section1 Animations and the Graphics View Framework
-
-    When you want to animate \l{QGraphicsItem}s, you also use
-    QPropertyAnimation. However, QGraphicsItem does not inherit QObject.
-    A good solution is to subclass the graphics item you wish to animate.
-    This class will then also inherit QObject.
-    This way, QPropertyAnimation can be used for \l{QGraphicsItem}s.
-    The example below shows how this is done. Another possibility is
-    to inherit QGraphicsWidget, which already is a QObject.
-
-    \code
-        class Pixmap : public QObject, public QGraphicsPixmapItem
-        {
-            Q_OBJECT
-            Q_PROPERTY(QPointF pos READ pos WRITE setPos)
-            ...
-    \endcode
-
-    As described in the previous section, we need to define
-    properties that we wish to animate.
-
-    Note that QObject must be the first class inherited as the
-    meta-object system demands this.
-
-    \section1 Easing Curves
-
-    As mentioned, QPropertyAnimation performs an interpolation between
-    the start and end property value. In addition to adding more key
-    values to the animation, you can also use an easing curve. Easing
-    curves describe a function that controls how the speed of the
-    interpolation between 0 and 1 should be, and are useful if you
-    want to control the speed of an animation without changing the
-    path of the interpolation.
-
-    \code
-        QPushButton button("Animated Button");
-        button.show();
-
-        QPropertyAnimation animation(&button, "geometry");
-        animation.setDuration(3000);
-        animation.setStartValue(QRect(0, 0, 100, 30));
-        animation.setEndValue(QRect(250, 250, 100, 30));
-
-        animation.setEasingCurve(QEasingCurve::OutBounce);
-
-        animation.start();
-    \endcode
-
-    Here the animation will follow a curve that makes it bounce like a
-    ball as if it was dropped from the start to the end position.
-    QEasingCurve has a large collection of curves for you to choose
-    from. These are defined by the QEasingCurve::Type enum. If you are
-    in need of another curve, you can also implement one yourself, and
-    register it with QEasingCurve.
-
-    \omit Drop this for the first Lab release
-    (Example of custom easing curve (without the actual impl of
-    the function I expect)
-    \endomit
-
-    \section1 Putting Animations Together
-
-    An application will often contain more than one animation. For
-    instance, you might want to move more than one graphics item
-    simultaneously or move them in sequence after each other.
-
-    The subclasses of QAnimationGroup (QSequentialAnimationGroup and
-    QParallelAnimationGroup) are containers for other animations so
-    that these animations can be animated either in sequence or
-    parallel. The QAnimationGroup is an example of an animation that
-    does not animate properties, but it gets notified of time changes
-    periodically. This enables it to forward those time changes to its
-    contained animations, and thereby controlling when its animations
-    are played.
-
-    Let's look at code examples that use both
-    QSequentialAnimationGroup and QParallelAnimationGroup, starting
-    off with the latter.
-
-    \code
-        QPushButton *bonnie = new QPushButton("Bonnie");
-        bonnie->show();
-
-        QPushButton *clyde = new QPushButton("Clyde");
-        clyde->show();
-
-        QPropertyAnimation *anim1 = new QPropertyAnimation(bonnie, "geometry");
-        // Set up anim1
-
-        QPropertyAnimation *anim2 = new QPropertyAnimation(clyde, "geometry");
-        // Set up anim2
-
-        QParallelAnimationGroup *group = new QParallelAnimationGroup;
-        group->addAnimation(anim1);
-        group->addAnimation(anim2);
-
-        group->start();
-    \endcode
-
-    A parallel group plays more than one animation at the same time.
-    Calling its \l{QAbstractAnimation::}{start()} function will start
-    all animations it governs.
-
-    \code
-        QPushButton button("Animated Button");
-        button.show();
-
-        QPropertyAnimation anim1(&button, "geometry");
-        anim1.setDuration(3000);
-        anim1.setStartValue(QRect(0, 0, 100, 30));
-        anim1.setEndValue(QRect(500, 500, 100, 30));
-
-        QPropertyAnimation anim2(&button, "geometry");
-        anim2.setDuration(3000);
-        anim2.setStartValue(QRect(500, 500, 100, 30));
-        anim2.setEndValue(QRect(1000, 500, 100, 30));
-
-        QSequentialAnimationGroup group;
-
-        group.addAnimation(&anim1);
-        group.addAnimation(&anim2);
-
-        group.start();
-    \endcode
-
-    As you no doubt have guessed, QSequentialAnimationGroup plays
-    its animations in sequence. It starts the next animation in
-    the list after the previous is finished.
-
-    Since an animation group is an animation itself, you can add
-    it to another group. This way, you can build a tree structure
-    of animations which specifies when the animations are played
-    in relation to each other.
-
-    \section1 Animations and States
-
-    When using a \l{The State Machine Framework}{state machine}, we
-    can associate one or more animations to a transition between states
-    using a QSignalTransition or QEventTransition class. These classes
-    are both derived from QAbstractTransition, which defines the
-    convenience function \l{QAbstractTransition::}{addAnimation()} that
-    enables the appending of one or more animations triggered when the
-    transition occurs.
-
-    We also have the possibility to associate properties with the
-    states rather than setting the start and end values ourselves.
-    Below is a complete code example that animates the geometry of a
-    QPushButton.
-
-    \code
-        QPushButton *button = new QPushButton("Animated Button");
-        button->show();
-
-        QStateMachine *machine = new QStateMachine;
-
-        QState *state1 = new QState(machine->rootState());
-        state1->assignProperty(button, "geometry", QRect(0, 0, 100, 30));
-        machine->setInitialState(state1);
-
-        QState *state2 = new QState(machine->rootState());
-        state2->assignProperty(button, "geometry", QRect(250, 250, 100, 30));
-
-        QSignalTransition *transition1 = state1->addTransition(button,
-            SIGNAL(clicked()), state2);
-        transition1->addAnimation(new QPropertyAnimation(button, "geometry"));
-
-        QSignalTransition *transition2 = state2->addTransition(button,
-            SIGNAL(clicked()), state1);
-        transition2->addAnimation(new QPropertyAnimation(button, "geometry"));
-
-        machine->start();
-    \endcode
-
-    For a more comprehensive example of how to use the state machine
-    framework for animations, see the states example (it lives in the
-    \c{examples/animation/states} directory).
-*/
-
diff --git a/doc/src/appicon.qdoc b/doc/src/appicon.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 901b854..0000000
--- a/doc/src/appicon.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,226 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Qt Application Icon Usage Documentation.
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
-** EDITIONS: FREE, PROFESSIONAL, ENTERPRISE
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page appicon.html
-    \title Setting the Application Icon
-    \ingroup gui-programming
-
-    The application icon, typically displayed in the top-left corner of an
-    application's top-level windows, is set by calling the
-    QWidget::setWindowIcon() method on top-level widgets.
-
-    In order to change the icon of the executable application file
-    itself, as it is presented on the desktop (i.e., prior to
-    application execution), it is necessary to employ another,
-    platform-dependent technique.
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 Setting the Application Icon on Windows
-
-    First, create an ICO format bitmap file that contains the icon
-    image. This can be done with e.g. Microsoft Visual C++: Select
-    \menu{File|New}, then select the \menu{File} tab in the dialog
-    that appears, and choose \menu{Icon}. (Note that you do not need
-    to load your application into Visual C++; here we are only using
-    the icon editor.)
-
-    Store the ICO file in your application's source code directory,
-    for example, with the name \c myappico.ico. Then, create a text
-    file called, say, \c myapp.rc in which you put a single line of
-    text:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_appicon.qdoc 0
-
-    Finally, assuming you are using \c qmake to generate your
-    makefiles, add this line to your \c myapp.pro file:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_appicon.qdoc 1
-
-    Regenerate your makefile and your application. The \c .exe file
-    will now be represented with your icon in Explorer.
-
-    If you do not use \c qmake, the necessary steps are: first, run
-    the \c rc program on the \c .rc file, then link your application
-    with the resulting \c .res file.
-
-    \section1 Setting the Application Icon on Mac OS X
-
-    The application icon, typically displayed in the application dock
-    area, is set by calling QWidget::setWindowIcon() on a top-level
-    widget. It is possible that the program could appear in the
-    application dock area before the function call, in which case a
-    default icon will appear during the bouncing animation.
-
-    To ensure that the correct icon appears, both when the application is
-    being launched, and in the Finder, it is necessary to employ a
-    platform-dependent technique.
-
-    Although many programs can create icon files (\c .icns), the
-    recommended approach is to use the \e{Icon Composer} program
-    supplied by Apple (in the \c Developer/Application folder).
-    \e{Icon Composer} allows you to import several different sized
-    icons (for use in different contexts) as well as the masks that
-    go with them. Save the set of icons to a file in your project
-    directory.
-
-    If you are using qmake to generate your makefiles, you only need
-    to add a single line to your \c .pro project file. For example,
-    if the name of your icon file is \c{myapp.icns}, and your project
-    file is \c{myapp.pro}, add this line to \c{myapp.pro}:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_appicon.qdoc 2
-
-    This will ensure that \c qmake puts your icons in the proper
-    place and creates an \c{Info.plist} entry for the icon.
-
-    If you do not use \c qmake, you must do the following manually:
-    \list 1
-    \i Create an \c Info.plist file for your application (using the
-       \c PropertyListEditor, found in \c Developer/Applications).
-    \i Associate your \c .icns record with the \c CFBundleIconFile record in the
-       \c Info.plist file (again, using the \c PropertyListEditor).
-    \i Copy the \c Info.plist file into your application bundle's \c Contents
-       directory.
-    \i Copy the \c .icns file into your application bundle's \c Contents/Resources
-       directory.
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 Setting the Application Icon on Common Linux Desktops
-
-    In this section we briefly describe the issues involved in providing
-    icons for applications for two common Linux desktop environments:
-    \l{http://www.kde.org/}{KDE} and \l{http://www.gnome.org/}{GNOME}.
-    The core technology used to describe application icons
-    is the same for both desktops, and may also apply to others, but there
-    are details which are specific to each. The main source of information
-    on the standards used by these Linux desktops is
-    \l{http://www.freedesktop.org/}{freedesktop.org}. For information
-    on other Linux desktops please refer to the documentation for the
-    desktops you are interested in.
-
-    Often, users do not use executable files directly, but instead launch
-    applications by clicking icons on the desktop. These icons are
-    representations of "desktop entry files" that contain a description of
-    the application that includes information about its icon. Both desktop
-    environments are able to retrieve the information in these files, and
-    they use it to generate shortcuts to applications on the desktop, in
-    the start menu, and on the panel.
-
-    More information about desktop entry files can be found in the
-    \l{http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/desktop-entry-spec}{Desktop Entry
-    Specification}.
-
-    Although desktop entry files can usefully encapsulate the application's details,
-    we still need to store the icons in the conventional location for each desktop
-    environment. A number of locations for icons are given in the
-    \l{http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/icon-theme-spec}{Icon Theme
-    Specification}.
-
-    Although the path used to locate icons depends on the desktop in use,
-    and on its configuration, the directory structure beneath each of
-    these should follow the same pattern: subdirectories are arranged by
-    theme, icon size, and application type. Generally, application icons
-    are added to the hicolor theme, so a square application icon 32 pixels
-    in size would be stored in the \c hicolor/32x32/apps directory beneath
-    the icon path.
-
-    \section2 K Desktop Environment (KDE)
-
-    Application icons can be installed for use by all users, or on a per-user basis.
-    A user currently logged into their KDE desktop can discover these locations
-    by using \l{http://developer.kde.org/documentation/other/kde-config.html}{kde-config},
-    for example, by typing the following in a terminal window:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_appicon.qdoc 3
-
-    Typically, the list of colon-separated paths printed to stdout includes the
-    user-specific icon path and the system-wide path. Beneath these
-    directories, it should be possible to locate and install icons according
-    to the conventions described in the
-    \l{http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/icon-theme-spec}{Icon Theme Specification}.
-
-    If you are developing exclusively for KDE, you may wish to take
-    advantage of the \link
-    http://developer.kde.org/documentation/other/makefile_am_howto.html
-    KDE build system\endlink to configure your application. This ensures
-    that your icons are installed in the appropriate locations for KDE.
-
-    The KDE developer website is at \l{http://developer.kde.org/}.
-
-    \section2 GNOME
-
-    Application icons are stored within a standard system-wide
-    directory containing architecture-independent files. This
-    location can be determined by using \c gnome-config, for example
-    by typing the following in a terminal window:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_appicon.qdoc 4
-
-    The path printed on stdout refers to a location that should contain a directory
-    called \c{pixmaps}; the directory structure within the \c pixmaps
-    directory is described in the \link
-    http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/icon-theme-spec Icon Theme
-    Specification \endlink.
-
-    If you are developing exclusively for GNOME, you may wish to use
-    the standard set of \link
-    http://developer.gnome.org/tools/build.html GNU Build Tools\endlink,
-    also described in the relevant section of
-    the \link http://developer.gnome.org/doc/GGAD/ggad.html GTK+/Gnome
-    Application Development book\endlink. This ensures that your icons are
-    installed in the appropriate locations for GNOME.
-
-    The GNOME developer website is at \l{http://developer.gnome.org/}.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/assistant-manual.qdoc b/doc/src/assistant-manual.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 1b82b1a..0000000
--- a/doc/src/assistant-manual.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,810 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page assistant-manual.html
-    \title Qt Assistant Manual
-    \ingroup qttools
-
-    \startpage {index.html}{Qt Reference Documentation}
-    \nextpage Qt Assistant in More Detail
-
-    \keyword Qt Assistant
-
-    This document introduces \QA, a tool for presenting on-line
-    documentation. The document is divided into the following sections:
-
-    Table of contents:
-
-    \list
-    \o \l{The One-Minute Guide to Using Qt Assistant}
-    \o \l{Qt Assistant in More Detail}
-    \o \l{Using Qt Assistant as a Custom Help Viewer}
-    \endlist
-
-    \chapter The One-Minute Guide to Using Qt Assistant
-
-    Once you have installed Qt, \QA should be ready to run:
-
-    \list
-    \o On Windows, \QA is available as a menu option on the Qt menu.
-    \o On Mac OS X, \QA is installed in the /Developer/Applications/Qt directory.
-    \o On Unix/Linux, open a terminal, type \c{assistant} and press \key{Enter}.
-    \endlist
-
-    When you start up \QA, you will be presented with a standard main window
-    application, with a menu bar and toolbar. Below these, on the left hand
-    side are navigation windows called \e{Contents}, \e{Index} and \e{Bookmarks}.
-    On the right, taking up most of the space, is the \e{Documentation} window.
-    By default, \QA loads the Qt reference documentation along with the manuals
-    of other Qt tools, like \QD or \QL.
-
-    \QA works in a similar way to a Web browser. If you click hyperlinks
-    (cross-references), the \e{Documentation} window will present the relevant
-    page. You can bookmark pages of particular interest and you can click the
-    \gui{Previous} and \gui{Next} toolbar buttons to navigate within the pages
-    you have visited.
-
-    Although \QA can be used just like a Web browser to navigate through
-    the documentation, \QA offers a powerful means of navigation that Web
-    browsers do not provide. \QA uses an advanced full text search engine
-    to index all the pages in each compressed help file so that you can
-    search for particular words and phrases.
-
-    To perform an index search, click the \gui{Index} tab on the Sidebar
-    (or press \key{Alt+I}). In the \gui{'Look For'} line edit enter a word;
-    e.g., 'homedirpath'. As you type, words are found and highlighted in a list
-    beneath the line edit. If the highlighted text matches what you're
-    looking for, double click it, (or press \key{Enter}) and the
-    \e{Documentation} window will display the relevant page. You rarely have
-    to type in the whole word before \QA finds a match. Note that for some
-    words there may be more than one possible page that is relevant.
-
-    \QA also provides full text searching for finding specific words in
-    the documentation. To activate the full text search, either press \key(Alt+S)
-    or click on the \gui{Search} tab in the \e{Documentation} window. Then
-    enter the term you're looking for and hit the \gui{Search} button. All
-    documents containing the specified term will then be listed in the list box
-    below.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \page assistant-details.html
-    \title Qt Assistant in More Detail
-
-    \contentspage {Qt Assistant Manual}{Contents}
-    \previouspage Qt Assistant Manual
-    \nextpage Using Qt Assistant as a Custom Help Viewer
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \img assistant-assistant.png
-
-    \section1 Command Line Options
-
-    \QA handles the following command line options:
-
-    \table
-        \header
-            \o Command Line Option
-            \o Brief Description
-        \row
-            \o -collectionFile 
-            \o Uses the specified collection file instead of the default one.
-        \row
-            \o -showUrl URL
-            \o Shows the document referenced by URL.
-        \row
-            \o -enableRemoteControl
-            \o Enables \QA to be remotly controlled.
-        \row
-            \o -show 
-            \o Shows the specified dockwidget which can be "contents", "index",
-            "bookmarks" or "search".
-        \row
-            \o -hide 
-            \o Hides the specified dockwidget which can be "contents", "index",
-            "bookmarks" or "search.
-        \row
-            \o -activate 
-            \o Activates the specified dockwidget which can be "contents",
-            "index", "bookmarks" or "search.
-        \row
-            \o -register 
-            \o Registers the specified compressed help file in the given help
-            collection.
-        \row
-            \o -unregister 
-            \o Unregisters the specified compressed help file from the given
-            collection file.
-        \row
-            \o -setCurrentFilter filter
-            \o Sets the given filter as the active filter.
-        \row
-            \o -quiet
-            \o Doesn't show any error, warning or success messages.
-    \endtable
-
-    \section1 Tool Windows
-
-    \img assistant-dockwidgets.png
-
-    The tool windows provide four ways to navigate the documentation:
-
-    \list
-    \o The \gui{Contents} window presents a table of contents implemented as a
-    tree view for the documentation that is available. If you click an item,
-    its documentation will appear in the \e{Documentation} window. If you double
-    click an item or click on the control to the left of it, the item's sub-items
-    will appear. Click a sub-item to make its page appear in the \e{Documentation}
-    window. Click on the control next to an open item to hide its sub-items.
-    \o The \gui{Index} window is used to look up key words or phrases.
-    See \l{The One-Minute Guide to Using Qt Assistant} for how to use this
-    window.
-    \o The \gui{Bookmarks} window lists any bookmarks you have made. Double
-    click a bookmark to make its page appear in the \e{Documentation} window.
-    The \gui{Bookmarks} window provides a context menu with \gui{Show Item},
-    \gui{Delete Item} as well as \gui{Rename Item}. Click in the main menu
-    \menu{Bookmark|Add Bookmark...} (or press \key{Ctrl+B}) to bookmark the
-    page that is currently showing in the \e{Documentation} window. Right click
-    a bookmark in the list to rename or delete the highlighted bookmark.
-    \endlist
-
-    If you want the \gui{Documentation} window to use as much space as possible,
-    you can easily group, move or hide the tool windows. To group the windows,
-    drag one on top of the other and release the mouse. If one or all tool
-    windows are not shown, press \key{Alt+C}, \key{Alt+I} or \key{Alt+O} to show
-    the required window.
-
-    The tool windows can be docked into the main window, so you can drag them
-    to the top, left, right or bottom of \e{Qt Assistant's} window, or you can
-    drag them outside \QA to float them as independent windows.
-
-    \section1 Documentation Window
-
-    \img assistant-docwindow.png
-
-    The \gui{Documentation} window lets you create a tab for each
-    documentation page that you view. Click the \gui{Add Tab} button and a new
-    tab will appear with the page name as the tab's caption. This makes it
-    convenient to switch between pages when you are working with different
-    documentation. You can delete a tab by clicking the \gui{Close Tab} button
-    located on the right side of the \gui{Documentation} window.
-
-    \section1 Toolbars
-
-    \img assistant-toolbar.png
-
-    The main toolbar provides fast access to the most common actions.
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Action \o Description \o Menu Item \o Shortcut
-    \row \o \gui{Previous} \o Takes you to the previous page in the history.
-         \o \menu{Go|Previous} \o \key{Alt+Left Arrow}
-    \row \o \gui{Next} \o Takes you to the next page in the history.
-         \o \menu{Go|Next} \o \key{Alt+Right Arrow}
-    \row \o \gui{Home}
-         \o Takes you to the home page as specified in the Preferences Dialog.
-         \o \menu{Go|Home} \o \key{Ctrl+Home}.
-    \row \o \gui{Sync with Table of Contents}
-         \o Synchronizes the \gui{Contents} tool window with the page currently
-            shown in the \gui{Documentation} window.
-         \o \menu{Go|Sync with Table of Contents} \o
-    \row \o \gui{Copy} \o Copies any selected text to the clipboard.
-         \o \menu{Edit|Copy} \o \key{Ctrl+C}
-    \row \o \gui{Print} \o Opens the \gui{Print} dialog.
-         \o \menu{File|Print} \o \key{Ctrl+P}
-    \row \o \gui{Find in Text} \o Opens the \gui{Find Text} dialog.
-         \o \menu{Edit|Find in Text} \o \key{Ctrl+F}
-    \row \o \gui{Zoom in}
-         \o Increases the font size used to display text in the current tab.
-         \o \menu{View|Zoom in} \o \key{Ctrl++}
-    \row \o \gui{Zoom out}
-         \o Decreases the font size used to display text in the current tab.
-         \o \menu{View|Zoom out} \o \key{Ctrl+-}
-    \row \o \gui{Normal Size}
-         \o Resets the font size to its normal size in the current tab.
-         \o \menu{View|Normal Size} \o \key{Ctrl+0}
-    \endtable
-
-    \img assistant-address-toolbar.png
-
-    The address toolbar provides a fast way to enter a specific URL for a
-    documentation file. By default, the address toolbar is not shown, so it
-    has to be activated via \menu{View|Toolbars|Address Toolbar}.
-
-    \img assistant-filter-toolbar.png
-
-    The filter toolbar allows you to apply a filter to the currently installed
-    documentation. As with the address toolbar, the filter toolbar is not visible
-    by default and has to be activated via \menu{View|Toolbars|Filter Toolbar}.
-
-    \section1 Menus
-
-    \section2 File Menu
-
-    \list
-    \o \menu{File|Page Setup...} invokes a dialog allowing you to define
-    page layout properties, such as margin sizes, page orientation and paper size.
-    \o \menu{File|Print Preview...} provides a preview of the printed pages.
-    \o \menu{File|Print...} opens the \l{#Print Dialog}{\gui{Print} dialog}.
-    \o \menu{File|New Tab} opens a new empty tab in the \gui{Documentation}
-    window.
-    \o \menu{File|Close Tab} closes the current tab of the
-    \gui{Documentation} window.
-    \o \menu{File|Exit} closes the \QA application.
-    \endlist
-
-    \section2 Edit Menu
-
-    \list
-    \o \menu{Edit|Copy} copies any selected text to the clipboard.
-    \o \menu{Edit|Find in Text} invokes the \l{#Find Text Control}{\gui{Find Text}
-    control} at the lower end of the \gui{Documentation} window.
-    \o \menu{Edit|Find Next} looks for the next occurance of the specified
-    text in the \gui{Find Text} control.
-    \o \menu{Edit|Find Previous} looks for the previous occurance of
-    the specified text in the \l{#Find Text Control}{\gui{Find Text} control}.
-    \o \menu{Edit|Preferences} invokes the \l{#Preferences Dialog}{\gui{Preferences} dialog}.
-    \endlist
-
-    \section2 View Menu
-
-    \list
-    \o \menu{View|Zoom in} increases the font size in the current tab.
-    \o \menu{View|Zoom out} decreases the font size in the current tab.
-    \o \menu{View|Normal Size} resets the font size in the current tab.
-    \o \menu{View|Contents} toggles the display of the \gui{Contents} tool window.
-    \o \menu{View|Index} toggles the display of the \gui{Index} tool window.
-    \o \menu{View|Bookmarks} toggles the display of the \gui{Bookmarks} tool window.
-    \o \menu{View|Search} toggles the display of the Search in the \gui{Documentation} window.
-    \endlist
-
-    \section2 Go Menu
-
-    \list
-    \o \menu{Go|Home} goes to the home page.
-    \o \menu{Go|Back} displays the previous page in the history.
-    \o \menu{Go|Forward} displays the next page in the history.
-    \o \menu{Go|Sync with Table of Contents} syncs the \gui{Contents} tool window to the currently shown page.
-    \o \menu{Go|Next Page} selects the next tab in the \gui{Documentation} window.
-    \o \menu{Go|Previous Page} selects the previous tab in the \gui{Documentation} window.
-    \endlist
-
-    \section2 Bookmarks Menu
-
-    \list
-    \o \menu{Bookmarks|Add} adds the current page to the list of bookmarks.
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 Dialogs
-
-    \section2 Print Dialog
-
-    This dialog is platform-specific. It gives access to various printer
-    options and can be used to print the document shown in the current tab.
-
-    \section2 Preferences Dialog
-
-    \img assistant-preferences-fonts.png
-
-    The \menu{Fonts} page allows you to change the font family and font sizes of the
-    browser window displaying the documentation or the application itself.
-
-    \img assistant-preferences-filters.png
-
-    The \menu{Filters} page lets you create and remove documentation
-    filters. To add a new filter, click the \gui{Add} button, specify a
-    filter name in the pop-up dialog and click \gui{OK}, then select
-    the filter attributes in the list box on the right hand side.
-    You can delete a filter by selecting it and clicking the \gui{Remove}
-    button.
-
-    \img assistant-preferences-documentation.png
-
-    The \menu{Documentation} page lets you install and remove compressed help
-    files. Click the \gui{Install} button and choose the path of the compressed
-    help file (*.qch) you would like to install.
-    To delete a help file, select a documentation set in the list and click
-    \gui{Remove}.
-
-    \img assistant-preferences-options.png
-
-    The \menu{Options} page lets you specify the homepage \QA will display when
-    you click the \gui{Home} button in \QA's main user interface. You can specify
-    the hompage by typing it here or clicking on one of the buttons below the
-    textbox. \gui{Current Page} sets the currently displayed page as your home
-    page while \gui{Restore to default} will reset your home page to the default
-    home page.
-
-    \section1 Find Text Control
-
-    This control is used to find text in the current page. Enter the text you want
-    to find in the line edit. The search is incremental, meaning that the most
-    relevant result is shown as you enter characters into the line edit.
-
-    If you check the \gui{Whole words only} checkbox, the search will only consider
-    whole words; for example, if you search for "spin" with this checkbox checked it will
-    not match "spinbox", but will match "spin". If you check the \gui{Case sensitive}
-    checkbox then, for example, "spin" will match "spin" but not "Spin". You can
-    search forwards or backwards from your current position in the page by clicking
-    the \gui{Previous} or \gui{Next} buttons. To hide the find control, either click the
-    \gui{Close} button or hit the \key{Esc} key.
-
-    \section1 Filtering Help Contents
-
-    \QA allows you to install any kind of documentation as long as it is organized
-    in Qt compressed help files (*.qch). For example, it is possible to install the
-    Qt reference documentation for Qt 4.4.0 and Qt 4.4.1 at the same time. In many
-    respects, this is very convenient since only one version of \QA is needed.
-    However, at the same time it becomes more complicated when performing tasks like
-    searching the index because nearly every keyword is defined in Qt 4.4.0 as well
-    as in Qt 4.4.1. This means that \QA will always ask the user to choose which one
-    should be displayed.
-
-    We use documentation filters to solve this issue. A filter is identified by its
-    name, and contains a list of filter attributes. An attribute is just a string and
-    can be freely chosen. Attributes are defined by the documentation itself, this
-    means that every documentation set usually has one or more attributes.
-
-    For example, the Qt 4.4.0 \QA documentation defines the attributes \c {assistant},
-    \c{tools} and \c{4.4.0}, \QD defines \c{designer}, \c{tools} and \c{4.4.0}.
-    The filter to display all tools would then define only the attribute
-    \c{tools} since this attribute is part of both documentation sets.
-    Adding the attribute \c{assistant} to the filter would then only show \QA
-    documentation since the \QD documentation does not contain this
-    attribute. Having an empty list of attributes in a filter will match all
-    documentation; i.e., it is equivalent to requesting unfiltered documentation.
-
-    \section1 Full Text Searching
-
-    \img assistant-search.png
-
-    \QA provides a powerful full text search engine. To search
-    for certain words or text, click the \gui{Search} tab in the \gui{Documentation}
-    window. Then enter the text you want to look for and press \key{Enter}
-    or click the \gui{Search} button. The search is not case sensitive, so,
-    for example, Foo, fOo and FOO are all treated as the same. The following are
-    examples of common search patterns:
-
-    \list
-    \o \c deep -- lists all the documents that contain the word 'deep'
-    \o \c{deep*} -- lists all the documents that contain a word beginning
-    with 'deep'
-    \o \c{deep copy} -- lists all documents that contain both 'deep' \e
-    and 'copy'
-    \o \c{"deep copy"} -- list all documents that contain the phrase 'deep copy'
-    \endlist
-
-    It is also possible to use the \gui{Advanced search} to get more flexibility.
-    You can specify some words so that hits containing these are excluded from the
-    result, or you can search for an exact phrase. Searching for similar words will
-    give results like these:
-
-    \list
-    \o \c{QStin} -- lists all the documents with titles that are similar, such as \c{QString}
-    \o \c{QSting} -- lists all the documents with titles that are similar, such as \c{QString}
-    \o \c{QStrin} -- lists all the documents with titles that are similar, such as \c{QString}
-    \endlist
-
-    Options can be combined to improve the search results.
-
-    The list of documents found is ordered according to the number of
-    occurrences of the search text which they contain, with those containing
-    the highest number of occurrences appearing first. Simply click any
-    document in the list to display it in the \gui{Documentation} window.
-
-    If the documentation has changed \mdash for example, if documents have been added
-    or removed \mdash \QA will index them again.
-
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \page assistant-custom-help-viewer.html
-    \title Using Qt Assistant as a Custom Help Viewer
-
-    \contentspage {Qt Assistant Manual}{Contents}
-    \previouspage Qt Assistant in More Detail
-
-    Using \QA as custom help viewer requires more than just being able to
-    display custom documentation. It is equally important that the
-    appearance of \QA can be customized so that it is seen as a
-    application-specific help viewer rather than \QA. This is achieved by
-    changing the window title or icon, as well as some application-specific
-    menu texts and actions. The complete list of possible customizations
-    can be found in the \l{Creating a Custom Help Collection File} section.
-
-    Another requirement of a custom help viewer is the ability to receive
-    actions or commands from the application it provides help for. This is
-    especially important when the application offers context sensitive help.
-    When used in this way, the help viewer may need to change its contents
-    depending on the state the application is currently in. This means that
-    the application has to communicate the current state to the help viewer.
-    The section about \l{Using Qt Assistant Remotely} explains how this can
-    be done.
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    The \l{Simple Text Viewer Example}{Simple Text Viewer} example uses the
-    techniques described in this document to show how to use \QA as a custom
-    help viewer for an application.
-
-    \warning In order to ship Qt Assistant in your application, it is crucial
-    that you include the sqlite plugin. For more information on how to include
-    plugins in your application, refer to the \l{Deploying Qt Applications}
-    {deployment documentation}.
-
-    \section1 Qt Help Collection Files
-
-    The first important point to know about \QA is that it stores all
-    settings related to its appearance \e and a list of installed
-    documentation in a help collection file. This means, when starting \QA
-    with different collection files, \QA may look totally different. This
-    complete separation of settings makes it possible to deploy \QA as a
-    custom help viewer for more than one application on one machine
-    without risk of interference between different instances of \QA.
-
-    To apply a certain help collection to \QA, specify the respective
-    collection file on the command line when starting it. For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_assistant-manual.qdoc 8
-
-    However, storing all settings in one collection file raises some problems.
-    The collection file is usually installed in the same directory as the
-    application itself, or one of its subdirectories. Depending on the
-    directory and the operating system, the user may not have any permissions
-    to modify this file which would happen when the user settings are stored.
-    Also, it may not even be possible to give the user write permissions;
-    e.g., when the file is located on a read-only medium like a CD-ROM.
-
-    Even if it is possible to give everybody the right to store their settings
-    in a globally available collection file, the settings from one user would
-    be overwritten by another user when exiting \QA.
-
-    To solve this dilemma, \QA creates user specific collection files which
-    are more or less copied from the original collection file. The user-specific
-    collection file will be saved in a subdirectory of the path returned by
-    QDesktopServices::DataLocation. The subdirectory, or \e{cache directory}
-    within this user-specific location, can be defined in the help collection
-    project file. For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_assistant-manual.qdoc 7
-
-    So, when calling
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_assistant-manual.qdoc 8
-
-    \QA actually uses the collection file:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_assistant-manual.qdoc 9
-
-    There is no need ever to start \QA with the user specific collection
-    file. Instead, the collection file shipped with the application should
-    always be used. Also, when adding or removing documentation from the
-    collection file (see next section) always use the normal collection file.
-    \QA will take care of synchronizing the user collection files when the
-    list of installed documentation has changed.
-
-    \section1 Displaying Custom Documentation
-
-    Before \QA is able to show documentation, it has to know where it can
-    find the actual documentation files, meaning that it has to know the
-    location of the Qt compressed help file (*.qch). As already mentioned,
-    \QA stores references to the compressed help files in the currently used
-    collection file. So, when creating a new collection file you can list
-    all compressed help files \QA should display.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_assistant-manual.qdoc 5
-
-    Sometimes, depending on the application for which \QA acts as a
-    help viewer, more documentation needs to be added over time; for
-    example, when installing more application components or plugins.
-    This can be done manually by starting \QA, opening the \gui{Edit|Preferences}
-    dialog and navigating to the \gui{Documentation} tab page. Then click
-    the \gui{Add...} button, select a Qt compressed help file (*.qch)
-    and press \gui{Open}. However, this approach has the disadvantage
-    that every user has to do it manually to get access to the new
-    documentation.
-
-    The prefered way of adding documentation to an already existing collection
-    file is to use the \c{-register} command line flag of \QA. When starting
-    \QA with this flag, the documentation will be added and \QA will
-    exit right away displaying a message if the registration was successful
-    or not.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_assistant-manual.qdoc 6
-
-    The \c{-quiet} flag can be passed on to \QA to prevent it from writing
-    out the status message.
-
-    \bold{Note:} \QA will show the documentation in the contents view in the same
-    order as it was registered.
-
-
-    \section1 Changing the Appearance of Qt Assistant
-
-    The appearance of \QA can be changed by passing different command line options
-    on startup. However, these command line options only allow to show or hide
-    specific widgets, like the contents or index view. Other customizations, such
-    as changing the application title or icon, or disabling the filter functionality,
-    can be done by creating a custom help collection file.
-
-    \section2 Creating a Custom Help Collection File
-
-    The help collection file (*.qhc) used by \QA is created when running the
-    \c qcollectiongenerator tool on a help collection project file (*.qhcp).
-    The project file format is XML and supports the following tags:
-
-    \table
-        \header
-            \o Tag
-            \o Brief Description
-        \row
-            \o \c{}
-            \o This property is used to specify a window title for \QA.
-        \row
-            \o \c{<homePage>}
-            \o This tag specifies which page should be display when
-            pressing the home button in \QA's main user interface.
-        \row
-            \o \c{<startPage>}
-            \o This tag specifies which page \QA should initially
-            display when the help collection is used.
-        \row
-            \o \c{<currentFilter>}
-            \o This tag specifies the \l{Qt Assistant in More Detail#Preferences Dialog}{filter}
-            that is initially used.
-            If this filter is not specified, the documentation will not be filtered. This has
-            no impact if only one documentation set is installed.
-        \row
-            \o \c{<applicationIcon>}
-            \o This tag describes an icon that will be used instead of the normal \QA
-            application icon. This is specified as a relative path from the directory
-            containing the collection file.
-        \row
-            \o \c{<enableFilterFunctionality>}
-            \o This tag is used to enable or disable user accessible filter functionality,
-            making it possible to prevent the user from changing any filter when running \QA.
-            It does not mean that the internal filter functionality is completely disabled.
-            Set the value to \c{false} if you want to disable the filtering. If the filter
-            toolbar should be shown by default, set the attribute \c{visible} to \c{true}.
-        \row
-            \o \c{<enableDocumentationManager>}
-            \o This tag is used to specify whether the documentation manager should be shown
-            in the preferences dialog. Disabling the Documentation Manager allows you to limit
-            \QA to display a specific documentation set or make it impossible for the end user
-            to accidentally remove or install documentation. To hide the documentation manager,
-            set the tag value to \c{false}.
-        \row
-            \o \c{<enableAddressBar>}
-            \o This tag describes if the address bar can be shown. By default it is
-            enabled; if you want to disable it set the tag value to \c{false}. If the
-            address bar functionality is enabled, the address bar can be shown by setting the
-            tag attribute \c{visible} to \c{true}.
-        \row
-            \o \c{<aboutMenuText>, <text>}
-            \o The \c{aboutMenuText} tag lists texts for different languages which will
-            later appear in the \menu{Help} menu; e.g., "About Application". A text is
-            specified within the \c{text} tags; the \c{language} attribute takes the two
-            letter language name. The text is used as the default text if no language
-            attribute is specified.
-        \row
-            \o \c{<aboutDialog>, <file>, <icon>}
-            \o The \c{aboutDialog} tag can be used to specify the text for the \gui{About}
-            dialog that can be opened from the \menu{Help} menu. The text is taken from the
-            file in the \c{file} tags. It is possible to specify a different file or any
-            language. The icon defined by the \c{icon} tags is applied to any language.
-        \row
-            \o \c{<cacheDirectory>}
-            \o Specified as a path relative to the directory given by
-            QDesktopServices::DataLocation, the cache path is used to store index files
-            needed for the full text search and a copy of the collection file.
-            The copy is needed because \QA stores all its settings in the collection file;
-            i.e., it must be writable for the user.
-    \endtable
-
-    In addition to those \QA specific tags, the tags for generating and registering
-    documentation can be used. See \l{QtHelp Module#Creating a Qt Help Collection}{Qt Help Collection}
-    documentation for more information.
-
-    An example of a help collection file that uses all the available tags is shown below:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_assistant-manual.qdoc 1
-
-    To create the binary collection file, run the \c qcollectiongenerator tool:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_assistant-manual.qdoc 10
-
-    To test the generated collection file, start \QA in the following way:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_assistant-manual.qdoc 8
-
-    \section1 Using Qt Assistant Remotely
-
-    Even though the help viewer is a standalone application, it will mostly
-    be launched by the application it provides help for. This approach
-    gives the application the possibility to ask for specific help contents
-    to be displayed as soon as the help viewer is started. Another advantage
-    with this approach is that the application can communicate with the
-    help viewer process and can therefore request other help contents to be
-    shown depending on the current state of the application.
-
-    So, to use \QA as the custom help viewer of your application, simply
-    create a QProcess and specify the path to the Assistant executable. In order
-    to make Assistant listen to your application, turn on its remote control
-    functionality by passing the \c{-enableRemoteControl} command line option.
-
-    \warning The trailing '\0' must be appended separately to the QByteArray,
-    e.g., \c{QByteArray("command" + '\0')}.
-
-    The following example shows how this can be done:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_assistant-manual.qdoc 2
-
-    Once \QA is running, you can send commands by using the stdin channel of
-    the process. The code snippet below shows how to tell \QA to show a certain
-    page in the documentation.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_assistant-manual.qdoc 3
-
-    The following commands can be used to control \QA:
-
-    \table
-        \header
-            \o Command
-            \o Brief Description
-        \row
-            \o \c{show <Widget>}
-            \o Shows the dock widget specified by <Widget>. If the widget
-            is already shown and this command is sent again, the widget will be
-            activated, meaning that it will be raised and given the input focus.
-            Possible values for <Widget> are "contents", "index", "bookmarks" or "search".
-        \row
-            \o \c{hide <Widget>}
-            \o Hides the dock widget specified by <Widget>. Possible values for
-            <Widget> are "contents", "index", "bookmarks" and "search".
-        \row
-            \o \c{setSource <Url>}
-            \o Displays the given <Url>. The URL can be absolute or relative
-            to the currently displayed page. If the URL is absolute, it has to
-            be a valid Qt help system URL; i.e., starting with "qthelp://".
-        \row
-            \o \c{activateKeyword <Keyword>}
-            \o Inserts the specified <Keyword> into the line edit of the
-            index dock widget and activates the corresponding item in the
-            index list. If such an item has more than one link associated
-            with it, a topic chooser will be shown.
-        \row
-            \o \c{activateIdentifier <Id>}
-            \o Displays the help contents for the given <Id>. An ID is unique
-            in each namespace and has only one link associated to it, so the
-            topic chooser will never pop up.
-        \row
-            \o \c{syncContents}
-            \o Selects the item in the contents widget which corresponds to
-            the currently displayed page.
-        \row
-            \o \c{setCurrentFilter}
-            \o Selects the specified filter and updates the visual representation
-            accordingly.
-        \row
-            \o \c{expandToc <Depth>}
-            \o Expands the table of contents tree to the given depth. If depth
-            is less than 1, the tree will be collapsed completely.
-    \endtable
-
-    If you want to send several commands within a short period of time, it is
-    recommended that you write only a single line to the stdin of the process
-    instead of one line for every command. The commands have to be separated by
-    a semicolon, as shown in the following example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_assistant-manual.qdoc 4
-
-    \section1 Compatibility with Old Formats
-
-    In older versions of Qt, the help system was based on Document Content File
-    (DCF) and Qt Assistant Documentation Profile (ADP) formats. In contrast,
-    Qt Assistant and the help system used in Qt 4.4 use the formats described
-    earlier in this manual.
-
-    Unfortunately, the old file formats are not compatible with the new ones.
-    In general, the differences are not that big \mdash in most cases is the old
-    format is just a subset of the new one. One example is the \c namespace tag in
-    the Qt Help Project format, which was not part of the old format, but plays a vital
-    role in the new one. To help you to move to the new file format, we have created
-    a conversion wizard.
-
-    The wizard is started by executing \c qhelpconverter. It guides you through the
-    conversion of different parts of the file and generates a new \c qch or \c qhcp
-    file.
-
-    Once the wizard is finished and the files created, run the \c qhelpgenerator
-    or the \c qcollectiongenerator tool to generate the binary help files used by \QA.
-*/
-
-/*
-\section2 Modifying \QA with Command Line Options
-
-    Different help collections can be shown by simply passing the help collection
-    path to \QA. For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_assistant-manual.qdoc 0
-
-    Other available options the can be passed on the command line.
-
-    \table
-        \header
-            \o Command Line Option
-            \o Brief Description
-        \row
-            \o -collectionFile <file.qhc>
-            \o Uses the specified collection file instead of the default one.
-        \row
-            \o -showUrl URL
-            \o Shows the document referenced by URL.
-        \row
-            \o -enableRemoteControl
-            \o Enables \QA to be remotly controlled.
-        \row
-            \o -show <widget>
-            \o Shows the specified dockwidget which can be "contents", "index",
-            "bookmarks" or "search".
-        \row
-            \o -hide <widget>
-            \o Hides the specified dockwidget which can be "contents", "index",
-            "bookmarks" or "search.
-        \row
-            \o -activate <widget>
-            \o Activates the specified dockwidget which can be "contents",
-            "index", "bookmarks" or "search.
-        \row
-            \o -register <doc.qch>
-            \o Registers the specified compressed help file in the given help
-            collection.
-        \row
-            \o -unregister <doc.qch>
-            \o Unregisters the specified compressed help file from the given
-            collection file.
-        \row
-            \o -quiet
-            \o Doesn't show any error, warning or success messages.
-    \endtable
-    */
diff --git a/doc/src/atomic-operations.qdoc b/doc/src/atomic-operations.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index d0f5978..0000000
--- a/doc/src/atomic-operations.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page atomic-operations.html
-    \title Implementing Atomic Operations
-    \ingroup architecture
-    \ingroup qt-embedded-linux
-    \brief A guide to implementing atomic operations on new architectures.
-
-    Qt uses an optimization called \l {Implicitly Shared
-    Classes}{implicit sharing} for many of its value classes.
-
-    Starting with Qt 4, all of Qt's implicitly shared classes can
-    safely be copied across threads like any other value classes,
-    i.e., they are fully \l {Thread Support in Qt#Reentrancy and
-    Thread-Safety}{reentrant}. This is accomplished by implementing
-    reference counting operations using atomic hardware instructions
-    on all the different platforms supported by Qt.
-
-    To support a new architecture, it is important to ensure that
-    these platform-specific atomic operations are implemented in a
-    corresponding header file (\c qatomic_ARCH.h), and that this file
-    is located in Qt's \c src/corelib/arch directory. For example, the
-    Intel 80386 implementation is located in \c
-    src/corelib/arch/qatomic_i386.h.
-
-    Currently, Qt provides two classes providing several atomic
-    operations, QAtomicInt and QAtomicPointer. These classes inherit
-    from QBasicAtomicInt and QBasicAtomicPointer, respectively.
-
-    When porting Qt to a new architecture, the QBasicAtomicInt and
-    QBasicAtomicPointer classes must be implemented, \e not QAtomicInt
-    and QAtomicPointer. The former classes do not have constructors,
-    which makes them POD (plain-old-data). Both classes only have a
-    single member variable called \c _q_value, which stores the
-    value. This is the value that all of the atomic operations read
-    and modify.
-
-    All of the member functions mentioned in the QAtomicInt and
-    QAtomicPointer API documentation must be implemented. Note that
-    these the implementations of the atomic operations in these
-    classes must be atomic with respect to both interrupts and
-    multiple processors.
-
-    \warning The QBasicAtomicInt and QBasicAtomicPointer classes
-    mentioned in this document are used internally by Qt and are not
-    part of the public API. They may change in future versions of
-    Qt. The purpose of this document is to aid people interested in
-    porting Qt to a new architecture.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/bughowto.qdoc b/doc/src/bughowto.qdoc
index b6520f3..645154b 100644
--- a/doc/src/bughowto.qdoc
+++ b/doc/src/bughowto.qdoc
@@ -43,7 +43,6 @@
     \page bughowto.html
     \title How to Report a Bug
     \brief Information about ways to report bugs in Qt.
-    \ingroup howto
 
     If you think you have found a bug in Qt, we would like to hear
     about it so that we can fix it.
diff --git a/doc/src/classes.qdoc b/doc/src/classes.qdoc
index d9a0ae9..864445f 100644
--- a/doc/src/classes.qdoc
+++ b/doc/src/classes.qdoc
@@ -40,6 +40,18 @@
 ****************************************************************************/
 
 /*!
+    \group classlists
+    \title Class and Function Indexes
+    \brief Collections of classes and functions grouped together into lists.
+
+    The following documents contain collections of classes, grouped by
+    subject area or related to particular functionality, or comprehensive
+    lists of classes and functions.
+
+    \generatelist{related}
+*/
+
+/*!
     \group groups
     \title Grouped Classes
     \ingroup classlists
@@ -56,11 +68,9 @@
     \title Qt's Classes
     \ingroup classlists
 
-    This is a list of all Qt classes. For a shorter list of the most
-    frequently used Qt classes, see \l{Qt's Main Classes}. For a list
-    of the classes provided for compatibility with Qt3, see \l{Qt 3
-    compatibility classes}. For classes that have been deprecated, see
-    the \l{Obsolete Classes} list.
+    This is a list of all Qt classes. For a list of the classes provided
+    for compatibility with Qt3, see \l{Qt 3 compatibility classes}. For
+    classes that have been deprecated, see the \l{Obsolete Classes} list.
 
     \generatelist classes
 
@@ -128,17 +138,6 @@
 */
 
 /*!
-    \page mainclasses.html
-    \title Qt's Main Classes
-    \ingroup classlists
-
-    These are the most frequently used Qt classes. For the complete
-    list see \link classes.html Qt's Classes \endlink.
-
-    \generatelist mainclasses
-*/
-
-/*!
     \page compatclasses.html
     \title Qt 3 Compatibility Classes
     \ingroup classlists
diff --git a/doc/src/classes/exportedfunctions.qdoc b/doc/src/classes/exportedfunctions.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c51ace4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/classes/exportedfunctions.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page exportedfunctions.html
+    \title Special-Purpose Global Functions Exported by Qt
+    \ingroup classlists
+
+    Qt provides a few low-level global functions for fine-tuning
+    applications. Most of these perform very specific tasks and are
+    platform-specific. In general, we recommend that you try using
+    Qt's public API before resorting to using any functions mentioned
+    here.
+
+    These functions are exported by \l QtCore and \l QtGui, but most
+    of them aren't declared in Qt's header files. To use them in your
+    application, you must declare them before calling them. For
+    example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_exportedfunctions.qdoc 0
+
+    These functions will remain as part of Qt for the lifetime of Qt
+    4.
+
+    Functions:
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 void qt_set_library_config_file(const QString &\e{fileName})
+
+    Specifies the location of the Qt configuration file. You must
+    call this function before constructing a QApplication or
+    QCoreApplication object. If no location is specified, Qt
+    automatically finds an appropriate location.
+
+    \section1 void qt_set_sequence_auto_mnemonic(bool \e{enable})
+
+    Specifies whether mnemonics for menu items, labels, etc., should
+    be honored or not. On Windows and X11, this feature is
+    on by default; on Mac OS X, it is off. When this feature is off,
+    the QKeySequence::mnemonic() function always returns an empty
+    string. This feature is also enabled on embedded Linux.
+
+    \section1 void qt_x11_wait_for_window_manager(QWidget *\e{widget})
+
+    Blocks until the X11 window manager has shown the widget after a
+    call to QWidget::show().
+
+    \section1 void qt_mac_secure_keyboard(bool \e{enable})
+
+    Turns the Mac OS X secure keyboard feature on or off. QLineEdit
+    uses this when the echo mode is QLineEdit::Password or
+    QLineEdit::NoEcho to guard the editor against keyboard sniffing.
+    If you implement your own password editor, you might want to turn
+    on this feature in your editor's
+    \l{QWidget::focusInEvent()}{focusInEvent()} and turn it off in
+    \l{QWidget::focusOutEvent()}{focusOutEvent()}.
+
+    \section1 void qt_mac_set_dock_menu(QMenu *\e{menu})
+
+    Sets the menu to display in the Mac OS X Dock for the
+    application. This menu is shown when the user attempts a
+    press-and-hold operation on the application's dock icon or
+    \key{Ctrl}-clicks on it while the application is running.
+
+    The menu will be turned into a Mac menu and the items added to the default
+    Dock menu. There is no merging of the Qt menu items with the items that are
+    in the Dock menu (i.e., it is not recommended to include actions that
+    duplicate functionality of items already in the Dock menu).
+
+    \section1 void qt_mac_set_menubar_icons(bool \e{enable})
+
+    Specifies whether icons associated to menu items for the
+    application's menu bar should be shown on Mac OS X. By default,
+    icons are shown on Mac OS X just like on the other platforms.
+
+    In Qt 4.4, this is equivalent to
+    \c { QApplication::instance()->setAttribute(Qt::AA_DontShowIconsInMenus); }.
+
+    \section1 void qt_mac_set_menubar_merge(bool \e{enable})
+
+    Specifies whether Qt should attempt to relocate standard menu
+    items (such as \gui Quit, \gui Preferences, and \gui About) to
+    the application menu on Mac OS X. This feature is on by default.
+    See \l{Qt for Mac OS X - Specific Issues} for the list of menu items for
+    which this applies.
+
+    \section1 void qt_mac_set_native_menubar(bool \e{enable})
+
+    Specifies whether the application should use the native menu bar
+    on Mac OS X or be part of the main window. This feature is on by
+    default.
+
+    In Qt 4.6, this is equivalent to
+    \c { QApplication::instance()->setAttribute(Qt::AA_DontUseNativeMenuBar); }.
+
+    \section1 void qt_mac_set_press_and_hold_context(bool \e{enable})
+
+    Turns emulation of the right mouse button by clicking and holding
+    the left mouse button on or off. This feature is off by default.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/classes/phonon-namespace.qdoc b/doc/src/classes/phonon-namespace.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8007ddf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/classes/phonon-namespace.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \namespace Phonon
+    \brief The Phonon namespace contains classes and functions for multimedia applications.
+    \since 4.4
+
+    This namespace contains classes to access multimedia functions for
+    audio and video playback. Those classes are not dependent on any specific
+    framework, but rather use exchangeable backends to do the work.
+
+    See the \l{Phonon Module} page for general information about the
+    framework and the \l{Phonon Overview} for an introductory tour of its
+    features.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/classes/q3asciicache.qdoc b/doc/src/classes/q3asciicache.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index b86113f..0000000
--- a/doc/src/classes/q3asciicache.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,465 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \class Q3AsciiCache
-    \brief The Q3AsciiCache class is a template class that provides a cache based on char* keys.
-    \compat
-
-    Q3AsciiCache is implemented as a template class. Define a template
-    instance Q3AsciiCache\<X\> to create a cache that operates on
-    pointers to X (X*).
-
-    A cache is a least recently used (LRU) list of cache items. The
-    cache items are accessed via \c char* keys. For Unicode keys use
-    the Q3Cache template instead, which uses QString keys. A Q3Cache
-    has the same performace as a Q3AsciiCache.
-
-    Each cache item has a cost. The sum of item costs, totalCost(),
-    will not exceed the maximum cache cost, maxCost(). If inserting a
-    new item would cause the total cost to exceed the maximum cost,
-    the least recently used items in the cache are removed.
-
-    Apart from insert(), by far the most important function is find()
-    (which also exists as operator[]()). This function looks up an
-    item, returns it, and by default marks it as being the most
-    recently used item.
-
-    There are also methods to remove() or take() an object from the
-    cache. Calling \link Q3PtrCollection::setAutoDelete()
-    setAutoDelete(TRUE)\endlink tells the cache to delete items that
-    are removed. The default is to not delete items when then are
-    removed (i.e., remove() and take() are equivalent).
-
-    When inserting an item into the cache, only the pointer is copied,
-    not the item itself. This is called a shallow copy. It is possible
-    to make the cache copy all of the item's data (known as a deep
-    copy) when an item is inserted. insert() calls the virtual
-    function Q3PtrCollection::newItem() for the item to be inserted.
-    Inherit a cache and reimplement newItem() if you want deep copies.
-
-    When removing a cache item the virtual function
-    Q3PtrCollection::deleteItem() is called. Its default implementation
-    in Q3AsciiCache is to delete the item if \link
-    Q3PtrCollection::setAutoDelete() auto-deletion\endlink is enabled.
-
-    There is a Q3AsciiCacheIterator which may be used to traverse the
-    items in the cache in arbitrary order.
-
-    \sa Q3AsciiCacheIterator, Q3Cache, Q3IntCache
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn Q3AsciiCache::Q3AsciiCache( const Q3AsciiCache<type> &c )
-
-  \internal
-
-  Do not use. A Q3AsciiCache cannot be copied. Calls qFatal() in debug version.
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3AsciiCache::Q3AsciiCache( int maxCost, int size, bool caseSensitive, bool copyKeys )
-
-    Constructs a cache whose contents will never have a total cost
-    greater than \a maxCost and which is expected to contain less than
-    \a size items.
-
-    \a size is actually the size of an internal hash array; it's
-    usually best to make it prime and at least 50% bigger than the
-    largest expected number of items in the cache.
-
-    Each inserted item has an associated cost. When inserting a new
-    item, if the total cost of all items in the cache will exceed \a
-    maxCost, the cache will start throwing out the older (least
-    recently used) items until there is enough room for the new item
-    to be inserted.
-
-    If \a caseSensitive is TRUE (the default), the cache keys are case
-    sensitive; if it is FALSE, they are case-insensitive.
-    Case-insensitive comparison only affects the 26 letters in
-    US-ASCII. If \a copyKeys is TRUE (the default), Q3AsciiCache makes
-    a copy of the cache keys, otherwise it copies just the const char
-    * pointer - slightly faster if you can guarantee that the keys
-    will never change, but very risky.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3AsciiCache::~Q3AsciiCache()
-
-    Removes all items from the cache and destroys it.
-    All iterators that access this cache will be reset.
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn Q3AsciiCache<type>& Q3AsciiCache::operator=( const Q3AsciiCache<type> &c )
-
-  \internal
-
-  Do not use. A Q3AsciiCache cannot be copied. Calls qFatal() in debug version.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn int Q3AsciiCache::maxCost() const
-
-    Returns the maximum allowed total cost of the cache.
-
-    \sa setMaxCost() totalCost()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn int Q3AsciiCache::totalCost() const
-
-    Returns the total cost of the items in the cache. This is an
-    integer in the range 0 to maxCost().
-
-    \sa setMaxCost()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void Q3AsciiCache::setMaxCost( int m )
-
-    Sets the maximum allowed total cost of the cache to \a m. If the
-    current total cost is greater than \a m, some items are removed
-    immediately.
-
-    \sa maxCost() totalCost()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn uint Q3AsciiCache::count() const
-
-    Returns the number of items in the cache.
-
-    \sa totalCost() size()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn uint Q3AsciiCache::size() const
-
-    Returns the size of the hash array used to implement the cache.
-    This should be a bit bigger than count() is likely to be.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool Q3AsciiCache::isEmpty() const
-
-    Returns TRUE if the cache is empty; otherwise returns FALSE.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool Q3AsciiCache::insert( const char *k, const type *d, int c, int p )
-
-    Inserts the item \a d into the cache using key \a k, and with an
-    associated cost of \a c. Returns TRUE if the item is successfully
-    inserted. Returns FALSE if the item is not inserted, for example,
-    if the cost of the item exceeds maxCost().
-
-    The cache's size is limited, and if the total cost is too high,
-    Q3AsciiCache will remove old, least recently used items until there
-    is room for this new item.
-
-    Items with duplicate keys can be inserted.
-
-    The parameter \a p is internal and should be left at the default
-    value (0).
-
-    \warning If this function returns FALSE, you must delete \a d
-    yourself. Additionally, be very careful about using \a d after
-    calling this function, because any other insertions into the
-    cache, from anywhere in the application or within Qt itself, could
-    cause the object to be discarded from the cache and the pointer to
-    become invalid.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool Q3AsciiCache::remove( const char *k )
-
-    Removes the item with key \a k and returns TRUE if the item was
-    present in the cache; otherwise returns FALSE.
-
-    The item is deleted if auto-deletion has been enabled, i.e., if
-    you have called \link Q3PtrCollection::setAutoDelete()
-    setAutoDelete(TRUE)\endlink.
-
-    If there are two or more items with equal keys, the one that was
-    inserted last is removed.
-
-    All iterators that refer to the removed item are set to point to
-    the next item in the cache's traversal order.
-
-    \sa take(), clear()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3AsciiCache::take( const char *k )
-
-    Takes the item associated with \a k out of the cache without
-    deleting it and returns a pointer to the item taken out, or 0
-    if the key does not exist in the cache.
-
-    If there are two or more items with equal keys, the one that was
-    inserted last is taken.
-
-    All iterators that refer to the taken item are set to point to the
-    next item in the cache's traversal order.
-
-    \sa remove(), clear()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void Q3AsciiCache::clear()
-
-    Removes all items from the cache, and deletes them if \link
-    Q3PtrCollection::setAutoDelete() auto-deletion\endlink has been
-    enabled.
-
-    All cache iterators that operate on this cache are reset.
-
-    \sa remove() take()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3AsciiCache::find( const char *k, bool ref ) const
-
-    Returns the item with key \a k, or 0 if the key does not exist
-    in the cache. If \a ref is TRUE (the default), the item is moved
-    to the front of the least recently used list.
-
-    If there are two or more items with equal keys, the one that was
-    inserted last is returned.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3AsciiCache::operator[]( const char *k ) const
-
-    Returns the item with key \a k, or 0 if \a k does not exist in
-    the cache, and moves the item to the front of the least recently
-    used list.
-
-    If there are two or more items with equal keys, the one that was
-    inserted last is returned.
-
-    This is the same as find( k, TRUE ).
-
-    \sa find()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void Q3AsciiCache::statistics() const
-
-    A debug-only utility function. Prints out cache usage, hit/miss,
-    and distribution information using qDebug(). This function does
-    nothing in the release library.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \class Q3AsciiCacheIterator
-    \brief The Q3AsciiCacheIterator class provides an iterator for Q3AsciiCache collections.
-    \compat
-
-    Note that the traversal order is arbitrary; you are not guaranteed
-    any particular order. If new objects are inserted into the cache
-    while the iterator is active, the iterator may or may not see
-    them.
-
-    Multiple iterators are completely independent, even when they
-    operate on the same Q3AsciiCache. Q3AsciiCache updates all iterators
-    that refer an item when that item is removed.
-
-    Q3AsciiCacheIterator provides an operator++() and an operator+=()
-    to traverse the cache; current() and currentKey() to access the
-    current cache item and its key. It also provides atFirst() and
-    atLast(), which return TRUE if the iterator points to the first or
-    last item in the cache respectively. The isEmpty() function
-    returns TRUE if the cache is empty; and count() returns the number
-    of items in the cache.
-
-    Note that atFirst() and atLast() refer to the iterator's arbitrary
-    ordering, not to the cache's internal least recently used list.
-
-    \sa Q3AsciiCache
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3AsciiCacheIterator::Q3AsciiCacheIterator( const Q3AsciiCache<type> &cache )
-
-    Constructs an iterator for \a cache. The current iterator item is
-    set to point to the first item in the \a cache.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3AsciiCacheIterator::Q3AsciiCacheIterator (const Q3AsciiCacheIterator<type> & ci)
-
-    Constructs an iterator for the same cache as \a ci. The new
-    iterator starts at the same item as ci.current() but moves
-    independently from there on.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3AsciiCacheIterator<type>& Q3AsciiCacheIterator::operator=( const Q3AsciiCacheIterator<type> &ci )
-
-    Makes this an iterator for the same cache as \a ci. The new
-    iterator starts at the same item as ci.current(), but moves
-    independently thereafter.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn uint Q3AsciiCacheIterator::count() const
-
-    Returns the number of items in the cache over which this iterator
-    operates.
-
-    \sa isEmpty()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool Q3AsciiCacheIterator::isEmpty() const
-
-    Returns TRUE if the cache is empty, i.e. count() == 0; otherwise
-    returns FALSE.
-    
-    \sa count()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool Q3AsciiCacheIterator::atFirst() const
-
-    Returns TRUE if the iterator points to the first item in the
-    cache; otherwise returns FALSE. Note that this refers to the
-    iterator's arbitrary ordering, not to the cache's internal least
-    recently used list.
-
-    \sa toFirst(), atLast()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool Q3AsciiCacheIterator::atLast() const
-
-    Returns TRUE if the iterator points to the last item in the cache;
-    otherwise returns FALSE. Note that this refers to the iterator's
-    arbitrary ordering, not to the cache's internal least recently
-    used list.
-
-    \sa toLast(), atFirst()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3AsciiCacheIterator::toFirst()
-
-    Sets the iterator to point to the first item in the cache and
-    returns a pointer to the item.
-
-    Sets the iterator to 0 and returns 0 if the cache is empty.
-
-    \sa toLast() isEmpty()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3AsciiCacheIterator::toLast()
-
-    Sets the iterator to point to the last item in the cache and
-    returns a pointer to the item.
-
-    Sets the iterator to 0 and returns 0 if the cache is empty.
-
-    \sa toFirst() isEmpty()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3AsciiCacheIterator::operator type *() const
-
-    Cast operator. Returns a pointer to the current iterator item.
-    Same as current().
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3AsciiCacheIterator::current() const
-
-    Returns a pointer to the current iterator item.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn const char *Q3AsciiCacheIterator::currentKey() const
-
-    Returns the key for the current iterator item.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3AsciiCacheIterator::operator()()
-
-    Makes the succeeding item current and returns the original current
-    item.
-
-    If the current iterator item was the last item in the cache or if
-    it was 0, 0 is returned.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3AsciiCacheIterator::operator+=( uint jump )
-
-    Returns the item \a jump positions after the current item, or 0
-    if it is beyond the last item. Makes this the current item.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3AsciiCacheIterator::operator-=( uint jump )
-
-    Returns the item \a jump positions before the current item, or 0
-    if it is before the first item. Makes this the current item.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3AsciiCacheIterator::operator++()
-
-    Prefix ++ makes the iterator point to the item just after
-    current(), and makes that the new current item for the iterator. If
-    current() was the last item, operator++() returns 0.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3AsciiCacheIterator::operator--()
-
-    Prefix -- makes the iterator point to the item just before
-    current(), and makes that the new current item for the iterator. If
-    current() was the first item, operator--() returns 0.
-*/
-
diff --git a/doc/src/classes/q3asciidict.qdoc b/doc/src/classes/q3asciidict.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 1262a37..0000000
--- a/doc/src/classes/q3asciidict.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,416 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \class Q3AsciiDict
-    \brief The Q3AsciiDict class is a template class that provides a dictionary based on char* keys.
-    \compat
-
-    Q3AsciiDict is implemented as a template class. Define a template
-    instance Q3AsciiDict\<X\> to create a dictionary that operates on
-    pointers to X (X*).
-
-    A dictionary is a collection of key-value pairs. The key is a
-    char* used for insertion, removal and lookup. The value is a
-    pointer. Dictionaries provide very fast insertion and lookup.
-
-    Q3AsciiDict cannot handle Unicode keys; use the Q3Dict template
-    instead, which uses QString keys. A Q3Dict has the same
-    performace as a Q3AsciiDict.
-
-    Example:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_q3asciidict.qdoc 0
-    In this example we use a dictionary to keep track of the line
-    edits we're using. We insert each line edit into the dictionary
-    with a unique name and then access the line edits via the
-    dictionary. See Q3PtrDict, Q3IntDict and Q3Dict.
-
-    See Q3Dict for full details, including the choice of dictionary
-    size, and how deletions are handled. 
-
-    \sa Q3AsciiDictIterator, Q3Dict, Q3IntDict, Q3PtrDict
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3AsciiDict::Q3AsciiDict( int size, bool caseSensitive, bool copyKeys )
-
-    Constructs a dictionary optimized for less than \a size entries.
-
-    We recommend setting \a size to a suitably large prime number (a
-    bit larger than the expected number of entries). This makes the
-    hash distribution better and will improve lookup performance.
-
-    When \a caseSensitive is TRUE (the default) Q3AsciiDict treats
-    "abc" and "Abc" as different keys; when it is FALSE "abc" and
-    "Abc" are the same. Case-insensitive comparison only considers the
-    26 letters in US-ASCII.
-
-    If \a copyKeys is TRUE (the default), the dictionary copies keys
-    using strcpy(); if it is FALSE, the dictionary just copies the
-    pointers.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3AsciiDict::Q3AsciiDict( const Q3AsciiDict<type> &dict )
-
-    Constructs a copy of \a dict.
-
-    Each item in \a dict is inserted into this dictionary. Only the
-    pointers are copied (shallow copy).
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3AsciiDict::~Q3AsciiDict()
-
-    Removes all items from the dictionary and destroys it.
-
-    The items are deleted if auto-delete is enabled.
-
-    All iterators that access this dictionary will be reset.
-
-    \sa setAutoDelete()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3AsciiDict<type> &Q3AsciiDict::operator=(const Q3AsciiDict<type> &dict)
-
-    Assigns \a dict to this dictionary and returns a reference to this
-    dictionary.
-
-    This dictionary is first cleared and then each item in \a dict is
-    inserted into this dictionary. Only the pointers are copied
-    (shallow copy) unless newItem() has been reimplemented().
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn uint Q3AsciiDict::count() const
-
-    Returns the number of items in the dictionary.
-
-    \sa isEmpty()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn uint Q3AsciiDict::size() const
-
-    Returns the size of the internal hash array (as specified in the
-    constructor).
-
-    \sa count()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void Q3AsciiDict::resize( uint newsize )
-
-    Changes the size of the hashtable to \a newsize. The contents of
-    the dictionary are preserved but all iterators on the dictionary
-    become invalid.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool Q3AsciiDict::isEmpty() const
-
-    Returns TRUE if the dictionary is empty, i.e. count() == 0;
-    otherwise it returns FALSE.
-
-    \sa count()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void Q3AsciiDict::insert( const char *key, const type *item )
-
-    Inserts the \a key with the \a item into the dictionary.
-
-    Multiple items can have the same key, in which case only the last
-    item will be accessible using \l operator[]().
-
-    \a item may not be 0.
-
-    \sa replace()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void Q3AsciiDict::replace( const char *key, const type *item )
-
-    Replaces an item that has a key equal to \a key with \a item.
-
-    If the item does not already exist, it will be inserted.
-
-    \a item may not be 0.
-
-    Equivalent to:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_q3asciidict.qdoc 1
-
-    If there are two or more items with equal keys, then the most
-    recently inserted item will be replaced.
-
-    \sa insert()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool Q3AsciiDict::remove( const char *key )
-
-    Removes the item associated with \a key from the dictionary.
-    Returns TRUE if successful, i.e. if the key existed in the
-    dictionary; otherwise returns FALSE.
-
-    If there are two or more items with equal keys, then the most
-    recently inserted item will be removed.
-
-    The removed item is deleted if \link
-    Q3PtrCollection::setAutoDelete() auto-deletion\endlink is enabled.
-
-    All dictionary iterators that refer to the removed item will be
-    set to point to the next item in the dictionary traversal order.
-
-    \sa take(), clear(), setAutoDelete()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3AsciiDict::take( const char *key )
-
-    Takes the item associated with \a key out of the dictionary
-    without deleting it (even if \link Q3PtrCollection::setAutoDelete()
-    auto-deletion\endlink is enabled).
-
-    If there are two or more items with equal keys, then the most
-    recently inserted item will be taken.
-
-    Returns a pointer to the item taken out, or 0 if the key does not
-    exist in the dictionary.
-
-    All dictionary iterators that refer to the taken item will be set
-    to point to the next item in the dictionary traversal order.
-
-    \sa remove(), clear(), setAutoDelete()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void Q3AsciiDict::clear()
-
-    Removes all items from the dictionary.
-
-    The removed items are deleted if \link
-    Q3PtrCollection::setAutoDelete() auto-deletion\endlink is enabled.
-
-    All dictionary iterators that operate on dictionary are reset.
-
-    \sa remove(), take(), setAutoDelete()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3AsciiDict::find( const char *key ) const
-
-    Returns the item associated with \a key, or 0 if the key does not
-    exist in the dictionary.
-
-    This function uses an internal hashing algorithm to optimize
-    lookup.
-
-    If there are two or more items with equal keys, then the item that
-    was most recently inserted will be found.
-
-    Equivalent to the [] operator.
-
-    \sa operator[]()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3AsciiDict::operator[]( const char *key ) const
-
-    Returns the item associated with \a key, or 0 if the key does
-    not exist in the dictionary.
-
-    This function uses an internal hashing algorithm to optimize
-    lookup.
-
-    If there are two or more items with equal keys, then the item that
-    was most recently inserted will be found.
-
-    Equivalent to the find() function.
-
-    \sa find()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void Q3AsciiDict::statistics() const
-
-    Debugging-only function that prints out the dictionary
-    distribution using qDebug().
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QDataStream& Q3AsciiDict::read( QDataStream &s,
-					Q3PtrCollection::Item &item )
-
-    Reads a dictionary item from the stream \a s and returns a
-    reference to the stream.
-
-    The default implementation sets \a item to 0.
-
-    \sa write()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QDataStream& Q3AsciiDict::write(QDataStream &s, Q3PtrCollection::Item item) const
-
-    Writes a dictionary \a item to the stream \a s and returns a
-    reference to the stream.
-
-    \sa read()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \class Q3AsciiDictIterator
-    \brief The Q3AsciiDictIterator class provides an iterator for Q3AsciiDict collections.
-    \compat
-
-    Q3AsciiDictIterator is implemented as a template class. Define a
-    template instance Q3AsciiDictIterator\<X\> to create a dictionary
-    iterator that operates on Q3AsciiDict\<X\> (dictionary of X*).
-
-    Example:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_q3asciidict.qdoc 2
-    In the example we insert some line edits into a dictionary, then
-    iterate over the dictionary printing the strings associated with
-    those line edits.
-
-    Note that the traversal order is arbitrary; you are not guaranteed
-    any particular order.
-
-    Multiple iterators may independently traverse the same dictionary.
-    A Q3AsciiDict knows about all the iterators that are operating on
-    the dictionary. When an item is removed from the dictionary,
-    Q3AsciiDict updates all the iterators that are referring to the
-    removed item to point to the next item in the (arbitrary)
-    traversal order.
-
-    \sa Q3AsciiDict
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3AsciiDictIterator::Q3AsciiDictIterator( const Q3AsciiDict<type> &dict )
-
-    Constructs an iterator for \a dict. The current iterator item is
-    set to point on the first item in the \a dict.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3AsciiDictIterator::~Q3AsciiDictIterator()
-
-    Destroys the iterator.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn uint Q3AsciiDictIterator::count() const
-
-    Returns the number of items in the dictionary this iterator
-    operates over.
-
-    \sa isEmpty()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool Q3AsciiDictIterator::isEmpty() const
-
-    Returns TRUE if the dictionary is empty, i.e. count() == 0,
-    otherwise returns FALSE.
-    
-    \sa count()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3AsciiDictIterator::toFirst()
-
-    Sets the current iterator item to point to the first item in the
-    dictionary and returns a pointer to the item. If the dictionary is
-    empty it sets the current item to 0 and returns 0.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3AsciiDictIterator::operator type *() const
-
-    Cast operator. Returns a pointer to the current iterator item.
-    Same as current().
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3AsciiDictIterator::current() const
-
-    Returns a pointer to the current iterator item.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn const char *Q3AsciiDictIterator::currentKey() const
-
-    Returns a pointer to the key for the current iterator item.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3AsciiDictIterator::operator()()
-
-    Makes the succeeding item current and returns the original current
-    item.
-
-    If the current iterator item was the last item in the dictionary
-    or if it was 0, 0 is returned.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3AsciiDictIterator::operator++()
-
-    Prefix ++ makes the succeeding item current and returns the new
-    current item.
-
-    If the current iterator item was the last item in the dictionary
-    or if it was 0, 0 is returned.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3AsciiDictIterator::operator+=( uint jump )
-
-    Sets the current item to the item \a jump positions after the
-    current item, and returns a pointer to that item.
-
-    If that item is beyond the last item or if the dictionary is
-    empty, it sets the current item to 0 and returns 0.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/classes/q3cache.qdoc b/doc/src/classes/q3cache.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 20b777f..0000000
--- a/doc/src/classes/q3cache.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,461 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \class Q3Cache
-    \brief The Q3Cache class is a template class that provides a cache based on QString keys.
-    \compat
-
-    A cache is a least recently used (LRU) list of cache items. Each
-    cache item has a key and a certain cost. The sum of item costs,
-    totalCost(), never exceeds the maximum cache cost, maxCost(). If
-    inserting a new item would cause the total cost to exceed the
-    maximum cost, the least recently used items in the cache are
-    removed.
-
-    Q3Cache is a template class. Q3Cache\<X\> defines a cache that
-    operates on pointers to X, or X*.
-
-    Apart from insert(), by far the most important function is find()
-    (which also exists as operator[]()). This function looks up an
-    item, returns it, and by default marks it as being the most
-    recently used item.
-
-    There are also methods to remove() or take() an object from the
-    cache. Calling setAutoDelete(TRUE) for a cache tells it to delete
-    items that are removed. The default is to not delete items when
-    they are removed (i.e., remove() and take() are equivalent).
-
-    When inserting an item into the cache, only the pointer is copied,
-    not the item itself. This is called a shallow copy. It is possible
-    to make the cache copy all of the item's data (known as a deep
-    copy) when an item is inserted. insert() calls the virtual
-    function Q3PtrCollection::newItem() for the item to be inserted.
-    Inherit a cache and reimplement newItem() if you want deep copies.
-
-    When removing a cache item, the virtual function
-    Q3PtrCollection::deleteItem() is called. The default
-    implementation deletes the item if auto-deletion is enabled, and
-    does nothing otherwise.
-
-    There is a Q3CacheIterator that can be used to traverse the items
-    in the cache in arbitrary order.
-
-    In Q3Cache, the cache items are accessed via QString keys, which
-    are Unicode strings. If you want to use non-Unicode, plain 8-bit
-    \c char* keys, use the Q3AsciiCache template. A Q3Cache has the
-    same performance as a Q3AsciiCache.
-
-    \sa Q3CacheIterator, Q3AsciiCache, Q3IntCache
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn Q3Cache::Q3Cache( const Q3Cache<type> &c )
-
-  \internal
-
-  Do not use. A Q3Cache cannot be copied. Calls qFatal() in debug version.
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3Cache::Q3Cache( int maxCost, int size, bool caseSensitive )
-
-    Constructs a cache whose contents will never have a total cost
-    greater than \a maxCost and which is expected to contain less than
-    \a size items.
-
-    \a size is actually the size of an internal hash array; it's
-    usually best to make it a prime number and at least 50% bigger
-    than the largest expected number of items in the cache.
-
-    Each inserted item has an associated cost. When inserting a new
-    item, if the total cost of all items in the cache will exceed \a
-    maxCost, the cache will start throwing out the older (least
-    recently used) items until there is enough room for the new item
-    to be inserted.
-
-    If \a caseSensitive is TRUE (the default), the cache keys are case
-    sensitive; if it is FALSE, they are case-insensitive.
-    Case-insensitive comparison considers all Unicode letters.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3Cache::~Q3Cache()
-
-    Removes all items from the cache and destroys it. All iterators
-    that access this cache will be reset.
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn Q3Cache<type>& Q3Cache::operator=( const Q3Cache<type> &c )
-
-  \internal
-
-  Do not use. A Q3Cache cannot be copied. Calls qFatal() in debug version.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn int Q3Cache::maxCost() const
-
-    Returns the maximum allowed total cost of the cache.
-
-    \sa setMaxCost() totalCost()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn int Q3Cache::totalCost() const
-
-    Returns the total cost of the items in the cache. This is an
-    integer in the range 0 to maxCost().
-
-    \sa setMaxCost()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void Q3Cache::setMaxCost( int m )
-
-    Sets the maximum allowed total cost of the cache to \a m. If the
-    current total cost is greater than \a m, some items are deleted
-    immediately.
-
-    \sa maxCost() totalCost()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn uint Q3Cache::count() const
-
-    Returns the number of items in the cache.
-
-    \sa totalCost()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn uint Q3Cache::size() const
-
-    Returns the size of the hash array used to implement the cache.
-    This should be a bit bigger than count() is likely to be.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool Q3Cache::isEmpty() const
-
-    Returns TRUE if the cache is empty; otherwise returns FALSE.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool Q3Cache::insert( const QString &k, const type *d, int c, int p )
-
-    Inserts the item \a d into the cache with key \a k and associated
-    cost, \a c. Returns TRUE if it is successfully inserted; otherwise
-    returns FALSE.
-
-    The cache's size is limited, and if the total cost is too high,
-    Q3Cache will remove old, least recently used items until there is
-    room for this new item.
-
-    The parameter \a p is internal and should be left at the default
-    value (0).
-
-    \warning If this function returns FALSE (which could happen, e.g.
-    if the cost of this item alone exceeds maxCost()) you must delete
-    \a d yourself. Additionally, be very careful about using \a d
-    after calling this function because any other insertions into the
-    cache, from anywhere in the application or within Qt itself, could
-    cause the object to be discarded from the cache and the pointer to
-    become invalid.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool Q3Cache::remove( const QString &k )
-
-    Removes the item associated with \a k, and returns TRUE if the
-    item was present in the cache; otherwise returns FALSE.
-
-    The item is deleted if auto-deletion has been enabled, i.e., if
-    you have called setAutoDelete(TRUE).
-
-    If there are two or more items with equal keys, the one that was
-    inserted last is removed.
-
-    All iterators that refer to the removed item are set to point to
-    the next item in the cache's traversal order.
-
-    \sa take(), clear()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3Cache::take( const QString &k )
-
-    Takes the item associated with \a k out of the cache without
-    deleting it, and returns a pointer to the item taken out, or 0
-    if the key does not exist in the cache.
-
-    If there are two or more items with equal keys, the one that was
-    inserted last is taken.
-
-    All iterators that refer to the taken item are set to point to the
-    next item in the cache's traversal order.
-
-    \sa remove(), clear()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void Q3Cache::clear()
-
-    Removes all items from the cache and deletes them if auto-deletion
-    has been enabled.
-
-    All cache iterators that operate this on cache are reset.
-
-    \sa remove() take()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3Cache::find( const QString &k, bool ref ) const
-
-    Returns the item associated with key \a k, or 0 if the key does
-    not exist in the cache. If \a ref is TRUE (the default), the item
-    is moved to the front of the least recently used list.
-
-    If there are two or more items with equal keys, the one that was
-    inserted last is returned.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3Cache::operator[]( const QString &k ) const
-
-    Returns the item associated with key \a k, or 0 if \a k does not
-    exist in the cache, and moves the item to the front of the least
-    recently used list.
-
-    If there are two or more items with equal keys, the one that was
-    inserted last is returned.
-
-    This is the same as find( k, TRUE ).
-
-    \sa find()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void Q3Cache::statistics() const
-
-    A debug-only utility function. Prints out cache usage, hit/miss,
-    and distribution information using qDebug(). This function does
-    nothing in the release library.
-*/
-
-/*****************************************************************************
-  Q3CacheIterator documentation
- *****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \class Q3CacheIterator qcache.h
-    \brief The Q3CacheIterator class provides an iterator for Q3Cache collections.
-    \compat
-
-    Note that the traversal order is arbitrary; you are not guaranteed
-    any particular order. If new objects are inserted into the cache
-    while the iterator is active, the iterator may or may not see
-    them.
-
-    Multiple iterators are completely independent, even when they
-    operate on the same Q3Cache. Q3Cache updates all iterators that
-    refer an item when that item is removed.
-
-    Q3CacheIterator provides an operator++(), and an operator+=() to
-    traverse the cache. The current() and currentKey() functions are
-    used to access the current cache item and its key. The atFirst()
-    and atLast() return TRUE if the iterator points to the first or
-    last item in the cache respectively. The isEmpty() function
-    returns TRUE if the cache is empty, and count() returns the number
-    of items in the cache.
-
-    Note that atFirst() and atLast() refer to the iterator's arbitrary
-    ordering, not to the cache's internal least recently used list.
-
-    \sa Q3Cache
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3CacheIterator::Q3CacheIterator( const Q3Cache<type> &cache )
-
-    Constructs an iterator for \a cache. The current iterator item is
-    set to point to the first item in the \a cache.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3CacheIterator::Q3CacheIterator (const Q3CacheIterator<type> & ci)
-
-    Constructs an iterator for the same cache as \a ci. The new
-    iterator starts at the same item as ci.current(), but moves
-    independently from there on.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3CacheIterator<type>& Q3CacheIterator::operator=( const Q3CacheIterator<type> &ci )
-
-    Makes this an iterator for the same cache as \a ci. The new
-    iterator starts at the same item as ci.current(), but moves
-    independently thereafter.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn uint Q3CacheIterator::count() const
-
-    Returns the number of items in the cache on which this iterator
-    operates.
-
-    \sa isEmpty()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool Q3CacheIterator::isEmpty() const
-
-    Returns TRUE if the cache is empty, i.e. count() == 0; otherwise
-    it returns FALSE.
-    
-    \sa count()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool Q3CacheIterator::atFirst() const
-
-    Returns TRUE if the iterator points to the first item in the
-    cache; otherwise returns FALSE. Note that this refers to the
-    iterator's arbitrary ordering, not to the cache's internal least
-    recently used list.
-
-    \sa toFirst(), atLast()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool Q3CacheIterator::atLast() const
-
-    Returns TRUE if the iterator points to the last item in the cache;
-    otherwise returns FALSE. Note that this refers to the iterator's
-    arbitrary ordering, not to the cache's internal least recently
-    used list.
-
-    \sa toLast(), atFirst()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3CacheIterator::toFirst()
-
-    Sets the iterator to point to the first item in the cache and
-    returns a pointer to the item.
-
-    Sets the iterator to 0 and returns 0 if the cache is empty.
-
-    \sa toLast() isEmpty()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3CacheIterator::toLast()
-
-    Sets the iterator to point to the last item in the cache and
-    returns a pointer to the item.
-
-    Sets the iterator to 0 and returns 0 if the cache is empty.
-
-    \sa toFirst() isEmpty()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3CacheIterator::operator type *() const
-
-    Cast operator. Returns a pointer to the current iterator item.
-    Same as current().
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3CacheIterator::current() const
-
-    Returns a pointer to the current iterator item.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QString Q3CacheIterator::currentKey() const
-
-    Returns the key for the current iterator item.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3CacheIterator::operator()()
-
-    Makes the succeeding item current and returns the original current
-    item.
-
-    If the current iterator item was the last item in the cache or if
-    it was 0, 0 is returned.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3CacheIterator::operator+=( uint jump )
-
-    Returns the item \a jump positions after the current item, or 0 if
-    it is beyond the last item. Makes this the current item.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3CacheIterator::operator-=( uint jump )
-
-    Returns the item \a jump positions before the current item, or 0
-    if it is before the first item. Makes this the current item.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3CacheIterator::operator++()
-
-    Prefix++ makes the iterator point to the item just after current()
-    and makes that the new current item for the iterator. If current()
-    was the last item, operator++() returns 0.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3CacheIterator::operator--()
-
-    Prefix-- makes the iterator point to the item just before
-    current() and makes that the new current item for the iterator. If
-    current() was the first item, operator--() returns 0.
-*/
-
diff --git a/doc/src/classes/q3dict.qdoc b/doc/src/classes/q3dict.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 2234c2d..0000000
--- a/doc/src/classes/q3dict.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,446 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \class Q3Dict
-    \brief The Q3Dict class is a template class that provides a
-    dictionary based on QString keys.
-    \compat
-
-    Q3Dict is implemented as a template class. Define a template
-    instance Q3Dict\<X\> to create a dictionary that operates on
-    pointers to X (X *).
-
-    A dictionary is a collection of key-value pairs. The key is a
-    QString used for insertion, removal and lookup. The value is a
-    pointer. Dictionaries provide very fast insertion and lookup.
-
-    If you want to use non-Unicode, plain 8-bit \c char* keys, use the
-    Q3AsciiDict template. A Q3Dict has the same performance as a
-    Q3AsciiDict. If you want to have a dictionary that maps QStrings to
-    QStrings use QMap.
-
-    The size() of the dictionary is very important. In order to get
-    good performance, you should use a suitably large prime number.
-    Suitable means equal to or larger than the maximum expected number
-    of dictionary items. Size is set in the constructor but may be
-    changed with resize().
-
-    Items are inserted with insert(); 0 pointers cannot be inserted.
-    Items are removed with remove(). All the items in a dictionary can
-    be removed with clear(). The number of items in the dictionary is
-    returned by count(). If the dictionary contains no items isEmpty()
-    returns TRUE. You can change an item's value with replace(). Items
-    are looked up with operator[](), or with find() which return a
-    pointer to the value or 0 if the given key does not exist. You can
-    take an item out of the dictionary with take().
-
-    Calling setAutoDelete(TRUE) for a dictionary tells it to delete
-    items that are removed. The default behavior is not to delete
-    items when they are removed.
-   
-    When an item is inserted, the key is converted (hashed) to an
-    integer index into an internal hash array. This makes lookup very
-    fast.
-
-    Items with equal keys are allowed. When inserting two items with
-    the same key, only the last inserted item will be accessible (last
-    in, first out) until it is removed.
-
-    The Q3DictIterator class can traverse the dictionary, but only in
-    an arbitrary order. Multiple iterators may independently traverse
-    the same dictionary.
-
-    When inserting an item into a dictionary, only the pointer is
-    copied, not the item itself, i.e. a shallow copy is made. It is
-    possible to make the dictionary copy all of the item's data (a
-    deep copy) when an item is inserted. insert() calls the virtual
-    function Q3PtrCollection::newItem() for the item to be inserted.
-    Inherit a dictionary and reimplement newItem() if you want deep
-    copies.
-
-    When removing a dictionary item, the virtual function
-    Q3PtrCollection::deleteItem() is called. Q3Dict's default
-    implementation is to delete the item if auto-deletion is enabled.
-
-    \sa Q3DictIterator, Q3AsciiDict, Q3IntDict, Q3PtrDict
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3Dict::Q3Dict( int size, bool caseSensitive )
-
-    Constructs a dictionary optimized for less than \a size entries.
-
-    We recommend setting \a size to a suitably large prime number
-    (e.g. a prime that's slightly larger than the expected number of
-    entries). This makes the hash distribution better which will lead
-    to faster lookup.
-
-    If \a caseSensitive is TRUE (the default), keys which differ only
-    by case are considered different.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3Dict::Q3Dict( const Q3Dict<type> &dict )
-
-    Constructs a copy of \a dict.
-
-    Each item in \a dict is inserted into this dictionary. Only the
-    pointers are copied (shallow copy).
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3Dict::~Q3Dict()
-
-    Removes all items from the dictionary and destroys it. If
-    setAutoDelete() is TRUE, each value is deleted. All iterators that
-    access this dictionary will be reset.
-
-    \sa setAutoDelete()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3Dict<type> &Q3Dict::operator=(const Q3Dict<type> &dict)
-
-    Assigns \a dict to this dictionary and returns a reference to this
-    dictionary.
-
-    This dictionary is first cleared, then each item in \a dict is
-    inserted into this dictionary. Only the pointers are copied
-    (shallow copy), unless newItem() has been reimplemented.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn uint Q3Dict::count() const
-
-    Returns the number of items in the dictionary.
-
-    \sa isEmpty()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn uint Q3Dict::size() const
-
-    Returns the size of the internal hash array (as specified in the
-    constructor).
-
-    \sa count()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void Q3Dict::resize( uint newsize )
-
-    Changes the size of the hash table to \a newsize. The contents of
-    the dictionary are preserved, but all iterators on the dictionary
-    become invalid.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool Q3Dict::isEmpty() const
-
-    Returns TRUE if the dictionary is empty, i.e. count() == 0;
-    otherwise returns FALSE.
-
-    \sa count()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void Q3Dict::insert( const QString &key, const type *item )
-
-    Inserts the key \a key with value \a item into the dictionary.
-
-    Multiple items can have the same key, in which case only the last
-    item will be accessible using \l operator[]().
-
-    \a item may not be 0.
-
-    \sa replace()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void Q3Dict::replace( const QString &key, const type *item )
-
-    Replaces the value of the key, \a key with \a item.
-
-    If the item does not already exist, it will be inserted.
-
-    \a item may not be 0.
-
-    Equivalent to:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_q3dict.qdoc 0
-
-    If there are two or more items with equal keys, then the last item
-    that was inserted will be replaced.
-
-    \sa insert()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool Q3Dict::remove( const QString &key )
-
-    Removes the item with \a key from the dictionary. Returns TRUE if
-    successful, i.e. if the item is in the dictionary; otherwise
-    returns FALSE.
-
-    If there are two or more items with equal keys, then the last item
-    that was inserted will be removed.
-
-    The removed item is deleted if \link
-    Q3PtrCollection::setAutoDelete() auto-deletion\endlink is enabled.
-
-    All dictionary iterators that refer to the removed item will be
-    set to point to the next item in the dictionary's traversal order.
-
-    \sa take(), clear(), setAutoDelete()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3Dict::take( const QString &key )
-
-    Takes the item with \a key out of the dictionary without deleting
-    it (even if \link Q3PtrCollection::setAutoDelete()
-    auto-deletion\endlink is enabled).
-
-    If there are two or more items with equal keys, then the last item
-    that was inserted will be taken.
-
-    Returns a pointer to the item taken out, or 0 if the key does not
-    exist in the dictionary.
-
-    All dictionary iterators that refer to the taken item will be set
-    to point to the next item in the dictionary traversal order.
-
-    \sa remove(), clear(), setAutoDelete()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void Q3Dict::clear()
-
-    Removes all items from the dictionary.
-
-    The removed items are deleted if \link
-    Q3PtrCollection::setAutoDelete() auto-deletion\endlink is enabled.
-
-    All dictionary iterators that operate on the dictionary are reset.
-
-    \sa remove(), take(), setAutoDelete()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3Dict::find( const QString &key ) const
-
-    Returns the item with key \a key, or 0 if the key does not exist
-    in the dictionary.
-
-    If there are two or more items with equal keys, then the most
-    recently inserted item will be found.
-
-    Equivalent to the [] operator.
-
-    \sa operator[]()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3Dict::operator[]( const QString &key ) const
-
-    Returns the item with key \a key, or 0 if the key does not
-    exist in the dictionary.
-
-    If there are two or more items with equal keys, then the most
-    recently inserted item will be found.
-
-    Equivalent to the find() function.
-
-    \sa find()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void Q3Dict::statistics() const
-
-    Debugging-only function that prints out the dictionary
-    distribution using qDebug().
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QDataStream& Q3Dict::read( QDataStream &s, Q3PtrCollection::Item &item )
-
-    Reads a dictionary item from the stream \a s and returns a
-    reference to the stream.
-
-    The default implementation sets \a item to 0.
-
-    \sa write()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QDataStream& Q3Dict::write( QDataStream &s, Q3PtrCollection::Item item ) const
-
-    Writes a dictionary \a item to the stream \a s and returns a
-    reference to the stream.
-
-    \sa read()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \class Q3DictIterator
-    \brief The Q3DictIterator class provides an iterator for Q3Dict collections.
-    \compat
-
-    Q3DictIterator is implemented as a template class. Define a
-    template instance Q3DictIterator\<X\> to create a dictionary
-    iterator that operates on Q3Dict\<X\> (dictionary of X*).
-
-    The traversal order is arbitrary; when we speak of the "first",
-    "last" and "next" item we are talking in terms of this arbitrary
-    order.
-
-    Multiple iterators may independently traverse the same dictionary.
-    A Q3Dict knows about all the iterators that are operating on the
-    dictionary. When an item is removed from the dictionary, Q3Dict
-    updates all iterators that are referring to the removed item to
-    point to the next item in the (arbitrary) traversal order.
-
-    Example:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_q3dict.qdoc 1
-    In the example we insert some pointers to line edits into a
-    dictionary, then iterate over the dictionary printing the strings
-    associated with the line edits.
-
-    \sa Q3Dict
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3DictIterator::Q3DictIterator( const Q3Dict<type> &dict )
-
-    Constructs an iterator for \a dict. The current iterator item is
-    set to point to the first item in the dictionary, \a dict. First
-    in this context means first in the arbitrary traversal order.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3DictIterator::~Q3DictIterator()
-
-    Destroys the iterator.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn uint Q3DictIterator::count() const
-
-    Returns the number of items in the dictionary over which the
-    iterator is operating.
-
-    \sa isEmpty()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool Q3DictIterator::isEmpty() const
-
-    Returns TRUE if the dictionary is empty, i.e. count() == 0;
-    otherwise returns FALSE.
-
-    \sa count()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3DictIterator::toFirst()
-
-    Resets the iterator, making the first item the first current item.
-    First in this context means first in the arbitrary traversal
-    order. Returns a pointer to this item.
-
-    If the dictionary is empty it sets the current item to 0 and
-    returns 0.
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn type *Q3DictIterator::operator*()
-  \internal
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3DictIterator::operator type*() const
-
-    Cast operator. Returns a pointer to the current iterator item.
-    Same as current().
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3DictIterator::current() const
-
-    Returns a pointer to the current iterator item's value.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QString Q3DictIterator::currentKey() const
-
-    Returns the current iterator item's key.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3DictIterator::operator()()
-
-    Makes the next item current and returns the original current item.
-
-    If the current iterator item was the last item in the dictionary
-    or if it was 0, 0 is returned.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3DictIterator::operator++()
-
-    Prefix ++ makes the next item current and returns the new current
-    item.
-
-    If the current iterator item was the last item in the dictionary
-    or if it was 0, 0 is returned.
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn type *Q3DictIterator::operator+=( uint jump )
-  \internal
-  Sets the current item to the item \a jump positions after the current item,
-  and returns a pointer to that item.
-
-  If that item is beyond the last item or if the dictionary is empty,
-  it sets the current item to 0 and returns 0.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/classes/q3intcache.qdoc b/doc/src/classes/q3intcache.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 770532e..0000000
--- a/doc/src/classes/q3intcache.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,446 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \class Q3IntCache
-    \brief The Q3IntCache class is a template class that provides a cache based on long keys.
-    \compat
-
-    Q3IntCache is implemented as a template class. Define a template
-    instance Q3IntCache\<X\> to create a cache that operates on
-    pointers to X, or X*.
-
-    A cache is a least recently used (LRU) list of cache items,
-    accessed via \c long keys. Each cache item has a cost. The sum
-    of item costs, totalCost(), will not exceed the maximum cache
-    cost, maxCost(). If inserting a new item would cause the total
-    cost to exceed the maximum cost, the least recently used items in
-    the cache are removed.
-
-    Apart from insert(), by far the most important function is find()
-    (which also exists as operator[]). This function looks up an
-    item, returns it, and by default marks it as being the most
-    recently used item.
-
-    There are also methods to remove() or take() an object from the
-    cache. Calling setAutoDelete(TRUE) for a cache tells it to delete
-    items that are removed. The default is to not delete items when
-    they are removed (i.e. remove() and take() are equivalent).
-
-    When inserting an item into the cache, only the pointer is copied,
-    not the item itself. This is called a shallow copy. It is possible
-    to make the cache copy all of the item's data (known as a deep
-    copy) when an item is inserted. insert() calls the virtual
-    function Q3PtrCollection::newItem() for the item to be inserted.
-    Inherit a dictionary and reimplement newItem() if you want deep
-    copies.
-
-    When removing a cache item, the item will be automatically
-    deleted if auto-deletion is enabled.
-
-    There is a Q3IntCacheIterator which may be used to traverse the
-    items in the cache in arbitrary order.
-
-    \sa Q3IntCacheIterator, Q3Cache, Q3AsciiCache
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn Q3IntCache::Q3IntCache( const Q3IntCache<type> &c )
-
-  \internal
-
-  Do not use. A Q3IntCache cannot be copied. Calls qFatal() in debug version.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3IntCache::Q3IntCache( int maxCost, int size  )
-
-    Constructs a cache whose contents will never have a total cost
-    greater than \a maxCost and which is expected to contain less than
-    \a size items.
-
-    \a size is actually the size of an internal hash array; it's
-    usually best to make it prime and at least 50% bigger than the
-    largest expected number of items in the cache.
-
-    Each inserted item is associated with a cost. When inserting a new
-    item, if the total cost of all items in the cache will exceed \a
-    maxCost, the cache will start throwing out the older (least
-    recently used) items until there is enough room for the new item
-    to be inserted.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3IntCache::~Q3IntCache()
-
-    Removes all items from the cache and then destroys the int cache.
-    If auto-deletion is enabled the cache's items are deleted. All
-    iterators that access this cache will be reset.
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn Q3IntCache<type>& Q3IntCache::operator=( const Q3IntCache<type> &c )
-
-  \internal
-
-  Do not use. A Q3IntCache cannot be copied. Calls qFatal() in debug version.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn int Q3IntCache::maxCost() const
-
-    Returns the maximum allowed total cost of the cache.
-
-    \sa setMaxCost() totalCost()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn int Q3IntCache::totalCost() const
-
-    Returns the total cost of the items in the cache. This is an
-    integer in the range 0 to maxCost().
-
-    \sa setMaxCost()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void Q3IntCache::setMaxCost( int m )
-
-    Sets the maximum allowed total cost of the cache to \a m. If the
-    current total cost is greater than \a m, some items are removed
-    immediately.
-
-    \sa maxCost() totalCost()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn uint Q3IntCache::count() const
-
-    Returns the number of items in the cache.
-
-    \sa totalCost()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn uint Q3IntCache::size() const
-
-    Returns the size of the hash array used to implement the cache.
-    This should be a bit larger than count() is likely to be.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool Q3IntCache::isEmpty() const
-
-    Returns TRUE if the cache is empty; otherwise returns FALSE.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool Q3IntCache::insert( long k, const type *d, int c, int p )
-
-    Inserts the item \a d into the cache with key \a k and assigns it
-    a cost of \a c (default 1). Returns TRUE if it succeeds; otherwise
-    returns FALSE.
-
-    The cache's size is limited, and if the total cost is too high,
-    Q3IntCache will remove old, least-used items until there is room
-    for this new item.
-
-    The parameter \a p is internal and should be left at the default
-    value (0).
-
-    \warning If this function returns FALSE (for example, the cost \c,
-    exceeds maxCost()), you must delete \a d yourself. Additionally,
-    be very careful about using \a d after calling this function. Any
-    other insertions into the cache, from anywhere in the application
-    or within Qt itself, could cause the object to be discarded from
-    the cache and the pointer to become invalid.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool Q3IntCache::remove( long k )
-
-    Removes the item associated with \a k, and returns TRUE if the
-    item was present in the cache; otherwise returns FALSE.
-
-    The item is deleted if auto-deletion has been enabled, i.e. if you
-    have called setAutoDelete(TRUE).
-
-    If there are two or more items with equal keys, the one that was
-    inserted most recently is removed.
-
-    All iterators that refer to the removed item are set to point to
-    the next item in the cache's traversal order.
-
-    \sa take(), clear()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type * Q3IntCache::take( long k )
-
-    Takes the item associated with \a k out of the cache without
-    deleting it, and returns a pointer to the item taken out or 0 if
-    the key does not exist in the cache.
-
-    If there are two or more items with equal keys, the one that was
-    inserted most recently is taken.
-
-    All iterators that refer to the taken item are set to point to the
-    next item in the cache's traversal order.
-
-    \sa remove(), clear()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void Q3IntCache::clear()
-
-    Removes all items from the cache, and deletes them if
-    auto-deletion has been enabled.
-
-    All cache iterators that operate this on cache are reset.
-
-    \sa remove() take()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type * Q3IntCache::find( long k, bool ref ) const
-
-    Returns the item associated with \a k, or 0 if the key does not
-    exist in the cache. If \a ref is TRUE (the default), the item is
-    moved to the front of the least recently used list.
-
-    If there are two or more items with equal keys, the one that was
-    inserted most recently is returned.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type * Q3IntCache::operator[]( long k ) const
-
-    Returns the item associated with \a k, or 0 if \a k does not exist
-    in the cache, and moves the item to the front of the least
-    recently used list.
-
-    If there are two or more items with equal keys, the one that was
-    inserted most recently is returned.
-
-    This is the same as find( k, TRUE ).
-
-    \sa find()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void Q3IntCache::statistics() const
-
-    A debug-only utility function. Prints out cache usage, hit/miss,
-    and distribution information using qDebug(). This function does
-    nothing in the release library.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \class Q3IntCacheIterator
-    \brief The Q3IntCacheIterator class provides an iterator for Q3IntCache collections.
-    \compat
-
-    Note that the traversal order is arbitrary; you are not guaranteed
-    any particular order. If new objects are inserted into the cache
-    while the iterator is active, the iterator may or may not see
-    them.
-
-    Multiple iterators are completely independent, even when they
-    operate on the same Q3IntCache. Q3IntCache updates all iterators
-    that refer an item when that item is removed.
-
-    Q3IntCacheIterator provides an operator++(), and an operator+=() to
-    traverse the cache; current() and currentKey() to access the
-    current cache item and its key; atFirst() atLast(), which return
-    TRUE if the iterator points to the first/last item in the cache;
-    isEmpty(), which returns TRUE if the cache is empty; and count(),
-    which returns the number of items in the cache.
-
-    Note that atFirst() and atLast() refer to the iterator's arbitrary
-    ordering, not to the cache's internal least recently used list.
-
-    \sa Q3IntCache
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3IntCacheIterator::Q3IntCacheIterator( const Q3IntCache<type> &cache )
-
-    Constructs an iterator for \a cache. The current iterator item is
-    set to point to the first item in the \a cache (or rather, the
-    first item is defined to be the item at which this constructor
-    sets the iterator to point).
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3IntCacheIterator::Q3IntCacheIterator (const Q3IntCacheIterator<type> & ci)
-
-    Constructs an iterator for the same cache as \a ci. The new
-    iterator starts at the same item as ci.current(), but moves
-    independently from there on.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3IntCacheIterator<type>& Q3IntCacheIterator::operator=( const Q3IntCacheIterator<type> &ci )
-
-    Makes this an iterator for the same cache as \a ci. The new
-    iterator starts at the same item as ci.current(), but moves
-    independently thereafter.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn uint Q3IntCacheIterator::count() const
-
-    Returns the number of items in the cache on which this iterator
-    operates.
-
-    \sa isEmpty()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool Q3IntCacheIterator::isEmpty() const
-
-    Returns TRUE if the cache is empty; otherwise returns FALSE.
-
-    \sa count()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool Q3IntCacheIterator::atFirst() const
-
-    Returns TRUE if the iterator points to the first item in the
-    cache; otherwise returns FALSE. Note that this refers to the
-    iterator's arbitrary ordering, not to the cache's internal least
-    recently used list.
-
-    \sa toFirst(), atLast()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool Q3IntCacheIterator::atLast() const
-
-    Returns TRUE if the iterator points to the last item in the cache;
-    otherwise returns FALSE. Note that this refers to the iterator's
-    arbitrary ordering, not to the cache's internal least recently
-    used list.
-
-    \sa toLast(), atFirst()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3IntCacheIterator::toFirst()
-
-    Sets the iterator to point to the first item in the cache and
-    returns a pointer to the item.
-
-    Sets the iterator to 0, and returns 0, if the cache is empty.
-
-    \sa toLast() isEmpty()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3IntCacheIterator::toLast()
-
-    Sets the iterator to point to the last item in the cache and
-    returns a pointer to the item.
-
-    Sets the iterator to 0, and returns 0, if the cache is empty.
-
-    \sa toFirst() isEmpty()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3IntCacheIterator::operator type *() const
-
-    Cast operator. Returns a pointer to the current iterator item.
-    Same as current().
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3IntCacheIterator::current() const
-
-    Returns a pointer to the current iterator item.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn long Q3IntCacheIterator::currentKey() const
-
-    Returns the key for the current iterator item.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3IntCacheIterator::operator()()
-
-    Makes the succeeding item current and returns the original current
-    item.
-
-    If the current iterator item was the last item in the cache or if
-    it was 0, 0 is returned.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3IntCacheIterator::operator+=( uint jump )
-
-    Returns the item \a jump positions after the current item, or 0 if
-    it is beyond the last item. Makes this the current item.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3IntCacheIterator::operator-=( uint jump )
-
-    Returns the item \a jump positions before the current item, or 0
-    if it is beyond the first item. Makes this the current item.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3IntCacheIterator::operator++()
-
-    Prefix ++ makes the iterator point to the item just after
-    current(), and makes it the new current item for the iterator. If
-    current() was the last item, operator--() returns 0.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3IntCacheIterator::operator--()
-
-    Prefix -- makes the iterator point to the item just before
-    current(), and makes it the new current item for the iterator. If
-    current() was the first item, operator--() returns 0.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/classes/q3intdict.qdoc b/doc/src/classes/q3intdict.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 731050d..0000000
--- a/doc/src/classes/q3intdict.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,390 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \class Q3IntDict
-    \brief The Q3IntDict class is a template class that provides a dictionary based on long keys.\
-    \compat
-
-    Q3IntDict is implemented as a template class. Define a template
-    instance Q3IntDict\<X\> to create a dictionary that operates on
-    pointers to X (X*).
-
-    A dictionary is a collection of key-value pairs. The key is an \c
-    long used for insertion, removal and lookup. The value is a
-    pointer. Dictionaries provide very fast insertion and lookup.
-
-    Example:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_q3intdict.qdoc 0
-
-    See Q3Dict for full details, including the choice of dictionary
-    size, and how deletions are handled. 
-
-    \sa Q3IntDictIterator, Q3Dict, Q3AsciiDict, Q3PtrDict
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3IntDict::Q3IntDict( int size )
-
-    Constructs a dictionary using an internal hash array of size \a
-    size.
-
-    Setting \a size to a suitably large prime number (equal to or
-    greater than the expected number of entries) makes the hash
-    distribution better which leads to faster lookup.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3IntDict::Q3IntDict( const Q3IntDict<type> &dict )
-
-    Constructs a copy of \a dict.
-
-    Each item in \a dict is inserted into this dictionary. Only the
-    pointers are copied (shallow copy).
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3IntDict::~Q3IntDict()
-
-    Removes all items from the dictionary and destroys it.
-
-    All iterators that access this dictionary will be reset.
-
-    \sa setAutoDelete()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3IntDict<type> &Q3IntDict::operator=(const Q3IntDict<type> &dict)
-
-    Assigns \a dict to this dictionary and returns a reference to this
-    dictionary.
-
-    This dictionary is first cleared and then each item in \a dict is
-    inserted into this dictionary. Only the pointers are copied
-    (shallow copy), unless newItem() has been reimplemented.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn uint Q3IntDict::count() const
-
-    Returns the number of items in the dictionary.
-
-    \sa isEmpty()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn uint Q3IntDict::size() const
-
-    Returns the size of the internal hash array (as specified in the
-    constructor).
-
-    \sa count()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void Q3IntDict::resize( uint newsize )
-
-    Changes the size of the hashtable to \a newsize. The contents of
-    the dictionary are preserved, but all iterators on the dictionary
-    become invalid.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool Q3IntDict::isEmpty() const
-
-    Returns TRUE if the dictionary is empty; otherwise returns FALSE.
-
-    \sa count()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void Q3IntDict::insert( long key, const type *item )
-
-    Insert item \a item into the dictionary using key \a key.
-
-    Multiple items can have the same key, in which case only the last
-    item will be accessible using \l operator[]().
-
-    \a item may not be 0.
-
-    \sa replace()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void Q3IntDict::replace( long key, const type *item )
-
-    If the dictionary has key \a key, this key's item is replaced with
-    \a item. If the dictionary doesn't contain key \a key, \a item is
-    inserted into the dictionary using key \a key. 
-
-    \a item may not be 0.
-
-    Equivalent to:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_q3intdict.qdoc 1
-
-    If there are two or more items with equal keys, then the most
-    recently inserted item will be replaced.
-
-    \sa insert()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool Q3IntDict::remove( long key )
-
-    Removes the item associated with \a key from the dictionary.
-    Returns TRUE if successful, i.e. if the \a key is in the
-    dictionary; otherwise returns FALSE.
-
-    If there are two or more items with equal keys, then the most
-    recently inserted item will be removed.
-
-    The removed item is deleted if \link
-    Q3PtrCollection::setAutoDelete() auto-deletion\endlink is enabled.
-
-    All dictionary iterators that refer to the removed item will be
-    set to point to the next item in the dictionary's traversal
-    order.
-
-    \sa take(), clear(), setAutoDelete()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3IntDict::take( long key )
-
-    Takes the item associated with \a key out of the dictionary
-    without deleting it (even if \link Q3PtrCollection::setAutoDelete()
-    auto-deletion\endlink is enabled).
-
-    If there are two or more items with equal keys, then the most
-    recently inserted item will be taken.
-
-    Returns a pointer to the item taken out, or 0 if the key does not
-    exist in the dictionary.
-
-    All dictionary iterators that refer to the taken item will be set
-    to point to the next item in the dictionary's traversing order.
-
-    \sa remove(), clear(), setAutoDelete()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void Q3IntDict::clear()
-
-    Removes all items from the dictionary.
-
-    The removed items are deleted if \link
-    Q3PtrCollection::setAutoDelete() auto-deletion\endlink is enabled.
-
-    All dictionary iterators that access this dictionary will be reset.
-
-    \sa remove(), take(), setAutoDelete()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3IntDict::find( long key ) const
-
-    Returns the item associated with \a key, or 0 if the key does not
-    exist in the dictionary.
-
-    If there are two or more items with equal keys, then the most
-    recently inserted item will be found.
-
-    Equivalent to operator[].
-
-    \sa operator[]()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3IntDict::operator[]( long key ) const
-
-    Returns the item associated with \a key, or 0 if the key does not
-    exist in the dictionary.
-
-    If there are two or more items with equal keys, then the most
-    recently inserted item will be found.
-
-    Equivalent to the find() function.
-
-    \sa find()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void Q3IntDict::statistics() const
-
-    Debugging-only function that prints out the dictionary
-    distribution using qDebug().
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QDataStream& Q3IntDict::read( QDataStream &s, Q3PtrCollection::Item &item )
-
-    Reads a dictionary item from the stream \a s and returns a
-    reference to the stream.
-
-    The default implementation sets \a item to 0.
-
-    \sa write()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QDataStream& Q3IntDict::write( QDataStream &s, Q3PtrCollection::Item item ) const
-
-    Writes a dictionary \a item to the stream \a s and returns a
-    reference to the stream.
-
-    \sa read()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \class Q3IntDictIterator
-    \brief The Q3IntDictIterator class provides an iterator for Q3IntDict collections.
-    \compat
-
-    Q3IntDictIterator is implemented as a template class. Define a
-    template instance Q3IntDictIterator\<X\> to create a dictionary
-    iterator that operates on Q3IntDict\<X\> (dictionary of X*).
-
-    Example:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_q3intdict.qdoc 2
-
-    Note that the traversal order is arbitrary; you are not guaranteed the
-    order shown above.
-
-    Multiple iterators may independently traverse the same dictionary.
-    A Q3IntDict knows about all the iterators that are operating on the
-    dictionary. When an item is removed from the dictionary, Q3IntDict
-    updates all iterators that refer the removed item to point to the
-    next item in the traversal order.
-
-    \sa Q3IntDict
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3IntDictIterator::Q3IntDictIterator( const Q3IntDict<type> &dict )
-
-    Constructs an iterator for \a dict. The current iterator item is
-    set to point to the 'first' item in the \a dict. The first item
-    refers to the first item in the dictionary's arbitrary internal
-    ordering.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3IntDictIterator::~Q3IntDictIterator()
-
-    Destroys the iterator.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn uint Q3IntDictIterator::count() const
-
-    Returns the number of items in the dictionary this iterator
-    operates over.
-
-    \sa isEmpty()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool Q3IntDictIterator::isEmpty() const
-
-    Returns TRUE if the dictionary is empty; otherwise eturns FALSE.
-
-    \sa count()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3IntDictIterator::toFirst()
-
-    Sets the current iterator item to point to the first item in the
-    dictionary and returns a pointer to the item. The first item
-    refers to the first item in the dictionary's arbitrary internal
-    ordering. If the dictionary is  empty it sets the current item to
-    0 and returns 0.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3IntDictIterator::operator type *() const
-
-    Cast operator. Returns a pointer to the current iterator item.
-    Same as current().
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3IntDictIterator::current() const
-
-    Returns a pointer to the current iterator item.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn long Q3IntDictIterator::currentKey() const
-
-    Returns the key for the current iterator item.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3IntDictIterator::operator()()
-
-    Makes the succeeding item current and returns the original current
-    item.
-
-    If the current iterator item was the last item in the dictionary
-    or if it was 0, 0 is returned.
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn type *Q3IntDictIterator::operator++()
-
-    Prefix ++ makes the succeeding item current and returns the new
-    current item.
-
-    If the current iterator item was the last item in the dictionary
-    or if it was 0, 0 is returned.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3IntDictIterator::operator+=( uint jump )
-
-    Sets the current item to the item \a jump positions after the
-    current item, and returns a pointer to that item.
-
-    If that item is beyond the last item or if the dictionary is
-    empty, it sets the current item to 0 and returns 0.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/classes/q3memarray.qdoc b/doc/src/classes/q3memarray.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index eb0648c..0000000
--- a/doc/src/classes/q3memarray.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,523 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \class Q3MemArray
-    \brief The Q3MemArray class is a template class that provides arrays of simple types.
-    \compat
-
-    Q3MemArray is implemented as a template class. Define a template
-    instance Q3MemArray\<X\> to create an array that contains X items.
-
-    Q3MemArray stores the array elements directly in the array. It can
-    only deal with simple types (i.e. C++ types, structs, and classes
-    that have no constructors, destructors, or virtual functions).
-    Q3MemArray uses bitwise operations to copy and compare array
-    elements. 
-
-    The Q3PtrVector collection class is also a kind of array. Like most
-    old Qt collection classes, it uses pointers to the contained items.
-
-    Q3MemArray uses explicit sharing with a
-    reference count. If more than one array shares common data and one
-    of the arrays is modified, all the arrays are modified.
-
-    The benefit of sharing is that a program does not need to duplicate
-    data when it is not required, which results in lower memory use
-    and less copying of data.
-
-    Example:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_q3memarray.qdoc 0
-
-    Program output:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_q3memarray.qdoc 1
-
-    Note concerning the use of Q3MemArray for manipulating structs or
-    classes: Compilers will often pad the size of structs of odd sizes
-    up to the nearest word boundary. This will then be the size
-    Q3MemArray will use for its bitwise element comparisons. Because
-    the remaining bytes will typically be uninitialized, this can
-    cause find() etc. to fail to find the element. Example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_q3memarray.qdoc 2
-
-    To work around this, make sure that you use a struct where
-    sizeof() returns the same as the sum of the sizes of the members
-    either by changing the types of the struct members or by adding
-    dummy members.
-
-    Q3MemArray data can be traversed by iterators (see begin() and
-    end()). The number of items is returned by count(). The array can
-    be resized with resize() and filled using fill().
-
-    You can make a shallow copy of the array with assign() (or
-    operator=()) and a deep copy with duplicate().
-
-    Search for values in the array with find() and contains(). For
-    sorted arrays (see sort()) you can search using bsearch().
-
-    You can set the data directly using setRawData() and
-    resetRawData(), although this requires care.
-*/
-
-/*! \fn Q3MemArray::operator QVector<type>() const
-
-    Automatically converts the Q3MemArray<type> into a QVector<type>.
-*/
-
-/*! \typedef Q3MemArray::Iterator
-    A Q3MemArray iterator.
-    \sa begin() end()
-*/
-/*! \typedef Q3MemArray::ConstIterator
-    A const Q3MemArray iterator.
-    \sa begin() end()
-*/
-/*! \typedef Q3MemArray::ValueType
-    \internal
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3MemArray::Q3MemArray()
-
-    Constructs a null array.
-
-    \sa isNull()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3MemArray::Q3MemArray( int size )
-
-    Constructs an array with room for \a size elements. Makes a null
-    array if \a size == 0.
-
-    The elements are left uninitialized.
-
-    \sa resize(), isNull()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3MemArray::Q3MemArray( const Q3MemArray<type> &a )
-
-    Constructs a shallow copy of \a a.
-
-    \sa assign()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3MemArray::Q3MemArray(const QVector<type> &vector)
-
-    Constructs a copy of \a vector.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3MemArray::Q3MemArray(int arg1, int arg2)
-
-    Constructs an array \e{without allocating} array space. The
-    arguments \a arg1 and \a arg2 should be zero. Use at your own
-    risk.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3MemArray::~Q3MemArray()
-
-    Dereferences the array data and deletes it if this was the last
-    reference.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3MemArray<type> &Q3MemArray::operator=( const Q3MemArray<type> &a )
-
-    Assigns a shallow copy of \a a to this array and returns a
-    reference to this array.
-
-    Equivalent to assign( a ).
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3MemArray::data() const
-
-    Returns a pointer to the actual array data.
-
-    The array is a null array if data() == 0 (null pointer).
-
-    \sa isNull()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn uint Q3MemArray::nrefs() const
-
-    Returns the reference count for the shared array data. This
-    reference count is always greater than zero.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn uint Q3MemArray::size() const
-
-    Returns the size of the array (maximum number of elements).
-
-    The array is a null array if size() == 0.
-
-    \sa isNull(), resize()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn uint Q3MemArray::count() const
-
-    Returns the same as size().
-
-    \sa size()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool Q3MemArray::isEmpty() const
-
-    Returns TRUE if the array is empty; otherwise returns FALSE.
-
-    isEmpty() is equivalent to isNull() for Q3MemArray (unlike
-    QString).
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool Q3MemArray::isNull() const
-
-    Returns TRUE if the array is null; otherwise returns FALSE.
-
-    A null array has size() == 0 and data() == 0.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool Q3MemArray::resize( uint size, Optimization optim )
-
-    Resizes (expands or shrinks) the array to \a size elements. The
-    array becomes a null array if \a size == 0.
-
-    Returns TRUE if successful, or FALSE if the memory cannot be
-    allocated.
-
-    New elements are not initialized.
-
-    \a optim is either Q3GArray::MemOptim (the default) or
-    Q3GArray::SpeedOptim. When optimizing for speed rather than memory
-    consumption, the array uses a smart grow and shrink algorithm that
-    might allocate more memory than is actually needed for \a size
-    elements. This speeds up subsequent resize operations, for example
-    when appending many elements to an array, since the space has
-    already been allocated.
-
-    \sa size()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool Q3MemArray::resize( uint size )
-
-    \overload
-
-    Resizes (expands or shrinks) the array to \a size elements. The
-    array becomes a null array if \a size == 0.
-
-    Returns TRUE if successful, i.e. if the memory can be allocated;
-    otherwise returns FALSE.
-
-    New elements are not initialized.
-
-    \sa size()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool Q3MemArray::truncate( uint pos )
-
-    Truncates the array at position \a pos.
-
-    Returns TRUE if successful, i.e. if the memory can be allocated;
-    otherwise returns FALSE.
-
-    Equivalent to resize(\a pos).
-
-    \sa resize()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool Q3MemArray::fill( const type &v, int size )
-
-    Fills the array with the value \a v. If \a size is specified as
-    different from -1, then the array will be resized before being
-    filled.
-
-    Returns TRUE if successful, i.e. if \a size is -1, or \a size is
-    != -1 and the memory can be allocated; otherwise returns FALSE.
-
-    \sa resize()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void Q3MemArray::detach()
-
-    Detaches this array from shared array data; i.e. it makes a
-    private, deep copy of the data.
-
-    Copying will be performed only if the \link nrefs() reference
-    count\endlink is greater than one.
-
-    \sa copy()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3MemArray<type> Q3MemArray::copy() const
-
-    Returns a deep copy of this array.
-
-    \sa detach(), duplicate()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3MemArray<type> &Q3MemArray::assign( const Q3MemArray<type> &a )
-
-    Shallow copy. Dereferences the current array and references the
-    data contained in \a a instead. Returns a reference to this array.
-
-    \sa operator=()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3MemArray<type> &Q3MemArray::assign( const type *data, uint size )
-
-    \overload
-
-    Shallow copy. Dereferences the current array and references the
-    array data \a data, which contains \a size elements. Returns a
-    reference to this array.
-
-    Do not delete \a data later; Q3MemArray will call free() on it
-    at the right time.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3MemArray<type> &Q3MemArray::duplicate( const Q3MemArray<type> &a )
-
-    Deep copy. Dereferences the current array and obtains a copy of
-    the data contained in \a a instead. Returns a reference to this
-    array.
-
-    \sa copy()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3MemArray<type> &Q3MemArray::duplicate( const type *data, uint size )
-
-    \overload
-
-    Deep copy. Dereferences the current array and obtains a copy of
-    the array data \a data instead. Returns a reference to this array.
-    The size of the array is given by \a size.
-
-    \sa copy()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3MemArray<type> &Q3MemArray::setRawData( const type *data, uint size )
-
-    Sets raw data and returns a reference to the array.
-
-    Dereferences the current array and sets the new array data to \a
-    data and the new array size to \a size. Do not attempt to resize
-    or re-assign the array data when raw data has been set. Call
-    resetRawData(\a data, \a size) to reset the array.
-
-    Setting raw data is useful because it sets Q3MemArray data without
-    allocating memory or copying data.
-
-    Example I (intended use):
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_q3memarray.qdoc 3
-
-    Example II (you don't want to do this):
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_q3memarray.qdoc 4
-
-    \warning If you do not call resetRawData(), Q3MemArray will attempt
-    to deallocate or reallocate the raw data, which might not be too
-    good. Be careful.
-
-    \sa resetRawData()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void Q3MemArray::resetRawData( const type *data, uint size )
-
-    Removes internal references to the raw data that was set using
-    setRawData(). This means that Q3MemArray no longer has access to
-    the \a data, so you are free to manipulate \a data as you wish.
-    You can now use the Q3MemArray without affecting the original \a
-    data, for example by calling setRawData() with a pointer to some
-    other data.
-
-    The arguments must be the \a data and length, \a size, that were
-    passed to setRawData(). This is for consistency checking.
-
-    \sa setRawData()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn int Q3MemArray::find( const type &v, uint index ) const
-
-    Finds the first occurrence of \a v, starting at position \a index.
-
-    Returns the position of \a v, or -1 if \a v could not be found.
-
-    \sa contains()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn int Q3MemArray::contains( const type &v ) const
-
-    Returns the number of times \a v occurs in the array.
-
-    \sa find()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void Q3MemArray::sort()
-
-    Sorts the array elements in ascending order, using bitwise
-    comparison (memcmp()).
-
-    \sa bsearch()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn int Q3MemArray::bsearch( const type &v ) const
-
-    In a sorted array (as sorted by sort()), finds the first
-    occurrence of \a v by using a binary search. For a sorted
-    array this is generally much faster than find(), which does
-    a linear search.
-
-    Returns the position of \a v, or -1 if \a v could not be found.
-
-    \sa sort(), find()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type &Q3MemArray::operator[]( int index ) const
-
-    Returns a reference to the element at position \a index in the
-    array.
-
-    This can be used to both read and set an element. Equivalent to
-    at().
-
-    \sa at()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type &Q3MemArray::at( uint index ) const
-
-    Returns a reference to the element at position \a index in the array.
-
-    This can be used to both read and set an element.
-
-    \sa operator[]()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3MemArray::operator const type *() const
-
-    Cast operator. Returns a pointer to the array.
-
-    \sa data()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool Q3MemArray::operator==( const Q3MemArray<type> &a ) const
-
-    Returns TRUE if this array is equal to \a a; otherwise returns
-    FALSE.
-
-    The two arrays are compared bitwise.
-
-    \sa operator!=()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool Q3MemArray::operator!=( const Q3MemArray<type> &a ) const
-
-    Returns TRUE if this array is different from \a a; otherwise
-    returns FALSE.
-
-    The two arrays are compared bitwise.
-
-    \sa operator==()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Iterator Q3MemArray::begin()
-
-    Returns an iterator pointing at the beginning of this array. This
-    iterator can be used in the same way as the iterators of
-    Q3ValueList and QMap, for example.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Iterator Q3MemArray::end()
-
-    Returns an iterator pointing behind the last element of this
-    array. This iterator can be used in the same way as the iterators
-    of Q3ValueList and QMap, for example.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn ConstIterator Q3MemArray::begin() const
-
-    \overload
-
-    Returns a const iterator pointing at the beginning of this array.
-    This iterator can be used in the same way as the iterators of
-    Q3ValueList and QMap, for example.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn ConstIterator Q3MemArray::end() const
-
-    \overload
-
-    Returns a const iterator pointing behind the last element of this
-    array. This iterator can be used in the same way as the iterators
-    of Q3ValueList and QMap, for example. 
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/classes/q3popupmenu.qdoc b/doc/src/classes/q3popupmenu.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index c20dadc..0000000
--- a/doc/src/classes/q3popupmenu.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \class Q3PopupMenu
-    \brief The Q3PopupMenu class is a thin compatibility wrapper around QMenu.
-    \compat
-
-    Use QMenu in new applications. Note that the menu's actions must
-    be \l {Q3Action}s.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3PopupMenu::Q3PopupMenu(QWidget *parent, const char *name)
-
-    Constructs a menu with the given \a parent and \a name.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn int Q3PopupMenu::exec()
-
-    Pops up the menu and returns the ID of the action that was
-    selected.
-
-    \sa QMenu::exec()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn int Q3PopupMenu::exec(const QPoint & pos, int indexAtPoint)
-
-    Pops up the menu at coordinate \a pos and returns the ID of the
-    action that was selected.
-
-    If \a indexAtPoint is specified, the menu will pop up with the
-    item at index \a indexAtPoint under the mouse cursor.
-
-    \sa QMenu::exec()
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/classes/q3ptrdict.qdoc b/doc/src/classes/q3ptrdict.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 531b085..0000000
--- a/doc/src/classes/q3ptrdict.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,388 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \class Q3PtrDict
-    \brief The Q3PtrDict class is a template class that provides a dictionary based on void* keys.
-    \compat
-
-    Q3PtrDict is implemented as a template class. Define a template
-    instance Q3PtrDict\<X\> to create a dictionary that operates on
-    pointers to X (X*).
-
-    A dictionary is a collection of key-value pairs. The key is a
-    void* used for insertion, removal and lookup. The value is a
-    pointer. Dictionaries provide very fast insertion and lookup.
-
-    Example:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_q3ptrdict.qdoc 0
-    In this example we use a dictionary to add an extra property (a
-    char*) to the line edits we're using. 
-
-    See Q3Dict for full details, including the choice of dictionary
-    size, and how deletions are handled. 
-
-    \sa Q3PtrDictIterator, Q3Dict, Q3AsciiDict, Q3IntDict
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3PtrDict::Q3PtrDict( int size )
-
-    Constructs a dictionary using an internal hash array with the size
-    \a size.
-
-    Setting \a size to a suitably large prime number (equal to or
-    greater than the expected number of entries) makes the hash
-    distribution better and improves lookup performance.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3PtrDict::Q3PtrDict( const Q3PtrDict<type> &dict )
-
-    Constructs a copy of \a dict.
-
-    Each item in \a dict is inserted into this dictionary. Only the
-    pointers are copied (shallow copy).
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3PtrDict::~Q3PtrDict()
-
-    Removes all items from the dictionary and destroys it.
-
-    All iterators that access this dictionary will be reset.
-
-    \sa setAutoDelete()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3PtrDict<type> &Q3PtrDict::operator=(const Q3PtrDict<type> &dict)
-
-    Assigns \a dict to this dictionary and returns a reference to this
-    dictionary.
-
-    This dictionary is first cleared and then each item in \a dict is
-    inserted into the dictionary. Only the pointers are copied
-    (shallow copy), unless newItem() has been reimplemented.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn uint Q3PtrDict::count() const
-
-    Returns the number of items in the dictionary.
-
-    \sa isEmpty()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn uint Q3PtrDict::size() const
-
-    Returns the size of the internal hash table (as specified in the
-    constructor).
-
-    \sa count()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void Q3PtrDict::resize( uint newsize )
-
-    Changes the size of the hash table to \a newsize. The contents of
-    the dictionary are preserved, but all iterators on the dictionary
-    become invalid.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool Q3PtrDict::isEmpty() const
-
-    Returns TRUE if the dictionary is empty; otherwise returns FALSE.
-
-    \sa count()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void Q3PtrDict::insert( void *key, const type *item )
-
-    Inserts the \a key with the \a item into the dictionary.
-
-    Multiple items can have the same key, in which case only the last
-    item will be accessible using \l operator[]().
-
-    \a item may not be 0.
-
-    \sa replace()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void Q3PtrDict::replace( void *key, const type *item )
-
-    If the dictionary has key \a key, this key's item is replaced with
-    \a item. If the dictionary doesn't contain key \a key, \a item is
-    inserted into the dictionary using key \a key. 
-
-    \a item may not be 0.
-
-    Equivalent to
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_q3ptrdict.qdoc 1
-
-    If there are two or more items with equal keys, then the most
-    recently inserted item will be replaced.
-
-    \sa insert()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool Q3PtrDict::remove( void *key ) 
-    
-    Removes the item associated with \a key from the dictionary.
-    Returns TRUE if successful, i.e. if \a key is in the dictionary;
-    otherwise returns FALSE.
-
-    If there are two or more items with equal keys, then the most
-    recently inserted item will be removed.
-
-    The removed item is deleted if \link
-    Q3PtrCollection::setAutoDelete() auto-deletion\endlink is enabled.
-
-    All dictionary iterators that refer to the removed item will be
-    set to point to the next item in the dictionary traversal order.
-
-    \sa take(), clear(), setAutoDelete()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3PtrDict::take( void *key )
-
-    Takes the item associated with \a key out of the dictionary
-    without deleting it (even if \link Q3PtrCollection::setAutoDelete()
-    auto-deletion\endlink is enabled).
-
-    If there are two or more items with equal keys, then the most
-    recently inserted item will be removed.
-
-    Returns a pointer to the item taken out, or 0 if the key does not
-    exist in the dictionary.
-
-    All dictionary iterators that refer to the taken item will be set
-    to point to the next item in the dictionary traversal order.
-
-    \sa remove(), clear(), setAutoDelete()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void Q3PtrDict::clear()
-
-    Removes all items from the dictionary.
-
-    The removed items are deleted if \link
-    Q3PtrCollection::setAutoDelete() auto-deletion\endlink is enabled.
-
-    All dictionary iterators that access this dictionary will be
-    reset.
-
-    \sa remove(), take(), setAutoDelete()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3PtrDict::find( void *key ) const
-
-    Returns the item associated with \a key, or 0 if the key does not
-    exist in the dictionary.
-
-    If there are two or more items with equal keys, then the most
-    recently inserted item will be found.
-
-    Equivalent to operator[].
-
-    \sa operator[]()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3PtrDict::operator[]( void *key ) const
-
-    Returns the item associated with \a key, or 0 if the key does not
-    exist in the dictionary.
-
-    If there are two or more items with equal keys, then the most
-    recently inserted item will be found.
-
-    Equivalent to the find() function.
-
-    \sa find()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void Q3PtrDict::statistics() const
-
-    Debugging-only function that prints out the dictionary
-    distribution using qDebug().
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QDataStream& Q3PtrDict::read( QDataStream &s, Q3PtrCollection::Item &item )
-
-    Reads a dictionary item from the stream \a s and returns a
-    reference to the stream.
-
-    The default implementation sets \a item to 0.
-
-    \sa write()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QDataStream& Q3PtrDict::write( QDataStream &s, Q3PtrCollection::Item item) const
-
-    Writes a dictionary \a item to the stream \a s and returns a
-    reference to the stream.
-
-    \sa read()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \class Q3PtrDictIterator
-    \brief The Q3PtrDictIterator class provides an iterator for Q3PtrDict collections.
-    \compat
-
-    Q3PtrDictIterator is implemented as a template class. Define a
-    template instance Q3PtrDictIterator\<X\> to create a dictionary
-    iterator that operates on Q3PtrDict\<X\> (dictionary of X*).
-
-    Example:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_q3ptrdict.qdoc 2
-    In the example we insert some line edits into a dictionary,
-    associating a string with each. We then iterate over the
-    dictionary printing the associated strings.
-
-    Multiple iterators may independently traverse the same dictionary.
-    A Q3PtrDict knows about all the iterators that are operating on the
-    dictionary. When an item is removed from the dictionary, Q3PtrDict
-    updates all iterators that refer the removed item to point to the
-    next item in the traversing order.
-
-    \sa Q3PtrDict
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3PtrDictIterator::Q3PtrDictIterator( const Q3PtrDict<type> &dict )
-
-    Constructs an iterator for \a dict. The current iterator item is
-    set to point on the first item in the \a dict.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3PtrDictIterator::~Q3PtrDictIterator()
-
-    Destroys the iterator.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn uint Q3PtrDictIterator::count() const
-
-    Returns the number of items in the dictionary this iterator
-    operates on.
-
-    \sa isEmpty()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool Q3PtrDictIterator::isEmpty() const
-
-    Returns TRUE if the dictionary is empty; otherwise returns FALSE.
-
-    \sa count()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3PtrDictIterator::toFirst()
-
-    Sets the current iterator item to point to the first item in the
-    dictionary and returns a pointer to the item. If the dictionary is
-    empty, it sets the current item to 0 and returns 0.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3PtrDictIterator::operator type *() const
-
-    Cast operator. Returns a pointer to the current iterator item.
-    Same as current().
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3PtrDictIterator::current() const
-
-    Returns a pointer to the current iterator item's value.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void *Q3PtrDictIterator::currentKey() const
-
-    Returns the current iterator item's key.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3PtrDictIterator::operator()()
-
-    Makes the succeeding item current and returns the original current
-    item.
-
-    If the current iterator item was the last item in the dictionary
-    or if it was 0, 0 is returned.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3PtrDictIterator::operator++()
-
-    Prefix ++ makes the succeeding item current and returns the new
-    current item.
-
-    If the current iterator item was the last item in the dictionary
-    or if it was 0, 0 is returned.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3PtrDictIterator::operator+=( uint jump )
-
-    Sets the current item to the item \a jump positions after the
-    current item and returns a pointer to that item.
-
-    If that item is beyond the last item or if the dictionary is
-    empty, it sets the current item to 0 and returns 0.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/classes/q3ptrlist.qdoc b/doc/src/classes/q3ptrlist.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index b2b9c3f..0000000
--- a/doc/src/classes/q3ptrlist.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1157 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \class Q3PtrList
-    \brief The Q3PtrList class is a template class that provides a list.
-    \compat
-
-    Q3ValueList is an STL-compatible alternative to this class.
-
-    Define a template instance Q3PtrList\<X\> to create a list that
-    operates on pointers to X (X*).
-
-    The list class is indexable and has a \link at() current
-    index\endlink and a \link current() current item\endlink. The
-    first item corresponds to index position 0. The current index is
-    -1 if the current item is 0.
-
-    Items are inserted with prepend(), insert() or append(). Items are
-    removed with remove(), removeRef(), removeFirst() and
-    removeLast(). You can search for an item using find(), findNext(),
-    findRef() or findNextRef(). The list can be sorted with sort().
-    You can count the number of occurrences of an item with contains()
-    or containsRef(). You can get a pointer to the current item with
-    current(), to an item at a particular index position in the list
-    with at() or to the first or last item with getFirst() and
-    getLast(). You can also iterate over the list with first(),
-    last(), next() and prev() (which all update current()). The list's
-    deletion property is set with setAutoDelete().
-
-    \target example
-    Example:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_q3ptrlist.qdoc 0
-
-    The output is
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_q3ptrlist.qdoc 1
-
-    Q3PtrList has several member functions for traversing the list, but
-    using a Q3PtrListIterator can be more practical. Multiple list
-    iterators may traverse the same list, independently of each other
-    and of the current list item.
-
-    In the example above we make the call setAutoDelete(true).
-    Enabling auto-deletion tells the list to delete items that are
-    removed. The default is to not delete items when they are removed
-    but this would cause a memory leak in the example because there
-    are no other references to the list items.
-
-    When inserting an item into a list only the pointer is copied, not
-    the item itself, i.e. a shallow copy. It is possible to make the
-    list copy all of the item's data (deep copy) when an item is
-    inserted. insert(), inSort() and append() call the virtual
-    function Q3PtrCollection::newItem() for the item to be inserted.
-    Inherit a list and reimplement newItem() to have deep copies.
-
-    When removing an item from a list, the virtual function
-    Q3PtrCollection::deleteItem() is called. Q3PtrList's default
-    implementation is to delete the item if auto-deletion is enabled.
-
-    The virtual function compareItems() can be reimplemented to
-    compare two list items. This function is called from all list
-    functions that need to compare list items, for instance
-    remove(const type*). If you only want to deal with pointers, there
-    are functions that compare pointers instead, for instance
-    removeRef(const type*). These functions are somewhat faster than
-    those that call compareItems().
-
-    List items are stored as \c void* in an internal Q3LNode, which
-    also holds pointers to the next and previous list items. The
-    functions currentNode(), removeNode(), and takeNode() operate
-    directly on the Q3LNode, but they should be used with care. The
-    data component of the node is available through Q3LNode::getData().
-
-    The Q3StrList class is a list of \c char*.
-    It reimplements newItem(), deleteItem() and compareItems(). (But
-    see QStringList for a list of Unicode QStrings.)
-
-    \sa Q3PtrListIterator
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3PtrList::Q3PtrList()
-
-    Constructs an empty list.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3PtrList::Q3PtrList( const Q3PtrList<type> &list )
-
-    Constructs a copy of \a list.
-
-    Each item in \a list is \link append() appended\endlink to this
-    list. Only the pointers are copied (shallow copy).
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3PtrList::~Q3PtrList()
-
-    Removes all items from the list and destroys the list.
-
-    All list iterators that access this list will be reset.
-
-    \sa setAutoDelete()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3PtrList<type> &Q3PtrList::operator=(const Q3PtrList<type> &list)
-
-    Assigns \a list to this list and returns a reference to this list.
-
-    This list is first cleared and then each item in \a list is \link
-    append() appended\endlink to this list. Only the pointers are
-    copied (shallow copy) unless newItem() has been reimplemented.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool Q3PtrList::operator==(const Q3PtrList<type> &list ) const
-
-    Compares this list with \a list. Returns TRUE if the lists contain
-    the same data; otherwise returns FALSE.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn uint Q3PtrList::count() const
-
-    Returns the number of items in the list.
-
-    \sa isEmpty()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool Q3PtrList::operator!=(const Q3PtrList<type> &list ) const
-
-    Compares this list with \a list. Returns TRUE if the lists contain
-    different data; otherwise returns FALSE.
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    \fn void Q3PtrList::sort()
-
-    Sorts the list by the result of the virtual compareItems()
-    function.
-
-    The heap sort algorithm is used for sorting. It sorts n items with
-    O(n*log n) comparisons. This is the asymptotic optimal solution of
-    the sorting problem.
-
-    If the items in your list support operator<() and operator==(),
-    you might be better off with Q3SortedList because it implements the
-    compareItems() function for you using these two operators.
-
-    \sa inSort()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool Q3PtrList::isEmpty() const
-
-    Returns TRUE if the list is empty; otherwise returns FALSE.
-
-    \sa count()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool Q3PtrList::insert( uint index, const type *item )
-
-    Inserts the \a item at position \a index in the list.
-
-    Returns TRUE if successful, i.e. if \a index is in range;
-    otherwise returns FALSE. The valid range is 0 to count()
-    (inclusively). The item is appended if \a index == count().
-
-    The inserted item becomes the current list item.
-
-    \a item must not be 0.
-
-    \sa append(), current(), replace()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool Q3PtrList::replace( uint index, const type *item )
-
-    Replaces the item at position \a index with the new \a item. 
-
-    Returns TRUE if successful, i.e. \a index is in the range 0 to
-    count()-1.
-
-    \sa append(), current(), insert()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void Q3PtrList::inSort( const type *item )
-
-    Inserts the \a item at its sorted position in the list.
-
-    The sort order depends on the virtual compareItems() function. All
-    items must be inserted with inSort() to maintain the sorting
-    order.
-
-    The inserted item becomes the current list item.
-
-    \a item must not be 0.
-
-    \warning Using inSort() is slow. An alternative, especially if you
-    have lots of items, is to simply append() or insert() them and
-    then use sort(). inSort() takes up to O(n) compares. That means
-    inserting n items in your list will need O(n^2) compares whereas
-    sort() only needs O(n*log n) for the same task. So use inSort()
-    only if you already have a presorted list and want to insert just
-    a few additional items.
-
-    \sa insert(), compareItems(), current(), sort()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void Q3PtrList::append( const type *item )
-
-    Inserts the \a item at the end of the list.
-
-    The inserted item becomes the current list item. This is
-    equivalent to \c{insert( count(), item )}.
-
-    \a item must not be 0.
-
-    \sa insert(), current(), prepend()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void Q3PtrList::prepend( const type *item )
-
-    Inserts the \a item at the start of the list.
-
-    The inserted item becomes the current list item. This is
-    equivalent to \c{insert( 0, item )}.
-
-    \a item must not be 0.
-
-    \sa append(), insert(), current()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool Q3PtrList::remove( uint index )
-
-    Removes the item at position \a index in the list.
-
-    Returns TRUE if successful, i.e. if \a index is in range;
-    otherwise returns FALSE. The valid range is \c{0..(count() - 1)}
-    inclusive.
-
-    The removed item is deleted if \link setAutoDelete()
-    auto-deletion\endlink is enabled.
-
-    The item after the removed item becomes the new current list item
-    if the removed item is not the last item in the list. If the last
-    item is removed, the new last item becomes the current item.
-
-    All list iterators that refer to the removed item will be set to
-    point to the new current item.
-
-    \sa take(), clear(), setAutoDelete(), current() removeRef()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool Q3PtrList::remove()
-
-    \overload
-
-    Removes the current list item.
-
-    Returns TRUE if successful, i.e. if the current item isn't 0;
-    otherwise returns FALSE.
-
-    The removed item is deleted if \link setAutoDelete()
-    auto-deletion\endlink is enabled.
-
-    The item after the removed item becomes the new current list item
-    if the removed item is not the last item in the list. If the last
-    item is removed, the new last item becomes the current item. The
-    current item is set to 0 if the list becomes empty.
-
-    All list iterators that refer to the removed item will be set to
-    point to the new current item.
-
-    \sa take(), clear(), setAutoDelete(), current() removeRef()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool Q3PtrList::remove( const type *item )
-
-    \overload
-
-    Removes the first occurrence of \a item from the list.
-
-    Returns TRUE if successful, i.e. if \a item is in the list;
-    otherwise returns FALSE.
-
-    The removed item is deleted if \link setAutoDelete()
-    auto-deletion\endlink is enabled.
-
-    The compareItems() function is called when searching for the item
-    in the list. If compareItems() is not reimplemented, it is more
-    efficient to call removeRef().
-
-    If \a item is NULL then the current item is removed from the list.
-
-    The item after the removed item becomes the new current list item
-    if the removed item is not the last item in the list. If the last
-    item is removed, the new last item becomes the current item. The
-    current item is set to 0 if the list becomes empty.
-
-    All list iterators that refer to the removed item will be set to
-    point to the new current item.
-
-    \sa removeRef(), take(), clear(), setAutoDelete(), compareItems(),
-    current()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool Q3PtrList::removeRef( const type *item )
-
-    Removes the first occurrence of \a item from the list.
-
-    Returns TRUE if successful, i.e. if \a item is in the list;
-    otherwise returns FALSE.
-
-    The removed item is deleted if \link setAutoDelete()
-    auto-deletion\endlink is enabled.
-
-    Equivalent to:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_q3ptrlist.qdoc 2
-
-    The item after the removed item becomes the new current list item
-    if the removed item is not the last item in the list. If the last
-    item is removed, the new last item becomes the current item. The
-    current item is set to 0 if the list becomes empty.
-
-    All list iterators that refer to the removed item will be set to
-    point to the new current item.
-
-    \sa remove(), clear(), setAutoDelete(), current()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void Q3PtrList::removeNode( Q3LNode *node )
-
-    Removes the \a node from the list.
-
-    This node must exist in the list, otherwise the program may crash.
-
-    The removed item is deleted if \link setAutoDelete()
-    auto-deletion\endlink is enabled.
-
-    The first item in the list will become the new current list item.
-    The current item is set to 0 if the list becomes empty.
-
-    All list iterators that refer to the removed item will be set to
-    point to the item succeeding this item or to the preceding item if
-    the removed item was the last item.
-
-    \warning Do not call this function unless you are an expert.
-
-    \sa takeNode(), currentNode() remove() removeRef()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool Q3PtrList::removeFirst()
-
-    Removes the first item from the list. Returns TRUE if successful,
-    i.e. if the list isn't empty; otherwise returns FALSE.
-
-    The removed item is deleted if \link setAutoDelete()
-    auto-deletion\endlink is enabled.
-
-    The first item in the list becomes the new current list item. The
-    current item is set to 0 if the list becomes empty.
-
-    All list iterators that refer to the removed item will be set to
-    point to the new current item.
-
-    \sa removeLast(), setAutoDelete(), current() remove()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool Q3PtrList::removeLast()
-
-    Removes the last item from the list. Returns TRUE if successful,
-    i.e. if the list isn't empty; otherwise returns FALSE.
-
-    The removed item is deleted if \link setAutoDelete()
-    auto-deletion\endlink is enabled.
-
-    The last item in the list becomes the new current list item. The
-    current item is set to 0 if the list becomes empty.
-
-    All list iterators that refer to the removed item will be set to
-    point to the new current item.
-
-    \sa removeFirst(), setAutoDelete(), current()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3PtrList::take( uint index )
-
-    Takes the item at position \a index out of the list without
-    deleting it (even if \link setAutoDelete() auto-deletion\endlink
-    is enabled).
-
-    Returns a pointer to the item taken out of the list, or 0 if the
-    index is out of range. The valid range is \c{0..(count() - 1)}
-    inclusive.
-
-    The item after the removed item becomes the new current list item
-    if the removed item is not the last item in the list. If the last
-    item is removed, the new last item becomes the current item. The
-    current item is set to 0 if the list becomes empty.
-
-    All list iterators that refer to the taken item will be set to
-    point to the new current item.
-
-    \sa remove(), clear(), current()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3PtrList::take()
-
-    \overload
-
-    Takes the current item out of the list without deleting it (even
-    if \link setAutoDelete() auto-deletion\endlink is enabled).
-
-    Returns a pointer to the item taken out of the list, or 0 if
-    the current item is 0.
-
-    The item after the removed item becomes the new current list item
-    if the removed item is not the last item in the list. If the last
-    item is removed, the new last item becomes the current item. The
-    current item is set to 0 if the list becomes empty.
-
-    All list iterators that refer to the taken item will be set to
-    point to the new current item.
-
-    \sa remove(), clear(), current()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3PtrList::takeNode( Q3LNode *node )
-
-    Takes the \a node out of the list without deleting its item (even
-    if \link setAutoDelete() auto-deletion\endlink is enabled).
-    Returns a pointer to the item taken out of the list.
-
-    This node must exist in the list, otherwise the program may crash.
-
-    The first item in the list becomes the new current list item.
-
-    All list iterators that refer to the taken item will be set to
-    point to the item succeeding this item or to the preceding item if
-    the taken item was the last item.
-
-    \warning Do not call this function unless you are an expert.
-
-    \sa removeNode(), currentNode()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void Q3PtrList::clear()
-
-    Removes all items from the list.
-
-    The removed items are deleted if \link setAutoDelete()
-    auto-deletion\endlink is enabled.
-
-    All list iterators that access this list will be reset.
-
-    \sa remove(), take(), setAutoDelete()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn int Q3PtrList::find( const type *item )
-
-    Finds the first occurrence of \a item in the list.
-
-    If the item is found, the list sets the current item to point to
-    the found item and returns the index of this item. If the item is
-    not found, the list sets the current item to 0, the current
-    index to -1, and returns -1.
-
-    The compareItems() function is called when searching for the item
-    in the list. If compareItems() is not reimplemented, it is more
-    efficient to call findRef().
-
-    \sa findNext(), findRef(), compareItems(), current()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn int Q3PtrList::findNext( const type *item )
-
-    Finds the next occurrence of \a item in the list, starting from
-    the current list item.
-
-    If the item is found, the list sets the current item to point to
-    the found item and returns the index of this item. If the item is
-    not found, the list sets the current item to 0, the current
-    index to -1, and returns -1.
-
-    The compareItems() function is called when searching for the item
-    in the list. If compareItems() is not reimplemented, it is more
-    efficient to call findNextRef().
-
-    \sa find(), findNextRef(), compareItems(), current()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn int Q3PtrList::findRef( const type *item )
-
-    Finds the first occurrence of \a item in the list.
-
-    If the item is found, the list sets the current item to point to
-    the found item and returns the index of this item. If the item is
-    not found, the list sets the current item to 0, the current
-    index to -1, and returns -1.
-
-    Calling this function is much faster than find() because find()
-    compares \a item with each list item using compareItems(), whereas
-    this function only compares the pointers.
-
-    \sa findNextRef(), find(), current()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn int Q3PtrList::findNextRef( const type *item )
-
-    Finds the next occurrence of \a item in the list, starting from
-    the current list item.
-
-    If the item is found, the list sets the current item to point to
-    the found item and returns the index of this item. If the item is
-    not found, the list sets the current item to 0, the current
-    index to -1, and returns -1.
-
-    Calling this function is much faster than findNext() because
-    findNext() compares \a item with each list item using
-    compareItems(), whereas this function only compares the pointers.
-
-    \sa findRef(), findNext(), current()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn uint Q3PtrList::contains( const type *item ) const
-
-    Returns the number of occurrences of \a item in the list.
-
-    The compareItems() function is called when looking for the \a item
-    in the list. If compareItems() is not reimplemented, it is more
-    efficient to call containsRef().
-
-    This function does not affect the current list item.
-
-    \sa containsRef(), compareItems()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn uint Q3PtrList::containsRef( const type *item ) const
-
-    Returns the number of occurrences of \a item in the list.
-
-    Calling this function is much faster than contains() because
-    contains() compares \a item with each list item using
-    compareItems(), whereas his function only compares the pointers.
-
-    This function does not affect the current list item.
-
-    \sa contains()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3PtrList::at( uint index )
-
-    Returns a pointer to the item at position \a index in the list, or
-    0 if the index is out of range.
-
-    Sets the current list item to this item if \a index is valid. The
-    valid range is \c{0..(count() - 1)} inclusive.
-
-    This function is very efficient. It starts scanning from the first
-    item, last item, or current item, whichever is closest to \a
-    index.
-
-    \sa current()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn int Q3PtrList::at() const
-
-    \overload
-
-    Returns the index of the current list item. The returned value is
-    -1 if the current item is 0.
-
-    \sa current()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3PtrList::current() const
-
-    Returns a pointer to the current list item. The current item may
-    be 0 (implies that the current index is -1). 
-
-    \sa at()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3LNode *Q3PtrList::currentNode() const
-
-    Returns a pointer to the current list node.
-
-    The node can be kept and removed later using removeNode(). The
-    advantage is that the item can be removed directly without
-    searching the list.
-
-    \warning Do not call this function unless you are an expert.
-
-    \sa removeNode(), takeNode(), current()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3PtrList::getFirst() const
-
-    Returns a pointer to the first item in the list, or 0 if the list
-    is empty.
-
-    This function does not affect the current list item.
-
-    \sa first(), getLast()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3PtrList::getLast() const
-
-    Returns a pointer to the last item in the list, or 0 if the list
-    is empty.
-
-    This function does not affect the current list item.
-
-    \sa last(), getFirst()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3PtrList::first()
-
-    Returns a pointer to the first item in the list and makes this the
-    current list item; returns 0 if the list is empty.
-
-    \sa getFirst(), last(), next(), prev(), current()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3PtrList::last()
-
-    Returns a pointer to the last item in the list and makes this the
-    current list item; returns 0 if the list is empty.
-
-    \sa getLast(), first(), next(), prev(), current()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3PtrList::next()
-
-    Returns a pointer to the item succeeding the current item. Returns
-    0 if the current item is 0 or equal to the last item.
-
-    Makes the succeeding item current. If the current item before this
-    function call was the last item, the current item will be set to
-    0. If the current item was 0, this function does nothing.
-
-    \sa first(), last(), prev(), current()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3PtrList::prev()
-
-    Returns a pointer to the item preceding the current item. Returns
-    0 if the current item is 0 or equal to the first item.
-
-    Makes the preceding item current. If the current item before this
-    function call was the first item, the current item will be set to
-    0. If the current item was 0, this function does nothing.
-
-    \sa first(), last(), next(), current()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void Q3PtrList::toVector( Q3GVector *vec ) const
-
-    Stores all list items in the vector \a vec.
-
-    The vector must be of the same item type, otherwise the result
-    will be undefined.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \typedef Q3PtrList::iterator
-
-    \internal
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \typedef Q3PtrList::Iterator
-
-    \internal
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \typedef Q3PtrList::ConstIterator
-
-    \internal
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \typedef Q3PtrList::const_iterator
-
-    \internal
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3PtrList::constBegin() const
-
-    \internal
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3PtrList::constEnd() const
-
-    \internal
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3PtrList::erase(Iterator)
-
-    \internal
-*/
-
-
-/*****************************************************************************
-  Q3PtrListIterator documentation
- *****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \class Q3PtrListIterator
-    \brief The Q3PtrListIterator class provides an iterator for
-    Q3PtrList collections.
-    \compat
-
-    Define a template instance Q3PtrListIterator\<X\> to create a list
-    iterator that operates on Q3PtrList\<X\> (list of X*).
-
-    The following example is similar to the
-    example in the Q3PtrList class documentation,
-    but it uses Q3PtrListIterator. The class Employee is
-    defined there.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_q3ptrlist.qdoc 3
-
-    The output is
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_q3ptrlist.qdoc 4
-
-    Using a list iterator is a more robust way of traversing the list
-    than using the Q3PtrList member functions \link Q3PtrList::first()
-    first\endlink(), \link Q3PtrList::next() next\endlink(), \link
-    Q3PtrList::current() current\endlink(), etc., as many iterators can
-    traverse the same list independently.
-
-    An iterator has its own current list item and can get the next and
-    previous list items. It doesn't modify the list in any way.
-
-    When an item is removed from the list, all iterators that point to
-    that item are updated to point to Q3PtrList::current() instead to
-    avoid dangling references.
-
-    \sa Q3PtrList
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3PtrListIterator::Q3PtrListIterator( const Q3PtrList<type> &list )
-
-    Constructs an iterator for \a list. The current iterator item is
-    set to point on the first item in the \a list.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3PtrListIterator::~Q3PtrListIterator()
-
-    Destroys the iterator.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn uint Q3PtrListIterator::count() const
-
-    Returns the number of items in the list this iterator operates on.
-
-    \sa isEmpty()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool Q3PtrListIterator::isEmpty() const
-
-    Returns TRUE if the list is empty; otherwise returns FALSE.
-
-    \sa count()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool Q3PtrListIterator::atFirst() const
-
-    Returns TRUE if the current iterator item is the first list item;
-    otherwise returns FALSE.
-
-    \sa toFirst(), atLast()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool Q3PtrListIterator::atLast() const
-
-    Returns TRUE if the current iterator item is the last list item;
-    otherwise returns FALSE.
-
-    \sa toLast(), atFirst()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3PtrListIterator::toFirst()
-
-    Sets the current iterator item to point to the first list item and
-    returns a pointer to the item. Sets the current item to 0 and
-    returns 0 if the list is empty.
-
-    \sa toLast(), atFirst()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3PtrListIterator::toLast()
-
-    Sets the current iterator item to point to the last list item and
-    returns a pointer to the item. Sets the current item to 0 and
-    returns 0 if the list is empty.
-
-    \sa toFirst(), atLast()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3PtrListIterator::operator type *() const
-
-    Cast operator. Returns a pointer to the current iterator item.
-    Same as current().
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3PtrListIterator::operator*()
-
-    Asterisk operator. Returns a pointer to the current iterator item.
-    Same as current().
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3PtrListIterator::current() const
-
-    Returns a pointer to the current iterator item. If the iterator is
-    positioned before the first item in the list or after the last
-    item in the list, 0 is returned.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3PtrListIterator::operator()()
-
-    Makes the succeeding item current and returns the original current
-    item.
-
-    If the current iterator item was the last item in the list or if
-    it was 0, 0 is returned.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3PtrListIterator::operator++()
-
-    Prefix ++ makes the succeeding item current and returns the new
-    current item.
-
-    If the current iterator item was the last item in the list or if
-    it was 0, 0 is returned.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3PtrListIterator::operator+=( uint jump )
-
-    Sets the current item to the item \a jump positions after the
-    current item and returns a pointer to that item.
-
-    If that item is beyond the last item or if the list is empty, it
-    sets the current item to 0 and returns 0
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3PtrListIterator::operator--()
-
-    Prefix - makes the preceding item current and returns the new
-    current item.
-
-    If the current iterator item was the first item in the list or if
-    it was 0, 0 is returned.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type *Q3PtrListIterator::operator-=( uint jump )
-
-    Returns the item \a jump positions before the current item or 0
-    if it is beyond the first item. Makes this the current item.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3PtrListIterator<type>& Q3PtrListIterator::operator=( const Q3PtrListIterator<type> &it )
-
-    Assignment. Makes a copy of the iterator \a it and returns a
-    reference to this iterator.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \class Q3StrList
-    \brief The Q3StrList class provides a doubly-linked list of char*.
-    \compat
-
-    If you want a string list of \l{QString}s use QStringList.
-
-    This class is a Q3PtrList\<char\> instance (a list of char*).
-
-    Q3StrList can make deep or shallow copies of the strings that are
-    inserted.
-
-    A deep copy means that memory is allocated for the string and then
-    the string data is copied into that memory. A shallow copy is just
-    a copy of the pointer value and not of the string data itself.
-
-    The disadvantage of shallow copies is that because a pointer can
-    be deleted only once, the program must put all strings in a
-    central place and know when it is safe to delete them (i.e. when
-    the strings are no longer referenced by other parts of the
-    program). This can make the program more complex. The advantage of
-    shallow copies is that they consume far less memory than deep
-    copies. It is also much faster to copy a pointer (typically 4 or 8
-    bytes) than to copy string data.
-
-    A Q3StrList that operates on deep copies will, by default, turn on
-    auto-deletion (see setAutoDelete()). Thus, by default Q3StrList
-    will deallocate any string copies it allocates.
-
-    The virtual compareItems() function is reimplemented and does a
-    case-sensitive string comparison. The inSort() function will
-    insert strings in sorted order. In general it is fastest to insert
-    the strings as they come and sort() at the end; inSort() is useful
-    when you just have to add a few extra strings to an already sorted
-    list.
-
-    The Q3StrListIterator class is an iterator for Q3StrList.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3StrList::operator QList<QByteArray>() const
-
-    Automatically converts a Q3StrList into a QList<QByteArray>.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3StrList::Q3StrList( bool deepCopies )
-
-    Constructs an empty list of strings. Will make deep copies of all
-    inserted strings if \a deepCopies is TRUE, or use shallow copies
-    if \a deepCopies is FALSE.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3StrList::Q3StrList(const Q3StrList &list)
-    \fn Q3StrList::Q3StrList(const QList<QByteArray> &list)
-
-    Constructs a copy of \a list.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3StrList::~Q3StrList()
-
-    Destroys the list. All strings are removed.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3StrList& Q3StrList::operator=(const Q3StrList& list)
-    \fn Q3StrList &Q3StrList::operator=(const QList<QByteArray> &list)
-
-    Assigns \a list to this list and returns a reference to this list.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \class Q3StrIList
-    \brief The Q3StrIList class provides a doubly-linked list of char*
-    with case-insensitive comparison.
-    \compat
-
-    This class is a Q3PtrList\<char\> instance (a list of char*).
-
-    Q3StrIList is identical to Q3StrList except that the virtual
-    compareItems() function is reimplemented to compare strings
-    case-insensitively. The inSort() function inserts strings in a
-    sorted order. In general it is fastest to insert the strings as
-    they come and sort() at the end; inSort() is useful when you just
-    have to add a few extra strings to an already sorted list.
-
-    The Q3StrListIterator class works for Q3StrIList.
-
-    \sa QStringList
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3StrIList::Q3StrIList( bool deepCopies )
-
-    Constructs a list of strings. Will make deep copies of all
-    inserted strings if \a deepCopies is TRUE, or use shallow copies
-    if \a deepCopies is FALSE.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3StrIList::~Q3StrIList()
-
-    Destroys the list. All strings are removed.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn int Q3PtrList::compareItems( Q3PtrCollection::Item item1,
-				    Q3PtrCollection::Item item2 )
-
-    This virtual function compares two list items.
-
-    Returns:
-    \list
-    \i zero if \a item1 == \a item2
-    \i nonzero if \a item1 != \a item2
-    \endlist
-
-    This function returns \e int rather than \e bool so that
-    reimplementations can return three values and use it to sort by:
-
-    \list
-    \i 0 if \a item1 == \a item2
-    \i \> 0 (positive integer) if \a item1 \> \a item2
-    \i \< 0 (negative integer) if \a item1 \< \a item2
-    \endlist
-
-    inSort() requires that compareItems() is implemented as described
-    here.
-
-    This function should not modify the list because some const
-    functions call compareItems().
-
-    The default implementation compares the pointers.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QDataStream& Q3PtrList::read( QDataStream& s,
-				    Q3PtrCollection::Item& item )
-
-    Reads a list item from the stream \a s and returns a reference to
-    the stream.
-
-    The default implementation sets \a item to 0.
-
-    \sa write()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QDataStream& Q3PtrList::write( QDataStream& s,
-					Q3PtrCollection::Item item ) const
-
-    Writes a list item, \a item to the stream \a s and returns a
-    reference to the stream.
-
-    The default implementation does nothing.
-
-    \sa read()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn iterator Q3PtrList::begin() 
-\internal
-*/
-/*! \fn const_iterator Q3PtrList::begin() const
-\internal
-*/
-/*! \fn iterator Q3PtrList::end() 
-\internal
-*/
-/*! \fn const_iterator Q3PtrList::end() const
-\internal
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \class Q3StrListIterator
-    \brief The Q3StrListIterator class is an iterator for the Q3StrList
-    and Q3StrIList classes.
-    \compat
-
-    This class is a Q3PtrListIterator\<char\> instance. It can traverse
-    the strings in the Q3StrList and Q3StrIList classes.
-*/
-
-
-/*
-    \class Q3PtrListAutoDelete
-    \brief The Q3PtrListAutoDelete class is a template class that provides a list that auto-deletes its data.
-    \compat
-
-    A Q3PtrListAutoDelete is identical to a Q3PtrList with
-    setAutoDelete(TRUE).
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/classes/q3ptrqueue.qdoc b/doc/src/classes/q3ptrqueue.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index c60193c..0000000
--- a/doc/src/classes/q3ptrqueue.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,230 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \class Q3PtrQueue
-    \brief The Q3PtrQueue class is a template class that provides a queue.
-    \compat
-
-    Q3ValueVector can be used as an STL-compatible alternative to this
-    class.
-
-    A template instance Q3PtrQueue\<X\> is a queue that operates on
-    pointers to X (X*).
-
-    A queue is a first in, first out structure. Items are added to the
-    tail of the queue with enqueue() and retrieved from the head with
-    dequeue(). You can peek at the head item without dequeing it using
-    head().
-
-    You can control the queue's deletion policy with setAutoDelete().
-
-    For compatibility with the Q3PtrCollection classes, current() and
-    remove() are provided; both operate on the head().
-
-    \sa Q3PtrList Q3PtrStack
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3PtrQueue::Q3PtrQueue ()
-
-    Creates an empty queue with autoDelete() set to FALSE.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3PtrQueue::Q3PtrQueue( const Q3PtrQueue<type>& queue )
-
-    Creates a queue from \a queue.
-
-    Only the pointers are copied; the items are not. The autoDelete()
-    flag is set to FALSE.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3PtrQueue::~Q3PtrQueue()
-
-    Destroys the queue. Items in the queue are deleted if autoDelete()
-    is TRUE.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3PtrQueue<type>& Q3PtrQueue::operator= (const Q3PtrQueue<type>& queue)
-
-    Assigns \a queue to this queue and returns a reference to this
-    queue.
-
-    This queue is first cleared and then each item in \a queue is
-    enqueued to this queue. Only the pointers are copied.
-
-    \warning The autoDelete() flag is not modified. If it is TRUE for
-    both \a queue and this queue, deleting the two lists will cause \e
-    double-deletion of the items.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool Q3PtrQueue::isEmpty() const
-
-    Returns TRUE if the queue is empty; otherwise returns FALSE.
-
-    \sa count() dequeue() head()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void Q3PtrQueue::enqueue (const type* d)
-
-    Adds item \a d to the tail of the queue.
-
-    \sa count() dequeue()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type* Q3PtrQueue::dequeue ()
-
-    Takes the head item from the queue and returns a pointer to it.
-    Returns 0 if the queue is empty.
-
-    \sa enqueue() count()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool Q3PtrQueue::remove()
-
-    Removes the head item from the queue, and returns TRUE if there
-    was an item, i.e. the queue wasn't empty; otherwise returns FALSE.
-
-    The item is deleted if autoDelete() is TRUE.
-
-    \sa head() isEmpty() dequeue()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void Q3PtrQueue::clear()
-
-    Removes all items from the queue, and deletes them if autoDelete()
-    is TRUE.
-
-    \sa remove()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn uint Q3PtrQueue::count() const
-
-    Returns the number of items in the queue.
-
-    \sa isEmpty()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type* Q3PtrQueue::head() const
-
-    Returns a pointer to the head item in the queue. The queue is not
-    changed. Returns 0 if the queue is empty.
-
-    \sa dequeue() isEmpty()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3PtrQueue::operator type*() const
-
-    Returns a pointer to the head item in the queue. The queue is not
-    changed. Returns 0 if the queue is empty.
-
-    \sa dequeue() isEmpty()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn type* Q3PtrQueue::current() const
-
-    Returns a pointer to the head item in the queue. The queue is not
-    changed. Returns 0 if the queue is empty.
-
-    \sa dequeue() isEmpty()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool Q3PtrQueue::autoDelete() const
-    
-    Returns the setting of the auto-delete option. The default is
-    FALSE.
-
-    \sa setAutoDelete()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void Q3PtrQueue::setAutoDelete( bool enable )
-
-    Sets the queue to auto-delete its contents if \a enable is TRUE
-    and not to delete them if \a enable is FALSE.
-
-    If auto-deleting is turned on, all the items in a queue are
-    deleted when the queue itself is deleted. This can be quite
-    convenient if the queue has the only pointer to the items.
-    
-    The default setting is FALSE, for safety. If you turn it on, be
-    careful about copying the queue: you might find yourself with two
-    queues deleting the same items.
-
-    \sa autoDelete()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QDataStream& Q3PtrQueue::read( QDataStream& s,
-					Q3PtrCollection::Item& item )
-
-    Reads a queue item, \a item, from the stream \a s and returns a
-    reference to the stream.
-
-    The default implementation sets \a item to 0.
-
-    \sa write()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QDataStream& Q3PtrQueue::write( QDataStream& s,
-					Q3PtrCollection::Item item ) const
-
-    Writes a queue item, \a item, to the stream \a s and returns a
-    reference to the stream.
-
-    The default implementation does nothing.
-
-    \sa read()
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/classes/q3ptrstack.qdoc b/doc/src/classes/q3ptrstack.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 071fcd0..0000000
--- a/doc/src/classes/q3ptrstack.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,217 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-  \class Q3PtrStack
-  \brief The Q3PtrStack class is a template class that provides a stack.
-  \compat
-
-  Q3ValueStack is an STL-compatible alternative to this class.
-
-  Define a template instance Q3PtrStack\<X\> to create a stack that
-  operates on pointers to X, (X*). 
-
-  A stack is a last in, first out (LIFO) structure. Items are added
-  to the top of the stack with push() and retrieved from the top
-  with pop(). Use top() to get a reference to the top element
-  without changing the stack.
-
-  You can control the stack's deletion policy with setAutoDelete().
-
-  For compatibility with the Q3PtrCollection classes current() and
-  remove() are provided; they both operate on the top().
-
-  \sa Q3PtrList Q3PtrQueue
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn Q3PtrStack::Q3PtrStack () 
-
-  Creates an empty stack.
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn Q3PtrStack::Q3PtrStack (const Q3PtrStack<type>& s) 
-
-  Creates a stack by making a shallow copy of another stack \a s.
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn Q3PtrStack::~Q3PtrStack () 
-
-  Destroys the stack. All items will be deleted if autoDelete() is
-  true.
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn Q3PtrStack<type>& Q3PtrStack::operator= (const Q3PtrStack<type>& s) 
-
-  Sets the contents of this stack by making a shallow copy of
-  another stack \a s. Elements currently in this stack will be
-  deleted if autoDelete() is true.
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn bool Q3PtrStack::isEmpty () const 
-
-  Returns true if the stack contains no elements; otherwise returns
-  false.
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn void Q3PtrStack::push (const type* d) 
-
-  Adds an element \a d to the top of the stack. Last in, first out.
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn type* Q3PtrStack::pop () 
-
-  Removes the top item from the stack and returns it. The stack must
-  not be empty.
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn bool Q3PtrStack::remove () 
-
-  Removes the top item from the stack and deletes it if autoDelete()
-  is true. Returns true if there was an item to pop; otherwise
-  returns false.
-
-  \sa clear()
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn void Q3PtrStack::clear()
-
-  Removes all items from the stack, deleting them if autoDelete() is
-  true.
-
-  \sa remove()
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn uint Q3PtrStack::count() const
-
-  Returns the number of items in the stack.
-
-  \sa isEmpty()
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn type* Q3PtrStack::top () const 
-
-  Returns a pointer to the top item on the stack (most recently
-  pushed). The stack is not changed. Returns 0 if the stack is
-  empty.
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn Q3PtrStack::operator type* ()const 
-
-  Returns a pointer to the top item on the stack (most recently
-  pushed). The stack is not changed. Returns 0 if the stack is
-  empty.
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn type* Q3PtrStack::current () const 
-
-  Returns a pointer to the top item on the stack (most recently
-  pushed). The stack is not changed. Returns 0 if the stack is
-  empty.
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn bool Q3PtrStack::autoDelete() const
-
-  The same as Q3PtrCollection::autoDelete(). Returns true if 
-  the auto-delete option is set. If the option is set, the 
-  stack auto-deletes its contents. 
-
-  \sa setAutoDelete()
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn void Q3PtrStack::setAutoDelete(bool enable) 
-
-  Defines whether this stack auto-deletes its contents. The same as
-  Q3PtrCollection::setAutoDelete(). If \a enable is true, auto-delete
-  is turned on.
-
-  If auto-deleting is turned on, all the items in the stack are
-  deleted when the stack itself is deleted. This is convenient if
-  the stack has the only pointers to the items.
-
-  The default setting is false, for safety. If you turn it on, be
-  careful about copying the stack, or you might find yourself with
-  two stacks deleting the same items.
-
-  Note that the auto-delete setting may also affect other functions in
-  subclasses. For example, a subclass that has a remove() function
-  will remove the item from its data structure, and if auto-delete is
-  enabled, will also delete the item.
-  
-  \sa autoDelete()
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn QDataStream& Q3PtrStack::read(QDataStream& s, Q3PtrCollection::Item& item)
-
-  Reads a stack item, \a item, from the stream \a s and returns a
-  reference to the stream.
-
-  The default implementation sets \a item to 0.
-
-  \sa write()
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn QDataStream& Q3PtrStack::write(QDataStream& s,
-				     Q3PtrCollection::Item item) const
-
-  Writes a stack item, \a item, to the stream \a s and returns a
-  reference to the stream.
-
-  The default implementation does nothing.
-
-  \sa read()
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/classes/q3ptrvector.qdoc b/doc/src/classes/q3ptrvector.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index c734064..0000000
--- a/doc/src/classes/q3ptrvector.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,427 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-  \class Q3PtrVector
-  \brief The Q3PtrVector class is a template collection class that
-  provides a vector (array).
-  \compat
-
-  Q3ValueVector is an STL-compatible alternative to this class.
-
-  Q3PtrVector is implemented as a template class. Defines a template
-  instance Q3PtrVector\<X\> to create a vector that contains pointers
-  to X (X*).
-
-  A vector is the same as an array. The main difference between
-  Q3PtrVector and Q3MemArray is that Q3PtrVector stores pointers to the
-  elements, whereas Q3MemArray stores the elements themselves (i.e.
-  Q3MemArray is value-based and Q3PtrVector is pointer-based).
-
-  Items are added to the vector using insert() or fill(). Items are
-  removed with remove(). You can get a pointer to an item at a
-  particular index position using at().
-
-  Unless otherwise stated, all functions that remove items from the
-  vector will also delete the element pointed to if \link
-  setAutoDelete() auto-deletion\endlink is enabled. By default,
-  auto-deletion is disabled; see setAutoDelete(). This behavior can
-  be changed in a subclass by reimplementing the virtual function
-  deleteItem().
-
-  Functions that compare items (find() and sort() for example) will
-  do so using the virtual function compareItems(). The default
-  implementation of this function only compares the pointer values.
-  Reimplement compareItems() in a subclass to get searching and
-  sorting based on the item contents. You can perform a linear
-  search for a pointer in the vector using findRef(), or a binary
-  search (of a sorted vector) using bsearch(). You can count the
-  number of times an item appears in the vector with contains() or
-  containsRef().
-
-  \sa Q3MemArray
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn Q3PtrVector::Q3PtrVector()
-
-  Constructs a null vector.
-
-  \sa isNull()
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn Q3PtrVector::Q3PtrVector(uint size)
-
-  Constructs an vector with room for \a size items. Makes a null
-  vector if \a size == 0.
-
-  All \a size positions in the vector are initialized to 0.
-
-  \sa size(), resize(), isNull()
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn Q3PtrVector::Q3PtrVector(const Q3PtrVector<type> &v)
-
-  Constructs a copy of \a v. Only the pointers are copied (i.e.
-  shallow copy).
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn Q3PtrVector::~Q3PtrVector()
-
-  Removes all items from the vector, and destroys the vector itself.
-
-  \sa clear()
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn Q3PtrVector<type> &Q3PtrVector::operator=(const Q3PtrVector<type> &v)
-
-  Assigns \a v to this vector and returns a reference to this
-  vector.
-
-  This vector is first cleared and then all the items from \a v are
-  copied into the vector. Only the pointers are copied (i.e. shallow
-  copy).
-
-  \sa clear()
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn type **Q3PtrVector::data() const
-
-  Returns a pointer to the actual vector data, which is an array of
-  type*.
-
-  The vector is a null vector if data() == 0 (null pointer).
-
-  \sa isNull()
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn uint Q3PtrVector::size() const
-
-  Returns the size of the vector, i.e. the number of vector
-  positions. This is also the maximum number of items the vector can
-  hold.
-
-  The vector is a null vector if size() == 0.
-
-  \sa isNull(), resize(), count()
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn uint Q3PtrVector::count() const 
-
-  Returns the number of items in the vector. The vector is empty if
-  count() == 0.
-
-  \sa isEmpty(), size(), isNull()
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn bool Q3PtrVector::isEmpty() const
-
-  Returns true if the vector is empty; otherwise returns false.
-
-  \sa count()
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn bool Q3PtrVector::isNull() const
-
-  Returns true if the vector is null; otherwise returns false.
-
-  A null vector has size() == 0 and data() == 0.
-
-  \sa size()
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn bool Q3PtrVector::resize(uint size)
-
-  Resizes (expands or shrinks) the vector to \a size elements. The
-  vector becomes a null vector if \a size == 0.
-
-  Any items at position \a size or beyond in the vector are removed.
-  New positions are initialized to 0.
-
-  Returns true if successful, i.e. if the memory was successfully
-  allocated; otherwise returns false.
-
-  \sa size(), isNull()
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn bool Q3PtrVector::insert(uint i, const type *d)
-
-  Sets position \a i in the vector to contain the item \a d. \a i
-  must be less than size(). Any previous element in position \a i is
-  removed.
-
-  Returns true if \a i is within range; otherwise returns false.
-
-  \sa at()
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn bool Q3PtrVector::remove(uint i)
-
-  Removes the item at position \a i in the vector, if there is one.
-  \a i must be less than size().
-
-  Returns true if \a i is within range; otherwise returns false.
-
-  \sa take(), at()
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn type* Q3PtrVector::take(uint i)
-
-  Returns the item at position \a i in the vector, and removes that
-  item from the vector. \a i must be less than size(). If there is
-  no item at position \a i, 0 is returned.
-
-  Unlike remove(), this function does \e not call deleteItem() for
-  the removed item.
-
-  \sa remove(), at()
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn void Q3PtrVector::clear()
-
-  Removes all items from the vector, and destroys the vector itself.
-
-  The vector becomes a null vector.
-
-  \sa isNull()
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn bool Q3PtrVector::fill(const type *d, int size)
-
-  Inserts item \a d in all positions in the vector. Any existing
-  items are removed. If \a d is 0, the vector becomes empty.
-
-  If \a size >= 0, the vector is first resized to \a size. By
-  default, \a size is -1.
-
-  Returns true if successful, i.e. \a size is the same as the
-  current size, or \a size is larger and the memory has successfully
-  been allocated; otherwise returns false.
-
-  \sa resize(), insert(), isEmpty()
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn void Q3PtrVector::sort()
-
-  Sorts the items in ascending order. Any empty positions will be
-  put last.
-
-  Compares items using the virtual function compareItems().
-
-  \sa bsearch()
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn int Q3PtrVector::bsearch(const type* d) const
-
-  In a sorted array, finds the first occurrence of \a d using a
-  binary search. For a sorted array, this is generally much faster
-  than find(), which performs a linear search.
-
-  Returns the position of \a d, or -1 if \a d could not be found. \a
-  d must not be 0.
-
-  Compares items using the virtual function compareItems().
-
-  \sa sort(), find()
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-  \fn int Q3PtrVector::findRef(const type *d, uint i) const
-
-  Finds the first occurrence of the item pointer \a d in the vector
-  using a linear search. The search starts at position \a i, which
-  must be less than size(). \a i is by default 0; i.e. the search
-  starts at the start of the vector.
-
-  Returns the position of \a d, or -1 if \a d could not be found.
-
-  This function does \e not use compareItems() to compare items.
-
-  Use the much faster bsearch() to search a sorted vector.
-
-  \sa find(), bsearch()
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn int Q3PtrVector::find(const type *d, uint i) const
-
-  Finds the first occurrence of item \a d in the vector using a
-  linear search. The search starts at position \a i, which must be
-  less than size(). \a i is by default 0; i.e. the search starts at
-  the start of the vector.
-
-  Returns the position of \a d, or -1 if \a d could not be found.
-
-  Compares items using the virtual function compareItems().
-
-  Use the much faster bsearch() to search a sorted vector.
-
-  \sa findRef(), bsearch()
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-  \fn uint Q3PtrVector::containsRef(const type *d) const
-
-  Returns the number of occurrences of the item pointer \a d in the
-  vector.
-
-  This function does \e not use compareItems() to compare items.
-
-  \sa findRef()
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn uint Q3PtrVector::contains(const type *d) const
-
-  Returns the number of occurrences of item \a d in the vector.
-
-  Compares items using the virtual function compareItems().
-
-  \sa containsRef()
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn type *Q3PtrVector::operator[](int i) const
-
-  Returns the item at position \a i, or 0 if there is no item at
-  that position. \a i must be less than size().
-
-  Equivalent to at(\a i).
-
-  \sa at()
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn type *Q3PtrVector::at(uint i) const
-
-  Returns the item at position \a i, or 0 if there is no item at
-  that position. \a i must be less than size().
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-  \fn void Q3PtrVector::toList(Q3GList *list) const
-
-  \internal
-
-  Copies all items in this vector to the list \a list. \a list is
-  first cleared and then all items are appended to \a list.
-
-  \sa Q3PtrList, Q3PtrStack, Q3PtrQueue
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn int Q3PtrVector::compareItems(Q3PtrCollection::Item d1,
-				    Q3PtrCollection::Item d2)
-
-  This virtual function compares two list items.
-
-  Returns:
-  \list
-  \i zero if \a d1 == \a d2
-  \i nonzero if \a d1 != \a d2
-  \endlist
-
-  This function returns \e int rather than \e bool so that
-  reimplementations can return one of three values and use it to
-  sort by:
-  \list
-  \i 0 if \a d1 == \a d2
-  \i \> 0 (positive integer) if \a d1 \> \a d2
-  \i \< 0 (negative integer) if \a d1 \< \a d2
-  \endlist
-
-  The sort() and bsearch() functions require compareItems() to be
-  implemented as described here.
-
-  This function should not modify the vector because some const
-  functions call compareItems().
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn QDataStream& Q3PtrVector::read(QDataStream &s,
-				     Q3PtrCollection::Item &item)
-
-  Reads a vector item, \a item, from the stream \a s and returns a
-  reference to the stream.
-
-  The default implementation sets \a item to 0.
-
-  \sa write()
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \fn QDataStream& Q3PtrVector::write(QDataStream &s,
-			 	      Q3PtrCollection::Item item) const
-
-  Writes a vector item, \a item, to the stream \a s and returns a
-  reference to the stream.
-
-  The default implementation does nothing.
-
-  \sa read()
-*/
-  
-/*!
-  \fn bool Q3PtrVector::operator==(const Q3PtrVector<type> &v) const
-
-  Returns true if this vector and \a v are equal; otherwise returns
-  false.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/classes/q3sqlfieldinfo.qdoc b/doc/src/classes/q3sqlfieldinfo.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 6f6f359..0000000
--- a/doc/src/classes/q3sqlfieldinfo.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,234 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \class Q3SqlFieldInfo
-    \brief The Q3SqlFieldInfo class stores meta data associated with a SQL field.
-
-    \compat
-
-    Q3SqlFieldInfo objects only store meta data; field values are
-    stored in QSqlField objects.
-
-    All values must be set in the constructor, and may be retrieved
-    using isRequired(), type(), length(), precision(), defaultValue(),
-    name(), isGenerated() and typeID().
-
-    \sa Q3SqlRecordInfo
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3SqlFieldInfo::Q3SqlFieldInfo(const QString& name,
-                                       QVariant::Type typ,
-                                       int required,
-                                       int len,
-                                       int prec,
-                                       const QVariant& defValue,
-                                       int typeID,
-                                       bool generated,
-                                       bool trim,
-                                       bool calculated)
-
-    Constructs a Q3SqlFieldInfo with the following parameters:
-    \table
-    \row \i \a name  \i the name of the field.
-    \row \i \a typ   \i the field's type in a QVariant.
-    \row \i \a required  \i greater than 0 if the field is required, 0
-    if its value can be NULL and less than 0 if it cannot be
-    determined whether the field is required or not.
-    \row \i \a len  \i the length of the field. Note that for
-    non-character types some databases return either the length in
-    bytes or the number of digits. -1 signifies that the length cannot
-    be determined.
-    \row \i \a prec  \i the precision of the field, or -1 if the field
-    has no precision or it cannot be determined.
-    \row \i \a defValue  \i the default value that is inserted into
-    the table if none is specified by the user. QVariant() if there is
-    no default value or it cannot be determined.
-    \row \i \a typeID  \i the internal typeID of the database system
-    (only useful for low-level programming). 0 if unknown.
-    \row \i \a generated  \i TRUE indicates that this field should be
-    included in auto-generated SQL statments, e.g. in Q3SqlCursor.
-    \row \i \a trim  \i TRUE indicates that widgets should remove
-    trailing whitespace from character fields. This does not affect
-    the field value but only its representation inside widgets.
-    \row \i \a calculated  \i TRUE indicates that the value of this
-    field is calculated. The value of calculated fields can by
-    modified by subclassing Q3SqlCursor and overriding
-    Q3SqlCursor::calculateField().
-    \endtable
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3SqlFieldInfo::~Q3SqlFieldInfo()
-
-    Destroys the object and frees any allocated resources.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3SqlFieldInfo::Q3SqlFieldInfo(const QSqlField & other)
-
-    Creates a Q3SqlFieldInfo object with the type and the name of the
-    QSqlField \a other.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool Q3SqlFieldInfo::operator==(const Q3SqlFieldInfo& other) const
-
-    Assigns \a other to this field info and returns a reference to it.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QSqlField Q3SqlFieldInfo::toField() const
-
-    Returns an empty QSqlField based on the information in this
-    Q3SqlFieldInfo.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn int Q3SqlFieldInfo::isRequired() const
-
-    Returns a value greater than 0 if the field is required (NULL
-    values are not allowed), 0 if it isn't required (NULL values are
-    allowed) or less than 0 if it cannot be determined whether the
-    field is required or not.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QVariant::Type Q3SqlFieldInfo::type() const
-
-    Returns the field's type or QVariant::Invalid if the type is
-    unknown.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn int Q3SqlFieldInfo::length() const
-
-    Returns the field's length. For fields storing text the return
-    value is the maximum number of characters the field can hold. For
-    non-character fields some database systems return the number of
-    bytes needed or the number of digits allowed. If the length cannot
-    be determined -1 is returned.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn int Q3SqlFieldInfo::precision() const
-
-    Returns the field's precision or -1 if the field has no precision
-    or it cannot be determined.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QVariant Q3SqlFieldInfo::defaultValue() const
-
-    Returns the field's default value or an empty QVariant if the
-    field has no default value or the value couldn't be determined.
-    The default value is the value inserted in the database when it
-    is not explicitly specified by the user.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QString Q3SqlFieldInfo::name() const
-
-    Returns the name of the field in the SQL table.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn int Q3SqlFieldInfo::typeID() const
-
-    Returns the internal type identifier as returned from the database
-    system. The return value is 0 if the type is unknown.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool Q3SqlFieldInfo::isGenerated() const
-
-    Returns TRUE if the field should be included in auto-generated
-    SQL statments, e.g. in Q3SqlCursor; otherwise returns FALSE.
-
-    \sa setGenerated()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool Q3SqlFieldInfo::isTrim() const
-
-    Returns TRUE if trailing whitespace should be removed from
-    character fields; otherwise returns FALSE.
-
-    \sa setTrim()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool Q3SqlFieldInfo::isCalculated() const
-
-    Returns TRUE if the field is calculated; otherwise returns FALSE.
-
-    \sa setCalculated()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void Q3SqlFieldInfo::setTrim(bool trim)
-
-    If \a trim is TRUE widgets should remove trailing whitespace from
-    character fields. This does not affect the field value but only
-    its representation inside widgets.
-
-    \sa isTrim()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void Q3SqlFieldInfo::setGenerated(bool generated)
-
-    \a generated set to FALSE indicates that this field should not appear
-    in auto-generated SQL statements (for example in Q3SqlCursor).
-
-    \sa isGenerated()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void Q3SqlFieldInfo::setCalculated(bool calculated)
-
-    \a calculated set to TRUE indicates that this field is a calculated
-    field. The value of calculated fields can by modified by subclassing
-    Q3SqlCursor and overriding Q3SqlCursor::calculateField().
-
-    \sa isCalculated()
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/classes/q3sqlrecordinfo.qdoc b/doc/src/classes/q3sqlrecordinfo.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index ce60f6d..0000000
--- a/doc/src/classes/q3sqlrecordinfo.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \class Q3SqlRecordInfo
-    \brief The Q3SqlRecordInfo class encapsulates a set of database field meta data.
-
-    \compat
-
-    This class is a list that holds a set of database field meta
-    data. Use contains() to see if a given field name exists in the
-    record, and use find() to get a QSqlFieldInfo record for a named
-    field.
-
-    \sa Q3SqlFieldInfo
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3SqlRecordInfo::Q3SqlRecordInfo()
-
-    Constructs an empty record info object.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3SqlRecordInfo::Q3SqlRecordInfo(const Q3SqlFieldInfoList& other)
-    \fn Q3SqlRecordInfo::Q3SqlRecordInfo(const QSqlRecord& other)
-
-    Constructs a copy of \a other.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn size_type Q3SqlRecordInfo::contains(const QString& fieldName) const
-
-    Returns the number of times a field called \a fieldName occurs in
-    the record. Returns 0 if no field by that name could be found.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3SqlFieldInfo Q3SqlRecordInfo::find(const QString& fieldName) const
-
-    Returns a QSqlFieldInfo object for the first field in the record
-    which has the field name \a fieldName. If no matching field is
-    found then an empty QSqlFieldInfo object is returned.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QSqlRecord Q3SqlRecordInfo::toRecord() const
-
-    Returns an empty QSqlRecord based on the field information
-    in this Q3SqlRecordInfo.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/classes/q3valuelist.qdoc b/doc/src/classes/q3valuelist.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 062a9da..0000000
--- a/doc/src/classes/q3valuelist.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,569 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \class Q3ValueList
-    \brief The Q3ValueList class is a value-based template class that
-    provides lists.
-    \compat
-
-    Q3ValueList is a Qt implementation of an STL-like list container.
-    It can be used in your application if the standard \c list is not
-    available for your target platforms.
-
-    Q3ValueList\<T\> defines a template instance to create a list of
-    values that all have the class T. Note that Q3ValueList does not
-    store pointers to the members of the list; it holds a copy of
-    every member. This is why these kinds of classes are called "value
-    based"; Q3PtrList and Q3Dict are "pointer based".
-
-    Q3ValueList contains and manages a collection of objects of type T
-    and provides iterators that allow the contained objects to be
-    addressed. Q3ValueList owns the contained items. For more relaxed
-    ownership semantics, see Q3PtrCollection and friends which are
-    pointer-based containers.
-
-    Some classes cannot be used within a Q3ValueList, for example, all
-    classes derived from QObject and thus all classes that implement
-    widgets. Only values can be used in a Q3ValueList. To qualify as a
-    value the class must provide:
-    \list
-    \i a copy constructor;
-    \i an assignment operator;
-    \i a default constructor, i.e. a constructor that does not take any arguments.
-    \endlist
-
-    Note that C++ defaults to field-by-field assignment operators and
-    copy constructors if no explicit version is supplied. In many
-    cases this is sufficient.
-
-    In addition, some compilers (e.g. Sun CC) might require that the
-    class provides an equality operator (operator==()).
-
-    Q3ValueList's function naming is consistent with the other Qt
-    classes (e.g. count(), isEmpty()). Q3ValueList also provides extra
-    functions for compatibility with STL algorithms, such as size()
-    and empty(). Programmers already familiar with the STL \c list may
-    prefer to use the STL-compatible functions.
-
-    Example:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_q3valuelist.qdoc 0
-
-
-    Notice that the latest changes to Mary's salary did not affect the
-    value in the list because the list created a copy of Mary's entry.
-
-    There are several ways to find items in the list. The begin() and
-    end() functions return iterators to the beginning and end of the
-    list. The advantage of getting an iterator is that you can move
-    forward or backward from this position by
-    incrementing/decrementing the iterator. The iterator returned by
-    end() points to the item which is one \e past the last item in the
-    container. The past-the-end iterator is still associated with the
-    list it belongs to, however it is \e not dereferenceable;
-    operator*() will not return a well-defined value. If the list is
-    empty(), the iterator returned by begin() will equal the iterator
-    returned by end().
-
-    It is safe to have multiple iterators a the list at the same
-    time. If some member of the list is removed, only iterators
-    pointing to the removed member become invalid. Inserting into the
-    list does not invalidate any iterator. For convenience, the
-    function last() returns a reference to the last item in the list,
-    and first() returns a reference to the first item. If the
-    list is empty(), both last() and first() have undefined behavior
-    (your application will crash or do unpredictable things). Use
-    last() and first() with caution, for example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_q3valuelist.qdoc 1
-
-    Because Q3ValueList is value-based there is no need to be careful
-    about deleting items in the list. The list holds its own copies
-    and will free them if the corresponding member or the list itself
-    is deleted. You can force the list to free all of its items with
-    clear().
-
-    Q3ValueList is shared implicitly, which means it can be copied in
-    constant time, i.e. O(1). If multiple Q3ValueList instances share
-    the same data and one needs to modify its contents, this modifying
-    instance makes a copy and modifies its private copy; therefore it
-    does not affect the other instances; this takes O(n) time. This is
-    often called "copy on write". If a Q3ValueList is being used in a
-    multi-threaded program, you must protect all access to the list.
-    See \l QMutex.
-
-    There are several ways to insert items into the list. The
-    prepend() and append() functions insert items at the beginning and
-    the end of the list respectively. The insert() function comes in
-    several flavors and can be used to add one or more items at
-    specific positions within the list.
-
-    Items can also be removed from the list in several ways. There
-    are several variants of the remove() function, which removes a
-    specific item from the list. The remove() function will find and
-    remove items according to a specific item value.
-
-    \sa Q3ValueListIterator
-*/
-
-/*! \typedef Q3ValueList::iterator
-	The list's iterator type, Q3ValueListIterator. */
-/*! \typedef Q3ValueList::const_iterator
-	The list's const iterator type, Q3ValueListConstIterator. */
-/*! \typedef Q3ValueList::value_type
-	The type of the object stored in the list, T. */
-/*! \typedef Q3ValueList::pointer
-	The pointer to T type. */
-/*! \typedef Q3ValueList::const_pointer
-	The const pointer to T type. */
-/*! \typedef Q3ValueList::reference
-	The reference to T type. */
-/*! \typedef Q3ValueList::const_reference
-	The const reference to T type. */
-/*! \typedef Q3ValueList::size_type
-	An unsigned integral type, used to represent various sizes. */
-/*! \typedef Q3ValueList::difference_type
-    \internal
-*/
-/*!
-    \fn Q3ValueList::Q3ValueList()
-
-    Constructs an empty list.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3ValueList::Q3ValueList( const Q3ValueList<T>& l )
-    \fn Q3ValueList::Q3ValueList( const QList<T>& l )
-    \fn Q3ValueList::Q3ValueList( const QLinkedList<T>& l )
-
-    Constructs a copy of \a l.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3ValueList::Q3ValueList( const std::list<T>& l )
-
-    Contructs a copy of \a l.
-
-    This constructor is provided for compatibility with STL
-    containers.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3ValueList::~Q3ValueList()
-
-    Destroys the list. References to the values in the list and all
-    iterators of this list become invalidated. Note that it is
-    impossible for an iterator to check whether or not it is valid:
-    Q3ValueList is highly tuned for performance, not for error
-    checking.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool Q3ValueList::operator== ( const Q3ValueList<T>& l ) const
-
-    Compares both lists.
-
-    Returns TRUE if this list and \a l are equal; otherwise returns
-    FALSE.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool Q3ValueList::operator== ( const std::list<T>& l ) const
-
-    \overload
-
-    Returns TRUE if this list and \a l are equal; otherwise returns
-    FALSE.
-
-    This operator is provided for compatibility with STL containers.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3ValueList<T>& Q3ValueList::operator= ( const Q3ValueList<T>& l )
-
-    Assigns \a l to this list and returns a reference to this list.
-
-    All iterators of the current list become invalidated by this
-    operation. The cost of such an assignment is O(1) since Q3ValueList
-    is implicitly shared.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3ValueList<T>& Q3ValueList::operator= ( const QList<T>& l )
-
-    Assigns \a l to this list and returns a reference to this list.
-
-    All iterators of the current list become invalidated by this
-    operation.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3ValueList<T>& Q3ValueList::operator= ( const std::list<T>& l )
-
-    \overload
-
-    Assigns the contents of \a l to the list.
-
-    All iterators of the current list become invalidated by this
-    operation.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool Q3ValueList::operator!= ( const Q3ValueList<T>& l ) const
-
-    Compares both lists.
-
-    Returns TRUE if this list and \a l are unequal; otherwise returns
-    FALSE.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn iterator Q3ValueList::insert( typename Q3ValueList<T>::Iterator it, const T& x )
-
-    Inserts the value \a x in front of the item pointed to by the
-    iterator, \a it.
-
-    Returns an iterator pointing at the inserted item.
-
-    \sa append(), prepend()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn uint Q3ValueList::remove( const T& x )
-
-    \overload
-
-    Removes all items that have value \a x and returns the number of
-    removed items.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QDataStream& operator>>( QDataStream& s, Q3ValueList<T>& l )
-
-    \relates Q3ValueList
-
-    Reads a list, \a l, from the stream \a s. The type T stored in the
-    list must implement the streaming operator.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QDataStream& operator<<( QDataStream& s, const Q3ValueList<T>& l )
-
-    \overload
-    \relates Q3ValueList
-
-    Writes a list, \a l, to the stream \a s. The type T stored in the
-    list must implement the streaming operator.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void Q3ValueList::insert( typename Q3ValueList<T>::Iterator pos,
-                                  typename Q3ValueList<T>::size_type n, const T& x )
-
-    \overload
-
-    Inserts \a n copies of \a x before position \a pos.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3ValueList<T>& Q3ValueList::operator<< ( const T& x )
-
-    Adds the value \a x to the end of the list.
-
-    Returns a reference to the list.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn const T& Q3ValueList::operator[] ( typename Q3ValueList<T>::size_type i ) const
-
-    Returns a const reference to the item with index \a i in the list.
-    It is up to you to check whether this item really exists. You can
-    do that easily with the count() function. However this operator
-    does not check whether \a i is in range and will deliver undefined
-    results if it does not exist.
-
-    \warning This function uses a linear search and can be extremely
-    slow for large lists. Q3ValueList is not optimized for random item
-    access. If you need random access use a different container, such
-    as Q3ValueVector.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn T& Q3ValueList::operator[] ( typename Q3ValueList<T>::size_type i )
-
-    \overload
-
-    Returns a non-const reference to the item with index \a i.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn const_iterator Q3ValueList::at( typename Q3ValueList<T>::size_type i ) const
-
-    Returns an iterator pointing to the item at position \a i in the
-    list, or an undefined value if the index is out of range.
-
-    \warning This function uses a linear search and can be extremely
-    slow for large lists. Q3ValueList is not optimized for random item
-    access. If you need random access use a different container, such
-    as Q3ValueVector.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn iterator Q3ValueList::at( typename Q3ValueList<T>::size_type i )
-
-    \overload
-
-    Returns an iterator pointing to the item at position \a i in the
-    list, or an undefined value if the index is out of range.
-
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn iterator Q3ValueList::fromLast()
-
-    \overload
-
-    Returns an iterator to the last item in the list, or end() if
-    there is no last item.
-
-    Use the end() function instead. For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_q3valuelist.qdoc 2
-
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn const_iterator Q3ValueList::fromLast() const
-
-    Returns an iterator to the last item in the list, or end() if
-    there is no last item.
-
-    Use the end() function instead. For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_q3valuelist.qdoc 3
-
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3ValueList<T> Q3ValueList::operator+( const Q3ValueList<T>& l ) const
-
-    Creates a new list and fills it with the items of this list. Then
-    the items of \a l are appended. Returns the new list.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3ValueList<T>& Q3ValueList::operator+= ( const Q3ValueList<T>& l )
-
-    Appends the items of \a l to this list. Returns a reference to
-    this list.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3ValueList<T>& Q3ValueList::operator+= ( const T& x )
-
-    \overload
-
-    Appends the value \a x to the list. Returns a reference to the
-    list.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn iterator Q3ValueList::append( const T& x )
-
-    Inserts \a x at the end of the list.
-
-    \sa insert(), prepend()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn iterator Q3ValueList::prepend( const T& x )
-
-    Inserts \a x at the beginning of the list.
-
-    \sa insert(), append()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn iterator Q3ValueList::remove( typename Q3ValueList<T>::Iterator it )
-
-    Removes the item pointed to by \a it from the list. No iterators
-    other than \a it or other iterators pointing at the same item as
-    \a it are invalidated. Returns an iterator to the next item after
-    \a it, or end() if there is no such item.
-
-    \sa clear()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn uint Q3ValueList::contains( const T& x ) const
-
-    Returns the number of occurrences of the value \a x in the list.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \class Q3ValueListIterator
-    \brief The Q3ValueListIterator class provides an iterator for Q3ValueList.
-    \compat
-
-    An iterator is a class for accessing the items of a container
-    class: a generalization of the index in an array. A pointer
-    into a "const char *" and an index into an "int[]" are both
-    iterators, and the general idea is to provide that functionality
-    for any data structure.
-
-    The Q3ValueListIterator class is an iterator for Q3ValueList
-    instantiations. You can create the appropriate iterator type by
-    using the \c iterator typedef provided by Q3ValueList.
-
-    The only way to access the items in a Q3ValueList is to use an
-    iterator.
-
-    Example (see Q3ValueList for the complete code):
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_q3valuelist.qdoc 4
-
-    Q3ValueList is highly optimized for performance and memory usage.
-    This means that you must be careful: Q3ValueList does not know
-    about all its iterators and the iterators don't know to which list
-    they belong. This makes things very fast, but if you're not
-    careful, you can get spectacular bugs. Always make sure iterators
-    are valid before dereferencing them or using them as parameters to
-    generic algorithms in the STL.
-
-    Using an invalid iterator is undefined (your application will
-    probably crash). Many Qt functions return const value lists; to
-    iterate over these you should make a copy and iterate over the
-    copy.
-
-    For every Iterator there is a ConstIterator. When accessing a
-    Q3ValueList in a const environment or if the reference or pointer
-    to the list is itself const, then you must use the ConstIterator.
-    Its semantics are the same as the Iterator, but it only returns
-    const references.
-
-    \sa Q3ValueList, Q3ValueListConstIterator
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3ValueListIterator::Q3ValueListIterator()
-
-    Constructs an unitialized iterator.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3ValueListIterator::Q3ValueListIterator(const Q3ValueListIterator &o)
-    \fn Q3ValueListIterator::Q3ValueListIterator(const typename QLinkedList<T>::iterator &o)
-
-    Constucts a copy of iterator \a o.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \class Q3ValueListConstIterator
-    \brief The Q3ValueListConstIterator class provides a const iterator
-    for Q3ValueList.
-    \compat
-
-    In contrast to Q3ValueListIterator, this class is used to iterate
-    over a const list. It does not allow modification of the values of
-    the list since that would break const semantics.
-
-    You can create the appropriate const iterator type by using the \c
-    const_iterator typedef provided by Q3ValueList.
-
-    For more information on Q3ValueList iterators, see
-    Q3ValueListIterator.
-
-    \sa Q3ValueListIterator, Q3ValueList
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3ValueListConstIterator::Q3ValueListConstIterator()
-
-    Constructs an unitialized iterator.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3ValueListConstIterator::Q3ValueListConstIterator(const Q3ValueListConstIterator &o)
-    \fn Q3ValueListConstIterator::Q3ValueListConstIterator(const typename QLinkedList<T>::const_iterator &o)
-    \fn Q3ValueListConstIterator::Q3ValueListConstIterator(const typename QLinkedList<T>::iterator &o)
-
-    Constructs a copy of iterator \a o.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \typedef Q3ValueList::Iterator
-
-    This iterator is an instantiation of Q3ValueListIterator for the
-    same type as this Q3ValueList. In other words, if you instantiate
-    Q3ValueList<int>, Iterator is a Q3ValueListIterator<int>. Several
-    member function use it, such as Q3ValueList::begin(), which returns
-    an iterator pointing to the first item in the list.
-
-    Functionally, this is almost the same as ConstIterator. The only
-    difference is that you cannot use ConstIterator for non-const
-    operations, and that the compiler can often generate better code
-    if you use ConstIterator.
-
-    \sa Q3ValueListIterator ConstIterator
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \typedef Q3ValueList::ConstIterator
-
-    This iterator is an instantiation of Q3ValueListConstIterator for
-    the same type as this Q3ValueList. In other words, if you
-    instantiate Q3ValueList<int>, ConstIterator is a
-    Q3ValueListConstIterator<int>. Several member function use it, such
-    as Q3ValueList::begin(), which returns an iterator pointing to the
-    first item in the list.
-
-    Functionally, this is almost the same as Iterator. The only
-    difference is you cannot use ConstIterator for non-const
-    operations, and that the compiler can often generate better code
-    if you use ConstIterator.
-
-    \sa Q3ValueListIterator Iterator
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3ValueList::operator QList<T>() const
-
-    Automatically converts a Q3ValueList<T> into a QList<T>.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/classes/q3valuestack.qdoc b/doc/src/classes/q3valuestack.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index bc44235..0000000
--- a/doc/src/classes/q3valuestack.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,149 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \class Q3ValueStack
-    \brief The Q3ValueStack class is a value-based template class that provides a stack.
-    \compat
-
-    Define a template instance Q3ValueStack\<X\> to create a stack of
-    values that all have the class X.
-
-    Note that Q3ValueStack does not store pointers to the members of
-    the stack; it holds a copy of every member. That is why these
-    kinds of classes are called "value based"; Q3PtrStack, Q3PtrList,
-    Q3Dict, etc., are "pointer based".
-
-    A stack is a last in, first out (LIFO) structure. Items are added
-    to the top of the stack with push() and retrieved from the top
-    with pop(). The top() function provides access to the topmost item
-    without removing it.
-
-    Example:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_q3valuestack.qdoc 0
-
-    Q3ValueStack is a specialized Q3ValueList provided for convenience.
-    All of Q3ValueList's functionality also applies to Q3PtrStack, for
-    example the facility to iterate over all elements using
-    Q3ValueStack<T>::Iterator. See Q3ValueListIterator for further
-    details.
-
-    Some classes cannot be used within a Q3ValueStack, for example
-    everything derived from QObject and thus all classes that
-    implement widgets. Only values can be used in a Q3ValueStack. To
-    qualify as a value, the class must provide
-    \list
-    \i a copy constructor;
-    \i an assignment operator;
-    \i a default constructor, i.e. a constructor that does not take any arguments.
-    \endlist
-
-    Note that C++ defaults to field-by-field assignment operators and
-    copy constructors if no explicit version is supplied. In many
-    cases this is sufficient.
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3ValueStack::Q3ValueStack()
-
-    Constructs an empty stack.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3ValueStack::~Q3ValueStack()
-
-    Destroys the stack. References to the values in the stack and all
-    iterators of this stack become invalidated. Because Q3ValueStack is
-    highly tuned for performance, you won't see warnings if you use
-    invalid iterators because it is impossible for an iterator to
-    check whether or not it is valid.
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    \fn void  Q3ValueStack::push( const T& d )
-
-    Adds element, \a d, to the top of the stack. Last in, first out.
-
-    This function is equivalent to append().
-
-    \sa pop(), top()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn T& Q3ValueStack::top()
-
-    Returns a reference to the top item of the stack or the item
-    referenced by end() if no such item exists. Note that you must not
-    change the value the end() iterator points to.
-
-    This function is equivalent to last().
-
-    \sa pop(), push(), Q3ValueList::fromLast()
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    \fn const T& Q3ValueStack::top() const
-
-    \overload
-
-    Returns a reference to the top item of the stack or the item
-    referenced by end() if no such item exists.
-
-    This function is equivalent to last().
-
-    \sa pop(), push(), Q3ValueList::fromLast()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn T Q3ValueStack::pop()
-
-    Removes the top item from the stack and returns it.
-
-    \sa top() push()
-*/
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/src/classes/q3valuevector.qdoc b/doc/src/classes/q3valuevector.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 4ab8896..0000000
--- a/doc/src/classes/q3valuevector.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,274 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \class Q3ValueVector
-    \brief The Q3ValueVector class is a value-based template class that provides a dynamic array.
-    \compat
-
-    Q3ValueVector is a Qt implementation of an STL-like vector
-    container. It can be used in your application if the standard \c
-    vector is not available for your target platforms.
-
-    Q3ValueVector\<T\> defines a template instance to create a vector
-    of values that all have the class T. Q3ValueVector does not store
-    pointers to the members of the vector; it holds a copy of every
-    member. Q3ValueVector is said to be value based; in contrast,
-    Q3PtrList and Q3Dict are pointer based.
-
-    Q3ValueVector contains and manages a collection of objects of type
-    T and provides random access iterators that allow the contained
-    objects to be addressed. Q3ValueVector owns the contained
-    elements. For more relaxed ownership semantics, see Q3PtrCollection
-    and friends, which are pointer-based containers.
-
-    Q3ValueVector provides good performance if you append or remove
-    elements from the end of the vector. If you insert or remove
-    elements from anywhere but the end, performance is very bad. The
-    reason for this is that elements must to be copied into new
-    positions.
-
-    Some classes cannot be used within a Q3ValueVector: for example,
-    all classes derived from QObject and thus all classes that
-    implement widgets. Only values can be used in a Q3ValueVector. To
-    qualify as a value the class must provide:
-    \list
-    \i a copy constructor;
-    \i an assignment operator;
-    \i a default constructor, i.e., a constructor that does not take any arguments.
-    \endlist
-
-    Note that C++ defaults to field-by-field assignment operators and
-    copy constructors if no explicit version is supplied. In many
-    cases this is sufficient.
-
-    Q3ValueVector uses an STL-like syntax to manipulate and address the
-    objects it contains.
-
-    Example:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_q3valuevector.qdoc 0
-
-    Program output:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_q3valuevector.qdoc 1
-
-    As you can see, the most recent change to Joe's salary did not
-    affect the value in the vector because the vector created a copy
-    of Joe's entry.
-
-    Many Qt functions return const value vectors; to iterate over
-    these you should make a copy and iterate over the copy.
-
-    There are several ways to find items in the vector. The begin()
-    and end() functions return iterators to the beginning and end of
-    the vector. The advantage of getting an iterator is that you can
-    move forward or backward from this position by
-    incrementing/decrementing the iterator. The iterator returned by
-    end() points to the element which is one past the last element in
-    the container. The past-the-end iterator is still associated with
-    the vector it belongs to, however it is \e not dereferenceable;
-    operator*() will not return a well-defined value. If the vector is
-    empty(), the iterator returned by begin() will equal the iterator
-    returned by end().
-
-    The fastest way to access an element of a vector is by using
-    operator[]. This function provides random access and will return
-    a reference to the element located at the specified index. Thus,
-    you can access every element directly, in constant time, providing
-    you know the location of the element. It is undefined to access
-    an element that does not exist (your application will probably
-    crash). For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_q3valuevector.qdoc 2
-
-    Whenever inserting, removing or referencing elements in a vector,
-    always make sure you are referring to valid positions. For
-    example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_q3valuevector.qdoc 3
-
-    The iterators provided by vector are random access iterators,
-    therefore you can use them with many generic algorithms, for
-    example, algorithms provided by the STL.
-
-    It is safe to have multiple iterators on the vector at the same
-    time. Since Q3ValueVector manages memory dynamically, all iterators
-    can become invalid if a memory reallocation occurs. For example,
-    if some member of the vector is removed, iterators that point to
-    the removed element and to all following elements become
-    invalidated. Inserting into the middle of the vector will
-    invalidate all iterators. For convenience, the function back()
-    returns a reference to the last element in the vector, and front()
-    returns a reference to the first element. If the vector is
-    empty(), both back() and front() have undefined behavior (your
-    application will crash or do unpredictable things). Use back() and
-    front() with caution, for example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_q3valuevector.qdoc 4
-
-    Because Q3ValueVector manages memory dynamically, it is recommended
-    that you contruct a vector with an initial size. Inserting and
-    removing elements happens fastest when:
-    \list
-    \i Inserting or removing elements happens at the end() of the
-    vector;
-    \i The vector does not need to allocate additional memory.
-    \endlist
-
-    By creating a Q3ValueVector with a sufficiently large initial size,
-    there will be less memory allocations. Do not use an initial size
-    that is too big, since it will still take time to construct all
-    the empty entries, and the extra space will be wasted if it is
-    never used.
-
-    Because Q3ValueVector is value-based there is no need to be careful
-    about deleting elements in the vector. The vector holds its own
-    copies and will free them if the corresponding member or the
-    vector itself is deleted. You can force the vector to free all of
-    its items with clear().
-
-    Q3ValueVector is shared implicitly, which means it can be copied in
-    constant time. If multiple Q3ValueVector instances share the same
-    data and one needs to modify its contents, this modifying instance
-    makes a copy and modifies its private copy; it thus does not
-    affect the other instances. This is often called "copy on write".
-    If a Q3ValueVector is being used in a multi-threaded program, you
-    must protect all access to the vector. See QMutex.
-
-    There are several ways to insert elements into the vector. The
-    push_back() function insert elements into the end of the vector,
-    and is usually fastest. The insert() function can be used to add
-    elements at specific positions within the vector.
-
-    Items can be also be removed from the vector in several ways.
-    There are several variants of the erase() function which removes a
-    specific element, or range of elements, from the vector.
-
-    Q3ValueVector stores its elements in contiguous memory. This means
-    that you can use a Q3ValueVector in any situation that requires an
-    array. 
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3ValueVector::Q3ValueVector()
-
-    Constructs an empty vector without any elements. To create a
-    vector which reserves an initial amount of space for elements, use
-    \c Q3ValueVector(size_type n). 
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3ValueVector::Q3ValueVector( const Q3ValueVector<T>& v )
-
-    Constructs a copy of \a v.
-
-    This operation costs O(1) time because Q3ValueVector is implicitly
-    shared.
-
-    The first modification to the vector does takes O(n) time, because
-    the elements must be copied.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3ValueVector::Q3ValueVector( const std::vector<T>& v )
-
-    This operation costs O(n) time because \a v is copied.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3ValueVector::Q3ValueVector( QVector<T>::size_type n, const T& val )
-
-    Constructs a vector with an initial size of \a n elements. Each
-    element is initialized with the value of \a val.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3ValueVector<T>& Q3ValueVector::operator=( const Q3ValueVector<T>& v )
-
-    Assigns \a v to this vector and returns a reference to this vector.
-
-    All iterators of the current vector become invalidated by this
-    operation. The cost of such an assignment is O(1) since
-    Q3ValueVector is implicitly shared.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Q3ValueVector<T>& Q3ValueVector::operator=( const std::vector<T>& v )
-
-    \overload
-
-    Assigns \a v to this vector and returns a reference to this vector.
-
-    All iterators of the current vector become invalidated by this
-    operation. The cost of this assignment is O(n) since \a v is
-    copied.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn T &Q3ValueVector::at( int i , bool* ok )
-
-    Returns a reference to the element with index \a i. If \a ok is
-    non-null, and the index \a i is out of range, *\a ok is set to
-    FALSE and the returned reference is undefined. If the index \a i
-    is within the range of the vector, and \a ok is non-null, *\a ok
-    is set to TRUE and the returned reference is well defined.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn const T &Q3ValueVector::at( int i , bool* ok ) const
-
-    \overload
-
-    Returns a const reference to the element with index \a i. If \a ok
-    is non-null, and the index \a i is out of range, *\a ok is set to
-    FALSE and the returned reference is undefined. If the index \a i
-    is within the range of the vector, and \a ok is non-null, *\a ok
-    is set to TRUE and the returned reference is well defined.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void Q3ValueVector::resize( int n, const T& val = T() )
-
-    Changes the size of the vector to \a n. If \a n is greater than
-    the current size(), elements are added to the end and initialized
-    with the value of \a val. If \a n is less than size(), elements
-    are removed from the end. If \a n is equal to size() nothing
-    happens.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/classes/qalgorithms.qdoc b/doc/src/classes/qalgorithms.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b30879..0000000
--- a/doc/src/classes/qalgorithms.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,651 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \headerfile <QtAlgorithms>
-    \title Generic Algorithms
-    \ingroup architecture
-
-    \brief The <QtAlgorithms> header provides generic template-based algorithms.
-
-    Qt provides a number of global template functions in \c
-    <QtAlgorithms> that work on containers and perform well-know
-    algorithms. You can use these algorithms with any \l {container
-    class} that provides STL-style iterators, including Qt's QList,
-    QLinkedList, QVector, QMap, and QHash classes.
-
-    These functions have taken their inspiration from similar
-    functions available in the STL \c <algorithm> header. Most of them
-    have a direct STL equivalent; for example, qCopyBackward() is the
-    same as STL's copy_backward() algorithm.
-
-    If STL is available on all your target platforms, you can use the
-    STL algorithms instead of their Qt counterparts. One reason why
-    you might want to use the STL algorithms is that STL provides
-    dozens and dozens of algorithms, whereas Qt only provides the most
-    important ones, making no attempt to duplicate functionality that
-    is already provided by the C++ standard.
-
-    Most algorithms take \l {STL-style iterators} as parameters. The
-    algorithms are generic in the sense that they aren't bound to a
-    specific iterator class; you can use them with any iterators that
-    meet a certain set of requirements.
-
-    Let's take the qFill() algorithm as an example. Unlike QVector,
-    QList has no fill() function that can be used to fill a list with
-    a particular value. If you need that functionality, you can use
-    qFill():
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qalgorithms.qdoc 0
-
-    qFill() takes a begin iterator, an end iterator, and a value.
-    In the example above, we pass \c list.begin() and \c list.end()
-    as the begin and end iterators, but this doesn't have to be
-    the case:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qalgorithms.qdoc 1
-
-    Different algorithms can have different requirements for the
-    iterators they accept. For example, qFill() accepts two 
-    \l {forward iterators}. The iterator types required are specified
-    for each algorithm. If an iterator of the wrong type is passed (for
-    example, if QList::ConstIterator is passed as an \l {output
-    iterator}), you will always get a compiler error, although not
-    necessarily a very informative one.
-
-    Some algorithms have special requirements on the value type
-    stored in the containers. For example, qEqual() requires that the
-    value type supports operator==(), which it uses to compare items.
-    Similarly, qDeleteAll() requires that the value type is a
-    non-const pointer type (for example, QWidget *). The value type
-    requirements are specified for each algorithm, and the compiler
-    will produce an error if a requirement isn't met.
-
-    \target binaryFind example
-
-    The generic algorithms can be used on other container classes
-    than those provided by Qt and STL. The syntax of STL-style
-    iterators is modeled after C++ pointers, so it's possible to use
-    plain arrays as containers and plain pointers as iterators. A
-    common idiom is to use qBinaryFind() together with two static
-    arrays: one that contains a list of keys, and another that
-    contains a list of associated values. For example, the following
-    code will look up an HTML entity (e.g., \c &) in the \c
-    name_table array and return the corresponding Unicode value from
-    the \c value_table if the entity is recognized:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qalgorithms.qdoc 2
-
-    This kind of code is for advanced users only; for most
-    applications, a QMap- or QHash-based approach would work just as
-    well:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qalgorithms.qdoc 3
-
-    \section1 Types of Iterators
-
-    The algorithms have certain requirements on the iterator types
-    they accept, and these are specified individually for each
-    function. The compiler will produce an error if a requirement
-    isn't met.
-
-    \section2 Input Iterators
-
-    An \e{input iterator} is an iterator that can be used for reading
-    data sequentially from a container. It must provide the following
-    operators: \c{==} and \c{!=} for comparing two iterators, unary
-    \c{*} for retrieving the value stored in the item, and prefix
-    \c{++} for advancing to the next item.
-
-    The Qt containers' iterator types (const and non-const) are all
-    input iterators.
-
-    \section2 Output Iterators
-
-    An \e{output iterator} is an iterator that can be used for
-    writing data sequentially to a container or to some output
-    stream. It must provide the following operators: unary \c{*} for
-    writing a value (i.e., \c{*it = val}) and prefix \c{++} for
-    advancing to the next item.
-
-    The Qt containers' non-const iterator types are all output
-    iterators.
-
-    \section2 Forward Iterators
-
-    A \e{forward iterator} is an iterator that meets the requirements
-    of both input iterators and output iterators.
-
-    The Qt containers' non-const iterator types are all forward
-    iterators.
-
-    \section2 Bidirectional Iterators
-
-    A \e{bidirectional iterator} is an iterator that meets the
-    requirements of forward iterators but that in addition supports
-    prefix \c{--} for iterating backward.
-
-    The Qt containers' non-const iterator types are all bidirectional
-    iterators.
-
-    \section2 Random Access Iterators
-
-    The last category, \e{random access iterators}, is the most
-    powerful type of iterator. It supports all the requirements of a
-    bidirectional iterator, and supports the following operations:
-
-    \table
-    \row \i \c{i += n} \i advances iterator \c i by \c n positions
-    \row \i \c{i -= n} \i moves iterator \c i back by \c n positions
-    \row \i \c{i + n} or \c{n + i} \i returns the iterator for the item \c
-       n positions ahead of iterator \c i
-    \row \i \c{i - n} \i returns the iterator for the item \c n positions behind of iterator \c i
-    \row \i \c{i - j} \i returns the number of items between iterators \c i and \c j
-    \row \i \c{i[n]} \i same as \c{*(i + n)}
-    \row \i \c{i < j} \i returns true if iterator \c j comes after iterator \c i
-    \endtable
-
-    QList and QVector's non-const iterator types are random access iterators.
-
-    \sa {container classes}, <QtGlobal>
-*/
-
-/*! \fn OutputIterator qCopy(InputIterator begin1, InputIterator end1, OutputIterator begin2)
-    \relates <QtAlgorithms>
-
-    Copies the items from range [\a begin1, \a end1) to range [\a
-    begin2, ...), in the order in which they appear.
-
-    The item at position \a begin1 is assigned to that at position \a
-    begin2; the item at position \a begin1 + 1 is assigned to that at
-    position \a begin2 + 1; and so on.
-
-    Example:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qalgorithms.qdoc 4
-
-    \sa qCopyBackward(), {input iterators}, {output iterators}
-*/
-
-/*! \fn BiIterator2 qCopyBackward(BiIterator1 begin1, BiIterator1 end1, BiIterator2 end2)
-    \relates <QtAlgorithms>
-
-    Copies the items from range [\a begin1, \a end1) to range [...,
-    \a end2).
-
-    The item at position \a end1 - 1 is assigned to that at position
-    \a end2 - 1; the item at position \a end1 - 2 is assigned to that
-    at position \a end2 - 2; and so on.
-
-    Example:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qalgorithms.qdoc 5
-
-    \sa qCopy(), {bidirectional iterators}
-*/
-
-/*! \fn bool qEqual(InputIterator1 begin1, InputIterator1 end1, InputIterator2 begin2)
-    \relates <QtAlgorithms>
-
-    Compares the items in the range [\a begin1, \a end1) with the
-    items in the range [\a begin2, ...). Returns true if all the
-    items compare equal; otherwise returns false.
-
-    Example:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qalgorithms.qdoc 6
-
-    This function requires the item type (in the example above,
-    QString) to implement \c operator==().
-
-    \sa {input iterators}
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void qFill(ForwardIterator begin, ForwardIterator end, const T &value)
-    \relates <QtAlgorithms>
-
-    Fills the range [\a begin, \a end) with \a value.
-
-    Example:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qalgorithms.qdoc 7
-
-    \sa qCopy(), {forward iterators}
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void qFill(Container &container, const T &value)
-    \relates <QtAlgorithms>
-
-    \overload
-
-    This is the same as qFill(\a{container}.begin(), \a{container}.end(), \a value);
-*/
-
-/*! \fn InputIterator qFind(InputIterator begin, InputIterator end, const T &value)
-    \relates <QtAlgorithms>
-
-    Returns an iterator to the first occurrence of \a value in a
-    container in the range [\a begin, \a end). Returns \a end if \a
-    value isn't found.
-
-    Example:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qalgorithms.qdoc 8
-
-    This function requires the item type (in the example above,
-    QString) to implement \c operator==().
-
-    If the items in the range are in ascending order, you can get
-    faster results by using qLowerBound() or qBinaryFind() instead of
-    qFind().
-
-    \sa qBinaryFind(), {input iterators}
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void qFind(const Container &container, const T &value)
-    \relates <QtAlgorithms>
-
-    \overload
-
-    This is the same as qFind(\a{container}.begin(), \a{container}.end(), value);
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void qCount(InputIterator begin, InputIterator end, const T &value, Size &n)
-    \relates <QtAlgorithms>
-
-    Returns the number of occurrences of \a value in the range [\a begin, \a end),
-    which is returned in \a n. \a n is never initialized, the count is added to \a n.
-    It is the caller's responsibility to initialize \a n.
-
-    Example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qalgorithms.qdoc 9
-
-    This function requires the item type (in the example above,
-    \c int) to implement \c operator==().
-
-    \sa {input iterators}
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void qCount(const Container &container, const T &value, Size &n)
-\relates <QtAlgorithms>
-
-\overload
-
-Instead of operating on iterators, as in the other overload, this function
-operates on the specified \a container to obtain the number of instances
-of \a value in the variable passed as a reference in argument \a n.
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void qSwap(T &var1, T &var2)
-    \relates <QtAlgorithms>
-
-    Exchanges the values of variables \a var1 and \a var2.
-
-    Example:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qalgorithms.qdoc 10
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void qSort(RandomAccessIterator begin, RandomAccessIterator end)
-    \relates <QtAlgorithms>
-
-    Sorts the items in range [\a begin, \a end) in ascending order
-    using the quicksort algorithm.
-
-    Example:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qalgorithms.qdoc 11
-
-    The sort algorithm is efficient on large data sets. It operates
-    in \l {linear-logarithmic time}, O(\e{n} log \e{n}).
-
-    This function requires the item type (in the example above,
-    \c{int}) to implement \c operator<().
-
-    If neither of the two items is "less than" the other, the items are
-    taken to be equal. It is then undefined which one of the two
-    items will appear before the other after the sort.
-
-    \sa qStableSort(), {random access iterators}
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void qSort(RandomAccessIterator begin, RandomAccessIterator end, LessThan lessThan)
-    \relates <QtAlgorithms>
-
-    \overload
-
-    Uses the \a lessThan function instead of \c operator<() to
-    compare the items.
-
-    For example, here's how to sort the strings in a QStringList
-    in case-insensitive alphabetical order:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qalgorithms.qdoc 12
-
-    To sort values in reverse order, pass
-    \l{qGreater()}{qGreater<T>()} as the \a lessThan parameter. For
-    example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qalgorithms.qdoc 13
-
-    If neither of the two items is "less than" the other, the items are
-    taken to be equal. It is then undefined which one of the two
-    items will appear before the other after the sort.
-
-    An alternative to using qSort() is to put the items to sort in a
-    QMap, using the sort key as the QMap key. This is often more
-    convenient than defining a \a lessThan function. For example, the
-    following code shows how to sort a list of strings case
-    insensitively using QMap:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qalgorithms.qdoc 14
-
-    \sa QMap
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void qSort(Container &container)
-    \relates <QtAlgorithms>
-
-    \overload
-
-    This is the same as qSort(\a{container}.begin(), \a{container}.end());
-*/
-
-/*! 
-    \fn void qStableSort(RandomAccessIterator begin, RandomAccessIterator end)
-    \relates <QtAlgorithms>
-
-    Sorts the items in range [\a begin, \a end) in ascending order
-    using a stable sorting algorithm.
-
-    If neither of the two items is "less than" the other, the items are
-    taken to be equal. The item that appeared before the other in the
-    original container will still appear first after the sort. This
-    property is often useful when sorting user-visible data.
-
-    Example:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qalgorithms.qdoc 15
-
-    The sort algorithm is efficient on large data sets. It operates
-    in \l {linear-logarithmic time}, O(\e{n} log \e{n}).
-
-    This function requires the item type (in the example above,
-    \c{int}) to implement \c operator<().
-
-    \sa qSort(), {random access iterators}
-*/
-
-/*! 
-    \fn void qStableSort(RandomAccessIterator begin, RandomAccessIterator end, LessThan lessThan)
-    \relates <QtAlgorithms>
-
-    \overload
-
-    Uses the \a lessThan function instead of \c operator<() to
-    compare the items.
-
-    For example, here's how to sort the strings in a QStringList
-    in case-insensitive alphabetical order:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qalgorithms.qdoc 16
-    
-    Note that earlier versions of Qt allowed using a lessThan function that took its
-    arguments by non-const reference. From 4.3 and on this is no longer possible,
-    the arguments has to be passed by const reference or value.
-
-    To sort values in reverse order, pass
-    \l{qGreater()}{qGreater<T>()} as the \a lessThan parameter. For
-    example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qalgorithms.qdoc 17
-
-    If neither of the two items is "less than" the other, the items are
-    taken to be equal. The item that appeared before the other in the
-    original container will still appear first after the sort. This
-    property is often useful when sorting user-visible data.
-*/
-
-/*! 
-    \fn void qStableSort(Container &container)
-    \relates <QtAlgorithms>
-
-    \overload
-
-    This is the same as qStableSort(\a{container}.begin(), \a{container}.end());
-*/
-
-/*! \fn RandomAccessIterator qLowerBound(RandomAccessIterator begin, RandomAccessIterator end, const T &value)
-    \relates <QtAlgorithms>
-
-    Performs a binary search of the range [\a begin, \a end) and
-    returns the position of the first ocurrence of \a value. If no
-    such item is found, returns the position where it should be
-    inserted.
-
-    The items in the range [\a begin, \e end) must be sorted in
-    ascending order; see qSort().
-
-    Example:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qalgorithms.qdoc 18
-
-    This function requires the item type (in the example above,
-    \c{int}) to implement \c operator<().
-
-    qLowerBound() can be used in conjunction with qUpperBound() to
-    iterate over all occurrences of the same value:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qalgorithms.qdoc 19
-
-    \sa qUpperBound(), qBinaryFind()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn RandomAccessIterator qLowerBound(RandomAccessIterator begin, RandomAccessIterator end, const T &value, LessThan lessThan)
-    \relates <QtAlgorithms>
-
-    \overload
-
-    Uses the \a lessThan function instead of \c operator<() to
-    compare the items.
-
-    Note that the items in the range must be sorted according to the order
-    specified by the \a lessThan object.
-*/
-
-/*! 
-    \fn void qLowerBound(const Container &container, const T &value)
-    \relates <QtAlgorithms>
-
-    \overload
-
-    For read-only iteration over containers, this function is broadly equivalent to
-    qLowerBound(\a{container}.begin(), \a{container}.end(), value). However, since it
-    returns a const iterator, you cannot use it to modify the container; for example,
-    to insert items.
-*/
-
-/*! \fn RandomAccessIterator qUpperBound(RandomAccessIterator begin, RandomAccessIterator end, const T &value)
-    \relates <QtAlgorithms>
-
-    Performs a binary search of the range [\a begin, \a end) and
-    returns the position of the one-past-the-last occurrence of \a
-    value. If no such item is found, returns the position where the
-    item should be inserted.
-
-    The items in the range [\a begin, \e end) must be sorted in
-    ascending order; see qSort().
-
-    Example:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qalgorithms.qdoc 20
-
-    This function requires the item type (in the example above,
-    \c{int}) to implement \c operator<().
-
-    qUpperBound() can be used in conjunction with qLowerBound() to
-    iterate over all occurrences of the same value:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qalgorithms.qdoc 21
-
-    \sa qLowerBound(), qBinaryFind()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn RandomAccessIterator qUpperBound(RandomAccessIterator begin, RandomAccessIterator end, const T &value, LessThan lessThan)
-    \relates <QtAlgorithms>
-
-    \overload
-
-    Uses the \a lessThan function instead of \c operator<() to
-    compare the items.
-
-    Note that the items in the range must be sorted according to the order
-    specified by the \a lessThan object.
-*/
-
-/*! 
-    \fn void qUpperBound(const Container &container, const T &value)
-    \relates <QtAlgorithms>
-
-    \overload
-
-    This is the same as qUpperBound(\a{container}.begin(), \a{container}.end(), value);
-*/
-
-
-/*! \fn RandomAccessIterator qBinaryFind(RandomAccessIterator begin, RandomAccessIterator end, const T &value)
-    \relates <QtAlgorithms>
-
-    Performs a binary search of the range [\a begin, \a end) and
-    returns the position of an occurrence of \a value. If there are
-    no occurrences of \a value, returns \a end.
-
-    The items in the range [\a begin, \a end) must be sorted in
-    ascending order; see qSort().
-
-    If there are many occurrences of the same value, any one of them
-    could be returned. Use qLowerBound() or qUpperBound() if you need
-    finer control.
-
-    Example:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qalgorithms.qdoc 22
-
-    This function requires the item type (in the example above,
-    QString) to implement \c operator<().
-
-    See the \l{<QtAlgorithms>#binaryFind example}{detailed
-    description} for an example usage.
-
-    \sa qLowerBound(), qUpperBound(), {random access iterators}
-*/
-
-/*! \fn RandomAccessIterator qBinaryFind(RandomAccessIterator begin, RandomAccessIterator end, const T &value, LessThan lessThan)
-    \relates <QtAlgorithms>
-
-    \overload
-
-    Uses the \a lessThan function instead of \c operator<() to
-    compare the items.
-
-    Note that the items in the range must be sorted according to the order
-    specified by the \a lessThan object.
-*/
-
-/*! 
-    \fn void qBinaryFind(const Container &container, const T &value)
-    \relates <QtAlgorithms>
-
-    \overload
-
-    This is the same as qBinaryFind(\a{container}.begin(), \a{container}.end(), value);
-*/
-
-
-/*! 
-    \fn void qDeleteAll(ForwardIterator begin, ForwardIterator end)
-    \relates <QtAlgorithms>
-
-    Deletes all the items in the range [\a begin, \a end) using the
-    C++ \c delete operator. The item type must be a pointer type (for
-    example, \c{QWidget *}).
-
-    Example:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qalgorithms.qdoc 23
-
-    Notice that qDeleteAll() doesn't remove the items from the
-    container; it merely calls \c delete on them. In the example
-    above, we call clear() on the container to remove the items.
-
-    This function can also be used to delete items stored in
-    associative containers, such as QMap and QHash. Only the objects
-    stored in each container will be deleted by this function; objects
-    used as keys will not be deleted.
-
-    \sa {forward iterators}
-*/
-
-/*! 
-    \fn void qDeleteAll(const Container &c)
-    \relates <QtAlgorithms>
-
-    \overload
-
-    This is the same as qDeleteAll(\a{c}.begin(), \a{c}.end()).
-*/
-
-/*! \fn LessThan qLess()
-    \relates <QtAlgorithms>
-
-    Returns a functional object, or functor, that can be passed to qSort()
-    or qStableSort().
-
-    Example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qalgorithms.qdoc 24
-
-    \sa {qGreater()}{qGreater<T>()}
-*/
-
-/*! \fn LessThan qGreater()
-    \relates <QtAlgorithms>
-
-    Returns a functional object, or functor, that can be passed to qSort()
-    or qStableSort().
-
-    Example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qalgorithms.qdoc 25
-
-    \sa {qLess()}{qLess<T>()}
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/classes/qcache.qdoc b/doc/src/classes/qcache.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index b79eba8..0000000
--- a/doc/src/classes/qcache.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,244 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \class QCache
-    \brief The QCache class is a template class that provides a cache.
-
-    \ingroup tools
-    \ingroup shared
-    \mainclass
-    \reentrant
-
-    QCache\<Key, T\> defines a cache that stores objects of type T
-    associated with keys of type Key. For example, here's the
-    definition of a cache that stores objects of type Employee
-    associated with an integer key:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qcache.qdoc 0
-
-    Here's how to insert an object in the cache:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qcache.qdoc 1
-
-    The advantage of using QCache over some other key-based data
-    structure (such as QMap or QHash) is that QCache automatically
-    takes ownership of the objects that are inserted into the cache and
-    deletes them to make room for new objects, if necessary. When
-    inserting an object into the cache, you can specify a \e{cost},
-    which should bear some approximate relationship to the amount of
-    memory taken by the object. When the sum of all objects' costs
-    (totalCost()) exceeds the cache's limit (maxCost()), QCache starts
-    deleting objects in the cache to keep under the limit, starting with
-    less recently accessed objects.
-
-    By default, QCache's maxCost() is 100. You can specify a
-    different value in the QCache constructor:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qcache.qdoc 2
-
-    Each time you call insert(), you can specify a cost as third
-    argument (after the key and a pointer to the object to insert).
-    After the call, the inserted object is owned by the QCache, which
-    may delete it at any time to make room for other objects.
-
-    To look up objects in the cache, use object() or
-    operator[](). This function looks up an object by its key, and
-    returns either a pointer to the cached object (which is owned by
-    the cache) or 0.
-
-    If you want to remove an object from the cache for a particular key,
-    call remove(). This will also delete the object. If you want to
-    remove an object from the cache without the QCache deleting it, use
-    take().
-
-    \sa QPixmapCache, QHash, QMap
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QCache::QCache(int maxCost = 100)
-
-    Constructs a cache whose contents will never have a total cost
-    greater than \a maxCost.
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QCache::~QCache()
-
-    Destroys the cache. Deletes all the objects in the cache.
-*/
-
-/*! \fn int QCache::maxCost() const
-
-    Returns the maximum allowed total cost of the cache.
-
-    \sa setMaxCost(), totalCost()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void QCache::setMaxCost(int cost)
-
-    Sets the maximum allowed total cost of the cache to \a cost. If
-    the current total cost is greater than \a cost, some objects are
-    deleted immediately.
-
-    \sa maxCost(), totalCost()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn int QCache::totalCost() const
-
-    Returns the total cost of the objects in the cache.
-
-    This value is normally below maxCost(), but QCache makes an
-    exception for Qt's \l{implicitly shared} classes. If a cached
-    object shares its internal data with another instance, QCache may
-    keep the object lying around, possibly contributing to making
-    totalCost() larger than maxCost().
-
-    \sa setMaxCost()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn int QCache::size() const
-
-    Returns the number of objects in the cache.
-
-    \sa isEmpty()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn int QCache::count() const
-
-    Same as size().
-*/
-
-/*! \fn bool QCache::isEmpty() const
-
-    Returns true if the cache contains no objects; otherwise
-    returns false.
-
-    \sa size()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QList<Key> QCache::keys() const
-
-    Returns a list of the keys in the cache.
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void QCache::clear();
-
-    Deletes all the objects in the cache.
-
-    \sa remove(), take()
-*/
-
-
-/*! \fn bool QCache::insert(const Key &key, T *object, int cost = 1)
-
-    Inserts \a object into the cache with key \a key and
-    associated cost \a cost. Any object with the same key already in
-    the cache will be removed.
-
-    After this call, \a object is owned by the QCache and may be
-    deleted at any time. In particular, if \a cost is greater than
-    maxCost(), the object will be deleted immediately.
-
-    The function returns true if the object was inserted into the
-    cache; otherwise it returns false.
-
-    \sa take(), remove()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn T *QCache::object(const Key &key) const
-
-    Returns the object associated with key \a key, or 0 if the key does
-    not exist in the cache.
-
-    \warning The returned object is owned by QCache and may be
-    deleted at any time.
-
-    \sa take(), remove()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn bool QCache::contains(const Key &key) const
-
-    Returns true if the cache contains an object associated with key \a
-    key; otherwise returns false.
-
-    \sa take(), remove()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn T *QCache::operator[](const Key &key) const
-
-    Returns the object associated with key \a key, or 0 if the key does
-    not exist in the cache.
-
-    This is the same as object().
-
-    \warning The returned object is owned by QCache and may be
-    deleted at any time.
-*/
-
-/*! \fn bool QCache::remove(const Key &key)
-
-    Deletes the object associated with key \a key. Returns true if the
-    object was found in the cache; otherwise returns false.
-
-    \sa take(), clear()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn T *QCache::take(const Key &key)
-
-    Takes the object associated with key \a key out of the cache
-    without deleting it. Returns a pointer to the object taken out, or
-    0 if the key does not exist in the cache.
-
-    The ownership of the returned object is passed to the caller.
-
-    \sa remove()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QCache::QCache(int maxCost, int dummy)
-
-    Use QCache(int) instead.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn T *QCache::find(const Key &key) const
-
-    Use object() instead.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/classes/qcolormap.qdoc b/doc/src/classes/qcolormap.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 5536137..0000000
--- a/doc/src/classes/qcolormap.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,152 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \class QColormap
-    \ingroup multimedia
-
-    \brief The QColormap class maps device independent QColors to device
-    dependent pixel values.
-*/
-
-/*! \enum QColormap::Mode
-
-    This enum describes how QColormap maps device independent RGB
-    values to device dependent pixel values.
-
-    \value Direct Pixel values are derived directly from the RGB
-    values, also known as "True Color."
-
-    \value Indexed Pixel values represent indexes into a vector of
-    available colors, i.e. QColormap uses the index of the color that
-    most closely matches an RGB value.
-
-    \value Gray Similar to \c Indexed, pixel values represent a vector
-    of available gray tones.  QColormap uses the index of the gray
-    tone that most closely matches the computed gray tone of an RGB
-    value.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QColormap QColormap::instance(int screen)
-
-    Returns the colormap for the specified \a screen.  If \a screen is
-    -1, this function returns the colormap for the default screen.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QColormap::QColormap(const QColormap &colormap)
-
-    Constructs a copy of another \a colormap.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QColormap::~QColormap()
-    
-    Destroys the colormap.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn int QColormap::size() const
-
-    Returns the size of the colormap for \c Indexed and \c Gray modes;
-    Returns -1 for \c Direct mode.
-
-    \sa colormap()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn uint QColormap::pixel(const QColor &color) const
-
-    Returns a device dependent pixel value for the \a color.
-
-    \sa colorAt()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn int QColormap::depth() const
-
-    Returns the depth of the device.
-
-    \sa size()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QColormap::Mode QColormap::mode() const
-
-    Returns the mode of this colormap.
-
-    \sa QColormap::Mode
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn const QColor QColormap::colorAt(uint pixel) const
-
-    Returns a QColor for the \a pixel.
-
-    \sa pixel()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn const QVector<QColor> QColormap::colormap() const
-
-    Returns a vector of colors which represents the devices colormap
-    for \c Indexed and \c Gray modes.  This function returns an empty
-    vector for \c Direct mode.
-
-    \sa size()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn HPALETTE QColormap::hPal()
-
-    This function is only available on Windows.
-
-    Returns an handle to the HPALETTE used by this colormap.  If no
-    HPALETTE is being used, this function returns zero.
-*/
-
-/*! \since 4.2
-
-    \fn QColormap &QColormap::operator=(const QColormap &colormap)
-
-    Assigns the given \a colormap to \e this color map and returns
-    a reference to \e this color map.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/classes/qdesktopwidget.qdoc b/doc/src/classes/qdesktopwidget.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 4717e3a..0000000
--- a/doc/src/classes/qdesktopwidget.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,266 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \class QDesktopWidget
-    \brief The QDesktopWidget class provides access to screen information on multi-head systems.
-
-    \ingroup advanced
-    \ingroup desktop
-    \ingroup environment
-    \mainclass
-
-    QApplication::desktop() function should be used to get an instance
-    of the QDesktopWidget.
-
-    Systems with more than one graphics card and monitor can manage the
-    physical screen space available either as multiple desktops, or as a
-    large virtual desktop, which usually has the size of the bounding
-    rectangle of all the screens (see virtualDesktop). For an
-    application, one of the available screens is the primary screen, i.e.
-    the screen where the main widget resides (see primaryScreen). All
-    windows opened in the context of the application should be
-    constrained to the boundaries of the primary screen; for example,
-    it would be inconvenient if a dialog box popped up on a different
-    screen, or split over two screens.
-
-    The QDesktopWidget provides information about the geometry of the
-    available screens with screenGeometry(). The number of screens
-    available is returned by screenCount, and the screenCountChanged
-    signal is emitted when screens are added or removed during runtime.
-    The screen number that a particular point or widget is located in
-    is returned by screenNumber().
-
-    Widgets provided by Qt use this class, for example, to place
-    tooltips, menus and dialog boxes according to the parent or
-    application widget. Applications can use this class to save window
-    positions, or to place child widgets and dialogs on one particular
-    screen.
-
-    \img qdesktopwidget.png Managing Multiple Screens
-
-    In the illustration above, Application One's primary screen is
-    screen 0, and App Two's primary screen is screen 1.
-
-    \target multiple screens note
-    \note QDesktopWidget inherits the QWidget properties, width() and
-    height(), which specify the size of the desktop. However, for
-    desktops with multiple screens, the size of the desktop is the union
-    of all the screen sizes, so width() and height() should \e not be
-    used for computing the size of a widget to be placed on one of the
-    screens. The correct width and height values are obtained using
-    availableGeometry() or screenGeometry() for a particular screen.
-
-    \sa QApplication, QApplication::desktop(), QX11Info::appRootWindow()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QDesktopWidget::QDesktopWidget()
-
-    \internal
-
-    Creates the desktop widget.
-
-    If the system supports a virtual desktop, this widget will have
-    the size of the virtual desktop; otherwise this widget will have
-    the size of the primary screen.
-
-    Instead of using QDesktopWidget directly, use QApplication::desktop().
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QDesktopWidget::~QDesktopWidget()
-
-    \internal
-
-    Destroys the desktop widget and frees any allocated resources.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn int QDesktopWidget::numScreens() const
-    
-    Returns the number of available screens.
-    
-    \obsolete
-
-    This function is deprecated. Use screenCount instead.
-
-    \sa primaryScreen
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QWidget *QDesktopWidget::screen(int screen)
-
-    Returns a widget that represents the screen with index \a screen
-    (a value of -1 means the default screen).
-
-    If the system uses a virtual desktop, the returned widget will
-    have the geometry of the entire virtual desktop; i.e., bounding
-    every \a screen.
-
-    \sa primaryScreen, screenCount, virtualDesktop
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn const QRect QDesktopWidget::availableGeometry(int screen) const
-
-     Returns the available geometry of the screen with index \a screen. What
-     is available will be subrect of screenGeometry() based on what the
-     platform decides is available (for example excludes the dock and menu bar
-     on Mac OS X, or the task bar on Windows). The default screen is used if
-     \a screen is -1.
-
-     \sa screenNumber(), screenGeometry()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn const QRect QDesktopWidget::availableGeometry(const QWidget *widget) const
-    \overload
-
-    Returns the available geometry of the screen which contains \a widget.
-
-    \sa screenGeometry()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn const QRect QDesktopWidget::availableGeometry(const QPoint &p) const
-    \overload
-
-    Returns the available geometry of the screen which contains \a p.
-
-    \sa screenGeometry()
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    \fn const QRect QDesktopWidget::screenGeometry(int screen) const
-
-    Returns the geometry of the screen with index \a screen. The default
-    screen is used if \a screen is -1.
-
-    \sa screenNumber()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn const QRect QDesktopWidget::screenGeometry(const QWidget *widget) const
-    \overload
-
-    Returns the geometry of the screen which contains \a widget.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn const QRect QDesktopWidget::screenGeometry(const QPoint &p) const
-    \overload
-
-    Returns the geometry of the screen which contains \a p.
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    \fn int QDesktopWidget::screenNumber(const QWidget *widget) const
-
-    Returns the index of the screen that contains the largest
-    part of \a widget, or -1 if the widget not on a screen.
-
-    \sa primaryScreen
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn int QDesktopWidget::screenNumber(const QPoint &point) const
-
-    \overload
-    Returns the index of the screen that contains the \a point, or the
-    screen which is the shortest distance from the \a point.
-
-    \sa primaryScreen
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void QDesktopWidget::resizeEvent(QResizeEvent *event)
-    \reimp
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void QDesktopWidget::resized(int screen)
-
-    This signal is emitted when the size of \a screen changes.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void QDesktopWidget::workAreaResized(int screen)
-
-    This signal is emitted when the work area available on \a screen changes.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \property QDesktopWidget::screenCount
-    \brief the number of screens currently available on the system.
-
-    \since 4.6
-    
-    \sa screenCountChanged()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \property QDesktopWidget::primaryScreen
-    \brief the index of the screen that is configured to be the primary screen
-    on the system.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \property QDesktopWidget::virtualDesktop
-
-    \brief if the system manages the available screens in a virtual desktop.
-
-    For virtual desktops, screen() will always return the same widget.
-    The size of the virtual desktop is the size of this desktop
-    widget.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void QDesktopWidget::screenCountChanged(int newCount)
-
-    \since 4.6
-
-    This signal is emitted when the number of screens changes to \a newCount.
-    
-    \sa screenCount
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/classes/qiterator.qdoc b/doc/src/classes/qiterator.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index c767be3..0000000
--- a/doc/src/classes/qiterator.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1431 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*! 
-    \class QListIterator
-    \inmodule QtCore
-
-    \brief The QListIterator class provides a Java-style const iterator for QList and QQueue.
-
-    QList has both \l{Java-style iterators} and \l{STL-style
-    iterators}. The Java-style iterators are more high-level and
-    easier to use than the STL-style iterators; on the other hand,
-    they are slightly less efficient.
-
-    An alternative to using iterators is to use index positions. Most
-    QList member functions take an index as their first parameter,
-    making it possible to access, modify, and remove items without
-    using iterators.
-
-    QListIterator\<T\> allows you to iterate over a QList\<T\> (or a
-    QQueue\<T\>). If you want to modify the list as you iterate over
-    it, use QMutableListIterator\<T\> instead.
-
-    The QListIterator constructor takes a QList as argument. After
-    construction, the iterator is located at the very beginning of
-    the list (before the first item). Here's how to iterate over all
-    the elements sequentially:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 0
-
-    The next() function returns the next item in the list and
-    advances the iterator. Unlike STL-style iterators, Java-style
-    iterators point \e between items rather than directly \e at
-    items. The first call to next() advances the iterator to the
-    position between the first and second item, and returns the first
-    item; the second call to next() advances the iterator to the
-    position between the second and third item, and returns the second
-    item; and so on.
-
-    \img javaiterators1.png
-
-    Here's how to iterate over the elements in reverse order:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 1
-
-    If you want to find all occurrences of a particular value, use
-    findNext() or findPrevious() in a loop.
-
-    Multiple iterators can be used on the same list. If the list is
-    modified while a QListIterator is active, the QListIterator will
-    continue iterating over the original list, ignoring the modified
-    copy.
-
-    \sa QMutableListIterator, QList::const_iterator
-*/
-
-/*! 
-    \class QLinkedListIterator
-    \inmodule QtCore
-
-    \brief The QLinkedListIterator class provides a Java-style const iterator for QLinkedList.
-
-    QLinkedList has both \l{Java-style iterators} and
-    \l{STL-style iterators}. The Java-style iterators are more
-    high-level and easier to use than the STL-style iterators; on the
-    other hand, they are slightly less efficient.
-
-    QLinkedListIterator\<T\> allows you to iterate over a
-    QLinkedList\<T\>. If you want to modify the list as you iterate
-    over it, use QMutableLinkedListIterator\<T\> instead.
-
-    The QLinkedListIterator constructor takes a QLinkedList as
-    argument. After construction, the iterator is located at the very
-    beginning of the list (before the first item). Here's how to
-    iterate over all the elements sequentially:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 2
-
-    The next() function returns the next item in the list and
-    advances the iterator. Unlike STL-style iterators, Java-style
-    iterators point \e between items rather than directly \e at
-    items. The first call to next() advances the iterator to the
-    position between the first and second item, and returns the first
-    item; the second call to next() advances the iterator to the
-    position between the second and third item, and returns the second
-    item; and so on.
-
-    \img javaiterators1.png
-
-    Here's how to iterate over the elements in reverse order:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 3
-
-    If you want to find all occurrences of a particular value, use
-    findNext() or findPrevious() in a loop.
-
-    Multiple iterators can be used on the same list. If the list is
-    modified while a QLinkedListIterator is active, the
-    QLinkedListIterator will continue iterating over the original
-    list, ignoring the modified copy.
-
-    \sa QMutableLinkedListIterator, QLinkedList::const_iterator
-*/
-
-/*! 
-    \class QVectorIterator
-    \inmodule QtCore
-    \brief The QVectorIterator class provides a Java-style const iterator for QVector and QStack.
-
-    QVector has both \l{Java-style iterators} and \l{STL-style
-    iterators}. The Java-style iterators are more high-level and
-    easier to use than the STL-style iterators; on the other hand,
-    they are slightly less efficient.
-
-    An alternative to using iterators is to use index positions. Most
-    QVector member functions take an index as their first parameter,
-    making it possible to access, insert, and remove items without
-    using iterators.
-
-    QVectorIterator\<T\> allows you to iterate over a QVector\<T\>
-    (or a QStack\<T\>). If you want to modify the vector as you
-    iterate over it, use QMutableVectorIterator\<T\> instead.
-
-    The QVectorIterator constructor takes a QVector as argument.
-    After construction, the iterator is located at the very beginning
-    of the vector (before the first item). Here's how to iterate over
-    all the elements sequentially:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 4
-
-    The next() function returns the next item in the vector and
-    advances the iterator. Unlike STL-style iterators, Java-style
-    iterators point \e between items rather than directly \e at
-    items. The first call to next() advances the iterator to the
-    position between the first and second item, and returns the first
-    item; the second call to next() advances the iterator to the
-    position between the second and third item, returning the second
-    item; and so on.
-
-    \img javaiterators1.png
-
-    Here's how to iterate over the elements in reverse order:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 5
-
-    If you want to find all occurrences of a particular value, use
-    findNext() or findPrevious() in a loop.
-
-    Multiple iterators can be used on the same vector. If the vector
-    is modified while a QVectorIterator is active, the QVectorIterator
-    will continue iterating over the original vector, ignoring the
-    modified copy.
-
-    \sa QMutableVectorIterator, QVector::const_iterator
-*/
-
-/*! 
-    \class QSetIterator
-    \inmodule QtCore
-    \brief The QSetIterator class provides a Java-style const iterator for QSet.
-
-    QSet supports both \l{Java-style iterators} and \l{STL-style
-    iterators}. The Java-style iterators are more high-level and
-    easier to use than the STL-style iterators; on the other hand,
-    they are slightly less efficient.
-
-    QSetIterator\<T\> allows you to iterate over a QSet\<T\>. If you
-    want to modify the set as you iterate over it, use
-    QMutableSetIterator\<T\> instead.
-
-    The constructor takes a QSet as argument. After construction, the
-    iterator is located at the very beginning of the set (before
-    the first item). Here's how to iterate over all the elements
-    sequentially:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 6
-
-    The next() function returns the next item in the set and
-    advances the iterator. Unlike STL-style iterators, Java-style
-    iterators point \e between items rather than directly \e at
-    items. The first call to next() advances the iterator to the
-    position between the first and second item, and returns the first
-    item; the second call to next() advances the iterator to the
-    position between the second and third item, returning the second
-    item; and so on.
-
-    \img javaiterators1.png
-
-    Here's how to iterate over the elements in reverse order:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 7
-
-    If you want to find all occurrences of a particular value, use
-    findNext() or findPrevious() in a loop.
-
-    Multiple iterators can be used on the same set. If the set
-    is modified while a QSetIterator is active, the QSetIterator
-    will continue iterating over the original set, ignoring the
-    modified copy.
-
-    \sa QMutableSetIterator, QSet::const_iterator
-*/
-
-/*! 
-    \class QMutableListIterator
-    \inmodule QtCore
-
-    \brief The QMutableListIterator class provides a Java-style non-const iterator for QList and QQueue.
-
-    QList has both \l{Java-style iterators} and \l{STL-style
-    iterators}. The Java-style iterators are more high-level and
-    easier to use than the STL-style iterators; on the other hand,
-    they are slightly less efficient.
-
-    An alternative to using iterators is to use index positions. Most
-    QList member functions take an index as their first parameter,
-    making it possible to access, insert, and remove items without
-    using iterators.
-
-    QMutableListIterator\<T\> allows you to iterate over a QList\<T\>
-    (or a QQueue\<T\>) and modify the list. If you don't want to
-    modify the list (or have a const QList), use the slightly faster
-    QListIterator\<T\> instead.
-
-    The QMutableListIterator constructor takes a QList as argument.
-    After construction, the iterator is located at the very beginning
-    of the list (before the first item). Here's how to iterate over
-    all the elements sequentially:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 8
-
-    The next() function returns the next item in the list and
-    advances the iterator. Unlike STL-style iterators, Java-style
-    iterators point \e between items rather than directly \e at
-    items. The first call to next() advances the iterator to the
-    position between the first and second item, and returns the first
-    item; the second call to next() advances the iterator to the
-    position between the second and third item, returning the second
-    item; and so on.
-
-    \img javaiterators1.png
-
-    Here's how to iterate over the elements in reverse order:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 9
-
-    If you want to find all occurrences of a particular value, use
-    findNext() or findPrevious() in a loop.
-
-    If you want to remove items as you iterate over the list, use
-    remove(). If you want to modify the value of an item, use
-    setValue(). If you want to insert a new item in the list, use
-    insert().
-
-    Example:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 10
-
-    The example traverses a list, replacing negative numbers with
-    their absolute values, and eliminating zeroes.
-
-    Only one mutable iterator can be active on a given list at any
-    time. Furthermore, no changes should be done directly to the list
-    while the iterator is active (as opposed to through the
-    iterator), since this could invalidate the iterator and lead to
-    undefined behavior.
-
-    \sa QListIterator, QList::iterator
-*/
-
-/*! 
-    \class QMutableLinkedListIterator
-    \inmodule QtCore
-
-    \brief The QMutableLinkedListIterator class provides a Java-style non-const iterator for QLinkedList.
-
-    QLinkedList has both \l{Java-style iterators} and
-    \l{STL-style iterators}. The Java-style iterators are more
-    high-level and easier to use than the STL-style iterators; on the
-    other hand, they are slightly less efficient.
-
-    QMutableLinkedListIterator\<T\> allows you to iterate over a
-    QLinkedList\<T\> and modify the list. If you don't want to modify
-    the list (or have a const QLinkedList), use the slightly faster
-    QLinkedListIterator\<T\> instead.
-
-    The QMutableLinkedListIterator constructor takes a QLinkedList as
-    argument. After construction, the iterator is located at the very
-    beginning of the list (before the first item). Here's how to
-    iterate over all the elements sequentially:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 11
-
-    The next() function returns the next item in the list and
-    advances the iterator. Unlike STL-style iterators, Java-style
-    iterators point \e between items rather than directly \e at
-    items. The first call to next() advances the iterator to the
-    position between the first and second item, and returns the first
-    item; the second call to next() advances the iterator to the
-    position between the second and third item, returning the second
-    item; and so on.
-
-    \img javaiterators1.png
-
-    Here's how to iterate over the elements in reverse order:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 12
-
-    If you want to find all occurrences of a particular value, use
-    findNext() or findPrevious() in a loop.
-
-    If you want to remove items as you iterate over the list, use
-    remove(). If you want to modify the value of an item, use
-    setValue(). If you want to insert a new item in the list, use
-    insert().
-
-    Example:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 13
-
-    The example traverses a list, replacing negative numbers with
-    their absolute values, and eliminating zeroes.
-
-    Only one mutable iterator can be active on a given list at any
-    time. Furthermore, no changes should be done directly to the list
-    while the iterator is active (as opposed to through the
-    iterator), since this could invalidate the iterator and lead to
-    undefined behavior.
-
-    \sa QLinkedListIterator, QLinkedList::iterator
-*/
-
-/*! 
-    \class QMutableVectorIterator
-    \inmodule QtCore
-
-    \brief The QMutableVectorIterator class provides a Java-style non-const iterator for QVector and QStack.
-
-    QVector has both \l{Java-style iterators} and \l{STL-style
-    iterators}. The Java-style iterators are more high-level and
-    easier to use than the STL-style iterators; on the other hand,
-    they are slightly less efficient.
-
-    An alternative to using iterators is to use index positions. Most
-    QVector member functions take an index as their first parameter,
-    making it possible to access, insert, and remove items without
-    using iterators.
-
-    QMutableVectorIterator\<T\> allows you to iterate over a
-    QVector\<T\> and modify the vector. If you don't want to modify
-    the vector (or have a const QVector), use the slightly faster
-    QVectorIterator\<T\> instead.
-
-    The QMutableVectorIterator constructor takes a QVector as
-    argument. After construction, the iterator is located at the very
-    beginning of the list (before the first item). Here's how to
-    iterate over all the elements sequentially:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 14
-
-    The next() function returns the next item in the vector and
-    advances the iterator. Unlike STL-style iterators, Java-style
-    iterators point \e between items rather than directly \e at
-    items. The first call to next() advances the iterator to the
-    position between the first and second item, and returns the first
-    item; the second call to next() advances the iterator to the
-    position between the second and third item, returning the second
-    item; and so on.
-
-    \img javaiterators1.png
-
-    Here's how to iterate over the elements in reverse order:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 15
-
-    If you want to find all occurrences of a particular value, use
-    findNext() or findPrevious() in a loop.
-
-    If you want to remove items as you iterate over the vector, use
-    remove(). If you want to modify the value of an item, use
-    setValue(). If you want to insert a new item in the vector, use
-    insert().
-
-    Example:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 16
-
-    The example traverses a vector, replacing negative numbers with
-    their absolute values, and eliminating zeroes.
-
-    Only one mutable iterator can be active on a given vector at any
-    time. Furthermore, no changes should be done directly to the
-    vector while the iterator is active (as opposed to through the
-    iterator), since this could invalidate the iterator and lead to
-    undefined behavior.
-
-    \sa QVectorIterator, QVector::iterator
-*/
-
-/*! 
-    \class QMutableSetIterator
-    \inmodule QtCore
-    \since 4.2
-
-    \brief The QMutableSetIterator class provides a Java-style non-const iterator for QSet.
-
-    QSet has both \l{Java-style iterators} and \l{STL-style
-    iterators}. The Java-style iterators are more high-level and
-    easier to use than the STL-style iterators; on the other hand,
-    they are slightly less efficient.
-
-    QMutableSetIterator\<T\> allows you to iterate over a QSet\<T\>
-    and remove items from the set as you iterate. If you don't want
-    to modify the set (or have a const QSet), use the slightly faster
-    QSetIterator\<T\> instead.
-
-    The QMutableSetIterator constructor takes a QSet as argument.
-    After construction, the iterator is located at the very beginning
-    of the set (before the first item). Here's how to iterate over
-    all the elements sequentially:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 17
-
-    The next() function returns the next item in the set and
-    advances the iterator. Unlike STL-style iterators, Java-style
-    iterators point \e between items rather than directly \e at
-    items. The first call to next() advances the iterator to the
-    position between the first and second item, and returns the first
-    item; the second call to next() advances the iterator to the
-    position between the second and third item, returning the second
-    item; and so on.
-
-    \img javaiterators1.png
-
-    Here's how to iterate over the elements in reverse order:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 18
-
-    If you want to remove items as you iterate over the set, use
-    remove().
-
-    Only one mutable iterator can be active on a given set at any
-    time. Furthermore, no changes should be done directly to the set
-    while the iterator is active (as opposed to through the
-    iterator), since this could invalidate the iterator and lead to
-    undefined behavior.
-
-    \sa QSetIterator, QSet::iterator
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QListIterator::QListIterator(const QList<T> &list)
-    \fn QLinkedListIterator::QLinkedListIterator(const QLinkedList<T> &list)
-    \fn QMutableListIterator::QMutableListIterator(QList<T> &list)
-    \fn QMutableLinkedListIterator::QMutableLinkedListIterator(QLinkedList<T> &list)
-
-    Constructs an iterator for traversing \a list. The iterator is
-    set to be at the front of the list (before the first item).
-
-    \sa operator=()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QVectorIterator::QVectorIterator(const QVector<T> &vector)
-    \fn QMutableVectorIterator::QMutableVectorIterator(QVector<T> &vector)
-
-    Constructs an iterator for traversing \a vector. The iterator is
-    set to be at the front of the vector (before the first item).
-
-    \sa operator=()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QSetIterator::QSetIterator(const QSet<T> &set)
-    \fn QMutableSetIterator::QMutableSetIterator(QSet<T> &set)
-
-    Constructs an iterator for traversing \a set. The iterator is
-    set to be at the front of the set (before the first item).
-
-    \sa operator=()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QMutableListIterator::~QMutableListIterator()
-    \fn QMutableLinkedListIterator::~QMutableLinkedListIterator()
-    \fn QMutableVectorIterator::~QMutableVectorIterator()
-    \fn QMutableSetIterator::~QMutableSetIterator()
-
-    Destroys the iterator.
-
-    \sa operator=()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QMutableListIterator &QMutableListIterator::operator=(QList<T> &list)
-    \fn QMutableLinkedListIterator &QMutableLinkedListIterator::operator=(QLinkedList<T> &list)
-    \fn QListIterator &QListIterator::operator=(const QList<T> &list)
-    \fn QLinkedListIterator &QLinkedListIterator::operator=(const QLinkedList<T> &list)
-
-    Makes the iterator operate on \a list. The iterator is set to be
-    at the front of the list (before the first item).
-
-    \sa toFront(), toBack()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QVectorIterator &QVectorIterator::operator=(const QVector<T> &vector)
-    \fn QMutableVectorIterator &QMutableVectorIterator::operator=(QVector<T> &vector)
-
-    Makes the iterator operate on \a vector. The iterator is set to be
-    at the front of the vector (before the first item).
-
-    \sa toFront(), toBack()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QSetIterator &QSetIterator::operator=(const QSet<T> &set)
-    \fn QMutableSetIterator &QMutableSetIterator::operator=(QSet<T> &set)
-
-    Makes the iterator operate on \a set. The iterator is set to be
-    at the front of the set (before the first item).
-
-    \sa toFront(), toBack()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void QListIterator::toFront()
-    \fn void QLinkedListIterator::toFront()
-    \fn void QVectorIterator::toFront()
-    \fn void QSetIterator::toFront()
-    \fn void QMutableListIterator::toFront()
-    \fn void QMutableLinkedListIterator::toFront()
-    \fn void QMutableVectorIterator::toFront()
-    \fn void QMutableSetIterator::toFront()
-
-    Moves the iterator to the front of the container (before the
-    first item).
-
-    \sa toBack(), next()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void QListIterator::toBack()
-    \fn void QLinkedListIterator::toBack()
-    \fn void QVectorIterator::toBack()
-    \fn void QSetIterator::toBack()
-    \fn void QMutableListIterator::toBack()
-    \fn void QMutableLinkedListIterator::toBack()
-    \fn void QMutableVectorIterator::toBack()
-    \fn void QMutableSetIterator::toBack()
-
-    Moves the iterator to the back of the container (after the last
-    item).
-
-    \sa toFront(), previous()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn bool QListIterator::hasNext() const
-    \fn bool QLinkedListIterator::hasNext() const
-    \fn bool QVectorIterator::hasNext() const
-    \fn bool QSetIterator::hasNext() const
-    \fn bool QMutableListIterator::hasNext() const
-    \fn bool QMutableLinkedListIterator::hasNext() const
-    \fn bool QMutableVectorIterator::hasNext() const
-    \fn bool QMutableSetIterator::hasNext() const
-
-    Returns true if there is at least one item ahead of the iterator,
-    i.e. the iterator is \e not at the back of the container;
-    otherwise returns false.
-
-    \sa hasPrevious(), next()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn const T &QListIterator::next()
-    \fn const T &QLinkedListIterator::next()
-    \fn const T &QVectorIterator::next()
-    \fn const T &QSetIterator::next()
-    \fn const T &QMutableSetIterator::next()
-
-    Returns the next item and advances the iterator by one position.
-
-    Calling this function on an iterator located at the back of the
-    container leads to undefined results.
-
-    \sa hasNext(), peekNext(), previous()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn T &QMutableListIterator::next()
-    \fn T &QMutableLinkedListIterator::next()
-    \fn T &QMutableVectorIterator::next()
-
-    Returns a reference to the next item, and advances the iterator
-    by one position.
-
-    Calling this function on an iterator located at the back of the
-    container leads to undefined results.
-
-    \sa hasNext(), peekNext(), previous()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn const T &QListIterator::peekNext() const
-    \fn const T &QLinkedListIterator::peekNext() const
-    \fn const T &QVectorIterator::peekNext() const
-    \fn const T &QSetIterator::peekNext() const
-    \fn const T &QMutableSetIterator::peekNext() const
-
-    Returns the next item without moving the iterator.
-
-    Calling this function on an iterator located at the back of the
-    container leads to undefined results.
-
-    \sa hasNext(), next(), peekPrevious()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn T &QMutableListIterator::peekNext() const
-    \fn T &QMutableLinkedListIterator::peekNext() const
-    \fn T &QMutableVectorIterator::peekNext() const
-
-    Returns a reference to the next item, without moving the iterator.
-
-    Calling this function on an iterator located at the back of the
-    container leads to undefined results.
-
-    \sa hasNext(), next(), peekPrevious()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn bool QListIterator::hasPrevious() const
-    \fn bool QLinkedListIterator::hasPrevious() const
-    \fn bool QVectorIterator::hasPrevious() const
-    \fn bool QSetIterator::hasPrevious() const
-    \fn bool QMutableListIterator::hasPrevious() const
-    \fn bool QMutableLinkedListIterator::hasPrevious() const
-    \fn bool QMutableVectorIterator::hasPrevious() const
-    \fn bool QMutableSetIterator::hasPrevious() const
-
-    Returns true if there is at least one item behind the iterator,
-    i.e. the iterator is \e not at the front of the container;
-    otherwise returns false.
-
-    \sa hasNext(), previous()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn const T &QListIterator::previous()
-    \fn const T &QLinkedListIterator::previous()
-    \fn const T &QVectorIterator::previous()
-    \fn const T &QSetIterator::previous()
-    \fn const T &QMutableSetIterator::previous()
-
-    Returns the previous item and moves the iterator back by one
-    position.
-
-    Calling this function on an iterator located at the front of the
-    container leads to undefined results.
-
-    \sa hasPrevious(), peekPrevious(), next()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn T &QMutableListIterator::previous()
-    \fn T &QMutableLinkedListIterator::previous()
-    \fn T &QMutableVectorIterator::previous()
-
-    Returns a reference to the previous item and moves the iterator
-    back by one position.
-
-    Calling this function on an iterator located at the front of the
-    container leads to undefined results.
-
-    \sa hasPrevious(), peekPrevious(), next()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn const T &QListIterator::peekPrevious() const
-    \fn const T &QLinkedListIterator::peekPrevious() const
-    \fn const T &QVectorIterator::peekPrevious() const
-    \fn const T &QSetIterator::peekPrevious() const
-    \fn const T &QMutableSetIterator::peekPrevious() const
-
-    Returns the previous item without moving the iterator.
-
-    Calling this function on an iterator located at the front of the
-    container leads to undefined results.
-
-    \sa hasPrevious(), previous(), peekNext()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn T &QMutableListIterator::peekPrevious() const
-    \fn T &QMutableLinkedListIterator::peekPrevious() const
-    \fn T &QMutableVectorIterator::peekPrevious() const
-
-    Returns a reference to the previous item, without moving the iterator.
-
-    Calling this function on an iterator located at the front of the
-    container leads to undefined results.
-
-    \sa hasPrevious(), previous(), peekNext()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn bool QListIterator::findNext(const T &value)
-    \fn bool QLinkedListIterator::findNext(const T &value)
-    \fn bool QVectorIterator::findNext(const T &value)
-    \fn bool QSetIterator::findNext(const T &value)
-    \fn bool QMutableListIterator::findNext(const T &value)
-    \fn bool QMutableLinkedListIterator::findNext(const T &value)
-    \fn bool QMutableVectorIterator::findNext(const T &value)
-    \fn bool QMutableSetIterator::findNext(const T &value)
-
-    Searches for \a value starting from the current iterator position
-    forward. Returns true if \a value is found; otherwise returns false.
-
-    After the call, if \a value was found, the iterator is positioned
-    just after the matching item; otherwise, the iterator is
-    positioned at the back of the container.
-
-    \sa findPrevious()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn bool QListIterator::findPrevious(const T &value)
-    \fn bool QLinkedListIterator::findPrevious(const T &value)
-    \fn bool QVectorIterator::findPrevious(const T &value)
-    \fn bool QSetIterator::findPrevious(const T &value)
-    \fn bool QMutableListIterator::findPrevious(const T &value)
-    \fn bool QMutableLinkedListIterator::findPrevious(const T &value)
-    \fn bool QMutableVectorIterator::findPrevious(const T &value)
-    \fn bool QMutableSetIterator::findPrevious(const T &value)
-
-    Searches for \a value starting from the current iterator position
-    backward. Returns true if \a value is found; otherwise returns
-    false.
-
-    After the call, if \a value was found, the iterator is positioned
-    just before the matching item; otherwise, the iterator is
-    positioned at the front of the container.
-
-    \sa findNext()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void QMutableListIterator::remove()
-
-    Removes the last item that was jumped over using one of the
-    traversal functions (next(), previous(), findNext(), findPrevious()).
-
-    Example:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 19
-
-    \sa insert(), setValue()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void QMutableLinkedListIterator::remove()
-
-    Removes the last item that was jumped over using one of the
-    traversal functions (next(), previous(), findNext(), findPrevious()).
-
-    Example:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 20
-
-    \sa insert(), setValue()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void QMutableVectorIterator::remove()
-
-    Removes the last item that was jumped over using one of the
-    traversal functions (next(), previous(), findNext(), findPrevious()).
-
-    Example:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 21
-
-    \sa insert(), setValue()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void QMutableSetIterator::remove()
-
-    Removes the last item that was jumped over using one of the
-    traversal functions (next(), previous(), findNext(), findPrevious()).
-
-    Example:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 22
-
-    \sa value()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void QMutableListIterator::setValue(const T &value) const
-
-    Replaces the value of the last item that was jumped over using
-    one of the traversal functions with \a value.
-
-    The traversal functions are next(), previous(), findNext(), and
-    findPrevious().
-
-    Example:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 23
-
-    \sa value(), remove(), insert()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void QMutableLinkedListIterator::setValue(const T &value) const
-
-    Replaces the value of the last item that was jumped over using
-    one of the traversal functions with \a value.
-
-    The traversal functions are next(), previous(), findNext(), and
-    findPrevious().
-
-    Example:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 24
-
-    \sa value(), remove(), insert()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void QMutableVectorIterator::setValue(const T &value) const
-
-    Replaces the value of the last item that was jumped over using
-    one of the traversal functions with \a value.
-
-    The traversal functions are next(), previous(), findNext(), and
-    findPrevious().
-
-    Example:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 25
-
-    \sa value(), remove(), insert()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn const T &QMutableListIterator::value() const
-    \fn const T &QMutableLinkedListIterator::value() const
-    \fn const T &QMutableVectorIterator::value() const
-    \fn const T &QMutableSetIterator::value() const
-
-    Returns the value of the last item that was jumped over using one
-    of the traversal functions (next(), previous(), findNext(),
-    findPrevious()).
-
-    After a call to next() or findNext(), value() is equivalent to
-    peekPrevious(). After a call to previous() or findPrevious(), value() is
-    equivalent to peekNext().
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn T &QMutableListIterator::value()
-    \fn T &QMutableLinkedListIterator::value()
-    \fn T &QMutableVectorIterator::value()
-    \overload
-
-    Returns a non-const reference to the value of the last item that
-    was jumped over using one of the traversal functions.
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void QMutableListIterator::insert(const T &value)
-    \fn void QMutableLinkedListIterator::insert(const T &value)
-    \fn void QMutableVectorIterator::insert(const T &value)
-
-    Inserts \a value at the current iterator position. After the
-    call, the iterator is located just after the inserted item.
-
-    \sa remove(), setValue()
-*/
-
-/*! 
-    \class QMapIterator
-    \inmodule QtCore
-
-    \brief The QMapIterator class provides a Java-style const iterator for QMap and QMultiMap.
-
-    QMap has both \l{Java-style iterators} and \l{STL-style
-    iterators}. The Java-style iterators are more high-level and
-    easier to use than the STL-style iterators; on the other hand,
-    they are slightly less efficient.
-
-    QMapIterator\<Key, T\> allows you to iterate over a QMap (or a
-    QMultiMap). If you want to modify the map as you iterate over
-    it, use QMutableMapIterator instead.
-
-    The QMapIterator constructor takes a QMap as argument. After
-    construction, the iterator is located at the very beginning of
-    the map (before the first item). Here's how to iterate over all
-    the elements sequentially:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 26
-
-    The next() function returns the next item in the map and
-    advances the iterator. The key() and value() functions return the
-    key and value of the last item that was jumped over.
-
-    Unlike STL-style iterators, Java-style iterators point \e between
-    items rather than directly \e at items. The first call to next()
-    advances the iterator to the position between the first and
-    second item, and returns the first item; the second call to
-    next() advances the iterator to the position between the second
-    and third item; and so on.
-
-    \img javaiterators1.png
-
-    Here's how to iterate over the elements in reverse order:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 27
-
-    If you want to find all occurrences of a particular value, use
-    findNext() or findPrevious() in a loop. For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 28
-
-    Multiple iterators can be used on the same map. If the map is
-    modified while a QMapIterator is active, the QMapIterator will
-    continue iterating over the original map, ignoring the modified
-    copy.
-
-    \sa QMutableMapIterator, QMap::const_iterator
-*/
-
-/*! 
-    \class QHashIterator
-    \inmodule QtCore
-
-    \brief The QHashIterator class provides a Java-style const iterator for QHash and QMultiHash.
-
-    QHash has both \l{Java-style iterators} and \l{STL-style
-    iterators}. The Java-style iterators are more high-level and
-    easier to use than the STL-style iterators; on the other hand,
-    they are slightly less efficient.
-
-    QHashIterator\<Key, T\> allows you to iterate over a QHash (or a
-    QMultiHash). If you want to modify the hash as you iterate over
-    it, use QMutableHashIterator instead.
-
-    The QHashIterator constructor takes a QHash as argument. After
-    construction, the iterator is located at the very beginning of
-    the hash (before the first item). Here's how to iterate over all
-    the elements sequentially:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 29
-
-    The next() function returns the next item in the hash and
-    advances the iterator. The key() and value() functions return the
-    key and value of the last item that was jumped over.
-
-    Unlike STL-style iterators, Java-style iterators point \e between
-    items rather than directly \e at items. The first call to next()
-    advances the iterator to the position between the first and
-    second item, and returns the first item; the second call to
-    next() advances the iterator to the position between the second
-    and third item; and so on.
-
-    \img javaiterators1.png
-
-    Here's how to iterate over the elements in reverse order:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 30
-
-    If you want to find all occurrences of a particular value, use
-    findNext() or findPrevious() in a loop. For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 31
-
-    Multiple iterators can be used on the same hash. If the hash is
-    modified while a QHashIterator is active, the QHashIterator will
-    continue iterating over the original hash, ignoring the modified
-    copy.
-
-    \sa QMutableHashIterator, QHash::const_iterator
-*/
-
-/*! 
-    \class QMutableMapIterator
-    \inmodule QtCore
-
-    \brief The QMutableMapIterator class provides a Java-style non-const iterator for QMap and QMultiMap.
-
-    QMap has both \l{Java-style iterators} and \l{STL-style
-    iterators}. The Java-style iterators are more high-level and
-    easier to use than the STL-style iterators; on the other hand,
-    they are slightly less efficient.
-
-    QMutableMapIterator\<Key, T\> allows you to iterate over a QMap
-    (or a QMultiMap) and modify the map. If you don't want to modify
-    the map (or have a const QMap), use the slightly faster
-    QMapIterator instead.
-
-    The QMutableMapIterator constructor takes a QMap as argument.
-    After construction, the iterator is located at the very beginning
-    of the map (before the first item). Here's how to iterate over
-    all the elements sequentially:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 32
-
-    The next() function returns the next item in the map and
-    advances the iterator. The key() and value() functions return the
-    key and value of the last item that was jumped over.
-
-    Unlike STL-style iterators, Java-style iterators point \e between
-    items rather than directly \e at items. The first call to next()
-    advances the iterator to the position between the first and
-    second item, and returns the first item; the second call to
-    next() advances the iterator to the position between the second
-    and third item; and so on.
-
-    \img javaiterators1.png
-
-    Here's how to iterate over the elements in reverse order:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 33
-
-    If you want to find all occurrences of a particular value, use
-    findNext() or findPrevious() in a loop. For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 34
-
-    If you want to remove items as you iterate over the map, use
-    remove(). If you want to modify the value of an item, use
-    setValue().
-
-    Example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 35
-
-    The example removes all (key, value) pairs where the key and the
-    value are the same.
-
-    Only one mutable iterator can be active on a given map at any
-    time. Furthermore, no changes should be done directly to the map
-    while the iterator is active (as opposed to through the
-    iterator), since this could invalidate the iterator and lead to
-    undefined behavior.
-
-    \sa QMapIterator, QMap::iterator
-*/
-
-/*! 
-    \class QMutableHashIterator
-    \inmodule QtCore
-
-    \brief The QMutableHashIterator class provides a Java-style non-const iterator for QHash and QMultiHash.
-
-    QHash has both \l{Java-style iterators} and \l{STL-style
-    iterators}. The Java-style iterators are more high-level and
-    easier to use than the STL-style iterators; on the other hand,
-    they are slightly less efficient.
-
-    QMutableHashIterator\<Key, T\> allows you to iterate over a QHash
-    (or a QMultiHash) and modify the hash. If you don't want to modify
-    the hash (or have a const QHash), use the slightly faster
-    QHashIterator instead.
-
-    The QMutableHashIterator constructor takes a QHash as argument.
-    After construction, the iterator is located at the very beginning
-    of the hash (before the first item). Here's how to iterate over
-    all the elements sequentially:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 36
-
-    The next() function returns the next item in the hash and
-    advances the iterator. The key() and value() functions return the
-    key and value of the last item that was jumped over.
-
-    Unlike STL-style iterators, Java-style iterators point \e between
-    items rather than directly \e at items. The first call to next()
-    advances the iterator to the position between the first and
-    second item, and returns the first item; the second call to
-    next() advances the iterator to the position between the second
-    and third item; and so on.
-
-    \img javaiterators1.png
-
-    Here's how to iterate over the elements in reverse order:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 37
-
-    If you want to find all occurrences of a particular value, use
-    findNext() or findPrevious() in a loop. For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 38
-
-    If you want to remove items as you iterate over the hash, use
-    remove(). If you want to modify the value of an item, use
-    setValue().
-
-    Example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 39
-
-    The example removes all (key, value) pairs where the key and the
-    value are the same.
-
-    Only one mutable iterator can be active on a given hash at any
-    time. Furthermore, no changes should be done directly to the hash
-    while the iterator is active (as opposed to through the
-    iterator), since this could invalidate the iterator and lead to
-    undefined behavior.
-
-    \sa QHashIterator, QHash::iterator
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QMapIterator::QMapIterator(const QMap<Key, T> &map)
-    \fn QMutableMapIterator::QMutableMapIterator(QMap<Key, T> &map)
-
-    Constructs an iterator for traversing \a map. The iterator is set
-    to be at the front of the map (before the first item).
-
-    \sa operator=()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QHashIterator::QHashIterator(const QHash<Key, T> &hash)
-    \fn QMutableHashIterator::QMutableHashIterator(QHash<Key, T> &hash)
-
-    Constructs an iterator for traversing \a hash. The iterator is
-    set to be at the front of the hash (before the first item).
-
-    \sa operator=()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QMutableMapIterator::~QMutableMapIterator()
-    \fn QMutableHashIterator::~QMutableHashIterator()
-
-    Destroys the iterator.
-
-    \sa operator=()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QMapIterator &QMapIterator::operator=(const QMap<Key, T> &map)
-    \fn QMutableMapIterator &QMutableMapIterator::operator=(QMap<Key, T> &map)
-
-    Makes the iterator operate on \a map. The iterator is set to be
-    at the front of the map (before the first item).
-
-    \sa toFront(), toBack()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QHashIterator &QHashIterator::operator=(const QHash<Key, T> &hash)
-    \fn QMutableHashIterator &QMutableHashIterator::operator=(QHash<Key, T> &hash)
-
-    Makes the iterator operate on \a hash. The iterator is set to be
-    at the front of the hash (before the first item).
-
-    \sa toFront(), toBack()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void QMapIterator::toFront()
-    \fn void QHashIterator::toFront()
-    \fn void QMutableMapIterator::toFront()
-    \fn void QMutableHashIterator::toFront()
-
-    Moves the iterator to the front of the container (before the
-    first item).
-
-    \sa toBack(), next()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void QMapIterator::toBack()
-    \fn void QHashIterator::toBack()
-    \fn void QMutableMapIterator::toBack()
-    \fn void QMutableHashIterator::toBack()
-
-    Moves the iterator to the back of the container (after the last
-    item).
-
-    \sa toFront(), previous()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn bool QMapIterator::hasNext() const
-    \fn bool QHashIterator::hasNext() const
-    \fn bool QMutableMapIterator::hasNext() const
-    \fn bool QMutableHashIterator::hasNext() const
-
-    Returns true if there is at least one item ahead of the iterator,
-    i.e. the iterator is \e not at the back of the container;
-    otherwise returns false.
-
-    \sa hasPrevious(), next()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QMapIterator::Item QMapIterator::next()
-    \fn QHashIterator::Item QHashIterator::next()
-
-    Returns the next item and advances the iterator by one position.
-
-    Call key() on the return value to obtain the item's key, and
-    value() to obtain the value.
-
-    Calling this function on an iterator located at the back of the
-    container leads to undefined results.
-
-    \sa hasNext(), peekNext(), previous()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QMutableMapIterator::Item QMutableMapIterator::next()
-    \fn QMutableHashIterator::Item QMutableHashIterator::next()
-
-    Returns the next item and advances the iterator by one position.
-
-    Call key() on the return value to obtain the item's key, and
-    value() to obtain the value.
-
-    Calling this function on an iterator located at the back of the
-    container leads to undefined results.
-
-    \sa hasNext(), peekNext(), previous()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QMapIterator::Item QMapIterator::peekNext() const
-    \fn QHashIterator::Item QHashIterator::peekNext() const
-
-    Returns the next item without moving the iterator.
-
-    Call key() on the return value to obtain the item's key, and
-    value() to obtain the value.
-
-    Calling this function on an iterator located at the back of the
-    container leads to undefined results.
-
-    \sa hasNext(), next(), peekPrevious()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QMutableMapIterator::Item QMutableMapIterator::peekNext() const
-    \fn QMutableHashIterator::Item QMutableHashIterator::peekNext() const
-
-    Returns a reference to the next item without moving the iterator.
-
-    Call key() on the return value to obtain the item's key, and
-    value() to obtain the value.
-
-    Calling this function on an iterator located at the back of the
-    container leads to undefined results.
-
-    \sa hasNext(), next(), peekPrevious()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn bool QMapIterator::hasPrevious() const
-    \fn bool QHashIterator::hasPrevious() const
-    \fn bool QMutableMapIterator::hasPrevious() const
-    \fn bool QMutableHashIterator::hasPrevious() const
-
-    Returns true if there is at least one item behind the iterator,
-    i.e. the iterator is \e not at the front of the container;
-    otherwise returns false.
-
-    \sa hasNext(), previous()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QMapIterator::Item QMapIterator::previous()
-    \fn QHashIterator::Item QHashIterator::previous()
-
-    Returns the previous item and moves the iterator back by one
-    position.
-
-    Call key() on the return value to obtain the item's key, and
-    value() to obtain the value.
-
-    Calling this function on an iterator located at the front of the
-    container leads to undefined results.
-
-    \sa hasPrevious(), peekPrevious(), next()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QMutableMapIterator::Item QMutableMapIterator::previous()
-    \fn QMutableHashIterator::Item QMutableHashIterator::previous()
-
-    Returns the previous item and moves the iterator back by one
-    position.
-
-    Call key() on the return value to obtain the item's key, and
-    value() to obtain the value.
-
-    Calling this function on an iterator located at the front of the
-    container leads to undefined results.
-
-    \sa hasPrevious(), peekPrevious(), next()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QMapIterator::Item QMapIterator::peekPrevious() const
-    \fn QHashIterator::Item QHashIterator::peekPrevious() const
-
-    Returns the previous item without moving the iterator.
-
-    Call key() on the return value to obtain the item's key, and
-    value() to obtain the value.
-
-    Calling this function on an iterator located at the front of the
-    container leads to undefined results.
-
-    \sa hasPrevious(), previous(), peekNext()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QMutableMapIterator::Item QMutableMapIterator::peekPrevious() const
-    \fn QMutableHashIterator::Item QMutableHashIterator::peekPrevious() const
-
-    Returns the previous item without moving the iterator.
-
-    Call key() on the return value to obtain the item's key, and
-    value() to obtain the value.
-
-    Calling this function on an iterator located at the front of the
-    container leads to undefined results.
-
-    \sa hasPrevious(), previous(), peekNext()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn const T &QMapIterator::value() const
-    \fn const T &QHashIterator::value() const
-
-    Returns the value of the last item that was jumped over using one
-    of the traversal functions (next(), previous(), findNext(),
-    findPrevious()).
-
-    After a call to next() or findNext(), value() is
-    equivalent to peekPrevious().value(). After a call to previous()
-    or findPrevious(), value() is equivalent to peekNext().value().
-
-    \sa key()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn const T &QMutableMapIterator::value() const
-    \fn const T &QMutableHashIterator::value() const
-
-    Returns the value of the last item that was jumped over using one
-    of the traversal functions (next(), previous(), findNext(),
-    findPrevious()).
-
-    After a call to next() or findNext(), value() is
-    equivalent to peekPrevious().value(). After a call to previous()
-    or findPrevious(), value() is equivalent to peekNext().value().
-
-    \sa key(), setValue()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn T &QMutableMapIterator::value()
-    \fn T &QMutableHashIterator::value()
-    \overload
-
-    Returns a non-const reference to the value of
-    the last item that was jumped over using one
-    of the traversal functions.
-*/
-
-/*! \fn const Key &QMapIterator::key() const
-    \fn const Key &QHashIterator::key() const
-    \fn const Key &QMutableMapIterator::key() const
-    \fn const Key &QMutableHashIterator::key() const
-
-    Returns the key of the last item that was jumped over using one
-    of the traversal functions (next(), previous(), findNext(),
-    findPrevious()).
-
-    After a call to next() or findNext(), key() is
-    equivalent to peekPrevious().key(). After a call to previous() or
-    findPrevious(), key() is equivalent to peekNext().key().
-
-    \sa value()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn bool QMapIterator::findNext(const T &value)
-    \fn bool QHashIterator::findNext(const T &value)
-    \fn bool QMutableMapIterator::findNext(const T &value)
-    \fn bool QMutableHashIterator::findNext(const T &value)
-
-    Searches for \a value starting from the current iterator position
-    forward. Returns true if a (key, value) pair with value \a value
-    is found; otherwise returns false.
-
-    After the call, if \a value was found, the iterator is positioned
-    just after the matching item; otherwise, the iterator is
-    positioned at the back of the container.
-
-    \sa findPrevious()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn bool QMapIterator::findPrevious(const T &value)
-    \fn bool QHashIterator::findPrevious(const T &value)
-    \fn bool QMutableMapIterator::findPrevious(const T &value)
-    \fn bool QMutableHashIterator::findPrevious(const T &value)
-
-    Searches for \a value starting from the current iterator position
-    backward. Returns true if a (key, value) pair with value \a value
-    is found; otherwise returns false.
-
-    After the call, if \a value was found, the iterator is positioned
-    just before the matching item; otherwise, the iterator is
-    positioned at the front of the container.
-
-    \sa findNext()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void QMutableMapIterator::remove()
-    \fn void QMutableHashIterator::remove()
-
-    Removes the last item that was jumped over using one of the
-    traversal functions (next(), previous(), findNext(), findPrevious()).
-
-    \sa setValue()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void QMutableMapIterator::setValue(const T &value)
-    \fn void QMutableHashIterator::setValue(const T &value)
-
-    Replaces the value of the last item that was jumped over using
-    one of the traversal functions with \a value.
-
-    The traversal functions are next(), previous(), findNext(), and
-    findPrevious().
-
-    \sa key(), value(), remove()
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/classes/qmacstyle.qdoc b/doc/src/classes/qmacstyle.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 171ddb0..0000000
--- a/doc/src/classes/qmacstyle.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,261 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-
-/*!
-    \class QMacStyle
-    \brief The QMacStyle class provides a Mac OS X style using the Apple Appearance Manager.
-
-    \ingroup appearance
-
-    This class is implemented as a wrapper to the HITheme
-    APIs, allowing applications to be styled according to the current
-    theme in use on Mac OS X. This is done by having primitives
-    in QStyle implemented in terms of what Mac OS X would normally theme.
-
-    \warning This style is only available on Mac OS X because it relies on the
-    HITheme APIs.
-
-    There are additional issues that should be taken
-    into consideration to make an application compatible with the
-    \link http://developer.apple.com/documentation/UserExperience/Conceptual/OSXHIGuidelines/index.html
-    Apple Human Interface Guidelines \endlink. Some of these issues are outlined
-    below.
-
-    \list
-
-    \i Layout - The restrictions on window layout are such that some
-    aspects of layout that are style-dependent cannot be achieved
-    using QLayout. Changes are being considered (and feedback would be
-    appreciated) to make layouts QStyle-able. Some of the restrictions
-    involve horizontal and vertical widget alignment and widget size
-    (covered below).
-
-    \i Widget size - Mac OS X allows widgets to have specific fixed sizes.  Qt
-    does not fully implement this behavior so as to maintain cross-platform
-    compatibility. As a result some widgets sizes may be inappropriate (and
-    subsequently not rendered correctly by the HITheme APIs).The
-    QWidget::sizeHint() will return the appropriate size for many
-    managed widgets (widgets enumerated in \l QStyle::ContentsType).
-
-    \i Effects - QMacStyle uses HITheme for performing most of the drawing, but
-    also uses emulation in a few cases where HITheme does not provide the
-    required functionality (for example, tab bars on Panther, the toolbar
-    separator, etc). We tried to make the emulation as close to the original as
-    possible. Please report any issues you see in effects or non-standard
-    widgets.
-
-    \endlist
-
-    There are other issues that need to be considered in the feel of
-    your application (including the general color scheme to match the
-    Aqua colors). The Guidelines mentioned above will remain current
-    with new advances and design suggestions for Mac OS X.
-
-    Note that the functions provided by QMacStyle are
-    reimplementations of QStyle functions; see QStyle for their
-    documentation.
-
-    \img qmacstyle.png
-    \sa QWindowsXPStyle, QWindowsStyle, QPlastiqueStyle, QCDEStyle, QMotifStyle
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    \enum QMacStyle::WidgetSizePolicy
-
-    \value SizeSmall
-    \value SizeLarge
-    \value SizeMini
-    \value SizeDefault
-    \omitvalue SizeNone
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QMacStyle::QMacStyle()
-    Constructs a QMacStyle object.
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QMacStyle::~QMacStyle()
-    Destructs a QMacStyle object.
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void QMacStyle::polish(QPalette &pal)
-    \reimp 
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void QMacStyle::polish(QApplication *)
-    \reimp 
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void QMacStyle::unpolish(QApplication *)
-    \reimp 
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void QMacStyle::polish(QWidget* w)
-    \reimp 
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void QMacStyle::unpolish(QWidget* w)
-    \reimp 
-*/
-
-/*! \fn int QMacStyle::pixelMetric(PixelMetric metric, const QStyleOption *opt, const QWidget *widget) const
-    \reimp 
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QPalette QMacStyle::standardPalette() const
-    \reimp 
-*/
-
-/*! \fn int QMacStyle::styleHint(StyleHint sh, const QStyleOption *opt, const QWidget *w, QStyleHintReturn *hret) const
-    \reimp 
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QPixmap QMacStyle::generatedIconPixmap(QIcon::Mode iconMode, const QPixmap &pixmap, const QStyleOption *opt) const
-    \reimp 
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QPixmap QMacStyle::standardPixmap(StandardPixmap standardPixmap, const QStyleOption *opt, const QWidget *widget) const
-    \reimp 
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum QMacStyle::FocusRectPolicy
-
-    This type is used to signify a widget's focus rectangle policy.
-
-    \value FocusEnabled  show a focus rectangle when the widget has focus.
-    \value FocusDisabled  never show a focus rectangle for the widget.
-    \value FocusDefault  show a focus rectangle when the widget has
-    focus and the widget is a QSpinWidget, QDateTimeEdit, QLineEdit,
-    QListBox, QListView, editable QTextEdit, or one of their
-    subclasses.
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void QMacStyle::setFocusRectPolicy(QWidget *w, FocusRectPolicy policy)
-    \obsolete
-    Sets the focus rectangle policy of \a w. The \a policy can be one of
-    \l{QMacStyle::FocusRectPolicy}.
-
-    This is now simply an interface to the Qt::WA_MacShowFocusRect attribute and the
-    FocusDefault value does nothing anymore. If you want to set a widget back
-    to its default value, you must save the old value of the attribute before
-    you change it.
-
-    \sa focusRectPolicy() QWidget::setAttribute()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QMacStyle::FocusRectPolicy QMacStyle::focusRectPolicy(const QWidget *w)
-    \obsolete
-    Returns the focus rectangle policy for the widget \a w.
-
-    The focus rectangle policy can be one of \l{QMacStyle::FocusRectPolicy}.
-
-    In 4.3 and up this function will simply test for the
-    Qt::WA_MacShowFocusRect attribute and will never return
-    QMacStyle::FocusDefault.
-
-    \sa setFocusRectPolicy(), QWidget::testAttribute()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void QMacStyle::setWidgetSizePolicy(const QWidget *widget, WidgetSizePolicy policy)
-
-    \obsolete
-
-    Call QWidget::setAttribute() with Qt::WA_MacMiniSize, Qt::WA_MacSmallSize,
-    or Qt::WA_MacNormalSize instead.
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QMacStyle::WidgetSizePolicy QMacStyle::widgetSizePolicy(const QWidget *widget)
-    \obsolete
-
-    Call QWidget::testAttribute() with Qt::WA_MacMiniSize, Qt::WA_MacSmallSize,
-    or Qt::WA_MacNormalSize instead.
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void QMacStyle::drawPrimitive(PrimitiveElement pe, const QStyleOption *opt, QPainter *p, const QWidget *w) const
-
-    \reimp 
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void QMacStyle::drawControl(ControlElement ce, const QStyleOption *opt, QPainter *p, const QWidget *w) const
-
-    \reimp 
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QRect QMacStyle::subElementRect(SubElement sr, const QStyleOption *opt, const QWidget *widget) const
-
-    \reimp 
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void QMacStyle::drawComplexControl(ComplexControl cc, const QStyleOptionComplex *opt, QPainter *p, const QWidget *widget) const
-    \reimp 
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QStyle::SubControl QMacStyle::hitTestComplexControl(ComplexControl cc, const QStyleOptionComplex *opt, const QPoint &pt, const QWidget *widget) const
-    \reimp 
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QRect QMacStyle::subControlRect(ComplexControl cc, const QStyleOptionComplex *opt, SubControl sc, const QWidget *widget) const
-    \reimp 
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QSize QMacStyle::sizeFromContents(ContentsType ct, const QStyleOption *opt, const QSize &csz, const QWidget *widget) const
-    \reimp 
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void QMacStyle::drawItemText(QPainter *p, const QRect &r, int flags, const QPalette &pal, bool enabled, const QString &text, QPalette::ColorRole textRole) const
-    \reimp 
-*/
-
-/*! \fn bool QMacStyle::event(QEvent *e)
-    \reimp 
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QIcon QMacStyle::standardIconImplementation(StandardPixmap standardIcon, const QStyleOption *opt, const QWidget *widget) const
-    \internal
-*/
-
-/*! \fn int QMacStyle::layoutSpacingImplementation(QSizePolicy::ControlType control1, QSizePolicy::ControlType control2, Qt::Orientation orientation, const QStyleOption *option, const QWidget *widget) const
-
-  \internal
-*/
-
diff --git a/doc/src/classes/qnamespace.qdoc b/doc/src/classes/qnamespace.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 79a4560..0000000
--- a/doc/src/classes/qnamespace.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2756 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \namespace Qt
-    \inmodule QtCore
-
-    \brief The Qt namespace contains miscellaneous identifiers
-    used throughout the Qt library.
-
-    \ingroup misc
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::Orientation
-
-    This type is used to signify an object's orientation.
-
-    \value Horizontal
-    \value Vertical
-
-    Orientation is used with QScrollBar for example.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::AlignmentFlag
-
-    This enum type is used to describe alignment. It contains
-    horizontal and vertical flags that can be combined to produce
-    the required effect.
-
-    The \l{TextElideMode} enum can also be used in many situations
-    to fine-tune the appearance of aligned text.
-
-    The horizontal flags are:
-
-    \value AlignLeft Aligns with the left edge.
-    \value AlignRight Aligns with the right edge.
-    \value AlignHCenter Centers horizontally in the available space.
-    \value AlignJustify Justifies the text in the available space.
-    \omitvalue AlignAuto
-
-    The vertical flags are:
-
-    \value AlignTop Aligns with the top.
-    \value AlignBottom Aligns with the bottom.
-    \value AlignVCenter Centers vertically in the available space.
-
-    You can use only one of the horizontal flags at a time. There is
-    one two-dimensional flag:
-
-    \value AlignCenter Centers in both dimensions.
-
-    You can use at most one horizontal and one vertical flag at a
-    time. Qt::AlignCenter counts as both horizontal and vertical.
-
-    Three enum values are useful in applications that can be run in
-    right-to-left mode:
-
-    \value AlignAbsolute  If the widget's layout direction is
-        Qt::RightToLeft (instead of Qt::LeftToRight, the default),
-        Qt::AlignLeft refers to the \e right edge and Qt::AlignRight
-        to the \e left edge. This is normally the desired behavior.
-        If you want Qt::AlignLeft to always mean "left" and
-        Qt::AlignRight to always mean "right", combine the flag with
-        Qt::AlignAbsolute.
-    \value AlignLeading  Synonym for Qt::AlignLeft.
-    \value AlignTrailing  Synonym for Qt::AlignRight.
-
-    Masks:
-
-    \value AlignHorizontal_Mask
-    \value AlignVertical_Mask
-
-    Conflicting combinations of flags have undefined meanings.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::ApplicationAttribute
-
-    This enum describes attributes that change the behavior of
-    application-wide features. These are enabled and disabled using
-    QCoreApplication::setAttribute(), and can be tested for with
-    QCoreApplication::testAttribute().
-
-    \value AA_ImmediateWidgetCreation Ensures that widgets are created
-           as soon as they are constructed. By default, resources for
-           widgets are allocated on demand to improve efficiency and
-           minimize resource usage. Setting or clearing this attribute
-           affects widgets constructed after the change. Setting it
-           tells Qt to create toplevel windows immediately.
-           Therefore, if it is important to minimize resource
-           consumption, do not set this attribute.
-
-    \value AA_MSWindowsUseDirect3DByDefault This value is obsolete and
-           has no effect.
-
-    \value AA_DontShowIconsInMenus Actions with the Icon property won't be
-           shown in any menus unless specifically set by the
-           QAction::iconVisibleInMenu property.
-
-           Menus that are currently open or menus already created in the native
-           Mac OS X menubar \e{may not} pick up a change in this attribute. Changes
-           in the QAction::iconVisibleInMenu property will always be picked up.
-
-    \value AA_NativeWindows Ensures that widgets have native windows.
-
-    \value AA_DontCreateNativeWidgetSiblings Ensures that siblings of native
-           widgets stay non-native unless specifically set by the
-           Qt::WA_NativeWindow attribute.
-
-    \value AA_MacPluginApplication Stops the Qt mac application from doing
-           specific initializations that do not necessarily make sense when using Qt
-           to author a plugin. This includes avoiding loading our nib for the main
-           menu and not taking possession of the native menu bar. When setting this
-           attribute to true will also set the AA_DontUseNativeMenuBar attribute
-           to true.
-
-    \value AA_DontUseNativeMenuBar All menubars created while this attribute is
-           set to true won't be used as a native menubar (e.g, the menubar at
-           the top of the main screen on Mac OS X or at the bottom in Windows CE).
-
-    \value AA_MacDontSwapCtrlAndMeta On Mac OS X by default, Qt swaps the
-           Control and Meta (Command) keys (i.e., whenever Control is pressed, Qt
-           sends Meta and whenever Meta is pressed Control is sent. When this
-           attribute is true, Qt will not do the flip. QKeySequence::StandardShortcuts
-           will also flip accordingly (i.e., QKeySequence::Copy will be
-           Command+C on the keyboard regardless of the value set, though what is output for
-           QKeySequence::toString(QKeySequence::PortableText) will be different).
-
-    \omitvalue AA_AttributeCount
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::MouseButton
-
-    This enum type describes the different mouse buttons.
-
-    \value NoButton        The button state does not refer to any
-    button (see QMouseEvent::button()).
-    \value LeftButton      The left button is pressed, or an event refers
-    to the left button. (The left button may be the right button on
-    left-handed mice.)
-    \value RightButton     The right button.
-    \value MidButton       The middle button.
-    \value XButton1        The first X button.
-    \value XButton2        The second X button.
-
-    \omitvalue MouseButtonMask
-
-    \sa KeyboardModifier Modifier
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::KeyboardModifier
-
-    This enum describes the modifier keys.
-
-    \value NoModifier       No modifier key is pressed.
-    \value ShiftModifier    A Shift key on the keyboard is pressed.
-    \value ControlModifier  A Ctrl key on the keyboard is pressed.
-    \value AltModifier      An Alt key on the keyboard is pressed.
-    \value MetaModifier     A Meta key on the keyboard is pressed.
-    \value KeypadModifier   A keypad button is pressed.
-    \value GroupSwitchModifier X11 only. A Mode_switch key on the keyboard is pressed.
-
-    \omitvalue KeyboardModifierMask
-
-    \note On Mac OS X, the \c ControlModifier value corresponds to
-    the Command keys on the Macintosh keyboard, and the \c MetaModifier value
-    corresponds to the Control keys. The \c KeypadModifier value will also be set
-    when an arrow key is pressed as the arrow keys are considered part of the
-    keypad.
-
-    \note On Windows Keyboards, Qt::MetaModifier and Qt::Key_Meta are mapped
-    to the Windows key.
-
-    \sa MouseButton Modifier
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::Modifier
-
-    This enum provides shorter names for the keyboard modifier keys
-    supported by Qt.
-
-    \bold{Note:} On Mac OS X, the \c CTRL value corresponds to
-    the Command keys on the Macintosh keyboard, and the \c META value
-    corresponds to the Control keys.
-
-    \value SHIFT The Shift keys provided on all standard keyboards.
-    \value META The Meta keys.
-    \value CTRL The Ctrl keys.
-    \value ALT The normal Alt keys, but not keys like AltGr.
-    \value UNICODE_ACCEL The shortcut is specified as a Unicode code
-    point, not as a Qt Key.
-    \omitvalue MODIFIER_MASK
-
-    \sa KeyboardModifier MouseButton
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::GlobalColor
-
-    \raw HTML
-    <style type="text/css" id="colorstyles">
-     #white { background-color: #ffffff; color: #000000 }
-     #black { background-color: #000000; color: #ffffff }
-     #red { background-color: #ff0000; color: #000000 }
-     #darkRed { background-color: #800000; color: #ffffff }
-     #green { background-color: #00ff00; color: #000000 }
-     #darkGreen { background-color: #008000; color: #ffffff }
-     #blue { background-color: #0000ff; color: #ffffff }
-     #darkBlue { background-color: #000080; color: #ffffff }
-     #cyan { background-color: #00ffff; color: #000000 }
-     #darkCyan { background-color: #008080; color: #ffffff }
-     #magenta { background-color: #ff00ff; color: #000000 }
-     #darkMagenta { background-color: #800080; color: #ffffff }
-     #yellow { background-color: #ffff00; color: #000000 }
-     #darkYellow { background-color: #808000; color: #ffffff }
-     #gray { background-color: #a0a0a4; color: #000000 }
-     #darkGray { background-color: #808080; color: #ffffff }
-     #lightGray { background-color: #c0c0c0; color: #000000 }
-    </style>
-    \endraw
-
-    Qt's predefined QColor objects:
-
-    \value white       \raw HTML
-    White <tt id="white">(#ffffff)</tt>
-    \endraw
-    \value black       \raw HTML
-    Black <tt id="black">(#000000)</tt>
-    \endraw
-    \value red         \raw HTML
-    Red <tt id="red">(#ff0000)</tt>
-    \endraw
-    \value darkRed     \raw HTML
-    Dark red <tt id="darkRed">(#800000)</tt>
-    \endraw
-    \value green       \raw HTML
-    Green <tt id="green">(#00ff00)</tt>
-    \endraw
-    \value darkGreen   \raw HTML
-    Dark green <tt id="darkGreen">(#008000)</tt>
-    \endraw
-    \value blue        \raw HTML
-    Blue <tt id="blue">(#0000ff)</tt>
-    \endraw
-    \value darkBlue    \raw HTML
-    Dark blue <tt id="darkBlue">(#000080)</tt>
-    \endraw
-    \value cyan        \raw HTML
-    Cyan <tt id="cyan">(#00ffff)</tt>
-    \endraw
-    \value darkCyan    \raw HTML
-    Dark cyan <tt id="darkCyan">(#008080)</tt>
-    \endraw
-    \value magenta     \raw HTML
-    Magenta <tt id="magenta">(#ff00ff)</tt>
-    \endraw
-    \value darkMagenta \raw HTML
-    Dark magenta <tt id="darkMagenta">(#800080)</tt>
-    \endraw
-    \value yellow      \raw HTML
-    Yellow <tt id="yellow">(#ffff00)</tt>
-    \endraw
-    \value darkYellow  \raw HTML
-    Dark yellow <tt id="darkYellow">(#808000)</tt>
-    \endraw
-    \value gray        \raw HTML
-    Gray <tt id="gray">(#a0a0a4)</tt>
-    \endraw
-    \value darkGray    \raw HTML
-    Dark gray <tt id="darkGray">(#808080)</tt>
-    \endraw
-    \value lightGray   \raw HTML
-    Light gray <tt id="lightGray">(#c0c0c0)</tt>
-    \endraw
-    \value transparent a transparent black value (i.e., QColor(0, 0, 0, 0))
-    \value color0 0 pixel value (for bitmaps)
-    \value color1 1 pixel value (for bitmaps)
-
-    \sa QColor
-
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::PenStyle
-
-    This enum type defines the pen styles that can be drawn using
-    QPainter. The styles are:
-
-    \table
-    \row
-    \o \inlineimage qpen-solid.png
-    \o \inlineimage qpen-dash.png
-    \o \inlineimage qpen-dot.png
-    \row
-    \o Qt::SolidLine
-    \o Qt::DashLine
-    \o Qt::DotLine
-    \row
-    \o \inlineimage qpen-dashdot.png
-    \o \inlineimage qpen-dashdotdot.png
-    \o \inlineimage qpen-custom.png
-    \row
-    \o Qt::DashDotLine
-    \o Qt::DashDotDotLine
-    \o Qt::CustomDashLine
-    \endtable
-
-    \value NoPen  no line at all. For example, QPainter::drawRect()
-    fills but does not draw any boundary line.
-
-    \value SolidLine  A plain line.
-    \value DashLine  Dashes separated by a few pixels.
-    \value DotLine  Dots separated by a few pixels.
-    \value DashDotLine  Alternate dots and dashes.
-    \value DashDotDotLine  One dash, two dots, one dash, two dots.
-    \value CustomDashLine  A custom pattern defined using
-                           QPainterPathStroker::setDashPattern().
-
-    \omitvalue MPenStyle
-
-    \sa QPen
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::PenCapStyle
-
-    This enum type defines the pen cap styles supported by Qt, i.e.
-    the line end caps that can be drawn using QPainter.
-
-    \table
-    \row
-    \o \inlineimage qpen-square.png
-    \o \inlineimage qpen-flat.png
-    \o \inlineimage qpen-roundcap.png
-    \row
-    \o Qt::SquareCap
-    \o Qt::FlatCap
-    \o Qt::RoundCap
-    \endtable
-
-    \value FlatCap  a square line end that does not cover the end
-        point of the line.
-    \value SquareCap  a square line end that covers the end point and
-        extends beyond it by half the line width.
-    \value RoundCap  a rounded line end.
-    \omitvalue MPenCapStyle
-
-    \sa QPen
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::PenJoinStyle
-
-    This enum type defines the pen join styles supported by Qt, i.e.
-    which joins between two connected lines can be drawn using
-    QPainter.
-
-    \table
-    \row
-    \o \inlineimage qpen-bevel.png
-    \o \inlineimage qpen-miter.png
-    \o \inlineimage qpen-roundjoin.png
-    \row
-    \o Qt::BevelJoin
-    \o Qt::MiterJoin
-    \o Qt::RoundJoin
-    \endtable
-
-    \value MiterJoin  The outer edges of the lines are extended to
-           meet at an angle, and this area is filled.
-    \value BevelJoin  The triangular notch between the two lines is filled.
-    \value RoundJoin  A circular arc between the two lines is filled.
-    \value SvgMiterJoin A miter join corresponding to the definition of
-           a miter join in the \l{SVG 1.2 Tiny} specification.
-    \omitvalue MPenJoinStyle
-
-    \sa QPen
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::BrushStyle
-
-    This enum type defines the brush styles supported by Qt, i.e. the
-    fill pattern of shapes drawn using QPainter.
-
-    \image brush-styles.png Brush Styles
-
-    \value NoBrush  No brush pattern.
-    \value SolidPattern  Uniform color.
-    \value Dense1Pattern  Extremely dense brush pattern.
-    \value Dense2Pattern  Very dense brush pattern.
-    \value Dense3Pattern  Somewhat dense brush pattern.
-    \value Dense4Pattern  Half dense brush pattern.
-    \value Dense5Pattern  Somewhat sparse brush pattern.
-    \value Dense6Pattern  Very sparse brush pattern.
-    \value Dense7Pattern  Extremely sparse brush pattern.
-    \value HorPattern  Horizontal lines.
-    \value VerPattern  Vertical lines.
-    \value CrossPattern  Crossing horizontal and vertical lines.
-    \value BDiagPattern  Backward diagonal lines.
-    \value FDiagPattern  Forward diagonal lines.
-    \value DiagCrossPattern  Crossing diagonal lines.
-    \value LinearGradientPattern  Linear gradient (set using a dedicated QBrush constructor).
-    \value ConicalGradientPattern  Conical gradient (set using a dedicated QBrush constructor).
-    \value RadialGradientPattern  Radial gradient (set using a dedicated QBrush constructor).
-    \value TexturePattern  Custom pattern (see QBrush::setTexture()).
-
-    \omitvalue CustomPattern
-
-    \sa QBrush
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::TextFlag
-
-    This enum type is used to define some modifier flags. Some of
-    these flags only make sense in the context of printing:
-
-    \value TextSingleLine Treats all whitespace as spaces and prints just
-           one line.
-    \value TextDontClip If it's impossible to stay within the given bounds,
-           it prints outside.
-    \value TextExpandTabs Makes the U+0009 (ASCII tab) character move to
-           the next tab stop.
-    \value TextShowMnemonic Displays the string "\&P" as \underline{P}
-           (see QButton for an example). For an ampersand, use "\&\&".
-    \value TextWordWrap Breaks lines at appropriate points, e.g. at word
-           boundaries.
-    \value TextWrapAnywhere Breaks lines anywhere, even within words.
-    \value TextHideMnemonic Same as Qt::TextShowMnemonic but doesn't draw the underlines.
-    \value TextDontPrint Treat this text as "hidden" and don't print
-    it.
-    \value IncludeTrailingSpaces When this option is set, QTextLine::naturalTextWidth() and naturalTextRect() will
-                                 return a value that includes the width of trailing spaces in the text; otherwise
-                                 this width is excluded.
-    \value TextIncludeTrailingSpaces Same as IncludeTrailingSpaces
-    \value TextJustificationForced Ensures that text lines are justified.
-
-    \omitvalue BreakAnywhere
-    \omitvalue DontClip
-    \omitvalue DontPrint
-    \omitvalue ExpandTabs
-    \omitvalue IncludeTrailingSpaces
-    \omitvalue NoAccel
-    \omitvalue ShowPrefix
-    \omitvalue SingleLine
-    \omitvalue WordBreak
-    \omitvalue TextForceLeftToRight
-    \omitvalue TextForceRightToLeft
-    \omitvalue TextLongestVariant Always use the longest variant when computing the size of a multi-variant string
-
-    You can use as many modifier flags as you want, except that
-    Qt::TextSingleLine and Qt::TextWordWrap cannot be combined.
-
-    Flags that are inappropriate for a given use are generally
-    ignored.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::BGMode
-
-    Background mode:
-
-    \value TransparentMode
-    \value OpaqueMode
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::ConnectionType
-
-    This enum describes the types of connection that can be used between signals and
-    slots. In particular, it determines whether a particular signal is delivered to a
-    slot immediately or queued for delivery at a later time.
-
-    \value DirectConnection  When emitted, the signal is immediately delivered to the slot.
-    \value QueuedConnection  When emitted, the signal is queued until the event loop is
-                             able to deliver it to the slot.
-    \value BlockingQueuedConnection
-                             Same as QueuedConnection, except that the current thread blocks
-                             until the slot has been delivered. This connection type should
-                             only be used for receivers in a different thread. Note that misuse
-                             of this type can lead to deadlocks in your application.
-    \value AutoConnection    If the signal is emitted from the thread
-                             in which the receiving object lives, the
-                             slot is invoked directly, as with
-                             Qt::DirectConnection; otherwise the
-                             signal is queued, as with
-                             Qt::QueuedConnection.
-    \value UniqueConnection  Same as AutoConnection, but there will be a check that the signal is
-                             not already connected to the same slot before connecting, otherwise,
-                             the connection will fail.
-                             This value was introduced in Qt 4.6.
-    \value AutoCompatConnection
-           The default connection type for signals and slots when Qt 3 support
-           is enabled. Equivalent to AutoConnection for connections but will cause warnings
-           to be output under certain circumstances. See
-           \l{Porting to Qt 4#Compatibility Signals and Slots}{Compatibility Signals and Slots}
-           for further information.
-
-    With queued connections, the parameters must be of types that are known to
-    Qt's meta-object system, because Qt needs to copy the arguments to store them
-    in an event behind the scenes. If you try to use a queued connection and
-    get the error message
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qnamespace.qdoc 0
-
-    call qRegisterMetaType() to register the data type before you
-    establish the connection.
-
-    \sa {Thread Support in Qt}, QObject::connect(), qRegisterMetaType()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::DateFormat
-
-    \value TextDate The default Qt format, which includes the day and month name,
-    the day number in the month, and the year in full. The day and month names will
-    be short, localized names. This is basically equivalent to using the date format
-    string, "ddd MMM d yyyy". See QDate::toString() for more information.
-
-    \value ISODate ISO 8601 extended format: either \c{YYYY-MM-DD} for dates or
-    \c{YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS} for combined dates and times.
-
-    \value SystemLocaleShortDate The \l{QLocale::ShortFormat}{short format} used
-    by the \l{QLocale::system()}{operating system}.
-
-    \value SystemLocaleLongDate The \l{QLocale::LongFormat}{long format} used
-    by the \l{QLocale::system()}{operating system}.
-
-    \value DefaultLocaleShortDate The \l{QLocale::ShortFormat}{short format} specified
-    by the \l{QLocale::setDefault()}{application's locale}.
-
-    \value DefaultLocaleLongDate The \l{QLocale::LongFormat}{long format} used
-    by the \l{QLocale::setDefault()}{application's locale}.
-
-    \value SystemLocaleDate \e{This enum value is deprecated.} Use Qt::SystemLocaleShortDate
-    instead (or Qt::SystemLocaleLongDate if you want long dates).
-
-    \value LocaleDate \e{This enum value is deprecated.} Use Qt::DefaultLocaleShortDate
-    instead (or Qt::DefaultLocaleLongDate if you want long dates).
-
-    \value LocalDate \e{This enum value is deprecated.} Use Qt::SystemLocaleShortDate
-    instead (or Qt::SystemLocaleLongDate if you want long dates).
-
-    \note For \c ISODate formats, each \c Y, \c M and \c D represents a single digit
-    of the year, month and day used to specify the date. Each \c H, \c M and \c S
-    represents a single digit of the hour, minute and second used to specify the time.
-    The presence of a literal \c T character is used to separate the date and time when
-    both are specified.
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::TimeSpec
-
-    \value LocalTime Locale dependent time (Timezones and Daylight Savings Time).
-    \value UTC Coordinated Universal Time, replaces Greenwich Mean Time.
-    \value OffsetFromUTC An offset in seconds from Coordinated Universal Time.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::DayOfWeek
-
-    \value Monday
-    \value Tuesday
-    \value Wednesday
-    \value Thursday
-    \value Friday
-    \value Saturday
-    \value Sunday
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::CaseSensitivity
-
-    \value CaseInsensitive
-    \value CaseSensitive
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::ToolBarArea
-
-    \value LeftToolBarArea
-    \value RightToolBarArea
-    \value TopToolBarArea
-    \value BottomToolBarArea
-    \value AllToolBarAreas
-    \value NoToolBarArea
-
-    \omitvalue ToolBarArea_Mask
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::DockWidgetArea
-
-    \value LeftDockWidgetArea
-    \value RightDockWidgetArea
-    \value TopDockWidgetArea
-    \value BottomDockWidgetArea
-    \value AllDockWidgetAreas
-    \value NoDockWidgetArea
-
-    \omitvalue DockWidgetArea_Mask
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::BackgroundMode
-
-    \compat
-
-    \value FixedColor
-    \value FixedPixmap
-    \value NoBackground
-    \value PaletteForeground
-    \value PaletteButton
-    \value PaletteLight
-    \value PaletteMidlight
-    \value PaletteDark
-    \value PaletteMid
-    \value PaletteText
-    \value PaletteBrightText
-    \value PaletteBase
-    \value PaletteBackground
-    \value PaletteShadow
-    \value PaletteHighlight
-    \value PaletteHighlightedText
-    \value PaletteButtonText
-    \value PaletteLink
-    \value PaletteLinkVisited
-    \value X11ParentRelative
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::ImageConversionFlag
-
-    The options marked "(default)" are set if no other values from
-    the list are included (since the defaults are zero):
-
-    Color/Mono preference (ignored for QBitmap):
-
-    \value AutoColor (default) - If the image has \link
-           QImage::depth() depth\endlink 1 and contains only
-           black and white pixels, the pixmap becomes monochrome.
-    \value ColorOnly The pixmap is dithered/converted to the
-           \link QPixmap::defaultDepth() native display depth\endlink.
-    \value MonoOnly The pixmap becomes monochrome. If necessary,
-           it is dithered using the chosen dithering algorithm.
-
-    Dithering mode preference for RGB channels:
-
-    \value DiffuseDither (default) - A high-quality dither.
-    \value OrderedDither A faster, more ordered dither.
-    \value ThresholdDither No dithering; closest color is used.
-
-    Dithering mode preference for alpha channel:
-
-    \value ThresholdAlphaDither (default) - No dithering.
-    \value OrderedAlphaDither A faster, more ordered dither.
-    \value DiffuseAlphaDither A high-quality dither.
-    \omitvalue NoAlpha
-
-    Color matching versus dithering preference:
-
-    \value PreferDither (default when converting to a pixmap) - Always dither
-           32-bit images when the image is converted to 8 bits.
-    \value AvoidDither (default when converting for the purpose of saving to
-           file) - Dither 32-bit images only if the image has more than 256
-           colors and it is being converted to 8 bits.
-    \omitvalue AutoDither
-
-    \omitvalue ColorMode_Mask
-    \omitvalue Dither_Mask
-    \omitvalue AlphaDither_Mask
-    \omitvalue DitherMode_Mask
-    \omitvalue NoOpaqueDetection
-*/
-
-/*! \enum Qt::GUIStyle
-
-    \compat
-
-    \value WindowsStyle
-    \value MotifStyle
-    \value MacStyle
-    \value Win3Style
-    \value PMStyle
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::UIEffect
-
-    This enum describes the available UI effects.
-
-    By default, Qt will try to use the platform specific desktop
-    settings for each effect. Use the
-    QApplication::setDesktopSettingsAware() function (passing \c false
-    as argument) to prevent this, and the
-    QApplication::setEffectEnabled() to enable or disable a particular
-    effect.
-
-    Note that all effects are disabled on screens running at less than
-    16-bit color depth.
-
-    \omitvalue UI_General
-
-    \value UI_AnimateMenu Show animated menus.
-    \value UI_FadeMenu Show faded menus.
-    \value UI_AnimateCombo Show animated comboboxes.
-    \value UI_AnimateTooltip Show tooltip animations.
-    \value UI_FadeTooltip Show tooltip fading effects.
-    \value UI_AnimateToolBox Reserved
-
-    \sa QApplication::setEffectEnabled(), QApplication::setDesktopSettingsAware()
-*/
-
-/*! \enum Qt::AspectRatioMode
-
-    This enum type defines what happens to the aspect ratio when
-    scaling an rectangle.
-
-    \image qimage-scaling.png
-
-    \value IgnoreAspectRatio  The size is scaled freely. The aspect
-                              ratio is not preserved.
-    \value KeepAspectRatio  The size is scaled to a rectangle as
-                            large as possible inside a given
-                            rectangle, preserving the aspect ratio.
-    \value KeepAspectRatioByExpanding  The size is scaled to a
-                                       rectangle as small as possible
-                                       outside a given rectangle,
-                                       preserving the aspect ratio.
-
-    \omitvalue ScaleFree
-    \omitvalue ScaleMin
-    \omitvalue ScaleMax
-
-    \sa QSize::scale(), QImage::scaled()
-*/
-
-/*! \typedef Qt::ScaleMode
-    \compat
-
-    Use Qt::AspectRatioMode instead.
-
-    The enum values have been renamed as follows:
-
-    \table
-    \row \i Old enum value \i New enum value
-    \row \i Qt::ScaleFree  \i Qt::IgnoreAspectRatio
-    \row \i Qt::ScaleMin   \i Qt::KeepAspectRatio
-    \row \i Qt::ScaleMax   \i Qt::KeepAspectRatioByExpanding
-    \endtable
-*/
-
-/*! \enum Qt::TransformationMode
-
-    This enum type defines whether image transformations (e.g.,
-    scaling) should be smooth or not.
-
-    \value FastTransformation  The transformation is performed
-                               quickly, with no smoothing.
-    \value SmoothTransformation  The resulting image is transformed
-                                 using bilinear filtering.
-
-    \sa QImage::scaled()
-*/
-
-/*! \enum Qt::Axis
-
-    This enum type defines three values to represent the three
-    axes in the cartesian coordinate system.
-
-    \value XAxis  The X axis.
-    \value YAxis  The Y axis.
-    \value ZAxis  The Z axis.
-
-    \sa QTransform::rotate(), QTransform::rotateRadians()
- */
-
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::WidgetAttribute
-
-    \keyword widget attributes
-
-    This enum type is used to specify various widget attributes.
-    Attributes are set and cleared with QWidget::setAttribute(), and
-    queried with QWidget::testAttribute(), although some have special
-    convenience functions which are mentioned below.
-
-    \value WA_AcceptDrops Allows data from drag and drop operations
-    to be dropped onto the widget (see QWidget::setAcceptDrops()).
-
-    \value WA_AlwaysShowToolTips Enables tooltips for inactive windows.
-
-    \value WA_ContentsPropagated This flag is superfluous and
-    obsolete; it no longer has any effect. Since Qt 4.1, all widgets
-    that do not set WA_PaintOnScreen propagate their contents.
-
-    \value WA_CustomWhatsThis Indicates that the widget wants to
-    continue operating normally in "What's This?" mode. This is set by the
-    widget's author.
-
-    \value WA_DeleteOnClose Makes Qt delete this widget when the
-    widget has accepted the close event (see QWidget::closeEvent()).
-
-    \value WA_Disabled Indicates that the widget is disabled, i.e.
-    it does not receive any mouse or keyboard events. There is also a
-    getter functions QWidget::isEnabled().  This is set/cleared by the
-    Qt kernel.
-
-    \omitvalue WA_DropSiteRegistered
-    \omitvalue WA_ForceAcceptDrops
-
-    \value WA_ForceDisabled Indicates that the widget is
-    explicitly disabled, i.e. it will remain disabled even when all
-    its ancestors are set to the enabled state. This implies
-    WA_Disabled. This is set/cleared by QWidget::setEnabled() and
-    QWidget::setDisabled().
-
-    \value WA_ForceUpdatesDisabled Indicates that updates are
-    explicitly disabled for the widget; i.e. it will remain disabled
-    even when all its ancestors are set to the updates-enabled state.
-    This implies WA_UpdatesDisabled. This is set/cleared by
-    QWidget::setUpdatesEnabled().
-
-    \value WA_GroupLeader
-        \e{This attribute has been deprecated.} Use QWidget::windowModality
-        instead.
-
-    \value WA_Hover Forces Qt to generate paint events when the mouse
-    enters or leaves the widget. This feature is typically used when
-    implementing custom styles; see the \l{widgets/styles}{Styles}
-    example for details.
-
-    \value WA_InputMethodEnabled Enables input methods for Asian languages.
-    Must be set when creating custom text editing widgets.
-    On Windows CE this flag can be used in addition to
-    QApplication::autoSipEnabled to automatically display the SIP when
-    entering a widget.
-
-    \value WA_KeyboardFocusChange Set on a toplevel window when
-    the users changes focus with the keyboard (tab, backtab, or shortcut).
-
-    \value WA_KeyCompression Enables key event compression if set,
-    and disables it if not set. By default key compression is off, so
-    widgets receive one key press event for each key press (or more,
-    since autorepeat is usually on). If you turn it on and your
-    program doesn't keep up with key input, Qt may try to compress key
-    events so that more than one character can be processed in each
-    event.
-    For example, a word processor widget might receive 2, 3 or more
-    characters in each QKeyEvent::text(), if the layout recalculation
-    takes too long for the CPU.
-    If a widget supports multiple character unicode input, it is
-    always safe to turn the compression on.
-    Qt performs key event compression only for printable characters.
-    Qt::Modifier keys, cursor movement keys, function keys and
-    miscellaneous action keys (e.g. Escape, Enter, Backspace,
-    PrintScreen) will stop key event compression, even if there are
-    more compressible key events available.
-    Platforms other than Mac and X11 do not support this compression,
-    in which case turning it on will have no effect.
-    This is set/cleared by the widget's author.
-
-    \value WA_LayoutOnEntireRect Indicates that the widget
-    wants QLayout to operate on the entire QWidget::rect(), not only
-    on QWidget::contentsRect(). This is set by the widget's author.
-
-    \value WA_LayoutUsesWidgetRect Ignore the layout item rect from the style
-    when laying out this widget with QLayout. This makes a difference in
-    QMacStyle and QPlastiqueStyle for some widgets.
-
-    \value WA_MacNoClickThrough When a widget that has this attribute set
-    is clicked, and its window is inactive, the click will make the window
-    active but won't be seen by the widget. Typical use of this attribute
-    is on widgets with "destructive" actions, such as a "Delete" button.
-    WA_MacNoClickThrough also applies to all child widgets of the widget
-    that has it set.
-
-    \value WA_MacOpaqueSizeGrip Indicates that the native Carbon size grip
-    should be opaque instead of transparent (the default). This attribute
-    is only applicable to Mac OS X and is set by the widget's author.
-
-    \value WA_MacShowFocusRect Indicates that this widget should get a
-    QFocusFrame around it. Some widgets draw their own focus halo
-    regardless of this attribute. Not that the QWidget::focusPolicy
-    also plays the main role in whether something is given focus or
-    not, this only controls whether or not this gets the focus
-    frame. This attribute is only applicable to Mac OS X.
-
-    \value WA_MacNormalSize Indicates the widget should have the
-    normal size for widgets in Mac OS X. This attribute is only
-    applicable to Mac OS X.
-
-    \value WA_MacSmallSize Indicates the widget should have the small
-    size for widgets in Mac OS X. This attribute is only applicable to
-    Mac OS X.
-
-    \value WA_MacMiniSize Indicates the widget should have the mini
-    size for widgets in Mac OS X. This attribute is only applicable to
-    Mac OS X.
-
-    \value WA_MacVariableSize Indicates the widget can choose between
-    alternative sizes for widgets to avoid clipping.
-    This attribute is only applicable to Mac OS X.
-
-    \value WA_MacBrushedMetal Indicates the widget should be drawn in
-    the brushed metal style as supported by the windowing system. This
-    attribute is only applicable to Mac OS X.
-
-    \omitvalue WA_MacMetalStyle
-
-    \value WA_Mapped Indicates that the widget is mapped on screen.
-    This is set/cleared by the Qt kernel.
-
-    \value WA_MouseNoMask Makes the widget receive mouse events for
-    the entire widget regardless of the currently set mask,
-    overriding QWidget::setMask(). This is not applicable for
-    top-level windows.
-
-    \value WA_MouseTracking Indicates that the widget has mouse
-    tracking enabled. See QWidget::mouseTracking.
-
-    \value WA_Moved Indicates that the widget has an explicit
-    position. This is set/cleared by QWidget::move() and
-    by QWidget::setGeometry().
-
-    \value WA_MSWindowsUseDirect3D This value is obsolete and has no
-    effect.
-
-    \value WA_NoBackground This value is obsolete. Use
-    WA_OpaquePaintEvent instead.
-
-    \value WA_NoChildEventsForParent Indicates that the widget does
-    not want ChildAdded or ChildRemoved events sent to its
-    parent. This is rarely necessary but can help to avoid automatic
-    insertion widgets like splitters and layouts. This is set by a
-    widget's author.
-
-    \value WA_NoChildEventsFromChildren Indicates that the widget does
-    not want to receive ChildAdded or ChildRemoved events sent from its
-    children. This is set by a widget's author.
-
-    \value WA_NoMouseReplay Used for pop-up widgets. Indicates that the most
-    recent mouse press event should not be replayed when the pop-up widget
-    closes. The flag is set by the widget's author and cleared by the Qt kernel
-    every time the widget receives a new mouse event.
-
-    \value WA_NoMousePropagation Prohibits mouse events from being propagated
-    to the widget's parent. This attribute is disabled by default.
-
-    \value WA_TransparentForMouseEvents When enabled, this attribute disables
-    the delivery of mouse events to the widget and its children. Mouse events
-    are delivered to other widgets as if the widget and its children were not
-    present in the widget hierarchy; mouse clicks and other events effectively
-    "pass through" them. This attribute is disabled by default.
-
-    \value WA_NoSystemBackground Indicates that the widget has no background,
-    i.e. when the widget receives paint events, the background is not
-    automatically repainted. \note Unlike WA_OpaquePaintEvent, newly exposed
-    areas are \bold never filled with the background (e.g., after showing a
-    window for the first time the user can see "through" it until the
-    application processes the paint events). This flag is set or cleared by the
-    widget's author.
-
-    \value WA_OpaquePaintEvent Indicates that the widget paints all its pixels
-    when it receives a paint event. Thus, it is not required for operations
-    like updating, resizing, scrolling and focus changes to erase the widget
-    before generating paint events. The use of WA_OpaquePaintEvent provides a
-    small optimization by helping to reduce flicker on systems that do not
-    support double buffering and avoiding computational cycles necessary to
-    erase the background prior to painting. \note Unlike
-    WA_NoSystemBackground, WA_OpaquePaintEvent makes an effort to avoid
-    transparent window backgrounds. This flag is set or cleared by the widget's
-    author.
-
-    \value WA_OutsideWSRange Indicates that the widget is outside
-    the valid range of the window system's coordinate system. A widget
-    outside the valid range cannot be mapped on screen. This is
-    set/cleared by the Qt kernel.
-
-    \value WA_PaintOnScreen Indicates that the widget wants to draw directly
-    onto the screen. Widgets with this attribute set do not participate in
-    composition management, i.e. they cannot be semi-transparent or shine
-    through semi-transparent overlapping widgets. \note This flag is only
-    supported on X11 and it disables double buffering. On Qt for Embedded
-    Linux, the flag only works when set on a top-level widget and it relies on
-    support from the active screen driver. This flag is set or cleared by the
-    widget's author. To render outside of Qt's paint system, e.g., if you
-    require native painting primitives, you need to reimplement
-    QWidget::paintEngine() to return 0 and set this flag.
-
-    \value WA_PaintOutsidePaintEvent Makes it possible to use QPainter to
-    paint on the widget outside \l{QWidget::paintEvent()}{paintEvent()}. This
-    flag is not supported on Windows, Mac OS X or Embedded Linux. We recommend
-    that you use it only when porting Qt 3 code to Qt 4.
-
-    \value WA_PaintUnclipped Makes all painters operating on this widget
-    unclipped. Children of this widget or other widgets in front of it do not
-    clip the area the painter can paint on. This flag is only supported for
-    widgets with the WA_PaintOnScreen flag set. The preferred way to do this in
-    a cross platform way is to create a transparent widget that lies in front
-    of the other widgets.
-
-    \value WA_PendingMoveEvent Indicates that a move event is pending, e.g.,
-    when a hidden widget was moved. This flag is set or cleared by the Qt
-    kernel.
-
-    \value WA_PendingResizeEvent Indicates that a resize event is pending,
-    e.g., when a hidden widget was resized. This flag is set or cleared by the
-    Qt kernel.
-
-    \value WA_QuitOnClose Makes Qt quit the application when the last widget
-    with the attribute set has accepted closeEvent(). This behavior can be
-    modified with the QApplication::quitOnLastWindowClosed property. By default
-    this attribute is set for all widgets of type Qt::Window.
-
-    \value WA_Resized Indicates that the widget has an explicit size. This flag
-    is set or cleared by QWidget::resize() and QWidget::setGeometry().
-
-    \value WA_RightToLeft Indicates that the layout direction for the widget
-    is right to left.
-
-    \value WA_SetCursor Indicates that the widget has a cursor of its own. This
-    flag is set or cleared by QWidget::setCursor() and QWidget::unsetCursor().
-
-    \value WA_SetFont Indicates that the widget has a font of its own. This
-    flag is set or cleared by QWidget::setFont().
-
-    \value WA_SetPalette Indicates that the widget has a palette of its own.
-    This flag is set or cleared by QWidget::setPalette().
-
-    \value WA_SetStyle Indicates that the widget has a style of its own. This
-    flag is set or cleared by QWidget::setStyle().
-
-    \value WA_ShowModal \e{This attribute has been deprecated.} Use
-    QWidget::windowModality instead.
-
-    \value WA_StaticContents Indicates that the widget contents are north-west
-    aligned and static. On resize, such a widget will receive paint events only
-    for parts of itself that are newly visible. This flag is set or cleared by
-    the widget's author.
-
-    \value WA_StyleSheet Indicates that the widget is styled using a
-    \l{Qt Style Sheets}{style sheet}.
-
-    \value WA_TranslucentBackground Indicates that the widget should have a
-    translucent background, i.e., any non-opaque regions of the widgets will be
-    translucent because the widget will have an alpha channel. Setting this
-    flag causes WA_NoSystemBackground to be set. On Windows the
-    widget also needs the Qt::FramelessWindowHint window flag to be set.
-    This flag is set or cleared by the widget's author.
-
-    \value WA_UnderMouse Indicates that the widget is under the mouse cursor.
-    The value is not updated correctly during drag and drop operations. There
-    is also a getter function, QWidget::underMouse(). This flag is set or
-    cleared by the Qt kernel.
-
-    \value WA_UpdatesDisabled Indicates that updates are blocked (including the
-    system background). This flag is set or cleared by the Qt kernel.
-    \warning This flag must \e never be set or cleared by the widget's author.
-
-    \value WA_WindowModified Indicates that the window is marked as modified.
-    On some platforms this flag will do nothing, on others (including Mac OS X
-    and Windows) the window will take a modified appearance. This flag is set
-    or cleared by QWidget::setWindowModified().
-
-    \value WA_WindowPropagation Makes a toplevel window inherit font and
-    palette from its parent.
-
-    \value WA_MacAlwaysShowToolWindow On Mac OS X, show the tool window even
-    when the application is not active.  By default, all tool windows are
-    hidden when the application is inactive.
-
-    \value WA_SetLocale Indicates the locale should be taken into consideration
-    in the widget.
-
-    \value WA_StyledBackground Indicates the widget should be drawn using a
-    styled background.
-
-    \value WA_ShowWithoutActivating Show the widget without making it active.
-
-    \value WA_NativeWindow Indicates that a native window is created for the
-    widget. Enabling this flag will also force a native window for the widget's
-    ancestors unless Qt::WA_DontCreateNativeAncestors is set.
-
-    \value WA_DontCreateNativeAncestors Indicates that the widget's ancestors
-    are kept non-native even though the widget itself is native.
-
-    \value WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeDesktop Adds _NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_DESKTOP to the
-    window's _NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE X11 window property. See
-    http://standards.freedesktop.org/wm-spec/ for more details. This attribute
-    has no effect on non-X11 platforms.
-
-    \value WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeDock Adds _NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_DOCK to the
-    window's _NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE X11 window property. See
-    http://standards.freedesktop.org/wm-spec/ for more details. This attribute
-    has no effect on non-X11 platforms.
-
-    \value WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeToolBar Adds _NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_TOOLBAR to the
-    window's _NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE X11 window property. See
-    http://standards.freedesktop.org/wm-spec/ for more details. This attribute
-    has no effect on non-X11 platforms. \note Qt automaticaly sets this
-    attribute for QToolBar.
-
-    \value WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeMenu Adds _NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_MENU to the
-    window's _NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE X11 window property. See
-    http://standards.freedesktop.org/wm-spec/ for more details. This attribute
-    has no effect on non-X11 platforms. \note Qt automatically sets this
-    attribute for QMenu when torn-off.
-
-    \value WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeUtility Adds _NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_UTILITY to the
-    window's _NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE X11 window property. See
-    http://standards.freedesktop.org/wm-spec/ for more details. This attribute
-    has no effect on non-X11 platforms. \note Qt automatically sets this
-    attribute for the Qt::Tool window type.
-
-    \value WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeSplash Adds _NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_SPLASH to the
-    window's _NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE X11 window property. See
-    http://standards.freedesktop.org/wm-spec/ for more details. This attribute
-    has no effect on non-X11 platforms. \note Qt automatically sets this
-    attribute for the Qt::SplashScreen window type.
-
-    \value WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeDialog Adds _NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_DIALOG
-    to the window's _NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE X11 window property. See
-    http://standards.freedesktop.org/wm-spec/ for more details. This
-    attribute has no effect on non-X11 platforms. \note Qt automatically sets
-    this attribute for the Qt::Dialog and Qt::Sheet window types.
-
-    \value WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeDropDownMenu Adds
-    _NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_DROPDOWN_MENU to the window's
-    _NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE X11 window property. See
-    http://standards.freedesktop.org/wm-spec/ for more details. This
-    attribute has no effect on non-X11 platforms. \note Qt
-    automatically sets this attribute for QMenus added to a QMenuBar.
-
-    \value WA_X11NetWmWindowTypePopupMenu Adds _NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_POPUP_MENU
-    to the window's _NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE X11 window property. See
-    http://standards.freedesktop.org/wm-spec/ for more details. This attribute
-    has no effect on non-X11 platforms. \note Qt automatically sets this
-    attribute for QMenu.
-
-    \value WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeToolTip Adds _NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_TOOLTIP to the
-    window's _NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE X11 window property. See
-    http://standards.freedesktop.org/wm-spec/ for more details. This attribute
-    has no effect on non-X11 platforms. \note Qt automatically sets this
-    attribute for the Qt::ToolTip window type.
-
-    \value WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeNotification Adds
-    _NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_NOTIFICATION to the window's _NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE X11
-    window property. See http://standards.freedesktop.org/wm-spec/ for more
-    details. This attribute has no effect on non-X11 platforms.
-
-    \value WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeCombo Adds _NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_COMBO
-    to the window's _NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE X11 window property. See
-    http://standards.freedesktop.org/wm-spec/ for more details. This attribute
-    has no effect on non-X11 platforms. \note Qt automatically sets this
-    attribute for the QComboBox pop-up.
-
-    \value WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeDND Adds _NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_DND to
-    the window's _NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE X11 window property. See
-    http://standards.freedesktop.org/wm-spec/ for more details. This attribute
-    has no effect on non-X11 platforms. \note Qt automatically sets this
-    attribute on the feedback widget used during a drag.
-
-    \value WA_MacFrameworkScaled Enables resolution independence aware mode
-    on Mac when using Carbon. This attribute has no effect on Cocoa.
-    The attribute is off by default and can be enabled on a per-window basis.
-
-    \value WA_AcceptTouchEvents Allows touch events (see QTouchEvent)
-    to be sent to the widget. Must be set on all widgets that can
-    handle touch events. Without this attribute set, events from a
-    touch device will be sent as mouse events.
-
-    \value WA_TouchPadAcceptSingleTouchEvents Allows touchpad single
-    touch events to be sent to the widget. 
-
-    \omitvalue WA_SetLayoutDirection
-    \omitvalue WA_InputMethodTransparent
-    \omitvalue WA_WState_CompressKeys
-    \omitvalue WA_WState_ConfigPending
-    \omitvalue WA_WState_Created
-    \omitvalue WA_WState_DND
-    \omitvalue WA_WState_ExplicitShowHide
-    \omitvalue WA_WState_Hidden
-    \omitvalue WA_WState_InPaintEvent
-    \omitvalue WA_WState_OwnSizePolicy
-    \omitvalue WA_WState_Polished
-    \omitvalue WA_WState_Reparented
-    \omitvalue WA_WState_Visible
-    \omitvalue WA_SetWindowIcon
-    \omitvalue WA_PendingUpdate
-    \omitvalue WA_LaidOut
-    \omitvalue WA_GrabbedShortcut
-    \omitvalue WA_DontShowOnScreen 
-    \omitvalue WA_InvalidSize
-    \omitvalue WA_ForceUpdatesDisabled
-    \omitvalue WA_NoX11EventCompression
-    \omitvalue WA_TintedBackground
-    \omitvalue WA_X11OpenGLOverlay
-    \omitvalue WA_CanHostQMdiSubWindowTitleBar
-    \omitvalue WA_AttributeCount
-    \omitvalue WA_StyleSheet
-    \omitvalue WA_X11BypassTransientForHint
-    \omitvalue WA_SetWindowModality
-    \omitvalue WA_WState_WindowOpacitySet
-    \omitvalue WA_WState_AcceptedTouchBeginEvent
-*/
-
-/*! \typedef Qt::HANDLE
-
-    Platform-specific handle type for system objects. This is
-    equivalent to \c{void *} on Mac OS X and embedded Linux, 
-    and to \c{unsigned long} on X11. On Windows it is the
-    DWORD returned by the Win32 function getCurrentThreadId().
-
-    \warning Using this type is not portable.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::Key
-
-    The key names used by Qt.
-
-    \value Key_Escape
-    \value Key_Tab
-    \value Key_Backtab
-    \omitvalue Key_BackTab
-    \value Key_Backspace
-    \omitvalue Key_BackSpace
-    \value Key_Return
-    \value Key_Enter     Typically located on the keypad.
-    \value Key_Insert
-    \value Key_Delete
-    \value Key_Pause
-    \value Key_Print
-    \value Key_SysReq
-    \value Key_Clear
-    \value Key_Home
-    \value Key_End
-    \value Key_Left
-    \value Key_Up
-    \value Key_Right
-    \value Key_Down
-    \value Key_PageUp
-    \omitvalue Key_Prior
-    \value Key_PageDown
-    \omitvalue Key_Next
-    \value Key_Shift
-    \value Key_Control    On Mac OS X, this corresponds to the Command keys.
-    \value Key_Meta       On Mac OS X, this corresponds to the Control keys.
-                          On Windows keyboards, this key is mapped to the
-                          Windows key.
-    \value Key_Alt
-    \value Key_AltGr      On Windows, when the KeyDown event for this key is
-                          sent, the Ctrl+Alt modifiers are also set.
-    \value Key_CapsLock
-    \value Key_NumLock
-    \value Key_ScrollLock
-    \value Key_F1
-    \value Key_F2
-    \value Key_F3
-    \value Key_F4
-    \value Key_F5
-    \value Key_F6
-    \value Key_F7
-    \value Key_F8
-    \value Key_F9
-    \value Key_F10
-    \value Key_F11
-    \value Key_F12
-    \value Key_F13
-    \value Key_F14
-    \value Key_F15
-    \value Key_F16
-    \value Key_F17
-    \value Key_F18
-    \value Key_F19
-    \value Key_F20
-    \value Key_F21
-    \value Key_F22
-    \value Key_F23
-    \value Key_F24
-    \value Key_F25
-    \value Key_F26
-    \value Key_F27
-    \value Key_F28
-    \value Key_F29
-    \value Key_F30
-    \value Key_F31
-    \value Key_F32
-    \value Key_F33
-    \value Key_F34
-    \value Key_F35
-    \value Key_Super_L
-    \value Key_Super_R
-    \value Key_Menu
-    \value Key_Hyper_L
-    \value Key_Hyper_R
-    \value Key_Help
-    \value Key_Direction_L
-    \value Key_Direction_R
-    \value Key_Space
-    \value Key_Any
-    \value Key_Exclam
-    \value Key_QuoteDbl
-    \value Key_NumberSign
-    \value Key_Dollar
-    \value Key_Percent
-    \value Key_Ampersand
-    \value Key_Apostrophe
-    \value Key_ParenLeft
-    \value Key_ParenRight
-    \value Key_Asterisk
-    \value Key_Plus
-    \value Key_Comma
-    \value Key_Minus
-    \value Key_Period
-    \value Key_Slash
-    \value Key_0
-    \value Key_1
-    \value Key_2
-    \value Key_3
-    \value Key_4
-    \value Key_5
-    \value Key_6
-    \value Key_7
-    \value Key_8
-    \value Key_9
-    \value Key_Colon
-    \value Key_Semicolon
-    \value Key_Less
-    \value Key_Equal
-    \value Key_Greater
-    \value Key_Question
-    \value Key_At
-    \value Key_A
-    \value Key_B
-    \value Key_C
-    \value Key_D
-    \value Key_E
-    \value Key_F
-    \value Key_G
-    \value Key_H
-    \value Key_I
-    \value Key_J
-    \value Key_K
-    \value Key_L
-    \value Key_M
-    \value Key_N
-    \value Key_O
-    \value Key_P
-    \value Key_Q
-    \value Key_R
-    \value Key_S
-    \value Key_T
-    \value Key_U
-    \value Key_V
-    \value Key_W
-    \value Key_X
-    \value Key_Y
-    \value Key_Z
-    \value Key_BracketLeft
-    \value Key_Backslash
-    \value Key_BracketRight
-    \value Key_AsciiCircum
-    \value Key_Underscore
-    \value Key_QuoteLeft
-    \value Key_BraceLeft
-    \value Key_Bar
-    \value Key_BraceRight
-    \value Key_AsciiTilde
-    \value Key_nobreakspace
-    \value Key_exclamdown
-    \value Key_cent
-    \value Key_sterling
-    \value Key_currency
-    \value Key_yen
-    \value Key_brokenbar
-    \value Key_section
-    \value Key_diaeresis
-    \value Key_copyright
-    \value Key_ordfeminine
-    \value Key_guillemotleft
-    \value Key_notsign
-    \value Key_hyphen
-    \value Key_registered
-    \value Key_macron
-    \value Key_degree
-    \value Key_plusminus
-    \value Key_twosuperior
-    \value Key_threesuperior
-    \value Key_acute
-    \value Key_mu
-    \value Key_paragraph
-    \value Key_periodcentered
-    \value Key_cedilla
-    \value Key_onesuperior
-    \value Key_masculine
-    \value Key_guillemotright
-    \value Key_onequarter
-    \value Key_onehalf
-    \value Key_threequarters
-    \value Key_questiondown
-    \value Key_Agrave
-    \value Key_Aacute
-    \value Key_Acircumflex
-    \value Key_Atilde
-    \value Key_Adiaeresis
-    \value Key_Aring
-    \value Key_AE
-    \value Key_Ccedilla
-    \value Key_Egrave
-    \value Key_Eacute
-    \value Key_Ecircumflex
-    \value Key_Ediaeresis
-    \value Key_Igrave
-    \value Key_Iacute
-    \value Key_Icircumflex
-    \value Key_Idiaeresis
-    \value Key_ETH
-    \value Key_Ntilde
-    \value Key_Ograve
-    \value Key_Oacute
-    \value Key_Ocircumflex
-    \value Key_Otilde
-    \value Key_Odiaeresis
-    \value Key_multiply
-    \value Key_Ooblique
-    \value Key_Ugrave
-    \value Key_Uacute
-    \value Key_Ucircumflex
-    \value Key_Udiaeresis
-    \value Key_Yacute
-    \value Key_THORN
-    \value Key_ssharp
-    \omitvalue Key_agrave
-    \omitvalue Key_aacute
-    \omitvalue Key_acircumflex
-    \omitvalue Key_atilde
-    \omitvalue Key_adiaeresis
-    \omitvalue Key_aring
-    \omitvalue Key_ae
-    \omitvalue Key_ccedilla
-    \omitvalue Key_egrave
-    \omitvalue Key_eacute
-    \omitvalue Key_ecircumflex
-    \omitvalue Key_ediaeresis
-    \omitvalue Key_igrave
-    \omitvalue Key_iacute
-    \omitvalue Key_icircumflex
-    \omitvalue Key_idiaeresis
-    \omitvalue Key_eth
-    \omitvalue Key_ntilde
-    \omitvalue Key_ograve
-    \omitvalue Key_oacute
-    \omitvalue Key_ocircumflex
-    \omitvalue Key_otilde
-    \omitvalue Key_odiaeresis
-    \value Key_division
-    \omitvalue Key_oslash
-    \omitvalue Key_ugrave
-    \omitvalue Key_uacute
-    \omitvalue Key_ucircumflex
-    \omitvalue Key_udiaeresis
-    \omitvalue Key_yacute
-    \omitvalue Key_thorn
-    \value Key_ydiaeresis
-    \value Key_Multi_key
-    \value Key_Codeinput
-    \value Key_SingleCandidate
-    \value Key_MultipleCandidate
-    \value Key_PreviousCandidate
-    \value Key_Mode_switch
-    \value Key_Kanji
-    \value Key_Muhenkan
-    \value Key_Henkan
-    \value Key_Romaji
-    \value Key_Hiragana
-    \value Key_Katakana
-    \value Key_Hiragana_Katakana
-    \value Key_Zenkaku
-    \value Key_Hankaku
-    \value Key_Zenkaku_Hankaku
-    \value Key_Touroku
-    \value Key_Massyo
-    \value Key_Kana_Lock
-    \value Key_Kana_Shift
-    \value Key_Eisu_Shift
-    \value Key_Eisu_toggle
-    \value Key_Hangul
-    \value Key_Hangul_Start
-    \value Key_Hangul_End
-    \value Key_Hangul_Hanja
-    \value Key_Hangul_Jamo
-    \value Key_Hangul_Romaja
-    \value Key_Hangul_Jeonja
-    \value Key_Hangul_Banja
-    \value Key_Hangul_PreHanja
-    \value Key_Hangul_PostHanja
-    \value Key_Hangul_Special
-    \value Key_Dead_Grave
-    \value Key_Dead_Acute
-    \value Key_Dead_Circumflex
-    \value Key_Dead_Tilde
-    \value Key_Dead_Macron
-    \value Key_Dead_Breve
-    \value Key_Dead_Abovedot
-    \value Key_Dead_Diaeresis
-    \value Key_Dead_Abovering
-    \value Key_Dead_Doubleacute
-    \value Key_Dead_Caron
-    \value Key_Dead_Cedilla
-    \value Key_Dead_Ogonek
-    \value Key_Dead_Iota
-    \value Key_Dead_Voiced_Sound
-    \value Key_Dead_Semivoiced_Sound
-    \value Key_Dead_Belowdot
-    \value Key_Dead_Hook
-    \value Key_Dead_Horn
-    \value Key_Back
-    \value Key_Forward
-    \value Key_Stop
-    \value Key_Refresh
-    \value Key_VolumeDown
-    \value Key_VolumeMute
-    \value Key_VolumeUp
-    \value Key_BassBoost
-    \value Key_BassUp
-    \value Key_BassDown
-    \value Key_TrebleUp
-    \value Key_TrebleDown
-    \value Key_MediaPlay
-    \value Key_MediaStop
-    \value Key_MediaPrevious
-    \omitvalue Key_MediaPrev
-    \value Key_MediaNext
-    \value Key_MediaRecord
-    \value Key_HomePage
-    \value Key_Favorites
-    \value Key_Search
-    \value Key_Standby
-    \value Key_OpenUrl
-    \value Key_LaunchMail
-    \value Key_LaunchMedia
-    \value Key_Launch0
-    \value Key_Launch1
-    \value Key_Launch2
-    \value Key_Launch3
-    \value Key_Launch4
-    \value Key_Launch5
-    \value Key_Launch6
-    \value Key_Launch7
-    \value Key_Launch8
-    \value Key_Launch9
-    \value Key_LaunchA
-    \value Key_LaunchB
-    \value Key_LaunchC
-    \value Key_LaunchD
-    \value Key_LaunchE
-    \value Key_LaunchF
-    \value Key_MediaLast
-    \value Key_unknown
-
-    \value Key_Call
-    \value Key_Context1
-    \value Key_Context2
-    \value Key_Context3
-    \value Key_Context4
-    \value Key_Flip
-    \value Key_Hangup
-    \value Key_No
-    \value Key_Select
-    \value Key_Yes
-
-    \value Key_Execute
-    \value Key_Printer
-    \value Key_Play
-    \value Key_Sleep
-    \value Key_Zoom
-    \value Key_Cancel
-
-    \sa QKeyEvent::key()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::HitTestAccuracy
-
-    This enum contains the types of accuracy that can be used by the
-    QTextDocument class when testing for mouse clicks on text documents.
-
-    \value ExactHit The point at which input occurred must coincide
-                    exactly with input-sensitive parts of the document.
-    \value FuzzyHit The point at which input occurred can lie close to
-                    input-sensitive parts of the document.
-
-    This enum is defined in the \c <QTextDocument> header file.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::WhiteSpaceMode
-
-    This enum describes the types of whitespace mode that are used by
-    the QTextDocument class to meet the requirements of different kinds
-    of textual information.
-
-    \value WhiteSpaceNormal         The whitespace mode used to display
-                                    normal word wrapped text in paragraphs.
-    \value WhiteSpacePre            A preformatted text mode in which
-                                    whitespace is reproduced exactly.
-    \value WhiteSpaceNoWrap
-
-    \omitvalue WhiteSpaceModeUndefined
-
-    This enum is defined in the \c <QTextDocument> header file.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::ButtonState_enum
-    \compat
-    \value ShiftButton
-    \value ControlButton
-    \value AltButton
-    \value MetaButton
-    \value Keypad
-    \value KeyButtonMask
-
-    Use Qt::KeyboardModifier instead.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \typedef Qt::ButtonState
-    \compat
-
-    Use Qt::KeyboardModifier instead.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::CheckState
-
-    This enum describes the state of checkable items, controls, and widgets.
-
-    \value Unchecked        The item is unchecked.
-    \value PartiallyChecked The item is partially checked. Items in hierarchical models
-                            may be partially checked if some, but not all, of their
-                            children are checked.
-    \value Checked          The item is checked.
-
-    \sa QCheckBox, Qt::ItemFlags, Qt::ItemDataRole
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::ToolButtonStyle
-
-    The style of the tool button, describing how the button's text and
-    icon should be displayed.
-
-    \value ToolButtonIconOnly Only display the icon.
-    \value ToolButtonTextOnly Only display the text.
-    \value ToolButtonTextBesideIcon The text appears beside the icon.
-    \value ToolButtonTextUnderIcon The text appears under the icon.
-    \value ToolButtonFollowStyle Follow the \l{QStyle::SH_ToolButtonStyle}{style}.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::Corner
-
-    This enum type specifies a corner in a rectangle:
-
-    \value TopLeftCorner     The top-left corner of the rectangle.
-    \value TopRightCorner    The top-right corner of the rectangle.
-    \value BottomLeftCorner  The bottom-left corner of the rectangle.
-    \value BottomRightCorner The bottom-right corner of the rectangle.
-
-    \omitvalue TopLeft
-    \omitvalue TopRight
-    \omitvalue BottomLeft
-    \omitvalue BottomRight
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::ScrollBarPolicy
-
-    This enum type describes the various modes of QAbstractScrollArea's scroll
-    bars.
-
-    \value ScrollBarAsNeeded QAbstractScrollArea shows a scroll bar when the
-    content is too large to fit and not otherwise. This is the
-    default.
-
-    \value ScrollBarAlwaysOff QAbstractScrollArea never shows a scroll bar.
-
-    \value ScrollBarAlwaysOn  QAbstractScrollArea always shows a scroll bar.
-
-    (The modes for the horizontal and vertical scroll bars are
-    independent.)
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::ArrowType
-
-    \value NoArrow
-    \value UpArrow
-    \value DownArrow
-    \value LeftArrow
-    \value RightArrow
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::FocusReason
-
-    This enum specifies why the focus changed. It will be passed
-    through QWidget::setFocus and can be retrieved in the QFocusEvent
-    sent to the widget upon focus change.
-
-    \value MouseFocusReason        A mouse action occurred.
-    \value TabFocusReason          The Tab key was pressed.
-    \value BacktabFocusReason      A Backtab occurred. The input for this may
-                                   include the Shift or Control keys;
-                                   e.g. Shift+Tab.
-    \value ActiveWindowFocusReason The window system made this window either
-                                   active or inactive.
-    \value PopupFocusReason        The application opened/closed a pop-up that
-                                   grabbed/released the keyboard focus.
-    \value ShortcutFocusReason     The user typed a label's buddy shortcut
-    \value MenuBarFocusReason      The menu bar took focus.
-    \value OtherFocusReason        Another reason, usually application-specific.
-
-    \omitvalue NoFocusReason
-
-    \sa {Keyboard Focus}
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::WindowState
-
-    \keyword window state
-
-    This enum type is used to specify the current state of a top-level
-    window.
-
-    The states are
-
-    \value WindowNoState   The window has no state set (in normal state).
-    \value WindowMinimized The window is minimized (i.e. iconified).
-    \value WindowMaximized The window is maximized with a frame around it.
-    \value WindowFullScreen The window fills the entire screen without any frame around it.
-    \value WindowActive The window is the active window, i.e. it has keyboard focus.
-
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::ContextMenuPolicy
-
-    This enum type defines the various policies a widget can have with
-    respect to showing a context menu.
-
-    \value NoContextMenu the widget does not feature a context menu,
-    context menu handling is deferred to the widget's parent.
-    \value PreventContextMenu the widget does not feature a context
-    menu, and in contrast to \c NoContextMenu, the handling is \e not
-    deferred to the widget's parent. This means that all right mouse
-    button events are guaranteed to be delivered to the widget itself
-    through mousePressEvent(), and mouseReleaseEvent().
-    \value DefaultContextMenu  the widget's QWidget::contextMenuEvent() handler is called.
-    \value ActionsContextMenu  the widget displays its QWidget::actions() as context menu.
-    \value CustomContextMenu  the widget emits the QWidget::customContextMenuRequested() signal.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::FocusPolicy
-
-    This enum type defines the various policies a widget can have with
-    respect to acquiring keyboard focus.
-
-    \value TabFocus  the widget accepts focus by tabbing.
-    \value ClickFocus  the widget accepts focus by clicking.
-    \value StrongFocus  the widget accepts focus by both tabbing
-                    and clicking. On Mac OS X this will also
-                    be indicate that the widget accepts tab focus
-                    when in 'Text/List focus mode'.
-    \value WheelFocus  like Qt::StrongFocus plus the widget accepts
-                    focus by using the mouse wheel.
-    \value NoFocus  the widget does not accept focus.
-
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::ShortcutContext
-
-    For a QEvent::Shortcut event to occur, the shortcut's key sequence
-    must be entered by the user in a context where the shortcut is
-    active. The possible contexts are these:
-
-    \value WidgetShortcut The shortcut is active when its
-    parent widget has focus.
-    \value WidgetWithChildrenShortcut The shortcut is active
-    when its parent widget, or any of its children has focus.
-    Children which are top-level widgets, except pop-ups, are
-    not affected by this shortcut context.
-    \value WindowShortcut The shortcut is active when its
-    parent widget is a logical subwidget of the
-    active top-level window.
-    \value ApplicationShortcut The shortcut is active when one of
-    the applications windows are active.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \typedef Qt::WFlags
-
-    Synonym for Qt::WindowFlags.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::WindowType
-
-    \keyword window flag
-
-    This enum type is used to specify various window-system properties
-    for the widget. They are fairly unusual but necessary in a few
-    cases. Some of these flags depend on whether the underlying window
-    manager supports them.
-
-    The main types are
-
-    \value Widget  This is the default type for QWidget. Widgets of
-                   this type are child widgets if they have a parent,
-                   and independent windows if they have no parent.
-                   See also Qt::Window and Qt::SubWindow.
-
-    \value Window  Indicates that the widget is a window, usually
-                   with a window system frame and a title bar,
-                   irrespective of whether the widget has a parent or
-                   not. Note that it is not possible to unset this
-                   flag if the widget does not have a parent.
-
-    \value Dialog  Indicates that the widget is a window that should
-                   be decorated as a dialog (i.e., typically no
-                   maximize or minimize buttons in the title bar).
-                   This is the default type for QDialog. If you want
-                   to use it as a modal dialog, it should be launched
-                   from another window, or have a parent and used
-                   with the QWidget::windowModality property. If you make
-                   it modal, the dialog will prevent other top-level
-                   windows in the application from getting any input.
-                   We refer to a top-level window that has a parent
-                   as a \e secondary window.
-
-    \value Sheet   Indicates that the window is a Macintosh sheet. Since
-                   using a sheet implies window modality, the recommended
-                   way is to use QWidget::setWindowModality(), or
-                   QDialog::open(), instead.
-
-    \value Drawer  Indicates that the widget is a Macintosh drawer.
-
-    \value Popup   Indicates that the widget is a pop-up top-level
-                   window, i.e. that it is modal, but has a window
-                   system frame appropriate for pop-up menus.
-
-    \value Tool    Indicates that the widget is a tool window. A tool
-                   window is often a small window with a smaller than
-                   usual title bar and decoration, typically used for
-                   collections of tool buttons. It there is a parent,
-                   the tool window will always be kept on top of it.
-                   If there isn't a parent, you may consider using
-                   Qt::WindowStaysOnTopHint as well. If the window
-                   system supports it, a tool window can be decorated
-                   with a somewhat lighter frame. It can also be
-                   combined with Qt::FramelessWindowHint.
-                   \br
-                   \br
-                   On Mac OS X, tool windows correspond to the
-                   \l{http://developer.apple.com/documentation/Carbon/Conceptual/HandlingWindowsControls/hitb-wind_cont_concept/chapter_2_section_2.html}{Floating}
-                   class of windows. This means that the window lives on a
-                   level above normal windows; it impossible to put a normal
-                   window on top of it. By default, tool windows will disappear
-                   when the application is inactive.  This can be controlled by
-                   the Qt::WA_MacAlwaysShowToolWindow attribute.
-
-    \value ToolTip Indicates that the widget is a tooltip. This is
-                   used internally to implement
-                   \l{QWidget::toolTip}{tooltips}.
-
-    \value SplashScreen Indicates that the window is a splash screen.
-                        This is the default type for QSplashScreen.
-
-    \value Desktop  Indicates that this widget is the desktop. This
-                    is the type for QDesktopWidget.
-
-    \value SubWindow  Indicates that this widget is a sub-window, such
-                      as a QMdiSubWindow widget.
-
-    There are also a number of flags which you can use to customize
-    the appearance of top-level windows. These have no effect on other
-    windows:
-
-    \value MSWindowsFixedSizeDialogHint  Gives the window a thin dialog border on Windows.
-           This style is traditionally used for fixed-size dialogs.
-
-    \value MSWindowsOwnDC  Gives the window its own display
-           context on Windows.
-
-    \value X11BypassWindowManagerHint  Bypass the window
-           manager completely. This results in a borderless window
-           that is not managed at all (i.e., no keyboard input unless
-           you call QWidget::activateWindow() manually).
-
-    \value FramelessWindowHint  Produces a borderless window.
-           The user cannot move or resize a borderless window via the window
-           system. On X11, the result of the flag is dependent on the window manager and its
-           ability to understand Motif and/or NETWM hints. Most existing
-           modern window managers can handle this.
-
-    The \c CustomizeWindowHint flag is used to enable customization of
-    the window controls. This flag must be set to allow the \c
-    WindowTitleHint, \c WindowSystemMenuHint, \c
-    WindowMinimizeButtonHint, \c WindowMaximizeButtonHint and \c
-    WindowCloseButtonHint flags to be changed.
-
-    \value CustomizeWindowHint  Turns off the default window title hints.
-
-    \value WindowTitleHint  Gives the window a title bar.
-
-    \value WindowSystemMenuHint Adds a window system menu, and
-    possibly a close button (for example on Mac). If you need to hide
-    or show a close button, it is more portable to use \c
-    WindowCloseButtonHint.
-
-    \value WindowMinimizeButtonHint  Adds a minimize button. On
-           some platforms this implies Qt::WindowSystemMenuHint for it to work.
-
-    \value WindowMaximizeButtonHint  Adds a maximize button. On
-           some platforms this implies Qt::WindowSystemMenuHint for it to work.
-
-    \value WindowMinMaxButtonsHint  Adds a minimize and a maximize
-           button. On some platforms this implies Qt::WindowSystemMenuHint for it to work.
-
-    \value WindowCloseButtonHint  Adds a close button. On
-           some platforms this implies Qt::WindowSystemMenuHint for it
-           to work.
-
-    \value WindowContextHelpButtonHint  Adds a context help button to dialogs.
-           On some platforms this implies Qt::WindowSystemMenuHint for it to work.
-
-    \value MacWindowToolBarButtonHint On Mac OS X adds a tool bar button (i.e.,
-           the oblong button that is on the top right of windows that have toolbars.
-
-    \value BypassGraphicsProxyWidget Prevents the window and its children from
-           automatically embedding themselves into a QGraphicsProxyWidget if the
-           parent widget is already embedded. You can set this flag if you
-           want your widget to always be a toplevel widget on the desktop,
-           regardless of whether the parent widget is embedded in a scene or
-           not.
-
-    \value WindowShadeButtonHint
-
-    \value WindowStaysOnTopHint  Informs the window system that the
-           window should stay on top of all other windows. Note that
-           on some window managers on X11 you also have to pass
-           Qt::X11BypassWindowManagerHint for this flag to work
-           correctly.
-
-    \value WindowStaysOnBottomHint Informs the window system that the
-           window should stay on bottom of all other windows. Note
-           that on X11 this hint will work only in window managers
-           that support _NET_WM_STATE_BELOW atom. If a window always
-           on the bottom has a parent, the parent will also be left on
-           the bottom.  This window hint is currently not implemented
-           for Mac OS X.
-
-    \value WindowOkButtonHint Adds an OK button to the window decoration of a dialog.
-           Only supported for Windows CE.
-
-    \value WindowCancelButtonHint Adds a Cancel button to the window decoration of a dialog.
-           Only supported for Windows CE.
-
-    \value WindowType_Mask  A mask for extracting the window type
-                            part of the window flags.
-
-    Obsolete flags:
-
-    \value WMouseNoMask         Use Qt::WA_MouseNoMask instead.
-    \value WDestructiveClose    Use Qt::WA_DeleteOnClose instead.
-    \value WStaticContents      Use Qt::WA_StaticContents instead.
-    \value WGroupLeader         No longer needed.
-    \value WShowModal           Use QWidget::windowModality instead.
-    \value WNoMousePropagation  Use Qt::WA_NoMousePropagation instead.
-    \value WType_TopLevel       Use Qt::Window instead.
-    \value WType_Dialog         Use Qt::Dialog instead.
-    \value WType_Popup          Use Qt::Popup instead.
-    \value WType_Desktop        Use Qt::Desktop instead.
-    \value WType_Mask           Use Qt::WindowType_Mask instead.
-
-    \value WStyle_Customize     No longer needed.
-    \value WStyle_NormalBorder  No longer needed.
-    \value WStyle_DialogBorder  Use Qt::MSWindowsFixedSizeDialogHint instead.
-    \value WStyle_NoBorder      Use Qt::FramelessWindowHint instead.
-    \value WStyle_Title         Use Qt::WindowTitleHint instead.
-    \value WStyle_SysMenu       Use Qt::WindowSystemMenuHint instead.
-    \value WStyle_Minimize      Use Qt::WindowMinimizeButtonHint instead.
-    \value WStyle_Maximize      Use Qt::WindowMaximizeButtonHint instead.
-    \value WStyle_MinMax        Use Qt::WindowMinMaxButtonsHint instead.
-    \value WStyle_Tool          Use Qt::Tool instead.
-    \value WStyle_StaysOnTop    Use Qt::WindowStaysOnTopHint instead.
-    \value WStyle_ContextHelp   Use Qt::WindowContextHelpButtonHint instead.
-
-    \value WPaintDesktop        No longer needed.
-    \value WPaintClever         No longer needed.
-
-    \value WX11BypassWM         Use Qt::X11BypassWindowManagerHint instead.
-    \value WWinOwnDC            Use Qt::MSWindowsOwnDC instead.
-    \value WMacSheet            Use Qt::Sheet instead.
-    \value WMacDrawer           Use Qt::Drawer instead.
-
-    \value WStyle_Splash        Use Qt::SplashScreen instead.
-
-    \value WNoAutoErase         No longer needed.
-    \value WRepaintNoErase      No longer needed.
-    \value WNorthWestGravity    Use Qt::WA_StaticContents instead.
-    \value WType_Modal          Use Qt::Dialog and QWidget::windowModality instead.
-    \value WStyle_Dialog        Use Qt::Dialog instead.
-    \value WStyle_NoBorderEx    Use Qt::FramelessWindowHint instead.
-    \value WResizeNoErase       No longer needed.
-    \value WMacNoSheet          No longer needed.
-
-    \sa QWidget::windowFlags, {Window Flags Example}
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::DropAction
-
-    \value CopyAction       Copy the data to the target.
-    \value MoveAction       Move the data from the source to the target.
-    \value LinkAction       Create a link from the source to the target.
-    \value ActionMask
-    \value IgnoreAction     Ignore the action (do nothing with the data).
-    \value TargetMoveAction On Windows, this value is used when the ownership of the D&D data
-                            should be taken over by the target application,
-                            i.e., the source application should not delete
-                            the data.
-			    \br
-			    On X11 this value is used to do a move.
-			    \br
-                            TargetMoveAction is not used on the Mac.
-*/
-
-#if defined(Q_OS_WIN) && defined(QT3_SUPPORT)
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::WindowsVersion
-    \compat
-
-    \value WV_32s
-    \value WV_95
-    \value WV_98
-    \value WV_Me
-    \value WV_DOS_based
-    \value WV_NT
-    \value WV_2000
-    \value WV_XP
-    \value WV_2003
-    \value WV_NT_based
-    \value WV_CE
-    \value WV_CENET
-    \value WV_CE_based
-    \value WV_CE_5
-    \value WV_CE_6
-*/
-#endif
-
-#if defined(Q_OS_MAC) && defined(QT3_SUPPORT)
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::MacintoshVersion
-    \compat
-
-    \value MV_Unknown  Use QSysInfo::MV_Unknown instead.
-    \value MV_9        Use QSysInfo::MV_9 instead.
-    \value MV_10_DOT_0 Use QSysInfo::MV_10_0 instead.
-    \value MV_10_DOT_1 Use QSysInfo::MV_10_1 instead.
-    \value MV_10_DOT_2 Use QSysInfo::MV_10_2 instead.
-    \value MV_10_DOT_3 Use QSysInfo::MV_10_3 instead.
-    \value MV_10_DOT_4 Use QSysInfo::MV_10_4 instead.
-
-    \value MV_CHEETAH  Use QSysInfo::MV_10_0 instead.
-    \value MV_PUMA     Use QSysInfo::MV_10_1 instead.
-    \value MV_JAGUAR   Use QSysInfo::MV_10_2 instead.
-    \value MV_PANTHER  Use QSysInfo::MV_10_3 instead.
-    \value MV_TIGER    Use QSysInfo::MV_10_4 instead.
-
-    \sa QSysInfo::MacVersion
-*/
-#endif
-
-/*! \typedef Qt::ToolBarDock
-    \compat
-
-    Use Qt::Dock instead.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::Dock
-    \compat
-
-    Each dock window can be in one of the following positions:
-
-    \value DockUnmanaged not managed by a Q3MainWindow.
-
-    \value DockTornOff the dock window floats as its own top level
-    window which always stays on top of the main window.
-
-    \value DockTop  above the central widget, below the menu bar.
-
-    \value DockBottom  below the central widget, above the status bar.
-
-    \value DockRight to the right of the central widget.
-
-    \value DockLeft  to the left of the central widget.
-
-    \value DockMinimized the dock window is not shown (this is
-    effectively a 'hidden' dock area); the handles of all minimized
-    dock windows are drawn in one row below the menu bar.
-
-    \omitvalue Bottom
-    \omitvalue Left
-    \omitvalue Minimized
-    \omitvalue Right
-    \omitvalue Top
-    \omitvalue TornOff
-    \omitvalue Unmanaged
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \enum Qt::AnchorAttribute
-
-  An anchor has one or more of the following attributes:
-
-  \value AnchorName the name attribute of the anchor. This attribute is
-  used when scrolling to an anchor in the document.
-
-  \value AnchorHref the href attribute of the anchor. This attribute is
-  used when a link is clicked to determine what content to load.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::SortOrder
-
-    This enum describes how the items in a widget are sorted.
-
-    \value AscendingOrder The items are sorted ascending e.g. starts with
-    'AAA' ends with 'ZZZ' in Latin-1 locales
-
-    \value DescendingOrder The items are sorted descending e.g. starts with
-    'ZZZ' ends with 'AAA' in Latin-1 locales
-
-    \omitvalue Ascending
-    \omitvalue Descending
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::ClipOperation
-
-    \value NoClip This operation turns clipping off.
-
-    \value ReplaceClip Replaces the current clip path/rect/region with
-    the one supplied in the function call.
-
-    \value IntersectClip Intersects the current clip path/rect/region
-    with the one supplied in the function call.
-
-    \value UniteClip Unites the current clip path/rect/region with the
-    one supplied in the function call.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::ItemSelectionMode
-
-    This enum is used in QGraphicsItem, QGraphicsScene and QGraphicsView to
-    specify how items are selected, or how to determine if a shapes and items
-    collide.
-
-    \value ContainsItemShape The output list contains only items whose
-           \l{QGraphicsItem::shape()}{shape} is fully contained inside the
-           selection area. Items that intersect with the area's outline are
-           not included.
-
-    \value IntersectsItemShape The output list contains both items whose
-           \l{QGraphicsItem::shape()}{shape} is fully contained inside the
-           selection area, and items that intersect with the area's
-           outline. This is a common mode for rubber band selection.
-
-    \value ContainsItemBoundingRect The output list contains only items whose
-           \l{QGraphicsItem::boundingRect()}{bounding rectangle} is fully
-           contained inside the selection area. Items that intersect with the
-           area's outline are not included.
-
-    \value IntersectsItemBoundingRect The output list contains both items
-           whose \l{QGraphicsItem::boundingRect()}{bounding rectangle} is
-           fully contained inside the selection area, and items that intersect
-           with the area's outline. This method is commonly used for
-           determining areas that need redrawing.
-
-    \sa QGraphicsScene::items(), QGraphicsScene::collidingItems(),
-        QGraphicsView::items(), QGraphicsItem::collidesWithItem(),
-        QGraphicsItem::collidesWithPath()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::FillRule
-
-    Specifies which method should be used to fill the paths and polygons.
-
-    \value OddEvenFill Specifies that the region is filled using the
-    odd even fill rule. With this rule, we determine whether a point
-    is inside the shape by using the following method.
-    Draw a horizontal line from the point to a location outside the shape,
-    and count the number of intersections. If the number of intersections
-    is an odd number, the point is inside the shape. This mode is the
-    default.
-
-    \value WindingFill Specifies that the region is filled using the
-    non zero winding rule. With this rule, we determine whether a
-    point is inside the shape by using the following method.
-    Draw a horizontal line from the point to a location outside the shape.
-    Determine whether the direction of the line at each intersection point
-    is up or down. The winding number is determined by summing the
-    direction of each intersection. If the number is non zero, the point
-    is inside the shape. This fill mode can also in most cases be considered
-    as the intersection of closed shapes.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::PaintUnit
-
-    \compat
-
-    \value PixelUnit
-    \value LoMetricUnit Obsolete
-    \value HiMetricUnit Obsolete
-    \value LoEnglishUnit Obsolete
-    \value HiEnglishUnit Obsolete
-    \value TwipsUnit Obsolete
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::TextFormat
-
-    This enum is used in widgets that can display both plain text and
-    rich text, e.g. QLabel. It is used for deciding whether a text
-    string should be interpreted as one or the other. This is normally
-    done by passing one of the enum values to a setTextFormat()
-    function.
-
-    \value PlainText  The text string is interpreted as a plain text
-        string.
-
-    \value RichText The text string is interpreted as a rich text
-        string.
-
-    \value AutoText The text string is interpreted as for
-        Qt::RichText if Qt::mightBeRichText() returns true, otherwise
-        as Qt::PlainText.
-
-    \value LogText A special, limited text format which is only used
-    by Q3TextEdit in an optimized mode.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::CursorShape
-
-    This enum type defines the various cursors that can be used.
-
-    The standard arrow cursor is the default for widgets in a normal state.
-
-    \value ArrowCursor    \inlineimage cursor-arrow.png
-                          The standard arrow cursor.
-    \value UpArrowCursor  \inlineimage cursor-uparrow.png
-                          An arrow pointing upwards toward the top of the screen.
-    \value CrossCursor    \inlineimage cursor-cross.png
-                          A crosshair cursor, typically used to help the
-                          user accurately select a point on the screen.
-    \value WaitCursor     \inlineimage cursor-wait.png
-                          An hourglass or watch cursor, usually shown during
-                          operations that prevent the user from interacting with
-                          the application.
-    \value IBeamCursor    \inlineimage cursor-ibeam.png
-                          A caret or ibeam cursor, indicating that a widget can
-                          accept and display text input.
-    \value SizeVerCursor  \inlineimage cursor-sizev.png
-                          A cursor used for elements that are used to vertically
-                          resize top-level windows.
-    \value SizeHorCursor  \inlineimage cursor-sizeh.png
-                          A cursor used for elements that are used to horizontally
-                          resize top-level windows.
-    \value SizeBDiagCursor  \inlineimage cursor-sizeb.png
-                          A cursor used for elements that are used to diagonally
-                          resize top-level windows at their top-right and
-                          bottom-left corners.
-    \value SizeFDiagCursor  \inlineimage cursor-sizef.png
-                          A cursor used for elements that are used to diagonally
-                          resize top-level windows at their top-left and
-                          bottom-right corners.
-    \value SizeAllCursor  \inlineimage cursor-sizeall.png
-                          A cursor used for elements that are used to resize
-                          top-level windows in any direction.
-    \value BlankCursor    A blank/invisible cursor, typically used when the cursor
-                          shape needs to be hidden.
-    \value SplitVCursor   \inlineimage cursor-vsplit.png
-                          A cursor used for vertical splitters, indicating that
-                          a handle can be dragged horizontally to adjust the use
-                          of available space.
-    \value SplitHCursor   \inlineimage cursor-hsplit.png
-                          A cursor used for horizontal splitters, indicating that
-                          a handle can be dragged vertically to adjust the use
-                          of available space.
-    \value PointingHandCursor  \inlineimage cursor-hand.png
-                          A pointing hand cursor that is typically used for
-                          clickable elements such as hyperlinks.
-    \value ForbiddenCursor  \inlineimage cursor-forbidden.png
-                          A slashed circle cursor, typically used during drag
-                          and drop operations to indicate that dragged content
-                          cannot be dropped on particular widgets or inside
-                          certain regions.
-    \value OpenHandCursor \inlineimage cursor-openhand.png
-                          A cursor representing an open hand, typically used to
-                          indicate that the area under the cursor is the visible
-                          part of a canvas that the user can click and drag in
-                          order to scroll around.
-    \value ClosedHandCursor \inlineimage cursor-closedhand.png
-                          A cursor representing a closed hand, typically used to
-                          indicate that a dragging operation is in progress that
-                          involves scrolling.
-    \value WhatsThisCursor  \inlineimage cursor-whatsthis.png
-                          An arrow with a question mark, typically used to indicate
-                          the presence of What's This? help for a widget.
-    \value BusyCursor     \inlineimage cursor-wait.png
-                          An hourglass or watch cursor, usually shown during
-                          operations that allow the user to interact with
-                          the application while they are performed in the
-                          background.
-    \value BitmapCursor
-    \omitvalue LastCursor
-    \omitvalue CustomCursor
-
-    \omitvalue arrowCursor
-    \omitvalue upArrowCursor
-    \omitvalue crossCursor
-    \omitvalue waitCursor
-    \omitvalue ibeamCursor
-    \omitvalue sizeVerCursor
-    \omitvalue sizeHorCursor
-    \omitvalue sizeBDiagCursor
-    \omitvalue sizeFDiagCursor
-    \omitvalue sizeAllCursor
-    \omitvalue blankCursor
-    \omitvalue splitVCursor
-    \omitvalue splitHCursor
-    \omitvalue pointingHandCursor
-    \omitvalue forbiddenCursor
-    \omitvalue whatsThisCursor
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \typedef Qt::TextFlags
-    \compat
-
-    Use Qt::TextFlag instead.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::LayoutDirection
-
-    Specifies the direction of Qt's layouts:
-
-    \value LeftToRight  Left-to-right layout.
-    \value RightToLeft  Right-to-left layout.
-
-    Right-to-left layouts are necessary for certain languages,
-    notably Arabic and Hebrew.
-
-    \sa QApplication::setLayoutDirection(), QWidget::setLayoutDirection()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::InputMethodHint
-
-    \value ImhNone                   No hints.
-    \value ImhHiddenText             Characters should be hidden, as is typically used when entering passwords.
-                                     This is automatically set when setting QLineEdit::echoMode to \c Password.
-    \value ImhNumbersOnly            Only number input is allowed.
-    \value ImhUppercaseOnly          Only upper case letter input is allowed.
-    \value ImhLowercaseOnly          Only lower case letter input is allowed.
-    \value ImhNoAutoUppercase        The input method should not try to automatically switch to upper case
-                                     when a sentence ends.
-    \value ImhPreferNumbers          Numbers are preferred (but not required).
-    \value ImhPreferUppercase        Upper case letters are preferred (but not required).
-    \value ImhPreferLowercase        Lower case letters are preferred (but not required).
-    \value ImhNoPredictiveText       Do not use predictive text (i.e. dictionary lookup) while typing.
-    \value ImhDialableCharactersOnly Only characters suitable for phone dialling are allowed.
-
-    \note If several flags ending with \c Only are ORed together, the resulting character set will
-          consist of the union of the specified sets. For instance specifying \c ImhNumbersOnly and
-          \c ImhUppercaseOnly would yield a set consisting of numbers and uppercase letters.
-
-    \sa QGraphicsItem::inputMethodHints()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::InputMethodQuery
-
-    \value ImMicroFocus       The rectangle covering the area of the input cursor in widget coordinates.
-    \value ImFont             The currently used font for text input.
-    \value ImCursorPosition   The logical position of the cursor within the text surrounding the input area (see ImSurroundingText).
-                              If any text is selected, the position returned will be at the logical end of the
-                              selection, even if the real cursor is located at the logical start.
-    \value ImSurroundingText  The plain text around the input area, for example the current paragraph.
-    \value ImCurrentSelection The currently selected text.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::ItemDataRole
-
-    Each item in the model has a set of data elements associated with
-    it, each with its own role. The roles are used by the view to indicate
-    to the model which type of data it needs. Custom models should return
-    data in these types.
-
-    The general purpose roles (and the associated types) are:
-
-    \value DisplayRole    The key data to be rendered in the form of text. (QString)
-    \value DecorationRole The data to be rendered as a decoration in the form
-                          of an icon. (QColor)
-    \value EditRole       The data in a form suitable for editing in an
-                          editor. (QString)
-    \value ToolTipRole    The data displayed in the item's tooltip. (QString)
-    \value StatusTipRole  The data displayed in the status bar. (QString)
-    \value WhatsThisRole  The data displayed for the item in "What's This?"
-                          mode. (QString)
-    \value SizeHintRole   The size hint for the item that will be supplied
-                          to views. (QSize)
-
-    Roles describing appearance and meta data (with associated types):
-
-    \value FontRole            The font used for items rendered with the default
-                               delegate. (QFont)
-    \value TextAlignmentRole   The alignment of the text for items rendered with the
-                               default delegate. (Qt::AlignmentFlag)
-    \value BackgroundRole      The background brush used for items rendered with
-                               the default delegate. (QBrush)
-    \value BackgroundColorRole This role is obsolete. Use BackgroundRole instead.
-    \value ForegroundRole      The foreground brush (text color, typically)
-                               used for items rendered with the default delegate.
-                               (QBrush)
-    \value TextColorRole       This role is obsolete. Use ForegroundRole instead.
-    \value CheckStateRole      This role is used to obtain the checked state of
-                               an item. (Qt::CheckState)
-
-    Accessibility roles (with associated types):
-
-    \value AccessibleTextRole        The text to be used by accessibility
-                                     extensions and plugins, such as screen
-                                     readers. (QString)
-    \value AccessibleDescriptionRole A description of the item for accessibility
-                                     purposes. (QString)
-
-    User roles:
-
-    \value UserRole       The first role that can be used for application-specific purposes.
-
-    \omitvalue DisplayPropertyRole
-    \omitvalue DecorationPropertyRole
-    \omitvalue ToolTipPropertyRole
-    \omitvalue StatusTipPropertyRole
-    \omitvalue WhatsThisPropertyRole
-
-    For user roles, it is up to the developer to decide which types to use and ensure that
-    components use the correct types when accessing and setting data.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::ItemFlag
-
-    This enum describes the properties of an item:
-
-    \value NoItemFlags It does not have any properties set.
-    \value ItemIsSelectable It can be selected.
-    \value ItemIsEditable It can be edited.
-    \value ItemIsDragEnabled It can be dragged.
-    \value ItemIsDropEnabled It can be used as a drop target.
-    \value ItemIsUserCheckable It can be checked or unchecked by the user.
-    \value ItemIsEnabled The user can interact with the item.
-    \value ItemIsTristate The item is checkable with three separate states.
-
-    Note that checkable items need to be given both a suitable set of flags
-    and an initial state, indicating whether the item is checked or not.
-    This is handled automatically for model/view components, but needs
-    to be explicitly set for instances of QListWidgetItem, QTableWidgetItem,
-    and QTreeWidgetItem.
-
-    \sa QAbstractItemModel
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::MatchFlag
-
-    This enum describes the type of matches that can be used when searching
-    for items in a model.
-
-    \value MatchExactly     Performs QVariant-based matching.
-    \value MatchFixedString Performs string-based matching.
-           String-based comparisons are case-insensitive unless the
-           \c MatchCaseSensitive flag is also specified.
-    \value MatchContains    The search term is contained in the item.
-    \value MatchStartsWith  The search term matches the start of the item.
-    \value MatchEndsWith    The search term matches the end of the item.
-    \value MatchCaseSensitive  The search is case sensitive.
-    \value MatchRegExp      Performs string-based matching using a regular
-           expression as the search term.
-    \value MatchWildcard    Performs string-based matching using a string with
-           wildcards as the search term.
-    \value MatchWrap        Perform a search that wraps around, so that when
-           the search reaches the last item in the model, it begins again at
-           the first item and continues until all items have been examined.
-    \value MatchRecursive   Searches the entire hierarchy.
-
-    \sa QString::compare(), QRegExp
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::TextElideMode
-
-    This enum specifies where the ellipsis should appear when
-    displaying texts that don't fit:
-
-    \value ElideLeft    The ellipsis should appear at the beginning of the text.
-    \value ElideRight   The ellipsis should appear at the end of the text.
-    \value ElideMiddle  The ellipsis should appear in the middle of the text.
-    \value ElideNone    Ellipsis should NOT appear in the text.
-
-    Qt::ElideMiddle is normally the most appropriate choice for URLs (e.g.,
-    "\l{http://qt.nokia.com/careers/movingto/brisbane/}{http://qt.nok...ovingto/brisbane/}"),
-    whereas Qt::ElideRight is appropriate
-    for other strings (e.g.,
-    "\l{http://qt.nokia.com/doc/qq/qq09-mac-deployment.html}{Deploying Applications on Ma...}").
-
-    \sa QAbstractItemView::textElideMode, QFontMetrics::elidedText(), AlignmentFlag QTabBar::elideMode
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::WindowModality
-
-    \keyword modal
-
-    This enum specifies the behavior of a modal window. A modal window
-    is one that blocks input to other windows. Note that windows that
-    are children of a modal window are not blocked.
-
-    The values are:
-    \value NonModal         The window is not modal and does not block input to other windows.
-    \value WindowModal      The window is modal to a single window hierarchy and blocks input to its parent window, all grandparent windows, and all siblings of its parent and grandparent windows.
-    \value ApplicationModal The window is modal to the application and blocks input to all windows.
-
-    \sa QWidget::windowModality, QDialog
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::TextInteractionFlag
-
-    This enum specifies how a text displaying widget reacts to user input.
-
-    \value NoTextInteraction          No interaction with the text is possible.
-    \value TextSelectableByMouse      Text can be selected with the mouse and copied to the clipboard using
-                                      a context menu or standard keyboard shortcuts.
-    \value TextSelectableByKeyboard   Text can be selected with the cursor keys on the keyboard. A text cursor is shown.
-    \value LinksAccessibleByMouse     Links can be highlighted and activated with the mouse.
-    \value LinksAccessibleByKeyboard  Links can be focused using tab and activated with enter.
-    \value TextEditable               The text is fully editable.
-
-    \value TextEditorInteraction      The default for a text editor.
-    \value TextBrowserInteraction     The default for QTextBrowser.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::MaskMode
-
-    This enum specifies the behavior of the
-    QPixmap::createMaskFromColor() and QImage::createMaskFromColor()
-    functions.
-
-    \value MaskInColor   Creates a mask where all pixels matching the given color are opaque.
-    \value MaskOutColor  Creates a mask where all pixels matching the given color are transparent.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::DockWidgetAreaSizes
-    \internal
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::ToolBarAreaSizes
-    \internal
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::EventPriority
-
-    This enum can be used to specify event priorities.
-
-    \value HighEventPriority Events with this priority are sent before
-    events with NormalEventPriority or LowEventPriority.
-
-    \value NormalEventPriority Events with this priority are sent
-    after events with HighEventPriority, but before events with
-    LowEventPriority.
-
-    \value LowEventPriority Events with this priority are sent after
-    events with HighEventPriority or NormalEventPriority.
-
-    Note that these values are provided purely for convenience, since
-    event priorities can be any value between \c INT_MAX and \c
-    INT_MIN, inclusive. For example, you can define custom priorities
-    as being relative to each other:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qnamespace.qdoc 1
-
-    \sa QCoreApplication::postEvent()
-*/
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::SizeHint
-    \since 4.4
-
-    This enum is used by QGraphicsLayoutItem::sizeHint()
-
-    \value MinimumSize is used to specify the minimum size of a graphics layout item.
-    \value PreferredSize is used to specify the preferred size of a graphics layout item.
-    \value MaximumSize is used to specify the maximum size of a graphics layout item.
-    \value MinimumDescent is used to specify the minimum descent of a text string in a graphics layout item.
-    \omitvalue NSizeHints
-
-    \sa QGraphicsLayoutItem::sizeHint()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::SizeMode
-    \since 4.4
-
-    This enum is used by QPainter::drawRoundedRect() and QPainterPath::addRoundedRect()
-    functions to specify the radii of rectangle corners with respect to the dimensions
-    of the bounding rectangles specified.
-
-    \value AbsoluteSize Specifies the size using absolute measurements.
-    \value RelativeSize Specifies the size relative to the bounding rectangle,
-                        typically using percentage measurements.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::WindowFrameSection
-    \since 4.4
-
-    This enum is used to describe parts of a window frame. It is returned by
-    QGraphicsWidget::windowFrameSectionAt() to describe what section of the window
-    frame is under the mouse.
-
-    \value NoSection
-    \value LeftSection
-    \value TopLeftSection
-    \value TopSection
-    \value TopRightSection
-    \value RightSection
-    \value BottomRightSection
-    \value BottomSection
-    \value BottomLeftSection
-    \value TitleBarArea
-
-    \sa QGraphicsWidget::windowFrameEvent()
-    \sa QGraphicsWidget::paintWindowFrame()
-    \sa QGraphicsWidget::windowFrameSectionAt()
-
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \enum Qt::TileRule
-  \since 4.6
-
-  This enum describes how to repeat or stretch the parts of an image
-  when drawing.
-
-  \value Stretch   Scale the image to fit to the available area.
-
-  \value Repeat    Tile the image until there is no more space. May crop
-  the last image.
-
-  \value Round 	   Like Repeat, but scales the images down to ensure that
-  the last image is not cropped.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::Initialization
-    \internal
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum Qt::GestureState
-    \since 4.6
-
-    This enum type describes the state of a gesture.
-
-    \value NoGesture        Initial state
-    \value GestureStarted   A continuous gesture has started.
-    \value GestureUpdated   A gesture continues.
-    \value GestureFinished  A gesture has finished.
-
-    \sa QGesture
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/classes/qpagesetupdialog.qdoc b/doc/src/classes/qpagesetupdialog.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 5715fa8..0000000
--- a/doc/src/classes/qpagesetupdialog.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,84 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \class QPageSetupDialog
-
-    \brief The QPageSetupDialog class provides a configuration dialog
-    for the page-related options on a printer.
-
-    On Windows and Mac OS X the page setup dialog is implemented using
-    the native page setup dialogs.
-
-    Note that on Windows and Mac OS X custom paper sizes won't be
-    reflected in the native page setup dialogs. Additionally, custom
-    page margins set on a QPrinter won't show in the native Mac OS X
-    page setup dialog.
-
-    \sa QPrinter, QPrintDialog
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    \fn QPageSetupDialog::QPageSetupDialog(QPrinter *printer, QWidget *parent)
-
-    Constructs a page setup dialog that configures \a printer with \a
-    parent as the parent widget.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \since 4.5
-
-    \fn QPageSetupDialog::QPageSetupDialog(QWidget *parent)
-
-    Constructs a page setup dialog that configures a default-constructed
-    QPrinter with \a parent as the parent widget.
-
-    \sa printer()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QPrinter *QPageSetupDialog::printer()
-
-    Returns the printer that was passed to the QPageSetupDialog
-    constructor.
-*/
-
diff --git a/doc/src/classes/qpaintdevice.qdoc b/doc/src/classes/qpaintdevice.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 6e7c561..0000000
--- a/doc/src/classes/qpaintdevice.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,289 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \class QPaintDevice
-    \brief The QPaintDevice class is the base class of objects that
-    can be painted.
-
-    \ingroup multimedia
-
-    A paint device is an abstraction of a two-dimensional space that
-    can be drawn using a QPainter.  Its default coordinate system has
-    its origin located at the top-left position. X increases to the
-    right and Y increases downwards. The unit is one pixel.
-
-    The drawing capabilities of QPaintDevice are currently implemented
-    by the QWidget, QImage, QPixmap, QGLPixelBuffer, QPicture, and
-    QPrinter subclasses.
-
-    To implement support for a new backend, you must derive from
-    QPaintDevice and reimplement the virtual paintEngine() function to
-    tell QPainter which paint engine should be used to draw on this
-    particular device. Note that you also must create a corresponding
-    paint engine to be able to draw on the device, i.e derive from
-    QPaintEngine and reimplement its virtual functions.
-
-    \warning Qt requires that a QApplication object exists before
-    any paint devices can be created. Paint devices access window
-    system resources, and these resources are not initialized before
-    an application object is created.
-
-    The QPaintDevice class provides several functions returning the
-    various device metrics: The depth() function returns its bit depth
-    (number of bit planes). The height() function returns its height
-    in default coordinate system units (e.g. pixels for QPixmap and
-    QWidget) while heightMM() returns the height of the device in
-    millimeters. Similiarily, the width() and widthMM() functions
-    return the width of the device in default coordinate system units
-    and in millimeters, respectively. Alternatively, the protected
-    metric() function can be used to retrieve the metric information
-    by specifying the desired PaintDeviceMetric as argument.
-
-    The logicalDpiX() and logicalDpiY() functions return the
-    horizontal and vertical resolution of the device in dots per
-    inch. The physicalDpiX() and physicalDpiY() functions also return
-    the resolution of the device in dots per inch, but note that if
-    the logical and vertical resolution differ, the corresponding
-    QPaintEngine must handle the mapping. Finally, the numColors()
-    function returns the number of different colors available for the
-    paint device.
-
-    \sa QPaintEngine, QPainter, {The Coordinate System}, {The Paint
-    System}
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum QPaintDevice::PaintDeviceMetric
-
-    Describes the various metrics of a paint device.
-
-    \value PdmWidth The width of the paint device in default
-    coordinate system units (e.g. pixels for QPixmap and QWidget). See
-    also width().
-
-    \value PdmHeight The height of the paint device in default
-    coordinate system units (e.g. pixels for QPixmap and QWidget). See
-    also height().
-
-    \value PdmWidthMM The width of the paint device in millimeters. See
-    also widthMM().
-
-    \value PdmHeightMM  The height of the paint device in millimeters. See
-    also heightMM().
-
-    \value PdmNumColors The number of different colors available for
-    the paint device. See also numColors().
-
-    \value PdmDepth The bit depth (number of bit planes) of the paint
-    device. See also depth().
-
-    \value PdmDpiX The horizontal resolution of the device in dots per
-    inch. See also logicalDpiX().
-
-    \value PdmDpiY  The vertical resolution of the device in dots per inch. See
-    also logicalDpiY().
-
-    \value PdmPhysicalDpiX The horizontal resolution of the device in
-    dots per inch. See also physicalDpiX().
-
-    \value PdmPhysicalDpiY The vertical resolution of the device in
-    dots per inch. See also physicalDpiY().
-
-    \sa metric()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QPaintDevice::QPaintDevice()
-
-    Constructs a paint device. This constructor can be invoked only from
-    subclasses of QPaintDevice.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QPaintDevice::~QPaintDevice()
-
-    Destroys the paint device and frees window system resources.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn int QPaintDevice::devType() const
-
-    \internal
-
-    Returns the device type identifier, which is QInternal::Widget
-    if the device is a QWidget, QInternal::Pixmap if it's a
-    QPixmap, QInternal::Printer if it's a QPrinter,
-    QInternal::Picture if it's a QPicture, or
-    QInternal::UnknownDevice in other cases.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool QPaintDevice::paintingActive() const
-
-    Returns true if the device is currently being painted on, i.e. someone has
-    called QPainter::begin() but not yet called QPainter::end() for
-    this device; otherwise returns false.
-
-    \sa QPainter::isActive()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QPaintEngine *QPaintDevice::paintEngine() const
-
-    Returns a pointer to the paint engine used for drawing on the
-    device.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn int QPaintDevice::metric(PaintDeviceMetric metric) const
-
-    Returns the metric information for  the given paint device \a metric.
-
-    \sa PaintDeviceMetric
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn int QPaintDevice::width() const
-
-    Returns the width of the paint device in default coordinate system
-    units (e.g. pixels for QPixmap and QWidget).
-
-    \sa widthMM()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn int QPaintDevice::height() const
-
-    Returns the height of the paint device in default coordinate
-    system units (e.g. pixels for QPixmap and QWidget).
-
-    \sa heightMM()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn int QPaintDevice::widthMM() const
-
-    Returns the width of the paint device in millimeters. Due to platform
-    limitations it may not be possible to use this function to determine
-    the actual physical size of a widget on the screen.
-
-    \sa width()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn int QPaintDevice::heightMM() const
-
-    Returns the height of the paint device in millimeters. Due to platform
-    limitations it may not be possible to use this function to determine
-    the actual physical size of a widget on the screen.
-
-    \sa height()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn int QPaintDevice::numColors() const
-
-    Returns the number of different colors available for the paint
-    device. Since this value is an int, it will not be sufficient to represent
-    the number of colors on 32 bit displays, in this case INT_MAX is
-    returned instead.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn int QPaintDevice::depth() const
-
-    Returns the bit depth (number of bit planes) of the paint device.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn int QPaintDevice::logicalDpiX() const
-
-    Returns the horizontal resolution of the device in dots per inch,
-    which is used when computing font sizes. For X11, this is usually
-    the same as could be computed from widthMM().
-
-    Note that if the logicalDpiX() doesn't equal the physicalDpiX(),
-    the corresponding QPaintEngine must handle the resolution mapping.
-
-    \sa logicalDpiY(), physicalDpiX()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn int QPaintDevice::logicalDpiY() const
-
-    Returns the vertical resolution of the device in dots per inch,
-    which is used when computing font sizes. For X11, this is usually
-    the same as could be computed from heightMM().
-
-    Note that if the logicalDpiY() doesn't equal the physicalDpiY(),
-    the corresponding QPaintEngine must handle the resolution mapping.
-
-    \sa  logicalDpiX(), physicalDpiY()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn int QPaintDevice::physicalDpiX() const
-
-    Returns the horizontal resolution of the device in dots per inch.
-    For example, when printing, this resolution refers to the physical
-    printer's resolution. The logical DPI on the other hand, refers to
-    the resolution used by the actual paint engine.
-
-    Note that if the physicalDpiX() doesn't equal the logicalDpiX(),
-    the corresponding QPaintEngine must handle the resolution mapping.
-
-    \sa  physicalDpiY(),  logicalDpiX()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn int QPaintDevice::physicalDpiY() const
-
-    Returns the horizontal resolution of the device in dots per inch.
-    For example, when printing, this resolution refers to the physical
-    printer's resolution. The logical DPI on the other hand, refers to
-    the resolution used by the actual paint engine.
-
-    Note that if the physicalDpiY() doesn't equal the logicalDpiY(),
-    the corresponding QPaintEngine must handle the resolution mapping.
-
-    \sa  physicalDpiX(),  logicalDpiY()
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/classes/qpair.qdoc b/doc/src/classes/qpair.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 9c8ac89..0000000
--- a/doc/src/classes/qpair.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,229 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \class QPair
-    \brief The QPair class is a template class that stores a pair of items.
-
-    \ingroup tools
-    
-    QPair\<T1, T2\> can be used in your application if the STL \c
-    pair type is not available. It stores one value of type T1 and
-    one value of type T2. It can be used as a return value for a
-    function that needs to return two values, or as the value type of
-    a \l{generic container}.
-
-    Here's an example of a QPair that stores one QString and one \c
-    double value:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qpair.qdoc 0
-
-    The components are accessible as public data members called \l
-    first and \l second. For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qpair.qdoc 1
-
-    QPair's template data types (T1 and T2) must be \l{assignable
-    data types}. You cannot, for example, store a QWidget as a value;
-    instead, store a QWidget *. A few functions have additional
-    requirements; these requirements are documented on a per-function
-    basis.
-
-    \sa {Generic Containers}
-*/
-
-/*! \typedef QPair::first_type
-
-    The type of the first element in the pair (T1).
-
-    \sa first
-*/
-
-/*! \typedef QPair::second_type
-
-    The type of the second element in the pair (T2).
-
-    \sa second
-*/
-
-/*! \variable QPair::first
-
-    The first element in the pair.
-*/
-
-/*! \variable QPair::second
-
-    The second element in the pair.
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QPair::QPair()
-
-    Constructs an empty pair. The \c first and \c second elements are
-    initialized with \l{default-constructed values}.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QPair::QPair(const T1 &value1, const T2 &value2)
-
-    Constructs a pair and initializes the \c first element with \a
-    value1 and the \c second element with \a value2.
-
-    \sa qMakePair()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QPair<T1, T2> &QPair::operator=(const QPair<T1, T2> &other)
-
-    Assigns \a other to this pair.
-*/
-
-/*! \fn bool operator==(const QPair<T1, T2> &p1, const QPair<T1, T2> &p2)
-
-    \relates QPair
-
-    Returns true if \a p1 is equal to \a p2; otherwise returns false.
-    Two pairs compare equal if their \c first data members compare
-    equal and if their \c second data members compare equal.
-
-    This function requires the T1 and T2 types to have an
-    implementation of \c operator==().
-*/
-
-/*! \fn bool operator!=(const QPair<T1, T2> &p1, const QPair<T1, T2> &p2)
-
-    \relates QPair
-
-    Returns true if \a p1 is not equal to \a p2; otherwise returns
-    false. Two pairs compare as not equal if their \c first data
-    members are not equal or if their \c second data members are not
-    equal.
-
-    This function requires the T1 and T2 types to have an
-    implementation of \c operator==().
-*/
-
-/*! \fn bool operator<(const QPair<T1, T2> &p1, const QPair<T1, T2> &p2)
-
-    \relates QPair
-
-    Returns true if \a p1 is less than \a p2; otherwise returns
-    false. The comparison is done on the \c first members of \a p1
-    and \a p2; if they compare equal, the \c second members are
-    compared to break the tie.
-
-    This function requires the T1 and T2 types to have an
-    implementation of \c operator<().
-*/
-
-/*! \fn bool operator>(const QPair<T1, T2> &p1, const QPair<T1, T2> &p2)
-
-    \relates QPair
-
-    Returns true if \a p1 is greater than \a p2; otherwise returns
-    false. The comparison is done on the \c first members of \a p1
-    and \a p2; if they compare equal, the \c second members are
-    compared to break the tie.
-
-    This function requires the T1 and T2 types to have an
-    implementation of \c operator<().
-*/
-
-/*! \fn bool operator<=(const QPair<T1, T2> &p1, const QPair<T1, T2> &p2)
-
-    \relates QPair
-
-    Returns true if \a p1 is less than or equal to \a p2; otherwise
-    returns false. The comparison is done on the \c first members of
-    \a p1 and \a p2; if they compare equal, the \c second members are
-    compared to break the tie.
-
-    This function requires the T1 and T2 types to have an
-    implementation of \c operator<().
-*/
-
-/*! \fn bool operator>=(const QPair<T1, T2> &p1, const QPair<T1, T2> &p2)
-
-    \relates QPair
-
-    Returns true if \a p1 is greater than or equal to \a p2;
-    otherwise returns false. The comparison is done on the \c first
-    members of \a p1 and \a p2; if they compare equal, the \c second
-    members are compared to break the tie.
-
-    This function requires the T1 and T2 types to have an
-    implementation of \c operator<().
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QPair<T1, T2> qMakePair(const T1 &value1, const T2 &value2)
-
-    \relates QPair
-
-    Returns a QPair\<T1, T2\> that contains \a value1 and \a value2.
-    Example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qpair.qdoc 2
-
-    This is equivalent to QPair<T1, T2>(\a value1, \a value2), but
-    usually requires less typing.
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QDataStream &operator>>(QDataStream &in, QPair<T1, T2> &pair)
-
-    \relates QPair
-
-    Reads a pair from stream \a in into \a pair.
-
-    This function requires the T1 and T2 types to implement \c operator>>().
-
-    \sa {Format of the QDataStream operators}
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QDataStream &operator<<(QDataStream &out, const QPair<T1, T2> &pair)
-
-    \relates QPair
-
-    Writes the pair \a pair to stream \a out.
-
-    This function requires the T1 and T2 types to implement \c operator<<().
-
-    \sa {Format of the QDataStream operators}
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/classes/qplugin.qdoc b/doc/src/classes/qplugin.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 3b8f1b0..0000000
--- a/doc/src/classes/qplugin.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,135 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \headerfile <QtPlugin>
-    \title Macros for Defining Plugins
-
-    \brief The <QtPlugin> header files defines macros for defining plugins.
-
-    \sa {How to Create Qt Plugins}
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \macro Q_DECLARE_INTERFACE(ClassName, Identifier)
-    \relates <QtPlugin>
-
-    This macro associates the given \a Identifier (a string literal)
-    to the interface class called \a ClassName. The \a Identifier must
-    be unique. For example:
-
-    \snippet examples/tools/plugandpaint/interfaces.h 3
-
-    This macro is normally used right after the class definition for
-    \a ClassName, in a header file. See the
-    \l{tools/plugandpaint}{Plug & Paint} example for details.
-
-    If you want to use Q_DECLARE_INTERFACE with interface classes
-    declared in a namespace then you have to make sure the Q_DECLARE_INTERFACE
-    is not inside a namespace though. For example:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qplugin.qdoc 0
-
-    \sa Q_INTERFACES(), Q_EXPORT_PLUGIN2(), {How to Create Qt Plugins}
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \macro Q_EXPORT_PLUGIN(ClassName)
-    \relates <QtPlugin>
-    \obsolete
-
-    Use Q_EXPORT_PLUGIN2() instead. This macro is equivalent to
-    Q_EXPORT_PLUGIN2(\a ClassName, \a ClassName).
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \macro Q_EXPORT_PLUGIN2(PluginName, ClassName)
-    \relates <QtPlugin>
-    \since 4.1
-    \keyword Q_EXPORT_PLUGIN2
-
-    This macro exports the plugin class \a ClassName for the plugin specified
-    by \a PluginName. The value of \a PluginName should correspond to the
-    \l{qmake Variable Reference#TARGET}{TARGET} specified in the plugin's
-    project file.
-
-    There should be exactly one occurrence of this macro in the source code
-    for a Qt plugin, and it should be used where the implementation is written
-    rather than in a header file.
-
-    Example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qplugin.qdoc 1
-
-    See the \l{tools/plugandpaint}{Plug & Paint} example for details.
-
-    \sa Q_DECLARE_INTERFACE(), {How to Create Qt Plugins}
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \macro Q_IMPORT_PLUGIN(PluginName)
-    \relates <QtPlugin>
-
-    This macro imports the plugin named \a PluginName, corresponding
-    to the \l{qmake Variable Reference#TARGET}{TARGET} specified in the
-    plugin's project file.
-
-    Inserting this macro into your application's source code will allow
-    you to make use of a static plugin.
-
-    Example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qplugin.qdoc 2
-
-    Static plugins must also be included by the linker when your
-    application is built. For Qt's predefined plugins,
-    you can use the \c QTPLUGIN to add
-    the required plugins to your build. For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qplugin.qdoc 3
-
-    \sa {Static Plugins}, {How to Create Qt Plugins}, {Using qmake}
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \macro Q_EXPORT_STATIC_PLUGIN(ClassName)
-    \relates <QtPlugin>
-    \internal
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/classes/qprintdialog.qdoc b/doc/src/classes/qprintdialog.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index b52edff..0000000
--- a/doc/src/classes/qprintdialog.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
-/*!
-    \fn QPrinter *QPrintDialog::printer() const
-
-    Returns a pointer to the printer this dialog configures, or 0 if
-    this dialog does not operate on any printer.
-
-    This function is available for Unix platforms only.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void QPrintDialog::setPrinter(QPrinter *printer, bool pickupSettings)
-
-    Sets this dialog to configure printer \a printer, or no printer if \a printer
-    is null. If \a pickupSettings is true, the dialog reads most of
-    its settings from \a printer. If \a pickupSettings is false (the
-    default) the dialog keeps its old settings.
-
-    This function is available for Unix platforms only.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void QPrintDialog::addButton(QPushButton *button)
-
-    Adds the \a button to the layout of the print dialog. The added
-    buttons are arranged from the left to the right below the
-    last groupbox of the printdialog.
-
-    This function is available for Unix platforms only.
-*/
-#endif
diff --git a/doc/src/classes/qprinterinfo.qdoc b/doc/src/classes/qprinterinfo.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 7507e8a..0000000
--- a/doc/src/classes/qprinterinfo.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,137 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \class QPrinterInfo
-
-    \brief The QPrinterInfo class gives access to information about
-    existing printers.
-
-    Use the static functions to generate a list of QPrinterInfo
-    objects. Each QPrinterInfo object in the list represents a single
-    printer and can be queried for name, supported paper sizes, and
-    whether or not it is the default printer.
-
-    \since 4.4
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QList<QPrinterInfo> QPrinterInfo::availablePrinters()
-
-    Returns a list of available printers on the system.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QPrinterInfo QPrinterInfo::defaultPrinter()
-
-    Returns the default printer on the system.
-
-    The return value should be checked using isNull() before being
-    used, in case there is no default printer.
-
-    \sa isNull()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QPrinterInfo::QPrinterInfo()
-
-    Constructs an empty QPrinterInfo object.
-
-    \sa isNull()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QPrinterInfo::QPrinterInfo(const QPrinterInfo& src)
-
-    Constructs a copy of \a src.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QPrinterInfo::QPrinterInfo(const QPrinter& printer)
-
-    Constructs a QPrinterInfo object from \a printer.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QPrinterInfo::~QPrinterInfo()
-
-    Destroys the QPrinterInfo object. References to the values in the
-    object become invalid.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QPrinterInfo& QPrinterInfo::operator=(const QPrinterInfo& src)
-
-    Sets the QPrinterInfo object to be equal to \a src.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QString QPrinterInfo::printerName() const
-
-    Returns the name of the printer.
-
-    \sa QPrinter::setPrinterName()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool QPrinterInfo::isNull() const
-
-    Returns whether this QPrinterInfo object holds a printer definition.
-
-    An empty QPrinterInfo object could result for example from calling
-    defaultPrinter() when there are no printers on the system.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool QPrinterInfo::isDefault() const
-
-    Returns whether this printer is the default printer.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QList< QPrinter::PaperSize> QPrinterInfo::supportedPaperSizes() const
-    \since 4.4
-
-    Returns a list of supported paper sizes by the printer.
-
-    Not all printer drivers support this query, so the list may be empty.
-    On Mac OS X 10.3, this function always returns an empty list.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/classes/qset.qdoc b/doc/src/classes/qset.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 8409e13..0000000
--- a/doc/src/classes/qset.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,953 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \class QSet
-    \brief The QSet class is a template class that provides a hash-table-based set.
-
-    \ingroup tools
-    \ingroup shared
-    \reentrant
-    \mainclass
-
-    QSet<T> is one of Qt's generic \l{container classes}. It stores
-    values in an unspecified order and provides very fast lookup of
-    the values. Internally, QSet<T> is implemented as a QHash.
-
-    Here's an example QSet with QString values:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qset.qdoc 0
-
-    To insert a value into the set, use insert():
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qset.qdoc 1
-
-    Another way to insert items into the set is to use operator<<():
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qset.qdoc 2
-
-    To test whether an item belongs to the set or not, use contains():
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qset.qdoc 3
-
-    If you want to navigate through all the values stored in a QSet,
-    you can use an iterator. QSet supports both \l{Java-style
-    iterators} (QSetIterator and QMutableSetIterator) and \l{STL-style
-    iterators} (QSet::iterator and QSet::const_iterator). Here's how
-    to iterate over a QSet<QWidget *> using a Java-style iterator:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qset.qdoc 4
-
-    Here's the same code, but using an STL-style iterator:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qset.qdoc 5
-
-    QSet is unordered, so an iterator's sequence cannot be assumed to
-    be predictable. If ordering by key is required, use a QMap.
-
-    To navigate through a QSet, you can also use \l{foreach}:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qset.qdoc 6
-
-    Items can be removed from the set using remove(). There is also a
-    clear() function that removes all items.
-
-    QSet's value data type must be an \l{assignable data type}. You
-    cannot, for example, store a QWidget as a value; instead, store a
-    QWidget *. In addition, the type must provide \c operator==(), and
-    there must also be a global qHash() function that returns a hash
-    value for an argument of the key's type. See the QHash
-    documentation for a list of types supported by qHash().
-
-    Internally, QSet uses a hash table to perform lookups. The hash
-    table automatically grows and shrinks to provide fast lookups
-    without wasting memory. You can still control the size of the hash
-    table by calling reserve(), if you already know approximately how
-    many elements the QSet will contain, but this isn't necessary to
-    obtain good performance. You can also call capacity() to retrieve
-    the hash table's size.
-
-    \sa QSetIterator, QMutableSetIterator, QHash, QMap
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QSet::QSet()
-
-    Constructs an empty set.
-
-    \sa clear()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QSet::QSet(const QSet<T> &other)
-
-    Constructs a copy of \a other.
-
-    This operation occurs in \l{constant time}, because QSet is
-    \l{implicitly shared}. This makes returning a QSet from a
-    function very fast. If a shared instance is modified, it will be
-    copied (copy-on-write), and this takes \l{linear time}.
-
-    \sa operator=()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QSet<T> &QSet::operator=(const QSet<T> &other)
-
-    Assigns the \a other set to this set and returns a reference to
-    this set.  
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool QSet::operator==(const QSet<T> &other) const
-
-    Returns true if the \a other set is equal to this set; otherwise
-    returns false.
-
-    Two sets are considered equal if they contain the same elements.
-
-    This function requires the value type to implement \c operator==().
-
-    \sa operator!=()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool QSet::operator!=(const QSet<T> &other) const
-
-    Returns true if the \a other set is not equal to this set; otherwise
-    returns false.
-
-    Two sets are considered equal if they contain the same elements.
-
-    This function requires the value type to implement \c operator==().
-
-    \sa operator==()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn int QSet::size() const
-
-    Returns the number of items in the set.
-
-    \sa isEmpty(), count()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool QSet::isEmpty() const
-
-    Returns true if the set contains no elements; otherwise returns
-    false.
-
-    \sa size()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn int QSet::capacity() const
-
-    Returns the number of buckets in the set's internal hash
-    table.
-
-    The sole purpose of this function is to provide a means of fine
-    tuning QSet's memory usage. In general, you will rarely ever need
-    to call this function. If you want to know how many items are in
-    the set, call size().
-
-    \sa reserve(), squeeze()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void QSet::reserve(int size)
-
-    Ensures that the set's internal hash table consists of at
-    least \a size buckets.
-
-    This function is useful for code that needs to build a huge set
-    and wants to avoid repeated reallocation. For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qset.qdoc 7
-
-    Ideally, \a size should be slightly more than the maximum number
-    of elements expected in the set. \a size doesn't have to be prime,
-    because QSet will use a prime number internally anyway. If \a size
-    is an underestimate, the worst that will happen is that the QSet
-    will be a bit slower.
-
-    In general, you will rarely ever need to call this function.
-    QSet's internal hash table automatically shrinks or grows to
-    provide good performance without wasting too much memory.
-
-    \sa squeeze(), capacity()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void QSet::squeeze()
-
-    Reduces the size of the set's internal hash table to save
-    memory.
-
-    The sole purpose of this function is to provide a means of fine
-    tuning QSet's memory usage. In general, you will rarely ever
-    need to call this function.
-
-    \sa reserve(), capacity()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void QSet::detach()
-
-    \internal
-
-    Detaches this set from any other sets with which it may share
-    data.
-
-    \sa isDetached()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn bool QSet::isDetached() const
-
-    \internal
-
-    Returns true if the set's internal data isn't shared with any
-    other set object; otherwise returns false.
-
-    \sa detach()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void QSet::setSharable(bool sharable)
-    \internal
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void QSet::clear()
-
-    Removes all elements from the set.
-
-    \sa remove()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool QSet::remove(const T &value)
-
-    Removes any occurrence of item \a value from the set. Returns
-    true if an item was actually removed; otherwise returns false.
-
-    \sa contains(), insert()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QSet::iterator QSet::erase(iterator pos)
-    \since 4.2
-
-    Removes the item at the iterator position \a pos from the set, and
-    returns an iterator positioned at the next item in the set.
-
-    Unlike remove(), this function never causes QSet to rehash its
-    internal data structure. This means that it can safely be called
-    while iterating, and won't affect the order of items in the set.
-
-    \sa remove(), find()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QSet::const_iterator QSet::find(const T &value) const
-    \since 4.2
-
-    Returns a const iterator positioned at the item \a value in the
-    set. If the set contains no item \a value, the function returns
-    constEnd().
-
-    \sa constFind(), contains()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QSet::iterator QSet::find(const T &value)
-    \since 4.2
-    \overload
-
-    Returns a non-const iterator positioned at the item \a value in
-    the set. If the set contains no item \a value, the function
-    returns end(). 
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QSet::const_iterator QSet::constFind(const T &value) const
-    \since 4.2
-
-    Returns a const iterator positioned at the item \a value in the
-    set. If the set contains no item \a value, the function returns
-    constEnd().
-
-    \sa find(), contains()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool QSet::contains(const T &value) const
-
-    Returns true if the set contains item \a value; otherwise returns
-    false.
-
-    \sa insert(), remove(), find()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool QSet::contains(const QSet<T> &other) const
-    \since 4.6
-
-    Returns true if the set contains all items from the \a other set;
-    otherwise returns false.
-
-    \sa insert(), remove(), find()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QSet::const_iterator QSet::begin() const
-
-    Returns a const \l{STL-style iterator} positioned at the first
-    item in the set.
-
-    \sa constBegin(), end()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QSet::iterator QSet::begin()
-    \since 4.2
-    \overload
-
-    Returns a non-const \l{STL-style iterator} positioned at the first
-    item in the set.  
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QSet::const_iterator QSet::constBegin() const
-
-    Returns a const \l{STL-style iterator} positioned at the first
-    item in the set.
-
-    \sa begin(), constEnd()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QSet::const_iterator QSet::end() const
-
-    Returns a const \l{STL-style iterator} positioned at the imaginary
-    item after the last item in the set.
-
-    \sa constEnd(), begin()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QSet::iterator QSet::end()
-    \since 4.2
-    \overload
-
-    Returns a non-const \l{STL-style iterator} pointing to the
-    imaginary item after the last item in the set.
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QSet::const_iterator QSet::constEnd() const
-
-    Returns a const \l{STL-style iterator} pointing to the imaginary
-    item after the last item in the set.
-
-    \sa constBegin(), end()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \typedef QSet::Iterator
-    \since 4.2
-
-    Qt-style synonym for QSet::iterator.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \typedef QSet::ConstIterator
-
-    Qt-style synonym for QSet::const_iterator.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \typedef QSet::const_pointer
-
-    Typedef for const T *. Provided for STL compatibility.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \typedef QSet::const_reference
-
-    Typedef for const T &. Provided for STL compatibility.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \typedef QSet::difference_type
-
-    Typedef for const ptrdiff_t. Provided for STL compatibility.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \typedef QSet::key_type
-
-    Typedef for T. Provided for STL compatibility.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \typedef QSet::pointer
-
-    Typedef for T *. Provided for STL compatibility.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \typedef QSet::reference
-
-    Typedef for T &. Provided for STL compatibility.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \typedef QSet::size_type
-
-    Typedef for int. Provided for STL compatibility.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \typedef QSet::value_type
-
-    Typedef for T. Provided for STL compatibility.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QSet::const_iterator QSet::insert(const T &value)
-
-    Inserts item \a value into the set, if \a value isn't already
-    in the set, and returns an iterator pointing at the inserted
-    item.
-
-    \sa operator<<(), remove(), contains()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QSet<T> &QSet::unite(const QSet<T> &other)
-
-    Each item in the \a other set that isn't already in this set is
-    inserted into this set. A reference to this set is returned.
-
-    \sa operator|=(), intersect(), subtract()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QSet<T> &QSet::intersect(const QSet<T> &other)
-
-    Removes all items from this set that are not contained in the
-    \a other set. A reference to this set is returned.
-
-    \sa operator&=(), unite(), subtract()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QSet<T> &QSet::subtract(const QSet<T> &other)
-
-    Removes all items from  this set that are contained in the 
-    \a other set. Returns a reference to this set.
-
-    \sa operator-=(), unite(), intersect()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool QSet::empty() const
-
-    Returns true if the set is empty. This function is provided
-    for STL compatibility. It is equivalent to isEmpty().  
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool QSet::count() const
-
-    Same as size().
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QSet<T> &QSet::operator<<(const T &value)
-    \fn QSet<T> &QSet::operator+=(const T &value)
-    \fn QSet<T> &QSet::operator|=(const T &value)
-
-    Inserts a new item \a value and returns a reference to the set.
-    If \a value already exists in the set, the set is left unchanged.
-
-    \sa insert()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QSet<T> &QSet::operator-=(const T &value)
-
-    Removes the occurrence of item \a value from the set, if 
-    it is found, and returns a reference to the set. If the
-    \a value is not contained the set, nothing is removed.
-
-    \sa remove()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QSet<T> &QSet::operator|=(const QSet<T> &other)
-    \fn QSet<T> &QSet::operator+=(const QSet<T> &other)
-
-    Same as unite(\a other).
-
-    \sa operator|(), operator&=(), operator-=()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QSet<T> &QSet::operator&=(const QSet<T> &other)
-
-    Same as intersect(\a other).
-
-    \sa operator&(), operator|=(), operator-=()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QSet<T> &QSet::operator&=(const T &value)
-
-    \overload
-
-    Same as intersect(\e{other}), if we consider \e{other} to be a set
-    that contains the singleton \a value.  
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    \fn QSet<T> &QSet::operator-=(const QSet<T> &other)
-
-    Same as subtract(\a{other}).
-
-    \sa operator-(), operator|=(), operator&=()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QSet<T> QSet::operator|(const QSet<T> &other) const
-    \fn QSet<T> QSet::operator+(const QSet<T> &other) const
-
-    Returns a new QSet that is the union of this set and the 
-    \a other set.
-
-    \sa unite(), operator|=(), operator&(), operator-()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QSet<T> QSet::operator&(const QSet<T> &other) const
-
-    Returns a new QSet that is the intersection of this set and the
-    \a other set.
-
-    \sa intersect(), operator&=(), operator|(), operator-()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QSet<T> QSet::operator-(const QSet<T> &other) const
-
-    Returns a new QSet that is the set difference of this set and
-    the \a other set, i.e., this set - \a other set.
-
-    \sa subtract(), operator-=(), operator|(), operator&()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QSet<T> QSet::operator-(const QSet<T> &other)
-    \fn QSet<T> QSet::operator|(const QSet<T> &other)
-    \fn QSet<T> QSet::operator+(const QSet<T> &other)
-    \fn QSet<T> QSet::operator&(const QSet<T> &other)
-    \internal
-
-    These will go away in Qt 5.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \class QSet::iterator
-    \since 4.2
-    \brief The QSet::iterator class provides an STL-style non-const iterator for QSet.
-
-    QSet features both \l{STL-style iterators} and
-    \l{Java-style iterators}. The STL-style iterators are more
-    low-level and more cumbersome to use; on the other hand, they are
-    slightly faster and, for developers who already know STL, have
-    the advantage of familiarity.
-
-    QSet<T>::iterator allows you to iterate over a QSet and to remove
-    items (using QSet::erase()) while you iterate. (QSet doesn't let
-    you \e modify a value through an iterator, because that
-    would potentially require moving the value in the internal hash
-    table used by QSet.) If you want to iterate over a const QSet,
-    you should use QSet::const_iterator. It is generally good
-    practice to use QSet::const_iterator on a non-const QSet as well,
-    unless you need to change the QSet through the iterator. Const
-    iterators are slightly faster, and can improve code readability.
-
-    QSet\<T\>::iterator allows you to iterate over a QSet\<T\> and
-    modify it as you go (using QSet::erase()). However, 
-
-    The default QSet::iterator constructor creates an uninitialized
-    iterator. You must initialize it using a function like
-    QSet::begin(), QSet::end(), or QSet::insert() before you can
-    start iterating. Here's a typical loop that prints all the items
-    stored in a set:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qset.qdoc 8
-
-    Here's a loop that removes certain items (all those that start
-    with 'J') from a set while iterating:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qset.qdoc 9
-
-    STL-style iterators can be used as arguments to \l{generic
-    algorithms}. For example, here's how to find an item in the set
-    using the qFind() algorithm:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qset.qdoc 10
-
-    Multiple iterators can be used on the same set. However, you may
-    not attempt to modify the container while iterating on it.
-
-    \sa QSet::const_iterator, QMutableSetIterator
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \class QSet::const_iterator
-    \brief The QSet::const_iterator class provides an STL-style const iterator for QSet.
-    \since 4.2
-
-    QSet features both \l{STL-style iterators} and
-    \l{Java-style iterators}. The STL-style iterators are more
-    low-level and more cumbersome to use; on the other hand, they are
-    slightly faster and, for developers who already know STL, have
-    the advantage of familiarity.
-
-    QSet\<Key, T\>::const_iterator allows you to iterate over a QSet.
-    If you want to modify the QSet as you iterate over it, you must
-    use QSet::iterator instead. It is generally good practice to use
-    QSet::const_iterator on a non-const QSet as well, unless you need
-    to change the QSet through the iterator. Const iterators are
-    slightly faster, and can improve code readability.
-
-    The default QSet::const_iterator constructor creates an
-    uninitialized iterator. You must initialize it using a function
-    like QSet::begin(), QSet::end(), or QSet::insert() before you can
-    start iterating. Here's a typical loop that prints all the items
-    stored in a set:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qset.qdoc 11
-
-    STL-style iterators can be used as arguments to \l{generic
-    algorithms}. For example, here's how to find an item in the set
-    using the qFind() algorithm:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qset.qdoc 12
-
-    Multiple iterators can be used on the same set. However, you may
-    not attempt to modify the container while iterating on it.
-
-    \sa QSet::iterator, QSetIterator
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QSet::iterator::iterator()
-    \fn QSet::const_iterator::const_iterator()
-
-    Constructs an uninitialized iterator.
-
-    Functions like operator*() and operator++() should not be called
-    on an uninitialized iterator. Use operator=() to assign a value
-    to it before using it.
-
-    \sa QSet::begin(), QSet::end()
-*/
-
-/*! 
-    \fn QSet::iterator::iterator(typename Hash::iterator i)
-    \fn QSet::const_iterator::const_iterator(typename Hash::const_iterator i)
-
-    \internal
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \typedef QSet::iterator::iterator_category
-  \typedef QSet::const_iterator::iterator_category
-
-  Synonyms for \e {std::bidirectional_iterator_tag} indicating
-  these iterators are bidirectional iterators.
- */
-
-/*!
-    \typedef QSet::iterator::difference_type
-    \typedef QSet::const_iterator::difference_type
-
-    \internal
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \typedef QSet::iterator::value_type
-    \typedef QSet::const_iterator::value_type
-
-    \internal
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \typedef QSet::iterator::pointer
-    \typedef QSet::const_iterator::pointer
-
-    \internal
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \typedef QSet::iterator::reference
-    \typedef QSet::const_iterator::reference
-
-    \internal
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QSet::iterator::iterator(const iterator &other)
-    \fn QSet::const_iterator::const_iterator(const const_iterator &other)
-
-    Constructs a copy of \a other.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QSet::const_iterator::const_iterator(const iterator &other)
-    \since 4.2
-    \overload
-
-    Constructs a copy of \a other.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QSet::iterator &QSet::iterator::operator=(const iterator &other)
-    \fn QSet::const_iterator &QSet::const_iterator::operator=(const const_iterator &other)
-
-    Assigns \a other to this iterator.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn const T &QSet::iterator::operator*() const
-    \fn const T &QSet::const_iterator::operator*() const
-
-    Returns a reference to the current item.
-
-    \sa operator->()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn const T *QSet::iterator::operator->() const
-    \fn const T *QSet::const_iterator::operator->() const
-
-    Returns a pointer to the current item.
-
-    \sa operator*()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool QSet::iterator::operator==(const iterator &other) const
-    \fn bool QSet::const_iterator::operator==(const const_iterator &other) const
-
-    Returns true if \a other points to the same item as this
-    iterator; otherwise returns false.
-
-    \sa operator!=()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool QSet::iterator::operator==(const const_iterator &other) const
-    \fn bool QSet::iterator::operator!=(const const_iterator &other) const
-
-    \overload
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool QSet::iterator::operator!=(const iterator &other) const
-    \fn bool QSet::const_iterator::operator!=(const const_iterator &other) const
-
-    Returns true if \a other points to a different item than this
-    iterator; otherwise returns false.
-
-    \sa operator==()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QSet::iterator &QSet::iterator::operator++()
-    \fn QSet::const_iterator &QSet::const_iterator::operator++()
-
-    The prefix ++ operator (\c{++it}) advances the iterator to the
-    next item in the set and returns an iterator to the new current
-    item.
-
-    Calling this function on QSet::constEnd() leads to
-    undefined results.
-
-    \sa operator--()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QSet::iterator QSet::iterator::operator++(int)
-    \fn QSet::const_iterator QSet::const_iterator::operator++(int)
-
-    \overload
-
-    The postfix ++ operator (\c{it++}) advances the iterator to the
-    next item in the set and returns an iterator to the previously
-    current item.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QSet::iterator &QSet::iterator::operator--()
-    \fn QSet::const_iterator &QSet::const_iterator::operator--()
-
-    The prefix -- operator (\c{--it}) makes the preceding item
-    current and returns an iterator to the new current item.
-
-    Calling this function on QSet::begin() leads to undefined
-    results.
-
-    \sa operator++()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QSet::iterator QSet::iterator::operator--(int)
-    \fn QSet::const_iterator QSet::const_iterator::operator--(int)
-
-    \overload
-
-    The postfix -- operator (\c{it--}) makes the preceding item
-    current and returns an iterator to the previously current item.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QSet::iterator QSet::iterator::operator+(int j) const
-    \fn QSet::const_iterator QSet::const_iterator::operator+(int j) const
-
-    Returns an iterator to the item at \a j positions forward from
-    this iterator. (If \a j is negative, the iterator goes backward.)
-
-    This operation can be slow for large \a j values.
-
-    \sa operator-()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QSet::iterator QSet::iterator::operator-(int j) const
-    \fn QSet::const_iterator QSet::const_iterator::operator-(int j) const
-
-    Returns an iterator to the item at \a j positions backward from
-    this iterator. (If \a j is negative, the iterator goes forward.)
-
-    This operation can be slow for large \a j values.
-
-    \sa operator+()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QSet::iterator &QSet::iterator::operator+=(int j)
-    \fn QSet::const_iterator &QSet::const_iterator::operator+=(int j)
-
-    Advances the iterator by \a j items. (If \a j is negative, the
-    iterator goes backward.)
-
-    This operation can be slow for large \a j values.
-
-    \sa operator-=(), operator+()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QSet::iterator &QSet::iterator::operator-=(int j)
-    \fn QSet::const_iterator &QSet::const_iterator::operator-=(int j)
-
-    Makes the iterator go back by \a j items. (If \a j is negative,
-    the iterator goes forward.)
-
-    This operation can be slow for large \a j values.
-
-    \sa operator+=(), operator-()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QList<T> QSet<T>::toList() const
-
-    Returns a new QList containing the elements in the set. The
-    order of the elements in the QList is undefined.
-
-    Example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qset.qdoc 13
-
-    \sa fromList(), QList::fromSet(), qSort()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QList<T> QSet<T>::values() const
-
-    Returns a new QList containing the elements in the set. The
-    order of the elements in the QList is undefined.
-
-    This is the same as toList().
-
-    \sa fromList(), QList::fromSet(), qSort()
-*/
-
-
-/*! \fn QSet<T> QSet<T>::fromList(const QList<T> &list)
-
-    Returns a new QSet object containing the data contained in \a
-    list. Since QSet doesn't allow duplicates, the resulting QSet
-    might be smaller than the \a list, because QList can contain
-    duplicates.
-
-    Example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qset.qdoc 14
-
-    \sa toList(), QList::toSet()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QDataStream &operator<<(QDataStream &out, const QSet<T> &set)
-    \relates QSet
-
-    Writes the \a set to stream \a out.
-
-    This function requires the value type to implement \c operator<<().
-
-    \sa \link datastreamformat.html Format of the QDataStream operators \endlink
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QDataStream &operator>>(QDataStream &in, QSet<T> &set)
-    \relates QSet
-
-    Reads a set from stream \a in into \a set.
-
-    This function requires the value type to implement \c operator>>().
-
-    \sa \link datastreamformat.html Format of the QDataStream operators \endlink
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/classes/qsignalspy.qdoc b/doc/src/classes/qsignalspy.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 02cb771..0000000
--- a/doc/src/classes/qsignalspy.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,98 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*! 
-    \class QSignalSpy
-    \inmodule QtTest
-
-    \brief The QSignalSpy class enables introspection of signal emission.
-
-    QSignalSpy can connect to any signal of any object and records its emission.
-    QSignalSpy itself is a list of QVariant lists. Each emission of the signal
-    will append one item to the list, containing the arguments of the signal.
-
-    The following example records all signal emissions for the \c clicked() signal
-    of a QCheckBox:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qsignalspy.qdoc 0
-
-    \c{spy.takeFirst()} returns the arguments for the first emitted signal, as a
-    list of QVariant objects. The \c clicked() signal has a single bool argument,
-    which is stored as the first entry in the list of arguments.
-
-    The example below catches a signal from a custom object:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qsignalspy.qdoc 1
-
-    \bold {Note:} Non-standard data types need to be registered, using
-    the qRegisterMetaType() function, before you can create a
-    QSignalSpy. For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qsignalspy.qdoc 2
-
-    To retrieve the \c QModelIndex, you can use qvariant_cast:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qsignalspy.qdoc 3
- */
-
-/*! \fn QSignalSpy::QSignalSpy(QObject *object, const char *signal)
-
-    Constructs a new QSignalSpy that listens for emissions of the \a signal
-    from the QObject \a object. Neither \a signal nor \a object can be null.
-
-    Example:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qsignalspy.qdoc 4
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QSignalSpy::isValid() const
-
-    Returns true if the signal spy listens to a valid signal, otherwise false.
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QSignalSpy::signal() const
-
-    Returns the normalized signal the spy is currently listening to.
-*/
-
-/*! \fn int QSignalSpy::qt_metacall(QMetaObject::Call call, int id, void **a)
-    \internal
-*/
-
diff --git a/doc/src/classes/qsizepolicy.qdoc b/doc/src/classes/qsizepolicy.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index f7366c5..0000000
--- a/doc/src/classes/qsizepolicy.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,522 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \class QSizePolicy
-    \brief The QSizePolicy class is a layout attribute describing horizontal
-    and vertical resizing policy.
-
-    \ingroup appearance
-    \ingroup geomanagement
-
-    The size policy of a widget is an expression of its willingness to
-    be resized in various ways, and affects how the widget is treated
-    by the \l{Layout Management}{layout engine}. Each widget returns a
-    QSizePolicy that describes the horizontal and vertical resizing
-    policy it prefers when being laid out. You can change this for
-    a specific widget by changing its QWidget::sizePolicy property.
-
-    QSizePolicy contains two independent QSizePolicy::Policy values
-    and two stretch factors; one describes the widgets's horizontal
-    size policy, and the other describes its vertical size policy. It
-    also contains a flag to indicate whether the height and width of
-    its preferred size are related.
-
-    The horizontal and vertical policies can be set in the
-    constructor, and altered using the setHorizontalPolicy() and
-    setVerticalPolicy() functions. The stretch factors can be set
-    using the setHorizontalStretch() and setVerticalStretch()
-    functions. The flag indicating whether the widget's
-    \l{QWidget::sizeHint()}{sizeHint()} is width-dependent (such as a
-    menu bar or a word-wrapping label) can be set using the
-    setHeightForWidth() function.
-
-    The current size policies and stretch factors be retrieved using
-    the horizontalPolicy(), verticalPolicy(), horizontalStretch() and
-    verticalStretch() functions. Alternatively, use the transpose()
-    function to swap the horizontal and vertical policies and
-    stretches. The hasHeightForWidth() function returns the current
-    status of the flag indicating the size hint dependencies.
-
-    Use the expandingDirections() function to determine whether the
-    associated widget can make use of more space than its
-    \l{QWidget::sizeHint()}{sizeHint()} function indicates, as well as
-    find out in which directions it can expand.
-
-    Finally, the QSizePolicy class provides operators comparing this
-    size policy to a given policy, as well as a QVariant operator
-    storing this QSizePolicy as a QVariant object.
-
-    \sa QSize, QWidget::sizeHint(), QWidget::sizePolicy,
-    QLayoutItem::sizeHint()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum QSizePolicy::PolicyFlag
-
-    These flags are combined together to form the various \l{Policy}
-    values:
-
-    \value GrowFlag  The widget can grow beyond its size hint if necessary.
-    \value ExpandFlag  The widget should get as much space as possible.
-    \value ShrinkFlag  The widget can shrink below its size hint if necessary.
-    \value IgnoreFlag  The widget's size hint is ignored. The widget will get
-        as much space as possible.
-
-    \sa Policy
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum QSizePolicy::Policy
-
-    This enum describes the various per-dimension sizing types used
-    when constructing a QSizePolicy.
-
-    \value Fixed  The QWidget::sizeHint() is the only acceptable
-        alternative, so the widget can never grow or shrink (e.g. the
-        vertical direction of a push button).
-
-    \value Minimum  The sizeHint() is minimal, and sufficient. The
-        widget can be expanded, but there is no advantage to it being
-        larger (e.g. the horizontal direction of a push button).
-        It cannot be smaller than the size provided by sizeHint().
-
-    \value Maximum  The sizeHint() is a maximum. The widget can be
-        shrunk any amount without detriment if other widgets need the
-        space (e.g. a separator line).
-        It cannot be larger than the size provided by sizeHint().
-
-    \value Preferred  The sizeHint() is best, but the widget can be
-        shrunk and still be useful. The widget can be expanded, but there
-        is no advantage to it being larger than sizeHint() (the default
-        QWidget policy).
-
-    \value Expanding  The sizeHint() is a sensible size, but the
-        widget can be shrunk and still be useful. The widget can make use
-        of extra space, so it should get as much space as possible (e.g.
-        the horizontal direction of a horizontal slider).
-
-    \value MinimumExpanding  The sizeHint() is minimal, and sufficient.
-        The widget can make use of extra space, so it should get as much
-        space as possible (e.g. the horizontal direction of a horizontal
-        slider).
-
-    \value Ignored  The sizeHint() is ignored. The widget will get as
-        much space as possible.
-
-    \sa PolicyFlag, setHorizontalPolicy(), setVerticalPolicy()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QSizePolicy::QSizePolicy()
-
-    Constructs a QSizePolicy object with \l Fixed as its horizontal
-    and vertical policies.
-
-    The policies can be altered using the setHorizontalPolicy() and
-    setVerticalPolicy() functions. Use the setHeightForWidth()
-    function if the preferred height of the widget is dependent on the
-    width of the widget (for example, a QLabel with line wrapping).
-
-    \sa setHorizontalStretch(), setVerticalStretch()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QSizePolicy::QSizePolicy(Policy horizontal, Policy vertical)
-
-    Constructs a QSizePolicy object with the given \a horizontal and
-    \a vertical policies, and DefaultType as the control type.
-
-    Use setHeightForWidth() if the preferred height of the widget is
-    dependent on the width of the widget (for example, a QLabel with
-    line wrapping).
-
-    \sa setHorizontalStretch(), setVerticalStretch()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QSizePolicy::QSizePolicy(Policy horizontal, Policy vertical, ControlType type)
-    \since 4.3
-
-    Constructs a QSizePolicy object with the given \a horizontal and
-    \a vertical policies, and the specified control \a type.
-
-    Use setHeightForWidth() if the preferred height of the widget is
-    dependent on the width of the widget (for example, a QLabel with
-    line wrapping).
-
-    \sa setHorizontalStretch(), setVerticalStretch(), controlType()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QSizePolicy::Policy QSizePolicy::horizontalPolicy() const
-
-    Returns the horizontal component of the size policy.
-
-    \sa setHorizontalPolicy(), verticalPolicy(), horizontalStretch()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QSizePolicy::Policy QSizePolicy::verticalPolicy() const
-
-    Returns the vertical component of the size policy.
-
-    \sa setVerticalPolicy(), horizontalPolicy(), verticalStretch()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void QSizePolicy::setHorizontalPolicy(Policy policy)
-
-    Sets the horizontal component to the given \a policy.
-
-    \sa horizontalPolicy(), setVerticalPolicy(), setHorizontalStretch()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void QSizePolicy::setVerticalPolicy(Policy policy)
-
-    Sets the vertical component to the given \a policy.
-
-    \sa verticalPolicy(), setHorizontalPolicy(), setVerticalStretch()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Qt::Orientations QSizePolicy::expandingDirections() const
-
-    Returns whether a widget can make use of more space than the
-    QWidget::sizeHint() function indicates.
-
-    A value of Qt::Horizontal or Qt::Vertical means that the widget
-    can grow horizontally or vertically (i.e., the horizontal or
-    vertical policy is \l Expanding or \l MinimumExpanding), whereas
-    Qt::Horizontal | Qt::Vertical means that it can grow in both
-    dimensions.
-
-    \sa horizontalPolicy(), verticalPolicy()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn ControlType QSizePolicy::controlType() const
-    \since 4.3
-
-    Returns the control type associated with the widget for which
-    this size policy applies.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void QSizePolicy::setControlType(ControlType type)
-    \since 4.3
-
-    Sets the control type associated with the widget for which this
-    size policy applies to \a type.
-
-    The control type specifies the type of the widget for which this
-    size policy applies. It is used by some styles, notably
-    QMacStyle, to insert proper spacing between widgets. For example,
-    the Mac OS X Aqua guidelines specify that push buttons should be
-    separated by 12 pixels, whereas vertically stacked radio buttons
-    only require 6 pixels.
-
-    \sa QStyle::layoutSpacing()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void QSizePolicy::setHeightForWidth(bool dependent)
-
-    Sets the flag determining whether the widget's preferred height
-    depends on its width, to \a dependent.
-
-    \sa hasHeightForWidth()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool QSizePolicy::hasHeightForWidth() const
-
-    Returns true if the widget's preferred height depends on its
-    width; otherwise returns false.
-
-    \sa setHeightForWidth()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool QSizePolicy::operator==(const QSizePolicy &other) const
-
-    Returns true if this policy is equal to \a other; otherwise
-    returns false.
-
-    \sa operator!=()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool QSizePolicy::operator!=(const QSizePolicy &other) const
-
-    Returns true if this policy is different from \a other; otherwise
-    returns false.
-
-    \sa operator==()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn int QSizePolicy::horizontalStretch() const
-
-    Returns the horizontal stretch factor of the size policy.
-
-    \sa setHorizontalStretch(), verticalStretch(), horizontalPolicy()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn int QSizePolicy::verticalStretch() const
-
-    Returns the vertical stretch factor of the size policy.
-
-    \sa setVerticalStretch(), horizontalStretch(), verticalPolicy()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void QSizePolicy::setHorizontalStretch(uchar stretchFactor)
-
-    Sets the horizontal stretch factor of the size policy to the given \a
-    stretchFactor.
-
-    \sa horizontalStretch(), setVerticalStretch(), setHorizontalPolicy()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void QSizePolicy::setVerticalStretch(uchar stretchFactor)
-
-    Sets the vertical stretch factor of the size policy to the given
-    \a stretchFactor.
-
-    \sa verticalStretch(), setHorizontalStretch(), setVerticalPolicy()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void QSizePolicy::transpose()
-
-    Swaps the horizontal and vertical policies and stretches.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum QSizePolicy::ControlType
-    \since 4.3
-
-    This enum specifies the different types of widgets in terms of
-    layout interaction:
-
-    \value DefaultType  The default type, when none is specified.
-    \value ButtonBox  A QDialogButtonBox instance.
-    \value CheckBox  A QCheckBox instance.
-    \value ComboBox  A QComboBox instance.
-    \value Frame  A QFrame instance.
-    \value GroupBox  A QGroupBox instance.
-    \value Label  A QLabel instance.
-    \value Line  A QFrame instance with QFrame::HLine or QFrame::VLine.
-    \value LineEdit  A QLineEdit instance.
-    \value PushButton  A QPushButton instance.
-    \value RadioButton  A QRadioButton instance.
-    \value Slider  A QAbstractSlider instance.
-    \value SpinBox  A QAbstractSpinBox instance.
-    \value TabWidget  A QTabWidget instance.
-    \value ToolButton  A QToolButton instance.
-
-    \sa setControlType(), controlType()
-*/
-
-#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
-/*!
-    \typedef QSizePolicy::SizeType
-    \compat
-
-    Use the QSizePolicy::Policy enum instead.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum QSizePolicy::ExpandData
-    \compat
-
-    Use the Qt::Orientations enum instead.
-
-    \value NoDirection  Use 0 instead.
-    \value Horizontally  Use Qt::Horizontal instead.
-    \value Vertically  Use Qt::Vertical instead.
-    \value BothDirections  Use Qt::Horizontal | Qt::Vertical instead.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool QSizePolicy::mayShrinkHorizontally() const
-
-    Use the horizontalPolicy() function combined with the
-    QSizePolicy::PolicyFlag enum instead.
-
-    \oldcode
-        bool policy = mayShrinkHorizontally();
-    \newcode
-        bool policy = horizontalPolicy() & QSizePolicy::ShrinkFlag;
-    \endcode
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool QSizePolicy::mayShrinkVertically() const
-
-    Use the verticalPolicy() function combined with the
-    QSizePolicy::PolicyFlag enum instead.
-
-    \oldcode
-        bool policy = mayShrinkVertically();
-    \newcode
-        bool policy = verticalPolicy() & QSizePolicy::ShrinkFlag;
-    \endcode
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool QSizePolicy::mayGrowHorizontally() const
-
-    Use the horizontalPolicy() function combined with the
-    QSizePolicy::PolicyFlag enum instead.
-
-    \oldcode
-        bool policy = mayGrowHorizontally();
-    \newcode
-        bool policy = horizontalPolicy() & QSizePolicy::GrowFlag;
-    \endcode
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool QSizePolicy::mayGrowVertically() const
-
-    Use the verticalPolicy() function combined with the
-    QSizePolicy::PolicyFlag enum instead.
-
-    \oldcode
-        bool policy = mayGrowVertically();
-    \newcode
-        bool policy = verticalPolicy() & QSizePolicy::GrowFlag;
-    \endcode
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn Qt::QSizePolicy::Orientations QSizePolicy::expanding() const
-
-    Use expandingDirections() instead.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QSizePolicy::QSizePolicy(Policy horizontal, Policy vertical, bool dependent)
-
-    Use the QSizePolicy() constructor and the setHeightForWidth()
-    function instead.
-
-    \oldcode
-        QSizePolicy *policy = new QSizePolicy(horizontal, vertical, dependent);
-    \newcode
-        QSizePolicy *policy = new QSizePolicy(horizontal, vertical);
-        policy->setHeightForWidth(dependent);
-    \endcode
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QSizePolicy::QSizePolicy(Policy horizontal, Policy vertical, uchar horizontalStretch,
-                                 uchar verticalStretch, bool dependent)
-
-    Use the QSizePolicy() constructor and call the
-    setHorizontalStretch(), setVerticalStretch(), and
-    setHeightForWidth() functions instead.
-
-    \oldcode
-        QSizePolicy *policy = new QSizePolicy(horizontal, vertical,
-                                                                 horizontalStretch, verticalStretch,
-                                                                 dependent);
-    \newcode
-        QSizePolicy *policy = new QSizePolicy(horizontal, vertical);
-        policy->setHorizontalStretch(horizontalStretch);
-        policy->setVerticalStretch(verticalStretch);
-        policy->setHeightForWidth(dependent);
-    \endcode
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QSizePolicy::Policy QSizePolicy::horData() const
-
-    Use horizontalPolicy() instead.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QSizePolicy::Policy QSizePolicy::verData() const
-
-    Use verticalPolicy() instead.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void QSizePolicy::setHorData(Policy policy)
-
-    Use setHorizontalPolicy() instead.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void QSizePolicy::setVerData(Policy policy)
-
-    Use setVerticalPolicy() instead.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn uint QSizePolicy::horStretch() const
-
-    Use horizontalStretch() instead.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn uint QSizePolicy::verStretch() const
-
-    Use verticalStretch() instead.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void QSizePolicy::setHorStretch(uchar stretch)
-
-    Use setHorizontalStretch() instead.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void QSizePolicy::setVerStretch(uchar stretch)
-
-    Use setVerticalStretch() instead.
-*/
-#endif
diff --git a/doc/src/classes/qtdesigner-api.qdoc b/doc/src/classes/qtdesigner-api.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 60dd9f8..0000000
--- a/doc/src/classes/qtdesigner-api.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1413 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \class QDesignerMemberSheetExtension
-
-    \brief The QDesignerMemberSheetExtension class allows you to
-    manipulate a widget's member functions which is displayed when
-    configuring connections using Qt Designer's mode for editing
-    signals and slots.
-
-    \inmodule QtDesigner
-
-    QDesignerMemberSheetExtension is a collection of functions that is
-    typically used to query a widget's member functions, and to
-    manipulate the member functions' appearance in \QD's signals and
-    slots editing mode. For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtdesigner.qdoc 2
-
-    When implementing a custom widget plugin, a pointer to \QD's
-    current QDesignerFormEditorInterface object (\c formEditor in the
-    example above) is provided by the
-    QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface::initialize() function's parameter.
-
-    The member sheet (and any other extension), can be retrieved by
-    querying \QD's extension manager using the qt_extension()
-    function. When you want to release the extension, you only need to
-    delete the pointer.
-
-    All widgets have a default member sheet used in \QD's signals and
-    slots editing mode with the widget's member functions. But
-    QDesignerMemberSheetExtension also provides an interface for
-    creating custom member sheet extensions.
-
-    \warning \QD uses the QDesignerMemberSheetExtension to facilitate
-    the signal and slot editing mode. Whenever a connection between
-    two widgets is requested, \QD will query for the widgets' member
-    sheet extensions. If a widget has an implemented member sheet
-    extension, this extension will override the default member sheet.
-
-    To create a member sheet extension, your extension class must
-    inherit from both QObject and QDesignerMemberSheetExtension. Then,
-    since we are implementing an interface, we must ensure that it's
-    made known to the meta object system using the Q_INTERFACES()
-    macro:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtdesigner.qdoc 3
-
-    This enables \QD to use qobject_cast() to query for
-    supported interfaces using nothing but a QObject pointer.
-
-    In \QD the extensions are not created until they are
-    required. For that reason, when implementing a member sheet
-    extension, you must also create a QExtensionFactory, i.e a class
-    that is able to make an instance of your extension, and register
-    it using \QD's \l {QExtensionManager}{extension manager}.
-
-    When a widget's member sheet extension is required, \QD's \l
-    {QExtensionManager}{extension manager} will run through all its
-    registered factories calling QExtensionFactory::createExtension()
-    for each until the first one that is able to create a member sheet
-    extension for that widget, is found. This factory will then make
-    an instance of the extension. If no such factory is found, \QD
-    will use the default member sheet.
-
-    There are four available types of extensions in \QD:
-    QDesignerContainerExtension, QDesignerMemberSheetExtension,
-    QDesignerPropertySheetExtension and
-    QDesignerTaskMenuExtension. \QD's behavior is the same whether the
-    requested extension is associated with a multi page container, a
-    member sheet, a property sheet or a task menu.
-
-    The QExtensionFactory class provides a standard extension
-    factory, and can also be used as an interface for custom
-    extension factories. You can either create a new
-    QExtensionFactory and reimplement the
-    QExtensionFactory::createExtension() function. For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtdesigner.qdoc 4
-
-    Or you can use an existing factory, expanding the
-    QExtensionFactory::createExtension() function to make the factory
-    able to create a member sheet extension as well. For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtdesigner.qdoc 5
-
-    For a complete example using an extension class, see \l
-    {designer/taskmenuextension}{Task Menu Extension example}. The
-    example shows how to create a custom widget plugin for Qt
-    Designer, and how to to use the QDesignerTaskMenuExtension class
-    to add custom items to \QD's task menu.
-
-    \sa QExtensionFactory, QExtensionManager, {Creating Custom Widget
-    Extensions}
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QDesignerMemberSheetExtension::~QDesignerMemberSheetExtension()
-
-    Destroys the member sheet extension.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn int QDesignerMemberSheetExtension::count() const
-
-    Returns the extension's number of member functions.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn int QDesignerMemberSheetExtension::indexOf(const QString &name) const
-
-    Returns the index of the member function specified by the given \a
-    name.
-
-    \sa memberName()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QString QDesignerMemberSheetExtension::memberName(int index) const
-
-    Returns the name of the member function with the given \a index.
-
-    \sa indexOf()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QString QDesignerMemberSheetExtension::memberGroup(int index) const
-
-    Returns the name of the member group specified for the function
-    with the given \a index.
-
-    \sa indexOf(), setMemberGroup()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void QDesignerMemberSheetExtension::setMemberGroup(int index, const QString &group)
-
-    Sets the member group of the member function with the given \a
-    index, to \a group.
-
-    \sa indexOf(), memberGroup()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool QDesignerMemberSheetExtension::isVisible(int index) const
-
-    Returns true if the member function with the given \a index is
-    visible in \QD's signal and slot editor, otherwise false.
-
-    \sa indexOf(), setVisible()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void QDesignerMemberSheetExtension::setVisible(int index, bool visible)
-
-    If \a visible is true, the member function with the given \a index
-    is visible in \QD's signals and slots editing mode; otherwise the
-    member function is hidden.
-
-    \sa indexOf(), isVisible()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn virtual bool QDesignerMemberSheetExtension::isSignal(int index) const
-
-    Returns true if the member function with the given \a index is a
-    signal, otherwise false.
-
-    \sa indexOf()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool QDesignerMemberSheetExtension::isSlot(int index) const
-
-    Returns true if the member function with the given \a index is a
-    slot, otherwise false.
-
-    \sa indexOf()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool QDesignerMemberSheetExtension::inheritedFromWidget(int index) const
-
-    Returns true if the member function with the given \a index is
-    inherited from QWidget, otherwise false.
-
-    \sa indexOf()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QString QDesignerMemberSheetExtension::declaredInClass(int index) const
-
-    Returns the name of the class in which the member function with
-    the given \a index is declared.
-
-    \sa indexOf()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QString QDesignerMemberSheetExtension::signature(int index) const
-
-    Returns the signature of the member function with the given \a
-    index.
-
-    \sa indexOf()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QList<QByteArray> QDesignerMemberSheetExtension::parameterTypes(int index) const
-
-    Returns the parameter types of the member function with the given
-    \a index, as a QByteArray list.
-
-    \sa indexOf(), parameterNames()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QList<QByteArray> QDesignerMemberSheetExtension::parameterNames(int index) const
-
-    Returns the parameter names of the member function with the given
-    \a index, as a QByteArray list.
-
-    \sa indexOf(), parameterTypes()
-*/
-
-
-// Doc: Interface only
-
-/*!
-    \class QDesignerLayoutDecorationExtension
-    \brief The QDesignerLayoutDecorationExtension class provides an extension to a layout in \QD.
-    \inmodule QtDesigner
-    \internal
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum QDesignerLayoutDecorationExtension::InsertMode
-
-    This enum describes the modes that are used to insert items into a layout.
-
-    \value InsertWidgetMode Widgets are inserted into empty cells in a layout.
-    \value InsertRowMode    Whole rows are inserted into a vertical or grid layout.
-    \value InsertColumnMode Whole columns are inserted into a horizontal or grid layout.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn virtual QDesignerLayoutDecorationExtension::~QDesignerLayoutDecorationExtension()
-
-    Destroys the extension.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn virtual QList<QWidget*> QDesignerLayoutDecorationExtension::widgets(QLayout *layout) const
-
-    Returns the widgets that are managed by the given \a layout.
-
-    \sa insertWidget(), removeWidget()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QRect QDesignerLayoutDecorationExtension::itemInfo(int index) const
-
-    Returns the rectangle covered by the item at the given \a index in the layout.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn int QDesignerLayoutDecorationExtension::indexOf(QWidget *widget) const
-
-    Returns the index of the specified \a widget in the layout.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn int QDesignerLayoutDecorationExtension::indexOf(QLayoutItem *item) const
-
-    Returns the index of the specified layout \a item.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QDesignerLayoutDecorationExtension::InsertMode QDesignerLayoutDecorationExtension::currentInsertMode() const
-
-    Returns the current insertion mode.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn int QDesignerLayoutDecorationExtension::currentIndex() const
-
-    Returns the current index in the layout.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QPair<int, int> QDesignerLayoutDecorationExtension::currentCell() const
-
-    Returns a pair containing the row and column of the current cell in the layout.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void QDesignerLayoutDecorationExtension::insertWidget(QWidget *widget, const QPair<int, int> &cell)
-
-    Inserts the given \a widget into the specified \a cell in the layout.
-
-    \sa removeWidget()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void QDesignerLayoutDecorationExtension::removeWidget(QWidget *widget)
-
-    Removes the specified \a widget from the layout.
-
-    \sa insertWidget()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void QDesignerLayoutDecorationExtension::insertRow(int row)
-
-    Inserts a new row into the form at the position specified by \a row.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void QDesignerLayoutDecorationExtension::insertColumn(int column)
-
-    Inserts a new column into the form at the position specified by \a column.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void QDesignerLayoutDecorationExtension::simplify()
-
-    Simplifies the layout by removing unnecessary empty rows and columns, and by changing the
-    number of rows or columns spanned by widgets.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn int QDesignerLayoutDecorationExtension::findItemAt(const QPoint &position) const
-
-    Returns the index of the item in the layout that covers the given \a position.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn int QDesignerLayoutDecorationExtension::findItemAt(int row, int column) const
-
-    Returns the item in the layout that occupies the specified \a row and \a column in the layout.
-
-    Currently, this only applies to grid layouts.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void QDesignerLayoutDecorationExtension::adjustIndicator(const QPoint &position, int index)
-
-    Adjusts the indicator for the item specified by \a index so that
-    it lies at the given \a position on the form.
-*/
-
-
-// Doc: Interface only
-
-/*!
-    \class QDesignerContainerExtension
-    \brief The QDesignerContainerExtension class allows you to add pages to
-    a custom multi-page container in Qt Designer's workspace.
-    \inmodule QtDesigner
-
-    QDesignerContainerExtension provide an interface for creating
-    custom container extensions. A container extension consists of a
-    collection of functions that \QD needs to manage a multi-page
-    container plugin, and a list of the container's pages.
-
-    \image containerextension-example.png
-
-    \warning This is \e not an extension for container plugins in
-    general, only custom \e multi-page containers.
-
-    To create a container extension, your extension class must inherit
-    from both QObject and QDesignerContainerExtension. For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtdesigner.qdoc 6
-
-    Since we are implementing an interface, we must ensure that it's
-    made known to the meta object system using the Q_INTERFACES()
-    macro. This enables \QD to use the qobject_cast() function to
-    query for supported interfaces using nothing but a QObject
-    pointer.
-
-    You must reimplement several functions to enable \QD to manage a
-    custom multi-page container widget: \QD uses count() to keep track
-    of the number pages in your container, widget() to return the page
-    at a given index in the list of the container's pages, and
-    currentIndex() to return the list index of the selected page. \QD
-    uses the addWidget() function to add a given page to the
-    container, expecting it to be appended to the list of pages, while
-    it expects the insertWidget() function to add a given page to the
-    container by inserting it at a given index.
-
-    In \QD the extensions are not created until they are
-    required. For that reason you must also create a
-    QExtensionFactory, i.e a class that is able to make an instance of
-    your extension, and register it using \QD's \l
-    {QExtensionManager}{extension manager}.
-
-    When a container extension is required, \QD's \l
-    {QExtensionManager}{extension manager} will run through all its
-    registered factories calling QExtensionFactory::createExtension()
-    for each until the first one that is able to create a container
-    extension, is found. This factory will then create the extension
-    for the plugin.
-
-    There are four available types of extensions in \QD:
-    QDesignerContainerExtension , QDesignerMemberSheetExtension,
-    QDesignerPropertySheetExtension and QDesignerTaskMenuExtension.
-    \QD's behavior is the same whether the requested extension is
-    associated with a multi page container, a member sheet, a property
-    sheet or a task menu.
-
-    The QExtensionFactory class provides a standard extension factory,
-    and can also be used as an interface for custom extension
-    factories. You can either create a new QExtensionFactory and
-    reimplement the QExtensionFactory::createExtension() function. For
-    example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtdesigner.qdoc 7
-
-    Or you can use an existing factory, expanding the
-    QExtensionFactory::createExtension() function to make the factory
-    able to create a container extension as well. For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtdesigner.qdoc 8
-
-    For a complete example using the QDesignerContainerExtension
-    class, see the \l {designer/containerextension}{Container
-    Extension example}. The example shows how to create a custom
-    multi-page plugin for \QD.
-
-    \sa QExtensionFactory, QExtensionManager, {Creating Custom Widget
-    Extensions}
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QDesignerContainerExtension::~QDesignerContainerExtension()
-
-    Destroys the extension.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn int QDesignerContainerExtension::count() const
-
-    Returns the number of pages in the container.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QWidget *QDesignerContainerExtension::widget(int index) const
-
-    Returns the page at the given \a index in the extension's list of
-    pages.
-
-    \sa addWidget(), insertWidget()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn int QDesignerContainerExtension::currentIndex() const
-
-    Returns the index of the currently selected page in the
-    container.
-
-    \sa setCurrentIndex()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void QDesignerContainerExtension::setCurrentIndex(int index)
-
-    Sets the currently selected page in the container to be the
-    page at the given \a index in the extension's list of pages.
-
-    \sa currentIndex()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void QDesignerContainerExtension::addWidget(QWidget *page)
-
-    Adds the given \a page to the container by appending it to the
-    extension's list of pages.
-
-    \sa insertWidget(), remove(), widget()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void QDesignerContainerExtension::insertWidget(int index, QWidget *page)
-
-    Adds the given \a page to the container by inserting it at the
-    given \a index in the extension's list of pages.
-
-    \sa addWidget(), remove(), widget()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void QDesignerContainerExtension::remove(int index)
-
-    Removes the page at the given \a index from the extension's list
-    of pages.
-
-    \sa addWidget(), insertWidget()
-*/
-
-
-// Doc: Interface only
-
-/*!
-    \class QDesignerTaskMenuExtension
-    \brief The QDesignerTaskMenuExtension class allows you to add custom
-    menu entries to Qt Designer's task menu.
-    \inmodule QtDesigner
-
-    QDesignerTaskMenuExtension provides an interface for creating
-    custom task menu extensions. It is typically used to create task
-    menu entries that are specific to a plugin in \QD.
-
-    \QD uses the QDesignerTaskMenuExtension to feed its task
-    menu. Whenever a task menu is requested, \QD will query
-    for the selected widget's task menu extension.
-
-    \image taskmenuextension-example-faded.png
-
-    A task menu extension is a collection of QActions. The actions
-    appear as entries in the task menu when the plugin with the
-    specified extension is selected. The image above shows the custom
-    \gui {Edit State...} action which appears in addition to \QD's
-    default task menu entries: \gui Cut, \gui Copy, \gui Paste etc.
-
-    To create a custom task menu extension, your extension class must
-    inherit from both QObject and QDesignerTaskMenuExtension. For
-    example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtdesigner.qdoc 9
-
-    Since we are implementing an interface, we must ensure that it
-    is made known to the meta-object system using the Q_INTERFACES()
-    macro. This enables \QD to use the qobject_cast() function to
-    query for supported interfaces using nothing but a QObject
-    pointer.
-
-    You must reimplement the taskActions() function to return a list
-    of actions that will be included in \QD task menu. Optionally, you
-    can reimplement the preferredEditAction() function to set the
-    action that is invoked when selecting your plugin and pressing
-    \key F2. The preferred edit action must be one of the actions
-    returned by taskActions() and, if it's not defined, pressing the
-    \key F2 key will simply be ignored.
-
-    In \QD, extensions are not created until they are required. A
-    task menu extension, for example, is created when you click the
-    right mouse button over a widget in \QD's workspace. For that
-    reason you must also construct an extension factory, using either
-    QExtensionFactory or a subclass, and register it using \QD's
-    \l {QExtensionManager}{extension manager}.
-
-    When a task menu extension is required, \QD's \l
-    {QExtensionManager}{extension manager} will run through all its
-    registered factories calling QExtensionFactory::createExtension()
-    for each until it finds one that is able to create a task menu
-    extension for the selected widget. This factory will then make an
-    instance of the extension.
-
-    There are four available types of extensions in \QD:
-    QDesignerContainerExtension, QDesignerMemberSheetExtension,
-    QDesignerPropertySheetExtension, and QDesignerTaskMenuExtension.
-    \QD's behavior is the same whether the requested extension is
-    associated with a container, a member sheet, a property sheet or a
-    task menu.
-
-    The QExtensionFactory class provides a standard extension factory,
-    and can also be used as an interface for custom extension
-    factories. You can either create a new QExtensionFactory and
-    reimplement the QExtensionFactory::createExtension() function. For
-    example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtdesigner.qdoc 10
-
-    Or you can use an existing factory, expanding the
-    QExtensionFactory::createExtension() function to make the factory
-    able to create a task menu extension as well. For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtdesigner.qdoc 11
-
-    For a complete example using the QDesignerTaskMenuExtension class,
-    see the \l {designer/taskmenuextension}{Task Menu Extension
-    example}. The example shows how to create a custom widget plugin
-    for \QD, and how to to use the QDesignerTaskMenuExtension
-    class to add custom items to \QD's task menu.
-
-    \sa QExtensionFactory, QExtensionManager, {Creating Custom Widget
-    Extensions}
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QDesignerTaskMenuExtension::~QDesignerTaskMenuExtension()
-
-    Destroys the task menu extension.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QAction *QDesignerTaskMenuExtension::preferredEditAction() const
-
-    Returns the action that is invoked when selecting a plugin with
-    the specified extension and pressing \key F2.
-
-    The action must be one of the actions returned by taskActions().
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QList<QAction*> QDesignerTaskMenuExtension::taskActions() const
-
-    Returns the task menu extension as a list of actions which will be
-    included in \QD's task menu when a plugin with the specified
-    extension is selected.
-
-    The function must be reimplemented to add actions to the list.
-*/
-
-
-// Doc: Interface only
-
-/*!
-    \class QDesignerCustomWidgetCollectionInterface
-
-    \brief The QDesignerCustomWidgetCollectionInterface class allows
-    you to include several custom widgets in one single library.
-
-    \inmodule QtDesigner
-
-    When implementing a custom widget plugin, you build it as a
-    separate library. If you want to include several custom widget
-    plugins in the same library, you must in addition subclass
-    QDesignerCustomWidgetCollectionInterface.
-
-    QDesignerCustomWidgetCollectionInterface contains one single
-    function returning a list of the collection's
-    QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface objects. For example, if you have
-    several custom widgets \c CustomWidgetOne, \c CustomWidgetTwo and
-    \c CustomWidgetThree, the class definition may look like this:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtdesigner.qdoc 12
-
-    In the class constructor you add the interfaces to your custom
-    widgets to the list which you return in the customWidgets()
-    function:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtdesigner.qdoc 13
-
-    Note that instead of exporting each custom widget plugin using the
-    Q_EXPORT_PLUGIN2() macro, you export the entire collection. The
-    Q_EXPORT_PLUGIN2() macro ensures that \QD can access and construct
-    the custom widgets. Without this macro, there is no way for \QD to
-    use them.
-
-    \sa QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface, {Creating Custom Widgets for
-    Qt Designer}
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QDesignerCustomWidgetCollectionInterface::~QDesignerCustomWidgetCollectionInterface() {
-
-    Destroys the custom widget collection interface.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QList<QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface*> QDesignerCustomWidgetCollectionInterface::customWidgets() const
-
-    Returns a list of interfaces to the collection's custom widgets.
-*/
-
-
-// Doc: Interface only
-
-/*!
-    \class QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface
-
-    \brief The QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface class enables Qt Designer
-    to access and construct custom widgets.
-
-    \inmodule QtDesigner
-
-    QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface provides a custom widget with an
-    interface. The class contains a set of functions that must be subclassed
-    to return basic information about the widget, such as its class name and
-    the name of its header file. Other functions must be implemented to
-    initialize the plugin when it is loaded, and to construct instances of
-    the custom widget for \QD to use.
-
-    When implementing a custom widget you must subclass
-    QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface to expose your widget to \QD. For
-    example, this is the declaration for the plugin used in the
-    \l{Custom Widget Plugin Example}{Custom Widget Plugin example} that
-    enables an analog clock custom widget to be used by \QD:
-
-    \snippet examples/designer/customwidgetplugin/customwidgetplugin.h 0
-
-    Note that the only part of the class definition that is specific
-    to this particular custom widget is the class name. In addition,
-    since we are implementing an interface, we must ensure that it's
-    made known to the meta object system using the Q_INTERFACES()
-    macro. This enables \QD to use the qobject_cast() function to
-    query for supported interfaces using nothing but a QObject
-    pointer.
-
-    After \QD loads a custom widget plugin, it calls the interface's
-    initialize() function to enable it to set up any resources that it
-    may need. This function is called with a QDesignerFormEditorInterface
-    parameter that provides the plugin with a gateway to all of \QD's API.
-
-    \QD constructs instances of the custom widget by calling the plugin's
-    createWidget() function with a suitable parent widget. Plugins must
-    construct and return an instance of a custom widget with the specified
-    parent widget. 
-
-    In the implementation of the class you must remember to export
-    your custom widget plugin to \QD using the Q_EXPORT_PLUGIN2()
-    macro. For example, if a library called \c libcustomwidgetplugin.so
-    (on Unix) or \c libcustomwidget.dll (on Windows) contains a widget
-    class called \c MyCustomWidget, we can export it by adding the
-    following line to the file containing the plugin implementation:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtdesigner.qdoc 14
-
-    This macro ensures that \QD can access and construct the custom widget.
-    Without this macro, there is no way for \QD to use it.
-
-    When implementing a custom widget plugin, you build it as a
-    separate library. If you want to include several custom widget
-    plugins in the same library, you must in addition subclass
-    QDesignerCustomWidgetCollectionInterface.
-
-    \warning If your custom widget plugin contains QVariant
-    properties, be aware that only the following \l
-    {QVariant::Type}{types} are supported:
-
-    \list
-    \o QVariant::ByteArray
-    \o QVariant::Bool
-    \o QVariant::Color
-    \o QVariant::Cursor
-    \o QVariant::Date
-    \o QVariant::DateTime
-    \o QVariant::Double
-    \o QVariant::Int
-    \o QVariant::Point
-    \o QVariant::Rect
-    \o QVariant::Size
-    \o QVariant::SizePolicy
-    \o QVariant::String
-    \o QVariant::Time
-    \o QVariant::UInt
-    \endlist
-
-    For a complete example using the QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface
-    class, see the \l {designer/customwidgetplugin}{Custom Widget
-    Example}. The example shows how to create a custom widget plugin
-    for \QD.
-
-    \sa QDesignerCustomWidgetCollectionInterface {Creating Custom
-    Widgets for Qt Designer}
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface::~QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface()
-
-    Destroys the custom widget interface.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QString QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface::name() const
-
-    Returns the class name of the custom widget supplied by the interface.
-
-    The name returned \e must be identical to the class name used for the
-    custom widget.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QString QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface::group() const
-
-    Returns the name of the group to which the custom widget belongs.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QString QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface::toolTip() const
-
-    Returns a short description of the widget that can be used by \QD
-    in a tool tip.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QString QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface::whatsThis() const
-
-    Returns a description of the widget that can be used by \QD in
-    "What's This?" help for the widget.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QString QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface::includeFile() const
-
-    Returns the path to the include file that \l uic uses when
-    creating code for the custom widget.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QIcon QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface::icon() const
-
-    Returns the icon used to represent the custom widget in \QD's
-    widget box.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface::isContainer() const
-
-    Returns true if the custom widget is intended to be used as a
-    container; otherwise returns false.
-
-    Most custom widgets are not used to hold other widgets, so their
-    implementations of this function will return false, but custom
-    containers will return true to ensure that they behave correctly
-    in \QD.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QWidget *QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface::createWidget(QWidget *parent)
-
-    Returns a new instance of the custom widget, with the given \a
-    parent.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface::isInitialized() const
-
-    Returns true if the widget has been initialized; otherwise returns
-    false.
-
-    \sa initialize()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface::initialize(QDesignerFormEditorInterface *formEditor)
-
-    Initializes the widget for use with the specified \a formEditor
-    interface.
-
-    \sa isInitialized()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QString QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface::domXml() const
-
-    Returns the XML that is used to describe the custom widget's
-    properties to \QD.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QString QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface::codeTemplate() const
-
-    This function is reserved for future use by \QD.
-
-    \omit
-    Returns the code template that \QD includes in forms that contain
-    the custom widget when they are saved.
-    \endomit
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \macro QDESIGNER_WIDGET_EXPORT
-    \relates QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface
-    \since 4.1
-
-    This macro is used when defining custom widgets to ensure that they are
-    correctly exported from plugins for use with \QD.
-
-    On some platforms, the symbols required by \QD to create new widgets
-    are removed from plugins by the build system, making them unusable.
-    Using this macro ensures that the symbols are retained on those platforms,
-    and has no side effects on other platforms.
-
-    For example, the \l{designer/worldtimeclockplugin}{World Time Clock Plugin}
-    example exports a custom widget class with the following declaration:
-
-    \snippet examples/designer/worldtimeclockplugin/worldtimeclock.h 0
-    \dots
-    \snippet examples/designer/worldtimeclockplugin/worldtimeclock.h 2
-
-    \sa {Creating Custom Widgets for Qt Designer}
-*/
-
-
-// Doc: Abstract class
-
-/*!
-    \class QDesignerDnDItemInterface
-    \brief The QDesignerDnDItemInterface class provides an interface that is used to manage items
-    during a drag and drop operation.
-    \inmodule QtDesigner
-    \internal
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum QDesignerDnDItemInterface::DropType
-
-    This enum describes the result of a drag and drop operation.
-
-    \value MoveDrop The item was moved.
-    \value CopyDrop The item was copied.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QDesignerDnDItemInterface::QDesignerDnDItemInterface()
-
-    Constructs a new interface to a drag and drop item.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QDesignerDnDItemInterface::~QDesignerDnDItemInterface()
-
-    Destroys the interface to the item.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn DomUI *QDesignerDnDItemInterface::domUi() const
-
-    Returns a user interface object for the item.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QWidget *QDesignerDnDItemInterface::widget() const
-
-    Returns the widget being copied or moved in the drag and drop operation.
-
-    \sa source()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QWidget *QDesignerDnDItemInterface::decoration() const
-
-    Returns the widget used to represent the item.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QPoint QDesignerDnDItemInterface::hotSpot() const
-
-    Returns the cursor's hotspot.
-
-    \sa QDrag::hotSpot()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn DropType QDesignerDnDItemInterface::type() const
-
-    Returns the type of drag and drop operation in progress.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QWidget *QDesignerDnDItemInterface::source() const
-
-    Returns the widget that is the source of the drag and drop operation; i.e. the original
-    container of the widget being dragged.
-
-    \sa widget()
-*/
-
-
-// Doc: Abstract class
-
-/*!
-    \class QDesignerIconCacheInterface
-    \brief The QDesignerIconCacheInterface class provides an interface to \QD's icon cache.
-    \inmodule QtDesigner
-    \internal
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QDesignerIconCacheInterface::QDesignerIconCacheInterface(QObject *parent)
-
-    Constructs a new interface with the given \a parent.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QIcon QDesignerIconCacheInterface::nameToIcon(const QString &filePath, const QString &qrcPath)
-
-    Returns the icon associated with the name specified by \a filePath in the resource
-    file specified by \a qrcPath.
-
-    If \a qrcPath refers to a valid resource file, the name used for the file path is a path
-    within those resources; otherwise the file path refers to a local file.
-
-    \sa {The Qt Resource System}, nameToPixmap()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QPixmap QDesignerIconCacheInterface::nameToPixmap(const QString &filePath, const QString &qrcPath)
-
-    Returns the pixmap associated with the name specified by \a filePath in the resource
-    file specified by \a qrcPath.
-
-    If \a qrcPath refers to a valid resource file, the name used for the file path is a path
-    within those resources; otherwise the file path refers to a local file.
-
-    \sa {The Qt Resource System}, nameToIcon()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QString QDesignerIconCacheInterface::iconToFilePath(const QIcon &icon) const
-
-    Returns the file path associated with the given \a icon. The file path is a path within
-    an application resources.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QString QDesignerIconCacheInterface::iconToQrcPath(const QIcon &icon) const
-
-    Returns the path to the resource file that refers to the specified \a icon. The resource
-    path refers to a local file.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QString QDesignerIconCacheInterface::pixmapToFilePath(const QPixmap &pixmap) const
-
-    Returns the file path associated with the given \a pixmap. The file path is a path within
-    an application resources.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QString QDesignerIconCacheInterface::pixmapToQrcPath(const QPixmap &pixmap) const
-
-    Returns the path to the resource file that refers to the specified \a pixmap. The resource
-    path refers to a local file.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QList<QPixmap> QDesignerIconCacheInterface::pixmapList() const
-
-    Returns a list of pixmaps for the icons provided by the icon cache.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QList<QIcon> QDesignerIconCacheInterface::iconList() const
-
-    Returns a list of icons provided by the icon cache.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QString QDesignerIconCacheInterface::resolveQrcPath(const QString &filePath, const QString &qrcPath, const QString &workingDirectory) const
-
-    Returns a path to a resource specified by the \a filePath within
-    the resource file located at \a qrcPath. If \a workingDirectory is
-    a valid path to a directory, the path returned will be relative to
-    that directory; otherwise an absolute path is returned.
-
-    \omit
-    ### Needs checking
-    \endomit
-*/
-
-
-// Doc: Interface only
-
-/*!
-    \class QDesignerPropertySheetExtension
-
-    \brief The QDesignerPropertySheetExtension class allows you to
-    manipulate a widget's properties which is displayed in Qt
-    Designer's property editor.
-
-    \sa QDesignerDynamicPropertySheetExtension
-
-    \inmodule QtDesigner
-
-    QDesignerPropertySheetExtension provides a collection of functions that
-    are typically used to query a widget's properties, and to
-    manipulate the properties' appearance in the property editor. For
-    example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtdesigner.qdoc 15
-
-    Note that if you change the value of a property using the
-    QDesignerPropertySheetExtension::setProperty() function, the undo
-    stack is not updated. To ensure that a property's value can be
-    reverted using the undo stack, you must use the
-    QDesignerFormWindowCursorInterface::setProperty() function, or its
-    buddy \l
-    {QDesignerFormWindowCursorInterface::setWidgetProperty()}{setWidgetProperty()},
-    instead.
-
-    When implementing a custom widget plugin, a pointer to \QD's
-    current QDesignerFormEditorInterface object (\c formEditor in the
-    example above) is provided by the
-    QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface::initialize() function's parameter.
-
-    The property sheet, or any other extension, can be retrieved by
-    querying \QD's extension manager using the qt_extension()
-    function. When you want to release the extension, you only need to
-    delete the pointer.
-
-    All widgets have a default property sheet which populates \QD's
-    property editor with the widget's properties (i.e the ones defined
-    with the Q_PROPERTY() macro). But QDesignerPropertySheetExtension
-    also provides an interface for creating custom property sheet
-    extensions.
-
-    \warning \QD uses the QDesignerPropertySheetExtension to feed its
-    property editor. Whenever a widget is selected in its workspace,
-    \QD will query for the widget's property sheet extension. If the
-    selected widget has an implemented property sheet extension, this
-    extension will override the default property sheet.
-
-    To create a property sheet extension, your extension class must
-    inherit from both QObject and
-    QDesignerPropertySheetExtension. Then, since we are implementing
-    an interface, we must ensure that it's made known to the meta
-    object system using the Q_INTERFACES() macro:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtdesigner.qdoc 16
-
-    This enables \QD to use qobject_cast() to query for supported
-    interfaces using nothing but a QObject pointer.
-
-    In \QD the extensions are not created until they are
-    required. For that reason, when implementing a property sheet
-    extension, you must also create a QExtensionFactory, i.e a class
-    that is able to make an instance of your extension, and register
-    it using \QD's \l {QExtensionManager}{extension manager}.
-
-    When a property sheet extension is required, \QD's \l
-    {QExtensionManager}{extension manager} will run through all its
-    registered factories calling QExtensionFactory::createExtension()
-    for each until the first one that is able to create a property
-    sheet extension for the selected widget, is found. This factory
-    will then make an instance of the extension. If no such factory
-    can be found, \QD will use the default property sheet.
-
-    There are four available types of extensions in \QD:
-    QDesignerContainerExtension, QDesignerMemberSheetExtension,
-    QDesignerPropertySheetExtension and QDesignerTaskMenuExtension. Qt
-    Designer's behavior is the same whether the requested extension is
-    associated with a multi page container, a member sheet, a property
-    sheet or a task menu.
-
-    The QExtensionFactory class provides a standard extension factory,
-    and can also be used as an interface for custom extension
-    factories. You can either create a new QExtensionFactory and
-    reimplement the QExtensionFactory::createExtension() function. For
-    example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtdesigner.qdoc 17
-
-    Or you can use an existing factory, expanding the
-    QExtensionFactory::createExtension() function to make the factory
-    able to create a property sheet extension extension as well. For
-    example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtdesigner.qdoc 18
-
-    For a complete example using an extension class, see the \l
-    {designer/taskmenuextension}{Task Menu Extension example}. The
-    example shows how to create a custom widget plugin for Qt
-    Designer, and how to to use the QDesignerTaskMenuExtension class
-    to add custom items to \QD's task menu.
-
-    \sa QExtensionFactory, QExtensionManager, {Creating Custom Widget
-    Extensions}
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QDesignerPropertySheetExtension::~QDesignerPropertySheetExtension()
-
-    Destroys the property sheet extension.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn int QDesignerPropertySheetExtension::count() const
-
-    Returns the selected widget's number of properties.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn int QDesignerPropertySheetExtension::indexOf(const QString &name) const
-
-    Returns the index for a given property \a name.
-
-    \sa propertyName()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QString QDesignerPropertySheetExtension::propertyName(int index) const
-
-    Returns the name of the property at the given \a index.
-
-    \sa indexOf()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QString QDesignerPropertySheetExtension::propertyGroup(int index) const
-
-    Returns the property group for the property at the given \a index.
-
-    \QD's property editor supports property groups, i.e. sections of
-    related properties. A property can be related to a group using the
-    setPropertyGroup() function. The default group of any property is
-    the name of the class that defines it. For example, the
-    QObject::objectName property appears within the QObject property
-    group.
-
-    \sa indexOf(), setPropertyGroup()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void QDesignerPropertySheetExtension::setPropertyGroup(int index, const QString &group)
-
-    Sets the property group for the property at the given \a index to
-    \a group.
-
-    Relating a property to a group makes it appear within that group's
-    section in the property editor. The default property group of any
-    property is the name of the class that defines it. For example,
-    the QObject::objectName property appears within the QObject
-    property group.
-
-    \sa indexOf(), property(), propertyGroup()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool QDesignerPropertySheetExtension::hasReset(int index) const
-
-    Returns true if the property at the given \a index has a reset
-    button in \QD's property editor, otherwise false.
-
-    \sa indexOf(), reset()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool QDesignerPropertySheetExtension::reset(int index)
-
-    Resets the value of the property at the given \a index, to the
-    default value. Returns true if a default value could be found, otherwise false.
-
-    \sa indexOf(), hasReset(), isChanged()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool QDesignerPropertySheetExtension::isVisible(int index) const
-
-    Returns true if the property at the given \a index is visible in
-    \QD's property editor, otherwise false.
-
-    \sa indexOf(), setVisible()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void QDesignerPropertySheetExtension::setVisible(int index, bool visible)
-
-    If \a visible is true, the property at the given \a index is
-    visible in \QD's property editor; otherwise the property is
-    hidden.
-
-    \sa indexOf(), isVisible()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool QDesignerPropertySheetExtension::isAttribute(int index) const
-
-    Returns true if the property at the given \a index is an attribute,
-    which will be \e excluded from the UI file, otherwise false.
-
-    \sa indexOf(), setAttribute()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void QDesignerPropertySheetExtension::setAttribute(int index, bool attribute)
-
-    If \a attribute is true, the property at the given \a index is
-    made an attribute which will be \e excluded from the UI file;
-    otherwise it will be included.
-
-    \sa indexOf(), isAttribute()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QVariant QDesignerPropertySheetExtension::property(int index) const
-
-    Returns the value of the property at the given \a index.
-
-    \sa indexOf(), setProperty(), propertyGroup()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void QDesignerPropertySheetExtension::setProperty(int index, const QVariant &value)
-
-    Sets the \a value of the property at the given \a index.
-
-    \warning If you change the value of a property using this
-    function, the undo stack is not updated. To ensure that a
-    property's value can be reverted using the undo stack, you must
-    use the QDesignerFormWindowCursorInterface::setProperty()
-    function, or its buddy \l
-    {QDesignerFormWindowCursorInterface::setWidgetProperty()}{setWidgetProperty()},
-    instead.
-
-    \sa indexOf(), property(), propertyGroup()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool QDesignerPropertySheetExtension::isChanged(int index) const
-
-    Returns true if the value of the property at the given \a index
-    differs from the property's default value, otherwise false.
-
-    \sa indexOf(), setChanged(), reset()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void QDesignerPropertySheetExtension::setChanged(int index, bool changed)
-
-    Sets whether the property at the given \a index is different from
-    its default value, or not, depending on the \a changed parameter.
-
-    \sa indexOf(), isChanged()
-*/
-
-// Doc: Interface only
-
-/*!
-    \class QDesignerDynamicPropertySheetExtension
-
-    \brief The QDesignerDynamicPropertySheetExtension class allows you to
-    manipulate a widget's dynamic properties in Qt Designer's property editor.
-
-    \sa QDesignerPropertySheetExtension, {QObject#Dynamic Properties}{Dynamic Properties}
-
-    \inmodule QtDesigner
-    \since 4.3
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QDesignerDynamicPropertySheetExtension::~QDesignerDynamicPropertySheetExtension()
-
-    Destroys the dynamic property sheet extension.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool QDesignerDynamicPropertySheetExtension::dynamicPropertiesAllowed() const
-
-    Returns true if the widget supports dynamic properties; otherwise returns false.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn int QDesignerDynamicPropertySheetExtension::addDynamicProperty(const QString &propertyName, const QVariant &value)
-
-    Adds a dynamic property named \a propertyName and sets its value to \a value.
-    Returns the index of the property if it was added successfully; otherwise returns -1 to
-    indicate failure.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool QDesignerDynamicPropertySheetExtension::removeDynamicProperty(int index)
-
-    Removes the dynamic property at the given \a index.
-    Returns true if the operation succeeds; otherwise returns false.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool QDesignerDynamicPropertySheetExtension::isDynamicProperty(int index) const
-
-    Returns true if the property at the given \a index is a dynamic property; otherwise
-    returns false.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool QDesignerDynamicPropertySheetExtension::canAddDynamicProperty(const QString &propertyName) const
-
-    Returns true if \a propertyName is a valid, unique name for a dynamic
-    property; otherwise returns false.
-
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/classes/qtendian.qdoc b/doc/src/classes/qtendian.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index e96ba0f..0000000
--- a/doc/src/classes/qtendian.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,168 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \headerfile <QtEndian>
-    \title Endian Conversion Functions
-    \ingroup architecture
-    \brief The <QtEndian> header provides functions to convert between
-    little and big endian representations of numbers.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn T qFromBigEndian(const uchar *src)
-    \since 4.3
-    \relates <QtEndian>
-
-    Reads a big-endian number from memory location \a src and returns the number in the
-    host byte order representation.
-    On CPU architectures where the host byte order is little-endian (such as x86) this
-    will swap the byte order; otherwise it will just read from \a src.
-
-    \note Template type \c{T} can either be a qint16, qint32 or qint64. Other types of
-    integers, e.g., qlong, are not applicable.
-
-    There are no data alignment constraints for \a src.
-
-    \sa qFromLittleEndian()
-    \sa qToBigEndian()
-    \sa qToLittleEndian()
-*/
-/*!
-    \fn T qFromBigEndian(T src)
-    \since 4.3
-    \relates <QtEndian>
-    \overload
-
-    Converts \a src from big-endian byte order and returns the number in host byte order
-    representation of that number.
-    On CPU architectures where the host byte order is little-endian (such as x86) this
-    will return \a src with the byte order swapped; otherwise it will return \a src
-    unmodified.
-*/
-/*!
-    \fn T qFromLittleEndian(const uchar *src)
-    \since 4.3
-    \relates <QtEndian>
-
-    Reads a little-endian number from memory location \a src and returns the number in
-    the host byte order representation.
-    On CPU architectures where the host byte order is big-endian (such as PowerPC) this
-    will swap the byte order; otherwise it will just read from \a src.
-
-    \note Template type \c{T} can either be a qint16, qint32 or qint64. Other types of
-    integers, e.g., qlong, are not applicable.
-
-    There are no data alignment constraints for \a src.
-
-    \sa qFromBigEndian()
-    \sa qToBigEndian()
-    \sa qToLittleEndian()
-*/
-/*!
-    \fn T qFromLittleEndian(T src)
-    \since 4.3
-    \relates <QtEndian>
-    \overload
-
-    Converts \a src from little-endian byte order and returns the number in host byte
-    order representation of that number.
-    On CPU architectures where the host byte order is big-endian (such as PowerPC) this
-    will return \a src with the byte order swapped; otherwise it will return \a src
-    unmodified.
-*/
-/*!
-    \fn void qToBigEndian(T src, uchar *dest)
-    \since 4.3
-    \relates <QtEndian>
-
-    Writes the number \a src with template type \c{T} to the memory location at \a dest
-    in big-endian byte order.
-
-    Note that template type \c{T} can only be an integer data type (signed or unsigned).
-
-    There are no data alignment constraints for \a dest.
-
-    \sa qFromBigEndian()
-    \sa qFromLittleEndian()
-    \sa qToLittleEndian()
-*/
-/*!
-    \fn T qToBigEndian(T src)
-    \since 4.3
-    \relates <QtEndian>
-    \overload
-
-    Converts \a src from host byte order and returns the number in big-endian byte order
-    representation of that number.
-    On CPU architectures where the host byte order is little-endian (such as x86) this
-    will return \a src with the byte order swapped; otherwise it will return \a src
-    unmodified.
-*/
-/*!
-    \fn void qToLittleEndian(T src, uchar *dest)
-    \since 4.3
-    \relates <QtEndian>
-
-    Writes the number \a src with template type \c{T} to the memory location at \a dest
-    in little-endian byte order.
-
-    Note that template type \c{T} can only be an integer data type (signed or unsigned).
-
-    There are no data alignment constraints for \a dest.
-
-    \sa qFromBigEndian()
-    \sa qFromLittleEndian()
-    \sa qToBigEndian()
-*/
-/*!
-    \fn T qToLittleEndian(T src)
-    \since 4.3
-    \relates <QtEndian>
-    \overload
-
-    Converts \a src from host byte order and returns the number in little-endian byte
-    order representation of that number.
-    On CPU architectures where the host byte order is big-endian (such as PowerPC) this
-    will return \a src with the byte order swapped; otherwise it will return \a src
-    unmodified.
-*/
-
diff --git a/doc/src/classes/qtestevent.qdoc b/doc/src/classes/qtestevent.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 7c67d95..0000000
--- a/doc/src/classes/qtestevent.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,191 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*! 
-    \class QTestEventList
-    \inmodule QtTest
-
-    \brief The QTestEventList class provides a list of GUI events.
-
-    QTestEventList inherits from QList<QTestEvent *>, and provides
-    convenience functions for populating the list.
-
-    A QTestEventList can be populated with GUI events that can be
-    stored as test data for later usage, or be replayed on any
-    QWidget.
-
-    Example:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtestevent.qdoc 0
-
-    The example above simulates the user entering the character \c a
-    followed by a backspace, waiting for 200 milliseconds and
-    repeating it.
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QTestEventList::QTestEventList()
-
-    Constructs an empty QTestEventList.
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QTestEventList::QTestEventList(const QTestEventList &other)
-
-    Constructs a new QTestEventList as a copy of \a other.
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QTestEventList::~QTestEventList()
-
-    Empties the list and destroys all stored events.
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void QTestEventList::clear()
-
-    Removes all events from the list.
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void QTestEventList::addKeyClick(Qt::Key qtKey, Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers = Qt::NoModifier, int msecs = -1)
-
-    Adds a new key click to the list. The event will simulate the key \a qtKey with the modifier \a modifiers and then wait for \a msecs milliseconds.
-
-    \sa QTest::keyClick()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void QTestEventList::addKeyPress(Qt::Key qtKey, Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers = Qt::NoModifier, int msecs = -1)
-
-    Adds a new key press to the list. The event will press the key \a qtKey with the modifier \a modifiers and then wait for \a msecs milliseconds.
-
-    \sa QTest::keyPress()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void QTestEventList::addKeyRelease(Qt::Key qtKey, Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers = Qt::NoModifier, int msecs = -1)
-
-    Adds a new key release to the list. The event will release the key \a qtKey with the modifier \a modifiers and then wait for \a msecs milliseconds.
-
-    \sa QTest::keyRelease()
-
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void QTestEventList::addKeyEvent(QTest::KeyAction action, Qt::Key qtKey, Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers = Qt::NoModifier, int msecs = -1)
-    \internal
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void QTestEventList::addKeyClick(char ascii, Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers = Qt::NoModifier, int msecs = -1)
-
-    \overload
-
-    Adds a new key click to the list. The event will simulate the key \a ascii with the modifier \a modifiers and then wait for \a msecs milliseconds.
-
-    \sa QTest::keyClick()
-
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void QTestEventList::addKeyPress(char ascii, Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers = Qt::NoModifier, int msecs = -1)
-
-    \overload
-
-    Adds a new key press to the list. The event will press the key \a ascii with the modifier \a modifiers and then wait for \a msecs milliseconds.
-
-    \sa QTest::keyPress()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void QTestEventList::addKeyRelease(char ascii, Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers = Qt::NoModifier, int msecs = -1)
-
-    \overload
-
-    Adds a new key release to the list. The event will release the key \a ascii with the modifier \a modifiers and then wait for \a msecs milliseconds.
-
-    \sa QTest::keyRelease()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void QTestEventList::addKeyClicks(const QString &keys, Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers = Qt::NoModifier, int msecs = -1)
-
-    Adds new keyboard entries to the list. The event will press the \a keys with the \a modifiers and wait \a msecs milliseconds between each key.
-
-    \sa QTest::keyClicks()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void QTestEventList::addKeyEvent(QTest::KeyAction action, char ascii, Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers = Qt::NoModifier, int msecs = -1)
-    \internal
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void QTestEventList::addDelay(int msecs)
-
-    Adds a \a msecs milliseconds delay.
-
-    \sa QTest::qWait()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void QTestEventList::simulate(QWidget *w)
-
-    Simulates the events from the list one by one on the widget \a w.
-    For an example, please read the \l QTestEventList class documentation.
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void QTestEventList::addMousePress(Qt::MouseButton button, Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers = 0, QPoint pos = QPoint(), int delay=-1)
-
-    Add a mouse press to the list. The event will press the \a button with optional \a modifiers at the position \a pos with an optional \a delay. The default position is the center of the widget.
-
-    \sa QTest::mousePress()
-*/
-/*! \fn void QTestEventList::addMouseRelease(Qt::MouseButton button, Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers = 0, QPoint pos = QPoint(), int delay=-1)
-
-    Add a mouse release to the list. The event will release the \a button with optional \a modifiers at the position \a pos with an optional \a delay. The default position is the center of the widget.
-
-    \sa QTest::mouseRelease()
-*/
-/*! \fn void QTestEventList::addMouseClick(Qt::MouseButton button, Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers = 0, QPoint pos = QPoint(), int delay=-1)
-
-    Add a mouse click to the list. The event will click the \a button with optional \a modifiers at the position \a pos with an optional \a delay. The default position is the center of the widget.
-
-    \sa QTest::mouseClick()
-*/
-/*! \fn void QTestEventList::addMouseDClick(Qt::MouseButton button, Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers = 0, QPoint pos = QPoint(), int delay=-1)
-
-    Add a double mouse click to the list. The event will double click the \a button with optional \a modifiers at the position \a pos with an optional \a delay. The default position is the center of the widget.
-
-    \sa QTest::mousePress()
-*/
-/*! \fn void QTestEventList::addMouseMove(QPoint pos = QPoint(), int delay=-1)
-
-    Adds a mouse move to the list. The event will move the mouse to the position \a pos. If a \a delay (in milliseconds) is set, the test will wait after moving the mouse. The default position is the center of the widget.
-
-    \sa QTest::mousePress()
-*/
-
diff --git a/doc/src/classes/qvarlengtharray.qdoc b/doc/src/classes/qvarlengtharray.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 9cc7bef..0000000
--- a/doc/src/classes/qvarlengtharray.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,274 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \class QVarLengthArray
-    \brief The QVarLengthArray class provides a low-level variable-length array.
-
-    \ingroup tools
-    \reentrant
-
-    The C++ language doesn't support variable-length arrays on the stack.
-    For example, the following code won't compile:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qvarlengtharray.qdoc 0
-
-    The alternative is to allocate the array on the heap (with
-    \c{new}):
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qvarlengtharray.qdoc 1
-
-    However, if myfunc() is called very frequently from the
-    application's inner loop, heap allocation can be a major source
-    of slowdown.
-
-    QVarLengthArray is an attempt to work around this gap in the C++
-    language. It allocates a certain number of elements on the stack,
-    and if you resize the array to a larger size, it automatically
-    uses the heap instead. Stack allocation has the advantage that
-    it is much faster than heap allocation.
-
-    Example:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qvarlengtharray.qdoc 2
-
-    In the example above, QVarLengthArray will preallocate 1024
-    elements on the stack and use them unless \c{n + 1} is greater
-    than 1024. If you omit the second template argument,
-    QVarLengthArray's default of 256 is used.
-
-    QVarLengthArray's value type must be an \l{assignable data type}.
-    This covers most data types that are commonly used, but the
-    compiler won't let you, for example, store a QWidget as a value;
-    instead, store a QWidget *.
-
-    QVarLengthArray, like QVector, provides a resizable array data
-    structure. The main differences between the two classes are:
-
-    \list
-    \o QVarLengthArray's API is much more low-level. It provides no
-       iterators and lacks much of QVector's functionality.
-
-    \o QVarLengthArray doesn't initialize the memory if the value is
-       a basic type. (QVector always does.)
-
-    \o QVector uses \l{implicit sharing} as a memory optimization.
-       QVarLengthArray doesn't provide that feature; however, it
-       usually produces slightly better performance due to reduced
-       overhead, especially in tight loops.
-    \endlist
-
-    In summary, QVarLengthArray is a low-level optimization class
-    that only makes sense in very specific cases. It is used a few
-    places inside Qt and was added to Qt's public API for the
-    convenience of advanced users.
-
-    \sa QVector, QList, QLinkedList
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QVarLengthArray::QVarLengthArray(int size)
-
-    Constructs an array with an initial size of \a size elements.
-
-    If the value type is a primitive type (e.g., char, int, float) or
-    a pointer type (e.g., QWidget *), the elements are not
-    initialized. For other types, the elements are initialized with a
-    \l{default-constructed value}.
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QVarLengthArray::~QVarLengthArray()
-
-    Destroys the array.
-*/
-
-/*! \fn int QVarLengthArray::size() const
-
-    Returns the number of elements in the array.
-
-    \sa isEmpty(), resize()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn int QVarLengthArray::count() const
-
-    Same as size().
-
-    \sa isEmpty(), resize()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn bool QVarLengthArray::isEmpty() const
-
-    Returns true if the array has size 0; otherwise returns false.
-
-    \sa size(), resize()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void QVarLengthArray::clear()
-
-    Removes all the elements from the array.
-
-    Same as resize(0).
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void QVarLengthArray::resize(int size)
-
-    Sets the size of the array to \a size. If \a size is greater than
-    the current size, elements are added to the end. If \a size is
-    less than the current size, elements are removed from the end.
-
-    If the value type is a primitive type (e.g., char, int, float) or
-    a pointer type (e.g., QWidget *), new elements are not
-    initialized. For other types, the elements are initialized with a
-    \l{default-constructed value}.
-
-    \sa size()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn int QVarLengthArray::capacity() const
-
-    Returns the maximum number of elements that can be stored in the
-    array without forcing a reallocation.
-
-    The sole purpose of this function is to provide a means of fine
-    tuning QVarLengthArray's memory usage. In general, you will rarely ever
-    need to call this function. If you want to know how many items are
-    in the array, call size().
-
-    \sa reserve()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void QVarLengthArray::reserve(int size)
-
-    Attempts to allocate memory for at least \a size elements. If you
-    know in advance how large the array can get, you can call this
-    function and if you call resize() often, you are likely to get
-    better performance. If \a size is an underestimate, the worst
-    that will happen is that the QVarLengthArray will be a bit
-    slower.
-
-    The sole purpose of this function is to provide a means of fine
-    tuning QVarLengthArray's memory usage. In general, you will
-    rarely ever need to call this function. If you want to change the
-    size of the array, call resize().
-
-    \sa capacity()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn T &QVarLengthArray::operator[](int i)
-
-    Returns a reference to the item at index position \a i.
-
-    \a i must be a valid index position in the array (i.e., 0 <= \a i
-    < size()).
-
-    \sa data()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn const T &QVarLengthArray::operator[](int i) const
-
-    \overload
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    \fn void QVarLengthArray::append(const T &t)
-
-    Appends item \a t to the array, extending the array if necessary.
-
-    \sa removeLast()
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    \fn inline void QVarLengthArray::removeLast()
-    \since 4.5
-
-    Decreases the size of the array by one.  The allocated size is not changed.
-
-    \sa append()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void QVarLengthArray::append(const T *buf, int size)
-
-    Appends \a size amount of items referenced by \a buf to this array.
-*/
-
-
-/*! \fn T *QVarLengthArray::data()
-
-    Returns a pointer to the data stored in the array. The pointer can
-    be used to access and modify the items in the array.
-
-    Example:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qvarlengtharray.qdoc 3
-
-    The pointer remains valid as long as the array isn't reallocated.
-
-    This function is mostly useful to pass an array to a function
-    that accepts a plain C++ array.
-
-    \sa constData(), operator[]()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn const T *QVarLengthArray::data() const
-
-    \overload
-*/
-
-/*! \fn const T *QVarLengthArray::constData() const
-
-    Returns a const pointer to the data stored in the array. The
-    pointer can be used to access the items in the array. The
-    pointer remains valid as long as the array isn't reallocated.
-
-    This function is mostly useful to pass an array to a function
-    that accepts a plain C++ array.
-
-    \sa data(), operator[]()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QVarLengthArray<T, Prealloc> &QVarLengthArray::operator=(const QVarLengthArray<T, Prealloc> &other)
-    Assigns \a other to this array and returns a reference to this array.
- */
-
-/*! \fn QVarLengthArray::QVarLengthArray(const QVarLengthArray<T, Prealloc> &other)
-    Constructs a copy of \a other.
- */
-
diff --git a/doc/src/classes/qwaitcondition.qdoc b/doc/src/classes/qwaitcondition.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index f19f51e..0000000
--- a/doc/src/classes/qwaitcondition.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,188 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \class QWaitCondition
-    \brief The QWaitCondition class provides a condition variable for
-    synchronizing threads.
-
-    \threadsafe
-
-    \ingroup thread
-    \ingroup environment
-
-    QWaitCondition allows a thread to tell other threads that some
-    sort of condition has been met. One or many threads can block
-    waiting for a QWaitCondition to set a condition with wakeOne() or
-    wakeAll(). Use wakeOne() to wake one randomly selected condition or
-    wakeAll() to wake them all.
-
-    For example, let's suppose that we have three tasks that should
-    be performed whenever the user presses a key. Each task could be
-    split into a thread, each of which would have a
-    \l{QThread::run()}{run()} body like this:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_thread_qwaitcondition_unix.cpp 0
-
-    Here, the \c keyPressed variable is a global variable of type
-    QWaitCondition.
-
-    A fourth thread would read key presses and wake the other three
-    threads up every time it receives one, like this:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_thread_qwaitcondition_unix.cpp 1
-
-    The order in which the three threads are woken up is undefined.
-    Also, if some of the threads are still in \c do_something() when
-    the key is pressed, they won't be woken up (since they're not
-    waiting on the condition variable) and so the task will not be
-    performed for that key press. This issue can be solved using a
-    counter and a QMutex to guard it. For example, here's the new
-    code for the worker threads:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_thread_qwaitcondition_unix.cpp 2
-
-    Here's the code for the fourth thread:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_thread_qwaitcondition_unix.cpp 3
-
-    The mutex is necessary because the results of two threads
-    attempting to change the value of the same variable
-    simultaneously are unpredictable.
-
-    Wait conditions are a powerful thread synchronization primitive.
-    The \l{threads/waitconditions}{Wait Conditions} example shows how
-    to use QWaitCondition as an alternative to QSemaphore for
-    controlling access to a circular buffer shared by a producer
-    thread and a consumer thread.
-
-    \sa QMutex, QSemaphore, QThread, {Wait Conditions Example}
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QWaitCondition::QWaitCondition()
-
-    Constructs a new wait condition object.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QWaitCondition::~QWaitCondition()
-
-    Destroys the wait condition object.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void QWaitCondition::wakeOne()
-
-    Wakes one thread waiting on the wait condition. The thread that
-    is woken up depends on the operating system's scheduling
-    policies, and cannot be controlled or predicted.
-
-    If you want to wake up a specific thread, the solution is
-    typically to use different wait conditions and have different
-    threads wait on different conditions.
-
-    \sa wakeAll()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void QWaitCondition::wakeAll()
-
-    Wakes all threads waiting on the wait condition. The order in
-    which the threads are woken up depends on the operating system's
-    scheduling policies and cannot be controlled or predicted.
-
-    \sa wakeOne()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool QWaitCondition::wait(QMutex *mutex, unsigned long time)
-
-    Releases the locked \a mutex and waits on the wait condition.  The
-    \a mutex must be initially locked by the calling thread. If \a
-    mutex is not in a locked state, this function returns
-    immediately. If \a mutex is a recursive mutex, this function
-    returns immediately. The \a mutex will be unlocked, and the
-    calling thread will block until either of these conditions is met:
-
-    \list
-    \o Another thread signals it using wakeOne() or wakeAll(). This
-       function will return true in this case.
-    \o \a time milliseconds has elapsed. If \a time is \c ULONG_MAX
-       (the default), then the wait will never timeout (the event
-       must be signalled). This function will return false if the
-       wait timed out.
-    \endlist
-
-    The mutex will be returned to the same locked state. This
-    function is provided to allow the atomic transition from the
-    locked state to the wait state.
-
-    \sa wakeOne(), wakeAll()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool QWaitCondition::wait(QReadWriteLock *readWriteLock, unsigned long time)
-    \since 4.4
-
-    Releases the locked \a readWriteLock and waits on the wait
-    condition.  The \a readWriteLock must be initially locked by the
-    calling thread. If \a readWriteLock is not in a locked state, this
-    function returns immediately. The \a readWriteLock must not be
-    locked recursively, otherwise this function will not release the
-    lock properly. The \a readWriteLock will be unlocked, and the
-    calling thread will block until either of these conditions is met:
-
-    \list
-    \o Another thread signals it using wakeOne() or wakeAll(). This
-       function will return true in this case.
-    \o \a time milliseconds has elapsed. If \a time is \c ULONG_MAX
-       (the default), then the wait will never timeout (the event
-       must be signalled). This function will return false if the
-       wait timed out.
-    \endlist
-
-    The \a readWriteLock will be returned to the same locked
-    state. This function is provided to allow the atomic transition
-    from the locked state to the wait state.
-
-    \sa wakeOne(), wakeAll()
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/codecs.qdoc b/doc/src/codecs.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 7359b79..0000000
--- a/doc/src/codecs.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,534 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page codec-big5.html
-    \title Big5 Text Codec
-    \ingroup codecs
-
-    The Big5 codec provides conversion to and from the Big5 encoding.
-    The code was originally contributed by Ming-Che Chuang
-    \<mingche@cobra.ee.ntu.edu.tw\> for the Big-5+ encoding, and was
-    included in Qt with the author's permission, and the grateful
-    thanks of the Qt team. (Note: Ming-Che's code is QPL'd, as
-    per an mail to qt-info@nokia.com.)
-
-    However, since Big-5+ was never formally approved, and was never
-    used by anyone, the Taiwan Free Software community and the Li18nux
-    Big5 Standard Subgroup agree that the de-facto standard Big5-ETen
-    (zh_TW.Big5 or zh_TW.TW-Big5) be used instead.
-
-    The Big5 is currently implemented as a pure subset of the
-    Big5-HKSCS codec, so more fine-tuning is needed to make it
-    identical to the standard Big5 mapping as determined by
-    Li18nux-Big5.  See \l{http://www.autrijus.org/xml/} for the draft
-    Big5 (2002) standard.
-
-    James Su \<suzhe@turbolinux.com.cn\> \<suzhe@gnuchina.org\>
-    generated the Big5-HKSCS-to-Unicode tables with a very
-    space-efficient algorithm. He generously donated his code to glibc
-    in May 2002.  Subsequently, James has kindly allowed Anthony Fok
-    \<anthony@thizlinux.com\> \<foka@debian.org\> to adapt the code
-    for Qt.
-
-    \legalese
-    Copyright (C) 2000  Ming-Che Chuang \BR
-    Copyright (C) 2002  James Su, Turbolinux Inc. \BR
-    Copyright (C) 2002  Anthony Fok, ThizLinux Laboratory Ltd.
-
-    Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
-    modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
-    are met:
-
-    \list 1
-    \o Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-    \o Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-       documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-    \endlist
-
-    THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
-    ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-    IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
-    ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-    FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-    DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
-    OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
-    HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
-    LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
-    OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
-    SUCH DAMAGE.
-    \endlegalese
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \page codec-big5hkscs.html
-    \title Big5-HKSCS Text Codec
-    \ingroup codecs
-
-    The Big5-HKSCS codec provides conversion to and from the
-    Big5-HKSCS encoding.
-
-    The codec grew out of the QBig5Codec originally contributed by
-    Ming-Che Chuang \<mingche@cobra.ee.ntu.edu.tw\>.  James Su
-    \<suzhe@turbolinux.com.cn\> \<suzhe@gnuchina.org\> and Anthony Fok
-    \<anthony@thizlinux.com\> \<foka@debian.org\> implemented HKSCS-1999
-    QBig5hkscsCodec for Qt-2.3.x, but it was too late in Qt development
-    schedule to be officially included in the Qt-2.3.x series.
-
-    Wu Yi \<wuyi@hancom.com\> ported the HKSCS-1999 QBig5hkscsCodec to
-    Qt-3.0.1 in March 2002.
-
-    With the advent of the new HKSCS-2001 standard, James Su
-    \<suzhe@turbolinux.com.cn\> \<suzhe@gnuchina.org\> generated the
-    Big5-HKSCS<->Unicode tables with a very space-efficient algorithm.
-    He generously donated his code to glibc in May 2002.  Subsequently,
-    James has generously allowed Anthony Fok to adapt the code for
-    Qt-3.0.5.
-
-    Currently, the Big5-HKSCS tables are generated from the following
-    sources, and with the Euro character added:
-    \list 1
-    \o \l{http://www.microsoft.com/typography/unicode/950.txt}
-    \o \l{http://www.info.gov.hk/digital21/chi/hkscs/download/big5-iso.txt}
-    \o \l{http://www.info.gov.hk/digital21/chi/hkscs/download/big5cmp.txt}
-    \endlist
-
-    There may be more fine-tuning to the QBig5hkscsCodec to maximize its
-    compatibility with the standard Big5 (2002) mapping as determined by
-    Li18nux Big5 Standard Subgroup.  See \l{http://www.autrijus.org/xml/}
-    for the various Big5 CharMapML tables.
-
-    \legalese
-    Copyright (C) 2000  Ming-Che Chuang \BR
-    Copyright (C) 2001, 2002  James Su, Turbolinux Inc. \BR
-    Copyright (C) 2002  WU Yi, HancomLinux Inc. \BR
-    Copyright (C) 2001, 2002  Anthony Fok, ThizLinux Laboratory Ltd.
-
-    Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
-    modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
-    are met:
-
-    \list 1
-    \o Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-    \o Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-       documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-    \endlist
-
-    THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
-    ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-    IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
-    ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-    FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-    DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
-    OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
-    HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
-    LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
-    OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
-    SUCH DAMAGE.
-    \endlegalese
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \page codec-eucjp.html
-    \title EUC-JP Text Codec
-    \ingroup codecs
-
-    The EUC-JP codec provides conversion to and from EUC-JP, the main
-    legacy encoding for Unix machines in Japan.
-
-    The environment variable \c UNICODEMAP_JP can be used to
-    fine-tune the JIS, Shift-JIS, and EUC-JP codecs. The \l{ISO
-    2022-JP (JIS) Text Codec} documentation describes how to use this
-    variable.
-
-    Most of the code here was written by Serika Kurusugawa,
-    a.k.a. Junji Takagi, and is included in Qt with the author's
-    permission and the grateful thanks of the Qt team. Here is
-    the copyright statement for that code:
-
-    \legalese
-
-    Copyright (C) 1999 Serika Kurusugawa. All rights reserved.
-
-    Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
-    modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
-    are met:
-
-    \list 1
-    \o Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-    \o Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-       documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-    \endlist
-
-    THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS".
-    ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-    IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
-    ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-    FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-    DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
-    OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
-    HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
-    LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
-    OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
-    SUCH DAMAGE.
-    \endlegalese
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \page codec-euckr.html
-    \title EUC-KR Text Codec
-    \ingroup codecs
-
-    The EUC-KR codec provides conversion to and from EUC-KR, KR, the
-    main legacy encoding for Unix machines in Korea.
-
-    It was largely written by Mizi Research Inc. Here is the
-    copyright statement for the code as it was at the point of
-    contribution. The subsequent modifications are covered by
-    the usual copyright for Qt.
-
-    \legalese
-
-    Copyright (C) 1999-2000 Mizi Research Inc. All rights reserved.
-
-    Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
-    modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
-    are met:
-
-    \list 1
-    \o Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-    \o Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-       documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-    \endlist
-
-    THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
-    ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-    IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
-    ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-    FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-    DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
-    OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
-    HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
-    LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
-    OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
-    SUCH DAMAGE.
-    \endlegalese
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \page codec-gbk.html
-    \title GBK Text Codec
-    \ingroup codecs
-
-    The GBK codec provides conversion to and from the Chinese
-    GB18030/GBK/GB2312 encoding.
-
-    GBK, formally the Chinese Internal Code Specification, is a commonly
-    used extension of GB 2312-80.  Microsoft Windows uses it under the
-    name codepage 936.
-
-    GBK has been superseded by the new Chinese national standard
-    GB 18030-2000, which added a 4-byte encoding while remaining
-    compatible with GB2312 and GBK.  The new GB 18030-2000 may be described
-    as a special encoding of Unicode 3.x and ISO-10646-1.
-
-    Special thanks to charset gurus Markus Scherer (IBM),
-    Dirk Meyer (Adobe Systems) and Ken Lunde (Adobe Systems) for publishing
-    an excellent GB 18030-2000 summary and specification on the Internet.
-    Some must-read documents are:
-
-    \list
-    \o \l{ftp://ftp.oreilly.com/pub/examples/nutshell/cjkv/pdf/GB18030_Summary.pdf}
-    \o \l{http://oss.software.ibm.com/cvs/icu/~checkout~/charset/source/gb18030/gb18030.html}
-    \o \l{http://oss.software.ibm.com/cvs/icu/~checkout~/charset/data/xml/gb-18030-2000.xml}
-    \endlist
-
-    The GBK codec was contributed to Qt by
-    Justin Yu \<justiny@turbolinux.com.cn\> and
-    Sean Chen \<seanc@turbolinux.com.cn\>.  They may also be reached at
-    Yu Mingjian \<yumj@sun.ihep.ac.cn\>, \<yumingjian@china.com\>
-    Chen Xiangyang \<chenxy@sun.ihep.ac.cn\>
-
-    The GB18030 codec Qt functions were contributed to Qt by
-    James Su \<suzhe@gnuchina.org\>, \<suzhe@turbolinux.com.cn\>
-    who pioneered much of GB18030 development on GNU/Linux systems.
-
-    The GB18030 codec was contributed to Qt by
-    Anthony Fok \<anthony@thizlinux.com\>, \<foka@debian.org\>
-    using a Perl script to generate C++ tables from gb-18030-2000.xml
-    while merging contributions from James Su, Justin Yu and Sean Chen.
-    A copy of the source Perl script is available at
-    \l{http://people.debian.org/~foka/gb18030/gen-qgb18030codec.pl}
-
-    The copyright notice for their code follows:
-
-    \legalese
-    Copyright (C) 2000 TurboLinux, Inc.  Written by Justin Yu and Sean Chen. \BR
-    Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Turbolinux, Inc.  Written by James Su. \BR
-    Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 ThizLinux Laboratory Ltd.  Written by Anthony Fok.
-
-    Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
-    modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
-    are met:
-
-    \list 1
-    \o Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-    \o Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-       documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-    \endlist
-
-    THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
-    ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-    IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
-    ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-    FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-    DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
-    OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
-    HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
-    LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
-    OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
-    SUCH DAMAGE.
-    \endlegalese
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \page codecs-jis.html
-    \title ISO 2022-JP (JIS) Text Codec
-    \ingroup codecs
-
-    The JIS codec provides conversion to and from ISO 2022-JP.
-
-    The environment variable \c UNICODEMAP_JP can be used to
-    fine-tune the JIS, Shift-JIS, and EUC-JP codecs. The mapping
-    names are as for the Japanese XML working group's \link
-    http://www.y-adagio.com/public/standards/tr_xml_jpf/toc.htm XML
-    Japanese Profile\endlink, because it names and explains all the
-    widely used mappings. Here are brief descriptions, written by
-    Serika Kurusugawa:
-
-    \list
-
-    \o "unicode-0.9" or "unicode-0201" for Unicode style. This assumes
-    JISX0201 for 0x00-0x7f. (0.9 is a table version of jisx02xx mapping
-    used for Unicode 1.1.)
-
-    \o "unicode-ascii" This assumes US-ASCII for 0x00-0x7f; some
-    chars (JISX0208 0x2140 and JISX0212 0x2237) are different from
-    Unicode 1.1 to avoid conflict.
-
-    \o "open-19970715-0201" ("open-0201" for convenience) or
-    "jisx0221-1995" for JISX0221-JISX0201 style. JIS X 0221 is JIS
-    version of Unicode, but a few chars (0x5c, 0x7e, 0x2140, 0x216f,
-    0x2131) are different from Unicode 1.1. This is used when 0x5c is
-    treated as YEN SIGN.
-
-    \o "open-19970715-ascii" ("open-ascii" for convenience) for
-    JISX0221-ASCII style. This is used when 0x5c is treated as REVERSE
-    SOLIDUS.
-
-    \o "open-19970715-ms" ("open-ms" for convenience) or "cp932" for
-    Microsoft Windows style. Windows Code Page 932. Some chars (0x2140,
-    0x2141, 0x2142, 0x215d, 0x2171, 0x2172) are different from Unicode
-    1.1.
-
-    \o "jdk1.1.7" for Sun's JDK style. Same as Unicode 1.1, except that
-    JIS 0x2140 is mapped to UFF3C. Either ASCII or JISX0201 can be used
-    for 0x00-0x7f.
-
-    \endlist
-
-    In addition, the extensions "nec-vdc", "ibm-vdc" and "udc" are
-    supported.
-
-    For example, if you want to use Unicode style conversion but with
-    NEC's extension, set \c UNICODEMAP_JP to \c {unicode-0.9,
-    nec-vdc}. (You will probably need to quote that in a shell
-    command.)
-
-    Most of the code here was written by Serika Kurusugawa,
-    a.k.a. Junji Takagi, and is included in Qt with the author's
-    permission and the grateful thanks of the Qt team. Here is
-    the copyright statement for that code:
-
-    \legalese
-
-    Copyright (C) 1999 Serika Kurusugawa. All rights reserved.
-
-    Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
-    modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
-    are met:
-
-    \list 1
-    \o Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-    \o Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-       documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-    \endlist
-
-    THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS".
-    ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-    IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
-    ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-    FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-    DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
-    OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
-    HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
-    LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
-    OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
-    SUCH DAMAGE.
-    \endlegalese
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \page codec-sjis.html
-    \title Shift-JIS Text Codec
-    \ingroup codecs
-
-    The Shift-JIS codec provides conversion to and from Shift-JIS, an
-    encoding of JIS X 0201 Latin, JIS X 0201 Kana and JIS X 0208.
-
-    The environment variable \c UNICODEMAP_JP can be used to
-    fine-tune the codec. The \l{ISO 2022-JP (JIS) Text Codec}
-    documentation describes how to use this variable.
-
-    Most of the code here was written by Serika Kurusugawa, a.k.a.
-    Junji Takagi, and is included in Qt with the author's permission
-    and the grateful thanks of the Qt team. Here is the
-    copyright statement for the code as it was at the point of
-    contribution. The subsequent modifications are covered by
-    the usual copyright for Qt.
-
-    \legalese
-
-    Copyright (C) 1999 Serika Kurusugawa. All rights reserved.
-
-    Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
-    modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
-    are met:
-
-    \list 1
-    \o Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-    \o Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-       documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-    \endlist
-
-    THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS".
-    ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-    IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
-    ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-    FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-    DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
-    OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
-    HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
-    LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
-    OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
-    SUCH DAMAGE.
-    \endlegalese
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \page codec-tscii.html
-    \title TSCII Text Codec
-    \ingroup codecs
-
-    The TSCII codec provides conversion to and from the Tamil TSCII
-    encoding.
-
-    TSCII, formally the Tamil Standard Code Information Interchange
-    specification, is a commonly used charset for Tamils. The
-    official page for the standard is at
-    \link http://www.tamil.net/tscii/ http://www.tamil.net/tscii/\endlink
-
-    This codec uses the mapping table found at
-    \link http://www.geocities.com/Athens/5180/tsciiset.html
-    http://www.geocities.com/Athens/5180/tsciiset.html\endlink.
-    Tamil uses composed Unicode which might cause some
-    problems if you are using Unicode fonts instead of TSCII fonts.
-
-    Most of the code was written by Hans Petter Bieker and is
-    included in Qt with the author's permission and the grateful
-    thanks of the Qt team. Here is the copyright statement for
-    the code as it was at the point of contribution. The
-    subsequent modifications are covered by the usual copyright for
-    Qt:
-
-    \legalese
-
-    Copyright (c) 2000 Hans Petter Bieker.  All rights reserved.
-
-    Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
-    modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
-    are met:
-
-    \list 1
-    \o Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-    \o Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-       documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-    \endlist
-
-    THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
-    ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-    IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
-    ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-    FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-    DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
-    OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
-    HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
-    LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
-    OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
-    SUCH DAMAGE.
-    \endlegalese
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/compiler-notes.qdoc b/doc/src/compiler-notes.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 4873cf5..0000000
--- a/doc/src/compiler-notes.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,278 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page compiler-notes.html
-    \ingroup platform-notes
-    \title Compiler Notes
-    \brief Information about the C++ compilers and tools used to build Qt.
-
-    This page contains information about the C++ compilers and tools used
-    to build Qt on various platforms.
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    Please refer to the \l{Platform Notes} for information on the platforms
-    Qt is currently known to run on, and see the \l{Supported Platforms}
-    page for information about the status of each platform.
-
-    If you have anything to add to this list or any of the platform or
-    compiler-specific pages, please submit it via the \l{Bug Report Form}
-    or through the \l{Public Qt Repository}.
-
-    \section1 Supported Features
-
-    Not all compilers used to build Qt are able to compile all modules. The following table
-    shows the compiler support for five modules that are not uniformly available for all
-    platforms and compilers.
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Compiler \o{5,1} Features
-    \header \o                  \o Concurrent \o XmlPatterns \o WebKit   \o CLucene  \o Phonon
-    \row    \o g++ 3.3          \o            \o \bold{X}    \o          \o \bold{X} \o \bold{X}
-    \row    \o g++ 3.4 and up   \o \bold{X}   \o \bold{X}    \o \bold{X} \o \bold{X} \o \bold{X}
-    \row
-    \row    \o SunCC 5.5        \o            \o             \o          \o \bold{X} \o \bold{X}
-    \row
-    \row    \o aCC series 3     \o            \o             \o          \o \bold{X} \o \bold{X}
-    \row    \o aCC series 6     \o \bold{X}   \o \bold{X}    \o \bold{X} \o \bold{X} \o \bold{X}
-    \row    \o xlC 6            \o            \o             \o          \o \bold{X} \o \bold{X}
-    \row    \o Intel CC 10      \o \bold{X}   \o \bold{X}    \o \bold{X} \o \bold{X} \o \bold{X}
-    \row
-    \row    \o MSVC 2003        \o \bold{X}   \o \bold{X}    \o          \o \bold{X} \o \bold{X}
-    \row    \o MSVC 2005 and up \o \bold{X}   \o \bold{X}    \o \bold{X} \o \bold{X} \o \bold{X}
-    \endtable
-
-    \target GCC
-    \section1 GCC
-
-    \section2 GCC on Windows (MinGW)
-
-    We have tested Qt with this compiler on Windows XP.
-    The minimal version of MinGW supported is:
-
-    \list
-    \o GCC 3.4.2
-    \o MinGW runtime 3.7
-    \o win32api 3.2
-    \o binutils 2.15.91
-    \o mingw32-make 3.80.0-3
-    \endlist
-
-    \section2 GCC 4.0.0
-
-    The released package of the compiler has some bugs that lead to miscompilations.
-    We recommend using GCC 4.0.1 or later, or to use a recent CVS snapshot of the
-    GCC 4.0 branch. The version of GCC 4.0.0 that is shipped with Mac OS X 10.4
-    "Tiger" is known to work with Qt for Mac OS X.
-
-    \section2 HP-UX
-
-    The hpux-g++ platform is tested with GCC 3.4.4.
-
-    \section2 Solaris
-
-    Please use GCC 3.4.2 or later.
-
-    \section2 Mac OS X
-
-    Please use the latest GCC 3.3 from Apple or a later version of GCC 3.
-    The gcc 3.3 that is provided with Xcode 1.5 is known to generate bad code.
-    Use the November 2004 GCC 3.3 updater \l{http://connect.apple.com}{available from Apple}.
-
-    \section2 GCC 3.4.6 (Debian 3.4.6-5) on AMD64 (x86_64)
-
-    This compiler is known to miscompile some parts of Qt when doing a
-    release build. There are several workarounds:
-
-    \list 1
-    \o Use a debug build instead.
-    \o For each miscompilation encountered, recompile the file, removing the -O2 option.
-    \o Add -fno-gcse to the QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_RELEASE.
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 HP ANSI C++ (aCC)
-
-    The hpux-acc-32 and hpux-acc-64 platforms are tested with aCC A.03.57. The
-    hpuxi-acc-32 and hpuxi-acc-64 platforms are tested with aCC A.06.10.
-
-    \section1 Intel C++ Compiler
-
-    Qt supports the Intel C++ compiler on both Windows and Linux.
-    However, there are a few issues on Linux (see the following
-    section).
-
-    \section2 Intel C++ Compiler for Linux
-
-    Nokia currently tests the following compilers:
-
-    \list
-
-    \o Intel(R) C++ Compiler for applications running on IA-32,
-    Version 10.1 Build 20080602 Package ID: l_cc_p_10.1.017
-
-    \o Intel(R) C++ Compiler for applications running on Intel(R) 64,
-    Version 10.1 Build 20080602 Package ID: l_cc_p_10.1.017
-
-    \endlist
-
-    We do not currently test the IA-64 (Itanium) compiler.
-
-    \section2 Known Issues with Intel C++ Compiler for Linux
-
-    \list
-
-    \o Precompiled header support does not work in version 10.0.025
-       and older. For these compilers, you should configure Qt with
-       -no-pch. Precompiled header support works properly in version
-       10.0.026 and later.
-    \o Version 10.0.026 for Intel 64 is known to miscompile qmake when
-       building in release mode. For now, configure Qt with
-       -debug. Version 10.1.008 and later can compile qmake in release
-       mode.
-    \o Versions 10.1.008 to 10.1.015 for both IA-32 and Intel 64 are
-       known crash with "(0): internal error: 0_47021" when compiling
-       QtXmlPatterns, QtWebKit, and Designer in release mode. Version
-       10.1.017 compiles these modules correctly in release mode.
-    \endlist
-
-    \section2 Intel C++ Compiler (Windows, Altix)
-
-    Qt 4 has been tested successfully with:
-
-    \list
-    \o Windows - Intel(R) C++ Compiler for 32-bit applications,
-       Version 8.1 Build 20050309Z Package ID: W_CC_PC_8.1.026
-    \o Altix - Intel(R) C++ Itanium(R) Compiler for Itanium(R)-based
-       applications Version 8.1 Build 20050406 Package ID: l_cc_pc_8.1.030
-    \endlist
-
-    We currently only test the Intel compiler on 32-bit Windows versions.
-
-    \section1 MIPSpro (IRIX)
-
-    \bold{IRIX is an unsupported platform. See the \l{Supported Platforms} page
-    and Qt's Software's online \l{Platform Support Policy} page for details.}
-
-    Qt 4.4.x requires MIPSpro version 7.4.2m.
-
-    Note that MIPSpro version 7.4.4m is currently not supported, since it has
-    introduced a number of problems that have not yet been resolved.
-    We recommend using 7.4.2m for Qt development. However, please note the
-    unsupported status of this platform.
-
-    \target Sun Studio
-    \section1 Forte Developer / Sun Studio (Solaris)
-
-    \section2 Sun Studio
-
-    Qt is tested using Sun Studio 8 (Sun CC 5.5). Go to
-    \l{Sun Studio Patches} page on Sun's Web site to download
-    the latest patches for your Sun compiler.
-
-    \section2 Sun WorkShop 5.0
-
-    Sun WorkShop 5.0 is not supported with Qt 4.
-
-    \section1 Visual Studio (Windows)
-
-    We do most of our Windows development on Windows XP, using Microsoft
-    Visual Studio .NET 2005 and Visual Studio 2008 (both the 32- and 64-bit
-    versions).
-
-    Qt works with the Standard Edition, the Professional Edition and Team
-    System Edition of Visual Studio 2005.
-
-    We also test Qt 4 on Windows XP with Visual Studio .NET and Visual Studio 2003.
-
-    In order to use Qt with the Visual Studio 2005/2008 Express Edition you need
-    to download and install the platform SDK. Due to limitations in the
-    Express Edition it is not possible for us to install the Qt Visual
-    Studio Integration. You will need to use our command line tools to
-    build Qt applications with this edition.
-
-    The Visual C++ Linker doesn't understand filenames with spaces (as in
-    \c{C:\Program files\Qt\}) so you will have to move it to another place,
-    or explicitly set the path yourself; for example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_compiler-notes.qdoc 0
-
-    If you are experiencing strange problems with using special flags that
-    modify the alignment of structure and union members (such as \c{/Zp2})
-    then you will need to recompile Qt with the flags set for the
-    application as well.
-
-    If you're using Visual Studio .NET (2002) Standard Edition, you should be
-    using the Qt binary package provided, and not the source package.
-    As the Standard Edition does not optimize compiled code, your compiled
-    version of Qt would perform suboptimally with respect to speed.
-
-    With Visual Studio 2005 Service Pack 1 a bug was introduced which
-    causes Qt not to compile, this has been fixed with a hotfix available
-    from Microsoft. See this
-    \l{http://qt.nokia.com/developer/faqs/faq.2006-12-18.3281869860}{Knowledge Base entry}
-    for more information.
-
-    \section1 IBM xlC (AIX)
-
-    The makeC++SharedLib utility must be in your PATH and be up to date to
-    build shared libraries. From IBM's
-    \l{http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/abstracts/sg245674.html}{C and C++ Application Development on AIX}
-    Redbook:
-
-    \list
-    \o "The second step is to use the makeC++SharedLib command to create the
-       shared object. The command has many optional arguments, but in its
-       simplest form, can be used as follows:"
-       \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_compiler-notes.qdoc 1
-    \o "The full path name to the command is not required; however, to avoid
-       this, you will have to add the directory in which it is located to
-       your PATH environment variable. The command is located in the
-       /usr/vacpp/bin directory with the VisualAge C++ Professional for AIX,
-       Version 5 compiler."
-    \endlist
-
-    \section2 VisualAge C++ for AIX, Version 6.0
-
-    Make sure you have the
-    \l{http://www-1.ibm.com/support/search.wss?rs=32&tc=SSEP5D&dc=D400}{latest upgrades}
-    installed.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/containers.qdoc b/doc/src/containers.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 49dae63..0000000
--- a/doc/src/containers.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,775 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \group containers
-    \title Generic Containers
-    \ingroup architecture
-    \ingroup groups
-    \keyword container class
-    \keyword container classes
-
-    \brief Qt's template-based container classes.
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 Introduction
-
-    The Qt library provides a set of general purpose template-based
-    container classes. These classes can be used to store items of a
-    specified type. For example, if you need a resizable array of
-    \l{QString}s, use QVector<QString>.
-
-    These container classes are designed to be lighter, safer, and
-    easier to use than the STL containers. If you are unfamiliar with
-    the STL, or prefer to do things the "Qt way", you can use these
-    classes instead of the STL classes.
-
-    The container classes are \l{implicitly shared}, they are
-    \l{reentrant}, and they are optimized for speed, low memory
-    consumption, and minimal inline code expansion, resulting in
-    smaller executables. In addition, they are \l{thread-safe}
-    in situations where they are used as read-only containers
-    by all threads used to access them.
-
-    For traversing the items stored in a container, you can use one
-    of two types of iterators: \l{Java-style iterators} and
-    \l{STL-style iterators}. The Java-style iterators are easier to
-    use and provide high-level functionality, whereas the STL-style
-    iterators are slightly more efficient and can be used together
-    with Qt's and STL's \l{generic algorithms}.
-
-    Qt also offers a \l{foreach} keyword that make it very
-    easy to iterate over all the items stored in a container.
-
-    \section1 The Container Classes
-
-    Qt provides the following container classes:
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Class \o Summary
-
-    \row \o \l{QList}<T>
-    \o This is by far the most commonly used container class. It
-    stores a list of values of a given type (T) that can be accessed
-    by index. Internally, the QList is implemented using an array,
-    ensuring that index-based access is very fast.
-
-    Items can be added at either end of the list using
-    QList::append() and QList::prepend(), or they can be inserted in
-    the middle using QList::insert(). More than any other container
-    class, QList is highly optimized to expand to as little code as
-    possible in the executable. QStringList inherits from
-    QList<QString>.
-
-    \row \o \l{QLinkedList}<T>
-    \o This is similar to QList, except that it uses
-    iterators rather than integer indexes to access items. It also
-    provides better performance than QList when inserting in the
-    middle of a huge list, and it has nicer iterator semantics.
-    (Iterators pointing to an item in a QLinkedList remain valid as
-    long as the item exists, whereas iterators to a QList can become
-    invalid after any insertion or removal.)
-
-    \row \o \l{QVector}<T>
-    \o This stores an array of values of a given type at adjacent
-    positions in memory. Inserting at the front or in the middle of
-    a vector can be quite slow, because it can lead to large numbers
-    of items having to be moved by one position in memory.
-
-    \row \o \l{QStack}<T>
-    \o This is a convenience subclass of QVector that provides
-    "last in, first out" (LIFO) semantics. It adds the following
-    functions to those already present in QVector:
-    \l{QStack::push()}{push()}, \l{QStack::pop()}{pop()},
-    and \l{QStack::top()}{top()}.
-
-    \row \o \l{QQueue}<T>
-    \o This is a convenience subclass of QList that provides
-    "first in, first out" (FIFO) semantics. It adds the following
-    functions to those already present in QList:
-    \l{QQueue::enqueue()}{enqueue()},
-    \l{QQueue::dequeue()}{dequeue()}, and \l{QQueue::head()}{head()}.
-
-    \row \o \l{QSet}<T>
-    \o This provides a single-valued mathematical set with fast
-    lookups.
-
-    \row \o \l{QMap}<Key, T>
-    \o This provides a dictionary (associative array) that maps keys
-    of type Key to values of type T. Normally each key is associated
-    with a single value. QMap stores its data in Key order; if order
-    doesn't matter QHash is a faster alternative.
-
-    \row \o \l{QMultiMap}<Key, T>
-    \o This is a convenience subclass of QMap that provides a nice
-    interface for multi-valued maps, i.e. maps where one key can be
-    associated with multiple values.
-
-    \row \o \l{QHash}<Key, T>
-    \o This has almost the same API as QMap, but provides
-    significantly faster lookups. QHash stores its data in an
-    arbitrary order.
-
-    \row \o \l{QMultiHash}<Key, T>
-    \o This is a convenience subclass of QHash that
-    provides a nice interface for multi-valued hashes.
-
-    \endtable
-
-    Containers can be nested. For example, it is perfectly possible
-    to use a QMap<QString, QList<int> >, where the key type is
-    QString and the value type QList<int>. The only pitfall is that
-    you must insert a space between the closing angle brackets (>);
-    otherwise the C++ compiler will misinterpret the two >'s as a
-    right-shift operator (>>) and report a syntax error.
-
-    The containers are defined in individual header files with the
-    same name as the container (e.g., \c <QLinkedList>). For
-    convenience, the containers are forward declared in \c
-    <QtContainerFwd>.
-
-    \keyword assignable data type
-    \keyword assignable data types
-
-    The values stored in the various containers can be of any
-    \e{assignable data type}. To qualify, a type must provide a
-    default constructor, a copy constructor, and an assignment
-    operator. This covers most data types you are likely to want to
-    store in a container, including basic types such as \c int and \c
-    double, pointer types, and Qt data types such as QString, QDate,
-    and QTime, but it doesn't cover QObject or any QObject subclass
-    (QWidget, QDialog, QTimer, etc.). If you attempt to instantiate a
-    QList<QWidget>, the compiler will complain that QWidget's copy
-    constructor and assignment operators are disabled. If you want to
-    store these kinds of objects in a container, store them as
-    pointers, for example as QList<QWidget *>.
-
-    Here's an example custom data type that meets the requirement of
-    an assignable data type:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_containers.qdoc 0
-
-    If we don't provide a copy constructor or an assignment operator,
-    C++ provides a default implementation that performs a
-    member-by-member copy. In the example above, that would have been
-    sufficient. Also, if you don't provide any constructors, C++
-    provides a default constructor that initializes its member using
-    default constructors. Although it doesn't provide any
-    explicit constructors or assignment operator, the following data
-    type can be stored in a container:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/streaming/main.cpp 0
-
-    Some containers have additional requirements for the data types
-    they can store. For example, the Key type of a QMap<Key, T> must
-    provide \c operator<(). Such special requirements are documented
-    in a class's detailed description. In some cases, specific
-    functions have special requirements; these are described on a
-    per-function basis. The compiler will always emit an error if a
-    requirement isn't met.
-
-    Qt's containers provide operator<<() and operator>>() so that they
-    can easily be read and written using a QDataStream. This means
-    that the data types stored in the container must also support
-    operator<<() and operator>>(). Providing such support is
-    straightforward; here's how we could do it for the Movie struct
-    above:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/streaming/main.cpp 1
-    \codeline
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/streaming/main.cpp 2
-
-    \keyword default-constructed values
-
-    The documentation of certain container class functions refer to
-    \e{default-constructed values}; for example, QVector
-    automatically initializes its items with default-constructed
-    values, and QMap::value() returns a default-constructed value if
-    the specified key isn't in the map. For most value types, this
-    simply means that a value is created using the default
-    constructor (e.g. an empty string for QString). But for primitive
-    types like \c{int} and \c{double}, as well as for pointer types,
-    the C++ language doesn't specify any initialization; in those
-    cases, Qt's containers automatically initialize the value to 0.
-
-    \section1 The Iterator Classes
-
-    Iterators provide a uniform means to access items in a container.
-    Qt's container classes provide two types of iterators: Java-style
-    iterators and STL-style iterators.
-
-    \section2 Java-Style Iterators
-
-    The Java-style iterators are new in Qt 4 and are the standard
-    ones used in Qt applications. They are more convenient to use than
-    the STL-style iterators, at the price of being slightly less
-    efficient. Their API is modelled on Java's iterator classes.
-
-    For each container class, there are two Java-style iterator data
-    types: one that provides read-only access and one that provides
-    read-write access.
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Containers                         \o Read-only iterator
-                                                  \o Read-write iterator
-    \row    \o QList<T>, QQueue<T>                \o QListIterator<T>
-                                                  \o QMutableListIterator<T>
-    \row    \o QLinkedList<T>                     \o QLinkedListIterator<T>
-                                                  \o QMutableLinkedListIterator<T>
-    \row    \o QVector<T>, QStack<T>              \o QVectorIterator<T>
-                                                  \o QMutableVectorIterator<T>
-    \row    \o QSet<T>                            \o QSetIterator<T>
-                                                  \o QMutableSetIterator<T>
-    \row    \o QMap<Key, T>, QMultiMap<Key, T>    \o QMapIterator<Key, T>
-                                                  \o QMutableMapIterator<Key, T>
-    \row    \o QHash<Key, T>, QMultiHash<Key, T>  \o QHashIterator<Key, T>
-                                                  \o QMutableHashIterator<Key, T>
-    \endtable
-
-    In this discussion, we will concentrate on QList and QMap. The
-    iterator types for QLinkedList, QVector, and QSet have exactly
-    the same interface as QList's iterators; similarly, the iterator
-    types for QHash have the same interface as QMap's iterators.
-
-    Unlike STL-style iterators (covered \l{STL-style
-    iterators}{below}), Java-style iterators point \e between items
-    rather than directly \e at items. For this reason, they are
-    either pointing to the very beginning of the container (before
-    the first item), at the very end of the container (after the last
-    item), or between two items. The diagram below shows the valid
-    iterator positions as red arrows for a list containing four
-    items:
-
-    \img javaiterators1.png
-
-    Here's a typical loop for iterating through all the elements of a
-    QList<QString> in order and printing them to the console:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_containers.qdoc 1
-
-    It works as follows: The QList to iterate over is passed to the
-    QListIterator constructor. At that point, the iterator is located
-    just in front of the first item in the list (before item "A").
-    Then we call \l{QListIterator::hasNext()}{hasNext()} to
-    check whether there is an item after the iterator. If there is, we
-    call \l{QListIterator::next()}{next()} to jump over that
-    item. The next() function returns the item that it jumps over. For
-    a QList<QString>, that item is of type QString.
-
-    Here's how to iterate backward in a QList:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_containers.qdoc 2
-
-    The code is symmetric with iterating forward, except that we
-    start by calling \l{QListIterator::toBack()}{toBack()}
-    to move the iterator after the last item in the list.
-
-    The diagram below illustrates the effect of calling
-    \l{QListIterator::next()}{next()} and
-    \l{QListIterator::previous()}{previous()} on an iterator:
-
-    \img javaiterators2.png
-
-    The following table summarizes the QListIterator API:
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Function \o Behavior
-    \row    \o \l{QListIterator::toFront()}{toFront()}
-            \o Moves the iterator to the front of the list (before the first item)
-    \row    \o \l{QListIterator::toBack()}{toBack()}
-            \o Moves the iterator to the back of the list (after the last item)
-    \row    \o \l{QListIterator::hasNext()}{hasNext()}
-            \o Returns true if the iterator isn't at the back of the list
-    \row    \o \l{QListIterator::next()}{next()}
-            \o Returns the next item and advances the iterator by one position
-    \row    \o \l{QListIterator::peekNext()}{peekNext()}
-            \o Returns the next item without moving the iterator
-    \row    \o \l{QListIterator::hasPrevious()}{hasPrevious()}
-            \o Returns true if the iterator isn't at the front of the list
-    \row    \o \l{QListIterator::previous()}{previous()}
-            \o Returns the previous item and moves the iterator back by one position
-    \row    \o \l{QListIterator::peekPrevious()}{peekPrevious()}
-            \o Returns the previous item without moving the iterator
-    \endtable
-
-    QListIterator provides no functions to insert or remove items
-    from the list as we iterate. To accomplish this, you must use
-    QMutableListIterator. Here's an example where we remove all
-    odd numbers from a QList<int> using QMutableListIterator:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_containers.qdoc 3
-
-    The next() call in the loop is made every time. It jumps over the
-    next item in the list. The
-    \l{QMutableListIterator::remove()}{remove()} function removes the
-    last item that we jumped over from the list. The call to
-    \l{QMutableListIterator::remove()}{remove()} does not invalidate
-    the iterator, so it is safe to continue using it. This works just
-    as well when iterating backward:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_containers.qdoc 4
-
-    If we just want to modify the value of an existing item, we can
-    use \l{QMutableListIterator::setValue()}{setValue()}. In the code
-    below, we replace any value larger than 128 with 128:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_containers.qdoc 5
-
-    Just like \l{QMutableListIterator::remove()}{remove()},
-    \l{QMutableListIterator::setValue()}{setValue()} operates on the
-    last item that we jumped over. If we iterate forward, this is the
-    item just before the iterator; if we iterate backward, this is
-    the item just after the iterator.
-
-    The \l{QMutableListIterator::next()}{next()} function returns a
-    non-const reference to the item in the list. For simple
-    operations, we don't even need
-    \l{QMutableListIterator::setValue()}{setValue()}:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_containers.qdoc 6
-
-    As mentioned above, QLinkedList's, QVector's, and QSet's iterator
-    classes have exactly the same API as QList's. We will now turn to
-    QMapIterator, which is somewhat different because it iterates on
-    (key, value) pairs.
-
-    Like QListIterator, QMapIterator provides 
-    \l{QMapIterator::toFront()}{toFront()}, 
-    \l{QMapIterator::toBack()}{toBack()}, 
-    \l{QMapIterator::hasNext()}{hasNext()}, 
-    \l{QMapIterator::next()}{next()}, 
-    \l{QMapIterator::peekNext()}{peekNext()}, 
-    \l{QMapIterator::hasPrevious()}{hasPrevious()}, 
-    \l{QMapIterator::previous()}{previous()}, and
-    \l{QMapIterator::peekPrevious()}{peekPrevious()}. The key and
-    value components are extracted by calling key() and value() on
-    the object returned by next(), peekNext(), previous(), or
-    peekPrevious().
-
-    The following example removes all (capital, country) pairs where
-    the capital's name ends with "City":
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_containers.qdoc 7
-
-    QMapIterator also provides a key() and a value() function that
-    operate directly on the iterator and that return the key and
-    value of the last item that the iterator jumped above. For
-    example, the following code copies the contents of a QMap into a
-    QHash:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_containers.qdoc 8
-
-    If we want to iterate through all the items with the same
-    value, we can use \l{QMapIterator::findNext()}{findNext()}
-    or \l{QMapIterator::findPrevious()}{findPrevious()}.
-    Here's an example where we remove all the items with a particular
-    value:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_containers.qdoc 9
-
-    \section2 STL-Style Iterators
-
-    STL-style iterators have been available since the release of Qt
-    2.0. They are compatible with Qt's and STL's \l{generic
-    algorithms} and are optimized for speed.
-
-    For each container class, there are two STL-style iterator types:
-    one that provides read-only access and one that provides
-    read-write access. Read-only iterators should be used wherever
-    possible because they are faster than read-write iterators.
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Containers                         \o Read-only iterator
-                                                  \o Read-write iterator
-    \row    \o QList<T>, QQueue<T>                \o QList<T>::const_iterator
-                                                  \o QList<T>::iterator
-    \row    \o QLinkedList<T>                     \o QLinkedList<T>::const_iterator
-                                                  \o QLinkedList<T>::iterator
-    \row    \o QVector<T>, QStack<T>              \o QVector<T>::const_iterator
-                                                  \o QVector<T>::iterator
-    \row    \o QSet<T>                            \o QSet<T>::const_iterator
-                                                  \o QSet<T>::iterator
-    \row    \o QMap<Key, T>, QMultiMap<Key, T>    \o QMap<Key, T>::const_iterator
-                                                  \o QMap<Key, T>::iterator
-    \row    \o QHash<Key, T>, QMultiHash<Key, T>  \o QHash<Key, T>::const_iterator
-                                                  \o QHash<Key, T>::iterator
-    \endtable
-
-    The API of the STL iterators is modelled on pointers in an array.
-    For example, the \c ++ operator advances the iterator to the next
-    item, and the \c * operator returns the item that the iterator
-    points to. In fact, for QVector and QStack, which store their
-    items at adjacent memory positions, the
-    \l{QVector::iterator}{iterator} type is just a typedef for \c{T *},
-    and the \l{QVector::iterator}{const_iterator} type is
-    just a typedef for \c{const T *}.
-
-    In this discussion, we will concentrate on QList and QMap. The
-    iterator types for QLinkedList, QVector, and QSet have exactly
-    the same interface as QList's iterators; similarly, the iterator
-    types for QHash have the same interface as QMap's iterators.
-
-    Here's a typical loop for iterating through all the elements of a
-    QList<QString> in order and converting them to lowercase:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_containers.qdoc 10
-
-    Unlike \l{Java-style iterators}, STL-style iterators point
-    directly at items. The begin() function of a container returns an
-    iterator that points to the first item in the container. The
-    end() function of a container returns an iterator to the
-    imaginary item one position past the last item in the container.
-    end() marks an invalid position; it must never be dereferenced.
-    It is typically used in a loop's break condition. If the list is
-    empty, begin() equals end(), so we never execute the loop.
-
-    The diagram below shows the valid iterator positions as red
-    arrows for a vector containing four items:
-
-    \img stliterators1.png
-
-    Iterating backward with an STL-style iterator requires us to
-    decrement the iterator \e before we access the item. This
-    requires a \c while loop:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_containers.qdoc 11
-
-    In the code snippets so far, we used the unary \c * operator to
-    retrieve the item (of type QString) stored at a certain iterator
-    position, and we then called QString::toLower() on it. Most C++
-    compilers also allow us to write \c{i->toLower()}, but some
-    don't.
-
-    For read-only access, you can use const_iterator, constBegin(),
-    and constEnd(). For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_containers.qdoc 12
-
-    The following table summarizes the STL-style iterators' API:
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Expression \o Behavior
-    \row    \o \c{*i}     \o Returns the current item
-    \row    \o \c{++i}    \o Advances the iterator to the next item
-    \row    \o \c{i += n} \o Advances the iterator by \c n items
-    \row    \o \c{--i}    \o Moves the iterator back by one item
-    \row    \o \c{i -= n} \o Moves the iterator back by \c n items
-    \row    \o \c{i - j}  \o Returns the number of items between iterators \c i and \c j
-    \endtable
-
-    The \c{++} and \c{--} operators are available both as prefix
-    (\c{++i}, \c{--i}) and postfix (\c{i++}, \c{i--}) operators. The
-    prefix versions modify the iterators and return a reference to
-    the modified iterator; the postfix versions take a copy of the
-    iterator before they modify it, and return that copy. In
-    expressions where the return value is ignored, we recommend that
-    you use the prefix operators (\c{++i}, \c{--i}), as these are
-    slightly faster.
-
-    For non-const iterator types, the return value of the unary \c{*}
-    operator can be used on the left side of the assignment operator.
-
-    For QMap and QHash, the \c{*} operator returns the value
-    component of an item. If you want to retrieve the key, call key()
-    on the iterator. For symmetry, the iterator types also provide a
-    value() function to retrieve the value. For example, here's how
-    we would print all items in a QMap to the console:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_containers.qdoc 13
-
-    Thanks to \l{implicit sharing}, it is very inexpensive for a
-    function to return a container per value. The Qt API contains
-    dozens of functions that return a QList or QStringList per value
-    (e.g., QSplitter::sizes()). If you want to iterate over these
-    using an STL iterator, you should always take a copy of the
-    container and iterate over the copy. For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_containers.qdoc 14
-
-    This problem doesn't occur with functions that return a const or
-    non-const reference to a container.
-
-    \l{Implicit sharing} has another consequence on STL-style
-    iterators: You must not take a copy of a container while
-    non-const iterators are active on that container. Java-style
-    iterators don't suffer from that limitation.
-
-    \keyword foreach
-    \section1 The foreach Keyword
-
-    If you just want to iterate over all the items in a container
-    in order, you can use Qt's \c foreach keyword. The keyword is a
-    Qt-specific addition to the C++ language, and is implemented
-    using the preprocessor.
-
-    Its syntax is: \c foreach (\e variable, \e container) \e
-    statement. For example, here's how to use \c foreach to iterate
-    over a QLinkedList<QString>:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_containers.qdoc 15
-
-    The \c foreach code is significantly shorter than the equivalent
-    code that uses iterators:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_containers.qdoc 16
-
-    Unless the data type contains a comma (e.g., \c{QPair<int,
-    int>}), the variable used for iteration can be defined within the
-    \c foreach statement:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_containers.qdoc 17
-
-    And like any other C++ loop construct, you can use braces around
-    the body of a \c foreach loop, and you can use \c break to leave
-    the loop:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_containers.qdoc 18
-
-    With QMap and QHash, \c foreach accesses the value component of
-    the (key, value) pairs. If you want to iterate over both the keys
-    and the values, you can use iterators (which are fastest), or you
-    can write code like this:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_containers.qdoc 19
-
-    For a multi-valued map:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_containers.qdoc 20
-
-    Qt automatically takes a copy of the container when it enters a
-    \c foreach loop. If you modify the container as you are
-    iterating, that won't affect the loop. (If you don't modify the
-    container, the copy still takes place, but thanks to \l{implicit
-    sharing} copying a container is very fast.) Similarly, declaring
-    the variable to be a non-const reference, in order to modify the
-    current item in the list will not work either.
-
-    In addition to \c foreach, Qt also provides a \c forever
-    pseudo-keyword for infinite loops:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_containers.qdoc 21
-
-    If you're worried about namespace pollution, you can disable
-    these macros by adding the following line to your \c .pro file:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_containers.qdoc 22
-
-    \section1 Other Container-Like Classes
-
-    Qt includes three template classes that resemble containers in
-    some respects. These classes don't provide iterators and cannot
-    be used with the \c foreach keyword.
-
-    \list
-    \o QVarLengthArray<T, Prealloc> provides a low-level
-       variable-length array. It can be used instead of QVector in
-       places where speed is particularly important.
-
-    \o QCache<Key, T> provides a cache to store objects of a certain
-       type T associated with keys of type Key.
-
-    \o QPair<T1, T2> stores a pair of elements.
-    \endlist
-
-    Additional non-template types that compete with Qt's template
-    containers are QBitArray, QByteArray, QString, and QStringList.
-
-    \section1 Algorithmic Complexity
-
-    Algorithmic complexity is concerned about how fast (or slow) each
-    function is as the number of items in the container grow. For
-    example, inserting an item in the middle of a QLinkedList is an
-    extremely fast operation, irrespective of the number of items
-    stored in the QLinkedList. On the other hand, inserting an item
-    in the middle of a QVector is potentially very expensive if the
-    QVector contains many items, since half of the items must be
-    moved one position in memory.
-
-    To describe algorithmic complexity, we use the following
-    terminology, based on the "big Oh" notation:
-
-    \keyword constant time
-    \keyword logarithmic time
-    \keyword linear time
-    \keyword linear-logarithmic time
-    \keyword quadratic time
-
-    \list
-    \o \bold{Constant time:} O(1). A function is said to run in constant
-       time if it requires the same amount of time no matter how many
-       items are present in the container. One example is
-       QLinkedList::insert().
-
-    \o \bold{Logarithmic time:} O(log \e n). A function that runs in
-       logarithmic time is a function whose running time is
-       proportional to the logarithm of the number of items in the
-       container. One example is qBinaryFind().
-
-    \o \bold{Linear time:} O(\e n). A function that runs in linear time
-       will execute in a time directly proportional to the number of
-       items stored in the container. One example is
-       QVector::insert().
-
-    \o \bold{Linear-logarithmic time:} O(\e{n} log \e n). A function
-       that runs in linear-logarithmic time is asymptotically slower
-       than a linear-time function, but faster than a quadratic-time
-       function.
-
-    \o \bold{Quadratic time:} O(\e{n}\unicode{178}). A quadratic-time function
-       executes in a time that is proportional to the square of the
-       number of items stored in the container.
-    \endlist
-
-    The following table summarizes the algorithmic complexity of Qt's
-    sequential container classes:
-
-    \table
-    \header \o                \o Index lookup \o Insertion \o Prepending         \o Appending
-    \row    \o QLinkedList<T> \o O(\e n)      \o O(1)      \o O(1)               \o O(1)
-    \row    \o QList<T>       \o O(1)         \o O(n)      \o Amort. O(1)        \o Amort. O(1)
-    \row    \o QVector<T>     \o O(1)         \o O(n)      \o O(n)               \o Amort. O(1)
-    \endtable
-
-    In the table, "Amort." stands for "amortized behavior". For
-    example, "Amort. O(1)" means that if you call the function
-    only once, you might get O(\e n) behavior, but if you call it
-    multiple times (e.g., \e n times), the average behavior will be
-    O(1).
-
-    The following table summarizes the algorithmic complexity of Qt's
-    associative containers and sets:
-
-    \table
-    \header \o{1,2}          \o{2,1} Key lookup            \o{2,1} Insertion
-    \header                  \o Average     \o Worst case  \o Average            \o Worst case
-    \row    \o QMap<Key, T>  \o O(log \e n) \o O(log \e n) \o O(log \e n)        \o O(log \e n)
-    \row    \o QMultiMap<Key, T>  \o O(log \e n) \o O(log \e n) \o O(log \e n)   \o O(log \e n)
-    \row    \o QHash<Key, T> \o Amort. O(1) \o O(\e n)     \o Amort. O(1)        \o O(\e n)
-    \row    \o QSet<Key>     \o Amort. O(1) \o O(\e n)     \o Amort. O(1)        \o O(\e n)
-    \endtable
-
-    With QVector, QHash, and QSet, the performance of appending items
-    is amortized O(log \e n). It can be brought down to O(1) by
-    calling QVector::reserve(), QHash::reserve(), or QSet::reserve()
-    with the expected number of items before you insert the items.
-    The next section discusses this topic in more depth.
-
-    \section1 Growth Strategies
-
-    QVector<T>, QString, and QByteArray store their items
-    contiguously in memory; QList<T> maintains an array of pointers
-    to the items it stores to provide fast index-based access (unless
-    T is a pointer type or a basic type of the size of a pointer, in
-    which case the value itself is stored in the array); QHash<Key,
-    T> keeps a hash table whose size is proportional to the number
-    of items in the hash. To avoid reallocating the data every single
-    time an item is added at the end of the container, these classes
-    typically allocate more memory than necessary.
-
-    Consider the following code, which builds a QString from another
-    QString:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_containers.qdoc 23
-
-    We build the string \c out dynamically by appending one character
-    to it at a time. Let's assume that we append 15000 characters to
-    the QString string. Then the following 18 reallocations (out of a
-    possible 15000) occur when QString runs out of space: 4, 8, 12,
-    16, 20, 52, 116, 244, 500, 1012, 2036, 4084, 6132, 8180, 10228,
-    12276, 14324, 16372. At the end, the QString has 16372 Unicode
-    characters allocated, 15000 of which are occupied.
-
-    The values above may seem a bit strange, but here are the guiding
-    principles:
-    \list
-    \o QString allocates 4 characters at a time until it reaches size 20.
-    \o From 20 to 4084, it advances by doubling the size each time.
-       More precisely, it advances to the next power of two, minus
-       12. (Some memory allocators perform worst when requested exact
-       powers of two, because they use a few bytes per block for
-       book-keeping.)
-    \o From 4084 on, it advances by blocks of 2048 characters (4096
-       bytes). This makes sense because modern operating systems
-       don't copy the entire data when reallocating a buffer; the
-       physical memory pages are simply reordered, and only the data
-       on the first and last pages actually needs to be copied.
-    \endlist
-
-    QByteArray and QList<T> use more or less the same algorithm as
-    QString.
-
-    QVector<T> also uses that algorithm for data types that can be
-    moved around in memory using memcpy() (including the basic C++
-    types, the pointer types, and Qt's \l{shared classes}) but uses a
-    different algorithm for data types that can only be moved by
-    calling the copy constructor and a destructor. Since the cost of
-    reallocating is higher in that case, QVector<T> reduces the
-    number of reallocations by always doubling the memory when
-    running out of space.
-
-    QHash<Key, T> is a totally different case. QHash's internal hash
-    table grows by powers of two, and each time it grows, the items
-    are relocated in a new bucket, computed as qHash(\e key) %
-    QHash::capacity() (the number of buckets). This remark applies to
-    QSet<T> and QCache<Key, T> as well.
-
-    For most applications, the default growing algorithm provided by
-    Qt does the trick. If you need more control, QVector<T>,
-    QHash<Key, T>, QSet<T>, QString, and QByteArray provide a trio of
-    functions that allow you to check and specify how much memory to
-    use to store the items:
-
-    \list
-    \o \l{QString::capacity()}{capacity()} returns the
-       number of items for which memory is allocated (for QHash and
-       QSet, the number of buckets in the hash table).
-    \o \l{QString::reserve()}{reserve}(\e size) explicitly
-       preallocates memory for \e size items.
-    \o \l{QString::squeeze()}{squeeze()} frees any memory
-       not required to store the items.
-    \endlist
-
-    If you know approximately how many items you will store in a
-    container, you can start by calling reserve(), and when you are
-    done populating the container, you can call squeeze() to release
-    the extra preallocated memory.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/coordsys.qdoc b/doc/src/coordsys.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 6042300..0000000
--- a/doc/src/coordsys.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,486 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Qt Coordinate System Documentation.
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
-** EDITIONS: FREE, PROFESSIONAL, ENTERPRISE
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page coordsys.html
-    \title The Coordinate System
-    \ingroup architecture
-    \brief Information about the coordinate system used by the paint
-    system.
-
-    The coordinate system is controlled by the QPainter
-    class. Together with the QPaintDevice and QPaintEngine classes,
-    QPainter form the basis of Qt's painting system, Arthur. QPainter
-    is used to perform drawing operations, QPaintDevice is an
-    abstraction of a two-dimensional space that can be painted on
-    using a QPainter, and QPaintEngine provides the interface that the
-    painter uses to draw onto different types of devices.
-
-    The QPaintDevice class is the base class of objects that can be
-    painted: Its drawing capabilities are inherited by the QWidget,
-    QPixmap, QPicture, QImage, and QPrinter classes. The default
-    coordinate system of a paint device has its origin at the top-left
-    corner. The \e x values increase to the right and the \e y values
-    increase downwards. The default unit is one pixel on pixel-based
-    devices and one point (1/72 of an inch) on printers.
-
-    The mapping of the logical QPainter coordinates to the physical
-    QPaintDevice coordinates are handled by QPainter's transformation
-    matrix, viewport and "window". The logical and physical coordinate
-    systems coincide by default. QPainter also supports coordinate
-    transformations (e.g. rotation and scaling).
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 Rendering
-
-    \section2 Logical Representation
-
-    The size (width and height) of a graphics primitive always
-    correspond to its mathematical model, ignoring the width of the
-    pen it is rendered with:
-
-    \table
-    \row
-    \o \inlineimage coordinatesystem-rect.png
-    \o \inlineimage coordinatesystem-line.png
-    \row
-    \o QRect(1, 2, 6, 4)
-    \o QLine(2, 7, 6, 1)
-    \endtable
-
-    \section2 Aliased Painting
-
-    When drawing, the pixel rendering is controlled by the
-    QPainter::Antialiasing render hint.
-
-    The \l {QPainter::RenderHint}{RenderHint} enum is used to specify
-    flags to QPainter that may or may not be respected by any given
-    engine. The QPainter::Antialiasing value indicates that the engine
-    should antialias edges of primitives if possible, i.e. smoothing
-    the edges by using different color intensities.
-
-    But by default the painter is \e aliased and other rules apply:
-    When rendering with a one pixel wide pen the pixels will be
-    rendered to the \e {right and below the mathematically defined
-    points}. For example:
-
-    \table
-    \row
-    \o \inlineimage coordinatesystem-rect-raster.png
-    \o \inlineimage coordinatesystem-line-raster.png
-
-    \row
-    \o
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_coordsys.qdoc 0
-
-    \o
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_coordsys.qdoc 1
-    \endtable
-
-    When rendering with a pen with an even number of pixels, the
-    pixels will be rendered symetrically around the mathematical
-    defined points, while rendering with a pen with an odd number of
-    pixels, the spare pixel will be rendered to the right and below
-    the mathematical point as in the one pixel case. See the QRectF
-    diagrams below for concrete examples.
-
-    \table
-    \header
-    \o {3,1} QRectF
-    \row
-    \o \inlineimage qrect-diagram-zero.png
-    \o \inlineimage qrectf-diagram-one.png
-    \row
-    \o Logical representation
-    \o One pixel wide pen
-    \row
-    \o \inlineimage qrectf-diagram-two.png
-    \o \inlineimage qrectf-diagram-three.png
-    \row
-    \o Two pixel wide pen
-    \o Three pixel wide pen
-    \endtable
-
-    Note that for historical reasons the return value of the
-    QRect::right() and QRect::bottom() functions deviate from the true
-    bottom-right corner of the rectangle.
-
-    QRect's \l {QRect::right()}{right()} function returns \l
-    {QRect::left()}{left()} + \l {QRect::width()}{width()} - 1 and the
-    \l {QRect::bottom()}{bottom()} function returns \l
-    {QRect::top()}{top()} + \l {QRect::height()}{height()} - 1.  The
-    bottom-right green point in the diagrams shows the return
-    coordinates of these functions.
-
-    We recommend that you simply use QRectF instead: The QRectF class
-    defines a rectangle in the plane using floating point coordinates
-    for accuracy (QRect uses integer coordinates), and the
-    QRectF::right() and QRectF::bottom() functions \e do return the
-    true bottom-right corner.
-
-    Alternatively, using QRect, apply \l {QRect::x()}{x()} + \l
-    {QRect::width()}{width()} and \l {QRect::y()}{y()} + \l
-    {QRect::height()}{height()} to find the bottom-right corner, and
-    avoid the \l {QRect::right()}{right()} and \l
-    {QRect::bottom()}{bottom()} functions.
-
-    \section2 Anti-aliased Painting
-
-    If you set QPainter's \l {QPainter::Antialiasing}{anti-aliasing}
-    render hint, the pixels will be rendered symetrically on both
-    sides of the mathematically defined points:
-
-    \table
-    \row
-    \o \inlineimage coordinatesystem-rect-antialias.png
-    \o \inlineimage coordinatesystem-line-antialias.png
-    \row
-    \o
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_coordsys.qdoc 2
-
-    \o
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_coordsys.qdoc 3
-    \endtable
-
-    \section1 Transformations
-
-    By default, the QPainter operates on the associated device's own
-    coordinate system, but it also has complete support for affine
-    coordinate transformations.
-
-    You can scale the coordinate system by a given offset using the
-    QPainter::scale() function, you can rotate it clockwise using the
-    QPainter::rotate() function and you can translate it (i.e. adding
-    a given offset to the points) using the QPainter::translate()
-    function.
-
-    \table
-    \row
-    \o \inlineimage qpainter-clock.png
-    \o \inlineimage qpainter-rotation.png
-    \o \inlineimage qpainter-scale.png
-    \o \inlineimage qpainter-translation.png
-    \row
-    \o nop
-    \o \l {QPainter::rotate()}{rotate()}
-    \o \l {QPainter::scale()}{scale()}
-    \o \l {QPainter::translate()}{translate()}
-    \endtable
-
-    You can also twist the coordinate system around the origin using
-    the QPainter::shear() function. See the \l {demos/affine}{Affine
-    Transformations} demo for a visualization of a sheared coordinate
-    system. All the transformation operations operate on QPainter's
-    transformation matrix that you can retrieve using the
-    QPainter::worldTransform() function. A matrix transforms a point
-    in the plane to another point.
-
-    If you need the same transformations over and over, you can also
-    use QTransform objects and the QPainter::worldTransform() and
-    QPainter::setWorldTransform() functions. You can at any time save the
-    QPainter's transformation matrix by calling the QPainter::save()
-    function which saves the matrix on an internal stack. The
-    QPainter::restore() function pops it back.
-
-    One frequent need for the transformation matrix is when reusing
-    the same drawing code on a variety of paint devices. Without
-    transformations, the results are tightly bound to the resolution
-    of the paint device. Printers have high resolution, e.g. 600 dots
-    per inch, whereas screens often have between 72 and 100 dots per
-    inch.
-
-    \table 100%
-    \header
-    \o {2,1} Analog Clock Example
-    \row
-    \o \inlineimage coordinatesystem-analogclock.png
-    \o
-    The Analog Clock example shows how to draw the contents of a
-    custom widget using QPainter's transformation matrix.
-
-    Qt's example directory provides a complete walk-through of the
-    example. Here, we will only review the example's \l
-    {QWidget::paintEvent()}{paintEvent()} function to see how we can
-    use the transformation matrix (i.e. QPainter's matrix functions)
-    to draw the clock's face.
-
-    We recommend compiling and running this example before you read
-    any further. In particular, try resizing the window to different
-    sizes.
-
-    \row
-    \o {2,1}
-
-    \snippet examples/widgets/analogclock/analogclock.cpp 9
-
-    First, we set up the painter. We translate the coordinate system
-    so that point (0, 0) is in the widget's center, instead of being
-    at the top-left corner. We also scale the system by \c side / 100,
-    where \c side is either the widget's width or the height,
-    whichever is shortest. We want the clock to be square, even if the
-    device isn't.
-
-    This will give us a 200 x 200 square area, with the origin (0, 0)
-    in the center, that we can draw on. What we draw will show up in
-    the largest possible square that will fit in the widget.
-
-    See also the \l {Window-Viewport Conversion} section.
-
-    \snippet examples/widgets/analogclock/analogclock.cpp 18
-
-    We draw the clock's hour hand by rotating the coordinate system
-    and calling QPainter::drawConvexPolygon(). Thank's to the
-    rotation, it's drawn pointed in the right direction.
-
-    The polygon is specified as an array of alternating \e x, \e y
-    values, stored in the \c hourHand static variable (defined at the
-    beginning of the function), which corresponds to the four points
-    (2, 0), (0, 2), (-2, 0), and (0, -25).
-
-    The calls to QPainter::save() and QPainter::restore() surrounding
-    the code guarantees that the code that follows won't be disturbed
-    by the transformations we've used.
-
-    \snippet examples/widgets/analogclock/analogclock.cpp 24
-
-    We do the same for the clock's minute hand, which is defined by
-    the four points (1, 0), (0, 1), (-1, 0), and (0, -40). These
-    coordinates specify a hand that is thinner and longer than the
-    minute hand.
-
-    \snippet examples/widgets/analogclock/analogclock.cpp 27
-
-    Finally, we draw the clock face, which consists of twelve short
-    lines at 30-degree intervals. At the end of that, the painter is
-    rotated in a way which isn't very useful, but we're done with
-    painting so that doesn't matter.
-    \endtable
-
-    For a demonstation of Qt's ability to perform affine
-    transformations on painting operations, see the \l
-    {demos/affine}{Affine Transformations} demo which allows the user
-    to experiment with the transformation operations.  See also the \l
-    {painting/transformations}{Transformations} example which shows
-    how transformations influence the way that QPainter renders
-    graphics primitives. In particular, it shows how the order of
-    transformations affects the result.
-
-    For more information about the transformation matrix, see the
-    QTransform documentation.
-
-    \section1 Window-Viewport Conversion
-
-    When drawing with QPainter, we specify points using logical
-    coordinates which then are converted into the physical coordinates
-    of the paint device.
-
-    The mapping of the logical coordinates to the physical coordinates
-    are handled by QPainter's world transformation \l
-    {QPainter::worldTransform()}{worldTransform()} (described in the \l
-    Transformations section), and QPainter's \l
-    {QPainter::viewport()}{viewport()} and \l
-    {QPainter::window()}{window()}.  The viewport represents the
-    physical coordinates specifying an arbitrary rectangle. The
-    "window" describes the same rectangle in logical coordinates. By
-    default the logical and physical coordinate systems coincide, and
-    are equivalent to the paint device's rectangle.
-
-    Using window-viewport conversion you can make the logical
-    coordinate system fit your preferences. The mechanism can also be
-    used to make the drawing code independent of the paint device. You
-    can, for example, make the logical coordinates extend from (-50,
-    -50) to (50, 50) with (0, 0) in the center by calling the
-    QPainter::setWindow() function:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_coordsys.qdoc 4
-
-    Now, the logical coordinates (-50,-50) correspond to the paint
-    device's physical coordinates (0, 0). Independent of the paint
-    device, your painting code will always operate on the specified
-    logical coordinates.
-
-    By setting the "window" or viewport rectangle, you perform a
-    linear transformation of the coordinates. Note that each corner of
-    the "window" maps to the corresponding corner of the viewport, and
-    vice versa. For that reason it normally is a good idea to let the
-    viewport and "window" maintain the same aspect ratio to prevent
-    deformation:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_coordsys.qdoc 5
-
-    If we make the logical coordinate system a square, we should also
-    make the viewport a square using the QPainter::setViewport()
-    function. In the example above we make it equivalent to the
-    largest square that fit into the paint device's rectangle. By
-    taking the paint device's size into consideration when setting the
-    window or viewport, it is possible to keep the drawing code
-    independent of the paint device.
-
-    Note that the window-viewport conversion is only a linear
-    transformation, i.e. it does not perform clipping. This means that
-    if you paint outside the currently set "window", your painting is
-    still transformed to the viewport using the same linear algebraic
-    approach.
-
-    \image coordinatesystem-transformations.png
-
-    The viewport, "window" and transformation matrix determine how
-    logical QPainter coordinates map to the paint device's physical
-    coordinates. By default the world transformation matrix is the
-    identity matrix, and the "window" and viewport settings are
-    equivalent to the paint device's settings, i.e. the world,
-    "window" and device coordinate systems are equivalent, but as we
-    have seen, the systems can be manipulated using transformation
-    operations and window-viewport conversion. The illustration above
-    describes the process.
-
-    \omit
-    \section1 Related Classes
-
-    Qt's paint system, Arthur, is primarily based on the QPainter,
-    QPaintDevice, and QPaintEngine classes:
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Class \o Description
-    \row
-    \o QPainter
-    \o
-    The QPainter class performs low-level painting on widgets and
-    other paint devices.  QPainter can operate on any object that
-    inherits the QPaintDevice class, using the same code.
-    \row
-    \o QPaintDevice
-    \o
-    The QPaintDevice class is the base class of objects that can be
-    painted. Qt provides several devices: QWidget, QImage, QPixmap,
-    QPrinter and QPicture, and other devices can also be defined by
-    subclassing QPaintDevice.
-    \row
-    \o QPaintEngine
-    \o
-    The QPaintEngine class provides an abstract definition of how
-    QPainter draws to a given device on a given platform.  Qt 4
-    provides several premade implementations of QPaintEngine for the
-    different painter backends we support; it provides one paint
-    engine for each supported window system and painting
-    frameworkt. You normally don't need to use this class directly.
-    \endtable
-
-    The 2D transformations of the coordinate system are specified
-    using the QTransform class:
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Class \o Description
-    \row
-    \o QTransform
-    \o
-    A 3 x 3 transformation matrix. Use QTransform to rotate, shear,
-    scale, or translate the coordinate system.
-    \endtable
-
-    In addition Qt provides several graphics primitive classes. Some
-    of these classes exist in two versions: an \c{int}-based version
-    and a \c{qreal}-based version. For these, the \c qreal version's
-    name is suffixed with an \c F.
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Class \o Description
-    \row
-    \o \l{QPoint}(\l{QPointF}{F})
-    \o
-    A single 2D point in the coordinate system. Most functions in Qt
-    that deal with points can accept either a QPoint, a QPointF, two
-    \c{int}s, or two \c{qreal}s.
-    \row
-    \o \l{QSize}(\l{QSizeF}{F})
-    \o
-    A single 2D vector. Internally, QPoint and QSize are the same, but
-    a point is not the same as a size, so both classes exist.  Again,
-    most functions accept either QSizeF, a QSize, two \c{int}s, or two
-    \c{qreal}s.
-    \row
-    \o \l{QRect}(\l{QRectF}{F})
-    \o
-    A 2D rectangle. Most functions accept either a QRectF, a QRect,
-    four \c{int}s, or four \c {qreal}s.
-    \row
-    \o \l{QLine}(\l{QLineF}{F})
-    \o
-    A 2D finite-length line, characterized by a start point and an end
-    point.
-    \row
-    \o \l{QPolygon}(\l{QPolygonF}{F})
-    \o
-    A 2D polygon. A polygon is a vector of \c{QPoint(F)}s. If the
-    first and last points are the same, the polygon is closed.
-    \row
-    \o QPainterPath
-    \o
-    A vectorial specification of a 2D shape. Painter paths are the
-    ultimate painting primitive, in the sense that any shape
-    (rectange, ellipse, spline) or combination of shapes can be
-    expressed as a path. A path specifies both an outline and an area.
-    \row
-    \o QRegion
-    \o
-    An area in a paint device, expressed as a list of
-    \l{QRect}s. In general, we recommend using the vectorial
-    QPainterPath class instead of QRegion for specifying areas,
-    because QPainterPath handles painter transformations much better.
-    \endtable
-    \endomit
-
-    \sa {Analog Clock Example}, {Transformations Example}
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/custom-types.qdoc b/doc/src/custom-types.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index aa7d386..0000000
--- a/doc/src/custom-types.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,178 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page custom-types.html
-    \title Creating Custom Qt Types
-    \ingroup architecture
-    \brief How to create and register new types with Qt.
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 Overview
-
-    When creating user interfaces with Qt, particularly those with specialized controls and
-    features, developers sometimes need to create new data types that can be used alongside
-    or in place of Qt's existing set of value types.
-
-    Standard types such as QSize, QColor and QString can all be stored in QVariant objects,
-    used as the types of properties in QObject-based classes, and emitted in signal-slot
-    communication.
-
-    In this document, we take a custom type and describe how to integrate it into Qt's object
-    model so that it can be stored in the same way as standard Qt types. We then show how to
-    register the custom type to allow it to be used in signals and slots connections.
-
-    \section1 Creating a Custom Type
-
-    Before we begin, we need to ensure that the custom type we are creating meets all the
-    requirements imposed by QMetaType. In other words, it must provide:
-
-    \list
-    \o a public default constructor,
-    \o a public copy constructor, and
-    \o a public destructor.
-    \endlist
-
-    The following \c Message class definition includes these members:
-
-    \snippet examples/tools/customtype/message.h custom type definition
-
-    The class also provides a constructor for normal use and two public member functions
-    that are used to obtain the private data.
-
-    \section1 Declaring the Type with QMetaType
-
-    The \c Message class only needs a suitable implementation in order to be usable.
-    However, Qt's type system will not be able to understand how to store, retrieve
-    and serialize instances of this class without some assistance. For example, we
-    will be unable to store \c Message values in QVariant.
-
-    The class in Qt responsible for custom types is QMetaType. To make the type known
-    to this class, we invoke the Q_DECLARE_METATYPE() macro on the class in the header
-    file where it is defined:
-
-    \snippet examples/tools/customtype/message.h custom type meta-type declaration
-
-    This now makes it possible for \c Message values to be stored in QVariant objects
-    and retrieved later. See the \l{Custom Type Example} for code that demonstrates
-    this.
-
-    The Q_DECLARE_METATYPE() macro also makes it possible for these values to be used as
-    arguments to signals, but \e{only in direct signal-slot connections}.
-    To make the custom type generally usable with the signals and slots mechanism, we
-    need to perform some extra work.
-
-    \section1 Creating and Destroying Custom Objects
-
-    Although the declaration in the previous section makes the type available for use
-    in direct signal-slot connections, it cannot be used for queued signal-slot
-    connections, such as those that are made between objects in different threads.
-    This is because the meta-object system does not know how to handle creation and
-    destruction of objects of the custom type at run-time.
-
-    To enable creation of objects at run-time, call the qRegisterMetaType() template
-    function to register it with the meta-object system. This also makes the type
-    available for queued signal-slot communication as long as you call it before you
-    make the first connection that uses the type.
-
-    The \l{Queued Custom Type Example} declares a \c Block class which is registered
-    in the \c{main.cpp} file:
-
-    \snippet examples/threads/queuedcustomtype/main.cpp main start
-    \dots
-    \snippet examples/threads/queuedcustomtype/main.cpp register meta-type for queued communications
-    \dots
-    \snippet examples/threads/queuedcustomtype/main.cpp main finish
-
-    This type is later used in a signal-slot connection in the \c{window.cpp} file:
-
-    \snippet examples/threads/queuedcustomtype/window.cpp Window constructor start
-    \dots
-    \snippet examples/threads/queuedcustomtype/window.cpp connecting signal with custom type
-    \dots
-    \snippet examples/threads/queuedcustomtype/window.cpp Window constructor finish
-
-    If a type is used in a queued connection without being registered, a warning will be
-    printed at the console; for example:
-
-    \code
-    QObject::connect: Cannot queue arguments of type 'Block'
-    (Make sure 'Block' is registered using qRegisterMetaType().)
-    \endcode
-
-    \section1 Making the Type Printable
-
-    It is often quite useful to make a custom type printable for debugging purposes,
-    as in the following code:
-
-    \snippet examples/tools/customtype/main.cpp printing a custom type
-
-    This is achieved by creating a streaming operator for the type, which is often
-    defined in the header file for that type:
-
-    \snippet examples/tools/customtype/message.h custom type streaming operator
-
-    The implementation for the \c Message type in the \l{Custom Type Example}
-    goes to some effort to make the printable representation as readable as
-    possible:
-
-    \snippet examples/tools/customtype/message.cpp custom type streaming operator
-
-    The output sent to the debug stream can, of course, be made as simple or as
-    complicated as you like. Note that the value returned by this function is
-    the QDebug object itself, though this is often obtained by calling the
-    maybeSpace() member function of QDebug that pads out the stream with space
-    characters to make it more readable.
-
-    \section1 Further Reading
-
-    The Q_DECLARE_METATYPE() macro and qRegisterMetaType() function documentation
-    contain more detailed information about their uses and limitations.
-
-    The \l{Custom Type Example}{Custom Type},
-    \l{Custom Type Sending Example}{Custom Type Sending}
-    and \l{Queued Custom Type Example}{Queued Custom Type} examples show how to
-    implement a custom type with the features outlined in this document.
-
-    The \l{Debugging Techniques} document provides an overview of the debugging
-    mechanisms discussed above.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/datastreamformat.qdoc b/doc/src/datastreamformat.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index eac550c..0000000
--- a/doc/src/datastreamformat.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,376 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Documentation of the Format of the QDataStream operators.
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
-** EDITIONS: FREE, PROFESSIONAL, ENTERPRISE
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page datastreamformat.html
-    \title Format of the QDataStream Operators
-    \ingroup architecture
-    \brief Representations of data types that can be serialized by QDataStream.
-
-    The \l QDataStream allows you to serialize some of the Qt data types.
-    The table below lists the data types that QDataStream can serialize
-    and how they are represented. The format described below is
-    \l{QDataStream::setVersion()}{version 8}.
-
-    It is always best to cast integers to a Qt integer type, such as
-    qint16 or quint32, when reading and writing. This ensures that
-    you always know exactly what size integers you are reading and
-    writing, no matter what the underlying platform and architecture
-    the application happens to be running on.
-
-    \table
-    \row \o bool
-	 \o \list
-	    \o boolean
-	    \endlist
-    \row \o qint8
-         \o \list
-            \o signed byte
-            \endlist
-    \row \o qint16
-         \o \list
-            \o signed 16-bit integer
-            \endlist
-    \row \o qint32
-         \o \list
-            \o signed 32-bit integer
-            \endlist
-    \row \o qint64
-         \o \list
-            \o signed 64-bit integer
-            \endlist
-    \row \o quint8
-         \o \list
-            \o unsigned byte
-            \endlist
-    \row \o quint16
-         \o \list
-            \o unsigned 16-bit integer
-            \endlist
-    \row \o quint32
-         \o \list
-            \o unsigned 32-bit integer
-            \endlist
-    \row \o quint64
-         \o \list
-            \o unsigned 64-bit integer
-            \endlist
-    \row \o \c float
-         \o \list
-            \o 32-bit floating point number using the standard IEEE 754 format
-            \endlist
-    \row \o \c double
-         \o \list
-            \o 64-bit floating point number using the standard IEEE 754 format
-            \endlist
-    \row \o \c {const char *}
-         \o \list
-            \o The string length (quint32)
-            \o The string bytes, excluding the terminating 0
-            \endlist
-    \row \o QBitArray
-         \o \list
-            \o The array size (quint32)
-            \o The array bits, i.e. (size + 7)/8 bytes
-            \endlist
-    \row \o QBrush
-         \o \list
-            \o The brush style (quint8)
-            \o The brush color (QColor)
-            \o If style is CustomPattern, the brush pixmap (QPixmap)
-            \endlist
-    \row \o QByteArray
-         \o \list
-            \o If the byte array is null: 0xFFFFFFFF (quint32)
-            \o Otherwise: the array size (quint32) followed by the array bytes, i.e. size bytes
-            \endlist
-    \row \o \l QColor
-         \o \list
-            \o Color spec (qint8)
-            \o Alpha value (quint16)
-            \o Red value (quint16)
-            \o Green value (quint16)
-            \o Blue value (quint16)
-            \o Pad value (quint16)
-            \endlist
-    \row \o QCursor
-         \o \list
-            \o Shape ID (qint16)
-            \o If shape is BitmapCursor: The bitmap (QPixmap), mask (QPixmap), and hot spot (QPoint)
-            \endlist
-    \row \o QDate
-         \o \list
-            \o Julian day (quint32)
-            \endlist
-    \row \o QDateTime
-         \o \list
-            \o Date (QDate)
-            \o Time (QTime)
-            \o 0 for Qt::LocalTime, 1 for Qt::UTC (quint8)
-            \endlist
-    \row \o QFont
-         \o \list
-            \o The family (QString)
-            \o The point size (qint16)
-            \o The style hint (quint8)
-            \o The char set (quint8)
-            \o The weight (quint8)
-            \o The font bits (quint8)
-            \endlist
-    \row \o QHash<Key, T>
-         \o \list
-            \o The number of items (quint32)
-            \o For all items, the key (Key) and value (T)
-            \endlist
-    \row \o QIcon
-         \o \list
-            \o The number of pixmap entries (quint32)
-            \o For all pixmap entries:
-               \list
-               \o The pixmap (QPixmap)
-               \o The file name (QString)
-               \o The pixmap size (QSize)
-               \o The \l{QIcon::Mode}{mode} (quint32)
-               \o The \l{QIcon::State}{state} (quint32)
-               \endlist
-            \endlist
-    \row \o QImage
-         \o \list
-            \o If the image is null a "null image" marker is saved;
-            otherwise the image is saved in PNG or BMP format (depending
-            on the stream version). If you want control of the format,
-            stream the image into a QBuffer (using QImageIO) and stream
-            that.
-            \endlist
-    \row \o QKeySequence
-         \o \list
-            \o A QList<int>, where each integer is a key in the key sequence
-            \endlist
-    \row \o QLinkedList<T>
-         \o \list
-            \o The number of items (quint32)
-            \o The items (T)
-            \endlist
-    \row \o QList<T>
-         \o \list
-            \o The number of items (quint32)
-            \o The items (T)
-            \endlist
-    \row \o QMap<Key, T>
-         \o \list
-            \o The number of items (quint32)
-            \o For all items, the key (Key) and value (T)
-            \endlist
-    \row \o QMatrix
-         \o \list
-            \o m11 (double)
-            \o m12 (double)
-            \o m21 (double)
-            \o m22 (double)
-            \o dx (double)
-            \o dy (double)
-            \endlist
-    \row \o QMatrix4x4
-         \o \list
-            \o m11 (double)
-            \o m12 (double)
-            \o m13 (double)
-            \o m14 (double)
-            \o m21 (double)
-            \o m22 (double)
-            \o m23 (double)
-            \o m24 (double)
-            \o m31 (double)
-            \o m32 (double)
-            \o m33 (double)
-            \o m34 (double)
-            \o m41 (double)
-            \o m42 (double)
-            \o m43 (double)
-            \o m44 (double)
-            \endlist
-    \row \o QPair<T1, T2>
-         \o \list
-            \o first (T1)
-            \o second (T2)
-            \endlist
-    \row \o QPalette
-         \o The disabled, active, and inactive color groups, each of which consists
-            of the following:
-            \list
-            \o foreground (QBrush)
-            \o button (QBrush)
-            \o light (QBrush)
-            \o midlight (QBrush)
-            \o dark (QBrush)
-            \o mid (QBrush)
-            \o text (QBrush)
-            \o brightText (QBrush)
-            \o buttonText (QBrush)
-            \o base (QBrush)
-            \o background (QBrush)
-            \o shadow (QBrush)
-            \o highlight (QBrush)
-            \o highlightedText (QBrush)
-            \o link (QBrush)
-            \o linkVisited (QBrush)
-            \endlist
-    \row \o QPen
-         \o \list
-            \o The pen styles (quint8)
-            \o The pen width (quint16)
-            \o The pen color (QColor)
-            \endlist
-    \row \o QPicture
-         \o \list
-            \o The size of the picture data (quint32)
-            \o The raw bytes of picture data (char)
-            \endlist
-    \row \o QPixmap
-         \o \list
-            \o Save it as a PNG image.
-            \endlist
-    \row \o QPoint
-         \o \list
-            \o The x coordinate (qint32)
-            \o The y coordinate (qint32)
-            \endlist
-    \row \o QQuaternion
-         \o \list
-            \o The scalar component (double)
-            \o The x coordinate (double)
-            \o The y coordinate (double)
-            \o The z coordinate (double)
-            \endlist
-    \row \o QRect
-         \o \list
-            \o left (qint32)
-            \o top (qint32)
-            \o right (qint32)
-            \o bottom (qint32)
-            \endlist
-    \row \o QRegExp
-         \o \list
-            \o The regexp pattern (QString)
-            \o Case sensitivity (quint8)
-            \o Regular expression syntax (quint8)
-            \o Minimal matching (quint8)
-            \endlist
-    \row \o QRegion
-         \o \list
-            \o The size of the data, i.e. 8 + 16 * (number of rectangles) (quint32)
-            \o 10 (qint32)
-            \o The number of rectangles (quint32)
-            \o The rectangles in sequential order (QRect)
-            \endlist
-    \row \o QSize
-         \o \list
-            \o width (qint32)
-            \o height (qint32)
-            \endlist
-    \row \o QString
-         \o \list
-            \o If the string is null: 0xFFFFFFFF (quint32)
-            \o Otherwise: The string length in bytes (quint32) followed by the data in UTF-16
-            \endlist
-    \row \o QTime
-         \o \list
-            \o Milliseconds since midnight (quint32)
-            \endlist
-    \row \o QTransform
-         \o \list
-            \o m11 (double)
-            \o m12 (double)
-            \o m13 (double)
-            \o m21 (double)
-            \o m22 (double)
-            \o m23 (double)
-            \o m31 (double)
-            \o m32 (double)
-            \o m33 (double)
-            \endlist
-    \row \o QUrl
-         \o \list
-            \o Holds an URL (QString)
-            \endlist
-    \row \o QVariant
-         \o \list
-            \o The type of the data (quint32)
-            \o The null flag (qint8)
-            \o The data of the specified type
-            \endlist
-    \row \o QVector2D
-         \o \list
-            \o the x coordinate (double)
-            \o the y coordinate (double)
-            \endlist
-    \row \o QVector3D
-         \o \list
-            \o the x coordinate (double)
-            \o the y coordinate (double)
-            \o the z coordinate (double)
-            \endlist
-    \row \o QVector4D
-         \o \list
-            \o the x coordinate (double)
-            \o the y coordinate (double)
-            \o the z coordinate (double)
-            \o the w coordinate (double)
-            \endlist
-    \row \o QVector<T>
-         \o \list
-            \o The number of items (quint32)
-            \o The items (T)
-            \endlist
-    \endtable
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/debug.qdoc b/doc/src/debug.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index bedf73d..0000000
--- a/doc/src/debug.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,256 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Qt Debugging Techniques
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
-** EDITIONS: FREE, PROFESSIONAL, ENTERPRISE
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page debug.html
-    \title Debugging Techniques
-    \ingroup buildsystem
-
-    Here we present some useful hints to help you with debugging your
-    Qt-based software.
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 Configuring Qt for Debugging
-
-    When \l{Installation}{configuring Qt for installation}, it is possible
-    to ensure that it is built to include debug symbols that can make it
-    easier to track bugs in applications and libraries. However, on some
-    platforms, building Qt in debug mode will cause applications to be larger
-    than desirable.
-
-    \section2 Debugging in Mac OS X and Xcode
-
-    \section3 Debugging With/Without Frameworks
-
-    The basic stuff you need to know about debug libraries and
-    frameworks is found at developer.apple.com in: 
-    \l{http://developer.apple.com/technotes/tn2004/tn2124.html#SECDEBUGLIB}
-    {Apple Technicle Note TN2124} Qt follows that. 
-
-    When you build Qt, frameworks are built by default, and inside the
-    framework you will find both a release and a debug version (e.g.,
-    QtCore and QtCore_debug). If you pass the \c{-no-framework} flag
-    when you build Qt, two dylibs are built for each Qt library (e.g.,
-    libQtCore.4.dylib and libQtCore_debug.4.dylib).
-
-    What happens when you link depends on whether you use frameworks
-    or not. We don't see a compelling reason to recommend one over the
-    other.
-
-    \section4 With Frameworks:
-
-    Since the release and debug libraries are inside the framework,
-    the app is simply linked against the framework. Then when you run
-    in the debugger, you will get either the release version or the
-    debug version, depending on whether you set \c{DYLD_IMAGE_SUFFIX}.
-    If you don't set it, you get the release version by default (i.e.,
-    non _debug). If you set \c{DYLD_IMAGE_SUFFIX=_debug}, you get the
-    debug version.
-
-    \section4 Without Frameworks:
-
-    When you tell \e{qmake} to generate a Makefile with the debug
-    config, it will link against the _debug version of the libraries
-    and generate debug symbols for the app. Running this program in
-    GDB will then work like running GDB on other platforms, and you
-    will be able to trace inside Qt.
-
-    \section3 Debug Symbols and Size
-
-    The amount of space taken up by debug symbols generated by GCC can
-    be excessively large. However, with the release of Xcode 2.3 it is
-    now possible to use Dwarf symbols which take up a significantly
-    smaller amount of space.  To enable this feature when configuring
-    Qt, pass the \c{-dwarf-2} option to the configure script.
-
-    This is not enabled by default because previous versions of Xcode
-    will not work with the compiler flag used to implement this
-    feature. Mac OS X 10.5 will use dwarf-2 symbols by default.
-
-    dwarf-2 symbols contain references to source code, so the size of
-    the final debug application should compare favorably to a release
-    build.
-
-    \omit
-    Although it is not necessary to build Qt with debug symbols to use the
-    other techniques described in this document, certain features are only
-    available when Qt is configured for debugging.
-    \endomit
-
-    \section1 Command Line Options Recognized by Qt
-
-    When you run a Qt application, you can specify several
-    command-line options that can help with debugging. These are
-    recognized by QApplication.
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Option \o Description
-    \row \o \c -nograb
-         \o The application should never grab \link QWidget::grabMouse()
-            the mouse\endlink or \link QWidget::grabKeyboard() the
-            keyboard \endlink. This option is set by default when the
-            program is running in the \c gdb debugger under Linux.
-    \row \o \c -dograb
-         \o Ignore any implicit or explicit \c{-nograb}. \c -dograb wins over
-            \c -nograb even when \c -nograb is last on the command line.
-    \row \o \c -sync
-         \o Runs the application in X synchronous mode. Synchronous mode
-            forces the X server to perform each X client request
-            immediately and not use buffer optimization. It makes the
-            program easier to debug and often much slower. The \c -sync
-            option is only valid for the X11 version of Qt.
-    \endtable
-
-    \section1 Warning and Debugging Messages
-
-    Qt includes four global functions for writing out warning and debug
-    text. You can use them for the following purposes:
-
-    \list
-    \o qDebug() is used for writing custom debug output.
-    \o qWarning() is used to report warnings and recoverable errors in
-       your application.
-    \o qCritical() is used for writing critical error mesages and
-       reporting system errors.
-    \o qFatal() is used for writing fatal error messages shortly before exiting.
-    \endlist
-
-    If you include the <QtDebug> header file, the \c qDebug() function
-    can also be used as an output stream. For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_debug.qdoc 0
-
-    The Qt implementation of these functions prints the text to the
-    \c stderr output under Unix/X11 and Mac OS X. With Windows, if it
-    is a console application, the text is sent to console; otherwise, it
-    is sent to the debugger. You can take over these functions by
-    installing a message handler using qInstallMsgHandler().
-
-    If the \c QT_FATAL_WARNINGS environment variable is set,
-    qWarning() exits after printing the warning message. This makes
-    it easy to obtain a backtrace in the debugger.
-
-    Both qDebug() and qWarning() are debugging tools. They can be
-    compiled away by defining \c QT_NO_DEBUG_OUTPUT and \c
-    QT_NO_WARNING_OUTPUT during compilation.
-
-    The debugging functions QObject::dumpObjectTree() and
-    QObject::dumpObjectInfo() are often useful when an application
-    looks or acts strangely. More useful if you use \l{QObject::setObjectName()}{object names}
-    than not, but often useful even without names.
-
-    \section1 Providing Support for the qDebug() Stream Operator
-
-    You can implement the stream operator used by qDebug() to provide
-    debugging support for your classes. The class that implements the
-    stream is \c QDebug. The functions you need to know about in \c
-    QDebug are \c space() and \c nospace(). They both return a debug
-    stream; the difference between them is whether a space is inserted
-    between each item. Here is an example for a class that represents
-    a 2D coordinate.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qdebug/qdebugsnippet.cpp 0
-
-    Integration of custom types with Qt's meta-object system is covered
-    in more depth in the \l{Creating Custom Qt Types} document.
-
-    \section1 Debugging Macros
-
-    The header file \c <QtGlobal> contains some debugging macros and
-    \c{#define}s.
-
-    Three important macros are:
-    \list
-    \o \l{Q_ASSERT()}{Q_ASSERT}(cond), where \c cond is a boolean
-       expression, writes the warning "ASSERT: '\e{cond}' in file xyz.cpp, line
-       234" and exits if \c cond is false.
-    \o \l{Q_ASSERT_X()}{Q_ASSERT_X}(cond, where, what), where \c cond is a
-       boolean expression, \c where a location, and \c what a message,
-       writes the warning: "ASSERT failure in \c{where}: '\c{what}', file xyz.cpp, line 234"
-       and exits if \c cond is false.
-    \o \l{Q_CHECK_PTR()}{Q_CHECK_PTR}(ptr), where \c ptr is a pointer.
-       Writes the warning "In file xyz.cpp, line 234: Out of memory" and
-       exits if \c ptr is 0.
-    \endlist
-
-    These macros are useful for detecting program errors, e.g. like this:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_debug.qdoc 1
-
-    Q_ASSERT(), Q_ASSERT_X(), and Q_CHECK_PTR() expand to nothing if
-    \c QT_NO_DEBUG is defined during compilation. For this reason,
-    the arguments to these macro should not have any side-effects.
-    Here is an incorrect usage of Q_CHECK_PTR():
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_debug.qdoc 2
-
-    If this code is compiled with \c QT_NO_DEBUG defined, the code in
-    the Q_CHECK_PTR() expression is not executed and \e alloc returns
-    an unitialized pointer.
-
-    The Qt library contains hundreds of internal checks that will
-    print warning messages when a programming error is detected. We
-    therefore recommend that you use a debug version of Qt when
-    developing Qt-based software.
-
-    \section1 Common Bugs
-
-    There is one bug that is so common that it deserves mention here:
-    If you include the Q_OBJECT macro in a class declaration and
-    run \link moc.html the meta-object compiler\endlink (\c{moc}),
-    but forget to link the \c{moc}-generated object code into your
-    executable, you will get very confusing error messages. Any link
-    error complaining about a lack of \c{vtbl}, \c{_vtbl}, \c{__vtbl}
-    or similar is likely to be a result of this problem.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/demos.qdoc b/doc/src/demos.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 69a943a..0000000
--- a/doc/src/demos.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,151 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page demos.html
-    \title Qt Demonstrations
-    \brief Information about the demonstration programs provided with Qt.
-    \ingroup howto
-
-    This is the list of demonstrations in Qt's \c demos directory.
-    These are larger and more complicated programs than the
-    \l{Qt Examples} and are used to highlight certain features of
-    Qt. You can launch any of these programs from the
-    \l{Examples and Demos Launcher} application.
-
-    If you are new to Qt, and want to start developing applications,
-    you should probably start by going through the \l{Tutorials}.
-
-    \section1 Painting
-
-    \list
-    \o \l{demos/composition}{Composition Modes} demonstrates the range of
-       composition modes available with Qt.
-    \o \l{demos/deform}{Vector Deformation} demonstrates effects that are made
-       possible with a vector-oriented paint engine.
-    \o \l{demos/gradients}{Gradients} shows the different types of gradients
-       that are available in Qt.
-    \o \l{demos/pathstroke}{Path Stroking} shows Qt's built-in dash patterns
-       and shows how custom patterns can be used to extend the range of
-       available patterns.
-    \o \l{demos/affine}{Affine Transformations} demonstrates the different
-       affine transformations that can be used to influence painting operations.
-    \o \l{demos/arthurplugin}{Arthur Plugin} shows the widgets from the
-       other painting demos packaged as a custom widget plugin for \QD.
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 Item Views
-
-    \list
-    \o \l{demos/interview}{Interview} shows the same model and selection being
-       shared between three different views.
-    \o \l{demos/spreadsheet}{Spreadsheet} demonstrates the use of a table view
-       as a spreadsheet, using custom delegates to render each item according to
-       the type of data it contains.
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 SQL
-
-    \list
-    \o \l{demos/books}{Books} shows how Qt's SQL support and model/view integration
-       enables the user to modify the contents of a database without requiring
-       knowledge of SQL.
-    \o \l{demos/sqlbrowser}{SQL Browser} demonstrates a console for executing SQL
-       statements on a live database and provides a data browser for interactively
-       visualizing the results.
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 Rich Text
-
-    \list
-    \o \l{demos/textedit}{Text Edit} shows Qt's rich text editing features and provides
-       an environment for experimenting with them.
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 Main Window
-
-    \list
-    \o \l{demos/mainwindow}{Main Window} shows Qt's extensive support for main window
-       features, such as tool bars, dock windows, and menus.
-    \o \l{demos/macmainwindow}{Mac Main Window} shows how to create main window applications that has 
-      the same appearance as other Mac OS X applications.
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 Graphics View
-
-    \list
-    \o \l{demos/chip}{40000 Chips} uses the
-       \l{The Graphics View Framework}{Graphics View} framework to efficiently
-       display a large number of individual graphical items on a scrolling canvas,
-       highlighting features such as rotation, zooming, level of detail control,
-       and item selection.
-    \o \l{demos/embeddeddialogs}{Embedded Dialogs} showcases Qt 4.4's \e{Widgets on
-       the Canvas} feature by embedding a multitude of fully-working dialogs into a
-       scene.
-    \o \l{demos/boxes}{Boxes} showcases Qt's OpenGL support and the
-       integration with the Graphics View framework.
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 Tools
-
-    \list
-    \o \l{demos/undo}{Undo Framework} demonstrates how Qt's
-        \l{Overview of Qt's Undo Framework}{undo framework} is used to
-        provide advanced undo/redo functionality.
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 QtWebKit
-
-    \list
-    \o \l{Web Browser} demonstrates how Qt's \l{QtWebKit Module}{WebKit module}
-        can be used to implement a small Web browser.
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 Phonon
-
-    \list
-    \o \l{demos/mediaplayer}{Media Player} demonstrates how the \l{Phonon Module} can be
-    used to implement a basic media player application.
-    \endlist
-
-    \note The Phonon demos are currently not available for the MinGW platform.
-
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/demos/qtdemo.qdoc b/doc/src/demos/qtdemo.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..60f896a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/demos/qtdemo.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+  \page qtdemo.html
+  \title Examples and Demos Launcher
+  \ingroup qttools
+  \keyword qtdemo
+
+  The Examples and Demos Launcher (\c qtdemo) allows the user to browse the
+  examples and demonstrations included with Qt, access the documentation
+  associated with each of them, and launch them as separate applications.
+
+  \image qtdemo.png
+
+  The \c qtdemo executable should be installed alongside the
+  \l{Qt's Tools}{other tools} supplied with Qt.
+
+  \list
+  \i On Windows, click the Start button, open the \e Programs submenu, open
+  the \e{Qt 4} submenu, and click \e{Examples and Demos}.
+  \i On Unix or Linux, you may find a \c qtdemo icon on the desktop background or
+  in the desktop start menu under the \e Programming or \e Development
+  submenus. You can launch this application from this icon. Alternatively, you can
+  enter \c qtdemo in a terminal window.
+  \i On Mac OS X, navigate to the \c /Developer/Applications/Qt directory in the
+  Finder and double click on the \c qtdemo.app icon.
+  \endlist
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/deployment.qdoc b/doc/src/deployment.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 9f8ee8f..0000000
--- a/doc/src/deployment.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1478 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
-** EDITIONS: FREE, PROFESSIONAL, ENTERPRISE
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \group deployment
-    \title Deploying Qt Applications
-    \ingroup buildsystem
-
-    Deploying an Qt application does not require any C++
-    programming. All you need to do is to build Qt and your
-    application in release mode, following the procedures described in
-    this documentation. We will demonstrate the procedures in terms of
-    deploying the \l {tools/plugandpaint}{Plug & Paint} application
-    that is provided in Qt's examples directory.
-
-    \section1 Static vs. Shared Libraries
-
-    There are two ways of deploying an application:
-
-    \list
-        \o Static Linking
-        \o Shared Libraries (Frameworks on Mac)
-    \endlist
-
-    Static linking results in a stand-alone executable. The advantage
-    is that you will only have a few files to deploy. The
-    disadvantages are that the executables are large and with no
-    flexibility (i.e a new version of the application, or of Qt, will
-    require that the deployment process is repeated), and that you
-    cannot deploy plugins.
-
-    To deploy plugin-based applications, you can use the shared
-    library approach. Shared libraries also provide smaller, more
-    flexible executables. For example, using the shared library
-    approach, the user is able to independently upgrade the Qt library
-    used by the application.
-
-    Another reason why you might want to use the shared library
-    approach, is if you want to use the same Qt libraries for a family
-    of applications. In fact, if you download the binary installation
-    of Qt, you get Qt as a shared library.
-
-    The disadvantage with the shared library approach is that you
-    will get more files to deploy. For more information, see
-    \l{sharedlibrary.html}{Creating Shared Libraries}.
-
-    \section1 Deploying Qt's Libraries
-
-    \table
-    \header
-        \o {4,1} Qt's Libraries
-    \row
-        \o \l {QtAssistant}
-        \o \l {QAxContainer}
-        \o \l {QAxServer}
-        \o \l {QtCore}
-    \row
-        \o \l {QtDBus}
-        \o \l {QtDesigner}
-        \o \l {QtGui}
-        \o \l {QtHelp}
-    \row
-        \o \l {QtNetwork}
-        \o \l {QtOpenGL}
-        \o \l {QtScript}
-        \o \l {QtScriptTools}
-    \row
-        \o \l {QtSql}
-        \o \l {QtSvg}
-        \o \l {QtWebKit}
-        \o \l {QtXml}
-    \row
-        \o \l {QtXmlPatterns}
-        \o \l {Phonon Module}{Phonon}
-        \o \l {Qt3Support}
-    \endtable
-
-    Since Qt is not a system library, it has to be redistributed along
-    with your application; the minimum is to redistribute the run-time
-    of the libraries used by the application.  Using static linking,
-    however, the Qt run-time is compiled into the executable.
-
-    In particular, you will need to deploy Qt plugins, such as
-    JPEG support or SQL drivers. For more information about plugins,
-    see the \l {plugins-howto.html}{How to Create Qt Plugins}
-    documentation.
-
-    When deploying an application using the shared library approach
-    you must ensure that the Qt libraries will use the correct path to
-    find the Qt plugins, documentation, translation etc. To do this you
-    can use a \c qt.conf file. For more information, see the \l {Using
-    qt.conf} documentation.
-
-    Depending on configuration, compiler specific libraries must be
-    redistributed as well. For more information, see the platform
-    specific Application Dependencies sections: \l
-    {deployment-x11.html#application-dependencies}{X11}, \l
-    {deployment-windows.html#application-dependencies}{Windows}, \l
-    {deployment-mac.html#application-dependencies}{Mac}.
-
-    \section1 Licensing
-
-    Some of Qt's libraries are based on third party libraries that are
-    not licensed using the same dual-license model as Qt. As a result,
-    care must be taken when deploying applications that use these
-    libraries, particularly when the application is statically linked
-    to them.
-
-    The following table contains an inexhaustive summary of the issues
-    you should be aware of.
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Qt Library \o Dependency
-            \o Licensing Issue
-    \row    \o QtHelp     \o CLucene
-    \o The version of clucene distributed with Qt is licensed
-    under the GNU LGPL version 2.1 or later. This has implications for
-    developers of closed source applications. Please see
-    \l{QtHelp Module#License Information}{the QtHelp module documentation}
-    for more information.
-
-    \row    \o QtNetwork  \o OpenSSL
-    \o Some configurations of QtNetwork use OpenSSL at run-time. Deployment
-    of OpenSSL libraries is subject to both licensing and export restrictions.
-    More information can be found in the \l{Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) Classes}
-    documentation.
-
-    \row    \o QtWebKit   \o WebKit
-    \o WebKit is licensed under the GNU LGPL version 2 or later.
-    This has implications for developers of closed source applications.
-    Please see \l{QtWebKit Module#License Information}{the QtWebKit module
-    documentation} for more information.
-
-    \row    \o \l{Phonon Module}{Phonon}     \o Phonon
-    \o Phonon relies on the native multimedia engines on different platforms.
-    Phonon itself is licensed under the GNU LGPL version 2. Please see
-    \l{Phonon Module#License Information}{the Phonon module documentation}
-    for more information on licensing and the
-    \l{Phonon Overview#Backends}{Phonon Overview} for details of the backends
-    in use on different platforms.
-    \endtable
-
-    \section1 Platform-Specific Notes
-
-    The procedure of deploying Qt applications is different for the
-    various platforms:
-
-    \list
-        \o \l{Deploying an Application on X11 Platforms}{Qt for X11 Platforms}
-        \o \l{Deploying an Application on Windows}{Qt for Windows}
-        \o \l{Deploying an Application on Mac OS X}{Qt for Mac OS X}
-        \o \l{Deploying Qt for Embedded Linux Applications}{Qt for Embedded Linux}
-    \endlist
-
-    \sa Installation {Window System Specific Notes}
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \page deployment-x11.html
-    \contentspage Deploying Qt Applications
-
-    \title Deploying an Application on X11 Platforms
-    \ingroup deployment
-
-    Due to the proliferation of Unix systems (commercial Unices, Linux
-    distributions, etc.), deployment on Unix is a complex
-    topic. Before we start, be aware that programs compiled for one
-    Unix flavor will probably not run on a different Unix system. For
-    example, unless you use a cross-compiler, you cannot compile your
-    application on Irix and distribute it on AIX.
-
-    Contents:
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    This documentation will describe how to determine which files you
-    should include in your distribution, and how to make sure that the
-    application will find them at run-time. We will demonstrate the
-    procedures in terms of deploying the \l {tools/plugandpaint}{Plug
-    & Paint} application that is provided in Qt's examples directory.
-
-    \section1 Static Linking
-
-    Static linking is often the safest and easiest way to distribute
-    an application on Unix since it relieves you from the task of
-    distributing the Qt libraries and ensuring that they are located
-    in the default search path for libraries on the target system.
-
-    \section2 Building Qt Statically
-
-    To use this approach, you must start by installing a static version
-    of the Qt library:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 0
-
-    We specify the prefix so that we do not overwrite the existing Qt
-    installation. The example above only builds the Qt libraries,
-    i.e. the examples and Qt Designer will not be built.  When \c make
-    is done, you will find the Qt libraries in the \c /path/to/Qt/lib
-    directory.
-
-    When linking your application against static Qt libraries, note
-    that you might need to add more libraries to the \c LIBS line in
-    your project file. For more information, see the \l {Application
-    Dependencies} section.
-
-    \section2 Linking the Application to the Static Version of Qt
-
-    Once Qt is built statically, the next step is to regenerate the
-    makefile and rebuild the application. First, we must go into the
-    directory that contains the application:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 1
-
-    Now run qmake to create a new makefile for the application, and do
-    a clean build to create the statically linked executable:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 2
-
-    You probably want to link against the release libraries, and you
-    can specify this when invoking \c qmake. Note that we must set the
-    path to the static Qt that we just built.
-
-    To check that the application really links statically with Qt, run
-    the \c ldd tool (available on most Unices):
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 3
-
-    Verify that the Qt libraries are not mentioned in the output.
-
-    Now, provided that everything compiled and linked without any
-    errors, we should have a \c plugandpaint file that is ready for
-    deployment. One easy way to check that the application really can
-    be run stand-alone is to copy it to a machine that doesn't have Qt
-    or any Qt applications installed, and run it on that machine.
-
-    Remember that if your application depends on compiler specific
-    libraries, these must still be redistributed along with your
-    application. For more information, see the \l {Application
-    Dependencies} section.
-
-    The \l {tools/plugandpaint}{Plug & Paint} example consists of
-    several components: The core application (\l
-    {tools/plugandpaint}{Plug & Paint}), and the \l
-    {tools/plugandpaintplugins/basictools}{Basic Tools} and \l
-    {tools/plugandpaintplugins/extrafilters}{Extra Filters}
-    plugins. Since we cannot deploy plugins using the static linking
-    approach, the executable we have prepared so far is
-    incomplete. The application will run, but the functionality will
-    be disabled due to the missing plugins. To deploy plugin-based
-    applications we should use the shared library approach.
-
-    \section1 Shared Libraries
-
-    We have two challenges when deploying the \l
-    {tools/plugandpaint}{Plug & Paint} application using the shared
-    libraries approach: The Qt runtime has to be correctly
-    redistributed along with the application executable, and the
-    plugins have to be installed in the correct location on the target
-    system so that the application can find them.
-
-    \section2 Building Qt as a Shared Library
-
-    We assume that you already have installed Qt as a shared library,
-    which is the default when installing Qt, in the \c /path/to/Qt
-    directory. For more information on how to build Qt, see the \l
-    {Installation} documentation.
-
-    \section2 Linking the Application to Qt as a Shared Library
-
-    After ensuring that Qt is built as a shared library, we can build
-    the \l {tools/plugandpaint}{Plug & Paint} application. First, we
-    must go into the directory that contains the application:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 4
-
-    Now run qmake to create a new makefile for the application, and do
-    a clean build to create the dynamically linked executable:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 5
-
-    This builds the core application, the following will build the
-    plugins:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 6
-
-    If everything compiled and linked without any errors, we will get
-    a \c plugandpaint executable and the \c libpnp_basictools.so and
-    \c libpnp_extrafilters.so plugin files.
-
-    \section2 Creating the Application Package
-
-    There is no standard package management on Unix, so the method we
-    present below is a generic solution. See the documentation for
-    your target system for information on how to create a package.
-
-    To deploy the application, we must make sure that we copy the
-    relevant Qt libraries (corresponding to the Qt modules used in the
-    application) as well as the executable to the same
-    directory. Remember that if your application depends on compiler
-    specific libraries, these must also be redistributed along with
-    your application. For more information, see the \l {Application
-    Dependencies} section.
-
-    We'll cover the plugins shortly, but the main issue with shared
-    libraries is that you must ensure that the dynamic linker will
-    find the Qt libraries. Unless told otherwise, the dynamic linker
-    doesn't search the directory where your application resides. There
-    are many ways to solve this:
-
-    \list
-    \o You can install the Qt libraries in one of the system
-       library paths (e.g. \c /usr/lib on most systems).
-
-    \o You can pass a predetermined path to the \c -rpath command-line
-       option when linking the application. This will tell the dynamic
-       linker to look in this directory when starting your application.
-
-    \o You can write a startup script for your application, where you
-       modify the dynamic linker configuration (e.g.  adding your
-       application's directory to the \c LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment
-       variable. \note If your application will be running with "Set
-       user ID on execution," and if it will be owned by root, then
-       LD_LIBRARY_PATH will be ignored on some platforms. In this
-       case, use of the LD_LIBRARY_PATH approach is not an option).
-
-    \endlist
-
-    The disadvantage of the first approach is that the user must have
-    super user privileges. The disadvantage of the second approach is
-    that the user may not have privileges to install into the
-    predetemined path. In either case, the users don't have the option
-    of installing to their home directory. We recommend using the
-    third approach since it is the most flexible. For example, a \c
-    plugandpaint.sh script will look like this:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 7
-
-    By running this script instead of the executable, you are sure
-    that the Qt libraries will be found by the dynamic linker. Note
-    that you only have to rename the script to use it with other
-    applications.
-
-    When looking for plugins, the application searches in a plugins
-    subdirectory inside the directory of the application
-    executable. Either you have to manually copy the plugins into the
-    \c plugins directory, or you can set the \c DESTDIR in the
-    plugins' project files:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 8
-
-    An archive distributing all the Qt libraries, and all the plugins,
-    required to run the \l {tools/plugandpaint}{Plug & Paint}
-    application, would have to include the following files:
-
-    \table 100%
-    \header
-        \o Component \o {2, 1} File Name
-    \row
-        \o The executable
-        \o {2, 1} \c plugandpaint
-    \row
-        \o The script to run the executable
-        \o {2, 1} \c plugandpaint.sh
-    \row
-        \o The Basic Tools plugin
-        \o {2, 1} \c plugins\libpnp_basictools.so
-    \row
-        \o The ExtraFilters plugin
-        \o {2, 1} \c plugins\libpnp_extrafilters.so
-    \row
-        \o The Qt Core module
-        \o {2, 1} \c libQtCore.so.4
-    \row
-        \o The Qt GUI module
-        \o {2, 1} \c libQtGui.so.4
-    \endtable
-
-    On most systems, the extension for shared libraries is \c .so. A
-    notable exception is HP-UX, which uses \c .sl.
-
-    Remember that if your application depends on compiler specific
-    libraries, these must still be redistributed along with your
-    application. For more information, see the \l {Application
-    Dependencies} section.
-
-    To verify that the application now can be successfully deployed,
-    you can extract this archive on a machine without Qt and without
-    any compiler installed, and try to run it, i.e. run the \c
-    plugandpaint.sh script.
-
-    An alternative to putting the plugins in the \c plugins
-    subdirectory is to add a custom search path when you start your
-    application using QApplication::addLibraryPath() or
-    QApplication::setLibraryPaths().
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 9
-
-    \section1 Application Dependencies
-
-    \section2 Additional Libraries
-
-    To find out which libraries your application depends on, run the
-    \c ldd tool (available on most Unices):
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 10
-
-    This will list all the shared library dependencies for your
-    application. Depending on configuration, these libraries must be
-    redistributed along with your application. In particular, the
-    standard C++ library must be redistributed if you're compiling
-    your application with a compiler that is binary incompatible with
-    the system compiler. When possible, the safest solution is to link
-    against these libraries statically.
-
-    You will probably want to link dynamically with the regular X11
-    libraries, since some implementations will try to open other
-    shared libraries with \c dlopen(), and if this fails, the X11
-    library might cause your application to crash.
-
-    It's also worth mentioning that Qt will look for certain X11
-    extensions, such as Xinerama and Xrandr, and possibly pull them
-    in, including all the libraries that they link against. If you
-    can't guarantee the presence of a certain extension, the safest
-    approach is to disable it when configuring Qt (e.g. \c {./configure
-    -no-xrandr}).
-
-    FontConfig and FreeType are other examples of libraries that
-    aren't always available or that aren't always binary
-    compatible. As strange as it may sound, some software vendors have
-    had success by compiling their software on very old machines and
-    have been very careful not to upgrade any of the software running
-    on them.
-
-    When linking your application against the static Qt libraries, you
-    must explicitly link with the dependent libraries mentioned
-    above. Do this by adding them to the \c LIBS variable in your
-    project file.
-
-    \section2 Qt Plugins
-
-    Your application may also depend on one or more Qt plugins, such
-    as the JPEG image format plugin or a SQL driver plugin. Be sure
-    to distribute any Qt plugins that you need with your application,
-    and note that each type of plugin should be located within a
-    specific subdirectory (such as \c imageformats or \c sqldrivers)
-    within your distribution directory, as described below.
-
-    \note If you are deploying an application that uses QtWebKit to display
-    HTML pages from the World Wide Web, you should include all text codec
-    plugins to support as many HTML encodings possible. 
-
-    The search path for Qt plugins (as well as a few other paths) is
-    hard-coded into the QtCore library. By default, the first plugin
-    search path will be hard-coded as \c /path/to/Qt/plugins. As
-    mentioned above, using pre-determined paths has certain
-    disadvantages, so you need to examine various alternatives to make
-    sure that the Qt plugins are found:
-
-    \list
-
-    \o \l{qt-conf.html}{Using \c qt.conf}. This is the recommended
-    approach since it provides the most flexibility.
-
-    \o Using QApplication::addLibraryPath() or
-    QApplication::setLibraryPaths().
-
-    \o Using a third party installation utility or the target system's
-    package manager to change the hard-coded paths in the QtCore
-    library.
-
-    \endlist
-
-    The \l{How to Create Qt Plugins} document outlines the issues you
-    need to pay attention to when building and deploying plugins for
-    Qt applications.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \page deployment-windows.html
-    \contentspage Deploying Qt Applications
-
-    \title Deploying an Application on Windows
-    \ingroup deployment
-
-    This documentation will describe how to determine which files you
-    should include in your distribution, and how to make sure that the
-    application will find them at run-time. We will demonstrate the
-    procedures in terms of deploying the \l {tools/plugandpaint}{Plug
-    & Paint} application that is provided in Qt's examples directory.
-
-    Contents:
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 Static Linking
-
-    If you want to keep things simple by only having a few files to
-    deploy, i.e. a stand-alone executable with the associated compiler
-    specific DLLs, then you must build everything statically.
-
-    \section2 Building Qt Statically
-
-    Before we can build our application we must make sure that Qt is
-    built statically. To do this, go to a command prompt and type the
-    following:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 11
-
-    Remember to specify any other options you need, such as data base
-    drivers, as arguments to \c configure. Once \c configure has
-    finished, type the following:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 12
-
-    This will build Qt statically. Note that unlike with a dynamic build,
-    building Qt statically will result in libraries without version numbers;
-    e.g. \c QtCore4.lib will be \c QtCore.lib. Also, we have used \c nmake
-    in all the examples, but if you use MinGW you must use
-    \c mingw32-make instead.
-
-    \note If you later need to reconfigure and rebuild Qt from the
-    same location, ensure that all traces of the previous configuration are
-    removed by entering the build directory and typing \c{nmake distclean}
-    before running \c configure again.
-
-    \section2 Linking the Application to the Static Version of Qt
-
-    Once Qt has finished building we can build the \l
-    {tools/plugandpaint}{Plug & Paint} application. First we must go
-    into the directory that contains the application:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 13
-
-    We must then run \c qmake to create a new makefile for the
-    application, and do a clean build to create the statically linked
-    executable:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 14
-
-    You probably want to link against the release libraries, and you
-    can specify this when invoking \c qmake. Now, provided that
-    everything compiled and linked without any errors, we should have
-    a \c plugandpaint.exe file that is ready for deployment. One easy
-    way to check that the application really can be run stand-alone is
-    to copy it to a machine that doesn't have Qt or any Qt
-    applications installed, and run it on that machine.
-
-    Remember that if your application depends on compiler specific
-    libraries, these must still be redistributed along with your
-    application. You can check which libraries your application is
-    linking against by using the \c depends tool. For more
-    information, see the \l {Application Dependencies} section.
-
-    The \l {tools/plugandpaint}{Plug & Paint} example consists of
-    several components: The application itself (\l
-    {tools/plugandpaint}{Plug & Paint}), and the \l
-    {tools/plugandpaintplugins/basictools}{Basic Tools} and \l
-    {tools/plugandpaintplugins/extrafilters}{Extra Filters}
-    plugins. Since we cannot deploy plugins using the static linking
-    approach, the application we have prepared is incomplete. It will
-    run, but the functionality will be disabled due to the missing
-    plugins. To deploy plugin-based applications we should use the
-    shared library approach.
-
-    \section1 Shared Libraries
-
-    We have two challenges when deploying the \l
-    {tools/plugandpaint}{Plug & Paint} application using the shared
-    libraries approach: The Qt runtime has to be correctly
-    redistributed along with the application executable, and the
-    plugins have to be installed in the correct location on the target
-    system so that the application can find them.
-
-    \section2 Building Qt as a Shared Library
-
-    We assume that you already have installed Qt as a shared library,
-    which is the default when installing Qt, in the \c C:\path\to\Qt
-    directory. For more information on how to build Qt, see the \l
-    {Installation} documentation.
-
-    \section2 Linking the Application to Qt as a Shared Library
-
-    After ensuring that Qt is built as a shared library, we can build
-    the \l {tools/plugandpaint}{Plug & Paint} application. First, we
-    must go into the directory that contains the application:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 15
-
-    Now run \c qmake to create a new makefile for the application, and
-    do a clean build to create the dynamically linked executable:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 16
-
-    This builds the core application, the following will build the
-    plugins:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 17
-
-    If everything compiled and linked without any errors, we will get
-    a \c plugandpaint.exe executable and the \c pnp_basictools.dll and
-    \c pnp_extrafilters.dll plugin files.
-
-    \section2 Creating the Application Package
-
-    To deploy the application, we must make sure that we copy the
-    relevant Qt DLL (corresponding to the Qt modules used in
-    the application) as well as the executable to the same directory
-    in the \c release subdirectory.
-
-    Remember that if your application depends on compiler specific
-    libraries, these must be redistributed along with your
-    application. You can check which libraries your application is
-    linking against by using the \c depends tool. For more
-    information, see the \l {Application Dependencies} section.
-
-    We'll cover the plugins shortly, but first we'll check that the
-    application will work in a deployed environment: Either copy the
-    executable and the Qt DLLs to a machine that doesn't have Qt
-    or any Qt applications installed, or if you want to test on the
-    build machine, ensure that the machine doesn't have Qt in its
-    environment.
-
-    If the application starts without any problems, then we have
-    successfully made a dynamically linked version of the \l
-    {tools/plugandpaint}{Plug & Paint} application. But the
-    application's functionality will still be missing since we have
-    not yet deployed the associated plugins.
-
-    Plugins work differently to normal DLLs, so we can't just
-    copy them into the same directory as our application's executable
-    as we did with the Qt DLLs.  When looking for plugins, the
-    application searches in a \c plugins subdirectory inside the
-    directory of the application executable.
-
-    So to make the plugins available to our application, we have to
-    create the \c plugins subdirectory and copy over the relevant DLLs:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 18
-
-    An archive distributing all the Qt DLLs and application
-    specific plugins required to run the \l {tools/plugandpaint}{Plug
-    & Paint} application, would have to include the following files:
-
-    \table 100%
-    \header
-        \o Component \o {2, 1} File Name
-    \row
-        \o The executable
-        \o {2, 1} \c plugandpaint.exe
-    \row
-        \o The Basic Tools plugin
-        \o {2, 1} \c plugins\pnp_basictools.dll
-    \row
-        \o The ExtraFilters plugin
-        \o {2, 1} \c plugins\pnp_extrafilters.dll
-    \row
-        \o The Qt Core module
-        \o {2, 1} \c qtcore4.dll
-    \row
-        \o The Qt GUI module
-        \o {2, 1} \c qtgui4.dll
-    \endtable
-
-    In addition, the archive must contain the following compiler
-    specific libraries depending on your version of Visual Studio:
-
-    \table 100%
-    \header
-        \o \o VC++ 6.0 \o VC++ 7.1 (2003) \o VC++ 8.0 (2005) \o VC++ 9.0 (2008)
-    \row
-        \o The C run-time
-        \o \c msvcrt.dll
-        \o \c msvcr71.dll
-        \o \c msvcr80.dll
-        \o \c msvcr90.dll
-    \row
-        \o The C++ run-time
-        \o \c msvcp60.dll
-        \o \c msvcp71.dll
-        \o \c msvcp80.dll
-        \o \c msvcp90.dll
-    \endtable
-
-    To verify that the application now can be successfully deployed,
-    you can extract this archive on a machine without Qt and without
-    any compiler installed, and try to run it.
-
-    An alternative to putting the plugins in the plugins subdirectory
-    is to add a custom search path when you start your application
-    using QApplication::addLibraryPath() or
-    QApplication::setLibraryPaths().
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 19
-
-    One benefit of using plugins is that they can easily be made
-    available to a whole family of applications.
-
-    It's often most convenient to add the path in the application's \c
-    main() function, right after the QApplication object is
-    created. Once the path is added, the application will search it
-    for plugins, in addition to looking in the \c plugins subdirectory
-    in the application's own directory. Any number of additional paths
-    can be added.
-
-    \section2 Visual Studio 2005 Onwards
-
-    When deploying an application compiled with Visual Studio 2005 onwards,
-    there are some additional steps to be taken.
-
-    First, we need to copy the manifest file created when linking the
-    application. This manifest file contains information about the
-    application's dependencies on side-by-side assemblies, such as the runtime
-    libraries.
-
-    The manifest file needs to be copied into the \bold same folder as the
-    application executable. You do not need to copy the manifest files for
-    shared libraries (DLLs), since they are not used.
-
-    If the shared library has dependencies that are different from the
-    application using it, the manifest file needs to be embedded into the DLL
-    binary. Since Qt 4.1.3, the follwoing \c CONFIG options are available for
-    embedding manifests:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 20
-
-    To use the options, add
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 21
-
-    to your .pro file. The \c embed_manifest_dll option is enabled by default.
-
-    You can find more information about manifest files and side-by-side
-    assemblies at the
-    \l {http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa376307.aspx}{MSDN website}.
-
-    There are two ways to include the run time libraries: by bundling them
-    directly with your application or by installing them on the end-user's
-    system.
-
-    To bundle the run time libraries with your application, copy the directory
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 22
-
-    into the folder where your executable is, so that you are including a
-    \c Microsoft.VC80.CRT directory alongside your application's executable. If
-    you are bundling the runtimes and need to deploy plugins as well, you have
-    to remove the manifest from the plugins (embedded as a resource) by adding
-    the following line to the \c{.pro} file of the plugins you are compiling:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 23
-
-    \warning If you skip the step above, the plugins will not load on some
-    systems.
-
-    To install the runtime libraries on the end-user's system, you need to
-    include the appropriate Visual C++ Redistributable Package (VCRedist)
-    executable with your application and ensure that it is executed when the
-    user installs your application.
-
-    For example, on an 32-bit x86-based system, you would include the
-    \l{http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?FamilyId=32BC1BEE-A3F9-4C13-9C99-220B62A191EE}{vcredist_x86.exe}
-    executable. The \l{http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?familyid=526BF4A7-44E6-4A91-B328-A4594ADB70E5}{vcredist_IA64.exe}
-    and \l{http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?familyid=90548130-4468-4BBC-9673-D6ACABD5D13B}{vcredist_x64.exe}
-    executables provide the appropriate libraries for the IA64 and 64-bit x86
-    architectures, respectively.
-
-    \note The application you ship must be compiled with exactly the same
-    compiler version against the same C runtime version. This prevents
-    deploying errors caused by different versions of the C runtime libraries.
-
-
-    \section1 Application Dependencies
-
-    \section2 Additional Libraries
-
-    Depending on configuration, compiler specific libraries must be
-    redistributed along with your application. You can check which
-    libraries your application is linking against by using the
-    \l{Dependency Walker} tool. All you need to do is to run it like
-    this:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 24
-
-    This will provide a list of the libraries that your application
-    depends on and other information.
-
-    \image deployment-windows-depends.png
-
-    When looking at the release build of the Plug & Paint executable
-    (\c plugandpaint.exe) with the \c depends tool, the tool lists the
-    following immediate dependencies to non-system libraries:
-
-    \table 100%
-        \header
-            \o Qt
-            \o VC++ 6.0
-            \o VC++ 7.1 (2003)
-            \o VC++ 8.0 (2005)
-            \o MinGW
-        \row
-        \o \list
-               \o QTCORE4.DLL - The QtCore runtime
-               \o QTGUI4.DLL - The QtGui runtime
-           \endlist
-        \o \list
-               \o MSVCRT.DLL - The C runtime
-               \o MSVCP60.DLL - The C++ runtime (only when STL is installed)
-           \endlist
-        \o \list
-               \o MSVCR71.DLL - The C runtime
-               \o MSVCP71.DLL - The C++ runtime (only when STL is installed)
-           \endlist
-        \o \list
-               \o MSVCR80.DLL - The C runtime
-               \o MSVCP80.DLL - The C++ runtime (only when STL is installed)
-           \endlist
-        \o \list
-               \o MINGWM10.DLL - The MinGW run-time
-           \endlist
-    \endtable
-
-    When looking at the plugin DLLs the exact same dependencies
-    are listed.
-
-    \section2 Qt Plugins
-
-    Your application may also depend on one or more Qt plugins, such
-    as the JPEG image format plugin or a SQL driver plugin. Be sure
-    to distribute any Qt plugins that you need with your application,
-    and note that each type of plugin should be located within a
-    specific subdirectory (such as \c imageformats or \c sqldrivers)
-    within your distribution directory, as described below.
-
-    \note If you are deploying an application that uses QtWebKit to display
-    HTML pages from the World Wide Web, you should include all text codec
-    plugins to support as many HTML encodings possible. 
-
-    The search path for Qt plugins is hard-coded into the QtCore library. 
-    By default, the plugins subdirectory of the Qt installation is the first 
-    plugin search path. However, pre-determined paths like the default one 
-    have certain disadvantages. For example, they may not exist on the target 
-    machine. For that reason, you need to examine various alternatives to make 
-    sure that the Qt plugins are found:
-
-    \list
-
-    \o \l{qt-conf.html}{Using \c qt.conf}. This approach is the recommended 
-    if you have executables in different places sharing the same plugins.
-
-    \o Using QApplication::addLibraryPath() or
-    QApplication::setLibraryPaths(). This approach is recommended if you only 
-    have one executable that will use the plugin. 
-
-    \o Using a third party installation utility to change the
-    hard-coded paths in the QtCore library.
-
-    \endlist
-
-    If you add a custom path using QApplication::addLibraryPath it could 
-    look like this:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 54
-
-    Then qApp->libraryPaths() would return something like this:
-
-    "C:/customPath/plugins " 
-    "C:/Qt/%VERSION%/plugins" 
-    "E:/myApplication/directory/"
-
-    The executable will look for the plugins in these directories and 
-    the same order as the QStringList returned by qApp->libraryPaths(). 
-    The newly added path is prepended to the qApp->libraryPaths() which 
-    means that it will be searched through first. However, if you use 
-    qApp->setLibraryPaths(), you will be able to determend which paths 
-    and in which order they will be searched.
-
-    The \l{How to Create Qt Plugins} document outlines the issues you
-    need to pay attention to when building and deploying plugins for
-    Qt applications.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \page deployment-mac.html
-    \contentspage Deploying Qt Applications
-
-    \title Deploying an Application on Mac OS X
-    \ingroup deployment
-
-    Starting with version 4.5, Qt now includes a \l {macdeploy}{deployment tool}
-    that automates the prodecures described in this document.
-
-    This documentation will describe how to create a bundle, and how
-    to make sure that the application will find the resources it needs
-    at run-time. We will demonstrate the procedures in terms of
-    deploying the \l {tools/plugandpaint}{Plug & Paint} application
-    that is provided in Qt's examples directory.
-    
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 The Bundle
-
-    On the Mac, a GUI application must be built and run from a
-    bundle. A bundle is a directory structure that appears as a single
-    entity when viewed in the Finder. A bundle for an application
-    typcially contains the executable and all the resources it
-    needs. See the image below:
-
-    \image deployment-mac-bundlestructure.png
-
-    The bundle provides many advantages to the user. One primary
-    advantage is that, since it is a single entity, it allows for
-    drag-and-drop installation. As a programmer you can access bundle
-    information in your own code. This is specific to Mac OS X and
-    beyond the scope of this document. More information about bundles
-    is available on \l
-    {http://developer.apple.com/documentation/CoreFoundation/Conceptual/CFBundles/index.html}{Apple's Developer Website}.
-
-    A Qt command line application on Mac OS X works similar to a
-    command line application on Unix and Windows. You probably don't
-    want to run it in a bundle: Add this to your application's .pro:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 26
-
-    This will tell \c qmake not to put the executable inside a
-    bundle. Please refer to the \l{Deploying an Application on
-    X11 Platforms}{X11 deployment documentation} for information about how
-    to deploy these "bundle-less" applications.
-
-    \section1 Xcode
-
-    We will only concern ourselves with command-line tools here. While
-    it is possible to use Xcode for this, Xcode has changed enough
-    between each version that it makes it difficult to document it
-    perfectly for each version. A future version of this document may
-    include more information for using Xcode in the deployment
-    process.
-
-    \section1 Static Linking
-
-    If you want to keep things simple by only having a few files to
-    deploy, then you must build everything statically.
-
-    \section2 Building Qt Statically
-
-    Start by installing a static version of the Qt library. Remember
-    that you will not be able to use plugins and you must build in all
-    the image formats, SQL drivers, etc..
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 27
-
-    You can check the various options that are available by running \c
-    configure -help.
-
-    \section2 Linking the Application to the Static Version of Qt
-
-    Once Qt is built statically, the next step is to regenerate the
-    makefile and rebuild the application. First, we must go into the
-    directory that contains the application:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 28
-
-    Now run \c qmake to create a new makefile for the application, and do
-    a clean build to create the statically linked executable:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 29
-
-    You probably want to link against the release libraries, and you
-    can specify this when invoking \c qmake. If you have Xcode Tools
-    1.5 or higher installed, you may want to take advantage of "dead
-    code stripping" to reduce the size of your binary even more. You
-    can do this by passing \c {LIBS+= -dead_strip} to \c qmake in
-    addition to the \c {-config release} parameter. This doesn't have
-    as large an effect if you are using GCC 4, since Qt will then have
-    function visibility hints built-in, but if you use GCC 3.3, it
-    could make a difference.
-
-    Now, provided that everything compiled and linked without any
-    errors, we should have a \c plugandpaint.app bundle that is ready
-    for deployment. One easy way to check that the application really
-    can be run stand-alone is to copy the bundle to a machine that
-    doesn't have Qt or any Qt applications installed, and run the
-    application on that machine.
-
-    You can check what other libraries your application links to using
-    the \c otool:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 30
-
-    Here is what the output looks like for the static \l
-    {tools/plugandpaint}{Plug & Paint}:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 31
-
-    For more information, see the \l {Application Dependencies}
-    section.
-
-    If you see \e Qt libraries in the output, it probably
-    means that you have both dynamic and static Qt libraries installed
-    on your machine. The linker will always choose dynamic over
-    static. There are two solutions: Either move your Qt dynamic
-    libraries (\c .dylibs) away to another directory while you link
-    the application and then move them back, or edit the \c Makefile
-    and replace link lines for the Qt libraries with the absolute path
-    to the static libraries. For example, replace
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 32
-
-    with
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 33
-
-    The \l {tools/plugandpaint}{Plug & Paint} example consists of
-    several components: The core application (\l
-    {tools/plugandpaint}{Plug & Paint}), and the \l
-    {tools/plugandpaintplugins/basictools}{Basic Tools} and \l
-    {tools/plugandpaintplugins/extrafilters}{Extra Filters}
-    plugins. Since we cannot deploy plugins using the static linking
-    approach, the bundle we have prepared so far is incomplete. The
-    application will run, but the functionality will be disabled due
-    to the missing plugins. To deploy plugin-based applications we
-    should use the framework approach.
-
-    \section1 Frameworks
-
-    We have two challenges when deploying the \l
-    {tools/plugandpaint}{Plug & Paint} application using frameworks:
-    The Qt runtime has to be correctly redistributed along with the
-    application bundle, and the plugins have to be installed in the
-    correct location so that the application can find them.
-
-    When distributing Qt with your application using frameworks, you
-    have two options: You can either distribute Qt as a private
-    framework within your application bundle, or you can distribute Qt
-    as a standard framework (alternatively use the Qt frameworks in
-    the installed binary). These two approaches are essentially the
-    same. The latter option is good if you have many Qt applications
-    and you would prefer to save memory. The former is good if you
-    have Qt built in a special way, or want to make sure the framework
-    is there. It just comes down to where you place the Qt frameworks.
-
-    \section2 Building Qt as Frameworks
-
-    We assume that you already have installed Qt as frameworks, which
-    is the default when installing Qt, in the /path/to/Qt
-    directory. For more information on how to build Qt, see the \l
-    Installation documentation.
-
-    When installing, the identification name of the frameworks will
-    also be set. The identification name is what the dynamic linker
-    (\c dyld) uses to find the libraries for your application.
-
-    \section2 Linking the Application to Qt as Frameworks
-
-    After ensuring that Qt is built as frameworks, we can build the \l
-    {tools/plugandpaint}{Plug & Paint} application. First, we must go
-    into the directory that contains the application:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 34
-
-    Now run qmake to create a new makefile for the application, and do
-    a clean build to create the dynamically linked executable:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 35
-
-    This builds the core application, the following will build the
-    plugins:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 36
-
-    Now run the \c otool for the Qt frameworks, for example Qt Gui:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 37
-
-    You will get the following output:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 38
-
-    For the Qt frameworks, the first line (i.e. \c
-    {path/to/Qt/lib/QtGui.framework/Versions/4/QtGui (compatibility
-    version 4.0.0, current version 4.0.1)}) becomes the framework's
-    identification name which is used by the dynamic linker (\c dyld).
-
-    But when you are deploying the application, your users may not
-    have the Qt frameworks installed in the specified location. For
-    that reason, you must either provide the frameworks in an agreed
-    upon location, or store the frameworks in the bundle itself.
-    Regardless of which solution you choose, you must make sure that
-    the frameworks return the proper identification name for
-    themselves, and that the application will look for these
-    names. Luckily we can control this with the \c install_name_tool
-    command-line tool.
-
-    The \c install_name_tool works in two modes, \c -id and \c
-    -change. The \c -id mode is for libraries and frameworks, and
-    allows us to specify a new identification name. We use the \c
-    -change mode to change the paths in the application.
-
-    Let's test this out by copying the Qt frameworks into the Plug &
-    Paint bundle. Looking at \c otool's output for the bundle, we can
-    see that we must copy both the QtCore and QtGui frameworks into
-    the bundle. We will assume that we are in the directory where we
-    built the bundle.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 39
-
-    First we create a \c Frameworks directory inside the bundle. This
-    follows the Mac OS X application convention. We then copy the
-    frameworks into the new directory. Since frameworks contain
-    symbolic links, and we want to preserve them, we use the \c -R
-    option.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 40
-
-    Then we run \c install_name_tool to set the identification names
-    for the frameworks. The first argument after \c -id is the new
-    name, and the second argument is the framework which
-    identification we wish to change.  The text \c @executable_path is
-    a special \c dyld variable telling \c dyld to start looking where
-    the executable is located. The new names specifies that these
-    frameworks will be located "one directory up and over" in the \c
-    Frameworks directory.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 41
-
-    Now, the dynamic linker knows where to look for QtCore and
-    QtGui. Then we must make the application aware of the library
-    locations as well using \c install_name_tool's \c -change mode.
-    This basically comes down to string replacement, to match the
-    identification names that we set for the frameworks.
-
-    Finally, since the QtGui framework depends on QtCore, we must
-    remember to change the reference for QtGui:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 42
-
-    After all this we can run \c otool again and see that the
-    application will look in the right locations.
-
-    Of course, the thing that makes the \l {tools/plugandpaint}{Plug &
-    Paint} example interesting are its plugins. The basic steps we
-    need to follow with plugins are:
-
-    \list
-        \o Put the plugins inside the bundle
-        \o Make sure that the plugins use the correct library using the
-           \c install_name_tool
-        \o Make sure that the application knows where to get the plugins
-    \endlist
-
-    While we can put the plugins anywhere we want in the bundle, the
-    best location to put them is under Contents/Plugins. When we built
-    the Plug & Paint plugins, the \c DESTDIR variable in their \c .pro
-    file put the plugins' \c .dylib files in a \c plugins subdirectory
-    in the \c plugandpaint directory. So, in this example, all we need
-    to do is move this directory:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 43
-
-    If we run \c otool on for example the \l
-    {tools/plugandpaintplugins/basictools}{Basic Tools} plugin's \c
-    .dylib file we get the following information.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 44
-
-    Then we can see that the plugin links to the Qt frameworks it was
-    built against. Since we want the plugins to use the framework in
-    the application bundle we change them the same way as we did for
-    the application. For example for the Basic Tools plugin:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 45
-
-
-    We must also modify the code in \c
-    tools/plugandpaint/mainwindow.cpp to \l {QDir::cdUp()}{cdUp()} one
-    directory since the plugins live in the bundle. Add the following
-    code to the \c mainwindow.cpp file:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 46
-
-    \table
-    \row
-    \o \inlineimage deployment-mac-application.png
-    \o
-    The additional code in \c tools/plugandpaint/mainwindow.cpp also
-    enables us to view the plugins in the Finder, as shown to the left.
-
-    We can also add plugins extending Qt, for example adding SQL
-    drivers or image formats. We just need to follow the directory
-    structure outlined in plugin documentation, and make sure they are
-    included in the QCoreApplication::libraryPaths(). Let's quickly do
-    this with the image formats, following the approach from above.
-
-    Copy Qt's image format plugins into the bundle:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 47
-
-    Use \c install_name_tool to link the plugins to the frameworks in
-    the bundle:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 48
-
-    Then we update the source code in \c tools/plugandpaint/main.cpp
-    to look for the new plugins. After constructing the
-    QApplication, we add the following code:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 49
-
-    First, we tell the application to only look for plugins in this
-    directory. In our case, this is what we want since we only want to
-    look for the plugins that we distribute with the bundle. If we
-    were part of a bigger Qt installation we could have used
-    QCoreApplication::addLibraryPath() instead.
-
-    \endtable
-
-    \warning When deploying plugins, and thus make changes to the
-    source code, the default identification names are reset when
-    rebuilding the application, and you must repeat the process of
-    making your application link to the Qt frameworks in the bundle
-    using \c install_name_tool.
-
-    Now you should be able to move the application to another Mac OS X
-    machine and run it without Qt installed. Alternatively, you can
-    move your frameworks that live outside of the bundle to another
-    directory and see if the application still runs.
-
-    If you store the frameworks in another location than in the
-    bundle, the technique of linking your application is similar; you
-    must make sure that the application and the frameworks agree where
-    to be looking for the Qt libraries as well as the plugins.
-
-    \section2 Creating the Application Package
-
-    When you are done linking your application to Qt, either
-    statically or as frameworks, the application is ready to be
-    distributed. Apple provides a fair bit of information about how to
-    do this and instead of repeating it here, we recommend that you
-    consult their \l
-    {http://developer.apple.com/documentation/DeveloperTools/Conceptual/SoftwareDistribution/index.html}{software delivery}
-    documentation.
-
-    Although the process of deploying an application do have some
-    pitfalls, once you know the various issues you can easily create
-    packages that all your Mac OS X users will enjoy.
-
-    \section1 Application Dependencies
-
-    \section2 Qt Plugins
-
-    Your application may also depend on one or more Qt plugins, such
-    as the JPEG image format plugin or a SQL driver plugin. Be sure
-    to distribute any Qt plugins that you need with your application,
-    and note that each type of plugin should be located within a
-    specific subdirectory (such as \c imageformats or \c sqldrivers)
-    within your distribution directory, as described below.
-
-    \note If you are deploying an application that uses QtWebKit to display
-    HTML pages from the World Wide Web, you should include all text codec
-    plugins to support as many HTML encodings possible. 
-
-    The search path for Qt plugins (as well as a few other paths) is
-    hard-coded into the QtCore library. By default, the first plugin
-    search path will be hard-coded as \c /path/to/Qt/plugins. But
-    using pre-determined paths has certain disadvantages. For example,
-    they may not exist on the target machine. For that reason you need
-    to examine various alternatives to make sure that the Qt plugins
-    are found:
-
-    \list
-
-    \o \l{qt-conf.html}{Using \c qt.conf}. This is the recommended
-    approach since it provides the most flexibility.
-
-    \o Using QApplication::addLibraryPath() or
-    QApplication::setLibraryPaths().
-
-    \o Using a third party installation utility to change the
-    hard-coded paths in the QtCore library.
-
-    \endlist
-
-    The \l{How to Create Qt Plugins} document outlines the issues you
-    need to pay attention to when building and deploying plugins for
-    Qt applications.
-
-    \section2 Additional Libraries
-
-    You can check which libraries your application is linking against
-    by using the \c otool tool. To use \c otool, all you need to do is
-    to run it like this:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 50
-
-    Unlike the deployment processes on \l {Deploying an Application on
-    X11 Platforms}{X11} and \l {Deploying an Application on
-    Windows}{Windows}, compiler specific libraries rarely have to
-    be redistributed along with your application. But since Qt can be
-    configured, built, and installed in several ways on Mac OS X,
-    there are also several ways to deploy applications. Typically your
-    goals help determine how you are going to deploy the
-    application. The last sections describe a couple of things to keep
-    in mind when you are deploying your application.
-
-    \section2 Mac OS X Version Dependencies
-
-    Qt 4.2 has been designed to be built and deployed on Mac OS X 10.3
-    up until the current version as of this writing, Mac OS X 10.4 and
-    all their minor releases. Qt achieves this by using "weak
-    linking." This means that Qt tests if a function added in newer
-    versions of Mac OS X is available on the computer it is running on
-    before it uses it. This results in getting access to newer
-    features when running on newer versions of OS X while still
-    remaining compatible on older versions.
-
-    For more information about cross development issues on Mac OS X,
-    see \l
-    {http://developer.apple.com/documentation/DeveloperTools/Conceptual/cross_development/index.html}{Apple's Developer Website}.
-
-    Since the linker is set to be compatible with all OS X version, you have to
-    change the \c MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET environment variable to get weak
-    linking to work for your application. You can add:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 51
-
-    to your .pro file and qmake will take care of this for you.
-
-    However, there is a bit of a wrinkle to keep in mind when your are
-    deploying. Mac OS X 10.4 ("Tiger") ships GCC 4.0 as its default
-    compiler. This is also the GCC compiler we use for building the
-    binary Qt package. If you use GCC 4.0 to build your application,
-    it will link against a dynamic libstdc++ that is only available on
-    Mac OS X 10.4 and Mac OS X 10.3.9.  The application will refuse to
-    run on older versions of the operating system.
-
-    For more information about C++ runtime environment, see \l
-    {http://developer.apple.com/documentation/DeveloperTools/Conceptual/CppRuntimeEnv/index.html}{Apple's Developer Website}
-
-    If you want to deploy to versions of Mac OS X earlier than 10.3.9,
-    you must build with GCC 3.3 which is the default on Mac OS X
-    10.3. GCC 3.3 is also available on the Mac OS X 10.4 "Xcode Tools"
-    CD and as a download for earlier versions of Mac OS X from Apple
-    (\l {https://connect.apple.com/}{connect.apple.com}). You can use
-    Apple's \c gcc_select(1) command line tool to switch the default
-    complier on your system.
-
-    \section3 Deploying Phonon Applications on Mac OS X
-
-    \list
-        \o If you build your Phonon application on Tiger, it will work on
-           Tiger, Leopard and Panther.
-        \o If you build your application on Leopard, it will \bold not work
-        on Panther unless you rename the libraries with the following command
-        after you have built your application:
-
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 51a
-
-        This command must be invoked in the directory where
-        \c{libphonon_qt7.dylib} is located, usually in 
-        \c{yourapp.app/Contents/plugins/phonon_backend/}.
-        \o The \l {macdeploy}{deployment tool} will perform this step for you.
-
-        \o If you are using Leopard, but would like to build your application
-        against Tiger, you can use:
-
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 51b
-    \endlist
-
-    \section2 Architecture Dependencies
-
-    The Qt for Mac OS X libraries, tools, and examples can be built "universal"
-    (i.e. they run natively on both Intel and PowerPC machines).  This
-    is accomplished by passing \c -universal on the \c configure line
-    of the source package, and requires that you use GCC 4.0.x. On
-    PowerPC hardware you will need to pass the universal SDK as a
-    command line argument to the Qt configure command. For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 52
-
-    From 4.1.1 the Qt binary package is already universal.
-
-    If you want to create a binary that runs on older versions of
-    PowerPC and x86, it is possible to build Qt for the PowerPC using
-    GCC 3.3, and for x86 one using GCC 4.0, and use Apple's \c lipo(1)
-    tool to stitch them together. This is beyond the scope of this
-    document and is not something we have tried, but Apple documents
-    it on their \l
-    {http://developer.apple.com/documentation/}{developer website}.
-
-    Once you have a universal Qt, \a qmake will generate makefiles
-    that will build for its host architecture by default. If you want
-    to build for a specific architecture, you can control this with
-    the \c CONFIG line in your \c .pro file. Use \c CONFIG+=ppc for
-    PowerPC, and \c CONFIG+=x86 for x86. If you desire both, simply
-    add both to the \c CONFIG line. PowerPC users also need an
-    SDK. For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 53
-
-    Besides \c lipo, you can also check your binaries with the \c file(1)
-    command line tool or the Finder.
-    
-    \section1 The Mac Deployment Tool
-    \target macdeploy
-    The Mac deployment tool can be found in QTDIR/bin/macdeployqt. It is
-    designed to automate the process of creating a deployable
-    application bundle that contains the Qt libraries as private
-    frameworks.
-    
-    The mac deployment tool also deploys the Qt plugins, according
-    to the following rules:
-    \list
-    \o Debug versions of the plugins are not deployed.
-    \o The designer plugins are not deployed.
-    \o The Image format plugins are always deployed.
-    \o SQL driver plugins are deployed if the application uses the QtSql module.
-    \o Script plugins are deployed if the application uses the QtScript module.
-    \o The Phonon backend plugin is deployed if the application uses the \l{Phonon Module} {Phonon} module.
-    \o The svg icon plugin is deployed if the application uses the QtSvg module.
-    \o The accessibility plugin is always deployed.
-    \o Accessibility for Qt3Support is deployed if the application uses the Qt3Support module.
-    \endlist
-
-    macdeployqt supports the following options:
-    \list
-    \o -no-plugins: Skip plugin deployment 
-    \o -dmg       : Create a .dmg disk image 
-    \o -no-strip  : Don't run 'strip' on the binaries 
-    \endlist    
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/deployment/deployment-plugins.qdoc b/doc/src/deployment/deployment-plugins.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b02bdd8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/deployment/deployment-plugins.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,236 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page deployment-plugins.html
+    \title Deploying Plugins
+    \brief A guide to plugins-specific aspects of deploying Qt and Qt Application
+
+    This document explains how to deploy plugin libraries that Qt or
+    your application should load at runtime. If you use
+    \l{How to Create Qt Plugins#Static Plugins}{static plugins}, then the
+    plugin code is already part of your application executable, and no
+    separate deployment steps are required.
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 The Plugin Directory
+
+    When the application is run, Qt will first treat the application's
+    executable directory as the \c{pluginsbase}. For example if the
+    application is in \c{C:\Program Files\MyApp} and has a style plugin,
+    Qt will look in \c{C:\Program Files\MyApp\styles}. (See
+    QCoreApplication::applicationDirPath() for how to find out where
+    the application's executable is.) Qt will also look in the
+    directory specified by
+    QLibraryInfo::location(QLibraryInfo::PluginsPath), which typically
+    is located in \c QTDIR/plugins (where \c QTDIR is the directory
+    where Qt is installed). If you want Qt to look in additional
+    places you can add as many paths as you need with calls to
+    QCoreApplication::addLibraryPath(). And if you want to set your
+    own path or paths you can use QCoreApplication::setLibraryPaths().
+    You can also use a \c qt.conf file to override the hard-coded
+    paths that are compiled into the Qt library. For more information,
+    see the \l {Using qt.conf} documentation. Yet another possibility
+    is to set the \c QT_PLUGIN_PATH environment variable before running
+    the application. If set, Qt will look for plugins in the
+    paths (separated by the system path separator) specified in the variable.
+
+    \section1 Loading and Verifying Plugins Dynamically
+
+    When loading plugins, the Qt library does some sanity checking to
+    determine whether or not the plugin can be loaded and used. This
+    provides the ability to have multiple versions and configurations of
+    the Qt library installed side by side.
+
+    \list
+    \o Plugins linked with a Qt library that has a higher version number
+       will not be loaded by a library with a lower version number.
+
+      \br
+      \bold{Example:} Qt 4.3.0 will \e{not} load a plugin built with Qt 4.3.1.
+
+    \o Plugins linked with a Qt library that has a lower major version
+       number will not be loaded by a library with a higher major version
+       number.
+
+      \br
+      \bold{Example:} Qt 4.3.1 will \e{not} load a plugin built with Qt 3.3.1.
+      \br
+      \bold{Example:} Qt 4.3.1 will load plugins built with Qt 4.3.0 and Qt 4.2.3.
+
+    \o The Qt library and all plugins are built using a \e {build
+       key}. The build key in the Qt library is examined against the build
+       key in the plugin, and if they match, the plugin is loaded. If the
+       build keys do not match, then the Qt library refuses to load the
+       plugin.
+
+      \br \bold{Rationale:} See the \l{#The Build Key}{The Build Key} section below.
+    \endlist
+
+    When building plugins to extend an application, it is important to ensure
+    that the plugin is configured in the same way as the application. This means
+    that if the application was built in release mode, plugins should be built
+    in release mode, too.
+
+    If you configure Qt to be built in both debug and release modes,
+    but only build applications in release mode, you need to ensure that your
+    plugins are also built in release mode. By default, if a debug build of Qt is
+    available, plugins will \e only be built in debug mode. To force the
+    plugins to be built in release mode, add the following line to the plugin's
+    project file:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_plugins-howto.qdoc 3
+
+    This will ensure that the plugin is compatible with the version of the library
+    used in the application.
+
+    \section2 The Build Key
+
+    When loading plugins, Qt checks the build key of each plugin against its
+    own configuration to ensure that only compatible plugins are loaded; any
+    plugins that are configured differently are not loaded.
+
+    The build key contains the following information:
+    \list
+    \o Architecture, operating system and compiler.
+
+       \e {Rationale:}
+       In cases where different versions of the same compiler do not
+       produce binary compatible code, the version of the compiler is
+       also present in the build key.
+
+    \o Configuration of the Qt library. The configuration is a list
+       of the missing features that affect the available API in the
+       library.
+
+       \e {Rationale:}
+       Two different configurations of the same version of
+       the Qt library are not binary compatible. The Qt library that
+       loads the plugin uses the list of (missing) features to
+       determine if the plugin is binary compatible.
+
+       \e {Note:} There are cases where a plugin can use features that are
+       available in two different configurations. However, the
+       developer writing plugins would need to know which features are
+       in use, both in their plugin and internally by the utility
+       classes in Qt. The Qt library would require complex feature
+       and dependency queries and verification when loading plugins.
+       Requiring this would place an unnecessary burden on the developer, and
+       increase the overhead of loading a plugin. To reduce both
+       development time and application runtime costs, a simple string
+       comparision of the build keys is used.
+
+    \o Optionally, an extra string may be specified on the configure
+       script command line.
+
+       \e {Rationale:}
+       When distributing binaries of the Qt library with an
+       application, this provides a way for developers to write
+       plugins that can only be loaded by the library with which the
+       plugins were linked.
+    \endlist
+
+    For debugging purposes, it is possible to override the run-time build key
+    checks by configuring Qt with the \c QT_NO_PLUGIN_CHECK preprocessor macro
+    defined.
+
+    \section1 The Plugin Cache
+
+    In order to speed up loading and validation of plugins, some of
+    the information that is collected when plugins are loaded is cached
+    through QSettings. This includes information about whether or not
+    a plugin was successfully loaded, so that subsequent load operations
+    don't try to load an invalid plugin. However, if the "last modified"
+    timestamp of a plugin has changed, the plugin's cache entry is
+    invalidated and the plugin is reloaded regardless of the values in
+    the cache entry, and the cache entry itself is updated with the new
+    result.
+
+    This also means that the timestamp must be updated each time the
+    plugin or any dependent resources (such as a shared library) is
+    updated, since the dependent resources might influence the result
+    of loading a plugin.
+
+    Sometimes, when developing plugins, it is necessary to remove entries
+    from the plugin cache. Since Qt uses QSettings to manage the plugin
+    cache, the locations of plugins are platform-dependent; see
+    \l{QSettings#Platform-Specific Notes}{the QSettings documentation}
+    for more information about each platform.
+
+    For example, on Windows the entries are stored in the registry, and the
+    paths for each plugin will typically begin with either of these two strings:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_plugins-howto.qdoc 6
+
+    \section1 Debugging Plugins
+
+    There are a number of issues that may prevent correctly-written plugins from
+    working with the applications that are designed to use them. Many of these
+    are related to differences in the way that plugins and applications have been
+    built, often arising from separate build systems and processes.
+
+    The following table contains descriptions of the common causes of problems
+    developers experience when creating plugins:
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Problem \o Cause \o Solution
+    \row \o Plugins sliently fail to load even when opened directly by the
+            application. \QD shows the plugin libraries in its
+            \gui{Help|About Plugins} dialog, but no plugins are listed under each
+            of them.
+         \o The application and its plugins are built in different modes.
+         \o Either share the same build information or build the plugins in both
+            debug and release modes by appending the \c debug_and_release to
+            the \l{qmake Variable Reference#CONFIG}{CONFIG} variable in each of
+            their project files.
+    \row \o A valid plugin that replaces an invalid (or broken) plugin fails to load.
+         \o The entry for the plugin in the plugin cache indicates that the original
+            plugin could not be loaded, causing Qt to ignore the replacement.
+         \o Either ensure that the plugin's timestamp is updated, or delete the
+            entry in the \l{#The Plugin Cache}{plugin cache}.
+    \endtable
+
+    You can also use the \c QT_DEBUG_PLUGINS environment variable to obtain
+    diagnostic information from Qt about each plugin it tries to load. Set this
+    variable to a non-zero value in the environment from which your application is
+    launched.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/deployment/deployment.qdoc b/doc/src/deployment/deployment.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..75b870f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/deployment/deployment.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,1464 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page deployment.html
+    \title Deploying Qt Applications
+
+    Deploying an Qt application does not require any C++
+    programming. All you need to do is to build Qt and your
+    application in release mode, following the procedures described in
+    this documentation. We will demonstrate the procedures in terms of
+    deploying the \l {tools/plugandpaint}{Plug & Paint} application
+    that is provided in Qt's examples directory.
+
+    \section1 Static vs. Shared Libraries
+
+    There are two ways of deploying an application:
+
+    \list
+        \o Static Linking
+        \o Shared Libraries (Frameworks on Mac)
+    \endlist
+
+    Static linking results in a stand-alone executable. The advantage
+    is that you will only have a few files to deploy. The
+    disadvantages are that the executables are large and with no
+    flexibility (i.e a new version of the application, or of Qt, will
+    require that the deployment process is repeated), and that you
+    cannot deploy plugins.
+
+    To deploy plugin-based applications, you can use the shared
+    library approach. Shared libraries also provide smaller, more
+    flexible executables. For example, using the shared library
+    approach, the user is able to independently upgrade the Qt library
+    used by the application.
+
+    Another reason why you might want to use the shared library
+    approach, is if you want to use the same Qt libraries for a family
+    of applications. In fact, if you download the binary installation
+    of Qt, you get Qt as a shared library.
+
+    The disadvantage with the shared library approach is that you
+    will get more files to deploy. For more information, see
+    \l{sharedlibrary.html}{Creating Shared Libraries}.
+
+    \section1 Deploying Qt's Libraries
+
+    \table
+    \header
+        \o {4,1} Qt's Libraries
+    \row
+        \o \l {QtAssistant}
+        \o \l {QAxContainer}
+        \o \l {QAxServer}
+        \o \l {QtCore}
+    \row
+        \o \l {QtDBus}
+        \o \l {QtDesigner}
+        \o \l {QtGui}
+        \o \l {QtHelp}
+    \row
+        \o \l {QtNetwork}
+        \o \l {QtOpenGL}
+        \o \l {QtScript}
+        \o \l {QtScriptTools}
+    \row
+        \o \l {QtSql}
+        \o \l {QtSvg}
+        \o \l {QtWebKit}
+        \o \l {QtXml}
+    \row
+        \o \l {QtXmlPatterns}
+        \o \l {Phonon Module}{Phonon}
+        \o \l {Qt3Support}
+    \endtable
+
+    Since Qt is not a system library, it has to be redistributed along
+    with your application; the minimum is to redistribute the run-time
+    of the libraries used by the application.  Using static linking,
+    however, the Qt run-time is compiled into the executable.
+
+    In particular, you will need to deploy Qt plugins, such as
+    JPEG support or SQL drivers. For more information about plugins,
+    see the \l {plugins-howto.html}{How to Create Qt Plugins}
+    documentation.
+
+    When deploying an application using the shared library approach
+    you must ensure that the Qt libraries will use the correct path to
+    find the Qt plugins, documentation, translation etc. To do this you
+    can use a \c qt.conf file. For more information, see the \l {Using
+    qt.conf} documentation.
+
+    Depending on configuration, compiler specific libraries must be
+    redistributed as well. For more information, see the platform
+    specific Application Dependencies sections: \l
+    {deployment-x11.html#application-dependencies}{X11}, \l
+    {deployment-windows.html#application-dependencies}{Windows}, \l
+    {deployment-mac.html#application-dependencies}{Mac}.
+
+    \section1 Licensing
+
+    Some of Qt's libraries are based on third party libraries that are
+    not licensed using the same dual-license model as Qt. As a result,
+    care must be taken when deploying applications that use these
+    libraries, particularly when the application is statically linked
+    to them.
+
+    The following table contains an inexhaustive summary of the issues
+    you should be aware of.
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Qt Library \o Dependency
+            \o Licensing Issue
+    \row    \o QtHelp     \o CLucene
+    \o The version of clucene distributed with Qt is licensed
+    under the GNU LGPL version 2.1 or later. This has implications for
+    developers of closed source applications. Please see
+    \l{QtHelp Module#License Information}{the QtHelp module documentation}
+    for more information.
+
+    \row    \o QtNetwork  \o OpenSSL
+    \o Some configurations of QtNetwork use OpenSSL at run-time. Deployment
+    of OpenSSL libraries is subject to both licensing and export restrictions.
+    More information can be found in the \l{Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) Classes}
+    documentation.
+
+    \row    \o QtWebKit   \o WebKit
+    \o WebKit is licensed under the GNU LGPL version 2 or later.
+    This has implications for developers of closed source applications.
+    Please see \l{QtWebKit Module#License Information}{the QtWebKit module
+    documentation} for more information.
+
+    \row    \o \l{Phonon Module}{Phonon}     \o Phonon
+    \o Phonon relies on the native multimedia engines on different platforms.
+    Phonon itself is licensed under the GNU LGPL version 2. Please see
+    \l{Phonon Module#License Information}{the Phonon module documentation}
+    for more information on licensing and the
+    \l{Phonon Overview#Backends}{Phonon Overview} for details of the backends
+    in use on different platforms.
+    \endtable
+
+    \section1 Platform-Specific Notes
+
+    The procedure of deploying Qt applications is different for the
+    various platforms:
+
+    \list
+        \o \l{Deploying an Application on X11 Platforms}{Qt for X11 Platforms}
+        \o \l{Deploying an Application on Windows}{Qt for Windows}
+        \o \l{Deploying an Application on Mac OS X}{Qt for Mac OS X}
+        \o \l{Deploying Qt for Embedded Linux Applications}{Qt for Embedded Linux}
+    \endlist
+
+    \sa Installation {Platform-Specific Documentation}
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page deployment-x11.html
+    \contentspage Deploying Qt Applications
+
+    \title Deploying an Application on X11 Platforms
+
+    Due to the proliferation of Unix systems (commercial Unices, Linux
+    distributions, etc.), deployment on Unix is a complex
+    topic. Before we start, be aware that programs compiled for one
+    Unix flavor will probably not run on a different Unix system. For
+    example, unless you use a cross-compiler, you cannot compile your
+    application on Irix and distribute it on AIX.
+
+    Contents:
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    This documentation will describe how to determine which files you
+    should include in your distribution, and how to make sure that the
+    application will find them at run-time. We will demonstrate the
+    procedures in terms of deploying the \l {tools/plugandpaint}{Plug
+    & Paint} application that is provided in Qt's examples directory.
+
+    \section1 Static Linking
+
+    Static linking is often the safest and easiest way to distribute
+    an application on Unix since it relieves you from the task of
+    distributing the Qt libraries and ensuring that they are located
+    in the default search path for libraries on the target system.
+
+    \section2 Building Qt Statically
+
+    To use this approach, you must start by installing a static version
+    of the Qt library:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 0
+
+    We specify the prefix so that we do not overwrite the existing Qt
+    installation. The example above only builds the Qt libraries,
+    i.e. the examples and Qt Designer will not be built.  When \c make
+    is done, you will find the Qt libraries in the \c /path/to/Qt/lib
+    directory.
+
+    When linking your application against static Qt libraries, note
+    that you might need to add more libraries to the \c LIBS line in
+    your project file. For more information, see the \l {Application
+    Dependencies} section.
+
+    \section2 Linking the Application to the Static Version of Qt
+
+    Once Qt is built statically, the next step is to regenerate the
+    makefile and rebuild the application. First, we must go into the
+    directory that contains the application:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 1
+
+    Now run qmake to create a new makefile for the application, and do
+    a clean build to create the statically linked executable:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 2
+
+    You probably want to link against the release libraries, and you
+    can specify this when invoking \c qmake. Note that we must set the
+    path to the static Qt that we just built.
+
+    To check that the application really links statically with Qt, run
+    the \c ldd tool (available on most Unices):
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 3
+
+    Verify that the Qt libraries are not mentioned in the output.
+
+    Now, provided that everything compiled and linked without any
+    errors, we should have a \c plugandpaint file that is ready for
+    deployment. One easy way to check that the application really can
+    be run stand-alone is to copy it to a machine that doesn't have Qt
+    or any Qt applications installed, and run it on that machine.
+
+    Remember that if your application depends on compiler specific
+    libraries, these must still be redistributed along with your
+    application. For more information, see the \l {Application
+    Dependencies} section.
+
+    The \l {tools/plugandpaint}{Plug & Paint} example consists of
+    several components: The core application (\l
+    {tools/plugandpaint}{Plug & Paint}), and the \l
+    {tools/plugandpaintplugins/basictools}{Basic Tools} and \l
+    {tools/plugandpaintplugins/extrafilters}{Extra Filters}
+    plugins. Since we cannot deploy plugins using the static linking
+    approach, the executable we have prepared so far is
+    incomplete. The application will run, but the functionality will
+    be disabled due to the missing plugins. To deploy plugin-based
+    applications we should use the shared library approach.
+
+    \section1 Shared Libraries
+
+    We have two challenges when deploying the \l
+    {tools/plugandpaint}{Plug & Paint} application using the shared
+    libraries approach: The Qt runtime has to be correctly
+    redistributed along with the application executable, and the
+    plugins have to be installed in the correct location on the target
+    system so that the application can find them.
+
+    \section2 Building Qt as a Shared Library
+
+    We assume that you already have installed Qt as a shared library,
+    which is the default when installing Qt, in the \c /path/to/Qt
+    directory. For more information on how to build Qt, see the \l
+    {Installation} documentation.
+
+    \section2 Linking the Application to Qt as a Shared Library
+
+    After ensuring that Qt is built as a shared library, we can build
+    the \l {tools/plugandpaint}{Plug & Paint} application. First, we
+    must go into the directory that contains the application:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 4
+
+    Now run qmake to create a new makefile for the application, and do
+    a clean build to create the dynamically linked executable:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 5
+
+    This builds the core application, the following will build the
+    plugins:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 6
+
+    If everything compiled and linked without any errors, we will get
+    a \c plugandpaint executable and the \c libpnp_basictools.so and
+    \c libpnp_extrafilters.so plugin files.
+
+    \section2 Creating the Application Package
+
+    There is no standard package management on Unix, so the method we
+    present below is a generic solution. See the documentation for
+    your target system for information on how to create a package.
+
+    To deploy the application, we must make sure that we copy the
+    relevant Qt libraries (corresponding to the Qt modules used in the
+    application) as well as the executable to the same
+    directory. Remember that if your application depends on compiler
+    specific libraries, these must also be redistributed along with
+    your application. For more information, see the \l {Application
+    Dependencies} section.
+
+    We'll cover the plugins shortly, but the main issue with shared
+    libraries is that you must ensure that the dynamic linker will
+    find the Qt libraries. Unless told otherwise, the dynamic linker
+    doesn't search the directory where your application resides. There
+    are many ways to solve this:
+
+    \list
+    \o You can install the Qt libraries in one of the system
+       library paths (e.g. \c /usr/lib on most systems).
+
+    \o You can pass a predetermined path to the \c -rpath command-line
+       option when linking the application. This will tell the dynamic
+       linker to look in this directory when starting your application.
+
+    \o You can write a startup script for your application, where you
+       modify the dynamic linker configuration (e.g.  adding your
+       application's directory to the \c LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment
+       variable. \note If your application will be running with "Set
+       user ID on execution," and if it will be owned by root, then
+       LD_LIBRARY_PATH will be ignored on some platforms. In this
+       case, use of the LD_LIBRARY_PATH approach is not an option).
+
+    \endlist
+
+    The disadvantage of the first approach is that the user must have
+    super user privileges. The disadvantage of the second approach is
+    that the user may not have privileges to install into the
+    predetemined path. In either case, the users don't have the option
+    of installing to their home directory. We recommend using the
+    third approach since it is the most flexible. For example, a \c
+    plugandpaint.sh script will look like this:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 7
+
+    By running this script instead of the executable, you are sure
+    that the Qt libraries will be found by the dynamic linker. Note
+    that you only have to rename the script to use it with other
+    applications.
+
+    When looking for plugins, the application searches in a plugins
+    subdirectory inside the directory of the application
+    executable. Either you have to manually copy the plugins into the
+    \c plugins directory, or you can set the \c DESTDIR in the
+    plugins' project files:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 8
+
+    An archive distributing all the Qt libraries, and all the plugins,
+    required to run the \l {tools/plugandpaint}{Plug & Paint}
+    application, would have to include the following files:
+
+    \table 100%
+    \header
+        \o Component \o {2, 1} File Name
+    \row
+        \o The executable
+        \o {2, 1} \c plugandpaint
+    \row
+        \o The script to run the executable
+        \o {2, 1} \c plugandpaint.sh
+    \row
+        \o The Basic Tools plugin
+        \o {2, 1} \c plugins\libpnp_basictools.so
+    \row
+        \o The ExtraFilters plugin
+        \o {2, 1} \c plugins\libpnp_extrafilters.so
+    \row
+        \o The Qt Core module
+        \o {2, 1} \c libQtCore.so.4
+    \row
+        \o The Qt GUI module
+        \o {2, 1} \c libQtGui.so.4
+    \endtable
+
+    On most systems, the extension for shared libraries is \c .so. A
+    notable exception is HP-UX, which uses \c .sl.
+
+    Remember that if your application depends on compiler specific
+    libraries, these must still be redistributed along with your
+    application. For more information, see the \l {Application
+    Dependencies} section.
+
+    To verify that the application now can be successfully deployed,
+    you can extract this archive on a machine without Qt and without
+    any compiler installed, and try to run it, i.e. run the \c
+    plugandpaint.sh script.
+
+    An alternative to putting the plugins in the \c plugins
+    subdirectory is to add a custom search path when you start your
+    application using QApplication::addLibraryPath() or
+    QApplication::setLibraryPaths().
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 9
+
+    \section1 Application Dependencies
+
+    \section2 Additional Libraries
+
+    To find out which libraries your application depends on, run the
+    \c ldd tool (available on most Unices):
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 10
+
+    This will list all the shared library dependencies for your
+    application. Depending on configuration, these libraries must be
+    redistributed along with your application. In particular, the
+    standard C++ library must be redistributed if you're compiling
+    your application with a compiler that is binary incompatible with
+    the system compiler. When possible, the safest solution is to link
+    against these libraries statically.
+
+    You will probably want to link dynamically with the regular X11
+    libraries, since some implementations will try to open other
+    shared libraries with \c dlopen(), and if this fails, the X11
+    library might cause your application to crash.
+
+    It's also worth mentioning that Qt will look for certain X11
+    extensions, such as Xinerama and Xrandr, and possibly pull them
+    in, including all the libraries that they link against. If you
+    can't guarantee the presence of a certain extension, the safest
+    approach is to disable it when configuring Qt (e.g. \c {./configure
+    -no-xrandr}).
+
+    FontConfig and FreeType are other examples of libraries that
+    aren't always available or that aren't always binary
+    compatible. As strange as it may sound, some software vendors have
+    had success by compiling their software on very old machines and
+    have been very careful not to upgrade any of the software running
+    on them.
+
+    When linking your application against the static Qt libraries, you
+    must explicitly link with the dependent libraries mentioned
+    above. Do this by adding them to the \c LIBS variable in your
+    project file.
+
+    \section2 Qt Plugins
+
+    Your application may also depend on one or more Qt plugins, such
+    as the JPEG image format plugin or a SQL driver plugin. Be sure
+    to distribute any Qt plugins that you need with your application,
+    and note that each type of plugin should be located within a
+    specific subdirectory (such as \c imageformats or \c sqldrivers)
+    within your distribution directory, as described below.
+
+    \note If you are deploying an application that uses QtWebKit to display
+    HTML pages from the World Wide Web, you should include all text codec
+    plugins to support as many HTML encodings possible. 
+
+    The search path for Qt plugins (as well as a few other paths) is
+    hard-coded into the QtCore library. By default, the first plugin
+    search path will be hard-coded as \c /path/to/Qt/plugins. As
+    mentioned above, using pre-determined paths has certain
+    disadvantages, so you need to examine various alternatives to make
+    sure that the Qt plugins are found:
+
+    \list
+
+    \o \l{qt-conf.html}{Using \c qt.conf}. This is the recommended
+    approach since it provides the most flexibility.
+
+    \o Using QApplication::addLibraryPath() or
+    QApplication::setLibraryPaths().
+
+    \o Using a third party installation utility or the target system's
+    package manager to change the hard-coded paths in the QtCore
+    library.
+
+    \endlist
+
+    The \l{How to Create Qt Plugins} document outlines the issues you
+    need to pay attention to when building and deploying plugins for
+    Qt applications.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page deployment-windows.html
+    \contentspage Deploying Qt Applications
+
+    \title Deploying an Application on Windows
+
+    This documentation will describe how to determine which files you
+    should include in your distribution, and how to make sure that the
+    application will find them at run-time. We will demonstrate the
+    procedures in terms of deploying the \l {tools/plugandpaint}{Plug
+    & Paint} application that is provided in Qt's examples directory.
+
+    Contents:
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 Static Linking
+
+    If you want to keep things simple by only having a few files to
+    deploy, i.e. a stand-alone executable with the associated compiler
+    specific DLLs, then you must build everything statically.
+
+    \section2 Building Qt Statically
+
+    Before we can build our application we must make sure that Qt is
+    built statically. To do this, go to a command prompt and type the
+    following:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 11
+
+    Remember to specify any other options you need, such as data base
+    drivers, as arguments to \c configure. Once \c configure has
+    finished, type the following:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 12
+
+    This will build Qt statically. Note that unlike with a dynamic build,
+    building Qt statically will result in libraries without version numbers;
+    e.g. \c QtCore4.lib will be \c QtCore.lib. Also, we have used \c nmake
+    in all the examples, but if you use MinGW you must use
+    \c mingw32-make instead.
+
+    \note If you later need to reconfigure and rebuild Qt from the
+    same location, ensure that all traces of the previous configuration are
+    removed by entering the build directory and typing \c{nmake distclean}
+    before running \c configure again.
+
+    \section2 Linking the Application to the Static Version of Qt
+
+    Once Qt has finished building we can build the \l
+    {tools/plugandpaint}{Plug & Paint} application. First we must go
+    into the directory that contains the application:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 13
+
+    We must then run \c qmake to create a new makefile for the
+    application, and do a clean build to create the statically linked
+    executable:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 14
+
+    You probably want to link against the release libraries, and you
+    can specify this when invoking \c qmake. Now, provided that
+    everything compiled and linked without any errors, we should have
+    a \c plugandpaint.exe file that is ready for deployment. One easy
+    way to check that the application really can be run stand-alone is
+    to copy it to a machine that doesn't have Qt or any Qt
+    applications installed, and run it on that machine.
+
+    Remember that if your application depends on compiler specific
+    libraries, these must still be redistributed along with your
+    application. You can check which libraries your application is
+    linking against by using the \c depends tool. For more
+    information, see the \l {Application Dependencies} section.
+
+    The \l {tools/plugandpaint}{Plug & Paint} example consists of
+    several components: The application itself (\l
+    {tools/plugandpaint}{Plug & Paint}), and the \l
+    {tools/plugandpaintplugins/basictools}{Basic Tools} and \l
+    {tools/plugandpaintplugins/extrafilters}{Extra Filters}
+    plugins. Since we cannot deploy plugins using the static linking
+    approach, the application we have prepared is incomplete. It will
+    run, but the functionality will be disabled due to the missing
+    plugins. To deploy plugin-based applications we should use the
+    shared library approach.
+
+    \section1 Shared Libraries
+
+    We have two challenges when deploying the \l
+    {tools/plugandpaint}{Plug & Paint} application using the shared
+    libraries approach: The Qt runtime has to be correctly
+    redistributed along with the application executable, and the
+    plugins have to be installed in the correct location on the target
+    system so that the application can find them.
+
+    \section2 Building Qt as a Shared Library
+
+    We assume that you already have installed Qt as a shared library,
+    which is the default when installing Qt, in the \c C:\path\to\Qt
+    directory. For more information on how to build Qt, see the \l
+    {Installation} documentation.
+
+    \section2 Linking the Application to Qt as a Shared Library
+
+    After ensuring that Qt is built as a shared library, we can build
+    the \l {tools/plugandpaint}{Plug & Paint} application. First, we
+    must go into the directory that contains the application:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 15
+
+    Now run \c qmake to create a new makefile for the application, and
+    do a clean build to create the dynamically linked executable:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 16
+
+    This builds the core application, the following will build the
+    plugins:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 17
+
+    If everything compiled and linked without any errors, we will get
+    a \c plugandpaint.exe executable and the \c pnp_basictools.dll and
+    \c pnp_extrafilters.dll plugin files.
+
+    \section2 Creating the Application Package
+
+    To deploy the application, we must make sure that we copy the
+    relevant Qt DLL (corresponding to the Qt modules used in
+    the application) as well as the executable to the same directory
+    in the \c release subdirectory.
+
+    Remember that if your application depends on compiler specific
+    libraries, these must be redistributed along with your
+    application. You can check which libraries your application is
+    linking against by using the \c depends tool. For more
+    information, see the \l {Application Dependencies} section.
+
+    We'll cover the plugins shortly, but first we'll check that the
+    application will work in a deployed environment: Either copy the
+    executable and the Qt DLLs to a machine that doesn't have Qt
+    or any Qt applications installed, or if you want to test on the
+    build machine, ensure that the machine doesn't have Qt in its
+    environment.
+
+    If the application starts without any problems, then we have
+    successfully made a dynamically linked version of the \l
+    {tools/plugandpaint}{Plug & Paint} application. But the
+    application's functionality will still be missing since we have
+    not yet deployed the associated plugins.
+
+    Plugins work differently to normal DLLs, so we can't just
+    copy them into the same directory as our application's executable
+    as we did with the Qt DLLs.  When looking for plugins, the
+    application searches in a \c plugins subdirectory inside the
+    directory of the application executable.
+
+    So to make the plugins available to our application, we have to
+    create the \c plugins subdirectory and copy over the relevant DLLs:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 18
+
+    An archive distributing all the Qt DLLs and application
+    specific plugins required to run the \l {tools/plugandpaint}{Plug
+    & Paint} application, would have to include the following files:
+
+    \table 100%
+    \header
+        \o Component \o {2, 1} File Name
+    \row
+        \o The executable
+        \o {2, 1} \c plugandpaint.exe
+    \row
+        \o The Basic Tools plugin
+        \o {2, 1} \c plugins\pnp_basictools.dll
+    \row
+        \o The ExtraFilters plugin
+        \o {2, 1} \c plugins\pnp_extrafilters.dll
+    \row
+        \o The Qt Core module
+        \o {2, 1} \c qtcore4.dll
+    \row
+        \o The Qt GUI module
+        \o {2, 1} \c qtgui4.dll
+    \endtable
+
+    In addition, the archive must contain the following compiler
+    specific libraries depending on your version of Visual Studio:
+
+    \table 100%
+    \header
+        \o \o VC++ 6.0 \o VC++ 7.1 (2003) \o VC++ 8.0 (2005) \o VC++ 9.0 (2008)
+    \row
+        \o The C run-time
+        \o \c msvcrt.dll
+        \o \c msvcr71.dll
+        \o \c msvcr80.dll
+        \o \c msvcr90.dll
+    \row
+        \o The C++ run-time
+        \o \c msvcp60.dll
+        \o \c msvcp71.dll
+        \o \c msvcp80.dll
+        \o \c msvcp90.dll
+    \endtable
+
+    To verify that the application now can be successfully deployed,
+    you can extract this archive on a machine without Qt and without
+    any compiler installed, and try to run it.
+
+    An alternative to putting the plugins in the plugins subdirectory
+    is to add a custom search path when you start your application
+    using QApplication::addLibraryPath() or
+    QApplication::setLibraryPaths().
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 19
+
+    One benefit of using plugins is that they can easily be made
+    available to a whole family of applications.
+
+    It's often most convenient to add the path in the application's \c
+    main() function, right after the QApplication object is
+    created. Once the path is added, the application will search it
+    for plugins, in addition to looking in the \c plugins subdirectory
+    in the application's own directory. Any number of additional paths
+    can be added.
+
+    \section2 Visual Studio 2005 Onwards
+
+    When deploying an application compiled with Visual Studio 2005 onwards,
+    there are some additional steps to be taken.
+
+    First, we need to copy the manifest file created when linking the
+    application. This manifest file contains information about the
+    application's dependencies on side-by-side assemblies, such as the runtime
+    libraries.
+
+    The manifest file needs to be copied into the \bold same folder as the
+    application executable. You do not need to copy the manifest files for
+    shared libraries (DLLs), since they are not used.
+
+    If the shared library has dependencies that are different from the
+    application using it, the manifest file needs to be embedded into the DLL
+    binary. Since Qt 4.1.3, the follwoing \c CONFIG options are available for
+    embedding manifests:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 20
+
+    To use the options, add
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 21
+
+    to your .pro file. The \c embed_manifest_dll option is enabled by default.
+
+    You can find more information about manifest files and side-by-side
+    assemblies at the
+    \l {http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa376307.aspx}{MSDN website}.
+
+    There are two ways to include the run time libraries: by bundling them
+    directly with your application or by installing them on the end-user's
+    system.
+
+    To bundle the run time libraries with your application, copy the directory
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 22
+
+    into the folder where your executable is, so that you are including a
+    \c Microsoft.VC80.CRT directory alongside your application's executable. If
+    you are bundling the runtimes and need to deploy plugins as well, you have
+    to remove the manifest from the plugins (embedded as a resource) by adding
+    the following line to the \c{.pro} file of the plugins you are compiling:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 23
+
+    \warning If you skip the step above, the plugins will not load on some
+    systems.
+
+    To install the runtime libraries on the end-user's system, you need to
+    include the appropriate Visual C++ Redistributable Package (VCRedist)
+    executable with your application and ensure that it is executed when the
+    user installs your application.
+
+    For example, on an 32-bit x86-based system, you would include the
+    \l{http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?FamilyId=32BC1BEE-A3F9-4C13-9C99-220B62A191EE}{vcredist_x86.exe}
+    executable. The \l{http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?familyid=526BF4A7-44E6-4A91-B328-A4594ADB70E5}{vcredist_IA64.exe}
+    and \l{http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?familyid=90548130-4468-4BBC-9673-D6ACABD5D13B}{vcredist_x64.exe}
+    executables provide the appropriate libraries for the IA64 and 64-bit x86
+    architectures, respectively.
+
+    \note The application you ship must be compiled with exactly the same
+    compiler version against the same C runtime version. This prevents
+    deploying errors caused by different versions of the C runtime libraries.
+
+
+    \section1 Application Dependencies
+
+    \section2 Additional Libraries
+
+    Depending on configuration, compiler specific libraries must be
+    redistributed along with your application. You can check which
+    libraries your application is linking against by using the
+    \l{Dependency Walker} tool. All you need to do is to run it like
+    this:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 24
+
+    This will provide a list of the libraries that your application
+    depends on and other information.
+
+    \image deployment-windows-depends.png
+
+    When looking at the release build of the Plug & Paint executable
+    (\c plugandpaint.exe) with the \c depends tool, the tool lists the
+    following immediate dependencies to non-system libraries:
+
+    \table 100%
+        \header
+            \o Qt
+            \o VC++ 6.0
+            \o VC++ 7.1 (2003)
+            \o VC++ 8.0 (2005)
+            \o MinGW
+        \row
+        \o \list
+               \o QTCORE4.DLL - The QtCore runtime
+               \o QTGUI4.DLL - The QtGui runtime
+           \endlist
+        \o \list
+               \o MSVCRT.DLL - The C runtime
+               \o MSVCP60.DLL - The C++ runtime (only when STL is installed)
+           \endlist
+        \o \list
+               \o MSVCR71.DLL - The C runtime
+               \o MSVCP71.DLL - The C++ runtime (only when STL is installed)
+           \endlist
+        \o \list
+               \o MSVCR80.DLL - The C runtime
+               \o MSVCP80.DLL - The C++ runtime (only when STL is installed)
+           \endlist
+        \o \list
+               \o MINGWM10.DLL - The MinGW run-time
+           \endlist
+    \endtable
+
+    When looking at the plugin DLLs the exact same dependencies
+    are listed.
+
+    \section2 Qt Plugins
+
+    Your application may also depend on one or more Qt plugins, such
+    as the JPEG image format plugin or a SQL driver plugin. Be sure
+    to distribute any Qt plugins that you need with your application,
+    and note that each type of plugin should be located within a
+    specific subdirectory (such as \c imageformats or \c sqldrivers)
+    within your distribution directory, as described below.
+
+    \note If you are deploying an application that uses QtWebKit to display
+    HTML pages from the World Wide Web, you should include all text codec
+    plugins to support as many HTML encodings possible. 
+
+    The search path for Qt plugins is hard-coded into the QtCore library. 
+    By default, the plugins subdirectory of the Qt installation is the first 
+    plugin search path. However, pre-determined paths like the default one 
+    have certain disadvantages. For example, they may not exist on the target 
+    machine. For that reason, you need to examine various alternatives to make 
+    sure that the Qt plugins are found:
+
+    \list
+
+    \o \l{qt-conf.html}{Using \c qt.conf}. This approach is the recommended 
+    if you have executables in different places sharing the same plugins.
+
+    \o Using QApplication::addLibraryPath() or
+    QApplication::setLibraryPaths(). This approach is recommended if you only 
+    have one executable that will use the plugin. 
+
+    \o Using a third party installation utility to change the
+    hard-coded paths in the QtCore library.
+
+    \endlist
+
+    If you add a custom path using QApplication::addLibraryPath it could 
+    look like this:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 54
+
+    Then qApp->libraryPaths() would return something like this:
+
+    "C:/customPath/plugins " 
+    "C:/Qt/%VERSION%/plugins" 
+    "E:/myApplication/directory/"
+
+    The executable will look for the plugins in these directories and 
+    the same order as the QStringList returned by qApp->libraryPaths(). 
+    The newly added path is prepended to the qApp->libraryPaths() which 
+    means that it will be searched through first. However, if you use 
+    qApp->setLibraryPaths(), you will be able to determend which paths 
+    and in which order they will be searched.
+
+    The \l{How to Create Qt Plugins} document outlines the issues you
+    need to pay attention to when building and deploying plugins for
+    Qt applications.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page deployment-mac.html
+    \contentspage Deploying Qt Applications
+
+    \title Deploying an Application on Mac OS X
+
+    Starting with version 4.5, Qt now includes a \l {macdeploy}{deployment tool}
+    that automates the prodecures described in this document.
+
+    This documentation will describe how to create a bundle, and how
+    to make sure that the application will find the resources it needs
+    at run-time. We will demonstrate the procedures in terms of
+    deploying the \l {tools/plugandpaint}{Plug & Paint} application
+    that is provided in Qt's examples directory.
+    
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 The Bundle
+
+    On the Mac, a GUI application must be built and run from a
+    bundle. A bundle is a directory structure that appears as a single
+    entity when viewed in the Finder. A bundle for an application
+    typcially contains the executable and all the resources it
+    needs. See the image below:
+
+    \image deployment-mac-bundlestructure.png
+
+    The bundle provides many advantages to the user. One primary
+    advantage is that, since it is a single entity, it allows for
+    drag-and-drop installation. As a programmer you can access bundle
+    information in your own code. This is specific to Mac OS X and
+    beyond the scope of this document. More information about bundles
+    is available on \l
+    {http://developer.apple.com/documentation/CoreFoundation/Conceptual/CFBundles/index.html}{Apple's Developer Website}.
+
+    A Qt command line application on Mac OS X works similar to a
+    command line application on Unix and Windows. You probably don't
+    want to run it in a bundle: Add this to your application's .pro:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 26
+
+    This will tell \c qmake not to put the executable inside a
+    bundle. Please refer to the \l{Deploying an Application on
+    X11 Platforms}{X11 deployment documentation} for information about how
+    to deploy these "bundle-less" applications.
+
+    \section1 Xcode
+
+    We will only concern ourselves with command-line tools here. While
+    it is possible to use Xcode for this, Xcode has changed enough
+    between each version that it makes it difficult to document it
+    perfectly for each version. A future version of this document may
+    include more information for using Xcode in the deployment
+    process.
+
+    \section1 Static Linking
+
+    If you want to keep things simple by only having a few files to
+    deploy, then you must build everything statically.
+
+    \section2 Building Qt Statically
+
+    Start by installing a static version of the Qt library. Remember
+    that you will not be able to use plugins and you must build in all
+    the image formats, SQL drivers, etc..
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 27
+
+    You can check the various options that are available by running \c
+    configure -help.
+
+    \section2 Linking the Application to the Static Version of Qt
+
+    Once Qt is built statically, the next step is to regenerate the
+    makefile and rebuild the application. First, we must go into the
+    directory that contains the application:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 28
+
+    Now run \c qmake to create a new makefile for the application, and do
+    a clean build to create the statically linked executable:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 29
+
+    You probably want to link against the release libraries, and you
+    can specify this when invoking \c qmake. If you have Xcode Tools
+    1.5 or higher installed, you may want to take advantage of "dead
+    code stripping" to reduce the size of your binary even more. You
+    can do this by passing \c {LIBS+= -dead_strip} to \c qmake in
+    addition to the \c {-config release} parameter. This doesn't have
+    as large an effect if you are using GCC 4, since Qt will then have
+    function visibility hints built-in, but if you use GCC 3.3, it
+    could make a difference.
+
+    Now, provided that everything compiled and linked without any
+    errors, we should have a \c plugandpaint.app bundle that is ready
+    for deployment. One easy way to check that the application really
+    can be run stand-alone is to copy the bundle to a machine that
+    doesn't have Qt or any Qt applications installed, and run the
+    application on that machine.
+
+    You can check what other libraries your application links to using
+    the \c otool:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 30
+
+    Here is what the output looks like for the static \l
+    {tools/plugandpaint}{Plug & Paint}:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 31
+
+    For more information, see the \l {Application Dependencies}
+    section.
+
+    If you see \e Qt libraries in the output, it probably
+    means that you have both dynamic and static Qt libraries installed
+    on your machine. The linker will always choose dynamic over
+    static. There are two solutions: Either move your Qt dynamic
+    libraries (\c .dylibs) away to another directory while you link
+    the application and then move them back, or edit the \c Makefile
+    and replace link lines for the Qt libraries with the absolute path
+    to the static libraries. For example, replace
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 32
+
+    with
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 33
+
+    The \l {tools/plugandpaint}{Plug & Paint} example consists of
+    several components: The core application (\l
+    {tools/plugandpaint}{Plug & Paint}), and the \l
+    {tools/plugandpaintplugins/basictools}{Basic Tools} and \l
+    {tools/plugandpaintplugins/extrafilters}{Extra Filters}
+    plugins. Since we cannot deploy plugins using the static linking
+    approach, the bundle we have prepared so far is incomplete. The
+    application will run, but the functionality will be disabled due
+    to the missing plugins. To deploy plugin-based applications we
+    should use the framework approach.
+
+    \section1 Frameworks
+
+    We have two challenges when deploying the \l
+    {tools/plugandpaint}{Plug & Paint} application using frameworks:
+    The Qt runtime has to be correctly redistributed along with the
+    application bundle, and the plugins have to be installed in the
+    correct location so that the application can find them.
+
+    When distributing Qt with your application using frameworks, you
+    have two options: You can either distribute Qt as a private
+    framework within your application bundle, or you can distribute Qt
+    as a standard framework (alternatively use the Qt frameworks in
+    the installed binary). These two approaches are essentially the
+    same. The latter option is good if you have many Qt applications
+    and you would prefer to save memory. The former is good if you
+    have Qt built in a special way, or want to make sure the framework
+    is there. It just comes down to where you place the Qt frameworks.
+
+    \section2 Building Qt as Frameworks
+
+    We assume that you already have installed Qt as frameworks, which
+    is the default when installing Qt, in the /path/to/Qt
+    directory. For more information on how to build Qt, see the \l
+    Installation documentation.
+
+    When installing, the identification name of the frameworks will
+    also be set. The identification name is what the dynamic linker
+    (\c dyld) uses to find the libraries for your application.
+
+    \section2 Linking the Application to Qt as Frameworks
+
+    After ensuring that Qt is built as frameworks, we can build the \l
+    {tools/plugandpaint}{Plug & Paint} application. First, we must go
+    into the directory that contains the application:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 34
+
+    Now run qmake to create a new makefile for the application, and do
+    a clean build to create the dynamically linked executable:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 35
+
+    This builds the core application, the following will build the
+    plugins:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 36
+
+    Now run the \c otool for the Qt frameworks, for example Qt Gui:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 37
+
+    You will get the following output:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 38
+
+    For the Qt frameworks, the first line (i.e. \c
+    {path/to/Qt/lib/QtGui.framework/Versions/4/QtGui (compatibility
+    version 4.0.0, current version 4.0.1)}) becomes the framework's
+    identification name which is used by the dynamic linker (\c dyld).
+
+    But when you are deploying the application, your users may not
+    have the Qt frameworks installed in the specified location. For
+    that reason, you must either provide the frameworks in an agreed
+    upon location, or store the frameworks in the bundle itself.
+    Regardless of which solution you choose, you must make sure that
+    the frameworks return the proper identification name for
+    themselves, and that the application will look for these
+    names. Luckily we can control this with the \c install_name_tool
+    command-line tool.
+
+    The \c install_name_tool works in two modes, \c -id and \c
+    -change. The \c -id mode is for libraries and frameworks, and
+    allows us to specify a new identification name. We use the \c
+    -change mode to change the paths in the application.
+
+    Let's test this out by copying the Qt frameworks into the Plug &
+    Paint bundle. Looking at \c otool's output for the bundle, we can
+    see that we must copy both the QtCore and QtGui frameworks into
+    the bundle. We will assume that we are in the directory where we
+    built the bundle.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 39
+
+    First we create a \c Frameworks directory inside the bundle. This
+    follows the Mac OS X application convention. We then copy the
+    frameworks into the new directory. Since frameworks contain
+    symbolic links, and we want to preserve them, we use the \c -R
+    option.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 40
+
+    Then we run \c install_name_tool to set the identification names
+    for the frameworks. The first argument after \c -id is the new
+    name, and the second argument is the framework which
+    identification we wish to change.  The text \c @executable_path is
+    a special \c dyld variable telling \c dyld to start looking where
+    the executable is located. The new names specifies that these
+    frameworks will be located "one directory up and over" in the \c
+    Frameworks directory.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 41
+
+    Now, the dynamic linker knows where to look for QtCore and
+    QtGui. Then we must make the application aware of the library
+    locations as well using \c install_name_tool's \c -change mode.
+    This basically comes down to string replacement, to match the
+    identification names that we set for the frameworks.
+
+    Finally, since the QtGui framework depends on QtCore, we must
+    remember to change the reference for QtGui:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 42
+
+    After all this we can run \c otool again and see that the
+    application will look in the right locations.
+
+    Of course, the thing that makes the \l {tools/plugandpaint}{Plug &
+    Paint} example interesting are its plugins. The basic steps we
+    need to follow with plugins are:
+
+    \list
+        \o Put the plugins inside the bundle
+        \o Make sure that the plugins use the correct library using the
+           \c install_name_tool
+        \o Make sure that the application knows where to get the plugins
+    \endlist
+
+    While we can put the plugins anywhere we want in the bundle, the
+    best location to put them is under Contents/Plugins. When we built
+    the Plug & Paint plugins, the \c DESTDIR variable in their \c .pro
+    file put the plugins' \c .dylib files in a \c plugins subdirectory
+    in the \c plugandpaint directory. So, in this example, all we need
+    to do is move this directory:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 43
+
+    If we run \c otool on for example the \l
+    {tools/plugandpaintplugins/basictools}{Basic Tools} plugin's \c
+    .dylib file we get the following information.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 44
+
+    Then we can see that the plugin links to the Qt frameworks it was
+    built against. Since we want the plugins to use the framework in
+    the application bundle we change them the same way as we did for
+    the application. For example for the Basic Tools plugin:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 45
+
+
+    We must also modify the code in \c
+    tools/plugandpaint/mainwindow.cpp to \l {QDir::cdUp()}{cdUp()} one
+    directory since the plugins live in the bundle. Add the following
+    code to the \c mainwindow.cpp file:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 46
+
+    \table
+    \row
+    \o \inlineimage deployment-mac-application.png
+    \o
+    The additional code in \c tools/plugandpaint/mainwindow.cpp also
+    enables us to view the plugins in the Finder, as shown to the left.
+
+    We can also add plugins extending Qt, for example adding SQL
+    drivers or image formats. We just need to follow the directory
+    structure outlined in plugin documentation, and make sure they are
+    included in the QCoreApplication::libraryPaths(). Let's quickly do
+    this with the image formats, following the approach from above.
+
+    Copy Qt's image format plugins into the bundle:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 47
+
+    Use \c install_name_tool to link the plugins to the frameworks in
+    the bundle:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 48
+
+    Then we update the source code in \c tools/plugandpaint/main.cpp
+    to look for the new plugins. After constructing the
+    QApplication, we add the following code:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 49
+
+    First, we tell the application to only look for plugins in this
+    directory. In our case, this is what we want since we only want to
+    look for the plugins that we distribute with the bundle. If we
+    were part of a bigger Qt installation we could have used
+    QCoreApplication::addLibraryPath() instead.
+
+    \endtable
+
+    \warning When deploying plugins, and thus make changes to the
+    source code, the default identification names are reset when
+    rebuilding the application, and you must repeat the process of
+    making your application link to the Qt frameworks in the bundle
+    using \c install_name_tool.
+
+    Now you should be able to move the application to another Mac OS X
+    machine and run it without Qt installed. Alternatively, you can
+    move your frameworks that live outside of the bundle to another
+    directory and see if the application still runs.
+
+    If you store the frameworks in another location than in the
+    bundle, the technique of linking your application is similar; you
+    must make sure that the application and the frameworks agree where
+    to be looking for the Qt libraries as well as the plugins.
+
+    \section2 Creating the Application Package
+
+    When you are done linking your application to Qt, either
+    statically or as frameworks, the application is ready to be
+    distributed. Apple provides a fair bit of information about how to
+    do this and instead of repeating it here, we recommend that you
+    consult their \l
+    {http://developer.apple.com/documentation/DeveloperTools/Conceptual/SoftwareDistribution/index.html}{software delivery}
+    documentation.
+
+    Although the process of deploying an application do have some
+    pitfalls, once you know the various issues you can easily create
+    packages that all your Mac OS X users will enjoy.
+
+    \section1 Application Dependencies
+
+    \section2 Qt Plugins
+
+    Your application may also depend on one or more Qt plugins, such
+    as the JPEG image format plugin or a SQL driver plugin. Be sure
+    to distribute any Qt plugins that you need with your application,
+    and note that each type of plugin should be located within a
+    specific subdirectory (such as \c imageformats or \c sqldrivers)
+    within your distribution directory, as described below.
+
+    \note If you are deploying an application that uses QtWebKit to display
+    HTML pages from the World Wide Web, you should include all text codec
+    plugins to support as many HTML encodings possible. 
+
+    The search path for Qt plugins (as well as a few other paths) is
+    hard-coded into the QtCore library. By default, the first plugin
+    search path will be hard-coded as \c /path/to/Qt/plugins. But
+    using pre-determined paths has certain disadvantages. For example,
+    they may not exist on the target machine. For that reason you need
+    to examine various alternatives to make sure that the Qt plugins
+    are found:
+
+    \list
+
+    \o \l{qt-conf.html}{Using \c qt.conf}. This is the recommended
+    approach since it provides the most flexibility.
+
+    \o Using QApplication::addLibraryPath() or
+    QApplication::setLibraryPaths().
+
+    \o Using a third party installation utility to change the
+    hard-coded paths in the QtCore library.
+
+    \endlist
+
+    The \l{How to Create Qt Plugins} document outlines the issues you
+    need to pay attention to when building and deploying plugins for
+    Qt applications.
+
+    \section2 Additional Libraries
+
+    You can check which libraries your application is linking against
+    by using the \c otool tool. To use \c otool, all you need to do is
+    to run it like this:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 50
+
+    Unlike the deployment processes on \l {Deploying an Application on
+    X11 Platforms}{X11} and \l {Deploying an Application on
+    Windows}{Windows}, compiler specific libraries rarely have to
+    be redistributed along with your application. But since Qt can be
+    configured, built, and installed in several ways on Mac OS X,
+    there are also several ways to deploy applications. Typically your
+    goals help determine how you are going to deploy the
+    application. The last sections describe a couple of things to keep
+    in mind when you are deploying your application.
+
+    \section2 Mac OS X Version Dependencies
+
+    Qt 4.2 has been designed to be built and deployed on Mac OS X 10.3
+    up until the current version as of this writing, Mac OS X 10.4 and
+    all their minor releases. Qt achieves this by using "weak
+    linking." This means that Qt tests if a function added in newer
+    versions of Mac OS X is available on the computer it is running on
+    before it uses it. This results in getting access to newer
+    features when running on newer versions of OS X while still
+    remaining compatible on older versions.
+
+    For more information about cross development issues on Mac OS X,
+    see \l
+    {http://developer.apple.com/documentation/DeveloperTools/Conceptual/cross_development/index.html}{Apple's Developer Website}.
+
+    Since the linker is set to be compatible with all OS X version, you have to
+    change the \c MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET environment variable to get weak
+    linking to work for your application. You can add:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 51
+
+    to your .pro file and qmake will take care of this for you.
+
+    However, there is a bit of a wrinkle to keep in mind when your are
+    deploying. Mac OS X 10.4 ("Tiger") ships GCC 4.0 as its default
+    compiler. This is also the GCC compiler we use for building the
+    binary Qt package. If you use GCC 4.0 to build your application,
+    it will link against a dynamic libstdc++ that is only available on
+    Mac OS X 10.4 and Mac OS X 10.3.9.  The application will refuse to
+    run on older versions of the operating system.
+
+    For more information about C++ runtime environment, see \l
+    {http://developer.apple.com/documentation/DeveloperTools/Conceptual/CppRuntimeEnv/index.html}{Apple's Developer Website}
+
+    If you want to deploy to versions of Mac OS X earlier than 10.3.9,
+    you must build with GCC 3.3 which is the default on Mac OS X
+    10.3. GCC 3.3 is also available on the Mac OS X 10.4 "Xcode Tools"
+    CD and as a download for earlier versions of Mac OS X from Apple
+    (\l {https://connect.apple.com/}{connect.apple.com}). You can use
+    Apple's \c gcc_select(1) command line tool to switch the default
+    complier on your system.
+
+    \section3 Deploying Phonon Applications on Mac OS X
+
+    \list
+        \o If you build your Phonon application on Tiger, it will work on
+           Tiger, Leopard and Panther.
+        \o If you build your application on Leopard, it will \bold not work
+        on Panther unless you rename the libraries with the following command
+        after you have built your application:
+
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 51a
+
+        This command must be invoked in the directory where
+        \c{libphonon_qt7.dylib} is located, usually in 
+        \c{yourapp.app/Contents/plugins/phonon_backend/}.
+        \o The \l {macdeploy}{deployment tool} will perform this step for you.
+
+        \o If you are using Leopard, but would like to build your application
+        against Tiger, you can use:
+
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 51b
+    \endlist
+
+    \section2 Architecture Dependencies
+
+    The Qt for Mac OS X libraries, tools, and examples can be built "universal"
+    (i.e. they run natively on both Intel and PowerPC machines).  This
+    is accomplished by passing \c -universal on the \c configure line
+    of the source package, and requires that you use GCC 4.0.x. On
+    PowerPC hardware you will need to pass the universal SDK as a
+    command line argument to the Qt configure command. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 52
+
+    From 4.1.1 the Qt binary package is already universal.
+
+    If you want to create a binary that runs on older versions of
+    PowerPC and x86, it is possible to build Qt for the PowerPC using
+    GCC 3.3, and for x86 one using GCC 4.0, and use Apple's \c lipo(1)
+    tool to stitch them together. This is beyond the scope of this
+    document and is not something we have tried, but Apple documents
+    it on their \l
+    {http://developer.apple.com/documentation/}{developer website}.
+
+    Once you have a universal Qt, \a qmake will generate makefiles
+    that will build for its host architecture by default. If you want
+    to build for a specific architecture, you can control this with
+    the \c CONFIG line in your \c .pro file. Use \c CONFIG+=ppc for
+    PowerPC, and \c CONFIG+=x86 for x86. If you desire both, simply
+    add both to the \c CONFIG line. PowerPC users also need an
+    SDK. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 53
+
+    Besides \c lipo, you can also check your binaries with the \c file(1)
+    command line tool or the Finder.
+    
+    \section1 The Mac Deployment Tool
+    \target macdeploy
+    The Mac deployment tool can be found in QTDIR/bin/macdeployqt. It is
+    designed to automate the process of creating a deployable
+    application bundle that contains the Qt libraries as private
+    frameworks.
+    
+    The mac deployment tool also deploys the Qt plugins, according
+    to the following rules:
+    \list
+    \o Debug versions of the plugins are not deployed.
+    \o The designer plugins are not deployed.
+    \o The Image format plugins are always deployed.
+    \o SQL driver plugins are deployed if the application uses the QtSql module.
+    \o Script plugins are deployed if the application uses the QtScript module.
+    \o The Phonon backend plugin is deployed if the application uses the \l{Phonon Module} {Phonon} module.
+    \o The svg icon plugin is deployed if the application uses the QtSvg module.
+    \o The accessibility plugin is always deployed.
+    \o Accessibility for Qt3Support is deployed if the application uses the Qt3Support module.
+    \endlist
+
+    macdeployqt supports the following options:
+    \list
+    \o -no-plugins: Skip plugin deployment 
+    \o -dmg       : Create a .dmg disk image 
+    \o -no-strip  : Don't run 'strip' on the binaries 
+    \endlist    
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/deployment/qt-conf.qdoc b/doc/src/deployment/qt-conf.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..229fa45
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/deployment/qt-conf.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page qt-conf.html
+
+    \title Using qt.conf
+
+    The \c qt.conf file overrides the hard-coded paths that are
+    compiled into the Qt library. These paths are accessible using the
+    QLibraryInfo class. Without \c qt.conf, the functions in
+    QLibraryInfo return these hard-coded paths; otherwise they return
+    the paths as specified in \c qt.conf.
+
+    Without \c qt.conf, the Qt libraries will use the hard-coded paths
+    to look for plugins, translations, and so on. These paths may not
+    exist on the target system, or they may not be
+    accesssible. Because of this, you need \c qt.conf to make the Qt
+    libraries look elsewhere.
+
+    QLibraryInfo will load \c qt.conf from one of the following locations:
+
+    \list 1
+
+    \o \c :/qt/etc/qt.conf using the resource system
+
+    \o on Mac OS X, in the Resource directory inside the appliction
+    bundle, for example \c assistant.app/Contents/Resources/qt.conf
+
+    \o in the directory containing the application executable, i.e.
+    QCoreApplication::applicationDirPath() + QDir::separator() + "qt.conf"
+
+    \endlist
+
+    The \c qt.conf file is an INI text file, as described in the \l
+    {QSettings::Format}{QSettings} documentation. The file should have
+    a \c Paths group which contains the entries that correspond to
+    each value of the QLibraryInfo::LibraryLocation enum. See the
+    QLibraryInfo documentation for details on the meaning of the
+    various locations.
+
+    \table
+
+    \header \o Entry            \o Default Value
+
+    \row \o Prefix              \o QCoreApplication::applicationDirPath()
+    \row \o Documentation       \o \c doc
+    \row \o Headers             \o \c include
+    \row \o Libraries           \o \c lib
+    \row \o Binaries            \o \c bin
+    \row \o Plugins             \o \c plugins
+    \row \o Data                \o \c .
+    \row \o Translations        \o \c translations
+    \row \o Settings            \o \c .
+    \row \o Examples            \o \c .
+    \row \o Demos               \o \c .
+
+    \endtable
+
+    Absolute paths are used as specified in the \c qt.conf file. All
+    paths are relative to the \c Prefix. On Windows and X11, the \c
+    Prefix is relative to the directory containing the application
+    executable (QCoreApplication::applicationDirPath()). On Mac OS X,
+    the \c Prefix is relative to the \c Contents in the application
+    bundle. For example, \c application.app/Contents/plugins/ is the
+    default location for loading Qt plugins. Note that the plugins
+    need to be placed in specific sub-directories under the
+    \c{plugins} directory (see \l{How to Create Qt Plugins} for
+    details).
+
+    For example, a \c qt.conf file could contain the following:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt-conf.qdoc 0
+
+    Subgroups of the \c Paths group may be used to specify locations
+    for specific versions of the Qt libraries. Such subgroups are of
+    the form \c Paths/x.y.z, where x is the major version of the Qt
+    libraries, y the minor, and z the patch level. The subgroup that
+    most closely matches the current Qt version is used. If no
+    subgroup matches, the \c Paths group is used as the fallback. The
+    minor and patch level values may be omitted, in which case they
+    default to zero.
+
+    For example, given the following groups:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt-conf.qdoc 1
+
+    The current version will be matched as shown:
+
+    \list
+    \o 4.0.1 matches \c Paths/4
+    \o 4.1.5 matches \c Paths/4.1
+    \o 4.6.3 matches \c Paths/4.2.5
+    \o 5.0.0 matches \c Paths
+    \o 6.0.2 matches \c Paths/6
+    \endlist
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/deployment/qtconfig.qdoc b/doc/src/deployment/qtconfig.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2e02fe6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/deployment/qtconfig.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page qtconfig.html
+    \title Configuring Qt
+    \ingroup qttools
+    \keyword qtconfig
+
+    The \c qtconfig tool allows users to customize the default settings for
+    Qt applications on a per-user basis, enabling features such as the widget
+    style to be changed without requiring applications to be recompiled.
+
+    \c qtconfig is available on X11 platforms and should be installed alongside
+    the \l{Qt's Tools}{other tools} supplied with Qt.
+
+    \image qtconfig-appearance.png
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/designer-manual.qdoc b/doc/src/designer-manual.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 5d8587a..0000000
--- a/doc/src/designer-manual.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2836 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page designer-manual.html
-
-    \title Qt Designer Manual
-    \ingroup qttools
-    \keyword Qt Designer
-
-    \QD is Qt's tool for designing and building graphical user
-    interfaces (GUIs) from Qt components. You can compose and customize your
-    widgets or dialogs in a what-you-see-is-what-you-get (WYSIWYG) manner, and
-    test them using different styles and resolutions.
-
-    Widgets and forms created with \QD integrated seamlessly with programmed
-    code, using Qt's signals and slots mechanism, that lets you easily assign
-    behavior to graphical elements. All properties set in \QD can be changed
-    dynamically within the code. Furthermore, features like widget promotion
-    and custom plugins allow you to use your own components with \QD.
-
-    If you are new to \QD, you can take a look at the
-    \l{Getting To Know Qt Designer} document. For a quick tutorial on how to
-    use \QD, refer to \l{A Quick Start to Qt Designer}.
-
-    Qt Designer 4.5 boasts a long list of improvements. For a detailed list of
-    what is new, refer \l{What's New in Qt Designer 4.5}.
-
-    \image designer-multiple-screenshot.png
-
-    For more information on using \QD, you can take a look at the following
-    links:
-
-    \list
-        \o  \l{Qt Designer's Editing Modes}
-            \list
-                \o  \l{Qt Designer's Widget Editing Mode}{Widget Editing Mode}
-                \o  \l{Qt Designer's Signals and Slots Editing Mode}
-                      {Signals and Slots Editing Mode}
-                \o  \l{Qt Designer's Buddy Editing Mode}
-                      {Buddy Editing Mode}
-                \o  \l{Qt Designer's Tab Order Editing Mode}
-                      {Tab Order Editing Mode}
-            \endlist
-        \o  \l{Using Layouts in Qt Designer}
-        \o  \l{Saving, Previewing and Printing Forms in Qt Designer}
-        \o  \l{Using Containers in Qt Designer}
-        \o  \l{Creating Main Windows in Qt Designer}
-        \o  \l{Editing Resources with Qt Designer}
-        \o  \l{Using Stylesheets with Qt Designer}
-        \o  \l{Using a Designer UI File in Your Application}
-    \endlist
-
-    For advanced usage of \QD, you can refer to these links:
-
-    \list
-        \o  \l{Customizing Qt Designer Forms}
-        \o  \l{Using Custom Widgets with Qt Designer}
-        \o  \l{Creating Custom Widgets for Qt Designer}
-        \o  \l{Creating Custom Widget Extensions}
-        \o  \l{Qt Designer's UI File Format}
-    \endlist
-
-
-    \section1 Legal Notices
-
-    Some source code in \QD is licensed under specific highly permissive
-    licenses from the original authors. The Qt team gratefully acknowledges
-    these contributions to \QD and all uses of \QD should also acknowledge
-    these contributions and quote the following license statements in an
-    appendix to the documentation.
-
-    \list
-    \i \l{Implementation of the Recursive Shadow Casting Algorithm in Qt Designer}
-    \endlist
-*/
-
-
-
-/*!
-    \page designer-whats-new.html
-    \contentspage {Qt Designer Manual}{Contents}
-
-
-    \title What's New in Qt Designer 4.5
-
-    \section1 General Changes
-
-
-    \table
-        \header
-            \i  Widget Filter Box
-            \i  Widget Morphing
-            \i  Disambiguation Field
-        \row
-            \i  \inlineimage designer-widget-filter.png
-            \i  \inlineimage designer-widget-morph.png
-            \i  \inlineimage designer-disambiguation.png
-    \endtable
-
-    \list 1
-        \i  Displaying only icons in the \gui{Widget Box}: It is now possible
-            for the \gui{Widget Box} to display icons only. Simply select
-            \gui{Icon View} from the context menu.
-        \i  Filter for \gui{Widget Box}: A filter is now provided to quickly
-            locate the widget you need. If you use a particular widget
-            frequently, you can always add it to the
-            \l{Getting to Know Qt Designer#WidgetBox}{scratch pad}.
-        \i  Support for QButtonGroup: It is available via the context
-            menu of a selection of QAbstractButton objects.
-        \i  Improved support for item widgets: The item widgets' (e.g.,
-            QListWidget, QTableWidget, and QTreeWidget) contents dialogs have
-            been improved. You can now add translation comments and also modify
-            the header properties.
-        \i  Widget morphing: A widget can now be morphed from one type to
-            another with its layout and properties preserved. To begin, click
-            on your widget and select \gui{Morph into} from the context menu.
-        \i  Disambiguation field: The property editor now shows this extra
-            field under the \gui{accessibleDescription} property. This field
-            has been introduced to aid translators in the case of two source
-            texts being the same but used for different purposes. For example,
-            a dialog could have two \gui{Add} buttons for two different
-            reasons. \note To maintain compatibility, comments in UI files
-            created prior to Qt 4.5 will be listed in the \gui{Disambiguation}
-            field.
-    \endlist
-
-
-
-    \section1 Improved Shortcuts for the Editing Mode
-
-    \list
-        \i  The \key{Shift+Click} key combination now selects the ancestor for
-            nested layouts. This iterates from one ancestor to the other.
-
-        \i  The \key{Ctrl} key is now used to toggle and copy drag. Previously
-            this was done with the \key{Shift} key but is now changed to
-            conform to standards.
-
-        \i  The left mouse button does rubber band selection for form windows;
-            the middle mouse button does rubber band selection everywhere.
-    \endlist
-
-
-    \section1 Layouts
-    \list
-        \i  It is now possible to switch a widget's layout without breaking it
-            first. Simply select the existing layout and change it to another
-            type using the context menu or the layout buttons on the toolbar.
-
-        \i  To quickly populate a \gui{Form Layout}, you can now use the
-            \gui{Add form layout row...} item available in the context menu or
-            double-click on the red layout.
-    \endlist
-
-
-    \section1 Support for Embedded Design
-
-    \table
-        \header
-            \i  Comboboxes to Select a Device Profile
-        \row
-            \i  \inlineimage designer-embedded-preview.png
-    \endtable
-
-    It is now possible to specify embedded device profiles, e.g., Style, Font,
-    Screen DPI, resolution, default font, etc., in \gui{Preferences}. These
-    settings will affect the \gui{Form Editor}. The profiles will also be
-    visible with \gui{Preview}.
-
-
-    \section1 Related Classes
-
-    \list
-        \i  QUiLoader \mdash forms loaded with this class will now react to
-            QEvent::LanguageChange if QUiLoader::setLanguageChangeEnabled() or
-            QUiLoader::isLanguageChangeEnabled() is set to true.
-
-        \i  QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface \mdash the
-            \l{QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface::}{domXml()} function now has new
-            attributes for its \c{<ui>} element. These attributes are
-            \c{language} and \c{displayname}. The \c{language} element can be
-            one of the following "", "c++", "jambi". If this element is
-            specified, it must match the language in which Designer is running.
-            Otherwise, this element will not be available. The \c{displayname}
-            element represents the name that will be displayed in the
-            \gui{Widget Box}. Previously this was hardcoded to be the class
-            name.
-
-        \i  QWizard \mdash QWizard's page now has a string \c{id} attribute that
-            can be used to fill in enumeration values to be used by the
-            \c{uic}. However, this attribute has no effect on QUiLoader.
-    \endlist
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    \page designer-to-know.html
-    \contentspage {Qt Designer Manual}{Contents}
-
-
-    \title Getting to Know Qt Designer
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \image designer-screenshot.png
-
-    \section1 Launching Designer
-
-    The way that you launch \QD depends on your platform:
-
-    \list
-        \i On Windows, click the Start button, under the \gui Programs submenu,
-           open the \gui{Qt 4} submenu and click \gui Designer.
-        \i On Unix or Linux, you might find a \QD icon on the desktop
-           background or in the desktop start menu under the \gui Programming
-           or \gui Development submenus. You can launch \QD from this icon.
-           Alternatively, you can type \c{designer} in a terminal window.
-        \i On Mac OS X, double click on \QD in \gui Finder.
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 The User Interface
-
-    When used as a standalone application, \QD's user interface can be
-    configured to provide either a multi-window user interface (the default
-    mode), or it can be used in docked window mode. When used from within an
-    integrated development environment (IDE) only the multi-window user
-    interface is available. You can switch modes in the \gui Preferences dialog
-    from the \gui Edit menu.
-
-    In multi-window mode, you can arrange each of the tool windows to suit your
-    working style. The main window consists of a menu bar, a tool bar, and a
-    widget box that contains the widgets you can use to create your user
-    interface.
-
-    \target MainWindow
-    \table
-        \row
-            \i \inlineimage designer-main-window.png
-            \i \bold{Qt Designer's Main Window}
-
-        The menu bar provides all the standard actions for managing forms,
-        using the clipboard, and accessing application-specific help.
-        The current editing mode, the tool windows, and the forms in use can
-        also be accessed via the menu bar.
-
-        The tool bar displays common actions that are used when editing a form.
-        These are also available via the main menu.
-
-        The widget box provides common widgets and layouts that are used to
-        design components. These are grouped into categories that reflect their
-        uses or features.
-    \endtable
-
-    Most features of \QD are accessible via the menu bar, the tool bar, or the
-    widget box. Some features are also available through context menus that can
-    be opened over the form windows. On most platforms, the right mouse is used
-    to open context menus.
-
-    \target WidgetBox
-    \table
-        \row
-            \i \inlineimage designer-widget-box.png
-            \i \bold{Qt Designer's Widget Box}
-
-        The widget box provides a selection of standard Qt widgets, layouts,
-        and other objects that can be used to create user interfaces on forms.
-        Each of the categories in the widget box contain widgets with similar
-        uses or related features.
-
-        \note Since Qt 4.4, new widgets have been included, e.g.,
-        QPlainTextEdit, QCommandLinkButton, QScrollArea, QMdiArea, and
-        QWebView.
-
-        You can display all of the available objects in a category by clicking
-        on the handle next to the category label. When in
-        \l{Qt Designer's Widget Editing Mode}{Widget Editing
-        Mode}, you can add objects to a form by dragging the appropriate items
-        from the widget box onto the form, and dropping them in the required
-        locations.
-
-        \QD provides a scratch pad feature that allows you to collect
-        frequently used objects in a separate category. The scratch pad
-        category can be filled with any widget currently displayed in a form
-        by dragging them from the form and dropping them onto the widget box.
-        These widgets can be used in the same way as any other widgets, but
-        they can also contain child widgets. Open a context menu over a widget
-        to change its name or remove it from the scratch pad.
-    \endtable
-
-
-    \section1 The Concept of Layouts in Qt
-
-    A layout is used to arrange and manage the elements that make up a user
-    interface. Qt provides a number of classes to automatically handle layouts
-    -- QHBoxLayout, QVBoxLayout, QGridLayout, and QFormLayout. These classes
-    solve the challenge of laying out widgets automatically, providing a user
-    interface that behaves predictably. Fortunately knowledge of the layout
-    classes is not required to arrange widgets with \QD. Instead, select one of
-    the \gui{Lay Out Horizontally}, \gui{Lay Out in a Grid}, etc., options from
-    the context menu.
-
-    Each Qt widget has a recommended size, known as \l{QWidget::}{sizeHint()}.
-    The layout manager will attempt to resize a widget to meet its size hint.
-    In some cases, there is no need to have a different size. For example, the
-    height of a QLineEdit is always a fixed value, depending on font size and
-    style. In other cases, you may require the size to change, e.g., the width
-    of a QLineEdit or the width and height of item view widgets. This is where
-    the widget size constraints -- \l{QWidget::minimumSize()}{minimumSize} and
-    \l{QWidget::maximumSize()}{maximumSize} constraints come into play. These
-    are properties you can set in the property editor. For example, to override
-    the default \l{QWidget::}{sizeHint()}, simply set
-    \l{QWidget::minimumSize()}{minimumSize} and \l{QWidget::maximumSize()}
-    {maximumSize} to the same value. Alternatively, to use the current size as
-    a size constraint value, choose one of the \gui{Size Constraint} options
-    from the widget's context menu. The layout  will then ensure that those
-    constraints are met. To control the size of your widgets via code, you can
-    reimplement \l{QWidget::}{sizeHint()} in your code.
-
-    The screenshot below shows the breakdown of a basic user interface designed
-    using a grid. The coordinates on the screenshot show the position of each
-    widget within the grid.
-
-    \image addressbook-tutorial-part3-labeled-layout.png
-
-    \note Inside the grid, the QPushButton objects are actually nested. The
-    buttons on the right are first placed in a QVBoxLayout; the buttons at the
-    bottom are first placed in a QHBoxLayout. Finally, they are put into
-    coordinates (1,2) and (3,1) of the QGridLayout.
-
-    To visualize, imagine the layout as a box that shrinks as much as possible,
-    attempting to \e squeeze your widgets in a neat arrangement, and, at the
-    same time, maximize the use of available space.
-
-    Qt's layouts help when you:
-
-    \list 1
-        \i  Resize the user face to fit different window sizes.
-        \i  Resize elements within the user interface to suit different
-            localizations.
-        \i  Arrange elements to adhere to layout guidelines for different
-            platforms.
-    \endlist
-
-    So, you no longer have to worry about rearranging widgets for different
-    platforms, settings, and languages.
-
-    The example below shows how different localizations can affect the user
-    interface. When a localization requires more space for longer text strings
-    the Qt layout automatically scales to accommodate this, while ensuring that
-    the user interface looks presentable and still matches the platform
-    guidelines.
-
-    \table
-        \header
-            \i  A Dialog in English
-            \i  A Dialog in French
-        \row
-            \i  \image designer-english-dialog.png
-            \i  \image designer-french-dialog.png
-    \endtable
-
-    The process of laying out widgets consists of creating the layout hierarchy
-    while setting as few widget size constraints as possible.
-
-    For a more technical perspective on Qt's layout classes, refer to the
-    \l{Layout Management} documentation.
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    \page designer-quick-start.html
-    \contentspage {Qt Designer Manual}{Contents}
-
-
-    \title A Quick Start to Qt Designer
-
-    Using \QD involves \bold four basic steps:
-
-    \list 1
-        \o  Choose your form and objects
-        \o  Lay the objects out on the form
-        \o  Connect the signals to the slots
-        \o  Preview the form
-    \endlist
-
-    \image rgbController-screenshot.png
-
-    Suppose you would like to design a small widget (see screenshot above) that
-    contains the controls needed to manipulate Red, Green and Blue (RGB) values
-    -- a type of widget that can be seen everywhere in image manipulation
-    programs.
-
-    \table
-    \row
-    \i \inlineimage designer-choosing-form.png
-    \i \bold{Choosing a Form}
-
-    You start by choosing \gui Widget from the \gui{New Form} dialog.
-    \endtable
-
-
-    \table
-    \row
-    \i  \inlineimage rgbController-arrangement.png
-    \i  \bold{Placing Widgets on a Form}
-
-    Drag three labels, three spin boxes and three vertical sliders on to your
-    form. To change the label's default text, simply double-click on it. You
-    can arrange them according to how you would like them to be laid out.
-    \endtable
-
-    To ensure that they are laid out exactly like this in your program, you
-    need to place these widgets into a layout. We will do this in groups of
-    three. Select the "RED" label. Then, hold down \key Ctrl while you select
-    its corresponding spin box and slider. In the \gui{Form} menu, select
-    \gui{Lay Out in a Grid}.
-
-    \table
-        \row
-            \i \inlineimage rgbController-form-gridLayout.png
-            \i \inlineimage rgbController-selectForLayout.png
-    \endtable
-
-
-    Repeat the step for the other two labels along with their corresponding
-    spin boxes and sliders as well.
-
-    The next step is to combine all three layouts into one \bold{main layout}.
-    The main layout is the top level widget's (in this case, the QWidget)
-    layout. It is important that your top level widget has a layout; otherwise,
-    the widgets on your window will not resize when your window is resized. To
-    set the layout, \gui{Right click} anywhere on your form, outside of the
-    three separate layouts, and select \gui{Lay Out Horizontally}.
-    Alternatively, you could also select \gui{Lay Out in a Grid} -- you will
-    still see the same arrangement (shown below).
-
-    \image rgbController-final-layout.png
-
-    \note Main layouts cannot be seen on the form. To check if you have a main
-    layout installed, try resizing your form; your widgets should resize
-    accordingly. Alternatively, you can take a look at \QD's
-    \gui{Object Inspector}. If your top level widget does not have a layout,
-    you will see the broken layout icon next to it,
-    \inlineimage rgbController-no-toplevel-layout.png
-    .
-
-    When you click on the slider and drag it to a certain value, you want the
-    spin box to display the slider's position. To accomplish this behavior, you
-    need to connect the slider's \l{QAbstractSlider::}{valueChanged()} signal
-    to the spin box's \l{QSpinBox::}{setValue()} slot. You also need to make
-    the reverse connections, e.g., connect the spin box's \l{QSpinBox::}
-    {valueChanged()} signal to the slider's \l{QAbstractSlider::value()}
-    {setValue()} slot.
-
-    To do this, you have to switch to \gui{Edit Signals/Slots} mode, either by
-    pressing \key{F4} or something \gui{Edit Signals/Slots} from the \gui{Edit}
-    menu.
-
-    \table
-        \row
-            \i \inlineimage rgbController-signalsAndSlots.png
-            \i \bold{Connecting Signals to Slots}
-
-        Click on the slider and drag the cursor towards the spin box. The
-        \gui{Configure Connection} dialog, shown below, will pop up. Select the
-        correct signal and slot and click \gui OK.
-    \endtable
-
-    \image rgbController-configure-connection1.png
-
-    Repeat the step (in reverse order), clicking on the spin box and dragging
-    the cursor towards the slider, to connect the spin box's
-    \l{QSpinBox::}{valueChanged()} signal to the slider's
-    \l{QAbstractSlider::value()}{setValue()} slot.
-
-    You can use the screenshot below as a guide to selecting the correct signal
-    and slot.
-
-    \image rgbController-configure-connection2.png
-
-    Now that you have successfully connected the objects for the "RED"
-    component of the RGB Controller, do the same for the "GREEN" and "BLUE"
-    components as well.
-
-    Since RGB values range between 0 and 255, we need to limit the spin box
-    and slider to that particular range.
-
-    \table
-        \row
-            \i \inlineimage rgbController-property-editing.png
-            \i \bold{Setting Widget Properties}
-
-        Click on the first spin box. Within the \gui{Property Editor}, you will
-        see \l{QSpinBox}'s properties. Enter "255" for the
-        \l{QSpinBox::}{maximum} property. Then, click on the first vertical
-        slider, you will see \l{QAbstractSlider}'s properties. Enter "255" for
-        the \l{QAbstractSlider::}{maximum} property as well. Repeat this
-        process for the remaining  spin boxes and sliders.
-    \endtable
-
-    Now, we preview your form to see how it would look in your application -
-    press \key{Ctrl + R} or select \gui Preview from the \gui Form menu. Try
-    dragging the slider - the spin box will mirror its value too (and vice
-    versa). Also, you can resize it to see how the layouts that are used to
-    manage the child widgets, respond to different window sizes.
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    \page designer-editing-mode.html
-    \previouspage Getting to Know Qt Designer
-    \contentspage {Qt Designer Manual}{Contents}
-    \nextpage Using Layouts in Qt Designer
-
-    \title Qt Designer's Editing Modes
-
-    \QD provides four editing modes: \l{Qt Designer's Widget Editing Mode}
-    {Widget Editing Mode}, \l{Qt Designer's Signals and Slots Editing Mode}
-    {Signals and Slots Editing Mode}, \l{Qt Designer's Buddy Editing Mode}
-    {Buddy Editing Mode} and \l{Qt Designer's Tab Order Editing Mode}
-    {Tab Order Editing Mode}. When working with \QD, you will always be in one
-    of these four modes. To switch between modes, simply select it from the
-    \gui{Edit} menu or the toolbar. The table below describes these modes in
-    further detail.
-
-    \table
-        \header \i  \i  \bold{Editing Modes}
-        \row
-            \i  \inlineimage designer-widget-tool.png
-            \i  In \l{Qt Designer's Widget Editing Mode}{Edit} mode, we can
-                change the appearance of the form, add layouts, and edit the
-                properties of each widget. To switch to this mode, press
-                \key{F3}. This is \QD's default mode.
-
-        \row
-            \i  \inlineimage designer-connection-tool.png
-            \i  In \l{Qt Designer's Signals and Slots Editing Mode}
-                {Signals and Slots} mode, we can connect widgets together using
-                Qt's signals and slots mechanism. To switch to this mode, press
-                \key{F4}.
-
-        \row
-            \i  \inlineimage designer-buddy-tool.png
-            \i  In \l{Qt Designer's Buddy Editing Mode}{Buddy Editing Mode},
-                buddy widgets can be assigned to label widgets to help them
-                handle keyboard focus correctly.
-
-        \row
-            \i  \inlineimage designer-tab-order-tool.png
-            \i  In \l{Qt Designer's Tab Order Editing Mode}
-                {Tab Order Editing Mode}, we can set the order in which widgets
-                receive the keyboard focus.
-    \endtable
-
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    \page designer-widget-mode.html
-    \previouspage Qt Designer's Editing Modes
-    \contentspage {Qt Designer Manual}{Contents}
-    \nextpage Qt Designer's Signals and Slots Editing Mode
-
-    \title Qt Designer's Widget Editing Mode
-
-    \image designer-editing-mode.png
-
-    In the Widget Editing Mode, objects can be dragged from the main window's
-    widget box to a form, edited, resized, dragged around on the form, and even
-    dragged between forms. Object properties can be modified interactively, so
-    that changes can be seen immediately. The editing interface is intuitive
-    for simple operations, yet it still supports Qt's powerful layout
-    facilities.
-
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    To create and edit new forms, open the \gui File menu and select
-    \gui{New Form...} or press \key{Ctrl+N}. Existing forms can also be edited
-    by selecting \gui{Open Form...} from the \gui File menu or pressing
-    \key{Ctrl+O}.
-
-    At any point, you can save your form by selecting the \gui{Save From As...}
-    option from the \gui File menu. The UI files saved by \QD contain
-    information about the objects used, and any details of signal and slot
-    connections between them.
-
-
-    \section1 Editing A Form
-
-    By default, new forms are opened in widget editing mode. To switch to Edit
-    mode from another mode, select \gui{Edit Widgets} from the \gui Edit menu
-    or press the \key F3 key.
-
-    Objects are added to the form by dragging them from the main widget box
-    and dropping them in the desired location on the form. Once there, they
-    can be moved around simply by dragging them, or using the cursor keys.
-    Pressing the \key Ctrl key at the same time moves the selected widget
-    pixel by pixel, while using the cursor keys alone make the selected widget
-    snap to the grid when it is moved. Objects can be selected by clicking on
-    them with the left mouse button. You can also use the \key Tab key to
-    change the selection.
-
-    ### Screenshot of widget box, again
-
-    The widget box contains objects in a number of different categories, all of
-    which can be placed on the form as required. The only objects that require
-    a little more preparation are the \gui Container widgets. These are
-    described in further detail in the \l{Using Containers in Qt Designer}
-    chapter.
-
-
-    \target SelectingObjects
-    \table
-        \row
-            \i  \inlineimage designer-selecting-widget.png
-            \i  \bold{Selecting Objects}
-
-        Objects on the form are selected by clicking on them with the left
-        mouse button. When an object is selected, resize handles are shown at
-        each corner and the midpoint of each side, indicating that it can be
-        resized.
-
-        To select additional objects, hold down the \key Shift key and click on
-        them. If more than one object is selected, the current object will be
-        displayed with resize handles of a different color.
-
-        To move a widget within a layout, hold down \key Shift and \key Control
-        while dragging the widget. This extends the selection to the widget's
-        parent layout.
-
-        Alternatively, objects can be selected in the
-        \l{The Object Inspector}{Object Inspector}.
-    \endtable
-
-    When a widget is selected, normal clipboard operations such as cut, copy,
-    and paste can be performed on it. All of these operations can be done and
-    undone, as necessary.
-
-    The following shortcuts can be used:
-
-    \target ShortcutsForEditing
-    \table
-        \header \i Action       \i Shortcut     \i Description
-        \row
-            \i Cut
-            \i \key{Ctrl+X}
-            \i Cuts the selected objects to the clipboard.
-        \row
-            \i Copy
-            \i \key{Ctrl+C}
-            \i Copies the selected objects to the clipboard.
-        \row
-            \i Paste
-            \i \key{Ctrl+V}
-            \i Pastes the objects in the clipboard onto the form.
-        \row
-            \i Delete
-            \i \key Delete
-            \i Deletes the selected objects.
-        \row
-            \i Clone object
-            \i \key{Ctrl+drag} (leftmouse button)
-            \i Makes a copy of the selected object or group of objects.
-        \row
-            \i Preview
-            \i \key{Ctrl+R}
-            \i Shows a preview of the form.
-    \endtable
-
-    All of the above actions (apart from cloning) can be accessed via both the
-    \gui Edit menu and the form's context menu. These menus also provide
-    funcitons for laying out objects as well as a \gui{Select All} function to
-    select all the objects on the form.
-
-    Widgets are not unique objects; you can make as many copies of them as you
-    need. To quickly duplicate a widget, you can clone it by holding down the
-    \key Ctrl key and dragging it. This allows widgets to be copied and placed
-    on the form more quickly than with clipboard operations.
-
-
-    \target DragAndDrop
-    \table
-        \row
-            \i \inlineimage designer-dragging-onto-form.png
-            \i \bold{Drag and Drop}
-
-        \QD makes extensive use of the drag and drop facilities provided by Qt.
-        Widgets can be dragged from the widget box and dropped onto the form.
-
-        Widgets can also be "cloned" on the form: Holding down \key Ctrl and
-        dragging the widget creates a copy of the widget that can be dragged to
-        a new position.
-
-        It is also possible to drop Widgets onto the \l {The Object Inspector}
-        {Object Inspector} to handle nested layouts easily.
-    \endtable
-
-    \QD allows selections of objects to be copied, pasted, and dragged between
-    forms. You can use this feature to create more than one copy of the same
-    form, and experiment with different layouts in each of them.
-
-
-    \section2 The Property Editor
-
-    The Property Editor always displays properties of the currently selected
-    object on the form. The available properties depend on the object being
-    edited, but all of the widgets provided have common properties such as
-    \l{QObject::}{objectName}, the object's internal name, and
-    \l{QWidget::}{enabled}, the property that determines whether an
-    object can be interacted with or not.
-
-
-    \target EditingProperties
-    \table
-        \row
-            \i \inlineimage designer-property-editor.png
-            \i \bold{Editing Properties}
-
-        The property editor uses standard Qt input widgets to manage the
-        properties of jbects on the form. Textual properties are shown in line
-        edits, integer properties are displayed in spinboxes, boolean
-        properties are displayed in check boxes, and compound properties such
-        as colors and sizes are presented in drop-down lists of input widgets.
-
-        Modified properties are indicated with bold labels. To reset them, click
-        the arrow button on the right.
-
-        Changes in properties are applied to all selected objects that have the
-        same property.
-    \endtable
-
-    Certain properties are treated specially by the property editor:
-
-    \list
-        \o Compound properties -- properties that are made up of more than one
-           value -- are represented as nodes that can be expanded, allowing
-           their values to be edited.
-        \o Properties that contain a choice or selection of flags are edited
-           via combo boxes with checkable items.
-        \o Properties that allow access to rich data types, such as QPalette,
-           are modified using dialogs that open when the properties are edited.
-           QLabel and the widgets in the \gui Buttons section of the widget box
-           have a \c text property that can also be edited by double-clicking
-           on the widget or by pressing \gui F2. \QD interprets the backslash
-           (\\) character specially, enabling newline (\\n) characters to be
-           inserted into the text; the \\\\ character sequence is used to
-           insert a single backslash into the text. A context menu can also be
-           opened while editing, providing another way to insert special
-           characters and newlines into the text.
-    \endlist
-
-
-    \section2 Dynamic Properties
-
-    The property editor can also be used to add new
-    \l{QObject#Dynamic Properties}{dynamic properties} to both standard Qt
-    widgets and to forms themselves. Since Qt 4.4, dynamic properties are added
-    and removed via the property editor's toolbar, shown below.
-
-    \image designer-property-editor-toolbar.png
-
-    To add a dynamic property, clcik on the \gui Add button
-    \inlineimage designer-property-editor-add-dynamic.png
-    . To remove it, click on the \gui Remove button
-    \inlineimage designer-property-editor-remove-dynamic.png
-     instead. You can also sort the properties alphabetically and change the
-    color groups by clickinig on the \gui Configure button
-    \inlineimage designer-property-editor-configure.png
-    .
-
-    \section2 The Object Inspector
-    \table
-        \row
-            \i  \inlineimage designer-object-inspector.png
-            \i  \bold{The Object Inspector}
-
-        The \gui{Object Inspector} displays a hierarchical list of all the
-        objects on the form that is currently being edited. To show the child
-        objects of a container widget or a layout, click the handle next to the
-        object label.
-
-        Each object on a form can be selected by clicking on the corresponding
-        item in the \gui{Object Inspector}. Right-clicking opens the form's
-        context menu. These features can be useful if you have many overlapping
-        objects. To locate an object in the \gui{Object Inspector}, use
-        \key{Ctrl+F}.
-
-        Since Qt 4.4, double-clicking on the object's name allows you to change
-        the object's name with the in-place editor.
-
-        Since Qt 4.5, the \gui{Object Inspector} displays the layout state of
-        the containers. The broken layout icon ###ICON is displayed if there is
-        something wrong with the layouts.
-
-    \endtable
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    \page designer-layouts.html
-    \previouspage Qt Designer's Widget Editing Mode
-    \contentspage
-    \nextpage Qt Designer's Signals and Slots Editing Mode
-
-    \title Using Layouts in Qt Designer
-
-    Before a form can be used, the objects on the form need to be placed into
-    layouts. This ensures that the objects will be displayed properly when the
-    form is previewed or used in an application. Placing objects in a layout
-    also ensures that they will be resized correctly when the form is resized.
-
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 Applying and Breaking Layouts
-
-    The simplest way to manage objects is to apply a layout to a group of
-    existing objects. This is achieved by selecting the objects that you need
-    to manage and applying one of the standard layouts using the main toolbar,
-    the \gui Form menu, or the form's context menu.
-
-    Once widgets have been inserted into a layout, it is not possible to move
-    and resize them individually because the layout itself controls the
-    geometry of each widget within it, taking account of the hints provided by
-    spacers. Instead, you must either break the layout and adjust each object's
-    geometry manually, or you can influence the widget's geometry by resizing
-    the layout.
-
-    To break the layout, press \key{Ctrl+0} or choose \gui{Break Layout} from
-    the form's context menu, the \gui Form menu or the main toolbar. You can
-    also add and remove spacers from the layout to influence the geometries of
-    the widgets.
-
-
-    \target InsertingObjectsIntoALayout
-    \table
-        \row
-            \i  \inlineimage designer-layout-inserting.png
-            \i  \bold{Inserting Objects into a Layout}
-
-        Objects can be inserted into an existing layout by dragging them from
-        their current positions and dropping them at the required location. A
-        blue cursor is displayed in the layout as an object is dragged over
-        it to indicate where the object will be added.
-    \endtable
-
-
-    \section2 Setting A Top Level Layout
-
-    The form's top level layout can be set by clearing the slection (click the
-    left mouse button on the form itself) and applying a layout. A top level
-    layout is necessary to ensure that your widgets will resize correctly when
-    its window is resized. To check if you have set a top level layout, preview
-    your widget and attempt to resize the window by dragging the size grip.
-
-    \table
-        \row
-            \i  \inlineimage designer-set-layout.png
-            \i  \bold{Applying a Layout}
-
-        To apply a layout, you can select your choice of layout from the
-        toolbar shown on the left, or from the context menu shown below.
-    \endtable
-
-    \image designer-set-layout2.png
-
-
-    \section2 Horizontal and Vertical Layouts
-
-    The simplest way to arrange objects on a form is to place them in a
-    horizontal or vertical layout. Horizontal layouts ensure that the widgets
-    within are aligned horizontally; vertical layouts ensure that they are
-    aligned vertically.
-
-    Horizontal and vertical layouts can be combined and nested to any depth.
-    However, if you need more control over the placement of objects, consider
-    using the grid layout.
-
-
-    \section3 The Grid Layout
-
-    Complex form layouts can be created by placing objects in a grid layout.
-    This kind of layout gives the form designer much more freedom to arrange
-    widgets on the form, but can result in a much less flexible layout.
-    However, for some kinds of form layout, a grid arrangement is much more
-    suitable than a nested arrangement of horizontal and vertical layouts.
-
-
-    \section3 Splitter Layouts
-
-    Another common way to manage the layout of objects on a form is to place
-    them in a splitter. These splitters arrange the objects horizontally or
-    vertically in the same way as normal layouts, but also allow the user to
-    adjust the amount of space allocated to each object.
-
-    \image designer-splitter-layout.png
-
-    Although QSplitter is a container widget, \QD treats splitter objects as
-    layouts that are applied to existing widgets. To place a group of widgets
-    into a splitter, select them
-    \l{Qt Designer's Widget Editing Mode#SelectingObjects}{as described here}
-    then apply the splitter layout by using the appropriate toolbar button,
-    keyboard shortcut, or \gui{Lay out} context menu entry.
-
-
-    \section3 The Form Layout
-
-    Since Qt 4.4, another layout class has been included -- QFormLayout. This
-    class manages widgets in a two-column form; the left column holds labels
-    and the right column holds field widgets such as line edits, spin boxes,
-    etc. The QFormLayout class adheres to various platform look and feel
-    guidelines and supports wrapping for long rows.
-
-    \image designer-form-layout.png
-
-    The UI file above results in the previews shown below.
-
-    \table
-        \header
-            \i  Windows XP
-            \i  Mac OS X
-            \i  Cleanlooks
-        \row
-            \i  \inlineimage designer-form-layout-windowsXP.png
-            \i  \inlineimage designer-form-layout-macintosh.png
-            \i  \inlineimage designer-form-layout-cleanlooks.png
-    \endtable
-
-
-    \section2 Shortcut Keys
-
-    In addition to the standard toolbar and context menu entries, there is also
-    a set of keyboard shortcuts to apply layouts on widgets.
-
-    \target LayoutShortcuts
-    \table
-        \header
-            \i  Layout
-            \i  Shortcut
-            \i  Description
-        \row
-            \i  Horizontal
-            \i  \key{Ctrl+1}
-            \i  Places the selected objects in a horizontal layout.
-        \row
-            \i  Vertical
-            \i  \key{Ctrl+2}
-            \i  Places the selected objects in a vertical layout.
-        \row
-            \i  Grid
-            \i  \key{Ctrl+5}
-            \i  Places the selected objects in a grid layout.
-        \row
-            \i  Form
-            \i  \key{Ctrl+6}
-            \i  Places the selected objects in a form layout.
-        \row
-            \i  Horizontal splitter
-            \i  \key{Ctrl+3}
-            \i  Creates a horizontal splitter and places the selected objects
-                inside it.
-        \row
-            \i  Vertical splitter
-            \i  \key{Ctrl+4}
-            \i  Creates a vertical splitter and places the selected objects
-                inside it.
-        \row
-            \i  Adjust size
-            \i  \key{Ctrl+J}
-            \i  Adjusts the size of the layout to ensure that each child object
-                has sufficient space to display its contents. See
-                QWidget::adjustSize() for more information.
-    \endtable
-
-    \note \key{Ctrl+0} is used to break a layout.
-
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    \page designer-preview.html
-    \contentspage {Qt Designer Manual}{Contents}
-    \previouspage Using Layouts in Qt Designer
-    \nextpage Qt Designer's Buddy Editing Mode
-    \title Saving, Previewing and Printing Forms in Qt Designer
-
-    Although \QD's forms are accurate representations of the components being
-    edited, it is useful to preview the final appearance while editing. This
-    feature can be activated by opening the \gui Form menu and selecting
-    \gui Preview, or by pressing \key{Ctrl+R} when in the form.
-
-    \image designer-dialog-preview.png
-
-    The preview shows exactly what the final component will look like when used
-    in an application.
-
-    Since Qt 4.4, it is possible to preview forms with various skins - default
-    skins, skins created with Qt Style Sheets or device skins. This feature
-    simulates the effect of calling \c{QApplication::setStyleSheet()} in the
-    application.
-
-    To preview your form with skins, open the \gui Edit menu and select
-    \gui{Preferences...}
-
-    You will see the dialog shown below:
-
-    \image designer-preview-style.png
-
-    The \gui{Print/Preview Configuration} checkbox must be checked to activate
-    previews of skins. You can select the styles provided from the \gui{Style}
-    drop-down box.
-
-    \image designer-preview-style-selection.png
-
-    Alternatively, you can preview custom style sheet created with Qt Style
-    Sheets. The figure below shows an example of Qt Style Sheet syntax and the
-    corresponding output.
-
-    \image designer-preview-stylesheet.png
-
-    Another option would be to preview your form with device skins. A list of
-    generic device skins are available in \QD, however, you may also use
-    other QVFB skins with the \gui{Browse...} option.
-
-    \image designer-preview-deviceskin-selection.png
-
-
-    \section1 Viewing the Form's Code
-
-    Since Qt 4.4, it is possible to view code generated by the User Interface
-    Compiler (uic) for the \QD form.
-
-    \image designer-form-viewcode.png
-
-    Select \gui{View Code...} from the \gui{Form} menu and a dialog with the
-    generated code will be displayed. The screenshot below is an example of
-    code generated by the \c{uic}.
-
-    \image designer-code-viewer.png
-
-    \section1 Saving and Printing the Form
-
-    Forms created in \QD can be saved to an image or printed.
-
-    \table
-    \row
-    \i \inlineimage designer-file-menu.png
-    \i \bold{Saving Forms}
-
-    To save a form as an image, choose the \gui{Save Image...} option. The file
-    will be saved in \c{.png} format.
-
-    \bold{Printing Forms}
-
-    To print a form, select the \gui{Print...} option.
-
-    \endtable
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    \page designer-connection-mode.html
-    \contentspage {Qt Designer Manual}{Contents}
-    \previouspage Using Layouts in Qt Designer
-    \nextpage Qt Designer's Buddy Editing Mode
-
-
-    \title Qt Designer's Signals and Slots Editing Mode
-
-    \image designer-connection-mode.png
-
-    In \QD's signals and slots editing mode, you can connect objects in a form
-    together using Qt's signals and slots mechanism. Both widgets and layouts
-    can be connected via an intuitive connection interface, using the menu of
-    compatible signals and slots provided by \QD. When a form is saved, all
-    connections are preserved so that they will be ready for use when your
-    project is built.
-
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    For more information on Qt's signals and sltos mechanism, refer to the
-    \l{Signals and Slots} document.
-
-
-    \section1 Connecting Objects
-
-    To begin connecting objects, enter the signals and slots editing mode by
-    opening the \gui Edit menu and selecting \gui{Edit Signals/Slots}, or by
-    pressing the \key F4 key.
-
-    All widgets and layouts on the form can be connected together. However,
-    spacers just provide spacing hints to layouts, so they cannot be connected
-    to other objects.
-
-
-    \target HighlightedObjects
-    \table
-        \row
-            \i  \inlineimage designer-connection-highlight.png
-            \i  \bold{Highlighted Objects}
-
-        When the cursor is over an object that can be used in a connection, the
-        object will be highlighted.
-    \endtable
-
-    To make a connectionn, press the left mouse button and drag the cursor
-    towards the object you want to connect it to. As you do this, a line will
-    extend from the source object to the cursor. If the cursor is over another
-    object on the form, the line will end with an arrow head that points to the
-    destination object. This indicates that a connection will be made between
-    the two objects when you release the mouse button.
-
-    You can abandon the connection at any point while you are dragging the
-    connection path by pressing \key{Esc}.
-
-    \target MakingAConnection
-    \table
-        \row
-            \i  \inlineimage designer-connection-making.png
-            \i  \bold{Making a Connection}
-
-        The connection path will change its shape as the cursor moves around
-        the form. As it passes over objects, they are highlighted, indicating
-        that they can be used in a signal and slot connection. Release the
-        mouse button to make the connection.
-    \endtable
-
-    The \gui{Configure Connection} dialog (below) is displayed, showing signals
-    from the source object and slots from the destination object that you can
-    use.
-
-    \image designer-connection-dialog.png
-
-    To complete the connection, select a signal from the source object and a
-    slot from the destination object, then click \key OK. Click \key Cancel if
-    you wish to abandon the connection.
-
-    \note If the \gui{Show all signals and slots} checkbox is selected, all
-    available signals from the source object will be shown. Otherwise, the
-    signals and slots inherited from QWidget will be hidden.
-
-    You can make as many connections as you like between objects on the form;
-    it is possible to connect signals from objects to slots in the form itself.
-    As a result, the signal and slot connections in many dialogs can be
-    completely configured from within \QD.
-
-    \target ConnectingToTheForm
-    \table
-        \row
-            \i  \inlineimage designer-connection-to-form.png
-            \i  \bold{Connecting to a Form}
-
-        To connect an object to the form itself, simply position the cursor
-        over the form and release the mouse button. The end point of the
-        connection changes to the electrical "ground" symbol.
-    \endtable
-
-
-    \section1 Editing and Deleting Connections
-
-    By default, connection paths are created with two labels that show the
-    signal and slot involved in the connection. These labels are usually
-    oriented along the line of the connection. You can move them around inside
-    their host widgets by dragging the red square at each end of the connection
-    path.
-
-    \target ConnectionEditor
-    \table
-        \row
-            \i  \inlineimage designer-connection-editor.png
-            \i  \bold{The Signal/Slot Editor}
-
-        The signal and slot used in a connection can be changed after it has
-        been set up. When a connection is configured, it becomes visible in
-        \QD's signal and slot editor where it can be further edited. You can
-        also edit signal/slot connections by double-clicking on the connection
-        path or one of its labels to display the Connection Dialog.
-    \endtable
-
-    \target DeletingConnections
-    \table
-        \row
-            \i  \inlineimage designer-connection-editing.png
-            \i  \bold{Deleting Connections}
-
-        The whole connection can be selected by clicking on any of its path
-        segments. Once selected, a connection can be deleted with the
-        \key Delete key, ensuring that it will not be set up in the UI
-        file.
-    \endtable
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    \page designer-buddy-mode.html
-    \contentspage{Qt Designer Manual}{Contents}
-    \previouspage Qt Designer's Signals and Slots Editing Mode
-    \nextpage Qt Designer's Tab Order Editing Mode
-
-    \title Qt Designer's Buddy Editing Mode
-
-    \image designer-buddy-mode.png
-
-    One of the most useful basic features of Qt is the support for buddy
-    widgets. A buddy widget accepts the input focus on behalf of a QLabel when
-    the user types the label's shortcut key combination. The buddy concept is
-    also used in Qt's \l{Model/View Programming}{model/view} framework.
-
-
-    \section1 Linking Labels to Buddy Widgets
-
-    To enter buddy editing mode, open the \gui Edit menu and select
-    \gui{Edit Buddies}. This mode presents the widgets on the form in a similar
-    way to \l{Qt Designer's Signals and Slots Editing Mode}{signals and slots
-    editing mode} but in this mode, connections must start at label widgets.
-    Ideally, you should connect each label widget that provides a shortcut with
-    a suitable input widget, such as a QLineEdit.
-
-
-    \target MakingBuddies
-    \table
-        \row
-            \i  \inlineimage designer-buddy-making.png
-            \i  \bold{Making Buddies}
-
-        To define a buddy widget for a label, click on the label, drag the
-        connection to another widget on the form, and release the mouse button.
-        The connection shown indicates how input focus is passed to the buddy
-        widget. You can use the form preview to test the connections between
-        each label and its buddy.
-    \endtable
-
-
-    \section1 Removing Buddy Connections
-
-    Only one buddy widget can be defined for each label. To change the buddy
-    used, it is necessary to delete any existing buddy connection before you
-    create a new one.
-
-    Connections between labels and their buddy widgets can be deleted in the
-    same way as signal-slot connections in signals and slots editing mode:
-    Select the buddy connection by clicking on it and press the \key Delete
-    key. This operation does not modify either the label or its buddy in any
-    way.
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    \page designer-tab-order.html
-    \contentspage {Qt Designer Manual}{Contents}
-    \previouspage Qt Designer's Buddy Editing Mode
-    \nextpage Using Containers in Qt Designer
-
-    \title Qt Designer's Tab Order Editing Mode
-
-    \image designer-tab-order-mode.png
-
-    Many users expect to be able to navigate between widgets and controls
-    using only the keyboard. Qt lets the user navigate between input widgets
-    with the \key Tab and \key{Shift+Tab} keyboard shortcuts. The default
-    \e{tab order} is based on the order in which widgets are constructed.
-    Although this order may be sufficient for many users, it is often better
-    to explicitly specify the tab order to make your application easier to
-    use.
-
-
-    \section1 Setting the Tab Order
-
-    To enter tab order editing mode, open the \gui Edit menu and select
-    \gui{Edit Tab Order}. In this mode, each input widget in the form is shown
-    with a number indicating its position in the tab order. So, if the user
-    gives the first input widget the input focus and then presses the tab key,
-    the focus will move to the second input widget, and so on.
-
-    The tab order is defined by clicking on each of the numbers in the correct
-    order. The first number you click will change to red, indicating the
-    currently edited position in the tab order chain. The widget associated
-    with the number will become the first one in the tab order chain. Clicking
-    on another widget will make it the second in the tab order, and so on.
-
-    Repeat this process until you are satisfied with the tab order in the form
-    -- you do not need to click every input widget if you see that the
-    remaining widgets are already in the correct order. Numbers, for which you
-    already set the order, change to green, while those which are not clicked
-    yet, remain blue.
-
-    If you make a mistake, simply double click outside of any number or choose
-    \gui{Restart} from the form's context menu to start again. If you have many
-    widgets on your form and would like to change the tab order in the middle or
-    at the end of the tab order chain, you can edit it at any position. Press
-    \key{Ctrl} and click the number from which you want to start.
-    Alternatively, choose \gui{Start from Here} in the context menu.
-
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    \page designer-using-containers.html
-    \contentspage {Qt Designer Manual}{Contents}
-    \previouspage Qt Designer's Tab Order Editing Mode
-    \nextpage Creating Main Windows in Qt Designer
-
-
-    \title Using Containers in Qt Designer
-
-    Container widgets provide high level control over groups of objects on a
-    form. They can be used to perform a variety of functions, such as managing
-    input widgets, providing paged and tabbed layouts, or just acting as
-    decorative containers for other objects.
-
-    \image designer-widget-morph.png
-
-    \QD provides visual feedback to help you place objects inside your
-    containers. When you drag an object from the widget box (or elsewhere) on
-    the form, each container will be highlighted when the cursor is positioned
-    over it. This indicates that you can drop the object inside, making it a
-    child object of the container. This feedback is important because it is
-    easy to place objects close to containers without actually placing them
-    inside. Both widgets and spacers can be used inside containers.
-
-    Stacked widgets, tab widgets, and toolboxes are handled specially in \QD.
-    Normally, when adding pages (tabs, pages, compartments) to these containers
-    in your own code, you need to supply existing widgets, either as
-    placeholders or containing child widgets. In \QD, these are automatically
-    created for you, so you can add child objects to each page straight away.
-
-    Each container typically allows its child objects to be arranged in one or
-    more layouts. The type of layout management provided depends on each
-    container, although setting the layout is usually just a matter of
-    selecting the container by clicking it, and applying a layout. The table
-    below shows a list of available containers.
-
-    \table
-        \row
-            \i  \inlineimage designer-containers-frame.png
-            \i  \bold Frames
-
-        Frames are used to enclose and group widgets, as well as to provide
-        decoration. They are used as the foundation for more complex
-        containers, but they can also be used as placeholders in forms.
-
-        The most important properties of frames are \c frameShape,
-        \c frameShadow, \c lineWidth, and \c midLineWidth. These are described
-        in more detail in the QFrame class description.
-
-        \row
-            \i  \inlineimage designer-containers-groupbox.png
-            \i  \bold{Group Boxes}
-
-        Group boxes are usually used to group together collections of
-        checkboxes and radio buttons with similar purposes.
-
-        Among the significant properties of group boxes are \c title, \c flat,
-        \c checkable, and \c checked. These are demonstrated in the
-        \l{widgets/groupbox}{Group Box} example, and described in the QGroupBox
-        class documentation. Each group box can contain its own layout, and
-        this is necessary if it contains other widgets. To add a layout to the
-        group box, click inside it and apply the layout as usual.
-
-        \row
-            \i  \inlineimage designer-containers-stackedwidget.png
-            \i  \bold{Stacked Widgets}
-
-        Stacked widgets are collections of widgets in which only the topmost
-        layer is visible. Control over the visible layer is usually managed by
-        another widget, such as combobox, using signals and slots.
-
-        \QD shows arrows in the top-right corner of the stack to allow you to
-        see all the widgets in the stack when designing it. These arrows do not
-        appear in the preview or in the final component. To navigate between
-        pages in the stack, select the stacked widget and use the
-        \gui{Next Page} and \gui{Previous Page} entries from the context menu.
-        The \gui{Insert Page} and \gui{Delete Page} context menu options allow
-        you to add and remove pages.
-
-        \row
-            \i  \inlineimage designer-containers-tabwidget.png
-            \i  \bold{Tab Widgets}
-
-        Tab widgets allow the developer to split up the contents of a widget
-        into different labelled sections, only one of which is displayed at any
-        given time. By default, the tab widget contains two tabs, and these can
-        be deleted or renamed as required. You can also add additional tabs.
-
-        To delete a tab:
-        \list
-            \o  Click on its label to make it the current tab.
-            \o  Select the tab widget and open its context menu.
-            \o  Select \gui{Delete Page}.
-        \endlist
-
-        To add a new tab:
-        \list
-            \o  Select the tab widget and open its context menu.
-            \o  Select \gui{Insert Page}.
-            \o  You can add a page before or after the \e current page. \QD
-                will create a new widget for that particular tab and insert it
-                into the tab widget.
-            \o  You can set the title of the current tab by changing the
-                \c currentTabText property in the \gui{Property Editor}.
-        \endlist
-
-        \row
-            \i  \inlineimage designer-containers-toolbox.png
-            \i  \bold{ToolBox Widgets}
-
-        Toolbox widgets provide a series of pages or compartments in a toolbox.
-        They are handled in a way similar to stacked widgets.
-
-        To rename a page in a toolbox, make the toolbox your current pange and
-        change its \c currentItemText property from the \gui{Property Editor}.
-
-        To add a new page, select \gui{Insert Page} from the toolbox widget's
-        context menu. You can add the page before or after the current page.
-
-        To delete a page, select \gui{Delete Page} from the toolbox widget's
-        context menu.
-
-        \row
-            \i  \inlineimage designer-containers-dockwidget.png
-            \i  \bold{Dock Widgets}
-
-        Dock widgets are floating panels, often containing input widgets and
-        more complex controls, that are either attached to the edges of the
-        main window in "dock areas", or floated as independent tool windows.
-
-        Although dock widgets can be added to any type of form, they are
-        typically used with forms created from the
-        \l{Creating Main Windows in Qt Designer}{main window template}.
-
-    \endtable
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    \page designer-creating-mainwindows.html
-    \contentspage {Qt Designer Manual}{Contents}
-    \previouspage Using Containers in Qt Designer
-    \nextpage Editing Resources with Qt Designer
-
-    \title Creating Main Windows in Qt Designer
-
-    \QD can be used to create user interfaces for different purposes, and
-    it provides different kinds of form templates for each user interface. The
-    main window template is used to create application windows with menu bars,
-    toolbars, and dock widgets.
-
-    \omit
-    \image designer-mainwindow-example.png
-    \endomit
-
-    Create a new main window by opening the \gui File menu and selecting the
-    \gui{New Form...} option, or by pressing \key{Ctrl+N}. Then, select the
-    \gui{Main Window} template. This template provides a main application
-    window containing a menu bar and a toolbar by default -- these can be
-    removed if they are not required.
-
-    If you remove the menu bar, a new one can be created by selecting the
-    \gui{Create Menu Bar} option from the context menu, obtained by
-    right-clicking within the main window form.
-
-    An application can have only \bold one menu bar, but \bold several
-    toolbars.
-
-
-    \section1 Menus
-
-    Menus are added to the menu bar by modifying the \gui{Type Here}
-    placeholders. One of these is always present for editing purposes, and
-    will not be displayed in the preview or in the finished window.
-
-    Once created, the properties of a menu can be accessed using the
-    \l{Qt Designer's Widget Editing Mode#The Property Editor}{Property Editor},
-    and each menu can be accessed for this purpose via the
-    \l{Qt Designer's Widget Editing Mode#The Object Inspector}{The Object Inspector}.
-
-    Existing menus can be removed by opening a context menu over the label in
-    the menu bar, and selecting \gui{Remove Menu 'menu_name'}.
-
-
-    \target CreatingAMenu
-    \table
-        \row
-            \i  \inlineimage designer-creating-menu1.png
-            \i  \inlineimage designer-creating-menu2.png
-            \i  \bold{Creating a Menu}
-
-        Double-click the placeholder item to begin editing. The menu text,
-        displayed using a line edit, can be modified.
-
-        \row
-            \i  \inlineimage designer-creating-menu3.png
-            \i  \inlineimage designer-creating-menu4.png
-            \i  Insert the required text for the new menu. Inserting an
-                ampersand character (&) causes the letter following it to be
-                used as a mnemonic for the menu.
-
-        Press \key Return or \key Enter to accept the new text, or press
-        \key Escape to reject it. You can undo the editing operation later if
-        required.
-    \endtable
-
-    Menus can also be rearranged in the menu bar simply by dragging and
-    dropping them in the preferred location. A vertical red line indicates the
-    position where the menu will be inserted.
-
-    Menus can contain any number of entries and separators, and can be nested
-    to the required depth. Adding new entries to menus can be achieved by
-    navigating the menu structure in the usual way.
-
-    \target CreatingAMenuEntry
-    \table
-        \row
-            \i  \inlineimage designer-creating-menu-entry1.png
-            \i  \inlineimage designer-creating-menu-entry2.png
-            \i  \bold{Creating a Menu Entry}
-
-        Double-click the \gui{new action} placeholder to begin editing, or
-        double-click \gui{new separator} to insert a new separator line after
-        the last entry in the menu.
-
-        The menu entry's text is displayed using a line edit, and can be
-        modified.
-
-        \row
-            \i  \inlineimage designer-creating-menu-entry3.png
-            \i  \inlineimage designer-creating-menu-entry4.png
-            \i  Insert the required text for the new entry, optionally using
-                the ampersand character (&) to mark the letter to use as a
-                mnemonic for the entry.
-
-        Press \key Return or \key Enter to accept the new text, or press
-        \key Escape to reject it. The action created for this menu entry will
-        be accessible via the \l{#TheActionEditor}{Action Editor}, and any
-        associated keyboard shortcut can be set there.
-    \endtable
-
-    Just like with menus, entries can be moved around simply by dragging and
-    dropping them in the preferred location. When an entry is dragged over a
-    closed menu, the menu will open to allow it to be inserted there. Since
-    menu entries are based on actions, they can also be dropped onto toolbars,
-    where they will be displayed as toolbar buttons.
-
-
-    \section1 Toolbars
-
-
-    ### SCREENSHOT
-
-    Toolbars ared added to a main window in a similar way to the menu bar:
-    Select the \gui{Add Tool Bar} option from the form's context menu.
-    Alternatively, if there is an existing toolbar in the main window, you can
-    click the arrow on its right end to create a new toolbar.
-
-    Toolbar buttons are created using the action system to populate each
-    toolbar, rather than by using specific button widgets from the widget box.
-    Since actions can be represented by menu entries and toolbar buttons, they
-    can be moved between menus and toolbars. To share an action between a menu
-    and a toolbar, drag its icon from the \l{#TheActionEditor}{Action Editor}
-    to the toolbar rather than from the menu where its entry is located.
-
-    New actions for menus and toolbars can be created in the
-    \l{#TheActionEditor}{Action Editor}.
-
-
-    \section1 Actions
-
-    With the menu bar and the toolbars in place, it's time to populate them
-    with action: \QD provides an action editor to simplify the creation and
-    management of actions.
-
-
-    \target TheActionEditor
-    \table
-        \row
-            \i  \inlineimage designer-action-editor.png
-            \i  \bold{The Action Editor}
-
-        Enable the action editor by opening the \gui Tools menu, and switching
-        on the \gui{Action Editor} option.
-
-        The action editor allows you to create \gui New actions and \gui Delete
-        actions. It also provides a search function, \gui Filter, using the
-        action's text.
-
-        \QD's action editor can be viewed in the classic \gui{Icon View} and
-        \gui{Detailed View}. The screenshot below shows the action editor in
-        \gui{Detailed View}. You can also copy and paste actions between menus,
-        toolbars and forms.
-    \endtable
-
-    To create an action, use the action editor's \gui New button, which will
-    then pop up an input dialog. Provide the new action with a \gui Text --
-    this is the text that will appear in a menu entry and as the action's
-    tooltip. The text is also automatically added to an "action" prefix,
-    creating the action's \gui{Object Name}.
-
-    In addition, the dialog provides the option of selecting an \gui Icon for
-    the action, as well as removing the current icon.
-
-    Once the action is created, it can be used wherever actions are applicable.
-
-
-    \target AddingAnAction
-    \table
-        \row
-            \i  \inlineimage designer-adding-menu-action.png
-            \i  \inlineimage designer-adding-toolbar-action.png
-            \i  \bold{Adding an Action}
-
-        To add an action to a menu or a toolbar, simply press the left mouse
-        button over the action in the action editor, and drag it to the
-        preferred location.
-
-        \QD provides highlighted guide lines that tell you where the action
-        will be added. Release the mouse button to add the action when you have
-        found the right spot.
-    \endtable
-
-
-    \section1 Dock Widgets
-
-    Since dock widgets are \l{Using Containers in Qt Designer}
-    {container widgets}, they can be added to a form in the usuasl way. Once
-    added to a form, dock widgets are not placed in any particular dock area by
-    default; you need to set the \gui{docked} property to true for each widget
-    and choose an appropriate value for its \gui{dockWidgetArea} property.
-
-    \target AddingADockWidget
-    \table
-        \row
-            \i  \inlineimage designer-adding-dockwidget.png
-            \i  \bold{Adding a Dock Widget}
-
-        To add a dock widget, simply drag one from the \gui Containers section
-        of the widget box, and drop it onto the main form area. Just like other
-        widgets, its properties can be modified with the \gui{Property Editor}.
-
-        Dock widgets can be optionally floated as indpendent tool windows.
-        Hence, it is useful to give them window titles by setting their
-        \gui{windowTitle} property. This also helps to identify them on the
-        form.
-
-    \endtable
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    \page designer-resources.html
-    \contentspage {Qt Designer Manual}{Contents}
-    \previouspage Creating Main Windows in Qt Designer
-    \nextpage Using Stylesheets with Qt Designer
-
-    \title Editing Resources with Qt Designer
-
-    \image designer-resources-editing.png
-
-    \QD fully supports the \l{The Qt Resource System}{Qt Resource System},
-    enabling resources to be specified together with forms as they are
-    designed. To aid designers and developers manage resources for their
-    applications, \QD's resource editor allows resources to be defined on a
-    per-form basis. In other words, each form can have a separate resource
-    file.
-
-    \section1 Defining a Resource File
-
-    To specify a resource file you must enable the resource editor by opening
-    the \gui Tools menu, and switching on the \gui{Resource Browser} option.
-
-    \target ResourceFiles
-    \table
-        \row
-            \i  \inlineimage designer-resource-browser.png
-            \i  \bold{Resource Files}
-
-        Within the resource browser, you can open existing resource files or
-        create new ones. Click the \gui{Edit Resources} button
-        \inlineimage designer-edit-resources-button.png
-         to edit your resources. To reload resources, click on the \gui Reload
-        button
-        \inlineimage designer-reload-resources-button.png
-        .
-    \endtable
-
-
-    Once a resource file is loaded, you can create or remove entries in it
-    using the given \gui{Add Files}
-    \inlineimage designer-add-resource-entry-button.png
-    and \gui{Remove Files}
-    \inlineimage designer-remove-resource-entry-button.png
-     buttons, and specify resources (e.g., images) using the \gui{Add Files}
-    button
-    \inlineimage designer-add-files-button.png
-    . Note that these resources must reside within the current resource file's
-    directory or one of its subdirectories.
-
-
-    \target EditResource
-    \table
-        \row
-            \i  \inlineimage designer-edit-resource.png
-            \i  \bold{Editing Resource Files}
-
-        Press the
-        \inlineimage designer-add-resource-entry-button.png
-         button to add a new resource entry to the file. Then use the
-        \gui{Add Files} button
-        \inlineimage designer-add-files-button.png
-         to specify the resource.
-
-        You can remove resources by selecting the corresponding entry in the
-        resource editor, and pressing the
-        \inlineimage designer-remove-resource-entry-button.png
-         button.
-    \endtable
-
-
-    \section1 Using the Resources
-
-    Once the resources are defined you can use them actively when composing
-    your form. For example, you might want to create a tool button using an
-    icon specified in the resource file.
-
-    \target UsingResources
-    \table
-        \row
-            \i  \inlineimage designer-resources-using.png
-            \i  \bold{Using Resources}
-
-        When changing properties with values that may be defined within a
-        resource file, \QD's property editor allows you to specify a resource
-        in addition to the option of selecting a source file in the ordinary
-        way.
-
-        \row
-            \i  \inlineimage designer-resource-selector.png
-            \i  \bold{Selecting a Resource}
-
-        You can open the resource selector by clicking \gui{Choose Resource...}
-        to add resources any time during the design process.
-
-\omit
-... check with Friedemann
-To quickly assign icon pixmaps to actions or pixmap properties, you may
-drag the pixmap from the resource editor to the action editor, or to the
-pixmap property in the property editor.
-\endomit
-
-    \endtable
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    \page designer-stylesheet.html
-    \contentspage {Qt Designer Manual}{Contents}
-    \previouspage Editing Resources with Qt Designer
-    \nextpage Using a Designer UI File in Your Application
-
-    \title Using Stylesheets with Qt Designer
-
-    Since Qt 4.2, it is possible to edit stylesheets in \QD with the stylesheet
-    editor.
-
-    \target UsingStylesheets
-    \table
-        \row
-            \i \inlineimage designer-stylesheet-options.png
-            \bold{Setting a Stylesheet}
-
-            The stylesheet editor can be accessed by right-clicking a widget
-            and selecting \gui{Change styleSheet...}
-
-        \row
-            \i \inlineimage designer-stylesheet-usage.png
-    \endtable
-
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    \page designer-using-a-ui-file.html
-    \previouspage Using Stylesheets with Qt Designer
-    \contentspage {Qt Designer Manual}{Contents}
-    \nextpage Using Custom Widgets with Qt Designer
-
-    \title Using a Designer UI File in Your Application
-
-    With Qt's integrated build tools, \l{qmake Manual}{qmake} and \l uic, the
-    code for user interface components created with \QD is automatically
-    generated when the rest of your application is built. Forms can be included
-    and used directly from your application. Alternatively, you can use them to
-    extend subclasses of standard widgets. These forms can be processed at
-    compile time or at run time, depending on the approach used.
-
-
-    \tableofcontents
-    \section1 Compile Time Form Processing
-
-    A compile time processed form can be used in your application with one of
-    the following approaches:
-
-    \list
-        \o  The Direct Approach: you construct a widget to use as a placeholder
-            for the component, and set up the user interface inside it.
-        \o  The Single Inheritance Approach: you subclass the form's base class
-            (QWidget or QDialog, for example), and include a private instance
-            of the form's user interface object.
-        \o  The MultipleInheritance Approach: you subclass both the form's base
-            class and the form's user interface object. This allows the widgets
-            defined in the form to be used directly from within the scope of
-            the subclass.
-    \endlist
-
-
-    \section2 The Direct Approach
-
-    To demonstrate how to use user interface (UI) files straight from
-    \QD, we create a simple Calculator Form application. This is based on the
-    original \l{Calculator Form Example}{Calculator Form} example.
-
-    The application consists of one source file, \c main.cpp and a UI
-    file.
-
-    The \c{calculatorform.ui} file designed with \QD is shown below:
-
-    \image directapproach-calculatorform.png
-
-    We will use \c qmake to build the executable, so we need to write a
-    \c{.pro} file:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/uitools/calculatorform/calculatorform.pro 0
-
-    The special feature of this file is the \c FORMS declaration that tells
-    \c qmake which files to process with \c uic. In this case, the
-    \c calculatorform.ui file is used to create a \c ui_calculatorform.h file
-    that can be used by any file listed in the \c SOURCES declaration. To
-    ensure that \c qmake generates the \c ui_calculatorform.h file, we need to
-    include it in a file listed in \c SOURCES. Since we only have \c main.cpp,
-    we include it there:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/uitools/calculatorform/main.cpp 0
-
-    This include is an additional check to ensure that we do not generate code
-    for UI files that are not used.
-
-    The \c main function creates the calculator widget by constructing a
-    standard QWidget that we use to host the user interface described by the
-    \c calculatorform.ui file.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/uitools/calculatorform/main.cpp 1
-
-    In this case, the \c{Ui::CalculatorForm} is an interface description object
-    from the \c ui_calculatorform.h file that sets up all the dialog's widgets
-    and the connections between its signals and slots.
-
-    This approach provides a quick and easy way to use simple, self-contained
-    components in your applications, but many componens created with \QD will
-    require close integration with the rest of the application code. For
-    instance, the \c CalculatorForm code provided above will compile and run,
-    but the QSpinBox objects will not interact with the QLabel as we need a
-    custom slot to carry out the add operation and display the result in the
-    QLabel. To achieve this, we need to subclass a standard Qt widget (known as
-    the single inheritance approach).
-
-
-    \section2 The Single Inheritance Approach
-
-    In this approach, we subclass a Qt widget and set up the user interface
-    from within the constructor. Components used in this way expose the widgets
-    and layouts used in the form to the Qt widget subclass, and provide a
-    standard system for making signal and slot connections between the user
-    interface and other objects in your application.
-
-    This approach is used in the \l{Calculator Form Example}{Calculator Form}
-    example.
-
-    To ensure that we can use the user interface, we need to include the header
-    file that \c uic generates before referring to \c{Ui::CalculatorForm}:
-
-    \snippet examples/designer/calculatorform/calculatorform.h 0
-
-    This means that the \c{.pro} file must be updated to include
-    \c{calculatorform.h}:
-
-    \snippet examples/designer/calculatorform/calculatorform.pro 0
-
-    The subclass is defined in the following way:
-
-    \snippet examples/designer/calculatorform/calculatorform.h 1
-
-    The important feature of the class is the private \c ui object which
-    provides the code for setting up and managing the user interface.
-
-    The constructor for the subclass constructs and configures all the widgets
-    and layouts for the dialog just by calling the \c ui object's \c setupUi()
-    function. Once this has been done, it is possible to modify the user
-    interface as needed.
-
-    \snippet examples/designer/calculatorform/calculatorform.cpp 0
-
-    We can connect signals and slots in user interface widgets in the usual
-    way, taking care to prefix the \c ui object to each widget used.
-
-    The advantages of this approach are its simple use of inheritance to
-    provide a QWidget-based interface, and its encapsulation of the user
-    interface widget variables within the \c ui data member. We can use this
-    method to define a number of user interfaces within the same widget, each
-    of which is contained within its own namespace, and overlay (or compose)
-    them. This approach can be used to create individual tabs from existing
-    forms, for example.
-
-
-    \section2 The Multiple Inheritance Approach
-
-    Forms created with \QD can be subclassed together with a standard
-    QWidget-based class. This approach makes all the user interface components
-    defined in the form directly accessible within the scope of the subclass,
-    and enables signal and slot connections to be made in the usual way with
-    the \l{QObject::connect()}{connect()} function.
-
-    This approach is used in the \l{Multiple Inheritance Example}
-    {Multiple Inheritance} example.
-
-    We need to include the header file that \c uic generates from the
-    \c calculatorform.ui file:
-
-    \snippet examples/uitools/multipleinheritance/calculatorform.h 0
-
-    The class is defined in a similar way to the one used in the
-    \l{The Single Inheritance Approach}{single inheritance approach}, except that
-    this time we inherit from \e{both} QWidget and \c{Ui::CalculatorForm}:
-
-    \snippet examples/uitools/multipleinheritance/calculatorform.h 1
-
-    We inherit \c{Ui::CalculatorForm} privately to ensure that the user
-    interface objects are private in our subclass. We can also inherit it with
-    the \c public or \c protected keywords in the same way that we could have
-    made \c ui public or protected in the previous case.
-
-    The constructor for the subclass performs many of the same tasks as the
-    constructor used in the \l{The Single Inheritance Approach}
-    {single inheritance} example:
-
-    \snippet examples/uitools/multipleinheritance/calculatorform.cpp 0
-
-    In this case, the widgets used in the user interface can be accessed in the
-    same say as a widget created in code by hand. We no longer require the
-    \c{ui} prefix to access them.
-
-    Subclassing using multiple inheritance gives us more direct access to the
-    contents of the form, is slightly cleaner than the single inheritance
-    approach, but does not conveniently support composition of multiple user
-    interfaces.
-
-
-    \section1 Run Time Form Processing
-
-    Alternatively, forms can be processed at run time, producing dynamically-
-    generated user interfaces. This can be done using the QtUiTools module
-    that provides the QUiLoader class to handle forms created with \QD.
-
-
-    \section2 The UiTools Approach
-
-    A resource file containing a UI file is required to process forms at
-    run time. Also, the application needs to be configured to use the QtUiTools
-    module. This is done by including the following declaration in a \c qmake
-    project file, ensuring that the application is compiled and linked
-    appropriately.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_designer-manual.qdoc 0
-
-    The QUiLoader class provides a form loader object to construct the user
-    interface. This user interface can be retrieved from any QIODevice, e.g.,
-    a QFile object, to obtain a form stored in a project's resource file. The
-    QUiLoader::load() function constructs the form widget using the user
-    interface description contained in the file.
-
-    The QtUiTools module classes can be included using the following directive:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_designer-manual.qdoc 1
-
-    The QUiLoader::load() function is invoked as shown in this code from the
-    \l{Text Finder Example}{Text Finder} example:
-
-    \snippet examples/uitools/textfinder/textfinder.cpp 4
-
-    In a class that uses QtUiTools to build its user interface at run time, we
-    can locate objects in the form using qFindChild(). For example, in the
-    follownig code, we locate some components based on their object names and
-    widget types:
-
-    \snippet examples/uitools/textfinder/textfinder.cpp 1
-
-    Processing forms at run-time gives the developer the freedom to change a
-    program's user interface, just by changing the UI file. This is useful
-    when customizing programs to suit various user needs, such as extra large
-    icons or a different colour scheme for accessibility support.
-
-
-    \section1 Automatic Connections
-
-    The signals and slots connections defined for compile time or run time
-    forms can either be set up manually or automatically, using QMetaObject's
-    ability to make connections between signals and suitably-named slots.
-
-    Generally, in a QDialog, if we want to process the information entered by
-    the user before accepting it, we need to connect the clicked() signal from
-    the \gui OK button to a custom slot in our dialog. We will first show an
-    example of the dialog in which the slot is connected by hand then compare
-    it with a dialog that uses automatic connection.
-
-
-    \section2 A Dialog Without Auto-Connect
-
-    We define the dialog in the same way as before, but now include a slot in
-    addition to the constructor:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/designer/noautoconnection/imagedialog.h 0
-
-    The \c checkValues() slot will be used to validate the values provided by
-    the user.
-
-    In the dialog's constructor we set up the widgets as before, and connect
-    the \gui Cancel button's \l{QPushButton::clicked()}{clicked()} signal to
-    the dialog's reject() slot. We also disable the
-    \l{QPushButton::autoDefault}{autoDefault} property in both buttons to
-    ensure that the dialog does not interfere with the way that the line edit
-    handles return key events:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/designer/noautoconnection/imagedialog.cpp 0
-    \dots
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/designer/noautoconnection/imagedialog.cpp 1
-
-    We connect the \gui OK button's \l{QPushButton::clicked()}{clicked()}
-    signal to the dialog's checkValues() slot which we implement as follows:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/designer/noautoconnection/imagedialog.cpp 2
-
-    This custom slot does the minimum necessary to ensure that the data
-    entered by the user is valid - it only accepts the input if a name was
-    given for the image.
-
-    \section2 Widgets and Dialogs with Auto-Connect
-
-    Although it is easy to implement a custom slot in the dialog and connect
-    it in the constructor, we could instead use QMetaObject's auto-connection
-    facilities to connect the \gui OK button's clicked() signal to a slot in
-    our subclass. \c{uic} automatically generates code in the dialog's
-    \c setupUi() function to do this, so we only need to declare and
-    implement a slot with a name that follows a standard convention:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_designer-manual.qdoc 2
-
-    Using this convention, we can define and implement a slot that responds to
-    mouse clicks on the \gui OK button:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/designer/autoconnection/imagedialog.h 0
-
-    Another example of automatic signal and slot connection would be the
-    \l{Text Finder Example}{Text Finder} with its \c{on_findButton_clicked()}
-    slot.
-
-    We use QMetaObject's system to enable signal and slot connections:
-
-    \snippet examples/uitools/textfinder/textfinder.cpp 2
-
-    This enables us to implement the slot, as shown below:
-
-    \snippet examples/uitools/textfinder/textfinder.cpp 6
-    \dots
-    \snippet examples/uitools/textfinder/textfinder.cpp 8
-
-    Automatic connection of signals and slots provides both a standard naming
-    convention and an explicit interface for widget designers to work to. By
-    providing source code that implements a given interface, user interface
-    designers can check that their designs actually work without having to
-    write code themselves.
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    \page designer-customizing-forms.html
-    \contentspage {Qt Designer Manual}{Contents}
-    \previouspage Using Stylesheets with Qt Designer
-    \nextpage Using Custom Widgets with Qt Designer
-
-    \title Customizing Qt Designer Forms
-
-    \image designer-form-settings.png
-
-    When saving a form in \QD, it is stored as a UI file. Several form
-    settings, for example the grid settings or the margin and spacing for the
-    default layout, are stored along with the form's components. These settings
-    are used when the \l uic generates the form's C++ code. For more
-    information on how to use forms in your application, see the
-    \l{Using a Designer UI File in Your Application} section.
-
-
-    \section1 Modifying the Form Settings
-
-    To modify the form settings, open the \gui Form menu and select \gui{Form
-    Settings...}
-
-    In the forms settings dialog you can specify the \gui Author of the form.
-
-    You can also alter the margin and spacing properties for the form's default
-    layout (\gui {Layout Default}). These default layout properties will be
-    replaced by the corresponding \gui {Layout Function}, if the function is
-    specified, when \c uic generates code for the form. The form settings
-    dialog lets you specify functions for both the margin and the spacing.
-
-    \target LayoutFunction
-    \table
-    \row
-    \i \inlineimage designer-form-layoutfunction.png
-    \i \bold{Layout Function}
-
-    The default layout properties will be replaced by the corresponding
-    \gui{Layout Function}, when \c uic generates code for the form. This is
-    useful when different environments requires different layouts for the same
-    form.
-
-    To specify layout functions for the form's margin and spacing, check the
-    \gui{Layout Function} group box to enable the line edits.
-    \endtable
-
-    You can also specify the form's \gui{Include Hints}; i.e., provide a list
-    of the header files which will then be included in the form window's
-    associated UI file. Header files may be local, i.e., relative to the
-    project's directory, \c "mywidget.h", or global, i.e. part of Qt or the
-    compilers standard libraries: \c <QtGui/QWidget>.
-
-    Finally, you can specify the function used to load pixmaps into the form
-    window (the \gui {Pixmap Function}).
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    \page designer-using-custom-widgets.html
-    \contentspage {Qt Designer Manual}{Contents}
-    \previouspage Customizing Qt Designer Forms
-    \nextpage Creating Custom Widgets for Qt Designer
-
-    \title Using Custom Widgets with Qt Designer
-
-    \QD can display custom widgets through its extensible plugin mechanism,
-    allowing the range of designable widgets to be extended by the user and
-    third parties. This feature also allows \QD to optionally support
-    \l{Qt3Support}{Qt 3 compatibility widgets}. Alternatively, it is possible
-    to use existing widgets as placeholders for widget classes that provide
-    similar APIs.
-
-    Widgets from the Qt3Support library are made available via in \QD's support
-    for custom widgets.
-
-
-    \section1 Handling Custom Widgets
-
-    Although \QD supports all of the standard Qt widgets, and can be configured
-    to handle widgets supplied in the Qt3Support library, some specialized
-    widgets may not be available as standard for a number of reasons:
-
-    \list
-        \i Custom widgets may not be available at the time the user interface
-           is being designed.
-        \i Custom widgets may be platform-specific, and designers may be
-           developing the user interface on a different platform to end users.
-        \i The source code for a custom widget is not available, or the user
-           interface designers are unable to use the widget for non-technical
-           reasons.
-    \endlist
-
-    In the above situations, it is still possible to design forms with the aim
-    of using custom widgets in the application. To achieve this, we can use
-    the widget promotion feature of \QD.
-
-    In all other cases, where the source code to the custom widgets is
-    available, we can adapt the custom widget for use with \QD.
-
-
-    \section2 Promoting Widgets
-
-    \image designer-promoting-widgets.png
-
-    If some forms must be designed, but certain custom widgets are unavailble
-    to the designer, we can substitute similar widgets to represent the missing
-    widgets. For example, we might represent instances of a custom push button
-    class, \c MyPushButton, with instances of QPushButton and promote these to
-    \c MyPushButton so that \l{uic.html}{uic} generates suitable code for this
-    missing class.
-
-    When choosing a widget to use as a placeholder, it is useful to compare the
-    API of the missing widget with those of standard Qt widgets. For
-    specialized widgets that subclass standard classes, the obvious choice of
-    placeholder is the base class of the custom widget; for example, QSlider
-    might be used for specialized QSlider subclasses.
-
-    For specialized widgets that do not share a common API with standard Qt
-    widgets, it is worth considering adapting a custom widget for use in \QD.
-    If this is not possible then QWidget is the obvious choice for a
-    placeholder widget since it is the lowest common denominator for all
-    widgets.
-
-    To add a placeholder, select an object of a suitable base class and choose
-    \gui{Promote to ...} from the form's context menu. After entering the class
-    name and header file in the lower part of the dialog, choose \gui{Add}. The
-    placeholder class will now appear along with the base class in the upper
-    list. Click the \gui{Promote} button to accept this choice.
-
-    Now, when the form's context menu is opened over objects of the base class,
-    the placeholder class will appear in the \gui{Promote to} submenu, allowing
-    for convenient promotion of objects to that class.
-
-    A promoted widget can be reverted to its base class by choosing
-    \gui{Demote to} from the form's context menu.
-
-
-    \section2 User Defined Custom Widgets
-
-    \image worldtimeclockplugin-example.png
-
-    Custom widgets can be adapted for use with \QD, giving designers the
-    opportunity to configure the user interface using the actual widgets that
-    will be used in an application rather than placeholder widgets. The process
-    of creating a custom widget plugin is described in the
-    \l{Creating Custom Widgets for Qt Designer} chapter of this manual.
-
-    To use a plugin created in this way, it is necessary to ensure that the
-    plugin is located on a path that \QD searches for plugins. Generally,
-    plugins stored in \c{$QTDIR/plugins/designer} will be loaded when \QD
-    starts. Further information on building and installing plugins can be found
-    \l{Creating Custom Widgets for Qt Designer#BuildingandInstallingthePlugin}
-    {here}. You can also refer to the \l{How to Create Qt Plugins}
-    {Plugins HOWTO} document for information about creating plugins.
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    \page designer-creating-custom-widgets.html
-    \previouspage Using Custom Widgets with Qt Designer
-    \contentspage {Qt Designer Manual}{Contents}
-    \nextpage Creating Custom Widget Extensions
-
-    \title Creating Custom Widgets for Qt Designer
-
-    \QD's plugin-based architecture allows user-defined and third party custom
-    widgets to be edited just like you do with standard Qt widgets. All of the
-    custom widget's features are made available to \QD, including widget
-    properties, signals, and slots. Since \QD uses real widgets during the form
-    design process, custom widgets will appear the same as they do when
-    previewed.
-
-    \image worldtimeclockplugin-example.png
-
-    The \l QtDesigner module provides you with the ability to create custom
-    widgets in \QD.
-
-
-    \section1 Getting Started
-
-    To integrate a custom widget with \QD, you require a suitable description
-    for the widget and an appropriate \c{.pro} file.
-
-
-    \section2 Providing an Interface Description
-
-    To inform \QD about the type of widget you want to provide, create a
-    subclass of QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface that describes the various
-    properties your widget exposes. Most of these are supplied by functions
-    that are pure virtual in the base class, because only the author of the
-    plugin can provide this information.
-
-    \table
-        \header
-            \o  Function
-            \o  Description of the return value
-        \row
-            \o  \c name()
-            \o  The name of the class that provides the widget.
-        \row
-            \o  \c group()
-            \o  The group in \QD's widget box that the widget belongs to.
-        \row
-            \o  \c toolTip()
-            \o  A short description to help users identify the widget in \QD.
-        \row
-            \o  \c whatsThis()
-            \o  A longer description of the widget for users of \QD.
-        \row
-            \o  \c includeFile()
-            \o  The header file that must be included in applications that use
-                this widget. This information is stored in UI files and will
-                be used by \c uic to create a suitable \c{#includes} statement
-                in the code it generates for the form containing the custom
-                widget.
-        \row
-            \o  \c icon()
-            \o  An icon that can be used to represent the widget in \QD's
-                widget box.
-        \row
-            \o  \c isContainer()
-            \o  True if the widget will be used to hold child widgets;
-                false otherwise.
-        \row
-            \o  \c createWidget()
-            \o  A QWidget pointer to an instance of the custom widget,
-                constructed with the parent supplied.
-                \note createWidget() is a factory function responsible for
-                creating the widget only. The custom widget's properties will
-                not be available until load() returns.
-        \row
-            \o  \c domXml()
-            \o  A description of the widget's properties, such as its object
-                name, size hint, and other standard QWidget properties.
-        \row
-            \o  \c codeTemplate()
-            \o  This function is reserved for future use by \QD.
-    \endtable
-
-    Two other virtual functions can also be reimplemented:
-
-    \table
-        \row
-            \o  \c initialize()
-            \o  Sets up extensions and other features for custom widgets. Custom
-                container extensions (see QDesignerContainerExtension) and task
-                menu extensions (see QDesignerTaskMenuExtension) should be set
-                up in this function.
-        \row
-            \o  \c isInitialized()
-            \o  Returns true if the widget has been initialized; returns false
-                otherwise. Reimplementations usually check whether the
-                \c initialize() function has been called and return the result
-                of this test.
-    \endtable
-
-
-    \section2 Notes on the \c{domXml()} Function
-
-    The \c{domXml()} function returns a UI file snippet that is used by
-    \QD's widget factory to create a custom widget and its applicable
-    properties.
-
-    Since Qt 4.4, \QD's widget box allows for a complete UI file to
-    describe \bold one custom widget. The UI file can be loaded using the
-    \c{<ui>} tag. Specifying the <ui> tag allows for adding the <customwidget>
-    element that contains additional information for custom widgets. The
-    \c{<widget>} tag is sufficient if no additional information is required
-
-    If the custom widget does not provide a reasonable size hint, it is
-    necessary to specify a default geometry in the string returned by the
-    \c domXml() function in your subclass. For example, the
-    \c AnalogClockPlugin provided by the \l{designer/customwidgetplugin}
-    {Custom Widget Plugin} example, defines a default widgetgeometry in the
-    following way:
-
-    \dots
-    \snippet examples/designer/customwidgetplugin/customwidgetplugin.cpp 11
-    \dots
-
-    An additional feature of the \c domXml() function is that, if it returns
-    an empty string, the widget will not be installed in \QD's widget box.
-    However, it can still be used by other widgets in the form. This feature
-    is used to hide widgets that should not be explicitly created by the user,
-    but are required by other widgets.
-
-    
-    A complete custom widget specification looks like:
-    
-    \code
-<ui language="c++"> displayname="MyWidget">
-    <widget class="widgets::MyWidget" name="mywidget"/>
-    <customwidgets>
-        <customwidget>
-            <class>widgets::MyWidget</class>
-            <addpagemethod>addPage</addpagemethod>
-            <propertyspecifications>
-                <stringpropertyspecification name="fileName" notr="true" type="singleline"
-                <stringpropertyspecification name="text" type="richtext"
-            </propertyspecifications>
-        </customwidget>
-    </customwidgets>
-</ui>
-    \endcode
-
-    Attributes of the \c{<ui>} tag:
-        \table
-        \header
-            \o  Attribute
-            \o  Presence
-            \o  Values
-            \o  Comment
-        \row
-            \o  \c{language}
-            \o  optional
-            \o  "c++", "jambi"
-            \o  This attribute specifies the language the custom widget is intended for.
-                It is mainly there to prevent C++-plugins from appearing in Qt Jambi.
-        \row
-            \o \c{displayname}
-            \o optional
-            \o Class name
-            \o The value of the attribute appears in the Widget box and can be used to
-                strip away namespaces.
-    \endtable
-
-    The \c{<addpagemethod>} tag tells \QD and \l uic which method should be used to
-    add pages to a container widget. This applies to container widgets that require
-    calling a particular method to add a child rather than adding the child by passing
-    the parent. In particular, this is relevant for containers that are not a
-    a subclass of the containers provided in \QD, but are based on the notion
-    of \e{Current Page}. In addition,  you need to provide a container extension
-    for them.
-
-    The \c{<propertyspecifications>} element can contain a list of property meta information.
-    Currently, properties of type string are supported. For these properties, the
-    \c{<stringpropertyspecification>} tag can be used. This tag has the following attributes:
-
-
-    \table
-        \header
-            \o  Attribute
-            \o  Presence
-            \o  Values
-            \o  Comment
-        \row
-            \o  \c{name}
-            \o  required
-            \o  Name of the property
-        \row
-            \o \c{type}
-            \o required
-            \o See below table
-            \o The value of the attribute determines how the property editor will handle them.
-        \row
-            \o \c{notr}
-            \o optional
-            \o "true", "false"
-            \o If the attribute is "true", the value is not meant to be translated.
-    \endtable
-
-    Values of the \c{type} attribute of the string property:
-
-    \table
-        \header
-            \o  Value
-            \o  Type
-        \row
-            \o \c{"richtext"}
-            \o Rich text.
-        \row
-            \o \c{"multiline"}
-            \o Multi-line plain text.
-        \row
-            \o \c{"singleline"}
-            \o Single-line plain text.
-        \row
-            \o \c{"stylesheet"}
-            \o A CSS-style sheet.
-        \row
-            \o \c{"objectname"}
-            \o An object name (restricted set of valid characters).
-        \row
-            \o \c{"url"}
-            \o URL, file name.
-    \endtable
-
-    \section1 Plugin Requirements
-
-    In order for plugins to work correctly on all platforms, you need to ensure
-    that they export the symbols needed by \QD.
-
-    First of all, the plugin class must be exported in order for the plugin to
-    be loaded by \QD. Use the Q_EXPORT_PLUGIN2() macro to do this. Also, the
-    QDESIGNER_WIDGET_EXPORT macro must be used to define each custom widget class
-    within a plugin, that \QD will instantiate.
-
-
-    \section1 Creating Well Behaved Widgets
-
-    Some custom widgets have special user interface features that may make them
-    behave differently to many of the standard widgets found in \QD.
-    Specifically, if a custom widget grabs the keyboard as a result of a call
-    to QWidget::grabKeyboard(), the operation of \QD will be affected.
-
-    To give custom widgets special behavior in \QD, provide an implementation
-    of the initialize() function to configure the widget construction process
-    for \QD specific behavior. This function will be called for the first time
-    before any calls to createWidget() and could perhaps set an internal flag
-    that can be tested later when \QD calls the plugin's createWidget()
-    function.
-
-
-    \target BuildingandInstallingthePlugin
-    \section1 Building and Installing the Plugin
-
-    \section2 A Simple Plugin
-
-    The \l{Custom Widget Plugin Example} demonstrates a simple \QD plugin.
-
-    The \c{.pro} file for a plugin must specify the headers and sources for
-    both the custom widget and the plugin interface. Typically, this file only
-    has to specify that the plugin's project is to be built as a library, but
-    with specific plugin support for \QD. This is done with the following
-    declarations:
-
-    \snippet examples/designer/customwidgetplugin/customwidgetplugin.pro 1
-
-    If Qt is configured to build in both debug and release modes, \QD will be
-    built in release mode. When this occurs, it is necessary to ensure that
-    plugins are also built in release mode. To do this, include the following
-    declaration in the plugin's \c{.pro} file:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_designer-manual.qdoc 3
-
-    If plugins are built in a mode that is incompatible with \QD, they will
-    not be loaded and installed. For more information about plugins, see the
-    \l{plugins-howto.html}{Plugins HOWTO} document.
-
-    It is also necessary to ensure that the plugin is installed together with
-    other \QD widget plugins:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_designer-manual.qdoc 4
-
-    The \c $[QT_INSTALL_PLUGINS] variable is a placeholder to the location of
-    the installed Qt plugins. You can configure \QD to look for plugins in
-    other locations by setting the \c QT_PLUGIN_PATH environment variable
-    before running the application.
-
-    \note \QD will look for a \c designer subdirectory in each path supplied.
-
-    See QCoreApplication::libraryPaths() for more information about customizing
-    paths for libraries and plugins with Qt applications.
-
-    \section2 Splitting up the Plugin
-
-    In a real world scenario, you do not want to have dependencies of the
-    application making use of the custom widgets to the \QD headers and
-    libraries as introduced by the simple approach explained above.
-
-    There are two ways to resolve this:
-
-    \list
-        \i Create a \c{.pri} file that contains the headers sources and sources
-           of the custom widget:
-
-           \code
-           INCLUDEPATH += $$PWD
-           HEADERS += $$PWD/analogclock.h
-           SOURCES += $$PWD/analogclock.cpp
-           \endcode
-
-           This file would then be included by the \c{.pro} file of the plugin and
-           the application:
-
-           \code
-           include(customwidget.pri)
-           \endcode
-
-           Running \c{qmake -Wall} on the \c{.pro} files causes a warning to be
-           printed if an included \c{.pri} file cannot be found.
-
-        \i Create a standalone shared library containing the custom widgets only
-           as described in
-           \l{sharedlibrary.html}{Creating Shared Libraries}.
-
-           This library would then be used by the application as well as by the
-           \QD plugin. Care must be taken to ensure that the plugin can locate
-          the library at run-time.
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 Related Examples
-
-    For more information on using custom widgets in \QD, refer to the
-    \l{designer/customwidgetplugin}{Custom Widget Plugin} and
-    \l{designer/worldtimeclockplugin}{World Time Clock Plugin} examples for more
-    information about using custom widgets in \QD. Also, you can use the
-    QDesignerCustomWidgetCollectionInterface class to combine several custom
-    widgets into a single library.
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    \page designer-creating-custom-widgets-extensions.html
-    \previouspage Creating Custom Widgets for Qt Designer
-    \nextpage Qt Designer's UI File Format
-    \contentspage {Qt Designer Manual}{Contents}
-
-    \title Creating Custom Widget Extensions
-
-    Once you have a custom widget plugin for \QD, you can provide it with the
-    expected behavior and functionality within \QD's workspace, using custom
-    widget extensions.
-
-
-    \section1 Extension Types
-
-    There are several available types of extensions in \QD. You can use all of
-    these extensions in the same pattern, only replacing the respective
-    extension base class.
-
-    QDesignerContainerExtension is necessary when implementing a custom
-    multi-page container.
-
-    \table
-        \row
-            \i  \inlineimage designer-manual-taskmenuextension.png
-            \i  \bold{QDesignerTaskMenuExtension}
-
-        QDesignerTaskMenuExtension is useful for custom widgets. It provides an
-        extension that allows you to add custom menu entries to \QD's task
-        menu.
-
-        The \l{designer/taskmenuextension}{Task Menu Extension} example
-        illustrates how to use this class.
-
-        \row
-            \i  \inlineimage designer-manual-containerextension.png
-            \i  \bold{QDesignerContainerExtension}
-
-        QDesignerContainerExtension is necessary when implementing a custom
-        multi-page container. It provides an extension that allows you to add
-        and delete pages for a multi-page container plugin in \QD.
-
-        The \l{designer/containerextension}{Container Extension} example
-        further explains how to use this class.
-
-        \note It is not possible to add custom per-page properties for some
-        widgets (e.g., QTabWidget) due to the way they are implemented.
-    \endtable
-
-    \table
-        \row
-            \i  \inlineimage designer-manual-membersheetextension.png
-            \i  \bold{QDesignerMemberSheetExtension}
-
-        The QDesignerMemberSheetExtension class allows you to manipulate a
-        widget's member functions displayed when connecting signals and slots.
-
-        \row
-            \i  \inlineimage designer-manual-propertysheetextension.png
-            \i  \bold{QDesignerPropertySheetExtension,
-                QDesignerDynamicPropertySheetExtension}
-
-        These extension classes allow you to control how a widget's properties
-        are displayed in \QD's property editor.
-    \endtable
-
-\omit
-     \row
-        \o
-        \o \bold {QDesignerScriptExtension}
-
-         The QDesignerScriptExtension class allows you to define script
-         snippets that are executed when a form is loaded. The extension
-         is primarily intended to be used to set up the internal states
-         of custom widgets.
-    \endtable
-\endomit
-
-
-    \QD uses the QDesignerPropertySheetExtension and the
-    QDesignerMemberSheetExtension classes to feed its property and signal and
-    slot editors. Whenever a widget is selected in its workspace, \QD will
-    query for the widget's property sheet extension; likewise, whenever a
-    connection between two widgets is requested, \QD will query for the
-    widgets' member sheet extensions.
-
-    \warning All widgets have default property and member sheets. If you
-    implement custom property sheet or member sheet extensions, your custom
-    extensions will override the default sheets.
-
-
-    \section1 Creating an Extension
-
-    To create an extension you must inherit both QObject and the appropriate
-    base class, and reimplement its functions. Since we are implementing an
-    interface, we must ensure that it is made known to the meta object system
-    using the Q_INTERFACES() macro in the extension class's definition. For
-    example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_designer-manual.qdoc 7
-
-    This enables \QD to use the qobject_cast() function to query for supported
-    interfaces using a QObject pointer only.
-
-
-    \section1 Exposing an Extension to Qt Designer
-
-    In \QD the extensions are not created until they are required. For this
-    reason, when implementing extensions, you must subclass QExtensionFactory
-    to create a class that is able to make instances of your extensions. Also,
-    you must register your factory with \QD's extension manager; the extension
-    manager handles the construction of extensions.
-
-    When an extension is requested, \QD's extension manager will run through
-    its registered factories calling QExtensionFactory::createExtension() for
-    each of them until it finds one that is able to create the requested
-    extension for the selected widget. This factory will then make an instance
-    of the extension.
-
-    \image qtdesignerextensions.png
-
-
-    \section2 Creating an Extension Factory
-
-    The QExtensionFactory class provides a standard extension factory, but it
-    can also be used as an interface for custom extension factories.
-
-    The purpose is to reimplement the QExtensionFactory::createExtension()
-    function, making it able to create your extension, such as a
-     \l{designer/containerextension}{MultiPageWidget} container extension.
-
-    You can either create a new QExtensionFactory and reimplement the
-    QExtensionFactory::createExtension() function:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_designer-manual.qdoc 8
-
-    or you can use an existing factory, expanding the
-    QExtensionFactory::createExtension() function to enable the factory to
-    create your custom extension as well:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_designer-manual.qdoc 9
-
-
-    \section2 Accessing Qt Designer's Extension Manager
-
-    When implementing a custom widget plugin, you must subclass the
-    QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface to expose your plugin to \QD. This is
-    covered in more detail in the
-    \l{Creating Custom Widgets for Qt Designer} section. The registration of
-    an extension factory is typically made in the
-    QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface::initialize() function:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_designer-manual.qdoc 10
-
-    The \c formEditor parameter in the
-    QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface::initialize() function is a pointer to \QD's
-    current QDesignerFormEditorInterface object. You must use the
-    QDesignerFormEditorInterface::extensionManager() function to retrieve an
-    interface to \QD's extension manager. Then you use the
-    QExtensionManager::registerExtensions() function to register your custom
-    extension factory.
-
-
-    \section1 Related Examples
-
-    For more information on creating custom widget extensions in \QD, refer to
-    the \l{designer/taskmenuextension}{Task Menu Extension} and
-    \l{designer/containerextension}{Container Extension} examples.
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    \page designer-ui-file-format.html
-    \previouspage Creating Custom Widget Extensions
-    \contentspage {Qt Designer Manual}{Contents}
-
-    \title Qt Designer's UI File Format
-
-    The \c UI file format used by \QD is described by the
-    \l{http://www.w3.org/XML/Schema}{XML schema} presented below,
-    which we include for your convenience. Be aware that the format
-    may change in future Qt releases.
-
-    \quotefile tools/designer/data/ui4.xsd
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    \page designer-recursive-shadow-casting.html
-    \title Implementation of the Recursive Shadow Casting Algorithm in Qt Designer
-    \contentspage {Qt Designer Manual}{Contents}
-
-    \ingroup licensing
-    \brief License information for contributions to specific parts of the Qt
-    Designer source code.
-
-    \legalese
-    Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies). \BR
-    Copyright (C) 2005 Bjoern Bergstroem
-
-    Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
-    a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
-    "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
-    without limitation the rights to use, modify, market, reproduce,
-    grant sublicenses and distribute subject to the following conditions:
-    The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
-    included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. These
-    files are provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
-    WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTIBILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-    PURPOSE.
-    \endlegalese
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/desktop-integration.qdoc b/doc/src/desktop-integration.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 1c10ed9..0000000
--- a/doc/src/desktop-integration.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-  \page desktop-integration.html
-  \title Desktop Integration
-  \ingroup gui-programming
-
-  Various classes in Qt are designed to help developers integrate applications into
-  users' desktop environments. These classes enable developers to take advantage
-  of native services while still using a cross-platform API.
-
-  \tableofcontents
-
-  \section1 Opening External Resources
-
-  Although Qt provides facilities to handle and display resources, such as
-  \l{QImageIOHandler}{common image formats} and \l{QTextDocument}{HTML},
-  it is sometimes necessary to open files and external resources using external
-  applications.
-
-  QDesktopServices provides an interface to services offered by the user's desktop
-  environment. In particular, the \l{QDesktopServices::}{openUrl()} function is
-  used to open resources using the appropriate application, which may have been
-  specifically configured by the user.
-
-  \section1 System Tray Icons
-
-  Many modern desktop environments feature docks or panels with \e{system trays}
-  in which applications can install icons. Applications often use system tray icons
-  to display status information, either by updating the icon itself or by showing
-  information in "balloon messages". Additionally, many applications provide
-  pop-up menus that can be accessed via their system tray icons.
-
-  The QSystemTrayIcon class exposes all of the above features via an intuitive
-  Qt-style API that can be used on all desktop platforms.
-
-  \section1 Desktop Widgets
-
-  On systems where the user's desktop is displayed using more than one screen,
-  certain types of applications may need to obtain information about the
-  configuration of the user's workspace to ensure that new windows and dialogs
-  are opened in appropriate locations.
-
-  The QDesktopWidget class can be used to monitor the positions of widgets and
-  notify applications about changes to the way the desktop is split over the
-  available screens. This enables applications to implement policies for
-  positioning new windows so that, for example, they do not distract a user
-  who is working on a specific task.
-
-
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/developing-on-mac.qdoc b/doc/src/developing-on-mac.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 2546ef1..0000000
--- a/doc/src/developing-on-mac.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,269 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page developing-on-mac.html
-    \title Developing Qt Applications on Mac OS X
-    \brief A overview of items to be aware of when developing Qt applications
-        on Mac OS X
-    \ingroup platform-notes
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    Mac OS X is a UNIX platform and behaves similar to other Unix-like
-    platforms. The main difference is X11 is not used as the primary windowing
-    system. Instead, Mac OS X uses its own native windowing system that is
-    accessible through the Carbon and Cocoa APIs.  Application development on
-    Mac OS X is done using Xcode Tools, an optional install included on every
-    Mac with updates available from \l {http://developer.apple.com}{Apple's
-    developer website}. Xcode Tools includes Apple-modified versions of the GCC
-    compiler.
-
-
-    \section1 What Versions of Mac OS X are Supported?
-
-    As of Qt 4.6, Qt supports Mac OS X versions 10.4 and up. It is usually in
-    the best interest of the developer and user to be running the latest
-    updates to any version. We test internally against Mac OS X 10.4.11 as well
-    as the updated release of Mac OS X 10.5 and Mac OS X 10.6.
-
-    \section2 Carbon or Cocoa?
-    
-    Historically, Qt has used the Carbon toolkit, which supports 32-bit
-    applications on Mac OS X 10.4 and up. Qt 4.5 and up has support for the Cocoa
-    toolkit, which requires 10.5 and provides 64-bit support.
-
-    This detail is typically not important to Qt application developers.  Qt is
-    cross-platform across Carbon and Cocoa, and Qt applications behave
-    the same way when configured for either one. Eventually, the Carbon
-    version will be discontinued. This is something to keep in mind when you
-    consider writing code directly against native APIs.
-
-    The current binary for Qt is built in two flavors, 32-bit Carbon and full
-    universal Cocoa (32-bit and 64-bit). If you want a different setup for
-    Qt will use, you must build from scratch. Carbon or Cocoa is chosen when
-    configuring the package for building. The configure process selects Carbon
-    by default, to specify Cocoa use the \c{-cocoa} flag.  configure for a
-    64-bit architecture using one of the \c{-arch} flags (see \l{universal
-    binaries}{Universal Binaries}).
-
-    Currently, Apple's default GCC compiler is used by default (GCC 4.0.1 on
-    10.4 and 10.5, GCC 4.2 on 10.6). You can specify alternate compilers
-    though. For example, on Mac OS X 10.5, Apple's GCC 4.2 is also available
-    and selectable with the configure flag: \c{-platform macx-g++42}.  LLVM-GCC
-    support is available by passing in the \c{-platform macx-llvm} flag. GCC
-    3.x will \e not work. Though they may work, We do not support custom-built
-    GCC's.
-
-    The following table summarizes the different versions of Mac OS X and what
-    capabilities are used by Qt.
-
-    \table
-        \header
-            \o Mac OS X Version
-            \o Cat Name
-            \o Native API Used by Qt
-            \o Bits available to address memory
-            \o CPU Architecture Supported
-            \o Development Platform
-        \row
-            \o 10.4
-            \o Tiger
-            \o Carbon
-            \o 32
-            \o PPC/Intel
-            \o Yes
-        \row
-            \o 10.5
-            \o Leopard
-            \o Carbon
-            \o 32
-            \o PPC/Intel
-            \o Yes
-        \row
-            \o 10.5
-            \o Leopard
-            \o Cocoa
-            \o 32/64
-            \o PPC/Intel
-            \o Yes
-        \row
-            \o 10.6
-            \o Snow Leopard
-            \o Carbon
-            \o 32
-            \o PPC/Intel
-            \o Yes
-        \row
-            \o 10.6
-            \o Snow Leopard
-            \o Cocoa
-            \o 32/64
-            \o PPC/Intel
-            \o Yes
-    \endtable
-
-    \section2 Which One Should I Use?
-
-    Carbon and Cocoa both have their advantages and disadvantages. Probably the
-    easiest way to determine is to look at the version of Mac OS X you are
-    targetting.  If you are starting a new application and can target 10.5 and
-    up, then please consider Cocoa only. If you have an existing application or
-    need to target earlier versions of the operating system and do not need
-    access to 64-bit or newer Apple technologies, then Carbon is a good fit. If
-    your needs fall in between, you can go with a 64-bit Cocoa and 32-bit
-    Carbon universal application with the appropriate checks in your code to
-    choose the right path based on where you are running the application.
-
-    For Mac OS X 10.6, Apple has started recommending developers to build their
-    applications 64-bit. The main reason is that there is a small speed
-    increase due to the extra registers on Intel CPU's, all their machine
-    offerings have been 64-bit since 2007, and there is a cost for reading all
-    the 32-bit libraries into memory if everything else is 64-bit.  If you want
-    to follow this advice, there is only one choice, 64-bit Cocoa.
-
-    \target universal binaries
-    \section1 Universal Binaries
-
-    In 2006, Apple begin transitioning from PowerPC (PPC) to Intel (x86)
-    systems.  Both architectures are supported by Qt. The release of Mac OS X
-    10.5 in October 2007 added the possibility of writing and deploying 64-bit
-    GUI applications. Qt 4.5 and up supports both the 32-bit (PPC and x86) and
-    64-bit (PPC64 and x86-64) versions of PowerPC and Intel-based systems.
-
-    Universal binaries are used to bundle binaries for more than one
-    architecture into a single package, simplifying deployment and
-    distribution. When running an application the operating system will select
-    the most appropriate architecture. Universal binaries support the following
-    architectures; they can be added to the build at configure time using the
-    \c{-arch} arguments:
-
-    \table
-        \header
-            \o Architecture		
-            \o Flag
-        \row
-            \o Intel, 32-bit
-            \o \c{-arch x86}
-        \row
-            \o Intel, 64-bit
-            \o \c{-arch x86_64}
-        \row
-            \o PPC, 32-bit
-            \o \c{-arch ppc}
-        \row
-            \o PPC, 64-bit
-            \o \c{-arch ppc64}
-    \endtable
-
-    If there are no \c{-arch} flags specified, configure builds for the 32-bit
-    architecture, if you are currently on one. Universal binaries were initially
-    used to simplify the PPC to Intel migration. You can use \c{-universal} to
-    build for both the 32-bit Intel and PPC architectures.
-
-    \note The \c{-arch} flags at configure time only affect how Qt is built.
-    Applications are by default built for the 32-bit architecture you are
-    currently on. To build a universal binary, add the architectures to the
-    CONFIG variable in the .pro file:
-
-    \code
-    CONFIG += x86 ppc x86_64 ppc64
-    \endcode
-
-
-    \section1 Day-to-Day Application Development on OS X
-
-    On the command-line, applications can be built using \c qmake and \c make.
-    Optionally, \c qmake can generate project files for Xcode with
-    \c{-spec macx-xcode}. If you are using the binary package, \c qmake
-    generates Xcode projects by default; use \c{-spec macx-gcc} to generate
-    makefiles.
-
-    The result of the build process is an application bundle, which is a
-    directory structure that contains the actual application executable. The
-    application can be launched by double-clicking it in Finder, or by
-    referring directly to its executable from the command line, i. e.
-    \c{myApp.app/Contents/MacOS/myApp}.
-
-    If you wish to have a command-line tool that does not use the GUI (e.g.,
-    \c moc, \c uic or \c ls), you can tell \c qmake not to execute the bundle
-    creating steps by removing it from the \c{CONFIG} in your \c{.pro} file:
-
-    \code
-    CONFIG -= app_bundle
-    \endcode
-
-
-    \section1 Deployment - "Compile once, deploy everywhere"
-
-    In general, Qt supports building on one Mac OS X version and deploying on
-    all others, both forward and backwards. You can build on 10.4 Tiger and run
-    the same binary on 10.5 and up.
-
-    Some restrictions apply:
-
-    \list
-        \o  Some functions and optimization paths that exist in later versions
-            of Mac OS X will not be available if you build on an earlier
-            version of Mac OS X.
-        \o  The CPU architecture should match.
-        \o  Cocoa support is only available for Mac OS X 10.5 and up.
-    \endlist
-
-    Universal binaries can be used to provide a smorgasbord of configurations
-    catering to all possible architectures.
-
-    Mac applications are typically deployed as self-contained application
-    bundles. The application bundle contains the application executable as well
-    as dependencies such as the Qt libraries, plugins, translations and other
-    resources you may need. Third party libraries like Qt are normally not
-    installed system-wide; each application provides its own copy.
-
-    The most common way to distribute applications is to provide a compressed
-    disk image (.dmg file) that the user can mount in Finder. The Mac
-    deployment tool (macdeployqt) can be used to create the self-contained bundles, and
-    optionally also create a .dmg archive. See the
-    \l{Deploying an Application on Mac OS X}{Mac deployment guide} for more
-    information about deployment. It is also possible to use an installer
-    wizard. More information on this option can be found in
-    \l{http://developer.apple.com/mac/}{Apple's documentation}.
-*/
-
diff --git a/doc/src/development/activeqt-dumpcpp.qdoc b/doc/src/development/activeqt-dumpcpp.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8c743a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/development/activeqt-dumpcpp.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*! 
+    \page activeqt-dumpcpp.html
+    \title The dumpcpp Tool (ActiveQt)
+
+    \ingroup activeqt-tools
+
+    \keyword dumpcpp
+
+    The \c dumpcpp tool generates a C++ namespace for a type library.
+
+    To generate a C++ namespace for a type library, call \c dumpcpp with the following 
+    command line parameters:
+
+    \table
+    \header
+    \i Option
+    \i Result
+    \row
+    \i input
+    \i Generate documentation for \e input. \e input can specify a type library file or a type 
+    library ID, or a CLSID or ProgID for an object
+    \row
+    \i -o file
+    \i Writes the class declaration to \e {file}.h and meta object infomation to \e {file}.cpp
+    \row
+    \i -n namespace
+    \i Generate a C++ namespace \e namespace
+    \row
+    \i -nometaobject
+    \i Do not generate a .cpp file with the meta object information. 
+    The meta object is then generated in runtime.
+    \row
+    \i -getfile libid
+    \i Print the filename for the typelibrary \e libid to stdout
+    \row
+    \i -compat
+    \i Generate namespace with dynamicCall-compatible API
+    \row
+    \i -v
+    \i Print version information
+    \row
+    \i -h
+    \i Print help
+    \endtable
+
+    \c dumpcpp can be integrated into the \c qmake build system. In your .pro file, list the type 
+    libraries you want to use in the TYPELIBS variable:
+
+    \snippet examples/activeqt/qutlook/qutlook.pro 0
+
+    The generated namespace will declare all enumerations, as well as one QAxObject subclass 
+    for each \c coclass and \c interface declared in the type library. coclasses marked with 
+    the \c control attribute will be wrapped by a QAxWidget subclass.
+
+    Those classes that wrap creatable coclasses  (i.e. coclasses that are not marked 
+    as \c noncreatable) have a default constructor; this is typically a single class 
+    of type \c Application. 
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_activeqt-dumpcpp.qdoc 0
+
+    All other classes can only be created by passing an IDispatch interface pointer 
+    to the constructor; those classes should however not be created explicitly. 
+    Instead, use the appropriate API of already created objects.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_activeqt-dumpcpp.qdoc 1
+
+    All coclass wrappers also have one constructors taking an interface wrapper class
+    for each interface implemented.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_activeqt-dumpcpp.qdoc 2
+
+    You have to create coclasses to be able to connect to signals of the subobject.
+    Note that the constructor deletes the interface object, so the following will
+    cause a segmentation fault:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_activeqt-dumpcpp.qdoc 3
+
+    If the return type is of a coclass or interface type declared in another type 
+    library you have to include the namespace header for that other type library 
+    before including the header for the namespace you want to use (both header have 
+    to be generated with this tool).
+
+    By default, methods and property returning subobjects will use the type as in 
+    the type library. The caller of the function is responsible for deleting or 
+    reparenting the object returned. If the \c -compat switch is set, properties 
+    and method returning a COM object have the return type \c IDispatch*, and 
+    the namespace will not declare wrapper classes for interfaces. 
+
+    In this case, create the correct wrapper class explicitly:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_activeqt-dumpcpp.qdoc 4
+
+    You can of course use the IDispatch* returned directly, in which case you have to 
+    call \c Release() when finished with the interface.
+
+    All classes in the namespace are tagged with a macro that allows you to export
+    or import them from a DLL. To do that, declare the macro to expand to 
+    \c __declspec(dllimport/export) before including the header file.
+
+    To build the tool you must first build the QAxContainer library.
+    Then run your make tool in \c tools/dumpcpp.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/development/activeqt-dumpdoc.qdoc b/doc/src/development/activeqt-dumpdoc.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..55ab2d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/development/activeqt-dumpdoc.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*! 
+    \page activeqt-dumpdoc.html
+    \title The dumpdoc Tool (ActiveQt)
+
+    \ingroup activeqt-tools
+
+    \keyword dumpdoc
+
+    The \c dumpdoc tool generates Qt-style documentation for any
+    COM object and writes it into the file specified.
+
+    Call \c dumpdoc with the following command line parameters:
+
+    \table
+    \header
+    \i Option
+    \i Result
+    \row
+    \i -o file
+    \i Writes output to \e file
+    \row
+    \i object
+    \i Generate documentation for \e object
+    \row
+    \i -v
+    \i Print version information
+    \row
+    \i -h
+    \i Print help
+    \endtable
+
+    \e object must be an object installed on the local machine (ie.
+    remote objects are not supported), and can include subobjects
+    accessible through properties, ie.
+    \c Outlook.Application/Session/CurrentUser
+
+    The generated file will be an HTML file using Qt documentation
+    style.
+
+    To build the tool you must first build the QAxContainer library.
+    Then run your make tool in \c tools/dumpdoc.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/development/activeqt-idc.qdoc b/doc/src/development/activeqt-idc.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..974eddc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/development/activeqt-idc.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*! 
+    \page activeqt-idc.html
+    \title IDC - The Interface Description Compiler (ActiveQt)
+
+    \ingroup activeqt-tools
+
+    \keyword idc
+
+    The IDC tool is part of the ActiveQt build system and makes
+    it possible to turn any Qt binary into a full COM object server 
+    with only a few lines of code.
+
+    IDC understands the following command line parameters:
+
+    \table
+    \header
+    \i Option
+    \i Result
+    \row
+    \i dll -idl idl -version x.y
+    \i Writes the IDL of the server \e dll to the file \e idl. The
+       type library wll have version x.y.
+    \row
+    \i dll -tlb tlb
+    \i Replaces the type library in \e dll with \e tlb
+    \row
+    \i -v
+    \i Print version information
+    \row
+    \i -regserver dll
+    \i Register the COM server \e dll
+    \row
+    \i -unregserver
+    \i Unregister the COM server \e dll
+    \endtable
+
+    It is usually never necessary to invoke IDC manually, as the \c
+    qmake build system takes care of adding the required post 
+    processing steps to the build process. See the  \l{ActiveQt}
+    documentation for details.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/development/activeqt-testcon.qdoc b/doc/src/development/activeqt-testcon.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9fcfed6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/development/activeqt-testcon.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*! 
+    \page activeqt-testcon.html
+    \title testcon - An ActiveX Test Container (ActiveQt)
+
+    \ingroup activeqt-tools
+
+    \keyword testcon
+
+    This application implements a generic test container for ActiveX
+    controls. You can insert ActiveX controls installed on your
+    system, and execute methods and modify properties. The container
+    will log information about events and property changes as well
+    as debug output in the log window.
+
+    Parts of the code use internals of the Qt meta object and ActiveQt 
+    framework and are not recommended to be used in application code.
+
+    Use the application to view the slots, signals and porperties 
+    available through the QAxWidget class when instantiated with a 
+    certain ActiveX, and to test ActiveX controls you implement or
+    want to use in your Qt application.
+
+    The application can load and execute script files in JavaScript, 
+    VBScript, Perl and Python (if installed) to automate the controls 
+    loaded. Example script files using the QAxWidget2 class are available 
+    in the \c scripts subdirectory.
+
+    Note that the qmake project of this example includes a resource file
+    \c testcon.rc with a version resource. This is required by some
+    ActiveX controls (ie. Shockwave ActiveX Controls), which might crash
+    or misbehave otherwise if such version information is missing.
+
+    To build the tool you must first build the QAxContainer and the
+    QAxServer libraries. Then run your make  tool in \c tools/testcon
+    and run the resulting \c testcon.exe.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/development/assistant-manual.qdoc b/doc/src/development/assistant-manual.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b26efcc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/development/assistant-manual.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,810 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page assistant-manual.html
+    \title Qt Assistant Manual
+    \ingroup qttools
+
+    \startpage {index.html}{Qt Reference Documentation}
+    \nextpage Qt Assistant in More Detail
+
+    \keyword Qt Assistant
+
+    This document introduces \QA, a tool for presenting on-line
+    documentation. The document is divided into the following sections:
+
+    Table of contents:
+
+    \list
+    \o \l{The One-Minute Guide to Using Qt Assistant}
+    \o \l{Qt Assistant in More Detail}
+    \o \l{Using Qt Assistant as a Custom Help Viewer}
+    \endlist
+
+    \chapter The One-Minute Guide to Using Qt Assistant
+
+    Once you have installed Qt, \QA should be ready to run:
+
+    \list
+    \o On Windows, \QA is available as a menu option on the Qt menu.
+    \o On Mac OS X, \QA is installed in the /Developer/Applications/Qt directory.
+    \o On Unix/Linux, open a terminal, type \c{assistant} and press \key{Enter}.
+    \endlist
+
+    When you start up \QA, you will be presented with a standard main window
+    application, with a menu bar and toolbar. Below these, on the left hand
+    side are navigation windows called \e{Contents}, \e{Index} and \e{Bookmarks}.
+    On the right, taking up most of the space, is the \e{Documentation} window.
+    By default, \QA loads the Qt reference documentation along with the manuals
+    of other Qt tools, like \QD or \QL.
+
+    \QA works in a similar way to a Web browser. If you click hyperlinks
+    (cross-references), the \e{Documentation} window will present the relevant
+    page. You can bookmark pages of particular interest and you can click the
+    \gui{Previous} and \gui{Next} toolbar buttons to navigate within the pages
+    you have visited.
+
+    Although \QA can be used just like a Web browser to navigate through
+    the documentation, \QA offers a powerful means of navigation that Web
+    browsers do not provide. \QA uses an advanced full text search engine
+    to index all the pages in each compressed help file so that you can
+    search for particular words and phrases.
+
+    To perform an index search, click the \gui{Index} tab on the Sidebar
+    (or press \key{Alt+I}). In the \gui{'Look For'} line edit enter a word;
+    e.g., 'homedirpath'. As you type, words are found and highlighted in a list
+    beneath the line edit. If the highlighted text matches what you're
+    looking for, double click it, (or press \key{Enter}) and the
+    \e{Documentation} window will display the relevant page. You rarely have
+    to type in the whole word before \QA finds a match. Note that for some
+    words there may be more than one possible page that is relevant.
+
+    \QA also provides full text searching for finding specific words in
+    the documentation. To activate the full text search, either press \key(Alt+S)
+    or click on the \gui{Search} tab in the \e{Documentation} window. Then
+    enter the term you're looking for and hit the \gui{Search} button. All
+    documents containing the specified term will then be listed in the list box
+    below.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page assistant-details.html
+    \title Qt Assistant in More Detail
+
+    \contentspage {Qt Assistant Manual}{Contents}
+    \previouspage Qt Assistant Manual
+    \nextpage Using Qt Assistant as a Custom Help Viewer
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \img assistant-assistant.png
+
+    \section1 Command Line Options
+
+    \QA handles the following command line options:
+
+    \table
+        \header
+            \o Command Line Option
+            \o Brief Description
+        \row
+            \o -collectionFile <file.qhc>
+            \o Uses the specified collection file instead of the default one.
+        \row
+            \o -showUrl URL
+            \o Shows the document referenced by URL.
+        \row
+            \o -enableRemoteControl
+            \o Enables \QA to be remotly controlled.
+        \row
+            \o -show <widget>
+            \o Shows the specified dockwidget which can be "contents", "index",
+            "bookmarks" or "search".
+        \row
+            \o -hide <widget>
+            \o Hides the specified dockwidget which can be "contents", "index",
+            "bookmarks" or "search.
+        \row
+            \o -activate <widget>
+            \o Activates the specified dockwidget which can be "contents",
+            "index", "bookmarks" or "search.
+        \row
+            \o -register <doc.qch>
+            \o Registers the specified compressed help file in the given help
+            collection.
+        \row
+            \o -unregister <doc.qch>
+            \o Unregisters the specified compressed help file from the given
+            collection file.
+        \row
+            \o -setCurrentFilter filter
+            \o Sets the given filter as the active filter.
+        \row
+            \o -quiet
+            \o Doesn't show any error, warning or success messages.
+    \endtable
+
+    \section1 Tool Windows
+
+    \img assistant-dockwidgets.png
+
+    The tool windows provide four ways to navigate the documentation:
+
+    \list
+    \o The \gui{Contents} window presents a table of contents implemented as a
+    tree view for the documentation that is available. If you click an item,
+    its documentation will appear in the \e{Documentation} window. If you double
+    click an item or click on the control to the left of it, the item's sub-items
+    will appear. Click a sub-item to make its page appear in the \e{Documentation}
+    window. Click on the control next to an open item to hide its sub-items.
+    \o The \gui{Index} window is used to look up key words or phrases.
+    See \l{The One-Minute Guide to Using Qt Assistant} for how to use this
+    window.
+    \o The \gui{Bookmarks} window lists any bookmarks you have made. Double
+    click a bookmark to make its page appear in the \e{Documentation} window.
+    The \gui{Bookmarks} window provides a context menu with \gui{Show Item},
+    \gui{Delete Item} as well as \gui{Rename Item}. Click in the main menu
+    \menu{Bookmark|Add Bookmark...} (or press \key{Ctrl+B}) to bookmark the
+    page that is currently showing in the \e{Documentation} window. Right click
+    a bookmark in the list to rename or delete the highlighted bookmark.
+    \endlist
+
+    If you want the \gui{Documentation} window to use as much space as possible,
+    you can easily group, move or hide the tool windows. To group the windows,
+    drag one on top of the other and release the mouse. If one or all tool
+    windows are not shown, press \key{Alt+C}, \key{Alt+I} or \key{Alt+O} to show
+    the required window.
+
+    The tool windows can be docked into the main window, so you can drag them
+    to the top, left, right or bottom of \e{Qt Assistant's} window, or you can
+    drag them outside \QA to float them as independent windows.
+
+    \section1 Documentation Window
+
+    \img assistant-docwindow.png
+
+    The \gui{Documentation} window lets you create a tab for each
+    documentation page that you view. Click the \gui{Add Tab} button and a new
+    tab will appear with the page name as the tab's caption. This makes it
+    convenient to switch between pages when you are working with different
+    documentation. You can delete a tab by clicking the \gui{Close Tab} button
+    located on the right side of the \gui{Documentation} window.
+
+    \section1 Toolbars
+
+    \img assistant-toolbar.png
+
+    The main toolbar provides fast access to the most common actions.
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Action \o Description \o Menu Item \o Shortcut
+    \row \o \gui{Previous} \o Takes you to the previous page in the history.
+         \o \menu{Go|Previous} \o \key{Alt+Left Arrow}
+    \row \o \gui{Next} \o Takes you to the next page in the history.
+         \o \menu{Go|Next} \o \key{Alt+Right Arrow}
+    \row \o \gui{Home}
+         \o Takes you to the home page as specified in the Preferences Dialog.
+         \o \menu{Go|Home} \o \key{Ctrl+Home}.
+    \row \o \gui{Sync with Table of Contents}
+         \o Synchronizes the \gui{Contents} tool window with the page currently
+            shown in the \gui{Documentation} window.
+         \o \menu{Go|Sync with Table of Contents} \o
+    \row \o \gui{Copy} \o Copies any selected text to the clipboard.
+         \o \menu{Edit|Copy} \o \key{Ctrl+C}
+    \row \o \gui{Print} \o Opens the \gui{Print} dialog.
+         \o \menu{File|Print} \o \key{Ctrl+P}
+    \row \o \gui{Find in Text} \o Opens the \gui{Find Text} dialog.
+         \o \menu{Edit|Find in Text} \o \key{Ctrl+F}
+    \row \o \gui{Zoom in}
+         \o Increases the font size used to display text in the current tab.
+         \o \menu{View|Zoom in} \o \key{Ctrl++}
+    \row \o \gui{Zoom out}
+         \o Decreases the font size used to display text in the current tab.
+         \o \menu{View|Zoom out} \o \key{Ctrl+-}
+    \row \o \gui{Normal Size}
+         \o Resets the font size to its normal size in the current tab.
+         \o \menu{View|Normal Size} \o \key{Ctrl+0}
+    \endtable
+
+    \img assistant-address-toolbar.png
+
+    The address toolbar provides a fast way to enter a specific URL for a
+    documentation file. By default, the address toolbar is not shown, so it
+    has to be activated via \menu{View|Toolbars|Address Toolbar}.
+
+    \img assistant-filter-toolbar.png
+
+    The filter toolbar allows you to apply a filter to the currently installed
+    documentation. As with the address toolbar, the filter toolbar is not visible
+    by default and has to be activated via \menu{View|Toolbars|Filter Toolbar}.
+
+    \section1 Menus
+
+    \section2 File Menu
+
+    \list
+    \o \menu{File|Page Setup...} invokes a dialog allowing you to define
+    page layout properties, such as margin sizes, page orientation and paper size.
+    \o \menu{File|Print Preview...} provides a preview of the printed pages.
+    \o \menu{File|Print...} opens the \l{#Print Dialog}{\gui{Print} dialog}.
+    \o \menu{File|New Tab} opens a new empty tab in the \gui{Documentation}
+    window.
+    \o \menu{File|Close Tab} closes the current tab of the
+    \gui{Documentation} window.
+    \o \menu{File|Exit} closes the \QA application.
+    \endlist
+
+    \section2 Edit Menu
+
+    \list
+    \o \menu{Edit|Copy} copies any selected text to the clipboard.
+    \o \menu{Edit|Find in Text} invokes the \l{#Find Text Control}{\gui{Find Text}
+    control} at the lower end of the \gui{Documentation} window.
+    \o \menu{Edit|Find Next} looks for the next occurance of the specified
+    text in the \gui{Find Text} control.
+    \o \menu{Edit|Find Previous} looks for the previous occurance of
+    the specified text in the \l{#Find Text Control}{\gui{Find Text} control}.
+    \o \menu{Edit|Preferences} invokes the \l{#Preferences Dialog}{\gui{Preferences} dialog}.
+    \endlist
+
+    \section2 View Menu
+
+    \list
+    \o \menu{View|Zoom in} increases the font size in the current tab.
+    \o \menu{View|Zoom out} decreases the font size in the current tab.
+    \o \menu{View|Normal Size} resets the font size in the current tab.
+    \o \menu{View|Contents} toggles the display of the \gui{Contents} tool window.
+    \o \menu{View|Index} toggles the display of the \gui{Index} tool window.
+    \o \menu{View|Bookmarks} toggles the display of the \gui{Bookmarks} tool window.
+    \o \menu{View|Search} toggles the display of the Search in the \gui{Documentation} window.
+    \endlist
+
+    \section2 Go Menu
+
+    \list
+    \o \menu{Go|Home} goes to the home page.
+    \o \menu{Go|Back} displays the previous page in the history.
+    \o \menu{Go|Forward} displays the next page in the history.
+    \o \menu{Go|Sync with Table of Contents} syncs the \gui{Contents} tool window to the currently shown page.
+    \o \menu{Go|Next Page} selects the next tab in the \gui{Documentation} window.
+    \o \menu{Go|Previous Page} selects the previous tab in the \gui{Documentation} window.
+    \endlist
+
+    \section2 Bookmarks Menu
+
+    \list
+    \o \menu{Bookmarks|Add} adds the current page to the list of bookmarks.
+    \endlist
+
+    \section1 Dialogs
+
+    \section2 Print Dialog
+
+    This dialog is platform-specific. It gives access to various printer
+    options and can be used to print the document shown in the current tab.
+
+    \section2 Preferences Dialog
+
+    \img assistant-preferences-fonts.png
+
+    The \menu{Fonts} page allows you to change the font family and font sizes of the
+    browser window displaying the documentation or the application itself.
+
+    \img assistant-preferences-filters.png
+
+    The \menu{Filters} page lets you create and remove documentation
+    filters. To add a new filter, click the \gui{Add} button, specify a
+    filter name in the pop-up dialog and click \gui{OK}, then select
+    the filter attributes in the list box on the right hand side.
+    You can delete a filter by selecting it and clicking the \gui{Remove}
+    button.
+
+    \img assistant-preferences-documentation.png
+
+    The \menu{Documentation} page lets you install and remove compressed help
+    files. Click the \gui{Install} button and choose the path of the compressed
+    help file (*.qch) you would like to install.
+    To delete a help file, select a documentation set in the list and click
+    \gui{Remove}.
+
+    \img assistant-preferences-options.png
+
+    The \menu{Options} page lets you specify the homepage \QA will display when
+    you click the \gui{Home} button in \QA's main user interface. You can specify
+    the hompage by typing it here or clicking on one of the buttons below the
+    textbox. \gui{Current Page} sets the currently displayed page as your home
+    page while \gui{Restore to default} will reset your home page to the default
+    home page.
+
+    \section1 Find Text Control
+
+    This control is used to find text in the current page. Enter the text you want
+    to find in the line edit. The search is incremental, meaning that the most
+    relevant result is shown as you enter characters into the line edit.
+
+    If you check the \gui{Whole words only} checkbox, the search will only consider
+    whole words; for example, if you search for "spin" with this checkbox checked it will
+    not match "spinbox", but will match "spin". If you check the \gui{Case sensitive}
+    checkbox then, for example, "spin" will match "spin" but not "Spin". You can
+    search forwards or backwards from your current position in the page by clicking
+    the \gui{Previous} or \gui{Next} buttons. To hide the find control, either click the
+    \gui{Close} button or hit the \key{Esc} key.
+
+    \section1 Filtering Help Contents
+
+    \QA allows you to install any kind of documentation as long as it is organized
+    in Qt compressed help files (*.qch). For example, it is possible to install the
+    Qt reference documentation for Qt 4.4.0 and Qt 4.4.1 at the same time. In many
+    respects, this is very convenient since only one version of \QA is needed.
+    However, at the same time it becomes more complicated when performing tasks like
+    searching the index because nearly every keyword is defined in Qt 4.4.0 as well
+    as in Qt 4.4.1. This means that \QA will always ask the user to choose which one
+    should be displayed.
+
+    We use documentation filters to solve this issue. A filter is identified by its
+    name, and contains a list of filter attributes. An attribute is just a string and
+    can be freely chosen. Attributes are defined by the documentation itself, this
+    means that every documentation set usually has one or more attributes.
+
+    For example, the Qt 4.4.0 \QA documentation defines the attributes \c {assistant},
+    \c{tools} and \c{4.4.0}, \QD defines \c{designer}, \c{tools} and \c{4.4.0}.
+    The filter to display all tools would then define only the attribute
+    \c{tools} since this attribute is part of both documentation sets.
+    Adding the attribute \c{assistant} to the filter would then only show \QA
+    documentation since the \QD documentation does not contain this
+    attribute. Having an empty list of attributes in a filter will match all
+    documentation; i.e., it is equivalent to requesting unfiltered documentation.
+
+    \section1 Full Text Searching
+
+    \img assistant-search.png
+
+    \QA provides a powerful full text search engine. To search
+    for certain words or text, click the \gui{Search} tab in the \gui{Documentation}
+    window. Then enter the text you want to look for and press \key{Enter}
+    or click the \gui{Search} button. The search is not case sensitive, so,
+    for example, Foo, fOo and FOO are all treated as the same. The following are
+    examples of common search patterns:
+
+    \list
+    \o \c deep -- lists all the documents that contain the word 'deep'
+    \o \c{deep*} -- lists all the documents that contain a word beginning
+    with 'deep'
+    \o \c{deep copy} -- lists all documents that contain both 'deep' \e
+    and 'copy'
+    \o \c{"deep copy"} -- list all documents that contain the phrase 'deep copy'
+    \endlist
+
+    It is also possible to use the \gui{Advanced search} to get more flexibility.
+    You can specify some words so that hits containing these are excluded from the
+    result, or you can search for an exact phrase. Searching for similar words will
+    give results like these:
+
+    \list
+    \o \c{QStin} -- lists all the documents with titles that are similar, such as \c{QString}
+    \o \c{QSting} -- lists all the documents with titles that are similar, such as \c{QString}
+    \o \c{QStrin} -- lists all the documents with titles that are similar, such as \c{QString}
+    \endlist
+
+    Options can be combined to improve the search results.
+
+    The list of documents found is ordered according to the number of
+    occurrences of the search text which they contain, with those containing
+    the highest number of occurrences appearing first. Simply click any
+    document in the list to display it in the \gui{Documentation} window.
+
+    If the documentation has changed \mdash for example, if documents have been added
+    or removed \mdash \QA will index them again.
+
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page assistant-custom-help-viewer.html
+    \title Using Qt Assistant as a Custom Help Viewer
+
+    \contentspage {Qt Assistant Manual}{Contents}
+    \previouspage Qt Assistant in More Detail
+
+    Using \QA as custom help viewer requires more than just being able to
+    display custom documentation. It is equally important that the
+    appearance of \QA can be customized so that it is seen as a
+    application-specific help viewer rather than \QA. This is achieved by
+    changing the window title or icon, as well as some application-specific
+    menu texts and actions. The complete list of possible customizations
+    can be found in the \l{Creating a Custom Help Collection File} section.
+
+    Another requirement of a custom help viewer is the ability to receive
+    actions or commands from the application it provides help for. This is
+    especially important when the application offers context sensitive help.
+    When used in this way, the help viewer may need to change its contents
+    depending on the state the application is currently in. This means that
+    the application has to communicate the current state to the help viewer.
+    The section about \l{Using Qt Assistant Remotely} explains how this can
+    be done.
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    The \l{Simple Text Viewer Example}{Simple Text Viewer} example uses the
+    techniques described in this document to show how to use \QA as a custom
+    help viewer for an application.
+
+    \warning In order to ship Qt Assistant in your application, it is crucial
+    that you include the sqlite plugin. For more information on how to include
+    plugins in your application, refer to the \l{Deploying Qt Applications}
+    {deployment documentation}.
+
+    \section1 Qt Help Collection Files
+
+    The first important point to know about \QA is that it stores all
+    settings related to its appearance \e and a list of installed
+    documentation in a help collection file. This means, when starting \QA
+    with different collection files, \QA may look totally different. This
+    complete separation of settings makes it possible to deploy \QA as a
+    custom help viewer for more than one application on one machine
+    without risk of interference between different instances of \QA.
+
+    To apply a certain help collection to \QA, specify the respective
+    collection file on the command line when starting it. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_assistant-manual.qdoc 8
+
+    However, storing all settings in one collection file raises some problems.
+    The collection file is usually installed in the same directory as the
+    application itself, or one of its subdirectories. Depending on the
+    directory and the operating system, the user may not have any permissions
+    to modify this file which would happen when the user settings are stored.
+    Also, it may not even be possible to give the user write permissions;
+    e.g., when the file is located on a read-only medium like a CD-ROM.
+
+    Even if it is possible to give everybody the right to store their settings
+    in a globally available collection file, the settings from one user would
+    be overwritten by another user when exiting \QA.
+
+    To solve this dilemma, \QA creates user specific collection files which
+    are more or less copied from the original collection file. The user-specific
+    collection file will be saved in a subdirectory of the path returned by
+    QDesktopServices::DataLocation. The subdirectory, or \e{cache directory}
+    within this user-specific location, can be defined in the help collection
+    project file. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_assistant-manual.qdoc 7
+
+    So, when calling
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_assistant-manual.qdoc 8
+
+    \QA actually uses the collection file:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_assistant-manual.qdoc 9
+
+    There is no need ever to start \QA with the user specific collection
+    file. Instead, the collection file shipped with the application should
+    always be used. Also, when adding or removing documentation from the
+    collection file (see next section) always use the normal collection file.
+    \QA will take care of synchronizing the user collection files when the
+    list of installed documentation has changed.
+
+    \section1 Displaying Custom Documentation
+
+    Before \QA is able to show documentation, it has to know where it can
+    find the actual documentation files, meaning that it has to know the
+    location of the Qt compressed help file (*.qch). As already mentioned,
+    \QA stores references to the compressed help files in the currently used
+    collection file. So, when creating a new collection file you can list
+    all compressed help files \QA should display.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_assistant-manual.qdoc 5
+
+    Sometimes, depending on the application for which \QA acts as a
+    help viewer, more documentation needs to be added over time; for
+    example, when installing more application components or plugins.
+    This can be done manually by starting \QA, opening the \gui{Edit|Preferences}
+    dialog and navigating to the \gui{Documentation} tab page. Then click
+    the \gui{Add...} button, select a Qt compressed help file (*.qch)
+    and press \gui{Open}. However, this approach has the disadvantage
+    that every user has to do it manually to get access to the new
+    documentation.
+
+    The prefered way of adding documentation to an already existing collection
+    file is to use the \c{-register} command line flag of \QA. When starting
+    \QA with this flag, the documentation will be added and \QA will
+    exit right away displaying a message if the registration was successful
+    or not.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_assistant-manual.qdoc 6
+
+    The \c{-quiet} flag can be passed on to \QA to prevent it from writing
+    out the status message.
+
+    \bold{Note:} \QA will show the documentation in the contents view in the same
+    order as it was registered.
+
+
+    \section1 Changing the Appearance of Qt Assistant
+
+    The appearance of \QA can be changed by passing different command line options
+    on startup. However, these command line options only allow to show or hide
+    specific widgets, like the contents or index view. Other customizations, such
+    as changing the application title or icon, or disabling the filter functionality,
+    can be done by creating a custom help collection file.
+
+    \section2 Creating a Custom Help Collection File
+
+    The help collection file (*.qhc) used by \QA is created when running the
+    \c qcollectiongenerator tool on a help collection project file (*.qhcp).
+    The project file format is XML and supports the following tags:
+
+    \table
+        \header
+            \o Tag
+            \o Brief Description
+        \row
+            \o \c{<title>}
+            \o This property is used to specify a window title for \QA.
+        \row
+            \o \c{<homePage>}
+            \o This tag specifies which page should be display when
+            pressing the home button in \QA's main user interface.
+        \row
+            \o \c{<startPage>}
+            \o This tag specifies which page \QA should initially
+            display when the help collection is used.
+        \row
+            \o \c{<currentFilter>}
+            \o This tag specifies the \l{Qt Assistant in More Detail#Preferences Dialog}{filter}
+            that is initially used.
+            If this filter is not specified, the documentation will not be filtered. This has
+            no impact if only one documentation set is installed.
+        \row
+            \o \c{<applicationIcon>}
+            \o This tag describes an icon that will be used instead of the normal \QA
+            application icon. This is specified as a relative path from the directory
+            containing the collection file.
+        \row
+            \o \c{<enableFilterFunctionality>}
+            \o This tag is used to enable or disable user accessible filter functionality,
+            making it possible to prevent the user from changing any filter when running \QA.
+            It does not mean that the internal filter functionality is completely disabled.
+            Set the value to \c{false} if you want to disable the filtering. If the filter
+            toolbar should be shown by default, set the attribute \c{visible} to \c{true}.
+        \row
+            \o \c{<enableDocumentationManager>}
+            \o This tag is used to specify whether the documentation manager should be shown
+            in the preferences dialog. Disabling the Documentation Manager allows you to limit
+            \QA to display a specific documentation set or make it impossible for the end user
+            to accidentally remove or install documentation. To hide the documentation manager,
+            set the tag value to \c{false}.
+        \row
+            \o \c{<enableAddressBar>}
+            \o This tag describes if the address bar can be shown. By default it is
+            enabled; if you want to disable it set the tag value to \c{false}. If the
+            address bar functionality is enabled, the address bar can be shown by setting the
+            tag attribute \c{visible} to \c{true}.
+        \row
+            \o \c{<aboutMenuText>, <text>}
+            \o The \c{aboutMenuText} tag lists texts for different languages which will
+            later appear in the \menu{Help} menu; e.g., "About Application". A text is
+            specified within the \c{text} tags; the \c{language} attribute takes the two
+            letter language name. The text is used as the default text if no language
+            attribute is specified.
+        \row
+            \o \c{<aboutDialog>, <file>, <icon>}
+            \o The \c{aboutDialog} tag can be used to specify the text for the \gui{About}
+            dialog that can be opened from the \menu{Help} menu. The text is taken from the
+            file in the \c{file} tags. It is possible to specify a different file or any
+            language. The icon defined by the \c{icon} tags is applied to any language.
+        \row
+            \o \c{<cacheDirectory>}
+            \o Specified as a path relative to the directory given by
+            QDesktopServices::DataLocation, the cache path is used to store index files
+            needed for the full text search and a copy of the collection file.
+            The copy is needed because \QA stores all its settings in the collection file;
+            i.e., it must be writable for the user.
+    \endtable
+
+    In addition to those \QA specific tags, the tags for generating and registering
+    documentation can be used. See \l{The Qt Help Framework#Creating a Qt Help Collection}
+    {Qt Help Collection} documentation for more information.
+
+    An example of a help collection file that uses all the available tags is shown below:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_assistant-manual.qdoc 1
+
+    To create the binary collection file, run the \c qcollectiongenerator tool:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_assistant-manual.qdoc 10
+
+    To test the generated collection file, start \QA in the following way:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_assistant-manual.qdoc 8
+
+    \section1 Using Qt Assistant Remotely
+
+    Even though the help viewer is a standalone application, it will mostly
+    be launched by the application it provides help for. This approach
+    gives the application the possibility to ask for specific help contents
+    to be displayed as soon as the help viewer is started. Another advantage
+    with this approach is that the application can communicate with the
+    help viewer process and can therefore request other help contents to be
+    shown depending on the current state of the application.
+
+    So, to use \QA as the custom help viewer of your application, simply
+    create a QProcess and specify the path to the Assistant executable. In order
+    to make Assistant listen to your application, turn on its remote control
+    functionality by passing the \c{-enableRemoteControl} command line option.
+
+    \warning The trailing '\0' must be appended separately to the QByteArray,
+    e.g., \c{QByteArray("command" + '\0')}.
+
+    The following example shows how this can be done:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_assistant-manual.qdoc 2
+
+    Once \QA is running, you can send commands by using the stdin channel of
+    the process. The code snippet below shows how to tell \QA to show a certain
+    page in the documentation.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_assistant-manual.qdoc 3
+
+    The following commands can be used to control \QA:
+
+    \table
+        \header
+            \o Command
+            \o Brief Description
+        \row
+            \o \c{show <Widget>}
+            \o Shows the dock widget specified by <Widget>. If the widget
+            is already shown and this command is sent again, the widget will be
+            activated, meaning that it will be raised and given the input focus.
+            Possible values for <Widget> are "contents", "index", "bookmarks" or "search".
+        \row
+            \o \c{hide <Widget>}
+            \o Hides the dock widget specified by <Widget>. Possible values for
+            <Widget> are "contents", "index", "bookmarks" and "search".
+        \row
+            \o \c{setSource <Url>}
+            \o Displays the given <Url>. The URL can be absolute or relative
+            to the currently displayed page. If the URL is absolute, it has to
+            be a valid Qt help system URL; i.e., starting with "qthelp://".
+        \row
+            \o \c{activateKeyword <Keyword>}
+            \o Inserts the specified <Keyword> into the line edit of the
+            index dock widget and activates the corresponding item in the
+            index list. If such an item has more than one link associated
+            with it, a topic chooser will be shown.
+        \row
+            \o \c{activateIdentifier <Id>}
+            \o Displays the help contents for the given <Id>. An ID is unique
+            in each namespace and has only one link associated to it, so the
+            topic chooser will never pop up.
+        \row
+            \o \c{syncContents}
+            \o Selects the item in the contents widget which corresponds to
+            the currently displayed page.
+        \row
+            \o \c{setCurrentFilter}
+            \o Selects the specified filter and updates the visual representation
+            accordingly.
+        \row
+            \o \c{expandToc <Depth>}
+            \o Expands the table of contents tree to the given depth. If depth
+            is less than 1, the tree will be collapsed completely.
+    \endtable
+
+    If you want to send several commands within a short period of time, it is
+    recommended that you write only a single line to the stdin of the process
+    instead of one line for every command. The commands have to be separated by
+    a semicolon, as shown in the following example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_assistant-manual.qdoc 4
+
+    \section1 Compatibility with Old Formats
+
+    In older versions of Qt, the help system was based on Document Content File
+    (DCF) and Qt Assistant Documentation Profile (ADP) formats. In contrast,
+    Qt Assistant and the help system used in Qt 4.4 use the formats described
+    earlier in this manual.
+
+    Unfortunately, the old file formats are not compatible with the new ones.
+    In general, the differences are not that big \mdash in most cases is the old
+    format is just a subset of the new one. One example is the \c namespace tag in
+    the Qt Help Project format, which was not part of the old format, but plays a vital
+    role in the new one. To help you to move to the new file format, we have created
+    a conversion wizard.
+
+    The wizard is started by executing \c qhelpconverter. It guides you through the
+    conversion of different parts of the file and generates a new \c qch or \c qhcp
+    file.
+
+    Once the wizard is finished and the files created, run the \c qhelpgenerator
+    or the \c qcollectiongenerator tool to generate the binary help files used by \QA.
+*/
+
+/*
+\section2 Modifying \QA with Command Line Options
+
+    Different help collections can be shown by simply passing the help collection
+    path to \QA. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_assistant-manual.qdoc 0
+
+    Other available options the can be passed on the command line.
+
+    \table
+        \header
+            \o Command Line Option
+            \o Brief Description
+        \row
+            \o -collectionFile <file.qhc>
+            \o Uses the specified collection file instead of the default one.
+        \row
+            \o -showUrl URL
+            \o Shows the document referenced by URL.
+        \row
+            \o -enableRemoteControl
+            \o Enables \QA to be remotly controlled.
+        \row
+            \o -show <widget>
+            \o Shows the specified dockwidget which can be "contents", "index",
+            "bookmarks" or "search".
+        \row
+            \o -hide <widget>
+            \o Hides the specified dockwidget which can be "contents", "index",
+            "bookmarks" or "search.
+        \row
+            \o -activate <widget>
+            \o Activates the specified dockwidget which can be "contents",
+            "index", "bookmarks" or "search.
+        \row
+            \o -register <doc.qch>
+            \o Registers the specified compressed help file in the given help
+            collection.
+        \row
+            \o -unregister <doc.qch>
+            \o Unregisters the specified compressed help file from the given
+            collection file.
+        \row
+            \o -quiet
+            \o Doesn't show any error, warning or success messages.
+    \endtable
+    */
diff --git a/doc/src/development/debug.qdoc b/doc/src/development/debug.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f0fe128
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/development/debug.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,243 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page debug.html
+    \title Debugging Techniques
+
+    Here we present some useful hints to help you with debugging your
+    Qt-based software.
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 Configuring Qt for Debugging
+
+    When \l{Installation}{configuring Qt for installation}, it is possible
+    to ensure that it is built to include debug symbols that can make it
+    easier to track bugs in applications and libraries. However, on some
+    platforms, building Qt in debug mode will cause applications to be larger
+    than desirable.
+
+    \section2 Debugging in Mac OS X and Xcode
+
+    \section3 Debugging With/Without Frameworks
+
+    The basic stuff you need to know about debug libraries and
+    frameworks is found at developer.apple.com in: 
+    \l{http://developer.apple.com/technotes/tn2004/tn2124.html#SECDEBUGLIB}
+    {Apple Technicle Note TN2124} Qt follows that. 
+
+    When you build Qt, frameworks are built by default, and inside the
+    framework you will find both a release and a debug version (e.g.,
+    QtCore and QtCore_debug). If you pass the \c{-no-framework} flag
+    when you build Qt, two dylibs are built for each Qt library (e.g.,
+    libQtCore.4.dylib and libQtCore_debug.4.dylib).
+
+    What happens when you link depends on whether you use frameworks
+    or not. We don't see a compelling reason to recommend one over the
+    other.
+
+    \section4 With Frameworks:
+
+    Since the release and debug libraries are inside the framework,
+    the app is simply linked against the framework. Then when you run
+    in the debugger, you will get either the release version or the
+    debug version, depending on whether you set \c{DYLD_IMAGE_SUFFIX}.
+    If you don't set it, you get the release version by default (i.e.,
+    non _debug). If you set \c{DYLD_IMAGE_SUFFIX=_debug}, you get the
+    debug version.
+
+    \section4 Without Frameworks:
+
+    When you tell \e{qmake} to generate a Makefile with the debug
+    config, it will link against the _debug version of the libraries
+    and generate debug symbols for the app. Running this program in
+    GDB will then work like running GDB on other platforms, and you
+    will be able to trace inside Qt.
+
+    \section3 Debug Symbols and Size
+
+    The amount of space taken up by debug symbols generated by GCC can
+    be excessively large. However, with the release of Xcode 2.3 it is
+    now possible to use Dwarf symbols which take up a significantly
+    smaller amount of space.  To enable this feature when configuring
+    Qt, pass the \c{-dwarf-2} option to the configure script.
+
+    This is not enabled by default because previous versions of Xcode
+    will not work with the compiler flag used to implement this
+    feature. Mac OS X 10.5 will use dwarf-2 symbols by default.
+
+    dwarf-2 symbols contain references to source code, so the size of
+    the final debug application should compare favorably to a release
+    build.
+
+    \omit
+    Although it is not necessary to build Qt with debug symbols to use the
+    other techniques described in this document, certain features are only
+    available when Qt is configured for debugging.
+    \endomit
+
+    \section1 Command Line Options Recognized by Qt
+
+    When you run a Qt application, you can specify several
+    command-line options that can help with debugging. These are
+    recognized by QApplication.
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Option \o Description
+    \row \o \c -nograb
+         \o The application should never grab \link QWidget::grabMouse()
+            the mouse\endlink or \link QWidget::grabKeyboard() the
+            keyboard \endlink. This option is set by default when the
+            program is running in the \c gdb debugger under Linux.
+    \row \o \c -dograb
+         \o Ignore any implicit or explicit \c{-nograb}. \c -dograb wins over
+            \c -nograb even when \c -nograb is last on the command line.
+    \row \o \c -sync
+         \o Runs the application in X synchronous mode. Synchronous mode
+            forces the X server to perform each X client request
+            immediately and not use buffer optimization. It makes the
+            program easier to debug and often much slower. The \c -sync
+            option is only valid for the X11 version of Qt.
+    \endtable
+
+    \section1 Warning and Debugging Messages
+
+    Qt includes four global functions for writing out warning and debug
+    text. You can use them for the following purposes:
+
+    \list
+    \o qDebug() is used for writing custom debug output.
+    \o qWarning() is used to report warnings and recoverable errors in
+       your application.
+    \o qCritical() is used for writing critical error mesages and
+       reporting system errors.
+    \o qFatal() is used for writing fatal error messages shortly before exiting.
+    \endlist
+
+    If you include the <QtDebug> header file, the \c qDebug() function
+    can also be used as an output stream. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_debug.qdoc 0
+
+    The Qt implementation of these functions prints the text to the
+    \c stderr output under Unix/X11 and Mac OS X. With Windows, if it
+    is a console application, the text is sent to console; otherwise, it
+    is sent to the debugger. You can take over these functions by
+    installing a message handler using qInstallMsgHandler().
+
+    If the \c QT_FATAL_WARNINGS environment variable is set,
+    qWarning() exits after printing the warning message. This makes
+    it easy to obtain a backtrace in the debugger.
+
+    Both qDebug() and qWarning() are debugging tools. They can be
+    compiled away by defining \c QT_NO_DEBUG_OUTPUT and \c
+    QT_NO_WARNING_OUTPUT during compilation.
+
+    The debugging functions QObject::dumpObjectTree() and
+    QObject::dumpObjectInfo() are often useful when an application
+    looks or acts strangely. More useful if you use \l{QObject::setObjectName()}{object names}
+    than not, but often useful even without names.
+
+    \section1 Providing Support for the qDebug() Stream Operator
+
+    You can implement the stream operator used by qDebug() to provide
+    debugging support for your classes. The class that implements the
+    stream is \c QDebug. The functions you need to know about in \c
+    QDebug are \c space() and \c nospace(). They both return a debug
+    stream; the difference between them is whether a space is inserted
+    between each item. Here is an example for a class that represents
+    a 2D coordinate.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qdebug/qdebugsnippet.cpp 0
+
+    Integration of custom types with Qt's meta-object system is covered
+    in more depth in the \l{Creating Custom Qt Types} document.
+
+    \section1 Debugging Macros
+
+    The header file \c <QtGlobal> contains some debugging macros and
+    \c{#define}s.
+
+    Three important macros are:
+    \list
+    \o \l{Q_ASSERT()}{Q_ASSERT}(cond), where \c cond is a boolean
+       expression, writes the warning "ASSERT: '\e{cond}' in file xyz.cpp, line
+       234" and exits if \c cond is false.
+    \o \l{Q_ASSERT_X()}{Q_ASSERT_X}(cond, where, what), where \c cond is a
+       boolean expression, \c where a location, and \c what a message,
+       writes the warning: "ASSERT failure in \c{where}: '\c{what}', file xyz.cpp, line 234"
+       and exits if \c cond is false.
+    \o \l{Q_CHECK_PTR()}{Q_CHECK_PTR}(ptr), where \c ptr is a pointer.
+       Writes the warning "In file xyz.cpp, line 234: Out of memory" and
+       exits if \c ptr is 0.
+    \endlist
+
+    These macros are useful for detecting program errors, e.g. like this:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_debug.qdoc 1
+
+    Q_ASSERT(), Q_ASSERT_X(), and Q_CHECK_PTR() expand to nothing if
+    \c QT_NO_DEBUG is defined during compilation. For this reason,
+    the arguments to these macro should not have any side-effects.
+    Here is an incorrect usage of Q_CHECK_PTR():
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_debug.qdoc 2
+
+    If this code is compiled with \c QT_NO_DEBUG defined, the code in
+    the Q_CHECK_PTR() expression is not executed and \e alloc returns
+    an unitialized pointer.
+
+    The Qt library contains hundreds of internal checks that will
+    print warning messages when a programming error is detected. We
+    therefore recommend that you use a debug version of Qt when
+    developing Qt-based software.
+
+    \section1 Common Bugs
+
+    There is one bug that is so common that it deserves mention here:
+    If you include the Q_OBJECT macro in a class declaration and
+    run \link moc.html the meta-object compiler\endlink (\c{moc}),
+    but forget to link the \c{moc}-generated object code into your
+    executable, you will get very confusing error messages. Any link
+    error complaining about a lack of \c{vtbl}, \c{_vtbl}, \c{__vtbl}
+    or similar is likely to be a result of this problem.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/development/designer-manual.qdoc b/doc/src/development/designer-manual.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5d8587a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/development/designer-manual.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,2836 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page designer-manual.html
+
+    \title Qt Designer Manual
+    \ingroup qttools
+    \keyword Qt Designer
+
+    \QD is Qt's tool for designing and building graphical user
+    interfaces (GUIs) from Qt components. You can compose and customize your
+    widgets or dialogs in a what-you-see-is-what-you-get (WYSIWYG) manner, and
+    test them using different styles and resolutions.
+
+    Widgets and forms created with \QD integrated seamlessly with programmed
+    code, using Qt's signals and slots mechanism, that lets you easily assign
+    behavior to graphical elements. All properties set in \QD can be changed
+    dynamically within the code. Furthermore, features like widget promotion
+    and custom plugins allow you to use your own components with \QD.
+
+    If you are new to \QD, you can take a look at the
+    \l{Getting To Know Qt Designer} document. For a quick tutorial on how to
+    use \QD, refer to \l{A Quick Start to Qt Designer}.
+
+    Qt Designer 4.5 boasts a long list of improvements. For a detailed list of
+    what is new, refer \l{What's New in Qt Designer 4.5}.
+
+    \image designer-multiple-screenshot.png
+
+    For more information on using \QD, you can take a look at the following
+    links:
+
+    \list
+        \o  \l{Qt Designer's Editing Modes}
+            \list
+                \o  \l{Qt Designer's Widget Editing Mode}{Widget Editing Mode}
+                \o  \l{Qt Designer's Signals and Slots Editing Mode}
+                      {Signals and Slots Editing Mode}
+                \o  \l{Qt Designer's Buddy Editing Mode}
+                      {Buddy Editing Mode}
+                \o  \l{Qt Designer's Tab Order Editing Mode}
+                      {Tab Order Editing Mode}
+            \endlist
+        \o  \l{Using Layouts in Qt Designer}
+        \o  \l{Saving, Previewing and Printing Forms in Qt Designer}
+        \o  \l{Using Containers in Qt Designer}
+        \o  \l{Creating Main Windows in Qt Designer}
+        \o  \l{Editing Resources with Qt Designer}
+        \o  \l{Using Stylesheets with Qt Designer}
+        \o  \l{Using a Designer UI File in Your Application}
+    \endlist
+
+    For advanced usage of \QD, you can refer to these links:
+
+    \list
+        \o  \l{Customizing Qt Designer Forms}
+        \o  \l{Using Custom Widgets with Qt Designer}
+        \o  \l{Creating Custom Widgets for Qt Designer}
+        \o  \l{Creating Custom Widget Extensions}
+        \o  \l{Qt Designer's UI File Format}
+    \endlist
+
+
+    \section1 Legal Notices
+
+    Some source code in \QD is licensed under specific highly permissive
+    licenses from the original authors. The Qt team gratefully acknowledges
+    these contributions to \QD and all uses of \QD should also acknowledge
+    these contributions and quote the following license statements in an
+    appendix to the documentation.
+
+    \list
+    \i \l{Implementation of the Recursive Shadow Casting Algorithm in Qt Designer}
+    \endlist
+*/
+
+
+
+/*!
+    \page designer-whats-new.html
+    \contentspage {Qt Designer Manual}{Contents}
+
+
+    \title What's New in Qt Designer 4.5
+
+    \section1 General Changes
+
+
+    \table
+        \header
+            \i  Widget Filter Box
+            \i  Widget Morphing
+            \i  Disambiguation Field
+        \row
+            \i  \inlineimage designer-widget-filter.png
+            \i  \inlineimage designer-widget-morph.png
+            \i  \inlineimage designer-disambiguation.png
+    \endtable
+
+    \list 1
+        \i  Displaying only icons in the \gui{Widget Box}: It is now possible
+            for the \gui{Widget Box} to display icons only. Simply select
+            \gui{Icon View} from the context menu.
+        \i  Filter for \gui{Widget Box}: A filter is now provided to quickly
+            locate the widget you need. If you use a particular widget
+            frequently, you can always add it to the
+            \l{Getting to Know Qt Designer#WidgetBox}{scratch pad}.
+        \i  Support for QButtonGroup: It is available via the context
+            menu of a selection of QAbstractButton objects.
+        \i  Improved support for item widgets: The item widgets' (e.g.,
+            QListWidget, QTableWidget, and QTreeWidget) contents dialogs have
+            been improved. You can now add translation comments and also modify
+            the header properties.
+        \i  Widget morphing: A widget can now be morphed from one type to
+            another with its layout and properties preserved. To begin, click
+            on your widget and select \gui{Morph into} from the context menu.
+        \i  Disambiguation field: The property editor now shows this extra
+            field under the \gui{accessibleDescription} property. This field
+            has been introduced to aid translators in the case of two source
+            texts being the same but used for different purposes. For example,
+            a dialog could have two \gui{Add} buttons for two different
+            reasons. \note To maintain compatibility, comments in UI files
+            created prior to Qt 4.5 will be listed in the \gui{Disambiguation}
+            field.
+    \endlist
+
+
+
+    \section1 Improved Shortcuts for the Editing Mode
+
+    \list
+        \i  The \key{Shift+Click} key combination now selects the ancestor for
+            nested layouts. This iterates from one ancestor to the other.
+
+        \i  The \key{Ctrl} key is now used to toggle and copy drag. Previously
+            this was done with the \key{Shift} key but is now changed to
+            conform to standards.
+
+        \i  The left mouse button does rubber band selection for form windows;
+            the middle mouse button does rubber band selection everywhere.
+    \endlist
+
+
+    \section1 Layouts
+    \list
+        \i  It is now possible to switch a widget's layout without breaking it
+            first. Simply select the existing layout and change it to another
+            type using the context menu or the layout buttons on the toolbar.
+
+        \i  To quickly populate a \gui{Form Layout}, you can now use the
+            \gui{Add form layout row...} item available in the context menu or
+            double-click on the red layout.
+    \endlist
+
+
+    \section1 Support for Embedded Design
+
+    \table
+        \header
+            \i  Comboboxes to Select a Device Profile
+        \row
+            \i  \inlineimage designer-embedded-preview.png
+    \endtable
+
+    It is now possible to specify embedded device profiles, e.g., Style, Font,
+    Screen DPI, resolution, default font, etc., in \gui{Preferences}. These
+    settings will affect the \gui{Form Editor}. The profiles will also be
+    visible with \gui{Preview}.
+
+
+    \section1 Related Classes
+
+    \list
+        \i  QUiLoader \mdash forms loaded with this class will now react to
+            QEvent::LanguageChange if QUiLoader::setLanguageChangeEnabled() or
+            QUiLoader::isLanguageChangeEnabled() is set to true.
+
+        \i  QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface \mdash the
+            \l{QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface::}{domXml()} function now has new
+            attributes for its \c{<ui>} element. These attributes are
+            \c{language} and \c{displayname}. The \c{language} element can be
+            one of the following "", "c++", "jambi". If this element is
+            specified, it must match the language in which Designer is running.
+            Otherwise, this element will not be available. The \c{displayname}
+            element represents the name that will be displayed in the
+            \gui{Widget Box}. Previously this was hardcoded to be the class
+            name.
+
+        \i  QWizard \mdash QWizard's page now has a string \c{id} attribute that
+            can be used to fill in enumeration values to be used by the
+            \c{uic}. However, this attribute has no effect on QUiLoader.
+    \endlist
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \page designer-to-know.html
+    \contentspage {Qt Designer Manual}{Contents}
+
+
+    \title Getting to Know Qt Designer
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \image designer-screenshot.png
+
+    \section1 Launching Designer
+
+    The way that you launch \QD depends on your platform:
+
+    \list
+        \i On Windows, click the Start button, under the \gui Programs submenu,
+           open the \gui{Qt 4} submenu and click \gui Designer.
+        \i On Unix or Linux, you might find a \QD icon on the desktop
+           background or in the desktop start menu under the \gui Programming
+           or \gui Development submenus. You can launch \QD from this icon.
+           Alternatively, you can type \c{designer} in a terminal window.
+        \i On Mac OS X, double click on \QD in \gui Finder.
+    \endlist
+
+    \section1 The User Interface
+
+    When used as a standalone application, \QD's user interface can be
+    configured to provide either a multi-window user interface (the default
+    mode), or it can be used in docked window mode. When used from within an
+    integrated development environment (IDE) only the multi-window user
+    interface is available. You can switch modes in the \gui Preferences dialog
+    from the \gui Edit menu.
+
+    In multi-window mode, you can arrange each of the tool windows to suit your
+    working style. The main window consists of a menu bar, a tool bar, and a
+    widget box that contains the widgets you can use to create your user
+    interface.
+
+    \target MainWindow
+    \table
+        \row
+            \i \inlineimage designer-main-window.png
+            \i \bold{Qt Designer's Main Window}
+
+        The menu bar provides all the standard actions for managing forms,
+        using the clipboard, and accessing application-specific help.
+        The current editing mode, the tool windows, and the forms in use can
+        also be accessed via the menu bar.
+
+        The tool bar displays common actions that are used when editing a form.
+        These are also available via the main menu.
+
+        The widget box provides common widgets and layouts that are used to
+        design components. These are grouped into categories that reflect their
+        uses or features.
+    \endtable
+
+    Most features of \QD are accessible via the menu bar, the tool bar, or the
+    widget box. Some features are also available through context menus that can
+    be opened over the form windows. On most platforms, the right mouse is used
+    to open context menus.
+
+    \target WidgetBox
+    \table
+        \row
+            \i \inlineimage designer-widget-box.png
+            \i \bold{Qt Designer's Widget Box}
+
+        The widget box provides a selection of standard Qt widgets, layouts,
+        and other objects that can be used to create user interfaces on forms.
+        Each of the categories in the widget box contain widgets with similar
+        uses or related features.
+
+        \note Since Qt 4.4, new widgets have been included, e.g.,
+        QPlainTextEdit, QCommandLinkButton, QScrollArea, QMdiArea, and
+        QWebView.
+
+        You can display all of the available objects in a category by clicking
+        on the handle next to the category label. When in
+        \l{Qt Designer's Widget Editing Mode}{Widget Editing
+        Mode}, you can add objects to a form by dragging the appropriate items
+        from the widget box onto the form, and dropping them in the required
+        locations.
+
+        \QD provides a scratch pad feature that allows you to collect
+        frequently used objects in a separate category. The scratch pad
+        category can be filled with any widget currently displayed in a form
+        by dragging them from the form and dropping them onto the widget box.
+        These widgets can be used in the same way as any other widgets, but
+        they can also contain child widgets. Open a context menu over a widget
+        to change its name or remove it from the scratch pad.
+    \endtable
+
+
+    \section1 The Concept of Layouts in Qt
+
+    A layout is used to arrange and manage the elements that make up a user
+    interface. Qt provides a number of classes to automatically handle layouts
+    -- QHBoxLayout, QVBoxLayout, QGridLayout, and QFormLayout. These classes
+    solve the challenge of laying out widgets automatically, providing a user
+    interface that behaves predictably. Fortunately knowledge of the layout
+    classes is not required to arrange widgets with \QD. Instead, select one of
+    the \gui{Lay Out Horizontally}, \gui{Lay Out in a Grid}, etc., options from
+    the context menu.
+
+    Each Qt widget has a recommended size, known as \l{QWidget::}{sizeHint()}.
+    The layout manager will attempt to resize a widget to meet its size hint.
+    In some cases, there is no need to have a different size. For example, the
+    height of a QLineEdit is always a fixed value, depending on font size and
+    style. In other cases, you may require the size to change, e.g., the width
+    of a QLineEdit or the width and height of item view widgets. This is where
+    the widget size constraints -- \l{QWidget::minimumSize()}{minimumSize} and
+    \l{QWidget::maximumSize()}{maximumSize} constraints come into play. These
+    are properties you can set in the property editor. For example, to override
+    the default \l{QWidget::}{sizeHint()}, simply set
+    \l{QWidget::minimumSize()}{minimumSize} and \l{QWidget::maximumSize()}
+    {maximumSize} to the same value. Alternatively, to use the current size as
+    a size constraint value, choose one of the \gui{Size Constraint} options
+    from the widget's context menu. The layout  will then ensure that those
+    constraints are met. To control the size of your widgets via code, you can
+    reimplement \l{QWidget::}{sizeHint()} in your code.
+
+    The screenshot below shows the breakdown of a basic user interface designed
+    using a grid. The coordinates on the screenshot show the position of each
+    widget within the grid.
+
+    \image addressbook-tutorial-part3-labeled-layout.png
+
+    \note Inside the grid, the QPushButton objects are actually nested. The
+    buttons on the right are first placed in a QVBoxLayout; the buttons at the
+    bottom are first placed in a QHBoxLayout. Finally, they are put into
+    coordinates (1,2) and (3,1) of the QGridLayout.
+
+    To visualize, imagine the layout as a box that shrinks as much as possible,
+    attempting to \e squeeze your widgets in a neat arrangement, and, at the
+    same time, maximize the use of available space.
+
+    Qt's layouts help when you:
+
+    \list 1
+        \i  Resize the user face to fit different window sizes.
+        \i  Resize elements within the user interface to suit different
+            localizations.
+        \i  Arrange elements to adhere to layout guidelines for different
+            platforms.
+    \endlist
+
+    So, you no longer have to worry about rearranging widgets for different
+    platforms, settings, and languages.
+
+    The example below shows how different localizations can affect the user
+    interface. When a localization requires more space for longer text strings
+    the Qt layout automatically scales to accommodate this, while ensuring that
+    the user interface looks presentable and still matches the platform
+    guidelines.
+
+    \table
+        \header
+            \i  A Dialog in English
+            \i  A Dialog in French
+        \row
+            \i  \image designer-english-dialog.png
+            \i  \image designer-french-dialog.png
+    \endtable
+
+    The process of laying out widgets consists of creating the layout hierarchy
+    while setting as few widget size constraints as possible.
+
+    For a more technical perspective on Qt's layout classes, refer to the
+    \l{Layout Management} documentation.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \page designer-quick-start.html
+    \contentspage {Qt Designer Manual}{Contents}
+
+
+    \title A Quick Start to Qt Designer
+
+    Using \QD involves \bold four basic steps:
+
+    \list 1
+        \o  Choose your form and objects
+        \o  Lay the objects out on the form
+        \o  Connect the signals to the slots
+        \o  Preview the form
+    \endlist
+
+    \image rgbController-screenshot.png
+
+    Suppose you would like to design a small widget (see screenshot above) that
+    contains the controls needed to manipulate Red, Green and Blue (RGB) values
+    -- a type of widget that can be seen everywhere in image manipulation
+    programs.
+
+    \table
+    \row
+    \i \inlineimage designer-choosing-form.png
+    \i \bold{Choosing a Form}
+
+    You start by choosing \gui Widget from the \gui{New Form} dialog.
+    \endtable
+
+
+    \table
+    \row
+    \i  \inlineimage rgbController-arrangement.png
+    \i  \bold{Placing Widgets on a Form}
+
+    Drag three labels, three spin boxes and three vertical sliders on to your
+    form. To change the label's default text, simply double-click on it. You
+    can arrange them according to how you would like them to be laid out.
+    \endtable
+
+    To ensure that they are laid out exactly like this in your program, you
+    need to place these widgets into a layout. We will do this in groups of
+    three. Select the "RED" label. Then, hold down \key Ctrl while you select
+    its corresponding spin box and slider. In the \gui{Form} menu, select
+    \gui{Lay Out in a Grid}.
+
+    \table
+        \row
+            \i \inlineimage rgbController-form-gridLayout.png
+            \i \inlineimage rgbController-selectForLayout.png
+    \endtable
+
+
+    Repeat the step for the other two labels along with their corresponding
+    spin boxes and sliders as well.
+
+    The next step is to combine all three layouts into one \bold{main layout}.
+    The main layout is the top level widget's (in this case, the QWidget)
+    layout. It is important that your top level widget has a layout; otherwise,
+    the widgets on your window will not resize when your window is resized. To
+    set the layout, \gui{Right click} anywhere on your form, outside of the
+    three separate layouts, and select \gui{Lay Out Horizontally}.
+    Alternatively, you could also select \gui{Lay Out in a Grid} -- you will
+    still see the same arrangement (shown below).
+
+    \image rgbController-final-layout.png
+
+    \note Main layouts cannot be seen on the form. To check if you have a main
+    layout installed, try resizing your form; your widgets should resize
+    accordingly. Alternatively, you can take a look at \QD's
+    \gui{Object Inspector}. If your top level widget does not have a layout,
+    you will see the broken layout icon next to it,
+    \inlineimage rgbController-no-toplevel-layout.png
+    .
+
+    When you click on the slider and drag it to a certain value, you want the
+    spin box to display the slider's position. To accomplish this behavior, you
+    need to connect the slider's \l{QAbstractSlider::}{valueChanged()} signal
+    to the spin box's \l{QSpinBox::}{setValue()} slot. You also need to make
+    the reverse connections, e.g., connect the spin box's \l{QSpinBox::}
+    {valueChanged()} signal to the slider's \l{QAbstractSlider::value()}
+    {setValue()} slot.
+
+    To do this, you have to switch to \gui{Edit Signals/Slots} mode, either by
+    pressing \key{F4} or something \gui{Edit Signals/Slots} from the \gui{Edit}
+    menu.
+
+    \table
+        \row
+            \i \inlineimage rgbController-signalsAndSlots.png
+            \i \bold{Connecting Signals to Slots}
+
+        Click on the slider and drag the cursor towards the spin box. The
+        \gui{Configure Connection} dialog, shown below, will pop up. Select the
+        correct signal and slot and click \gui OK.
+    \endtable
+
+    \image rgbController-configure-connection1.png
+
+    Repeat the step (in reverse order), clicking on the spin box and dragging
+    the cursor towards the slider, to connect the spin box's
+    \l{QSpinBox::}{valueChanged()} signal to the slider's
+    \l{QAbstractSlider::value()}{setValue()} slot.
+
+    You can use the screenshot below as a guide to selecting the correct signal
+    and slot.
+
+    \image rgbController-configure-connection2.png
+
+    Now that you have successfully connected the objects for the "RED"
+    component of the RGB Controller, do the same for the "GREEN" and "BLUE"
+    components as well.
+
+    Since RGB values range between 0 and 255, we need to limit the spin box
+    and slider to that particular range.
+
+    \table
+        \row
+            \i \inlineimage rgbController-property-editing.png
+            \i \bold{Setting Widget Properties}
+
+        Click on the first spin box. Within the \gui{Property Editor}, you will
+        see \l{QSpinBox}'s properties. Enter "255" for the
+        \l{QSpinBox::}{maximum} property. Then, click on the first vertical
+        slider, you will see \l{QAbstractSlider}'s properties. Enter "255" for
+        the \l{QAbstractSlider::}{maximum} property as well. Repeat this
+        process for the remaining  spin boxes and sliders.
+    \endtable
+
+    Now, we preview your form to see how it would look in your application -
+    press \key{Ctrl + R} or select \gui Preview from the \gui Form menu. Try
+    dragging the slider - the spin box will mirror its value too (and vice
+    versa). Also, you can resize it to see how the layouts that are used to
+    manage the child widgets, respond to different window sizes.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \page designer-editing-mode.html
+    \previouspage Getting to Know Qt Designer
+    \contentspage {Qt Designer Manual}{Contents}
+    \nextpage Using Layouts in Qt Designer
+
+    \title Qt Designer's Editing Modes
+
+    \QD provides four editing modes: \l{Qt Designer's Widget Editing Mode}
+    {Widget Editing Mode}, \l{Qt Designer's Signals and Slots Editing Mode}
+    {Signals and Slots Editing Mode}, \l{Qt Designer's Buddy Editing Mode}
+    {Buddy Editing Mode} and \l{Qt Designer's Tab Order Editing Mode}
+    {Tab Order Editing Mode}. When working with \QD, you will always be in one
+    of these four modes. To switch between modes, simply select it from the
+    \gui{Edit} menu or the toolbar. The table below describes these modes in
+    further detail.
+
+    \table
+        \header \i  \i  \bold{Editing Modes}
+        \row
+            \i  \inlineimage designer-widget-tool.png
+            \i  In \l{Qt Designer's Widget Editing Mode}{Edit} mode, we can
+                change the appearance of the form, add layouts, and edit the
+                properties of each widget. To switch to this mode, press
+                \key{F3}. This is \QD's default mode.
+
+        \row
+            \i  \inlineimage designer-connection-tool.png
+            \i  In \l{Qt Designer's Signals and Slots Editing Mode}
+                {Signals and Slots} mode, we can connect widgets together using
+                Qt's signals and slots mechanism. To switch to this mode, press
+                \key{F4}.
+
+        \row
+            \i  \inlineimage designer-buddy-tool.png
+            \i  In \l{Qt Designer's Buddy Editing Mode}{Buddy Editing Mode},
+                buddy widgets can be assigned to label widgets to help them
+                handle keyboard focus correctly.
+
+        \row
+            \i  \inlineimage designer-tab-order-tool.png
+            \i  In \l{Qt Designer's Tab Order Editing Mode}
+                {Tab Order Editing Mode}, we can set the order in which widgets
+                receive the keyboard focus.
+    \endtable
+
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \page designer-widget-mode.html
+    \previouspage Qt Designer's Editing Modes
+    \contentspage {Qt Designer Manual}{Contents}
+    \nextpage Qt Designer's Signals and Slots Editing Mode
+
+    \title Qt Designer's Widget Editing Mode
+
+    \image designer-editing-mode.png
+
+    In the Widget Editing Mode, objects can be dragged from the main window's
+    widget box to a form, edited, resized, dragged around on the form, and even
+    dragged between forms. Object properties can be modified interactively, so
+    that changes can be seen immediately. The editing interface is intuitive
+    for simple operations, yet it still supports Qt's powerful layout
+    facilities.
+
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    To create and edit new forms, open the \gui File menu and select
+    \gui{New Form...} or press \key{Ctrl+N}. Existing forms can also be edited
+    by selecting \gui{Open Form...} from the \gui File menu or pressing
+    \key{Ctrl+O}.
+
+    At any point, you can save your form by selecting the \gui{Save From As...}
+    option from the \gui File menu. The UI files saved by \QD contain
+    information about the objects used, and any details of signal and slot
+    connections between them.
+
+
+    \section1 Editing A Form
+
+    By default, new forms are opened in widget editing mode. To switch to Edit
+    mode from another mode, select \gui{Edit Widgets} from the \gui Edit menu
+    or press the \key F3 key.
+
+    Objects are added to the form by dragging them from the main widget box
+    and dropping them in the desired location on the form. Once there, they
+    can be moved around simply by dragging them, or using the cursor keys.
+    Pressing the \key Ctrl key at the same time moves the selected widget
+    pixel by pixel, while using the cursor keys alone make the selected widget
+    snap to the grid when it is moved. Objects can be selected by clicking on
+    them with the left mouse button. You can also use the \key Tab key to
+    change the selection.
+
+    ### Screenshot of widget box, again
+
+    The widget box contains objects in a number of different categories, all of
+    which can be placed on the form as required. The only objects that require
+    a little more preparation are the \gui Container widgets. These are
+    described in further detail in the \l{Using Containers in Qt Designer}
+    chapter.
+
+
+    \target SelectingObjects
+    \table
+        \row
+            \i  \inlineimage designer-selecting-widget.png
+            \i  \bold{Selecting Objects}
+
+        Objects on the form are selected by clicking on them with the left
+        mouse button. When an object is selected, resize handles are shown at
+        each corner and the midpoint of each side, indicating that it can be
+        resized.
+
+        To select additional objects, hold down the \key Shift key and click on
+        them. If more than one object is selected, the current object will be
+        displayed with resize handles of a different color.
+
+        To move a widget within a layout, hold down \key Shift and \key Control
+        while dragging the widget. This extends the selection to the widget's
+        parent layout.
+
+        Alternatively, objects can be selected in the
+        \l{The Object Inspector}{Object Inspector}.
+    \endtable
+
+    When a widget is selected, normal clipboard operations such as cut, copy,
+    and paste can be performed on it. All of these operations can be done and
+    undone, as necessary.
+
+    The following shortcuts can be used:
+
+    \target ShortcutsForEditing
+    \table
+        \header \i Action       \i Shortcut     \i Description
+        \row
+            \i Cut
+            \i \key{Ctrl+X}
+            \i Cuts the selected objects to the clipboard.
+        \row
+            \i Copy
+            \i \key{Ctrl+C}
+            \i Copies the selected objects to the clipboard.
+        \row
+            \i Paste
+            \i \key{Ctrl+V}
+            \i Pastes the objects in the clipboard onto the form.
+        \row
+            \i Delete
+            \i \key Delete
+            \i Deletes the selected objects.
+        \row
+            \i Clone object
+            \i \key{Ctrl+drag} (leftmouse button)
+            \i Makes a copy of the selected object or group of objects.
+        \row
+            \i Preview
+            \i \key{Ctrl+R}
+            \i Shows a preview of the form.
+    \endtable
+
+    All of the above actions (apart from cloning) can be accessed via both the
+    \gui Edit menu and the form's context menu. These menus also provide
+    funcitons for laying out objects as well as a \gui{Select All} function to
+    select all the objects on the form.
+
+    Widgets are not unique objects; you can make as many copies of them as you
+    need. To quickly duplicate a widget, you can clone it by holding down the
+    \key Ctrl key and dragging it. This allows widgets to be copied and placed
+    on the form more quickly than with clipboard operations.
+
+
+    \target DragAndDrop
+    \table
+        \row
+            \i \inlineimage designer-dragging-onto-form.png
+            \i \bold{Drag and Drop}
+
+        \QD makes extensive use of the drag and drop facilities provided by Qt.
+        Widgets can be dragged from the widget box and dropped onto the form.
+
+        Widgets can also be "cloned" on the form: Holding down \key Ctrl and
+        dragging the widget creates a copy of the widget that can be dragged to
+        a new position.
+
+        It is also possible to drop Widgets onto the \l {The Object Inspector}
+        {Object Inspector} to handle nested layouts easily.
+    \endtable
+
+    \QD allows selections of objects to be copied, pasted, and dragged between
+    forms. You can use this feature to create more than one copy of the same
+    form, and experiment with different layouts in each of them.
+
+
+    \section2 The Property Editor
+
+    The Property Editor always displays properties of the currently selected
+    object on the form. The available properties depend on the object being
+    edited, but all of the widgets provided have common properties such as
+    \l{QObject::}{objectName}, the object's internal name, and
+    \l{QWidget::}{enabled}, the property that determines whether an
+    object can be interacted with or not.
+
+
+    \target EditingProperties
+    \table
+        \row
+            \i \inlineimage designer-property-editor.png
+            \i \bold{Editing Properties}
+
+        The property editor uses standard Qt input widgets to manage the
+        properties of jbects on the form. Textual properties are shown in line
+        edits, integer properties are displayed in spinboxes, boolean
+        properties are displayed in check boxes, and compound properties such
+        as colors and sizes are presented in drop-down lists of input widgets.
+
+        Modified properties are indicated with bold labels. To reset them, click
+        the arrow button on the right.
+
+        Changes in properties are applied to all selected objects that have the
+        same property.
+    \endtable
+
+    Certain properties are treated specially by the property editor:
+
+    \list
+        \o Compound properties -- properties that are made up of more than one
+           value -- are represented as nodes that can be expanded, allowing
+           their values to be edited.
+        \o Properties that contain a choice or selection of flags are edited
+           via combo boxes with checkable items.
+        \o Properties that allow access to rich data types, such as QPalette,
+           are modified using dialogs that open when the properties are edited.
+           QLabel and the widgets in the \gui Buttons section of the widget box
+           have a \c text property that can also be edited by double-clicking
+           on the widget or by pressing \gui F2. \QD interprets the backslash
+           (\\) character specially, enabling newline (\\n) characters to be
+           inserted into the text; the \\\\ character sequence is used to
+           insert a single backslash into the text. A context menu can also be
+           opened while editing, providing another way to insert special
+           characters and newlines into the text.
+    \endlist
+
+
+    \section2 Dynamic Properties
+
+    The property editor can also be used to add new
+    \l{QObject#Dynamic Properties}{dynamic properties} to both standard Qt
+    widgets and to forms themselves. Since Qt 4.4, dynamic properties are added
+    and removed via the property editor's toolbar, shown below.
+
+    \image designer-property-editor-toolbar.png
+
+    To add a dynamic property, clcik on the \gui Add button
+    \inlineimage designer-property-editor-add-dynamic.png
+    . To remove it, click on the \gui Remove button
+    \inlineimage designer-property-editor-remove-dynamic.png
+     instead. You can also sort the properties alphabetically and change the
+    color groups by clickinig on the \gui Configure button
+    \inlineimage designer-property-editor-configure.png
+    .
+
+    \section2 The Object Inspector
+    \table
+        \row
+            \i  \inlineimage designer-object-inspector.png
+            \i  \bold{The Object Inspector}
+
+        The \gui{Object Inspector} displays a hierarchical list of all the
+        objects on the form that is currently being edited. To show the child
+        objects of a container widget or a layout, click the handle next to the
+        object label.
+
+        Each object on a form can be selected by clicking on the corresponding
+        item in the \gui{Object Inspector}. Right-clicking opens the form's
+        context menu. These features can be useful if you have many overlapping
+        objects. To locate an object in the \gui{Object Inspector}, use
+        \key{Ctrl+F}.
+
+        Since Qt 4.4, double-clicking on the object's name allows you to change
+        the object's name with the in-place editor.
+
+        Since Qt 4.5, the \gui{Object Inspector} displays the layout state of
+        the containers. The broken layout icon ###ICON is displayed if there is
+        something wrong with the layouts.
+
+    \endtable
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \page designer-layouts.html
+    \previouspage Qt Designer's Widget Editing Mode
+    \contentspage
+    \nextpage Qt Designer's Signals and Slots Editing Mode
+
+    \title Using Layouts in Qt Designer
+
+    Before a form can be used, the objects on the form need to be placed into
+    layouts. This ensures that the objects will be displayed properly when the
+    form is previewed or used in an application. Placing objects in a layout
+    also ensures that they will be resized correctly when the form is resized.
+
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 Applying and Breaking Layouts
+
+    The simplest way to manage objects is to apply a layout to a group of
+    existing objects. This is achieved by selecting the objects that you need
+    to manage and applying one of the standard layouts using the main toolbar,
+    the \gui Form menu, or the form's context menu.
+
+    Once widgets have been inserted into a layout, it is not possible to move
+    and resize them individually because the layout itself controls the
+    geometry of each widget within it, taking account of the hints provided by
+    spacers. Instead, you must either break the layout and adjust each object's
+    geometry manually, or you can influence the widget's geometry by resizing
+    the layout.
+
+    To break the layout, press \key{Ctrl+0} or choose \gui{Break Layout} from
+    the form's context menu, the \gui Form menu or the main toolbar. You can
+    also add and remove spacers from the layout to influence the geometries of
+    the widgets.
+
+
+    \target InsertingObjectsIntoALayout
+    \table
+        \row
+            \i  \inlineimage designer-layout-inserting.png
+            \i  \bold{Inserting Objects into a Layout}
+
+        Objects can be inserted into an existing layout by dragging them from
+        their current positions and dropping them at the required location. A
+        blue cursor is displayed in the layout as an object is dragged over
+        it to indicate where the object will be added.
+    \endtable
+
+
+    \section2 Setting A Top Level Layout
+
+    The form's top level layout can be set by clearing the slection (click the
+    left mouse button on the form itself) and applying a layout. A top level
+    layout is necessary to ensure that your widgets will resize correctly when
+    its window is resized. To check if you have set a top level layout, preview
+    your widget and attempt to resize the window by dragging the size grip.
+
+    \table
+        \row
+            \i  \inlineimage designer-set-layout.png
+            \i  \bold{Applying a Layout}
+
+        To apply a layout, you can select your choice of layout from the
+        toolbar shown on the left, or from the context menu shown below.
+    \endtable
+
+    \image designer-set-layout2.png
+
+
+    \section2 Horizontal and Vertical Layouts
+
+    The simplest way to arrange objects on a form is to place them in a
+    horizontal or vertical layout. Horizontal layouts ensure that the widgets
+    within are aligned horizontally; vertical layouts ensure that they are
+    aligned vertically.
+
+    Horizontal and vertical layouts can be combined and nested to any depth.
+    However, if you need more control over the placement of objects, consider
+    using the grid layout.
+
+
+    \section3 The Grid Layout
+
+    Complex form layouts can be created by placing objects in a grid layout.
+    This kind of layout gives the form designer much more freedom to arrange
+    widgets on the form, but can result in a much less flexible layout.
+    However, for some kinds of form layout, a grid arrangement is much more
+    suitable than a nested arrangement of horizontal and vertical layouts.
+
+
+    \section3 Splitter Layouts
+
+    Another common way to manage the layout of objects on a form is to place
+    them in a splitter. These splitters arrange the objects horizontally or
+    vertically in the same way as normal layouts, but also allow the user to
+    adjust the amount of space allocated to each object.
+
+    \image designer-splitter-layout.png
+
+    Although QSplitter is a container widget, \QD treats splitter objects as
+    layouts that are applied to existing widgets. To place a group of widgets
+    into a splitter, select them
+    \l{Qt Designer's Widget Editing Mode#SelectingObjects}{as described here}
+    then apply the splitter layout by using the appropriate toolbar button,
+    keyboard shortcut, or \gui{Lay out} context menu entry.
+
+
+    \section3 The Form Layout
+
+    Since Qt 4.4, another layout class has been included -- QFormLayout. This
+    class manages widgets in a two-column form; the left column holds labels
+    and the right column holds field widgets such as line edits, spin boxes,
+    etc. The QFormLayout class adheres to various platform look and feel
+    guidelines and supports wrapping for long rows.
+
+    \image designer-form-layout.png
+
+    The UI file above results in the previews shown below.
+
+    \table
+        \header
+            \i  Windows XP
+            \i  Mac OS X
+            \i  Cleanlooks
+        \row
+            \i  \inlineimage designer-form-layout-windowsXP.png
+            \i  \inlineimage designer-form-layout-macintosh.png
+            \i  \inlineimage designer-form-layout-cleanlooks.png
+    \endtable
+
+
+    \section2 Shortcut Keys
+
+    In addition to the standard toolbar and context menu entries, there is also
+    a set of keyboard shortcuts to apply layouts on widgets.
+
+    \target LayoutShortcuts
+    \table
+        \header
+            \i  Layout
+            \i  Shortcut
+            \i  Description
+        \row
+            \i  Horizontal
+            \i  \key{Ctrl+1}
+            \i  Places the selected objects in a horizontal layout.
+        \row
+            \i  Vertical
+            \i  \key{Ctrl+2}
+            \i  Places the selected objects in a vertical layout.
+        \row
+            \i  Grid
+            \i  \key{Ctrl+5}
+            \i  Places the selected objects in a grid layout.
+        \row
+            \i  Form
+            \i  \key{Ctrl+6}
+            \i  Places the selected objects in a form layout.
+        \row
+            \i  Horizontal splitter
+            \i  \key{Ctrl+3}
+            \i  Creates a horizontal splitter and places the selected objects
+                inside it.
+        \row
+            \i  Vertical splitter
+            \i  \key{Ctrl+4}
+            \i  Creates a vertical splitter and places the selected objects
+                inside it.
+        \row
+            \i  Adjust size
+            \i  \key{Ctrl+J}
+            \i  Adjusts the size of the layout to ensure that each child object
+                has sufficient space to display its contents. See
+                QWidget::adjustSize() for more information.
+    \endtable
+
+    \note \key{Ctrl+0} is used to break a layout.
+
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \page designer-preview.html
+    \contentspage {Qt Designer Manual}{Contents}
+    \previouspage Using Layouts in Qt Designer
+    \nextpage Qt Designer's Buddy Editing Mode
+    \title Saving, Previewing and Printing Forms in Qt Designer
+
+    Although \QD's forms are accurate representations of the components being
+    edited, it is useful to preview the final appearance while editing. This
+    feature can be activated by opening the \gui Form menu and selecting
+    \gui Preview, or by pressing \key{Ctrl+R} when in the form.
+
+    \image designer-dialog-preview.png
+
+    The preview shows exactly what the final component will look like when used
+    in an application.
+
+    Since Qt 4.4, it is possible to preview forms with various skins - default
+    skins, skins created with Qt Style Sheets or device skins. This feature
+    simulates the effect of calling \c{QApplication::setStyleSheet()} in the
+    application.
+
+    To preview your form with skins, open the \gui Edit menu and select
+    \gui{Preferences...}
+
+    You will see the dialog shown below:
+
+    \image designer-preview-style.png
+
+    The \gui{Print/Preview Configuration} checkbox must be checked to activate
+    previews of skins. You can select the styles provided from the \gui{Style}
+    drop-down box.
+
+    \image designer-preview-style-selection.png
+
+    Alternatively, you can preview custom style sheet created with Qt Style
+    Sheets. The figure below shows an example of Qt Style Sheet syntax and the
+    corresponding output.
+
+    \image designer-preview-stylesheet.png
+
+    Another option would be to preview your form with device skins. A list of
+    generic device skins are available in \QD, however, you may also use
+    other QVFB skins with the \gui{Browse...} option.
+
+    \image designer-preview-deviceskin-selection.png
+
+
+    \section1 Viewing the Form's Code
+
+    Since Qt 4.4, it is possible to view code generated by the User Interface
+    Compiler (uic) for the \QD form.
+
+    \image designer-form-viewcode.png
+
+    Select \gui{View Code...} from the \gui{Form} menu and a dialog with the
+    generated code will be displayed. The screenshot below is an example of
+    code generated by the \c{uic}.
+
+    \image designer-code-viewer.png
+
+    \section1 Saving and Printing the Form
+
+    Forms created in \QD can be saved to an image or printed.
+
+    \table
+    \row
+    \i \inlineimage designer-file-menu.png
+    \i \bold{Saving Forms}
+
+    To save a form as an image, choose the \gui{Save Image...} option. The file
+    will be saved in \c{.png} format.
+
+    \bold{Printing Forms}
+
+    To print a form, select the \gui{Print...} option.
+
+    \endtable
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \page designer-connection-mode.html
+    \contentspage {Qt Designer Manual}{Contents}
+    \previouspage Using Layouts in Qt Designer
+    \nextpage Qt Designer's Buddy Editing Mode
+
+
+    \title Qt Designer's Signals and Slots Editing Mode
+
+    \image designer-connection-mode.png
+
+    In \QD's signals and slots editing mode, you can connect objects in a form
+    together using Qt's signals and slots mechanism. Both widgets and layouts
+    can be connected via an intuitive connection interface, using the menu of
+    compatible signals and slots provided by \QD. When a form is saved, all
+    connections are preserved so that they will be ready for use when your
+    project is built.
+
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    For more information on Qt's signals and sltos mechanism, refer to the
+    \l{Signals and Slots} document.
+
+
+    \section1 Connecting Objects
+
+    To begin connecting objects, enter the signals and slots editing mode by
+    opening the \gui Edit menu and selecting \gui{Edit Signals/Slots}, or by
+    pressing the \key F4 key.
+
+    All widgets and layouts on the form can be connected together. However,
+    spacers just provide spacing hints to layouts, so they cannot be connected
+    to other objects.
+
+
+    \target HighlightedObjects
+    \table
+        \row
+            \i  \inlineimage designer-connection-highlight.png
+            \i  \bold{Highlighted Objects}
+
+        When the cursor is over an object that can be used in a connection, the
+        object will be highlighted.
+    \endtable
+
+    To make a connectionn, press the left mouse button and drag the cursor
+    towards the object you want to connect it to. As you do this, a line will
+    extend from the source object to the cursor. If the cursor is over another
+    object on the form, the line will end with an arrow head that points to the
+    destination object. This indicates that a connection will be made between
+    the two objects when you release the mouse button.
+
+    You can abandon the connection at any point while you are dragging the
+    connection path by pressing \key{Esc}.
+
+    \target MakingAConnection
+    \table
+        \row
+            \i  \inlineimage designer-connection-making.png
+            \i  \bold{Making a Connection}
+
+        The connection path will change its shape as the cursor moves around
+        the form. As it passes over objects, they are highlighted, indicating
+        that they can be used in a signal and slot connection. Release the
+        mouse button to make the connection.
+    \endtable
+
+    The \gui{Configure Connection} dialog (below) is displayed, showing signals
+    from the source object and slots from the destination object that you can
+    use.
+
+    \image designer-connection-dialog.png
+
+    To complete the connection, select a signal from the source object and a
+    slot from the destination object, then click \key OK. Click \key Cancel if
+    you wish to abandon the connection.
+
+    \note If the \gui{Show all signals and slots} checkbox is selected, all
+    available signals from the source object will be shown. Otherwise, the
+    signals and slots inherited from QWidget will be hidden.
+
+    You can make as many connections as you like between objects on the form;
+    it is possible to connect signals from objects to slots in the form itself.
+    As a result, the signal and slot connections in many dialogs can be
+    completely configured from within \QD.
+
+    \target ConnectingToTheForm
+    \table
+        \row
+            \i  \inlineimage designer-connection-to-form.png
+            \i  \bold{Connecting to a Form}
+
+        To connect an object to the form itself, simply position the cursor
+        over the form and release the mouse button. The end point of the
+        connection changes to the electrical "ground" symbol.
+    \endtable
+
+
+    \section1 Editing and Deleting Connections
+
+    By default, connection paths are created with two labels that show the
+    signal and slot involved in the connection. These labels are usually
+    oriented along the line of the connection. You can move them around inside
+    their host widgets by dragging the red square at each end of the connection
+    path.
+
+    \target ConnectionEditor
+    \table
+        \row
+            \i  \inlineimage designer-connection-editor.png
+            \i  \bold{The Signal/Slot Editor}
+
+        The signal and slot used in a connection can be changed after it has
+        been set up. When a connection is configured, it becomes visible in
+        \QD's signal and slot editor where it can be further edited. You can
+        also edit signal/slot connections by double-clicking on the connection
+        path or one of its labels to display the Connection Dialog.
+    \endtable
+
+    \target DeletingConnections
+    \table
+        \row
+            \i  \inlineimage designer-connection-editing.png
+            \i  \bold{Deleting Connections}
+
+        The whole connection can be selected by clicking on any of its path
+        segments. Once selected, a connection can be deleted with the
+        \key Delete key, ensuring that it will not be set up in the UI
+        file.
+    \endtable
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \page designer-buddy-mode.html
+    \contentspage{Qt Designer Manual}{Contents}
+    \previouspage Qt Designer's Signals and Slots Editing Mode
+    \nextpage Qt Designer's Tab Order Editing Mode
+
+    \title Qt Designer's Buddy Editing Mode
+
+    \image designer-buddy-mode.png
+
+    One of the most useful basic features of Qt is the support for buddy
+    widgets. A buddy widget accepts the input focus on behalf of a QLabel when
+    the user types the label's shortcut key combination. The buddy concept is
+    also used in Qt's \l{Model/View Programming}{model/view} framework.
+
+
+    \section1 Linking Labels to Buddy Widgets
+
+    To enter buddy editing mode, open the \gui Edit menu and select
+    \gui{Edit Buddies}. This mode presents the widgets on the form in a similar
+    way to \l{Qt Designer's Signals and Slots Editing Mode}{signals and slots
+    editing mode} but in this mode, connections must start at label widgets.
+    Ideally, you should connect each label widget that provides a shortcut with
+    a suitable input widget, such as a QLineEdit.
+
+
+    \target MakingBuddies
+    \table
+        \row
+            \i  \inlineimage designer-buddy-making.png
+            \i  \bold{Making Buddies}
+
+        To define a buddy widget for a label, click on the label, drag the
+        connection to another widget on the form, and release the mouse button.
+        The connection shown indicates how input focus is passed to the buddy
+        widget. You can use the form preview to test the connections between
+        each label and its buddy.
+    \endtable
+
+
+    \section1 Removing Buddy Connections
+
+    Only one buddy widget can be defined for each label. To change the buddy
+    used, it is necessary to delete any existing buddy connection before you
+    create a new one.
+
+    Connections between labels and their buddy widgets can be deleted in the
+    same way as signal-slot connections in signals and slots editing mode:
+    Select the buddy connection by clicking on it and press the \key Delete
+    key. This operation does not modify either the label or its buddy in any
+    way.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \page designer-tab-order.html
+    \contentspage {Qt Designer Manual}{Contents}
+    \previouspage Qt Designer's Buddy Editing Mode
+    \nextpage Using Containers in Qt Designer
+
+    \title Qt Designer's Tab Order Editing Mode
+
+    \image designer-tab-order-mode.png
+
+    Many users expect to be able to navigate between widgets and controls
+    using only the keyboard. Qt lets the user navigate between input widgets
+    with the \key Tab and \key{Shift+Tab} keyboard shortcuts. The default
+    \e{tab order} is based on the order in which widgets are constructed.
+    Although this order may be sufficient for many users, it is often better
+    to explicitly specify the tab order to make your application easier to
+    use.
+
+
+    \section1 Setting the Tab Order
+
+    To enter tab order editing mode, open the \gui Edit menu and select
+    \gui{Edit Tab Order}. In this mode, each input widget in the form is shown
+    with a number indicating its position in the tab order. So, if the user
+    gives the first input widget the input focus and then presses the tab key,
+    the focus will move to the second input widget, and so on.
+
+    The tab order is defined by clicking on each of the numbers in the correct
+    order. The first number you click will change to red, indicating the
+    currently edited position in the tab order chain. The widget associated
+    with the number will become the first one in the tab order chain. Clicking
+    on another widget will make it the second in the tab order, and so on.
+
+    Repeat this process until you are satisfied with the tab order in the form
+    -- you do not need to click every input widget if you see that the
+    remaining widgets are already in the correct order. Numbers, for which you
+    already set the order, change to green, while those which are not clicked
+    yet, remain blue.
+
+    If you make a mistake, simply double click outside of any number or choose
+    \gui{Restart} from the form's context menu to start again. If you have many
+    widgets on your form and would like to change the tab order in the middle or
+    at the end of the tab order chain, you can edit it at any position. Press
+    \key{Ctrl} and click the number from which you want to start.
+    Alternatively, choose \gui{Start from Here} in the context menu.
+
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \page designer-using-containers.html
+    \contentspage {Qt Designer Manual}{Contents}
+    \previouspage Qt Designer's Tab Order Editing Mode
+    \nextpage Creating Main Windows in Qt Designer
+
+
+    \title Using Containers in Qt Designer
+
+    Container widgets provide high level control over groups of objects on a
+    form. They can be used to perform a variety of functions, such as managing
+    input widgets, providing paged and tabbed layouts, or just acting as
+    decorative containers for other objects.
+
+    \image designer-widget-morph.png
+
+    \QD provides visual feedback to help you place objects inside your
+    containers. When you drag an object from the widget box (or elsewhere) on
+    the form, each container will be highlighted when the cursor is positioned
+    over it. This indicates that you can drop the object inside, making it a
+    child object of the container. This feedback is important because it is
+    easy to place objects close to containers without actually placing them
+    inside. Both widgets and spacers can be used inside containers.
+
+    Stacked widgets, tab widgets, and toolboxes are handled specially in \QD.
+    Normally, when adding pages (tabs, pages, compartments) to these containers
+    in your own code, you need to supply existing widgets, either as
+    placeholders or containing child widgets. In \QD, these are automatically
+    created for you, so you can add child objects to each page straight away.
+
+    Each container typically allows its child objects to be arranged in one or
+    more layouts. The type of layout management provided depends on each
+    container, although setting the layout is usually just a matter of
+    selecting the container by clicking it, and applying a layout. The table
+    below shows a list of available containers.
+
+    \table
+        \row
+            \i  \inlineimage designer-containers-frame.png
+            \i  \bold Frames
+
+        Frames are used to enclose and group widgets, as well as to provide
+        decoration. They are used as the foundation for more complex
+        containers, but they can also be used as placeholders in forms.
+
+        The most important properties of frames are \c frameShape,
+        \c frameShadow, \c lineWidth, and \c midLineWidth. These are described
+        in more detail in the QFrame class description.
+
+        \row
+            \i  \inlineimage designer-containers-groupbox.png
+            \i  \bold{Group Boxes}
+
+        Group boxes are usually used to group together collections of
+        checkboxes and radio buttons with similar purposes.
+
+        Among the significant properties of group boxes are \c title, \c flat,
+        \c checkable, and \c checked. These are demonstrated in the
+        \l{widgets/groupbox}{Group Box} example, and described in the QGroupBox
+        class documentation. Each group box can contain its own layout, and
+        this is necessary if it contains other widgets. To add a layout to the
+        group box, click inside it and apply the layout as usual.
+
+        \row
+            \i  \inlineimage designer-containers-stackedwidget.png
+            \i  \bold{Stacked Widgets}
+
+        Stacked widgets are collections of widgets in which only the topmost
+        layer is visible. Control over the visible layer is usually managed by
+        another widget, such as combobox, using signals and slots.
+
+        \QD shows arrows in the top-right corner of the stack to allow you to
+        see all the widgets in the stack when designing it. These arrows do not
+        appear in the preview or in the final component. To navigate between
+        pages in the stack, select the stacked widget and use the
+        \gui{Next Page} and \gui{Previous Page} entries from the context menu.
+        The \gui{Insert Page} and \gui{Delete Page} context menu options allow
+        you to add and remove pages.
+
+        \row
+            \i  \inlineimage designer-containers-tabwidget.png
+            \i  \bold{Tab Widgets}
+
+        Tab widgets allow the developer to split up the contents of a widget
+        into different labelled sections, only one of which is displayed at any
+        given time. By default, the tab widget contains two tabs, and these can
+        be deleted or renamed as required. You can also add additional tabs.
+
+        To delete a tab:
+        \list
+            \o  Click on its label to make it the current tab.
+            \o  Select the tab widget and open its context menu.
+            \o  Select \gui{Delete Page}.
+        \endlist
+
+        To add a new tab:
+        \list
+            \o  Select the tab widget and open its context menu.
+            \o  Select \gui{Insert Page}.
+            \o  You can add a page before or after the \e current page. \QD
+                will create a new widget for that particular tab and insert it
+                into the tab widget.
+            \o  You can set the title of the current tab by changing the
+                \c currentTabText property in the \gui{Property Editor}.
+        \endlist
+
+        \row
+            \i  \inlineimage designer-containers-toolbox.png
+            \i  \bold{ToolBox Widgets}
+
+        Toolbox widgets provide a series of pages or compartments in a toolbox.
+        They are handled in a way similar to stacked widgets.
+
+        To rename a page in a toolbox, make the toolbox your current pange and
+        change its \c currentItemText property from the \gui{Property Editor}.
+
+        To add a new page, select \gui{Insert Page} from the toolbox widget's
+        context menu. You can add the page before or after the current page.
+
+        To delete a page, select \gui{Delete Page} from the toolbox widget's
+        context menu.
+
+        \row
+            \i  \inlineimage designer-containers-dockwidget.png
+            \i  \bold{Dock Widgets}
+
+        Dock widgets are floating panels, often containing input widgets and
+        more complex controls, that are either attached to the edges of the
+        main window in "dock areas", or floated as independent tool windows.
+
+        Although dock widgets can be added to any type of form, they are
+        typically used with forms created from the
+        \l{Creating Main Windows in Qt Designer}{main window template}.
+
+    \endtable
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \page designer-creating-mainwindows.html
+    \contentspage {Qt Designer Manual}{Contents}
+    \previouspage Using Containers in Qt Designer
+    \nextpage Editing Resources with Qt Designer
+
+    \title Creating Main Windows in Qt Designer
+
+    \QD can be used to create user interfaces for different purposes, and
+    it provides different kinds of form templates for each user interface. The
+    main window template is used to create application windows with menu bars,
+    toolbars, and dock widgets.
+
+    \omit
+    \image designer-mainwindow-example.png
+    \endomit
+
+    Create a new main window by opening the \gui File menu and selecting the
+    \gui{New Form...} option, or by pressing \key{Ctrl+N}. Then, select the
+    \gui{Main Window} template. This template provides a main application
+    window containing a menu bar and a toolbar by default -- these can be
+    removed if they are not required.
+
+    If you remove the menu bar, a new one can be created by selecting the
+    \gui{Create Menu Bar} option from the context menu, obtained by
+    right-clicking within the main window form.
+
+    An application can have only \bold one menu bar, but \bold several
+    toolbars.
+
+
+    \section1 Menus
+
+    Menus are added to the menu bar by modifying the \gui{Type Here}
+    placeholders. One of these is always present for editing purposes, and
+    will not be displayed in the preview or in the finished window.
+
+    Once created, the properties of a menu can be accessed using the
+    \l{Qt Designer's Widget Editing Mode#The Property Editor}{Property Editor},
+    and each menu can be accessed for this purpose via the
+    \l{Qt Designer's Widget Editing Mode#The Object Inspector}{The Object Inspector}.
+
+    Existing menus can be removed by opening a context menu over the label in
+    the menu bar, and selecting \gui{Remove Menu 'menu_name'}.
+
+
+    \target CreatingAMenu
+    \table
+        \row
+            \i  \inlineimage designer-creating-menu1.png
+            \i  \inlineimage designer-creating-menu2.png
+            \i  \bold{Creating a Menu}
+
+        Double-click the placeholder item to begin editing. The menu text,
+        displayed using a line edit, can be modified.
+
+        \row
+            \i  \inlineimage designer-creating-menu3.png
+            \i  \inlineimage designer-creating-menu4.png
+            \i  Insert the required text for the new menu. Inserting an
+                ampersand character (&) causes the letter following it to be
+                used as a mnemonic for the menu.
+
+        Press \key Return or \key Enter to accept the new text, or press
+        \key Escape to reject it. You can undo the editing operation later if
+        required.
+    \endtable
+
+    Menus can also be rearranged in the menu bar simply by dragging and
+    dropping them in the preferred location. A vertical red line indicates the
+    position where the menu will be inserted.
+
+    Menus can contain any number of entries and separators, and can be nested
+    to the required depth. Adding new entries to menus can be achieved by
+    navigating the menu structure in the usual way.
+
+    \target CreatingAMenuEntry
+    \table
+        \row
+            \i  \inlineimage designer-creating-menu-entry1.png
+            \i  \inlineimage designer-creating-menu-entry2.png
+            \i  \bold{Creating a Menu Entry}
+
+        Double-click the \gui{new action} placeholder to begin editing, or
+        double-click \gui{new separator} to insert a new separator line after
+        the last entry in the menu.
+
+        The menu entry's text is displayed using a line edit, and can be
+        modified.
+
+        \row
+            \i  \inlineimage designer-creating-menu-entry3.png
+            \i  \inlineimage designer-creating-menu-entry4.png
+            \i  Insert the required text for the new entry, optionally using
+                the ampersand character (&) to mark the letter to use as a
+                mnemonic for the entry.
+
+        Press \key Return or \key Enter to accept the new text, or press
+        \key Escape to reject it. The action created for this menu entry will
+        be accessible via the \l{#TheActionEditor}{Action Editor}, and any
+        associated keyboard shortcut can be set there.
+    \endtable
+
+    Just like with menus, entries can be moved around simply by dragging and
+    dropping them in the preferred location. When an entry is dragged over a
+    closed menu, the menu will open to allow it to be inserted there. Since
+    menu entries are based on actions, they can also be dropped onto toolbars,
+    where they will be displayed as toolbar buttons.
+
+
+    \section1 Toolbars
+
+
+    ### SCREENSHOT
+
+    Toolbars ared added to a main window in a similar way to the menu bar:
+    Select the \gui{Add Tool Bar} option from the form's context menu.
+    Alternatively, if there is an existing toolbar in the main window, you can
+    click the arrow on its right end to create a new toolbar.
+
+    Toolbar buttons are created using the action system to populate each
+    toolbar, rather than by using specific button widgets from the widget box.
+    Since actions can be represented by menu entries and toolbar buttons, they
+    can be moved between menus and toolbars. To share an action between a menu
+    and a toolbar, drag its icon from the \l{#TheActionEditor}{Action Editor}
+    to the toolbar rather than from the menu where its entry is located.
+
+    New actions for menus and toolbars can be created in the
+    \l{#TheActionEditor}{Action Editor}.
+
+
+    \section1 Actions
+
+    With the menu bar and the toolbars in place, it's time to populate them
+    with action: \QD provides an action editor to simplify the creation and
+    management of actions.
+
+
+    \target TheActionEditor
+    \table
+        \row
+            \i  \inlineimage designer-action-editor.png
+            \i  \bold{The Action Editor}
+
+        Enable the action editor by opening the \gui Tools menu, and switching
+        on the \gui{Action Editor} option.
+
+        The action editor allows you to create \gui New actions and \gui Delete
+        actions. It also provides a search function, \gui Filter, using the
+        action's text.
+
+        \QD's action editor can be viewed in the classic \gui{Icon View} and
+        \gui{Detailed View}. The screenshot below shows the action editor in
+        \gui{Detailed View}. You can also copy and paste actions between menus,
+        toolbars and forms.
+    \endtable
+
+    To create an action, use the action editor's \gui New button, which will
+    then pop up an input dialog. Provide the new action with a \gui Text --
+    this is the text that will appear in a menu entry and as the action's
+    tooltip. The text is also automatically added to an "action" prefix,
+    creating the action's \gui{Object Name}.
+
+    In addition, the dialog provides the option of selecting an \gui Icon for
+    the action, as well as removing the current icon.
+
+    Once the action is created, it can be used wherever actions are applicable.
+
+
+    \target AddingAnAction
+    \table
+        \row
+            \i  \inlineimage designer-adding-menu-action.png
+            \i  \inlineimage designer-adding-toolbar-action.png
+            \i  \bold{Adding an Action}
+
+        To add an action to a menu or a toolbar, simply press the left mouse
+        button over the action in the action editor, and drag it to the
+        preferred location.
+
+        \QD provides highlighted guide lines that tell you where the action
+        will be added. Release the mouse button to add the action when you have
+        found the right spot.
+    \endtable
+
+
+    \section1 Dock Widgets
+
+    Since dock widgets are \l{Using Containers in Qt Designer}
+    {container widgets}, they can be added to a form in the usuasl way. Once
+    added to a form, dock widgets are not placed in any particular dock area by
+    default; you need to set the \gui{docked} property to true for each widget
+    and choose an appropriate value for its \gui{dockWidgetArea} property.
+
+    \target AddingADockWidget
+    \table
+        \row
+            \i  \inlineimage designer-adding-dockwidget.png
+            \i  \bold{Adding a Dock Widget}
+
+        To add a dock widget, simply drag one from the \gui Containers section
+        of the widget box, and drop it onto the main form area. Just like other
+        widgets, its properties can be modified with the \gui{Property Editor}.
+
+        Dock widgets can be optionally floated as indpendent tool windows.
+        Hence, it is useful to give them window titles by setting their
+        \gui{windowTitle} property. This also helps to identify them on the
+        form.
+
+    \endtable
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \page designer-resources.html
+    \contentspage {Qt Designer Manual}{Contents}
+    \previouspage Creating Main Windows in Qt Designer
+    \nextpage Using Stylesheets with Qt Designer
+
+    \title Editing Resources with Qt Designer
+
+    \image designer-resources-editing.png
+
+    \QD fully supports the \l{The Qt Resource System}{Qt Resource System},
+    enabling resources to be specified together with forms as they are
+    designed. To aid designers and developers manage resources for their
+    applications, \QD's resource editor allows resources to be defined on a
+    per-form basis. In other words, each form can have a separate resource
+    file.
+
+    \section1 Defining a Resource File
+
+    To specify a resource file you must enable the resource editor by opening
+    the \gui Tools menu, and switching on the \gui{Resource Browser} option.
+
+    \target ResourceFiles
+    \table
+        \row
+            \i  \inlineimage designer-resource-browser.png
+            \i  \bold{Resource Files}
+
+        Within the resource browser, you can open existing resource files or
+        create new ones. Click the \gui{Edit Resources} button
+        \inlineimage designer-edit-resources-button.png
+         to edit your resources. To reload resources, click on the \gui Reload
+        button
+        \inlineimage designer-reload-resources-button.png
+        .
+    \endtable
+
+
+    Once a resource file is loaded, you can create or remove entries in it
+    using the given \gui{Add Files}
+    \inlineimage designer-add-resource-entry-button.png
+    and \gui{Remove Files}
+    \inlineimage designer-remove-resource-entry-button.png
+     buttons, and specify resources (e.g., images) using the \gui{Add Files}
+    button
+    \inlineimage designer-add-files-button.png
+    . Note that these resources must reside within the current resource file's
+    directory or one of its subdirectories.
+
+
+    \target EditResource
+    \table
+        \row
+            \i  \inlineimage designer-edit-resource.png
+            \i  \bold{Editing Resource Files}
+
+        Press the
+        \inlineimage designer-add-resource-entry-button.png
+         button to add a new resource entry to the file. Then use the
+        \gui{Add Files} button
+        \inlineimage designer-add-files-button.png
+         to specify the resource.
+
+        You can remove resources by selecting the corresponding entry in the
+        resource editor, and pressing the
+        \inlineimage designer-remove-resource-entry-button.png
+         button.
+    \endtable
+
+
+    \section1 Using the Resources
+
+    Once the resources are defined you can use them actively when composing
+    your form. For example, you might want to create a tool button using an
+    icon specified in the resource file.
+
+    \target UsingResources
+    \table
+        \row
+            \i  \inlineimage designer-resources-using.png
+            \i  \bold{Using Resources}
+
+        When changing properties with values that may be defined within a
+        resource file, \QD's property editor allows you to specify a resource
+        in addition to the option of selecting a source file in the ordinary
+        way.
+
+        \row
+            \i  \inlineimage designer-resource-selector.png
+            \i  \bold{Selecting a Resource}
+
+        You can open the resource selector by clicking \gui{Choose Resource...}
+        to add resources any time during the design process.
+
+\omit
+... check with Friedemann
+To quickly assign icon pixmaps to actions or pixmap properties, you may
+drag the pixmap from the resource editor to the action editor, or to the
+pixmap property in the property editor.
+\endomit
+
+    \endtable
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \page designer-stylesheet.html
+    \contentspage {Qt Designer Manual}{Contents}
+    \previouspage Editing Resources with Qt Designer
+    \nextpage Using a Designer UI File in Your Application
+
+    \title Using Stylesheets with Qt Designer
+
+    Since Qt 4.2, it is possible to edit stylesheets in \QD with the stylesheet
+    editor.
+
+    \target UsingStylesheets
+    \table
+        \row
+            \i \inlineimage designer-stylesheet-options.png
+            \bold{Setting a Stylesheet}
+
+            The stylesheet editor can be accessed by right-clicking a widget
+            and selecting \gui{Change styleSheet...}
+
+        \row
+            \i \inlineimage designer-stylesheet-usage.png
+    \endtable
+
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \page designer-using-a-ui-file.html
+    \previouspage Using Stylesheets with Qt Designer
+    \contentspage {Qt Designer Manual}{Contents}
+    \nextpage Using Custom Widgets with Qt Designer
+
+    \title Using a Designer UI File in Your Application
+
+    With Qt's integrated build tools, \l{qmake Manual}{qmake} and \l uic, the
+    code for user interface components created with \QD is automatically
+    generated when the rest of your application is built. Forms can be included
+    and used directly from your application. Alternatively, you can use them to
+    extend subclasses of standard widgets. These forms can be processed at
+    compile time or at run time, depending on the approach used.
+
+
+    \tableofcontents
+    \section1 Compile Time Form Processing
+
+    A compile time processed form can be used in your application with one of
+    the following approaches:
+
+    \list
+        \o  The Direct Approach: you construct a widget to use as a placeholder
+            for the component, and set up the user interface inside it.
+        \o  The Single Inheritance Approach: you subclass the form's base class
+            (QWidget or QDialog, for example), and include a private instance
+            of the form's user interface object.
+        \o  The MultipleInheritance Approach: you subclass both the form's base
+            class and the form's user interface object. This allows the widgets
+            defined in the form to be used directly from within the scope of
+            the subclass.
+    \endlist
+
+
+    \section2 The Direct Approach
+
+    To demonstrate how to use user interface (UI) files straight from
+    \QD, we create a simple Calculator Form application. This is based on the
+    original \l{Calculator Form Example}{Calculator Form} example.
+
+    The application consists of one source file, \c main.cpp and a UI
+    file.
+
+    The \c{calculatorform.ui} file designed with \QD is shown below:
+
+    \image directapproach-calculatorform.png
+
+    We will use \c qmake to build the executable, so we need to write a
+    \c{.pro} file:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/uitools/calculatorform/calculatorform.pro 0
+
+    The special feature of this file is the \c FORMS declaration that tells
+    \c qmake which files to process with \c uic. In this case, the
+    \c calculatorform.ui file is used to create a \c ui_calculatorform.h file
+    that can be used by any file listed in the \c SOURCES declaration. To
+    ensure that \c qmake generates the \c ui_calculatorform.h file, we need to
+    include it in a file listed in \c SOURCES. Since we only have \c main.cpp,
+    we include it there:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/uitools/calculatorform/main.cpp 0
+
+    This include is an additional check to ensure that we do not generate code
+    for UI files that are not used.
+
+    The \c main function creates the calculator widget by constructing a
+    standard QWidget that we use to host the user interface described by the
+    \c calculatorform.ui file.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/uitools/calculatorform/main.cpp 1
+
+    In this case, the \c{Ui::CalculatorForm} is an interface description object
+    from the \c ui_calculatorform.h file that sets up all the dialog's widgets
+    and the connections between its signals and slots.
+
+    This approach provides a quick and easy way to use simple, self-contained
+    components in your applications, but many componens created with \QD will
+    require close integration with the rest of the application code. For
+    instance, the \c CalculatorForm code provided above will compile and run,
+    but the QSpinBox objects will not interact with the QLabel as we need a
+    custom slot to carry out the add operation and display the result in the
+    QLabel. To achieve this, we need to subclass a standard Qt widget (known as
+    the single inheritance approach).
+
+
+    \section2 The Single Inheritance Approach
+
+    In this approach, we subclass a Qt widget and set up the user interface
+    from within the constructor. Components used in this way expose the widgets
+    and layouts used in the form to the Qt widget subclass, and provide a
+    standard system for making signal and slot connections between the user
+    interface and other objects in your application.
+
+    This approach is used in the \l{Calculator Form Example}{Calculator Form}
+    example.
+
+    To ensure that we can use the user interface, we need to include the header
+    file that \c uic generates before referring to \c{Ui::CalculatorForm}:
+
+    \snippet examples/designer/calculatorform/calculatorform.h 0
+
+    This means that the \c{.pro} file must be updated to include
+    \c{calculatorform.h}:
+
+    \snippet examples/designer/calculatorform/calculatorform.pro 0
+
+    The subclass is defined in the following way:
+
+    \snippet examples/designer/calculatorform/calculatorform.h 1
+
+    The important feature of the class is the private \c ui object which
+    provides the code for setting up and managing the user interface.
+
+    The constructor for the subclass constructs and configures all the widgets
+    and layouts for the dialog just by calling the \c ui object's \c setupUi()
+    function. Once this has been done, it is possible to modify the user
+    interface as needed.
+
+    \snippet examples/designer/calculatorform/calculatorform.cpp 0
+
+    We can connect signals and slots in user interface widgets in the usual
+    way, taking care to prefix the \c ui object to each widget used.
+
+    The advantages of this approach are its simple use of inheritance to
+    provide a QWidget-based interface, and its encapsulation of the user
+    interface widget variables within the \c ui data member. We can use this
+    method to define a number of user interfaces within the same widget, each
+    of which is contained within its own namespace, and overlay (or compose)
+    them. This approach can be used to create individual tabs from existing
+    forms, for example.
+
+
+    \section2 The Multiple Inheritance Approach
+
+    Forms created with \QD can be subclassed together with a standard
+    QWidget-based class. This approach makes all the user interface components
+    defined in the form directly accessible within the scope of the subclass,
+    and enables signal and slot connections to be made in the usual way with
+    the \l{QObject::connect()}{connect()} function.
+
+    This approach is used in the \l{Multiple Inheritance Example}
+    {Multiple Inheritance} example.
+
+    We need to include the header file that \c uic generates from the
+    \c calculatorform.ui file:
+
+    \snippet examples/uitools/multipleinheritance/calculatorform.h 0
+
+    The class is defined in a similar way to the one used in the
+    \l{The Single Inheritance Approach}{single inheritance approach}, except that
+    this time we inherit from \e{both} QWidget and \c{Ui::CalculatorForm}:
+
+    \snippet examples/uitools/multipleinheritance/calculatorform.h 1
+
+    We inherit \c{Ui::CalculatorForm} privately to ensure that the user
+    interface objects are private in our subclass. We can also inherit it with
+    the \c public or \c protected keywords in the same way that we could have
+    made \c ui public or protected in the previous case.
+
+    The constructor for the subclass performs many of the same tasks as the
+    constructor used in the \l{The Single Inheritance Approach}
+    {single inheritance} example:
+
+    \snippet examples/uitools/multipleinheritance/calculatorform.cpp 0
+
+    In this case, the widgets used in the user interface can be accessed in the
+    same say as a widget created in code by hand. We no longer require the
+    \c{ui} prefix to access them.
+
+    Subclassing using multiple inheritance gives us more direct access to the
+    contents of the form, is slightly cleaner than the single inheritance
+    approach, but does not conveniently support composition of multiple user
+    interfaces.
+
+
+    \section1 Run Time Form Processing
+
+    Alternatively, forms can be processed at run time, producing dynamically-
+    generated user interfaces. This can be done using the QtUiTools module
+    that provides the QUiLoader class to handle forms created with \QD.
+
+
+    \section2 The UiTools Approach
+
+    A resource file containing a UI file is required to process forms at
+    run time. Also, the application needs to be configured to use the QtUiTools
+    module. This is done by including the following declaration in a \c qmake
+    project file, ensuring that the application is compiled and linked
+    appropriately.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_designer-manual.qdoc 0
+
+    The QUiLoader class provides a form loader object to construct the user
+    interface. This user interface can be retrieved from any QIODevice, e.g.,
+    a QFile object, to obtain a form stored in a project's resource file. The
+    QUiLoader::load() function constructs the form widget using the user
+    interface description contained in the file.
+
+    The QtUiTools module classes can be included using the following directive:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_designer-manual.qdoc 1
+
+    The QUiLoader::load() function is invoked as shown in this code from the
+    \l{Text Finder Example}{Text Finder} example:
+
+    \snippet examples/uitools/textfinder/textfinder.cpp 4
+
+    In a class that uses QtUiTools to build its user interface at run time, we
+    can locate objects in the form using qFindChild(). For example, in the
+    follownig code, we locate some components based on their object names and
+    widget types:
+
+    \snippet examples/uitools/textfinder/textfinder.cpp 1
+
+    Processing forms at run-time gives the developer the freedom to change a
+    program's user interface, just by changing the UI file. This is useful
+    when customizing programs to suit various user needs, such as extra large
+    icons or a different colour scheme for accessibility support.
+
+
+    \section1 Automatic Connections
+
+    The signals and slots connections defined for compile time or run time
+    forms can either be set up manually or automatically, using QMetaObject's
+    ability to make connections between signals and suitably-named slots.
+
+    Generally, in a QDialog, if we want to process the information entered by
+    the user before accepting it, we need to connect the clicked() signal from
+    the \gui OK button to a custom slot in our dialog. We will first show an
+    example of the dialog in which the slot is connected by hand then compare
+    it with a dialog that uses automatic connection.
+
+
+    \section2 A Dialog Without Auto-Connect
+
+    We define the dialog in the same way as before, but now include a slot in
+    addition to the constructor:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/designer/noautoconnection/imagedialog.h 0
+
+    The \c checkValues() slot will be used to validate the values provided by
+    the user.
+
+    In the dialog's constructor we set up the widgets as before, and connect
+    the \gui Cancel button's \l{QPushButton::clicked()}{clicked()} signal to
+    the dialog's reject() slot. We also disable the
+    \l{QPushButton::autoDefault}{autoDefault} property in both buttons to
+    ensure that the dialog does not interfere with the way that the line edit
+    handles return key events:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/designer/noautoconnection/imagedialog.cpp 0
+    \dots
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/designer/noautoconnection/imagedialog.cpp 1
+
+    We connect the \gui OK button's \l{QPushButton::clicked()}{clicked()}
+    signal to the dialog's checkValues() slot which we implement as follows:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/designer/noautoconnection/imagedialog.cpp 2
+
+    This custom slot does the minimum necessary to ensure that the data
+    entered by the user is valid - it only accepts the input if a name was
+    given for the image.
+
+    \section2 Widgets and Dialogs with Auto-Connect
+
+    Although it is easy to implement a custom slot in the dialog and connect
+    it in the constructor, we could instead use QMetaObject's auto-connection
+    facilities to connect the \gui OK button's clicked() signal to a slot in
+    our subclass. \c{uic} automatically generates code in the dialog's
+    \c setupUi() function to do this, so we only need to declare and
+    implement a slot with a name that follows a standard convention:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_designer-manual.qdoc 2
+
+    Using this convention, we can define and implement a slot that responds to
+    mouse clicks on the \gui OK button:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/designer/autoconnection/imagedialog.h 0
+
+    Another example of automatic signal and slot connection would be the
+    \l{Text Finder Example}{Text Finder} with its \c{on_findButton_clicked()}
+    slot.
+
+    We use QMetaObject's system to enable signal and slot connections:
+
+    \snippet examples/uitools/textfinder/textfinder.cpp 2
+
+    This enables us to implement the slot, as shown below:
+
+    \snippet examples/uitools/textfinder/textfinder.cpp 6
+    \dots
+    \snippet examples/uitools/textfinder/textfinder.cpp 8
+
+    Automatic connection of signals and slots provides both a standard naming
+    convention and an explicit interface for widget designers to work to. By
+    providing source code that implements a given interface, user interface
+    designers can check that their designs actually work without having to
+    write code themselves.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \page designer-customizing-forms.html
+    \contentspage {Qt Designer Manual}{Contents}
+    \previouspage Using Stylesheets with Qt Designer
+    \nextpage Using Custom Widgets with Qt Designer
+
+    \title Customizing Qt Designer Forms
+
+    \image designer-form-settings.png
+
+    When saving a form in \QD, it is stored as a UI file. Several form
+    settings, for example the grid settings or the margin and spacing for the
+    default layout, are stored along with the form's components. These settings
+    are used when the \l uic generates the form's C++ code. For more
+    information on how to use forms in your application, see the
+    \l{Using a Designer UI File in Your Application} section.
+
+
+    \section1 Modifying the Form Settings
+
+    To modify the form settings, open the \gui Form menu and select \gui{Form
+    Settings...}
+
+    In the forms settings dialog you can specify the \gui Author of the form.
+
+    You can also alter the margin and spacing properties for the form's default
+    layout (\gui {Layout Default}). These default layout properties will be
+    replaced by the corresponding \gui {Layout Function}, if the function is
+    specified, when \c uic generates code for the form. The form settings
+    dialog lets you specify functions for both the margin and the spacing.
+
+    \target LayoutFunction
+    \table
+    \row
+    \i \inlineimage designer-form-layoutfunction.png
+    \i \bold{Layout Function}
+
+    The default layout properties will be replaced by the corresponding
+    \gui{Layout Function}, when \c uic generates code for the form. This is
+    useful when different environments requires different layouts for the same
+    form.
+
+    To specify layout functions for the form's margin and spacing, check the
+    \gui{Layout Function} group box to enable the line edits.
+    \endtable
+
+    You can also specify the form's \gui{Include Hints}; i.e., provide a list
+    of the header files which will then be included in the form window's
+    associated UI file. Header files may be local, i.e., relative to the
+    project's directory, \c "mywidget.h", or global, i.e. part of Qt or the
+    compilers standard libraries: \c <QtGui/QWidget>.
+
+    Finally, you can specify the function used to load pixmaps into the form
+    window (the \gui {Pixmap Function}).
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \page designer-using-custom-widgets.html
+    \contentspage {Qt Designer Manual}{Contents}
+    \previouspage Customizing Qt Designer Forms
+    \nextpage Creating Custom Widgets for Qt Designer
+
+    \title Using Custom Widgets with Qt Designer
+
+    \QD can display custom widgets through its extensible plugin mechanism,
+    allowing the range of designable widgets to be extended by the user and
+    third parties. This feature also allows \QD to optionally support
+    \l{Qt3Support}{Qt 3 compatibility widgets}. Alternatively, it is possible
+    to use existing widgets as placeholders for widget classes that provide
+    similar APIs.
+
+    Widgets from the Qt3Support library are made available via in \QD's support
+    for custom widgets.
+
+
+    \section1 Handling Custom Widgets
+
+    Although \QD supports all of the standard Qt widgets, and can be configured
+    to handle widgets supplied in the Qt3Support library, some specialized
+    widgets may not be available as standard for a number of reasons:
+
+    \list
+        \i Custom widgets may not be available at the time the user interface
+           is being designed.
+        \i Custom widgets may be platform-specific, and designers may be
+           developing the user interface on a different platform to end users.
+        \i The source code for a custom widget is not available, or the user
+           interface designers are unable to use the widget for non-technical
+           reasons.
+    \endlist
+
+    In the above situations, it is still possible to design forms with the aim
+    of using custom widgets in the application. To achieve this, we can use
+    the widget promotion feature of \QD.
+
+    In all other cases, where the source code to the custom widgets is
+    available, we can adapt the custom widget for use with \QD.
+
+
+    \section2 Promoting Widgets
+
+    \image designer-promoting-widgets.png
+
+    If some forms must be designed, but certain custom widgets are unavailble
+    to the designer, we can substitute similar widgets to represent the missing
+    widgets. For example, we might represent instances of a custom push button
+    class, \c MyPushButton, with instances of QPushButton and promote these to
+    \c MyPushButton so that \l{uic.html}{uic} generates suitable code for this
+    missing class.
+
+    When choosing a widget to use as a placeholder, it is useful to compare the
+    API of the missing widget with those of standard Qt widgets. For
+    specialized widgets that subclass standard classes, the obvious choice of
+    placeholder is the base class of the custom widget; for example, QSlider
+    might be used for specialized QSlider subclasses.
+
+    For specialized widgets that do not share a common API with standard Qt
+    widgets, it is worth considering adapting a custom widget for use in \QD.
+    If this is not possible then QWidget is the obvious choice for a
+    placeholder widget since it is the lowest common denominator for all
+    widgets.
+
+    To add a placeholder, select an object of a suitable base class and choose
+    \gui{Promote to ...} from the form's context menu. After entering the class
+    name and header file in the lower part of the dialog, choose \gui{Add}. The
+    placeholder class will now appear along with the base class in the upper
+    list. Click the \gui{Promote} button to accept this choice.
+
+    Now, when the form's context menu is opened over objects of the base class,
+    the placeholder class will appear in the \gui{Promote to} submenu, allowing
+    for convenient promotion of objects to that class.
+
+    A promoted widget can be reverted to its base class by choosing
+    \gui{Demote to} from the form's context menu.
+
+
+    \section2 User Defined Custom Widgets
+
+    \image worldtimeclockplugin-example.png
+
+    Custom widgets can be adapted for use with \QD, giving designers the
+    opportunity to configure the user interface using the actual widgets that
+    will be used in an application rather than placeholder widgets. The process
+    of creating a custom widget plugin is described in the
+    \l{Creating Custom Widgets for Qt Designer} chapter of this manual.
+
+    To use a plugin created in this way, it is necessary to ensure that the
+    plugin is located on a path that \QD searches for plugins. Generally,
+    plugins stored in \c{$QTDIR/plugins/designer} will be loaded when \QD
+    starts. Further information on building and installing plugins can be found
+    \l{Creating Custom Widgets for Qt Designer#BuildingandInstallingthePlugin}
+    {here}. You can also refer to the \l{How to Create Qt Plugins}
+    {Plugins HOWTO} document for information about creating plugins.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \page designer-creating-custom-widgets.html
+    \previouspage Using Custom Widgets with Qt Designer
+    \contentspage {Qt Designer Manual}{Contents}
+    \nextpage Creating Custom Widget Extensions
+
+    \title Creating Custom Widgets for Qt Designer
+
+    \QD's plugin-based architecture allows user-defined and third party custom
+    widgets to be edited just like you do with standard Qt widgets. All of the
+    custom widget's features are made available to \QD, including widget
+    properties, signals, and slots. Since \QD uses real widgets during the form
+    design process, custom widgets will appear the same as they do when
+    previewed.
+
+    \image worldtimeclockplugin-example.png
+
+    The \l QtDesigner module provides you with the ability to create custom
+    widgets in \QD.
+
+
+    \section1 Getting Started
+
+    To integrate a custom widget with \QD, you require a suitable description
+    for the widget and an appropriate \c{.pro} file.
+
+
+    \section2 Providing an Interface Description
+
+    To inform \QD about the type of widget you want to provide, create a
+    subclass of QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface that describes the various
+    properties your widget exposes. Most of these are supplied by functions
+    that are pure virtual in the base class, because only the author of the
+    plugin can provide this information.
+
+    \table
+        \header
+            \o  Function
+            \o  Description of the return value
+        \row
+            \o  \c name()
+            \o  The name of the class that provides the widget.
+        \row
+            \o  \c group()
+            \o  The group in \QD's widget box that the widget belongs to.
+        \row
+            \o  \c toolTip()
+            \o  A short description to help users identify the widget in \QD.
+        \row
+            \o  \c whatsThis()
+            \o  A longer description of the widget for users of \QD.
+        \row
+            \o  \c includeFile()
+            \o  The header file that must be included in applications that use
+                this widget. This information is stored in UI files and will
+                be used by \c uic to create a suitable \c{#includes} statement
+                in the code it generates for the form containing the custom
+                widget.
+        \row
+            \o  \c icon()
+            \o  An icon that can be used to represent the widget in \QD's
+                widget box.
+        \row
+            \o  \c isContainer()
+            \o  True if the widget will be used to hold child widgets;
+                false otherwise.
+        \row
+            \o  \c createWidget()
+            \o  A QWidget pointer to an instance of the custom widget,
+                constructed with the parent supplied.
+                \note createWidget() is a factory function responsible for
+                creating the widget only. The custom widget's properties will
+                not be available until load() returns.
+        \row
+            \o  \c domXml()
+            \o  A description of the widget's properties, such as its object
+                name, size hint, and other standard QWidget properties.
+        \row
+            \o  \c codeTemplate()
+            \o  This function is reserved for future use by \QD.
+    \endtable
+
+    Two other virtual functions can also be reimplemented:
+
+    \table
+        \row
+            \o  \c initialize()
+            \o  Sets up extensions and other features for custom widgets. Custom
+                container extensions (see QDesignerContainerExtension) and task
+                menu extensions (see QDesignerTaskMenuExtension) should be set
+                up in this function.
+        \row
+            \o  \c isInitialized()
+            \o  Returns true if the widget has been initialized; returns false
+                otherwise. Reimplementations usually check whether the
+                \c initialize() function has been called and return the result
+                of this test.
+    \endtable
+
+
+    \section2 Notes on the \c{domXml()} Function
+
+    The \c{domXml()} function returns a UI file snippet that is used by
+    \QD's widget factory to create a custom widget and its applicable
+    properties.
+
+    Since Qt 4.4, \QD's widget box allows for a complete UI file to
+    describe \bold one custom widget. The UI file can be loaded using the
+    \c{<ui>} tag. Specifying the <ui> tag allows for adding the <customwidget>
+    element that contains additional information for custom widgets. The
+    \c{<widget>} tag is sufficient if no additional information is required
+
+    If the custom widget does not provide a reasonable size hint, it is
+    necessary to specify a default geometry in the string returned by the
+    \c domXml() function in your subclass. For example, the
+    \c AnalogClockPlugin provided by the \l{designer/customwidgetplugin}
+    {Custom Widget Plugin} example, defines a default widgetgeometry in the
+    following way:
+
+    \dots
+    \snippet examples/designer/customwidgetplugin/customwidgetplugin.cpp 11
+    \dots
+
+    An additional feature of the \c domXml() function is that, if it returns
+    an empty string, the widget will not be installed in \QD's widget box.
+    However, it can still be used by other widgets in the form. This feature
+    is used to hide widgets that should not be explicitly created by the user,
+    but are required by other widgets.
+
+    
+    A complete custom widget specification looks like:
+    
+    \code
+<ui language="c++"> displayname="MyWidget">
+    <widget class="widgets::MyWidget" name="mywidget"/>
+    <customwidgets>
+        <customwidget>
+            <class>widgets::MyWidget</class>
+            <addpagemethod>addPage</addpagemethod>
+            <propertyspecifications>
+                <stringpropertyspecification name="fileName" notr="true" type="singleline"
+                <stringpropertyspecification name="text" type="richtext"
+            </propertyspecifications>
+        </customwidget>
+    </customwidgets>
+</ui>
+    \endcode
+
+    Attributes of the \c{<ui>} tag:
+        \table
+        \header
+            \o  Attribute
+            \o  Presence
+            \o  Values
+            \o  Comment
+        \row
+            \o  \c{language}
+            \o  optional
+            \o  "c++", "jambi"
+            \o  This attribute specifies the language the custom widget is intended for.
+                It is mainly there to prevent C++-plugins from appearing in Qt Jambi.
+        \row
+            \o \c{displayname}
+            \o optional
+            \o Class name
+            \o The value of the attribute appears in the Widget box and can be used to
+                strip away namespaces.
+    \endtable
+
+    The \c{<addpagemethod>} tag tells \QD and \l uic which method should be used to
+    add pages to a container widget. This applies to container widgets that require
+    calling a particular method to add a child rather than adding the child by passing
+    the parent. In particular, this is relevant for containers that are not a
+    a subclass of the containers provided in \QD, but are based on the notion
+    of \e{Current Page}. In addition,  you need to provide a container extension
+    for them.
+
+    The \c{<propertyspecifications>} element can contain a list of property meta information.
+    Currently, properties of type string are supported. For these properties, the
+    \c{<stringpropertyspecification>} tag can be used. This tag has the following attributes:
+
+
+    \table
+        \header
+            \o  Attribute
+            \o  Presence
+            \o  Values
+            \o  Comment
+        \row
+            \o  \c{name}
+            \o  required
+            \o  Name of the property
+        \row
+            \o \c{type}
+            \o required
+            \o See below table
+            \o The value of the attribute determines how the property editor will handle them.
+        \row
+            \o \c{notr}
+            \o optional
+            \o "true", "false"
+            \o If the attribute is "true", the value is not meant to be translated.
+    \endtable
+
+    Values of the \c{type} attribute of the string property:
+
+    \table
+        \header
+            \o  Value
+            \o  Type
+        \row
+            \o \c{"richtext"}
+            \o Rich text.
+        \row
+            \o \c{"multiline"}
+            \o Multi-line plain text.
+        \row
+            \o \c{"singleline"}
+            \o Single-line plain text.
+        \row
+            \o \c{"stylesheet"}
+            \o A CSS-style sheet.
+        \row
+            \o \c{"objectname"}
+            \o An object name (restricted set of valid characters).
+        \row
+            \o \c{"url"}
+            \o URL, file name.
+    \endtable
+
+    \section1 Plugin Requirements
+
+    In order for plugins to work correctly on all platforms, you need to ensure
+    that they export the symbols needed by \QD.
+
+    First of all, the plugin class must be exported in order for the plugin to
+    be loaded by \QD. Use the Q_EXPORT_PLUGIN2() macro to do this. Also, the
+    QDESIGNER_WIDGET_EXPORT macro must be used to define each custom widget class
+    within a plugin, that \QD will instantiate.
+
+
+    \section1 Creating Well Behaved Widgets
+
+    Some custom widgets have special user interface features that may make them
+    behave differently to many of the standard widgets found in \QD.
+    Specifically, if a custom widget grabs the keyboard as a result of a call
+    to QWidget::grabKeyboard(), the operation of \QD will be affected.
+
+    To give custom widgets special behavior in \QD, provide an implementation
+    of the initialize() function to configure the widget construction process
+    for \QD specific behavior. This function will be called for the first time
+    before any calls to createWidget() and could perhaps set an internal flag
+    that can be tested later when \QD calls the plugin's createWidget()
+    function.
+
+
+    \target BuildingandInstallingthePlugin
+    \section1 Building and Installing the Plugin
+
+    \section2 A Simple Plugin
+
+    The \l{Custom Widget Plugin Example} demonstrates a simple \QD plugin.
+
+    The \c{.pro} file for a plugin must specify the headers and sources for
+    both the custom widget and the plugin interface. Typically, this file only
+    has to specify that the plugin's project is to be built as a library, but
+    with specific plugin support for \QD. This is done with the following
+    declarations:
+
+    \snippet examples/designer/customwidgetplugin/customwidgetplugin.pro 1
+
+    If Qt is configured to build in both debug and release modes, \QD will be
+    built in release mode. When this occurs, it is necessary to ensure that
+    plugins are also built in release mode. To do this, include the following
+    declaration in the plugin's \c{.pro} file:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_designer-manual.qdoc 3
+
+    If plugins are built in a mode that is incompatible with \QD, they will
+    not be loaded and installed. For more information about plugins, see the
+    \l{plugins-howto.html}{Plugins HOWTO} document.
+
+    It is also necessary to ensure that the plugin is installed together with
+    other \QD widget plugins:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_designer-manual.qdoc 4
+
+    The \c $[QT_INSTALL_PLUGINS] variable is a placeholder to the location of
+    the installed Qt plugins. You can configure \QD to look for plugins in
+    other locations by setting the \c QT_PLUGIN_PATH environment variable
+    before running the application.
+
+    \note \QD will look for a \c designer subdirectory in each path supplied.
+
+    See QCoreApplication::libraryPaths() for more information about customizing
+    paths for libraries and plugins with Qt applications.
+
+    \section2 Splitting up the Plugin
+
+    In a real world scenario, you do not want to have dependencies of the
+    application making use of the custom widgets to the \QD headers and
+    libraries as introduced by the simple approach explained above.
+
+    There are two ways to resolve this:
+
+    \list
+        \i Create a \c{.pri} file that contains the headers sources and sources
+           of the custom widget:
+
+           \code
+           INCLUDEPATH += $$PWD
+           HEADERS += $$PWD/analogclock.h
+           SOURCES += $$PWD/analogclock.cpp
+           \endcode
+
+           This file would then be included by the \c{.pro} file of the plugin and
+           the application:
+
+           \code
+           include(customwidget.pri)
+           \endcode
+
+           Running \c{qmake -Wall} on the \c{.pro} files causes a warning to be
+           printed if an included \c{.pri} file cannot be found.
+
+        \i Create a standalone shared library containing the custom widgets only
+           as described in
+           \l{sharedlibrary.html}{Creating Shared Libraries}.
+
+           This library would then be used by the application as well as by the
+           \QD plugin. Care must be taken to ensure that the plugin can locate
+          the library at run-time.
+    \endlist
+
+    \section1 Related Examples
+
+    For more information on using custom widgets in \QD, refer to the
+    \l{designer/customwidgetplugin}{Custom Widget Plugin} and
+    \l{designer/worldtimeclockplugin}{World Time Clock Plugin} examples for more
+    information about using custom widgets in \QD. Also, you can use the
+    QDesignerCustomWidgetCollectionInterface class to combine several custom
+    widgets into a single library.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \page designer-creating-custom-widgets-extensions.html
+    \previouspage Creating Custom Widgets for Qt Designer
+    \nextpage Qt Designer's UI File Format
+    \contentspage {Qt Designer Manual}{Contents}
+
+    \title Creating Custom Widget Extensions
+
+    Once you have a custom widget plugin for \QD, you can provide it with the
+    expected behavior and functionality within \QD's workspace, using custom
+    widget extensions.
+
+
+    \section1 Extension Types
+
+    There are several available types of extensions in \QD. You can use all of
+    these extensions in the same pattern, only replacing the respective
+    extension base class.
+
+    QDesignerContainerExtension is necessary when implementing a custom
+    multi-page container.
+
+    \table
+        \row
+            \i  \inlineimage designer-manual-taskmenuextension.png
+            \i  \bold{QDesignerTaskMenuExtension}
+
+        QDesignerTaskMenuExtension is useful for custom widgets. It provides an
+        extension that allows you to add custom menu entries to \QD's task
+        menu.
+
+        The \l{designer/taskmenuextension}{Task Menu Extension} example
+        illustrates how to use this class.
+
+        \row
+            \i  \inlineimage designer-manual-containerextension.png
+            \i  \bold{QDesignerContainerExtension}
+
+        QDesignerContainerExtension is necessary when implementing a custom
+        multi-page container. It provides an extension that allows you to add
+        and delete pages for a multi-page container plugin in \QD.
+
+        The \l{designer/containerextension}{Container Extension} example
+        further explains how to use this class.
+
+        \note It is not possible to add custom per-page properties for some
+        widgets (e.g., QTabWidget) due to the way they are implemented.
+    \endtable
+
+    \table
+        \row
+            \i  \inlineimage designer-manual-membersheetextension.png
+            \i  \bold{QDesignerMemberSheetExtension}
+
+        The QDesignerMemberSheetExtension class allows you to manipulate a
+        widget's member functions displayed when connecting signals and slots.
+
+        \row
+            \i  \inlineimage designer-manual-propertysheetextension.png
+            \i  \bold{QDesignerPropertySheetExtension,
+                QDesignerDynamicPropertySheetExtension}
+
+        These extension classes allow you to control how a widget's properties
+        are displayed in \QD's property editor.
+    \endtable
+
+\omit
+     \row
+        \o
+        \o \bold {QDesignerScriptExtension}
+
+         The QDesignerScriptExtension class allows you to define script
+         snippets that are executed when a form is loaded. The extension
+         is primarily intended to be used to set up the internal states
+         of custom widgets.
+    \endtable
+\endomit
+
+
+    \QD uses the QDesignerPropertySheetExtension and the
+    QDesignerMemberSheetExtension classes to feed its property and signal and
+    slot editors. Whenever a widget is selected in its workspace, \QD will
+    query for the widget's property sheet extension; likewise, whenever a
+    connection between two widgets is requested, \QD will query for the
+    widgets' member sheet extensions.
+
+    \warning All widgets have default property and member sheets. If you
+    implement custom property sheet or member sheet extensions, your custom
+    extensions will override the default sheets.
+
+
+    \section1 Creating an Extension
+
+    To create an extension you must inherit both QObject and the appropriate
+    base class, and reimplement its functions. Since we are implementing an
+    interface, we must ensure that it is made known to the meta object system
+    using the Q_INTERFACES() macro in the extension class's definition. For
+    example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_designer-manual.qdoc 7
+
+    This enables \QD to use the qobject_cast() function to query for supported
+    interfaces using a QObject pointer only.
+
+
+    \section1 Exposing an Extension to Qt Designer
+
+    In \QD the extensions are not created until they are required. For this
+    reason, when implementing extensions, you must subclass QExtensionFactory
+    to create a class that is able to make instances of your extensions. Also,
+    you must register your factory with \QD's extension manager; the extension
+    manager handles the construction of extensions.
+
+    When an extension is requested, \QD's extension manager will run through
+    its registered factories calling QExtensionFactory::createExtension() for
+    each of them until it finds one that is able to create the requested
+    extension for the selected widget. This factory will then make an instance
+    of the extension.
+
+    \image qtdesignerextensions.png
+
+
+    \section2 Creating an Extension Factory
+
+    The QExtensionFactory class provides a standard extension factory, but it
+    can also be used as an interface for custom extension factories.
+
+    The purpose is to reimplement the QExtensionFactory::createExtension()
+    function, making it able to create your extension, such as a
+     \l{designer/containerextension}{MultiPageWidget} container extension.
+
+    You can either create a new QExtensionFactory and reimplement the
+    QExtensionFactory::createExtension() function:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_designer-manual.qdoc 8
+
+    or you can use an existing factory, expanding the
+    QExtensionFactory::createExtension() function to enable the factory to
+    create your custom extension as well:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_designer-manual.qdoc 9
+
+
+    \section2 Accessing Qt Designer's Extension Manager
+
+    When implementing a custom widget plugin, you must subclass the
+    QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface to expose your plugin to \QD. This is
+    covered in more detail in the
+    \l{Creating Custom Widgets for Qt Designer} section. The registration of
+    an extension factory is typically made in the
+    QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface::initialize() function:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_designer-manual.qdoc 10
+
+    The \c formEditor parameter in the
+    QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface::initialize() function is a pointer to \QD's
+    current QDesignerFormEditorInterface object. You must use the
+    QDesignerFormEditorInterface::extensionManager() function to retrieve an
+    interface to \QD's extension manager. Then you use the
+    QExtensionManager::registerExtensions() function to register your custom
+    extension factory.
+
+
+    \section1 Related Examples
+
+    For more information on creating custom widget extensions in \QD, refer to
+    the \l{designer/taskmenuextension}{Task Menu Extension} and
+    \l{designer/containerextension}{Container Extension} examples.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \page designer-ui-file-format.html
+    \previouspage Creating Custom Widget Extensions
+    \contentspage {Qt Designer Manual}{Contents}
+
+    \title Qt Designer's UI File Format
+
+    The \c UI file format used by \QD is described by the
+    \l{http://www.w3.org/XML/Schema}{XML schema} presented below,
+    which we include for your convenience. Be aware that the format
+    may change in future Qt releases.
+
+    \quotefile tools/designer/data/ui4.xsd
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \page designer-recursive-shadow-casting.html
+    \title Implementation of the Recursive Shadow Casting Algorithm in Qt Designer
+    \contentspage {Qt Designer Manual}{Contents}
+
+    \ingroup licensing
+    \brief License information for contributions to specific parts of the Qt
+    Designer source code.
+
+    \legalese
+    Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies). \BR
+    Copyright (C) 2005 Bjoern Bergstroem
+
+    Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+    a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+    "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+    without limitation the rights to use, modify, market, reproduce,
+    grant sublicenses and distribute subject to the following conditions:
+    The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+    included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. These
+    files are provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
+    WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTIBILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+    PURPOSE.
+    \endlegalese
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/development/developing-on-mac.qdoc b/doc/src/development/developing-on-mac.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dee6d4d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/development/developing-on-mac.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,269 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page developing-on-mac.html
+    \title Developing Qt Applications on Mac OS X
+    \brief A overview of items to be aware of when developing Qt applications
+        on Mac OS X
+    \ingroup platform-specific
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    Mac OS X is a UNIX platform and behaves similar to other Unix-like
+    platforms. The main difference is X11 is not used as the primary windowing
+    system. Instead, Mac OS X uses its own native windowing system that is
+    accessible through the Carbon and Cocoa APIs.  Application development on
+    Mac OS X is done using Xcode Tools, an optional install included on every
+    Mac with updates available from \l {http://developer.apple.com}{Apple's
+    developer website}. Xcode Tools includes Apple-modified versions of the GCC
+    compiler.
+
+
+    \section1 What Versions of Mac OS X are Supported?
+
+    As of Qt 4.6, Qt supports Mac OS X versions 10.4 and up. It is usually in
+    the best interest of the developer and user to be running the latest
+    updates to any version. We test internally against Mac OS X 10.4.11 as well
+    as the updated release of Mac OS X 10.5 and Mac OS X 10.6.
+
+    \section2 Carbon or Cocoa?
+    
+    Historically, Qt has used the Carbon toolkit, which supports 32-bit
+    applications on Mac OS X 10.4 and up. Qt 4.5 and up has support for the Cocoa
+    toolkit, which requires 10.5 and provides 64-bit support.
+
+    This detail is typically not important to Qt application developers.  Qt is
+    cross-platform across Carbon and Cocoa, and Qt applications behave
+    the same way when configured for either one. Eventually, the Carbon
+    version will be discontinued. This is something to keep in mind when you
+    consider writing code directly against native APIs.
+
+    The current binary for Qt is built in two flavors, 32-bit Carbon and full
+    universal Cocoa (32-bit and 64-bit). If you want a different setup for
+    Qt will use, you must build from scratch. Carbon or Cocoa is chosen when
+    configuring the package for building. The configure process selects Carbon
+    by default, to specify Cocoa use the \c{-cocoa} flag.  configure for a
+    64-bit architecture using one of the \c{-arch} flags (see \l{universal
+    binaries}{Universal Binaries}).
+
+    Currently, Apple's default GCC compiler is used by default (GCC 4.0.1 on
+    10.4 and 10.5, GCC 4.2 on 10.6). You can specify alternate compilers
+    though. For example, on Mac OS X 10.5, Apple's GCC 4.2 is also available
+    and selectable with the configure flag: \c{-platform macx-g++42}.  LLVM-GCC
+    support is available by passing in the \c{-platform macx-llvm} flag. GCC
+    3.x will \e not work. Though they may work, We do not support custom-built
+    GCC's.
+
+    The following table summarizes the different versions of Mac OS X and what
+    capabilities are used by Qt.
+
+    \table
+        \header
+            \o Mac OS X Version
+            \o Cat Name
+            \o Native API Used by Qt
+            \o Bits available to address memory
+            \o CPU Architecture Supported
+            \o Development Platform
+        \row
+            \o 10.4
+            \o Tiger
+            \o Carbon
+            \o 32
+            \o PPC/Intel
+            \o Yes
+        \row
+            \o 10.5
+            \o Leopard
+            \o Carbon
+            \o 32
+            \o PPC/Intel
+            \o Yes
+        \row
+            \o 10.5
+            \o Leopard
+            \o Cocoa
+            \o 32/64
+            \o PPC/Intel
+            \o Yes
+        \row
+            \o 10.6
+            \o Snow Leopard
+            \o Carbon
+            \o 32
+            \o PPC/Intel
+            \o Yes
+        \row
+            \o 10.6
+            \o Snow Leopard
+            \o Cocoa
+            \o 32/64
+            \o PPC/Intel
+            \o Yes
+    \endtable
+
+    \section2 Which One Should I Use?
+
+    Carbon and Cocoa both have their advantages and disadvantages. Probably the
+    easiest way to determine is to look at the version of Mac OS X you are
+    targetting.  If you are starting a new application and can target 10.5 and
+    up, then please consider Cocoa only. If you have an existing application or
+    need to target earlier versions of the operating system and do not need
+    access to 64-bit or newer Apple technologies, then Carbon is a good fit. If
+    your needs fall in between, you can go with a 64-bit Cocoa and 32-bit
+    Carbon universal application with the appropriate checks in your code to
+    choose the right path based on where you are running the application.
+
+    For Mac OS X 10.6, Apple has started recommending developers to build their
+    applications 64-bit. The main reason is that there is a small speed
+    increase due to the extra registers on Intel CPU's, all their machine
+    offerings have been 64-bit since 2007, and there is a cost for reading all
+    the 32-bit libraries into memory if everything else is 64-bit.  If you want
+    to follow this advice, there is only one choice, 64-bit Cocoa.
+
+    \target universal binaries
+    \section1 Universal Binaries
+
+    In 2006, Apple begin transitioning from PowerPC (PPC) to Intel (x86)
+    systems.  Both architectures are supported by Qt. The release of Mac OS X
+    10.5 in October 2007 added the possibility of writing and deploying 64-bit
+    GUI applications. Qt 4.5 and up supports both the 32-bit (PPC and x86) and
+    64-bit (PPC64 and x86-64) versions of PowerPC and Intel-based systems.
+
+    Universal binaries are used to bundle binaries for more than one
+    architecture into a single package, simplifying deployment and
+    distribution. When running an application the operating system will select
+    the most appropriate architecture. Universal binaries support the following
+    architectures; they can be added to the build at configure time using the
+    \c{-arch} arguments:
+
+    \table
+        \header
+            \o Architecture		
+            \o Flag
+        \row
+            \o Intel, 32-bit
+            \o \c{-arch x86}
+        \row
+            \o Intel, 64-bit
+            \o \c{-arch x86_64}
+        \row
+            \o PPC, 32-bit
+            \o \c{-arch ppc}
+        \row
+            \o PPC, 64-bit
+            \o \c{-arch ppc64}
+    \endtable
+
+    If there are no \c{-arch} flags specified, configure builds for the 32-bit
+    architecture, if you are currently on one. Universal binaries were initially
+    used to simplify the PPC to Intel migration. You can use \c{-universal} to
+    build for both the 32-bit Intel and PPC architectures.
+
+    \note The \c{-arch} flags at configure time only affect how Qt is built.
+    Applications are by default built for the 32-bit architecture you are
+    currently on. To build a universal binary, add the architectures to the
+    CONFIG variable in the .pro file:
+
+    \code
+    CONFIG += x86 ppc x86_64 ppc64
+    \endcode
+
+
+    \section1 Day-to-Day Application Development on OS X
+
+    On the command-line, applications can be built using \c qmake and \c make.
+    Optionally, \c qmake can generate project files for Xcode with
+    \c{-spec macx-xcode}. If you are using the binary package, \c qmake
+    generates Xcode projects by default; use \c{-spec macx-gcc} to generate
+    makefiles.
+
+    The result of the build process is an application bundle, which is a
+    directory structure that contains the actual application executable. The
+    application can be launched by double-clicking it in Finder, or by
+    referring directly to its executable from the command line, i. e.
+    \c{myApp.app/Contents/MacOS/myApp}.
+
+    If you wish to have a command-line tool that does not use the GUI (e.g.,
+    \c moc, \c uic or \c ls), you can tell \c qmake not to execute the bundle
+    creating steps by removing it from the \c{CONFIG} in your \c{.pro} file:
+
+    \code
+    CONFIG -= app_bundle
+    \endcode
+
+
+    \section1 Deployment - "Compile once, deploy everywhere"
+
+    In general, Qt supports building on one Mac OS X version and deploying on
+    all others, both forward and backwards. You can build on 10.4 Tiger and run
+    the same binary on 10.5 and up.
+
+    Some restrictions apply:
+
+    \list
+        \o  Some functions and optimization paths that exist in later versions
+            of Mac OS X will not be available if you build on an earlier
+            version of Mac OS X.
+        \o  The CPU architecture should match.
+        \o  Cocoa support is only available for Mac OS X 10.5 and up.
+    \endlist
+
+    Universal binaries can be used to provide a smorgasbord of configurations
+    catering to all possible architectures.
+
+    Mac applications are typically deployed as self-contained application
+    bundles. The application bundle contains the application executable as well
+    as dependencies such as the Qt libraries, plugins, translations and other
+    resources you may need. Third party libraries like Qt are normally not
+    installed system-wide; each application provides its own copy.
+
+    The most common way to distribute applications is to provide a compressed
+    disk image (.dmg file) that the user can mount in Finder. The Mac
+    deployment tool (macdeployqt) can be used to create the self-contained bundles, and
+    optionally also create a .dmg archive. See the
+    \l{Deploying an Application on Mac OS X}{Mac deployment guide} for more
+    information about deployment. It is also possible to use an installer
+    wizard. More information on this option can be found in
+    \l{http://developer.apple.com/mac/}{Apple's documentation}.
+*/
+
diff --git a/doc/src/development/developing-with-qt.qdoc b/doc/src/development/developing-with-qt.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9fa2242
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/development/developing-with-qt.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page developing-with-qt.html
+    \title Cross Platform Development with Qt
+
+    Qt is provided with a set of build tools to help developers automate
+    the process of building and installing Qt applications.
+
+    \table 100%
+    \header \o Development \o Cross-Platform Issues \o Specific Tools
+    \row
+    \o
+     \list
+        \o \l {Debugging Techniques}
+        \o \l {Qt's Tools}
+        \o \l {The Qt Resource System}
+        \o \l {Using Precompiled Headers}
+    \endlist
+    \o
+    \list
+        \o \l {Cross Compiling Qt for Embedded Linux Applications}
+        \o \l {Deploying Qt Applications}
+        \o \l {Installation}{Installing Qt}
+        \o \l {Window System Specific Notes}
+    \endlist
+    \o
+    \list
+        \o \l lupdate and \l lrelease
+        \o \l {moc}{Meta-Object Compiler (moc)}
+        \o \l {User Interface Compiler (uic)}
+        \o \l {Resource Compiler (rcc)}
+    \endlist
+    \endtable
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/development/moc.qdoc b/doc/src/development/moc.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..747c68d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/development/moc.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,335 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page moc.html
+    \title Using the Meta-Object Compiler (moc)
+    \ingroup qttools
+    \keyword moc
+
+    The Meta-Object Compiler, \c moc, is the program that handles
+    \l{Meta-Object System}{Qt's C++ extensions}.
+
+    The \c moc tool reads a C++ header file. If it finds one or more
+    class declarations that contain the Q_OBJECT macro, it
+    produces a C++ source file containing the meta-object code for
+    those classes. Among other things, meta-object code is required
+    for the signals and slots mechanism, the run-time type information,
+    and the dynamic property system.
+
+    The C++ source file generated by \c moc must be compiled and
+    linked with the implementation of the class.
+
+    If you use \l qmake to create your makefiles, build rules will be
+    included that call the moc when required, so you will not need to
+    use the moc directly. For more background information on \c moc,
+    see \l{Why Doesn't Qt Use Templates for Signals and Slots?}
+
+    \section1 Usage
+
+    \c moc is typically used with an input file containing class
+    declarations like this:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/moc/myclass1.h 0
+
+    In addition to the signals and slots shown above, \c moc also
+    implements object properties as in the next example. The
+    Q_PROPERTY() macro declares an object property, while
+    Q_ENUMS() declares a list of enumeration types within the class
+    to be usable inside the \l{Qt's Property System}{property
+    system}.
+
+    In the following example, we declare a property of the
+    enumeration type \c Priority that is also called \c priority and
+    has a get function \c priority() and a set function \c
+    setPriority().
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/moc/myclass2.h 0
+
+    The Q_FLAGS() macro declares enums that are to be used
+    as flags, i.e. OR'd together. Another macro, Q_CLASSINFO(),
+    allows you to attach additional name/value pairs to the class's
+    meta-object:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/moc/myclass3.h 0
+
+    The output produced by \c moc must be compiled and linked, just
+    like the other C++ code in your program; otherwise, the build
+    will fail in the final link phase. If you use \c qmake, this is
+    done automatically. Whenever \c qmake is run, it parses the
+    project's header files and generates make rules to invoke \c moc
+    for those files that contain a Q_OBJECT macro.
+
+    If the class declaration is found in the file \c myclass.h, the
+    moc output should be put in a file called \c moc_myclass.cpp.
+    This file should then be compiled as usual, resulting in an
+    object file, e.g., \c moc_myclass.obj on Windows. This object
+    should then be included in the list of object files that are
+    linked together in the final building phase of the program.
+
+    \section1 Writing Make Rules for Invoking \c moc
+
+    For anything but the simplest test programs, it is recommended
+    that you automate running the \c{moc}. By adding some rules to
+    your program's makefile, \c make can take care of running moc
+    when necessary and handling the moc output.
+
+    We recommend using the \l qmake makefile generation tool for
+    building your makefiles. This tool generates a makefile that does
+    all the necessary \c moc handling.
+
+    If you want to create your makefiles yourself, here are some tips
+    on how to include moc handling.
+
+    For Q_OBJECT class declarations in header files, here is a
+    useful makefile rule if you only use GNU make:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_moc.qdoc 0
+
+    If you want to write portably, you can use individual rules of
+    the following form:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_moc.qdoc 1
+
+    You must also remember to add \c moc_foo.cpp to your \c SOURCES
+    (substitute your favorite name) variable and \c moc_foo.o or \c
+    moc_foo.obj to your \c OBJECTS variable.
+
+    Both examples assume that \c $(DEFINES) and \c $(INCPATH) expand
+    to the define and include path options that are passed to the C++
+    compiler. These are required by \c moc to preprocess the source
+    files.
+
+    While we prefer to name our C++ source files \c .cpp, you can use
+    any other extension, such as \c .C, \c .cc, \c .CC, \c .cxx, and
+    \c .c++, if you prefer.
+
+    For Q_OBJECT class declarations in implementation (\c .cpp)
+    files, we suggest a makefile rule like this:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_moc.qdoc 2
+
+    This guarantees that make will run the moc before it compiles
+    \c foo.cpp. You can then put
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_moc.qdoc 3
+
+    at the end of \c foo.cpp, where all the classes declared in that
+    file are fully known.
+
+    \section1 Command-Line Options
+
+    Here are the command-line options supported by the moc:
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Option \o Description
+
+    \row
+    \o \c{-o<file>}
+    \o Write output to \c <file> rather than to standard output.
+
+    \row
+    \o \c{-f[<file>]}
+    \o Force the generation of an \c #include statement in the
+    output. This is the default for header files whose extension
+    starts with \c H or \c h. This option is useful if you have
+    header files that do not follow the standard naming conventions.
+    The \c <file> part is optional.
+
+    \row
+    \o \c -i
+    \o Do not generate an \c #include statement in the output.
+    This may be used to run the moc on on a C++ file containing one or
+    more class declarations. You should then \c #include the meta-object
+    code in the \c .cpp file.
+
+    \row
+    \o \c -nw
+    \o Do not generate any warnings. (Not recommended.)
+
+    \row
+    \o \c {-p<path>}
+    \o Makes the moc prepend \c {<path>/} to the file name in the
+    generated \c #include statement.
+
+    \row
+    \o \c {-I<dir>}
+    \o Add dir to the include path for header files.
+
+    \row
+    \o \c{-E}
+    \o Preprocess only; do not generate meta-object code.
+
+    \row
+    \o \c {-D<macro>[=<def>]}
+    \o Define macro, with optional definition.
+
+    \row
+    \o \c{-U<macro>}
+    \o Undefine macro.
+
+    \row
+    \o \c{@<file>}
+    \o Read additional command-line options from \c{<file>}.
+    Each line of the file is treated as a single option. Empty lines
+    are ignored. Note that this option is not supported within the
+    options file itself (i.e. an options file can't "include" another
+    file).
+
+    \row
+    \o \c{-h}
+    \o Display the usage and the list of options.
+
+    \row
+    \o \c {-v}
+    \o Display \c{moc}'s version number.
+
+    \row
+    \o \c{-Fdir}
+    
+    \o Mac OS X. Add the framework directory \c{dir} to the head of
+       the list of directories to be searched for header files. These
+       directories are interleaved with those specified by -I options
+       and are scanned in a left-to-right order (see the manpage for
+       gcc). Normally, use -F /Library/Frameworks/
+
+    \endtable
+
+    You can explicitly tell the moc not to parse parts of a header
+    file. \c moc defines the preprocessor symbol \c Q_MOC_RUN. Any
+    code surrounded by
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_moc.qdoc 4
+
+    is skipped by the \c moc.
+
+    \section1 Diagnostics
+
+    \c moc will warn you about a number of dangerous or illegal
+    constructs in the Q_OBJECT class declarations.
+
+    If you get linkage errors in the final building phase of your
+    program, saying that \c YourClass::className() is undefined or
+    that \c YourClass lacks a vtable, something has been done wrong.
+    Most often, you have forgotten to compile or \c #include the
+    moc-generated C++ code, or (in the former case) include that
+    object file in the link command. If you use \c qmake, try
+    rerunning it to update your makefile. This should do the trick.
+
+    \section1 Limitations
+
+    \c moc does not handle all of C++. The main problem is that class
+    templates cannot have signals or slots. Here is an example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_moc.qdoc 5
+
+    Another limitation is that moc does not expand macros, so you
+    for example cannot use a macro to declare a signal/slot
+    or use one to define a base class for a QObject.
+
+    Less importantly, the following constructs are illegal. All of
+    them have alternatives which we think are usually better, so
+    removing these limitations is not a high priority for us.
+
+    \section2 Multiple Inheritance Requires QObject to Be First
+
+    If you are using multiple inheritance, \c moc assumes that the
+    first inherited class is a subclass of QObject. Also, be sure
+    that only the first inherited class is a QObject.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_moc.qdoc 6
+
+    Virtual inheritance with QObject is \e not supported.
+
+    \section2 Function Pointers Cannot Be Signal or Slot Parameters
+
+    In most cases where you would consider using function pointers as
+    signal or slot parameters, we think inheritance is a better
+    alternative. Here is an example of illegal syntax:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_moc.qdoc 7
+
+    You can work around this restriction like this:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_moc.qdoc 8
+
+    It may sometimes be even better to replace the function pointer
+    with inheritance and virtual functions.
+
+    \section2 Enums and Typedefs Must Be Fully Qualified for Signal and Slot Parameters
+
+    When checking the signatures of its arguments, QObject::connect()
+    compares the data types literally. Thus,
+    \l{Qt::Alignment}{Alignment} and \l{Qt::Alignment} are treated as
+    two distinct types. To work around this limitation, make sure to
+    fully qualify the data types when declaring signals and slots,
+    and when establishing connections. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_moc.qdoc 9
+
+    \section2 Type Macros Cannot Be Used for Signal and Slot Parameters
+
+    Since \c moc doesn't expand \c{#define}s, type macros that take
+    an argument will not work in signals and slots. Here is an
+    illegal example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_moc.qdoc 10
+
+    A macro without parameters will work.
+
+    \section2 Nested Classes Cannot Have Signals or Slots
+
+    Here's an example of the offending construct:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_moc.qdoc 11
+
+    \section2 Signal/Slot return types cannot be references
+
+    Signals and slots can have return types, but signals or slots returning references
+    will be treated as returning void.
+
+    \section2 Only Signals and Slots May Appear in the \c signals and \c slots Sections of a Class
+
+    \c moc will complain if you try to put other constructs in the \c
+    signals or \c slots sections of a class than signals and slots.
+
+    \sa {Meta-Object System}, {Signals and Slots}, {Qt's Property System}
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/development/qmake-manual.qdoc b/doc/src/development/qmake-manual.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..181ba6a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/development/qmake-manual.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,4320 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page qmake-manual.html
+    \title qmake Manual
+    \startpage {index.html}{Qt Reference Documentation}
+    \nextpage qmake Tutorial
+
+    \ingroup qttools
+    \keyword qmake
+
+    \c qmake is a tool that helps simplify the build
+    process for development project across different platforms.  \c qmake
+    automates the generation of Makefiles so that only a few lines of
+    information are needed to create each Makefile. \c qmake can be used for
+    any software project, whether it is written in Qt or not.
+
+    \c qmake generates a Makefile based on the information in a project
+    file.  Project files are created by the developer, and are usually
+    simple, but more sophisticated project files can be created for
+    complex projects.
+    \c qmake contains additional features to support development with Qt,
+    automatically including build rules for \l{moc.html}{moc}
+    and \l{uic.html}{uic}.
+    \c qmake can also generate projects for Microsoft Visual studio
+    without requiring the developer to change the project file.
+
+    \section1 Getting Started
+
+    The \l{qmake Tutorial} and guide to \l{qmake Common Projects} provide overviews
+    that aim to help new users get started with \c qmake.
+
+    \list
+    \o \l{qmake Tutorial}
+      \tableofcontents{1 qmake Tutorial}
+    \endlist
+
+    \list
+    \o \l{qmake Common Projects}
+      \tableofcontents{1 qmake Common Projects}
+    \endlist
+
+    \section1 Table of Contents
+
+    \list
+    \o \l{Using qmake}
+      \tableofcontents{1 Using qmake}
+    \o \l{qmake Project Files}
+      \tableofcontents{1 qmake Project Files}
+    \o \l{Running qmake}
+      \tableofcontents{1 Running qmake}
+    \o \l{qmake Platform Notes}
+      \tableofcontents{1 qmake Platform Notes}
+    \o \l{qmake Advanced Usage}
+      \tableofcontents{1 qmake Advanced Usage}
+    \o \l{Using Precompiled Headers}
+      \tableofcontents{1 Using Precompiled Headers}
+    \o \l{qmake Reference}
+      \tableofcontents{1 qmake Reference}
+    \o \l{qmake Variable Reference}
+      \tableofcontents{1 qmake Variable Reference}
+    \o \l{qmake Function Reference}
+      \tableofcontents{1 qmake Function Reference}
+    \o \l{Configuring qmake's Environment}
+      \tableofcontents{1 Configuring qmake's Environment}
+    \endlist
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page qmake-using.html
+    \title Using qmake
+    \contentspage {qmake Manual}{Contents}
+    \previouspage qmake Manual
+    \nextpage qmake Project Files
+
+    \c qmake provides a project-oriented system for managing the build
+    process for applications, libraries, and other components. This
+    approach gives developers control over the source files used, and
+    allows each of the steps in the process to be described concisely,
+    typically within a single file. \c qmake expands the information in
+    each project file to a Makefile that executes the necessary commands
+    for compiling and linking.
+
+    In this document, we provide a basic introduction to project files,
+    describe some of the main features of \c qmake, and show how to use
+    \c qmake on the command line.
+
+    \section1 Describing a Project
+
+    Projects are described by the contents of project (\c .pro) files.
+    The information within these is used by \c qmake to generate a Makefile
+    containing all the commands that are needed to build each project.
+    Project files typically contain a list of source and header files,
+    general configuration information, and any application-specific details,
+    such as a list of extra libraries to link against, or a list of extra
+    include paths to use.
+
+    Project files can contain a number of different elements, including
+    comments, variable declarations, built-in functions, and some simple
+    control structures. In most simple projects, it is only necessary
+    to declare the source and header files that are used to build the
+    project with some basic configuration options.
+
+    Complete examples of project files can be found in the
+    \l{qmake Tutorial}.
+    An introduction to project files can be found in the
+    \l{qmake Project Files} chapter, and a more detailed description is
+    available in the \l{qmake Reference}.
+
+    \section1 Building a Project
+
+    For simple projects, you only need to run \c qmake in the top
+    level directory of your project. By default, \c qmake generates a
+    Makefile that you then use to build the project, and you can then
+    run your platform's \c make tool to build the project.
+
+    \c qmake can also be used to generate project files. A full
+    description of \c{qmake}'s command line options can be found in the
+    \l{Running qmake} chapter of this manual.
+
+    \section1 Using Precompiled Headers
+
+    In large projects, it is possible to take advantage of precompiled
+    header files to speed up the build process. This feature is described
+    in detail in the \l{Using Precompiled Headers} chapter.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page qmake-project-files.html
+    \title qmake Project Files
+    \contentspage {qmake Manual}{Contents}
+    \previouspage Using qmake
+    \nextpage Running qmake
+
+    Project files contain all the information required by \c qmake to build
+    your application, library, or plugin. The resources used by your project
+    are generally specified using a series of declarations, but support for
+    simple programming constructs allow you to describe different build
+    processes for different platforms and environments.
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 Project File Elements
+
+    The project file format used by \c qmake can be used to support both
+    simple and fairly complex build systems. Simple project files will
+    use a straightforward declarative style, defining standard variables
+    to indicate the source and header files that are used in the project.
+    Complex projects may use the control flow structures to fine-tune the
+    build process.
+
+    The following sections describe the different types of elements used
+    in project files.
+
+    \section2 Variables
+
+    In a project file, variables are used to hold lists of strings.
+    In the simplest projects, these variables inform \c qmake about the
+    configuration options to use, or supply filenames and paths to use
+    in the build process.
+
+    \c qmake looks for certain variables in each project file, and it
+    uses the contents of these to determine what it should write to a
+    Makefile. For example, the list of values in the \c HEADERS and
+    \c SOURCES variables are used to tell \c qmake about header and
+    source files in the same directory as the project file.
+
+    Variables can also be used internally to store temporary lists of values,
+    and existing lists of values can be overwritten or extended with new
+    values.
+
+    The following lines show how lists of values are assigned to variables:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/variables.pro 0
+
+    Note that the first assignment only includes values that are specified on
+    the same line as the \c SOURCES variable. The second assignment splits
+    the items across lines by using the \c \\ character.
+
+    The list of values in a variable is extended in the following way:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/variables.pro 1
+
+    The \c CONFIG variable is another special variable that \c qmake
+    uses when generating a Makefile. It is discussed in the section on
+    \l{#GeneralConfiguration}{general configuration} later in this chapter.
+    In the above line, \c qt is added to the list of existing values
+    contained in \c CONFIG.
+
+    The following table lists the variables that \c qmake recognizes, and
+    describes what they should contain.
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Variable \o Contents
+    \row \o CONFIG    \o General project configuration options.
+    \row \o DESTDIR   \o The directory in which the executable or binary file will
+                      be placed.
+    \row \o FORMS     \o A list of UI files to be processed by \c uic.
+    \row \o HEADERS   \o A list of filenames of header (.h) files used when
+                      building the project.
+    \row \o QT        \o Qt-specific configuration options.
+    \row \o RESOURCES \o A list of resource (.rc) files to be included in the
+                      final project. See the \l{The Qt Resource System} for
+                      more information about these files.
+    \row \o SOURCES   \o A list of source code files to be used when building
+                      the project.
+    \row \o TEMPLATE  \o The template to use for the project. This determines
+                      whether the output of the build process will be an
+                      application, a library, or a plugin.
+    \endtable
+
+    The contents of a variable can be read by prepending the variable name with
+    \c $$. This can be used to assign the contents of one variable to another:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/dereferencing.pro 0
+
+    The \c $$ operator is used extensively with built-in functions that operate
+    on strings and lists of values. These are described in the chapter on
+    \l{qmake Advanced Usage}.
+
+    \section3 Whitespace
+
+    Normally, variables are used to contain whitespace-separated lists
+    of values. However, it is sometimes necessary to specify values containing
+    spaces. These must be quoted by using the
+    \l{qmake Function Reference#quote-string}{quote()} function in the following way:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/quoting.pro 0
+
+    The quoted text is treated as a single item in the list of values held by
+    the variable. A similar approach is used to deal with paths that contain
+    spaces, particularly when defining the
+    \l{qmake Variable Reference#INCLUDEPATH}{INCLUDEPATH} and
+    \l{qmake Variable Reference#LIBS}{LIBS} variables for the Windows platform.
+    In cases like these, the \l{qmake Function Reference#quote(string)}{quote()}
+    function can be used in the following way:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/spaces.pro quoting include paths with spaces
+
+    \section2 Comments
+
+    You can add comments to project files. Comments begin with the \c
+    # character and continue to the end of the same line. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/comments.pro 0
+
+    To include the \c # character in variable assignments, it is necessary
+    to use the contents of the built-in \c LITERAL_HASH variable. See the
+    \l{qmake Variable Reference#LITERAL_HASH}{variable reference} for more
+    information.
+
+    \section2 Built-in Functions and Control Flow
+
+    \c qmake provides a number of built-in functions to allow the contents
+    of variables to be processed. The most commonly used function in simple
+    project files is the \c include function which takes a filename as an
+    argument. The contents of the given file are included in the project
+    file at the place where the \c include function is used.
+    The \c include function is most commonly used to include other project
+    files:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/include.pro 0
+
+    Support for conditional structures is made available via
+    \l{qmake Advanced Usage#scopes}{scopes} that behave like \c if
+    statements in programming languages:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/scopes.pro 0
+
+    The assignments inside the braces are only made if the condition is
+    true. In this case, the special \c win32 variable must be set; this
+    happens automatically on Windows, but this can also be specified on
+    other platforms by running \c qmake with the \c{-win32} command line
+    option (see \l{Running qmake} for more information). The opening
+    brace must stand on the same line as the condition.
+
+    Simple loops are constructed by iterating over lists of values using
+    the built-in \c for function. The following code adds directories
+    to the \l{qmake Variable Reference#SUBDIRS}{SUBDIRS} variable, but
+    only if they exist:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/functions.pro 0
+
+    More complex operations on variables that would usually require loops
+    are provided by built-in functions such as \c find, \c unique, and
+    \c count. These functions, and many others are provided to manipulate
+    strings and paths, support user input, and call external tools. A list
+    of the functions available can be found in the
+    \l{qmake Advanced Usage} chapter of this manual.
+
+    \section1 Project Templates
+
+    The \c TEMPLATE variable is used to define the type of project that will
+    be built. If this is not declared in the project file, \c qmake assumes
+    that an application should be built, and will generate an appropriate
+    Makefile (or equivalent file) for the purpose.
+
+    The types of project available are listed in the following table with
+    information about the files that \c qmake will generate for each of them:
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Template      \o Description of \c qmake output
+    \row    \o app (default) \o Creates a Makefile to build an application.
+    \row    \o lib           \o Creates a Makefile to build a library.
+    \row    \o subdirs       \o Creates a Makefile containing rules for the
+    subdirectories specified using the \l{qmake Variable Reference#SUBDIRS}{SUBDIRS}
+    variable. Each subdirectory must contain its own project file.
+    \row    \o vcapp         \o Creates a Visual Studio Project file to build
+                             an application.
+    \row    \o vclib         \o Creates a Visual Studio Project file to build a library.
+    \endtable
+
+    See the \l{qmake Tutorial} for advice on writing project files for
+    projects that use the \c app and \c lib templates.
+
+    When the \c subdirs template is used, \c qmake generates a Makefile
+    to examine each specified subdirectory, process any project file it finds
+    there, and run the platform's \c make tool on the newly-created Makefile.
+    The \l{qmake Variable Reference#SUBDIRS}{SUBDIRS} variable is used to
+    contain a list of all the subdirectories to be processed.
+
+    \target GeneralConfiguration
+    \section1 General Configuration
+
+    The \l{qmake Variable Reference#CONFIG}{CONFIG variable} specifies the
+    options and features that the compiler should use and the libraries that
+    should be linked against. Anything can be added to the \c CONFIG variable,
+    but the options covered below are recognized by \c qmake internally.
+
+    The following options control the compiler flags that are used to build the
+    project:
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Option   \o Description
+    \row    \o release  \o The project is to be built in release mode.
+            This is ignored if \c debug is also specified.
+    \row    \o debug    \o The project is to be built in debug mode.
+    \row    \o debug_and_release \o The project is built in \e both debug and
+            release modes.
+    \row    \o debug_and_release_target \o The project is built in \e both debug 
+    and release modes. TARGET is built into \e both the debug and release directories.
+    \row    \o build_all \o If \c debug_and_release is specified, the project is
+            built in both debug and release modes by default.
+    \row    \o autogen_precompile_source \o Automatically generates a \c .cpp file that includes 
+    the precompiled header file specified in the .pro file.
+    \row    \o ordered  \o When using the \c subdirs template, this option
+            specifies that the directories listed should be processed in the
+            order in which they are given.
+    \row    \o warn_on  \o The compiler should output as many warnings as possible.
+            This is ignored if \c warn_off is specified.
+    \row    \o warn_off \o The compiler should output as few warnings as possible.
+    \row    \o copy_dir_files \o Enables the install rule to also copy directories, not just files.  
+    \endtable
+
+    The \c debug_and_release option is special in that it enables \e both debug and
+    release versions of a project to be built. In such a case, the Makefile that
+    \c qmake generates includes a rule that builds both versions, and this can be
+    invoked in the following way:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 0
+
+    Adding the \c build_all option to the \c CONFIG variable makes this rule
+    the default when building the project, and installation targets will be
+    created for both debug and release builds.
+
+    Note that each of the options specified in the \c CONFIG variable can also be
+    used as a scope condition.
+    You can test for the presence of certain configuration options by using the
+    built-in \l{qmake Function Reference#CONFIG(config)}{CONFIG()} function.
+    For example, the following lines show the function as the condition in a scope
+    to test whether only the \c opengl option is in use:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/configscopes.pro 4
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/configscopes.pro 5
+
+    This enables different configurations to be defined for \c release and
+    \c debug builds, and is described in more detail in the
+    \l{qmake Advanced Usage#Scopes}{Scopes} section of the
+    \l{qmake Advanced Usage}{Advanced Usage} chapter of this manual.
+
+    The following options define the type of project to be built. Note that some
+    of these options only take effect when used on the relevant platform. On other
+    platforms, they have no effect.
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Option \o Description
+    \row    \o qt     \o The project is a Qt application and should link against the Qt
+                      library. You can use the \c QT variable to control any additional
+                      Qt modules that are required by your application.
+    \row    \o thread \o The project is a multi-threaded application.
+    \row    \o x11    \o The project is an X11 application or library.
+    \endtable
+
+    When using \l{qmake Variable Reference#TEMPLATE}{application or library project
+    templates}, more specialized configuration options can be used to fine tune the
+    build process. These are explained in details in the
+    \l{qmake-common-projects.html}{Common Projects} chapter of this manual.
+
+    For example, if your application uses the Qt library and you want to
+    build it as a multi-threaded application in \c debug mode, your project
+    file will contain the following line:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 1
+
+    Note, that you must use "+=", not "=", or \c qmake will not be able to
+    use Qt's configuration to determine the settings needed for your project.
+
+    \section1 Declaring Qt Libraries
+
+    If the \c CONFIG variable contains the \c qt value, qmake's support for Qt
+    applications is enabled. This makes it possible to fine-tune which of the
+    Qt modules are used by your application. This is achieved with the \c QT
+    variable which can be used to declare the required extension modules.
+    For example, we can enable the XML and network modules in the following way:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 2
+
+    Note that \c QT includes the \c core and \c gui modules by default, so the
+    above declaration \e adds the network and XML modules to this default list.
+    The following assignment \e omits the default modules, and will lead to
+    errors when the application's source code is being compiled:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 3
+
+    If you want to build a project \e without the \c gui module, you need to
+    exclude it with the "-=" operator. By default, \c QT contains both
+    \c core and \c gui, so the following line will result in a minimal
+    Qt project being built:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 4
+
+    The table below shows the options that can be used with the \c QT variable
+    and the features that are associated with each of them:
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Option                     \o Features
+    \row    \o core (included by default) \o QtCore module
+    \row    \o gui  (included by default) \o QtGui module
+    \row    \o network                    \o QtNetwork module
+    \row    \o opengl                     \o QtOpenGL module
+    \row    \o sql                        \o QtSql module
+    \row    \o svg                        \o QtSvg module
+    \row    \o xml                        \o QtXml module
+    \row    \o xmlpatterns                \o QtXmlPatterns module
+    \row    \o qt3support                 \o Qt3Support module
+    \endtable
+
+    Note that adding the \c opengl option to the \c QT variable automatically
+    causes the equivalent option to be added to the \c CONFIG variable.
+    Therefore, for Qt applications, it is not necessary to add the \c opengl
+    option to both \c CONFIG and \c{QT}.
+
+    \section1 Configuration Features
+
+    \c qmake can be set up with extra configuration features that are specified
+    in feature (.prf) files. These extra features often provide support for
+    custom tools that are used during the build process. To add a feature to
+    the build process, append the feature name (the stem of the feature filename)
+    to the \c CONFIG variable.
+
+    For example, \c qmake can configure the build process to take advantage
+    of external libraries that are supported by
+    \l{http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software_2fpkgconfig}{pkg-config},
+    such as the D-Bus and ogg libraries, with the following lines:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 5
+
+    More information about features can be found in the
+    \l{qmake Advanced Usage#Adding New Configuration Features}
+    {Adding New Configuration Features} section of the \l{qmake Advanced Usage}
+    chapter.
+
+    \section1 Declaring Other Libraries
+
+    If you are using other libraries in your project in addition to those
+    supplied with Qt, you need to specify them in your project file.
+
+    The paths that \c qmake searches for libraries and the specific libraries
+    to link against can be added to the list of values in the
+    \l{qmake Variable Reference#LIBS}{LIBS} variable. The paths to the libraries
+    themselves can be given, or the familiar Unix-style notation for specifying
+    libraries and paths can be used if preferred.
+
+    For example, the following lines show how a library can be specified:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 6
+
+    The paths containing header files can also be specified in a similar way
+    using the \l{qmake Variable Reference#INCLUDEPATH}{INCLUDEPATH} variable.
+
+    For example, it is possible to add several paths to be searched for header
+    files:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 7
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page qmake-running.html
+    \title Running qmake
+    \contentspage {qmake Manual}{Contents}
+    \previouspage qmake Project Files
+    \nextpage qmake Platform Notes
+
+    The behavior of \c qmake can be customized when it is run by
+    specifying various options on the command line. These allow the
+    build process to be fine-tuned, provide useful diagnostic
+    information, and can be used to specify the target platform for
+    your project.
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \target Commands
+    \section1 Command-Line Options
+
+    \section2 Syntax
+
+    The syntax used to run \c qmake takes the following simple form:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 8
+
+    \c qmake supports two different modes of operation: In the default mode,
+    \c qmake will use the description in a project file to generate a Makefile,
+    but it is also possible to use \c qmake to generate project files.
+    If you want to explicitly set the mode, you must specify it before all
+    other options. The \c mode can be either of the following two values:
+
+    \list
+    \o \c -makefile \BR
+        \c qmake output will be a Makefile.
+    \o \c -project \BR
+        \c qmake output will be a project file. \BR
+\bold{Note:} It is likely that the created file will need to be edited for example adding the \c QT variable to suit what modules are required for the project.
+    \endlist
+
+    The following \c options are used to specify both general and mode-specific
+    settings. Options that only apply to the Makefile mode are described in the
+    \l{#MakefileMode}{Makefile Mode Options} section; options that influence the
+    creation of project files are described in the
+    \l{#ProjectMode}{Project File Options} section.
+
+    The \c files argument represents a list of one or more project files, separated
+    by spaces.
+
+    \section2 Options
+
+    A wide range of options can be specified on the command line to \c qmake in
+    order to customize the build process, and to override default settings for
+    your platform. The following basic options provide usage information, specify
+    where \c qmake writes the output file, and control the level of debugging
+    information that will be written to the console:
+
+    \list
+    \o \c -help \BR
+        \c qmake will go over these features and give some useful help.
+    \o \c -o file \BR
+        \c qmake output will be directed to \e file. If this option
+        is not specified, \c qmake will try to use a suitable file name for its
+        output, depending on the mode it is running in.\BR
+        If '-' is specified, output is directed to stdout.
+    \o \c -d \BR
+        \c qmake will output debugging information.
+    \endlist
+
+    For projects that need to be built differently on each target platform, with
+    many subdirectories, you can run \c qmake with each of the following
+    options to set the corresponding platform-specific variable in each
+    project file:
+
+    \list
+    \o \c -unix \BR
+        \c qmake will run in unix mode.  In this mode, Unix file
+        naming and path conventions will be used, additionally testing for \c unix
+        (as a scope) will succeed. This is the default mode on all Unices.
+    \o \c -macx \BR
+        \c qmake will run in Mac OS X mode.  In this mode, Unix file
+        naming and path conventions will be used, additionally testing for \c macx
+        (as a scope) will succeed. This is the default mode on Mac OS X.
+    \o \c -win32 \BR
+        \c qmake will run in win32 mode.  In this mode, Windows file naming and path
+        conventions will be used, additionally testing for \c win32 (as a scope)
+        will succeed. This is the default mode on Windows.
+    \endlist
+
+    The template used for the project is usually specified by the \c TEMPLATE
+    variable in the project file. We can override or modify this by using the
+    following options:
+
+    \list
+    \o \c -t tmpl \BR
+        \c qmake will override any set \c TEMPLATE variables with tmpl, but only
+        \e after the .pro file has been processed.
+    \o \c -tp prefix \BR
+        \c qmake will add the prefix to the \c TEMPLATE variable.
+    \endlist
+
+    The level of warning information can be fine-tuned to help you find problems in
+    your project file:
+
+    \list
+    \o \c -Wall \BR
+          \c qmake will report all known warnings.
+    \o \c -Wnone \BR
+          No warning information will be generated by \c qmake.
+    \o \c -Wparser \BR
+          \c qmake will only generate parser warnings. This will alert
+          you to common pitfalls and potential problems in the parsing of your
+          project files.
+    \o \c -Wlogic \BR
+          \c qmake will warn of common pitfalls and potential problems in your
+          project file. For example, \c qmake will report whether a file is placed
+          into a list of files multiple times, or if a file cannot be found.
+    \endlist
+
+    \target MakefileMode
+    \section2 Makefile Mode Options
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 9
+
+    In Makefile mode, \c qmake will generate a Makefile that is used to build the
+    project. Additionally, the following options may be used in this mode to
+    influence the way the project file is generated:
+
+    \list
+    \o \c -after \BR
+       \c qmake will process assignments given on the command line after
+       the specified files.
+    \o \c -nocache \BR
+       \c qmake will ignore the .qmake.cache file.
+    \o \c -nodepend \BR
+       \c qmake will not generate any dependency information.
+    \o \c -cache file \BR
+       \c qmake will use \e file as the cache file, ignoring any other
+       .qmake.cache files found.
+    \o \c -spec spec \BR
+       \c qmake will use \e spec as a path to platform and compiler information,
+       and the value of \c QMAKESPEC will be ignored.
+    \endlist
+
+    You may also pass \c qmake assignments on the command line;
+    they will be processed before all of the files specified. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 10
+
+    This will generate a Makefile, from test.pro with Unix pathnames.  However
+    many of the specified options aren't necessary as they are the default.
+    Therefore, the line can be simplified on Unix to:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 11
+
+    If you are certain you want your variables processed after the
+    files specified, then you may pass the \c -after option. When this
+    is specified, all assignments on the command line after the \c -after
+    option will be postponed until after the specified files are parsed.
+
+    \target ProjectMode
+    \section2 Project Mode Options
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 12
+
+    In project mode, \c qmake will generate a project file. Additionally, you
+    may supply the following options in this mode:
+
+    \list
+    \o \c -r \BR
+       \c qmake will look through supplied directories recursively
+    \o \c -nopwd \BR
+       \c qmake will not look in your current working directory for
+       source code and only use the specified \c files
+    \endlist
+
+    In this mode, the \c files argument can be a list of files or directories.
+    If a directory is specified, it will be included in the \c DEPENDPATH
+    variable, and relevant code from there will be included in the generated
+    project file. If a file is given, it will be appended to the correct
+    variable, depending on its extension; for example, UI files are added
+    to \c FORMS, and C++ files are added to \c SOURCES.
+
+    You may also pass assignments on the command line in this mode. When doing
+    so, these assignments will be placed last in the generated project file.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page qmake-platform-notes.html
+    \title qmake Platform Notes
+    \contentspage {qmake Manual}{Contents}
+    \previouspage Running qmake
+    \nextpage qmake Advanced Usage
+
+    Many cross-platform projects can be handled by the \c{qmake}'s basic
+    configuration features. On some platforms, it is sometimes useful, or even
+    necessary, to take advantage of platform-specific features. \c qmake knows
+    about many of these features, and these can be accessed via specific
+    variables that only have an effect on the platforms where they are relevant.
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 Mac OS X
+
+    Features specific to this platform include support for creating universal
+    binaries, frameworks and bundles.
+
+    \section2 Source and Binary Packages
+
+    The version of \c qmake supplied in source packages is configured slightly
+    differently to that supplied in binary packages in that it uses a different
+    feature specification. Where the source package typically uses the
+    \c macx-g++ specification, the binary package is typically configured to
+    use the \c macx-xcode specification.
+
+    Users of each package can override this configuration by invoking \c qmake
+    with the \c -spec option (see \l{Running qmake} for more information). This
+    makes it possible, for example, to use \c qmake from a binary package to
+    create a Makefile in a project directory with the following command line
+    invocation:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 13
+
+    \section2 Using Frameworks
+
+    \c qmake is able to automatically generate build rules for linking against
+    frameworks in the standard framework directory on Mac OS X, located at
+    \c{/Library/Frameworks/}.
+
+    Directories other than the standard framework directory need to be specified
+    to the build system, and this is achieved by appending linker options to the
+    \l{qmake Variable Reference#QMAKE_LFLAGS}{QMAKE_LFLAGS} variable, as shown
+    in the following example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 14
+
+    The framework itself is linked in by appending the \c{-framework} options and
+    the name of the framework to the \l{qmake Variable Reference#LIBS}{LIBS}
+    variable:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 15
+
+    \section2 Creating Frameworks
+
+    Any given library project can be configured so that the resulting library
+    file is placed in a
+    \l{http://developer.apple.com/documentation/MacOSX/Conceptual/BPFrameworks/Concepts/WhatAreFrameworks.html}
+    {framework}, ready for deployment. To do this, set up the project to use the
+    \l{qmake Variable Reference#TEMPLATE}{\c lib template} and add the
+    \c lib_bundle option to the
+    \l{qmake Variable Reference#CONFIG}{CONFIG} variable:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 16
+
+    The data associated with the library is specified using the
+    \l{qmake Variable Reference#QMAKE_BUNDLE_DATA}{QMAKE_BUNDLE_DATA}
+    variable. This holds items that will be installed with a library
+    bundle, and is often used to specify a collection of header files,
+    as in the following example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 17
+
+    Here, the \c FRAMEWORK_HEADERS variable is a user-defined variable that
+    is used to define the headers required to use a particular framework.
+    Appending it to the \c QMAKE_BUNDLE_DATA variable ensures that the
+    information about these headers are added to the collection of
+    resources that will be installed with the library bundle. Also, the
+    framework's name and version are specified by
+    \l{qmake Variable Reference#QMAKE_FRAMEWORK_BUNDLE_NAME}
+    {QMAKE_FRAMEWORK_BUNDLE_NAME}
+    and \l{qmake Variable Reference#QMAKE_FRAMEWORK_VERSION}
+    {QMAKE_FRAMEWORK_VERSION} variables. By default, the values used for
+    these are obtained from the \l{qmake Variable Reference#TARGET}{TARGET}
+    and \l{qmake Variable Reference#VERSION}{VERSION} variables.
+
+    See \l{Deploying an Application on Mac OS X} for more information about
+    deploying applications and libraries.
+
+    \section2 Creating Universal Binaries
+
+    To create a universal binary for your application, you need to be using
+    a version of Qt that has been configured with the \c{-universal} option.
+
+    The architectures to be supported in the binary are specified with the
+    \l{qmake Variable Reference#CONFIG}{CONFIG} variable. For example, the
+    following assignment causes \c qmake to generate build rules to create
+    a universal binary for both PowerPC and x86 architectures:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 18
+
+    Additionally, developers using a PowerPC-based platform need to set the
+    \l{qmake Variable Reference#QMAKE_MAC_SDK}{QMAKE_MAC_SDK} variable.
+    This process is discussed in more detail in the
+    \l{Deploying an Application on Mac OS X#Architecture Dependencies}{deployment guide for Mac OS X}.
+
+    \section2 Creating and Moving Xcode Projects
+
+    Developers on Mac OS X can take advantage of \c{qmake}'s support for Xcode
+    project files, as described in
+    \l{Qt is Mac OS X Native#Development Tools}{Qt is Mac OS X Native},
+    by running \c qmake to generate an Xcode project from an existing \c qmake
+    project files. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 19
+
+    Note that, if a project is later moved on the disk, \c qmake must be run
+    again to process the project file and create a new Xcode project file.
+
+    \section2 On supporting two build targets simultaneously
+
+    Implementing this is currently not feasible, because the XCode
+    concept of Active Build Configurations is conceptually different
+    from the qmake idea of build targets.
+
+    The XCode Active Build Configurations settings are for modifying
+    xcode configurations, compiler flags and similar build
+    options. Unlike Visual Studio, XCode does not allow for the
+    selection of specific library files based on whether debug or
+    release build configurations are selected. The qmake debug and
+    release settings control which library files are linked to the
+    executable.
+
+    It is currently not possible to set files in XCode configuration
+    settings from the qmake generated xcode project file. The way the
+    libraries are linked in the "Frameworks & Libraries" phase in the
+    XCode build system.
+
+    Furthermore, The selected "Active Build Configuration" is stored
+    in a .pbxuser file, which is generated by xcode on first load, not
+    created by qmake.
+
+    \section1 Windows
+
+    Features specific to this platform include support for creating Visual
+    Studio project files and handling manifest files when deploying Qt
+    applications developed using Visual Studio 2005.
+
+    \section2 Creating Visual Studio Project Files
+
+    Developers using Visual Studio to write Qt applications can use the
+    Visual Studio integration facilities provided with the
+    \l{Qt Commercial Editions} and do not need to worry about how
+    project dependencies are managed.
+
+    However, some developers may need to import an existing \c qmake project
+    into Visual Studio. \c qmake is able to take a project file and create a
+    Visual Studio project that contains all the necessary information required
+    by the development environment. This is achieved by setting the \c qmake
+    \l{qmake Variable Reference#TEMPLATE}{project template} to either \c vcapp
+    (for application projects) or \c vclib (for library projects).
+
+    This can also be set using a command line option, for example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 20
+
+    It is possible to recursively generate \c{.vcproj} files in subdirectories
+    and a \c{.sln} file in the main directory, by typing:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 21
+
+    Each time you update the project file, you need to run \c qmake to generate
+    an updated Visual Studio project.
+
+    \note If you are using the Visual Studio Add-in, you can import \c .pro
+    files via the \gui{Qt->Import from .pro file} menu item.
+
+    \section2 Visual Studio 2005 Manifest Files
+
+    When deploying Qt applications built using Visual Studio 2005, it is
+    necessary to ensure that the manifest file, created when the application
+    was linked, is handled correctly. This is handled automatically for
+    projects that generate DLLs.
+
+    Removing manifest embedding for application executables can be done with
+    the following assignment to the \l{qmake Variable Reference#CONFIG}
+    {CONFIG} variable:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 22
+
+    Also, the manifest embedding for DLLs can be removed with the following
+    assignment to the \l{qmake Variable Reference#CONFIG}{CONFIG} variable:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 23
+
+    This is discussed in more detail in the
+    \l{Deploying an Application on Windows#Visual Studio 2005 Onwards}
+    {deployment guide for Windows}.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page qmake-reference.html
+    \title qmake Reference
+    \contentspage {qmake Manual}{Contents}
+    \previouspage Using Precompiled Headers
+    \nextpage qmake Variable Reference
+
+    This reference is a detailed index of all the variables and function
+    that are available for use in \c qmake project files.
+
+    \section1 Variable Reference
+
+    The \l{qmake Variable Reference} describes the variables that are
+    recognized by \c qmake when configuring the build process for
+    projects.
+
+    \section1 Function Reference
+
+    The \l{qmake Function Reference} describes the function that can be
+    used to process the contents of variables defined in project files.
+
+    \target FrequentlyUsedVariables
+    \section1 Frequently Used Variables
+
+    The following variables are frequently used in project files to describe
+    common aspects of the build process. These are fully described in the
+    \l{qmake-variable-reference.html}{Variable Reference}.
+
+    \list
+    \o \l{qmake Variable Reference#CONFIG}{CONFIG}
+    \o \l{qmake Variable Reference#DEF_FILE}{DEF_FILE}
+    \o \l{qmake Variable Reference#DEFINES}{DEFINES}
+    \o \l{qmake Variable Reference#DESTDIR}{DESTDIR}
+    \o \l{qmake Variable Reference#DISTFILES}{DISTFILES}
+    \o \l{qmake Variable Reference#DLLDESTDIR}{DLLDESTDIR}
+    \o \l{qmake Variable Reference#FORMS}{FORMS}
+    \o \l{qmake Variable Reference#FORMS3}{FORMS3}
+    \o \l{qmake Variable Reference#GUID}{GUID}
+    \o \l{qmake Variable Reference#HEADERS}{HEADERS}
+    \o \l{qmake Variable Reference#INCLUDEPATH}{INCLUDEPATH}
+    \o \l{qmake Variable Reference#LEXSOURCES}{LEXSOURCES}
+    \o \l{qmake Variable Reference#LIBS}{LIBS}
+    \o \l{qmake Variable Reference#MOC_DIR}{MOC_DIR}
+    \o \l{qmake Variable Reference#OBJECTS_DIR}{OBJECTS_DIR}
+    \o \l{qmake Variable Reference#QT}{QT}
+    \o \l{qmake Variable Reference#RCC_DIR}{RCC_DIR}
+    \o \l{qmake Variable Reference#REQUIRES}{REQUIRES}
+    \o \l{qmake Variable Reference#RESOURCES}{RESOURCES}
+    \o \l{qmake Variable Reference#SOURCES}{SOURCES}
+    \o \l{qmake Variable Reference#SUBDIRS}{SUBDIRS}
+    \o \l{qmake Variable Reference#TARGET}{TARGET}
+    \o \l{qmake Variable Reference#TEMPLATE}{TEMPLATE}
+    \o \l{qmake Variable Reference#TRANSLATIONS}{TRANSLATIONS}
+    \o \l{qmake Variable Reference#UI_DIR}{UI_DIR}
+    \o \l{qmake Variable Reference#UI_HEADERS_DIR}{UI_HEADERS_DIR}
+    \o \l{qmake Variable Reference#UI_SOURCES_DIR}{UI_SOURCES_DIR}
+    \o \l{qmake Variable Reference#VERSION}{VERSION}
+    \o \l{qmake Variable Reference#YACCSOURCES}{YACCSOURCES}
+    \endlist
+
+    \section1 Environment Variables and Configuration
+
+    The \l{Configuring qmake's Environment} chapter of this manual
+    describes the environment variables that \c qmake uses when
+    configuring the build process.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page qmake-variable-reference.html
+    \title qmake Variable Reference
+    \contentspage {qmake Manual}{Contents}
+    \previouspage qmake Reference
+    \nextpage qmake Function Reference
+
+    \c{qmake}'s fundamental behavior is influenced by variable declarations that
+    define the build process of each project. Some of these declare resources,
+    such as headers and source files, that are common to each platform; others
+    are used to customize the behavior of compilers and linkers on specific
+    platforms.
+
+    Platform-specific variables follow the naming pattern of the
+    variables which they extend or modify, but include the name of the relevant
+    platform in their name. For example, \c QMAKE_LIBS can be used to specify a list
+    of libraries that a project needs to link against, and \c QMAKE_LIBS_X11 can be
+    used to extend or override this list.
+
+    \tableofcontents{3}
+
+    \target CONFIG
+    \section1 CONFIG
+
+    The \c CONFIG variable specifies project configuration and
+    compiler options.  The values will be recognized internally by
+    \c qmake and have special meaning.  They are as follows.
+
+    These \c CONFIG values control compilation flags:
+
+    \table 95%
+    \header \o Option   \o Description
+    \row    \o release  \o The project is to be built in release mode.
+            This is ignored if \c debug is also specified.
+    \row    \o debug    \o The project is to be built in debug mode.
+    \row    \o debug_and_release \o The project is built in \e both debug and
+            release modes. This can have some unexpected side effects (see
+            below for more information).
+    \row    \o build_all \o If \c debug_and_release is specified, the project is
+            built in both debug and release modes by default.
+    \row    \o ordered  \o When using the \c subdirs template, this option
+            specifies that the directories listed should be processed in the
+            order in which they are given.
+    \row    \o precompile_header \o Enables support for the use of
+            \l{Using Precompiled Headers}{precompiled headers} in projects.
+    \row    \o warn_on  \o The compiler should output as many warnings as possible.
+            This is ignored if \c warn_off is specified.
+    \row    \o warn_off \o The compiler should output as few warnings as possible.
+    \omit
+    \row    \o qt_debug \o Specifies that the project should be built against
+            debug versions of the Qt libraries specified using the
+            \l{#QT}{QT} variable.
+    \row    \o qt_release \o Specifies that the project should be built against
+            release versions of the Qt libraries specified using the
+            \l{#QT}{QT} variable.
+    \endomit
+    \endtable
+
+    Since the \c debug option overrides the \c release option when both are
+    defined in the \c CONFIG variable, it is necessary to use the
+    \c debug_and_release option if you want to allow both debug and release
+    versions of a project to be built. In such a case, the Makefile that
+    \c qmake generates includes a rule that builds both versions, and this can
+    be invoked in the following way:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 24
+
+    When linking a library, \c qmake relies on the underlying platform to know
+    what other libraries this library links against. However, if linking
+    statically, \c qmake will not get this information unless we use the following
+    \c CONFIG options:
+
+     \table 95%
+     \header \o Option   \o Description
+     \row    \o create_prl  \o This option enables \c qmake to track these
+        dependencies. When this option is enabled, \c qmake will create a file
+        ending in \c .prl which will save meta-information about the library
+        (see \l{LibDepend}{Library Dependencies} for more info).
+     \row    \o link_prl    \o When this is enabled, \c qmake will process all
+        libraries linked to by the application and find their meta-information
+        (see \l{LibDepend}{Library Dependencies} for more info).
+     \endtable
+
+    Please note that \c create_prl is required when \e {building} a
+    static library, while \c link_prl is required when \e {using} a
+    static library.
+
+    On Windows (or if Qt is configured with \c{-debug_and_release}, adding the
+    \c build_all option to the \c CONFIG variable makes this rule the default
+    when building the project, and installation targets will be created for
+    both debug and release builds.
+
+    Additionally, adding \c debug_and_release to the \c CONFIG variable will
+    cause both \c debug and \c release to be defined in the contents of
+    \c CONFIG. When the project file is processed, the
+    \l{qmake Advanced Usage#Scopes}{scopes} that test for each value will be
+    processed for \e both debug and release modes. The \c{build_pass} variable
+    will be set for each of these mode, and you can test for this to perform
+    build-specific tasks. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 25
+
+    As a result, it may be useful to define mode-specific variables, such as
+    \l{#QMAKE_LFLAGS_RELEASE}{QMAKE_LFLAGS_RELEASE}, instead of general
+    variables, such as \l{#QMAKE_LFLAGS}{QMAKE_LFLAGS}, where possible.
+
+    The following options define the application/library type:
+
+    \table 95%
+    \header \o Option \o Description
+    \row \o qt \o The target is a Qt application/library and requires the Qt
+         library and header files. The proper include and library paths for the
+         Qt library will automatically be added to the project. This is defined
+         by default, and can be fine-tuned with the \c{\l{#qt}{QT}} variable.
+    \row \o thread \o The target is a multi-threaded application or library.  The
+        proper defines and compiler flags will automatically be added to
+        the project.
+    \row \o x11 \o The target is a X11 application or library. The proper
+        include paths and libraries will automatically be added to the
+        project.
+    \row \o windows \o The target is a Win32 window application (app only). The
+        proper include paths, compiler flags and libraries will
+        automatically be added to the project.
+    \row \o console \o The target is a Win32 console application (app only). The
+        proper include paths, compiler flags and libraries will
+        automatically be added to the
+        project.
+    \row \o shared \o{1,3} The target is a shared object/DLL. The proper
+        include paths, compiler flags and libraries will automatically be
+        added to the project.
+    \row \o dll \o
+    \row \o dylib \o
+    \row \o static \o{1,2} The target is a static library (lib only).  The proper
+        compiler flags will automatically be added to the project.
+    \row \o staticlib \o
+    \row \o plugin \o The target is a plugin (lib only). This enables dll as well.
+    \row \o designer \o The target is a plugin for \QD.
+    \row \o uic3 \o Configures qmake to run uic3 on the content of \c FORMS3 if
+         defined; otherwise the contents of \c FORMS will be processed instead.
+    \row \o no_lflags_merge \o Ensures that the list of libraries stored in the
+         \c LIBS variable is not reduced to a list of unique values before it is used.
+    \row \o resources \o Configures qmake to run rcc on the content of \c RESOURCES
+         if defined.
+    \endtable
+
+    These options are used to set the compiler flags:
+
+    \table 95%
+    \header \o Option \o Description
+    \row \o 3dnow \o AMD 3DNow! instruction support is enabled.
+    \row \o exceptions \o Exception support is enabled.
+    \row \o mmx \o Intel MMX instruction support is enabled.
+    \row \o rtti \o RTTI support is enabled.
+    \row \o stl \o STL support is enabled.
+    \row \o sse \o SSE support is enabled.
+    \row \o sse2 \o SSE2 support is enabled.
+    \endtable
+
+    These options define specific features on Windows only:
+
+    \table 95%
+    \header \o Option \o Description
+    \row \o flat \o When using the vcapp template this will put all the source
+         files into the source group and the header files into the header group
+         regardless of what directory they reside in.  Turning this
+         option off will group the files within the source/header group depending
+         on the directory they reside. This is turned on by default.
+    \row \o embed_manifest_dll \o Embeds a manifest file in the DLL created
+         as part of a library project.
+    \row \o embed_manifest_exe \o Embeds a manifest file in the DLL created
+         as part of an application project.
+    \row \o incremental \o Used to enable or disable incremental linking in Visual
+         C++, depending on whether this feature is enabled or disabled by default.
+    \endtable
+
+    See \l{qmake Platform Notes#Visual Studio 2005 Manifest Files}{qmake Platform Notes}
+    for more information on the options for embedding manifest files.
+
+    These options only have an effect on Mac OS X:
+
+    \table 95%
+    \header \o Option \o Description
+    \row \o ppc \o Builds a PowerPC binary.
+    \row \o x86 \o Builds an i386 compatible binary.
+    \row \o app_bundle \o Puts the executable into a bundle (this is the default).
+    \row \o lib_bundle \o Puts the library into a library bundle.
+    \endtable
+
+    The build process for bundles is also influenced by
+    the contents of the \l{#QMAKE_BUNDLE_DATA}{QMAKE_BUNDLE_DATA} variable.
+
+    These options have an effect on Linux/Unix platforms:
+
+    \table 95%
+    \header \o Option \o Description
+    \row \o largefile \o Includes support for large files.
+    \row \o separate_debug_info \o Puts debugging information for libraries in
+    separate files.
+    \endtable
+
+    The \c CONFIG variable will also be checked when resolving scopes. You may
+    assign anything to this variable.
+
+    For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 26
+
+    \target DEFINES
+    \section1 DEFINES
+
+    \c qmake adds the values of this variable as compiler C
+    preprocessor macros (-D option).
+
+    For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 27
+
+    \target DEF_FILE
+    \section1 DEF_FILE
+
+    \e {This is only used on Windows when using the \c app template}.
+
+    Specifies a \c .def file to be included in the project.
+
+    \target DEPENDPATH
+    \section1 DEPENDPATH
+
+    This variable contains the list of all directories to look in to
+    resolve dependencies. This will be used when crawling through
+    \c included files.
+
+    \target DEPLOYMENT
+    \section1 DEPLOYMENT
+
+    \e {This is only used on Windows CE.}
+
+    Specifies which additional files will be deployed. Deployment means the
+    transfer of files from the development system to the target device or
+    emulator.
+
+    Files can be deployed by either creating a Visual Studio project or using
+    the \l {Using QTestLib remotely on Windows CE}{cetest} executable.
+
+    For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 28
+
+    This will upload all PNG images in \c path to the same directory your
+    build target will be deployed to.
+
+    The default deployment target path for Windows CE is
+    \c{%CSIDL_PROGRAM_FILES%\target}, which usually gets expanded to
+    \c{\Program Files\target}.
+
+    It is also possible to specify multiple \c sources to be deployed on
+    target \c paths. In addition, different variables can be used for
+    deployment to different directories.
+
+    For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 29
+
+    \note All linked Qt libraries will be deployed to the path specified
+    by \c{myFiles.path}.
+
+    \target DEPLOYMENT_PLUGIN
+    \section1 DEPLOYMENT_PLUGIN
+
+    \e {This is only used on Windows CE.}
+
+    This variable specifies the Qt plugins that will be deployed. All plugins
+    available in Qt can be explicitly deployed to the device. See
+    \l{Static Plugins}{Static Plugins} for a complete list.
+
+    \note No plugins will be deployed automatically. If the application
+    depends on plugins, these plugins have to be specified manually.
+
+    For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 128
+
+    This will upload the jpeg imageformat plugin to the plugins directory
+    on the Windows CE device.
+
+    \target DESTDIR
+    \section1 DESTDIR
+
+    Specifies where to put the \l{#TARGET}{target} file.
+
+    For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 30
+
+    \target DESTDIR_TARGET
+    \section1 DESTDIR_TARGET
+
+    This variable is set internally by \c qmake, which is basically the
+    \c DESTDIR variable with the \c TARGET variable appened at the end.
+    The value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
+    \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \target DLLDESTDIR
+    \section1 DLLDESTDIR
+
+    Specifies where to copy the \l{#TARGET}{target} dll.
+
+    \target DISTFILES
+    \section1 DISTFILES
+
+    This variable contains a list of files to be included in the dist
+    target. This feature is supported by UnixMake specs only.
+
+    For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 31
+
+    \target DSP_TEMPLATE
+    \section1 DSP_TEMPLATE
+
+    This variable is set internally by \c qmake, which specifies where the
+    dsp template file for basing generated dsp files is stored. The value
+    of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
+    \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \target FORMS
+    \section1 FORMS
+
+    This variable specifies the UI files (see \link
+    designer-manual.html Qt Designer \endlink) to be processed through \c uic
+    before compiling.  All dependencies, headers and source files required
+    to build these UI files will automatically be added to the project.
+
+    For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 32
+
+    If FORMS3 is defined in your project, then this variable must contain
+    forms for uic, and not uic3. If CONFIG contains uic3, and FORMS3 is not
+    defined, the this variable must contain only uic3 type forms.
+
+    \target FORMS3
+    \section1 FORMS3
+
+    This variable specifies the old style UI files to be processed
+    through \c uic3 before compiling, when \c CONFIG contains uic3.
+    All dependencies, headers and source files required to build these
+    UI files will automatically be added to the project.
+
+    For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 33
+
+    \target GUID
+    \section1 GUID
+
+    Specifies the GUID that is set inside a \c{.vcproj} file. The GUID is
+    usually randomly determined. However, should you require a fixed GUID,
+    it can be set using this variable.
+
+    This variable is specific to \c{.vcproj} files only; it is ignored
+    otherwise.
+
+    \target HEADERS
+    \section1 HEADERS
+
+    Defines the header files for the project.
+
+    \c qmake will generate dependency information (unless \c -nodepend
+    is specified on the \l{Running qmake#Commands}{command line})
+    for the specified headers. \c qmake will also automatically detect if
+    \c moc is required by the classes in these headers, and add the
+    appropriate dependencies and files to the project for generating and
+    linking the moc files.
+
+    For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 34
+
+    See also \l{#SOURCES}{SOURCES}.
+
+    \target INCLUDEPATH
+    \section1 INCLUDEPATH
+
+    This variable specifies the #include directories which should be
+    searched when compiling the project. Use ';' or a space as the
+    directory separator.
+
+    For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 35
+
+    To specify a path containing spaces, quote the path using the technique
+    mentioned in the \l{qmake Project Files#Whitespace}{qmake Project Files}
+    document. For example, paths with spaces can be specified on Windows
+    and Unix platforms by using the \l{qmake Function Reference#quote-string}{quote()}
+    function in the following way:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/spaces.pro quoting include paths with spaces
+
+    \target INSTALLS
+    \section1 INSTALLS
+
+    This variable contains a list of resources that will be installed when
+    \c{make install} or a similar installation procedure is executed. Each
+    item in the list is typically defined with attributes that provide
+    information about where it will be installed.
+
+    For example, the following \c{target.path} definition describes where the
+    build target will be installed, and the \c INSTALLS assignment adds the
+    build target to the list of existing resources to be installed:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 36
+
+    \target LEXIMPLS
+    \section1 LEXIMPLS
+
+    This variable contains a list of lex implementation files.  The value
+    of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely
+    needs to be modified.
+
+    \target LEXOBJECTS
+    \section1 LEXOBJECTS
+
+    This variable contains the names of intermediate lex object
+    files.The value of this variable is typically handled by
+    \c qmake and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \target LEXSOURCES
+    \section1 LEXSOURCES
+
+    This variable contains a list of lex source files.  All
+    dependencies, headers and source files will automatically be added to
+    the project for building these lex files.
+
+    For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 37
+
+    \target LIBS
+    \section1 LIBS
+
+    This variable contains a list of libraries to be linked into the project.
+    You can use the Unix \c -l (library) and -L (library path) flags and qmake
+    will do the correct thing with these libraries on Windows (namely this
+    means passing the full path of the library to the linker). The only
+    limitation to this is the library must exist, for qmake to find which
+    directory a \c -l lib lives in.
+
+    For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 38
+
+    To specify a path containing spaces, quote the path using the technique
+    mentioned in the \l{qmake Project Files#Whitespace}{qmake Project Files}
+    document. For example, paths with spaces can be specified on Windows
+    and Unix platforms by using the \l{qmake Function Reference#quote-string}{quote()}
+    function in the following way:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/spaces.pro quoting library paths with spaces
+
+    \bold{Note:} On Windows, specifying libraries with the \c{-l} option,
+    as in the above example, will cause the library with the highest version
+    number to be used; for example, \c{libmath2.lib} could potentially be used
+    instead of \c{libmathlib}. To avoid this ambiguity, we recommend that you
+    explicitly specify the library to be used by including the \c{.lib}
+    file name suffix.
+
+    By default, the list of libraries stored in \c LIBS is reduced to a list of
+    unique names before it is used. To change this behavior, add the
+    \c no_lflags_merge option to the \c CONFIG variable:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 39
+
+    \target LITERAL_HASH
+    \section1 LITERAL_HASH
+
+    This variable is used whenever a literal hash character (\c{#}) is needed in
+    a variable declaration, perhaps as part of a file name or in a string passed
+    to some external application.
+
+    For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/comments.pro 1
+
+    By using \c LITERAL_HASH in this way, the \c # character can be used
+    to construct a URL for the \c message() function to print to the console.
+
+    \target MAKEFILE
+    \section1 MAKEFILE
+
+    This variable specifies the name of the Makefile which
+    \c qmake should use when outputting the dependency information
+    for building a project.  The value of this variable is typically
+    handled by \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \target MAKEFILE_GENERATOR
+    \section1 MAKEFILE_GENERATOR
+
+    This variable contains the name of the Makefile generator to use
+    when generating a Makefile.  The value of this variable is typically
+    handled internally by \c qmake and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \target MOC_DIR
+    \section1 MOC_DIR
+
+    This variable specifies the directory where all intermediate moc
+    files should be placed.
+
+    For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 40
+
+    \target OBJECTS
+    \section1 OBJECTS
+
+    This variable is generated from the \link #SOURCES SOURCES
+    \endlink variable.  The extension of each source file will have been
+    replaced by .o (Unix) or .obj (Win32).  The value of this variable is
+    typically handled by \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and
+    rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \target OBJECTS_DIR
+    \section1 OBJECTS_DIR
+
+    This variable specifies the directory where all intermediate
+    objects should be placed.
+
+    For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 41
+
+    \target OBJMOC
+    \section1 OBJMOC
+
+    This variable is set by \c qmake if files can be found that
+    contain the Q_OBJECT macro.  \c OBJMOC contains the
+    name of all intermediate moc object files. The value of this variable
+    is typically handled by \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be
+    modified.
+
+    \target POST_TARGETDEPS
+    \section1 POST_TARGETDEPS
+
+    All libraries that the \l{#TARGET}{target} depends on can be
+    listed in this variable. Some backends do not support this, these include
+    MSVC Dsp, and ProjectBuilder .pbproj files. Generally this is supported
+    internally by these build tools, this is useful for explicitly listing
+    dependant static libraries.
+
+    This list will go after all builtin (and \link #PRE_TARGETDEPS
+    $$PRE_TARGETDEPS \endlink) dependencies.
+
+    \target PRE_TARGETDEPS
+    \section1 PRE_TARGETDEPS
+
+    All libraries that the \l{#TARGET}{target} depends on can be
+    listed in this variable. Some backends do not support this, these include
+    MSVC Dsp, and ProjectBuilder .pbproj files. Generally this is supported
+    internally by these build tools, this is useful for explicitly listing
+    dependant static libraries.
+
+    This list will go before all builtin dependencies.
+
+    \target PRECOMPILED_HEADER
+    \section1 PRECOMPILED_HEADER
+
+    This variable indicates the header file for creating a precompiled
+    header file, to increase the compilation speed of a project.
+    Precompiled headers are currently only supported on some platforms
+    (Windows - all MSVC project types, Mac OS X - Xcode, Makefile,
+    Unix - gcc 3.3 and up).
+
+    On other platforms, this variable has different meaning, as noted
+    below.
+
+    This variable contains a list of header files that require some
+    sort of pre-compilation step (such as with moc). The value of this
+    variable is typically handled by \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be
+    modified.
+
+    \target PWD
+    \section1 PWD
+
+    This variable contains the full path leading to the directory where
+    the \c qmake project file (project.pro) is located.
+
+    \target OUT_PWD
+    \section1 OUT_PWD
+
+    This variable contains the full path leading to the directory where
+    \c qmake places the generated Makefile.
+
+    \target QMAKE_systemvariable
+    \section1 QMAKE
+
+    This variable contains the name of the \c qmake program
+    itself and is placed in generated Makefiles.  The value of this
+    variable is typically handled by \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be
+    modified.
+
+    \target QMAKESPEC_systemvariable
+    \section1 QMAKESPEC
+
+    This variable contains the name of the \c qmake
+    configuration to use when generating Makefiles.  The value of this
+    variable is typically handled by \c qmake and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    Use the \c{QMAKESPEC} environment variable to override the \c qmake configuration.
+    Note that, due to the way \c qmake reads project files, setting the \c{QMAKESPEC}
+    environment variable from within a project file will have no effect.
+
+    \target QMAKE_APP_FLAG
+    \section1 QMAKE_APP_FLAG
+
+    This variable is empty unless the \c app
+    \l{#TEMPLATE}{TEMPLATE} is specified.  The value of this
+    variable is typically handled by \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be
+    modified.  Use the following instead:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 42
+
+    \target QMAKE_APP_OR_DLL
+    \section1 QMAKE_APP_OR_DLL
+
+    This variable is empty unless the \c app or \c dll
+    \l{#TEMPLATE}{TEMPLATE} is specified.  The value of this
+    variable is typically handled by \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be
+    modified.
+
+    \target QMAKE_AR_CMD
+    \section1 QMAKE_AR_CMD
+
+    \e {This is used on Unix platforms only.}
+
+    This variable contains the command for invoking the program which
+    creates, modifies and extracts archives. The value of this variable is
+    typically handled by \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf}
+    and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \target QMAKE_BUNDLE_DATA
+    \section1 QMAKE_BUNDLE_DATA
+
+    This variable is used to hold the data that will be installed with a library
+    bundle, and is often used to specify a collection of header files.
+
+    For example, the following lines add \c path/to/header_one.h
+    and \c path/to/header_two.h to a group containing information about the
+    headers supplied with the framework:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 43
+
+    The last line adds the information about the headers to the collection of
+    resources that will be installed with the library bundle.
+
+    Library bundles are created when the \c lib_bundle option is added to the
+    \l{#CONFIG}{CONFIG} variable.
+
+    See \l{qmake Platform Notes#Creating Frameworks}{qmake Platform Notes} for
+    more information about creating library bundles.
+
+    \e{This is used on Mac OS X only.}
+
+    \section1 QMAKE_BUNDLE_EXTENSION
+
+    This variable defines the extension to be used for library bundles.
+    This allows frameworks to be created with custom extensions instead of the
+    standard \c{.framework} directory name extension.
+
+    For example, the following definition will result in a framework with the
+    \c{.myframework} extension:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 44
+
+    \e{This is used on Mac OS X only.}
+
+    \section1 QMAKE_CC
+
+    This variable specifies the C compiler that will be used when building
+    projects containing C source code. Only the file name of the compiler
+    executable needs to be specified as long as it is on a path contained
+    in the \c PATH variable when the Makefile is processed.
+
+    \target QMAKE_CFLAGS_DEBUG
+    \section1 QMAKE_CFLAGS_DEBUG
+
+    This variable contains the flags for the C compiler in debug mode.The value of this variable is
+    typically handled by \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf}
+    and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \target QMAKE_CFLAGS_MT
+    \section1 QMAKE_CFLAGS_MT
+
+    This variable contains the compiler flags for creating a
+    multi-threaded application or when the version of Qt that you link
+    against is a multi-threaded statically linked library.  The value of
+    this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
+    \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \target QMAKE_CFLAGS_MT_DBG
+    \section1 QMAKE_CFLAGS_MT_DBG
+
+    This variable contains the compiler flags for creating a debuggable
+    multi-threaded application or when the version of Qt that you link
+    against is a debuggable multi-threaded statically linked library.  The
+    value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
+    \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \target QMAKE_CFLAGS_MT_DLL
+    \section1 QMAKE_CFLAGS_MT_DLL
+
+    \e {This is used on Windows only.}
+
+    This variable contains the compiler flags for creating a
+    multi-threaded dll or when the version of Qt that you link
+    against is a multi-threaded dll.  The value of this variable is typically
+    handled by \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and
+    rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \target QMAKE_CFLAGS_MT_DLLDBG
+    \section1 QMAKE_CFLAGS_MT_DLLDBG
+
+    \e {This is used on Windows only.}
+
+    This variable contains the compiler flags for creating a debuggable
+    multi-threaded dll or when the version of Qt that you link
+    against is a debuggable multi-threaded statically linked library.
+    The value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
+    \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \target QMAKE_CFLAGS_RELEASE
+    \section1 QMAKE_CFLAGS_RELEASE
+
+    This variable contains the compiler flags for creating a non-debuggable
+    application.  The value of this variable is typically
+    handled by \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and
+    rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \target QMAKE_CFLAGS_SHLIB
+    \section1 QMAKE_CFLAGS_SHLIB
+
+    \e {This is used on Unix platforms only.}
+
+    This variable contains the compiler flags for creating a shared
+    library. The value of this variable is typically handled by
+    \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs
+    to be modified.
+
+    \target QMAKE_CFLAGS_THREAD
+    \section1 QMAKE_CFLAGS_THREAD
+
+    This variable contains the compiler flags for creating a multi-threaded
+    application. The value of this variable is typically handled by
+    \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs
+    to be modified.
+
+    \target QMAKE_CFLAGS_WARN_OFF
+    \section1 QMAKE_CFLAGS_WARN_OFF
+
+    This variable is not empty if the warn_off
+    \l{#TEMPLATE}{TEMPLATE} option is specified.  The value of this
+    variable is typically handled by \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf}
+    and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \target QMAKE_CFLAGS_WARN_ON
+    \section1 QMAKE_CFLAGS_WARN_ON
+
+    This variable is not empty if the warn_on
+    \l{#TEMPLATE}{TEMPLATE} option is specified.
+    The value of this variable is typically handled by
+    \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs
+    to be modified.
+
+    \target QMAKE_CLEAN
+    \section1 QMAKE_CLEAN
+
+    This variable contains any files which are not generated files (such as moc and uic
+    generated files) and object files that should be removed when using "make clean".
+
+    \section1 QMAKE_CXX
+
+    This variable specifies the C++ compiler that will be used when building
+    projects containing C++ source code. Only the file name of the compiler
+    executable needs to be specified as long as it is on a path contained
+    in the \c PATH variable when the Makefile is processed.
+
+    \section1 QMAKE_CXXFLAGS
+
+    This variable contains the C++ compiler flags that are used when building
+    a project. The value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
+    \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified. The flags
+    specific to debug and release modes can be adjusted by modifying
+    the \c QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_DEBUG and \c QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_RELEASE variables,
+    respectively.
+
+    \target QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_DEBUG
+    \section1 QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_DEBUG
+
+    This variable contains the C++ compiler flags for creating a debuggable
+    application. The value of this variable is typically handled by
+    \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs
+    to be modified.
+
+    \target QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_MT
+    \section1 QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_MT
+
+    This variable contains the C++ compiler flags for creating a multi-threaded
+    application. The value of this variable is typically handled by
+    \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs
+    to be modified.
+
+    \target QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_MT_DBG
+    \section1 QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_MT_DBG
+
+    This variable contains the C++ compiler flags for creating a debuggable multi-threaded
+    application. The value of this variable is typically handled by
+    \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs
+    to be modified.
+
+    \target QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_MT_DLL
+    \section1 QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_MT_DLL
+
+    \c {This is used on Windows only.}
+
+    This variable contains the C++ compiler flags for creating a multi-threaded
+    dll. The value of this variable is typically handled by
+    \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs
+    to be modified.
+
+    \target QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_MT_DLLDBG
+    \section1 QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_MT_DLLDBG
+
+    \c {This is used on Windows only.}
+
+    This variable contains the C++ compiler flags for creating a multi-threaded debuggable
+    dll. The value of this variable is typically handled by
+    \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs
+    to be modified.
+
+    \target QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_RELEASE
+    \section1 QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_RELEASE
+
+    This variable contains the C++ compiler flags for creating an
+    application. The value of this variable is typically handled by
+    \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs
+    to be modified.
+
+    \target QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_SHLIB
+    \section1 QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_SHLIB
+
+    This variable contains the C++ compiler flags for creating a
+    shared library.  The value of this variable is typically handled by
+    \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs
+    to be modified.
+
+    \target QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_THREAD
+    \section1 QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_THREAD
+
+    This variable contains the C++ compiler flags for creating a
+    multi-threaded application.  The value of this variable is typically handled by
+    \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs
+    to be modified.
+
+    \target QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_WARN_OFF
+    \section1 QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_WARN_OFF
+
+    This variable contains the C++ compiler flags for suppressing compiler warnings.
+    The value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
+    \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \target QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_WARN_ON
+    \section1 QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_WARN_ON
+
+    This variable contains C++ compiler flags for generating compiler warnings.
+    The value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
+    \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \target QMAKE_DISTCLEAN
+    \section1 QMAKE_DISTCLEAN
+
+    This variable removes extra files upon the invocation of \c{make distclean}.
+
+    \target QMAKE_EXTENSION_SHLIB
+    \section1 QMAKE_EXTENSION_SHLIB
+
+    This variable contains the extention for shared libraries.  The value of this
+    variable is typically handled by \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf}
+    and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    Note that platform-specific variables that change the extension will override
+    the contents of this variable.
+
+    \section1 QMAKE_EXT_MOC
+
+    This variable changes the extention used on included moc files.
+
+    See also \l{Configuring qmake's Environment#Extensions}{File Extensions}.
+
+    \section1 QMAKE_EXT_UI
+
+    This variable changes the extention used on /e Designer UI files.
+
+    See also \l{Configuring qmake's Environment#Extensions}{File Extensions}.
+
+    \section1 QMAKE_EXT_PRL
+
+    This variable changes the extention used on created PRL files.
+
+    See also \l{Configuring qmake's Environment#Extensions}{File Extensions},
+             \l{Configuring qmake's Environment#libdepend}{Library Dependencies}.
+
+    \section1 QMAKE_EXT_LEX
+
+    This variable changes the extention used on files given to lex.
+
+    See also \l{Configuring qmake's Environment#Extensions}{File Extensions},
+             \l{#LEXSOURCES}{LEXSOURCES}.
+
+    \section1 QMAKE_EXT_YACC
+    This variable changes the extention used on files given to yacc.
+
+    See also \l{Configuring qmake's Environment#Extensions}{File Extensions},
+             \l{#YACCSOURCES}{YACCSOURCES}.
+
+    \section1 QMAKE_EXT_OBJ
+
+    This variable changes the extention used on generated object files.
+
+    See also \l{Configuring qmake's Environment#Extensions}{File Extensions}.
+
+    \section1 QMAKE_EXT_CPP
+
+    This variable changes the interpretation of all suffixes in this
+    list of values as files of type C++ source code.
+
+    See also \l{Configuring qmake's Environment#Extensions}{File Extensions}.
+
+    \section1 QMAKE_EXT_H
+
+    This variable changes the interpretation of all suffixes in this
+    list of values as files of type C header files.
+
+    See also \l{Configuring qmake's Environment#Extensions}{File Extensions}.
+
+        \section1 QMAKE_EXTRA_COMPILERS
+
+        This variable contains the extra compilers/preprocessors that have been added
+
+        See also \l{Configuring qmake's Environment#Customizing}{Customizing Makefile Output}
+
+        \section1 QMAKE_EXTRA_TARGETS
+
+        This variable contains the extra targets that have been added
+
+        See also \l{Configuring qmake's Environment#Customizing}{Customizing Makefile Output}
+
+    \target QMAKE_FAILED_REQUIREMENTS
+    \section1 QMAKE_FAILED_REQUIREMENTS
+
+    This variable contains the list of requirements that were failed to be met when
+    \c qmake was used.  For example, the sql module is needed and wasn't compiled into Qt.  The
+    value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf}
+    and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \target QMAKE_FILETAGS
+    \section1 QMAKE_FILETAGS
+
+    This variable contains the file tags needed to be entered into the Makefile, such as SOURCES
+    and HEADERS.  The value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
+    \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \section1 QMAKE_FRAMEWORK_BUNDLE_NAME
+
+    In a framework project, this variable contains the name to be used for the
+    framework that is built.
+
+    By default, this variable contains the same value as the \l{#TARGET}{TARGET}
+    variable.
+
+    See \l{qmake Platform Notes#Creating Frameworks}{qmake Platform Notes} for
+    more information about creating frameworks and library bundles.
+
+    \e{This is used on Mac OS X only.}
+
+    \target QMAKE_FRAMEWORK_VERSION
+    \section1 QMAKE_FRAMEWORK_VERSION
+
+    For projects where the build target is a Mac OS X framework, this variable
+    is used to specify the version number that will be applied to the framework
+    that is built.
+
+    By default, this variable contains the same value as the \l{#VERSION}{VERSION}
+    variable.
+
+    See \l{qmake Platform Notes#Creating Frameworks}{qmake Platform Notes} for
+    more information about creating frameworks.
+
+    \e{This is used on Mac OS X only.}
+
+    \target QMAKE_INCDIR
+    \section1 QMAKE_INCDIR
+
+    This variable contains the location of all known header files to be added to
+    INCLUDEPATH when building an application.  The value of this variable is
+    typically handled by \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely
+    needs to be modified.
+
+    \target QMAKE_INCDIR_EGL
+    \section1 QMAKE_INCDIR_EGL
+
+    This variable contains the location of EGL header files to be added
+    to INCLUDEPATH when building an application with OpenGL/ES or
+    OpenVG support. The value of this variable is typically handled by
+    \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \target QMAKE_INCDIR_OPENGL
+    \section1 QMAKE_INCDIR_OPENGL
+
+    This variable contains the location of OpenGL header files to be added
+    to INCLUDEPATH when building an application with OpenGL support. The
+    value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
+     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    If the OpenGL implementation uses EGL (most OpenGL/ES systems),
+    then QMAKE_INCDIR_EGL may also need to be set.
+
+    \target QMAKE_INCDIR_OPENVG
+    \section1 QMAKE_INCDIR_OPENVG
+
+    This variable contains the location of OpenVG header files to be added
+    to INCLUDEPATH when building an application with OpenVG support. The
+    value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
+     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    If the OpenVG implementation uses EGL then QMAKE_INCDIR_EGL may also
+    need to be set.
+
+    \target QMAKE_INCDIR_QT
+    \section1 QMAKE_INCDIR_QT
+
+    This variable contains the location of all known header file
+    paths to be added to INCLUDEPATH when building a Qt application. The value
+    of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
+     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \target QMAKE_INCDIR_THREAD
+    \section1 QMAKE_INCDIR_THREAD
+
+    This variable contains the location of all known header file
+    paths to be added to INCLUDEPATH when building a multi-threaded application.
+    The value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
+     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \target QMAKE_INCDIR_X11
+    \section1 QMAKE_INCDIR_X11
+
+    \e {This is used on Unix platforms only.}
+
+    This variable contains the location of X11 header file paths to be
+    added to INCLUDEPATH when building a X11 application.  The
+    value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
+     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \target QMAKE_INFO_PLIST
+    \section1 QMAKE_INFO_PLIST
+
+    \e {This is used on Mac OS X platforms only.}
+
+    This variable contains the name of the property list file, \c{.plist}, you
+    would like to include in your Mac OS X application bundle.
+
+    In the \c{.plist} file, you can define some variables, e.g., @EXECUTABLE@,
+    which qmake will replace with the actual executable name. Other variables
+    include @ICON@, @TYPEINFO@, @LIBRARY@, and @SHORT_VERSION@.
+
+    \note Most of the time, the default \c{Info.plist} is good enough.
+
+    \section1 QMAKE_LFLAGS
+
+    This variable contains a general set of flags that are passed to
+    the linker. If you need to change the flags used for a particular
+    platform or type of project, use one of the specialized variables
+    for that purpose instead of this variable.
+
+    \target QMAKE_LFLAGS_CONSOLE
+    \section1 QMAKE_LFLAGS_CONSOLE
+
+    \e {This is used on Windows only.}
+
+    This variable contains link flags when building console
+    programs.  The value of this variable is typically handled by
+    \c qmake or
+     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \section1 QMAKE_LFLAGS_CONSOLE_DLL
+
+    \e {This is used on Windows only.}
+
+    This variable contains link flags when building console
+    dlls.  The value of this variable is typically handled by
+    \c qmake or
+     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \section1 QMAKE_LFLAGS_DEBUG
+
+    This variable contains link flags when building debuggable applications.  The
+    value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
+     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \section1 QMAKE_LFLAGS_PLUGIN
+
+    This variable contains link flags when building plugins. The value
+    of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
+     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \section1 QMAKE_LFLAGS_QT_DLL
+
+    This variable contains link flags when building programs that
+    use the Qt library built as a dll. The value of this variable is
+    typically handled by \c qmake or
+     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \section1 QMAKE_LFLAGS_RELEASE
+
+    This variable contains link flags when building applications for
+    release. The value of this variable is typically handled by
+    \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \section1 QMAKE_LFLAGS_SHAPP
+
+    This variable contains link flags when building applications which are using
+    the \c app template.  The value of this variable is typically handled by
+    \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \section1 QMAKE_LFLAGS_SHLIB
+
+    This variable contains link flags when building shared libraries
+    The value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
+     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \section1 QMAKE_LFLAGS_SONAME
+
+    This variable specifies the link flags to set the name of shared objects,
+    such as .so or .dll.  The value of this variable is typically handled by \c
+    qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \section1 QMAKE_LFLAGS_THREAD
+
+    This variable contains link flags when building multi-threaded projects.
+    The value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
+     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \section1 QMAKE_LFLAGS_WINDOWS
+
+    \e {This is used on Windows only.}
+
+    This variable contains link flags when building Windows GUI projects
+    (i.e. non-console applications).
+    The value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
+     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \section1 QMAKE_LFLAGS_WINDOWS_DLL
+
+    \e {This is used on Windows only.}
+
+    This variable contains link flags when building Windows DLL projects.
+    The value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
+     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \section1 QMAKE_LIBDIR
+
+    This variable contains the location of all known library
+    directories.The value of this variable is typically handled by
+    \c qmake or
+     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \section1 QMAKE_LIBDIR_FLAGS
+
+    \e {This is used on Unix platforms only.}
+
+    This variable contains the location of all library
+    directory with -L prefixed.  The value of this variable is typically handled by
+    \c qmake or
+     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \section1 QMAKE_LIBDIR_EGL
+
+    This variable contains the location of the EGL library
+    directory, when EGL is used with OpenGL/ES or OpenVG. The value
+    of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
+     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \section1 QMAKE_LIBDIR_OPENGL
+
+    This variable contains the location of the OpenGL library
+    directory.The value of this variable is typically handled by
+    \c qmake or
+     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    If the OpenGL implementation uses EGL (most OpenGL/ES systems),
+    then QMAKE_LIBDIR_EGL may also need to be set.
+
+    \section1 QMAKE_LIBDIR_OPENVG
+
+    This variable contains the location of the OpenVG library
+    directory. The value of this variable is typically handled by
+    \c qmake or
+     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    If the OpenVG implementation uses EGL, then QMAKE_LIBDIR_EGL
+    may also need to be set.
+
+    \section1 QMAKE_LIBDIR_QT
+
+    This variable contains the location of the Qt library
+    directory.The value of this variable is typically handled by
+    \c qmake or
+     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \section1 QMAKE_LIBDIR_X11
+
+    \e {This is used on Unix platforms only.}
+
+    This variable contains the location of the X11 library
+    directory.The value of this variable is typically handled by
+    \c qmake or
+     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \section1 QMAKE_LIBS
+
+    This variable contains all project libraries.  The value of this
+    variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
+     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \section1 QMAKE_LIBS_CONSOLE
+
+    \e {This Windows-specific variable is no longer used.}
+
+    Prior to Qt 4.2, this variable was used to list the libraries
+    that should be linked against when building a console application
+    project on Windows. \l{#QMAKE_LIBS_WINDOW}{QMAKE_LIBS_WINDOW}
+    should now be used instead.
+
+    \section1 QMAKE_LIBS_EGL
+
+    This variable contains all EGL libraries when building Qt with
+    OpenGL/ES or OpenVG.  The value of this variable is typically
+    handled by \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely
+    needs to be modified.  The usual value is \c{-lEGL}.
+
+    \section1 QMAKE_LIBS_OPENGL
+
+    This variable contains all OpenGL libraries.  The value of this
+    variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
+     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    If the OpenGL implementation uses EGL (most OpenGL/ES systems),
+    then QMAKE_LIBS_EGL may also need to be set.
+
+    \section1 QMAKE_LIBS_OPENGL_QT
+
+    This variable contains all OpenGL Qt libraries.The value of this
+    variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
+     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \section1 QMAKE_LIBS_OPENVG
+
+    This variable contains all OpenVG libraries.  The value of this
+    variable is typically handled by \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf}
+    and rarely needs to be modified.  The usual value is \c{-lOpenVG}.
+
+    Some OpenVG engines are implemented on top of OpenGL.  This will
+    be detected at configure time and QMAKE_LIBS_OPENGL will be implicitly
+    added to QMAKE_LIBS_OPENVG wherever the OpenVG libraries are linked.
+
+    If the OpenVG implementation uses EGL, then QMAKE_LIBS_EGL may also
+    need to be set.
+
+    \section1 QMAKE_LIBS_QT
+
+    This variable contains all Qt libraries.The value of this
+    variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
+     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \section1 QMAKE_LIBS_QT_DLL
+
+    \e {This is used on Windows only.}
+
+    This variable contains all Qt libraries when Qt is built as a dll.  The
+    value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
+     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \section1 QMAKE_LIBS_QT_OPENGL
+
+    This variable contains all the libraries needed to link against if
+    OpenGL support is turned on. The
+    value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
+     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \section1 QMAKE_LIBS_QT_THREAD
+
+    This variable contains all the libraries needed to link against if
+    thread support is turned on.  The
+    value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
+     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \section1 QMAKE_LIBS_RT
+
+    \e {This is used with Borland compilers only.}
+
+    This variable contains the runtime library needed to link against when
+    building an application.  The
+    value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
+     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \section1 QMAKE_LIBS_RTMT
+
+    \e {This is used with Borland compilers only.}
+
+    This variable contains the runtime library needed to link against when
+    building a multi-threaded application.  The
+    value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
+     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \section1 QMAKE_LIBS_THREAD
+
+    \e {This is used on Unix platforms only.}
+
+    This variable contains all libraries that need to be linked against
+    when building a multi-threaded application.  The
+    value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
+     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \section1 QMAKE_LIBS_WINDOWS
+
+    \e {This is used on Windows only.}
+
+    This variable contains all windows libraries.The value of this
+    variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
+     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \section1 QMAKE_LIBS_X11
+
+    \e {This is used on Unix platforms only.}
+
+    This variable contains all X11 libraries.The value of this
+    variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
+     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \section1 QMAKE_LIBS_X11SM
+
+    \e {This is used on Unix platforms only.}
+
+    This variable contains all X11 session management libraries.  The
+    value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
+     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \section1 QMAKE_LIB_FLAG
+
+    This variable is not empty if the \c lib template is specified.  The
+    value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
+     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \section1 QMAKE_LINK_SHLIB_CMD
+
+    This variable contains the command to execute when creating a
+    shared library. The
+    value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
+     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \section1 QMAKE_POST_LINK
+
+    This variable contains the command to execute after linking the TARGET
+    together. This variable is normally empty and therefore nothing is
+    executed, additionally some backends will not support this - mostly only
+    Makefile backends.
+
+    \section1 QMAKE_PRE_LINK
+
+    This variable contains the command to execute before linking the TARGET
+    together. This variable is normally empty and therefore nothing is
+    executed, additionally some backends will not support this - mostly only
+    Makefile backends.
+
+    \section1 QMAKE_LN_SHLIB
+
+    This variable contains the command to execute when creating a link
+    to a shared library. The
+    value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
+     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \section1 QMAKE_MAC_SDK
+
+    This variable is used on Mac OS X when building universal binaries.
+    This process is described in more detail in the
+    \l{Deploying an Application on Mac OS X#Architecture Dependencies}{Deploying
+    an Application on Mac OS X} document.
+
+    \section1 QMAKE_MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET
+    This variable only has an effect when building on Mac OS X. On that
+    platform, the variable will be forwarded to the MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET
+    environment variable, which is interpreted by the compiler or linker.
+    For more information, see the
+    \l{Deploying an Application on Mac OS X#Mac OS X Version Dependencies}{Deploying
+    an Application on Mac OS X} document.
+
+    \section1 QMAKE_MAKEFILE
+
+    This variable contains the name of the Makefile to create. The
+    value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
+     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \section1 QMAKE_MOC_SRC
+
+    This variable contains the names of all moc source files to
+    generate and include in the project. The value of this variable is
+    typically handled by \c qmake or
+     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \section1 QMAKE_QMAKE
+
+    This variable contains the location of qmake if it is not in the path.
+    The value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
+     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \section1 QMAKE_QT_DLL
+
+    This variable is not empty if Qt was built as a dll.  The
+    value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
+     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \section1 QMAKE_RESOURCE_FLAGS
+
+    This variable is used to customize the list of options passed to the
+    \l{rcc}{Resource Compiler} in each of the build rules where it is used.
+    For example, the following line ensures that the \c{-threshold} and
+    \c{-compress} options are used with particular values each time that
+    \c rcc is invoked:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 45
+
+    \section1 QMAKE_RUN_CC
+
+    This variable specifies the individual rule needed to build an object.
+    The value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
+     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \section1 QMAKE_RUN_CC_IMP
+
+    This variable specifies the individual rule needed to build an object.
+    The value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
+     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \section1 QMAKE_RUN_CXX
+
+    This variable specifies the individual rule needed to build an object.
+    The value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
+     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \section1 QMAKE_RUN_CXX_IMP
+
+    This variable specifies the individual rule needed to build an object.
+    The value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
+     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \section1 QMAKE_TARGET
+
+    This variable contains the name of the project target.  The value of
+    this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
+     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \section1 QMAKE_UIC
+
+    This variable contains the location of uic if it is not in the path.
+    The value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
+     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    It can be used to specify arguments to uic as well, such as additional plugin
+    paths.  For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 46
+
+    \section1 QT
+
+    The values stored in the \c QT variable control which of the Qt modules are
+    used by your project.
+
+    The table below shows the options that can be used with the \c QT variable
+    and the features that are associated with each of them:
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Option                     \o Features
+    \row    \o core (included by default) \o QtCore module
+    \row    \o gui  (included by default) \o QtGui module
+    \row    \o network                    \o QtNetwork module
+    \row    \o opengl                     \o QtOpenGL module
+    \row    \o phonon                     \o Phonon Multimedia Framework
+    \row    \o sql                        \o QtSql module
+    \row    \o svg                        \o QtSvg module
+    \row    \o xml                        \o QtXml module
+    \row    \o webkit                     \o WebKit integration
+    \row    \o qt3support                 \o Qt3Support module
+    \endtable
+
+    By default, \c QT contains both \c core and \c gui, ensuring that standard
+    GUI applications can be built without further configuration.
+
+    If you want to build a project \e without the QtGui module, you need to
+    exclude the \c gui value with the "-=" operator; the following line will
+    result in a minimal Qt project being built:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 47
+
+    Note that adding the \c opengl option to the \c QT variable automatically
+    causes the equivalent option to be added to the \c CONFIG variable.
+    Therefore, for Qt applications, it is not necessary to add the \c opengl
+    option to both \c CONFIG and \c{QT}.
+
+    \section1 QTPLUGIN
+
+    This variable contains a list of names of static plugins that are to be
+    compiled with an application so that they are available as built-in
+    resources.
+
+    \target QT_VERSION
+    \section1 QT_VERSION
+
+    This variable contains the current version of Qt.
+
+    \target QT_MAJOR_VERSION
+    \section1 QT_MAJOR_VERSION
+
+    This variable contains the current major version of Qt.
+
+    \target QT_MINOR_VERSION
+    \section1 QT_MINOR_VERSION
+
+    This variable contains the current minor version of Qt.
+
+    \target QT_PATCH_VERSION
+    \section1 QT_PATCH_VERSION
+
+    This variable contains the current patch version of Qt.
+
+    \section1 RC_FILE
+
+    This variable contains the name of the resource file for the application.
+    The value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
+     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \target RCC_DIR
+    \section1 RCC_DIR
+
+    This variable specifies the directory where all intermediate
+    resource files should be placed.
+
+    For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 48
+
+    \target REQUIRES
+    \section1 REQUIRES
+
+    This is a special variable processed by \c qmake.  If the
+    contents of this variable do not appear in CONFIG by the time this
+    variable is assigned, then a minimal Makefile will be generated that
+    states what dependencies (the values assigned to REQUIRES) are
+    missing.
+
+    This is mainly used in Qt's build system for building the examples.
+
+    \section1 RESOURCES
+
+    This variable contains the name of the resource collection file (qrc) 
+    for the application. Further information about the resource collection
+    file can be found at \l{The Qt Resource System}.
+
+    \section1 RES_FILE
+
+    This variable contains the name of the resource file for the application.
+    The value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
+     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \target SIGNATURE_FILE
+    \section1 SIGNATURE_FILE
+
+    \e {This is only used on Windows CE.}
+
+    Specifies which signature file should be used to sign the project target.
+
+    \note This variable will overwrite the setting you have specified in configure,
+    with the \c -signature option.
+
+    \target SOURCES
+    \section1 SOURCES
+
+    This variable contains the name of all source files in the project.
+
+    For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 49
+
+    See also \l{#HEADERS}{HEADERS}
+
+    \section1 SRCMOC
+
+    This variable is set by \c qmake if files can be found that
+    contain the Q_OBJECT macro.  \c SRCMOC contains the
+    name of all the generated moc files. The value of this variable
+    is typically handled by \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be
+    modified.
+
+    \target SUBDIRS
+    \section1 SUBDIRS
+
+    This variable, when used with the \l{#TEMPLATE}{\c subdirs template}
+    contains the names of all subdirectories that contain parts of the project
+    that need be built. Each subdirectory must contain its own project file.
+
+    For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 50
+
+    It is essential that the project file in each subdirectory has the same
+    name as the subdirectory itself, so that \c qmake can find it.
+    For example, if the subdirectory is called \c myapp then the project file
+    in that directory should be called \c myapp.pro.
+
+    If you need to ensure that the subdirectories are built in the order in
+    which they are specified, update the \l{#CONFIG}{CONFIG} variable to
+    include the \c ordered option:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 51
+
+    \target TARGET
+    \section1 TARGET
+
+    This specifies the name of the target file.
+
+    For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 52
+
+    The project file above would produce an executable named \c myapp on
+    unix and 'myapp.exe' on windows.
+
+    \section1 TARGET_EXT
+
+    This variable specifies the target's extension.  The value of this variable
+    is typically handled by \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be
+    modified.
+
+    \section1 TARGET_x
+
+    This variable specifies the target's extension with a major version number.  The value of this variable
+    is typically handled by \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be
+    modified.
+
+    \section1 TARGET_x.y.z
+
+    This variable specifies the target's extension with version number.  The value of this variable
+    is typically handled by \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be
+    modified.
+
+    \target TEMPLATE
+    \section1 TEMPLATE
+
+    This variable contains the name of the template to use when
+    generating the project.  The allowed values are:
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Option \o Description
+    \row    \o app    \o Creates a Makefile for building applications (the default). (See
+            \l{qmake Common Projects#Application}{qmake Common Projects} for more information.)
+    \row    \o lib    \o Creates a Makefile for building libraries. (See
+            \l{qmake Common Projects#Library}{qmake Common Projects} for more information.)
+    \row    \o subdirs \o Creates a Makefile for building targets in subdirectories.
+            The subdirectories are specified using the \l{#SUBDIRS}{SUBDIRS}
+            variable.
+    \row    \o vcapp  \o \e {Windows only} Creates an application project for Visual Studio.
+            (See \l{qmake Platform Notes#Creating Visual Studio Project Files}{qmake Platform Notes}
+            for more information.)
+    \row    \o vclib  \o \e {Windows only} Creates a library project for Visual Studio.
+            (See \l{qmake Platform Notes#Creating Visual Studio Project Files}{qmake Platform Notes}
+            for more information.)
+    \endtable
+
+    For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 53
+
+    The template can be overridden by specifying a new template type with the
+    \c -t command line option. This overrides the template type \e after the .pro
+    file has been processed. With .pro files that use the template type to
+    determine how the project is built, it is necessary to declare TEMPLATE on
+    the command line rather than use the \c -t option.
+
+    \section1 TRANSLATIONS
+
+    This variable contains a list of translation (.ts) files that contain
+    translations of the user interface text into non-native languages.
+
+    See the \l{Qt Linguist Manual} for more information about
+    internationalization (i18n) and localization (l10n) with Qt.
+
+    \section1 UICIMPLS
+
+    This variable contains a list of the generated implementation files by UIC.
+    The value of this variable
+    is typically handled by \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be
+    modified.
+
+    \section1 UICOBJECTS
+
+    This variable is generated from the UICIMPLS variable.  The extension of each
+    file will have been replaced by .o (Unix) or .obj (Win32).  The value of this variable is
+    typically handled by \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and
+    rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \target UI_DIR
+    \section1 UI_DIR
+
+    This variable specifies the directory where all intermediate files from uic
+    should be placed. This variable overrides both UI_SOURCES_DIR and
+    UI_HEADERS_DIR.
+
+    For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 54
+
+    \target UI_HEADERS_DIR
+    \section1 UI_HEADERS_DIR
+
+    This variable specifies the directory where all declaration files (as
+    generated by uic) should be placed.
+
+    For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 55
+
+    \target UI_SOURCES_DIR
+    \section1 UI_SOURCES_DIR
+
+    This variable specifies the directory where all implementation files (as generated
+    by uic) should be placed.
+
+    For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 56
+
+    \target VERSION
+    \section1 VERSION
+
+    This variable contains the version number of the application or library if
+    either the \c app \l{#TEMPLATE}{TEMPLATE} or the \c lib \l{#TEMPLATE}{TEMPLATE}
+    is specified.
+
+    For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 57
+
+    \section1 VER_MAJ
+
+    This variable contains the major version number of the library, if the
+    \c lib \l{#TEMPLATE}{template} is specified.
+
+    \section1 VER_MIN
+
+    This variable contains the minor version number of the library, if the
+    \c lib \l{#TEMPLATE}{template} is specified.
+
+    \section1 VER_PAT
+
+    This variable contains the patch version number of the library, if the
+    \c lib \l{#TEMPLATE}{template} is specified.
+
+    \section1 VPATH
+
+    This variable tells \c qmake where to search for files it cannot
+    open. With this you may tell \c qmake where it may look for things
+    like SOURCES, and if it finds an entry in SOURCES that cannot be
+    opened it will look through the entire VPATH list to see if it can
+    find the file on its own.
+
+    See also \l{#DEPENDPATH}{DEPENDPATH}.
+
+    \section1 YACCIMPLS
+
+    This variable contains a list of yacc source files. The value of
+    this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
+     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \section1 YACCOBJECTS
+
+    This variable contains a list of yacc object files. The value of
+    this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
+     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
+
+    \target YACCSOURCES
+    \section1 YACCSOURCES
+
+    This variable contains a list of yacc source files to be included
+    in the project.  All dependencies, headers and source files will
+    automatically be included in the project.
+
+    For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 58
+
+    \section1 _PRO_FILE_
+
+    This variable contains the path to the project file in use.
+
+    For example, the following line causes the location of the project
+    file to be written to the console:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/project_location.pro project file
+
+    \section1 _PRO_FILE_PWD_
+
+    This variable contains the path to the directory containing the project
+    file in use.
+
+    For example, the following line causes the location of the directory
+    containing the project file to be written to the console:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/project_location.pro project file directory
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page qmake-function-reference.html
+    \title qmake Function Reference
+    \contentspage {qmake Manual}{Contents}
+    \previouspage qmake Variable Reference
+    \nextpage Configuring qmake's Environment
+
+    \c qmake provides built-in functions to allow the contents of
+    variables to be processed, and to enable tests to be performed
+    during the configuration process. Functions that process the
+    contents of variables typically return values that can be assigned
+    to other variables, and these values are obtained by prefixing
+    function with the \c $$ operator. Functions that perform tests
+    are usually used as the conditional parts of scopes; these are
+    indicated in the function descriptions below.
+
+    \tableofcontents{2}
+
+    \section1 basename(variablename)
+
+    Returns the basename of the file specified. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 59
+
+    \section1 CONFIG(config)
+    [Conditional]
+
+    This function can be used to test for variables placed into the
+    \c CONFIG variable. This is the same as regular old style (tmake) scopes,
+    but has the added advantage a second parameter can be passed to test for
+    the active config. As the order of values is important in \c CONFIG
+    variables (i.e. the last one set will be considered the active config for
+    mutually exclusive values) a second parameter can be used to specify a set
+    of values to consider. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 60
+
+    Because release is considered the active setting (for feature parsing)
+    it will be the CONFIG used to generate the build file. In the common
+    case a second parameter is not needed, but for specific mutual
+    exclusive tests it is invaluable.
+
+    \section1 contains(variablename, value)
+    [Conditional]
+
+    Succeeds if the variable \e variablename contains the value \e value;
+    otherwise fails. You can check the return value of this function using
+    a scope.
+
+    For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 61
+
+    The contents of the scope are only processed if the \c drivers
+    variable contains the value, \c network. If this is the case, the
+    appropriate files are added to the \c SOURCES and \c HEADERS
+    variables.
+
+    \section1 count(variablename, number)
+    [Conditional]
+
+    Succeeds if the variable \e variablename contains a list with the
+    specified \e number of value; otherwise fails.
+
+    This function is used to ensure that declarations inside a scope are
+    only processed if the variable contains the correct number of values;
+    for example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/functions.pro 2
+
+    \section1 dirname(file)
+
+    Returns the directory name part of the specified file. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/dirname.pro 0
+
+    \section1 error(string)
+
+    This function never returns a value. \c qmake displays the given
+    \e string to the user, and exits. This function should only be used
+    for unrecoverable errors.
+
+    For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 62
+
+    \section1 eval(string)
+    [Conditional]
+
+    Evaluates the contents of the string using \c qmake's syntax rules
+    and returns true.
+    Definitions and assignments can be used in the string to modify the
+    values of existing variables or create new definitions.
+
+    For example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/functions.pro 4
+
+    Note that quotation marks can be used to delimit the string, and that
+    the return value can be discarded if it is not needed.
+
+    \section1 exists(filename)
+    [Conditional]
+
+    Tests whether a file with the given \e filename exists.
+    If the file exists, the function succeeds; otherwise it fails.
+    If a regular expression is specified for the filename, this function
+    succeeds if any file matches the regular expression specified.
+
+    For example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 63
+
+    Note that "/" can be used as a directory separator, regardless of the
+    platform in use.
+
+    \section1 find(variablename, substr)
+
+    Places all the values in \e variablename that match \e substr. \e
+    substr may be a regular expression, and will be matched accordingly.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 64
+
+    MY_VAR2 will contain '-Lone -Ltwo -Lthree -Lfour -Lfive', and MY_VAR3 will
+    contains 'three two three'.
+
+    \section1 for(iterate, list)
+
+    This special test function will cause a loop to be started that
+    iterates over all values in \e list, setting \e iterate to each
+    value in turn. As a convenience, if \e list is 1..10 then iterate will
+    iterate over the values 1 through 10.
+
+    The use of an else scope afer a condition line with a for() loop is
+    disallowed.
+
+    For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 65
+
+    \section1 include(filename)
+    [Conditional]
+
+    Includes the contents of the file specified by \e filename into the
+    current project at the point where it is included. This function
+    succeeds if \e filename is included; otherwise it fails. The included
+    file is processed immediately.
+
+    You can check whether the file was included by using this function as
+    the condition for a scope; for example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 66
+
+    \section1 infile(filename, var, val)
+    [Conditional]
+
+    Succeeds if the file \e filename (when parsed by \c qmake itself)
+    contains the variable \e var with a value of \e val; otherwise fails.
+    If you do not specify a third argument (\e val), the function will
+    only test whether \e var has been declared in the file.
+
+    \section1 isEmpty(variablename)
+    [Conditional]
+
+    Succeeds if the variable \e variablename is empty; otherwise fails.
+    This is the equivalent of \c{count( variablename, 0 )}.
+
+    For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 67
+
+    \section1 join(variablename, glue, before, after)
+
+    Joins the value of \e variablename with \c glue. If this value is
+    non-empty it prefixes the value with \e before and suffix it with \e
+    after. \e variablename is the only required field, the others default
+    to empty strings. If you need to encode spaces in \e glue, \e before, or \e
+    after you must quote them.
+
+    \section1 member(variablename, position)
+
+    Returns the value at the given \e position in the list of items in
+    \e variablename.
+    If an item cannot be found at the position specified, an empty string is
+    returned. \e variablename is the only required field. If not specified,
+    \c position defaults to 0, causing the first value in the list to be
+    returned.
+
+    \section1 message(string)
+
+    This function simply writes a message to the console. Unlike the
+    \c error() function, this function allows processing to continue.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 68
+
+    The above line causes "This is a message" to be written to the console.
+    The use of quotation marks is optional.
+
+    \note By default, messages are written out for each Makefile generated by
+    qmake for a given project. If you want to ensure that messages only appear
+    once for each project, test the \c build_pass variable
+    \l{qmake Advanced Usage}{in conjunction with a scope} to filter out
+    messages during builds; for example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 69
+
+    \section1 prompt(question)
+
+    Displays the specified \e question, and returns a value read from stdin.
+
+    \section1 quote(string)
+
+    Converts a whole \e string into a single entity and returns the result.
+    Newlines, carriage returns, and tabs can be specified in the string
+    with \\n \\r and \\t. The return value does not contain either single
+    or double quotation marks unless you explicitly include them yourself,
+    but will be placed into a single entry (for literal expansion).
+
+    \section1 replace(string, old_string, new_string)
+
+    Replaces each instance of \c old_string with \c new_string in the
+    contents of the variable supplied as \c string. For example, the
+    code
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/replace.pro 0
+
+    prints the message:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 70
+
+    \section1 sprintf(string, arguments...)
+
+    Replaces %1-%9 with the arguments passed in the comma-separated list
+    of function \e arguments and returns the processed string.
+
+    \section1 system(command)
+    [Conditional]
+
+    Executes the given \c command in a secondary shell, and succeeds
+    if the command returns with a zero exit status; otherwise fails.
+    You can check the return value of this function using a scope:
+
+    For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 71
+
+    Alternatively, you can use this function to obtain stdout and stderr
+    from the command, and assign it to a variable. For example, you can
+    use this to interrogate information about the platform:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 72
+
+    \target unique
+    \section1 unique(variablename)
+
+    This will return a list of values in variable that are unique (that is
+    with repetitive entries removed). For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 73
+
+    \section1 warning(string)
+
+    This function will always succeed, and will display the given
+    \e string to the user. message() is a synonym for warning().
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page qmake-environment-reference.html
+    \contentspage {qmake Manual}{Contents}
+    \previouspage qmake Function Reference
+
+    \title Configuring qmake's Environment
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \target Properties
+    \section1 Properties
+
+    \c qmake has a system of persistant information, this allows you to
+    \c set a variable in qmake once, and each time qmake is invoked this
+    value can be queried. Use the following to set a property in qmake:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 74
+
+    The appropriate variable and value should be substituted for
+    \c VARIABLE and \c VALUE.
+
+    To retrieve this information back from qmake you can do:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 75
+
+    \note \c{qmake -query} will only list variables that you have
+    previously set with \c{qmake -set VARIABLE VALUE}.
+
+    This information will be saved into a QSettings object (meaning it
+    will be stored in different places for different platforms). As
+    \c VARIABLE is versioned as well, you can set one value in an older
+    version of \c qmake, and newer versions will retrieve this value. However,
+    if you set \c VARIABLE for a newer version of \c qmake, the older version
+    will not use this value. You can however query a specific version of a
+    variable if you prefix that version of \c qmake to \c VARIABLE, as in
+    the following example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 76
+
+    \c qmake also has the notion of \c builtin properties, for example you can
+    query the installation of Qt for this version of \c qmake with the
+    \c QT_INSTALL_PREFIX property:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 77
+
+    These built-in properties cannot have a version prefixed to them as
+    they are not versioned, and each version of \c qmake will have its own
+    built-in set of these values. The list below outlines the built-in
+    properties:
+
+    \list
+    \o \c QT_INSTALL_PREFIX - Where the version of Qt this qmake is built for resides
+    \o \c QT_INSTALL_DATA - Where data for this version of Qt resides
+    \o \c QMAKE_VERSION - The current version of qmake
+    \endlist
+
+    Finally, these values can be queried in a project file with a special
+    notation such as:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 78
+
+    \target QMAKESPEC
+    \section1 QMAKESPEC
+
+    \c qmake requires a platform and compiler description file which
+    contains many default values used to generate appropriate Makefiles.
+    The standard Qt distribution comes with many of these files, located
+    in the \c mkspecs subdirectory of the Qt installation.
+
+    The \c QMAKESPEC environment variable can contain any of the following:
+
+    \list
+    \o A complete path to a directory containing a \c{qmake.conf} file.
+       In this case \c qmake will open the \c{qmake.conf} file from within that
+       directory.  If the file does not exist, \c qmake will exit with an
+       error.
+    \o The name of a platform-compiler combination. In this case, \c qmake
+       will search in the directory specified by the \c mkspecs subdirectory
+       of the data path specified when Qt was compiled (see
+       QLibraryInfo::DataPath).
+    \endlist
+
+    \bold{Note:} The \c QMAKESPEC path will automatically be added to the
+    \l{qmake Variable Reference#INCLUDEPATH}{INCLUDEPATH} system variable.
+
+    \target INSTALLS
+    \section1 INSTALLS
+
+    It is common on Unix to also use the build tool to install applications
+    and libraries; for example, by invoking \c{make install}. For this reason,
+    \c qmake has the concept of an install set, an object which contains
+    instructions about the way part of a project is to be installed.
+    For example, a collection of documentation files can be described in the
+    following way:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 79
+
+    The \c path member informs \c qmake that the files should be installed in
+    \c /usr/local/program/doc (the path member), and the \c files member
+    specifies the files that should be copied to the installation directory.
+    In this case, everything in the \c docs directory will be coped to
+    \c /usr/local/program/doc.
+
+    Once an install set has been fully described, you can append it to the
+    install list with a line like this:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 80
+
+    \c qmake will ensure that the specified files are copied to the installation
+    directory. If you require greater control over this process, you can also
+    provide a definition for the \c extra member of the object. For example,
+    the following line tells \c qmake to execute a series of commands for this
+    install set:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 81
+
+    The \c unix scope
+    (see \l{qmake Advanced Usage#Scopes and Conditions}{Scopes and Conditions})
+    ensures that these particular commands are only executed on Unix platforms.
+    Appropriate commands for other platforms can be defined using other scope
+    rules.
+
+    Commands specified in the \c extra member are executed before the instructions
+    in the other members of the object are performed.
+
+    If you append a built-in install set to the \c INSTALLS variable and do
+    not specify \c files or \c extra members, \c qmake will decide what needs to
+    be copied for you. Currently, the only supported built-in install set is
+    \c target:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 82
+
+    In the above lines, \c qmake knows what needs to be copied, and will handle
+    the installation process automatically.
+
+    \target cache
+    \section1 Cache File
+
+    The cache file is a special file \c qmake reads to find settings not specified
+    in the \c qmake.conf file, project files, or at the command line. If
+    \c -nocache is not specified when \c qmake is run, it will try to find a file
+    called \c{.qmake.cache} in parent directories of the current directory. If
+    it fails to find this file, it will silently ignore this step of processing.
+
+    If it finds a \c{.qmake.cache} file then it will process this file first before
+    it processes the project file.
+
+    \target LibDepend
+    \section1 Library Dependencies
+
+    Often when linking against a library, \c qmake relies on the underlying
+    platform to know what other libraries this library links against, and
+    lets the platform pull them in. In many cases, however, this is not
+    sufficent. For example, when statically linking a library, no other
+    libraries are linked to, and therefore no dependencies to those
+    libraries are created. However, an application that later links
+    against this library will need to know where to find the symbols that
+    the static library will require. To help with this situation, \c qmake
+    attempts to follow a library's dependencies where appropriate, but
+    this behavior must be explicitly enabled by following two steps.
+
+    The first step is to enable dependency tracking in the library itself.
+    To do this you must tell \c qmake to save information about the library:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 83
+
+    This is only relevant to the \c lib template, and will be ignored for
+    all others. When this option is enabled, \c qmake will create a file
+    ending in .prl which will save some meta-information about the
+    library. This metafile is just like an ordinary project file, but only
+    contains internal variable declarations. You are free to view this file
+    and, if it is deleted, \c qmake will know to recreate it when necessary,
+    either when the project file is later read, or if a dependent library
+    (described below) has changed. When installing this library, by
+    specifying it as a target in an \c INSTALLS declaration, \c qmake will
+    automatically copy the .prl file to the installation path.
+
+    The second step in this process is to enable reading of this meta
+    information in the applications that use the static library:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 84
+
+    When this is enabled, \c qmake will process all libraries linked to
+    by the application and find their meta-information. \c qmake will use
+    this to determine the relevant linking information, specifically adding
+    values to the application project file's list of \c DEFINES as well as
+    \c LIBS. Once \c qmake has processed this file, it will then look through
+    the newly introduced libraries in the \c LIBS variable, and find their
+    dependent .prl files, continuing until all libraries have been resolved.
+    At this point, the Makefile is created as usual, and the libraries are
+    linked explicitlyy against the application.
+
+    The internals of the .prl file are left closed so they can easily
+    change later. They are not designed to be changed by hand, should only
+    be created by \c qmake, and should not be transferred between operating
+    systems as they may contain platform-dependent information.
+
+    \target Extensions
+    \section1 File Extensions
+
+    Under normal circumstances \c qmake will try to use appropriate file extensions
+    for your platform. However, it is sometimes necessary to override the default
+    choices for each platform and explicitly define file extensions for \c qmake to use.
+    This is achieved by redefining certain built-in variables; for example the extension
+    used for \l moc files can be redefined with the following assignment in a project
+    file:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 85
+
+    The following variables can be used to redefine common file extensions recognized
+    by \c qmake:
+
+    \list
+    \o QMAKE_EXT_MOC - This modifies the extension placed on included moc files.
+    \o QMAKE_EXT_UI - This modifies the extension used for designer UI files (usually
+                      in \c FORMS).
+    \o QMAKE_EXT_PRL - This modifies the extension placed on
+                       \l{#LibDepend}{library dependency files}.
+    \o QMAKE_EXT_LEX - This changes the suffix used in files (usually in \c LEXSOURCES).
+    \o QMAKE_EXT_YACC - This changes the suffix used in files (usually in \c YACCSOURCES).
+    \o QMAKE_EXT_OBJ - This changes the suffix used on generated object files.
+    \endlist
+
+    All of the above accept just the first value, so you must assign to it just one
+    value that will be used throughout your project file. There are two variables that
+    accept a list of values:
+
+    \list
+    \o QMAKE_EXT_CPP - Causes \c qmake to interpret all files with these suffixes as
+                       C++ source files.
+    \o QMAKE_EXT_H - Causes \c qmake to interpret all files with these suffixes as
+                     C and C++ header files.
+    \endlist
+
+    \target Customizing
+    \section1 Customizing Makefile Output
+
+    \c qmake tries to do everything expected of a cross-platform build tool.
+    This is often less than ideal when you really need to run special
+    platform-dependent commands. This can be achieved with specific instructions
+    to the different \c qmake backends.
+
+    Customization of the Makefile output is performed through an object-style
+    API as found in other places in \c qmake. Objects are defined automatically
+    by specifying their members; for example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 86
+
+    The definitions above define a \c qmake target called \c mytarget, containing
+    a Makefile target called \c{.buildfile} which in turn is generated with
+    the \c touch command. Finally, the \c{.depends} member specifies that
+    \c mytarget depends on \c mytarget2, another target that is defined afterwards.
+    \c mytarget2 is a dummy target; it is only defined to echo some text to
+    the console.
+
+    The final step is to instruct \c qmake that this object is a target to be built:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 87
+
+    This is all you need to do to actually build custom targets. Of course, you may
+    want to tie one of these targets to the
+    \l{qmake Variable Reference#TARGET}{qmake build target}. To do this, you simply need to
+    include your Makefile target in the list of
+    \l{qmake Variable Reference#PRE_TARGETDEPS}{PRE_TARGETDEPS}.
+
+    The following tables are an overview of the options available to you with the QMAKE_EXTRA_TARGETS
+    variable.
+
+    \table
+    \header
+        \o Member
+        \o Description
+    \row
+        \o commands
+        \o The commands for generating the custom build target.
+    \row
+        \o CONFIG
+        \o Specific configuration options for the custom build target.  See the CONFIG table for details.
+    \row
+        \o depends
+        \o The existing build targets that the custom build target depends on.
+    \row
+        \o recurse
+        \o Specifies which sub-targets should used when creating the rules in the Makefile to call in
+           the sub-target specific Makefile.  This is only used when \c recursive is set in the CONFIG.
+    \row
+        \o recurse_target
+        \o Specifies the target that should be built via the sub-target Makefile for the rule in the Makefile.
+           This adds something like $(MAKE) -f Makefile.[subtarget] [recurse_target].  This is only used when
+           \c recursive is set in the CONFIG.
+    \row
+        \o target
+        \o The file being created by the custom build target.
+    \endtable
+
+    List of members specific to the CONFIG option:
+
+    \table
+    \header
+        \o Member
+        \o Description
+    \row
+        \o recursive
+        \o Indicates that rules should be created in the Makefile and thus call
+           the relevant target inside the sub-target specific Makefile.  This defaults to creating
+           an entry for each of the sub-targets.
+    \endtable
+
+    For convenience, there is also a method of customizing projects
+    for new compilers or preprocessors:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 88
+
+    With the above definitions, you can use a drop-in replacement for moc if one
+    is available. The commands is executed on all arguments given to the
+    \c NEW_HEADERS variable (from the \c input member), and the result is written
+    to the file defined by the \c output member; this file is added to the
+    other source files in the project.
+    Additionally, \c qmake will execute \c depend_command to generate dependency
+    information, and place this information in the project as well.
+
+    These commands can easily be placed into a cache file, allowing subsequent
+    project files to add arguments to \c NEW_HEADERS.
+
+    The following tables are an overview of the options available to you with the QMAKE_EXTRA_COMPILERS
+    variable.
+
+    \table
+    \header
+        \o Member
+        \o Description
+    \row
+        \o commands
+        \o The commands used for for generating the output from the input.
+    \row
+        \o CONFIG
+        \o Specific configuration options for the custom compiler.  See the CONFIG table for details.
+    \row
+        \o depend_command
+        \o Specifies a command used to generate the list of dependencies for the output.
+    \row
+        \o dependency_type
+        \o Specifies the type of file the output is, if it is a known type (such as TYPE_C,
+           TYPE_UI, TYPE_QRC) then it is handled as one of those type of files.
+    \row
+        \o depends
+        \o Specifies the dependencies of the output file.
+    \row
+        \o input
+        \o The variable that contains the files that should be processed with the custom compiler.
+    \row
+        \o name
+        \o A description of what the custom compiler is doing.  This is only used in some backends.
+    \row
+        \o output
+        \o The filename that is created from the custom compiler.
+    \row
+        \o output_function
+        \o Specifies a custom qmake function that is used to specify the filename to be created.
+    \row
+        \o variable_out
+        \o The variable that the files created from the output should be added to.
+    \endtable
+
+    List of members specific to the CONFIG option:
+
+    \table
+    \header
+        \o Member
+        \o Description
+    \row
+        \o combine
+        \o Indicates that all of the input files are combined into a single output file.
+    \row
+        \o target_predeps
+        \o Indicates that the output should be added to the list of PRE_TARGETDEPS.
+    \row
+        \o explicit_dependencies
+        \o The dependencies for the output only get generated from the depends member and from
+           nowhere else.
+    \row
+        \o no_link
+        \o Indicates that the output should not be added to the list of objects to be linked in
+    \endtable
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page qmake-advanced-usage.html
+    \title qmake Advanced Usage
+    \contentspage {qmake Manual}{Contents}
+    \previouspage qmake Platform Notes
+    \nextpage Using Precompiled Headers
+
+    Many \c qmake project files simply describe the sources and header files used
+    by the project, using a list of \c{name = value} and \c{name += value}
+    definitions. \c qmake also provides other operators, functions, and scopes
+    that can be used to process the information supplied in variable declarations.
+    These advanced features allow Makefiles to be generated for multiple platforms
+    from a single project file.
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 Operators
+
+    In many project files, the assignment (\c{=}) and append (\c{+=}) operators can
+    be used to include all the information about a project. The typical pattern of
+    use is to assign a list of values to a variable, and append more values
+    depending on the result of various tests. Since \c qmake defines certain
+    variables using default values, it is sometimes necessary to use the removal
+    (\c{-=}) operator to filter out values that are not required. The following
+    operators can be used to manipulate the contents of variables.
+
+    The \c = operator assigns a value to a variable:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 89
+
+    The above line sets the \c TARGET variable to \c myapp. This will overwrite any
+    values previously set for \c TARGET with \c myapp.
+
+    The \c += operator appends a new value to the list of values in a variable:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 90
+
+    The above line appends \c QT_DLL to the list of pre-processor defines to be put
+    in the generated Makefile.
+
+    The \c -= operator removes a value from the list of values in a variable:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 91
+
+    The above line removes \c QT_DLL from the list of pre-processor defines to be
+    put in the generated Makefile.
+
+    The \c *= operator adds a value to the list of values in a variable, but only
+    if it is not already present. This prevents values from being included many
+    times in a variable. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 92
+
+    In the above line, \c QT_DLL will only be added to the list of pre-processor
+    defines if it is not already defined. Note that the
+    \l{qmake Function Reference#unique}{unique()}
+    function can also be used to ensure that a variables only contains one
+    instance of each value.
+
+    The \c ~= operator replaces any values that match a regular expression with
+    the specified value:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 93
+
+    In the above line, any values in the list that start with \c QT_D or \c QT_T are
+    replaced with \c QT.
+
+    The \c $$ operator is used to extract the contents of a variable, and can be
+    used to pass values between variables or supply them to functions:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 94
+
+    \target Scopes
+    \section1 Scopes
+
+    Scopes are similar to \c if statements in procedural programming languages.
+    If a certain condition is true, the declarations inside the scope are processed.
+
+    \section2 Syntax
+
+    Scopes consist of a condition followed by an opening brace on the same line,
+    a sequence of commands and definitions, and a closing brace on a new line:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/scopes.pro syntax
+
+    The opening brace \e{must be written on the same line as the condition}.
+    Scopes may be concatenated to include more than one condition; see below
+    for examples.
+
+    \section2 Scopes and Conditions
+
+    A scope is written as a condition followed by a series of declarations
+    contained within a pair of braces; for example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/scopes.pro 0
+
+    The above code will add the \c paintwidget_win.cpp file to the sources listed
+    in the generated Makefile if \c qmake is used on a Windows platform.
+    If \c qmake is used on a platform other than Windows, the define will be
+    ignored.
+
+    The conditions used in a given scope can also be negated to provide an
+    alternative set of declarations that will be processed only if the
+    original condition is false. For example, suppose we want to process
+    something on all platforms \e except for Windows. We can achieve this by
+    negating the scope like this:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/scopes.pro 1
+
+    Scopes can be nested to combine more than one condition. For instance, if
+    you want to include a particular file for a certain platform only if
+    debugging is enabled then you write the following:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/scopes.pro 2
+
+    To save writing many nested scopes, you can nest scopes using the \c :
+    operator. The nested scopes in the above example can be rewritten in
+    the following way:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/scopes.pro 3
+
+    You may also use the \c : operator to perform single line conditional
+    assignments; for example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 95
+
+    The above line adds \c QT_DLL to the \c DEFINES variable only on the
+    Windows platform.
+    Generally, the \c : operator behaves like a logical AND operator, joining
+    together a number of conditions, and requiring all of them to be true.
+
+	There is also the \c | operator to act like a logical OR operator, joining 
+	together a number of conditions, and requiring only one of them to be true.
+
+	\snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/scopes.pro 4
+
+    You can also provide alternative declarations to those within a scope by
+    using an \c else scope. Each \c else scope is processed if the conditions
+    for the preceding scopes are false.
+    This allows you to write complex tests when combined with other scopes
+    (separated by the \c : operator as above). For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 96
+
+    \section2 Configuration and Scopes
+
+    The values stored in the
+    \l{qmake-project-files.html#GeneralConfiguration}{\c CONFIG variable}
+    are treated specially by \c qmake. Each of the possible values can be
+    used as the condition for a scope. For example, the list of values
+    held by \c CONFIG can be extended with the \c opengl value:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/configscopes.pro 0
+
+    As a result of this operation, any scopes that test for \c opengl will
+    be processed. We can use this feature to give the final executable an
+    appropriate name:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/configscopes.pro 1
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/configscopes.pro 2
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/configscopes.pro 3
+
+    This feature makes it easy to change the configuration for a project
+    without losing all the custom settings that might be needed for a specific
+    configuration. In the above code, the declarations in the first scope are
+    processed, and the final executable will be called \c application-gl.
+    However, if \c opengl is not specified, the declarations in the second
+    scope are processed instead, and the final executable will be called
+    \c application.
+
+    Since it is possible to put your own values on the \c CONFIG
+    line, this provides you with a convenient way to customize project files
+    and fine-tune the generated Makefiles.
+
+    \section2 Platform Scope Values
+
+    In addition to the \c win32, \c macx, and \c unix values used in many
+    scope conditions, various other built-in platform and compiler-specific
+    values can be tested with scopes. These are based on platform
+    specifications provided in Qt's \c mkspecs directory. For example, the
+    following lines from a project file show the current specification in
+    use and test for the \c linux-g++ specification:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/specifications.pro 0
+
+    You can test for any other platform-compiler combination as long as a
+    specification exists for it in the \c mkspecs directory.
+
+    \section1 Variables
+
+    Many of the variables used in project files are special variables that
+    \c qmake uses when generating Makefiles, such as \c DEFINES, \c SOURCES,
+    and \c HEADERS. It is possible for you to create variables for your own
+    use; \c qmake creates new variables with a given name when it encounters
+    an assignment to that name. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 97
+
+    There are no restricitions on what you do to your own variables, as \c
+    qmake will ignore them unless it needs to evaluate them when processing
+    a scope.
+
+    You can also assign the value of a current variable to another
+    variable by prefixing $$ to the variable name. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 98
+
+    Now the MY_DEFINES variable contains what is in the DEFINES variable at
+    this point in the project file.  This is also equivalent to:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 99
+
+    The second notation allows you to append the contents of the variable to
+    another value without separating the two with a space. For example, the
+    following will ensure that the final executable will be given a name
+    that includes the project template being used:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 100
+
+    Variables can be used to store the contents of environment variables.
+    These can be evaluated at the time that \c qmake is run, or included
+    in the generated Makefile for evaluation when the project is built.
+
+    To obtain the contents of an environment value when \c qmake is run,
+    use the \c $$(...) operator:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/environment.pro 0
+
+    In the above assignment, the value of the \c PWD environment variable
+    is read when the project file is processed.
+
+    To obtain the contents of an environment value at the time when the
+    generated Makefile is processed, use the \c $(...) operator:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/environment.pro 1
+
+    In the above assignment, the value of \c PWD is read immediately
+    when the project file is processed, but \c $(PWD) is assigned to
+    \c DESTDIR in the generated Makefile. This makes the build process
+    more flexible as long as the environment variable is set correctly
+    when the Makefile is processed.
+
+    The special \c $$[...] operator can be used to access various
+    configuration options that were set when Qt was built:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/qtconfiguration.pro 0
+
+    The variables accessible with this operator are typically used to
+    enable third party plugins and components to be integrated with Qt.
+    For example, a \QD plugin can be installed alongside \QD's built-in
+    plugins if the following declaration is made in its project file:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 101
+
+    \target VariableProcessingFunctions
+    \section1 Variable Processing Functions
+
+    \c qmake provides a selection of built-in functions to allow the
+    contents of variables to be processed. These functions process the
+    arguments supplied to them and return a value, or list of values, as
+    a result. In order to assign a result to a variable, it is necessary
+    to use the \c $$ operator with this type of function in the same way
+    used to assign contents of one variable to another:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/functions.pro 1
+
+    This type of function should be used on the right-hand side of
+    assignments (i.e, as an operand).
+
+    It is possible to define your own functions for processing the
+    contents of variables. These functions can be defined in the following
+    way:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 102
+
+    The following example function takes a variable name as its only
+    argument, extracts a list of values from the variable with the
+    \l{qmake-function-reference.html}{eval()} built-in function,
+    and compiles a list of files:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/replacefunction.pro 0
+
+    \target ConditionalFunctions
+    \section1 Conditional Functions
+
+    \c qmake provides built-in functions that can be used as conditions
+    when writing scopes. These functions do not return a value, but
+    instead indicate "success" or "failure":
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/functions.pro 3
+
+    This type of function should be used in conditional expressions
+    only.
+
+    It is possible to define your own functions to provide conditions
+    for scopes. The following example tests whether each file in a list
+    exists and returns true if they all exist, or false if not:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/testfunction.pro 0
+
+    \section1 Adding New Configuration Features
+
+    \c qmake lets you create your own \e features that can be included in
+    project files by adding their names to the list of values specified by
+    the \c CONFIG variable. Features are collections of custom functions and
+    definitions in \c{.prf} files that can reside in one of many standard
+    directories. The locations of these directories are defined in a number
+    of places, and \c qmake checks each of them in the following order when
+    it looks for \c{.prf} files:
+
+    \list 1
+    \o In a directory listed in the \c QMAKEFEATURES environment variable;
+       this contains a colon-separated list of directories.
+    \o In a directory listed in the \c QMAKEFEATURES property variable; this
+       contains a colon-spearated list of directories.
+    \omit
+    \o In a features directory beneath the project's root directory (where
+       the \c{.qmake.cache} file is generated).
+    \endomit
+    \o In a features directory residing within a \c mkspecs directory.
+       \c mkspecs directories can be located beneath any of the directories
+       listed in the \c QMAKEPATH environment variable (a colon-separated list
+       of directories). (\c{$QMAKEPATH/mkspecs/<features>})
+    \o In a features directory residing beneath the directory provided by the
+       \c QMAKESPEC environment variable. (\c{$QMAKESPEC/<features>})
+    \o In a features directory residing in the \c data_install/mkspecs directory.
+       (\c{data_install/mkspecs/<features>})
+    \o In a features directory that exists as a sibling of the directory
+       specified by the \c QMAKESPEC environment variable.
+       (\c{$QMAKESPEC/../<features>})
+    \endlist
+
+    The following features directories are searched for features files:
+
+    \list 1
+    \o \c{features/unix}, \c{features/win32}, or \c{features/macx}, depending on
+       the platform in use
+    \o \c features/
+    \endlist
+
+    For example, consider the following assignment in a project file:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 103
+
+    With this addition to the \c CONFIG variable, \c qmake will search the
+    locations listed above for the \c myfeatures.prf file after it has
+    finished parsing your project file. On Unix systems, it will look for
+    the following file:
+
+    \list 1
+    \o \c $QMAKEFEATURES/myfeatures.prf (for each directory listed in the
+       \c QMAKEFEATURES environment variable)
+    \o \c $$QMAKEFEATURES/myfeatures.prf (for each directory listed in the
+       \c QMAKEFEATURES property variable)
+    \o \c myfeatures.prf (in the project's root directory)
+    \o \c $QMAKEPATH/mkspecs/features/unix/myfeatures.prf and
+       \c $QMAKEPATH/mkspecs/features/myfeatures.prf (for each directory
+       listed in the \c QMAKEPATH environment variable)
+    \o \c $QMAKESPEC/features/unix/myfeatures.prf and
+       \c $QMAKESPEC/features/myfeatures.prf
+    \o \c data_install/mkspecs/features/unix/myfeatures.prf and
+       \c data_install/mkspecs/features/myfeatures.prf
+    \o \c $QMAKESPEC/../features/unix/myfeatures.prf and
+       \c $QMAKESPEC/../features/myfeatures.prf
+    \endlist
+
+    \note The \c{.prf} files must have names in lower case.
+
+
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page qmake-precompiledheaders.html
+    \title Using Precompiled Headers
+    \contentspage {qmake Manual}{Contents}
+    \previouspage qmake Advanced Usage
+    \nextpage qmake Reference
+
+    \target Introduction
+
+    Precompiled headers are a performance feature supported by some
+    compilers to compile a stable body of code, and store the compiled
+    state of the code in a binary file. During subsequent compilations,
+    the compiler will load the stored state, and continue compiling the
+    specified file. Each subsequent compilation is faster because the
+    stable code does not need to be recompiled.
+
+    \c qmake supports the use of precompiled headers (PCH) on some
+    platforms and build environments, including:
+    \list
+    \o Windows
+        \list
+        \o nmake
+        \o Dsp projects (VC 6.0)
+        \o Vcproj projects (VC 7.0 \& 7.1)
+        \endlist
+    \o Mac OS X
+        \list
+        \o Makefile
+        \o Xcode
+        \endlist
+    \o Unix
+        \list
+        \o GCC 3.4 and above
+        \endlist
+    \endlist
+
+    \target ADD_PCH
+    \section1 Adding Precompiled Headers to Your Project
+
+    \target PCH_CONTENTS
+    \section2 Contents of the Precompiled Header File
+
+    The precompiled header must contain code which is \e stable
+    and \e static throughout your project. A typical PCH might look
+    like this:
+
+    \section3 Example: \c stable.h
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 104
+
+    Note that a precompiled header file needs to separate C includes from
+    C++ includes, since the precompiled header file for C files may not
+    contain C++ code.
+
+    \target PROJECT_OPTIONS
+    \section2 Project Options
+
+    To make your project use PCH, you only need to define the
+    \c PRECOMPILED_HEADER variable in your project file:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 105
+
+    \c qmake will handle the rest, to ensure the creation and use of the
+    precompiled header file. You do not need to include the precompiled
+    header file in \c HEADERS, as \c qmake will do this if the configuration
+    supports PCH.
+
+    All platforms that support precompiled headers have the configuration
+    option \c precompile_header set. Using this option, you may trigger
+    conditional blocks in your project file to add settings when using PCH.
+    For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 106
+
+    \section1 Notes on Possible Issues
+
+    On some platforms, the file name suffix for precompiled header files is
+    the same as that for other object files. For example, the following
+    declarations may cause two different object files with the same name to
+    be generated:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 107
+
+    To avoid potential conflicts like these, it is good practice to ensure
+    that header files that will be precompiled are given distinctive names.
+
+    \target EXAMPLE_PROJECT
+    \section1 Example Project
+
+    You can find the following source code in the
+    \c{examples/qmake/precompile} directory in the Qt distribution:
+
+    \section2 \c mydialog.ui
+
+    \quotefromfile examples/qmake/precompile/mydialog.ui
+    \printuntil
+
+    \section2 \c stable.h
+
+    \snippet examples/qmake/precompile/stable.h 0
+
+    \section2 \c myobject.h
+
+    \snippet examples/qmake/precompile/myobject.h 0
+
+    \section2 \c myobject.cpp
+
+    \snippet examples/qmake/precompile/myobject.cpp 0
+
+    \section2 \c util.cpp
+
+    \snippet examples/qmake/precompile/util.cpp 0
+
+    \section2 \c main.cpp
+
+    \snippet examples/qmake/precompile/main.cpp 0
+
+    \section2 \c precompile.pro
+
+    \snippet examples/qmake/precompile/precompile.pro 0
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page qmake-tutorial.html
+    \title qmake Tutorial
+    \contentspage {qmake Manual}{Contents}
+    \previouspage qmake Manual
+    \nextpage qmake Common Projects
+
+    This tutorial teaches you how to use \c qmake.  We recommend that
+    you read the \c qmake user guide after completing this tutorial.
+
+    \section1 Starting off Simple
+
+    Let's assume that you have just finished a basic implementation of
+    your application, and you have created the following files:
+
+    \list
+    \o hello.cpp
+    \o hello.h
+    \o main.cpp
+    \endlist
+
+    You will find these files in the \c{examples/qmake/tutorial} directory
+    of the Qt distribution. The only other thing you know about the setup of
+    the application is that it's written in Qt.  First, using your favorite
+    plain text editor, create a file called \c hello.pro in
+    \c{examples/qmake/tutorial}. The first thing you need to do is add the
+    lines that tell \c qmake about the source and header files that are part
+    of your development project.
+
+    We'll add the source files to the project file first.  To do this you
+    need to use the \l{qmake Variable Reference#SOURCES}{SOURCES} variable.
+    Just start a new line with \c {SOURCES +=} and put hello.cpp after it.
+    You should have something like this:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 108
+
+    We repeat this for each source file in the project, until we end up
+    with the following:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 109
+
+    If you prefer to use a Make-like syntax, with all the files listed in
+    one go you can use the newline escaping like this:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 110
+
+    Now that the source files are listed in the project file, the header
+    files must be added. These are added in exactly the same way as source
+    files, except that the variable name we use is
+    \l{qmake Variable Reference#HEADERS}{HEADERS}.
+
+    Once you have done this, your project file should look something like
+    this:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 111
+
+    The target name is set automatically; it is the same as the project
+    file, but with the suffix appropriate to the platform. For example, if
+    the project file is called \c hello.pro, the target will be \c hello.exe
+    on Windows and \c hello on Unix. If you want to use a different name
+    you can set it in the project file:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 112
+
+    The final step is to set the \l{qmake Variable Reference#CONFIG}{CONFIG}
+    variable. Since this is a Qt application, we need to put \c qt on the
+    \c CONFIG line so that \c qmake will add the relevant libraries to be
+    linked against and ensure that build lines for \c moc and \c uic are
+    included in the generated Makefile.
+
+    The finished project file should look like this:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 113
+
+    You can now use \c qmake to generate a Makefile for your application.
+    On the command line, in your project's directory, type the following:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 114
+
+    Then type \c make or \c nmake depending on the compiler you use.
+
+    For Visual Studio users, \c qmake can also generate \c .dsp or
+    \c .vcproj files, for example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 115
+
+    \section1 Making an Application Debuggable
+
+    The release version of an application doesn't contain any debugging
+    symbols or other debugging information. During development it is useful
+    to produce a debugging version of the application that has the
+    relevant information. This is easily achieved by adding \c debug to the
+    \c CONFIG variable in the project file.
+
+    For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 116
+
+    Use \c qmake as before to generate a Makefile and you will be able to
+    obtain useful information about your application when running it in
+    a debugging environment.
+
+    \section1 Adding Platform-Specific Source Files
+
+    After a few hours of coding, you might have made a start on the
+    platform-specific part of your application, and decided to keep the
+    platform-dependent code separate.  So you now have two new files to
+    include into your project file: \c hellowin.cpp and \c
+    hellounix.cpp.  We can't just add these to the \c SOURCES
+    variable since this will put both files in the Makefile. So, what we
+    need to do here is to use a scope which will be processed depending on
+    which platform \c qmake is run on.
+
+    A simple scope that will add in the platform-dependent file for
+    Windows looks like this:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 117
+
+    So if \c qmake is run on Windows, it will add \c hellowin.cpp to the
+    list of source files.  If \c qmake is run on any other platform, it
+    will simply ignore it. Now all that is left to be done is to create a
+    scope for the Unix-specific file.
+
+    When you have done that, your project file should now look
+    something like this:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 118
+
+    Use \c qmake as before to generate a Makefile.
+
+    \section1 Stopping qmake If a File Doesn't Exist
+
+    You may not want to create a Makefile if a certain file doesn't exist.
+    We can check if a file exists by using the exists() function.  We can
+    stop \c qmake from processing by using the error() function.  This
+    works in the same way as scopes do.  Simply replace the scope condition
+    with the function. A check for a \c main.cpp file looks like this:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 119
+
+    The \c{!} symbol is used to negate the test; i.e. \c{exists( main.cpp )}
+    is true if the file exists, and \c{!exists( main.cpp )} is true if the
+    file doesn't exist.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 120
+
+    Use \c qmake as before to generate a makefile.  If you rename \c
+    main.cpp temporarily, you will see the message and \c qmake will stop
+    processing.
+
+    \section1 Checking for More than One Condition
+
+    Suppose you use Windows and you want to be able to see statement
+    output with qDebug() when you run your application on the command line.
+    Unless you build your application with the appropriate console setting,
+    you won't see the output. We can easily put \c console on the \c CONFIG
+    line so that on Windows the makefile will have this setting. However,
+    let's say that we only want to add the \c CONFIG line if we are running
+    on Windows \e and when \c debug is already on the \c CONFIG line.
+    This requires using two nested scopes; just create one scope, then create
+    the other inside it. Put the settings to be processed inside the last
+    scope, like this:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 121
+
+    Nested scopes can be joined together using colons, so the final
+    project file looks like this:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 122
+
+    That's it! You have now completed the tutorial for \c qmake, and are
+    ready to write project files for your development projects.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page qmake-common-projects.html
+    \title qmake Common Projects
+    \contentspage {qmake Manual}{Contents}
+    \previouspage qmake Tutorial
+    \nextpage Using qmake
+
+    This chapter describes how to set up \c qmake project files for three
+    common project types that are based on Qt. Although all kinds of
+    projects use many of the same variables, each of them use project-specific
+    variables to customize output files.
+
+    Platform-specific variables are not described here; we refer the reader to
+    the \l{Deploying Qt Applications} document for information on issues such as
+    \l{Deploying an Application on Mac OS X#Architecture Dependencies}{building
+    universal binaries for Mac OS X} and
+    \l{Deploying an Application on Windows#Visual Studio 2005 Onwards}
+    {handling Visual Studio manifest files}.
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \target Application
+    \section1 Building an Application
+
+    \section2 The app Template
+
+    The \c app template tells \c qmake to generate a Makefile that will build
+    an application. With this template, the type of application can be specified
+    by adding one of the following options to the \c CONFIG variable definition:
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Option  \o Description
+    \row    \o windows \o The application is a Windows GUI application.
+    \row    \o console \o \c app template only: the application is a Windows console
+                       application.
+    \endtable
+
+    When using this template the following \c qmake system variables are recognized.
+    You should use these in your .pro file to specify information about your
+    application.
+
+    \list
+    \o HEADERS - A list of all the header files for the application.
+    \o SOURCES - A list of all the source files for the application.
+    \o FORMS - A list of all the UI files (created using \c{Qt Designer})
+    for the application.
+    \o LEXSOURCES - A list of all the lex source files for the application.
+    \o YACCSOURCES - A list of all the yacc source files for the application.
+    \o TARGET - Name of the executable for the application. This defaults
+    to the name of the project file. (The extension, if any, is added
+    automatically).
+    \o DESTDIR - The directory in which the target executable is placed.
+    \o DEFINES - A list of any additional pre-processor defines needed for the application.
+    \o INCLUDEPATH - A list of any additional include paths needed for the application.
+    \o DEPENDPATH - The dependency search path for the application.
+    \o VPATH - The search path to find supplied files.
+    \o DEF_FILE - Windows only: A .def file to be linked against for the application.
+    \o RC_FILE - Windows only: A resource file for the application.
+    \o RES_FILE - Windows only: A resource file to be linked against for the application.
+    \endlist
+
+    You only need to use the system variables that you have values for,
+    for instance, if you do not have any extra INCLUDEPATHs then you do not
+    need to specify any, \c qmake will add in the default ones needed.
+    For instance, an example project file might look like this:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 123
+
+    For items that are single valued, e.g. the template or the destination
+    directory, we use "="; but for multi-valued items we use "+=" to \e
+    add to the existing items of that type. Using "=" replaces the item's
+    value with the new value, for example if we wrote \c{DEFINES=QT_DLL},
+    all other definitions would be deleted.
+
+    \target Library
+    \section1 Building a Library
+
+    \section2 The lib Template
+
+    The \c lib template tells \c qmake to generate a Makefile that will
+    build a library.  When using this template, in addition to the system variables
+    mentioned above for the \c app template the \c VERSION variable is
+    supported.  You should use these in your .pro file to specify
+    information about the library.
+
+    When using the \c lib template, the following options can be added to the
+    \c CONFIG variable to determine the type of library that is built:
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Option    \o Description
+    \row    \o dll       \o The library is a shared library (dll).
+    \row    \o staticlib \o The library is a static library.
+    \row    \o plugin    \o The library is a plugin; this also enables the dll option.
+    \endtable
+
+    The following option can also be defined to provide additional information about
+    the library.
+
+    \list
+    \o VERSION - The version number of the target library, for example, 2.3.1.
+    \endlist
+
+    The target file name for the library is platform-dependent. For example, on
+    X11 and Mac OS X, the library name will be prefixed by \c lib; on Windows,
+    no prefix is added to the file name.
+
+    \target Plugin
+    \section1 Building a Plugin
+
+    Plugins are built using the \c lib template, as described in the previous
+    section. This tells \c qmake to generate a Makefile for the project that will
+    build a plugin in a suitable form for each platform, usually in the form of a
+    library. As with ordinary libraries, the \c VERSION variable is used to specify
+    information about the plugin.
+
+    \list
+    \o VERSION - The version number of the target library, for example, 2.3.1.
+    \endlist
+
+    \section2 Building a Qt Designer Plugin
+
+    \QD plugins are built using a specific set of configuration settings that
+    depend on the way Qt was configured for your system. For convenience, these
+    settings can be enabled by adding \c designer to the project's \c CONFIG
+    variable. For example:
+
+    \snippet examples/designer/worldtimeclockplugin/worldtimeclockplugin.pro 0
+
+    See the \l{Qt Designer Examples} for more examples of plugin-based projects.
+
+    \section1 Building and Installing in Debug and Release Modes
+
+    Sometimes, it is necessary to build a project in both debug and release
+    modes. Although the \c CONFIG variable can hold both \c debug and \c release
+    options, the \c debug option overrides the \c release option.
+
+    \section2 Building in Both Modes
+
+    To enable a project to be built in both modes, you must add the
+    \c debug_and_release option to your project's \c CONFIG definition:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/debug_and_release.pro 0
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/debug_and_release.pro 1
+
+    The scope in the above snippet modifies the build target in each mode to
+    ensure that the resulting targets have different names. Providing different
+    names for targets ensures that one will not overwrite the other.
+
+    When \c qmake processes the project file, it will generate a Makefile rule
+    to allow the project to be built in both modes. This can be invoked in the
+    following way:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 124
+
+    The \c build_all option can be added to the \c CONFIG variable in the
+    project file to ensure that the project is built in both modes by default:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/debug_and_release.pro 2
+
+    This allows the Makefile to be processed using the default rule:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 125
+
+    \section2 Installing in Both Modes
+
+    The \c build_all option also ensures that both versions of the target
+    will be installed when the installation rule is invoked:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 126
+
+    It is possible to customize the names of the build targets depending on
+    the target platform. For example, a library or plugin may be named using a
+    different convention on Windows to the one used on Unix platforms:
+
+    \omit
+    Note: This was originally used in the customwidgetplugin.pro file, but is
+    no longer needed there.
+    \endomit
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 127
+
+    The default behavior in the above snippet is to modify the name used for
+    the build target when building in debug mode. An \c else clause could be
+    added to the scope to do the same for release mode; left as it is, the
+    target name remains unmodified.
+*/
+
diff --git a/doc/src/development/qmsdev.qdoc b/doc/src/development/qmsdev.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ceed4c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/development/qmsdev.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/* NOT DOCUMENTED ! 
+  \page qmsdev.html
+
+  \title The QMsDev Plugin
+
+  The Visual Studio Integration Plugin is currently available only to users of
+  Visual Studio 6. It offers simple ways of doing common tasks when writing a
+  Qt application. 
+
+  \tableofcontents
+
+  \section1 How to install the Visual Studio Integration Plugin
+   
+  When you install Qt, the integration plugin should be installed for you,
+  however, sometimes this does  not happen, so to install the integration
+  plugin manually just carry out the following steps.
+
+  \list
+  \i Start up Visual Studio.
+  \i Select Tools|Customize|Add-ins and Macro Files.
+  \i Ensure that there is a tick next to QMsDev Developer Studio Add-In.
+  \i Click Close.
+  \endlist
+
+  Now the integration plugin should be installed. If this doesn't
+  work, then contact Qt technical support giving details of
+  what went wrong.
+  
+  \section1 How to uninstall the Visual Studio Integration Plugin
+
+  When you want to uninstall the integration plugin, just carry out the
+  following steps.
+
+  \list
+  \i Close down any instances of Visual Studio.
+  \i Delete the file '%MSDevDir%\\addins\\qmsdev.dll'
+  \endlist
+
+  \section1 What can the Visual Studio Integration Plugin do?
+  
+  The integration plugin adds the following options to Visual Studio:
+
+  \list
+  \i New Qt Project
+  \i New Qt Dialog
+  \i Qt Designer
+  \i Open Qt Project
+  \i Write Qt Project
+  \i Use Qt In Current Project
+  \i Add MOC
+  \endlist
+
+  \section2 Using the 'New Qt Project' button
+  
+  The 'New Qt Project' button allows you to create a simple Qt project
+  ready for development. Simply fill in the form and if you select
+  'Dialog' or 'Main Window' without MDI support then it will
+  automatically start up \e{Qt Designer}. When you have finished with
+  the form in \e{Qt Designer} just save it and it will appear in a
+  ready made Qt project.
+
+  If you select 'Main Window' with 'MDI Support' then it will simply
+  give you a code skeleton in a project ready for you to populate with
+  your own code.
+
+  \section2 Using the 'New Qt Dialog' button
+
+  The 'New Qt Dialog' button works in two ways: You can use it to create a new
+  dialog for your project; or you can  use it to insert an existing
+  dialog into your project.
+
+  If you want to create a new dialog then all you need to do is specify where
+  the dialog file should be saved and give it a name. This will start up
+  \e{Qt Designer} to allow you to design your new dialog, and will add it to
+  the existing  project.
+
+  If you want to add an existing dialog to your project, then just select the
+  relevant UI file. This will then add it to your existing project and add
+  the relevant steps to create the generated code.
+
+  \section2 Using the 'Qt Designer' button
+
+  The 'Qt Designer' button simply starts up \e{Qt Designer}, it has no ties to
+  your existing project so whatever you do with it will not affect your
+  existing projects. It can also be started up by using the Ctrl+Shift+D key
+  combination in Visual Studio.
+
+  \section2 Using the 'Open Qt Project' button
+
+  The 'Open Qt Project' button allows you to convert an existing \c
+  qmake project file into a \c .dsp file which you can insert into
+  your existing workspace. When you click the 'Open Qt Project'
+  button, just select an existing \c qmake project file (a \c .pro
+  file) and then click OK. You will get a message box at the end
+  which asks you to insert the newly created \c .dsp file into your
+  existing workspace.
+
+  \section2 Using the 'Write Qt Project' button
+
+  The 'Write Qt Project' button creates a \c qmake project (\c .pro)
+  file for your current project so that you can easily copy the files
+  onto another platform and be able to use \c qmake to create a Makefile
+  on that other platform. All you need to do is make the project you
+  want to create a \c .pro file for, and click on the button. Just
+  name your \c qmake project file and click Save.
+
+  \section2 Using the 'Use Qt In Current Project' button
+
+  The 'Use Qt In Current Project' button simply adds in the necessary
+  information for the current project so that it links against Qt and
+  sets any other settings needed to use Qt in that project.
+
+  \section2 Using the 'Add MOC' button
+
+  The 'Add MOC' button will add in the custom build step for the selected file
+  so that it creates any needed MOC files and it will add these generated
+  files to the project. All you need to do to use it is click on a file that
+  has Q_OBJECT and click the button. 
+
+  You only need to use this button if you added a file that has
+  Q_OBJECT in it by hand, you don't need to use this if you used any
+  of the previously mentioned buttons. It can also be invoked by using
+  the \key{Ctrl+Shift+M} key combination in Visual Studio.
+
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/development/qtestlib.qdoc b/doc/src/development/qtestlib.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..13a5b7c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/development/qtestlib.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,778 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page qtestlib-manual.html
+    \title QTestLib Manual
+    \brief An overview of Qt's unit testing framework.
+
+    \ingroup frameworks-technologies
+    \keyword qtestlib
+
+    The QTestLib framework, provided by Nokia, is a tool for unit
+    testing Qt based applications and libraries. QTestLib provides
+    all the functionality commonly found in unit testing frameworks as
+    well as extensions for testing graphical user interfaces.
+
+    Table of contents:
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 QTestLib Features
+
+    QTestLib is designed to ease the writing of unit tests for Qt
+    based applications and libraries:
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Feature \o Details
+    \row
+        \o \bold Lightweight
+        \o QTestLib consists of about 6000 lines of code and 60
+           exported symbols.
+    \row
+        \o \bold Self-contained
+        \o QTestLib requires only a few symbols from the Qt Core library
+           for non-gui testing.
+    \row
+        \o \bold {Rapid testing}
+        \o QTestLib needs no special test-runners; no special
+           registration for tests.
+    \row
+        \o \bold {Data-driven testing}
+        \o A test can be executed multiple times with different test data.
+    \row
+        \o \bold {Basic GUI testing}
+        \o QTestLib offers functionality for mouse and keyboard simulation.
+    \row
+        \o \bold {Benchmarking}
+        \o QTestLib supports benchmarking and provides several measurement back-ends.
+    \row
+         \o \bold {IDE friendly}
+         \o QTestLib outputs messages that can be interpreted by Visual
+            Studio and KDevelop.
+    \row
+         \o \bold Thread-safety
+         \o The error reporting is thread safe and atomic.
+    \row
+         \o \bold Type-safety
+         \o Extensive use of templates prevent errors introduced by
+            implicit type casting.
+    \row
+         \o \bold {Easily extendable}
+         \o Custom types can easily be added to the test data and test output.
+    \endtable
+
+    Note: For higher-level GUI and application testing needs, please
+    see the \l{Third-Party Tools}{Qt testing products provided by
+    Nokia partners}.
+
+
+    \section1 QTestLib API
+
+    All public methods are in the \l QTest namespace. In addition, the
+    \l QSignalSpy class provides easy introspection for Qt's signals and slots.
+
+
+    \section1 Using QTestLib
+
+    \section2 Creating a Test
+
+    To create a test, subclass QObject and add one or more private slots to it. Each
+    private slot is a testfunction in your test. QTest::qExec() can be used to execute
+    all testfunctions in the test object.
+
+    In addition, there are four private slots that are \e not treated as testfunctions.
+    They will be executed by the testing framework and can be used to initialize and
+    clean up either the entire test or the current test function.
+
+    \list
+    \o \c{initTestCase()} will be called before the first testfunction is executed.
+    \o \c{cleanupTestCase()} will be called after the last testfunction was executed.
+    \o \c{init()} will be called before each testfunction is executed.
+    \o \c{cleanup()} will be called after every testfunction.
+    \endlist
+
+    If \c{initTestCase()} fails, no testfunction will be executed. If \c{init()} fails,
+    the following testfunction will not be executed, the test will proceed to the next
+    testfunction.
+
+    Example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtestlib.qdoc 0
+
+    For more examples, refer to the \l{QTestLib Tutorial}.
+
+    \section2 Building a Test
+
+    If you are using \c qmake as your build tool, just add the
+    following to your project file:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtestlib.qdoc 1
+
+    If you are using other buildtools, make sure that you add the location
+    of the QTestLib header files to your include path (usually \c{include/QtTest}
+    under your Qt installation directory). If you are using a release build
+    of Qt, link your test to the \c QtTest library. For debug builds, use
+    \c{QtTest_debug}.
+
+    See \l {Chapter 1: Writing a Unit Test}{Writing a Unit Test} for a step by
+    step explanation.
+
+    \section2 QTestLib Command Line Arguments
+
+    \section3 Syntax
+
+    The syntax to execute an autotest takes the following simple form:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtestlib.qdoc 2
+
+    Substitute \c testname with the name of your executable. \c
+    testfunctions can contain names of test functions to be
+    executed. If no \c testfunctions are passed, all tests are run. If you
+    append the name of an entry in \c testdata, the test function will be
+    run only with that test data.
+
+    For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtestlib.qdoc 3
+
+    Runs the test function called \c toUpper with all available test data.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtestlib.qdoc 4
+
+    Runs the \c toUpper test function with all available test data,
+    and the \c toInt test function with the testdata called \c
+    zero (if the specified test data doesn't exist, the associated test
+    will fail).
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtestlib.qdoc 5
+
+    Runs the testMyWidget function test, outputs every signal
+    emission and waits 500 milliseconds after each simulated
+    mouse/keyboard event.
+
+    \section3 Options
+
+    The following command line arguments are understood:
+
+    \list
+    \o \c -help \BR
+    outputs the possible command line arguments and give some useful help.
+    \o \c -functions \BR
+    outputs all test functions available in the test.
+    \o \c -o \e filename \BR
+    write output to the specified file, rather than to standard output
+    \o \c -silent \BR
+    silent output, only shows warnings, failures and minimal status messages
+    \o \c -v1 \BR
+    verbose output; outputs information on entering and exiting test functions.
+    \o \c -v2 \BR
+    extended verbose output; also outputs each \l QCOMPARE() and \l QVERIFY()
+    \o \c -vs \BR
+    outputs every signal that gets emitted
+    \o \c -xml \BR
+    outputs XML formatted results instead of plain text
+    \o \c -lightxml \BR
+    outputs results as a stream of XML tags
+    \o \c -eventdelay \e ms \BR
+    if no delay is specified for keyboard or mouse simulation
+    (\l QTest::keyClick(),
+    \l QTest::mouseClick() etc.), the value from this parameter
+    (in milliseconds) is substituted.
+    \o \c -keydelay \e ms \BR
+    like -eventdelay, but only influences keyboard simulation and not mouse
+    simulation.
+    \o \c -mousedelay \e ms \BR
+    like -eventdelay, but only influences mouse simulation and not keyboard
+    simulation.
+    \o \c -keyevent-verbose \BR
+    output more verbose output for keyboard simulation
+    \o \c -maxwarnings \e number\BR
+    sets the maximum number of warnings to output. 0 for unlimited, defaults to 2000.
+    \endlist
+
+    \section2 Creating a Benchmark
+    
+    To create a benchmark, follow the instructions for crating a test and then add a
+    QBENCHMARK macro to the test function that you want to benchmark.
+    
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtestlib.qdoc 12
+    
+    The code insde the QBENCHMARK macro will be measured, and possibly also repeated
+    several times in order to get an accurate measurement. This depends on the selected
+    measurement back-end. Several back-ends are available an can be selected on the
+    command line:
+    
+    \target testlib-benchmarking-measurement
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Name
+         \o Commmand-line Arguemnt
+         \o Availability
+    \row \o Walltime
+         \o (default)
+         \o All platforms
+    \row \o CPU tick counter
+         \o -tickcounter
+         \o Windows, Mac OS X, Linux, many UNIX-like systems.
+    \row \o Valgrind/Callgrind
+         \o -callgrind
+         \o Linux (if installed)
+    \row \o Event Counter
+         \o -eventcounter
+         \o All platforms
+    \endtable
+    
+    In short, walltime is always available but requires many repetitions to
+    get a useful result. 
+    Tick counters are usually available and can provide 
+    results with fewer repetitions, but can be susceptible to CPU frequency 
+    scaling issues. 
+    Valgrind provides exact results, but does not take
+    I/O waits into account, and is only available on a limited number of
+    platforms.
+    Event counting is available on all platforms and it provides the number of events
+    that were received by the event loop before they are sent to their corresponding
+    targets (this might include non-Qt events).
+       
+    \note Depending on the device configuration, Tick counters on the
+     Windows CE platform may not be as fine-grained, compared to other platforms.
+     Devices that do not support high-resolution timers default to
+     one-millisecond granularity.
+
+    See the chapter 5 in the \l{QTestLib Tutorial} for more benchmarking examples.
+
+    \section1 Using QTestLib remotely on Windows CE
+    \c cetest is a convenience application which helps the user to launch an 
+    application remotely on a Windows CE device or emulator.
+
+    It needs to be executed after the unit test has been successfully compiled.
+
+    Prior to launching, the following files are copied to the device:
+
+    \list
+    \o all Qt libraries the project links to
+    \o \l {QtRemote}{QtRemote.dll}
+    \o the c runtime library specified during installation
+    \o all files specified in the \c .pro file following the \l DEPLOYMENT rules.
+    \endlist
+
+    \section2 Using \c cetest
+    \section3 Syntax
+    The syntax to execute an autotest takes the following simple form:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtestlib.qdoc 6
+
+    \section3 Options
+    \c cetest provides the same options as those for unit-testing on non cross-compiled
+    platforms. See \l {QTestLib Command Line Arguments} {Command Line Arguments} for
+    more information.
+
+    The following commands are also included:
+
+    \list
+    \o \c -debug \BR
+    Test version compiled in debug mode.
+    \o \c -release \BR
+    Test version compiled in release mode.
+    \o \c -libpath \e path \BR
+    Target path to copy Qt libraries to.
+    \o \c -qt-delete \BR
+    Delete Qt libraries after execution.
+    \o \c -project-delete \BR
+    Delete project files after execution.
+    \o \c -delete \BR
+    Delete project and Qt libraries after execution.
+    \o \c -conf \BR
+    Specifies a qt.conf file to be deployed to remote directory.
+    \endlist
+
+    \note \c{debug} is the default build option.
+
+    \section2 QtRemote
+    \c QtRemote is a small library which is build after QTestLib. It allows the host
+    system to create a process on a remote device and waits until its execution has
+    been finished.
+
+    \section2 Requirements
+    \c cetest uses Microsoft ActiveSync to establish a remote connection between the
+    host computer and the device. Thus header files and libraries are needed to compile
+    cetest and QtRemote successfully.
+
+    Prior to \l{Installing Qt on Windows CE}{installation} of Qt, you need to set your
+    \c INCLUDE and \c LIB environment variables properly.
+
+    A default installation of Windows Mobile 5 for Pocket PC can be obtained by:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtestlib.qdoc 7
+
+    Note that Qt will remember the path, so you do not need to set it again
+    after switching the environments for cross-compilation.
+
+    \section1 3rd Party Code
+
+    The CPU tick counters used for benchmarking is licensed under the following
+    license: (from src/testlib/3rdparty/cycle.h)
+                    
+    \legalese
+    Copyright (c) 2003, 2006 Matteo Frigo\br
+    Copyright (c) 2003, 2006 Massachusetts Institute of Technology
+
+    Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+    a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+    "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+    without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+    distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+    permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+    the following conditions:
+
+    The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+    included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+    THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+    EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+    MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+    NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
+    LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
+    OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
+    WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+    \endlegalese
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page qtestlib-tutorial.html
+    \brief A short introduction to testing with QTestLib.
+    \contentspage QTestLib Manual
+    \nextpage {Chapter 1: Writing a Unit Test}{Chapter 1}
+
+    \title QTestLib Tutorial
+
+    This tutorial gives a short introduction to how to use some of the
+    features of the QTestLib framework. It is divided into four
+    chapters:
+
+    \list 1
+    \o \l {Chapter 1: Writing a Unit Test}{Writing a Unit Test}
+    \o \l {Chapter 2: Data Driven Testing}{Data Driven Testing}
+    \o \l {Chapter 3: Simulating GUI Events}{Simulating GUI Events}
+    \o \l {Chapter 4: Replaying GUI Events}{Replaying GUI Events}
+    \o \l {Chapter 5: Writing a Benchmark}{Writing a Benchmark}
+    \endlist
+
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \example qtestlib/tutorial1
+
+    \contentspage {QTestLib Tutorial}{Contents}
+    \nextpage {Chapter 2: Data Driven Testing}{Chapter 2}
+
+    \title Chapter 1: Writing a Unit Test
+
+    In this first chapter we will see how to write a simple unit test
+    for a class, and how to execute it.
+
+    \section1 Writing a Test
+
+    Let's assume you want to test the behavior of our QString class.
+    First, you need a class that contains your test functions. This class
+    has to inherit from QObject:
+
+    \snippet examples/qtestlib/tutorial1/testqstring.cpp 0
+
+    Note that you need to include the QTest header, and that the
+    test functions have to be declared as private slots so the
+    test framework finds and executes it.
+
+    Then you need to implement the test function itself. The
+    implementation could look like this:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtestlib.qdoc 8
+
+    The \l QVERIFY() macro evaluates the expression passed as its
+    argument. If the expression evaluates to true, the execution of
+    the test function continues. Otherwise, a message describing the
+    failure is appended to the test log, and the test function stops
+    executing.
+
+    But if you want a more verbose output to the test log, you should
+    use the \l QCOMPARE() macro instead:
+
+    \snippet examples/qtestlib/tutorial1/testqstring.cpp 1
+
+    If the strings are not equal, the contents of both strings is
+    appended to the test log, making it immediately visible why the
+    comparison failed.
+
+    Finally, to make our test case a stand-alone executable, the
+    following two lines are needed:
+
+    \snippet examples/qtestlib/tutorial1/testqstring.cpp 2
+
+    The \l QTEST_MAIN() macro expands to a simple \c main()
+    method that runs all the test functions. Note that if both the
+    declaration and the implementation of our test class are in a \c
+    .cpp file, we also need to include the generated moc file to make
+    Qt's introspection work.
+
+    \section1 Executing a Test
+
+    Now that we finished writing our test, we want to execute
+    it. Assuming that our test was saved as \c testqstring.cpp in an
+    empty directory: we build the test using qmake to create a project
+    and generate a makefile.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtestlib.qdoc 9
+
+    \bold {Note:}If you're using windows, replace \c make with \c
+    nmake or whatever build tool you use.
+
+    Running the resulting executable should give you the following
+    output:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtestlib.qdoc 10
+
+    Congratulations! You just wrote and executed your first unit test
+    using the QTestLib framework.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \example qtestlib/tutorial2
+
+    \previouspage {Chapter 1: Writing a Unit Test}{Chapter 1}
+    \contentspage {QTestLib Tutorial}{Contents}
+    \nextpage {Chapter 3: Simulating Gui Events}{Chapter 3}
+
+    \title Chapter 2: Data Driven Testing
+
+    In this chapter we will demonstrate how to execute a test
+    multiple times with different test data.
+
+    So far, we have hard coded the data we wanted to test into our
+    test function. If we add more test data, the function might look like
+    this:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtestlib.qdoc 11
+
+    To prevent that the function ends up being cluttered by repetitive
+    code, QTestLib supports adding test data to a test function. All
+    we need is to add another private slot to our test class:
+
+    \snippet examples/qtestlib/tutorial2/testqstring.cpp 0
+
+    \section1 Writing the Data Function
+
+    A test function's associated data function carries the same name,
+    appended by \c{_data}. Our data function looks like this:
+
+    \snippet examples/qtestlib/tutorial2/testqstring.cpp 1
+
+    First, we define the two elements of our test table using the \l
+    QTest::addColumn() function: A test string, and the
+    expected result of applying the QString::toUpper() function to
+    that string.
+
+    Then we add some data to the table using the \l
+    QTest::newRow() function. Each set of data will become a
+    separate row in the test table.
+
+    \l QTest::newRow() takes one argument: A name that will be
+    associated with the data set. If the test fails, the name will be
+    used in the test log, referencing the failed data. Then we
+    stream the data set into the new table row: First an arbitrary
+    string, and then the expected result of applying the
+    QString::toUpper() function to that string.
+
+    You can think of the test data as a two-dimensional table. In
+    our case, it has two columns called \c string and \c result and
+    three rows. In addition a name as well as an index is associated
+    with each row:
+
+    \table
+    \header
+        \o index
+        \o name
+        \o string
+        \o result
+    \row
+        \o 0
+        \o all lower
+        \o "hello"
+        \o HELLO
+    \row
+        \o 1
+        \o mixed
+        \o "Hello"
+        \o HELLO
+    \row
+        \o 2
+        \o all upper
+        \o "HELLO"
+        \o HELLO
+    \endtable
+
+    \section1 Rewriting the Test Function
+
+    Our test function can now be rewritten:
+
+    \snippet examples/qtestlib/tutorial2/testqstring.cpp 2
+
+    The TestQString::toUpper() function will be executed three times,
+    once for each entry in the test table that we created in the
+    associated TestQString::toUpper_data() function.
+
+    First, we fetch the two elements of the data set using the \l
+    QFETCH() macro. \l QFETCH() takes two arguments: The data type of
+    the element and the element name. Then we perform the test using
+    the \l QCOMPARE() macro.
+
+    This approach makes it very easy to add new data to the test
+    without modifying the test itself.
+
+    And again, to make our test case a stand-alone executable,
+    the following two lines are needed:
+
+    \snippet examples/qtestlib/tutorial2/testqstring.cpp 3
+
+    As before, the QTEST_MAIN() macro expands to a simple main()
+    method that runs all the test functions, and since both the
+    declaration and the implementation of our test class are in a .cpp
+    file, we also need to include the generated moc file to make Qt's
+    introspection work.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \example qtestlib/tutorial3
+
+    \previouspage {Chapter 2 Data Driven Testing}{Chapter 2}
+    \contentspage {QTestLib Tutorial}{Contents}
+    \nextpage {Chapter 4: Replaying GUI Events}{Chapter 4}
+
+    \title Chapter 3: Simulating GUI Events
+
+    QTestLib features some mechanisms to test graphical user
+    interfaces. Instead of simulating native window system events,
+    QTestLib sends internal Qt events. That means there are no
+    side-effects on the machine the tests are running on.
+
+    In this chapter we will se how to write a simple GUI test.
+
+    \section1 Writing a GUI test
+
+    This time, let's assume you want to test the behavior of our
+    QLineEdit class. As before, you will need a class that contains
+    your test function:
+
+    \snippet examples/qtestlib/tutorial3/testgui.cpp 0
+
+    The only difference is that you need to include the QtGui class
+    definitions in addition to the QTest namespace.
+
+    \snippet examples/qtestlib/tutorial3/testgui.cpp 1
+
+    In the implementation of the test function we first create a
+    QLineEdit. Then we simulate writing "hello world" in the line edit
+    using the \l QTest::keyClicks() function.
+
+    \note The widget must also be shown in order to correctly test keyboard
+    shortcuts.
+
+    QTest::keyClicks() simulates clicking a sequence of keys on a
+    widget. Optionally, a keyboard modifier can be specified as well
+    as a delay (in milliseconds) of the test after each key click. In
+    a similar way, you can use the QTest::keyClick(),
+    QTest::keyPress(), QTest::keyRelease(), QTest::mouseClick(),
+    QTest::mouseDClick(), QTest::mouseMove(), QTest::mousePress()
+    and QTest::mouseRelease() functions to simulate the associated
+    GUI events.
+
+    Finally, we use the \l QCOMPARE() macro to check if the line edit's
+    text is as expected.
+
+    As before, to make our test case a stand-alone executable, the
+    following two lines are needed:
+
+    \snippet examples/qtestlib/tutorial3/testgui.cpp 2
+
+    The QTEST_MAIN() macro expands to a simple main() method that
+    runs all the test functions, and since both the declaration and
+    the implementation of our test class are in a .cpp file, we also
+    need to include the generated moc file to make Qt's introspection
+    work.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \example qtestlib/tutorial4
+
+    \previouspage {Chapter 3: Simulating GUI Event}{Chapter 3}
+    \contentspage {QTestLib Tutorial}{Contents}
+    \nextpage {Chapter 5: Writing a Benchmark}{Chapter 5}
+
+    \title Chapter 4: Replaying GUI Events
+
+    In this chapter, we will show how to simulate a GUI event,
+    and how to store a series of GUI events as well as replay them on
+    a widget.
+
+    The approach to storing a series of events and replay them, is
+    quite similar to the approach explained in \l {Chapter 2:
+    Data Driven Testing}{chapter 2}; all you need is to add a data
+    function to your test class:
+
+    \snippet examples/qtestlib/tutorial4/testgui.cpp 0
+
+    \section1 Writing the Data Function
+
+    As before, a test function's associated data function carries the
+    same name, appended by \c{_data}.
+
+    \snippet examples/qtestlib/tutorial4/testgui.cpp 1
+
+    First, we define the elements of the table using the
+    QTest::addColumn() function: A list of GUI events, and the
+    expected result of applying the list of events on a QWidget. Note
+    that the type of the first element is \l QTestEventList.
+
+    A QTestEventList can be populated with GUI events that can be
+    stored as test data for later usage, or be replayed on any
+    QWidget.
+
+    In our current data function, we create two \l
+    {QTestEventList}s. The first list consists of a single click to
+    the 'a' key. We add the event to the list using the
+    QTestEventList::addKeyClick() function. Then we use the
+    QTest::newRow() function to give the data set a name, and
+    stream the event list and the expected result into the table.
+
+    The second list consists of two key clicks: an 'a' with a
+    following 'backspace'. Again we use the
+    QTestEventList::addKeyClick() to add the events to the list, and
+    QTest::newRow() to put the event list and the expected
+    result into the table with an associated name.
+
+    \section1 Rewriting the Test Function
+
+    Our test can now be rewritten:
+
+    \snippet examples/qtestlib/tutorial4/testgui.cpp 2
+
+    The TestGui::testGui() function will be executed two times,
+    once for each entry in the test data that we created in the
+    associated TestGui::testGui_data() function.
+
+    First, we fetch the two elements of the data set using the \l
+    QFETCH() macro. \l QFETCH() takes two arguments: The data type of
+    the element and the element name. Then we create a QLineEdit, and
+    apply the list of events on that widget using the
+    QTestEventList::simulate() function.
+
+    Finally, we use the QCOMPARE() macro to check if the line edit's
+    text is as expected.
+
+    As before, to make our test case a stand-alone executable,
+    the following two lines are needed:
+
+    \snippet examples/qtestlib/tutorial4/testgui.cpp 3
+
+    The QTEST_MAIN() macro expands to a simple main() method that
+    runs all the test functions, and since both the declaration and
+    the implementation of our test class are in a .cpp file, we also
+    need to include the generated moc file to make Qt's introspection
+    work.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \example qtestlib/tutorial5
+
+    \previouspage {Chapter 4: Replaying GUI Events}{Chapter 4}
+    \contentspage {QTestLib Tutorial}{Contents}
+
+    \title Chapter 5: Writing a Benchmark
+
+    In this final chapter we will demonstrate how to write benchmarks
+    using QTestLib.
+
+    \section1 Writing a Benchmark
+    To create a benchmark we extend a test function with a QBENCHMARK macro.
+    A benchmark test function will then typically consist of setup code and 
+    a QBENCHMARK macro that contains the code to be measured. This test
+    function benchmarks QString::localeAwareCompare().
+
+    \snippet examples/qtestlib/tutorial5/benchmarking.cpp 0
+
+    Setup can be done at the beginning of the function, the clock is not 
+    running at this point. The code inside the QBENCHMARK macro will be
+    measured, and possibly repeated several times in order to  get an 
+    accurate measurement.
+
+    Several \l {testlib-benchmarking-measurement}{back-ends} are available
+    and can be selected on the command line.
+
+    \section1 Data Functions
+
+    Data functions are useful for creating benchmarks that compare 
+    multiple data inputs, for example locale aware compare against standard
+    compare.
+
+    \snippet examples/qtestlib/tutorial5/benchmarking.cpp 1
+
+    The test function then uses the data to determine what to benchmark.
+
+    \snippet examples/qtestlib/tutorial5/benchmarking.cpp 2
+
+    The "if(useLocaleCompare)" switch is placed outside the QBENCHMARK 
+    macro to avoid measuring its overhead. Each benchmark test function
+    can have one active QBENCHMARK macro. 
+
+    \section1 External Tools
+
+    Tools for handling and visualizing test data are available as part of
+    the \l{qtestlib-tools} project on the Qt Labs Web site. These include
+    a tool for comparing performance data obtained from test runs and a
+    utility to generate Web-based graphs of performance data.
+
+    See the \l{qtestlib-tools Announcement} for more information on these
+    tools and a simple graphing example.
+
+*/
+
+
+
diff --git a/doc/src/development/rcc.qdoc b/doc/src/development/rcc.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1da641c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/development/rcc.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page rcc.html
+    \title Resource Compiler (rcc)
+    \ingroup qttools
+    \keyword rcc
+
+    The \c rcc tool is used to embed resources into a Qt application during
+    the build process. It works by generating a C++ source file containing
+    data specified in a Qt resource (.qrc) file.
+
+    Usage:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_rcc.qdoc 0
+
+    RCC accepts the following command line options:
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Option         \o Argument \o Description
+
+    \row    \o \c{-o}         \o          \o Writes output to file rather than
+                                             stdout.
+
+    \row    \o \c{-name}      \o \c name  \o Creates an external initialization
+                                             function with name.
+
+    \row    \o \c{-threshold} \o \c level \o Specifies a threshold (in bytes)
+                                             to use when compressing files. If
+                                             the file is smaller than the
+                                             threshold, it will not be
+                                             compressed, independent of what
+                                             the compression level is.
+                                             
+    \row    \o \c{-compress}  \o \c level \o Compresses input files with the
+                                             given level. Level is an integer
+                                             from 1 to 9 - 1 being the fastest,
+                                             producing the least compression;
+                                             9 being the slowest, producing
+                                             the most compression.
+
+    \row    \o \c{-root}      \o \c path  \o Prefixes the resource access path
+                                             with root path.
+
+    \row    \o \c{-no-compress} \o        \o Disables all compression.
+
+    \row    \o \c{-binary}    \o          \o Outputs a binary file for use as
+                                             a dynamic resource.
+
+    \row    \o \c{-version}   \o          \o Displays version information.
+
+    \row    \o \c{-help}      \o          \o Displays usage information.
+    \endtable
+
+    See also \l{The Qt Resource System} for more information about embedding
+    resources in Qt applications.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/development/tools-list.qdoc b/doc/src/development/tools-list.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..01f71d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/development/tools-list.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \group qttools
+    \title Qt's Tools
+
+    Qt is supplied with several command line and graphical tools to
+    ease and speed the development process. Each tool is listed here
+    with a link to its documentation.
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Tool \o Description
+    \row \o \l{Qt Designer Manual}{Qt Designer}
+         \o Create forms visually.
+    \row \o \l{Qt Assistant Manual}{Qt Assistant}
+         \o Quickly find the help you need.
+    \row \o \l{Qt Linguist Manual}{Qt Linguist, lupdate, lrelease, lconvert}
+         \o Translate applications to reach international markets.
+    \row \o \l{qmake Manual}{qmake}
+         \o Create makefiles from simple platform-independent project files (\c .pro files).
+    \row \o \l{The Virtual Framebuffer}{qvfb}
+         \o Run and test embedded applications on the desktop.
+    \row \o \l{makeqpf}
+         \o Create pre-rendered fonts for embedded devices.
+    \row \o \l{moc}{Meta-Object Compiler (moc)}
+         \o Generate meta-object information for QObject subclasses.
+    \row \o \l{User Interface Compiler (uic)}
+         \o Generate C++ code from user interface files.
+    \row \o \l{Resource Compiler (rcc)}
+         \o Embed resources into Qt applications during the build process.
+    \row \o \l{Configuring Qt}{Configuring Qt (qtconfig)}
+         \o X11-based Qt configuration tool with online help.
+    \row \o \l{Fine-Tuning Features in Qt}{Configuring Qt Embedded (qconfig)}
+         \o Qt Embedded (Linux and Windows CE) configuration tool.
+    \row \o \l{Examples and Demos Launcher}
+         \o A launcher for Qt's Examples and Demonstration programs.
+    \row \o \l{qt3to4 - The Qt 3 to 4 Porting Tool}
+         \o A tool to assist in porting applications from Qt 3 to Qt 4.
+    \row \o \l{QtDBus XML compiler (qdbusxml2cpp)}
+         \o A tool to convert D-Bus interface descriptions to C++ source code.
+    \row \o \l{D-Bus Viewer}
+         \o A tool to introspect D-Bus objects and messages.
+    \endtable
+
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/development/uic.qdoc b/doc/src/development/uic.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b05643c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/development/uic.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page uic.html
+    \title User Interface Compiler (uic)
+    \ingroup qttools
+    \keyword uic
+
+    \omit KEEP THIS FILE SYNCHRONIZED WITH uic.1 \endomit
+
+    This page documents the \e{User Interface Compiler} for the Qt GUI
+    toolkit. The \c uic reads an XML format user interface definition
+    (\c .ui) file as generated by \l{designer-manual.html}{Qt
+    Designer} and creates a corresponding C++ header file.
+
+    Usage:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_uic.qdoc 0
+
+    \section1 Options
+
+    The following table lists the command-line options recognized by
+    \c uic.
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Option \o Description
+    \row \o \c{-o <file>} \o Write output to \c <file> instead of to standard output.
+    \row \o \c{-tr <func>} \o Use \c <func> for translating strings instead of \c tr().
+    \row \o \c{-p} \o Don't generate guards against multiple inclusion (\c #ifndef FOO_H ...).
+    \row \o \c{-h} \o Display the usage and the list of options.
+    \row \o \c{-v} \o Display \c{uic}'s version number.
+    \endtable
+
+    \section1 Examples
+
+    If you use \c qmake, \c uic will be invoked automatically for
+    header files.
+
+    Here are useful makefile rules if you only use GNU make:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_uic.qdoc 1
+
+    If you want to write portably, you can use individual rules of the
+    following form:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_uic.qdoc 2
+
+    You must also remember to add \c{ui_foo.h} to your \c HEADERS
+    (substitute your favorite name).
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/distributingqt.qdoc b/doc/src/distributingqt.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 0739976..0000000
--- a/doc/src/distributingqt.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,154 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Documentation on deploying Qt.
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
-** EDITIONS: FREE, PROFESSIONAL, ENTERPRISE
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*
-\page distributingqt.html
-
-\title Deploying Qt Applications
-
-This document lists the platform-specific files needed to distribute
-Qt applications. We do not include any compiler-specific files that
-may also be required. (See also, \link winsystem.html Window
-System-specific Notes\endlink.)
-
-\tableofcontents
-
-Also see the "deployment" articles in
-\e{\link http://qt.nokia.com/doc/qq/ Qt Quarterly\endlink}:
-\list
-\i \link http://qt.nokia.com/doc/qq/qq09-mac-deployment.html
-Deploying Applications on Mac OS X\endlink
-\i \link http://qt.nokia.com/doc/qq/qq10-windows-deployment.html
-Deploying Applications on Windows\endlink
-\i \link http://qt.nokia.com/doc/qq/qq11-unix-deployment.html
-Deploying Applications on X11\endlink
-\endlist
-
-\section1 Static Qt Applications
-
-To distribute static Qt applications, you need the following file for
-all platforms:
-
-\list
-\i your application's executable
-\endlist
-
-\section1 Dynamic Qt Applications
-
-To distribute dynamic Qt applications, you will need the following
-files for all platforms:
-
-\list
-\i application executable
-\i the Qt library
-\endlist
-
-The Qt library must either be in the same directory as the application
-executable or in a directory which is included in the system library
-path.
-
-The library is provided by the following platform specific files:
-
-\table
-\header \i Platform \i File
-\row \i Windows \i \c qt[version].dll
-\row \i Unix/Linux \i \c libqt[version].so
-\row \i Mac \i \c libqt[version].dylib
-\endtable
-
-\e version includes the three version numbers.
-
-\section2 Distributing Plugins
-
-You must include any plugin files required by the application.
-
-Plugins must be put into a subdirectory under a directory known to
-Qt as a plugin directory. The subdirectory must have the name of the
-plugin category (e.g. \c styles, \c sqldrivers, \c designer, etc.).
-
-Qt searches in the following directories for plugin categories:
-
-\list
-\i Application specific plugin paths
-\i Build-directory of Qt
-\i The application directory
-\endlist
-
-Application specific plugin paths can be added using
-QCoreApplication::addLibraryPath(). The build-directory of Qt is hardcoded
-in the Qt library and can be changed as a part of the installation
-process.
-
-\section1 Dynamic Dialogs
-
-For dynamic dialogs if you use QWidgetFactory, you need the following
-files for all platforms:
-
-\list
-\i The same files as used for dynamic Qt applications
-\i The QUI Library
-\endlist
-
-The QUI library is provided by the following platform specific files:
-\table
-\header \i Platform \i File
-\row \i Windows  \i\c qui.lib
-\row \i Unix/Linux  \i\c libqui.so
-\row \i Mac \i \c libqui.dylib
-\endtable
-
-The QUI library must either be in the same directory as the
-application executable or in a directory which is included in the
-system library path.
-
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/dnd.qdoc b/doc/src/dnd.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 661c621..0000000
--- a/doc/src/dnd.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,546 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page dnd.html
-    \title Drag and Drop
-    \ingroup architecture
-    \brief An overview of the drag and drop system provided by Qt.
-
-    Drag and drop provides a simple visual mechanism which users can use
-    to transfer information between and within applications. (In the
-    literature this is referred to as a "direct manipulation model".) Drag
-    and drop is similar in function to the clipboard's cut and paste
-    mechanism.
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    This document describes the basic drag and drop mechanism and
-    outlines the approach used to enable it in custom widgets. Drag
-    and drop operations are also supported by Qt's item views and by
-    the graphics view framework; more information is available in the
-    \l{Using Drag and Drop with Item Views} and \l{The Graphics View
-    Framework} documents.
-
-    \section1 Configuration
-
-    The QApplication object provides some properties that are related
-    to drag and drop operations:
-
-    \list
-    \i \l{QApplication::startDragTime} describes the amount of time in
-       milliseconds that the user must hold down a mouse button over an
-       object before a drag will begin.
-    \i \l{QApplication::startDragDistance} indicates how far the user has to
-       move the mouse while holding down a mouse button before the movement
-       will be interpreted as dragging. Use of high values for this quantity
-       prevents accidental dragging when the user only meant to click on an
-       object.
-    \endlist
-
-    These quantities provide sensible default values for you to use if you
-    provide drag and drop support in your widgets.
-
-    \section1 Dragging
-
-    To start a drag, create a QDrag object, and call its
-    exec() function. In most applications, it is a good idea to begin a drag
-    and drop operation only after a mouse button has been pressed and the
-    cursor has been moved a certain distance. However, the simplest way to
-    enable dragging from a widget is to reimplement the widget's
-    \l{QWidget::mousePressEvent()}{mousePressEvent()} and start a drag
-    and drop operation:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/dragging/mainwindow.cpp 0
-    \dots 8
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/dragging/mainwindow.cpp 2
-
-    Although the user may take some time to complete the dragging operation,
-    as far as the application is concerned the exec() function is a blocking
-    function that returns with \l{Qt::DropActions}{one of several values}.
-    These indicate how the operation ended, and are described in more detail
-    below.
-
-    Note that the exec() function does not block the main event loop.
-
-    For widgets that need to distinguish between mouse clicks and drags, it
-    is useful to reimplement the widget's
-    \l{QWidget::mousePressEvent()}{mousePressEvent()} function to record to
-    start position of the drag:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/draganddrop/dragwidget.cpp 6
-
-    Later, in \l{QWidget::mouseMoveEvent()}{mouseMoveEvent()}, we can determine
-    whether a drag should begin, and construct a drag object to handle the
-    operation:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/draganddrop/dragwidget.cpp 7
-    \dots
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/draganddrop/dragwidget.cpp 8
-
-    This particular approach uses the \l QPoint::manhattanLength() function
-    to get a rough estimate of the distance between where the mouse click
-    occurred and the current cursor position. This function trades accuracy
-    for speed, and is usually suitable for this purpose.
-
-    \section1 Dropping
-
-    To be able to receive media dropped on a widget, call
-    \l{QWidget::setAcceptDrops()}{setAcceptDrops(true)} for the widget,
-    and reimplement the \l{QWidget::dragEnterEvent()}{dragEnterEvent()} and
-    \l{QWidget::dropEvent()}{dropEvent()} event handler functions.
-
-    For example, the following code enables drop events in the constructor of
-    a QWidget subclass, making it possible to usefully implement drop event
-    handlers:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/dropevents/window.cpp 0
-    \dots
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/dropevents/window.cpp 1
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/dropevents/window.cpp 2
-
-    The dragEnterEvent() function is typically used to inform Qt about the
-    types of data that the widget accepts.
-    You must reimplement this function if you want to receive either
-    QDragMoveEvent or QDropEvent in your reimplementations of
-    \l{QWidget::dragMoveEvent()}{dragMoveEvent()} and
-    \l{QWidget::dropEvent()}{dropEvent()}.
-
-    The following code shows how \l{QWidget::dragEnterEvent()}{dragEnterEvent()}
-    can be reimplemented to
-    tell the drag and drop system that we can only handle plain text:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/dropevents/window.cpp 3
-
-    The \l{QWidget::dropEvent()}{dropEvent()} is used to unpack dropped data
-    and handle it in way that is suitable for your application.
-
-    In the following code, the text supplied in the event is passed to a
-    QTextBrowser and a QComboBox is filled with the list of MIME types that
-    are used to describe the data:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/dropevents/window.cpp 4
-
-    In this case, we accept the proposed action without checking what it is.
-    In a real world application, it may be necessary to return from the
-    \l{QWidget::dropEvent()}{dropEvent()} function without accepting the
-    proposed action or handling
-    the data if the action is not relevant. For example, we may choose to
-    ignore Qt::LinkAction actions if we do not support
-    links to external sources in our application.
-
-    \section2 Overriding Proposed Actions
-
-    We may also ignore the proposed action, and perform some other action on
-    the data. To do this, we would call the event object's
-    \l{QDropEvent::setDropAction()}{setDropAction()} with the preferred
-    action from Qt::DropAction before calling \l{QEvent::}{accept()}.
-    This ensures that the replacement drop action is used instead of the
-    proposed action.
-
-    For more sophisticated applications, reimplementing
-    \l{QWidget::dragMoveEvent()}{dragMoveEvent()} and
-    \l{QWidget::dragLeaveEvent()}{dragLeaveEvent()} will let you make
-    certain parts of your widgets sensitive to drop events, and give you more
-    control over drag and drop in your application.
-
-    \section2 Subclassing Complex Widgets
-
-    Certain standard Qt widgets provide their own support for drag and drop.
-    When subclassing these widgets, it may be necessary to reimplement
-    \l{QWidget::dragMoveEvent()}{dragMoveEvent()} in addition to
-    \l{QWidget::dragEnterEvent()}{dragEnterEvent()} and
-    \l{QWidget::dropEvent()}{dropEvent()} to prevent the base class from
-    providing default drag and drop handling, and to handle any special
-    cases you are interested in.
-
-    \section1 Drag and Drop Actions
-
-    In the simplest case, the target of a drag and drop action receives a
-    copy of the data being dragged, and the source decides whether to
-    delete the original. This is described by the \c CopyAction action.
-    The target may also choose to handle other actions, specifically the
-    \c MoveAction and \c LinkAction actions. If the source calls
-    QDrag::exec(), and it returns \c MoveAction, the source is responsible
-    for deleting any original data if it chooses to do so. The QMimeData
-    and QDrag objects created by the source widget \e{should not be deleted}
-    - they will be destroyed by Qt. The target is responsible for taking
-    ownership of the data sent in the drag and drop operation; this is
-    usually done by keeping references to the data.
-
-    If the target understands the \c LinkAction action, it should
-    store its own reference to the original information; the source
-    does not need to perform any further processing on the data. The
-    most common use of drag and drop actions is when performing a
-    Move within the same widget; see the section on \l{Drop Actions}
-    for more information about this feature.
-
-    The other major use of drag actions is when using a reference type
-    such as text/uri-list, where the dragged data are actually references
-    to files or objects.
-
-    \section1 Adding New Drag and Drop Types
-
-    Drag and drop is not limited to text and images. Any type of information
-    can be transferred in a drag and drop operation. To drag information
-    between applications, the applications must be able to indicate to each
-    other which data formats they can accept and which they can produce.
-    This is achieved using
-    \l{http://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc1341.txt}{MIME types}. The QDrag
-    object constructed by the source contains a list of MIME types that it
-    uses to represent the data (ordered from most appropriate to least
-    appropriate), and the drop target uses one of these to access the data.
-    For common data types, the convenience functions handle the MIME types
-    used transparently but, for custom data types, it is necessary to
-    state them explicitly.
-
-    To implement drag and drop actions for a type of information that is
-    not covered by the QDrag convenience functions, the first and most
-    important step is to look for existing formats that are appropriate:
-    The Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (\l{http://www.iana.org}{IANA})
-    provides a
-    \l{http://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/}{hierarchical
-    list of MIME media types} at the Information Sciences Institute
-    (\l{http://www.isi.edu}{ISI}).
-    Using standard MIME types maximizes the interoperability of
-    your application with other software now and in the future.
-
-    To support an additional media type, simply set the data in the QMimeData
-    object with the \l{QMimeData::setData()}{setData()} function, supplying
-    the full MIME type and a QByteArray containing the data in the appropriate
-    format. The following code takes a pixmap from a label and stores it
-    as a Portable Network Graphics (PNG) file in a QMimeData object:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/separations/finalwidget.cpp 0
-
-    Of course, for this case we could have simply used
-    \l{QMimeData::setImageData()}{setImageData()} instead to supply image data
-    in a variety of formats:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/separations/finalwidget.cpp 1
-
-    The QByteArray approach is still useful in this case because it provides
-    greater control over the amount of data stored in the QMimeData object.
-
-    Note that custom datatypes used in item views must be declared as
-    \l{QMetaObject}{meta objects} and that stream operators for them
-    must be implemented.
-
-    \section1 Drop Actions
-
-    In the clipboard model, the user can \e cut or \e copy the source
-    information, then later paste it. Similarly in the drag and drop
-    model, the user can drag a \e copy of the information or they can drag
-    the information itself to a new place (\e moving it). The
-    drag and drop model has an additional complication for the programmer:
-    The program doesn't know whether the user wants to cut or copy the
-    information until the operation is complete. This often makes no
-    difference when dragging information between applications, but within
-    an application it is important to check which drop action was used.
-
-    We can reimplement the mouseMoveEvent() for a widget, and start a drag
-    and drop operation with a combination of possible drop actions. For
-    example, we may want to ensure that dragging always moves objects in
-    the widget:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/draganddrop/dragwidget.cpp 7
-    \dots
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/draganddrop/dragwidget.cpp 8
-
-    The action returned by the exec() function may default to a
-    \c CopyAction if the information is dropped into another application
-    but, if it is dropped in another widget in the same application, we
-    may obtain a different drop action.
-
-    The proposed drop actions can be filtered in a widget's dragMoveEvent()
-    function. However, it is possible to accept all proposed actions in
-    the dragEnterEvent() and let the user decide which they want to accept
-    later:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/draganddrop/dragwidget.cpp 0
-
-    When a drop occurs in the widget, the dropEvent() handler function is
-    called, and we can deal with each possible action in turn. First, we
-    deal with drag and drop operations within the same widget:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/draganddrop/dragwidget.cpp 1
-
-    In this case, we refuse to deal with move operations. Each type of drop
-    action that we accept is checked and dealt with accordingly:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/draganddrop/dragwidget.cpp 2
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/draganddrop/dragwidget.cpp 3
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/draganddrop/dragwidget.cpp 4
-    \dots
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/draganddrop/dragwidget.cpp 5
-
-    Note that we checked for individual drop actions in the above code.
-    As mentioned above in the section on
-    \l{#Overriding Proposed Actions}{Overriding Proposed Actions}, it is
-    sometimes necessary to override the proposed drop action and choose a
-    different one from the selection of possible drop actions.
-    To do this, you need to check for the presence of each action in the value
-    supplied by the event's \l{QDropEvent::}{possibleActions()}, set the drop
-    action with \l{QDropEvent::}{setDropAction()}, and call
-    \l{QEvent::}{accept()}.
-
-    \section1 Drop Rectangles
-
-    The widget's dragMoveEvent() can be used to restrict drops to certain parts
-    of the widget by only accepting the proposed drop actions when the cursor
-    is within those areas. For example, the following code accepts any proposed
-    drop actions when the cursor is over a child widget (\c dropFrame):
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/droprectangle/window.cpp 0
-
-    The dragMoveEvent() can also be used if you need to give visual
-    feedback during a drag and drop operation, to scroll the window, or
-    whatever is appropriate.
-
-    \section1 The Clipboard
-
-    Applications can also communicate with each other by putting data on
-    the clipboard. To access this, you need to obtain a QClipboard object
-    from the QApplication object:
-
-    \snippet examples/widgets/charactermap/mainwindow.cpp 3
-
-    The QMimeData class is used to represent data that is transferred to and
-    from the clipboard. To put data on the clipboard, you can use the
-    setText(), setImage(), and setPixmap() convenience functions for common
-    data types. These functions are similar to those found in the QMimeData
-    class, except that they also take an additional argument that controls
-    where the data is stored: If \l{QClipboard::Mode}{Clipboard} is
-    specified, the data is placed on the clipboard; if
-    \l{QClipboard::Mode}{Selection} is specified, the data is placed in the
-    mouse selection (on X11 only). By default, data is put on the clipboard.
-
-    For example, we can copy the contents of a QLineEdit to the clipboard
-    with the following code:
-
-    \snippet examples/widgets/charactermap/mainwindow.cpp 11
-
-    Data with different MIME types can also be put on the clipboard.
-    Construct a QMimeData object and set data with setData() function in
-    the way described in the previous section; this object can then be
-    put on the clipboard with the
-    \l{QClipboard::setMimeData()}{setMimeData()} function.
-
-    The QClipboard class can notify the application about changes to the
-    data it contains via its \l{QClipboard::dataChanged()}{dataChanged()}
-    signal. For example, we can monitor the clipboard by connecting this
-    signal to a slot in a widget:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/clipboard/clipwindow.cpp 0
-
-    The slot connected to this signal can read the data on the clipboard
-    using one of the MIME types that can be used to represent it:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/clipboard/clipwindow.cpp 1
-    \dots
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/clipboard/clipwindow.cpp 2
-
-    The \l{QClipboard::selectionChanged()}{selectionChanged()} signal can
-    be used on X11 to monitor the mouse selection.
-
-    \section1 Examples
-
-    \list
-    \o \l{draganddrop/draggableicons}{Draggable Icons}
-    \o \l{draganddrop/draggabletext}{Draggable Text}
-    \o \l{draganddrop/dropsite}{Drop Site}
-    \o \l{draganddrop/fridgemagnets}{Fridge Magnets}
-    \o \l{draganddrop/puzzle}{Drag and Drop Puzzle}
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 Interoperating with Other Applications
-
-    On X11, the public \l{http://www.newplanetsoftware.com/xdnd/}{XDND
-    protocol} is used, while on Windows Qt uses the OLE standard, and
-    Qt for Mac OS X uses the Carbon Drag Manager. On X11, XDND uses MIME,
-    so no translation is necessary. The Qt API is the same regardless of
-    the platform. On Windows, MIME-aware applications can communicate by
-    using clipboard format names that are MIME types. Already some
-    Windows applications use MIME naming conventions for their
-    clipboard formats. Internally, Qt uses QWindowsMime and
-    QMacPasteboardMime for translating proprietary clipboard formats
-    to and from MIME types.
-
-    On X11, Qt also supports drops via the Motif Drag & Drop Protocol. The
-    implementation incorporates some code that was originally written by
-    Daniel Dardailler, and adapted for Qt by Matt Koss <koss@napri.sk>
-    and Nokia. Here is the original copyright notice:
-
-    \legalese
-    Copyright 1996 Daniel Dardailler.
-
-    Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software
-    for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above
-    copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright
-    notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation,
-    and that the name of Daniel Dardailler not be used in advertising or
-    publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
-    written prior permission. Daniel Dardailler makes no representations
-    about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is
-    provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
-
-    Modifications Copyright 1999 Matt Koss, under the same license as
-    above.
-    \endlegalese
-    \omit NOTE: The copyright notice is from qmotifdnd_x11.cpp. \endomit
-
-    Note: The Motif Drag \& Drop Protocol only allows receivers to
-    request data in response to a QDropEvent. If you attempt to
-    request data in response to e.g. a QDragMoveEvent, an empty
-    QByteArray is returned.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \page porting4-dnd.html
-    \title Porting to Qt 4 - Drag and Drop
-    \contentspage {Porting Guides}{Contents}
-    \previouspage Porting to Qt 4 - Virtual Functions
-    \nextpage Porting UI Files to Qt 4
-    \ingroup porting
-    \brief An overview of the porting process for applications that use drag and drop.
-
-    Qt 4 introduces a new set of classes to handle drag and drop operations
-    that aim to be easier to use than their counterparts in Qt 3. As a result,
-    the way that drag and drop is performed is quite different to the way
-    developers of Qt 3 applications have come to expect. In this guide, we
-    show the differences between the old and new APIs and indicate where
-    applications need to be changed when they are ported to Qt 4.
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 Dragging
-
-    In Qt 3, drag operations are encapsulated by \c QDragObject (see Q3DragObject)
-    and its subclasses. These objects are typically constructed on the heap in
-    response to mouse click or mouse move events, and ownership of them is
-    transferred to Qt so that they can be deleted when the corresponding drag and
-    drop operations have been completed. The drag source has no control over how
-    the drag and drop operation is performed once the object's
-    \l{Q3DragObject::}{drag()} function is called, and it receives no information
-    about how the operation ended.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_dnd.qdoc 0
-
-    Similarly, in Qt 4, drag operations are also initiated when a QDrag object
-    is constructed and its \l{QDrag::}{exec()} function is called. In contrast,
-    these objects are typically constructed on the stack rather than the heap
-    since each drag and drop operation is performed synchronously as far as the
-    drag source is concerned. One key benefit of this is that the drag source
-    can receive information about how the operation ended from the value returned
-    by \l{QDrag::}{exec()}.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/porting4-dropevents/window.cpp 2
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/porting4-dropevents/window.cpp 3
-    \dots 8
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/porting4-dropevents/window.cpp 4
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/porting4-dropevents/window.cpp 5
-
-    A key difference in the above code is the use of the QMimeData class to hold
-    information about the data that is transferred. Qt 3 relies on subclasses
-    of \c QDragObject to provide support for specific MIME types; in Qt 4, the
-    use of QMimeData as a generic container for data makes the relationship
-    between MIME type and data more tranparent. QMimeData is described in more
-    detail later in this document.
-
-    \section1 Dropping
-
-    In both Qt 3 and Qt 4, it is possible to prepare a custom widget to accept
-    dropped data by enabling the \l{QWidget::}{acceptDrops} property of a widget,
-    usually in the widget's constructor. As a result, the widget will receive
-    drag enter events that can be handled by its \l{QWidget::}{dragEnterEvent()}
-    function.
-    As in Qt 3, custom widgets in Qt 4 handle these events by determining
-    whether the data supplied by the drag and drop operation can be dropped onto
-    the widget. Since the classes used to encapsulate MIME data are different in
-    Qt 3 and Qt 4, the exact implementations differ.
-
-    In Qt 3, the drag enter event is handled by checking whether each of the
-    standard \c QDragObject subclasses can decode the data supplied, and
-    indicating success or failure of these checks via the event's
-    \l{QDragEnterEvent::}{accept()} function, as shown in this simple example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_dnd.qdoc 1
-
-    In Qt 4, you can examine the MIME type describing the data to determine
-    whether the widget should accept the event or, for common data types, you
-    can use convenience functions:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/porting4-dropevents/window.cpp 0
-
-    The widget has some control over the type of drag and drop operation to be
-    performed. In the above code, the action proposed by the drag source is
-    accepted, but
-    \l{Drag and Drop#Overriding Proposed Actions}{this can be overridden} if
-    required.
-
-    In both Qt 3 and Qt 4, it is necessary to accept a given drag event in order
-    to receive the corresponding drop event. A custom widget in Qt 3 that can
-    accept dropped data in the form of text or images might provide an
-    implementation of \l{QWidget::}{dropEvent()} that looks like the following:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_dnd.qdoc 2
-
-    In Qt 4, the event is handled in a similar way:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/porting4-dropevents/window.cpp 1
-
-    It is also possible to extract data stored for a particular MIME type if it
-    was specified by the drag source.
-
-    \section1 MIME Types and Data
-
-    In Qt 3, data to be transferred in drag and drop operations is encapsulated
-    in instances of \c QDragObject and its subclasses, representing specific
-    data formats related to common MIME type and subtypes.
-
-    In Qt 4, only the QMimeData class is used to represent data, providing a
-    container for data stored in multiple formats, each associated with
-    a relevant MIME type. Since arbitrary MIME types can be specified, there is
-    no need for an extensive class hierarchy to represent different kinds of
-    information. Additionally, QMimeData it provides some convenience functions
-    to allow the most common data formats to be stored and retrieved with less
-    effort than for arbitrary MIME types.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/ecmascript.qdoc b/doc/src/ecmascript.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index a13f55d..0000000
--- a/doc/src/ecmascript.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,313 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page ecmascript.html
-    \title ECMAScript Reference
-    \ingroup scripting
-    \brief A list of objects, functions and properties supported by QtScript.
-
-    This reference contains a list of objects, functions and
-    properties supported by QtScript.
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 The Global Object
-
-    \section2 Value Properties
-
-    \list
-    \o NaN
-    \o Infinity
-    \o undefined
-    \o Math
-    \endlist
-
-    \section2 Function Properties
-
-    \list
-    \o eval(x)
-    \o parseInt(string, radix)
-    \o parseFloat(string)
-    \o isNaN(number)
-    \o isFinite(number)
-    \o decodeURI(encodedURI)
-    \o decodeURIComponent(encodedURIComponent)
-    \o encodeURI(uri)
-    \o encodeURIComponent(uriComponent)
-    \endlist
-
-    \section2 Constructor Properties
-
-    \list
-    \o Object
-    \o Function
-    \o Array
-    \o String
-    \o Boolean
-    \o Number
-    \o Date
-    \o RegExp
-    \o Error
-    \o EvalError
-    \o RangeError
-    \o ReferenceError
-    \o SyntaxError
-    \o TypeError
-    \o URIError
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 Object Objects
-
-    \section2 Object Prototype Object
-
-    \list
-    \o toString()
-    \o toLocaleString()
-    \o valueOf()
-    \o hasOwnProperty(V)
-    \o isPrototypeOf(V)
-    \o propertyIsEnumerable(V)
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 Function Objects
-
-    \section2 Function Prototype Object
-
-    \section3 Function Properties
-
-    \list
-    \o toString()
-    \o apply(thisArg, argArray)
-    \o call(thisArg [, arg1 [, arg2, ...]])
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 Array Objects
-
-    \section2 Array Prototype Object
-
-    \section3 Function Properties
-
-    \list
-    \o toString()
-    \o toLocaleString()
-    \o concat([item1 [, item2 [, ...]]])
-    \o join(separator)
-    \o pop()
-    \o push([item1 [, item2 [, ...]]])
-    \o reverse()
-    \o shift()
-    \o slice(start, end)
-    \o sort(comparefn)
-    \o splice(start, deleteCount[, item1 [, item2 [, ...]]])
-    \o unshift([item1 [, item2 [, ...]]])
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 String Objects
-
-    \section2 String Prototype Object
-
-    \section3 Function Properties
-
-    \list
-    \o toString()
-    \o valueOf()
-    \o charAt(pos)
-    \o charCodeAt(pos)
-    \o concat([string1 [, string2 [, ...]]])
-    \o indexOf(searchString ,position)
-    \o lastIndexOf(searchString, position)
-    \o localeCompare(that)
-    \o match(regexp)
-    \o replace(searchValue, replaceValue)
-    \o search(regexp)
-    \o slice(start, end)
-    \o split(separator, limit)
-    \o substring(start, end)
-    \o toLowerCase()
-    \o toLocaleLowerCase()
-    \o toUpperCase()
-    \o toLocaleUpperCase()
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 Boolean Objects
-
-    \section2 Boolean Prototype Object
-
-    \section3 Function Properties
-
-    \list
-    \o toString()
-    \o valueOf()
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 Number Objects
-
-    \section2 Number Prototype Object
-
-    \section3 Function Properties
-
-    \list
-    \o toString(radix)
-    \o toLocaleString()
-    \o toFixed(fractionDigits)
-    \o toExponential(fractionDigits)
-    \o toPrecision(precision)
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 The Math Object
-
-    \section2 Value Properties
-
-    \list
-    \o E
-    \o LN10
-    \o LN2
-    \o LOG2E
-    \o LOG10E
-    \o PI
-    \o SQRT1_2
-    \o SQRT2
-    \endlist
-
-    \section2 Function Properties
-
-    \list
-    \o abs(x)
-    \o acos(x)
-    \o asin(x)
-    \o atan(x)
-    \o atan2(y, x)
-    \o ceil(x)
-    \o cos(x)
-    \o exp(x)
-    \o floor(x)
-    \o log(x)
-    \o max([value1 [, value2 [, ...]]])
-    \o min([value1 [, value2 [, ...]]])
-    \o pow(x, y)
-    \o random()
-    \o round(x)
-    \o sin(x)
-    \o sqrt(x)
-    \o tan(x)
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 Date Objects
-
-    \section2 Date Prototype Object
-
-    \section3 Function Properties
-
-    \list
-    \o toString()
-    \o toDateString()
-    \o toTimeString()
-    \o toLocaleString()
-    \o toLocaleDateString()
-    \o toLocaleTimeString()
-    \o valueOf()
-    \o getTime()
-    \o getFullYear()
-    \o getUTCFullYear()
-    \o getMonth()
-    \o getUTCMonth()
-    \o getDate()
-    \o getUTCDate()
-    \o getDay()
-    \o getUTCDay()
-    \o getHours()
-    \o getUTCHours()
-    \o getMinutes()
-    \o getUTCMinutes()
-    \o getSeconds()
-    \o getUTCSeconds()
-    \o getMilliseconds()
-    \o getUTCMilliseconds()
-    \o getTimeZoneOffset()
-    \o setTime(time)
-    \o setMilliseconds(ms)
-    \o setUTCMilliseconds(ms)
-    \o setSeconds(sec [, ms])
-    \o setUTCSeconds(sec [, ms])
-    \o setMinutes(min [, sec [, ms]])
-    \o setUTCMinutes(min [, sec [, ms]])
-    \o setHours(hour [, min [, sec [, ms]]])
-    \o setUTCHours(hour [, min [, sec [, ms]]])
-    \o setDate(date)
-    \o setUTCDate(date)
-    \o setMonth(month [, date])
-    \o setUTCMonth(month [, date])
-    \o setFullYear(year [, month [, date]])
-    \o setUTCFullYear(year [, month [, date]])
-    \o toUTCString()
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 RegExp Objects
-
-    \section2 RegExp Prototype Object
-
-    \section3 Function Properties
-
-    \list
-    \o exec(string)
-    \o test(string)
-    \o toString()
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 Error Objects
-
-    \section2 Error Prototype Object
-
-    \section3 Value Properties
-
-    \list
-    \o name
-    \o message
-    \endlist
-
-    \section3 Function Properties
-
-    \list
-    \o toString()
-    \endlist
-
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/emb-accel.qdoc b/doc/src/emb-accel.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 818538a..0000000
--- a/doc/src/emb-accel.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,143 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page qt-embedded-accel.html
-
-    \target add your graphics driver to Qt for Embedded Linux
-
-    \title Adding an Accelerated Graphics Driver to Qt for Embedded Linux
-    \ingroup qt-embedded-linux
-
-    In \l{Qt for Embedded Linux}, painting is a pure software implementation
-    normally performed in two steps. First, each window is rendered
-    onto a QWSWindowSurface using QPaintEngine. Second, the server
-    composes the surface images and copies the composition to the
-    screen (see \l{Qt for Embedded Linux Architecture} for details).
-    \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} uses QRasterPaintEngine (a raster-based implementation of
-    QPaintEngine) to implement painting operations, and uses QScreen
-    to implement window composition.
-
-    It is possible to add an accelerated graphics driver to take
-    advantage of available hardware resources. This is described in
-    detail in the \l {Accelerated Graphics Driver Example} which uses
-    the following approach:
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \warning This feature is under development and is subject to
-    change.
-
-    \section1 Step 1: Create a Custom Screen
-
-    Create a custom screen by deriving from the QScreen class.
-
-    The \l {QScreen::}{connect()}, \l {QScreen::}{disconnect()}, \l
-    {QScreen::}{initDevice()} and \l {QScreen::}{shutdownDevice()}
-    functions are declared as pure virtual functions in QScreen and
-    must be implemented. These functions are used to configure the
-    hardware, or query its configuration. The \l
-    {QScreen::}{connect()} and \l {QScreen::}{disconnect()} are called
-    by both the server and client processes, while the \l
-    {QScreen::}{initDevice()} and \l {QScreen::}{shutdownDevice()}
-    functions are only called by the server process.
-
-    You might want to accelerate the final copying to the screen by
-    reimplementing the \l {QScreen::}{blit()} and \l
-    {QScreen::}{solidFill()} functions.
-
-    \section1 Step 2: Implement a Custom Raster Paint Engine
-
-    Implement the painting operations by subclassing the
-    QRasterPaintEngine class.
-
-    To accelerate a graphics primitive, simply reimplement the
-    corresponding function in your custom paint engine. If there is
-    functionality you do not want to reimplement (such as certain
-    pens, brushes, modes, etc.), you can just call the corresponding
-    base class implementation.
-
-    \section1 Step 3: Make the Paint Device Aware of Your Paint Engine
-
-    To activate your paint engine you must create a subclass of the
-    QCustomRasterPaintDevice class and reimplement its \l
-    {QCustomRasterPaintDevice::}{paintEngine()} function. Let this
-    function return a pointer to your paint engine. In addition, the
-    QCustomRasterPaintDevice::memory() function must be reimplemented
-    to return a pointer to the buffer where the painting should be
-    done.
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Acceleration Without a Memory Buffer
-    \row
-    \o
-
-    By default the QRasterPaintEngine draws into a memory buffer (this can
-    be local memory, shared memory or graphics memory mapped into
-    application memory).
-    In some cases you might want to avoid using a memory buffer directly,
-    e.g if you want to use an accelerated graphic controller to handle all
-    the buffer manipulation. This can be implemented by  reimplementing
-    the QCustomRasterPaintDevice::memory() function to return 0 (meaning
-    no buffer available). Then, whenever a color or image buffer normally
-    would be written into paint engine buffer, the paint engine will call the
-    QRasterPaintEngine::drawColorSpans() and
-    QRasterPaintEngine::drawBufferSpan() functions instead.
-
-    Note that the default implementations of these functions only
-    calls qFatal() with an error message; reimplement the functions
-    and let them do the appropriate communication with the accelerated
-    graphics controller.
-
-    \endtable
-
-    \section1 Step 4: Make the Window Surface Aware of Your Paint Device
-
-    Derive from the QWSWindowSurface class and reimplement its \l
-    {QWSWindowSurface::}{paintDevice()} function. Make this function
-    return a pointer to your custom raster paint device.
-
-    \section1 Step 5: Enable Creation of an Instance of Your Window Surface
-
-    Finally, reimplement QScreen's \l {QScreen::}{createSurface()}
-    function and make this function able to create an instance of your
-    QWSWindowSurface subclass.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/emb-charinput.qdoc b/doc/src/emb-charinput.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 5ceb6a4..0000000
--- a/doc/src/emb-charinput.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,164 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page qt-embedded-charinput.html
-
-    \title Qt for Embedded Linux Character Input
-    \ingroup qt-embedded-linux
-
-    When running a \l {Qt for Embedded Linux} application, it either runs as a
-    server or connects to an existing server.  The keyboard driver is
-    loaded by the server application when it starts running, using
-    Qt's \l {How to Create Qt Plugins}{plugin system}.
-
-    Internally in the client/server protocol, all system generated
-    events, including key events, are passed to the server application
-    which then propagates the event to the appropriate client.  Note
-    that key events do not always come from a keyboard device, they
-    can can also be generated by the server process using input
-    widgets.
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Input Widgets
-    \row
-    \o
-
-    The server process may call the static QWSServer::sendKeyEvent()
-    function at any time. Typically, this is done by popping up a
-    widget that enables the user specify characters with the pointer
-    device.
-
-    Note that the key input widget should not take focus since the
-    server would then just send the key events back to the input
-    widget. One way to make sure that the input widget never takes
-    focus is to set the Qt::Tool widget flag in the QWidget
-    constructor.
-
-    The \l{Qt Extended} environment contains various input widgets such as
-    Handwriting Recognition and Virtual Keyboard.
-
-    \endtable
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 Available Keyboard Drivers
-
-    \l {Qt for Embedded Linux} provides ready-made drivers for the console
-    (TTY) and the standard Linux Input Subsystem (USB, PS/2, ...).  Run the
-    \c configure script to list the available drivers:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-charinput.qdoc 0
-
-    Note that only the console (TTY) keyboard driver handles console
-    switching (\bold{Ctrl+Alt+F1}, ..., \bold{Ctrl+Alt+F10}) and
-    termination (\bold{Ctrl+Alt+Backspace}).
-
-    In the default Qt configuration, only the "TTY" driver is
-    enabled. The various drivers can be enabled and disabled using the
-    \c configure script. For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-charinput.qdoc 1
-
-    Custom keyboard drivers can be implemented by subclassing the
-    QWSKeyboardHandler class and creating a keyboard driver plugin
-    (derived from the QKbdDriverPlugin class). The default
-    implementation of the QKbdDriverFactory class will automatically
-    detect the plugin, loading the driver into the server application
-    at run-time.
-
-    \section1 Keymaps
-
-    Starting with 4.6, \l {Qt for Embedded Linux} has gained support for
-    user defined keymaps.  Keymap handling is supported by the built-in
-    keyboard drivers \c TTY and \c LinuxInput.  Custom keyboard drivers can
-    use the existing keymap handling code via
-    QWSKeyboardHandler::processKeycode().
-
-    By default Qt will use an internal, compiled-in US keymap.
-    See the options below for how to load a different keymap.
-
-    \section1 Specifying a Keyboard Driver
-
-    To specify which driver to use, set the QWS_KEYBOARD environment
-    variable. For example (if the current shell is bash, ksh, zsh or
-    sh):
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-charinput.qdoc 2
-
-    The \c <driver> arguments are \c TTY, \c LinuxInput and \l
-    {QKbdDriverPlugin::keys()}{keys} identifying custom drivers, and the
-    driver specific options are typically a device, e.g., \c /dev/tty0.
-
-    Multiple keyboard drivers can be specified in one go:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-charinput.qdoc 3
-
-    Input will be read from all specified drivers.
-
-    Currently the following options are supported by both the \c TTY and \c
-    LinuxInput driver:
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Option \o Description
-    \row \o \c /dev/xxx \o
-    Open the specified device, instead of the driver's default device.
-    \row \o \c repeat-delay=<d> \o
-    Time (in milliseconds) until auto-repeat kicks in.
-    \row \o \c repeat-rate=<r> \o
-    Time (in milliseconds) specifying the interval between auto-repeats.
-    \row \o \c keymap=xx.qmap \o
-    File name of a keymap file in Qt's \c qmap format. See \l {kmap2qmap}
-    for instructions on how to create thoes files.\br Note that the file
-    name can of course also be the name of a QResource.
-    \row \o \c disable-zap \o
-    Disable the QWS server "Zap" shortcut \bold{Ctrl+Alt+Backspace}
-    \row \o \c enable-compose \o
-    Activate Latin-1 composing features in the built-in US keymap. You can
-    use the right \c AltGr or right \c Alt is used as a dead key modifier,
-    while \c AltGr+.  is the compose key.  For example:
-    \list
-    \o \c AltGr + \c " + \c u = \uuml (u with diaeresis / umlaut u)
-    \o \c AltGr + \c . + \c / + \c o = \oslash (slashed o)
-    \endlist
-    \endtable
-
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/emb-crosscompiling.qdoc b/doc/src/emb-crosscompiling.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 2e0ba4b..0000000
--- a/doc/src/emb-crosscompiling.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,191 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page qt-embedded-crosscompiling.html
-
-    \title Cross-Compiling Qt for Embedded Linux Applications
-    \ingroup qt-embedded-linux
-
-    Cross-compiling is the process of compiling an application on one
-    machine, producing executable code for a different machine or
-    device. To cross-compile a \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} application,
-    use the following approach:
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \note The cross-compiling procedure has the configuration
-    process in common with the installation procedure; i.e., you might
-    not necessarily have to perform all the mentioned actions
-    depending on your current configuration.
-
-    \section1 Step 1: Set the Cross-Compiler's Path
-
-    Specify which cross-compiler to use by setting the \c PATH
-    environment variable. For example, if the current shell is bash,
-    ksh, zsh or sh:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-crosscompiling.qdoc 0
-
-    \section1 Step 2: Create a Target Specific qmake Specification
-
-    The qmake tool requires a platform and compiler specific \c
-    qmake.conf file describing the various default values, to generate
-    the appropriate Makefiles. The standard \l{Qt for Embedded Linux}
-    distribution provides such files for several combinations of
-    platforms and compilers. These files are located in the
-    distribution's \c mkspecs/qws subdirectory.
-
-    Each platform has a default specification. \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} will
-    use the default specification for the current platform unless told
-    otherwise. To override this behavior, you can use the \c configure
-    script's \c -platform option to change the specification for the host
-    platform (where compilation will take place).
-
-    The \c configure script's \c -xplatform option is used to provide a
-    specification for the target architecture (where the library will be
-    deployed).
-
-    For example, to cross-compile an application to run on a device with
-    an ARM architecture, using the GCC toolchain, run the configure
-    script at the command line in the following way:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-crosscompiling.qdoc 1
-
-    If neither of the provided specifications fits your target device,
-    you can create your own.  To create a custom \c qmake.conf file,
-    just copy and customize an already existing file. For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-crosscompiling.qdoc 2
-
-    \note When defining a mkspec for a Linux target, the directory must
-    be prefixed with "linux-". We recommend that you copy the entire
-    directory.
-
-    Note also that when providing you own qmake specifcation, you must
-    use the \c configure script's \c -xplatform option to make
-    \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} aware of the custom \c qmake.conf file.
-
-    \section1 Step 3: Provide Architecture Specific Files
-
-    Starting with Qt 4, all of Qt's implicitly shared classes can
-    safely be copied across threads like any other value classes,
-    i.e., they are fully reentrant. This is accomplished by
-    implementing reference counting operations using atomic hardware
-    instructions on all the different platforms supported by Qt.
-
-    To support a new architecture, it is important to ensure that
-    these platform-specific atomic operations are implemented in a
-    corresponding header file (\c qatomic_ARCH.h), and that this file
-    is located in Qt's \c src/corelib/arch directory. For example, the
-    Intel 80386 implementation is located in \c
-    src/corelib/arch/qatomic_i386.h.
-
-    See the \l {Implementing Atomic Operations} documentation for
-    details.
-
-    \section1 Step 4: Provide Hardware Drivers
-
-    Without the proper mouse and keyboard drivers, you will not be
-    able to give any input to your application when it is installed on
-    the target device. You must also ensure that the appropriate
-    screen driver is present to make the server process able to put
-    the application's widgets on screen.
-
-    \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} provides several ready-made mouse, keyboard and
-    screen drivers, see the \l{Qt for Embedded Linux Pointer Handling}{pointer
-    handling}, \l{Qt for Embedded Linux Character Input}{character input} and
-    \l{Qt for Embedded Linux Display Management}{display management}
-    documentation for details.
-
-    In addition, custom drivers can be added by deriving from the
-    QWSMouseHandler, QWSKeyboardHandler and QScreen classes
-    respectively, and by creating corresponding plugins to make use of
-    Qt's plugin mechanism (dynamically loading the drivers into the
-    server application at runtime). Note that the plugins must be
-    located in a location where Qt will look for plugins, e.g., the
-    standard \c plugin directory.
-
-    See the \l {How to Create Qt Plugins} documentation and the \l
-    {tools/plugandpaint}{Plug & Paint} example for details.
-
-    \section1 Step 5: Build the Target Specific Executable
-
-    Before building the executable, you must specify the target
-    architecture as well as the target specific hardware drivers by
-    running the \c configure script:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-crosscompiling.qdoc 3
-
-    It is also important to make sure that all the third party
-    libraries that the application and the Qt libraries require, are
-    present in the tool chain. In particular, if the zlib and jpeg
-    libraries are not available, they must be included by running the
-    \c configure script with the \c -L and \c -I options. For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-crosscompiling.qdoc 4
-
-    The JPEG source can be downloaded from \l http://www.ijg.org/. The
-    \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} distribution includes a version of the zlib source
-    that can be compiled into the Qt for Embedded Linux library. If integrators
-    wish to use a later version of the zlib library, it can be
-    downloaded from the \l http://www.gzip.org/zlib/ website.
-
-    Then build the executable:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-crosscompiling.qdoc 5
-
-    That's all. Your target specific executable is ready for deployment.
-
-    \table 100%
-    \row
-    \o \bold {See also:}
-
-    \l{Qt for Embedded Linux Architecture} and \l{Deploying Qt for Embedded Linux
-    Applications}.
-
-    \row
-    \o \bold{Third party resources:}
-
-    \l{http://silmor.de/29}{Cross compiling Qt/Win Apps on Linux} covers the
-    process of cross-compiling Windows applications on Linux.
-    \endtable
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/emb-deployment.qdoc b/doc/src/emb-deployment.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 9a83dcf..0000000
--- a/doc/src/emb-deployment.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page qt-embedded-deployment.html
-
-    \title Deploying Qt for Embedded Linux Applications
-    \ingroup qt-embedded-linux
-
-    The procedure of deploying an Qt application on \l{Qt for Embedded Linux}
-    is essentially the same as the deployment procedure on X11 platforms
-    which is described in detail in the \l {Deploying an Application
-    on X11 Platforms} documentation. See also the \l {Deploying Qt
-    applications}{general remarks} about deploying Qt applications.
-
-    In addition, there is a couple of Qt for Embedded Linux specific issues to
-    keep in mind:
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 Fonts
-
-    When Qt for Embedded Linux applications run, they look for a file called
-    \c fontdir in Qt's \c /lib/fonts/ directory defining the
-    fonts that are available to the application (i.e. the fonts
-    located in the mentioned directory).
-
-    For that reason, the preferred fonts must be copied to the \c
-    /lib/fonts/ directory, and the \c fontdir file must be customized
-    accordingly.  See the \l {Qt for Embedded Linux Fonts}{fonts} documentation
-    for more details about the supported font formats.
-
-    Note that the application will look for the \c /lib/fonts/
-    directory relative to the path set using the \c -prefix parameter
-    when running the \c configure script; ensure that this is a
-    sensible path in the target device environment. See the \l
-    {Installing Qt for Embedded Linux#Step 3: Building the
-    Library}{installation} documentation for more details.
-
-    \section1 Environment Variables
-
-    In general, any variable value that differs from the provided
-    default values must be set explicitly in the target device
-    environment.  Typically, these include the QWS_MOUSE_PROTO,
-    QWS_KEYBOARD and QWS_DISPLAY variables specifying the drivers for
-    pointer handling, character input and display management,
-    respectively.
-
-    For example, without the proper mouse and keyboard drivers, there
-    is no way to give any input to the application when it is
-    installed on the target device. By running the \c configure script
-    using the \c -qt-kbd-<keyboarddriver> and \c
-    -qt-mouse-<mousedriver> options, the drivers are enabled, but in
-    addition the drivers and the preferred devices must be specified
-    as the ones to use in the target environment, by setting the
-    environment variables.
-
-    See the \l{Qt for Embedded Linux Pointer Handling}{pointer handling},
-    \l{Qt for Embedded Linux Character Input}{character input} and
-    \l{Qt for Embedded Linux Display Management}{display management}
-    documentation for more information.
-
-    \section1 Framebuffer Support
-
-    No particular actions are required to enable the framebuffer on
-    target devices: The Linux framebuffer is enabled by default on all
-    modern Linux distributions. For information on older versions, see
-    \l http://en.tldp.org/HOWTO/Framebuffer-HOWTO.html.
-
-    To test that the Linux framebuffer is set up correctly, and that
-    the device permissions are correct, use the program provided by
-    the \l {Testing the Linux Framebuffer} document.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/emb-differences.qdoc b/doc/src/emb-differences.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index cf3ab75..0000000
--- a/doc/src/emb-differences.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page qt-embedded-differences.html
-
-    \title Porting Qt Applications to Qt for Embedded Linux
-    \ingroup porting
-    \ingroup qt-embedded-linux
-
-    Existing Qt applications should require no porting provided there is no
-    platform dependent code.
-
-    \table 100%
-    \header \o Platform Dependent Code
-
-    \row
-    \o
-    Platform dependent code includes system calls, calls to the
-    underlying window system (Windows or X11), and Qt platform
-    specific methods such as QApplication::x11EventFilter().
-
-    For cases where it is necessary to use platform dependent code
-    there are macros defined that can be used to enable and disable
-    code for each platform using \c #ifdef directives:
-
-    \list
-    \o Qt for Embedded Linux: Q_WS_QWS
-    \o Qt for Mac OS X: Q_WS_MAC
-    \o Qt for Windows: Q_WS_WIN
-    \o Qt for X11: Q_WS_X11
-    \endlist
-    \endtable
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/emb-envvars.qdoc b/doc/src/emb-envvars.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index c423fef..0000000
--- a/doc/src/emb-envvars.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,168 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page qt-embedded-envvars.html
-
-    \title Qt for Embedded Linux Environment Variables
-    \ingroup qt-embedded-linux
-
-    These environment variables are relevant to \l{Qt for Embedded Linux}
-    users.
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Variable \o Description
-
-    \row
-    \o \bold POINTERCAL_FILE \target POINTERCAL_FILE
-
-    \o Specifies the file containing the data used to calibrate the
-    pointer device.
-
-    See also QWSCalibratedMouseHandler and \l{Qt for Embedded Linux Pointer
-    Handling}.
-
-    \row
-    \o \bold QT_ONSCREEN_PAINT \target QT_ONSCREEN_PAINT
-
-    \o If defined, the application will render its widgets directly on
-    screen. The affected regions of the screen will not be modified by
-    the screen driver unless another window with a higher focus
-    requests (parts of) the same region.
-
-    Setting this environment variable is equivalent to setting the
-    Qt::WA_PaintOnScreen attribute for all the widgets in the
-    application.
-
-    See also the Qt for Embedded Linux \l{Qt for Embedded Linux Architecture#Graphics
-    Rendering}{graphics rendering} documentation.
-
-    \row
-    \o \bold QWS_SW_CURSOR \target QWS_SW_CURSOR
-    \o If defined, the software mouse cursor is always used (even when using an
-    accelerated driver that supports a hardware cursor).
-
-    \row
-    \o \bold QWS_DISPLAY \target QWS_DISPLAY
-    \o
-
-    Specifies the display type and framebuffer. For example, if the
-    current shell is bash, ksh, zsh or sh:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-envvars.qdoc 0
-
-    The valid values for the \c <driver> argument are \c LinuxFb, \c
-    QVFb, \c VNC, \c Transformed, \c Multi and \l
-    {QScreenDriverPlugin::keys()}{keys} identifying custom drivers,
-    and the \c {<display num>} argument is used to separate screens
-    that are using the same screen driver and to enable multiple
-    displays (see the \l {Running Qt for Embedded Linux Applications}
-    documentation for more details).
-
-    The driver specific options are described in the \l{Qt for Embedded Linux
-    Display Management}{display management} documentation.
-
-    \row
-    \o \bold QWS_SIZE \target QWS_SIZE
-    \o
-
-    Specifies the size of the \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} window which is centered
-    within the screen. For example, if the current shell is bash, ksh,
-    zsh or sh:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-envvars.qdoc 1
-
-    \row
-    \o \bold QWS_MOUSE_PROTO \target QWS_MOUSE_PROTO
-    \o
-
-    Specifies the driver for pointer handling. For example, if the
-    current shell is bash, ksh, zsh or sh:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-envvars.qdoc 2
-
-    The valid values for the \c <driver> argument are \c MouseMan, \c
-    IntelliMouse, \c Microsoft, \c VR41xx, \c LinuxTP, \c Yopy. \c
-    Tslib and \l {QMouseDriverPlugin::keys()}{keys} identifying
-    custom drivers, and the driver specific options are typically a
-    device, e.g., \c /dev/mouse for mouse devices and \c /dev/ts for
-    touch panels.
-
-    Multiple keyboard drivers can be specified in one go:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-envvars.qdoc 3
-
-    Input will be read from all specified drivers.
-    Note that the \c Vr41xx driver also accepts two optional
-    arguments: \c press=<value> defining a mouseclick (the default
-    value is 750) and \c filter=<value> specifying the length of the
-    filter used to eliminate noise (the default length is 3). For
-    example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-envvars.qdoc 4
-
-    See also \l {Qt for Embedded Linux Pointer Handling}.
-
-    \row
-    \o \bold QWS_KEYBOARD \target QWS_KEYBOARD
-    \o
-
-    Specifies the driver and device for character input. For example, if the
-    current shell is bash, ksh, zsh or sh:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-envvars.qdoc 5
-
-    The valid values for the \c <driver> argument are \c SL5000, \c
-    Yopy, \c VR41xx, \c TTY, \c USB and \l
-    {QKbdDriverPlugin::keys()}{keys} identifying custom drivers,
-    and the driver specific options are typically a device, e.g., \c
-    /dev/tty0.
-
-    Multiple keyboard drivers can be specified in one go:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-envvars.qdoc 6
-
-    Input will be read from all specified drivers.
-
-    See also \l {Qt for Embedded Linux Character Input}.
-
-    \endtable
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/emb-features.qdoc b/doc/src/emb-features.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index fdd2e46..0000000
--- a/doc/src/emb-features.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,147 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page fine-tuning-features.html
-    \title Fine-Tuning Features in Qt
-    \ingroup qtce
-    \ingroup qt-embedded-linux
-    \brief Describes how to reduce the size of Qt libraries by selecting only
-    the features that are needed.
-
-    In many cases, only a fixed set of applications are deployed on an
-    embedded device, making it possible to save resources by minimizing
-    the size of the associated libraries. The Qt installation can easily
-    be optimized by avoiding to compile in the features that are not
-    required.
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    A wide range of features are defined, covering classes and technologies
-    provided by several of Qt's modules.
-    You can look up the different feature definitions in the
-    \c{src/corelib/global/qfeatures.txt} file within the Qt source
-    distribution.
-
-    \section1 Simple Customization
-
-    \section2 Embedded Linux
-
-    To disable a particular feature, just run the \c configure script 
-    for Qt for Embedded Linux with the \c -no-feature-<feature> option.
-    For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-features.qdoc 1
-
-    The feature can easily be enabled again by running \c configure
-    with the \c -feature-<feature> option.
-
-    See also \l{Qt Performance Tuning}.
-
-    \section2 Windows CE
-
-    To disable a particular feature, just run the \c configure script 
-    with the set of required \c -D<feature> options. For example,
-    you can use the \c -D option to define \c{QT_NO_THREAD}:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-features.qdoc 0
-
-    The \c -D option only creates a Qt internal define. If you get linker
-    errors you have to define \c QT_NO_THREAD also for your project.
-    You can do this by adding \c DEFINES += \c QT_NO_THREAD to your
-    \c .pro file.
-
-    See also \l{Qt Performance Tuning}.
-
-    \section1 Managing Large Numbers of Features
-
-    If you want to disable a lot of features, it is more comfortable
-    to use the \c qconfig tool.
-    You can disable a \e set of features by creating a custom
-    configuration file that defines the preferred subset of Qt's
-    functionality. Such a file uses macros to disable the unwanted
-    features, and can be created manually or by using the \c qconfig
-    tool located in the \c{tools/qconfig} directory of the Qt source
-    distribution.
-
-    \note The \c qconfig tool is intended to be built against Qt on
-    desktop platforms.
-
-    \bold{Windows CE:} The Qt for Windows CE package contains a \c qconfig
-    executable that you can run on a Windows desktop to configure the build.
-
-    \image qt-embedded-qconfigtool.png
-
-    The \c qconfig tool's interface displays all of Qt's
-    functionality, and allows the user to both disable and enable
-    features. The user can open and edit any custom configuration file
-    located in the \c{src/corelib/global} directory. When creating a
-    custom configuration file manually, a description of the currently
-    available Qt features can be found in the
-    \c{src/corelib/global/qfeatures.txt} file.
-
-    Note that some features depend on others; disabling any feature
-    will automatically disable all features depending on it. The
-    feature dependencies can be explored using the \c qconfig tool,
-    but they are also described in the \c{src/corelib/global/qfeatures.h}
-    file.
-
-    To be able to apply the custom configuration, it must be saved in
-    a file called \c qconfig-myfile.h in the \c{src/corelib/global}
-    directory. Then use the \c configure tool's \c -qconfig option
-    and pass the configuration's file name without the \c qconfig-
-    prefix and \c .h extension, as argument.
-    The following examples show how this is invoked on each of the
-    embedded platforms for a file called \c{qconfig-myfile.h}:
-
-    \bold{Embedded Linux:}
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-features.qdoc 3
-
-    \bold{Windows CE:}
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-features.qdoc 2
-
-    Qt provides several ready-made custom configuration files,
-    defining minimal, small, medium and large installations,
-    respectively. These files are located in the
-    \c{/src/corelib/global} directory in the Qt source distribution.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/emb-fonts.qdoc b/doc/src/emb-fonts.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 70fddbf..0000000
--- a/doc/src/emb-fonts.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,201 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page qt-embedded-fonts.html
-
-    \title Qt for Embedded Linux Fonts
-    \ingroup qt-embedded-linux
-
-    \l {Qt for Embedded Linux} uses the
-    \l{http://freetype.sourceforge.net/freetype2/index.html}{FreeType 2}
-    font engine to produce font output. The formats supported depends on
-    the locally installed version of the FreeType library. In addition,
-    \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} supports the Qt Prerendered Font formats (\l QPF and \l QPF2):
-    light-weight non-scalable font formats specific to \l {Qt for Embedded Linux}.
-    QPF2 is the native format of \l{Qt for Embedded Linux}. QPF is the legacy
-    format used by Qt/Embedded 2.x and 3.x. Several of the formats may be rendered
-    using anti-aliasing for improved readability.
-
-    When \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} applications run, they look for fonts in
-    Qt's \c lib/fonts/ directory. \l {Qt for Embedded Linux} will automatically detect
-    prerendered fonts and TrueType fonts. For compatibility, it will also read the
-    legacy \c lib/fonts/fontdir file.
-
-    Support for other font formats can be added, contact
-    \l{mailto:qt-info@nokia.com}{qt-info@nokia.com} for more
-    information.
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \table 100%
-    \row
-    \o
-    \bold {Optimization}
-
-    The \l FreeType, \l QPF2 and \l QPF formats are features that can be
-    disabled using the
-    \l{Fine-Tuning Features in Qt}{feature definition system},
-    reducing the size of Qt and saving resources.
-
-    Note that at least one font format must be defined.
-
-    See the \l {Fine-Tuning Features in Qt} documentation for
-    details.
-
-    \o
-    \inlineimage qt-embedded-fontfeatures.png
-    \endtable
-
-    All supported fonts use the Unicode character encoding. Most fonts
-    available today do, but they usually don't contain \e all the
-    Unicode characters. A complete 16-point Unicode font uses over 1
-    MB of memory.
-
-    \target FreeType
-    \section1 FreeType Formats
-
-    The \l {http://freetype.sourceforge.net/freetype2/index.html}{FreeType 2}
-    library (and therefore \l{Qt for Embedded Linux}) can support the following font formats:
-
-    \list
-        \o TrueType (TTF)
-        \o PostScript Type1 (PFA/PFB)
-        \o Bitmap Distribution Format (BDF)
-        \o CID-keyed Type1
-        \o Compact Font Format (CFF)
-        \o OpenType fonts
-        \o SFNT-based bitmap fonts
-        \o Portable Compiled Format (PCF)
-        \o Microsoft Windows Font File Format (Windows FNT)
-        \o Portable Font Resource (PFR)
-        \o Type 42 (limited support)
-    \endlist
-
-    It is possible to add modules to the \l
-    {http://freetype.sourceforge.net/freetype2/index.html}{FreeType 2}
-    font engine to support other types of font files. For more
-    information, see the font engine's own website: \l
-    http://freetype.sourceforge.net/freetype2/index.html.
-
-    Glyphs rendered using FreeType are shared efficiently between applications,
-    reducing memory requirements and speeding up text rendering.
-
-    \omit
-    \l {Qt for Embedded Linux} will by default use the system FreeType library if it exists.
-    Otherwise it will use a copy of the FreeType library in Qt, which by default only
-    supports TrueType fonts to reduce footprint.
-    \endomit
-
-    \target QPF2
-    \section1 Qt Prerendered Font (QPF2)
-
-    The Qt Prerendered Font (QPF2) is an architecture-independent,
-    light-weight and non-scalable font format specific to \l{Qt for Embedded Linux}.
-
-    Nokia provides the cross-platform \l makeqpf tool, included in the
-    \c tools directory of both \l {Qt} and \l{Qt for Embedded Linux}, which allows
-    generation of QPF2 files from system fonts.
-
-    QPF2 supports anti-aliasing and complex writing systems, using information
-    from the corresponding TrueType font, if present on the system. The format
-    is designed to be mapped directly to memory. The same format is used to
-    share glyphs from non-prerendered fonts between applications.
-
-    \target QPF
-    \section1 Legacy Qt Prerendered Font (QPF)
-
-    Nokia provides support for the legacy QPF format for compatibility
-    reasons. QPF is based on the internal font engine data structure of Qt/Embedded
-    versions 2 and 3.
-
-    Note that the file name describes the font, for example \c helvetica_120_50.qpf
-    is 12 point Helvetica while \c helvetica_120_50i.qpf is 12 point Helvetica \e italic.
-
-    \omit
-    \section1 Memory Requirements
-
-    Taking advantage of the way the QPF format is structured, Qt for
-    Embedded Linux memory-maps the data rather than reading and parsing it.
-    This reduces RAM consumption even further.
-
-    Scalable fonts use a larger amount of memory per font, but
-    these fonts provide a memory saving if many different sizes of each
-    font are needed.
-    \endomit
-
-    \section1 The Legacy \c fontdir File
-
-    For compatibility reasons \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} supports the \c fontdir
-    file, if present. The file defines additional fonts available to the
-    application, and has the following format:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-fonts.qdoc 0
-
-    \table 100%
-    \header \o Field \o Description
-    \row \o \bold name
-    \o The name of the font format, e.g.,\c Helvetica, \c Times, etc.
-    \row \o \bold file
-    \o The name of the file containing the font, e.g., \c
-    helvR0810.bdf, \c verdana.ttf, etc.
-    \row \o \bold renderer
-    \o Specifies the font engine that should be used to render the
-    font, currently only the FreeType font engine (\c FT) is
-    supported.
-    \row \o \bold italic
-    \o Specifies whether the font is italic or not; the accepted
-    values are \c y or \c n.
-    \row \o \bold weight
-    \o Specifies the font's weight: \c 50 is normal, \c 75 is bold,
-    etc.
-    \row \o \bold size
-    \o Specifies the font size, i.e., point size * 10. For example, a
-    value of 120 means 12pt. A value of 0 means that the font is
-    scalable.
-    \row \o \bold flags
-    \o The following flag is supported:
-    \list
-        \o \c s: smooth (anti-aliased)
-    \endlist
-    All other flags are ignored.
-    \endtable
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/emb-framebuffer-howto.qdoc b/doc/src/emb-framebuffer-howto.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 14400c2..0000000
--- a/doc/src/emb-framebuffer-howto.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page qt-embedded-testingframebuffer.html
-
-    \title Testing the Linux Framebuffer
-    \subtitle for Qt for Embedded Linux
-    \ingroup qt-embedded-linux
-
-    To test that the Linux framebuffer is set up correctly, and that
-    the device permissions are correct, use the program found in 
-    \c examples/qws/framebuffer which opens the frame buffer and draws
-    three squares of different colors.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/emb-install.qdoc b/doc/src/emb-install.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index e23cc1b..0000000
--- a/doc/src/emb-install.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,197 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page qt-embedded-install.html
-
-    \title Installing Qt for Embedded Linux
-    \ingroup qt-embedded-linux
-    \ingroup installation
-    \brief How to install Qt for Embedded Linux.
-
-    This document describes how to install \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} in your
-    development environment:
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    Please see the \l{Cross-Compiling Qt for Embedded Linux Applications}{cross
-    compiling} and \l{Deploying Qt for Embedded Linux Applications}{deployment}
-    documentation for details on how to install \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} on
-    your target device.
-
-    Note also that this installation procedure is written for Linux,
-    and that it may need to be modified for other platforms.
-
-    \section1 Step 1: Installing the License File (commercial editions only)
-
-    If you have the commercial edition of \l{Qt for Embedded Linux}, the first step
-    is to install your license file as \c $HOME/.qt-license.
-
-    For the open source version you do not need a license file.
-
-    \section1 Step 2: Unpacking the Archive
-
-    First uncompress the archive in the preferred location, then
-    unpack it:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-install.qdoc 0
-
-    This document assumes that the archive is unpacked in the
-    following directory:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-install.qdoc 1
-
-    \section1 Step 3: Building the Library
-
-    Before building the \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} library, run the \c
-    ./configure script to configure the library for your development
-    architecture. You can list all of the configuration system's
-    options by typing \c {./configure -help}.
-
-    Note that by default, \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} is configured for
-    installation in the \c{/usr/local/Trolltech/QtEmbedded-%VERSION%}
-    directory, but this can be changed by using the \c{-prefix}
-    option. Alternatively, the \c{-prefix-install} option can be used
-    to specify a "local" installation within the source directory.
-
-    The configuration system is also designed to allow you to specify
-    your platform architecture:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-install.qdoc 2
-
-    In general, all Linux systems which have framebuffer support can
-    use the \c generic architecture. Other typical architectures are
-    \c x86, \c arm and \c mips.
-
-    \note If you want to build Qt for Embedded Linux for use with a virtual
-    framebuffer, pass the \c{-qvfb} option to the \c configure
-    script.
-
-    To create the library and compile all the demos, examples, tools,
-    and tutorials, type:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-install.qdoc 3
-
-    On some systems the \c make utility is named differently, e.g. \c
-    gmake. The \c configure script tells you which \c make utility to
-    use.
-
-    If you did not configure \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} using the \c{-prefix-install}
-    option, you need to install the library, demos, examples, tools,
-    and tutorials in the appropriate place. To do this, type:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-install.qdoc 4
-
-    and enter the root password.
-
-    \note You can use the \c INSTALL_ROOT environment variable to specify
-    the location of the installed files when invoking \c{make install}.
-
-    \section1 Step 4: Adjusting the Environment Variables
-
-    In order to use \l{Qt for Embedded Linux}, the \c PATH variable must be extended
-    to locate \c qmake, \c moc and other \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} tools, and the \c
-    LD_LIBRARY_PATH must be extended for compilers that do not support
-    \c rpath.
-
-    To set the \c PATH variable, add the following lines to your \c
-    .profile file if your shell is bash, ksh, zsh or sh:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-install.qdoc 5
-
-    In case your shell is csh or tcsh, add the following line to the
-    \c .login file instead:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-install.qdoc 6
-
-    If you use a different shell, please modify your environment
-    variables accordingly.
-
-    For compilers that do not support \c rpath you must also extend
-    the \c LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable to include
-    \c /usr/local/Trolltech/QtEmbedded-%VERSION%/lib. Note that on Linux
-    with GCC, this step is not needed.
-
-    \section1 Step 5: Building the Virtual Framebuffer
-
-    For development and debugging, \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} provides a virtual
-    framebuffer as well as the option of running \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} as a VNC
-    server. For a description of how to install the virtual
-    framebuffer and how to use the VNC protocol, please consult the
-    documentation at:
-
-    \list
-       \o \l {The Virtual Framebuffer}
-       \o \l {The VNC Protocol and Qt for Embedded Linux}
-    \endlist
-
-    Note that the virtual framebuffer requires a Qt for X11
-    installation. See \l {Installing Qt on X11 Platforms} for details.
-
-    The Linux framebuffer, on the other hand, is enabled by default on
-    all modern Linux distributions. For information on older versions,
-    see \l http://en.tldp.org/HOWTO/Framebuffer-HOWTO.html. To test
-    that the Linux framebuffer is set up correctly, use the program
-    provided by the \l {Testing the Linux Framebuffer} document.
-
-    That's all. \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} is now installed.
-
-    \table 100%
-    \row
-    \o
-    \bold {Customizing the Qt for Embedded Linux Library}
-
-    When building embedded applications on low-powered devices,
-    reducing the memory and CPU requirements is important.
-
-    A number of options tuning the library's performance are
-    available. But the most direct way of saving resources is to
-    fine-tune the set of Qt features that is compiled. It is also
-    possible to make use of accelerated graphics hardware.
-
-    \list
-        \o \l {Fine-Tuning Features in Qt}
-        \o \l {Qt Performance Tuning}
-        \o \l {Adding an Accelerated Graphics Driver to Qt for Embedded Linux}
-    \endlist
-
-    \endtable
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/emb-kmap2qmap.qdoc b/doc/src/emb-kmap2qmap.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 291a553..0000000
--- a/doc/src/emb-kmap2qmap.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,84 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page qt-embedded-kmap2qmap.html
-    \title kmap2qmap
-    \ingroup qt-embedded-linux
-
-    \c kmap2qmap is a tool to generate keymaps for use on Embedded Linux.
-    The source files have to be in standard Linux \c kmap format that is
-    e.g.  understood by the kernel's \c loadkeys command.  This means you
-    can use the following sources to generate \c qmap files:
-
-    \list
-    \o The \l {http://lct.sourceforge.net/}{Linux Console Tools (LCT)} project.
-    \o \l {http://www.x.org/}{Xorg} X11 keymaps can be converted to the \c
-    kmap format with the \c ckbcomp utility.
-    \o Since \c kmap files are plain text files, they can also be hand crafted.
-    \endlist
-
-    The generated \c qmap files are size optimized binary files.
-
-    \c kmap2qmap is a command line program, that needs at least 2 files as
-    parameters.  The last one will be the generated \c .qmap file, while all
-    the others will be parsed as input \c .kmap files.  For example:
-
-    \code
-    kmap2qmap i386/qwertz/de-latin1-nodeadkeys.kmap include/compose.latin1.inc de-latin1-nodeadkeys.qmap
-    \endcode
-
-    \c kmap2qmap does not support all the (pseudo) symbols that the Linux
-    kernel supports.  If you are converting a standard keymap you will get a
-    lot of warnings for things like \c Show_Registers, \c Hex_A, etc.: you
-    can safely ignore those.
-
-    It also doesn't support numeric symbols (e.g. \c{keycode 1 = 4242},
-    instead of \c{keycode 1 = colon}), since these are deprecated and can
-    change from one kernel version to the other.
-
-    On the other hand, \c kmap2qmap supports one additional, Qt specific,
-    symbol: \c QtZap.  The built-in US keymap has that symbol mapped tp
-    \c{Ctrl+Alt+Backspace} and it serves as a shortcut to kill your QWS
-    server (similiar to the X11 server).
-
-    See also \l {Qt for Embedded Linux Character Input}
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/emb-makeqpf.qdoc b/doc/src/emb-makeqpf.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index dc1196a..0000000
--- a/doc/src/emb-makeqpf.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page qt-embedded-makeqpf.html
-    \title makeqpf
-    \ingroup qt-embedded-linux
-
-    \c makeqpf is a tool to generate pre-rendered fonts in QPF2 format for use on Embedded Linux.
-
-    Qt 4 can read files in QPF2 format in addition to QPF files generated by older versions of
-    \c makeqpf from Qt 2 or 3.
-
-    \sa {Qt for Embedded Linux Fonts}
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/emb-performance.qdoc b/doc/src/emb-performance.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 9bc373b..0000000
--- a/doc/src/emb-performance.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,152 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page qt-performance.html
-    \title Qt Performance Tuning
-    \ingroup qtce
-    \ingroup qt-embedded-linux
-    \brief Ways to improve performance on embedded platforms.
-
-    When building embedded applications on low-powered devices,
-    \l{Qt for Windows CE} and \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} provide
-    a number of options that reduce the memory and/or CPU requirements
-    by making various trade-offs. These options range from variations
-    in programming style, to linking and memory allocation.
-
-    Note that the most direct way of saving resources, is to avoid compiling
-    in features that are not required. See the \l{Fine-Tuning Features in Qt}
-    {fine tuning features} documentation for details.
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 Programming Style
-
-    Rather than creating dialogs and widgets every time they are
-    needed, and delete them when they are no longer required, create
-    them once and use the QWidget::hide() and QWidget::show()
-    functions whenever appropriate. To avoid a slow startup of the
-    application, delay the creation of dialogs and widgets until they
-    are requested. All this will improve the CPU performance, it
-    requires a little more memory, but will be much faster.
-
-    \section1 Static vs. Dynamic Linking
-
-    A lot of CPU and memory is used by the ELF (Executable and Linking
-    Format) linking process. Significant savings can be achieved by
-    using a static build of the application suite; rather than having
-    a collection of executables which link dynamically to Qt's
-    libraries, all the applications is built into into a single
-    executable which is statically linked to Qt's libraries.
-
-    This improves the start-up time and reduces memory usage at the
-    expense of flexibility (to add a new application, you must
-    recompile the single executable) and robustness (if one
-    application has a bug, it might harm other applications).
-
-    \table 100%
-    \row
-    \o \bold {Creating a Static Build}
-
-    To compile Qt as a static library, use the \c -static option when
-    running configure:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-performance.qdoc 0
-
-    To build the application suite as an all-in-one application,
-    design each application as a stand-alone widget (or set of
-    widgets) with only minimal code in the \c main() function. Then,
-    write an application that provides a means of switching between
-    the applications.  The \l Qt Extended platform is an example using this
-    approach: It can be built either as a set of dynamically linked
-    executables, or as a single static application.
-
-    Note that the application still should link dynamically against
-    the standard C library and any other libraries which might be used
-    by other applications on the target device.
-
-    \endtable
-
-    When installing end-user applications, this approach may not be an
-    option, but when building a single application suite for a device
-    with limited CPU power and memory, this option could be very
-    beneficial.
-
-    \section1 Alternative Memory Allocation
-
-    The libraries shipped with some C++ compilers on some platforms
-    have poor performance in the built-in "new" and "delete"
-    operators. Improved memory allocation and performance may be
-    gained by re-implementing these functions:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-performance.qdoc 1
-
-    The example above shows the necessary code to switch to the plain
-    C memory allocators.
-
-    \section1 Bypassing the Backing Store
-
-    When rendering, Qt uses the concept of a backing store; i.e., a
-    paint buffer, to reduce flicker and to support graphics operations
-    such as blending.
-
-    The default behavior is for each client to render
-    its widgets into memory while the server is responsible for
-    putting the contents of the memory onto the screen. But when the
-    hardware is known and well defined, as is often the case with
-    software for embedded devices, it might be useful to bypass the
-    backing store, allowing the clients to manipulate the underlying
-    hardware directly.
-    \if defined(qtce)
-    This is achieved by setting the Qt::WA_PaintOnScreen window attribute
-    for each widget.
-    \else
-
-    There are two approaches to direct painting: The first approach is
-    to set the Qt::WA_PaintOnScreen window attribute for each widget,
-    the other is to use the QDirectPainter class to reserve a region
-    of the framebuffer.
-      For more information, see the
-      \l{Qt for Embedded Linux Architecture#Direct Painting}{direct painting}
-      section of the \l{Qt for Embedded Linux Architecture}{architecture}
-      documentation.
-    \endif
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/emb-pointer.qdoc b/doc/src/emb-pointer.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 39a8482..0000000
--- a/doc/src/emb-pointer.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,209 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page qt-embedded-pointer.html
-
-    \title Qt for Embedded Linux Pointer Handling
-    \ingroup qt-embedded-linux
-
-    When running a \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} application, it either runs as a
-    server or connects to an existing server. The mouse driver is
-    loaded by the server application when it starts running, using
-    Qt's \l {How to Create Qt Plugins}{plugin system}.
-
-    Internally in the client/server protocol, all system generated
-    events, including pointer events, are passed to the server
-    application which then propagates the event to the appropriate
-    client. Note that pointer handling in \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} works for
-    both mouse and mouse-like devices such as touch panels and
-    trackballs.
-
-    Contents:
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 Available Drivers
-
-    \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} provides ready-made drivers for the MouseMan,
-    IntelliMouse, Microsoft and Linux Touch Panel protocols, for the
-    standard Linux Input Subsystem as well as the universal touch screen
-    library, tslib.  Run the \c configure script to list the available
-    drivers:
-
-    \if defined(QTOPIA_PHONE)
-
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-pointer.qdoc 0
-
-        \bold{Note:} By default only the PC mouse driver is enabled.
-
-        The various drivers can be enabled and disabled using the \c
-        configure script. For example:
-
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-pointer.qdoc 1
-
-    \else
-
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-pointer.qdoc 2
-
-        In the default Qt configuration, only the "pc" mouse driver is
-        enabled. The various drivers can be enabled and disabled using
-        the \c configure script. For example:
-
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-pointer.qdoc 3
-    \endif
-
-    Custom mouse drivers can be implemented by subclassing the
-    QWSMouseHandler class and creating a mouse driver plugin (derived
-    from the QMouseDriverPlugin class). The default implementation of the
-    QMouseDriverFactory class will automatically detect the plugin,
-    loading the driver into the server application at run-time.
-
-    If you are creating a driver for a device that needs calibration
-    or noise reduction, such as a touchscreen, derive from the
-    QWSCalibratedMouseHandler subclass instead to take advantage of
-    its calibration functionality.
-
-    \if defined(QTOPIA_PHONE)
-        For a tutorial on how to add a new keyboard driver plug-in
-        see: \l {Tutorial: Implementing a Device Plug-in}.
-    \endif
-
-    \section1 Specifying a Driver
-
-    Provided that the "pc" mouse driver is enabled, \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} will
-    try to auto-detect the mouse device if it is one of the supported
-    types on \c /dev/psaux or one of the \c /dev/ttyS?  serial
-    lines. If multiple mice are detected, all may be used
-    simultaneously.
-
-    Note that \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} does not support auto-detection of \e
-    {touch panels} in which case the driver must be specified
-    explicitly to determine which device to use.
-
-    To manually specify which driver to use, set the QWS_MOUSE_PROTO
-    environment variable. For example (if the current shell is bash,
-    ksh, zsh or sh):
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-pointer.qdoc 4
-
-    The valid values for the \c <driver> argument are \c MouseMan, \c
-    IntelliMouse, \c Microsoft, \c LinuxTP, \c LinuxInput, \c
-    Tslib and \l {QMouseDriverPlugin::keys()}{keys} identifying custom
-    drivers, and the driver specific options are typically a device,
-    e.g., \c /dev/mouse for mouse devices and \c /dev/ts for touch
-    panels.
-
-    Multiple mouse drivers can be specified in one go:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-pointer.qdoc 5
-
-    Input will be read from all specified drivers.
-
-    \table
-    \header \o The Tslib Mouse Driver
-    \row
-    \o
-
-    The tslib mouse driver inherits the QWSCalibratedMouseHandler
-    class, providing calibration and noise reduction functionality in
-    addition to generating mouse events for devices using the
-    Universal Touch Screen Library.
-
-    To be able to compile this mouse handler, \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} must be
-    configured with the \c -qt-mouse-tslib option as described
-    above. In addition, the tslib headers and library must be present
-    in the build environment.
-
-    The tslib sources can be downloaded from \l
-    http://tslib.berlios.de. Use the \c configure script's -L and
-    -I options to explicitly specify the location of the library and
-    its headers:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-pointer.qdoc 7
-
-    In order to use this mouse driver, tslib must also be correctly
-    installed on the target machine. This includes providing a \c
-    ts.conf configuration file and setting the neccessary environment
-    variables (see the README file provided with tslib for details).
-
-    The \c ts.conf file will usually contain the following two lines:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-pointer.qdoc 8
-
-    To make \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} explicitly choose the tslib mouse
-    handler, set the QWS_MOUSE_PROTO environment variable as explained
-    above.
-
-    \endtable
-
-    \section1 Troubleshooting
-
-    \section2 Device Files
-
-    Make sure you are using the correct device file.
-
-    As a first step, you can test whether the device file actually gives any
-    output. For instance, if you have specified the mouse driver with
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-pointer.qdoc 9
-    then try examining
-    the output from the device by entering the following command in a console:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-pointer.qdoc 10
-
-    If you see output from the device printed on the console when you move
-    the mouse, you are probably using the correct device file; otherwise, you
-    will need to experiment to find the correct device file.
-
-    \section2 File Permissions
-
-    Make sure you have sufficient permissions to access the device file.
-
-    The Qt for Embedded Linux server process needs at least read permission for the 
-    device file. Some drivers also require write access to the device file. 
-    For instance, if you have specified the mouse driver with
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-pointer.qdoc 11
-    then examine the permissions of the device file by entering the following
-    command in a console:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-pointer.qdoc 12
-
-    If the device file is actually a symbolic link to another file, you must
-    change the permissions of the actual file instead.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/emb-porting.qdoc b/doc/src/emb-porting.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 1afd1be..0000000
--- a/doc/src/emb-porting.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,193 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page qt-embedded-porting-operatingsystem.html
-
-    \title Porting Qt for Embedded Linux to Another Operating System
-    \ingroup qt-embedded-linux
-
-    \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} is reasonably platform-independent, making use of
-    the standard C library and some POSIX functions, but only a Linux
-    implementation is publically available. If you are looking for a
-    non-Linux commercial implementation, it is worth contacting \l
-    {mailto:qt-info@nokia.com}{qt-info@nokia.com} to see if we can
-    help.
-
-    There are several issues to be aware of if you plan to do your own
-    port to another operating system. In particular you must resolve
-    \l{Qt for Embedded Linux}'s shared memory and semaphores (used to share
-    window regions), and you must provide something similar to
-    Unix-domain sockets for inter-application communication. You must
-    also provide a screen driver, and if you want to implement sound
-    you must provide your own sound server. Finally you must modify
-    the event dispatcher used by \l{Qt for Embedded Linux}.
-
-    Contents:
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 Shared Memory and Semaphores
-
-    \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} uses System V IPC (shared memory and semaphores)
-    to share window regions between client and server. When porting,
-    something similar must be provided; otherwise it will not be
-    possible to run multiple applications.
-
-    System V semaphores are also used for synchronizing access to the
-    framebuffer.
-
-    \list
-        \o Modify \c qsharedmemory_p.cpp
-        \o Modify \c qlock_qws.cpp
-        \o Modify \c qwslock.cpp
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 Inter-Application Communication
-
-    To communicate between applications, \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} uses the
-    Unix-domain sockets. When porting, something similar must be
-    provided; otherwise it will not be possible to run multiple
-    applications.
-
-    It should be possible to use message queues or similar mechanisms
-    to achieve this. With the exception of QCOP messages, individual
-    messages should be no more than a few bytes in length (QCOP
-    messages are generated by the client applications and not Qt for
-    Embedded Linux).
-
-    \list
-        \o Modify \c qwssocket_qws.cpp
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 Screen Management
-
-    When rendering, the default behavior in \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} is
-    for each client to render its widgets into memory while the server is
-    responsible for putting the contents of the memory onto the screen
-    using the screen driver.
-
-    When porting, a new screen driver must be implemented, providing a
-    byte pointer to a memory-mapped framebuffer and information about
-    width, height and bit depth (the latter information can most
-    likely be hard-coded).
-
-    \list
-        \o Reimplement \c qscreen_qws.cpp
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 Sound Management
-
-    To implement sound, \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} uses a Linux style device (\c
-    /dev/dsp). If you want to use the \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} sound server on
-    another platform you must reimplement it.
-
-    \list
-        \o Reimplement \c qsoundqss_qws.cpp
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 Event Dispatching
-
-    \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} uses an event dispatcher to pass events to and
-    from the \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} server application. Reimplement the \c
-    select() function to enable \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} to dispatch events on
-    your platform.
-
-    \list
-        \o Modify \c qeventdispatcher_qws.cpp
-    \endlist
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \page qt-embedded-porting-device.html
-
-    \title Porting Qt for Embedded Linux to a New Architecture
-    \ingroup qt-embedded-linux
-
-    When porting \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} to a new architecture there are
-    several issues to be aware of: You must provide suitable hardware
-    drivers, and you must ensure to implement platform dependent
-    atomic operations to enable multithreading on the new
-    architecture.
-
-    \section1 Hardware Drivers
-
-    When running a \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} application, it either runs as a
-    server or connects to an existing server. All system generated
-    events, including keyboard and mouse events, are passed to the
-    server application which then propagates the event to the
-    appropriate client. When rendering, the default behavior is for
-    each client to render its widgets into memory while the server is
-    responsible for putting the contents of the memory onto the
-    screen.
-
-    The various hardware drivers are loaded by the server
-    application when it starts running, using Qt's \l {How to Create
-    Qt Plugins}{plugin system}.
-
-    Derive from the QWSMouseHandler, QWSKeyboardHandler and QScreen
-    classes to create a custom mouse, keyboard and screen driver
-    respectively. To load the drivers into the server application at
-    runtime, you must also create corresponding plugins. See the
-    following documentation for more details:
-
-    \list
-        \o \l{Qt for Embedded Linux Pointer Handling}{Pointer Handling}
-        \o \l{Qt for Embedded Linux Character Input}{Character Input}
-        \o \l{Qt for Embedded Linux Display Management}{Display Management}
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 Atomic Operations
-
-    Qt uses an optimization called \l {Implicitly Shared Classes}{implicit sharing}
-    for many of its value classes; implicitly shared classes can safely be
-    copied across threads. This technology is implemented using atomic
-    operations; i.e., \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} requires that platform-specific
-    atomic operations are implemented to support Linux.
-
-    When porting \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} to a new architecture, it is
-    important to ensure that the platform-specific atomic operations
-    are implemented in a corresponding header file, and that this file
-    is located in Qt's \c src/corelib/arch directory.
-
-    See the \l {Implementing Atomic Operations}{atomic operations}
-    documentation for more details.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/emb-qvfb.qdoc b/doc/src/emb-qvfb.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 48e0d35..0000000
--- a/doc/src/emb-qvfb.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,296 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page qvfb.html
-
-    \title The Virtual Framebuffer
-    \ingroup qt-embedded-linux
-
-    \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} applications write directly to the
-    framebuffer, eliminating the need for the X Window System and
-    saving memory. For development and debugging purposes, a virtual
-    framebuffer can be used, allowing \l{Qt for Embedded Linux}
-    programs to be developed on a desktop machine, without switching
-    between consoles and X11.
-
-    QVFb is an X11 application supplied with Qt for X11 that provides
-    a virtual framebuffer for Qt for Embedded Linux to use. To use it,
-    you need to \l{Installing Qt on X11 Platforms}{configure and
-    install Qt on X11 platforms} appropriately. Further requirements
-    can be found in the \l{Qt for Embedded Linux Requirements}
-    document.
-
-    \image qt-embedded-virtualframebuffer.png
-
-    The virtual framebuffer emulates a framebuffer using a shared
-    memory region and the \c qvfb tool to display the framebuffer in a
-    window. The \c qvfb tool also supports a feature known as a skin
-    which can be used to change the look and feel of the display. The
-    tool is located in Qt's \c tools/qvfb directory, and provides
-    several additional features accessible through its \gui File and
-    \gui View menus.
-
-    Please note that the virtual framebuffer is a development tool
-    only. No security issues have been considered in the virtual
-    framebuffer design. It should be avoided in a production
-    environment; i.e. do not configure production libraries with the
-    \c -qvfb option.
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 Displaying the Virtual Framebuffer
-
-    To run the \c qvfb tool displaying the virtual framebuffer, the
-    \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} library must be configured and compiled
-    with the \c -qvfb option:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-qvfb.qdoc 0
-
-    Ensure that you have all the
-    \l{Qt for Embedded Linux Requirements#Additional X11 Libraries for QVFb}
-    {necessary libraries} needed to build the tool, then compile and run the
-    \c qvfb tool as a normal Qt for X11 application (i.e., do \e not compile
-    it as a \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} application):
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-qvfb.qdoc 1
-
-    The \c qvfb application supports the following command line
-    options:
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Option \o Description
-    \row
-    \o \c {-width <value>}
-    \o The width of the virtual framebuffer (default: 240).
-    \row
-    \o \c {-height <value>}
-    \o The height of the virtual framebuffer (default: 320).
-    \row
-    \o \c {-depth <value>}
-    \o The depth of the virtual framebuffer (1, 8 or 32; default: 8).
-    \row
-    \o \c -nocursor
-    \o Do not display the X11 cursor in the framebuffer window.
-    \row
-    \o \c {-qwsdisplay <:id>}
-    \o The \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} display ID (default: 0).
-    \row
-    \o \c {-skin <name>.skin}
-    \o The preferred skin. Note that the skin must be located in Qt's
-    \c /tools/qvfb/ directory.
-    \row
-    \o \c {-zoom <factor>}
-    \o Scales the application view with the given factor.
-
-    \endtable
-
-    \section2 Skins
-
-    A skin is a set of XML and pixmap files that tells the vitual
-    framebuffer what it should look like and how it should behave; a
-    skin can change the unrealistic default display into a display
-    that is similar to the target device. To access the \c qvfb tool's
-    menus when a skin is activated, right-click over the display.
-
-    Note that a skin can have buttons which (when clicked) send
-    signals to the Qt Extended application running inside the virtual
-    framebuffer, just as would happen on a real device.
-
-    \table 100%
-    \row
-        \o
-        \bold {Target Device Environment}
-
-        The \c qvfb tool provides various skins by default, allowing
-        the user to view their application in an environment similar
-        to their target device. The provided skins are:
-
-        \list
-            \o ClamshellPhone
-            \o pda
-            \o PDAPhone
-            \o Qt ExtendedPDA
-            \o Qt ExtendedPhone-Advanced
-            \o Qt ExtendedPhone-Simple
-            \o SmartPhone
-            \o SmartPhone2
-            \o SmartPhoneWithButtons
-            \o TouchscreenPhone
-            \o Trolltech-Keypad
-            \o Trolltech-Touchscreen
-        \endlist
-
-        In addition, it is possible to create custom skins.
-
-        \o \image qt-embedded-phone.png
-        \o \image qt-embedded-pda.png
-    \endtable
-
-    \bold {Creating Custom Skins}
-
-    The XML and pixmap files specifying a custom skin must be located
-    in subdirectory of the Qt's \c /tools/qvfb directory, called \c
-    /customskin.skin. See the ClamshellPhone skin for an example of the
-    file structure:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-qvfb.qdoc 2
-
-    The \c /ClamshellPhone.skin directory contains the following files:
-
-    \list
-        \o \c ClamshellPhone.skin
-        \o \c ClamshellPhone1-5.png
-        \o \c ClamshellPhone1-5-pressed.png
-        \o \c ClamshellPhone1-5-closed.png
-        \o \c defaultbuttons.conf (only necessary for \l Qt Extended)
-    \endlist
-
-    Note that the \c defaultbuttons.conf file is only necessary if the
-    skin is supposed to be used with \l Qt Extended (The file customizes
-    the launch screen applications, orders the soft keys and provides
-    input method hints). See the \l Qt Extended documentation for more
-    information.
-
-    \table 100%
-    \header
-    \o {3,1} The ClamshellPhone Skin
-    \row
-    \o {3,1}
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-qvfb.qdoc 3
-
-    The \c ClamShellPhone.skin file quoted above, specifies three
-    pixmaps: One for the normal skin (\c Up), one for the activated
-    skin (\c Down) and one for the closed skin (\c Closed). In
-    addition, it is possible to specify a pixmap for the cursor (using
-    a \c Cursor variable).
-
-    The file also specifies the screen size (\c Screen) and the number
-    of available buttons (\c Areas). Then it describes the buttons
-    themselves; each button is specified by its name, keycode and
-    coordinates.
-
-    The coordinates are a list of at least 2 points in clockwise order
-    that define a shape for the button; a click inside this shape will
-    be treated as a click on that button. While pressed, the pixels
-    for the button are redrawn from the activated skin.
-
-    \row
-    \row
-    \o
-    \image qt-embedded-clamshellphone-closed.png The ClamshellPhone Skin (closed)
-    \o
-    \image qt-embedded-clamshellphone.png The ClamshellPhone Skin
-    \o
-    \image qt-embedded-clamshellphone-pressed.png The ClamshellPhone Skin (pressed)
-    \row
-    \o \c ClamshellPhone1-5-closed.png
-    \o \c ClamshellPhone1-5.png
-    \o \c ClamshellPhone1-5-pressed.png
-    \endtable
-
-    \section2 The File Menu
-
-    \image qt-embedded-qvfbfilemenu.png
-
-    The \gui File menu allows the user to configure the virtual
-    framebuffer display (\gui File|Configure...), save a snapshot of
-    the framebuffer contents (\gui {File|Save Image...}) and record
-    the movements in the framebuffer (\gui File|Animation...).
-
-    When choosing the \gui File|Configure menu item, the \c qvfb tool
-    provides a configuration dialog allowing the user to customize the
-    display of the virtual framebuffer. The user can modify the size
-    and depth as well as the Gamma values, and also select the
-    preferred skin (i.e. making the virtual framebuffer simulate the
-    target device environment). In addition, it is possible to emulate
-    a touch screen and a LCD screen.
-
-    Note that when configuring (except when changing the Gamma values
-    only), any applications using the virtual framebuffer will be
-    terminated.
-
-    \section2 The View Menu
-
-    \image qt-embedded-qvfbviewmenu.png
-
-    The \gui View menu allows the user to modify the target's refresh
-    rate (\gui {View|Refresh Rate...}), making \c qvfb check for
-    updated regions more or less frequently.
-
-    The regions of the display that have changed are updated
-    periodically, i.e. the virtual framebuffer is displaying discrete
-    snapshots of the framebuffer rather than each individual drawing
-    operation. For this reason drawing problems such as flickering may
-    not be apparent until the program is run using a real framebuffer.
-    If little drawing is being done, the framebuffer will not show any
-    updates between drawing events. If an application is displaying an
-    animation, the updates will be frequent, and the application and
-    \c qvfb will compete for processor time.
-
-    The \gui View menu also allows the user to zoom the view of the
-    application  (\gui {View|Zoom *}).
-
-    \section1 Running Applications Using the Virtual Framebuffer
-
-    Once the virtual framebuffer (the \c qvfb application) is running,
-    it is ready for use: Start a server application (i.e. construct a
-    QApplication object with the QApplication::GuiServer flag or use
-    the \c -qws command line parameter. See the
-    \l {Running Qt for Embedded Linux Applications}{running applications}
-    documentation for details). For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-qvfb.qdoc 4
-
-    Note that as long as the virtual framebuffer is running and the
-    current \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} configuration supports \c qvfb,
-    \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} will automatically detect it and use it by
-    default. Alternatively, the \c -display option can be used to
-    specify the virtual framebuffer driver. For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-qvfb.qdoc 5
-
-    \warning If \c qvfb is not running (or the current
-    \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} configuration doesn't support it) and the
-    driver is not explicitly specified, \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} will
-    write to the real framebuffer and the X11 display will be corrupted.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/emb-running.qdoc b/doc/src/emb-running.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index cb7a7ae..0000000
--- a/doc/src/emb-running.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,210 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page qt-embedded-running.html
-
-    \title Running Qt for Embedded Linux Applications
-    \ingroup qt-embedded-linux
-
-    A \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} application requires a server application to be
-    running, or to be the server application itself. Any \l{Qt for Embedded Linux}
-    application can be the server application by constructing the QApplication
-    object with the QApplication::GuiServer type, or by running the application
-    with the \c -qws command line option.
-
-    Applications can run using both single and multiple displays, and
-    various command line options are available.
-
-    Note that this document assumes that you either are using the
-    \l{The Virtual Framebuffer} or that you are running \l{Qt for Embedded Linux}
-    using the \l {The VNC Protocol and Qt for Embedded Linux}{VNC} protocol,
-    \e or that you have the Linux framebuffer configured
-    correctly and that no server process is running. (To test that the
-    Linux framebuffer is set up correctly, use the program provided by
-    the \l {Testing the Linux Framebuffer} document.)
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 Using a Single Display
-
-    To run the application using a single display, change to a Linux
-    console and select an application to run, e.g. \l {Text
-    Edit}{demos/textedit}.  Run the application with the \c -qws
-    option:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-running.qdoc 0
-
-    \table 100%
-    \row
-    \o
-    Provided that the environment variables are adjusted properly
-    during the \l {Installing Qt for Embedded Linux}{installation process}, you
-    should see the \l {Text Edit} demo appear.
-
-    It might be that the hardware drivers must be specified explicitly
-    to make everything work properly. For more information, please
-    consult the following documentation:
-
-    \list
-        \o \l{Qt for Embedded Linux Pointer Handling}{Pointer Handling}
-        \o \l{Qt for Embedded Linux Character Input}{Character Input}
-        \o \l{Qt for Embedded Linux Display Management}{Display Management}
-    \endlist
-
-    \o
-    \inlineimage qt-embedded-runningapplication.png
-    \endtable
-
-    Additional applications can be run as clients, i.e., by running
-    these applications \e without the \c -qws option they will connect
-    to the existing server as clients. You can exit the server
-    application at any time using \gui{Ctrl+Alt+Backspace}.
-
-    \section1 Using Multiple Displays
-
-    Qt for Embedded Linux also allows multiple displays to be used
-    simultaneously. There are two ways of achieving this: Either run
-    multiple Qt for Embedded Linux server processes, or use the
-    ready-made \c Multi screen driver.
-
-    When running multiple server processes, the screen driver (and
-    display number) must be specified for each process using the \c
-    -display command line option or by setting the QWS_DISPLAY
-    environment variable. For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-running.qdoc 1
-
-    See the \l {Qt for Embedded Linux Display Management}{display management}
-    documentation for more details on how to specify a screen
-    driver. Note that you must also specify the display (i.e., server
-    process) when starting client applications:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-running.qdoc 2
-
-    There is no way of moving a client from one display to another
-    when running multiple server processes. Using the \c Multi screen
-    driver, on the other hand, applications can easiliy be moved
-    between the various screens.
-
-    The \c Multi screen driver can be specified just like any other
-    screen driver by using the \c -display command line option or by
-    setting the QWS_DISPLAY environment variable. For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-running.qdoc 3
-
-    See the \l {Qt for Embedded Linux Display Management}{display management}
-    documentation for details regarding arguments.
-
-    \section1 Command Line Options
-
-    \table 100%
-    \header
-    \o Option \o Description
-    \row
-    \o \bold -fn <font>
-    \o
-    Defines the application font. For example:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-running.qdoc 4
-    The font should be specified using an X logical font description.
-    \row
-    \o \bold -bg <color>
-    \o
-    Sets the default application background color. For example:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-running.qdoc 5
-    The color-name must be one of the names recognized by the QColor constructor.
-    \row
-    \o \bold -btn <color> \o
-    Sets the default button color. For example:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-running.qdoc 6
-    The color-name must be one of the names recognized by the QColor constructor.
-    \row
-    \o \bold -fg <color> \o
-    Sets the default application foreground color. For example:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-running.qdoc 7
-    The color-name must be one of the names recognized by the QColor constructor.
-    \row
-    \o \bold -name <objectname> \o
-    Sets the application name, i.e. the application object's object name. For example:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-running.qdoc 8
-    \row
-    \o \bold -title <title> \o
-    Sets the application's title. For example:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-running.qdoc 9
-    \row
-    \o \bold -geometry <width>x<height>+<Xoffset>+<Yoffset> \o
-    Sets the client geometry of the first window that is shown. For example:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-running.qdoc 10
-    \row
-    \o \bold -keyboard \o
-    Enables the keyboard.
-
-    See also: \l {Qt for Embedded Linux Character Input}.
-    \row
-    \o \bold -nokeyboard \o
-    Disables the keyboard.
-    \row
-    \o \bold -mouse \o
-    Enables the mouse cursor.
-
-    See also: \l {Qt for Embedded Linux Pointer Handling}.
-    \row
-    \o \bold -nomouse \o
-    Disables the mouse cursor.
-    \row
-    \o \bold -qws \o
-    Runs the application as a server application, i.e. constructs a
-    QApplication object of the QApplication::GuiServer type.
-    \row
-    \o \bold -display \o
-    Specifies the screen driver.
-
-    See also: \l {Qt for Embedded Linux Display Management}.
-    \row
-    \o \bold -decoration <style>\o
-    Sets the application decoration. For example:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-running.qdoc 11
-    The supported styles are \c windows, \c default and \c styled.
-
-    See also QDecoration.
-
-    \endtable
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/emb-vnc.qdoc b/doc/src/emb-vnc.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index c8289f8..0000000
--- a/doc/src/emb-vnc.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,141 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page qt-embedded-vnc.html
-    \brief A guide to using Qt for Embedded Linux applications as VNC servers
-    and clients.
-
-    \title The VNC Protocol and Qt for Embedded Linux
-    \ingroup qt-embedded-linux
-
-    VNC (Virtual Network Computing) software makes it possible to view
-    and interact with one computer (the "server") from any other
-    computer or mobile device (the "viewer") anywhere on a network.
-
-    \image qt-embedded-vnc-screen.png
-
-    VNC clients are available for a vast array of display systems, including
-    X11, Mac OS X and Windows.
-
-    \section1 Configuring Qt with VNC Capabilities
-
-    To run a \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} application using the VNC protocol, the
-    \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} library must be configured and compiled with the
-    \c -qt-gfx-vnc option:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-vnc.qdoc 0
-
-    \section1 Running a Server Application
-
-    Start a server application by specifying the \c -qws command
-    line option when running the application. (This can also be
-    specified in the application's source code.)
-    Use the \c -display command line option to specify the VNC server's
-    driver and the virtual screen to use. For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-vnc.qdoc 1
-
-    The application will act as a VNC server which can be accessed using
-    an ordinary VNC client, either on the development machine or from a
-    different machine on a network.
-
-    For example, using the X11 VNC client to view the application from the
-    same machine:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-vnc.qdoc 2
-
-    To interact with the application from another machine on the network,
-    run a VNC client pointing to the machine that is running the server
-    application.
-
-    \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} will create a 640 by 480 pixel display by
-    default. Alternatively, the \c QWS_SIZE environment variable can be
-    used to set another size; e.g., \c{QWS_SIZE=240x320}.
-
-    \section1 Running Client Applications
-
-    If you want to run more than one application on the same display, you
-    only need to start the first one as a server application, using the
-    \c -qws command line option to indicate that it will manage other
-    windows.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-vnc.qdoc Starting server
-
-    Subsequent client applications can be started \e without the \c -qws
-    option, but will each require the same \c -display option and argument
-    as those used for the server.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-vnc.qdoc Starting clients
-
-    However, for the clients, this option will not cause a new VNC server
-    to be started, but only indicates that their windows will appear on the
-    virtual screen managed by the server application.
-
-    \section1 Related Resources
-
-    It is not always necessary to specify the \c -qws command line option
-    when running a server application as long as the QApplication object
-    used by the application has been constructed with the
-    QApplication::GuiServer flag.
-
-    See the \l{Running Qt for Embedded Linux Applications}{running applications}
-    documentation for more details about server and client applications.
-
-    \table
-    \row
-    \o \bold {The Virtual Framebuffer}
-
-    The \l{The Virtual Framebuffer}{virtual framebuffer} is
-    an alternative technique recommended for development and debugging
-    purposes.
-
-    The virtual framebuffer emulates a framebuffer using a shared
-    memory region and the \c qvfb tool to display the framebuffer in a
-    window.
-
-    Its use of shared memory makes the virtual framebuffer much faster
-    and smoother than using the VNC protocol, but it does not operate
-    over a network.
-
-    \o \inlineimage qt-embedded-virtualframebuffer.png
-    \endtable
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/eventsandfilters.qdoc b/doc/src/eventsandfilters.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index a67e523..0000000
--- a/doc/src/eventsandfilters.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,221 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page eventsandfilters.html
-    \title Events and Event Filters
-    \ingroup architecture
-    \brief A guide to event handling in Qt.
-
-    In Qt, events are objects, derived from the abstract QEvent class,
-    that represent things that have happened either within an application
-    or as a result of outside activity that the application needs to know
-    about. Events can be received and handled by any instance of a
-    QObject subclass, but they are especially relevant to widgets. This
-    document describes how events are delivered and handled in a typical
-    application.
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 How Events are Delivered
-
-    When an event occurs, Qt creates an event object to represent it by
-    constructing an instance of the appropriate QEvent subclass, and
-    delivers it to a particular instance of QObject (or one of its
-    subclasses) by calling its \l{QObject::}{event()} function.
-
-    This function does not handle the event itself; based on the type
-    of event delivered, it calls an event handler for that specific
-    type of event, and sends a response based on whether the event
-    was accepted or ignored.
-
-    \omit
-    Event delivery means that an
-    event has occurred, the QEvent indicates precisely what, and the
-    QObject needs to respond. Most events are specific to QWidget and its
-    subclasses, but there are important events that aren't related to
-    graphics (e.g., \l{QTimer}{timer events}).
-    \endomit
-
-    Some events, such as QMouseEvent and QKeyEvent, come from the
-    window system; some, such as QTimerEvent, come from other sources;
-    some come from the application itself.
-
-    \section1 Event Types
-
-    Most events types have special classes, notably QResizeEvent,
-    QPaintEvent, QMouseEvent, QKeyEvent, and QCloseEvent. Each class
-    subclasses QEvent and adds event-specific functions. For example,
-    QResizeEvent adds \l{QResizeEvent::}{size()} and
-    \l{QResizeEvent::}{oldSize()} to enable widgets to discover how
-    their dimensions have been changed.
-
-    Some classes support more than one actual event type. QMouseEvent
-    supports mouse button presses, double-clicks, moves, and other
-    related operations.
-
-    Each event has an associated type, defined in QEvent::Type, and this
-    can be used as a convenient source of run-time type information to
-    quickly determine which subclass a given event object was constructed
-    from.
-
-    Since programs need to react in varied and complex ways, Qt's
-    event delivery mechanisms are flexible. The documentation for
-    QCoreApplication::notify() concisely tells the whole story; the
-    \e{Qt Quarterly} article
-    \l{http://qt.nokia.com/doc/qq/qq11-events.html}{Another Look at Events}
-    rehashes it less concisely. Here we will explain enough for 95%
-    of applications.
-
-    \section1 Event Handlers
-
-    The normal way for an event to be delivered is by calling a virtual
-    function. For example, QPaintEvent is delivered by calling
-    QWidget::paintEvent(). This virtual function is responsible for
-    reacting appropriately, normally by repainting the widget. If you
-    do not perform all the necessary work in your implementation of the
-    virtual function, you may need to call the base class's implementation.
-
-    For example, the following code handles left mouse button clicks on
-    a custom checkbox widget while passing all other button clicks to the
-    base QCheckBox class:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/events/events.cpp 0
-
-    If you want to replace the base class's function, you must
-    implement everything yourself. However, if you only want to extend
-    the base class's functionality, then you implement what you want and
-    call the base class to obtain the default behavior for any cases you
-    do not want to handle.
-
-    Occasionally, there isn't such an event-specific function, or the
-    event-specific function isn't sufficient. The most common example
-    involves \key Tab key presses. Normally, QWidget intercepts these to
-    move the keyboard focus, but a few widgets need the \key{Tab} key for
-    themselves.
-
-    These objects can reimplement QObject::event(), the general event
-    handler, and either do their event handling before or after the usual
-    handling, or they can replace the function completely. A very unusual
-    widget that both interprets \key Tab and has an application-specific
-    custom event might contain the following \l{QObject::event()}{event()}
-    function:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/events/events.cpp 1
-
-    Note that QWidget::event() is still called for all of the cases not
-    handled, and that the return value indicates whether an event was
-    dealt with; a \c true value prevents the event from being sent on
-    to other objects.
-
-    \section1 Event Filters
-
-    Sometimes an object needs to look at, and possibly intercept, the
-    events that are delivered to another object. For example, dialogs
-    commonly want to filter key presses for some widgets; for example,
-    to modify \key{Return}-key handling.
-
-    The QObject::installEventFilter() function enables this by setting
-    up an \e{event filter}, causing a nominated filter object to receive
-    the events for a target object in its QObject::eventFilter()
-    function. An event filter gets to process events before the target
-    object does, allowing it to inspect and discard the events as
-    required. An existing event filter can be removed using the
-    QObject::removeEventFilter() function.
-
-    When the filter object's \l{QObject::}{eventFilter()} implementation
-    is called, it can accept or reject the event, and allow or deny
-    further processing of the event. If all the event filters allow
-    further processing of an event (by each returning \c false), the event
-    is sent to the target object itself. If one of them stops processing
-    (by returning \c true), the target and any later event filters do not
-    get to see the event at all.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/eventfilters/filterobject.cpp 0
-
-    The above code shows another way to intercept \key{Tab} key press
-    events sent to a particular target widget. In this case, the filter
-    handles the relevant events and returns \c true to stop them from
-    being processed any further. All other events are ignored, and the
-    filter returns \c false to allow them to be sent on to the target
-    widget, via any other event filters that are installed on it.
-
-    It is also possible to filter \e all events for the entire application,
-    by installing an event filter on the QApplication or QCoreApplication
-    object. Such global event filters are called before the object-specific
-    filters. This is very powerful, but it also slows down event delivery
-    of every single event in the entire application; the other techniques
-    discussed should generally be used instead.
-
-    \section1 Sending Events
-
-    Many applications want to create and send their own events. You can
-    send events in exactly the same ways as Qt's own event loop by
-    constructing suitable event objects and sending them with
-    QCoreApplication::sendEvent() and QCoreApplication::postEvent().
-
-    \l{QCoreApplication::}{sendEvent()} processes the event immediately.
-    When it returns, the event filters and/or the object itself have
-    already processed the event. For many event classes there is a function
-    called isAccepted() that tells you whether the event was accepted
-    or rejected by the last handler that was called.
-
-    \l{QCoreApplication::}{postEvent()} posts the event on a queue for
-    later dispatch. The next time Qt's main event loop runs, it dispatches
-    all posted events, with some optimization. For example, if there are
-    several resize events, they are are compressed into one. The same
-    applies to paint events: QWidget::update() calls
-    \l{QCoreApplication::}{postEvent()}, which eliminates flickering and
-    increases speed by avoiding multiple repaints.
-
-    \l{QCoreApplication::}{postEvent()} is also used during object
-    initialization, since the posted event will typically be dispatched
-    very soon after the initialization of the object is complete.
-    When implementing a widget, it is important to realise that events
-    can be delivered very early in its lifetime so, in its constructor,
-    be sure to initialize member variables early on, before there's any
-    chance that it might receive an event.
-
-    To create events of a custom type, you need to define an event
-    number, which must be greater than QEvent::User, and you may need to
-    subclass QEvent in order to pass specific information about your
-    custom event. See the QEvent documentation for further details.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/examples-overview.qdoc b/doc/src/examples-overview.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 50c19fa..0000000
--- a/doc/src/examples-overview.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,367 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-  \page examples-overview.html
-  \title An Overview of Qt's Examples
-  \brief A short guide to the different categories of examples included with Qt.
-  \ingroup howto
-
-  Qt is supplied with a variety of examples that cover almost every aspect
-  of development. These examples are ordered by functional area, but many
-  examples often use features from many parts of Qt to highlight one area
-  in particular.
-
-  This document provides a brief overview of each example category and
-  provides links to the more formal \l{Qt Examples}{list of examples}.
-
-  \section1 \l{Qt Examples#Widgets}{Widgets}
-
-  \l{Qt Examples#Widgets}{\inlineimage widget-examples.png
-  }
-
-  Qt comes with a large range of standard widgets that users of modern
-  applications have come to expect.
-
-  You can also develop your own custom widgets and controls, and use them
-  alongside standard widgets.
-
-  It is even possible to provide custom styles and themes for widgets that can
-  be used to change the appearance of standard widgets and appropriately
-  written custom widgets.
-
-  \section1 \l{Qt Examples#Dialogs}{Dialogs}
-
-  \l{Qt Examples#Dialogs}{\inlineimage dialog-examples.png
-  }
-
-  Qt includes standard dialogs for many common operations, such as file
-  selection, printing, and color selection.
-
-  Custom dialogs can also be created for specialized modal or modeless
-  interactions with users.
-
-  \section1 \l{Qt Examples#Main Windows}{Main Windows}
-
-  \l{Qt Examples#Main Windows}{\inlineimage mainwindow-examples.png
-  }
-
-  All the standard features of application main windows are provided by Qt.
-
-  Main windows can have pull down menus, tool bars, and dock windows. These
-  separate forms of user input are unified in an integrated action system that
-  also supports keyboard shortcuts and accelerator keys in menu items.
-
-  \section1 \l{Qt Examples#Layouts}{Layouts}
-
-  \l{Qt Examples#Layouts}{\inlineimage layout-examples.png
-  }
-
-  Qt uses a layout-based approach to widget management. Widgets are arranged in
-  the optimal positions in windows based on simple layout rules, leading to a
-  consistent look and feel.
-
-  Custom layouts can be used to provide more control over the positions and
-  sizes of child widgets.
-
-  \section1 \l{Qt Examples#Painting}{Painting}
-
-  \l{Qt Examples#Painting}{\inlineimage painting-examples.png
-  }
-
-  Qt's painting system is able to render vector graphics, images, and outline
-  font-based text with sub-pixel accuracy accuracy using anti-aliasing to
-  improve rendering quality.
-
-  These examples show the most common techniques that are used when painting
-  with Qt, from basic concepts such as drawing simple primitives to the use of
-  transformations.
-
-  \section1 \l{Qt Examples#Item Views}{Item Views}
-
-  \l{Qt Examples#Item Views}{\inlineimage itemview-examples.png
-  }
-
-  Item views are widgets that typically display data sets. Qt 4's model/view
-  framework lets you handle large data sets by separating the underlying data
-  from the way it is represented to the user, and provides support for
-  customized rendering through the use of delegates.
-
-  \section1 \l{Qt Examples#Graphics View}{Graphics View}
-
-  \l{Qt Examples#Graphics View}{\inlineimage graphicsview-examples.png
-  }
-
-  Qt is provided with a comprehensive canvas through the GraphicsView
-  classes.
-
-  These examples demonstrate the fundamental aspects of canvas programming
-  with Qt.
-
-  \section1 \l{Qt Examples#Rich Text}{Rich Text}
-
-  \l{Qt Examples#Rich Text}{\inlineimage richtext-examples.png
-  }
-
-  Qt provides powerful document-oriented rich text engine that supports Unicode
-  and right-to-left scripts. Documents can be manipulated using a cursor-based
-  API, and their contents can be imported and exported as both HTML and in a
-  custom XML format.
-
-  \section1 \l{Qt Examples#Tools}{Tools}
-
-  \l{Qt Examples#Tools}{\inlineimage tool-examples.png
-  }
-
-  Qt is equipped with a range of capable tool classes, from containers and
-  iterators to classes for string handling and manipulation.
-
-  Other classes provide application infrastructure support, handling plugin
-  loading and managing configuration files.
-
-  \section1 \l{Qt Examples#Desktop}{Desktop}
-
-  \l{Qt Examples#Desktop}{\inlineimage desktop-examples.png
-  }
-
-  Qt provides features to enable applications to integrate with the user's
-  preferred desktop environment.
-
-  Features such as system tray icons, access to the desktop widget, and
-  support for desktop services can be used to improve the appearance of
-  applications and take advantage of underlying desktop facilities.
-
-  \section1 \l{Qt Examples#Drag and Drop}{Drag and Drop}
-
-  \l{Qt Examples#Drag and Drop}{\inlineimage draganddrop-examples.png
-  }
-
-  Qt supports native drag and drop on all platforms via an extensible
-  MIME-based system that enables applications to send data to each other in the
-  most appropriate formats.
-
-  Drag and drop can also be implemented for internal use by applications.
-
-  \section1 \l{Qt Examples#Threads}{Threads}
-
-  \l{Qt Examples#Threads}{\inlineimage thread-examples.png
-  }
-
-  Qt 4 makes it easier than ever to write multithreaded applications. More
-  classes have been made usable from non-GUI threads, and the signals and slots
-  mechanism can now be used to communicate between threads.
-
-  Additionally, it is now possible to move objects between threads.
-
-  \section1 \l{Qt Examples#Concurrent Programming}{Concurrent Programming}
-
-  The QtConcurrent namespace includes a collection of classes and functions
-  for straightforward concurrent programming.
-
-  These examples show how to apply the basic techniques of concurrent
-  programming to simple problems.
-
-  \section1 \l{Qt Examples#Network}{Network}
-
-  \l{Qt Examples#Network}{\inlineimage network-examples.png
-  }
-
-  Qt is provided with an extensive set of network classes to support both
-  client-based and server side network programming.
-
-  These examples demonstrate the fundamental aspects of network programming
-  with Qt.
-
-  \section1 \l{Qt Examples#XML}{XML}
-
-  \l{Qt Examples#XML}{\inlineimage xml-examples.png
-  }
-
-  XML parsing and handling is supported through SAX and DOM compliant APIs.
-
-  Qt's SAX compliant classes allow you to parse XML incrementally; the DOM
-  classes enable more complex document-level operations to be performed on
-  XML files.
-
-  \section1 \l{Qt Examples#XQuery, XPath}{XQuery, XPath}
-
-  Qt provides an XQuery/XPath engine, QtXmlPatterns, for querying XML
-  files and custom data models, similar to the model/view framework.
-
-  \section1 \l{Qt Examples#OpenGL}{OpenGL}
-
-  \l{Qt Examples#OpenGL}{\inlineimage opengl-examples.png
-  }
-
-  Qt provides support for integration with OpenGL implementations on all
-  platforms, giving developers the opportunity to display hardware accelerated
-  3D graphics alongside a more conventional user interface.
-
-  These examples demonstrate the basic techniques used to take advantage of
-  OpenGL in Qt applications.
-
-  \section1 \l{Qt Examples#Multimedia}{Multimedia}
-
-  \l{Qt Examples#Multimedia}
-
-  Qt provides low-level audio support on linux,windows and mac platforms by default and
-  an audio plugin API to allow developers to implement there own audio support for
-  custom devices and platforms.
-
-  These examples demonstrate the basic techniques used to take advantage of
-  Audio API in Qt applications.
-
-  \section1 \l{Qt Examples#SQL}{SQL}
-
-  \l{Qt Examples#SQL}{\inlineimage sql-examples.png
-  }
-
-  Qt provides extensive database interoperability, with support for products
-  from both open source and proprietary vendors.
-
-  SQL support is integrated with Qt's model/view architecture, making it easier
-  to provide GUI integration for your database applications.
-
-  \section1 \l{Qt Examples#Help System}{Help System}
-
-  \l{Qt Examples#Help System}{\inlineimage assistant-examples.png
-  }
-
-  Support for interactive help is provided by the Qt Assistant application.
-  Developers can take advantages of the facilities it offers to display
-  specially-prepared documentation to users of their applications.
-
-  \section1 \l{Qt Examples#Qt Designer}{Qt Designer}
-
-  \l{Qt Examples#Qt Designer}{\inlineimage designer-examples.png
-  }
-
-  Qt Designer is a capable graphical user interface designer that lets you
-  create and configure forms without writing code. GUIs created with
-  Qt Designer can be compiled into an application or created at run-time.
-
-  \section1 \l{Qt Examples#UiTools}{UiTools}
-
-  \l{Qt Examples#UiTools}{\inlineimage uitools-examples.png
-  }
-
-  Qt is equipped with a range of capable tool classes, from containers and
-  iterators to classes for string handling and manipulation.
-
-  Other classes provide application infrastructure support, handling plugin
-  loading and managing configuration files.
-
-  \section1 \l{Qt Examples#Qt Linguist}{Qt Linguist}
-
-  \l{Qt Examples#Qt Linguist}{\inlineimage linguist-examples.png
-  }
-
-  Internationalization is a core feature of Qt. These examples show how to
-  access translation and localization facilities at run-time.
-
-  \section1 \l{Qt Examples#Qt Script}{Qt Script}
-
-  \l{Qt Examples#Qt Script}{\inlineimage qtscript-examples.png
-  }
-
-  Qt is provided with a powerful embedded scripting environment through the QtScript
-  classes.
-
-  These examples demonstrate the fundamental aspects of scripting applications
-  with Qt.
-
-  \section1 \l{Qt Examples#Phonon Multimedia Framework}{Phonon Multimedia Framework}
-
-  \l{Qt Examples#Phonon Multimedia Framework}{\inlineimage phonon-examples.png
-  }
-
-  The Phonon Multimedia Framework brings multimedia support to Qt applications.
-
-  The examples and demonstrations provided show how to play music and movies
-  using the Phonon API.
-
-  \section1 \l{Qt Examples#WebKit}{WebKit}
-
-  \l{Qt Examples#WebKit}{\inlineimage webkit-examples.png
-  }
-
-  Qt provides an integrated Web browser component based on WebKit, the popular
-  open source browser engine.
-
-  These examples and demonstrations show a range of different uses for WebKit,
-  from displaying Web pages within a Qt user interface to an implementation of
-  a basic function Web browser.
-
-  \section1 \l{Qt Examples#State Machine}{State Machine}
-
-  Qt provides a powerful hierchical finite state machine through the Qt State
-  Machine classes.
-
-  These examples demonstrate the fundamental aspects of implementing
-  Statecharts with Qt.
-
-  \section1 \l{Qt Examples#Qt for Embedded Linux}{Qt for Embedded Linux}
-
-  \l{Qt Examples#Qt for Embedded Linux}{\inlineimage qt-embedded-examples.png
-  }
-
-  These examples show how to take advantage of features specifically designed
-  for use on systems with limited resources, specialized hardware, and small
-  screens.
-
-  \section1 \l{Qt Examples#ActiveQt}{ActiveQt}
-
-  Qt is supplied with a number of example applications and demonstrations that
-  have been written to provide developers with examples of the Qt API in use,
-  highlight good programming practice, and showcase features found in each of
-  Qt's core technologies.
-
-  The example and demo launcher can be used to explore the different categories
-  available. It provides an overview of each example, lets you view the
-  documentation in Qt Assistant, and is able to launch examples and demos.
-
-  \section1 \l{http://qt.nokia.com/doc/qq}{Another Source of Examples}
-
-  One more valuable source for examples and explanations of Qt
-  features is the archive of the \l {http://qt.nokia.com/doc/qq} 
-  {Qt Quarterly}.
-
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/examples.qdoc b/doc/src/examples.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 0181e09..0000000
--- a/doc/src/examples.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,437 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page examples.html
-    \title Qt Examples
-    \brief Information about the example programs provided with Qt.
-    \ingroup howto
-
-    This is the list of examples in Qt's \c examples directory. The
-    examples demonstrate Qt features in small, self-contained
-    programs. They are not all designed to be impressive when you run
-    them, but their source code is carefully written to show good Qt
-    programming practices. You can launch any of these programs from the
-    \l{Examples and Demos Launcher} application.
-
-    If you are new to Qt, you should probably start by going through
-    the \l{Tutorials} before you have a look at the
-    \l{mainwindows/application}{Application} example.
-
-    In addition to the examples and the tutorial, Qt includes a
-    \l{Qt Demonstrations}{selection of demos} that deliberately show off
-    Qt's features. You might want to look at these as well.
-
-    One more valuable source for examples and explanations of Qt
-    features is the archive of the \l {Qt Quarterly}.
-
-    In the list below, examples marked with an asterisk (*) are fully
-    documented. Eventually, all the examples will be fully documented,
-    but sometimes we include an example before we have time to write
-    about it, because someone might need it right now.
-
-    Categories:
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 ActiveQt
-
-    \list
-    \o \l{activeqt/comapp}{COM App}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{Dot Net Example (ActiveQt)}{Dot Net}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{activeqt/hierarchy}{Hierarchy}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{activeqt/menus}{Menus}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{activeqt/multiple}{Multiple}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{activeqt/opengl}{OpenGL}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{activeqt/qutlook}{Qutlook}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{activeqt/simple}{Simple}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{activeqt/webbrowser}{Web Browser}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{activeqt/wrapper}{Wrapper}\raisedaster
-    \endlist
-    
-    \section1 Animation
-
-    \list
-    \o \l{animation/moveblocks}{Move Blocks}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{animation/stickman}{Stick man}\raisedaster
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 Concurrent Programming
-
-    \list
-    \o \l{qtconcurrent/imagescaling}{QtConcurrent Asynchronous Image Scaling}
-    \o \l{qtconcurrent/map}{QtConcurrent Map}
-    \o \l{qtconcurrent/progressdialog}{QtConcurrent Progress Dialog}
-    \o \l{qtconcurrent/runfunction}{QtConcurrent Run Function}
-    \o \l{qtconcurrent/wordcount}{QtConcurrent Word Count}
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 D-Bus
-    \list
-    \o \l{dbus/dbus-chat}{Chat}
-    \o \l{dbus/complexpingpong}{Complex Ping Pong}
-    \o \l{dbus/listnames}{List Names}
-    \o \l{dbus/pingpong}{Ping Pong}
-    \o \l{dbus/remotecontrolledcar}{Remote Controlled Car} 
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 Desktop
-
-    \list
-    \o \l{desktop/screenshot}{Screenshot}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{desktop/systray}{System Tray}\raisedaster
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 Dialogs
-
-    \list
-    \o \l{dialogs/classwizard}{Class Wizard}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{dialogs/configdialog}{Config Dialog}
-    \o \l{dialogs/extension}{Extension}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{dialogs/findfiles}{Find Files}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{dialogs/licensewizard}{License Wizard}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{dialogs/standarddialogs}{Standard Dialogs}
-    \o \l{dialogs/tabdialog}{Tab Dialog}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{dialogs/trivialwizard}{Trivial Wizard}
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 Drag and Drop
-
-    \list
-    \o \l{draganddrop/delayedencoding}{Delayed Encoding}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{draganddrop/draggableicons}{Draggable Icons}
-    \o \l{draganddrop/draggabletext}{Draggable Text}
-    \o \l{draganddrop/dropsite}{Drop Site}
-    \o \l{draganddrop/fridgemagnets}{Fridge Magnets}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{draganddrop/puzzle}{Drag and Drop Puzzle}
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 Graphics View
-
-    \list
-    \o \l{graphicsview/collidingmice}{Colliding Mice}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{graphicsview/diagramscene}{Diagram Scene}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{graphicsview/dragdroprobot}{Drag and Drop Robot}
-    \o \l{graphicsview/elasticnodes}{Elastic Nodes}
-    \o \l{graphicsview/portedasteroids}{Ported Asteroids}
-    \o \l{graphicsview/portedcanvas}{Ported Canvas}
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 Help System
-
-    \list
-    \o \l{help/simpletextviewer}{Simple Text Viewer}\raisedaster
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 Item Views
-
-    \list
-    \o \l{itemviews/addressbook}{Address Book}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{itemviews/basicsortfiltermodel}{Basic Sort/Filter Model}
-    \o \l{itemviews/chart}{Chart}
-    \o \l{itemviews/coloreditorfactory}{Color Editor Factory}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{itemviews/combowidgetmapper}{Combo Widget Mapper}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{itemviews/customsortfiltermodel}{Custom Sort/Filter Model}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{itemviews/dirview}{Dir View}
-    \o \l{itemviews/editabletreemodel}{Editable Tree Model}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{itemviews/fetchmore}{Fetch More}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{itemviews/frozencolumn}{Frozen Column}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{itemviews/pixelator}{Pixelator}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{itemviews/puzzle}{Puzzle}
-    \o \l{itemviews/simpledommodel}{Simple DOM Model}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{itemviews/simpletreemodel}{Simple Tree Model}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{itemviews/simplewidgetmapper}{Simple Widget Mapper}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{itemviews/spinboxdelegate}{Spin Box Delegate}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{itemviews/stardelegate}{Star Delegate}\raisedaster
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 Layouts
-
-    \list
-    \o \l{layouts/basiclayouts}{Basic Layouts}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{layouts/borderlayout}{Border Layout}
-    \o \l{layouts/dynamiclayouts}{Dynamic Layouts}
-    \o \l{layouts/flowlayout}{Flow Layout}
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 Main Windows
-
-    \list
-    \o \l{mainwindows/application}{Application}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{mainwindows/dockwidgets}{Dock Widgets}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{mainwindows/mdi}{MDI}
-    \o \l{mainwindows/menus}{Menus}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{mainwindows/recentfiles}{Recent Files}
-    \o \l{mainwindows/sdi}{SDI}
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 Network
-
-    \list
-    \o  \l{network/blockingfortuneclient}{Blocking Fortune Client}\raisedaster
-    \o  \l{network/broadcastreceiver}{Broadcast Receiver}
-    \o  \l{network/broadcastsender}{Broadcast Sender}
-    \o  \l{network/network-chat}{Network Chat}
-    \o  \l{network/fortuneclient}{Fortune Client}\raisedaster
-    \o  \l{network/fortuneserver}{Fortune Server}\raisedaster
-    \o  \l{network/ftp}{FTP}\raisedaster
-    \o  \l{network/http}{HTTP}
-    \o  \l{network/loopback}{Loopback}
-    \o  \l{network/threadedfortuneserver}{Threaded Fortune Server}\raisedaster
-    \o  \l{network/torrent}{Torrent}
-    \o  \l{network/googlesuggest}{Google Suggest}
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 OpenGL
-
-    \list
-    \o \l{opengl/2dpainting}{2D Painting}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{opengl/framebufferobject}{Framebuffer Object}
-    \o \l{opengl/framebufferobject2}{Framebuffer Object 2}
-    \o \l{opengl/grabber}{Grabber}
-    \o \l{opengl/hellogl}{Hello GL}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{opengl/overpainting}{Overpainting}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{opengl/pbuffers}{Pixel Buffers}
-    \o \l{opengl/pbuffers2}{Pixel Buffers 2}
-    \o \l{opengl/samplebuffers}{Sample Buffers}
-    \o \l{opengl/textures}{Textures}
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 Painting
-
-    \list
-    \o \l{painting/basicdrawing}{Basic Drawing}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{painting/concentriccircles}{Concentric Circles}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{painting/fontsampler}{Font Sampler}
-    \o \l{painting/imagecomposition}{Image Composition}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{painting/painterpaths}{Painter Paths}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{painting/svggenerator}{SVG Generator}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{painting/svgviewer}{SVG Viewer}
-    \o \l{painting/transformations}{Transformations}\raisedaster
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 Phonon Multimedia Framework
-
-    \list
-    \o \l{phonon/capabilities}{Capabilities}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{phonon/musicplayer}{Music Player}\raisedaster
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 Multimedia
-
-    \list
-    \o \l{multimedia/audio/audiodevices}{Audio Devices}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{multimedia/audio/audiooutput}{Audio Output}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{multimedia/audio/audioinput}{Audio Input}\raisedaster
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 Qt Designer
-
-    \list
-    \o \l{designer/calculatorbuilder}{Calculator Builder}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{designer/calculatorform}{Calculator Form}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{designer/customwidgetplugin}{Custom Widget Plugin}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{designer/taskmenuextension}{Task Menu Extension}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{designer/containerextension}{Container Extension}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{designer/worldtimeclockbuilder}{World Time Clock Builder}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{designer/worldtimeclockplugin}{World Time Clock Plugin}\raisedaster
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 Qt Linguist
-
-    \list
-    \o \l{linguist/hellotr}{Hello tr()}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{linguist/arrowpad}{Arrow Pad}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{linguist/trollprint}{Troll Print}\raisedaster
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 Qt for Embedded Linux
-
-    \list
-    \o \l{qws/svgalib}{Accelerated Graphics Driver}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{qws/dbscreen}{Double Buffered Graphics Driver}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{qws/mousecalibration}{Mouse Calibration}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{qws/ahigl}{OpenGL for Embedded Systems}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{qws/simpledecoration}{Simple Decoration}\raisedaster
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 Qt Script
-
-    \list
-    \o \l{script/calculator}{Calculator}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{script/context2d}{Context2D}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{script/defaultprototypes}{Default Prototypes}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{script/helloscript}{Hello Script}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{script/qstetrix}{Qt Script Tetrix}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{script/customclass}{Custom Script Class}\raisedaster
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 Rich Text
-
-    \list
-    \o \l{richtext/calendar}{Calendar}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{richtext/orderform}{Order Form}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{richtext/syntaxhighlighter}{Syntax Highlighter}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{richtext/textobject}{Text Object}\raisedaster
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 SQL
-
-    \list
-    \o \l{sql/cachedtable}{Cached Table}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{sql/drilldown}{Drill Down}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{sql/querymodel}{Query Model}
-    \o \l{sql/relationaltablemodel}{Relational Table Model}
-    \o \l{sql/tablemodel}{Table Model}
-    \o \l{sql/sqlwidgetmapper}{SQL Widget Mapper}\raisedaster
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 State Machine
-
-    \list
-    \o \l{statemachine/eventtransitions}{Event Transitions}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{statemachine/factorial}{Factorial States}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{statemachine/pingpong}{Ping Pong States}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{statemachine/rogue}{Rogue}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{statemachine/trafficlight}{Traffic Light}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{statemachine/twowaybutton}{Two-way Button}\raisedaster
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 Threads
-
-    \list
-    \o \l{threads/queuedcustomtype}{Queued Custom Type}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{threads/mandelbrot}{Mandelbrot}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{threads/semaphores}{Semaphores}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{threads/waitconditions}{Wait Conditions}\raisedaster
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 Tools
-
-    \list
-    \o \l{tools/codecs}{Codecs}
-    \o \l{tools/completer}{Completer}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{tools/customcompleter}{Custom Completer}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{tools/customtype}{Custom Type}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{tools/customtypesending}{Custom Type Sending}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{tools/echoplugin}{Echo Plugin}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{tools/i18n}{I18N}
-    \o \l{tools/plugandpaint}{Plug & Paint}\raisedaster
-    \o Plug & Paint Plugins: \l{tools/plugandpaintplugins/basictools}{Basic Tools}\raisedaster
-       and \l{tools/plugandpaintplugins/extrafilters}{Extra Filters}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{tools/regexp}{RegExp}
-    \o \l{tools/settingseditor}{Settings Editor}
-    \o \l{tools/styleplugin}{Style Plugin}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{tools/treemodelcompleter}{Tree Model Completer}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{tools/undoframework}{Undo Framework}\raisedaster
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 UiTools
-
-    \list
-    \o \l{uitools/multipleinheritance}{Multiple Inheritance}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{uitools/textfinder}{Text Finder}\raisedaster
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 WebKit
-
-    \list
-    \o \l{webkit/previewer}{Previewer}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{webkit/formextractor}{Form Extractor}
-    \o \l{webkit/googlechat}{Google Chat}
-    \o \l{webkit/fancybrowser}{Fancy Browser}
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 Widgets
-
-    \list
-    \o \l{widgets/analogclock}{Analog Clock}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{widgets/calculator}{Calculator}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{widgets/calendarwidget}{Calendar Widget}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{widgets/charactermap}{Character Map}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{widgets/codeeditor}{Code Editor}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{widgets/digitalclock}{Digital Clock}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{widgets/groupbox}{Group Box}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{widgets/icons}{Icons}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{widgets/imageviewer}{Image Viewer}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{widgets/lineedits}{Line Edits}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{widgets/movie}{Movie}
-    \o \l{widgets/scribble}{Scribble}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{widgets/shapedclock}{Shaped Clock}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{widgets/sliders}{Sliders}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{widgets/spinboxes}{Spin Boxes}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{widgets/styles}{Styles}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{widgets/stylesheet}{Style Sheet}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{widgets/tablet}{Tablet}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{widgets/tetrix}{Tetrix}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{widgets/tooltips}{Tooltips}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{widgets/wiggly}{Wiggly}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{widgets/windowflags}{Window Flags}\raisedaster
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 XML
-
-    \list
-    \o \l{xml/dombookmarks}{DOM Bookmarks}
-    \o \l{xml/saxbookmarks}{SAX Bookmarks}
-    \o \l{xml/streambookmarks}{QXmlStream Bookmarks}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{xml/rsslisting}{RSS-Listing}
-    \o \l{xml/xmlstreamlint}{XML Stream Lint Example}\raisedaster
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 XQuery, XPath
-
-    \list
-    \o \l{xmlpatterns/recipes}{Recipes}
-    \o \l{xmlpatterns/filetree}{File System Example}
-    \o \l{xmlpatterns/qobjectxmlmodel}{QObject XML Model Example}
-    \o \l{xmlpatterns/xquery/globalVariables}{C++ Source Code Analyzer Example}
-    \o \l{xmlpatterns/trafficinfo}{Traffic Info}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{xmlpatterns/schema}{XML Schema Validation}\raisedaster
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 Inter-Process Communication
-    \list
-    \o \l{ipc/localfortuneclient}{Local Fortune Client}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{ipc/localfortuneserver}{Local Fortune Server}\raisedaster
-    \o \l{ipc/sharedmemory}{Shared Memory}\raisedaster
-    \endlist
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/examples/application.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/application.qdoc
index 7b7b881..dcab9e7 100644
--- a/doc/src/examples/application.qdoc
+++ b/doc/src/examples/application.qdoc
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@
 
     When restoring the position and size of a window, it's important
     to call QWidget::resize() before QWidget::move(). The reason why
-    is given in the \l{geometry.html}{Window Geometry} overview.
+    is given in the \l{Window Geometry} overview.
 
     \snippet examples/mainwindows/application/mainwindow.cpp 37
     \snippet examples/mainwindows/application/mainwindow.cpp 39
diff --git a/doc/src/examples/drilldown.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/drilldown.qdoc
index fff3b60..b62ecc5 100644
--- a/doc/src/examples/drilldown.qdoc
+++ b/doc/src/examples/drilldown.qdoc
@@ -389,9 +389,7 @@
     the item's hover events, animating the item when the mouse cursor
     is hovering over the image (by default, no items accept hover
     events). Please see the \l{The Graphics View Framework}
-    documentation and the
-    \l{Qt Examples#Graphics View}{Graphics View examples} for more
-    details.
+    documentation and the \l{Graphics View Examples} for more details.
 
     \snippet examples/sql/drilldown/view.cpp 5
 
diff --git a/doc/src/examples/qtscriptcalculator.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/qtscriptcalculator.qdoc
index e9156b3..0e6e153 100644
--- a/doc/src/examples/qtscriptcalculator.qdoc
+++ b/doc/src/examples/qtscriptcalculator.qdoc
@@ -42,7 +42,6 @@
 /*!
     \example script/calculator
     \title QtScript Calculator Example
-    \ingroup scripting
 
     In this simple QtScript example, we show how to implement the
     functionality of a calculator widget.
diff --git a/doc/src/examples/trafficinfo.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/trafficinfo.qdoc
index 76d0810..500cf31 100644
--- a/doc/src/examples/trafficinfo.qdoc
+++ b/doc/src/examples/trafficinfo.qdoc
@@ -159,5 +159,5 @@
 
     The rest of the code in this example is just for representing the time and
     station information to the user, and uses techniques described in the
-    \l{Qt Examples#Widgets}{Widgets examples}.
+    \l{Widgets Examples}.
 */
diff --git a/doc/src/exportedfunctions.qdoc b/doc/src/exportedfunctions.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index c51ace4..0000000
--- a/doc/src/exportedfunctions.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,139 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page exportedfunctions.html
-    \title Special-Purpose Global Functions Exported by Qt
-    \ingroup classlists
-
-    Qt provides a few low-level global functions for fine-tuning
-    applications. Most of these perform very specific tasks and are
-    platform-specific. In general, we recommend that you try using
-    Qt's public API before resorting to using any functions mentioned
-    here.
-
-    These functions are exported by \l QtCore and \l QtGui, but most
-    of them aren't declared in Qt's header files. To use them in your
-    application, you must declare them before calling them. For
-    example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_exportedfunctions.qdoc 0
-
-    These functions will remain as part of Qt for the lifetime of Qt
-    4.
-
-    Functions:
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 void qt_set_library_config_file(const QString &\e{fileName})
-
-    Specifies the location of the Qt configuration file. You must
-    call this function before constructing a QApplication or
-    QCoreApplication object. If no location is specified, Qt
-    automatically finds an appropriate location.
-
-    \section1 void qt_set_sequence_auto_mnemonic(bool \e{enable})
-
-    Specifies whether mnemonics for menu items, labels, etc., should
-    be honored or not. On Windows and X11, this feature is
-    on by default; on Mac OS X, it is off. When this feature is off,
-    the QKeySequence::mnemonic() function always returns an empty
-    string. This feature is also enabled on embedded Linux.
-
-    \section1 void qt_x11_wait_for_window_manager(QWidget *\e{widget})
-
-    Blocks until the X11 window manager has shown the widget after a
-    call to QWidget::show().
-
-    \section1 void qt_mac_secure_keyboard(bool \e{enable})
-
-    Turns the Mac OS X secure keyboard feature on or off. QLineEdit
-    uses this when the echo mode is QLineEdit::Password or
-    QLineEdit::NoEcho to guard the editor against keyboard sniffing.
-    If you implement your own password editor, you might want to turn
-    on this feature in your editor's
-    \l{QWidget::focusInEvent()}{focusInEvent()} and turn it off in
-    \l{QWidget::focusOutEvent()}{focusOutEvent()}.
-
-    \section1 void qt_mac_set_dock_menu(QMenu *\e{menu})
-
-    Sets the menu to display in the Mac OS X Dock for the
-    application. This menu is shown when the user attempts a
-    press-and-hold operation on the application's dock icon or
-    \key{Ctrl}-clicks on it while the application is running.
-
-    The menu will be turned into a Mac menu and the items added to the default
-    Dock menu. There is no merging of the Qt menu items with the items that are
-    in the Dock menu (i.e., it is not recommended to include actions that
-    duplicate functionality of items already in the Dock menu).
-
-    \section1 void qt_mac_set_menubar_icons(bool \e{enable})
-
-    Specifies whether icons associated to menu items for the
-    application's menu bar should be shown on Mac OS X. By default,
-    icons are shown on Mac OS X just like on the other platforms.
-
-    In Qt 4.4, this is equivalent to
-    \c { QApplication::instance()->setAttribute(Qt::AA_DontShowIconsInMenus); }.
-
-    \section1 void qt_mac_set_menubar_merge(bool \e{enable})
-
-    Specifies whether Qt should attempt to relocate standard menu
-    items (such as \gui Quit, \gui Preferences, and \gui About) to
-    the application menu on Mac OS X. This feature is on by default.
-    See \l{Qt for Mac OS X - Specific Issues} for the list of menu items for
-    which this applies.
-
-    \section1 void qt_mac_set_native_menubar(bool \e{enable})
-
-    Specifies whether the application should use the native menu bar
-    on Mac OS X or be part of the main window. This feature is on by
-    default.
-
-    In Qt 4.6, this is equivalent to
-    \c { QApplication::instance()->setAttribute(Qt::AA_DontUseNativeMenuBar); }.
-
-    \section1 void qt_mac_set_press_and_hold_context(bool \e{enable})
-
-    Turns emulation of the right mouse button by clicking and holding
-    the left mouse button on or off. This feature is off by default.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/files-and-resources/datastreamformat.qdoc b/doc/src/files-and-resources/datastreamformat.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4226d0b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/files-and-resources/datastreamformat.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,363 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page datastreamformat.html
+    \title Format of the QDataStream Operators
+    \brief Representations of data types that can be serialized by QDataStream.
+
+    The \l QDataStream allows you to serialize some of the Qt data types.
+    The table below lists the data types that QDataStream can serialize
+    and how they are represented. The format described below is
+    \l{QDataStream::setVersion()}{version 8}.
+
+    It is always best to cast integers to a Qt integer type, such as
+    qint16 or quint32, when reading and writing. This ensures that
+    you always know exactly what size integers you are reading and
+    writing, no matter what the underlying platform and architecture
+    the application happens to be running on.
+
+    \table
+    \row \o bool
+	 \o \list
+	    \o boolean
+	    \endlist
+    \row \o qint8
+         \o \list
+            \o signed byte
+            \endlist
+    \row \o qint16
+         \o \list
+            \o signed 16-bit integer
+            \endlist
+    \row \o qint32
+         \o \list
+            \o signed 32-bit integer
+            \endlist
+    \row \o qint64
+         \o \list
+            \o signed 64-bit integer
+            \endlist
+    \row \o quint8
+         \o \list
+            \o unsigned byte
+            \endlist
+    \row \o quint16
+         \o \list
+            \o unsigned 16-bit integer
+            \endlist
+    \row \o quint32
+         \o \list
+            \o unsigned 32-bit integer
+            \endlist
+    \row \o quint64
+         \o \list
+            \o unsigned 64-bit integer
+            \endlist
+    \row \o \c float
+         \o \list
+            \o 32-bit floating point number using the standard IEEE 754 format
+            \endlist
+    \row \o \c double
+         \o \list
+            \o 64-bit floating point number using the standard IEEE 754 format
+            \endlist
+    \row \o \c {const char *}
+         \o \list
+            \o The string length (quint32)
+            \o The string bytes, excluding the terminating 0
+            \endlist
+    \row \o QBitArray
+         \o \list
+            \o The array size (quint32)
+            \o The array bits, i.e. (size + 7)/8 bytes
+            \endlist
+    \row \o QBrush
+         \o \list
+            \o The brush style (quint8)
+            \o The brush color (QColor)
+            \o If style is CustomPattern, the brush pixmap (QPixmap)
+            \endlist
+    \row \o QByteArray
+         \o \list
+            \o If the byte array is null: 0xFFFFFFFF (quint32)
+            \o Otherwise: the array size (quint32) followed by the array bytes, i.e. size bytes
+            \endlist
+    \row \o \l QColor
+         \o \list
+            \o Color spec (qint8)
+            \o Alpha value (quint16)
+            \o Red value (quint16)
+            \o Green value (quint16)
+            \o Blue value (quint16)
+            \o Pad value (quint16)
+            \endlist
+    \row \o QCursor
+         \o \list
+            \o Shape ID (qint16)
+            \o If shape is BitmapCursor: The bitmap (QPixmap), mask (QPixmap), and hot spot (QPoint)
+            \endlist
+    \row \o QDate
+         \o \list
+            \o Julian day (quint32)
+            \endlist
+    \row \o QDateTime
+         \o \list
+            \o Date (QDate)
+            \o Time (QTime)
+            \o 0 for Qt::LocalTime, 1 for Qt::UTC (quint8)
+            \endlist
+    \row \o QFont
+         \o \list
+            \o The family (QString)
+            \o The point size (qint16)
+            \o The style hint (quint8)
+            \o The char set (quint8)
+            \o The weight (quint8)
+            \o The font bits (quint8)
+            \endlist
+    \row \o QHash<Key, T>
+         \o \list
+            \o The number of items (quint32)
+            \o For all items, the key (Key) and value (T)
+            \endlist
+    \row \o QIcon
+         \o \list
+            \o The number of pixmap entries (quint32)
+            \o For all pixmap entries:
+               \list
+               \o The pixmap (QPixmap)
+               \o The file name (QString)
+               \o The pixmap size (QSize)
+               \o The \l{QIcon::Mode}{mode} (quint32)
+               \o The \l{QIcon::State}{state} (quint32)
+               \endlist
+            \endlist
+    \row \o QImage
+         \o \list
+            \o If the image is null a "null image" marker is saved;
+            otherwise the image is saved in PNG or BMP format (depending
+            on the stream version). If you want control of the format,
+            stream the image into a QBuffer (using QImageIO) and stream
+            that.
+            \endlist
+    \row \o QKeySequence
+         \o \list
+            \o A QList<int>, where each integer is a key in the key sequence
+            \endlist
+    \row \o QLinkedList<T>
+         \o \list
+            \o The number of items (quint32)
+            \o The items (T)
+            \endlist
+    \row \o QList<T>
+         \o \list
+            \o The number of items (quint32)
+            \o The items (T)
+            \endlist
+    \row \o QMap<Key, T>
+         \o \list
+            \o The number of items (quint32)
+            \o For all items, the key (Key) and value (T)
+            \endlist
+    \row \o QMatrix
+         \o \list
+            \o m11 (double)
+            \o m12 (double)
+            \o m21 (double)
+            \o m22 (double)
+            \o dx (double)
+            \o dy (double)
+            \endlist
+    \row \o QMatrix4x4
+         \o \list
+            \o m11 (double)
+            \o m12 (double)
+            \o m13 (double)
+            \o m14 (double)
+            \o m21 (double)
+            \o m22 (double)
+            \o m23 (double)
+            \o m24 (double)
+            \o m31 (double)
+            \o m32 (double)
+            \o m33 (double)
+            \o m34 (double)
+            \o m41 (double)
+            \o m42 (double)
+            \o m43 (double)
+            \o m44 (double)
+            \endlist
+    \row \o QPair<T1, T2>
+         \o \list
+            \o first (T1)
+            \o second (T2)
+            \endlist
+    \row \o QPalette
+         \o The disabled, active, and inactive color groups, each of which consists
+            of the following:
+            \list
+            \o foreground (QBrush)
+            \o button (QBrush)
+            \o light (QBrush)
+            \o midlight (QBrush)
+            \o dark (QBrush)
+            \o mid (QBrush)
+            \o text (QBrush)
+            \o brightText (QBrush)
+            \o buttonText (QBrush)
+            \o base (QBrush)
+            \o background (QBrush)
+            \o shadow (QBrush)
+            \o highlight (QBrush)
+            \o highlightedText (QBrush)
+            \o link (QBrush)
+            \o linkVisited (QBrush)
+            \endlist
+    \row \o QPen
+         \o \list
+            \o The pen styles (quint8)
+            \o The pen width (quint16)
+            \o The pen color (QColor)
+            \endlist
+    \row \o QPicture
+         \o \list
+            \o The size of the picture data (quint32)
+            \o The raw bytes of picture data (char)
+            \endlist
+    \row \o QPixmap
+         \o \list
+            \o Save it as a PNG image.
+            \endlist
+    \row \o QPoint
+         \o \list
+            \o The x coordinate (qint32)
+            \o The y coordinate (qint32)
+            \endlist
+    \row \o QQuaternion
+         \o \list
+            \o The scalar component (double)
+            \o The x coordinate (double)
+            \o The y coordinate (double)
+            \o The z coordinate (double)
+            \endlist
+    \row \o QRect
+         \o \list
+            \o left (qint32)
+            \o top (qint32)
+            \o right (qint32)
+            \o bottom (qint32)
+            \endlist
+    \row \o QRegExp
+         \o \list
+            \o The regexp pattern (QString)
+            \o Case sensitivity (quint8)
+            \o Regular expression syntax (quint8)
+            \o Minimal matching (quint8)
+            \endlist
+    \row \o QRegion
+         \o \list
+            \o The size of the data, i.e. 8 + 16 * (number of rectangles) (quint32)
+            \o 10 (qint32)
+            \o The number of rectangles (quint32)
+            \o The rectangles in sequential order (QRect)
+            \endlist
+    \row \o QSize
+         \o \list
+            \o width (qint32)
+            \o height (qint32)
+            \endlist
+    \row \o QString
+         \o \list
+            \o If the string is null: 0xFFFFFFFF (quint32)
+            \o Otherwise: The string length in bytes (quint32) followed by the data in UTF-16
+            \endlist
+    \row \o QTime
+         \o \list
+            \o Milliseconds since midnight (quint32)
+            \endlist
+    \row \o QTransform
+         \o \list
+            \o m11 (double)
+            \o m12 (double)
+            \o m13 (double)
+            \o m21 (double)
+            \o m22 (double)
+            \o m23 (double)
+            \o m31 (double)
+            \o m32 (double)
+            \o m33 (double)
+            \endlist
+    \row \o QUrl
+         \o \list
+            \o Holds an URL (QString)
+            \endlist
+    \row \o QVariant
+         \o \list
+            \o The type of the data (quint32)
+            \o The null flag (qint8)
+            \o The data of the specified type
+            \endlist
+    \row \o QVector2D
+         \o \list
+            \o the x coordinate (double)
+            \o the y coordinate (double)
+            \endlist
+    \row \o QVector3D
+         \o \list
+            \o the x coordinate (double)
+            \o the y coordinate (double)
+            \o the z coordinate (double)
+            \endlist
+    \row \o QVector4D
+         \o \list
+            \o the x coordinate (double)
+            \o the y coordinate (double)
+            \o the z coordinate (double)
+            \o the w coordinate (double)
+            \endlist
+    \row \o QVector<T>
+         \o \list
+            \o The number of items (quint32)
+            \o The items (T)
+            \endlist
+    \endtable
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/files-and-resources/resources.qdoc b/doc/src/files-and-resources/resources.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a799646
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/files-and-resources/resources.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \group io
+    \title Input/Output and Networking
+    \ingroup groups
+
+    \brief Classes providing file input and output along with directory and
+    network handling.
+
+    These classes are used to handle input and output to and from external
+    devices, processes, files etc. as well as manipulating files and directories.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page resources.html
+    \title The Qt Resource System
+
+    \keyword resource system
+
+    The Qt resource system is a platform-independent mechanism for
+    storing binary files in the application's executable. This is
+    useful if your application always needs a certain set of files
+    (icons, translation files, etc.) and you don't want to run the
+    risk of losing the files.
+
+    The resource system is based on tight cooperation between \l qmake,
+    \l rcc (Qt's resource compiler), and QFile. It obsoletes Qt 3's
+    \c qembed tool and the
+    \l{http://qt.nokia.com/doc/qq/qq05-iconography.html#imagestorage}{image
+    collection} mechanism.
+
+    \section1 Resource Collection Files (\c{.qrc})
+
+    The resources associated with an application are specified in a
+    \c .qrc file, an XML-based file format that lists files on the
+    disk and optionally assigns them a resource name that the
+    application must use to access the resource.
+
+    Here's an example \c .qrc file:
+
+    \quotefile mainwindows/application/application.qrc
+
+    The resource files listed in the \c .qrc file are files that are
+    part of the application's source tree. The specified paths are
+    relative to the directory containing the \c .qrc file. Note that
+    the listed resource files must be located in the same directory as
+    the \c .qrc file, or one of its subdirectories.
+
+    Resource data can either be compiled into the binary and thus accessed
+    immediately in application code, or a binary resource can be created
+    and at a later point in application code registered with the resource
+    system.
+
+    By default, resources are accessible in the application under the
+    same name as they have in the source tree, with a \c :/ prefix.
+    For example, the path \c :/images/cut.png would give access to the
+    \c cut.png file, whose location in the application's source tree
+    is \c images/cut.png. This can be changed using the \c file tag's
+    \c alias attribute:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_resources.qdoc 0
+
+    The file is then accessible as \c :/cut-img.png from the
+    application. It is also possible to specify a path prefix for all
+    files in the \c .qrc file using the \c qresource tag's \c prefix
+    attribute:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_resources.qdoc 1
+
+    In this case, the file is accessible as \c
+    :/myresources/cut-img.png.
+
+    Some resources, such as translation files and icons, many need to
+    change based on the user's locale. This is done by adding a \c lang
+    attribute to the \c qresource tag, specifying a suitable locale
+    string. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_resources.qdoc 2
+
+    If the user's locale is French (i.e., QLocale::system().name() returns
+    "fr_FR"), \c :/cut.jpg becomes a reference to the \c cut_fr.jpg
+    image. For other locales, \c cut.jpg is used.
+
+    See the QLocale documentation for a description of the format to use
+    for locale strings.
+
+
+    \section2 External Binary Resources
+
+    For an external binary resource to be created you must create the resource
+    data (commonly given the \c .rcc extension) by passing the -binary switch to
+    \l rcc. Once the binary resource is created you can register the resource
+    with the QResource API.
+
+    For example, a set of resource data specified in a \c .qrc file can be
+    compiled in the following way:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_resources.qdoc 3
+
+    In the application, this resource would be registered with code like this:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_resources.qdoc 4
+
+    \section2 Compiled-In Resources
+
+    For a resource to be compiled into the binary the \c .qrc file must be
+    mentioned in the application's \c .pro file so that \c qmake knows
+    about it. For example:
+
+    \snippet examples/mainwindows/application/application.pro 0
+
+    \c qmake will produce make rules to generate a file called \c
+    qrc_application.cpp that is linked into the application. This
+    file contains all the data for the images and other resources as
+    static C++ arrays of compressed binary data. The \c
+    qrc_application.cpp file is automatically regenerated whenever
+    the \c .qrc file changes or one of the files that it refers to
+    changes. If you don't use \c .pro files, you can either invoke
+    \c rcc manually or add build rules to your build system.
+
+    \image resources.png Building resources into an application
+
+    Currently, Qt always stores the data directly in the executable,
+    even on Windows and Mac OS X, where the operating system provides
+    native support for resources. This might change in a future Qt
+    release.
+
+    \section1 Using Resources in the Application
+
+    In the application, resource paths can be used in most places
+    instead of ordinary file system paths. In particular, you can
+    pass a resource path instead of a file name to the QIcon, QImage,
+    or QPixmap constructor:
+
+    \snippet examples/mainwindows/application/mainwindow.cpp 21
+
+    See the \l{mainwindows/application}{Application} example for an
+    actual application that uses Qt's resource system to store its
+    icons.
+
+    In memory, resources are represented by a tree of resource
+    objects. The tree is automatically built at startup and used by
+    QFile for resolving paths to resources. You can use a QDir initialized
+    with ":/" to navigate through the resource tree from the root.
+
+    Qt's resources support the concept of a search path list. If you then
+    refer to a resource with \c : instead of \c :/ as the prefix, the
+    resource will be looked up using the search path list. The search
+    path list is empty at startup; call QDir::addSearchPath() to
+    add paths to it.
+
+    If you have resources in a static library, you might need to
+    force initialization of your resources by calling \l
+    Q_INIT_RESOURCE() with the base name of the \c .qrc file. For
+    example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_resources.qdoc 5
+
+    Similarly, if you must unload a set of resources explicitly
+    (because a plugin is being unloaded or the resources are not valid
+    any longer), you can force removal of your resources by calling
+    Q_CLEANUP_RESOURCE() with the same base name as above.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/focus.qdoc b/doc/src/focus.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 459a9d8..0000000
--- a/doc/src/focus.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,213 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Documentation of focus handling in Qt.
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
-** EDITIONS: FREE, PROFESSIONAL, ENTERPRISE
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page focus.html
-    \title Keyboard Focus
-    \ingroup architecture
-    \ingroup gui-programming
-    \brief An overview of the keyboard focus management and handling.
-
-    \keyword keyboard focus
-
-    Qt's widgets handle keyboard focus in the ways that have become
-    customary in GUIs. 
-
-    The basic issue is that the user's key strokes can be directed at any
-    of several windows on the screen, and any of several widgets inside
-    the intended window. When the user presses a key, they expect it to go
-    to the right place, and the software must try to meet this
-    expectation. The system must determine which application the key stroke
-    is directed at, which window within that application, and which widget
-    within that window.
-
-    \section1 Focus Motion
-
-    The customs which have evolved for directing keyboard focus to a
-    particular widget are these: 
-
-    \list 1
-
-    \o The user presses \key Tab (or \key Shift+Tab).
-    \o The user clicks a widget.
-    \o The user presses a keyboard shortcut.
-    \o The user uses the mouse wheel.
-    \o The user moves the focus to a window, and the application must
-       determine which widget within the window should get the focus.
-    \endlist
-
-    Each of these motion mechanisms is different, and different types of
-    widgets receive focus in only some of them. We'll cover each of them
-    in turn.
-
-    \section2 Tab or Shift+Tab
-
-    Pressing \key Tab is by far the most common way to move focus
-    using the keyboard. (Sometimes in data-entry applications Enter
-    does the same as \key{Tab}; this can easily be achieved in Qt by
-    implementing an \l{Events and Event Filters}{event filter}.)
-
-    Pressing \key Tab, in all window systems in common use today,
-    moves the keyboard focus to the next widget in a circular
-    per-window list. \key Tab moves focus along the circular list in
-    one direction, \key Shift+Tab in the other. The order in which
-    \key Tab presses move from widget to widget is called the tab order.
-
-    You can customize the tab order using QWidget::setTabOrder(). (If
-    you don't, \key Tab generally moves focus in the order of widget
-    construction.) \l{Qt Designer} provides a means of visually
-    changing the tab order.
-
-    Since pressing \key Tab is so common, most widgets that can have focus
-    should support tab focus. The major exception is widgets that are
-    rarely used, and where there is some keyboard accelerator or error
-    handler that moves the focus.
-
-    For example, in a data entry dialog, there might be a field that
-    is only necessary in one per cent of all cases. In such a dialog,
-    \key Tab could skip this field, and the dialog could use one of
-    these mechanisms: 
-
-    \list 1
-
-    \o If the program can determine whether the field is needed, it can
-    move focus there when the user finishes entry and presses \gui OK, or when
-    the user presses Enter after finishing the other fields. Alternately,
-    include the field in the tab order but disable it. Enable it if it
-    becomes appropriate in view of what the user has set in the other
-    fields.
-
-    \o The label for the field can include a keyboard shortcut that moves
-    focus to this field.
-
-    \endlist
-
-    Another exception to \key Tab support is text-entry widgets that
-    must support the insertion of tabs; almost all text editors fall
-    into this class. Qt treats \key Ctrl+Tab as \key Tab and \key
-    Ctrl+Shift+Tab as \key Shift+Tab, and such widgets can
-    reimplement QWidget::event() and handle Tab before calling
-    QWidget::event() to get normal processing of all other keys.
-    However, since some systems use \key Ctrl+Tab for other purposes,
-    and many users aren't aware of \key Ctrl+Tab anyway, this isn't a
-    complete solution.
-
-    \section2 The User Clicks a Widget
-
-    This is perhaps even more common than pressing \key Tab on
-    computers with a mouse or other pointing device.
-
-    Clicking to move the focus is slightly more powerful than \key
-    Tab. While it moves the focus \e to a widget, for editor widgets
-    it also moves the text cursor (the widget's internal focus) to
-    the spot where the mouse is clicked.
-
-    Since it is so common and people are used to it, it's a good idea to
-    support it for most widgets. However, there is also an important
-    reason to avoid it: you may not want to remove focus from the widget
-    where it was.
-
-    For example, in a word processor, when the user clicks the 'B' (bold)
-    tool button, what should happen to the keyboard focus? Should it
-    remain where it was, almost certainly in the editing widget, or should
-    it move to the 'B' button?
-
-    We advise supporting click-to-focus for widgets that support text
-    entry, and to avoid it for most widgets where a mouse click has a
-    different effect. (For buttons, we also recommend adding a keyboard
-    shortcut: QAbstractButton and its subclasses make this very easy.)
-
-    In Qt, only the QWidget::setFocusPolicy() function affects
-    click-to-focus.
-
-    \section2 The User Presses a Keyboard Shortcut
-
-    It's not unusual for keyboard shortcuts to move the focus. This
-    can happen implicitly by opening modal dialogs, but also
-    explicitly using focus accelerators such as those provided by
-    QLabel::setBuddy(), QGroupBox, and QTabBar.
-
-    We advise supporting shortcut focus for all widgets that the user
-    may want to jump to. For example, a tab dialog can have keyboard
-    shortcuts for each of its pages, so the user can press e.g. \key
-    Alt+P to step to the \underline{P}rinting page. It is easy to
-    overdo this: there are only a few keys, and it's also important
-    to provide keyboard shortcuts for commands. \key Alt+P is also
-    used for Paste, Play, Print, and Print Here in the \l{Standard
-    Accelerator Keys} list, for example.
-
-    \section2 The User Rotates the Mouse Wheel
-
-    On Microsoft Windows, mouse wheel usage is always handled by the
-    widget that has keyboard focus. On Mac OS X and X11, it's handled by
-    the widget that gets other mouse events.
-
-    The way Qt handles this platform difference is by letting widgets move
-    the keyboard focus when the wheel is used. With the right focus policy
-    on each widget, applications can work idiomatically correctly on
-    Windows, Mac OS X, and X11.
-
-    \section2 The User Moves the Focus to This Window
-
-    In this situation the application must determine which widget within
-    the window should receive the focus.
-
-    This can be simple: If the focus has been in this window before,
-    then the last widget to have focus should regain it. Qt does this
-    automatically.
-
-    If focus has never been in this window before and you know where
-    focus should start out, call QWidget::setFocus() on the widget
-    which should receive focus before you call QWidget::show() it. If
-    you don't, Qt will pick a suitable widget.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/accessible.qdoc b/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/accessible.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7f1a2b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/accessible.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,624 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \group accessibility
+    \title Accessibility Classes
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page accessible.html
+    \title Accessibility
+    
+    \ingroup frameworks-technologies
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 Introduction
+
+    Accessibility in computer software is making applications usable
+    for people with disabilities. This could be achieved by providing
+    keyboard shortcuts, a high-contrast user interface that uses
+    specially selected colors and fonts, or support for assistive tools
+    such as screen readers and braille displays.
+
+    An application does not usually communicate directly with
+    assistive tools but through an assistive technology, which is a
+    bridge for exchange of information between the applications and
+    the tools. Information about user interface elements, such
+    as buttons and scroll bars, is exposed to the assistive technologies.
+    Qt supports Microsoft Active Accessibility (MSAA) on Windows and
+    Mac OS X Accessibility on Mac OS X.
+    On Unix/X11, support is preliminary. The individual technologies
+    are abstracted from Qt, and there is only a single interface to
+    consider. We will use MSAA throughout this document when we need
+    to address technology related issues.
+
+    In this overview document, we will examine the overall Qt
+    accessibility architecture, and how to implement accessibility for
+    custom widgets and elements. 
+
+    \section1 Architecture
+
+    Providing accessibility is a collaboration between accessibility
+    compliant applications, the assistive technology, and the
+    assistive tools. 
+
+    \image accessibilityarchitecture.png
+
+    Accessibility compliant applications are called AT-Servers while
+    assistive tools are called AT-Clients. A Qt application will
+    typically be an AT-Server, but specialized programs might also
+    function like AT-Clients. We will refer to clients and servers
+    when talking about AT-Clients and AT-Servers in the rest of this
+    document.
+
+    We will from now on focus on the Qt accessibility interface and
+    how it is implemented to create Qt applications that support
+    accessibility.
+
+    \section2 Accessibility in Qt
+    
+    These classes provide support for accessible applications.
+
+    \annotatedlist accessibility
+
+    When we communicate with the assistive technologies, we need to
+    describe Qt's user interface in a way that they can understand. Qt
+    applications use QAccessibleInterface to expose information about the
+    individual UI elements. Currently, Qt provides support for its widgets
+    and widget parts, e.g., slider handles, but the interface could
+    also be implemented for any QObject if necessary. QAccessible
+    contains enums that describe the UI. The description is mainly
+    based on MSAA and is independent of Qt. We will examine the enums
+    in the course of this document.
+
+    The structure of the UI is represented as a tree of
+    QAccessibleInterface subclasses. You can think of this as a
+    representation of a UI like the QObject tree built by Qt. Objects
+    can be widgets or widget parts (such as scroll bar handles). We
+    examine the tree in detail in the next section.
+
+    Servers notify clients through \l{QAccessible::}{updateAccessibility()}
+    about changes in objects by sending events, and the clients
+    register to receive the events. The available events are defined
+    by the QAccessible::Event enum. The clients may then query for
+    the object that generated the event through
+    QAccessible::queryAccessibleInterface().
+
+    Three of the enums in QAccessible help clients query and alter
+    accessible objects:
+
+    \list
+        \o \l{QAccessible::}{Role}: Describes the role the object
+            fills in the user interface, e.g., if it is a main
+            window, a text caret, or a cell in an item view.
+        \o \l{QAccessible::}{Action}: The actions that the
+            clients can perform on the objects, e.g., pushing a
+            button.
+        \o \l{QAccessible::}{Relation}: Describes the relationship
+            between objects in the object tree.
+            This is used for navigation.
+    \endlist
+
+    The clients also have some possibilities to get the content of
+    objects, e.g., a button's text; the object provides strings
+    defined by the QAccessible::Text enum, that give information
+    about content.
+
+    The objects can be in a number of different states as defined by
+    the \l{QAccessible::}{State} enum. Examples of states are whether
+    the object is disabled, if it has focus, or if it provides a pop-up
+    menu.
+
+    \section2 The Accessible Object Tree
+
+    As mentioned, a tree structure is built from the accessible
+    objects of an application. By navigating through the tree, the
+    clients can access all elements in the UI. Object relations give
+    clients information about the UI. For instance, a slider handle is
+    a child of the slider to which it belongs. QAccessible::Relation
+    describes the various relationships the clients can ask objects
+    for.
+
+    Note that there are no direct mapping between the Qt QObject tree
+    and the accessible object tree. For instance, scroll bar handles
+    are accessible objects but are not widgets or objects in Qt.
+
+    AT-Clients have access to the accessibility object tree through
+    the root object in the tree, which is the QApplication. They can
+    query other objects through QAccessible::navigate(), which fetches
+    objects based on \l{QAccessible::}{Relation}s. The children of any
+    node is 1-based numbered. The child numbered 0 is the object
+    itself. The children of all interfaces are numbered this way,
+    i.e., it is not a fixed numbering from the root node in the entire
+    tree.
+
+    Qt provides accessible interfaces for its widgets. Interfaces for
+    any QObject subclass can be requested through
+    QAccessible::queryInterface(). A default implementation is
+    provided if a more specialized interface is not defined. An
+    AT-Client cannot acquire an interface for accessible objects that
+    do not have an equivalent QObject, e.g., scroll bar handles, but
+    they appear as normal objects through interfaces of parent
+    accessible objects, e.g., you can query their relationships with
+    QAccessible::relationTo().
+
+    To illustrate, we present an image of an accessible object tree.
+    Beneath the tree is a table with examples of object relationships.
+
+    \image accessibleobjecttree.png
+
+    The labels in top-down order are: the QAccessibleInterface class
+    name, the widget for which an interface is provided, and the
+    \l{QAccessible::}{Role} of the object. The Position, PageLeft and 
+    PageRight correspond to the slider handle, the slider groove left
+    and the slider groove right, respectively. These accessible objects
+    do not have an equivalent QObject.
+
+    \table 40%
+        \header
+            \o Source Object
+            \o Target Object
+            \o Relation
+        \row
+            \o Slider
+            \o Indicator
+            \o Controller
+        \row
+            \o Indicator
+            \o Slider
+            \o Controlled
+        \row
+            \o Slider
+            \o Application
+            \o Ancestor
+        \row
+            \o Application
+            \o Slider
+            \o Child
+        \row
+            \o PushButton
+            \o Indicator
+            \o Sibling
+    \endtable
+
+    \section2 The Static QAccessible Functions
+
+    The accessibility is managed by QAccessible's static functions,
+    which we will examine shortly. They produce QAccessible
+    interfaces, build the object tree, and initiate the connection
+    with MSAA or the other platform specific technologies. If you are
+    only interested in learning how to make your application
+    accessible, you can safely skip over this section to
+    \l{Implementing Accessibility}.
+
+    The communication between clients and the server is initiated when
+    \l{QAccessible::}{setRootObject()} is called. This is done when
+    the QApplication instance is instantiated and you should not have
+    to do this yourself.
+
+    When a QObject calls \l{QAccessible::}{updateAccessibility()},
+    clients that are listening to events are notified of the
+    change. The function is used to post events to the assistive
+    technology, and accessible \l{QAccessible::Event}{events} are
+    posted by \l{QAccessible::}{updateAccessibility()}.
+
+    \l{QAccessible::}{queryAccessibleInterface()} returns accessible
+    interfaces for \l{QObject}s. All widgets in Qt provide interfaces;
+    if you need interfaces to control the behavior of other \l{QObject}
+    subclasses, you must implement the interfaces yourself, although
+    the QAccessibleObject convenience class implements parts of the
+    functionality for you.
+
+    The factory that produces accessibility interfaces for QObjects is
+    a function of type QAccessible::InterfaceFactory. It is possible
+    to have several factories installed. The last factory installed
+    will be the first to be asked for interfaces.
+    \l{QAccessible::}{queryAccessibleInterface()} uses the factories
+    to create interfaces for \l{QObject}s. Normally, you need not be
+    concerned about factories because you can implement plugins that
+    produce interfaces. We will give examples of both approaches
+    later.
+
+    \section2 Enabling Accessibility Support
+
+    By default, Qt applications are run with accessibility support
+    enabled on Windows and Mac OS X. On Unix/X11 platforms, applications
+    must be launched in an environment with the \c QT_ACCESSIBILITY
+    variable set to 1. For example, this is set in the following way with
+    the bash shell:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-accessibility.qdoc environment
+
+    Accessibility features are built into Qt by default when the libraries
+    are configured and built.
+
+    \section1 Implementing Accessibility
+
+    To provide accessibility support for a widget or other user
+    interface element, you need to implement the QAccessibleInterface
+    and distribute it in a QAccessiblePlugin. It is also possible to
+    compile the interface into the application and provide a
+    QAccessible::InterfaceFactory for it. The factory can be used if
+    you link statically or do not want the added complexity of
+    plugins.  This can be an advantage if you, for instance, are
+    delivering a 3-rd party library.
+
+    All widgets and other user interface elements should have
+    interfaces and plugins. If you want your application to support
+    accessibility, you will need to consider the following:
+
+    \list
+        \o Qt already implements accessibility for its own widgets.
+           We therefore recommend that you use Qt widgets where possible.
+        \o A QAccessibleInterface needs to be implemented for each element
+           that you want to make available to accessibility clients.
+        \o You need to send accessibility events from the custom
+           user interface elements that you implement.
+    \endlist
+
+    In general, it is recommended that you are somewhat familiar with
+    MSAA, which Qt's accessibility support originally was built for.
+    You should also study the enum values of QAccessible, which
+    describe the roles, actions, relationships, and events that you
+    need to consider.
+
+    Note that you can examine how Qt's widgets implement their
+    accessibility. One major problem with the MSAA standard is that
+    interfaces are often implemented in an inconsistent way. This
+    makes life difficult for clients and often leads to guesswork on
+    object functionality.
+
+    It is possible to implement interfaces by inheriting
+    QAccessibleInterface and implementing its pure virtual functions.
+    In practice, however, it is usually preferable to inherit
+    QAccessibleObject or QAccessibleWidget, which implement part of
+    the functionality for you. In the next section, we will see an
+    example of implementing accessibility for a widget by inheriting
+    the QAccessibleWidget class.
+
+    \section2 The QAccessibleObject and QAccessibleWidget Convenience Classes
+
+    When implementing an accessibility interface for widgets, one would
+    as a rule inherit QAccessibleWidget, which is a convenience class
+    for widgets. Another available convenience class, which is
+    inherited by QAccessibleWidget, is the QAccessibleObject, which
+    implements part of the interface for QObjects.
+
+    The QAccessibleWidget provides the following functionality:
+
+    \list
+        \o It handles the navigation of the tree and
+           hit testing of the objects. 
+        \o It handles events, roles, and actions that are common for all
+           \l{QWidget}s.
+        \o It handles action and methods that can be performed on
+           all widgets.
+        \o It calculates bounding rectangles with
+           \l{QAccessibleInterface::}{rect()}.
+        \o It gives \l{QAccessibleInterface::}{text()} strings that are
+           appropriate for a generic widget.
+        \o It sets the \l{QAccessible::State}{states} that
+           are common for all widgets.
+    \endlist
+
+    \section2 QAccessibleWidget Example
+
+    Instead of creating a custom widget and implementing an interface
+    for it, we will show how accessibility can be implemented for one of
+    Qt's standard widgets: QSlider. Making this widget accessible
+    demonstrates many of the issues that need to be faced when making
+    a custom widget accessible.
+
+    The slider is a complex control that functions as a
+    \l{QAccessible::}{Controller} for its accessible children.
+    This relationship must be known by the interface (for
+    \l{QAccessibleInterface::}{relationTo()} and
+    \l{QAccessibleInterface::}{navigate()}). This can be done
+    using a controlling signal, which is a mechanism provided by
+    QAccessibleWidget. We do this in the constructor:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/accessibilityslidersnippet.cpp 0
+
+    The choice of signal shown is not important; the same principles
+    apply to all signals that are declared in this way. Note that we
+    use QLatin1String to ensure that the signal name is correctly
+    specified.
+
+    When an accessible object is changed in a way that users need
+    to know about, it notifies clients of the change by sending them
+    an event via the accessible interface. This is how QSlider calls
+    \l{QAccessibleInterface::}{updateAccessibility()} to indicate that
+    its value has changed:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qabstractsliderisnippet.cpp 0
+    \dots
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qabstractsliderisnippet.cpp 1
+    \dots
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qabstractsliderisnippet.cpp 2
+
+    Note that the call is made after the value of the slider has
+    changed because clients may query the new value immediately after
+    receiving the event.
+
+    The interface must be able to calculate bounding rectangles of
+    itself and any children that do not provide an interface of their
+    own. The \c QAccessibleSlider has three such children identified by
+    the private enum, \c SliderElements, which has the following values:
+    \c PageLeft (the rectangle on the left hand side of the slider
+    handle), \c PageRight (the rectangle on the right hand side of the
+    handle), and \c Position (the slider handle). Here is the
+    implementation of \l{QAccessibleInterface::}{rect()}:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/accessibilityslidersnippet.cpp 1
+    \dots
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/accessibilityslidersnippet.cpp 2
+    \dots
+
+    The first part of the function, which we have omitted, uses the
+    current \l{QStyle}{style} to calculate the slider handle's
+    bounding rectangle; it is stored in \c srect. Notice that child 0,
+    covered in the default case in the above code, is the slider itself,
+    so we can simply return the QSlider bounding rectangle obtained
+    from the superclass, which is effectively the value obtained from
+    QAccessibleWidget::rect().
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/accessibilityslidersnippet.cpp 3
+
+    Before the rectangle is returned it must be mapped to screen
+    coordinates.
+
+    The QAccessibleSlider must reimplement
+    QAccessibleInterface::childCount() since it manages children
+    without interfaces.
+
+    The \l{QAccessibleInterface::}{text()} function returns the
+    QAccessible::Text strings for the slider:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/accessibilityslidersnippet.cpp 4
+
+    The \c slider() function returns a pointer to the interface's
+    QSlider. Some values are left for the superclass's implementation.
+    Not all values are appropriate for all accessible objects, as you
+    can see for QAccessible::Value case. You should just return an
+    empty string for those values where no relevant text can be
+    provided.
+
+    The implementation of the \l{QAccessibleInterface::}{role()}
+    function is straightforward:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/accessibilityslidersnippet.cpp 5
+
+    The role function should be reimplemented by all objects and
+    describes the role of themselves and the children that do not
+    provide accessible interfaces of their own.
+
+    Next, the accessible interface needs to return the
+    \l{QAccessible::State}{states} that the slider can be in. We look
+    at parts of the \c state() implementation to show how just a few
+    of the states are handled:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/accessibilityslidersnippet.cpp 6
+    \dots
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/accessibilityslidersnippet.cpp 7
+
+    The superclass implementation of
+    \l{QAccessibleInterface::}{state()}, uses the
+    QAccessibleInterface::state() implementation. We simply need to
+    disable the buttons if the slider is at its minimum or maximum.
+
+    We have now exposed the information we have about the slider to
+    the clients. For the clients to be able to alter the slider - for
+    example, to change its value - we must provide information about
+    the actions that can be performed and perform them upon request.
+    We discuss this in the next section.
+
+    \section2 Handling Action Requests from Clients
+
+    QAccessible provides a number of \l{QAccessible::}{Action}s
+    that can be performed on request from clients. If an
+    accessible object supports actions, it should reimplement the
+    following functions from QAccessibleInterface:
+
+    \list
+        \o \l{QAccessibleInterface::}{actionText()} returns
+            strings that describe each action. The descriptions
+            to be made available are one for each
+            \l{QAccessible::}{Text} enum value.
+        \o  \l{QAccessibleInterface::}{doAction()} executes requests
+            from clients to perform actions.
+    \endlist
+
+    Note that a client can request any action from an object. If
+    the object does not support the action, it returns false from
+    \l{QAccessibleInterface::}{doAction()}.
+
+    None of the standard actions take any parameters. It is possible
+    to provide user-defined actions that can take parameters.
+    The interface must then also reimplement
+    \l{QAccessibleInterface::}{userActionCount()}. Since this is not
+    defined in the MSAA specification, it is probably only useful to
+    use this if you know which specific AT-Clients will use the
+    application.
+
+    QAccessibleInterface gives another technique for clients to handle
+    accessible objects. It works basically the same way, but uses the
+    concept of methods in place of actions. The available methods are
+    defined by the QAccessible::Method enum. The following functions
+    need to be reimplemented from QAccessibleInterface if the
+    accessible object is to support methods:
+
+    \list
+        \o \l{QAccessibleInterface::}{supportedMethods()} returns
+            a QSet of \l{QAccessible::}{Method} values that are 
+            supported by the object.
+        \o \l{QAccessibleInterface::}{invokeMethod()} executes
+           methods requested by clients.
+    \endlist
+
+    The action mechanism will probably be substituted by providing
+    methods in place of the standard actions. 
+
+    To see examples on how to implement actions and methods, you
+    could examine the QAccessibleObject and QAccessibleWidget
+    implementations. You might also want to take a look at the
+    MSAA documentation.
+
+    \section2 Implementing Accessible Plugins
+
+    In this section we will explain the procedure of implementing
+    accessible plugins for your interfaces. A plugin is a class stored
+    in a shared library that can be loaded at run-time. It is
+    convenient to distribute interfaces as plugins since they will only
+    be loaded when required.
+
+    Creating an accessible plugin is achieved by inheriting
+    QAccessiblePlugin, reimplementing \l{QAccessiblePlugin::}{keys()}
+    and \l{QAccessiblePlugin::}{create()} from that class, and adding
+    one or two macros. The \c .pro file must be altered to use the
+    plugin template, and the library containing the plugin must be
+    placed on a path where Qt searches for accessible plugins.
+
+    We will go through the implementation of \c SliderPlugin, which is an
+    accessible plugin that produces interfaces for the
+    QAccessibleSlider we implemented in the \l{QAccessibleWidget Example}.
+    We start with the \c key() function:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/accessibilitypluginsnippet.cpp 0
+
+    We simply need to return the class name of the single interface
+    our plugin can create an accessible interface for. A plugin
+    can support any number of classes; just add more class names
+    to the string list. We move on to the \c create() function:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/accessibilitypluginsnippet.cpp 1
+
+    We check whether the interface requested is for the QSlider; if it
+    is, we create and return an interface for it. Note that \c object
+    will always be an instance of \c classname. You must return 0 if
+    you do not support the class.
+    \l{QAccessible::}{updateAccessibility()} checks with the
+    available accessibility plugins until it finds one that does not
+    return 0.
+
+    Finally, you need to include macros in the cpp file:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/accessibilitypluginsnippet.cpp 2
+
+    The Q_EXPORT_PLUGIN2 macro exports the plugin in the \c
+    SliderPlugin class into the \c acc_sliderplugin library. The first
+    argument is the name of the plugin library file, excluding the
+    file suffix, and the second is the class name. For more information
+    on plugins, consult the plugins \l{How to Create Qt
+    Plugins}{overview document}.
+
+    You can omit the first macro unless you want the plugin
+    to be statically linked with the application.
+
+    \section2 Implementing Interface Factories
+
+    If you do not want to provide plugins for your accessibility
+    interfaces, you can use an interface factory
+    (QAccessible::InterfaceFactory), which is the recommended way to
+    provide accessible interfaces in a statically-linked application.
+
+    A factory is a function pointer for a function that takes the same
+    parameters as \l{QAccessiblePlugin}'s
+    \l{QAccessiblePlugin::}{create()} - a QString and a QObject. It
+    also works the same way. You install the factory with the
+    \l{QAccessible::}{installFactory()} function. We give an example
+    of how to create a factory for the \c SliderPlugin class:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/accessibilityfactorysnippet.cpp 0
+    \dots
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/accessibilityfactorysnippet.cpp 1
+
+    \omit
+
+    \section1 Implementing Bridges for Other Assistive Technologies
+
+    An accessibility bridge provides the means for an assistive
+    technology to talk to Qt. On Windows and Mac, the built-in bridges
+    will be used. On UNIX, however, there are no built-in standard
+    assistive technology, and it might therefore be necessary to
+    implement an accessible bridge.
+
+    A bridge is implemented by inheriting QAccessibleBridge for the
+    technology to support. The class defines the interface that Qt
+    needs an assistive technology to support:
+
+    \list
+        \o A root object. This is the root in the accessible
+           object tree and is of type QAccessibleInterface.
+        \o Receive events from from accessible objects.
+    \endlist
+
+    The root object is set with the
+    \l{QAccessibleBridge::}{setRootObject()}. In the case of Qt, this
+    will always be an interface for the QApplication instance of the
+    application.
+
+    Event notification is sent through
+    \l{QAccessibleBridge::}{notifyAccessibilityUpdate()}. This
+    function is called by \l{QAccessible::}{updateAccessibility()}. Even
+    though the bridge needs only to implement these two functions, it
+    must be able to communicate the entire QAccessibleInterface to the
+    underlying technology. How this is achieved is, naturally, up to
+    the individual bridge and none of Qt's concern.
+
+    As with accessible interfaces, you distribute accessible bridges
+    in plugins. Accessible bridge plugins are subclasses of the
+    QAccessibleBridgePlugin class; the class defines the functions
+    \l{QAccessibleBridgePlugin::}{create()} and
+    \l{QAccessibleBridgePlugin::}{keys()}, which must me
+    reimplemented. If Qt finds a built-in bridge to use, it will
+    ignore any available plugins.
+
+    \endomit
+
+    \section1 Further Reading
+
+    The \l{Cross-Platform Accessibility Support in Qt 4} document contains a more
+    general overview of Qt's accessibility features and discusses how it is
+    used on each platform.
+    issues
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/activeqt-container.qdoc b/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/activeqt-container.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..47be4be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/activeqt-container.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,218 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page activeqt-container.html
+    \title Using ActiveX controls and COM objects in Qt
+
+    \brief The QAxContainer module is a Windows-only extension for
+    accessing ActiveX controls and COM objects.
+
+    The QAxContainer module is part of the \l ActiveQt framework. It
+    provides a library implementing a QWidget subclass, QAxWidget,
+    that acts as a container for ActiveX controls, and a QObject
+    subclass, QAxObject, that can be used to easily access non-visual
+    COM objects. Scripting COM objects embedded using these classes
+    is possible through the QAxScript, QAxScriptManager and
+    QAxScriptEngine classes, and a set of \l{Tools for ActiveQt}{tools}
+    makes it easy to access COM objects programmatically.
+
+    The module consists of six classes
+    \list 1
+    \o QAxBase is an abstract class that provides an API to initialize 
+       and access a COM object or ActiveX control.
+    \o QAxObject provides a QObject that wraps a COM object.
+    \o QAxWidget is a QWidget that wraps an ActiveX control.
+    \o QAxScriptManager, QAxScript and QAxScriptEngine provide an 
+       interface to the Windows Script Host.
+    \endlist
+
+    Some \l{ActiveQt Examples}{example applications} that use
+    standard ActiveX controls to provide high-level user interface
+    functionality are provided.
+
+    \sa {ActiveQt Framework}
+
+    Topics:
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 Using the Library
+
+    To build Qt applications that can host COM objects and ActiveX controls
+    link the application against the QAxContainer module by adding
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qaxcontainer.qdoc 0
+
+    to your application's \c .pro file.
+
+    \section2 Distributing QAxContainer Applications
+
+    The QAxContainer library is static, so there is no need to redistribute
+    any additional files when using this module. Note however that the
+    ActiveX server binaries you are using might not be installed on the
+    target system, so you have to ship them with your package and register
+    them during the installation process of your application.
+
+    \section1 Instantiating COM Objects
+
+    To instantiate a COM object use the QAxBase::setControl() API, or pass
+    the name of the object directly into the constructor of the QAxBase 
+    subclass you are using.
+
+    The control can be specified in a variety of formats, but the fastest
+    and most powerful format is to use the class ID (CLSID) of the object
+    directly. The class ID can be prepended with information about a remote
+    machine that the object should run on, and can include a license key
+    for licensed controls.
+
+    \section2 Typical Error Messages
+
+    ActiveQt prints error messages to the debug output when it
+    encounters error situations at runtime. Usually you must run 
+    your program in the debugger to see these messages (e.g. in Visual
+    Studio's Debug output).
+
+    \section3 Requested control could not be instantiated
+
+    The control requested in QAxBase::setControl() is not installed
+    on this system, or is not accessible for the current user.
+
+    The control might require administrator rights, or a license key.
+    If the control is licensed, pass the license key to QAxBase::setControl
+    as documented.
+
+    \section1 Accessing the Object API
+
+    ActiveQt provides a Qt API to the COM object, and replaces COM
+    datatypes with Qt equivalents.
+
+    There are four ways to call APIs on the COM object:
+
+    \list
+    \o Generating a C++ namespace
+    \o Call-by-name
+    \o Through a script engine
+    \o Using the native COM interfaces
+    \endlist
+
+    \section2 Generating a C++ Namespace
+
+    To generate a C++ namespace for the type library you want to access,
+    use the \l dumpcpp tool. Run this tool manually on the type library you
+    want to use, or integrate it into the build system by adding the type
+    libraries to the \c TYPELIBS variable in your application's \c .pro file:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qaxcontainer.qdoc 1
+
+    Note that \l dumpcpp might not be able to expose all APIs in the type
+    library.
+
+    Include the resulting header file in your code to access the
+    object APIs through the generated C++ classes. See the
+    \l{activeqt/qutlook}{Qutlook} example for more information.
+
+    \section2 Call-by-Name
+
+    Use QAxBase::dynamicCall() and QAxBase::querySubObject() as well as
+    the QObject::setProperty() and QObject::property() APIs to call the
+    methods and properties of the COM object through their name. Use the 
+    \l dumpdoc tool to get the documentation of the Qt API for any COM 
+    object and its subobjects; note that not all of the COM object's APIs
+    might be available.
+
+    See the \l{activeqt/webbrowser}{Webbrowser} example for more information.
+
+    \section2 Calling Function Through a Script Engine
+
+    A Qt application can host any ActiveScript engine installed on the system.
+    The script engine can then run script code that accesses the COM objects.
+
+    To instantiate a script engine, use QAxScriptManager::addObject() to
+    register the COM objects you want to access from script, and 
+    QAxScriptManager::load() to load the script code into the engine. Then
+    call the script functions using QAxScriptManager::call() or 
+    QAxScript::call().
+
+    Which APIs of the COM object are available through scripting depends on 
+    the script language used.
+
+    The \l{testcon - An ActiveX Test Container (ActiveQt)}{ActiveX Test Container}
+    demonstrates loading of script files.
+
+    \section2 Calling a Function Using the Native COM Interfaces
+
+    To call functions of the COM object that can not be accessed via any
+    of the above methods it is possible to request the COM interface directly 
+    using QAxBase::queryInterface(). To get a C++ definition of the respective
+    interface classes use the \c #import directive with the type library
+    provided with the control; see your compiler manual for details.
+
+    \section2 Typical Error Messages
+
+    ActiveQt prints error messages to the debug output when it
+    encounters error situations at runtime. Usually you must run 
+    your program in the debugger to see these messages (e.g. in Visual
+    Studio's Debug output).
+
+    \section3 QAxBase::internalInvoke: No such method
+
+    A QAxBase::dynamicCall() failed - the function prototype did not
+    match any function available in the object's API.
+
+    \section3 Error calling IDispatch member: Non-optional parameter missing
+
+    A QAxBase::dynamicCall() failed - the function prototype was correct,
+    but too few parameters were provided.
+
+    \section3 Error calling IDispatch member: Type mismatch in parameter n
+
+    A QAxBase::dynamicCall() failed - the function prototype was correct,
+    but the paramter at index \c n was of the wrong type and could 
+    not be coerced to the correct type.
+
+    \section3 QAxScriptManager::call(): No script provides this function
+
+    You try to call a function that is provided through an engine
+    that doesn't provide introspection (ie. ActivePython or 
+    ActivePerl). You need to call the function directly on the
+    respective QAxScript object.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/activeqt-server.qdoc b/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/activeqt-server.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4491be3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/activeqt-server.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,856 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page activeqt-server.html
+    \title Building ActiveX servers and controls with Qt
+
+    \brief The QAxServer module is a Windows-only static library that
+    you can use to turn a standard Qt binary into a COM server.
+
+    The QAxServer module is part of the \l ActiveQt framework. It
+    consists of three classes:
+
+    \list
+    \o QAxFactory defines a factory for the creation of COM objects.
+    \o QAxBindable provides an interface between the Qt widget and the 
+       COM object.
+    \o QAxAggregated can be subclassed to implement additional COM interfaces.
+    \endlist
+
+    Some \l{ActiveQt Examples}{example implementations} of ActiveX
+    controls and COM objects are provided.
+
+    \sa {ActiveQt Framework}
+
+    Topics:
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 Using the Library
+
+    To turn a standard Qt application into a COM server using the
+    QAxServer library you must add \c qaxserver as a CONFIG setting
+    in your \c .pro file.
+
+    An out-of-process executable server is generated from a \c .pro
+    file like this:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qaxserver.qdoc 0
+
+    To build an in-process server, use a \c .pro file like this:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qaxserver.qdoc 1
+
+    The files \c qaxserver.rc and \c qaxserver.def are part of the
+    framework and can be used from their usual location (specify a
+    path in the \c .pro file), or copied into the project directory.
+    You can modify these files as long as it includes any file as the
+    type library entry, ie. you can add version information or specify
+    a different toolbox icon.
+
+    The \c qaxserver configuration will cause the \c qmake tool to add the 
+    required build steps to the build system:
+
+    \list
+    \o Link the binary against \c qaxserver.lib instead of \c qtmain.lib
+    \o Call the \l idc tool to generate an IDL file for the COM server
+    \o Compile the IDL into a type library using the MIDL tool (part of the
+    compiler installation)
+    \o Attach the resulting type library as a binary resource to the server
+    binary (again using the \l idc tool)
+    \o Register the server
+    \endlist
+
+    Note that the QAxServer build system is not supported on Windows 98/ME
+    (attaching of resources to a binary is not possible there), but a server 
+    built on Windows NT/2000/XP will work on previous Windows versions as well.
+
+    To skip the post-processing step, also set the \c qaxserver_no_postlink
+    configuration.
+
+    Additionally you can specify a version number using the \c VERSION
+    variable, e.g.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qaxserver.qdoc 2
+
+    The version number specified will be used as the version of the type
+    library and of the server when registering.
+
+    \section2 Out-of-Process vs. In-Process
+
+    Whether your COM server should run as a stand-alone executable
+    or as a shared library in the client process depends mainly on the
+    type of COM objects you want to provide in the server. 
+
+    An executable server has the advantage of being able to run as a
+    stand-alone application, but adds considerable overhead to the
+    communication between the COM client and the COM object. If the
+    control has a programming error only the server process running
+    the control will crash, and the client application will probably
+    continue to run. Not all COM clients support executable servers.
+
+    An in-process server is usually smaller and has faster startup
+    time. The communication between client and server is done directly
+    through virtual function calls and does not introduce the overhead
+    required for remote procedure calls. However, if the server crashes the
+    client application is likely to crash as well, and not every 
+    functionality is available for in-process servers (i.e. register in
+    the COM's running-object-table).
+
+    Both server types can use Qt either as a shared library, or statically
+    linked into the server binary.
+
+    \section2 Typical Errors During the Post-Build Steps
+
+    For the ActiveQt specific post-processing steps to work the 
+    server has to meet some requirements:
+
+    \list
+    \o All controls exposed can be created with nothing but a QApplication
+    instance being present
+    \o The initial linking of the server includes a temporary type 
+    library resource
+    \o All dependencies required to run the server are in the system path 
+    (or in the path used by the calling environment; note that Visual 
+    Studio has its own set of environment variables listed in the
+    Tools|Options|Directories dialog).
+    \endlist
+
+    If those requirements are not met one ore more of the following 
+    errors are likely to occur:
+
+    \section3 The Server Executable Crashes
+
+    To generate the IDL the widgets exposed as ActiveX controls need to
+    be instantiated (the constructor is called). At this point, nothing 
+    else but a QApplication object exists. Your widget constructor must 
+    not rely on any other objects to be created, e.g. it should check for
+    null-pointers.
+
+    To debug your server run it with -dumpidl outputfile and check where
+    it crashes.
+
+    Note that no functions of the control are called.
+
+    \section3 The Server Executable Is Not a Valid Win32 Application
+
+    Attaching the type library corrupted the server binary. This is a
+    bug in Windows and happens only with release builds.
+
+    The first linking step has to link a dummy type library into the
+    executable that can later be replaced by idc. Add a resource file
+    with a type library to your project as demonstrated in the examples.
+
+    \section3 "Unable to locate DLL"
+
+    The build system needs to run the server executable to generate
+    the interface definition, and to register the server. If a dynamic
+    link library the server links against is not in the path this
+    might fail (e.g. Visual Studio calls the server using the
+    enivronment settings specified in the "Directories" option). Make
+    sure that all DLLs required by your server are located in a
+    directory that is listed in the path as printed in the error
+    message box.
+
+    \section3 "Cannot open file ..."
+
+    The ActiveX server could not shut down properly when the last
+    client stopped using it. It usually takes about two seconds for
+    the application to terminate, but you might have to use the task
+    manager to kill the process (e.g. when a client doesn't release
+    the controls properly).
+
+    \section1 Implementing Controls
+
+    To implement a COM object with Qt, create a subclass of QObject
+    or any existing QObject subclass. If the class is a subclass of QWidget,
+    the COM object will be an ActiveX control.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qaxserver.qdoc 3
+
+    The Q_OBJECT macro is required to provide the meta object information
+    about the widget to the ActiveQt framework.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qaxserver.qdoc 4
+
+    Use the Q_CLASSINFO() macro to specify the COM identifiers for the COM
+    object. \c ClassID and \c InterfaceID are required, while \c EventsID is
+    only necessary when your object has signals. To generate these identifiers,
+    use system tools like \c uuidgen or \c guidgen.
+
+    You can specify additional attributes for each of your classes; see 
+    \l{Class Information and Tuning} for details.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qaxserver.qdoc 5
+
+    Use the Q_PROPERTY() macro to declare properties for the ActiveX control.
+
+    Declare a standard constructor taking a parent object, and functions, 
+    signals and slots like for any QObject subclass.
+    \footnote
+    If a standard constructor is not present the compiler will issue
+    an error "no overloaded function takes 2 parameters" when using
+    the default factory through the QAXFACTORY_DEFAULT() macro. If you
+    cannot provide a standard constructor you must implement a
+    QAxFactory custom factory and call the constructor you have in
+    your implementation of QAxFactory::create.
+    \endfootnote
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qaxserver.qdoc 6
+
+    The ActiveQt framework will expose properties and public slots as ActiveX 
+    properties and methods, and signals as ActiveX events, and convert between
+    the Qt data types and the equivalent COM data types.
+
+    \section2 Data Types
+
+    The Qt data types that are supported for properties are:
+
+    \table
+    \header
+    \o Qt data type
+    \o COM property
+    \row
+    \o bool
+    \o VARIANT_BOOL
+    \row
+    \o QString
+    \o BSTR
+    \row
+    \o int
+    \o int
+    \row
+    \o uint
+    \o unsigned int
+    \row
+    \o double
+    \o double
+    \row
+    \o \l qlonglong
+    \o CY
+    \row
+    \o \l qulonglong
+    \o CY
+    \row
+    \o QColor
+    \o OLE_COLOR
+    \row
+    \o QDate
+    \o DATE
+    \row
+    \o QDateTime
+    \o DATE
+    \row
+    \o QTime
+    \o DATE
+    \row
+    \o QFont
+    \o IFontDisp*
+    \row
+    \o QPixmap
+    \o IPictureDisp*
+    \footnote
+    COM cannot marshal IPictureDisp accross process boundaries,
+    so QPixmap properties cannot be called for out-of-process servers. You
+    can however marshal the image data via e.g. temporary files. See the
+    Microsoft 
+    \link http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;[LN];Q150034 KB article 
+    Q150034 \endlink for more information.
+    \endfootnote
+    \row
+    \o QVariant
+    \o VARIANT
+    \row
+    \o QVariantList (same as QList\<QVariant\>)
+    \o SAFEARRAY(VARIANT)
+    \row
+    \o QStringList
+    \o SAFEARRAY(BSTR)
+    \row
+    \o QByteArray
+    \o SAFEARRAY(BYTE)
+    \row
+    \o QRect
+    \o User defined type
+    \row
+    \o QSize
+    \o User defined type
+    \row
+    \o QPoint
+    \o User defined type
+    \endtable
+
+    The Qt data types that are supported for parameters in signals and
+    slots are:
+    \table
+    \header
+    \o Qt data type
+    \o COM parameter
+    \row
+    \o bool
+    \o [in] VARIANT_BOOL
+    \row
+    \o bool&
+    \o [in, out] VARIANT_BOOL*
+    \row
+    \o QString, const QString&
+    \o [in] BSTR
+    \row
+    \o QString&
+    \o [in, out] BSTR*
+    \row
+    \o QString&
+    \o [in, out] BSTR*
+    \row
+    \o int
+    \o [in] int
+    \row
+    \o int&
+    \o [in,out] int
+    \row
+    \o uint
+    \o [in] unsigned int
+    \row
+    \o uint&
+    \o [in, out] unsigned int*
+    \row
+    \o double
+    \o [in] double
+    \row
+    \o double&
+    \o [in, out] double*
+    \row
+    \o QColor, const QColor&
+    \o [in] OLE_COLOR
+    \row
+    \o QColor&
+    \o [in, out] OLE_COLOR*
+    \row
+    \o QDate, const QDate&
+    \o [in] DATE
+    \row
+    \o QDate&
+    \o [in, out] DATE*
+    \row
+    \o QDateTime, const QDateTime&
+    \o [in] DATE
+    \row
+    \o QDateTime&
+    \o [in, out] DATE*
+    \row
+    \o QFont, const QFont&
+    \o [in] IFontDisp*
+    \row
+    \o QFont&
+    \o [in, out] IFontDisp**
+    \row
+    \o QPixmap, const QPixmap&
+    \o [in] IPictureDisp*
+    \row
+    \o QPixmap&
+    \o [in, out] IPictureDisp**
+    \row
+    \o QList\<QVariant\>, const QList\<QVariant\>&
+    \o [in] SAFEARRAY(VARIANT)
+    \row
+    \o QList\<QVariant\>&
+    \o [in, out] SAFEARRAY(VARIANT)*
+    \row
+    \o QStringList, const QStringList&
+    \o [in] SAFEARRAY(BSTR)
+    \row
+    \o QStringList&
+    \o [in, out] SAFEARRAY(BSTR)*
+    \row
+    \o QByteArray, const QByteArray&
+    \o [in] SAFEARRAY(BYTE)
+    \row
+    \o QByteArray&
+    \o [in, out] SAFEARRAY(BYTE)*
+    \row
+    \o QObject*
+    \o [in] IDispatch*
+    \row
+    \o QRect&
+    \footnote
+    OLE needs to marshal user defined types by reference (ByRef), and cannot 
+    marshal them by value (ByVal). This is why const-references and object
+    parameters are not supported for QRect, QSize and QPoint. Also note that
+    servers with this datatype require Windows 98 or DCOM 1.2 to be installed.
+    \endfootnote
+    \o [in, out] struct QRect (user defined)
+    \row
+    \o QSize&
+    \o [in, out] struct QSize (user defined)
+    \row
+    \o QPoint&
+    \o [in, out] struct QPoint (user defined)
+    \endtable
+
+    Also supported are exported enums and flags (see Q_ENUMS() and
+    Q_FLAGS()). The in-parameter types are also supported as
+    return values.
+
+    Properties and signals/slots that have parameters using any other
+    data types are ignored by the ActiveQt framework.
+
+    \section2 Sub-Objects
+
+    COM objects can have multiple sub-objects that can represent a sub element
+    of the COM object. A COM object representing a multi-document spread sheet 
+    application can for example provide one sub-object for each spread sheet.
+
+    Any QObject subclass can be used as the type for a sub object in ActiveX, as
+    long as it is known to the QAxFactory. Then the type can be used in properties,
+    or as the return type or paramter of a slot.
+
+    \section2 Property Notification
+
+    To make the properties bindable for the ActiveX client, use multiple
+    inheritance from the QAxBindable class:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qaxserver.qdoc 7
+
+    When implementing the property write functions, use the
+    QAxBindable class's requestPropertyChange() and propertyChanged()
+    functions to allow ActiveX clients to bind to the control
+    properties. 
+    \footnote 
+    This is not required, but gives the client more control over 
+    the ActiveX control.
+    \endfootnote
+
+    \section1 Serving Controls
+
+    To make a COM server available to the COM system it must be registered 
+    in the system registry using five unique identifiers. 
+    These identifiers are provided by tools like \c guidgen or \c uuidgen. 
+    The registration information allows COM to localize the binary providing 
+    a requested ActiveX control, marshall remote procedure calls to the 
+    control and read type information about the methods and properties exposed 
+    by the control.
+
+    To create the COM object when the client asks for it the server must export 
+    an implementation of a QAxFactory. The easist way to do this is to use a set
+    of macros:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qaxserver.qdoc 8
+
+    This will export \c MyWidget and \c MyWidget2 as COM objects that can be
+    created by COM clients, and will register \c MySubType as a type that can
+    be used in properties and parameters of \c MyWidget and \c MyWidget2.
+
+    The \link QAxFactory QAxFactory class documentation \endlink explains 
+    how to use this macro, and how to implement and use custom factories.
+
+    For out-of-process executable servers you can implement a main()
+    function to instantiate a QApplication object and enter the event
+    loop just like any normal Qt application. By default the
+    application will start as a standard Qt application, but if you
+    pass \c -activex on the command line it will start as an ActiveX
+    server. Use QAxFactory::isServer() to create and run a standard
+    application interface, or to prevent a stand-alone execution:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qaxserver.qdoc 9
+
+    This is however not necessary as ActiveQt provides a default implementation
+    of a main function. The default implemenation calls QAxFactory::startServer(),
+    creates a QApplication instance and calls exec().
+
+    To build the ActiveX server executable run \c qmake
+    to generate the makefile, and use your compiler's
+    make tool as for any other Qt application. The make process will
+    also register the controls in the system registry by calling the
+    resulting executable with the \c -regserver command line option.
+
+    If the ActiveX server is an executable, the following command line
+    options are supported:
+    \table
+    \header \o Option \o Result
+    \row \o \c -regserver \o Registers the server in the system registry
+    \row \o \c -unregserver \o Unregisters the server from the system registry
+    \row \o \c -activex \o Starts the application as an ActiveX server
+    \row \o \c{-dumpidl <file> -version x.y} \o Writes the server's IDL to the
+    specified file. The type library will have version x.y
+    \endtable
+
+    In-process servers can be registered using the \c regsvr32 tool available
+    on all Windows systems.
+
+    \section2 Typical Compile-Time Problems
+
+    The compiler/linker errors listed are based on those issued by the 
+    Microsoft Visual C++ 6.0 compiler.
+
+    \section3 "No overloaded function takes 2 parameters"
+
+    When the error occurs in code that uses the QAXFACTORY_DEFAULT()
+    macro, the widget class had no constructor that can be used by the
+    default factory. Either add a standard widget constructor or
+    implement a custom factory that doesn't require one.
+
+    When the error occurs in code that uses the QAXFACTORY_EXPORT()
+    macro, the QAxFactory subclass had no appropriate constructor.
+    Provide a public class constructor like
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qaxserver.qdoc 10
+
+    for your factory class.
+
+    \section3 "Syntax error: bad suffix on number"
+
+    The unique identifiers have not been passed as strings into the 
+    QAXFACTORY_EXPORT() or QAXFACTORY_DEFAULT() macro.
+
+    \section3 "Unresolved external symbol _ucm_instantiate"
+
+    The server does not export an implementation of a QAxFactory. Use
+    the QAXFACTORY_EXPORT() macro in one of the project's
+    implementation files to instantiate and export a factory, or use
+    the QAXFACTORY_DEFAULT() macro to use the default factory.
+
+    \section3 "_ucm_initialize already defined in ..."
+
+    The server exports more than one implementation of a QAxFactory,
+    or exports the same implementation twice. If you use the default
+    factory, the QAXFACTORY_DEFAULT() macro must only be used once in
+    the project. Use a custom QAxFactory implementation and the
+    QAXFACTORY_EXPORT() macro if the server provides multiple ActiveX
+    controls.
+
+    \section2 Distributing QAxServer Binaries
+
+    ActiveX servers written with Qt can use Qt either as a shared
+    library, or have Qt linked statically into the binary. Both ways
+    will produce rather large packages (either the server binary
+    itself becomes large, or you have to ship the Qt DLL).
+
+    \section3 Installing Stand-Alone Servers
+
+    When your ActiveX server can also run as a stand-alone application,
+    run the server executable with the \c -regserver command line
+    parameter after installing the executable on the target system.
+    After that the controls provided by the server will be available to
+    ActiveX clients.
+
+    \section3 Installing In-Process Servers
+
+    When your ActiveX server is part of an installation package, use the
+    \c regsvr32 tool provided by Microsoft to register the controls on
+    the target system. If this tool is not present, load the DLL into
+    your installer process, resolve the \c DllRegisterServer symbol and
+    call the function:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qaxserver.qdoc 11
+
+    \section3 Distributing Servers over the Internet
+
+    If you want to use controls in your server in web-pages you need to
+    make the server available to the browser used to view your page, and
+    you need to specify the location of the server package in your page.
+
+    To specify the location of a server, use the CODEBASE attribute in
+    the OBJECT tag of your web-site. The value can point to the server
+    file itself, to an INF file listing other files the server requires
+    (e.g. the Qt DLL), or a compressed CAB archive.
+
+    INF and CAB files are documented in almost every book available about
+    ActiveX and COM programming as well as in the MSDN library and various
+    other Online resources. The examples include INF files that can be used
+    to build CAB archives:
+
+    \snippet examples/activeqt/simple/simple.inf 0
+
+    The CABARC tool from Microsoft can easily generate CAB archives:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qaxserver.qdoc 12
+
+    The INF files assume a static build of Qt, so no dependencies to other DLLs
+    are listed in the INF files. To distribute an ActiveX server depending on
+    DLLs you must add the dependencies, and provide the library files
+    with the archive.
+
+    \section1 Using the Controls
+
+    To use the ActiveX controls, e.g. to embed them in a web page, use
+    the \c <object> HTML tag. 
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qaxserver.qdoc 13
+
+    To initialize the control's properties, use
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qaxserver.qdoc 14
+
+    If the web browser supports scripting use JavaScript, VBScript
+    and forms to script the control. The
+    \l{ActiveQt Examples} include demonstration HTML pages for the example
+    controls.
+
+    \section2 Supported and Unsupported ActiveX Clients
+
+    The following is largly based on our own experiements with ActiveX
+    controls and client applications, and is by no means complete.
+
+    \section3 Supported Clients
+
+    These standard applications work with ActiveX controls developed with 
+    ActiveQt. Note that some clients support only in-process controls.
+
+    \list
+    \o Internet Explorer
+    \o Microsoft ActiveX Control Test Container
+    \o Microsoft Visual Studio 6.0
+    \o Microsoft Visual Studio.NET/2003
+    \o Microsoft Visual Basic 6.0
+    \o MFC- and ATL-based containers
+    \o Sybase PowerBuilder
+    \o ActiveQt based containers
+    \endlist
+
+    Microsoft Office applications are supported, but you need to register
+    the controls as "Insertable" objects. Reimplement QAxFactory::registerClass
+    to add this attribute to the COM class, or set the "Insertable" class info
+    for your class to "yes" using the Q_CLASSINFO macro.
+
+    \section3 Unsupported Clients
+
+    We have not managed to make ActiveQt based COM objects work with the
+    following client applications.
+
+    \list
+    \o Borland C++ Builder (Versions 5 and 6)
+    \o Borland Delphi
+    \endlist
+
+    \section2 Typical Runtime Errors
+
+    \section3 The Server Does Not Respond
+
+    If the system is unable to start the server (check with the task
+    manager whether the server runs a process), make sure that no DLL
+    the server depends on is missing from the system path (e.g. the Qt 
+    DLL!). Use a dependency walker to view all dependencies of the server 
+    binary.
+
+    If the server runs (e.g. the task manager lists a process), see
+    the following section for information on debugging your server.
+
+    \section3 The Object Cannot Be Created
+
+    If the server could be built and registered correctly during the build
+    process, but the object cannot be initiliazed e.g. by the OLE/COM Object 
+    Viewer application, make sure that no DLL the server depends on is
+    missing from the system path (e.g. the Qt DLL). Use a dependency walker
+    to view all dependencies of the server binary.
+
+    If the server runs, see the following section for information on
+    debugging your server.
+
+    \section2 Debugging Runtime Errors
+
+    To debug an in-process server in Visual Studio, set the server project 
+    as the active project, and specify a client "executable for debug
+    session" in the project settings (e.g. use the ActiveX Test Container). 
+    You can set breakpoints in your code, and also step into ActiveQt and 
+    Qt code if you installed the debug version.
+
+    To debug an executable server, run the application in a debugger
+    and start with the command line parameter \c -activex. Then start
+    your client and create an instance of your ActiveX control. COM 
+    will use the existing process for the next client trying to create 
+    an ActiveX control.
+
+    \section1 Class Information and Tuning
+
+    To provide attributes for each COM class, use the Q_CLASSINFO macro, which is part of
+    Qt's meta object system.
+
+    \table
+    \header
+    \o Key
+    \o Meaning of value
+    \row
+    \o Version
+    \o The version of the class (1.0 is default)
+    \row
+    \o Description
+    \o A string describing the class.
+    \row
+    \o ClassID
+    \o The class ID.
+       You must reimplement QAxFactory::classID if not specified.
+    \row
+    \o InterfaceID
+    \o The interface ID. 
+       You must reimplement QAxFactory::interfaceID if not specified.
+    \row
+    \o EventsID
+    \o The event interface ID.
+       No signals are exposed as COM events if not specified.
+    \row
+    \o DefaultProperty
+    \o The property specified represents the default property of this class.
+       Ie. the default property of a push button would be "text".
+    \row
+    \o DefaultSignal
+    \o The signal specified respresents the default signal of this class.
+       Ie. the default signal of a push button would be "clicked".
+    \row
+    \o LicenseKey
+    \o Object creation requires the specified license key. The key can be
+       empty to require a licensed machine. By default classes are not
+       licensed. Also see the following section.
+    \row
+    \o StockEvents
+    \o Objects expose stock events if value is "yes".
+       See \l QAxFactory::hasStockEvents()
+    \row
+    \o ToSuperClass
+    \o Objects expose functionality of all super-classes up to and
+       including the class name in value.
+       See \l QAxFactory::exposeToSuperClass()
+    \row
+    \o Insertable
+    \o If the value is "yes" the class is registered to be "Insertable" 
+       and will be listed in OLE 2 containers (ie. Microsoft Office). This 
+       attribute is not be set by default.
+    \row
+    \o Aggregatable
+    \o If the value is "no" the class does not support aggregation. By 
+       default aggregation is supported.
+    \row
+    \o Creatable
+    \o If the value is "no" the class cannot be created by the client,
+       and is only available through the API of another class (ie. the
+       class is a sub-type).
+    \row
+    \o RegisterObject
+    \o If the value is "yes" objects of this class are registered with
+       OLE and accessible from the running object table (ie. clients
+       can connect to an already running instance of this class). This
+       attribute is only supported in out-of-process servers.
+    \row
+    \o MIME
+    \o The object can handle data and files of the format specified in the 
+       value. The value has the format mime:extension:description. Multiple 
+       formats are separated by a semicolon.
+    \row
+    \o CoClassAlias
+    \o The classname used in the generated IDL and in the registry. This is
+       esp. useful for C++ classes that live in a namespace - by default, 
+       ActiveQt just removes the "::" to make the IDL compile.
+    \endtable
+
+    Note that both keys and values are case sensitive.
+
+    The following declares version 2.0 of a class that exposes only its
+    own API, and is available in the "Insert Objects" dialog of Microsoft
+    Office applications.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qaxserver.qdoc 15
+
+    \section2 Developing Licensed Components
+
+    If you develop components you might want to control who is able to instantiate
+    those components. Since the server binary can be shipped to and registered on 
+    any client machine it is possible for anybody to use those components in his 
+    own software.
+
+    Licensing components can be done using a variety of techniques, e.g. the code
+    creating the control can provide a license key, or the machine on which the
+    control is supposed to run needs to be licensed.
+
+    To mark a Qt class as licensed specify a "LicenseKey" using the
+    Q_CLASSINFO() macro.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qaxserver.qdoc 16
+
+    The key is required to be able to create an instance of \c MyLicensedControl
+    on a machine that is not licensed itself. The licensed developer can now 
+    redistributes the server binary with his application, which creates the control 
+    using the value of "LicenseKey", while users of the application cannot create
+    the control without the license key.
+
+    If a single license key for the control is not sufficient (ie. you want 
+    differnet developers to receive different license keys) you can specify an 
+    empty key to indicate that the control requires a license, and reimplement 
+    \l QAxFactory::validateLicenseKey() to verify that a license exists on the 
+    system (ie. through a license file).
+
+    \section2 More Interfaces
+
+    ActiveX controls provided by ActiveQt servers support a minimal set of COM 
+    interfaces to implement the OLE specifications. When the ActiveX class inherits 
+    from the QAxBindable class it can also implement additional COM interfaces.
+
+    Create a new subclass of QAxAggregated and use multiple inheritance
+    to subclass additional COM interface classes. 
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qaxserver.qdoc 17
+
+    Reimplement the QAxAggregated::queryInterface() function to
+    support the additional COM interfaces.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qaxserver.qdoc 18
+
+    Since \c ISomeCOMInterface is a subclass of \c IUnknown you will
+    have to implement the \c QueryInterface(), \c AddRef(), and \c
+    Release() functions.  Use the QAXAGG_IUNKNOWN macro in your
+    class definition to do that. If you implement the \c IUnknown
+    functions manually, delegate the calls to the interface pointer
+    returned by the QAxAggregated::controllingUnknown() function,
+    e.g.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qaxserver.qdoc 19
+
+    Do not support the \c IUnknown interface itself in your
+    \l{QAxAggregated::queryInterface()}{queryInterface()}
+    implementation.
+
+    Implement the methods of the COM interfaces, and use QAxAggregated::object()
+    if you need to make calls to the QObject subclass implementing the control.
+
+    In your QAxBindable subclass, implement
+    QAxBindable::createAggregate() to return a new object of the
+    QAxAggregated subclass.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qaxserver.qdoc 20
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/activeqt.qdoc b/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/activeqt.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..75c598a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/activeqt.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \group activeqt-tools
+    \title Tools for ActiveQt
+    \brief Tools to help integrate Qt applications with ActiveX components.
+
+    These tools provide support for integrating Qt with ActiveX components.
+
+    \generatelist{related}
+
+    \sa {ActiveQt Framework}
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page activeqt.html
+    \title ActiveQt Framework
+    \brief An overview of Qt's ActiveX and COM integration on Windows.
+
+    \ingroup platform-specific
+    \keyword ActiveQt
+
+    Qt's ActiveX and COM support allows Qt for Windows developers to:
+
+    \list 1
+    \o Access and use ActiveX controls and COM objects provided by any 
+    ActiveX server in their Qt applications.
+    \o Make their Qt applications available as COM servers, with
+    any number of Qt objects and widgets as COM objects and ActiveX 
+    controls.
+    \endlist
+
+    The ActiveQt framework consists of two modules:
+
+    \list
+    \o The \l QAxContainer module is a static
+       library implementing QObject and QWidget subclasses, QAxObject and
+       QAxWidget, that act as containers for COM objects and ActiveX
+       controls.
+    \o The \l QAxServer module is a static library that implements
+       functionality for in-process and executable COM servers. This
+       module provides the QAxAggregated, QAxBindable and QAxFactory
+       classes.
+    \endlist
+
+    To build the static libraries, change into the \c activeqt directory 
+    (usually \c QTDIR/src/activeqt), and run \c qmake and your make
+    tool in both the \c container and the \c control subdirectory.
+    The libraries \c qaxcontainer.lib and \c qaxserver.lib will be linked
+    into \c QTDIR/lib.
+
+    If you are using a shared configuration of Qt enter the \c plugin
+    subdirectory and run \c qmake and your make tool to build a
+    plugin that integrates the QAxContainer module into \l{Qt
+    Designer}.
+
+    The ActiveQt modules are part of the \l{Qt Full Framework Edition} and
+    the \l{Open Source Versions of Qt}.
+
+    \sa {QAxContainer Module}, {QAxServer Module}
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/animation.qdoc b/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/animation.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d495aeb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/animation.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,377 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \group animation
+    \title Animation Framework
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page animation-overview.html
+    \title The Animation Framework
+
+    \brief An overview of the Animation Framework
+
+    \ingroup frameworks-technologies
+
+    \keyword Animation
+
+    The animation framework is part of the Kinetic project, and aims
+    to provide an easy way for creating animated and smooth GUI's.  By
+    animating Qt properties, the framework provides great freedom for
+    animating widgets and other \l{QObject}s. The framework can also
+    be used with the Graphics View framework.
+
+    In this overview, we explain the basics of its architecture. We
+    also show examples of the most common techniques that the
+    framework allows for animating QObjects and graphics items.
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 The Animation Architecture
+
+    We will in this section take a high-level look at the animation
+    framework's architecture and how it is used to animate Qt
+    properties. The following diagram shows the most important classes
+    in the animation framework.
+
+    \image animations-architecture.png
+
+    The animation framework foundation consists of the base class
+    QAbstractAnimation, and its two subclasses QVariantAnimation and
+    QAnimationGroup. QAbstractAnimation is the ancestor of all
+    animations. It represents basic properties that are common for all
+    animations in the framework; notably, the ability to start, stop,
+    and pause an animation. It is also receives the time change
+    notifications.
+
+    The animation framework further provides the QPropertyAnimation
+    class, which inherits QVariantAnimation and performs animation of
+    a Qt property, which is part of Qt's \l{Meta-Object
+    System}{meta-object system}. The class performs an interpolation
+    over the property using an easing curve. So when you want to
+    animate a value, you can declare it as a property and make your
+    class a QObject. Note that this gives us great freedom in
+    animating already existing widgets and other \l{QObject}s.
+
+    Complex animations can be constructed by building a tree structure
+    of \l{QAbstractAnimation}s. The tree is built by using
+    \l{QAnimationGroup}s, which function as containers for other
+    animations. Note also that the groups are subclasses of
+    QAbstractAnimation, so groups can themselves contain other groups.
+
+    The animation framework can be used on its own, but is also
+    designed to be part of the state machine framework (See the
+    \l{The State Machine Framework}{state machine framework} for an
+    introduction to the Qt state machine). The state machine provides
+    a special state that can play an animation. A QState can also set
+    properties when the state is entered or exited, and this special
+    animation state will interpolate between these values when given a
+    QPropertyAnimation. We will look more closely at this later.
+
+    Behind the scenes, the animations are controlled by a global
+    timer, which sends \l{QAbstractAnimation::updateCurrentTime()}{updates} to
+    all animations that are playing.
+
+    For detailed descriptions of the classes' function and roles in
+    the framework, please look up their class descriptions.
+
+    \section1 Classes in the Animation Framework
+    
+    These classes provide a framework for creating both simple and complex
+    animations.
+
+    \annotatedlist animation
+
+    \section1 Animating Qt Properties
+
+    As mentioned in the previous section, the QPropertyAnimation class
+    can interpolate over Qt properties. It is this class that should
+    be used for animation of values; in fact, its superclass,
+    QVariantAnimation, is an abstract class, and cannot be used
+    directly.
+
+    A major reason we chose to animate Qt properties is that it
+    presents us with freedom to animate already existing classes in
+    the Qt API. Notably, the QWidget class (which we can also embed in
+    a QGraphicsView) has properties for its bounds, colors, etc.
+    Let's look at a small example:
+
+    \code
+        QPushButton button("Animated Button");
+        button.show();
+
+        QPropertyAnimation animation(&button, "geometry");
+        animation.setDuration(10000);
+        animation.setStartValue(QRect(0, 0, 100, 30));
+        animation.setEndValue(QRect(250, 250, 100, 30));
+
+        animation.start();
+    \endcode
+
+    This code will move \c button from the top left corner of the
+    screen to the position (250, 250) in 10 seconds (10000 milliseconds).
+
+    The example above will do a linear interpolation between the
+    start and end value. It is also possible to set values
+    situated between the start and end value. The interpolation
+    will then go by these points.
+
+    \code
+        QPushButton button("Animated Button");
+        button.show();
+
+        QPropertyAnimation animation(&button, "geometry");
+        animation.setDuration(10000);
+
+        animation.setKeyValueAt(0, QRect(0, 0, 100, 30));
+        animation.setKeyValueAt(0.8, QRect(250, 250, 100, 30));
+        animation.setKeyValueAt(1, QRect(0, 0, 100, 30));
+
+        animation.start();
+    \endcode
+
+    In this example, the animation will take the button to (250, 250)
+    in 8 seconds, and then move it back to its original position in
+    the remaining 2 seconds. The movement will be linearly
+    interpolated between these points.
+
+    You also have the possibility to animate values of a QObject
+    that is not declared as a Qt property. The only requirement is
+    that this value has a setter. You can then subclass the class
+    containing the value and declare a property that uses this setter.
+    Note that each Qt property requires a getter, so you will need to
+    provide a getter yourself if this is not defined.
+
+    \code
+        class MyGraphicsRectItem : public QObject, public QGraphicsRectItem
+        {
+            Q_OBJECT
+            Q_PROPERTY(QRectF geometry READ geometry WRITE setGeometry)
+        };
+    \endcode
+
+    In the above code example, we subclass QGraphicsRectItem and
+    define a geometry property. We can now animate the widgets
+    geometry even if QGraphicsRectItem does not provide the geometry
+    property.
+
+    For a general introduction to the Qt property system, see its
+    \l{Qt's Property System}{overview}.
+
+    \section1 Animations and the Graphics View Framework
+
+    When you want to animate \l{QGraphicsItem}s, you also use
+    QPropertyAnimation. However, QGraphicsItem does not inherit QObject.
+    A good solution is to subclass the graphics item you wish to animate.
+    This class will then also inherit QObject.
+    This way, QPropertyAnimation can be used for \l{QGraphicsItem}s.
+    The example below shows how this is done. Another possibility is
+    to inherit QGraphicsWidget, which already is a QObject.
+
+    \code
+        class Pixmap : public QObject, public QGraphicsPixmapItem
+        {
+            Q_OBJECT
+            Q_PROPERTY(QPointF pos READ pos WRITE setPos)
+            ...
+    \endcode
+
+    As described in the previous section, we need to define
+    properties that we wish to animate.
+
+    Note that QObject must be the first class inherited as the
+    meta-object system demands this.
+
+    \section1 Easing Curves
+
+    As mentioned, QPropertyAnimation performs an interpolation between
+    the start and end property value. In addition to adding more key
+    values to the animation, you can also use an easing curve. Easing
+    curves describe a function that controls how the speed of the
+    interpolation between 0 and 1 should be, and are useful if you
+    want to control the speed of an animation without changing the
+    path of the interpolation.
+
+    \code
+        QPushButton button("Animated Button");
+        button.show();
+
+        QPropertyAnimation animation(&button, "geometry");
+        animation.setDuration(3000);
+        animation.setStartValue(QRect(0, 0, 100, 30));
+        animation.setEndValue(QRect(250, 250, 100, 30));
+
+        animation.setEasingCurve(QEasingCurve::OutBounce);
+
+        animation.start();
+    \endcode
+
+    Here the animation will follow a curve that makes it bounce like a
+    ball as if it was dropped from the start to the end position.
+    QEasingCurve has a large collection of curves for you to choose
+    from. These are defined by the QEasingCurve::Type enum. If you are
+    in need of another curve, you can also implement one yourself, and
+    register it with QEasingCurve.
+
+    \omit Drop this for the first Lab release
+    (Example of custom easing curve (without the actual impl of
+    the function I expect)
+    \endomit
+
+    \section1 Putting Animations Together
+
+    An application will often contain more than one animation. For
+    instance, you might want to move more than one graphics item
+    simultaneously or move them in sequence after each other.
+
+    The subclasses of QAnimationGroup (QSequentialAnimationGroup and
+    QParallelAnimationGroup) are containers for other animations so
+    that these animations can be animated either in sequence or
+    parallel. The QAnimationGroup is an example of an animation that
+    does not animate properties, but it gets notified of time changes
+    periodically. This enables it to forward those time changes to its
+    contained animations, and thereby controlling when its animations
+    are played.
+
+    Let's look at code examples that use both
+    QSequentialAnimationGroup and QParallelAnimationGroup, starting
+    off with the latter.
+
+    \code
+        QPushButton *bonnie = new QPushButton("Bonnie");
+        bonnie->show();
+
+        QPushButton *clyde = new QPushButton("Clyde");
+        clyde->show();
+
+        QPropertyAnimation *anim1 = new QPropertyAnimation(bonnie, "geometry");
+        // Set up anim1
+
+        QPropertyAnimation *anim2 = new QPropertyAnimation(clyde, "geometry");
+        // Set up anim2
+
+        QParallelAnimationGroup *group = new QParallelAnimationGroup;
+        group->addAnimation(anim1);
+        group->addAnimation(anim2);
+
+        group->start();
+    \endcode
+
+    A parallel group plays more than one animation at the same time.
+    Calling its \l{QAbstractAnimation::}{start()} function will start
+    all animations it governs.
+
+    \code
+        QPushButton button("Animated Button");
+        button.show();
+
+        QPropertyAnimation anim1(&button, "geometry");
+        anim1.setDuration(3000);
+        anim1.setStartValue(QRect(0, 0, 100, 30));
+        anim1.setEndValue(QRect(500, 500, 100, 30));
+
+        QPropertyAnimation anim2(&button, "geometry");
+        anim2.setDuration(3000);
+        anim2.setStartValue(QRect(500, 500, 100, 30));
+        anim2.setEndValue(QRect(1000, 500, 100, 30));
+
+        QSequentialAnimationGroup group;
+
+        group.addAnimation(&anim1);
+        group.addAnimation(&anim2);
+
+        group.start();
+    \endcode
+
+    As you no doubt have guessed, QSequentialAnimationGroup plays
+    its animations in sequence. It starts the next animation in
+    the list after the previous is finished.
+
+    Since an animation group is an animation itself, you can add
+    it to another group. This way, you can build a tree structure
+    of animations which specifies when the animations are played
+    in relation to each other.
+
+    \section1 Animations and States
+
+    When using a \l{The State Machine Framework}{state machine}, we
+    can associate one or more animations to a transition between states
+    using a QSignalTransition or QEventTransition class. These classes
+    are both derived from QAbstractTransition, which defines the
+    convenience function \l{QAbstractTransition::}{addAnimation()} that
+    enables the appending of one or more animations triggered when the
+    transition occurs.
+
+    We also have the possibility to associate properties with the
+    states rather than setting the start and end values ourselves.
+    Below is a complete code example that animates the geometry of a
+    QPushButton.
+
+    \code
+        QPushButton *button = new QPushButton("Animated Button");
+        button->show();
+
+        QStateMachine *machine = new QStateMachine;
+
+        QState *state1 = new QState(machine->rootState());
+        state1->assignProperty(button, "geometry", QRect(0, 0, 100, 30));
+        machine->setInitialState(state1);
+
+        QState *state2 = new QState(machine->rootState());
+        state2->assignProperty(button, "geometry", QRect(250, 250, 100, 30));
+
+        QSignalTransition *transition1 = state1->addTransition(button,
+            SIGNAL(clicked()), state2);
+        transition1->addAnimation(new QPropertyAnimation(button, "geometry"));
+
+        QSignalTransition *transition2 = state2->addTransition(button,
+            SIGNAL(clicked()), state1);
+        transition2->addAnimation(new QPropertyAnimation(button, "geometry"));
+
+        machine->start();
+    \endcode
+
+    For a more comprehensive example of how to use the state machine
+    framework for animations, see the states example (it lives in the
+    \c{examples/animation/states} directory).
+*/
+
diff --git a/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/containers.qdoc b/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/containers.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2d19b7e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/containers.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,810 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \group tools
+    \title Non-GUI Classes
+    \ingroup groups
+
+    \brief Collection classes such as list, queue, stack and string, along
+    with other classes that can be used without needing QApplication.
+
+    The non-GUI classes are general-purpose collection and string classes
+    that may be used independently of the GUI classes.
+
+    In particular, these classes do not depend on QApplication at all,
+    and so can be used in non-GUI programs.
+
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page containers.html
+    \title Generic Containers
+    \ingroup frameworks-technologies
+    \ingroup groups
+    \keyword container class
+    \keyword container classes
+
+    \brief Qt's template-based container classes.
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 Introduction
+
+    The Qt library provides a set of general purpose template-based
+    container classes. These classes can be used to store items of a
+    specified type. For example, if you need a resizable array of
+    \l{QString}s, use QVector<QString>.
+
+    These container classes are designed to be lighter, safer, and
+    easier to use than the STL containers. If you are unfamiliar with
+    the STL, or prefer to do things the "Qt way", you can use these
+    classes instead of the STL classes.
+
+    The container classes are \l{implicitly shared}, they are
+    \l{reentrant}, and they are optimized for speed, low memory
+    consumption, and minimal inline code expansion, resulting in
+    smaller executables. In addition, they are \l{thread-safe}
+    in situations where they are used as read-only containers
+    by all threads used to access them.
+
+    For traversing the items stored in a container, you can use one
+    of two types of iterators: \l{Java-style iterators} and
+    \l{STL-style iterators}. The Java-style iterators are easier to
+    use and provide high-level functionality, whereas the STL-style
+    iterators are slightly more efficient and can be used together
+    with Qt's and STL's \l{generic algorithms}.
+
+    Qt also offers a \l{foreach} keyword that make it very
+    easy to iterate over all the items stored in a container.
+
+    \section1 The Container Classes
+
+    Qt provides the following sequential containers: QList,
+    QLinkedList, QVector, QStack, and QQueue. For most
+    applications, QList is the best type to use. Although it is
+    implemented as an array-list, it provides very fast prepends and
+    appends. If you really need a linked-list, use QLinkedList; if you
+    want your items to occupy consecutive memory locations, use QVector.
+    QStack and QQueue are convenience classes that provide LIFO and
+    FIFO semantics.
+
+    Qt also provides these associative containers: QMap,
+    QMultiMap, QHash, QMultiHash, and QSet. The "Multi" containers
+    conveniently support multiple values associated with a single
+    key. The "Hash" containers provide faster lookup by using a hash
+    function instead of a binary search on a sorted set.
+
+    As special cases, the QCache and QContiguousCache classes provide
+    efficient hash-lookup of objects in a limited cache storage.
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Class \o Summary
+
+    \row \o \l{QList}<T>
+    \o This is by far the most commonly used container class. It
+    stores a list of values of a given type (T) that can be accessed
+    by index. Internally, the QList is implemented using an array,
+    ensuring that index-based access is very fast.
+
+    Items can be added at either end of the list using
+    QList::append() and QList::prepend(), or they can be inserted in
+    the middle using QList::insert(). More than any other container
+    class, QList is highly optimized to expand to as little code as
+    possible in the executable. QStringList inherits from
+    QList<QString>.
+
+    \row \o \l{QLinkedList}<T>
+    \o This is similar to QList, except that it uses
+    iterators rather than integer indexes to access items. It also
+    provides better performance than QList when inserting in the
+    middle of a huge list, and it has nicer iterator semantics.
+    (Iterators pointing to an item in a QLinkedList remain valid as
+    long as the item exists, whereas iterators to a QList can become
+    invalid after any insertion or removal.)
+
+    \row \o \l{QVector}<T>
+    \o This stores an array of values of a given type at adjacent
+    positions in memory. Inserting at the front or in the middle of
+    a vector can be quite slow, because it can lead to large numbers
+    of items having to be moved by one position in memory.
+
+    \row \o \l{QStack}<T>
+    \o This is a convenience subclass of QVector that provides
+    "last in, first out" (LIFO) semantics. It adds the following
+    functions to those already present in QVector:
+    \l{QStack::push()}{push()}, \l{QStack::pop()}{pop()},
+    and \l{QStack::top()}{top()}.
+
+    \row \o \l{QQueue}<T>
+    \o This is a convenience subclass of QList that provides
+    "first in, first out" (FIFO) semantics. It adds the following
+    functions to those already present in QList:
+    \l{QQueue::enqueue()}{enqueue()},
+    \l{QQueue::dequeue()}{dequeue()}, and \l{QQueue::head()}{head()}.
+
+    \row \o \l{QSet}<T>
+    \o This provides a single-valued mathematical set with fast
+    lookups.
+
+    \row \o \l{QMap}<Key, T>
+    \o This provides a dictionary (associative array) that maps keys
+    of type Key to values of type T. Normally each key is associated
+    with a single value. QMap stores its data in Key order; if order
+    doesn't matter QHash is a faster alternative.
+
+    \row \o \l{QMultiMap}<Key, T>
+    \o This is a convenience subclass of QMap that provides a nice
+    interface for multi-valued maps, i.e. maps where one key can be
+    associated with multiple values.
+
+    \row \o \l{QHash}<Key, T>
+    \o This has almost the same API as QMap, but provides
+    significantly faster lookups. QHash stores its data in an
+    arbitrary order.
+
+    \row \o \l{QMultiHash}<Key, T>
+    \o This is a convenience subclass of QHash that
+    provides a nice interface for multi-valued hashes.
+
+    \endtable
+
+    Containers can be nested. For example, it is perfectly possible
+    to use a QMap<QString, QList<int> >, where the key type is
+    QString and the value type QList<int>. The only pitfall is that
+    you must insert a space between the closing angle brackets (>);
+    otherwise the C++ compiler will misinterpret the two >'s as a
+    right-shift operator (>>) and report a syntax error.
+
+    The containers are defined in individual header files with the
+    same name as the container (e.g., \c <QLinkedList>). For
+    convenience, the containers are forward declared in \c
+    <QtContainerFwd>.
+
+    \keyword assignable data type
+    \keyword assignable data types
+
+    The values stored in the various containers can be of any
+    \e{assignable data type}. To qualify, a type must provide a
+    default constructor, a copy constructor, and an assignment
+    operator. This covers most data types you are likely to want to
+    store in a container, including basic types such as \c int and \c
+    double, pointer types, and Qt data types such as QString, QDate,
+    and QTime, but it doesn't cover QObject or any QObject subclass
+    (QWidget, QDialog, QTimer, etc.). If you attempt to instantiate a
+    QList<QWidget>, the compiler will complain that QWidget's copy
+    constructor and assignment operators are disabled. If you want to
+    store these kinds of objects in a container, store them as
+    pointers, for example as QList<QWidget *>.
+
+    Here's an example custom data type that meets the requirement of
+    an assignable data type:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_containers.qdoc 0
+
+    If we don't provide a copy constructor or an assignment operator,
+    C++ provides a default implementation that performs a
+    member-by-member copy. In the example above, that would have been
+    sufficient. Also, if you don't provide any constructors, C++
+    provides a default constructor that initializes its member using
+    default constructors. Although it doesn't provide any
+    explicit constructors or assignment operator, the following data
+    type can be stored in a container:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/streaming/main.cpp 0
+
+    Some containers have additional requirements for the data types
+    they can store. For example, the Key type of a QMap<Key, T> must
+    provide \c operator<(). Such special requirements are documented
+    in a class's detailed description. In some cases, specific
+    functions have special requirements; these are described on a
+    per-function basis. The compiler will always emit an error if a
+    requirement isn't met.
+
+    Qt's containers provide operator<<() and operator>>() so that they
+    can easily be read and written using a QDataStream. This means
+    that the data types stored in the container must also support
+    operator<<() and operator>>(). Providing such support is
+    straightforward; here's how we could do it for the Movie struct
+    above:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/streaming/main.cpp 1
+    \codeline
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/streaming/main.cpp 2
+
+    \keyword default-constructed values
+
+    The documentation of certain container class functions refer to
+    \e{default-constructed values}; for example, QVector
+    automatically initializes its items with default-constructed
+    values, and QMap::value() returns a default-constructed value if
+    the specified key isn't in the map. For most value types, this
+    simply means that a value is created using the default
+    constructor (e.g. an empty string for QString). But for primitive
+    types like \c{int} and \c{double}, as well as for pointer types,
+    the C++ language doesn't specify any initialization; in those
+    cases, Qt's containers automatically initialize the value to 0.
+
+    \section1 The Iterator Classes
+
+    Iterators provide a uniform means to access items in a container.
+    Qt's container classes provide two types of iterators: Java-style
+    iterators and STL-style iterators.
+
+    \section2 Java-Style Iterators
+
+    The Java-style iterators are new in Qt 4 and are the standard
+    ones used in Qt applications. They are more convenient to use than
+    the STL-style iterators, at the price of being slightly less
+    efficient. Their API is modelled on Java's iterator classes.
+
+    For each container class, there are two Java-style iterator data
+    types: one that provides read-only access and one that provides
+    read-write access.
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Containers                         \o Read-only iterator
+                                                  \o Read-write iterator
+    \row    \o QList<T>, QQueue<T>                \o QListIterator<T>
+                                                  \o QMutableListIterator<T>
+    \row    \o QLinkedList<T>                     \o QLinkedListIterator<T>
+                                                  \o QMutableLinkedListIterator<T>
+    \row    \o QVector<T>, QStack<T>              \o QVectorIterator<T>
+                                                  \o QMutableVectorIterator<T>
+    \row    \o QSet<T>                            \o QSetIterator<T>
+                                                  \o QMutableSetIterator<T>
+    \row    \o QMap<Key, T>, QMultiMap<Key, T>    \o QMapIterator<Key, T>
+                                                  \o QMutableMapIterator<Key, T>
+    \row    \o QHash<Key, T>, QMultiHash<Key, T>  \o QHashIterator<Key, T>
+                                                  \o QMutableHashIterator<Key, T>
+    \endtable
+
+    In this discussion, we will concentrate on QList and QMap. The
+    iterator types for QLinkedList, QVector, and QSet have exactly
+    the same interface as QList's iterators; similarly, the iterator
+    types for QHash have the same interface as QMap's iterators.
+
+    Unlike STL-style iterators (covered \l{STL-style
+    iterators}{below}), Java-style iterators point \e between items
+    rather than directly \e at items. For this reason, they are
+    either pointing to the very beginning of the container (before
+    the first item), at the very end of the container (after the last
+    item), or between two items. The diagram below shows the valid
+    iterator positions as red arrows for a list containing four
+    items:
+
+    \img javaiterators1.png
+
+    Here's a typical loop for iterating through all the elements of a
+    QList<QString> in order and printing them to the console:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_containers.qdoc 1
+
+    It works as follows: The QList to iterate over is passed to the
+    QListIterator constructor. At that point, the iterator is located
+    just in front of the first item in the list (before item "A").
+    Then we call \l{QListIterator::hasNext()}{hasNext()} to
+    check whether there is an item after the iterator. If there is, we
+    call \l{QListIterator::next()}{next()} to jump over that
+    item. The next() function returns the item that it jumps over. For
+    a QList<QString>, that item is of type QString.
+
+    Here's how to iterate backward in a QList:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_containers.qdoc 2
+
+    The code is symmetric with iterating forward, except that we
+    start by calling \l{QListIterator::toBack()}{toBack()}
+    to move the iterator after the last item in the list.
+
+    The diagram below illustrates the effect of calling
+    \l{QListIterator::next()}{next()} and
+    \l{QListIterator::previous()}{previous()} on an iterator:
+
+    \img javaiterators2.png
+
+    The following table summarizes the QListIterator API:
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Function \o Behavior
+    \row    \o \l{QListIterator::toFront()}{toFront()}
+            \o Moves the iterator to the front of the list (before the first item)
+    \row    \o \l{QListIterator::toBack()}{toBack()}
+            \o Moves the iterator to the back of the list (after the last item)
+    \row    \o \l{QListIterator::hasNext()}{hasNext()}
+            \o Returns true if the iterator isn't at the back of the list
+    \row    \o \l{QListIterator::next()}{next()}
+            \o Returns the next item and advances the iterator by one position
+    \row    \o \l{QListIterator::peekNext()}{peekNext()}
+            \o Returns the next item without moving the iterator
+    \row    \o \l{QListIterator::hasPrevious()}{hasPrevious()}
+            \o Returns true if the iterator isn't at the front of the list
+    \row    \o \l{QListIterator::previous()}{previous()}
+            \o Returns the previous item and moves the iterator back by one position
+    \row    \o \l{QListIterator::peekPrevious()}{peekPrevious()}
+            \o Returns the previous item without moving the iterator
+    \endtable
+
+    QListIterator provides no functions to insert or remove items
+    from the list as we iterate. To accomplish this, you must use
+    QMutableListIterator. Here's an example where we remove all
+    odd numbers from a QList<int> using QMutableListIterator:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_containers.qdoc 3
+
+    The next() call in the loop is made every time. It jumps over the
+    next item in the list. The
+    \l{QMutableListIterator::remove()}{remove()} function removes the
+    last item that we jumped over from the list. The call to
+    \l{QMutableListIterator::remove()}{remove()} does not invalidate
+    the iterator, so it is safe to continue using it. This works just
+    as well when iterating backward:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_containers.qdoc 4
+
+    If we just want to modify the value of an existing item, we can
+    use \l{QMutableListIterator::setValue()}{setValue()}. In the code
+    below, we replace any value larger than 128 with 128:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_containers.qdoc 5
+
+    Just like \l{QMutableListIterator::remove()}{remove()},
+    \l{QMutableListIterator::setValue()}{setValue()} operates on the
+    last item that we jumped over. If we iterate forward, this is the
+    item just before the iterator; if we iterate backward, this is
+    the item just after the iterator.
+
+    The \l{QMutableListIterator::next()}{next()} function returns a
+    non-const reference to the item in the list. For simple
+    operations, we don't even need
+    \l{QMutableListIterator::setValue()}{setValue()}:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_containers.qdoc 6
+
+    As mentioned above, QLinkedList's, QVector's, and QSet's iterator
+    classes have exactly the same API as QList's. We will now turn to
+    QMapIterator, which is somewhat different because it iterates on
+    (key, value) pairs.
+
+    Like QListIterator, QMapIterator provides 
+    \l{QMapIterator::toFront()}{toFront()}, 
+    \l{QMapIterator::toBack()}{toBack()}, 
+    \l{QMapIterator::hasNext()}{hasNext()}, 
+    \l{QMapIterator::next()}{next()}, 
+    \l{QMapIterator::peekNext()}{peekNext()}, 
+    \l{QMapIterator::hasPrevious()}{hasPrevious()}, 
+    \l{QMapIterator::previous()}{previous()}, and
+    \l{QMapIterator::peekPrevious()}{peekPrevious()}. The key and
+    value components are extracted by calling key() and value() on
+    the object returned by next(), peekNext(), previous(), or
+    peekPrevious().
+
+    The following example removes all (capital, country) pairs where
+    the capital's name ends with "City":
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_containers.qdoc 7
+
+    QMapIterator also provides a key() and a value() function that
+    operate directly on the iterator and that return the key and
+    value of the last item that the iterator jumped above. For
+    example, the following code copies the contents of a QMap into a
+    QHash:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_containers.qdoc 8
+
+    If we want to iterate through all the items with the same
+    value, we can use \l{QMapIterator::findNext()}{findNext()}
+    or \l{QMapIterator::findPrevious()}{findPrevious()}.
+    Here's an example where we remove all the items with a particular
+    value:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_containers.qdoc 9
+
+    \section2 STL-Style Iterators
+
+    STL-style iterators have been available since the release of Qt
+    2.0. They are compatible with Qt's and STL's \l{generic
+    algorithms} and are optimized for speed.
+
+    For each container class, there are two STL-style iterator types:
+    one that provides read-only access and one that provides
+    read-write access. Read-only iterators should be used wherever
+    possible because they are faster than read-write iterators.
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Containers                         \o Read-only iterator
+                                                  \o Read-write iterator
+    \row    \o QList<T>, QQueue<T>                \o QList<T>::const_iterator
+                                                  \o QList<T>::iterator
+    \row    \o QLinkedList<T>                     \o QLinkedList<T>::const_iterator
+                                                  \o QLinkedList<T>::iterator
+    \row    \o QVector<T>, QStack<T>              \o QVector<T>::const_iterator
+                                                  \o QVector<T>::iterator
+    \row    \o QSet<T>                            \o QSet<T>::const_iterator
+                                                  \o QSet<T>::iterator
+    \row    \o QMap<Key, T>, QMultiMap<Key, T>    \o QMap<Key, T>::const_iterator
+                                                  \o QMap<Key, T>::iterator
+    \row    \o QHash<Key, T>, QMultiHash<Key, T>  \o QHash<Key, T>::const_iterator
+                                                  \o QHash<Key, T>::iterator
+    \endtable
+
+    The API of the STL iterators is modelled on pointers in an array.
+    For example, the \c ++ operator advances the iterator to the next
+    item, and the \c * operator returns the item that the iterator
+    points to. In fact, for QVector and QStack, which store their
+    items at adjacent memory positions, the
+    \l{QVector::iterator}{iterator} type is just a typedef for \c{T *},
+    and the \l{QVector::iterator}{const_iterator} type is
+    just a typedef for \c{const T *}.
+
+    In this discussion, we will concentrate on QList and QMap. The
+    iterator types for QLinkedList, QVector, and QSet have exactly
+    the same interface as QList's iterators; similarly, the iterator
+    types for QHash have the same interface as QMap's iterators.
+
+    Here's a typical loop for iterating through all the elements of a
+    QList<QString> in order and converting them to lowercase:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_containers.qdoc 10
+
+    Unlike \l{Java-style iterators}, STL-style iterators point
+    directly at items. The begin() function of a container returns an
+    iterator that points to the first item in the container. The
+    end() function of a container returns an iterator to the
+    imaginary item one position past the last item in the container.
+    end() marks an invalid position; it must never be dereferenced.
+    It is typically used in a loop's break condition. If the list is
+    empty, begin() equals end(), so we never execute the loop.
+
+    The diagram below shows the valid iterator positions as red
+    arrows for a vector containing four items:
+
+    \img stliterators1.png
+
+    Iterating backward with an STL-style iterator requires us to
+    decrement the iterator \e before we access the item. This
+    requires a \c while loop:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_containers.qdoc 11
+
+    In the code snippets so far, we used the unary \c * operator to
+    retrieve the item (of type QString) stored at a certain iterator
+    position, and we then called QString::toLower() on it. Most C++
+    compilers also allow us to write \c{i->toLower()}, but some
+    don't.
+
+    For read-only access, you can use const_iterator, constBegin(),
+    and constEnd(). For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_containers.qdoc 12
+
+    The following table summarizes the STL-style iterators' API:
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Expression \o Behavior
+    \row    \o \c{*i}     \o Returns the current item
+    \row    \o \c{++i}    \o Advances the iterator to the next item
+    \row    \o \c{i += n} \o Advances the iterator by \c n items
+    \row    \o \c{--i}    \o Moves the iterator back by one item
+    \row    \o \c{i -= n} \o Moves the iterator back by \c n items
+    \row    \o \c{i - j}  \o Returns the number of items between iterators \c i and \c j
+    \endtable
+
+    The \c{++} and \c{--} operators are available both as prefix
+    (\c{++i}, \c{--i}) and postfix (\c{i++}, \c{i--}) operators. The
+    prefix versions modify the iterators and return a reference to
+    the modified iterator; the postfix versions take a copy of the
+    iterator before they modify it, and return that copy. In
+    expressions where the return value is ignored, we recommend that
+    you use the prefix operators (\c{++i}, \c{--i}), as these are
+    slightly faster.
+
+    For non-const iterator types, the return value of the unary \c{*}
+    operator can be used on the left side of the assignment operator.
+
+    For QMap and QHash, the \c{*} operator returns the value
+    component of an item. If you want to retrieve the key, call key()
+    on the iterator. For symmetry, the iterator types also provide a
+    value() function to retrieve the value. For example, here's how
+    we would print all items in a QMap to the console:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_containers.qdoc 13
+
+    Thanks to \l{implicit sharing}, it is very inexpensive for a
+    function to return a container per value. The Qt API contains
+    dozens of functions that return a QList or QStringList per value
+    (e.g., QSplitter::sizes()). If you want to iterate over these
+    using an STL iterator, you should always take a copy of the
+    container and iterate over the copy. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_containers.qdoc 14
+
+    This problem doesn't occur with functions that return a const or
+    non-const reference to a container.
+
+    \l{Implicit sharing} has another consequence on STL-style
+    iterators: You must not take a copy of a container while
+    non-const iterators are active on that container. Java-style
+    iterators don't suffer from that limitation.
+
+    \keyword foreach
+    \section1 The foreach Keyword
+
+    If you just want to iterate over all the items in a container
+    in order, you can use Qt's \c foreach keyword. The keyword is a
+    Qt-specific addition to the C++ language, and is implemented
+    using the preprocessor.
+
+    Its syntax is: \c foreach (\e variable, \e container) \e
+    statement. For example, here's how to use \c foreach to iterate
+    over a QLinkedList<QString>:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_containers.qdoc 15
+
+    The \c foreach code is significantly shorter than the equivalent
+    code that uses iterators:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_containers.qdoc 16
+
+    Unless the data type contains a comma (e.g., \c{QPair<int,
+    int>}), the variable used for iteration can be defined within the
+    \c foreach statement:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_containers.qdoc 17
+
+    And like any other C++ loop construct, you can use braces around
+    the body of a \c foreach loop, and you can use \c break to leave
+    the loop:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_containers.qdoc 18
+
+    With QMap and QHash, \c foreach accesses the value component of
+    the (key, value) pairs. If you want to iterate over both the keys
+    and the values, you can use iterators (which are fastest), or you
+    can write code like this:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_containers.qdoc 19
+
+    For a multi-valued map:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_containers.qdoc 20
+
+    Qt automatically takes a copy of the container when it enters a
+    \c foreach loop. If you modify the container as you are
+    iterating, that won't affect the loop. (If you don't modify the
+    container, the copy still takes place, but thanks to \l{implicit
+    sharing} copying a container is very fast.) Similarly, declaring
+    the variable to be a non-const reference, in order to modify the
+    current item in the list will not work either.
+
+    In addition to \c foreach, Qt also provides a \c forever
+    pseudo-keyword for infinite loops:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_containers.qdoc 21
+
+    If you're worried about namespace pollution, you can disable
+    these macros by adding the following line to your \c .pro file:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_containers.qdoc 22
+
+    \section1 Other Container-Like Classes
+
+    Qt includes three template classes that resemble containers in
+    some respects. These classes don't provide iterators and cannot
+    be used with the \c foreach keyword.
+
+    \list
+    \o QVarLengthArray<T, Prealloc> provides a low-level
+       variable-length array. It can be used instead of QVector in
+       places where speed is particularly important.
+
+    \o QCache<Key, T> provides a cache to store objects of a certain
+       type T associated with keys of type Key.
+
+    \o QContiguousCache<T> provides an efficient way of caching data
+    that is typically accessed in a contiguous way.
+
+    \o QPair<T1, T2> stores a pair of elements.
+    \endlist
+
+    Additional non-template types that compete with Qt's template
+    containers are QBitArray, QByteArray, QString, and QStringList.
+
+    \section1 Algorithmic Complexity
+
+    Algorithmic complexity is concerned about how fast (or slow) each
+    function is as the number of items in the container grow. For
+    example, inserting an item in the middle of a QLinkedList is an
+    extremely fast operation, irrespective of the number of items
+    stored in the QLinkedList. On the other hand, inserting an item
+    in the middle of a QVector is potentially very expensive if the
+    QVector contains many items, since half of the items must be
+    moved one position in memory.
+
+    To describe algorithmic complexity, we use the following
+    terminology, based on the "big Oh" notation:
+
+    \keyword constant time
+    \keyword logarithmic time
+    \keyword linear time
+    \keyword linear-logarithmic time
+    \keyword quadratic time
+
+    \list
+    \o \bold{Constant time:} O(1). A function is said to run in constant
+       time if it requires the same amount of time no matter how many
+       items are present in the container. One example is
+       QLinkedList::insert().
+
+    \o \bold{Logarithmic time:} O(log \e n). A function that runs in
+       logarithmic time is a function whose running time is
+       proportional to the logarithm of the number of items in the
+       container. One example is qBinaryFind().
+
+    \o \bold{Linear time:} O(\e n). A function that runs in linear time
+       will execute in a time directly proportional to the number of
+       items stored in the container. One example is
+       QVector::insert().
+
+    \o \bold{Linear-logarithmic time:} O(\e{n} log \e n). A function
+       that runs in linear-logarithmic time is asymptotically slower
+       than a linear-time function, but faster than a quadratic-time
+       function.
+
+    \o \bold{Quadratic time:} O(\e{n}\unicode{178}). A quadratic-time function
+       executes in a time that is proportional to the square of the
+       number of items stored in the container.
+    \endlist
+
+    The following table summarizes the algorithmic complexity of Qt's
+    sequential container classes:
+
+    \table
+    \header \o                \o Index lookup \o Insertion \o Prepending         \o Appending
+    \row    \o QLinkedList<T> \o O(\e n)      \o O(1)      \o O(1)               \o O(1)
+    \row    \o QList<T>       \o O(1)         \o O(n)      \o Amort. O(1)        \o Amort. O(1)
+    \row    \o QVector<T>     \o O(1)         \o O(n)      \o O(n)               \o Amort. O(1)
+    \endtable
+
+    In the table, "Amort." stands for "amortized behavior". For
+    example, "Amort. O(1)" means that if you call the function
+    only once, you might get O(\e n) behavior, but if you call it
+    multiple times (e.g., \e n times), the average behavior will be
+    O(1).
+
+    The following table summarizes the algorithmic complexity of Qt's
+    associative containers and sets:
+
+    \table
+    \header \o{1,2}          \o{2,1} Key lookup            \o{2,1} Insertion
+    \header                  \o Average     \o Worst case  \o Average            \o Worst case
+    \row    \o QMap<Key, T>  \o O(log \e n) \o O(log \e n) \o O(log \e n)        \o O(log \e n)
+    \row    \o QMultiMap<Key, T>  \o O(log \e n) \o O(log \e n) \o O(log \e n)   \o O(log \e n)
+    \row    \o QHash<Key, T> \o Amort. O(1) \o O(\e n)     \o Amort. O(1)        \o O(\e n)
+    \row    \o QSet<Key>     \o Amort. O(1) \o O(\e n)     \o Amort. O(1)        \o O(\e n)
+    \endtable
+
+    With QVector, QHash, and QSet, the performance of appending items
+    is amortized O(log \e n). It can be brought down to O(1) by
+    calling QVector::reserve(), QHash::reserve(), or QSet::reserve()
+    with the expected number of items before you insert the items.
+    The next section discusses this topic in more depth.
+
+    \section1 Growth Strategies
+
+    QVector<T>, QString, and QByteArray store their items
+    contiguously in memory; QList<T> maintains an array of pointers
+    to the items it stores to provide fast index-based access (unless
+    T is a pointer type or a basic type of the size of a pointer, in
+    which case the value itself is stored in the array); QHash<Key,
+    T> keeps a hash table whose size is proportional to the number
+    of items in the hash. To avoid reallocating the data every single
+    time an item is added at the end of the container, these classes
+    typically allocate more memory than necessary.
+
+    Consider the following code, which builds a QString from another
+    QString:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_containers.qdoc 23
+
+    We build the string \c out dynamically by appending one character
+    to it at a time. Let's assume that we append 15000 characters to
+    the QString string. Then the following 18 reallocations (out of a
+    possible 15000) occur when QString runs out of space: 4, 8, 12,
+    16, 20, 52, 116, 244, 500, 1012, 2036, 4084, 6132, 8180, 10228,
+    12276, 14324, 16372. At the end, the QString has 16372 Unicode
+    characters allocated, 15000 of which are occupied.
+
+    The values above may seem a bit strange, but here are the guiding
+    principles:
+    \list
+    \o QString allocates 4 characters at a time until it reaches size 20.
+    \o From 20 to 4084, it advances by doubling the size each time.
+       More precisely, it advances to the next power of two, minus
+       12. (Some memory allocators perform worst when requested exact
+       powers of two, because they use a few bytes per block for
+       book-keeping.)
+    \o From 4084 on, it advances by blocks of 2048 characters (4096
+       bytes). This makes sense because modern operating systems
+       don't copy the entire data when reallocating a buffer; the
+       physical memory pages are simply reordered, and only the data
+       on the first and last pages actually needs to be copied.
+    \endlist
+
+    QByteArray and QList<T> use more or less the same algorithm as
+    QString.
+
+    QVector<T> also uses that algorithm for data types that can be
+    moved around in memory using memcpy() (including the basic C++
+    types, the pointer types, and Qt's \l{shared classes}) but uses a
+    different algorithm for data types that can only be moved by
+    calling the copy constructor and a destructor. Since the cost of
+    reallocating is higher in that case, QVector<T> reduces the
+    number of reallocations by always doubling the memory when
+    running out of space.
+
+    QHash<Key, T> is a totally different case. QHash's internal hash
+    table grows by powers of two, and each time it grows, the items
+    are relocated in a new bucket, computed as qHash(\e key) %
+    QHash::capacity() (the number of buckets). This remark applies to
+    QSet<T> and QCache<Key, T> as well.
+
+    For most applications, the default growing algorithm provided by
+    Qt does the trick. If you need more control, QVector<T>,
+    QHash<Key, T>, QSet<T>, QString, and QByteArray provide a trio of
+    functions that allow you to check and specify how much memory to
+    use to store the items:
+
+    \list
+    \o \l{QString::capacity()}{capacity()} returns the
+       number of items for which memory is allocated (for QHash and
+       QSet, the number of buckets in the hash table).
+    \o \l{QString::reserve()}{reserve}(\e size) explicitly
+       preallocates memory for \e size items.
+    \o \l{QString::squeeze()}{squeeze()} frees any memory
+       not required to store the items.
+    \endlist
+
+    If you know approximately how many items you will store in a
+    container, you can start by calling reserve(), and when you are
+    done populating the container, you can call squeeze() to release
+    the extra preallocated memory.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/dbus-adaptors.qdoc b/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/dbus-adaptors.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0a4dea7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/dbus-adaptors.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,494 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page usingadaptors.html
+    \title Using QtDBus Adaptors
+
+    \ingroup best-practices
+
+    Adaptors are special classes that are attached to any QObject-derived class
+    and provide the interface to the external world using D-Bus. Adaptors are
+    intended to be lightweight classes whose main purpose is to relay calls to
+    and from the real object, possibly validating or converting the input from
+    the external world and, thus, protecting the real object.
+
+    Unlike multiple inheritance, adaptors can be added at any time to any object
+    (but not removed), which allows for greater flexibility when exporting
+    existing classes. Another advantage of adaptors is to provide similar but not
+    identical functionality in methods of the same name in different interfaces,
+    a case which can be quite common when adding a new version of a standard
+    interface to an object.
+
+    In order to use an adaptor, one must create a class which inherits
+    QDBusAbstractAdaptor. Since that is a standard QObject-derived class, the
+    Q_OBJECT macro must appear in the declaration and the source file must be
+    processed with the \l {moc} tool. The class must also contain one
+    Q_CLASSINFO entry with the \c {"D-Bus Interface"} name, declaring which
+    interface it is exporting. Only one entry per class is supported.
+
+    Any public slot in the class will be accessible through the bus over messages
+    of the MethodCall type. (See \l {Declaring Slots in D-Bus Adaptors} for more
+    information). Signals in the class will be automatically relayed over D-Bus.
+    However, not all types are allowed signals or slots' parameter lists: see
+    \l {The QtDBus Type System} for more information.
+
+    Also, any property declared with Q_PROPERTY will be automatically exposed
+    over the Properties interface on D-Bus. Since the QObject property system
+    does not allow for non-readable properties, it is not possible to declare
+    write-only properties using adaptors.
+
+    More information:
+    \list
+      \o \l{Declaring Slots in D-Bus Adaptors}
+      \o \l{Declaring Signals in D-Bus Adaptors}
+      \o \l{The QtDBus Type System}
+      \o \l{D-Bus Adaptor Example}
+    \endlist
+
+    \sa QDBusAbstractAdaptor
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page qdbusadaptorexample.html
+    \title D-Bus Adaptor Example
+
+    \previouspage The QtDBus Type System
+    \contentspage Using QtDBus Adaptors
+
+    The following example code shows how a D-Bus interface can be implemented
+    using an adaptor.
+
+    A sample usage of QDBusAbstractAdaptor is as follows:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qdbusadaptors.qdoc 0
+
+    The code above would create an interface that could be represented more or less in the following
+    canonical representation:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qdbusadaptors.qdoc 1
+
+    This adaptor could be used in the application's main function as follows
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qdbusadaptors.qdoc 2
+
+    Break-down analysis:
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 The header
+
+    The header of the example is:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qdbusadaptors.qdoc 3
+
+    The code does the following:
+    \list
+      \o it declares the adaptor MainApplicationAdaptor, which descends from QDBusAbstractAdaptor
+      \o it declares the Qt meta-object data using the Q_OBJECT macro
+      \o it declares the name of the D-Bus interface it implements.
+    \endlist
+
+    \section1 The properties
+
+    The properties are declared as follows:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qdbusadaptors.qdoc 4
+
+    And are implemented as follows:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qdbusadaptors.qdoc 5
+
+    The code declares three properties: one of them is a read-write property called "caption" of
+    string type. The other two are read-only, also of the string type.
+
+    The properties organizationName and organizationDomain are simple relays of the app object's
+    organizationName and organizationDomain properties. However, the caption property requires
+    verifying if the application has a main window associated with it: if there isn't any, the
+    caption property is empty. Note how it is possible to access data defined in other objects
+    through the getter/setter functions.
+
+    \section1 The constructor
+
+    The constructor:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qdbusadaptors.qdoc 6
+
+    The constructor does the following:
+    \list
+    \o it initialises its base class (QDBusAbstractAdaptor) with the parent object it is related to.
+    \o it stores the app pointer in a member variable. Note that it would be possible to access the
+       same object using the QDBusAbstractAdaptor::object() function, but it would be necessary to
+       use \a static_cast<> to properly access the methods in QApplication that are not part of
+       QObject.
+    \o it connects the application's signal \a aboutToQuit to its own signal \a aboutToQuit.
+    \o it connects the application's signal \a focusChanged to a private slot to do some further
+       processing before emitting a D-Bus signal.
+    \endlist
+
+    Note that there is no destructor in the example. An eventual destructor could be used to emit
+    one last signal before the object is destroyed, for instance.
+
+    \section1 Slots/methods
+
+    The public slots in the example (which will be exported as D-Bus methods) are the following:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qdbusadaptors.qdoc 7
+
+    This snippet of code defines 4 methods with different properties each:
+    \list 1
+    \o \c quit: this method takes no parameters and is defined to be asynchronous. That is, callers
+      are expected to use "fire-and-forget" mechanism when calling this method, since it provides no
+      useful reply. This is represented in D-Bus by the use of the
+      org.freedesktop.DBus.Method.NoReply annotation. See \l Q_NOREPLY for more information on
+      asynchronous methods
+
+    \o \c reparseConfiguration: this simple method, with no input or output arguments simply relays
+      the call to the application's reparseConfiguration member function.
+
+    \o \c mainWindowObject: this method takes no input parameter, but returns one string output
+      argument, containing the path to the main window object (if the application has a main
+      window), or an empty string if it has no main window. Note that this method could have also
+      been written: void mainWindowObject(QString &path).
+
+    \o \c setSessionManagement: this method takes one input argument (a boolean) and, depending on
+      its value, it calls one function or another in the application.
+    \endlist
+
+    See also: \l Q_NOREPLY.
+
+    \section1 Signals
+
+    The signals in this example are defined as follows:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qdbusadaptors.qdoc 8
+
+    However, signal definition isn't enough: signals have to be emitted. One simple way of emitting
+    signals is to connect another signal to them, so that Qt's signal handling system chains them
+    automatically. This is what is done for the \a aboutToQuit signal.
+
+    When this is the case, one can use the QDBusAbstractAdaptor::setAutoRelaySignals to
+    automatically connect every signal from the real object to the adaptor.
+
+    When simple signal-to-signal connection isn't enough, one can use a private slot do do some
+    work. This is what was done for the mainWindowHasFocus signal:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qdbusadaptors.qdoc 9
+
+    This private slot (which will not be exported as a method via D-Bus) was connected to the
+    \c focusChanged signal in the adaptor's constructor. It is therefore able to shape the
+    application's signal into what the interface expects it to be.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page qdbusdeclaringslots.html
+    \title Declaring Slots in D-Bus Adaptors
+
+    \contentspage Using QtDBus Adaptors
+    \nextpage Declaring Signals in D-Bus Adaptors
+
+    Slots in D-Bus adaptors are declared just like normal, public slots, but their
+    parameters must follow certain rules (see \l{The QtDBus Type System} for more
+    information). Slots whose parameters do not follow those rules or that are not
+    public will not be accessible via D-Bus.
+
+    Slots can have one parameter of type \c{const QDBusMessage &}, which must
+    appear at the end of the input parameter list, before any output parameters.
+    This parameter, if present, will be initialized with a copy of the
+    current message being processed, which allows the callee to obtain
+    information about the caller, such as its connection name.
+
+    Slots can be of three kinds:
+    \list 1
+      \o Asynchronous
+      \o Input-only
+      \o Input-and-output
+    \endlist
+
+    \section1 Asynchronous Slots
+    Asynchronous slots are those that do not normally return any reply to the
+    caller. For that reason, they cannot take any output parameters. In most
+    cases, by the time the first line of the slot is run, the caller function
+    has already resumed working.
+
+    However, slots must not rely on that behavior. Scheduling and message-dispatching
+    issues could change the order in which the slot is run. Code intending to
+    synchronize with the caller should provide its own method of synchronization.
+
+    Asynchronous slots are marked by the keyword \l Q_NOREPLY in the method
+    signature, before the \c void return type and the slot name. (See the
+    \c quit() slot in the \l{D-Bus Adaptor Example}).
+
+    \section1 Input-Only Slots
+
+    Input-only slots are normal slots that take parameters passed by value or
+    by constant reference. However, unlike asynchronous slots, the caller is
+    usually waiting for completion of the callee before resuming operation.
+    Therefore, non-asynchronous slots should not block or should state it its
+    documentation that they may do so.
+
+    Input-only slots have no special marking in their signature, except that
+    they take only parameters passed by value or by constant reference.
+    Optionally, slots can take a QDBusMessage parameter as a last parameter,
+    which can be used to perform additional analysis of the method call message.
+
+    \section1 Input and Output Slots
+
+    Like input-only slots, input-and-output slots are those that the caller is
+    waiting for a reply. Unlike input-only ones, though, this reply will contain
+    data. Slots that output data may contain non-constant references and may
+    return a value as well. However, the output parameters must all appear at
+    the end of the argument list and may not have input arguments interleaved.
+    Optionally, a QDBusMessage argument may appear between the input and the
+    output arguments.
+
+    \section1 Automatic Replies
+
+    Method replies are generated automatically with the contents of the output
+    parameters (if there were any) by the QtDBus implementation. Slots need not
+    worry about constructing proper QDBusMessage objects and sending them over
+    the connection.
+
+    However, the possibility of doing so remains there. Should the slot find out
+    it needs to send a special reply or even an error, it can do so by using
+    QDBusMessage::createReply() or QDBusMessage::createErrorReply() on the
+    QDBusMessage parameter and send it with QDBusConnection::send(). The
+    QtDBus implementation will not generate any reply if the slot did so.
+
+    \warning When a caller places a method call and waits for a reply, it will
+    only wait for a limited amount of time. Slots intending to take a long time
+    to complete should make that fact clear in documentation so that callers
+    properly set higher timeouts.
+
+    \section1 Delayed Replies
+
+    In some circumstances, the called slot may not be able to process
+    the request immediately. This is frequently the case when the
+    request involves an I/O or networking operation which may block.
+
+    If this is the case, the slot should return control to the
+    application's main loop to avoid freezing the user interface, and
+    resume the process later. To accomplish this, it should make use
+    of the extra \c QDBusMessage parameter at the end of the input
+    parameter list and request a delayed reply.
+
+    We do this by writing a slot that stores the request data in a
+    persistent structure, indicating to the caller using
+    \l{QDBusMessage::setDelayedReply()}{QDBusMessage::setDelayedReply(true)}
+    that the response will be sent later.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qdbusadaptors.qdoc 10
+
+    The use of
+    \l{QDBusConnection::send()}{QDBusConnection::sessionBus().send(data->reply)}
+    is needed to explicitly inform the caller that the response will be delayed.
+    In this case, the return value is unimportant; we return an arbitrary value
+    to satisfy the compiler.
+
+    When the request is processed and a reply is available, it should be sent
+    using the \c QDBusMessage object that was obtained. In our example, the
+    reply code could be something as follows:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qdbusadaptors.qdoc 11
+
+    As can be seen in the example, when a delayed reply is in place,
+    the return value(s) from the slot will be ignored by QtDBus. They
+    are used only to determine the slot's signature when communicating
+    the adaptor's description to remote applications, or in case the
+    code in the slot decides not to use a delayed reply.
+
+    The delayed reply itself is requested from QtDBus by calling
+    QDBusMessage::reply() on the original message. It then becomes the
+    resposibility of the called code to eventually send a reply to the
+    caller.
+
+    \warning When a caller places a method call and waits for a reply, it will
+    only wait for a limited amount of time. Slots intending to take a long time
+    to complete should make that fact clear in documentation so that callers
+    properly set higher timeouts.
+
+    \sa {Using QtDBus Adaptors}, {Declaring Signals in D-Bus Adaptors},
+        {The QtDBus Type System}, QDBusConnection, QDBusMessage
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page qdbusdeclaringsignals.html
+    \title Declaring Signals in D-Bus Adaptors
+
+    \previouspage Declaring Slots in D-Bus Adaptors
+    \contentspage Using QtDBus Adaptors
+    \nextpage The QtDBus Type System
+
+    Any signal in a class derived from QDBusAbstractAdaptor will be automatically
+    relayed into D-Bus, provided that the signal's parameters conform to certain
+    rules (see \l{The QtDBus Type System} for more information). No special code
+    is necessary to make this relay.
+
+    However, signals must still be emitted. The easiest way to emit an adaptor
+    signal is to connect another signal to it, so that Qt's signals and slots
+    mechanism automatically emits the adaptor signal, too. This can be done in
+    the adaptor's constructor, as has been done in the
+    \l{D-Bus Adaptor Example}{D-Bus Adaptor example}.
+
+    The QDBusAbstractAdaptor::setAutoRelaySignals() convenience function can also
+    be used to make and break connections between signals in the real object and
+    the corresponding signals in the adaptor. It will inspect the list of signals
+    in both classes and connect those whose parameters match exactly.
+
+    \sa {Using QtDBus Adaptors},
+        {Declaring Slots in D-Bus Adaptors},
+        {The QtDBus Type System}, QDBusAbstractAdaptor
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page qdbustypesystem.html
+    \title The QtDBus Type System
+
+    \previouspage Declaring Signals in D-Bus Adaptors
+    \contentspage Using QtDBus Adaptors
+    \nextpage D-Bus Adaptor Example
+
+    D-Bus has an extensible type system based on a few primitives and
+    composition of the primitives in arrays and structures. QtDBus
+    implements the interface to that type system through the
+    QDBusArgument class, allowing user programs to send and receive
+    practically every C++ type over the bus.
+
+    \section1 Primitive Types
+
+    The primitive types are supported natively by QDBusArgument and
+    need no special customization to be sent or received. They are
+    listed below, along with the C++ class they relate to:
+
+    \table
+      \header
+        \o Qt type
+        \o D-Bus equivalent type
+      \row
+        \o uchar
+        \o BYTE
+      \row
+        \o bool
+        \o BOOLEAN
+      \row
+        \o short
+        \o INT16
+      \row
+        \o ushort
+        \o UINT16
+      \row
+        \o int
+        \o INT32
+      \row
+        \o uint
+        \o UINT32
+      \row
+        \o qlonglong
+        \o INT64
+      \row
+        \o qulonglong
+        \o UINT64
+      \row
+        \o double
+        \o DOUBLE
+      \row
+        \o QString
+        \o STRING
+      \row
+        \o QDBusVariant
+        \o VARIANT
+      \row
+        \o QDBusObjectPath
+        \o OBJECT_PATH
+      \row
+        \o QDBusSignature
+        \o SIGNATURE
+    \endtable
+
+    Aside from the primitive types, QDBusArgument also supports two
+    non-primitive types natively, due to their widespread use in Qt
+    applications: QStringList and QByteArray.
+
+    \section1 Compound Types
+
+    D-Bus specifies three types of aggregations of primitive types
+    that allow one to create compound types. They are \c ARRAY, \c
+    STRUCT and maps/dictionaries.
+
+    Arrays are sets of zero or more elements of the same type, while
+    structures are a set of a fixed number of elements, each of any
+    type. Maps or dictionaries are implemented as arrays of a pair of
+    elements, so there can be zero or more elements in one map.
+
+    \section1 Extending the Type System
+
+    In order to use one's own type with QtDBus, the type has to be
+    declared as a Qt meta-type with the Q_DECLARE_METATYPE() macro and
+    registered with the qDBusRegisterMetaType() function. The
+    streaming operators \c{operator>>} and \c{operator<<} will be
+    automatically found by the registration system.
+
+    QtDBus provides template specializations for arrays and maps for
+    use with Qt's \l{Container classes}{container classes}, such as
+    QMap and QList, so it is not necessary to write the streaming
+    operator functions for those. For other types, and specially for
+    types implementing structures, the operators have to be explicitly
+    implemented.
+
+    See the documentation for QDBusArgument for examples for
+    structures, arrays and maps.
+
+    \section1 The Type System in Use
+
+    All of the QtDBus types (primitives and user-defined alike) can be
+    used to send and receive messages of all types over the bus.
+
+    \warning You may not use any type that is not on the list above,
+    including \a typedefs to the types listed. This also includes
+    QList<QVariant> and QMap<QString,QVariant>.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \macro Q_NOREPLY
+    \relates QDBusAbstractAdaptor
+    \since 4.2
+
+    The Q_NOREPLY macro can be used to mark a method to be called and not wait for it to finish
+    processing before returning from QDBusInterface::call(). The called method cannot return any
+    output arguments and, if it does, any such arguments will be discarded.
+
+    You can use this macro in your own adaptors by placing it before your method's return value
+    (which must be "void") in the class declaration, as shown in the example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qdbusadaptors.qdoc 12
+
+    Its presence in the method implementation (outside the class declaration) is optional.
+
+    \sa {Using QtDBus Adaptors}
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/dbus-intro.qdoc b/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/dbus-intro.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b1fcc44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/dbus-intro.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,229 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page intro-to-dbus.html
+    \title Introduction to D-Bus
+    \brief An introduction to Inter-Process Communication and Remote Procedure Calling with D-Bus.
+
+    \keyword QtDBus
+    \ingroup frameworks-technologies
+
+    \section1 Introduction
+
+    D-Bus is an Inter-Process Communication (IPC) and Remote Procedure
+    Calling (RPC) mechanism originally developed for Linux to replace
+    existing and competing IPC solutions with one unified protocol. It
+    has also been designed to allow communication between system-level
+    processes (such as printer and hardware driver services) and
+    normal user processes.
+
+    It uses a fast, binary message-passing protocol, which is suitable
+    for same-machine communication due to its low latency and low
+    overhead. Its specification is currently defined by the
+    \tt{freedesktop.org} project, and is available to all parties.
+
+    Communication in general happens through a central server
+    application, called the "bus" (hence the name), but direct
+    application-to-application communication is also possible. When
+    communicating on a bus, applications can query which other
+    applications and services are available, as well as activate one
+    on demand.
+
+    \section1 The Buses
+
+    D-Bus buses are used to when many-to-many communication is
+    desired. In order to achieve that, a central server is launched
+    before any applications can connect to the bus: this server is
+    responsible for keeping track of the applications that are
+    connected and for properly routing messages from their source to
+    their destination.
+
+    In addition, D-Bus defines two well-known buses, called the
+    system bus and the session bus. These buses are special in the
+    sense that they have well-defined semantics: some services are
+    defined to be found in one or both of these buses.
+
+    For example, an application wishing to query the list of hardware
+    devices attached to the computer will probably communicate to a
+    service available on the system bus, while the service providing
+    opening of the user's web browser will be probably found on the
+    session bus.
+
+    On the system bus, one can also expect to find restrictions on
+    what services each application is allowed to offer. Therefore, one
+    can be reasonably certain that, if a certain service is present,
+    it is being offered by a trusted application.
+
+    \section1 Concepts
+
+    \section2 Messages
+
+    On the low level, applications communicate over D-Bus by sending
+    messages to one another. Messages are used to relay the remote
+    procedure calls as well as the replies and errors associated
+    with them. When used over a bus, messages have a destination,
+    which means they are routed only to the interested parties,
+    avoiding congestion due to "swarming" or broadcasting.
+
+    A special kind of message called a "signal message"
+    (a concept based on Qt's \l {Signals and Slots} mechanism),
+    however, does not have a pre-defined destination. Since its
+    purpose is to be used in a one-to-many context, signal messages
+    are designed to work over an "opt-in" mechanism.
+
+    The QtDBus module fully encapsulates the low-level concept of
+    messages into a simpler, object-oriented approach familiar to Qt
+    developers. In most cases, the developer need not worry about
+    sending or receiving messages.
+
+    \section2 Service Names
+
+    When communicating over a bus, applications obtain what is
+    called a "service name": it is how that application chooses to be
+    known by other applications on the same bus. The service names
+    are brokered by the D-Bus bus daemon and are used to
+    route messages from one application to another. An analogous
+    concept to service names are IP addresses and hostnames: a
+    computer normally has one IP address and may have one or more
+    hostnames associated with it, according to the services that it
+    provides to the network.
+
+    On the other hand, if a bus is not used, service names are also
+    not used. If we compare this to a computer network again, this
+    would equate to a point-to-point network: since the peer is
+    known, there is no need to use hostnames to find it or its IP
+    address.
+
+    The format of a D-Bus service name is in fact very similar to a
+    host name: it is a dot-separated sequence of letters and
+    digits. The common practice is even to name one's service name
+    according to the domain name of the organization that defined
+    that service.
+
+    For example, the D-Bus service is defined by
+    \tt{freedesktop.org} and can be found on the bus under the
+    service name:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_introtodbus.qdoc 0
+
+    \section2 Object Paths
+
+    Like network hosts, applications provide specific services to
+    other applications by exporting objects. Those objects are
+    hierarchically organised, much like the parent-child
+    relationship that classes derived from QObject possess. One
+    difference, however, is that there is the concept of "root
+    object", that all objects have as ultimate parent.
+
+    If we continue our analogy with Web services, object paths
+    equate to the path part of a URL:
+
+    \img qurl-ftppath.png
+
+    Like them, object paths in D-Bus are formed resembling path
+    names on the filesystem: they are slash-separated labels, each
+    consisting of letters, digits and the underscore character
+    ("_"). They must always start with a slash and must not end with
+    one.
+
+    \section2 Interfaces
+
+    Interfaces are similar to C++ abstract classes and Java's
+    \c interface keyword and declare the "contract" that is
+    established between caller and callee. That is, they establish
+    the names of the methods, signals and properties that are
+    available as well as the behavior that is expected from either
+    side when communication is established.
+
+    Qt uses a very similar mechanism in its \l {How to Create Qt
+    Plugins}{Plugin system}: Base classes in C++ are associated
+    with a unique identifier by way of the Q_DECLARE_INTERFACE()
+    macro.
+
+    D-Bus interface names are, in fact, named in a manner similar to
+    what is suggested by the Qt Plugin System: an identifier usually
+    constructed from the domain name of the entity that defined that
+    interface.
+
+    \section2 Cheat Sheet
+
+    To facilitate remembering of the naming formats and their
+    purposes, the following table can be used:
+
+    \table 90%
+    \header \o D-Bus Concept  \o Analogy            \o Name format
+    \row    \o Service name   \o Network hostnames  \o Dot-separated
+                                                       ("looks like a hostname")
+    \row    \o Object path    \o URL path component \o Slash-separated
+                                                       ("looks like a path")
+    \row    \o Interface      \o Plugin identifier  \o Dot-separated
+    \endtable
+
+    \section1 Debugging
+
+    When developing applications that use D-Bus, it is sometimes useful to be able
+    to see information about the messages that are sent and received across the
+    bus by each application.
+
+    This feature can be enabled on a per-application basis by setting the
+    \c QDBUS_DEBUG environment variable before running each application.
+    For example, we can enable debugging only for the car in the
+    \l{D-Bus Remote Controlled Car Example} by running the controller and the
+    car in the following way:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_introtodbus.qdoc QDBUS_DEBUG
+
+    Information about the messages will be written to the console the application
+    was launched from.
+
+    \section1 Further Reading
+
+    The following documents contain information about Qt's D-Bus integration
+    features, and provide details about the mechanisms used to send and receive
+    type information over the bus:
+
+    \list
+    \o \l{Using QtDBus Adaptors}
+    \o \l{The QtDBus Type System}
+    \o \l{QtDBus XML compiler (qdbusxml2cpp)}
+    \endlist
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/desktop-integration.qdoc b/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/desktop-integration.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..73a810f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/desktop-integration.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \group desktop
+    \title Desktop Integration Classes
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page desktop-integration.html
+    \title Desktop Integration
+    \brief Integrating with the user's desktop environment.
+    
+    \ingroup best-practices
+
+    Qt applications behave well in the user's desktop environment, but certain
+    integrations require additional, and sometimes platform specific, techniques.
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 Useful Classes
+
+    Various classes in Qt are designed to help developers integrate applications into
+    users' desktop environments. These classes enable developers to take advantage
+    of native services while still using a cross-platform API.
+
+    \annotatedlist desktop
+
+    \section1 Setting the Application Icon
+
+    In order to change the icon of the executable application file
+    itself, as it is presented on the desktop (i.e., prior to
+    application execution), it is necessary to employ another,
+    platform-dependent technique.
+
+    \tableofcontents {1 Setting the Application Icon}
+
+    \section1 Opening External Resources
+
+    Although Qt provides facilities to handle and display resources, such as
+    \l{QImageIOHandler}{common image formats} and \l{QTextDocument}{HTML},
+    it is sometimes necessary to open files and external resources using external
+    applications.
+
+    QDesktopServices provides an interface to services offered by the user's desktop
+    environment. In particular, the \l{QDesktopServices::}{openUrl()} function is
+    used to open resources using the appropriate application, which may have been
+    specifically configured by the user.
+
+    \section1 System Tray Icons
+
+    Many modern desktop environments feature docks or panels with \e{system trays}
+    in which applications can install icons. Applications often use system tray icons
+    to display status information, either by updating the icon itself or by showing
+    information in "balloon messages". Additionally, many applications provide
+    pop-up menus that can be accessed via their system tray icons.
+
+    The QSystemTrayIcon class exposes all of the above features via an intuitive
+    Qt-style API that can be used on all desktop platforms.
+
+    \section1 Desktop Widgets
+
+    On systems where the user's desktop is displayed using more than one screen,
+    certain types of applications may need to obtain information about the
+    configuration of the user's workspace to ensure that new windows and dialogs
+    are opened in appropriate locations.
+
+    The QDesktopWidget class can be used to monitor the positions of widgets and
+    notify applications about changes to the way the desktop is split over the
+    available screens. This enables applications to implement policies for
+    positioning new windows so that, for example, they do not distract a user
+    who is working on a specific task.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/dnd.qdoc b/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/dnd.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5815a1d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/dnd.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,449 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \group draganddrop
+    \title Drag And Drop Classes
+
+    \brief Classes dealing with drag and drop and mime type encoding and decoding.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page dnd.html
+    \title Drag and Drop
+    \brief An overview of the drag and drop system provided by Qt.
+
+    \ingroup frameworks-technologies
+
+    Drag and drop provides a simple visual mechanism which users can use
+    to transfer information between and within applications. (In the
+    literature this is referred to as a "direct manipulation model".) Drag
+    and drop is similar in function to the clipboard's cut and paste
+    mechanism.
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    This document describes the basic drag and drop mechanism and
+    outlines the approach used to enable it in custom widgets. Drag
+    and drop operations are also supported by Qt's item views and by
+    the graphics view framework; more information is available in the
+    \l{Using Drag and Drop with Item Views} and \l{The Graphics View
+    Framework} documents.
+
+    \section1 Drag and Drop Classes
+
+    These classes deal with drag and drop and the necessary mime type
+    encoding and decoding.
+
+    \annotatedlist draganddrop
+
+    \section1 Configuration
+
+    The QApplication object provides some properties that are related
+    to drag and drop operations:
+
+    \list
+    \i \l{QApplication::startDragTime} describes the amount of time in
+       milliseconds that the user must hold down a mouse button over an
+       object before a drag will begin.
+    \i \l{QApplication::startDragDistance} indicates how far the user has to
+       move the mouse while holding down a mouse button before the movement
+       will be interpreted as dragging. Use of high values for this quantity
+       prevents accidental dragging when the user only meant to click on an
+       object.
+    \endlist
+
+    These quantities provide sensible default values for you to use if you
+    provide drag and drop support in your widgets.
+
+    \section1 Dragging
+
+    To start a drag, create a QDrag object, and call its
+    exec() function. In most applications, it is a good idea to begin a drag
+    and drop operation only after a mouse button has been pressed and the
+    cursor has been moved a certain distance. However, the simplest way to
+    enable dragging from a widget is to reimplement the widget's
+    \l{QWidget::mousePressEvent()}{mousePressEvent()} and start a drag
+    and drop operation:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/dragging/mainwindow.cpp 0
+    \dots 8
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/dragging/mainwindow.cpp 2
+
+    Although the user may take some time to complete the dragging operation,
+    as far as the application is concerned the exec() function is a blocking
+    function that returns with \l{Qt::DropActions}{one of several values}.
+    These indicate how the operation ended, and are described in more detail
+    below.
+
+    Note that the exec() function does not block the main event loop.
+
+    For widgets that need to distinguish between mouse clicks and drags, it
+    is useful to reimplement the widget's
+    \l{QWidget::mousePressEvent()}{mousePressEvent()} function to record to
+    start position of the drag:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/draganddrop/dragwidget.cpp 6
+
+    Later, in \l{QWidget::mouseMoveEvent()}{mouseMoveEvent()}, we can determine
+    whether a drag should begin, and construct a drag object to handle the
+    operation:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/draganddrop/dragwidget.cpp 7
+    \dots
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/draganddrop/dragwidget.cpp 8
+
+    This particular approach uses the \l QPoint::manhattanLength() function
+    to get a rough estimate of the distance between where the mouse click
+    occurred and the current cursor position. This function trades accuracy
+    for speed, and is usually suitable for this purpose.
+
+    \section1 Dropping
+
+    To be able to receive media dropped on a widget, call
+    \l{QWidget::setAcceptDrops()}{setAcceptDrops(true)} for the widget,
+    and reimplement the \l{QWidget::dragEnterEvent()}{dragEnterEvent()} and
+    \l{QWidget::dropEvent()}{dropEvent()} event handler functions.
+
+    For example, the following code enables drop events in the constructor of
+    a QWidget subclass, making it possible to usefully implement drop event
+    handlers:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/dropevents/window.cpp 0
+    \dots
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/dropevents/window.cpp 1
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/dropevents/window.cpp 2
+
+    The dragEnterEvent() function is typically used to inform Qt about the
+    types of data that the widget accepts.
+    You must reimplement this function if you want to receive either
+    QDragMoveEvent or QDropEvent in your reimplementations of
+    \l{QWidget::dragMoveEvent()}{dragMoveEvent()} and
+    \l{QWidget::dropEvent()}{dropEvent()}.
+
+    The following code shows how \l{QWidget::dragEnterEvent()}{dragEnterEvent()}
+    can be reimplemented to
+    tell the drag and drop system that we can only handle plain text:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/dropevents/window.cpp 3
+
+    The \l{QWidget::dropEvent()}{dropEvent()} is used to unpack dropped data
+    and handle it in way that is suitable for your application.
+
+    In the following code, the text supplied in the event is passed to a
+    QTextBrowser and a QComboBox is filled with the list of MIME types that
+    are used to describe the data:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/dropevents/window.cpp 4
+
+    In this case, we accept the proposed action without checking what it is.
+    In a real world application, it may be necessary to return from the
+    \l{QWidget::dropEvent()}{dropEvent()} function without accepting the
+    proposed action or handling
+    the data if the action is not relevant. For example, we may choose to
+    ignore Qt::LinkAction actions if we do not support
+    links to external sources in our application.
+
+    \section2 Overriding Proposed Actions
+
+    We may also ignore the proposed action, and perform some other action on
+    the data. To do this, we would call the event object's
+    \l{QDropEvent::setDropAction()}{setDropAction()} with the preferred
+    action from Qt::DropAction before calling \l{QEvent::}{accept()}.
+    This ensures that the replacement drop action is used instead of the
+    proposed action.
+
+    For more sophisticated applications, reimplementing
+    \l{QWidget::dragMoveEvent()}{dragMoveEvent()} and
+    \l{QWidget::dragLeaveEvent()}{dragLeaveEvent()} will let you make
+    certain parts of your widgets sensitive to drop events, and give you more
+    control over drag and drop in your application.
+
+    \section2 Subclassing Complex Widgets
+
+    Certain standard Qt widgets provide their own support for drag and drop.
+    When subclassing these widgets, it may be necessary to reimplement
+    \l{QWidget::dragMoveEvent()}{dragMoveEvent()} in addition to
+    \l{QWidget::dragEnterEvent()}{dragEnterEvent()} and
+    \l{QWidget::dropEvent()}{dropEvent()} to prevent the base class from
+    providing default drag and drop handling, and to handle any special
+    cases you are interested in.
+
+    \section1 Drag and Drop Actions
+
+    In the simplest case, the target of a drag and drop action receives a
+    copy of the data being dragged, and the source decides whether to
+    delete the original. This is described by the \c CopyAction action.
+    The target may also choose to handle other actions, specifically the
+    \c MoveAction and \c LinkAction actions. If the source calls
+    QDrag::exec(), and it returns \c MoveAction, the source is responsible
+    for deleting any original data if it chooses to do so. The QMimeData
+    and QDrag objects created by the source widget \e{should not be deleted}
+    - they will be destroyed by Qt. The target is responsible for taking
+    ownership of the data sent in the drag and drop operation; this is
+    usually done by keeping references to the data.
+
+    If the target understands the \c LinkAction action, it should
+    store its own reference to the original information; the source
+    does not need to perform any further processing on the data. The
+    most common use of drag and drop actions is when performing a
+    Move within the same widget; see the section on \l{Drop Actions}
+    for more information about this feature.
+
+    The other major use of drag actions is when using a reference type
+    such as text/uri-list, where the dragged data are actually references
+    to files or objects.
+
+    \section1 Adding New Drag and Drop Types
+
+    Drag and drop is not limited to text and images. Any type of information
+    can be transferred in a drag and drop operation. To drag information
+    between applications, the applications must be able to indicate to each
+    other which data formats they can accept and which they can produce.
+    This is achieved using
+    \l{http://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc1341.txt}{MIME types}. The QDrag
+    object constructed by the source contains a list of MIME types that it
+    uses to represent the data (ordered from most appropriate to least
+    appropriate), and the drop target uses one of these to access the data.
+    For common data types, the convenience functions handle the MIME types
+    used transparently but, for custom data types, it is necessary to
+    state them explicitly.
+
+    To implement drag and drop actions for a type of information that is
+    not covered by the QDrag convenience functions, the first and most
+    important step is to look for existing formats that are appropriate:
+    The Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (\l{http://www.iana.org}{IANA})
+    provides a
+    \l{http://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/}{hierarchical
+    list of MIME media types} at the Information Sciences Institute
+    (\l{http://www.isi.edu}{ISI}).
+    Using standard MIME types maximizes the interoperability of
+    your application with other software now and in the future.
+
+    To support an additional media type, simply set the data in the QMimeData
+    object with the \l{QMimeData::setData()}{setData()} function, supplying
+    the full MIME type and a QByteArray containing the data in the appropriate
+    format. The following code takes a pixmap from a label and stores it
+    as a Portable Network Graphics (PNG) file in a QMimeData object:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/separations/finalwidget.cpp 0
+
+    Of course, for this case we could have simply used
+    \l{QMimeData::setImageData()}{setImageData()} instead to supply image data
+    in a variety of formats:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/separations/finalwidget.cpp 1
+
+    The QByteArray approach is still useful in this case because it provides
+    greater control over the amount of data stored in the QMimeData object.
+
+    Note that custom datatypes used in item views must be declared as
+    \l{QMetaObject}{meta objects} and that stream operators for them
+    must be implemented.
+
+    \section1 Drop Actions
+
+    In the clipboard model, the user can \e cut or \e copy the source
+    information, then later paste it. Similarly in the drag and drop
+    model, the user can drag a \e copy of the information or they can drag
+    the information itself to a new place (\e moving it). The
+    drag and drop model has an additional complication for the programmer:
+    The program doesn't know whether the user wants to cut or copy the
+    information until the operation is complete. This often makes no
+    difference when dragging information between applications, but within
+    an application it is important to check which drop action was used.
+
+    We can reimplement the mouseMoveEvent() for a widget, and start a drag
+    and drop operation with a combination of possible drop actions. For
+    example, we may want to ensure that dragging always moves objects in
+    the widget:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/draganddrop/dragwidget.cpp 7
+    \dots
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/draganddrop/dragwidget.cpp 8
+
+    The action returned by the exec() function may default to a
+    \c CopyAction if the information is dropped into another application
+    but, if it is dropped in another widget in the same application, we
+    may obtain a different drop action.
+
+    The proposed drop actions can be filtered in a widget's dragMoveEvent()
+    function. However, it is possible to accept all proposed actions in
+    the dragEnterEvent() and let the user decide which they want to accept
+    later:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/draganddrop/dragwidget.cpp 0
+
+    When a drop occurs in the widget, the dropEvent() handler function is
+    called, and we can deal with each possible action in turn. First, we
+    deal with drag and drop operations within the same widget:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/draganddrop/dragwidget.cpp 1
+
+    In this case, we refuse to deal with move operations. Each type of drop
+    action that we accept is checked and dealt with accordingly:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/draganddrop/dragwidget.cpp 2
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/draganddrop/dragwidget.cpp 3
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/draganddrop/dragwidget.cpp 4
+    \dots
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/draganddrop/dragwidget.cpp 5
+
+    Note that we checked for individual drop actions in the above code.
+    As mentioned above in the section on
+    \l{#Overriding Proposed Actions}{Overriding Proposed Actions}, it is
+    sometimes necessary to override the proposed drop action and choose a
+    different one from the selection of possible drop actions.
+    To do this, you need to check for the presence of each action in the value
+    supplied by the event's \l{QDropEvent::}{possibleActions()}, set the drop
+    action with \l{QDropEvent::}{setDropAction()}, and call
+    \l{QEvent::}{accept()}.
+
+    \section1 Drop Rectangles
+
+    The widget's dragMoveEvent() can be used to restrict drops to certain parts
+    of the widget by only accepting the proposed drop actions when the cursor
+    is within those areas. For example, the following code accepts any proposed
+    drop actions when the cursor is over a child widget (\c dropFrame):
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/droprectangle/window.cpp 0
+
+    The dragMoveEvent() can also be used if you need to give visual
+    feedback during a drag and drop operation, to scroll the window, or
+    whatever is appropriate.
+
+    \section1 The Clipboard
+
+    Applications can also communicate with each other by putting data on
+    the clipboard. To access this, you need to obtain a QClipboard object
+    from the QApplication object:
+
+    \snippet examples/widgets/charactermap/mainwindow.cpp 3
+
+    The QMimeData class is used to represent data that is transferred to and
+    from the clipboard. To put data on the clipboard, you can use the
+    setText(), setImage(), and setPixmap() convenience functions for common
+    data types. These functions are similar to those found in the QMimeData
+    class, except that they also take an additional argument that controls
+    where the data is stored: If \l{QClipboard::Mode}{Clipboard} is
+    specified, the data is placed on the clipboard; if
+    \l{QClipboard::Mode}{Selection} is specified, the data is placed in the
+    mouse selection (on X11 only). By default, data is put on the clipboard.
+
+    For example, we can copy the contents of a QLineEdit to the clipboard
+    with the following code:
+
+    \snippet examples/widgets/charactermap/mainwindow.cpp 11
+
+    Data with different MIME types can also be put on the clipboard.
+    Construct a QMimeData object and set data with setData() function in
+    the way described in the previous section; this object can then be
+    put on the clipboard with the
+    \l{QClipboard::setMimeData()}{setMimeData()} function.
+
+    The QClipboard class can notify the application about changes to the
+    data it contains via its \l{QClipboard::dataChanged()}{dataChanged()}
+    signal. For example, we can monitor the clipboard by connecting this
+    signal to a slot in a widget:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/clipboard/clipwindow.cpp 0
+
+    The slot connected to this signal can read the data on the clipboard
+    using one of the MIME types that can be used to represent it:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/clipboard/clipwindow.cpp 1
+    \dots
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/clipboard/clipwindow.cpp 2
+
+    The \l{QClipboard::selectionChanged()}{selectionChanged()} signal can
+    be used on X11 to monitor the mouse selection.
+
+    \section1 Examples
+
+    \list
+    \o \l{draganddrop/draggableicons}{Draggable Icons}
+    \o \l{draganddrop/draggabletext}{Draggable Text}
+    \o \l{draganddrop/dropsite}{Drop Site}
+    \o \l{draganddrop/fridgemagnets}{Fridge Magnets}
+    \o \l{draganddrop/puzzle}{Drag and Drop Puzzle}
+    \endlist
+
+    \section1 Interoperating with Other Applications
+
+    On X11, the public \l{http://www.newplanetsoftware.com/xdnd/}{XDND
+    protocol} is used, while on Windows Qt uses the OLE standard, and
+    Qt for Mac OS X uses the Carbon Drag Manager. On X11, XDND uses MIME,
+    so no translation is necessary. The Qt API is the same regardless of
+    the platform. On Windows, MIME-aware applications can communicate by
+    using clipboard format names that are MIME types. Already some
+    Windows applications use MIME naming conventions for their
+    clipboard formats. Internally, Qt uses QWindowsMime and
+    QMacPasteboardMime for translating proprietary clipboard formats
+    to and from MIME types.
+
+    On X11, Qt also supports drops via the Motif Drag & Drop Protocol. The
+    implementation incorporates some code that was originally written by
+    Daniel Dardailler, and adapted for Qt by Matt Koss <koss@napri.sk>
+    and Nokia. Here is the original copyright notice:
+
+    \legalese
+    Copyright 1996 Daniel Dardailler.
+
+    Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software
+    for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above
+    copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright
+    notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation,
+    and that the name of Daniel Dardailler not be used in advertising or
+    publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
+    written prior permission. Daniel Dardailler makes no representations
+    about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is
+    provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
+
+    Modifications Copyright 1999 Matt Koss, under the same license as
+    above.
+    \endlegalese
+    \omit NOTE: The copyright notice is from qmotifdnd_x11.cpp. \endomit
+
+    Note: The Motif Drag \& Drop Protocol only allows receivers to
+    request data in response to a QDropEvent. If you attempt to
+    request data in response to e.g. a QDragMoveEvent, an empty
+    QByteArray is returned.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/eventsandfilters.qdoc b/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/eventsandfilters.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0430bcd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/eventsandfilters.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,235 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \group events
+    \title Event Classes
+    \ingroup groups
+
+    \brief Classes used to create and handle events.
+
+    These classes are used to create and handle events.
+
+    For more information see the \link object.html Object model\endlink
+    and \link signalsandslots.html Signals and Slots\endlink.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page eventsandfilters.html
+    \title Events and Event Filters
+    \brief A guide to event handling in Qt.
+
+    \ingroup frameworks-technologies
+
+    In Qt, events are objects, derived from the abstract QEvent class,
+    that represent things that have happened either within an application
+    or as a result of outside activity that the application needs to know
+    about. Events can be received and handled by any instance of a
+    QObject subclass, but they are especially relevant to widgets. This
+    document describes how events are delivered and handled in a typical
+    application.
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 How Events are Delivered
+
+    When an event occurs, Qt creates an event object to represent it by
+    constructing an instance of the appropriate QEvent subclass, and
+    delivers it to a particular instance of QObject (or one of its
+    subclasses) by calling its \l{QObject::}{event()} function.
+
+    This function does not handle the event itself; based on the type
+    of event delivered, it calls an event handler for that specific
+    type of event, and sends a response based on whether the event
+    was accepted or ignored.
+
+    \omit
+    Event delivery means that an
+    event has occurred, the QEvent indicates precisely what, and the
+    QObject needs to respond. Most events are specific to QWidget and its
+    subclasses, but there are important events that aren't related to
+    graphics (e.g., \l{QTimer}{timer events}).
+    \endomit
+
+    Some events, such as QMouseEvent and QKeyEvent, come from the
+    window system; some, such as QTimerEvent, come from other sources;
+    some come from the application itself.
+
+    \section1 Event Types
+
+    Most events types have special classes, notably QResizeEvent,
+    QPaintEvent, QMouseEvent, QKeyEvent, and QCloseEvent. Each class
+    subclasses QEvent and adds event-specific functions. For example,
+    QResizeEvent adds \l{QResizeEvent::}{size()} and
+    \l{QResizeEvent::}{oldSize()} to enable widgets to discover how
+    their dimensions have been changed.
+
+    Some classes support more than one actual event type. QMouseEvent
+    supports mouse button presses, double-clicks, moves, and other
+    related operations.
+
+    Each event has an associated type, defined in QEvent::Type, and this
+    can be used as a convenient source of run-time type information to
+    quickly determine which subclass a given event object was constructed
+    from.
+
+    Since programs need to react in varied and complex ways, Qt's
+    event delivery mechanisms are flexible. The documentation for
+    QCoreApplication::notify() concisely tells the whole story; the
+    \e{Qt Quarterly} article
+    \l{http://qt.nokia.com/doc/qq/qq11-events.html}{Another Look at Events}
+    rehashes it less concisely. Here we will explain enough for 95%
+    of applications.
+
+    \section1 Event Handlers
+
+    The normal way for an event to be delivered is by calling a virtual
+    function. For example, QPaintEvent is delivered by calling
+    QWidget::paintEvent(). This virtual function is responsible for
+    reacting appropriately, normally by repainting the widget. If you
+    do not perform all the necessary work in your implementation of the
+    virtual function, you may need to call the base class's implementation.
+
+    For example, the following code handles left mouse button clicks on
+    a custom checkbox widget while passing all other button clicks to the
+    base QCheckBox class:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/events/events.cpp 0
+
+    If you want to replace the base class's function, you must
+    implement everything yourself. However, if you only want to extend
+    the base class's functionality, then you implement what you want and
+    call the base class to obtain the default behavior for any cases you
+    do not want to handle.
+
+    Occasionally, there isn't such an event-specific function, or the
+    event-specific function isn't sufficient. The most common example
+    involves \key Tab key presses. Normally, QWidget intercepts these to
+    move the keyboard focus, but a few widgets need the \key{Tab} key for
+    themselves.
+
+    These objects can reimplement QObject::event(), the general event
+    handler, and either do their event handling before or after the usual
+    handling, or they can replace the function completely. A very unusual
+    widget that both interprets \key Tab and has an application-specific
+    custom event might contain the following \l{QObject::event()}{event()}
+    function:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/events/events.cpp 1
+
+    Note that QWidget::event() is still called for all of the cases not
+    handled, and that the return value indicates whether an event was
+    dealt with; a \c true value prevents the event from being sent on
+    to other objects.
+
+    \section1 Event Filters
+
+    Sometimes an object needs to look at, and possibly intercept, the
+    events that are delivered to another object. For example, dialogs
+    commonly want to filter key presses for some widgets; for example,
+    to modify \key{Return}-key handling.
+
+    The QObject::installEventFilter() function enables this by setting
+    up an \e{event filter}, causing a nominated filter object to receive
+    the events for a target object in its QObject::eventFilter()
+    function. An event filter gets to process events before the target
+    object does, allowing it to inspect and discard the events as
+    required. An existing event filter can be removed using the
+    QObject::removeEventFilter() function.
+
+    When the filter object's \l{QObject::}{eventFilter()} implementation
+    is called, it can accept or reject the event, and allow or deny
+    further processing of the event. If all the event filters allow
+    further processing of an event (by each returning \c false), the event
+    is sent to the target object itself. If one of them stops processing
+    (by returning \c true), the target and any later event filters do not
+    get to see the event at all.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/eventfilters/filterobject.cpp 0
+
+    The above code shows another way to intercept \key{Tab} key press
+    events sent to a particular target widget. In this case, the filter
+    handles the relevant events and returns \c true to stop them from
+    being processed any further. All other events are ignored, and the
+    filter returns \c false to allow them to be sent on to the target
+    widget, via any other event filters that are installed on it.
+
+    It is also possible to filter \e all events for the entire application,
+    by installing an event filter on the QApplication or QCoreApplication
+    object. Such global event filters are called before the object-specific
+    filters. This is very powerful, but it also slows down event delivery
+    of every single event in the entire application; the other techniques
+    discussed should generally be used instead.
+
+    \section1 Sending Events
+
+    Many applications want to create and send their own events. You can
+    send events in exactly the same ways as Qt's own event loop by
+    constructing suitable event objects and sending them with
+    QCoreApplication::sendEvent() and QCoreApplication::postEvent().
+
+    \l{QCoreApplication::}{sendEvent()} processes the event immediately.
+    When it returns, the event filters and/or the object itself have
+    already processed the event. For many event classes there is a function
+    called isAccepted() that tells you whether the event was accepted
+    or rejected by the last handler that was called.
+
+    \l{QCoreApplication::}{postEvent()} posts the event on a queue for
+    later dispatch. The next time Qt's main event loop runs, it dispatches
+    all posted events, with some optimization. For example, if there are
+    several resize events, they are are compressed into one. The same
+    applies to paint events: QWidget::update() calls
+    \l{QCoreApplication::}{postEvent()}, which eliminates flickering and
+    increases speed by avoiding multiple repaints.
+
+    \l{QCoreApplication::}{postEvent()} is also used during object
+    initialization, since the posted event will typically be dispatched
+    very soon after the initialization of the object is complete.
+    When implementing a widget, it is important to realise that events
+    can be delivered very early in its lifetime so, in its constructor,
+    be sure to initialize member variables early on, before there's any
+    chance that it might receive an event.
+
+    To create events of a custom type, you need to define an event
+    number, which must be greater than QEvent::User, and you may need to
+    subclass QEvent in order to pass specific information about your
+    custom event. See the QEvent documentation for further details.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/gestures.qdoc b/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/gestures.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..49a9ae3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/gestures.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page gestures-overview.html
+    \startpage index.html Qt Reference Documentation
+
+    \title Gestures Programming
+    \ingroup howto
+    \brief An overview of the Qt support for Gesture programming.
+
+    The QGesture class provides the ability to form gestures from a series
+    of events independent of the input method. A gesture could be a particular
+    movement of a mouse, a touch screen action, or a series of events from
+    some other source. The nature of the input, the interpretation
+    of the gesture and the action taken are the choice of the implementing
+    developer.
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+
+    \section1   Creating Your Own Gesture Recognizer
+
+    QGesture is a base class for a user defined gesture recognizer class. In
+    order to implement the recognizer you will need to subclass the
+    QGesture class and implement the pure virtual function \l{QGesture::filterEvent()}{filterEvent()}. Once
+    you have implemented the \l{QGesture::filterEvent()}{filterEvent()} function to
+    make your own recognizer you can process events. A sequence of events may,
+    according to your own rules, represent a gesture. The events can be singly
+    passed to the recognizer via the \l{QGesture::filterEvent()}{filterEvent()} function or as a stream of
+    events by specifying a parent source of events. The events can be from any
+    source and could result in any action as defined by the user. The source
+    and action need not be graphical though that would be the most likely
+    scenario. To find how to connect a source of events to automatically feed into the recognizer see QGesture.
+
+    Recognizers based on QGesture can emit any of the following signals:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/gestures/qgesture.h  qgesture-signals
+
+    These signals are emitted when the state changes with the call to
+    \l{QGesture::updateState()}{updateState()}, more than one signal may
+    be emitted when a change of state occurs. There are four GestureStates
+
+    \table
+    \header \o New State                \o Description              \o QGesture Actions on Entering this State
+    \row    \o Qt::NoGesture        \o Initial value            \o emit \l {QGesture::cancelled()}{cancelled()}
+    \row    \o Qt::GestureStarted   \o A continuous gesture has started \o emit \l{QGesture::started()}{started()} and emit \l{QGesture::triggered()}{triggered()}
+    \row    \o Qt::GestureUpdated   \o A gesture continues      \o emit \l{QGesture::triggered()}{triggered()}
+    \row    \o Qt::GestureFinished  \o A gesture has finished.  \o emit \l{QGesture::finished()}{finished()}
+    \endtable
+
+    \note \l{QGesture::started()}{started()} can be emitted if entering any
+    state greater than NoGesture if NoGesture was the previous state. This
+    means that your state machine does not need to explicitly use the
+    Qt::GestureStarted state, you can simply proceed from NoGesture to
+    Qt::GestureUpdated to emit a \l{QGesture::started()}{started()} signal
+    and a \l{QGesture::triggered()}{triggered()} signal.
+
+    You may use some or all of these states when implementing the pure
+    virtual function \l{QGesture::filterEvent()}{filterEvent()}.
+    \l{QGesture::filterEvent()}{filterEvent()} will usually implement a
+    state machine using the GestureState enums, but the details of which
+    states are used is up to the developer.
+
+    You may also need to reimplement the virtual function \l{QGesture::reset()}{reset()}
+    if internal data or objects need to be re-initialized. The function must
+    conclude with a call to \l{QGesture::updateState()}{updateState()} to
+    change the current state to Qt::NoGesture.
+
+    \section1   An Example, ImageViewer
+
+    To illustrate how to use QGesture we will look at the ImageViewer
+    example. This example uses QPanGesture, standard gesture, and an
+    implementation of TapAndHoldGesture. Note that TapAndHoldGesture is
+    platform dependent.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/gestures/imageviewer/tapandholdgesture.cpp tapandhold-reset
+
+    In ImageViewer we see that the ImageWidget class uses two gestures:
+    \l QPanGesture and TapAndHoldGesture. The
+    QPanGesture is a standard gesture which is part of Qt.
+    TapAndHoldGesture is defined and implemented as part of the example.
+    The ImageWidget listens for signals from the gestures, but is not
+    interested in the \l{QGesture::started()}{started()} signal.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/gestures/imageviewer/imagewidget.h imagewidget-slots
+
+    TapAndHoldGesture uses QTouchEvent events and mouse events to detect
+    start, update and end events that can be mapped onto the GestureState
+    changes. The implementation in this case uses a timer as well. If the
+    timeout event occurs a given number of times after the start of the gesture
+    then the gesture is considered to have finished whether or not the
+    appropriate touch or mouse event has occurred. Also if a large jump in
+    the position of the event occurs, as calculated by the \l {QPoint::manhattanLength()}{manhattanLength()}
+    call, then the gesture is cancelled by calling \l{QGesture::reset()}{reset()}
+    which tidies up  and uses \l{QGesture::updateState()}{updateState()} to
+    change state to NoGesture which will result in the \l{QGesture::cancelled()}{cancelled()}
+    signal being emitted by the recognizer.
+
+    ImageWidget handles the signals by connecting the slots to the signals,
+    although \c cancelled() is not connected here.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/gestures/imageviewer/imagewidget.cpp  imagewidget-connect
+
+    These functions in turn will have to be aware of which gesture
+    object was the source of the signal since we have more than one source
+    per slot. This is easily done by using the QObject::sender() function
+    as shown here
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/gestures/imageviewer/imagewidget.cpp imagewidget-triggered-1
+
+    As \l{QGesture::triggered()}{triggered()} signals are handled by
+    gestureTriggered() there may be position updates invoking calls to,
+    for example, goNextImage(), this will cause a change in the image
+    handling logic of ImageWidget and a call to updateImage() to display
+    the changed state.
+
+    Following the logic of how the QEvent is processed we can summmarize
+    it as follows:
+    \list
+        \o filterEvent() becomes the event filter of the parent ImageWidget object for a QPanGesture object and a
+    TapAndHoldGesture object.
+        \o filterEvent() then calls updateState() to change states
+        \o updateState() emits the appropriate signal(s) for the state change.
+        \o The signals are caught by the defined slots in ImageWidget
+        \o The widget logic changes and an update() results in a paint event.
+    \endlist
+
+
+
+*/
+
diff --git a/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/graphicsview.qdoc b/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/graphicsview.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8d7ea2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/graphicsview.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,554 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \group graphicsview-api
+    \title Graphics View Classes
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page graphicsview.html
+    \title The Graphics View Framework
+    \brief An overview of the Graphics View framework for interactive 2D
+    graphics.
+
+    \ingroup frameworks-technologies
+
+    \keyword Graphics View
+    \keyword GraphicsView
+    \keyword Graphics
+    \keyword Canvas
+    \since 4.2
+
+    Graphics View provides a surface for managing and interacting with a large
+    number of custom-made 2D graphical items, and a view widget for
+    visualizing the items, with support for zooming and rotation.
+
+    The framework includes an event propagation architecture that allows
+    precise double-precision interaction capabilities for the items on the
+    scene. Items can handle key events, mouse press, move, release and
+    double click events, and they can also track mouse movement.
+
+    Graphics View uses a BSP (Binary Space Partitioning) tree to provide very
+    fast item discovery, and as a result of this, it can visualize large
+    scenes in real-time, even with millions of items.
+
+    Graphics View was introduced in Qt 4.2, replacing its predecessor,
+    QCanvas. If you are porting from QCanvas, see \l{Porting to Graphics
+    View}.
+
+    Topics:
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 The Graphics View Architecture
+
+      Graphics View provides an item-based approach to model-view programming,
+      much like InterView's convenience classes QTableView, QTreeView and
+      QListView. Several views can observe a single scene, and the scene
+      contains items of varying geometric shapes.
+
+      \section2 The Scene
+
+        QGraphicsScene provides the Graphics View scene. The scene has the
+        following responsibilities:
+
+        \list
+        \o Providing a fast interface for managing a large number of items
+        \o Propagating events to each item
+        \o Managing item state, such as selection and focus handling
+        \o Providing untransformed rendering functionality; mainly for printing
+        \endlist
+
+        The scene serves as a container for QGraphicsItem objects. Items are
+        added to the scene by calling QGraphicsScene::addItem(), and then
+        retrieved by calling one of the many item discovery functions.
+        QGraphicsScene::items() and its overloads return all items contained
+        by or intersecting with a point, a rectangle, a polygon or a general
+        vector path. QGraphicsScene::itemAt() returns the topmost item at a
+        particular point. All item discovery functions return the items in
+        descending stacking order (i.e., the first returned item is topmost,
+        and the last item is bottom-most).
+
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_graphicsview.qdoc 0
+
+        QGraphicsScene's event propagation architecture schedules scene events
+        for delivery to items, and also manages propagation between items. If
+        the scene receives a mouse press event at a certain position, the
+        scene passes the event on to whichever item is at that position.
+
+        QGraphicsScene also manages certain item states, such as item
+        selection and focus. You can select items on the scene by calling
+        QGraphicsScene::setSelectionArea(), passing an arbitrary shape. This
+        functionality is also used as a basis for rubberband selection in
+        QGraphicsView. To get the list of all currently selected items, call
+        QGraphicsScene::selectedItems(). Another state handled by
+        QGraphicsScene is whether or not an item has keyboard input focus. You
+        can set focus on an item by calling QGraphicsScene::setFocusItem() or
+        QGraphicsItem::setFocus(), or get the current focus item by calling
+        QGraphicsScene::focusItem().
+
+        Finally, QGraphicsScene allows you to render parts of the scene into a
+        paint device through the QGraphicsScene::render() function. You can
+        read more about this in the Printing section later in this document.
+
+      \section2 The View
+
+        QGraphicsView provides the view widget, which visualizes the contents
+        of a scene. You can attach several views to the same scene, to provide
+        several viewports into the same data set. The view widget is a scroll
+        area, and provides scroll bars for navigating through large scenes. To
+        enable OpenGL support, you can set a QGLWidget as the viewport by
+        calling QGraphicsView::setViewport().
+
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_graphicsview.qdoc 1
+
+        The view receives input events from the keyboard and mouse, and
+        translates these to scene events (converting the coordinates used
+        to scene coordinates where appropriate), before sending the events
+        to the visualized scene.
+
+        Using its transformation matrix, QGraphicsView::transform(), the view can
+        \e transform the scene's coordinate system. This allows advanced
+        navigation features such as zooming and rotation. For convenience,
+        QGraphicsView also provides functions for translating between view and
+        scene coordinates: QGraphicsView::mapToScene() and
+        QGraphicsView::mapFromScene().
+
+        \img graphicsview-view.png
+
+      \section2 The Item
+
+        QGraphicsItem is the base class for graphical items in a
+        scene. Graphics View provides several standard items for typical
+        shapes, such as rectangles (QGraphicsRectItem), ellipses
+        (QGraphicsEllipseItem) and text items (QGraphicsTextItem), but the
+        most powerful QGraphicsItem features are available when you write a
+        custom item. Among other things, QGraphicsItem supports the following
+        features:
+
+        \list
+        \o Mouse press, move, release and double click events, as well as mouse
+        hover events, wheel events, and context menu events.
+        \o Keyboard input focus, and key events
+        \o Drag and drop
+        \o Grouping, both through parent-child relationships, and with
+        QGraphicsItemGroup
+        \o Collision detection
+        \endlist
+
+        Items live in a local coordinate system, and like QGraphicsView, it
+        also provides many functions for mapping coordinates between the item
+        and the scene, and from item to item. Also, like QGraphicsView, it can
+        transform its coordinate system using a matrix:
+        QGraphicsItem::transform(). This is useful for rotating and scaling
+        individual items.
+
+        Items can contain other items (children). Parent items'
+        transformations are inherited by all its children. Regardless of an
+        item's accumulated transformation, though, all its functions (e.g.,
+        QGraphicsItem::contains(), QGraphicsItem::boundingRect(),
+        QGraphicsItem::collidesWith()) still operate in local coordinates.
+
+        QGraphicsItem supports collision detection through the
+        QGraphicsItem::shape() function, and QGraphicsItem::collidesWith(),
+        which are both virtual functions. By returning your item's shape as a
+        local coordinate QPainterPath from QGraphicsItem::shape(),
+        QGraphicsItem will handle all collision detection for you. If you want
+        to provide your own collision detection, however, you can reimplement
+        QGraphicsItem::collidesWith().
+
+        \img graphicsview-items.png
+
+    \section1 Classes in the Graphics View Framework
+
+      These classes provide a framework for creating interactive applications.
+
+      \annotatedlist graphicsview-api
+
+    \section1 The Graphics View Coordinate System
+
+      Graphics View is based on the Cartesian coordinate system; items'
+      position and geometry on the scene are represented by sets of two
+      numbers: the x-coordinate, and the y-coordinate. When observing a scene
+      using an untransformed view, one unit on the scene is represented by
+      one pixel on the screen.
+
+      \note The inverted Y-axis coordinate system (where \c y grows upwards)
+      is unsupported as Graphics Views uses Qt's coordinate system. 
+
+      There are three effective coordinate systems in play in Graphics View:
+      Item coordinates, scene coordinates, and view coordinates. To simplify
+      your implementation, Graphics View provides convenience functions that
+      allow you to map between the three coordinate systems.
+
+      When rendering, Graphics View's scene coordinates correspond to
+      QPainter's \e logical coordinates, and view coordinates are the same as
+      \e device coordinates.  In \l{The Coordinate System}, you can read about
+      the relationship between logical coordinates and device coordinates.
+
+      \img graphicsview-parentchild.png
+
+      \section2 Item Coordinates
+
+          Items live in their own local coordinate system. Their coordinates
+          are usually centered around its center point (0, 0), and this is
+          also the center for all transformations. Geometric primitives in the
+          item coordinate system are often referred to as item points, item
+          lines, or item rectangles.
+
+          When creating a custom item, item coordinates are all you need to
+          worry about; QGraphicsScene and QGraphicsView will perform all
+          transformations for you. This makes it very easy to implement custom
+          items. For example, if you receive a mouse press or a drag enter
+          event, the event position is given in item coordinates. The
+          QGraphicsItem::contains() virtual function, which returns true if a
+          certain point is inside your item, and false otherwise, takes a
+          point argument in item coordinates. Similarly, an item's bounding
+          rect and shape are in item coordinates.
+
+          At item's \e position is the coordinate of the item's center point
+          in its parent's coordinate system; sometimes referred to as \e
+          parent coordinates. The scene is in this sense regarded as all
+          parent-less items' "parent". Top level items' position are in scene
+          coordinates.
+
+          Child coordinates are relative to the parent's coordinates. If the
+          child is untransformed, the difference between a child coordinate
+          and a parent coordinate is the same as the distance between the
+          items in parent coordinates. For example: If an untransformed child
+          item is positioned precisely in its parent's center point, then the
+          two items' coordinate systems will be identical. If the child's
+          position is (10, 0), however, the child's (0, 10) point will
+          correspond to its parent's (10, 10) point.
+
+          Because items' position and transformation are relative to the
+          parent, child items' coordinates are unaffected by the parent's
+          transformation, although the parent's transformation implicitly
+          transforms the child. In the above example, even if the parent is
+          rotated and scaled, the child's (0, 10) point will still correspond
+          to the parent's (10, 10) point. Relative to the scene, however, the
+          child will follow the parent's transformation and position. If the
+          parent is scaled (2x, 2x), the child's position will be at scene
+          coordinate (20, 0), and its (10, 0) point will correspond to the
+          point (40, 0) on the scene.
+
+          With QGraphicsItem::pos() being one of the few exceptions,
+          QGraphicsItem's functions operate in item coordinates, regardless of
+          the item, or any of its parents' transformation. For example, an
+          item's bounding rect (i.e. QGraphicsItem::boundingRect()) is always
+          given in item coordinates.
+
+      \section2 Scene Coordinates
+
+          The scene represents the base coordinate system for all its items.
+          The scene coordinate system describes the position of each top-level
+          item, and also forms the basis for all scene events delivered to the
+          scene from the view.  Each item on the scene has a scene position
+          and bounding rectangle (QGraphicsItem::scenePos(),
+          QGraphicsItem::sceneBoundingRect()), in addition to its local item
+          pos and bounding rectangle. The scene position describes the item's
+          position in scene coordinates, and its scene bounding rect forms the
+          basis for how QGraphicsScene determines what areas of the scene have
+          changed. Changes in the scene are communicated through the
+          QGraphicsScene::changed() signal, and the argument is a list of
+          scene rectangles.
+
+      \section2 View Coordinates
+
+          View coordinates are the coordinates of the widget. Each unit in
+          view coordinates corresponds to one pixel. What's special about this
+          coordinate system is that it is relative to the widget, or viewport,
+          and unaffected by the observed scene. The top left corner of
+          QGraphicsView's viewport is always (0, 0), and the bottom right
+          corner is always (viewport width, viewport height). All mouse events
+          and drag and drop events are originally received as view
+          coordinates, and you need to map these coordinates to the scene in
+          order to interact with items.
+
+      \section2 Coordinate Mapping
+
+          Often when dealing with items in a scene, it can be useful to map
+          coordinates and arbitrary shapes from the scene to an item, from
+          item to item, or from the view to the scene. For example, when you
+          click your mouse in QGraphicsView's viewport, you can ask the scene
+          what item is under the cursor by calling
+          QGraphicsView::mapToScene(), followed by
+          QGraphicsScene::itemAt(). If you want to know where in the viewport
+          an item is located, you can call QGraphicsItem::mapToScene() on the
+          item, then QGraphicsView::mapFromScene() on the view. Finally, if
+          you use want to find what items are inside a view ellipse, you can
+          pass a QPainterPath to mapToScene(), and then pass the mapped path
+          to QGraphicsScene::items().
+
+          You can map coordinates and shapes to and from and item's scene by
+          calling QGraphicsItem::mapToScene() and
+          QGraphicsItem::mapFromScene(). You can also map to an item's parent
+          item by calling QGraphicsItem::mapToParent() and
+          QGraphicsItem::mapFromParent(), or between items by calling
+          QGraphicsItem::mapToItem() and QGraphicsItem::mapFromItem(). All
+          mapping functions can map both points, rectangles, polygons and
+          paths.
+
+          The same mapping functions are available in the view, for mapping to
+          and from the scene. QGraphicsView::mapFromScene() and
+          QGraphicsView::mapToScene(). To map from a view to an item, you
+          first map to the scene, and then map from the scene to the item.
+
+    \section1 Key Features
+
+      \section2 Zooming and rotating
+
+        QGraphicsView supports the same affine transformations as QPainter
+        does through QGraphicsView::setMatrix(). By applying a transformation
+        to the view, you can easily add support for common navigation features
+        such as zooming and rotating.
+
+        Here is an example of how to implement zoom and rotate slots in a
+        subclass of QGraphicsView:
+
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_graphicsview.qdoc 2
+
+        The slots could be connected to \l{QToolButton}{QToolButtons} with
+        \l{QAbstractButton::autoRepeat}{autoRepeat} enabled.
+
+        QGraphicsView keeps the center of the view aligned when you transform
+        the view.
+
+        See also the \l{Elastic Nodes Example}{Elastic Nodes} example for
+        code that shows how to implement basic zooming features.
+
+      \section2 Printing
+
+        Graphics View provides single-line printing through its rendering
+        functions, QGraphicsScene::render() and QGraphicsView::render().  The
+        functions provide the same API: You can have the scene or the view
+        render all or parts of their contents into any paint device by passing
+        a QPainter to either of the rendering functions. This example shows
+        how to print the whole scene into a full page, using QPrinter.
+
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_graphicsview.qdoc 3
+
+        The difference between the scene and view rendering functions is that
+        one operates in scene coordinates, and the other in view coordinates.
+        QGraphicsScene::render() is often preferred for printing whole
+        segments of a scene untransformed, such as for plotting geometrical
+        data, or for printing a text document. QGraphicsView::render(), on the
+        other hand, is suitable for taking screenshots; its default behavior
+        is to render the exact contents of the viewport using the provided
+        painter.
+
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_graphicsview.qdoc 4
+
+        When the source and target areas' sizes do not match, the source
+        contents are stretched to fit into the target area. By passing a
+        Qt::AspectRatioMode to the rendering function you are using, you can
+        choose to maintain or ignore the aspect ratio of the scene when the
+        contents are stretched.
+
+      \section2 Drag and Drop
+
+        Because QGraphicsView inherits QWidget indirectly, it already provides
+        the same drag and drop functionality that QWidget provides. In
+        addition, as a convenience, the Graphics View framework provides drag
+        and drop support for the scene, and for each and every item. As the
+        view receives a drag, it translates the drag and drop events into a
+        QGraphicsSceneDragDropEvent, which is then forwarded to the scene. The
+        scene takes over scheduling of this event, and sends it to the first
+        item under the mouse cursor that accepts drops.
+
+        To start a drag from an item, create a QDrag object, passing a pointer
+        to the widget that starts the drag. Items can be observed by many
+        views at the same time, but only one view can start the drag. Drags
+        are in most cases started as a result of pressing or moving the mouse,
+        so in mousePressEvent() or mouseMoveEvent(), you can get the
+        originating widget pointer from the event. For example:
+
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_graphicsview.qdoc 5
+
+        To intercept drag and drop events for the scene, you reimplement
+        QGraphicsScene::dragEnterEvent() and whichever event handlers your
+        particular scene needs, in a QGraphicsItem subclass. You can read more
+        about drag and drop in Graphics View in the documentation for each of
+        QGraphicsScene's event handlers.
+
+        Items can enable drag and drop support by calling
+        QGraphicsItem::setAcceptDrops(). To handle the incoming drag,
+        reimplement QGraphicsItem::dragEnterEvent(),
+        QGraphicsItem::dragMoveEvent(), QGraphicsItem::dragLeaveEvent(), and
+        QGraphicsItem::dropEvent().
+
+        See also the \l{Drag and Drop Robot Example}{Drag and Drop Robot} example
+        for a demonstration of Graphics View's support for drag and drop
+        operations.
+
+      \section2 Cursors and Tooltips
+
+        Like QWidget, QGraphicsItem also supports cursors
+        (QGraphicsItem::setCursor()), and tooltips
+        (QGraphicsItem::setToolTip()). The cursors and tooltips are activated
+        by QGraphicsView as the mouse cursor enters the item's area (detected
+        by calling QGraphicsItem::contains()).
+
+        You can also set a default cursor directly on the view by calling
+        QGraphicsView::setCursor().
+
+        See also the \l{Drag and Drop Robot Example}{Drag and Drop Robot}
+        example for code that implements tooltips and cursor shape handling.
+
+      \section2 Animation
+
+        Graphics View supports animation at several levels. You can easily
+        assemble animation paths by associating a QGraphicsItemAnimation with
+        your item. This allows timeline controlled animations that operate at
+        a steady speed on all platforms (although the frame rate may vary
+        depending on the platform's performance).  QGraphicsItemAnimation
+        allows you to create a path for an item's position, rotation, scale,
+        shear and translation. The animation can be controlled by a QSlider,
+        or more commonly by QTimeLine.
+
+        Another option is to create a custom item that inherits from QObject
+        and QGraphicsItem. The item can the set up its own timers, and control
+        animations with incremental steps in QObject::timerEvent().
+
+        A third option, which is mostly available for compatibility with
+        QCanvas in Qt 3, is to \e advance the scene by calling
+        QGraphicsScene::advance(), which in turn calls
+        QGraphicsItem::advance().
+
+        See also the \l{Drag and Drop Robot Example}{Drag and Drop Robot}
+        example for an illustration of timeline-based animation techniques.
+
+      \section2 OpenGL Rendering
+
+        To enable OpenGL rendering, you simply set a new QGLWidget as the
+        viewport of QGraphicsView by calling QGraphicsView::setViewport(). If
+        you want OpenGL with antialiasing, you need OpenGL sample buffer
+        support (see QGLFormat::sampleBuffers()).
+
+        Example:
+
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_graphicsview.qdoc 6
+
+      \section2 Item Groups
+
+        By making an item a child of another, you can achieve the most
+        essential feature of item grouping: the items will move together, and
+        all transformations are propagated from parent to child.
+
+        In addition, QGraphicsItemGroup is a special item that combines child
+        event handling with a useful interface for adding and removing items
+        to and from a group. Adding an item to a QGraphicsItemGroup will keep
+        the item's original position and transformation, whereas reparenting
+        items in general will cause the child to reposition itself relative to
+        its new parent. For convenience, you can create
+        \l{QGraphicsItemGroup}s through the scene by calling
+        QGraphicsScene::createItemGroup().
+
+      \section2 Widgets and Layouts
+
+        Qt 4.4 introduced support for geometry and layout-aware items through
+        QGraphicsWidget. This special base item is similar to QWidget, but
+        unlike QWidget, it doesn't inherit from QPaintDevice; rather from
+        QGraphicsItem instead. This allows you to write complete widgets with
+        events, signals & slots, size hints and policies, and you can also
+        manage your widgets geometries in layouts through
+        QGraphicsLinearLayout and QGraphicsGridLayout.
+
+        \section3 QGraphicsWidget
+
+          Building on top of QGraphicsItem's capabilities and lean footprint,
+          QGraphicsWidget provides the best of both worlds: extra
+          functionality from QWidget, such as the style, font, palette, layout
+          direction, and its geometry, and resolution independence and
+          transformation support from QGraphicsItem.  Because Graphics View
+          uses real coordinates instead of integers, QGraphicsWidget's
+          geometry functions also operate on QRectF and QPointF. This also
+          applies to frame rects, margins and spacing. With QGraphicsWidget
+          it's not uncommon to specify contents margins of (0.5, 0.5, 0.5,
+          0.5), for example. You can create both subwidgets and "top-level"
+          windows; in some cases you can now use Graphics View for advanced
+          MDI applications.
+
+          Some of QWidget's properties are supported, including window flags
+          and attributes, but not all. You should refer to QGraphicsWidget's
+          class documentation for a complete overview of what is and what is
+          not supported. For example, you can create decorated windows by
+          passing the Qt::Window window flag to QGraphicsWidget's constructor,
+          but Graphics View currently doesn't support the Qt::Sheet and
+          Qt::Drawer flags that are common on Mac OS X.
+
+          The capabilities of QGraphicsWidget are expected to grow depending
+          on community feedback.
+
+        \section3 QGraphicsLayout
+
+          QGraphicsLayout is part of a second-generation layout framework
+          designed specifically for QGraphicsWidget. Its API is very similar
+          to that of QLayout. You can manage widgets and sublayouts inside
+          either QGraphicsLinearLayout and QGraphicsGridLayout. You can also
+          easily write your own layout by subclassing QGraphicsLayout
+          yourself, or add your own QGraphicsItem items to the layout by
+          writing an adaptor subclass of QGraphicsLayoutItem.
+
+      \section2 Embedded Widget Support
+
+          Graphics View provides seamless support for embedding any widget
+          into the scene. You can embed simple widgets, such as QLineEdit or
+          QPushButton, complex widgets such as QTabWidget, and even complete
+          main windows. To embed your widget to the scene, simply call
+          QGraphicsScene::addWidget(), or create an instance of
+          QGraphicsProxyWidget to embed your widget manually.
+
+          Through QGraphicsProxyWidget, Graphics View is able to deeply
+          integrate the client widget features including its cursors,
+          tooltips, mouse, tablet and keyboard events, child widgets,
+          animations, pop-ups (e.g., QComboBox or QCompleter), and the widget's
+          input focus and activation. QGraphicsProxyWidget even integrates the
+          embedded widget's tab order so that you can tab in and out of
+          embedded widgets. You can even embed a new QGraphicsView into your
+          scene to provide complex nested scenes.
+
+          When transforming an embedded widget, Graphics View makes sure that
+          the widget is transformed resolution independently, allowing the
+          fonts and style to stay crisp when zoomed in. (Note that the effect
+          of resolution independence depends on the style.)
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/implicit-sharing.qdoc b/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/implicit-sharing.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4eb9443
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/implicit-sharing.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/* TODO: Move some of the documentation from QSharedDataPointer into this
+   document. */
+
+/*!
+    \group shared
+    \title Implicitly Shared Classes
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page implicit-sharing.html
+    \title Implicit Sharing
+    \ingroup frameworks-technologies
+
+    \brief Reference counting for fast copying.
+
+    \keyword implicit data sharing
+    \keyword implicit sharing
+    \keyword implicitly shared
+    \keyword reference counting
+    \keyword shared implicitly
+    \keyword shared classes
+
+    Many C++ classes in Qt use implicit data sharing to maximize
+    resource usage and minimize copying. Implicitly shared classes are
+    both safe and efficient when passed as arguments, because only a
+    pointer to the data is passed around, and the data is copied only
+    if and when a function writes to it, i.e., \e {copy-on-write}.
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 Overview
+
+    A shared class consists of a pointer to a shared data block that
+    contains a reference count and the data.
+
+    When a shared object is created, it sets the reference count to 1. The
+    reference count is incremented whenever a new object references the
+    shared data, and decremented when the object dereferences the shared
+    data. The shared data is deleted when the reference count becomes
+    zero.
+
+    \keyword deep copy
+    \keyword shallow copy
+
+    When dealing with shared objects, there are two ways of copying an
+    object. We usually speak about \e deep and \e shallow copies. A deep
+    copy implies duplicating an object. A shallow copy is a reference
+    copy, i.e. just a pointer to a shared data block. Making a deep copy
+    can be expensive in terms of memory and CPU. Making a shallow copy is
+    very fast, because it only involves setting a pointer and incrementing
+    the reference count.
+
+    Object assignment (with operator=()) for implicitly shared objects is
+    implemented using shallow copies.
+
+    The benefit of sharing is that a program does not need to duplicate
+    data unnecessarily, which results in lower memory use and less copying
+    of data. Objects can easily be assigned, sent as function arguments,
+    and returned from functions.
+
+    Implicit sharing takes place behind the scenes; the programmer
+    does not need to worry about it. Even in multithreaded
+    applications, implicit sharing takes place, as explained in
+    \l{Thread-Support in Qt Modules#Threads and Implicitly Shared Classes}
+    {Threads and Implicitly Shared Classes}.
+
+    When implementing your own implicitly shared classes, use the
+    QSharedData and QSharedDataPointer classes.
+
+    \section1 Implicit Sharing in Detail
+
+    Implicit sharing automatically detaches the object from a shared
+    block if the object is about to change and the reference count is
+    greater than one. (This is often called \e {copy-on-write} or
+    \e {value semantics}.)
+
+    An implicitly shared class has total control of its internal data. In
+    any member functions that modify its data, it automatically detaches
+    before modifying the data.
+
+    The QPen class, which uses implicit sharing, detaches from the shared
+    data in all member functions that change the internal data.
+
+    Code fragment:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_groups.qdoc 0
+
+
+    \section1 List of Classes
+
+    The classes listed below automatically detach from common data if
+    an object is about to be changed. The programmer will not even
+    notice that the objects are shared. Thus you should treat
+    separate instances of them as separate objects. They will always
+    behave as separate objects but with the added benefit of sharing
+    data whenever possible. For this reason, you can pass instances
+    of these classes as arguments to functions by value without
+    concern for the copying overhead.
+
+    Example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_groups.qdoc 1
+
+    In this example, \c p1 and \c p2 share data until QPainter::begin()
+    is called for \c p2, because painting a pixmap will modify it.
+
+    \warning Do not copy an implicitly shared container (QMap,
+    QVector, etc.) while you are iterating over it using an non-const
+    \l{STL-style iterator}.
+
+    \keyword implicitly shared classes
+    \annotatedlist shared
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/ipc.qdoc b/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/ipc.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f253643
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/ipc.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page ipc.html
+    \title Inter-Process Communication in Qt
+    \brief Inter-Process communication in Qt applications.
+
+    \ingroup frameworks-technologies
+
+    Qt provides several ways to implement Inter-Process Communication
+    (IPC) in Qt applications.
+
+    \section1 TCP/IP
+
+    The cross-platform \l{QtNetwork} module provides classes that make
+    network programming portable and easy. It offers high-level
+    classes (e.g., QNetworkAccessManager, QFtp) that communicate using
+    specific application-level protocols, and lower-level classes
+    (e.g., QTcpSocket, QTcpServer, QSslSocket) for implementing
+    protocols.
+
+    \section1 Shared Memory
+
+    The cross-platform shared memory class, QSharedMemory, provides
+    access to the operating system's shared memory implementation.
+    It allows safe access to shared memory segments by multiple threads
+    and processes. Additionally, QSystemSemaphore can be used to control
+    access to resources shared by the system, as well as to communicate
+    between processes.
+
+    \section1 D-Bus
+
+    The \l{QtDBus} module is a Unix-only library
+    you can use to implement IPC using the D-Bus protocol. It extends
+    Qt's \l{signalsandslots.html} {Signals and Slots} mechanism to the
+    IPC level, allowing a signal emitted by one process to be
+    connected to a slot in another process. This \l {Introduction to
+    D-Bus} page has detailed information on how to use the \l{QtDBus}
+    module.
+
+    \section1 Qt COmmunications Protocol (QCOP)
+
+    The QCopChannel class implements a protocol for transferring messages
+    between client processes across named channels. QCopChannel is
+    only available in \l{Qt for Embedded Linux}. Like the \l{QtDBus}
+    module, QCOP extends Qt's \l{Signals and Slots} mechanism to the
+    IPC level, allowing a signal emitted by one process to be
+    connected to a slot in another process, but unlike QtDBus, QCOP
+    does not depend on a third party library.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/model-view-programming.qdoc b/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/model-view-programming.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b38edd8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/model-view-programming.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,2498 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \group model-view
+    \title Model/View Classes
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page model-view-programming.html
+    \nextpage An Introduction to Model/View Programming
+    \startpage index.html Qt Reference Documentation
+
+    \title Model/View Programming
+    \brief A guide to the extensible model/view architecture used by Qt's
+    item view classes.
+
+    \ingroup frameworks-technologies
+
+    \list
+    \o \l{An Introduction to Model/View Programming}
+      \tableofcontents{1 An Introduction to Model/View Programming}
+    \o \l{Using Models and Views}
+      \tableofcontents{1 Using Models and Views}
+    \o \l{Model Classes}
+      \tableofcontents{1 Model Classes}
+    \o \l{Creating New Models}
+      \tableofcontents{1 Creating New Models}
+    \o \l{View Classes}
+      \tableofcontents{1 View Classes}
+    \o \l{Handling Selections in Item Views}
+      \tableofcontents{1 Handling Selections in Item Views}
+    \o \l{Delegate Classes}
+      \tableofcontents{1 Delegate Classes}
+    \o \l{Item View Convenience Classes}
+      \tableofcontents{1 Item View Convenience Classes}
+    \o \l{Using Drag and Drop with Item Views}
+      \tableofcontents{1 Using Drag and Drop with Item Views}
+    \o \l{Proxy Models}
+      \tableofcontents{1 Proxy Models}
+    \o \l{Model Subclassing Reference}
+      \tableofcontents{1 Model Subclassing Reference}
+    \endlist
+
+    \keyword Model/View Classes
+    \section1 All Model/View Classes
+
+    These classes use the model/view design pattern in which the
+    underlying data (in the model) is kept separate from the way the data
+    is presented and manipulated by the user (in the view).
+
+    \annotatedlist model-view
+
+    \section1 Related Examples
+
+    \list
+    \o \l{itemviews/dirview}{Dir View}
+    \o \l{itemviews/spinboxdelegate}{Spin Box Delegate}
+    \o \l{itemviews/pixelator}{Pixelator}
+    \o \l{itemviews/simpletreemodel}{Simple Tree Model}
+    \o \l{itemviews/chart}{Chart}
+    \endlist
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page model-view-introduction.html
+    \previouspage Model/View Programming
+    \nextpage Using Models and Views
+    \startpage index.html Qt Reference Documentation
+
+    \title An Introduction to Model/View Programming
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    Qt 4 introduces a new set of item view classes that use a model/view
+    architecture to manage the relationship between data and the way it
+    is presented to the user. The separation of functionality introduced by
+    this architecture gives developers greater flexibility to customize the
+    presentation of items, and provides a standard model interface to allow
+    a wide range of data sources to be used with existing item views.
+    In this document, we give a brief introduction to the model/view paradigm,
+    outline the concepts involved, and describe the architecture of the item
+    view system. Each of the components in the architecture is explained,
+    and examples are given that show how to use the classes provided.
+
+    \section1 The Model/View Architecture
+
+    Model-View-Controller (MVC) is a design pattern originating from
+    Smalltalk that is often used when building user interfaces.
+    In \l{Design Patterns}, Gamma et al. write:
+
+    \quotation
+    MVC consists of three kinds of objects. The Model is the application
+    object, the View is its screen presentation, and the Controller defines
+    the way the user interface reacts to user input. Before MVC, user
+    interface designs tended to lump these objects together. MVC decouples
+    them to increase flexibility and reuse.
+    \endquotation
+
+    If the view and the controller objects are combined, the result is
+    the model/view architecture. This still separates the way that data
+    is stored from the way that it is presented to the user, but provides
+    a simpler framework based on the same principles. This separation
+    makes it possible to display the same data in several different views,
+    and to implement new types of views, without changing the underlying
+    data structures.
+    To allow flexible handling of user input, we introduce the concept of
+    the \e delegate. The advantage of having a delegate in this framework
+    is that it allows the way items of data are rendered and edited to be
+    customized.
+
+    \table
+    \row \i \inlineimage modelview-overview.png
+    \i \bold{The model/view architecture}
+
+    The model communicates with a source of data, providing an \e interface
+    for the other components in the architecture. The nature of the
+    communication depends on the type of data source, and the way the model
+    is implemented.
+
+    The view obtains \e{model indexes} from the model; these are references
+    to items of data. By supplying model indexes to the model, the view can
+    retrieve items of data from the data source.
+
+    In standard views, a \e delegate renders the items of data. When an item
+    is edited, the delegate communicates with the model directly using
+    model indexes.
+    \endtable
+
+    Generally, the model/view classes can be separated into the three groups
+    described above: models, views, and delegates. Each of these components
+    is defined by \e abstract classes that provide common interfaces and,
+    in some cases, default implementations of features.
+    Abstract classes are meant to be subclassed in order to provide the full
+    set of functionality expected by other components; this also allows
+    specialized components to be written.
+
+    Models, views, and delegates communicate with each other using \e{signals
+    and slots}:
+
+    \list
+    \o Signals from the model inform the view about changes to the data
+       held by the data source.
+    \o Signals from the view provide information about the user's interaction
+       with the items being displayed.
+    \o Signals from the delegate are used during editing to tell the
+       model and view about the state of the editor.
+    \endlist
+
+    \section2 Models
+
+    All item models are based on the QAbstractItemModel class. This class
+    defines an interface that is used by views and delegates to access data.
+    The data itself does not have to be stored in the model; it can be held
+    in a data structure or repository provided by a separate class, a file,
+    a database, or some other application component.
+
+    The basic concepts surrounding models are presented in the section
+    on \l{Model Classes}.
+
+    QAbstractItemModel
+    provides an interface to data that is flexible enough to handle views
+    that represent data in the form of tables, lists, and trees. However,
+    when implementing new models for list and table-like data structures,
+    the QAbstractListModel and QAbstractTableModel classes are better
+    starting points because they provide appropriate default implementations
+    of common functions. Each of these classes can be subclassed to provide
+    models that support specialized kinds of lists and tables.
+
+    The process of subclassing models is discussed in the section on
+    \l{Creating New Models}.
+
+    Qt provides some ready-made models that can be used to handle items of
+    data:
+
+    \list
+    \o QStringListModel is used to store a simple list of QString items.
+    \o QStandardItemModel manages more complex tree structures of items, each
+       of which can contain arbitrary data.
+    \o QDirModel provides information about files and directories in the local
+       filing system.
+    \o QSqlQueryModel, QSqlTableModel, and QSqlRelationalTableModel are used
+       to access databases using model/view conventions.
+    \endlist
+
+    If these standard models do not meet your requirements, you can subclass
+    QAbstractItemModel, QAbstractListModel, or QAbstractTableModel to create
+    your own custom models.
+
+    \section2 Views
+
+    Complete implementations are provided for different kinds of
+    views: QListView displays a list of items, QTableView displays data
+    from a model in a table, and QTreeView shows model items of data in a
+    hierarchical list. Each of these classes is based on the
+    QAbstractItemView abstract base class. Although these classes are
+    ready-to-use implementations, they can also be subclassed to provide
+    customized views.
+
+    The available views are examined in the section on \l{View Classes}.
+
+    \section2 Delegates
+
+    QAbstractItemDelegate is the abstract base class for delegates in the
+    model/view framework. Since Qt 4.4, the default delegate implementation is
+    provided by QStyledItemDelegate, and this is used as the default delegate
+    by Qt's standard views. However, QStyledItemDelegate and QItemDelegate are
+    independent alternatives to painting and providing editors for items in
+    views. The difference between them is that QStyledItemDelegate uses the
+    current style to paint its items. We therefore recommend using
+    QStyledItemDelegate as the base class when implementing custom delegates or
+    when working with Qt style sheets.
+
+    Delegates are described in the section on \l{Delegate Classes}.
+
+    \section2 Sorting
+
+    There are two ways of approaching sorting in the model/view
+    architecture; which approach to choose depends on your underlying
+    model.
+
+    If your model is sortable, i.e, if it reimplements the
+    QAbstractItemModel::sort() function, both QTableView and QTreeView
+    provide an API that allows you to sort your model data
+    programmatically. In addition, you can enable interactive sorting
+    (i.e. allowing the users to sort the data by clicking the view's
+    headers), by connecting the QHeaderView::sortIndicatorChanged() signal
+    to the QTableView::sortByColumn() slot or the
+    QTreeView::sortByColumn() slot, respectively.
+
+    The alternative approach, if your model do not have the required
+    interface or if you want to use a list view to present your data,
+    is to use a proxy model to transform the structure of your model
+    before presenting the data in the view. This is covered in detail
+    in the section on \l {Proxy Models}.
+
+    \section2 Convenience Classes
+
+    A number of \e convenience classes are derived from the standard view
+    classes for the benefit of applications that rely on Qt's item-based
+    item view and table classes. They are not intended to be subclassed,
+    but simply exist to provide a familiar interface to the equivalent classes
+    in Qt 3.
+    Examples of such classes include \l QListWidget, \l QTreeWidget, and
+    \l QTableWidget; these provide similar behavior to the \c QListBox,
+    \c QListView, and \c QTable classes in Qt 3.
+
+    These classes are less flexible than the view classes, and cannot be
+    used with arbitrary models. We recommend that you use a model/view
+    approach to handling data in item views unless you strongly need an
+    item-based set of classes.
+
+    If you wish to take advantage of the features provided by the model/view
+    approach while still using an item-based interface, consider using view
+    classes, such as QListView, QTableView, and QTreeView with
+    QStandardItemModel.
+
+    \section1 The Model/View Components
+
+    The following sections describe the way in which the model/view pattern
+    is used in Qt. Each section provides an example of use, and is followed
+    by a section showing how you can create new components.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page model-view-using.html
+    \contentspage model-view-programming.html Contents
+    \previouspage An Introduction to Model/View Programming
+    \nextpage Model Classes
+
+    \title Using Models and Views
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 Introduction
+
+    Two of the standard models provided by Qt are QStandardItemModel and
+    QDirModel. QStandardItemModel is a multi-purpose model that can be used
+    to represent various different data structures needed by list, table,
+    and tree views. This model also holds the items of data.
+    QDirModel is a model that maintains information about the contents of a
+    directory. As a result, it does not hold any items of data itself, but
+    simply represents files and directories on the local filing system.
+
+    QDirModel provides a ready-to-use model to experiment with, and can be
+    easily configured to use existing data. Using this model, we can show how
+    to set up a model for use with ready-made views, and explore how to
+    manipulate data using model indexes.
+
+    \section1 Using Views with an Existing Model
+
+    The QListView and QTreeView classes are the most suitable views
+    to use with QDirModel. The example presented below displays the
+    contents of a directory in a tree view next to the same information in
+    a list view. The views share the user's selection so that the selected
+    items are highlighted in both views.
+
+    \img shareddirmodel.png
+
+    We set up a QDirModel so that it is ready for use, and create some
+    views to display the contents of a directory. This shows the simplest
+    way to use a model. The construction and use of the model is
+    performed from within a single \c main() function:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/shareddirmodel/main.cpp 0
+
+    The model is set up to use data from a default directory. We create two
+    views so that we can examine the items held in the model in two
+    different ways:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/shareddirmodel/main.cpp 5
+
+    The views are constructed in the same way as other widgets. Setting up
+    a view to display the items in the model is simply a matter of calling its
+    \l{QAbstractItemView::setModel()}{setModel()} function with the directory
+    model as the argument. The calls to
+    \l{QAbstractItemView::setRootIndex()}{setRootIndex()} tell the views which
+    directory to display by supplying a \e{model index} that we obtain from
+    the directory model.
+
+    The \c index() function used in this case is unique to QDirModel; we supply
+    it with a directory and it returns a model index. Model indexes are
+    discussed in the \l{Model Classes} chapter.
+
+    The rest of the function just displays the views within a splitter
+    widget, and runs the application's event loop:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/shareddirmodel/main.cpp 8
+
+    In the above example, we neglected to mention how to handle selections
+    of items. This subject is covered in more detail in the chapter on
+    \l{Handling Selections in Item Views}. Before examining how selections
+    are handled, you may find it useful to read the \l{Model Classes} chapter
+    which describes the concepts used in the model/view framework.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page model-view-model.html
+    \contentspage model-view-programming.html Contents
+    \previouspage Using Models and Views
+    \nextpage Creating New Models
+
+    \title Model Classes
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 Basic Concepts
+
+    In the model/view architecture, the model provides a standard interface
+    that views and delegates use to access data. In Qt, the standard
+    interface is defined by the QAbstractItemModel class. No matter how the
+    items of data are stored in any underlying data structure, all subclasses
+    of QAbstractItemModel represent the data as a hierarchical structure
+    containing tables of items. Views use this \e convention to access items
+    of data in the model, but they are not restricted in the way that they
+    present this information to the user.
+
+    \image modelview-models.png
+
+    Models also notify any attached views about changes to data through the
+    signals and slots mechanism.
+
+    This chapter describes some basic concepts that are central to the way
+    item of data are accessed by other components via a model class. More
+    advanced concepts are discussed in later chapters.
+
+    \section2 Model Indexes
+
+    To ensure that the representation of the data is kept separate from the
+    way it is accessed, the concept of a \e{model index} is introduced. Each
+    piece of information that can be obtained via a model is represented by
+    a model index. Views and delegates use these indexes to request items of
+    data to display.
+
+    As a result, only the model needs to know how to obtain data, and the type
+    of data managed by the model can be defined fairly generally. Model indexes
+    contain a pointer to the model that created them, and this prevents
+    confusion when working with more than one model.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_model-view-programming.qdoc 0
+
+    Model indexes provide \e temporary references to pieces of information, and
+    can be used to retrieve or modify data via the model. Since models may
+    reorganize their internal structures from time to time, model indexes may
+    become invalid, and \e{should not be stored}. If a long-term reference to a
+    piece of information is required, a \e{persistent model index} must be
+    created. This provides a reference to the information that the model keeps
+    up-to-date. Temporary model indexes are provided by the QModelIndex class,
+    and persistent model indexes are provided by the QPersistentModelIndex
+    class.
+
+    To obtain a model index that corresponds to an item of data, three
+    properties must be specified to the model: a row number, a column number,
+    and the model index of a parent item. The following sections describe
+    and explain these properties in detail.
+
+    \section2 Rows and Columns
+
+    In its most basic form, a model can be accessed as a simple table in which
+    items are located by their row and column numbers. \e{This does not mean
+    that the underlying pieces of data are stored in an array structure}; the
+    use of row and column numbers is only a convention to allow components to
+    communicate with each other. We can retrieve information about any given
+    item by specifying its row and column numbers to the model, and we receive
+    an index that represents the item:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_model-view-programming.qdoc 1
+
+    Models that provide interfaces to simple, single level data structures like
+    lists and tables do not need any other information to be provided but, as
+    the above code indicates, we need to supply more information when obtaining
+    a model index.
+
+    \table
+    \row \i \inlineimage modelview-tablemodel.png
+    \i \bold{Rows and columns}
+
+    The diagram shows a representation of a basic table model in which each
+    item is located by a pair of row and column numbers. We obtain a model
+    index that refers to an item of data by passing the relevant row and
+    column numbers to the model.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_model-view-programming.qdoc 2
+
+    Top level items in a model are always referenced by specifying
+    \c QModelIndex() as their parent item. This is discussed in the next
+    section.
+    \endtable
+
+    \section2 Parents of Items
+
+    The table-like interface to item data provided by models is ideal when
+    using data in a table or list view; the row and column number system maps
+    exactly to the way the views display items. However, structures such as
+    tree views require the model to expose a more flexible interface to the
+    items within. As a result, each item can also be the parent of another
+    table of items, in much the same way that a top-level item in a tree view
+    can contain another list of items.
+
+    When requesting an index for a model item, we must provide some information
+    about the item's parent. Outside the model, the only way to refer to an
+    item is through a model index, so a parent model index must also be given:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_model-view-programming.qdoc 3
+
+    \table
+    \row \i \inlineimage modelview-treemodel.png
+    \i \bold{Parents, rows, and columns}
+
+    The diagram shows a representation of a tree model in which each item is
+    referred to by a parent, a row number, and a column number.
+
+    Items "A" and "C" are represented as top-level siblings in the model:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_model-view-programming.qdoc 4
+
+    Item "A" has a number of children. A model index for item "B" is
+    obtained with the following code:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_model-view-programming.qdoc 5
+    \endtable
+
+    \section2 Item Roles
+
+    Items in a model can perform various \e roles for other components,
+    allowing different kinds of data to be supplied for different situations.
+    For example, Qt::DisplayRole is used to access a string that can be
+    displayed as text in a view. Typically, items contain data for a number of
+    different roles, and the standard roles are defined by Qt::ItemDataRole.
+
+    We can ask the model for the item's data by passing it the model index
+    corresponding to the item, and by specifying a role to obtain the type
+    of data we want:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_model-view-programming.qdoc 6
+
+    \table
+    \row \i \inlineimage modelview-roles.png
+    \i \bold{Item roles}
+
+    The role indicates to the model which type of data is being referred to.
+    Views can display the roles in different ways, so it is important to
+    supply appropriate information for each role.
+
+    The \l{Creating New Models} section covers some specific uses of roles in
+    more detail.
+    \endtable
+
+    Most common uses for item data are covered by the standard roles defined in
+    Qt::ItemDataRole. By supplying appropriate item data for each role, models
+    can provide hints to views and delegates about how items should be
+    presented to the user. Different kinds of views have the freedom to
+    interpret or ignore this information as required. It is also possible to
+    define additional roles for application-specific purposes.
+
+    \section2 Summary of Concepts
+
+    \list
+    \o Model indexes give views and delegates information about the location
+       of items provided by models in a way that is independent of any
+       underlying data structures.
+    \o Items are referred to by their row and column numbers, and by the model
+       index of their parent items.
+    \o Model indexes are constructed by models at the request of other
+       components, such as views and delegates.
+    \o If a valid model index is specified for the parent item when an index is
+       requested using \l{QAbstractItemModel::index()}{index()}, the index
+       returned will refer to an item beneath that parent item in the
+       model.
+       The index obtained refers to a child of that item.
+    \o If an invalid model index is specified for the parent item when an index
+       is requested using \l{QAbstractItemModel::index()}{index()}, the index
+       returned will refer to a top-level item in the model.
+    \o The \l{Qt::ItemDataRole}{role} distinguishes between the
+       different kinds of data associated with an item.
+    \endlist
+
+    \section2 Using Model Indexes
+
+    To demonstrate how data can be retrieved from a model, using model
+    indexes, we set up a QDirModel without a view and display the
+    names of files and directories in a widget.
+    Although this does not show a normal way of using a model, it demonstrates
+    the conventions used by models when dealing with model indexes.
+
+    We construct a directory model in the following way:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/simplemodel-use/main.cpp 0
+
+    In this case, we set up a default QDirModel, obtain a parent index using
+    a specific implementation of \l{QDirModel::index()}{index()} provided by
+    that model, and we count the number of rows in the model using the
+    \l{QDirModel::rowCount()}{rowCount()} function.
+
+    For simplicity, we are only interested in the items in the first column
+    of the model. We examine each row in turn, obtaining a model index for
+    the first item in each row, and read the data stored for that item
+    in the model.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/simplemodel-use/main.cpp 1
+
+    To obtain a model index, we specify the row number, column number (zero
+    for the first column), and the appropriate model index for the parent
+    of all the items that we want.
+    The text stored in each item is retrieved using the model's
+    \l{QDirModel::data()}{data()} function. We specify the model index and
+    the \l{Qt::ItemDataRole}{DisplayRole} to obtain data for the
+    item in the form of a string.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/simplemodel-use/main.cpp 2
+    \codeline
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/simplemodel-use/main.cpp 3
+
+    The above example demonstrates the basic principles used to retrieve
+    data from a model:
+
+    \list
+    \i The dimensions of a model can be found using
+       \l{QAbstractItemModel::rowCount()}{rowCount()} and
+       \l{QAbstractItemModel::columnCount()}{columnCount()}.
+       These functions generally require a parent model index to be
+       specified.
+    \i Model indexes are used to access items in the model. The row, column,
+       and parent model index are needed to specify the item.
+    \i To access top-level items in a model, specify a null model index
+       as the parent index with \c QModelIndex().
+    \i Items contain data for different roles. To obtain the data for a
+       particular role, both the model index and the role must be supplied
+       to the model.
+    \endlist
+
+
+    \section1 Further Reading
+
+    New models can be created by implementing the standard interface provided
+    by QAbstractItemModel. In the \l{Creating New Models} chapter, we will
+    demonstrate this by creating a convenient ready-to-use model for holding
+    lists of strings.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page model-view-view.html
+    \contentspage model-view-programming.html Contents
+    \previouspage Creating New Models
+    \nextpage Handling Selections in Item Views
+
+    \title View Classes
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 Concepts
+
+    In the model/view architecture, the view obtains items of data from the
+    model and presents them to the user. The way that the data is
+    presented need not resemble the representation of the data provided by
+    the model, and may be \e{completely different} from the underlying data
+    structure used to store items of data.
+
+    The separation of content and presentation is achieved by the use of a
+    standard model interface provided by QAbstractItemModel, a standard view
+    interface provided by QAbstractItemView, and the use of model indexes
+    that represent items of data in a general way.
+    Views typically manage the overall layout of the data obtained from
+    models. They may render individual items of data themselves, or use
+    \l{Delegate Classes}{delegates} to handle both rendering and editing
+    features.
+
+    As well as presenting data, views handle navigation between items,
+    and some aspects of item selection. The views also implement basic
+    user interface features, such as context menus and drag and drop.
+    A view can provide default editing facilities for items, or it may
+    work with a \l{Delegate Classes}{delegate} to provide a custom
+    editor.
+
+    A view can be constructed without a model, but a model must be
+    provided before it can display useful information. Views keep track of
+    the items that the user has selected through the use of
+    \l{Handling Selections in Item Views}{selections} which can be maintained
+    separately for each view, or shared between multiple views.
+
+    Some views, such as QTableView and QTreeView, display headers as well
+    as items. These are also implemented by a view class, QHeaderView.
+    Headers usually access the same model as the view that contains them.
+    They retrieve data from the model using the
+    \l{QAbstractItemModel::headerData()} function, and usually display
+    header information in the form of a label. New headers can be
+    subclassed from the QHeaderView class to provide more specialized
+    labels for views.
+
+    \section1 Using an Existing View
+
+    Qt provides three ready-to-use view classes that present data from
+    models in ways that are familiar to most users.
+    QListView can display items from a model as a simple list, or in the
+    form of a classic icon view. QTreeView displays items from a
+    model as a hierarchy of lists, allowing deeply nested structures to be
+    represented in a compact way. QTableView presents items from a model
+    in the form of a table, much like the layout of a spreadsheet
+    application.
+
+    \img standard-views.png
+
+    The default behavior of the standard views shown above should be
+    sufficient for most applications. They provide basic editing
+    facilities, and can be customized to suit the needs of more specialized
+    user interfaces.
+
+    \section2 Using a Model
+
+    We take the string list model that \l{Creating New Models}{we created as
+    an example model}, set it up with some data, and construct a view to
+    display the contents of the model. This can all be performed within a
+    single function:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/stringlistmodel/main.cpp 0
+
+    Note that the \c StringListModel is declared as a \l QAbstractItemModel.
+    This allows us to use the abstract interface to the model, and
+    ensures that the code will still work even if we replace the string list
+    model with a different model in the future.
+
+    The list view provided by \l QListView is sufficient for presenting
+    the items in the string list model. We construct the view, and set up
+    the model using the following lines of code:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/stringlistmodel/main.cpp 2
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/stringlistmodel/main.cpp 4
+
+    The view is shown in the normal way:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/stringlistmodel/main.cpp 5
+
+    The view renders the contents of a model, accessing data via the model's
+    interface. When the user tries to edit an item, the view uses a default
+    delegate to provide an editor widget.
+
+    \img stringlistmodel.png
+
+    The above image shows how a QListView represents the data in the string
+    list model. Since the model is editable, the view automatically allows
+    each item in the list to be edited using the default delegate.
+
+    \section2 Using Multiple Views onto the Same Model
+
+    Providing multiple views onto the same model is simply a matter of
+    setting the same model for each view. In the following code we create
+    two table views, each using the same simple table model which we have
+    created for this example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sharedtablemodel/main.cpp 0
+    \codeline
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sharedtablemodel/main.cpp 1
+
+    The use of signals and slots in the model/view architecture means that
+    changes to the model can be propagated to all the attached views,
+    ensuring that we can always access the same data regardless of the
+    view being used.
+
+    \img sharedmodel-tableviews.png
+
+    The above image shows two different views onto the same model, each
+    containing a number of selected items. Although the data from the model
+    is shown consistently across view, each view maintains its own internal
+    selection model. This can be useful in certain situations but, for
+    many applications, a shared selection model is desirable.
+
+    \section1 Handling Selections of Items
+
+    The mechanism for handling selections of items within views is provided
+    by the \l QItemSelectionModel class. All of the standard views construct
+    their own selection models by default, and interact with them in the
+    normal way. The selection model being used by a view can be obtained
+    through the \l{QAbstractItemView::selectionModel()}{selectionModel()}
+    function, and a replacement selection model can be specified with
+    \l{QAbstractItemView::setSelectionModel()}{setSelectionModel()}.
+    The ability to control the selection model used by a view is useful
+    when we want to provide multiple consistent views onto the same model
+    data.
+
+    Generally, unless you are subclassing a model or view, you will not
+    need to manipulate the contents of selections directly. However, the
+    interface to the selection model can be accessed, if required, and
+    this is explored in the chapter on
+    \l{Handling Selections in Item Views}.
+
+    \section2 Sharing Selections Between Views
+
+    Although it is convenient that the view classes provide their own
+    selection models by default, when we use more than one view onto the
+    same model it is often desirable that both the model's data and the
+    user's selection are shown consistently in all views.
+    Since the view classes allow their internal selection models to be
+    replaced, we can achieve a unified selection between views with the
+    following line:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sharedtablemodel/main.cpp 2
+
+    The second view is given the selection model for the first view.
+    Both views now operate on the same selection model, keeping both
+    the data and the selected items synchronized.
+
+    \img sharedselection-tableviews.png
+
+    In the example shown above, two views of the same type were used to
+    display the same model's data. However, if two different types of view
+    were used, the selected items may be represented very differently in
+    each view; for example, a contiguous selection in a table view can be
+    represented as a fragmented set of highlighted items in a tree view.
+
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page model-view-delegate.html
+    \contentspage model-view-programming.html Contents
+    \previouspage Handling Selections in Item Views
+    \nextpage Item View Convenience Classes
+
+    \title Delegate Classes
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 Concepts
+
+    Unlike the Model-View-Controller pattern, the model/view design does not
+    include a completely separate component for managing interaction with
+    the user. Generally, the view is responsible for the presentation of
+    model data to the user, and for processing user input. To allow some
+    flexibility in the way this input is obtained, the interaction is
+    performed by delegates. These components provide input capabilities
+    and are also responsible for rendering individual items in some views.
+    The standard interface for controlling delegates is defined in the
+    \l QAbstractItemDelegate class.
+
+    Delegates are expected to be able to render their contents themselves
+    by implementing the \l{QItemDelegate::paint()}{paint()}
+    and \l{QItemDelegate::sizeHint()}{sizeHint()} functions.
+    However, simple widget-based delegates can subclass \l QItemDelegate
+    instead of \l QAbstractItemDelegate, and take advantage of the default
+    implementations of these functions.
+
+    Editors for delegates can be implemented either by using widgets to manage
+    the editing process or by handling events directly.
+    The first approach is covered later in this chapter, and it is also
+    shown in the \l{Spin Box Delegate Example}{Spin Box Delegate} example.
+
+    The \l{Pixelator Example}{Pixelator} example shows how to create a
+    custom delegate that performs specialized rendering for a table view.
+
+    \section1 Using an Existing Delegate
+
+    The standard views provided with Qt use instances of \l QItemDelegate
+    to provide editing facilities. This default implementation of the
+    delegate interface renders items in the usual style for each of the
+    standard views: \l QListView, \l QTableView, and \l QTreeView.
+
+    All the standard roles are handled by the default delegate used by
+    the standard views. The way these are interpreted is described in the
+    QItemDelegate documentation.
+
+    The delegate used by a view is returned by the
+    \l{QAbstractItemView::itemDelegate()}{itemDelegate()} function.
+    The \l{QAbstractItemView::setItemDelegate()}{setItemDelegate()} function
+    allows you to install a custom delegate for a standard view, and it is
+    necessary to use this function when setting the delegate for a custom
+    view.
+
+    \section1 A Simple Delegate
+
+    The delegate implemented here uses a \l QSpinBox to provide editing
+    facilities, and is mainly intended for use with models that display
+    integers. Although we set up a custom integer-based table model for
+    this purpose, we could easily have used \l QStandardItemModel instead
+    since the custom delegate will control data entry. We construct a
+    table view to display the contents of the model, and this will use
+    the custom delegate for editing.
+
+    \img spinboxdelegate-example.png
+
+    We subclass the delegate from \l QItemDelegate because we do not want
+    to write custom display functions. However, we must still provide
+    functions to manage the editor widget:
+
+    \snippet examples/itemviews/spinboxdelegate/delegate.h 0
+
+    Note that no editor widgets are set up when the delegate is
+    constructed. We only construct an editor widget when it is needed.
+
+    \section2 Providing an Editor
+
+    In this example, when the table view needs to provide an editor, it
+    asks the delegate to provide an editor widget that is appropriate
+    for the item being modified. The
+    \l{QAbstractItemDelegate::createEditor()}{createEditor()} function is
+    supplied with everything that the delegate needs to be able to set up
+    a suitable widget:
+
+    \snippet examples/itemviews/spinboxdelegate/delegate.cpp 1
+
+    Note that we do not need to keep a pointer to the editor widget because
+    the view takes responsibility for destroying it when it is no longer
+    needed.
+
+    We install the delegate's default event filter on the editor to ensure
+    that it provides the standard editing shortcuts that users expect.
+    Additional shortcuts can be added to the editor to allow more
+    sophisticated behavior; these are discussed in the section on
+    \l{#EditingHints}{Editing Hints}.
+
+    The view ensures that the editor's data and geometry are set
+    correctly by calling functions that we define later for these purposes.
+    We can create different editors depending on the model index supplied
+    by the view. For example, if we have a column of integers and a column
+    of strings we could return either a \c QSpinBox or a \c QLineEdit,
+    depending on which column is being edited.
+
+    The delegate must provide a function to copy model data into the
+    editor. In this example, we read the data stored in the
+    \l{Qt::ItemDataRole}{display role}, and set the value in the
+    spin box accordingly.
+
+    \snippet examples/itemviews/spinboxdelegate/delegate.cpp 2
+
+    In this example, we know that the editor widget is a spin box, but we
+    could have provided different editors for different types of data in
+    the model, in which case we would need to cast the widget to the
+    appropriate type before accessing its member functions.
+
+    \section2 Submitting Data to the Model
+
+    When the user has finished editing the value in the spin box, the view
+    asks the delegate to store the edited value in the model by calling the
+    \l{QAbstractItemDelegate::setModelData()}{setModelData()} function.
+
+    \snippet examples/itemviews/spinboxdelegate/delegate.cpp 3
+
+    Since the view manages the editor widgets for the delegate, we only
+    need to update the model with the contents of the editor supplied.
+    In this case, we ensure that the spin box is up-to-date, and update
+    the model with the value it contains using the index specified.
+
+    The standard \l QItemDelegate class informs the view when it has
+    finished editing by emitting the
+    \l{QAbstractItemDelegate::closeEditor()}{closeEditor()} signal.
+    The view ensures that the editor widget is closed and destroyed. In
+    this example, we only provide simple editing facilities, so we need
+    never emit this signal.
+
+    All the operations on data are performed through the interface
+    provided by \l QAbstractItemModel. This makes the delegate mostly
+    independent from the type of data it manipulates, but some
+    assumptions must be made in order to use certain types of
+    editor widgets. In this example, we have assumed that the model
+    always contains integer values, but we can still use this
+    delegate with different kinds of models because \l{QVariant}
+    provides sensible default values for unexpected data.
+
+    \section2 Updating the Editor's Geometry
+
+    It is the responsibility of the delegate to manage the editor's
+    geometry. The geometry must be set when the editor is created, and
+    when the item's size or position in the view is changed. Fortunately,
+    the view provides all the necessary geometry information inside a
+    \l{QStyleOptionViewItem}{view option} object.
+
+    \snippet examples/itemviews/spinboxdelegate/delegate.cpp 4
+
+    In this case, we just use the geometry information provided by the
+    view option in the item rectangle. A delegate that renders items with
+    several elements would not use the item rectangle directly. It would
+    position the editor in relation to the other elements in the item.
+
+    \target EditingHints
+    \section2 Editing Hints
+
+    After editing, delegates should provide hints to the other components
+    about the result of the editing process, and provide hints that will
+    assist any subsequent editing operations. This is achieved by
+    emitting the \l{QAbstractItemDelegate::closeEditor()}{closeEditor()}
+    signal with a suitable hint. This is taken care of by the default
+    QItemDelegate event filter which we installed on the spin box when
+    it was constructed.
+
+    The behavior of the spin box could be adjusted to make it more user
+    friendly. In the default event filter supplied by QItemDelegate, if
+    the user hits \key Return to confirm their choice in the spin box,
+    the delegate commits the value to the model and closes the spin box.
+    We can change this behavior by installing our own event filter on the
+    spin box, and provide editing hints that suit our needs; for example,
+    we might emit \l{QAbstractItemDelegate::closeEditor()}{closeEditor()}
+    with the \l{QAbstractItemDelegate::EndEditHint}{EditNextItem} hint to
+    automatically start editing the next item in the view.
+
+    Another approach that does not require the use of an event
+    filter is to provide our own editor widget, perhaps subclassing
+    QSpinBox for convenience. This alternative approach would give us
+    more control over how the editor widget behaves at the cost of
+    writing additional code. It is usually easier to install an event
+    filter in the delegate if you need to customize the behavior of
+    a standard Qt editor widget.
+
+    Delegates do not have to emit these hints, but those that do not will
+    be less integrated into applications, and will be less usable than
+    those that emit hints to support common editing actions.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page model-view-selection.html
+    \contentspage model-view-programming.html Contents
+    \previouspage View Classes
+    \nextpage Delegate Classes
+
+    \title Handling Selections in Item Views
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 Concepts
+
+    The selection model used in the item view classes offers many improvements
+    over the selection model used in Qt 3. It provides a more general
+    description of selections based on the facilities of the model/view
+    architecture. Although the standard classes for manipulating selections are
+    sufficient for the item views provided, the selection model allows you to
+    create specialized selection models to suit the requirements for your own
+    item models and views.
+
+    Information about the items selected in a view is stored in an instance of
+    the \l QItemSelectionModel class. This maintains model indexes for items in
+    a single model, and is independent of any views. Since there can be many
+    views onto a model, it is possible to share selections between views,
+    allowing applications to show multiple views in a consistent way.
+
+    Selections are made up of \e{selection ranges}. These efficiently maintain
+    information about large selections of items by recording only the starting
+    and ending model indexes for each range of selected items. Non-contiguous
+    selections of items are constructed by using more than one selection range
+    to describe the selection.
+
+    Selections are applied to a collection of model indexes held by a selection
+    model. The most recent selection of items applied is known as the
+    \e{current selection}. The effects of this selection can be modified even
+    after its application through the use of certain types of selection
+    commands. These are discussed later in this section.
+
+
+    \section2 Current Item and Selected Items
+
+    In a view, there is always a current item and a selected item - two
+    independent states. An item can be the current item and selected at the
+    same time. The view is responsible for ensuring that there is always a
+    current item as keyboard navigation, for example, requires a current item.
+
+    The table below highlights the differences between current item and
+    selected items.
+
+    \table
+    \header
+        \o  Current Item
+        \o  Selected Items
+
+    \row
+        \o  There can only be one current item.
+        \o  There can be multiple selected items.
+    \row
+        \o  The current item will be changed with key navigation or mouse
+            button clicks.
+        \o  The selected state of items is set or unset, depending on several
+            pre-defined modes - e.g., single selection, multiple selection,
+            etc. - when the user interacts with the items.
+    \row
+        \o  The current item will be edited if the edit key, \gui F2, is
+            pressed or the item is double-clicked (provided that editing is
+            enabled).
+        \o  The current item can be used together with an anchor to specify a
+            range that should be selected or deselected (or a combination of
+            the two).
+    \row
+        \o  The current item is indicated by the focus rectangle.
+        \o  The selected items are indicated with the selection rectangle.
+    \endtable
+
+    When manipulating selections, it is often helpful to think of
+    \l QItemSelectionModel as a record of the selection state of all the items
+    in an item model. Once a selection model is set up, collections of items
+    can be selected, deselected, or their selection states can be toggled
+    without the need to know which items are already selected. The indexes of
+    all selected items can be retrieved at any time, and other components can
+    be informed of changes to the selection model via the signals and slots
+    mechanism.
+
+
+    \section1 Using a Selection Model
+
+    The standard view classes provide default selection models that can
+    be used in most applications. A selection model belonging to one view
+    can be obtained using the view's
+    \l{QAbstractItemView::selectionModel()}{selectionModel()} function,
+    and shared between many views with
+    \l{QAbstractItemView::setSelectionModel()}{setSelectionModel()},
+    so the construction of new selection models is generally not required.
+
+    A selection is created by specifying a model, and a pair of model
+    indexes to a \l QItemSelection. This uses the indexes to refer to items
+    in the given model, and interprets them as the top-left and bottom-right
+    items in a block of selected items.
+    To apply the selection to items in a model requires the selection to be
+    submitted to a selection model; this can be achieved in a number of ways,
+    each having a different effect on the selections already present in the
+    selection model.
+
+
+    \section2 Selecting Items
+
+    To demonstrate some of the principal features of selections, we construct
+    an instance of a custom table model with 32 items in total, and open a
+    table view onto its data:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/itemselection/main.cpp 0
+
+    The table view's default selection model is retrieved for later use.
+    We do not modify any items in the model, but instead select a few
+    items that the view will display at the top-left of the table. To do
+    this, we need to retrieve the model indexes corresponding to the
+    top-left and bottom-right items in the region to be selected:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/itemselection/main.cpp 1
+
+    To select these items in the model, and see the corresponding change
+    in the table view, we need to construct a selection object then apply
+    it to the selection model:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/itemselection/main.cpp 2
+
+    The selection is applied to the selection model using a command
+    defined by a combination of
+    \l{QItemSelectionModel::SelectionFlag}{selection flags}.
+    In this case, the flags used cause the items recorded in the
+    selection object to be included in the selection model, regardless
+    of their previous state. The resulting selection is shown by the view.
+
+    \img selected-items1.png
+
+    The selection of items can be modified using various operations that
+    are defined by the selection flags. The selection that results from
+    these operations may have a complex structure, but will be represented
+    efficiently by the selection model. The use of different selection
+    flags to manipulate the selected items is described when we examine
+    how to update a selection.
+
+    \section2 Reading the Selection State
+
+    The model indexes stored in the selection model can be read using
+    the \l{QItemSelectionModel::selectedIndexes()}{selectedIndexes()}
+    function. This returns an unsorted list of model indexes that we can
+    iterate over as long as we know which model they are for:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/reading-selections/window.cpp 0
+
+    The above code uses Qt's convenient \l{Generic Containers}{foreach
+    keyword} to iterate over, and modify, the items corresponding to the
+    indexes returned by the selection model.
+
+    The selection model emits signals to indicate changes in the
+    selection. These notify other components about changes to both the
+    selection as a whole and the currently focused item in the item
+    model. We can connect the
+    \l{QItemSelectionModel::selectionChanged()}{selectionChanged()}
+    signal to a slot, and examine the items in the model that are selected or
+    deselected when the selection changes. The slot is called with two
+    \l{QItemSelection} objects: one contains a list of indexes that
+    correspond to newly selected items; the other contains indexes that
+    correspond to newly deselected items.
+
+    In the following code, we provide a slot that receives the
+    \l{QItemSelectionModel::selectionChanged()}{selectionChanged()}
+    signal, fills in the selected items with
+    a string, and clears the contents of the deselected items.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/updating-selections/window.cpp 0
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/updating-selections/window.cpp 1
+    \codeline
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/updating-selections/window.cpp 2
+
+    We can keep track of the currently focused item by connecting the
+    \l{QItemSelectionModel::currentChanged()}{currentChanged()} signal
+    to a slot that is called with two model indexes. These correspond to
+    the previously focused item, and the currently focused item.
+
+    In the following code, we provide a slot that receives the
+    \l{QItemSelectionModel::currentChanged()}{currentChanged()} signal,
+    and uses the information provided to update the status bar of a
+    \l QMainWindow:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/updating-selections/window.cpp 3
+
+    Monitoring selections made by the user is straightforward with these
+    signals, but we can also update the selection model directly.
+
+    \section2 Updating a Selection
+
+    Selection commands are provided by a combination of selection flags,
+    defined by \l{QItemSelectionModel::SelectionFlag}.
+    Each selection flag tells the selection model how to update its
+    internal record of selected items when either of the
+    \l{QItemSelection::select()}{select()} functions are called.
+    The most commonly used flag is the
+    \l{QItemSelectionModel::SelectionFlag}{Select} flag
+    which instructs the selection model to record the specified items as
+    being selected. The
+    \l{QItemSelectionModel::SelectionFlag}{Toggle} flag causes the
+    selection model to invert the state of the specified items,
+    selecting any deselected items given, and deselecting any currently
+    selected items. The \l{QItemSelectionModel::SelectionFlag}{Deselect}
+    flag deselects all the specified items.
+
+    Individual items in the selection model are updated by creating a
+    selection of items, and applying them to the selection model. In the
+    following code, we apply a second selection of items to the table
+    model shown above, using the
+    \l{QItemSelectionModel::SelectionFlag}{Toggle} command to invert the
+    selection state of the items given.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/itemselection/main.cpp 3
+
+    The results of this operation are displayed in the table view,
+    providing a convenient way of visualizing what we have achieved:
+
+    \img selected-items2.png
+
+    By default, the selection commands only operate on the individual
+    items specified by the model indexes. However, the flag used to
+    describe the selection command can be combined with additional flags
+    to change entire rows and columns. For example if you call
+    \l{QItemSelectionModel::select()}{select()} with only one index, but
+    with a command that is a combination of
+    \l{QItemSelectionModel::SelectionFlag}{Select} and
+    \l{QItemSelectionModel::SelectionFlag}{Rows}, the
+    entire row containing the item referred to will be selected.
+    The following code demonstrates the use of the
+    \l{QItemSelectionModel::SelectionFlag}{Rows} and
+    \l{QItemSelectionModel::SelectionFlag}{Columns} flags:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/itemselection/main.cpp 4
+
+    Although only four indexes are supplied to the selection model, the
+    use of the
+    \l{QItemSelectionModel::SelectionFlag}{Columns} and
+    \l{QItemSelectionModel::SelectionFlag}{Rows} selection flags means
+    that two columns and two rows are selected. The following image shows
+    the result of these two selections:
+
+    \img selected-items3.png
+
+    The commands performed on the example model have all involved
+    accumulating a selection of items in the model. It is also possible
+    to clear the selection, or to replace the current selection with
+    a new one.
+
+    To replace the current selection with a new selection, combine
+    the other selection flags with the
+    \l{QItemSelectionModel::SelectionFlag}{Current} flag. A command using
+    this flag instructs the selection model to replace its current collection
+    of model indexes with those specified in a call to
+    \l{QItemSelectionModel::select()}{select()}.
+    To clear all selections before you start adding new ones,
+    combine the other selection flags with the
+    \l{QItemSelectionModel::SelectionFlag}{Clear} flag. This
+    has the effect of resetting the selection model's collection of model
+    indexes.
+
+    \section2 Selecting All Items in a Model
+
+    To select all items in a model, it is necessary to create a
+    selection for each level of the model that covers all items in that
+    level. We do this by retrieving the indexes corresponding to the
+    top-left and bottom-right items with a given parent index:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/reading-selections/window.cpp 2
+
+    A selection is constructed with these indexes and the model. The
+    corresponding items are then selected in the selection model:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/reading-selections/window.cpp 3
+
+    This needs to be performed for all levels in the model.
+    For top-level items, we would define the parent index in the usual way:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/reading-selections/window.cpp 1
+
+    For hierarchical models, the
+    \l{QAbstractItemModel::hasChildren()}{hasChildren()} function is used to
+    determine whether any given item is the parent of another level of
+    items.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page model-view-creating-models.html
+    \contentspage model-view-programming.html Contents
+    \previouspage Model Classes
+    \nextpage View Classes
+
+    \title Creating New Models
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 Introduction
+
+    The separation of functionality between the model/view components allows
+    models to be created that can take advantage of existing views. This
+    approach lets us present data from a variety of sources using standard
+    graphical user interface components, such as QListView, QTableView, and
+    QTreeView.
+
+    The QAbstractItemModel class provides an interface that is flexible
+    enough to support data sources that arrange information in hierarchical
+    structures, allowing for the possibility that data will be inserted,
+    removed, modified, or sorted in some way. It also provides support for
+    drag and drop operations.
+
+    The QAbstractListModel and QAbstractTableModel classes provide support
+    for interfaces to simpler non-hierarchical data structures, and are
+    easier to use as a starting point for simple list and table models.
+
+    In this chapter, we create a simple read-only model to explore
+    the basic principles of the model/view architecture. Later in this
+    chapter, we will adapt this simple model so that items can be modified
+    by the user.
+
+    For an example of a more complex model, see the
+    \l{itemviews/simpletreemodel}{Simple Tree Model} example.
+
+    The requirements of QAbstractItemModel subclasses is described in more
+    detail in the \l{Model Subclassing Reference} document.
+
+    \section1 Designing a Model
+
+    When creating a new model for an existing data structure, it is important
+    to consider which type of model should be used to provide an interface
+    onto the data. If the data structure can be represented as a
+    list or table of items, you can subclass QAbstractListModel or
+    QAbstractTableModel since these classes provide suitable default
+    implementations for many functions.
+
+    However, if the underlying data structure can only be represented by a
+    hierarchical tree structure, it is necessary to subclass
+    QAbstractItemModel. This approach is taken in the
+    \l{itemviews/simpletreemodel}{Simple Tree Model} example.
+
+    In this chapter, we will implement a simple model based on a list of
+    strings, so the QAbstractListModel provides an ideal base class on
+    which to build.
+
+    Whatever form the underlying data structure takes, it is
+    usually a good idea to supplement the standard QAbstractItemModel API
+    in specialized models with one that allows more natural access to the
+    underlying data structure. This makes it easier to populate the model
+    with data, yet still enables other general model/view components to
+    interact with it using the standard API. The model described below
+    provides a custom constructor for just this purpose.
+
+    \section1 A Read-Only Example Model
+
+    The model implemented here is a simple, non-hierarchical, read-only data
+    model based on the standard QStringListModel class. It has a \l QStringList
+    as its internal data source, and implements only what is needed to make a
+    functioning model. To make the implementation easier, we subclass
+    \l QAbstractListModel because it defines sensible default behavior for list
+    models, and it exposes a simpler interface than the \l QAbstractItemModel
+    class.
+
+    When implementing a model it is important to remember that
+    \l QAbstractItemModel does not store any data itself, it merely
+    presents an interface that the views use to access the data.
+    For a minimal read-only model it is only necessary to implement a few
+    functions as there are default implementations for most of the
+    interface. The class declaration is as follows:
+
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/stringlistmodel/model.h 0
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/stringlistmodel/model.h 1
+    \codeline
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/stringlistmodel/model.h 5
+
+    Apart from the model's constructor, we only need to implement two
+    functions: \l{QAbstractItemModel::rowCount()}{rowCount()} returns the
+    number of rows in the model and \l{QAbstractItemModel::data()}{data()}
+    returns an item of data corresponding to a specified model index.
+
+    Well behaved models also implement
+    \l{QAbstractItemModel::headerData()}{headerData()} to give tree and
+    table views something to display in their headers.
+
+    Note that this is a non-hierarchical model, so we don't have to worry
+    about the parent-child relationships. If our model was hierarchical, we
+    would also have to implement the
+    \l{QAbstractItemModel::index()}{index()} and
+    \l{QAbstractItemModel::parent()}{parent()} functions.
+
+    The list of strings is stored internally in the \c stringList private
+    member variable.
+
+    \section2 Dimensions of The Model
+
+    We want the number of rows in the model to be the same as the number of
+    strings in the string list. We implement the
+    \l{QAbstractItemModel::rowCount()}{rowCount()} function with this in
+    mind:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/stringlistmodel/model.cpp 0
+
+    Since the model is non-hierarchical, we can safely ignore the model index
+    corresponding to the parent item. By default, models derived from
+    QAbstractListModel only contain one column, so we do not need to
+    reimplement the \l{QAbstractItemModel::columnCount()}{columnCount()}
+    function.
+
+    \section2 Model Headers and Data
+
+    For items in the view, we want to return the strings in the string list.
+    The \l{QAbstractItemModel::data()}{data()} function is responsible for
+    returning the item of data that corresponds to the index argument:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/stringlistmodel/model.cpp 1-data-read-only
+
+    We only return a valid QVariant if the model index supplied is valid,
+    the row number is within the range of items in the string list, and the
+    requested role is one that we support.
+
+    Some views, such as QTreeView and QTableView, are able to display headers
+    along with the item data. If our model is displayed in a view with headers,
+    we want the headers to show the row and column numbers. We can provide
+    information about the headers by subclassing the
+    \l{QAbstractItemModel::headerData()}{headerData()} function:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/stringlistmodel/model.cpp 2
+
+    Again, we return a valid QVariant only if the role is one that we support.
+    The orientation of the header is also taken into account when deciding the
+    exact data to return.
+
+    Not all views display headers with the item data, and those that do may
+    be configured to hide them. Nonetheless, it is recommended that you
+    implement the \l{QAbstractItemModel::headerData()}{headerData()} function
+    to provide relevant information about the data provided by the model.
+
+    An item can have several roles, giving out different data depending on the
+    role specified. The items in our model only have one role,
+    \l{Qt::ItemDataRole}{DisplayRole}, so we return the data
+    for items irrespective of the role specified.
+    However, we could reuse the data we provide for the
+    \l{Qt::ItemDataRole}{DisplayRole} in
+    other roles, such as the
+    \l{Qt::ItemDataRole}{ToolTipRole} that views can use to
+    display information about items in a tooltip.
+
+    \section1 An Editable Model
+
+    The read-only model shows how simple choices could be presented to the
+    user but, for many applications, an editable list model is much more
+    useful. We can modify the read-only model to make the items editable
+    by changing the data() function we implemented for read-only, and
+    by implementing two extra functions:
+    \l{QAbstractItemModel::flags()}{flags()} and
+    \l{QAbstractItemModel::setData()}{setData()}.
+    The following function declarations are added to the class definition:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/stringlistmodel/model.h 2
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/stringlistmodel/model.h 3
+
+    \section2 Making the Model Editable
+
+    A delegate checks whether an item is editable before creating an
+    editor. The model must let the delegate know that its items are
+    editable. We do this by returning the correct flags for each item in
+    the model; in this case, we enable all items and make them both
+    selectable and editable:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/stringlistmodel/model.cpp 3
+
+    Note that we do not have to know how the delegate performs the actual
+    editing process. We only have to provide a way for the delegate to set the
+    data in the model. This is achieved through the
+    \l{QAbstractItemModel::setData()}{setData()} function:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/stringlistmodel/model.cpp 4
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/stringlistmodel/model.cpp 5
+
+    In this model, the item in the string list that corresponds to the
+    model index is replaced by the value provided. However, before we
+    can modify the string list, we must make sure that the index is
+    valid, the item is of the correct type, and that the role is
+    supported. By convention, we insist that the role is the
+    \l{Qt::ItemDataRole}{EditRole} since this is the role used by the
+    standard item delegate. For boolean values, however, you can use
+    Qt::CheckStateRole and set the Qt::ItemIsUserCheckable flag; a
+    checkbox will then be used for editing the value. The underlying
+    data in this model is the same for all roles, so this detail just
+    makes it easier to integrate the model with standard components.
+
+    When the data has been set, the model must let the views know that some
+    data has changed. This is done by emitting the
+    \l{QAbstractItemModel::dataChanged()}{dataChanged()} signal. Since only
+    one item of data has changed, the range of items specified in the signal
+    is limited to just one model index.
+
+    Also the data() function needs to be changed to add the Qt::EditRole test:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/stringlistmodel/model.cpp 1
+
+    \section2 Inserting and Removing Rows
+
+    It is possible to change the number of rows and columns in a model. In the
+    string list model it only makes sense to change the number of rows, so we
+    only reimplement the functions for inserting and removing rows. These are
+    declared in the class definition:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/stringlistmodel/model.h 4
+
+    Since rows in this model correspond to strings in a list, the
+    \c insertRows() function inserts a number of empty strings into the string
+    list before the specified position. The number of strings inserted is
+    equivalent to the number of rows specified.
+
+    The parent index is normally used to determine where in the model the
+    rows should be added. In this case, we only have a single top-level list
+    of strings, so we just insert empty strings into that list.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/stringlistmodel/model.cpp 6
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/stringlistmodel/model.cpp 7
+
+    The model first calls the
+    \l{QAbstractItemModel::beginInsertRows()}{beginInsertRows()} function to
+    inform other components that the number of rows is about to change. The
+    function specifies the row numbers of the first and last new rows to be
+    inserted, and the model index for their parent item. After changing the
+    string list, it calls
+    \l{QAbstractItemModel::endInsertRows()}{endInsertRows()} to complete the
+    operation and inform other components that the dimensions of the model
+    have changed, returning true to indicate success.
+
+    The function to remove rows from the model is also simple to write.
+    The rows to be removed from the model are specified by the position and
+    the number of rows given.
+    We ignore the parent index to simplify our implementation, and just
+    remove the corresponding items from the string list.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/stringlistmodel/model.cpp 8
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/stringlistmodel/model.cpp 9
+
+    The \l{QAbstractItemModel::beginRemoveRows()}{beginRemoveRows()} function
+    is always called before any underlying data is removed, and specifies the
+    first and last rows to be removed. This allows other components to access
+    the data before it becomes unavailable.
+    After the rows have been removed, the model emits
+    \l{QAbstractItemModel::endRemoveRows()}{endRemoveRows()} to finish the
+    operation and let other components know that the dimensions of the model
+    have changed.
+
+    \section1 Next Steps
+
+    We can display the data provided by this model, or any other model, using
+    the \l QListView class to present the model's items in the form of a vertical
+    list.
+    For the string list model, this view also provides a default editor so that
+    the items can be manipulated. We examine the possibilities made available by
+    the standard view classes in the chapter on \l{View Classes}.
+
+    The \l{Model Subclassing Reference} document discusses the requirements of
+    QAbstractItemModel subclasses in more detail, and provides a guide to the
+    virtual functions that must be implemented to enable various features in
+    different types of models.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page model-view-convenience.html
+    \contentspage model-view-programming.html Contents
+    \previouspage Delegate Classes
+    \nextpage Using Drag and Drop with Item Views
+
+    \title Item View Convenience Classes
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 Overview
+
+    Alongside the model/view classes, Qt 4 also includes standard widgets to
+    provide classic item-based container widgets. These behave in a similar
+    way to the item view classes in Qt 3, but have been rewritten to use the
+    underlying model/view framework for performance and maintainability. The
+    old item view classes are still available in the compatibility library
+    (see the \l{porting4.html}{Porting Guide} for more information).
+
+    The item-based widgets have been given names which reflect their uses:
+    \c QListWidget provides a list of items, \c QTreeWidget displays a
+    multi-level tree structure, and \c QTableWidget provides a table of cell
+    items. Each class inherits the behavior of the \c QAbstractItemView
+    class which implements common behavior for item selection and header
+    management.
+
+    \section1 List Widgets
+
+    Single level lists of items are typically displayed using a \c QListWidget
+    and a number of \c{QListWidgetItem}s. A list widget is constructed in the
+    same way as any other widget:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qlistwidget-using/mainwindow.cpp 0
+
+    List items can be added directly to the list widget when they are
+    constructed:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qlistwidget-using/mainwindow.cpp 3
+
+    They can also be constructed without a parent list widget and added to
+    a list at some later time:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qlistwidget-using/mainwindow.cpp 6
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qlistwidget-using/mainwindow.cpp 7
+
+    Each item in a list can display a text label and an icon. The colors
+    and font used to render the text can be changed to provide a customized
+    appearance for items. Tooltips, status tips, and "What's
+    This?" help are all easily configured to ensure that the list is properly
+    integrated into the application.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qlistwidget-using/mainwindow.cpp 8
+
+    By default, items in a list are presented in the order of their creation.
+    Lists of items can be sorted according to the criteria given in
+    \l{Qt::SortOrder} to produce a list of items that is sorted in forward or
+    reverse alphabetical order:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qlistwidget-using/mainwindow.cpp 4
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qlistwidget-using/mainwindow.cpp 5
+
+
+    \section1 Tree Widgets
+
+    Trees or hierarchical lists of items are provided by the \c QTreeWidget
+    and \c QTreeWidgetItem classes. Each item in the tree widget can have
+    child items of its own, and can display a number of columns of
+    information. Tree widgets are created just like any other widget:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qtreewidget-using/mainwindow.cpp 0
+
+    Before items can be added to the tree widget, the number of columns must
+    be set. For example, we could define two columns, and create a header
+    to provide labels at the top of each column:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qtreewidget-using/mainwindow.cpp 1
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qtreewidget-using/mainwindow.cpp 2
+
+    The easiest way to set up the labels for each section is to supply a string
+    list. For more sophisticated headers, you can construct a tree item,
+    decorate it as you wish, and use that as the tree widget's header.
+
+    Top-level items in the tree widget are constructed with the tree widget as
+    their parent widget. They can be inserted in an arbitrary order, or you
+    can ensure that they are listed in a particular order by specifying the
+    previous item when constructing each item:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qtreewidget-using/mainwindow.cpp 3
+    \codeline
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qtreewidget-using/mainwindow.cpp 4
+
+    Tree widgets deal with top-level items slightly differently to other
+    items from deeper within the tree. Items can be removed from the top
+    level of the tree by calling the tree widget's
+    \l{QTreeWidget::takeTopLevelItem()}{takeTopLevelItem()} function, but
+    items from lower levels are removed by calling their parent item's
+    \l{QTreeWidgetItem::takeChild()}{takeChild()} function.
+    Items are inserted in the top level of the tree with the
+    \l{QTreeWidget::insertTopLevelItem()}{insertTopLevelItem()} function.
+    At lower levels in the tree, the parent item's
+    \l{QTreeWidgetItem::insertChild()}{insertChild()} function is used.
+
+    It is easy to move items around between the top level and lower levels
+    in the tree. We just need to check whether the items are top-level items
+    or not, and this information is supplied by each item's \c parent()
+    function. For example, we can remove the current item in the tree widget
+    regardless of its location:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qtreewidget-using/mainwindow.cpp 10
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qtreewidget-using/mainwindow.cpp 11
+
+    Inserting the item somewhere else in the tree widget follows the same
+    pattern:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qtreewidget-using/mainwindow.cpp 8
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qtreewidget-using/mainwindow.cpp 9
+
+
+    \section1 Table Widgets
+
+    Tables of items similar to those found in spreadsheet applications
+    are constructed with the \c QTableWidget and \c QTableWidgetItem. These
+    provide a scrolling table widget with headers and items to use within it.
+
+    Tables can be created with a set number of rows and columns, or these
+    can be added to an unsized table as they are needed.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qtablewidget-using/mainwindow.h 0
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qtablewidget-using/mainwindow.cpp 0
+
+    Items are constructed outside the table before being added to the table
+    at the required location:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qtablewidget-using/mainwindow.cpp 3
+
+    Horizontal and vertical headers can be added to the table by constructing
+    items outside the table and using them as headers:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qtablewidget-using/mainwindow.cpp 1
+
+    Note that the rows and columns in the table begin at zero.
+
+    \section1 Common Features
+
+    There are a number of item-based features common to each of the
+    convenience classes that are available through the same interfaces
+    in each class. We present these in the following sections with some
+    examples for different widgets.
+    Look at the list of \l{Model/View Classes} for each of the widgets
+    for more details about the use of each function used.
+
+    \section2 Hidden Items
+
+    It is sometimes useful to be able to hide items in an item view widget
+    rather than remove them. Items for all of the above widgets can be
+    hidden and later shown again. You can determine whether an item is hidden
+    by calling the isItemHidden() function, and items can be hidden with
+    \c setItemHidden().
+
+    Since this operation is item-based, the same function is available for
+    all three convenience classes.
+
+    \section2 Selections
+
+    The way items are selected is controlled by the widget's selection mode
+    (\l{QAbstractItemView::SelectionMode}).
+    This property controls whether the user can select one or many items and,
+    in many-item selections, whether the selection must be a continuous range
+    of items. The selection mode works in the same way for all of the
+    above widgets.
+
+    \table
+    \row
+    \i \img selection-single.png
+    \i \bold{Single item selections:}
+    Where the user needs to choose a single item from a widget, the
+    default \c SingleSelection mode is most suitable. In this mode, the
+    current item and the selected item are the same.
+
+    \row
+    \i \img selection-multi.png
+    \i \bold{Multi-item selections:}
+    In this mode, the user can toggle the selection state of any item in the
+    widget without changing the existing selection, much like the way
+    non-exclusive checkboxes can be toggled independently.
+
+    \row
+    \i \img selection-extended.png
+    \i \bold{Extended selections:}
+    Widgets that often require many adjacent items to be selected, such
+    as those found in spreadsheets, require the \c ExtendedSelection mode.
+    In this mode, continuous ranges of items in the widget can be selected
+    with both the mouse and the keyboard.
+    Complex selections, involving many items that are not adjacent to other
+    selected items in the widget, can also be created if modifier keys are
+    used.
+
+    If the user selects an item without using a modifier key, the existing
+    selection is cleared.
+    \endtable
+
+    The selected items in a widget are read using the \c selectedItems()
+    function, providing a list of relevant items that can be iterated over.
+    For example, we can find the sum of all the numeric values within a
+    list of selected items with the following code:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qtablewidget-using/mainwindow.cpp 4
+
+    Note that for the single selection mode, the current item will be in
+    the selection. In the multi-selection and extended selection modes, the
+    current item may not lie within the selection, depending on the way the
+    user formed the selection.
+
+    \section2 Searching
+
+    It is often useful to be able to find items within an item view widget,
+    either as a developer or as a service to present to users. All three
+    item view convenience classes provide a common \c findItems() function
+    to make this as consistent and simple as possible.
+
+    Items are searched for by the text that they contain according to
+    criteria specified by a selection of values from Qt::MatchFlags.
+    We can obtain a list of matching items with the \c findItems()
+    function:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qtreewidget-using/mainwindow.cpp 6
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qtreewidget-using/mainwindow.cpp 7
+
+    The above code causes items in a tree widget to be selected if they
+    contain the text given in the search string. This pattern can also be
+    used in the list and table widgets.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page model-view-dnd.html
+    \contentspage model-view-programming.html Contents
+    \previouspage Item View Convenience Classes
+    \nextpage Proxy Models
+
+    \title Using Drag and Drop with Item Views
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 Overview
+
+    Qt's drag and drop infrastructure is fully supported by the model/view framework.
+    Items in lists, tables, and trees can be dragged within the views, and data can be
+    imported and exported as MIME-encoded data.
+
+    The standard views automatically support internal drag and drop, where items are
+    moved around to change the order in which they are displayed. By default, drag and
+    drop is not enabled for these views because they are configured for the simplest,
+    most common uses. To allow items to be dragged around, certain properties of the
+    view need to be enabled, and the items themselves must also allow dragging to occur.
+
+    The requirements for a model that only allows items to be exported from a
+    view, and which does not allow data to be dropped into it, are fewer than
+    those for a fully-enabled drag and drop model.
+
+    See also the \l{Model Subclassing Reference} for more information about
+    enabling drag and drop support in new models.
+
+    \section1 Using Convenience Views
+
+    Each of the types of item used with QListWidget, QTableWidget, and QTreeWidget
+    is configured to use a different set of flags by default. For example, each
+    QListWidgetItem or QTreeWidgetItem is initially enabled, checkable, selectable,
+    and can be used as the source of a drag and drop operation; each QTableWidgetItem
+    can also be edited and used as the target of a drag and drop operation.
+
+    Although all of the standard items have one or both flags set for drag and drop,
+    you generally need to set various properties in the view itself to take advantage
+    of the built-in support for drag and drop:
+
+    \list
+    \o To enable item dragging, set the view's
+       \l{QAbstractItemView::dragEnabled}{dragEnabled} property to \c true.
+    \o To allow the user to drop either internal or external items within the view,
+       set the view's \l{QAbstractScrollArea::}{viewport()}'s
+       \l{QWidget::acceptDrops}{acceptDrops} property to \c true.
+    \o To show the user where the item currently being dragged will be placed if
+       dropped, set the view's \l{QAbstractItemView::showDropIndicator}{showDropIndicator}
+       property. This provides the user with continuously updating information about
+       item placement within the view.
+    \endlist
+
+    For example, we can enable drag and drop in a list widget with the following lines
+    of code:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qlistwidget-dnd/mainwindow.cpp 0
+
+    The result is a list widget which allows the items to be copied
+    around within the view, and even lets the user drag items between
+    views containing the same type of data. In both situations, the
+    items are copied rather than moved.
+
+    To enable the user to move the items around within the view, we
+    must set the list widget's \l {QAbstractItemView::}{dragDropMode}:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qlistwidget-dnd/mainwindow.cpp 1
+
+    \section1 Using Model/View Classes
+
+    Setting up a view for drag and drop follows the same pattern used with the
+    convenience views. For example, a QListView can be set up in the same way as a
+    QListWidget:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qlistview-dnd/mainwindow.cpp 0
+
+    Since access to the data displayed by the view is controlled by a model, the
+    model used also has to provide support for drag and drop operations. The
+    actions supported by a model can be specified by reimplementing the
+    QAbstractItemModel::supportedDropActions() function. For example, copy and
+    move operations are enabled with the following code:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qlistview-dnd/model.cpp 10
+
+    Although any combination of values from Qt::DropActions can be given, the
+    model needs to be written to support them. For example, to allow Qt::MoveAction
+    to be used properly with a list model, the model must provide an implementation
+    of QAbstractItemModel::removeRows(), either directly or by inheriting the
+    implementation from its base class.
+
+    \section2 Enabling Drag and Drop for Items
+
+    Models indicate to views which items can be dragged, and which will accept drops,
+    by reimplementing the QAbstractItemModel::flags() function to provide suitable
+    flags.
+
+    For example, a model which provides a simple list based on QAbstractListModel
+    can enable drag and drop for each of the items by ensuring that the flags
+    returned contain the \l Qt::ItemIsDragEnabled and \l Qt::ItemIsDropEnabled
+    values:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qlistview-dnd/model.cpp 7
+
+    Note that items can be dropped into the top level of the model, but dragging is
+    only enabled for valid items.
+
+    In the above code, since the model is derived from QStringListModel, we
+    obtain a default set of flags by calling its implementation of the flags()
+    function.
+
+    \section2 Encoding Exported Data
+
+    When items of data are exported from a model in a drag and drop operation, they
+    are encoded into an appropriate format corresponding to one or more MIME types.
+    Models declare the MIME types that they can use to supply items by reimplementing
+    the QAbstractItemModel::mimeTypes() function, returning a list of standard MIME
+    types.
+
+    For example, a model that only provides plain text would provide the following
+    implementation:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qlistview-dnd/model.cpp 9
+
+    The model must also provide code to encode data in the advertised format. This
+    is achieved by reimplementing the QAbstractItemModel::mimeData() function to
+    provide a QMimeData object, just as in any other drag and drop operation.
+
+    The following code shows how each item of data, corresponding to a given list of
+    indexes, is encoded as plain text and stored in a QMimeData object.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qlistview-dnd/model.cpp 8
+
+    Since a list of model indexes is supplied to the function, this approach is general
+    enough to be used in both hierarchical and non-heirarchical models.
+
+    Note that custom datatypes must be declared as \l{QMetaObject}{meta objects}
+    and that stream operators must be implemented for them. See the QMetaObject
+    class description for details.
+
+    \section2 Inserting Dropped Data into a Model
+
+    The way that any given model handles dropped data depends on both its type
+    (list, table, or tree) and the way its contents is likely to be presented to
+    the user. Generally, the approach taken to accommodate dropped data should
+    be the one that most suits the model's underlying data store.
+
+    Different types of model tend to handle dropped data in different ways. List
+    and table models only provide a flat structure in which items of data are
+    stored. As a result, they may insert new rows (and columns) when data is
+    dropped on an existing item in a view, or they may overwrite the item's
+    contents in the model using some of the data supplied. Tree models are
+    often able to add child items containing new data to their underlying data
+    stores, and will therefore behave more predictably as far as the user
+    is concerned.
+
+    Dropped data is handled by a model's reimplementation of
+    QAbstractItemModel::dropMimeData(). For example, a model that handles a
+    simple list of strings can provide an implementation that handles data
+    dropped onto existing items separately to data dropped into the top level
+    of the model (i.e., onto an invalid item).
+
+    The model first has to make sure that the operation should be acted on,
+    the data supplied is in a format that can be used, and that its destination
+    within the model is valid:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qlistview-dnd/model.cpp 0
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qlistview-dnd/model.cpp 1
+
+    A simple one column string list model can indicate failure if the data
+    supplied is not plain text, or if the column number given for the drop
+    is invalid.
+
+    The data to be inserted into the model is treated differently depending on
+    whether it is dropped onto an existing item or not. In this simple example,
+    we want to allow drops between existing items, before the first item in the
+    list, and after the last item.
+
+    When a drop occurs, the model index corresponding to the parent item will
+    either be valid, indicating that the drop occurred on an item, or it will
+    be invalid, indicating that the drop occurred somewhere in the view that
+    corresponds to top level of the model.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qlistview-dnd/model.cpp 2
+
+    We initially examine the row number supplied to see if we can use it
+    to insert items into the model, regardless of whether the parent index is
+    valid or not.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qlistview-dnd/model.cpp 3
+
+    If the parent model index is valid, the drop occurred on an item. In this
+    simple list model, we find out the row number of the item and use that
+    value to insert dropped items into the top level of the model.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qlistview-dnd/model.cpp 4
+
+    When a drop occurs elsewhere in the view, and the row number is unusable,
+    we append items to the top level of the model.
+
+    In hierarchical models, when a drop occurs on an item, it would be better to
+    insert new items into the model as children of that item. In the simple
+    example shown here, the model only has one level, so this approach is not
+    appropriate.
+
+    \section2 Decoding Imported Data
+
+    Each implementation of \l{QAbstractItemModel::dropMimeData()}{dropMimeData()} must
+    also decode the data and insert it into the model's underlying data structure.
+
+    For a simple string list model, the encoded items can be decoded and streamed
+    into a QStringList:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qlistview-dnd/model.cpp 5
+
+    The strings can then be inserted into the underlying data store. For consistency,
+    this can be done through the model's own interface:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qlistview-dnd/model.cpp 6
+
+    Note that the model will typically need to provide implementations of the
+    QAbstractItemModel::insertRows() and QAbstractItemModel::setData() functions.
+
+    \sa {Item Views Puzzle Example}
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page model-view-proxy-models.html
+    \contentspage model-view-programming.html Contents
+    \previouspage Using Drag and Drop with Item Views
+    \nextpage Model Subclassing Reference
+
+    \title Proxy Models
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 Overview
+
+    In the model/view framework, items of data supplied by a single model can be shared
+    by any number of views, and each of these can possibly represent the same information
+    in completely different ways.
+    Custom views and delegates are effective ways to provide radically different
+    representations of the same data. However, applications often need to provide
+    conventional views onto processed versions of the same data, such as differently-sorted
+    views onto a list of items.
+
+    Although it seems appropriate to perform sorting and filtering operations as internal
+    functions of views, this approach does not allow multiple views to share the results
+    of such potentially costly operations. The alternative approach, involving sorting
+    within the model itself, leads to the similar problem where each view has to display
+    items of data that are organized according to the most recent processing operation.
+
+    To solve this problem, the model/view framework uses proxy models to manage the
+    information supplied between individual models and views. Proxy models are components
+    that behave like ordinary models from the perspective of a view, and access data from
+    source models on behalf of that view. The signals and slots used by the model/view
+    framework ensure that each view is updated appropriately no matter how many proxy models
+    are placed between itself and the source model.
+
+    \section1 Using Proxy Models
+
+    Proxy models can be inserted between an existing model and any number of views.
+    Qt is supplied with a standard proxy model, QSortFilterProxyModel, that is usually
+    instantiated and used directly, but can also be subclassed to provide custom filtering
+    and sorting behavior. The QSortFilterProxyModel class can be used in the following way:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qsortfilterproxymodel/main.cpp 0
+    \codeline
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qsortfilterproxymodel/main.cpp 1
+
+    Since proxy models are inherit from QAbstractItemModel, they can be connected to
+    any kind of view, and can be shared between views. They can also be used to
+    process the information obtained from other proxy models in a pipeline arrangement.
+
+    The QSortFilterProxyModel class is designed to be instantiated and used directly
+    in applications. More specialized proxy models can be created by subclassing this
+    classes and implementing the required comparison operations.
+
+    \section1 Customizing Proxy Models
+
+    Generally, the type of processing used in a proxy model involves mapping each item of
+    data from its original location in the source model to either a different location in
+    the proxy model. In some models, some items may have no corresponding location in the
+    proxy model; these models are \e filtering proxy models. Views access items using
+    model indexes provided by the proxy model, and these contain no information about the
+    source model or the locations of the original items in that model.
+
+    QSortFilterProxyModel enables data from a source model to be filtered before
+    being supplied to views, and also allows the contents of a source model to
+    be supplied to views as pre-sorted data.
+
+    \section2 Custom Filtering Models
+
+    The QSortFilterProxyModel class provides a filtering model that is fairly versatile,
+    and which can be used in a variety of common situations. For advanced users,
+    QSortFilterProxyModel can be subclassed, providing a mechanism that enables custom
+    filters to be implemented.
+
+    Subclasses of QSortFilterProxyModel can reimplement two virtual functions that are
+    called whenever a model index from the proxy model is requested or used:
+
+    \list
+    \o \l{QSortFilterProxyModel::filterAcceptsColumn()}{filterAcceptsColumn()} is used to
+       filter specific columns from part of the source model.
+    \o \l{QSortFilterProxyModel::filterAcceptsRow()}{filterAcceptsRow()} is used to filter
+       specific rows from part of the source model.
+    \endlist
+
+    The default implementations of the above functions in QSortFilterProxyModel
+    return true to ensure that all items are passed through to views; reimplementations
+    of these functions should return false to filter out individual rows and columns.
+
+    \section2 Custom Sorting Models
+
+    QSortFilterProxyModel instances use Qt's built-in qStableSort() function to set up
+    mappings between items in the source model and those in the proxy model, allowing a
+    sorted hierarchy of items to be exposed to views without modifying the structure of the
+    source model. To provide custom sorting behavior, reimplement the
+    \l{QSortFilterProxyModel::lessThan()}{lessThan()} function to perform custom
+    comparisons.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page model-view-model-subclassing.html
+    \contentspage model-view-programming.html Contents
+    \previouspage Proxy Models
+
+    \title Model Subclassing Reference
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 Introduction
+
+    Model subclasses need to provide implementations of many of the virtual functions
+    defined in the QAbstractItemModel base class. The number of these functions that need
+    to be implemented depends on the type of model - whether it supplies views with
+    a simple list, a table, or a complex hierarchy of items. Models that inherit from
+    QAbstractListModel and QAbstractTableModel can take advantage of the default
+    implementations of functions provided by those classes. Models that expose items
+    of data in tree-like structures must provide implementations for many of the
+    virtual functions in QAbstractItemModel.
+
+    The functions that need to be implemented in a model subclass can be divided into three
+    groups:
+
+    \list
+    \o \bold{Item data handling:} All models need to implement functions to enable views and
+       delegates to query the dimensions of the model, examine items, and retrieve data.
+    \o \bold{Navigation and index creation:} Hierarchical models need to provide functions
+       that views can call to navigate the tree-like structures they expose, and obtain
+       model indexes for items.
+    \o \bold{Drag and drop support and MIME type handling:} Models inherit functions that
+       control the way that internal and external drag and drop operations are performed.
+       These functions allow items of data to be described in terms of MIME types that
+       other components and applications can understand.
+    \endlist
+
+    For more information, see the \l
+    {"Item View Classes" Chapter of C++ GUI Programming with Qt 4}.
+
+    \section1 Item Data Handling
+
+    Models can provide varying levels of access to the data they provide: They can be
+    simple read-only components, some models may support resizing operations, and
+    others may allow items to be edited.
+
+    \section2 Read-Only Access
+
+    To provide read-only access to data provided by a model, the following functions
+    \e{must} be implemented in the model's subclass:
+
+    \table 90%
+    \row \o \l{QAbstractItemModel::flags()}{flags()}
+         \o Used by other components to obtain information about each item provided by
+            the model. In many models, the combination of flags should include
+            Qt::ItemIsEnabled and Qt::ItemIsSelectable.
+    \row \o \l{QAbstractItemModel::data()}{data()}
+         \o Used to supply item data to views and delegates. Generally, models only
+            need to supply data for Qt::DisplayRole and any application-specific user
+            roles, but it is also good practice to provide data for Qt::ToolTipRole,
+            Qt::AccessibleTextRole, and Qt::AccessibleDescriptionRole.
+            See the Qt::ItemDataRole enum documentation for information about the types
+            associated with each role.
+    \row \o \l{QAbstractItemModel::headerData()}{headerData()}
+         \o Provides views with information to show in their headers. The information is
+            only retrieved by views that can display header information.
+    \row \o \l{QAbstractItemModel::rowCount()}{rowCount()}
+         \o Provides the number of rows of data exposed by the model.
+    \endtable
+
+    These four functions must be implemented in all types of model, including list models
+    (QAbstractListModel subclasses) and table models (QAbstractTableModel subclasses).
+
+    Additionally, the following functions \e{must} be implemented in direct subclasses
+    of QAbstractTableModel and QAbstractItemModel:
+
+    \table 90%
+    \row \o \l{QAbstractItemModel::columnCount()}{columnCount()}
+         \o Provides the number of columns of data exposed by the model. List models do not
+            provide this function because it is already implemented in QAbstractListModel.
+    \endtable
+
+    \section2 Editable Items
+
+    Editable models allow items of data to be modified, and may also provide
+    functions to allow rows and columns to be inserted and removed. To enable
+    editing, the following functions must be implemented correctly:
+
+    \table 90%
+    \row \o \l{QAbstractItemModel::flags()}{flags()}
+         \o Must return an appropriate combination of flags for each item. In particular,
+            the value returned by this function must include \l{Qt::ItemIsEditable} in
+            addition to the values applied to items in a read-only model.
+    \row \o \l{QAbstractItemModel::setData()}{setData()}
+         \o Used to modify the item of data associated with a specified model index.
+            To be able to accept user input, provided by user interface elements, this
+            function must handle data associated with Qt::EditRole.
+            The implementation may also accept data associated with many different kinds
+            of roles specified by Qt::ItemDataRole. After changing the item of data,
+            models must emit the \l{QAbstractItemModel::dataChanged()}{dataChanged()}
+            signal to inform other components of the change.
+    \row \o \l{QAbstractItemModel::setHeaderData()}{setHeaderData()}
+         \o Used to modify horizontal and vertical header information. After changing
+            the item of data, models must emit the
+            \l{QAbstractItemModel::headerDataChanged()}{headerDataChanged()}
+            signal to inform other components of the change.
+    \endtable
+
+    \section2 Resizable Models
+
+    All types of model can support the insertion and removal of rows. Table models
+    and hierarchical models can also support the insertion and removal of columns.
+    It is important to notify other components about changes to the model's dimensions
+    both \e before and \e after they occur. As a result, the following functions
+    can be implemented to allow the model to be resized, but implementations must
+    ensure that the appropriate functions are called to notify attached views and
+    delegates:
+
+    \table 90%
+    \row \o \l{QAbstractItemModel::insertRows()}{insertRows()}
+         \o Used to add new rows and items of data to all types of model.
+            Implementations must call
+            \l{QAbstractItemModel::beginInsertRows()}{beginInsertRows()} \e before
+            inserting new rows into any underlying data structures, and call
+            \l{QAbstractItemModel::endInsertRows()}{endInsertRows()}
+            \e{immediately afterwards}.
+    \row \o \l{QAbstractItemModel::removeRows()}{removeRows()}
+         \o Used to remove rows and the items of data they contain from all types of model.
+            Implementations must call
+            \l{QAbstractItemModel::beginRemoveRows()}{beginRemoveRows()}
+            \e before inserting new columns into any underlying data structures, and call
+            \l{QAbstractItemModel::endRemoveRows()}{endRemoveRows()}
+            \e{immediately afterwards}.
+    \row \o \l{QAbstractItemModel::insertColumns()}{insertColumns()}
+         \o Used to add new columns and items of data to table models and hierarchical models.
+            Implementations must call
+            \l{QAbstractItemModel::beginInsertColumns()}{beginInsertColumns()} \e before
+            rows are removed from any underlying data structures, and call
+            \l{QAbstractItemModel::endInsertColumns()}{endInsertColumns()}
+            \e{immediately afterwards}.
+    \row \o \l{QAbstractItemModel::removeColumns()}{removeColumns()}
+         \o Used to remove columns and the items of data they contain from table models and
+            hierarchical models.
+            Implementations must call
+            \l{QAbstractItemModel::beginRemoveColumns()}{beginRemoveColumns()}
+            \e before columns are removed from any underlying data structures, and call
+            \l{QAbstractItemModel::endRemoveColumns()}{endRemoveColumns()}
+            \e{immediately afterwards}.
+    \endtable
+
+    Generally, these functions should return true if the operation was successful.
+    However, there may be cases where the operation only partly succeeded; for example,
+    if less than the specified number of rows could be inserted. In such cases, the
+    model should return false to indicate failure to enable any attached components to
+    handle the situation.
+
+    The signals emitted by the functions called in implementations of the resizing
+    API give attached components the chance to take action before any data becomes
+    unavailable. The encapsulation of insert and remove operations with begin and end
+    functions also enable the model to manage
+    \l{QPersistentModelIndex}{persistent model indexes} correctly.
+
+    Normally, the begin and end functions are capable of informing other components
+    about changes to the model's underlying structure. For more complex changes to the
+    model's structure, perhaps involving internal reorganization or sorting of data,
+    it is necessary to emit the \l{QAbstractItemModel::layoutChanged()}{layoutChanged()}
+    signal to cause any attached views to be updated.
+
+    \section2 Lazy Population of Model Data
+
+    Lazy population of model data effectively allows requests for information
+    about the model to be deferred until it is actually needed by views.
+
+    Some models need to obtain data from remote sources, or must perform
+    time-consuming operations to obtain information about the way the
+    data is organized. Since views generally request as much information
+    as possible in order to accurately display model data, it can be useful
+    to restrict the amount of information returned to them to reduce
+    unnecessary follow-up requests for data.
+
+    In hierarchical models where finding the number of children of a given
+    item is an expensive operation, it is useful to ensure that the model's
+    \l{QAbstractItemModel::}{rowCount()} implementation is only called when
+    necessary. In such cases, the \l{QAbstractItemModel::}{hasChildren()}
+    function can be reimplemented to provide an inexpensive way for views to
+    check for the presence of children and, in the case of QTreeView, draw
+    the appropriate decoration for their parent item.
+
+    Whether the reimplementation of \l{QAbstractItemModel::}{hasChildren()}
+    returns \c true or \c false, it may not be necessary for the view to call
+    \l{QAbstractItemModel::}{rowCount()} to find out how many children are
+    present. For example, QTreeView does not need to know how many children
+    there are if the parent item has not been expanded to show them.
+
+    If it is known that many items will have children, reimplementing
+    \l{QAbstractItemModel::}{hasChildren()} to unconditionally return \c true
+    is sometimes a useful approach to take. This ensures that each item can
+    be later examined for children while making initial population of model
+    data as fast as possible. The only disadvantage is that items without
+    children may be displayed incorrectly in some views until the user
+    attempts to view the non-existent child items.
+
+
+    \section1 Navigation and Model Index Creation
+
+    Hierarchical models need to provide functions that views can call to navigate the
+    tree-like structures they expose, and obtain model indexes for items.
+
+    \section2 Parents and Children
+
+    Since the structure exposed to views is determined by the underlying data
+    structure, it is up to each model subclass to create its own model indexes
+    by providing implementations of the following functions:
+
+    \table 90%
+    \row \o \l{QAbstractItemModel::index()}{index()}
+         \o Given a model index for a parent item, this function allows views and delegates
+            to access children of that item. If no valid child item - corresponding to the
+            specified row, column, and parent model index, can be found, the function
+            must return QModelIndex(), which is an invalid model index.
+    \row \o \l{QAbstractItemModel::parent()}{parent()}
+         \o Provides a model index corresponding to the parent of any given child item.
+            If the model index specified corresponds to a top-level item in the model, or if
+            there is no valid parent item in the model, the function must return
+            an invalid model index, created with the empty QModelIndex() constructor.
+    \endtable
+
+    Both functions above use the \l{QAbstractItemModel::createIndex()}{createIndex()}
+    factory function to generate indexes for other components to use. It is normal for
+    models to supply some unique identifier to this function to ensure that
+    the model index can be re-associated with its corresponding item later on.
+
+    \section1 Drag and Drop Support and MIME Type Handling
+
+    The model/view classes support drag and drop operations, providing default behavior
+    that is sufficient for many applications. However, it is also possible to customize
+    the way items are encoded during drag and drop operations, whether they are copied
+    or moved by default, and how they are inserted into existing models.
+
+    Additionally, the convenience view classes implement specialized behavior that
+    should closely follow that expected by existing developers.
+    The \l{#Convenience Views}{Convenience Views} section provides an overview of this
+    behavior.
+
+    \section2 MIME Data
+
+    By default, the built-in models and views use an internal MIME type
+    (\c{application/x-qabstractitemmodeldatalist}) to pass around information about
+    model indexes. This specifies data for a list of items, containing the row and
+    column numbers of each item, and information about the roles that each item
+    supports.
+
+    Data encoded using this MIME type can be obtained by calling
+    QAbstractItemModel::mimeData() with a QModelIndexList containing the items to
+    be serialized.
+    \omit
+    The following types are used to store information about
+    each item as it is streamed into a QByteArray and stored in a QMimeData object:
+
+    \table 90%
+    \header \o Description \o Type
+    \row \o Row \o int
+    \row \o Column \o int
+    \row \o Data for each role \o QMap<int, QVariant>
+    \endtable
+
+    This information can be retrieved for use in non-model classes by calling
+    QMimeData::data() with the \c{application/x-qabstractitemmodeldatalist} MIME
+    type and streaming out the items one by one.
+    \endomit
+
+    When implementing drag and drop support in a custom model, it is possible to
+    export items of data in specialized formats by reimplementing the following
+    function:
+
+    \table 90%
+    \row \o \l{QAbstractItemModel::mimeData()}{mimeData()}
+         \o This function can be reimplemented to return data in formats other
+            than the default \c{application/x-qabstractitemmodeldatalist} internal
+            MIME type.
+
+            Subclasses can obtain the default QMimeData object from the base class
+            and add data to it in additional formats.
+    \endtable
+
+    For many models, it is useful to provide the contents of items in common format
+    represented by MIME types such as \c{text/plain} and \c{image/png}. Note that
+    images, colors and HTML documents can easily be added to a QMimeData object with
+    the QMimeData::setImageData(), QMimeData::setColorData(), and
+    QMimeData::setHtml() functions.
+
+    \section2 Accepting Dropped Data
+
+    When a drag and drop operation is performed over a view, the underlying model is
+    queried to determine which types of operation it supports and the MIME types
+    it can accept. This information is provided by the
+    QAbstractItemModel::supportedDropActions() and QAbstractItemModel::mimeTypes()
+    functions. Models that do not override the implementations provided by
+    QAbstractItemModel support copy operations and the default internal MIME type
+    for items.
+
+    When serialized item data is dropped onto a view, the data is inserted into
+    the current model using its implementation of QAbstractItemModel::dropMimeData().
+    The default implementation of this function will never overwrite any data in the
+    model; instead, it tries to insert the items of data either as siblings of an
+    item, or as children of that item.
+
+    To take advantage of QAbstractItemModel's default implementation for the built-in
+    MIME type, new models must provide reimplementations of the following functions:
+
+    \table 90%
+    \row \o \l{QAbstractItemModel::insertRows()}{insertRows()}
+         \o {1, 2} These functions enable the model to automatically insert new data using
+            the existing implementation provided by QAbstractItemModel::dropMimeData().
+    \row \o \l{QAbstractItemModel::insertColumns()}{insertColumns()}
+    \row \o \l{QAbstractItemModel::setData()}{setData()}
+         \o Allows the new rows and columns to be populated with items.
+    \row \o \l{QAbstractItemModel::setItemData()}{setItemData()}
+         \o This function provides more efficient support for populating new items.
+    \endtable
+
+    To accept other forms of data, these functions must be reimplemented:
+
+    \table 90%
+    \row \o \l{QAbstractItemModel::supportedDropActions()}{supportedDropActions()}
+         \o Used to return a combination of \l{Qt::DropActions}{drop actions},
+            indicating the types of drag and drop operations that the model accepts.
+    \row \o \l{QAbstractItemModel::mimeTypes()}{mimeTypes()}
+         \o Used to return a list of MIME types that can be decoded and handled by
+            the model. Generally, the MIME types that are supported for input into
+            the model are the same as those that it can use when encoding data for
+            use by external components.
+    \row \o \l{QAbstractItemModel::dropMimeData()}{dropMimeData()}
+         \o Performs the actual decoding of the data transferred by drag and drop
+            operations, determines where in the model it will be set, and inserts
+            new rows and columns where necessary. How this function is implemented
+            in subclasses depends on the requirements of the data exposed by each
+            model.
+    \endtable
+
+    If the implementation of the \l{QAbstractItemModel::dropMimeData()}{dropMimeData()}
+    function changes the dimensions of a model by inserting or removing rows or
+    columns, or if items of data are modified, care must be taken to ensure that
+    all relevant signals are emitted. It can be useful to simply call
+    reimplementations of other functions in the subclass, such as
+    \l{QAbstractItemModel::setData()}{setData()},
+    \l{QAbstractItemModel::insertRows()}{insertRows()}, and
+    \l{QAbstractItemModel::insertColumns()}{insertColumns()}, to ensure that the
+    model behaves consistently.
+
+    In order to ensure drag operations work properly, it is important to
+    reimplement the following functions that remove data from the model:
+
+    \list
+        \o \l{QAbstractItemModel::}{removeRows()}
+        \o \l{QAbstractItemModel::}{removeRow()}
+        \o \l{QAbstractItemModel::}{removeColumns()}
+        \o \l{QAbstractItemModel::}{removeColumn()}
+    \endlist
+
+    For more information about drag and drop with item views, refer to
+    \l{Using Drag and Drop with Item Views}.
+
+    \section2 Convenience Views
+
+    The convenience views (QListWidget, QTableWidget, and QTreeWidget) override
+    the default drag and drop functionality to provide less flexible, but more
+    natural behavior that is appropriate for many applications. For example,
+    since it is more common to drop data into cells in a QTableWidget, replacing
+    the existing contents with the data being transferred, the underlying model
+    will set the data of the target items rather than insert new rows and columns
+    into the model. For more information on drag and drop in convenience views,
+    you can see \l{Using Drag and Drop with Item Views}.
+
+    \section1 Performance Optimization for Large Amounts of Data
+
+    The \l{QAbstractItemModel::}{canFetchMore()} function checks if the parent
+    has more data available and returns true or false accordingly. The
+    \l{QAbstractItemModel::}{fetchMore()} function fetches data based on the
+    parent specified. Both these functions can be combined, for example, in a
+    database query involving incremental data to populate a QAbstractItemModel.
+    We reimplement \l{QAbstractItemModel::}{canFetchMore()} to indicate if there
+    is more data to be fetched and \l{QAbstractItemModel::}{fetchMore()} to
+    populate the model as required.
+
+    Another example would be dynamically populated tree models, where we
+    reimplement \l{QAbstractItemModel::}{fetchMore()} when a branch in the tree
+    model is expanded.
+
+    If your reimplementation of \l{QAbstractItemModel::}{fetchMore()} adds rows
+    to the model, you need to call \l{QAbstractItemModel::}{beginInsertRows()}
+    and \l{QAbstractItemModel::}{endInsertRows()}. Also, both
+    \l{QAbstractItemModel::}{canFetchMore()} and  \l{QAbstractItemModel::}
+    {fetchMore()} must be reimplemented as their default implementation returns
+    false and does nothing.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/phonon.qdoc b/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/phonon.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..48c09b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/phonon.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,558 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page phonon-overview.html
+    \title Phonon Overview
+    \ingroup frameworks-technologies
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 Introduction
+
+    Qt uses the Phonon multimedia framework to provide functionality
+    for playback of the most common multimedia formats. The media can
+    be read from files or streamed over a network, using a QURL to a
+    file.
+
+    In this overview, we take a look at the main concepts of Phonon.
+    We also explain the architecture, examine the
+    core API classes, and show examples on how to use the classes
+    provided.
+
+    \section1 Architecture
+
+    Phonon has three basic concepts: media objects, sinks, and paths.
+    A media object manages a media source, for instance, a music file;
+    it provides simple playback control, such as starting, stopping,
+    and pausing the playback. A sink outputs the media from Phonon,
+    e.g., by rendering video on a widget, or by sending audio to a
+    sound card. Paths are used to connect Phonon objects, i.e., a
+    media object and a sink, in a graph - called a media graph in
+    Phonon.
+
+    As an example, we show a media graph for an audio stream:
+
+    \image conceptaudio.png
+
+    The playback is started and managed by the media object, which
+    send the media stream to any sinks connected to it by a path. The
+    sink then plays the stream back, usually though a sound card.
+
+    \omit Not sure if this goes here, or anywhere...
+    All nodes in the graph are synchronized by the framework,
+    meaning that if more than one sink is connected to the same
+    media object, the framework will handle the synchronization
+    between the sinks; this happens for instance when a media
+    source containing video with sound is played back. More on
+    this later.
+    \endomit
+
+    \section2 Media Objects
+
+    The media object, an instance of the \l{Phonon::}{MediaObject}
+    class, lets you start, pause, and stop the playback of a media
+    stream, i.e., it provided basic control over the playback. You may
+    think of the object as a simple media player.
+
+    The media data is provided by a media source, which is
+    kept by the media object. The media source is a separate
+    object - an instance of \l{Phonon::}{MediaSource} - in Phonon, and
+    not part of the graph itself. The source will supply the media
+    object with raw data. The data can be read from files and streamed
+    over a network. The contents of the source will be interpreted by
+    the media object.
+
+    A media object is always instantiated with the default constructor
+    and then supplied with a media source. Concrete code examples are
+    given later in this overview.
+
+    As a complement to the media object, Phonon also provides
+    \l{Phonon::}{MediaController}, which provides control over
+    features that are optional for a given media. For instance, for
+    chapters, menus, and titles of a VOB (DVD) file will be features
+    managed by a \l{Phonon::}{MediaController}.
+
+    \section2 Sinks
+
+    A sink is a node that can output media from the graph, i.e., it
+    does not send its output to other nodes. A sink is usually a
+    rendering device.
+
+    The input of sinks in a Phonon media graph comes from a
+    \l{Phonon::}{MediaObject}, though it might have been processed
+    through other nodes on the way.
+
+    While the \l{Phonon::}{MediaObject} controls the playback, the
+    sink has basic controls for manipulation of the media. With an
+    audio sink, for instance, you can control the volume and mute the
+    sound, i.e., it represents a virtual audio device. Another example
+    is the \l{Phonon::}{VideoWidget}, which can render video on a
+    QWidget and alter the brightness, hue, and scaling of the video.
+
+    As an example we give an image of a graph used for playing back a
+    video file with sound.
+
+    \image conceptvideo.png
+
+    \section2 Processors
+
+    Phonon does not allow manipulation of media streams directly,
+    i.e., one cannot alter a media stream's bytes programmatically
+    after they have been given to a media object. We have other nodes
+    to help with this: processors, which are placed in the graph on
+    the path somewhere between the media object and its sinks. In
+    Phonon, processors are of the \l{Phonon::}{Effect} class.
+
+    When inserted into the rendering process, the  processor will
+    alter the media stream, and will be active as long as it is part
+    of the graph. To stop, it needs to be removed.
+
+    \omit \image conceptprocessor.png \endomit
+
+    The \c {Effect}s may also have controls that affect how the media
+    stream is manipulated. A processor applying a depth effect to
+    audio, for instance, can have a value controlling the amount of
+    depth. An \c Effect can be configured at any point in time.
+
+    \section1 Playback
+
+    In some common cases, it is not necessary to build a graph
+    yourself.
+
+    Phonon has convenience functions for building common graphs. For
+    playing an audio file, you can use the
+    \l{Phonon::}{createPlayer()} function. This will set up the
+    necessary graph and return the media object node; the sound can
+    then be started by calling its \l{Phonon::MediaObject::}{play()}
+    function.
+
+    \snippet snippets/phonon.cpp 0
+
+    We have a similar solution for playing video files, the
+    \l{Phonon::}{VideoPlayer}.
+
+    \snippet snippets/phonon.cpp 1
+
+    The VideoPlayer is a widget onto which the video will be drawn. 
+
+    The \c .pro file for a project needs the following line to be added:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_phonon.qdoc 0
+
+    Phonon comes with several widgets that provide functionality
+    commonly associated with multimedia players - notably SeekSlider
+    for controlling the position of the stream, VolumeSlider for
+    controlling sound volume, and EffectWidget for controlling the
+    parameters of an effect. You can learn about them in the API
+    documentation.
+
+    \section1 Building Graphs
+
+    If you need more freedom than the convenience functions described
+    in the previous section offers you, you can build the graphs
+    yourself. We will now take a look at how some common graphs are
+    built. Starting a graph up is a matter of calling the
+    \l{Phonon::MediaObject::}{play()} function of the media object.
+
+    If the media source contains several types of media, for instance, a
+    stream with both video and audio, the graph will contain two
+    output nodes: one for the video and one for the audio. 
+
+    We will now look at the code required to build the graphs discussed
+    previously in the \l{Architecture} section. 
+
+    \section2 Audio
+
+    When playing back audio, you create the media object and connect
+    it to an audio output node - a node that inherits from
+    AbstractAudioOutput. Currently, AudioOutput, which outputs audio
+    to the sound card, is provided.
+
+    The code to create the graph is straight forward:
+
+    \snippet snippets/phonon.cpp 2
+
+    Notice that the type of media an input source has is resolved by
+    Phonon, so you need not be concerned with this. If a source
+    contains multiple media formats, this is also handled
+    automatically.
+
+    The media object is always created using the default constructor
+    since it handles all multimedia formats.
+
+    The setting of a Category, Phonon::MusicCategory in this case,
+    does not affect the actual playback; the category can be used by
+    KDE to control the playback through, for instance, the control
+    panel.
+
+    \omit Not sure about this
+    Users of KDE can often also choose to send sound with the
+    CommunicationCategory, e.g., given to VoIP, to their headset,
+    while sound with MusicCategory is sent to the sound card.
+    \endomit
+
+    The AudioOutput class outputs the audio media to a sound card,
+    that is, one of the audio devices of the operating system. An
+    audio device can be a sound card or a intermediate technology,
+    such as \c DirectShow on windows. A default device will be chosen
+    if one is not set with \l{Phonon::AudioOutput::}{setOutputDevice()}.
+
+    The AudioOutput node will work with all audio formats supported by
+    the back end, so you don't need to know what format a specific
+    media source has.
+
+    For a an extensive example of audio playback, see the \l{Music
+    Player Example}{Phonon Music Player}.
+
+    \section3 Audio Effects
+
+    Since a media stream cannot be manipulated directly, the backend
+    can produce nodes that can process the media streams. These nodes
+    are inserted into the graph between a media object and an output
+    node.
+
+    Nodes that process media streams inherit from the Effect class.
+    The effects available depends on the underlying system. Most of
+    these effects will be supported by Phonon. See the \l{Querying
+    Backends for Support} section for information on how to resolve
+    the available effects on a particular system.
+
+    We will now continue the example from above using the Path
+    variable \c path to add an effect. The code is again trivial:
+
+    \snippet snippets/phonon.cpp 3
+
+    Here we simply take the first available effect on the system.
+
+    The effect will start immediately after being inserted into the
+    graph if the media object is playing. To stop it, you have to
+    detach it again using \l{Phonon::Path::}{removeEffect()} of the Path.
+
+    \section2 Video
+
+    For playing video, VideoWidget is provided. This class functions
+    both as a node in the graph and as a widget upon which it draws
+    the video stream. The widget will automatically choose an available
+    device for playing the video, which is usually a technology
+    between the Qt application and the graphics card, such as \c
+    DirectShow on Windows.
+
+    The video widget does not play the audio (if any) in the media
+    stream. If you want to play the audio as well, you will need
+    an AudioOutput node. You create and connect it to the graph as
+    shown in the previous section.
+
+    The code for creating this graph is given below, after which
+    one can play the video with \l{Phonon::MediaObject::}{play()}.
+
+    \snippet snippets/phonon.cpp 4
+
+    The VideoWidget does not need to be set to a Category, it is
+    automatically classified to \l{Phonon::}{VideoCategory}, we only
+    need to assure that the audio is also classified in the same
+    category.
+
+    The media object will split files with different media content
+    into separate streams before sending them off to other nodes in
+    the graph. It is the media object that determines the type of
+    content appropriate for nodes that connect to it.
+
+    \omit This section is from the future
+
+    \section2 Multiple Audio Sources and Graph Outputs
+
+    In this section, we take a look at a graph that contains multiple
+    audio sources in addition to video. We have a video camera with
+    some embarrassing home footage from last weekend's party, a
+    microphone with which we intend to add commentary, and an audio
+    music file to set the correct mood. It would be an advantage to
+    write the graph output to a file for later viewing, but since this
+    is not yet supported by Qt backends, we will play it back
+    directly.
+
+    <image of party graph>
+
+    <code>
+
+    <code walkthrough>
+
+    \endomit
+
+    \section1 Backends
+
+    The multimedia functionality is not implemented by Phonon itself,
+    but by a back end - often also referred to as an engine. This
+    includes connecting to, managing, and driving the underlying
+    hardware or intermediate technology. For the programmer, this
+    implies that the media nodes, e.g., media objects, processors, and
+    sinks, are produced by the back end. Also, it is responsible for
+    building the graph, i.e., connecting the nodes.
+
+    The backends of Qt use the media systems DirectShow (which
+    requires DirectX) on Windows, QuickTime on Mac, and GStreamer on
+    Linux. The functionality provided on the different platforms are
+    dependent on these underlying systems and may vary somewhat, e.g.,
+    in the media formats supported.
+
+    Backends expose information about the underlying system. It can
+    tell which media formats are supported, e.g., \c AVI, \c mp3, or
+    \c OGG.
+
+    A user can often add support for new formats and filters to the
+    underlying system, by, for instance, installing the DivX codex. We
+    can therefore not give an exact overview of which formats are
+    available with the Qt backends.
+
+    \omit Not sure I want a separate section for this
+    \section2 Communication with the Backends
+
+    We cooperate with backends through static functions in the
+    Phonon namespace. We have already seen some of these functions
+    in code examples. Their two main responsibilities are creating
+    graph nodes and supplying information about the capabilities
+    of the various nodes. The nodes uses the backend internally
+    when created, so it is only connecting them in the graph that
+    you need to use the backend directly.
+
+    The main functions for graph building are:
+
+    \list
+        \o createPath(): This function creates a path between to
+                         nodes, which it takes as arguments.
+        \o 
+    \endlist
+
+    For more detailed information, please consult the API
+    documentation.
+
+    \endomit
+
+    \section2 Querying Backends for Support
+
+    As mentioned, Phonon depends on the backend to provide its
+    functionality. Depending on the individual backend, full support
+    of the API may not be in place. Applications therefore need to
+    check with the backend if functionality they require is
+    implemented. In this section, we take look at how this is done.
+
+    The backend provides the
+    \l{Phonon::BackendCapabilities::}{availableMimeTypes()} and
+    \l{Phonon::BackendCapabilities::}{isMimeTypeAvailable()} functions
+    to query which MIME types the backend can produce nodes for. The
+    types are listed as strings, which for any type is equal for any
+    backend or platform.
+
+    The backend will emit a signal -
+    \l{Phonon::BackendCapabilities::}{Notifier::capabilitiesChanged()}
+    - if its abilities have changed. If the available audio devices
+    have changed, the
+    \l{Phonon::BackendCapabilities::}{Notifier::availableAudioOutputDevicesChanged()}
+    signal is emitted instead.
+
+    To query the actual audio devices possible, we have the
+    \l{Phonon::BackendCapabilities::}{availableAudioOutputDevices()} as
+    mentioned in the \l{#Sinks}{Sinks} section. To query information
+    about the individual devices, you can examine its \c name(); this
+    string is dependent on the operating system, and the Qt backends
+    does not analyze the devices further.
+
+    The sink for playback of video does not have a selection of
+    devices. For convenience, the \l{Phonon::}{VideoWidget} is both a
+    node in the graph and a widget on which the video output is
+    rendered. To query the various video formats available, use
+    \l{Phonon::BackendCapabilities::}{isMimeTypeAvailable()}.  To add
+    it to a path, you can use the Phonon::createPath() as usual. After
+    creating a media object, it is also possible to call its
+    \l{Phonon::MediaObject::}{hasVideo()} function.
+
+    See also the \l{Capabilities Example}.
+
+    \section1 Installing Phonon
+
+    When running the Qt configure script, you will be notified whether
+    Phonon support is available on your system. As mentioned
+    previously, to use develop and run Phonon applications, you also
+    need to link to a backend, which provides the multimedia
+    functionality.
+
+    Note that Phonon applications will compile and run without a
+    working backend, but will, of course, not work as expected.
+
+    The following sections explains requirements for each backend.
+
+    \section2 Windows
+
+    On Windows, building Phonon requires DirectX and DirectShow
+    version 9 or higher. You'll need additional SDKs you can download
+    from Microsoft.
+
+    \section3 Windows XP and later Windows versions
+
+    If you develop for Windows XP and up, you should download the Windows SDK
+    \l{http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?FamilyID=e6e1c3df-a74f-4207-8586-711ebe331cdc&DisplayLang=en}{here}.
+    Before building Qt, just call the script: \c {C:\Program Files\Microsoft SDKs\Windows\v6.1\Bin\setenv.cmd}
+
+    \note Visual C++ 2008 already contains the Windows SDK and doesn't
+    need that package and has already the environment set up for a
+    smooth compilation of phonon.
+
+    \section3 Earlier Windows versions than Windows XP
+
+    If you want to support previous Windows versions, you should download and install the Platform SDK. You find it
+    \l{http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?FamilyId=0BAF2B35-C656-4969-ACE8-E4C0C0716ADB&displaylang=en}{here}.
+
+    \note The platform SDK provided with Visual C++ is not
+    complete and
+    you'll need this one to have DirectShow 9.0 support. You can download the DirectX SDK
+    \l{http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?familyid=09F7578C-24AA-4E0A-BF91-5FEC24C8C7BF&displaylang=en}{here}.
+
+    \section3 Setting up the environment
+
+    Once the SDKs are installed, please make sure to set your
+    environment variables LIB and INCLUDE correctly. The paths to the
+    include and lib directory of the SDKs should appear first.
+    Typically, to setup your environment, you would execute the
+    following script:
+
+    \code
+        Set DXSDK_DIR=C:\Program Files\Microsoft DirectX SDK (February 2007)
+        %DXSDK_DIR%\utilities\bin\dx_setenv.cmd
+        C:\program files\Microsoft Platform SDK\setenv.cmd
+    \endcode
+
+    If your environment is setup correctly, executing configure.exe on
+    your Qt installation should automatically activate Phonon.
+
+    \warning The MinGW version of Qt does not support building the
+             Qt backend.
+
+    \section2 Linux
+
+    The Qt backend on Linux uses GStreamer (minimum version is 0.10),
+    which must be installed on the system. At a minimum, you need the
+    GStreamer library and base plugins, which provides support for \c
+    .ogg files. The package names may vary between Linux
+    distributions; on Mandriva, they have the following names:
+
+    \table
+        \header
+            \o Package
+            \o Description
+        \row
+            \o libgstreamer0.10_0.10
+            \o The GStreamer base library.
+        \row
+            \o libgstreamer0.10_0.10-devel
+            \o Contains files for developing applications with
+               GStreamer.
+        \row
+            \o libgstreamer-plugins-base0.10
+            \o Contains the basic plugins for audio and video
+               playback, and will enable support for \c ogg files.
+        \row
+            \o libgstreamer-plugins-base0.10-devel
+            \o Makes it possible to develop applications using the
+               base plugins.
+    \endtable
+
+    \omit Should go in troubleshooting (in for example README)
+    alsasink backend for GStreamer
+    \table
+        \header
+            \o Variable
+            \o Description
+        \row
+            \o PHONON_GST_AUDIOSINK
+            \o Sets the audio sink to be used. Possible values are
+               ... alsasink.
+        \row
+            \o PHONON_GSTREAMER_DRIVER
+            \o Sets the driver for GStreamer. This driver will
+               usually be configured automatically when
+               installing.
+        \row
+            \o PHONON_GST_VIDEOWIDGET
+            \o This variable can be set to the name of a widget to
+               use as the video widget??
+        \row
+            \o PHONON_GST_DEBUG
+            \o Phonon will give debug information while running if
+               this variable is set to a number between 1 and 3.
+        \row
+            \o PHONON_TESTURL
+            \o ...
+    \endtable
+    \endomit
+
+    \section2 Mac OS X
+
+    On Mac OS X, Qt uses QuickTime for its backend. The minimum
+    supported version is 7.0.
+
+    \section1 Deploying Phonon Applications on Windows and Mac OS X
+
+    On Windows and Mac OS X, the Qt backend makes use of the
+    \l{QtOpenGL Module}{QtOpenGL} module. You therefore need to deploy
+    the QtOpenGL shared library. If this is not what you want, it is
+    possible to configure Qt without OpenGL support. In that case, you
+    need to run \c configure with the \c -no-opengl option.
+
+    \section1 Work in Progress
+
+    Phonon and its Qt backends, though fully functional for
+    multimedia playback, are still under development. Functionality to
+    come is the possibility to capture media and more processors for
+    both music and video files.
+
+    Another important consideration is to implement support for
+    storing media to files; i.e., not playing back media directly.
+
+    We also hope in the future to be able to support direct
+    manipulation of media streams. This will give the programmer more
+    freedom to manipulate streams than just through processors.
+
+    Currently, the multimedia framework supports one input source. It will be
+    possible to include several sources. This is useful in, for example, audio
+    mixer applications where several audio sources can be sent, processed and
+    output as a single audio stream.
+*/
+
diff --git a/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/plugins-howto.qdoc b/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/plugins-howto.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4d6896c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/plugins-howto.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,311 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \group plugins
+    \title Plugin Classes
+    \ingroup groups
+
+    \brief Plugin related classes.
+
+    These classes deal with shared libraries, (e.g. .so and DLL files),
+    and with Qt plugins.
+
+    See the \link plugins-howto.html plugins documentation\endlink.
+
+    See also the \l{ActiveQt framework} for Windows.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page plugins-howto.html
+    \title How to Create Qt Plugins
+    \brief A guide to creating plugins to extend Qt applications and
+    functionality provided by Qt.
+
+    \ingroup frameworks-technologies
+
+    \keyword QT_DEBUG_PLUGINS
+    \keyword QT_NO_PLUGIN_CHECK
+
+    Qt provides two APIs for creating plugins:
+
+    \list
+    \o A higher-level API for writing extensions to Qt itself: custom database
+       drivers, image formats, text codecs, custom styles, etc.
+    \o A lower-level API for extending Qt applications.
+    \endlist
+
+    For example, if you want to write a custom QStyle subclass and
+    have Qt applications load it dynamically, you would use the
+    higher-level API.
+
+    Since the higher-level API is built on top of the lower-level API,
+    some issues are common to both.
+
+    If you want to provide plugins for use with \QD, see the QtDesigner
+    module documentation.
+
+    Topics:
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 The Higher-Level API: Writing Qt Extensions
+
+    Writing a plugin that extends Qt itself is achieved by
+    subclassing the appropriate plugin base class, implementing a few
+    functions, and adding a macro.
+
+    There are several plugin base classes. Derived plugins are stored
+    by default in sub-directories of the standard plugin directory. Qt
+    will not find plugins if they are not stored in the right
+    directory.
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Base Class              \o Directory Name                \o Key Case Sensitivity
+    \row    \o QAccessibleBridgePlugin \o \c accessiblebridge \o Case Sensitive
+    \row    \o QAccessiblePlugin       \o \c accessible       \o Case Sensitive
+    \row    \o QDecorationPlugin       \o \c decorations      \o Case Insensitive
+    \row    \o QFontEnginePlugin       \o \c fontengines      \o Case Insensitive
+    \row    \o QIconEnginePlugin       \o \c iconengines      \o Case Insensitive
+    \row    \o QImageIOPlugin          \o \c imageformats     \o Case Sensitive
+    \row    \o QInputContextPlugin     \o \c inputmethods     \o Case Sensitive
+    \row    \o QKbdDriverPlugin        \o \c kbddrivers       \o Case Insensitive
+    \row    \o QMouseDriverPlugin      \o \c mousedrivers     \o Case Insensitive
+    \row    \o QScreenDriverPlugin     \o \c gfxdrivers       \o Case Insensitive
+    \row    \o QScriptExtensionPlugin  \o \c script           \o Case Sensitive
+    \row    \o QSqlDriverPlugin        \o \c sqldrivers       \o Case Sensitive
+    \row    \o QStylePlugin            \o \c styles           \o Case Insensitive
+    \row    \o QTextCodecPlugin        \o \c codecs           \o Case Sensitive
+    \endtable
+
+    Suppose that you have a new style class called \c MyStyle that you
+    want to make available as a plugin. The required code is
+    straightforward, here is the class definition (\c
+    mystyleplugin.h):
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_plugins-howto.qdoc 0
+
+    Ensure that the class implementation is located in a \c .cpp file
+    (including the class definition):
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_plugins-howto.qdoc 1
+
+    (Note that QStylePlugin is case insensitive, and the lower-case
+    version of the key is used in our
+    \l{QStylePlugin::create()}{create()} implementation; most other
+    plugins are case sensitive.)
+
+    For database drivers, image formats, text codecs, and most other
+    plugin types, no explicit object creation is required. Qt will
+    find and create them as required. Styles are an exception, since
+    you might want to set a style explicitly in code. To apply a
+    style, use code like this:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_plugins-howto.qdoc 2
+
+    Some plugin classes require additional functions to be
+    implemented. See the class documentation for details of the
+    virtual functions that must be reimplemented for each type of
+    plugin.
+
+    The \l{Style Plugin Example} shows how to implement a plugin
+    that extends the QStylePlugin base class.
+
+    \section1 The Lower-Level API: Extending Qt Applications
+
+    Not only Qt itself but also Qt application can be extended
+    through plugins. This requires the application to detect and load
+    plugins using QPluginLoader. In that context, plugins may provide
+    arbitrary functionality and are not limited to database drivers,
+    image formats, text codecs, styles, and the other types of plugin
+    that extend Qt's functionality.
+
+    Making an application extensible through plugins involves the
+    following steps:
+
+    \list 1
+    \o Define a set of interfaces (classes with only pure virtual
+       functions) used to talk to the plugins.
+    \o Use the Q_DECLARE_INTERFACE() macro to tell Qt's
+       \l{meta-object system} about the interface.
+    \o Use QPluginLoader in the application to load the plugins.
+    \o Use qobject_cast() to test whether a plugin implements a given
+       interface.
+    \endlist
+
+    Writing a plugin involves these steps:
+
+    \list 1
+    \o Declare a plugin class that inherits from QObject and from the
+       interfaces that the plugin wants to provide.
+    \o Use the Q_INTERFACES() macro to tell Qt's \l{meta-object
+       system} about the interfaces.
+    \o Export the plugin using the Q_EXPORT_PLUGIN2() macro.
+    \o Build the plugin using a suitable \c .pro file.
+    \endlist
+
+    For example, here's the definition of an interface class:
+
+    \snippet examples/tools/plugandpaint/interfaces.h 2
+
+    Here's the definition of a plugin class that implements that
+    interface:
+
+    \snippet examples/tools/plugandpaintplugins/extrafilters/extrafiltersplugin.h 0
+
+    The \l{tools/plugandpaint}{Plug & Paint} example documentation
+    explains this process in detail. See also \l{Creating Custom
+    Widgets for Qt Designer} for information about issues that are
+    specific to \QD. You can also take a look at the \l{Echo Plugin
+    Example} is a more trivial example on how to implement a plugin
+    that extends Qt applications. Please note that a QCoreApplication
+    must have been initialized before plugins can be loaded.
+
+    \section1 Locating Plugins
+
+    Qt applications automatically know which plugins are available,
+    because plugins are stored in the standard plugin subdirectories.
+    Because of this applications don't require any code to find and load
+    plugins, since Qt handles them automatically.
+
+    During development, the directory for plugins is \c{QTDIR/plugins}
+    (where \c QTDIR is the directory where Qt is installed), with each
+    type of plugin in a subdirectory for that type, e.g. \c styles. If
+    you want your applications to use plugins and you don't want to use
+    the standard plugins path, have your installation process
+    determine the path you want to use for the plugins, and save the
+    path, e.g. using QSettings, for the application to read when it
+    runs. The application can then call
+    QCoreApplication::addLibraryPath() with this path and your
+    plugins will be available to the application. Note that the final
+    part of the path (e.g., \c styles) cannot be changed.
+
+    If you want the plugin to be loadable then one approach is to
+    create a subdirectory under the application and place the plugin
+    in that directory. If you distribute any of the plugins that come
+    with Qt (the ones located in the \c plugins directory), you must
+    copy the sub-directory under \c plugins where the plugin is
+    located to your applications root folder (i.e., do not include the
+    \c plugins directory).
+
+    For more information about deployment,
+    see the \l {Deploying Qt Applications} and \l {Deploying Plugins}
+    documentation.
+
+    \section1 Static Plugins
+
+    The normal and most flexible way to include a plugin with an
+    application is to compile it into a dynamic library that is shipped
+    separately, and detected and loaded at runtime.
+
+    Plugins can be linked statically against your application. If you
+    build the static version of Qt, this is the only option for
+    including Qt's predefined plugins. Using static plugins makes the
+    deployment less error-prone, but has the disadvantage that no
+    functionality from plugins can be added without a complete rebuild
+    and redistribution of the application.
+
+    When compiled as a static library, Qt provides the following
+    static plugins:
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Plugin name                  \o Type               \o Description
+    \row    \o \c qtaccessiblecompatwidgets \o Accessibility      \o Accessibility for Qt 3 support widgets
+    \row    \o \c qtaccessiblewidgets       \o Accessibility      \o Accessibility for Qt widgets
+    \row    \o \c qdecorationdefault        \o Decorations (Qt Extended) \o Default style
+    \row    \o \c qdecorationwindows        \o Decorations (Qt Extended) \o Windows style
+    \row    \o \c qgif                      \o Image formats      \o GIF
+    \row    \o \c qjpeg                     \o Image formats      \o JPEG
+    \row    \o \c qmng                      \o Image formats      \o MNG
+    \row    \o \c qico                      \o Image formats      \o ICO
+    \row    \o \c qsvg                      \o Image formats      \o SVG
+    \row    \o \c qtiff                     \o Image formats      \o TIFF
+    \row    \o \c qimsw_multi               \o Input methods (Qt Extended) \o Input Method Switcher
+    \row    \o \c qwstslibmousehandler      \o Mouse drivers (Qt Extended) \o \c tslib mouse
+    \row    \o \c qgfxtransformed           \o Graphic drivers (Qt Extended) \o Transformed screen
+    \row    \o \c qgfxvnc                   \o Graphic drivers (Qt Extended) \o VNC
+    \row    \o \c qscreenvfb                \o Graphic drivers (Qt Extended) \o Virtual frame buffer
+    \row    \o \c qsqldb2                   \o SQL driver         \o IBM DB2    \row    \o \c qsqlibase       \o SQL driver         \o Borland InterBase
+    \row    \o \c qsqlite                   \o SQL driver         \o SQLite version 3
+    \row    \o \c qsqlite2                  \o SQL driver         \o SQLite version 2
+    \row    \o \c qsqlmysql                 \o SQL driver         \o MySQL
+    \row    \o \c qsqloci                   \o SQL driver         \o Oracle (OCI)
+    \row    \o \c qsqlodbc                  \o SQL driver         \o Open Database Connectivity (ODBC)
+    \row    \o \c qsqlpsql                  \o SQL driver         \o PostgreSQL
+    \row    \o \c qsqltds                   \o SQL driver         \o Sybase Adaptive Server (TDS)
+    \row    \o \c qcncodecs                 \o Text codecs        \o Simplified Chinese (People's Republic of China)
+    \row    \o \c qjpcodecs                 \o Text codecs        \o Japanese
+    \row    \o \c qkrcodecs                 \o Text codecs        \o Korean
+    \row    \o \c qtwcodecs                 \o Text codecs        \o Traditional Chinese (Taiwan)
+    \endtable
+
+    To link statically against those plugins, you need to use the
+    Q_IMPORT_PLUGIN() macro in your application and you need to add
+    the required plugins to your build using \c QTPLUGIN.
+    For example, in your \c main.cpp:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_plugins-howto.qdoc 4
+
+    In the \c .pro file for your application, you need the following
+    entry:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_plugins-howto.qdoc 5
+
+    It is also possible to create your own static plugins, by
+    following these steps:
+
+    \list 1
+    \o Add \c{CONFIG += static} to your plugin's \c .pro file.
+    \o Use the Q_IMPORT_PLUGIN() macro in your application.
+    \o Link your application with your plugin library using \c LIBS
+       in the \c .pro file.
+    \endlist
+
+    See the \l{tools/plugandpaint}{Plug & Paint} example and the
+    associated \l{tools/plugandpaintplugins/basictools}{Basic Tools}
+    plugin for details on how to do this.
+
+    \note If you are not using qmake to build your application you need
+    to make sure that the \c{QT_STATICPLUGIN} preprocessor macro is
+    defined.
+
+    \sa QPluginLoader, QLibrary, {Plug & Paint Example}
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/qthelp.qdoc b/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/qthelp.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2529631
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/qthelp.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,382 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \group helpsystem
+    \title Help System
+    \ingroup groups
+
+    \brief Classes used to provide online-help for applications.
+
+    \keyword help system
+
+    These classes provide for all forms of online-help in your application,
+    with three levels of detail:
+
+    \list 1
+        \o Tool Tips and Status Bar message - flyweight help, extremely brief,
+            entirely integrated in the user interface, requiring little
+            or no user interaction to invoke.
+        \o What's This? - lightweight, but can be
+            a three-paragraph explanation.
+        \o Online Help - can encompass any amount of information,
+            but is typically slower to call up, somewhat separated
+            from the user's work, and often users feel that using online
+            help is a digression from their real task.
+    \endlist
+
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page qthelp-framework.html
+    \title The Qt Help Framework
+    \brief Integrating Documentation in Applications
+    \ingroup frameworks-technologies
+
+    \section1 Topics
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 Overview
+    The Qt help system includes tools for generating and viewing
+    Qt help files. In addition it provides classes for accessing
+    help contents programatically to be able to integrate online
+    help into Qt applications.
+
+    The actual help data, meaning the table of contents, index
+    keywords or html documents, is contained in Qt compressed help
+    files. So, one such a help file represents usually one manual
+    or documentation set. Since most products are more comprehensive
+    and consist of a number of tools, one manual is rarely enough.
+    Instead, more manuals which should be accessible at the same
+    time, exist. Ideally, it should also be possible to reference
+    certain points of interest of one manual to another.
+    Therefore, the Qt help system operates on help collection files
+    which include any number of compressed help files.
+
+    However, having collection files to merge many documentation
+    sets may lead to some problems. For example, one index keyword
+    may be defined in different documentations. So, when only seeing
+    it in the index and activating it, you cannot be sure that
+    the expected documentation will be shown. Therefore, the Qt
+    help system offers the possibiltiy to filter the help contents
+    after certain attributes. This requires however, that the
+    attributes have been assigned to the help contents before the
+    generation of the compressed help file.
+
+    As already mentioned, the Qt compressed help file contains all
+    data, so there is no need any longer to ship all single html
+    files. Instead, only the compressed help file and optionally the
+    collection file has to be distributed. The collection file is
+    optional since any existing collection file, e.g. from an older
+    release could be used.
+
+    So, in general, there are four files interacting with the help
+    system, two used for generating Qt help and two meant for
+    distribution:
+
+    \table
+        \header
+            \o Name
+            \o Extension
+            \o Brief Description
+        \row
+            \o \l {Qt Help Project}
+            \o .qhp
+            \o The input file for the help generator consisting of the table
+               of contents, indices and references to the actual documentation
+               files (*.html); it also defines a unique namespace for the
+               documentation.
+
+        \row
+            \o Qt Compressed Help
+            \o .qch
+            \o The output file of the help generator. This binary file contains
+               all information specified in the help project file along with all
+               compressed documentation files.
+
+        \row
+            \o \l {Qt Help Collection Project}
+            \o .qhcp
+            \o The input file for the help collection generator. It contains
+               references to compressed help files which should be included in
+               the collection; it also may contain other information for
+               customizing Qt Assistant.
+
+        \row
+            \o Qt Help Collection
+            \o .qhc
+            \o The output of the help collection generator. This is the file
+               QHelpEngine operates on. It contains references to any number of
+               compressed help files as well as additional information, such as
+               custom filters.
+    \endtable
+
+    \section1 Generating Qt Help
+
+    Building help files for the Qt help system assumes that the html
+    documentation files already exist, i.e. the Qt help system does
+    not offer the possibility to create html files like e.g. Doxygen.
+
+    Once the html documentents are in place, a \l {Qt Help Project} file
+    has to be created. After specifying all relevant information in
+    this file, it needs to be compiled by calling:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qthelp.qdoc 2
+
+    The file 'doc.qch' contains then all html files in compressed
+    form along with the table of contents and index keywords. To
+    test if the generated file is correct, open Qt Assistant and
+    install the file via the Settings|Documentation page.
+
+    \target Qt Help Collection Project
+    \section2 Creating a Qt Help Collection
+
+    The first step is to create a Qt Help Collection Project file.
+    Since a Qt help collection stores primarily references to
+    compressed help files, the project 'mycollection.qhcp' file
+    looks unsurprisingly simple:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qthelp.qdoc 3
+
+    For actually creating the collection file call:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qthelp.qdoc 4
+
+    Instead of running two tools, one for generating the compressed
+    help and one for generating the collection file, it is also
+    possible to just run the qcollectiongenerator tool with a
+    slightly modified project file instructing the generator to
+    create the compressed help first.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qthelp.qdoc 5
+
+    Of course, it is possible to specify more than one file in the
+    'generate' or 'register' section, so any number of compressed
+    help files can be generated and registered in one go.
+
+    \section1 Using Qt Help
+
+    Accessing the help contents can be done in two ways: Using Qt
+    Assistant as documentation browser or using the QHelpEngine
+    API for embedding the help contents directly in an application.
+
+    \section2 Using Qt Assistant
+
+    \QA operates on a collection file which can be specified
+    before start up. If no collection file is given, a default one
+    will be created and used. In either case, it is possible to
+    register any Qt compressed help file and access the help contents.
+
+    When using Assistant as the help browser for an application, it
+    would be desirable that it can be customized to fit better to the
+    application and doesn't look like an independent, standalone
+    help browser. To achieve this, several additional properties can
+    be set in an Qt help collection file, to change e.g. the title
+    or application icon of Qt Assistant. For more information on
+    this topic have a look at the \l{assistant-manual.html}
+    {Qt Assistant manual}.
+
+    \section2 Using QHelpEngine API
+
+    Instead of showing the help in an external application like the
+    Qt Assistant, it is also possible to embed the online help in
+    the application. The contents can then be retrieved via the
+    QHelpEngine class and can be displayed in nearly any form.
+    Showing it in a QTextBrowser is probably the most common way, but
+    embedding it in What's This help is also perfectly possible.
+
+    Retrieving help data from the file engine does not involve a
+    lot of code. The first step is to create an instance of the
+    help engine. Then we ask the engine for the links assigned to
+    the identifier, in this case "MyDialog::ChangeButton". If a link
+    was found, meaning at least one help document exists to this topic,
+    we get the actual help contents by calling fileData() and display
+    the document to the user.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qthelp.qdoc 6
+
+    For further information on how to use the API, have a look at
+    the QHelpEngine class reference.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page qthelpproject.html
+    \title Qt Help Project
+
+    A Qt help project collects all data necessary to generate a
+    compressed help file. Along with the actual help data, like
+    the table of contents, index keywords and help documents, it
+    contains some extra information like a namespace to identify
+    the help file. One help project stands for one documentation,
+    e.g. the Qt Assistant manual.
+
+    \section1 Qt Help Project File Format
+
+    The file format is XML-based. For a better understanding of
+    the format we'll discuss the following example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qthelp.qdoc 7
+
+    \section2 Namespace
+
+    To enable the QHelpEngine to retrieve the proper documentation to
+    a given link, every documentation set has to have a unique
+    identifier. A unique identifier makes is also possible for the
+    help collection to keep track of a documentation set without relying
+    on its file name. The Qt help system uses a namespace as identifier
+    which is defined by the mandatory namespace tags. In the example
+    above, the namespace is "mycompany.com.myapplication.1_0".
+
+    \target Virtual Folders
+    \section2 Virtual Folders
+
+    Having a namespace for every documentation naturally means that
+    the documentation sets are quite separated. From the help engines
+    point of view this is beneficial, but from the documentors view
+    it is often desirable to cross reference certain topic from one
+    manual to another without having to specify absolute links. To
+    solve this problem, the help system introduced the concept of
+    virtual folders.
+
+    A virtual folder will become the root directory of all files
+    referenced in a compressed help file. When two documentations
+    share the same virtual folder, they can use relative paths when
+    defining hyperlinks pointing to the other documentation. If a
+    file is contained in both documentations or manuals, the one
+    from the current manual has precedence over the other.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qthelp.qdoc 8
+
+    The above example specifies 'doc' as virtual folder. If another
+    manual, e.g. for a small helper tool for 'My Application'
+    specifies the same folder, it is sufficient to write
+    'doc.html#section1' to reference the first section in the
+    'My Application' manual.
+
+    The virtual folder tag is mandatory and the folder must not
+    contain any '/'.
+
+    \target Custom Filters
+    \section2 Custom Filters
+
+    Next in the Qt help project file are the optional definitions of
+    custom filters. A custom filter contains a list of filter
+    attributes which will be used later to display only the documentation
+    which has all those attributes assigned to. So, when setting the
+    current filter in the QHelpEngine to "My Application 1.0" only
+    the documentation which has "myapp" and "1.0" set as filter
+    attributes will be shown.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qthelp.qdoc 9
+
+    It is possible to define any number of custom filters in a help
+    project file. Important to know is, that the filter attributes have
+    not to be specified in the same project file; they can be defined
+    in any other help file. The definition of a filter attributes
+    takes place by specifying them in a filter section.
+
+    \target Filter Section
+    \section2 Filter Section
+
+    A filter section contains the actual documentation. One Qt help project
+    file may contain more than one filter sections. Every filter section
+    consists of four parts, the filter attributes section, the table of
+    contents, the keywords and the files list. In theory all parts are
+    optional but not specifying anything there will result in an empty
+    documentation.
+
+    \section3 Filter Attributes
+
+    Every filter section should have filter attributes assigned to it, to
+    enable documentation filtering. If no filter attribute is defined, the
+    documentation will only be shown if no filtering occurs, meaning the
+    current custom filter in the QHelpEngine does not contain any filter
+    attributes.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qthelp.qdoc 10
+
+    In this case, the filter attributes 'myapp' and '1.0' are assigned
+    to the filter section, i.e. all contents specified in this section
+    will only be shown if the current custom filter has 'myapp' or '1.0'
+    or both as filter attributes.
+
+    \section3 Table of contents
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qthelp.qdoc 11
+
+    One section tag represents one item in the table of contents. The
+    sections can be nested to any degree, but from a users perspective
+    it should not be more than four or five levels. A section is defined
+    by its title and reference. The reference, like all file references in a Qt
+    help project, are relative to the help project file itself.
+    \note The referenced files must be inside the same directory (or within a
+    subdirectory) as the help project file. An absolute file path is not supported
+    either.
+
+    \section3 Keywords
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qthelp.qdoc 12
+
+    The keyword section lists all keywords of this filter section. A
+    keyword consists basically of a name and a file reference. If the
+    attribute 'name' is used then the keyword specified there will appear in
+    the visible index, i.e. it will be accessible through the QHelpIndexModel.
+    If 'id' is used, the keyword does not appear in the index and is
+    only accessible via the linksForIdentifier() function of the
+    QHelpEngineCore. 'name' and 'id' can be specified at the same time.
+
+    \section3 Files
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qthelp.qdoc 13
+
+    Finally, the actual documentation files have to be listed. Make sure
+    that all files neccessary to display the help are mentioned, i.e.
+    stylesheets or similar files need to be there as well. The files, like all
+    file references in a Qt help project, are relative to the help project file
+    itself. As the example shows, files (but not directories) can also be 
+    specified as patterns using wildcards. All listed files will be compressed 
+    and written to the Qt compressed help file. So, in the end, one single Qt 
+    help file contains all documentation files along with the contents and 
+    indices. \note The referenced files must be inside the same directory 
+    (or within a subdirectory) as the help project file. An absolute file path 
+    is not supported either.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/qundo.qdoc b/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/qundo.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7b6cae7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/qundo.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page qundo.html
+    \title Overview of Qt's Undo Framework
+    \keyword Undo framework
+    \ingroup frameworks-technologies
+
+    \section1 Introduction
+
+    Qt's Undo Framework is an implementation of the Command pattern, for
+    implementing undo/redo functionality in applications.
+
+    The Command pattern is based on the idea that all editing in
+    an application is done by creating instances of command objects.
+    Command objects apply changes to the document and are stored
+    on a command stack. Furthermore, each command knows how to undo its
+    changes to bring the document back to its previous state. As long
+    as the application only uses command objects to change the state of
+    the document, it is possible to undo a sequence of commands by
+    traversing the stack downwards and calling undo
+    on each command in turn. It is also possible to redo a sequence of
+    commands by traversing the stack upwards and calling
+    redo on each command.
+
+    \section1 Classes
+
+    The framework consists of four classes:
+
+    \list
+    \i \l QUndoCommand is the base class of all commands stored on an
+            undo stack. It can apply (redo) or undo a single change in the document.
+    \i \l QUndoStack is a list of QUndoCommand objects. It contains all the
+            commands executed on the document and can roll the document's state
+            backwards or forwards by undoing or redoing them.
+    \i \l QUndoGroup is a group of undo stacks. It is useful when an application
+            contains more than one undo stack, typically one for each opened
+            document. QUndoGroup provides a single pair of undo/redo slots for all
+            the stacks in the group. It forwards undo and redo requests to
+            the active stack, which is the stack associated with the document that
+            is currently being edited by the user.
+    \i \l QUndoView is a widget which shows the contents of an undo stack. Clicking
+            on a command in the view rolls the document's state backwards or
+            forwards to that command.
+    \endlist
+
+    \section1 Concepts
+
+    The following concepts are supported by the framework:
+
+    \list
+    \i \bold{Clean state:} Used to signal when the document enters and leaves a
+        state that has been saved to disk. This is typically used to disable or
+        enable the save actions, and to update the document's title bar.
+    \i \bold{Command compression:} Used to compress sequences of commands into a
+        single command.
+        For example: In a text editor, the commands that insert individual
+        characters into the document can be compressed into a single command that
+        inserts whole sections of text. These bigger changes are more convenient
+        for the user to undo and redo.
+    \i \bold{Command macros:} A sequence of commands, all of which are undone or
+        redone in one step.
+        These simplify the task of writing an application, since a set of simpler
+        commands can be composed into more complex commands. For example, a command
+        that moves a set of selected objects in a document can be created by
+        combining a set of commands, each of which moves a single object.
+    \endlist
+
+    QUndoStack provides convenient undo and redo QAction objects that
+    can be inserted into a menu or a toolbar. The text properties of these
+    actions always reflect what command will be undone or redone when
+    they are triggered. Similarly, QUndoGroup provides undo and redo actions
+    that always behave like the undo and redo actions of the active stack.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/richtext.qdoc b/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/richtext.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7125b81
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/richtext.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,1226 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \group richtext-processing
+    \title Rich Text Processing APIs
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page richtext.html
+    \title Rich Text Processing
+    \brief An overview of Qt's rich text processing, editing and display features.
+
+    \ingroup frameworks-technologies
+
+    \nextpage Rich Text Document Structure
+
+    The Scribe framework provides a set of classes for reading and manipulating
+    structured rich text documents. Unlike previous rich text support in Qt, the
+    new classes are centered around the QTextDocument class rather than raw
+    textual information. This enables the developer to create and modify
+    structured rich text documents without having to prepare content in an
+    intermediate markup format.
+
+    The information within a document can be accessed via two complementary
+    interfaces: A cursor-based interface is used for editing, and a read-only
+    hierarchical interface provides a high level overview of the document
+    structure. The main advantage of the cursor-based interface is that the
+    text can be edited using operations that mimic a user's interaction with
+    an editor, without losing the underlying structure of the document. The
+    read-only hierarchical interface is most useful when performing operations
+    such as searching and document export.
+
+    This document is divided up into chapters for convenient reference:
+
+    \list
+    \i \l{Rich Text Document Structure} outlines
+       the different kinds of elements in a QTextDocument, and describes how
+       they are arranged in a document structure.
+    \i \l{The QTextCursor Interface} explains how rich
+       text documents can be edited using the cursor-based interface.
+    \i \l{Document Layouts} briefly explains the role of document layouts.
+    \i \l{Common Rich Text Editing Tasks} examines some
+       common tasks that involve reading or manipulating rich text documents.
+    \i \l{Advanced Rich Text Processing} examines advanced rich text editing tasks.
+    \i \l{Supported HTML Subset} lists the HTML tags supported by QTextDocument.
+    \endlist
+
+    \section1 Rich Text Processing APIs
+
+    Qt provides an extensive collection of classes for parsing, rendering
+    manipulating and editing rich text.
+
+    \annotatedlist richtext-processing    
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page richtext-structure.html
+    \contentspage richtext.html Contents
+    \previouspage Rich Text Processing
+    \nextpage The QTextCursor Interface
+
+    \title Rich Text Document Structure
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    Text documents are represented by the QTextDocument class, which 
+    contains information about the document's internal representation, its
+    structure, and keeps track of modifications to provide undo/redo
+    facilities.
+
+    The structured representation of a text document presents its contents as
+    a hierarchy of text blocks, frames, tables, and other objects. These provide
+    a logical structure to the document and describe how their contents will be
+    displayed. Generally, frames and tables are used to group other
+    structures while text blocks contain the actual textual information.
+
+    New elements are created and inserted into the document programmatically
+    \l{richtext-cursor.html}{with a QTextCursor} or by using an editor
+    widget, such as QTextEdit. Elements can be given a particular format when
+    they are created; otherwise they take the cursor's current format for the
+    element.
+
+    \table
+    \row
+    \i \inlineimage richtext-document.png
+    \i \bold{Basic structure}
+
+    The "top level" of a document might be populated in the way shown.
+    Each document always contains a root frame, and this always contains
+    at least one text block.
+
+    For documents with some textual content, the root
+    frame usually contains a sequence of blocks and other elements.
+
+    Sequences of frames and tables are always separated by text blocks in a
+    document, even if the text blocks contain no information. This ensures that
+    new elements can always be inserted between existing structures.
+    \endtable
+
+    In this chapter, we look at each of the structural elements
+    used in a rich text document, outline their features and uses, and show
+    how to examine their contents. Document editing is described in
+    \l{richtext-cursor.html}{The QTextCursor Interface}.
+
+    \section1 Rich Text Documents
+
+    QTextDocument objects contain all the information required to construct
+    rich text documents.
+    Text documents can be accessed in two complementary ways: as a linear
+    buffer for editors to use, and as an object hierarchy that is useful to
+    layout engines. 
+    In the hierarchical document model, objects generally correspond to
+    visual elements such as frames, tables, and lists. At a lower level,
+    these elements describe properties such as the text style and alignment.
+    The linear representation of the document is used for editing and
+    manipulation of the document's contents.
+
+    Although QTextEdit makes it easy to display and edit rich text, documents
+    can also be used independently of any editor widget, for example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_richtext.qdoc 0
+
+    Alternatively, they can be extracted from an existing editor:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_richtext.qdoc 1
+
+    This flexibility enables applications to handle multiple rich text
+    documents without the overhead of multiple editor widgets, or requiring
+    documents to be stored in some intermediate format.
+
+    An empty document contains a root frame which itself contains a single
+    empty text block. Frames provide logical separation between parts of the document, but
+    also have properties that determine how they will appear when rendered.
+    A table is a specialized type of frame that consists of a number of
+    cells, arranged into rows and columns, each of which can contain
+    further structure and text. Tables provide management and layout
+    features that allow flexible configurations of cells to be created.
+
+    Text blocks contain text fragments, each of which specifies text and
+    character format information. Textual properties are defined both at
+    the character level and at the block level. At the character level,
+    properties such as font family, text color, and font weight can be
+    specified. The block level properties control the higher level
+    appearance and behavior of the text, such as the direction of text
+    flow, alignment, and background color.
+
+    The document structure is not manipulated directly. Editing is
+    performed through a cursor-based interface.
+    The \l{richtext-cursor.html}{text cursor interface}
+    automatically inserts new document elements into the root frame, and
+    ensures that it is padded with empty blocks where necessary.
+
+    We obtain the root frame in the following manner:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-frames/xmlwriter.h 0
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-frames/xmlwriter.cpp 0
+
+    When navigating the document structure, it is useful to begin at the
+    root frame because it provides access to the entire document structure.
+
+
+    \section1 Document Elements
+
+    Rich text documents usually consist of common elements such as paragraphs,
+    frames, tables, and lists. These are represented in a QTextDocument
+    by the QTextBlock, QTextFrame, QTextTable, and QTextList classes.
+    Unlike the other elements in a document, images are represented by
+    specially formatted text fragments. This enables them to be placed
+    formatted inline with the surrounding text.
+
+    The basic structural building blocks in documents are QTextBlock and
+    QTextFrame. Blocks themselves contain fragments of rich text
+    (QTextFragment), but these do not directly influence the high level
+    structure of a document.
+
+    Elements which can group together other document elements are typically
+    subclasses of QTextObject, and fall into two categories: Elements that
+    group together text blocks are subclasses of QTextBlockGroup, and those
+    that group together frames and other elements are subclasses of QTextFrame.
+
+    \section2 Text Blocks
+
+    Text blocks are provided by the QTextBlock class.
+
+    Text blocks group together fragments of text with different character formats,
+    and are used to represent paragraphs in the document. Each block
+    typically contains a number of text fragments with different styles.
+    Fragments are created when text is inserted into the document, and more
+    of them are added when the document is edited. The document splits, merges,
+    and removes fragments to efficiently represent the different styles
+    of text in the block.
+
+    The fragments within a given block can be examined by using a
+    QTextBlock::iterator to traverse the block's internal structure:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/textblock-fragments/xmlwriter.cpp 3
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/textblock-fragments/xmlwriter.cpp 5
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/textblock-fragments/xmlwriter.cpp 6
+
+    Blocks are also used to represent list items. As a result, blocks can
+    define their own character formats which contain information about
+    block-level decoration, such as the type of bullet points used for
+    list items. The formatting for the block itself is described by the
+    QTextBlockFormat class, and describes properties such as text alignment,
+    indentation, and background color.
+
+    Although a given document may contain complex structures, once we have a
+    reference to a valid block in the document, we can navigate between each
+    of the text blocks in the order in which they were written:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/textblock-fragments/xmlwriter.cpp 0
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/textblock-fragments/xmlwriter.cpp 1
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/textblock-fragments/xmlwriter.cpp 2
+
+    This method is useful for when you want to extract just the rich text from a
+    document because it ignores frames, tables, and other types of structure.
+
+    QTextBlock provides comparison operators that make it easier to manipulate
+    blocks: \l{QTextBlock::operator==()}{operator==()} and
+    \l{QTextBlock::operator!=()}{operator!=()} are used to test whether two
+    blocks are the same, and \l{QTextBlock::operator<()}{operator<()} is used
+    to determine which one occurs first in a document.
+
+    \section2 Frames
+
+    Frames are provided by the QTextFrame class.
+
+    Text frames group together blocks of text and child frames, creating
+    document structures that are larger than paragraphs. The format of a frame
+    specifies how it is rendered and positioned on the page. Frames are
+    either inserted into the text flow, or they float on the left or right
+    hand side of the page.
+    Each document contains a root frame that contains all the other document
+    elements. As a result, all frames except the root frame have a parent
+    frame.
+
+    Since text blocks are used to separate other document elements, each
+    frame will always contain at least one text block, and zero or more
+    child frames. We can inspect the contents of a frame by using a
+    QTextFrame::iterator to traverse the frame's child elements:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-frames/xmlwriter.cpp 1
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-frames/xmlwriter.cpp 2
+
+    Note that the iterator selects both frames and blocks, so it is necessary
+    to check which it is referring to. This allows us to navigate the document
+    structure on a frame-by-frame basis yet still access text blocks if
+    required. Both the QTextBlock::iterator and QTextFrame::iterator classes
+    can be used in complementary ways to extract the required structure from
+    a document.
+
+    \section2 Tables
+
+    Tables are provided by the QTextTable class.
+
+    Tables are collections of cells that are arranged in rows and columns.
+    Each table cell is a document element with its own character format, but it
+    can also contain other elements, such as frames and text blocks. Table cells
+    are automatically created when the table is constructed, or when extra rows
+    or columns are added. They can also be moved between tables.
+
+    QTextTable is a subclass of QTextFrame, so tables are treated like frames
+    in the document structure. For each frame that we encounter in the
+    document, we can test whether it represents a table, and deal with it in a
+    different way:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-tables/xmlwriter.cpp 0
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-tables/xmlwriter.cpp 1
+
+    The cells within an existing table can be examined by iterating through
+    the rows and columns.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-tables/mainwindow.cpp 9
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-tables/mainwindow.cpp 10
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-tables/mainwindow.cpp 11
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-tables/mainwindow.cpp 12
+
+
+    \section2 Lists
+
+    Lists are provided by the QTextList class.
+
+    Lists are sequences of text blocks that are formatted in the usual way, but
+    which also provide the standard list decorations such as bullet points and
+    enumerated items. Lists can be nested, and will be indented if the list's
+    format specifies a non-zero indentation.
+
+    We can refer to each list item by its index in the list:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-listitems/mainwindow.cpp 0
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-listitems/mainwindow.cpp 1
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-listitems/mainwindow.cpp 2
+
+    Since QTextList is a subclass of QTextBlockGroup, it does not group the
+    list items as child elements, but instead provides various functions for
+    managing them. This means that any text block we find when traversing a
+    document may actually be a list item. We can ensure that list items are
+    correctly identified by using the following code:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-listitems/mainwindow.cpp 3
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-listitems/mainwindow.cpp 4
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-listitems/mainwindow.cpp 5
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-listitems/mainwindow.cpp 6
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-listitems/mainwindow.cpp 7
+
+
+    \section2 Images
+
+    Images in QTextDocument are represented by text fragments that reference
+    external images via the resource mechanism. Images are created using the
+    cursor interface, and can be modified later by changing the character
+    format of the image's text fragment:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-imageformat/main.cpp 0
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-imageformat/main.cpp 1
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-imageformat/main.cpp 2
+
+    The fragment that represents the image can be found by iterating over
+    the fragments in the text block that contains the image.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page richtext-cursor.html
+    \contentspage richtext.html Contents
+    \previouspage Rich Text Document Structure
+    \nextpage Document Layouts
+
+    \title The QTextCursor Interface
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    Documents can be edited via the interface provided by the QTextCursor
+    class; cursors are either created using a constructor or obtained from
+    an editor widget. The cursor is used to perform editing operations that
+    correspond exactly to those the user is able to make themselves in an
+    editor. As a result, information about the document structure is also
+    available through the cursor, and this allows the structure to be
+    modified. The use of a cursor-oriented interface for editing makes the
+    process of writing a custom editor simpler for developers, since the
+    editing operations can be easily visualized.
+
+    The QTextCursor class also maintains information about any text it
+    has selected in the document, again following a model that is
+    conceptually similar to the actions made by the user to select text
+    in an editor.
+
+    Rich text documents can have multiple cursors
+    associated with them, and each of these contains information about their
+    position in the document and any selections that they may hold. This
+    cursor-based paradigm makes common operations, such as cutting and pasting
+    text, simple to implement programmatically, yet it also allows more complex
+    editing operations to be performed on the document.
+
+    This chapter describes most of the common editing operations that you
+    will need to perform using a cursor, from basic insertion of text and
+    document elements to more complex manipulation of document structures.
+
+    \section1 Cursor-Based Editing
+
+    At the simplest level, text documents are made up of a string of characters,
+    marked up in some way to represent the block structure of the text within the
+    document. QTextCursor provides a cursor-based interface that allows the
+    contents of a QTextDocument to be manipulated at the character level. Since
+    the elements (blocks, frames, tables, etc.) are also encoded in the character
+    stream, the document structure can itself be changed by the cursor.
+
+    The cursor keeps track of its location within its parent document, and can
+    report information about the surrounding structure, such as the enclosing
+    text block, frame, table, or list. The formats of the enclosing structures
+    can also be directly obtained through the cursor.
+
+    \section2 Using a Cursor
+
+    The main use of a cursor is to insert or modify text within a block.
+    We can use a text editor's cursor to do this:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/textblock-formats/main.cpp 0
+
+    Alternatively, we can obtain a cursor directly from a document:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-images/main.cpp 0
+
+    The cursor is positioned at the start of the document so that we can write
+    into the first (empty) block in the document.
+
+    \section2 Grouping Cursor Operations
+
+    A series of editing operations can be packaged together so that they can
+    be replayed, or undone together in a single action. This is achieved by
+    using the \c beginEditBlock() and \c endEditBlock() functions in the
+    following way, as in the following example where we select the word that
+    contains the cursor:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-selections/mainwindow.cpp 0
+
+    If editing operations are not grouped, the document automatically records
+    the individual operations so that they can be undone later. Grouping
+    operations into larger packages can make editing more efficient both for
+    the user and for the application, but care has to be taken not to group too
+    many operations together as the user may want find-grained control over the
+    undo process.
+
+    \section2 Multiple Cursors
+
+    Multiple cursors can be used to simultaneously edit the same document,
+    although only one will be visible to the user in a QTextEdit widget.
+    The QTextDocument ensures that each cursor writes text correctly and
+    does not interfere with any of the others.
+
+    \omit
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-cursors/main.cpp 0
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-cursors/main.cpp 1
+    \endomit
+
+    \section1 Inserting Document Elements
+
+    QTextCursor provides several functions that can be used to change the
+    structure of a rich text document. Generally, these functions allow
+    document elements to be created with relevant formatting information,
+    and they are inserted into the document at the cursor's position.
+
+    The first group of functions insert block-level elements, and update the
+    cursor position, but they do not return the element that was inserted:
+
+    \list
+    \i \l{QTextCursor::insertBlock()}{insertBlock()} inserts a new text block
+       (paragraph) into a document at the cursor's position, and moves the
+       cursor to the start of the new block.
+    \i \l{QTextCursor::insertFragment()}{insertFragment()} inserts an existing
+       text fragment into a document at the cursor's position.
+    \i \l{QTextCursor::insertImage()}{insertImage()} inserts an image into a
+       document at the cursor's position.
+    \i \l{QTextCursor::insertText()}{insertText()} inserts text into the
+       document at the cursor's position.
+    \endlist
+
+    You can examine the contents of the element that was inserted through the
+    cursor interface.
+
+    The second group of functions insert elements that provide structure to
+    the document, and return the structure that was inserted:
+
+    \list
+    \i \l{QTextCursor::insertFrame()}{insertFrame()} inserts a frame into the
+       document \e after the cursor's current block, and moves the cursor to
+       the start of the empty block in the new frame.
+    \i \l{QTextCursor::insertList()}{insertList()} inserts a list into the
+       document at the cursor's position, and moves the cursor to the start
+       of the first item in the list.
+    \i \l{QTextCursor::insertTable()}{insertTable()} inserts a table into
+       the document \e after the cursor's current block, and moves the cursor
+       to the start of the block following the table.
+    \endlist
+
+    These elements either contain or group together other elements in the
+    document.
+
+    \section2 Text and Text Fragments
+
+    Text can be inserted into the current block in the current character
+    format, or in a custom format that is specified with the text:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-charformats/main.cpp 0
+
+    Once the character format has been used with a cursor, that format becomes
+    the default format for any text inserted with that cursor until another
+    character format is specified.
+
+    If a cursor is used to insert text without specifying a character format,
+    the text will be given the character format used at that position in the
+    document.
+
+    \section2 Blocks
+
+    Text blocks are inserted into the document with the
+    \l{QTextCursor::insertBlock()}{insertBlock()} function.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/textblock-formats/main.cpp 1
+
+    The cursor is positioned at the start of the new block.
+
+    \section2 Frames
+
+    Frames are inserted into a document using the cursor, and will be placed
+    within the cursor's current frame \e after the current block.
+    The following code shows how a frame can be inserted between two text
+    blocks in a document's root frame. We begin by finding the cursor's
+    current frame:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-frames/mainwindow.cpp 0
+
+    We insert some text in this frame then set up a frame format for the
+    child frame:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-frames/mainwindow.cpp 1
+
+    The frame format will give the frame an external margin of 32 pixels,
+    internal padding of 8 pixels, and a border that is 4 pixels wide.
+    See the QTextFrameFormat documentation for more information about
+    frame formats.
+
+    The frame is inserted into the document after the preceding text:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-frames/mainwindow.cpp 2
+
+    We add some text to the document immediately after we insert the frame.
+    Since the text cursor is positioned \e{inside the frame} when it is inserted
+    into the document, this text will also be inserted inside the frame.
+
+    Finally, we position the cursor outside the frame by taking the last
+    available cursor position inside the frame we recorded earlier:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-frames/mainwindow.cpp 3
+
+    The text that we add last is inserted after the child frame in the
+    document. Since each frame is padded with text blocks, this ensures that
+    more elements can always be inserted with a cursor.
+
+    \section2 Tables
+
+    Tables are inserted into the document using the cursor, and will be
+    placed within the cursor's current frame \e after the current block:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-tables/mainwindow.cpp 0
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-tables/mainwindow.cpp 3
+
+    Tables can be created with a specific format that defines the overall
+    properties of the table, such as its alignment, background color, and
+    the cell spacing used. It can also determine the constraints on each
+    column, allowing each of them to have a fixed width, or resize according
+    to the available space.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-tables/mainwindow.cpp 2
+
+    The columns in the table created above will each take up a certain
+    percentage of the available width. Note that the table format is
+    optional; if you insert a table without a format, some sensible
+    default values will be used for the table's properties.
+
+    Since cells can contain other document elements, they too can be
+    formatted and styled as necessary.
+
+    Text can be added to the table by navigating to each cell with the cursor
+    and inserting text.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-tables/mainwindow.cpp 4
+
+    We can create a simple timetable by following this approach:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-tables/mainwindow.cpp 5
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-tables/mainwindow.cpp 6
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-tables/mainwindow.cpp 7
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-tables/mainwindow.cpp 8
+
+    \section2 Lists
+
+    Lists of block elements can be automatically created and inserted into the
+    document at the current cursor position. Each list that is created in this
+    way requires a list format to be specified:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-lists/mainwindow.cpp 0
+
+    The above code first checks whether the cursor is within an existing list
+    and, if so, gives the list format for the new list a suitable level of
+    indentation. This allows nested lists to be created with increasing
+    levels of indentation. A more sophisticated implementation would also use
+    different kinds of symbol for the bullet points in each level of the list.
+
+    \section2 Images
+
+    Inline images are added to documents through the cursor in the usual manner.
+    Unlike many other elements, all of the image properties are specified by the
+    image's format. This means that a QTextImageFormat object has to be
+    created before an image can be inserted:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-images/main.cpp 1
+
+    The image name refers to an entry in the application's resource file.
+    The method used to derive this name is described in
+    \l{resources.html}{The Qt Resource System}.
+
+    \section1 Examples
+
+    Rich text is stored in text documents that can either be created by
+    importing HTML from an external source, or generated using a QTextCursor.
+
+    \section2 Manipulating Rich Text
+
+    The easiest way to use a rich text document is through
+    the QTextEdit class, providing an editable view onto a document. The code
+    below imports HTML into a document, and displays the document using a
+    text edit widget.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/scribe-overview/main.cpp 1
+
+    You can retrieve the document from the text edit using the
+    document() function. The document can then be edited programmatically
+    using the QTextCursor class. This class is modeled after a screen
+    cursor, and editing operations follow the same semantics. The following
+    code changes the first line of the document to a bold font, leaving all
+    other font properties untouched. The editor will be automatically
+    updated to reflect the changes made to the underlying document data.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/scribe-overview/main.cpp 0
+
+    Note that the cursor was moved from the start of the first line to the
+    end, but that it retained an anchor at the start of the line. This
+    demonstrates the cursor-based selection facilities of the
+    QTextCursor class.
+
+    \section2 Generating a Calendar
+
+    Rich text can be generated very quickly using the cursor-based
+    approach. The following example shows a simple calendar in a
+    QTextEdit widget with bold headers for the days of the week:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-blocks/mainwindow.cpp 0
+    \codeline
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-blocks/mainwindow.cpp 1
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-blocks/mainwindow.cpp 2
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-blocks/mainwindow.cpp 3
+
+    The above example demonstrates how simple it is to quickly generate new
+    rich text documents using a minimum amount of code. Although we have
+    generated a crude fixed-pitch calendar to avoid quoting too much code,
+    Scribe provides much more sophisticated layout and formatting features.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page richtext-layouts.html
+    \contentspage richtext.html Contents
+    \previouspage The QTextCursor Interface
+    \nextpage Common Rich Text Editing Tasks
+
+    \title Document Layouts
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    The layout of a document is only relevant when it is to be displayed on
+    a device, or when some information is requested that requires a visual
+    representation of the document. Until this occurs, the document does
+    not need to be formatted and prepared for a device.
+
+    \section1 Overview
+
+    Each document's layout is managed by a subclass of the
+    QAbstractTextDocumentLayout class. This class provides a common
+    interface for layout and rendering engines. The default rendering
+    behavior is currently implemented in a private class. This approach
+    makes it possible to create custom layouts, and provides the
+    mechanism used when preparing pages for printing or exporting to
+    Portable Document Format (PDF) files. 
+
+    \section1 Example - Shaped Text Layout
+
+    Sometimes it is important to be able to format plain text within an
+    irregularly-shaped region, perhaps when rendering a custom widget, for
+    example. Scribe provides generic features, such as those provided by
+    the QTextLayout class, to help developers perform word-wrapping and
+    layout tasks without the need to create a document first.
+
+    \img plaintext-layout.png
+
+    Formatting and drawing a paragraph of plain text is straightforward.
+    The example below will lay out a paragraph of text, using a single
+    font, around the right hand edge of a circle.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/plaintextlayout/window.cpp 0
+
+    We create a text layout, specifying the text string we want to display
+    and the font to use. We ensure that the text we supplied is formatted
+    correctly by obtaining text lines from the text format, and wrapping
+    the remaining text using the available space. The lines are positioned
+    as we move down the page.
+
+    The formatted text can be drawn onto a paint device; in the above code,
+    the text is drawn directly onto a widget.
+    */
+
+    /*!
+    \page richtext-common-tasks.html
+    \contentspage richtext.html Contents
+    \previouspage Document Layouts
+    \nextpage Advanced Rich Text Processing
+
+    \title Common Rich Text Editing Tasks
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    There are a number of tasks that are often performed by developers
+    when editing and processing text documents using Qt. These include the use
+    of display widgets such as QTextBrowser and QTextEdit, creation of
+    documents with QTextDocument, editing using a QTextCursor, and
+    exporting the document structure.
+    This document outlines some of the more common ways of using the rich
+    text classes to perform these tasks, showing convenient patterns that can
+    be reused in your own applications.
+
+    \section1 Using QTextEdit
+
+    A text editor widget can be constructed and used to display HTML in the
+    following way:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_richtext.qdoc 2
+
+    By default, the text editor contains a document with a root frame, inside
+    which is an empty text block. This document can be obtained so that it can
+    be modified directly by the application:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_richtext.qdoc 3
+
+    The text editor's cursor may also be used to edit a document:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_richtext.qdoc 4
+
+    Although a document can be edited using many cursors at once, a QTextEdit
+    only displays a single cursor at a time. Therefore, if we want to update the
+    editor to display a particular cursor or its selection, we need to set the
+    editor's cursor after we have modified the document:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_richtext.qdoc 5
+
+    \section1 Selecting Text
+
+    Text is selected by moving the cursor using operations that are similar to
+    those performed by a user in a text editor. To select text between two
+    points in the document, we need to position the cursor at the first point
+    then move it using a special mode (\l{QTextCursor::MoveMode}) with a
+    move operation (\l{QTextCursor::MoveOperation}).
+    When we select the text, we leave the selection anchor at the old cursor
+    position just as the user might do by holding down the Shift key when
+    selecting text:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-selections/mainwindow.cpp 1
+
+    In the above code, a whole word is selected using this method. QTextCursor
+    provides a number of common move operations for selecting individual
+    characters, words, lines, and whole blocks.
+
+    \section1 Finding Text
+
+    QTextDocument provides a cursor-based interface for searching, making
+    it easy to find and modify text in the style of a text editor. The following
+    code finds all the instances of a particular word in a document, and changes
+    the color of each:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-find/main.cpp 0
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-find/main.cpp 1
+
+    Note that the cursor does not have to be moved after each search and replace
+    operation; it is always positioned at the end of the word that was just
+    replaced.
+
+    \section1 Printing Documents
+
+    QTextEdit is designed for the display of large rich text documents that are
+    read on screen, rendering them in the same way as a web browser. As a result,
+    it does not automatically break the contents of the document into page-sized
+    pieces that are suitable for printing.
+
+    QTextDocument provides a \l{QTextDocument::print()}{print()} function to
+    allow documents to be printed using the QPrinter class. The following code
+    shows how to prepare a document in a QTextEdit for printing with a QPrinter:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-printing/mainwindow.cpp 0
+
+    The document is obtained from the text editor, and a QPrinter is constructed
+    then configured using a QPrintDialog. If the user accepts the printer's
+    configuration then the document is formatted and printed using the
+    \l{QTextDocument::print()}{print()} function.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page richtext-advanced-processing.html
+    \contentspage richtext.html Contents
+    \previouspage Common Rich Text Editing Tasks
+    \nextpage Supported HTML Subset
+
+    \title Advanced Rich Text Processing
+
+    \section1 Handling Large Files
+
+    Qt does not limit the size of files that are used for text
+    processing.  In most cases, this will not present a problem. For
+    especially large files, however, you might experience that your
+    application will become unresponsive or that you will run out of
+    memory. The size of the files you can load depends on your
+    hardware and on Qt's and your own application's implementation.
+
+    If you are faced with this problem, we recommend that you address the
+    following issues:
+
+    \list
+        \o You should consider breaking up large paragraphs into smaller 
+           ones as Qt handles small paragraphs better. You could also 
+           insert line breaks at regular intervals, which will look the
+           same as one large paragraph in a QTextEdit.
+        \o You can reduce the amount of blocks in a QTextDocument with 
+           \l{QTextDocument::}{maximumBlockCount()}. The document is only
+           as large as the number of blocks as far as QTextEdit is concerned.
+        \o When adding text to a text edit, it is an advantage to add it 
+           in an edit block (see example below). The result is that the
+           text edit does not need to build the entire document structure at once.
+    \endlist
+
+    We give an example of the latter technique from the list. We assume that
+    the text edit is visible.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_richtext.qdoc 6
+
+    \omit
+    Ideas for other sections:
+
+     * Hiding QTextBlock elements.
+     * Changing the word wrapping mode in QTextEdit. Custom word wrapping?
+    \endomit
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page richtext-html-subset.html
+    \title Supported HTML Subset
+    \brief Describes the support for HTML markup in text widgets.
+
+    \contentspage richtext.html Contents
+    \previouspage Common Rich Text Editing Tasks
+
+    Qt's text widgets are able to display rich text, specified using a subset of \l{HTML 4}
+    markup. Widgets that use QTextDocument, such as QLabel and QTextEdit, are able to display
+    rich text specified in this way.
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 Using HTML Markup in Text Widgets
+
+    Widgets automatically detect HTML markup and display rich text accordingly. For example,
+    setting a label's \l{QLabel::}{text} property with the string \c{"<b>Hello</b> <i>Qt!</i>"}
+    will result in the label displaying text like this: \bold{Hello} \e{Qt!}
+
+    When HTML markup is used for text, Qt follows the rules defined by the \l{HTML 4}
+    specification. This includes default properties for text layout, such as the
+    direction of the text flow (left-to-right) which can be changed by applying the
+    \l{#Block Attributes}{\c dir} attribute to blocks of text.
+
+    \section1 Supported Tags
+
+    The following table lists the HTML tags supported by Qt's
+    \l{Rich Text Processing}{rich text} engine:
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Tag
+            \o Description
+            \o Comment
+    \row    \o \c a
+            \o Anchor or link
+            \o Supports the \c href and \c name attributes.
+    \row    \o \c address
+            \o Address
+            \o
+    \row    \o \c b
+            \o Bold
+            \o
+    \row    \o \c big
+            \o Larger font
+            \o
+    \row    \o \c blockquote
+            \o Indented paragraph
+            \o
+    \row    \o \c body
+            \o Document body
+            \o Supports the \c bgcolor attribute, which
+               can be a Qt \l{QColor::setNamedColor()}{color name}
+               or a \c #RRGGBB color specification.
+    \row    \o \c br
+            \o Line break
+            \o
+    \row    \o \c center
+            \o Centered paragraph
+            \o
+    \row    \o \c cite
+            \o Inline citation
+            \o Same as \c i.
+    \row    \o \c code
+            \o Code
+            \o Same as \c tt.
+    \row    \o \c dd
+            \o Definition data
+            \o
+    \row    \o \c dfn
+            \o Definition
+            \o Same as \c i.
+    \row    \o \c div
+            \o Document division
+            \o Supports the standard \l{block attributes}.
+    \row    \o \c dl
+            \o Definition list
+            \o Supports the standard \l{block attributes}.
+    \row    \o \c dt
+            \o Definition term
+            \o Supports the standard \l{block attributes}.
+    \row    \o \c em
+            \o Emphasized
+            \o Same as \c i.
+    \row    \o \c font
+            \o Font size, family, and/or color
+            \o Supports the following attributes:
+               \c size, \c face, and \c color (Qt
+               \l{QColor::setNamedColor()}{color names} or
+               \c #RRGGBB).
+    \row    \o \c h1
+            \o Level 1 heading
+            \o Supports the standard \l{block attributes}.
+    \row    \o \c h2
+            \o Level 2 heading
+            \o Supports the standard \l{block attributes}.
+    \row    \o \c h3
+            \o Level 3 heading
+            \o Supports the standard \l{block attributes}.
+    \row    \o \c h4
+            \o Level 4 heading
+            \o Supports the standard \l{block attributes}.
+    \row    \o \c h5
+            \o Level 5 heading
+            \o Supports the standard \l{block attributes}.
+    \row    \o \c h6
+            \o Level 6 heading
+            \o Supports the standard \l{block attributes}.
+    \row    \o \c head
+            \o Document header
+            \o
+    \row    \o \c hr
+            \o Horizontal line
+            \o Supports the \c width attribute, which can
+               be specified as an absolute or relative (\c %) value.
+    \row    \o \c html
+            \o HTML document
+            \o
+    \row    \o \c i
+            \o Italic
+            \o
+    \row    \o \c img
+            \o Image
+            \o Supports the \c src, \c source
+               (for Qt 3 compatibility), \c width, and \c height
+               attributes.
+    \row    \o \c kbd
+            \o User-entered text
+            \o
+    \row    \o \c meta
+            \o Meta-information
+            \o If a text encoding is specified using the \c{meta} tag,
+               it is picked up by Qt::codecForHtml().
+               Likewise, if an encoding is specified to
+               QTextDocument::toHtml(), the encoding is stored using
+               a \c meta tag, for example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_richtext.qdoc 7
+
+    \row    \o \c li
+            \o List item
+            \o
+    \row    \o \c nobr
+            \o Non-breakable text
+            \o
+    \row    \o \c ol
+            \o Ordered list
+            \o Supports the standard \l{list attributes}.
+    \row    \o \c p
+            \o Paragraph
+            \o Left-aligned by default. Supports the standard
+               \l{block attributes}.
+    \row    \o \c pre
+            \o Preformated text
+            \o
+    \row    \o \c qt
+            \o Qt rich-text document
+            \o Synonym for \c html. Provided for compatibility with
+               earlier versions of Qt.
+    \row    \o \c s
+            \o Strikethrough
+            \o
+    \row    \o \c samp
+            \o Sample code
+            \o Same as \c tt.
+    \row    \o \c small
+            \o Small font
+            \o
+    \row    \o \c span
+            \o Grouped elements
+            \o
+    \row    \o \c strong
+            \o Strong
+            \o Same as \c b.
+    \row    \o \c sub
+            \o Subscript
+            \o
+    \row    \o \c sup
+            \o Superscript
+            \o
+    \row    \o \c table
+            \o Table
+            \o Supports the following attributes: \c border,
+               \c bgcolor (Qt \l{QColor::setNamedColor()}{color names}
+               or \c #RRGGBB), \c cellspacing, \c cellpadding,
+               \c width (absolute or relative), and \c height.
+    \row    \o \c tbody
+            \o Table body
+            \o Does nothing.
+    \row    \o \c td
+            \o Table data cell
+            \o Supports the standard \l{table cell attributes}.
+    \row    \o \c tfoot
+            \o Table footer
+            \o Does nothing.
+    \row    \o \c th
+            \o Table header cell
+            \o Supports the standard \l{table cell attributes}.
+    \row    \o \c thead
+            \o Table header
+            \o If the \c thead tag is specified, it is used when printing tables
+               that span multiple pages.
+    \row    \o \c title
+            \o Document title
+            \o The value specified using the \c
+               title tag is available through
+               QTextDocument::metaInformation().
+    \row    \o \c tr
+            \o Table row
+            \o Supports the \c bgcolor attribute, which
+               can be a Qt \l{QColor::setNamedColor()}{color name}
+               or a \c #RRGGBB color specification.
+    \row    \o \c tt
+            \o Typewrite font
+            \o
+    \row    \o \c u
+            \o Underlined
+            \o
+    \row    \o \c ul
+            \o Unordered list
+            \o Supports the standard \l{list attributes}.
+    \row    \o \c var
+            \o Variable
+            \o Same as \c i.
+    \endtable
+
+    \section1 Block Attributes
+
+    The following attributes are supported by the \c div, \c dl, \c
+    dt, \c h1, \c h2, \c h3, \c h4, \c h5, \c h6, \c p tags:
+
+    \list
+    \o \c align (\c left, \c right, \c center, \c justify)
+    \o \c dir (\c ltr, \c rtl)
+    \endlist
+
+    \section1 List Attributes
+
+    The following attribute is supported by the \c ol and \c ul tags:
+
+    \list
+    \o \c type (\c 1, \c a, \c A, \c square, \c disc, \c circle)
+    \endlist
+
+    \section1 Table Cell Attributes
+
+    The following attributes are supported by the \c td and \c th
+    tags:
+
+    \list
+    \o \c width (absolute, relative, or no-value)
+    \o \c bgcolor (Qt \l{QColor::setNamedColor()}{color names} or \c #RRGGBB)
+    \o \c colspan
+    \o \c rowspan
+    \o \c align (\c left, \c right, \c center, \c justify)
+    \o \c valign (\c top, \c middle, \c bottom)
+    \endlist
+
+    \section1 CSS Properties
+    The following table lists the CSS properties supported by Qt's
+    \l{Rich Text Processing}{rich text} engine:
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Property
+            \o Values
+            \o Description
+    \row
+            \o \c background-color
+            \o <color>
+            \o Background color for elements
+    \row
+            \o \c background-image
+            \o <uri>
+            \o Background image for elements
+    \row    \o \c color
+            \o <color>
+            \o Text foreground color
+    \row    \o \c font-family
+            \o <family name>
+            \o Font family name
+    \row    \o \c font-size
+            \o [ small | medium | large | x-large | xx-large ] | <size>pt | <size>px
+            \o Font size relative to the document font, or specified in points or pixels
+    \row    \o \c font-style
+            \o [ normal | italic | oblique ]
+            \o
+    \row    \o \c font-weight
+            \o [ normal | bold | 100 | 200 | 300 | 400 | 500 | 600 | 700 | 800 | 900 ]
+            \o Specifies the font weight used for text, where \c normal and \c bold
+               are mapped to the corresponding QFont weights. Numeric values are
+               8 times the equivalent QFont weight values.
+    \row    \o \c text-decoration
+            \o none | [ underline || overline || line-through ]
+            \o Additional text effects
+    \row    \o \c font
+            \o [ [ <'font-style'> || <'font-weight'> ]? <'font-size'> <'font-family'> ]
+            \o Font shorthand property
+    \row    \o \c text-indent
+            \o <length>px
+            \o First line text indentation in pixels
+    \row    \o \c white-space
+            \o normal | pre | nowrap | pre-wrap
+            \o Declares how whitespace in HTML is handled.
+    \row    \o \c margin-top
+            \o <length>px
+            \o Top paragraph margin in pixels
+    \row    \o \c margin-bottom
+            \o <length>px
+            \o Bottom paragraph margin in pixels
+    \row    \o \c margin-left
+            \o <length>px
+            \o Left paragraph margin in pixels
+    \row    \o \c margin-right
+            \o <length>px
+            \o Right paragraph margin in pixels
+    \row    \o \c padding-top
+            \o <length>px
+            \o Top table cell padding in pixels
+    \row    \o \c padding-bottom
+            \o <length>px
+            \o Bottom table cell padding in pixels
+    \row    \o \c padding-left
+            \o <length>px
+            \o Left table cell padding in pixels
+    \row    \o \c padding-right
+            \o <length>px
+            \o Right table cell padding in pixels
+    \row    \o \c padding
+            \o <length>px
+            \o Shorthand for setting all the padding properties at once.
+    \row    \o \c vertical-align
+            \o baseline | sub | super | middle | top | bottom
+            \o Vertical text alignment. For vertical alignment in text table cells only middle, top, and bottom apply.
+    \row    \o \c border-color
+            \o <color>
+            \o Border color for text tables.
+    \row    \o \c border-style
+            \o none | dotted | dashed | dot-dash | dot-dot-dash | solid | double | groove | ridge | inset | outset
+            \o Border style for text tables.
+    \row    \o \c background
+            \o [ <'background-color'> || <'background-image'> ]
+            \o Background shorthand property
+    \row    \o \c page-break-before
+            \o [ auto | always ]
+            \o Make it possible to enforce a page break before the paragraph/table
+    \row    \o \c page-break-after
+            \o [ auto | always ]
+            \o Make it possible to enforce a page break after the paragraph/table
+    \row    \o float
+            \o [ left | right | none ]
+            \o Specifies where an image or a text will be placed in another element. Note that the \c float property is
+               only supported for tables and images.
+    \row    \o \c text-transform
+            \o [ uppercase | lowercase ]
+            \o Select the transformation that will be performed on the text prior to displaying it.
+    \row    \o \c font-variant
+            \o small-caps
+            \o Perform the smallcaps transformation on the text prior to displaying it.
+    \row    \o \c word-spacing
+            \o <width>px
+            \o Specifies an alternate spacing between each word.
+    \endtable
+
+    \section1 Supported CSS Selectors
+
+    All CSS 2.1 selector classes are supported except pseudo-class selectors such
+    as \c{:first-child}, \c{:visited} and \c{:hover}.
+
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/statemachine.qdoc b/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/statemachine.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3513199
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/statemachine.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,548 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \group statemachine
+    \title State Machine Classes
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \page statemachine-api.html
+  \title The State Machine Framework
+  \brief An overview of the State Machine framework for constructing and executing state graphs.
+
+  \ingroup frameworks-technologies
+
+  \tableofcontents
+
+  The State Machine framework provides classes for creating and executing
+  state graphs. The concepts and notation are based on those from Harel's
+  \l{Statecharts: A visual formalism for complex systems}{Statecharts}, which
+  is also the basis of UML state diagrams. The semantics of state machine
+  execution are based on \l{State Chart XML: State Machine Notation for
+  Control Abstraction}{State Chart XML (SCXML)}.
+
+  Statecharts provide a graphical way of modeling how a system reacts to
+  stimuli. This is done by defining the possible \e states that the system can
+  be in, and how the system can move from one state to another (\e transitions
+  between states). A key characteristic of event-driven systems (such as Qt
+  applications) is that behavior often depends not only on the last or current
+  event, but also the events that preceded it. With statecharts, this
+  information is easy to express.
+
+  The State Machine framework provides an API and execution model that can be
+  used to effectively embed the elements and semantics of statecharts in Qt
+  applications. The framework integrates tightly with Qt's meta-object system;
+  for example, transitions between states can be triggered by signals, and
+  states can be configured to set properties and invoke methods on QObjects.
+  Qt's event system is used to drive the state machines.
+
+  \section1 Classes in the State Machine Framework
+
+  These classes are provided by qt for creating event-driven state machines.
+  
+  \annotatedlist statemachine
+
+  \section1 A Simple State Machine
+
+  To demonstrate the core functionality of the State Machine API, let's look
+  at a small example: A state machine with three states, \c s1, \c s2 and \c
+  s3. The state machine is controlled by a single QPushButton; when the button
+  is clicked, the machine transitions to another state. Initially, the state
+  machine is in state \c s1. The statechart for this machine is as follows:
+
+    \img statemachine-button.png
+    \omit
+    \caption This is a caption
+    \endomit
+
+  The following snippet shows the code needed to create such a state machine.
+  First, we create the state machine and states:
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/statemachine/main.cpp 0
+
+  Then, we create the transitions by using the QState::addTransition()
+  function:
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/statemachine/main.cpp 1
+
+  Next, we add the states to the machine and set the machine's initial state:
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/statemachine/main.cpp 2
+
+  Finally, we start the state machine:
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/statemachine/main.cpp 3
+
+  The state machine executes asynchronously, i.e. it becomes part of your
+  application's event loop.
+
+  \section1 Doing Useful Work on State Entry and Exit
+
+  The above state machine merely transitions from one state to another, it
+  doesn't perform any operations. The QState::assignProperty() function can be
+  used to have a state set a property of a QObject when the state is
+  entered. In the following snippet, the value that should be assigned to a
+  QLabel's text property is specified for each state:
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/statemachine/main.cpp 4
+
+  When any of the states is entered, the label's text will be changed
+  accordingly.
+
+  The QState::entered() signal is emitted when the state is entered, and the
+  QState::exited() signal is emitted when the state is exited. In the
+  following snippet, the button's showMaximized() slot will be called when
+  state \c s3 is entered, and the button's showMinimized() slot will be called
+  when \c s3 is exited:
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/statemachine/main.cpp 5
+
+  Custom states can reimplement QAbstractState::onEntry() and
+  QAbstractState::onExit().
+
+  \section1 State Machines That Finish
+
+  The state machine defined in the previous section never finishes. In order
+  for a state machine to be able to finish, it needs to have a top-level \e
+  final state (QFinalState object). When the state machine enters a top-level
+  final state, the machine will emit the QStateMachine::finished() signal and
+  halt.
+
+  All you need to do to introduce a final state in the graph is create a
+  QFinalState object and use it as the target of one or more transitions.
+
+  \section1 Sharing Transitions By Grouping States
+
+  Assume we wanted the user to be able to quit the application at any time by
+  clicking a Quit button. In order to achieve this, we need to create a final
+  state and make it the target of a transition associated with the Quit
+  button's clicked() signal. We could add a transition from each of \c s1, \c
+  s2 and \c s3; however, this seems redundant, and one would also have to
+  remember to add such a transition from every new state that is added in the
+  future.
+
+  We can achieve the same behavior (namely that clicking the Quit button quits
+  the state machine, regardless of which state the state machine is in) by
+  grouping states \c s1, \c s2 and \c s3. This is done by creating a new
+  top-level state and making the three original states children of the new
+  state. The following diagram shows the new state machine.
+
+    \img statemachine-button-nested.png
+    \omit
+    \caption This is a caption
+    \endomit
+
+  The three original states have been renamed \c s11, \c s12 and \c s13 to
+  reflect that they are now children of the new top-level state, \c s1.  Child
+  states implicitly inherit the transitions of their parent state. This means
+  it is now sufficient to add a single transition from \c s1 to the final
+  state \c s2. New states added to \c s1 will also automatically inherit this
+  transition.
+
+  All that's needed to group states is to specify the proper parent when the
+  state is created. You also need to specify which of the child states is the
+  initial one (i.e. which child state the state machine should enter when the
+  parent state is the target of a transition).
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/statemachine/main2.cpp 0
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/statemachine/main2.cpp 1
+
+  In this case we want the application to quit when the state machine is
+  finished, so the machine's finished() signal is connected to the
+  application's quit() slot.
+
+  A child state can override an inherited transition. For example, the
+  following code adds a transition that effectively causes the Quit button to
+  be ignored when the state machine is in state \c s12.
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/statemachine/main2.cpp 2
+
+  A transition can have any state as its target, i.e. the target state does
+  not have to be on the same level in the state hierarchy as the source state.
+
+  \section1 Using History States to Save and Restore the Current State
+
+  Imagine that we wanted to add an "interrupt" mechanism to the example
+  discussed in the previous section; the user should be able to click a button
+  to have the state machine perform some non-related task, after which the
+  state machine should resume whatever it was doing before (i.e. return to the
+  old state, which is one of \c s11, \c s12 and \c s13 in this case).
+
+  Such behavior can easily be modeled using \e{history states}. A history
+  state (QHistoryState object) is a pseudo-state that represents the child
+  state that the parent state was in the last time the parent state was
+  exited.
+
+  A history state is created as a child of the state for which we wish to
+  record the current child state; when the state machine detects the presence
+  of such a state at runtime, it automatically records the current (real)
+  child state when the parent state is exited. A transition to the history
+  state is in fact a transition to the child state that the state machine had
+  previously saved; the state machine automatically "forwards" the transition
+  to the real child state.
+
+  The following diagram shows the state machine after the interrupt mechanism
+  has been added.
+
+    \img statemachine-button-history.png
+    \omit
+    \caption This is a caption
+    \endomit
+
+  The following code shows how it can be implemented; in this example we
+  simply display a message box when \c s3 is entered, then immediately return
+  to the previous child state of \c s1 via the history state.
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/statemachine/main2.cpp 3
+
+  \section1 Using Parallel States to Avoid a Combinatorial Explosion of States
+
+  Assume that you wanted to model a set of mutually exclusive properties of a
+  car in a single state machine. Let's say the properties we are interested in
+  are Clean vs Dirty, and Moving vs Not moving. It would take four mutually
+  exclusive states and eight transitions to be able to represent and freely
+  move between all possible combinations.
+
+    \img statemachine-nonparallel.png
+    \omit
+    \caption This is a caption
+    \endomit
+
+  If we added a third property (say, Red vs Blue), the total number of states
+  would double, to eight; and if we added a fourth property (say, Enclosed vs
+  Convertible), the total number of states would double again, to 16.
+
+  Using parallel states, the total number of states and transitions grows
+  linearly as we add more properties, instead of exponentially. Furthermore,
+  states can be added to or removed from the parallel state without affecting
+  any of their sibling states.
+
+    \img statemachine-parallel.png
+    \omit
+    \caption This is a caption
+    \endomit
+
+  To create a parallel state group, pass QState::ParallelStates to the QState
+  constructor.
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/statemachine/main3.cpp 0
+
+  When a parallel state group is entered, all its child states will be
+  simultaneously entered. Transitions within the individual child states
+  operate normally. However, any of the child states may take a transition
+  outside the parent state. When this happens, the parent state and all of its
+  child states are exited.
+
+  \section1 Detecting that a Composite State has Finished
+
+  A child state can be final (a QFinalState object); when a final child state
+  is entered, the parent state emits the QState::finished() signal. The
+  following diagram shows a composite state \c s1 which does some processing
+  before entering a final state:
+
+    \img statemachine-finished.png
+    \omit
+    \caption This is a caption
+    \endomit
+
+  When \c s1 's final state is entered, \c s1 will automatically emit
+  finished(). We use a signal transition to cause this event to trigger a
+  state change:
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/statemachine/main3.cpp 1
+
+  Using final states in composite states is useful when you want to hide the
+  internal details of a composite state; i.e. the only thing the outside world
+  should be able to do is enter the state, and get a notification when the
+  state has completed its work. This is a very powerful abstraction and
+  encapsulation mechanism when building complex (deeply nested) state
+  machines. (In the above example, you could of course create a transition
+  directly from \c s1 's \c done state rather than relying on \c s1 's
+  finished() signal, but with the consequence that implementation details of
+  \c s1 are exposed and depended on).
+
+  For parallel state groups, the QState::finished() signal is emitted when \e
+  all the child states have entered final states.
+
+  \section1 Events, Transitions and Guards
+
+  A QStateMachine runs its own event loop. For signal transitions
+  (QSignalTransition objects), QStateMachine automatically posts a
+  QSignalEvent to itself when it intercepts the corresponding signal;
+  similarly, for QObject event transitions (QEventTransition objects) a
+  QWrappedEvent is posted.
+
+  You can post your own events to the state machine using
+  QStateMachine::postEvent().
+
+  When posting a custom event to the state machine, you typically also have
+  one or more custom transitions that can be triggered from events of that
+  type. To create such a transition, you subclass QAbstractTransition and
+  reimplement QAbstractTransition::eventTest(), where you check if an event
+  matches your event type (and optionally other criteria, e.g. attributes of
+  the event object).
+
+  Here we define our own custom event type, \c StringEvent, for posting
+  strings to the state machine:
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/statemachine/main4.cpp 0
+
+  Next, we define a transition that only triggers when the event's string
+  matches a particular string (a \e guarded transition):
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/statemachine/main4.cpp 1
+
+  In the eventTest() reimplementation, we first check if the event type is the
+  desired one; if so, we cast the event to a StringEvent and perform the
+  string comparison.
+
+  The following is a statechart that uses the custom event and transition:
+
+    \img statemachine-customevents.png
+    \omit
+    \caption This is a caption
+    \endomit
+
+  Here's what the implementation of the statechart looks like:
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/statemachine/main4.cpp 2
+
+  Once the machine is started, we can post events to it.
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/statemachine/main4.cpp 3
+
+  An event that is not handled by any relevant transition will be silently
+  consumed by the state machine. It can be useful to group states and provide
+  a default handling of such events; for example, as illustrated in the
+  following statechart:
+
+    \img statemachine-customevents2.png
+    \omit
+    \caption This is a caption
+    \endomit
+
+  For deeply nested statecharts, you can add such "fallback" transitions at
+  the level of granularity that's most appropriate.
+
+  \section1 Using Restore Policy To Automatically Restore Properties
+
+  In some state machines it can be useful to focus the attention on assigning properties in states,
+  not on restoring them when the state is no longer active. If you know that a property should
+  always be restored to its initial value when the machine enters a state that does not explicitly
+  give the property a value, you can set the global restore policy to
+  QStateMachine::RestoreProperties.
+
+  \code
+    QStateMachine machine;
+    machine.setGlobalRestorePolicy(QStateMachine::RestoreProperties);
+  \endcode
+
+  When this restore policy is set, the machine will automatically restore all properties. If it
+  enters a state where a given property is not set, it will first search the hierarchy of ancestors
+  to see if the property is defined there. If it is, the property will be restored to the value
+  defined by the closest ancestor. If not, it will be restored to its initial value (i.e. the
+  value of the property before any property assignments in states were executed.)
+
+  Take the following code:
+  \code
+    QStateMachine machine;
+    machine.setGlobalRestorePolicy(QStateMachine::RestoreProperties);
+
+    QState *s1 = new QState();
+    s1->assignProperty(object, "fooBar", 1.0);
+    machine.addState(s1);
+    machine.setInitialState(s1);
+
+    QState *s2 = new QState();
+    machine.addState(s2);
+  \endcode
+
+  Lets say the property \c fooBar is 0.0 when the machine starts. When the machine is in state
+  \c s1, the property will be 1.0, since the state explicitly assigns this value to it. When the
+  machine is in state \c s2, no value is explicitly defined for the property, so it will implicitly
+  be restored to 0.0.
+
+  If we are using nested states, the parent defines a value for the property which is inherited by
+  all descendants that do not explicitly assign a value to the property.
+  \code
+    QStateMachine machine;
+    machine.setGlobalRestorePolicy(QStateMachine::RestoreProperties);
+
+    QState *s1 = new QState();
+    s1->assignProperty(object, "fooBar", 1.0);
+    machine.addState(s1);
+    machine.setInitialState(s1);
+
+    QState *s2 = new QState(s1);
+    s2->assignProperty(object, "fooBar", 2.0);
+    s1->setInitialState(s2);
+
+    QState *s3 = new QState(s1);
+  \endcode
+
+  Here \c s1 has two children: \c s2 and \c s3. When \c s2 is entered, the property \c fooBar
+  will have the value 2.0, since this is explicitly defined for the state. When the machine is in
+  state \c s3, no value is defined for the state, but \c s1 defines the property to be 1.0, so this
+  is the value that will be assigned to \c fooBar.
+
+  \section1 Animating Property Assignments
+
+  The State Machine API connects with the Animation API in Qt to allow automatically animating
+  properties as they are assigned in states.
+
+  Say we have the following code:
+  \code
+    QState *s1 = new QState();
+    QState *s2 = new QState();
+
+    s1->assignProperty(button, "geometry", QRectF(0, 0, 50, 50));
+    s2->assignProperty(button, "geometry", QRectF(0, 0, 100, 100));
+
+    s1->addTransition(button, SIGNAL(clicked()), s2);
+  \endcode
+
+  Here we define two states of a user interface. In \c s1 the \c button is small, and in \c s2
+  it is bigger. If we click the button to transition from \c s1 to \c s2, the geometry of the button
+  will be set immediately when a given state has been entered. If we want the transition to be
+  smooth, however, all we need to do is make a QPropertyAnimation and add this to the transition
+  object.
+
+  \code
+    QState *s1 = new QState();
+    QState *s2 = new QState();
+
+    s1->assignProperty(button, "geometry", QRectF(0, 0, 50, 50));
+    s2->assignProperty(button, "geometry", QRectF(0, 0, 100, 100));
+
+    QSignalTransition *transition = s1->addTransition(button, SIGNAL(clicked()), s2);
+    transition->addAnimation(new QPropertyAnimation(button, "geometry"));
+  \endcode
+
+  Adding an animation for the property in question means that the property assignment will no
+  longer take immediate effect when the state has been entered. Instead, the animation will start
+  playing when the state has been entered and smoothly animate the property assignment. Since we
+  do not set the start value or end value of the animation, these will be set implicitly. The
+  start value of the animation will be the property's current value when the animation starts, and
+  the end value will be set based on the property assignments defined for the state.
+
+  If the global restore policy of the state machine is set to QStateMachine::RestoreProperties,
+  it is possible to also add animations for the property restorations.
+
+  \section1 Detecting That All Properties Have Been Set In A State
+
+  When animations are used to assign properties, a state no longer defines the exact values that a
+  property will have when the machine is in the given state. While the animation is running, the
+  property can potentially have any value, depending on the animation.
+
+  In some cases, it can be useful to be able to detect when the property has actually been assigned
+  the value defined by a state. For this, we can use the state's polished() signal.
+  \code
+    QState *s1 = new QState();
+    s1->assignProperty(button, "geometry", QRectF(0, 0, 50, 50));
+
+    QState *s2 = new QState();
+
+    s1->addTransition(s1, SIGNAL(polished()), s2);
+  \endcode
+
+  The machine will be in state \c s1 until the \c geometry property has been set. Then it will
+  immediately transition into \c s2. If the transition into \c s1 has an animation for the \c
+  geometry property, then the machine will stay in \c s1 until the animation has finished. If there
+  is no animation, it will simply set the property and immediately enter state \c s2.
+
+  Either way, when the machine is in state \c s2, the property \c geometry has been assigned the
+  defined value.
+
+  If the global restore policy is set to QStateMachine::RestoreProperties, the state will not emit
+  the polished() signal until these have been executed as well.
+
+  \section1 What happens if a state is exited before the animation has finished
+
+  If a state has property assignments, and the transition into the state has animations for the
+  properties, the state can potentially be exited before the properties have been assigned to the
+  values defines by the state. This is true in particular when there are transitions out from the
+  state that do not depend on the state being polished, as described in the previous section.
+
+  The State Machine API guarantees that a property assigned by the state machine either:
+  \list
+  \o Has a value explicitly assigned to the property.
+  \o Is currently being animated into a value explicitly assigned to the property.
+  \endlist
+
+  When a state is exited prior to the animation finishing, the behavior of the state machine depends
+  on the target state of the transition. If the target state explicitly assigns a value to the
+  property, no additional action will be taken. The property will be assigned the value defined by
+  the target state.
+
+  If the target state does not assign any value to the property, there are two
+  options: By default, the property will be assigned the value defined by the state it is leaving
+  (the value it would have been assigned if the animation had been permitted to finish playing.) If
+  a global restore policy is set, however, this will take precedence, and the property will be
+  restored as usual.
+
+  \section1 Default Animations
+
+  As described earlier, you can add animations to transitions to make sure property assignments
+  in the target state are animated. If you want a specific animation to be used for a given property
+  regardless of which transition is taken, you can add it as a default animation to the state
+  machine. This is in particular useful when the properties assigned (or restored) by specific
+  states is not known when the machine is constructed.
+
+  \code
+    QState *s1 = new QState();
+    QState *s2 = new QState();
+
+    s2->assignProperty(object, "fooBar", 2.0);
+    s1->addTransition(s2);
+
+    QStateMachine machine;
+    machine.setInitialState(s1);
+    machine.addDefaultAnimation(new QPropertyAnimation(object, "fooBar"));
+  \endcode
+
+  When the machine is in state \c s2, the machine will play the default animation for the
+  property \c fooBar since this property is assigned by \c s2.
+
+  Note that animations explicitly set on transitions will take precedence over any default
+  animation for the given property.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/templates.qdoc b/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/templates.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..39d76ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/templates.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,229 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page templates.html
+    \title Why Doesn't Qt Use Templates for Signals and Slots?
+    \brief The reasoning behind Qt's implementation of signals and slots.
+
+    Templates are a builtin mechanism in C++ that allows the compiler to
+    generate code on the fly, depending on the type of the arguments
+    passed. As such, templates are highly interesting to framework
+    creators, and we do use advanced templates in many places
+    in Qt. However, there are limitations: There are things that you can
+    easily express with templates, and there are things that are
+    impossible to express with templates. A generic vector container class
+    is easily expressible, even with partial specialisation for pointer
+    types, while a function that sets up a graphical user interface based
+    on a XML description given as a string is not expressible as
+    template. And then there is gray area in between. Things that you can
+    hack with templates at the cost of code size, readability,
+    portability, usability, extensability, robustness and ultimately
+    design beauty. Both templates and the C preprocessor can be stretched
+    to do incredibility smart and mind boggling things. But just because
+    those things can be done, does not necessarily mean doing them is the
+    right design choice.
+
+    There is an important practical challenge we have to mention: due to
+    the inadequacies of various compilers it is still not possible to
+    fully exploit the template mechanism in cross-platform
+    applications. Code unfortunately is not meant to be published in
+    books, but compiled with real-world compilers on real-world operating
+    system. Even today, many widely used C++ compilers have problems with
+    advanced templates. For example, you cannot safely rely on partial
+    template specialisation, which is essential for some non-trivial
+    problem domains. Some compilers also have limitations with regards to
+    template member functions, which make it hard to combine generic
+    programming with object orientated programming. However, we do not
+    perceive these problems as a serious limitation in our work. Even if
+    all our users had access to a fully standards compliant modern C++
+    compiler with excellent template support, we would not abandon the
+    string-based approach used by our meta object compiler for a template
+    based signals and slots system. Here are five reasons why:
+
+    \section1 Syntax matters
+
+    Syntax isn't just sugar: the syntax we use to express our algorithms can
+    significantly affect the readability and maintainability of our code.
+    The syntax used for Qt's signals and slots has proved very successful in
+    practice. The syntax is intuitive, simple to use and easy to read.
+    People learning Qt find the syntax helps them understand and utilize the
+    signals and slots concept -- despite its highly abstract and generic
+    nature. Furthermore, declaring signals in class definitions ensures that
+    the signals are protected in the sense of protected C++ member
+    functions. This helps programmers get their design right from the very
+    beginning, without even having to think about design patterns.
+
+    \section1 Code Generators are Good
+
+    Qt's \c{moc} (Meta Object Compiler) provides a clean way to go
+    beyond the compiled language's facilities. It does so by generating
+    additional C++ code which can be compiled by any standard C++ compiler.
+    The \c{moc} reads C++ source files. If it finds one or more class
+    declarations that contain the Q_OBJECT macro, it produces another C++
+    source file which contains the meta object code for those classes. The
+    C++ source file generated by the \c{moc} must be compiled and
+    linked with the implementation of the class (or it can be
+    \c{#included} into the class's source file). Typically \c{moc}
+    is not called manually, but automatically by the build system, so it
+    requires no additional effort by the programmer.
+
+    The \c{moc} is not the only code generator Qt is using. Another
+    prominent example is the \c{uic} (User Interface Compiler). It
+    takes a user interface description in XML and creates C++ code that
+    sets up the form. Outside Qt, code generators are common as well. Take
+    for example \c{rpc} and \c{idl}, that enable programs or
+    objects to communicate over process or machine boundaries. Or the vast
+    variety of scanner and parser generators, with \c{lex} and
+    \c{yacc} being the most well-known ones. They take a grammar
+    specification as input and generate code that implements a state
+    machine. The alternatives to code generators are hacked compilers,
+    proprietary languages or graphical programming tools with one-way
+    dialogs or wizards that generate obscure code during design time
+    rather than compile time. Rather than locking our customers into a
+    proprietary C++ compiler or into a particular Integrated Development
+    Environment, we enable them to use whatever tools they prefer. Instead
+    of forcing programmers to add generated code into source repositories,
+    we encourage them to add our tools to their build system: cleaner,
+    safer and more in the spirit of UNIX.
+
+
+    \section1 GUIs are Dynamic
+
+    C++ is a standarized, powerful and elaborate general-purpose language.
+    It's the only language that is exploited on such a wide range of
+    software projects, spanning every kind of application from entire
+    operating systems, database servers and high end graphics
+    applications to common desktop applications. One of the keys to C++'s
+    success is its scalable language design that focuses on maximum
+    performance and minimal memory consumption whilst still maintaining
+    ANSI C compatibility.
+
+    For all these advantages, there are some downsides. For C++, the static
+    object model is a clear disadvantage over the dynamic messaging approach
+    of Objective C when it comes to component-based graphical user interface
+    programming. What's good for a high end database server or an operating
+    system isn't necessarily the right design choice for a GUI frontend.
+    With \c{moc}, we have turned this disadvantage into an advantage,
+    and added the flexibility required to meet the challenge of safe and
+    efficient graphical user interface programming.
+
+    Our approach goes far beyond anything you can do with templates. For
+    example, we can have object properties. And we can have overloaded
+    signals and slots, which feels natural when programming in a language
+    where overloads are a key concept. Our signals add zero bytes to the
+    size of a class instance, which means we can add new signals without
+    breaking binary compatibility. Because we do not rely on excessive
+    inlining as done with templates, we can keep the code size smaller.
+    Adding new connections just expands to a simple function call rather
+    than a complex template function. 
+
+    Another benefit is that we can explore an object's signals and slots at
+    runtime. We can establish connections using type-safe call-by-name,
+    without having to know the exact types of the objects we are connecting.
+    This is impossible with a template based solution. This kind of runtime
+    introspection opens up new possibilities, for example GUIs that are
+    generated and connected from Qt Designer's XML UI files.
+
+    \section1 Calling Performance is Not Everything
+
+    Qt's signals and slots implementation is not as fast as a
+    template-based solution. While emitting a signal is approximately the
+    cost of four ordinary function calls with common template
+    implementations, Qt requires effort comparable to about ten function
+    calls. This is not surprising since the Qt mechanism includes a
+    generic marshaller, introspection, queued calls between different
+    threads, and ultimately scriptability. It does not rely on excessive
+    inlining and code expansion and it provides unmatched runtime
+    safety. Qt's iterators are safe while those of faster template-based
+    systems are not. Even during the process of emitting a signal to
+    several receivers, those receivers can be deleted safely without your
+    program crashing. Without this safety, your application would
+    eventually crash with a difficult to debug free'd memory read or write
+    error.
+
+    Nonetheless, couldn't a template-based solution improve the performance
+    of an application using signals and slots? While it is true that Qt adds
+    a small overhead to the cost of calling a slot through a signal, the
+    cost of the call is only a small proportion of the entire cost of a
+    slot. Benchmarking against Qt's signals and slots system is typically
+    done with empty slots. As soon as you do anything useful in your slots,
+    for example a few simple string operations, the calling overhead becomes
+    negligible. Qt's system is so optimized that anything that requires
+    operator new or delete (for example, string operations or
+    inserting/removing something from a template container) is significantly
+    more expensive than emitting a signal.
+
+    Aside: If you have a signals and slots connection in a tight inner loop
+    of a performance critical task and you identify this connection as the
+    bottleneck, think about using the standard listener-interface pattern
+    rather than signals and slots. In cases where this occurs, you probably
+    only require a 1:1 connection anyway. For example, if you have an object
+    that downloads data from the network, it's a perfectly sensible design
+    to use a signal to indicate that the requested data arrived. But if you
+    need to send out every single byte one by one to a consumer, use a
+    listener interface rather than signals and slots.
+
+    \section1 No Limits
+
+    Because we had the \c{moc} for signals and slots, we could add
+    other useful things to it that could not be done with templates.
+    Among these are scoped translations via a generated \c{tr()}
+    function, and an advanced property system with introspection and
+    extended runtime type information. The property system alone is a
+    great advantage: a powerful and generic user interface design tool
+    like Qt Designer would be a lot harder to write - if not impossible -
+    without a powerful and introspective property system. But it does not
+    end here. We also provide a dynamic qobject_cast<T>() mechanism
+    that does not rely on the system's RTTI and thus does not share its
+    limitations. We use it to safely query interfaces from dynamically
+    loaded components. Another application domain are dynamic meta
+    objects. We can e.g. take ActiveX components and at runtime create a
+    meta object around it. Or we can export Qt components as ActiveX
+    components by exporting its meta object. You cannot do either of these
+    things with templates.
+
+    C++ with the \c{moc} essentially gives us the flexibility of
+    Objective-C or of a Java Runtime Environment, while maintaining C++'s
+    unique performance and scalability advantages. It is what makes Qt the
+    flexible and comfortable tool we have today.
+
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/threads.qdoc b/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/threads.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bc65daf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/threads.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,700 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \group thread
+    \title Threading Classes
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page threads.html
+    \title Thread Support in Qt
+    \brief A detailed discussion of thread handling in Qt.
+
+    \ingroup frameworks-technologies
+
+    \nextpage Starting Threads with QThread
+
+    Qt provides thread support in the form of platform-independent
+    threading classes, a thread-safe way of posting events, and
+    signal-slot connections across threads. This makes it easy to
+    develop portable multithreaded Qt applications and take advantage
+    of multiprocessor machines. Multithreaded programming is also a
+    useful paradigm for performing time-consuming operations without
+    freezing the user interface of an application.
+
+    Earlier versions of Qt offered an option to build the library
+    without thread support. Since Qt 4.0, threads are always enabled.
+
+    \section1 Topics:
+
+    \list
+    \o \l{Recommended Reading}
+    \o \l{The Threading Classes}
+    \o \l{Starting Threads with QThread}
+    \o \l{Synchronizing Threads}
+    \o \l{Reentrancy and Thread-Safety}
+    \o \l{Threads and QObjects}
+    \o \l{Concurrent Programming}
+    \o \l{Thread-Support in Qt Modules}
+    \endlist
+
+    \section1 Recommended Reading
+
+    This document is intended for an audience that has knowledge of,
+    and experience with, multithreaded applications. If you are new
+    to threading see our Recommended Reading list:
+
+    \list
+    \o \l{Threads Primer: A Guide to Multithreaded Programming}
+    \o \l{Thread Time: The Multithreaded Programming Guide}
+    \o \l{Pthreads Programming: A POSIX Standard for Better Multiprocessing}
+    \o \l{Win32 Multithreaded Programming}
+    \endlist
+
+    \section1 The Threading Classes
+
+    These classes are relevant to threaded applications.
+
+    \annotatedlist thread
+
+\omit
+    \list
+    \o QThread provides the means to start a new thread.
+    \o QThreadStorage provides per-thread data storage.
+    \o QThreadPool manages a pool of threads that run QRunnable objects.
+    \o QRunnable is an abstract class representing a runnable object.
+    \o QMutex provides a mutual exclusion lock, or mutex.
+    \o QMutexLocker is a convenience class that automatically locks
+       and unlocks a QMutex.
+    \o QReadWriteLock provides a lock that allows simultaneous read access.
+    \o QReadLocker and QWriteLocker are convenience classes that automatically
+       lock and unlock a QReadWriteLock.
+    \o QSemaphore provides an integer semaphore (a generalization of a mutex).
+    \o QWaitCondition provides a way for threads to go to sleep until
+       woken up by another thread.
+    \o QAtomicInt provides atomic operations on integers.
+    \o QAtomicPointer provides atomic operations on pointers.
+    \endlist
+\endomit
+
+    \note Qt's threading classes are implemented with native threading APIs;
+    e.g., Win32 and pthreads. Therefore, they can be used with threads of the
+    same native API.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page threads-starting.html
+    \title Starting Threads with QThread
+    
+    \contentspage Thread Support in Qt
+    \nextpage Synchronizing Threads
+
+    A QThread instance represents a thread and provides the means to
+    \l{QThread::start()}{start()} a thread, which will then execute the
+    reimplementation of QThread::run(). The \c run() implementation is for a 
+    thread what the \c main() entry point is for the application. All code
+    executed in a call stack that starts in the \c run() function is executed
+    by the new thread, and the thread finishes when the function returns.
+    QThread emits signals to indicate that the thread started or finished
+    executing.
+
+    \section1 Creating a Thread
+
+    To create a thread, subclass QThread and reimplement its
+    \l{QThread::run()}{run()} function. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/threads/threads.h 0
+    \codeline
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/threads/threads.cpp 0
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/threads/threads.cpp 1
+    \dots
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/threads/threads.cpp 2
+
+    \section1 Starting a Thread
+
+    Then, create an instance of the thread object and call
+    QThread::start(). Note that you must create the QApplication (or
+    QCoreApplication) object before you can create a QThread.
+    
+    The function will return immediately and the 
+    main thread will continue. The code that appears in the
+    \l{QThread::run()}{run()} reimplementation will then be executed
+    in a separate thread.
+    
+    Creating threads is explained in more detail in the QThread
+    documentation.
+
+    Note that QCoreApplication::exec() must always be called from the
+    main thread (the thread that executes \c{main()}), not from a
+    QThread. In GUI applications, the main thread is also called the
+    GUI thread because it's the only thread that is allowed to
+    perform GUI-related operations.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page threads-synchronizing.html
+    \title Synchronizing Threads
+    
+    \previouspage Starting Threads with QThread
+    \contentspage Thread Support in Qt
+    \nextpage Reentrancy and Thread-Safety
+
+    The QMutex, QReadWriteLock, QSemaphore, and QWaitCondition
+    classes provide means to synchronize threads. While the main idea
+    with threads is that they should be as concurrent as possible,
+    there are points where threads must stop and wait for other
+    threads. For example, if two threads try to access the same
+    global variable simultaneously, the results are usually
+    undefined.
+
+    QMutex provides a mutually exclusive lock, or mutex. At most one
+    thread can hold the mutex at any time. If a thread tries to
+    acquire the mutex while the mutex is already locked, the thread will
+    be put to sleep until the thread that currently holds the mutex
+    unlocks it. Mutexes are often used to protect accesses to shared
+    data (i.e., data that can be accessed from multiple threads
+    simultaneously). In the \l{Reentrancy and Thread-Safety} section
+    below, we will use it to make a class thread-safe.
+
+    QReadWriteLock is similar to QMutex, except that it distinguishes
+    between "read" and "write" access to shared data and allows
+    multiple readers to access the data simultaneously. Using
+    QReadWriteLock instead of QMutex when it is possible can make
+    multithreaded programs more concurrent.
+
+    QSemaphore is a generalization of QMutex that protects a certain
+    number of identical resources. In contrast, a mutex protects
+    exactly one resource. The \l{threads/semaphores}{Semaphores}
+    example shows a typical application of semaphores: synchronizing
+    access to a circular buffer between a producer and a consumer.
+
+    QWaitCondition allows a thread to wake up other threads when some
+    condition has been met. One or many threads can block waiting for
+    a QWaitCondition to set a condition with
+    \l{QWaitCondition::wakeOne()}{wakeOne()} or
+    \l{QWaitCondition::wakeAll()}{wakeAll()}. Use
+    \l{QWaitCondition::wakeOne()}{wakeOne()} to wake one randomly
+    selected event or \l{QWaitCondition::wakeAll()}{wakeAll()} to
+    wake them all. The \l{threads/waitconditions}{Wait Conditions}
+    example shows how to solve the producer-consumer problem using
+    QWaitCondition instead of QSemaphore.
+
+    Note that Qt's synchronization classes rely on the use of properly
+    aligned pointers. For instance, you cannot use packed classes with
+    MSVC.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page threads-reentrancy.html
+    \title Reentrancy and Thread-Safety
+    
+    \keyword reentrant
+    \keyword thread-safe
+    
+    \previouspage Synchronizing Threads
+    \contentspage Thread Support in Qt
+    \nextpage Threads and QObjects
+
+    Throughout the documentation, the terms \e{reentrant} and
+    \e{thread-safe} are used to mark classes and functions to indicate
+    how they can be used in multithread applications:
+
+    \list
+    \o A \e thread-safe function can be called simultaneously from
+       multiple threads, even when the invocations use shared data, 
+       because all references to the shared data are serialized.
+    \o A \e reentrant function can also be called simultaneously from
+       multiple threads, but only if each invocation uses its own data.
+    \endlist
+
+    Hence, a \e{thread-safe} function is always \e{reentrant}, but a
+    \e{reentrant} function is not always \e{thread-safe}.
+
+    By extension, a class is said to be \e{reentrant} if its member
+    functions can be called safely from multiple threads, as long as
+    each thread uses a \e{different} instance of the class. The class
+    is \e{thread-safe} if its member functions can be called safely
+    from multiple threads, even if all the threads use the \e{same}
+    instance of the class.
+
+    C++ classes are often reentrant, simply because they only access
+    their own member data. Any thread can call a member function on an
+    instance of a reentrant class, as long as no other thread can call
+    a member function on the \e{same} instance of the class at the
+    same time. For example, the \c Counter class below is reentrant:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/threads/threads.cpp 3
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/threads/threads.cpp 4
+
+    The class isn't thread-safe, because if multiple threads try to
+    modify the data member \c n, the result is undefined. This is
+    because the \c ++ and \c -- operators aren't always atomic.
+    Indeed, they usually expand to three machine instructions:
+
+    \list 1
+    \o Load the variable's value in a register.
+    \o Increment or decrement the register's value.
+    \o Store the register's value back into main memory.
+    \endlist
+
+    If thread A and thread B load the variable's old value
+    simultaneously, increment their register, and store it back, they
+    end up overwriting each other, and the variable is incremented
+    only once!
+
+    Clearly, the access must be serialized: Thread A must perform
+    steps 1, 2, 3 without interruption (atomically) before thread B
+    can perform the same steps; or vice versa. An easy way to make
+    the class thread-safe is to protect all access to the data
+    members with a QMutex:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/threads/threads.cpp 5
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/threads/threads.cpp 6
+
+    The QMutexLocker class automatically locks the mutex in its
+    constructor and unlocks it when the destructor is invoked, at the
+    end of the function. Locking the mutex ensures that access from
+    different threads will be serialized. The \c mutex data member is
+    declared with the \c mutable qualifier because we need to lock
+    and unlock the mutex in \c value(), which is a const function.
+
+    Many Qt classes are \e{reentrant}, but they are not made
+    \e{thread-safe}, because making them thread-safe would incur the
+    extra overhead of repeatedly locking and unlocking a QMutex. For
+    example, QString is reentrant but not thread-safe. You can safely
+    access \e{different} instances of QString from multiple threads
+    simultaneously, but you can't safely access the \e{same} instance
+    of QString from multiple threads simultaneously (unless you
+    protect the accesses yourself with a QMutex).
+
+    Some Qt classes and functions are thread-safe. These are mainly
+    the thread-related classes (e.g. QMutex) and fundamental functions
+    (e.g. QCoreApplication::postEvent()).
+
+    \note Qt Classes are only documented as \e{thread-safe} if they
+    are intended to be used by multiple threads.
+
+    \note Terminology in the multithreading domain isn't entirely
+    standardized. POSIX uses definitions of reentrant and thread-safe
+    that are somewhat different for its C APIs. When using other
+    object-oriented C++ class libraries with Qt, be sure the
+    definitions are understood.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page threads-qobject.html
+    \title Threads and QObjects
+
+    \previouspage Reentrancy and Thread Safety
+    \contentspage Thread Support in Qt
+    \nextpage Concurrent Programming
+
+    QThread inherits QObject. It emits signals to indicate that the
+    thread started or finished executing, and provides a few slots as
+    well.
+
+    More interesting is that \l{QObject}s can be used in multiple
+    threads, emit signals that invoke slots in other threads, and
+    post events to objects that "live" in other threads. This is
+    possible because each thread is allowed to have its own event
+    loop.
+    
+    Topics:
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 QObject Reentrancy
+
+    QObject is reentrant. Most of its non-GUI subclasses, such as
+    QTimer, QTcpSocket, QUdpSocket, QFtp, and QProcess, are also
+    reentrant, making it possible to use these classes from multiple
+    threads simultaneously. Note that these classes are designed to be
+    created and used from within a single thread; creating an object
+    in one thread and calling its functions from another thread is not
+    guaranteed to work. There are three constraints to be aware of:
+
+    \list
+    \o \e{The child of a QObject must always be created in the thread
+       where the parent was created.} This implies, among other
+       things, that you should never pass the QThread object (\c
+       this) as the parent of an object created in the thread (since
+       the QThread object itself was created in another thread).
+
+    \o \e{Event driven objects may only be used in a single thread.}
+       Specifically, this applies to the \l{timers.html}{timer
+       mechanism} and the \l{QtNetwork}{network module}. For example,
+       you cannot start a timer or connect a socket in a thread that
+       is not the \l{QObject::thread()}{object's thread}.
+
+    \o \e{You must ensure that all objects created in a thread are
+       deleted before you delete the QThread.} This can be done
+       easily by creating the objects on the stack in your
+       \l{QThread::run()}{run()} implementation.
+    \endlist
+
+    Although QObject is reentrant, the GUI classes, notably QWidget
+    and all its subclasses, are not reentrant. They can only be used
+    from the main thread. As noted earlier, QCoreApplication::exec()
+    must also be called from that thread.
+
+    In practice, the impossibility of using GUI classes in other
+    threads than the main thread can easily be worked around by
+    putting time-consuming operations in a separate worker thread and
+    displaying the results on screen in the main thread when the
+    worker thread is finished. This is the approach used for
+    implementing the \l{threads/mandelbrot}{Mandelbrot} and
+    the \l{network/blockingfortuneclient}{Blocking Fortune Client}
+    example.
+
+    \section1 Per-Thread Event Loop
+
+    Each thread can have its own event loop. The initial thread
+    starts its event loops using QCoreApplication::exec(); other
+    threads can start an event loop using QThread::exec(). Like
+    QCoreApplication, QThread provides an
+    \l{QThread::exit()}{exit(int)} function and a
+    \l{QThread::quit()}{quit()} slot.
+
+    An event loop in a thread makes it possible for the thread to use
+    certain non-GUI Qt classes that require the presence of an event
+    loop (such as QTimer, QTcpSocket, and QProcess). It also makes it
+    possible to connect signals from any threads to slots of a
+    specific thread. This is explained in more detail in the
+    \l{Signals and Slots Across Threads} section below.
+
+    \image threadsandobjects.png Threads, objects, and event loops
+
+    A QObject instance is said to \e live in the thread in which it
+    is created. Events to that object are dispatched by that thread's
+    event loop. The thread in which a QObject lives is available using
+    QObject::thread().
+
+    Note that for QObjects that are created before QApplication,
+    QObject::thread() returns zero. This means that the main thread
+    will only handle posted events for these objects; other event
+    processing is not done at all for objects with no thread. Use the
+    QObject::moveToThread() function to change the thread affinity for
+    an object and its children (the object cannot be moved if it has a
+    parent).
+
+    Calling \c delete on a QObject from a thread other than the one
+    that \e owns the object (or accessing the object in other ways) is
+    unsafe, unless you guarantee that the object isn't processing
+    events at that moment. Use QObject::deleteLater() instead, and a
+    \l{QEvent::DeferredDelete}{DeferredDelete} event will be posted,
+    which the event loop of the object's thread will eventually pick
+    up. By default, the thread that \e owns a QObject is the thread
+    that \e creates the QObject, but not after QObject::moveToThread()
+    has been called.
+
+    If no event loop is running, events won't be delivered to the
+    object. For example, if you create a QTimer object in a thread but
+    never call \l{QThread::exec()}{exec()}, the QTimer will never emit
+    its \l{QTimer::timeout()}{timeout()} signal. Calling
+    \l{QObject::deleteLater()}{deleteLater()} won't work
+    either. (These restrictions apply to the main thread as well.)
+
+    You can manually post events to any object in any thread at any
+    time using the thread-safe function
+    QCoreApplication::postEvent(). The events will automatically be
+    dispatched by the event loop of the thread where the object was
+    created.
+
+    Event filters are supported in all threads, with the restriction
+    that the monitoring object must live in the same thread as the
+    monitored object. Similarly, QCoreApplication::sendEvent()
+    (unlike \l{QCoreApplication::postEvent()}{postEvent()}) can only
+    be used to dispatch events to objects living in the thread from
+    which the function is called.
+
+    \section1 Accessing QObject Subclasses from Other Threads
+
+    QObject and all of its subclasses are not thread-safe. This
+    includes the entire event delivery system. It is important to keep
+    in mind that the event loop may be delivering events to your
+    QObject subclass while you are accessing the object from another
+    thread.
+
+    If you are calling a function on an QObject subclass that doesn't
+    live in the current thread and the object might receive events,
+    you must protect all access to your QObject subclass's internal
+    data with a mutex; otherwise, you may experience crashes or other
+    undesired behavior.
+
+    Like other objects, QThread objects live in the thread where the
+    object was created -- \e not in the thread that is created when
+    QThread::run() is called. It is generally unsafe to provide slots
+    in your QThread subclass, unless you protect the member variables
+    with a mutex.
+
+    On the other hand, you can safely emit signals from your
+    QThread::run() implementation, because signal emission is
+    thread-safe.
+
+    \section1 Signals and Slots Across Threads
+
+    Qt supports three types of signal-slot connections:
+
+    \list
+    \o With \l{Qt::DirectConnection}{direct connections}, the
+       slot gets called immediately when the signal is emitted. The
+       slot is executed in the thread that emitted the signal (which
+       is not necessarily the thread where the receiver object
+       lives).
+
+    \o With \l{Qt::QueuedConnection}{queued connections}, the
+       slot is invoked when control returns to the event loop of the
+       thread to which the object belongs. The slot is executed in
+       the thread where the receiver object lives.
+
+    \o With \l{Qt::AutoConnection}{auto connections} (the default),
+       the behavior is the same as with direct connections if
+       the signal is emitted in the thread where the receiver lives;
+       otherwise, the behavior is that of a queued connection.
+    \endlist
+
+    The connection type can be specified by passing an additional
+    argument to \l{QObject::connect()}{connect()}. Be aware that
+    using direct connections when the sender and receiver live in
+    different threads is unsafe if an event loop is running in the
+    receiver's thread, for the same reason that calling any function
+    on an object living in another thread is unsafe.
+
+    QObject::connect() itself is thread-safe.
+
+    The \l{threads/mandelbrot}{Mandelbrot} example uses a queued
+    connection to communicate between a worker thread and the main
+    thread. To avoid freezing the main thread's event loop (and, as a
+    consequence, the application's user interface), all the
+    Mandelbrot fractal computation is done in a separate worker
+    thread. The thread emits a signal when it is done rendering the
+    fractal.
+
+    Similarly, the \l{network/blockingfortuneclient}{Blocking Fortune
+    Client} example uses a separate thread for communicating with
+    a TCP server asynchronously.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page threads-qtconcurrent.html
+    \title Concurrent Programming
+
+    \previouspage Threads and QObjects
+    \contentspage Thread Support in Qt
+    \nextpage Thread-Support in Qt Modules
+
+    \target qtconcurrent intro
+
+    The QtConcurrent namespace provides high-level APIs that make it
+    possible to write multi-threaded programs without using low-level
+    threading primitives such as mutexes, read-write locks, wait
+    conditions, or semaphores. Programs written with QtConcurrent
+    automatically adjust the number of threads used according to the
+    number of processor cores available. This means that applications
+    written today will continue to scale when deployed on multi-core
+    systems in the future.
+
+    QtConcurrent includes functional programming style APIs for
+    parallel list processing, including a MapReduce and FilterReduce
+    implementation for shared-memory (non-distributed) systems, and
+    classes for managing asynchronous computations in GUI
+    applications:
+
+    \list
+
+    \o QtConcurrent::map() applies a function to every item in a container,
+    modifying the items in-place.
+
+    \o QtConcurrent::mapped() is like map(), except that it returns a new
+    container with the modifications.
+
+    \o QtConcurrent::mappedReduced() is like mapped(), except that the
+    modified results are reduced or folded into a single result.
+
+    \o QtConcurrent::filter() removes all items from a container based on the
+    result of a filter function.
+
+    \o QtConcurrent::filtered() is like filter(), except that it returns a new
+    container with the filtered results.
+
+    \o QtConcurrent::filteredReduced() is like filtered(), except that the
+    filtered results are reduced or folded into a single result.
+
+    \o QtConcurrent::run() runs a function in another thread.
+
+    \o QFuture represents the result of an asynchronous computation.
+
+    \o QFutureIterator allows iterating through results available via QFuture.
+
+    \o QFutureWatcher allows monitoring a QFuture using signals-and-slots.
+
+    \o QFutureSynchronizer is a convenience class that automatically
+    synchronizes several QFutures.
+
+    \endlist
+
+    Qt Concurrent supports several STL-compatible container and iterator types, 
+    but works best with Qt containers that have random-access iterators, such as 
+    QList or QVector. The map and filter functions accept both containers and begin/end iterators.
+
+    STL Iterator support overview:
+
+    \table
+    \header
+        \o Iterator Type
+        \o Example classes
+        \o Support status
+    \row
+        \o Input Iterator
+        \o 
+        \o Not Supported
+    \row
+        \o Output Iterator
+        \o 
+        \o Not Supported
+    \row
+        \o Forward Iterator
+        \o std::slist
+        \o Supported
+    \row
+        \o Bidirectional Iterator
+        \o QLinkedList, std::list
+        \o Supported
+    \row
+        \o Random Access Iterator
+        \o QList, QVector, std::vector
+        \o Supported and Recommended
+    \endtable
+    
+    Random access iterators can be faster in cases where Qt Concurrent is iterating
+    over a large number of lightweight items, since they allow skipping to any point
+    in the container. In addition, using random access iterators allows Qt Concurrent
+    to provide progress information trough QFuture::progressValue() and QFutureWatcher::
+    progressValueChanged().
+
+    The non in-place modifying functions such as mapped() and filtered() makes a 
+    copy of the container when called. If you are using STL containers this copy operation
+    might take some time, in this case we recommend specifying the begin and end iterators
+    for the container instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page threads-modules.html
+    \title Thread-Support in Qt Modules
+
+    \previouspage Concurrent Programming
+    \contentspage Thread Support in Qt
+
+    \section1 Threads and the SQL Module
+
+    A connection can only be used from within the thread that created it.
+    Moving connections between threads or creating queries from a different
+    thread is not supported.
+
+    In addition, the third party libraries used by the QSqlDrivers can impose
+    further restrictions on using the SQL Module in a multithreaded program.
+    Consult the manual of your database client for more information
+
+    \section1 Painting in Threads
+
+    QPainter can be used in a thread to paint onto QImage, QPrinter, and
+    QPicture paint devices. Painting onto QPixmaps and QWidgets is \e not
+    supported. On Mac OS X the automatic progress dialog will not be 
+    displayed if you are printing from outside the GUI thread.
+
+    Any number of threads can paint at any given time, however only
+    one thread at a time can paint on a given paint device. In other
+    words, two threads can paint at the same time if each paints onto
+    separate QImages, but the two threads cannot paint onto the same
+    QImage at the same time.
+
+    Note that on X11 systems without FontConfig support, Qt cannot
+    render text outside of the GUI thread. You can use the
+    QFontDatabase::supportsThreadedFontRendering() function to detect
+    whether or not font rendering can be used outside the GUI thread.
+
+    \section1 Threads and Rich Text Processing
+
+    The QTextDocument, QTextCursor, and \link richtext.html all
+    related classes\endlink are reentrant.
+
+    Note that a QTextDocument instance created in the GUI thread may
+    contain QPixmap image resources. Use QTextDocument::clone() to
+    create a copy of the document, and pass the copy to another thread for
+    further processing (such as printing).
+
+    \section1 Threads and the SVG module
+
+    The QSvgGenerator and QSvgRenderer classes in the QtSvg module
+    are reentrant.
+
+    \section1 Threads and Implicitly Shared Classes
+
+    Qt uses an optimization called \l{implicit sharing} for many of
+    its value class, notably QImage and QString. Beginning with Qt 4,
+    implicit shared classes can safely be copied across threads, like
+    any other value classes. They are fully
+    \l{Reentrancy and Thread-Safety}{reentrant}. The implicit sharing
+    is really \e implicit.
+
+    In many people's minds, implicit sharing and multithreading are
+    incompatible concepts, because of the way the reference counting
+    is typically done. Qt, however, uses atomic reference counting to
+    ensure the integrity of the shared data, avoiding potential
+    corruption of the reference counter.
+
+    Note that atomic reference counting does not guarantee
+    \l{Reentrancy and Thread-Safety}{thread-safety}. Proper locking should be used
+    when sharing an instance of an implicitly shared class between
+    threads. This is the same requirement placed on all
+    \l{Reentrancy and Thread-Safety}{reentrant} classes, shared or not. Atomic reference
+    counting does, however, guarantee that a thread working on its
+    own, local instance of an implicitly shared class is safe. We
+    recommend using \l{Signals and Slots Across Threads}{signals and
+    slots} to pass data between threads, as this can be done without
+    the need for any explicit locking.
+
+    To sum it up, implicitly shared classes in Qt 4 are really \e
+    implicitly shared. Even in multithreaded applications, you can
+    safely use them as if they were plain, non-shared, reentrant
+    value-based classes.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/unicode.qdoc b/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/unicode.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2daefc5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/unicode.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,182 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \group string-processing
+    \title Classes for String Data
+
+    \brief Classes for working with string data.
+
+    These classes are relevant when working with string data. See the
+    \l{Unicode in Qt}{information about support for Unicode in Qt} for
+    more information.
+*/
+
+
+/*! 
+    \page unicode.html
+    \title Unicode in Qt
+    \brief Information about support for Unicode in Qt.
+
+    \keyword Unicode
+
+    \ingroup frameworks-technologies
+
+    Unicode is a multi-byte character set, portable across all major
+    computing platforms and with decent coverage over most of the world.
+    It is also single-locale; it includes no code pages or other
+    complexities that make software harder to write and test. There is no
+    competing character set that's reasonably cross-platform. For these
+    reasons, Unicode 4.0 is used as the native character set for Qt.
+    
+    \section1 Qt's Classes for Working with Strings
+
+    These classes are relevant when working with string data. For information
+    about rendering text, see the \l{Rich Text Processing} overview, and if
+    your string data is in XML, see the \l{XML Processing} overview.
+
+	\annotatedlist string-processing
+
+    \section1 Information about Unicode on the Web
+
+    The \l{http://www.unicode.org/}{Unicode Consortium} has a number
+    of documents available, including
+
+    \list
+
+    \i \l{http://www.unicode.org/unicode/standard/principles.html}{A
+    technical introduction to Unicode}
+    \i \l{http://www.unicode.org/unicode/standard/standard.html}{The
+    home page for the standard}
+
+    \endlist
+
+
+    \section1 The Standard
+
+    The current version of the standard is \l{http://www.unicode.org/versions/Unicode5.1.0/}{Unicode 5.1.0}.
+
+    Previous printed versions of the specification:
+
+    \list
+    \o \l{http://www.amazon.com/Unicode-Standard-Version-5-0-5th/dp/0321480910/trolltech/t}{The Unicode Standard, Version 5.0}
+    \o \l{http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0321185781/trolltech/t}{The Unicode Standard, version 4.0}  
+    \o \l{http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0201616335/trolltech/t}{The Unicode Standard, version 3.2}
+    \o \l{http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0201473459/trolltech/t}{The Unicode Standard, version 2.0} \mdash
+    see also the \l{http://www.unicode.org/unicode/reports/tr8.html}{2.1 update} and
+    \l{http://www.unicode.org/unicode/standard/versions/enumeratedversions.html#Unicode 2.1.9}{the 2.1.9 data files} at
+    \l{http://www.unicode.org}.
+    \endlist
+
+    \section1 Unicode in Qt
+
+    In Qt, and in most applications that use Qt, most or all user-visible
+    strings are stored using Unicode. Qt provides:
+
+    \list
+
+    \i Translation to/from legacy encodings for file I/O: see
+    QTextCodec and QTextStream.
+    \i Translation from Input Methods and 8-bit keyboard input.
+    \i Translation to legacy character sets for on-screen display.
+    \i A string class, QString, that stores Unicode characters, with
+    support for migrating from C strings including fast (cached)
+    translation to and from US-ASCII, and all the usual string
+    operations.
+    \i Unicode-aware widgets where appropriate.
+    \i Unicode support detection on Windows, so that Qt provides Unicode
+    even on Windows platforms that do not support it natively.
+
+    \endlist
+
+    To fully benefit from Unicode, we recommend using QString for storing
+    all user-visible strings, and performing all text file I/O using
+    QTextStream. Use QKeyEvent::text() for keyboard input in any custom
+    widgets you write; it does not make much difference for slow typists
+    in Western Europe or North America, but for fast typists or people
+    using special input methods using text() is beneficial.
+
+    All the function arguments in Qt that may be user-visible strings,
+    QLabel::setText() and a many others, take \c{const QString &}s.
+    QString provides implicit casting from \c{const char *}
+    so that things like
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_unicode.qdoc 0
+
+    will work. There is also a function, QObject::tr(), that provides
+    translation support, like this:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_unicode.qdoc 1
+
+    QObject::tr() maps from \c{const char *} to a Unicode string, and
+    uses installable QTranslator objects to do the mapping.
+
+    Qt provides a number of built-in QTextCodec classes, that is,
+    classes that know how to translate between Unicode and legacy
+    encodings to support programs that must talk to other programs or
+    read/write files in legacy file formats.
+
+    By default, conversion to/from \c{const char *} uses a
+    locale-dependent codec. However, applications can easily find codecs
+    for other locales, and set any open file or network connection to use
+    a special codec. It is also possible to install new codecs, for
+    encodings that the built-in ones do not support. (At the time of
+    writing, Vietnamese/VISCII is one such example.)
+
+    Since US-ASCII and ISO-8859-1 are so common, there are also especially
+    fast functions for mapping to and from them. For example, to open an
+    application's icon one might do this:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_unicode.qdoc 2
+
+    or
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_unicode.qdoc 3
+
+    Regarding output, Qt will do a best-effort conversion from
+    Unicode to whatever encoding the system and fonts provide.
+    Depending on operating system, locale, font availability, and Qt's
+    support for the characters used, this conversion may be good or bad.
+    We will extend this in upcoming versions, with emphasis on the most
+    common locales first.
+
+    \sa {Internationalization with Qt}
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/gallery-cde.qdoc b/doc/src/gallery-cde.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 02dabb1..0000000
--- a/doc/src/gallery-cde.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,392 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-  \page gallery-cde.html
-
-  \title CDE Style Widget Gallery
-  \ingroup gallery
-
-  This page shows some of the widgets available in Qt
-  when configured to use the "cde" style.
-
-\raw HTML
-<h2 align="center">Buttons</h2>
-
-<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
-<colgroup span="2">
-  <col width="40%" />
-  <col width="40%" />
-</colgroup>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage cde-pushbutton.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage cde-toolbutton.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QPushButton widget provides a command button.
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage cde-checkbox.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage cde-radiobutton.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QCheckBox widget provides a checkbox with a text label.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QRadioButton widget provides a radio button with a text or pixmap label.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-\endraw
-\raw HTML
-<h2 align="center">Containers</h2>
-
-<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
-<colgroup span="2">
-  <col width="40%" />
-  <col width="40%" />
-</colgroup>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage cde-groupbox.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage cde-tabwidget.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QGroupBox widget provides a group box frame with a title.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QTabWidget class provides a stack of tabbed widgets.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage cde-frame.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage cde-toolbox.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QFrame widget provides a simple decorated container for other widgets.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QToolBox class provides a column of tabbed widget items.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-\endraw
-\raw HTML
-<h2 align="center">Item Views</h2>
-
-<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
-<colgroup span="2">
-  <col width="40%" />
-  <col width="40%" />
-</colgroup>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage cde-listview.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage cde-treeview.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QListView class provides a default model/view implementation of a list/icon view. The QListWidget class provides a classic item-based list/icon view.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QTreeView class provides a default model/view implementation of a tree view. The QTreeWidget class provides a classic item-based tree view.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage cde-tableview.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QTableView class provides a default model/view implementation of a table view. The QTableWidget class provides a classic item-based table view.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-\endraw
-\raw HTML
-<h2 align="center">Display Widgets</h2>
-
-<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
-<colgroup span="2">
-  <col width="40%" />
-  <col width="40%" />
-</colgroup>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage cde-progressbar.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage cde-lcdnumber.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QProgressBar widget provides a horizontal progress bar.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QLCDNumber widget displays a number with LCD-like digits.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage cde-label.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QLabel widget provides a text or image display.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-\endraw
-\raw HTML
-<h2 align="center">Input Widgets</h2>
-
-<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
-<colgroup span="2">
-  <col width="40%" />
-  <col width="40%" />
-</colgroup>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage cde-slider.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage cde-lineedit.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QSlider widget provides a vertical or horizontal slider.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QLineEdit widget is a one-line text editor.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage cde-combobox.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage cde-doublespinbox.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QComboBox widget is a combined button and pop-up list.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QDoubleSpinBox class provides a spin box widget that allows double precision floating point numbers to be entered.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage cde-spinbox.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage cde-timeedit.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QSpinBox class provides a spin box widget.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QTimeEdit class provides a widget for editing times.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage cde-dateedit.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage cde-datetimeedit.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QDateEdit class provides a widget for editing dates.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QDateTimeEdit class provides a widget for editing dates and times.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage cde-textedit.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage cde-horizontalscrollbar.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QTextEdit class provides a widget that is used to edit and
-     display both plain and rich text.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QScrollBar widget provides a vertical or horizontal scroll bar. Here, we show a scroll bar with horizontal orientation.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage cde-dial.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage cde-calendarwidget.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QDial class provides a rounded range control (like a
-       speedometer or potentiometer).\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QCalendarWidget class provides a monthly calendar widget that can be used to select dates.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage cde-fontcombobox.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QFontComboBox widget is a specialized combobox that enables fonts to be selected from a pop-up list containing previews of available fonts.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-\endraw
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/gallery-cleanlooks.qdoc b/doc/src/gallery-cleanlooks.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 13c0f8f..0000000
--- a/doc/src/gallery-cleanlooks.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,392 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-  \page gallery-cleanlooks.html
-
-  \title Cleanlooks Style Widget Gallery
-  \ingroup gallery
-
-  This page shows some of the widgets available in Qt
-  when configured to use the "cleanlooks" style.
-
-\raw HTML
-<h2 align="center">Buttons</h2>
-
-<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
-<colgroup span="2">
-  <col width="40%" />
-  <col width="40%" />
-</colgroup>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage cleanlooks-pushbutton.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage cleanlooks-toolbutton.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QPushButton widget provides a command button.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QToolButton class provides a quick-access button to commands
-       or options, usually used inside a QToolBar.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage cleanlooks-checkbox.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage cleanlooks-radiobutton.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QCheckBox widget provides a checkbox with a text label.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QRadioButton widget provides a radio button with a text or pixmap label.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-\endraw
-\raw HTML
-<h2 align="center">Containers</h2>
-
-<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
-<colgroup span="2">
-  <col width="40%" />
-  <col width="40%" />
-</colgroup>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage cleanlooks-groupbox.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage cleanlooks-tabwidget.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QGroupBox widget provides a group box frame with a title.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QTabWidget class provides a stack of tabbed widgets.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage cleanlooks-frame.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage cleanlooks-toolbox.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QFrame widget provides a simple decorated container for other widgets.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QToolBox class provides a column of tabbed widget items.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-\endraw
-\raw HTML
-<h2 align="center">Item Views</h2>
-
-<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
-<colgroup span="2">
-  <col width="40%" />
-  <col width="40%" />
-</colgroup>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage cleanlooks-listview.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage cleanlooks-treeview.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QListView class provides a default model/view implementation of a list/icon view. The QListWidget class provides a classic item-based list/icon view.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QTreeView class provides a default model/view implementation of a tree view. The QTreeWidget class provides a classic item-based tree view.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage cleanlooks-tableview.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QTableView class provides a default model/view implementation of a table view. The QTableWidget class provides a classic item-based table view.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-\endraw
-\raw HTML
-<h2 align="center">Display Widgets</h2>
-
-<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
-<colgroup span="2">
-  <col width="40%" />
-  <col width="40%" />
-</colgroup>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage cleanlooks-progressbar.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage cleanlooks-lcdnumber.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QProgressBar widget provides a horizontal progress bar.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QLCDNumber widget displays a number with LCD-like digits.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage cleanlooks-label.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QLabel widget provides a text or image display.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-\endraw
-\raw HTML
-<h2 align="center">Input Widgets</h2>
-
-<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
-<colgroup span="2">
-  <col width="40%" />
-  <col width="40%" />
-</colgroup>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage cleanlooks-slider.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage cleanlooks-lineedit.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QSlider widget provides a vertical or horizontal slider.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QLineEdit widget is a one-line text editor.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage cleanlooks-combobox.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage cleanlooks-doublespinbox.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QComboBox widget is a combined button and pop-up list.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QDoubleSpinBox class provides a spin box widget that allows double precision floating point numbers to be entered.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage cleanlooks-spinbox.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage cleanlooks-timeedit.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QSpinBox class provides a spin box widget.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QTimeEdit class provides a widget for editing times.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage cleanlooks-dateedit.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage cleanlooks-datetimeedit.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QDateEdit class provides a widget for editing dates.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QDateTimeEdit class provides a widget for editing dates and times.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage cleanlooks-textedit.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage cleanlooks-horizontalscrollbar.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QTextEdit class provides a widget that is used to edit and
-     display both plain and rich text.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QScrollBar widget provides a vertical or horizontal scroll bar. Here, we show a scroll bar with horizontal orientation.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage cleanlooks-dial.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage cleanlooks-calendarwidget.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QDial class provides a rounded range control (like a
-       speedometer or potentiometer).\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QCalendarWidget class provides a monthly calendar widget that can be used to select dates.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage cleanlooks-fontcombobox.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QFontComboBox widget is a specialized combobox that enables fonts to be selected from a pop-up list containing previews of available fonts.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-\endraw
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/gallery-gtk.qdoc b/doc/src/gallery-gtk.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 8251f04..0000000
--- a/doc/src/gallery-gtk.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,358 +0,0 @@
-/*!
-  \page gallery-gtk.html
-
-  \title GTK Style Widget Gallery
-  \ingroup gallery
-
-  This page shows some of the widgets available in Qt
-  when configured to use the "gtk" style.
-
-  Take a look at the \l{Qt Widget Gallery} to see how Qt
-  applications appear in other styles.
-
-\raw HTML
-<h2 align="center">Buttons</h2>
-
-<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
-<colgroup span="2">
-  <col width="40%" />
-  <col width="40%" />
-</colgroup>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage gtk-pushbutton.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage gtk-toolbutton.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td align="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QPushButton widget provides a command button.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QToolButton class provides a quick-access button to commands
-       or options, usually used inside a QToolBar.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage gtk-checkbox.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage gtk-radiobutton.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td align="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QCheckBox widget provides a checkbox with a text label.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QRadioButton widget provides a radio button with a text or pixmap label.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-\endraw
-\raw HTML
-<h2 align="center">Containers</h2>
-
-<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
-<colgroup span="2">
-  <col width="40%" />
-  <col width="40%" />
-</colgroup>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage gtk-groupbox.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage gtk-tabwidget.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td align="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QGroupBox widget provides a group box frame with a title.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QTabWidget class provides a stack of tabbed widgets.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage gtk-toolbox.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage gtk-frame.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td align="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QToolBox class provides a column of tabbed widget items.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QFrame widget provides a simple decorated container for other widgets.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-\endraw
-\raw HTML
-<h2 align="center">Item Views</h2>
-
-<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
-<colgroup span="2">
-  <col width="40%" />
-  <col width="40%" />
-</colgroup>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage gtk-listview.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage gtk-treeview.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td align="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QListView class provides a default model/view implementation of a list/icon view. The QListWidget class provides a classic item-based list/icon view.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QTreeView class provides a default model/view implementation of a tree view. The QTreeWidget class provides a classic item-based tree view.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage gtk-tableview.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td align="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QTableView class provides a default model/view implementation of a table view. The QTableWidget class provides a classic item-based table view.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-\endraw
-\raw HTML
-<h2 align="center">Display Widgets</h2>
-
-<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
-<colgroup span="2">
-  <col width="40%" />
-  <col width="40%" />
-</colgroup>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage gtk-progressbar.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage gtk-lcdnumber.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td align="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QProgressBar widget provides a horizontal progress bar.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QLCDNumber widget displays a number with LCD-like digits.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage gtk-label.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QLabel widget provides a text or image display.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-\endraw
-\raw HTML
-<h2 align="center">Input Widgets</h2>
-
-<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
-<colgroup span="2">
-  <col width="40%" />
-  <col width="40%" />
-</colgroup>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage gtk-slider.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage gtk-lineedit.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td align="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QSlider widget provides a vertical or horizontal slider.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QLineEdit widget is a one-line text editor.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage gtk-combobox.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage gtk-doublespinbox.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td align="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QComboBox widget is a combined button and pop-up list.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QDoubleSpinBox class provides a spin box widget that allows double precision floating point numbers to be entered.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage gtk-spinbox.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage gtk-timeedit.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td align="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QSpinBox class provides a spin box widget.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QTimeEdit class provides a widget for editing times.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage gtk-dateedit.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage gtk-datetimeedit.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td align="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QDateEdit class provides a widget for editing dates.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QDateTimeEdit class provides a widget for editing dates and times.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage gtk-textedit.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage gtk-horizontalscrollbar.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td align="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QTextEdit class provides a widget that is used to edit and
-     display both plain and rich text.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QScrollBar widget provides a vertical or horizontal scroll bar. Here, we show a scroll bar with horizontal orientation.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage gtk-dial.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage gtk-calendarwidget.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td align="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QDial class provides a rounded range control (like a
-       speedometer or potentiometer).\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QCalendarWidget class provides a monthly calendar widget that can be used to select dates.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage gtk-fontcombobox.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QFontComboBox widget is a specialized combobox that enables fonts to be selected from a pop-up list containing previews of available fonts.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-\endraw
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/gallery-macintosh.qdoc b/doc/src/gallery-macintosh.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index c7efabe..0000000
--- a/doc/src/gallery-macintosh.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,392 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-  \page gallery-macintosh.html
-
-  \title Macintosh Style Widget Gallery
-  \ingroup gallery
-
-  This page shows some of the widgets available in Qt
-  when configured to use the "macintosh" style.
-
-\raw HTML
-<h2 align="center">Buttons</h2>
-
-<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
-<colgroup span="2">
-  <col width="40%" />
-  <col width="40%" />
-</colgroup>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage macintosh-pushbutton.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage macintosh-toolbutton.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QPushButton widget provides a command button.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QToolButton class provides a quick-access button to commands
-       or options, usually used inside a QToolBar.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage macintosh-checkbox.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage macintosh-radiobutton.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QCheckBox widget provides a checkbox with a text label.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QRadioButton widget provides a radio button with a text or pixmap label.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-\endraw
-\raw HTML
-<h2 align="center">Containers</h2>
-
-<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
-<colgroup span="2">
-  <col width="40%" />
-  <col width="40%" />
-</colgroup>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage macintosh-groupbox.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage macintosh-tabwidget.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QGroupBox widget provides a group box frame with a title.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QTabWidget class provides a stack of tabbed widgets.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage macintosh-frame.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage macintosh-toolbox.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QFrame widget provides a simple decorated container for other widgets.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QToolBox class provides a column of tabbed widget items.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-\endraw
-\raw HTML
-<h2 align="center">Item Views</h2>
-
-<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
-<colgroup span="2">
-  <col width="40%" />
-  <col width="40%" />
-</colgroup>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage macintosh-listview.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage macintosh-treeview.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QListView class provides a default model/view implementation of a list/icon view. The QListWidget class provides a classic item-based list/icon view.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QTreeView class provides a default model/view implementation of a tree view. The QTreeWidget class provides a classic item-based tree view.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage macintosh-tableview.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QTableView class provides a default model/view implementation of a table view. The QTableWidget class provides a classic item-based table view.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-\endraw
-\raw HTML
-<h2 align="center">Display Widgets</h2>
-
-<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
-<colgroup span="2">
-  <col width="40%" />
-  <col width="40%" />
-</colgroup>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage macintosh-progressbar.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage macintosh-lcdnumber.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QProgressBar widget provides a horizontal progress bar.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QLCDNumber widget displays a number with LCD-like digits.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage macintosh-label.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QLabel widget provides a text or image display.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-\endraw
-\raw HTML
-<h2 align="center">Input Widgets</h2>
-
-<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
-<colgroup span="2">
-  <col width="40%" />
-  <col width="40%" />
-</colgroup>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage macintosh-slider.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage macintosh-lineedit.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QSlider widget provides a vertical or horizontal slider.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QLineEdit widget is a one-line text editor.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage macintosh-combobox.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage macintosh-doublespinbox.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QComboBox widget is a combined button and pop-up list.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QDoubleSpinBox class provides a spin box widget that allows double precision floating point numbers to be entered.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage macintosh-spinbox.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage macintosh-timeedit.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QSpinBox class provides a spin box widget.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QTimeEdit class provides a widget for editing times.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage macintosh-dateedit.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage macintosh-datetimeedit.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QDateEdit class provides a widget for editing dates.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QDateTimeEdit class provides a widget for editing dates and times.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage macintosh-textedit.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage macintosh-horizontalscrollbar.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QTextEdit class provides a widget that is used to edit and
-     display both plain and rich text.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QScrollBar widget provides a vertical or horizontal scroll bar. Here, we show a scroll bar with horizontal orientation.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage macintosh-dial.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage macintosh-calendarwidget.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QDial class provides a rounded range control (like a
-       speedometer or potentiometer).\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QCalendarWidget class provides a monthly calendar widget that can be used to select dates.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage macintosh-fontcombobox.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QFontComboBox widget is a specialized combobox that enables fonts to be selected from a pop-up list containing previews of available fonts.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-\endraw
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/gallery-motif.qdoc b/doc/src/gallery-motif.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 1539753..0000000
--- a/doc/src/gallery-motif.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,392 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-  \page gallery-motif.html
-
-  \title Motif Style Widget Gallery
-  \ingroup gallery
-
-  This page shows some of the widgets available in Qt
-  when configured to use the "motif" style.
-
-\raw HTML
-<h2 align="center">Buttons</h2>
-
-<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
-<colgroup span="2">
-  <col width="40%" />
-  <col width="40%" />
-</colgroup>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage motif-pushbutton.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage motif-toolbutton.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QPushButton widget provides a command button.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QToolButton class provides a quick-access button to commands
-       or options, usually used inside a QToolBar.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage motif-checkbox.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage motif-radiobutton.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QCheckBox widget provides a checkbox with a text label.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QRadioButton widget provides a radio button with a text or pixmap label.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-\endraw
-\raw HTML
-<h2 align="center">Containers</h2>
-
-<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
-<colgroup span="2">
-  <col width="40%" />
-  <col width="40%" />
-</colgroup>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage motif-groupbox.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage motif-tabwidget.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QGroupBox widget provides a group box frame with a title.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QTabWidget class provides a stack of tabbed widgets.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage motif-frame.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage motif-toolbox.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QFrame widget provides a simple decorated container for other widgets.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QToolBox class provides a column of tabbed widget items.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-\endraw
-\raw HTML
-<h2 align="center">Item Views</h2>
-
-<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
-<colgroup span="2">
-  <col width="40%" />
-  <col width="40%" />
-</colgroup>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage motif-listview.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage motif-treeview.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QListView class provides a default model/view implementation of a list/icon view. The QListWidget class provides a classic item-based list/icon view.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QTreeView class provides a default model/view implementation of a tree view. The QTreeWidget class provides a classic item-based tree view.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage motif-tableview.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QTableView class provides a default model/view implementation of a table view. The QTableWidget class provides a classic item-based table view.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-\endraw
-\raw HTML
-<h2 align="center">Display Widgets</h2>
-
-<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
-<colgroup span="2">
-  <col width="40%" />
-  <col width="40%" />
-</colgroup>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage motif-progressbar.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage motif-lcdnumber.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QProgressBar widget provides a horizontal progress bar.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QLCDNumber widget displays a number with LCD-like digits.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage motif-label.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QLabel widget provides a text or image display.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-\endraw
-\raw HTML
-<h2 align="center">Input Widgets</h2>
-
-<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
-<colgroup span="2">
-  <col width="40%" />
-  <col width="40%" />
-</colgroup>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage motif-slider.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage motif-lineedit.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QSlider widget provides a vertical or horizontal slider.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QLineEdit widget is a one-line text editor.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage motif-combobox.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage motif-doublespinbox.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QComboBox widget is a combined button and pop-up list.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QDoubleSpinBox class provides a spin box widget that allows double precision floating point numbers to be entered.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage motif-spinbox.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage motif-timeedit.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QSpinBox class provides a spin box widget.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QTimeEdit class provides a widget for editing times.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage motif-dateedit.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage motif-datetimeedit.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QDateEdit class provides a widget for editing dates.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QDateTimeEdit class provides a widget for editing dates and times.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage motif-textedit.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage motif-horizontalscrollbar.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QTextEdit class provides a widget that is used to edit and
-     display both plain and rich text.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QScrollBar widget provides a vertical or horizontal scroll bar. Here, we show a scroll bar with horizontal orientation.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage motif-dial.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage motif-calendarwidget.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QDial class provides a rounded range control (like a
-       speedometer or potentiometer).\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QCalendarWidget class provides a monthly calendar widget that can be used to select dates.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage motif-fontcombobox.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QFontComboBox widget is a specialized combobox that enables fonts to be selected from a pop-up list containing previews of available fonts.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-\endraw
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/gallery-plastique.qdoc b/doc/src/gallery-plastique.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 49bd13e..0000000
--- a/doc/src/gallery-plastique.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,392 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-  \page gallery-plastique.html
-
-  \title Plastique Style Widget Gallery
-  \ingroup gallery
-
-  This page shows some of the widgets available in Qt
-  when configured to use the "plastique" style.
-
-\raw HTML
-<h2 align="center">Buttons</h2>
-
-<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
-<colgroup span="2">
-  <col width="40%" />
-  <col width="40%" />
-</colgroup>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage plastique-pushbutton.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage plastique-toolbutton.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QPushButton widget provides a command button.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QToolButton class provides a quick-access button to commands
-       or options, usually used inside a QToolBar.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage plastique-checkbox.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage plastique-radiobutton.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QCheckBox widget provides a checkbox with a text label.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QRadioButton widget provides a radio button with a text or pixmap label.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-\endraw
-\raw HTML
-<h2 align="center">Containers</h2>
-
-<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
-<colgroup span="2">
-  <col width="40%" />
-  <col width="40%" />
-</colgroup>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage plastique-groupbox.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage plastique-tabwidget.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QGroupBox widget provides a group box frame with a title.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QTabWidget class provides a stack of tabbed widgets.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage plastique-frame.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage plastique-toolbox.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QFrame widget provides a simple decorated container for other widgets.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QToolBox class provides a column of tabbed widget items.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-\endraw
-\raw HTML
-<h2 align="center">Item Views</h2>
-
-<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
-<colgroup span="2">
-  <col width="40%" />
-  <col width="40%" />
-</colgroup>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage plastique-listview.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage plastique-treeview.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QListView class provides a default model/view implementation of a list/icon view. The QListWidget class provides a classic item-based list/icon view.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QTreeView class provides a default model/view implementation of a tree view. The QTreeWidget class provides a classic item-based tree view.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage plastique-tableview.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QTableView class provides a default model/view implementation of a table view. The QTableWidget class provides a classic item-based table view.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-\endraw
-\raw HTML
-<h2 align="center">Display Widgets</h2>
-
-<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
-<colgroup span="2">
-  <col width="40%" />
-  <col width="40%" />
-</colgroup>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage plastique-progressbar.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage plastique-lcdnumber.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QProgressBar widget provides a horizontal progress bar.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QLCDNumber widget displays a number with LCD-like digits.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage plastique-label.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QLabel widget provides a text or image display.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-\endraw
-\raw HTML
-<h2 align="center">Input Widgets</h2>
-
-<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
-<colgroup span="2">
-  <col width="40%" />
-  <col width="40%" />
-</colgroup>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage plastique-slider.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage plastique-lineedit.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QSlider widget provides a vertical or horizontal slider.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QLineEdit widget is a one-line text editor.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage plastique-combobox.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage plastique-doublespinbox.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QComboBox widget is a combined button and pop-up list.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QDoubleSpinBox class provides a spin box widget that allows double precision floating point numbers to be entered.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage plastique-spinbox.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage plastique-timeedit.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QSpinBox class provides a spin box widget.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QTimeEdit class provides a widget for editing times.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage plastique-dateedit.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage plastique-datetimeedit.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QDateEdit class provides a widget for editing dates.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QDateTimeEdit class provides a widget for editing dates and times.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage plastique-textedit.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage plastique-horizontalscrollbar.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QTextEdit class provides a widget that is used to edit and
-     display both plain and rich text.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QScrollBar widget provides a vertical or horizontal scroll bar. Here, we show a scroll bar with horizontal orientation.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage plastique-dial.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage plastique-calendarwidget.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QDial class provides a rounded range control (like a
-       speedometer or potentiometer).\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QCalendarWidget class provides a monthly calendar widget that can be used to select dates.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage plastique-fontcombobox.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QFontComboBox widget is a specialized combobox that enables fonts to be selected from a pop-up list containing previews of available fonts.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-\endraw
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/gallery-windows.qdoc b/doc/src/gallery-windows.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 2fa971c..0000000
--- a/doc/src/gallery-windows.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,392 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-  \page gallery-windows.html
-
-  \title Windows Style Widget Gallery
-  \ingroup gallery
-
-  This page shows some of the widgets available in Qt
-  when configured to use the "windows" style.
-
-\raw HTML
-<h2 align="center">Buttons</h2>
-
-<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
-<colgroup span="2">
-  <col width="40%" />
-  <col width="40%" />
-</colgroup>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windows-pushbutton.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windows-toolbutton.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QPushButton widget provides a command button.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QToolButton class provides a quick-access button to commands
-       or options, usually used inside a QToolBar.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windows-checkbox.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windows-radiobutton.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QCheckBox widget provides a checkbox with a text label.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QRadioButton widget provides a radio button with a text or pixmap label.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-\endraw
-\raw HTML
-<h2 align="center">Containers</h2>
-
-<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
-<colgroup span="2">
-  <col width="40%" />
-  <col width="40%" />
-</colgroup>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windows-groupbox.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windows-tabwidget.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QGroupBox widget provides a group box frame with a title.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QTabWidget class provides a stack of tabbed widgets.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windows-frame.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windows-toolbox.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QFrame widget provides a simple decorated container for other widgets.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QToolBox class provides a column of tabbed widget items.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-\endraw
-\raw HTML
-<h2 align="center">Item Views</h2>
-
-<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
-<colgroup span="2">
-  <col width="40%" />
-  <col width="40%" />
-</colgroup>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windows-listview.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windows-treeview.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QListView class provides a default model/view implementation of a list/icon view. The QListWidget class provides a classic item-based list/icon view.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QTreeView class provides a default model/view implementation of a tree view. The QTreeWidget class provides a classic item-based tree view.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windows-tableview.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QTableView class provides a default model/view implementation of a table view. The QTableWidget class provides a classic item-based table view.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-\endraw
-\raw HTML
-<h2 align="center">Display Widgets</h2>
-
-<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
-<colgroup span="2">
-  <col width="40%" />
-  <col width="40%" />
-</colgroup>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windows-progressbar.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windows-lcdnumber.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QProgressBar widget provides a horizontal progress bar.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QLCDNumber widget displays a number with LCD-like digits.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windows-label.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QLabel widget provides a text or image display.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-\endraw
-\raw HTML
-<h2 align="center">Input Widgets</h2>
-
-<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
-<colgroup span="2">
-  <col width="40%" />
-  <col width="40%" />
-</colgroup>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windows-slider.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windows-lineedit.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QSlider widget provides a vertical or horizontal slider.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QLineEdit widget is a one-line text editor.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windows-combobox.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windows-doublespinbox.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QComboBox widget is a combined button and pop-up list.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QDoubleSpinBox class provides a spin box widget that allows double precision floating point numbers to be entered.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windows-spinbox.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windows-timeedit.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QSpinBox class provides a spin box widget.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QTimeEdit class provides a widget for editing times.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windows-dateedit.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windows-datetimeedit.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QDateEdit class provides a widget for editing dates.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QDateTimeEdit class provides a widget for editing dates and times.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windows-textedit.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windows-horizontalscrollbar.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QTextEdit class provides a widget that is used to edit and
-     display both plain and rich text.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QScrollBar widget provides a vertical or horizontal scroll bar. Here, we show a scroll bar with horizontal orientation.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windows-dial.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windows-calendarwidget.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QDial class provides a rounded range control (like a
-       speedometer or potentiometer).\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QCalendarWidget class provides a monthly calendar widget that can be used to select dates.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windows-fontcombobox.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QFontComboBox widget is a specialized combobox that enables fonts to be selected from a pop-up list containing previews of available fonts.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-\endraw
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/gallery-windowsvista.qdoc b/doc/src/gallery-windowsvista.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 9ab3a2f..0000000
--- a/doc/src/gallery-windowsvista.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,392 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-  \page gallery-windowsvista.html
-
-  \title Windows Vista Style Widget Gallery
-  \ingroup gallery
-
-  This page shows some of the widgets available in Qt
-  when configured to use the "windowsvista" style.
-
-\raw HTML
-<h2 align="center">Buttons</h2>
-
-<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
-<colgroup span="2">
-  <col width="40%" />
-  <col width="40%" />
-</colgroup>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windowsvista-pushbutton.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windowsvista-toolbutton.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QPushButton widget provides a command button.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QToolButton class provides a quick-access button to commands
-       or options, usually used inside a QToolBar.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windowsvista-checkbox.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windowsvista-radiobutton.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QCheckBox widget provides a checkbox with a text label.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QRadioButton widget provides a radio button with a text or pixmap label.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-\endraw
-\raw HTML
-<h2 align="center">Containers</h2>
-
-<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
-<colgroup span="2">
-  <col width="40%" />
-  <col width="40%" />
-</colgroup>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windowsvista-groupbox.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windowsvista-tabwidget.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QGroupBox widget provides a group box frame with a title.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QTabWidget class provides a stack of tabbed widgets.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windowsvista-frame.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windowsvista-toolbox.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QFrame widget provides a simple decorated container for other widgets.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QToolBox class provides a column of tabbed widget items.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-\endraw
-\raw HTML
-<h2 align="center">Item Views</h2>
-
-<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
-<colgroup span="2">
-  <col width="40%" />
-  <col width="40%" />
-</colgroup>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windowsvista-listview.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windowsvista-treeview.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QListView class provides a default model/view implementation of a list/icon view. The QListWidget class provides a classic item-based list/icon view.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QTreeView class provides a default model/view implementation of a tree view. The QTreeWidget class provides a classic item-based tree view.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windowsvista-tableview.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QTableView class provides a default model/view implementation of a table view. The QTableWidget class provides a classic item-based table view.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-\endraw
-\raw HTML
-<h2 align="center">Display Widgets</h2>
-
-<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
-<colgroup span="2">
-  <col width="40%" />
-  <col width="40%" />
-</colgroup>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windowsvista-progressbar.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windowsvista-lcdnumber.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QProgressBar widget provides a horizontal progress bar.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QLCDNumber widget displays a number with LCD-like digits.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windowsvista-label.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QLabel widget provides a text or image display.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-\endraw
-\raw HTML
-<h2 align="center">Input Widgets</h2>
-
-<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
-<colgroup span="2">
-  <col width="40%" />
-  <col width="40%" />
-</colgroup>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windowsvista-slider.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windowsvista-lineedit.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QSlider widget provides a vertical or horizontal slider.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QLineEdit widget is a one-line text editor.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windowsvista-combobox.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windowsvista-doublespinbox.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QComboBox widget is a combined button and pop-up list.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QDoubleSpinBox class provides a spin box widget that allows double precision floating point numbers to be entered.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windowsvista-spinbox.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windowsvista-timeedit.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QSpinBox class provides a spin box widget.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QTimeEdit class provides a widget for editing times.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windowsvista-dateedit.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windowsvista-datetimeedit.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QDateEdit class provides a widget for editing dates.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QDateTimeEdit class provides a widget for editing dates and times.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windowsvista-textedit.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windowsvista-horizontalscrollbar.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QTextEdit class provides a widget that is used to edit and
-     display both plain and rich text.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QScrollBar widget provides a vertical or horizontal scroll bar. Here, we show a scroll bar with horizontal orientation.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windowsvista-dial.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windowsvista-calendarwidget.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QDial class provides a rounded range control (like a
-       speedometer or potentiometer).\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QCalendarWidget class provides a monthly calendar widget that can be used to select dates.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windowsvista-fontcombobox.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QFontComboBox widget is a specialized combobox that enables fonts to be selected from a pop-up list containing previews of available fonts.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-\endraw
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/gallery-windowsxp.qdoc b/doc/src/gallery-windowsxp.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index aefff65..0000000
--- a/doc/src/gallery-windowsxp.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,392 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-  \page gallery-windowsxp.html
-
-  \title Windows XP Style Widget Gallery
-  \ingroup gallery
-
-  This page shows some of the widgets available in Qt
-  when configured to use the "windowsxp" style.
-
-\raw HTML
-<h2 align="center">Buttons</h2>
-
-<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
-<colgroup span="2">
-  <col width="40%" />
-  <col width="40%" />
-</colgroup>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windowsxp-pushbutton.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windowsxp-toolbutton.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QPushButton widget provides a command button.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QToolButton class provides a quick-access button to commands
-       or options, usually used inside a QToolBar.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windowsxp-checkbox.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windowsxp-radiobutton.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QCheckBox widget provides a checkbox with a text label.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QRadioButton widget provides a radio button with a text or pixmap label.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-\endraw
-\raw HTML
-<h2 align="center">Containers</h2>
-
-<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
-<colgroup span="2">
-  <col width="40%" />
-  <col width="40%" />
-</colgroup>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windowsxp-groupbox.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windowsxp-tabwidget.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QGroupBox widget provides a group box frame with a title.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QTabWidget class provides a stack of tabbed widgets.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windowsxp-frame.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windowsxp-toolbox.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QFrame widget provides a simple decorated container for other widgets.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QToolBox class provides a column of tabbed widget items.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-\endraw
-\raw HTML
-<h2 align="center">Item Views</h2>
-
-<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
-<colgroup span="2">
-  <col width="40%" />
-  <col width="40%" />
-</colgroup>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windowsxp-listview.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windowsxp-treeview.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QListView class provides a default model/view implementation of a list/icon view. The QListWidget class provides a classic item-based list/icon view.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QTreeView class provides a default model/view implementation of a tree view. The QTreeWidget class provides a classic item-based tree view.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windowsxp-tableview.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QTableView class provides a default model/view implementation of a table view. The QTableWidget class provides a classic item-based table view.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-\endraw
-\raw HTML
-<h2 align="center">Display Widgets</h2>
-
-<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
-<colgroup span="2">
-  <col width="40%" />
-  <col width="40%" />
-</colgroup>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windowsxp-progressbar.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windowsxp-lcdnumber.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QProgressBar widget provides a horizontal progress bar.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QLCDNumber widget displays a number with LCD-like digits.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windowsxp-label.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QLabel widget provides a text or image display.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-\endraw
-\raw HTML
-<h2 align="center">Input Widgets</h2>
-
-<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
-<colgroup span="2">
-  <col width="40%" />
-  <col width="40%" />
-</colgroup>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windowsxp-slider.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windowsxp-lineedit.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QSlider widget provides a vertical or horizontal slider.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QLineEdit widget is a one-line text editor.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windowsxp-combobox.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windowsxp-doublespinbox.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QComboBox widget is a combined button and pop-up list.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QDoubleSpinBox class provides a spin box widget that allows double precision floating point numbers to be entered.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windowsxp-spinbox.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windowsxp-timeedit.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QSpinBox class provides a spin box widget.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QTimeEdit class provides a widget for editing times.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windowsxp-dateedit.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windowsxp-datetimeedit.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QDateEdit class provides a widget for editing dates.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QDateTimeEdit class provides a widget for editing dates and times.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windowsxp-textedit.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windowsxp-horizontalscrollbar.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QTextEdit class provides a widget that is used to edit and
-     display both plain and rich text.\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QScrollBar widget provides a vertical or horizontal scroll bar. Here, we show a scroll bar with horizontal orientation.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windowsxp-dial.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windowsxp-calendarwidget.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QDial class provides a rounded range control (like a
-       speedometer or potentiometer).\raw HTML
-</td>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QCalendarWidget class provides a monthly calendar widget that can be used to select dates.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="center">
-\endraw
-\inlineimage windowsxp-fontcombobox.png
-\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr><tr>
-<td halign="justify" valign="top">
-\endraw
-The QFontComboBox widget is a specialized combobox that enables fonts to be selected from a pop-up list containing previews of available fonts.\raw HTML
-</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-\endraw
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/gallery.qdoc b/doc/src/gallery.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index e96a8ef..0000000
--- a/doc/src/gallery.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,151 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-  \group gallery
-  \title Qt Widget Gallery
-  \ingroup topics
-  \brief Qt widgets shown in different styles on various platforms.
-
-  Qt's support for widget styles and themes enables your application to fit in
-  with the native desktop enviroment. Below, you can find links to the various
-  widget styles that are supplied with Qt 4.
-
-  \raw HTML
-  <table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
-  <colgroup span="2">
-    <col width="40%" />
-    <col width="40%" />
-  </colgroup>
-  <tr>
-  <td align="center">
-  \endraw
-  \image plastique-tabwidget.png Plastique Style Widget Gallery
-
-  \bold{\l{Plastique Style Widget Gallery}}
-
-  The Plastique style is provided by QPlastiqueStyle.
-  \raw HTML
-  </td>
-  <td align="center">
-  \endraw
-  \image windowsxp-tabwidget.png Windows XP Style Widget Gallery
-
-  \bold{\l{Windows XP Style Widget Gallery}}
-
-  The Windows XP style is provided by QWindowsXPStyle.
-  \raw HTML
-  </td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-  <td align="center">
-  \endraw
-  \image gtk-tabwidget.png GTK Style Widget Gallery
-
-  \bold{\l{GTK Style Widget Gallery}}
-
-  The GTK style is provided by QGtkStyle.
-  \raw HTML
-  </td>
-  <td align="center">
-  \endraw
-  \image macintosh-tabwidget.png Macintosh Style Widget Gallery
-
-  \bold{\l{Macintosh Style Widget Gallery}}
-
-  The Macintosh style is provided by QMacStyle.
-  \raw HTML
-  </td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-  <td align="center">
-  \endraw
-  \image cleanlooks-tabwidget.png Cleanlooks Style Widget Gallery
-
-  \bold{\l{Cleanlooks Style Widget Gallery}}
-
-  The Cleanlooks style is provided by QCleanlooksStyle.
-  \raw HTML
-  </td>
-  <td align="center">
-  \endraw
-  \image windowsvista-tabwidget.png Windows Vista Style Widget Gallery
-
-  \bold{\l{Windows Vista Style Widget Gallery}}
-
-  The Windows Vista style is provided by QWindowsVistaStyle.
-  \raw HTML
-  </td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-  <td align="center">
-  \endraw
-  \image motif-tabwidget.png Motif Style Widget Gallery
-
-  \bold{\l{Motif Style Widget Gallery}}
-
-  The Motif style is provided by QMotifStyle.
-  \raw HTML
-  </td>
-  <td align="center">
-  \endraw
-  \image windows-tabwidget.png Windows Style Widget Gallery
-
-  \bold{\l{Windows Style Widget Gallery}}
-
-  The Windows style is provided by QWindowsStyle.
-  \raw HTML
-  </td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-  <td align="center">
-  \endraw
-  \image cde-tabwidget.png CDE Style Widget Gallery
-
-  \bold{\l{CDE Style Widget Gallery}}
-
-  The Common Desktop Environment style is provided by QCDEStyle.
-  \raw HTML
-  </td>
-  </tr>
-  </table>
-  \endraw
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/geometry.qdoc b/doc/src/geometry.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 9143548..0000000
--- a/doc/src/geometry.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,150 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page geometry.html
-    \title Window Geometry
-    \ingroup architecture
-    \brief An overview of window geometry handling and management.
-
-    QWidget provides several functions that deal with a widget's
-    geometry. Some of these functions operate on the pure client area
-    (i.e. the window excluding the window frame), others include the
-    window frame. The differentiation is done in a way that covers the
-    most common usage transparently.
-
-    \list
-    \o \bold{Including the window frame:}
-        \l{QWidget::x()}{x()},
-        \l{QWidget::y()}{y()},
-        \l{QWidget::frameGeometry()}{frameGeometry()},
-        \l{QWidget::pos()}{pos()}, and
-        \l{QWidget::move()}{move()}.
-    \o \bold{Excluding the window frame:}
-        \l{QWidget::geometry()}{geometry()},
-        \l{QWidget::width()}{width()},
-        \l{QWidget::height()}{height()},
-        \l{QWidget::rect()}{rect()}, and
-        \l{QWidget::size()}{size()}.
-    \endlist
-
-    Note that the distinction only matters for decorated top-level
-    widgets. For all child widgets, the frame geometry is equal to the
-    widget's client geometry.
-
-    This diagram shows most of the functions in use:
-    \img geometry.png Geometry diagram
-
-    Topics:
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 X11 Peculiarities
-
-    On X11, a window does not have a frame until the window manager
-    decorates it. This happens asynchronously at some point in time
-    after calling QWidget::show() and the first paint event the
-    window receives, or it does not happen at all. Bear in mind that
-    X11 is policy-free (others call it flexible). Thus you cannot
-    make any safe assumption about the decoration frame your window
-    will get. Basic rule: There's always one user who uses a window
-    manager that breaks your assumption, and who will complain to
-    you.
-
-    Furthermore, a toolkit cannot simply place windows on the screen. All
-    Qt can do is to send certain hints to the window manager. The window
-    manager, a separate process, may either obey, ignore or misunderstand
-    them. Due to the partially unclear Inter-Client Communication
-    Conventions Manual (ICCCM), window placement is handled quite
-    differently in existing window managers.
-
-    X11 provides no standard or easy way to get the frame geometry
-    once the window is decorated. Qt solves this problem with nifty
-    heuristics and clever code that works on a wide range of window
-    managers that exist today. Don't be surprised if you find one
-    where QWidget::frameGeometry() returns wrong results though.
-
-    Nor does X11 provide a way to maximize a window.
-    QWidget::showMaximized() has to emulate the feature. Its result
-    depends on the result of QWidget::frameGeometry() and the
-    capability of the window manager to do proper window placement,
-    neither of which can be guaranteed.
-
-    \section1 Restoring a Window's Geometry
-
-    Since version 4.2, Qt provides functions that saves and restores a
-    window's geometry and state for you. QWidget::saveGeometry()
-    saves the window geometry and maximized/fullscreen state, while
-    QWidget::restoreGeometry() restores it. The restore function also
-    checks if the restored geometry is outside the available screen
-    geometry, and modifies it as appropriate if it is.
-
-    The rest of this document describes how to save and restore the 
-    geometry using the geometry properties. On Windows, this is 
-    basically storing the result of QWidget::geometry() and calling
-    QWidget::setGeometry() in the next session before calling
-    \l{QWidget::show()}{show()}. On X11, this won't work because an
-    invisible window doesn't have a frame yet. The window manager
-    will decorate the window later. When this happens, the window
-    shifts towards the bottom/right corner of the screen depending on
-    the size of the decoration frame. Although X provides a way to
-    avoid this shift, most window managers fail to implement this
-    feature.
-
-    A workaround is to call \l{QWidget::setGeometry()}{setGeometry()}
-    after \l{QWidget::show()}{show()}. This has the two disadvantages
-    that the widget appears at a wrong place for a millisecond
-    (results in flashing) and that currently only every second window
-    manager gets it right. A safer solution is to store both
-    \l{QWidget::pos()}{pos()} and \l{QWidget::size()}{size()} and to
-    restore the geometry using \l{QWidget::resize()} and
-    \l{QWidget::move()}{move()} before calling
-    \l{QWidget::show()}{show()}, as demonstrated in the following
-    code snippets (from the \l{mainwindows/application}{Application}
-    example):
-
-    \snippet examples/mainwindows/application/mainwindow.cpp 35
-    \codeline
-    \snippet examples/mainwindows/application/mainwindow.cpp 38
-
-    This method works on Windows, Mac OS X, and most X11 window
-    managers.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/gestures.qdoc b/doc/src/gestures.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 49a9ae3..0000000
--- a/doc/src/gestures.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,170 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page gestures-overview.html
-    \startpage index.html Qt Reference Documentation
-
-    \title Gestures Programming
-    \ingroup howto
-    \brief An overview of the Qt support for Gesture programming.
-
-    The QGesture class provides the ability to form gestures from a series
-    of events independent of the input method. A gesture could be a particular
-    movement of a mouse, a touch screen action, or a series of events from
-    some other source. The nature of the input, the interpretation
-    of the gesture and the action taken are the choice of the implementing
-    developer.
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-
-    \section1   Creating Your Own Gesture Recognizer
-
-    QGesture is a base class for a user defined gesture recognizer class. In
-    order to implement the recognizer you will need to subclass the
-    QGesture class and implement the pure virtual function \l{QGesture::filterEvent()}{filterEvent()}. Once
-    you have implemented the \l{QGesture::filterEvent()}{filterEvent()} function to
-    make your own recognizer you can process events. A sequence of events may,
-    according to your own rules, represent a gesture. The events can be singly
-    passed to the recognizer via the \l{QGesture::filterEvent()}{filterEvent()} function or as a stream of
-    events by specifying a parent source of events. The events can be from any
-    source and could result in any action as defined by the user. The source
-    and action need not be graphical though that would be the most likely
-    scenario. To find how to connect a source of events to automatically feed into the recognizer see QGesture.
-
-    Recognizers based on QGesture can emit any of the following signals:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/gestures/qgesture.h  qgesture-signals
-
-    These signals are emitted when the state changes with the call to
-    \l{QGesture::updateState()}{updateState()}, more than one signal may
-    be emitted when a change of state occurs. There are four GestureStates
-
-    \table
-    \header \o New State                \o Description              \o QGesture Actions on Entering this State
-    \row    \o Qt::NoGesture        \o Initial value            \o emit \l {QGesture::cancelled()}{cancelled()}
-    \row    \o Qt::GestureStarted   \o A continuous gesture has started \o emit \l{QGesture::started()}{started()} and emit \l{QGesture::triggered()}{triggered()}
-    \row    \o Qt::GestureUpdated   \o A gesture continues      \o emit \l{QGesture::triggered()}{triggered()}
-    \row    \o Qt::GestureFinished  \o A gesture has finished.  \o emit \l{QGesture::finished()}{finished()}
-    \endtable
-
-    \note \l{QGesture::started()}{started()} can be emitted if entering any
-    state greater than NoGesture if NoGesture was the previous state. This
-    means that your state machine does not need to explicitly use the
-    Qt::GestureStarted state, you can simply proceed from NoGesture to
-    Qt::GestureUpdated to emit a \l{QGesture::started()}{started()} signal
-    and a \l{QGesture::triggered()}{triggered()} signal.
-
-    You may use some or all of these states when implementing the pure
-    virtual function \l{QGesture::filterEvent()}{filterEvent()}.
-    \l{QGesture::filterEvent()}{filterEvent()} will usually implement a
-    state machine using the GestureState enums, but the details of which
-    states are used is up to the developer.
-
-    You may also need to reimplement the virtual function \l{QGesture::reset()}{reset()}
-    if internal data or objects need to be re-initialized. The function must
-    conclude with a call to \l{QGesture::updateState()}{updateState()} to
-    change the current state to Qt::NoGesture.
-
-    \section1   An Example, ImageViewer
-
-    To illustrate how to use QGesture we will look at the ImageViewer
-    example. This example uses QPanGesture, standard gesture, and an
-    implementation of TapAndHoldGesture. Note that TapAndHoldGesture is
-    platform dependent.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/gestures/imageviewer/tapandholdgesture.cpp tapandhold-reset
-
-    In ImageViewer we see that the ImageWidget class uses two gestures:
-    \l QPanGesture and TapAndHoldGesture. The
-    QPanGesture is a standard gesture which is part of Qt.
-    TapAndHoldGesture is defined and implemented as part of the example.
-    The ImageWidget listens for signals from the gestures, but is not
-    interested in the \l{QGesture::started()}{started()} signal.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/gestures/imageviewer/imagewidget.h imagewidget-slots
-
-    TapAndHoldGesture uses QTouchEvent events and mouse events to detect
-    start, update and end events that can be mapped onto the GestureState
-    changes. The implementation in this case uses a timer as well. If the
-    timeout event occurs a given number of times after the start of the gesture
-    then the gesture is considered to have finished whether or not the
-    appropriate touch or mouse event has occurred. Also if a large jump in
-    the position of the event occurs, as calculated by the \l {QPoint::manhattanLength()}{manhattanLength()}
-    call, then the gesture is cancelled by calling \l{QGesture::reset()}{reset()}
-    which tidies up  and uses \l{QGesture::updateState()}{updateState()} to
-    change state to NoGesture which will result in the \l{QGesture::cancelled()}{cancelled()}
-    signal being emitted by the recognizer.
-
-    ImageWidget handles the signals by connecting the slots to the signals,
-    although \c cancelled() is not connected here.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/gestures/imageviewer/imagewidget.cpp  imagewidget-connect
-
-    These functions in turn will have to be aware of which gesture
-    object was the source of the signal since we have more than one source
-    per slot. This is easily done by using the QObject::sender() function
-    as shown here
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/gestures/imageviewer/imagewidget.cpp imagewidget-triggered-1
-
-    As \l{QGesture::triggered()}{triggered()} signals are handled by
-    gestureTriggered() there may be position updates invoking calls to,
-    for example, goNextImage(), this will cause a change in the image
-    handling logic of ImageWidget and a call to updateImage() to display
-    the changed state.
-
-    Following the logic of how the QEvent is processed we can summmarize
-    it as follows:
-    \list
-        \o filterEvent() becomes the event filter of the parent ImageWidget object for a QPanGesture object and a
-    TapAndHoldGesture object.
-        \o filterEvent() then calls updateState() to change states
-        \o updateState() emits the appropriate signal(s) for the state change.
-        \o The signals are caught by the defined slots in ImageWidget
-        \o The widget logic changes and an update() results in a paint event.
-    \endlist
-
-
-
-*/
-
diff --git a/doc/src/getting-started/demos.qdoc b/doc/src/getting-started/demos.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1eac06f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/getting-started/demos.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page demos.html
+    \title Qt Demonstrations
+    \brief Information about the demonstration programs provided with Qt.
+
+    \previouspage Qt Examples
+    \contentspage How to Learn Qt
+    \nextpage What's New in Qt 4.5
+
+    This is the list of demonstrations in Qt's \c demos directory.
+    These are larger and more complicated programs than the
+    \l{Qt Examples} and are used to highlight certain features of
+    Qt.
+
+    \table 50%
+    \header
+    \o {2,1} Getting an Overview
+    \row
+    \o \inlineimage qtdemo-small.png
+    \o
+    If you run the \l{Examples and Demos Launcher}, you'll see many of Qt's
+    widgets in action.
+
+    The \l{Qt Widget Gallery} also provides overviews of selected Qt
+    widgets in each of the styles used on various supported platforms.
+    \endtable
+
+    If you are new to Qt, and want to start developing applications,
+    you should probably start by going through the \l{Tutorials}.
+
+    \section1 Painting
+
+    \list
+    \o \l{demos/composition}{Composition Modes} demonstrates the range of
+       composition modes available with Qt.
+    \o \l{demos/deform}{Vector Deformation} demonstrates effects that are made
+       possible with a vector-oriented paint engine.
+    \o \l{demos/gradients}{Gradients} shows the different types of gradients
+       that are available in Qt.
+    \o \l{demos/pathstroke}{Path Stroking} shows Qt's built-in dash patterns
+       and shows how custom patterns can be used to extend the range of
+       available patterns.
+    \o \l{demos/affine}{Affine Transformations} demonstrates the different
+       affine transformations that can be used to influence painting operations.
+    \o \l{demos/arthurplugin}{Arthur Plugin} shows the widgets from the
+       other painting demos packaged as a custom widget plugin for \QD.
+    \endlist
+
+    \section1 Item Views
+
+    \list
+    \o \l{demos/interview}{Interview} shows the same model and selection being
+       shared between three different views.
+    \o \l{demos/spreadsheet}{Spreadsheet} demonstrates the use of a table view
+       as a spreadsheet, using custom delegates to render each item according to
+       the type of data it contains.
+    \endlist
+
+    \section1 SQL
+
+    \list
+    \o \l{demos/books}{Books} shows how Qt's SQL support and model/view integration
+       enables the user to modify the contents of a database without requiring
+       knowledge of SQL.
+    \o \l{demos/sqlbrowser}{SQL Browser} demonstrates a console for executing SQL
+       statements on a live database and provides a data browser for interactively
+       visualizing the results.
+    \endlist
+
+    \section1 Rich Text
+
+    \list
+    \o \l{demos/textedit}{Text Edit} shows Qt's rich text editing features and provides
+       an environment for experimenting with them.
+    \endlist
+
+    \section1 Main Window
+
+    \list
+    \o \l{demos/mainwindow}{Main Window} shows Qt's extensive support for main window
+       features, such as tool bars, dock windows, and menus.
+    \o \l{demos/macmainwindow}{Mac Main Window} shows how to create main window applications that has 
+      the same appearance as other Mac OS X applications.
+    \endlist
+
+    \section1 Graphics View
+
+    \list
+    \o \l{demos/chip}{40000 Chips} uses the
+       \l{The Graphics View Framework}{Graphics View} framework to efficiently
+       display a large number of individual graphical items on a scrolling canvas,
+       highlighting features such as rotation, zooming, level of detail control,
+       and item selection.
+    \o \l{demos/embeddeddialogs}{Embedded Dialogs} showcases Qt 4.4's \e{Widgets on
+       the Canvas} feature by embedding a multitude of fully-working dialogs into a
+       scene.
+    \o \l{demos/boxes}{Boxes} showcases Qt's OpenGL support and the
+       integration with the Graphics View framework.
+    \endlist
+
+    \section1 Tools
+
+    \list
+    \o \l{demos/undo}{Undo Framework} demonstrates how Qt's
+        \l{Overview of Qt's Undo Framework}{undo framework} is used to
+        provide advanced undo/redo functionality.
+    \endlist
+
+    \section1 QtWebKit
+
+    \list
+    \o \l{Web Browser} demonstrates how Qt's \l{QtWebKit Module}{WebKit module}
+        can be used to implement a small Web browser.
+    \endlist
+
+    \section1 Phonon
+
+    \list
+    \o \l{demos/mediaplayer}{Media Player} demonstrates how the \l{Phonon Module} can be
+    used to implement a basic media player application.
+    \endlist
+
+    \note The Phonon demos are currently not available for the MinGW platform.
+
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/getting-started/examples.qdoc b/doc/src/getting-started/examples.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..253a4e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/getting-started/examples.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,1108 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page examples-overview.html
+    \raw HTML
+    <script>
+    document.location.href = "examples.html";
+    </script>
+    \endraw
+    Click this \l{Qt Examples}{link} if you don't get redirected.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page examples.html
+    \title Qt Examples
+    \brief The example programs provided with Qt.
+
+    \previouspage Tutorials
+    \contentspage How to Learn Qt
+    \nextpage Qt Demonstrations
+
+    Qt is supplied with a variety of examples that cover almost every aspect
+    of development. They are not all designed to be impressive when you run
+    them, but their source code is carefully written to show good Qt
+    programming practices. You can launch any of these programs from the
+    \l{Examples and Demos Launcher} application.
+
+    These examples are ordered by functional area, but many examples often
+    use features from many parts of Qt to highlight one area in particular.
+    If you are new to Qt, you should probably start by going through the
+    \l{Tutorials} before you have a look at the
+    \l{mainwindows/application}{Application} example.
+
+    In addition to the examples and the tutorial, Qt includes a
+    \l{Qt Demonstrations}{selection of demos} that deliberately show off
+    Qt's features. You might want to look at these as well.
+
+    \table
+    \row
+    \o{2,1} \l{Widgets Examples}{\bold Widgets}
+    \o{2,1} \l{Dialog Examples}{\bold Dialogs}
+    \row
+    \i \image widget-examples.png
+    \i 
+    Qt comes with a large range of standard widgets that users of modern
+    applications have come to expect. You can also develop your own custom
+    widgets and controls, and use them alongside standard widgets.
+
+    It is even possible to provide custom styles and themes for widgets that can
+    be used to change the appearance of standard widgets and appropriately
+    written custom widgets.
+
+	\i \image dialog-examples.png Dialogs
+    \i 
+    Qt includes standard dialogs for many common operations, such as file
+    selection, printing, and color selection.
+
+    Custom dialogs can also be created for specialized modal or modeless
+    interactions with users.
+
+	\row
+	\o{2,1} \l{Main Window Examples}{\bold{Main Windows}}
+	\o{2,1} \l{Layout Examples}{\bold Layouts}
+
+	\row
+    \i \image mainwindow-examples.png MainWindows
+    \i All the standard features of application main windows are provided by Qt.
+
+    Main windows can have pull down menus, tool bars, and dock windows. These
+    separate forms of user input are unified in an integrated action system that
+    also supports keyboard shortcuts and accelerator keys in menu items.
+
+    \i \image layout-examples.png Layouts
+    \i 
+    Qt uses a layout-based approach to widget management. Widgets are arranged in
+    the optimal positions in windows based on simple layout rules, leading to a
+    consistent look and feel.
+
+    Custom layouts can be used to provide more control over the positions and
+    sizes of child widgets.
+
+	\row
+	\o{2,1} \l{Item Views Examples}{\bold{Item Views}}
+	\o{2,1} \l{Graphics View Examples}{\bold{Graphics View}}
+	\row
+    \o \image itemview-examples.png ItemViews
+    \o
+    Item views are widgets that typically display data sets. Qt 4's model/view
+    framework lets you handle large data sets by separating the underlying data
+    from the way it is represented to the user, and provides support for
+    customized rendering through the use of delegates.
+
+	\o \image graphicsview-examples.png GraphicsView
+	\o
+    Qt is provided with a comprehensive canvas through the GraphicsView
+    classes.
+
+	\row
+	\o{2,1} \l{Painting Examples}{\bold{Painting}}
+	\o{2,1} \l{Rich Text Examples}{\bold{Rich Text}}
+	\row
+	\o \image painting-examples.png Painting
+	\o
+	Qt's painting system is able to render vector graphics, images, and outline
+    font-based text with sub-pixel accuracy accuracy using anti-aliasing to
+    improve rendering quality.
+    
+    \o \image richtext-examples.png RichText
+    \o
+    Qt provides powerful document-oriented rich text engine that supports Unicode
+    and right-to-left scripts. Documents can be manipulated using a cursor-based
+    API, and their contents can be imported and exported as both HTML and in a
+    custom XML format.
+
+	\row
+	\o{2,1} \l{Desktop Examples}{\bold Desktop}
+	\o{2,1} \l{Drag and Drop Examples}{\bold{Drag and Drop}}
+	\row
+    \o \image desktop-examples.png
+    \o
+    Qt provides features to enable applications to integrate with the user's
+    preferred desktop environment.
+
+    Features such as system tray icons, access to the desktop widget, and
+    support for desktop services can be used to improve the appearance of
+    applications and take advantage of underlying desktop facilities.
+
+    \o \image draganddrop-examples.png DragAndDrop
+    \o
+    Qt supports native drag and drop on all platforms via an extensible
+    MIME-based system that enables applications to send data to each other in the
+    most appropriate formats.
+
+    Drag and drop can also be implemented for internal use by applications.
+
+	\row
+	\o{2,1} \l{Threading and Concurrent Programming Examples}{\bold{Threading and Concurrent Programming}}
+	\o{2,1} \l{Tools Examples}{\bold{Tools}}
+    \row
+    \o \image thread-examples.png
+    \o
+    Qt 4 makes it easier than ever to write multithreaded applications. More
+    classes have been made usable from non-GUI threads, and the signals and slots
+    mechanism can now be used to communicate between threads.
+
+    The QtConcurrent namespace includes a collection of classes and functions
+    for straightforward concurrent programming.
+
+	\o \image tool-examples.png Tools
+    \o
+    Qt is equipped with a range of capable tool classes, from containers and
+    iterators to classes for string handling and manipulation.
+
+    Other classes provide application infrastructure support, handling plugin
+    loading and managing configuration files.
+
+	\row
+	\o{2,1} \l{Network Examples}{\bold{Network}}
+	\o{2,1} \l{Inter-Process Communication Examples}{\bold{Inter-Process Communication}}
+    \row
+    \o \image network-examples.png Network
+    \o
+    Qt is provided with an extensive set of network classes to support both
+    client-based and server side network programming.
+    
+    \o \image ipc-examples.png IPC
+    \o
+
+	\row
+	\o{2,1} \l{OpenGL Examples}{\bold OpenGL}
+	\o{2,1} \l{Multimedia Examples}{\bold{Multimedia Framework}}
+    \row
+    \o \image opengl-examples.png OpenGL
+    \o
+    Qt provides support for integration with OpenGL implementations on all
+    platforms, giving developers the opportunity to display hardware accelerated
+    3D graphics alongside a more conventional user interface.
+
+    \o \image phonon-examples.png
+    \o
+    Qt provides low-level audio support on linux,windows and mac platforms by default and
+    an audio plugin API to allow developers to implement there own audio support for
+    custom devices and platforms.
+
+    The Phonon Multimedia Framework brings multimedia support to Qt applications.
+
+	\row
+	\o{2,1} \l{SQL Examples}{\bold{SQL}}
+	\o{2,1} \l{XML Examples}{\bold{XML}}
+    \row
+    \o \image sql-examples.png SQL
+    \o
+    Qt provides extensive database interoperability, with support for products
+    from both open source and proprietary vendors.
+
+    SQL support is integrated with Qt's model/view architecture, making it easier
+    to provide GUI integration for your database applications.
+    
+    \o \image xml-examples.png XML
+    \o
+    XML parsing and handling is supported through SAX and DOM compliant APIs
+    as well as streaming classes.
+
+    The XQuery/XPath and XML Schema engines in the QtXmlPatterns modules
+    provide classes for querying XML files and custom data models.
+
+	\row
+	\o{2,1} \l{Qt Designer Examples}{\bold{Qt Designer}}
+	\o{2,1} \l{UiTools Examples}{\bold UiTools}
+    \row
+    \o \image designer-examples.png Designer
+    \o
+    Qt Designer is a capable graphical user interface designer that lets you
+    create and configure forms without writing code. GUIs created with
+    Qt Designer can be compiled into an application or created at run-time.
+
+    \o \image uitools-examples.png UiTools
+    \o
+
+	\row
+	\o{2,1} \l{Qt Linguist Examples}{\bold{Qt Linguist}}
+	\o{2,1} \l{Qt Script Examples}{\bold{Qt Script}}
+    \row
+    \o \image linguist-examples.png QtLinguist
+    \o
+    Internationalization is a core feature of Qt.
+
+    \o \image qtscript-examples.png
+    \o
+    Qt is provided with a powerful embedded scripting environment through the QtScript
+    classes.
+
+	\row
+	\o{2,1} \l{WebKit Examples}{\bold WebKit}
+	\o{2,1} \l{Help System Examples}{\bold{Help System}}
+	\row
+    \o \image webkit-examples.png
+    \o
+    Qt provides an integrated Web browser component based on WebKit, the popular
+    open source browser engine.
+
+    \o \image assistant-examples.png HelpSystem
+    \o
+    Support for interactive help is provided by the Qt Assistant application.
+    Developers can take advantages of the facilities it offers to display
+    specially-prepared documentation to users of their applications.
+
+	\row
+	\o{2,1} \l{State Machine Examples}{\bold{State Machine}}
+	\o{2,1} \l{Animation Framework Examples}{\bold{Animation Framework}}
+    \row
+    \o \image statemachine-examples.png
+    \o
+    Qt provides a powerful hierarchical finite state machine through the Qt State
+    Machine classes.
+    
+    \o \image animation-examples.png
+    \o
+
+	\row
+	\o{2,1} \l{Qt for Embedded Linux Examples}{\bold{Qt for Embedded Linux}}
+	\o{2,1} \l{ActiveQt Examples}{\bold ActiveQt}
+    \row
+    \o \image qt-embedded-examples.png
+    \o
+    Systems with limited resources, specialized hardware, and small
+    screens require special attention.
+    
+    \o \image activeqt-examples.png ActiveQt
+    \o
+
+	\row
+	\o{2,1} \l{D-Bus Examples}{\bold{D-Bus}}
+	\o{2,1} \l{Qt Quarterly}{\bold{Qt Quarterly}}
+    \row
+    \o \image dbus-examples.png D-Bus
+    \o
+
+    \o \image qq-thumbnail.png QtQuarterly
+    \o
+    One more valuable source for examples and explanations of Qt
+    features is the archive of the \l {Qt Quarterly}.
+
+    \endtable
+
+\omit
+    In the list below, examples marked with an asterisk (*) are fully
+    documented. Eventually, all the examples will be fully documented,
+    but sometimes we include an example before we have time to write
+    about it.
+\endomit
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page examples-widgets.html
+    \title Widgets Examples
+
+    \contentspage Qt Examples
+    \nextpage Dialog Examples
+
+    \image widget-examples.png
+
+    Qt comes with a large range of standard widgets that users of modern
+    applications have come to expect.
+
+    You can also develop your own custom widgets and controls, and use them
+    alongside standard widgets.
+
+    It is even possible to provide custom styles and themes for widgets that can
+    be used to change the appearance of standard widgets and appropriately
+    written custom widgets.
+
+    \list
+    \o \l{widgets/analogclock}{Analog Clock}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{widgets/calculator}{Calculator}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{widgets/calendarwidget}{Calendar Widget}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{widgets/charactermap}{Character Map}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{widgets/codeeditor}{Code Editor}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{widgets/digitalclock}{Digital Clock}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{widgets/groupbox}{Group Box}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{widgets/icons}{Icons}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{widgets/imageviewer}{Image Viewer}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{widgets/lineedits}{Line Edits}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{widgets/movie}{Movie}
+    \o \l{widgets/scribble}{Scribble}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{widgets/shapedclock}{Shaped Clock}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{widgets/sliders}{Sliders}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{widgets/spinboxes}{Spin Boxes}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{widgets/styles}{Styles}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{widgets/stylesheet}{Style Sheet}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{widgets/tablet}{Tablet}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{widgets/tetrix}{Tetrix}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{widgets/tooltips}{Tooltips}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{widgets/wiggly}{Wiggly}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{widgets/windowflags}{Window Flags}\raisedaster
+    \endlist
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page examples-dialogs.html
+    \title Dialog Examples
+
+    \previouspage Widgets Examples
+    \contentspage Qt Examples
+    \nextpage Main Window Examples
+
+    \image dialog-examples.png
+
+    Qt includes standard dialogs for many common operations, such as file
+    selection, printing, and color selection.
+
+    Custom dialogs can also be created for specialized modal or modeless
+    interactions with users.
+
+    \list
+    \o \l{dialogs/classwizard}{Class Wizard}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{dialogs/configdialog}{Config Dialog}
+    \o \l{dialogs/extension}{Extension}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{dialogs/findfiles}{Find Files}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{dialogs/licensewizard}{License Wizard}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{dialogs/standarddialogs}{Standard Dialogs}
+    \o \l{dialogs/tabdialog}{Tab Dialog}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{dialogs/trivialwizard}{Trivial Wizard}
+    \endlist
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page examples-mainwindow.html
+    \title Main Window Examples
+
+    \previouspage Dialog Examples
+    \contentspage Qt Examples
+    \nextpage Layout Examples
+
+    \image mainwindow-examples.png
+
+    All the standard features of application main windows are provided by Qt.
+
+    Main windows can have pull down menus, tool bars, and dock windows. These
+    separate forms of user input are unified in an integrated action system that
+    also supports keyboard shortcuts and accelerator keys in menu items.
+
+    \list
+    \o \l{mainwindows/application}{Application}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{mainwindows/dockwidgets}{Dock Widgets}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{mainwindows/mdi}{MDI}
+    \o \l{mainwindows/menus}{Menus}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{mainwindows/recentfiles}{Recent Files}
+    \o \l{mainwindows/sdi}{SDI}
+    \endlist
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page examples-layouts.html
+    \title Layout Examples
+    
+    \previouspage Main Window Examples
+    \contentspage Qt Examples
+    \nextpage Item Views Examples
+
+    \image layout-examples.png
+
+    Qt uses a layout-based approach to widget management. Widgets are arranged in
+    the optimal positions in windows based on simple layout rules, leading to a
+    consistent look and feel.
+
+    Custom layouts can be used to provide more control over the positions and
+    sizes of child widgets.
+
+    \list
+    \o \l{layouts/basiclayouts}{Basic Layouts}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{layouts/borderlayout}{Border Layout}
+    \o \l{layouts/dynamiclayouts}{Dynamic Layouts}
+    \o \l{layouts/flowlayout}{Flow Layout}
+    \endlist
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page examples-itemviews.html
+    \title Item Views Examples
+
+    \previouspage Layout Examples
+    \contentspage Qt Examples
+    \nextpage Graphics View Examples
+
+    \image itemview-examples.png
+
+    Item views are widgets that typically display data sets. Qt 4's model/view
+    framework lets you handle large data sets by separating the underlying data
+    from the way it is represented to the user, and provides support for
+    customized rendering through the use of delegates.
+
+    \list
+    \o \l{itemviews/addressbook}{Address Book}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{itemviews/basicsortfiltermodel}{Basic Sort/Filter Model}
+    \o \l{itemviews/chart}{Chart}
+    \o \l{itemviews/coloreditorfactory}{Color Editor Factory}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{itemviews/combowidgetmapper}{Combo Widget Mapper}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{itemviews/customsortfiltermodel}{Custom Sort/Filter Model}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{itemviews/dirview}{Dir View}
+    \o \l{itemviews/editabletreemodel}{Editable Tree Model}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{itemviews/fetchmore}{Fetch More}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{itemviews/frozencolumn}{Frozen Column}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{itemviews/pixelator}{Pixelator}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{itemviews/puzzle}{Puzzle}
+    \o \l{itemviews/simpledommodel}{Simple DOM Model}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{itemviews/simpletreemodel}{Simple Tree Model}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{itemviews/simplewidgetmapper}{Simple Widget Mapper}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{itemviews/spinboxdelegate}{Spin Box Delegate}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{itemviews/stardelegate}{Star Delegate}\raisedaster
+    \endlist
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page examples-graphicsview.html
+    \title Graphics View Examples
+
+    \previouspage Item Views Examples
+    \contentspage Qt Examples
+    \nextpage Painting Examples
+
+    \image graphicsview-examples.png
+
+    Qt is provided with a comprehensive canvas through the GraphicsView
+    classes.
+
+    These examples demonstrate the fundamental aspects of canvas programming
+    with Qt.
+
+    \list
+    \o \l{graphicsview/collidingmice}{Colliding Mice}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{graphicsview/diagramscene}{Diagram Scene}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{graphicsview/dragdroprobot}{Drag and Drop Robot}
+    \o \l{graphicsview/elasticnodes}{Elastic Nodes}
+    \o \l{graphicsview/portedasteroids}{Ported Asteroids}
+    \o \l{graphicsview/portedcanvas}{Ported Canvas}
+    \endlist
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page examples-painting.html
+    \title Painting Examples
+
+    \previouspage Graphics View Examples
+    \contentspage Qt Examples
+    \nextpage Rich Text Examples
+
+    \image painting-examples.png
+
+    Qt's painting system is able to render vector graphics, images, and outline
+    font-based text with sub-pixel accuracy accuracy using anti-aliasing to
+    improve rendering quality.
+
+    These examples show the most common techniques that are used when painting
+    with Qt, from basic concepts such as drawing simple primitives to the use of
+    transformations.
+
+    \list
+    \o \l{painting/basicdrawing}{Basic Drawing}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{painting/concentriccircles}{Concentric Circles}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{painting/fontsampler}{Font Sampler}
+    \o \l{painting/imagecomposition}{Image Composition}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{painting/painterpaths}{Painter Paths}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{painting/svggenerator}{SVG Generator}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{painting/svgviewer}{SVG Viewer}
+    \o \l{painting/transformations}{Transformations}\raisedaster
+    \endlist
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page examples-richtext.html
+    \title Rich Text Examples
+
+    \previouspage Painting Examples
+    \contentspage Qt Examples
+    \nextpage Desktop Examples
+
+    \image richtext-examples.png
+
+    Qt provides powerful document-oriented rich text engine that supports Unicode
+    and right-to-left scripts. Documents can be manipulated using a cursor-based
+    API, and their contents can be imported and exported as both HTML and in a
+    custom XML format.
+
+    \list
+    \o \l{richtext/calendar}{Calendar}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{richtext/orderform}{Order Form}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{richtext/syntaxhighlighter}{Syntax Highlighter}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{richtext/textobject}{Text Object}\raisedaster
+    \endlist
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page examples-desktop.html
+    \title Desktop Examples
+
+    \previouspage Rich Text Examples
+    \contentspage Qt Examples
+    \nextpage Drag and Drop Examples
+
+    \image desktop-examples.png
+
+    Qt provides features to enable applications to integrate with the user's
+    preferred desktop environment.
+
+    Features such as system tray icons, access to the desktop widget, and
+    support for desktop services can be used to improve the appearance of
+    applications and take advantage of underlying desktop facilities.
+
+    \list
+    \o \l{desktop/screenshot}{Screenshot}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{desktop/systray}{System Tray}\raisedaster
+    \endlist
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page examples-draganddrop.html
+    \title Drag and Drop Examples
+
+    \previouspage Desktop Examples
+    \contentspage Qt Examples
+    \nextpage Threading and Concurrent Programming Examples
+
+    \image draganddrop-examples.png
+
+    Qt supports native drag and drop on all platforms via an extensible
+    MIME-based system that enables applications to send data to each other in the
+    most appropriate formats.
+
+    Drag and drop can also be implemented for internal use by applications.
+
+    \list
+    \o \l{draganddrop/delayedencoding}{Delayed Encoding}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{draganddrop/draggableicons}{Draggable Icons}
+    \o \l{draganddrop/draggabletext}{Draggable Text}
+    \o \l{draganddrop/dropsite}{Drop Site}
+    \o \l{draganddrop/fridgemagnets}{Fridge Magnets}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{draganddrop/puzzle}{Drag and Drop Puzzle}
+    \endlist
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page examples-threadandconcurrent.html
+    \title Threading and Concurrent Programming Examples
+    
+    \previouspage Drag and Drop Examples
+    \contentspage Qt Examples
+    \nextpage Tools Examples
+    
+    \image thread-examples.png
+
+    Qt 4 makes it easier than ever to write multithreaded applications. More
+    classes have been made usable from non-GUI threads, and the signals and slots
+    mechanism can now be used to communicate between threads.
+
+    Additionally, it is now possible to move objects between threads.
+
+    \list
+    \o \l{threads/queuedcustomtype}{Queued Custom Type}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{threads/mandelbrot}{Mandelbrot}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{threads/semaphores}{Semaphores}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{threads/waitconditions}{Wait Conditions}\raisedaster
+    \endlist
+
+    The QtConcurrent namespace includes a collection of classes and functions
+    for straightforward concurrent programming.
+
+    These examples show how to apply the basic techniques of concurrent
+    programming to simple problems.
+
+    \list
+    \o \l{qtconcurrent/imagescaling}{QtConcurrent Asynchronous Image Scaling}
+    \o \l{qtconcurrent/map}{QtConcurrent Map}
+    \o \l{qtconcurrent/progressdialog}{QtConcurrent Progress Dialog}
+    \o \l{qtconcurrent/runfunction}{QtConcurrent Run Function}
+    \o \l{qtconcurrent/wordcount}{QtConcurrent Word Count}
+    \endlist
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page examples.tools.html
+    \title Tools Examples
+
+    \previouspage Threading and Concurrent Programming Examples
+    \contentspage Qt Examples
+    \nextpage Network Examples
+
+    \image tool-examples.png
+
+    Qt is equipped with a range of capable tool classes, from containers and
+    iterators to classes for string handling and manipulation.
+
+    Other classes provide application infrastructure support, handling plugin
+    loading and managing configuration files.
+
+    \list
+    \o \l{tools/codecs}{Codecs}
+    \o \l{tools/completer}{Completer}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{tools/customcompleter}{Custom Completer}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{tools/customtype}{Custom Type}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{tools/customtypesending}{Custom Type Sending}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{tools/echoplugin}{Echo Plugin}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{tools/i18n}{I18N}
+    \o \l{tools/plugandpaint}{Plug & Paint}\raisedaster
+    \o Plug & Paint Plugins: \l{tools/plugandpaintplugins/basictools}{Basic Tools}\raisedaster
+       and \l{tools/plugandpaintplugins/extrafilters}{Extra Filters}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{tools/regexp}{RegExp}
+    \o \l{tools/settingseditor}{Settings Editor}
+    \o \l{tools/styleplugin}{Style Plugin}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{tools/treemodelcompleter}{Tree Model Completer}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{tools/undoframework}{Undo Framework}\raisedaster
+    \endlist
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page examples-network.html
+    \title Network Examples
+
+    \previouspage Tools Examples
+    \contentspage Qt Examples
+    \nextpage Inter-Process Communication Examples
+
+    \image network-examples.png
+
+    Qt is provided with an extensive set of network classes to support both
+    client-based and server side network programming.
+
+    These examples demonstrate the fundamental aspects of network programming
+    with Qt.
+
+    \list
+    \o  \l{network/blockingfortuneclient}{Blocking Fortune Client}\raisedaster
+    \o  \l{network/broadcastreceiver}{Broadcast Receiver}
+    \o  \l{network/broadcastsender}{Broadcast Sender}
+    \o  \l{network/network-chat}{Network Chat}
+    \o  \l{network/fortuneclient}{Fortune Client}\raisedaster
+    \o  \l{network/fortuneserver}{Fortune Server}\raisedaster
+    \o  \l{network/ftp}{FTP}\raisedaster
+    \o  \l{network/http}{HTTP}
+    \o  \l{network/loopback}{Loopback}
+    \o  \l{network/threadedfortuneserver}{Threaded Fortune Server}\raisedaster
+    \o  \l{network/torrent}{Torrent}
+    \o  \l{network/googlesuggest}{Google Suggest}
+    \endlist
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page examples-ipc.html
+    \title Inter-Process Communication Examples
+
+    \previouspage Network Examples
+    \contentspage Qt Examples
+    \nextpage OpenGL Examples
+    
+    \image ipc-examples.png
+
+    \list
+    \o \l{ipc/localfortuneclient}{Local Fortune Client}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{ipc/localfortuneserver}{Local Fortune Server}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{ipc/sharedmemory}{Shared Memory}\raisedaster
+    \endlist
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page examples-opengl.html
+    \title OpenGL Examples
+
+    \previouspage Inter-Process Communication Examples
+    \contentspage Qt Examples
+    \nextpage Multimedia Examples
+
+    \image opengl-examples.png
+
+    Qt provides support for integration with OpenGL implementations on all
+    platforms, giving developers the opportunity to display hardware accelerated
+    3D graphics alongside a more conventional user interface.
+
+    These examples demonstrate the basic techniques used to take advantage of
+    OpenGL in Qt applications.
+
+    \list
+    \o \l{opengl/2dpainting}{2D Painting}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{opengl/framebufferobject}{Framebuffer Object}
+    \o \l{opengl/framebufferobject2}{Framebuffer Object 2}
+    \o \l{opengl/grabber}{Grabber}
+    \o \l{opengl/hellogl}{Hello GL}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{opengl/overpainting}{Overpainting}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{opengl/pbuffers}{Pixel Buffers}
+    \o \l{opengl/pbuffers2}{Pixel Buffers 2}
+    \o \l{opengl/samplebuffers}{Sample Buffers}
+    \o \l{opengl/textures}{Textures}
+    \endlist
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page examples-multimedia.html
+    \title Multimedia Examples
+
+    \previouspage OpenGL Examples
+    \contentspage Qt Examples
+    \nextpage SQL Examples
+
+    \image phonon-examples.png
+
+    \section1 Multimedia
+
+    Qt provides low-level audio support on linux,windows and mac platforms by default and
+    an audio plugin API to allow developers to implement there own audio support for
+    custom devices and platforms.
+
+    These examples demonstrate the basic techniques used to take advantage of
+    Audio API in Qt applications.
+
+    \list
+    \o \l{multimedia/audio/audiodevices}{Audio Devices}
+    \o \l{multimedia/audio/audiooutput}{Audio Output}
+    \o \l{multimedia/audio/audioinput}{Audio Input}
+    \endlist
+
+    \section1 Phonon
+
+    The Phonon Multimedia Framework brings multimedia support to Qt applications.
+
+    The examples and demonstrations provided show how to play music and movies
+    using the Phonon API.
+
+    \list
+    \o \l{phonon/capabilities}{Capabilities}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{phonon/musicplayer}{Music Player}\raisedaster
+    \endlist
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page examples-sql.html
+    \title SQL Examples
+
+    \previouspage Multimedia Examples
+    \contentspage Qt Examples
+    \nextpage XML Examples
+
+    \image sql-examples.png
+
+    Qt provides extensive database interoperability, with support for products
+    from both open source and proprietary vendors.
+
+    SQL support is integrated with Qt's model/view architecture, making it easier
+    to provide GUI integration for your database applications.
+
+    \list
+    \o \l{sql/cachedtable}{Cached Table}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{sql/drilldown}{Drill Down}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{sql/querymodel}{Query Model}
+    \o \l{sql/relationaltablemodel}{Relational Table Model}
+    \o \l{sql/tablemodel}{Table Model}
+    \o \l{sql/sqlwidgetmapper}{SQL Widget Mapper}\raisedaster
+    \endlist
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \page examples-xml.html
+    \title XML Examples
+
+    \previouspage SQL Examples
+    \contentspage Qt Examples
+    \nextpage Qt Designer Examples
+
+    \image xml-examples.png XML
+
+    XML parsing and handling is supported through SAX and DOM compliant APIs
+    as well as streaming classes.
+
+    \list
+    \o \l{xml/dombookmarks}{DOM Bookmarks}
+    \o \l{xml/saxbookmarks}{SAX Bookmarks}
+    \o \l{xml/streambookmarks}{QXmlStream Bookmarks}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{xml/rsslisting}{RSS-Listing}
+    \o \l{xml/xmlstreamlint}{XML Stream Lint Example}\raisedaster
+    \endlist
+
+    The XQuery/XPath and XML Schema engines in the QtXmlPatterns modules
+    provide classes for querying XML files and custom data models.
+
+    \list
+    \o \l{xmlpatterns/recipes}{Recipes}
+    \o \l{xmlpatterns/filetree}{File System Example}
+    \o \l{xmlpatterns/qobjectxmlmodel}{QObject XML Model Example}
+    \o \l{xmlpatterns/xquery/globalVariables}{C++ Source Code Analyzer Example}
+    \o \l{xmlpatterns/trafficinfo}{Traffic Info}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{xmlpatterns/schema}{XML Schema Validation}\raisedaster
+    \endlist
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page examples-designer.html
+    \title Qt Designer Examples
+
+    \previouspage XML Examples
+    \contentspage Qt Examples
+    \nextpage UiTools Examples
+
+    \image designer-examples.png QtDesigner
+
+    Qt Designer is a capable graphical user interface designer that lets you
+    create and configure forms without writing code. GUIs created with
+    Qt Designer can be compiled into an application or created at run-time.
+
+    \list
+    \o \l{designer/calculatorbuilder}{Calculator Builder}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{designer/calculatorform}{Calculator Form}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{designer/customwidgetplugin}{Custom Widget Plugin}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{designer/taskmenuextension}{Task Menu Extension}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{designer/containerextension}{Container Extension}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{designer/worldtimeclockbuilder}{World Time Clock Builder}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{designer/worldtimeclockplugin}{World Time Clock Plugin}\raisedaster
+    \endlist
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page examples-uitools.html
+    \title UiTools Examples
+
+    \previouspage Qt Designer Examples
+    \contentspage Qt Examples
+    \nextpage Qt Linguist Examples
+
+    \image uitools-examples.png UiTools
+
+    \list
+    \o \l{uitools/multipleinheritance}{Multiple Inheritance}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{uitools/textfinder}{Text Finder}\raisedaster
+    \endlist
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page examples-linguist.html
+    \title Qt Linguist Examples
+
+    \previouspage UiTools Examples
+    \contentspage Qt Examples
+    \nextpage Qt Script Examples
+
+    \image linguist-examples.png
+
+    Internationalization is a core feature of Qt. These examples show how to
+    access translation and localization facilities at run-time.
+
+    \list
+    \o \l{linguist/hellotr}{Hello tr()}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{linguist/arrowpad}{Arrow Pad}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{linguist/trollprint}{Troll Print}\raisedaster
+    \endlist
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page examples-script.html
+    \title Qt Script Examples
+
+    \previouspage Qt Linguist Examples
+    \contentspage Qt Examples
+    \nextpage WebKit Examples
+
+    \image qtscript-examples.png QtScript
+
+    Qt is provided with a powerful embedded scripting environment through the QtScript
+    classes.
+
+    These examples demonstrate the fundamental aspects of scripting applications
+    with Qt.
+
+    \list
+    \o \l{script/calculator}{Calculator}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{script/context2d}{Context2D}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{script/defaultprototypes}{Default Prototypes}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{script/helloscript}{Hello Script}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{script/qstetrix}{Qt Script Tetrix}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{script/customclass}{Custom Script Class}\raisedaster
+    \endlist
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page examples-webkit.html
+    \title WebKit Examples
+
+    \previouspage Qt Script Examples
+    \contentspage Qt Examples
+    \nextpage Help System Examples
+
+    \image webkit-examples.png WebKit
+
+    Qt provides an integrated Web browser component based on WebKit, the popular
+    open source browser engine.
+
+    These examples and demonstrations show a range of different uses for WebKit,
+    from displaying Web pages within a Qt user interface to an implementation of
+    a basic function Web browser.
+
+    \list
+    \o \l{webkit/previewer}{Previewer}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{webkit/formextractor}{Form Extractor}
+    \o \l{webkit/googlechat}{Google Chat}
+    \o \l{webkit/fancybrowser}{Fancy Browser}
+    \endlist
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page examples-helpsystem.html
+    \title Help System Examples
+
+    \previouspage WebKit Examples
+    \contentspage Qt Examples
+    \nextpage State Machine Examples
+
+    \image assistant-examples.png HelpSystem
+
+    Support for interactive help is provided by the Qt Assistant application.
+    Developers can take advantages of the facilities it offers to display
+    specially-prepared documentation to users of their applications.
+
+    \list
+    \o \l{help/simpletextviewer}{Simple Text Viewer}\raisedaster
+    \endlist
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page examples-statemachine.html
+    \title State Machine Examples
+
+    \previouspage Help System Examples
+    \contentspage Qt Examples
+    \nextpage Animation Framework Examples
+
+    \image statemachine-examples.png StateMachine
+
+    Qt provides a powerful hierarchical finite state machine through the Qt State
+    Machine classes.
+
+    These examples demonstrate the fundamental aspects of implementing
+    Statecharts with Qt.
+
+    \list
+    \o \l{statemachine/eventtransitions}{Event Transitions}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{statemachine/factorial}{Factorial States}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{statemachine/pingpong}{Ping Pong States}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{statemachine/rogue}{Rogue}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{statemachine/trafficlight}{Traffic Light}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{statemachine/twowaybutton}{Two-way Button}\raisedaster
+    \endlist
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page examples-animation.html
+    \title Animation Framework Examples
+
+    \previouspage State Machine Examples
+    \contentspage Qt Examples
+    \nextpage Qt for Embedded Linux Examples
+
+    \image animation-examples.png Animation
+
+    \list
+    \o \l{animation/moveblocks}{Move Blocks}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{animation/stickman}{Stick man}\raisedaster
+    \endlist
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page examples-embeddedlinux.html
+    \title Qt for Embedded Linux Examples
+
+    \previouspage Animation Framework Examples
+    \contentspage Qt Examples
+    \nextpage ActiveQt Examples
+
+    \image qt-embedded-examples.png QtEmbedded
+
+    These examples show how to take advantage of features specifically designed
+    for use on systems with limited resources, specialized hardware, and small
+    screens.
+
+    \list
+    \o \l{qws/svgalib}{Accelerated Graphics Driver}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{qws/dbscreen}{Double Buffered Graphics Driver}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{qws/mousecalibration}{Mouse Calibration}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{qws/ahigl}{OpenGL for Embedded Systems}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{qws/simpledecoration}{Simple Decoration}\raisedaster
+    \endlist
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page examples-activeqt.html
+    \title ActiveQt Examples
+
+    \previouspage Qt for Embedded Linux Examples
+    \contentspage Qt Examples
+    \nextpage D-Bus Examples
+    
+    \image activeqt-examples.png ActiveQt
+
+    \list
+    \o \l{activeqt/comapp}{COM App}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{Dot Net Example (ActiveQt)}{Dot Net}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{activeqt/hierarchy}{Hierarchy}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{activeqt/menus}{Menus}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{activeqt/multiple}{Multiple}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{activeqt/opengl}{OpenGL}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{activeqt/qutlook}{Qutlook}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{activeqt/simple}{Simple}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{activeqt/webbrowser}{Web Browser}\raisedaster
+    \o \l{activeqt/wrapper}{Wrapper}\raisedaster
+    \endlist
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page examples-dbus.html
+    \title D-Bus Examples
+
+    \previouspage ActiveQt Examples
+    \contentspage Qt Examples
+    \nextpage Qt Quarterly
+
+    \list
+    \o \l{dbus/dbus-chat}{Chat}
+    \o \l{dbus/complexpingpong}{Complex Ping Pong}
+    \o \l{dbus/listnames}{List Names}
+    \o \l{dbus/pingpong}{Ping Pong}
+    \o \l{dbus/remotecontrolledcar}{Remote Controlled Car} 
+    \endlist
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/getting-started/how-to-learn-qt.qdoc b/doc/src/getting-started/how-to-learn-qt.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2a1e383
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/getting-started/how-to-learn-qt.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page how-to-learn-qt.html
+    \title How to Learn Qt
+    \brief Links to guides and resources for learning Qt.
+
+    \nextpage Tutorials
+
+    We assume that you already know C++ and will be using it for Qt
+    development. See the \l{Qt website} for more information about
+    using other programming languages with Qt.
+
+    The best way to learn Qt is to read the official Qt book,
+    \l{http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/0132354160/ref=ase_trolltech/}{C++
+    GUI Programming with Qt 4, Second Edition} (ISBN 0-13-235416-0). This book
+    provides comprehensive coverage of Qt programming all the way
+    from "Hello Qt" to advanced features such as multithreading, 2D and
+    3D graphics, networking, item view classes, and XML. (The first edition,
+    which is based on Qt 4.1, is available
+    \l{http://www.qtrac.eu/C++-GUI-Programming-with-Qt-4-1st-ed.zip}{online}.)
+
+    If you want to program purely in C++, designing your interfaces
+    in code without the aid of any design tools, take a look at the
+    \l{Tutorials}. These are designed to get you into Qt programming,
+    with an emphasis on working code rather than being a tour of features.
+
+    If you want to design your user interfaces using a design tool, then
+    read at least the first few chapters of the \l{Qt Designer manual}.
+
+    By now you'll have produced some small working applications and have a
+    broad feel for Qt programming. You could start work on your own
+    projects straight away, but we recommend reading a couple of key
+    overviews to deepen your understanding of Qt: \l{Qt Object Model}
+    and \l{Signals and Slots}.
+
+    At this point, we recommend looking at the
+    \l{All Overviews and HOWTOs}{overviews} and reading those that are
+    relevant to your projects. You may also find it useful to browse the
+    source code of the \l{Qt Examples}{examples} that have things in
+    common with your projects. You can also read Qt's source code since
+    this is supplied.
+
+    \table 50%
+    \header
+    \o {2,1} Getting an Overview
+    \row
+    \o \inlineimage qtdemo-small.png
+    \o
+    If you run the \l{Examples and Demos Launcher}, you'll see many of Qt's
+    widgets in action.
+
+    The \l{Qt Widget Gallery} also provides overviews of selected Qt
+    widgets in each of the styles used on various supported platforms.
+    \endtable
+
+    Qt comes with extensive documentation, with hypertext
+    cross-references throughout, so you can easily click your way to
+    whatever interests you. The part of the documentation that you'll
+    probably use the most is the \link index.html API
+    Reference\endlink. Each link provides a different way of
+    navigating the API Reference; try them all to see which work best
+    for you. You might also like to try \l{Qt Assistant}:
+    this tool is supplied with Qt and provides access to the entire
+    Qt API, and it provides a full text search facility.
+
+    There are also a growing number of books about Qt programming; see
+    \l{Books about Qt Programming} for a complete list of Qt books,
+    including translations to various languages.
+
+    Another valuable source of example code and explanations of Qt
+    features is the archive of articles from \l {http://qt.nokia.com/doc/qq}
+    {Qt Quarterly}, a quarterly newsletter for users of Qt.
+
+    For documentation on specific Qt modules and other guides, refer to
+    \l{All Overviews and HOWTOs}.
+
+    Good luck, and have fun!
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/getting-started/installation.qdoc b/doc/src/getting-started/installation.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..10791d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/getting-started/installation.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,806 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/****************************************************************************
+** Please remember to update the corresponding INSTALL files.
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+\group installation
+\title Installation
+\brief Installing Qt on supported platforms.
+
+The installation procedure is different on each Qt platform.
+Please follow the instructions for your platform from the following list.
+
+\generatelist{related}
+*/
+
+/*! \page install-x11.html
+\title Installing Qt on X11 Platforms
+\ingroup installation
+\brief How to install Qt on platforms with X11.
+\previouspage Installation
+
+\note Qt for X11 has some requirements that are given in more detail
+in the \l{Qt for X11 Requirements} document.
+
+\list 1
+\o  If you have the commercial edition of Qt, install your license
+    file as \c{$HOME/.qt-license}.
+
+    For the open source version you do not need a license file.
+
+\o  Unpack the archive if you have not done so already. For example,
+    if you have the \c{qt-x11-opensource-desktop-%VERSION%.tar.gz}
+    package, type the following commands at a command line prompt:
+
+\snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_installation.qdoc 0
+
+    This creates the directory \c{/tmp/qt-x11-opensource-desktop-%VERSION%}
+    containing the files from the archive. We only support the GNU version of
+    the tar archiving utility. Note that on some systems it is called gtar.
+
+\o  Building
+
+    To configure the Qt library for your machine type, run the
+    \c{./configure} script in the package directory.
+
+    By default, Qt is configured for installation in the
+    \c{/usr/local/Trolltech/Qt-%VERSION%} directory, but this can be
+    changed by using the \c{-prefix} option.
+
+\snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_installation.qdoc 1
+
+    Type \c{./configure -help} to get a list of all available options.
+
+    To create the library and compile all the demos, examples, tools,
+    and tutorials, type:
+
+\snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_installation.qdoc 2
+
+    If \c{-prefix} is outside the build directory, you need to install
+    the library, demos, examples, tools, and tutorials in the appropriate
+    place. To do this, type:
+
+\snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_installation.qdoc 3
+
+    , as root if necessary.
+
+    Note that on some systems the make utility is named differently,
+    e.g. gmake. The configure script tells you which make utility to
+    use.
+
+    \bold{Note:} If you later need to reconfigure and rebuild Qt from the
+    same location, ensure that all traces of the previous configuration are
+    removed by entering the build directory and typing \c{make confclean}
+    before running \c configure again.
+
+\o  Environment variables
+
+    In order to use Qt, some environment variables needs to be
+    extended.
+
+\snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_installation.qdoc 4
+
+    This is done like this:
+
+    In \c{.profile} (if your shell is bash, ksh, zsh or sh), add the
+    following lines:
+
+\snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_installation.qdoc 5
+
+    In \c{.login} (in case your shell is csh or tcsh), add the following line:
+
+\snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_installation.qdoc 6
+
+    If you use a different shell, please modify your environment
+    variables accordingly.
+
+    For compilers that do not support rpath you must also extended the
+    \c LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable to include
+    \c{/usr/local/Trolltech/Qt-%VERSION%/lib}. On Linux with GCC this step
+    is not needed.
+
+\o  That's all. Qt is now installed.
+
+    If you are new to Qt, we suggest that you take a look at the demos
+    and examples to see Qt in action. Run the Qt Examples and Demos
+    either by typing \c qtdemo on the command line or through the
+    desktop's Main menu.
+
+    You might also want to try the following links:
+
+    \list
+    \o \l{Configuring Qt}
+    \o \l{How to Learn Qt}
+    \o \l{Tutorials}
+    \o \l{Developer Zone}
+    \o \l{Deploying Qt Applications}
+    \endlist
+\endlist
+
+    We hope you will enjoy using Qt. Good luck!
+
+*/
+
+/*!
+\page install-win.html
+\title Installing Qt on Windows
+\ingroup installation
+\brief How to install Qt on Windows.
+\previouspage Installation
+
+\note Qt for Windows has some requirements that are given in more detail
+in the \l{Qt for Windows Requirements} document.
+
+\table
+\row \o \bold{Notes:}
+\list
+\o If you have obtained a binary package for this platform,
+consult the installation instructions provided instead of the ones in
+this document.
+\o \l{Open Source Versions of Qt} is not officially supported for use with
+any version of Visual Studio. Integration with Visual Studio is available
+as part of the \l{Qt Commercial Editions}.
+
+\endlist
+\endtable
+
+\list 1
+\o  If you have the commercial edition of Qt, copy the license file
+    from your account on dist.trolltech.com into your home directory
+    (this may be known as the \c userprofile environment variable) and
+    rename it to \c{.qt-license}. This renaming process must be done
+    using a \e{command prompt} on Windows, \bold{not} with Windows Explorer.
+    For example on Windows 2000, \c{%USERPROFILE%} should be something
+    like \c{C:\Documents and Settings\username}
+
+    For the open source version you do not need a license file.
+
+\o  Uncompress the files into the directory you want Qt installed;
+    e.g. \c{C:\Qt\%VERSION%}.
+
+    \note The install path must not contain any spaces or Windows specific
+    file system characters.
+
+\o Environment variables
+
+    In order to build and use Qt, the \c PATH environment variable needs to be
+    extended:
+
+\snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_installation.qdoc 7
+
+    This is done by adding \c{c:\Qt\%VERSION%\bin} to the \c PATH variable.
+
+    For newer versions of Windows, \c PATH can be extended through
+    the \menu{Control Panel|System|Advanced|Environment variables} menu.
+
+    You may also need to ensure that the locations of your compiler and
+    other build tools are listed in the \c PATH variable. This will depend
+    on your choice of software development environment.
+
+    \bold{Note}: If you don't use the configured shells, which is
+    available in the application menu, in the \l{Open Source Versions of Qt},
+    \c configure requires that \c sh.exe is not in the path
+    or that it is run from \c msys. This also goes for mingw32-make.
+
+\o Building
+
+    To configure the Qt library for your machine, type the following command
+    in a \bold{Visual Studio} command prompt:
+
+\snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_installation.qdoc 8
+
+    Type \c{configure -help} to get a list of all available options.
+
+    If you have multiple compilers installed, and want to build the Qt library
+    using a specific compiler, you must specify a \c qmake specification.
+    This is done by pasing \c{-platform <spec>} to configure; for example:
+
+\snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_installation.qdoc 9
+
+    In some cases you need to set up the compilation environment before running
+    configure in order to use the right compiler. For instance, you need to do this
+    if you have Visual Studio 2005 installed and want to compile Qt using the x64
+    compiler because the 32-bit and 64-bit compiler both use the same
+    \c qmake specification file.
+    This is usually done by selecting
+    \menu{Microsoft Visual Studio 2005|Visual Studio Tools|<Command Prompt>}
+    from the \gui Start menu.
+
+    The actual commands needed to build Qt depends on your development
+    system. For Microsoft Visual Studio to create the library and
+    compile all the demos, examples, tools and tutorials type:
+
+\snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_installation.qdoc 10
+
+    \note If you later need to reconfigure and rebuild Qt from the
+    same location, ensure that all traces of the previous configuration are
+    removed by entering the build directory and typing \c{nmake distclean}
+    before running \c configure again.
+
+\o  That's all. Qt is now installed.
+
+    If you are new to Qt, we suggest that you take a look at the demos
+    and examples to see Qt in action. Run the Qt Examples and Demos
+    either by typing \c qtdemo on the command line or through the
+    desktop's Start menu.
+
+    You might also want to try the following links:
+
+    \list
+    \o \l{How to Learn Qt}
+    \o \l{Tutorials}
+    \o \l{Developer Zone}
+    \o \l{Deploying Qt Applications}
+    \endlist
+
+\endlist
+
+    We hope you will enjoy using Qt. Good luck!
+
+*/
+
+/*! \page install-mac.html
+\title Installing Qt on Mac OS X
+\ingroup installation
+\brief How to install Qt on Mac OS X.
+\previouspage Installation
+
+\note Qt for Mac OS X has some requirements that are given in more detail
+in the \l{Qt for Mac OS X Requirements} document.
+
+\bold{Note for the binary package}: If you have the binary package, simply double-click on the Qt.mpkg
+and follow the instructions to install Qt. You can later run the \c{uninstall-qt.py}
+script to uninstall the binary package. The script is located in /Developer/Tools and
+must be run as root.
+
+The following instructions describe how to install Qt from the source package.
+
+\list 1
+\o  If you have the commercial edition of Qt, install your license
+    file as \c{$HOME/.qt-license}.
+
+    For the open source version you do not need a license file.
+
+\o  Unpack the archive if you have not done so already. For example,
+    if you have the \c{qt-mac-opensource-desktop-%VERSION%.tar.gz}
+    package, type the following commands at a command line prompt:
+
+\snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_installation.qdoc 11
+
+    This creates the directory \c{/tmp/qt-mac-opensource-desktop-%VERSION%}
+    containing the files from the archive.
+
+\o  Building
+
+    To configure the Qt library for your machine type, run the
+    \c{./configure} script in the package directory.
+
+    By default, Qt is configured for installation in the
+    \c{/usr/local/Trolltech/Qt-%VERSION%} directory, but this can be
+    changed by using the \c{-prefix} option.
+
+\snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_installation.qdoc 12
+
+    Type \c{./configure -help} to get a list of all available options.
+
+    Note that you will need to specify \c{-universal} if you want to
+    build universal binaries, and also supply a path to the \c{-sdk}
+    option if your development machine has a PowerPC CPU. By default,
+    Qt is built as a framework, but you can built it as a set of
+    dynamic libraries (dylibs) by specifying the \c{-no-framework}
+    option.
+
+    Qt can also be configured to be built with debugging symbols. This
+    process is described in detail in the \l{Debugging Techniques}
+    document.
+
+    To create the library and compile all the demos, examples, tools,
+    and tutorials, type:
+
+\snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_installation.qdoc 13
+
+    If \c{-prefix} is outside the build directory, you need to install
+    the library, demos, examples, tools, and tutorials in the appropriate
+    place. To do this, type:
+
+\snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_installation.qdoc 14
+
+    as root, if neccessary (note that this requires that you have administrator access
+    to your machine).
+
+    There is a potential race condition when running make install with multiple
+    jobs. It is best to only run one make job (-j1) for the install.
+
+    \bold{Note:} If you later need to reconfigure and rebuild Qt from the
+    same location, ensure that all traces of the previous configuration are
+    removed by entering the build directory and typing \c{make confclean}
+    before running \c configure again.
+
+\o  Environment variables
+
+    In order to use Qt, some environment variables need to be
+    extended.
+
+\snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_installation.qdoc 15
+
+    This is done like this:
+
+    In \c{.profile} (if your shell is bash), add the following lines:
+
+\snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_installation.qdoc 16
+
+    In \c{.login} (in case your shell is csh or tcsh), add the following line:
+
+\snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_installation.qdoc 17
+
+    If you use a different shell, please modify your environment
+    variables accordingly.
+
+\o  That's all. Qt is now installed.
+
+    If you are new to Qt, we suggest that you take a look at the demos
+    and examples to see Qt in action. Run the Qt Examples and Demos
+    either by typing \c qtdemo on the command line or through the
+    desktop's Start menu.
+
+    You might also want to try the following links:
+
+    \list
+    \o \l{How to Learn Qt}
+    \o \l{Tutorials}
+    \o \l{Developer Zone}
+    \o \l{Deploying Qt Applications}
+    \endlist
+\endlist
+
+    We hope you will enjoy using Qt. Good luck!
+
+*/
+
+/*! \page install-wince.html
+\title Installing Qt on Windows CE
+\ingroup installation
+\ingroup qtce
+\brief How to install Qt on Windows CE.
+\previouspage Installation
+
+\note Qt for Windows CE has some requirements that are given in more detail
+in the \l{Qt for Windows CE Requirements} document.
+
+\list 1
+    \o  Uncompress the files into the directory you want to install Qt into;
+        e.g., \c{C:\Qt\%VERSION%}.
+
+        \note The install path must not contain any spaces.
+
+    \o  Environment variables
+
+        In order to build and use Qt, the \c PATH environment variable needs
+        to be extended:
+
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_installation.qdoc 18
+
+        This is done by adding \c{c:\Qt\%VERSION%\bin} to the \c PATH variable.
+
+        For newer versions of Windows, \c PATH can be extended through
+        "Control Panel->System->Advanced->Environment variables" and for
+        older versions by editing \c{c:\autoexec.bat}.
+
+        Make sure the enviroment variables for your compiler are set. 
+        Visual Studio includes \c{vcvars32.bat} for that purpose - or simply
+        use the "Visual Studio Command Prompt" from the Start menu.
+
+    \o  Configuring Qt
+
+        To configure Qt for Windows Mobile 5.0 for Pocket PC, type the
+        following:
+
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_installation.qdoc 19
+
+        If you want to configure Qt for another platform or with other
+        options, type \c{configure -help} to get a list of all available
+        options. See the \c README file for the list of supported platforms.
+
+
+    \o Building Qt
+
+        Now, to build Qt you first have to update your \c PATH, \c INCLUDE
+        and \c LIB paths to point to the correct resources for your target
+        platforms. For a default installation of the Windows Mobile 5.0
+        Pocket PC SDK, this is done with the following commands:
+
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_installation.qdoc 20
+
+        We provide a convenience script for this purpose, called \c{setcepaths}.
+        Simply type:
+
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_installation.qdoc 21
+
+        Then to build Qt type:
+
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_installation.qdoc 22
+
+        \o  That's all. Qt is now installed.
+
+        To get started with Qt, you can check out the examples found in the
+        \c{examples} directory of your Qt installation. The documentation can
+        be found in \c{doc\html}.
+
+        \bold{Remember:} If you reconfigure Qt for a different platform,
+        make sure you start with a new clean console to get rid of the
+        platform dependent include directories.
+
+        The links below provide further information for using Qt:
+        \list
+        \o \l{How to Learn Qt}
+        \o \l{Tutorials}
+        \o \l{Developer Zone}
+        \o \l{Deploying Qt Applications}
+        \endlist
+
+        You might also want to try the following Windows CE specific links:
+        \list
+        \o \l{Windows CE - Introduction to using Qt}
+        \o \l{Windows CE - Working with Custom SDKs}
+        \o \l{Windows CE - Using shadow builds}
+        \endlist
+
+        Information on feature and performance tuning for embedded builds can
+        be found on the following pages:
+        \list
+        \o \l{Fine-Tuning Features in Qt}
+        \o \l{Qt Performance Tuning}
+        \endlist
+\endlist
+
+    We hope you will enjoy using Qt. Good luck!
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page requirements.html
+    \title General Qt Requirements
+    \ingroup installation
+    \brief Outlines the general requirements and dependencies needed to install Qt.
+
+    This page describes the specific requirements of libraries and components on which
+    Qt depends. For information about installing Qt, see the \l{Installation} page.
+
+    For information about the platforms that Qt supports, see the \l{Supported Platforms}
+    page.
+
+    \section1 OpenSSL (version 0.9.7 or later)
+
+    Support for \l{SSL}{Secure Sockets Layer (SSL)} communication is provided by the
+    \l{OpenSSL Toolkit}, which must be obtained separately.
+
+    \section1 Platform-Specific Requirements
+
+    Each platform has its own specific set of dependencies. Please see the relevant
+    page for more details about the components that are required to build and install
+    Qt on your platform.
+
+    \list
+    \o \l{Qt for Embedded Linux Requirements}
+    \o \l{Qt for Mac OS X Requirements}
+    \o \l{Qt for Windows CE Requirements}
+    \o \l{Qt for Windows Requirements}
+    \o \l{Qt for X11 Requirements}
+    \endlist
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page requirements-win.html
+    \title Qt for Windows Requirements
+    \ingroup installation
+    \brief Setting up the Windows environment for Qt.
+    \previouspage General Qt Requirements
+
+    If you are using a binary version of Qt with Visual Studio 2005, you must
+    first install the Visual Studio Service Pack 1 available
+    \l{http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?FamilyId=BB4A75AB-E2D4-4C96-B39D-37BAF6B5B1DC&displaylang=en}{here}
+    to avoid runtime conflicts.
+
+    To build Qt with Phonon on Windows, you require:
+
+    \list
+        \o Microsoft's DirectX Software Development Kit which can be
+        downloaded
+        \l{http://msdn2.microsoft.com/en-us/directx/aa937788.aspx}{here}, and
+        \o Microsoft's Windows Server 2003 R2 Platform SDK which is available
+        \l{http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?FamilyID=0baf2b35-c656-4969-ace8-e4c0c0716adb&DisplayLang=en}{here}.
+    \endlist
+
+    \sa {Known Issues in %VERSION%}
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page requirements-mac.html
+    \title Qt for Mac OS X Requirements
+    \ingroup installation
+    \brief Setting up the Mac OS X environment for Qt.
+    \previouspage General Qt Requirements
+
+    \sa {Known Issues in %VERSION%}
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page requirements-x11.html
+    \title Qt for X11 Requirements
+    \ingroup installation
+    \brief Setting up the X11 environment for Qt.
+    \previouspage General Qt Requirements
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 QtGui Dependencies
+
+    \image x11_dependencies.png Qt for X11 Dependencies
+
+    \raw HTML
+    <style type="text/css" id="colorstyles">
+     #QtGuiColor { background-color: #98fd00; color: black }
+     #QtCoreColor { background-color: #9c9cff; color: black }
+     #DefaultColor { background-color: #f6f6dc; color: black }
+     #FreetypeColor { background-color: #e6e6fa; color: black }
+     #GLColor { background-color: #ffc0cb; color: black }
+     #PthreadColor { background-color: #bdb76b; color: black }
+     #OptionalColor { background-color: #cae1ff; color: black }
+     #SMColor { background-color: #c2fafa; color: black }
+     #MiscColor { background-color: #f0f9ff; color: black }
+     #GlibColor { background-color: #b3b3b3; color: black }
+    </style>
+    \endraw
+
+    The QtGui module and the QtCore module, which provides the non-GUI features required
+    by QtGui, depend on the libraries described in the following table. To build
+    Qt from its source code, you will also need to install the development
+    packages for these libraries for your system.
+
+    \table 90%
+    \header \o Name \o Library \o Notes \o Configuration options \o Minimum working version
+    \raw HTML
+    <tr id="OptionalColor">
+    <td> XRender </td><td> libXrender </td><td> X Rendering Extension; used for anti-aliasing</td>
+    <td><tt>-xrender</tt> or auto-detected</td><td>0.9.0</td>
+    </tr><tr id="OptionalColor">
+    <td> Xrandr </td><td> libXrandr </td><td> X Resize and Rotate Extension</td>
+    <td><tt>-xrandr</tt> or auto-detected</td><td>1.0.2</td>
+    </tr><tr id="OptionalColor">
+    <td> Xcursor </td><td> libXcursor </td><td> X Cursor Extension</td>
+    <td><tt>-xcursor</tt> or auto-detected</td><td>1.1.4</td>
+    </tr><tr id="OptionalColor">
+    <td> Xfixes </td><td> libXfixes </td><td> X Fixes Extension</td>
+    <td><tt>-xfixes</tt> or auto-detected</td><td>3.0.0</td>
+    </tr><tr id="OptionalColor">
+    <td> Xinerama </td><td> libXinerama </td><td> Multi-head support</td>
+    <td><tt>-xinerama</tt> or auto-detected</td><td>1.1.0</td>
+
+    </tr><tr id="OptionalColor">
+    <td> Fontconfig </td><td> libfontconfig </td><td> Font customization and configuration</td>
+    <td><tt>-fontconfig</tt> or auto-detected</td><td>2.1</td>
+    </tr><tr id="OptionalColor">
+    <td> FreeType </td><td> libfreetype </td><td> Font engine</td>
+    <td></td><td>2.1.3</td>
+
+    </tr><tr id="DefaultColor">
+    <td> Xi </td><td> libXi </td><td> X11 Input Extensions</td>
+    <td><tt>-xinput</tt> or auto-detected</td><td>1.3.0</td>
+    </tr><tr id="DefaultColor">
+    <td> Xt </td><td> libXt </td><td> Xt Intrinsics</td><td></td><td>0.99</td>
+    </tr><tr id="DefaultColor">
+    <td> Xext </td><td> libXext </td><td> X Extensions</td><td></td><td>6.4.3</td>
+    </tr><tr id="DefaultColor">
+    <td> X11 </td><td> libX11 </td><td> X11 Client-Side Library</td><td></td><td>6.2.1</td>
+
+    </tr><tr id="SMColor">
+    <td> SM </td><td> libSM </td><td> X Session Management</td>
+    <td><tt>-sm</tt> or auto-detected</td><td>6.0.4</td>
+    </tr><tr id="SMColor">
+    <td> ICE </td><td> libICE </td><td> Inter-Client Exchange</td>
+    <td><tt>-sm</tt> or auto-detected</td><td>6.3.5</td>
+
+    </tr><tr id="GlibColor">
+    <td> glib </td><td> libglib-2.0 </td><td> Common event loop handling</td>
+    <td><tt>-glib</tt> or auto-detected</td><td>2.8.3</td>
+    </tr><tr id="PthreadColor">
+    <td> pthread </td><td> libpthread </td><td> Multithreading</td>
+    <td></td><td>2.3.5</td>
+    </tr>
+    \endraw
+    \endtable
+
+    \note You must compile with XRender support to get alpha transparency
+    support for pixmaps and images.
+
+    Development packages for these libraries contain header files that are used
+    when building Qt from its source code. On Debian-based GNU/Linux systems,
+    for example, we recommend that you install the following development
+    packages:
+    
+    \list
+    \o libfontconfig1-dev
+    \o libfreetype6-dev
+    \o libx11-dev
+    \o libxcursor-dev
+    \o libxext-dev
+    \o libxfixes-dev
+    \o libxft-dev
+    \o libxi-dev
+    \o libxrandr-dev
+    \o libxrender-dev
+    \endlist
+
+    Some of these packages depend on others in this list, so installing one
+    may cause others to be automatically installed. Other distributions may
+    provide system packages with similar names.
+
+    \section1 OpenGL Dependencies
+
+    The configure script will autodetect if OpenGL headers and libraries are
+    installed on your system, and if so, it will include the QtOpenGL module
+    in the Qt library.
+    
+    If your OpenGL headers or libraries are placed in a non-standard directory,
+    you may need to change the \c QMAKE_INCDIR_OPENGL and/or
+    \c QMAKE_LIBDIR_OPENGL in the config file for your system.
+
+    The QGL documentation assumes that you are familiar with OpenGL
+    programming. If you're new to the subject a good starting point is
+    \l{http://www.opengl.org/}.
+
+    \section1 Phonon Dependencies
+
+    As described in the \l{Phonon Overview}, Phonon uses the GStreamer multimedia
+    framework as the backend for audio and video playback on X11. The minimum required
+    version of GStreamer is 0.10.
+
+    To build Phonon, you need the GStreamer library, base plugins, and development
+    files for your system. The package names for GStreamer vary between Linux
+    distributions; try searching for \c gstreamer or \c libgstreamer in your
+    distribution's package repository to find suitable packages.
+
+    \sa {Known Issues in %VERSION%}
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page requirements-wince.html
+    \title Qt for Windows CE Requirements
+    \ingroup installation
+    \brief Setting up the Windows CE environment for Qt.
+    \previouspage General Qt Requirements
+
+    Qt is known to work with Visual Studio 2005 and the following SDKs for
+    Windows CE development on Windows XP and Windows Vista:
+
+    \list
+        \o  Windows CE 5.0 Standard SDK for ARM, X86, and MIPS
+        \o  Windows CE 6.0 SDKs for ARM generated using the defaults found in
+            Platform Builder
+        \o  Windows Mobile 5.0 (\e{Pocket PC}, \e{Smartphone} and
+            \e{Pocket PC with Phone} editions)
+        \o  Windows Mobile 6.0 (\e{Standard}, \e{Classic} and
+            \e{Professional} editions)
+    \endlist
+
+    Below is a list of links to download the SDKs:
+
+    \list
+        \o \l{http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?familyid=fa1a3d66-3f61-4ddc-9510-ae450e2318c3&displaylang=en}
+            {Windows CE 5 Standard SDK}
+        \o  \l{http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?familyid=83A52AF2-F524-4EC5-9155-717CBE5D25ED&displaylang=en}
+            {Windows Mobile 5 Pocket PC}
+        \o  \l{http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?familyid=DC6C00CB-738A-4B97-8910-5CD29AB5F8D9&displaylang=en}
+            {Windows Mobile 5 Smartphone}
+        \o  \l{http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?familyid=06111A3A-A651-4745-88EF-3D48091A390B&displaylang=en }
+            {Windows Mobile 6 Professional/Standard}
+    \endlist
+
+    \table
+        \row \bold{Note:}
+            \o
+            \list 1
+                \o Currently, there is only compile support for Windows CE 5.0
+                   Standard SDK for SH-4.
+                \o There is currently no "out of the box" support for the
+                   Windows CE Automotive or Portable Media SDKs from Microsoft.
+            \endlist
+    \endtable
+
+
+    Device manufacturers may prefer to make their own customized version of
+    Windows CE using Platform Builder. In order for Qt for Windows CE to
+    support a custom SDK, a build specification needs to be created. More
+    information on Windows CE Customization can be found
+    \l{Windows CE - Working with Custom SDKs}{here}.
+
+    \sa {Known Issues in %VERSION%}
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page requirements-embedded-linux.html
+    \title Qt for Embedded Linux Requirements
+    \ingroup installation
+    \brief Setting up the Embedded Linux environment for Qt.
+    \previouspage General Qt Requirements
+
+    \sa {Known Issues in %VERSION%}
+
+    \section1 Building Qt for Embedded Linux with uclibc
+
+    If you intend to include the QtWebKit module in your Qt build then you should
+    use version \bold{uClibc 0.9.29 or greater} as that is the earliest version
+    with sufficient pthread support.
+
+    \section1 Memory Requirements
+
+    The memory and storage requirements for Qt for Embedded Linux depend on a
+    an variety of different factors, including the target architecture and the
+    features enabled in the Qt build.
+
+    The following table shows typical library sizes for the most common Qt
+    libraries on different architectures, built in release mode with different
+    feature profiles.
+
+    \table
+    \header \o{1,2} Architecture \o{1,2} Compiler  \o{2,1} QtCore       \o{2,1} QtGui        \o{2,1} QtNetwork    \o{2,1} QtWebKit
+    \header                                        \o Minimal \o Normal \o Minimal \o Normal \o Minimal \o Normal \o Minimal \o Normal 
+    \row    \o linux-x86-g++ \o GCC 4.2.4          \o 1.7M    \o 2.7M   \o 3.3M    \o 9.9M   \o 653K    \o 1.1M   \o N/A     \o 17M
+    \row    \o linux-arm-g++ \o GCC 4.1.1          \o 1.9M    \o 3.2M   \o 4.1M    \o 11M    \o 507K    \o 1.0M   \o N/A     \o 17M
+    \row    \o linux-mips-g++ (MIPS32)
+                             \o GCC 4.2.4          \o 2.0M    \o 3.2M   \o 4.5M    \o 12M    \o 505K    \o 1003K  \o N/A     \o 21M
+    \endtable
+
+    Library sizes are given in the following units: K = 1024 bytes; M = 1024K.
+    QtWebKit is excluded from the minimal configuration.
+
+    The \l{Fine-Tuning Features in Qt} document covers the process of configuring
+    Qt builds to avoid the inclusion of unnecessary features.
+
+    \section1 Additional X11 Libraries for QVFb
+
+    The Virtual Framebuffer (QVFb) application requires the \c libxtst library
+    in addition to the libraries used to build Qt for X11. This library
+    enables the use of the Record extension to the X protocol to be used in
+    applications.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/getting-started/known-issues.qdoc b/doc/src/getting-started/known-issues.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0a94d86
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/getting-started/known-issues.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page known-issues.html
+    \title Known Issues in %VERSION%
+    \ingroup platform-specific
+    \brief A summary of known issues in Qt %VERSION% at the time of release.
+
+    An up-to-date list of known issues with Qt %VERSION% can be found via the
+    \l{Task Tracker} on the Qt website which provides additional information
+    about known issues and tasks related to Qt.
+
+    \section1 General Issues
+
+    When running Qt applications on Windows or with \c{-graphicssystem raster},
+    any process that triggers a QWidget::update() from within a destructor
+    might result in a crash.
+
+
+    \section1 Issues with Third Party Software
+
+    \section2 X11 Hardware Support
+
+    \list
+    \o  There is a bug in the 169.xx NVIDIA drivers on certain GeForce 8 series
+        cards that is triggered by the OpenGL paint engine when using QPainter
+        on a QGLWidget to draw paths and polygons. Some other painting
+        operations that end up in the path fallback are affected as well. The
+        bug causes the whole X server to repeatedly hang for several seconds at
+        a time.
+    \o  There is an issue with NVIDIA's 9xxx driver series on X11 that causes a
+        crash in cases where there are several \l{QGLContext}s and the extended
+        composition modes are used (the composition modes between and including
+        QPainter::CompositionMode_Multiply and
+        QPainter::CompositionMode_Exclusion). This affects the composition mode
+        demo in Qt 4.5, for example. The crash does not occur in newer versions
+        of the drivers.
+    \endlist
+
+    \section2 Windows Hardware Support
+
+    \list
+    \o  When using version 6.14.11.6921 of the NVIDIA drivers for the GeForce
+        6600 GT under Windows XP, Qt applications which use drag and drop will
+        display reduced size drag and drop icons when run alongside
+        applications that use OpenGL. This problem can be worked around by
+        reducing the level of graphics acceleration provided by the driver, or
+        by disabling hardware acceleration completely.
+    \endlist
+
+    \section2 Windows Software Issues
+
+    \list
+
+    \o  When building Qt 4.5.0 with Windows 7, the build fails with an error
+        message regarding failing to embed manifest. This a known issue with
+        Windows 7, explained in the Windows 7 SDK Beta
+        \l{http://download.microsoft.com/download/8/8/0/8808A472-6450-4723-9C87-977069714B27/ReleaseNotes.Htm}
+        {release notes}. A workaround for this issue is to patch the
+        \bold{embed_manifest_exe.prf} file with the following:
+
+        \code
+        diff --git a/mkspecs/features/win32/embed_manifest_exe.prf b/mkspecs/features/win32/embed_manifest_exe.prf
+        index e1747f1..05f116e 100644
+        --- a/mkspecs/features/win32/embed_manifest_exe.prf
+        +++ b/mkspecs/features/win32/embed_manifest_exe.prf
+        @@ -8,4 +8,9 @@ if(win32-msvc2005|win32-msvc2008):!equals(TEMPLATE_PREFIX, "vc"):equals(TEMPLATE
+             QMAKE_POST_LINK = $$quote(mt.exe -nologo -manifest \"$$replace(OBJECTS_DIR,/,\\)\\$${NOPATH_TARGET}.intermediate.ma
+        nifest\" -outputresource:$(DESTDIR_TARGET);1$$escape_expand(\n\t))
+             QMAKE_POST_LINK += $$QMAKE_PREV_POST_LINK
+             QMAKE_CLEAN += \"$$replace(OBJECTS_DIR,/,\\)\\$${NOPATH_TARGET}.intermediate.manifest\"
+        +    isEmpty(RC_FILE) {
+        +        system("echo.>$$replace(OUT_PWD,/,\\)\\$$replace(OBJECTS_DIR,/,\\)\\Windows7WorkAround.rc")
+        +        RC_FILE = $$replace(OUT_PWD,/,\\)\\$$replace(OBJECTS_DIR,/,\\)\\Windows7WorkAround.rc
+        +       }
+        +
+         }
+        \endcode
+
+    \o  Under certain circumstances Visual Studio Integration v1.4.0 will not
+        be able to install the integration for Visual Studio 2005 on Windows
+        Vista. An error message states that .NET Framework v2.0 Service Pack 1
+        is not installed. This is due to a problem with the built-in
+        installation of this on Windows Vista. This issue can be fixed by
+        installing .NET Framework version 3.5.
+
+    \o  With NVIDIA GeForce 7950 GT (driver version 6.14.11.7824), a fullscreen
+        QGLWidget flickers when child widgets are shown/hidden. The workaround
+        for this is to use \l{QWidget::}{setGeometry()} with a width/height 1
+        pixel bigger than your geometry and call \l{QWidget::}{show()}.
+
+    \o  A bug in the Firebird database can cause an application to crash when
+        \c{fbembed.dll} is unloaded. The bug is fixed in version 2.5.
+
+    \endlist
+
+    \section2 Mac OS X Software Support
+
+    \list
+    \o  If a sheet is opened for a given window, clicking the title bar of that
+        window will cause it to flash. This behavior has been reported to Apple
+        (bug number 5827676).
+    \endlist
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/getting-started/tutorials.qdoc b/doc/src/getting-started/tutorials.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..525b6e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/getting-started/tutorials.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page tutorials.html
+    \title Tutorials
+
+    \contentspage How to Learn Qt
+    \nextpage Qt Examples
+
+    \brief Tutorials, guides and overviews to help you learn Qt.
+
+    \nextpage Qt Examples
+
+    A collection of tutorials and "walkthrough" guides are provided with Qt to
+    help new users get started with Qt development. These documents cover a
+    range of topics, from basic use of widgets to step-by-step tutorials that
+    show how an application is put together.
+
+    \table
+    \row
+    \o{2,1} \l{Widgets Tutorial}{\bold Widgets}
+    \o{2,1} \l{Address Book Tutorial}{\bold {Address Book}}
+    \row
+    \o \image widget-examples.png Widgets
+    \o
+    A beginner's guide to getting started with widgets and layouts to create
+    GUI applications.
+
+    \o \image addressbook-tutorial.png AddressBook
+    \o
+    A seven part guide to creating a fully-functioning address book
+    application. This tutorial is also available with
+    \l{Tutoriel "Carnet d'adresses"}{French explanation}.
+
+    \row
+    \o{2,1} \l{A Quick Start to Qt Designer}{\bold{Qt Designer}}
+    \o{2,1} \l{Qt Linguist Manual: Programmers#Tutorials}{\bold {Qt Linguist}}
+    \row
+    \o \image designer-examples.png QtDesigner
+    \o
+    A quick guide through \QD showing the basic steps to create a
+    form with this interactive tool.
+
+    \o \image linguist-examples.png QtLinguist
+    \o
+    A guided tour through the translations process, explaining the
+    tools provided for developers, translators and release managers.
+
+    \row
+    \o{2,1} \l{QTestLib Tutorial}{\bold QTestLib}
+    \o{2,1} \l{qmake Tutorial}{\bold qmake}
+    \row
+    \o{2,1}
+    This tutorial gives a short introduction to how to use some of the
+    features of Qt's unit-testing framework, QTestLib. It is divided into
+    four chapters.
+
+    \o{2,1}
+    This tutorial teaches you how to use \c qmake. We recommend that
+    you read the \l{qmake Manual}{qmake user guide} after completing
+    this tutorial.
+
+    \endtable
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/graphicsview.qdoc b/doc/src/graphicsview.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index b1c6b6c..0000000
--- a/doc/src/graphicsview.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,543 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page graphicsview.html
-    \title The Graphics View Framework
-    \ingroup architecture
-    \ingroup multimedia
-    \brief An overview of the Graphics View framework for interactive 2D
-    graphics.
-
-    \keyword Graphics View
-    \keyword GraphicsView
-    \keyword Graphics
-    \keyword Canvas
-    \since 4.2
-
-    Graphics View provides a surface for managing and interacting with a large
-    number of custom-made 2D graphical items, and a view widget for
-    visualizing the items, with support for zooming and rotation.
-
-    The framework includes an event propagation architecture that allows
-    precise double-precision interaction capabilities for the items on the
-    scene. Items can handle key events, mouse press, move, release and
-    double click events, and they can also track mouse movement.
-
-    Graphics View uses a BSP (Binary Space Partitioning) tree to provide very
-    fast item discovery, and as a result of this, it can visualize large
-    scenes in real-time, even with millions of items.
-
-    Graphics View was introduced in Qt 4.2, replacing its predecessor,
-    QCanvas. If you are porting from QCanvas, see \l{Porting to Graphics
-    View}.
-
-    Topics:
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 The Graphics View Architecture
-
-      Graphics View provides an item-based approach to model-view programming,
-      much like InterView's convenience classes QTableView, QTreeView and
-      QListView. Several views can observe a single scene, and the scene
-      contains items of varying geometric shapes.
-
-      \section2 The Scene
-
-        QGraphicsScene provides the Graphics View scene. The scene has the
-        following responsibilities:
-
-        \list
-        \o Providing a fast interface for managing a large number of items
-        \o Propagating events to each item
-        \o Managing item state, such as selection and focus handling
-        \o Providing untransformed rendering functionality; mainly for printing
-        \endlist
-
-        The scene serves as a container for QGraphicsItem objects. Items are
-        added to the scene by calling QGraphicsScene::addItem(), and then
-        retrieved by calling one of the many item discovery functions.
-        QGraphicsScene::items() and its overloads return all items contained
-        by or intersecting with a point, a rectangle, a polygon or a general
-        vector path. QGraphicsScene::itemAt() returns the topmost item at a
-        particular point. All item discovery functions return the items in
-        descending stacking order (i.e., the first returned item is topmost,
-        and the last item is bottom-most).
-
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_graphicsview.qdoc 0
-
-        QGraphicsScene's event propagation architecture schedules scene events
-        for delivery to items, and also manages propagation between items. If
-        the scene receives a mouse press event at a certain position, the
-        scene passes the event on to whichever item is at that position.
-
-        QGraphicsScene also manages certain item states, such as item
-        selection and focus. You can select items on the scene by calling
-        QGraphicsScene::setSelectionArea(), passing an arbitrary shape. This
-        functionality is also used as a basis for rubberband selection in
-        QGraphicsView. To get the list of all currently selected items, call
-        QGraphicsScene::selectedItems(). Another state handled by
-        QGraphicsScene is whether or not an item has keyboard input focus. You
-        can set focus on an item by calling QGraphicsScene::setFocusItem() or
-        QGraphicsItem::setFocus(), or get the current focus item by calling
-        QGraphicsScene::focusItem().
-
-        Finally, QGraphicsScene allows you to render parts of the scene into a
-        paint device through the QGraphicsScene::render() function. You can
-        read more about this in the Printing section later in this document.
-
-      \section2 The View
-
-        QGraphicsView provides the view widget, which visualizes the contents
-        of a scene. You can attach several views to the same scene, to provide
-        several viewports into the same data set. The view widget is a scroll
-        area, and provides scroll bars for navigating through large scenes. To
-        enable OpenGL support, you can set a QGLWidget as the viewport by
-        calling QGraphicsView::setViewport().
-
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_graphicsview.qdoc 1
-
-        The view receives input events from the keyboard and mouse, and
-        translates these to scene events (converting the coordinates used
-        to scene coordinates where appropriate), before sending the events
-        to the visualized scene.
-
-        Using its transformation matrix, QGraphicsView::transform(), the view can
-        \e transform the scene's coordinate system. This allows advanced
-        navigation features such as zooming and rotation. For convenience,
-        QGraphicsView also provides functions for translating between view and
-        scene coordinates: QGraphicsView::mapToScene() and
-        QGraphicsView::mapFromScene().
-
-        \img graphicsview-view.png
-
-      \section2 The Item
-
-        QGraphicsItem is the base class for graphical items in a
-        scene. Graphics View provides several standard items for typical
-        shapes, such as rectangles (QGraphicsRectItem), ellipses
-        (QGraphicsEllipseItem) and text items (QGraphicsTextItem), but the
-        most powerful QGraphicsItem features are available when you write a
-        custom item. Among other things, QGraphicsItem supports the following
-        features:
-
-        \list
-        \o Mouse press, move, release and double click events, as well as mouse
-        hover events, wheel events, and context menu events.
-        \o Keyboard input focus, and key events
-        \o Drag and drop
-        \o Grouping, both through parent-child relationships, and with
-        QGraphicsItemGroup
-        \o Collision detection
-        \endlist
-
-        Items live in a local coordinate system, and like QGraphicsView, it
-        also provides many functions for mapping coordinates between the item
-        and the scene, and from item to item. Also, like QGraphicsView, it can
-        transform its coordinate system using a matrix:
-        QGraphicsItem::transform(). This is useful for rotating and scaling
-        individual items.
-
-        Items can contain other items (children). Parent items'
-        transformations are inherited by all its children. Regardless of an
-        item's accumulated transformation, though, all its functions (e.g.,
-        QGraphicsItem::contains(), QGraphicsItem::boundingRect(),
-        QGraphicsItem::collidesWith()) still operate in local coordinates.
-
-        QGraphicsItem supports collision detection through the
-        QGraphicsItem::shape() function, and QGraphicsItem::collidesWith(),
-        which are both virtual functions. By returning your item's shape as a
-        local coordinate QPainterPath from QGraphicsItem::shape(),
-        QGraphicsItem will handle all collision detection for you. If you want
-        to provide your own collision detection, however, you can reimplement
-        QGraphicsItem::collidesWith().
-
-        \img graphicsview-items.png
-
-    \section1 The Graphics View Coordinate System
-
-      Graphics View is based on the Cartesian coordinate system; items'
-      position and geometry on the scene are represented by sets of two
-      numbers: the x-coordinate, and the y-coordinate. When observing a scene
-      using an untransformed view, one unit on the scene is represented by
-      one pixel on the screen.
-
-      \note The inverted Y-axis coordinate system (where \c y grows upwards)
-      is unsupported as Graphics Views uses Qt's coordinate system. 
-
-      There are three effective coordinate systems in play in Graphics View:
-      Item coordinates, scene coordinates, and view coordinates. To simplify
-      your implementation, Graphics View provides convenience functions that
-      allow you to map between the three coordinate systems.
-
-      When rendering, Graphics View's scene coordinates correspond to
-      QPainter's \e logical coordinates, and view coordinates are the same as
-      \e device coordinates.  In \l{The Coordinate System}, you can read about
-      the relationship between logical coordinates and device coordinates.
-
-      \img graphicsview-parentchild.png
-
-      \section2 Item Coordinates
-
-          Items live in their own local coordinate system. Their coordinates
-          are usually centered around its center point (0, 0), and this is
-          also the center for all transformations. Geometric primitives in the
-          item coordinate system are often referred to as item points, item
-          lines, or item rectangles.
-
-          When creating a custom item, item coordinates are all you need to
-          worry about; QGraphicsScene and QGraphicsView will perform all
-          transformations for you. This makes it very easy to implement custom
-          items. For example, if you receive a mouse press or a drag enter
-          event, the event position is given in item coordinates. The
-          QGraphicsItem::contains() virtual function, which returns true if a
-          certain point is inside your item, and false otherwise, takes a
-          point argument in item coordinates. Similarly, an item's bounding
-          rect and shape are in item coordinates.
-
-          At item's \e position is the coordinate of the item's center point
-          in its parent's coordinate system; sometimes referred to as \e
-          parent coordinates. The scene is in this sense regarded as all
-          parent-less items' "parent". Top level items' position are in scene
-          coordinates.
-
-          Child coordinates are relative to the parent's coordinates. If the
-          child is untransformed, the difference between a child coordinate
-          and a parent coordinate is the same as the distance between the
-          items in parent coordinates. For example: If an untransformed child
-          item is positioned precisely in its parent's center point, then the
-          two items' coordinate systems will be identical. If the child's
-          position is (10, 0), however, the child's (0, 10) point will
-          correspond to its parent's (10, 10) point.
-
-          Because items' position and transformation are relative to the
-          parent, child items' coordinates are unaffected by the parent's
-          transformation, although the parent's transformation implicitly
-          transforms the child. In the above example, even if the parent is
-          rotated and scaled, the child's (0, 10) point will still correspond
-          to the parent's (10, 10) point. Relative to the scene, however, the
-          child will follow the parent's transformation and position. If the
-          parent is scaled (2x, 2x), the child's position will be at scene
-          coordinate (20, 0), and its (10, 0) point will correspond to the
-          point (40, 0) on the scene.
-
-          With QGraphicsItem::pos() being one of the few exceptions,
-          QGraphicsItem's functions operate in item coordinates, regardless of
-          the item, or any of its parents' transformation. For example, an
-          item's bounding rect (i.e. QGraphicsItem::boundingRect()) is always
-          given in item coordinates.
-
-      \section2 Scene Coordinates
-
-          The scene represents the base coordinate system for all its items.
-          The scene coordinate system describes the position of each top-level
-          item, and also forms the basis for all scene events delivered to the
-          scene from the view.  Each item on the scene has a scene position
-          and bounding rectangle (QGraphicsItem::scenePos(),
-          QGraphicsItem::sceneBoundingRect()), in addition to its local item
-          pos and bounding rectangle. The scene position describes the item's
-          position in scene coordinates, and its scene bounding rect forms the
-          basis for how QGraphicsScene determines what areas of the scene have
-          changed. Changes in the scene are communicated through the
-          QGraphicsScene::changed() signal, and the argument is a list of
-          scene rectangles.
-
-      \section2 View Coordinates
-
-          View coordinates are the coordinates of the widget. Each unit in
-          view coordinates corresponds to one pixel. What's special about this
-          coordinate system is that it is relative to the widget, or viewport,
-          and unaffected by the observed scene. The top left corner of
-          QGraphicsView's viewport is always (0, 0), and the bottom right
-          corner is always (viewport width, viewport height). All mouse events
-          and drag and drop events are originally received as view
-          coordinates, and you need to map these coordinates to the scene in
-          order to interact with items.
-
-      \section2 Coordinate Mapping
-
-          Often when dealing with items in a scene, it can be useful to map
-          coordinates and arbitrary shapes from the scene to an item, from
-          item to item, or from the view to the scene. For example, when you
-          click your mouse in QGraphicsView's viewport, you can ask the scene
-          what item is under the cursor by calling
-          QGraphicsView::mapToScene(), followed by
-          QGraphicsScene::itemAt(). If you want to know where in the viewport
-          an item is located, you can call QGraphicsItem::mapToScene() on the
-          item, then QGraphicsView::mapFromScene() on the view. Finally, if
-          you use want to find what items are inside a view ellipse, you can
-          pass a QPainterPath to mapToScene(), and then pass the mapped path
-          to QGraphicsScene::items().
-
-          You can map coordinates and shapes to and from and item's scene by
-          calling QGraphicsItem::mapToScene() and
-          QGraphicsItem::mapFromScene(). You can also map to an item's parent
-          item by calling QGraphicsItem::mapToParent() and
-          QGraphicsItem::mapFromParent(), or between items by calling
-          QGraphicsItem::mapToItem() and QGraphicsItem::mapFromItem(). All
-          mapping functions can map both points, rectangles, polygons and
-          paths.
-
-          The same mapping functions are available in the view, for mapping to
-          and from the scene. QGraphicsView::mapFromScene() and
-          QGraphicsView::mapToScene(). To map from a view to an item, you
-          first map to the scene, and then map from the scene to the item.
-
-    \section1 Key Features
-
-      \section2 Zooming and rotating
-
-        QGraphicsView supports the same affine transformations as QPainter
-        does through QGraphicsView::setMatrix(). By applying a transformation
-        to the view, you can easily add support for common navigation features
-        such as zooming and rotating.
-
-        Here is an example of how to implement zoom and rotate slots in a
-        subclass of QGraphicsView:
-
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_graphicsview.qdoc 2
-
-        The slots could be connected to \l{QToolButton}{QToolButtons} with
-        \l{QAbstractButton::autoRepeat}{autoRepeat} enabled.
-
-        QGraphicsView keeps the center of the view aligned when you transform
-        the view.
-
-        See also the \l{Elastic Nodes Example}{Elastic Nodes} example for
-        code that shows how to implement basic zooming features.
-
-      \section2 Printing
-
-        Graphics View provides single-line printing through its rendering
-        functions, QGraphicsScene::render() and QGraphicsView::render().  The
-        functions provide the same API: You can have the scene or the view
-        render all or parts of their contents into any paint device by passing
-        a QPainter to either of the rendering functions. This example shows
-        how to print the whole scene into a full page, using QPrinter.
-
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_graphicsview.qdoc 3
-
-        The difference between the scene and view rendering functions is that
-        one operates in scene coordinates, and the other in view coordinates.
-        QGraphicsScene::render() is often preferred for printing whole
-        segments of a scene untransformed, such as for plotting geometrical
-        data, or for printing a text document. QGraphicsView::render(), on the
-        other hand, is suitable for taking screenshots; its default behavior
-        is to render the exact contents of the viewport using the provided
-        painter.
-
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_graphicsview.qdoc 4
-
-        When the source and target areas' sizes do not match, the source
-        contents are stretched to fit into the target area. By passing a
-        Qt::AspectRatioMode to the rendering function you are using, you can
-        choose to maintain or ignore the aspect ratio of the scene when the
-        contents are stretched.
-
-      \section2 Drag and Drop
-
-        Because QGraphicsView inherits QWidget indirectly, it already provides
-        the same drag and drop functionality that QWidget provides. In
-        addition, as a convenience, the Graphics View framework provides drag
-        and drop support for the scene, and for each and every item. As the
-        view receives a drag, it translates the drag and drop events into a
-        QGraphicsSceneDragDropEvent, which is then forwarded to the scene. The
-        scene takes over scheduling of this event, and sends it to the first
-        item under the mouse cursor that accepts drops.
-
-        To start a drag from an item, create a QDrag object, passing a pointer
-        to the widget that starts the drag. Items can be observed by many
-        views at the same time, but only one view can start the drag. Drags
-        are in most cases started as a result of pressing or moving the mouse,
-        so in mousePressEvent() or mouseMoveEvent(), you can get the
-        originating widget pointer from the event. For example:
-
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_graphicsview.qdoc 5
-
-        To intercept drag and drop events for the scene, you reimplement
-        QGraphicsScene::dragEnterEvent() and whichever event handlers your
-        particular scene needs, in a QGraphicsItem subclass. You can read more
-        about drag and drop in Graphics View in the documentation for each of
-        QGraphicsScene's event handlers.
-
-        Items can enable drag and drop support by calling
-        QGraphicsItem::setAcceptDrops(). To handle the incoming drag,
-        reimplement QGraphicsItem::dragEnterEvent(),
-        QGraphicsItem::dragMoveEvent(), QGraphicsItem::dragLeaveEvent(), and
-        QGraphicsItem::dropEvent().
-
-        See also the \l{Drag and Drop Robot Example}{Drag and Drop Robot} example
-        for a demonstration of Graphics View's support for drag and drop
-        operations.
-
-      \section2 Cursors and Tooltips
-
-        Like QWidget, QGraphicsItem also supports cursors
-        (QGraphicsItem::setCursor()), and tooltips
-        (QGraphicsItem::setToolTip()). The cursors and tooltips are activated
-        by QGraphicsView as the mouse cursor enters the item's area (detected
-        by calling QGraphicsItem::contains()).
-
-        You can also set a default cursor directly on the view by calling
-        QGraphicsView::setCursor().
-
-        See also the \l{Drag and Drop Robot Example}{Drag and Drop Robot}
-        example for code that implements tooltips and cursor shape handling.
-
-      \section2 Animation
-
-        Graphics View supports animation at several levels. You can easily
-        assemble animation paths by associating a QGraphicsItemAnimation with
-        your item. This allows timeline controlled animations that operate at
-        a steady speed on all platforms (although the frame rate may vary
-        depending on the platform's performance).  QGraphicsItemAnimation
-        allows you to create a path for an item's position, rotation, scale,
-        shear and translation. The animation can be controlled by a QSlider,
-        or more commonly by QTimeLine.
-
-        Another option is to create a custom item that inherits from QObject
-        and QGraphicsItem. The item can the set up its own timers, and control
-        animations with incremental steps in QObject::timerEvent().
-
-        A third option, which is mostly available for compatibility with
-        QCanvas in Qt 3, is to \e advance the scene by calling
-        QGraphicsScene::advance(), which in turn calls
-        QGraphicsItem::advance().
-
-        See also the \l{Drag and Drop Robot Example}{Drag and Drop Robot}
-        example for an illustration of timeline-based animation techniques.
-
-      \section2 OpenGL Rendering
-
-        To enable OpenGL rendering, you simply set a new QGLWidget as the
-        viewport of QGraphicsView by calling QGraphicsView::setViewport(). If
-        you want OpenGL with antialiasing, you need OpenGL sample buffer
-        support (see QGLFormat::sampleBuffers()).
-
-        Example:
-
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_graphicsview.qdoc 6
-
-      \section2 Item Groups
-
-        By making an item a child of another, you can achieve the most
-        essential feature of item grouping: the items will move together, and
-        all transformations are propagated from parent to child.
-
-        In addition, QGraphicsItemGroup is a special item that combines child
-        event handling with a useful interface for adding and removing items
-        to and from a group. Adding an item to a QGraphicsItemGroup will keep
-        the item's original position and transformation, whereas reparenting
-        items in general will cause the child to reposition itself relative to
-        its new parent. For convenience, you can create
-        \l{QGraphicsItemGroup}s through the scene by calling
-        QGraphicsScene::createItemGroup().
-
-      \section2 Widgets and Layouts
-
-        Qt 4.4 introduced support for geometry and layout-aware items through
-        QGraphicsWidget. This special base item is similar to QWidget, but
-        unlike QWidget, it doesn't inherit from QPaintDevice; rather from
-        QGraphicsItem instead. This allows you to write complete widgets with
-        events, signals & slots, size hints and policies, and you can also
-        manage your widgets geometries in layouts through
-        QGraphicsLinearLayout and QGraphicsGridLayout.
-
-        \section3 QGraphicsWidget
-
-          Building on top of QGraphicsItem's capabilities and lean footprint,
-          QGraphicsWidget provides the best of both worlds: extra
-          functionality from QWidget, such as the style, font, palette, layout
-          direction, and its geometry, and resolution independence and
-          transformation support from QGraphicsItem.  Because Graphics View
-          uses real coordinates instead of integers, QGraphicsWidget's
-          geometry functions also operate on QRectF and QPointF. This also
-          applies to frame rects, margins and spacing. With QGraphicsWidget
-          it's not uncommon to specify contents margins of (0.5, 0.5, 0.5,
-          0.5), for example. You can create both subwidgets and "top-level"
-          windows; in some cases you can now use Graphics View for advanced
-          MDI applications.
-
-          Some of QWidget's properties are supported, including window flags
-          and attributes, but not all. You should refer to QGraphicsWidget's
-          class documentation for a complete overview of what is and what is
-          not supported. For example, you can create decorated windows by
-          passing the Qt::Window window flag to QGraphicsWidget's constructor,
-          but Graphics View currently doesn't support the Qt::Sheet and
-          Qt::Drawer flags that are common on Mac OS X.
-
-          The capabilities of QGraphicsWidget are expected to grow depending
-          on community feedback.
-
-        \section3 QGraphicsLayout
-
-          QGraphicsLayout is part of a second-generation layout framework
-          designed specifically for QGraphicsWidget. Its API is very similar
-          to that of QLayout. You can manage widgets and sublayouts inside
-          either QGraphicsLinearLayout and QGraphicsGridLayout. You can also
-          easily write your own layout by subclassing QGraphicsLayout
-          yourself, or add your own QGraphicsItem items to the layout by
-          writing an adaptor subclass of QGraphicsLayoutItem.
-
-      \section2 Embedded Widget Support
-
-          Graphics View provides seamless support for embedding any widget
-          into the scene. You can embed simple widgets, such as QLineEdit or
-          QPushButton, complex widgets such as QTabWidget, and even complete
-          main windows. To embed your widget to the scene, simply call
-          QGraphicsScene::addWidget(), or create an instance of
-          QGraphicsProxyWidget to embed your widget manually.
-
-          Through QGraphicsProxyWidget, Graphics View is able to deeply
-          integrate the client widget features including its cursors,
-          tooltips, mouse, tablet and keyboard events, child widgets,
-          animations, pop-ups (e.g., QComboBox or QCompleter), and the widget's
-          input focus and activation. QGraphicsProxyWidget even integrates the
-          embedded widget's tab order so that you can tab in and out of
-          embedded widgets. You can even embed a new QGraphicsView into your
-          scene to provide complex nested scenes.
-
-          When transforming an embedded widget, Graphics View makes sure that
-          the widget is transformed resolution independently, allowing the
-          fonts and style to stay crisp when zoomed in. (Note that the effect
-          of resolution independence depends on the style.)
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/groups.qdoc b/doc/src/groups.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 673eff5..0000000
--- a/doc/src/groups.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,487 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \group advanced
-    \title Advanced Widgets
-    \ingroup groups
-
-    \brief Advanced GUI widgets such as tab widgets and progress bars.
-
-    These classes provide more complex user interface widgets (controls).
-
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \group animation
-    \ingroup groups
-
-    \title Animation Framework
-    \brief Classes for animations, states and transitions.
-
-    These classes provide a framework for creating both simple and complex
-    animations. \l{The Animation Framework} also provides states and animated
-    transitions, making it easy to create animated stateful forms.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \group abstractwidgets
-    \title Abstract Widget Classes
-    \ingroup groups
-
-    \brief Abstract widget classes usable through subclassing.
-
-    These classes are abstract widgets; they are generally not usable in
-    themselves, but provide functionality that can be used by inheriting
-    these classes.
-
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \group accessibility
-    \title Accessibility Classes
-    \ingroup groups
-    \ingroup topics
-
-    \brief Classes that provide support for accessibility.
-
-    Accessible applications are able to be used by users who cannot use
-    conventional means of interaction. These classes provide support for
-    accessible applications.
-
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \group appearance
-    \title Widget Appearance and Style
-    \ingroup groups
-
-    \brief Appearance customization with styles, fonts, colors etc.
-
-    These classes are used to customize an application's appearance and
-    style.
-
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \group application
-    \title Main Window and Related Classes
-    \ingroup groups
-
-    \brief Everything you need for a typical modern main application window,
-    including menus, toolbars, workspace, etc.
-
-    These classes provide everything you need for a typical modern main
-    application window, like the main window itself, menu and tool bars,
-    a status bar, etc.
-
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    \group basicwidgets
-    \title Basic Widgets
-    \ingroup groups
-
-    \brief Basic GUI widgets such as buttons, comboboxes and scroll bars.
-
-    These basic widgets (controls) are designed for direct use.
-    There are also some \l{Abstract Widget Classes} that are designed for
-    subclassing, and some more complex \l{Advanced Widgets}.
-
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    \group database
-    \title Database Classes
-    \ingroup groups
-
-    \brief Database related classes, e.g. for SQL databases.
-
-    These classes provide access to SQL databases.
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    \group dialogs
-    \title Standard Dialog Classes
-    \ingroup groups
-
-    \brief Ready-made dialogs for file, font, color selection and more.
-
-    These classes are complex widgets, composed of simpler widgets; dialog
-    boxes, generally.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \group desktop
-    \title Desktop Environment Classes
-    \ingroup groups
-
-    \brief Classes for interacting with the user's desktop environment.
-
-    These classes provide ways to interact with the user's desktop environment and
-    take advantage of common services.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \group draganddrop
-    \title Drag And Drop Classes
-    \ingroup groups
-
-    \brief Classes dealing with drag and drop and mime type encoding and decoding.
-
-    These classes deal with drag and drop and the necessary mime type
-    encoding and decoding. See also \link dnd.html Drag and Drop with
-    Qt. \endlink
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \group environment
-    \title Environment Classes
-    \ingroup groups
-
-    \brief Classes providing various global services such as event handling,
-    access to system settings and internationalization.
-
-    These classes providing various global services to your application such as
-    event handling, access to system settings, internationalization, etc.
-
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \group events
-    \title Event Classes
-    \ingroup groups
-
-    \brief Classes used to create and handle events.
-
-    These classes are used to create and handle events.
-
-    For more information see the \link object.html Object model\endlink
-    and \link signalsandslots.html Signals and Slots\endlink.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \group geomanagement
-    \title Layout Classes
-    \ingroup groups
-
-    \brief Classes handling automatic resizing and moving of widgets, for
-    composing complex dialogs.
-
-    These classes provide automatic geometry (layout) management of widgets.
-
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \group graphicsview-api
-    \title Graphics View Classes
-    \ingroup groups
-
-    \brief Classes in the Graphics View framework for interactive applications.
-
-    These classes are provided by \l{The Graphics View Framework} for interactive
-    applications and are part of a larger collection of classes related to
-    \l{Multimedia, Graphics and Printing}.
-
-    \note These classes are part of the \l{Open Source Versions of Qt} and
-    \l{Qt Commercial Editions}{Qt Full Framework Edition} for commercial users.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \group helpsystem
-    \title Help System
-    \ingroup groups
-
-    \brief Classes used to provide online-help for applications.
-
-    \keyword help system
-
-    These classes provide for all forms of online-help in your application,
-    with three levels of detail:
-
-    \list 1
-        \o Tool Tips and Status Bar message - flyweight help, extremely brief,
-            entirely integrated in the user interface, requiring little
-            or no user interaction to invoke.
-        \o What's This? - lightweight, but can be
-            a three-paragraph explanation.
-        \o Online Help - can encompass any amount of information,
-            but is typically slower to call up, somewhat separated
-            from the user's work, and often users feel that using online
-            help is a digression from their real task.
-    \endlist
-
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    \group io
-    \title Input/Output and Networking
-    \ingroup groups
-
-    \brief Classes providing file input and output along with directory and
-    network handling.
-
-    These classes are used to handle input and output to and from external
-    devices, processes, files etc. as well as manipulating files and directories.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \group misc
-    \title Miscellaneous Classes
-    \ingroup groups
-
-    \brief Various other useful classes.
-
-    These classes are useful classes not fitting into any other category.
-
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    \group model-view
-    \title Model/View Classes
-    \ingroup groups
-
-    \brief Classes that use the model/view design pattern.
-
-    These classes use the model/view design pattern in which the
-    underlying data (in the model) is kept separate from the way the data
-    is presented and manipulated by the user (in the view). See also
-    \link model-view-programming.html Model/View Programming\endlink.
-
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \group multimedia
-    \title Multimedia, Graphics and Printing
-    \ingroup groups
-
-    \brief Classes that provide support for graphics (2D, and with OpenGL, 3D),
-    image encoding, decoding, and manipulation, sound, animation,
-    printing, etc.
-
-    These classes provide support for graphics (2D, and with OpenGL, 3D),
-    image encoding, decoding, and manipulation, sound, animation, printing
-    etc.
-
-    See also this introduction to the \link coordsys.html Qt
-    coordinate system. \endlink
-
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \group objectmodel
-    \title Object Model
-    \ingroup groups
-
-    \brief The Qt GUI toolkit's underlying object model.
-
-    These classes form the basis of the \l{Qt Object Model}.
-
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \group organizers
-    \title Organizers
-    \ingroup groups
-
-    \brief User interface organizers such as splitters, tab bars, button groups, etc.
-
-    These classes are used to organize and group GUI primitives into more
-    complex applications or dialogs.
-
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    \group plugins
-    \title Plugin Classes
-    \ingroup groups
-
-    \brief Plugin related classes.
-
-    These classes deal with shared libraries, (e.g. .so and DLL files),
-    and with Qt plugins.
-
-    See the \link plugins-howto.html plugins documentation\endlink.
-
-    See also the \l{ActiveQt framework} for Windows.
-
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \group qws
-    \title Qt for Embedded Linux Classes
-    \ingroup groups
-
-    \ingroup qt-embedded-linux
-    \brief Classes that are specific to Qt for Embedded Linux.
-
-    These classes are relevant to \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} users.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \group ssl
-    \title Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) Classes
-    \ingroup groups
-
-    \brief Classes for secure communication over network sockets.
-    \keyword SSL
-
-    The classes below provide support for secure network communication using
-    the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) protocol, using the \l{OpenSSL Toolkit} to
-    perform encryption and protocol handling.
-
-    See the \l{General Qt Requirements} page for information about the
-    versions of OpenSSL that are known to work with Qt.
-
-    \note Due to import and export restrictions in some parts of the world, we
-    are unable to supply the OpenSSL Toolkit with Qt packages. Developers wishing
-    to use SSL communication in their deployed applications should either ensure
-    that their users have the appropriate libraries installed, or they should
-    consult a suitably qualified legal professional to ensure that applications
-    using code from the OpenSSL project are correctly certified for import
-    and export in relevant regions of the world.
-
-    When the QtNetwork module is built with SSL support, the library is linked
-    against OpenSSL in a way that requires OpenSSL license compliance.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \group text
-    \title Text Processing Classes
-    \ingroup groups
-    \ingroup text-processing
-
-    \brief Classes for text processing. (See also \l{XML Classes}.)
-
-    These classes are relevant to text processing. See also the
-    \l{Rich Text Processing} overview and the
-    \l{XML classes}.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \group thread
-    \title Threading Classes
-    \ingroup groups
-
-    \brief Classes that provide threading support.
-
-    These classes are relevant to threaded applications. See
-    \l{Thread Support in Qt} for an overview of the features
-    Qt provides to help with multithreaded programming.
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    \group time
-    \title Date and Time Classes
-    \ingroup groups
-
-    \brief Classes for handling date and time.
-
-    These classes provide system-independent date and time abstractions.
-
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \group tools
-    \title Non-GUI Classes
-    \ingroup groups
-
-    \brief Collection classes such as list, queue, stack and string, along
-    with other classes that can be used without needing QApplication.
-
-    The non-GUI classes are general-purpose collection and string classes
-    that may be used independently of the GUI classes.
-
-    In particular, these classes do not depend on QApplication at all,
-    and so can be used in non-GUI programs.
-
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \group xml-tools
-    \title XML Classes
-    \ingroup groups
-
-    \brief Classes that support XML, via, for example DOM and SAX.
-
-    These classes are relevant to XML users.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \group script
-    \title Scripting Classes
-    \ingroup groups
-    \ingroup scripting
-
-    \brief Qt Script-related classes and overviews.
-
-    These classes are relevant to Qt Script users.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \group scripttools
-    \title Script Tools
-    \ingroup groups
-    \ingroup scripting
-
-    \brief Classes for managing and debugging scripts.
-
-    These classes are relevant to developers who are working with Qt Script's
-    debugging features.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \group statemachine
-    \ingroup groups
-
-    \title State Machine Classes
-    \brief Classes for constructing and executing state graphs.
-
-    These classes are provided by \l{The State Machine Framework} for creating
-    event-driven state machines.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/guibooks.qdoc b/doc/src/guibooks.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 3e89738..0000000
--- a/doc/src/guibooks.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,121 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*! 
-    \page guibooks.html
-
-    \title Books about GUI Design
-    \ingroup gui-programming
-
-    This is not a comprehensive list -- there are many other books worth
-    buying. Here we mention just a few user interface books that don't
-    gather dust on our shelves.
-
-    \bold{\l{http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/0132354160/ref=ase_trolltech/}{C++
-    GUI Programming with Qt 4, Second Edition}}
-    by Jasmin Blanchette and Mark
-    Summerfield, ISBN 0-13-235416-0. This is the official Qt book written
-    by two veteran Trolls. The first edition, which is based on Qt 4.1, is available
-    \l{http://www.qtrac.eu/C++-GUI-Programming-with-Qt-4-1st-ed.zip}{online}.
-
-    \bold{\l{http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0385267746/trolltech/t}{The Design of Everyday Things}}
-    by Donald Norman, ISBN 0-38526774-6, is one of the classics of human
-    interface design. Norman shows how badly something as simple as a
-    kitchen stove can be designed, and everyone should read it who will
-    design a dialog box, write an error message, or design just about
-    anything else humans are supposed to use.
-
-    \target fowler
-    \bold{\l{http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0070592748/trolltech/t}{GUI Design Handbook}}
-    by Susan Fowler, ISBN 0-07-059274-8, is an
-    alphabetical dictionary of widgets and other user interface elements,
-    with comprehensive coverage of each. Each chapter covers one widget
-    or other element, contains the most important recommendation from the
-    Macintosh, Windows and Motif style guides, notes about common
-    problems, comparison with other widgets that can serve some of the
-    same roles as this one, etc.
-
-    \target Design Patterns
-    \bold{\l{http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0201633612/103-8144203-3273444}
-    {Design Patterns - Elements of Reusable Object-Oriented Software}}
-    by Gamma, Helm, Johnson, and Vlissides, ISBN 0-201-63361-2, provides
-    more information on the Model-View-Controller (MVC) paradigm, explaining
-    MVC and its sub-patterns in detail.
-
-    \bold{\l{http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0201622165/trolltech/t}{Macintosh
-    Human Interface Guidelines}}, Second Edition, ISBN
-    0-201-62216-5, is worth buying for the \e {don't}s alone. Even
-    if you're not writing Macintosh software, avoiding most of what it
-    advises against will produce more easily comprehensible software.
-    Doing what it tells you to do may also help. This book is now available
-    \link http://developer.apple.com/techpubs/mac/HIGuidelines/HIGuidelines-2.html 
-    online\endlink and there is a
-    \link http://developer.apple.com/techpubs/mac/HIGOS8Guide/thig-2.html Mac
-    OS 8 addendum.\endlink
-
-    \bold{\l{http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/047159900X/trolltech/t}{The
-    Microsoft Windows User Experience}}, ISBN 1-55615-679-0,
-    is Microsoft's look and feel bible. Indispensable for everyone who
-    has customers that worship Microsoft, and it's quite good, too.
-    It is also available
-    \link http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/dnwue/html/welcome.asp online\endlink.
-
-    \bold{\l{http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/047159900X/trolltech/t}{The Icon Book}}
-    by William Horton, ISBN 0-471-59900-X, is perhaps the only thorough
-    coverage of icons and icon use in software. In order for icons to be
-    successful, people must be able to do four things with them: decode,
-    recognize, find and activate them. This book explains these goals
-    from scratch and how to reach them, both with single icons and icon
-    families. Some 500 examples are scattered throughout the text.
-
-
-    \section1 Buying these Books from Amazon.com
-
-    These books are made available in association with Amazon.com, our
-    favorite online bookstore. Here is more information about
-    \link http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/subst/help/shipping-policy.html/t 
-    Amazon.com's shipping options\endlink and its
-    \link http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/subst/help/desk.html/t 
-    customer service.\endlink When you buy a book by following one of these
-    links, Amazon.com gives about 15% of the purchase price to
-    \link http://www.amnesty.org/ Amnesty International.\endlink
-
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/how-to-learn-qt.qdoc b/doc/src/how-to-learn-qt.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index ee23509..0000000
--- a/doc/src/how-to-learn-qt.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,115 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page how-to-learn-qt.html
-    \brief Links to guides and resources for learning Qt.
-    \title How to Learn Qt
-    \ingroup howto
-
-    We assume that you already know C++ and will be using it for Qt
-    development. See the \l{Qt website} for more information about
-    using other programming languages with Qt.
-
-    The best way to learn Qt is to read the official Qt book,
-    \l{http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/0132354160/ref=ase_trolltech/}{C++
-    GUI Programming with Qt 4, Second Edition} (ISBN 0-13-235416-0). This book
-    provides comprehensive coverage of Qt programming all the way
-    from "Hello Qt" to advanced features such as multithreading, 2D and
-    3D graphics, networking, item view classes, and XML. (The first edition,
-    which is based on Qt 4.1, is available
-    \l{http://www.qtrac.eu/C++-GUI-Programming-with-Qt-4-1st-ed.zip}{online}.)
-
-    If you want to program purely in C++, designing your interfaces
-    in code without the aid of any design tools, take a look at the
-    \l{Tutorials}. These are designed to get you into Qt programming,
-    with an emphasis on working code rather than being a tour of features.
-
-    If you want to design your user interfaces using a design tool, then
-    read at least the first few chapters of the \l{Qt Designer manual}.
-
-    By now you'll have produced some small working applications and have a
-    broad feel for Qt programming. You could start work on your own
-    projects straight away, but we recommend reading a couple of key
-    overviews to deepen your understanding of Qt: \l{Qt Object Model}
-    and \l{Signals and Slots}.
-
-    At this point, we recommend looking at the
-    \l{All Overviews and HOWTOs}{overviews} and reading those that are
-    relevant to your projects. You may also find it useful to browse the
-    source code of the \l{Qt Examples}{examples} that have things in
-    common with your projects. You can also read Qt's source code since
-    this is supplied.
-
-    \table
-    \row \o \inlineimage qtdemo-small.png
-    \o \bold{Getting an Overview}
-
-    If you run the \l{Examples and Demos Launcher}, you'll see many of Qt's
-    widgets in action.
-
-    The \l{Qt Widget Gallery} also provides overviews of selected Qt
-    widgets in each of the styles used on various supported platforms.
-    \endtable
-
-    Qt comes with extensive documentation, with hypertext
-    cross-references throughout, so you can easily click your way to
-    whatever interests you. The part of the documentation that you'll
-    probably use the most is the \link index.html API
-    Reference\endlink. Each link provides a different way of
-    navigating the API Reference; try them all to see which work best
-    for you. You might also like to try \l{Qt Assistant}:
-    this tool is supplied with Qt and provides access to the entire
-    Qt API, and it provides a full text search facility.
-
-    There are also a growing number of books about Qt programming; see
-    \l{Books about Qt Programming} for a complete list of Qt books,
-    including translations to various languages.
-
-    Another valuable source of example code and explanations of Qt
-    features is the archive of articles from \l {http://qt.nokia.com/doc/qq}
-    {Qt Quarterly}, a quarterly newsletter for users of Qt.
-
-    For documentation on specific Qt modules and other guides, refer to
-    \l{All Overviews and HOWTOs}.
-
-    Good luck, and have fun!
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/howtos/accelerators.qdoc b/doc/src/howtos/accelerators.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bb1b2d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/howtos/accelerators.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page accelerators.html
+    \title Standard Accelerator Keys
+
+    \ingroup best-practices
+
+    Applications invariably need to define accelerator keys for actions.
+    Qt fully supports accelerators, for example with \l Q3Accel::shortcutKey().
+
+    Here are Microsoft's recommendations for accelerator keys, with
+    comments about the Open Group's recommendations where they exist
+    and differ. For most commands, the Open Group either has no advice or
+    agrees with Microsoft.
+
+    The emboldened letter plus Alt is Microsoft's recommended choice, and
+    we recommend supporting it. For an Apply button, for example, we
+    recommend QAbstractButton::setText(\link QWidget::tr() tr \endlink("&Apply"));
+
+    If you have conflicting commands (e.g. About and Apply buttons in the
+    same dialog), you must decide for yourself.
+
+    \list
+    \i \bold{\underline{A}}bout
+    \i Always on \bold{\underline{T}}op
+    \i \bold{\underline{A}}pply
+    \i \bold{\underline{B}}ack
+    \i \bold{\underline{B}}rowse
+    \i \bold{\underline{C}}lose (CDE: Alt+F4; Alt+F4 is "close window" in Windows)
+    \i \bold{\underline{C}}opy (CDE: Ctrl+C, Ctrl+Insert)
+    \i \bold{\underline{C}}opy Here
+    \i Create \bold{\underline{S}}hortcut
+    \i Create \bold{\underline{S}}hortcut Here
+    \i Cu\bold{\underline{t}}
+    \i \bold{\underline{D}}elete
+    \i \bold{\underline{E}}dit
+    \i \bold{\underline{E}}xit (CDE: E\bold{\underline{x}}it)
+    \i \bold{\underline{E}}xplore
+    \i \bold{\underline{F}}ile
+    \i \bold{\underline{F}}ind
+    \i \bold{\underline{H}}elp
+    \i Help \bold{\underline{T}}opics
+    \i \bold{\underline{H}}ide
+    \i \bold{\underline{I}}nsert
+    \i Insert \bold{\underline{O}}bject
+    \i \bold{\underline{L}}ink Here
+    \i Ma\bold{\underline{x}}imize
+    \i Mi\bold{\underline{n}}imize
+    \i \bold{\underline{M}}ove
+    \i \bold{\underline{M}}ove Here
+    \i \bold{\underline{N}}ew
+    \i \bold{\underline{N}}ext
+    \i \bold{\underline{N}}o
+    \i \bold{\underline{O}}pen
+    \i Open \bold{\underline{W}}ith
+    \i Page Set\bold{\underline{u}}p
+    \i \bold{\underline{P}}aste
+    \i Paste \bold{\underline{L}}ink
+    \i Paste \bold{\underline{S}}hortcut
+    \i Paste \bold{\underline{S}}pecial
+    \i \bold{\underline{P}}ause
+    \i \bold{\underline{P}}lay
+    \i \bold{\underline{P}}rint
+    \i \bold{\underline{P}}rint Here
+    \i P\bold{\underline{r}}operties
+    \i \bold{\underline{Q}}uick View
+    \i \bold{\underline{R}}edo (CDE: Ctrl+Y, Shift+Alt+Backspace)
+    \i \bold{\underline{R}}epeat
+    \i \bold{\underline{R}}estore
+    \i \bold{\underline{R}}esume
+    \i \bold{\underline{R}}etry
+    \i \bold{\underline{R}}un
+    \i \bold{\underline{S}}ave
+    \i Save \bold{\underline{A}}s
+    \i Select \bold{\underline{A}}ll
+    \i Se\bold{\underline{n}}d To
+    \i \bold{\underline{S}}how
+    \i \bold{\underline{S}}ize
+    \i S\bold{\underline{p}}lit
+    \i \bold{\underline{S}}top
+    \i \bold{\underline{U}}ndo (CDE: Ctrl+Z or Alt+Backspace)
+    \i \bold{\underline{V}}iew
+    \i \bold{\underline{W}}hat's This?
+    \i \bold{\underline{W}}indow
+    \i \bold{\underline{Y}}es
+    \endlist
+
+    There are also a lot of other keys and actions (that use other
+    modifier keys than Alt). See the Microsoft and The Open Group
+    documentation for details.
+
+    The
+    \l{http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0735605661/trolltech/t}{Microsoft book}
+    has ISBN 0735605661. The corresponding Open Group
+    book is very hard to find, rather expensive and we cannot recommend
+    it. However, if you really want it, ogpubs@opengroup.org might be able
+    to help. Ask them for ISBN 1859121047.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/howtos/appicon.qdoc b/doc/src/howtos/appicon.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a664ade
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/howtos/appicon.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,215 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page appicon.html
+    \title Setting the Application Icon
+
+    \ingroup best-practices
+
+    The application icon, typically displayed in the top-left corner of an
+    application's top-level windows, is set by calling the
+    QWidget::setWindowIcon() method on top-level widgets.
+
+    In order to change the icon of the executable application file
+    itself, as it is presented on the desktop (i.e., prior to
+    application execution), it is necessary to employ another,
+    platform-dependent technique.
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 Setting the Application Icon on Windows
+
+    First, create an ICO format bitmap file that contains the icon
+    image. This can be done with e.g. Microsoft Visual C++: Select
+    \menu{File|New}, then select the \menu{File} tab in the dialog
+    that appears, and choose \menu{Icon}. (Note that you do not need
+    to load your application into Visual C++; here we are only using
+    the icon editor.)
+
+    Store the ICO file in your application's source code directory,
+    for example, with the name \c myappico.ico. Then, create a text
+    file called, say, \c myapp.rc in which you put a single line of
+    text:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_appicon.qdoc 0
+
+    Finally, assuming you are using \c qmake to generate your
+    makefiles, add this line to your \c myapp.pro file:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_appicon.qdoc 1
+
+    Regenerate your makefile and your application. The \c .exe file
+    will now be represented with your icon in Explorer.
+
+    If you do not use \c qmake, the necessary steps are: first, run
+    the \c rc program on the \c .rc file, then link your application
+    with the resulting \c .res file.
+
+    \section1 Setting the Application Icon on Mac OS X
+
+    The application icon, typically displayed in the application dock
+    area, is set by calling QWidget::setWindowIcon() on a top-level
+    widget. It is possible that the program could appear in the
+    application dock area before the function call, in which case a
+    default icon will appear during the bouncing animation.
+
+    To ensure that the correct icon appears, both when the application is
+    being launched, and in the Finder, it is necessary to employ a
+    platform-dependent technique.
+
+    Although many programs can create icon files (\c .icns), the
+    recommended approach is to use the \e{Icon Composer} program
+    supplied by Apple (in the \c Developer/Application folder).
+    \e{Icon Composer} allows you to import several different sized
+    icons (for use in different contexts) as well as the masks that
+    go with them. Save the set of icons to a file in your project
+    directory.
+
+    If you are using qmake to generate your makefiles, you only need
+    to add a single line to your \c .pro project file. For example,
+    if the name of your icon file is \c{myapp.icns}, and your project
+    file is \c{myapp.pro}, add this line to \c{myapp.pro}:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_appicon.qdoc 2
+
+    This will ensure that \c qmake puts your icons in the proper
+    place and creates an \c{Info.plist} entry for the icon.
+
+    If you do not use \c qmake, you must do the following manually:
+    \list 1
+    \i Create an \c Info.plist file for your application (using the
+       \c PropertyListEditor, found in \c Developer/Applications).
+    \i Associate your \c .icns record with the \c CFBundleIconFile record in the
+       \c Info.plist file (again, using the \c PropertyListEditor).
+    \i Copy the \c Info.plist file into your application bundle's \c Contents
+       directory.
+    \i Copy the \c .icns file into your application bundle's \c Contents/Resources
+       directory.
+    \endlist
+
+    \section1 Setting the Application Icon on Common Linux Desktops
+
+    In this section we briefly describe the issues involved in providing
+    icons for applications for two common Linux desktop environments:
+    \l{http://www.kde.org/}{KDE} and \l{http://www.gnome.org/}{GNOME}.
+    The core technology used to describe application icons
+    is the same for both desktops, and may also apply to others, but there
+    are details which are specific to each. The main source of information
+    on the standards used by these Linux desktops is
+    \l{http://www.freedesktop.org/}{freedesktop.org}. For information
+    on other Linux desktops please refer to the documentation for the
+    desktops you are interested in.
+
+    Often, users do not use executable files directly, but instead launch
+    applications by clicking icons on the desktop. These icons are
+    representations of "desktop entry files" that contain a description of
+    the application that includes information about its icon. Both desktop
+    environments are able to retrieve the information in these files, and
+    they use it to generate shortcuts to applications on the desktop, in
+    the start menu, and on the panel.
+
+    More information about desktop entry files can be found in the
+    \l{http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/desktop-entry-spec}{Desktop Entry
+    Specification}.
+
+    Although desktop entry files can usefully encapsulate the application's details,
+    we still need to store the icons in the conventional location for each desktop
+    environment. A number of locations for icons are given in the
+    \l{http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/icon-theme-spec}{Icon Theme
+    Specification}.
+
+    Although the path used to locate icons depends on the desktop in use,
+    and on its configuration, the directory structure beneath each of
+    these should follow the same pattern: subdirectories are arranged by
+    theme, icon size, and application type. Generally, application icons
+    are added to the hicolor theme, so a square application icon 32 pixels
+    in size would be stored in the \c hicolor/32x32/apps directory beneath
+    the icon path.
+
+    \section2 K Desktop Environment (KDE)
+
+    Application icons can be installed for use by all users, or on a per-user basis.
+    A user currently logged into their KDE desktop can discover these locations
+    by using \l{http://developer.kde.org/documentation/other/kde-config.html}{kde-config},
+    for example, by typing the following in a terminal window:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_appicon.qdoc 3
+
+    Typically, the list of colon-separated paths printed to stdout includes the
+    user-specific icon path and the system-wide path. Beneath these
+    directories, it should be possible to locate and install icons according
+    to the conventions described in the
+    \l{http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/icon-theme-spec}{Icon Theme Specification}.
+
+    If you are developing exclusively for KDE, you may wish to take
+    advantage of the \link
+    http://developer.kde.org/documentation/other/makefile_am_howto.html
+    KDE build system\endlink to configure your application. This ensures
+    that your icons are installed in the appropriate locations for KDE.
+
+    The KDE developer website is at \l{http://developer.kde.org/}.
+
+    \section2 GNOME
+
+    Application icons are stored within a standard system-wide
+    directory containing architecture-independent files. This
+    location can be determined by using \c gnome-config, for example
+    by typing the following in a terminal window:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_appicon.qdoc 4
+
+    The path printed on stdout refers to a location that should contain a directory
+    called \c{pixmaps}; the directory structure within the \c pixmaps
+    directory is described in the \link
+    http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/icon-theme-spec Icon Theme
+    Specification \endlink.
+
+    If you are developing exclusively for GNOME, you may wish to use
+    the standard set of \link
+    http://developer.gnome.org/tools/build.html GNU Build Tools\endlink,
+    also described in the relevant section of
+    the \link http://developer.gnome.org/doc/GGAD/ggad.html GTK+/Gnome
+    Application Development book\endlink. This ensures that your icons are
+    installed in the appropriate locations for GNOME.
+
+    The GNOME developer website is at \l{http://developer.gnome.org/}.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/howtos/custom-types.qdoc b/doc/src/howtos/custom-types.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..997c8bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/howtos/custom-types.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page custom-types.html
+    \title Creating Custom Qt Types
+    \brief How to create and register new types with Qt.
+
+    \ingroup best-practices
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 Overview
+
+    When creating user interfaces with Qt, particularly those with specialized controls and
+    features, developers sometimes need to create new data types that can be used alongside
+    or in place of Qt's existing set of value types.
+
+    Standard types such as QSize, QColor and QString can all be stored in QVariant objects,
+    used as the types of properties in QObject-based classes, and emitted in signal-slot
+    communication.
+
+    In this document, we take a custom type and describe how to integrate it into Qt's object
+    model so that it can be stored in the same way as standard Qt types. We then show how to
+    register the custom type to allow it to be used in signals and slots connections.
+
+    \section1 Creating a Custom Type
+
+    Before we begin, we need to ensure that the custom type we are creating meets all the
+    requirements imposed by QMetaType. In other words, it must provide:
+
+    \list
+    \o a public default constructor,
+    \o a public copy constructor, and
+    \o a public destructor.
+    \endlist
+
+    The following \c Message class definition includes these members:
+
+    \snippet examples/tools/customtype/message.h custom type definition
+
+    The class also provides a constructor for normal use and two public member functions
+    that are used to obtain the private data.
+
+    \section1 Declaring the Type with QMetaType
+
+    The \c Message class only needs a suitable implementation in order to be usable.
+    However, Qt's type system will not be able to understand how to store, retrieve
+    and serialize instances of this class without some assistance. For example, we
+    will be unable to store \c Message values in QVariant.
+
+    The class in Qt responsible for custom types is QMetaType. To make the type known
+    to this class, we invoke the Q_DECLARE_METATYPE() macro on the class in the header
+    file where it is defined:
+
+    \snippet examples/tools/customtype/message.h custom type meta-type declaration
+
+    This now makes it possible for \c Message values to be stored in QVariant objects
+    and retrieved later. See the \l{Custom Type Example} for code that demonstrates
+    this.
+
+    The Q_DECLARE_METATYPE() macro also makes it possible for these values to be used as
+    arguments to signals, but \e{only in direct signal-slot connections}.
+    To make the custom type generally usable with the signals and slots mechanism, we
+    need to perform some extra work.
+
+    \section1 Creating and Destroying Custom Objects
+
+    Although the declaration in the previous section makes the type available for use
+    in direct signal-slot connections, it cannot be used for queued signal-slot
+    connections, such as those that are made between objects in different threads.
+    This is because the meta-object system does not know how to handle creation and
+    destruction of objects of the custom type at run-time.
+
+    To enable creation of objects at run-time, call the qRegisterMetaType() template
+    function to register it with the meta-object system. This also makes the type
+    available for queued signal-slot communication as long as you call it before you
+    make the first connection that uses the type.
+
+    The \l{Queued Custom Type Example} declares a \c Block class which is registered
+    in the \c{main.cpp} file:
+
+    \snippet examples/threads/queuedcustomtype/main.cpp main start
+    \dots
+    \snippet examples/threads/queuedcustomtype/main.cpp register meta-type for queued communications
+    \dots
+    \snippet examples/threads/queuedcustomtype/main.cpp main finish
+
+    This type is later used in a signal-slot connection in the \c{window.cpp} file:
+
+    \snippet examples/threads/queuedcustomtype/window.cpp Window constructor start
+    \dots
+    \snippet examples/threads/queuedcustomtype/window.cpp connecting signal with custom type
+    \dots
+    \snippet examples/threads/queuedcustomtype/window.cpp Window constructor finish
+
+    If a type is used in a queued connection without being registered, a warning will be
+    printed at the console; for example:
+
+    \code
+    QObject::connect: Cannot queue arguments of type 'Block'
+    (Make sure 'Block' is registered using qRegisterMetaType().)
+    \endcode
+
+    \section1 Making the Type Printable
+
+    It is often quite useful to make a custom type printable for debugging purposes,
+    as in the following code:
+
+    \snippet examples/tools/customtype/main.cpp printing a custom type
+
+    This is achieved by creating a streaming operator for the type, which is often
+    defined in the header file for that type:
+
+    \snippet examples/tools/customtype/message.h custom type streaming operator
+
+    The implementation for the \c Message type in the \l{Custom Type Example}
+    goes to some effort to make the printable representation as readable as
+    possible:
+
+    \snippet examples/tools/customtype/message.cpp custom type streaming operator
+
+    The output sent to the debug stream can, of course, be made as simple or as
+    complicated as you like. Note that the value returned by this function is
+    the QDebug object itself, though this is often obtained by calling the
+    maybeSpace() member function of QDebug that pads out the stream with space
+    characters to make it more readable.
+
+    \section1 Further Reading
+
+    The Q_DECLARE_METATYPE() macro and qRegisterMetaType() function documentation
+    contain more detailed information about their uses and limitations.
+
+    The \l{Custom Type Example}{Custom Type},
+    \l{Custom Type Sending Example}{Custom Type Sending}
+    and \l{Queued Custom Type Example}{Queued Custom Type} examples show how to
+    implement a custom type with the features outlined in this document.
+
+    The \l{Debugging Techniques} document provides an overview of the debugging
+    mechanisms discussed above.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/howtos/guibooks.qdoc b/doc/src/howtos/guibooks.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0a7200e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/howtos/guibooks.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*! 
+    \page guibooks.html
+    \title Books about GUI Design
+    \ingroup best-practices
+
+    This is not a comprehensive list -- there are many other books worth
+    buying. Here we mention just a few user interface books that don't
+    gather dust on our shelves.
+
+    \bold{\l{http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/0132354160/ref=ase_trolltech/}{C++
+    GUI Programming with Qt 4, Second Edition}}
+    by Jasmin Blanchette and Mark
+    Summerfield, ISBN 0-13-235416-0. This is the official Qt book written
+    by two veteran Trolls. The first edition, which is based on Qt 4.1, is available
+    \l{http://www.qtrac.eu/C++-GUI-Programming-with-Qt-4-1st-ed.zip}{online}.
+
+    \bold{\l{http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0385267746/trolltech/t}{The Design of Everyday Things}}
+    by Donald Norman, ISBN 0-38526774-6, is one of the classics of human
+    interface design. Norman shows how badly something as simple as a
+    kitchen stove can be designed, and everyone should read it who will
+    design a dialog box, write an error message, or design just about
+    anything else humans are supposed to use.
+
+    \target fowler
+    \bold{\l{http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0070592748/trolltech/t}{GUI Design Handbook}}
+    by Susan Fowler, ISBN 0-07-059274-8, is an
+    alphabetical dictionary of widgets and other user interface elements,
+    with comprehensive coverage of each. Each chapter covers one widget
+    or other element, contains the most important recommendation from the
+    Macintosh, Windows and Motif style guides, notes about common
+    problems, comparison with other widgets that can serve some of the
+    same roles as this one, etc.
+
+    \target Design Patterns
+    \bold{\l{http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0201633612/103-8144203-3273444}
+    {Design Patterns - Elements of Reusable Object-Oriented Software}}
+    by Gamma, Helm, Johnson, and Vlissides, ISBN 0-201-63361-2, provides
+    more information on the Model-View-Controller (MVC) paradigm, explaining
+    MVC and its sub-patterns in detail.
+
+    \bold{\l{http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0201622165/trolltech/t}{Macintosh
+    Human Interface Guidelines}}, Second Edition, ISBN
+    0-201-62216-5, is worth buying for the \e {don't}s alone. Even
+    if you're not writing Macintosh software, avoiding most of what it
+    advises against will produce more easily comprehensible software.
+    Doing what it tells you to do may also help. This book is now available
+    \link http://developer.apple.com/techpubs/mac/HIGuidelines/HIGuidelines-2.html 
+    online\endlink and there is a
+    \link http://developer.apple.com/techpubs/mac/HIGOS8Guide/thig-2.html Mac
+    OS 8 addendum.\endlink
+
+    \bold{\l{http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/047159900X/trolltech/t}{The
+    Microsoft Windows User Experience}}, ISBN 1-55615-679-0,
+    is Microsoft's look and feel bible. Indispensable for everyone who
+    has customers that worship Microsoft, and it's quite good, too.
+    It is also available
+    \link http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/dnwue/html/welcome.asp online\endlink.
+
+    \bold{\l{http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/047159900X/trolltech/t}{The Icon Book}}
+    by William Horton, ISBN 0-471-59900-X, is perhaps the only thorough
+    coverage of icons and icon use in software. In order for icons to be
+    successful, people must be able to do four things with them: decode,
+    recognize, find and activate them. This book explains these goals
+    from scratch and how to reach them, both with single icons and icon
+    families. Some 500 examples are scattered throughout the text.
+
+
+    \section1 Buying these Books from Amazon.com
+
+    These books are made available in association with Amazon.com, our
+    favorite online bookstore. Here is more information about
+    \link http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/subst/help/shipping-policy.html/t 
+    Amazon.com's shipping options\endlink and its
+    \link http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/subst/help/desk.html/t 
+    customer service.\endlink When you buy a book by following one of these
+    links, Amazon.com gives about 15% of the purchase price to
+    \link http://www.amnesty.org/ Amnesty International.\endlink
+
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/howtos/openvg.qdoc b/doc/src/howtos/openvg.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f2049ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/howtos/openvg.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,322 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page openvg.html
+    \title OpenVG Rendering in Qt
+    \since 4.6
+    \ingroup best-practices
+
+    \brief Efficient rendering on embedded devices with OpenVG
+
+    OpenVG is a standard API from the
+    \l{http://www.khronos.org/openvg}{Khronos Group} for accelerated
+    2D vector graphics that is appearing in an increasing number of
+    embedded devices. The QtOpenVG plugin provides support for OpenVG
+    painting.
+
+    OpenVG is optimized for 2D vector operations, and closely matches
+    the functionality in QPainter. It can therefore be an excellent
+    substitute for the default raster-based QPaintEngine on hardware
+    that supports OpenVG.
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 Building Qt with OpenVG support
+
+    OpenVG support can be enabled by passing the \c{-openvg} option
+    to configure.  It is assumed that the following qmake variables
+    are set to appropriate values in the qmake.conf file for your
+    platform:
+
+    \list
+    \o QMAKE_INCDIR_OPENVG
+    \o QMAKE_LIBDIR_OPENVG
+    \o QMAKE_LIBS_OPENVG
+    \endlist
+
+    Most OpenVG implementations are based on EGL, so the following
+    variables may also need to be set:
+
+    \list
+    \o QMAKE_INCDIR_EGL
+    \o QMAKE_LIBDIR_EGL
+    \o QMAKE_LIBS_EGL
+    \endlist
+
+    See \l{qmake Variable Reference} for more information on these variables.
+
+    Two kinds of OpenVG engines are currently supported: EGL based,
+    and engines built on top of OpenGL such as
+    \l{http://sourceforge.net/projects/shivavg}{ShivaVG}.
+    EGL based engines are preferred.
+
+    It is assumed that the EGL implementation has some way to turn a
+    QWidget::winId() into an EGL rendering surface with
+    \c{eglCreateWindowSurface()}.  If this is not the case, then
+    modifications may be needed to the code under \c{src/gui/egl} and
+    \c{src/plugins/graphicssystems/openvg} to accomodate the EGL
+    implementation.
+
+    The ShivaVG graphics system under \c{src/plugins/graphicssystems/shivavg}
+    is an example of how to integrate a non-EGL implementation of
+    OpenVG into Qt.  It is currently only supported with Qt/X11
+    and being an example only, the resulting screen output may not
+    be as good as with other OpenVG engines.
+
+    \section1 Using the OpenVG graphics system
+
+    Once the graphics system plugin has been built and installed,
+    applications can be run as follows to use the plugin:
+
+    \code
+    app -graphicssystem OpenVG
+    \endcode
+
+    If ShivaVG is being used, then substitute \c ShivaVG instead of
+    \c OpenVG in the line above.
+
+    If the plugin fails to load, try setting the \c QT_DEBUG_PLUGINS
+    environment variable to 1 and try again.  Usually the plugin
+    cannot be loaded because Qt cannot locate it in the directory
+    \c{plugins/graphicssystems} within the Qt installation, or the
+    dynamic library path does not include the directory containing
+    the system's \c libOpenVG.so library.
+
+    \section1 Supported features
+
+    \section2 Context modes
+
+    The default configuration is "single-context" mode, where a single
+    EGLContext object is used for all drawing, regardless of the surface.
+    Multiple EGLSurfaces are created, one for each window surface or pixmap.
+    eglMakeCurrent() is called with the same EGLContext every time, but a
+    different EGLSurface.
+
+    Single-context mode is necessary for QPixmapData to be implemented in
+    terms of a VGImage.  If single-context mode is not enabled, then QPixmapData
+    will use the fallback QRasterPixmapData implementation, which is less
+    efficient performance-wise.
+
+    Single-context mode can be disabled with the QVG_NO_SINGLE_CONTEXT define
+    if the OpenVG engine does not support one context with multiple surfaces.
+
+    \section2 Transformation matrices
+
+    All affine and projective transformation matrices are supported.
+
+    QVGPaintEngine will use the engine to accelerate affine transformation
+    matrices only.  When a projective transformation matrix is used,
+    QVGPaintEngine will transform the coordinates before passing them
+    to the engine.  This will probably incur a performance penalty.
+
+    Pixmaps and images are always transformed by the engine, because
+    OpenVG specifies that projective transformations must work for images.
+
+    It is recommended that client applications should avoid using projective
+    transformations for non-image elements in performance critical code.
+
+    \section2 Composition modes
+
+    The following composition modes are supported:
+
+    \list
+    \o QPainter::CompositionMode_SourceOver
+    \o QPainter::CompositionMode_DestinationOver
+    \o QPainter::CompositionMode_Source
+    \o QPainter::CompositionMode_SourceIn
+    \o QPainter::CompositionMode_DestinationIn
+    \o QPainter::CompositionMode_Plus
+    \o QPainter::CompositionMode_Multiply
+    \o QPainter::CompositionMode_Screen
+    \o QPainter::CompositionMode_Darken
+    \o QPainter::CompositionMode_Lighten
+    \endlist
+
+    The other members of QPainter::CompositionMode are not supported
+    because OpenVG 1.1 does not have an equivalent in its \c VGBlendMode
+    enumeration.  Any attempt to set an unsupported mode will result in
+    the actual mode being set to QPainter::CompositionMode_SourceOver.
+    Client applications should avoid using unsupported modes.
+
+    \section2 Pens and brushes
+
+    All pen styles are supported, including cosmetic pens.
+
+    All brush styles are supported except for conical gradients, which are
+    not supported by OpenVG 1.1.  Conical gradients will be converted into a
+    solid color brush corresponding to the first color in the gradient's
+    color ramp.
+
+    Affine matrices are supported for brush transforms, but not projective
+    matrices.
+
+    \section2 Rectangles, lines, and points
+
+    Rectangles and lines use cached VGPath objects to try to accelerate
+    drawing operations.  vgModifyPathCoords() is used to modify the
+    co-ordinates in the cached VGPath object each time fillRect(),
+    drawRects(), or drawLines() is called.
+
+    If the engine does not implement vgModifyPathCoords() properly, then the
+    QVG_NO_MODIFY_PATH define can be set to disable path caching.  This will
+    incur a performance penalty.
+
+    Points are implemented as lines from the point to itself.  The cached
+    line drawing VGPath object is used when drawing points.
+
+    \section2 Polygons and Ellipses
+
+    Polygon and ellipse drawing creates a new VGPath object every time
+    drawPolygon() or drawEllipse() is called.  If the client application is
+    making heavy use of these functions, the constant creation and destruction
+    of VGPath objects could have an impact on performance.
+
+    If a projective transformation is active, ellipses are converted into
+    cubic curves prior to transformation, which may further impact performance.
+
+    Client applications should avoid polygon and ellipse drawing in performance
+    critical code if possible.
+
+    \section2 Other Objects
+
+    Most other objects (arcs, pies, etc) use drawPath(), which takes a
+    QPainterPath argument.  The default implementation in QPainterEngineEx
+    converts the QPainterPath into a QVectorPath and then calls draw(),
+    which in turn converts the QVectorPath into a VGPath for drawing.
+
+    To reduce the overhead, we have overridden drawPath() in QVGPaintEngine
+    to convert QPainterPath's directly into VGPath's.  This should help improve
+    performance compared to the default implementation.
+
+    Client applications should try to avoid these types of objects in
+    performance critical code because of the QPainterPath to VGPath
+    conversion cost.
+
+    \section2 Clipping
+
+    Clipping with QRect, QRectF, and QRegion objects is supported on all
+    OpenVG engines with vgMask() if the transformation matrix is the identity
+    or a simple origin translation.
+
+    Clipping with an arbitrary QPainterPath, or setting the clip region when
+    the transformation matrix is simple, is supported only if the OpenVG engine
+    has the vgRenderToMask() function (OpenVG 1.1 and higher).
+
+    The QVG_NO_RENDER_TO_MASK define will disable the use of vgRenderToMask().
+
+    The QVG_SCISSOR_CLIP define will disable clipping with vgMask() or
+    vgRenderToMask() and instead use the scissor rectangle list to perform
+    clipping.  Clipping with an arbitrary QPainterPath will not be supported.
+    The QVG_SCISSOR_CLIP define should only be used if the OpenVG engine
+    does not support vgMask() or vgRenderToMask().
+
+    \section2 Opacity
+
+    Opacity is supported for all drawing operations.  Solid color pens,
+    solid color brushes, gradient brushes, and image drawing with drawPixmap()
+    and drawImage() will probably have the best performance compared to
+    other kinds of pens and brushes.
+
+    \section2 Text Drawing
+
+    If OpenVG 1.1 is used, the paint engine will use VG fonts to cache glyphs
+    while drawing.  If the engine does not support VG fonts correctly,
+    QVG_NO_DRAW_GLYPHS can be defined to disable this mode.  Text drawing
+    performance will suffer if VG fonts are not used.
+
+    By default, image-based glyphs are used.  If QVG_NO_IMAGE_GLYPHS is defined,
+    then path-based glyphs will be used instead.  QVG_NO_IMAGE_GLYPHS is ignored
+    if QVG_NO_DRAW_GLYPHS is defined.
+
+    If path-based glyphs are used, then the OpenVG engine will need to
+    support hinting to render text with good results.  Image-based glyphs
+    avoids the need for hinting and will usually give better results than
+    path-based glyphs.
+
+    \section2 Pixmaps
+
+    In single-context mode, pixmaps will be implemented using VGImage
+    unless QVG_NO_PIXMAP_DATA is defined.
+
+    QVGPixmapData will convert QImage's into VGImage's when the application
+    calls drawPixmap(), and the pixmap will be kept in VGImage form for the
+    lifetime of the QVGPixmapData object.  When the application tries to paint
+    into a QPixmap with QPainter, the data will be converted back into a
+    QImage and the raster paint engine will be used to render into the QImage.
+
+    This arrangement optimizes for the case of drawing the same static pixmap
+    over and over (e.g. for icons), but does not optimize the case of drawing
+    into pixmaps.
+
+    Bitmaps must use QRasterPixmapData.  They are not accelerated with
+    VGImage at present.
+
+    \section2 Pixmap filters
+
+    Convolution, colorize, and drop shadow filters are accelerated using
+    OpenVG operations.
+
+    \section1 Known issues
+
+    Performance of copying the contents of an OpenVG-rendered window to the
+    screen needs platform-specific work in the QVGWindowSurface class.
+
+    Clipping with arbitrary non-rectangular paths only works on engines
+    that support vgRenderToMask().  Simple rectangular paths are supported
+    on all engines that correctly implement vgMask().
+
+    The paint engine is not yet thread-safe, so it is not recommended for
+    use in threaded Qt applications that draw from multiple threads.
+    Drawing should be limited to the main GUI thread.
+
+    Performance of projective matrices for non-image drawing is not as good
+    as for affine matrices.
+
+    QPixmap's are implemented as VGImage objects so that they can be quickly
+    rendered with drawPixmap().  Rendering into a QPixmap using QPainter
+    will use the default Qt raster paint engine on a QImage copy of the
+    QPixmap, and will not be accelerated.  This issue may be addressed in
+    a future version of the engine.
+
+    ShivaVG support is highly experimental and limited to Qt/X11. It is
+    provided as an example of how to integrate a non-EGL engine.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/howtos/qtdesigner.qdoc b/doc/src/howtos/qtdesigner.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ae84f93
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/howtos/qtdesigner.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page qtdesigner-components.html
+    \title Creating and Using Components for Qt Designer
+    \ingroup best-practices
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 Creating Custom Widget Plugins
+
+    When implementing a custom widget plugin for \QD, you must
+    subclass QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface to expose your custom
+    widget to \QD. A single custom widget plugin is built as a
+    separate library. If you want to include several custom widget
+    plugins in the same library, you must in addition subclass
+    QDesignerCustomWidgetCollectionInterface.
+
+    To provide your custom widget plugin with the expected behavior
+    and functionality within \QD's workspace you can subclass the
+    associated extension classes:
+
+    The QDesignerContainerExtension class allows you to add pages to a
+    custom multi-page container. The QDesignerTaskMenuExtension class
+    allows you to add custom menu entries to \QD's task menu. The
+    QDesignerMemberSheetExtension class allows you to manipulate a
+    widget's member functions which is displayed when configuring
+    connections using \QD's mode for editing signals and slots. And
+    finally, the QDesignerPropertySheetExtension class allows you to
+    manipulate a widget's properties which is displayed in \QD's
+    property editor.
+
+    \image qtdesignerextensions.png
+
+    In \QD the extensions are not created until they are required. For
+    that reason, when implementing extensions, you must also subclass
+    QExtensionFactory, i.e create a class that is able to make
+    instances of your extensions. In addition, you must make \QD's
+    extension manager register your factory; the extension manager
+    controls the construction of extensions as they are required, and
+    you can access it through QDesignerFormEditorInterface and
+    QExtensionManager.
+
+    For a complete example creating a custom widget plugin with an
+    extension, see the \l {designer/taskmenuextension}{Task Menu
+    Extension} or \l {designer/containerextension}{Container
+    Extension} examples.
+
+    \section1 Retrieving Access to \QD Components
+
+    The purpose of the classes mentioned in this section is to provide
+    access to \QD's components, managers and workspace, and they are
+    not intended to be instantiated directly.
+
+    \QD is composed by several components. It has an action editor, a
+    property editor, widget box and object inspector which you can
+    view in its workspace.
+
+    \image qtdesignerscreenshot.png
+
+    \QD also has an object that works behind the scene; it contains
+    the logic that integrates all of \QD's components into a coherent
+    application. You can access this object, using the
+    QDesignerFormEditorInterface, to retrieve interfaces to \QD's
+    components:
+
+    \list
+    \o QDesignerActionEditorInterface
+    \o QDesignerObjectInspectorInterface
+    \o QDesignerPropertyEditorInterface
+    \o QDesignerWidgetBoxInterface
+    \endlist
+
+    In addition, you can use QDesignerFormEditorInterface to retrieve
+    interfaces to \QD's extension manager (QExtensionManager) and form
+    window manager (QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterface). The
+    extension manager controls the construction of extensions as they
+    are required, while the form window manager controls the form
+    windows appearing in \QD's workspace.
+
+    Once you have an interface to \QD's form window manager
+    (QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterface), you also have access to all
+    the form windows currently appearing in \QD's workspace: The
+    QDesignerFormWindowInterface class allows you to query and
+    manipulate the form windows, and it provides an interface to the
+    form windows' cursors. QDesignerFormWindowCursorInterface is a
+    convenience class allowing you to query and modify a given form
+    window's widget selection, and in addition modify the properties
+    of all the form's widgets.
+
+    \section1 Creating User Interfaces at Run-Time
+
+    The \c QtDesigner module contains the QFormBuilder class that
+    provides a mechanism for dynamically creating user interfaces at
+    run-time, based on UI files created with \QD. This class is
+    typically used by custom components and applications that embed
+    \QD. Standalone applications that need to dynamically generate
+    user interfaces at run-time use the QUiLoader class, found in
+    the QtUiTools module.
+
+    For a complete example using QUiLoader, see
+    the \l {designer/calculatorbuilder}{Calculator Builder example}.
+
+    \sa {Qt Designer Manual}, {QtUiTools Module}
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/howtos/restoring-geometry.qdoc b/doc/src/howtos/restoring-geometry.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c9e6f4f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/howtos/restoring-geometry.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page restoring-geometry.html
+    \title Restoring a Window's Geometry
+
+    \ingroup best-practices
+
+	This document describes how to save and restore a window's
+    geometry using the geometry properties. On Windows, this is 
+    basically storing the result of QWidget::geometry() and calling
+    QWidget::setGeometry() in the next session before calling
+    \l{QWidget::show()}{show()}.
+
+    On X11, this won't work because an invisible window doesn't have
+    a frame yet. The window manager will decorate the window later.
+    When this happens, the window shifts towards the bottom/right
+    corner of the screen depending on the size of the decoration frame.
+    Although X provides a way to avoid this shift, most window managers
+    fail to implement this feature.
+
+    Since version 4.2, Qt provides functions that saves and restores a
+    window's geometry and state for you. QWidget::saveGeometry()
+    saves the window geometry and maximized/fullscreen state, while
+    QWidget::restoreGeometry() restores it. The restore function also
+    checks if the restored geometry is outside the available screen
+    geometry, and modifies it as appropriate if it is.
+
+    If those functions are not available or cannot be used, then a
+    workaround is to call \l{QWidget::setGeometry()}{setGeometry()}
+    after \l{QWidget::show()}{show()}. This has the two disadvantages
+    that the widget appears at a wrong place for a millisecond
+    (results in flashing) and that currently only every second window
+    manager gets it right. A safer solution is to store both
+    \l{QWidget::pos()}{pos()} and \l{QWidget::size()}{size()} and to
+    restore the geometry using \l{QWidget::resize()} and
+    \l{QWidget::move()}{move()} before calling
+    \l{QWidget::show()}{show()}, as demonstrated in the following
+    code snippets (from the \l{mainwindows/application}{Application}
+    example):
+
+    \snippet examples/mainwindows/application/mainwindow.cpp 35
+    \codeline
+    \snippet examples/mainwindows/application/mainwindow.cpp 38
+
+    This method works on Windows, Mac OS X, and most X11 window
+    managers.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/howtos/session.qdoc b/doc/src/howtos/session.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8e51b6b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/howtos/session.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page session.html
+    \title Session Management
+
+    \ingroup best-practices
+
+    A \e session is a group of running applications, each of which has a
+    particular state. The session is controlled by a service called the \e
+    session \e manager. The applications participating in the session are
+    called \e{session clients}.
+
+    The session manager issues commands to its clients on behalf of the
+    user. These commands may cause clients to commit unsaved changes (for
+    example by saving open files), to preserve their state for future
+    sessions, or to terminate gracefully. The set of these operations is
+    called \e session \e management.
+
+    In the common case, a session consists of all applications that a
+    user runs on their desktop at a time. Under Unix/X11, however, a
+    session may include applications running on different computers and
+    may span multiple displays.
+
+    \section1 Shutting a Session Down 
+
+    A session is shut down by the session manager, usually on behalf of
+    the user when they want to log out. A system might also perform an
+    automatic shutdown in an emergency situation, for example, if power is
+    about to be lost. Clearly there is a significant difference between
+    these types of shutdown. During the first, the user may want to
+    interact with the application, specifying exactly which files should
+    be saved and which should be discarded. In the latter case, there's no
+    time for interaction. There may not even be a user sitting in front of
+    the machine!
+
+
+    \section1 Protocols and Support on Different Platforms
+
+    On Mac OS X, and Microsoft Windows versions prior to Windows 2000,
+    there is nothing like complete session management for applications
+    yet, i.e. no restoring of previous sessions. (Windows 2000 and XP
+    provide "hibernation" where the entire memory is saved to disk and
+    restored when the machine is restarted.) They do support graceful
+    logouts where applications have the opportunity to cancel the process
+    after getting confirmation from the user. This is the functionality
+    that corresponds to the QApplication::commitData() method.
+
+    X11 has supported complete session management since X11R6.
+
+    \section1 Getting Session Management to Work with Qt 
+
+    Start by reimplementing QApplication::commitData() to
+    enable your application to take part in the graceful logout process. If
+    you are only targeting the Microsoft Windows platform, this is all you can
+    and must provide. Ideally, your application should provide a shutdown
+    dialog similar to the following:
+
+    \img session.png A typical dialog on shutdown
+
+    Example code for this dialog can be found in the documentation of
+    QSessionManager::allowsInteraction().
+
+    For complete session management (only supported on X11R6 at present),
+    you must also take care of saving the application's state, and
+    potentially of restoring the state in the next life cycle of the
+    session. This saving is done by reimplementing
+    QApplication::saveState(). All state data you are saving in this
+    function, should be marked with the session identifier
+    QApplication::sessionId(). This application specific identifier is
+    globally unique, so no clashes will occur. (See QSessionManager for
+    information on saving/restoring the state of a particular Qt
+    application.)
+
+    Restoration is usually done in the application's main()
+    function. Check if QApplication::isSessionRestored() is \c true. If
+    that's the case, use the session identifier
+    QApplication::sessionId() again to access your state data and restore
+    the state of the application.
+
+    \bold{Important:} In order to allow the window manager to
+    restore window attributes such as stacking order or geometry
+    information, you must identify your top level widgets with 
+    unique application-wide object names (see QObject::setObjectName()). When
+    restoring the application, you must ensure that all restored
+    top level widgets are given the same unique names they had before.
+
+    \section1 Testing and Debugging Session Management 
+
+    Session management support on Mac OS X and Windows is fairly limited
+    due to the lack of this functionality in the operating system
+    itself. Simply shut the session down and verify that your application
+    behaves as expected. It may be useful to launch another application,
+    usually the integrated development environment, before starting your
+    application. This other application will get the shutdown message
+    afterwards, thus permitting you to cancel the shutdown. Otherwise you
+    would have to log in again after each test run, which is not a problem
+    per se, but is time consuming.
+
+    On Unix you can either use a desktop environment that supports
+    standard X11R6 session management or, the recommended method, use the
+    session manager reference implementation provided by the X Consortium.
+    This sample manager is called \c xsm and is part of a standard X11R6
+    installation. As always with X11, a useful and informative manual page
+    is provided. Using \c xsm is straightforward (apart from the clumsy
+    Athena-based user interface). Here's a simple approach:
+
+    \list
+    \i Run X11R6.
+    \i Create a dot file \c .xsmstartup in your home directory which
+    contains the single line
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_session.qdoc 0
+    This tells \c xsm that the default/failsafe session is just an xterm
+    and nothing else. Otherwise \c xsm would try to invoke lots of
+    clients including the windowmanager \c twm, which isn't very helpful.
+    \i Now launch \c xsm from another terminal window. Both a session
+    manager window and the xterm will appear. The xterm has a nice
+    property that sets it apart from all the other shells you are
+    currently running: within its shell, the \c SESSION_MANAGER
+    environment variable points to the session manager you just started.
+    \i Launch your application from the new xterm window. It will connect
+    itself automatically to the session manager. You can check with the \e
+    ClientList push button whether the connect was successful.
+
+    \bold{Note:} Never keep the \e ClientList open when you
+    start or end session managed clients! Otherwise \c xsm is likely to
+    crash.
+    \i Use the session manager's \e Checkpoint and \e Shutdown buttons
+    with different settings and see how your application behaves. The save
+    type \e local means that the clients should save their state. It
+    corresponds to the QApplication::saveState() function. The \e
+    global save type asks applications to save their unsaved changes in
+    permanent, globally accessible storage. It invokes
+    QApplication::commitData().
+    \i Whenever something crashes, blame \c xsm and not Qt. \c xsm is far
+    from being a usable session manager on a user's desktop. It is,
+    however, stable and useful enough to serve as testing environment.
+    \endlist
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/howtos/sharedlibrary.qdoc b/doc/src/howtos/sharedlibrary.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1e108a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/howtos/sharedlibrary.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page sharedlibrary.html
+    \title Creating Shared Libraries
+
+    \ingroup best-practices
+
+    The following sections list certain things that should be taken into
+    account when creating shared libraries.
+
+    \section1 Using Symbols from Shared Libraries
+
+    Symbols - functions, variables or classes - contained in shared libraries
+    intended to be used by \e{clients}, such as applications or other
+    libraries, must be marked in a special way. These symbols are called
+    \e{public symbols} that are \e{exported} or made publicly visible.
+
+    The remaining symbols should not be visible from the outside. On most
+    platforms, compilers will hide them by default. On some platforms, a
+    special compiler option is required to hide these symbols.
+
+    When compiling a shared library, it must be marked for \e{export}. To use
+    the shared library from a client, some platforms may require a special
+    \e{import} declaration as well.
+
+    Depending on your target platform, Qt provides special macros that contain
+    the necessary definitions:
+    \list
+        \o  \c{Q_DECL_EXPORT} must be added to the declarations of symbols used
+            when compiling a shared library.
+        \o  \c{Q_DECL_IMPORT} must be added to the declarations of symbols used
+            when compiling a client that uses the shared library.
+    \endlist
+
+    Now, we need to ensure that the right macro is invoked -- whether we
+    compile a share library itself, or just the client using the shared
+    library.
+    Typically, this can be solved by adding a special header.
+
+    Let us assume we want to create a shared library called \e{mysharedlib}.
+    A special header for this library, \c{mysharedlib_global.h}, looks like
+    this:
+
+    \code
+        #include <QtCore/QtGlobal>
+
+        #if defined(MYSHAREDLIB_LIBRARY)
+        #  define MYSHAREDLIB_EXPORT Q_DECL_EXPORT
+        #else
+        #  define MYSHAREDLIB_EXPORT Q_DECL_IMPORT
+        #endif
+    \endcode
+
+    In the \c{.pro} file of the shared library, we add:
+
+    \code
+        DEFINES += MYSHAREDLIB_LIBRARY
+    \endcode
+
+    In each header of the library, we specify the following:
+
+    \code
+        #include "mysharedlib_global.h"
+
+        MYSHAREDLIB_EXPORT void foo();
+        class MYSHAREDLIB_EXPORT MyClass...
+    \endcode
+    This ensures that the right macro is seen by both library and clients. We
+    also use this technique in Qt's sources.
+
+
+    \section1 Header File Considerations
+
+    Typically, clients will include only the public header files of shared
+    libraries. These libraries might be installed in a different location, when
+    deployed. Therefore, it is important to exclude other internal header files
+    that were used when building the shared library.
+
+    For example, the library might provide a class that wraps a hardware device
+    and contains a handle to that device, provided by some 3rd-party library:
+
+    \code
+        #include <footronics/device.h>
+
+        class MyDevice {
+        private:
+	    FOOTRONICS_DEVICE_HANDLE handle;
+        };
+    \endcode  
+
+    A similar situation arises with forms created by Qt Designer when using
+    aggregation or multiple inheritance:
+
+    \code
+        #include "ui_widget.h"
+
+        class MyWidget : public QWidget {
+        private:
+	    Ui::MyWidget m_ui;
+        };
+    \endcode  
+
+    When deploying the library, there should be no dependency to the internal
+    headers \c{footronics/device.h} or \c{ui_widget.h}.
+
+    This can be avoided by making use of the \e{Pointer to implementation}
+    idiom described in various C++ programming books. For classes with
+    \e{value semantics}, consider using QSharedDataPointer.
+
+
+    \section1  Binary compatibility
+
+    For clients loading a shared library, to work correctly, the memory
+    layout of the classes being used must match exactly the memory layout of
+    the library version that was used to compile the client. In other words,
+    the library found by the client at runtime must be \e{binary compatible}
+    with the version used at compile time.
+
+    This is usually not a problem if the client is a self-contained software
+    package that ships all the libraries it needs.
+
+    However, if the client application relies on a shared library that belongs
+    to a different installation package or to the operating system, then we
+    need to think of a versioning scheme for shared libraries and decide at
+    which level \e{Binary compatibility} is to be maintained. For example, Qt
+    libraries of the same \e{major version number} are guaranteed to be binary
+    compatible.
+
+    Maintaining \e{Binary compatibility} places some restrictions on the changes
+    you can make to the classes. A good explanation can be found at
+    \l{http://techbase.kde.org/Policies/Binary_Compatibility_Issues_With_C++}
+    {KDE - Policies/Binary Compatibility Issues With C++}. These issues should
+    be considered right from the start of library design.
+    We recommend that the principle of \e{Information hiding} and the
+    \e{Pointer to implementation} technique be used wherever possible.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/howtos/timers.qdoc b/doc/src/howtos/timers.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed46b76
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/howtos/timers.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page timers.html
+    \title Timers
+    \brief How to use timers in your application.
+
+    \ingroup best-practices
+
+    QObject, the base class of all Qt objects, provides the basic
+    timer support in Qt. With QObject::startTimer(), you start a
+    timer with an interval in milliseconds as argument. The function
+    returns a unique integer timer ID. The timer will now fire at
+    regular intervals until you explicitly call QObject::killTimer()
+    with the timer ID.
+
+    For this mechanism to work, the application must run in an event
+    loop. You start an event loop with QApplication::exec(). When a
+    timer fires, the application sends a QTimerEvent, and the flow of
+    control leaves the event loop until the timer event is processed.
+    This implies that a timer cannot fire while your application is
+    busy doing something else. In other words: the accuracy of timers
+    depends on the granularity of your application.
+
+    In multithreaded applications, you can use the timer mechanism in
+    any thread that has an event loop. To start an event loop from a
+    non-GUI thread, use QThread::exec(). Qt uses the object's
+    \l{QObject::thread()}{thread affinity} to determine which thread
+    will deliver the QTimerEvent. Because of this, you must start and
+    stop all timers in the object's thread; it is not possible to
+    start timers for objects in another thread.
+
+    The upper limit for the interval value is determined by the number
+    of milliseconds that can be specified in a signed integer
+    (in practice, this is a period of just over 24 days). The accuracy
+    depends on the underlying operating system. Windows 98 has 55
+    millisecond accuracy; other systems that we have tested can handle
+    1 millisecond intervals.
+
+    The main API for the timer functionality is QTimer. That class
+    provides regular timers that emit a signal when the timer fires, and
+    inherits QObject so that it fits well into the ownership structure
+    of most GUI programs. The normal way of using it is like this:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/timers/timers.cpp 0
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/timers/timers.cpp 1
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/timers/timers.cpp 2
+
+    The QTimer object is made into a child of this widget so that,
+    when this widget is deleted, the timer is deleted too.
+    Next, its \l{QTimer::}{timeout()} signal is connected to the slot
+    that will do the work, it is started with a value of 1000
+    milliseconds, indicating that it will time out every second.
+
+    QTimer also provides a static function for single-shot timers.
+    For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/timers/timers.cpp 3
+
+    200 milliseconds (0.2 seconds) after this line of code is
+    executed, the \c updateCaption() slot will be called.
+
+    For QTimer to work, you must have an event loop in your
+    application; that is, you must call QCoreApplication::exec()
+    somewhere. Timer events will be delivered only while the event
+    loop is running.
+
+    In multithreaded applications, you can use QTimer in any thread
+    that has an event loop. To start an event loop from a non-GUI
+    thread, use QThread::exec(). Qt uses the timer's
+    \l{QObject::thread()}{thread affinity} to determine which thread
+    will emit the \l{QTimer::}{timeout()} signal. Because of this, you
+    must start and stop the timer in its thread; it is not possible to
+    start a timer from another thread.
+
+    The \l{widgets/analogclock}{Analog Clock} example shows how to use
+    QTimer to redraw a widget at regular intervals. From \c{AnalogClock}'s
+    implementation:
+
+    \snippet examples/widgets/analogclock/analogclock.cpp 0
+    \snippet examples/widgets/analogclock/analogclock.cpp 2
+    \snippet examples/widgets/analogclock/analogclock.cpp 3
+    \snippet examples/widgets/analogclock/analogclock.cpp 4
+    \snippet examples/widgets/analogclock/analogclock.cpp 5
+    \snippet examples/widgets/analogclock/analogclock.cpp 6
+    \dots
+    \snippet examples/widgets/analogclock/analogclock.cpp 7
+
+    Every second, QTimer will call the QWidget::update() slot to
+    refresh the clock's display.
+
+    If you already have a QObject subclass and want an easy
+    optimization, you can use QBasicTimer instead of QTimer. With
+    QBasicTimer, you must reimplement
+    \l{QObject::timerEvent()}{timerEvent()} in your QObject subclass
+    and handle the timeout there. The \l{widgets/wiggly}{Wiggly}
+    example shows how to use QBasicTimer.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/howtos/unix-signal-handlers.qdoc b/doc/src/howtos/unix-signal-handlers.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4e123bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/howtos/unix-signal-handlers.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page unix-signals.html
+    \title Calling Qt Functions From Unix Signal Handlers
+    \brief You can't. But don't despair, there is a way...
+
+    \ingroup platform-specific
+    \ingroup best-practices
+
+    You \e can't call Qt functions from Unix signal handlers. The
+    standard POSIX rule applies: You can only call async-signal-safe
+    functions from signal handlers. See \l
+    {http://www.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/000095399/functions/xsh_chap02_04.html#tag_02_04_01}
+    {Signal Actions} for the complete list of functions you can call
+    from Unix signal handlers.
+
+    But don't despair, there is a way to use Unix signal handlers with
+    Qt. The strategy is to have your Unix signal handler do something
+    that will eventually cause a Qt signal to be emitted, and then you
+    simply return from your Unix signal handler. Back in your Qt
+    program, that Qt signal gets emitted and then received by your Qt
+    slot function, where you can safely do whatever Qt stuff you
+    weren't allowed to do in the Unix signal handler.
+
+    One simple way to make this happen is to declare a socket pair in
+    your class for each Unix signal you want to handle. The socket
+    pairs are declared as static data members. You also create a
+    QSocketNotifier to monitor the \e read end of each socket pair,
+    declare your Unix signal handlers to be static class methods, and
+    declare a slot function corresponding to each of your Unix signal
+    handlers. In this example, we intend to handle both the SIGHUP and
+    SIGTERM signals. Note: You should read the socketpair(2) and the
+    sigaction(2) man pages before plowing through the following code
+    snippets.
+    
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_unix-signal-handlers.qdoc 0
+
+    In the MyDaemon constructor, use the socketpair(2) function to
+    initialize each file descriptor pair, and then create the
+    QSocketNotifier to monitor the \e read end of each pair. The
+    activated() signal of each QSocketNotifier is connected to the
+    appropriate slot function, which effectively converts the Unix
+    signal to the QSocketNotifier::activated() signal.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_unix-signal-handlers.qdoc 1
+
+    Somewhere else in your startup code, you install your Unix signal
+    handlers with sigaction(2).
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_unix-signal-handlers.qdoc 2
+
+    In your Unix signal handlers, you write a byte to the \e write end
+    of a socket pair and return. This will cause the corresponding
+    QSocketNotifier to emit its activated() signal, which will in turn
+    cause the appropriate Qt slott function to run.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_unix-signal-handlers.qdoc 3
+
+    In the slot functions connected to the
+    QSocketNotifier::activated() signals, you \e read the byte. Now
+    you are safely back in Qt with your signal, and you can do all the
+    Qt stuff you weren'tr allowed to do in the Unix signal handler.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_unix-signal-handlers.qdoc 4
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/i18n.qdoc b/doc/src/i18n.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 22f82be..0000000
--- a/doc/src/i18n.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,508 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \group i18n
-    \title Internationalization with Qt
-    \ingroup topics
-
-    \brief Information about Qt's support for internationalization and multiple languages.
-
-    \keyword internationalization
-    \keyword i18n
-
-    The internationalization of an application is the process of making
-    the application usable by people in countries other than one's own.
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    In some cases internationalization is simple, for example, making a US
-    application accessible to Australian or British users may require
-    little more than a few spelling corrections. But to make a US
-    application usable by Japanese users, or a Korean application usable
-    by German users, will require that the software operate not only in
-    different languages, but use different input techniques, character
-    encodings and presentation conventions.
-
-    Qt tries to make internationalization as painless as possible for
-    developers. All input widgets and text drawing methods in Qt offer
-    built-in support for all supported languages. The built-in font engine
-    is capable of correctly and attractively rendering text that contains
-    characters from a variety of different writing systems at the same
-    time.
-
-    Qt supports most languages in use today, in particular:
-    \list
-    \o All East Asian languages (Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
-    \o All Western languages (using Latin script)
-    \o Arabic
-    \o Cyrillic languages (Russian, Ukrainian, etc.)
-    \o Greek
-    \o Hebrew
-    \o Thai and Lao
-    \o All scripts in Unicode 4.0 that do not require special processing
-    \endlist
-
-    On Windows, Unix/X11 with FontConfig (client side font support)
-    and Qt for Embedded Linux the following languages are also supported:
-    \list
-    \o Bengali
-    \o Devanagari
-    \o Dhivehi (Thaana)
-    \o Gujarati
-    \o Gurmukhi
-    \o Kannada
-    \o Khmer
-    \o Malayalam
-    \o Myanmar
-    \o Syriac
-    \o Tamil
-    \o Telugu
-    \o Tibetan
-    \endlist
-
-    Many of these writing systems exhibit special features:
-
-    \list
-
-    \o \bold{Special line breaking behavior.} Some of the Asian languages are
-    written without spaces between words. Line breaking can occur either
-    after every character (with exceptions) as in Chinese, Japanese and
-    Korean, or after logical word boundaries as in Thai.
-
-    \o \bold{Bidirectional writing.} Arabic and Hebrew are written from right to
-    left, except for numbers and embedded English text which is written
-    left to right. The exact behavior is defined in the
-    \l{http://www.unicode.org/unicode/reports/tr9/}{Unicode Technical Annex #9}.
-
-    \o \bold{Non-spacing or diacritical marks (accents or umlauts in European
-    languages).} Some languages such as Vietnamese make extensive use of
-    these marks and some characters can have more than one mark at the
-    same time to clarify pronunciation.
-
-    \o \bold{Ligatures.} In special contexts, some pairs of characters get
-    replaced by a combined glyph forming a ligature. Common examples are
-    the fl and fi ligatures used in typesetting US and European books.
-
-    \endlist
-
-    Qt tries to take care of all the special features listed above. You
-    usually don't have to worry about these features so long as you use
-    Qt's input widgets (e.g. QLineEdit, QTextEdit, and derived classes)
-    and Qt's display widgets (e.g. QLabel).
-
-    Support for these writing systems is transparent to the
-    programmer and completely encapsulated in \l{rich text
-    processing}{Qt's text engine}. This means that you don't need to
-    have any knowledge about the writing system used in a particular
-    language, except for the following small points:
-
-    \list
-
-    \o QPainter::drawText(int x, int y, const QString &str) will always
-    draw the string with its left edge at the position specified with
-    the x, y parameters. This will usually give you left aligned strings.
-    Arabic and Hebrew application strings are usually right
-    aligned, so for these languages use the version of drawText() that
-    takes a QRect since this will align in accordance with the language.
-
-    \o When you write your own text input controls, use QTextLayout.
-    In some languages (e.g. Arabic or languages from the Indian
-    subcontinent), the width and shape of a glyph changes depending on the
-    surrounding characters, which QTextLayout takes into account.
-    Writing input controls usually requires a certain knowledge of the
-    scripts it is going to be used in. Usually the easiest way is to
-    subclass QLineEdit or QTextEdit.
-
-    \endlist
-
-    The following sections give some information on the status of the
-    internationalization (i18n) support in Qt. See also the \l{Qt
-    Linguist manual}.
-
-    \section1 Step by Step
-
-    Writing cross-platform international software with Qt is a gentle,
-    incremental process. Your software can become internationalized in
-    the following stages:
-
-    \section2 Use QString for All User-Visible Text
-
-    Since QString uses the Unicode 4.0 encoding internally, every
-    language in the world can be processed transparently using
-    familiar text processing operations. Also, since all Qt functions
-    that present text to the user take a QString as a parameter,
-    there is no \c{char *} to QString conversion overhead.
-
-    Strings that are in "programmer space" (such as QObject names
-    and file format texts) need not use QString; the traditional
-    \c{char *} or the QByteArray class will suffice.
-
-    You're unlikely to notice that you are using Unicode;
-    QString, and QChar are just like easier versions of the crude
-    \c{const char *} and char from traditional C.
-
-    \section2 Use tr() for All Literal Text
-
-    Wherever your program uses "quoted text" for text that will
-    be presented to the user, ensure that it is processed by the \l
-    QCoreApplication::translate() function. Essentially all that is necessary
-    to achieve this is to use QObject::tr(). For example, assuming the
-    \c LoginWidget is a subclass of QWidget:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_i18n.qdoc 0
-
-    This accounts for 99% of the user-visible strings you're likely to
-    write.
-
-    If the quoted text is not in a member function of a
-    QObject subclass, use either the tr() function of an
-    appropriate class, or the QCoreApplication::translate() function
-    directly:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_i18n.qdoc 1
-
-    If you need to have translatable text completely
-    outside a function, there are two macros to help: QT_TR_NOOP()
-    and QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP(). They merely mark the text for
-    extraction by the \c lupdate utility described below.
-    The macros expand to just the text (without the context).
-
-    Example of QT_TR_NOOP():
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_i18n.qdoc 2
-
-    Example of QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP():
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_i18n.qdoc 3
-
-    If you disable the \c{const char *} to QString automatic
-    conversion by compiling your software with the macro \c
-    QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII defined, you'll be very likely to catch any
-    strings you are missing. See QString::fromLatin1() for more
-    information. Disabling the conversion can make programming a bit
-    cumbersome.
-
-    If your source language uses characters outside Latin1, you
-    might find QObject::trUtf8() more convenient than
-    QObject::tr(), as tr() depends on the
-    QTextCodec::codecForTr(), which makes it more fragile than
-    QObject::trUtf8().
-
-    \section2 Use QKeySequence() for Accelerator Values
-
-    Accelerator values such as Ctrl+Q or Alt+F need to be translated
-    too. If you hardcode Qt::CTRL + Qt::Key_Q for "quit" in your
-    application, translators won't be able to override it. The
-    correct idiom is
-
-    \snippet examples/mainwindows/application/mainwindow.cpp 20
-
-    \section2 Use QString::arg() for Dynamic Text
-
-    The QString::arg() functions offer a simple means for substituting
-    arguments:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_i18n.qdoc 4
-
-    In some languages the order of arguments may need to change, and this
-    can easily be achieved by changing the order of the % arguments. For
-    example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_i18n.qdoc 5
-
-    produces the correct output in English and Norwegian:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_i18n.qdoc 6
-
-    \section2 Produce Translations
-
-    Once you are using tr() throughout an application, you can start
-    producing translations of the user-visible text in your program.
-
-    The \l{Qt Linguist manual} provides further information about
-    Qt's translation tools, \e{Qt Linguist}, \c lupdate and \c
-    lrelease.
-
-    Translation of a Qt application is a three-step process:
-
-    \list 1
-
-    \o Run \c lupdate to extract translatable text from the C++
-    source code of the Qt application, resulting in a message file
-    for translators (a TS file). The utility recognizes the tr()
-    construct and the \c{QT_TR*_NOOP()} macros described above and
-    produces TS files (usually one per language).
-
-    \o Provide translations for the source texts in the TS file, using
-    \e{Qt Linguist}. Since TS files are in XML format, you can also
-    edit them by hand.
-
-    \o Run \c lrelease to obtain a light-weight message file (a QM
-    file) from the TS file, suitable only for end use. Think of the TS
-    files as "source files", and QM files as "object files". The
-    translator edits the TS files, but the users of your application
-    only need the QM files. Both kinds of files are platform and
-    locale independent.
-
-    \endlist
-
-    Typically, you will repeat these steps for every release of your
-    application. The \c lupdate utility does its best to reuse the
-    translations from previous releases.
-
-    Before you run \c lupdate, you should prepare a project file. Here's
-    an example project file (\c .pro file):
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_i18n.qdoc 7
-
-    When you run \c lupdate or \c lrelease, you must give the name of the
-    project file as a command-line argument.
-
-    In this example, four exotic languages are supported: Danish,
-    Finnish, Norwegian and Swedish. If you use \l{qmake}, you usually
-    don't need an extra project file for \c lupdate; your \c qmake
-    project file will work fine once you add the \c TRANSLATIONS
-    entry.
-
-    In your application, you must \l QTranslator::load() the translation
-    files appropriate for the user's language, and install them using \l
-    QCoreApplication::installTranslator().
-
-    \c linguist, \c lupdate and \c lrelease are installed in the \c bin
-    subdirectory of the base directory Qt is installed into. Click Help|Manual
-    in \e{Qt Linguist} to access the user's manual; it contains a tutorial
-    to get you started.
-
-    \target qt-itself
-    Qt itself contains over 400 strings that will also need to be
-    translated into the languages that you are targeting. You will find
-    translation files for French, German and Simplified Chinese in
-    \c{$QTDIR/translations}, as well as a template for translating to
-    other languages. (This directory also contains some additional
-    unsupported translations which may be useful.)
-
-    Typically, your application's \c main() function will look like
-    this:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_i18n.qdoc 8
-
-    Note the use of QLibraryInfo::location() to locate the Qt translations.
-    Developers should request the path to the translations at run-time by
-    passing QLibraryInfo::TranslationsPath to this function instead of
-    using the \c QTDIR environment variable in their applications.
-
-    \section2 Support for Encodings
-
-    The QTextCodec class and the facilities in QTextStream make it easy to
-    support many input and output encodings for your users' data. When an
-    application starts, the locale of the machine will determine the 8-bit
-    encoding used when dealing with 8-bit data: such as for font
-    selection, text display, 8-bit text I/O, and character input.
-
-    The application may occasionally require encodings other than the
-    default local 8-bit encoding. For example, an application in a
-    Cyrillic KOI8-R locale (the de-facto standard locale in Russia) might
-    need to output Cyrillic in the ISO 8859-5 encoding. Code for this
-    would be:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_i18n.qdoc 9
-
-    For converting Unicode to local 8-bit encodings, a shortcut is
-    available: the QString::toLocal8Bit() function returns such 8-bit
-    data. Another useful shortcut is QString::toUtf8(), which returns
-    text in the 8-bit UTF-8 encoding: this perfectly preserves
-    Unicode information while looking like plain ASCII if the text is
-    wholly ASCII.
-
-    For converting the other way, there are the QString::fromUtf8() and
-    QString::fromLocal8Bit() convenience functions, or the general code,
-    demonstrated by this conversion from ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic to Unicode
-    conversion:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_i18n.qdoc 10
-
-    Ideally Unicode I/O should be used as this maximizes the portability
-    of documents between users around the world, but in reality it is
-    useful to support all the appropriate encodings that your users will
-    need to process existing documents. In general, Unicode (UTF-16 or
-    UTF-8) is best for information transferred between arbitrary people,
-    while within a language or national group, a local standard is often
-    more appropriate. The most important encoding to support is the one
-    returned by QTextCodec::codecForLocale(), as this is the one the user
-    is most likely to need for communicating with other people and
-    applications (this is the codec used by local8Bit()).
-
-    Qt supports most of the more frequently used encodings natively. For a
-    complete list of supported encodings see the \l QTextCodec
-    documentation.
-
-    In some cases and for less frequently used encodings it may be
-    necessary to write your own QTextCodec subclass. Depending on the
-    urgency, it may be useful to contact Qt's technical support team or
-    ask on the \c qt-interest mailing list to see if someone else is
-    already working on supporting the encoding.
-
-    \keyword localization
-
-    \section2 Localize
-
-    Localization is the process of adapting to local conventions, for
-    example presenting dates and times using the locally preferred
-    formats. Such localizations can be accomplished using appropriate tr()
-    strings.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_i18n.qdoc 11
-
-    In the example, for the US we would leave the translation of
-    "AMPM" as it is and thereby use the 12-hour clock branch; but in
-    Europe we would translate it as something else and this will make
-    the code use the 24-hour clock branch.
-
-    For localized numbers use the QLocale class.
-
-    Localizing images is not recommended. Choose clear icons that are
-    appropriate for all localities, rather than relying on local puns or
-    stretched metaphors. The exception is for images of left and right
-    pointing arrows which may need to be reversed for Arabic and Hebrew
-    locales.
-
-    \section1 Dynamic Translation
-
-    Some applications, such as Qt Linguist, must be able to support changes
-    to the user's language settings while they are still running. To make
-    widgets aware of changes to the installed QTranslators, reimplement the 
-    widget's \l{QWidget::changeEvent()}{changeEvent()} function to check whether 
-    the event is a \l{QEvent::LanguageChange}{LanguageChange} event, and update
-    the text displayed by widgets using the \l{QObject::tr()}{tr()} function
-    in the usual way. For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_i18n.qdoc 12
-
-    All other change events should be passed on by calling the default
-    implementation of the function.
-
-    The list of installed translators might change in reaction to a 
-    \l{QEvent::LocaleChange}{LocaleChange} event, or the application might
-    provide a user interface that allows the user to change the current
-    application language.
-
-    The default event handler for QWidget subclasses responds to the
-    QEvent::LanguageChange event, and will call this function when necessary;
-    other application components can also force widgets to update themselves
-    by posting the \l{QEvent::LanguageChange}{LanguageChange} event to them.
-
-    \section1 Translating Non-Qt Classes
-
-    It is sometimes necessary to provide internationalization support for
-    strings used in classes that do not inherit QObject or use the Q_OBJECT
-    macro to enable translation features. Since Qt translates strings at
-    run-time based on the class they are associated with and \c lupdate
-    looks for translatable strings in the source code, non-Qt classes must
-    use mechanisms that also provide this information.
-
-    One way to do this is to add translation support to a non-Qt class
-    using the Q_DECLARE_TR_FUNCTIONS() macro; for example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/i18n-non-qt-class/myclass.h 0
-    \dots
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/i18n-non-qt-class/myclass.h 1
-
-    This provides the class with \l{QObject::}{tr()} functions that can
-    be used to translate strings associated with the class, and makes it
-    possible for \c lupdate to find translatable strings in the source
-    code.
-
-    Alternatively, the QCoreApplication::translate() function can be called
-    with a specific context, and this will be recognized by \c lupdate and
-    Qt Linguist.
-
-    \section1 System Support
-
-    Some of the operating systems and windowing systems that Qt runs on
-    only have limited support for Unicode. The level of support available
-    in the underlying system has some influence on the support that Qt can
-    provide on those platforms, although in general Qt applications need
-    not be too concerned with platform-specific limitations.
-
-    \section2 Unix/X11
-
-    \list
-    \o  Locale-oriented fonts and input methods. Qt hides these and
-        provides Unicode input and output.
-    \o  Filesystem conventions such as
-        \l{http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2279.txt}{UTF-8}
-        are under development in some Unix variants. All Qt file
-        functions allow Unicode, but convert filenames to the local
-        8-bit encoding, as this is the Unix convention (see
-        QFile::setEncodingFunction() to explore alternative
-        encodings).
-    \o  File I/O defaults to the local 8-bit encoding,
-        with Unicode options in QTextStream.
-    \o  Many Unix distributions contain only partial support for some locales.
-        For example, if you have a \c /usr/share/locale/ja_JP.EUC directory,
-        this does not necessarily mean you can display Japanese text; you also
-        need JIS encoded fonts (or Unicode fonts), and the
-        \c /usr/share/locale/ja_JP.EUC directory needs to be complete. For
-        best results, use complete locales from your system vendor.
-    \endlist
-
-    \section2 Windows
-
-    \list
-    \o  Qt provides full Unicode support, including input methods, fonts,
-        clipboard, drag-and-drop and file names.
-    \o  File I/O defaults to Latin1, with Unicode options in QTextStream.
-        Note that some Windows programs do not understand big-endian
-        Unicode text files even though that is the order prescribed by
-        the Unicode Standard in the absence of higher-level protocols.
-    \o  Unlike programs written with MFC or plain winlib, Qt programs
-        are portable between Windows 98 and Windows NT.
-        \e {You do not need different binaries to support Unicode.}
-    \endlist
-
-    \section2 Mac OS X
-
-    For details on Mac-specific translation, refer to the Qt/Mac Specific Issues
-    document \l{Qt for Mac OS X - Specific Issues#Translating the Application Menu and Native Dialogs}{here}.
-
-    \section1 Relevant Qt Classes
-
-    These classes are relevant to internationalizing Qt applications.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/images/activeqt-examples.png b/doc/src/images/activeqt-examples.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bda8eba
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/src/images/activeqt-examples.png differ
diff --git a/doc/src/images/animation-examples.png b/doc/src/images/animation-examples.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bfc5990
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/src/images/animation-examples.png differ
diff --git a/doc/src/images/ipc-examples.png b/doc/src/images/ipc-examples.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..815aed3
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/src/images/ipc-examples.png differ
diff --git a/doc/src/images/qq-thumbnail.png b/doc/src/images/qq-thumbnail.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..295ef13
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/src/images/qq-thumbnail.png differ
diff --git a/doc/src/images/statemachine-examples.png b/doc/src/images/statemachine-examples.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b2ec66e
Binary files /dev/null and b/doc/src/images/statemachine-examples.png differ
diff --git a/doc/src/images/webkit-examples.png b/doc/src/images/webkit-examples.png
index 55bbd92..23ddf1c 100644
Binary files a/doc/src/images/webkit-examples.png and b/doc/src/images/webkit-examples.png differ
diff --git a/doc/src/implicit-sharing.qdoc b/doc/src/implicit-sharing.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index cc0b28b..0000000
--- a/doc/src/implicit-sharing.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,144 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/* TODO: Move some of the documentation from QSharedDataPointer into this
-   document. */
-
-/*!
-    \group shared
-    \title Implicitly Shared Classes
-    \ingroup architecture
-    \ingroup groups
-
-    \brief Classes that use reference counting for fast copying.
-
-    \keyword implicit data sharing
-    \keyword implicit sharing
-    \keyword implicitly shared
-    \keyword reference counting
-    \keyword shared implicitly
-    \keyword shared classes
-
-    Many C++ classes in Qt use implicit data sharing to maximize
-    resource usage and minimize copying. Implicitly shared classes are
-    both safe and efficient when passed as arguments, because only a
-    pointer to the data is passed around, and the data is copied only
-    if and when a function writes to it, i.e., \e {copy-on-write}.
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 Overview
-
-    A shared class consists of a pointer to a shared data block that
-    contains a reference count and the data.
-
-    When a shared object is created, it sets the reference count to 1. The
-    reference count is incremented whenever a new object references the
-    shared data, and decremented when the object dereferences the shared
-    data. The shared data is deleted when the reference count becomes
-    zero.
-
-    \keyword deep copy
-    \keyword shallow copy
-
-    When dealing with shared objects, there are two ways of copying an
-    object. We usually speak about \e deep and \e shallow copies. A deep
-    copy implies duplicating an object. A shallow copy is a reference
-    copy, i.e. just a pointer to a shared data block. Making a deep copy
-    can be expensive in terms of memory and CPU. Making a shallow copy is
-    very fast, because it only involves setting a pointer and incrementing
-    the reference count.
-
-    Object assignment (with operator=()) for implicitly shared objects is
-    implemented using shallow copies.
-
-    The benefit of sharing is that a program does not need to duplicate
-    data unnecessarily, which results in lower memory use and less copying
-    of data. Objects can easily be assigned, sent as function arguments,
-    and returned from functions.
-
-    Implicit sharing takes place behind the scenes; the programmer
-    does not need to worry about it. Even in multithreaded
-    applications, implicit sharing takes place, as explained in
-    \l{Threads and Implicit Sharing}.
-
-    When implementing your own implicitly shared classes, use the
-    QSharedData and QSharedDataPointer classes.
-
-    \section1 Implicit Sharing in Detail
-
-    Implicit sharing automatically detaches the object from a shared
-    block if the object is about to change and the reference count is
-    greater than one. (This is often called \e {copy-on-write} or
-    \e {value semantics}.)
-
-    An implicitly shared class has total control of its internal data. In
-    any member functions that modify its data, it automatically detaches
-    before modifying the data.
-
-    The QPen class, which uses implicit sharing, detaches from the shared
-    data in all member functions that change the internal data.
-
-    Code fragment:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_groups.qdoc 0
-
-
-    \section1 List of Classes
-
-    The classes listed below automatically detach from common data if
-    an object is about to be changed. The programmer will not even
-    notice that the objects are shared. Thus you should treat
-    separate instances of them as separate objects. They will always
-    behave as separate objects but with the added benefit of sharing
-    data whenever possible. For this reason, you can pass instances
-    of these classes as arguments to functions by value without
-    concern for the copying overhead.
-
-    Example:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_groups.qdoc 1
-
-    In this example, \c p1 and \c p2 share data until QPainter::begin()
-    is called for \c p2, because painting a pixmap will modify it.
-
-    \warning Do not copy an implicitly shared container (QMap,
-    QVector, etc.) while you are iterating over it using an non-const
-    \l{STL-style iterator}.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/index.qdoc b/doc/src/index.qdoc
index 962e63d..b0695b8 100644
--- a/doc/src/index.qdoc
+++ b/doc/src/index.qdoc
@@ -41,195 +41,124 @@
 
 /*!
     \page index.html
-
     \keyword Qt Reference Documentation
 
-    \if defined(qtopiacore)
-        \if defined(opensourceedition)
-        \title Qt for Embedded Linux Reference Documentation (Open Source Edition)
-        \endif
-
-        \if defined(desktoplightedition)
-        \title Qt for Embedded Linux Reference Documentation (GUI Framework Edition)
-        \endif
-
-        \if defined(desktopedition)
-        \title Qt for Embedded Linux Reference Documentation (Full Framework Edition)
-        \endif
-
-        \if !defined(opensourceedition) \
-            && !defined(desktoplightedition) \
-            && !defined(desktopedition)
-        \title Qt for Embedded Linux Reference Documentation
-        \endif
-
-        \subtitle Qt for Embedded Linux
+    \if defined(opensourceedition)
+    \title Qt Reference Documentation (Open Source Edition)
     \endif
-    \if !defined(qtopiacore)
-        \if defined(opensourceedition)
-        \title Qt Reference Documentation (Open Source Edition)
-        \endif
-
-        \if defined(desktoplightedition)
-        \title Qt Reference Documentation (GUI Framework Edition)
-        \endif
 
-        \if defined(desktopedition)
-        \title Qt Reference Documentation (Full Framework Edition)
-        \endif
+    \if defined(desktoplightedition)
+    \title Qt Reference Documentation (GUI Framework Edition)
+    \endif
 
-        \if !defined(opensourceedition) \
-            && !defined(desktoplightedition) \
-            && !defined(desktopedition)
-        \title Qt Reference Documentation
-        \endif
+    \if defined(desktopedition)
+    \title Qt Reference Documentation (Full Framework Edition)
     \endif
 
+    \if !defined(opensourceedition) \
+        && !defined(desktoplightedition) \
+        && !defined(desktopedition)
+    \title Qt Reference Documentation
+        \endif
+    
     \raw HTML
-        <table cellpadding="2" cellspacing="1" border="0" width="100%" class="indextable">
+        <table cellpadding="2" cellspacing="1" border="0" width="95%" class="indextable" align="center">
         <tr>
         <th class="titleheader" width="33%">
-        Getting Started
-        </th>
+            Getting Started</th>
         <th class="titleheader" width="33%">
-        General
-        </th>
+            API Reference</th>
         <th class="titleheader" width="33%">
-        Developer Resources
-        </th>
+            Working with Qt</th>
         </tr>
         <tr>
         <td valign="top">
         <ul>
-        <li><strong><a href="qt4-5-intro.html">What's New in Qt 4.5</a></strong></li>
-        <li><a href="how-to-learn-qt.html">How to Learn Qt</a></li>
-        <li><a href="installation.html">Installation</a></li>
-        <li><a href="tutorials.html">Tutorials</a>, <a href="examples.html">Examples</a> and <a href="demos.html">Demonstrations</a></li>
-        <li><a href="porting4.html">Porting from Qt 3 to Qt 4</a></li>
+            <li><a href="installation.html">Installation</a> and <a href="how-to-learn-qt.html">First Steps with Qt</a></li>
+            <li><a href="tutorials.html">Tutorials</a> and <a href="examples.html">Examples</a></li>
+            <li><a href="demos.html">Demonstrations</a> and <a href="qt4-5-intro.html"><b>New in Qt 4.5</b></a></li>
         </ul>
         </td>
         <td valign="top">
         <ul>
-        <li><a href="http://qt.nokia.com/products">About Qt</a></li>
-        <li><a href="http://qt.nokia.com/about">About Us</a></li>
-        <li><a href="commercialeditions.html">Commercial Edition</a></li>
-        <li><a href="opensourceedition.html">Open Source Edition</a></li>
-        <li><a href="supported-platforms.html">Supported Platforms</a></li>
+            <li><a href="classlists.html">C++ Class Documentation</a></li>
+            <li><a href="frameworks-technologies.html">Frameworks and Technologies</a></li>
+            <li><a href="best-practices.html">How-To's and Best Practices</a></li>
         </ul>
         </td>
         <td valign="top">
         <ul>
-        <li><a href="http://qt.nokia.com/developer/faqs/">Frequently Asked Questions</a></li>
-        <li><a href="http://qt.nokia.com/developer/community/">Qt Community Web Sites</a></li>
-        <li><a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/qq/">Qt Quarterly</a></li>
-        <li><a href="bughowto.html">How to Report a Bug</a></li>
-        <li><a href="http://qt.nokia.com/developer/">Other Online Resources</a></li>
+            <li><a href="developing-with-qt.html">Cross-Platform Development with Qt</a></li>
+            <li><a href="qtestlib-manual.html">Unit Testing</a> and <a href="debug.html">Debugging</a></li>
+            <li><a href="deployment.html">Deploying Qt Applications</a></li>
         </ul>
         </td>
         </tr>
         <tr>
-        <th class="titleheader">
-        API Reference
-        </th>
-        <th class="titleheader">
-        Core Features
-        </th>
-        <th class="titleheader">
-        Key Technologies
-        </th>
+        <th class="largeheader">
+            Fundamentals</th>
+        <th class="largeheader">
+            User Interface Design</th>
+        <th class="largeheader">
+            Technologies</th>
         </tr>
         <tr>
-        <td valign="top">
+        <td valign="top" class="largeindex">
         <ul>
-        <li><a href="classes.html">All Classes</a></li>
-        <li><a href="mainclasses.html">Main Classes</a></li>
-        <li><a href="groups.html">Grouped Classes</a></li>
-        <li><a href="annotated.html">Annotated Classes</a></li>
-        <li><a href="modules.html">Qt Classes by Module</a></li>
-        <li><a href="namespaces.html">All Namespaces</a></li>
-        <li><a href="hierarchy.html">Inheritance Hierarchy</a></li>
-        <li><a href="functions.html">All Functions</a></li>
-        <li><a href="qt-embedded.html">Qt for Embedded Platforms</a></li>
-        <li><a href="overviews.html">All Overviews and HOWTOs</a></li>
-        <li><a href="gallery.html">Qt Widget Gallery</a></li>
-        <li><a href="qtglobal.html">Qt Global Declarations</a></li>
+            <li><a href="object.html">The Qt Object Model</a></li>
+            <li><a href="eventsandfilters.html">Event System</a></li>
+            <li><a href="threads.html">Threading</a></li>
+            <li><a href="internationalization.html">Internationalization</a></li>
+            <li><a href="platform-specific.html">Platform Specifics</a></li>
         </ul>
         </td>
-        <td valign="top">
+        <td valign="top" class="largeindex">
         <ul>
-        <li><a href="signalsandslots.html">Signals and Slots</a></li>
-        <li><a href="object.html">Object Model</a></li>
-        <li><a href="layout.html">Layout Management</a></li>
-        <li><a href="qt4-mainwindow.html">Main Window Architecture</a></li>
-        <li><a href="paintsystem.html">Paint System</a></li>
-        <li><a href="graphicsview.html">Graphics View</a></li>
-        <li><a href="accessible.html">Accessibility</a></li>
-        <li><a href="containers.html">Tool and Container Classes</a></li>
-        <li><a href="richtext.html">Rich Text Processing</a></li>
-        <li><a href="i18n.html">Internationalization</a></li>
-        <li><a href="plugins-howto.html">Plugin System</a></li>
-        <li><a href="threads.html">Multithreaded Programming</a></li>
-        <li><a href="ipc.html">Inter-Process Communication (IPC)</a></li>
-        <li><a href="qtestlib-manual.html">Unit Testing Framework</a></li>
+            <li><a href="widgets-and-layouts.html">Widgets and Layouts</a></li>
+            <li><a href="application-windows.html">Application Windows</a></li>
+            <li><a href="paintsystem.html">Painting and Printing</a></li>
+            <li><a href="graphicsview.html">Canvas UI with Graphics View</a></li>
+            <li><a href="webintegration.html">Integrating Web Content</a></li>
         </ul>
         </td>
-        <td valign="top">
+        <td valign="top" class="largeindex">
         <ul>
-        <li><a href="model-view-programming.html">Model/View Programming</a></li>
-        <li><a href="stylesheet.html">Style Sheets</a></li>
-        <li><a href="qthelp.html">Help Module</a></li>
-        <li><a href="qtnetwork.html">Network Module</a></li>
-        <li><a href="qtopengl.html">OpenGL Module</a></li>
-        <li><a href="qtopenvg.html">OpenVG Module</a></li>
-        <li><a href="qtscript.html">Script Module</a></li>
-        <li><a href="qtsql.html">SQL Module</a></li>
-        <li><a href="qtsvg.html">SVG Module</a></li>
-        <li><a href="qtwebkit.html">WebKit Integration</a></li>
-        <li><a href="qtxml.html">XML Module</a></li>
-        <li><a href="qtxmlpatterns.html">XML Patterns: XQuery & XPath</a></li>
-        <li><a href="phonon-module.html">Phonon Multimedia Framework</a></li>
-        <li><a href="qtscripttools.html">Script Tools Module</a></li>
-        <li><a href="activeqt.html">ActiveQt Framework</a></li>
+            <li><a href="io.html">Input/Output</a> and <a href="resources.html">Resources</a></li>
+            <li><a href="network-programming.html">Network Programming</a></li>
+            <li><a href="sql-programming.html">SQL Development</a></li>
+            <li><a href="xml-processing.html">XML Processing</a></li>
+            <li><a href="scripting.html">Scripting</a></li>
         </ul>
         </td>
         </tr>
         <tr>
         <th class="titleheader">
-        Add-ons & Services
-        </th>
+            Community and Resources</th>
         <th class="titleheader">
-        Tools
-        </th>
+            Contributing</th>
         <th class="titleheader">
-        Licenses & Credits
-        </th>
+            Licenses</th>
         </tr>
         <tr>
         <td valign="top">
         <ul>
-        <li><a href="http://qt.nokia.com/products/add-on-products">Qt Solutions</a></li>
-        <li><a href="http://qt.nokia.com/products/appdev">Partner Add-ons</a></li>
-        <li><a href="http://qt-apps.org">Third-Party Qt Components (qt-apps.org)</a></li>
-        <li><a href="http://qt.nokia.com/support-services/support-services/">Support</a></li>
-        <li><a href="http://qt.nokia.com/support-services/training/">Training</a></li>
+            <li><a href="http://qt.nokia.com/developer">Online Resources</a></li>
+            <li><a href="http://labs.qt.nokia.com/blogs">Developer Blogs</a></li>
+            <li><a href="http://qt.nokia.com/support-services">Support</a>, <a href="http://qt.nokia.com/services-partners">Training and Services</a></li>
         </ul>
         </td>
         <td valign="top">
         <ul>
-        <li><a href="designer-manual.html">Qt Designer</a></li>
-        <li><a href="assistant-manual.html">Qt Assistant</a></li>
-        <li><a href="linguist-manual.html">Qt Linguist</a></li>
-        <li><a href="qmake-manual.html">qmake</a></li>
-        <li><a href="qttools.html">All Tools</a></li>
+            <li><a href="bughowto.html">Report Bugs and Make Suggestions</a></li>
+            <li><a href="http://qt.gitorious.org">Open Repository</a></li>
+            <li><a href="credits.html">Credits</a></li>
         </ul>
         </td>
         <td valign="top">
         <ul>
-        <li><a href="gpl.html">GNU GPL</a>, <a href="lgpl.html">GNU LGPL</a></li>
-        <li><a href="3rdparty.html">Third-Party Licenses Used in Qt</a></li>
-        <li><a href="licenses.html">Other Licenses Used in Qt</a></li>
-        <li><a href="trademarks.html">Trademark Information</a></li>
-        <li><a href="credits.html">Credits</a></li>
+            <li><a href="gpl.html">GNU GPL</a>, <a href="lgpl.html">GNU LGPL</a></li>
+            <li><a href="commercialeditions.html">Commercial Editions</a></li>
+            <li><a href="licensing.html">Licenses Used in Qt</a></li>
         </ul>
         </td>
         </tr>
diff --git a/doc/src/installation.qdoc b/doc/src/installation.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 139a3ce..0000000
--- a/doc/src/installation.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,794 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/****************************************************************************
-** Please remember to update the corresponding INSTALL files.
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-\group installation
-\title Installation
-\ingroup buildsystem
-\ingroup topics
-\brief Installing Qt on supported platforms.
-
-The installation procedure is different on each Qt platform.
-Please follow the instructions for your platform from the following list.
-
-\generatelist{related}
-*/
-
-/*! \page install-x11.html
-\title Installing Qt on X11 Platforms
-\ingroup installation
-\brief How to install Qt on platforms with X11.
-\previouspage Installation
-
-\note Qt for X11 has some requirements that are given in more detail
-in the \l{Qt for X11 Requirements} document.
-
-\list 1
-\o  If you have the commercial edition of Qt, install your license
-    file as \c{$HOME/.qt-license}.
-
-    For the open source version you do not need a license file.
-
-\o  Unpack the archive if you have not done so already. For example,
-    if you have the \c{qt-x11-opensource-desktop-%VERSION%.tar.gz}
-    package, type the following commands at a command line prompt:
-
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_installation.qdoc 0
-
-    This creates the directory \c{/tmp/qt-x11-opensource-desktop-%VERSION%}
-    containing the files from the archive. We only support the GNU version of
-    the tar archiving utility. Note that on some systems it is called gtar.
-
-\o  Building
-
-    To configure the Qt library for your machine type, run the
-    \c{./configure} script in the package directory.
-
-    By default, Qt is configured for installation in the
-    \c{/usr/local/Trolltech/Qt-%VERSION%} directory, but this can be
-    changed by using the \c{-prefix} option.
-
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_installation.qdoc 1
-
-    Type \c{./configure -help} to get a list of all available options.
-
-    To create the library and compile all the demos, examples, tools,
-    and tutorials, type:
-
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_installation.qdoc 2
-
-    If \c{-prefix} is outside the build directory, you need to install
-    the library, demos, examples, tools, and tutorials in the appropriate
-    place. To do this, type:
-
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_installation.qdoc 3
-
-    , as root if necessary.
-
-    Note that on some systems the make utility is named differently,
-    e.g. gmake. The configure script tells you which make utility to
-    use.
-
-    \bold{Note:} If you later need to reconfigure and rebuild Qt from the
-    same location, ensure that all traces of the previous configuration are
-    removed by entering the build directory and typing \c{make confclean}
-    before running \c configure again.
-
-\o  Environment variables
-
-    In order to use Qt, some environment variables needs to be
-    extended.
-
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_installation.qdoc 4
-
-    This is done like this:
-
-    In \c{.profile} (if your shell is bash, ksh, zsh or sh), add the
-    following lines:
-
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_installation.qdoc 5
-
-    In \c{.login} (in case your shell is csh or tcsh), add the following line:
-
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_installation.qdoc 6
-
-    If you use a different shell, please modify your environment
-    variables accordingly.
-
-    For compilers that do not support rpath you must also extended the
-    \c LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable to include
-    \c{/usr/local/Trolltech/Qt-%VERSION%/lib}. On Linux with GCC this step
-    is not needed.
-
-\o  That's all. Qt is now installed.
-
-    If you are new to Qt, we suggest that you take a look at the demos
-    and examples to see Qt in action. Run the Qt Examples and Demos
-    either by typing \c qtdemo on the command line or through the
-    desktop's Main menu.
-
-    You might also want to try the following links:
-
-    \list
-    \o \l{Configuring Qt}
-    \o \l{How to Learn Qt}
-    \o \l{Tutorials}
-    \o \l{Developer Zone}
-    \o \l{Deploying Qt Applications}
-    \endlist
-\endlist
-
-    We hope you will enjoy using Qt. Good luck!
-
-*/
-
-/*!
-\page install-win.html
-\title Installing Qt on Windows
-\ingroup installation
-\brief How to install Qt on Windows.
-\previouspage Installation
-
-\note Qt for Windows has some requirements that are given in more detail
-in the \l{Qt for Windows Requirements} document.
-
-\table
-\row \o \bold{Notes:}
-\list
-\o If you have obtained a binary package for this platform,
-consult the installation instructions provided instead of the ones in
-this document.
-\o \l{Open Source Versions of Qt} is not officially supported for use with
-any version of Visual Studio. Integration with Visual Studio is available
-as part of the \l{Qt Commercial Editions}.
-
-\endlist
-\endtable
-
-\list 1
-\o  If you have the commercial edition of Qt, copy the license file
-    from your account on dist.trolltech.com into your home directory
-    (this may be known as the \c userprofile environment variable) and
-    rename it to \c{.qt-license}. This renaming process must be done
-    using a \e{command prompt} on Windows, \bold{not} with Windows Explorer.
-    For example on Windows 2000, \c{%USERPROFILE%} should be something
-    like \c{C:\Documents and Settings\username}
-
-    For the open source version you do not need a license file.
-
-\o  Uncompress the files into the directory you want Qt installed;
-    e.g. \c{C:\Qt\%VERSION%}.
-
-    \note The install path must not contain any spaces or Windows specific
-    file system characters.
-
-\o Environment variables
-
-    In order to build and use Qt, the \c PATH environment variable needs to be
-    extended:
-
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_installation.qdoc 7
-
-    This is done by adding \c{c:\Qt\%VERSION%\bin} to the \c PATH variable.
-
-    For newer versions of Windows, \c PATH can be extended through
-    the \menu{Control Panel|System|Advanced|Environment variables} menu.
-
-    You may also need to ensure that the locations of your compiler and
-    other build tools are listed in the \c PATH variable. This will depend
-    on your choice of software development environment.
-
-    \bold{Note}: If you don't use the configured shells, which is
-    available in the application menu, in the \l{Open Source Versions of Qt},
-    \c configure requires that \c sh.exe is not in the path
-    or that it is run from \c msys. This also goes for mingw32-make.
-
-\o Building
-
-    To configure the Qt library for your machine, type the following command
-    in a \bold{Visual Studio} command prompt:
-
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_installation.qdoc 8
-
-    Type \c{configure -help} to get a list of all available options.
-
-    If you have multiple compilers installed, and want to build the Qt library
-    using a specific compiler, you must specify a \c qmake specification.
-    This is done by pasing \c{-platform <spec>} to configure; for example:
-
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_installation.qdoc 9
-
-    In some cases you need to set up the compilation environment before running
-    configure in order to use the right compiler. For instance, you need to do this
-    if you have Visual Studio 2005 installed and want to compile Qt using the x64
-    compiler because the 32-bit and 64-bit compiler both use the same
-    \c qmake specification file.
-    This is usually done by selecting
-    \menu{Microsoft Visual Studio 2005|Visual Studio Tools|<Command Prompt>}
-    from the \gui Start menu.
-
-    The actual commands needed to build Qt depends on your development
-    system. For Microsoft Visual Studio to create the library and
-    compile all the demos, examples, tools and tutorials type:
-
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_installation.qdoc 10
-
-    \note If you later need to reconfigure and rebuild Qt from the
-    same location, ensure that all traces of the previous configuration are
-    removed by entering the build directory and typing \c{nmake distclean}
-    before running \c configure again.
-
-\o  That's all. Qt is now installed.
-
-    If you are new to Qt, we suggest that you take a look at the demos
-    and examples to see Qt in action. Run the Qt Examples and Demos
-    either by typing \c qtdemo on the command line or through the
-    desktop's Start menu.
-
-    You might also want to try the following links:
-
-    \list
-    \o \l{How to Learn Qt}
-    \o \l{Tutorials}
-    \o \l{Developer Zone}
-    \o \l{Deploying Qt Applications}
-    \endlist
-
-\endlist
-
-    We hope you will enjoy using Qt. Good luck!
-
-*/
-
-/*! \page install-mac.html
-\title Installing Qt on Mac OS X
-\ingroup installation
-\brief How to install Qt on Mac OS X.
-\previouspage Installation
-
-\note Qt for Mac OS X has some requirements that are given in more detail
-in the \l{Qt for Mac OS X Requirements} document.
-
-\bold{Note for the binary package}: If you have the binary package, simply double-click on the Qt.mpkg
-and follow the instructions to install Qt. You can later run the \c{uninstall-qt.py}
-script to uninstall the binary package. The script is located in /Developer/Tools and
-must be run as root.
-
-The following instructions describe how to install Qt from the source package.
-
-\list 1
-\o  If you have the commercial edition of Qt, install your license
-    file as \c{$HOME/.qt-license}.
-
-    For the open source version you do not need a license file.
-
-\o  Unpack the archive if you have not done so already. For example,
-    if you have the \c{qt-mac-opensource-desktop-%VERSION%.tar.gz}
-    package, type the following commands at a command line prompt:
-
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_installation.qdoc 11
-
-    This creates the directory \c{/tmp/qt-mac-opensource-desktop-%VERSION%}
-    containing the files from the archive.
-
-\o  Building
-
-    To configure the Qt library for your machine type, run the
-    \c{./configure} script in the package directory.
-
-    By default, Qt is configured for installation in the
-    \c{/usr/local/Trolltech/Qt-%VERSION%} directory, but this can be
-    changed by using the \c{-prefix} option.
-
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_installation.qdoc 12
-
-    Type \c{./configure -help} to get a list of all available options.
-
-    Note that you will need to specify \c{-universal} if you want to
-    build universal binaries, and also supply a path to the \c{-sdk}
-    option if your development machine has a PowerPC CPU. By default,
-    Qt is built as a framework, but you can built it as a set of
-    dynamic libraries (dylibs) by specifying the \c{-no-framework}
-    option.
-
-    Qt can also be configured to be built with debugging symbols. This
-    process is described in detail in the \l{Debugging Techniques}
-    document.
-
-    To create the library and compile all the demos, examples, tools,
-    and tutorials, type:
-
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_installation.qdoc 13
-
-    If \c{-prefix} is outside the build directory, you need to install
-    the library, demos, examples, tools, and tutorials in the appropriate
-    place. To do this, type:
-
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_installation.qdoc 14
-
-    as root, if neccessary (note that this requires that you have administrator access
-    to your machine).
-
-    There is a potential race condition when running make install with multiple
-    jobs. It is best to only run one make job (-j1) for the install.
-
-    \bold{Note:} If you later need to reconfigure and rebuild Qt from the
-    same location, ensure that all traces of the previous configuration are
-    removed by entering the build directory and typing \c{make confclean}
-    before running \c configure again.
-
-\o  Environment variables
-
-    In order to use Qt, some environment variables need to be
-    extended.
-
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_installation.qdoc 15
-
-    This is done like this:
-
-    In \c{.profile} (if your shell is bash), add the following lines:
-
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_installation.qdoc 16
-
-    In \c{.login} (in case your shell is csh or tcsh), add the following line:
-
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_installation.qdoc 17
-
-    If you use a different shell, please modify your environment
-    variables accordingly.
-
-\o  That's all. Qt is now installed.
-
-    If you are new to Qt, we suggest that you take a look at the demos
-    and examples to see Qt in action. Run the Qt Examples and Demos
-    either by typing \c qtdemo on the command line or through the
-    desktop's Start menu.
-
-    You might also want to try the following links:
-
-    \list
-    \o \l{How to Learn Qt}
-    \o \l{Tutorials}
-    \o \l{Developer Zone}
-    \o \l{Deploying Qt Applications}
-    \endlist
-\endlist
-
-    We hope you will enjoy using Qt. Good luck!
-
-*/
-
-/*! \page install-wince.html
-\title Installing Qt on Windows CE
-\ingroup installation
-\ingroup qtce
-\brief How to install Qt on Windows CE.
-\previouspage Installation
-
-\note Qt for Windows CE has some requirements that are given in more detail
-in the \l{Qt for Windows CE Requirements} document.
-
-\list 1
-    \o  Uncompress the files into the directory you want to install Qt into;
-        e.g., \c{C:\Qt\%VERSION%}.
-
-        \note The install path must not contain any spaces.
-
-    \o  Environment variables
-
-        In order to build and use Qt, the \c PATH environment variable needs
-        to be extended:
-
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_installation.qdoc 18
-
-        This is done by adding \c{c:\Qt\%VERSION%\bin} to the \c PATH variable.
-
-        For newer versions of Windows, \c PATH can be extended through
-        "Control Panel->System->Advanced->Environment variables" and for
-        older versions by editing \c{c:\autoexec.bat}.
-
-        Make sure the enviroment variables for your compiler are set. 
-        Visual Studio includes \c{vcvars32.bat} for that purpose - or simply
-        use the "Visual Studio Command Prompt" from the Start menu.
-
-    \o  Configuring Qt
-
-        To configure Qt for Windows Mobile 5.0 for Pocket PC, type the
-        following:
-
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_installation.qdoc 19
-
-        If you want to configure Qt for another platform or with other
-        options, type \c{configure -help} to get a list of all available
-        options. See the \c README file for the list of supported platforms.
-
-
-    \o Building Qt
-
-        Now, to build Qt you first have to update your \c PATH, \c INCLUDE
-        and \c LIB paths to point to the correct resources for your target
-        platforms. For a default installation of the Windows Mobile 5.0
-        Pocket PC SDK, this is done with the following commands:
-
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_installation.qdoc 20
-
-        We provide a convenience script for this purpose, called \c{setcepaths}.
-        Simply type:
-
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_installation.qdoc 21
-
-        Then to build Qt type:
-
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_installation.qdoc 22
-
-        \o  That's all. Qt is now installed.
-
-        To get started with Qt, you can check out the examples found in the
-        \c{examples} directory of your Qt installation. The documentation can
-        be found in \c{doc\html}.
-
-        \bold{Remember:} If you reconfigure Qt for a different platform,
-        make sure you start with a new clean console to get rid of the
-        platform dependent include directories.
-
-        The links below provide further information for using Qt:
-        \list
-        \o \l{How to Learn Qt}
-        \o \l{Tutorials}
-        \o \l{Developer Zone}
-        \o \l{Deploying Qt Applications}
-        \endlist
-
-        You might also want to try the following Windows CE specific links:
-        \list
-        \o \l{Windows CE - Introduction to using Qt}
-        \o \l{Windows CE - Working with Custom SDKs}
-        \o \l{Windows CE - Using shadow builds}
-        \endlist
-
-        Information on feature and performance tuning for embedded builds can
-        be found on the following pages:
-        \list
-        \o \l{Fine-Tuning Features in Qt}
-        \o \l{Qt Performance Tuning}
-        \endlist
-\endlist
-
-    We hope you will enjoy using Qt. Good luck!
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \page requirements.html
-    \title General Qt Requirements
-    \ingroup installation
-    \brief Outlines the general requirements and dependencies needed to install Qt.
-
-    This page describes the specific requirements of libraries and components on which
-    Qt depends. For information about installing Qt, see the \l{Installation} page.
-
-    For information about the platforms that Qt supports, see the \l{Supported Platforms}
-    page.
-
-    \section1 OpenSSL (version 0.9.7 or later)
-
-    Support for \l{SSL}{Secure Sockets Layer (SSL)} communication is provided by the
-    \l{OpenSSL Toolkit}, which must be obtained separately.
-
-    \section1 Platform-Specific Requirements
-
-    Each platform has its own specific set of dependencies. Please see the relevant
-    page for more details about the components that are required to build and install
-    Qt on your platform.
-
-    \list
-    \o \l{Qt for Embedded Linux Requirements}
-    \o \l{Qt for Mac OS X Requirements}
-    \o \l{Qt for Windows CE Requirements}
-    \o \l{Qt for Windows Requirements}
-    \o \l{Qt for X11 Requirements}
-    \endlist
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \page requirements-win.html
-    \title Qt for Windows Requirements
-    \ingroup installation
-    \brief Setting up the Windows environment for Qt.
-    \previouspage General Qt Requirements
-
-    If you are using a binary version of Qt with Visual Studio 2005, you must
-    first install the Visual Studio Service Pack 1 available
-    \l{http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?FamilyId=BB4A75AB-E2D4-4C96-B39D-37BAF6B5B1DC&displaylang=en}{here}
-    to avoid runtime conflicts.
-
-    To build Qt with Phonon on Windows, you require:
-
-    \list
-        \o Microsoft's DirectX Software Development Kit which can be
-        downloaded
-        \l{http://msdn2.microsoft.com/en-us/directx/aa937788.aspx}{here}, and
-        \o Microsoft's Windows Server 2003 R2 Platform SDK which is available
-        \l{http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?FamilyID=0baf2b35-c656-4969-ace8-e4c0c0716adb&DisplayLang=en}{here}.
-    \endlist
-
-    \sa {Known Issues in %VERSION%}
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \page requirements-mac.html
-    \title Qt for Mac OS X Requirements
-    \ingroup installation
-    \brief Setting up the Mac OS X environment for Qt.
-    \previouspage General Qt Requirements
-
-    \sa {Known Issues in %VERSION%}
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \page requirements-x11.html
-    \title Qt for X11 Requirements
-    \ingroup installation
-    \brief Setting up the X11 environment for Qt.
-    \previouspage General Qt Requirements
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 QtGui Dependencies
-
-    \image x11_dependencies.png Qt for X11 Dependencies
-
-    \raw HTML
-    <style type="text/css" id="colorstyles">
-     #QtGuiColor { background-color: #98fd00; color: black }
-     #QtCoreColor { background-color: #9c9cff; color: black }
-     #DefaultColor { background-color: #f6f6dc; color: black }
-     #FreetypeColor { background-color: #e6e6fa; color: black }
-     #GLColor { background-color: #ffc0cb; color: black }
-     #PthreadColor { background-color: #bdb76b; color: black }
-     #OptionalColor { background-color: #cae1ff; color: black }
-     #SMColor { background-color: #c2fafa; color: black }
-     #MiscColor { background-color: #f0f9ff; color: black }
-     #GlibColor { background-color: #b3b3b3; color: black }
-    </style>
-    \endraw
-
-    The QtGui module and the QtCore module, which provides the non-GUI features required
-    by QtGui, depend on the libraries described in the following table. To build
-    Qt from its source code, you will also need to install the development
-    packages for these libraries for your system.
-
-    \table 90%
-    \header \o Name \o Library \o Notes \o Configuration options \o Minimum working version
-    \raw HTML
-    <tr id="OptionalColor">
-    <td> XRender </td><td> libXrender </td><td> X Rendering Extension; used for anti-aliasing</td>
-    <td><tt>-xrender</tt> or auto-detected</td><td>0.9.0</td>
-    </tr><tr id="OptionalColor">
-    <td> Xrandr </td><td> libXrandr </td><td> X Resize and Rotate Extension</td>
-    <td><tt>-xrandr</tt> or auto-detected</td><td>1.0.2</td>
-    </tr><tr id="OptionalColor">
-    <td> Xcursor </td><td> libXcursor </td><td> X Cursor Extension</td>
-    <td><tt>-xcursor</tt> or auto-detected</td><td>1.1.4</td>
-    </tr><tr id="OptionalColor">
-    <td> Xfixes </td><td> libXfixes </td><td> X Fixes Extension</td>
-    <td><tt>-xfixes</tt> or auto-detected</td><td>3.0.0</td>
-    </tr><tr id="OptionalColor">
-    <td> Xinerama </td><td> libXinerama </td><td> Multi-head support</td>
-    <td><tt>-xinerama</tt> or auto-detected</td><td>1.1.0</td>
-
-    </tr><tr id="OptionalColor">
-    <td> Fontconfig </td><td> libfontconfig </td><td> Font customization and configuration</td>
-    <td><tt>-fontconfig</tt> or auto-detected</td><td>2.1</td>
-    </tr><tr id="OptionalColor">
-    <td> FreeType </td><td> libfreetype </td><td> Font engine</td>
-    <td></td><td>2.1.3</td>
-
-    </tr><tr id="DefaultColor">
-    <td> Xi </td><td> libXi </td><td> X11 Input Extensions</td>
-    <td><tt>-xinput</tt> or auto-detected</td><td>1.3.0</td>
-    </tr><tr id="DefaultColor">
-    <td> Xt </td><td> libXt </td><td> Xt Intrinsics</td><td></td><td>0.99</td>
-    </tr><tr id="DefaultColor">
-    <td> Xext </td><td> libXext </td><td> X Extensions</td><td></td><td>6.4.3</td>
-    </tr><tr id="DefaultColor">
-    <td> X11 </td><td> libX11 </td><td> X11 Client-Side Library</td><td></td><td>6.2.1</td>
-
-    </tr><tr id="SMColor">
-    <td> SM </td><td> libSM </td><td> X Session Management</td>
-    <td><tt>-sm</tt> or auto-detected</td><td>6.0.4</td>
-    </tr><tr id="SMColor">
-    <td> ICE </td><td> libICE </td><td> Inter-Client Exchange</td>
-    <td><tt>-sm</tt> or auto-detected</td><td>6.3.5</td>
-
-    </tr><tr id="GlibColor">
-    <td> glib </td><td> libglib-2.0 </td><td> Common event loop handling</td>
-    <td><tt>-glib</tt> or auto-detected</td><td>2.8.3</td>
-    </tr><tr id="PthreadColor">
-    <td> pthread </td><td> libpthread </td><td> Multithreading</td>
-    <td></td><td>2.3.5</td>
-    </tr>
-    \endraw
-    \endtable
-
-    \note You must compile with XRender support to get alpha transparency
-    support for pixmaps and images.
-
-    Development packages for these libraries contain header files that are used
-    when building Qt from its source code. On Debian-based GNU/Linux systems,
-    for example, we recommend that you install the following development
-    packages:
-    
-    \list
-    \o libfontconfig1-dev
-    \o libfreetype6-dev
-    \o libx11-dev
-    \o libxcursor-dev
-    \o libxext-dev
-    \o libxfixes-dev
-    \o libxft-dev
-    \o libxi-dev
-    \o libxrandr-dev
-    \o libxrender-dev
-    \endlist
-
-    Some of these packages depend on others in this list, so installing one
-    may cause others to be automatically installed. Other distributions may
-    provide system packages with similar names.
-
-    \section1 Phonon Dependencies
-
-    As described in the \l{Phonon Overview}, Phonon uses the GStreamer multimedia
-    framework as the backend for audio and video playback on X11. The minimum required
-    version of GStreamer is 0.10.
-
-    To build Phonon, you need the GStreamer library, base plugins, and development
-    files for your system. The package names for GStreamer vary between Linux
-    distributions; try searching for \c gstreamer or \c libgstreamer in your
-    distribution's package repository to find suitable packages.
-
-    \sa {Known Issues in %VERSION%}
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \page requirements-wince.html
-    \title Qt for Windows CE Requirements
-    \ingroup installation
-    \brief Setting up the Windows CE environment for Qt.
-    \previouspage General Qt Requirements
-
-    Qt is known to work with Visual Studio 2005 and the following SDKs for
-    Windows CE development on Windows XP and Windows Vista:
-
-    \list
-        \o  Windows CE 5.0 Standard SDK for ARM, X86, and MIPS
-        \o  Windows CE 6.0 SDKs for ARM generated using the defaults found in
-            Platform Builder
-        \o  Windows Mobile 5.0 (\e{Pocket PC}, \e{Smartphone} and
-            \e{Pocket PC with Phone} editions)
-        \o  Windows Mobile 6.0 (\e{Standard}, \e{Classic} and
-            \e{Professional} editions)
-    \endlist
-
-    Below is a list of links to download the SDKs:
-
-    \list
-        \o \l{http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?familyid=fa1a3d66-3f61-4ddc-9510-ae450e2318c3&displaylang=en}
-            {Windows CE 5 Standard SDK}
-        \o  \l{http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?familyid=83A52AF2-F524-4EC5-9155-717CBE5D25ED&displaylang=en}
-            {Windows Mobile 5 Pocket PC}
-        \o  \l{http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?familyid=DC6C00CB-738A-4B97-8910-5CD29AB5F8D9&displaylang=en}
-            {Windows Mobile 5 Smartphone}
-        \o  \l{http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?familyid=06111A3A-A651-4745-88EF-3D48091A390B&displaylang=en }
-            {Windows Mobile 6 Professional/Standard}
-    \endlist
-
-    \table
-        \row \bold{Note:}
-            \o
-            \list 1
-                \o Currently, there is only compile support for Windows CE 5.0
-                   Standard SDK for SH-4.
-                \o There is currently no "out of the box" support for the
-                   Windows CE Automotive or Portable Media SDKs from Microsoft.
-            \endlist
-    \endtable
-
-
-    Device manufacturers may prefer to make their own customized version of
-    Windows CE using Platform Builder. In order for Qt for Windows CE to
-    support a custom SDK, a build specification needs to be created. More
-    information on Windows CE Customization can be found
-    \l{Windows CE - Working with Custom SDKs}{here}.
-
-    \sa {Known Issues in %VERSION%}
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \page requirements-embedded-linux.html
-    \title Qt for Embedded Linux Requirements
-    \ingroup installation
-    \brief Setting up the Embedded Linux environment for Qt.
-    \previouspage General Qt Requirements
-
-    \sa {Known Issues in %VERSION%}
-
-    \section1 Building Qt for Embedded Linux with uclibc
-
-    If you intend to include the QtWebKit module in your Qt build then you should
-    use version \bold{uClibc 0.9.29 or greater} as that is the earliest version
-    with sufficient pthread support.
-
-    \section1 Memory Requirements
-
-    The memory and storage requirements for Qt for Embedded Linux depend on a
-    an variety of different factors, including the target architecture and the
-    features enabled in the Qt build.
-
-    The following table shows typical library sizes for the most common Qt
-    libraries on different architectures, built in release mode with different
-    feature profiles.
-
-    \table
-    \header \o{1,2} Architecture \o{1,2} Compiler  \o{2,1} QtCore       \o{2,1} QtGui        \o{2,1} QtNetwork    \o{2,1} QtWebKit
-    \header                                        \o Minimal \o Normal \o Minimal \o Normal \o Minimal \o Normal \o Minimal \o Normal 
-    \row    \o linux-x86-g++ \o GCC 4.2.4          \o 1.7M    \o 2.7M   \o 3.3M    \o 9.9M   \o 653K    \o 1.1M   \o N/A     \o 17M
-    \row    \o linux-arm-g++ \o GCC 4.1.1          \o 1.9M    \o 3.2M   \o 4.1M    \o 11M    \o 507K    \o 1.0M   \o N/A     \o 17M
-    \row    \o linux-mips-g++ (MIPS32)
-                             \o GCC 4.2.4          \o 2.0M    \o 3.2M   \o 4.5M    \o 12M    \o 505K    \o 1003K  \o N/A     \o 21M
-    \endtable
-
-    Library sizes are given in the following units: K = 1024 bytes; M = 1024K.
-    QtWebKit is excluded from the minimal configuration.
-
-    The \l{Fine-Tuning Features in Qt} document covers the process of configuring
-    Qt builds to avoid the inclusion of unnecessary features.
-
-    \section1 Additional X11 Libraries for QVFb
-
-    The Virtual Framebuffer (QVFb) application requires the \c libxtst library
-    in addition to the libraries used to build Qt for X11. This library
-    enables the use of the Record extension to the X protocol to be used in
-    applications.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/internationalization/i18n.qdoc b/doc/src/internationalization/i18n.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..25c35c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/internationalization/i18n.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,515 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \group i18n
+    \title Qt Classes for Internationalization
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page internationalization.html
+    \title Internationalization with Qt
+    \brief Information about Qt's support for internationalization and multiple languages.
+
+    \keyword internationalization
+    \keyword i18n
+
+    The internationalization of an application is the process of making
+    the application usable by people in countries other than one's own.
+
+    \tableofcontents
+    
+    \section1 Relevant Qt Classes and APIs
+
+    These classes support internationalizing of Qt applications.
+    
+    \annotatedlist i18n
+
+    \section1 Languages and Writing Systems
+
+    In some cases internationalization is simple, for example, making a US
+    application accessible to Australian or British users may require
+    little more than a few spelling corrections. But to make a US
+    application usable by Japanese users, or a Korean application usable
+    by German users, will require that the software operate not only in
+    different languages, but use different input techniques, character
+    encodings and presentation conventions.
+
+    Qt tries to make internationalization as painless as possible for
+    developers. All input widgets and text drawing methods in Qt offer
+    built-in support for all supported languages. The built-in font engine
+    is capable of correctly and attractively rendering text that contains
+    characters from a variety of different writing systems at the same
+    time.
+
+    Qt supports most languages in use today, in particular:
+    \list
+    \o All East Asian languages (Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
+    \o All Western languages (using Latin script)
+    \o Arabic
+    \o Cyrillic languages (Russian, Ukrainian, etc.)
+    \o Greek
+    \o Hebrew
+    \o Thai and Lao
+    \o All scripts in Unicode 4.0 that do not require special processing
+    \endlist
+
+    On Windows, Unix/X11 with FontConfig (client side font support)
+    and Qt for Embedded Linux the following languages are also supported:
+    \list
+    \o Bengali
+    \o Devanagari
+    \o Dhivehi (Thaana)
+    \o Gujarati
+    \o Gurmukhi
+    \o Kannada
+    \o Khmer
+    \o Malayalam
+    \o Myanmar
+    \o Syriac
+    \o Tamil
+    \o Telugu
+    \o Tibetan
+    \endlist
+
+    Many of these writing systems exhibit special features:
+
+    \list
+
+    \o \bold{Special line breaking behavior.} Some of the Asian languages are
+    written without spaces between words. Line breaking can occur either
+    after every character (with exceptions) as in Chinese, Japanese and
+    Korean, or after logical word boundaries as in Thai.
+
+    \o \bold{Bidirectional writing.} Arabic and Hebrew are written from right to
+    left, except for numbers and embedded English text which is written
+    left to right. The exact behavior is defined in the
+    \l{http://www.unicode.org/unicode/reports/tr9/}{Unicode Technical Annex #9}.
+
+    \o \bold{Non-spacing or diacritical marks (accents or umlauts in European
+    languages).} Some languages such as Vietnamese make extensive use of
+    these marks and some characters can have more than one mark at the
+    same time to clarify pronunciation.
+
+    \o \bold{Ligatures.} In special contexts, some pairs of characters get
+    replaced by a combined glyph forming a ligature. Common examples are
+    the fl and fi ligatures used in typesetting US and European books.
+
+    \endlist
+
+    Qt tries to take care of all the special features listed above. You
+    usually don't have to worry about these features so long as you use
+    Qt's input widgets (e.g. QLineEdit, QTextEdit, and derived classes)
+    and Qt's display widgets (e.g. QLabel).
+
+    Support for these writing systems is transparent to the
+    programmer and completely encapsulated in \l{rich text
+    processing}{Qt's text engine}. This means that you don't need to
+    have any knowledge about the writing system used in a particular
+    language, except for the following small points:
+
+    \list
+
+    \o QPainter::drawText(int x, int y, const QString &str) will always
+    draw the string with its left edge at the position specified with
+    the x, y parameters. This will usually give you left aligned strings.
+    Arabic and Hebrew application strings are usually right
+    aligned, so for these languages use the version of drawText() that
+    takes a QRect since this will align in accordance with the language.
+
+    \o When you write your own text input controls, use QTextLayout.
+    In some languages (e.g. Arabic or languages from the Indian
+    subcontinent), the width and shape of a glyph changes depending on the
+    surrounding characters, which QTextLayout takes into account.
+    Writing input controls usually requires a certain knowledge of the
+    scripts it is going to be used in. Usually the easiest way is to
+    subclass QLineEdit or QTextEdit.
+
+    \endlist
+
+    The following sections give some information on the status of the
+    internationalization (i18n) support in Qt. See also the \l{Qt
+    Linguist manual}.
+
+    \section1 Step by Step
+
+    Writing cross-platform international software with Qt is a gentle,
+    incremental process. Your software can become internationalized in
+    the following stages:
+
+    \section2 Use QString for All User-Visible Text
+
+    Since QString uses the Unicode 4.0 encoding internally, every
+    language in the world can be processed transparently using
+    familiar text processing operations. Also, since all Qt functions
+    that present text to the user take a QString as a parameter,
+    there is no \c{char *} to QString conversion overhead.
+
+    Strings that are in "programmer space" (such as QObject names
+    and file format texts) need not use QString; the traditional
+    \c{char *} or the QByteArray class will suffice.
+
+    You're unlikely to notice that you are using Unicode;
+    QString, and QChar are just like easier versions of the crude
+    \c{const char *} and char from traditional C.
+
+    \section2 Use tr() for All Literal Text
+
+    Wherever your program uses "quoted text" for text that will
+    be presented to the user, ensure that it is processed by the \l
+    QCoreApplication::translate() function. Essentially all that is necessary
+    to achieve this is to use QObject::tr(). For example, assuming the
+    \c LoginWidget is a subclass of QWidget:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_i18n.qdoc 0
+
+    This accounts for 99% of the user-visible strings you're likely to
+    write.
+
+    If the quoted text is not in a member function of a
+    QObject subclass, use either the tr() function of an
+    appropriate class, or the QCoreApplication::translate() function
+    directly:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_i18n.qdoc 1
+
+    If you need to have translatable text completely
+    outside a function, there are two macros to help: QT_TR_NOOP()
+    and QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP(). They merely mark the text for
+    extraction by the \c lupdate utility described below.
+    The macros expand to just the text (without the context).
+
+    Example of QT_TR_NOOP():
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_i18n.qdoc 2
+
+    Example of QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP():
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_i18n.qdoc 3
+
+    If you disable the \c{const char *} to QString automatic
+    conversion by compiling your software with the macro \c
+    QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII defined, you'll be very likely to catch any
+    strings you are missing. See QString::fromLatin1() for more
+    information. Disabling the conversion can make programming a bit
+    cumbersome.
+
+    If your source language uses characters outside Latin1, you
+    might find QObject::trUtf8() more convenient than
+    QObject::tr(), as tr() depends on the
+    QTextCodec::codecForTr(), which makes it more fragile than
+    QObject::trUtf8().
+
+    \section2 Use QKeySequence() for Accelerator Values
+
+    Accelerator values such as Ctrl+Q or Alt+F need to be translated
+    too. If you hardcode Qt::CTRL + Qt::Key_Q for "quit" in your
+    application, translators won't be able to override it. The
+    correct idiom is
+
+    \snippet examples/mainwindows/application/mainwindow.cpp 20
+
+    \section2 Use QString::arg() for Dynamic Text
+
+    The QString::arg() functions offer a simple means for substituting
+    arguments:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_i18n.qdoc 4
+
+    In some languages the order of arguments may need to change, and this
+    can easily be achieved by changing the order of the % arguments. For
+    example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_i18n.qdoc 5
+
+    produces the correct output in English and Norwegian:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_i18n.qdoc 6
+
+    \section2 Produce Translations
+
+    Once you are using tr() throughout an application, you can start
+    producing translations of the user-visible text in your program.
+
+    The \l{Qt Linguist manual} provides further information about
+    Qt's translation tools, \e{Qt Linguist}, \c lupdate and \c
+    lrelease.
+
+    Translation of a Qt application is a three-step process:
+
+    \list 1
+
+    \o Run \c lupdate to extract translatable text from the C++
+    source code of the Qt application, resulting in a message file
+    for translators (a TS file). The utility recognizes the tr()
+    construct and the \c{QT_TR*_NOOP()} macros described above and
+    produces TS files (usually one per language).
+
+    \o Provide translations for the source texts in the TS file, using
+    \e{Qt Linguist}. Since TS files are in XML format, you can also
+    edit them by hand.
+
+    \o Run \c lrelease to obtain a light-weight message file (a QM
+    file) from the TS file, suitable only for end use. Think of the TS
+    files as "source files", and QM files as "object files". The
+    translator edits the TS files, but the users of your application
+    only need the QM files. Both kinds of files are platform and
+    locale independent.
+
+    \endlist
+
+    Typically, you will repeat these steps for every release of your
+    application. The \c lupdate utility does its best to reuse the
+    translations from previous releases.
+
+    Before you run \c lupdate, you should prepare a project file. Here's
+    an example project file (\c .pro file):
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_i18n.qdoc 7
+
+    When you run \c lupdate or \c lrelease, you must give the name of the
+    project file as a command-line argument.
+
+    In this example, four exotic languages are supported: Danish,
+    Finnish, Norwegian and Swedish. If you use \l{qmake}, you usually
+    don't need an extra project file for \c lupdate; your \c qmake
+    project file will work fine once you add the \c TRANSLATIONS
+    entry.
+
+    In your application, you must \l QTranslator::load() the translation
+    files appropriate for the user's language, and install them using \l
+    QCoreApplication::installTranslator().
+
+    \c linguist, \c lupdate and \c lrelease are installed in the \c bin
+    subdirectory of the base directory Qt is installed into. Click Help|Manual
+    in \e{Qt Linguist} to access the user's manual; it contains a tutorial
+    to get you started.
+
+    \target qt-itself
+    Qt itself contains over 400 strings that will also need to be
+    translated into the languages that you are targeting. You will find
+    translation files for French, German and Simplified Chinese in
+    \c{$QTDIR/translations}, as well as a template for translating to
+    other languages. (This directory also contains some additional
+    unsupported translations which may be useful.)
+
+    Typically, your application's \c main() function will look like
+    this:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_i18n.qdoc 8
+
+    Note the use of QLibraryInfo::location() to locate the Qt translations.
+    Developers should request the path to the translations at run-time by
+    passing QLibraryInfo::TranslationsPath to this function instead of
+    using the \c QTDIR environment variable in their applications.
+
+    \section2 Support for Encodings
+
+    The QTextCodec class and the facilities in QTextStream make it easy to
+    support many input and output encodings for your users' data. When an
+    application starts, the locale of the machine will determine the 8-bit
+    encoding used when dealing with 8-bit data: such as for font
+    selection, text display, 8-bit text I/O, and character input.
+
+    The application may occasionally require encodings other than the
+    default local 8-bit encoding. For example, an application in a
+    Cyrillic KOI8-R locale (the de-facto standard locale in Russia) might
+    need to output Cyrillic in the ISO 8859-5 encoding. Code for this
+    would be:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_i18n.qdoc 9
+
+    For converting Unicode to local 8-bit encodings, a shortcut is
+    available: the QString::toLocal8Bit() function returns such 8-bit
+    data. Another useful shortcut is QString::toUtf8(), which returns
+    text in the 8-bit UTF-8 encoding: this perfectly preserves
+    Unicode information while looking like plain ASCII if the text is
+    wholly ASCII.
+
+    For converting the other way, there are the QString::fromUtf8() and
+    QString::fromLocal8Bit() convenience functions, or the general code,
+    demonstrated by this conversion from ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic to Unicode
+    conversion:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_i18n.qdoc 10
+
+    Ideally Unicode I/O should be used as this maximizes the portability
+    of documents between users around the world, but in reality it is
+    useful to support all the appropriate encodings that your users will
+    need to process existing documents. In general, Unicode (UTF-16 or
+    UTF-8) is best for information transferred between arbitrary people,
+    while within a language or national group, a local standard is often
+    more appropriate. The most important encoding to support is the one
+    returned by QTextCodec::codecForLocale(), as this is the one the user
+    is most likely to need for communicating with other people and
+    applications (this is the codec used by local8Bit()).
+
+    Qt supports most of the more frequently used encodings natively. For a
+    complete list of supported encodings see the \l QTextCodec
+    documentation.
+
+    In some cases and for less frequently used encodings it may be
+    necessary to write your own QTextCodec subclass. Depending on the
+    urgency, it may be useful to contact Qt's technical support team or
+    ask on the \c qt-interest mailing list to see if someone else is
+    already working on supporting the encoding.
+
+    \keyword localization
+
+    \section2 Localize
+
+    Localization is the process of adapting to local conventions, for
+    example presenting dates and times using the locally preferred
+    formats. Such localizations can be accomplished using appropriate tr()
+    strings.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_i18n.qdoc 11
+
+    In the example, for the US we would leave the translation of
+    "AMPM" as it is and thereby use the 12-hour clock branch; but in
+    Europe we would translate it as something else and this will make
+    the code use the 24-hour clock branch.
+
+    For localized numbers use the QLocale class.
+
+    Localizing images is not recommended. Choose clear icons that are
+    appropriate for all localities, rather than relying on local puns or
+    stretched metaphors. The exception is for images of left and right
+    pointing arrows which may need to be reversed for Arabic and Hebrew
+    locales.
+
+    \section1 Dynamic Translation
+
+    Some applications, such as Qt Linguist, must be able to support changes
+    to the user's language settings while they are still running. To make
+    widgets aware of changes to the installed QTranslators, reimplement the 
+    widget's \l{QWidget::changeEvent()}{changeEvent()} function to check whether 
+    the event is a \l{QEvent::LanguageChange}{LanguageChange} event, and update
+    the text displayed by widgets using the \l{QObject::tr()}{tr()} function
+    in the usual way. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_i18n.qdoc 12
+
+    All other change events should be passed on by calling the default
+    implementation of the function.
+
+    The list of installed translators might change in reaction to a 
+    \l{QEvent::LocaleChange}{LocaleChange} event, or the application might
+    provide a user interface that allows the user to change the current
+    application language.
+
+    The default event handler for QWidget subclasses responds to the
+    QEvent::LanguageChange event, and will call this function when necessary;
+    other application components can also force widgets to update themselves
+    by posting the \l{QEvent::LanguageChange}{LanguageChange} event to them.
+
+    \section1 Translating Non-Qt Classes
+
+    It is sometimes necessary to provide internationalization support for
+    strings used in classes that do not inherit QObject or use the Q_OBJECT
+    macro to enable translation features. Since Qt translates strings at
+    run-time based on the class they are associated with and \c lupdate
+    looks for translatable strings in the source code, non-Qt classes must
+    use mechanisms that also provide this information.
+
+    One way to do this is to add translation support to a non-Qt class
+    using the Q_DECLARE_TR_FUNCTIONS() macro; for example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/i18n-non-qt-class/myclass.h 0
+    \dots
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/i18n-non-qt-class/myclass.h 1
+
+    This provides the class with \l{QObject::}{tr()} functions that can
+    be used to translate strings associated with the class, and makes it
+    possible for \c lupdate to find translatable strings in the source
+    code.
+
+    Alternatively, the QCoreApplication::translate() function can be called
+    with a specific context, and this will be recognized by \c lupdate and
+    Qt Linguist.
+
+    \section1 System Support
+
+    Some of the operating systems and windowing systems that Qt runs on
+    only have limited support for Unicode. The level of support available
+    in the underlying system has some influence on the support that Qt can
+    provide on those platforms, although in general Qt applications need
+    not be too concerned with platform-specific limitations.
+
+    \section2 Unix/X11
+
+    \list
+    \o  Locale-oriented fonts and input methods. Qt hides these and
+        provides Unicode input and output.
+    \o  Filesystem conventions such as
+        \l{http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2279.txt}{UTF-8}
+        are under development in some Unix variants. All Qt file
+        functions allow Unicode, but convert filenames to the local
+        8-bit encoding, as this is the Unix convention (see
+        QFile::setEncodingFunction() to explore alternative
+        encodings).
+    \o  File I/O defaults to the local 8-bit encoding,
+        with Unicode options in QTextStream.
+    \o  Many Unix distributions contain only partial support for some locales.
+        For example, if you have a \c /usr/share/locale/ja_JP.EUC directory,
+        this does not necessarily mean you can display Japanese text; you also
+        need JIS encoded fonts (or Unicode fonts), and the
+        \c /usr/share/locale/ja_JP.EUC directory needs to be complete. For
+        best results, use complete locales from your system vendor.
+    \endlist
+
+    \section2 Windows
+
+    \list
+    \o  Qt provides full Unicode support, including input methods, fonts,
+        clipboard, drag-and-drop and file names.
+    \o  File I/O defaults to Latin1, with Unicode options in QTextStream.
+        Note that some Windows programs do not understand big-endian
+        Unicode text files even though that is the order prescribed by
+        the Unicode Standard in the absence of higher-level protocols.
+    \o  Unlike programs written with MFC or plain winlib, Qt programs
+        are portable between Windows 98 and Windows NT.
+        \e {You do not need different binaries to support Unicode.}
+    \endlist
+
+    \section2 Mac OS X
+
+    For details on Mac-specific translation, refer to the Qt/Mac Specific Issues
+    document \l{Qt for Mac OS X - Specific Issues#Translating the Application Menu and Native Dialogs}{here}.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/internationalization/linguist-manual.qdoc b/doc/src/internationalization/linguist-manual.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a67d65a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/internationalization/linguist-manual.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,1512 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page linguist-manual.html
+    \title Qt Linguist Manual
+    \ingroup qttools
+
+    \startpage {index.html}{Qt Reference Documentation}
+    \nextpage Qt Linguist Manual: Release Manager
+
+    \keyword Qt Linguist
+
+    Qt provides excellent support for translating applications into local
+    languages. This Guide explains how to use Qt's translation tools for
+    each of the roles involved in translating an application. The Guide
+    begins with a brief overview of the issues that must be considered,
+    followed by chapters devoted to each role and the supporting tools
+    provided.
+
+    The \l{linguist-manager.html}{Release Manager} chapter is aimed
+    at the person with overall responsibility for the release of the
+    application. They will typically coordinate the work of the
+    software engineers and the translator. The chapter describes the
+    use of two tools. The \l{lupdate} tool is used to synchronize
+    source code and translations. The \l{lrelease} tool is used to
+    create runtime translation files for use by the released
+    application.
+
+    The \l{linguist-translators.html}{Translators} chapter is for
+    translators. It describes the use of the \QL tool.
+    No computer knowledge beyond the ability to start a program and
+    use a text editor or word processor is required.
+
+    The \l{linguist-programmers.html}{Programmers} chapter is for Qt
+    programmers. It explains how to create Qt applications that are
+    able to use translated text. It also provides guidance on how to
+    help the translator identify the context in which phrases appear.
+    This chapter's three short tutorials cover everything the
+    programmer needs to do.
+
+    \section1 Overview of the Translation Process
+
+    Most of the text that must be translated in an application program
+    consists of either single words or short phrases. These typically
+    appear as window titles, menu items, pop-up help text (balloon help),
+    and labels to buttons, check boxes and radio buttons.
+
+    The phrases are entered into the source code by the programmer in
+    their native language using a simple but special syntax to identify
+    that the phrases require translation. The Qt tools provide context
+    information for each of the phrases to help the translator, and the
+    programmer is able to add additional context information to phrases
+    when necessary. The release manager generates a set of translation
+    files that are produced from the source files and passes these to the
+    translator. The translator opens the translation files using \QL, 
+    enters their translations and saves the results back into
+    the translation files, which they pass back to the release manager.
+    The release manager then generates fast compact versions of these
+    translation files ready for use by the application. The tools are
+    designed to be used in repeated cycles as applications change and
+    evolve, preserving existing translations and making it easy to
+    identify which new translations are required. \QL also
+    provides a phrase book facility to help ensure consistent
+    translations across multiple applications and projects.
+
+    Translators and programmers must address a number of issues because
+    of the subtleties and complexities of human language:
+
+    \list
+
+    \o A single phrase may need to be translated into several
+    different forms depending on context, e.g. \e open in English
+    might become \e{\ouml\c{}ffnen}, "open file", or \e aufbauen,
+    "open internet connection", in German.
+
+    \o Keyboard accelerators may need to be changed but without
+    introducing conflicts, e.g. "\&Quit" in English becomes "Avslutt"
+    in Norwegian which doesn't contain a "Q". We cannot use a letter
+    that is already in use - unless we change several accelerators.
+
+    \o Phrases that contain variables, for example, "The 25 files
+    selected will take 63 seconds to process", where the two numbers
+    are inserted programmatically at runtime may need to be reworded
+    because in a different language the word order and therefore the
+    placement of the variables may have to change.
+
+    \endlist
+
+    The Qt translation tools provide clear and simple solutions to these
+    issues.
+
+    Chapters:
+
+    \list
+    \o \l{Qt Linguist Manual: Release Manager}{Release Manager}
+    \o \l{Qt Linguist Manual: Translators}{Translators}
+    \o \l{Qt Linguist Manual: Programmers}{Programmers}
+    \o \l{Qt Linguist Manual: TS File Format}{TS File Format}
+    \endlist
+
+    \QL and \c lupdate are able to import and export XML Localization
+    Interchange File Format (XLIFF) files, making it possible to take
+    advantage of tools and translation services that work with this
+    format. See the \l{Qt Linguist Manual: Translators} {Translators}
+    section for more information on working with these files.
+
+    \table
+
+    \row \o{1,2} \inlineimage wVista-Cert-border-small.png
+    \o \e{Qt Linguist 4.3 is Certified for Windows Vista}
+    
+    \row \o Windows Vista and the Windows Vista Start button are
+    trademarks or registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in
+    the United States and/or other countries.
+
+    \endtable
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page linguist-manager.html
+    \title Qt Linguist Manual: Release Manager
+
+    \contentspage {Qt Linguist Manual}{Contents}
+    \previouspage Qt Linguist Manual
+    \nextpage Qt Linguist Manual: Translators
+
+    \keyword lupdate
+    \keyword lrelease
+
+    Two tools are provided for the release manager, \l lupdate and \l
+    lrelease. These tools can process \l qmake project files, or operate
+    directly on the file system.
+
+    \section1 Qt Project Files
+
+    The easiest method to use \l{#lupdate} {lupdate} and \l{#lrelease}
+    {lrelease} is by specifing a \c .pro Qt project file. There must
+    be an entry in the \c TRANSLATIONS section of the project file for
+    each language that is additional to the native language. A typical
+    entry looks like this:
+
+    \snippet examples/linguist/arrowpad/arrowpad.pro 1
+
+    Using a locale within the translation file name is useful for
+    determining which language to load at runtime. This is explained
+    in the \l{linguist-programmers.html} {Programmers} chapter.
+
+    An example of a complete \c .pro file with four translation source
+    files:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_linguist-manual.qdoc 0
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_linguist-manual.qdoc 1
+
+    QTextCodec::setCodecForTr() makes it possible to choose a 8-bit
+    encoding for literal strings that appear within \c tr() calls.
+    This is useful for applications whose source language is, for
+    example, Chinese or Japanese. If no encoding is set, \c tr() uses
+    Latin1.
+
+    If you do use the QTextCodec::codecForTr() mechanism in your
+    application, \QL needs you to set the \c CODECFORTR
+    entry in the \c .pro file as well. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_linguist-manual.qdoc 1
+
+    Also, if your compiler uses a different encoding for its runtime
+    system as for its source code and you want to use  non-ASCII
+    characters in string literals, you will need to set the \c
+    CODECFORSRC. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_linguist-manual.qdoc 2
+
+    Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 .NET appears to be the only compiler
+    for which this is necessary. However, if you want to write
+    portable code, we recommend that you avoid non-ASCII characters
+    in your source files. You can still specify non-ASCII characters
+    portably using escape sequences, for example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_linguist-manual.qdoc 3
+
+    \target lupdate manual
+    \section1 lupdate
+
+    Usage: \c {lupdate myproject.pro}
+
+    \l lupdate is a command line tool that finds the translatable
+    strings in the specified source, header and \e {Qt Designer}
+    interface files, and produces or updates \c .ts translation
+    files. The files to process and the files to update can be set at
+    the command line, or provided in a \c .pro file specified as an
+    command line argument. The produced translation files are given to
+    the translator who uses \QL to read the files and insert the
+    translations.
+
+    Companies that have their own translators in-house may find it
+    useful to run \l lupdate regularly, perhaps monthly, as the
+    application develops. This will lead to a fairly low volume of
+    translation work spread evenly over the life of the project and
+    will allow the translators to support a number of projects
+    simultaneously.
+
+    Companies that hire in translators as required may prefer to run
+    \l lupdate only a few times in the application's life cycle, the
+    first time might be just before the first test phase. This will
+    provide the translator with a substantial single block of work and
+    any bugs that the translator detects may easily be included with
+    those found during the initial test phase. The second and any
+    subsequent \l lupdate runs would probably take place during the
+    final beta phase.
+
+    The TS file format is a simple human-readable XML format that
+    can be used with version control systems if required. \c lupdate
+    can also process Localization Interchange File Format (XLIFF)
+    format files; files in this format typically have file names that
+    end with the \c .xlf suffix.
+
+    Pass the \c -help option to \c lupdate to obtain the list of
+    supported options:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_linguist-manual.qdoc 4
+
+    \QL is also able to import and export XLIFF files. See the
+    \l{Qt Linguist Manual: Translators}{Translators} section for more
+    information.
+
+    \section1 lrelease
+
+    Usage: \c {lrelease myproject.pro}
+
+    \l lrelease is a command line tool that produces QM files out
+    of TS files. The QM file format is a compact binary format
+    that is used by the localized application. It provides extremely
+    fast lookups for translations. The TS files \l lrelease
+    processes can be specified at the command line, or given
+    indirectly by a Qt \c .pro project file.
+
+    This tool is run whenever a release of the application is to be
+    made, from initial test version through to final release
+    version. If the QM files are not created, e.g. because an
+    alpha release is required before any translation has been
+    undertaken, the application will run perfectly well using the text
+    the programmers placed in the source files. Once the QM files
+    are available the application will detect them and use them
+    automatically.
+
+    Note that lrelease will only incorporate translations that are
+    marked as "finished". Otherwise the original text will be used
+    instead.
+
+    Pass the \c -help option to \c lrelease to obtain the list of
+    supported options:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_linguist-manual.qdoc 5
+
+    \section1 Missing Translations
+
+    Both \l lupdate and \l lrelease may be used with TS
+    translation source files which are incomplete. Missing
+    translations will be replaced with the native language phrases at
+    runtime.  
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page linguist-translators.html
+    \title Qt Linguist Manual: Translators
+
+    \contentspage {Qt Linguist Manual}{Contents}
+    \previouspage Qt Linguist Manual: Release Manager
+    \nextpage Qt Linguist Manual: Programmers
+
+    Contents
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 The One Minute Guide to Using Qt Linguist
+
+    \QL is a tool for adding translations to Qt applications. Run \QL
+    from the taskbar menu, or by double clicking the desktop icon, or
+    by entering the command \c {linguist} at the command line. Once
+    \QL has started, choose \menu{File|Open} from the \l{menubar}
+    {menu bar} and select a translation source (TS file) to
+    load. If you do not have a TS file, see the \l {Qt Linguist
+    Manual: Release Manager} {release manager manual} to learn how to
+    generate one.
+
+    The \QL main window is divided into several, dockable subwindows
+    arranged around a central \l{The Translation Area} {translation
+    area}. The \l{Context Window} {context list} is normally shown
+    on the left, and the \l{Sources and Forms Window} {source code},
+    \l{Strings Window} {string list}, and either the \l{Phrases and 
+    Guesses Window} {prhrases and guesses}, or the \l{Warnings Window} 
+    {warnings} are shown above and below the \l{The Translation Area}
+    {translations area}.
+
+    With a translation file loaded, select a context from the
+    \l{Context Window} {context list} on the left. Selecting a context
+    loads the translatable strings found in that context into the
+    \l{Strings Window} {string list}. Selecting one of the strings
+    copies that string as the \key{Source text} in the \l{The
+    Translation Area} {translation area}. Click in the text entry
+    widget below the copied string and type your translation for that
+    string. To accept the translation, either press the green
+    \key{tick mark} button on the toolbar, or click the icon to the
+    left of the selected source string in the string list. Repeat this
+    process until all strings in the string list are marked with
+    \inlineimage linguist-check-on.png 
+    or
+    \inlineimage linguist-check-warning.png 
+    . Then select the next context and continue.
+
+    Translation options are shown in the \l{Phrases and Guesses
+    Window} {phrases and guesses window}. If the phrases and guesses
+    window is not visible, click the \key{Phrases and guesses} tab at
+    the bottom of the main window. The phrases and guesses window
+    shows possible translations for the current string. These
+    translation "guesses" have been read from phrase books
+    (\menu{Phrases|Open Phrase Book...}).  The current string's
+    current translation is also shown here. To select a guess, double
+    click it in the prases and guesses window or use the keyboard
+    shortcut shown to the right of the guess.
+
+    \QL can automatically check whether your translation strings pass
+    a list of \l{Validation Tests} {validation tests}. Validation test
+    failures are shown in the \l{Warnings Window} {warnings window}.
+    If the warnings window is not visible, click the \key{Warnings}
+    tab at the bottom of the main window.
+
+    Finally, if the source code for the contexts is accessible, the
+    \l{Sources and Forms Window} {source code window} shows the
+    context where the current string is used. If the source code
+    window is not visible, click the \key{Sources and Forms} tab at
+    the bottom of the main window.
+
+    At the end of the session choose \menu{File|Save} from the menu
+    bar and then \menu{File|Exit} to quit.
+
+    \section1 The Qt Linguist Window
+
+    \image linguist-linguist.png "Linguist UI Snapshot"
+
+    This \QL main window is divided into dockable subwindows arranged
+    around a central \l{The Translation Area} {translation area}. The
+    subwindows are: \l{Context Window} {Context}, \l{Sources and Forms
+    Window} {Sources and Forms}, \l{Strings Window} {Strings},
+    \l{Phrases and Guesses Window} {Phrases and guesses}, and
+    \l{Warnings Window} {Warnings} (hidden in the UI snapsot). The
+    translation area is always visible, but the dockable subwindows
+    can be activated or deactivated in the \menu{View|Views} menu, and
+    dragged around by their title bars and dropped in the translation
+    area or even outside the main window.
+
+    \section2 Context Window
+
+    The context window normally appears on the left side of the main
+    window. It lists the contexts in which strings to be translated
+    appear. The column labeled \e{Context} lists the context names in
+    alphabetical order. Each context is the name of a subclass of
+    QObject. There can also be a context for QObject itself, which
+    contains strings passed to the static function QObject::tr().
+    There can also be an \e{<unnamed context>}, which contains strings
+    that aren't in a subclass of QObject.
+
+    To the left of the \e{Context} column is a column labeled
+    \inlineimage linguist-check-obsolete.png  
+    . This column uses the following list of icons to summarize the
+    current translation state for each context:
+
+    \list
+
+    \o \inlineimage linguist-check-on.png 
+    All strings in the context have been translated, and all the
+    translations passed the \l{Validation Tests} {validation tests}.
+
+    \o \inlineimage linguist-check-warning.png 
+    All strings in the context have been translated or marked as
+    translated, but at least one translation failed the \l{Validation
+    Tests} {validation tests}.
+
+    \o \inlineimage linguist-check-off.png
+    At least one string in the context has not been translated or is
+    not marked as translated.
+
+    \o \inlineimage linguist-check-obsolete.png
+    None of the translated strings still appears in the context. This
+    usually means the context itself no longer exists in the
+    application.
+
+    \endlist
+
+    To the right of the \e{Context} column is the \e{Items} column.
+    Each entry in the \e{Items} column is a pair of numbers separated
+    by a slash ("/"). The number to the right of the slash is the
+    number of translatable strings in the context. The number to the
+    left of the slash is the number of those strings that currently
+    have translations. i.e., if the numbers are equal, all the
+    translatable strings in the context have translations.
+
+    In the UI snapshot above, the \bold{MessageEditor} context is
+    selected.  Its \e{Items} entry shows \bold{18/18}, which means it
+    has 18 translatable strings and all 18 strings currently have
+    translations. However, the context has been marked with the
+    \inlineimage linguist-check-warning.png 
+    icon, which means that at least one of the current translations 
+    failed a \l{Validation Tests} {validation test}. In the 
+    \l{Strings Window} {strings window} to the right, we see that one 
+    of the strings is indeed marked with the 
+    \inlineimage linguist-check-warning.png 
+    icon.
+
+    The context window is a dockable window. It can be dragged to
+    another position in the main window, or dragged out of the main
+    window to be a separate window. If you move the context window,
+    \QL remembers the new position and puts the context window there
+    whenever you start the program. If the context window has been 
+    closed, it can be restored by pressing \key{F6}.
+
+    \section2 Strings Window
+
+    The strings window normally appears on the right in the main
+    window, above the \l{The Translation Area} {translation area}. Its
+    \e{Source text} column lists all the translatable strings found in
+    the current context. Selecting a string makes that string the
+    current string in the \l{The Translation Area} {translation area}.
+
+    To the left of the \e{Source text} column is a column labeled
+    \inlineimage linguist-check-obsolete.png
+    . This column is similar to the one in the \l{Context Window}
+    {context window}, but here you can click on the icon to change the
+    translation acceptance state for each string in the list. A tick
+    mark, green or yellow, means the string has been translated and
+    the user has accepted the translation. A question mark means
+    either that the user has not accepted the string's translation or
+    that the string doesn't have a translation. The table below
+    explains the acceptance states and their icons:
+
+    \target String Translation States
+
+    \table
+    \header
+    \o State
+    \o Icon
+    \o Description
+
+    \row
+    \o Accepted/Correct
+    \o \inlineimage linguist-check-on.png
+    \o The source string has a translation (possibly empty); the user
+    has accepted the translation, and the translation passes all the
+    \l{Validation Tests} {validation tests}. If the translation is
+    empty, the user has chosen to leave it empty. Click the icon to 
+    revoke acceptance of the translation and decrement the number of 
+    accepted translations in the \e{Items} column of the \l{Context
+    Window} {context list} by 1. The state is reset to 
+    \inlineimage linguist-check-off.png 
+    if the string has a translation, or to
+    \inlineimage linguist-check-empty.png
+    if the string's translation is empty. If \c{lupdate} changes the 
+    contents of a string, its acceptance state is automatically reset 
+    to \inlineimage linguist-check-off.png 
+    .
+
+    \row
+    \o Accepted/Warnings
+    \o \inlineimage linguist-check-warning.png
+    \o The user has accepted the translation, but the translation does
+    not pass all the \l{Validation Tests} {validation tests}. The
+    validation test failures are shown in the \l{Warnings Window}
+    {warnings window}. Click the icon to revoke acceptance of the 
+    translation. The state is reset to \inlineimage linguist-danger.png 
+    , and the number of accepted translations in the \e{Items} column 
+    of the \l{Context Window} {context list} is decremented by 1. 
+    
+    \row
+    \o Not Accepted
+    \o \inlineimage linguist-check-off.png
+    \o The string has a non-empty translation that passes all the 
+    \l{Validation Tests} {validation tests}, but the user has not yet 
+    accepted the translation. Click the icon or press \key{Ctrl+Enter}
+    to accept the translation. The state is reset to  
+    \inlineimage linguist-check-on.png
+    , and the number of accepted translations in the \e{Items} column 
+    of the \l{Context Window} {context list} is incremented by 1.  
+
+    \row
+    \o No Translation
+    \o \inlineimage linguist-check-empty.png
+    \o The string does not have a translation. Click the icon to 
+    accpet the empty translation anyway. The state is reset to  
+    \inlineimage linguist-check-on.png
+    , and the number of accepted translations in the \e{Items} column 
+    of the \l{Context Window} {context list} is incremented by 1.
+
+    \row
+    \o Validation Failures
+    \o \inlineimage linguist-danger.png
+    \o The string has a translation, but the translation does not 
+    pass all the \l{Validation Tests} {validation tests}. Validation 
+    test failures are shown in the \l{Warnings Window} {warnings} 
+    window. Click on the icon or press \key{Ctrl+Return} to accept 
+    the translation even with validation failures. The state is 
+    reset to  \inlineimage linguist-check-warning.png
+    . We recommended editing the translation to fix the causes of 
+    the validation failures. The state will reset automatically to
+    \inlineimage linguist-check-off.png
+    , when all the failures have been fixed. 
+
+    \row
+    \o Obsolete
+    \o \inlineimage linguist-check-obsolete.png
+    \o The string is obsolete. It is no longer used in the context.
+    See the \l{Qt Linguist Manual: Release Manager} {Release Manager}
+    for instructions on how to remove obsolete messages from the file.
+
+    \endtable
+
+    The string list is a dockable subwindow. If it has been closed,
+    restored it by pressing \key{F7}.
+
+    \section2 The Translation Area
+
+    The translation area is in the middle of the main window, to the
+    right of the \l{Context Window} {context list}. It doesn't have a
+    title bar, so you can't drag it around. Instead, you drag and drop
+    the other subwindows to arrange them around the translation area.
+    The string currently selected in the \l{Strings Window} {string
+    list} appears at the top of the translation area, under the label
+    \menu{Source text}. Note that all blanks in the source text have
+    been replaced by "." so the translator can see the spacing
+    required within the text.
+
+    If the developer provides a \l{QObject::tr()} {disambiguating
+    comment}, it will appear below the source text area, under the
+    label \menu{Developer comments}. 
+
+    Below the source text and optional developer comments are two text
+    entry widgets for the translator, one for entering the translation
+    of the current string, and one for the translator to enter an
+    optional comment to be read by other translators. 
+
+    When \l{Translating Multiple Languages Simultaneously} {multiple
+    languages} are being translated, this sequence of fields is
+    repeated for each language. See aso \l {Changing the Target
+    Locale}.
+
+    \section2 Phrases and Guesses Window
+
+    If the current string in the \l{Strings Window} {string list}
+    appears in one or more of the \l{Phrase Books} {phrase books}
+    that have been loaded, the current string and its phrase book
+    translation(s) will be listed in this window. If the current
+    string is the same as, or similar to, another string that has
+    already been translated, that other string and its translation
+    will also be listed in this window. 
+
+    To use a translation from the Phrases and Guesses Window, you can
+    double click the translation, and it will be copied into the
+    translation area, or you can use the translation's \e{Guess}
+    hotkey on the right. You can also press \key{F10} to move the
+    focus to the Phrases and Guesses Window, then use the up and down
+    arrow keys to find the desired translation, and and then press
+    \key{Enter} to copy it to the translation area.  If you decide
+    that you don't want to copy a phrase after all, press \key{Esc} to
+    return the focus to the translation area.
+
+    The Phrases and Guesses Window is a dockable window. If it has
+    been closed, it can be made visible by pressing the \e{Phrases and
+    guesses} tab at the bottom of the window, or by pressing
+    \key{F10}.
+
+    \section2 Sources and Forms Window
+
+    If the source files containing the translatable strings are
+    available to \QL, this window shows the source context of the
+    current string in the \l{Strings Window} {string list}. The source
+    code line containing the current string should be shown and
+    highlighted. If the file containing the source string is not
+    found, the expected absolute file path is shown.
+
+    If the source context shows the wrong source line, it probably
+    means the translation file is out of sync with the source files.
+    To re-sync the translation file with the source files, see the
+    \l{lupdate manual} {lupdate manual}.
+
+    The Sources and Forms window is a dockable window. If it has been
+    closed, it can be made visible again by pressing the \e{Sources
+    and Forms} tab at the bottom of the window, or by pressing
+    \key{F9}.
+
+    \section2 Warnings Window
+
+    If the translation you enter for the current string fails any of
+    the active \l{Validation Tests} {validation tests}, the failures
+    are listed in the warnings window. The first of these failure
+    messages is also shown in the status bar at the bottom of the main
+    window. Note that only \e{active} validation tests are
+    reported. To see which validation tests are currently active, or
+    to activate or deactivate tests, use the \menu{Validation} menu
+    from the \l{menubar}{menu bar}.
+
+    The Warnings window is a dockable window. If it has been closed,
+    it can be made visible by pressing the \e{Warnings} tab at the
+    bottom of the window, or by pressing \key{F8}.
+
+    \target multiple languages
+    \section2 Translating Multiple Languages Simultaneously
+
+    Qt Linguist can now load and edit multiple translation files
+    simultaneously. One use for this is the case where you know two
+    languages better than you know English (Polish and Japanese, say),
+    and you are given an application's Polish translation file and
+    asked to update the application's Japanese translation file. You
+    are more comfortable translating Polish to Japanese than you are
+    translating English to Japanese. 
+
+    Below is the UI snapshot shown earlier, but this time with both
+    \e{Polish} and \e{Japanese} translation files loaded.
+
+    \image linguist-linguist_2.png 
+
+    The first thing to notice is that the \l{The Translation Area}
+    {translation area} has text editing areas for both Polish and
+    Japanese, and these are color-coded for easier separation.
+    Second, the \l{Context Window} and the \l{Strings Window} both
+    have two clomuns labeled \inlineimage linguist-check-obsolete.png
+    instead of one, and although it may be hard to tell, these columns
+    are also color-coded with the same colors. The left-most column in
+    either case applies to the top-most language area (Polish above)
+    in the \l{The Translation Area} {translation area}, and the
+    right-most column applies to the bottom language area.
+
+    The \e{Items} column in the \l{Context Window} combines the values
+    for both languages. The best way to see this is to look at the
+    value for the \bold{MessageEditor} context, which is the one
+    selected in the snapshot shown above. Recall that in the first UI
+    snapshot (Polish only), the numbers for this context were
+    \e{18/18}, meaning 18 translatable strings had been found in the
+    context, and all 18 strings had accepted translations.  In the UI 
+    snapshot above, the numbers for the \bold{MessageEditor} context
+    are now \e{1/18}, meaning that both languages have 18 translatable
+    strings for that context, but for Japanese, only 1 of the 18
+    strings has an accepted translation. The 
+    \inlineimage linguist-check-off.png 
+    icon in the Japanese column means that at least one string in the
+    context doesn't have an accepted Japanese translation yet. In fact, 
+    17 of the 18 strings don't have accepted Japanese translations yet. 
+    We will see \e{18/18} in the \e{Items} column when all 18 strings 
+    have accepted translations for all the loaded translation files, 
+    e.g., both Polish and Japanese in the snapshot. 
+
+    \section1 Common Tasks
+
+    \section2 Leaving a Translation for Later
+
+    If you wish to leave a translation press \key{Ctrl+L} (Next
+    Unfinished) to move to the next unfinished translation. To move to
+    the next translation (whether finished or unfinished) press
+    \key{Shift+Ctrl+L}. You can also navigate using the Translation
+    menu. If you want to go to a different context entirely, click the
+    context you want to work on in the Context list, then click the
+    source text in the \l{Strings Window} {string list}.
+
+    \section2 Phrases That Require Multiple Translations Depending on Context
+
+    The same phrase may occur in two or more contexts without conflict. Once
+    a phrase has been translated in one context, \QL notes
+    that the translation has been made and when the translator reaches a
+    later occurrence of the same phrase \QL will provide
+    the previous translation as a possible translation candidate in the
+    \l{Phrases and Guesses Window}.
+
+    If a phrase occurs more than once in a particular context it will
+    only be shown once in \QL's \l{Context Window} {context list} and
+    the translation will be applied to every occurrence within the
+    context.  If the same phrase needs to be translated differently
+    within the same context the programmer must provide a
+    distinguishing comment for each of the phrases concerned. If such
+    comments are used the duplicate phrases will appear in the
+    \l{Context Window} {context list}. The programmers comments will
+    appear in the \l{The Translation Area} {translation area} on a
+    light blue background.
+
+    \section2 Changing Keyboard Accelerators
+
+    A keyboard accelerator is a key combination that, when pressed,
+    causes an application to perform an action. There are two kinds of
+    keyboard accelerators: Alt key and Ctrl key accelerators.
+
+    \section3 Alt Key Accellerators
+
+    Alt key accelerators are used in menu selection and on buttons.
+    The underlined character in a menu item or button label signifies
+    that pressing the Alt key with the underlined character will
+    perform the same action as clicking the menu item or pressing the
+    button.  For example, most applications have a \e{File} menu with
+    the "F" in the word "File" underlined. In these applications the
+    \e{File} menu can be invoked either by clicking the word "File" on
+    the menu bar or by pressing \e{Alt+F}. To identify an accelerator
+    key in the translation text ("File") precede it with an ampersand,
+    e.g. \e{\&File}. If a string to be translated has an ampersand in
+    it, then the translation for that string should also have an
+    ampersand in it, preferably in front of the same character. 
+
+    The meaning of an Alt key accelerator can be determined from the
+    phrase in which the ampersand is embedded. The translator can
+    change the character part of the Alt key accelerator, if the
+    translated phrase does not contain the same character or if that
+    character has already been used in the translation of some other
+    Alt key accelerator. Conflicts with other Alt key accelerators
+    must be avoided within a context.  Note that some Alt key
+    accelerators, usually those on the menu bar, may apply in other
+    contexts.
+
+    \section3 Ctrl Key Accelerators
+
+    Ctrl key accelerators can exist independently of any visual
+    control. They are often used to invoke actions in menus that would
+    otherwise require multiple keystrokes or mouse clicks. They may
+    also be used to perform actions that do not appear in any menu or
+    on any button. For example, most applications that have a \e{File}
+    menu have a \e{New} submenu item in the \e{File} menu. The \e{New}
+    item might appear as "\underline{N}ew Ctrl+N" in the \e{File}
+    menu, meaning the \e{New} menu can be invoked by simply pressing
+    \key{Ctrl+N}, instead of either clicking \e{File} with the mouse
+    and then clicking \e{New} with the mouse, or by entering \e{Alt+F}
+    and \e{N}.
+
+    Each Ctrl key accelerator is shown in the \l{Strings Window}
+    {string list} as a separte string, e.g. \key{Ctrl+Enter}. Since
+    the string doesn't have a context to give it meaning, e.g. like
+    the context of the phrase in which an Alt key accelerator appears,
+    the translator must rely on the UI developer to include a
+    \l{QObject::tr()} {disambiguation comment} to explain the action
+    the Ctrl key accelerator is meant to perform. This disambiguating
+    comment (if provided by the developer) will appear under
+    \e{Developer comments} in the \l{The Translation Area}
+    {translation area} under the \e{Source text} area.
+
+    Ideally Ctrl key accelerators are translated simply by copying
+    them directly using \e {Copy from source text} in the
+    \menu{Translation} menu. However, in some cases the character will
+    not make sense in the target language, and it must be
+    changed. Whichever character (alpha or digit) is chosen, the
+    translation must be in the form "Ctrl+" followed by the upper case
+    character.  \e{Qt} will automatically display the correct name at
+    runtime. As with Alt key accelerators, if the translator changes
+    the character, the new character must not conflict with any other
+    Ctrl key accelerator.
+
+    \warning Do not translate the "Alt", "Ctrl" or "Shift" parts of
+    the accelerators. \e{Qt} relies on these strings being there. For
+    supported languages, \e {Qt} automatically translates these
+    strings.
+
+    \section2 Handling Numbered Arguments
+
+    Some phrases contain numbered arguments. A numbered argument is a
+    placeholder that will be replaced with text at runtime. A numbered
+    argument appears in a source string as a percent sign followed by
+    a digit. Consider an example: \c{After processing file %1, file %2
+    is next in line}. In this string to be translated, \c{%1} and
+    \c{%2} are numbered arguments. At runtime, \c{%1} and \c{%2} will
+    be replaced with the first and next file names respectively. The
+    same numbered arguments must appear in the translation, but not
+    necessarily in the same order. A German translation of the string
+    might reverse the phrases, e.g. \c{Datei %2 wird bearbeitet, wenn
+    Datei %1 fertig ist}. Both numbered arguments appear in the
+    translation, but in the reverse order. \c{%i} will always be
+    replaced by the same text in the translation stringss, regardless
+    of where argument \e{i} appears in the argument sequence in the
+    source string.
+
+    \section2 Reusing Translations
+
+    If the translated text is similar to the source text, choose the
+    \e {Copy from source text} entry in the \menu Translation menu (press
+    \key{Ctrl+B}) which will copy the source text into the 
+    \l{The Translation Area} {translation area}.
+
+    \QL automatically lists possible translations from any open
+    \l{Phrase Books} {phrase books} in the \l{Phrases and Guesses
+    Window}, as well as similar or identical phrases that have already
+    been translated.
+
+    \section2 Changing the Target Locale
+
+    \QL displays the target language in the \l{The Translation Area}
+    {translation area}, and adapts the number of input fields for
+    plural forms accordingly. If not explicitly set, \QL guesses the
+    target language and country by evaluating the translation source
+    file name: E.g. \c app_de.ts sets the target language to German,
+    and \c app_de_ch.ts sets the target language to German and the
+    target country to Switzerland (this also helps loading
+    translations for the current locale automatically; see
+    \l{linguist-programmers.html}{Programmers Manual} for details).
+    If your files do not follow this convention, you can also set the
+    locale information explicitly using \e {Translation File Settings}
+    in the \menu Edit menu.
+
+    \image linguist-translationfilesettings.png
+
+    \section1 Phrase Books
+
+    A \QL phrase book is a set of source phrases, target
+    (translated) phrases, and optional definitions. Typically one phrase book
+    will be created per language and family of applications. Phrase books 
+    are used to provide a common set of translations to help ensure consistency. 
+    They can also be used to avoid duplication of effort since the translations 
+    for a family of applications can be produced once in the phrase book.
+    If the translator reaches an untranslated phrase that is the same as a
+    source phrase in a phrase book, \QL will show the
+    phrase book entry in the \l {Phrases and Guesses Window}.
+
+    \section2 Creating and Editing Phrase Books
+
+    \image linguist-phrasebookdialog.png
+
+    Before a phrase book can be edited it must be created or, if it already
+    exists, opened. Create a new phrase book by selecting
+    \menu{Phrase|New Phrase Book} from the menu bar. You must enter a
+    filename and may change the location of the file if you wish. A newly
+    created phrase book is automatically opened. Open an existing phrase
+    book by choosing \menu{Phrase|Open Phrase Book} from the menu bar.
+
+    The phrase book contents can be displayed and changed by selecting
+    \menu{Phrase|Edit Phrase Book}, and then activating the phrase book you
+    want to work on. This will pop up the Phrase Book Dialog as shown
+    in the image above. To add a new phrase click the \gui{New Phrase} 
+    button (or press Alt+N) and type in a new source phrase. Press Tab and 
+    type in the translation. Optionally press Tab and enter a definition -- 
+    this is useful to distinguish different translations of the same source 
+    phrase. This process may be repeated as often as necessary. You can delete 
+    a phrase by selecting it in the phrases list and clicking
+    Remove Phrase. Click the \gui Close button (press Esc) once you've finished 
+    adding (and removing) phrases.
+
+    \section2 Shortcuts for Editing Phrase Books
+
+    You can also create a new phrase book entry directly out of the translation you
+    are working on: Clicking \menu{Phrases|Add to Phrase Book} or pressing
+    \key{Ctrl+T} will add the source text and the content of the first translation 
+    field to the current phrase book. If multiple phrase books are loaded,
+    you have to specify the phrase book to add the entry to in a dialogue.
+    If you detect an error in a phrase book entry that is shown in the 
+    \l{Phrases and Guesses Window}, you can also edit it in place by right 
+    clicking on the entry, and selecting \menu{Edit}. After fixing the error 
+    press \key{Return} to leave the editing mode.
+
+    \section2 Batch Translation
+
+    \image linguist-batchtranslation.png
+
+    Use the batch translation feature of \QL to automatically
+    translate source texts that are also in a phrase book. Selecting
+    \menu{Tools|Batch Translation} will show you the batch translation dialog,
+    which let you configure which phrase books to use in what order during the
+    batch translation process. Furthermore you can set whether only entries 
+    with no present translation should be considered, and whether batch translated
+    entries should be set to finished (see also \l {String Translation States}).
+
+    \section1 Validation Tests
+
+    \QL provides four kinds of validation tests for translations.
+
+    \list 1
+    \o \e {Accelerator validation} detects translated phrases
+    that do not have an ampersand when the source phrase does and vice
+    versa.
+    \o \e {Punctuation validation} detects differences in the
+    terminating punctuation between source and translated phrases when this
+    may be significant, e.g. warns if the source phrase ends with an
+    ellipsis, exclamation mark or question mark, and the translated phrase
+    doesn't and vice versa.
+    \o \e {Phrases validation} detects source phrases that are
+    also in the phrase book but whose translation differs from that given in
+    the phrase book.
+    \o \e {Place marker validation} detects whether the same variables
+    (like \c %1, \c %2) are used both in the source text and in the translation.
+    \endlist
+
+    Validation may be switched on or off from the menu bar's
+    Validation item or using the toolbar buttons. Unfinished phrases
+    that fail validation are marked with an exclamation mark in the
+    source text pane. Finished phrases will get a yellow tick
+    instead. If you switch validation off and then switch it on later,
+    \QL will recheck all phrases and mark any that fail
+    validation. See also \l{String Translation States}.
+
+    \section1 Form Preview
+
+    \image linguist-previewtool.png
+
+    Forms created by \e{Qt Designer} are stored in special UI files.
+    \QL can make use of these UI files to show the translations
+    done so far on the form itself. This of course requires access to the UI
+    files during the translation process. Activate 
+    \menu{Tools|Open/Refresh Form Preview} to open the window shown above.
+    The list of UI files \QL has detected are displayed in the Forms
+    List on the left hand. If the path to the files has changed, you can load
+    the files manually via \menu{File|Open Form...}. Double-click on an entry
+    in the Forms List to display the Form File. Select \e{<No Translation>} from
+    the toolbar to display the untranslated form.
+
+    \section1 Qt Linguist Reference
+
+
+    \section2 File Types
+
+    \QL makes use of four kinds of files:
+
+    \list
+    \o TS \e {translation source files} \BR are human-readable XML
+    files containing source phrases and their translations. These files are
+    usually created and updated by \l lupdate and are specific to an
+    application.
+    \o \c .xlf \e {XLIFF files} \BR are human-readable XML files that adhere
+    to the international XML Localization Interchange File Format. \QL
+    can be used to edit XLIFF files generated by other programs. For standard
+    Qt projects, however, only the TS file format is used.
+    \o QM \e {Qt message files} \BR are binary files that contain
+    translations used by an application at runtime. These files are
+    generated by \l lrelease, but can also be generated by \QL.
+    \o \c .qph \e {Qt phrase book files} \BR are human-readable XML
+    files containing standard phrases and their translations. These files
+    are created and updated by \QL and may be used by any
+    number of projects and applications.
+    \endlist
+
+    \target menubar
+    \section2 The Menu Bar
+
+    \image linguist-menubar.png
+
+    \list
+    \o \gui {File}
+        \list
+        \o \gui {Open... Ctrl+O} \BR pops up an open file dialog from which a
+        translation source \c .ts or \c .xlf file can be chosen.
+        \o \gui {Recently opened files} \BR shows the TS files that
+        have been opened recently, click one to open it.
+        \o \gui {Save Ctrl+S} \BR saves the current translation source file.
+        \o \gui {Save As...} \BR pops up a save as file dialog so that the
+        current translation source file may be saved with a different
+        name, format and/or put in a different location.
+        \o \gui {Release} \BR create a Qt message QM file with the same base
+        name as the current translation source file. The release manager's
+        command line tool \l lrelease performs the same function on
+        \e all of an application's translation source files.
+        \o \gui {Release As...} \BR pops up a save as file dialog. The
+        filename entered will be a Qt message QM file of the translation
+        based on the current translation source file. The release manager's
+        command line tool \l lrelease performs the same function on
+        \e all of an application's translation source files.
+        \o \gui {Print... Ctrl+P} \BR pops up a print dialog. If you click
+        OK the translation source and the translations will be printed.
+        \o \gui {Exit Ctrl+Q} \BR closes \QL.
+        \endlist
+
+    \o \gui {Edit}
+        \list
+        \o \gui {Undo Ctrl+Z} \BR undoes the last editing action in the
+        translation pane.
+        \o \gui {Redo Ctrl+Y} \BR redoes the last editing action in the
+        translation pane.
+        \o \gui {Cut Ctrl+X} \BR deletes any highlighted text in the
+        translation pane and saves a copy to the clipboard.
+        \o \gui {Copy Ctrl+C} \BR copies the highlighted text in the
+        translation pane to the clipboard.
+        \o \gui {Paste Ctrl+V} \BR pastes the clipboard text into the
+        translation pane.
+    \omit
+        \o \gui {Delete} \BR deletes the highlighted text in the
+        translation pane.
+    \endomit
+        \o \gui {Select All Ctrl+A} \BR selects all the text in the
+        translation pane ready for copying or deleting.
+        \o \gui {Find... Ctrl+F} \BR pops up the
+        Find dialog. When the dialog pops up
+        enter the text to be found and click the \gui {Find Next} button.
+        Source phrases, translations and comments may be searched.
+        \o \gui {Find Next F3} \BR finds the next occurrence of the text that
+        was last entered in the Find dialog.
+        \o \gui {Search and Translate...} \BR pops up the Search and 
+        Replace Dialog. Use this dialog to translate the same text in multiple items.
+        \o \gui {Translation File Settings...} \BR let you configure the target
+        language and the country/region of a translation source file. 
+        \endlist
+
+    \o \gui {Translation}
+        \list
+        \o \gui {Prev Unfinished Ctrl+K} \BR moves to the nearest previous
+        unfinished source phrase (unfinished means untranslated or
+        translated but failed validation).
+        \o \gui {Next Unfinished Ctrl+L} \BR moves to the next unfinished source
+        phrase.
+        \o \gui {Prev Shift+Ctrl+K} \BR moves to the previous source phrase.
+        \o \gui {Next Shift+Ctrl+L} \BR moves to the next source phrase.
+        \o \gui {Done \& Next Ctrl+Enter} \BR mark this phrase as 'done'
+        (translated) and move to the next unfinished source phrase.
+        \o \gui {Copy from source text Ctrl+B} \BR copies the source text into
+        the translation.
+        \endlist
+
+    \o \gui {Validation} (See \l{Validation Tests})
+        \list
+        \o \gui {Accelerators} \BR toggles validation on or off for Alt
+        accelerators.
+        \o \gui {Ending Punctuation} \BR switches validation on or off
+        for phrase ending punctuation, e.g. ellipsis, exclamation mark,
+        question mark, etc.
+        \o \gui {Phrase Matches} \BR sets validation on or off for
+        matching against translations that are in the current phrase book.
+        \o \gui {Place Marker Matches} \BR sets validation on or off for
+        the use of the same place markers in the source and translation.
+        \endlist
+
+    \o \gui {Phrases} (See the section \l {Phrase Books} for details.)
+        \list
+
+        \o \gui {New Phrase Book... Ctrl+N} \BR pops up a save as file
+        dialog.  You must enter a filename to be used for the phrase
+        book and save the file. Once saved you should open the phrase
+        book to begin using it.
+
+        \o \gui {Open Phrase Book... Ctrl+H} \BR pops up an open file
+        dialog.  Find and choose a phrase book to open.
+
+        \o \gui {Close Phrase Book} \BR displays the list of phrase
+        books currently opened. Clicking on one of the items will
+        close the phrase book. If the phrase book has been modified, a
+        dialog box asks whether \QL should save the changes.
+
+        \o \gui {Edit Phrase Book...} \BR displays the list of phrase
+        books currently opened. Clicking on one of the items will open
+        the \l{Creating and Editing Phrase Books}{Phrase Book Dialog}
+        where you can add, edit or delete phrases.
+
+        \o \gui {Print Phrase Book...} \BR displays the list of phrase
+        books currently opened. Clicking on one of the items pops up a
+        print dialog.  If you click OK the phrase book will be
+        printed.
+
+        \o \gui {Add to Phrase Book Ctrl+T} \BR Adds the source text
+        and translation currently shown in the \l{The Translation
+        Area} {translation area} to a phrase book.  If multiple phrase
+        books are loaded, a dialog box let you specify select one.
+
+        \endlist
+
+  \o \gui {Tools}
+        \list
+
+        \o \gui {Batch Translation...} \BR Opens a \l{Batch
+        Translation}{dialog} which let you automatically insert
+        translations for source texts which are in a phrase book.
+
+        \o \gui {Open/Refresh Form Preview F3} \BR Opens the \l{Form
+        Preview}.  This window let you instantly see translations for
+        forms created with \QD.  \endlist
+
+  \o \gui {View}
+        \list
+
+        \o \gui {Revert Sorting} \BR puts the items in the \l{Context
+        Window} {context list} and in the \l{Strings Window} {string
+        list} into their original order.
+
+        \o \gui {Display Guesses} \BR turns the display of phrases and
+        guesses on or off.
+
+        \o \gui {Statistics} \BR toggles the visibility of the
+        Statistics dialog.
+
+        \o \gui {Views} \BR toggles the visibility of the \l{Context
+        Window}, \l{Strings Window}, \l{Phrases and Guesses Window},
+        \l{Warnings Window}, or \l{Sources and Forms Window}.
+
+        \o \gui {Toolbars} \BR toggles the visibility of the different
+        toolbars.
+
+        \endlist
+
+  \o \gui {Help}
+        \list
+        \o \gui {Manual F1} \BR opens this manual.
+        \o \gui {About Qt Linguist} \BR Shows information about \QL.
+        \o \gui {About Qt} \BR Shows information about \e{Qt}.
+        \o \gui {What's This? Shift+F1} \BR Click on one item in the main window 
+        to get additional information about it.
+        \endlist
+
+    \endlist
+
+    \section2 The Toolbar
+
+    \image linguist-toolbar.png
+
+    \list
+    \o \inlineimage linguist-fileopen.png
+    \BR
+    Pops up the open file dialog to open a new translation source TS file.
+
+    \o \inlineimage linguist-filesave.png
+    \BR
+    Saves the current translation source TS file.
+
+    \o \inlineimage linguist-fileprint.png
+    \BR
+    Prints the current translation source TS file.
+
+    \o \inlineimage linguist-phrasebookopen.png
+    \BR
+    Pops up the file open dialog to open a new phrase book \c .qph file.
+
+    \o \inlineimage linguist-editundo.png
+    \BR
+    Undoes the last editing action in the translation pane.
+
+    \o \inlineimage linguist-editredo.png
+    \BR
+    Redoes the last editing action in the translation pane.
+
+    \o \inlineimage linguist-editcut.png
+    \BR
+    Deletes any highlighted text in the translation pane and save a copy to
+    the clipboard.
+
+    \o \inlineimage linguist-editcopy.png
+    \BR
+    Copies the highlighted text in the translation pane to the clipboard.
+
+    \o \inlineimage linguist-editpaste.png
+    \BR
+    Pastes the clipboard text into the translation pane.
+
+    \o \inlineimage linguist-editfind.png
+    \BR
+    Pops up the Find dialog .
+
+    \o \inlineimage linguist-prev.png
+    \BR
+    Moves to the previous source phrase.
+
+    \o \inlineimage linguist-next.png
+    \BR
+    Moves to the next source phrase.
+
+    \o \inlineimage linguist-prevunfinished.png
+    \BR
+    Moves to the previous unfinished source phrase.
+
+    \o \inlineimage linguist-nextunfinished.png
+    \BR
+    Moves to the next unfinished source phrase.
+
+    \o \inlineimage linguist-doneandnext.png
+    \BR
+    Marks the phrase as 'done' (translated) and move to the next
+    unfinished source phrase.
+
+    \o \inlineimage linguist-validateaccelerators.png
+    \BR
+    Toggles accelerator validation on and off.
+
+    \o \inlineimage linguist-validatepunctuation.png
+    \BR
+    Toggles phrase ending punctuation validation on and off.
+
+    \o \inlineimage linguist-validatephrases.png
+    \BR
+    Toggles phrase book validation on or off.
+
+    \o \inlineimage linguist-validateplacemarkers.png
+    \BR
+    Toggles place marker validation on or off.
+
+    \endlist
+
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page linguist-programmers.html
+    \title Qt Linguist Manual: Programmers
+
+    \contentspage {Qt Linguist Manual}{Contents}
+    \previouspage Qt Linguist Manual: Translators
+    \nextpage Qt Linguist Manual: TS File Format
+
+    Support for multiple languages is extremely simple in Qt
+    applications, and adds little overhead to the programmer's workload.
+
+    Qt minimizes the performance cost of using translations by
+    translating the phrases for each window as they are created. In most
+    applications the main window is created just once. Dialogs are often
+    created once and then shown and hidden as required. Once the initial
+    translation has taken place there is no further runtime overhead for
+    the translated windows. Only those windows that are created,
+    destroyed and subsequently created will have a translation
+    performance cost.
+
+    Creating applications that can switch language at runtime is possible
+    with Qt, but requires a certain amount of programmer intervention and
+    will of course incur some runtime performance cost.
+
+    \section1 Making the Application Translation-Aware
+
+    Programmers should make their application look for and load the
+    appropriate translation file and mark user-visible text and Ctrl
+    keyboard accelerators as targets for translation.
+
+    Each piece of text that requires translating requires context to help
+    the translator identify where in the program the text occurs. In the
+    case of multiple identical texts that require different translations,
+    the translator also requires some information to disambiguate the
+    source texts. Marking text for translation will automatically cause
+    the class name to be used as basic context information. In some cases
+    the programmer may be required to add additional information to help
+    the translator.
+
+    \section2 Creating Translation Files
+
+    Translation files consist of all the user-visible text and Ctrl key
+    accelerators in an application and translations of that text.
+    Translation files are created as follows:
+
+    \list 1
+    \o Run \l lupdate initially to generate the first set of TS
+    translation source files with all the user-visible text but no
+    translations.
+    \o The TS files are given to the translator who adds translations
+    using \QL. \QL takes care of any changed
+    or deleted source text.
+    \o Run \l lupdate to incorporate any new text added to the
+    application. \l lupdate synchronizes the user-visible text from the
+    application with the translations; it does not destroy any data.
+    \o Steps 2 and 3 are repeated as often as necessary.
+    \o When a release of the application is needed \l lrelease is run to
+    read the TS files and produce the QM files used by the
+    application at runtime.
+    \endlist
+
+    For \l lupdate to work successfully, it must know which translation
+    files to produce. The files are simply listed in the application's \c
+    .pro Qt project file, for example:
+
+    \snippet examples/linguist/arrowpad/arrowpad.pro 1
+
+    If your sources contain genuine non-Latin1 strings, \l lupdate needs
+    to be told about it in the \c .pro file by using, for example,
+    the following line:
+
+    \code
+        CODECFORTR = UTF-8
+    \endcode
+    
+    See the \l lupdate and \l lrelease sections.
+
+    \section2 Loading Translations
+
+    \snippet examples/linguist/hellotr/main.cpp 1
+    \snippet examples/linguist/hellotr/main.cpp 3
+
+    This is how a simple \c main() function of a Qt application begins.
+
+    \snippet examples/linguist/hellotr/main.cpp 1
+    \snippet examples/linguist/hellotr/main.cpp 4
+
+    For a translation-aware application a translator object is created, a
+    translation is loaded and the translator object installed into the
+    application.
+
+    \snippet examples/linguist/arrowpad/main.cpp 0
+    \snippet examples/linguist/arrowpad/main.cpp 1
+
+    For non-Latin1 strings in the sources you will also need for example:
+
+    \code
+            QTextCodec::setCodecForTr(QTextCodec::codecForName("utf8"));
+    \endcode
+
+    In production applications a more flexible approach, for example,
+    loading translations according to locale, might be more appropriate. If
+    the TS files are all named according to a convention such as
+    \e appname_locale, e.g. \c tt2_fr, \c tt2_de etc, then the
+    code above will load the current locale's translation at runtime.
+
+    If there is no translation file for the current locale the application
+    will fall back to using the original source text.
+
+    Note that if you need to programmatically add translations at
+    runtime, you can reimplement QTranslator::translate().
+
+    \section2 Making the Application Translate User-Visible Strings
+
+    User-visible strings are marked as translation targets by wrapping them
+    in a \c tr() call, for example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_linguist-manual.qdoc 6
+
+    would become
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_linguist-manual.qdoc 7
+
+    All QObject subclasses that use the \c Q_OBJECT macro implement
+    the \c tr() function.
+
+    Although the \c tr() call is normally made directly since it is
+    usually called as a member function of a QObject subclass, in
+    other cases an explicit class name can be supplied, for example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_linguist-manual.qdoc 8
+
+    or
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_linguist-manual.qdoc 9
+
+    \section2 Distinguishing Identical Strings That Require Different Translations
+
+    The \l lupdate program automatically provides a \e context for every
+    source text. This context is the class name of the class that contains
+    the \c tr() call. This is sufficient in the vast majority of cases.
+    Sometimes however, the translator will need further information to
+    uniquely identify a source text; for example, a dialog that contained
+    two separate frames, each of which contained an "Enabled" option would
+    need each identified because in some languages the translation would
+    differ between the two. This is easily achieved using the
+    two argument form of the \c tr() call, e.g.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_linguist-manual.qdoc 10
+
+    and
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_linguist-manual.qdoc 11
+
+    Ctrl key accelerators are also translatable:
+
+    \snippet examples/linguist/trollprint/mainwindow.cpp 2
+
+    It is strongly recommended that the two argument form of \c tr() is used
+    for Ctrl key accelerators. The second argument is the only clue the
+    translator has as to the function performed by the accelerator.
+
+    \section2 Helping the Translator with Navigation Information
+
+    In large complex applications it may be difficult for the translator to
+    see where a particular source text comes from. This problem can be
+    solved by adding a comment using the keyword \e TRANSLATOR which
+    describes the navigation steps to reach the text in question; e.g.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_linguist-manual.qdoc 12
+
+    These comments are particularly useful for widget classes.
+
+    \section2 Handling Plural Forms
+
+    Qt includes a \c tr() overload that will make it very easy to 
+    write "plural-aware" internationalized applications. This overload 
+    has the following signature:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_linguist-manual.qdoc 17
+
+    Depending on the value of \c n, the \c tr() function will return a different 
+    translation, with the correct grammatical number for the target language. 
+    Also, any occurrence of \c %n is replaced with \c{n}'s value. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_linguist-manual.qdoc 18
+
+    If a French translation is loaded, this will expand to "0 item 
+    remplac\unicode{233}", "1 item remplac\unicode{233}", "2 items 
+    remplac\unicode{233}s", etc., depending on \c{n}'s value. 
+    And if no translation is loaded, the orignal string is used, with \c %n 
+    replaced with count's value (e.g., "6 item(s) replaced").
+
+    To handle plural forms in the native language, you need to load a 
+    translation file for this language, too. \l lupdate has the 
+    \c -pluralonly command line option, which allows the creation of
+    TS files containing only entries with plural forms.
+
+    See the \l{http://qt.nokia.com/doc/qq/}{Qt Quarterly} Article 
+    \l{http://qt.nokia.com/doc/qq/qq19-plurals.html}{Plural Forms in Translations}
+    for further details on this issue.
+
+    \section2 Coping With C++ Namespaces
+
+    C++ namespaces and the \c {using namespace} statement can confuse
+    \l lupdate. It will interpret \c MyClass::tr() as meaning just
+    that, not as \c MyNamespace::MyClass::tr(), even if \c MyClass is
+    defined in the \c MyNamespace namespace. Runtime translation of
+    these strings will fail because of that.
+
+    You can work around this limitation by putting a \e TRANSLATOR
+    comment at the beginning of the source files that use \c
+    MyClass::tr():
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_linguist-manual.qdoc 13
+
+    After the comment, all references to \c MyClass::tr() will be
+    understood as meaning \c MyNamespace::MyClass::tr().
+
+    \section2 Translating Text That is Outside of a QObject Subclass
+
+    \section3 Using QCoreApplication::translate()
+
+    If the quoted text is not in a member function of a QObject subclass,
+    use either the tr() function of an appropriate class, or the
+    QCoreApplication::translate() function directly:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_linguist-manual.qdoc 14
+
+    \section3 Using QT_TR_NOOP() and QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP()
+
+    If you need to have translatable text completely outside a function,
+    there are two macros to help: QT_TR_NOOP() and QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP().
+    These macros merely mark the text for extraction by \l{lupdate}.
+    The macros expand to just the text (without the context).
+
+    Example of QT_TR_NOOP():
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_linguist-manual.qdoc 15
+
+    Example of QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP():
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_linguist-manual.qdoc 16
+
+    \section1 Tutorials
+
+    Three tutorials are presented:
+
+    \list 1
+    \o \l{linguist/hellotr}{Hello tr()} demonstrates the creation of
+        a \l QTranslator object. It also shows the simplest use of
+        the \c tr() function to mark user-visible source text for
+        translation.
+
+    \o \l{linguist/arrowpad}{Arrow Pad} explains how to make the application load the
+       translation file applicable to the current locale. It also shows the
+       use of the two-argument form of \c tr() which provides additional
+       information to the translator.
+
+    \o \l{linguist/trollprint}{Troll Print} explains how
+        identical source texts can be distinguished even when they occur in
+        the same context. This tutorial also discusses how the translation
+        tools help minimize the translator's work when an application is
+        upgraded.
+    \endlist
+
+    These tutorials cover all that you need to know to prepare your Qt
+    applications for translation.
+
+    At the beginning of a project add the translation source files to be
+    used to the project file and add calls to \l lupdate and \l lrelease to
+    the makefile.
+
+    During the project all the programmer must do is wrap any user-visible
+    text in \c tr() calls. They should also use the two argument form for
+    Ctrl key accelerators, or when asked by the translator for the cases
+    where the same text translates into two different forms in the same
+    context. The programmer should also include \c TRANSLATION comments to
+    help the translator navigate the application.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page linguist-ts-file-format.html
+    \title Qt Linguist Manual: TS File Format
+
+    \contentspage {Qt Linguist Manual}{Contents}
+    \previouspage Qt Linguist Manual: Programmers
+
+    The TS file format used by \QL is described by the
+    \l{http://www.w3.org/TR/1998/REC-xml-19980210}{DTD} presented below,
+    which we include for your convenience. Be aware that the format
+    may change in future Qt releases.
+
+    \quotefile tools/linguist/shared/ts.dtd
+    
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/introtodbus.qdoc b/doc/src/introtodbus.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index bd1aefc..0000000
--- a/doc/src/introtodbus.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,229 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page intro-to-dbus.html
-    \title Introduction to D-Bus
-
-    \keyword QtDBus
-    \ingroup architecture
-    \brief An introduction to Inter-Process Communication and Remote Procedure Calling with D-Bus.
-
-    \section1 Introduction
-
-    D-Bus is an Inter-Process Communication (IPC) and Remote Procedure
-    Calling (RPC) mechanism originally developed for Linux to replace
-    existing and competing IPC solutions with one unified protocol. It
-    has also been designed to allow communication between system-level
-    processes (such as printer and hardware driver services) and
-    normal user processes.
-
-    It uses a fast, binary message-passing protocol, which is suitable
-    for same-machine communication due to its low latency and low
-    overhead. Its specification is currently defined by the
-    \tt{freedesktop.org} project, and is available to all parties.
-
-    Communication in general happens through a central server
-    application, called the "bus" (hence the name), but direct
-    application-to-application communication is also possible. When
-    communicating on a bus, applications can query which other
-    applications and services are available, as well as activate one
-    on demand.
-
-    \section1 The Buses
-
-    D-Bus buses are used to when many-to-many communication is
-    desired. In order to achieve that, a central server is launched
-    before any applications can connect to the bus: this server is
-    responsible for keeping track of the applications that are
-    connected and for properly routing messages from their source to
-    their destination.
-
-    In addition, D-Bus defines two well-known buses, called the
-    system bus and the session bus. These buses are special in the
-    sense that they have well-defined semantics: some services are
-    defined to be found in one or both of these buses.
-
-    For example, an application wishing to query the list of hardware
-    devices attached to the computer will probably communicate to a
-    service available on the system bus, while the service providing
-    opening of the user's web browser will be probably found on the
-    session bus.
-
-    On the system bus, one can also expect to find restrictions on
-    what services each application is allowed to offer. Therefore, one
-    can be reasonably certain that, if a certain service is present,
-    it is being offered by a trusted application.
-
-    \section1 Concepts
-
-    \section2 Messages
-
-    On the low level, applications communicate over D-Bus by sending
-    messages to one another. Messages are used to relay the remote
-    procedure calls as well as the replies and errors associated
-    with them. When used over a bus, messages have a destination,
-    which means they are routed only to the interested parties,
-    avoiding congestion due to "swarming" or broadcasting.
-
-    A special kind of message called a "signal message"
-    (a concept based on Qt's \l {Signals and Slots} mechanism),
-    however, does not have a pre-defined destination. Since its
-    purpose is to be used in a one-to-many context, signal messages
-    are designed to work over an "opt-in" mechanism.
-
-    The QtDBus module fully encapsulates the low-level concept of
-    messages into a simpler, object-oriented approach familiar to Qt
-    developers. In most cases, the developer need not worry about
-    sending or receiving messages.
-
-    \section2 Service Names
-
-    When communicating over a bus, applications obtain what is
-    called a "service name": it is how that application chooses to be
-    known by other applications on the same bus. The service names
-    are brokered by the D-Bus bus daemon and are used to
-    route messages from one application to another. An analogous
-    concept to service names are IP addresses and hostnames: a
-    computer normally has one IP address and may have one or more
-    hostnames associated with it, according to the services that it
-    provides to the network.
-
-    On the other hand, if a bus is not used, service names are also
-    not used. If we compare this to a computer network again, this
-    would equate to a point-to-point network: since the peer is
-    known, there is no need to use hostnames to find it or its IP
-    address.
-
-    The format of a D-Bus service name is in fact very similar to a
-    host name: it is a dot-separated sequence of letters and
-    digits. The common practice is even to name one's service name
-    according to the domain name of the organization that defined
-    that service.
-
-    For example, the D-Bus service is defined by
-    \tt{freedesktop.org} and can be found on the bus under the
-    service name:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_introtodbus.qdoc 0
-
-    \section2 Object Paths
-
-    Like network hosts, applications provide specific services to
-    other applications by exporting objects. Those objects are
-    hierarchically organised, much like the parent-child
-    relationship that classes derived from QObject possess. One
-    difference, however, is that there is the concept of "root
-    object", that all objects have as ultimate parent.
-
-    If we continue our analogy with Web services, object paths
-    equate to the path part of a URL:
-
-    \img qurl-ftppath.png
-
-    Like them, object paths in D-Bus are formed resembling path
-    names on the filesystem: they are slash-separated labels, each
-    consisting of letters, digits and the underscore character
-    ("_"). They must always start with a slash and must not end with
-    one.
-
-    \section2 Interfaces
-
-    Interfaces are similar to C++ abstract classes and Java's
-    \c interface keyword and declare the "contract" that is
-    established between caller and callee. That is, they establish
-    the names of the methods, signals and properties that are
-    available as well as the behavior that is expected from either
-    side when communication is established.
-
-    Qt uses a very similar mechanism in its \l {How to Create Qt
-    Plugins}{Plugin system}: Base classes in C++ are associated
-    with a unique identifier by way of the Q_DECLARE_INTERFACE()
-    macro.
-
-    D-Bus interface names are, in fact, named in a manner similar to
-    what is suggested by the Qt Plugin System: an identifier usually
-    constructed from the domain name of the entity that defined that
-    interface.
-
-    \section2 Cheat Sheet
-
-    To facilitate remembering of the naming formats and their
-    purposes, the following table can be used:
-
-    \table 90%
-    \header \o D-Bus Concept  \o Analogy            \o Name format
-    \row    \o Service name   \o Network hostnames  \o Dot-separated
-                                                       ("looks like a hostname")
-    \row    \o Object path    \o URL path component \o Slash-separated
-                                                       ("looks like a path")
-    \row    \o Interface      \o Plugin identifier  \o Dot-separated
-    \endtable
-
-    \section1 Debugging
-
-    When developing applications that use D-Bus, it is sometimes useful to be able
-    to see information about the messages that are sent and received across the
-    bus by each application.
-
-    This feature can be enabled on a per-application basis by setting the
-    \c QDBUS_DEBUG environment variable before running each application.
-    For example, we can enable debugging only for the car in the
-    \l{D-Bus Remote Controlled Car Example} by running the controller and the
-    car in the following way:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_introtodbus.qdoc QDBUS_DEBUG
-
-    Information about the messages will be written to the console the application
-    was launched from.
-
-    \section1 Further Reading
-
-    The following documents contain information about Qt's D-Bus integration
-    features, and provide details about the mechanisms used to send and receive
-    type information over the bus:
-
-    \list
-    \o \l{Using QtDBus Adaptors}
-    \o \l{The QtDBus Type System}
-    \o \l{QtDBus XML compiler (qdbusxml2cpp)}
-    \endlist
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/ipc.qdoc b/doc/src/ipc.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 9ca8a0d..0000000
--- a/doc/src/ipc.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \group ipc
-    \title Inter-Process Communication in Qt
-    \ingroup groups
-    \ingroup architecture
-    \brief Inter-Process communication in Qt applications.
-
-    Qt provides several ways to implement Inter-Process Communication
-    (IPC) in Qt applications.
-
-    \section1 D-Bus
-
-    The \l{QtDBus} module is a Unix-only library
-    you can use to implement IPC using the D-Bus protocol. It extends
-    Qt's \l{signalsandslots.html} {Signals and Slots} mechanism to the
-    IPC level, allowing a signal emitted by one process to be
-    connected to a slot in another process. This \l {Introduction to
-    D-Bus} page has detailed information on how to use the \l{QtDBus}
-    module.
-
-    \section1 TCP/IP
-
-    The cross-platform \l{QtNetwork} module provides classes that make
-    network programming portable and easy. It offers high-level
-    classes (e.g., QNetworkAccessManager, QFtp) that communicate using
-    specific application-level protocols, and lower-level classes
-    (e.g., QTcpSocket, QTcpServer, QSslSocket) for implementing
-    protocols.
-
-    \section1 Shared Memory
-
-    The cross-platform shared memory class, QSharedMemory, provides
-    access to the operating system's shared memory implementation.
-    It allows safe access to shared memory segments by multiple threads
-    and processes. Additionally, QSystemSemaphore can be used to control
-    access to resources shared by the system, as well as to communicate
-    between processes.
-
-    \section1 Qt COmmunications Protocol (QCOP)
-
-    The QCopChannel class implements a protocol for transferring messages
-    between client processes across named channels. QCopChannel is
-    only available in \l{Qt for Embedded Linux}. Like the \l{QtDBus}
-    module, QCOP extends Qt's \l{Signals and Slots} mechanism to the
-    IPC level, allowing a signal emitted by one process to be
-    connected to a slot in another process, but unlike QtDBus, QCOP
-    does not depend on a third party library.
-
-*/
-
diff --git a/doc/src/known-issues.qdoc b/doc/src/known-issues.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 87955bd..0000000
--- a/doc/src/known-issues.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,143 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page known-issues.html
-    \title Known Issues in %VERSION%
-    \ingroup platform-notes
-    \brief A summary of known issues in Qt %VERSION% at the time of release.
-
-    An up-to-date list of known issues with Qt %VERSION% can be found via the
-    \l{Task Tracker} on the Qt website which provides additional information
-    about known issues and tasks related to Qt.
-
-    \section1 General Issues
-
-    When running Qt applications on Windows or with \c{-graphicssystem raster},
-    any process that triggers a QWidget::update() from within a destructor
-    might result in a crash.
-
-
-    \section1 Issues with Third Party Software
-
-    \section2 X11 Hardware Support
-
-    \list
-    \o  There is a bug in the 169.xx NVIDIA drivers on certain GeForce 8 series
-        cards that is triggered by the OpenGL paint engine when using QPainter
-        on a QGLWidget to draw paths and polygons. Some other painting
-        operations that end up in the path fallback are affected as well. The
-        bug causes the whole X server to repeatedly hang for several seconds at
-        a time.
-    \o  There is an issue with NVIDIA's 9xxx driver series on X11 that causes a
-        crash in cases where there are several \l{QGLContext}s and the extended
-        composition modes are used (the composition modes between and including
-        QPainter::CompositionMode_Multiply and
-        QPainter::CompositionMode_Exclusion). This affects the composition mode
-        demo in Qt 4.5, for example. The crash does not occur in newer versions
-        of the drivers.
-    \endlist
-
-    \section2 Windows Hardware Support
-
-    \list
-    \o  When using version 6.14.11.6921 of the NVIDIA drivers for the GeForce
-        6600 GT under Windows XP, Qt applications which use drag and drop will
-        display reduced size drag and drop icons when run alongside
-        applications that use OpenGL. This problem can be worked around by
-        reducing the level of graphics acceleration provided by the driver, or
-        by disabling hardware acceleration completely.
-    \endlist
-
-    \section2 Windows Software Issues
-
-    \list
-
-    \o  When building Qt 4.5.0 with Windows 7, the build fails with an error
-        message regarding failing to embed manifest. This a known issue with
-        Windows 7, explained in the Windows 7 SDK Beta
-        \l{http://download.microsoft.com/download/8/8/0/8808A472-6450-4723-9C87-977069714B27/ReleaseNotes.Htm}
-        {release notes}. A workaround for this issue is to patch the
-        \bold{embed_manifest_exe.prf} file with the following:
-
-        \code
-        diff --git a/mkspecs/features/win32/embed_manifest_exe.prf b/mkspecs/features/win32/embed_manifest_exe.prf
-        index e1747f1..05f116e 100644
-        --- a/mkspecs/features/win32/embed_manifest_exe.prf
-        +++ b/mkspecs/features/win32/embed_manifest_exe.prf
-        @@ -8,4 +8,9 @@ if(win32-msvc2005|win32-msvc2008):!equals(TEMPLATE_PREFIX, "vc"):equals(TEMPLATE
-             QMAKE_POST_LINK = $$quote(mt.exe -nologo -manifest \"$$replace(OBJECTS_DIR,/,\\)\\$${NOPATH_TARGET}.intermediate.ma
-        nifest\" -outputresource:$(DESTDIR_TARGET);1$$escape_expand(\n\t))
-             QMAKE_POST_LINK += $$QMAKE_PREV_POST_LINK
-             QMAKE_CLEAN += \"$$replace(OBJECTS_DIR,/,\\)\\$${NOPATH_TARGET}.intermediate.manifest\"
-        +    isEmpty(RC_FILE) {
-        +        system("echo.>$$replace(OUT_PWD,/,\\)\\$$replace(OBJECTS_DIR,/,\\)\\Windows7WorkAround.rc")
-        +        RC_FILE = $$replace(OUT_PWD,/,\\)\\$$replace(OBJECTS_DIR,/,\\)\\Windows7WorkAround.rc
-        +       }
-        +
-         }
-        \endcode
-
-    \o  Under certain circumstances Visual Studio Integration v1.4.0 will not
-        be able to install the integration for Visual Studio 2005 on Windows
-        Vista. An error message states that .NET Framework v2.0 Service Pack 1
-        is not installed. This is due to a problem with the built-in
-        installation of this on Windows Vista. This issue can be fixed by
-        installing .NET Framework version 3.5.
-
-    \o  With NVIDIA GeForce 7950 GT (driver version 6.14.11.7824), a fullscreen
-        QGLWidget flickers when child widgets are shown/hidden. The workaround
-        for this is to use \l{QWidget::}{setGeometry()} with a width/height 1
-        pixel bigger than your geometry and call \l{QWidget::}{show()}.
-
-    \o  A bug in the Firebird database can cause an application to crash when
-        \c{fbembed.dll} is unloaded. The bug is fixed in version 2.5.
-
-    \endlist
-
-    \section2 Mac OS X Software Support
-
-    \list
-    \o  If a sheet is opened for a given window, clicking the title bar of that
-        window will cause it to flash. This behavior has been reported to Apple
-        (bug number 5827676).
-    \endlist
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/layout.qdoc b/doc/src/layout.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index dc75bc6..0000000
--- a/doc/src/layout.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,384 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page layout.html
-
-    \title Layout Management
-    \ingroup architecture
-    \brief A tour of the standard layout managers and an introduction to custom
-    layouts.
-
-    The Qt layout system provides a simple and powerful way of automatically
-    arranging child widgets within a widget to ensure that they make good use
-    of the available space.
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 Introduction
-
-    Qt includes a set of layout management classes that are used to describe
-    how widgets are laid out in an application's user interface. These layouts
-    automatically position and resize widgets when the amount of space
-    available for them changes, ensuring that they are consistently arranged
-    and that the user interface as a whole remains usable.
-
-    All QWidget subclasses can use layouts to manage their children. The
-    QWidget::setLayout() function applies a layout to a widget. When a layout
-    is set on a widget in this way, it takes charge of the following tasks:
-
-    \list
-    \o Positioning of child widgets.
-    \o Sensible default sizes for windows.
-    \o Sensible minimum sizes for windows.
-    \o Resize handling.
-    \o Automatic updates when contents change:
-        \list
-        \o Font size, text or other contents of child widgets.
-        \o Hiding or showing a child widget.
-        \o Removal of child widgets.
-        \endlist
-    \endlist
-
-    Qt's layout classes were designed for hand-written C++ code, allowing
-    measurements to be specified in pixels for simplicity, so they are easy to
-    understand and use. The code generated for forms created using \QD also
-    uses the layout classes. \QD is useful to use when experimenting with the
-    design of a form since it avoids the compile, link and run cycle usually
-    involved in user interface development.
-
-
-    \section1 Horizontal, Vertical, Grid, and Form Layouts
-
-    The easiest way to give your widgets a good layout is to use the built-in
-    layout managers: QHBoxLayout, QVBoxLayout, QGridLayout, and QFormLayout.
-    These classes inherit from QLayout, which in turn derives from QObject (not
-    QWidget). They take care of geometry  management for a set of widgets. To
-    create more complex layouts, you can nest layout managers inside each other.
-
-    \list
-        \o  A QHBoxLayout lays out widgets in a horizontal row, from left to
-            right (or right to left for right-to-left languages).
-            \image qhboxlayout-with-5-children.png
-
-        \o  A QVBoxLayout lays out widgets in a vertical column, from top to
-            bottom.
-            \image qvboxlayout-with-5-children.png
-
-        \o  A QGridLayout lays out widgets in a two-dimensional grid. Widgets
-            can occupy multiple cells.
-            \image qgridlayout-with-5-children.png
-
-        \o  A QFormLayout lays out widgets in a 2-column descriptive label-
-            field style.
-            \image qformlayout-with-6-children.png
-    \endlist
-
-
-    \section2 Laying Out Widgets in Code
-
-    The following code creates a QHBoxLayout that manages the geometry of five
-    \l{QPushButton}s, as shown on the first screenshot above:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/layouts/layouts.cpp 0
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/layouts/layouts.cpp 1
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/layouts/layouts.cpp 2
-    \codeline
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/layouts/layouts.cpp 3
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/layouts/layouts.cpp 4
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/layouts/layouts.cpp 5
-
-    The code for QVBoxLayout is identical, except the line where the layout is
-    created. The code for QGridLayout is a bit different, because we need to
-    specify the row and column position of the child widget:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/layouts/layouts.cpp 12
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/layouts/layouts.cpp 13
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/layouts/layouts.cpp 14
-    \codeline
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/layouts/layouts.cpp 15
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/layouts/layouts.cpp 16
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/layouts/layouts.cpp 17
-
-    The third QPushButton spans 2 columns. This is possible by specifying 2 as
-    the fifth argument to QGridLayout::addWidget().
-
-    Finally, the code for QFormLayout is ..
-
-
-    \section2 Tips for Using Layouts
-
-    When you use a layout, you do not need to pass a parent when constructing
-    the child widgets. The layout will automatically reparent the widgets
-    (using QWidget::setParent()) so that they are children of the widget on
-    which the layout is installed.
-
-    \note Widgets in a layout are children of the widget on which the layout
-    is installed, \e not of the layout itself. Widgets can only have other
-    widgets as parent, not layouts.
-
-    You can nest layouts using \c addLayout() on a layout; the inner layout
-    then becomes a child of the layout it is inserted into.
-
-
-    \section1 Adding Widgets to a Layout
-
-    When you add widgets to a layout, the layout process works as follows:
-
-    \list 1
-        \o  All the widgets will initially be allocated an amount of space in
-            accordance with their QWidget::sizePolicy() and
-            QWidget::sizeHint().
-
-        \o  If any of the widgets have stretch factors set, with a value
-            greater than zero, then they are allocated space in proportion to
-            their stretch factor (explained below).
-
-        \o  If any of the widgets have stretch factors set to zero they will
-            only get more space if no other widgets want the space. Of these,
-            space is allocated to widgets with an
-            \l{QSizePolicy::Expanding}{Expanding} size policy first.
-
-        \o  Any widgets that are allocated less space than their minimum size
-            (or minimum size hint if no minimum size is specified) are
-            allocated this minimum size they require. (Widgets don't have to
-            have a minimum size or minimum size hint in which case the strech
-            factor is their determining factor.)
-
-        \o  Any widgets that are allocated more space than their maximum size
-            are allocated the maximum size space they require. (Widgets do not
-            have to have a maximum size in which case the strech factor is
-            their determining factor.)
-    \endlist
-
-
-    \section2 Stretch Factors
-    \keyword stretch factor
-
-    Widgets are normally created without any stretch factor set. When they are
-    laid out in a layout the widgets are given a share of space in accordance
-    with their QWidget::sizePolicy() or their minimum size hint whichever is
-    the greater. Stretch factors are used to change how much space widgets are
-    given in proportion to one another.
-
-    If we have three widgets laid out using a QHBoxLayout with no stretch
-    factors set we will get a layout like this:
-
-    \img layout1.png Three widgets in a row
-
-    If we apply stretch factors to each widget, they will be laid out in
-    proportion (but never less than their minimum size hint), e.g.
-
-    \img layout2.png Three widgets with different stretch factors in a row
-
-
-    \section1 Custom Widgets in Layouts
-
-    When you make your own widget class, you should also communicate its layout
-    properties. If the widget has a one of Qt's layouts, this is already taken
-    care of. If the widget does not have any child widgets, or uses manual
-    layout, you can change the behavior of the widget using any or all of the
-    following mechanisms:
-
-    \list
-        \o  Reimplement QWidget::sizeHint() to return the preferred size of the
-            widget.
-        \o  Reimplement QWidget::minimumSizeHint() to return the smallest size
-            the widget can have.
-        \o  Call QWidget::setSizePolicy() to specify the space requirements of
-            the widget.
-    \endlist
-
-    Call QWidget::updateGeometry() whenever the size hint, minimum size hint or
-    size policy changes. This will cause a layout recalculation. Multiple
-    consecutive calls to QWidget::updateGeometry() will only cause one layout
-    recalculation.
-
-    If the preferred height of your widget depends on its actual width (e.g.,
-    a label with automatic word-breaking), set the
-    \l{QSizePolicy::hasHeightForWidth()}{height-for-width} flag in the
-    widget's \l{QWidget::sizePolicy}{size policy} and reimplement
-    QWidget::heightForWidth().
-
-    Even if you implement QWidget::heightForWidth(), it is still a good idea to
-    provide a reasonable sizeHint().
-
-    For further guidance when implementing these functions, see the
-    \e{Qt Quarterly} article
-    \l{http://qt.nokia.com/doc/qq/qq04-height-for-width.html}
-    {Trading Height for Width}.
-
-
-    \section1 Layout Issues
-
-    The use of rich text in a label widget can introduce some problems to the
-    layout of its parent widget. Problems occur due to the way rich text is
-    handled by Qt's layout managers when the label is word wrapped.
-
-    In certain cases the parent layout is put into QLayout::FreeResize mode,
-    meaning that it will not adapt the layout of its contents to fit inside
-    small sized windows, or even prevent the user from making the window too
-    small to be usable. This can be overcome by subclassing the problematic
-    widgets, and implementing suitable \l{QWidget::}{sizeHint()} and
-    \l{QWidget::}{minimumSizeHint()} functions.
-
-    In some cases, it is relevant when a layout is added to a widget. When
-    you set the widget of a QDockWidget or a QScrollArea (with
-    QDockWidget::setWidget() and QScrollArea::setWidget()), the layout must
-    already have been set on the widget. If not, the widget will not be
-    visible.
-
-
-    \section1 Manual Layout
-
-    If you are making a one-of-a-kind special layout, you can also make a
-    custom widget as described above. Reimplement QWidget::resizeEvent() to
-    calculate the required distribution of sizes and call
-    \l{QWidget::}{setGeometry()} on each child.
-
-    The widget will get an event of type QEvent::LayoutRequest when the
-    layout needs to be recalculated. Reimplement QWidget::event() to handle
-    QEvent::LayoutRequest events.
-
-
-    \section1 How to Write A Custom Layout Manager
-
-    An alternative to manual layout is to write your own layout manager by
-    subclassing QLayout. The \l{layouts/borderlayout}{Border Layout} and
-    \l{layouts/flowlayout}{Flow Layout} examples show how to do this.
-
-    Here we present an example in detail. The \c CardLayout class is inspired
-    by the Java layout manager of the same name. It lays out the items (widgets
-    or nested layouts) on top of each other, each item offset by
-    QLayout::spacing().
-
-    To write your own layout class, you must define the following:
-    \list
-        \o  A data structure to store the items handled by the layout. Each
-            item is a \link QLayoutItem QLayoutItem\endlink. We will use a
-            QList in this example.
-        \o  \l{QLayout::}{addItem()}, how to add items to the layout.
-        \o  \l{QLayout::}{setGeometry()}, how to perform the layout.
-        \o  \l{QLayout::}{sizeHint()}, the preferred size of the layout.
-        \o  \l{QLayout::}{itemAt()}, how to iterate over the layout.
-        \o  \l{QLayout::}{takeAt()}, how to remove items from the layout.
-    \endlist
-
-    In most cases, you will also implement \l{QLayout::}{minimumSize()}.
-
-
-    \section2 The Header File (\c card.h)
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_layout.qdoc 0
-
-
-    \section2 The Implementation File (\c card.cpp)
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_layout.qdoc 1
-
-    First we define \c{count()} to fetch the number of items in the list.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_layout.qdoc 2
-
-    Then we define two functions that iterate over the layout: \c{itemAt()}
-    and \c{takeAt()}. These functions are used internally by the layout system
-    to handle deletion of widgets. They are also available for application
-    programmers. 
-
-    \c{itemAt()} returns the item at the given index. \c{takeAt()} removes the
-    item at the given index, and returns it. In this case we use the list index
-    as the layout index. In other cases where we have a more complex data
-    structure, we may have to spend more effort defining a linear order for the
-    items.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_layout.qdoc 3
-
-    \c{addItem()} implements the default placement strategy for layout items.
-    This function must be implemented. It is used by QLayout::add(), by the
-    QLayout constructor that takes a layout as parent. If your layout has
-    advanced placement options that require parameters, you must provide extra
-    access functions such as the row and column spanning overloads of
-    QGridLayout::addItem(), QGridLayout::addWidget(), and
-    QGridLayout::addLayout().
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_layout.qdoc 4
-
-    The layout takes over responsibility of the items added. Since QLayoutItem
-    does not inherit QObject, we must delete the items manually. In the 
-    destructor, we remove each item from the list using \c{takeAt()}, and
-    then delete it.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_layout.qdoc 5
-
-    The \c{setGeometry()} function actually performs the layout. The rectangle
-    supplied as an argument does not include \c{margin()}. If relevant, use
-    \c{spacing()} as the distance between items.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_layout.qdoc 6
-
-    \c{sizeHint()} and \c{minimumSize()} are normally very similar in
-    implementation. The sizes returned by both functions should include
-    \c{spacing()}, but not \c{margin()}.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_layout.qdoc 7
-
-
-    \section2 Further Notes
-
-    \list
-        \o  This custom layout does not handle height for width.
-        \o  We ignore QLayoutItem::isEmpty(); this means that the layout will
-            treat hidden widgets as visible.
-        \o  For complex layouts, speed can be greatly increased by caching
-            calculated values. In that case, implement
-            QLayoutItem::invalidate() to mark the cached data is dirty.
-        \o  Calling QLayoutItem::sizeHint(), etc. may be expensive. So, you
-            should store the value in a local variable if you need it again
-            later within in the same function.
-        \o  You should not call QLayoutItem::setGeometry() twice on the same
-            item in the same function. This call can be very expensive if the
-            item has several child widgets, because the layout manager must do
-            a complete layout every time. Instead, calculate the geometry and
-            then set it. (This does not only apply to layouts, you should do
-            the same if you implement your own resizeEvent(), for example.)
-    \endlist
-*/
-
diff --git a/doc/src/legal/editions.qdoc b/doc/src/legal/editions.qdoc
index cf1534d..f29322d 100644
--- a/doc/src/legal/editions.qdoc
+++ b/doc/src/legal/editions.qdoc
@@ -39,18 +39,6 @@
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
 
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Documentation of Qt editions.
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
-** EDITIONS: FREE, PROFESSIONAL, ENTERPRISE
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
 /*!
     \page editions.html
     \title Qt Editions
diff --git a/doc/src/legal/licenses.qdoc b/doc/src/legal/licenses.qdoc
index 7414667..7a15f31 100644
--- a/doc/src/legal/licenses.qdoc
+++ b/doc/src/legal/licenses.qdoc
@@ -42,7 +42,6 @@
 /*!
     \group licensing
     \title Licensing Information
-    \ingroup topics
     \brief Information about licenses and licensing issues.
 
     These documents include information about Qt's licenses and the licenses
diff --git a/doc/src/linguist-manual.qdoc b/doc/src/linguist-manual.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index a67d65a..0000000
--- a/doc/src/linguist-manual.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1512 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page linguist-manual.html
-    \title Qt Linguist Manual
-    \ingroup qttools
-
-    \startpage {index.html}{Qt Reference Documentation}
-    \nextpage Qt Linguist Manual: Release Manager
-
-    \keyword Qt Linguist
-
-    Qt provides excellent support for translating applications into local
-    languages. This Guide explains how to use Qt's translation tools for
-    each of the roles involved in translating an application. The Guide
-    begins with a brief overview of the issues that must be considered,
-    followed by chapters devoted to each role and the supporting tools
-    provided.
-
-    The \l{linguist-manager.html}{Release Manager} chapter is aimed
-    at the person with overall responsibility for the release of the
-    application. They will typically coordinate the work of the
-    software engineers and the translator. The chapter describes the
-    use of two tools. The \l{lupdate} tool is used to synchronize
-    source code and translations. The \l{lrelease} tool is used to
-    create runtime translation files for use by the released
-    application.
-
-    The \l{linguist-translators.html}{Translators} chapter is for
-    translators. It describes the use of the \QL tool.
-    No computer knowledge beyond the ability to start a program and
-    use a text editor or word processor is required.
-
-    The \l{linguist-programmers.html}{Programmers} chapter is for Qt
-    programmers. It explains how to create Qt applications that are
-    able to use translated text. It also provides guidance on how to
-    help the translator identify the context in which phrases appear.
-    This chapter's three short tutorials cover everything the
-    programmer needs to do.
-
-    \section1 Overview of the Translation Process
-
-    Most of the text that must be translated in an application program
-    consists of either single words or short phrases. These typically
-    appear as window titles, menu items, pop-up help text (balloon help),
-    and labels to buttons, check boxes and radio buttons.
-
-    The phrases are entered into the source code by the programmer in
-    their native language using a simple but special syntax to identify
-    that the phrases require translation. The Qt tools provide context
-    information for each of the phrases to help the translator, and the
-    programmer is able to add additional context information to phrases
-    when necessary. The release manager generates a set of translation
-    files that are produced from the source files and passes these to the
-    translator. The translator opens the translation files using \QL, 
-    enters their translations and saves the results back into
-    the translation files, which they pass back to the release manager.
-    The release manager then generates fast compact versions of these
-    translation files ready for use by the application. The tools are
-    designed to be used in repeated cycles as applications change and
-    evolve, preserving existing translations and making it easy to
-    identify which new translations are required. \QL also
-    provides a phrase book facility to help ensure consistent
-    translations across multiple applications and projects.
-
-    Translators and programmers must address a number of issues because
-    of the subtleties and complexities of human language:
-
-    \list
-
-    \o A single phrase may need to be translated into several
-    different forms depending on context, e.g. \e open in English
-    might become \e{\ouml\c{}ffnen}, "open file", or \e aufbauen,
-    "open internet connection", in German.
-
-    \o Keyboard accelerators may need to be changed but without
-    introducing conflicts, e.g. "\&Quit" in English becomes "Avslutt"
-    in Norwegian which doesn't contain a "Q". We cannot use a letter
-    that is already in use - unless we change several accelerators.
-
-    \o Phrases that contain variables, for example, "The 25 files
-    selected will take 63 seconds to process", where the two numbers
-    are inserted programmatically at runtime may need to be reworded
-    because in a different language the word order and therefore the
-    placement of the variables may have to change.
-
-    \endlist
-
-    The Qt translation tools provide clear and simple solutions to these
-    issues.
-
-    Chapters:
-
-    \list
-    \o \l{Qt Linguist Manual: Release Manager}{Release Manager}
-    \o \l{Qt Linguist Manual: Translators}{Translators}
-    \o \l{Qt Linguist Manual: Programmers}{Programmers}
-    \o \l{Qt Linguist Manual: TS File Format}{TS File Format}
-    \endlist
-
-    \QL and \c lupdate are able to import and export XML Localization
-    Interchange File Format (XLIFF) files, making it possible to take
-    advantage of tools and translation services that work with this
-    format. See the \l{Qt Linguist Manual: Translators} {Translators}
-    section for more information on working with these files.
-
-    \table
-
-    \row \o{1,2} \inlineimage wVista-Cert-border-small.png
-    \o \e{Qt Linguist 4.3 is Certified for Windows Vista}
-    
-    \row \o Windows Vista and the Windows Vista Start button are
-    trademarks or registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in
-    the United States and/or other countries.
-
-    \endtable
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \page linguist-manager.html
-    \title Qt Linguist Manual: Release Manager
-
-    \contentspage {Qt Linguist Manual}{Contents}
-    \previouspage Qt Linguist Manual
-    \nextpage Qt Linguist Manual: Translators
-
-    \keyword lupdate
-    \keyword lrelease
-
-    Two tools are provided for the release manager, \l lupdate and \l
-    lrelease. These tools can process \l qmake project files, or operate
-    directly on the file system.
-
-    \section1 Qt Project Files
-
-    The easiest method to use \l{#lupdate} {lupdate} and \l{#lrelease}
-    {lrelease} is by specifing a \c .pro Qt project file. There must
-    be an entry in the \c TRANSLATIONS section of the project file for
-    each language that is additional to the native language. A typical
-    entry looks like this:
-
-    \snippet examples/linguist/arrowpad/arrowpad.pro 1
-
-    Using a locale within the translation file name is useful for
-    determining which language to load at runtime. This is explained
-    in the \l{linguist-programmers.html} {Programmers} chapter.
-
-    An example of a complete \c .pro file with four translation source
-    files:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_linguist-manual.qdoc 0
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_linguist-manual.qdoc 1
-
-    QTextCodec::setCodecForTr() makes it possible to choose a 8-bit
-    encoding for literal strings that appear within \c tr() calls.
-    This is useful for applications whose source language is, for
-    example, Chinese or Japanese. If no encoding is set, \c tr() uses
-    Latin1.
-
-    If you do use the QTextCodec::codecForTr() mechanism in your
-    application, \QL needs you to set the \c CODECFORTR
-    entry in the \c .pro file as well. For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_linguist-manual.qdoc 1
-
-    Also, if your compiler uses a different encoding for its runtime
-    system as for its source code and you want to use  non-ASCII
-    characters in string literals, you will need to set the \c
-    CODECFORSRC. For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_linguist-manual.qdoc 2
-
-    Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 .NET appears to be the only compiler
-    for which this is necessary. However, if you want to write
-    portable code, we recommend that you avoid non-ASCII characters
-    in your source files. You can still specify non-ASCII characters
-    portably using escape sequences, for example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_linguist-manual.qdoc 3
-
-    \target lupdate manual
-    \section1 lupdate
-
-    Usage: \c {lupdate myproject.pro}
-
-    \l lupdate is a command line tool that finds the translatable
-    strings in the specified source, header and \e {Qt Designer}
-    interface files, and produces or updates \c .ts translation
-    files. The files to process and the files to update can be set at
-    the command line, or provided in a \c .pro file specified as an
-    command line argument. The produced translation files are given to
-    the translator who uses \QL to read the files and insert the
-    translations.
-
-    Companies that have their own translators in-house may find it
-    useful to run \l lupdate regularly, perhaps monthly, as the
-    application develops. This will lead to a fairly low volume of
-    translation work spread evenly over the life of the project and
-    will allow the translators to support a number of projects
-    simultaneously.
-
-    Companies that hire in translators as required may prefer to run
-    \l lupdate only a few times in the application's life cycle, the
-    first time might be just before the first test phase. This will
-    provide the translator with a substantial single block of work and
-    any bugs that the translator detects may easily be included with
-    those found during the initial test phase. The second and any
-    subsequent \l lupdate runs would probably take place during the
-    final beta phase.
-
-    The TS file format is a simple human-readable XML format that
-    can be used with version control systems if required. \c lupdate
-    can also process Localization Interchange File Format (XLIFF)
-    format files; files in this format typically have file names that
-    end with the \c .xlf suffix.
-
-    Pass the \c -help option to \c lupdate to obtain the list of
-    supported options:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_linguist-manual.qdoc 4
-
-    \QL is also able to import and export XLIFF files. See the
-    \l{Qt Linguist Manual: Translators}{Translators} section for more
-    information.
-
-    \section1 lrelease
-
-    Usage: \c {lrelease myproject.pro}
-
-    \l lrelease is a command line tool that produces QM files out
-    of TS files. The QM file format is a compact binary format
-    that is used by the localized application. It provides extremely
-    fast lookups for translations. The TS files \l lrelease
-    processes can be specified at the command line, or given
-    indirectly by a Qt \c .pro project file.
-
-    This tool is run whenever a release of the application is to be
-    made, from initial test version through to final release
-    version. If the QM files are not created, e.g. because an
-    alpha release is required before any translation has been
-    undertaken, the application will run perfectly well using the text
-    the programmers placed in the source files. Once the QM files
-    are available the application will detect them and use them
-    automatically.
-
-    Note that lrelease will only incorporate translations that are
-    marked as "finished". Otherwise the original text will be used
-    instead.
-
-    Pass the \c -help option to \c lrelease to obtain the list of
-    supported options:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_linguist-manual.qdoc 5
-
-    \section1 Missing Translations
-
-    Both \l lupdate and \l lrelease may be used with TS
-    translation source files which are incomplete. Missing
-    translations will be replaced with the native language phrases at
-    runtime.  
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \page linguist-translators.html
-    \title Qt Linguist Manual: Translators
-
-    \contentspage {Qt Linguist Manual}{Contents}
-    \previouspage Qt Linguist Manual: Release Manager
-    \nextpage Qt Linguist Manual: Programmers
-
-    Contents
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 The One Minute Guide to Using Qt Linguist
-
-    \QL is a tool for adding translations to Qt applications. Run \QL
-    from the taskbar menu, or by double clicking the desktop icon, or
-    by entering the command \c {linguist} at the command line. Once
-    \QL has started, choose \menu{File|Open} from the \l{menubar}
-    {menu bar} and select a translation source (TS file) to
-    load. If you do not have a TS file, see the \l {Qt Linguist
-    Manual: Release Manager} {release manager manual} to learn how to
-    generate one.
-
-    The \QL main window is divided into several, dockable subwindows
-    arranged around a central \l{The Translation Area} {translation
-    area}. The \l{Context Window} {context list} is normally shown
-    on the left, and the \l{Sources and Forms Window} {source code},
-    \l{Strings Window} {string list}, and either the \l{Phrases and 
-    Guesses Window} {prhrases and guesses}, or the \l{Warnings Window} 
-    {warnings} are shown above and below the \l{The Translation Area}
-    {translations area}.
-
-    With a translation file loaded, select a context from the
-    \l{Context Window} {context list} on the left. Selecting a context
-    loads the translatable strings found in that context into the
-    \l{Strings Window} {string list}. Selecting one of the strings
-    copies that string as the \key{Source text} in the \l{The
-    Translation Area} {translation area}. Click in the text entry
-    widget below the copied string and type your translation for that
-    string. To accept the translation, either press the green
-    \key{tick mark} button on the toolbar, or click the icon to the
-    left of the selected source string in the string list. Repeat this
-    process until all strings in the string list are marked with
-    \inlineimage linguist-check-on.png 
-    or
-    \inlineimage linguist-check-warning.png 
-    . Then select the next context and continue.
-
-    Translation options are shown in the \l{Phrases and Guesses
-    Window} {phrases and guesses window}. If the phrases and guesses
-    window is not visible, click the \key{Phrases and guesses} tab at
-    the bottom of the main window. The phrases and guesses window
-    shows possible translations for the current string. These
-    translation "guesses" have been read from phrase books
-    (\menu{Phrases|Open Phrase Book...}).  The current string's
-    current translation is also shown here. To select a guess, double
-    click it in the prases and guesses window or use the keyboard
-    shortcut shown to the right of the guess.
-
-    \QL can automatically check whether your translation strings pass
-    a list of \l{Validation Tests} {validation tests}. Validation test
-    failures are shown in the \l{Warnings Window} {warnings window}.
-    If the warnings window is not visible, click the \key{Warnings}
-    tab at the bottom of the main window.
-
-    Finally, if the source code for the contexts is accessible, the
-    \l{Sources and Forms Window} {source code window} shows the
-    context where the current string is used. If the source code
-    window is not visible, click the \key{Sources and Forms} tab at
-    the bottom of the main window.
-
-    At the end of the session choose \menu{File|Save} from the menu
-    bar and then \menu{File|Exit} to quit.
-
-    \section1 The Qt Linguist Window
-
-    \image linguist-linguist.png "Linguist UI Snapshot"
-
-    This \QL main window is divided into dockable subwindows arranged
-    around a central \l{The Translation Area} {translation area}. The
-    subwindows are: \l{Context Window} {Context}, \l{Sources and Forms
-    Window} {Sources and Forms}, \l{Strings Window} {Strings},
-    \l{Phrases and Guesses Window} {Phrases and guesses}, and
-    \l{Warnings Window} {Warnings} (hidden in the UI snapsot). The
-    translation area is always visible, but the dockable subwindows
-    can be activated or deactivated in the \menu{View|Views} menu, and
-    dragged around by their title bars and dropped in the translation
-    area or even outside the main window.
-
-    \section2 Context Window
-
-    The context window normally appears on the left side of the main
-    window. It lists the contexts in which strings to be translated
-    appear. The column labeled \e{Context} lists the context names in
-    alphabetical order. Each context is the name of a subclass of
-    QObject. There can also be a context for QObject itself, which
-    contains strings passed to the static function QObject::tr().
-    There can also be an \e{<unnamed context>}, which contains strings
-    that aren't in a subclass of QObject.
-
-    To the left of the \e{Context} column is a column labeled
-    \inlineimage linguist-check-obsolete.png  
-    . This column uses the following list of icons to summarize the
-    current translation state for each context:
-
-    \list
-
-    \o \inlineimage linguist-check-on.png 
-    All strings in the context have been translated, and all the
-    translations passed the \l{Validation Tests} {validation tests}.
-
-    \o \inlineimage linguist-check-warning.png 
-    All strings in the context have been translated or marked as
-    translated, but at least one translation failed the \l{Validation
-    Tests} {validation tests}.
-
-    \o \inlineimage linguist-check-off.png
-    At least one string in the context has not been translated or is
-    not marked as translated.
-
-    \o \inlineimage linguist-check-obsolete.png
-    None of the translated strings still appears in the context. This
-    usually means the context itself no longer exists in the
-    application.
-
-    \endlist
-
-    To the right of the \e{Context} column is the \e{Items} column.
-    Each entry in the \e{Items} column is a pair of numbers separated
-    by a slash ("/"). The number to the right of the slash is the
-    number of translatable strings in the context. The number to the
-    left of the slash is the number of those strings that currently
-    have translations. i.e., if the numbers are equal, all the
-    translatable strings in the context have translations.
-
-    In the UI snapshot above, the \bold{MessageEditor} context is
-    selected.  Its \e{Items} entry shows \bold{18/18}, which means it
-    has 18 translatable strings and all 18 strings currently have
-    translations. However, the context has been marked with the
-    \inlineimage linguist-check-warning.png 
-    icon, which means that at least one of the current translations 
-    failed a \l{Validation Tests} {validation test}. In the 
-    \l{Strings Window} {strings window} to the right, we see that one 
-    of the strings is indeed marked with the 
-    \inlineimage linguist-check-warning.png 
-    icon.
-
-    The context window is a dockable window. It can be dragged to
-    another position in the main window, or dragged out of the main
-    window to be a separate window. If you move the context window,
-    \QL remembers the new position and puts the context window there
-    whenever you start the program. If the context window has been 
-    closed, it can be restored by pressing \key{F6}.
-
-    \section2 Strings Window
-
-    The strings window normally appears on the right in the main
-    window, above the \l{The Translation Area} {translation area}. Its
-    \e{Source text} column lists all the translatable strings found in
-    the current context. Selecting a string makes that string the
-    current string in the \l{The Translation Area} {translation area}.
-
-    To the left of the \e{Source text} column is a column labeled
-    \inlineimage linguist-check-obsolete.png
-    . This column is similar to the one in the \l{Context Window}
-    {context window}, but here you can click on the icon to change the
-    translation acceptance state for each string in the list. A tick
-    mark, green or yellow, means the string has been translated and
-    the user has accepted the translation. A question mark means
-    either that the user has not accepted the string's translation or
-    that the string doesn't have a translation. The table below
-    explains the acceptance states and their icons:
-
-    \target String Translation States
-
-    \table
-    \header
-    \o State
-    \o Icon
-    \o Description
-
-    \row
-    \o Accepted/Correct
-    \o \inlineimage linguist-check-on.png
-    \o The source string has a translation (possibly empty); the user
-    has accepted the translation, and the translation passes all the
-    \l{Validation Tests} {validation tests}. If the translation is
-    empty, the user has chosen to leave it empty. Click the icon to 
-    revoke acceptance of the translation and decrement the number of 
-    accepted translations in the \e{Items} column of the \l{Context
-    Window} {context list} by 1. The state is reset to 
-    \inlineimage linguist-check-off.png 
-    if the string has a translation, or to
-    \inlineimage linguist-check-empty.png
-    if the string's translation is empty. If \c{lupdate} changes the 
-    contents of a string, its acceptance state is automatically reset 
-    to \inlineimage linguist-check-off.png 
-    .
-
-    \row
-    \o Accepted/Warnings
-    \o \inlineimage linguist-check-warning.png
-    \o The user has accepted the translation, but the translation does
-    not pass all the \l{Validation Tests} {validation tests}. The
-    validation test failures are shown in the \l{Warnings Window}
-    {warnings window}. Click the icon to revoke acceptance of the 
-    translation. The state is reset to \inlineimage linguist-danger.png 
-    , and the number of accepted translations in the \e{Items} column 
-    of the \l{Context Window} {context list} is decremented by 1. 
-    
-    \row
-    \o Not Accepted
-    \o \inlineimage linguist-check-off.png
-    \o The string has a non-empty translation that passes all the 
-    \l{Validation Tests} {validation tests}, but the user has not yet 
-    accepted the translation. Click the icon or press \key{Ctrl+Enter}
-    to accept the translation. The state is reset to  
-    \inlineimage linguist-check-on.png
-    , and the number of accepted translations in the \e{Items} column 
-    of the \l{Context Window} {context list} is incremented by 1.  
-
-    \row
-    \o No Translation
-    \o \inlineimage linguist-check-empty.png
-    \o The string does not have a translation. Click the icon to 
-    accpet the empty translation anyway. The state is reset to  
-    \inlineimage linguist-check-on.png
-    , and the number of accepted translations in the \e{Items} column 
-    of the \l{Context Window} {context list} is incremented by 1.
-
-    \row
-    \o Validation Failures
-    \o \inlineimage linguist-danger.png
-    \o The string has a translation, but the translation does not 
-    pass all the \l{Validation Tests} {validation tests}. Validation 
-    test failures are shown in the \l{Warnings Window} {warnings} 
-    window. Click on the icon or press \key{Ctrl+Return} to accept 
-    the translation even with validation failures. The state is 
-    reset to  \inlineimage linguist-check-warning.png
-    . We recommended editing the translation to fix the causes of 
-    the validation failures. The state will reset automatically to
-    \inlineimage linguist-check-off.png
-    , when all the failures have been fixed. 
-
-    \row
-    \o Obsolete
-    \o \inlineimage linguist-check-obsolete.png
-    \o The string is obsolete. It is no longer used in the context.
-    See the \l{Qt Linguist Manual: Release Manager} {Release Manager}
-    for instructions on how to remove obsolete messages from the file.
-
-    \endtable
-
-    The string list is a dockable subwindow. If it has been closed,
-    restored it by pressing \key{F7}.
-
-    \section2 The Translation Area
-
-    The translation area is in the middle of the main window, to the
-    right of the \l{Context Window} {context list}. It doesn't have a
-    title bar, so you can't drag it around. Instead, you drag and drop
-    the other subwindows to arrange them around the translation area.
-    The string currently selected in the \l{Strings Window} {string
-    list} appears at the top of the translation area, under the label
-    \menu{Source text}. Note that all blanks in the source text have
-    been replaced by "." so the translator can see the spacing
-    required within the text.
-
-    If the developer provides a \l{QObject::tr()} {disambiguating
-    comment}, it will appear below the source text area, under the
-    label \menu{Developer comments}. 
-
-    Below the source text and optional developer comments are two text
-    entry widgets for the translator, one for entering the translation
-    of the current string, and one for the translator to enter an
-    optional comment to be read by other translators. 
-
-    When \l{Translating Multiple Languages Simultaneously} {multiple
-    languages} are being translated, this sequence of fields is
-    repeated for each language. See aso \l {Changing the Target
-    Locale}.
-
-    \section2 Phrases and Guesses Window
-
-    If the current string in the \l{Strings Window} {string list}
-    appears in one or more of the \l{Phrase Books} {phrase books}
-    that have been loaded, the current string and its phrase book
-    translation(s) will be listed in this window. If the current
-    string is the same as, or similar to, another string that has
-    already been translated, that other string and its translation
-    will also be listed in this window. 
-
-    To use a translation from the Phrases and Guesses Window, you can
-    double click the translation, and it will be copied into the
-    translation area, or you can use the translation's \e{Guess}
-    hotkey on the right. You can also press \key{F10} to move the
-    focus to the Phrases and Guesses Window, then use the up and down
-    arrow keys to find the desired translation, and and then press
-    \key{Enter} to copy it to the translation area.  If you decide
-    that you don't want to copy a phrase after all, press \key{Esc} to
-    return the focus to the translation area.
-
-    The Phrases and Guesses Window is a dockable window. If it has
-    been closed, it can be made visible by pressing the \e{Phrases and
-    guesses} tab at the bottom of the window, or by pressing
-    \key{F10}.
-
-    \section2 Sources and Forms Window
-
-    If the source files containing the translatable strings are
-    available to \QL, this window shows the source context of the
-    current string in the \l{Strings Window} {string list}. The source
-    code line containing the current string should be shown and
-    highlighted. If the file containing the source string is not
-    found, the expected absolute file path is shown.
-
-    If the source context shows the wrong source line, it probably
-    means the translation file is out of sync with the source files.
-    To re-sync the translation file with the source files, see the
-    \l{lupdate manual} {lupdate manual}.
-
-    The Sources and Forms window is a dockable window. If it has been
-    closed, it can be made visible again by pressing the \e{Sources
-    and Forms} tab at the bottom of the window, or by pressing
-    \key{F9}.
-
-    \section2 Warnings Window
-
-    If the translation you enter for the current string fails any of
-    the active \l{Validation Tests} {validation tests}, the failures
-    are listed in the warnings window. The first of these failure
-    messages is also shown in the status bar at the bottom of the main
-    window. Note that only \e{active} validation tests are
-    reported. To see which validation tests are currently active, or
-    to activate or deactivate tests, use the \menu{Validation} menu
-    from the \l{menubar}{menu bar}.
-
-    The Warnings window is a dockable window. If it has been closed,
-    it can be made visible by pressing the \e{Warnings} tab at the
-    bottom of the window, or by pressing \key{F8}.
-
-    \target multiple languages
-    \section2 Translating Multiple Languages Simultaneously
-
-    Qt Linguist can now load and edit multiple translation files
-    simultaneously. One use for this is the case where you know two
-    languages better than you know English (Polish and Japanese, say),
-    and you are given an application's Polish translation file and
-    asked to update the application's Japanese translation file. You
-    are more comfortable translating Polish to Japanese than you are
-    translating English to Japanese. 
-
-    Below is the UI snapshot shown earlier, but this time with both
-    \e{Polish} and \e{Japanese} translation files loaded.
-
-    \image linguist-linguist_2.png 
-
-    The first thing to notice is that the \l{The Translation Area}
-    {translation area} has text editing areas for both Polish and
-    Japanese, and these are color-coded for easier separation.
-    Second, the \l{Context Window} and the \l{Strings Window} both
-    have two clomuns labeled \inlineimage linguist-check-obsolete.png
-    instead of one, and although it may be hard to tell, these columns
-    are also color-coded with the same colors. The left-most column in
-    either case applies to the top-most language area (Polish above)
-    in the \l{The Translation Area} {translation area}, and the
-    right-most column applies to the bottom language area.
-
-    The \e{Items} column in the \l{Context Window} combines the values
-    for both languages. The best way to see this is to look at the
-    value for the \bold{MessageEditor} context, which is the one
-    selected in the snapshot shown above. Recall that in the first UI
-    snapshot (Polish only), the numbers for this context were
-    \e{18/18}, meaning 18 translatable strings had been found in the
-    context, and all 18 strings had accepted translations.  In the UI 
-    snapshot above, the numbers for the \bold{MessageEditor} context
-    are now \e{1/18}, meaning that both languages have 18 translatable
-    strings for that context, but for Japanese, only 1 of the 18
-    strings has an accepted translation. The 
-    \inlineimage linguist-check-off.png 
-    icon in the Japanese column means that at least one string in the
-    context doesn't have an accepted Japanese translation yet. In fact, 
-    17 of the 18 strings don't have accepted Japanese translations yet. 
-    We will see \e{18/18} in the \e{Items} column when all 18 strings 
-    have accepted translations for all the loaded translation files, 
-    e.g., both Polish and Japanese in the snapshot. 
-
-    \section1 Common Tasks
-
-    \section2 Leaving a Translation for Later
-
-    If you wish to leave a translation press \key{Ctrl+L} (Next
-    Unfinished) to move to the next unfinished translation. To move to
-    the next translation (whether finished or unfinished) press
-    \key{Shift+Ctrl+L}. You can also navigate using the Translation
-    menu. If you want to go to a different context entirely, click the
-    context you want to work on in the Context list, then click the
-    source text in the \l{Strings Window} {string list}.
-
-    \section2 Phrases That Require Multiple Translations Depending on Context
-
-    The same phrase may occur in two or more contexts without conflict. Once
-    a phrase has been translated in one context, \QL notes
-    that the translation has been made and when the translator reaches a
-    later occurrence of the same phrase \QL will provide
-    the previous translation as a possible translation candidate in the
-    \l{Phrases and Guesses Window}.
-
-    If a phrase occurs more than once in a particular context it will
-    only be shown once in \QL's \l{Context Window} {context list} and
-    the translation will be applied to every occurrence within the
-    context.  If the same phrase needs to be translated differently
-    within the same context the programmer must provide a
-    distinguishing comment for each of the phrases concerned. If such
-    comments are used the duplicate phrases will appear in the
-    \l{Context Window} {context list}. The programmers comments will
-    appear in the \l{The Translation Area} {translation area} on a
-    light blue background.
-
-    \section2 Changing Keyboard Accelerators
-
-    A keyboard accelerator is a key combination that, when pressed,
-    causes an application to perform an action. There are two kinds of
-    keyboard accelerators: Alt key and Ctrl key accelerators.
-
-    \section3 Alt Key Accellerators
-
-    Alt key accelerators are used in menu selection and on buttons.
-    The underlined character in a menu item or button label signifies
-    that pressing the Alt key with the underlined character will
-    perform the same action as clicking the menu item or pressing the
-    button.  For example, most applications have a \e{File} menu with
-    the "F" in the word "File" underlined. In these applications the
-    \e{File} menu can be invoked either by clicking the word "File" on
-    the menu bar or by pressing \e{Alt+F}. To identify an accelerator
-    key in the translation text ("File") precede it with an ampersand,
-    e.g. \e{\&File}. If a string to be translated has an ampersand in
-    it, then the translation for that string should also have an
-    ampersand in it, preferably in front of the same character. 
-
-    The meaning of an Alt key accelerator can be determined from the
-    phrase in which the ampersand is embedded. The translator can
-    change the character part of the Alt key accelerator, if the
-    translated phrase does not contain the same character or if that
-    character has already been used in the translation of some other
-    Alt key accelerator. Conflicts with other Alt key accelerators
-    must be avoided within a context.  Note that some Alt key
-    accelerators, usually those on the menu bar, may apply in other
-    contexts.
-
-    \section3 Ctrl Key Accelerators
-
-    Ctrl key accelerators can exist independently of any visual
-    control. They are often used to invoke actions in menus that would
-    otherwise require multiple keystrokes or mouse clicks. They may
-    also be used to perform actions that do not appear in any menu or
-    on any button. For example, most applications that have a \e{File}
-    menu have a \e{New} submenu item in the \e{File} menu. The \e{New}
-    item might appear as "\underline{N}ew Ctrl+N" in the \e{File}
-    menu, meaning the \e{New} menu can be invoked by simply pressing
-    \key{Ctrl+N}, instead of either clicking \e{File} with the mouse
-    and then clicking \e{New} with the mouse, or by entering \e{Alt+F}
-    and \e{N}.
-
-    Each Ctrl key accelerator is shown in the \l{Strings Window}
-    {string list} as a separte string, e.g. \key{Ctrl+Enter}. Since
-    the string doesn't have a context to give it meaning, e.g. like
-    the context of the phrase in which an Alt key accelerator appears,
-    the translator must rely on the UI developer to include a
-    \l{QObject::tr()} {disambiguation comment} to explain the action
-    the Ctrl key accelerator is meant to perform. This disambiguating
-    comment (if provided by the developer) will appear under
-    \e{Developer comments} in the \l{The Translation Area}
-    {translation area} under the \e{Source text} area.
-
-    Ideally Ctrl key accelerators are translated simply by copying
-    them directly using \e {Copy from source text} in the
-    \menu{Translation} menu. However, in some cases the character will
-    not make sense in the target language, and it must be
-    changed. Whichever character (alpha or digit) is chosen, the
-    translation must be in the form "Ctrl+" followed by the upper case
-    character.  \e{Qt} will automatically display the correct name at
-    runtime. As with Alt key accelerators, if the translator changes
-    the character, the new character must not conflict with any other
-    Ctrl key accelerator.
-
-    \warning Do not translate the "Alt", "Ctrl" or "Shift" parts of
-    the accelerators. \e{Qt} relies on these strings being there. For
-    supported languages, \e {Qt} automatically translates these
-    strings.
-
-    \section2 Handling Numbered Arguments
-
-    Some phrases contain numbered arguments. A numbered argument is a
-    placeholder that will be replaced with text at runtime. A numbered
-    argument appears in a source string as a percent sign followed by
-    a digit. Consider an example: \c{After processing file %1, file %2
-    is next in line}. In this string to be translated, \c{%1} and
-    \c{%2} are numbered arguments. At runtime, \c{%1} and \c{%2} will
-    be replaced with the first and next file names respectively. The
-    same numbered arguments must appear in the translation, but not
-    necessarily in the same order. A German translation of the string
-    might reverse the phrases, e.g. \c{Datei %2 wird bearbeitet, wenn
-    Datei %1 fertig ist}. Both numbered arguments appear in the
-    translation, but in the reverse order. \c{%i} will always be
-    replaced by the same text in the translation stringss, regardless
-    of where argument \e{i} appears in the argument sequence in the
-    source string.
-
-    \section2 Reusing Translations
-
-    If the translated text is similar to the source text, choose the
-    \e {Copy from source text} entry in the \menu Translation menu (press
-    \key{Ctrl+B}) which will copy the source text into the 
-    \l{The Translation Area} {translation area}.
-
-    \QL automatically lists possible translations from any open
-    \l{Phrase Books} {phrase books} in the \l{Phrases and Guesses
-    Window}, as well as similar or identical phrases that have already
-    been translated.
-
-    \section2 Changing the Target Locale
-
-    \QL displays the target language in the \l{The Translation Area}
-    {translation area}, and adapts the number of input fields for
-    plural forms accordingly. If not explicitly set, \QL guesses the
-    target language and country by evaluating the translation source
-    file name: E.g. \c app_de.ts sets the target language to German,
-    and \c app_de_ch.ts sets the target language to German and the
-    target country to Switzerland (this also helps loading
-    translations for the current locale automatically; see
-    \l{linguist-programmers.html}{Programmers Manual} for details).
-    If your files do not follow this convention, you can also set the
-    locale information explicitly using \e {Translation File Settings}
-    in the \menu Edit menu.
-
-    \image linguist-translationfilesettings.png
-
-    \section1 Phrase Books
-
-    A \QL phrase book is a set of source phrases, target
-    (translated) phrases, and optional definitions. Typically one phrase book
-    will be created per language and family of applications. Phrase books 
-    are used to provide a common set of translations to help ensure consistency. 
-    They can also be used to avoid duplication of effort since the translations 
-    for a family of applications can be produced once in the phrase book.
-    If the translator reaches an untranslated phrase that is the same as a
-    source phrase in a phrase book, \QL will show the
-    phrase book entry in the \l {Phrases and Guesses Window}.
-
-    \section2 Creating and Editing Phrase Books
-
-    \image linguist-phrasebookdialog.png
-
-    Before a phrase book can be edited it must be created or, if it already
-    exists, opened. Create a new phrase book by selecting
-    \menu{Phrase|New Phrase Book} from the menu bar. You must enter a
-    filename and may change the location of the file if you wish. A newly
-    created phrase book is automatically opened. Open an existing phrase
-    book by choosing \menu{Phrase|Open Phrase Book} from the menu bar.
-
-    The phrase book contents can be displayed and changed by selecting
-    \menu{Phrase|Edit Phrase Book}, and then activating the phrase book you
-    want to work on. This will pop up the Phrase Book Dialog as shown
-    in the image above. To add a new phrase click the \gui{New Phrase} 
-    button (or press Alt+N) and type in a new source phrase. Press Tab and 
-    type in the translation. Optionally press Tab and enter a definition -- 
-    this is useful to distinguish different translations of the same source 
-    phrase. This process may be repeated as often as necessary. You can delete 
-    a phrase by selecting it in the phrases list and clicking
-    Remove Phrase. Click the \gui Close button (press Esc) once you've finished 
-    adding (and removing) phrases.
-
-    \section2 Shortcuts for Editing Phrase Books
-
-    You can also create a new phrase book entry directly out of the translation you
-    are working on: Clicking \menu{Phrases|Add to Phrase Book} or pressing
-    \key{Ctrl+T} will add the source text and the content of the first translation 
-    field to the current phrase book. If multiple phrase books are loaded,
-    you have to specify the phrase book to add the entry to in a dialogue.
-    If you detect an error in a phrase book entry that is shown in the 
-    \l{Phrases and Guesses Window}, you can also edit it in place by right 
-    clicking on the entry, and selecting \menu{Edit}. After fixing the error 
-    press \key{Return} to leave the editing mode.
-
-    \section2 Batch Translation
-
-    \image linguist-batchtranslation.png
-
-    Use the batch translation feature of \QL to automatically
-    translate source texts that are also in a phrase book. Selecting
-    \menu{Tools|Batch Translation} will show you the batch translation dialog,
-    which let you configure which phrase books to use in what order during the
-    batch translation process. Furthermore you can set whether only entries 
-    with no present translation should be considered, and whether batch translated
-    entries should be set to finished (see also \l {String Translation States}).
-
-    \section1 Validation Tests
-
-    \QL provides four kinds of validation tests for translations.
-
-    \list 1
-    \o \e {Accelerator validation} detects translated phrases
-    that do not have an ampersand when the source phrase does and vice
-    versa.
-    \o \e {Punctuation validation} detects differences in the
-    terminating punctuation between source and translated phrases when this
-    may be significant, e.g. warns if the source phrase ends with an
-    ellipsis, exclamation mark or question mark, and the translated phrase
-    doesn't and vice versa.
-    \o \e {Phrases validation} detects source phrases that are
-    also in the phrase book but whose translation differs from that given in
-    the phrase book.
-    \o \e {Place marker validation} detects whether the same variables
-    (like \c %1, \c %2) are used both in the source text and in the translation.
-    \endlist
-
-    Validation may be switched on or off from the menu bar's
-    Validation item or using the toolbar buttons. Unfinished phrases
-    that fail validation are marked with an exclamation mark in the
-    source text pane. Finished phrases will get a yellow tick
-    instead. If you switch validation off and then switch it on later,
-    \QL will recheck all phrases and mark any that fail
-    validation. See also \l{String Translation States}.
-
-    \section1 Form Preview
-
-    \image linguist-previewtool.png
-
-    Forms created by \e{Qt Designer} are stored in special UI files.
-    \QL can make use of these UI files to show the translations
-    done so far on the form itself. This of course requires access to the UI
-    files during the translation process. Activate 
-    \menu{Tools|Open/Refresh Form Preview} to open the window shown above.
-    The list of UI files \QL has detected are displayed in the Forms
-    List on the left hand. If the path to the files has changed, you can load
-    the files manually via \menu{File|Open Form...}. Double-click on an entry
-    in the Forms List to display the Form File. Select \e{<No Translation>} from
-    the toolbar to display the untranslated form.
-
-    \section1 Qt Linguist Reference
-
-
-    \section2 File Types
-
-    \QL makes use of four kinds of files:
-
-    \list
-    \o TS \e {translation source files} \BR are human-readable XML
-    files containing source phrases and their translations. These files are
-    usually created and updated by \l lupdate and are specific to an
-    application.
-    \o \c .xlf \e {XLIFF files} \BR are human-readable XML files that adhere
-    to the international XML Localization Interchange File Format. \QL
-    can be used to edit XLIFF files generated by other programs. For standard
-    Qt projects, however, only the TS file format is used.
-    \o QM \e {Qt message files} \BR are binary files that contain
-    translations used by an application at runtime. These files are
-    generated by \l lrelease, but can also be generated by \QL.
-    \o \c .qph \e {Qt phrase book files} \BR are human-readable XML
-    files containing standard phrases and their translations. These files
-    are created and updated by \QL and may be used by any
-    number of projects and applications.
-    \endlist
-
-    \target menubar
-    \section2 The Menu Bar
-
-    \image linguist-menubar.png
-
-    \list
-    \o \gui {File}
-        \list
-        \o \gui {Open... Ctrl+O} \BR pops up an open file dialog from which a
-        translation source \c .ts or \c .xlf file can be chosen.
-        \o \gui {Recently opened files} \BR shows the TS files that
-        have been opened recently, click one to open it.
-        \o \gui {Save Ctrl+S} \BR saves the current translation source file.
-        \o \gui {Save As...} \BR pops up a save as file dialog so that the
-        current translation source file may be saved with a different
-        name, format and/or put in a different location.
-        \o \gui {Release} \BR create a Qt message QM file with the same base
-        name as the current translation source file. The release manager's
-        command line tool \l lrelease performs the same function on
-        \e all of an application's translation source files.
-        \o \gui {Release As...} \BR pops up a save as file dialog. The
-        filename entered will be a Qt message QM file of the translation
-        based on the current translation source file. The release manager's
-        command line tool \l lrelease performs the same function on
-        \e all of an application's translation source files.
-        \o \gui {Print... Ctrl+P} \BR pops up a print dialog. If you click
-        OK the translation source and the translations will be printed.
-        \o \gui {Exit Ctrl+Q} \BR closes \QL.
-        \endlist
-
-    \o \gui {Edit}
-        \list
-        \o \gui {Undo Ctrl+Z} \BR undoes the last editing action in the
-        translation pane.
-        \o \gui {Redo Ctrl+Y} \BR redoes the last editing action in the
-        translation pane.
-        \o \gui {Cut Ctrl+X} \BR deletes any highlighted text in the
-        translation pane and saves a copy to the clipboard.
-        \o \gui {Copy Ctrl+C} \BR copies the highlighted text in the
-        translation pane to the clipboard.
-        \o \gui {Paste Ctrl+V} \BR pastes the clipboard text into the
-        translation pane.
-    \omit
-        \o \gui {Delete} \BR deletes the highlighted text in the
-        translation pane.
-    \endomit
-        \o \gui {Select All Ctrl+A} \BR selects all the text in the
-        translation pane ready for copying or deleting.
-        \o \gui {Find... Ctrl+F} \BR pops up the
-        Find dialog. When the dialog pops up
-        enter the text to be found and click the \gui {Find Next} button.
-        Source phrases, translations and comments may be searched.
-        \o \gui {Find Next F3} \BR finds the next occurrence of the text that
-        was last entered in the Find dialog.
-        \o \gui {Search and Translate...} \BR pops up the Search and 
-        Replace Dialog. Use this dialog to translate the same text in multiple items.
-        \o \gui {Translation File Settings...} \BR let you configure the target
-        language and the country/region of a translation source file. 
-        \endlist
-
-    \o \gui {Translation}
-        \list
-        \o \gui {Prev Unfinished Ctrl+K} \BR moves to the nearest previous
-        unfinished source phrase (unfinished means untranslated or
-        translated but failed validation).
-        \o \gui {Next Unfinished Ctrl+L} \BR moves to the next unfinished source
-        phrase.
-        \o \gui {Prev Shift+Ctrl+K} \BR moves to the previous source phrase.
-        \o \gui {Next Shift+Ctrl+L} \BR moves to the next source phrase.
-        \o \gui {Done \& Next Ctrl+Enter} \BR mark this phrase as 'done'
-        (translated) and move to the next unfinished source phrase.
-        \o \gui {Copy from source text Ctrl+B} \BR copies the source text into
-        the translation.
-        \endlist
-
-    \o \gui {Validation} (See \l{Validation Tests})
-        \list
-        \o \gui {Accelerators} \BR toggles validation on or off for Alt
-        accelerators.
-        \o \gui {Ending Punctuation} \BR switches validation on or off
-        for phrase ending punctuation, e.g. ellipsis, exclamation mark,
-        question mark, etc.
-        \o \gui {Phrase Matches} \BR sets validation on or off for
-        matching against translations that are in the current phrase book.
-        \o \gui {Place Marker Matches} \BR sets validation on or off for
-        the use of the same place markers in the source and translation.
-        \endlist
-
-    \o \gui {Phrases} (See the section \l {Phrase Books} for details.)
-        \list
-
-        \o \gui {New Phrase Book... Ctrl+N} \BR pops up a save as file
-        dialog.  You must enter a filename to be used for the phrase
-        book and save the file. Once saved you should open the phrase
-        book to begin using it.
-
-        \o \gui {Open Phrase Book... Ctrl+H} \BR pops up an open file
-        dialog.  Find and choose a phrase book to open.
-
-        \o \gui {Close Phrase Book} \BR displays the list of phrase
-        books currently opened. Clicking on one of the items will
-        close the phrase book. If the phrase book has been modified, a
-        dialog box asks whether \QL should save the changes.
-
-        \o \gui {Edit Phrase Book...} \BR displays the list of phrase
-        books currently opened. Clicking on one of the items will open
-        the \l{Creating and Editing Phrase Books}{Phrase Book Dialog}
-        where you can add, edit or delete phrases.
-
-        \o \gui {Print Phrase Book...} \BR displays the list of phrase
-        books currently opened. Clicking on one of the items pops up a
-        print dialog.  If you click OK the phrase book will be
-        printed.
-
-        \o \gui {Add to Phrase Book Ctrl+T} \BR Adds the source text
-        and translation currently shown in the \l{The Translation
-        Area} {translation area} to a phrase book.  If multiple phrase
-        books are loaded, a dialog box let you specify select one.
-
-        \endlist
-
-  \o \gui {Tools}
-        \list
-
-        \o \gui {Batch Translation...} \BR Opens a \l{Batch
-        Translation}{dialog} which let you automatically insert
-        translations for source texts which are in a phrase book.
-
-        \o \gui {Open/Refresh Form Preview F3} \BR Opens the \l{Form
-        Preview}.  This window let you instantly see translations for
-        forms created with \QD.  \endlist
-
-  \o \gui {View}
-        \list
-
-        \o \gui {Revert Sorting} \BR puts the items in the \l{Context
-        Window} {context list} and in the \l{Strings Window} {string
-        list} into their original order.
-
-        \o \gui {Display Guesses} \BR turns the display of phrases and
-        guesses on or off.
-
-        \o \gui {Statistics} \BR toggles the visibility of the
-        Statistics dialog.
-
-        \o \gui {Views} \BR toggles the visibility of the \l{Context
-        Window}, \l{Strings Window}, \l{Phrases and Guesses Window},
-        \l{Warnings Window}, or \l{Sources and Forms Window}.
-
-        \o \gui {Toolbars} \BR toggles the visibility of the different
-        toolbars.
-
-        \endlist
-
-  \o \gui {Help}
-        \list
-        \o \gui {Manual F1} \BR opens this manual.
-        \o \gui {About Qt Linguist} \BR Shows information about \QL.
-        \o \gui {About Qt} \BR Shows information about \e{Qt}.
-        \o \gui {What's This? Shift+F1} \BR Click on one item in the main window 
-        to get additional information about it.
-        \endlist
-
-    \endlist
-
-    \section2 The Toolbar
-
-    \image linguist-toolbar.png
-
-    \list
-    \o \inlineimage linguist-fileopen.png
-    \BR
-    Pops up the open file dialog to open a new translation source TS file.
-
-    \o \inlineimage linguist-filesave.png
-    \BR
-    Saves the current translation source TS file.
-
-    \o \inlineimage linguist-fileprint.png
-    \BR
-    Prints the current translation source TS file.
-
-    \o \inlineimage linguist-phrasebookopen.png
-    \BR
-    Pops up the file open dialog to open a new phrase book \c .qph file.
-
-    \o \inlineimage linguist-editundo.png
-    \BR
-    Undoes the last editing action in the translation pane.
-
-    \o \inlineimage linguist-editredo.png
-    \BR
-    Redoes the last editing action in the translation pane.
-
-    \o \inlineimage linguist-editcut.png
-    \BR
-    Deletes any highlighted text in the translation pane and save a copy to
-    the clipboard.
-
-    \o \inlineimage linguist-editcopy.png
-    \BR
-    Copies the highlighted text in the translation pane to the clipboard.
-
-    \o \inlineimage linguist-editpaste.png
-    \BR
-    Pastes the clipboard text into the translation pane.
-
-    \o \inlineimage linguist-editfind.png
-    \BR
-    Pops up the Find dialog .
-
-    \o \inlineimage linguist-prev.png
-    \BR
-    Moves to the previous source phrase.
-
-    \o \inlineimage linguist-next.png
-    \BR
-    Moves to the next source phrase.
-
-    \o \inlineimage linguist-prevunfinished.png
-    \BR
-    Moves to the previous unfinished source phrase.
-
-    \o \inlineimage linguist-nextunfinished.png
-    \BR
-    Moves to the next unfinished source phrase.
-
-    \o \inlineimage linguist-doneandnext.png
-    \BR
-    Marks the phrase as 'done' (translated) and move to the next
-    unfinished source phrase.
-
-    \o \inlineimage linguist-validateaccelerators.png
-    \BR
-    Toggles accelerator validation on and off.
-
-    \o \inlineimage linguist-validatepunctuation.png
-    \BR
-    Toggles phrase ending punctuation validation on and off.
-
-    \o \inlineimage linguist-validatephrases.png
-    \BR
-    Toggles phrase book validation on or off.
-
-    \o \inlineimage linguist-validateplacemarkers.png
-    \BR
-    Toggles place marker validation on or off.
-
-    \endlist
-
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \page linguist-programmers.html
-    \title Qt Linguist Manual: Programmers
-
-    \contentspage {Qt Linguist Manual}{Contents}
-    \previouspage Qt Linguist Manual: Translators
-    \nextpage Qt Linguist Manual: TS File Format
-
-    Support for multiple languages is extremely simple in Qt
-    applications, and adds little overhead to the programmer's workload.
-
-    Qt minimizes the performance cost of using translations by
-    translating the phrases for each window as they are created. In most
-    applications the main window is created just once. Dialogs are often
-    created once and then shown and hidden as required. Once the initial
-    translation has taken place there is no further runtime overhead for
-    the translated windows. Only those windows that are created,
-    destroyed and subsequently created will have a translation
-    performance cost.
-
-    Creating applications that can switch language at runtime is possible
-    with Qt, but requires a certain amount of programmer intervention and
-    will of course incur some runtime performance cost.
-
-    \section1 Making the Application Translation-Aware
-
-    Programmers should make their application look for and load the
-    appropriate translation file and mark user-visible text and Ctrl
-    keyboard accelerators as targets for translation.
-
-    Each piece of text that requires translating requires context to help
-    the translator identify where in the program the text occurs. In the
-    case of multiple identical texts that require different translations,
-    the translator also requires some information to disambiguate the
-    source texts. Marking text for translation will automatically cause
-    the class name to be used as basic context information. In some cases
-    the programmer may be required to add additional information to help
-    the translator.
-
-    \section2 Creating Translation Files
-
-    Translation files consist of all the user-visible text and Ctrl key
-    accelerators in an application and translations of that text.
-    Translation files are created as follows:
-
-    \list 1
-    \o Run \l lupdate initially to generate the first set of TS
-    translation source files with all the user-visible text but no
-    translations.
-    \o The TS files are given to the translator who adds translations
-    using \QL. \QL takes care of any changed
-    or deleted source text.
-    \o Run \l lupdate to incorporate any new text added to the
-    application. \l lupdate synchronizes the user-visible text from the
-    application with the translations; it does not destroy any data.
-    \o Steps 2 and 3 are repeated as often as necessary.
-    \o When a release of the application is needed \l lrelease is run to
-    read the TS files and produce the QM files used by the
-    application at runtime.
-    \endlist
-
-    For \l lupdate to work successfully, it must know which translation
-    files to produce. The files are simply listed in the application's \c
-    .pro Qt project file, for example:
-
-    \snippet examples/linguist/arrowpad/arrowpad.pro 1
-
-    If your sources contain genuine non-Latin1 strings, \l lupdate needs
-    to be told about it in the \c .pro file by using, for example,
-    the following line:
-
-    \code
-        CODECFORTR = UTF-8
-    \endcode
-    
-    See the \l lupdate and \l lrelease sections.
-
-    \section2 Loading Translations
-
-    \snippet examples/linguist/hellotr/main.cpp 1
-    \snippet examples/linguist/hellotr/main.cpp 3
-
-    This is how a simple \c main() function of a Qt application begins.
-
-    \snippet examples/linguist/hellotr/main.cpp 1
-    \snippet examples/linguist/hellotr/main.cpp 4
-
-    For a translation-aware application a translator object is created, a
-    translation is loaded and the translator object installed into the
-    application.
-
-    \snippet examples/linguist/arrowpad/main.cpp 0
-    \snippet examples/linguist/arrowpad/main.cpp 1
-
-    For non-Latin1 strings in the sources you will also need for example:
-
-    \code
-            QTextCodec::setCodecForTr(QTextCodec::codecForName("utf8"));
-    \endcode
-
-    In production applications a more flexible approach, for example,
-    loading translations according to locale, might be more appropriate. If
-    the TS files are all named according to a convention such as
-    \e appname_locale, e.g. \c tt2_fr, \c tt2_de etc, then the
-    code above will load the current locale's translation at runtime.
-
-    If there is no translation file for the current locale the application
-    will fall back to using the original source text.
-
-    Note that if you need to programmatically add translations at
-    runtime, you can reimplement QTranslator::translate().
-
-    \section2 Making the Application Translate User-Visible Strings
-
-    User-visible strings are marked as translation targets by wrapping them
-    in a \c tr() call, for example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_linguist-manual.qdoc 6
-
-    would become
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_linguist-manual.qdoc 7
-
-    All QObject subclasses that use the \c Q_OBJECT macro implement
-    the \c tr() function.
-
-    Although the \c tr() call is normally made directly since it is
-    usually called as a member function of a QObject subclass, in
-    other cases an explicit class name can be supplied, for example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_linguist-manual.qdoc 8
-
-    or
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_linguist-manual.qdoc 9
-
-    \section2 Distinguishing Identical Strings That Require Different Translations
-
-    The \l lupdate program automatically provides a \e context for every
-    source text. This context is the class name of the class that contains
-    the \c tr() call. This is sufficient in the vast majority of cases.
-    Sometimes however, the translator will need further information to
-    uniquely identify a source text; for example, a dialog that contained
-    two separate frames, each of which contained an "Enabled" option would
-    need each identified because in some languages the translation would
-    differ between the two. This is easily achieved using the
-    two argument form of the \c tr() call, e.g.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_linguist-manual.qdoc 10
-
-    and
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_linguist-manual.qdoc 11
-
-    Ctrl key accelerators are also translatable:
-
-    \snippet examples/linguist/trollprint/mainwindow.cpp 2
-
-    It is strongly recommended that the two argument form of \c tr() is used
-    for Ctrl key accelerators. The second argument is the only clue the
-    translator has as to the function performed by the accelerator.
-
-    \section2 Helping the Translator with Navigation Information
-
-    In large complex applications it may be difficult for the translator to
-    see where a particular source text comes from. This problem can be
-    solved by adding a comment using the keyword \e TRANSLATOR which
-    describes the navigation steps to reach the text in question; e.g.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_linguist-manual.qdoc 12
-
-    These comments are particularly useful for widget classes.
-
-    \section2 Handling Plural Forms
-
-    Qt includes a \c tr() overload that will make it very easy to 
-    write "plural-aware" internationalized applications. This overload 
-    has the following signature:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_linguist-manual.qdoc 17
-
-    Depending on the value of \c n, the \c tr() function will return a different 
-    translation, with the correct grammatical number for the target language. 
-    Also, any occurrence of \c %n is replaced with \c{n}'s value. For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_linguist-manual.qdoc 18
-
-    If a French translation is loaded, this will expand to "0 item 
-    remplac\unicode{233}", "1 item remplac\unicode{233}", "2 items 
-    remplac\unicode{233}s", etc., depending on \c{n}'s value. 
-    And if no translation is loaded, the orignal string is used, with \c %n 
-    replaced with count's value (e.g., "6 item(s) replaced").
-
-    To handle plural forms in the native language, you need to load a 
-    translation file for this language, too. \l lupdate has the 
-    \c -pluralonly command line option, which allows the creation of
-    TS files containing only entries with plural forms.
-
-    See the \l{http://qt.nokia.com/doc/qq/}{Qt Quarterly} Article 
-    \l{http://qt.nokia.com/doc/qq/qq19-plurals.html}{Plural Forms in Translations}
-    for further details on this issue.
-
-    \section2 Coping With C++ Namespaces
-
-    C++ namespaces and the \c {using namespace} statement can confuse
-    \l lupdate. It will interpret \c MyClass::tr() as meaning just
-    that, not as \c MyNamespace::MyClass::tr(), even if \c MyClass is
-    defined in the \c MyNamespace namespace. Runtime translation of
-    these strings will fail because of that.
-
-    You can work around this limitation by putting a \e TRANSLATOR
-    comment at the beginning of the source files that use \c
-    MyClass::tr():
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_linguist-manual.qdoc 13
-
-    After the comment, all references to \c MyClass::tr() will be
-    understood as meaning \c MyNamespace::MyClass::tr().
-
-    \section2 Translating Text That is Outside of a QObject Subclass
-
-    \section3 Using QCoreApplication::translate()
-
-    If the quoted text is not in a member function of a QObject subclass,
-    use either the tr() function of an appropriate class, or the
-    QCoreApplication::translate() function directly:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_linguist-manual.qdoc 14
-
-    \section3 Using QT_TR_NOOP() and QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP()
-
-    If you need to have translatable text completely outside a function,
-    there are two macros to help: QT_TR_NOOP() and QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP().
-    These macros merely mark the text for extraction by \l{lupdate}.
-    The macros expand to just the text (without the context).
-
-    Example of QT_TR_NOOP():
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_linguist-manual.qdoc 15
-
-    Example of QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP():
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_linguist-manual.qdoc 16
-
-    \section1 Tutorials
-
-    Three tutorials are presented:
-
-    \list 1
-    \o \l{linguist/hellotr}{Hello tr()} demonstrates the creation of
-        a \l QTranslator object. It also shows the simplest use of
-        the \c tr() function to mark user-visible source text for
-        translation.
-
-    \o \l{linguist/arrowpad}{Arrow Pad} explains how to make the application load the
-       translation file applicable to the current locale. It also shows the
-       use of the two-argument form of \c tr() which provides additional
-       information to the translator.
-
-    \o \l{linguist/trollprint}{Troll Print} explains how
-        identical source texts can be distinguished even when they occur in
-        the same context. This tutorial also discusses how the translation
-        tools help minimize the translator's work when an application is
-        upgraded.
-    \endlist
-
-    These tutorials cover all that you need to know to prepare your Qt
-    applications for translation.
-
-    At the beginning of a project add the translation source files to be
-    used to the project file and add calls to \l lupdate and \l lrelease to
-    the makefile.
-
-    During the project all the programmer must do is wrap any user-visible
-    text in \c tr() calls. They should also use the two argument form for
-    Ctrl key accelerators, or when asked by the translator for the cases
-    where the same text translates into two different forms in the same
-    context. The programmer should also include \c TRANSLATION comments to
-    help the translator navigate the application.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \page linguist-ts-file-format.html
-    \title Qt Linguist Manual: TS File Format
-
-    \contentspage {Qt Linguist Manual}{Contents}
-    \previouspage Qt Linguist Manual: Programmers
-
-    The TS file format used by \QL is described by the
-    \l{http://www.w3.org/TR/1998/REC-xml-19980210}{DTD} presented below,
-    which we include for your convenience. Be aware that the format
-    may change in future Qt releases.
-
-    \quotefile tools/linguist/shared/ts.dtd
-    
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/mac-differences.qdoc b/doc/src/mac-differences.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index ee77125..0000000
--- a/doc/src/mac-differences.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,339 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page mac-differences.html
-    \title Qt for Mac OS X - Specific Issues
-    \brief A description of issues with Qt that are specific to Mac OS X.
-    \ingroup platform-notes
-
-    This file outlines known issues and possible workarounds when
-    using Qt on Mac OS X. Contact Qt's technical support team if you find
-    additional issues which are not covered here. (See also the
-    document \l{qtmac-as-native.html} {Qt is Mac OS X Native}.)
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 GUI Applications
-
-    Mac OS X handles most applications as "bundles". A bundle is a
-    directory structure that groups related files together (e.g.,
-    widgets.app/). GUI applications in particular must be run from a
-    bundle or by using the open(1), because Mac OS X needs the bundle
-    to dispatch events correctly, as well as for accessing the menu
-    bar.
-
-    If you are using older versions of GDB you must run with the full
-    path to the executable.  Later versions allow you to pass the
-    bundle name on the command line.
-
-    \section1 Painting
-
-    Mac OS X always double buffers the screen so the
-    Qt::WA_PaintOnScreen attribute has no effect. Also it is
-    impossible to paint outside of a paint event so
-    Qt::WA_PaintOutsidePaintEvent has no effect either.
-
-    \section1 Library Support
-
-    \section2 Qt libraries as frameworks
-
-    By default, Qt is built as a set of frameworks. Frameworks is the
-    Mac OS X "preferred" way of distributing libraries. There are
-    definite advantages to using them. See
-    \l{http://developer.apple.com/documentation/MacOSX/Conceptual/BPFrameworks/index.html}
-    {Apple's Framework Programming Guide} for more information.
-
-    In general, this shouldn't be an issue because qmake takes care of
-    the specifics for you. The
-    \l{http://developer.apple.com/documentation/MacOSX/Conceptual/BPFrameworks/index.html}
-    {Framework Programming Guide} discusses issues to keep in mind
-    when choosing frameworks over the more typical, dynamic libraries.
-    However, one point to remember is: \bold {Frameworks always link
-    with "release" versions of libraries}.
-
-    If you actually want to use a \e{debug} version of a Qt framework,
-    you must ensure that your application actually loads that debug
-    version. This is often done by using the DYLD_IMAGE_SUFFIX
-    environment variables, but that way often doesn't work so well.
-    Instead, you can temporarily swap your debug and release versions,
-    which is documented in
-    \l{http://developer.apple.com/technotes/tn2004/tn2124.html#SECJUSTONELIB}
-    {Apple's "Debugging Magic" technical note}.
-
-    If you don't want to use frameworks, simply configure Qt with
-    \c{-no-framework}.
-
-    \section2 Bundle-Based Libraries
-
-    If you want to use some dynamic libraries in your Mac OS X
-    application bundle (the application directory), create a
-    subdirectory named "Frameworks" in the application bundle
-    directory and place your dynamic libraries there. The application
-    will find a dynamic library if it has the install name
-    \e{@executable_path/../Frameworks/libname.dylib}.
-
-    If you use \c qmake and Makefiles, use the \c QMAKE_LFLAGS_SONAME setting:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_mac-differences.qdoc 0
-
-    Alternatively, you can modify the install name using the
-    install_name_tool(1) on the command line. See its manpage for more
-    information.
-
-    Note that the \c DYLD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable will
-    override these settings, and any other default paths, such as a
-    lookup of dynamic libraries inside \c /usr/lib and similar default
-    locations.
-
-    \section2 Combining Libraries
-
-    If you want to build a new dynamic library combining the Qt 4
-    dynamic libraries, you need to introduce the \c{ld -r} flag. Then
-    relocation information is stored in the output file, so that
-    this file could be the subject of another \c ld run. This is done
-    by setting the \c -r flag in the \c .pro file, and the \c LFLAGS
-    settings.
-
-    \section2 Initialization Order
-
-    dyld(1) calls global static initializers in the order they are
-    linked into your application. If a library links against Qt and
-    references globals in Qt (from global initializers in your own
-    library), be sure to link your application against Qt before
-    linking it against the library.  Otherwise the result will be
-    undefined because Qt's global initializers have not been called
-    yet.
-
-    \section1 Compile-Time Flags
-
-    The follewing flags are helpful when you want to define Mac OS X specific
-    code:
-
-    \list
-
-    \o Q_OS_DARWIN is defined when Qt detects you are on a
-    Darwin-based system (including the Open Source version)
-
-    \o Q_WS_MAC is defined when the Mac OS X GUI is present.
-
-    \o QT_MAC_USE_COCOA is defined when Qt is built to use the Cocoa framework.
-    If it is not present, then Qt is using Carbon.
-
-    \endlist
-
-    A additional flag, Q_OS_MAC, is defined as a convenience whenever
-    Q_OS_DARWIN is defined.
-
-    If you want to define code for specific versions of Mac OS X, use
-    the availability macros defined in /usr/include/AvailabilityMacros.h.
-
-    See QSysInfo for information on runtime version checking.
-
-    \section1 Mac OS X Native API Access
-
-    \section2 Accessing the Bundle Path
-
-    The Mac OS X application is actually a directory (ending with \c
-    .app).  This directory contains sub-directories and files. It may
-    be useful to place items (e.g. plugins, online-documentation,
-    etc.) inside this bundle. You might then want to find out where
-    the bundle resides on the disk. The following code returns the
-    path of the application bundle:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_mac-differences.qdoc 1
-
-    Note: When OS X is set to use Japanese, a bug causes this sequence
-    to fail and return an empty string. Therefore, always test the
-    returned string.
-
-    For more information about using the CFBundle API, see
-    \l{http://developer.apple.com/documentation/CoreFoundation/Reference/CFBundleRef/index.html}
-    {Apple's Developer Website}.
-
-    \section2 Translating the Application Menu and Native Dialogs
-
-    The items in the Application Menu will be merged correctly for
-    your localized application, but they will not show up translated
-    until you 
-    \l{http://developer.apple.com/documentation/CoreFoundation/Conceptual/CFBundles/Concepts/BundleAnatomy.html#//apple_ref/doc/uid/20001119-105003-BAJFDAAG}
-    {add a localized resource folder} to the application bundle.
-    The main thing you need to do is create a file called
-    locversion.plist.  Here is an example for Norwegian:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_mac-differences.qdoc 2
-
-    Now when you run the application with your preferred language set
-    to Norwegian, you should see menu items like "Avslutt" instead of
-    "Quit".
-
-    \section1 User Interface
-
-    \section2 Right-Mouse Clicks
-
-    If you want to provide right-mouse click support for Mac OS X, use
-    the QContextMenuEvent class. This will map to a context menu
-    event, i.e., a menu that will display a pop-up selection. This is
-    the most common use of right-mouse clicks, and maps to a
-    control-click with the Mac OS X one-button mouse support.
-
-    \section2 Menu Bar
-
-    Qt will automatically detect your menu bars for you and turn
-    them into Mac native menu bars. Fitting this into your existing Qt
-    application will normally be automatic. However, if you have
-    special needs, the Qt implementation currently selects a menu
-    bar by starting at the active window
-    (i.e. QApplication::activeWindow()) and applying the following
-    tests:
-
-    \list 1
-
-    \i If the window has a QMenuBar, then it is used.
-
-    \i If the window is modal, then its menu bar is used. If no menu
-       bar is specified, then a default menu bar is used (as
-       documented below).
-
-    \i If the window has no parent, then the default menu bar is used
-       (as documented below).
-
-    \endlist
-
-    These tests are followed all the way up the parent window chain
-    until one of the above rules is satisifed. If all else fails, a
-    default menu bar will be created. Note the default menu bar on
-    Qt is an empty menu bar. However, you can create a different
-    default menu bar by creating a parentless QMenuBar. The first one
-    created will be designated the default menu bar and will be used
-    whenever a default menu bar is needed.
-
-    Note that using native menu bars introduces certain limitations on
-    Qt classes.  See the \l{#Limitations}{list of limitations} below
-    for more information about these.
-
-    \section2 Special Keys
-
-    To provide the expected behavior for Qt applications on Mac OS X,
-    the Qt::Meta, Qt::MetaModifier, and Qt::META enum values
-    correspond to the Control keys on the standard Macintosh keyboard,
-    and the Qt::Control, Qt::ControlModifier, and Qt::CTRL enum values
-    correspond to the Command keys.
-
-    \section1 Limitations
-
-    \section2 Menu Actions
-
-    \list
-
-    \o Actions in a QMenu with accelerators that have more than one
-       keystroke (QKeySequence) will not display correctly, when the
-       QMenu is translated into a Mac native menu bar. The first key
-       will be displayed. However, the shortcut will still be
-       activated as on all other platforms.
-
-    \o QMenu objects used in the native menu bar are not able to
-       handle Qt events via the normal event handlers.
-       For Carbon, you will have to install a Carbon event handler on
-       the menu bar in order to receive Carbon events that are similar
-       to \l{QMenu::}{showEvent()}, \l{QMenu::}{hideEvent()}, and
-       \l{QMenu::}{mouseMoveEvent()}. For Cocoa, you will have to
-       install a delegate on the menu itself to be notified of these
-       changes. Alternatively, consider using the QMenu::aboutToShow()
-       and QMenu::aboutToHide() signals to keep track of menu visibility;
-       these provide a solution that should work on all platforms
-       supported by Qt.
-
-    \endlist
-
-    \section2 Native Widgets
-
-    Qt has support for sheets and drawers, represented in the
-    window flags by Qt::Sheet and Qt::Drawer respectiviely. Brushed
-    metal windows can also be created by using the
-    Qt::WA_MacMetalStyle window attribute.
-
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \page qt-mac-cocoa-licensing.html
-
-    \title Contributions to the Following QtGui Files: qapplication_cocoa_p.h, qapplication_mac.mm, qdesktopwidget_mac.mm qeventdispatcher_mac.mm qeventdispatcher_mac_p.h qmacincludes_mac.h qt_cocoa_helpers.mm qt_cocoa_helpers_p.h qwidget_mac.mm qsystemtrayicon_mac.mm
-
-    \contentspage {Other Licenses Used in Qt}{Contents}
-
-    \ingroup licensing
-    \brief License information for contributions by Apple, Inc. to specific parts of the Qt/Mac Cocoa port.
-
-    \legalese
-
-    Copyright (C) 2007-2008, Apple, Inc.
-
-    All rights reserved.
-
-    Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
-    modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-
-    \list
-    \o Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
-       this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-    \o Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
-       this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
-       and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-    \o Neither the name of Apple, Inc. nor the names of its contributors
-       may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-       without specific prior written permission.
-    \endlist
-
-    THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
-    "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
-    LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
-    A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR
-    CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-    EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
-    PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
-    PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
-    LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
-    NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
-    SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-
-    \endlegalese
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/metaobjects.qdoc b/doc/src/metaobjects.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index c11cf4d..0000000
--- a/doc/src/metaobjects.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,149 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page metaobjects.html
-    \title Meta-Object System
-    \brief An overview of Qt's meta-object system and introspection capabilities.
-    \ingroup architecture
-    \keyword meta-object
-
-    Qt's meta-object system provides the signals and slots mechanism for
-    inter-object communication, run-time type information, and the dynamic
-    property system.
-
-    The meta-object system is based on three things:
-
-    \list 1
-    \o The \l QObject class provides a base class for objects that can
-       take advantage of the meta-object system.
-    \o The Q_OBJECT macro inside the private section of the class
-       declaration is used to enable meta-object features, such as
-       dynamic properties, signals, and slots.
-    \o The \l{moc}{Meta-Object Compiler} (\c moc) supplies each
-       QObject subclass with the necessary code to implement
-       meta-object features.
-    \endlist
-
-    The \c moc tool reads a C++ source file. If it finds one or more
-    class declarations that contain the Q_OBJECT macro, it
-    produces another C++ source file which contains the meta-object
-    code for each of those classes. This generated source file is
-    either \c{#include}'d into the class's source file or, more
-    usually, compiled and linked with the class's implementation.
-
-    In addition to providing the \l{signals and slots} mechanism for
-    communication between objects (the main reason for introducing
-    the system), the meta-object code provides the following
-    additional features:
-
-    \list
-    \o QObject::metaObject() returns the associated
-       \l{QMetaObject}{meta-object} for the class.
-    \o QMetaObject::className() returns the class name as a
-       string at run-time, without requiring native run-time type information
-       (RTTI) support through the C++ compiler.
-    \o QObject::inherits() function returns whether an object is an
-       instance of a class that inherits a specified class within the
-       QObject inheritance tree.
-    \o QObject::tr() and QObject::trUtf8() translate strings for
-       \l{Internationalization with Qt}{internationalization}.
-    \o QObject::setProperty() and QObject::property()
-       dynamically set and get properties by name.
-    \o QMetaObject::newInstance() constructs a new instance of the class.
-    \endlist
-
-    \target qobjectcast
-    It is also possible to perform dynamic casts using qobject_cast()
-    on QObject classes. The qobject_cast() function behaves similarly
-    to the standard C++ \c dynamic_cast(), with the advantages
-    that it doesn't require RTTI support and it works across dynamic
-    library boundaries. It attempts to cast its argument to the pointer
-    type specified in angle-brackets, returning a non-zero pointer if the
-    object is of the correct type (determined at run-time), or 0
-    if the object's type is incompatible.
-
-    For example, let's assume \c MyWidget inherits from QWidget and
-    is declared with the Q_OBJECT macro:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qtcast/qtcast.cpp 0
-
-    The \c obj variable, of type \c{QObject *}, actually refers to a
-    \c MyWidget object, so we can cast it appropriately:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qtcast/qtcast.cpp 1
-
-    The cast from QObject to QWidget is successful, because the
-    object is actually a \c MyWidget, which is a subclass of QWidget.
-    Since we know that \c obj is a \c MyWidget, we can also cast it to
-    \c{MyWidget *}:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qtcast/qtcast.cpp 2
-
-    The cast to \c MyWidget is successful because qobject_cast()
-    makes no distinction between built-in Qt types and custom types.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qtcast/qtcast.cpp 3
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qtcast/qtcast.cpp 4
-
-    The cast to QLabel, on the other hand, fails. The pointer is then
-    set to 0. This makes it possible to handle objects of different
-    types differently at run-time, based on the type:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qtcast/qtcast.cpp 5
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qtcast/qtcast.cpp 6
-
-    While it is possible to use QObject as a base class without the
-    Q_OBJECT macro and without meta-object code, neither signals
-    and slots nor the other features described here will be available
-    if the Q_OBJECT macro is not used. From the meta-object
-    system's point of view, a QObject subclass without meta code is
-    equivalent to its closest ancestor with meta-object code. This
-    means for example, that QMetaObject::className() will not return
-    the actual name of your class, but the class name of this
-    ancestor.
-
-    Therefore, we strongly recommend that all subclasses of QObject
-    use the Q_OBJECT macro regardless of whether or not they
-    actually use signals, slots, and properties.
-
-    \sa QMetaObject, {Qt's Property System}, {Signals and Slots}
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/moc.qdoc b/doc/src/moc.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index ee57f7e..0000000
--- a/doc/src/moc.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,336 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page moc.html
-    \title Using the Meta-Object Compiler (moc)
-    \ingroup buildsystem
-    \ingroup qttools
-    \keyword moc
-
-    The Meta-Object Compiler, \c moc, is the program that handles
-    \l{Meta-Object System}{Qt's C++ extensions}.
-
-    The \c moc tool reads a C++ header file. If it finds one or more
-    class declarations that contain the Q_OBJECT macro, it
-    produces a C++ source file containing the meta-object code for
-    those classes. Among other things, meta-object code is required
-    for the signals and slots mechanism, the run-time type information,
-    and the dynamic property system.
-
-    The C++ source file generated by \c moc must be compiled and
-    linked with the implementation of the class.
-
-    If you use \l qmake to create your makefiles, build rules will be
-    included that call the moc when required, so you will not need to
-    use the moc directly. For more background information on \c moc,
-    see \l{Why Doesn't Qt Use Templates for Signals and Slots?}
-
-    \section1 Usage
-
-    \c moc is typically used with an input file containing class
-    declarations like this:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/moc/myclass1.h 0
-
-    In addition to the signals and slots shown above, \c moc also
-    implements object properties as in the next example. The
-    Q_PROPERTY() macro declares an object property, while
-    Q_ENUMS() declares a list of enumeration types within the class
-    to be usable inside the \l{Qt's Property System}{property
-    system}.
-
-    In the following example, we declare a property of the
-    enumeration type \c Priority that is also called \c priority and
-    has a get function \c priority() and a set function \c
-    setPriority().
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/moc/myclass2.h 0
-
-    The Q_FLAGS() macro declares enums that are to be used
-    as flags, i.e. OR'd together. Another macro, Q_CLASSINFO(),
-    allows you to attach additional name/value pairs to the class's
-    meta-object:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/moc/myclass3.h 0
-
-    The output produced by \c moc must be compiled and linked, just
-    like the other C++ code in your program; otherwise, the build
-    will fail in the final link phase. If you use \c qmake, this is
-    done automatically. Whenever \c qmake is run, it parses the
-    project's header files and generates make rules to invoke \c moc
-    for those files that contain a Q_OBJECT macro.
-
-    If the class declaration is found in the file \c myclass.h, the
-    moc output should be put in a file called \c moc_myclass.cpp.
-    This file should then be compiled as usual, resulting in an
-    object file, e.g., \c moc_myclass.obj on Windows. This object
-    should then be included in the list of object files that are
-    linked together in the final building phase of the program.
-
-    \section1 Writing Make Rules for Invoking \c moc
-
-    For anything but the simplest test programs, it is recommended
-    that you automate running the \c{moc}. By adding some rules to
-    your program's makefile, \c make can take care of running moc
-    when necessary and handling the moc output.
-
-    We recommend using the \l qmake makefile generation tool for
-    building your makefiles. This tool generates a makefile that does
-    all the necessary \c moc handling.
-
-    If you want to create your makefiles yourself, here are some tips
-    on how to include moc handling.
-
-    For Q_OBJECT class declarations in header files, here is a
-    useful makefile rule if you only use GNU make:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_moc.qdoc 0
-
-    If you want to write portably, you can use individual rules of
-    the following form:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_moc.qdoc 1
-
-    You must also remember to add \c moc_foo.cpp to your \c SOURCES
-    (substitute your favorite name) variable and \c moc_foo.o or \c
-    moc_foo.obj to your \c OBJECTS variable.
-
-    Both examples assume that \c $(DEFINES) and \c $(INCPATH) expand
-    to the define and include path options that are passed to the C++
-    compiler. These are required by \c moc to preprocess the source
-    files.
-
-    While we prefer to name our C++ source files \c .cpp, you can use
-    any other extension, such as \c .C, \c .cc, \c .CC, \c .cxx, and
-    \c .c++, if you prefer.
-
-    For Q_OBJECT class declarations in implementation (\c .cpp)
-    files, we suggest a makefile rule like this:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_moc.qdoc 2
-
-    This guarantees that make will run the moc before it compiles
-    \c foo.cpp. You can then put
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_moc.qdoc 3
-
-    at the end of \c foo.cpp, where all the classes declared in that
-    file are fully known.
-
-    \section1 Command-Line Options
-
-    Here are the command-line options supported by the moc:
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Option \o Description
-
-    \row
-    \o \c{-o<file>}
-    \o Write output to \c <file> rather than to standard output.
-
-    \row
-    \o \c{-f[<file>]}
-    \o Force the generation of an \c #include statement in the
-    output. This is the default for header files whose extension
-    starts with \c H or \c h. This option is useful if you have
-    header files that do not follow the standard naming conventions.
-    The \c <file> part is optional.
-
-    \row
-    \o \c -i
-    \o Do not generate an \c #include statement in the output.
-    This may be used to run the moc on on a C++ file containing one or
-    more class declarations. You should then \c #include the meta-object
-    code in the \c .cpp file.
-
-    \row
-    \o \c -nw
-    \o Do not generate any warnings. (Not recommended.)
-
-    \row
-    \o \c {-p<path>}
-    \o Makes the moc prepend \c {<path>/} to the file name in the
-    generated \c #include statement.
-
-    \row
-    \o \c {-I<dir>}
-    \o Add dir to the include path for header files.
-
-    \row
-    \o \c{-E}
-    \o Preprocess only; do not generate meta-object code.
-
-    \row
-    \o \c {-D<macro>[=<def>]}
-    \o Define macro, with optional definition.
-
-    \row
-    \o \c{-U<macro>}
-    \o Undefine macro.
-
-    \row
-    \o \c{@<file>}
-    \o Read additional command-line options from \c{<file>}.
-    Each line of the file is treated as a single option. Empty lines
-    are ignored. Note that this option is not supported within the
-    options file itself (i.e. an options file can't "include" another
-    file).
-
-    \row
-    \o \c{-h}
-    \o Display the usage and the list of options.
-
-    \row
-    \o \c {-v}
-    \o Display \c{moc}'s version number.
-
-    \row
-    \o \c{-Fdir}
-    
-    \o Mac OS X. Add the framework directory \c{dir} to the head of
-       the list of directories to be searched for header files. These
-       directories are interleaved with those specified by -I options
-       and are scanned in a left-to-right order (see the manpage for
-       gcc). Normally, use -F /Library/Frameworks/
-
-    \endtable
-
-    You can explicitly tell the moc not to parse parts of a header
-    file. \c moc defines the preprocessor symbol \c Q_MOC_RUN. Any
-    code surrounded by
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_moc.qdoc 4
-
-    is skipped by the \c moc.
-
-    \section1 Diagnostics
-
-    \c moc will warn you about a number of dangerous or illegal
-    constructs in the Q_OBJECT class declarations.
-
-    If you get linkage errors in the final building phase of your
-    program, saying that \c YourClass::className() is undefined or
-    that \c YourClass lacks a vtable, something has been done wrong.
-    Most often, you have forgotten to compile or \c #include the
-    moc-generated C++ code, or (in the former case) include that
-    object file in the link command. If you use \c qmake, try
-    rerunning it to update your makefile. This should do the trick.
-
-    \section1 Limitations
-
-    \c moc does not handle all of C++. The main problem is that class
-    templates cannot have signals or slots. Here is an example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_moc.qdoc 5
-
-    Another limitation is that moc does not expand macros, so you
-    for example cannot use a macro to declare a signal/slot
-    or use one to define a base class for a QObject.
-
-    Less importantly, the following constructs are illegal. All of
-    them have alternatives which we think are usually better, so
-    removing these limitations is not a high priority for us.
-
-    \section2 Multiple Inheritance Requires QObject to Be First
-
-    If you are using multiple inheritance, \c moc assumes that the
-    first inherited class is a subclass of QObject. Also, be sure
-    that only the first inherited class is a QObject.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_moc.qdoc 6
-
-    Virtual inheritance with QObject is \e not supported.
-
-    \section2 Function Pointers Cannot Be Signal or Slot Parameters
-
-    In most cases where you would consider using function pointers as
-    signal or slot parameters, we think inheritance is a better
-    alternative. Here is an example of illegal syntax:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_moc.qdoc 7
-
-    You can work around this restriction like this:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_moc.qdoc 8
-
-    It may sometimes be even better to replace the function pointer
-    with inheritance and virtual functions.
-
-    \section2 Enums and Typedefs Must Be Fully Qualified for Signal and Slot Parameters
-
-    When checking the signatures of its arguments, QObject::connect()
-    compares the data types literally. Thus,
-    \l{Qt::Alignment}{Alignment} and \l{Qt::Alignment} are treated as
-    two distinct types. To work around this limitation, make sure to
-    fully qualify the data types when declaring signals and slots,
-    and when establishing connections. For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_moc.qdoc 9
-
-    \section2 Type Macros Cannot Be Used for Signal and Slot Parameters
-
-    Since \c moc doesn't expand \c{#define}s, type macros that take
-    an argument will not work in signals and slots. Here is an
-    illegal example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_moc.qdoc 10
-
-    A macro without parameters will work.
-
-    \section2 Nested Classes Cannot Have Signals or Slots
-
-    Here's an example of the offending construct:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_moc.qdoc 11
-
-    \section2 Signal/Slot return types cannot be references
-
-    Signals and slots can have return types, but signals or slots returning references
-    will be treated as returning void.
-
-    \section2 Only Signals and Slots May Appear in the \c signals and \c slots Sections of a Class
-
-    \c moc will complain if you try to put other constructs in the \c
-    signals or \c slots sections of a class than signals and slots.
-
-    \sa {Meta-Object System}, {Signals and Slots}, {Qt's Property System}
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/model-view-programming.qdoc b/doc/src/model-view-programming.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 13f5e5a..0000000
--- a/doc/src/model-view-programming.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2485 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page model-view-programming.html
-    \nextpage An Introduction to Model/View Programming
-    \startpage index.html Qt Reference Documentation
-
-    \title Model/View Programming
-    \ingroup architecture
-    \brief A guide to the extensible model/view architecture used by Qt's
-    item view classes.
-
-    \list
-    \o \l{An Introduction to Model/View Programming}
-      \tableofcontents{1 An Introduction to Model/View Programming}
-    \o \l{Using Models and Views}
-      \tableofcontents{1 Using Models and Views}
-    \o \l{Model Classes}
-      \tableofcontents{1 Model Classes}
-    \o \l{Creating New Models}
-      \tableofcontents{1 Creating New Models}
-    \o \l{View Classes}
-      \tableofcontents{1 View Classes}
-    \o \l{Handling Selections in Item Views}
-      \tableofcontents{1 Handling Selections in Item Views}
-    \o \l{Delegate Classes}
-      \tableofcontents{1 Delegate Classes}
-    \o \l{Item View Convenience Classes}
-      \tableofcontents{1 Item View Convenience Classes}
-    \o \l{Using Drag and Drop with Item Views}
-      \tableofcontents{1 Using Drag and Drop with Item Views}
-    \o \l{Proxy Models}
-      \tableofcontents{1 Proxy Models}
-    \o \l{Model Subclassing Reference}
-      \tableofcontents{1 Model Subclassing Reference}
-    \endlist
-
-    See also the list of \l{Model/View Classes}.
-
-    \section1 Related Examples
-
-    \list
-    \o \l{itemviews/dirview}{Dir View}
-    \o \l{itemviews/spinboxdelegate}{Spin Box Delegate}
-    \o \l{itemviews/pixelator}{Pixelator}
-    \o \l{itemviews/simpletreemodel}{Simple Tree Model}
-    \o \l{itemviews/chart}{Chart}
-    \endlist
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \page model-view-introduction.html
-    \previouspage Model/View Programming
-    \nextpage Using Models and Views
-    \startpage index.html Qt Reference Documentation
-
-    \title An Introduction to Model/View Programming
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    Qt 4 introduces a new set of item view classes that use a model/view
-    architecture to manage the relationship between data and the way it
-    is presented to the user. The separation of functionality introduced by
-    this architecture gives developers greater flexibility to customize the
-    presentation of items, and provides a standard model interface to allow
-    a wide range of data sources to be used with existing item views.
-    In this document, we give a brief introduction to the model/view paradigm,
-    outline the concepts involved, and describe the architecture of the item
-    view system. Each of the components in the architecture is explained,
-    and examples are given that show how to use the classes provided.
-
-    \section1 The Model/View Architecture
-
-    Model-View-Controller (MVC) is a design pattern originating from
-    Smalltalk that is often used when building user interfaces.
-    In \l{Design Patterns}, Gamma et al. write:
-
-    \quotation
-    MVC consists of three kinds of objects. The Model is the application
-    object, the View is its screen presentation, and the Controller defines
-    the way the user interface reacts to user input. Before MVC, user
-    interface designs tended to lump these objects together. MVC decouples
-    them to increase flexibility and reuse.
-    \endquotation
-
-    If the view and the controller objects are combined, the result is
-    the model/view architecture. This still separates the way that data
-    is stored from the way that it is presented to the user, but provides
-    a simpler framework based on the same principles. This separation
-    makes it possible to display the same data in several different views,
-    and to implement new types of views, without changing the underlying
-    data structures.
-    To allow flexible handling of user input, we introduce the concept of
-    the \e delegate. The advantage of having a delegate in this framework
-    is that it allows the way items of data are rendered and edited to be
-    customized.
-
-    \table
-    \row \i \inlineimage modelview-overview.png
-    \i \bold{The model/view architecture}
-
-    The model communicates with a source of data, providing an \e interface
-    for the other components in the architecture. The nature of the
-    communication depends on the type of data source, and the way the model
-    is implemented.
-
-    The view obtains \e{model indexes} from the model; these are references
-    to items of data. By supplying model indexes to the model, the view can
-    retrieve items of data from the data source.
-
-    In standard views, a \e delegate renders the items of data. When an item
-    is edited, the delegate communicates with the model directly using
-    model indexes.
-    \endtable
-
-    Generally, the model/view classes can be separated into the three groups
-    described above: models, views, and delegates. Each of these components
-    is defined by \e abstract classes that provide common interfaces and,
-    in some cases, default implementations of features.
-    Abstract classes are meant to be subclassed in order to provide the full
-    set of functionality expected by other components; this also allows
-    specialized components to be written.
-
-    Models, views, and delegates communicate with each other using \e{signals
-    and slots}:
-
-    \list
-    \o Signals from the model inform the view about changes to the data
-       held by the data source.
-    \o Signals from the view provide information about the user's interaction
-       with the items being displayed.
-    \o Signals from the delegate are used during editing to tell the
-       model and view about the state of the editor.
-    \endlist
-
-    \section2 Models
-
-    All item models are based on the QAbstractItemModel class. This class
-    defines an interface that is used by views and delegates to access data.
-    The data itself does not have to be stored in the model; it can be held
-    in a data structure or repository provided by a separate class, a file,
-    a database, or some other application component.
-
-    The basic concepts surrounding models are presented in the section
-    on \l{Model Classes}.
-
-    QAbstractItemModel
-    provides an interface to data that is flexible enough to handle views
-    that represent data in the form of tables, lists, and trees. However,
-    when implementing new models for list and table-like data structures,
-    the QAbstractListModel and QAbstractTableModel classes are better
-    starting points because they provide appropriate default implementations
-    of common functions. Each of these classes can be subclassed to provide
-    models that support specialized kinds of lists and tables.
-
-    The process of subclassing models is discussed in the section on
-    \l{Creating New Models}.
-
-    Qt provides some ready-made models that can be used to handle items of
-    data:
-
-    \list
-    \o QStringListModel is used to store a simple list of QString items.
-    \o QStandardItemModel manages more complex tree structures of items, each
-       of which can contain arbitrary data.
-    \o QDirModel provides information about files and directories in the local
-       filing system.
-    \o QSqlQueryModel, QSqlTableModel, and QSqlRelationalTableModel are used
-       to access databases using model/view conventions.
-    \endlist
-
-    If these standard models do not meet your requirements, you can subclass
-    QAbstractItemModel, QAbstractListModel, or QAbstractTableModel to create
-    your own custom models.
-
-    \section2 Views
-
-    Complete implementations are provided for different kinds of
-    views: QListView displays a list of items, QTableView displays data
-    from a model in a table, and QTreeView shows model items of data in a
-    hierarchical list. Each of these classes is based on the
-    QAbstractItemView abstract base class. Although these classes are
-    ready-to-use implementations, they can also be subclassed to provide
-    customized views.
-
-    The available views are examined in the section on \l{View Classes}.
-
-    \section2 Delegates
-
-    QAbstractItemDelegate is the abstract base class for delegates in the
-    model/view framework. Since Qt 4.4, the default delegate implementation is
-    provided by QStyledItemDelegate, and this is used as the default delegate
-    by Qt's standard views. However, QStyledItemDelegate and QItemDelegate are
-    independent alternatives to painting and providing editors for items in
-    views. The difference between them is that QStyledItemDelegate uses the
-    current style to paint its items. We therefore recommend using
-    QStyledItemDelegate as the base class when implementing custom delegates or
-    when working with Qt style sheets.
-
-    Delegates are described in the section on \l{Delegate Classes}.
-
-    \section2 Sorting
-
-    There are two ways of approaching sorting in the model/view
-    architecture; which approach to choose depends on your underlying
-    model.
-
-    If your model is sortable, i.e, if it reimplements the
-    QAbstractItemModel::sort() function, both QTableView and QTreeView
-    provide an API that allows you to sort your model data
-    programmatically. In addition, you can enable interactive sorting
-    (i.e. allowing the users to sort the data by clicking the view's
-    headers), by connecting the QHeaderView::sortIndicatorChanged() signal
-    to the QTableView::sortByColumn() slot or the
-    QTreeView::sortByColumn() slot, respectively.
-
-    The alternative approach, if your model do not have the required
-    interface or if you want to use a list view to present your data,
-    is to use a proxy model to transform the structure of your model
-    before presenting the data in the view. This is covered in detail
-    in the section on \l {Proxy Models}.
-
-    \section2 Convenience Classes
-
-    A number of \e convenience classes are derived from the standard view
-    classes for the benefit of applications that rely on Qt's item-based
-    item view and table classes. They are not intended to be subclassed,
-    but simply exist to provide a familiar interface to the equivalent classes
-    in Qt 3.
-    Examples of such classes include \l QListWidget, \l QTreeWidget, and
-    \l QTableWidget; these provide similar behavior to the \c QListBox,
-    \c QListView, and \c QTable classes in Qt 3.
-
-    These classes are less flexible than the view classes, and cannot be
-    used with arbitrary models. We recommend that you use a model/view
-    approach to handling data in item views unless you strongly need an
-    item-based set of classes.
-
-    If you wish to take advantage of the features provided by the model/view
-    approach while still using an item-based interface, consider using view
-    classes, such as QListView, QTableView, and QTreeView with
-    QStandardItemModel.
-
-    \section1 The Model/View Components
-
-    The following sections describe the way in which the model/view pattern
-    is used in Qt. Each section provides an example of use, and is followed
-    by a section showing how you can create new components.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \page model-view-using.html
-    \contentspage model-view-programming.html Contents
-    \previouspage An Introduction to Model/View Programming
-    \nextpage Model Classes
-
-    \title Using Models and Views
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 Introduction
-
-    Two of the standard models provided by Qt are QStandardItemModel and
-    QDirModel. QStandardItemModel is a multi-purpose model that can be used
-    to represent various different data structures needed by list, table,
-    and tree views. This model also holds the items of data.
-    QDirModel is a model that maintains information about the contents of a
-    directory. As a result, it does not hold any items of data itself, but
-    simply represents files and directories on the local filing system.
-
-    QDirModel provides a ready-to-use model to experiment with, and can be
-    easily configured to use existing data. Using this model, we can show how
-    to set up a model for use with ready-made views, and explore how to
-    manipulate data using model indexes.
-
-    \section1 Using Views with an Existing Model
-
-    The QListView and QTreeView classes are the most suitable views
-    to use with QDirModel. The example presented below displays the
-    contents of a directory in a tree view next to the same information in
-    a list view. The views share the user's selection so that the selected
-    items are highlighted in both views.
-
-    \img shareddirmodel.png
-
-    We set up a QDirModel so that it is ready for use, and create some
-    views to display the contents of a directory. This shows the simplest
-    way to use a model. The construction and use of the model is
-    performed from within a single \c main() function:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/shareddirmodel/main.cpp 0
-
-    The model is set up to use data from a default directory. We create two
-    views so that we can examine the items held in the model in two
-    different ways:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/shareddirmodel/main.cpp 5
-
-    The views are constructed in the same way as other widgets. Setting up
-    a view to display the items in the model is simply a matter of calling its
-    \l{QAbstractItemView::setModel()}{setModel()} function with the directory
-    model as the argument. The calls to
-    \l{QAbstractItemView::setRootIndex()}{setRootIndex()} tell the views which
-    directory to display by supplying a \e{model index} that we obtain from
-    the directory model.
-
-    The \c index() function used in this case is unique to QDirModel; we supply
-    it with a directory and it returns a model index. Model indexes are
-    discussed in the \l{Model Classes} chapter.
-
-    The rest of the function just displays the views within a splitter
-    widget, and runs the application's event loop:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/shareddirmodel/main.cpp 8
-
-    In the above example, we neglected to mention how to handle selections
-    of items. This subject is covered in more detail in the chapter on
-    \l{Handling Selections in Item Views}. Before examining how selections
-    are handled, you may find it useful to read the \l{Model Classes} chapter
-    which describes the concepts used in the model/view framework.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \page model-view-model.html
-    \contentspage model-view-programming.html Contents
-    \previouspage Using Models and Views
-    \nextpage Creating New Models
-
-    \title Model Classes
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 Basic Concepts
-
-    In the model/view architecture, the model provides a standard interface
-    that views and delegates use to access data. In Qt, the standard
-    interface is defined by the QAbstractItemModel class. No matter how the
-    items of data are stored in any underlying data structure, all subclasses
-    of QAbstractItemModel represent the data as a hierarchical structure
-    containing tables of items. Views use this \e convention to access items
-    of data in the model, but they are not restricted in the way that they
-    present this information to the user.
-
-    \image modelview-models.png
-
-    Models also notify any attached views about changes to data through the
-    signals and slots mechanism.
-
-    This chapter describes some basic concepts that are central to the way
-    item of data are accessed by other components via a model class. More
-    advanced concepts are discussed in later chapters.
-
-    \section2 Model Indexes
-
-    To ensure that the representation of the data is kept separate from the
-    way it is accessed, the concept of a \e{model index} is introduced. Each
-    piece of information that can be obtained via a model is represented by
-    a model index. Views and delegates use these indexes to request items of
-    data to display.
-
-    As a result, only the model needs to know how to obtain data, and the type
-    of data managed by the model can be defined fairly generally. Model indexes
-    contain a pointer to the model that created them, and this prevents
-    confusion when working with more than one model.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_model-view-programming.qdoc 0
-
-    Model indexes provide \e temporary references to pieces of information, and
-    can be used to retrieve or modify data via the model. Since models may
-    reorganize their internal structures from time to time, model indexes may
-    become invalid, and \e{should not be stored}. If a long-term reference to a
-    piece of information is required, a \e{persistent model index} must be
-    created. This provides a reference to the information that the model keeps
-    up-to-date. Temporary model indexes are provided by the QModelIndex class,
-    and persistent model indexes are provided by the QPersistentModelIndex
-    class.
-
-    To obtain a model index that corresponds to an item of data, three
-    properties must be specified to the model: a row number, a column number,
-    and the model index of a parent item. The following sections describe
-    and explain these properties in detail.
-
-    \section2 Rows and Columns
-
-    In its most basic form, a model can be accessed as a simple table in which
-    items are located by their row and column numbers. \e{This does not mean
-    that the underlying pieces of data are stored in an array structure}; the
-    use of row and column numbers is only a convention to allow components to
-    communicate with each other. We can retrieve information about any given
-    item by specifying its row and column numbers to the model, and we receive
-    an index that represents the item:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_model-view-programming.qdoc 1
-
-    Models that provide interfaces to simple, single level data structures like
-    lists and tables do not need any other information to be provided but, as
-    the above code indicates, we need to supply more information when obtaining
-    a model index.
-
-    \table
-    \row \i \inlineimage modelview-tablemodel.png
-    \i \bold{Rows and columns}
-
-    The diagram shows a representation of a basic table model in which each
-    item is located by a pair of row and column numbers. We obtain a model
-    index that refers to an item of data by passing the relevant row and
-    column numbers to the model.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_model-view-programming.qdoc 2
-
-    Top level items in a model are always referenced by specifying
-    \c QModelIndex() as their parent item. This is discussed in the next
-    section.
-    \endtable
-
-    \section2 Parents of Items
-
-    The table-like interface to item data provided by models is ideal when
-    using data in a table or list view; the row and column number system maps
-    exactly to the way the views display items. However, structures such as
-    tree views require the model to expose a more flexible interface to the
-    items within. As a result, each item can also be the parent of another
-    table of items, in much the same way that a top-level item in a tree view
-    can contain another list of items.
-
-    When requesting an index for a model item, we must provide some information
-    about the item's parent. Outside the model, the only way to refer to an
-    item is through a model index, so a parent model index must also be given:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_model-view-programming.qdoc 3
-
-    \table
-    \row \i \inlineimage modelview-treemodel.png
-    \i \bold{Parents, rows, and columns}
-
-    The diagram shows a representation of a tree model in which each item is
-    referred to by a parent, a row number, and a column number.
-
-    Items "A" and "C" are represented as top-level siblings in the model:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_model-view-programming.qdoc 4
-
-    Item "A" has a number of children. A model index for item "B" is
-    obtained with the following code:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_model-view-programming.qdoc 5
-    \endtable
-
-    \section2 Item Roles
-
-    Items in a model can perform various \e roles for other components,
-    allowing different kinds of data to be supplied for different situations.
-    For example, Qt::DisplayRole is used to access a string that can be
-    displayed as text in a view. Typically, items contain data for a number of
-    different roles, and the standard roles are defined by Qt::ItemDataRole.
-
-    We can ask the model for the item's data by passing it the model index
-    corresponding to the item, and by specifying a role to obtain the type
-    of data we want:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_model-view-programming.qdoc 6
-
-    \table
-    \row \i \inlineimage modelview-roles.png
-    \i \bold{Item roles}
-
-    The role indicates to the model which type of data is being referred to.
-    Views can display the roles in different ways, so it is important to
-    supply appropriate information for each role.
-
-    The \l{Creating New Models} section covers some specific uses of roles in
-    more detail.
-    \endtable
-
-    Most common uses for item data are covered by the standard roles defined in
-    Qt::ItemDataRole. By supplying appropriate item data for each role, models
-    can provide hints to views and delegates about how items should be
-    presented to the user. Different kinds of views have the freedom to
-    interpret or ignore this information as required. It is also possible to
-    define additional roles for application-specific purposes.
-
-    \section2 Summary of Concepts
-
-    \list
-    \o Model indexes give views and delegates information about the location
-       of items provided by models in a way that is independent of any
-       underlying data structures.
-    \o Items are referred to by their row and column numbers, and by the model
-       index of their parent items.
-    \o Model indexes are constructed by models at the request of other
-       components, such as views and delegates.
-    \o If a valid model index is specified for the parent item when an index is
-       requested using \l{QAbstractItemModel::index()}{index()}, the index
-       returned will refer to an item beneath that parent item in the
-       model.
-       The index obtained refers to a child of that item.
-    \o If an invalid model index is specified for the parent item when an index
-       is requested using \l{QAbstractItemModel::index()}{index()}, the index
-       returned will refer to a top-level item in the model.
-    \o The \l{Qt::ItemDataRole}{role} distinguishes between the
-       different kinds of data associated with an item.
-    \endlist
-
-    \section2 Using Model Indexes
-
-    To demonstrate how data can be retrieved from a model, using model
-    indexes, we set up a QDirModel without a view and display the
-    names of files and directories in a widget.
-    Although this does not show a normal way of using a model, it demonstrates
-    the conventions used by models when dealing with model indexes.
-
-    We construct a directory model in the following way:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/simplemodel-use/main.cpp 0
-
-    In this case, we set up a default QDirModel, obtain a parent index using
-    a specific implementation of \l{QDirModel::index()}{index()} provided by
-    that model, and we count the number of rows in the model using the
-    \l{QDirModel::rowCount()}{rowCount()} function.
-
-    For simplicity, we are only interested in the items in the first column
-    of the model. We examine each row in turn, obtaining a model index for
-    the first item in each row, and read the data stored for that item
-    in the model.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/simplemodel-use/main.cpp 1
-
-    To obtain a model index, we specify the row number, column number (zero
-    for the first column), and the appropriate model index for the parent
-    of all the items that we want.
-    The text stored in each item is retrieved using the model's
-    \l{QDirModel::data()}{data()} function. We specify the model index and
-    the \l{Qt::ItemDataRole}{DisplayRole} to obtain data for the
-    item in the form of a string.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/simplemodel-use/main.cpp 2
-    \codeline
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/simplemodel-use/main.cpp 3
-
-    The above example demonstrates the basic principles used to retrieve
-    data from a model:
-
-    \list
-    \i The dimensions of a model can be found using
-       \l{QAbstractItemModel::rowCount()}{rowCount()} and
-       \l{QAbstractItemModel::columnCount()}{columnCount()}.
-       These functions generally require a parent model index to be
-       specified.
-    \i Model indexes are used to access items in the model. The row, column,
-       and parent model index are needed to specify the item.
-    \i To access top-level items in a model, specify a null model index
-       as the parent index with \c QModelIndex().
-    \i Items contain data for different roles. To obtain the data for a
-       particular role, both the model index and the role must be supplied
-       to the model.
-    \endlist
-
-
-    \section1 Further Reading
-
-    New models can be created by implementing the standard interface provided
-    by QAbstractItemModel. In the \l{Creating New Models} chapter, we will
-    demonstrate this by creating a convenient ready-to-use model for holding
-    lists of strings.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \page model-view-view.html
-    \contentspage model-view-programming.html Contents
-    \previouspage Creating New Models
-    \nextpage Handling Selections in Item Views
-
-    \title View Classes
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 Concepts
-
-    In the model/view architecture, the view obtains items of data from the
-    model and presents them to the user. The way that the data is
-    presented need not resemble the representation of the data provided by
-    the model, and may be \e{completely different} from the underlying data
-    structure used to store items of data.
-
-    The separation of content and presentation is achieved by the use of a
-    standard model interface provided by QAbstractItemModel, a standard view
-    interface provided by QAbstractItemView, and the use of model indexes
-    that represent items of data in a general way.
-    Views typically manage the overall layout of the data obtained from
-    models. They may render individual items of data themselves, or use
-    \l{Delegate Classes}{delegates} to handle both rendering and editing
-    features.
-
-    As well as presenting data, views handle navigation between items,
-    and some aspects of item selection. The views also implement basic
-    user interface features, such as context menus and drag and drop.
-    A view can provide default editing facilities for items, or it may
-    work with a \l{Delegate Classes}{delegate} to provide a custom
-    editor.
-
-    A view can be constructed without a model, but a model must be
-    provided before it can display useful information. Views keep track of
-    the items that the user has selected through the use of
-    \l{Handling Selections in Item Views}{selections} which can be maintained
-    separately for each view, or shared between multiple views.
-
-    Some views, such as QTableView and QTreeView, display headers as well
-    as items. These are also implemented by a view class, QHeaderView.
-    Headers usually access the same model as the view that contains them.
-    They retrieve data from the model using the
-    \l{QAbstractItemModel::headerData()} function, and usually display
-    header information in the form of a label. New headers can be
-    subclassed from the QHeaderView class to provide more specialized
-    labels for views.
-
-    \section1 Using an Existing View
-
-    Qt provides three ready-to-use view classes that present data from
-    models in ways that are familiar to most users.
-    QListView can display items from a model as a simple list, or in the
-    form of a classic icon view. QTreeView displays items from a
-    model as a hierarchy of lists, allowing deeply nested structures to be
-    represented in a compact way. QTableView presents items from a model
-    in the form of a table, much like the layout of a spreadsheet
-    application.
-
-    \img standard-views.png
-
-    The default behavior of the standard views shown above should be
-    sufficient for most applications. They provide basic editing
-    facilities, and can be customized to suit the needs of more specialized
-    user interfaces.
-
-    \section2 Using a Model
-
-    We take the string list model that \l{Creating New Models}{we created as
-    an example model}, set it up with some data, and construct a view to
-    display the contents of the model. This can all be performed within a
-    single function:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/stringlistmodel/main.cpp 0
-
-    Note that the \c StringListModel is declared as a \l QAbstractItemModel.
-    This allows us to use the abstract interface to the model, and
-    ensures that the code will still work even if we replace the string list
-    model with a different model in the future.
-
-    The list view provided by \l QListView is sufficient for presenting
-    the items in the string list model. We construct the view, and set up
-    the model using the following lines of code:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/stringlistmodel/main.cpp 2
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/stringlistmodel/main.cpp 4
-
-    The view is shown in the normal way:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/stringlistmodel/main.cpp 5
-
-    The view renders the contents of a model, accessing data via the model's
-    interface. When the user tries to edit an item, the view uses a default
-    delegate to provide an editor widget.
-
-    \img stringlistmodel.png
-
-    The above image shows how a QListView represents the data in the string
-    list model. Since the model is editable, the view automatically allows
-    each item in the list to be edited using the default delegate.
-
-    \section2 Using Multiple Views onto the Same Model
-
-    Providing multiple views onto the same model is simply a matter of
-    setting the same model for each view. In the following code we create
-    two table views, each using the same simple table model which we have
-    created for this example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sharedtablemodel/main.cpp 0
-    \codeline
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sharedtablemodel/main.cpp 1
-
-    The use of signals and slots in the model/view architecture means that
-    changes to the model can be propagated to all the attached views,
-    ensuring that we can always access the same data regardless of the
-    view being used.
-
-    \img sharedmodel-tableviews.png
-
-    The above image shows two different views onto the same model, each
-    containing a number of selected items. Although the data from the model
-    is shown consistently across view, each view maintains its own internal
-    selection model. This can be useful in certain situations but, for
-    many applications, a shared selection model is desirable.
-
-    \section1 Handling Selections of Items
-
-    The mechanism for handling selections of items within views is provided
-    by the \l QItemSelectionModel class. All of the standard views construct
-    their own selection models by default, and interact with them in the
-    normal way. The selection model being used by a view can be obtained
-    through the \l{QAbstractItemView::selectionModel()}{selectionModel()}
-    function, and a replacement selection model can be specified with
-    \l{QAbstractItemView::setSelectionModel()}{setSelectionModel()}.
-    The ability to control the selection model used by a view is useful
-    when we want to provide multiple consistent views onto the same model
-    data.
-
-    Generally, unless you are subclassing a model or view, you will not
-    need to manipulate the contents of selections directly. However, the
-    interface to the selection model can be accessed, if required, and
-    this is explored in the chapter on
-    \l{Handling Selections in Item Views}.
-
-    \section2 Sharing Selections Between Views
-
-    Although it is convenient that the view classes provide their own
-    selection models by default, when we use more than one view onto the
-    same model it is often desirable that both the model's data and the
-    user's selection are shown consistently in all views.
-    Since the view classes allow their internal selection models to be
-    replaced, we can achieve a unified selection between views with the
-    following line:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sharedtablemodel/main.cpp 2
-
-    The second view is given the selection model for the first view.
-    Both views now operate on the same selection model, keeping both
-    the data and the selected items synchronized.
-
-    \img sharedselection-tableviews.png
-
-    In the example shown above, two views of the same type were used to
-    display the same model's data. However, if two different types of view
-    were used, the selected items may be represented very differently in
-    each view; for example, a contiguous selection in a table view can be
-    represented as a fragmented set of highlighted items in a tree view.
-
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \page model-view-delegate.html
-    \contentspage model-view-programming.html Contents
-    \previouspage Handling Selections in Item Views
-    \nextpage Item View Convenience Classes
-
-    \title Delegate Classes
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 Concepts
-
-    Unlike the Model-View-Controller pattern, the model/view design does not
-    include a completely separate component for managing interaction with
-    the user. Generally, the view is responsible for the presentation of
-    model data to the user, and for processing user input. To allow some
-    flexibility in the way this input is obtained, the interaction is
-    performed by delegates. These components provide input capabilities
-    and are also responsible for rendering individual items in some views.
-    The standard interface for controlling delegates is defined in the
-    \l QAbstractItemDelegate class.
-
-    Delegates are expected to be able to render their contents themselves
-    by implementing the \l{QItemDelegate::paint()}{paint()}
-    and \l{QItemDelegate::sizeHint()}{sizeHint()} functions.
-    However, simple widget-based delegates can subclass \l QItemDelegate
-    instead of \l QAbstractItemDelegate, and take advantage of the default
-    implementations of these functions.
-
-    Editors for delegates can be implemented either by using widgets to manage
-    the editing process or by handling events directly.
-    The first approach is covered later in this chapter, and it is also
-    shown in the \l{Spin Box Delegate Example}{Spin Box Delegate} example.
-
-    The \l{Pixelator Example}{Pixelator} example shows how to create a
-    custom delegate that performs specialized rendering for a table view.
-
-    \section1 Using an Existing Delegate
-
-    The standard views provided with Qt use instances of \l QItemDelegate
-    to provide editing facilities. This default implementation of the
-    delegate interface renders items in the usual style for each of the
-    standard views: \l QListView, \l QTableView, and \l QTreeView.
-
-    All the standard roles are handled by the default delegate used by
-    the standard views. The way these are interpreted is described in the
-    QItemDelegate documentation.
-
-    The delegate used by a view is returned by the
-    \l{QAbstractItemView::itemDelegate()}{itemDelegate()} function.
-    The \l{QAbstractItemView::setItemDelegate()}{setItemDelegate()} function
-    allows you to install a custom delegate for a standard view, and it is
-    necessary to use this function when setting the delegate for a custom
-    view.
-
-    \section1 A Simple Delegate
-
-    The delegate implemented here uses a \l QSpinBox to provide editing
-    facilities, and is mainly intended for use with models that display
-    integers. Although we set up a custom integer-based table model for
-    this purpose, we could easily have used \l QStandardItemModel instead
-    since the custom delegate will control data entry. We construct a
-    table view to display the contents of the model, and this will use
-    the custom delegate for editing.
-
-    \img spinboxdelegate-example.png
-
-    We subclass the delegate from \l QItemDelegate because we do not want
-    to write custom display functions. However, we must still provide
-    functions to manage the editor widget:
-
-    \snippet examples/itemviews/spinboxdelegate/delegate.h 0
-
-    Note that no editor widgets are set up when the delegate is
-    constructed. We only construct an editor widget when it is needed.
-
-    \section2 Providing an Editor
-
-    In this example, when the table view needs to provide an editor, it
-    asks the delegate to provide an editor widget that is appropriate
-    for the item being modified. The
-    \l{QAbstractItemDelegate::createEditor()}{createEditor()} function is
-    supplied with everything that the delegate needs to be able to set up
-    a suitable widget:
-
-    \snippet examples/itemviews/spinboxdelegate/delegate.cpp 1
-
-    Note that we do not need to keep a pointer to the editor widget because
-    the view takes responsibility for destroying it when it is no longer
-    needed.
-
-    We install the delegate's default event filter on the editor to ensure
-    that it provides the standard editing shortcuts that users expect.
-    Additional shortcuts can be added to the editor to allow more
-    sophisticated behavior; these are discussed in the section on
-    \l{#EditingHints}{Editing Hints}.
-
-    The view ensures that the editor's data and geometry are set
-    correctly by calling functions that we define later for these purposes.
-    We can create different editors depending on the model index supplied
-    by the view. For example, if we have a column of integers and a column
-    of strings we could return either a \c QSpinBox or a \c QLineEdit,
-    depending on which column is being edited.
-
-    The delegate must provide a function to copy model data into the
-    editor. In this example, we read the data stored in the
-    \l{Qt::ItemDataRole}{display role}, and set the value in the
-    spin box accordingly.
-
-    \snippet examples/itemviews/spinboxdelegate/delegate.cpp 2
-
-    In this example, we know that the editor widget is a spin box, but we
-    could have provided different editors for different types of data in
-    the model, in which case we would need to cast the widget to the
-    appropriate type before accessing its member functions.
-
-    \section2 Submitting Data to the Model
-
-    When the user has finished editing the value in the spin box, the view
-    asks the delegate to store the edited value in the model by calling the
-    \l{QAbstractItemDelegate::setModelData()}{setModelData()} function.
-
-    \snippet examples/itemviews/spinboxdelegate/delegate.cpp 3
-
-    Since the view manages the editor widgets for the delegate, we only
-    need to update the model with the contents of the editor supplied.
-    In this case, we ensure that the spin box is up-to-date, and update
-    the model with the value it contains using the index specified.
-
-    The standard \l QItemDelegate class informs the view when it has
-    finished editing by emitting the
-    \l{QAbstractItemDelegate::closeEditor()}{closeEditor()} signal.
-    The view ensures that the editor widget is closed and destroyed. In
-    this example, we only provide simple editing facilities, so we need
-    never emit this signal.
-
-    All the operations on data are performed through the interface
-    provided by \l QAbstractItemModel. This makes the delegate mostly
-    independent from the type of data it manipulates, but some
-    assumptions must be made in order to use certain types of
-    editor widgets. In this example, we have assumed that the model
-    always contains integer values, but we can still use this
-    delegate with different kinds of models because \l{QVariant}
-    provides sensible default values for unexpected data.
-
-    \section2 Updating the Editor's Geometry
-
-    It is the responsibility of the delegate to manage the editor's
-    geometry. The geometry must be set when the editor is created, and
-    when the item's size or position in the view is changed. Fortunately,
-    the view provides all the necessary geometry information inside a
-    \l{QStyleOptionViewItem}{view option} object.
-
-    \snippet examples/itemviews/spinboxdelegate/delegate.cpp 4
-
-    In this case, we just use the geometry information provided by the
-    view option in the item rectangle. A delegate that renders items with
-    several elements would not use the item rectangle directly. It would
-    position the editor in relation to the other elements in the item.
-
-    \target EditingHints
-    \section2 Editing Hints
-
-    After editing, delegates should provide hints to the other components
-    about the result of the editing process, and provide hints that will
-    assist any subsequent editing operations. This is achieved by
-    emitting the \l{QAbstractItemDelegate::closeEditor()}{closeEditor()}
-    signal with a suitable hint. This is taken care of by the default
-    QItemDelegate event filter which we installed on the spin box when
-    it was constructed.
-
-    The behavior of the spin box could be adjusted to make it more user
-    friendly. In the default event filter supplied by QItemDelegate, if
-    the user hits \key Return to confirm their choice in the spin box,
-    the delegate commits the value to the model and closes the spin box.
-    We can change this behavior by installing our own event filter on the
-    spin box, and provide editing hints that suit our needs; for example,
-    we might emit \l{QAbstractItemDelegate::closeEditor()}{closeEditor()}
-    with the \l{QAbstractItemDelegate::EndEditHint}{EditNextItem} hint to
-    automatically start editing the next item in the view.
-
-    Another approach that does not require the use of an event
-    filter is to provide our own editor widget, perhaps subclassing
-    QSpinBox for convenience. This alternative approach would give us
-    more control over how the editor widget behaves at the cost of
-    writing additional code. It is usually easier to install an event
-    filter in the delegate if you need to customize the behavior of
-    a standard Qt editor widget.
-
-    Delegates do not have to emit these hints, but those that do not will
-    be less integrated into applications, and will be less usable than
-    those that emit hints to support common editing actions.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \page model-view-selection.html
-    \contentspage model-view-programming.html Contents
-    \previouspage View Classes
-    \nextpage Delegate Classes
-
-    \title Handling Selections in Item Views
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 Concepts
-
-    The selection model used in the item view classes offers many improvements
-    over the selection model used in Qt 3. It provides a more general
-    description of selections based on the facilities of the model/view
-    architecture. Although the standard classes for manipulating selections are
-    sufficient for the item views provided, the selection model allows you to
-    create specialized selection models to suit the requirements for your own
-    item models and views.
-
-    Information about the items selected in a view is stored in an instance of
-    the \l QItemSelectionModel class. This maintains model indexes for items in
-    a single model, and is independent of any views. Since there can be many
-    views onto a model, it is possible to share selections between views,
-    allowing applications to show multiple views in a consistent way.
-
-    Selections are made up of \e{selection ranges}. These efficiently maintain
-    information about large selections of items by recording only the starting
-    and ending model indexes for each range of selected items. Non-contiguous
-    selections of items are constructed by using more than one selection range
-    to describe the selection.
-
-    Selections are applied to a collection of model indexes held by a selection
-    model. The most recent selection of items applied is known as the
-    \e{current selection}. The effects of this selection can be modified even
-    after its application through the use of certain types of selection
-    commands. These are discussed later in this section.
-
-
-    \section2 Current Item and Selected Items
-
-    In a view, there is always a current item and a selected item - two
-    independent states. An item can be the current item and selected at the
-    same time. The view is responsible for ensuring that there is always a
-    current item as keyboard navigation, for example, requires a current item.
-
-    The table below highlights the differences between current item and
-    selected items.
-
-    \table
-    \header
-        \o  Current Item
-        \o  Selected Items
-
-    \row
-        \o  There can only be one current item.
-        \o  There can be multiple selected items.
-    \row
-        \o  The current item will be changed with key navigation or mouse
-            button clicks.
-        \o  The selected state of items is set or unset, depending on several
-            pre-defined modes - e.g., single selection, multiple selection,
-            etc. - when the user interacts with the items.
-    \row
-        \o  The current item will be edited if the edit key, \gui F2, is
-            pressed or the item is double-clicked (provided that editing is
-            enabled).
-        \o  The current item can be used together with an anchor to specify a
-            range that should be selected or deselected (or a combination of
-            the two).
-    \row
-        \o  The current item is indicated by the focus rectangle.
-        \o  The selected items are indicated with the selection rectangle.
-    \endtable
-
-    When manipulating selections, it is often helpful to think of
-    \l QItemSelectionModel as a record of the selection state of all the items
-    in an item model. Once a selection model is set up, collections of items
-    can be selected, deselected, or their selection states can be toggled
-    without the need to know which items are already selected. The indexes of
-    all selected items can be retrieved at any time, and other components can
-    be informed of changes to the selection model via the signals and slots
-    mechanism.
-
-
-    \section1 Using a Selection Model
-
-    The standard view classes provide default selection models that can
-    be used in most applications. A selection model belonging to one view
-    can be obtained using the view's
-    \l{QAbstractItemView::selectionModel()}{selectionModel()} function,
-    and shared between many views with
-    \l{QAbstractItemView::setSelectionModel()}{setSelectionModel()},
-    so the construction of new selection models is generally not required.
-
-    A selection is created by specifying a model, and a pair of model
-    indexes to a \l QItemSelection. This uses the indexes to refer to items
-    in the given model, and interprets them as the top-left and bottom-right
-    items in a block of selected items.
-    To apply the selection to items in a model requires the selection to be
-    submitted to a selection model; this can be achieved in a number of ways,
-    each having a different effect on the selections already present in the
-    selection model.
-
-
-    \section2 Selecting Items
-
-    To demonstrate some of the principal features of selections, we construct
-    an instance of a custom table model with 32 items in total, and open a
-    table view onto its data:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/itemselection/main.cpp 0
-
-    The table view's default selection model is retrieved for later use.
-    We do not modify any items in the model, but instead select a few
-    items that the view will display at the top-left of the table. To do
-    this, we need to retrieve the model indexes corresponding to the
-    top-left and bottom-right items in the region to be selected:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/itemselection/main.cpp 1
-
-    To select these items in the model, and see the corresponding change
-    in the table view, we need to construct a selection object then apply
-    it to the selection model:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/itemselection/main.cpp 2
-
-    The selection is applied to the selection model using a command
-    defined by a combination of
-    \l{QItemSelectionModel::SelectionFlag}{selection flags}.
-    In this case, the flags used cause the items recorded in the
-    selection object to be included in the selection model, regardless
-    of their previous state. The resulting selection is shown by the view.
-
-    \img selected-items1.png
-
-    The selection of items can be modified using various operations that
-    are defined by the selection flags. The selection that results from
-    these operations may have a complex structure, but will be represented
-    efficiently by the selection model. The use of different selection
-    flags to manipulate the selected items is described when we examine
-    how to update a selection.
-
-    \section2 Reading the Selection State
-
-    The model indexes stored in the selection model can be read using
-    the \l{QItemSelectionModel::selectedIndexes()}{selectedIndexes()}
-    function. This returns an unsorted list of model indexes that we can
-    iterate over as long as we know which model they are for:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/reading-selections/window.cpp 0
-
-    The above code uses Qt's convenient \l{Generic Containers}{foreach
-    keyword} to iterate over, and modify, the items corresponding to the
-    indexes returned by the selection model.
-
-    The selection model emits signals to indicate changes in the
-    selection. These notify other components about changes to both the
-    selection as a whole and the currently focused item in the item
-    model. We can connect the
-    \l{QItemSelectionModel::selectionChanged()}{selectionChanged()}
-    signal to a slot, and examine the items in the model that are selected or
-    deselected when the selection changes. The slot is called with two
-    \l{QItemSelection} objects: one contains a list of indexes that
-    correspond to newly selected items; the other contains indexes that
-    correspond to newly deselected items.
-
-    In the following code, we provide a slot that receives the
-    \l{QItemSelectionModel::selectionChanged()}{selectionChanged()}
-    signal, fills in the selected items with
-    a string, and clears the contents of the deselected items.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/updating-selections/window.cpp 0
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/updating-selections/window.cpp 1
-    \codeline
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/updating-selections/window.cpp 2
-
-    We can keep track of the currently focused item by connecting the
-    \l{QItemSelectionModel::currentChanged()}{currentChanged()} signal
-    to a slot that is called with two model indexes. These correspond to
-    the previously focused item, and the currently focused item.
-
-    In the following code, we provide a slot that receives the
-    \l{QItemSelectionModel::currentChanged()}{currentChanged()} signal,
-    and uses the information provided to update the status bar of a
-    \l QMainWindow:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/updating-selections/window.cpp 3
-
-    Monitoring selections made by the user is straightforward with these
-    signals, but we can also update the selection model directly.
-
-    \section2 Updating a Selection
-
-    Selection commands are provided by a combination of selection flags,
-    defined by \l{QItemSelectionModel::SelectionFlag}.
-    Each selection flag tells the selection model how to update its
-    internal record of selected items when either of the
-    \l{QItemSelection::select()}{select()} functions are called.
-    The most commonly used flag is the
-    \l{QItemSelectionModel::SelectionFlag}{Select} flag
-    which instructs the selection model to record the specified items as
-    being selected. The
-    \l{QItemSelectionModel::SelectionFlag}{Toggle} flag causes the
-    selection model to invert the state of the specified items,
-    selecting any deselected items given, and deselecting any currently
-    selected items. The \l{QItemSelectionModel::SelectionFlag}{Deselect}
-    flag deselects all the specified items.
-
-    Individual items in the selection model are updated by creating a
-    selection of items, and applying them to the selection model. In the
-    following code, we apply a second selection of items to the table
-    model shown above, using the
-    \l{QItemSelectionModel::SelectionFlag}{Toggle} command to invert the
-    selection state of the items given.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/itemselection/main.cpp 3
-
-    The results of this operation are displayed in the table view,
-    providing a convenient way of visualizing what we have achieved:
-
-    \img selected-items2.png
-
-    By default, the selection commands only operate on the individual
-    items specified by the model indexes. However, the flag used to
-    describe the selection command can be combined with additional flags
-    to change entire rows and columns. For example if you call
-    \l{QItemSelectionModel::select()}{select()} with only one index, but
-    with a command that is a combination of
-    \l{QItemSelectionModel::SelectionFlag}{Select} and
-    \l{QItemSelectionModel::SelectionFlag}{Rows}, the
-    entire row containing the item referred to will be selected.
-    The following code demonstrates the use of the
-    \l{QItemSelectionModel::SelectionFlag}{Rows} and
-    \l{QItemSelectionModel::SelectionFlag}{Columns} flags:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/itemselection/main.cpp 4
-
-    Although only four indexes are supplied to the selection model, the
-    use of the
-    \l{QItemSelectionModel::SelectionFlag}{Columns} and
-    \l{QItemSelectionModel::SelectionFlag}{Rows} selection flags means
-    that two columns and two rows are selected. The following image shows
-    the result of these two selections:
-
-    \img selected-items3.png
-
-    The commands performed on the example model have all involved
-    accumulating a selection of items in the model. It is also possible
-    to clear the selection, or to replace the current selection with
-    a new one.
-
-    To replace the current selection with a new selection, combine
-    the other selection flags with the
-    \l{QItemSelectionModel::SelectionFlag}{Current} flag. A command using
-    this flag instructs the selection model to replace its current collection
-    of model indexes with those specified in a call to
-    \l{QItemSelectionModel::select()}{select()}.
-    To clear all selections before you start adding new ones,
-    combine the other selection flags with the
-    \l{QItemSelectionModel::SelectionFlag}{Clear} flag. This
-    has the effect of resetting the selection model's collection of model
-    indexes.
-
-    \section2 Selecting All Items in a Model
-
-    To select all items in a model, it is necessary to create a
-    selection for each level of the model that covers all items in that
-    level. We do this by retrieving the indexes corresponding to the
-    top-left and bottom-right items with a given parent index:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/reading-selections/window.cpp 2
-
-    A selection is constructed with these indexes and the model. The
-    corresponding items are then selected in the selection model:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/reading-selections/window.cpp 3
-
-    This needs to be performed for all levels in the model.
-    For top-level items, we would define the parent index in the usual way:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/reading-selections/window.cpp 1
-
-    For hierarchical models, the
-    \l{QAbstractItemModel::hasChildren()}{hasChildren()} function is used to
-    determine whether any given item is the parent of another level of
-    items.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \page model-view-creating-models.html
-    \contentspage model-view-programming.html Contents
-    \previouspage Model Classes
-    \nextpage View Classes
-
-    \title Creating New Models
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 Introduction
-
-    The separation of functionality between the model/view components allows
-    models to be created that can take advantage of existing views. This
-    approach lets us present data from a variety of sources using standard
-    graphical user interface components, such as QListView, QTableView, and
-    QTreeView.
-
-    The QAbstractItemModel class provides an interface that is flexible
-    enough to support data sources that arrange information in hierarchical
-    structures, allowing for the possibility that data will be inserted,
-    removed, modified, or sorted in some way. It also provides support for
-    drag and drop operations.
-
-    The QAbstractListModel and QAbstractTableModel classes provide support
-    for interfaces to simpler non-hierarchical data structures, and are
-    easier to use as a starting point for simple list and table models.
-
-    In this chapter, we create a simple read-only model to explore
-    the basic principles of the model/view architecture. Later in this
-    chapter, we will adapt this simple model so that items can be modified
-    by the user.
-
-    For an example of a more complex model, see the
-    \l{itemviews/simpletreemodel}{Simple Tree Model} example.
-
-    The requirements of QAbstractItemModel subclasses is described in more
-    detail in the \l{Model Subclassing Reference} document.
-
-    \section1 Designing a Model
-
-    When creating a new model for an existing data structure, it is important
-    to consider which type of model should be used to provide an interface
-    onto the data. If the data structure can be represented as a
-    list or table of items, you can subclass QAbstractListModel or
-    QAbstractTableModel since these classes provide suitable default
-    implementations for many functions.
-
-    However, if the underlying data structure can only be represented by a
-    hierarchical tree structure, it is necessary to subclass
-    QAbstractItemModel. This approach is taken in the
-    \l{itemviews/simpletreemodel}{Simple Tree Model} example.
-
-    In this chapter, we will implement a simple model based on a list of
-    strings, so the QAbstractListModel provides an ideal base class on
-    which to build.
-
-    Whatever form the underlying data structure takes, it is
-    usually a good idea to supplement the standard QAbstractItemModel API
-    in specialized models with one that allows more natural access to the
-    underlying data structure. This makes it easier to populate the model
-    with data, yet still enables other general model/view components to
-    interact with it using the standard API. The model described below
-    provides a custom constructor for just this purpose.
-
-    \section1 A Read-Only Example Model
-
-    The model implemented here is a simple, non-hierarchical, read-only data
-    model based on the standard QStringListModel class. It has a \l QStringList
-    as its internal data source, and implements only what is needed to make a
-    functioning model. To make the implementation easier, we subclass
-    \l QAbstractListModel because it defines sensible default behavior for list
-    models, and it exposes a simpler interface than the \l QAbstractItemModel
-    class.
-
-    When implementing a model it is important to remember that
-    \l QAbstractItemModel does not store any data itself, it merely
-    presents an interface that the views use to access the data.
-    For a minimal read-only model it is only necessary to implement a few
-    functions as there are default implementations for most of the
-    interface. The class declaration is as follows:
-
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/stringlistmodel/model.h 0
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/stringlistmodel/model.h 1
-    \codeline
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/stringlistmodel/model.h 5
-
-    Apart from the model's constructor, we only need to implement two
-    functions: \l{QAbstractItemModel::rowCount()}{rowCount()} returns the
-    number of rows in the model and \l{QAbstractItemModel::data()}{data()}
-    returns an item of data corresponding to a specified model index.
-
-    Well behaved models also implement
-    \l{QAbstractItemModel::headerData()}{headerData()} to give tree and
-    table views something to display in their headers.
-
-    Note that this is a non-hierarchical model, so we don't have to worry
-    about the parent-child relationships. If our model was hierarchical, we
-    would also have to implement the
-    \l{QAbstractItemModel::index()}{index()} and
-    \l{QAbstractItemModel::parent()}{parent()} functions.
-
-    The list of strings is stored internally in the \c stringList private
-    member variable.
-
-    \section2 Dimensions of The Model
-
-    We want the number of rows in the model to be the same as the number of
-    strings in the string list. We implement the
-    \l{QAbstractItemModel::rowCount()}{rowCount()} function with this in
-    mind:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/stringlistmodel/model.cpp 0
-
-    Since the model is non-hierarchical, we can safely ignore the model index
-    corresponding to the parent item. By default, models derived from
-    QAbstractListModel only contain one column, so we do not need to
-    reimplement the \l{QAbstractItemModel::columnCount()}{columnCount()}
-    function.
-
-    \section2 Model Headers and Data
-
-    For items in the view, we want to return the strings in the string list.
-    The \l{QAbstractItemModel::data()}{data()} function is responsible for
-    returning the item of data that corresponds to the index argument:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/stringlistmodel/model.cpp 1-data-read-only
-
-    We only return a valid QVariant if the model index supplied is valid,
-    the row number is within the range of items in the string list, and the
-    requested role is one that we support.
-
-    Some views, such as QTreeView and QTableView, are able to display headers
-    along with the item data. If our model is displayed in a view with headers,
-    we want the headers to show the row and column numbers. We can provide
-    information about the headers by subclassing the
-    \l{QAbstractItemModel::headerData()}{headerData()} function:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/stringlistmodel/model.cpp 2
-
-    Again, we return a valid QVariant only if the role is one that we support.
-    The orientation of the header is also taken into account when deciding the
-    exact data to return.
-
-    Not all views display headers with the item data, and those that do may
-    be configured to hide them. Nonetheless, it is recommended that you
-    implement the \l{QAbstractItemModel::headerData()}{headerData()} function
-    to provide relevant information about the data provided by the model.
-
-    An item can have several roles, giving out different data depending on the
-    role specified. The items in our model only have one role,
-    \l{Qt::ItemDataRole}{DisplayRole}, so we return the data
-    for items irrespective of the role specified.
-    However, we could reuse the data we provide for the
-    \l{Qt::ItemDataRole}{DisplayRole} in
-    other roles, such as the
-    \l{Qt::ItemDataRole}{ToolTipRole} that views can use to
-    display information about items in a tooltip.
-
-    \section1 An Editable Model
-
-    The read-only model shows how simple choices could be presented to the
-    user but, for many applications, an editable list model is much more
-    useful. We can modify the read-only model to make the items editable
-    by changing the data() function we implemented for read-only, and
-    by implementing two extra functions:
-    \l{QAbstractItemModel::flags()}{flags()} and
-    \l{QAbstractItemModel::setData()}{setData()}.
-    The following function declarations are added to the class definition:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/stringlistmodel/model.h 2
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/stringlistmodel/model.h 3
-
-    \section2 Making the Model Editable
-
-    A delegate checks whether an item is editable before creating an
-    editor. The model must let the delegate know that its items are
-    editable. We do this by returning the correct flags for each item in
-    the model; in this case, we enable all items and make them both
-    selectable and editable:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/stringlistmodel/model.cpp 3
-
-    Note that we do not have to know how the delegate performs the actual
-    editing process. We only have to provide a way for the delegate to set the
-    data in the model. This is achieved through the
-    \l{QAbstractItemModel::setData()}{setData()} function:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/stringlistmodel/model.cpp 4
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/stringlistmodel/model.cpp 5
-
-    In this model, the item in the string list that corresponds to the
-    model index is replaced by the value provided. However, before we
-    can modify the string list, we must make sure that the index is
-    valid, the item is of the correct type, and that the role is
-    supported. By convention, we insist that the role is the
-    \l{Qt::ItemDataRole}{EditRole} since this is the role used by the
-    standard item delegate. For boolean values, however, you can use
-    Qt::CheckStateRole and set the Qt::ItemIsUserCheckable flag; a
-    checkbox will then be used for editing the value. The underlying
-    data in this model is the same for all roles, so this detail just
-    makes it easier to integrate the model with standard components.
-
-    When the data has been set, the model must let the views know that some
-    data has changed. This is done by emitting the
-    \l{QAbstractItemModel::dataChanged()}{dataChanged()} signal. Since only
-    one item of data has changed, the range of items specified in the signal
-    is limited to just one model index.
-
-    Also the data() function needs to be changed to add the Qt::EditRole test:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/stringlistmodel/model.cpp 1
-
-    \section2 Inserting and Removing Rows
-
-    It is possible to change the number of rows and columns in a model. In the
-    string list model it only makes sense to change the number of rows, so we
-    only reimplement the functions for inserting and removing rows. These are
-    declared in the class definition:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/stringlistmodel/model.h 4
-
-    Since rows in this model correspond to strings in a list, the
-    \c insertRows() function inserts a number of empty strings into the string
-    list before the specified position. The number of strings inserted is
-    equivalent to the number of rows specified.
-
-    The parent index is normally used to determine where in the model the
-    rows should be added. In this case, we only have a single top-level list
-    of strings, so we just insert empty strings into that list.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/stringlistmodel/model.cpp 6
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/stringlistmodel/model.cpp 7
-
-    The model first calls the
-    \l{QAbstractItemModel::beginInsertRows()}{beginInsertRows()} function to
-    inform other components that the number of rows is about to change. The
-    function specifies the row numbers of the first and last new rows to be
-    inserted, and the model index for their parent item. After changing the
-    string list, it calls
-    \l{QAbstractItemModel::endInsertRows()}{endInsertRows()} to complete the
-    operation and inform other components that the dimensions of the model
-    have changed, returning true to indicate success.
-
-    The function to remove rows from the model is also simple to write.
-    The rows to be removed from the model are specified by the position and
-    the number of rows given.
-    We ignore the parent index to simplify our implementation, and just
-    remove the corresponding items from the string list.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/stringlistmodel/model.cpp 8
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/stringlistmodel/model.cpp 9
-
-    The \l{QAbstractItemModel::beginRemoveRows()}{beginRemoveRows()} function
-    is always called before any underlying data is removed, and specifies the
-    first and last rows to be removed. This allows other components to access
-    the data before it becomes unavailable.
-    After the rows have been removed, the model emits
-    \l{QAbstractItemModel::endRemoveRows()}{endRemoveRows()} to finish the
-    operation and let other components know that the dimensions of the model
-    have changed.
-
-    \section1 Next Steps
-
-    We can display the data provided by this model, or any other model, using
-    the \l QListView class to present the model's items in the form of a vertical
-    list.
-    For the string list model, this view also provides a default editor so that
-    the items can be manipulated. We examine the possibilities made available by
-    the standard view classes in the chapter on \l{View Classes}.
-
-    The \l{Model Subclassing Reference} document discusses the requirements of
-    QAbstractItemModel subclasses in more detail, and provides a guide to the
-    virtual functions that must be implemented to enable various features in
-    different types of models.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \page model-view-convenience.html
-    \contentspage model-view-programming.html Contents
-    \previouspage Delegate Classes
-    \nextpage Using Drag and Drop with Item Views
-
-    \title Item View Convenience Classes
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 Overview
-
-    Alongside the model/view classes, Qt 4 also includes standard widgets to
-    provide classic item-based container widgets. These behave in a similar
-    way to the item view classes in Qt 3, but have been rewritten to use the
-    underlying model/view framework for performance and maintainability. The
-    old item view classes are still available in the compatibility library
-    (see the \l{porting4.html}{Porting Guide} for more information).
-
-    The item-based widgets have been given names which reflect their uses:
-    \c QListWidget provides a list of items, \c QTreeWidget displays a
-    multi-level tree structure, and \c QTableWidget provides a table of cell
-    items. Each class inherits the behavior of the \c QAbstractItemView
-    class which implements common behavior for item selection and header
-    management.
-
-    \section1 List Widgets
-
-    Single level lists of items are typically displayed using a \c QListWidget
-    and a number of \c{QListWidgetItem}s. A list widget is constructed in the
-    same way as any other widget:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qlistwidget-using/mainwindow.cpp 0
-
-    List items can be added directly to the list widget when they are
-    constructed:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qlistwidget-using/mainwindow.cpp 3
-
-    They can also be constructed without a parent list widget and added to
-    a list at some later time:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qlistwidget-using/mainwindow.cpp 6
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qlistwidget-using/mainwindow.cpp 7
-
-    Each item in a list can display a text label and an icon. The colors
-    and font used to render the text can be changed to provide a customized
-    appearance for items. Tooltips, status tips, and "What's
-    This?" help are all easily configured to ensure that the list is properly
-    integrated into the application.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qlistwidget-using/mainwindow.cpp 8
-
-    By default, items in a list are presented in the order of their creation.
-    Lists of items can be sorted according to the criteria given in
-    \l{Qt::SortOrder} to produce a list of items that is sorted in forward or
-    reverse alphabetical order:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qlistwidget-using/mainwindow.cpp 4
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qlistwidget-using/mainwindow.cpp 5
-
-
-    \section1 Tree Widgets
-
-    Trees or hierarchical lists of items are provided by the \c QTreeWidget
-    and \c QTreeWidgetItem classes. Each item in the tree widget can have
-    child items of its own, and can display a number of columns of
-    information. Tree widgets are created just like any other widget:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qtreewidget-using/mainwindow.cpp 0
-
-    Before items can be added to the tree widget, the number of columns must
-    be set. For example, we could define two columns, and create a header
-    to provide labels at the top of each column:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qtreewidget-using/mainwindow.cpp 1
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qtreewidget-using/mainwindow.cpp 2
-
-    The easiest way to set up the labels for each section is to supply a string
-    list. For more sophisticated headers, you can construct a tree item,
-    decorate it as you wish, and use that as the tree widget's header.
-
-    Top-level items in the tree widget are constructed with the tree widget as
-    their parent widget. They can be inserted in an arbitrary order, or you
-    can ensure that they are listed in a particular order by specifying the
-    previous item when constructing each item:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qtreewidget-using/mainwindow.cpp 3
-    \codeline
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qtreewidget-using/mainwindow.cpp 4
-
-    Tree widgets deal with top-level items slightly differently to other
-    items from deeper within the tree. Items can be removed from the top
-    level of the tree by calling the tree widget's
-    \l{QTreeWidget::takeTopLevelItem()}{takeTopLevelItem()} function, but
-    items from lower levels are removed by calling their parent item's
-    \l{QTreeWidgetItem::takeChild()}{takeChild()} function.
-    Items are inserted in the top level of the tree with the
-    \l{QTreeWidget::insertTopLevelItem()}{insertTopLevelItem()} function.
-    At lower levels in the tree, the parent item's
-    \l{QTreeWidgetItem::insertChild()}{insertChild()} function is used.
-
-    It is easy to move items around between the top level and lower levels
-    in the tree. We just need to check whether the items are top-level items
-    or not, and this information is supplied by each item's \c parent()
-    function. For example, we can remove the current item in the tree widget
-    regardless of its location:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qtreewidget-using/mainwindow.cpp 10
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qtreewidget-using/mainwindow.cpp 11
-
-    Inserting the item somewhere else in the tree widget follows the same
-    pattern:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qtreewidget-using/mainwindow.cpp 8
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qtreewidget-using/mainwindow.cpp 9
-
-
-    \section1 Table Widgets
-
-    Tables of items similar to those found in spreadsheet applications
-    are constructed with the \c QTableWidget and \c QTableWidgetItem. These
-    provide a scrolling table widget with headers and items to use within it.
-
-    Tables can be created with a set number of rows and columns, or these
-    can be added to an unsized table as they are needed.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qtablewidget-using/mainwindow.h 0
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qtablewidget-using/mainwindow.cpp 0
-
-    Items are constructed outside the table before being added to the table
-    at the required location:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qtablewidget-using/mainwindow.cpp 3
-
-    Horizontal and vertical headers can be added to the table by constructing
-    items outside the table and using them as headers:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qtablewidget-using/mainwindow.cpp 1
-
-    Note that the rows and columns in the table begin at zero.
-
-    \section1 Common Features
-
-    There are a number of item-based features common to each of the
-    convenience classes that are available through the same interfaces
-    in each class. We present these in the following sections with some
-    examples for different widgets.
-    Look at the list of \l{Model/View Classes} for each of the widgets
-    for more details about the use of each function used.
-
-    \section2 Hidden Items
-
-    It is sometimes useful to be able to hide items in an item view widget
-    rather than remove them. Items for all of the above widgets can be
-    hidden and later shown again. You can determine whether an item is hidden
-    by calling the isItemHidden() function, and items can be hidden with
-    \c setItemHidden().
-
-    Since this operation is item-based, the same function is available for
-    all three convenience classes.
-
-    \section2 Selections
-
-    The way items are selected is controlled by the widget's selection mode
-    (\l{QAbstractItemView::SelectionMode}).
-    This property controls whether the user can select one or many items and,
-    in many-item selections, whether the selection must be a continuous range
-    of items. The selection mode works in the same way for all of the
-    above widgets.
-
-    \table
-    \row
-    \i \img selection-single.png
-    \i \bold{Single item selections:}
-    Where the user needs to choose a single item from a widget, the
-    default \c SingleSelection mode is most suitable. In this mode, the
-    current item and the selected item are the same.
-
-    \row
-    \i \img selection-multi.png
-    \i \bold{Multi-item selections:}
-    In this mode, the user can toggle the selection state of any item in the
-    widget without changing the existing selection, much like the way
-    non-exclusive checkboxes can be toggled independently.
-
-    \row
-    \i \img selection-extended.png
-    \i \bold{Extended selections:}
-    Widgets that often require many adjacent items to be selected, such
-    as those found in spreadsheets, require the \c ExtendedSelection mode.
-    In this mode, continuous ranges of items in the widget can be selected
-    with both the mouse and the keyboard.
-    Complex selections, involving many items that are not adjacent to other
-    selected items in the widget, can also be created if modifier keys are
-    used.
-
-    If the user selects an item without using a modifier key, the existing
-    selection is cleared.
-    \endtable
-
-    The selected items in a widget are read using the \c selectedItems()
-    function, providing a list of relevant items that can be iterated over.
-    For example, we can find the sum of all the numeric values within a
-    list of selected items with the following code:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qtablewidget-using/mainwindow.cpp 4
-
-    Note that for the single selection mode, the current item will be in
-    the selection. In the multi-selection and extended selection modes, the
-    current item may not lie within the selection, depending on the way the
-    user formed the selection.
-
-    \section2 Searching
-
-    It is often useful to be able to find items within an item view widget,
-    either as a developer or as a service to present to users. All three
-    item view convenience classes provide a common \c findItems() function
-    to make this as consistent and simple as possible.
-
-    Items are searched for by the text that they contain according to
-    criteria specified by a selection of values from Qt::MatchFlags.
-    We can obtain a list of matching items with the \c findItems()
-    function:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qtreewidget-using/mainwindow.cpp 6
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qtreewidget-using/mainwindow.cpp 7
-
-    The above code causes items in a tree widget to be selected if they
-    contain the text given in the search string. This pattern can also be
-    used in the list and table widgets.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \page model-view-dnd.html
-    \contentspage model-view-programming.html Contents
-    \previouspage Item View Convenience Classes
-    \nextpage Proxy Models
-
-    \title Using Drag and Drop with Item Views
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 Overview
-
-    Qt's drag and drop infrastructure is fully supported by the model/view framework.
-    Items in lists, tables, and trees can be dragged within the views, and data can be
-    imported and exported as MIME-encoded data.
-
-    The standard views automatically support internal drag and drop, where items are
-    moved around to change the order in which they are displayed. By default, drag and
-    drop is not enabled for these views because they are configured for the simplest,
-    most common uses. To allow items to be dragged around, certain properties of the
-    view need to be enabled, and the items themselves must also allow dragging to occur.
-
-    The requirements for a model that only allows items to be exported from a
-    view, and which does not allow data to be dropped into it, are fewer than
-    those for a fully-enabled drag and drop model.
-
-    See also the \l{Model Subclassing Reference} for more information about
-    enabling drag and drop support in new models.
-
-    \section1 Using Convenience Views
-
-    Each of the types of item used with QListWidget, QTableWidget, and QTreeWidget
-    is configured to use a different set of flags by default. For example, each
-    QListWidgetItem or QTreeWidgetItem is initially enabled, checkable, selectable,
-    and can be used as the source of a drag and drop operation; each QTableWidgetItem
-    can also be edited and used as the target of a drag and drop operation.
-
-    Although all of the standard items have one or both flags set for drag and drop,
-    you generally need to set various properties in the view itself to take advantage
-    of the built-in support for drag and drop:
-
-    \list
-    \o To enable item dragging, set the view's
-       \l{QAbstractItemView::dragEnabled}{dragEnabled} property to \c true.
-    \o To allow the user to drop either internal or external items within the view,
-       set the view's \l{QAbstractScrollArea::}{viewport()}'s
-       \l{QWidget::acceptDrops}{acceptDrops} property to \c true.
-    \o To show the user where the item currently being dragged will be placed if
-       dropped, set the view's \l{QAbstractItemView::showDropIndicator}{showDropIndicator}
-       property. This provides the user with continuously updating information about
-       item placement within the view.
-    \endlist
-
-    For example, we can enable drag and drop in a list widget with the following lines
-    of code:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qlistwidget-dnd/mainwindow.cpp 0
-
-    The result is a list widget which allows the items to be copied
-    around within the view, and even lets the user drag items between
-    views containing the same type of data. In both situations, the
-    items are copied rather than moved.
-
-    To enable the user to move the items around within the view, we
-    must set the list widget's \l {QAbstractItemView::}{dragDropMode}:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qlistwidget-dnd/mainwindow.cpp 1
-
-    \section1 Using Model/View Classes
-
-    Setting up a view for drag and drop follows the same pattern used with the
-    convenience views. For example, a QListView can be set up in the same way as a
-    QListWidget:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qlistview-dnd/mainwindow.cpp 0
-
-    Since access to the data displayed by the view is controlled by a model, the
-    model used also has to provide support for drag and drop operations. The
-    actions supported by a model can be specified by reimplementing the
-    QAbstractItemModel::supportedDropActions() function. For example, copy and
-    move operations are enabled with the following code:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qlistview-dnd/model.cpp 10
-
-    Although any combination of values from Qt::DropActions can be given, the
-    model needs to be written to support them. For example, to allow Qt::MoveAction
-    to be used properly with a list model, the model must provide an implementation
-    of QAbstractItemModel::removeRows(), either directly or by inheriting the
-    implementation from its base class.
-
-    \section2 Enabling Drag and Drop for Items
-
-    Models indicate to views which items can be dragged, and which will accept drops,
-    by reimplementing the QAbstractItemModel::flags() function to provide suitable
-    flags.
-
-    For example, a model which provides a simple list based on QAbstractListModel
-    can enable drag and drop for each of the items by ensuring that the flags
-    returned contain the \l Qt::ItemIsDragEnabled and \l Qt::ItemIsDropEnabled
-    values:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qlistview-dnd/model.cpp 7
-
-    Note that items can be dropped into the top level of the model, but dragging is
-    only enabled for valid items.
-
-    In the above code, since the model is derived from QStringListModel, we
-    obtain a default set of flags by calling its implementation of the flags()
-    function.
-
-    \section2 Encoding Exported Data
-
-    When items of data are exported from a model in a drag and drop operation, they
-    are encoded into an appropriate format corresponding to one or more MIME types.
-    Models declare the MIME types that they can use to supply items by reimplementing
-    the QAbstractItemModel::mimeTypes() function, returning a list of standard MIME
-    types.
-
-    For example, a model that only provides plain text would provide the following
-    implementation:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qlistview-dnd/model.cpp 9
-
-    The model must also provide code to encode data in the advertised format. This
-    is achieved by reimplementing the QAbstractItemModel::mimeData() function to
-    provide a QMimeData object, just as in any other drag and drop operation.
-
-    The following code shows how each item of data, corresponding to a given list of
-    indexes, is encoded as plain text and stored in a QMimeData object.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qlistview-dnd/model.cpp 8
-
-    Since a list of model indexes is supplied to the function, this approach is general
-    enough to be used in both hierarchical and non-heirarchical models.
-
-    Note that custom datatypes must be declared as \l{QMetaObject}{meta objects}
-    and that stream operators must be implemented for them. See the QMetaObject
-    class description for details.
-
-    \section2 Inserting Dropped Data into a Model
-
-    The way that any given model handles dropped data depends on both its type
-    (list, table, or tree) and the way its contents is likely to be presented to
-    the user. Generally, the approach taken to accommodate dropped data should
-    be the one that most suits the model's underlying data store.
-
-    Different types of model tend to handle dropped data in different ways. List
-    and table models only provide a flat structure in which items of data are
-    stored. As a result, they may insert new rows (and columns) when data is
-    dropped on an existing item in a view, or they may overwrite the item's
-    contents in the model using some of the data supplied. Tree models are
-    often able to add child items containing new data to their underlying data
-    stores, and will therefore behave more predictably as far as the user
-    is concerned.
-
-    Dropped data is handled by a model's reimplementation of
-    QAbstractItemModel::dropMimeData(). For example, a model that handles a
-    simple list of strings can provide an implementation that handles data
-    dropped onto existing items separately to data dropped into the top level
-    of the model (i.e., onto an invalid item).
-
-    The model first has to make sure that the operation should be acted on,
-    the data supplied is in a format that can be used, and that its destination
-    within the model is valid:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qlistview-dnd/model.cpp 0
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qlistview-dnd/model.cpp 1
-
-    A simple one column string list model can indicate failure if the data
-    supplied is not plain text, or if the column number given for the drop
-    is invalid.
-
-    The data to be inserted into the model is treated differently depending on
-    whether it is dropped onto an existing item or not. In this simple example,
-    we want to allow drops between existing items, before the first item in the
-    list, and after the last item.
-
-    When a drop occurs, the model index corresponding to the parent item will
-    either be valid, indicating that the drop occurred on an item, or it will
-    be invalid, indicating that the drop occurred somewhere in the view that
-    corresponds to top level of the model.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qlistview-dnd/model.cpp 2
-
-    We initially examine the row number supplied to see if we can use it
-    to insert items into the model, regardless of whether the parent index is
-    valid or not.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qlistview-dnd/model.cpp 3
-
-    If the parent model index is valid, the drop occurred on an item. In this
-    simple list model, we find out the row number of the item and use that
-    value to insert dropped items into the top level of the model.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qlistview-dnd/model.cpp 4
-
-    When a drop occurs elsewhere in the view, and the row number is unusable,
-    we append items to the top level of the model.
-
-    In hierarchical models, when a drop occurs on an item, it would be better to
-    insert new items into the model as children of that item. In the simple
-    example shown here, the model only has one level, so this approach is not
-    appropriate.
-
-    \section2 Decoding Imported Data
-
-    Each implementation of \l{QAbstractItemModel::dropMimeData()}{dropMimeData()} must
-    also decode the data and insert it into the model's underlying data structure.
-
-    For a simple string list model, the encoded items can be decoded and streamed
-    into a QStringList:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qlistview-dnd/model.cpp 5
-
-    The strings can then be inserted into the underlying data store. For consistency,
-    this can be done through the model's own interface:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qlistview-dnd/model.cpp 6
-
-    Note that the model will typically need to provide implementations of the
-    QAbstractItemModel::insertRows() and QAbstractItemModel::setData() functions.
-
-    \sa {Item Views Puzzle Example}
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \page model-view-proxy-models.html
-    \contentspage model-view-programming.html Contents
-    \previouspage Using Drag and Drop with Item Views
-    \nextpage Model Subclassing Reference
-
-    \title Proxy Models
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 Overview
-
-    In the model/view framework, items of data supplied by a single model can be shared
-    by any number of views, and each of these can possibly represent the same information
-    in completely different ways.
-    Custom views and delegates are effective ways to provide radically different
-    representations of the same data. However, applications often need to provide
-    conventional views onto processed versions of the same data, such as differently-sorted
-    views onto a list of items.
-
-    Although it seems appropriate to perform sorting and filtering operations as internal
-    functions of views, this approach does not allow multiple views to share the results
-    of such potentially costly operations. The alternative approach, involving sorting
-    within the model itself, leads to the similar problem where each view has to display
-    items of data that are organized according to the most recent processing operation.
-
-    To solve this problem, the model/view framework uses proxy models to manage the
-    information supplied between individual models and views. Proxy models are components
-    that behave like ordinary models from the perspective of a view, and access data from
-    source models on behalf of that view. The signals and slots used by the model/view
-    framework ensure that each view is updated appropriately no matter how many proxy models
-    are placed between itself and the source model.
-
-    \section1 Using Proxy Models
-
-    Proxy models can be inserted between an existing model and any number of views.
-    Qt is supplied with a standard proxy model, QSortFilterProxyModel, that is usually
-    instantiated and used directly, but can also be subclassed to provide custom filtering
-    and sorting behavior. The QSortFilterProxyModel class can be used in the following way:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qsortfilterproxymodel/main.cpp 0
-    \codeline
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qsortfilterproxymodel/main.cpp 1
-
-    Since proxy models are inherit from QAbstractItemModel, they can be connected to
-    any kind of view, and can be shared between views. They can also be used to
-    process the information obtained from other proxy models in a pipeline arrangement.
-
-    The QSortFilterProxyModel class is designed to be instantiated and used directly
-    in applications. More specialized proxy models can be created by subclassing this
-    classes and implementing the required comparison operations.
-
-    \section1 Customizing Proxy Models
-
-    Generally, the type of processing used in a proxy model involves mapping each item of
-    data from its original location in the source model to either a different location in
-    the proxy model. In some models, some items may have no corresponding location in the
-    proxy model; these models are \e filtering proxy models. Views access items using
-    model indexes provided by the proxy model, and these contain no information about the
-    source model or the locations of the original items in that model.
-
-    QSortFilterProxyModel enables data from a source model to be filtered before
-    being supplied to views, and also allows the contents of a source model to
-    be supplied to views as pre-sorted data.
-
-    \section2 Custom Filtering Models
-
-    The QSortFilterProxyModel class provides a filtering model that is fairly versatile,
-    and which can be used in a variety of common situations. For advanced users,
-    QSortFilterProxyModel can be subclassed, providing a mechanism that enables custom
-    filters to be implemented.
-
-    Subclasses of QSortFilterProxyModel can reimplement two virtual functions that are
-    called whenever a model index from the proxy model is requested or used:
-
-    \list
-    \o \l{QSortFilterProxyModel::filterAcceptsColumn()}{filterAcceptsColumn()} is used to
-       filter specific columns from part of the source model.
-    \o \l{QSortFilterProxyModel::filterAcceptsRow()}{filterAcceptsRow()} is used to filter
-       specific rows from part of the source model.
-    \endlist
-
-    The default implementations of the above functions in QSortFilterProxyModel
-    return true to ensure that all items are passed through to views; reimplementations
-    of these functions should return false to filter out individual rows and columns.
-
-    \section2 Custom Sorting Models
-
-    QSortFilterProxyModel instances use Qt's built-in qStableSort() function to set up
-    mappings between items in the source model and those in the proxy model, allowing a
-    sorted hierarchy of items to be exposed to views without modifying the structure of the
-    source model. To provide custom sorting behavior, reimplement the
-    \l{QSortFilterProxyModel::lessThan()}{lessThan()} function to perform custom
-    comparisons.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \page model-view-model-subclassing.html
-    \contentspage model-view-programming.html Contents
-    \previouspage Proxy Models
-
-    \title Model Subclassing Reference
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 Introduction
-
-    Model subclasses need to provide implementations of many of the virtual functions
-    defined in the QAbstractItemModel base class. The number of these functions that need
-    to be implemented depends on the type of model - whether it supplies views with
-    a simple list, a table, or a complex hierarchy of items. Models that inherit from
-    QAbstractListModel and QAbstractTableModel can take advantage of the default
-    implementations of functions provided by those classes. Models that expose items
-    of data in tree-like structures must provide implementations for many of the
-    virtual functions in QAbstractItemModel.
-
-    The functions that need to be implemented in a model subclass can be divided into three
-    groups:
-
-    \list
-    \o \bold{Item data handling:} All models need to implement functions to enable views and
-       delegates to query the dimensions of the model, examine items, and retrieve data.
-    \o \bold{Navigation and index creation:} Hierarchical models need to provide functions
-       that views can call to navigate the tree-like structures they expose, and obtain
-       model indexes for items.
-    \o \bold{Drag and drop support and MIME type handling:} Models inherit functions that
-       control the way that internal and external drag and drop operations are performed.
-       These functions allow items of data to be described in terms of MIME types that
-       other components and applications can understand.
-    \endlist
-
-    For more information, see the \l
-    {"Item View Classes" Chapter of C++ GUI Programming with Qt 4}.
-
-    \section1 Item Data Handling
-
-    Models can provide varying levels of access to the data they provide: They can be
-    simple read-only components, some models may support resizing operations, and
-    others may allow items to be edited.
-
-    \section2 Read-Only Access
-
-    To provide read-only access to data provided by a model, the following functions
-    \e{must} be implemented in the model's subclass:
-
-    \table 90%
-    \row \o \l{QAbstractItemModel::flags()}{flags()}
-         \o Used by other components to obtain information about each item provided by
-            the model. In many models, the combination of flags should include
-            Qt::ItemIsEnabled and Qt::ItemIsSelectable.
-    \row \o \l{QAbstractItemModel::data()}{data()}
-         \o Used to supply item data to views and delegates. Generally, models only
-            need to supply data for Qt::DisplayRole and any application-specific user
-            roles, but it is also good practice to provide data for Qt::ToolTipRole,
-            Qt::AccessibleTextRole, and Qt::AccessibleDescriptionRole.
-            See the Qt::ItemDataRole enum documentation for information about the types
-            associated with each role.
-    \row \o \l{QAbstractItemModel::headerData()}{headerData()}
-         \o Provides views with information to show in their headers. The information is
-            only retrieved by views that can display header information.
-    \row \o \l{QAbstractItemModel::rowCount()}{rowCount()}
-         \o Provides the number of rows of data exposed by the model.
-    \endtable
-
-    These four functions must be implemented in all types of model, including list models
-    (QAbstractListModel subclasses) and table models (QAbstractTableModel subclasses).
-
-    Additionally, the following functions \e{must} be implemented in direct subclasses
-    of QAbstractTableModel and QAbstractItemModel:
-
-    \table 90%
-    \row \o \l{QAbstractItemModel::columnCount()}{columnCount()}
-         \o Provides the number of columns of data exposed by the model. List models do not
-            provide this function because it is already implemented in QAbstractListModel.
-    \endtable
-
-    \section2 Editable Items
-
-    Editable models allow items of data to be modified, and may also provide
-    functions to allow rows and columns to be inserted and removed. To enable
-    editing, the following functions must be implemented correctly:
-
-    \table 90%
-    \row \o \l{QAbstractItemModel::flags()}{flags()}
-         \o Must return an appropriate combination of flags for each item. In particular,
-            the value returned by this function must include \l{Qt::ItemIsEditable} in
-            addition to the values applied to items in a read-only model.
-    \row \o \l{QAbstractItemModel::setData()}{setData()}
-         \o Used to modify the item of data associated with a specified model index.
-            To be able to accept user input, provided by user interface elements, this
-            function must handle data associated with Qt::EditRole.
-            The implementation may also accept data associated with many different kinds
-            of roles specified by Qt::ItemDataRole. After changing the item of data,
-            models must emit the \l{QAbstractItemModel::dataChanged()}{dataChanged()}
-            signal to inform other components of the change.
-    \row \o \l{QAbstractItemModel::setHeaderData()}{setHeaderData()}
-         \o Used to modify horizontal and vertical header information. After changing
-            the item of data, models must emit the
-            \l{QAbstractItemModel::headerDataChanged()}{headerDataChanged()}
-            signal to inform other components of the change.
-    \endtable
-
-    \section2 Resizable Models
-
-    All types of model can support the insertion and removal of rows. Table models
-    and hierarchical models can also support the insertion and removal of columns.
-    It is important to notify other components about changes to the model's dimensions
-    both \e before and \e after they occur. As a result, the following functions
-    can be implemented to allow the model to be resized, but implementations must
-    ensure that the appropriate functions are called to notify attached views and
-    delegates:
-
-    \table 90%
-    \row \o \l{QAbstractItemModel::insertRows()}{insertRows()}
-         \o Used to add new rows and items of data to all types of model.
-            Implementations must call
-            \l{QAbstractItemModel::beginInsertRows()}{beginInsertRows()} \e before
-            inserting new rows into any underlying data structures, and call
-            \l{QAbstractItemModel::endInsertRows()}{endInsertRows()}
-            \e{immediately afterwards}.
-    \row \o \l{QAbstractItemModel::removeRows()}{removeRows()}
-         \o Used to remove rows and the items of data they contain from all types of model.
-            Implementations must call
-            \l{QAbstractItemModel::beginRemoveRows()}{beginRemoveRows()}
-            \e before inserting new columns into any underlying data structures, and call
-            \l{QAbstractItemModel::endRemoveRows()}{endRemoveRows()}
-            \e{immediately afterwards}.
-    \row \o \l{QAbstractItemModel::insertColumns()}{insertColumns()}
-         \o Used to add new columns and items of data to table models and hierarchical models.
-            Implementations must call
-            \l{QAbstractItemModel::beginInsertColumns()}{beginInsertColumns()} \e before
-            rows are removed from any underlying data structures, and call
-            \l{QAbstractItemModel::endInsertColumns()}{endInsertColumns()}
-            \e{immediately afterwards}.
-    \row \o \l{QAbstractItemModel::removeColumns()}{removeColumns()}
-         \o Used to remove columns and the items of data they contain from table models and
-            hierarchical models.
-            Implementations must call
-            \l{QAbstractItemModel::beginRemoveColumns()}{beginRemoveColumns()}
-            \e before columns are removed from any underlying data structures, and call
-            \l{QAbstractItemModel::endRemoveColumns()}{endRemoveColumns()}
-            \e{immediately afterwards}.
-    \endtable
-
-    Generally, these functions should return true if the operation was successful.
-    However, there may be cases where the operation only partly succeeded; for example,
-    if less than the specified number of rows could be inserted. In such cases, the
-    model should return false to indicate failure to enable any attached components to
-    handle the situation.
-
-    The signals emitted by the functions called in implementations of the resizing
-    API give attached components the chance to take action before any data becomes
-    unavailable. The encapsulation of insert and remove operations with begin and end
-    functions also enable the model to manage
-    \l{QPersistentModelIndex}{persistent model indexes} correctly.
-
-    Normally, the begin and end functions are capable of informing other components
-    about changes to the model's underlying structure. For more complex changes to the
-    model's structure, perhaps involving internal reorganization or sorting of data,
-    it is necessary to emit the \l{QAbstractItemModel::layoutChanged()}{layoutChanged()}
-    signal to cause any attached views to be updated.
-
-    \section2 Lazy Population of Model Data
-
-    Lazy population of model data effectively allows requests for information
-    about the model to be deferred until it is actually needed by views.
-
-    Some models need to obtain data from remote sources, or must perform
-    time-consuming operations to obtain information about the way the
-    data is organized. Since views generally request as much information
-    as possible in order to accurately display model data, it can be useful
-    to restrict the amount of information returned to them to reduce
-    unnecessary follow-up requests for data.
-
-    In hierarchical models where finding the number of children of a given
-    item is an expensive operation, it is useful to ensure that the model's
-    \l{QAbstractItemModel::}{rowCount()} implementation is only called when
-    necessary. In such cases, the \l{QAbstractItemModel::}{hasChildren()}
-    function can be reimplemented to provide an inexpensive way for views to
-    check for the presence of children and, in the case of QTreeView, draw
-    the appropriate decoration for their parent item.
-
-    Whether the reimplementation of \l{QAbstractItemModel::}{hasChildren()}
-    returns \c true or \c false, it may not be necessary for the view to call
-    \l{QAbstractItemModel::}{rowCount()} to find out how many children are
-    present. For example, QTreeView does not need to know how many children
-    there are if the parent item has not been expanded to show them.
-
-    If it is known that many items will have children, reimplementing
-    \l{QAbstractItemModel::}{hasChildren()} to unconditionally return \c true
-    is sometimes a useful approach to take. This ensures that each item can
-    be later examined for children while making initial population of model
-    data as fast as possible. The only disadvantage is that items without
-    children may be displayed incorrectly in some views until the user
-    attempts to view the non-existent child items.
-
-
-    \section1 Navigation and Model Index Creation
-
-    Hierarchical models need to provide functions that views can call to navigate the
-    tree-like structures they expose, and obtain model indexes for items.
-
-    \section2 Parents and Children
-
-    Since the structure exposed to views is determined by the underlying data
-    structure, it is up to each model subclass to create its own model indexes
-    by providing implementations of the following functions:
-
-    \table 90%
-    \row \o \l{QAbstractItemModel::index()}{index()}
-         \o Given a model index for a parent item, this function allows views and delegates
-            to access children of that item. If no valid child item - corresponding to the
-            specified row, column, and parent model index, can be found, the function
-            must return QModelIndex(), which is an invalid model index.
-    \row \o \l{QAbstractItemModel::parent()}{parent()}
-         \o Provides a model index corresponding to the parent of any given child item.
-            If the model index specified corresponds to a top-level item in the model, or if
-            there is no valid parent item in the model, the function must return
-            an invalid model index, created with the empty QModelIndex() constructor.
-    \endtable
-
-    Both functions above use the \l{QAbstractItemModel::createIndex()}{createIndex()}
-    factory function to generate indexes for other components to use. It is normal for
-    models to supply some unique identifier to this function to ensure that
-    the model index can be re-associated with its corresponding item later on.
-
-    \section1 Drag and Drop Support and MIME Type Handling
-
-    The model/view classes support drag and drop operations, providing default behavior
-    that is sufficient for many applications. However, it is also possible to customize
-    the way items are encoded during drag and drop operations, whether they are copied
-    or moved by default, and how they are inserted into existing models.
-
-    Additionally, the convenience view classes implement specialized behavior that
-    should closely follow that expected by existing developers.
-    The \l{#Convenience Views}{Convenience Views} section provides an overview of this
-    behavior.
-
-    \section2 MIME Data
-
-    By default, the built-in models and views use an internal MIME type
-    (\c{application/x-qabstractitemmodeldatalist}) to pass around information about
-    model indexes. This specifies data for a list of items, containing the row and
-    column numbers of each item, and information about the roles that each item
-    supports.
-
-    Data encoded using this MIME type can be obtained by calling
-    QAbstractItemModel::mimeData() with a QModelIndexList containing the items to
-    be serialized.
-    \omit
-    The following types are used to store information about
-    each item as it is streamed into a QByteArray and stored in a QMimeData object:
-
-    \table 90%
-    \header \o Description \o Type
-    \row \o Row \o int
-    \row \o Column \o int
-    \row \o Data for each role \o QMap<int, QVariant>
-    \endtable
-
-    This information can be retrieved for use in non-model classes by calling
-    QMimeData::data() with the \c{application/x-qabstractitemmodeldatalist} MIME
-    type and streaming out the items one by one.
-    \endomit
-
-    When implementing drag and drop support in a custom model, it is possible to
-    export items of data in specialized formats by reimplementing the following
-    function:
-
-    \table 90%
-    \row \o \l{QAbstractItemModel::mimeData()}{mimeData()}
-         \o This function can be reimplemented to return data in formats other
-            than the default \c{application/x-qabstractitemmodeldatalist} internal
-            MIME type.
-
-            Subclasses can obtain the default QMimeData object from the base class
-            and add data to it in additional formats.
-    \endtable
-
-    For many models, it is useful to provide the contents of items in common format
-    represented by MIME types such as \c{text/plain} and \c{image/png}. Note that
-    images, colors and HTML documents can easily be added to a QMimeData object with
-    the QMimeData::setImageData(), QMimeData::setColorData(), and
-    QMimeData::setHtml() functions.
-
-    \section2 Accepting Dropped Data
-
-    When a drag and drop operation is performed over a view, the underlying model is
-    queried to determine which types of operation it supports and the MIME types
-    it can accept. This information is provided by the
-    QAbstractItemModel::supportedDropActions() and QAbstractItemModel::mimeTypes()
-    functions. Models that do not override the implementations provided by
-    QAbstractItemModel support copy operations and the default internal MIME type
-    for items.
-
-    When serialized item data is dropped onto a view, the data is inserted into
-    the current model using its implementation of QAbstractItemModel::dropMimeData().
-    The default implementation of this function will never overwrite any data in the
-    model; instead, it tries to insert the items of data either as siblings of an
-    item, or as children of that item.
-
-    To take advantage of QAbstractItemModel's default implementation for the built-in
-    MIME type, new models must provide reimplementations of the following functions:
-
-    \table 90%
-    \row \o \l{QAbstractItemModel::insertRows()}{insertRows()}
-         \o {1, 2} These functions enable the model to automatically insert new data using
-            the existing implementation provided by QAbstractItemModel::dropMimeData().
-    \row \o \l{QAbstractItemModel::insertColumns()}{insertColumns()}
-    \row \o \l{QAbstractItemModel::setData()}{setData()}
-         \o Allows the new rows and columns to be populated with items.
-    \row \o \l{QAbstractItemModel::setItemData()}{setItemData()}
-         \o This function provides more efficient support for populating new items.
-    \endtable
-
-    To accept other forms of data, these functions must be reimplemented:
-
-    \table 90%
-    \row \o \l{QAbstractItemModel::supportedDropActions()}{supportedDropActions()}
-         \o Used to return a combination of \l{Qt::DropActions}{drop actions},
-            indicating the types of drag and drop operations that the model accepts.
-    \row \o \l{QAbstractItemModel::mimeTypes()}{mimeTypes()}
-         \o Used to return a list of MIME types that can be decoded and handled by
-            the model. Generally, the MIME types that are supported for input into
-            the model are the same as those that it can use when encoding data for
-            use by external components.
-    \row \o \l{QAbstractItemModel::dropMimeData()}{dropMimeData()}
-         \o Performs the actual decoding of the data transferred by drag and drop
-            operations, determines where in the model it will be set, and inserts
-            new rows and columns where necessary. How this function is implemented
-            in subclasses depends on the requirements of the data exposed by each
-            model.
-    \endtable
-
-    If the implementation of the \l{QAbstractItemModel::dropMimeData()}{dropMimeData()}
-    function changes the dimensions of a model by inserting or removing rows or
-    columns, or if items of data are modified, care must be taken to ensure that
-    all relevant signals are emitted. It can be useful to simply call
-    reimplementations of other functions in the subclass, such as
-    \l{QAbstractItemModel::setData()}{setData()},
-    \l{QAbstractItemModel::insertRows()}{insertRows()}, and
-    \l{QAbstractItemModel::insertColumns()}{insertColumns()}, to ensure that the
-    model behaves consistently.
-
-    In order to ensure drag operations work properly, it is important to
-    reimplement the following functions that remove data from the model:
-
-    \list
-        \o \l{QAbstractItemModel::}{removeRows()}
-        \o \l{QAbstractItemModel::}{removeRow()}
-        \o \l{QAbstractItemModel::}{removeColumns()}
-        \o \l{QAbstractItemModel::}{removeColumn()}
-    \endlist
-
-    For more information about drag and drop with item views, refer to
-    \l{Using Drag and Drop with Item Views}.
-
-    \section2 Convenience Views
-
-    The convenience views (QListWidget, QTableWidget, and QTreeWidget) override
-    the default drag and drop functionality to provide less flexible, but more
-    natural behavior that is appropriate for many applications. For example,
-    since it is more common to drop data into cells in a QTableWidget, replacing
-    the existing contents with the data being transferred, the underlying model
-    will set the data of the target items rather than insert new rows and columns
-    into the model. For more information on drag and drop in convenience views,
-    you can see \l{Using Drag and Drop with Item Views}.
-
-    \section1 Performance Optimization for Large Amounts of Data
-
-    The \l{QAbstractItemModel::}{canFetchMore()} function checks if the parent
-    has more data available and returns true or false accordingly. The
-    \l{QAbstractItemModel::}{fetchMore()} function fetches data based on the
-    parent specified. Both these functions can be combined, for example, in a
-    database query involving incremental data to populate a QAbstractItemModel.
-    We reimplement \l{QAbstractItemModel::}{canFetchMore()} to indicate if there
-    is more data to be fetched and \l{QAbstractItemModel::}{fetchMore()} to
-    populate the model as required.
-
-    Another example would be dynamically populated tree models, where we
-    reimplement \l{QAbstractItemModel::}{fetchMore()} when a branch in the tree
-    model is expanded.
-
-    If your reimplementation of \l{QAbstractItemModel::}{fetchMore()} adds rows
-    to the model, you need to call \l{QAbstractItemModel::}{beginInsertRows()}
-    and \l{QAbstractItemModel::}{endInsertRows()}. Also, both
-    \l{QAbstractItemModel::}{canFetchMore()} and  \l{QAbstractItemModel::}
-    {fetchMore()} must be reimplemented as their default implementation returns
-    false and does nothing.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/modules.qdoc b/doc/src/modules.qdoc
index 9b0e58a..2fc6eaf 100644
--- a/doc/src/modules.qdoc
+++ b/doc/src/modules.qdoc
@@ -44,15 +44,17 @@
     \title Qt's Modules
     \startpage index.html Qt Reference Documentation
     \nextpage QtCore
+    
+    \ingroup classlists
 
     Qt 4 consists of several modules, each of which lives in a
     separate library.
 
-    Modules for general software development:
-
     \table 80%
+    \header \o {2,1} \bold{Modules for general software development}
     \row \o \l{QtCore} \o Core non-graphical classes used by other modules
     \row \o \l{QtGui} \o Graphical user interface (GUI) components
+    \row \o \l{QtMultimedia} \o Classes for low-level multimedia functionality
     \row \o \l{QtNetwork} \o Classes for network programming
     \row \o \l{QtOpenGL} \o OpenGL support classes
     \row \o \l{QtOpenVG} \o OpenVG support classes
@@ -65,30 +67,15 @@
     \row \o \l{QtXmlPatterns} \o An XQuery & XPath engine for XML and custom data models
     \row \o \l{Phonon Module}{Phonon} \o Multimedia framework classes
     \row \o \l{Qt3Support} \o Qt 3 compatibility classes
-    \endtable
-
-    Modules for working with Qt's tools:
-
-    \table 80%
+    \header \o {2,1} \bold{Modules for working with Qt's tools}
     \row \o \l{QtDesigner} \o Classes for extending \QD
     \row \o \l{QtUiTools} \o Classes for handling \QD forms in applications
     \row \o \l{QtHelp} \o Classes for online help    
-    \row \o \l{QtAssistant} \o Support for online help
     \row \o \l{QtTest} \o Tool classes for unit testing
-    \endtable
-
-    The following extension modules are available in the \l{Qt
-    Commercial Editions} on Windows:
-
-    \table 80%
+    \header \o {2,1} \bold{Modules for Windows developers}
     \row \o \l{QAxContainer} \o Extension for accessing ActiveX controls
     \row \o \l{QAxServer} \o Extension for writing ActiveX servers
-    \endtable
-
-    The following extension module is available in all \l {Qt Editions}
-    on Unix platforms:
-
-    \table 80%
+    \header \o {2,1} \bold{Modules for Unix developers}
     \row \o \l{QtDBus} \o Classes for Inter-Process Communication using the D-Bus
     \endtable
 
@@ -98,9 +85,928 @@
 
     \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_modules.qdoc 0
 
-    On Windows, if you do not use \l qmake, the \l{Visual Studio Integration}
-    available to \l{Qt Commercial Editions}{commercial licensees}, or other
-    build tools such as CMake, you also need to link against the \c qtmain library.
+    On Windows, if you do not use \l qmake
+    or other build tools such as CMake, you also need to link against
+    the \c qtmain library.
 
     \sa {Qt's Classes}
 */
+
+/*!
+    \module QtCore
+    \title QtCore Module
+    \contentspage Qt's Modules
+    \previouspage Qt's Modules
+    \nextpage QtGui
+    \ingroup modules
+
+    \keyword QtCore
+
+    \brief The QtCore module contains core non-GUI functionality.
+
+    All other Qt modules rely on this module. To include the
+    definitions of the module's classes, use the following directive:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtcore.qdoc 0
+
+    The QtCore module is part of all \l{Qt editions}.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \module QtGui
+    \title QtGui Module
+    \contentspage Qt's Modules
+    \previouspage QtCore
+    \nextpage QtNetwork
+    \ingroup modules
+
+    \brief The QtGui module extends QtCore with GUI functionality.
+
+    To include the definitions of both modules' classes, use the
+    following directive:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtgui.qdoc 0
+
+    The QtGui module is part of the \l{Qt GUI Framework Edition},
+    the \l{Qt Full Framework Edition}, and the \l{Open Source Versions of Qt}.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \module QtMultimedia
+    \title QtMultimedia Module
+    \contentspage Qt's Modules
+    \previouspage QtCore
+    \nextpage QtNetwork
+    \ingroup modules
+
+    \brief The QtMultimedia module provides low-level multimedia functionality.
+
+    To include the definitions of the module's classes, use the
+    following directive:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtmultimedia.qdoc 1
+
+    To link against the module, add this line to your \l qmake \c
+    .pro file:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtmultimedia.qdoc 0
+
+    The functionality provided by the \l{Phonon Module} is on a higher level
+    and in many cases more suitable for application developers.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \module QtNetwork
+    \title QtNetwork Module
+    \contentspage Qt's Modules
+    \previouspage QtMultimedia
+    \nextpage QtOpenGL
+    \ingroup modules
+
+    \brief The QtNetwork module provides classes to make network programming
+    easier and portable.
+
+    To include the definitions of the module's classes, use the
+    following directive:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtnetwork.qdoc 1
+
+    To link against the module, add this line to your \l qmake \c
+    .pro file:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtnetwork.qdoc 0
+
+    The QtNetwork module is part of the \l{Qt Full Framework Edition} and the
+    \l{Open Source Versions of Qt}.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \module QtOpenGL
+    \title QtOpenGL Module
+    \contentspage Qt's Modules
+    \previouspage QtNetwork
+    \nextpage QtOpenVG
+    \ingroup modules
+
+    \brief The QtOpenGL module offers classes that make it easy to
+    use OpenGL in Qt applications.
+
+    OpenGL is a standard API for rendering 3D graphics. OpenGL only
+    deals with 3D rendering and provides little or no support for GUI
+    programming issues. The user interface for an OpenGL application
+    must be created with another toolkit, such as Motif on the X
+    platform, Microsoft Foundation Classes (MFC) under Windows, or Qt
+    on both platforms.
+
+    \note OpenGL is a trademark of Silicon Graphics, Inc. in
+    the United States and other countries.
+
+    The Qt OpenGL module makes it easy to use OpenGL in Qt applications.
+    It provides an OpenGL widget class that can be used just like any
+    other Qt widget, except that it opens an OpenGL display buffer where
+    you can use the OpenGL API to render the contents.
+
+    To include the definitions of the module's classes, use the
+    following directive:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtopengl.qdoc 0
+
+    To link against the module, add this line to your \l qmake \c
+    .pro file:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtopengl.qdoc 1
+
+    The Qt OpenGL module is implemented as a platform-independent Qt/C++
+    wrapper around the platform-dependent GLX (version 1.3 or later),
+    WGL, or AGL C APIs. Although the basic functionality provided is very
+    similar to Mark Kilgard's GLUT library, applications using the Qt
+    OpenGL module can take advantage of the whole Qt API for
+    non-OpenGL-specific GUI functionality.
+
+    The QtOpenGL module is part of the \l{Qt Full Framework Edition} and the
+    \l{Open Source Versions of Qt}. It is available on Windows, X11, and Mac OS X.
+    \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} supports OpenGL ES (OpenGL for Embedded Systems).
+    To be able to use the OpenGL API in \l{Qt for Embedded Linux}, it must be
+    integrated with the Q Window System (QWS). See the
+    \l{Qt for Embedded Linux and OpenGL} documentation for details.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \module QtOpenVG
+    \title QtOpenVG Module
+    \since 4.6
+    \contentspage Qt's Modules
+    \previouspage QtOpenGL
+    \nextpage QtScript
+    \ingroup modules
+
+    \brief The QtOpenVG module is a plugin that provides support for
+    OpenVG painting.
+
+    OpenVG is a standard API from the
+    \l{http://www.khronos.org/openvg}{Khronos Group} for accelerated
+    2D vector graphics that is appearing in an increasing number of
+    embedded devices.
+
+    OpenVG support can be enabled by passing the \c{-openvg} option
+    to configure. It is assumed that the following qmake variables
+    are set to appropriate values in the qmake.conf file for your
+    platform:
+
+    \list
+    \o QMAKE_INCDIR_OPENVG
+    \o QMAKE_LIBDIR_OPENVG
+    \o QMAKE_LIBS_OPENVG
+    \endlist
+
+    Most OpenVG implementations are based on EGL, so the following
+    variables may also need to be set:
+
+    \list
+    \o QMAKE_INCDIR_EGL
+    \o QMAKE_LIBDIR_EGL
+    \o QMAKE_LIBS_EGL
+    \endlist
+
+    See \l{qmake Variable Reference} for more information on these variables.
+
+    Two kinds of OpenVG engines are currently supported: EGL based,
+    and engines built on top of OpenGL such as
+    \l{http://sourceforge.net/projects/shivavg}{ShivaVG}.
+    EGL based engines are preferred.
+
+    Once the graphics system plugin has been built and installed,
+    applications can be run as follows to use the plugin:
+
+    \code
+    app -graphicssystem OpenVG
+    \endcode
+
+    If ShivaVG is being used, then substitute \c ShivaVG instead of
+    \c OpenVG in the line above.
+*/
+
+/*!
+	\module QtScript
+	\title QtScript Module
+	\since 4.3
+	\contentspage Qt's Modules
+	\previouspage QtOpenVG
+	\nextpage QtScriptTools
+	\ingroup modules
+
+	\brief The QtScript module provides classes for making Qt applications scriptable.
+
+	The QtScript module only provides core scripting facilities; the
+	QtScriptTools module provides additional Qt Script-related
+	components that application developers may find useful.
+
+	\tableofcontents
+
+	To include the definitions of the module's classes, use the
+	following directive:
+
+	\snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 0
+
+	To link against the module, add this line to your \l qmake \c .pro file:
+
+	\snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 1
+
+	The QtScript module is part of the \l{Qt Full Framework Edition} and the
+	\l{Open Source Versions of Qt}.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \module QtScriptTools
+  \title QtScriptTools Module
+  \since 4.5
+  \contentspage Qt's Modules
+  \previouspage QtScript
+  \nextpage QtSql
+  \ingroup modules
+
+  \brief The QtScriptTools module provides additional components for applications that use Qt Script.
+
+  \tableofcontents
+
+  \section1 Configuring the Build Process
+
+  Applications that use the Qt Script Tools classes need to
+  be configured to be built against the QtScriptTools module.
+  To include the definitions of the module's classes, use the
+  following directive:
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc.src.qtscripttools.qdoc 0
+
+  To link against the module, add this line to your \l qmake \c .pro file:
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc.src.qtscripttools.qdoc 1
+
+  The QtScriptTools module is part of the \l{Qt Full Framework Edition} and
+  the \l{Open Source Versions of Qt}.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \module QtSql
+    \title QtSql Module
+    \contentspage Qt's Modules
+    \previouspage QtScript
+    \nextpage QtSvg
+    \ingroup modules
+
+    To include the definitions of the module's classes, use the
+    following directive:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtsql.qdoc 0
+
+    To link against the module, add this line to your \l qmake \c
+    .pro file:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtsql.qdoc 1
+
+    The QtSql module is part of the \l{Qt Full Framework Edition} and the
+    \l{Open Source Versions of Qt}.
+*/
+
+/*!
+	\module QtSvg
+	\title QtSvg Module
+	\since 4.1
+	\contentspage Qt's Modules
+	\previouspage QtSql
+	\nextpage QtWebKit
+	\ingroup modules
+
+	\brief The QtSvg module provides classes for displaying the contents of SVG
+	files.
+
+	To include the definitions of the module's classes, use the
+	following directive:
+
+	\snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtsvg.qdoc 0
+
+	To link against the module, add this line to your \l qmake \c
+	.pro file:
+
+	\snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtsvg.qdoc 1
+
+	The QtSvg module is part of the \l{Qt Full Framework Edition} and the
+	\l{Open Source Versions of Qt}.
+
+	\section1 License Information
+
+	Some code for arc handling in this module is derived from code with
+	the following license:
+
+	\legalese
+	Copyright  2002 USC/Information Sciences Institute
+
+	Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software
+	and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without
+	fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies
+	and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice
+	appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of
+	Information Sciences Institute not be used in advertising or
+	publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without
+	specific, written prior permission.  Information Sciences Institute
+	makes no representations about the suitability of this software for
+	any purpose.  It is provided "as is" without express or implied
+	warranty.
+
+	INFORMATION SCIENCES INSTITUTE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD
+	TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+	MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL INFORMATION SCIENCES
+	INSTITUTE BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+	DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA
+	OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
+	TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
+	PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+	\endlegalese
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \module QtXml
+    \title QtXml Module
+    \contentspage Qt's Modules
+    \previouspage QtSvg
+    \nextpage QtXmlPatterns
+    \ingroup modules
+
+    \brief The QtXml module provides a stream reader and writer for
+    XML documents, and C++ implementations of SAX and DOM.
+
+    To include the definitions of the module's classes, use the
+    following directive:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtxml.qdoc 0
+
+    To link against the module, add this line to your \l qmake \c
+    .pro file:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtxml.qdoc 1
+
+    Further XML support is provided by the \l{Qt Solutions} group who
+    provide, for example, classes that support SOAP and MML with the
+    Qt XML classes. 
+
+    This module is part of the \l{Qt Full Framework Edition} and the
+    \l{Open Source Versions of Qt}.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \module QtXmlPatterns
+    \title QtXmlPatterns Module
+    \since 4.4
+    \contentspage Qt's Modules
+    \previouspage QtXml
+    \nextpage Phonon Module
+    \ingroup modules
+
+    \brief The QtXmlPatterns module provides support for XPath,
+    XQuery, XSLT and XML schema-validation.
+
+    To include the definitions of the module's classes, use the
+    following directive:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 0
+
+    To link against the module, add this line to your \l qmake \c
+    .pro file:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 1
+
+    This module is part of the \l{Qt Full Framework Edition} and the
+    \l{Open Source Versions of Qt}.
+
+    \section1 License Information
+
+    The XML Schema implementation provided by this module contains the \c xml.xsd file
+    (located in \c{src/xmlpatterns/schema/schemas}) which is licensed under the terms
+    given below. This module is always built with XML Schema support enabled.
+
+    \legalese
+    W3C\copyright SOFTWARE NOTICE AND LICENSE
+
+    This license came from: http://www.w3.org/Consortium/Legal/2002/copyright-software-20021231
+
+    This work (and included software, documentation such as READMEs, or other
+    related items) is being provided by the copyright holders under the following
+    license. By obtaining, using and/or copying this work, you (the licensee)
+    agree that you have read, understood, and will comply with the following
+    terms and conditions.
+
+    Permission to copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+    documentation, with or without modification, for any purpose and without
+    fee or royalty is hereby granted, provided that you include the following on
+    ALL copies of the software and documentation or portions thereof, including
+    modifications:
+
+      1. The full text of this NOTICE in a location viewable to users of the
+         redistributed or derivative work.\br
+      2. Any pre-existing intellectual property disclaimers, notices, or terms
+         and conditions. If none exist, the W3C Software Short Notice should be
+         included (hypertext is preferred, text is permitted)
+         within the body of any redistributed or derivative code.\br
+      3. Notice of any changes or modifications to the files, including the date
+         changes were made. (We recommend you provide URIs to the location from
+         which the code is derived.)
+
+    THIS SOFTWARE AND DOCUMENTATION IS PROVIDED "AS IS," AND COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
+    MAKE NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
+    LIMITED TO, WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR
+    PURPOSE OR THAT THE USE OF THE SOFTWARE OR DOCUMENTATION WILL NOT INFRINGE
+    ANY THIRD PARTY PATENTS, COPYRIGHTS, TRADEMARKS OR OTHER RIGHTS.
+
+    COPYRIGHT HOLDERS WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL OR
+    CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF ANY USE OF THE SOFTWARE OR
+    DOCUMENTATION.
+
+    The name and trademarks of copyright holders may NOT be used in
+    advertising or publicity pertaining to the software without specific, written
+    prior permission. Title to copyright in this software and any associated
+    documentation will at all times remain with copyright holders.
+    \endlegalese
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page phonon-module.html
+    \module Phonon
+    \title Phonon Module
+    \contentspage Qt's Modules
+    \previouspage QtXmlPatterns
+    \nextpage Qt3Support
+    \ingroup modules
+
+    \brief The Phonon module contains namespaces and classes for multimedia functionality.
+
+    \generatelist{classesbymodule Phonon}
+
+    Phonon is a cross-platform multimedia framework that enables the use of
+    audio and video content in Qt applications. The \l{Phonon Overview}
+    document provides an introduction to the architecture and features included
+    in Phonon. The \l{Phonon} namespace contains a list of all classes, functions
+    and namespaces provided by the module.
+
+    Applications that use Phonon's classes need to
+    be configured to be built against the Phonon module.
+    The following declaration in a \c qmake project file ensures that
+    an application is compiled and linked appropriately:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_phonon.qdoc 1
+
+    The Phonon module is part of the \l{Qt Full Framework Edition} and the
+    \l{Open Source Versions of Qt}.
+
+    \section1 Qt Backends
+
+    Qt Backends are currently developed for Phonon version 4.1. The Phonon
+    project has moved on and introduced new features that the Qt Backends do not
+    implement. We have chosen not to document the part of Phonon that we do not
+    support. Any class or function not appearing in our documentation can be
+    considered unsupported.
+
+    \section1 License Information
+
+    Qt Commercial Edition licensees that wish to distribute applications that
+    use the Phonon module need to be aware of their obligations under the
+    GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL).
+
+    Developers using the Open Source Edition can choose to redistribute
+    the module under the appropriate version of the GNU LGPL; version 2.1
+    for applications and libraries licensed under the GNU GPL version 2,
+    or version 3 for applications and libraries licensed under the GNU
+    GPL version 2.
+
+    \legalese
+    This file is part of the KDE project
+
+    Copyright (C) 2005-2007 Matthias Kretz <kretz@kde.org> \BR
+    Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+    Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+    Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+    \endlegalese
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \module Qt3Support
+    \title Qt3Support Module
+    \contentspage Qt's Modules
+    \previouspage Phonon Module
+    \nextpage QtDesigner
+    \ingroup modules
+
+    \keyword Qt3Support
+    \brief The Qt3Support module provides classes that ease porting
+    from Qt 3 to Qt 4.
+
+    \warning The classes in this module are intended to be used in
+    intermediate stages of a porting process and are not intended
+    to be used in production code.
+
+    To include the definitions of the module's classes, use the
+    following directive:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt3support.qdoc 0
+
+    To link against the module, add this line to your \l qmake \c
+    .pro file:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt3support.qdoc 1
+
+    \note Since this module provides compatibility classes for
+    diverse parts of the Qt 3 API, it has dependencies on the QtCore,
+    QtGui, QtNetwork, QtSql, and QtXml modules.
+
+    This module is part of the \l{Qt Full Framework Edition} and the
+    \l{Open Source Versions of Qt}. Most classes offered by this module are
+    also part of the \l{Qt GUI Framework Edition}.
+\if defined(opensourceedition) || defined(desktoplightedition)
+    Classes that are not available for \l{Qt GUI Framework Edition}
+    users are marked as such in the class documentation.
+\endif
+
+    \sa {Porting to Qt 4}
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \module QtDesigner
+    \title QtDesigner Module
+    \contentspage Qt's Modules
+    \previouspage Qt3Support
+    \nextpage QtUiTools
+    \ingroup modules
+
+    \brief The QtDesigner module provides classes that allow you to
+    create your own custom widget plugins for Qt Designer, and classes
+    that enable you to access Qt Designer's components.
+
+    In addition, the QFormBuilder class provides the possibility of
+    constructing user interfaces from UI files at run-time.
+
+    To include the definitions of the module's classes, use the
+    following directive:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtdesigner.qdoc 0
+
+    To link against the module, add this line to your \c qmake .pro
+    file:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtdesigner.qdoc 1
+
+    \note These classes are part of the \l{Open Source Versions of Qt} and
+    \l{Qt Commercial Editions}{Qt Full Framework Edition} for commercial
+    users.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \module QtUiTools
+    \title QtUiTools Module
+    \since 4.1
+    \contentspage Qt's Modules
+    \previouspage QtDesigner
+    \nextpage QtHelp
+    \ingroup modules
+
+    \brief The QtUiTools module provides classes to handle forms created 
+    with Qt Designer.
+
+    These forms are processed at run-time to produce dynamically-generated
+    user interfaces. In order to generate a form at run-time, a resource
+    file containing a UI file is needed. Applications that use the
+    form handling classes need to be configured to be built against the
+    QtUiTools module. This is done by including the following declaration
+    in a \c qmake project file to ensure that the application is compiled
+    and linked appropriately.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtuiloader.qdoc 0
+
+    A form loader object, provided by the QUiLoader class, is used to
+    construct the user interface. This user interface can
+    be retrieved from any QIODevice; for example, a QFile object can be
+    used to obtain a form stored in a project's resources. The
+    QUiLoader::load() function takes the user interface description
+    contained in the file and constructs the form widget.
+
+    To include the definitions of the module's classes, use the following
+    directive:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtuiloader.qdoc 1
+
+    \note These classes are part of the \l{Open Source Versions of Qt} and
+    \l{Qt Commercial Editions}{Qt Full Framework Edition} for commercial
+    users.
+
+    \sa{Calculator Builder Example}, {World Time Clock Builder Example}
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \module QtHelp
+    \title QtHelp Module
+    \contentspage Qt's Modules
+    \previouspage QtUiTools
+    \nextpage QtTest
+    \ingroup modules
+
+    \brief The QtHelp module provides classes for integrating
+    online documentation in applications.
+
+    To include the definitions of the module's classes, use the
+    following directive:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qthelp.qdoc 0
+
+    To link against the module, add this line to your \l qmake \c
+    .pro file:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qthelp.qdoc 1
+
+    These classes are part of the \l{Open Source Versions of Qt} and
+    \l{Qt Commercial Editions}{Qt Full Framework Edition} for commercial
+    users.
+
+    \section1 License Information
+
+    The QtHelp module uses the CLucene indexing library to provide full-text
+    searching capabilities for Qt Assistant and applications that use the
+    features of QtHelp.
+
+    Qt Commercial Edition licensees that wish to distribute applications that
+    use these features of the QtHelp module need to be aware of their
+    obligations under the GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL).
+
+    Developers using the Open Source Edition can choose to redistribute
+    the module under the appropriate version of the GNU LGPL; version 2.1
+    for applications and libraries licensed under the GNU GPL version 2,
+    or version 3 for applications and libraries licensed under the GNU
+    GPL version 3.
+
+    \legalese
+    Copyright (C) 2003-2006 Ben van Klinken and the CLucene Team \BR
+    Changes are Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+    License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA
+    \endlegalese
+
+    \sa {The Qt Help Framework}
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \module QtTest
+    \title QtTest Module
+    \contentspage Qt's Modules
+    \previouspage QtHelp
+    \nextpage QAxContainer
+    \ingroup modules
+
+    \keyword QtTest
+
+    \brief The QtTest module provides classes for unit testing Qt applications and libraries.
+
+    Applications that use Qt's unit testing classes need to
+    be configured to be built against the QtTest module.
+    To include the definitions of the module's classes, use the
+    following directive:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qttest.qdoc 0
+
+    To link against the module, add this line to your \l qmake \c
+    .pro file:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qttest.qdoc 1
+
+    See the \l{QTestLib Manual} for a detailed introduction on how to use
+    Qt's unit testing features with your applications.
+
+    The QtTest module is part of all \l{Qt editions}.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \module QAxContainer
+    \title QAxContainer Module
+    \contentspage Qt's Modules
+    \previouspage QtTest
+    \nextpage QAxServer
+    \ingroup modules
+
+    \brief The QAxContainer module is a Windows-only extension for
+    accessing ActiveX controls and COM objects.
+
+    \section1 License Information
+
+    The QAxContainer module is not covered by the \l{GNU General Public License (GPL)},
+    the \l{GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL)}, or the
+    \l{Qt Commercial Editions}{Qt Commercial License}. Instead, it is distributed under
+    the following license.
+
+    \legalese
+    Copyright (c) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).\br
+    All rights reserved.
+
+    Contact:  Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)\br
+
+    You may use this file under the terms of the BSD license as follows:\br
+
+    "Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+    are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+
+    * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list
+    of conditions and the following disclaimer.\br
+    * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this
+    list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other
+    materials provided with the distribution.\br
+    * Neither the name of Nokia Corporation and its Subsidiary(-ies) nor the names of
+    its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
+    software without specific prior written permission.
+
+    THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY
+    EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+    OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+    SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+    INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+    TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
+    BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+    CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
+    ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE."
+    \endlegalese
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \module QAxServer
+    \title QAxServer Module
+    \contentspage Qt's Modules
+    \previouspage QAxContainer
+    \nextpage QtDBus module
+    \ingroup modules
+
+    \brief The QAxServer module is a Windows-only static library that
+    you can use to turn a standard Qt binary into a COM server. 
+
+    \section1 License Information
+
+    The QAxContainer module is not covered by the \l{GNU General Public License (GPL)},
+    the \l{GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL)}, or the
+    \l{Qt Commercial Editions}{Qt Commercial License}. Instead, it is distributed under
+    the following license.
+
+    \legalese
+    Copyright (c) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).\br
+    All rights reserved.
+
+    Contact:  Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)\br
+
+    You may use this file under the terms of the BSD license as follows:\br
+
+    "Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+    are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+
+    * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list
+    of conditions and the following disclaimer.\br
+    * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this
+    list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other
+    materials provided with the distribution.\br
+    * Neither the name of Nokia Corporation and its Subsidiary(-ies) nor the names of
+    its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
+    software without specific prior written permission.
+
+    THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY
+    EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+    OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+    SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+    INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+    TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
+    BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+    CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
+    ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE."
+    \endlegalese
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \module QtDBus
+    \title QtDBus module
+    \contentspage Qt's Modules
+    \previouspage QAxServer
+    \ingroup modules
+
+    \keyword QtDBus
+    \target The QDBus compiler
+
+    \brief The QtDBus module is a Unix-only library that you can use
+    to make Inter-Process Communication using the \l {Introduction to
+    D-Bus} {D-Bus} protocol.
+
+    Applications using the QtDBus module can provide services to
+    other, remote applications by exporting objects, as well as use
+    services exported by those applications by placing calls and
+    accessing properties.
+
+    The QtDBus module provides an interface that extends the Qt \l
+    {signalsandslots.html}{Signals and Slots} mechanism, allowing one
+    to connect to a signal emitted remotely as well as to connect a
+    local signal to remote slot.
+
+    To use this module, use the following code in your application:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtdbus.qdoc 0
+
+    If you're using qmake to build your application, you can add this
+    line to your .pro file to make it link against the QtDBus
+    libraries:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtdbus.qdoc 1
+
+    \note The source code for this module is located in the \c{src/qdbus}
+    directory. When installing Qt from source, this module is built when Qt's
+    tools are built.
+
+    See the \l {Introduction to D-Bus} page for detailed information on
+    how to use this module.
+
+    This module is part of all \l{Qt editions}.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page qtmain.html
+    \title The qtmain Library
+    \ingroup licensing
+    \ingroup platform-specific
+    \brief Describes the use and license of the qtmain helper library.
+
+    qtmain is a helper library that enables the developer to write a
+    cross-platform main() function on Windows. If you do not use \l qmake
+    or other build tools such as CMake, then you need to link against
+    the \c qtmain library.
+
+    \section1 License Information
+
+    The QAxContainer module is not covered by the \l{GNU General Public License (GPL)},
+    the \l{GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL)}, or the
+    \l{Qt Commercial Editions}{Qt Commercial License}. Instead, it is distributed under
+    the following license.
+    
+    \legalese
+    Copyright (c) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).\br
+    All rights reserved.
+
+    Contact:  Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)\br
+
+    You may use this file under the terms of the BSD license as follows:\br
+
+    "Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+    are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+
+    * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list
+    of conditions and the following disclaimer.\br
+    * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this
+    list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other
+    materials provided with the distribution.\br
+    * Neither the name of Nokia Corporation and its Subsidiary(-ies) nor the names of
+    its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
+    software without specific prior written permission.
+
+    THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY
+    EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+    OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+    SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+    INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+    TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
+    BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+    CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
+    ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE."
+    \endlegalese
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page qtassistant.html
+    \title QtAssistant
+
+    This module is no longer needed. Use the QtHelp module to integrate documentation
+    into your application.
+
+    \sa {QtHelp}
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/network-programming/qtnetwork.qdoc b/doc/src/network-programming/qtnetwork.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b2e6f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/network-programming/qtnetwork.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,330 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \group network
+    \title Network Programming API
+    \brief Classes for Network Programming
+
+    \ingroup groups
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page network-programming.html
+    \title Network Programming
+    \brief An Introduction to Network Programming with Qt
+
+    The QtNetwork module offers classes that allow you to write TCP/IP clients
+    and servers. it offers classes such as QFtp that implement specific
+    application-level protocols, lower-level classes such as QTcpSocket,
+    QTcpServer and QUdpSocket that represent low level network concepts,
+    and high level classes such as QNetworkRequest, QNetworkReply and
+    QNetworkAccessManager to perform network operations using common protocols.
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 Qt's Classes for Network Programming
+
+    The following classes provide support for network programming in Qt.
+
+    \annotatedlist network
+
+    \section1 High Level Network Operations for HTTP and FTP
+
+    The Network Access API is a collection of classes for performing
+    common network operations. The API provides an abstraction layer
+    over the specific operations and protocols used (for example,
+    getting and posting data over HTTP), and only exposes classes,
+    functions, and signals for general or high level concepts.
+
+    Network requests are represented by the QNetworkRequest class,
+    which also acts as a general container for information associated
+    with a request, such as any header information and the encryption
+    used. The URL specified when a request object is constructed
+    determines the protocol used for a request.
+    Currently HTTP, FTP and local file URLs are supported for uploading
+    and downloading.
+
+    The coordination of network operations is performed by the
+    QNetworkAccessManager class. Once a request has been created,
+    this class is used to dispatch it and emit signals to report on
+    its progress. The manager also coordinates the use of
+    \l{QNetworkCookieJar}{cookies} to store data on the client,
+    authentication requests, and the use of proxies.
+
+    Replies to network requests are represented by the QNetworkReply
+    class; these are created by QNetworkAccessManager when a request
+    is dispatched. The signals provided by QNetworkReply can be used
+    to monitor each reply individually, or developers may choose to
+    use the manager's signals for this purpose instead and discard
+    references to replies. Since QNetworkReply is a subclass of
+    QIODevice, replies can be handled synchronously or asynchronously;
+    i.e., as blocking or non-blocking operations.
+
+    Each application or library can create one or more instances of
+    QNetworkAccessManager to handle network communication.
+    
+    \section1 Writing FTP Clients with QFtp
+
+    FTP (File Transfer Protocol) is a protocol used almost exclusively
+    for browsing remote directories and for transferring files.
+
+    \image httpstack.png FTP Client and Server
+
+    FTP uses two network connections, one for sending
+    commands and one for transferring data. The
+    FTP protocol has a state and requires the client to send several
+    commands before a file transfer takes place.
+    FTP clients establish a connection
+    and keeps it open throughout the session. In each session, multiple
+    transfers can occur.
+
+    The QFtp class provides client-side support for FTP. 
+    It has the following characteristics:
+    \list
+
+    \o \e{Non-blocking behavior.} QFtp is asynchronous.
+    You can schedule a series of commands which are executed later,
+    when control returns to Qt's event loop.
+
+    \o \e{Command IDs.} Each command has a unique ID number that you
+    can use to follow the execution of the command. For example, QFtp
+    emits the \l{QFtp::commandStarted()}{commandStarted()} and
+    \l{QFtp::commandFinished()}{commandFinished()} signal with the
+    command ID for each command that is executed. 
+
+    \o \e{Data transfer progress indicators.} QFtp emits signals
+    whenever data is transferred (QFtp::dataTransferProgress(),
+    QNetworkReply::downloadProgress(), and
+    QNetworkReply::uploadProgress()).  You could connect these signals
+    to QProgressBar::setProgress() or QProgressDialog::setProgress(),
+    for example.
+
+    \o \e{QIODevice support.} The class supports convenient
+    uploading from and downloading to \l{QIODevice}s, in addition to a
+    QByteArray-based API.
+
+    \endlist
+
+    There are two main ways of using QFtp. The most common
+    approach is to keep track of the command IDs and follow the
+    execution of every command by connecting to the appropriate
+    signals. The other approach is to schedule all commands at once
+    and only connect to the done() signal, which is emitted when all
+    scheduled commands have been executed. The first approach
+    requires more work, but it gives you more control over the
+    execution of individual commands and allows you to initiate new
+    commands based on the result of a previous command. It also
+    enables you to provide detailed feedback to the user.
+
+    The \l{network/ftp}{FTP} example
+    illustrates how to write an FTP client.
+    Writing your own FTP (or HTTP) server is possible using the
+    lower-level classes QTcpSocket and QTcpServer.
+
+    \section1 Using TCP with QTcpSocket and QTcpServer
+
+    TCP (Transmission Control Protocol) is a low-level network
+    protocol used by most Internet protocols, including HTTP and FTP,
+    for data transfer. It is a reliable, stream-oriented,
+    connection-oriented transport protocol. It is particularly well
+    suited to the continuous transmission of data.
+
+    \image tcpstream.png A TCP Stream
+
+    The QTcpSocket class provides an interface for TCP. You can use
+    QTcpSocket to implement standard network protocols such as POP3,
+    SMTP, and NNTP, as well as custom protocols.
+
+    A TCP connection must be established to a remote host and port
+    before any data transfer can begin. Once the connection has been
+    established, the IP address and port of the peer are available
+    through QTcpSocket::peerAddress() and QTcpSocket::peerPort(). At
+    any time, the peer can close the connection, and data transfer
+    will then stop immediately.
+
+    QTcpSocket works asynchronously and emits signals to report status
+    changes and errors, just like QNetworkAccessManager and QFtp. It
+    relies on the event loop to detect incoming data and to
+    automatically flush outgoing data. You can write data to the
+    socket using QTcpSocket::write(), and read data using
+    QTcpSocket::read(). QTcpSocket represents two independent streams
+    of data: one for reading and one for writing.
+
+    Since QTcpSocket inherits QIODevice, you can use it with
+    QTextStream and QDataStream. When reading from a QTcpSocket, you
+    must make sure that enough data is available by calling
+    QTcpSocket::bytesAvailable() beforehand.
+
+    If you need to handle incoming TCP connections (e.g., in a server
+    application), use the QTcpServer class. Call QTcpServer::listen()
+    to set up the server, and connect to the
+    QTcpServer::newConnection() signal, which is emitted once for
+    every client that connects. In your slot, call
+    QTcpServer::nextPendingConnection() to accept the connection and
+    use the returned QTcpSocket to communicate with the client.
+
+    Although most of its functions work asynchronously, it's possible
+    to use QTcpSocket synchronously (i.e., blocking). To get blocking
+    behavior, call QTcpSocket's waitFor...() functions; these suspend
+    the calling thread until a signal has been emitted. For example,
+    after calling the non-blocking QTcpSocket::connectToHost()
+    function, call QTcpSocket::waitForConnected() to block the thread
+    until the \l{QTcpSocket::connected()}{connected()} signal has
+    been emitted.
+
+    Synchronous sockets often lead to code with a simpler flow of
+    control. The main disadvantage of the waitFor...() approach is
+    that events won't be processed while a waitFor...() function is
+    blocking. If used in the GUI thread, this might freeze the
+    application's user interface. For this reason, we recommend that
+    you use synchronous sockets only in non-GUI threads. When used
+    synchronously, QTcpSocket doesn't require an event loop.
+
+    The \l{network/fortuneclient}{Fortune Client} and
+    \l{network/fortuneserver}{Fortune Server} examples show how to use
+    QTcpSocket and QTcpServer to write TCP client-server
+    applications. See also \l{network/blockingfortuneclient}{Blocking
+    Fortune Client} for an example on how to use a synchronous
+    QTcpSocket in a separate thread (without using an event loop),
+    and \l{network/threadedfortuneserver}{Threaded Fortune Server}
+    for an example of a multithreaded TCP server with one thread per
+    active client.
+
+    \section1 Using UDP with QUdpSocket
+
+    UDP (User Datagram Protocol) is a lightweight, unreliable,
+    datagram-oriented, connectionless protocol. It can be used when
+    reliability isn't important. For example, a server that reports
+    the time of day could choose UDP. If a datagram with the time of
+    day is lost, the client can simply make another request.
+
+    \image udppackets.png UDP Packets
+
+    The QUdpSocket class allows you to send and receive UDP
+    datagrams. It inherits QAbstractSocket, and it therefore shares
+    most of QTcpSocket's interface. The main difference is that
+    QUdpSocket transfers data as datagrams instead of as a continuous
+    stream of data. In short, a datagram is a data packet of limited
+    size (normally smaller than 512 bytes), containing the IP address
+    and port of the datagram's sender and receiver in addition to the
+    data being transferred.
+
+    QUdpSocket supports IPv4 broadcasting. Broadcasting is often used
+    to implement network discovery protocols, such as finding which
+    host on the network has the most free hard disk space. One host
+    broadcasts a datagram to the network that all other hosts
+    receive. Each host that receives a request then sends a reply
+    back to the sender with its current amount of free disk space.
+    The originator waits until it has received replies from all
+    hosts, and can then choose the server with most free space to
+    store data. To broadcast a datagram, simply send it to the
+    special address QHostAddress::Broadcast (255.255.255.255), or
+    to your local network's broadcast address.
+
+    QUdpSocket::bind() prepares the socket for accepting incoming
+    datagrams, much like QTcpServer::listen() for TCP servers.
+    Whenever one or more datagrams arrive, QUdpSocket emits the
+    \l{QUdpSocket::readyRead()}{readyRead()} signal. Call
+    QUdpSocket::readDatagram() to read the datagram.
+
+    The \l{network/broadcastsender}{Broadcast Sender} and
+    \l{network/broadcastreceiver}{Broadcast Receiver} examples show
+    how to write a UDP sender and a UDP receiver using Qt.
+
+    \section1 Resolving Host Names using QHostInfo
+
+    Before establishing a network connection, QTcpSocket and
+    QUdpSocket perform a name lookup, translating the host name
+    you're connecting to into an IP address. This operation is
+    usually performed using the DNS (Domain Name Service) protocol.
+
+    QHostInfo provides a static function that lets you perform such a
+    lookup yourself. By calling QHostInfo::lookupHost() with a host
+    name, a QObject pointer, and a slot signature, QHostInfo will
+    perform the name lookup and invoke the given slot when the
+    results are ready. The actual lookup is done in a separate
+    thread, making use of the operating system's own methods for
+    performing name lookups.
+
+    QHostInfo also provides a static function called
+    QHostInfo::fromName() that takes the host name as argument and
+    returns the results. In this case, the name lookup is performed
+    in the same thread as the caller. This overload is useful for
+    non-GUI applications or for doing name lookups in a separate,
+    non-GUI thread. (Calling this function in a GUI thread may cause
+    your user interface to freeze while the function blocks as
+    it performs the lookup.)
+
+    \section1 Support for Network Proxies
+
+    Network communication with Qt can be performed through proxies,
+    which direct or filter network traffic between local and remote
+    connections.
+
+    Individual proxies are represented by the QNetworkProxy class,
+    which is used to describe and configure the connection to a proxy.
+    Proxy types which operate on different levels of network communication
+    are supported, with SOCKS 5 support allowing proxying of network
+    traffic at a low level, and HTTP and FTP proxying working at the
+    protocol level. See QNetworkProxy::ProxyType for more information.
+
+    Proxying can be enabled on a per-socket basis or for all network
+    communication in an application. A newly opened socket can be
+    made to use a proxy by calling its QAbstractSocket::setProxy()
+    function before it is connected. Application-wide proxying can
+    be enabled for all subsequent socket connections through the use
+    of the QNetworkProxy::setApplicationProxy() function.
+
+    Proxy factories are used to create policies for proxy use.
+    QNetworkProxyFactory supplies proxies based on queries for specific
+    proxy types. The queries themselves are encoded in QNetworkProxyQuery
+    objects which enable proxies to be selected based on key criteria,
+    such as the purpose of the proxy (TCP, UDP, TCP server, URL request),
+    local port, remote host and port, and the protocol in use (HTTP, FTP,
+    etc.).
+
+    QNetworkProxyFactory::proxyForQuery() is used to query the factory
+    directly. An application-wide policy for proxying can be implemented
+    by passing a factory to QNetworkProxyFactory::setApplicationProxyFactory()
+    and a custom proxying policy can be created by subclassing
+    QNetworkProxyFactory; see the class documentation for details.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/network-programming/ssl.qdoc b/doc/src/network-programming/ssl.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..44d4196
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/network-programming/ssl.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \group ssl
+    \title Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) Classes
+    \ingroup groups
+
+    \brief Classes for secure communication over network sockets.
+    \keyword SSL
+
+    The classes below provide support for secure network communication using
+    the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) protocol, using the \l{OpenSSL Toolkit} to
+    perform encryption and protocol handling.
+
+    See the \l{General Qt Requirements} page for information about the
+    versions of OpenSSL that are known to work with Qt.
+
+    \note Due to import and export restrictions in some parts of the world, we
+    are unable to supply the OpenSSL Toolkit with Qt packages. Developers wishing
+    to use SSL communication in their deployed applications should either ensure
+    that their users have the appropriate libraries installed, or they should
+    consult a suitably qualified legal professional to ensure that applications
+    using code from the OpenSSL project are correctly certified for import
+    and export in relevant regions of the world.
+
+    When the QtNetwork module is built with SSL support, the library is linked
+    against OpenSSL in a way that requires OpenSSL license compliance.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/object.qdoc b/doc/src/object.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 35d2ba3..0000000
--- a/doc/src/object.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,132 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page object.html
-    \title Qt Object Model
-    \ingroup architecture
-    \brief A description of the powerful features made possible by Qt's dynamic object model.
-
-    The standard C++ object model provides very efficient runtime
-    support for the object paradigm. But its static nature is
-    inflexibile in certain problem domains. Graphical user interface
-    programming is a domain that requires both runtime efficiency and
-    a high level of flexibility. Qt provides this, by combining the
-    speed of C++ with the flexibility of the Qt Object Model.
-
-    Qt adds these features to C++:
-
-    \list
-    \o a very powerful mechanism for seamless object
-       communication called \l{signals and slots}
-    \o queryable and designable \l{Qt's Property System}{object
-       properties}
-    \o powerful \l{events and event filters}
-    \o contextual \l{i18n}{string translation for internationalization}
-    \o sophisticated interval driven \l timers that make it possible
-       to elegantly integrate many tasks in an event-driven GUI
-    \o hierarchical and queryable \l{Object Trees and Object Ownership}{object
-       trees} that organize object ownership in a natural way
-    \o guarded pointers (QPointer) that are automatically
-       set to 0 when the referenced object is destroyed, unlike normal C++
-       pointers which become dangling pointers when their objects are destroyed
-    \o a \l{metaobjects.html#qobjectcast}{dynamic cast} that works across
-       library boundaries.
-    \endlist
-
-    Many of these Qt features are implemented with standard C++
-    techniques, based on inheritance from QObject. Others, like the
-    object communication mechanism and the dynamic property system,
-    require the \l{Meta-Object System} provided
-    by Qt's own \l{moc}{Meta-Object Compiler (moc)}.
-
-    The meta-object system is a C++ extension that makes the language
-    better suited to true component GUI programming. Although
-    templates can be used to extend C++, the meta-object system
-    provides benefits using standard C++ that cannot be achieved with
-    templates; see \l{Why Doesn't Qt Use Templates for Signals and
-    Slots?}
-
-    \target Identity vs Value
-    \section1 Qt Objects: Identity vs Value
-
-    Some of the added features listed above for the Qt Object Model,
-    require that we think of Qt Objects as identities, not values.
-    Values are copied or assigned; identities are cloned. Cloning
-    means to create a new identity, not an exact copy of the old
-    one. For example, twins have different identities. They may look
-    identical, but they have different names, different locations, and
-    may have completely different social networks.
-
-    Then cloning an identity is a more complex operation than copying
-    or assigning a value. We can see what this means in the Qt Object
-    Model.
-
-    \bold{A Qt Object...}
-
-    \list
-
-    \o might have a unique \l{QObject::objectName()}.  If we copy a Qt
-    Object, what name should we give the copy?
-
-    \o has a location in an \l{Object Trees and Object Ownership}
-    {object hierarchy}. If we copy a Qt Object, where should the copy
-    be located?
-
-    \o can be connected to other Qt Objects to emit signals to them or
-    to receive signals emitted by them. If we copy a Qt Object, how
-    should we transfer these connections to the copy?
-
-    \o can have \l{Qt's Property System} {new properties} added to it
-    at runtime that are not declared in the C++ class. If we copy a Qt
-    Object, should the copy include the properties that were added to
-    the original?
-    
-    \endlist
-
-    For these reasons, Qt Objects should be treated as identities, not
-    as values. Identities are cloned, not copied or assigned, and
-    cloning an identity is a more complex operation than copying or
-    assigning a value. Therefore, QObject and all subclasses of
-    QObject (direct or indirect) have their \l{No copy constructor}
-    {copy constructor and assignment operator} disabled.
-
-  */
diff --git a/doc/src/objectmodel/metaobjects.qdoc b/doc/src/objectmodel/metaobjects.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..961a4c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/objectmodel/metaobjects.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page metaobjects.html
+    \title Meta-Object System
+    \brief An overview of Qt's meta-object system and introspection capabilities.
+    \keyword meta-object
+
+    Qt's meta-object system provides the signals and slots mechanism for
+    inter-object communication, run-time type information, and the dynamic
+    property system.
+
+    The meta-object system is based on three things:
+
+    \list 1
+    \o The \l QObject class provides a base class for objects that can
+       take advantage of the meta-object system.
+    \o The Q_OBJECT macro inside the private section of the class
+       declaration is used to enable meta-object features, such as
+       dynamic properties, signals, and slots.
+    \o The \l{moc}{Meta-Object Compiler} (\c moc) supplies each
+       QObject subclass with the necessary code to implement
+       meta-object features.
+    \endlist
+
+    The \c moc tool reads a C++ source file. If it finds one or more
+    class declarations that contain the Q_OBJECT macro, it
+    produces another C++ source file which contains the meta-object
+    code for each of those classes. This generated source file is
+    either \c{#include}'d into the class's source file or, more
+    usually, compiled and linked with the class's implementation.
+
+    In addition to providing the \l{signals and slots} mechanism for
+    communication between objects (the main reason for introducing
+    the system), the meta-object code provides the following
+    additional features:
+
+    \list
+    \o QObject::metaObject() returns the associated
+       \l{QMetaObject}{meta-object} for the class.
+    \o QMetaObject::className() returns the class name as a
+       string at run-time, without requiring native run-time type information
+       (RTTI) support through the C++ compiler.
+    \o QObject::inherits() function returns whether an object is an
+       instance of a class that inherits a specified class within the
+       QObject inheritance tree.
+    \o QObject::tr() and QObject::trUtf8() translate strings for
+       \l{Internationalization with Qt}{internationalization}.
+    \o QObject::setProperty() and QObject::property()
+       dynamically set and get properties by name.
+    \o QMetaObject::newInstance() constructs a new instance of the class.
+    \endlist
+
+    \target qobjectcast
+    It is also possible to perform dynamic casts using qobject_cast()
+    on QObject classes. The qobject_cast() function behaves similarly
+    to the standard C++ \c dynamic_cast(), with the advantages
+    that it doesn't require RTTI support and it works across dynamic
+    library boundaries. It attempts to cast its argument to the pointer
+    type specified in angle-brackets, returning a non-zero pointer if the
+    object is of the correct type (determined at run-time), or 0
+    if the object's type is incompatible.
+
+    For example, let's assume \c MyWidget inherits from QWidget and
+    is declared with the Q_OBJECT macro:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qtcast/qtcast.cpp 0
+
+    The \c obj variable, of type \c{QObject *}, actually refers to a
+    \c MyWidget object, so we can cast it appropriately:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qtcast/qtcast.cpp 1
+
+    The cast from QObject to QWidget is successful, because the
+    object is actually a \c MyWidget, which is a subclass of QWidget.
+    Since we know that \c obj is a \c MyWidget, we can also cast it to
+    \c{MyWidget *}:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qtcast/qtcast.cpp 2
+
+    The cast to \c MyWidget is successful because qobject_cast()
+    makes no distinction between built-in Qt types and custom types.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qtcast/qtcast.cpp 3
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qtcast/qtcast.cpp 4
+
+    The cast to QLabel, on the other hand, fails. The pointer is then
+    set to 0. This makes it possible to handle objects of different
+    types differently at run-time, based on the type:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qtcast/qtcast.cpp 5
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qtcast/qtcast.cpp 6
+
+    While it is possible to use QObject as a base class without the
+    Q_OBJECT macro and without meta-object code, neither signals
+    and slots nor the other features described here will be available
+    if the Q_OBJECT macro is not used. From the meta-object
+    system's point of view, a QObject subclass without meta code is
+    equivalent to its closest ancestor with meta-object code. This
+    means for example, that QMetaObject::className() will not return
+    the actual name of your class, but the class name of this
+    ancestor.
+
+    Therefore, we strongly recommend that all subclasses of QObject
+    use the Q_OBJECT macro regardless of whether or not they
+    actually use signals, slots, and properties.
+
+    \sa QMetaObject, {Qt's Property System}, {Signals and Slots}
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/objectmodel/object.qdoc b/doc/src/objectmodel/object.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a3c2292
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/objectmodel/object.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page object.html
+    \title Qt Object Model
+    \brief A description of the powerful features made possible by Qt's dynamic object model.
+
+    \ingroup frameworks-technologies
+
+    The standard C++ object model provides very efficient runtime
+    support for the object paradigm. But its static nature is
+    inflexibile in certain problem domains. Graphical user interface
+    programming is a domain that requires both runtime efficiency and
+    a high level of flexibility. Qt provides this, by combining the
+    speed of C++ with the flexibility of the Qt Object Model.
+
+    Qt adds these features to C++:
+
+    \list
+    \o a very powerful mechanism for seamless object
+       communication called \l{signals and slots}
+    \o queryable and designable \l{Qt's Property System}{object
+       properties}
+    \o powerful \l{events and event filters}
+    \o contextual \l{i18n}{string translation for internationalization}
+    \o sophisticated interval driven \l timers that make it possible
+       to elegantly integrate many tasks in an event-driven GUI
+    \o hierarchical and queryable \l{Object Trees and Object Ownership}{object
+       trees} that organize object ownership in a natural way
+    \o guarded pointers (QPointer) that are automatically
+       set to 0 when the referenced object is destroyed, unlike normal C++
+       pointers which become dangling pointers when their objects are destroyed
+    \o a \l{metaobjects.html#qobjectcast}{dynamic cast} that works across
+       library boundaries.
+    \endlist
+
+    Many of these Qt features are implemented with standard C++
+    techniques, based on inheritance from QObject. Others, like the
+    object communication mechanism and the dynamic property system,
+    require the \l{Meta-Object System} provided
+    by Qt's own \l{moc}{Meta-Object Compiler (moc)}.
+
+    The meta-object system is a C++ extension that makes the language
+    better suited to true component GUI programming. Although
+    templates can be used to extend C++, the meta-object system
+    provides benefits using standard C++ that cannot be achieved with
+    templates; see \l{Why Doesn't Qt Use Templates for Signals and
+    Slots?}
+
+    \section1 Important Classes
+
+    These classes form the basis of the Qt Object Model.
+    
+    \annotatedlist objectmodel
+
+    \target Identity vs Value
+    \section1 Qt Objects: Identity vs Value
+
+    Some of the added features listed above for the Qt Object Model,
+    require that we think of Qt Objects as identities, not values.
+    Values are copied or assigned; identities are cloned. Cloning
+    means to create a new identity, not an exact copy of the old
+    one. For example, twins have different identities. They may look
+    identical, but they have different names, different locations, and
+    may have completely different social networks.
+
+    Then cloning an identity is a more complex operation than copying
+    or assigning a value. We can see what this means in the Qt Object
+    Model.
+
+    \bold{A Qt Object...}
+
+    \list
+
+    \o might have a unique \l{QObject::objectName()}.  If we copy a Qt
+    Object, what name should we give the copy?
+
+    \o has a location in an \l{Object Trees and Object Ownership}
+    {object hierarchy}. If we copy a Qt Object, where should the copy
+    be located?
+
+    \o can be connected to other Qt Objects to emit signals to them or
+    to receive signals emitted by them. If we copy a Qt Object, how
+    should we transfer these connections to the copy?
+
+    \o can have \l{Qt's Property System} {new properties} added to it
+    at runtime that are not declared in the C++ class. If we copy a Qt
+    Object, should the copy include the properties that were added to
+    the original?
+    
+    \endlist
+
+    For these reasons, Qt Objects should be treated as identities, not
+    as values. Identities are cloned, not copied or assigned, and
+    cloning an identity is a more complex operation than copying or
+    assigning a value. Therefore, QObject and all subclasses of
+    QObject (direct or indirect) have their \l{No copy constructor}
+    {copy constructor and assignment operator} disabled.
+
+  */
diff --git a/doc/src/objectmodel/objecttrees.qdoc b/doc/src/objectmodel/objecttrees.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bc5353f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/objectmodel/objecttrees.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page objecttrees.html
+    \title Object Trees and Object Ownership
+    \brief Information about the parent-child pattern used to describe
+    object ownership in Qt.
+
+    \section1 Overview
+
+    \link QObject QObjects\endlink organize themselves in object trees.
+    When you create a QObject with another object as parent, it's added to
+    the parent's \link QObject::children() children() \endlink list, and
+    is deleted when the parent is. It turns out that this approach fits
+    the needs of GUI objects very well. For example, a \l QShortcut
+    (keyboard shortcut) is a child of the relevant window, so when the
+    user closes that window, the shorcut is deleted too.
+
+    \l QWidget, the base class of everything that appears on the screen,
+    extends the parent-child relationship. A child normally also becomes a
+    child widget, i.e. it is displayed in its parent's coordinate system
+    and is graphically clipped by its parent's boundaries. For example,
+    when the application deletes a message box after it has been
+    closed, the message box's buttons and label are also deleted, just as
+    we'd want, because the buttons and label are children of the message
+    box.
+
+    You can also delete child objects yourself, and they will remove
+    themselves from their parents. For example, when the user removes a
+    toolbar it may lead to the application deleting one of its \l QToolBar
+    objects, in which case the tool bar's \l QMainWindow parent would
+    detect the change and reconfigure its screen space accordingly.
+
+    The debugging functions \l QObject::dumpObjectTree() and \l
+    QObject::dumpObjectInfo() are often useful when an application looks or
+    acts strangely.
+
+    \target note on the order of construction/destruction of QObjects
+    \section1 Construction/Destruction Order of QObjects
+
+    When \l {QObject} {QObjects} are created on the heap (i.e., created
+    with \e new), a tree can be constructed from them in any order, and
+    later, the objects in the tree can be destroyed in any order. When any
+    QObject in the tree is deleted, if the object has a parent, the
+    destructor automatically removes the object from its parent. If the
+    object has children, the destructor automatically deletes each
+    child. No QObject is deleted twice, regardless of the order of
+    destruction.
+
+    When \l {QObject} {QObjects} are created on the stack, the same
+    behavior applies. Normally, the order of destruction still doesn't
+    present a problem. Consider the following snippet:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_objecttrees.qdoc 0
+
+    The parent, \c window, and the child, \c quit, are both \l {QObject}
+    {QObjects} because QPushButton inherits QWidget, and QWidget inherits
+    QObject. This code is correct: the destructor of \c quit is \e not
+    called twice because the C++ language standard \e {(ISO/IEC 14882:2003)}
+    specifies that destructors of local objects are called in the reverse
+    order of their constructors. Therefore, the destructor of
+    the child, \c quit, is called first, and it removes itself from its
+    parent, \c window, before the destructor of \c window is called.
+
+    But now consider what happens if we swap the order of construction, as
+    shown in this second snippet:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_objecttrees.qdoc 1
+
+    In this case, the order of destruction causes a problem. The parent's
+    destructor is called first because it was created last. It then calls
+    the destructor of its child, \c quit, which is incorrect because \c
+    quit is a local variable. When \c quit subsequently goes out of scope,
+    its destructor is called again, this time correctly, but the damage has
+    already been done.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/objectmodel/properties.qdoc b/doc/src/objectmodel/properties.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f640e31
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/objectmodel/properties.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,278 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page properties.html
+    \title Qt's Property System
+    \brief An overview of Qt's property system.
+
+    Qt provides a sophisticated property system similar to the ones
+    supplied by some compiler vendors. However, as a compiler- and
+    platform-independent library, Qt does not rely on non-standard
+    compiler features like \c __property or \c [property]. The Qt
+    solution works with \e any standard C++ compiler on every platform
+    Qt supports. It is based on the \l {Meta-Object System} that also
+    provides inter-object communication via \l{signals and slots}.
+
+    \section1 Requirements for Declaring Properties
+
+    To declare a property, use the \l {Q_PROPERTY()} {Q_PROPERTY()}
+    macro in a class that inherits QObject.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_properties.qdoc 0
+
+    Here are some typical examples of property declarations taken from
+    class QWidget.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_properties.qdoc 1
+
+    A property behaves like a class data member, but it has additional
+    features accessible through the \l {Meta-Object System}.
+
+    \list 
+
+    \o A \c READ accessor function is required. It is for reading the
+    property value. Ideally, a const function is used for this purpose,
+    and it must return either the property's type or a pointer or
+    reference to that type. e.g., QWidget::focus is a read-only property
+    with \c READ function, QWidget::hasFocus().
+
+    \o A \c WRITE accessor function is optional. It is for setting the
+    property value. It must return void and must take exactly one
+    argument, either of the property's type or a pointer or reference
+    to that type. e.g., QWidget::enabled has the \c WRITE function
+    QWidget::setEnabled().  Read-only properties do not need \c WRITE
+    functions. e.g., QWidget::focus has no \c WRITE function.
+
+    \o A \c RESET function is optional. It is for setting the property
+    back to its context specific default value. e.g., QWidget::cursor
+    has the typical \c READ and \c WRITE functions, QWidget::cursor()
+    and QWidget::setCursor(), and it also has a \c RESET function,
+    QWidget::unsetCursor(), since no call to QWidget::setCursor() can
+    mean \e {reset to the context specific cursor}. The \c RESET
+    function must return void and take no parameters.
+
+    \o A \c NOTIFY signal is optional. If defined, the signal will be
+    emitted whenever the value of the property changes. The signal must
+    take one parameter, which must be of the same type as the property; the
+    parameter will take the new value of the property.
+
+    \o The \c DESIGNABLE attribute indicates whether the property
+    should be visible in the property editor of GUI design tool (e.g.,
+    \l {Qt Designer}). Most properties are \c DESIGNABLE (default
+    true). Instead of true or false, you can specify a boolean
+    member function.
+
+    \o The \c SCRIPTABLE attribute indicates whether this property
+    should be accessible by a scripting engine (default true).
+    Instead of true or false, you can specify a boolean member
+    function.
+
+    \o The \c STORED attribute indicates whether the property should
+    be thought of as existing on its own or as depending on other
+    values. It also indicates whether the property value must be saved
+    when storing the object's state. Most properties are \c STORED
+    (default true), but e.g., QWidget::minimumWidth() has \c STORED
+    false, because its value is just taken from the width component
+    of property QWidget::minimumSize(), which is a QSize.
+
+    \o The \c USER attribute indicates whether the property is
+    designated as the user-facing or user-editable property for the
+    class. Normally, there is only one \c USER property per class
+    (default false). e.g., QAbstractButton::checked is the user
+    editable property for (checkable) buttons. Note that QItemDelegate
+    gets and sets a widget's \c USER property.
+
+    \o The presence of the \c CONSTANT attibute indicates that the property 
+    value is constant.  For a given object instance, the READ method of a 
+    constant property must return the same value every time it is called.  This
+    constant value may be different for different instances of the object.  A
+    constant property cannot have a WRITE method or a NOTIFY signal.
+
+    \o The presence of the \c FINAL attribute indicates that the property
+    will not be overridden by a derived class.  This can be used for performance
+    optimizations in some cases, but is not enforced by moc.  Care must be taken
+    never to override a \c FINAL property.
+
+    \endlist
+
+    The \c READ, \c WRITE, and \c RESET functions can be inherited.
+    They can also be virtual. When they are inherited in classes where
+    multiple inheritance is used, they must come from the first
+    inherited class.
+
+    The property type can be any type supported by QVariant, or it can
+    be a user-defined type. In this example, class QDate is considered
+    to be a user-defined type.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_properties.qdoc 2
+
+    Because QDate is user-defined, you must include the \c{<QDate>}
+    header file with the property declaration.
+
+    For QMap, QList, and QValueList properties, the property value is
+    a QVariant whose value is the entire list or map.  Note that the
+    Q_PROPERTY string cannot contain commas, because commas separate
+    macro arguments. Therefore, you must use \c QMap as the property
+    type instead of \c QMap<QString,QVariant>. For consistency, also
+    use \c QList and \c QValueList instead of \c QList<QVariant> and
+    \c QValueList<QVariant>.
+
+    \section1 Reading and Writing Properties with the Meta-Object System
+
+    A property can be read and written using the generic functions
+    QObject::property() and QObject::setProperty(), without knowing
+    anything about the owning class except the property's name.  In
+    the code snippet below, the call to QAbstractButton::setDown() and
+    the call to QObject::setProperty() both set property "down".
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_properties.qdoc 3
+
+    Accessing a property through its \c WRITE accessor is the better
+    of the two, because it is faster and gives better diagnostics at
+    compile time, but setting the property this way requires that you
+    know about the class at compile time. Accessing properties by name
+    lets you access classes you don't know about at compile time. You
+    can \e discover a class's properties at run time by querying its
+    QObject, QMetaObject, and \l {QMetaProperty} {QMetaProperties}.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_properties.qdoc 4
+
+    In the above snippet, QMetaObject::property() is used to get \l
+    {QMetaProperty} {metadata} about each property defined in some
+    unknown class. The property name is fetched from the metadata and
+    passed to QObject::property() to get the \l {QVariant} {value} of
+    the property in the current \l {QObject}{object}.
+
+    \section1 A Simple Example
+
+    Suppose we have a class MyClass, which is derived from QObject and
+    which uses the Q_OBJECT macro in its private section. We want to
+    declare a property in MyClass to keep track of a priorty
+    value. The name of the property will be \e priority, and its type
+    will be an enumeration type named \e Priority, which is defined in
+    MyClass.
+
+    We declare the property with the Q_PROPERTY() macro in the private
+    section of the class. The required \c READ function is named \c
+    priority, and we include a \c WRITE function named \c setPriority.
+    The enumeration type must be registered with the \l {Meta-Object
+    System} using the Q_ENUMS() macro. Registering an enumeration type
+    makes the enumerator names available for use in calls to
+    QObject::setProperty(). We must also provide our own declarations
+    for the \c READ and \c WRITE functions. The declaration of MyClass
+    then might look like this:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_properties.qdoc 5
+
+    The \c READ function is const and returns the property type. The
+    \c WRITE function returns void and has exactly one parameter of
+    the property type. The meta-object compiler enforces these
+    requirements.
+
+    Given a pointer to an instance of MyClass or a pointer to an
+    instance of QObject that happens to be an instance of MyClass, we
+    have two ways to set its priority property.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_properties.qdoc 6
+
+    In the example, the enumeration type used for the property type
+    was locally declared in MyClass. Had it been declared in another
+    class, its fully qualified name (i.e., OtherClass::Priority) would
+    be required.  In addition, that other class must also inherit
+    QObject and register the enum type using Q_ENUMS().
+
+    A similar macro, Q_FLAGS(), is also available. Like Q_ENUMS(), it
+    registers an enumeration type, but it marks the type as being a
+    set of \e flags, i.e. values that can be OR'd together. An I/O
+    class might have enumeration values \c Read and \c Write and then
+    QObject::setProperty() could accept \c{Read | Write}. Q_FLAGS()
+    should be used to register this enumeration type.
+
+    \section1 Dynamic Properties
+
+    QObject::setProperty() can also be used to add \e new properties
+    to an instance of a class at runtime. When it is called with a
+    name and a value, if a property with the given name exists in the
+    QObject, and if the given value is compatible with the property's
+    type, the value is stored in the property, and true is returned.
+    If the value is \e not compatible with the property's type, the
+    property is \e not changed, and false is returned. But if the
+    property with the given name doesn't exist in the QObject (i.e.,
+    if it wasn't declared with Q_PROPERTY(), a new property with the
+    given name and value is automatically added to the QObject, but
+    false is still returned. This means that a return of false can't
+    be used to determine whether a particular property was actually
+    set, unless you know in advance that the property already exists
+    in the QObject.
+
+    Note that \e dynamic properties are added on a per instance basis,
+    i.e., they are added to QObject, not QMetaObject. A property can
+    be removed from an instance by passing the property name and an
+    invalid QVariant value to QObject::setProperty(). The default
+    constructor for QVariant constructs an invalid QVariant.
+
+    Dynamic properties can be queried with QObject::property(), just
+    like properties declared at compile time with Q_PROPERTY().
+
+    \sa {Meta-Object System}, {Signals and Slots}
+
+    \section1 Properties and Custom Types
+
+    Custom types used by properties need to be registered using the
+    Q_DECLARE_METATYPE() macro so that their values can be stored in
+    QVariant objects. This makes them suitable for use with both
+    static properties declared using the Q_PROPERTY() macro in class
+    definitions and dynamic properties created at run-time. 
+
+    \sa Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(), QMetaType, QVariant
+
+    \section1 Adding Additional Information to a Class
+
+    Connected to the property system is an additional macro,
+    Q_CLASSINFO(), that can be used to attach additional
+    \e{name}--\e{value} pairs to a class's meta-object, for example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_properties.qdoc 7
+
+    Like other meta-data, class information is accessible at run-time
+    through the meta-object; see QMetaObject::classInfo() for details.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/objectmodel/signalsandslots.qdoc b/doc/src/objectmodel/signalsandslots.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6bdd4bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/objectmodel/signalsandslots.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,421 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page signalsandslots.html
+    \title Signals and Slots
+    \brief An overview of Qt's signals and slots inter-object
+    communication mechanism.
+
+    Signals and slots are used for communication between objects. The
+    signals and slots mechanism is a central feature of Qt and
+    probably the part that differs most from the features provided by
+    other frameworks.
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 Introduction
+
+    In GUI programming, when we change one widget, we often want
+    another widget to be notified. More generally, we want objects of
+    any kind to be able to communicate with one another. For example,
+    if a user clicks a \gui{Close} button, we probably want the
+    window's \l{QWidget::close()}{close()} function to be called.
+
+    Older toolkits achieve this kind of communication using
+    callbacks. A callback is a pointer to a function, so if you want
+    a processing function to notify you about some event you pass a
+    pointer to another function (the callback) to the processing
+    function. The processing function then calls the callback when
+    appropriate. Callbacks have two fundamental flaws: Firstly, they
+    are not type-safe. We can never be certain that the processing
+    function will call the callback with the correct arguments.
+    Secondly, the callback is strongly coupled to the processing
+    function since the processing function must know which callback
+    to call.
+
+    \section1 Signals and Slots
+
+    In Qt, we have an alternative to the callback technique: We use
+    signals and slots. A signal is emitted when a particular event
+    occurs. Qt's widgets have many predefined signals, but we can
+    always subclass widgets to add our own signals to them. A slot
+    is a function that is called in response to a particular signal.
+    Qt's widgets have many pre-defined slots, but it is common
+    practice to subclass widgets and add your own slots so that you
+    can handle the signals that you are interested in.
+
+    \img abstract-connections.png
+    \omit
+    \caption An abstract view of some signals and slots connections
+    \endomit
+
+    The signals and slots mechanism is type safe: The signature of a
+    signal must match the signature of the receiving slot. (In fact a
+    slot may have a shorter signature than the signal it receives
+    because it can ignore extra arguments.) Since the signatures are
+    compatible, the compiler can help us detect type mismatches.
+    Signals and slots are loosely coupled: A class which emits a
+    signal neither knows nor cares which slots receive the signal.
+    Qt's signals and slots mechanism ensures that if you connect a
+    signal to a slot, the slot will be called with the signal's
+    parameters at the right time. Signals and slots can take any
+    number of arguments of any type. They are completely type safe.
+
+    All classes that inherit from QObject or one of its subclasses
+    (e.g., QWidget) can contain signals and slots. Signals are emitted by
+    objects when they change their state in a way that may be interesting
+    to other objects. This is all the object does to communicate. It
+    does not know or care whether anything is receiving the signals it
+    emits. This is true information encapsulation, and ensures that the
+    object can be used as a software component.
+
+    Slots can be used for receiving signals, but they are also normal
+    member functions. Just as an object does not know if anything receives
+    its signals, a slot does not know if it has any signals connected to
+    it. This ensures that truly independent components can be created with
+    Qt.
+
+    You can connect as many signals as you want to a single slot, and a
+    signal can be connected to as many slots as you need. It is even
+    possible to connect a signal directly to another signal. (This will
+    emit the second signal immediately whenever the first is emitted.)
+
+    Together, signals and slots make up a powerful component programming
+    mechanism.
+
+    \section1 A Small Example
+
+    A minimal C++ class declaration might read:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/signalsandslots/signalsandslots.h 0
+
+    A small QObject-based class might read:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/signalsandslots/signalsandslots.h 1
+    \codeline
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/signalsandslots/signalsandslots.h 2
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/signalsandslots/signalsandslots.h 3
+
+    The QObject-based version has the same internal state, and provides
+    public methods to access the state, but in addition it has support
+    for component programming using signals and slots. This class can
+    tell the outside world that its state has changed by emitting a
+    signal, \c{valueChanged()}, and it has a slot which other objects
+    can send signals to.
+
+    All classes that contain signals or slots must mention
+    Q_OBJECT at the top of their declaration. They must also derive
+    (directly or indirectly) from QObject.
+
+    Slots are implemented by the application programmer.
+    Here is a possible implementation of the \c{Counter::setValue()}
+    slot:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/signalsandslots/signalsandslots.cpp 0
+
+    The \c{emit} line emits the signal \c valueChanged() from the
+    object, with the new value as argument.
+
+    In the following code snippet, we create two \c Counter objects
+    and connect the first object's \c valueChanged() signal to the
+    second object's \c setValue() slot using QObject::connect():
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/signalsandslots/signalsandslots.cpp 1
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/signalsandslots/signalsandslots.cpp 2
+    \codeline
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/signalsandslots/signalsandslots.cpp 3
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/signalsandslots/signalsandslots.cpp 4
+
+    Calling \c{a.setValue(12)} makes \c{a} emit a
+    \c{valueChanged(12)} signal, which \c{b} will receive in its
+    \c{setValue()} slot, i.e. \c{b.setValue(12)} is called. Then
+    \c{b} emits the same \c{valueChanged()} signal, but since no slot
+    has been connected to \c{b}'s \c{valueChanged()} signal, the
+    signal is ignored.
+
+    Note that the \c{setValue()} function sets the value and emits
+    the signal only if \c{value != m_value}. This prevents infinite
+    looping in the case of cyclic connections (e.g., if
+    \c{b.valueChanged()} were connected to \c{a.setValue()}).
+
+    By default, for every connection you make, a signal is emitted;
+    two signals are emitted for duplicate connections. You can break
+    all of these connections with a single disconnect() call.
+    If you pass the Qt::UniqueConnection \a type, the connection will only
+    be made if it is not a duplicate. If there is already a duplicate
+    (exact same signal to the exact same slot on the same objects),
+    the connection will fail and connect will return false
+
+    This example illustrates that objects can work together without needing to
+    know any information about each other. To enable this, the objects only
+    need to be connected together, and this can be achieved with some simple
+    QObject::connect() function calls, or with \c{uic}'s
+    \l{Using a Designer UI File in Your Application#Automatic Connections}
+    {automatic connections} feature.
+
+    \section1 Building the Example
+
+    The C++ preprocessor changes or removes the \c{signals},
+    \c{slots}, and \c{emit} keywords so that the compiler is
+    presented with standard C++.
+
+    By running the \l moc on class definitions that contain signals
+    or slots, a C++ source file is produced which should be compiled
+    and linked with the other object files for the application. If
+    you use \l qmake, the makefile rules to automatically invoke \c
+    moc will be added to your project's makefile.
+
+    \section1 Signals
+
+    Signals are emitted by an object when its internal state has changed
+    in some way that might be interesting to the object's client or owner.
+    Only the class that defines a signal and its subclasses can emit the
+    signal.
+
+    When a signal is emitted, the slots connected to it are usually
+    executed immediately, just like a normal function call. When this
+    happens, the signals and slots mechanism is totally independent of
+    any GUI event loop. Execution of the code following the \c emit
+    statement will occur once all slots have returned. The situation is
+    slightly different when using \l{Qt::ConnectionType}{queued
+    connections}; in such a case, the code following the \c emit keyword
+    will continue immediately, and the slots will be executed later.
+
+    If several slots are connected to one signal, the slots will be
+    executed one after the other, in the order they have been connected,
+    when the signal is emitted.
+
+    Signals are automatically generated by the \l moc and must not be
+    implemented in the \c .cpp file. They can never have return types
+    (i.e. use \c void).
+
+    A note about arguments: Our experience shows that signals and slots
+    are more reusable if they do not use special types. If
+    QScrollBar::valueChanged() were to use a special type such as the
+    hypothetical QScrollBar::Range, it could only be connected to
+    slots designed specifically for QScrollBar. Connecting different
+    input widgets together would be impossible.
+
+    \section1 Slots
+
+    A slot is called when a signal connected to it is emitted. Slots are
+    normal C++ functions and can be called normally; their only special
+    feature is that signals can be connected to them.
+
+    Since slots are normal member functions, they follow the normal C++
+    rules when called directly. However, as slots, they can be invoked
+    by any component, regardless of its access level, via a signal-slot
+    connection. This means that a signal emitted from an instance of an
+    arbitrary class can cause a private slot to be invoked in an instance
+    of an unrelated class.
+
+    You can also define slots to be virtual, which we have found quite
+    useful in practice.
+
+    Compared to callbacks, signals and slots are slightly slower
+    because of the increased flexibility they provide, although the
+    difference for real applications is insignificant. In general,
+    emitting a signal that is connected to some slots, is
+    approximately ten times slower than calling the receivers
+    directly, with non-virtual function calls. This is the overhead
+    required to locate the connection object, to safely iterate over
+    all connections (i.e. checking that subsequent receivers have not
+    been destroyed during the emission), and to marshall any
+    parameters in a generic fashion. While ten non-virtual function
+    calls may sound like a lot, it's much less overhead than any \c
+    new or \c delete operation, for example. As soon as you perform a
+    string, vector or list operation that behind the scene requires
+    \c new or \c delete, the signals and slots overhead is only
+    responsible for a very small proportion of the complete function
+    call costs.
+
+    The same is true whenever you do a system call in a slot; or
+    indirectly call more than ten functions. On an i586-500, you can
+    emit around 2,000,000 signals per second connected to one
+    receiver, or around 1,200,000 per second connected to two
+    receivers. The simplicity and flexibility of the signals and
+    slots mechanism is well worth the overhead, which your users
+    won't even notice.
+
+    Note that other libraries that define variables called \c signals
+    or \c slots may cause compiler warnings and errors when compiled
+    alongside a Qt-based application. To solve this problem, \c
+    #undef the offending preprocessor symbol.
+
+    \section1 Meta-Object Information
+
+    The meta-object compiler (\l moc) parses the class declaration in
+    a C++ file and generates C++ code that initializes the
+    meta-object. The meta-object contains the names of all the signal
+    and slot members, as well as pointers to these functions.
+
+    The meta-object contains additional information such as the
+    object's \link QObject::className() class name\endlink. You can
+    also check if an object \link QObject::inherits()
+    inherits\endlink a specific class, for example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/signalsandslots/signalsandslots.cpp 5
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/signalsandslots/signalsandslots.cpp 6
+
+    The meta-object information is also used by qobject_cast<T>(), which
+    is similar to QObject::inherits() but is less error-prone:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/signalsandslots/signalsandslots.cpp 7
+
+    See \l{Meta-Object System} for more information.
+
+    \section1 A Real Example
+
+    Here is a simple commented example of a widget.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/signalsandslots/lcdnumber.h 0
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/signalsandslots/lcdnumber.h 1
+    \codeline
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/signalsandslots/lcdnumber.h 2
+    \codeline
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/signalsandslots/lcdnumber.h 3
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/signalsandslots/lcdnumber.h 4
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/signalsandslots/lcdnumber.h 5
+
+    \c LcdNumber inherits QObject, which has most of the signal-slot
+    knowledge, via QFrame and QWidget. It is somewhat similar to the
+    built-in QLCDNumber widget.
+
+    The Q_OBJECT macro is expanded by the preprocessor to declare
+    several member functions that are implemented by the \c{moc}; if
+    you get compiler errors along the lines of "undefined reference
+    to vtable for \c{LcdNumber}", you have probably forgotten to
+    \l{moc}{run the moc} or to include the moc output in the link
+    command.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/signalsandslots/lcdnumber.h 6
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/signalsandslots/lcdnumber.h 7
+
+    It's not obviously relevant to the moc, but if you inherit
+    QWidget you almost certainly want to have the \c parent argument
+    in your constructor and pass it to the base class's constructor.
+
+    Some destructors and member functions are omitted here; the \c
+    moc ignores member functions.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/signalsandslots/lcdnumber.h 8
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/signalsandslots/lcdnumber.h 9
+
+    \c LcdNumber emits a signal when it is asked to show an impossible
+    value.
+
+    If you don't care about overflow, or you know that overflow
+    cannot occur, you can ignore the \c overflow() signal, i.e. don't
+    connect it to any slot.
+
+    If on the other hand you want to call two different error
+    functions when the number overflows, simply connect the signal to
+    two different slots. Qt will call both (in arbitrary order).
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/signalsandslots/lcdnumber.h 10
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/signalsandslots/lcdnumber.h 11
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/signalsandslots/lcdnumber.h 12
+    \codeline
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/signalsandslots/lcdnumber.h 13
+
+    A slot is a receiving function used to get information about
+    state changes in other widgets. \c LcdNumber uses it, as the code
+    above indicates, to set the displayed number. Since \c{display()}
+    is part of the class's interface with the rest of the program,
+    the slot is public.
+
+    Several of the example programs connect the
+    \l{QScrollBar::valueChanged()}{valueChanged()} signal of a
+    QScrollBar to the \c display() slot, so the LCD number
+    continuously shows the value of the scroll bar.
+
+    Note that \c display() is overloaded; Qt will select the
+    appropriate version when you connect a signal to the slot. With
+    callbacks, you'd have to find five different names and keep track
+    of the types yourself.
+
+    Some irrelevant member functions have been omitted from this
+    example.
+
+    \section1 Advanced Signals and Slots Usage
+
+    For cases where you may require information on the sender of the
+    signal, Qt provides the QObject::sender() function, which returns
+    a pointer to the object that sent the signal.
+
+    The QSignalMapper class is provided for situations where many
+    signals are connected to the same slot and the slot needs to
+    handle each signal differently.
+
+    Suppose you have three push buttons that determine which file you
+    will open: "Tax File", "Accounts File", or "Report File". 
+
+    In order to open the correct file, you use QSignalMapper::setMapping() to
+    map all the clicked() signals to a QSignalMapper object. Then you connect
+    the file's QPushButton::clicked() signal to the QSignalMapper::map() slot.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/signalmapper/filereader.cpp 0
+
+    Then, you connect the \l{QSignalMapper::}{mapped()} signal to
+    \c{readFile()} where a different file will be opened, depending on
+    which push button is pressed.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/signalmapper/filereader.cpp 1
+
+    \sa {Meta-Object System}, {Qt's Property System}
+
+    \target 3rd Party Signals and Slots
+    \section2 Using Qt with 3rd Party Signals and Slots
+
+    It is possible to use Qt with a 3rd party signal/slot mechanism.
+    You can even use both mechanisms in the same project. Just add the
+    following line to your qmake project (.pro) file.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_containers.qdoc 22
+
+    It tells Qt not to define the moc keywords \c{signals}, \c{slots},
+    and \c{emit}, because these names will be used by a 3rd party
+    library, e.g. Boost. Then to continue using Qt signals and slots
+    with the \c{no_keywords} flag, simply replace all uses of the Qt
+    moc keywords in your sources with the corresponding Qt macros
+    Q_SIGNALS (or Q_SIGNAL), Q_SLOTS (or Q_SLOT), and Q_EMIT.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/objecttrees.qdoc b/doc/src/objecttrees.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 183f7cd..0000000
--- a/doc/src/objecttrees.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,117 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-\page objecttrees.html
-\title Object Trees and Object Ownership
-\ingroup architecture
-\brief Information about the parent-child pattern used to describe
-object ownership in Qt.
-
-\section1 Overview
-
-\link QObject QObjects\endlink organize themselves in object trees.
-When you create a QObject with another object as parent, it's added to
-the parent's \link QObject::children() children() \endlink list, and
-is deleted when the parent is. It turns out that this approach fits
-the needs of GUI objects very well. For example, a \l QShortcut
-(keyboard shortcut) is a child of the relevant window, so when the
-user closes that window, the shorcut is deleted too.
-
-\l QWidget, the base class of everything that appears on the screen,
-extends the parent-child relationship. A child normally also becomes a
-child widget, i.e. it is displayed in its parent's coordinate system
-and is graphically clipped by its parent's boundaries. For example,
-when the application deletes a message box after it has been
-closed, the message box's buttons and label are also deleted, just as
-we'd want, because the buttons and label are children of the message
-box.
-
-You can also delete child objects yourself, and they will remove
-themselves from their parents. For example, when the user removes a
-toolbar it may lead to the application deleting one of its \l QToolBar
-objects, in which case the tool bar's \l QMainWindow parent would
-detect the change and reconfigure its screen space accordingly.
-
-The debugging functions \l QObject::dumpObjectTree() and \l
-QObject::dumpObjectInfo() are often useful when an application looks or
-acts strangely.
-
-\target note on the order of construction/destruction of QObjects
-\section1 Construction/Destruction Order of QObjects
-
-When \l {QObject} {QObjects} are created on the heap (i.e., created
-with \e new), a tree can be constructed from them in any order, and
-later, the objects in the tree can be destroyed in any order. When any
-QObject in the tree is deleted, if the object has a parent, the
-destructor automatically removes the object from its parent. If the
-object has children, the destructor automatically deletes each
-child. No QObject is deleted twice, regardless of the order of
-destruction.
-
-When \l {QObject} {QObjects} are created on the stack, the same
-behavior applies. Normally, the order of destruction still doesn't
-present a problem. Consider the following snippet:
-
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_objecttrees.qdoc 0
-
-The parent, \c window, and the child, \c quit, are both \l {QObject}
-{QObjects} because QPushButton inherits QWidget, and QWidget inherits
-QObject. This code is correct: the destructor of \c quit is \e not
-called twice because the C++ language standard \e {(ISO/IEC 14882:2003)}
-specifies that destructors of local objects are called in the reverse
-order of their constructors. Therefore, the destructor of
-the child, \c quit, is called first, and it removes itself from its
-parent, \c window, before the destructor of \c window is called.
-
-But now consider what happens if we swap the order of construction, as
-shown in this second snippet:
-
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_objecttrees.qdoc 1
-
-In this case, the order of destruction causes a problem. The parent's
-destructor is called first because it was created last. It then calls
-the destructor of its child, \c quit, which is incorrect because \c
-quit is a local variable. When \c quit subsequently goes out of scope,
-its destructor is called again, this time correctly, but the damage has
-already been done.
-
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/overviews.qdoc b/doc/src/overviews.qdoc
index f4085f5..8b986fc 100644
--- a/doc/src/overviews.qdoc
+++ b/doc/src/overviews.qdoc
@@ -46,3 +46,28 @@
 
     \generatelist overviews
 */
+
+/*!
+    \group frameworks-technologies
+    \title Frameworks and Technologies
+
+    \brief Documentation about the frameworks and technologies in Qt
+
+    These documents dive into the frameworks of classes that Qt provides,
+    and provide background information about the technical solutions used
+    in Qt's architecture.
+
+    \generatelist{related}
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \group best-practices
+    \title How-To's and Best Practices
+
+    \brief How-To Guides and Best Practices
+
+    These documents provide guidelines and best practices explaining
+    how to use Qt to solve specific technical problems.
+
+    \generatelist{related}
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/painting-and-printing/coordsys.qdoc b/doc/src/painting-and-printing/coordsys.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5269ea2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/painting-and-printing/coordsys.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,477 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page coordsys.html
+    \title The Coordinate System
+    \brief Information about the coordinate system used by the paint
+    system.
+
+    \previouspage Drawing and Filling
+    \contentspage The Paint System
+    \nextpage Reading and Writing Image Files
+
+    The coordinate system is controlled by the QPainter
+    class. Together with the QPaintDevice and QPaintEngine classes,
+    QPainter form the basis of Qt's painting system, Arthur. QPainter
+    is used to perform drawing operations, QPaintDevice is an
+    abstraction of a two-dimensional space that can be painted on
+    using a QPainter, and QPaintEngine provides the interface that the
+    painter uses to draw onto different types of devices.
+
+    The QPaintDevice class is the base class of objects that can be
+    painted: Its drawing capabilities are inherited by the QWidget,
+    QPixmap, QPicture, QImage, and QPrinter classes. The default
+    coordinate system of a paint device has its origin at the top-left
+    corner. The \e x values increase to the right and the \e y values
+    increase downwards. The default unit is one pixel on pixel-based
+    devices and one point (1/72 of an inch) on printers.
+
+    The mapping of the logical QPainter coordinates to the physical
+    QPaintDevice coordinates are handled by QPainter's transformation
+    matrix, viewport and "window". The logical and physical coordinate
+    systems coincide by default. QPainter also supports coordinate
+    transformations (e.g. rotation and scaling).
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 Rendering
+
+    \section2 Logical Representation
+
+    The size (width and height) of a graphics primitive always
+    correspond to its mathematical model, ignoring the width of the
+    pen it is rendered with:
+
+    \table
+    \row
+    \o \inlineimage coordinatesystem-rect.png
+    \o \inlineimage coordinatesystem-line.png
+    \row
+    \o QRect(1, 2, 6, 4)
+    \o QLine(2, 7, 6, 1)
+    \endtable
+
+    \section2 Aliased Painting
+
+    When drawing, the pixel rendering is controlled by the
+    QPainter::Antialiasing render hint.
+
+    The \l {QPainter::RenderHint}{RenderHint} enum is used to specify
+    flags to QPainter that may or may not be respected by any given
+    engine. The QPainter::Antialiasing value indicates that the engine
+    should antialias edges of primitives if possible, i.e. smoothing
+    the edges by using different color intensities.
+
+    But by default the painter is \e aliased and other rules apply:
+    When rendering with a one pixel wide pen the pixels will be
+    rendered to the \e {right and below the mathematically defined
+    points}. For example:
+
+    \table
+    \row
+    \o \inlineimage coordinatesystem-rect-raster.png
+    \o \inlineimage coordinatesystem-line-raster.png
+
+    \row
+    \o
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_coordsys.qdoc 0
+
+    \o
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_coordsys.qdoc 1
+    \endtable
+
+    When rendering with a pen with an even number of pixels, the
+    pixels will be rendered symetrically around the mathematical
+    defined points, while rendering with a pen with an odd number of
+    pixels, the spare pixel will be rendered to the right and below
+    the mathematical point as in the one pixel case. See the QRectF
+    diagrams below for concrete examples.
+
+    \table
+    \header
+    \o {3,1} QRectF
+    \row
+    \o \inlineimage qrect-diagram-zero.png
+    \o \inlineimage qrectf-diagram-one.png
+    \row
+    \o Logical representation
+    \o One pixel wide pen
+    \row
+    \o \inlineimage qrectf-diagram-two.png
+    \o \inlineimage qrectf-diagram-three.png
+    \row
+    \o Two pixel wide pen
+    \o Three pixel wide pen
+    \endtable
+
+    Note that for historical reasons the return value of the
+    QRect::right() and QRect::bottom() functions deviate from the true
+    bottom-right corner of the rectangle.
+
+    QRect's \l {QRect::right()}{right()} function returns \l
+    {QRect::left()}{left()} + \l {QRect::width()}{width()} - 1 and the
+    \l {QRect::bottom()}{bottom()} function returns \l
+    {QRect::top()}{top()} + \l {QRect::height()}{height()} - 1.  The
+    bottom-right green point in the diagrams shows the return
+    coordinates of these functions.
+
+    We recommend that you simply use QRectF instead: The QRectF class
+    defines a rectangle in the plane using floating point coordinates
+    for accuracy (QRect uses integer coordinates), and the
+    QRectF::right() and QRectF::bottom() functions \e do return the
+    true bottom-right corner.
+
+    Alternatively, using QRect, apply \l {QRect::x()}{x()} + \l
+    {QRect::width()}{width()} and \l {QRect::y()}{y()} + \l
+    {QRect::height()}{height()} to find the bottom-right corner, and
+    avoid the \l {QRect::right()}{right()} and \l
+    {QRect::bottom()}{bottom()} functions.
+
+    \section2 Anti-aliased Painting
+
+    If you set QPainter's \l {QPainter::Antialiasing}{anti-aliasing}
+    render hint, the pixels will be rendered symetrically on both
+    sides of the mathematically defined points:
+
+    \table
+    \row
+    \o \inlineimage coordinatesystem-rect-antialias.png
+    \o \inlineimage coordinatesystem-line-antialias.png
+    \row
+    \o
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_coordsys.qdoc 2
+
+    \o
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_coordsys.qdoc 3
+    \endtable
+
+    \section1 Transformations
+
+    By default, the QPainter operates on the associated device's own
+    coordinate system, but it also has complete support for affine
+    coordinate transformations.
+
+    You can scale the coordinate system by a given offset using the
+    QPainter::scale() function, you can rotate it clockwise using the
+    QPainter::rotate() function and you can translate it (i.e. adding
+    a given offset to the points) using the QPainter::translate()
+    function.
+
+    \table
+    \row
+    \o \inlineimage qpainter-clock.png
+    \o \inlineimage qpainter-rotation.png
+    \o \inlineimage qpainter-scale.png
+    \o \inlineimage qpainter-translation.png
+    \row
+    \o nop
+    \o \l {QPainter::rotate()}{rotate()}
+    \o \l {QPainter::scale()}{scale()}
+    \o \l {QPainter::translate()}{translate()}
+    \endtable
+
+    You can also twist the coordinate system around the origin using
+    the QPainter::shear() function. See the \l {demos/affine}{Affine
+    Transformations} demo for a visualization of a sheared coordinate
+    system. All the transformation operations operate on QPainter's
+    transformation matrix that you can retrieve using the
+    QPainter::worldTransform() function. A matrix transforms a point
+    in the plane to another point.
+
+    If you need the same transformations over and over, you can also
+    use QTransform objects and the QPainter::worldTransform() and
+    QPainter::setWorldTransform() functions. You can at any time save the
+    QPainter's transformation matrix by calling the QPainter::save()
+    function which saves the matrix on an internal stack. The
+    QPainter::restore() function pops it back.
+
+    One frequent need for the transformation matrix is when reusing
+    the same drawing code on a variety of paint devices. Without
+    transformations, the results are tightly bound to the resolution
+    of the paint device. Printers have high resolution, e.g. 600 dots
+    per inch, whereas screens often have between 72 and 100 dots per
+    inch.
+
+    \table 100%
+    \header
+    \o {2,1} Analog Clock Example
+    \row
+    \o \inlineimage coordinatesystem-analogclock.png
+    \o
+    The Analog Clock example shows how to draw the contents of a
+    custom widget using QPainter's transformation matrix.
+
+    Qt's example directory provides a complete walk-through of the
+    example. Here, we will only review the example's \l
+    {QWidget::paintEvent()}{paintEvent()} function to see how we can
+    use the transformation matrix (i.e. QPainter's matrix functions)
+    to draw the clock's face.
+
+    We recommend compiling and running this example before you read
+    any further. In particular, try resizing the window to different
+    sizes.
+
+    \row
+    \o {2,1}
+
+    \snippet examples/widgets/analogclock/analogclock.cpp 9
+
+    First, we set up the painter. We translate the coordinate system
+    so that point (0, 0) is in the widget's center, instead of being
+    at the top-left corner. We also scale the system by \c side / 100,
+    where \c side is either the widget's width or the height,
+    whichever is shortest. We want the clock to be square, even if the
+    device isn't.
+
+    This will give us a 200 x 200 square area, with the origin (0, 0)
+    in the center, that we can draw on. What we draw will show up in
+    the largest possible square that will fit in the widget.
+
+    See also the \l {Window-Viewport Conversion} section.
+
+    \snippet examples/widgets/analogclock/analogclock.cpp 18
+
+    We draw the clock's hour hand by rotating the coordinate system
+    and calling QPainter::drawConvexPolygon(). Thank's to the
+    rotation, it's drawn pointed in the right direction.
+
+    The polygon is specified as an array of alternating \e x, \e y
+    values, stored in the \c hourHand static variable (defined at the
+    beginning of the function), which corresponds to the four points
+    (2, 0), (0, 2), (-2, 0), and (0, -25).
+
+    The calls to QPainter::save() and QPainter::restore() surrounding
+    the code guarantees that the code that follows won't be disturbed
+    by the transformations we've used.
+
+    \snippet examples/widgets/analogclock/analogclock.cpp 24
+
+    We do the same for the clock's minute hand, which is defined by
+    the four points (1, 0), (0, 1), (-1, 0), and (0, -40). These
+    coordinates specify a hand that is thinner and longer than the
+    minute hand.
+
+    \snippet examples/widgets/analogclock/analogclock.cpp 27
+
+    Finally, we draw the clock face, which consists of twelve short
+    lines at 30-degree intervals. At the end of that, the painter is
+    rotated in a way which isn't very useful, but we're done with
+    painting so that doesn't matter.
+    \endtable
+
+    For a demonstation of Qt's ability to perform affine
+    transformations on painting operations, see the \l
+    {demos/affine}{Affine Transformations} demo which allows the user
+    to experiment with the transformation operations.  See also the \l
+    {painting/transformations}{Transformations} example which shows
+    how transformations influence the way that QPainter renders
+    graphics primitives. In particular, it shows how the order of
+    transformations affects the result.
+
+    For more information about the transformation matrix, see the
+    QTransform documentation.
+
+    \section1 Window-Viewport Conversion
+
+    When drawing with QPainter, we specify points using logical
+    coordinates which then are converted into the physical coordinates
+    of the paint device.
+
+    The mapping of the logical coordinates to the physical coordinates
+    are handled by QPainter's world transformation \l
+    {QPainter::worldTransform()}{worldTransform()} (described in the \l
+    Transformations section), and QPainter's \l
+    {QPainter::viewport()}{viewport()} and \l
+    {QPainter::window()}{window()}.  The viewport represents the
+    physical coordinates specifying an arbitrary rectangle. The
+    "window" describes the same rectangle in logical coordinates. By
+    default the logical and physical coordinate systems coincide, and
+    are equivalent to the paint device's rectangle.
+
+    Using window-viewport conversion you can make the logical
+    coordinate system fit your preferences. The mechanism can also be
+    used to make the drawing code independent of the paint device. You
+    can, for example, make the logical coordinates extend from (-50,
+    -50) to (50, 50) with (0, 0) in the center by calling the
+    QPainter::setWindow() function:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_coordsys.qdoc 4
+
+    Now, the logical coordinates (-50,-50) correspond to the paint
+    device's physical coordinates (0, 0). Independent of the paint
+    device, your painting code will always operate on the specified
+    logical coordinates.
+
+    By setting the "window" or viewport rectangle, you perform a
+    linear transformation of the coordinates. Note that each corner of
+    the "window" maps to the corresponding corner of the viewport, and
+    vice versa. For that reason it normally is a good idea to let the
+    viewport and "window" maintain the same aspect ratio to prevent
+    deformation:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_coordsys.qdoc 5
+
+    If we make the logical coordinate system a square, we should also
+    make the viewport a square using the QPainter::setViewport()
+    function. In the example above we make it equivalent to the
+    largest square that fit into the paint device's rectangle. By
+    taking the paint device's size into consideration when setting the
+    window or viewport, it is possible to keep the drawing code
+    independent of the paint device.
+
+    Note that the window-viewport conversion is only a linear
+    transformation, i.e. it does not perform clipping. This means that
+    if you paint outside the currently set "window", your painting is
+    still transformed to the viewport using the same linear algebraic
+    approach.
+
+    \image coordinatesystem-transformations.png
+
+    The viewport, "window" and transformation matrix determine how
+    logical QPainter coordinates map to the paint device's physical
+    coordinates. By default the world transformation matrix is the
+    identity matrix, and the "window" and viewport settings are
+    equivalent to the paint device's settings, i.e. the world,
+    "window" and device coordinate systems are equivalent, but as we
+    have seen, the systems can be manipulated using transformation
+    operations and window-viewport conversion. The illustration above
+    describes the process.
+
+    \omit
+    \section1 Related Classes
+
+    Qt's paint system, Arthur, is primarily based on the QPainter,
+    QPaintDevice, and QPaintEngine classes:
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Class \o Description
+    \row
+    \o QPainter
+    \o
+    The QPainter class performs low-level painting on widgets and
+    other paint devices.  QPainter can operate on any object that
+    inherits the QPaintDevice class, using the same code.
+    \row
+    \o QPaintDevice
+    \o
+    The QPaintDevice class is the base class of objects that can be
+    painted. Qt provides several devices: QWidget, QImage, QPixmap,
+    QPrinter and QPicture, and other devices can also be defined by
+    subclassing QPaintDevice.
+    \row
+    \o QPaintEngine
+    \o
+    The QPaintEngine class provides an abstract definition of how
+    QPainter draws to a given device on a given platform.  Qt 4
+    provides several premade implementations of QPaintEngine for the
+    different painter backends we support; it provides one paint
+    engine for each supported window system and painting
+    frameworkt. You normally don't need to use this class directly.
+    \endtable
+
+    The 2D transformations of the coordinate system are specified
+    using the QTransform class:
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Class \o Description
+    \row
+    \o QTransform
+    \o
+    A 3 x 3 transformation matrix. Use QTransform to rotate, shear,
+    scale, or translate the coordinate system.
+    \endtable
+
+    In addition Qt provides several graphics primitive classes. Some
+    of these classes exist in two versions: an \c{int}-based version
+    and a \c{qreal}-based version. For these, the \c qreal version's
+    name is suffixed with an \c F.
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Class \o Description
+    \row
+    \o \l{QPoint}(\l{QPointF}{F})
+    \o
+    A single 2D point in the coordinate system. Most functions in Qt
+    that deal with points can accept either a QPoint, a QPointF, two
+    \c{int}s, or two \c{qreal}s.
+    \row
+    \o \l{QSize}(\l{QSizeF}{F})
+    \o
+    A single 2D vector. Internally, QPoint and QSize are the same, but
+    a point is not the same as a size, so both classes exist.  Again,
+    most functions accept either QSizeF, a QSize, two \c{int}s, or two
+    \c{qreal}s.
+    \row
+    \o \l{QRect}(\l{QRectF}{F})
+    \o
+    A 2D rectangle. Most functions accept either a QRectF, a QRect,
+    four \c{int}s, or four \c {qreal}s.
+    \row
+    \o \l{QLine}(\l{QLineF}{F})
+    \o
+    A 2D finite-length line, characterized by a start point and an end
+    point.
+    \row
+    \o \l{QPolygon}(\l{QPolygonF}{F})
+    \o
+    A 2D polygon. A polygon is a vector of \c{QPoint(F)}s. If the
+    first and last points are the same, the polygon is closed.
+    \row
+    \o QPainterPath
+    \o
+    A vectorial specification of a 2D shape. Painter paths are the
+    ultimate painting primitive, in the sense that any shape
+    (rectange, ellipse, spline) or combination of shapes can be
+    expressed as a path. A path specifies both an outline and an area.
+    \row
+    \o QRegion
+    \o
+    An area in a paint device, expressed as a list of
+    \l{QRect}s. In general, we recommend using the vectorial
+    QPainterPath class instead of QRegion for specifying areas,
+    because QPainterPath handles painter transformations much better.
+    \endtable
+    \endomit
+
+    \sa {Analog Clock Example}, {Transformations Example}
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/painting-and-printing/paintsystem.qdoc b/doc/src/painting-and-printing/paintsystem.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4fd29d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/painting-and-printing/paintsystem.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,570 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \group painting
+    \title Painting Classes
+    \ingroup groups
+
+    \brief Classes that provide support for painting.
+
+    See also this introduction to the \link coordsys.html Qt
+    coordinate system. \endlink
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \group painting-3D
+    \title Rendering in 3D
+    \ingroup groups
+
+    \brief Classes that provide support for rendering in 3D.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page paintsystem.html
+    \title The Paint System
+    \ingroup frameworks-technologies
+
+    Qt's paint system enables painting on screen and print devices
+    using the same API, and is primarily based on the QPainter,
+    QPaintDevice, and QPaintEngine classes.
+
+    QPainter is used to perform drawing operations, QPaintDevice is an
+    abstraction of a two-dimensional space that can be painted on
+    using a QPainter, and QPaintEngine provides the interface that the
+    painter uses to draw onto different types of devices. The
+    QPaintEngine class is used internally by QPainter and
+    QPaintDevice, and is hidden from application programmers unless
+    they create their own device type.
+
+    \image paintsystem-core.png
+
+    The main benefit of this approach is that all painting follows the
+    same painting pipeline making it easy to add support for new
+    features and providing default implementations for unsupported
+    ones.
+    
+    \section1 Topics
+    \list
+        \o \l{Classes for Painting}
+        \o \l{Paint Devices and Backends}
+        \o \l{Drawing and Filling}
+        \o \l{The Coordinate System}
+        \o \l{Reading and Writing Image Files}
+        \o \l{Styling}
+        \o \l{Printing with Qt}
+    \endlist
+
+    \section1 Classes for Painting
+
+    These classes provide support for painting onto a paint device.
+
+    \annotatedlist painting
+
+    Alternatively, Qt provides the QtOpenGL module, offering classes
+    that makes it easy to use OpenGL in Qt applications. Among others,
+    the module provides an OpenGL widget class that can be used just
+    like any other Qt widget, except that it opens an OpenGL display
+    buffer where the OpenGL API can be used to render the contents.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \page paintsystem-devices.html
+    \title Paint Devices and Backends
+
+	\contentspage The Paint System
+	\nextpage Drawing and Filling
+
+    \section1 Creating a Paint Device
+
+    The QPaintDevice class is the base class of objects that can be
+    painted, i.e. QPainter can draw on any QPaintDevice
+    subclass. QPaintDevice's drawing capabilities are currently
+    implemented by the QWidget, QImage, QPixmap, QGLWidget,
+    QGLPixelBuffer, QPicture and QPrinter subclasses.
+
+    \image paintsystem-devices.png
+
+    \table 100%
+    \row \o \bold Widget
+
+    The QWidget class is the base class of all user interface
+    objects. The widget is the atom of the user interface: it receives
+    mouse, keyboard and other events from the window system, and
+    paints a representation of itself on the screen.
+
+    \row \o \bold Image
+
+    The QImage class provides a hardware-independent image
+    representation which is designed and optimized for I/O, and for
+    direct pixel access and manipulation. QImage supports several
+    image formats including monochrome, 8-bit, 32-bit and
+    alpha-blended images.
+
+    One advantage of using QImage as a paint device is that it is
+    possible to guarantee the pixel exactness of any drawing operation
+    in a platform-independent way. Another benefit is that the
+    painting can be performed in another thread than the current GUI
+    thread.
+    
+    \row \o \bold Pixmap
+
+    The QPixmap class is an off-screen image representation which is
+    designed and optimized for showing images on screen. Unlike
+    QImage, the pixel data in a pixmap is internal and is managed by
+    the underlying window system, i.e. pixels can only be accessed
+    through QPainter functions or by converting the QPixmap to a
+    QImage.
+
+    To optimize drawing with QPixmap, Qt provides the QPixmapCache
+    class which can be used to store temporary pixmaps that are
+    expensive to generate without using more storage space than the
+    cache limit.
+
+    Qt also provides the QBitmap convenience class, inheriting
+    QPixmap. QBitmap guarantees monochrome (1-bit depth) pixmaps, and
+    is mainly used for creating custom QCursor and QBrush objects,
+    constructing QRegion objects, and for setting masks for pixmaps
+    and widgets.
+
+    \row \o \bold {OpenGL Widget}
+
+    As mentioned previously, Qt provides the QtOpenGL module offering
+    classes that makes it easy to use OpenGL in Qt applications. For
+    example, the QGLWidget enables the OpenGL API for
+    rendering.
+
+    But QGLWidget is also a QWidget subclass, and can be used by
+    QPainter as any other paint device. One huge benefit from this is
+    that it enables Qt to utilize the high performance of OpenGL for
+    most drawing operations, such as transformations and pixmap
+    drawing.
+
+    \row \o \bold {Pixel Buffer}
+
+    The QtOpenGL module also provides the QGLPixelBuffer class which
+    inherits QPaintDevice directly.
+
+    QGLPixelBuffer encapsulates an OpenGL pbuffer. Rendering into a
+    pbuffer is normally done using full hardware acceleration which
+    can be significantly faster than rendering into a QPixmap.
+
+    \row \o \bold {Framebuffer Object}
+
+    The QtOpenGL module also provides the QGLFramebufferObject class
+    which inherits QPaintDevice directly.
+
+    QGLFramebufferObject encapsulates an OpenGL framebuffer object.
+    Framebuffer objects can also be used for off-screen rendering, and
+    offer several advantages over pixel buffers for this purpose.
+    These are described in the QGLFramebufferObject class documentation.
+
+    \row \o \bold {Picture}
+
+    The QPicture class is a paint device that records and replays
+    QPainter commands. A picture serializes painter commands to an IO
+    device in a platform-independent format. QPicture is also
+    resolution independent, i.e. a QPicture can be displayed on
+    different devices (for example svg, pdf, ps, printer and screen)
+    looking the same.
+
+    Qt provides the QPicture::load() and QPicture::save() functions
+    as well as streaming operators for loading and saving pictures.
+
+    \row \o \bold {Printer}
+
+    The QPrinter class is a paint device that paints on a printer. On
+    Windows or Mac OS X, QPrinter uses the built-in printer
+    drivers. On X11, QPrinter generates postscript and sends that to
+    lpr, lp, or another print program. QPrinter can also print to any
+    other QPrintEngine object.
+
+    The QPrintEngine class defines an interface for how QPrinter
+    interacts with a given printing subsystem. The common case when
+    creating your own print engine, is to derive from both
+    QPaintEngine and QPrintEngine.
+
+    The output format is by default determined by the platform the
+    printer is running on, but by explicitly setting the output format
+    to QPrinter::PdfFormat, QPrinter will generate its output as a PDF
+    file.
+
+    \row \o \bold {Custom Backends}
+
+    Support for a new backend can be implemented by deriving from the
+    QPaintDevice class and reimplementing the virtual
+    QPaintDevice::paintEngine() function to tell QPainter which paint
+    engine should be used to draw on this particular device. To
+    actually be able to draw on the device, this paint engine must be
+    a custom paint engine created by deriving from the QPaintEngine
+    class.
+    
+    \endtable
+
+    \section1 Selecting the Painting Backend
+
+    Since Qt 4.5, it is possible to replace the paint engines and paint
+    devices used for widgets, pixmaps and the offscreen double buffer. By
+    default the backends are:
+
+    \table
+        \row
+            \o Windows
+            \o Software Rasterizer
+        \row
+            \o X11
+            \o X11
+        \row
+            \o Mac OS X
+            \o CoreGraphics
+        \row
+            \o Embedded
+            \o Software Rasterizer
+    \endtable
+
+    Passing a command line parameter to the application, such as,
+    \c{-graphicssystem raster}, specifies that Qt should use the software
+    rasterizer for this application. The Software rasterizer is fully
+    supported on all platforms.
+
+    \code
+      > analogclock -graphicssystem raster
+    \endcode
+
+    There is also a \c{-graphicssystem opengl} mode that uses OpenGL for
+    all drawing. Currently, this engine is experimental as it does not draw
+    everything correctly.
+
+    Qt also supports being configured using \c {-graphicssystem
+    raster|opengl} in which case all applications will use the
+    specified graphics system for its graphics.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page paintsystem-drawing.html
+    \title Drawing and Filling
+    
+    \previouspage Paint Devices and Backends
+    \contentspage The Paint System
+    \nextpage The Coordinate System
+
+    \section1 Drawing
+
+    QPainter provides highly optimized functions to do most of the
+    drawing GUI programs require. It can draw everything from simple
+    graphical primitives (represented by the QPoint, QLine, QRect,
+    QRegion and QPolygon classes) to complex shapes like vector
+    paths. In Qt vector paths are represented by the QPainterPath
+    class. QPainterPath provides a container for painting operations,
+    enabling graphical shapes to be constructed and reused.
+
+    \table 100%
+    \row
+    \o \image paintsystem-painterpath.png
+    \o \bold QPainterPath
+
+    A painter path is an object composed of lines and curves. For
+    example, a rectangle is composed by lines and an ellipse is
+    composed by curves.
+
+    The main advantage of painter paths over normal drawing operations
+    is that complex shapes only need to be created once; then they can
+    be drawn many times using only calls to the QPainter::drawPath()
+    function.
+
+    A QPainterPath object can be used for filling, outlining, and
+    clipping. To generate fillable outlines for a given painter path,
+    use the QPainterPathStroker class.
+
+    \endtable
+
+    Lines and outlines are drawn using the QPen class. A pen is
+    defined by its style (i.e. its line-type), width, brush, how the
+    endpoints are drawn (cap-style) and how joins between two
+    connected lines are drawn (join-style). The pen's brush is a
+    QBrush object used to fill strokes generated with the pen,
+    i.e. the QBrush class defines the fill pattern.
+
+    QPainter can also draw aligned text and pixmaps.
+
+    When drawing text, the font is specified using the QFont class. Qt
+    will use the font with the specified attributes, or if no matching
+    font exists, Qt will use the closest matching installed font. The
+    attributes of the font that is actually used can be retrieved
+    using the QFontInfo class. In addition, the QFontMetrics class
+    provides the font measurements, and the QFontDatabase class
+    provides information about the fonts available in the underlying
+    window system.
+
+    Normally, QPainter draws in a "natural" coordinate system, but it
+    is able to perform view and world transformations using the
+    QTransform class. For more information, see \l {The Coordinate
+    System} documentation which also describes the rendering process,
+    i.e. the relation between the logical representation and the
+    rendered pixels, and the benefits of anti-aliased painting.
+
+    \table 100%
+    \row \o
+    \bold {Anti-Aliased Painting}
+
+    When drawing, the pixel rendering is controlled by the
+    QPainter::Antialiasing render hint. The QPainter::RenderHint enum
+    is used to specify flags to QPainter that may or may not be
+    respected by any given engine.
+
+    The QPainter::Antialiasing value indicates that the engine should
+    antialias edges of primitives if possible, i.e. smoothing the
+    edges by using different color intensities.
+
+    \o \image paintsystem-antialiasing.png
+
+    \endtable
+
+    \section1 Filling
+
+    Shapes are filled using the QBrush class. A brush is defined
+    by its color and its style (i.e. its fill pattern).
+
+    Any color in Qt is represented by the QColor class which supports
+    the RGB, HSV and CMYK color models. QColor also support
+    alpha-blended outlining and filling (specifying the transparency
+    effect), and the class is platform and device independent (the
+    colors are mapped to hardware using the QColormap class). For more
+    information, see the QColor class documentation.
+
+    When creating a new widget, it is recommend to use the colors in
+    the widget's palette rather than hard-coding specific colors. All
+    widgets in Qt contain a palette and use their palette to draw
+    themselves. A widget's palette is represented by the QPalette
+    class which contains color groups for each widget state.
+
+    The available fill patterns are described by the Qt::BrushStyle
+    enum. These include basic patterns spanning from uniform color to
+    very sparse pattern, various line combinations, gradient fills and
+    textures. Qt provides the QGradient class to define custom
+    gradient fills, while texture patterns are specified using the
+    QPixmap class.
+
+    \table 100%
+    \row
+    \o \image paintsystem-fancygradient.png
+    \o \bold QGradient
+
+    The QGradient class is used in combination with QBrush to specify
+    gradient fills.
+
+    \image paintsystem-gradients.png
+
+    Qt currently supports three types of gradient fills: Linear
+    gradients interpolate colors between start and end points, radial
+    gradients interpolate colors between a focal point and end points
+    on a circle surrounding it, and conical gradients interpolate
+    colors around a center point.
+
+    \endtable
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page paintsystem-images.html
+    \title Reading and Writing Image Files
+
+    \previouspage The Coordinate System
+    \contentspage The Paint System
+    \nextpage Styling
+
+    The most common way to read images is through QImage and QPixmap's
+    constructors, or by calling the QImage::load() and QPixmap::load()
+    functions. In addition, Qt provides the QImageReader class which
+    gives more control over the process. Depending on the underlying
+    support in the image format, the functions provided by the class
+    can save memory and speed up loading of images.
+
+    Likewise, Qt provides the QImageWriter class which supports
+    setting format specific options, such as the gamma level,
+    compression level and quality, prior to storing the image. If you
+    do not need such options, you can use QImage::save() or
+    QPixmap::save() instead.
+
+    \table 100%
+    \row
+    \o \bold QMovie
+
+    QMovie is a convenience class for displaying animations, using the
+    QImageReader class internally.  Once created, the QMovie class
+    provides various functions for both running and controlling the
+    given animation.
+
+    \o \image paintsystem-movie.png
+    \endtable
+
+    The QImageReader and QImageWriter classes rely on the
+    QImageIOHandler class which is the common image I/O interface for
+    all image formats in Qt. QImageIOHandler objects are used
+    internally by QImageReader and QImageWriter to add support for
+    different image formats to Qt.
+
+    A list of the supported file formats are available through the
+    QImageReader::supportedImageFormats() and
+    QImageWriter::supportedImageFormats() functions. Qt supports
+    several file formats by default, and in addition new formats can
+    be added as plugins. The currently supported formats are listed in
+    the QImageReader and QImageWriter class documentation.
+
+    Qt's plugin mechanism can also be used to write a custom image
+    format handler. This is done by deriving from the QImageIOHandler
+    class, and creating a QImageIOPlugin object which is a factory for
+    creating QImageIOHandler objects. When the plugin is installed,
+    QImageReader and QImageWriter will automatically load the plugin
+    and start using it.
+
+    \section1 Rendering SVG files
+
+    \table 100%
+    \row
+    \o \image paintsystem-svg.png
+    \o \bold {SVG Rendering}
+
+	Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) is a language for describing two-dimensional
+	graphics and graphical applications in XML. SVG 1.1 is a W3C Recommendation
+	and forms the core of the current SVG developments in Qt. SVG 1.2 is the
+	specification currently being developed by the \l{SVG Working Group}, and it
+	is \l{http://www.w3.org/TR/SVG12/}{available in draft form}.
+	The \l{Mobile SVG Profiles} (SVG Basic and SVG Tiny) are aimed at
+	resource-limited devices and are part of the 3GPP platform for third generation
+	mobile phones. You can read more about SVG at \l{About SVG}.
+
+	Qt supports the \l{SVG 1.2 Tiny Static Features}{static features} of
+	\l{SVG 1.2 Tiny}. ECMA scripts and DOM manipulation are currently not
+	supported.
+
+    SVG drawings can be rendered onto any QPaintDevice subclass. This
+    approach gives developers the flexibility to experiment, in order
+    to find the best solution for each application.
+
+	The easiest way to render SVG files is to construct a QSvgWidget and
+	load an SVG file using one of the QSvgWidget::load() functions.
+
+	QSvgRenderer is the class responsible for rendering SVG files for
+	QSvgWidget, and it can be used directly to provide SVG support for
+	custom widgets.
+	To load an SVG file, construct a QSvgRenderer with a file name or the
+	contents of a file, or call QSvgRenderer::load() on an existing
+	renderer. If the SVG file has been loaded successfully the
+	QSvgRenderer::isValid() will return true.
+
+	Once you have loaded the SVG file successfully, you can render it
+	with the QSvgRenderer::render() function. Note that this scheme allows
+	you to render SVG files on all paint devices supported by Qt, including
+	QWidget, QGLWidget, and QImage. See the \l{SVG Viewer Example}{SVG Viewer}
+	example for more details.
+
+    \endtable
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page paintsystem-styling.html
+    \title Styling
+
+    \previouspage Reading and Writing Image Files
+    \contentspage The Paint System
+    \nextpage Printing with Qt
+
+    Qt's built-in widgets use the QStyle class to perform nearly all
+    of their drawing.  QStyle is an abstract base class that
+    encapsulates the look and feel of a GUI, and can be used to make
+    the widgets look exactly like the equivalent native widgets or to
+    give the widgets a custom look.
+
+    Qt provides a set of QStyle subclasses that emulate the native
+    look of the different platforms supported by Qt (QWindowsStyle,
+    QMacStyle, QMotifStyle, etc.). These styles are built into the
+    QtGui library, other styles can be made available using Qt's
+    plugin mechansim.
+
+    Most functions for drawing style elements take four arguments:
+
+    \list
+    \o an enum value specifying which graphical element to draw
+    \o a QStyleOption object specifying how and where to render that element
+    \o a QPainter object that should be used to draw the element
+    \o a QWidget object on which the drawing is performed (optional)
+    \endlist
+
+    The style gets all the information it needs to render the
+    graphical element from the QStyleOption class. The widget is
+    passed as the last argument in case the style needs it to perform
+    special effects (such as animated default buttons on Mac OS X),
+    but it isn't mandatory. In fact, QStyle can be used to draw on any
+    paint device (not just widgets), in which case the widget argument
+    is a zero pointer.
+
+    \image paintsystem-stylepainter.png
+
+    The paint system also provides the QStylePainter class inheriting
+    from QPainter.  QStylePainter is a convenience class for drawing
+    QStyle elements inside a widget, and extends QPainter with a set
+    of high-level drawing functions implemented on top of QStyle's
+    API. The advantage of using QStylePainter is that the parameter
+    lists get considerably shorter.
+
+    \table 100%
+    \row
+    \o \inlineimage paintsystem-icon.png
+    \o \bold QIcon
+
+    The QIcon class provides scalable icons in different modes and states.
+
+    QIcon can generate pixmaps reflecting an icon's state, mode and
+    size. These pixmaps are generated from the set of pixmaps
+    made available to the icon, and are used by Qt widgets to show an
+    icon representing a particular action.
+
+    The rendering of a QIcon object is handled by the QIconEngine
+    class. Each icon has a corresponding icon engine that is
+    responsible for drawing the icon with a requested size, mode and
+    state.
+
+    \endtable
+    
+    For more information about widget styling and appearance, see the
+    documentation about \l{Implementing Styles and Style Aware Widgets}.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/painting-and-printing/printing.qdoc b/doc/src/painting-and-printing/printing.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..291286e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/painting-and-printing/printing.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+  \group printing
+  \title Printer and Printing APIs
+  \brief Classes for producing printed output
+  \ingroup groups
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \page printing.html
+  \title Printing with Qt
+
+  \previouspage Styling
+  \contentspage The Paint System
+
+  \brief A guide to producing printed output with Qt's paint system and widgets.
+
+  Qt provides extensive cross-platform support for printing. Using the printing
+  systems on each platform, Qt applications can print to attached printers and
+  across networks to remote printers. Qt's printing system also enables PostScript
+  and PDF files to be generated, providing the foundation for basic report
+  generation facilities.
+
+  \tableofcontents
+  
+  \section1 Classes Supporting Printing
+
+  The following classes support the selecting and setting up of printers and
+  printing output.
+  
+  \annotatedlist printing
+
+  \section1 Paint Devices and Printing
+
+  In Qt, printers are represented by QPrinter, a paint device that provides
+  functionality specific to printing, such as support for multiple pages and
+  double-sided output. As a result, printing involves using a QPainter to paint
+  onto a series of pages in the same way that you would paint onto a custom
+  widget or image.
+
+  \section2 Creating a QPrinter
+
+  Although QPrinter objects can be constructed and set up without requiring user
+  input, printing is often performed as a result of a request by the user;
+  for example, when the user selects the \gui{File|Print...} menu item in a GUI
+  application. In such cases, a newly-constructed QPrinter object is supplied to
+  a QPrintDialog, allowing the user to specify the printer to use, paper size, and
+  other printing properties.
+
+  \snippet examples/richtext/orderform/mainwindow.cpp 18
+
+  It is also possible to set certain default properties by modifying the QPrinter
+  before it is supplied to the print dialog. For example, applications that
+  generate batches of reports for printing may set up the QPrinter to
+  \l{QPrinter::setOutputFileName()}{write to a local file} by default rather than
+  to a printer.
+
+  \section2 Painting onto a Page
+
+  Once a QPrinter object has been constructed and set up, a QPainter can be used
+  to perform painting operations on it. We can construct and set up a painter in
+  the following way:
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/printing-qprinter/object.cpp 0
+
+  Since the QPrinter starts with a blank page, we only need to call the
+  \l{QPrinter::}{newPage()} function after drawing each page, except for the
+  last page.
+
+  The document is sent to the printer, or written to a local file, when we call
+  \l{QPainter::}{end()}.
+
+  \section2 Coordinate Systems
+
+  QPrinter provides functions that can be used to obtain information about the
+  dimensions of the paper (the paper rectangle) and the dimensions of the
+  printable area (the page rectangle). These are given in logical device
+  coordinates that may differ from the physical coordinates used by the device
+  itself, indicating that the printer is able to render text and graphics at a
+  (typically higher) resolution than the user's display.
+
+  Although we do not need to handle the conversion between logical and physical
+  coordinates ourselves, we still need to apply transformations to painting
+  operations because the pixel measurements used to draw on screen are often
+  too small for the higher resolutions of typical printers.
+
+  \table
+  \row \o \bold{Printer and Painter Coordinate Systems}
+
+  The \l{QPrinter::}{paperRect()} and \l{QPrinter::}{pageRect()} functions
+  provide information about the size of the paper used for printing and the
+  area on it that can be painted on.
+
+  The rectangle returned by \l{QPrinter::}{pageRect()} usually lies inside
+  the rectangle returned by \l{QPrinter::}{paperRect()}. You do not need to
+  take the positions and sizes of these area into account when using a QPainter
+  with a QPrinter as the underlying paint device; the origin of the painter's
+  coordinate system will coincide with the top-left corner of the page
+  rectangle, and painting operations will be clipped to the bounds of the
+  drawable part of the page.
+
+  \o \inlineimage printer-rects.png
+  \endtable
+
+  The paint system automatically uses the correct device metrics when painting
+  text but, if you need to position text using information obtained from
+  font metrics, you need to ensure that the print device is specified when
+  you construct QFontMetrics and QFontMetricsF objects, or ensure that each QFont
+  used is constructed using the form of the constructor that accepts a
+  QPaintDevice argument.
+
+  \section1 Printing from Complex Widgets
+
+  Certain widgets, such as QTextEdit and QGraphicsView, display rich content
+  that is typically managed by instances of other classes, such as QTextDocument
+  and QGraphicsScene. As a result, it is these content handling classes that
+  usually provide printing functionality, either via a function that can be used
+  to perform the complete task, or via a function that accepts an existing
+  QPainter object. Some widgets provide convenience functions to expose underlying
+  printing features, avoiding the need to obtain the content handler just to call
+  a single function.
+
+  The following table shows which class and function are responsible for
+  printing from a selection of different widgets. For widgets that do not expose
+  printing functionality directly, the content handling classes containing this
+  functionality can be obtained via a function in the corresponding widget's API.
+
+  \table
+  \header \o Widget         \o Printing function        \o Accepts
+  \row    \o QGraphicsView  \o QGraphicsView::render()  \o QPainter
+  \row    \o QSvgWidget     \o QSvgRenderer::render()   \o QPainter
+  \row    \o QTextEdit      \o QTextDocument::print()   \o QPrinter
+  \row    \o QTextLayout    \o QTextLayout::draw()      \o QPainter
+  \row    \o QTextLine      \o QTextLine::draw()        \o QPainter
+  \endtable
+
+  QTextEdit requires a QPrinter rather than a QPainter because it uses information
+  about the configured page dimensions in order to insert page breaks at the most
+  appropriate places in printed documents.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \page pdf-licensing.html
+  \title Notes about PDF Licensing
+  \ingroup licensing
+  \brief Details of restrictions on the use of PDF-related trademarks.
+
+  Please note that Adobe\reg places restrictions on the use of its trademarks
+  (including logos) in conjunction with PDF; e.g. "Adobe PDF". Please refer
+  to \l{http://www.adobe.com}{www.adobe.com} for guidelines.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/paintsystem.qdoc b/doc/src/paintsystem.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 23b5685..0000000
--- a/doc/src/paintsystem.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,483 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page paintsystem.html
-
-    \title The Paint System
-
-    Qt's paint system enables painting on screen and print devices
-    using the same API, and is primarily based on the QPainter,
-    QPaintDevice, and QPaintEngine classes.
-
-    QPainter is used to perform drawing operations, QPaintDevice is an
-    abstraction of a two-dimensional space that can be painted on
-    using a QPainter, and QPaintEngine provides the interface that the
-    painter uses to draw onto different types of devices. The
-    QPaintEngine class is used internally by QPainter and
-    QPaintDevice, and is hidden from application programmers unless
-    they create their own device type.
-
-    \image paintsystem-core.png
-
-    The main benefit of this approach is that all painting follows the
-    same painting pipeline making it easy to add support for new
-    features and providing default implementations for unsupported
-    ones.
-
-    Alternatively, Qt provides the QtOpenGL module, offering classes
-    that makes it easy to use OpenGL in Qt applications. Among others,
-    the module provides an OpenGL widget class that can be used just
-    like any other Qt widget, except that it opens an OpenGL display
-    buffer where the OpenGL API can be used to render the contents.
-
-    \tableofcontents section1
-
-    \section1 Drawing
-
-    QPainter provides highly optimized functions to do most of the
-    drawing GUI programs require. It can draw everything from simple
-    graphical primitives (represented by the QPoint, QLine, QRect,
-    QRegion and QPolygon classes) to complex shapes like vector
-    paths. In Qt vector paths are represented by the QPainterPath
-    class. QPainterPath provides a container for painting operations,
-    enabling graphical shapes to be constructed and reused.
-
-    \table 100%
-    \row
-    \o \image paintsystem-painterpath.png
-    \o \bold QPainterPath
-
-    A painter path is an object composed of lines and curves. For
-    example, a rectangle is composed by lines and an ellipse is
-    composed by curves.
-
-    The main advantage of painter paths over normal drawing operations
-    is that complex shapes only need to be created once; then they can
-    be drawn many times using only calls to the QPainter::drawPath()
-    function.
-
-    A QPainterPath object can be used for filling, outlining, and
-    clipping. To generate fillable outlines for a given painter path,
-    use the QPainterPathStroker class.
-
-    \endtable
-
-    Lines and outlines are drawn using the QPen class. A pen is
-    defined by its style (i.e. its line-type), width, brush, how the
-    endpoints are drawn (cap-style) and how joins between two
-    connected lines are drawn (join-style). The pen's brush is a
-    QBrush object used to fill strokes generated with the pen,
-    i.e. the QBrush class defines the fill pattern.
-
-    QPainter can also draw aligned text and pixmaps.
-
-    When drawing text, the font is specified using the QFont class. Qt
-    will use the font with the specified attributes, or if no matching
-    font exists, Qt will use the closest matching installed font. The
-    attributes of the font that is actually used can be retrieved
-    using the QFontInfo class. In addition, the QFontMetrics class
-    provides the font measurements, and the QFontDatabase class
-    provides information about the fonts available in the underlying
-    window system.
-
-    Normally, QPainter draws in a "natural" coordinate system, but it
-    is able to perform view and world transformations using the
-    QTransform class. For more information, see \l {The Coordinate
-    System} documentation which also describes the rendering process,
-    i.e. the relation between the logical representation and the
-    rendered pixels, and the benefits of anti-aliased painting.
-
-    \table 100%
-    \row \o
-    \bold {Anti-Aliased Painting}
-
-    When drawing, the pixel rendering is controlled by the
-    QPainter::Antialiasing render hint. The QPainter::RenderHint enum
-    is used to specify flags to QPainter that may or may not be
-    respected by any given engine.
-
-    The QPainter::Antialiasing value indicates that the engine should
-    antialias edges of primitives if possible, i.e. smoothing the
-    edges by using different color intensities.
-
-    \o \image paintsystem-antialiasing.png
-
-    \endtable
-
-    \section1 Filling
-
-    Shapes are filled using the QBrush class. A brush is defined
-    by its color and its style (i.e. its fill pattern).
-
-    Any color in Qt is represented by the QColor class which supports
-    the RGB, HSV and CMYK color models. QColor also support
-    alpha-blended outlining and filling (specifying the transparency
-    effect), and the class is platform and device independent (the
-    colors are mapped to hardware using the QColormap class). For more
-    information, see the QColor class documentation.
-
-    When creating a new widget, it is recommend to use the colors in
-    the widget's palette rather than hard-coding specific colors. All
-    widgets in Qt contain a palette and use their palette to draw
-    themselves. A widget's palette is represented by the QPalette
-    class which contains color groups for each widget state.
-
-    The available fill patterns are described by the Qt::BrushStyle
-    enum. These include basic patterns spanning from uniform color to
-    very sparse pattern, various line combinations, gradient fills and
-    textures. Qt provides the QGradient class to define custom
-    gradient fills, while texture patterns are specified using the
-    QPixmap class.
-
-    \table 100%
-    \row
-    \o \image paintsystem-fancygradient.png
-    \o \bold QGradient
-
-    The QGradient class is used in combination with QBrush to specify
-    gradient fills.
-
-    \image paintsystem-gradients.png
-
-    Qt currently supports three types of gradient fills: Linear
-    gradients interpolate colors between start and end points, radial
-    gradients interpolate colors between a focal point and end points
-    on a circle surrounding it, and conical gradients interpolate
-    colors around a center point.
-
-    \endtable
-
-    \section1 Creating a Paint Device
-
-    The QPaintDevice class is the base class of objects that can be
-    painted, i.e. QPainter can draw on any QPaintDevice
-    subclass. QPaintDevice's drawing capabilities are currently
-    implemented by the QWidget, QImage, QPixmap, QGLWidget,
-    QGLPixelBuffer, QPicture and QPrinter subclasses.
-
-    \image paintsystem-devices.png
-
-    \table 100%
-    \row \o \bold {Custom Backends}
-
-    Support for a new backend can be implemented by deriving from the
-    QPaintDevice class and reimplementing the virtual
-    QPaintDevice::paintEngine() function to tell QPainter which paint
-    engine should be used to draw on this particular device. To
-    actually be able to draw on the device, this paint engine must be
-    a custom paint engine created by deriving from the QPaintEngine
-    class.
-
-    \endtable
-
-    \section2 Widget
-
-    The QWidget class is the base class of all user interface
-    objects. The widget is the atom of the user interface: it receives
-    mouse, keyboard and other events from the window system, and
-    paints a representation of itself on the screen.
-
-    \section2 Image
-
-    The QImage class provides a hardware-independent image
-    representation which is designed and optimized for I/O, and for
-    direct pixel access and manipulation. QImage supports several
-    image formats including monochrome, 8-bit, 32-bit and
-    alpha-blended images.
-
-    One advantage of using QImage as a paint device is that it is
-    possible to guarantee the pixel exactness of any drawing operation
-    in a platform-independent way. Another benefit is that the
-    painting can be performed in another thread than the current GUI
-    thread.
-
-    \section2 Pixmap
-
-    The QPixmap class is an off-screen image representation which is
-    designed and optimized for showing images on screen. Unlike
-    QImage, the pixel data in a pixmap is internal and is managed by
-    the underlying window system, i.e. pixels can only be accessed
-    through QPainter functions or by converting the QPixmap to a
-    QImage.
-
-    To optimize drawing with QPixmap, Qt provides the QPixmapCache
-    class which can be used to store temporary pixmaps that are
-    expensive to generate without using more storage space than the
-    cache limit.
-
-    Qt also provides the QBitmap convenience class, inheriting
-    QPixmap. QBitmap guarantees monochrome (1-bit depth) pixmaps, and
-    is mainly used for creating custom QCursor and QBrush objects,
-    constructing QRegion objects, and for setting masks for pixmaps
-    and widgets.
-
-    \section2 OpenGL Widget
-
-    As mentioned above, Qt provides the QtOpenGL module offering
-    classes that makes it easy to use OpenGL in Qt applications. For
-    example, the QGLWidget enables the OpenGL API for
-    rendering.
-
-    But QGLWidget is also a QWidget subclass, and can be used by
-    QPainter as any other paint device. One huge benefit from this is
-    that it enables Qt to utilize the high performance of OpenGL for
-    most drawing operations, such as transformations and pixmap
-    drawing.
-
-    \section2 Pixel Buffer
-
-    The QtOpenGL module also provides the QGLPixelBuffer class which
-    inherits QPaintDevice directly.
-
-    QGLPixelBuffer encapsulates an OpenGL pbuffer. Rendering into a
-    pbuffer is normally done using full hardware acceleration which
-    can be significantly faster than rendering into a QPixmap.
-
-    \section2 Framebuffer Object
-
-    The QtOpenGL module also provides the QGLFramebufferObject class
-    which inherits QPaintDevice directly.
-
-    QGLFramebufferObject encapsulates an OpenGL framebuffer object.
-    Framebuffer objects can also be used for off-screen rendering, and
-    offer several advantages over pixel buffers for this purpose.
-    These are described in the QGLFramebufferObject class documentation.
-
-    \section2 Picture
-
-    The QPicture class is a paint device that records and replays
-    QPainter commands. A picture serializes painter commands to an IO
-    device in a platform-independent format. QPicture is also
-    resolution independent, i.e. a QPicture can be displayed on
-    different devices (for example svg, pdf, ps, printer and screen)
-    looking the same.
-
-    Qt provides the QPicture::load() and QPicture::save() functions
-    as well as streaming operators for loading and saving pictures.
-
-    \section2 Printer
-
-    The QPrinter class is a paint device that paints on a printer. On
-    Windows or Mac OS X, QPrinter uses the built-in printer
-    drivers. On X11, QPrinter generates postscript and sends that to
-    lpr, lp, or another print program. QPrinter can also print to any
-    other QPrintEngine object.
-
-    The QPrintEngine class defines an interface for how QPrinter
-    interacts with a given printing subsystem. The common case when
-    creating your own print engine, is to derive from both
-    QPaintEngine and QPrintEngine.
-
-    The output format is by default determined by the platform the
-    printer is running on, but by explicitly setting the output format
-    to QPrinter::PdfFormat, QPrinter will generate its output as a PDF
-    file.
-
-    \section1 Reading and Writing Image Files
-
-    The most common way to read images is through QImage and QPixmap's
-    constructors, or by calling the QImage::load() and QPixmap::load()
-    functions. In addition, Qt provides the QImageReader class which
-    gives more control over the process. Depending on the underlying
-    support in the image format, the functions provided by the class
-    can save memory and speed up loading of images.
-
-    Likewise, Qt provides the QImageWriter class which supports
-    setting format specific options, such as the gamma level,
-    compression level and quality, prior to storing the image. If you
-    do not need such options, you can use QImage::save() or
-    QPixmap::save() instead.
-
-    \table 100%
-    \row
-    \o \bold QMovie
-
-    QMovie is a convenience class for displaying animations, using the
-    QImageReader class internally.  Once created, the QMovie class
-    provides various functions for both running and controlling the
-    given animation.
-
-    \o \image paintsystem-movie.png
-    \endtable
-
-    The QImageReader and QImageWriter classes rely on the
-    QImageIOHandler class which is the common image I/O interface for
-    all image formats in Qt. QImageIOHandler objects are used
-    internally by QImageReader and QImageWriter to add support for
-    different image formats to Qt.
-
-    A list of the supported file formats are available through the
-    QImageReader::supportedImageFormats() and
-    QImageWriter::supportedImageFormats() functions. Qt supports
-    several file formats by default, and in addition new formats can
-    be added as plugins. The currently supported formats are listed in
-    the QImageReader and QImageWriter class documentation.
-
-    Qt's plugin mechanism can also be used to write a custom image
-    format handler. This is done by deriving from the QImageIOHandler
-    class, and creating a QImageIOPlugin object which is a factory for
-    creating QImageIOHandler objects. When the plugin is installed,
-    QImageReader and QImageWriter will automatically load the plugin
-    and start using it.
-
-    \table 100%
-    \row
-    \o \image paintsystem-svg.png
-    \o \bold {SVG Rendering}
-
-    Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) is an language for describing both
-    static and animated two-dimensional vector graphics. Qt includes
-    support for the static features of SVG 1.2 Tiny.
-
-    SVG drawings can be rendered onto any QPaintDevice subclass.  This
-    approach gives developers the flexibility to experiment, in order
-    to find the best solution for each application.
-
-    The easiest way to render SVG files is to construct a QSvgWidget
-    and load an SVG file using one of the QSvgWidget::load()
-    functions. The rendering is performed by the QSvgRenderer class
-    which also can be used directly to provide SVG support for custom
-    widgets.
-
-    For more information, see the QtSvg module documentation.
-
-    \endtable
-
-    \section1 Styling
-
-    Qt's built-in widgets use the QStyle class to perform nearly all
-    of their drawing.  QStyle is an abstract base class that
-    encapsulates the look and feel of a GUI, and can be used to make
-    the widgets look exactly like the equivalent native widgets or to
-    give the widgets a custom look.
-
-    Qt provides a set of QStyle subclasses that emulate the native
-    look of the different platforms supported by Qt (QWindowsStyle,
-    QMacStyle, QMotifStyle, etc.). These styles are built into the
-    QtGui library, other styles can be made available using Qt's
-    plugin mechansim.
-
-    Most functions for drawing style elements take four arguments:
-
-    \list
-    \o an enum value specifying which graphical element to draw
-    \o a QStyleOption object specifying how and where to render that element
-    \o a QPainter object that should be used to draw the element
-    \o a QWidget object on which the drawing is performed (optional)
-    \endlist
-
-    The style gets all the information it needs to render the
-    graphical element from the QStyleOption class. The widget is
-    passed as the last argument in case the style needs it to perform
-    special effects (such as animated default buttons on Mac OS X),
-    but it isn't mandatory. In fact, QStyle can be used to draw on any
-    paint device (not just widgets), in which case the widget argument
-    is a zero pointer.
-
-    \image paintsystem-stylepainter.png
-
-    The paint system also provides the QStylePainter class inheriting
-    from QPainter.  QStylePainter is a convenience class for drawing
-    QStyle elements inside a widget, and extends QPainter with a set
-    of high-level drawing functions implemented on top of QStyle's
-    API. The advantage of using QStylePainter is that the parameter
-    lists get considerably shorter.
-
-    \table 100%
-    \row
-    \o \inlineimage paintsystem-icon.png
-    \o \bold QIcon
-
-    The QIcon class provides scalable icons in different modes and states.
-
-    QIcon can generate pixmaps reflecting an icon's state, mode and
-    size. These pixmaps are generated from the set of pixmaps
-    made available to the icon, and are used by Qt widgets to show an
-    icon representing a particular action.
-
-    The rendering of a QIcon object is handled by the QIconEngine
-    class. Each icon has a corresponding icon engine that is
-    responsible for drawing the icon with a requested size, mode and
-    state.
-
-    \endtable
-
-    \section1 Selecting the Painting Backend
-
-    Since Qt 4.5, it is possible to replace the paint engines and paint
-    devices used for widgets, pixmaps and the offscreen double buffer. By
-    default the backends are:
-
-    \table
-        \row
-            \o Windows
-            \o Software Rasterizer
-        \row
-            \o X11
-            \o X11
-        \row
-            \o Mac OS X
-            \o CoreGraphics
-        \row
-            \o Embedded
-            \o Software Rasterizer
-    \endtable
-
-    Passing a command line parameter to the application, such as,
-    \c{-graphicssystem raster}, specifies that Qt should use the software
-    rasterizer for this application. The Software rasterizer is fully
-    supported on all platforms.
-
-    \code
-      > analogclock -graphicssystem raster
-    \endcode
-
-    There is also a \c{-graphicssystem opengl} mode that uses OpenGL for
-    all drawing. Currently, this engine is experimental as it does not draw
-    everything correctly.
-
-    Qt also supports being configured using \c {-graphicssystem
-    raster|opengl} in which case all applications will use the
-    specified graphics system for its graphics.
-
- */
-
diff --git a/doc/src/phonon.qdoc b/doc/src/phonon.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 610ad30..0000000
--- a/doc/src/phonon.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,643 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page phonon-overview.html
-    \title Phonon Overview
-    \ingroup multimedia
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 Introduction
-
-    Qt uses the Phonon multimedia framework to provide functionality
-    for playback of the most common multimedia formats. The media can
-    be read from files or streamed over a network, using a QURL to a
-    file.
-
-    In this overview, we take a look at the main concepts of Phonon.
-    We also explain the architecture, examine the
-    core API classes, and show examples on how to use the classes
-    provided.
-
-    \section1 Architecture
-
-    Phonon has three basic concepts: media objects, sinks, and paths.
-    A media object manages a media source, for instance, a music file;
-    it provides simple playback control, such as starting, stopping,
-    and pausing the playback. A sink outputs the media from Phonon,
-    e.g., by rendering video on a widget, or by sending audio to a
-    sound card. Paths are used to connect Phonon objects, i.e., a
-    media object and a sink, in a graph - called a media graph in
-    Phonon.
-
-    As an example, we show a media graph for an audio stream:
-
-    \image conceptaudio.png
-
-    The playback is started and managed by the media object, which
-    send the media stream to any sinks connected to it by a path. The
-    sink then plays the stream back, usually though a sound card.
-
-    \omit Not sure if this goes here, or anywhere...
-    All nodes in the graph are synchronized by the framework,
-    meaning that if more than one sink is connected to the same
-    media object, the framework will handle the synchronization
-    between the sinks; this happens for instance when a media
-    source containing video with sound is played back. More on
-    this later.
-    \endomit
-
-    \section2 Media Objects
-
-    The media object, an instance of the \l{Phonon::}{MediaObject}
-    class, lets you start, pause, and stop the playback of a media
-    stream, i.e., it provided basic control over the playback. You may
-    think of the object as a simple media player.
-
-    The media data is provided by a media source, which is
-    kept by the media object. The media source is a separate
-    object - an instance of \l{Phonon::}{MediaSource} - in Phonon, and
-    not part of the graph itself. The source will supply the media
-    object with raw data. The data can be read from files and streamed
-    over a network. The contents of the source will be interpreted by
-    the media object.
-
-    A media object is always instantiated with the default constructor
-    and then supplied with a media source. Concrete code examples are
-    given later in this overview.
-
-    As a complement to the media object, Phonon also provides
-    \l{Phonon::}{MediaController}, which provides control over
-    features that are optional for a given media. For instance, for
-    chapters, menus, and titles of a VOB (DVD) file will be features
-    managed by a \l{Phonon::}{MediaController}.
-
-    \section2 Sinks
-
-    A sink is a node that can output media from the graph, i.e., it
-    does not send its output to other nodes. A sink is usually a
-    rendering device.
-
-    The input of sinks in a Phonon media graph comes from a
-    \l{Phonon::}{MediaObject}, though it might have been processed
-    through other nodes on the way.
-
-    While the \l{Phonon::}{MediaObject} controls the playback, the
-    sink has basic controls for manipulation of the media. With an
-    audio sink, for instance, you can control the volume and mute the
-    sound, i.e., it represents a virtual audio device. Another example
-    is the \l{Phonon::}{VideoWidget}, which can render video on a
-    QWidget and alter the brightness, hue, and scaling of the video.
-
-    As an example we give an image of a graph used for playing back a
-    video file with sound.
-
-    \image conceptvideo.png
-
-    \section2 Processors
-
-    Phonon does not allow manipulation of media streams directly,
-    i.e., one cannot alter a media stream's bytes programmatically
-    after they have been given to a media object. We have other nodes
-    to help with this: processors, which are placed in the graph on
-    the path somewhere between the media object and its sinks. In
-    Phonon, processors are of the \l{Phonon::}{Effect} class.
-
-    When inserted into the rendering process, the  processor will
-    alter the media stream, and will be active as long as it is part
-    of the graph. To stop, it needs to be removed.
-
-    \omit \image conceptprocessor.png \endomit
-
-    The \c {Effect}s may also have controls that affect how the media
-    stream is manipulated. A processor applying a depth effect to
-    audio, for instance, can have a value controlling the amount of
-    depth. An \c Effect can be configured at any point in time.
-
-    \section1 Playback
-
-    In some common cases, it is not necessary to build a graph
-    yourself.
-
-    Phonon has convenience functions for building common graphs. For
-    playing an audio file, you can use the
-    \l{Phonon::}{createPlayer()} function. This will set up the
-    necessary graph and return the media object node; the sound can
-    then be started by calling its \l{Phonon::MediaObject::}{play()}
-    function.
-
-    \snippet snippets/phonon.cpp 0
-
-    We have a similar solution for playing video files, the
-    \l{Phonon::}{VideoPlayer}.
-
-    \snippet snippets/phonon.cpp 1
-
-    The VideoPlayer is a widget onto which the video will be drawn. 
-
-    The \c .pro file for a project needs the following line to be added:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_phonon.qdoc 0
-
-    Phonon comes with several widgets that provide functionality
-    commonly associated with multimedia players - notably SeekSlider
-    for controlling the position of the stream, VolumeSlider for
-    controlling sound volume, and EffectWidget for controlling the
-    parameters of an effect. You can learn about them in the API
-    documentation.
-
-    \section1 Building Graphs
-
-    If you need more freedom than the convenience functions described
-    in the previous section offers you, you can build the graphs
-    yourself. We will now take a look at how some common graphs are
-    built. Starting a graph up is a matter of calling the
-    \l{Phonon::MediaObject::}{play()} function of the media object.
-
-    If the media source contains several types of media, for instance, a
-    stream with both video and audio, the graph will contain two
-    output nodes: one for the video and one for the audio. 
-
-    We will now look at the code required to build the graphs discussed
-    previously in the \l{Architecture} section. 
-
-    \section2 Audio
-
-    When playing back audio, you create the media object and connect
-    it to an audio output node - a node that inherits from
-    AbstractAudioOutput. Currently, AudioOutput, which outputs audio
-    to the sound card, is provided.
-
-    The code to create the graph is straight forward:
-
-    \snippet snippets/phonon.cpp 2
-
-    Notice that the type of media an input source has is resolved by
-    Phonon, so you need not be concerned with this. If a source
-    contains multiple media formats, this is also handled
-    automatically.
-
-    The media object is always created using the default constructor
-    since it handles all multimedia formats.
-
-    The setting of a Category, Phonon::MusicCategory in this case,
-    does not affect the actual playback; the category can be used by
-    KDE to control the playback through, for instance, the control
-    panel.
-
-    \omit Not sure about this
-    Users of KDE can often also choose to send sound with the
-    CommunicationCategory, e.g., given to VoIP, to their headset,
-    while sound with MusicCategory is sent to the sound card.
-    \endomit
-
-    The AudioOutput class outputs the audio media to a sound card,
-    that is, one of the audio devices of the operating system. An
-    audio device can be a sound card or a intermediate technology,
-    such as \c DirectShow on windows. A default device will be chosen
-    if one is not set with \l{Phonon::AudioOutput::}{setOutputDevice()}.
-
-    The AudioOutput node will work with all audio formats supported by
-    the back end, so you don't need to know what format a specific
-    media source has.
-
-    For a an extensive example of audio playback, see the \l{Music
-    Player Example}{Phonon Music Player}.
-
-    \section3 Audio Effects
-
-    Since a media stream cannot be manipulated directly, the backend
-    can produce nodes that can process the media streams. These nodes
-    are inserted into the graph between a media object and an output
-    node.
-
-    Nodes that process media streams inherit from the Effect class.
-    The effects available depends on the underlying system. Most of
-    these effects will be supported by Phonon. See the \l{Querying
-    Backends for Support} section for information on how to resolve
-    the available effects on a particular system.
-
-    We will now continue the example from above using the Path
-    variable \c path to add an effect. The code is again trivial:
-
-    \snippet snippets/phonon.cpp 3
-
-    Here we simply take the first available effect on the system.
-
-    The effect will start immediately after being inserted into the
-    graph if the media object is playing. To stop it, you have to
-    detach it again using \l{Phonon::Path::}{removeEffect()} of the Path.
-
-    \section2 Video
-
-    For playing video, VideoWidget is provided. This class functions
-    both as a node in the graph and as a widget upon which it draws
-    the video stream. The widget will automatically choose an available
-    device for playing the video, which is usually a technology
-    between the Qt application and the graphics card, such as \c
-    DirectShow on Windows.
-
-    The video widget does not play the audio (if any) in the media
-    stream. If you want to play the audio as well, you will need
-    an AudioOutput node. You create and connect it to the graph as
-    shown in the previous section.
-
-    The code for creating this graph is given below, after which
-    one can play the video with \l{Phonon::MediaObject::}{play()}.
-
-    \snippet snippets/phonon.cpp 4
-
-    The VideoWidget does not need to be set to a Category, it is
-    automatically classified to \l{Phonon::}{VideoCategory}, we only
-    need to assure that the audio is also classified in the same
-    category.
-
-    The media object will split files with different media content
-    into separate streams before sending them off to other nodes in
-    the graph. It is the media object that determines the type of
-    content appropriate for nodes that connect to it.
-
-    \omit This section is from the future
-
-    \section2 Multiple Audio Sources and Graph Outputs
-
-    In this section, we take a look at a graph that contains multiple
-    audio sources in addition to video. We have a video camera with
-    some embarrassing home footage from last weekend's party, a
-    microphone with which we intend to add commentary, and an audio
-    music file to set the correct mood. It would be an advantage to
-    write the graph output to a file for later viewing, but since this
-    is not yet supported by Qt backends, we will play it back
-    directly.
-
-    <image of party graph>
-
-    <code>
-
-    <code walkthrough>
-
-    \endomit
-
-    \section1 Backends
-
-    The multimedia functionality is not implemented by Phonon itself,
-    but by a back end - often also referred to as an engine. This
-    includes connecting to, managing, and driving the underlying
-    hardware or intermediate technology. For the programmer, this
-    implies that the media nodes, e.g., media objects, processors, and
-    sinks, are produced by the back end. Also, it is responsible for
-    building the graph, i.e., connecting the nodes.
-
-    The backends of Qt use the media systems DirectShow (which
-    requires DirectX) on Windows, QuickTime on Mac, and GStreamer on
-    Linux. The functionality provided on the different platforms are
-    dependent on these underlying systems and may vary somewhat, e.g.,
-    in the media formats supported.
-
-    Backends expose information about the underlying system. It can
-    tell which media formats are supported, e.g., \c AVI, \c mp3, or
-    \c OGG.
-
-    A user can often add support for new formats and filters to the
-    underlying system, by, for instance, installing the DivX codex. We
-    can therefore not give an exact overview of which formats are
-    available with the Qt backends.
-
-    \omit Not sure I want a separate section for this
-    \section2 Communication with the Backends
-
-    We cooperate with backends through static functions in the
-    Phonon namespace. We have already seen some of these functions
-    in code examples. Their two main responsibilities are creating
-    graph nodes and supplying information about the capabilities
-    of the various nodes. The nodes uses the backend internally
-    when created, so it is only connecting them in the graph that
-    you need to use the backend directly.
-
-    The main functions for graph building are:
-
-    \list
-        \o createPath(): This function creates a path between to
-                         nodes, which it takes as arguments.
-        \o 
-    \endlist
-
-    For more detailed information, please consult the API
-    documentation.
-
-    \endomit
-
-    \section2 Querying Backends for Support
-
-    As mentioned, Phonon depends on the backend to provide its
-    functionality. Depending on the individual backend, full support
-    of the API may not be in place. Applications therefore need to
-    check with the backend if functionality they require is
-    implemented. In this section, we take look at how this is done.
-
-    The backend provides the
-    \l{Phonon::BackendCapabilities::}{availableMimeTypes()} and
-    \l{Phonon::BackendCapabilities::}{isMimeTypeAvailable()} functions
-    to query which MIME types the backend can produce nodes for. The
-    types are listed as strings, which for any type is equal for any
-    backend or platform.
-
-    The backend will emit a signal -
-    \l{Phonon::BackendCapabilities::}{Notifier::capabilitiesChanged()}
-    - if its abilities have changed. If the available audio devices
-    have changed, the
-    \l{Phonon::BackendCapabilities::}{Notifier::availableAudioOutputDevicesChanged()}
-    signal is emitted instead.
-
-    To query the actual audio devices possible, we have the
-    \l{Phonon::BackendCapabilities::}{availableAudioOutputDevices()} as
-    mentioned in the \l{#Sinks}{Sinks} section. To query information
-    about the individual devices, you can examine its \c name(); this
-    string is dependent on the operating system, and the Qt backends
-    does not analyze the devices further.
-
-    The sink for playback of video does not have a selection of
-    devices. For convenience, the \l{Phonon::}{VideoWidget} is both a
-    node in the graph and a widget on which the video output is
-    rendered. To query the various video formats available, use
-    \l{Phonon::BackendCapabilities::}{isMimeTypeAvailable()}.  To add
-    it to a path, you can use the Phonon::createPath() as usual. After
-    creating a media object, it is also possible to call its
-    \l{Phonon::MediaObject::}{hasVideo()} function.
-
-    See also the \l{Capabilities Example}.
-
-    \section1 Installing Phonon
-
-    When running the Qt configure script, you will be notified whether
-    Phonon support is available on your system. As mentioned
-    previously, to use develop and run Phonon applications, you also
-    need to link to a backend, which provides the multimedia
-    functionality.
-
-    Note that Phonon applications will compile and run without a
-    working backend, but will, of course, not work as expected.
-
-    The following sections explains requirements for each backend.
-
-    \section2 Windows
-
-    On Windows, building Phonon requires DirectX and DirectShow
-    version 9 or higher. You'll need additional SDKs you can download
-    from Microsoft.
-
-    \section3 Windows XP and later Windows versions
-
-    If you develop for Windows XP and up, you should download the Windows SDK
-    \l{http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?FamilyID=e6e1c3df-a74f-4207-8586-711ebe331cdc&DisplayLang=en}{here}.
-    Before building Qt, just call the script: \c {C:\Program Files\Microsoft SDKs\Windows\v6.1\Bin\setenv.cmd}
-
-    \note Visual C++ 2008 already contains the Windows SDK and doesn't
-    need that package and has already the environment set up for a
-    smooth compilation of phonon.
-
-    \section3 Earlier Windows versions than Windows XP
-
-    If you want to support previous Windows versions, you should download and install the Platform SDK. You find it
-    \l{http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?FamilyId=0BAF2B35-C656-4969-ACE8-E4C0C0716ADB&displaylang=en}{here}.
-
-    \note The platform SDK provided with Visual C++ is not
-    complete and
-    you'll need this one to have DirectShow 9.0 support. You can download the DirectX SDK
-    \l{http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?familyid=09F7578C-24AA-4E0A-BF91-5FEC24C8C7BF&displaylang=en}{here}.
-
-    \section3 Setting up the environment
-
-    Once the SDKs are installed, please make sure to set your
-    environment variables LIB and INCLUDE correctly. The paths to the
-    include and lib directory of the SDKs should appear first.
-    Typically, to setup your environment, you would execute the
-    following script:
-
-    \code
-        Set DXSDK_DIR=C:\Program Files\Microsoft DirectX SDK (February 2007)
-        %DXSDK_DIR%\utilities\bin\dx_setenv.cmd
-        C:\program files\Microsoft Platform SDK\setenv.cmd
-    \endcode
-
-    If your environment is setup correctly, executing configure.exe on
-    your Qt installation should automatically activate Phonon.
-
-    \warning The MinGW version of Qt does not support building the
-             Qt backend.
-
-    \section2 Linux
-
-    The Qt backend on Linux uses GStreamer (minimum version is 0.10),
-    which must be installed on the system. At a minimum, you need the
-    GStreamer library and base plugins, which provides support for \c
-    .ogg files. The package names may vary between Linux
-    distributions; on Mandriva, they have the following names:
-
-    \table
-        \header
-            \o Package
-            \o Description
-        \row
-            \o libgstreamer0.10_0.10
-            \o The GStreamer base library.
-        \row
-            \o libgstreamer0.10_0.10-devel
-            \o Contains files for developing applications with
-               GStreamer.
-        \row
-            \o libgstreamer-plugins-base0.10
-            \o Contains the basic plugins for audio and video
-               playback, and will enable support for \c ogg files.
-        \row
-            \o libgstreamer-plugins-base0.10-devel
-            \o Makes it possible to develop applications using the
-               base plugins.
-    \endtable
-
-    \omit Should go in troubleshooting (in for example README)
-    alsasink backend for GStreamer
-    \table
-        \header
-            \o Variable
-            \o Description
-        \row
-            \o PHONON_GST_AUDIOSINK
-            \o Sets the audio sink to be used. Possible values are
-               ... alsasink.
-        \row
-            \o PHONON_GSTREAMER_DRIVER
-            \o Sets the driver for GStreamer. This driver will
-               usually be configured automatically when
-               installing.
-        \row
-            \o PHONON_GST_VIDEOWIDGET
-            \o This variable can be set to the name of a widget to
-               use as the video widget??
-        \row
-            \o PHONON_GST_DEBUG
-            \o Phonon will give debug information while running if
-               this variable is set to a number between 1 and 3.
-        \row
-            \o PHONON_TESTURL
-            \o ...
-    \endtable
-    \endomit
-
-    \section2 Mac OS X
-
-    On Mac OS X, Qt uses QuickTime for its backend. The minimum
-    supported version is 7.0.
-
-    \section1 Deploying Phonon Applications on Windows and Mac OS X
-
-    On Windows and Mac OS X, the Qt backend makes use of the
-    \l{QtOpenGL Module}{QtOpenGL} module. You therefore need to deploy
-    the QtOpenGL shared library. If this is not what you want, it is
-    possible to configure Qt without OpenGL support. In that case, you
-    need to run \c configure with the \c -no-opengl option.
-
-    \section1 Work in Progress
-
-    Phonon and its Qt backends, though fully functional for
-    multimedia playback, are still under development. Functionality to
-    come is the possibility to capture media and more processors for
-    both music and video files.
-
-    Another important consideration is to implement support for
-    storing media to files; i.e., not playing back media directly.
-
-    We also hope in the future to be able to support direct
-    manipulation of media streams. This will give the programmer more
-    freedom to manipulate streams than just through processors.
-
-    Currently, the multimedia framework supports one input source. It will be
-    possible to include several sources. This is useful in, for example, audio
-    mixer applications where several audio sources can be sent, processed and
-    output as a single audio stream.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \namespace Phonon
-    \brief The Phonon namespace contains classes and functions for multimedia applications.
-    \since 4.4
-
-    This namespace contains classes to access multimedia functions for
-    audio and video playback. Those classes are not dependent on any specific
-    framework, but rather use exchangeable backends to do the work.
-
-    See the \l{Phonon Module} page for general information about the
-    framework and the \l{Phonon Overview} for an introductory tour of its
-    features.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \page phonon-module.html
-    \module Phonon
-    \title Phonon Module
-    \contentspage Qt's Modules
-    \previouspage QtXmlPatterns
-    \nextpage Qt3Support
-    \ingroup modules
-
-    \brief The Phonon module contains namespaces and classes for multimedia functionality.
-
-    \generatelist{classesbymodule Phonon}
-
-    Phonon is a cross-platform multimedia framework that enables the use of
-    audio and video content in Qt applications. The \l{Phonon Overview}
-    document provides an introduction to the architecture and features included
-    in Phonon. The \l{Phonon} namespace contains a list of all classes, functions
-    and namespaces provided by the module.
-
-    Applications that use Phonon's classes need to
-    be configured to be built against the Phonon module.
-    The following declaration in a \c qmake project file ensures that
-    an application is compiled and linked appropriately:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_phonon.qdoc 1
-
-    The Phonon module is part of the \l{Qt Full Framework Edition} and the
-    \l{Open Source Versions of Qt}.
-
-    \section1 Qt Backends
-
-    Qt Backends are currently developed for Phonon version 4.1. The Phonon
-    project has moved on and introduced new features that the Qt Backends do not
-    implement. We have chosen not to document the part of Phonon that we do not
-    support. Any class or function not appearing in our documentation can be
-    considered unsupported.
-
-    \section1 License Information
-
-    Qt Commercial Edition licensees that wish to distribute applications that
-    use the Phonon module need to be aware of their obligations under the
-    GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL).
-
-    Developers using the Open Source Edition can choose to redistribute
-    the module under the appropriate version of the GNU LGPL; version 2.1
-    for applications and libraries licensed under the GNU GPL version 2,
-    or version 3 for applications and libraries licensed under the GNU
-    GPL version 2.
-
-    \legalese
-    This file is part of the KDE project
-
-    Copyright (C) 2005-2007 Matthias Kretz <kretz@kde.org> \BR
-    Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-    Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-
-    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
-    License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
-
-    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-    Library General Public License for more details.
-
-    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
-    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
-    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
-    Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
-    \endlegalese
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/platform-notes-rtos.qdoc b/doc/src/platform-notes-rtos.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 8a52d84..0000000
--- a/doc/src/platform-notes-rtos.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,220 +0,0 @@
-/*!
-    \page platform-notes-vxworks.html
-    \title Platform Notes - VxWorks
-    \contentspage Platform Notes
-    \target VxWorks
-
-    \note VxWorks is a community supported platform. See the
-    \l{Supported Platforms} page for more information.
-
-    This page contains information about the Qt for VxWorks port. More
-    information about the combinations of platforms and compilers supported
-    by Qt can be found on the \l{Supported Platforms} page.
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 Supported Versions
-
-    Qt has been tested on WindRiver VxWorks 6.7 in kernel mode using the
-    vendor supplied GCC compiler, targetting both the x86 simulator
-    (simpentium) and Power-PC devices (ppc).
-    VxWorks' RTP mode is currently not supported.
-
-    \section1 Limitations
-
-    The VxWorks kernel has an optional POSIX compatibility layer, but this
-    layer does not implement all POSIX functionality needed for a complete
-    Qt port.
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Function \o Notes
-    \row \o QProcess
-         \o Not available - VxWorks has no concept of processes.
-    \row \o QSharedMemory
-         \o Not available - VxWorks has only a global, flat address space.
-    \row \o QSystemSemaphore
-         \o Not available - VxWorks has no concept of processes.
-    \row \o QLibrary
-         \o QLibrary is only a small stub to make it possible to build
-            static plugins.
-    \row \o QCoreApplication
-         \o Can only be instantiated once. Qt's Q(CoreE)Application is
-            tightly coupled to one address space and process, while VxWorks
-            only supports one global address space and has no concept of
-            processes.
-    \row \o Phonon
-         \o There is no standard audio backend, which could be integrated into Phonon.
-    \row \o Qt3Support
-         \o The Qt3Support library is not available on QNX.
-
-    \endtable
-
-    \section1 Build Instructions
-
-    Qt for VxWorks needs to be \l{Cross-Compiling Qt for Embedded Linux
-    Applications}{cross-compiled} on a Linux host.  \c configure and \c make
-    the build like you would with a standard \l{Cross-Compiling Qt for
-    Embedded Linux Applications}{embedded Linux cross build}.  Building the
-    VxWorks simulator would be done like this:
-
-    \code
-    <path/to/qt/sources>/configure -xplatform unsupported/vxworks-simpentium-g++ -embedded vxworks -exceptions -no-gfx-linuxfb -no-mouse-linuxtp -no-mouse-pc -no-kbd-tty
-    make
-    \endcode
-
-    \list
-    \o \c{-xplatform unsupported/qws/vxworks-simpentium-g++} - selects the x86 simulator mkspec for VxWorks
-    \o \c{-embedded vxworks} - builds the embedded version of Qt and sets the architecture to VxWorks
-    \o \c{-exceptions} - see General Notes below
-    \o \c{-no-gfx-linuxfb}, \c{-no-mouse-linuxtp}, \c{-no-mouse-pc} and \c{-no-kbd-tty} are Linux specific and won't work on VxWorks
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 General Notes
-
-    \list
-
-    \o Configuring with \c{-exceptions} is necessary, because the VxWorks
-    6.7 g++ headers require exceptions to be enabled when compiling C++
-    code.
-
-    \o Configure's \c{-xplatform} can be any of
-    \c{unsupported/vxworks-(simpentium|ppc)-(g++|dcc)}, but \c{dcc}
-    (WindRiver DIAB compiler) has not yet tested been tested with Qt 4.6 and
-    VxWorks 6.7.
-
-    \o Building shared libraries with \c{-shared} (the default) doesn't
-    really build shared libraries, like e.g.  on Linux, since these are not
-    supported by VxWorks.  Instead, qmake will created partially linked
-    objects, that can be loaded at runtime with \c{ld}.
-
-    \o Creating static builds with \c{-static} is fully supported.
-
-    \o "Munching" (generating constructors/destructors for static C++
-    objects) is done automatically by a special qmake extension (for both
-    shared libraries and executables)
-
-    \o VxWorks does not have a file system layer, but the low level storage
-    drivers have to supply a file system like interface to the applications.
-    Since each driver implements a different subset of the functionality
-    supported by this interface, Qt's file system auto-tests show wildly
-    differing results running on different "file systems".  The best results
-    can be achieved when running on a (writable) NFS mount, since that
-    provides the most Unix-ish interface.  The worst results come from the
-    FTP file system driver, which may crash when accessed by a
-    \c{QFileInfo}.
-
-    \o Keep in mind that VxWorks doesn't call your \c{main()} function with
-    the standard \c{argc}/\c{argv} parameters.  So either add a special
-    \c{vxmain()} function or use a tool like \c{callmain} to translate
-    VxWorks' commandline arguments to an \c{argc}/\c{argv} array.
-
-    \o Some example will fail to build, due to some missing dependencies
-    (e.g. shared memory) - this will be fixed in a later release.
-
-    \endlist
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \page platform-notes-qnx.html
-    \title Platform Notes - QNX
-    \contentspage Platform Notes
-    \target QNX
-
-    \note QNX is a community supported platform. See the
-    \l{Supported Platforms} page for more information.
-
-    This page contains information about the Qt for QNX port. More
-    information about the combinations of platforms and compilers supported
-    by Qt can be found on the \l{Supported Platforms} page.
-
-    Note that Qt for QNX is currently based on \l{Qt for Embedded Linux}, which
-    contains its own windowing system. Mixing QNX's Photon environment with
-    Qt for QNX is currently not possible. Building Qt for QNX with Photon's
-    X11 embedded server is not recommended due to missing support for X11 extensions,
-    resulting in poor rendering quality.
-
-    Qt for QNX contains experimental screen and input drivers based on QNX's
-    \c devi-hid and \c io-display. For more information, check the class documentation
-    for QQnxScreen, QWSQnxKeyboardHandler and QQnxMouseHandler. See the
-    \l{Porting Qt for Embedded Linux to a New Architecture} document for information
-    on how to add custom screen or input drivers.
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 Supported Versions
-
-    Qt has been tested on QNX 6.4 on i386 and PowerPC targets with QNX's default
-    gcc compiler.
-
-    \section1 Limitations
-
-    Some of Qt's functionality is currently not available on QNX:
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Function \o Notes
-    \row \o QProcess
-         \o Not available - QNX doesn't support mixing threads and processes.
-    \row \o QSharedMemory
-         \o Not available - QNX doesn't support SYSV style shared memory.
-    \row \o QSystemSemaphore
-         \o Not available - QNX doesn't support SYSV style system semaphores.
-    \row \o QWS Multi Process
-         \o QT_NO_QWS_MULTIPROCESS is always on due to missing shared memory support.
-    \row \o Phonon
-         \o There is no standard audio backend, which could be integrated into Phonon.
-    \row \o Qt3Support
-         \o The Qt3Support library is not available on QNX.
-    \endtable
-
-    \section1 Build Instructions
-
-    Qt for QNX needs to be built either on a QNX system, or \l{Cross-Compiling Qt
-    for Embedded Linux Applications}{cross-compiled} on a Linux host. In either
-    case, The QNX Software Development Platform must be installed.
-
-    Example configure line for cross-compiling Qt for QNX on a Linux host for an
-    i386 QNX target:
-
-    \code
-    configure -xplatform unsupported/qws/qnx-i386-g++ -embedded i386 -no-gfx-linuxfb -no-mouse-linuxtp -no-kbd-tty -no-qt3support -qt-gfx-qnx -qt-mouse-qnx -qt-kbd-qnx -no-exceptions
-    \endcode
-
-    \list
-    \o \c{-xplatform unsupported/qws/qnx-i386-g++} - selects the i386-g++ mkspec for QNX
-    \o \c{-embedded i386} - builds the embedded version of Qt and sets the architecture to i386
-    \o \c{-no-gfx-linuxfb},  \c{-no-mouse-linuxtp} and \c{-no-kbd-tty} are Linux specific and won't work on QNX
-    \o \c{-no-qt3support} - required since the Qt3 support classes are not supported on QNX
-    \o \c{-no-exceptions} - reduces the size of the library by disabling exception support
-    \o \c{-qt-gfx-qnx} - enables the experimental \c{io-graphics} based display driver
-    \o \c{-qt-mouse-qnx} - enables the experimental \c{devi-hig} based mouse driver
-    \o \c{-qt-kbd-qnx} - enables the experimental \c{devi-hig} based keyboard driver
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 General Notes
-
-    \list
-    \o To enable the experimental QNX display and input drivers, \c{io-display} needs to be
-       up and running. The \c devi-hid based Qt input drivers require \c devi-hid to run
-       in resource mode without Photon support. To enable a standard mouse and keyboard
-       combination, run \c devi-hid as follows: \c{/usr/photon/bin/devi-hid -Pr kbd mouse}.
-       Note that your current shell will not accept keyboard and mouse input anymore after
-       running that command, so run it either from a script that launches a Qt application
-       afterwards, or make sure to have remote login available to launch a Qt application.
-       In addition, the \c QWS_DISPLAY, \c QWS_MOUSE_PROTO and \c QWS_KEYBOARD environment
-       variables should all be set to \c{qnx} before running a Qt application.
-
-    \o The 3rd party TIFF library currently doesn't build due to the missing \c inflateSync
-       symbol from QNX's \c{libz.so.2}. Workarounds would be to manually replace QNX's libz
-       with a newer version, or disable the TIFF plugin entierly by appending
-       \c{QT_CONFIG += no-tiff} to \c{.qmake.cache} after configuring Qt.
-
-    \o Some of the tools, examples and demos do not compile due to dependencies on QProcess
-       or other classes that are not available on QNX.
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 Platform Regressions
-
-    Qt for QNX's behavior is mostly identical with \l{Qt for Embedded Linux}. However,
-    some regressions were spotted in QDateTime computation around year 0 and year 1970,
-    which have been tracked back to faulty time zone data on some QNX versions.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/platform-notes.qdoc b/doc/src/platform-notes.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index fc829f7..0000000
--- a/doc/src/platform-notes.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,401 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page platform-notes-platforms.html
-    \ingroup platform-notes
-    \title Platform Notes
-    \brief Information about the platforms on which Qt can be used.
-
-    This page contains information about the platforms Qt is currently known
-    to run on, with links to platform-specific notes, including any known bugs
-    or incompatibilities.
-
-    \list
-    \o \l{Platform Notes - X11}
-    \tableofcontents{1 Platform Notes - X11}
-    \o \l{Platform Notes - Windows}
-    \tableofcontents{1 Platform Notes - Windows}
-    \o \l{Platform Notes - Mac OS X}
-    \tableofcontents{1 Platform Notes - Mac OS X}
-    \o \l{Platform Notes - Embedded Linux}
-    \tableofcontents{1 Platform Notes - Embedded Linux}
-    \o \l{Platform Notes - Windows CE}
-    \tableofcontents{1 Platform Notes - Windows CE}
-    \o \l{Platform Notes - QNX}
-    \tableofcontents{1 Platform Notes - QNX}
-    \o \l{Platform Notes - VxWorks}
-    \tableofcontents{1 Platform Notes - VxWorks}
-    \endlist
-
-    See also the \l{Compiler Notes} for information about compiler-specific
-    build issues. Information about the combinations of platforms and compilers
-    supported by Qt can be found on the \l{Supported Platforms} page.
-
-    If you have anything to add to this list or any of the platform or
-    compiler-specific pages, please submit it via the \l{Bug Report Form}
-    or through the \l{Public Qt Repository}.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \page platform-notes-x11.html
-    \title Platform Notes - X11
-    \contentspage Platform Notes
-
-    This page contains information about the X11 platforms Qt is currently
-    known to run on, with links to platform-specific notes. More information
-    about the combinations of platforms and compilers supported by Qt can be
-    found on the \l{Supported Platforms} page.
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \target AIX
-    \section1 AIX - 5.2
-
-    Qt has been tested on AIX 5.2, using the
-    \l{Compiler Notes#IBM xlC (AIX)}{xlC} compiler.
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Compiler \o Notes
-    \row    \o xlC
-    \o If Qt is built correctly but all symbols are reported to be missing
-    when you link an application, your makeC++SharedLib script might be out
-    of date. Make sure you have the latest version from the
-    \l{http://www-306.ibm.com/software/awdtools/vacpp/support/}{IBM website}.
-    \row    \o GCC
-    \o We have tested earlier versions of Qt 4 successfully with GCC version
-    3.3 and above. Some versions of GCC may fail to link Qt with a "TOC overflow"
-    message.
-    Fix this by upgrading to the latest maintenance release of the dynamic
-    linker. On AIX this is bos.rte.bind_cmds.4.1.5.3 or later.
-    Some versions of GCC may fail to build Qt with STL and large-file support
-    enabled, due to
-    \l{http://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=9551}{a bug in GCC}.
-    Fix this by upgrading to the latest maintenance release of the compiler.
-    It is also possible to work around this problem by running configure with
-    either \c{-no-stl} or \c{-no-largefile}.
-    \endtable
-
-    \target FreeBSD
-    \section1 FreeBSD - 6.0-RELEASE
-
-    \note FreeBSD is a community supported platform. See the
-    \l{Supported Platforms} page for more information.
-
-    The system compiler on FreeBSD 4.x is gcc 2.95.4, which is not
-    officially supported by Qt 4. We develop using and recommend
-    ports/lang/gcc34. You will need to run configure with the
-    \c{-platform freebsd-g++34} arguments. Optionally, you may use
-    ports/lang/icc.
-
-    The system compiler on FreeBSD 5.x and 6.x is GCC 3.4.4, which should be
-    sufficient to build Qt. You do not need to add any special arguments when
-    running configure. Optionally, you may use ports/lang/icc.
-
-    Note that we do not actively test FreeBSD 4.x and 5.x. Our developers
-    migrated to 6.x after the Qt 4 launch. FreeBSD-CURRENT is not supported.
-
-    \target HP-UX
-    \section1 HP-UX
-
-    Qt supports HP-UX on both PA-RISC and the Itanium (IA64) architectures.
-
-    \section2 PA-RISC - B.11.11 or later
-
-    You can configure Qt for aCC in 32 and 64 bit mode (hpux-acc-64 or
-    hpux-acc-32), or gcc in 32 bit mode (hpux-g++).  The default platform is
-    hpux-acc-32. The minimum required version for aCC (HP ANSI C++) on PA-RISC
-    is A.03.57. The supported gcc compiler is gcc 3.4.3.
-
-    \section2 Itanium - B.11.23 or later
-
-    You can configure Qt for aCC in 32 and 64 bit mode (hpuxi-acc-64 or
-    hpuxi-acc-32). gcc is currently unsupported.  The default platform is
-    hpuxi-acc-64. The minimum required version for aCC (HP ANSI C++) on
-    Itanium is A.06.12.
-
-    \section2 OpenGL Support
-
-    Qt's \l{QtOpenGL}{OpenGL} module requires GLX 1.3 or later to be installed.
-    This is available for HP-UX 11i - see the
-    \l{http://docs.hp.com/en/5992-2331/ch04s02.html}{Graphics and Technical Computing Software}
-    section of the release notes for more information.
-
-    \target IRIX
-    \section1 IRIX - 6.5.x
-
-    \bold{IRIX is an unsupported platform - please see Qt's online
-    \l{Platform Support Policy} for details.}
-
-    Unpackaging and IRIX tar:
-    Because of long filenames some files will be cut off incorrectly with IRIX
-    tar. Please use GNU tar to unpack Qt packages.
-
-    \section1 Linux
-
-    There are no known problems with using Qt on production versions of
-    Linux/x86, Linux/ppc, Linux/amd64 and Linux/ia64 (including Altix(R)).
-
-    For the gcc/g++ compiler, please also see the relevant
-    \l{Compiler Notes#GCC}{compiler page}.
-
-    \section2 Installation problems
-
-    See also the \l{Installation FAQ}.
-
-    If you experience problems when installing new open source versions of Qt
-    versions, try to use the open source Qt archives (e.g., RPM)
-    provided by your Linux distribution. If you need to install the source (.tgz)
-    archive, be aware that you will probably end up with two different
-    versions of the Qt library installed on your system, which will probably
-    lead to link errors, like this:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_platform-notes.qdoc 0
-    Fix this by removing the old version of the library.
-
-    If you have problems installing open source versions of Qt
-    provided by your Linux distribution (e.g., RPM), please consult the
-    maintainers of the distribution, not us.
-
-    Some RPM versions have problems installing some of the Qt RPM archives
-    where installation stops with an error message warning about a
-    "Failed Dependency". Use the \c{--nodeps} option to \c rpm to workaround
-    this problem.
-
-    \target Solaris
-    \section1 Solaris - 9 or later
-
-    \section2 Unpackaging and Solaris tar
-
-    On some Solaris systems, both Solaris tar and GNU tar have been reported
-    to truncate long filenames. We recommend using star instead
-    (http://star.berlios.de).
-
-    \section2 CC on Solaris
-
-    Be sure to check our \l{Compiler Notes#Sun Studio}{Forte Developer / Sun Studio}
-    notes.
-
-    \section2 GCC on Solaris
-
-    Be sure to check the installation notes for \l{GCC on Solaris}.
-    Do not use GCC with Sun's assembler/linker, this will result in link-time
-    errors in shared libraries. Use GNU binutils instead. 
-
-    GCC 3.2.* is known to miscompile Qt due to an optimizer bug that will
-    cause the resulting binaries to hang. Please use GCC 3.4.2 or later.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \page platform-notes-windows.html
-    \title Platform Notes - Windows
-    \contentspage Platform Notes
-
-    This page contains information about the Windows platforms Qt is currently
-    known to run on, with links to platform-specific notes. More information
-    about the combinations of platforms and compilers supported by Qt can be
-    found on the \l{Supported Platforms} page.
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 Windows Vista
-
-    At the time Qt %VERSION% was released, there were no known Vista-specific issues.
-
-    \target Windows NT
-    \section1 Windows XP, Windows 2000 and Windows NT
-
-    \section2 Installation location
-
-    Installing Qt into a directory with spaces, e.g. C:\\Program Files, may
-    cause linker errors like the following:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_platform-notes.qdoc 2
-
-    Install Qt into a subdirectory without spaces to avoid this problem.
-
-    \section2 AccelGALAXY graphic card
-
-    When you use a NT 4.0 machine with the driver number
-    4,00,1381,1000,021,4.0.0 there is a problem with drag an drop and icons.
-    The computer freezes, and you have to reset. The problem disappears with
-    the newest version of the driver, available at
-    \l{http://www.es.com/}{www.es.com}.
-
-    \section2 Possible GL conflict
-
-    There is a known issue with running Microsoft NetMeeting, Lotus SameTime
-    and other applications that require screen grabbing while direct
-    rendering is enabled. Other GL-applications may not work as expected,
-    unless direct rendering is disabled.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \page platform-notes-mac.html
-    \title Platform Notes - Mac OS X
-    \contentspage Platform Notes
-
-    This page contains information about the Mac OS X versions Qt is currently
-    known to run on, with links to platform-specific notes. More information
-    about the combinations of platforms and compilers supported by Qt can be
-    found on the \l{Supported Platforms} page.
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 General Information
-
-    Qt 4.4 and Qt 4.5 development is only supported on Mac OS X 10.4 and up.
-    Applications built against these version of Qt can be deployed on Mac OS X
-    10.3, but cannot be developed on that version of the operating system due
-    to compiler issues.
-
-    Qt 4.3 has been tested to run on Mac OS X 10.3.9 and up. See notes on
-    the binary package for more information.
-
-    Qt 4.1 has been tested to run on Mac OS X 10.2.8 and up. Qt 4.1.4 is the
-    last release to work with Mac OS X 10.2.
-
-    \section2 Required GCC version
-
-    Apple's gcc 4 that is shipped with the Xcode Tools for both Mac OS X 10.4
-    and 10.5 will compile Qt. There is preliminary support for gcc 4.2 which
-    is included with Xcode Tools 3.1+ (configurable with
-    \c{-platform macx-g++42}).
-
-    \section2 Binary Package
-
-    The binary package requires that you have your .qt-license file in your
-    home directory. Installer.app cannot complete without a valid .qt-license
-    file. Evaluation users of Qt will have information about how to create
-    this file in the email they receive.
-
-    The binary package was built on Mac OS X 10.4 with Xcode Tools 2.1
-    (gcc 4.0.0) for Qt 4.1.0, Xcode Tools 2.2 (gcc 4.0.1) for Qt 4.1.1-4.1.4
-    and Xcode Tools 2.3 for 4.2.0. It will only link executables built
-    against 10.4 (or a 10.4 SDK). You should be able to run applications
-    linked against these frameworks on Mac OS X 10.3.9 and Mac OS X 10.4+.
-    If you require a different configuration, you will have to use the
-    source package and build with GCC 3.3.
-
-    \section2 Mac OS X on Intel hardware
-
-    Qt 4 fully supports both the Intel and PowerPC architectures on the Mac.
-    As of Qt 4.1 it is possible to support the Intel architecture by
-    creating Universal Binaries with qmake. As of Qt 4.1 it is possible to
-    build Qt as a set of universal binaries and frameworks from configure by
-    adding these extra flags:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_platform-notes.qdoc 3
-
-    If you are building on Intel hardware you can omit the sdk parameter, but
-    PowerPC hardware requires it.
-
-    You can also generate universal binaries using qmake. Simply add these
-    lines to your .pro file:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_platform-notes.qdoc 4
-
-    \section2 Build Issues
-
-    If Qt does not build upon executing make, and fails with an error message
-    such as
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_platform-notes.qdoc 5
-
-    this could be an indication you have upgraded your version of Mac OS X
-    (e.g. 10.3 to 10.4), without upgrading your Developer Tools (Xcode Tools).
-    These must match in order to successfully compile files.
-
-    Please be sure to upgrade both simultaneously. If problems still occur,
-    contact support.
-
-    \section2 Fink
-
-    If you have installed the Qt for X11 package from \l{Fink},
-    it will set the QMAKESPEC environment variable to darwin-g++. This will
-    cause problems when you build the Qt for Mac OS X package. To fix this, simply
-    unset your QMAKESPEC or set it to macx-g++ before you run configure.
-    You need to have a fresh Qt distribution (make confclean).
-
-    \section2 MySQL and Mac OS X
-
-    There seems to be a issue when both -prebind and -multi_module are
-    defined when linking static C libraries into dynamic library. If you
-    get the following error message when linking Qt:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_platform-notes.qdoc 6
-
-    re-link Qt using -single_module. This is only a problem when building the
-    MySQL driver into Qt. It does not affect plugins or static builds.
-
-    \section2 Qt and Precompiled Headers (PCH)
-
-    Starting with Qt 3.3.0 it is possible to use precompiled headers. They
-    are not enabled by default as it appears that some versions of Apple's
-    GCC and make have problems with this feature. If you want to use
-    precompiled headers when building the Qt source package, specify the
-    -pch option to configure. If, while using precompiled headers, you
-    encounter an internal compile error, try removing the -include header
-    statement from the compile line and trying again. If this solves the
-    problem, it probably is a good idea to turn off precompiled headers.
-    Also, consider filing a bug report with Apple so that they can
-    improve support for this feature.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \page platform-notes-windows-ce.html
-    \title Platform Notes - Windows CE
-    \contentspage Platform Notes
-
-    This page contains information about the Windows CE and Windows Mobile
-    platforms Qt is currently known to run on, with links to platform-specific
-    notes. More information about the combinations of platforms and compilers
-    supported by Qt can be found on the \l{Supported Platforms} page.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \page platform-notes-embedded-linux.html
-    \title Platform Notes - Embedded Linux
-    \contentspage Platform Notes
-
-    This page contains information about the Embedded Linux platforms Qt is
-    currently known to run on, with links to platform-specific notes. More
-    information about the combinations of platforms and compilers supported
-    by Qt can be found on the \l{Supported Platforms} page.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/platforms/atomic-operations.qdoc b/doc/src/platforms/atomic-operations.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..19fbea6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/platforms/atomic-operations.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page atomic-operations.html
+    \title Implementing Atomic Operations
+    \brief A guide to implementing atomic operations on new architectures.
+
+    \ingroup best-practices
+    \ingroup qt-embedded-linux
+
+    Qt uses an optimization called \l {Implicitly Shared
+    Classes}{implicit sharing} for many of its value classes.
+
+    Starting with Qt 4, all of Qt's implicitly shared classes can
+    safely be copied across threads like any other value classes,
+    i.e., they are fully \l {Reentrancy and Thread-Safety}{reentrant}.
+    This is accomplished by implementing reference counting
+    operations using atomic hardware instructions on all the
+    different platforms supported by Qt.
+
+    To support a new architecture, it is important to ensure that
+    these platform-specific atomic operations are implemented in a
+    corresponding header file (\c qatomic_ARCH.h), and that this file
+    is located in Qt's \c src/corelib/arch directory. For example, the
+    Intel 80386 implementation is located in \c
+    src/corelib/arch/qatomic_i386.h.
+
+    Currently, Qt provides two classes providing several atomic
+    operations, QAtomicInt and QAtomicPointer. These classes inherit
+    from QBasicAtomicInt and QBasicAtomicPointer, respectively.
+
+    When porting Qt to a new architecture, the QBasicAtomicInt and
+    QBasicAtomicPointer classes must be implemented, \e not QAtomicInt
+    and QAtomicPointer. The former classes do not have constructors,
+    which makes them POD (plain-old-data). Both classes only have a
+    single member variable called \c _q_value, which stores the
+    value. This is the value that all of the atomic operations read
+    and modify.
+
+    All of the member functions mentioned in the QAtomicInt and
+    QAtomicPointer API documentation must be implemented. Note that
+    these the implementations of the atomic operations in these
+    classes must be atomic with respect to both interrupts and
+    multiple processors.
+
+    \warning The QBasicAtomicInt and QBasicAtomicPointer classes
+    mentioned in this document are used internally by Qt and are not
+    part of the public API. They may change in future versions of
+    Qt. The purpose of this document is to aid people interested in
+    porting Qt to a new architecture.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/platforms/compiler-notes.qdoc b/doc/src/platforms/compiler-notes.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f4e9805
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/platforms/compiler-notes.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,278 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page compiler-notes.html
+    \ingroup platform-specific
+    \title Compiler Notes
+    \brief Information about the C++ compilers and tools used to build Qt.
+
+    This page contains information about the C++ compilers and tools used
+    to build Qt on various platforms.
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    Please refer to the \l{Platform Notes} for information on the platforms
+    Qt is currently known to run on, and see the \l{Supported Platforms}
+    page for information about the status of each platform.
+
+    If you have anything to add to this list or any of the platform or
+    compiler-specific pages, please submit it via the \l{Bug Report Form}
+    or through the \l{Public Qt Repository}.
+
+    \section1 Supported Features
+
+    Not all compilers used to build Qt are able to compile all modules. The following table
+    shows the compiler support for five modules that are not uniformly available for all
+    platforms and compilers.
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Compiler \o{5,1} Features
+    \header \o                  \o Concurrent \o XmlPatterns \o WebKit   \o CLucene  \o Phonon
+    \row    \o g++ 3.3          \o            \o \bold{X}    \o          \o \bold{X} \o \bold{X}
+    \row    \o g++ 3.4 and up   \o \bold{X}   \o \bold{X}    \o \bold{X} \o \bold{X} \o \bold{X}
+    \row
+    \row    \o SunCC 5.5        \o            \o             \o          \o \bold{X} \o \bold{X}
+    \row
+    \row    \o aCC series 3     \o            \o             \o          \o \bold{X} \o \bold{X}
+    \row    \o aCC series 6     \o \bold{X}   \o \bold{X}    \o \bold{X} \o \bold{X} \o \bold{X}
+    \row    \o xlC 6            \o            \o             \o          \o \bold{X} \o \bold{X}
+    \row    \o Intel CC 10      \o \bold{X}   \o \bold{X}    \o \bold{X} \o \bold{X} \o \bold{X}
+    \row
+    \row    \o MSVC 2003        \o \bold{X}   \o \bold{X}    \o          \o \bold{X} \o \bold{X}
+    \row    \o MSVC 2005 and up \o \bold{X}   \o \bold{X}    \o \bold{X} \o \bold{X} \o \bold{X}
+    \endtable
+
+    \target GCC
+    \section1 GCC
+
+    \section2 GCC on Windows (MinGW)
+
+    We have tested Qt with this compiler on Windows XP.
+    The minimal version of MinGW supported is:
+
+    \list
+    \o GCC 3.4.2
+    \o MinGW runtime 3.7
+    \o win32api 3.2
+    \o binutils 2.15.91
+    \o mingw32-make 3.80.0-3
+    \endlist
+
+    \section2 GCC 4.0.0
+
+    The released package of the compiler has some bugs that lead to miscompilations.
+    We recommend using GCC 4.0.1 or later, or to use a recent CVS snapshot of the
+    GCC 4.0 branch. The version of GCC 4.0.0 that is shipped with Mac OS X 10.4
+    "Tiger" is known to work with Qt for Mac OS X.
+
+    \section2 HP-UX
+
+    The hpux-g++ platform is tested with GCC 3.4.4.
+
+    \section2 Solaris
+
+    Please use GCC 3.4.2 or later.
+
+    \section2 Mac OS X
+
+    Please use the latest GCC 3.3 from Apple or a later version of GCC 3.
+    The gcc 3.3 that is provided with Xcode 1.5 is known to generate bad code.
+    Use the November 2004 GCC 3.3 updater \l{http://connect.apple.com}{available from Apple}.
+
+    \section2 GCC 3.4.6 (Debian 3.4.6-5) on AMD64 (x86_64)
+
+    This compiler is known to miscompile some parts of Qt when doing a
+    release build. There are several workarounds:
+
+    \list 1
+    \o Use a debug build instead.
+    \o For each miscompilation encountered, recompile the file, removing the -O2 option.
+    \o Add -fno-gcse to the QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_RELEASE.
+    \endlist
+
+    \section1 HP ANSI C++ (aCC)
+
+    The hpux-acc-32 and hpux-acc-64 platforms are tested with aCC A.03.57. The
+    hpuxi-acc-32 and hpuxi-acc-64 platforms are tested with aCC A.06.10.
+
+    \section1 Intel C++ Compiler
+
+    Qt supports the Intel C++ compiler on both Windows and Linux.
+    However, there are a few issues on Linux (see the following
+    section).
+
+    \section2 Intel C++ Compiler for Linux
+
+    Nokia currently tests the following compilers:
+
+    \list
+
+    \o Intel(R) C++ Compiler for applications running on IA-32,
+    Version 10.1 Build 20080602 Package ID: l_cc_p_10.1.017
+
+    \o Intel(R) C++ Compiler for applications running on Intel(R) 64,
+    Version 10.1 Build 20080602 Package ID: l_cc_p_10.1.017
+
+    \endlist
+
+    We do not currently test the IA-64 (Itanium) compiler.
+
+    \section2 Known Issues with Intel C++ Compiler for Linux
+
+    \list
+
+    \o Precompiled header support does not work in version 10.0.025
+       and older. For these compilers, you should configure Qt with
+       -no-pch. Precompiled header support works properly in version
+       10.0.026 and later.
+    \o Version 10.0.026 for Intel 64 is known to miscompile qmake when
+       building in release mode. For now, configure Qt with
+       -debug. Version 10.1.008 and later can compile qmake in release
+       mode.
+    \o Versions 10.1.008 to 10.1.015 for both IA-32 and Intel 64 are
+       known crash with "(0): internal error: 0_47021" when compiling
+       QtXmlPatterns, QtWebKit, and Designer in release mode. Version
+       10.1.017 compiles these modules correctly in release mode.
+    \endlist
+
+    \section2 Intel C++ Compiler (Windows, Altix)
+
+    Qt 4 has been tested successfully with:
+
+    \list
+    \o Windows - Intel(R) C++ Compiler for 32-bit applications,
+       Version 8.1 Build 20050309Z Package ID: W_CC_PC_8.1.026
+    \o Altix - Intel(R) C++ Itanium(R) Compiler for Itanium(R)-based
+       applications Version 8.1 Build 20050406 Package ID: l_cc_pc_8.1.030
+    \endlist
+
+    We currently only test the Intel compiler on 32-bit Windows versions.
+
+    \section1 MIPSpro (IRIX)
+
+    \bold{IRIX is an unsupported platform. See the \l{Supported Platforms} page
+    and Qt's Software's online \l{Platform Support Policy} page for details.}
+
+    Qt 4.4.x requires MIPSpro version 7.4.2m.
+
+    Note that MIPSpro version 7.4.4m is currently not supported, since it has
+    introduced a number of problems that have not yet been resolved.
+    We recommend using 7.4.2m for Qt development. However, please note the
+    unsupported status of this platform.
+
+    \target Sun Studio
+    \section1 Forte Developer / Sun Studio (Solaris)
+
+    \section2 Sun Studio
+
+    Qt is tested using Sun Studio 8 (Sun CC 5.5). Go to
+    \l{Sun Studio Patches} page on Sun's Web site to download
+    the latest patches for your Sun compiler.
+
+    \section2 Sun WorkShop 5.0
+
+    Sun WorkShop 5.0 is not supported with Qt 4.
+
+    \section1 Visual Studio (Windows)
+
+    We do most of our Windows development on Windows XP, using Microsoft
+    Visual Studio .NET 2005 and Visual Studio 2008 (both the 32- and 64-bit
+    versions).
+
+    Qt works with the Standard Edition, the Professional Edition and Team
+    System Edition of Visual Studio 2005.
+
+    We also test Qt 4 on Windows XP with Visual Studio .NET and Visual Studio 2003.
+
+    In order to use Qt with the Visual Studio 2005/2008 Express Edition you need
+    to download and install the platform SDK. Due to limitations in the
+    Express Edition it is not possible for us to install the Qt Visual
+    Studio Integration. You will need to use our command line tools to
+    build Qt applications with this edition.
+
+    The Visual C++ Linker doesn't understand filenames with spaces (as in
+    \c{C:\Program files\Qt\}) so you will have to move it to another place,
+    or explicitly set the path yourself; for example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_compiler-notes.qdoc 0
+
+    If you are experiencing strange problems with using special flags that
+    modify the alignment of structure and union members (such as \c{/Zp2})
+    then you will need to recompile Qt with the flags set for the
+    application as well.
+
+    If you're using Visual Studio .NET (2002) Standard Edition, you should be
+    using the Qt binary package provided, and not the source package.
+    As the Standard Edition does not optimize compiled code, your compiled
+    version of Qt would perform suboptimally with respect to speed.
+
+    With Visual Studio 2005 Service Pack 1 a bug was introduced which
+    causes Qt not to compile, this has been fixed with a hotfix available
+    from Microsoft. See this
+    \l{http://qt.nokia.com/developer/faqs/faq.2006-12-18.3281869860}{Knowledge Base entry}
+    for more information.
+
+    \section1 IBM xlC (AIX)
+
+    The makeC++SharedLib utility must be in your PATH and be up to date to
+    build shared libraries. From IBM's
+    \l{http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/abstracts/sg245674.html}{C and C++ Application Development on AIX}
+    Redbook:
+
+    \list
+    \o "The second step is to use the makeC++SharedLib command to create the
+       shared object. The command has many optional arguments, but in its
+       simplest form, can be used as follows:"
+       \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_compiler-notes.qdoc 1
+    \o "The full path name to the command is not required; however, to avoid
+       this, you will have to add the directory in which it is located to
+       your PATH environment variable. The command is located in the
+       /usr/vacpp/bin directory with the VisualAge C++ Professional for AIX,
+       Version 5 compiler."
+    \endlist
+
+    \section2 VisualAge C++ for AIX, Version 6.0
+
+    Make sure you have the
+    \l{http://www-1.ibm.com/support/search.wss?rs=32&tc=SSEP5D&dc=D400}{latest upgrades}
+    installed.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/platforms/emb-accel.qdoc b/doc/src/platforms/emb-accel.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..818538a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/platforms/emb-accel.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page qt-embedded-accel.html
+
+    \target add your graphics driver to Qt for Embedded Linux
+
+    \title Adding an Accelerated Graphics Driver to Qt for Embedded Linux
+    \ingroup qt-embedded-linux
+
+    In \l{Qt for Embedded Linux}, painting is a pure software implementation
+    normally performed in two steps. First, each window is rendered
+    onto a QWSWindowSurface using QPaintEngine. Second, the server
+    composes the surface images and copies the composition to the
+    screen (see \l{Qt for Embedded Linux Architecture} for details).
+    \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} uses QRasterPaintEngine (a raster-based implementation of
+    QPaintEngine) to implement painting operations, and uses QScreen
+    to implement window composition.
+
+    It is possible to add an accelerated graphics driver to take
+    advantage of available hardware resources. This is described in
+    detail in the \l {Accelerated Graphics Driver Example} which uses
+    the following approach:
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \warning This feature is under development and is subject to
+    change.
+
+    \section1 Step 1: Create a Custom Screen
+
+    Create a custom screen by deriving from the QScreen class.
+
+    The \l {QScreen::}{connect()}, \l {QScreen::}{disconnect()}, \l
+    {QScreen::}{initDevice()} and \l {QScreen::}{shutdownDevice()}
+    functions are declared as pure virtual functions in QScreen and
+    must be implemented. These functions are used to configure the
+    hardware, or query its configuration. The \l
+    {QScreen::}{connect()} and \l {QScreen::}{disconnect()} are called
+    by both the server and client processes, while the \l
+    {QScreen::}{initDevice()} and \l {QScreen::}{shutdownDevice()}
+    functions are only called by the server process.
+
+    You might want to accelerate the final copying to the screen by
+    reimplementing the \l {QScreen::}{blit()} and \l
+    {QScreen::}{solidFill()} functions.
+
+    \section1 Step 2: Implement a Custom Raster Paint Engine
+
+    Implement the painting operations by subclassing the
+    QRasterPaintEngine class.
+
+    To accelerate a graphics primitive, simply reimplement the
+    corresponding function in your custom paint engine. If there is
+    functionality you do not want to reimplement (such as certain
+    pens, brushes, modes, etc.), you can just call the corresponding
+    base class implementation.
+
+    \section1 Step 3: Make the Paint Device Aware of Your Paint Engine
+
+    To activate your paint engine you must create a subclass of the
+    QCustomRasterPaintDevice class and reimplement its \l
+    {QCustomRasterPaintDevice::}{paintEngine()} function. Let this
+    function return a pointer to your paint engine. In addition, the
+    QCustomRasterPaintDevice::memory() function must be reimplemented
+    to return a pointer to the buffer where the painting should be
+    done.
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Acceleration Without a Memory Buffer
+    \row
+    \o
+
+    By default the QRasterPaintEngine draws into a memory buffer (this can
+    be local memory, shared memory or graphics memory mapped into
+    application memory).
+    In some cases you might want to avoid using a memory buffer directly,
+    e.g if you want to use an accelerated graphic controller to handle all
+    the buffer manipulation. This can be implemented by  reimplementing
+    the QCustomRasterPaintDevice::memory() function to return 0 (meaning
+    no buffer available). Then, whenever a color or image buffer normally
+    would be written into paint engine buffer, the paint engine will call the
+    QRasterPaintEngine::drawColorSpans() and
+    QRasterPaintEngine::drawBufferSpan() functions instead.
+
+    Note that the default implementations of these functions only
+    calls qFatal() with an error message; reimplement the functions
+    and let them do the appropriate communication with the accelerated
+    graphics controller.
+
+    \endtable
+
+    \section1 Step 4: Make the Window Surface Aware of Your Paint Device
+
+    Derive from the QWSWindowSurface class and reimplement its \l
+    {QWSWindowSurface::}{paintDevice()} function. Make this function
+    return a pointer to your custom raster paint device.
+
+    \section1 Step 5: Enable Creation of an Instance of Your Window Surface
+
+    Finally, reimplement QScreen's \l {QScreen::}{createSurface()}
+    function and make this function able to create an instance of your
+    QWSWindowSurface subclass.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/platforms/emb-architecture.qdoc b/doc/src/platforms/emb-architecture.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..06ffac6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/platforms/emb-architecture.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,338 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page qt-embedded-architecture.html
+
+    \title Qt for Embedded Linux Architecture
+    \ingroup qt-embedded-linux
+
+    A \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} application requires a server
+    application to be running, or to be the server application itself.
+    Any \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} application can act as the server.
+    When more than one application is running, the subsequent
+    applications connect to the existing server application as clients.
+
+    The server and client processes have different responsibilities:
+    The server process manages pointer handling, character input, and
+    screen output. In addition, the server controls the appearance of
+    the screen cursor and the screen saver. The client process
+    performs all application specific operations.
+
+    The server application is represented by an instance of the
+    QWSServer class, while the client applications are represented by
+    instances of the QWSClient class. On each side, there are several
+    classes performing the various operations.
+
+    \image qt-embedded-architecture2.png
+
+    All system generated events, including keyboard and mouse events,
+    are passed to the server application which then propagates the
+    event to the appropriate client.
+
+    When rendering, the default behavior is for each client to render
+    its widgets into memory while the server is responsible for
+    putting the contents of the memory onto the screen. But when the
+    hardware is known and well defined, as is often the case with
+    software for embedded devices, it may be useful for the clients to
+    manipulate and control the underlying hardware directly.
+    \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} provides two different approaches to
+    achieve this behavior, see the graphics rendering section below for
+    details.
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 Client/Server Communication
+
+    The running applications continuously alter the appearance of the
+    screen by adding and removing widgets. The server maintains
+    information about each top-level window in a corresponding
+    QWSWindow object.
+
+    Whenever the server receives an event, it queries its stack of
+    top-level windows to find the window containing the event's
+    position. Each window can identify the client application that
+    created it, and returns its ID to the server upon
+    request. Finally, the server forwards the event, encapsulated by
+    an instance of the QWSEvent class, to the appropriate client.
+
+    \image qt-embedded-clientservercommunication.png
+
+    If an input method is installed, it is used as a filter between
+    the server and the client application. Derive from the
+    QWSInputMethod class to implement custom input methods, and use
+    the server's \l {QWSServer::}{setCurrentInputMethod()} function to
+    install it. In addition, it is possible to implement global,
+    low-level filters on key events using the
+    QWSServer::KeyboardFilter class; this can be used to implement
+    things like advanced power management suspended from a button
+    without having to filter for it in all applications.
+
+    \table 100%
+    \header \o UNIX Domain Socket
+    \row
+    \o
+
+    \image qt-embedded-client.png
+
+    The server communicates with the client applications over the UNIX
+    domain socket. You can retrieve direct access to all the events a
+    client receives from the server, by reimplementing QApplication's
+    \l {QApplication::}{qwsEventFilter()} function.
+
+    \endtable
+
+    The clients (and the server) communicate with each other using the
+    QCopChannel class. QCOP is a many-to-many communication protocol
+    for transferring messages on various channels. A channel is
+    identified by a name, and anyone who wants to can listen to
+    it. The QCOP protocol allows clients to communicate both within
+    the same address space and between different processes.
+
+    \section1 Pointer Handling Layer
+
+    \list
+        \o QWSMouseHandler
+        \o QMouseDriverPlugin
+        \o QMouseDriverFactory
+    \endlist
+
+    The mouse driver (represented by an instance of the
+    QWSMouseHandler class) is loaded by the server application when it
+    starts running, using Qt's \l {How to Create Qt Plugins}{plugin
+    system}.
+
+    \image qt-embedded-pointerhandlinglayer.png
+
+    A mouse driver receives mouse events from the device and
+    encapsulates each event with an instance of the QWSEvent class
+    which it then passes to the server.
+
+    \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} provides ready-made drivers for several mouse
+    protocols, see the \l{Qt for Embedded Linux Pointer Handling}{pointer
+    handling} documentation for details. Custom mouse drivers can be
+    implemented by subclassing the QWSMouseHandler class and creating
+    a mouse driver plugin. The default implementation of the
+    QMouseDriverFactory class will automatically detect the plugin,
+    loading the driver into the server application at runtime.
+
+    In addition to the generic mouse handler, \l{Qt for Embedded Linux}
+    provides a calibrated mouse handler. Use the
+    QWSCalibratedMouseHandler class as the base class when the system
+    device does not have a fixed mapping between device and screen
+    coordinates and/or produces noisy events, e.g. a touchscreen.
+
+    See also: \l{Qt for Embedded Linux Pointer Handling} and
+    \l{How to Create Qt Plugins}.
+
+    \section1 Character Input Layer
+
+    \list
+        \o QWSKeyboardHandler
+        \o QKbdDriverPlugin
+        \o QKbdDriverFactory
+    \endlist
+
+    The keyboard driver (represented by an instance of the
+    QWSKeyboardHandler class) is loaded by the server application when
+    it starts running, using Qt's \l {How to Create Qt Plugins}{plugin
+    system}.
+
+    \image qt-embedded-characterinputlayer.png
+
+    A keyboard driver receives keyboard events from the device and
+    encapsulates each event with an instance of the QWSEvent class
+    which it then passes to the server.
+
+    \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} provides ready-made drivers for several keyboard
+    protocols, see the \l {Qt for Embedded Linux Character Input}{character
+    input} documentation for details. Custom keyboard drivers can be
+    implemented by subclassing the QWSKeyboardHandler class and
+    creating a keyboard driver plugin. The default implementation of the
+    QKbdDriverFactory class will automatically detect the plugin, loading the
+    driver into the server application at run-time.
+
+    See also: \l{Qt for Embedded Linux Character Input} and \l {How to Create
+    Qt Plugins}.
+
+    \section1  Graphics Rendering
+
+    \list
+        \o QApplication
+        \o QDecoration
+        \o QDecorationPlugin
+        \o QDecorationFactory
+    \endlist
+
+    The default behavior is for each client to render its widgets as well
+    as its decorations into memory, while the server copies the memory content
+    to the device's framebuffer.
+
+    Whenever a client receives an event that alters any of its
+    widgets, the application updates the relevant parts of its memory
+    buffer:
+
+    \image qt-embedded-clientrendering.png
+
+    The decoration is loaded by the client application when it starts
+    running (using Qt's \l {How to Create Qt Plugins}{plugin system}),
+    and can be customized by deriving from the QDecoration class and
+    creating a decoration plugin. The default implementation of
+    the QDecorationFactory class will automatically detect the plugin,
+    loading the decoration into the application at runtime. Call the
+    QApplication::qwsSetDecoration() function to actually apply the
+    given decoration to an application.
+
+    \table 100%
+    \header \o Direct Painting \target Direct Painting
+    \row
+    \o
+
+    It is possible for the clients to manipulate and control the
+    underlying hardware directly. There are two ways of achieving
+    this: The first approach is to set the Qt::WA_PaintOnScreen window
+    attribute for each widget, the other is to use the QDirectPainter
+    class to reserve a region of the framebuffer.
+
+    \image qt-embedded-setwindowattribute.png
+
+    By setting the Qt::WA_PaintOnScreen attribute, the application
+    renders the widget directly onto the screen and the affected
+    region will not be modified by the screen driver \e unless another
+    window with a higher focus requests (parts of) the same
+    region. Note that if you want to render all of an application's
+    widgets directly on screen, it might be easier to set the
+    QT_ONSCREEN_PAINT environment variable.
+
+    \image qt-embedded-reserveregion.png
+
+    Using QDirectPainter, on the other hand, provides a complete
+    control over the reserved region, i.e., the screen driver will
+    never modify the given region.
+
+    To draw on a region reserved by a QDirectPainter instance, the
+    application must get hold of a pointer to the framebuffer. In
+    general, a pointer to the framebuffer can be retrieved using the
+    QDirectPainter::frameBuffer() function. But note that if the
+    current screen has subscreens, you must query the screen driver
+    instead to identify the correct subscreen. A pointer to the
+    current screen driver can always be retrieved using the static
+    QScreen::instance() function. Then use QScreen's \l
+    {QScreen::}{subScreenIndexAt()} and \l {QScreen::}{subScreens()}
+    functions to access the correct subscreen, and the subscreen's \l
+    {QScreen::}{base()} function to retrieve a pointer to the
+    framebuffer.
+
+    Note that \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} also provides the QWSEmbedWidget class,
+    making it possible to embed the reserved region (i.e., the
+    QDirectPainter object) in a regular widget.
+
+    \endtable
+
+    \section1 Drawing on Screen
+
+    \list
+        \o QScreen
+        \o QScreenDriverPlugin
+        \o QScreenDriverFactory
+    \endlist
+
+    When a screen update is required, the server runs through all the
+    top-level windows that intersect with the region that is about to
+    be updated, and ensures that the associated clients have updated
+    their memory buffer. Then the server uses the screen driver
+    (represented by an instance of the QScreen class) to copy the
+    content of the memory to the screen.
+
+    The screen driver is loaded by the server application when it
+    starts running, using Qt's plugin system. \l{Qt for Embedded Linux}
+    provides ready-made drivers for several screen protocols, see the
+    \l{Qt for Embedded Linux Display Management}{display management}
+    documentation for details. Custom screen drivers can be
+    implemented by subclassing the QScreen class and creating a screen
+    driver plugin. The default implementation of the QScreenDriverFactory
+    class will automatically detect the plugin, loading the driver into
+    the server application at run-time.
+
+    \image qt-embedded-drawingonscreen.png
+
+    To locate the relevant parts of memory, the driver is provided
+    with the list of top-level windows that intersect with the given
+    region. Associated with each of the top-level windows there is an
+    instance of the QWSWindowSurface class representing the drawing
+    area of the window. The driver uses these objects to retrieve
+    pointers to the various memory blocks. Finally, the screen driver
+    composes the surface images before copying the updated region to
+    the framebuffer.
+
+    \table 100%
+    \header \o Accelerated Graphics
+    \row
+    \o
+
+    In \l{Qt for Embedded Linux}, painting is a pure software implementation,
+    but (starting with Qt 4.2) it is possible to add an accelerated
+    graphics driver to take advantage of available hardware resources.
+
+    \image qt-embedded-accelerateddriver.png
+
+    The clients render each window onto a corresponding window surface
+    object using Qt's paint system, and then store the surface in
+    memory. The screen driver accesses the memory and composes the
+    surface images before it copies them to the screen as explained
+    above.
+
+    To add an accelerated graphics driver you must create a custom
+    screen and implement a custom raster paint engine
+    (\l{Qt for Embedded Linux} uses a raster-based paint engine to
+    implement the painting operations). Then you must create a custom
+    paint device that is aware of your paint engine, a custom window
+    surface that knows about your paint device, and make your screen
+    able to recognize your window surface.
+
+    See the \l{Adding an Accelerated Graphics Driver to Qt for Embedded Linux}
+    {accelerated graphics driver} documentation for details.
+
+    \endtable
+
+    See also: \l{Qt for Embedded Linux Display Management} and
+    \l{How to Create Qt Plugins}.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/platforms/emb-charinput.qdoc b/doc/src/platforms/emb-charinput.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5ceb6a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/platforms/emb-charinput.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page qt-embedded-charinput.html
+
+    \title Qt for Embedded Linux Character Input
+    \ingroup qt-embedded-linux
+
+    When running a \l {Qt for Embedded Linux} application, it either runs as a
+    server or connects to an existing server.  The keyboard driver is
+    loaded by the server application when it starts running, using
+    Qt's \l {How to Create Qt Plugins}{plugin system}.
+
+    Internally in the client/server protocol, all system generated
+    events, including key events, are passed to the server application
+    which then propagates the event to the appropriate client.  Note
+    that key events do not always come from a keyboard device, they
+    can can also be generated by the server process using input
+    widgets.
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Input Widgets
+    \row
+    \o
+
+    The server process may call the static QWSServer::sendKeyEvent()
+    function at any time. Typically, this is done by popping up a
+    widget that enables the user specify characters with the pointer
+    device.
+
+    Note that the key input widget should not take focus since the
+    server would then just send the key events back to the input
+    widget. One way to make sure that the input widget never takes
+    focus is to set the Qt::Tool widget flag in the QWidget
+    constructor.
+
+    The \l{Qt Extended} environment contains various input widgets such as
+    Handwriting Recognition and Virtual Keyboard.
+
+    \endtable
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 Available Keyboard Drivers
+
+    \l {Qt for Embedded Linux} provides ready-made drivers for the console
+    (TTY) and the standard Linux Input Subsystem (USB, PS/2, ...).  Run the
+    \c configure script to list the available drivers:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-charinput.qdoc 0
+
+    Note that only the console (TTY) keyboard driver handles console
+    switching (\bold{Ctrl+Alt+F1}, ..., \bold{Ctrl+Alt+F10}) and
+    termination (\bold{Ctrl+Alt+Backspace}).
+
+    In the default Qt configuration, only the "TTY" driver is
+    enabled. The various drivers can be enabled and disabled using the
+    \c configure script. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-charinput.qdoc 1
+
+    Custom keyboard drivers can be implemented by subclassing the
+    QWSKeyboardHandler class and creating a keyboard driver plugin
+    (derived from the QKbdDriverPlugin class). The default
+    implementation of the QKbdDriverFactory class will automatically
+    detect the plugin, loading the driver into the server application
+    at run-time.
+
+    \section1 Keymaps
+
+    Starting with 4.6, \l {Qt for Embedded Linux} has gained support for
+    user defined keymaps.  Keymap handling is supported by the built-in
+    keyboard drivers \c TTY and \c LinuxInput.  Custom keyboard drivers can
+    use the existing keymap handling code via
+    QWSKeyboardHandler::processKeycode().
+
+    By default Qt will use an internal, compiled-in US keymap.
+    See the options below for how to load a different keymap.
+
+    \section1 Specifying a Keyboard Driver
+
+    To specify which driver to use, set the QWS_KEYBOARD environment
+    variable. For example (if the current shell is bash, ksh, zsh or
+    sh):
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-charinput.qdoc 2
+
+    The \c <driver> arguments are \c TTY, \c LinuxInput and \l
+    {QKbdDriverPlugin::keys()}{keys} identifying custom drivers, and the
+    driver specific options are typically a device, e.g., \c /dev/tty0.
+
+    Multiple keyboard drivers can be specified in one go:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-charinput.qdoc 3
+
+    Input will be read from all specified drivers.
+
+    Currently the following options are supported by both the \c TTY and \c
+    LinuxInput driver:
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Option \o Description
+    \row \o \c /dev/xxx \o
+    Open the specified device, instead of the driver's default device.
+    \row \o \c repeat-delay=<d> \o
+    Time (in milliseconds) until auto-repeat kicks in.
+    \row \o \c repeat-rate=<r> \o
+    Time (in milliseconds) specifying the interval between auto-repeats.
+    \row \o \c keymap=xx.qmap \o
+    File name of a keymap file in Qt's \c qmap format. See \l {kmap2qmap}
+    for instructions on how to create thoes files.\br Note that the file
+    name can of course also be the name of a QResource.
+    \row \o \c disable-zap \o
+    Disable the QWS server "Zap" shortcut \bold{Ctrl+Alt+Backspace}
+    \row \o \c enable-compose \o
+    Activate Latin-1 composing features in the built-in US keymap. You can
+    use the right \c AltGr or right \c Alt is used as a dead key modifier,
+    while \c AltGr+.  is the compose key.  For example:
+    \list
+    \o \c AltGr + \c " + \c u = \uuml (u with diaeresis / umlaut u)
+    \o \c AltGr + \c . + \c / + \c o = \oslash (slashed o)
+    \endlist
+    \endtable
+
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/platforms/emb-crosscompiling.qdoc b/doc/src/platforms/emb-crosscompiling.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2e0ba4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/platforms/emb-crosscompiling.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page qt-embedded-crosscompiling.html
+
+    \title Cross-Compiling Qt for Embedded Linux Applications
+    \ingroup qt-embedded-linux
+
+    Cross-compiling is the process of compiling an application on one
+    machine, producing executable code for a different machine or
+    device. To cross-compile a \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} application,
+    use the following approach:
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \note The cross-compiling procedure has the configuration
+    process in common with the installation procedure; i.e., you might
+    not necessarily have to perform all the mentioned actions
+    depending on your current configuration.
+
+    \section1 Step 1: Set the Cross-Compiler's Path
+
+    Specify which cross-compiler to use by setting the \c PATH
+    environment variable. For example, if the current shell is bash,
+    ksh, zsh or sh:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-crosscompiling.qdoc 0
+
+    \section1 Step 2: Create a Target Specific qmake Specification
+
+    The qmake tool requires a platform and compiler specific \c
+    qmake.conf file describing the various default values, to generate
+    the appropriate Makefiles. The standard \l{Qt for Embedded Linux}
+    distribution provides such files for several combinations of
+    platforms and compilers. These files are located in the
+    distribution's \c mkspecs/qws subdirectory.
+
+    Each platform has a default specification. \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} will
+    use the default specification for the current platform unless told
+    otherwise. To override this behavior, you can use the \c configure
+    script's \c -platform option to change the specification for the host
+    platform (where compilation will take place).
+
+    The \c configure script's \c -xplatform option is used to provide a
+    specification for the target architecture (where the library will be
+    deployed).
+
+    For example, to cross-compile an application to run on a device with
+    an ARM architecture, using the GCC toolchain, run the configure
+    script at the command line in the following way:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-crosscompiling.qdoc 1
+
+    If neither of the provided specifications fits your target device,
+    you can create your own.  To create a custom \c qmake.conf file,
+    just copy and customize an already existing file. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-crosscompiling.qdoc 2
+
+    \note When defining a mkspec for a Linux target, the directory must
+    be prefixed with "linux-". We recommend that you copy the entire
+    directory.
+
+    Note also that when providing you own qmake specifcation, you must
+    use the \c configure script's \c -xplatform option to make
+    \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} aware of the custom \c qmake.conf file.
+
+    \section1 Step 3: Provide Architecture Specific Files
+
+    Starting with Qt 4, all of Qt's implicitly shared classes can
+    safely be copied across threads like any other value classes,
+    i.e., they are fully reentrant. This is accomplished by
+    implementing reference counting operations using atomic hardware
+    instructions on all the different platforms supported by Qt.
+
+    To support a new architecture, it is important to ensure that
+    these platform-specific atomic operations are implemented in a
+    corresponding header file (\c qatomic_ARCH.h), and that this file
+    is located in Qt's \c src/corelib/arch directory. For example, the
+    Intel 80386 implementation is located in \c
+    src/corelib/arch/qatomic_i386.h.
+
+    See the \l {Implementing Atomic Operations} documentation for
+    details.
+
+    \section1 Step 4: Provide Hardware Drivers
+
+    Without the proper mouse and keyboard drivers, you will not be
+    able to give any input to your application when it is installed on
+    the target device. You must also ensure that the appropriate
+    screen driver is present to make the server process able to put
+    the application's widgets on screen.
+
+    \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} provides several ready-made mouse, keyboard and
+    screen drivers, see the \l{Qt for Embedded Linux Pointer Handling}{pointer
+    handling}, \l{Qt for Embedded Linux Character Input}{character input} and
+    \l{Qt for Embedded Linux Display Management}{display management}
+    documentation for details.
+
+    In addition, custom drivers can be added by deriving from the
+    QWSMouseHandler, QWSKeyboardHandler and QScreen classes
+    respectively, and by creating corresponding plugins to make use of
+    Qt's plugin mechanism (dynamically loading the drivers into the
+    server application at runtime). Note that the plugins must be
+    located in a location where Qt will look for plugins, e.g., the
+    standard \c plugin directory.
+
+    See the \l {How to Create Qt Plugins} documentation and the \l
+    {tools/plugandpaint}{Plug & Paint} example for details.
+
+    \section1 Step 5: Build the Target Specific Executable
+
+    Before building the executable, you must specify the target
+    architecture as well as the target specific hardware drivers by
+    running the \c configure script:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-crosscompiling.qdoc 3
+
+    It is also important to make sure that all the third party
+    libraries that the application and the Qt libraries require, are
+    present in the tool chain. In particular, if the zlib and jpeg
+    libraries are not available, they must be included by running the
+    \c configure script with the \c -L and \c -I options. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-crosscompiling.qdoc 4
+
+    The JPEG source can be downloaded from \l http://www.ijg.org/. The
+    \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} distribution includes a version of the zlib source
+    that can be compiled into the Qt for Embedded Linux library. If integrators
+    wish to use a later version of the zlib library, it can be
+    downloaded from the \l http://www.gzip.org/zlib/ website.
+
+    Then build the executable:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-crosscompiling.qdoc 5
+
+    That's all. Your target specific executable is ready for deployment.
+
+    \table 100%
+    \row
+    \o \bold {See also:}
+
+    \l{Qt for Embedded Linux Architecture} and \l{Deploying Qt for Embedded Linux
+    Applications}.
+
+    \row
+    \o \bold{Third party resources:}
+
+    \l{http://silmor.de/29}{Cross compiling Qt/Win Apps on Linux} covers the
+    process of cross-compiling Windows applications on Linux.
+    \endtable
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/platforms/emb-deployment.qdoc b/doc/src/platforms/emb-deployment.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9a83dcf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/platforms/emb-deployment.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page qt-embedded-deployment.html
+
+    \title Deploying Qt for Embedded Linux Applications
+    \ingroup qt-embedded-linux
+
+    The procedure of deploying an Qt application on \l{Qt for Embedded Linux}
+    is essentially the same as the deployment procedure on X11 platforms
+    which is described in detail in the \l {Deploying an Application
+    on X11 Platforms} documentation. See also the \l {Deploying Qt
+    applications}{general remarks} about deploying Qt applications.
+
+    In addition, there is a couple of Qt for Embedded Linux specific issues to
+    keep in mind:
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 Fonts
+
+    When Qt for Embedded Linux applications run, they look for a file called
+    \c fontdir in Qt's \c /lib/fonts/ directory defining the
+    fonts that are available to the application (i.e. the fonts
+    located in the mentioned directory).
+
+    For that reason, the preferred fonts must be copied to the \c
+    /lib/fonts/ directory, and the \c fontdir file must be customized
+    accordingly.  See the \l {Qt for Embedded Linux Fonts}{fonts} documentation
+    for more details about the supported font formats.
+
+    Note that the application will look for the \c /lib/fonts/
+    directory relative to the path set using the \c -prefix parameter
+    when running the \c configure script; ensure that this is a
+    sensible path in the target device environment. See the \l
+    {Installing Qt for Embedded Linux#Step 3: Building the
+    Library}{installation} documentation for more details.
+
+    \section1 Environment Variables
+
+    In general, any variable value that differs from the provided
+    default values must be set explicitly in the target device
+    environment.  Typically, these include the QWS_MOUSE_PROTO,
+    QWS_KEYBOARD and QWS_DISPLAY variables specifying the drivers for
+    pointer handling, character input and display management,
+    respectively.
+
+    For example, without the proper mouse and keyboard drivers, there
+    is no way to give any input to the application when it is
+    installed on the target device. By running the \c configure script
+    using the \c -qt-kbd-<keyboarddriver> and \c
+    -qt-mouse-<mousedriver> options, the drivers are enabled, but in
+    addition the drivers and the preferred devices must be specified
+    as the ones to use in the target environment, by setting the
+    environment variables.
+
+    See the \l{Qt for Embedded Linux Pointer Handling}{pointer handling},
+    \l{Qt for Embedded Linux Character Input}{character input} and
+    \l{Qt for Embedded Linux Display Management}{display management}
+    documentation for more information.
+
+    \section1 Framebuffer Support
+
+    No particular actions are required to enable the framebuffer on
+    target devices: The Linux framebuffer is enabled by default on all
+    modern Linux distributions. For information on older versions, see
+    \l http://en.tldp.org/HOWTO/Framebuffer-HOWTO.html.
+
+    To test that the Linux framebuffer is set up correctly, and that
+    the device permissions are correct, use the program provided by
+    the \l {Testing the Linux Framebuffer} document.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/platforms/emb-differences.qdoc b/doc/src/platforms/emb-differences.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cf3ab75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/platforms/emb-differences.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page qt-embedded-differences.html
+
+    \title Porting Qt Applications to Qt for Embedded Linux
+    \ingroup porting
+    \ingroup qt-embedded-linux
+
+    Existing Qt applications should require no porting provided there is no
+    platform dependent code.
+
+    \table 100%
+    \header \o Platform Dependent Code
+
+    \row
+    \o
+    Platform dependent code includes system calls, calls to the
+    underlying window system (Windows or X11), and Qt platform
+    specific methods such as QApplication::x11EventFilter().
+
+    For cases where it is necessary to use platform dependent code
+    there are macros defined that can be used to enable and disable
+    code for each platform using \c #ifdef directives:
+
+    \list
+    \o Qt for Embedded Linux: Q_WS_QWS
+    \o Qt for Mac OS X: Q_WS_MAC
+    \o Qt for Windows: Q_WS_WIN
+    \o Qt for X11: Q_WS_X11
+    \endlist
+    \endtable
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/platforms/emb-displaymanagement.qdoc b/doc/src/platforms/emb-displaymanagement.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8a743b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/platforms/emb-displaymanagement.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page qt-embedded-displaymanagement.html
+
+    \title Qt for Embedded Linux Display Management
+    \ingroup qt-embedded-linux
+
+    When rendering, the default behavior for each Qt for Embedded Linux
+    client is to render its widgets into memory, while the server is
+    responsible for putting the contents of the memory onto the
+    screen. The server uses the screen driver to copy the content of
+    the memory to the display.
+
+    The screen driver is loaded by the server application when it
+    starts running, using Qt's \l {How to Create Qt Plugins}{plugin
+    system}.
+
+    Contents:
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 Available Drivers
+
+    \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} provides drivers for the Linux framebuffer, the
+    virtual framebuffer, transformed screens, VNC servers and multi
+    screens. Run the \c configure script to list the available
+    drivers:
+
+    \if defined(QTOPIA_DOCS)
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt-embedded-displaymanagement.qdoc 0
+    \else
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt-embedded-displaymanagement.qdoc 1
+    \endif
+
+    \if defined(QTOPIA_DOCS)
+    In the default Qt Extended configuration, only an unaccelerated Linux
+    framebuffer driver (\c /dev/fb0) is enabled. The various drivers
+    can be enabled and disabled using the \c configure script. For
+    example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt-embedded-displaymanagement.qdoc 2
+    \else
+    In the default Qt configuration, only an unaccelerated Linux
+    framebuffer driver (\c /dev/fb0) is enabled. The various drivers
+    can be enabled and disabled using the \c configure script. For
+    example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt-embedded-displaymanagement.qdoc 3
+    \endif
+
+    Custom screen drivers can be implemented by subclassing the
+    QScreen class and creating a screen driver plugin (derived from
+    the QScreenDriverPlugin class). The default implementation
+    of the QScreenDriverFactory class will automatically detect the
+    plugin, loading the driver into the server application at run-time.
+
+    \section1 Specifying a Driver
+
+    To specify which driver to use, set the QWS_DISPLAY environment
+    variable. For example (if the current shell is bash, ksh, zsh or
+    sh):
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt-embedded-displaymanagement.qdoc 4
+
+    The valid values for the \c <driver> argument are \c LinuxFb, \c
+    QVFb, \c VNC, \c Transformed, \c Multi and \l
+    {QScreenDriverPlugin::keys()}{keys} identifying custom drivers,
+    and the \c {<display num>} argument is used to separate screens
+    that are using the same screen driver and to enable multiple
+    displays (see the \l {Running Qt for Embedded Linux Applications}
+    documentation for more details). The driver specific options are
+    described in the table below.
+
+    \table
+    \header
+        \o Driver Specific Option \o Available For  \o Description
+    \row
+        \o \c tty=<device>
+        \o LinuxFb
+        \o Passes the device file to the console the application is
+        running on.
+    \row
+        \o \c nographicsmodeswitch
+        \o LinuxFb
+        \o Ensures that the application is not in graphics mode.
+    \row
+        \o \c littleendian
+        \o LinuxFb
+        \o Tells the driver it must handle a little-endian frame 
+        buffer in a big-endian system.
+    \row
+        \o \c mmWidth=<value> \target mmWidth
+        \o LinuxFb, QVFb
+        \o The screen's physical width (used to calculate DPI).
+    \row
+        \o \c mmHeight=<value> \target mmHeight
+        \o LinuxFb, QVFb
+        \o The screen's physical height (used to calculate DPI).
+    \row
+        \o \c <device>
+        \o LinuxFb
+        \o
+    \row
+        \o \c <subdriver>
+        \o VNC, Transformed, Multi
+        \o Specifies a subdriver.
+    \row
+        \o \c <RotX>
+        \o Transformed
+        \o Specifies the rotation of the screen. The valid values of
+        \c X are 90, 180 and 270.
+    \row
+        \o \c offset=<x,y>
+        \o Multi
+        \o Specifies the coordinates of a subscreens top-left corner
+        (by default 0,0).
+
+    \endtable
+
+    The QWS_DISPLAY environment variable can also be set using the \c
+    -display option when running an application. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt-embedded-displaymanagement.qdoc 5
+
+    \section1 Subdrivers and Multiple Drivers
+
+    The VNC, Transformed and Multi screen drivers depend on
+    subdrivers. The general syntax for specifying a driver is as
+    follows:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt-embedded-displaymanagement.qdoc 6
+
+    In the case of subdrivers, it is important to add a space between
+    each subdriver and before the display number to separate the
+    various drivers and displays. Note that \c Multi screen drivers
+    can have several subdrivers. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt-embedded-displaymanagement.qdoc 7
+
+    Note also that the VNC screen driver defaults to a virtual screen
+    driver if no subdriver is specified. In this case the VNC driver accepts a
+    few additional (optional) arguments specifying the size and depth
+    of the default virtual screen:
+
+    \list
+        \o \c {size=<width x height>}
+        \o \c {depth=<value>}
+        \o \c {mmHeight=<physical height in millimeters>}
+        \o \c {mmWidth=<physical width in millimeters>}
+    \endlist
+
+    Example running the VNC screen driver with a virtual screen of size 
+    720x480 with 32 bits per pixel:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt-embedded-displaymanagement.qdoc 8
+
+    Example running the VNC screen driver on top of the Linux framebuffer
+    driver:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt-embedded-displaymanagement.qdoc 9
+
+    In this last example, Qt is using two screen drivers simultaneously,
+    displaying output on both the device's screen and across a network on
+    VNC client displays.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/platforms/emb-envvars.qdoc b/doc/src/platforms/emb-envvars.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c423fef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/platforms/emb-envvars.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page qt-embedded-envvars.html
+
+    \title Qt for Embedded Linux Environment Variables
+    \ingroup qt-embedded-linux
+
+    These environment variables are relevant to \l{Qt for Embedded Linux}
+    users.
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Variable \o Description
+
+    \row
+    \o \bold POINTERCAL_FILE \target POINTERCAL_FILE
+
+    \o Specifies the file containing the data used to calibrate the
+    pointer device.
+
+    See also QWSCalibratedMouseHandler and \l{Qt for Embedded Linux Pointer
+    Handling}.
+
+    \row
+    \o \bold QT_ONSCREEN_PAINT \target QT_ONSCREEN_PAINT
+
+    \o If defined, the application will render its widgets directly on
+    screen. The affected regions of the screen will not be modified by
+    the screen driver unless another window with a higher focus
+    requests (parts of) the same region.
+
+    Setting this environment variable is equivalent to setting the
+    Qt::WA_PaintOnScreen attribute for all the widgets in the
+    application.
+
+    See also the Qt for Embedded Linux \l{Qt for Embedded Linux Architecture#Graphics
+    Rendering}{graphics rendering} documentation.
+
+    \row
+    \o \bold QWS_SW_CURSOR \target QWS_SW_CURSOR
+    \o If defined, the software mouse cursor is always used (even when using an
+    accelerated driver that supports a hardware cursor).
+
+    \row
+    \o \bold QWS_DISPLAY \target QWS_DISPLAY
+    \o
+
+    Specifies the display type and framebuffer. For example, if the
+    current shell is bash, ksh, zsh or sh:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-envvars.qdoc 0
+
+    The valid values for the \c <driver> argument are \c LinuxFb, \c
+    QVFb, \c VNC, \c Transformed, \c Multi and \l
+    {QScreenDriverPlugin::keys()}{keys} identifying custom drivers,
+    and the \c {<display num>} argument is used to separate screens
+    that are using the same screen driver and to enable multiple
+    displays (see the \l {Running Qt for Embedded Linux Applications}
+    documentation for more details).
+
+    The driver specific options are described in the \l{Qt for Embedded Linux
+    Display Management}{display management} documentation.
+
+    \row
+    \o \bold QWS_SIZE \target QWS_SIZE
+    \o
+
+    Specifies the size of the \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} window which is centered
+    within the screen. For example, if the current shell is bash, ksh,
+    zsh or sh:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-envvars.qdoc 1
+
+    \row
+    \o \bold QWS_MOUSE_PROTO \target QWS_MOUSE_PROTO
+    \o
+
+    Specifies the driver for pointer handling. For example, if the
+    current shell is bash, ksh, zsh or sh:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-envvars.qdoc 2
+
+    The valid values for the \c <driver> argument are \c MouseMan, \c
+    IntelliMouse, \c Microsoft, \c VR41xx, \c LinuxTP, \c Yopy. \c
+    Tslib and \l {QMouseDriverPlugin::keys()}{keys} identifying
+    custom drivers, and the driver specific options are typically a
+    device, e.g., \c /dev/mouse for mouse devices and \c /dev/ts for
+    touch panels.
+
+    Multiple keyboard drivers can be specified in one go:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-envvars.qdoc 3
+
+    Input will be read from all specified drivers.
+    Note that the \c Vr41xx driver also accepts two optional
+    arguments: \c press=<value> defining a mouseclick (the default
+    value is 750) and \c filter=<value> specifying the length of the
+    filter used to eliminate noise (the default length is 3). For
+    example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-envvars.qdoc 4
+
+    See also \l {Qt for Embedded Linux Pointer Handling}.
+
+    \row
+    \o \bold QWS_KEYBOARD \target QWS_KEYBOARD
+    \o
+
+    Specifies the driver and device for character input. For example, if the
+    current shell is bash, ksh, zsh or sh:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-envvars.qdoc 5
+
+    The valid values for the \c <driver> argument are \c SL5000, \c
+    Yopy, \c VR41xx, \c TTY, \c USB and \l
+    {QKbdDriverPlugin::keys()}{keys} identifying custom drivers,
+    and the driver specific options are typically a device, e.g., \c
+    /dev/tty0.
+
+    Multiple keyboard drivers can be specified in one go:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-envvars.qdoc 6
+
+    Input will be read from all specified drivers.
+
+    See also \l {Qt for Embedded Linux Character Input}.
+
+    \endtable
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/platforms/emb-features.qdoc b/doc/src/platforms/emb-features.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fdd2e46
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/platforms/emb-features.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page fine-tuning-features.html
+    \title Fine-Tuning Features in Qt
+    \ingroup qtce
+    \ingroup qt-embedded-linux
+    \brief Describes how to reduce the size of Qt libraries by selecting only
+    the features that are needed.
+
+    In many cases, only a fixed set of applications are deployed on an
+    embedded device, making it possible to save resources by minimizing
+    the size of the associated libraries. The Qt installation can easily
+    be optimized by avoiding to compile in the features that are not
+    required.
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    A wide range of features are defined, covering classes and technologies
+    provided by several of Qt's modules.
+    You can look up the different feature definitions in the
+    \c{src/corelib/global/qfeatures.txt} file within the Qt source
+    distribution.
+
+    \section1 Simple Customization
+
+    \section2 Embedded Linux
+
+    To disable a particular feature, just run the \c configure script 
+    for Qt for Embedded Linux with the \c -no-feature-<feature> option.
+    For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-features.qdoc 1
+
+    The feature can easily be enabled again by running \c configure
+    with the \c -feature-<feature> option.
+
+    See also \l{Qt Performance Tuning}.
+
+    \section2 Windows CE
+
+    To disable a particular feature, just run the \c configure script 
+    with the set of required \c -D<feature> options. For example,
+    you can use the \c -D option to define \c{QT_NO_THREAD}:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-features.qdoc 0
+
+    The \c -D option only creates a Qt internal define. If you get linker
+    errors you have to define \c QT_NO_THREAD also for your project.
+    You can do this by adding \c DEFINES += \c QT_NO_THREAD to your
+    \c .pro file.
+
+    See also \l{Qt Performance Tuning}.
+
+    \section1 Managing Large Numbers of Features
+
+    If you want to disable a lot of features, it is more comfortable
+    to use the \c qconfig tool.
+    You can disable a \e set of features by creating a custom
+    configuration file that defines the preferred subset of Qt's
+    functionality. Such a file uses macros to disable the unwanted
+    features, and can be created manually or by using the \c qconfig
+    tool located in the \c{tools/qconfig} directory of the Qt source
+    distribution.
+
+    \note The \c qconfig tool is intended to be built against Qt on
+    desktop platforms.
+
+    \bold{Windows CE:} The Qt for Windows CE package contains a \c qconfig
+    executable that you can run on a Windows desktop to configure the build.
+
+    \image qt-embedded-qconfigtool.png
+
+    The \c qconfig tool's interface displays all of Qt's
+    functionality, and allows the user to both disable and enable
+    features. The user can open and edit any custom configuration file
+    located in the \c{src/corelib/global} directory. When creating a
+    custom configuration file manually, a description of the currently
+    available Qt features can be found in the
+    \c{src/corelib/global/qfeatures.txt} file.
+
+    Note that some features depend on others; disabling any feature
+    will automatically disable all features depending on it. The
+    feature dependencies can be explored using the \c qconfig tool,
+    but they are also described in the \c{src/corelib/global/qfeatures.h}
+    file.
+
+    To be able to apply the custom configuration, it must be saved in
+    a file called \c qconfig-myfile.h in the \c{src/corelib/global}
+    directory. Then use the \c configure tool's \c -qconfig option
+    and pass the configuration's file name without the \c qconfig-
+    prefix and \c .h extension, as argument.
+    The following examples show how this is invoked on each of the
+    embedded platforms for a file called \c{qconfig-myfile.h}:
+
+    \bold{Embedded Linux:}
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-features.qdoc 3
+
+    \bold{Windows CE:}
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-features.qdoc 2
+
+    Qt provides several ready-made custom configuration files,
+    defining minimal, small, medium and large installations,
+    respectively. These files are located in the
+    \c{/src/corelib/global} directory in the Qt source distribution.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/platforms/emb-fonts.qdoc b/doc/src/platforms/emb-fonts.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..70fddbf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/platforms/emb-fonts.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page qt-embedded-fonts.html
+
+    \title Qt for Embedded Linux Fonts
+    \ingroup qt-embedded-linux
+
+    \l {Qt for Embedded Linux} uses the
+    \l{http://freetype.sourceforge.net/freetype2/index.html}{FreeType 2}
+    font engine to produce font output. The formats supported depends on
+    the locally installed version of the FreeType library. In addition,
+    \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} supports the Qt Prerendered Font formats (\l QPF and \l QPF2):
+    light-weight non-scalable font formats specific to \l {Qt for Embedded Linux}.
+    QPF2 is the native format of \l{Qt for Embedded Linux}. QPF is the legacy
+    format used by Qt/Embedded 2.x and 3.x. Several of the formats may be rendered
+    using anti-aliasing for improved readability.
+
+    When \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} applications run, they look for fonts in
+    Qt's \c lib/fonts/ directory. \l {Qt for Embedded Linux} will automatically detect
+    prerendered fonts and TrueType fonts. For compatibility, it will also read the
+    legacy \c lib/fonts/fontdir file.
+
+    Support for other font formats can be added, contact
+    \l{mailto:qt-info@nokia.com}{qt-info@nokia.com} for more
+    information.
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \table 100%
+    \row
+    \o
+    \bold {Optimization}
+
+    The \l FreeType, \l QPF2 and \l QPF formats are features that can be
+    disabled using the
+    \l{Fine-Tuning Features in Qt}{feature definition system},
+    reducing the size of Qt and saving resources.
+
+    Note that at least one font format must be defined.
+
+    See the \l {Fine-Tuning Features in Qt} documentation for
+    details.
+
+    \o
+    \inlineimage qt-embedded-fontfeatures.png
+    \endtable
+
+    All supported fonts use the Unicode character encoding. Most fonts
+    available today do, but they usually don't contain \e all the
+    Unicode characters. A complete 16-point Unicode font uses over 1
+    MB of memory.
+
+    \target FreeType
+    \section1 FreeType Formats
+
+    The \l {http://freetype.sourceforge.net/freetype2/index.html}{FreeType 2}
+    library (and therefore \l{Qt for Embedded Linux}) can support the following font formats:
+
+    \list
+        \o TrueType (TTF)
+        \o PostScript Type1 (PFA/PFB)
+        \o Bitmap Distribution Format (BDF)
+        \o CID-keyed Type1
+        \o Compact Font Format (CFF)
+        \o OpenType fonts
+        \o SFNT-based bitmap fonts
+        \o Portable Compiled Format (PCF)
+        \o Microsoft Windows Font File Format (Windows FNT)
+        \o Portable Font Resource (PFR)
+        \o Type 42 (limited support)
+    \endlist
+
+    It is possible to add modules to the \l
+    {http://freetype.sourceforge.net/freetype2/index.html}{FreeType 2}
+    font engine to support other types of font files. For more
+    information, see the font engine's own website: \l
+    http://freetype.sourceforge.net/freetype2/index.html.
+
+    Glyphs rendered using FreeType are shared efficiently between applications,
+    reducing memory requirements and speeding up text rendering.
+
+    \omit
+    \l {Qt for Embedded Linux} will by default use the system FreeType library if it exists.
+    Otherwise it will use a copy of the FreeType library in Qt, which by default only
+    supports TrueType fonts to reduce footprint.
+    \endomit
+
+    \target QPF2
+    \section1 Qt Prerendered Font (QPF2)
+
+    The Qt Prerendered Font (QPF2) is an architecture-independent,
+    light-weight and non-scalable font format specific to \l{Qt for Embedded Linux}.
+
+    Nokia provides the cross-platform \l makeqpf tool, included in the
+    \c tools directory of both \l {Qt} and \l{Qt for Embedded Linux}, which allows
+    generation of QPF2 files from system fonts.
+
+    QPF2 supports anti-aliasing and complex writing systems, using information
+    from the corresponding TrueType font, if present on the system. The format
+    is designed to be mapped directly to memory. The same format is used to
+    share glyphs from non-prerendered fonts between applications.
+
+    \target QPF
+    \section1 Legacy Qt Prerendered Font (QPF)
+
+    Nokia provides support for the legacy QPF format for compatibility
+    reasons. QPF is based on the internal font engine data structure of Qt/Embedded
+    versions 2 and 3.
+
+    Note that the file name describes the font, for example \c helvetica_120_50.qpf
+    is 12 point Helvetica while \c helvetica_120_50i.qpf is 12 point Helvetica \e italic.
+
+    \omit
+    \section1 Memory Requirements
+
+    Taking advantage of the way the QPF format is structured, Qt for
+    Embedded Linux memory-maps the data rather than reading and parsing it.
+    This reduces RAM consumption even further.
+
+    Scalable fonts use a larger amount of memory per font, but
+    these fonts provide a memory saving if many different sizes of each
+    font are needed.
+    \endomit
+
+    \section1 The Legacy \c fontdir File
+
+    For compatibility reasons \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} supports the \c fontdir
+    file, if present. The file defines additional fonts available to the
+    application, and has the following format:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-fonts.qdoc 0
+
+    \table 100%
+    \header \o Field \o Description
+    \row \o \bold name
+    \o The name of the font format, e.g.,\c Helvetica, \c Times, etc.
+    \row \o \bold file
+    \o The name of the file containing the font, e.g., \c
+    helvR0810.bdf, \c verdana.ttf, etc.
+    \row \o \bold renderer
+    \o Specifies the font engine that should be used to render the
+    font, currently only the FreeType font engine (\c FT) is
+    supported.
+    \row \o \bold italic
+    \o Specifies whether the font is italic or not; the accepted
+    values are \c y or \c n.
+    \row \o \bold weight
+    \o Specifies the font's weight: \c 50 is normal, \c 75 is bold,
+    etc.
+    \row \o \bold size
+    \o Specifies the font size, i.e., point size * 10. For example, a
+    value of 120 means 12pt. A value of 0 means that the font is
+    scalable.
+    \row \o \bold flags
+    \o The following flag is supported:
+    \list
+        \o \c s: smooth (anti-aliased)
+    \endlist
+    All other flags are ignored.
+    \endtable
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/platforms/emb-framebuffer-howto.qdoc b/doc/src/platforms/emb-framebuffer-howto.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..14400c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/platforms/emb-framebuffer-howto.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page qt-embedded-testingframebuffer.html
+
+    \title Testing the Linux Framebuffer
+    \subtitle for Qt for Embedded Linux
+    \ingroup qt-embedded-linux
+
+    To test that the Linux framebuffer is set up correctly, and that
+    the device permissions are correct, use the program found in 
+    \c examples/qws/framebuffer which opens the frame buffer and draws
+    three squares of different colors.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/platforms/emb-install.qdoc b/doc/src/platforms/emb-install.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e23cc1b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/platforms/emb-install.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page qt-embedded-install.html
+
+    \title Installing Qt for Embedded Linux
+    \ingroup qt-embedded-linux
+    \ingroup installation
+    \brief How to install Qt for Embedded Linux.
+
+    This document describes how to install \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} in your
+    development environment:
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    Please see the \l{Cross-Compiling Qt for Embedded Linux Applications}{cross
+    compiling} and \l{Deploying Qt for Embedded Linux Applications}{deployment}
+    documentation for details on how to install \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} on
+    your target device.
+
+    Note also that this installation procedure is written for Linux,
+    and that it may need to be modified for other platforms.
+
+    \section1 Step 1: Installing the License File (commercial editions only)
+
+    If you have the commercial edition of \l{Qt for Embedded Linux}, the first step
+    is to install your license file as \c $HOME/.qt-license.
+
+    For the open source version you do not need a license file.
+
+    \section1 Step 2: Unpacking the Archive
+
+    First uncompress the archive in the preferred location, then
+    unpack it:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-install.qdoc 0
+
+    This document assumes that the archive is unpacked in the
+    following directory:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-install.qdoc 1
+
+    \section1 Step 3: Building the Library
+
+    Before building the \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} library, run the \c
+    ./configure script to configure the library for your development
+    architecture. You can list all of the configuration system's
+    options by typing \c {./configure -help}.
+
+    Note that by default, \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} is configured for
+    installation in the \c{/usr/local/Trolltech/QtEmbedded-%VERSION%}
+    directory, but this can be changed by using the \c{-prefix}
+    option. Alternatively, the \c{-prefix-install} option can be used
+    to specify a "local" installation within the source directory.
+
+    The configuration system is also designed to allow you to specify
+    your platform architecture:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-install.qdoc 2
+
+    In general, all Linux systems which have framebuffer support can
+    use the \c generic architecture. Other typical architectures are
+    \c x86, \c arm and \c mips.
+
+    \note If you want to build Qt for Embedded Linux for use with a virtual
+    framebuffer, pass the \c{-qvfb} option to the \c configure
+    script.
+
+    To create the library and compile all the demos, examples, tools,
+    and tutorials, type:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-install.qdoc 3
+
+    On some systems the \c make utility is named differently, e.g. \c
+    gmake. The \c configure script tells you which \c make utility to
+    use.
+
+    If you did not configure \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} using the \c{-prefix-install}
+    option, you need to install the library, demos, examples, tools,
+    and tutorials in the appropriate place. To do this, type:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-install.qdoc 4
+
+    and enter the root password.
+
+    \note You can use the \c INSTALL_ROOT environment variable to specify
+    the location of the installed files when invoking \c{make install}.
+
+    \section1 Step 4: Adjusting the Environment Variables
+
+    In order to use \l{Qt for Embedded Linux}, the \c PATH variable must be extended
+    to locate \c qmake, \c moc and other \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} tools, and the \c
+    LD_LIBRARY_PATH must be extended for compilers that do not support
+    \c rpath.
+
+    To set the \c PATH variable, add the following lines to your \c
+    .profile file if your shell is bash, ksh, zsh or sh:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-install.qdoc 5
+
+    In case your shell is csh or tcsh, add the following line to the
+    \c .login file instead:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-install.qdoc 6
+
+    If you use a different shell, please modify your environment
+    variables accordingly.
+
+    For compilers that do not support \c rpath you must also extend
+    the \c LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable to include
+    \c /usr/local/Trolltech/QtEmbedded-%VERSION%/lib. Note that on Linux
+    with GCC, this step is not needed.
+
+    \section1 Step 5: Building the Virtual Framebuffer
+
+    For development and debugging, \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} provides a virtual
+    framebuffer as well as the option of running \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} as a VNC
+    server. For a description of how to install the virtual
+    framebuffer and how to use the VNC protocol, please consult the
+    documentation at:
+
+    \list
+       \o \l {The Virtual Framebuffer}
+       \o \l {The VNC Protocol and Qt for Embedded Linux}
+    \endlist
+
+    Note that the virtual framebuffer requires a Qt for X11
+    installation. See \l {Installing Qt on X11 Platforms} for details.
+
+    The Linux framebuffer, on the other hand, is enabled by default on
+    all modern Linux distributions. For information on older versions,
+    see \l http://en.tldp.org/HOWTO/Framebuffer-HOWTO.html. To test
+    that the Linux framebuffer is set up correctly, use the program
+    provided by the \l {Testing the Linux Framebuffer} document.
+
+    That's all. \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} is now installed.
+
+    \table 100%
+    \row
+    \o
+    \bold {Customizing the Qt for Embedded Linux Library}
+
+    When building embedded applications on low-powered devices,
+    reducing the memory and CPU requirements is important.
+
+    A number of options tuning the library's performance are
+    available. But the most direct way of saving resources is to
+    fine-tune the set of Qt features that is compiled. It is also
+    possible to make use of accelerated graphics hardware.
+
+    \list
+        \o \l {Fine-Tuning Features in Qt}
+        \o \l {Qt Performance Tuning}
+        \o \l {Adding an Accelerated Graphics Driver to Qt for Embedded Linux}
+    \endlist
+
+    \endtable
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/platforms/emb-kmap2qmap.qdoc b/doc/src/platforms/emb-kmap2qmap.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..291a553
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/platforms/emb-kmap2qmap.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page qt-embedded-kmap2qmap.html
+    \title kmap2qmap
+    \ingroup qt-embedded-linux
+
+    \c kmap2qmap is a tool to generate keymaps for use on Embedded Linux.
+    The source files have to be in standard Linux \c kmap format that is
+    e.g.  understood by the kernel's \c loadkeys command.  This means you
+    can use the following sources to generate \c qmap files:
+
+    \list
+    \o The \l {http://lct.sourceforge.net/}{Linux Console Tools (LCT)} project.
+    \o \l {http://www.x.org/}{Xorg} X11 keymaps can be converted to the \c
+    kmap format with the \c ckbcomp utility.
+    \o Since \c kmap files are plain text files, they can also be hand crafted.
+    \endlist
+
+    The generated \c qmap files are size optimized binary files.
+
+    \c kmap2qmap is a command line program, that needs at least 2 files as
+    parameters.  The last one will be the generated \c .qmap file, while all
+    the others will be parsed as input \c .kmap files.  For example:
+
+    \code
+    kmap2qmap i386/qwertz/de-latin1-nodeadkeys.kmap include/compose.latin1.inc de-latin1-nodeadkeys.qmap
+    \endcode
+
+    \c kmap2qmap does not support all the (pseudo) symbols that the Linux
+    kernel supports.  If you are converting a standard keymap you will get a
+    lot of warnings for things like \c Show_Registers, \c Hex_A, etc.: you
+    can safely ignore those.
+
+    It also doesn't support numeric symbols (e.g. \c{keycode 1 = 4242},
+    instead of \c{keycode 1 = colon}), since these are deprecated and can
+    change from one kernel version to the other.
+
+    On the other hand, \c kmap2qmap supports one additional, Qt specific,
+    symbol: \c QtZap.  The built-in US keymap has that symbol mapped tp
+    \c{Ctrl+Alt+Backspace} and it serves as a shortcut to kill your QWS
+    server (similiar to the X11 server).
+
+    See also \l {Qt for Embedded Linux Character Input}
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/platforms/emb-makeqpf.qdoc b/doc/src/platforms/emb-makeqpf.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dc1196a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/platforms/emb-makeqpf.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page qt-embedded-makeqpf.html
+    \title makeqpf
+    \ingroup qt-embedded-linux
+
+    \c makeqpf is a tool to generate pre-rendered fonts in QPF2 format for use on Embedded Linux.
+
+    Qt 4 can read files in QPF2 format in addition to QPF files generated by older versions of
+    \c makeqpf from Qt 2 or 3.
+
+    \sa {Qt for Embedded Linux Fonts}
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/platforms/emb-opengl.qdoc b/doc/src/platforms/emb-opengl.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e61ccde
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/platforms/emb-opengl.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+\page qt-embedded-opengl.html
+
+\title Qt for Embedded Linux and OpenGL
+\ingroup qt-embedded-linux
+
+\section1 Introduction
+
+\l {http://www.opengl.org}{OpenGL} is an industry standard API for
+2D/3D graphics. It provides a powerful, low-level interface between
+software and acceleration hardware, and it is operating system and
+window system independent.
+
+\l {http://www.khronos.org/opengles}{OpenGL ES} is a subset
+of the \l {http://www.opengl.org}{OpenGL} standard.
+Because it is meant for use in embedded systems, it has a smaller,
+more constrained API. 
+
+For reference, Nokia provides a plugin which integrates \l
+{http://www.khronos.org/opengles}{OpenGL ES} with Qt for Embedded Linux,
+but Qt for Embedded Linux can be adapted to a wide range of OpenGL
+versions.
+
+There are three ways to use OpenGL with Qt for Embedded Linux:
+\list
+  \o Perform OpenGL 3D graphics operations in applications;
+  \o Accelerate normal 2D painting operations; 
+  \o Implement window compositing and special effects.
+\endlist
+
+Qt for Embedded Linux is shipped with a reference integration example
+that demonstrates all three uses.
+
+\section2 Using OpenGL 3D Graphics in Applications
+
+The \l {QtOpenGL module} offers classes that make it easy to draw 3D
+graphics in GUI applications. The module API is cross-platform, so it
+is also available on Windows, X11, and Mac OS X.
+
+To use OpenGL-enabled widgets in a Qt for Embedded Linux application,
+all that is required is to subclass the QGLWidget and draw into instances of
+the subclass with standard OpenGL functions. 
+
+\section2 Using OpenGL to Accelerate Normal 2D Painting
+
+Qt provides QOpenGLPaintEngine, a subclass of QPaintEngine that
+translates QPainter operations into OpenGL calls. This specialized
+paint engine can be used to improve 2D rendering performance on
+appropriate hardware. It can also overlay controls and decorations
+onto 3D scenes drawn using OpenGL.
+
+\section2 Using OpenGL to Implement Window Compositing and Effects
+
+Qt for Embedded Linux includes a complete windowing system, which implements
+real transparency. The windowing system can be accelerated using
+OpenGL to implement top level window compositing. This makes it easy
+to add 3D effects to applications, for instance when windows are
+minimized or maximized.
+
+\section1 Acceleration Architecture
+
+The diagram below shows the Qt for Embedded Linux painting architecture.
+
+\image qt-embedded-opengl3.png
+
+A client process widget uses a paint engine to draw into a window
+surface. The server then combines the window surfaces and displays the
+composition on the screen. This architecture lets you
+control the steps of the painting process by subclassing. 
+
+Subclassing QPaintEngine allows you to implement the QPainter API
+using accelerated hardware.  Subclassing QWindowSurface lets you
+decide the properties of the space your widgets will draw themselves
+into, as well as which paint engine they should use to draw themselves
+into that space.  Subclassing QScreen lets you control the creation of
+window surfaces and lets you decide how to implement window
+compositing.  Using subclassing, your implementation work is minimized
+since you can reuse base class functionality you don't need to change.
+
+The elements of an accelerated Qt for Embedded Linux system are shown in the
+diagram below.
+
+\image qt-embedded-opengl1.png
+
+The applications, using the Qt API, do not depend on the presence of
+the acceleration plugin. The plugin uses the graphics hardware to
+accelerate painting primitives. Any operations not accelerated by the
+plugin are done in software by the software paint engine.
+
+To integrate an OpenGL implementation into Qt for Embedded Linux for a
+particular platform, you use the same mechanisms you would use for
+writing any other accelerated driver. Base classes, e.g., QGLScreen
+and QWSGLWindowSurface, are provided to minimize the need for
+reimplementing common functionality.
+
+\section1 The Reference Integration
+
+The \l{OpenGL for Embedded Systems Example} is the reference implementation
+for integrating OpenGL ES and \l{http://www.khronos.org/egl/}{EGL} with
+the graphics acceleration architecture of Qt for Embedded Linux.
+(\l{http://www.khronos.org/egl/}{EGL} is a library that binds OpenGL ES to
+native windowing systems.)
+
+The diagram below shows how OpenGL ES is used within the acceleration architecture:
+
+\image qt-embedded-opengl2.png
+
+The example implements a screen driver plugin that demonstrates all
+three uses of OpenGL in Qt for Embedded Linux: 2D graphics acceleration, 3D
+graphics operations using the \l {QtOpenGL module}, and top-level
+window compositing and special effects. The applications still do
+not talk directly to the accelerated plugin. 
+
+For 2D graphics, applications use the normal Qt painting API. The example accelerates 2D
+painting by using the QOpenGLPaintEngine, which is included in the \l {QtOpenGL module}.
+
+For 3D graphics applications use the OpenGL API directly, together with the functionality
+in the Qt OpenGL support classes. The example supports this by creating a
+QWSGLWindowSurface whenever a QGLWidget is instantiated.
+
+All access to the display is done through OpenGL. The example subclasses
+QWSGLWindowSurface implementation and uses the \l
+{http://oss.sgi.com/projects/ogl-sample/registry/EXT/framebuffer_object.txt} 
+{OpenGL Framebuffer Object extension} to draw windows into an offscreen buffer. This
+lets the example use OpenGL to implement top level window compositing of opaque and
+semi-transparent windows, and to provide a 3D animated transition effect as each new
+window is shown.
+
+The specific OpenGL library being used by the example restricts all
+OpenGL operations to occur in a single process. Hence the example
+creates instances of QWSGLWindowSurface only in the server process.
+Other processes then perform 2D graphics by creating instances
+of the standard QWindowSurface classes for client processes.  The
+standard window surface performs software-based rendering into a
+shared memory segment. The server then transfers the contents of this
+shared memory into an OpenGL texture before they are drawn onto the
+screen during window compositing.
+
+\omit
+
+\section1 Future Directions
+
+\section2 API Improvements
+
+Nokia is now working on enhancing the API for integrating OpenGL
+with Qt for Embedded Linux. The current design plan includes the following
+features:
+
+\list
+
+  \o Provide convenience classes, e.g., QEGLScreen and
+  QWSEGLWindowSurface, which implement common uses of the EGL
+  API. These classes will simplify implementing an OpenGL ES 
+  integration.
+
+  \o Extend the screen driver API to provide more control over window
+  properties and animations, and provide a software-based integration
+  to enable testing on the desktop.
+
+  \o Improve performance as opportunities arise.
+
+\endlist
+
+\section2 OpenVG Support
+
+\l {http://www.khronos.org/openvg} {OpenVG} is a dedicated API for 2D
+graphics on mobile devices. It is therefore more likely to be a better
+alternative for 2D acceleration than OpenGL. Until recently, no
+OpenVG-capable hardware has been available, so Nokia has not yet
+included an OpenVG solution in Qt for Embedded Linux.
+
+However, Nokia has done a feasibility study, implementing an
+OpenVG paint engine on top of a software OpenVG implementation.
+Assuming availability of the appropriate hardware, this OpenVG paint
+engine can easily be completed and integrated using the existing
+acceleration architecture. Since OpenVG shares the same EGL layer as
+OpenGL ES, the work already done on the OpenGL integration can be
+reused.
+
+Related technologies included in the \l
+{http://www.khronos.org/openkode} {OpenKODE} API set will also be
+considered.
+
+\endomit
+
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/platforms/emb-performance.qdoc b/doc/src/platforms/emb-performance.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9bc373b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/platforms/emb-performance.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page qt-performance.html
+    \title Qt Performance Tuning
+    \ingroup qtce
+    \ingroup qt-embedded-linux
+    \brief Ways to improve performance on embedded platforms.
+
+    When building embedded applications on low-powered devices,
+    \l{Qt for Windows CE} and \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} provide
+    a number of options that reduce the memory and/or CPU requirements
+    by making various trade-offs. These options range from variations
+    in programming style, to linking and memory allocation.
+
+    Note that the most direct way of saving resources, is to avoid compiling
+    in features that are not required. See the \l{Fine-Tuning Features in Qt}
+    {fine tuning features} documentation for details.
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 Programming Style
+
+    Rather than creating dialogs and widgets every time they are
+    needed, and delete them when they are no longer required, create
+    them once and use the QWidget::hide() and QWidget::show()
+    functions whenever appropriate. To avoid a slow startup of the
+    application, delay the creation of dialogs and widgets until they
+    are requested. All this will improve the CPU performance, it
+    requires a little more memory, but will be much faster.
+
+    \section1 Static vs. Dynamic Linking
+
+    A lot of CPU and memory is used by the ELF (Executable and Linking
+    Format) linking process. Significant savings can be achieved by
+    using a static build of the application suite; rather than having
+    a collection of executables which link dynamically to Qt's
+    libraries, all the applications is built into into a single
+    executable which is statically linked to Qt's libraries.
+
+    This improves the start-up time and reduces memory usage at the
+    expense of flexibility (to add a new application, you must
+    recompile the single executable) and robustness (if one
+    application has a bug, it might harm other applications).
+
+    \table 100%
+    \row
+    \o \bold {Creating a Static Build}
+
+    To compile Qt as a static library, use the \c -static option when
+    running configure:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-performance.qdoc 0
+
+    To build the application suite as an all-in-one application,
+    design each application as a stand-alone widget (or set of
+    widgets) with only minimal code in the \c main() function. Then,
+    write an application that provides a means of switching between
+    the applications.  The \l Qt Extended platform is an example using this
+    approach: It can be built either as a set of dynamically linked
+    executables, or as a single static application.
+
+    Note that the application still should link dynamically against
+    the standard C library and any other libraries which might be used
+    by other applications on the target device.
+
+    \endtable
+
+    When installing end-user applications, this approach may not be an
+    option, but when building a single application suite for a device
+    with limited CPU power and memory, this option could be very
+    beneficial.
+
+    \section1 Alternative Memory Allocation
+
+    The libraries shipped with some C++ compilers on some platforms
+    have poor performance in the built-in "new" and "delete"
+    operators. Improved memory allocation and performance may be
+    gained by re-implementing these functions:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-performance.qdoc 1
+
+    The example above shows the necessary code to switch to the plain
+    C memory allocators.
+
+    \section1 Bypassing the Backing Store
+
+    When rendering, Qt uses the concept of a backing store; i.e., a
+    paint buffer, to reduce flicker and to support graphics operations
+    such as blending.
+
+    The default behavior is for each client to render
+    its widgets into memory while the server is responsible for
+    putting the contents of the memory onto the screen. But when the
+    hardware is known and well defined, as is often the case with
+    software for embedded devices, it might be useful to bypass the
+    backing store, allowing the clients to manipulate the underlying
+    hardware directly.
+    \if defined(qtce)
+    This is achieved by setting the Qt::WA_PaintOnScreen window attribute
+    for each widget.
+    \else
+
+    There are two approaches to direct painting: The first approach is
+    to set the Qt::WA_PaintOnScreen window attribute for each widget,
+    the other is to use the QDirectPainter class to reserve a region
+    of the framebuffer.
+      For more information, see the
+      \l{Qt for Embedded Linux Architecture#Direct Painting}{direct painting}
+      section of the \l{Qt for Embedded Linux Architecture}{architecture}
+      documentation.
+    \endif
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/platforms/emb-pointer.qdoc b/doc/src/platforms/emb-pointer.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..39a8482
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/platforms/emb-pointer.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,209 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page qt-embedded-pointer.html
+
+    \title Qt for Embedded Linux Pointer Handling
+    \ingroup qt-embedded-linux
+
+    When running a \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} application, it either runs as a
+    server or connects to an existing server. The mouse driver is
+    loaded by the server application when it starts running, using
+    Qt's \l {How to Create Qt Plugins}{plugin system}.
+
+    Internally in the client/server protocol, all system generated
+    events, including pointer events, are passed to the server
+    application which then propagates the event to the appropriate
+    client. Note that pointer handling in \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} works for
+    both mouse and mouse-like devices such as touch panels and
+    trackballs.
+
+    Contents:
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 Available Drivers
+
+    \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} provides ready-made drivers for the MouseMan,
+    IntelliMouse, Microsoft and Linux Touch Panel protocols, for the
+    standard Linux Input Subsystem as well as the universal touch screen
+    library, tslib.  Run the \c configure script to list the available
+    drivers:
+
+    \if defined(QTOPIA_PHONE)
+
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-pointer.qdoc 0
+
+        \bold{Note:} By default only the PC mouse driver is enabled.
+
+        The various drivers can be enabled and disabled using the \c
+        configure script. For example:
+
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-pointer.qdoc 1
+
+    \else
+
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-pointer.qdoc 2
+
+        In the default Qt configuration, only the "pc" mouse driver is
+        enabled. The various drivers can be enabled and disabled using
+        the \c configure script. For example:
+
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-pointer.qdoc 3
+    \endif
+
+    Custom mouse drivers can be implemented by subclassing the
+    QWSMouseHandler class and creating a mouse driver plugin (derived
+    from the QMouseDriverPlugin class). The default implementation of the
+    QMouseDriverFactory class will automatically detect the plugin,
+    loading the driver into the server application at run-time.
+
+    If you are creating a driver for a device that needs calibration
+    or noise reduction, such as a touchscreen, derive from the
+    QWSCalibratedMouseHandler subclass instead to take advantage of
+    its calibration functionality.
+
+    \if defined(QTOPIA_PHONE)
+        For a tutorial on how to add a new keyboard driver plug-in
+        see: \l {Tutorial: Implementing a Device Plug-in}.
+    \endif
+
+    \section1 Specifying a Driver
+
+    Provided that the "pc" mouse driver is enabled, \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} will
+    try to auto-detect the mouse device if it is one of the supported
+    types on \c /dev/psaux or one of the \c /dev/ttyS?  serial
+    lines. If multiple mice are detected, all may be used
+    simultaneously.
+
+    Note that \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} does not support auto-detection of \e
+    {touch panels} in which case the driver must be specified
+    explicitly to determine which device to use.
+
+    To manually specify which driver to use, set the QWS_MOUSE_PROTO
+    environment variable. For example (if the current shell is bash,
+    ksh, zsh or sh):
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-pointer.qdoc 4
+
+    The valid values for the \c <driver> argument are \c MouseMan, \c
+    IntelliMouse, \c Microsoft, \c LinuxTP, \c LinuxInput, \c
+    Tslib and \l {QMouseDriverPlugin::keys()}{keys} identifying custom
+    drivers, and the driver specific options are typically a device,
+    e.g., \c /dev/mouse for mouse devices and \c /dev/ts for touch
+    panels.
+
+    Multiple mouse drivers can be specified in one go:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-pointer.qdoc 5
+
+    Input will be read from all specified drivers.
+
+    \table
+    \header \o The Tslib Mouse Driver
+    \row
+    \o
+
+    The tslib mouse driver inherits the QWSCalibratedMouseHandler
+    class, providing calibration and noise reduction functionality in
+    addition to generating mouse events for devices using the
+    Universal Touch Screen Library.
+
+    To be able to compile this mouse handler, \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} must be
+    configured with the \c -qt-mouse-tslib option as described
+    above. In addition, the tslib headers and library must be present
+    in the build environment.
+
+    The tslib sources can be downloaded from \l
+    http://tslib.berlios.de. Use the \c configure script's -L and
+    -I options to explicitly specify the location of the library and
+    its headers:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-pointer.qdoc 7
+
+    In order to use this mouse driver, tslib must also be correctly
+    installed on the target machine. This includes providing a \c
+    ts.conf configuration file and setting the neccessary environment
+    variables (see the README file provided with tslib for details).
+
+    The \c ts.conf file will usually contain the following two lines:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-pointer.qdoc 8
+
+    To make \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} explicitly choose the tslib mouse
+    handler, set the QWS_MOUSE_PROTO environment variable as explained
+    above.
+
+    \endtable
+
+    \section1 Troubleshooting
+
+    \section2 Device Files
+
+    Make sure you are using the correct device file.
+
+    As a first step, you can test whether the device file actually gives any
+    output. For instance, if you have specified the mouse driver with
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-pointer.qdoc 9
+    then try examining
+    the output from the device by entering the following command in a console:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-pointer.qdoc 10
+
+    If you see output from the device printed on the console when you move
+    the mouse, you are probably using the correct device file; otherwise, you
+    will need to experiment to find the correct device file.
+
+    \section2 File Permissions
+
+    Make sure you have sufficient permissions to access the device file.
+
+    The Qt for Embedded Linux server process needs at least read permission for the 
+    device file. Some drivers also require write access to the device file. 
+    For instance, if you have specified the mouse driver with
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-pointer.qdoc 11
+    then examine the permissions of the device file by entering the following
+    command in a console:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-pointer.qdoc 12
+
+    If the device file is actually a symbolic link to another file, you must
+    change the permissions of the actual file instead.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/platforms/emb-porting.qdoc b/doc/src/platforms/emb-porting.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1afd1be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/platforms/emb-porting.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page qt-embedded-porting-operatingsystem.html
+
+    \title Porting Qt for Embedded Linux to Another Operating System
+    \ingroup qt-embedded-linux
+
+    \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} is reasonably platform-independent, making use of
+    the standard C library and some POSIX functions, but only a Linux
+    implementation is publically available. If you are looking for a
+    non-Linux commercial implementation, it is worth contacting \l
+    {mailto:qt-info@nokia.com}{qt-info@nokia.com} to see if we can
+    help.
+
+    There are several issues to be aware of if you plan to do your own
+    port to another operating system. In particular you must resolve
+    \l{Qt for Embedded Linux}'s shared memory and semaphores (used to share
+    window regions), and you must provide something similar to
+    Unix-domain sockets for inter-application communication. You must
+    also provide a screen driver, and if you want to implement sound
+    you must provide your own sound server. Finally you must modify
+    the event dispatcher used by \l{Qt for Embedded Linux}.
+
+    Contents:
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 Shared Memory and Semaphores
+
+    \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} uses System V IPC (shared memory and semaphores)
+    to share window regions between client and server. When porting,
+    something similar must be provided; otherwise it will not be
+    possible to run multiple applications.
+
+    System V semaphores are also used for synchronizing access to the
+    framebuffer.
+
+    \list
+        \o Modify \c qsharedmemory_p.cpp
+        \o Modify \c qlock_qws.cpp
+        \o Modify \c qwslock.cpp
+    \endlist
+
+    \section1 Inter-Application Communication
+
+    To communicate between applications, \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} uses the
+    Unix-domain sockets. When porting, something similar must be
+    provided; otherwise it will not be possible to run multiple
+    applications.
+
+    It should be possible to use message queues or similar mechanisms
+    to achieve this. With the exception of QCOP messages, individual
+    messages should be no more than a few bytes in length (QCOP
+    messages are generated by the client applications and not Qt for
+    Embedded Linux).
+
+    \list
+        \o Modify \c qwssocket_qws.cpp
+    \endlist
+
+    \section1 Screen Management
+
+    When rendering, the default behavior in \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} is
+    for each client to render its widgets into memory while the server is
+    responsible for putting the contents of the memory onto the screen
+    using the screen driver.
+
+    When porting, a new screen driver must be implemented, providing a
+    byte pointer to a memory-mapped framebuffer and information about
+    width, height and bit depth (the latter information can most
+    likely be hard-coded).
+
+    \list
+        \o Reimplement \c qscreen_qws.cpp
+    \endlist
+
+    \section1 Sound Management
+
+    To implement sound, \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} uses a Linux style device (\c
+    /dev/dsp). If you want to use the \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} sound server on
+    another platform you must reimplement it.
+
+    \list
+        \o Reimplement \c qsoundqss_qws.cpp
+    \endlist
+
+    \section1 Event Dispatching
+
+    \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} uses an event dispatcher to pass events to and
+    from the \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} server application. Reimplement the \c
+    select() function to enable \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} to dispatch events on
+    your platform.
+
+    \list
+        \o Modify \c qeventdispatcher_qws.cpp
+    \endlist
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page qt-embedded-porting-device.html
+
+    \title Porting Qt for Embedded Linux to a New Architecture
+    \ingroup qt-embedded-linux
+
+    When porting \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} to a new architecture there are
+    several issues to be aware of: You must provide suitable hardware
+    drivers, and you must ensure to implement platform dependent
+    atomic operations to enable multithreading on the new
+    architecture.
+
+    \section1 Hardware Drivers
+
+    When running a \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} application, it either runs as a
+    server or connects to an existing server. All system generated
+    events, including keyboard and mouse events, are passed to the
+    server application which then propagates the event to the
+    appropriate client. When rendering, the default behavior is for
+    each client to render its widgets into memory while the server is
+    responsible for putting the contents of the memory onto the
+    screen.
+
+    The various hardware drivers are loaded by the server
+    application when it starts running, using Qt's \l {How to Create
+    Qt Plugins}{plugin system}.
+
+    Derive from the QWSMouseHandler, QWSKeyboardHandler and QScreen
+    classes to create a custom mouse, keyboard and screen driver
+    respectively. To load the drivers into the server application at
+    runtime, you must also create corresponding plugins. See the
+    following documentation for more details:
+
+    \list
+        \o \l{Qt for Embedded Linux Pointer Handling}{Pointer Handling}
+        \o \l{Qt for Embedded Linux Character Input}{Character Input}
+        \o \l{Qt for Embedded Linux Display Management}{Display Management}
+    \endlist
+
+    \section1 Atomic Operations
+
+    Qt uses an optimization called \l {Implicitly Shared Classes}{implicit sharing}
+    for many of its value classes; implicitly shared classes can safely be
+    copied across threads. This technology is implemented using atomic
+    operations; i.e., \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} requires that platform-specific
+    atomic operations are implemented to support Linux.
+
+    When porting \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} to a new architecture, it is
+    important to ensure that the platform-specific atomic operations
+    are implemented in a corresponding header file, and that this file
+    is located in Qt's \c src/corelib/arch directory.
+
+    See the \l {Implementing Atomic Operations}{atomic operations}
+    documentation for more details.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/platforms/emb-qvfb.qdoc b/doc/src/platforms/emb-qvfb.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..48e0d35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/platforms/emb-qvfb.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,296 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page qvfb.html
+
+    \title The Virtual Framebuffer
+    \ingroup qt-embedded-linux
+
+    \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} applications write directly to the
+    framebuffer, eliminating the need for the X Window System and
+    saving memory. For development and debugging purposes, a virtual
+    framebuffer can be used, allowing \l{Qt for Embedded Linux}
+    programs to be developed on a desktop machine, without switching
+    between consoles and X11.
+
+    QVFb is an X11 application supplied with Qt for X11 that provides
+    a virtual framebuffer for Qt for Embedded Linux to use. To use it,
+    you need to \l{Installing Qt on X11 Platforms}{configure and
+    install Qt on X11 platforms} appropriately. Further requirements
+    can be found in the \l{Qt for Embedded Linux Requirements}
+    document.
+
+    \image qt-embedded-virtualframebuffer.png
+
+    The virtual framebuffer emulates a framebuffer using a shared
+    memory region and the \c qvfb tool to display the framebuffer in a
+    window. The \c qvfb tool also supports a feature known as a skin
+    which can be used to change the look and feel of the display. The
+    tool is located in Qt's \c tools/qvfb directory, and provides
+    several additional features accessible through its \gui File and
+    \gui View menus.
+
+    Please note that the virtual framebuffer is a development tool
+    only. No security issues have been considered in the virtual
+    framebuffer design. It should be avoided in a production
+    environment; i.e. do not configure production libraries with the
+    \c -qvfb option.
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 Displaying the Virtual Framebuffer
+
+    To run the \c qvfb tool displaying the virtual framebuffer, the
+    \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} library must be configured and compiled
+    with the \c -qvfb option:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-qvfb.qdoc 0
+
+    Ensure that you have all the
+    \l{Qt for Embedded Linux Requirements#Additional X11 Libraries for QVFb}
+    {necessary libraries} needed to build the tool, then compile and run the
+    \c qvfb tool as a normal Qt for X11 application (i.e., do \e not compile
+    it as a \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} application):
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-qvfb.qdoc 1
+
+    The \c qvfb application supports the following command line
+    options:
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Option \o Description
+    \row
+    \o \c {-width <value>}
+    \o The width of the virtual framebuffer (default: 240).
+    \row
+    \o \c {-height <value>}
+    \o The height of the virtual framebuffer (default: 320).
+    \row
+    \o \c {-depth <value>}
+    \o The depth of the virtual framebuffer (1, 8 or 32; default: 8).
+    \row
+    \o \c -nocursor
+    \o Do not display the X11 cursor in the framebuffer window.
+    \row
+    \o \c {-qwsdisplay <:id>}
+    \o The \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} display ID (default: 0).
+    \row
+    \o \c {-skin <name>.skin}
+    \o The preferred skin. Note that the skin must be located in Qt's
+    \c /tools/qvfb/ directory.
+    \row
+    \o \c {-zoom <factor>}
+    \o Scales the application view with the given factor.
+
+    \endtable
+
+    \section2 Skins
+
+    A skin is a set of XML and pixmap files that tells the vitual
+    framebuffer what it should look like and how it should behave; a
+    skin can change the unrealistic default display into a display
+    that is similar to the target device. To access the \c qvfb tool's
+    menus when a skin is activated, right-click over the display.
+
+    Note that a skin can have buttons which (when clicked) send
+    signals to the Qt Extended application running inside the virtual
+    framebuffer, just as would happen on a real device.
+
+    \table 100%
+    \row
+        \o
+        \bold {Target Device Environment}
+
+        The \c qvfb tool provides various skins by default, allowing
+        the user to view their application in an environment similar
+        to their target device. The provided skins are:
+
+        \list
+            \o ClamshellPhone
+            \o pda
+            \o PDAPhone
+            \o Qt ExtendedPDA
+            \o Qt ExtendedPhone-Advanced
+            \o Qt ExtendedPhone-Simple
+            \o SmartPhone
+            \o SmartPhone2
+            \o SmartPhoneWithButtons
+            \o TouchscreenPhone
+            \o Trolltech-Keypad
+            \o Trolltech-Touchscreen
+        \endlist
+
+        In addition, it is possible to create custom skins.
+
+        \o \image qt-embedded-phone.png
+        \o \image qt-embedded-pda.png
+    \endtable
+
+    \bold {Creating Custom Skins}
+
+    The XML and pixmap files specifying a custom skin must be located
+    in subdirectory of the Qt's \c /tools/qvfb directory, called \c
+    /customskin.skin. See the ClamshellPhone skin for an example of the
+    file structure:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-qvfb.qdoc 2
+
+    The \c /ClamshellPhone.skin directory contains the following files:
+
+    \list
+        \o \c ClamshellPhone.skin
+        \o \c ClamshellPhone1-5.png
+        \o \c ClamshellPhone1-5-pressed.png
+        \o \c ClamshellPhone1-5-closed.png
+        \o \c defaultbuttons.conf (only necessary for \l Qt Extended)
+    \endlist
+
+    Note that the \c defaultbuttons.conf file is only necessary if the
+    skin is supposed to be used with \l Qt Extended (The file customizes
+    the launch screen applications, orders the soft keys and provides
+    input method hints). See the \l Qt Extended documentation for more
+    information.
+
+    \table 100%
+    \header
+    \o {3,1} The ClamshellPhone Skin
+    \row
+    \o {3,1}
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-qvfb.qdoc 3
+
+    The \c ClamShellPhone.skin file quoted above, specifies three
+    pixmaps: One for the normal skin (\c Up), one for the activated
+    skin (\c Down) and one for the closed skin (\c Closed). In
+    addition, it is possible to specify a pixmap for the cursor (using
+    a \c Cursor variable).
+
+    The file also specifies the screen size (\c Screen) and the number
+    of available buttons (\c Areas). Then it describes the buttons
+    themselves; each button is specified by its name, keycode and
+    coordinates.
+
+    The coordinates are a list of at least 2 points in clockwise order
+    that define a shape for the button; a click inside this shape will
+    be treated as a click on that button. While pressed, the pixels
+    for the button are redrawn from the activated skin.
+
+    \row
+    \row
+    \o
+    \image qt-embedded-clamshellphone-closed.png The ClamshellPhone Skin (closed)
+    \o
+    \image qt-embedded-clamshellphone.png The ClamshellPhone Skin
+    \o
+    \image qt-embedded-clamshellphone-pressed.png The ClamshellPhone Skin (pressed)
+    \row
+    \o \c ClamshellPhone1-5-closed.png
+    \o \c ClamshellPhone1-5.png
+    \o \c ClamshellPhone1-5-pressed.png
+    \endtable
+
+    \section2 The File Menu
+
+    \image qt-embedded-qvfbfilemenu.png
+
+    The \gui File menu allows the user to configure the virtual
+    framebuffer display (\gui File|Configure...), save a snapshot of
+    the framebuffer contents (\gui {File|Save Image...}) and record
+    the movements in the framebuffer (\gui File|Animation...).
+
+    When choosing the \gui File|Configure menu item, the \c qvfb tool
+    provides a configuration dialog allowing the user to customize the
+    display of the virtual framebuffer. The user can modify the size
+    and depth as well as the Gamma values, and also select the
+    preferred skin (i.e. making the virtual framebuffer simulate the
+    target device environment). In addition, it is possible to emulate
+    a touch screen and a LCD screen.
+
+    Note that when configuring (except when changing the Gamma values
+    only), any applications using the virtual framebuffer will be
+    terminated.
+
+    \section2 The View Menu
+
+    \image qt-embedded-qvfbviewmenu.png
+
+    The \gui View menu allows the user to modify the target's refresh
+    rate (\gui {View|Refresh Rate...}), making \c qvfb check for
+    updated regions more or less frequently.
+
+    The regions of the display that have changed are updated
+    periodically, i.e. the virtual framebuffer is displaying discrete
+    snapshots of the framebuffer rather than each individual drawing
+    operation. For this reason drawing problems such as flickering may
+    not be apparent until the program is run using a real framebuffer.
+    If little drawing is being done, the framebuffer will not show any
+    updates between drawing events. If an application is displaying an
+    animation, the updates will be frequent, and the application and
+    \c qvfb will compete for processor time.
+
+    The \gui View menu also allows the user to zoom the view of the
+    application  (\gui {View|Zoom *}).
+
+    \section1 Running Applications Using the Virtual Framebuffer
+
+    Once the virtual framebuffer (the \c qvfb application) is running,
+    it is ready for use: Start a server application (i.e. construct a
+    QApplication object with the QApplication::GuiServer flag or use
+    the \c -qws command line parameter. See the
+    \l {Running Qt for Embedded Linux Applications}{running applications}
+    documentation for details). For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-qvfb.qdoc 4
+
+    Note that as long as the virtual framebuffer is running and the
+    current \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} configuration supports \c qvfb,
+    \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} will automatically detect it and use it by
+    default. Alternatively, the \c -display option can be used to
+    specify the virtual framebuffer driver. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-qvfb.qdoc 5
+
+    \warning If \c qvfb is not running (or the current
+    \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} configuration doesn't support it) and the
+    driver is not explicitly specified, \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} will
+    write to the real framebuffer and the X11 display will be corrupted.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/platforms/emb-running.qdoc b/doc/src/platforms/emb-running.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cb7a7ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/platforms/emb-running.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,210 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page qt-embedded-running.html
+
+    \title Running Qt for Embedded Linux Applications
+    \ingroup qt-embedded-linux
+
+    A \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} application requires a server application to be
+    running, or to be the server application itself. Any \l{Qt for Embedded Linux}
+    application can be the server application by constructing the QApplication
+    object with the QApplication::GuiServer type, or by running the application
+    with the \c -qws command line option.
+
+    Applications can run using both single and multiple displays, and
+    various command line options are available.
+
+    Note that this document assumes that you either are using the
+    \l{The Virtual Framebuffer} or that you are running \l{Qt for Embedded Linux}
+    using the \l {The VNC Protocol and Qt for Embedded Linux}{VNC} protocol,
+    \e or that you have the Linux framebuffer configured
+    correctly and that no server process is running. (To test that the
+    Linux framebuffer is set up correctly, use the program provided by
+    the \l {Testing the Linux Framebuffer} document.)
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 Using a Single Display
+
+    To run the application using a single display, change to a Linux
+    console and select an application to run, e.g. \l {Text
+    Edit}{demos/textedit}.  Run the application with the \c -qws
+    option:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-running.qdoc 0
+
+    \table 100%
+    \row
+    \o
+    Provided that the environment variables are adjusted properly
+    during the \l {Installing Qt for Embedded Linux}{installation process}, you
+    should see the \l {Text Edit} demo appear.
+
+    It might be that the hardware drivers must be specified explicitly
+    to make everything work properly. For more information, please
+    consult the following documentation:
+
+    \list
+        \o \l{Qt for Embedded Linux Pointer Handling}{Pointer Handling}
+        \o \l{Qt for Embedded Linux Character Input}{Character Input}
+        \o \l{Qt for Embedded Linux Display Management}{Display Management}
+    \endlist
+
+    \o
+    \inlineimage qt-embedded-runningapplication.png
+    \endtable
+
+    Additional applications can be run as clients, i.e., by running
+    these applications \e without the \c -qws option they will connect
+    to the existing server as clients. You can exit the server
+    application at any time using \gui{Ctrl+Alt+Backspace}.
+
+    \section1 Using Multiple Displays
+
+    Qt for Embedded Linux also allows multiple displays to be used
+    simultaneously. There are two ways of achieving this: Either run
+    multiple Qt for Embedded Linux server processes, or use the
+    ready-made \c Multi screen driver.
+
+    When running multiple server processes, the screen driver (and
+    display number) must be specified for each process using the \c
+    -display command line option or by setting the QWS_DISPLAY
+    environment variable. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-running.qdoc 1
+
+    See the \l {Qt for Embedded Linux Display Management}{display management}
+    documentation for more details on how to specify a screen
+    driver. Note that you must also specify the display (i.e., server
+    process) when starting client applications:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-running.qdoc 2
+
+    There is no way of moving a client from one display to another
+    when running multiple server processes. Using the \c Multi screen
+    driver, on the other hand, applications can easiliy be moved
+    between the various screens.
+
+    The \c Multi screen driver can be specified just like any other
+    screen driver by using the \c -display command line option or by
+    setting the QWS_DISPLAY environment variable. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-running.qdoc 3
+
+    See the \l {Qt for Embedded Linux Display Management}{display management}
+    documentation for details regarding arguments.
+
+    \section1 Command Line Options
+
+    \table 100%
+    \header
+    \o Option \o Description
+    \row
+    \o \bold -fn <font>
+    \o
+    Defines the application font. For example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-running.qdoc 4
+    The font should be specified using an X logical font description.
+    \row
+    \o \bold -bg <color>
+    \o
+    Sets the default application background color. For example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-running.qdoc 5
+    The color-name must be one of the names recognized by the QColor constructor.
+    \row
+    \o \bold -btn <color> \o
+    Sets the default button color. For example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-running.qdoc 6
+    The color-name must be one of the names recognized by the QColor constructor.
+    \row
+    \o \bold -fg <color> \o
+    Sets the default application foreground color. For example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-running.qdoc 7
+    The color-name must be one of the names recognized by the QColor constructor.
+    \row
+    \o \bold -name <objectname> \o
+    Sets the application name, i.e. the application object's object name. For example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-running.qdoc 8
+    \row
+    \o \bold -title <title> \o
+    Sets the application's title. For example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-running.qdoc 9
+    \row
+    \o \bold -geometry <width>x<height>+<Xoffset>+<Yoffset> \o
+    Sets the client geometry of the first window that is shown. For example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-running.qdoc 10
+    \row
+    \o \bold -keyboard \o
+    Enables the keyboard.
+
+    See also: \l {Qt for Embedded Linux Character Input}.
+    \row
+    \o \bold -nokeyboard \o
+    Disables the keyboard.
+    \row
+    \o \bold -mouse \o
+    Enables the mouse cursor.
+
+    See also: \l {Qt for Embedded Linux Pointer Handling}.
+    \row
+    \o \bold -nomouse \o
+    Disables the mouse cursor.
+    \row
+    \o \bold -qws \o
+    Runs the application as a server application, i.e. constructs a
+    QApplication object of the QApplication::GuiServer type.
+    \row
+    \o \bold -display \o
+    Specifies the screen driver.
+
+    See also: \l {Qt for Embedded Linux Display Management}.
+    \row
+    \o \bold -decoration <style>\o
+    Sets the application decoration. For example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-running.qdoc 11
+    The supported styles are \c windows, \c default and \c styled.
+
+    See also QDecoration.
+
+    \endtable
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/platforms/emb-vnc.qdoc b/doc/src/platforms/emb-vnc.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c8289f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/platforms/emb-vnc.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page qt-embedded-vnc.html
+    \brief A guide to using Qt for Embedded Linux applications as VNC servers
+    and clients.
+
+    \title The VNC Protocol and Qt for Embedded Linux
+    \ingroup qt-embedded-linux
+
+    VNC (Virtual Network Computing) software makes it possible to view
+    and interact with one computer (the "server") from any other
+    computer or mobile device (the "viewer") anywhere on a network.
+
+    \image qt-embedded-vnc-screen.png
+
+    VNC clients are available for a vast array of display systems, including
+    X11, Mac OS X and Windows.
+
+    \section1 Configuring Qt with VNC Capabilities
+
+    To run a \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} application using the VNC protocol, the
+    \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} library must be configured and compiled with the
+    \c -qt-gfx-vnc option:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-vnc.qdoc 0
+
+    \section1 Running a Server Application
+
+    Start a server application by specifying the \c -qws command
+    line option when running the application. (This can also be
+    specified in the application's source code.)
+    Use the \c -display command line option to specify the VNC server's
+    driver and the virtual screen to use. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-vnc.qdoc 1
+
+    The application will act as a VNC server which can be accessed using
+    an ordinary VNC client, either on the development machine or from a
+    different machine on a network.
+
+    For example, using the X11 VNC client to view the application from the
+    same machine:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-vnc.qdoc 2
+
+    To interact with the application from another machine on the network,
+    run a VNC client pointing to the machine that is running the server
+    application.
+
+    \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} will create a 640 by 480 pixel display by
+    default. Alternatively, the \c QWS_SIZE environment variable can be
+    used to set another size; e.g., \c{QWS_SIZE=240x320}.
+
+    \section1 Running Client Applications
+
+    If you want to run more than one application on the same display, you
+    only need to start the first one as a server application, using the
+    \c -qws command line option to indicate that it will manage other
+    windows.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-vnc.qdoc Starting server
+
+    Subsequent client applications can be started \e without the \c -qws
+    option, but will each require the same \c -display option and argument
+    as those used for the server.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_emb-vnc.qdoc Starting clients
+
+    However, for the clients, this option will not cause a new VNC server
+    to be started, but only indicates that their windows will appear on the
+    virtual screen managed by the server application.
+
+    \section1 Related Resources
+
+    It is not always necessary to specify the \c -qws command line option
+    when running a server application as long as the QApplication object
+    used by the application has been constructed with the
+    QApplication::GuiServer flag.
+
+    See the \l{Running Qt for Embedded Linux Applications}{running applications}
+    documentation for more details about server and client applications.
+
+    \table
+    \row
+    \o \bold {The Virtual Framebuffer}
+
+    The \l{The Virtual Framebuffer}{virtual framebuffer} is
+    an alternative technique recommended for development and debugging
+    purposes.
+
+    The virtual framebuffer emulates a framebuffer using a shared
+    memory region and the \c qvfb tool to display the framebuffer in a
+    window.
+
+    Its use of shared memory makes the virtual framebuffer much faster
+    and smoother than using the VNC protocol, but it does not operate
+    over a network.
+
+    \o \inlineimage qt-embedded-virtualframebuffer.png
+    \endtable
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/platforms/mac-differences.qdoc b/doc/src/platforms/mac-differences.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b911510
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/platforms/mac-differences.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,339 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page mac-differences.html
+    \title Qt for Mac OS X - Specific Issues
+    \brief A description of issues with Qt that are specific to Mac OS X.
+    \ingroup platform-specific
+
+    This file outlines known issues and possible workarounds when
+    using Qt on Mac OS X. Contact Qt's technical support team if you find
+    additional issues which are not covered here. (See also the
+    document \l{qtmac-as-native.html} {Qt is Mac OS X Native}.)
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 GUI Applications
+
+    Mac OS X handles most applications as "bundles". A bundle is a
+    directory structure that groups related files together (e.g.,
+    widgets.app/). GUI applications in particular must be run from a
+    bundle or by using the open(1), because Mac OS X needs the bundle
+    to dispatch events correctly, as well as for accessing the menu
+    bar.
+
+    If you are using older versions of GDB you must run with the full
+    path to the executable.  Later versions allow you to pass the
+    bundle name on the command line.
+
+    \section1 Painting
+
+    Mac OS X always double buffers the screen so the
+    Qt::WA_PaintOnScreen attribute has no effect. Also it is
+    impossible to paint outside of a paint event so
+    Qt::WA_PaintOutsidePaintEvent has no effect either.
+
+    \section1 Library Support
+
+    \section2 Qt libraries as frameworks
+
+    By default, Qt is built as a set of frameworks. Frameworks is the
+    Mac OS X "preferred" way of distributing libraries. There are
+    definite advantages to using them. See
+    \l{http://developer.apple.com/documentation/MacOSX/Conceptual/BPFrameworks/index.html}
+    {Apple's Framework Programming Guide} for more information.
+
+    In general, this shouldn't be an issue because qmake takes care of
+    the specifics for you. The
+    \l{http://developer.apple.com/documentation/MacOSX/Conceptual/BPFrameworks/index.html}
+    {Framework Programming Guide} discusses issues to keep in mind
+    when choosing frameworks over the more typical, dynamic libraries.
+    However, one point to remember is: \bold {Frameworks always link
+    with "release" versions of libraries}.
+
+    If you actually want to use a \e{debug} version of a Qt framework,
+    you must ensure that your application actually loads that debug
+    version. This is often done by using the DYLD_IMAGE_SUFFIX
+    environment variables, but that way often doesn't work so well.
+    Instead, you can temporarily swap your debug and release versions,
+    which is documented in
+    \l{http://developer.apple.com/technotes/tn2004/tn2124.html#SECJUSTONELIB}
+    {Apple's "Debugging Magic" technical note}.
+
+    If you don't want to use frameworks, simply configure Qt with
+    \c{-no-framework}.
+
+    \section2 Bundle-Based Libraries
+
+    If you want to use some dynamic libraries in your Mac OS X
+    application bundle (the application directory), create a
+    subdirectory named "Frameworks" in the application bundle
+    directory and place your dynamic libraries there. The application
+    will find a dynamic library if it has the install name
+    \e{@executable_path/../Frameworks/libname.dylib}.
+
+    If you use \c qmake and Makefiles, use the \c QMAKE_LFLAGS_SONAME setting:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_mac-differences.qdoc 0
+
+    Alternatively, you can modify the install name using the
+    install_name_tool(1) on the command line. See its manpage for more
+    information.
+
+    Note that the \c DYLD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable will
+    override these settings, and any other default paths, such as a
+    lookup of dynamic libraries inside \c /usr/lib and similar default
+    locations.
+
+    \section2 Combining Libraries
+
+    If you want to build a new dynamic library combining the Qt 4
+    dynamic libraries, you need to introduce the \c{ld -r} flag. Then
+    relocation information is stored in the output file, so that
+    this file could be the subject of another \c ld run. This is done
+    by setting the \c -r flag in the \c .pro file, and the \c LFLAGS
+    settings.
+
+    \section2 Initialization Order
+
+    dyld(1) calls global static initializers in the order they are
+    linked into your application. If a library links against Qt and
+    references globals in Qt (from global initializers in your own
+    library), be sure to link your application against Qt before
+    linking it against the library.  Otherwise the result will be
+    undefined because Qt's global initializers have not been called
+    yet.
+
+    \section1 Compile-Time Flags
+
+    The follewing flags are helpful when you want to define Mac OS X specific
+    code:
+
+    \list
+
+    \o Q_OS_DARWIN is defined when Qt detects you are on a
+    Darwin-based system (including the Open Source version)
+
+    \o Q_WS_MAC is defined when the Mac OS X GUI is present.
+
+    \o QT_MAC_USE_COCOA is defined when Qt is built to use the Cocoa framework.
+    If it is not present, then Qt is using Carbon.
+
+    \endlist
+
+    A additional flag, Q_OS_MAC, is defined as a convenience whenever
+    Q_OS_DARWIN is defined.
+
+    If you want to define code for specific versions of Mac OS X, use
+    the availability macros defined in /usr/include/AvailabilityMacros.h.
+
+    See QSysInfo for information on runtime version checking.
+
+    \section1 Mac OS X Native API Access
+
+    \section2 Accessing the Bundle Path
+
+    The Mac OS X application is actually a directory (ending with \c
+    .app).  This directory contains sub-directories and files. It may
+    be useful to place items (e.g. plugins, online-documentation,
+    etc.) inside this bundle. You might then want to find out where
+    the bundle resides on the disk. The following code returns the
+    path of the application bundle:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_mac-differences.qdoc 1
+
+    Note: When OS X is set to use Japanese, a bug causes this sequence
+    to fail and return an empty string. Therefore, always test the
+    returned string.
+
+    For more information about using the CFBundle API, see
+    \l{http://developer.apple.com/documentation/CoreFoundation/Reference/CFBundleRef/index.html}
+    {Apple's Developer Website}.
+
+    \section2 Translating the Application Menu and Native Dialogs
+
+    The items in the Application Menu will be merged correctly for
+    your localized application, but they will not show up translated
+    until you 
+    \l{http://developer.apple.com/documentation/CoreFoundation/Conceptual/CFBundles/Concepts/BundleAnatomy.html#//apple_ref/doc/uid/20001119-105003-BAJFDAAG}
+    {add a localized resource folder} to the application bundle.
+    The main thing you need to do is create a file called
+    locversion.plist.  Here is an example for Norwegian:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_mac-differences.qdoc 2
+
+    Now when you run the application with your preferred language set
+    to Norwegian, you should see menu items like "Avslutt" instead of
+    "Quit".
+
+    \section1 User Interface
+
+    \section2 Right-Mouse Clicks
+
+    If you want to provide right-mouse click support for Mac OS X, use
+    the QContextMenuEvent class. This will map to a context menu
+    event, i.e., a menu that will display a pop-up selection. This is
+    the most common use of right-mouse clicks, and maps to a
+    control-click with the Mac OS X one-button mouse support.
+
+    \section2 Menu Bar
+
+    Qt will automatically detect your menu bars for you and turn
+    them into Mac native menu bars. Fitting this into your existing Qt
+    application will normally be automatic. However, if you have
+    special needs, the Qt implementation currently selects a menu
+    bar by starting at the active window
+    (i.e. QApplication::activeWindow()) and applying the following
+    tests:
+
+    \list 1
+
+    \i If the window has a QMenuBar, then it is used.
+
+    \i If the window is modal, then its menu bar is used. If no menu
+       bar is specified, then a default menu bar is used (as
+       documented below).
+
+    \i If the window has no parent, then the default menu bar is used
+       (as documented below).
+
+    \endlist
+
+    These tests are followed all the way up the parent window chain
+    until one of the above rules is satisifed. If all else fails, a
+    default menu bar will be created. Note the default menu bar on
+    Qt is an empty menu bar. However, you can create a different
+    default menu bar by creating a parentless QMenuBar. The first one
+    created will be designated the default menu bar and will be used
+    whenever a default menu bar is needed.
+
+    Note that using native menu bars introduces certain limitations on
+    Qt classes.  See the \l{#Limitations}{list of limitations} below
+    for more information about these.
+
+    \section2 Special Keys
+
+    To provide the expected behavior for Qt applications on Mac OS X,
+    the Qt::Meta, Qt::MetaModifier, and Qt::META enum values
+    correspond to the Control keys on the standard Macintosh keyboard,
+    and the Qt::Control, Qt::ControlModifier, and Qt::CTRL enum values
+    correspond to the Command keys.
+
+    \section1 Limitations
+
+    \section2 Menu Actions
+
+    \list
+
+    \o Actions in a QMenu with accelerators that have more than one
+       keystroke (QKeySequence) will not display correctly, when the
+       QMenu is translated into a Mac native menu bar. The first key
+       will be displayed. However, the shortcut will still be
+       activated as on all other platforms.
+
+    \o QMenu objects used in the native menu bar are not able to
+       handle Qt events via the normal event handlers.
+       For Carbon, you will have to install a Carbon event handler on
+       the menu bar in order to receive Carbon events that are similar
+       to \l{QMenu::}{showEvent()}, \l{QMenu::}{hideEvent()}, and
+       \l{QMenu::}{mouseMoveEvent()}. For Cocoa, you will have to
+       install a delegate on the menu itself to be notified of these
+       changes. Alternatively, consider using the QMenu::aboutToShow()
+       and QMenu::aboutToHide() signals to keep track of menu visibility;
+       these provide a solution that should work on all platforms
+       supported by Qt.
+
+    \endlist
+
+    \section2 Native Widgets
+
+    Qt has support for sheets and drawers, represented in the
+    window flags by Qt::Sheet and Qt::Drawer respectiviely. Brushed
+    metal windows can also be created by using the
+    Qt::WA_MacMetalStyle window attribute.
+
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page qt-mac-cocoa-licensing.html
+
+    \title Contributions to the Following QtGui Files: qapplication_cocoa_p.h, qapplication_mac.mm, qdesktopwidget_mac.mm qeventdispatcher_mac.mm qeventdispatcher_mac_p.h qmacincludes_mac.h qt_cocoa_helpers.mm qt_cocoa_helpers_p.h qwidget_mac.mm qsystemtrayicon_mac.mm
+
+    \contentspage {Other Licenses Used in Qt}{Contents}
+
+    \ingroup licensing
+    \brief License information for contributions by Apple, Inc. to specific parts of the Qt/Mac Cocoa port.
+
+    \legalese
+
+    Copyright (C) 2007-2008, Apple, Inc.
+
+    All rights reserved.
+
+    Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+    modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+
+    \list
+    \o Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+       this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+    \o Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+       this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+       and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+    \o Neither the name of Apple, Inc. nor the names of its contributors
+       may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+       without specific prior written permission.
+    \endlist
+
+    THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+    "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+    LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+    A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR
+    CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+    EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
+    PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
+    PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
+    LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
+    NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+    SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+
+    \endlegalese
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/platforms/platform-notes-rtos.qdoc b/doc/src/platforms/platform-notes-rtos.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8a52d84
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/platforms/platform-notes-rtos.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,220 @@
+/*!
+    \page platform-notes-vxworks.html
+    \title Platform Notes - VxWorks
+    \contentspage Platform Notes
+    \target VxWorks
+
+    \note VxWorks is a community supported platform. See the
+    \l{Supported Platforms} page for more information.
+
+    This page contains information about the Qt for VxWorks port. More
+    information about the combinations of platforms and compilers supported
+    by Qt can be found on the \l{Supported Platforms} page.
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 Supported Versions
+
+    Qt has been tested on WindRiver VxWorks 6.7 in kernel mode using the
+    vendor supplied GCC compiler, targetting both the x86 simulator
+    (simpentium) and Power-PC devices (ppc).
+    VxWorks' RTP mode is currently not supported.
+
+    \section1 Limitations
+
+    The VxWorks kernel has an optional POSIX compatibility layer, but this
+    layer does not implement all POSIX functionality needed for a complete
+    Qt port.
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Function \o Notes
+    \row \o QProcess
+         \o Not available - VxWorks has no concept of processes.
+    \row \o QSharedMemory
+         \o Not available - VxWorks has only a global, flat address space.
+    \row \o QSystemSemaphore
+         \o Not available - VxWorks has no concept of processes.
+    \row \o QLibrary
+         \o QLibrary is only a small stub to make it possible to build
+            static plugins.
+    \row \o QCoreApplication
+         \o Can only be instantiated once. Qt's Q(CoreE)Application is
+            tightly coupled to one address space and process, while VxWorks
+            only supports one global address space and has no concept of
+            processes.
+    \row \o Phonon
+         \o There is no standard audio backend, which could be integrated into Phonon.
+    \row \o Qt3Support
+         \o The Qt3Support library is not available on QNX.
+
+    \endtable
+
+    \section1 Build Instructions
+
+    Qt for VxWorks needs to be \l{Cross-Compiling Qt for Embedded Linux
+    Applications}{cross-compiled} on a Linux host.  \c configure and \c make
+    the build like you would with a standard \l{Cross-Compiling Qt for
+    Embedded Linux Applications}{embedded Linux cross build}.  Building the
+    VxWorks simulator would be done like this:
+
+    \code
+    <path/to/qt/sources>/configure -xplatform unsupported/vxworks-simpentium-g++ -embedded vxworks -exceptions -no-gfx-linuxfb -no-mouse-linuxtp -no-mouse-pc -no-kbd-tty
+    make
+    \endcode
+
+    \list
+    \o \c{-xplatform unsupported/qws/vxworks-simpentium-g++} - selects the x86 simulator mkspec for VxWorks
+    \o \c{-embedded vxworks} - builds the embedded version of Qt and sets the architecture to VxWorks
+    \o \c{-exceptions} - see General Notes below
+    \o \c{-no-gfx-linuxfb}, \c{-no-mouse-linuxtp}, \c{-no-mouse-pc} and \c{-no-kbd-tty} are Linux specific and won't work on VxWorks
+    \endlist
+
+    \section1 General Notes
+
+    \list
+
+    \o Configuring with \c{-exceptions} is necessary, because the VxWorks
+    6.7 g++ headers require exceptions to be enabled when compiling C++
+    code.
+
+    \o Configure's \c{-xplatform} can be any of
+    \c{unsupported/vxworks-(simpentium|ppc)-(g++|dcc)}, but \c{dcc}
+    (WindRiver DIAB compiler) has not yet tested been tested with Qt 4.6 and
+    VxWorks 6.7.
+
+    \o Building shared libraries with \c{-shared} (the default) doesn't
+    really build shared libraries, like e.g.  on Linux, since these are not
+    supported by VxWorks.  Instead, qmake will created partially linked
+    objects, that can be loaded at runtime with \c{ld}.
+
+    \o Creating static builds with \c{-static} is fully supported.
+
+    \o "Munching" (generating constructors/destructors for static C++
+    objects) is done automatically by a special qmake extension (for both
+    shared libraries and executables)
+
+    \o VxWorks does not have a file system layer, but the low level storage
+    drivers have to supply a file system like interface to the applications.
+    Since each driver implements a different subset of the functionality
+    supported by this interface, Qt's file system auto-tests show wildly
+    differing results running on different "file systems".  The best results
+    can be achieved when running on a (writable) NFS mount, since that
+    provides the most Unix-ish interface.  The worst results come from the
+    FTP file system driver, which may crash when accessed by a
+    \c{QFileInfo}.
+
+    \o Keep in mind that VxWorks doesn't call your \c{main()} function with
+    the standard \c{argc}/\c{argv} parameters.  So either add a special
+    \c{vxmain()} function or use a tool like \c{callmain} to translate
+    VxWorks' commandline arguments to an \c{argc}/\c{argv} array.
+
+    \o Some example will fail to build, due to some missing dependencies
+    (e.g. shared memory) - this will be fixed in a later release.
+
+    \endlist
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page platform-notes-qnx.html
+    \title Platform Notes - QNX
+    \contentspage Platform Notes
+    \target QNX
+
+    \note QNX is a community supported platform. See the
+    \l{Supported Platforms} page for more information.
+
+    This page contains information about the Qt for QNX port. More
+    information about the combinations of platforms and compilers supported
+    by Qt can be found on the \l{Supported Platforms} page.
+
+    Note that Qt for QNX is currently based on \l{Qt for Embedded Linux}, which
+    contains its own windowing system. Mixing QNX's Photon environment with
+    Qt for QNX is currently not possible. Building Qt for QNX with Photon's
+    X11 embedded server is not recommended due to missing support for X11 extensions,
+    resulting in poor rendering quality.
+
+    Qt for QNX contains experimental screen and input drivers based on QNX's
+    \c devi-hid and \c io-display. For more information, check the class documentation
+    for QQnxScreen, QWSQnxKeyboardHandler and QQnxMouseHandler. See the
+    \l{Porting Qt for Embedded Linux to a New Architecture} document for information
+    on how to add custom screen or input drivers.
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 Supported Versions
+
+    Qt has been tested on QNX 6.4 on i386 and PowerPC targets with QNX's default
+    gcc compiler.
+
+    \section1 Limitations
+
+    Some of Qt's functionality is currently not available on QNX:
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Function \o Notes
+    \row \o QProcess
+         \o Not available - QNX doesn't support mixing threads and processes.
+    \row \o QSharedMemory
+         \o Not available - QNX doesn't support SYSV style shared memory.
+    \row \o QSystemSemaphore
+         \o Not available - QNX doesn't support SYSV style system semaphores.
+    \row \o QWS Multi Process
+         \o QT_NO_QWS_MULTIPROCESS is always on due to missing shared memory support.
+    \row \o Phonon
+         \o There is no standard audio backend, which could be integrated into Phonon.
+    \row \o Qt3Support
+         \o The Qt3Support library is not available on QNX.
+    \endtable
+
+    \section1 Build Instructions
+
+    Qt for QNX needs to be built either on a QNX system, or \l{Cross-Compiling Qt
+    for Embedded Linux Applications}{cross-compiled} on a Linux host. In either
+    case, The QNX Software Development Platform must be installed.
+
+    Example configure line for cross-compiling Qt for QNX on a Linux host for an
+    i386 QNX target:
+
+    \code
+    configure -xplatform unsupported/qws/qnx-i386-g++ -embedded i386 -no-gfx-linuxfb -no-mouse-linuxtp -no-kbd-tty -no-qt3support -qt-gfx-qnx -qt-mouse-qnx -qt-kbd-qnx -no-exceptions
+    \endcode
+
+    \list
+    \o \c{-xplatform unsupported/qws/qnx-i386-g++} - selects the i386-g++ mkspec for QNX
+    \o \c{-embedded i386} - builds the embedded version of Qt and sets the architecture to i386
+    \o \c{-no-gfx-linuxfb},  \c{-no-mouse-linuxtp} and \c{-no-kbd-tty} are Linux specific and won't work on QNX
+    \o \c{-no-qt3support} - required since the Qt3 support classes are not supported on QNX
+    \o \c{-no-exceptions} - reduces the size of the library by disabling exception support
+    \o \c{-qt-gfx-qnx} - enables the experimental \c{io-graphics} based display driver
+    \o \c{-qt-mouse-qnx} - enables the experimental \c{devi-hig} based mouse driver
+    \o \c{-qt-kbd-qnx} - enables the experimental \c{devi-hig} based keyboard driver
+    \endlist
+
+    \section1 General Notes
+
+    \list
+    \o To enable the experimental QNX display and input drivers, \c{io-display} needs to be
+       up and running. The \c devi-hid based Qt input drivers require \c devi-hid to run
+       in resource mode without Photon support. To enable a standard mouse and keyboard
+       combination, run \c devi-hid as follows: \c{/usr/photon/bin/devi-hid -Pr kbd mouse}.
+       Note that your current shell will not accept keyboard and mouse input anymore after
+       running that command, so run it either from a script that launches a Qt application
+       afterwards, or make sure to have remote login available to launch a Qt application.
+       In addition, the \c QWS_DISPLAY, \c QWS_MOUSE_PROTO and \c QWS_KEYBOARD environment
+       variables should all be set to \c{qnx} before running a Qt application.
+
+    \o The 3rd party TIFF library currently doesn't build due to the missing \c inflateSync
+       symbol from QNX's \c{libz.so.2}. Workarounds would be to manually replace QNX's libz
+       with a newer version, or disable the TIFF plugin entierly by appending
+       \c{QT_CONFIG += no-tiff} to \c{.qmake.cache} after configuring Qt.
+
+    \o Some of the tools, examples and demos do not compile due to dependencies on QProcess
+       or other classes that are not available on QNX.
+    \endlist
+
+    \section1 Platform Regressions
+
+    Qt for QNX's behavior is mostly identical with \l{Qt for Embedded Linux}. However,
+    some regressions were spotted in QDateTime computation around year 0 and year 1970,
+    which have been tracked back to faulty time zone data on some QNX versions.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/platforms/platform-notes.qdoc b/doc/src/platforms/platform-notes.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..20f0933
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/platforms/platform-notes.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,412 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \group platform-specific
+    \title Platform-Specific Documentation
+    \brief Documents describing platform-specific features of Qt.
+
+    These documents describe platform-specific features provided by Qt, and
+    discuss issues related to particular platforms and environments.
+
+    \generatelist{related}
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page platform-notes.html
+    \ingroup platform-specific
+    \title Platform Notes
+    \brief Information about the platforms on which Qt can be used.
+
+    This page contains information about the platforms Qt is currently known
+    to run on, with links to platform-specific notes, including any known bugs
+    or incompatibilities.
+
+    \list
+    \o \l{Platform Notes - X11}
+    \tableofcontents{1 Platform Notes - X11}
+    \o \l{Platform Notes - Windows}
+    \tableofcontents{1 Platform Notes - Windows}
+    \o \l{Platform Notes - Mac OS X}
+    \tableofcontents{1 Platform Notes - Mac OS X}
+    \o \l{Platform Notes - Embedded Linux}
+    \tableofcontents{1 Platform Notes - Embedded Linux}
+    \o \l{Platform Notes - Windows CE}
+    \tableofcontents{1 Platform Notes - Windows CE}
+    \o \l{Platform Notes - QNX}
+    \tableofcontents{1 Platform Notes - QNX}
+    \o \l{Platform Notes - VxWorks}
+    \tableofcontents{1 Platform Notes - VxWorks}
+    \endlist
+
+    See also the \l{Compiler Notes} for information about compiler-specific
+    build issues. Information about the combinations of platforms and compilers
+    supported by Qt can be found on the \l{Supported Platforms} page.
+
+    If you have anything to add to this list or any of the platform or
+    compiler-specific pages, please submit it via the \l{Bug Report Form}
+    or through the \l{Public Qt Repository}.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page platform-notes-x11.html
+    \title Platform Notes - X11
+    \contentspage Platform Notes
+
+    This page contains information about the X11 platforms Qt is currently
+    known to run on, with links to platform-specific notes. More information
+    about the combinations of platforms and compilers supported by Qt can be
+    found on the \l{Supported Platforms} page.
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \target AIX
+    \section1 AIX - 5.2
+
+    Qt has been tested on AIX 5.2, using the
+    \l{Compiler Notes#IBM xlC (AIX)}{xlC} compiler.
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Compiler \o Notes
+    \row    \o xlC
+    \o If Qt is built correctly but all symbols are reported to be missing
+    when you link an application, your makeC++SharedLib script might be out
+    of date. Make sure you have the latest version from the
+    \l{http://www-306.ibm.com/software/awdtools/vacpp/support/}{IBM website}.
+    \row    \o GCC
+    \o We have tested earlier versions of Qt 4 successfully with GCC version
+    3.3 and above. Some versions of GCC may fail to link Qt with a "TOC overflow"
+    message.
+    Fix this by upgrading to the latest maintenance release of the dynamic
+    linker. On AIX this is bos.rte.bind_cmds.4.1.5.3 or later.
+    Some versions of GCC may fail to build Qt with STL and large-file support
+    enabled, due to
+    \l{http://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=9551}{a bug in GCC}.
+    Fix this by upgrading to the latest maintenance release of the compiler.
+    It is also possible to work around this problem by running configure with
+    either \c{-no-stl} or \c{-no-largefile}.
+    \endtable
+
+    \target FreeBSD
+    \section1 FreeBSD - 6.0-RELEASE
+
+    \note FreeBSD is a community supported platform. See the
+    \l{Supported Platforms} page for more information.
+
+    The system compiler on FreeBSD 4.x is gcc 2.95.4, which is not
+    officially supported by Qt 4. We develop using and recommend
+    ports/lang/gcc34. You will need to run configure with the
+    \c{-platform freebsd-g++34} arguments. Optionally, you may use
+    ports/lang/icc.
+
+    The system compiler on FreeBSD 5.x and 6.x is GCC 3.4.4, which should be
+    sufficient to build Qt. You do not need to add any special arguments when
+    running configure. Optionally, you may use ports/lang/icc.
+
+    Note that we do not actively test FreeBSD 4.x and 5.x. Our developers
+    migrated to 6.x after the Qt 4 launch. FreeBSD-CURRENT is not supported.
+
+    \target HP-UX
+    \section1 HP-UX
+
+    Qt supports HP-UX on both PA-RISC and the Itanium (IA64) architectures.
+
+    \section2 PA-RISC - B.11.11 or later
+
+    You can configure Qt for aCC in 32 and 64 bit mode (hpux-acc-64 or
+    hpux-acc-32), or gcc in 32 bit mode (hpux-g++).  The default platform is
+    hpux-acc-32. The minimum required version for aCC (HP ANSI C++) on PA-RISC
+    is A.03.57. The supported gcc compiler is gcc 3.4.3.
+
+    \section2 Itanium - B.11.23 or later
+
+    You can configure Qt for aCC in 32 and 64 bit mode (hpuxi-acc-64 or
+    hpuxi-acc-32). gcc is currently unsupported.  The default platform is
+    hpuxi-acc-64. The minimum required version for aCC (HP ANSI C++) on
+    Itanium is A.06.12.
+
+    \section2 OpenGL Support
+
+    Qt's \l{QtOpenGL}{OpenGL} module requires GLX 1.3 or later to be installed.
+    This is available for HP-UX 11i - see the
+    \l{http://docs.hp.com/en/5992-2331/ch04s02.html}{Graphics and Technical Computing Software}
+    section of the release notes for more information.
+
+    \target IRIX
+    \section1 IRIX - 6.5.x
+
+    \bold{IRIX is an unsupported platform - please see Qt's online
+    \l{Platform Support Policy} for details.}
+
+    Unpackaging and IRIX tar:
+    Because of long filenames some files will be cut off incorrectly with IRIX
+    tar. Please use GNU tar to unpack Qt packages.
+
+    \section1 Linux
+
+    There are no known problems with using Qt on production versions of
+    Linux/x86, Linux/ppc, Linux/amd64 and Linux/ia64 (including Altix(R)).
+
+    For the gcc/g++ compiler, please also see the relevant
+    \l{Compiler Notes#GCC}{compiler page}.
+
+    \section2 Installation problems
+
+    See also the \l{Installation FAQ}.
+
+    If you experience problems when installing new open source versions of Qt
+    versions, try to use the open source Qt archives (e.g., RPM)
+    provided by your Linux distribution. If you need to install the source (.tgz)
+    archive, be aware that you will probably end up with two different
+    versions of the Qt library installed on your system, which will probably
+    lead to link errors, like this:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_platform-notes.qdoc 0
+    Fix this by removing the old version of the library.
+
+    If you have problems installing open source versions of Qt
+    provided by your Linux distribution (e.g., RPM), please consult the
+    maintainers of the distribution, not us.
+
+    Some RPM versions have problems installing some of the Qt RPM archives
+    where installation stops with an error message warning about a
+    "Failed Dependency". Use the \c{--nodeps} option to \c rpm to workaround
+    this problem.
+
+    \target Solaris
+    \section1 Solaris - 9 or later
+
+    \section2 Unpackaging and Solaris tar
+
+    On some Solaris systems, both Solaris tar and GNU tar have been reported
+    to truncate long filenames. We recommend using star instead
+    (http://star.berlios.de).
+
+    \section2 CC on Solaris
+
+    Be sure to check our \l{Compiler Notes#Sun Studio}{Forte Developer / Sun Studio}
+    notes.
+
+    \section2 GCC on Solaris
+
+    Be sure to check the installation notes for \l{GCC on Solaris}.
+    Do not use GCC with Sun's assembler/linker, this will result in link-time
+    errors in shared libraries. Use GNU binutils instead. 
+
+    GCC 3.2.* is known to miscompile Qt due to an optimizer bug that will
+    cause the resulting binaries to hang. Please use GCC 3.4.2 or later.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page platform-notes-windows.html
+    \title Platform Notes - Windows
+    \contentspage Platform Notes
+
+    This page contains information about the Windows platforms Qt is currently
+    known to run on, with links to platform-specific notes. More information
+    about the combinations of platforms and compilers supported by Qt can be
+    found on the \l{Supported Platforms} page.
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 Windows Vista
+
+    At the time Qt %VERSION% was released, there were no known Vista-specific issues.
+
+    \target Windows NT
+    \section1 Windows XP, Windows 2000 and Windows NT
+
+    \section2 Installation location
+
+    Installing Qt into a directory with spaces, e.g. C:\\Program Files, may
+    cause linker errors like the following:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_platform-notes.qdoc 2
+
+    Install Qt into a subdirectory without spaces to avoid this problem.
+
+    \section2 AccelGALAXY graphic card
+
+    When you use a NT 4.0 machine with the driver number
+    4,00,1381,1000,021,4.0.0 there is a problem with drag an drop and icons.
+    The computer freezes, and you have to reset. The problem disappears with
+    the newest version of the driver, available at
+    \l{http://www.es.com/}{www.es.com}.
+
+    \section2 Possible GL conflict
+
+    There is a known issue with running Microsoft NetMeeting, Lotus SameTime
+    and other applications that require screen grabbing while direct
+    rendering is enabled. Other GL-applications may not work as expected,
+    unless direct rendering is disabled.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page platform-notes-mac.html
+    \title Platform Notes - Mac OS X
+    \contentspage Platform Notes
+
+    This page contains information about the Mac OS X versions Qt is currently
+    known to run on, with links to platform-specific notes. More information
+    about the combinations of platforms and compilers supported by Qt can be
+    found on the \l{Supported Platforms} page.
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 General Information
+
+    Qt 4.4 and Qt 4.5 development is only supported on Mac OS X 10.4 and up.
+    Applications built against these version of Qt can be deployed on Mac OS X
+    10.3, but cannot be developed on that version of the operating system due
+    to compiler issues.
+
+    Qt 4.3 has been tested to run on Mac OS X 10.3.9 and up. See notes on
+    the binary package for more information.
+
+    Qt 4.1 has been tested to run on Mac OS X 10.2.8 and up. Qt 4.1.4 is the
+    last release to work with Mac OS X 10.2.
+
+    \section2 Required GCC version
+
+    Apple's gcc 4 that is shipped with the Xcode Tools for both Mac OS X 10.4
+    and 10.5 will compile Qt. There is preliminary support for gcc 4.2 which
+    is included with Xcode Tools 3.1+ (configurable with
+    \c{-platform macx-g++42}).
+
+    \section2 Binary Package
+
+    The binary package requires that you have your .qt-license file in your
+    home directory. Installer.app cannot complete without a valid .qt-license
+    file. Evaluation users of Qt will have information about how to create
+    this file in the email they receive.
+
+    The binary package was built on Mac OS X 10.4 with Xcode Tools 2.1
+    (gcc 4.0.0) for Qt 4.1.0, Xcode Tools 2.2 (gcc 4.0.1) for Qt 4.1.1-4.1.4
+    and Xcode Tools 2.3 for 4.2.0. It will only link executables built
+    against 10.4 (or a 10.4 SDK). You should be able to run applications
+    linked against these frameworks on Mac OS X 10.3.9 and Mac OS X 10.4+.
+    If you require a different configuration, you will have to use the
+    source package and build with GCC 3.3.
+
+    \section2 Mac OS X on Intel hardware
+
+    Qt 4 fully supports both the Intel and PowerPC architectures on the Mac.
+    As of Qt 4.1 it is possible to support the Intel architecture by
+    creating Universal Binaries with qmake. As of Qt 4.1 it is possible to
+    build Qt as a set of universal binaries and frameworks from configure by
+    adding these extra flags:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_platform-notes.qdoc 3
+
+    If you are building on Intel hardware you can omit the sdk parameter, but
+    PowerPC hardware requires it.
+
+    You can also generate universal binaries using qmake. Simply add these
+    lines to your .pro file:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_platform-notes.qdoc 4
+
+    \section2 Build Issues
+
+    If Qt does not build upon executing make, and fails with an error message
+    such as
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_platform-notes.qdoc 5
+
+    this could be an indication you have upgraded your version of Mac OS X
+    (e.g. 10.3 to 10.4), without upgrading your Developer Tools (Xcode Tools).
+    These must match in order to successfully compile files.
+
+    Please be sure to upgrade both simultaneously. If problems still occur,
+    contact support.
+
+    \section2 Fink
+
+    If you have installed the Qt for X11 package from \l{Fink},
+    it will set the QMAKESPEC environment variable to darwin-g++. This will
+    cause problems when you build the Qt for Mac OS X package. To fix this, simply
+    unset your QMAKESPEC or set it to macx-g++ before you run configure.
+    You need to have a fresh Qt distribution (make confclean).
+
+    \section2 MySQL and Mac OS X
+
+    There seems to be a issue when both -prebind and -multi_module are
+    defined when linking static C libraries into dynamic library. If you
+    get the following error message when linking Qt:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_platform-notes.qdoc 6
+
+    re-link Qt using -single_module. This is only a problem when building the
+    MySQL driver into Qt. It does not affect plugins or static builds.
+
+    \section2 Qt and Precompiled Headers (PCH)
+
+    Starting with Qt 3.3.0 it is possible to use precompiled headers. They
+    are not enabled by default as it appears that some versions of Apple's
+    GCC and make have problems with this feature. If you want to use
+    precompiled headers when building the Qt source package, specify the
+    -pch option to configure. If, while using precompiled headers, you
+    encounter an internal compile error, try removing the -include header
+    statement from the compile line and trying again. If this solves the
+    problem, it probably is a good idea to turn off precompiled headers.
+    Also, consider filing a bug report with Apple so that they can
+    improve support for this feature.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page platform-notes-windows-ce.html
+    \title Platform Notes - Windows CE
+    \contentspage Platform Notes
+
+    This page contains information about the Windows CE and Windows Mobile
+    platforms Qt is currently known to run on, with links to platform-specific
+    notes. More information about the combinations of platforms and compilers
+    supported by Qt can be found on the \l{Supported Platforms} page.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page platform-notes-embedded-linux.html
+    \title Platform Notes - Embedded Linux
+    \contentspage Platform Notes
+
+    This page contains information about the Embedded Linux platforms Qt is
+    currently known to run on, with links to platform-specific notes. More
+    information about the combinations of platforms and compilers supported
+    by Qt can be found on the \l{Supported Platforms} page.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/platforms/qt-embedded-linux.qdoc b/doc/src/platforms/qt-embedded-linux.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5329218
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/platforms/qt-embedded-linux.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \group qws
+    \title Qt for Embedded Linux Classes
+    \ingroup groups
+    \ingroup qt-embedded-linux
+    \ingroup platform-specific
+
+    \brief Classes that are specific to Qt for Embedded Linux.
+
+    These classes are relevant to \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} users.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \group qt-embedded-linux
+    \ingroup qt-embedded
+    \title Qt for Embedded Linux
+    \brief Documents specifically about Qt for Embedded Linux.
+
+    Qt for Embedded Linux is a C++ framework for GUI and application development
+    for embedded devices. It runs on a variety of processors, usually
+    with Embedded Linux.  Qt for Embedded Linux provides the standard Qt API for
+    embedded devices with a lightweight window system.
+
+    \image qt-embedded-architecture.png
+
+    Qt for Embedded Linux applications write directly to the framebuffer,
+    eliminating the need for the X Window System and saving memory.
+    The Linux framebuffer is enabled by default on all modern Linux
+    distributions. For information on older versions, please refer to
+    the \l{Framebuffer HOWTO} document. For development
+    and debugging purposes, Qt for Embedded Linux provides a \l {The
+    Virtual Framebuffer}{virtual framebuffer}. It is also possible to
+    run an application using the
+    \l{The VNC Protocol and Qt for Embedded Linux}{VNC protocol}.
+
+    \table 100%
+    \header \o Getting Started \o Reference \o Features
+    \row
+    \o
+     \list
+        \o \l {Qt for Embedded Linux Architecture}{Architecture Overview}
+        \o \l {Installing Qt for Embedded Linux}{Installation}
+        \o \l {Running Qt for Embedded Linux Applications}{Running Applications}
+        \o \l {Qt for Embedded Linux Examples}{Examples}
+    \endlist
+    \o
+    \list
+        \o \l {Qt for Embedded Linux Classes}{Classes}
+        \o \l {Qt for Embedded Linux Environment Variables}{Environment Variables}
+        \o \l {Licenses for Fonts Used in Qt for Embedded Linux}{Font Licenses}
+    \endlist
+    \o
+    \list
+        \o \l {Qt for Embedded Linux Pointer Handling}{Pointer Handling}
+        \o \l {Qt for Embedded Linux Character Input}{Character Input}
+        \o \l {Qt for Embedded Linux Display Management}{Display Management}
+        \o \l {Qt for Embedded Linux and OpenGL}{OpenGL}
+        \o \l {Qt for Embedded Linux Fonts}{Fonts}
+    \endlist
+
+    \header \o Development \o Porting \o Optimization
+    \row
+    \o
+     \list
+        \o \l {The Virtual Framebuffer}{Virtual Framebuffer}
+        \o \l {The VNC Protocol and Qt for Embedded Linux}{VNC Protocol}
+        \o \l {Testing the Linux Framebuffer}
+        \o \l {Cross Compiling Qt for Embedded Linux Applications}{Cross Compiling Applications}
+        \o \l {Deploying Qt for Embedded Linux Applications}{Deploying Applications}
+    \endlist
+    \o
+    \list
+        \o \l {Porting Qt Applications to Qt for Embedded Linux}
+        \o \l {Porting Qt for Embedded Linux to a New Architecture}
+        \o \l {Porting Qt for Embedded Linux to Another Operating System}
+    \endlist
+    \o
+    \list
+        \o \l {Qt Performance Tuning}
+        \o \l {Fine-Tuning Features in Qt}
+        \o \l {Adding an Accelerated Graphics Driver to Qt for Embedded Linux}{Adding an Accelerated Graphics Driver}
+    \endlist
+    \endtable
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/platforms/qt-embedded.qdoc b/doc/src/platforms/qt-embedded.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..22cba80
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/platforms/qt-embedded.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \group qt-embedded
+    \title Qt for Embedded Platforms
+    \brief Documents related to Qt for Embedded Platforms.
+    \ingroup platform-specific
+
+    Qt is available for embedded platforms and devices as well as for a number
+    of desktop platforms. The features provided for each platform depend on the
+    capabilities and architecture of the operating system.
+
+    Currently, two embedded platforms are supported by Qt:
+
+    \table 90%
+    \header
+    \raw HTML
+      <td style="width: 40%">Embedded Linux</td>
+      <td style="background: white; width: 5%"></td>
+      <td style="width: 40%">Windows CE</td>
+    \endraw
+    \row    \o \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} is designed to be used on Linux devices
+               without X11 or existing graphical environments. This flavor of
+               Qt includes a framework for creating both applications and an
+               environment for them. As a result, it includes features for
+               window management, inter-process communication and facilities
+               for handling input and display devices.
+    \raw HTML
+      <td style="background: white; width: 5%"></td>
+    \endraw
+    \o \l{Qt for Windows CE} is used to create applications running in
+               existing Windows CE and Windows Mobile environments.
+               Applications use the appropriate style for the embedded
+               environment and use native features, such as menus, to conform
+               to the native style guidelines.
+    \endtable
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/platforms/qtmac-as-native.qdoc b/doc/src/platforms/qtmac-as-native.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..265d222
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/platforms/qtmac-as-native.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Qt for Mac OS X documentation
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page qtmac-as-native.html
+    \title Qt is Mac OS X Native
+    \brief An explanation of Qt's native features on Mac OS X.
+    \ingroup platform-specific
+
+    This document explains what makes an application native on Mac OS X.
+    It shows the areas where Qt is compliant, and the grey areas where
+    compliance is more questionable. (See also the document 
+    \l{mac-differences.html}{Qt for Mac OS X - Specific Issues}.)
+
+    Normally when referring to a native Mac application, one really means an
+    application that talks directly to the underlying window system, rather
+    than one that uses some intermediary (for example Apple's X11 server, or a
+    web browser). Qt applications run as first class citizens, just like
+    Cocoa, and Carbon applications. In fact, we use Carbon and HIView
+    internally to communicate with OS X.
+
+    When an application is running as a first class citizen, it means that
+    it can interact with specific components of the Mac OS X experience:
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 The Global Menu Bar
+
+    Qt does this via the QMenuBar abstraction. Mac users expect to
+    have a menu bar at the top of the screen and Qt honors this.
+
+    Additionally, users expect certain conventions to be respected, for
+    example the application menu should contain About, Preferences,
+    Quit, etc. Qt handles this automatically, although it does not
+    provide a means of interacting directly with the application menu.
+    (By doing this automatically, Qt makes it easier to port Qt
+    applications to other platforms.)
+
+    \section1 Aqua
+
+    This is a critical piece of Mac OS X (documentation can be found at
+    \l{http://developer.apple.com/documentation/UserExperience/Conceptual/OSXHIGuidelines/index.html}).
+    It is a huge topic, but the most important guidelines for GUI
+    design are probably these:
+
+    \list
+    \i \e{Aqua look}
+
+      As with Cocoa/Carbon, Qt provides widgets that look like those
+      described in the Human Interface Descriptions. Qt's widgets use
+      Appearance Manager on Mac OS X 10.2 and the new HIThemes on Mac OS X 10.3
+      and higher to implement the look, in other words we use Apple's own API's
+      for doing the rendering.
+
+    \i \e{Aqua feel}
+
+      This is a bit more subjective, but certainly Qt strives to
+      provide the same feel as any Mac OS X application (and we
+      consider situations where it doesn't achieve this to be bugs).
+      Of course Qt has other concerns to bear in mind, especially
+      remaining cross-platform. Some "baggage" that Qt carries is in
+      an effort to provide a widget on a platform for which an
+      equivelant doesn't exist, or so that a single API can be used to
+      do something, even if the API doesn't make entire sense for a
+      specific widget.
+
+    \i \e{Aqua guides}
+
+      This is the most subjective, but there are many suggestions and
+      guidelines in the Aqua style guidelines. This is the area where Qt is
+      of least assistance. The decisions that must be made to conform (widget
+      sizes, widget layouts with respect to other widgets, window margins,
+      placement of OK and Cancel, etc) must be made based on the user
+      experience demanded by your application. If your user base is small or
+      mostly comes from the Windows or Unix worlds, these are minor issues much
+      less important than trying to make a mass market product. Qt for Mac OS X
+      is fully API compatible with Qt for Windows and X11, but Mac OS X is a
+      significantly different platform to Windows and some special
+      considerations must be made based on your audience.
+
+    \endlist
+
+    \section1 Dock
+
+    Interaction with the dock is possible. The icon can be set by calling
+    QWidget::setWindowIcon() on the main window in your application. The
+    setWindowIcon() call can be made as often as necessary, providing an
+    icon that can be easily updated.
+    \omit
+    It is also possible to set a QMenu as the dock menu through the use of the
+    qt_mac_set_dock_menu() function.
+    \endomit
+
+    \section1 Accessiblity
+
+    Although many users never use this, some users will only interact with your
+    applications via assistive devices. With Qt the aim is to make this
+    automatic in your application so that it conforms to accepted practice on
+    its platform. Qt uses Apple's accessibility framework to provide access
+    to users with diabilities.
+
+    \section1 Development Tools
+
+    Mac OS X developers expect a certain level of interopability
+    between their development toolkit and the platform's developer
+    tools (for example Visual Studio, gmake, etc). Qt supports both Unix
+    style Makefiles, and ProjectBuilder/Xcode project files by using
+    the \l qmake tool. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtmac-as-native.qdoc 0
+
+    will generate an Xcode project file from project.pro. With \l qmake
+    you do not have to worry about rules for Qt's preprocessors (\l moc
+    and \l uic) since \l qmake automatically handles them and ensures that
+    everything necessary is linked into your application.
+
+    Qt does not entirely interact with the development environment (for
+    example plugins to set a file to "mocable" from within the Xcode
+    user interface). Nokia is actively working on improving Qt's
+    interoperability with various IDEs.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/platforms/supported-platforms.qdoc b/doc/src/platforms/supported-platforms.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8aec1e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/platforms/supported-platforms.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page supported-platforms.html
+    \title Supported Platforms
+    \brief The platforms supported by Nokia for Qt.
+    \ingroup platform-specific
+
+    The Qt team strives to provide support for the platforms most
+    frequently used by Qt users. We have designed our internal testing procedure to
+    divide platforms into three test categories (Tier 1, Tier 2 and Tier 3) in order
+    to prioritize internal testing and development resources so that the most
+    frequently used platforms are subjected to our most rigorous testing processes.
+
+    Qt is supported on a variety of 32-bit and 64-bit platforms, and can
+    usually be built on each platform with GCC, a vendor-supplied compiler, or
+    a third party compiler. Although Qt may be built on a range of platform-compiler
+    combinations, only a subset of these are actively supported by Nokia.
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    Information about the specific platforms Qt runs on can be found on the
+    \l{Platform Notes} page. Information about the compilers used on each platform
+    can be found on the \l{Compiler Notes} page.
+
+    \section1 Tier 1 Platforms
+
+    All Tier 1 platforms are subjected to our unit test suite and other internal
+    testing tools on a frequent basis (prior to new version releases, source tree
+    branching, and at other significant period points in the development process).
+    Errors or bugs discovered in these platforms are prioritized for correction
+    by the development team. Significant errors discovered in Tier 1 platforms can
+    impact release dates and Qt Development Frameworks strives to resolve all known
+    high priority errors in Tier 1 platforms prior to new version releases.
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Platform
+                                     \o Compilers
+    \row    \o Linux (32 and 64-bit)
+                                     \o gcc 4.2
+    \row    \o Microsoft Windows XP
+                                     \o gcc 3.4.2 (MinGW) (32-bit), MSVC 2003, 2005 (32 and 64-bit)
+    \row    \o Microsoft Windows Vista
+                                     \o MSVC 2005, 2008
+    \row    \o Microsoft Windows Vista 64bit
+                                     \o MSVC 2008
+    \row    \o Apple Mac OS X 10.5 "Leopard" x86_64 (Carbon, Cocoa 32 and 64bit)
+                                     \o As provided by Apple
+    \row    \o Embedded Linux QWS (ARM)
+                                     \o gcc (\l{http:\\www.codesourcery.com}{Codesourcery version)}
+    \row    \o Windows CE 5.0 (ARMv4i, x86, MIPS)
+                                     \o MSVC 2005 WinCE 5.0 Standard (x86, pocket, smart, mipsii)
+    \endtable
+
+    \section1 Tier 2 Platforms
+
+    Tier 2 platforms are subjected to our unit test suite and other internal testing
+    tools prior to release of new product versions.  Qt users should note, however,
+    that errors may be present in released product versions for Tier 2 platforms and,
+    subject to resource availability, known errors in Tier 2 platforms may or may not
+    be corrected prior to new version releases.
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Platform
+                                     \o Compilers
+    \row    \o Apple Mac OS X 10.4 "Tiger"
+                                     \o As provided by Apple
+    \row    \o HPUXi 11.11
+                                     \o aCC 3.57, gcc 3.4
+    \row    \o HPUXi 11.23
+                                     \o aCC 6.10
+    \row    \o Solaris 10 UltraSparc
+                                     \o Sun Studio 12
+    \row    \o AIX 6
+                                     \o Power5 xlC 7
+    \row    \o Microsoft Windows XP
+                                     \o Intel Compiler
+    \row    \o Linux
+                                     \o Intel Compiler
+    \row    \o Embedded Linux QWS (Mips, PowerPC)
+                                     \o gcc (\l{http:\\www.codesourcery.com}{Codesourcery version)}
+    \row    \o Windows CE 6.0 (ARMv4i, x86, MIPS)
+                                     \o MSVC 2008 WinCE 6.0 Professional
+    \endtable
+
+    \section1 Tier 3 Platforms (Not supported by Nokia)
+
+    All platforms not specifically listed above are not supported by Nokia. Nokia does
+    not run its unit test suite or perform any other internal tests on platforms not
+    listed above.  Qt users should note, however, that there may be various open source
+    projects, community users and/or Qt partners who are able to provide assistance with
+    platforms not supported by Nokia.
+
+    \section1 General Legal Disclaimer
+
+    Please note that Qt is offered on an "as is" basis without warranty
+    of any kind and that our products are not error or bug free. To the maximum extent
+    permitted by applicable law, Nokia on behalf of itself and its suppliers, disclaims all
+    warranties and conditions, either express or implied, including, but not limited to,
+    implied warranties of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, title and
+    non-infringement with regard to the Licensed Software.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/platforms/wince-customization.qdoc b/doc/src/platforms/wince-customization.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..06de1c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/platforms/wince-customization.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,264 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page windowsce-customization.html
+    \ingroup qtce
+    \title Windows CE - Working with Custom SDKs
+    \brief How to set up Qt for use with custom Windows CE SDKs.
+
+    When working with a custom SDK for Windows CE, Qt provides an easy way
+    to add support for it to your development environment. The following is
+    a tutorial that covers how to create a specification for Qt on Windows
+    CE platforms.
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 Creating a Custom Build Specification
+
+    Create a subdirectory in the \c mkspecs folder of the Qt directory.
+    New specifications for Qt for Windows CE following this naming convention:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_wince-customization.qdoc 0
+
+    Using this convention makes it possible for \l{qmake} to identify that
+    you are building Qt for Windows CE, and will customize the compilation
+    process accordingly.
+
+    Create the files \c qmake.conf and \c qplatformdefs.h inside the new
+    specification directory. Take a look at the implementation of the other
+    Windows CE specifications included in the \c mkspecs directory to see
+    what is required to build Qt for Windows CE successfully.
+
+
+    \section1 Fine-Tuning Options
+
+    Compared to the desktop versions, Qt for Windows CE needs two additional
+    options:
+
+    \list
+    \o \bold{CE_SDK} specifies the name of the SDK.
+    \o \bold{CE_ARCH} specifies information about the target architecture.
+    \endlist
+
+    Following is an example configuration for the Windows Mobile 5 for 
+    Pocket PC SDK:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_wince-customization.qdoc 1
+
+    \note \l{qmake} uses this information to build a valid Visual Studio
+    project file. You need to ensure that they are identical to the
+    configuration of the custom SDK, otherwise you might not be able to compile
+    or debug your project with Visual Studio.
+
+    Additionally, most Windows CE SDKs use extra compiler options. These
+    can be specified by expanding the \c DEFINES value.
+
+    For example, with Windows Mobile 5 for Pocket PC, the \c DEFINES variable
+    is expanded in the following way:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_wince-customization.qdoc 2
+
+    The mkspec may require additional configuration to be used inside of Visual
+    Studio, depending on the Windows CE SDK. The above example defines
+    \c _M_ARM. This definition is available internally in Visual Studio. Hence,
+    the compiler will warn you about redefinition during the build step. These
+    warnings can be disabled by adding a \c default_post.prf file containing
+    the following lines, within the subdirectory.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_wince-customization.qdoc 8
+
+
+    \section1 Cross-compilation Environment for a Custom SDK
+
+    Qt for Windows CE supports a convenience script, \c{setcepaths.bat}, that
+    prepares the environment in a command prompt for cross-compilation.
+    However, on custom SDKs, the \c checksdk tool is provided to identify the
+    environment, so Qt compiles successfully.
+
+    \c checksdk is generated during the \c configure step and allows for the
+    following options:
+
+    \list
+        \o  \c list: Returns a list of available Windows CE SDKs. (This list
+            may contain one or more SDKs not supported on Qt for Windows CE,
+            e.g., Pocket PC 2003.)
+        \o  \c sdk: The parameter to specify an SDK. Returns a setup of
+            environment variables that must be set to cross-compile Qt.
+        \o  \c script: Stores your setup in a \c{.bat} file. This simplifies
+            the process of switching environments when you load a command
+            prompt in future.
+    \endlist
+
+
+    \section1 Compiling Qt for a Custom SDK
+
+    Windows CE is highly customizable, hence it is possible that some SDKs have
+    feature-stripped setups. Depending on the SDK's configuration, Qt may not
+    compile in its standard configuration, as Qt for Windows CE is designed to
+    be compatible with the Standard SDK setup.
+
+    However, it is possible to exclude features of Qt and create a version that
+    compiles for the desired SDK.
+
+    Further information on stripping features can be found in the
+    \l{Fine-Tuning Features in Qt}{QFeatures} documentation.
+
+
+    \section1 Making Qt Applications Start on a Custom Device
+
+    Sometimes, a Windows CE device has been created with a configuration
+    different from the corresponding SDK's configuration. In this case, symbols
+    that were available at linking stage will be missing from the run-time
+    libraries.
+    
+    Unfortunately, the operating system will not provide an error message that
+    mentions which symbols are absent. Instead, a message box with the following
+    message will appear:
+
+    \c{app.exe is not a valid CE application!}
+
+    To identify the missing symbols, you need to create a temporary
+    application that attempts to dynamically load the Qt for Windows CE
+    libraries using \c LoadLibrary. The following code can be used for this:
+    
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_wince-customization.qdoc 9
+
+    Once you have compiled and deployed the application as well as the Qt
+    libraries, start a remote debugger. The debugger will then print the
+    ordinal number of the unresolved symbol.
+
+    Search for parts of Qt that rely on these functions and disable them using
+    the \l{Fine-Tuning Features in Qt}{QFeatures} functionality.
+
+    In our experience, when Qt applications do not start on Windows CE, it is
+    usually the result of missing symbols for the following classes or
+    features:
+    \list
+    \o \l{Drag and Drop}
+    \o \l{QClipboard}
+    \o \l{QCursor}
+    \endlist
+
+    Please refer to the Microsoft documentation
+    \l{http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/e7tsx612.aspx}{here} for
+    information on what ordinals are and how you can create them. Information
+    on accessing the corresponding symbol name to a given ordinal value can
+    also be found in the Microsoft documentation.
+
+*/
+
+/*! 
+    \page shadow builds-wince.html
+    \ingroup qtce
+    \title Windows CE - Using shadow builds
+    \brief How to create a shadow build for Qt for Windows CE.
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    While developing for Windows CE you might want to compile a
+    version of Qt for several different platforms and SDKs. In order
+    to create those different builds of Qt you do not have to copy the
+    whole Qt package or the Qt source. You are able to create multiple
+    Qt builds from a single source tree. Such builds are called shadow
+    builds.
+
+    Basically a shadow build is created by calling configure.exe from a
+    different directory.
+
+    To make sure that the shadow build compiles correctly it is important
+    that you following these guidelines:
+
+    \list
+    \o The original Qt source package must be left untouched - configure must
+    never have been run in the source tree directory.
+
+    \o The shadow build directory must be on the same level as the Qt source
+        package.\br
+    If the Qt package is in \c{C:\Qt\%VERSION%} the shadow build directory
+    could be \c{C:\Qt\shadowbuild}. A shadow build from a directory like
+    \c{C:\shadowbuild} will not compile.
+    \o Avoid using "release" and "debug" in the path to the shadow build
+    directory. (This is an internal limitation of the build system.)
+    \o The \c{\bin} directory of the shadow build directory must be added to the
+    \c PATH environment variable.
+    \o Perl has been installed on your system. (\l{ActivePerl} is a popular
+    distribution of Perl on Windows.)
+    \endlist
+
+    So lets assume you have installed Qt in \c{C:\Qt\%VERSION%} and you want
+    to create a shadow build in \c{C:\Qt\mobile5-shadow}:
+
+    \list
+    \o First add \c{C:\Qt\mobile5-shadow\bin} to the \c PATH variable.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_wince-customization.qdoc 3
+
+    \o Make sure the enviroment variables for your compiler are set.
+
+    Visual Studio includes \c{vcvars32.bat} for that purpose - or simply use
+    the "Visual Studio Command Prompt" from the Start menu.
+
+    \o Now navigate to your shadow build directory and run configure:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_wince-customization.qdoc 4
+
+    \o To build Qt, you have to update your \c{PATH, INCLUDE} and \c LIB paths
+    to point to your target platforms.
+
+    For a default installation of the Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK, you
+    can do the following:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_wince-customization.qdoc 5
+
+    We have provided a convenience script for this called \c{setcepaths}. Simply
+    type:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_wince-customization.qdoc 6
+
+    \o Finally, to build the shadow build type:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_wince-customization.qdoc 7
+
+    \o That's all. You have successfully created a shadow build of Qt in
+    \c{C:\Qt\mobile5-shadow}.
+    \endlist
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/platforms/wince-introduction.qdoc b/doc/src/platforms/wince-introduction.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..29f880e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/platforms/wince-introduction.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \group qtce
+    \title Qt for Windows CE
+    \ingroup qt-embedded
+    \brief Documents related to Qt on Windows CE
+
+    Qt for Windows CE is a C++ framework for GUI and application development
+    for embedded devices running Windows CE. It runs on a variety of processors,
+    including ARM, Intel x86, MIPS and SH-4.
+
+    \table 100%
+    \header \o Getting Started \o Reference \o Performance and Optimization
+    \row
+    \o
+     \list
+        \o \l {Qt for Windows CE Requirements}
+        \o \l {Installing Qt on Windows CE}
+        \o \l {Windows CE - Introduction to using Qt}{Introduction to using Qt}
+    \endlist
+    \o
+    \list
+        \o \l {Windows CE - Using shadow builds}{Using shadow builds}
+        \o \l {Windows CE - Working with Custom SDKs}{Working with Custom SDKs}
+    \endlist
+    \o
+    \list
+        \o \l {Windows CE OpenGL ES}{OpenGL ES}
+        \o \l {Qt Performance Tuning}
+        \o \l {Fine-Tuning Features in Qt}
+    \endlist
+    \endtable
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page wince-with-qt-introduction.html
+
+    \title Windows CE - Introduction to using Qt
+    \brief An introduction to Qt for Windows CE developers.
+    \ingroup qtce
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 Required tools
+
+    In order to use Qt for Windows CE you need to have Visual Studio
+    2005 and at least one of the supported Windows CE/Mobile SDKs
+    installed.
+
+    We recommend the \e{Windows Mobile 5.0 SDK for Pocket PC} SDK available
+    \l{http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?FamilyID=83a52af2-f524-4ec5-9155-717cbe5d25ed&DisplayLang=en}{here}.
+
+    \section1 Installing Qt
+
+    Follow the instructions found in \l{Installing Qt on Windows CE}.
+
+    \section1 Building your own applications
+
+    If you are new to Qt development, have a look at \l{How to Learn Qt}
+    and \l{Tutorials}. In general there is little or no difference in
+    developing Qt applications for Windows CE compared to any of the
+    other platforms supported by Qt.
+
+    Once you have a \c .pro file, there are two ways of building your
+    application. You can either do it on the command line or inside of
+    VS2005. To do it on the command line, simply write:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_wince-introduction.qdoc 0
+
+    To build the project inside of VS2005, on the command line write:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_wince-introduction.qdoc 1
+
+    then start VS2005 with the generated \c .vcproj or \c .sln file and
+    select \e{Build project}.
+
+    For more information on how to use qmake have a look at the \l
+    {qmake Tutorial}.
+
+    \section1 Running the application
+
+    In order to run the application, it needs to be deployed on the
+    Windows CE/Mobile device you want to test it for. This can either
+    be done manually or automated using VS2005.
+
+    To do it manually, simply copy the executable, the Qt \c{.dll}
+    files needed for the application to run, and the C-runtime library
+    into a folder on the device, and then click on the executable to
+    start the program. You can either use the \e Explorer found in
+    ActiveSync or the \e{Remote File Viewer} found in VS2005 to do
+    this.
+
+    VS2005 can do this step automatically for you as well. If you have
+    built the project inside VS2005, simply select \e Deploy and then
+    \e Debug to deploy and then run the application. You can change the
+    device type by changing the \e{Target Device} specified in the
+    VS2005 toolbar.
+
+    Further information on deploying Qt applications for Windows can
+    be found in the \l{Deploying an Application on Windows}
+    {deployment document}.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/platforms/wince-opengl.qdoc b/doc/src/platforms/wince-opengl.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3c7e22f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/platforms/wince-opengl.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page windowsce-opengl.html
+    \title Windows CE OpenGL ES
+    \ingroup qtce
+    \brief Information about support for OpenGL ES with Qt for Windows CE.
+
+    \section1 Introduction
+
+    \l {http://www.opengl.org}{OpenGL} is an industry standard API for 2D/3D
+    graphics. It provides a powerful, low-level interface between software
+    and acceleration hardware, and it is operating system and window system
+    independent.
+
+    \l {http://www.khronos.org/opengles}{OpenGL ES} is a subset of the
+    \l {http://www.opengl.org}{OpenGL} standard. It is meant for use in
+    embedded systems. Hence, it has a smaller, more constrained API.
+
+    Qt for Windows CE uses EGL 1.1 to embed OpenGL ES windows within the
+    Windows CE window manager.
+
+    To use OpenGL ES enabled widgets in a Qt for Windows CE application, you
+    only need to subclass QGLWidget and draw on instances of the subclass with
+    OpenGL ES functions.
+
+    OpenGL ES includes profiles for floating-point and fixed-point arithmetic.
+    The floating point profile is called OpenGL ES CM (Common) and the
+    fixed-point profile is called OpenGL ES CL (Common Lite).
+
+    You can run \c{configure} with the \c{-opengl-es-cm} option for the Common
+    profile or \c{-opengl-es-cl} for the Common Lite profile. In both cases,
+    ensure that the \c{lib} and \c{includes} paths include the OpenGL ES
+    headers and libararies from your SDK. The OpenGL ES lib should be called
+    either \c{libGLES_CM.lib} for the Common profile or \c{libGLES_CL.lib}
+    for the Common Lite profile.
+
+    To configure Qt for Windows Mobile 5.0 and OpenGL ES Common Lite support
+    you can run \c{configure} like this:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_wince-opengl.qdoc 0
+
+    The distinction between the Common and Common Lite profiles is important,
+    because the Common Lite profile has less functionality and only supports a
+    fixed-point vertex format.
+
+    To start programming with Qt and OpenGL ES on Windows CE, you can start
+    with the \l{Hello GL ES Example}. This example shows how to use QGLWidget
+    and QGLPainter with OpenGL ES. It also provides some hints on how to port
+    OpenGL code to OpenGL ES.
+
+    \section2 Using OpenGL to Accelerate Normal 2D Painting
+
+    Qt provides QOpenGLPaintEngine, a subclass of QPaintEngine that translates
+    QPainter operations into OpenGL calls. This is especially convenient for
+    drawing text or QImage objects in an OpenGL ES context. For further
+    details, refer to the \l{Hello GL ES Example}.
+
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/platforms/winsystem.qdoc b/doc/src/platforms/winsystem.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5afa1f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/platforms/winsystem.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page winsystem.html
+    \title Window System Specific Notes
+    \ingroup platform-specific
+
+    Qt is a cross-platform GUI toolkit, so almost the entire API is the
+    same on all platforms and window systems. If you wish to use
+    platform-specific features, and still maintain a platform-independent
+    source tree, you should protect the platform-specific code using the
+    appropriate \c{#ifdef} directives (see below).
+
+    Qt provides a few low-level global functions for fine-tuning
+    applications on specific platforms. See \l{Special-Purpose Global
+    Functions Exported by Qt} for details.
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    For information about which platforms are supported by Qt, see the
+    \l{Platform Notes}. For information on distributing Qt applications, see
+    \l{Deploying Qt Applications}.
+
+    \target x11
+    \section1 Qt for X11
+
+    When compiling for this platform, the macro \c{Q_WS_X11} is defined.
+
+    \e{Not documented here. Please contact Qt's technical support team
+    if you have queries.}
+
+    See the \l{Qt for X11 Requirements} page for more information about the
+    libraries required to build Qt with as many features as possible.
+
+    \target win
+    \section1 Qt for Windows
+
+    When compiling for this platform, the macro \c{Q_WS_WIN} is defined.
+
+    \e{Not documented here. Please contact Qt's technical support team
+    if you have queries.}
+
+    \target macosx
+    \section1 Qt for Mac OS X
+
+    When compiling for this platform, the macro \c{Q_WS_MAC} is defined.
+
+    \list
+    \i \l{Qt for Mac OS X - Specific Issues}
+    \i \l{Qt is Mac OS X Native}
+    \endlist
+
+    \target qws
+    \section1 Qt for Embedded Linux
+
+    When compiling for this platform, the macro \c{Q_WS_QWS} is
+    defined (the window system is literally the Qt Window System). See
+    the \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} documentation for more information.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/platforms/x11overlays.qdoc b/doc/src/platforms/x11overlays.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7d7a776
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/platforms/x11overlays.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page x11overlays.html
+    \title How to Use X11 Overlays with Qt
+
+    X11 overlays are a powerful mechanism for drawing
+    annotations etc., on top of an image without destroying it, thus saving
+    a great deal of image rendering time. For more information, see the highly
+    recommended book \e{OpenGL Programming for the X Window System} (Mark
+    Kilgard, Addison Wesley Developers Press 1996).
+
+    \warning The Qt OpenGL Extension includes direct support for the
+    use of OpenGL overlays. For many uses of overlays, this makes the
+    technique described below redundant. The following is a discussion
+    on how to use non-QGL widgets in overlay planes.
+
+    In the typical case, X11 overlays can easily be used together with the
+    current version of Qt and the Qt OpenGL Extension. The following
+    requirements apply:
+
+    \list 1
+    \i Your X server and graphics card/hardware must support overlays.
+       For many X servers, overlay support can be turned on with
+       a configuration option; consult your X server installation
+       documentation.
+
+    \i Your X server must (be configured to) use an overlay visual as the
+       default visual. Most modern X servers do this, since this has the
+       added advantage that pop-up menus, overlapping windows etc., will
+       \e not affect underlying images in the main plane, thereby
+       avoiding expensive redraws.
+
+    \i The best (deepest) visual for OpenGL rendering is in the main
+       plane. This is the normal case. Typically, X servers that support
+       overlays provide a 24-bit \c TrueColor visual in the main plane,
+       and an 8-bit \c PseudoColor (default) visual in the overlay plane.
+    \endlist
+
+    Assuming that the requirements mentioned above are met, a
+    QGLWidget will default to using the main plane visual, while all
+    other widgets will use the overlay visual. Thus, we can place a
+    normal widget on top of the QGLWidget, and do drawing on it,
+    without affecting the image in the OpenGL window. In other words,
+    we can use all the drawing capabilities of QPainter to draw
+    annotations, rubberbands, etc. For the typical use of overlays,
+    this is much easier than using OpenGL for rendering annotations.
+
+    An overlay plane has a specific color called the transparent
+    color. Pixels drawn in this color will not be visible; instead
+    the underlying OpenGL image will show through.
+
+    To use this technique, you must not use the
+    QApplication::ManyColor or QApplication::TrueColor color
+    specification for QApplication, because this will force the
+    normal Qt widgets to use a \c TrueColor visual, which will
+    typically be in the main plane, not in the overlay plane as
+    desired.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/plugins-howto.qdoc b/doc/src/plugins-howto.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 2a099bc..0000000
--- a/doc/src/plugins-howto.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,470 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page plugins-howto.html
-    \title How to Create Qt Plugins
-    \brief A guide to creating plugins to extend Qt applications and functionality provided by Qt.
-    \ingroup howto
-
-    \keyword QT_DEBUG_PLUGINS
-    \keyword QT_NO_PLUGIN_CHECK
-
-    Qt provides two APIs for creating plugins:
-
-    \list
-    \o A higher-level API for writing extensions to Qt itself: custom database
-       drivers, image formats, text codecs, custom styles, etc.
-    \o A lower-level API for extending Qt applications.
-    \endlist
-
-    For example, if you want to write a custom QStyle subclass and
-    have Qt applications load it dynamically, you would use the
-    higher-level API.
-
-    Since the higher-level API is built on top of the lower-level API,
-    some issues are common to both.
-
-    If you want to provide plugins for use with \QD, see the QtDesigner
-    module documentation.
-
-    Topics:
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 The Higher-Level API: Writing Qt Extensions
-
-    Writing a plugin that extends Qt itself is achieved by
-    subclassing the appropriate plugin base class, implementing a few
-    functions, and adding a macro.
-
-    There are several plugin base classes. Derived plugins are stored
-    by default in sub-directories of the standard plugin directory. Qt
-    will not find plugins if they are not stored in the right
-    directory.
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Base Class              \o Directory Name                \o Key Case Sensitivity
-    \row    \o QAccessibleBridgePlugin \o \c accessiblebridge \o Case Sensitive
-    \row    \o QAccessiblePlugin       \o \c accessible       \o Case Sensitive
-    \row    \o QDecorationPlugin       \o \c decorations      \o Case Insensitive
-    \row    \o QFontEnginePlugin       \o \c fontengines      \o Case Insensitive
-    \row    \o QIconEnginePlugin       \o \c iconengines      \o Case Insensitive
-    \row    \o QImageIOPlugin          \o \c imageformats     \o Case Sensitive
-    \row    \o QInputContextPlugin     \o \c inputmethods     \o Case Sensitive
-    \row    \o QKbdDriverPlugin        \o \c kbddrivers       \o Case Insensitive
-    \row    \o QMouseDriverPlugin      \o \c mousedrivers     \o Case Insensitive
-    \row    \o QScreenDriverPlugin     \o \c gfxdrivers       \o Case Insensitive
-    \row    \o QScriptExtensionPlugin  \o \c script           \o Case Sensitive
-    \row    \o QSqlDriverPlugin        \o \c sqldrivers       \o Case Sensitive
-    \row    \o QStylePlugin            \o \c styles           \o Case Insensitive
-    \row    \o QTextCodecPlugin        \o \c codecs           \o Case Sensitive
-    \endtable
-
-    But where is the \c{plugins} directory? When the application
-    is run, Qt will first treat the application's executable directory
-    as the \c{pluginsbase}. For example if the application is in
-    \c{C:\Program Files\MyApp} and has a style plugin, Qt will look in
-    \c{C:\Program Files\MyApp\styles}. (See
-    QCoreApplication::applicationDirPath() for how to find out where
-    the application's executable is.) Qt will also look in the
-    directory specified by
-    QLibraryInfo::location(QLibraryInfo::PluginsPath), which typically
-    is located in \c QTDIR/plugins (where \c QTDIR is the directory
-    where Qt is installed). If you want Qt to look in additional
-    places you can add as many paths as you need with calls to
-    QCoreApplication::addLibraryPath(). And if you want to set your
-    own path or paths you can use QCoreApplication::setLibraryPaths().
-    You can also use a \c qt.conf file to override the hard-coded
-    paths that are compiled into the Qt library. For more information,
-    see the \l {Using qt.conf} documentation. Yet another possibility
-    is to set the \c QT_PLUGIN_PATH environment variable before running
-    the application. If set, Qt will look for plugins in the
-    paths (separated by the system path separator) specified in the variable.
-
-    Suppose that you have a new style class called \c MyStyle that you
-    want to make available as a plugin. The required code is
-    straightforward, here is the class definition (\c
-    mystyleplugin.h):
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_plugins-howto.qdoc 0
-
-    Ensure that the class implementation is located in a \c .cpp file
-    (including the class definition):
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_plugins-howto.qdoc 1
-
-    (Note that QStylePlugin is case insensitive, and the lower-case
-    version of the key is used in our
-    \l{QStylePlugin::create()}{create()} implementation; most other
-    plugins are case sensitive.)
-
-    For database drivers, image formats, text codecs, and most other
-    plugin types, no explicit object creation is required. Qt will
-    find and create them as required. Styles are an exception, since
-    you might want to set a style explicitly in code. To apply a
-    style, use code like this:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_plugins-howto.qdoc 2
-
-    Some plugin classes require additional functions to be
-    implemented. See the class documentation for details of the
-    virtual functions that must be reimplemented for each type of
-    plugin.
-
-    Qt applications automatically know which plugins are available,
-    because plugins are stored in the standard plugin subdirectories.
-    Because of this applications don't require any code to find and load
-    plugins, since Qt handles them automatically.
-
-    The default directory for plugins is \c{QTDIR/plugins} (where \c
-    QTDIR is the directory where Qt is installed), with each type of
-    plugin in a subdirectory for that type, e.g. \c styles. If you
-    want your applications to use plugins and you don't want to use
-    the standard plugins path, have your installation process
-    determine the path you want to use for the plugins, and save the
-    path, e.g. using QSettings, for the application to read when it
-    runs. The application can then call
-    QCoreApplication::addLibraryPath() with this path and your
-    plugins will be available to the application. Note that the final
-    part of the path (e.g., \c styles) cannot be changed.
-
-    The normal way to include a plugin with an application is either
-    to \l{Static Plugins}{compile it in with the application} or to
-    compile it into a dynamic library and use it like any other
-    library.
-
-    If you want the plugin to be loadable then one approach is to
-    create a subdirectory under the application and place the plugin
-    in that directory. If you distribute any of the plugins that come
-    with Qt (the ones located in the \c plugins directory), you must
-    copy the sub-directory under \c plugins where the plugin is
-    located to your applications root folder (i.e., do not include the
-    \c plugins directory).
-
-    For more information about deployment,
-    see the \l {Deploying Qt Applications} documentation.
-
-    The \l{Style Plugin Example} shows how to implement a plugin
-    that extends the QStylePlugin base class.
-
-    \section1 The Lower-Level API: Extending Qt Applications
-
-    Not only Qt itself but also Qt application can be extended
-    through plugins. This requires the application to detect and load
-    plugins using QPluginLoader. In that context, plugins may provide
-    arbitrary functionality and are not limited to database drivers,
-    image formats, text codecs, styles, and the other types of plugin
-    that extend Qt's functionality.
-
-    Making an application extensible through plugins involves the
-    following steps:
-
-    \list 1
-    \o Define a set of interfaces (classes with only pure virtual
-       functions) used to talk to the plugins.
-    \o Use the Q_DECLARE_INTERFACE() macro to tell Qt's
-       \l{meta-object system} about the interface.
-    \o Use QPluginLoader in the application to load the plugins.
-    \o Use qobject_cast() to test whether a plugin implements a given
-       interface.
-    \endlist
-
-    Writing a plugin involves these steps:
-
-    \list 1
-    \o Declare a plugin class that inherits from QObject and from the
-       interfaces that the plugin wants to provide.
-    \o Use the Q_INTERFACES() macro to tell Qt's \l{meta-object
-       system} about the interfaces.
-    \o Export the plugin using the Q_EXPORT_PLUGIN2() macro.
-    \o Build the plugin using a suitable \c .pro file.
-    \endlist
-
-    For example, here's the definition of an interface class:
-
-    \snippet examples/tools/plugandpaint/interfaces.h 2
-
-    Here's the definition of a plugin class that implements that
-    interface:
-
-    \snippet examples/tools/plugandpaintplugins/extrafilters/extrafiltersplugin.h 0
-
-    The \l{tools/plugandpaint}{Plug & Paint} example documentation
-    explains this process in detail. See also \l{Creating Custom
-    Widgets for Qt Designer} for information about issues that are
-    specific to \QD. You can also take a look at the \l{Echo Plugin
-    Example} is a more trivial example on how to implement a plugin
-    that extends Qt applications. Please note that a QCoreApplication
-    must have been initialized before plugins can be loaded.
-
-    \section1 Loading and Verifying Plugins Dynamically
-
-    When loading plugins, the Qt library does some sanity checking to
-    determine whether or not the plugin can be loaded and used. This
-    provides the ability to have multiple versions and configurations of
-    the Qt library installed side by side.
-
-    \list
-    \o Plugins linked with a Qt library that has a higher version number
-       will not be loaded by a library with a lower version number.
-
-      \br
-      \bold{Example:} Qt 4.3.0 will \e{not} load a plugin built with Qt 4.3.1.
-
-    \o Plugins linked with a Qt library that has a lower major version
-       number will not be loaded by a library with a higher major version
-       number.
-
-      \br
-      \bold{Example:} Qt 4.3.1 will \e{not} load a plugin built with Qt 3.3.1.
-      \br
-      \bold{Example:} Qt 4.3.1 will load plugins built with Qt 4.3.0 and Qt 4.2.3.
-
-    \o The Qt library and all plugins are built using a \e {build
-       key}. The build key in the Qt library is examined against the build
-       key in the plugin, and if they match, the plugin is loaded. If the
-       build keys do not match, then the Qt library refuses to load the
-       plugin.
-
-      \br \bold{Rationale:} See the \l{#The Build Key}{The Build Key} section below.
-    \endlist
-
-    When building plugins to extend an application, it is important to ensure
-    that the plugin is configured in the same way as the application. This means
-    that if the application was built in release mode, plugins should be built
-    in release mode, too.
-
-    If you configure Qt to be built in both debug and release modes,
-    but only build applications in release mode, you need to ensure that your
-    plugins are also built in release mode. By default, if a debug build of Qt is
-    available, plugins will \e only be built in debug mode. To force the
-    plugins to be built in release mode, add the following line to the plugin's
-    project file:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_plugins-howto.qdoc 3
-
-    This will ensure that the plugin is compatible with the version of the library
-    used in the application.
-
-    \section2 The Build Key
-
-    When loading plugins, Qt checks the build key of each plugin against its
-    own configuration to ensure that only compatible plugins are loaded; any
-    plugins that are configured differently are not loaded.
-
-    The build key contains the following information:
-    \list
-    \o Architecture, operating system and compiler.
-
-       \e {Rationale:}
-       In cases where different versions of the same compiler do not
-       produce binary compatible code, the version of the compiler is
-       also present in the build key.
-
-    \o Configuration of the Qt library. The configuration is a list
-       of the missing features that affect the available API in the
-       library.
-
-       \e {Rationale:}
-       Two different configurations of the same version of
-       the Qt library are not binary compatible. The Qt library that
-       loads the plugin uses the list of (missing) features to
-       determine if the plugin is binary compatible.
-
-       \e {Note:} There are cases where a plugin can use features that are
-       available in two different configurations. However, the
-       developer writing plugins would need to know which features are
-       in use, both in their plugin and internally by the utility
-       classes in Qt. The Qt library would require complex feature
-       and dependency queries and verification when loading plugins.
-       Requiring this would place an unnecessary burden on the developer, and
-       increase the overhead of loading a plugin. To reduce both
-       development time and application runtime costs, a simple string
-       comparision of the build keys is used.
-
-    \o Optionally, an extra string may be specified on the configure
-       script command line.
-
-       \e {Rationale:}
-       When distributing binaries of the Qt library with an
-       application, this provides a way for developers to write
-       plugins that can only be loaded by the library with which the
-       plugins were linked.
-    \endlist
-
-    For debugging purposes, it is possible to override the run-time build key
-    checks by configuring Qt with the \c QT_NO_PLUGIN_CHECK preprocessor macro
-    defined.
-
-    \section1 Static Plugins
-
-    Plugins can be linked statically against your application. If you
-    build the static version of Qt, this is the only option for
-    including Qt's predefined plugins.
-
-    When compiled as a static library, Qt provides the following
-    static plugins:
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Plugin name                  \o Type               \o Description
-    \row    \o \c qtaccessiblecompatwidgets \o Accessibility      \o Accessibility for Qt 3 support widgets
-    \row    \o \c qtaccessiblewidgets       \o Accessibility      \o Accessibility for Qt widgets
-    \row    \o \c qdecorationdefault        \o Decorations (Qt Extended) \o Default style
-    \row    \o \c qdecorationwindows        \o Decorations (Qt Extended) \o Windows style
-    \row    \o \c qgif                      \o Image formats      \o GIF
-    \row    \o \c qjpeg                     \o Image formats      \o JPEG
-    \row    \o \c qmng                      \o Image formats      \o MNG
-    \row    \o \c qico                      \o Image formats      \o ICO
-    \row    \o \c qsvg                      \o Image formats      \o SVG
-    \row    \o \c qtiff                     \o Image formats      \o TIFF
-    \row    \o \c qimsw_multi               \o Input methods (Qt Extended) \o Input Method Switcher
-    \row    \o \c qwstslibmousehandler      \o Mouse drivers (Qt Extended) \o \c tslib mouse
-    \row    \o \c qgfxtransformed           \o Graphic drivers (Qt Extended) \o Transformed screen
-    \row    \o \c qgfxvnc                   \o Graphic drivers (Qt Extended) \o VNC
-    \row    \o \c qscreenvfb                \o Graphic drivers (Qt Extended) \o Virtual frame buffer
-    \row    \o \c qsqldb2                   \o SQL driver         \o IBM DB2    \row    \o \c qsqlibase       \o SQL driver         \o Borland InterBase
-    \row    \o \c qsqlite                   \o SQL driver         \o SQLite version 3
-    \row    \o \c qsqlite2                  \o SQL driver         \o SQLite version 2
-    \row    \o \c qsqlmysql                 \o SQL driver         \o MySQL
-    \row    \o \c qsqloci                   \o SQL driver         \o Oracle (OCI)
-    \row    \o \c qsqlodbc                  \o SQL driver         \o Open Database Connectivity (ODBC)
-    \row    \o \c qsqlpsql                  \o SQL driver         \o PostgreSQL
-    \row    \o \c qsqltds                   \o SQL driver         \o Sybase Adaptive Server (TDS)
-    \row    \o \c qcncodecs                 \o Text codecs        \o Simplified Chinese (People's Republic of China)
-    \row    \o \c qjpcodecs                 \o Text codecs        \o Japanese
-    \row    \o \c qkrcodecs                 \o Text codecs        \o Korean
-    \row    \o \c qtwcodecs                 \o Text codecs        \o Traditional Chinese (Taiwan)
-    \endtable
-
-    To link statically against those plugins, you need to use the
-    Q_IMPORT_PLUGIN() macro in your application and you need to add
-    the required plugins to your build using \c QTPLUGIN.
-    For example, in your \c main.cpp:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_plugins-howto.qdoc 4
-
-    In the \c .pro file for your application, you need the following
-    entry:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_plugins-howto.qdoc 5
-
-    It is also possible to create your own static plugins, by
-    following these steps:
-
-    \list 1
-    \o Add \c{CONFIG += static} to your plugin's \c .pro file.
-    \o Use the Q_IMPORT_PLUGIN() macro in your application.
-    \o Link your application with your plugin library using \c LIBS
-       in the \c .pro file.
-    \endlist
-
-    See the \l{tools/plugandpaint}{Plug & Paint} example and the
-    associated \l{tools/plugandpaintplugins/basictools}{Basic Tools}
-    plugin for details on how to do this.
-
-    \note If you are not using qmake to build your application you need
-    to make sure that the \c{QT_STATICPLUGIN} preprocessor macro is
-    defined.
-
-    \sa QPluginLoader, QLibrary, {Plug & Paint Example}
-
-    \section1 The Plugin Cache
-
-    In order to speed up loading and validation of plugins, some of
-    the information that is collected when plugins are loaded is cached
-    through QSettings. This includes information about whether or not
-    a plugin was successfully loaded, so that subsequent load operations
-    don't try to load an invalid plugin. However, if the "last modified"
-    timestamp of a plugin has changed, the plugin's cache entry is
-    invalidated and the plugin is reloaded regardless of the values in
-    the cache entry, and the cache entry itself is updated with the new
-    result.
-
-    This also means that the timestamp must be updated each time the
-    plugin or any dependent resources (such as a shared library) is
-    updated, since the dependent resources might influence the result
-    of loading a plugin.
-
-    Sometimes, when developing plugins, it is necessary to remove entries
-    from the plugin cache. Since Qt uses QSettings to manage the plugin
-    cache, the locations of plugins are platform-dependent; see
-    \l{QSettings#Platform-Specific Notes}{the QSettings documentation}
-    for more information about each platform.
-
-    For example, on Windows the entries are stored in the registry, and the
-    paths for each plugin will typically begin with either of these two strings:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_plugins-howto.qdoc 6
-
-    \section1 Debugging Plugins
-
-    There are a number of issues that may prevent correctly-written plugins from
-    working with the applications that are designed to use them. Many of these
-    are related to differences in the way that plugins and applications have been
-    built, often arising from separate build systems and processes.
-
-    The following table contains descriptions of the common causes of problems
-    developers experience when creating plugins:
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Problem \o Cause \o Solution
-    \row \o Plugins sliently fail to load even when opened directly by the
-            application. \QD shows the plugin libraries in its
-            \gui{Help|About Plugins} dialog, but no plugins are listed under each
-            of them.
-         \o The application and its plugins are built in different modes.
-         \o Either share the same build information or build the plugins in both
-            debug and release modes by appending the \c debug_and_release to
-            the \l{qmake Variable Reference#CONFIG}{CONFIG} variable in each of
-            their project files.
-    \row \o A valid plugin that replaces an invalid (or broken) plugin fails to load.
-         \o The entry for the plugin in the plugin cache indicates that the original
-            plugin could not be loaded, causing Qt to ignore the replacement.
-         \o Either ensure that the plugin's timestamp is updated, or delete the
-            entry in the \l{#The Plugin Cache}{plugin cache}.
-    \endtable
-
-    You can also use the \c QT_DEBUG_PLUGINS environment variable to obtain
-    diagnostic information from Qt about each plugin it tries to load. Set this
-    variable to a non-zero value in the environment from which your application is
-    launched.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/porting-qsa.qdoc b/doc/src/porting-qsa.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index d22e2db..0000000
--- a/doc/src/porting-qsa.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,475 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \title Moving from QSA to Qt Script
-    \page porting-qsa.html
-    \ingroup porting
-
-    The purpose of this document is to map the differences between Qt
-    Script for Applications (QSA) and Qt Script, the ECMAScript compatible
-    engine supplied with Qt 4.3. This document is not supposed to be a
-    complete function by function porting guide, but will cover the most
-    obvious aspects.
-
-    First of all it is important to realize that Qt Script is only an
-    interpreter, it does not provide an editor, completion or script project
-    management, like QSA does. Qt Script however does provides almost full
-    compliance with the ECMAScript standard and performs significantly
-    better than the script engine provided by QSA. 
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 The Scripting Language
-
-    The scripting language used in QSA, from here on referred to as QSA,
-    was derived from ECMAScript 3.0 and 4.0 and is a hybrid of these
-    standards. Most of the run-time logic, such as classes and scoping
-    rules, is based on the ECMAScript 4.0 proposal, while the library
-    implementation is based on the ECMAScript 3.0 standard.
-    Qt Script on the other hand is solely based on the ECMAScript 3.0
-    standard. Though the languages look identical at first glance,
-    there are a few differences that we'll cover in the sections below.
-
-
-    \section2 Classes vs. Objects and Properties
-
-    QSA implements classes and inheritance much in a familiar way to users
-    of other object oriented languages, like C++ and Java. However, the
-    ECMAScript 3.0 standard defines that everything is an object, and objects
-    can have named properties. For instance to create an point object with
-    the properties x and y one would write the following Qt Script code:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting-qsa.qdoc 0
-
-    The object \c point in this case is constructed as a plain object and
-    we assign two properties, \c x and \c y, to it with the values 12 and
-    35. The \c point object is assigned to the "Global Object" as the
-    named property \c{point}. The global object can be considered the
-    global namespace of the script engine. Similarly, global functions are
-    named properties of the global object; for example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting-qsa.qdoc 1
-
-    An equivalent construction that illustrates that the function is a
-    property of the global object is the following assignment:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting-qsa.qdoc 2
-
-    Since functions are objects, they can be assigned to objects as
-    properties, becoming member functions:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting-qsa.qdoc 3
-
-    In the code above, we see the first subtle difference between
-    QSA and Qt Script. In QSA one would write the point class like this:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting-qsa.qdoc 4
-
-    where in the \c manhattanLength() function we access \c x and \c y
-    directly because, when the function is called, the \c this object is
-    implicitly part of the current scope, as in C++. In Qt Script,
-    however, this is not the case, and we need to explicitly access
-    the \c x and \c y values via \c{this}.
-
-    All the code above runs with QSA except the assignment of a function
-    to \c{point.manhattanLength}, which we repeat here for clarity:
-    
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting-qsa.qdoc 5
-
-    This is because, in QSA, the value of \c this is decided based on
-    the location of the declaration of the function it is used in. In the
-    code above, the function is assigned to an object, but it is declared
-    in the global scope, hence there will be no valid \c this value.
-    In Qt Script, the value of \c this is decided at run-time,
-    hence you could have assigned the \c manhattanLength() function to any
-    object that had \c x and \c y values.
-
-
-    \section2 Constructors
-
-    In the code above, we use a rather awkward method for constructing
-    the objects, by first instantiating them, then manually
-    assigning properties to them. In QSA, the proper way to solve this
-    is to implement a constructor in the class:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting-qsa.qdoc 6
-
-    The equivalent in Qt Script is to create a constructor function:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting-qsa.qdoc 7
-
-    As we can see, the constructor is just a normal function. What is
-    special with is how we call it, namely prefixed with the \c new
-    keyword. This will create a new object and call the \c Car()
-    function with the newly created object as the \c this pointer.
-    So, in a sense, it is equivalent to:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting-qsa.qdoc 8
-
-    This is similar to the manhattenLength() example above. Again, the
-    main difference between QSA and Qt Script is that one has to
-    explicitly use the keyword \c this to access the members and that
-    instead of declaring the variable, \c regNumber, we just extend the
-    \c this object with the property.
-
-
-    \section2 Member Functions and Prototypes
-
-    As we saw above, one way of creating member functions of a Qt Script
-    object is to assign the member function to the object as a property
-    and use the \c this object inside the functions. So, if we add a
-    \c toString function to the \c Car class
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting-qsa.qdoc 9
-
-    one could write this in Qt Script as:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting-qsa.qdoc 10
-
-    In QSA, the member functions were part of the class declaration,
-    and were therefore shared between all instances of a given class.
-    In Qt Script, each instance has a instance member for each function.
-    This means that more memory is used when multiple instances are used.
-    Qt Script uses prototypes to remedy this. 
-
-    The basic prototype-based inheritance mechanism works as follows.
-    Each Qt Script object has an internal link to another object, its
-    prototype. When a property is looked up in an object, and the object
-    itself does not have the property, the interpreter searches for the
-    property in the prototype object instead; if the prototype has the
-    property then that property is returned. If the prototype object does
-    not have the property, the interpreter searches for the property in
-    the prototype of the prototype object, and so on.
-
-    This chain of objects constitutes a prototype chain. The chain of
-    prototype objects is followed until the property is found or the end
-    of the chain is reached.
-
-    To make the \c toString() function part of the prototype, we write
-    code like this:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting-qsa.qdoc 11
-
-    Here, we made the \c toString() function part of the prototype so
-    that, when we call \c{car.toString()} it will be resolved via the
-    internal prototype object of the car object. Note, however, that the
-    \c this object is still the original object that the function was
-    called on, namely \c{car}.
-
-
-    \section2 Inheritance
-
-    Now that we've seen how to use prototypes to create a "class" members
-    in Qt Script, let's see how we can use prototypes to create
-    polymorphism. In QSA you would write
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting-qsa.qdoc 12
-
-    With Qt Script, we acheive the same effect by creating a prototype
-    chain. The default prototype of an object is a plain \c Object
-    without any special members, but it is possible to replace this
-    object with another prototype object.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting-qsa.qdoc 13
-
-    In the code above, we have a constructor, \c{GasolineCar}, which
-    calls the "base class" implementation of the constructor to
-    initialize the \c this object with the property \c{regNumber},
-    based on the values passed in the constructor. The interesting line
-    in this case is the line after the constructor where we change the
-    default prototype for \c GasolineCar to be an instance of type
-    \c{Car}. This means that all members available in a \c Car object
-    are now available in all \c GasolineCar objects. In the last line,
-    we replace the \c toString() function in the prototype with our own,
-    thus overriding the \c toString() for all instances of
-    \c{GasolineCar}.
-
-
-    \section2 Static Members
-
-    QSA allowed users to declare static members in classes, and these
-    could be accessed both through instances of the class and through
-    the class itself. For example, the following variable is accessed
-    through the \c Car class:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting-qsa.qdoc 14
-
-    The equivalent in Qt Script is to assign variables that should appear
-    as static members as properties of the constructor function. For
-    example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting-qsa.qdoc 15
-
-    Note that in QSA, static member variables were also accessible in
-    instances of the given class. In Qt Script, with the approach
-    illustrated above, the variable is a member of the constructor
-    object only, and thus only accessible through \c{Car.globalCount}.
-
-
-    \section1 The Built-in Functions and Library
-
-    The built-in functions in QSA are based on those defined in the
-    ECMAScript 3.0 standard, the same standard used for Qt Script, but
-    QSA adds some extensions to this, specifically for the \c String
-    and \c RegExp types. QSA also lacked some functions from the
-    standard, most notably the \c Date type. Below we list all the
-    differences. All changes made to Qt Script are to increase
-    compliance with ECMAScript 3.0.
-
-    \table
-    \header \o QSA Function \o Notes about Equivalent Qt Script Functions
-    \row \o eval()
-    \o The eval function in QSA opened a new scope for code being
-    executed in the eval function, so locally declared variables were not
-    accessible outside. In Qt Script, the eval() function shares the
-    current scope, making locally declared variables accessible outside
-    the eval() call.
-
-    \row \o debug()
-    \o This function is not available in Qt Script. Use print() instead.
-
-    \row \o connect()
-    \o QSA had closures, meaning that a member function
-    reference implicitly contained its \c this object. Qt Script does not
-    support this. See the Qt Script documentation for details on using the
-    connect function.
-
-    \row \o String.arg()
-    \o This function is not available in Qt Script. Use replace() or concat() instead.
-
-    \row \o String.argDec()
-    \o This function is not available in Qt Script. Use replace() or concat() instead.
-
-    \row \o String.argInt()
-    \o This function is not available in Qt Script. Use replace() or concat() instead.
-
-    \row \o String.argStr()
-    \o This function is not available in Qt Script. Use replace() or concat() instead.
-
-    \row \o String.endsWith()
-    \o This function is not available in Qt Script. Use lastIndexOf() instead.
-
-    \row \o String.find()
-    \o This function is not available in Qt Script. Use indexOf() instead.
-
-    \row \o String.findRev()
-    \o This function is not available in Qt Script. Use lastIndexOf() and length instead.
-
-    \row \o String.isEmpty()
-    \o This function is not available in Qt Script. Use length == 0 instead.
-
-    \row \o String.left()
-    \o This function is not available in Qt Script. Use substring() instead.
-
-    \row \o String.lower()
-    \o This function is not available in Qt Script. Use toLowerCase() instead.
-
-    \row \o String.mid()
-    \o This function is not available in Qt Script. Use substring() instead.
-
-    \row \o String.right()
-    \o This function is not available in Qt Script. Use substring() instead.
-
-    \row \o String.searchRev()
-    \o This function is not available in Qt Script. Use search() / match() instead.
-
-    \row \o String.startsWith()
-    \o This function is not available in Qt Script. Use indexOf() == 0 instead.
-
-    \row \o String.upper()
-    \o This function is not available in Qt Script. Use toUpperCase() instead.
-
-    \row \o RegExp.valid
-    \o This property is not available in Qt Script because it is not
-       required; a \c SyntaxError exception is thrown for bad \c RegExp objects.
-
-    \row \o RegExp.empty
-    \o This property is not available in Qt Script. Use \c{toString().length == 0} instead.
-
-    \row \o RegExp.matchedLength
-    \o This property is not available in Qt Script. RegExp.exec() returns an
-       array whose size is the matched length.
-
-    \row \o RegExp.capturedTexts
-    \o This property is not available in Qt Script. RegExp.exec() returns an
-       array of captured texts.
-
-    \row \o RegExp.search()
-    \o This function is not available in Qt Script. Use RegExp.exec() instead.
-
-    \row \o RegExp.searchRev()
-    \o This function is not available in Qt Script. Use RegExp.exec() or
-       String.search()/match() instead.
-
-    \row \o RegExp.exactMatch()
-    \o This function is not available in Qt Script. Use RegExp.exec() instead.
-
-    \row \o RegExp.pos()
-    \o This function is not available in Qt Script. Use String.match() instead.
-
-    \row \o RegExp.cap()
-    \o This function is not available in Qt Script. RegExp.exec() returns an
-       array of captured texts.
-    \endtable
-
-    QSA also defined some internal Qt API which is not present in Qt
-    Script. The types provided by QSA which are not provided by Qt Script are:
-
-    \list
-    \o Rect
-    \o Point
-    \o Size
-    \o Color
-    \o Palette
-    \o ColorGroup
-    \o Font
-    \o Pixmap
-    \o ByteArray
-    \endlist
-
-
-    \section1 The C++ API of QSA vs Qt Script
-
-    QSA is more than just a scripting engine. It provides project
-    management, an editor with completion and a minimalistic IDE to edit
-    scriptable projects. Qt Script on the other hand is just a scripting
-    engine. This means that equivalents to the classes \c QSEditor,
-    \c QSScript, \c QSProject and \c QSWorkbench do not exist in Qt Script.
-    QSA also provides some extension APIs through the \c QSUtilFactory and
-    \c QSInputDialogFactory. There is also no equivalent to these classes
-    in the Qt Script API.
-
-
-    \section2 Making QObjects Accessible from Scripts
-
-    There are two different ways of making \l{QObject}s accessible from
-    scripts in QSA. The first method is via the
-    \c QSInterpreter::addTransientObject() and \c QSProject::addObject()
-    functions. In this case objects are added to the global namespace of
-    the interpreter using their object names as the names of the
-    variables.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting-qsa.qdoc 16
-
-    The code above adds the button to the global namespace under the name
-    "button". One obvious limitation here is that there is potential for
-    either unnamed \l{QObject}s or objects whose names conflict. Qt Script
-    provides a more flexible way of adding QObjects to the scripting
-    environment.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting-qsa.qdoc 17
-
-    In the code above we create a QPushButton and wrap it in a script
-    value using the function, QScriptEngine::newQObject(). This gives us
-    a script value that we put into the global object using the name
-    "button". The concept of objects and properties discussed above is
-    quite visible here in the public C++ API as well. We have no
-    dependency on the object's name and we can also resolve name conflicts
-    more gracefully. Here, we operate directly on QScriptValue objects.
-    This is the actual object that is being passed around inside
-    the script engine, so we actually have low-level access to the
-    internal script data structures, far beyond that which is possible
-    in QSA. Properties, signals and slots of the QObject are accessible
-    to the scripter in Qt Script, just like in QSA.
-
-    The other way to expose \l{QObject}s in QSA was to create a
-    \c QSObjectFactory that made it possible to instantiate QObjects from
-    scripts.
-
-    Below is listed some code from the filter example in the QSA
-    package.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting-qsa.qdoc 18
-
-    The equivalent in Qt Script is written in much the same way as
-    constructors are written in scripts. We register a callback C++
-    function under the name "ImageSource" in the global namespace and
-    return the QObject from this function:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting-qsa.qdoc 19
-
-    In the Qt Script case we use the same approach that we use to expose
-    a QObject, namely via QScriptEngine::newQObject(). This function also
-    has the benefit that it is possible to specify if the QObject should
-    expose properties and slots of its base class. It is also possible to
-    specify custom ownership rules.
-
-    The reader might question why we don't add the constructor function
-    directly into the namespace, but create a meta-object script value for
-    it in addition. The plain function would certainly be good enough,
-    but by creating a QMetaObject based constructor we get the enums on
-    QPushButton for free in the QPushButton function object. Exposing
-    enums in QSA is rather painful in comparison.
-
-    If we want to add more "static" data to the QPushButton type in Qt
-    Script, we're free to add properties, similar to how we did for
-    the script. It is also possible to add custom functions to a Qt Script
-    QPushButton instance by setting more properties on it, such as making
-    the \l{QPushButton::}{setText()} C++ function available. It is also
-    possible to acheive this by installing a custom prototype, and be
-    memory efficient, as discussed in the script example above.
-
-
-    \section2 Accessing Non-QObjects
-
-    In QSA, it was possible to expose non-QObjects to QSA by wrapping them
-    in a QObject and using either \c QSWrapperFactory or \c QSObjectFactory
-    to expose them. Deciding when to use each of these classes could be
-    confusing, as one was used for script based construction and the other
-    for wrapping function parameters and return values, but in essence they
-    did exactly the same thing.
-
-    In Qt Script, providing access to QObjects and non-QObjects is done in
-    the same way as shown above, by creating a constructor function, and
-    by adding properties or a custom prototype to the constructed object.
-
-
-    \section2 Data Mapping
-
-    QSA supported a hardcoded set of type mappings which covered most
-    of the QVariant types, QObjects and primitives. For more complex type
-    signatures, such as the template-based tool classes, it had rather
-    limited support. Qt Script is significantly better at type mapping
-    and will convert lists of template types into arrays of the
-    appropriate types, given that all the types are declared to the
-    meta-type system.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/porting/porting-qsa.qdoc b/doc/src/porting/porting-qsa.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d22e2db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/porting/porting-qsa.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,475 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \title Moving from QSA to Qt Script
+    \page porting-qsa.html
+    \ingroup porting
+
+    The purpose of this document is to map the differences between Qt
+    Script for Applications (QSA) and Qt Script, the ECMAScript compatible
+    engine supplied with Qt 4.3. This document is not supposed to be a
+    complete function by function porting guide, but will cover the most
+    obvious aspects.
+
+    First of all it is important to realize that Qt Script is only an
+    interpreter, it does not provide an editor, completion or script project
+    management, like QSA does. Qt Script however does provides almost full
+    compliance with the ECMAScript standard and performs significantly
+    better than the script engine provided by QSA. 
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 The Scripting Language
+
+    The scripting language used in QSA, from here on referred to as QSA,
+    was derived from ECMAScript 3.0 and 4.0 and is a hybrid of these
+    standards. Most of the run-time logic, such as classes and scoping
+    rules, is based on the ECMAScript 4.0 proposal, while the library
+    implementation is based on the ECMAScript 3.0 standard.
+    Qt Script on the other hand is solely based on the ECMAScript 3.0
+    standard. Though the languages look identical at first glance,
+    there are a few differences that we'll cover in the sections below.
+
+
+    \section2 Classes vs. Objects and Properties
+
+    QSA implements classes and inheritance much in a familiar way to users
+    of other object oriented languages, like C++ and Java. However, the
+    ECMAScript 3.0 standard defines that everything is an object, and objects
+    can have named properties. For instance to create an point object with
+    the properties x and y one would write the following Qt Script code:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting-qsa.qdoc 0
+
+    The object \c point in this case is constructed as a plain object and
+    we assign two properties, \c x and \c y, to it with the values 12 and
+    35. The \c point object is assigned to the "Global Object" as the
+    named property \c{point}. The global object can be considered the
+    global namespace of the script engine. Similarly, global functions are
+    named properties of the global object; for example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting-qsa.qdoc 1
+
+    An equivalent construction that illustrates that the function is a
+    property of the global object is the following assignment:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting-qsa.qdoc 2
+
+    Since functions are objects, they can be assigned to objects as
+    properties, becoming member functions:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting-qsa.qdoc 3
+
+    In the code above, we see the first subtle difference between
+    QSA and Qt Script. In QSA one would write the point class like this:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting-qsa.qdoc 4
+
+    where in the \c manhattanLength() function we access \c x and \c y
+    directly because, when the function is called, the \c this object is
+    implicitly part of the current scope, as in C++. In Qt Script,
+    however, this is not the case, and we need to explicitly access
+    the \c x and \c y values via \c{this}.
+
+    All the code above runs with QSA except the assignment of a function
+    to \c{point.manhattanLength}, which we repeat here for clarity:
+    
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting-qsa.qdoc 5
+
+    This is because, in QSA, the value of \c this is decided based on
+    the location of the declaration of the function it is used in. In the
+    code above, the function is assigned to an object, but it is declared
+    in the global scope, hence there will be no valid \c this value.
+    In Qt Script, the value of \c this is decided at run-time,
+    hence you could have assigned the \c manhattanLength() function to any
+    object that had \c x and \c y values.
+
+
+    \section2 Constructors
+
+    In the code above, we use a rather awkward method for constructing
+    the objects, by first instantiating them, then manually
+    assigning properties to them. In QSA, the proper way to solve this
+    is to implement a constructor in the class:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting-qsa.qdoc 6
+
+    The equivalent in Qt Script is to create a constructor function:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting-qsa.qdoc 7
+
+    As we can see, the constructor is just a normal function. What is
+    special with is how we call it, namely prefixed with the \c new
+    keyword. This will create a new object and call the \c Car()
+    function with the newly created object as the \c this pointer.
+    So, in a sense, it is equivalent to:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting-qsa.qdoc 8
+
+    This is similar to the manhattenLength() example above. Again, the
+    main difference between QSA and Qt Script is that one has to
+    explicitly use the keyword \c this to access the members and that
+    instead of declaring the variable, \c regNumber, we just extend the
+    \c this object with the property.
+
+
+    \section2 Member Functions and Prototypes
+
+    As we saw above, one way of creating member functions of a Qt Script
+    object is to assign the member function to the object as a property
+    and use the \c this object inside the functions. So, if we add a
+    \c toString function to the \c Car class
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting-qsa.qdoc 9
+
+    one could write this in Qt Script as:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting-qsa.qdoc 10
+
+    In QSA, the member functions were part of the class declaration,
+    and were therefore shared between all instances of a given class.
+    In Qt Script, each instance has a instance member for each function.
+    This means that more memory is used when multiple instances are used.
+    Qt Script uses prototypes to remedy this. 
+
+    The basic prototype-based inheritance mechanism works as follows.
+    Each Qt Script object has an internal link to another object, its
+    prototype. When a property is looked up in an object, and the object
+    itself does not have the property, the interpreter searches for the
+    property in the prototype object instead; if the prototype has the
+    property then that property is returned. If the prototype object does
+    not have the property, the interpreter searches for the property in
+    the prototype of the prototype object, and so on.
+
+    This chain of objects constitutes a prototype chain. The chain of
+    prototype objects is followed until the property is found or the end
+    of the chain is reached.
+
+    To make the \c toString() function part of the prototype, we write
+    code like this:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting-qsa.qdoc 11
+
+    Here, we made the \c toString() function part of the prototype so
+    that, when we call \c{car.toString()} it will be resolved via the
+    internal prototype object of the car object. Note, however, that the
+    \c this object is still the original object that the function was
+    called on, namely \c{car}.
+
+
+    \section2 Inheritance
+
+    Now that we've seen how to use prototypes to create a "class" members
+    in Qt Script, let's see how we can use prototypes to create
+    polymorphism. In QSA you would write
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting-qsa.qdoc 12
+
+    With Qt Script, we acheive the same effect by creating a prototype
+    chain. The default prototype of an object is a plain \c Object
+    without any special members, but it is possible to replace this
+    object with another prototype object.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting-qsa.qdoc 13
+
+    In the code above, we have a constructor, \c{GasolineCar}, which
+    calls the "base class" implementation of the constructor to
+    initialize the \c this object with the property \c{regNumber},
+    based on the values passed in the constructor. The interesting line
+    in this case is the line after the constructor where we change the
+    default prototype for \c GasolineCar to be an instance of type
+    \c{Car}. This means that all members available in a \c Car object
+    are now available in all \c GasolineCar objects. In the last line,
+    we replace the \c toString() function in the prototype with our own,
+    thus overriding the \c toString() for all instances of
+    \c{GasolineCar}.
+
+
+    \section2 Static Members
+
+    QSA allowed users to declare static members in classes, and these
+    could be accessed both through instances of the class and through
+    the class itself. For example, the following variable is accessed
+    through the \c Car class:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting-qsa.qdoc 14
+
+    The equivalent in Qt Script is to assign variables that should appear
+    as static members as properties of the constructor function. For
+    example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting-qsa.qdoc 15
+
+    Note that in QSA, static member variables were also accessible in
+    instances of the given class. In Qt Script, with the approach
+    illustrated above, the variable is a member of the constructor
+    object only, and thus only accessible through \c{Car.globalCount}.
+
+
+    \section1 The Built-in Functions and Library
+
+    The built-in functions in QSA are based on those defined in the
+    ECMAScript 3.0 standard, the same standard used for Qt Script, but
+    QSA adds some extensions to this, specifically for the \c String
+    and \c RegExp types. QSA also lacked some functions from the
+    standard, most notably the \c Date type. Below we list all the
+    differences. All changes made to Qt Script are to increase
+    compliance with ECMAScript 3.0.
+
+    \table
+    \header \o QSA Function \o Notes about Equivalent Qt Script Functions
+    \row \o eval()
+    \o The eval function in QSA opened a new scope for code being
+    executed in the eval function, so locally declared variables were not
+    accessible outside. In Qt Script, the eval() function shares the
+    current scope, making locally declared variables accessible outside
+    the eval() call.
+
+    \row \o debug()
+    \o This function is not available in Qt Script. Use print() instead.
+
+    \row \o connect()
+    \o QSA had closures, meaning that a member function
+    reference implicitly contained its \c this object. Qt Script does not
+    support this. See the Qt Script documentation for details on using the
+    connect function.
+
+    \row \o String.arg()
+    \o This function is not available in Qt Script. Use replace() or concat() instead.
+
+    \row \o String.argDec()
+    \o This function is not available in Qt Script. Use replace() or concat() instead.
+
+    \row \o String.argInt()
+    \o This function is not available in Qt Script. Use replace() or concat() instead.
+
+    \row \o String.argStr()
+    \o This function is not available in Qt Script. Use replace() or concat() instead.
+
+    \row \o String.endsWith()
+    \o This function is not available in Qt Script. Use lastIndexOf() instead.
+
+    \row \o String.find()
+    \o This function is not available in Qt Script. Use indexOf() instead.
+
+    \row \o String.findRev()
+    \o This function is not available in Qt Script. Use lastIndexOf() and length instead.
+
+    \row \o String.isEmpty()
+    \o This function is not available in Qt Script. Use length == 0 instead.
+
+    \row \o String.left()
+    \o This function is not available in Qt Script. Use substring() instead.
+
+    \row \o String.lower()
+    \o This function is not available in Qt Script. Use toLowerCase() instead.
+
+    \row \o String.mid()
+    \o This function is not available in Qt Script. Use substring() instead.
+
+    \row \o String.right()
+    \o This function is not available in Qt Script. Use substring() instead.
+
+    \row \o String.searchRev()
+    \o This function is not available in Qt Script. Use search() / match() instead.
+
+    \row \o String.startsWith()
+    \o This function is not available in Qt Script. Use indexOf() == 0 instead.
+
+    \row \o String.upper()
+    \o This function is not available in Qt Script. Use toUpperCase() instead.
+
+    \row \o RegExp.valid
+    \o This property is not available in Qt Script because it is not
+       required; a \c SyntaxError exception is thrown for bad \c RegExp objects.
+
+    \row \o RegExp.empty
+    \o This property is not available in Qt Script. Use \c{toString().length == 0} instead.
+
+    \row \o RegExp.matchedLength
+    \o This property is not available in Qt Script. RegExp.exec() returns an
+       array whose size is the matched length.
+
+    \row \o RegExp.capturedTexts
+    \o This property is not available in Qt Script. RegExp.exec() returns an
+       array of captured texts.
+
+    \row \o RegExp.search()
+    \o This function is not available in Qt Script. Use RegExp.exec() instead.
+
+    \row \o RegExp.searchRev()
+    \o This function is not available in Qt Script. Use RegExp.exec() or
+       String.search()/match() instead.
+
+    \row \o RegExp.exactMatch()
+    \o This function is not available in Qt Script. Use RegExp.exec() instead.
+
+    \row \o RegExp.pos()
+    \o This function is not available in Qt Script. Use String.match() instead.
+
+    \row \o RegExp.cap()
+    \o This function is not available in Qt Script. RegExp.exec() returns an
+       array of captured texts.
+    \endtable
+
+    QSA also defined some internal Qt API which is not present in Qt
+    Script. The types provided by QSA which are not provided by Qt Script are:
+
+    \list
+    \o Rect
+    \o Point
+    \o Size
+    \o Color
+    \o Palette
+    \o ColorGroup
+    \o Font
+    \o Pixmap
+    \o ByteArray
+    \endlist
+
+
+    \section1 The C++ API of QSA vs Qt Script
+
+    QSA is more than just a scripting engine. It provides project
+    management, an editor with completion and a minimalistic IDE to edit
+    scriptable projects. Qt Script on the other hand is just a scripting
+    engine. This means that equivalents to the classes \c QSEditor,
+    \c QSScript, \c QSProject and \c QSWorkbench do not exist in Qt Script.
+    QSA also provides some extension APIs through the \c QSUtilFactory and
+    \c QSInputDialogFactory. There is also no equivalent to these classes
+    in the Qt Script API.
+
+
+    \section2 Making QObjects Accessible from Scripts
+
+    There are two different ways of making \l{QObject}s accessible from
+    scripts in QSA. The first method is via the
+    \c QSInterpreter::addTransientObject() and \c QSProject::addObject()
+    functions. In this case objects are added to the global namespace of
+    the interpreter using their object names as the names of the
+    variables.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting-qsa.qdoc 16
+
+    The code above adds the button to the global namespace under the name
+    "button". One obvious limitation here is that there is potential for
+    either unnamed \l{QObject}s or objects whose names conflict. Qt Script
+    provides a more flexible way of adding QObjects to the scripting
+    environment.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting-qsa.qdoc 17
+
+    In the code above we create a QPushButton and wrap it in a script
+    value using the function, QScriptEngine::newQObject(). This gives us
+    a script value that we put into the global object using the name
+    "button". The concept of objects and properties discussed above is
+    quite visible here in the public C++ API as well. We have no
+    dependency on the object's name and we can also resolve name conflicts
+    more gracefully. Here, we operate directly on QScriptValue objects.
+    This is the actual object that is being passed around inside
+    the script engine, so we actually have low-level access to the
+    internal script data structures, far beyond that which is possible
+    in QSA. Properties, signals and slots of the QObject are accessible
+    to the scripter in Qt Script, just like in QSA.
+
+    The other way to expose \l{QObject}s in QSA was to create a
+    \c QSObjectFactory that made it possible to instantiate QObjects from
+    scripts.
+
+    Below is listed some code from the filter example in the QSA
+    package.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting-qsa.qdoc 18
+
+    The equivalent in Qt Script is written in much the same way as
+    constructors are written in scripts. We register a callback C++
+    function under the name "ImageSource" in the global namespace and
+    return the QObject from this function:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting-qsa.qdoc 19
+
+    In the Qt Script case we use the same approach that we use to expose
+    a QObject, namely via QScriptEngine::newQObject(). This function also
+    has the benefit that it is possible to specify if the QObject should
+    expose properties and slots of its base class. It is also possible to
+    specify custom ownership rules.
+
+    The reader might question why we don't add the constructor function
+    directly into the namespace, but create a meta-object script value for
+    it in addition. The plain function would certainly be good enough,
+    but by creating a QMetaObject based constructor we get the enums on
+    QPushButton for free in the QPushButton function object. Exposing
+    enums in QSA is rather painful in comparison.
+
+    If we want to add more "static" data to the QPushButton type in Qt
+    Script, we're free to add properties, similar to how we did for
+    the script. It is also possible to add custom functions to a Qt Script
+    QPushButton instance by setting more properties on it, such as making
+    the \l{QPushButton::}{setText()} C++ function available. It is also
+    possible to acheive this by installing a custom prototype, and be
+    memory efficient, as discussed in the script example above.
+
+
+    \section2 Accessing Non-QObjects
+
+    In QSA, it was possible to expose non-QObjects to QSA by wrapping them
+    in a QObject and using either \c QSWrapperFactory or \c QSObjectFactory
+    to expose them. Deciding when to use each of these classes could be
+    confusing, as one was used for script based construction and the other
+    for wrapping function parameters and return values, but in essence they
+    did exactly the same thing.
+
+    In Qt Script, providing access to QObjects and non-QObjects is done in
+    the same way as shown above, by creating a constructor function, and
+    by adding properties or a custom prototype to the constructed object.
+
+
+    \section2 Data Mapping
+
+    QSA supported a hardcoded set of type mappings which covered most
+    of the QVariant types, QObjects and primitives. For more complex type
+    signatures, such as the template-based tool classes, it had rather
+    limited support. Qt Script is significantly better at type mapping
+    and will convert lists of template types into arrays of the
+    appropriate types, given that all the types are declared to the
+    meta-type system.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/porting/porting4-canvas.qdoc b/doc/src/porting/porting4-canvas.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5435723
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/porting/porting4-canvas.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,702 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page graphicsview-porting.html
+    \title Porting to Graphics View
+    \contentspage {Porting Guides}{Contents}
+    \previouspage Porting UI Files to Qt 4
+    \nextpage qt3to4 - The Qt 3 to 4 Porting Tool
+    \ingroup porting
+    \brief Hints and tips to assist with porting canvas applications to the
+    Graphics View framework.
+
+    \keyword QGraphicsView GraphicsView Porting Graphics Canvas
+    \since 4.2
+
+    Graphics View provides a surface for managing and interacting with a large
+    number of custom-made 2D graphical items, and a view widget for
+    visualizing the items, with support for zooming and rotation. Graphics
+    View was introduced in Qt 4.2, replacing its predecessor, QCanvas. For
+    more on Graphics View, see \l{The Graphics View Framework}.
+
+    This document walks through the steps needed, class by class and function
+    by function, to port a QCanvas application to Graphics View.
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    Qt 4.2 provides two complete examples of Q3Canvas applications ported to
+    Graphics View:
+
+    \list
+    \o \l{Ported Canvas Example}, the canvas example from Qt 3.
+    \o \l{Ported Asteroids Example}, the Asteroids game from the Qt 3 demo.
+    \endlist
+
+    \section1 Introduction
+
+        Conceptually, the Graphics View classes from Qt 4 and the Canvas
+        classes from Qt 3 provide similar functionality using a similar
+        design. Instead of "canvas", we use the term "scene". Otherwise, the
+        class names and functions are almost the same as in Qt 3. The easiest
+        classes to port will be QCanvas and QCanvasView. Experience shows that
+        most time is spent porting the item classes, depending on the
+        complexity of the QCanvasItem classes you have been using before.
+
+        This porting guide will assume you have already ported your
+        application to Qt 4, by making use of Q3Canvas. If you have not done
+        so already, as a first step, run the \l qt3to4 tool on your
+        project. This tool will automate the most tedious part of the porting
+        effort.
+
+        Some additional steps are usually required before your application
+        will compile and run. You can read more about the porting process in
+        \l{Porting to Qt 4}.
+
+    \section1 Porting from Q3Canvas
+
+        QGraphicsScene is the closest equivalent to Q3Canvas. There
+        are some noticable differences in this new API: Whereas the
+        Q3Canvas classes use integer precision, QGraphicsScene is
+        entirely based on double coordinates, with graphical
+        primitives such as QPointF instead of QPoint, QRectF instead
+        of QRect, and QPolygonF and QPainterPath. The canvas area is
+        defined by a scene rectangle, allowing negative coordinates,
+        as opposed to Q3Canvas, which only defines a size (QSize), and
+        whose top-left corner is always (0, 0).
+
+        In addition, there is no explicit support for canvas tiles
+        anymore; see \l{Porting scenes with tiles} for more
+        information.  The chunks-based indexing system has been
+        replaced with an implicitly maintained internal BSP tree.
+
+        \section2 Porting table
+
+        \table
+        \header \o Q3Canvas \o QGraphicsScene
+
+        \row \o Q3Canvas::Q3Canvas() \o There is no QPixmap based
+           constructor, and the concept of tiles is gone. You can use
+           QGraphicsScene::backgroundBrush to set a brush pattern for
+           the background, or reimplement
+           QGraphicsScene::drawBackground() in a QGraphicsScene
+           subclass (see \l{Porting scenes with tiles}). In addition,
+           the QGraphicsScene geometry is provided as a full
+           QRectF. Instead of Q3Canvas(int width, int height), you can
+           use QGraphicsScene(int top, int left, int width, int
+           height).
+
+        \row \o Q3Canvas::allItems() \o QGraphicsScene::items()
+        returns a list of all items on the scene.
+
+        \row \o Q3Canvas::backgroundColor() \o You can assign a color for the
+        background through the QGraphicsScene::backgroundBrush
+        or QGraphicsView::backgroundBrush properties.
+
+        \row \o Q3Canvas::backgroundPixmap() \o You can set a tiled
+        pixmap for the background through
+        QGraphicsScene::backgroundBrush or
+        QGraphicsView::backgroundBrush. For more control on the pixmap
+        positioning, you can reimplement
+        QGraphicsScene::drawBackground() or
+        QGraphicsView::drawBackground().
+
+        \row \o Q3Canvas::chunkSize() \o The closest equivalent to the
+        chunks size in Q3Canvas is the depth of QGraphicsScene's BSP
+        tree. QGraphicsScene assigns a depth automatically, and the
+        size of each scene segment depends on this depth, and
+        QGraphicsScene::sceneRect(). See
+        QGraphicsScene::itemIndexMethod.
+
+        \row \o Q3Canvas::collisions() \o QGraphicsScene provides
+        several means to detect item collisions. The
+        QGraphicsScene::items() overloads return items that collide
+        with a point, a rectangle, a polygon, or an arbitrary vector
+        path (QPainterPath). You can also call
+        QGraphicsScene::collidingItems() to determine collision with
+        an item.
+
+        \row \o Q3Canvas::drawArea() \o The QGraphicsScene::render()
+        function provides the original behavior
+        Q3Canvas::drawArea(). In addition, you can pass a source
+        rectangle for rendering only parts of the scene, and a
+        destination rectangle for rendering onto designated area of
+        the destination device. QGraphicsScene::render() can
+        optionally transform the source rectangle to fit into the
+        destination rectangle. See \l{Printing}
+
+        \row \o Q3Canvas::onCanvas() \o The is no equivalent to this
+        function in Graphics View. However, you can combine
+        QGraphicsScene::sceneRect() and QRectF::intersects():
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4-canvas.qdoc 0
+
+        \row \o Q3Canvas::rect() \o The equivalent,
+        QGraphicsScene::sceneRect(), returns a QRectF (double
+        precision coordinates). Its top-left corner can be an
+        arbitrary coordinate (Q3Canvas::rect().topLeft() is always (0,
+        0)).
+
+        \row \o Q3Canvas::resize() \o You can call
+        QGraphicsScene::setSceneRect(0, 0, width, height) instead.
+
+        \row \o Q3Canvas::retune() \o See
+        QGraphicsScene::itemIndexMethod. You can tune the indexing by
+        setting a suitable sceneRect(). The optimal depth of
+        QGraphicsScene's BSP tree is determined automatically.
+
+        \row \o Q3Canvas::setAdvancePeriod() \o There is no concept of
+        an advance period in the new API; instead, you can connect
+        QTimer::timeout() to the QGraphicsScene::advance() slot to
+        obtain similar functionality. This will cause all items'
+        QGraphicsItem::advance() function to be called. See also
+        QGraphicsItemAnimation.
+
+        \row \o Q3Canvas::setAllChanged() \o You can call
+        QGraphicsScene::update() with no arguments.
+
+        \row \o Q3Canvas::setChanged() \o QGraphicsScene::update()
+        will trigger a repaint of the whole scene, or parts of the
+        scene.
+
+        \row \o Q3Canvas::setDoubleBuffering() \o Q3Canvas' double
+        buffering enabled cacheing of the scene contents in device
+        (i.e., viewport) coordinates. This cache layer has been moved
+        to the view instead; you can cache QGraphicsScene's background
+        through
+        QGraphicsView::setCacheMode(). QGraphicsView::resetCachedContent()
+        will reset the areas of the cache that has changed.
+
+        \row \o Q3Canvas::tile() \o See \l{Porting scenes with tiles}.
+
+        \row \o Q3Canvas::setTiles() \o See \l{Porting scenes with tiles}.
+
+        \row \o Q3Canvas::setUnchanged() \o There is no equivalent in
+        Graphics View. This call can usually be removed with no side
+        effects.
+
+        \row \o Q3Canvas::setUpdatePeriod() \o There is no concept of an
+        update period in the new API; instead, you can connect
+        QTimer::timeout() to the QGraphicsScene::update() slot to obtain
+        similar functionality. See also QGraphicsItemAnimation.
+
+        \row \o Q3Canvas::size() \o
+        \tt{QGraphicsScene::sceneRect().size()} returns a QSizeF, with
+        double precision coordinates.
+
+        \row \o Q3Canvas::validChunk() \o To determine if an area is
+        inside the scene area or not, you can combine
+        QRectF::intersects() with QGraphicsScene::sceneRect().
+
+        \row \o Q3Canvas::resized() \o QGraphicsScene emits
+        \l{QGraphicsScene::sceneRectChanged()}{sceneRectChanged()}
+        whenever the scene rect changes.
+
+        \row \o Q3Canvas::drawBackground() \o You can reimplement
+        QGraphicsScene::drawBackground() to render the scene
+        background. You can also reimplement
+        QGraphicsView::drawBackground() to override this background if
+        you need different backgrounds for different views.
+
+        \row \o Q3Canvas::drawForeground() \o You can reimplement
+        QGraphicsScene::drawForeground() to render the scene
+        foreground. You can also reimplement
+        QGraphicsView::drawForeground() to override this foreground if
+        you need different foregrounds for different views.
+
+        \endtable
+
+        \section2 Porting scenes with tiles
+
+        QGraphicsScene does not provide an API for tiles. However, you
+        can achieve similar behavior by drawing pixmaps in a reimplementation of
+        QGraphicsScene::drawBackground().
+
+        Q3Canvas' tile support is based on providing one pixmap
+        containing tiles of a fixed width and height, and then
+        accessing them (reading and replacing tiles) by index. The
+        tiles in the pixmap are arranged from the left to right, top
+        to bottom.
+
+        \table
+        \row \i 0 \i 1 \i 2 \i 3
+        \row \i 4 \i 5 \i 6 \i 7
+        \endtable
+
+        With Graphics View, this pixmap can be stored as a member of a
+        subclass of QGraphicsScene. The three main functions that make
+        out the public tile API can then be declared as new members of
+        this class. Here is one example of how to implement tile support:
+
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4-canvas.qdoc 1
+
+        Depending on how your scene uses tiles, you may be able to
+        simplify this approach. In this example, we will try to mimic the behavior
+        of the Q3Canvas functions.
+
+        We start by creating a subclass of QGraphicsScene ("TileScene").
+        In this class, we declare two of the tile
+        functions from Q3Canvas, and we then add two helper function that returns the
+        rectangle for a certain tile in our tile pixmap. We will use a
+        two-dimensional vector of ints to keep track of what tiles should
+        be used at what parts of the scene.
+
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4-canvas.qdoc 2
+
+        In setTiles(), we store the pixmap and tile properties as
+        members of the class. Then we resize the tiles vector
+        to match the width and height of our tile grid.
+
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4-canvas.qdoc 3
+
+        The setTile() function updates the tiles index, and then
+        updates the corresponding rect in the scene by calling
+        tileRect().
+
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4-canvas.qdoc 4
+
+        The first tileRect() function returns a QRect for the tile at
+        position (x, y).
+
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4-canvas.qdoc 5
+
+        The second tileRect() function returns a QRect for a tile number.
+        With these functions in place, we can implement the drawBackground()
+        function.
+
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4-canvas.qdoc 6
+
+        In drawBackground(), we redraw all tiles that have been
+        exposed by intersecting each tile rect with the exposed background
+        area.
+
+     \section1 Porting from Q3CanvasView
+
+        The closest equivalent to Q3CanvasView in Graphics View is
+        called QGraphicsView.  In most cases, this is the easiest
+        class to port. In addition to providing all of Q3CanvasView's
+        functionality, QGraphicsView includes some useful new features. You
+        can read more about this in QGraphicsView's documentation.
+
+        \section2 Porting table
+
+        \table
+        \header \o Q3CanvasView \o QGraphicsView
+
+        \row \o Q3CanvasView::Q3CanvasView() \o QGraphicsView provides
+        the same constructors as Q3CanvasView, but without the name
+        and flags arguments. You can set the name by calling
+        \l{QWidget::setObjectName()}{setObjectName()}, and the flags by
+        calling \l{QWidget::setWindowFlags()}{setWindowFlags()}.
+
+        \row \o Q3CanvasView::canvas() \o QGraphicsView::scene()
+        returns the scene that is currently associated with the
+        view. QGraphicsScene also provides the opposite function,
+        QGraphicsScene::views(), which returns a list of views
+        observing the scene.
+
+        \row \o Q3CanvasView::inverseWorldMatrix() \o You can call
+        QGraphicsView::matrix() and QMatrix::inverted().
+        QGraphicsView::mapToScene() and QGraphicsView::mapFromScene()
+        allow transforming of viewport shapes to scene shapes, and
+        vice versa.
+
+        \row \o Q3CanvasView::setCanvas() \o QGraphicsView::setScene().
+
+        \row \o Q3CanvasView::setWorldMatrix() \o
+        QGraphicsView::setMatrix(), QGraphicsView::rotate(),
+        QGraphicsView::scale(), QGraphicsView::shear() and
+        QGraphicsView::translate().
+
+        \row \o Q3CanvasView::worldMatrix() \o QGraphicsView::matrix()
+
+        \row \o Q3CanvasView::drawContents() \o The
+        QGraphicsView::drawBackground() function draws the background,
+        QGraphicsView::drawItems() draws the items, and
+        QGraphicsView::drawForeground() draws the foreground of the
+        scene in scene coordinates. You can also reimplement these
+        functions in QGraphicsScene.
+
+        \endtable
+
+        \section2 Other differences
+
+        QGraphicsView can cache the visible contents of the scene,
+        similar to how Q3Canvas::setDoubleBuffering() could cache the
+        entire scene contents. You can call
+        QGraphicsView::setCacheMode() to configure cacheing, and
+        QGraphicsView::resetCachedContent() invalidates the cache.
+
+        For improved navigation support, you can set a resize or
+        transformation anchor through QGraphicsView::resizeAnchor and
+        QGraphicsView::transformationAnchor. This allows you to easily
+        rotate and zoom the view while keeping the center fixed, or
+        zooming towards the position under the mouse cursor. In
+        addition, if you set the QGraphicsView::dragMode of the view,
+        QGraphicsView will provide rubber band selection or
+        click-and-pull navigation using the
+        \l{Qt::OpenHandCursor}{OpenHandCursor} and
+        \l{Qt::ClosedHandCursor}{ClosedHandCursor} cursors.
+
+    \section1 Porting from Q3CanvasItem
+
+        The closest equivalent to Q3CanvasItem in Graphics View is
+        called QGraphicsItem. Deriving from this class is very common,
+        and because of that, porting from Q3CanvasItem often involves
+        more work than Q3Canvas and Q3CanvasView.
+
+        Q3CanvasItem has become easier to use, easier to subclass, and more
+        powerful with QGraphicsItem. The key difference from Q3CanvasItem lies
+        in event propagation and item groups, but you will also find several
+        convenient new features, such as support for tooltips, cursors, item
+        transformation and drag and drop. You can read all about QGraphicsItem
+        in its own class documentation.
+
+        This section starts with a table that shows how to port each function
+        from Q3CanvasItem to QGraphicsItem. Immediately after that, each of
+        Q3CanvasItem's standard subclasses have a section of their own.
+
+        \table
+        \header \o Q3CanvasItem \o QGraphicsItem
+
+        \row \o Q3CanvasItem::advance() \o QGraphicsItem::advance() is
+        provided for compatibility. QGraphicsScene::advance() calls
+        QGraphicsItem::advance() for all items. See also QTimeLine and
+        QGraphicsItemAnimation.
+
+        \row \o Q3CanvasItem::animated() \o No equivalent; all items
+        are advanced by QGraphicsScene::advance().
+
+        \row \o Q3CanvasItem::boundingRectAdvanced() \o No
+        equivalent. You can translate QGraphicsItem::boundingRect()
+        instead (see QRectF::translate()).
+
+        \row \o Q3CanvasItem::canvas() \o QGraphicsItem::scene()
+
+        \row \o Q3CanvasItem::collidesWith() \o
+        QGraphicsItem::collidesWithItem() and
+        QGraphicsItem::collidesWithPath().
+
+        \row \o Q3CanvasItem::collisions() \o
+        QGraphicsItem::collidingItems() returns a list of all items
+        that collide with an item. You can specify whether you want
+        fast, rough estimate collision between bounding rectangles, or
+        the slower, more accurate shapes.
+
+        \row \o Q3CanvasItem::draw() \o QGraphicsItem::paint(). See
+        also QStyleOptionGraphicsItem, QGraphicsScene::drawItems() and
+        QGraphicsView::drawItems().
+
+        \row \o Q3CanvasItem::hide() \o QGraphicsItem::hide() or
+        QGraphicsItem::setVisible(). \l{QGraphicsItem}s are \e visible by
+        default; \l{Q3CanvasItem}s, however, are not.
+
+        \row \o Q3CanvasItem::isActive() \o No equivalent. To achieve
+        similar behavior, you can add this property in a custom
+        subclass of QGraphicsItem.
+
+        \row \o Q3CanvasItem::isVisible() \o
+        QGraphicsItem::isVisible(). \l{QGraphicsItem}s are \e visible by
+        default; \l{Q3CanvasItem}s, however, are not.
+
+        \row \o Q3CanvasItem::move() \o You can call
+        QGraphicsItem::setPos() to change the position of the item.
+
+        \row \o Q3CanvasItem::rtti() \o QGraphicsItem::type() and qgraphicsitem_cast().
+
+        \row \o Q3CanvasItem::setActive() \o No equivalent.
+
+        \row \o Q3CanvasItem::setAnimated() \o No equivalent; all
+        items are by default "animated" (i.e.,
+        QGraphicsScene::advance() advances all items on the scene).
+
+        \row \o Q3CanvasItem::setCanvas() \o You can call
+        QGraphicsScene::addItem(), or pass a pointer to the canvas to
+        QGraphicsItem's constructor.
+
+        \row \o Q3CanvasItem::setVelocity() \o No equivalent. You can
+        add x and y velocity as member data of your class, and call
+        QGraphicsItem::moveBy(x, y) from inside
+        QGraphicsItem::advance(). See also QTimeLine and
+        QGraphicsItemAnimation.
+
+        \row \o Q3CanvasItem::setVisible() \o
+        QGraphicsItem::setVisible(). \l{QGraphicsItem}s are \e visible by
+        default; \l{Q3CanvasItem}s, however, are not.
+
+        \row \o Q3CanvasItem::setX() \o QGraphicsItem::setPos()
+        \row \o Q3CanvasItem::setY() \o QGraphicsItem::setPos()
+
+        \row \o Q3CanvasItem::setXVelocity() \o No equivalent.
+        \row \o Q3CanvasItem::setYVelocity() \o No equivalent.
+
+        \row \o Q3CanvasItem::setZ() \o QGraphicsItem::setZValue()
+
+        \row \o Q3CanvasItem::show() \o QGraphicsItem::show() or
+        QGraphicsItem::setVisible(). \l{QGraphicsItem}s are \e visible by
+        default; \l{Q3CanvasItem}s, however, are not.
+
+        \row \o Q3CanvasItem::xVelocity() \o No equivalent.
+        \row \o Q3CanvasItem::yVelocity() \o No equivalent.
+
+        \endtable
+
+        Note that some virtual functions that have passed on to
+        QGraphicsItem have lost their virtuality. An example is
+        Q3CanvasItem::moveBy(), which was often used to track movement of
+        items. In this case, the virtual QGraphicsItem::itemChange() has
+        taken over as a substitute.
+
+        \section2 Q3CanvasPolygonalItem
+
+            The closest equivalent to Q3CanvasPolygonalItem in
+            Graphics View is called QAbstractGraphicsShapeItem. Unlike
+            Q3CanvasPolygonalItem, it does not define area points
+            (Q3CanvasPolygonalItem::areaPoints()); instead, each
+            item's geometry is stored as a member of the subclasses.
+
+            The Q3CanvasPolygonalItem::drawShape() function is no longer
+            available; instead, you can set the brush and pen from inside
+            QGraphicsItem::paint().
+
+            \table
+            \header \o Q3CanvasPolygonalItem \o QAbstractGraphicsShapeItem
+
+            \row \o Q3CanvasPolygonalItem::areaPoints() \o No equivalent; each
+            item's geometry is stored in the respective subclass.
+
+            \row \o Q3CanvasPolygonalItem::areaPointsAdvanced() \o No
+            equivalent; you can use QPolygonF::translate() or
+            QPainterPath::translate() instead.
+
+            \row \o Q3CanvasPolygonalItem::drawShape() \o
+            QGraphicsItem::paint(). You can set the pen and brush from inside
+            this function.
+
+            \row \o Q3CanvasPolygonalItem::invalidate() \o Call
+            QGraphicsItem::prepareGeometryChange() before changing the
+            item's geometry.
+
+            \row \o Q3CanvasPolygonalItem::isValid() \o No equivalent;
+            items' geometry is always in a valid state.
+
+            \row \o Q3CanvasPolygonalItem::winding() \o This function is only
+            useful for polygon items and path items; see
+            QGraphicsPolygonItem::fillRule(), and QPainterPath::fillRule() for
+            QGraphicsPathItem.
+
+            \endtable
+
+        \section2 Q3CanvasEllipse
+
+            The closest equivalent to Q3CanvasEllipse in Graphics View
+            is called QGraphicsEllipseItem. The most noticable
+            difference to QGraphicsEllipseItem is that the ellipse is
+            not longer drawn centered around its position; rather, it
+            is drawn using a bounding QRectF, just like
+            QPainter::drawEllipse().
+
+            For compatibility, you may want to shift the ellipse up and to the
+            left to keep the ellipse centered. Example:
+
+            \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4-canvas.qdoc 7
+
+            Note: QGraphicsEllipseItem uses QAbstractGraphicsShapeItem::pen()
+            for outlines, whereas Q3CanvasEllipse did not use
+            Q3CanvasPolygonalItem::pen().
+
+            \table
+            \header \o Q3CanvasEllipse \o QGraphicsEllipseItem
+
+            \row \o Q3CanvasEllipse::angleLength() \o QGraphicsEllipseItem::spanAngle()
+
+            \row \o Q3CanvasEllipse::angleStart() \o QGraphicsEllipseItem::startAngle()
+
+            \row \o Q3CanvasEllipse::setAngles() \o
+            QGraphicsEllipseItem::setStartAngle() and
+            QGraphicsEllipseItem::setSpanAngle()
+
+            \row \o Q3CanvasEllipse::setSize() \o QGraphicsEllipseItem::setRect()
+
+            \endtable
+
+            \section2 Q3CanvasLine
+
+            The closest equivalent to Q3CanvasLine in Graphics View is
+            called QGraphicsLineItem.
+
+            \table
+            \header \o Q3CanvasLine \o QGraphicsLineItem
+
+            \row \o Q3CanvasLine::endPoint() \o QGraphicsLineItem::line() and QLineF::p2()
+
+            \row \o Q3CanvasLine::setPoints() \o QGraphicsLineItem::setLine()
+
+            \row \o Q3CanvasLine::startPoint() \o QGraphicsLineItem::line()
+            and QLineF::p1()
+
+            \endtable
+
+        \section2 Q3CanvasPolygon
+
+            The closest equivalent to Q3CanvasPolygon in Graphics View
+            is called QGraphicsPolygonItem.
+
+            \table
+            \header \o Q3CanvasPolygon \o QGraphicsPolygonItem
+
+            \row \o Q3CanvasPolygon::areaPoints() \o
+            QGraphicsPolygonItem::polygon() and QGraphicsItem::mapToParent()
+
+            \row \o Q3CanvasPolygon::points() \o QGraphicsPolygonItem::polygon()
+
+            \row \o Q3CanvasPolygon::setPoints() \o QGraphicsPolygonItem::setPolygon()
+
+            \endtable
+
+        \section2 Q3CanvasSpline
+
+            The closest equivalent to Q3CanvasSpline in Graphics View
+            is called QGraphicsPathItem. This item can be used to
+            describe any type of path supported by QPainter.
+
+            Q3CanvasSpline takes its control points as a Q3PointArray, but
+            QPainterPath operates on a sequence of calls to
+            QPainterPath::moveTo() and QPainterPath::cubicTo(). Here is how
+            you can convert a bezier curve Q3PointArray to a QPainterPath:
+
+            \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4-canvas.qdoc 8
+
+            Note: QGraphicsPathItem uses QAbstractGraphicsShapeItem::pen() for
+            outlines, whereas Q3CanvasSpline did not use
+            Q3CanvasPolygonalItem::pen().
+
+            \table
+            \header \o Q3CanvasSpline \o QGraphicsPathItem
+
+            \row \o Q3CanvasSpline::closed() \o No equivalent. You can call
+            QPainterPath::closeSubPath() to close a subpath explicitly.
+
+            \endtable
+
+        \section2 Q3CanvasRectangle
+
+            The closest equivalent to Q3CanvasRectangle in Graphics
+            View is called QGraphicsRectItem.
+
+            \table
+            \header \o Q3CanvasRectangle \o QGraphicsRectItem
+
+            \row \o Q3CanvasRectangle::height() \o QGraphicsRectItem::rect()
+            and QRectF::height()
+
+            \row \o Q3CanvasRectangle::setSize() \o QGraphicsRectItem::setRect()
+
+            \row \o Q3CanvasRectangle::size() \o QGraphicsRectItem::rect() and QRectF::size()
+
+            \row \o Q3CanvasRectangle::width() \o QGraphicsRectItem::rect() and QRectF::width()
+
+            \row \o Q3CanvasRectangle::chunks() \o No equivalent.
+
+            \endtable
+
+        \section2 Q3CanvasSprite
+
+            Q3CanvasSprite is the item class that differs the most from its
+            Q3Canvas predecessor. The closest resemblance of Q3CanvasSprite in
+            Graphics View is QGraphicsPixmapItem.
+
+            Q3CanvasSprite supports animated pixmaps; QGraphicsPixmapItem,
+            however, is a simple single-frame pixmap item. If all you need is
+            a pixmap item, porting is straight-forward. If you do need the
+            animation support, extra work is required; there is no direct
+            porting approach.
+
+            For the \l{Ported Asteroids Example}, a subclass of
+            QGraphicsPixmapItem is used to replace Q3CanvasSprite, storing a
+            list of pixmaps and a frame counter. The animation is advanced in
+            QGraphicsItem::advance().
+
+            \section3 Q3CanvasPixmap, Q3CanvasPixmapArray
+
+                These classes have been removed from the API. You can use
+                QPixmap instead of Q3CanvasPixmap, and QList instead of
+                Q3CanvasPixmapArray.
+
+                Q3CanvasPixmapArray included convenience for loading a
+                sequence of pixmaps or masks using a path with a wildcard (see
+                Q3CanvasPixmapArray::readPixmaps() and
+                Q3CanvasPixmapArray::readCollisionMasks()). To achieve similar
+                functionality using Graphics View, you can load the images by
+                using QDir:
+
+                \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4-canvas.qdoc 9
+
+        \section2 Q3CanvasText
+
+            Q3CanvasText has been split into two classes in Graphics View:
+            QGraphicsSimpleTextItem and QGraphicsTextItem. For porting,
+            QGraphicsSimpleTextItem should be adequate. QGraphicsTextItem
+            provides advanced document structuring features similar to that of
+            QTextEdit, and it also allows interaction (e.g., editing and
+            selection).
+
+            \table
+            \header \o Q3CanvasText \o QGraphicsSimpleTextItem
+
+            \row \o Q3CanvasText::color() \o QGraphicsSimpleTextItem::pen().
+
+            \row \o Q3CanvasText::setColor() \o QGraphicsSimpleTextItem::setPen().
+
+            \row \o Q3CanvasText::textFlags() \o Use QGraphicsTextItem instead.
+
+            \endtable
+
+
+        \section2 Q3CanvasItemList
+
+            Use QList instead.
+
+    \section1 Other Resources
+
+    The \l{Porting to Qt 4.2's Graphics View} article in Qt Quarterly 21 covered the
+    process of porting the Qt 3 canvas example to Qt 4.
+    The result of this is the \l{Ported Canvas Example}{Ported Canvas} example.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/porting/porting4-designer.qdoc b/doc/src/porting/porting4-designer.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d356392
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/porting/porting4-designer.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,349 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page porting4-designer.html
+    \title Porting UI Files to Qt 4
+    \contentspage {Porting Guides}{Contents}
+    \previouspage Porting to Qt 4 - Drag and Drop
+    \nextpage Porting to Graphics View
+    \ingroup porting
+    \brief Information about changes to the UI file format in Qt 4.
+
+    Qt Designer has changed significantly in the Qt 4 release. We
+    have moved away from viewing Qt Designer as an IDE and
+    concentrated on creating a robust form builder which can be
+    extended and embedded in existing IDEs. Our efforts are ongoing
+    and include the \l{Visual Studio Integration},
+    as well as integrating Designer with KDevelop and possibly other
+    IDEs.
+
+    The most important changes in Qt Designer 4 which affect porting
+    for UI files are summarized below:
+
+    \list
+    \o  \bold{Removed project manager.}
+        Qt Designer now only reads and edits UI
+        files. It has no notion of a project file (\c .pro).
+
+    \o  \bold{Removed code editor.}
+        Qt Designer can no longer be used to edit source files.
+
+    \o  \bold{Changed format of UI files.}
+        Qt Designer 4 cannot read files created by Qt Designer 3 and
+        vice versa. However, we provide the tool \c uic3 to generate Qt
+        4 code out of Qt 3 UI files, and to convert old UI files
+        into a format readable by Qt Designer 4.
+
+    \o  \bold{Changed structure of the code generated by \c uic.}
+        The \c myform.ui file containing the form \c MyForm is now
+        converted into a single header file \c ui_myform.h, which
+        contains the declaration and inline definition of a POD class
+        \c Ui::MyForm.
+
+    \o  \bold{New resource file system.} Icon data is no longer
+        stored in the UI file. Instead, icons are put into resource
+        files (\c .qrc).
+    \endlist
+
+    The rest of this document explains how to deal with the main
+    differences between Qt Designer 3 and Qt Designer 4:
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    See \l{Porting to Qt 4} and \l{qt3to4 - The Qt 3 to 4 Porting
+    Tool} for more information about porting from Qt 3 to Qt 4. See
+    also the \l{Qt Designer Manual}.
+
+    \section1 uic Output
+
+    In Qt 3, \c uic generated a header file and an implementation for
+    a class, which inherited from one of Qt's widgets. To use the
+    form, the programmer included the generated sources into the
+    application and created an instance of the class.
+
+    In Qt 4, \c uic creates a header file containing a POD class. The
+    name of this class is the object name of the main container,
+    qualified with the \c Ui namespace (e.g., \c Ui::MyForm). The
+    class is implemented using inline functions, removing the need of
+    a separate \c .cpp file. Just as in Qt 3, this class contains
+    pointers to all the widgets inside the form as public members. In
+    addition, the generated class provides the public method \c
+    setupUi().
+
+    The class generated by \c uic is not a QWidget; in fact, it's not
+    even a QObject. Instead, it is a class which knows how to
+    populate an instance of a main container with the contents of the
+    form. The programmer creates the main container himself, then
+    passes it to \c setupUi().
+
+    For example, here's the \c uic output for a simple \c
+    helloworld.ui form (some details were removed for simplicity):
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4-designer.qdoc 0
+
+    In this case, the main container was specified to be a QWidget
+    (or any subclass of QWidget). Had we started with a QMainWindow
+    template in Qt Designer, \c setupUi()'s parameter would be of
+    type QMainWindow.
+
+    There are two ways to create an instance of our form. One
+    approach is to create an instance of the \c Ui::HelloWorld class,
+    an instance of the main container (a plain QWidget), and call \c
+    setupUi():
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4-designer.qdoc 1
+
+    The second approach is to inherit from both the \c Ui::HelloWorld
+    class and the main container, and to call \c setupUi() in the
+    constructor of the subclass. In that case, QWidget (or one of
+    its subclasses, e.g. QDialog) must appear first in the base class
+    list so that \l{moc} picks it up correctly. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4-designer.qdoc 2
+
+    This second method is useful when porting Qt 3 forms to Qt 4. \c
+    HelloWorldWidget is a class whose instance is the actual form
+    and which contains public pointers to all the widgets in it. It
+    therefore has an interface identical to that of a class generated
+    by \c uic in Qt 3.
+
+    Creating POD classes from UI files is more flexible and
+    generic than the old approach of creating widgets. Qt Designer
+    does not need to know anything about the main container apart from
+    the base widget class it inherits. Indeed, \c Ui::HelloWorld can
+    be used to populate any container that inherits QWidget.
+    Conversely, all non-GUI aspects of the main container may be
+    implemented by the programmer in the application's sources
+    without reference to the form.
+
+    \section1 Working with uic3
+
+    Qt 4 comes with the tool \c uic3 for working with old \c .ui
+    files. It can be used in two ways:
+
+    \list 1
+    \o To generate headers and source code for a widget to implement any
+    custom signals and slots added using Qt Designer 3.
+    \o To generate a new UI file that can be used with Qt Designer 4.
+    \endlist
+
+    You can use both these methods in combination to obtain UI, header
+    and source files that you can use as a starting point when porting
+    your user interface to Qt 4.
+
+    The first method generates a Qt 3 style header and implementation
+    which uses Qt 4 widgets (this includes the Qt 3 compatibility classes
+    present in the Qt3Support library). This process should be familiar to
+    anyone used to working with Qt Designer 3:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4-designer.qdoc 3
+
+    The resulting files \c myform.h and \c myform.cpp implement the
+    form in Qt 4 using a QWidget that will include custom signals,
+    slots and connections specified in the UI file. However,
+    see below for the \l{#Limitations of uic3}{limitations} of this
+    method.
+
+    The second method is to use \c uic3 to convert a Qt Designer 3 \c .ui
+    file to the Qt Designer 4 format:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4-designer.qdoc 4
+
+    The resulting file \c myform4.ui can be edited in Qt Designer 4. The
+    header file for the form is generated by Qt 4's \c uic. See the
+    \l{Using a Designer UI File in Your Application} chapter of the
+    \l{Qt Designer Manual} for information about the preferred ways to
+    use forms created with Qt Designer 4.
+
+    \c uic3 tries very hard to map Qt 3 classes and their properties to
+    Qt 4. However, the behavior of some classes changed significantly
+    in Qt 4. To keep the form working, some Qt 3 classes are mapped
+    to classes in the Qt3Support library. Table 1 shows a list of
+    classes this applies to.
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Qt 3 class       \o Qt 4 class
+    \row    \o \c QButtonGroup  \o Q3ButtonGroup
+    \row    \o \c QDateEdit     \o Q3DateEdit
+    \row    \o \c QDateTimeEdit \o Q3DateTimeEdit
+    \row    \o \c QGroupBox     \o Q3GroupBox
+    \row    \o \c QListBox      \o Q3ListBox
+    \row    \o \c QListView     \o Q3ListView
+    \row    \o \c QMainWindow   \o Q3MainWindow
+    \row    \o \c QTextEdit     \o Q3TextEdit
+    \row    \o \c QTextView     \o Q3TextView
+    \row    \o \c QTimeEdit     \o Q3TimeEdit
+    \row    \o \c QWidgetStack  \o Q3WidgetStack
+    \row    \o \c QWizard       \o Q3Wizard
+    \endtable
+
+    \section1 Limitations of uic3
+
+    Converting Qt 3 UI files to Qt 4 has some limitations. The
+    most noticeable limitation is the fact that since \c uic no
+    longer generates a QObject, it's not possible to define custom
+    signals or slots for the form. Instead, the programmer must
+    define these signals and slots in the main container and connect
+    them to the widgets in the form after calling \c setupUi(). For
+    example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4-designer.qdoc 5
+
+    A quick and dirty way to port forms containing custom signals and
+    slots is to generate the code using \c uic3, rather than \c uic. Since
+    \c uic3 does generate a QWidget, it will populate it with custom
+    signals, slots and connections specified in the UI file.
+    However, \c uic3 can only generate code from Qt 3 UI files, which
+    implies that the UI files never get translated and need to be
+    edited using Qt Designer 3.
+
+    Note also that it is possible to create implicit connections
+    between the widgets in a form and the main container. After \c
+    setupUi() populates the main container with child widgets it
+    scans the main container's list of slots for names with the form
+    \tt{on_\e{objectName}_\e{signalName}().}
+
+    If the form contains a widget whose object name is
+    \tt{\e{objectName}}, and if that widget has a signal called
+    \tt{\e{signalName}}, then this signal will be connected to the
+    main container's slot. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4-designer.qdoc 6
+
+    Because of the naming convention, \c setupUi() automatically
+    connects \c pushButton's \c clicked() signal to \c
+    HelloWorldWidget's \c on_pushButton_clicked() slot.
+
+    \section1 Icons
+
+    In Qt 3, the binary data for the icons used by a form was stored
+    in the UI file. In Qt 4 icons and any other external files
+    can be compiled into the application by listing them in a \l{The
+    Qt Resource System}{resource file} (\c .qrc). This file is
+    translated into a C++ source file using Qt's resource compiler
+    (\c rcc). The data in the files is then available to any Qt class
+    which takes a file name argument.
+
+    Imagine that we have two icons, \c yes.png and \c no.png. We
+    create a resource file called \c icons.qrc with the following
+    contents:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4-designer.qdoc 7
+
+    Next, we add the resource file to our \c .pro file:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4-designer.qdoc 8
+
+    When \c qmake is run, it will create the appropriate Makefile
+    rules to call \c rcc on the resource file, and compile and link
+    the result into the application. The icons may be accessed as
+    follows:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4-designer.qdoc 9
+
+    In each case, the leading colon tells Qt to look for the file in
+    the virtual file tree defined by the set of resource files
+    compiled into the application instead of the file system.
+
+    In the \c .qrc file, the \c qresource tag's \c prefix attribute
+    is used to arrange the files into categories and set a virtual
+    path where the files will be accessed.
+
+    Caveat: If the resource file was not linked directly into the
+    application, but instead into a dynamic or static library that
+    was later linked with the application, its virtual file tree will
+    not be available to QFile and friends until the Q_INIT_RESOURCE()
+    macro is called. This macro takes one argument, which is the name
+    of the \c .qrc file, without the path or the file extension. A
+    convenient place to initialize resources is at the top of the
+    application's \c main() function.
+
+    In Qt Designer 4, we can associate any number of resource files
+    with a form using the resource editor tool. The widgets in the
+    form can access all icons specified in its associated resource
+    files.
+
+    In short, porting of icons from a Qt 3 to a Qt 4 form involves
+    the following steps:
+
+    \list 1
+    \o Use \c{uic3 -convert} to obtain a UI file understood by
+       Qt Designer 4.
+
+    \o Create a \c .qrc file with a list of all the icon files.
+
+    \o Add the resource file to the \c .pro file.
+
+    \o Open the form in Qt Designer 4 and add the resource file to the
+       form's resource editor.
+
+    \o Set the icon properties for the appropriate widgets.
+    \endlist
+
+    \section1 Custom Widgets
+
+    Qt Designer 3 supported defining custom widgets by specifying
+    their name, header file and methods. In Qt Designer 4, a custom
+    widget is always created by "promoting" an existing Qt widget to
+    a custom class. Qt Designer 4 assumes that the custom widget will
+    inherit from the widget that has been promoted. In the form
+    editor, the custom widget will retain the looks, behavior,
+    properties, signals and slots of the base widget. It is not
+    currently possible to tell Qt Designer 4 that the custom widget
+    will have additional signals or slots.
+
+    \c{uic3 -convert} handles the conversion of custom widgets to the
+    new \c .ui format, however all custom signals and slots are lost.
+    Furthermore, since Qt Designer 3 never knew the base widget class
+    of a custom widget, it is taken to be QWidget. This is often
+    sufficient. If not, the custom widgets have to be inserted
+    manually into the form.
+
+    Custom widget plugins, which contain custom widgets to be used in
+    Qt Designer, must themselves be ported before they can be used in
+    forms ported with \c{uic3}.
+    The \l{Porting to Qt 4} document contains information about general
+    porting issues that may apply to the custom widget code itself, and
+    the \l{Creating Custom Widgets for Qt Designer} chapter of the
+    \l{Qt Designer Manual} describes how the ported widget should be
+    built in order to work in Qt Designer 4.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/porting/porting4-dnd.qdoc b/doc/src/porting/porting4-dnd.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2eb2d01
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/porting/porting4-dnd.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page porting4-dnd.html
+    \title Porting to Qt 4 - Drag and Drop
+    \contentspage {Porting Guides}{Contents}
+    \previouspage Porting to Qt 4 - Virtual Functions
+    \nextpage Porting UI Files to Qt 4
+    \ingroup porting
+    \brief An overview of the porting process for applications that use drag and drop.
+
+    Qt 4 introduces a new set of classes to handle drag and drop operations
+    that aim to be easier to use than their counterparts in Qt 3. As a result,
+    the way that drag and drop is performed is quite different to the way
+    developers of Qt 3 applications have come to expect. In this guide, we
+    show the differences between the old and new APIs and indicate where
+    applications need to be changed when they are ported to Qt 4.
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 Dragging
+
+    In Qt 3, drag operations are encapsulated by \c QDragObject (see Q3DragObject)
+    and its subclasses. These objects are typically constructed on the heap in
+    response to mouse click or mouse move events, and ownership of them is
+    transferred to Qt so that they can be deleted when the corresponding drag and
+    drop operations have been completed. The drag source has no control over how
+    the drag and drop operation is performed once the object's
+    \l{Q3DragObject::}{drag()} function is called, and it receives no information
+    about how the operation ended.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_dnd.qdoc 0
+
+    Similarly, in Qt 4, drag operations are also initiated when a QDrag object
+    is constructed and its \l{QDrag::}{exec()} function is called. In contrast,
+    these objects are typically constructed on the stack rather than the heap
+    since each drag and drop operation is performed synchronously as far as the
+    drag source is concerned. One key benefit of this is that the drag source
+    can receive information about how the operation ended from the value returned
+    by \l{QDrag::}{exec()}.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/porting4-dropevents/window.cpp 2
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/porting4-dropevents/window.cpp 3
+    \dots 8
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/porting4-dropevents/window.cpp 4
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/porting4-dropevents/window.cpp 5
+
+    A key difference in the above code is the use of the QMimeData class to hold
+    information about the data that is transferred. Qt 3 relies on subclasses
+    of \c QDragObject to provide support for specific MIME types; in Qt 4, the
+    use of QMimeData as a generic container for data makes the relationship
+    between MIME type and data more tranparent. QMimeData is described in more
+    detail later in this document.
+
+    \section1 Dropping
+
+    In both Qt 3 and Qt 4, it is possible to prepare a custom widget to accept
+    dropped data by enabling the \l{QWidget::}{acceptDrops} property of a widget,
+    usually in the widget's constructor. As a result, the widget will receive
+    drag enter events that can be handled by its \l{QWidget::}{dragEnterEvent()}
+    function.
+    As in Qt 3, custom widgets in Qt 4 handle these events by determining
+    whether the data supplied by the drag and drop operation can be dropped onto
+    the widget. Since the classes used to encapsulate MIME data are different in
+    Qt 3 and Qt 4, the exact implementations differ.
+
+    In Qt 3, the drag enter event is handled by checking whether each of the
+    standard \c QDragObject subclasses can decode the data supplied, and
+    indicating success or failure of these checks via the event's
+    \l{QDragEnterEvent::}{accept()} function, as shown in this simple example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_dnd.qdoc 1
+
+    In Qt 4, you can examine the MIME type describing the data to determine
+    whether the widget should accept the event or, for common data types, you
+    can use convenience functions:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/porting4-dropevents/window.cpp 0
+
+    The widget has some control over the type of drag and drop operation to be
+    performed. In the above code, the action proposed by the drag source is
+    accepted, but
+    \l{Drag and Drop#Overriding Proposed Actions}{this can be overridden} if
+    required.
+
+    In both Qt 3 and Qt 4, it is necessary to accept a given drag event in order
+    to receive the corresponding drop event. A custom widget in Qt 3 that can
+    accept dropped data in the form of text or images might provide an
+    implementation of \l{QWidget::}{dropEvent()} that looks like the following:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_dnd.qdoc 2
+
+    In Qt 4, the event is handled in a similar way:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/porting4-dropevents/window.cpp 1
+
+    It is also possible to extract data stored for a particular MIME type if it
+    was specified by the drag source.
+
+    \section1 MIME Types and Data
+
+    In Qt 3, data to be transferred in drag and drop operations is encapsulated
+    in instances of \c QDragObject and its subclasses, representing specific
+    data formats related to common MIME type and subtypes.
+
+    In Qt 4, only the QMimeData class is used to represent data, providing a
+    container for data stored in multiple formats, each associated with
+    a relevant MIME type. Since arbitrary MIME types can be specified, there is
+    no need for an extensive class hierarchy to represent different kinds of
+    information. Additionally, QMimeData it provides some convenience functions
+    to allow the most common data formats to be stored and retrieved with less
+    effort than for arbitrary MIME types.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/porting/porting4-modifiedvirtual.qdocinc b/doc/src/porting/porting4-modifiedvirtual.qdocinc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1164238
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/porting/porting4-modifiedvirtual.qdocinc
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+\row \o int QAccessibleInterface::navigate(NavDirection, int) const \o int QAccessibleInterface::navigate(RelationFlag, int, QAccessibleInterface **) const
+\row \o bool QApplication::winEventFilter(MSG *) \o bool QApplication::winEventFilter(MSG *, long *)
+\row \o Function: Offset QIODevice::at() const \o Function: Q_LONGLONG QIODevice::pos() const
+\row \o bool QIODevice::at(Offset) \o bool QIODevice::seek(Q_LONGLONG)
+\row \o bool QIODevice::open(int) \o bool QIODevice::open(OpenMode)
+\row \o Q_LONG QIODevice::readBlock(char *, Q_ULONG) \o Q_LONGLONG QIODevice::readData(char *, Q_LONGLONG)
+\row \o Q_LONG QIODevice::writeBlock(const char *, Q_ULONG) \o Q_LONGLONG QIODevice::writeData(const char *, Q_LONGLONG)
+\row \o const char * QImageFormatType::formatName() const \o QByteArray QImageFormatType::formatName() const
+\row \o QPopupMenu * QLineEdit::createPopupMenu() \o QMenu * QLineEdit::createPopupMenu()
+\row \o bool QMacMime::canConvert(const char *, int) \o bool QMacMime::canConvert(const QString &, int)
+\row \o QValueList<QByteArray> QMacMime::convertFromMime(QByteArray, const char *, int) \o QList<QByteArray> QMacMime::convertFromMime(QByteArray, const QString &, int)
+\row \o QByteArray QMacMime::convertToMime(QValueList<QByteArray> data, const char *, int) \o QByteArray QMacMime::convertToMime(QList<QByteArray> data, const QString &, int)
+\row \o const char * QMacMime::convertorName() \o QString QMacMime::convertorName()
+\row \o int QMacMime::flavorFor(const char *) \o int QMacMime::flavorFor(const QString &)
+\row \o const char * QMacMime::mimeFor(int) \o QString QMacMime::mimeFor(int)
+\row \o QMetaObject * QObject::metaObject() const \o const QMetaObject * QObject::metaObject() const
+\row \o bool QScreen::onCard(unsigned char *) const \o bool QScreen::onCard(const unsigned char *) const
+\row \o bool QScreen::onCard(unsigned char *, ulong &) const \o bool QScreen::onCard(const unsigned char *, ulong &) const
+\row \o int QSpinBox::mapTextToValue(bool *) \o int QSpinBox::mapTextToValue(QString *, QValidator::State *) const
+\row \o QString QSpinBox::mapValueToText(int) \o QString QSpinBox::mapValueToText(int) const
+\row \o bool QSqlDriver::open(const QString &, const QString &, const QString &, const QString &, int) \o bool QSqlDriver::open(const QString &, const QString &, const QString &, const QString &, int, const QString &)
+\row \o QStringList QSqlDriver::tables(const QString &) const \o QStringList QSqlDriver::tables(QSql::TableType) const
+\row \o bool QSqlQuery::prev() \o bool QSqlQuery::previous()
+\row \o bool QSqlResult::fetchPrev() \o bool QSqlResult::fetchPrevious()
+\row \o void QStyle::drawComplexControl(ComplexControl, QPainter *, const QWidget *, const QRect &, const QColorGroup &, SFlags, SCFlags, SCFlags, const QStyleOption &) const \o void QStyle::drawComplexControl(ComplexControl, const QStyleOptionComplex *, QPainter *, const QWidget *) const
+\row \o void QStyle::drawComplexControlMask(ComplexControl, QPainter *, const QWidget *, const QRect &, const QStyleOption &) const \o void QStyle::drawComplexControlMask(ComplexControl, const QStyleOptionComplex *, QPainter *, const QWidget *) const
+\row \o void QStyle::drawControl(ControlElement, QPainter *, const QWidget *, const QRect &, const QColorGroup &, SFlags, const QStyleOption &) const \o void QStyle::drawControl(ControlElement, const QStyleOption *, QPainter *, const QWidget *) const
+\row \o void QStyle::drawControlMask(ControlElement, QPainter *, const QWidget *, const QRect &, const QStyleOption &) const \o void QStyle::drawControlMask(ControlElement, const QStyleOption *, QPainter *, const QWidget *) const
+\row \o void QStyle::drawItem(QPainter *, const QRect &, int, const QColorGroup &, bool, const QPixmap *, const QString &, int, const QColor *) const \o void QStyle::drawItem(QPainter *, const QRect &, int, const QPalette &, bool, const QString &, int, const QColor *) const
+\row \o void QStyle::drawPrimitive(PrimitiveElement, QPainter *, const QRect &, const QColorGroup &, SFlags, const QStyleOption &) const \o void QStyle::drawPrimitive(PrimitiveElement, const QStyleOption *, QPainter *, const QWidget *) const
+\row \o QRect QStyle::itemRect(QPainter *, const QRect &, int, bool, const QPixmap *, const QString &, int) const \o QRect QStyle::itemTextRect(const QFontMetrics &, const QRect &, int, bool, const QString &, int) const
+\row \o int QStyle::pixelMetric(PixelMetric, const QWidget *) const \o int QStyle::pixelMetric(PixelMetric, const QStyleOption *, const QWidget *) const
+\row \o SubControl QStyle::querySubControl(ComplexControl, const QWidget *, const QPoint &, const QStyleOption &) const \o SubControl QStyle::hitTestComplexControl(ComplexControl, const QStyleOptionComplex *, const QPoint &, const QWidget *) const
+\row \o QRect QStyle::querySubControlMetrics(ComplexControl, const QWidget *, SubControl, const QStyleOption &) const \o QRect QStyle::subControlRect(ComplexControl, const QStyleOptionComplex *, SubControl, const QWidget *) const
+\row \o QSize QStyle::sizeFromContents(ContentsType, const QWidget *, const QSize &, const QStyleOption &) const \o QSize QStyle::sizeFromContents(ContentsType, const QStyleOption *, const QSize &, const QFontMetrics &, const QWidget *) const
+\row \o int QStyle::styleHint(StyleHint, const QWidget *, const QStyleOption &, QStyleHintReturn *) const \o int QStyle::styleHint(StyleHint, const QStyleOption *, const QWidget *, QStyleHintReturn *) const
+\row \o QPixmap QStyle::stylePixmap(StylePixmap, const QWidget *, const QStyleOption &) const \o QPixmap QStyle::standardPixmap(StandardPixmap, const QStyleOption *, const QWidget *) const
+\row \o QRect QStyle::subRect(SubRect, const QWidget *) const \o QRect QStyle::subRect(SubRect, const QStyleOption *, const QFontMetrics &, const QWidget *) const
+\row \o void QStyle::unPolish(QApplication *) \o void QStyle::unpolish(QApplication *)
+\row \o void QStyle::unPolish(QWidget *) \o void QStyle::unpolish(QWidget *)
+\row \o QCString QTextCodec::fromUnicode(const QString &, int &) const \o QByteArray QTextCodec::fromUnicode(const QString &, int &) const
+\row \o QValueList<int> QTextCodecPlugin::mibEnums() const \o QList<int> QTextCodecPlugin::mibEnums() const
+\row \o void QTextDrag::setSubtype(const QCString &) \o void QTextDrag::setSubtype(const QString &)
+\row \o QCString QTextEncoder::fromUnicode(const QString &, int &) \o QByteArray QTextEncoder::fromUnicode(const QString &, int &)
+\row \o void QUriDrag::setUris(QStrList) \o void QUriDrag::setUris(const QList<QByteArray> & list)
+\row \o void QUrlInfo::setSize(uint) \o void QUrlInfo::setSize(Q_LONGLONG)
+\row \o bool QWindowsMime::canConvert(const char *, int) \o bool QWindowsMime::canConvert(const QString &, int)
+\row \o int QWindowsMime::cfFor(const char *) \o int QWindowsMime::cfFor(const QString &)
+\row \o QByteArray QWindowsMime::convertFromMime(QByteArray, const char *, int) \o QByteArray QWindowsMime::convertFromMime(const QByteArray &, const QString &, int)
+\row \o QByteArray QWindowsMime::convertToMime(QByteArray, const char *, int) \o QByteArray QWindowsMime::convertToMime(const QByteArray &, const QString &, int)
+\row \o const char * QWindowsMime::convertorName() \o QString QWindowsMime::convertorName()
+\row \o void QWSMouseHandler::calibrate(QWSPointerCalibrationData *) \o void QWSMouseHandler::calibrate(const QWSPointerCalibrationData *)
+\row \o bool QWidget::macEvent(MSG *) \o bool QWidget::macEvent(EventHandlerCallRef, EventRef)
+\row \o bool QWidget::winEvent(MSG *) \o bool QWidget::winEvent(MSG *, long *)
+\row \o QString QXmlContentHandler::errorString() \o QString QXmlContentHandler::errorString() const
+\row \o QString QXmlDTDHandler::errorString() \o QString QXmlDTDHandler::errorString() const
+\row \o QString QXmlDeclHandler::errorString() \o QString QXmlDeclHandler::errorString() const
+\row \o QString QXmlEntityResolver::errorString() \o QString QXmlEntityResolver::errorString() const
+\row \o QString QXmlErrorHandler::errorString() \o QString QXmlErrorHandler::errorString() const
+\row \o QString QXmlInputSource::data() \o QString QXmlInputSource::data() const
+\row \o QString QXmlLexicalHandler::errorString() \o QString QXmlLexicalHandler::errorString() const
+\row \o int QXmlLocator::columnNumber() \o int QXmlLocator::columnNumber() const
+\row \o int QXmlLocator::lineNumber() \o int QXmlLocator::lineNumber() const
diff --git a/doc/src/porting/porting4-obsoletedmechanism.qdocinc b/doc/src/porting/porting4-obsoletedmechanism.qdocinc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..584b910
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/porting/porting4-obsoletedmechanism.qdocinc
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+If you use this mechanism in your application, please submit a
+report to the \l{Task Tracker} on the Qt website and we will
+try to find a satisfactory substitute.
diff --git a/doc/src/porting/porting4-overview.qdoc b/doc/src/porting/porting4-overview.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5eff1ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/porting/porting4-overview.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,373 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page porting4-overview.html
+    \title Moving from Qt 3 to Qt 4
+    \ingroup porting
+    \brief Porting advice for authors of new and existing Qt 3 applications.
+
+    This document describes which parts of Qt should be used when
+    writing an application with Qt 3, so that it can be upgraded to
+    use Qt 4 later with a minimum of effort. However, the advice may
+    also be useful to developers who are porting existing applications
+    from Qt 3 to Qt 4.
+
+    For a detailed overview
+    of the porting process for existing Qt 3 applications, see the
+    \l{Porting to Qt 4} document.
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    Since Qt 4 provides important new functionality at the cost of
+    some compatibility with Qt 3, it is useful for developers of
+    Qt 3-based applications to learn how to take advantage of
+    Qt 3's API now while preparing for future changes that will be
+    needed when upgrading to Qt 4.
+
+    Certain advanced Qt 3 features were moved to the Qt 3 support
+    library (\l{Qt3Support}) in Qt 4.0, and have been gradually
+    replaced in subsequent releases of Qt 4.
+
+    Making Qt 3 applications as portable to Qt 4 as possible
+    enables a smooth transition between versions of Qt in the
+    long term, and allows for a stable development process
+    throughout.
+
+    \section1 Qt 3 Features to Avoid
+
+    Although we are proud of the level of stability we have achieved
+    with Qt, it is important to realise that, for Qt 4 to be a
+    substantial improvement over Qt 3, certain features have
+    been revised to make the framework more maintainable for us
+    and more usable for developers. It is therefore useful to
+    know which features of Qt 3 should be avoided to help save
+    time during a later porting effort to Qt 4. Note that it is
+    still possible to use many of the following classes and
+    features through the use of the \l{Qt3Support} module.
+
+    \section2 Painting Outside Paint Events
+
+    In Qt 3, under certain circumstances, it was possible to use
+    QPainter to draw on a given custom widget outside its
+    \l{QWidget::}{paintEvent()} reimplementation. In Qt 4, in most
+    situations, painting must occur within a widget's paint event
+    handler.
+
+    On X11, it is possible to set the \l{Qt::WA_PaintOutsidePaintEvent}
+    attribute on widgets to keep existing code, but we recommend
+    restricting the use of painting code to within paint event handlers
+    where possible.
+
+    More information about this change can be found in the
+    \l{Porting to Qt 4#Painting and Redrawing Widgets}{Painting and Redrawing Widgets}
+    section of the \l{Porting to Qt 4} document.
+
+    \section2 Qt Designer
+
+    The version of Qt Designer supplied with Qt 3 provided
+    extensive code editing and project management features
+    (control over \c{.ui.h} and \c{.pro} files), and encouraged
+    users to design main window applications from within the
+    Qt Designer environment.
+
+    The version of Qt Designer supplied with Qt 4 is intended
+    to be integrated with other software development tools (such
+    as integrated development environments), and does not
+    support these project-level features.
+
+    We recommend using one of the
+    \l{Using a Designer UI File in Your Application}{form subclassing approaches}
+    with forms created using Qt Designer. This avoids the need
+    to use \c{.ui.h} files and special purpose code editors.
+
+    Existing Qt 3 forms created using Qt Designer can be gradually
+    ported to Qt 4 by following the advice in the
+    \l{Porting UI Files to Qt 4} guide. However, some extra effort
+    will be required to move application logic from \c{.ui.h} files
+    into the main body of a Qt 4 application.
+
+    \section2 Menu Items (QMenuItem)
+
+    The old-style construction of menus by creating individual
+    menu items has been superseded in Qt 4 by the use of
+    generic actions which can be used in menus, toolbars, and
+    as keyboard shortcuts.
+
+    Qt 3 also supports this action-based approach, so, by using
+    QAction throughout your application, less work will be
+    required to adapt your application to Qt 4.
+
+    \section2 Pointer-Based Classes (QPtr*)
+
+    Qt 3 provides a group of pointer-based classes (\c QPtrList,
+    \c QPtrDict, \c QPtrVector, etc.) that help manage collections
+    of pointers to objects (usually QObject subclasses) in an
+    application. In addition, the value-based collection classes
+    (\c QValueList, \c QValueDict, \c QValueVector, etc.) provide
+    a way to store standard value types which cannot be easily stored
+    in pointer-based collections.
+
+    Qt 4 introduces a single set of collection classes which
+    does not require developers to pay as much attention to
+    memory allocation and object ownership issues. As a result,
+    Qt 3's pointer-based classes have no direct equivalent
+    classes in Qt 4.
+
+    To ease migration, use Qt 3's value-based classes to store
+    most objects, including pointers; for example, use
+    \c QValueVector<QWidget *> rather than
+    \c QPtrVector<QWidget *>. These can be replaced by
+    Qt 4's QVector, QLinkedList, and QList later.
+
+    \section2 Other Collection Classes (QStrList, Q*Dict)
+
+    Some collection classes in Qt 3 have been deprecated in
+    favor of easier to use, higher level alternatives. These
+    include the dictionary classes (\c QAsciiDict, \c QDict,
+    \c QIntDict, \c QPtrDict) and \c QStrList.
+
+    \c QStrList can usually replaced by the higher level QStringList
+    class in Qt 3; this is also available in Qt 4. It is
+    recommended that you use the QMap class instead of the \c QDict
+    classes. In Qt 4, QMap is also complemented by the QHash
+    class.
+
+    \section2 Memory Arrays (QMemArray)
+
+    In Qt 3, the \c QMemArray class is used as a simple array
+    container for simple data types. This class is deprecated in
+    Qt 4 in favor of the QVector and QVarLengthVector classes
+    which provide more powerful and consistent array objects.
+
+    Qt 3's closest equivalent class to Qt 4's QVector is the
+    \c QValueVector class. For many purposes, this can be used
+    instead of \c QMemArray.
+
+    \section2 URL Operations (QUrlOperator)
+
+    The URL operator in Qt 3 provides an abstract way to
+    handle files via HTTP, FTP, and on the local file system.
+    However, Qt 4 only provides this functionality through the
+    use of the Q3UrlOperator.
+
+    From Qt 4.4, the Network Access API provides a subset of the features
+    provided by \c QUrlOperator that are mostly intended for use with
+    applications that use the HTTP and FTP protocols. See the
+    QNetworkRequest, QNetworkReply, and QNetworkAccessManager documentation
+    for further details.
+
+    It is also possible to perform operations on remote files through
+    the QNetworkAccessManager and QFtp classes, and on local files
+    with the QFile class.
+
+    \section2 SQL Cursors (QSqlCursor)
+
+    In Qt 3, one of the preferred methods of working with SQL
+    is to use a cursor to manipulate the contents of a database.
+    In Qt 4, the preferred method of working with SQL is to use
+    the model/view architecture (QSqlQueryModel and QSqlTableModel)
+    and, as a result, the cursor interface is only supplied in the
+    Q3SqlCursor class.
+
+    The easiest way to ensure continuity between Qt 3 and Qt 4
+    is to use QSqlQuery rather than \c QSqlCursor,
+    and migrate to QSqlQueryModel later.
+
+    \section2 Domain Name Service (QDns)
+
+    The QDns class in Qt 4 provides a much simpler interface
+    than the QDns class in Qt 3, and is mainly used for host
+    name resolution.
+    As a result, many of the more complex features of Qt 3's
+    QDns class are only available through Qt 4's Q3Dns
+    compatibility class.
+
+    To resolve host names with Qt 3, it is recommended that you
+    use the higher level interface of QSocket rather than QDns.
+    The equivalent functionality is available in Qt 4 in the
+    QAbstractSocket and QHostInfo classes.
+
+    \section2 Wizard Dialogs (QWizard)
+
+    Qt 3 provides support for "wizard" dialogs in the form of
+    the \c QWizard class. Prior to Qt 4.3, this class was made
+    available as Q3Wizard, and provides the same interface for
+    creating relatively complex wizards.
+
+    In Qt 4.3 and later, a revised QWizard class can be used to
+    create this kind of dialog, but existing Qt 3 wizard
+    implementations may need to be redesigned to work with the
+    new QWizard API.
+
+    \section2 Abstract Grid Views (QGridView)
+
+    Before the introduction of the Qt 3 \c QTable class,
+    \c QGridView was the recommended way to create tables of
+    custom items.
+    With the introduction of \c QTable, the \c QGridView class was
+    effectively obsoleted, and the \c QTable class should now be
+    used to display tabular information in your Qt 3 application.
+    This approach allows you to use QTableWidget as a replacement
+    when later porting your application to Qt 4.
+
+    \section2 Specialized Scrolling Views
+
+    In Qt 3, the \c QScrollView class provides a viewport that can
+    be used to display part of a larger widget, and will
+    optionally provide scroll bars for navigation purposes.
+    In Qt 4, this functionality is superseded by classes such as
+    QScrollArea, which provides a more intuitive interface for
+    developers to use.
+    \c QScrollView is available in Qt 4 as the Q3ScrollView class.
+
+    In Qt 3, it is recommended that \c QScrollView should be
+    used with child widgets rather than subclassed. However, it
+    should be noted that this approach may not be appropriate if
+    you need to use extremely large scrolling areas in your
+    application, since Qt 3 widgets cannot be wider or taller
+    than 32767 pixels.
+
+    \section1 Significantly Changed Features
+
+    Some Qt 3 features have changed significantly for Qt 4. 
+    and the recommended way of using them has therefore changed
+    significantly, too. This is most notably true for the drag 
+    and drop API. 
+
+    Additionally, some of the more specialized features in Qt 3 are
+    often used to help customize widgets and add extra polish to an
+    application.
+    Although these improvements make applications more presentable to
+    users, many of them are unnecessary with Qt 4, and may create
+    additional porting work.
+
+    \section2 Drag and Drop
+
+    Qt 4 introduces a simpler and more intuitive implementation
+    of drag and drop between widgets, and with other applications.
+    As a result, there is no simple approach that can be used to
+    make drag and drop in a Qt 3 application easier to port to
+    Qt 4.
+
+    \section2 Extensive Customization of Item Views
+
+    Each of the classes that are used to display list, tree,
+    and table items in Qt 3 can be subclassed for the purposes
+    of customizing their appearance. The item view framework
+    in Qt 4 is implemented according to a different paradigm
+    (model/view) which does not allow items to be customized
+    using this method.
+
+    Although Qt 4 provides compatibility classes (Q3ListBoxItem,
+    Q3ListViewItem, and Q3TableItem) that can be used in the same
+    way as their Qt 3 counterparts, these cannot be used within
+    the standard model/view framework. It is recommended that,
+    to minimize porting effort, extensive customization of item
+    classes should be avoided in Qt 3, if at all possible.
+
+    \section2 Double Buffering
+
+    Qt 3 applications often use double buffering for reducing
+    flicker when painting custom widgets. This approach is
+    unnecessary with Qt 4 because double buffering is
+    automatically performed by the paint engine.
+
+    It still makes sense to use double buffering in
+    Qt 4 in certain contexts. For example, in
+    Chapter 5 of \l{GUI Programming with Qt 3}, double buffering
+    was presented as a speed optimization and not just as a means
+    of reducing flicker.
+
+    \section2 Data-Aware Forms
+
+    The \c QDataTable, \c QDataBrowser, and \c QDataView classes
+    in Qt 3 allow integration between widgets and SQL-based
+    databases.
+
+    In Qt 4.1 and earlier, the preferred way to create a data-aware
+    widget is to connect an generic item view (such as a table view)
+    to a SQL model. In Qt 4.2 and later, the QDataWidgetMapper class
+    can be used to map data to widgets in a form-based user interface.
+
+    New applications written with Qt 3 should use QSqlQuery in
+    preference to an approach based on the old-style data-aware
+    widgets.
+    This offers a choice of porting strategies when later migrating
+    the application to Qt 4: You can either continue to use
+    QSqlQuery or take the opportunity to use the model/view
+    classes to handle database integration.
+
+    \section2 Dock Windows and Areas
+
+    In Qt 4, the way that dock windows are constructed and used
+    in main window applications differs significantly to the
+    pattern of use provided by Qt 3. As a result, the introduction
+    of a simpler and cleaner API means that Qt 3 applications that
+    make extensive use of dock window areas will require careful
+    examination when they are ported to Qt 4.
+
+    We recommend that the QMainWindow class be used in preference
+    to the Q3MainWindow compatibility class when an existing Qt 3
+    main window application is ported to Qt 4. Therefore, we
+    recommend that specialized use of dock window areas should
+    be avoided when writing a Qt 3 application with Qt 4 in mind.
+
+    \section2 Custom Styles
+
+    The style system used to provide consistent themes for Qt's
+    standard widgets has been revised for Qt 4. As a result,
+    custom styles for Qt 3 require some porting work to be done
+    before they can be used with Qt 4. To ease the porting process,
+    we recommend that you avoid implementing custom widget styles
+    for Qt 3 applications unless it is absolutely necessary for
+    your users.
+
+    In Qt 4.2 and later, \l{Qt Style Sheets} can be used to
+    implement many common modifications to existing styles, and
+    this may be sufficient for Qt 3 applications.
+
+    \section2 Events
+    In Qt 3, QCloseEvents were not accepted by default. In Qt 4,
+    the event handler QWidget::closeEvent() receives QCloseEvents,
+    and accepts them by default closing the application. To avoid 
+    this, please reimplement QWidget::closeEvent().  
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/porting/porting4-removedenumvalues.qdocinc b/doc/src/porting/porting4-removedenumvalues.qdocinc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fe38d0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/porting/porting4-removedenumvalues.qdocinc
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+\row \o QButton::SingleShot
+\row \o QButton::Toggle
+\row \o QButton::Tristate
+\row \o QEvent::AccelAvailable
+\row \o QEvent::ParentFontChange
+\row \o QEvent::ParentPaletteChange
diff --git a/doc/src/porting/porting4-removedtypes.qdocinc b/doc/src/porting/porting4-removedtypes.qdocinc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9d7c519
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/porting/porting4-removedtypes.qdocinc
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+\row \o QAbstractButton::ToggleType
diff --git a/doc/src/porting/porting4-removedvariantfunctions.qdocinc b/doc/src/porting/porting4-removedvariantfunctions.qdocinc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dfaa8f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/porting/porting4-removedvariantfunctions.qdocinc
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+\row \o toBitmap ()         \o QVariant::value()
+\row \o toBrush ()          \o QVariant::value()
+\row \o toColorGroup ()     \o Use QVariant::value() with QPalette instead.
+\row \o toColor ()          \o QVariant::value()
+\row \o toCString ()        \o QVariant::toByteArray()
+\row \o toCursor ()         \o QVariant::value()
+\row \o toFont ()           \o QVariant::value()
+\row \o toIconSet ()        \o Use QVariant::value() with QIcon instead.
+\row \o toImage ()          \o QVariant::value()
+\row \o toKeySequence ()    \o QVariant::value()
+\row \o toPalette ()        \o QVariant::value()
+\row \o toPen ()            \o QVariant::value()
+\row \o toPixmap ()         \o QVariant::value()
+\row \o toPointArray ()     \o QVariant::value()
+\row \o toRegion ()         \o QVariant::value()
+\row \o toSizePolicy ()     \o QVariant::value()
diff --git a/doc/src/porting/porting4-removedvirtual.qdocinc b/doc/src/porting/porting4-removedvirtual.qdocinc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1af4fa6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/porting/porting4-removedvirtual.qdocinc
@@ -0,0 +1,605 @@
+\row \o void QAccessibleInterface::clearSelection() \o Port to the new QAccessibleInterface API.
+\row \o int QAccessibleInterface::controlAt(int, int) const \o Port to the new QAccessibleInterface API.
+\row \o bool QAccessibleInterface::doDefaultAction(int) \o Port to the new QAccessibleInterface API.
+\row \o QMemArray<int> QAccessibleInterface::selection() const \o Port to the new QAccessibleInterface API.
+\row \o bool QAccessibleInterface::setFocus(int) \o Port to the new QAccessibleInterface API.
+\row \o bool QAccessibleInterface::setSelected(int, bool, bool) \o Port to the new QAccessibleInterface API.
+\row \o bool QAction::addTo(QWidget *) \o Use Q3Action instead or port to the new QAction API.
+\row \o void QAction::addedTo(QWidget *, QWidget *) \o Use Q3Action instead or port to the new QAction API.
+\row \o void QAction::addedTo(int, QPopupMenu *) \o Use Q3Action instead or port to the new QAction API.
+\row \o bool QAction::removeFrom(QWidget *) \o Use Q3Action instead or port to the new QAction API.
+\row \o void QAction::setAccel(const QKeySequence &) \o Use Q3Action instead or port to the new QAction API.
+\row \o void QAction::setEnabled(bool) \o Use Q3Action instead or port to the new QAction API.
+\row \o void QAction::setIconSet(const QIcon &) \o Use Q3Action instead or port to the new QAction API.
+\row \o void QAction::setMenuText(const QString &) \o Use Q3Action instead or port to the new QAction API.
+\row \o void QAction::setOn(bool) \o Use Q3Action instead or port to the new QAction API.
+\row \o void QAction::setStatusTip(const QString &) \o Use Q3Action instead or port to the new QAction API.
+\row \o void QAction::setText(const QString &) \o Use Q3Action instead or port to the new QAction API.
+\row \o void QAction::setToggleAction(bool) \o Use Q3Action instead or port to the new QAction API.
+\row \o void QAction::setToolTip(const QString &) \o Use Q3Action instead or port to the new QAction API.
+\row \o void QAction::setWhatsThis(const QString &) \o Use Q3Action instead or port to the new QAction API.
+\row \o void QButton::drawButton(QPainter *) \o Use Q3Button instead or reimplement QButton::paintEvent().
+\row \o void QButton::drawButtonLabel(QPainter *) \o Use Q3Button instead or reimplement QButton::paintEvent().
+\row \o void QButton::setAccel(const QKeySequence &) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QButton::setAutoRepeat(bool) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QButton::setDown(bool) \o Use Q3Button instead or reimplement or port to the new QPushButton API.
+\row \o void QButton::setPixmap(const QPixmap &) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QButton::setState(ToggleState) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QButton::setText(const QString &) \o Use the QAbstractButton::setText() setter function.
+\row \o void QButton::setToggleType(ToggleType) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QButtonGroup::moveFocus(int) \o Use the QWidget::setFocus() setter function.
+\row \o void QButtonGroup::setButton(int) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QButtonGroup::setExclusive(bool) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QButtonGroup::setRadioButtonExclusive(bool) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QComboBox::setAutoCompletion(bool) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QComboBox::setAutoResize(bool) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QComboBox::setCurrentItem(int) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QComboBox::setCurrentText(const QString &) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QComboBox::setFont(const QFont &) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QComboBox::setInsertionPolicy(Policy) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QComboBox::setLineEdit(QLineEdit *) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QComboBox::setListBox(QListBox *) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QComboBox::setMaxCount(int) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QComboBox::setPalette(const QPalette &) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QComboBox::setSizeLimit(int) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QComboBox::setValidator(const QValidator *) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QDateEdit::fix() \o Port to the new QDateTimeEdit API.
+\row \o QString QDateEdit::sectionFormattedText(int) \o Port to the new QDateTimeEdit API.
+\row \o void QDateEdit::setAutoAdvance(bool) \o Port to the new QDateTimeEdit API.
+\row \o void QDateEdit::setDate(const QDate &) \o Port to the new QDateTimeEdit API.
+\row \o void QDateEdit::setDay(int) \o Port to the new QDateTimeEdit API.
+\row \o void QDateEdit::setMaxValue(const QDate &) \o Port to the new QDateTimeEdit API.
+\row \o void QDateEdit::setMinValue(const QDate &) \o Port to the new QDateTimeEdit API.
+\row \o void QDateEdit::setMonth(int) \o Port to the new QDateTimeEdit API.
+\row \o void QDateEdit::setOrder(Order) \o Port to the new QDateTimeEdit API.
+\row \o void QDateEdit::setRange(const QDate &, const QDate &) \o Port to the new QDateTimeEdit API.
+\row \o void QDateEdit::setSeparator(const QString &) \o Port to the new QDateTimeEdit API.
+\row \o void QDateEdit::setYear(int) \o Port to the new QDateTimeEdit API.
+\row \o void QDateTimeEdit::setAutoAdvance(bool) \o Port to the new QDateTimeEdit API.
+\row \o void QDateTimeEdit::setDateTime(const QDateTime &) \o Port to the new QDateTimeEdit API.
+\row \o void QDial::rangeChange() \o Reimplement QDial::sliderChange() instead.
+\row \o void QDial::repaintScreen(const QRect *) \o Reimplement QDial::paintEvent() instead.
+\row \o void QDial::setNotchTarget(double) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QDial::setNotchesVisible(bool) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QDial::setTracking(bool) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QDial::setValue(int) \o Use QDial::sliderChange() instead.
+\row \o void QDial::setWrapping(bool) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QDial::valueChange() \o Use QDial::sliderChange() instead.
+\row \o QString QDir::absFilePath(const QString &, bool) const \o Value type.
+\row \o QString QDir::absPath() const \o Value type.
+\row \o QString QDir::canonicalPath() const \o Value type.
+\row \o bool QDir::cd(const QString &, bool) \o Value type.
+\row \o bool QDir::cdUp() \o Value type.
+\row \o void QDir::convertToAbs() \o Value type.
+\row \o QString QDir::dirName() const \o Value type.
+\row \o QStrList QDir::encodedEntryList(int, int) const \o Value type.
+\row \o QStrList QDir::encodedEntryList(const QString &, int, int) const \o Value type.
+\row \o const QFileInfoList * QDir::entryInfoList(int, int) const \o Value type.
+\row \o const QFileInfoList * QDir::entryInfoList(const QString &, int, int) const \o Value type.
+\row \o QStringList QDir::entryList(const QString &, int, int) const \o Value type.
+\row \o QStringList QDir::entryList(int, int) const \o Value type.
+\row \o bool QDir::exists() const \o Value type.
+\row \o bool QDir::exists(const QString &, bool) \o Value type.
+\row \o QString QDir::filePath(const QString &, bool) const \o Value type.
+\row \o bool QDir::isReadable() const \o Value type.
+\row \o bool QDir::isRelative() const \o Value type.
+\row \o bool QDir::isRoot() const \o Value type.
+\row \o bool QDir::mkdir(const QString &, bool) const \o Value type.
+\row \o bool QDir::operator!=() const \o Value type.
+\row \o bool QDir::operator==() const \o Value type.
+\row \o QString QDir::path() const \o Value type.
+\row \o bool QDir::remove(const QString &, bool) \o Value type.
+\row \o bool QDir::rename(const QString &, const QString &, bool) \o Value type.
+\row \o bool QDir::rmdir(const QString &, bool) const \o Value type.
+\row \o void QDir::setFilter(int) \o Value type.
+\row \o void QDir::setMatchAllDirs(bool) \o Value type.
+\row \o void QDir::setNameFilter(const QString &) \o Value type.
+\row \o void QDir::setPath(const QString &) \o Value type.
+\row \o void QDir::setSorting(int) \o Value type.
+\row \o void QDns::setLabel(const QString &) \o Use Q3Dns instead.
+\row \o void QDns::setLabel(const QHostAddress &) \o Use Q3Dns instead.
+\row \o void QDns::setRecordType(RecordType) \o Use Q3Dns instead.
+\row \o void QDockWindow::dock() \o Use Q3DockWindow instead or port to the new QDockWidget API.
+\row \o void QDockWindow::setCloseMode(int) \o Use Q3DockWindow instead or port to the new QDockWidget API.
+\row \o void QDockWindow::setFixedExtentHeight(int) \o Use Q3DockWindow instead or port to the new QDockWidget API.
+\row \o void QDockWindow::setFixedExtentWidth(int) \o Use Q3DockWindow instead or port to the new QDockWidget API.
+\row \o void QDockWindow::setHorizontallyStretchable(bool) \o Use Q3DockWindow instead or port to the new QDockWidget API.
+\row \o void QDockWindow::setMovingEnabled(bool) \o Use Q3DockWindow instead or port to the new QDockWidget API.
+\row \o void QDockWindow::setNewLine(bool) \o Use Q3DockWindow instead or port to the new QDockWidget API.
+\row \o void QDockWindow::setOffset(int) \o Use Q3DockWindow instead or port to the new QDockWidget API.
+\row \o void QDockWindow::setOpaqueMoving(bool) \o Use Q3DockWindow instead or port to the new QDockWidget API.
+\row \o void QDockWindow::setOrientation(Orientation) \o Use Q3DockWindow instead or port to the new QDockWidget API.
+\row \o void QDockWindow::setResizeEnabled(bool) \o Use Q3DockWindow instead or port to the new QDockWidget API.
+\row \o void QDockWindow::setVerticallyStretchable(bool) \o Use Q3DockWindow instead or port to the new QDockWidget API.
+\row \o void QDockWindow::setWidget(QWidget *) \o Use Q3DockWindow instead or port to the new QDockWidget API.
+\row \o void QDockWindow::undock() \o Use Q3DockWindow instead or port to the new QDockWidget API.
+\row \o QString QDomAttr::name() const \o Value type.
+\row \o QDomElement QDomAttr::ownerElement() const \o Value type.
+\row \o void QDomAttr::setValue(const QString &) \o Value type.
+\row \o bool QDomAttr::specified() const \o Value type.
+\row \o QString QDomAttr::value() const \o Value type.
+\row \o void QDomCharacterData::appendData(const QString &) \o Value type.
+\row \o QString QDomCharacterData::data() const \o Value type.
+\row \o void QDomCharacterData::deleteData(unsigned, unsigned) \o Value type.
+\row \o void QDomCharacterData::insertData(unsigned, const QString &) \o Value type.
+\row \o uint QDomCharacterData::length() const \o Value type.
+\row \o void QDomCharacterData::replaceData(unsigned, unsigned, const QString &) \o Value type.
+\row \o void QDomCharacterData::setData(const QString &) \o Value type.
+\row \o QString QDomCharacterData::substringData(unsigned, unsigned) \o Value type.
+\row \o QDomNamedNodeMap QDomDocumentType::entities() const \o Value type.
+\row \o QString QDomDocumentType::internalSubset() const \o Value type.
+\row \o QString QDomDocumentType::name() const \o Value type.
+\row \o QDomNamedNodeMap QDomDocumentType::notations() const \o Value type.
+\row \o QString QDomDocumentType::publicId() const \o Value type.
+\row \o QString QDomDocumentType::systemId() const \o Value type.
+\row \o QDomNamedNodeMap QDomElement::attributes() const \o Value type.
+\row \o QDomNodeList QDomElement::elementsByTagName(const QString &) const \o Value type.
+\row \o QDomNodeList QDomElement::elementsByTagNameNS(const QString &, const QString &) const \o Value type.
+\row \o QString QDomEntity::notationName() const \o Value type.
+\row \o QString QDomEntity::publicId() const \o Value type.
+\row \o QString QDomEntity::systemId() const \o Value type.
+\row \o QDomDocument QDomImplementation::createDocument(const QString &, const QString &, const QDomDocumentType &) \o Value type.
+\row \o QDomDocumentType QDomImplementation::createDocumentType(const QString &, const QString &, const QString &) \o Value type.
+\row \o bool QDomImplementation::hasFeature(const QString &, const QString &) \o Value type.
+\row \o QDomImplementation::~QDomImplementation() \o Value type.
+\row \o QDomNode QDomNode::appendChild(const QDomNode &) \o Value type.
+\row \o QDomNamedNodeMap QDomNode::attributes() const \o Value type.
+\row \o QDomNodeList QDomNode::childNodes() const \o Value type.
+\row \o QDomNode QDomNode::cloneNode(bool) const \o Value type.
+\row \o QDomNode QDomNode::firstChild() const \o Value type.
+\row \o bool QDomNode::hasAttributes() const \o Value type.
+\row \o bool QDomNode::hasChildNodes() const \o Value type.
+\row \o QDomNode QDomNode::insertAfter(const QDomNode &, const QDomNode &) \o Value type.
+\row \o QDomNode QDomNode::insertBefore(const QDomNode &, const QDomNode &) \o Value type.
+\row \o bool QDomNode::isAttr() const \o Value type.
+\row \o bool QDomNode::isCDATASection() const \o Value type.
+\row \o bool QDomNode::isCharacterData() const \o Value type.
+\row \o bool QDomNode::isComment() const \o Value type.
+\row \o bool QDomNode::isDocument() const \o Value type.
+\row \o bool QDomNode::isDocumentFragment() const \o Value type.
+\row \o bool QDomNode::isDocumentType() const \o Value type.
+\row \o bool QDomNode::isElement() const \o Value type.
+\row \o bool QDomNode::isEntity() const \o Value type.
+\row \o bool QDomNode::isEntityReference() const \o Value type.
+\row \o bool QDomNode::isNotation() const \o Value type.
+\row \o bool QDomNode::isProcessingInstruction() const \o Value type.
+\row \o bool QDomNode::isSupported(const QString &, const QString &) const \o Value type.
+\row \o bool QDomNode::isText() const \o Value type.
+\row \o QDomNode QDomNode::lastChild() const \o Value type.
+\row \o QString QDomNode::localName() const \o Value type.
+\row \o QString QDomNode::namespaceURI() const \o Value type.
+\row \o QDomNode QDomNode::nextSibling() const \o Value type.
+\row \o QString QDomNode::nodeName() const \o Value type.
+\row \o QDomNode::NodeType QDomNode::nodeType() const \o Value type.
+\row \o QString QDomNode::nodeValue() const \o Value type.
+\row \o void QDomNode::normalize() \o Value type.
+\row \o QDomDocument QDomNode::ownerDocument() const \o Value type.
+\row \o QDomNode QDomNode::parentNode() const \o Value type.
+\row \o QString QDomNode::prefix() const \o Value type.
+\row \o QDomNode QDomNode::previousSibling() const \o Value type.
+\row \o QDomNode QDomNode::removeChild(const QDomNode &) \o Value type.
+\row \o QDomNode QDomNode::replaceChild(const QDomNode &, const QDomNode &) \o Value type.
+\row \o void QDomNode::setNodeValue(const QString &) \o Value type.
+\row \o void QDomNode::setPrefix(const QString &) \o Value type.
+\row \o QDomNode::~QDomNode() \o Value type.
+\row \o QDomNode QDomNodeList::item(int) const \o Value type.
+\row \o uint QDomNodeList::length() const \o Value type.
+\row \o QDomNodeList::~QDomNodeList() \o Value type.
+\row \o QString QDomProcessingInstruction::data() const \o Value type.
+\row \o void QDomProcessingInstruction::setData(const QString &) \o Value type.
+\row \o QString QDomProcessingInstruction::target() const \o Value type.
+\row \o int QEventLoop::enterLoop() \o Port to the new QAbstractEventDispatcher API.
+\row \o int QEventLoop::exec() \o Port to the new QAbstractEventDispatcher API.
+\row \o void QEventLoop::exit(int) \o Port to the new QAbstractEventDispatcher API.
+\row \o void QEventLoop::exitLoop() \o Port to the new QAbstractEventDispatcher API.
+\row \o bool QEventLoop::hasPendingEvents() const \o Port to the new QAbstractEventDispatcher API.
+\row \o int QEventLoop::loopLevel() const \o Port to the new QAbstractEventDispatcher API.
+\row \o bool QEventLoop::processEvents(ProcessEventsFlags) \o Port to the new QAbstractEventDispatcher API.
+\row \o void QEventLoop::registerSocketNotifier(QSocketNotifier *) \o Port to the new QAbstractEventDispatcher API.
+\row \o void QEventLoop::unregisterSocketNotifier(QSocketNotifier *) \o Port to the new QAbstractEventDispatcher API.
+\row \o void QEventLoop::wakeUp() \o Port to the new QAbstractEventDispatcher API.
+\row \o void QFrame::drawContents(QPainter *) \o Use Q3Frame or reimplement QFrame::paintEvent() instead.
+\row \o void QFrame::drawFrame(QPainter *) \o Use Q3Frame or reimplement QFrame::paintEvent() instead.
+\row \o void QFrame::frameChanged() \o Use Q3Frame or reimplement QFrame::resizeEvent() instead.
+\row \o void QFrame::setFrameRect(const QRect &) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QFrame::setFrameStyle(int) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QFrame::setLineWidth(int) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QFrame::setMargin(int) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QFrame::setMidLineWidth(int) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QGridLayout::setColStretch(int, int) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QGridLayout::setRowStretch(int, int) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QGroupBox::setAlignment(int) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QGroupBox::setColumnLayout(int, Orientation) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QGroupBox::setTitle(const QString &) \o Setter.
+\row \o QHostAddress::~QHostAddress() \o Value type.
+\row \o int QIODevice::getch() \o Port to the new QIODevice API.
+\row \o int QIODevice::putch(int) \o Port to the new QIODevice API.
+\row \o QByteArray QIODevice::readAll() \o Port to the new QIODevice API.
+\row \o Q_LONG QIODevice::readLine(char *, Q_ULONG) \o Port to the new QIODevice API.
+\row \o int QIODevice::ungetch(int) \o Port to the new QIODevice API.
+\row \o void QIcon::setPixmap(const QString &, Size, Mode, State) \o Value type.
+\row \o void QIcon::setPixmap(const QPixmap &, Size, Mode, State) \o Value type.
+\row \o QIcon::~QIcon() \o Value type.
+\row \o void QLabel::setAlignment(int) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QLabel::setAutoResize(bool) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QLabel::setBuddy(QWidget *) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QLabel::setMovie(const QMovie &) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QLabel::setNum(int) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QLabel::setNum(double) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QLabel::setPicture(const QPicture &) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QLabel::setPixmap(const QPixmap &) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QLabel::setText(const QString &) \o Setter.
+\row \o QLayoutIterator QLayout::iterator() \o Port to the new QLayout API.
+\row \o void QLayout::setAutoAdd(bool) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QLayout::setMargin(int) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QLayout::setMenuBar(QMenuBar *) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QLayout::setSpacing(int) \o Setter.
+\row \o QLayoutIterator QLayoutItem::iterator() \o Port to the new QLayoutItem API.
+\row \o void QLayoutItem::setAlignment(int) \o Setter.
+\row \o bool QLibrary::unload() \o Never used polymorphically in Qt.
+\row \o void QLineEdit::clear() \o Connect to QLineEdit::textChanged() instead.
+\row \o void QLineEdit::clearValidator() \o Never used polymorphically in Qt.
+\row \o void QLineEdit::copy() const \o Never used polymorphically in Qt.
+\row \o void QLineEdit::cut() \o Never used polymorphically in Qt.
+\row \o void QLineEdit::deselect() \o Connect to QLineEdit::selectionChanged() instead.
+\row \o void QLineEdit::insert(const QString &) \o Connect to QLineEdit::textChanged() instead.
+\row \o void QLineEdit::paste() \o Connect to QLineEdit::textChanged() instead.
+\row \o void QLineEdit::redo() \o Never used polymorphically in Qt.
+\row \o void QLineEdit::selectAll() \o Connect to QLineEdit::selectionChanged() instead.
+\row \o void QLineEdit::setAlignment(int) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QLineEdit::setCursorPosition(int) \o Connect to QLineEdit::cursorPositionChanged() instead.
+\row \o void QLineEdit::setDragEnabled(bool) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QLineEdit::setEchoMode(EchoMode) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QLineEdit::setFrame(bool) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QLineEdit::setMaxLength(int) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QLineEdit::setReadOnly(bool) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QLineEdit::setSelection(int, int) \o Connect to QLineEdit::selectionChanged() instead.
+\row \o void QLineEdit::setText(const QString &) \o Connect to QLineEdit::textChanged() instead.
+\row \o void QLineEdit::setValidator(const QValidator *) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QLineEdit::undo() \o Never used in a polymorphic way by Qt.
+\row \o void QMainWindow::addDockWindow(QDockWindow *, Dock, bool) \o Port to the new QMainWindow API.
+\row \o void QMainWindow::addDockWindow(QDockWindow *, const QString &, Dock, bool) \o Port to the new QMainWindow API.
+\row \o void QMainWindow::customize() \o Port to the new QMainWindow API.
+\row \o bool QMainWindow::isCustomizable() const \o Port to the new QMainWindow API.
+\row \o void QMainWindow::moveDockWindow(QDockWindow *, Dock) \o Port to the new QMainWindow API.
+\row \o void QMainWindow::moveDockWindow(QDockWindow *, Dock, bool, int, int) \o Port to the new QMainWindow API.
+\row \o void QMainWindow::removeDockWindow(QDockWindow *) \o Port to the new QMainWindow API.
+\row \o void QMainWindow::setAppropriate(QDockWindow *, bool) \o Port to the new QMainWindow API.
+\row \o void QMainWindow::setCentralWidget(QWidget *) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QMainWindow::setDockEnabled(QDockWindow *, Dock, bool) \o Port to the new QMainWindow API.
+\row \o void QMainWindow::setDockEnabled(Dock, bool) \o Port to the new QMainWindow API.
+\row \o void QMainWindow::setDockMenuEnabled(bool) \o Port to the new QMainWindow API.
+\row \o void QMainWindow::setDockWindowsMovable(bool) \o Port to the new QMainWindow API.
+\row \o void QMainWindow::setOpaqueMoving(bool) \o Port to the new QMainWindow API.
+\row \o void QMainWindow::setRightJustification(bool) \o Port to the new QMainWindow API.
+\row \o void QMainWindow::setUpLayout() \o Port to the new QMainWindow API.
+\row \o void QMainWindow::setUsesBigPixmaps(bool) \o Port to the new QMainWindow API.
+\row \o void QMainWindow::setUsesTextLabel(bool) \o Port to the new QMainWindow API.
+\row \o bool QMainWindow::showDockMenu(const QPoint &) \o Port to the new QMainWindow API.
+\row \o void QMenuBar::activateItemAt(int) \o Port to the new QMenuBar API.
+\row \o void QMenuBar::menuContentsChanged() \o Port to the new QMenuBar API.
+\row \o void QMenuBar::menuDelPopup(QPopupMenu *) \o Port to the new QMenuBar API.
+\row \o void QMenuBar::menuInsPopup(QPopupMenu *) \o Port to the new QMenuBar API.
+\row \o void QMenuBar::menuStateChanged() \o Port to the new QMenuBar API.
+\row \o void QMenuBar::setId(int, int) \o Port to the new QMenuBar API.
+\row \o void QMenuBar::setSeparator(Separator) \o Port to the new QMenuBar API.
+\row \o void QMenuBar::updateItem(int) \o Port to the new QMenuBar API.
+\row \o QMutex::~QMutex() \o Value type.
+\row \o bool QObject::checkConnectArgs(const char *, const QObject *, const char *) \o Reimplementing this function is no longer possible.
+\row \o const char * QObject::className() const \o Reimplementing this function is no longer supported.
+\row \o void QObject::insertChild(QObject *) \o Reimplement QObject::childEvent() instead and handle QEvent::ChildAdded events.
+\row \o QVariant QObject::property(const char *) const \o Reimplementing this function is no longer supported.
+\row \o void QObject::removeChild(QObject *) \o  Reimplement QObject::childEvent() instead and handle QEvent::ChildRemoved events.
+\row \o void QObject::setName(const char *) \o Setter.
+\row \o bool QObject::setProperty(const char *, const QVariant &) \o Setter.
+\row \o bool QPaintDevice::cmd(int , QPainter * , QPDevCmdParam *) \o Port to the new QPaintEngine API.
+\row \o Qt::HANDLE QPaintDevice::handle() const \o Port to the new QPaintDevice API.
+\row \o HDC QPaintDevice::handle() const \o Port to the new QPaintDevice API.
+\row \o void QPopupMenu::activateItemAt(int) \o Port to the new QMenu API.
+\row \o void QPopupMenu::menuContentsChanged() \o Port to the new QMenu API.
+\row \o void QPopupMenu::menuDelPopup(QPopupMenu *) \o Port to the new QMenu API.
+\row \o void QPopupMenu::menuInsPopup(QPopupMenu *) \o Port to the new QMenu API.
+\row \o void QPopupMenu::menuStateChanged() \o Port to the new QMenu API.
+\row \o void QPopupMenu::setActiveItem(int) \o Port to the new QMenu API.
+\row \o void QPopupMenu::setCheckable(bool) \o Port to the new QMenu API.
+\row \o void QPopupMenu::setId(int, int) \o Port to the new QMenu API.
+\row \o void QPopupMenu::updateItem(int) \o Port to the new QMenu API.
+\row \o int QPrinter::resolution() const \o Call QPrinter::setResolution() to change the resolution.
+\row \o void QPrinter::setColorMode(ColorMode) \o Subclass QPrintEngine instead.
+\row \o void QPrinter::setCreator(const QString &) \o Subclass QPrintEngine instead.
+\row \o void QPrinter::setDocName(const QString &) \o Subclass QPrintEngine instead.
+\row \o void QPrinter::setFromTo(int, int) \o Subclass QPrintEngine instead.
+\row \o void QPrinter::setFullPage(bool) \o Subclass QPrintEngine instead.
+\row \o void QPrinter::setMinMax(int, int) \o Subclass QPrintEngine instead.
+\row \o void QPrinter::setNumCopies(int) \o Subclass QPrintEngine instead.
+\row \o void QPrinter::setOrientation(Orientation) \o Subclass QPrintEngine instead.
+\row \o void QPrinter::setOutputFileName(const QString &) \o Subclass QPrintEngine instead.
+\row \o void QPrinter::setOutputToFile(bool) \o Subclass QPrintEngine instead.
+\row \o void QPrinter::setPageOrder(PageOrder) \o Subclass QPrintEngine instead.
+\row \o void QPrinter::setPageSize(PageSize) \o Subclass QPrintEngine instead.
+\row \o void QPrinter::setPaperSource(PaperSource) \o Subclass QPrintEngine instead.
+\row \o void QPrinter::setPrintProgram(const QString &) \o Subclass QPrintEngine instead.
+\row \o void QPrinter::setPrinterName(const QString &) \o Subclass QPrintEngine instead.
+\row \o void QPrinter::setPrinterSelectionOption(const QString &) \o Subclass QPrintEngine instead.
+\row \o void QPrinter::setResolution(int) \o Subclass QPrintEngine instead.
+\row \o void QProcess::addArgument(const QString &) \o Not used polymorphically in Qt.
+\row \o void QProcess::closeStdin() \o Not used polymorphically in Qt.
+\row \o bool QProcess::launch(const QByteArray & buf, QStringList *) \o Not used polymorphically in Qt.
+\row \o bool QProcess::launch(const QString & buf, QStringList *) \o Not used polymorphically in Qt.
+\row \o QString QProcess::readLineStderr() \o Not used polymorphically in Qt.
+\row \o QString QProcess::readLineStdout() \o Not used polymorphically in Qt.
+\row \o QByteArray QProcess::readStderr() \o Not used polymorphically in Qt.
+\row \o QByteArray QProcess::readStdout() \o Not used polymorphically in Qt.
+\row \o void QProcess::setArguments(const QStringList &) \o Not used polymorphically in Qt.
+\row \o void QProcess::setWorkingDirectory(const QDir &) \o Not used polymorphically in Qt.
+\row \o bool QProcess::start(QStringList *) \o Not used polymorphically in Qt.
+\row \o void QProcess::writeToStdin(const QByteArray &) \o Not used polymorphically in Qt.
+\row \o bool QProgressBar::setIndicator(QString &, int, int) \o Not used polymorphically in Qt.
+\row \o void QProgressBar::setProgress(int) \o Not used polymorphically in Qt.
+\row \o void QProgressBar::setTotalSteps(int) \o Not used polymorphically in Qt.
+\row \o void QPushButton::setAutoDefault(bool) \o Not used polymorphically in Qt.
+\row \o void QPushButton::setDefault(bool) \o Not used polymorphically in Qt.
+\row \o void QPushButton::setIsMenuButton(bool) \o Not used polymorphically in Qt.
+\row \o void QPushButton::setOn(bool) \o Connect to QPushButton::toggled(bool) instead.
+\row \o void QRadioButton::setChecked(bool) \o Connect to QRadioButton::toggled(bool) instead.
+\row \o uchar * QScreen::cache(int , int) \o Port to the new QScreen API.
+\row \o void QScreen::set(unsigned int , unsigned int , unsigned int , unsigned) \o Port to the new QScreen API.
+\row \o void QScreen::uncache(uchar *) \o Port to the new QScreen API.
+\row \o void QScrollBar::setOrientation(Orientation) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QScrollBar::setTracking(bool) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QSignalMapper::setMapping(const QObject *, const QString &) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QSignalMapper::setMapping(const QObject *, int) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QSlider::rangeChange() \o Reimplement QSlider::sliderChange() instead.
+\row \o void QSlider::setOrientation(Orientation) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QSlider::setPalette(const QPalette &) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QSlider::setTickInterval(int) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QSlider::setTickmarks(TickSetting) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QSlider::setTracking(bool) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QSlider::setValue(int) \o Reimplement QSlider::sliderChange() instead.
+\row \o void QSlider::valueChange() \o Reimplement QSlider::sliderChange() instead.
+\row \o QString QSpinBox::cleanText() const \o Port to the new QSpinBox API.
+\row \o void QSpinBox::interpretText() \o Port to the new QSpinBox API.
+\row \o QString QSpinBox::prefix() const \o Port to the new QSpinBox API.
+\row \o void QSpinBox::rangeChange() \o Reimplement QSpinBox::sliderChange() instead.
+\row \o void QSpinBox::selectAll() \o Port to the new QSpinBox API.
+\row \o void QSpinBox::setButtonSymbols(ButtonSymbols) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QSpinBox::setPrefix(const QString &) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QSpinBox::setSpecialValueText(const QString &) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QSpinBox::setSuffix(const QString &) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QSpinBox::setValidator(const QValidator *) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QSpinBox::setValue(int) \o Connect to QSpinBox::valueChanged().
+\row \o void QSpinBox::setWrapping(bool) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QSpinBox::stepDown() \o Reimplement QSpinBox::stepBy() instead.
+\row \o void QSpinBox::stepUp() \o Reimplement QSpinBox::stepBy() instead.
+\row \o QString QSpinBox::suffix() const \o Port to the new QSpinBox API.
+\row \o void QSpinBox::updateDisplay() \o Port to the new QSpinBox API.
+\row \o void QSpinBox::valueChange() \o Reimplement QSpinBox::sliderChange() instead.
+\row \o void QSplitter::drawSplitter(QPainter *, QCOORD, QCOORD, QCOORD, QCOORD) \o Reimplement QStyle::drawPrimitive() instead and handle QStyle::PE_Splitter.
+\row \o void QSplitter::setOpaqueResize(bool) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QSplitter::setOrientation(Orientation) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QSplitter::setResizeMode(QWidget *, ResizeMode) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QSqlDatabase::setDatabaseName(const QString &) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QSqlDatabase::setHostName(const QString &) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QSqlDatabase::setPassword(const QString &) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QSqlDatabase::setPort(int) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QSqlDatabase::setUserName(const QString &) \o Setter.
+\row \o QSqlQuery QSqlDriver::createQuery() const \o Port to the new QSqlDriver API.
+\row \o QString QSqlDriver::nullText() const \o Port to the new QSqlDriver API.
+\row \o QSqlRecord QSqlDriver::record(const QSqlQuery &) const \o Port to the new QSqlDriver API.
+\row \o QSqlRecordInfo QSqlDriver::recordInfo(const QSqlQuery &) const \o Port to the new QSqlDriver API.
+\row \o QSqlRecordInfo QSqlDriver::recordInfo(const QString &) const \o Port to the new QSqlDriver API.
+\row \o void QSqlError::setDatabaseText(const QString &) \o Value type.
+\row \o void QSqlError::setDriverText(const QString &) \o Value type.
+\row \o void QSqlError::setNumber(int) \o Value type.
+\row \o void QSqlError::setType(int) \o Value type.
+\row \o QSqlError::~QSqlError() \o Value type.
+\row \o void QSqlField::setName(const QString &) \o Value type.
+\row \o void QSqlField::setNull() \o Value type.
+\row \o void QSqlField::setReadOnly(bool) \o Value type.
+\row \o void QSqlField::setValue(const QVariant &) \o Value type.
+\row \o QVariant QSqlField::value() const \o Value type.
+\row \o QSqlField::~QSqlField() \o Value type.
+\row \o void QSqlFieldInfo::setCalculated(bool) \o Value type.
+\row \o void QSqlFieldInfo::setGenerated(bool) \o Value type.
+\row \o void QSqlFieldInfo::setTrim(bool) \o Value type.
+\row \o QSqlFieldInfo::~QSqlFieldInfo() \o Value type.
+\row \o void QSqlIndex::append(const QSqlField &) \o Value type.
+\row \o void QSqlIndex::append(const QSqlField &, bool) \o Value type.
+\row \o void QSqlIndex::setCursorName(const QString &) \o Value type.
+\row \o void QSqlIndex::setDescending(int, bool) \o Value type.
+\row \o void QSqlIndex::setName(const QString &) \o Value type.
+\row \o QVariant QSqlQuery::value(int) const \o Exists as a non-virtual function.
+\row \o void QSqlRecord::append(const QSqlField &) \o Value type.
+\row \o void QSqlRecord::clear() \o Value type.
+\row \o void QSqlRecord::clearValues(bool) \o Value type.
+\row \o void QSqlRecord::insert(int, const QSqlField &) \o Value type.
+\row \o void QSqlRecord::remove(int) \o Value type.
+\row \o void QSqlRecord::setGenerated(const QString &, bool) \o Value type.
+\row \o void QSqlRecord::setGenerated(int, bool) \o Value type.
+\row \o void QSqlRecord::setNull(int) \o Value type.
+\row \o void QSqlRecord::setNull(const QString &) \o Value type.
+\row \o void QSqlRecord::setValue(const QString &, const QVariant &) \o Value type.
+\row \o void QSqlRecord::setValue(int, const QVariant &) \o Value type.
+\row \o QString QSqlRecord::toString(const QString &, const QString &) const \o Value type.
+\row \o QStringList QSqlRecord::toStringList(const QString &) const \o Value type.
+\row \o QVariant QSqlRecord::value(int) const \o Value type.
+\row \o QVariant QSqlRecord::value(const QString &) const \o Value type.
+\row \o QSqlRecord::~QSqlRecord() \o Value type.
+\row \o void QStyle::polishPopupMenu(QPopupMenu *) \o Reimplement QStyle::polish(QWidget *) instead.
+\row \o int QTabBar::addTab(QTab *) \o Reimplement QTabBar::tabInserted() instead.
+\row \o int QTabBar::insertTab(QTab *, int) \o Reimplement QTabBar::tabInserted() instead.
+\row \o void QTabBar::layoutTabs() \o Reimplement QTabBar::tabLayoutChange() instead.
+\row \o void QTabBar::paint(QPainter *, QTab *, bool) const \o Reimplement QTabBar::paintEvent() instead.
+\row \o void QTabBar::paintLabel(QPainter *, const QRect &, QTab *, bool) const \o Reimplement QTabBar::paintEvent() instead.
+\row \o void QTabBar::removeTab(QTab *) \o Reimplement QTabBar::tabRemoved() instead.
+\row \o QTab * QTabBar::selectTab(const QPoint &) const \o Reimplement QTabBar::mousePressEvent() instead.
+\row \o void QTabBar::setCurrentTab(int) \o Connect to the QTabBar::currentChanged() signal.
+\row \o void QTabBar::setCurrentTab(QTab *) \o Connect to the QTabBar::currentChanged() signal.
+\row \o void QTabBar::setShape(Shape) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QTabBar::setTabEnabled(int, bool) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QTabWidget::addTab(QWidget *, const QString &) \o Reimplement QTabWidget::tabInserted() instead.
+\row \o void QTabWidget::addTab(QWidget *, const QIcon &, const QString &) \o Reimplement QTabWidget::tabInserted() instead.
+\row \o void QTabWidget::addTab(QWidget *, QTab *) \o Reimplement QTabWidget::tabInserted() instead.
+\row \o void QTabWidget::insertTab(QWidget *, const QIcon &, const QString &, int) \o Reimplement QTabWidget::tabInserted() instead.
+\row \o void QTabWidget::insertTab(QWidget *, const QString &, int) \o Reimplement QTabWidget::tabInserted() instead.
+\row \o void QTabWidget::insertTab(QWidget *, QTab *, int) \o Reimplement QTabWidget::tabInserted() instead.
+\row \o void QTabWidget::removePage(QWidget *) \o Reimplement QTabWidget::tabRemoved() instead.
+\row \o void QTabWidget::showPage(QWidget *) \o Connect to QTabWidget::currentChanged() instead.
+\row \o void QTextEdit::append(const QString &) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
+\row \o void QTextEdit::clear() \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
+\row \o void QTextEdit::clearParagraphBackground(int) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
+\row \o void QTextEdit::copy() \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
+\row \o QPopupMenu * QTextEdit::createPopupMenu(const QPoint &) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
+\row \o QPopupMenu * QTextEdit::createPopupMenu() \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
+\row \o void QTextEdit::cut() \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
+\row \o void QTextEdit::del() \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
+\row \o void QTextEdit::doKeyboardAction(KeyboardAction) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
+\row \o void QTextEdit::ensureCursorVisible() \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
+\row \o bool QTextEdit::find(const QString &, bool, bool, bool, int *, int *) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
+\row \o bool QTextEdit::focusNextPrevChild(bool) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
+\row \o int QTextEdit::heightForWidth(int) const \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
+\row \o void QTextEdit::insert(const QString &, bool, bool, bool) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
+\row \o void QTextEdit::insertAt(const QString &, int, int) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
+\row \o void QTextEdit::insertParagraph(const QString &, int) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
+\row \o void QTextEdit::moveCursor(CursorAction, bool) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
+\row \o void QTextEdit::paste() \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
+\row \o void QTextEdit::pasteSubType(const QCString &) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
+\row \o void QTextEdit::placeCursor(const QPoint &, QTextCursor *) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
+\row \o void QTextEdit::redo() \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
+\row \o void QTextEdit::removeParagraph(int) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
+\row \o void QTextEdit::removeSelectedText(int) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
+\row \o void QTextEdit::removeSelection(int) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
+\row \o void QTextEdit::scrollToAnchor(const QString &) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
+\row \o void QTextEdit::scrollToBottom() \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
+\row \o void QTextEdit::selectAll(bool) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
+\row \o void QTextEdit::setAlignment(int) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
+\row \o void QTextEdit::setBold(bool) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
+\row \o void QTextEdit::setColor(const QColor &) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
+\row \o void QTextEdit::setCurrentFont(const QFont &) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
+\row \o void QTextEdit::setCursorPosition(int, int) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
+\row \o void QTextEdit::setFamily(const QString &) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
+\row \o void QTextEdit::setItalic(bool) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
+\row \o void QTextEdit::setLinkUnderline(bool) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
+\row \o void QTextEdit::setMimeSourceFactory(QMimeSourceFactory *) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
+\row \o void QTextEdit::setModified(bool) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
+\row \o void QTextEdit::setOverwriteMode(bool) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
+\row \o void QTextEdit::setPaper(const QBrush &) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
+\row \o void QTextEdit::setParagraphBackgroundColor(int, const QColor &) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
+\row \o void QTextEdit::setPointSize(int) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
+\row \o void QTextEdit::setReadOnly(bool) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
+\row \o void QTextEdit::setSelection(int, int, int, int, int) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
+\row \o void QTextEdit::setSelectionAttributes(int, const QColor &, bool) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
+\row \o void QTextEdit::setStyleSheet(QStyleSheet *) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
+\row \o void QTextEdit::setTabStopWidth(int) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
+\row \o void QTextEdit::setText(const QString &, const QString &) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
+\row \o void QTextEdit::setTextFormat(TextFormat) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
+\row \o void QTextEdit::setUnderline(bool) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
+\row \o void QTextEdit::setUndoDepth(int) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
+\row \o void QTextEdit::setUndoRedoEnabled(bool) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
+\row \o void QTextEdit::setVerticalAlignment(VerticalAlignment) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
+\row \o void QTextEdit::setWordWrap(WordWrap) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
+\row \o void QTextEdit::setWrapColumnOrWidth(int) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
+\row \o void QTextEdit::setWrapPolicy(WrapPolicy) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
+\row \o void QTextEdit::sync() \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
+\row \o void QTextEdit::undo() \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
+\row \o void QTextEdit::zoomIn() \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
+\row \o void QTextEdit::zoomIn(int) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
+\row \o void QTextEdit::zoomOut(int) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
+\row \o void QTextEdit::zoomOut() \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
+\row \o void QTextEdit::zoomTo(int) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
+\row \o QString QTimeEdit::sectionFormattedText(int) \o Port to the new QDateTimeEdit API.
+\row \o void QTimeEdit::setAutoAdvance(bool) \o Port to the new QDateTimeEdit API.
+\row \o void QTimeEdit::setHour(int) \o Port to the new QDateTimeEdit API.
+\row \o void QTimeEdit::setMaxValue(const QTime &) \o Port to the new QDateTimeEdit API.
+\row \o void QTimeEdit::setMinValue(const QTime &) \o Port to the new QDateTimeEdit API.
+\row \o void QTimeEdit::setMinute(int) \o Port to the new QDateTimeEdit API.
+\row \o void QTimeEdit::setRange(const QTime &, const QTime &) \o Port to the new QDateTimeEdit API.
+\row \o void QTimeEdit::setSecond(int) \o Port to the new QDateTimeEdit API.
+\row \o void QTimeEdit::setSeparator(const QString &) \o Port to the new QDateTimeEdit API.
+\row \o void QTimeEdit::setTime(const QTime &) \o Port to the new QDateTimeEdit API.
+\row \o void QToolBar::clear() \o Setter.
+\row \o void QToolBar::setLabel(const QString &) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QToolBar::setStretchableWidget(QWidget *) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QToolButton::setIconSet(const QIcon &) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QToolButton::setOn(bool) \o Connect to QToolButton::toggled(bool) instead.
+\row \o void QToolButton::setTextLabel(const QString &, bool) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QToolButton::setToggleButton(bool) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QToolButton::setUsesBigPixmap(bool) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QToolButton::setUsesTextLabel(bool) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QToolTip::maybeTip(const QPoint &) \o Port to the new QToolTip API.
+\row \o void QUrl::addPath(const QString &) \o Value type.
+\row \o bool QUrl::cdUp() \o Value type.
+\row \o bool QUrl::parse(const QString &) \o Value type.
+\row \o void QUrl::reset() \o Value type.
+\row \o void QUrl::setEncodedPathAndQuery(const QString &) \o Value type.
+\row \o void QUrl::setFileName(const QString &) \o Value type.
+\row \o void QUrl::setHost(const QString &) \o Value type.
+\row \o void QUrl::setPassword(const QString &) \o Value type.
+\row \o void QUrl::setPath(const QString &) \o Value type.
+\row \o void QUrl::setPort(int) \o Value type.
+\row \o void QUrl::setProtocol(const QString &) \o Value type.
+\row \o void QUrl::setQuery(const QString &) \o Value type.
+\row \o void QUrl::setRef(const QString &) \o Value type.
+\row \o void QUrl::setUser(const QString &) \o Value type.
+\row \o QString QUrl::toString(bool, bool) const \o Value type.
+\row \o QUrl::~QUrl() \o Value type.
+\row \o QWaitCondition::~QWaitCondition() \o Value type.
+\row \o bool QWhatsThis::clicked(const QString &) \o Port to the new QWhatsThis API.
+\row \o QString QWhatsThis::text(const QPoint &) \o Port to the new QWhatsThis API.
+\row \o QWhatsThis::~QWhatsThis() \o Port to the new QWhatsThis API.
+\row \o void QWidget::adjustSize() \o Reimplement QWidget::sizeHint() instead.
+\row \o bool QWidget::close(bool) \o Reimplement QWidget::closeEvent().
+\row \o void QWidget::create(WId, bool, bool) \o Not supported in Qt 4.
+\row \o bool QWidget::customWhatsThis() const \o Not supported in Qt 4.
+\row \o void QWidget::destroy(bool, bool) \o Not supported in Qt 4.
+\row \o void QWidget::enabledChange(bool) \o Reimplement QWidget::changeEvent() and handle QEvent::EnabledChange.
+\row \o void QWidget::fontChange(const QFont &) \o Reimplement QWidget::changeEvent() and handle QEvent::FontChange.
+\row \o void QWidget::imComposeEvent(QIMEvent *) \o Reimplement QWidget::inputMethodEvent() instead.
+\row \o void QWidget::imEndEvent(QIMEvent *) \o Reimplement QWidget::inputMethodEvent() instead.
+\row \o void QWidget::imStartEvent(QIMEvent *) \o Reimplement QWidget::inputMethodEvent() instead.
+\row \o void QWidget::move(int, int) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QWidget::paletteChange(const QPalette &) \o Reimplement QWidget::changeEvent() and handle QEvent::PaletteChange and/or QEvent::ApplicationPaletteChange.
+\row \o void QWidget::polish() \o Reimplement event() and handle the QEvent::Polish event type.
+\row \o void QWidget::reparent(QWidget *, WFlags, const QPoint &, bool) \o Reimplement QWidget::event() and handle QEvent::Reparent.
+\row \o void QWidget::resize(int, int) \o Reimplement QWidget::resizeEvent() instead.
+\row \o void QWidget::setAcceptDrops(bool) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QWidget::setActiveWindow() \o Reimplement QWidget::changeEvent() and handle QEvent::ActivationChange.
+\row \o void QWidget::setAutoMask(bool) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QWidget::setBackgroundColor(const QColor &) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QWidget::setBackgroundMode(BackgroundMode) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QWidget::setBackgroundOrigin(BackgroundOrigin) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QWidget::setBackgroundPixmap(const QPixmap &) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QWidget::setCaption(const QString &) \o Reimplement QWidget::changeEvent() and handle QEvent::WindowTitleChange.
+\row \o void QWidget::setCursor(const QCursor &) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QWidget::setEnabled(bool) \o Reimplement QWidget::changeEvent() and handle QEvent::EnabledChange.
+\row \o void QWidget::setEraseColor(const QColor &) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QWidget::setErasePixmap(const QPixmap &) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QWidget::setFocus() \o Reimplement QWidget::focusInEvent() or QWidget::focusOutEvent().
+\row \o void QWidget::setFocusPolicy(FocusPolicy) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QWidget::setFocusProxy(QWidget *) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QWidget::setFont(const QFont &) \o Reimplement QWidget::changeEvent() and handle QEvent::FontChange and/or QEvent::ApplicationFontChange.
+\row \o void QWidget::setGeometry(int, int, int, int) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QWidget::setGeometry(const QRect &) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QWidget::setIcon(const QPixmap &) \o Reimplement QWidget::changeEvent() and handle QEvent::WindowIconChange.
+\row \o void QWidget::setIconText(const QString &) \o Reimplement QWidget::changeEvent() and handle QEvent::IconTextChange.
+\row \o void QWidget::setKeyCompression(bool) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QWidget::setMask(const QRegion &) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QWidget::setMask(const QBitmap &) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QWidget::setMaximumSize(int, int) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QWidget::setMicroFocusHint(int, int, int, int, bool, QFont *) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QWidget::setMinimumSize(int, int) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QWidget::setMouseTracking(bool) \o Reimplement QWidget::changeEvent() and handle QEvent::MouseTrackingChange.
+\row \o void QWidget::setPalette(const QPalette &) \o Reimplement QWidget::changeEvent() and handle QEvent::PaletteChange and/or QEvent::ApplicationPaletteChange.
+\row \o void QWidget::setPaletteBackgroundColor(const QColor &) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QWidget::setPaletteBackgroundPixmap(const QPixmap &) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QWidget::setSizeIncrement(int, int) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QWidget::setSizePolicy(QSizePolicy) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QWidget::setUpdatesEnabled(bool) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QWidget::setWFlags(WFlags) \o Setter.
+\row \o void QWidget::show() \o Reimplement QWidget::showEvent().
+\row \o void QWidget::showMaximized() \o Reimplement QWidget::changeEvent() and handle QEvent::WindowStateChange.
+\row \o void QWidget::showMinimized() \o Reimplement QWidget::changeEvent() and handle QEvent::WindowStateChange.
+\row \o void QWidget::showNormal() \o Reimplement QWidget::changeEvent() and handle QEvent::WindowStateChange.
+\row \o void QWidget::styleChange(QStyle &) \o Reimplement QWidget::changeEvent() and handle QEvent::StyleChange.
+\row \o void QWidget::unsetCursor() \o Setter.
+\row \o void QWidget::windowActivationChange(bool) \o Reimplement QWidget::changeEvent() and handle QEvent::ActivationChange.
diff --git a/doc/src/porting/porting4-renamedclasses.qdocinc b/doc/src/porting/porting4-renamedclasses.qdocinc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ef315a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/porting/porting4-renamedclasses.qdocinc
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+\row \o QIconSet \o QIcon
+\row \o QWMatrix \o QMatrix
+\row \o QGuardedPtr \o QPointer
diff --git a/doc/src/porting/porting4-renamedenumvalues.qdocinc b/doc/src/porting/porting4-renamedenumvalues.qdocinc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9519da1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/porting/porting4-renamedenumvalues.qdocinc
@@ -0,0 +1,234 @@
+\row \o IO_Append \o QIODevice::Append
+\row \o IO_ReadOnly \o QIODevice::ReadOnly
+\row \o IO_ReadWrite \o QIODevice::ReadWrite
+\row \o IO_Translate \o QIODevice::Text
+\row \o IO_Truncate \o QIODevice::Truncate
+\row \o IO_WriteOnly \o QIODevice::WriteOnly
+\row \o IO_Raw \o QIODevice::Unbuffered
+\row \o QAccessible::Moveable \o QAccessible::Movable
+\row \o QApplication::CustomColors \o QApplication::CustomColor
+\row \o QApplication::NormalColors \o QApplication::NormalColor
+\row \o QButton::NoChange \o QCheckBox::NoChange
+\row \o QButton::Off \o QCheckBox::Off
+\row \o QButton::On \o QCheckBox::On
+\row \o QChar::Single \o QChar::NoDecomposition
+\row \o QChar::byteOrderMark \o QChar::ByteOrderMark
+\row \o QChar::byteOrderSwapped \o QChar::ByteOrderSwapped
+\row \o QChar::nbsp \o QChar::Nbsp
+\row \o QChar::null \o QChar::Null
+\row \o QChar::replacement \o QChar::ReplacementCharacter
+\row \o QComboBox::AfterCurrent \o QComboBox::InsertAfterCurrent
+\row \o QComboBox::AtBottom \o QComboBox::InsertAtBottom
+\row \o QComboBox::AtCurrent \o QComboBox::InsertAtCurrent
+\row \o QComboBox::AtTop \o QComboBox::InsertAtTop
+\row \o QComboBox::BeforeCurrent \o QComboBox::InsertBeforeCurrent
+\row \o QComboBox::NoInsertion \o QComboBox::NoInsert
+\row \o QDir::DefaultFilter \o QDir::NoFilter
+\row \o QDir::DefaultSort \o QDir::NoSort
+\row \o QEvent::Accel \o QEvent::Shortcut
+\row \o QEvent::AccelOverride \o QEvent::ShortcutOverride
+\row \o QEvent::CaptionChange \o QEvent::WindowTitleChange
+\row \o QEvent::ChildInserted \o QEvent::ChildAdded
+\row \o QEvent::IMCompose \o QEvent::InputMethodCompose
+\row \o QEvent::IMEnd \o QEvent::InputMethodEnd
+\row \o QEvent::IMStart \o QEvent::InputMethodStart
+\row \o QEvent::IconChange \o QEvent::WindowIconChange
+\row \o QEvent::LayoutHint \o QEvent::LayoutRequest
+\row \o QEvent::Reparent \o QEvent::ParentChange
+\row \o QFileInfo::ExeGroup \o QFile::ExeGroup
+\row \o QFileInfo::ExeOther \o QFile::ExeOther
+\row \o QFileInfo::ExeOwner \o QFile::ExeOwner
+\row \o QFileInfo::ExeUser \o QFile::ExeUser
+\row \o QFileInfo::ReadGroup \o QFile::ReadGroup
+\row \o QFileInfo::ReadOther \o QFile::ReadOther
+\row \o QFileInfo::ReadOwner \o QFile::ReadOwner
+\row \o QFileInfo::ReadUser \o QFile::ReadUser
+\row \o QFileInfo::WriteGroup \o QFile::WriteGroup
+\row \o QFileInfo::WriteOther \o QFile::WriteOther
+\row \o QFileInfo::WriteOwner \o QFile::WriteOwner
+\row \o QFileInfo::WriteUser \o QFile::WriteUser
+\row \o QFrame::GroupBoxPanel \o QFrame::StyledPanel
+\row \o QFrame::LineEditPanel \o QFrame::StyledPanel
+\row \o QFrame::MenuBarPanel \o QFrame::StyledPanel
+\row \o QFrame::PopupPanel \o QFrame::StyledPanel
+\row \o QFrame::TabWidgetPanel \o QFrame::StyledPanel
+\row \o QFrame::ToolBarPanel \o QFrame::StyledPanel
+\row \o QImage::ScaleFree \o Qt::IgnoreAspectRatio
+\row \o QImage::ScaleMax \o Qt::KeepAspectRatioByExpanding
+\row \o QImage::ScaleMin \o Qt::KeepAspectRatio
+\row \o Qt::Identical \o QKeySequence::ExactMatch
+\row \o Qt::NoMatch \o QKeySequence::NoMatch
+\row \o Qt::PartialMatch \o QKeySequence::PartialMatch
+\row \o QLayout::Auto \o QLayout::SetDefaultConstraint
+\row \o QLayout::Fixed \o QLayout::SetFixedSize
+\row \o QLayout::FreeResize \o QLayout::SetNoConstraint
+\row \o QLayout::Minimum \o QLayout::SetMinimumSize
+\row \o QMacStyle::SizeNone \o QMacStyle::SizeDefault
+\row \o QSettings::Global \o QSettings::SystemScope
+\row \o QSettings::User \o QSettings::UserScope
+\row \o QSize::ScaleFree \o Qt::IgnoreAspectRatio
+\row \o QSize::ScaleMax \o Qt::KeepAspectRatioByExpanding
+\row \o QSize::ScaleMin \o Qt::KeepAspectRatio
+\row \o QSizePolicy::Horizontal \o QSizePolicy::Horizontally
+\row \o QSizePolicy::Vertical \o QSizePolicy::Vertically
+\row \o QSlider::Above \o QSlider::TicksAbove
+\row \o QSlider::Below \o QSlider::TicksBelow
+\row \o QSlider::Both \o QSlider::TicksBothSides
+\row \o QSlider::Left \o QSlider::TicksLeft
+\row \o QSlider::NoMarks \o QSlider::NoTicks
+\row \o QSlider::Right \o QSlider::TicksRight
+\row \o QSocket::Closing \o Q3Socket::Closing
+\row \o QSocket::Connected \o Q3Socket::Connected
+\row \o QSocket::Connecting \o Q3Socket::Connecting
+\row \o QSocket::Connection \o Q3Socket::Connection
+\row \o QSocket::ErrConnectionRefused \o Q3Socket::ErrConnectionRefused
+\row \o QSocket::ErrHostNotFound \o Q3Socket::ErrHostNotFound
+\row \o QSocket::ErrSocketRead \o Q3Socket::ErrSocketRead
+\row \o QSocket::HostLookup \o QAbstractSocket::HostLookupState
+\row \o QSocket::Idle \o QAbstractSocket::UnconnectedState
+\row \o QSqlError::Connection \o QSqlError::ConnectionError
+\row \o QSqlError::None \o QSqlError::NoError
+\row \o QSqlError::Statement \o QSqlError::StatementError
+\row \o QSqlError::Transaction \o QSqlError::TransactionError
+\row \o QSqlError::Unknown \o QSqlError::UnknownError
+\row \o QStyle::CC_ListView \o QStyle::CC_Q3ListView
+\row \o QStyle::SH_UnderlineAccelerator \o QStyle::SH_UnderlineShortcut
+\row \o QStyle::Style_Active \o QStyle::State_Active 
+\row \o QStyle::Style_AutoRaise \o QStyle::State_AutoRaise 
+\row \o QStyle::Style_Bottom \o QStyle::State_Bottom 
+\row \o QStyle::Style_Children \o QStyle::State_Children 
+\row \o QStyle::Style_Default \o QStyle::State_None 
+\row \o QStyle::Style_Down \o QStyle::State_DownArrow 
+\row \o QStyle::Style_Editing \o QStyle::State_Editing 
+\row \o QStyle::Style_Enabled \o QStyle::State_Enabled 
+\row \o QStyle::Style_FocusAtBorder \o QStyle::State_FocusAtBorder 
+\row \o QStyle::Style_HasFocus \o QStyle::State_HasFocus 
+\row \o QStyle::Style_Horizontal \o QStyle::State_Horizontal 
+\row \o QStyle::Style_Item \o QStyle::State_Item 
+\row \o QStyle::Style_MouseOver \o QStyle::State_MouseOver 
+\row \o QStyle::Style_NoChange \o QStyle::State_NoChange 
+\row \o QStyle::Style_None    \o QStyle::State_None    
+\row \o QStyle::Style_Off \o QStyle::State_Off 
+\row \o QStyle::Style_On \o QStyle::State_On 
+\row \o QStyle::Style_Open \o QStyle::State_Open 
+\row \o QStyle::Style_Raised \o QStyle::State_Raised 
+\row \o QStyle::Style_Rectangle \o QStyle::State_Rectangle 
+\row \o QStyle::Style_Selected \o QStyle::State_Selected 
+\row \o QStyle::Style_Sibling \o QStyle::State_Sibling 
+\row \o QStyle::Style_Sunken \o QStyle::State_Sunken 
+\row \o QStyle::Style_Top \o QStyle::State_Top 
+\row \o QStyle::Style_Up \o QStyle::State_Up 
+\row \o QTabBar::RoundedAbove \o QTabBar::RoundedNorth
+\row \o QTabBar::RoundedBelow \o QTabBar:: RoundedSouth
+\row \o QTabBar::TriangularAbove \o QTabBar:: TriangularNorth
+\row \o QTabBar::TriangularBelow \o QTabBar:: TriangularSouth
+\row \o QTextEdit::MovePgDown \o QTextEdit::MovePageDown
+\row \o QTextEdit::MovePgUp \o QTextEdit::MovePageUp
+\row \o QToolButton::Right \o QToolButton::BesideIcon
+\row \o QToolButton::Under \o QToolButton::BelowIcon
+\row \o QValidator::Valid \o QValidator::Intermediate
+\row \o QVariant::IconSet \o QCoreVariant::Icon
+\row \o QWidget::ClickFocus \o Qt::ClickFocus
+\row \o QWidget::NoFocus \o Qt::NoFocus
+\row \o QWidget::StrongFocus \o Qt::StrongFocus
+\row \o QWidget::TabFocus \o Qt::TabFocus
+\row \o QWidget::WheelFocus \o Qt::WheelFocus
+\row \o Qt::AlignAuto \o Qt::AlignLeft
+\row \o Qt::AltButton \o Qt::AltModifier
+\row \o Qt::Ascending \o Qt::AscendingOrder
+\row \o Qt::Bottom \o Qt::DockBottom
+\row \o Qt::BottomLeft \o Qt::BottomLeftCorner
+\row \o Qt::BottomRight \o Qt::BottomRightCorner
+\row \o Qt::BreakAnywhere \o Qt::TextWrapAnywhere
+\row \o Qt::ControlButton \o Qt::ControlModifier
+\row \o Qt::CustomPattern \o Qt::TexturePattern
+\row \o Qt::Descending \o Qt::DescendingOrder
+\row \o Qt::DontClip \o Qt::TextDontClip
+\row \o Qt::DontPrint \o Qt::TextDontPrint
+\row \o Qt::ExpandTabs \o Qt::TextExpandTabs
+\row \o Qt::IncludeTrailingSpaces \o Qt::TextIncludeTrailingSpaces
+\row \o Qt::KeyButtonMask \o Qt::KeyboardModifierMask
+\row \o Qt::Key_BackSpace \o Qt::Key_Backspace
+\row \o Qt::Key_BackTab \o Qt::Key_Backtab
+\row \o Qt::Key_MediaPrev \o Qt::Key_MediaPrevious
+\row \o Qt::Key_Next \o Qt::Key_PageDown
+\row \o Qt::Key_Prior \o Qt::Key_PageUp
+\row \o Qt::Key_aacute \o Qt::Key_Aacute
+\row \o Qt::Key_acircumflex \o Qt::Key_Acircumflex
+\row \o Qt::Key_adiaeresis \o Qt::Key_Adiaeresis
+\row \o Qt::Key_ae \o Qt::Key_AE
+\row \o Qt::Key_agrave \o Qt::Key_Agrave
+\row \o Qt::Key_aring \o Qt::Key_Aring
+\row \o Qt::Key_atilde \o Qt::Key_Atilde
+\row \o Qt::Key_ccedilla \o Qt::Key_Ccedilla
+\row \o Qt::Key_eacute \o Qt::Key_Eacute
+\row \o Qt::Key_ecircumflex \o Qt::Key_Ecircumflex
+\row \o Qt::Key_ediaeresis \o Qt::Key_Ediaeresis
+\row \o Qt::Key_egrave \o Qt::Key_Egrave
+\row \o Qt::Key_eth \o Qt::Key_ETH
+\row \o Qt::Key_iacute \o Qt::Key_Iacute
+\row \o Qt::Key_icircumflex \o Qt::Key_Icircumflex
+\row \o Qt::Key_idiaeresis \o Qt::Key_Idiaeresis
+\row \o Qt::Key_igrave \o Qt::Key_Igrave
+\row \o Qt::Key_ntilde \o Qt::Key_Ntilde
+\row \o Qt::Key_oacute \o Qt::Key_Oacute
+\row \o Qt::Key_ocircumflex \o Qt::Key_Ocircumflex
+\row \o Qt::Key_odiaeresis \o Qt::Key_Odiaeresis
+\row \o Qt::Key_ograve \o Qt::Key_Ograve
+\row \o Qt::Key_oslash \o Qt::Key_Ooblique
+\row \o Qt::Key_otilde \o Qt::Key_Otilde
+\row \o Qt::Key_thorn \o Qt::Key_THORN
+\row \o Qt::Key_uacute \o Qt::Key_Uacute
+\row \o Qt::Key_ucircumflex \o Qt::Key_Ucircumflex
+\row \o Qt::Key_udiaeresis \o Qt::Key_Udiaeresis
+\row \o Qt::Key_ugrave \o Qt::Key_Ugrave
+\row \o Qt::Key_yacute \o Qt::Key_Yacute
+\row \o Qt::Keypad \o Qt::KeypadModifier
+\row \o Qt::Left \o Qt::DockLeft
+\row \o Qt::MV_10_DOT_0 \o QSysInfo::MV_10_0
+\row \o Qt::MV_10_DOT_1 \o QSysInfo::MV_10_1
+\row \o Qt::MV_10_DOT_2 \o QSysInfo::MV_10_2
+\row \o Qt::MV_10_DOT_3 \o QSysInfo::MV_10_3
+\row \o Qt::MV_10_DOT_4 \o QSysInfo::MV_10_4
+\row \o Qt::MV_9 \o QSysInfo::MV_9
+\row \o Qt::MV_CHEETAH \o QSysInfo::MV_10_0
+\row \o Qt::MV_JAGUAR \o QSysInfo::MV_10_2
+\row \o Qt::MV_PANTHER \o QSysInfo::MV_10_3
+\row \o Qt::MV_PUMA \o QSysInfo::MV_10_1
+\row \o Qt::MV_TIGER \o QSysInfo::MV_10_4
+\row \o Qt::MV_Unknown \o QSysInfo::MV_Unknown
+\row \o Qt::MetaButton \o Qt::MetaModifier
+\row \o Qt::Minimized \o Qt::DockMinimized
+\row \o Qt::NoAccel \o Qt::TextHideMnemonic
+\row \o Qt::Overline \o Qt::TextOverline
+\row \o Qt::Right \o Qt::DockRight
+\row \o Qt::ShiftButton \o Qt::ShiftModifier
+\row \o Qt::ShowPrefix \o Qt::TextShowMnemonic
+\row \o Qt::SingleLine \o Qt::TextSingleLine
+\row \o Qt::StrikeOut \o Qt::TextStrikeOut
+\row \o Qt::Top \o Qt::DockTop
+\row \o Qt::TopLeft \o Qt::TopLeftCorner
+\row \o Qt::TopRight \o Qt::TopRightCorner
+\row \o Qt::TornOff \o Qt::DockTornOff
+\row \o Qt::Underline \o Qt::TextUnderline
+\row \o Qt::Unmanaged \o Qt::DockUnmanaged
+\row \o Qt::WNorthWestGravity \o Qt::WStaticContents
+\row \o Qt::WRepaintNoErase \o Qt::WNoAutoErase
+\row \o Qt::WStyle_Dialog \o Qt::WType_Dialog
+\row \o Qt::WStyle_NoBorderEx \o Qt::WStyle_NoBorder
+\row \o Qt::WType_Modal \o (Qt::WType_Dialog | Qt::WShowModal)
+\row \o Qt::WV_2000 \o QSysInfo::WV_2000
+\row \o Qt::WV_2003 \o QSysInfo::WV_2003
+\row \o Qt::WV_32s \o QSysInfo::WV_32s
+\row \o Qt::WV_95 \o QSysInfo::WV_95
+\row \o Qt::WV_98 \o QSysInfo::WV_98
+\row \o Qt::WV_CE \o QSysInfo::WV_CE
+\row \o Qt::WV_CENET \o QSysInfo::WV_CENET
+\row \o Qt::WV_CE_based \o QSysInfo::WV_CE_based
+\row \o Qt::WV_DOS_based \o QSysInfo::WV_DOS_based
+\row \o Qt::WV_Me \o QSysInfo::WV_Me
+\row \o Qt::WV_NT \o QSysInfo::WV_NT
+\row \o Qt::WV_NT_based \o QSysInfo::WV_NT_based
+\row \o Qt::WV_XP \o QSysInfo::WV_XP
+\row \o Qt::WordBreak \o Qt::TextWordWrap
+\row \o Qt::IbeamCursor \o Qt::IBeamCursor
diff --git a/doc/src/porting/porting4-renamedfunctions.qdocinc b/doc/src/porting/porting4-renamedfunctions.qdocinc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3e59a82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/porting/porting4-renamedfunctions.qdocinc
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+\row \o QRegExp::search() \o QRegExp::indexIn()
+\row \o QPixmap::convertFromImage \o QPixmap::fromImage() (static function)
+\row \o QStyle::querySubControl() \o QStyle::hitTestComplexControl()
+\row \o QStyle::querySubControlMetrics() \o QStyle::subControlRect()
+\row \o QStyle::unPolish() \o QStyle::unpolish()
+\row \o QThread::currentThread() \o QThread::currentThreadId()
diff --git a/doc/src/porting/porting4-renamedstatic.qdocinc b/doc/src/porting/porting4-renamedstatic.qdocinc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..156ab73
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/porting/porting4-renamedstatic.qdocinc
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+\row \o QPixmap::fromMimeSource \o qPixmapFromMimeSource
+\row \o QImage::inputFormats \o QImageReader::supportedImageFormats
+\row \o QImage::outputFormats \o QImageWriter::supportedImageFormats
diff --git a/doc/src/porting/porting4-renamedtypes.qdocinc b/doc/src/porting/porting4-renamedtypes.qdocinc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fc8f604
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/porting/porting4-renamedtypes.qdocinc
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+\row \o QApplication::ColorMode \o QApplication::ColorSpec
+\row \o QButton::ToggleState \o QCheckBox::ToggleState
+\row \o QCursorShape \o Qt::CursorShape
+\row \o QFile::FilterSpec \o QFile::Filters
+\row \o QFile::PermissionSpec \o QFile::Permission
+\row \o QFile::SortSpec \o QFile::SortFlags
+\row \o QFile::Status \o QFile::Error
+\row \o QFileInfo::PermissionSpec \o QFile::Permission
+\row \o QGrid::Direction \o Qt::Orientation
+\row \o QGridWidget::Direction \o Qt::Orientation
+\row \o QIODevice::Offset \o qlonglong
+\row \o QImage::ScaleMode \o Qt::AspectRatioMode
+\row \o QSize::ScaleMode \o Qt::AspectRatioMode
+\row \o QSocket::Error \o Q3Socket::Error
+\row \o QSocket::State \o Q3Socket::State
+\row \o QStyle::SCFlags \o QStyle::SubControls
+\row \o QStyle::SFlags \o QStyle::State
+\row \o QTS \o QTextStream
+\row \o QUrlDrag \o QUriDrag
+\row \o QWidget::FocusPolicy \o Qt::FocusPolicy
+\row \o Q_LLONG \o qlonglong
+\row \o Q_ULLONG \o qulonglong
+\row \o Qt::Dock \o Qt::ToolBarDock
+\row \o Qt::MacintoshVersion \o QSysInfo::MacVersion
+\row \o Qt::TextFlags \o Qt::TextFlag
+\row \o Qt::WindowsVersion \o QSysInfo::WinVersion
diff --git a/doc/src/porting/porting4.qdoc b/doc/src/porting/porting4.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f4bcfcc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/porting/porting4.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,4244 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \group porting
+    \title Porting Guides
+    \brief Guides related to porting Qt applications and libraries.
+    \ingroup best-practices
+
+    A number of guides and documents are available that cover porting issues,
+    from detailed coverage of API differences between Qt 3 and Qt 4 to
+    platform and tool-specific documentation.
+
+    \generatelist{related}
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page porting4.html
+    \title Porting to Qt 4
+    \contentspage {Porting Guides}{Contents}
+    \previouspage Porting Guides
+    \nextpage Porting to Qt 4 - Virtual Functions
+    \ingroup porting
+    \brief An overview of issues and techniques to consider when porting from Qt 3 to Qt 4.
+
+\omit
+    ### QFileInfo::PermissionSpec -> QFile::Permission(s?)
+    ### refer to porting4-renamedfunctions.qdoc
+    ### QApplication library mutex is gone
+    ### no integral conversion for containers? strings?
+    ### QVector etc. are initialized to 0 by default?
+    ### How to port from Qt 2.3 to Qt 4.
+    ### missing sort() functions?
+    ### QToolTipGroup
+    ### QServerSocket -> Q3ServerSocket
+
+    ### remove these when the classes are re-ported
+
+    ### QApplication::eventLoop()
+
+    \row \o void QCheckListItem::paintCell(QPainter *, const QColorGroup &, int, int, int)\row \o void Q3CheckListItem::paintCell(QPainter *, const QPalette &, int, int, int)
+    \row \o void QCheckListItem::paintFocus(QPainter *, const QColorGroup &, const QRect &) \o void Q3CheckListItem::paintFocus(QPainter *, const QPalette &, const QRect &)
+    \row \o QDataTable: a whole bunch of virtual functions have a different signature
+
+    <     Function: void QIconViewItem::paintFocus(QPainter *, const QColorGroup &)
+    >     Function: void QIconViewItem::paintFocus(QPainter *, const QPalette &)
+
+    <     Function: void QIconViewItem::paintItem(QPainter *, const QColorGroup &)
+    >     Function: void QIconViewItem::paintItem(QPainter *, const QPalette &)
+
+    <     Function: bool QUrlOperator::checkValid()
+
+    <     Function: void QWSInputMethod::setFont(const QFont &)
+
+    ### OpenMode or OpenMode
+
+    ### QWSDecoration
+\endomit
+
+    This document describes the process of porting applications from
+    Qt 3 to Qt 4.
+    If you haven't yet made the decision about porting, or are unsure
+    about whether it is worth it, take a look at the \l{What's New in
+    Qt 4}{key features} offered by Qt 4. See also
+    \l{Moving from Qt 3 to Qt 4} for tips on how to write Qt 3 code
+    that is easy to port to Qt 4.
+
+    \bold{Other porting guides:}
+
+    \list
+    \o \l{Moving from Qt 3 to Qt 4} \mdash covers some high level topics relevant
+       to developers porting from Qt 3 to Qt 4.
+    \o \l{Porting to Qt 4 - Drag and Drop} \mdash covers differences in the
+       way drag and drop is handled between Qt 3 and Qt 4.
+    \o \l{Porting UI Files to Qt 4} \mdash describes the new format used to
+       describe forms created with \QD.
+    \o \l{Porting to Graphics View} \mdash provides a class-by-class overview
+       of the differences between Qt 3's canvas API and Qt 4's Graphics
+       View framework.
+    \o \l{qt3to4 - The Qt 3 to 4 Porting Tool} \mdash provides an overview
+       of a tool aimed at helping developers start the process of porting an
+       application to Qt 4.
+    \endlist
+
+    The Qt 4 series is not binary compatible with the 3 series. This
+    means programs compiled for Qt 3 must be recompiled to work with
+    Qt 4. Qt 4 is also not completely \e source compatible with 3,
+    however nearly all points of incompatibility cause compiler
+    errors or run-time messages (rather than mysterious results). Qt
+    4 includes many additional features and discards obsolete
+    functionality. Porting from Qt 3 to Qt 4 requires some effort,
+    but once completed the considerable additional power and
+    flexibility of Qt 4 is available for use in your applications.
+
+    To port code from Qt 3 to Qt 4:
+
+    \list 1
+
+    \o Briefly read the porting notes below to get an idea of what to expect.
+
+    \o Be sure that your code compiles and runs well on all your target
+       platforms with Qt 3.
+
+    \o Add the line \c{QT += qt3support} to your \c .pro file if you use
+       \c qmake; otherwise, edit your makefile or project file to
+       link against the Qt3Support library and add \c -DQT3_SUPPORT to your
+       compiler flags. (You might also need to specify other
+       libraries. See \l{What's New in Qt 4} for details.)
+
+    \o Run the \l qt3to4 porting tool. The tool will go through your
+       source code and adapt it to Qt 4.
+
+    \o Follow the instructions in the \l{Porting UI Files to Qt 4}
+       page to port Qt Designer files.
+
+    \o Recompile with Qt 4. For each error, search below for related
+       identifiers (e.g., function names, class names). This document
+       mentions all relevant identifiers to help you get the information
+       you need at the cost of being a little verbose.
+
+    \endlist
+
+    The \l qt3to4 porting tool replaces occurrences of Qt 3 classes
+    that don't exist anymore in Qt 4 with the corresponding Qt 3
+    support class; for example, \c QListBox is turned into \c
+    Q3ListBox.
+
+    At some point, you might want to stop linking against the Qt 3
+    support library (\l{Qt3Support}) and take advantage of Qt 4's
+    new features. The instructions below explain how to do that for
+    each compatibility class.
+
+    In addition to the Qt3Support classes (such as \c Q3Action, \c
+    Q3ListBox, and \c Q3ValueList), Qt 4 provides compatibility
+    functions when it's possible for an old API to cohabit with the
+    new one. For example, QString provides a
+    QString::simplifyWhiteSpace() compatibility function that's
+    implemented inline and that simply calls QString::simplified().
+    \bold{The compatibility functions are not documented here; instead,
+    they are documented for each class.}
+
+    If you have the line \c{QT += qt3support} in your \c .pro file, \c
+    qmake will automatically define the \c QT3_SUPPORT symbol, turning
+    on compatibility function support. You can also define the symbol
+    manually (e.g., if you don't want to link against the \c
+    Qt3Support library), or you can define \c QT3_SUPPORT_WARNINGS
+    instead, telling the compiler to emit a warning when a
+    compatibility function is called. (This works only with GCC 3.2+
+    and MSVC 7.)
+
+    If you get stuck, ask on the
+    \l{http://qt.nokia.com/lists/qt-interest/}{qt-interest}
+    mailing list. If you are a licensed customer, you can also contact
+    Qt's technical support team.
+
+\omit
+    ### what to do with slots that aren't slots anymore
+    ### what to do with virtual functions that aren't virtual anymore
+    ### what to do with virtual functions that changed signature
+\endomit
+
+\omit
+    ### <qtl.h> -- stuff that vanished?
+    ### implicit sharing
+    ### uint -> int indexes
+\endomit
+
+    Table of contents:
+
+    \tableofcontents{4}
+
+\omit
+    \section1 Header Files
+
+    ### New style of headers
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Old header \o New header
+    \row \o \c{<qtl.h>} \o \c{<qalgorithms.h>} or \c{<QtAlgorithms>}
+    \endtable
+
+    ### Some headers don't include each other anymore...
+\endomit
+
+    \section1 Casting and Object Types
+
+    In Qt 3, it was possible to use the \c qt_cast() function to determine
+    whether instances of QObject subclasses could be safely cast to derived
+    types of those subclasses. For example, if a QFrame instance is passed
+    to a function whose signature specifies a QWidget pointer as its argument,
+    \c qt_cast() could be used to obtain a QFrame pointer so that the
+    instance's functions can be accessed.
+
+    In Qt 4, much of this functionality is provided by the qobject_cast()
+    function, and additional functions also provide similar functionality for
+    certain non-QObject types:
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Qt 3 function \o Qt 4 function
+    \row    \o T *qt_cast<T *>(QObject *) \o \l{qobject_cast()}{T *qobject_cast<T *>(QObject *)}
+    \row    \o                            \o \l{qgraphicsitem_cast()}{T qgraphicsitem_cast<T>(QGraphicsItem *)}
+    \row    \o                            \o \l{qstyleoption_cast()}{T qstyleoption_cast<T>(QStyleOption *)}
+    \row    \o                            \o \l{qvariant_cast()}{T qvariant_cast<T>(const QVariant &)}
+    \row    \o                            \o \l{qdbus_cast()}{T qdbus_cast(const QDBusArgument &)}
+    \endtable
+
+\omit
+    \section1 Global Functions
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Qt 3 function \o Qt 4 function
+    \row \o cstrcmp() \o strcmp()
+    \row \o cstrcpy() \o strcpy()
+    \row \o cstrlen() \o strlen()
+    \row \o cstrncmp() \o strncmp()
+    \row \o qmemmove() \o memmove()
+    \endtable
+
+    qGLVersion() ###
+
+    copyBlt() ###
+    bitBlt()
+
+    #ifdef compat classes:
+        * QLayoutIterator
+        * QColorGroup
+        * QMenuItem
+
+    QWidget visibleRect property compat
+    QWidget::BackgroundOrigin compat
+\endomit
+
+    \section1 Type Names
+
+    The table below lists the classes that have been renamed in Qt 4.
+    If you compile your applications with \c QT3_SUPPORT defined, the
+    old names will be available.
+
+    Whenever you see an occurrence of the name on the left, you can
+    safely replace it with the Qt 4 equivalent in your program. The
+    \l qt3to4 tool performs the conversion automatically.
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Qt 3 class name \o Qt 4 class name
+    \input porting/porting4-renamedclasses.qdocinc
+    \endtable
+
+    The table below lists the enums and typedefs that have been
+    renamed in Qt 4. If you compile your applications with \c
+    QT3_SUPPORT defined, the old names will be available.
+
+    Whenever you see an occurrence of the name on the left, you can
+    safely replace it with the Qt 4 equivalent in your program. The
+    \l qt3to4 tool performs the conversion
+    automatically.
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Qt 3 type name \o Qt 4 type name
+    \input porting/porting4-renamedtypes.qdocinc
+    \endtable
+
+    \omit
+    ###
+    \row \o QButton::ToggleState \o Use QCheckBox::ToggleState instead.
+    \endomit
+
+    \section1 Enum Values
+
+    The table below lists the enum values that have been renamed in
+    Qt 4. If you compile your applications with \c QT3_SUPPORT defined,
+    the old names will be available.
+
+    Whenever you see an occurrence of the name on the left, you can
+    safely replace it with the Qt 4 equivalent in your program. The
+    \l qt3to4 tool performs the conversion automatically.
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Qt 3 enum value name \o Qt 4 enum value name
+    \input porting/porting4-renamedenumvalues.qdocinc
+    \endtable
+
+    In addition, the following \l{Qt::WindowFlags}{window flags} have
+    been either replaced with \l{Qt::WidgetAttribute}{widget
+    attributes} or have been deprecated:
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Qt 3 type \o Qt 4 equivalent
+    \row \o Qt::WDestructiveClose \o Use QWidget::setAttribute(Qt::WA_DeleteOnClose) instead.
+    \row \o Qt::WStaticContents \o{1,2} Use QWidget::setAttribute(Qt::WA_StaticContents) instead.
+    \row \o Qt::WNorthWestGravity
+    \row \o Qt::WNoAutoErase \o{1,3} Use QWidget::setAttribute(Qt::WA_NoBackground) instead.
+    \row \o Qt::WResizeNoErase
+    \row \o Qt::WRepaintNoErase
+    \row \o Qt::WPaintClever \o Unnecessary in Qt 4.
+         \omit ### Check with Matthias \endomit
+    \row \o Qt::WMacNoSheet \o Unnecessary in Qt 4.
+         \omit ### Check with Sam \endomit
+    \endtable
+
+    In Qt 4.1, the widget flags used to determine window modality were
+    replaced by a single enum that can be used to specify the modal
+    behavior of top-level widgets:
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Qt 3 type \o Qt 4 equivalent
+    \row \o Qt::WShowModal \o Use QWidget::setWindowModality(Qt::ApplicationModal) instead.
+    \row \o Qt::WGroupLeader \o Use QWidget::setWindowModality(Qt::WindowModal)
+         for each child dialog of the group leader, but do not change the modality
+         of the group leader itself.
+    \endtable
+
+    \target properties
+    \section1 Properties
+
+    Some properties have been renamed in Qt 4, to make Qt's API more
+    consistent and more intuitive. For example, QWidget's \c caption
+    property has been renamed \c windowTitle to make it clear that it
+    refers to the title shown in the window's title bar.
+
+    In addition, the property system has been extended to allow
+    properties to be redefined in subclasses with the \l Q_PROPERTY()
+    macro, removing the need for a \c Q_OVERRIDE() macro.
+
+    The table below lists the Qt properties that have been renamed in
+    Qt 4. Occurrences of these in \e{Qt Designer} UI files are
+    automatically converted to the new name by \c uic.
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Qt 3 name \o Qt 4 name
+    \row \o QButton::accel \o QButton::shortcut
+    \row \o QButton::on \o QButton::checked
+    \row \o QButton::toggleButton \o QAbstractButton::checkable
+    \row \o QDial::lineStep \o QDial::singleStep
+    \row \o QDial::maxValue \o QDial::maximum
+    \row \o QDial::minValue \o QDial::minimum
+    \row \o QDialog::modal \o QDialog::isModal
+    \row \o QLineEdit::edited \o QLineEdit::modified
+    \row \o QLineEdit::hasMarkedText \o QLineEdit::hasSelectedText
+    \row \o QLineEdit::markedText \o QLineEdit::selectedText
+    \row \o QObject::name \o QObject::objectName
+    \row \o QProgressDialog::progress \o QProgressDialog::value
+    \row \o QProgressDialog::totalSteps \o QProgressDialog::maximum
+    \row \o QProgressDialog::wasCancelled \o QProgressDialog::wasCanceled
+    \row \o QPushButton::iconSet \o QPushButton::icon
+    \row \o QScrollBar::draggingSlider \o QScrollBar::sliderDown
+    \row \o QScrollBar::lineStep \o QScrollBar::singleStep
+    \row \o QScrollBar::maxValue \o QScrollBar::maximum
+    \row \o QScrollBar::minValue \o QScrollBar::minimum
+    \row \o QSlider::lineStep \o QSlider::singleStep
+    \row \o QSlider::maxValue \o QSlider::maximum
+    \row \o QSlider::minValue \o QSlider::minimum
+    \row \o QSpinBox::lineStep \o QSpinBox::singleStep
+    \row \o QSpinBox::maxValue \o QSpinBox::maximum
+    \row \o QSpinBox::minValue \o QSpinBox::minimum
+    \row \o QTabBar::currentTab \o QTabBar::currentIndex
+    \row \o QTabWidget::currentPage \o QTabWidget::currentWidget
+    \row \o QToolButton::iconSet \o QToolButton::icon
+    \row \o QToolButton::textLabel \o QToolButton::text
+    \row \o QWidget::caption \o QWidget::windowTitle
+    \row \o QWidget::icon \o QWidget::windowIcon
+    \row \o QWidget::iconText \o QWidget::windowIconText
+    \endtable
+
+    A handful of properties in Qt 3 are no longer properties in Qt 4,
+    but the access functions still exist as part of the Qt 4 API.
+    These are not used by \e{Qt Designer}; the only case where you
+    need to worry about them is in highly dynamic applications that
+    use Qt's meta-object system to access properties. Here's the list
+    of these properties with the read and write functions that you
+    can use instead:
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Qt 3 property \o Qt 4 read function \o Qt 4 write function
+    \row \o QSqlDatabase::connectOptions \o QSqlDatabase::connectOptions() \o QSqlDatabase::setConnectOptions()
+    \row \o QSqlDatabase::databaseName \o QSqlDatabase::databaseName() \o QSqlDatabase::setDatabaseName()
+    \row \o QSqlDatabase::hostName \o QSqlDatabase::hostName() \o QSqlDatabase::setHostName()
+    \row \o QSqlDatabase::password \o QSqlDatabase::password() \o QSqlDatabase::setPassword()
+    \row \o QSqlDatabase::port \o QSqlDatabase::port() \o QSqlDatabase::setPort()
+    \row \o QSqlDatabase::userName \o QSqlDatabase::userName() \o QSqlDatabase::setUserName()
+    \endtable
+
+    Some properties have been removed from Qt 4, but the associated
+    access functions are provided if \c QT3_SUPPORT is defined to help
+    porting to Qt 4. When converting Qt 3 UI files to Qt 4, \c uic
+    generates calls to the Qt 3 compatibility functions. Note that
+    this only applies to the properties of the Qt3Support library,
+    i.e. \c QT3_SUPPORT properties of the other libraries must be
+    ported manually when converting Qt 3 UI files to Qt 4.
+
+    The table below lists these properties with the read and write
+    functions that you can use instead. The documentation for the
+    individual functions explains how to replace them with
+    non-compatibility Qt 4 functions.
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Qt 3 property \o Qt 4 read function (\c QT3_SUPPORT)\o Qt 4 write function (\c QT3_SUPPORT)
+    \row \o QMenuBar::separator \o QMenuBar::separator() \o QMenuBar::setSeparator()
+    \row \o QPushButton::menuButton \o QPushButton::isMenuButton() \o N/A
+    \row \o QTabWidget::margin \o QTabWidget::margin() \o QTabWidget::setMargin()
+    \row \o QTextEdit::textFormat \o QTextEdit::textFormat() \o QTextEdit::setTextFormat()
+    \row \o QWidget::backgroundBrush \o QWidget::backgroundBrush() \o N/A
+    \row \o QWidget::backgroundMode \o QWidget::backgroundMode() \o QWidget::setBackgroundMode()
+    \row \o QWidget::backgroundOrigin \o QWidget::backgroundOrigin() \o QWidget::setBackgroundOrigin()
+    \row \o QWidget::colorGroup \o QWidget::colorGroup() \o QWidget::setColorGroup()
+    \row \o QWidget::customWhatsThis \o QWidget::customWhatsThis() \o QWidget::setCustomWhatsThis()
+    \row \o QWidget::inputMethodEnabled \o QWidget::inputMethodEnabled() \o QWidget::setInputMethodEnabled()
+    \row \o QWidget::ownCursor \o QWidget::ownCursor() \o N/A
+    \row \o QWidget::ownFont \o QWidget::ownFont() \o N/A
+    \row \o QWidget::ownPalette \o QWidget::ownPalette() \o N/A
+    \row \o QWidget::paletteBackgroundColor \o QWidget::paletteBackgroundColor() \o QWidget::setPaletteBackgroundColor()
+    \row \o QWidget::paletteBackgroundPixmap \o QWidget::paletteBackgroundPixmap() \o QWidget::setPaletteBackgroundPixmap()
+    \row \o QWidget::paletteForegroundColor \o QWidget::paletteForegroundColor() \o QWidget::setPaletteForegroundColor()
+    \row \o QWidget::underMouse \o QWidget::underMouse() \o N/A
+    \endtable
+
+    The following Qt 3 properties and their access functions are no
+    longer available in Qt 4. In most cases, Qt 4 provides similar
+    functionality.
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Qt 3 property \o Qt 4 equivalent
+    \row \o QButton::autoRepeat \o N/A
+    \row \o QButton::autoResize \o Call QWidget:setFixedSize(QWidget::sizeHint()) whenever you change the contents.
+    \row \o QButton::exclusiveToggle \o See \l QAbstractButton::autoExclusive.
+    \row \o QButton::pixmap \o Use QAbstractButton::icon instead.
+    \row \o QButton::toggleState \o Use QCheckBox::setState() and QCheckBox::state() instead.
+    \row \o QButton::toggleType \o Use QCheckBox::setTristate() instead.
+    \row \o QComboBox::autoResize \o Call QWidget:setFixedSize(QWidget::sizeHint()) whenever you change the contents.
+    \row \o QFrame::contentsRect \o Use Q3Frame::contentsRect() instead.
+    \row \o QFrame::margin \o Use QWidget::setContentsMargins() instead.
+    \row \o QTabBar::keyboardFocusTab \o N/A
+    \row \o QToolButton::offIconSet \o Use the \l{QIcon::Off}{off component} of QAbstractButton::icon instead.
+    \row \o QToolButton::onIconSet \o Use the \l{QIcon::On}{on component} of QAbstractButton::icon instead.
+    \row \o QWidget::microFocusHint \o N/A
+    \row \o QMimeSource::serialNumber () \o N/A 
+    \endtable
+
+\omit
+    \section1 Inheritance Chain
+
+    ### QMenuBar, etc.
+
+    \section1 Null vs. Empty
+
+    ###
+\endomit
+
+    \section1 Explicit Sharing
+
+    Qt 4 is the first version of Qt that contains no \link
+    http://qt.nokia.com/doc/3.3/shclass.html explicitly shared
+    \endlink classes. All classes that were explicitly shared in Qt 3
+    are \e implicitly shared in Qt 4:
+
+    \list
+    \o QImage
+    \o QBitArray
+    \o QByteArray
+    \o Q3PointArray
+    \endlist
+
+    This means that if you took a copy of an instance of the class
+    (using operator=() or the class's copy constructor), any
+    modification to the copy would affect the original and vice
+    versa. Needless to say, this behavior is rarely desirable.
+
+    Fortunately, nearly all Qt 3 applications don't rely on explicit
+    sharing. When porting, you typically only need to remove calls to
+    detach() and/or copy(), which aren't necessary anymore.
+
+    If you deliberately rely on explicit sharing in your application,
+    you can use pointers or references to achieve the same result in
+    Qt 4.
+
+    \oldcode
+        void asciify(QByteArray array)
+        {
+            for (int i = 0; i < (int)array.size(); ++i) {
+                if ((uchar)array[i] >= 128)
+                    array[i] = '?';
+            }
+        }
+    \newcode
+        void asciify(QByteArray &array)
+        {
+            for (int i = 0; i < array.size(); ++i) {
+                if ((uchar)array[i] >= 128)
+                    array[i] = '?';
+            }
+        }
+    \endcode
+
+    (Notice the \c & in the parameter declaration.)
+
+\omit
+    \section1 Qt Designer UI Files
+
+    ###
+\endomit
+
+    \section1 Painting and Redrawing Widgets
+
+    When implementing custom widgets in Qt 3, it was possible to use
+    QPainter to draw on a widget outside paint events. This made it
+    possible to integrate Qt applications with third party libraries
+    and tools that impose their own rendering models. For example,
+    a widget might be repainted in a slot using data obtained from
+    an external source.
+
+    In Qt 4, it is only possible to paint on a widget from within its
+    \l{QWidget::}{paintEvent()} handler function. This restriction simplifies
+    Qt's interaction with native window systems, improves the performance
+    of applications by reducing the number of redraw operations, and
+    also enables features to be implemented to improve the appearance of
+    widgets, such as a backing store.
+
+    Generally, we recommend redesigning applications to perform all
+    painting operations in \l{QWidget::}{paintEvent()} functions, deferring
+    actual painting until the next time this function is called.
+    Applications can post paint events to trigger repaints, and it may be
+    possible to examine your widget's internal state to determine which
+    part of the widget needs to be repainted.
+
+    If asynchronous repaints are used extensively by your application,
+    and it is not practical to redesign the rendering model to perform
+    all painting operations from within a widget's \l{QWidget::}{paintEvent()}
+    function, it may be necessary to consider using an intermediate painting
+    step. In this approach, one or more images can be updated asynchronously
+    and painted on the widget in the paint event. To avoid excessive
+    buffering, it may be worthwhile disabling the backing store by setting
+    the widget's Qt::WA_PaintOnScreen widget attribute.
+
+    On certain platforms, the Qt::WA_PaintOutsidePaintEvent widget attribute
+    can be set to allow a widget to be painted from outside paint events.
+
+    \note Setting widget attributes to disable key features of Qt's widget
+    rendering model may also cause other features to be disabled.
+
+    \section1 Compatibility Signals and Slots
+
+    When \c QT3_SUPPORT is defined, the default connection type for signals
+    and slots is the Qt::AutoCompatConnection type. This allows so-called
+    \e compatibility signals and slots (defined in Qt 3 support mode to provide
+    Qt 3 compatibility features) to be connected to other signals and
+    slots.
+
+    However, if Qt is compiled with debugging output enabled, and the
+    developer uses other connection types to connect to compatibility
+    signals and slots (perhaps by building their application without Qt 3
+    support enabled), then Qt will output warnings to the console to
+    indicate that compatibility connections are being made. This is intended
+    to be used as an aid in the process of porting a Qt 3 application to Qt 4.
+
+    \section1 QAccel
+
+    The \c QAccel class has been renamed Q3Accel and moved to the
+    Qt3Support module. In new applications, you have three options:
+
+    \list 1
+    \o You can use QAction and set a key sequence using QAction::setShortcut().
+    \o You can use QShortcut, a class that provides similar
+       functionality to Q3Accel.
+    \o You can use QWidget::grabShortcut() and process "shortcut"
+       events by reimplementing QWidget::event().
+    \endlist
+
+    The Q3Accel class also supports multiple accelerators using the
+    same object, by calling Q3Accel::insertItem() multiple times. In
+    Qt 4, the solution is to create multiple QShortcut objects.
+
+    \section1 QAccessibleInterface
+
+    The QAccessibleInterface class has undergone some API changes in
+    Qt 4, to make it more consistent with the rest of the Qt API.
+
+    If you have classes that inherit QAccessibleInterface or one of
+    its subclasses (QAccessibleObject, QAccessibleWidget, etc.), you
+    must port them the new QAccessibleInterface API.
+
+    See \l{Porting to Qt 4 - Virtual Functions}{Virtual Functions}
+    for a list of QAccessibleInterface virtual member functions in
+    Qt 3 that are no longer virtual in Qt 4.
+
+    \section1 QAccessibleTitleBar
+
+    The \c QAccessibleTitleBar has been renamed Q3AccessibleTitleBar
+    and moved to the Qt3Support library.
+
+    \target qaction.section
+    \section1 QAction
+
+    The QAction class has been redesigned in Qt 4 to integrate better
+    with the rest of the menu system. It unifies the old \c QMenuItem
+    class and the old \c QAction class into one class, avoiding
+    unnecessary data duplication and the need to learn two different
+    APIs.
+
+    The old \c QAction and \c QActionGroup classes have been renamed
+    Q3Action and Q3ActionGroup and moved to Qt3Support. In addition,
+    the new QAction class has compatibility functions to ease
+    transition to Qt 4. Note that when using Q3ToolBar and
+    Q3PopupMenu, their actions must be \l {Q3Action}s.
+
+    See \l{Porting to Qt 4 - Virtual Functions}{Virtual Functions}
+    for a list of QAction virtual member functions in Qt 3 that are
+    no longer virtual in Qt 4.
+
+    \section1 QActionGroup
+
+    The QAction class has been completely redesigned in Qt 4 to
+    integrate better with the rest of the menu system. See the
+    \l{#qaction.section}{section on QAction} for details.
+
+    \section1 QApplication
+
+    The QApplication class has been split into two classes:
+    QCoreApplication and QApplication. The new QApplication class
+    inherits QCoreApplication and adds GUI-related functionality. In
+    practice, this has no consequences for existing Qt applications.
+
+    In addition, the following API changes were made:
+
+    \list 1
+    \o  QApplication::allWidgets() and QApplication::topLevelWidgets()
+        used to return a pointer to a QWidgetList. Now they return a
+        QWidgetList.
+
+        Also, QWidgetList has changed from being a typedef for
+        QPtrList<QWidget> to being a typedef for QList<QWidget *>.
+        See the \l{#qwidgetlist.section}{section on QWidgetList} below
+        for details.
+
+        \oldcode
+            QWidgetList *list = QApplication::topLevelWidgets();
+            QWidgetListIt it(*list);
+            QWidget *widget;
+            while ((widget = it.current())) {
+                if (widget->inherits("MainWindow"))
+                    ((MainWindow *)widget)->updateRecentFileItems();
+                ++it;
+            }
+            delete list;
+        \newcode
+            QWidgetList list = QApplication::topLevelWidgets();
+            for (int i = 0; i < list.size(); ++i) {
+                if (MainWindow *mainWin = qobject_cast<MainWindow *>(list.at(i)))
+                    mainWin->updateRecentFileItems();
+            }
+        \endcode
+    \o QApplication::setMainWidget() is no longer used. When all an application's
+       windows are closed, the application will exit normally.
+    \endlist
+
+    \section1 QAquaStyle
+
+    The \c QAquaStyle class first appeared in Qt 3.0, when the Qt for
+    Mac OS X port was first released. It emulated Apple's "Aqua" theme.
+    In Qt 3.1, QAquaStyle was obsoleted by QMacStyle, which uses Appearance
+    Manager to perform its drawing.
+
+    The \c QAquaStyle class is no longer provided in Qt 4. Use
+    QMacStyle instead.
+
+    \target qasciidict.section
+    \section1 QAsciiCache<T>
+
+    \c QAsciiCache<T> has been renamed Q3AsciiCache<T> and moved to
+    the Qt3Support library. It has been replaced by
+    QCache<QByteArray, T>.
+
+    For details, read the \l{#qcache.section}{section on QCache<T>},
+    mentally substituting QByteArray for QString.
+
+    \section1 QAsciiDict<T>
+
+    QAsciiDict<T> and QAsciiDictIterator<T> have been renamed
+    Q3AsciiDict<T> and Q3AsciiDictIterator<T> and moved to the
+    Qt3Support library. They have been replaced by the
+    more modern QHash<Key, T> and QMultiHash<Key, T> classes and
+    their associated iterator classes.
+
+    When porting old code that uses Q3AsciiDict<T> to Qt 4, there are
+    four classes that you can use:
+
+    \list
+    \o QMultiHash<QByteArray, T *>
+    \o QMultiHash<QByteArray, T>
+    \o QHash<QByteArray, T *>
+    \o QHash<QByteArray, T>
+    \endlist
+
+    For details, read the \l{#qdict.section}{section on QDict<T>},
+    mentally substituting QByteArray for QString.
+
+    \section1 QAsyncIO
+
+    The \c QAsyncIO class was used internally in Qt 2.x in
+    conjunction with QImageConsumer. It was obsoleted in Qt 3.0.
+
+    \input porting/porting4-obsoletedmechanism.qdocinc
+
+    \section1 QBackInsertIterator
+
+    The undocumented \c QBackInsertIterator class has been removed
+    from the Qt library. If you need it in your application, feel
+    free to copy the source code from the Qt 3 \c <qtl.h> header
+    file.
+
+    \section1 QBitArray
+
+    In Qt 3, QBitArray inherited from QByteArray. In Qt 4, QBitArray
+    is a totally independent class. This makes very little difference
+    to the user, except that the new QBitArray doesn't provide any of
+    QByteArray's byte-based API anymore. These calls will result in a
+    compile-time error, except calls to QBitArray::truncate(), whose
+    parameter was a number of \e bytes in Qt 3 and a number of bits
+    in Qt 4.
+
+    QBitArray was an explicitly shared class in Qt 3. See \l{Explicit
+    Sharing} for more information.
+
+    The \c QBitVal class has been renamed QBitRef.
+
+    \section1 QButton
+
+    The \c QButton class has been replaced by QAbstractButton in Qt
+    4. Classes like QPushButton and QRadioButton inherit from
+    QAbstractButton. As a help when porting older Qt applications,
+    the Qt3Support library contains a Q3Button class
+    implemented in terms of the new QAbstractButton.
+
+    If you used the \c QButton class as a base class for your own
+    button type and want to port your code to the newer
+    QAbstractButton, you need to be aware that QAbstractButton has no
+    equivalent for the Q3Button::drawButton(QPainter *) virtual
+    function. The solution is to reimplement QWidget::paintEvent() in
+    your QAbstractButton subclass as follows:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 0
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Q3Button function \o QAbstractButton equivalent
+    \row \o Q3Button::autoResize() \o Call QWidget:setFixedSize(QWidget::sizeHint()) whenever you change the contents.
+    \row \o Q3Button::isExclusiveToggle() \o Use QAbstractButton::group() or QAbstractButton::autoExclusive() instead.
+    \row \o Q3Button::pixmap() const \o QAbstractButton::icon()
+    \row \o Q3Button::setAutoResize() \o N/A
+    \row \o Q3Button::setPixmap(const QPixmap &) \o QAbstractButton::setIcon(const QIcon &)
+    \row \o Q3Button::setState(ToggleState) \o See remark below
+    \row \o Q3Button::setToggleType(ToggleType) \o See remark below
+    \row \o Q3Button::state() \o See remark below
+    \row \o Q3Button::stateChanged(int) \o See remark below
+    \row \o Q3Button::toggleType() \o See remark below
+    \endtable
+
+    Remarks:
+
+    \list 1
+    \o In Qt 3, \c QButton had a "toggle type", which could be
+       QButton::SingleShot, QButton::Toggle, or QButton::Tristate.
+       The new QAbstractButton class doesn't support "tristate"
+       directly; this feature is implemented in QCheckBox instead.
+       The two other "toggle types" (\c QButton::SingleShot and \c
+       QButton::Toggle) are replaced by a QAbstractButton::checkable
+       property.
+    \o In Qt 3, QButton had a "toggle state", which could be \c
+       QButton::Off, \c QButton::NoChange, or \c QButton::On. In Qt
+       4, this mechanism has been moved to QCheckBox.
+    \endlist
+
+    See \l{Porting to Qt 4 - Virtual Functions}{Virtual Functions} for
+    a list of \c QButton virtual member functions in Qt 3 that aren't
+    virtual in Qt 4.
+
+    See \l{#properties}{Properties} for a list of \c QButton properties
+    in Qt 3 that have changed in Qt 4.
+
+    \section1 QButtonGroup
+
+    The \c QButtonGroup class has been completely redesigned in Qt 4.
+    For compatibility, the old \c QButtonGroup class has been renamed
+    Q3ButtonGroup and has been moved to Qt3Support.
+    Likewise, the \c QHButtonGroup and \c QVButtonGroup convenience
+    subclasses have been renamed \c Q3HButtonGroup and \c Q3VButtonGroup and
+    moved to the Qt3Support library.
+
+    The old \c QButtonGroup, as well as Q3ButtonGroup, can be used in two ways:
+
+    \list 1
+    \o  The button group is the parent widget of a number of buttons,
+        i.e. the button group is the parent argument in the button
+        constructor. The buttons are assigned identifiers 0, 1, 2, etc.,
+        in the order they are created. A Q3ButtonGroup can display a frame
+        and a title because it inherits Q3GroupBox.
+    \o  The button group is an invisible widget and the contained
+        buttons have some other parent widget. In this usage, each
+        button must be manually inserted, using
+        Q3ButtonGroup::insert(), into the button group and given an
+        ID number.
+    \endlist
+
+    Unlike Q3ButtonGroup, the new QButtonGroup doesn't inherit
+    QWidget. It is very similar to a "hidden Q3ButtonGroup".
+
+    If you use a Q3ButtonGroup, Q3HButtonGroup, or Q3VButtonGroup as
+    a widget and want to port to Qt 4, you can replace it with
+    QGroupBox. In Qt 4, radio buttons with the same parent are
+    automatically part of an exclusive group, so you normally don't
+    need to do anything else. See also the
+    \l{#qgroupbox.section}{section on QGroupBox} below.
+
+    See \l{Porting to Qt 4 - Virtual Functions}{Virtual Functions} for
+    a list of QButtonGroup virtual member functions in Qt 3 that are no
+    longer virtual in Qt 4.
+
+    \target qbytearray.section
+    \section1 QByteArray
+
+    In Qt 3, QByteArray was simply a typedef for QMemArray<char>. In
+    Qt 4, QByteArray is a class in its own right, with a higher-level
+    API in the style of QString.
+
+    Here are the main issues to be aware of when porting to Qt 4:
+
+    \list 1
+    \o  The QMemArray(int size) constructor has been replaced with
+        QByteArray(int size, char ch). The second argument specifies
+        which character should be used for initializing the array;
+        pass '\\0' if you have no specific needs.
+
+        \oldcode
+        QByteArray ba(64);
+        \newcode
+        QByteArray ba(64, '\0');
+        \endcode
+
+    \o  QMemArray::at() returned a non-const reference, whereas the
+        new QByteArray::at() returns a const value. Code like
+
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 1
+
+        will no longer compile. Instead, use QByteArray::operator[]:
+
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 2
+
+    \o  The QMemArray::contains(char) function has been renamed
+        QByteArray::count(char). In addition, there now exists a
+        QByteArray::contains(char) function that returns a boolean
+        value. Replace old calls to contains() with either count() or
+        contains(), depending on whether you care about the specific
+        number of occurrences of a character in the byte array or
+        only care about whether the array contains that character or
+        not.
+
+    \o  The new QByteArray has no assign() function. Calls to
+        QMemArray::assign(const QMemArray &) can be replaced by calls
+        to QByteArray::operator=(). Calls to QMemArray::assign(const
+        T *, uint) have no equivalent in Qt 4; if you use it, the
+        solution is either to use QByteArray::fromRawData() and to
+        call free() yourself to avoid a memory leak, or to use the
+        QByteArray(const char *, int) constructor, which will take a
+        deep copy of the data.
+
+    \o  QMemArray::bsearch() and QMemArray::sort() have no equivalent
+        in the new QByteArray class. Use \l qBinaryFind() and \l qSort()
+        if you need that functionality.
+    \endlist
+
+    QByteArray was an explicitly shared class in Qt 3. See
+    \l{Explicit Sharing} for more information.
+
+    \target qcache.section
+    \section1 QCache<T>
+
+    QCache<T> has been renamed Q3Cache<T> and moved to Qt3Support.
+    The new QCache class has a different API, and takes different
+    template parameters: QCache<Key, T>.
+
+    When porting to Qt 4, QCache<QString, T> is the obvious
+    substitute for Q3Cache<T>. The following table summarizes the API
+    differences.
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Q3Cache<T> function \o QCache<QString, T> equivalent
+    \row \o Q3Cache::Q3Cache(int maxCost, int size, bool caseSensitive) \o See remark below
+    \row \o Q3Cache::autoDelete() \o N/A
+    \row \o Q3Cache::count() \o QCache::count() or QCache::size() (equivalent)
+    \row \o Q3Cache::setAutoDelete() \o See remark below
+    \row \o Q3Cache::size() \o N/A
+    \row \o Q3Cache::statistics() \o N/A
+    \row \o Q3Cache::operator=() \o See remark below
+    \endtable
+
+    Remarks:
+
+    \list 1
+    \o  Q3Cache requires the user to allocate a specific number of
+        buckets by passing a prime number (17 by default) to the
+        constructor. In contrast, the new QCache's hash table
+        automatically grows and shrinks as needed, and the
+        constructor doesn't take a prime number.
+
+    \o  Q3Cache supportes case-insensitive lookups by passing false as
+        second argument to the constructor. This feature has no
+        equivalent in QMultiHash. Instead, call QString::toLower()
+        before you insert or lookup a key in the hash.
+
+    \o  The Q3Cache::insert() function returns a \c bool value that
+        indicates whether or not the item actually was inserted in
+        the cache. If the item wasn't inserted, it was the caller's
+        responsibility to delete the item. The new QCache::insert()
+        function returns \c void and either adds it to the cache or
+        deletes it right away. Old code like
+
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 3
+
+    becomes
+
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 4
+
+    \o  The new QCache class \e always takes ownership of the items
+        it stores (i.e. auto-delete is always on). If you use Q3Cache
+        with auto-delete turned off (the rarely useful default), you
+        cannot use QCache as a direct substitute. One unelegant trick
+        that works well in practice is to use QCache<QString, T *>
+        instead of QCache<QString, T>. In that case, QCache owns the
+        pointers, not the objects that the pointers refer to. For
+        example,
+
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 5
+
+        becomes
+
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 6
+
+        An alternative is to stick to using Q3Cache.
+    \endlist
+
+    QCacheIterator<T> has been renamed Q3CacheIterator<T> and moved
+    to the Qt3Support library. The new QCache class
+    doesn't offer any iterator types.
+
+    \section1 QCanvas
+
+    The canvas module classes have been
+    renamed and moved to the Qt3Support library.
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Qt 3 class name \o Compatibility class in Qt 4
+    \row \o \c QCanvas \o Q3Canvas
+    \row \o \c QCanvasEllipse \o Q3CanvasEllipse
+    \row \o \c QCanvasItem \o Q3CanvasItem
+    \row \o \c QCanvasItemList \o Q3CanvasItemList
+    \row \o \c QCanvasLine \o Q3CanvasLine
+    \row \o \c QCanvasPixmap \o Q3CanvasPixmap
+    \row \o \c QCanvasPixmapArray \o Q3CanvasPixmapArray
+    \row \o \c QCanvasPolygon \o Q3CanvasPolygon
+    \row \o \c QCanvasPolygonalItem \o Q3CanvasPolygonalItem
+    \row \o \c QCanvasRectangle \o Q3CanvasRectangle
+    \row \o \c QCanvasSpline \o Q3CanvasSpline
+    \row \o \c QCanvasSprite \o Q3CanvasSprite
+    \row \o \c QCanvasText \o Q3CanvasText
+    \row \o \c QCanvasView \o Q3CanvasView
+    \endtable
+
+    \l{The Graphics View Framework} replaces QCanvas. For more on porting to
+    Graphics View, see \l{Porting to Graphics View}.
+
+    \section1 QColor
+
+    In Qt 4, QColor is a value type like QPoint or QRect. Graphics
+    system-specific code has been implemented in QColormap.
+
+    The \c QColor::maxColors() function has been replaced
+    by QColormap::size().
+
+    The \c QColor::numBitPlanes() function has been replaced
+    by QColormap::depth().
+
+    The \c QColor::setNamedColor() function no longer supports
+    the named color in the same way as Qt 3. Qt 4's
+    \l{QColor::}{setNamedColor()} uses the new W3C convention
+    as stated 
+    \l{http://www.w3.org/TR/SVG/types.html#ColorKeywords}{here}.
+
+    \table
+    \header \o{4,1} Predefined Qt Colors
+    \row \o Qt::color0 \o Qt::color1 \o Qt::black \o Qt::white
+    \row \o Qt::darkGray \o Qt::gray \o Qt::lightGray \o Qt::red
+    \row \o Qt::green \o Qt::blue \o Qt::cyan \o Qt::magenta
+    \row \o Qt::yellow \o Qt::darkRed \o Qt::darkGreen \o Qt::darkBlue
+    \row \o Qt::darkCyan \o Qt::darkMagenta \o Qt::darkYellow \o Qt::transparent
+    \endtable
+
+    The predefined colors listed in the table above were static
+    QColor objects in Qt 3. In Qt 4, they are enum values of type
+    Qt::GlobalColor. Thanks to the implicit QColor(Qt::GlobalColor)
+    constructor, the enum values are automatically converted to
+    \l{QColor}s in most contexts. Occasionally, you might need a
+    cast.
+
+    \oldcode
+        QColor lightCyan = Qt::cyan.light(180);
+    \newcode
+        QColor lightCyan = QColor(Qt::cyan).light(180);
+    \endcode
+
+    \section1 QColorGroup
+
+    In Qt 3, a QPalette consisted of three QColorGroup objects. In Qt
+    4, the (rarely used) QColorGroup abstraction has been eliminated.
+    For source compatibility, a QColorGroup class is available when
+    \c QT3_SUPPORT is defined.
+
+    The new QPalette still works in terms of color groups, specified
+    through enum values (QPalette::Active, QPalette::Disabled, and
+    QPalette::Inactive). It also has the concept of a \e current
+    color group, which you can set using
+    QPalette::setCurrentColorGroup().
+
+    The QPalette object returned by QWidget::palette() returns a
+    QPalette initialized with the correct current color group for the
+    widget. This means that if you had code like
+
+    \badcode
+        painter.setBrush(colorGroup().brush(QColorGroup::Text));
+    \endcode
+
+    you can simply replace colorGroup() with palette():
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 7
+
+    \section1 QColorDrag
+
+    The \c QColorDrag class has been renamed Q3ColorDrag and moved to
+    the Qt3Support library. In Qt 4, use QMimeData
+    instead and call QMimeData::setColor() to set the color.
+
+    \section1 QComboBox
+
+    In Qt 3, the list box used to display the contents of a \c QComboBox
+    widget could be accessed by using the \c listBox() function. In Qt 4,
+    the standard list box is provided by a QListView widget, and can be
+    accessed with the \l{QComboBox::view()}{view()} function.
+
+    \omit ### \endomit
+
+    See \l{Porting to Qt 4 - Virtual Functions}{Virtual Functions} for
+    a list of QComboBox virtual member functions in Qt 3 that are no longer
+    virtual in Qt 4.
+
+    \section1 QCString
+
+    In Qt 3, QCString inherited from QByteArray. The main drawback
+    of this approach is that the user had the responsibility of
+    ensuring that the string is '\\0'-terminated. Another important
+    issue was that conversions between \c QCString and QByteArray often
+    gave confusing results. (See the
+    \l{http://qt.nokia.com/doc/qq/qq05-achtung.html#qcstringisastringofchars}{Achtung!
+    Binary and Character Data} article in \e{Qt Quarterly} for an
+    overview of the pitfalls.)
+
+    Qt 4 solves that problem by merging the QByteArray and \c QCString
+    classes into one class called QByteArray. Most functions that
+    were in \c QCString previously have been moved to QByteArray. The
+    '\\0' issue is handled by having QByteArray allocate one extra
+    byte that it always sets to '\\0'. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 8
+
+    The Qt3Support library contains a class called
+    Q3CString that inherits from the new QByteArray class and that
+    extends it to provide an API that is as close to the old \c QCString
+    class as possible. Note that the following functions aren't
+    provided by Q3CString:
+
+    \list
+    \o QCString::find(const QRegExp &, int)
+    \o QCString::findRev(const QRegExp &, int)
+    \o QCString::contains(const QRegExp &)
+    \o QCString::replace(const QRegExp &, const char *)
+    \endlist
+
+    The following functions have lost their last parameter, which
+    specified whether the search was case sensitive or not:
+
+    \list
+    \o QByteArray::find(char, int)
+    \o QByteArray::find(const char *, int)
+    \o QByteArray::findRev(char, int)
+    \o QByteArray::findRev(const char *, int)
+    \o QByteArray::contains(char)
+    \o QByteArray::contains(const char *)
+    \endlist
+
+    In both cases, the solution is to convert the \c QCString to a
+    QString and use the corresponding QString functions instead.
+
+    Also be aware that \c QCString::size() (inherited from
+    QByteArray) used to return the size of the character data \e
+    including the '\\0'-terminator, whereas the new
+    QByteArray::size() is just a synonym for QByteArray::length().
+    This brings QByteArray in line with QString.
+
+    When porting to Qt 4, occurrences of \c QCString should be
+    replaced with QByteArray or QString. The following table
+    summarizes the API differences between the Q3CString
+    class and the Qt 4 QByteArray and QString classes:
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Q3CString function \o Qt 4 equivalent
+    \row \o Q3CString::Q3CString(const char *, uint) \o See remark below
+    \row \o Q3CString::Q3CString(int) \o QByteArray::QByteArray(int, char)
+    \row \o Q3CString::leftJustify() \o QString::leftJustified()
+    \row \o Q3CString::length() \o QByteArray::length() or QByteArray::size() (equivalent)
+    \row \o Q3CString::lower() \o QByteArray::toLower()
+    \row \o Q3CString::rightJustify() \o QString::rightJustified()
+    \row \o Q3CString::setExpand() \o See remark below
+    \row \o Q3CString::simplifyWhiteSpace() \o QByteArray::simplified()
+    \row \o Q3CString::sprintf() \o QString::sprintf()
+    \row \o Q3CString::stripWhiteSpace() \o QByteArray::trimmed()
+    \row \o Q3CString::toDouble() \o QString::toDouble()
+    \row \o Q3CString::toFloat() \o QString::toFloat()
+    \row \o Q3CString::toInt() \o QString::toInt()
+    \row \o Q3CString::toLong() \o QString::toLong()
+    \row \o Q3CString::toShort() \o QString::toShort()
+    \row \o Q3CString::toUInt() \o QString::toUInt()
+    \row \o Q3CString::toULong() \o QString::toULong()
+    \row \o Q3CString::toUShort() \o QString::toUShort()
+    \row \o Q3CString::upper() \o QByteArray::toUpper()
+    \endtable
+
+    Remarks:
+
+    \list 1
+    \o  Q3CString(const char *str, uint max) constructs a string of
+        length strlen(str) or \e max - 1, whichever is shorter.
+        QByteArray(const char *data, int size) constructs a byte
+        array containing exactly \e size bytes.
+
+        \oldcode
+            QCString str1("Hello", 4);           // "Hel"
+            QCString str2("Hello world!", n);
+        \newcode
+            QByteArray str1("Hello", 3);
+            QByteArray str2("Hello world!");
+            str2.truncate(n - 1);
+        \endcode
+
+    \o  Q3CString::setExpand(uint index, char ch) has no equivalent in
+        Qt 4.
+
+        \oldcode
+            QCString str("Hello world");
+            str.setExpand(16, '\n');            // "Hello world     \n"
+        \newcode
+            QByteArray str("Hello world");
+            while (str.size() < 16)
+                str += ' ';
+            str += '\n';
+        \endcode
+    \endlist
+
+    Since the old \c QCString class inherited from QByteArray,
+    everything that is said in the \l{#qbytearray.section}{QByteArray
+    section} applies for \c QCString as well.
+
+    \section1 QCustomEvent
+
+    In Qt 3, developers could create a custom event by constructing
+    a new QCustomEvent, and send relevant data to other components in
+    the application by passing a void pointer, either on construction or
+    using the setData() function. Objects could receive custom events
+    by reimplementing the \l{QObject::customEvent()}{customEvent()}
+    function, and access the stored data using the event's data()
+    function.
+
+    In Qt 4, custom events are created by subclassing
+    QEvent. Event-specific data can be stored in a way that is
+    appropriate for your application. Custom events are still
+    delivered to each object's
+    \l{QObject::customEvent()}{customEvent()} handler function, but as
+    QEvent objects rather than as deprecated QCustomEvent objects.
+
+    \section1 QDataBrowser
+
+    The \c QDataBrowser class has been renamed Q3DataBrowser and
+    moved to the Qt3Support library. In Qt 4.2, you should use the
+    QDataWidgetMapper class to create data-aware forms.
+
+    See \l{QtSql Module} for an overview of the new SQL
+    classes.
+
+    \section1 QDataPump
+
+    The \c QDataPump class was used internally in Qt 2.x in
+    conjunction with QImageConsumer. It was obsoleted in Qt 3.0.
+
+    \input porting/porting4-obsoletedmechanism.qdocinc
+
+    \section1 QDataSink
+
+    The \c QDataSink class was used internally in Qt 2.x in conjunction
+    with QImageConsumer. It was obsoleted in Qt 3.0.
+
+    \input porting/porting4-obsoletedmechanism.qdocinc
+
+    \section1 QDataSource
+
+    The \c QDataSource class was used internally in Qt 2.x in
+    conjunction with QImageConsumer. It was obsoleted in Qt 3.0.
+    \input porting/porting4-obsoletedmechanism.qdocinc
+
+    \section1 QDataTable
+
+    The \c QDataTable class has been renamed Q3DataTable and moved to
+    the Qt3Support library. In Qt 4.2, you should use the
+    QDataWidgetMapper class to create data-aware forms.
+
+    See \l{QtSql Module} for an overview of the new SQL classes.
+
+    \section1 QDataView
+
+    The \c QDataView class has been renamed Q3DataView and moved to
+    the Qt3Support library. In Qt 4.2, you should use the
+    QDataWidgetMapper class to create data-aware forms.
+
+    See \l{QtSql Module} for an overview of the new SQL classes.
+
+    \section1 QDateEdit
+
+    The QDateEdit class in Qt 4 is a convenience class based on
+    QDateTimeEdit. The old class has been renamed Q3DateEdit and moved
+    to the Qt3Support library.
+
+    See \l{Porting to Qt 4 - Virtual Functions}{Virtual Functions} for
+    a list of \c QDateEdit virtual member functions in Qt 3 that are
+    no longer virtual in Qt 4.
+
+    \section1 QDateTimeEditBase
+
+    The \c QDateTimeEditBase class has been renamed
+    Q3DateTimeEditBase and moved to Qt3Support. Use QDateTimeEdit or
+    QAbstractSpinBox instead.
+
+    \section1 QDateTimeEdit
+
+    The old \c QDateTimeEdit class has been renamed
+    Q3DateTimeEditBase and moved to Qt3Support. The new QDateTimeEdit
+    in Qt 4 has been rewritten from scratch to provide a more
+    flexible and powerful API.
+
+    See \l{Porting to Qt 4 - Virtual Functions}{Virtual Functions} for
+    a list of QDateTimeEdit virtual member functions in Qt 3 that are no
+    longer virtual in Qt 4.
+
+    \section1 QDeepCopy<T>
+
+    The \c QDeepCopy<T> class in Qt 3 provided a means of ensuring that
+    implicitly shared and explicitly shared classes referenced unique
+    data. This was necessary because the reference counting in Qt's
+    container classes was done in a thread-unsafe manner.
+
+    With Qt 4, \c QDeepCopy<T> has been renamed Q3DeepCopy<T> and
+    moved to the Qt3Support library. Removing it from
+    existing code is straightforward.
+
+    \oldcode
+        QString str1 = "I am a string";
+        QDeepCopy<QString> str2 = str1;
+        QString str3 = QDeepCopy<QString>(str2);
+    \newcode
+        QString str1 = "I am a string";
+        QString str2 = str1;
+        QString str3 = str2;
+    \endcode
+
+    \section1 QDial
+
+    See \l{Porting to Qt 4 - Virtual Functions}{Virtual Functions} for
+    a list of QDial virtual member functions in Qt 3 that are no longer
+    virtual in Qt 4.
+
+    See \l{#properties}{Properties} for a list of QDial properties in
+    Qt 3 that have changed in Qt 4.
+
+    \target qdict.section
+    \section1 QDict<T>
+
+    \c QDict<T> has been renamed Q3Dict<T> and moved to Qt3Support.
+    It has been replaced by the more modern QHash<Key, T> and
+    QMultiHash<Key, T> classes.
+
+    When porting old code that uses QDict<T> to Qt 4, there are four
+    classes that you can use:
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Qt 4 class \o When to use it
+    \row \o QMultiHash<QString, T *>
+
+         \o Since Q3Dict<T> is pointer-based and allows duplicate
+            keys, this is usually the most straightforward conversion.
+
+    \row \o QMultiHash<QString, T>
+
+         \o If type \c T is an \l{assignable data type}, you can use
+            \c T as the value type rather than \c{T *}. This often
+            leads to nicer code.
+
+    \row \o QHash<QString, T *>
+
+         \o{1,2} If you don't use duplicate keys, you can use QHash
+            instead of QMultiHash. QMultiHash inherits from QHash.
+
+    \row \o QHash<QString, T>
+    \endtable
+
+    The APIs of Q3Dict<T> and QMultiHash<QString, T *> are quite
+    similar. The main issue is that Q3Dict supports auto-delete
+    whereas QMultiHash doesn't.
+
+    \omit
+    (See \l{What's Wrong with
+    Auto-Delete} for an explanation of why the Qt 4 containers don't
+    offer that feature.)
+    \endomit
+
+    The following table summarizes the API differences between the
+    two classes:
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Q3Dict function \o QMultiHash equivalent
+    \row \o Q3Dict::Q3Dict(int size, bool caseSensitive) \o See remarks below
+    \row \o Q3Dict::autoDelete() \o N/A
+    \row \o Q3Dict::count() \o QMultiHash::count() or QMultiHash::size() (equivalent)
+    \row \o Q3Dict::find(const QString &) \o QMultiHash::value(const QString &)
+    \row \o Q3Dict::remove(const QString &) \o QMultiHash::take(const QString &)
+    \row \o Q3Dict::resize(uint) \o QMultiHash::reserve(int)
+    \row \o Q3Dict::setAutoDelete() \o See discussion below
+    \row \o Q3Dict::size() \o QMultiHash::capacity()
+    \row \o Q3Dict::statistics() \o N/A
+    \row \o Q3Dict::operator[](const QString &) \o See remark below
+    \endtable
+
+    Remarks:
+
+    \list 1
+    \o  Q3Dict requires the user to allocate a specific number of
+        buckets by passing a prime number (17 by default) to the
+        constructor and/or calling Q3Dict::resize() later on. In
+        contrast, QMultiHash's hash table automatically grows and
+        shrinks as needed, and the constructor doesn't take a prime
+        number.
+
+    \o  Q3Dict supportes case-insensitive lookups by passing false as
+        second argument to the constructor. This feature has no
+        equivalent in QMultiHash. Instead, call QString::toLower()
+        before you insert or lookup a key in the hash.
+
+    \o  Q3Dict::size() and QMultiHash::size() have different semantics.
+        The former returns the number of buckets in the container, whereas
+        the latter returns the number of \e items in the container.
+
+    \o  If there are multiple items with the same key,
+        Q3Dict::remove() removes only the most recently inserted item,
+        whereas QMultiHash::remove() removes all items that share a
+        particular key. To remove only the most recently inserted item,
+        call QMultiHash::take().
+
+    \o  Q3Dict has only one [] operator (Q3Dict::operator[]()),
+        providing const access to an item's value. QMultiHash also
+        has a non-const overload that can be used on the left side of
+        the assignment operator. If you use the [] operator on a
+        non-const QHash with an unexisting item, QHash will created
+        an element and initialize it to be a null pointer. For that
+        reason, Q3Dict::operator[] should be converted to
+        QMultiHash::value(), not QMultiHash::operator[].
+
+    \endlist
+
+    If you use Q3Dict's auto-delete feature (by calling
+    Q3Dict::setAutoDelete(true)), you need to do some more work. You
+    have two options: Either you call \c delete yourself whenever you
+    remove an item from the container, or you use
+    QMultiHash<QString, T> instead of QMultiHash<QString, T *> (i.e.
+    store values directly instead of pointers to values). Here, we'll
+    see when to call \c delete.
+
+    The following table summarizes the idioms that you need to watch
+    out for if you want to call \c delete yourself.
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Q3Dict idiom \o QMultiHash idiom
+    \row
+        \o
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 9
+        \o
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 10
+    \row
+        \o
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 11
+        \o
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 12
+    \row
+        \o
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 13
+
+        (also called from Q3Dict's destructor)
+
+        \o
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 14
+
+        In 99% of cases, the following idiom also works:
+
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 15
+
+        However, it may lead to crashes if \c hash is referenced from
+        the value type's destructor, because \c hash contains
+        dangling pointers until clear() is called.
+    \endtable
+
+    Be aware that Q3Dict's destructor automatically calls clear(). If
+    you have a Q3Dict data member in a custom class and use the
+    auto-delete feature, you will need to call \c delete on all the
+    items in the container from your class destructor to avoid a
+    memory leak.
+
+    Finally, \c QDictIterator<T> (renamed Q3DictIterator<T>) must
+    also be ported. There are no fewer than four iterator classes
+    that can be used as a replacement: QHash::const_iterator,
+    QHash::iterator, QHashIterator, and QMutableHashIterator. The
+    most straightforward class to use when porting is
+    QHashIterator<QString, T *>. The following table summarizes the
+    API differences:
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Q3DictIterator functions \o Qt 4 equivalent
+    \row \o Q3DictIterator::count() \o QHash::count() or QHash::size()
+    \row \o Q3DictIterator::current() \o QHashIterator::value()
+    \row \o Q3DictIterator::currentKey() \o QHashIterator::key()
+    \row \o Q3DictIterator::isEmpty() \o QHash::isEmpty()
+    \row \o Q3DictIterator::toFirst() \o QHashIterator::toFront()
+    \row \o Q3DictIterator::operator()() \o QHashIterator::value()
+    \row \o Q3DictIterator::operator*() \o QHashIterator::value()
+    \row \o Q3DictIterator::operator++() \o See remark below
+    \endtable
+
+    Be aware that QHashIterator has a different way of iterating than
+    Q3DictIterator. A typical loop with Q3DictIterator looks like this:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 16
+
+    Here's the equivalent QHashIterator loop:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 17
+
+    See \l{Java-style iterators} for details.
+
+    \section1 QDir
+
+    The following functions used to have a boolean \c{acceptAbsPath}
+    parameter that defaulted to true:
+
+    \list
+    \i QDir::filePath()
+    \i QDir::absFilePath()
+    \i QDir::cd()
+    \i QDir::mkdir()
+    \i QDir::rmdir()
+    \i QDir::remove()
+    \i QDir::rename()
+    \i QDir::exists()
+    \endlist
+
+    In Qt 3, if \c acceptAbsPath is true, a file name starting with
+    '/' is be returned without change; if \c acceptAbsPath is false,
+    an absolute path is prepended to the file name. For example:
+
+    \table
+    \header \i Current directory   \i File name        \i \c acceptAbsPath \i File path
+    \row    \i{1,2} /home/tsmith   \i{1,2} index.html  \i true             \i /home/tsmith/index.html
+    \row                                               \i false            \i /home/tsmith/index.html
+    \row    \i{1,2} /home/tsmith   \i{1,2} /index.html \i true             \i /index.html
+    \row                                               \i false            \i /home/tsmith/index.html
+    \endtable
+
+    In Qt 4, this parameter is no longer available. If you use it
+    in your code, you can check that QDir::isRelativePath() returns
+    false instead.
+
+    \oldcode
+        QDir dir("/home/tsmith");
+        QString path = dir.filePath(fileName, false);
+    \newcode
+        QDir dir("/home/tsmith");
+        QString path;
+        if (dir.isRelativePath(fileName))
+            path = dir.filePath(fileName);
+        else
+            path = fileName;
+    \endcode
+
+    QDir::encodedEntryList() has been removed.
+
+    fileInfoList(), entryInfoList(), and drives() now return a QList<QFileInfo>
+    and not a QPtrList<QFileInfo> *. Code using these methods will not work with
+    the Qt3Support library and must be adapted instead.
+
+    See \l{Porting to Qt 4 - Virtual Functions}{Virtual Functions} for
+    a list of QDir virtual member functions in Qt 3 that are no longer
+    virtual in Qt 4.
+
+    QDir::match() now always matches case insensitively.
+
+    QDir::homeDirPath() has been removed. Use QDir::home() instead, and
+    extract the path separately.
+
+    \section1 QDns
+
+    Qt 3 used its own implementation of the DNS protocol and provided
+    a low-level \c QDns class. Qt 4's QHostInfo class uses the system's \c
+    gethostbyname() function from a thread instead.
+
+    The old \c QDns class has been renamed Q3Dns and moved to the
+    Qt3Support library. The new QHostInfo class has a
+    radically different API: It consists mainly of two static
+    functions, one of which is blocking (QHostInfo::fromName()), the
+    other non-blocking (QHostInfo::lookupHost()). See the QHostInfo
+    class documentation for details.
+
+    \section1 QDockArea
+
+    The \c QDockArea class has been renamed Q3DockArea and moved to
+    the Qt3Support library. In Qt 4, QMainWindow handles
+    the dock and toolbar areas itself. See the QMainWindow
+    documentation for details.
+
+    \section1 QDockWindow
+
+    The old \c QDockWindow class has been renamed Q3DockWindow and
+    moved to the Qt3Support library. In Qt 4, there is a
+    new QDockWidget class with a different API. See the class
+    documentation for details.
+
+    See \l{Porting to Qt 4 - Virtual Functions}{Virtual Functions} for
+    a list of QDockWidget virtual member functions in Qt 3 that are no
+    longer virtual in Qt 4.
+
+    \note \l{Q3DockWindow}'s
+    \l{Q3DockWindow::setHorizontallyStretchable()}{horizontallyStretchable}
+    property can be achieved in QDockWidget with
+    \l{QWidget#Size Hints and Size Policies}{size policies}.
+
+    \section1 QDragObject
+
+    The \c QDragObject class has been renamed Q3DragObject and
+    moved to the Qt3Support library. In Qt 4, it has been
+    replaced by the QMimeData class. See the class documentation for
+    details.
+
+    Note that the Q3DragObject::DragCopyOrMove drag and drop mode is
+    interpreted differently to Qt 3's QDragObject::DragCopyOrMove mode.
+    In Qt 3, a move operation was performed by default, and the user had
+    to hold down the \key{Ctrl} key to perform a copy operation.
+    In Qt 4, a copy operation is performed by default; the user has to
+    hold down the \key{Shift} key to perform a move operation.
+
+    See \l{Porting to Qt 4 - Drag and Drop} for a comparison between
+    the drag and drop APIs in Qt 3 and Qt 4.
+
+    \section1 QDropSite
+
+    The \c QDropSite class has been renamed Q3DropSite and moved to
+    the Qt3Support library.
+
+    The QDropSite class has been obsolete ever since Qt 2.0. The only
+    thing it does is call QWidget::setAcceptDrops(true).
+
+    \oldcode
+    class MyWidget : public QWidget, public QDropSite
+    {
+    public:
+        MyWidget(const QWidget *parent)
+            : QWidget(parent), QDropSite(this)
+        {
+        }
+        ...
+    }
+    \newcode
+    class MyWidget : public QWidget
+    {
+    public:
+        MyWidget(const QWidget *parent)
+            : QWidget(parent)
+        {
+            setAcceptDrops(true);
+        }
+        ...
+    }
+    \endcode
+
+    See \l{Porting to Qt 4 - Drag and Drop} for a comparison between
+    the drag and drop APIs in Qt 3 and Qt 4.
+
+    \section1 QEditorFactory
+
+    The \c QEditorFactory class has been renamed Q3EditorFactory and
+    moved to the Qt3Support library.
+
+    See \l{QtSql Module} for an overview of the new SQL classes.
+
+    \section1 QEventLoop
+
+    In Qt 3, \c QEventLoop combined the Qt event loop and the event
+    dispatching. In Qt 4, these tasks are now assigned to two
+    distinct classes: QEventLoop and QAbstractEventDispatcher.
+
+    If you subclassed QEventLoop to integrate with another library's
+    event loop, you must subclass QAbstractEventDispatcher instead. See
+    the class documentation for details.
+
+    Developers using \c{QEventLoop::loopLevel()} in Qt 3 should use
+    QCoreApplication::loopLevel() instead. Note that this function is
+    marked as obsolete, but it is expected to be available for the
+    lifetime of Qt 4.
+    \omit ### mention virtual functions that aren't virtual anymore \endomit
+
+    \omit
+    \section1 QFile
+
+    The QFile::readLine(QString&, Q_ULONG) method from qt3 has been removed
+    in qt4, but this change in the QFile interface is not documented in the
+    porting documentation as of qt-4.0.0-b1.
+    \endomit
+
+    \section1 QFileDialog
+
+    The QFileDialog class in Qt 4 has been totally rewritten. It
+    provides most of the functionality of the old \c QFileDialog
+    class, but with a different API. Some functionality, such as the
+    ability to preview files, is expected to be added in a later Qt 4
+    release.
+
+    The old \c QFileDialog, \c QFileIconProvider, and \c QFilePreview
+    classes has been renamed Q3FileDialog, Q3FileIconProvider, and
+    Q3FilePreview and have been moved to Qt3Support. You can use them
+    if you need some functionality not provided yet by the new
+    QFileDialog class.
+
+    The following table lists which functions have been renamed or
+    removed in Qt 4.
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Old function \o Qt 4 equivalent
+    \row \o Q3FileDialog::addFilter(const QString &) \o See remark below
+    \row \o Q3FileDialog::addLeftWidget(QWidget *) \o N/A
+    \row \o Q3FileDialog::addRightWidget(QWidget *) \o N/A
+    \row \o Q3FileDialog::addToolButton(QAbstractButton *, bool separator) \o N/A
+    \row \o Q3FileDialog::addWidgets(QLabel *, QWidget *, QPushButton *) \o N/A
+    \row \o Q3FileDialog::dir() \o QFileDialog::directory()
+    \row \o Q3FileDialog::dirPath() \o QFileDialog::directory().path()
+    \row \o Q3FileDialog::iconProvider() \o N/A
+    \row \o Q3FileDialog::isContentsPreviewEnabled() \o N/A
+    \row \o Q3FileDialog::isInfoPreviewEnabled() \o N/A
+    \row \o Q3FileDialog::previewMode() \o N/A
+    \row \o Q3FileDialog::rereadDir() \o N/A
+    \row \o Q3FileDialog::resortDir() \o N/A
+    \row \o Q3FileDialog::selectAll(bool) \o N/A
+    \row \o Q3FileDialog::setContentsPreview(QWidget *, Q3FilePreview *) \o N/A
+    \row \o Q3FileDialog::setContentsPreviewEnabled(bool) \o N/A
+    \row \o Q3FileDialog::setDir(const QString &) \o QFileDialog::setDirectory(const QString &)
+    \row \o Q3FileDialog::setFilters(const char **) \o Q3FileDialog::setFilters(const QStringList &)
+    \row \o Q3FileDialog::setIconProvider(Q3FileIconProvider *) \o N/A
+    \row \o Q3FileDialog::setInfoPreview(QWidget *, Q3FilePreview *) \o N/A
+    \row \o Q3FileDialog::setInfoPreviewEnabled(bool) \o N/A
+    \row \o Q3FileDialog::setPreviewMode(PreviewMode) \o N/A
+    \row \o Q3FileDialog::setSelectedFilter(const QString &) \o QFileDialog::selectFilter(const QString &)
+    \row \o Q3FileDialog::setSelectedFilter(int) \o See remark below
+    \row \o Q3FileDialog::setSelection(const QString &) \o QFileDialog::selectFile(const QString &)
+    \row \o Q3FileDialog::setShowHiddenFiles(bool) \o showHidden()
+    \row \o Q3FileDialog::setUrl(const QUrlOperator &) \o N/A
+    \row \o Q3FileDialog::showHiddenFiles() \o N/A
+    \row \o Q3FileDialog::url() \o QUrl::fromLocalFile(QFileDialog::directory())
+    \header \o Old signals \o Qt 4 equivalent
+    \row \o Q3FileDialog::fileHighlighted(const QString &) \o N/A
+    \row \o Q3FileDialog::fileSelected(const QString &) \o QFileDialog::filesSelected(const QStringList &)
+    \row \o Q3FileDialog::dirEntered(const QString &) \o N/A
+    \row \o Q3FileDialog::filterSelected(const QString &) \o N/A
+    \endtable
+
+    Remarks:
+
+    \list 1
+    \o  The Q3FileDialog::addFilter(const QString &) function has no
+        direct equivalent in the new QFileDialog. Use
+        QFileDialog::setFilters() instead.
+
+        \oldcode
+        fileDialog->addFilter(tr("JPEG files (*.jpg *.jpeg)"));
+        \newcode
+        QStringList filters = fileDialog->filters();
+        filters << tr("JPEG files (*.jpg *.jpeg)");
+        fileDialog->setFilters(filters);
+        \endcode
+
+    \o  The Q3FileDialog::setSelectedFilter(int) overload has no direct
+        equivalent in the new QFileDialog. Use
+        QFileDialog::selectFilter(const QString &) instead.
+
+        \oldcode
+        fileDialog->setSelectedFilter(3);
+        \newcode
+        fileDialog->selectFilter(fileDialog->filters().at(3));
+        \endcode
+    \endlist
+
+    There are no equivalent virtual functions to the two
+    Q3FileDialog::setSelectedFilter() virtual functions in the QFileDialog
+    API. In addition, these functions have been renamed or removed, as
+    described above.
+
+    \section1 QFocusData
+
+    The QFocusData class is not available in Qt 4. Some of its
+    functionality is available via the QWidget::nextInFocusChain()
+    and QWidget::focusNextPrevChild() functions.
+
+    \section1 QFocusEvent
+
+    The setReason() function is no longer present in Qt 4. It is
+    necessary to define the reason when constructing a focus event.
+
+    \section1 QFont
+
+    \c QFont::Script has been moved to QFontDatabase::WritingSystem.
+
+    \section1 QFrame
+
+    The QFrame class has been made more lightweight in Qt 4, by
+    reducing the number of properties and virtual functions. The
+    reduction in the number of virtual functions is significant
+    because QFrame is the base class of many Qt classes.
+
+    Here's an overview of the changes:
+
+    \list
+    \o  QFrame no longer has a \c margin property (which wasn't
+        honored by Qt's layout managers anyway).
+
+    \o  QFrame no longer has a frameChanged() function, reimplement
+        QFrame::resizeEvent() instead.
+
+    \o  QFrame used to have drawFrame(QPainter *) and
+        drawContents(QPainter *) virtual functions. These are now
+        gone. In Qt 4, the frame is drawn by the QFrame::paintEvent()
+        function. If you want to change the way QFrame paints itself,
+        reimplement this function. To draw the contents of the frame,
+        reimplement QFrame:paintEvent() and call the base class
+        implementation of the function before you use the
+        \l {QWidget::}{contentsRect()} function inherited from QWidget,
+        to retrieve the rectangle to paint on.
+
+    \endlist
+
+    To help with porting, the Qt3Support library contains a Q3Frame
+    class that inherits QFrame and provides a similar API to the old
+    QFrame class. If you derived from QFrame in your application, you
+    might want to use Q3Frame as a base class as a first step in the
+    porting process, and later move on to the new QFrame class.
+
+    See \l{Porting to Qt 4 - Virtual Functions}{Virtual Functions} for
+    a list of QFrame virtual member functions in Qt 3 that are no longer
+    virtual in Qt 4.
+
+    \section1 QFtp
+
+    QFtp no longer inherits from QNetworkProtocol. See the
+    \l{#qnetworkprotocol.section}{section on QNetworkProtocol} for
+    details.
+
+    The old \c QFtp class has been renamed Q3Ftp and moved to the
+    Qt3Support library.
+
+    \target qglayoutiterator.section
+    \section1 QGLayoutIterator
+
+    The QGLayoutIterator class no longer exists in Qt 4. This makes
+    only a difference if you implemented custom layout managers
+    (i.e., QLayout subclasses).
+
+    The new approach is much simpler: It consists in reimplementing
+    QLayout::itemAt() and QLayout::takeAt(). These functions operate
+    on indexes, eliminating the need for a layout iterator class.
+
+    \section1 QGrid
+
+    The \c QGrid class is now only available as Q3Grid in Qt 4. You
+    can achieve the same result as \c QGrid by creating a QWidget
+    with a grid layout:
+
+    \oldcode
+    QGrid *grid = new QGrid(2, Qt::Horizontal);
+    QPushButton *child1 = new QPushButton(grid);
+    QPushButton *child2 = new QPushButton(grid);
+    QPushButton *child3 = new QPushButton(grid);
+    QPushButton *child4 = new QPushButton(grid);
+    \newcode
+    QWidget *grid = new QWidget;
+    QPushButton *child1 = new QPushButton(grid);
+    QPushButton *child2 = new QPushButton(grid);
+    QPushButton *child3 = new QPushButton(grid);
+    QPushButton *child4 = new QPushButton(grid);
+
+    QVBoxLayout *layout = new QVBoxLayout;
+    layout->addWidget(child1, 0, 0);
+    layout->addWidget(child2, 0, 1);
+    layout->addWidget(child3, 1, 0);
+    layout->addWidget(child4, 1, 1);
+    grid->setLayout(layout);
+    \endcode
+
+    \section1 QGridLayout
+
+    See \l{Porting to Qt 4 - Virtual Functions}{Virtual Functions} for
+    a list of QGridLayout virtual member functions in Qt 3 that are no
+    longer virtual in Qt 4.
+
+    \section1 QGridView
+
+    The \c QGridView class has been renamed Q3GridView and moved to
+    the Qt3Support library. In Qt 4, we recommend that
+    you use QTableView or QAbstractItemView for presenting tabular
+    data.
+
+    See \l{Model/View Programming} for an overview of the new item
+    view classes.
+
+    \target qgroupbox.section
+    \section1 QGroupBox
+
+    The QGroupBox class has been redesigned in Qt 4. Many of the
+    features of the old \c QGroupBox class can be obtained by using
+    the Q3GroupBox class from the Qt3Support library.
+
+    The new QGroupBox is more lightweight. It doesn't attempt to
+    duplicate functionality already provided by QGridLayout, and it
+    does not inherit from QFrame. As a result, the following members
+    have been removed:
+
+    \list
+    \o Q3GroupBox::setColumns(), Q3GroupBox::columns()
+    \o Q3GroupBox::setOrientation(), Q3GroupBox::orientation()
+    \o Q3GroupBox::setInsideMargin(), Q3GroupBox::insideMargin()
+    \o Q3GroupBox::addSpace()
+    \endlist
+
+    Naturally, the \c columns and \c orientation properties have also
+    been removed.
+
+    If you rely on some of the missing functionality in your
+    application, you can use Q3GroupBox instead of QGroupBox as a
+    help to porting.
+
+    See \l{Porting to Qt 4 - Virtual Functions}{Virtual Functions} for
+    a list of QGroupBox virtual member functions in Qt 3 that are no
+    longer virtual in Qt 4.
+
+    \section1 QHBox
+
+    The \c QHBox class is now only available as Q3HBox in Qt 4. You
+    can achieve the same result as \c QHBox by creating a QWidget
+    with an horizontal layout:
+
+    \oldcode
+    QHBox *hbox = new QHBox;
+    QPushButton *child1 = new QPushButton(hbox);
+    QPushButton *child2 = new QPushButton(hbox);
+    \newcode
+    QWidget *hbox = new QWidget;
+    QPushButton *child1 = new QPushButton;
+    QPushButton *child2 = new QPushButton;
+
+    QHBoxLayout *layout = new QHBoxLayout;
+    layout->addWidget(child1);
+    layout->addWidget(child2);
+    hbox->setLayout(layout);
+    \endcode
+
+    Note that child widgets are not automatically placed into the widget's
+    layout; you will need to manually add each widget to the QHBoxLayout.
+
+    \section1 QHeader
+
+    The \c QHeader class has been renamed Q3Header and moved to
+    the Qt3Support library. In Qt 4, it is replaced
+    by the QHeaderView class.
+
+    See \l{Model/View Programming} for an overview of the new item
+    view classes.
+
+    \section1 QHGroupBox
+
+    The \c QHGroupBox class has been renamed Q3HGroupBox and moved to
+    the Qt3Support library.
+    Qt 4 does not provide a specific replacement class for \c QHGroupBox
+    since QGroupBox is designed to be a generic container widget. As a
+    result, you need to supply your own layout for any child widgets.
+
+    See \l{#QGroupBox} for more information about porting code that uses
+    group boxes.
+
+    \section1 QHttp
+
+    QHttp no longer inherits from QNetworkProtocol. See the See the
+    \l{#qnetworkprotocol.section}{section on QNetworkProtocol} for
+    details.
+
+    The old \c QHttp, \c QHttpHeader, \c QHttpRequestHeader, and \c
+    QHttpResponseHeader classes have been renamed Q3Http,
+    Q3HttpHeader, Q3HttpRequestHeader, and Q3HttpResponseHeader  and
+    have been moved to the Qt3Support library.
+
+    \section1 QIconFactory
+
+    The QIconFactory class is no longer part of Qt. It has been replaced by
+    the QIconEngine class.
+
+    \section1 QIconSet
+
+    The QIconSet class is no longer part of Qt. It has been replaced by
+    the QIcon class.
+
+    \section1 QIconView
+
+    The \c QIconView, \c QIconViewItem, \c QIconDrag, and \c
+    QIconDragItem classes has been renamed Q3IconView,
+    Q3IconViewItem, Q3IconDrag, and Q3IconDragItem and moved to the
+    Qt3Support library. New Qt applications should use
+    QListWidget or its base class QListView instead, and call
+    QListView::setViewMode(QListView::IconMode) to obtain an "icon
+    view" look.
+
+    See \l{Model/View Programming} for an overview of the new item
+    view classes.
+
+    \omit
+    ###
+
+    \section1 QImage
+
+    QImage::fromMimeSource(const QString &) -> qImageFromMimeSource(const QString &)
+    \endomit
+
+    \section1 QImageDrag
+
+    The \c QImageDrag class has been renamed Q3ImageDrag and moved to
+    the Qt3Support library. In Qt 4, use QMimeData
+    instead and call QMimeData::setImage() to set the image.
+
+    See \l{Porting to Qt 4 - Drag and Drop} for a comparison between
+    the drag and drop APIs in Qt 3 and Qt 4.
+
+    \section1 QImageIO
+
+    The \c QImageIO class has been split into two classes:
+    QImageReader and QImageWriter. The table below shows the
+    correspondance between the two APIs:
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Qt 3 function              \o Qt 4 equivalents
+    \row    \o QImageIO::description()    \o QImageWriter::text()
+    \row    \o QImageIO::fileName()       \o QImageReader::fileName() and QImageWriter::fileName()
+    \row    \o QImageIO::format()         \o QImageReader::format() and QImageWriter::format()
+    \row    \o QImageIO::gamma()          \o QImageWriter::gamma()
+    \row    \o QImageIO::image()          \o Return value of QImageReader::read()
+    \row    \o QImageIO::inputFormats()   \o QImageReader::supportedImageFormats()
+    \row    \o QImageIO::ioDevice()       \o QImageReader::device() and QImageWriter::device()
+    \row    \o QImageIO::outputFormats()  \o QImageWriter::supportedImageFormats()
+    \row    \o QImageIO::parameters()     \o N/A
+    \row    \o QImageIO::quality()        \o QImageWriter::quality()
+    \row    \o QImageIO::read()           \o QImageReader::read()
+    \row    \o QImageIO::setDescription() \o QImageWriter::setText()
+    \row    \o QImageIO::setFileName()    \o QImageReader::setFileName() and QImageWriter::setFileName()
+    \row    \o QImageIO::setFormat()      \o QImageReader::setFormat() and QImageWriter::setFormat()
+    \row    \o QImageIO::setGamma()       \o QImageWriter::setGamma()
+    \row    \o QImageIO::setIODevice()    \o QImageReader::setDevice() and QImageWriter::setDevice()
+    \row    \o QImageIO::setImage()       \o Argument to QImageWriter::write()
+    \row    \o QImageIO::setParameters()  \o N/A
+    \row    \o QImageIO::setQuality()     \o QImageWriter::setQuality()
+    \row    \o QImageIO::setStatus()      \o N/A
+    \row    \o QImageIO::status()         \o QImageReader::error() and QImageWriter::error()
+    \row    \o QImageIO::write()          \o QImageWriter::write()
+    \endtable
+
+    \section1 QIntCache<T>
+
+    QIntCache<T> has been moved to Qt3Support. It has been replaced
+    by QCache<int, T>.
+
+    For details, read the \l{#qcache.section}{section on QCache<T>},
+    mentally substituting \c int for QString.
+
+    \section1 QIntDict<T>
+
+    QIntDict<T> and QIntDictIterator<T> have been moved to
+    Qt3Support. They have been replaced by the more modern QHash<Key,
+    T> and QMultiHash<Key, T> classes and their associated iterator
+    classes.
+
+    When porting old code that uses QIntDict<T> to Qt 4, there are
+    four classes that you can use:
+
+    \list
+    \o QMultiHash<int, T *>
+    \o QMultiHash<int, T>
+    \o QHash<int, T *>
+    \o QHash<int, T>
+    \endlist
+
+    For details, read the \l{#qdict.section}{section on QDict<T>},
+    mentally substituting \c int for QString.
+
+    \target qiodevice.section
+    \section1 QIODevice
+
+    The QIODevice class's API has been simplified to make it easier
+    to subclass and to make it work more smoothly with asynchronous
+    devices such as QTcpSocket and QProcess.
+
+    The following virtual functions have changed name or signature:
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Qt 3 function \o Comment
+    \row \o QIODevice::at() const \o Renamed QIODevice::pos().
+    \row \o QIODevice::at(Offset) \o Renamed QIODevice::seek().
+    \row \o QIODevice::open(int) \o The parameter is now of type QIODevice::OpenMode.
+    \row \o QIODevice::readBlock(char *, Q_ULONG) \o QIODevice::read(char *, qint64)
+    \row \o QIODevice::writeBlock(const char *, Q_ULONG) \o QIODevice::write(const char *, qint64)
+    \endtable
+
+    \note QIODevice::open(QIODevice::OpenMode) is no longer pure virtual.
+
+    The following functions are no longer virtual or don't exist anymore:
+
+    \table
+    \row \o QIODevice::getch() \o Renamed QIODevice::getChar() and implemented in terms of QIODevice::readData().
+    \row \o QIODevice::putch(int) \o Renamed QIODevice::putChar() and implemented in terms of QIODevice::writeData().
+    \row \o QIODevice::readAll() \o Implemented in terms of QIODevice::readData().
+    \row \o QIODevice::readLine(char *, Q_ULONG) \o Implemented in terms of QIODevice::readData()
+    \row \o QIODevice::ungetch(int) \o Renamed QIODevice::ungetChar() and simulated using an internal unget buffer.
+    \endtable
+
+    The \c IO_xxx flags have been revised, and the protected setFlags()
+    function removed. Most of the flags have been
+    eliminated because errors are best handled by implementing certain
+    functions in QIODevice subclasses rather than through the base classes.
+    The file access flags, such as \c IO_ReadOnly and \c IO_WriteOnly, have
+    been moved to the QIODevice class to avoid polluting the global
+    namespace. The table below shows the correspondence between the
+    Qt 3 \c IO_xxx flags and the Qt 4 API:
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Qt 3 constant \o Qt 4 equivalent
+    \row \o IO_Direct \o Use !QIODevice::isSequential() instead (notice the \e not).
+    \row \o IO_Sequential \o Use QIODevice::isSequential() instead.
+    \row \o IO_Combined \o N/A
+    \row \o IO_TypeMask \o N/A
+    \row \o IO_Raw \o QIODevice::Unbuffered
+    \row \o IO_Async \o N/A
+    \row \o IO_ReadOnly \o QIODevice::ReadOnly
+    \row \o IO_WriteOnly \o QIODevice::WriteOnly
+    \row \o IO_ReadWrite \o QIODevice::ReadWrite
+    \row \o IO_Append \o QIODevice::Append
+    \row \o IO_Truncate \o QIODevice::Truncate
+    \row \o IO_Translate \o QIODevice::Text
+    \row \o IO_ModeMask \o N/A
+    \row \o IO_Open \o Use QIODevice::isOpen() instead.
+    \row \o IO_StateMask \o N/A
+    \row \o IO_Ok \o N/A
+    \row \o IO_ReadError \o N/A
+    \row \o IO_WriteError \o N/A
+    \row \o IO_FatalError \o N/A
+    \row \o IO_ResourceError \o N/A
+    \row \o IO_OpenError \o N/A
+    \row \o IO_ConnectError \o N/A
+    \row \o IO_AbortError \o N/A
+    \row \o IO_TimeOutError \o N/A
+    \row \o IO_UnspecifiedError \o N/A
+    \endtable
+
+    \section1 QIODeviceSource
+
+    The QIODeviceSource class was used internally in Qt 2.x in
+    conjunction with QImageConsumer. It was obsoleted in Qt 3.0.
+    \input porting/porting4-obsoletedmechanism.qdocinc
+
+    \section1 QLabel
+
+    QLabel doesn't enable word-wrap automatically anymore when rich
+    text is used. You can enable it by calling
+    QLabel::setWordWrap() or by setting the
+    \l{QLabel::wordWrap}{wordWrap} property. The reason for this
+    change is that the old behavior was confusing to many users.
+
+    Also, QLabel no longer offers an \c autoResize property. Instead,
+    you can call QWidget::setFixedSize() on the label, with
+    QLabel::sizeHint() as the argument, whenever you change the
+    contents of the QLabel.
+
+    See also \l{Porting to Qt 4 - Virtual Functions}{Virtual Functions}
+    for a list of QLabel virtual member functions in Qt 3 that are no
+    longer virtual in Qt 4.
+
+    \section1 QLayout
+
+    In Qt 4, margins are always handled by layouts; there is no
+    QLayout::setSupportsMargin() function anymore.
+
+    The deleteAllItems() function is now only available if
+    \c QT3_SUPPORT is defined. If you maintain a QList of layout
+    items, you can use qDeleteAll() to remove all the items in one
+    go.
+
+    In Qt 3, it was possible to change the resizing behavior for layouts
+    in top-level widgets by adjusting the layout's \c resizeMode property.
+    In Qt 4, this property has been replaced by the QLayout::sizeConstraint
+    property which provides more control over how the layout behaves when
+    resized.
+
+    See also the \l{#qlayoutiterator.section}{section on
+    QLayoutIterator} and the \l{#qglayoutiterator.section}{section on
+    QGLayoutIterator}.
+
+    \target qlayoutiterator.section
+    \section1 QLayoutIterator
+
+    The QLayoutIterator class is obsoleted in Qt 4. It is available
+    only if \c QT3_SUPPORT is defined. It can be replaced by the
+    QLayout::itemAt() and QLayout::takeAt() functions, which operate
+    on indexes.
+
+    \oldcode
+        QLayoutIterator it = layout()->iterator();
+        QLayoutItem *child;
+        while ((child = it.current()) != 0) {
+            if (child->widget() == myWidget) {
+                it.takeCurrent();
+                return;
+            ++it;
+        }
+    \newcode
+        int i = 0;
+        QLayoutItem *child;
+        while ((child = layout()->itemAt(i)) != 0) {
+            if (child->widget() == myWidget) {
+                layout()->takeAt(i);
+                return;
+            }
+            ++i;
+        }
+    \endcode
+
+    \section1 QLineEdit
+
+    See \l{#properties}{Properties} for a list of QLineEdit
+    properties in Qt 3 that have changed in Qt 4.
+
+    The default value of QLineEdit's \l{QLineEdit::dragEnabled()}{dragEnabled}
+    property was \c true in Qt 3. In Qt 4, the default value is \c false.
+
+    Note that QLineEdit in Qt 4 is no longer a subclass of QFrame.
+    If you need to visually style a line edit with a frame, we recommend
+    either using a QFrame as a container for a QLineEdit or customizing
+    the line edit with a \l{Qt Style Sheets}{style sheet}.
+
+    \section1 QListBox
+
+    The \c QListBox, \c QListBoxItem, \c QListBoxText, and \c
+    QListBoxPixmap classes have been renamed Q3ListBox,
+    Q3ListBoxItem, Q3ListBoxText, and Q3ListBoxPixmap and have been
+    moved to the Qt3Support library. New Qt applications
+    should use QListWidget or its base class QListView instead.
+
+    See \l{Model/View Programming} for an overview of the new item
+    view classes.
+
+    \section1 QListView
+
+    The \c QListView, \c QListViewItem, \c QCheckListItem, and \c
+    QListViewItemIterator classes have been renamed Q3ListView,
+    Q3ListViewItem, Q3CheckListItem, and Q3ListViewItemIterator, and
+    have been moved to the Qt3Support library. New Qt
+    applications should use one of the following four classes
+    instead: QTreeView or QTreeWidget for tree-like structures;
+    QListWidget or the new QListView class for one-dimensional lists.
+
+    See \l{Model/View Programming} for an overview of the new item
+    view classes.
+
+    \section1 QLocalFs
+
+    The \c QLocalFs class is no longer part of the public Qt API. It
+    has been renamed Q3LocalFs and moved to Qt3Support. Use QDir,
+    QFileInfo, or QFile instead.
+
+    \section1 QMainWindow
+
+    The QMainWindow class has been redesigned in Qt 4 to provide a
+    more modern look and feel and more flexibility. The API has
+    changed to reflect that. The old \c QMainWindow class has been
+    renamed Q3MainWindow and moved to Qt3Support. See the QMainWindow
+    class documentation for details.
+
+    \omit ### More detail \endomit
+
+    \target qmemarray.section
+    \section1 QMemArray<T>
+
+    QMemArray<T> has been moved to Qt3Support. It has been replaced
+    by the QVector<T> class.
+
+    The following table summarizes the API differences between the
+    two classes.
+
+    \table
+    \row \o QMemArray::assign(const QMemArray<T> &) \o QVector::operator=()
+    \row \o QMemArray::assign(const T *, uint) \o See remark below
+    \row \o QMemArray::duplicate(const QMemArray &) \o QVector::operator=()
+    \row \o QMemArray::duplicate(const T *, uint) \o See remark below
+    \row \o QMemArray::setRawData(const T *, uint) \o N/A
+    \row \o QMemArray::resetRawData(const T *, uint) \o N/A
+    \row \o QMemArray::find(const T &, uint) \o QVector::indexOf(const T &, int)
+    \row \o QMemArray::contains(const T &) \o QVector::count(const T &)
+    \row \o QMemArray::sort() \o \l qSort()
+    \row \o QMemArray::bsearch(const T &d) \o \l qBinaryFind()
+    \row \o QMemArray::at(uint) \o QVector::operator[]()
+    \row \o QMemArray::operator const T *() \o QVector::constData()
+    \endtable
+
+    Remarks:
+
+    \list 1
+    \o  QMemArray::assign(const T *, uint) and QMemArray::duplicate(const T *, uint)
+        can be replaced by QVector::resize() and qCopy().
+
+        \oldcode
+        QMemArray<QSize> array;
+        ...
+        array.assign(data, size);
+        \newcode
+        QVector<QSize> vector;
+        ...
+        vector.resize(size);
+        qCopy(data, data + size, vector.begin());
+        \endcode
+
+    \o  QMemArray is an explicitly shared class, whereas QVector is
+        implicitly shared. See \l{Explicit Sharing} for more
+        information.
+    \endlist
+
+    \section1 QMenuBar
+
+    In Qt 3, QMenuBar inherited from QFrame and QMenuData; in Qt 4, it is
+    a direct subclass of QWidget. Applications that provided customized
+    menu bars will need to take advantage of the styling features described
+    in the \l{Qt Style Sheets} document.
+
+    It is not possible to add widgets to menu bars in Qt 4.
+
+    \section1 QMenuData
+
+    In Qt 4, the QMenu class provides a menu widget that can be used in all
+    the places where menus are used in an application. Unlike \c QMenuData,
+    QMenu is designed around the concept of actions, provided by the QAction
+    class, instead of the identifiers used in Qt 3.
+
+    In Qt 3, it was possible to insert widgets directly into menus by using
+    a specific \c QMenuData::insertItem() overload. In Qt 4.2 and later,
+    the QWidgetAction class can be used to wrap widgets for use in Qt 4's
+    action-based APIs.
+
+    \section1 QMessageBox
+
+    The QMessageBox::iconPixmap() function used to return a "const
+    QPixmap *". In Qt 4, it returns a QPixmap.
+
+    \section1 QMimeSourceFactory
+
+    The \c QMimeSourceFactory has been renamed Q3MimeSourceFactory
+    and moved to the Qt3Support library. New Qt applications should
+    use Qt 4's \l{Resource System} instead.
+
+    \section1 QMovie
+
+    The QMovie API has been revised in Qt 4 to make it more
+    consistent with the other Qt classes (notably QImageReader). The
+    table below summarizes the changes.
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Qt 3 function \o Qt 4 equivalent
+    \row \o QMovie::connectResize() \o Connect to QMovie::resized()
+    \row \o QMovie::connectStatus() \o Connect to QMovie::stateChanged()
+    \row \o QMovie::connectUpdate() \o Connect to QMovie::updated()
+    \row \o QMovie::disconnectResize() \o Disconnect from QMovie::resized()
+    \row \o QMovie::disconnectStatus() \o Disconnect from QMovie::stateChanged()
+    \row \o QMovie::disconnectUpdate() \o Disconnect from QMovie::updated()
+    \row \o QMovie::finished() \o Use QMovie::state() instead
+    \row \o QMovie::frameImage() \o Use QMovie::currentImage() instead
+    \row \o QMovie::frameNumber() \o Use QMovie::currentFrameNumber() instead
+    \row \o QMovie::framePixmap() \o Use QMovie::currentPixmap() instead
+    \row \o QMovie::getValidRect() \o Use frameRect() instead
+    \row \o QMovie::isNull() \o Use QMovie::isValid() instead
+    \row \o QMovie::pause() \o Use QMovie::setPaused(true) instead
+    \row \o QMovie::paused() \o Use QMovie::state() instead
+    \row \o QMovie::pushData() \o N/A
+    \row \o QMovie::pushSpace() \o N/A
+    \row \o QMovie::restart() \o Use QMovie::jumpToFrame(0) instead
+    \row \o QMovie::running() \o Use QMovie::state() instead
+    \row \o QMovie::step() \o Use QMovie::jumpToFrame() and QMovie::setPaused() instead
+    \row \o QMovie::step() \o Use QMovie::jumpToNextFrame() instead
+    \row \o QMovie::steps() \o Use QMovie::currentFrameNumber() and QMovie::frameCount() instead
+    \row \o QMovie::unpause() \o Use QMovie::setPaused(false) instead
+    \endtable
+
+    \section1 QMultiLineEdit
+
+    The \c QMultiLineEdit class in Qt 3 was a convenience QTextEdit
+    subclass that provided an interface compatible with Qt 2's
+    QMultiLineEdit class. In Qt 4, it is called Q3MultiLineEdit, it
+    inherits Q3TextEdit, and it is part of Qt3Support. Use QTextEdit
+    in new code.
+
+    \target qnetworkprotocol.section
+    \section1 QNetworkProtocol
+
+    The QNetworkProtocol, QNetworkProtocolFactoryBase,
+    QNetworkProtocolFactory<T>, and QNetworkOperation classes are no
+    longer part of the public Qt API. They have been renamed
+    Q3NetworkProtocol, Q3NetworkProtocolFactoryBase,
+    Q3NetworkProtocolFactory<T>, and Q3NetworkOperation and have been
+    moved to the Qt3Support library.
+
+    In Qt 4 applications, you can use classes like QFtp and
+    QNetworkAccessManager directly to perform file-related actions on
+    a remote host.
+
+    \section1 QObject
+
+    QObject::children() now returns a QObjectList instead of a
+    pointer to a QObjectList. See also the comments on QObjectList
+    below.
+
+    Use QObject::findChildren() (or qFindChildren() if you need MSVC 6
+    compatibility) instead of QObject::queryList(). For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 18
+
+    QObject::killTimers() has been removed because it was unsafe to
+    use in subclass. (A subclass normally doesn't know whether the
+    base class uses timers or not.)
+
+    The \c QObject::name property has been renamed
+    QObject::objectName.
+
+    \c QObject::objectTrees() has been removed. If you are primarly
+    interested in widgets, use QApplication::allWidgets() or
+    QApplication::topLevelWidgets().
+
+    \section1 QObjectDictionary
+
+    The QObjectDictionary class is a synonym for
+    QAsciiDict<QMetaObject>. See the \l{#qasciidict.section}{section
+    on QAsciiDict<T>}.
+
+    \section1 QObjectList
+
+    In Qt 3, the QObjectList class was a typedef for
+    QPtrList<QObject>. In Qt 4, it is a typedef for QList<QObject *>.
+    See the \l{#qptrlist.section}{section on QPtrList<T>}.
+
+    \section1 QPaintDevice
+
+    To reimplement painter backends one previously needed to reimplement
+    the virtual function QPaintDevice::cmd(). This function is taken out
+    and should is replaced with the function QPaintDevice::paintEngine()
+    and the abstract class QPaintEngine. QPaintEngine provides virtual
+    functions for all drawing operations that can be performed on a
+    painter backend.
+
+    bitBlt() and copyBlt() are now only compatibility functions. Use
+    QPainter::drawPixmap() instead.
+
+    \section1 QPaintDeviceMetrics
+
+    All functions that used to be provided by the \c
+    QPaintDeviceMetrics class have now been moved to QPaintDevice.
+
+    \oldcode
+        QPaintDeviceMetrics metrics(widget);
+        int deviceDepth = metrics.depth();
+    \newcode
+        int deviceDepth = widget->depth();
+    \endcode
+
+    For compatibility, the old \c QPaintDeviceMetrics class has been
+    renamed Q3PaintDeviceMetrics and moved to Qt3Support.
+
+    \section1 QPainter
+
+    The QPainter class has undergone some changes in Qt 4 because of
+    the way rectangles are drawn. In Qt 4, the result of drawing a
+    QRect with a pen width of 1 pixel is 1 pixel wider and 1 pixel
+    taller than in Qt 3.
+
+    For compatibility, we provide a Q3Painter class in Qt3Support
+    that provides the old semantics. See the Q3Painter documentation
+    for details and for the reasons why we had to make this change.
+
+    The \l{http://qt.nokia.com/doc/3.3/qpainter.html#CoordinateMode-enum}{QPainter::CoordinateMode}
+    enum has been removed in Qt 4. All clipping
+    operations are now defined using logical coordinates and are subject
+    to transformation operations.
+
+    The
+    \l{http://qt.nokia.com/doc/3.3/qpainter.html#RasterOP-enum}{QPainter::RasterOP}
+    enum has been replaced with QPainter::CompositionMode.
+
+    \section1 QPicture
+
+    In Qt 3, a QPicture could be saved in the SVG file format. In Qt
+    4, the SVG support is provided by the QtSvg module, which
+    includes classes for \e displaying the contents of SVG files.
+
+    If you would like to generate SVG files, you can use the Q3Picture
+    compatibility class or the QSvgGenerator class introduced in Qt 4.3.
+
+    \section1 QPixmap
+
+    The mask() function has been changed to return a reference to a QBitmap
+    rather than a pointer. As a result, it is no longer possible simply to
+    test for a null pointer when determining whether a pixmap has a mask.
+    Instead, you need to explicitly test whether the mask bitmap is null or
+    not.
+
+    \oldcode
+        if (pixmap.mask())
+            widget->setMask(*pixmap.mask());
+    \newcode
+        if (!pixmap.mask().isNull())
+            widget->setMask(pixmap.mask());
+    \endcode
+
+    The \c QPixmap::setOptimization() and \c QPixmap::setDefaultOptimization()
+    mechanism is no longer available in Qt 4.
+
+\omit
+    QPixmap::fromMimeSource(const QString &) -> qPixmapFromMimeSource(const QString &)
+\endomit
+
+    \section1 QPointArray
+
+    The \c QPointArray class has been renamed QPolygon in Qt 4 and
+    has undergone significant changes. In Qt 3, \c QPointArray
+    inherited from QMemArray<QPoint>. In Qt 4, QPolygon inherits from
+    QVector<QPoint>. Everything mentioned in the
+    \l{#qmemarray.section}{section on QMemArray<T>} apply for
+    QPointArray as well.
+
+    The Qt3Support library contains a Q3PointArray class
+    that inherits from QPolygon and provides a few functions that
+    existed in \c QPointArray but no longer exist in QPolygon. These
+    functions include Q3PointArray::makeArc(),
+    Q3PointArray::makeEllipse(), and Q3PointArray::cubicBezier().
+    In Qt 4, we recommend that you use QPainterPath for representing
+    arcs, ellipses, and Bezier curves, rather than QPolygon.
+
+    The QPolygon::setPoints() and QPolygon::putPoints() functions
+    return \c void in Qt 4. The corresponding Qt 3 functions returned
+    a \c bool indicating whether the array was successfully resized
+    or not. This can now be checked by checking QPolygon::size()
+    after the call.
+
+\omit
+    X11 Specific:
+
+    ::appDisplay() -> QX11Info::display()
+    QPaintDevice::x11Display() -> QX11Info::display()
+    QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay() -> QX11Info::display()
+    QPaintDevice::x11Screen() -> QX11Info::appScreen()
+    QPaintDevice::x11AppScreen() -> ???
+    QPaintDevice::x11Depth() -> QX11Info::appDepth()
+    QPaintDevice::x11ColorMap() -> QX11Info::appColorMap()
+    QPaintDevice::x11DefaultColorMap() -> ???
+    QPaintDevice::x11Visual() -> QX11Info::appVisual()
+    QPaintDevice::x11DefaultVisual() -> ???
+
+    QPaintDevice::x11AppDpiX() -> QX11Info::appDpiX()
+    QPaintDevice::x11AppDpiY() -> QX11Info::appDpiY()
+    QPaintDevice::x11SetAppDpiX() -> QX11Info::setAppDpiX()
+    QPaintDevice::x11SetAppDpiY() -> QX11Info::setAppDpiY()
+
+    QPaintDevice::x11AppDepth() -> ???
+    QPaintDevice::x11AppCells() -> ???
+    QPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow() -> ???
+    QPaintDevice::x11AppColorMap() -> ???
+    QPaintDevice::x11AppDefaultColorMap() -> ???
+    QPaintDevice::x11AppVisual() -> ???
+    QPaintDevice::x11AppDefaultVisual() -> ???
+
+    End of X11 Specific
+\endomit
+
+    \section1 QPopupMenu
+
+    For most purposes, QPopupMenu has been replaced by QMenu in Qt
+    4. For compatibility with older applications, Q3PopupMenu provides
+    the old API and features that are specific to pop-up menus. Note
+    that, when using Q3PopupMenu, the menu's actions must be \l
+    {Q3Action}s.
+
+    In Qt 3, it was common practice to add entries to pop-up menus using the
+    insertItem() function, maintaining identifiers for future use; for
+    example, to dynamically change menu items.
+    In Qt 4, menu entries are completely represented
+    by actions for consistency with other user interface components, such as
+    toolbar buttons. Create new menus with the QMenu class, and use the
+    overloaded QMenu::addAction() functions to insert new entries.
+    If you need to manage a set of actions created for a particular menu,
+    we suggest that you construct a QActionGroup and add them to that.
+
+    The \l{Main Window Examples} provided
+    show how to use Qt's action system to construct menus, toolbars, and other
+    common user interface elements.
+
+    \section1 QPrinter
+
+    The QPrinter class now expects printing to be set up from a
+    QPrintDialog.
+
+    \section1 QProcess
+
+    The QProcess class has undergone major improvements in Qt 4. It
+    now inherits QIODevice, which makes it possible to combine
+    QProcess with a QTextStream or a QDataStream.
+
+    The old \c QProcess class has been renamed Q3Process and moved to
+    the Qt3Support library.
+
+    \section1 QProgressBar
+
+    The QProgressBar API has been significantly improved in Qt 4. The
+    old \c QProgressBar API is available as Q3ProgressBar in the
+    Qt3Support library.
+
+    \section1 QProgressDialog
+
+    The QProgressDialog API has been significantly improved in Qt 4.
+    The old \c QProgressDialog API is available as Q3ProgressDialog
+    in the Qt3Support library.
+
+    See \l{#properties}{Properties} for a list of QProgressDialog
+    properties in Qt 3 that have changed in Qt 4.
+
+    \section1 QPtrCollection<T>
+
+    The \c QPtrCollection<T> abstract base class has been renamed
+    Q3PtrCollection<T> moved to the Qt3Support library.
+    There is no direct equivalent in Qt 4.
+
+    \omit
+    ###
+    The QPtrCollection entry is unsatisfactory. The xref is missing
+    its list and saying "no direct equivalent" with so suggestions
+    seems feeble.
+    \endomit
+
+    See \l{Generic Containers} for a list of Qt 4 containers.
+
+    \section1 QPtrDict<T>
+
+    \c QPtrDict<T> and \c QPtrDictIterator<T> have been renamed
+    Q3PtrDict<T> and Q3PtrDictIterator<T> and have been moved to the
+    Qt3Support library. They have been replaced by the
+    more modern QHash<Key, T> and QMultiHash<Key, T> classes and
+    their associated iterator classes.
+
+    When porting old code that uses Q3PtrDict<T> to Qt 4, there are
+    four classes that you can use:
+
+    \list
+    \o QMultiHash<void *, T *>
+    \o QMultiHash<void *, T>
+    \o QHash<void *, T *>
+    \o QHash<void *, T>
+    \endlist
+
+    (You can naturally use other types than \c{void *} for the key
+    type, e.g. \c{QWidget *}.)
+
+    To port Q3PtrDict<T> to Qt 4, read the \l{#qdict.section}{section
+    on QDict<T>}, mentally substituting \c{void *} for QString.
+
+    \target qptrlist.section
+    \section1 QPtrList<T>
+
+    QPtrList<T>, QPtrListIterator<T>, and QPtrListStdIterator<T> have
+    been moved to the Qt3Support library. They have been
+    replaced by the more modern QList and QLinkedList classes and
+    their associated iterator classes.
+
+    When porting to Qt 4, you have the choice of using QList<T> or
+    QLinkedList<T> as alternatives to QValueList<T>. QList<T> has an
+    index-based API and provides very fast random access
+    (QList::operator[]), whereas QLinkedList<T> has an iterator-based
+    API.
+
+    The following table summarizes the API differences between
+    QPtrList<T> and QList<T *>:
+
+    \table
+    \header \o QPtrList function \o QList equivalent
+    \row \o QPtrList::contains(const T *) \o QList::count(T *)
+    \row \o QPtrList::containsRef(const T *) \o QList::count(T *)
+    \row \o QPtrList::find(const T *) \o See remark below
+    \row \o QPtrList::findRef(const T *) \o See remark below
+    \row \o QPtrList::getFirst() \o QList::first()
+    \row \o QPtrList::getLast() \o QList::last()
+    \row \o QPtrList::inSort(const T *) \o N/A
+    \row \o QPtrList::remove(const T *) \o QList::removeAll(T *)
+    \row \o QPtrList::remove(uint) \o QList::removeAt(int)
+    \row \o QPtrList::removeNode(QLNode *) \o N/A
+    \row \o QPtrList::removeRef(const T *) \o QList::removeAll(T *)
+    \row \o QPtrList::sort() \o See remark below
+    \row \o QPtrList::takeNode(QLNode *) \o N/A
+    \row \o QPtrList::toVector(QGVector *) \o See remark below
+    \endtable
+
+    Remarks:
+
+    \list 1
+    \o  QPtrList::toVector(QGVector *) can be replaced by
+        QVector::resize() and qCopy().
+
+        \oldcode
+        QPtrList<QWidget> list;
+        ...
+        QPtrVector<QWidget> vector;
+        list.toVector(&vector);
+        \newcode
+        QList<QWidget *> list;
+        ...
+        QVector<QWidget *> vector;
+        vector.resize(list.size());
+        qCopy(list.begin(), list.end(), vector.begin());
+        \endcode
+
+    \o  QPtrList::sort() relied on the virtual compareItems() to
+        sort items. In Qt 4, you can use \l qSort() instead and pass
+        your "compare item" function as an argument.
+
+    \o  QPtrList::find(const T *) returns an iterator, whereas
+        QList::indexOf(T *) returns an index. To convert an index
+        into an iterator, add the index to QList::begin().
+
+    \o  QPtrList::removeFirst() and QPtrList::removeLast() return a \c
+        bool that indicates whether the element was removed or not.
+        The corresponding QList functions return \c void. You can
+        achieve the same result by calling QList::isEmpty() before
+        attempting to remove an item.
+    \endlist
+
+    If you use QPtrList's auto-delete feature (by calling
+    QPtrList::setAutoDelete(true)), you need to do some more work.
+    You have two options: Either you call \c delete yourself whenever
+    you remove an item from the container, or you can use QList<T>
+    instead of QList<T *> (i.e. store values directly instead of
+    pointers to values). Here, we'll see when to call \c delete.
+
+    \omit
+    (See \l{What's Wrong with Auto-Delete} for an explanation of why
+    the Qt 4 containers don't offer that feature.)
+    \endomit
+
+    The following table summarizes the idioms that you need to watch
+    out for if you want to call \c delete yourself.
+
+    \table
+    \header \o QPtrList idiom \o QList idiom
+    \row
+        \o
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 19
+        \o
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 20
+    \row
+        \o
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 21
+        \o
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 22
+    \row
+        \o
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 23
+        \o
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 24
+    \row
+        \o
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 25
+        \o
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 26
+    \row
+        \o
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 27
+        \o
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 28
+    \row
+        \o
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 29
+        (removes the current item)
+
+        \o
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 30
+    \row
+        \o
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 31
+
+        (also called from QPtrList's destructor)
+
+        \o
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 32
+
+        In 99% of cases, the following idiom also works:
+
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 33
+
+        However, it may lead to crashes if \c list is referenced from
+        the value type's destructor, because \c list contains
+        dangling pointers until clear() is called.
+    \endtable
+
+    Be aware that QPtrList's destructor automatically calls clear().
+    If you have a QPtrList data member in a custom class and use the
+    auto-delete feature, you will need to call \c delete on all the
+    items in the container from your class destructor to avoid a
+    memory leak.
+
+    QPtrList had the concept of a "current item", which could be used
+    for traversing the list without using an iterator. When porting
+    to Qt 4, you can use the Java-style QListIterator<T *> (or
+    QMutableListIterator<T *>) class instead. The following table
+    summarizes the API differences:
+
+    \table
+    \header \o QPtrList function \o QListIterator equivalent
+    \row \o QPtrList::at() \o N/A
+    \row \o QPtrList::current() \o QMutableListIterator::value()
+    \row \o QPtrList::currentNode() \o N/A
+    \row \o QPtrList::findNext(const T *) \o QListIterator::findNext(const T *)
+    \row \o QPtrList::findNextRef(const T *) \o QListIterator::findNext(const T *)
+    \row \o QPtrList::first() \o QPtrList::toFront()
+    \row \o QPtrList::last() \o QPtrList::toBack()
+    \row \o QPtrList::next() \o QPtrList::next()
+    \row \o QPtrList::prev() \o QPtrList::previous()
+    \row \o QPtrList::remove() \o QMutableListIterator::remove()
+    \row \o QPtrList::take() \o QMutableListIterator::remove()
+    \endtable
+
+    Be aware that QListIterator has a different way of iterating than
+    QPtrList. A typical loop with QPtrList looks like this:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 34
+
+    Here's the equivalent QListIterator loop:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 35
+
+    Finally, QPtrListIterator<T> must also be ported. There are no
+    fewer than four iterator classes that can be used as a
+    replacement: QList::const_iterator, QList::iterator,
+    QListIterator, and QMutableListIterator. The most straightforward
+    class to use when porting is QMutableListIterator<T *> (if you
+    modify the list through the iterator) or QListIterator<T *> (if
+    you don't). The following table summarizes the API differences:
+
+    \table
+    \header \o QPtrListIterator function \o Qt 4 equivalent
+    \row \o QPtrListIterator::atFirst() \o !QListIterator::hasPrevious() (notice the \c{!})
+    \row \o QPtrListIterator::atLast() \o !QListIterator::hasNext() (notice the \c{!})
+    \row \o QPtrListIterator::count() \o QList::count() or QList::size()
+    \row \o QPtrListIterator::current() \o QMutableListIterator::value()
+    \row \o QPtrListIterator::isEmpty() \o QList::isEmpty()
+    \row \o QPtrListIterator::toFirst() \o QListIterator::toFront()
+    \row \o QPtrListIterator::toLast() \o QListIterator::toBack()
+    \row \o QPtrListIterator::operator() \o QMutableListIterator::value()
+    \row \o QPtrListIterator::operator*() \o QMutableListIterator::value()
+    \endtable
+
+    Again, be aware that QListIterator has a different way of
+    iterating than QPtrList. A typical loop with QPtrList looks like
+    this:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 36
+
+    Here's the equivalent QListIterator loop:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 37
+
+    Finally, QPtrListStdIterator<T> must also be ported. This is
+    easy, because QList also provides STL-style iterators
+    (QList::iterator and QList::const_iterator).
+
+    \section1 QPtrQueue<T>
+
+    QPtrQueue has been moved to the Qt3Support library.
+    It has been replaced by the more modern QQueue class.
+
+    The following table summarizes the differences between
+    QPtrQueue<T> and QQueue<T *>:
+
+    \table
+    \header \o QPtrQueue function \o QQueue equivalent
+    \row \o QPtrQueue::autoDelete() \o See discussion below
+    \row \o QPtrQueue::count() \o QQueue::count() or QQueue::size() (equivalent)
+    \row \o QPtrQueue::current() \o QQueue::head()
+    \row \o QPtrQueue::remove() \o QQueue::dequeue()
+    \row \o QPtrQueue::setAutoDelete() \o See discussion below
+    \endtable
+
+    If you use QPtrQueue's auto-delete feature (by calling
+    QPtrQueue::setAutoDelete(true)), you need to do some more work.
+    You have two options: Either you call \c delete yourself whenever
+    you remove an item from the container, or you can use QQueue<T>
+    instead of QQueue<T *> (i.e. store values directly instead of
+    pointers to values). Here, we will show when to call \c delete.
+
+    \omit
+    (See \l{What's Wrong with Auto-Delete} for an explanation of why
+    the Qt 4 containers don't offer that feature.)
+    \endomit
+
+    \table
+    \header \o QPtrQueue idiom \o QQueue idiom
+    \row
+        \o
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 38
+        \o
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 39
+    \row
+        \o
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 40
+        \o
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 41
+    \row
+        \o
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 42
+
+        (also called from QPtrQueue's destructor)
+
+        \o
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 43
+
+        In 99% of cases, the following idiom also works:
+
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 44
+
+        However, it may lead to crashes if \c queue is referenced
+        from the value type's destructor, because \c queue contains
+        dangling pointers until clear() is called.
+    \endtable
+
+    \section1 QPtrStack<T>
+
+    QPtrStack has been moved to the Qt3Support library.
+    It has been replaced by the more modern QStack class.
+
+    The following table summarizes the differences between
+    QPtrStack<T> and QStack<T *>:
+
+    \table
+    \header \o QPtrStack function \o QStack equivalent
+    \row \o QPtrStack::autoDelete() \o See discussion below
+    \row \o QPtrStack::count() \o QStack::count() or QStack::size() (equivalent)
+    \row \o QPtrStack::current() \o QStack::top()
+    \row \o QPtrStack::remove() \o QStack::pop()
+    \row \o QPtrStack::setAutoDelete() \o See discussion below
+    \endtable
+
+    If you use QPtrStack's auto-delete feature (by calling
+    QPtrStack::setAutoDelete(true)), you need to do some more work.
+    You have two options: Either you call \c delete yourself whenever
+    you remove an item from the container, or you can use QStack<T>
+    instead of QStack<T *> (i.e. store values directly instead of
+    pointers to values). Here, we will show when to call \c delete.
+
+    \omit
+    (See \l{What's Wrong with Auto-Delete} for an explanation of why
+    the Qt 4 containers don't offer that feature.)
+    \endomit
+
+    \table
+    \header \o QPtrStack idiom \o QStack idiom
+    \row
+        \o
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 45
+        \o
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 46
+    \row
+        \o
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 47
+        \o
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 48
+    \row
+        \o
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 49
+
+        (also called from QPtrStack's destructor)
+
+        \o
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 50
+
+        In 99% of cases, the following idiom also works:
+
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 51
+
+        However, it may lead to crashes if \c stack is referenced
+        from the value type's destructor, because \c stack contains
+        dangling pointers until clear() is called.
+    \endtable
+
+    \section1 QPtrVector<T>
+
+    QPtrVector<T> has been moved to Qt3Support. It has been replaced
+    by the more modern QVector class.
+
+    When porting to Qt 4, you can use QVector<T *> as an alternative
+    to QPtrVector<T>. The APIs of QPtrVector<T> and QVector<T *> are
+    somewhat similar. The main issue is that QPtrVector supports
+    auto-delete whereas QVector doesn't.
+
+    \omit
+    (See \l{What's Wrong with Auto-Delete} for an explanation of why
+    the Qt 4 containers don't offer that feature.)
+    \endomit
+
+    The following table summarizes the API differences between the
+    two classes:
+
+    \table
+    \header \o QPtrVector function \o QVector equivalent
+    \row \o QPtrVector::autoDelete() \o See discussion below
+    \row \o QPtrVector::bsearch(const T *) \o \l qBinaryFind()
+    \row \o QPtrVector::contains(const T *) \o QVector::count(T *)
+    \row \o QPtrVector::containsRef(const T *) \o QVector::count(T *)
+    \row \o QPtrVector::count() \o See remark below
+    \row \o QPtrVector::insert(uint, T *) \o See remark below
+    \row \o QPtrVector::isNull() \o N/A
+    \row \o QPtrVector::remove(uint) \o See remark below
+    \row \o QPtrVector::setAutoDelete() \o See discussion below
+    \row \o QPtrVector::sort() \o \l qSort()
+    \row \o QPtrVector::take(uint) \o See remark below
+    \row \o QPtrVector::toList(QGList *) \o QList::QList(const QVector &)
+    \endtable
+
+    Remarks:
+
+    \list 1
+    \o  QPtrVector::insert(uint, T *) sets an item to store a certain
+        pointer value. This is \e not the same as QVector::insert(int, T *),
+        which creates space for the item by moving following items by
+        one position. Use \c{vect[i] = ptr} to set a QVector item to
+        a particular value.
+    \o  QPtrVector::remove(uint) sets an item to be 0. This is \e not
+        the same as QVector::removeAt(int), which entirely erases the
+        item, reducing the size of the vector. Use \c{vect[i] = 0} to
+        set a QVector item to 0.
+    \o  Likewise, QPtrVector::take(uint) sets an item to be 0 and
+        returns the previous value of the item. Again, this is easy to
+        achieve using QVector::operator[]().
+    \o  QPtrVector::count() returns the number of non-null items in
+        the vector, whereas QVector::count() (like QVector::size())
+        returns the number of items (null or non-null) in the vector.
+        Fortunately, it's not too hard to simulate QPtrVector::count().
+
+        \oldcode
+        int numValidItems = vect.count();
+        \newcode
+        int numValidItems = vect.size() - vect.count(0);
+        \endcode
+    \endlist
+
+    If you use QVector's auto-delete feature (by calling
+    QVector::setAutoDelete(true)), you need to do some more work. You
+    have two options: Either you call \c delete yourself whenever you
+    remove an item from the container, or you use QVector<T> instead
+    of QVector<T *> (i.e. store values directly instead of pointers
+    to values). Here, we'll see when to call \c delete.
+
+    The following table summarizes the idioms that you need to watch
+    out for if you want to call \c delete yourself.
+
+    \table
+    \header \o QPtrVector idiom \o QVector idiom
+    \row
+        \o
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 52
+        \o
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 53
+    \row
+        \o
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 54
+        \o
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 55
+    \row
+        \o
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 56
+        \o
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 57
+    \row
+        \o
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 58
+        \o
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 59
+    \row
+        \o
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 60
+
+        (also called from QPtrVector's destructor)
+
+        \o
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 61
+
+        In 99% of cases, the following idiom also works:
+
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 62
+
+        However, it may lead to crashes if \c vect is referenced from
+        the value type's destructor, because \c vect contains
+        dangling pointers until clear() is called.
+    \endtable
+
+    Be aware that QPtrVector's destructor automatically calls
+    clear(). If you have a QPtrVector data member in a custom class
+    and use the auto-delete feature, you will need to call \c delete
+    on all the items in the container from your class destructor to
+    avoid a memory leak.
+
+    \section1 QPushButton
+
+    See \l{#properties}{Properties} for a list of QPushButton
+    properties in Qt 3 that have changed in Qt 4.
+
+    \section1 QRangeControl
+
+    In Qt 3, various "range control" widgets (QDial, QScrollBar,
+    QSlider, and QSpin) inherited from both QWidget and
+    \c QRangeControl.
+
+    In Qt 4, \c QRangeControl has been replaced with the new
+    QAbstractSlider and QAbstractSpinBox classes, which inherit from
+    QWidget and provides similar functionality. Apart from eliminating
+    unnecessary multiple inheritance, the new design allows
+    QAbstractSlider to provide signals, slots, and properties.
+
+    The old \c QRangeControl class has been renamed Q3RangeControl
+    and moved to the Qt3Support library, together with
+    the (undocumented) \c QSpinWidget class.
+
+    If you use \c QRangeControl as a base class in your application,
+    you can switch to use QAbstractSlider or QAbstractSpinBox instead.
+
+    \oldcode
+        class VolumeControl : public QWidget, public QRangeControl
+        {
+            ...
+        protected:
+            void valueChange() {
+                update();
+                emit valueChanged(value());
+            }
+            void rangeChange() {
+                update();
+            }
+            void stepChange() {
+                update();
+            }
+        };
+    \newcode
+        class VolumeControl : public QAbstractSlider
+        {
+            ...
+        protected:
+            void sliderChange(SliderChange change) {
+                update();
+                if (change == SliderValueChange)
+                    emit valueChanged(value());
+            }
+        };
+    \endcode
+
+    \section1 QRegExp
+
+    The search() and searchRev() functions have been renamed to indexIn()
+    and lastIndexIn() respectively.
+
+    \section1 QRegion
+
+    The following changes have been made to QRegion in Qt 4:
+
+    \list
+    \o  There is no longer any difference between a \e null region and
+        an \e empty region. Use isEmpty() in most places where you
+        would have used a null QRegion.
+    \o  QRegion::rects() used to return a QMemArray<QRect>. It now returns
+        a QVector<QRect>.
+    \endlist
+
+    \section1 QScrollBar
+
+    See \l{#properties}{Properties} for a list of QScrollBar
+    properties in Qt 3 that have changed in Qt 4.
+
+    \section1 QScrollView
+
+    The \c QScrollView class has been renamed Q3ScrollView and moved
+    to the Qt3Support library. It has been replaced by
+    the QAbstractScrollArea and QScrollArea classes.
+
+    Note that Qt 4 in general uses the QScrollArea::widget() function
+    where Qt 3 used QScrollView::viewport(). The rationale for this is
+    that it is no longer possible to draw directly on a scroll
+    area. The QScrollArea::widget() function returns the widget set on
+    the scroll area.
+
+    \c QScrollView was designed to work around the 16-bit limitation
+    on widget coordinates found on most window systems. In Qt 4, this
+    is done transparently for \e all widgets, so there is no longer a
+    need for such functionality in \c QScrollView. For that reason,
+    the new QAbstractScrollArea and QScrollArea classes are much more
+    lightweight, and concentrate on handling scroll bars.
+
+    \section1 QServerSocket
+
+    The \c QServerSocket class has been renamed Q3ServerSocket and
+    moved to the Qt3Support library. In Qt 4, it has been
+    replaced by QTcpServer.
+
+    With Q3ServerSocket, connections are accepted by reimplementing a
+    virtual function (Q3ServerSocket::newConnection()). With
+    QTcpServer, on the other hand, you don't need to subclass.
+    Instead, simply connect to the QTcpServer::newConnection()
+    signal.
+
+    \section1 QSettings
+
+    The QSettings class has been rewritten to be more robust and to
+    respect existing standards (e.g., the INI file format). The API
+    has also been extensively revised. The old API is still provided
+    when Qt 3 support is enabled.
+
+    Since the format and location of settings have changed between Qt
+    3 and Qt 4, the Qt 4 version of your application won't recognize
+    settings written using Qt 3.
+
+    \section1 QShared
+
+    The \c QShared class has been obsoleted by the more powerful
+    QSharedData and QSharedDataPointer as a means of creating custom
+    implicitly shared classes. It has been renamed Q3Shared moved to
+    the Qt3Support library.
+
+    An easy way of porting to Qt 4 is to include this class into your
+    project and to use it instead of \c QShared:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 63
+
+    If possible, we recommend that you use QSharedData and
+    QSharedDataPointer instead. They provide thread-safe reference
+    counting and handle all the reference counting behind the scenes,
+    eliminating the risks of forgetting to increment or decrement the
+    reference count.
+
+    \section1 QSignal
+
+    The QSignal class has been renamed to Q3Signal and moved to the
+    Qt3Support library. The preferred approach is to create your own
+    QObject subclass with a signal that has the desired signature.
+    Alternatively, you can call QMetaObject::invokeMethod() if you
+    want to invoke a slot.
+
+    \section1 QSimpleRichText
+
+    QSimpleRichText has been obsoleted by QTextDocument. It has
+    bene renamed Q3SimpleRichText and moved to the Qt3Support
+    library.
+
+    Previously, you would do the following with Q3SimpleRichText:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 63a
+
+    However, with QTextDocument, you use the following code instead:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 63b
+
+    See \l{Rich Text Processing} for an overview of the Qt 4 rich
+    text classes.
+
+    \section1 QSlider
+
+    The QSlider::sliderStart() and QSlider::sliderRect() functions
+    have been removed.
+
+    The slider's rect can now be retrieved using the code snippet below:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 63c
+
+    In addition, the direction of a vertical QSlider has changed,
+    i.e. the bottom is now the minimum, and the top the maximum. You
+    can use the QAbstractSlider::invertedAppearance property to
+    control this behavior.
+
+    See \l{#properties}{Properties} for a list of QSlider properties
+    in Qt 3 that have changed in Qt 4.
+
+    \section1 QSocket
+
+    The \c QSocket class has been renamed Q3Socket and moved to the
+    Qt3Support library. In Qt 4, it has been replaced by
+    the QTcpSocket class, which inherits most of its functionality
+    from QAbstractSocket.
+
+    \section1 QSocketDevice
+
+    The \c QSocketDevice class has been renamed Q3SocketDevice and
+    moved to the Qt3Support library. In Qt 4, there is no
+    direct equivalent to Q3SocketDevice:
+
+    \list \o If you use Q3SocketDevice in a thread to perform blocking
+    network I/O (a technique encouraged by the \e{Qt Quarterly}
+    article \l{http://qt.nokia.com/doc/qq/qq09-networkthread.html}
+    {Unblocking Networking}), you can now use QTcpSocket, QFtp, or
+    QNetworkAccessManager, which can be used from non-GUI threads.
+
+    \o If you use Q3SocketDevice for UDP, you can now use QUdpSocket instead.
+
+    \o If you use Q3SocketDevice for other uses, Qt 4 offers no
+    alternative right now. However, there is a \c QAbstractSocketEngine
+    internal class that offers a low-level socket API similar to
+    Q3SocketDevice. Should the need for such functionality arise in
+    Qt 4 applications, we will consider making this class public in a
+    future release.
+    \endlist
+
+    \section1 QSortedList
+
+    The QSortedList<T> class has been deprecated since Qt 3.0. In Qt
+    4, it has been moved to the Qt3Support library.
+
+    In new code, we recommend that you use QList<T> instead and use
+    \l qSort() to sort the items.
+
+    \section1 QSplitter
+
+    The function setResizeMode() has been moved into Qt3Support. Set
+    the stretch factor in the widget's size policy to get equivalent
+    functionality.
+
+    The obsolete function drawSplitter() has been removed. Use
+    QStyle::drawPrimitive() to acheive similar functionality.
+
+    \section1 QSpinBox
+
+    See \l{#properties}{Properties} for a list of QSpinBox properties
+    in Qt 3 that have changed in Qt 4.
+
+    \section1 QSqlCursor
+
+    The \c QSqlCursor class has been renamed Q3SqlCursor and moved to
+    the Qt3Support library. In Qt 4, you can use
+    QSqlQuery, QSqlQueryModel, or QSqlTableModel, depending on
+    whether you want a low-level or a high-level interface for
+    accessing databases.
+
+    See \l{QtSql Module} for an overview of the new SQL classes.
+
+    \section1 QSqlDatabase
+
+    QSqlDatabase is now a smart pointer that is passed around by
+    value. Simply replace all QSqlDatabase pointers by QSqlDatabase
+    objects.
+
+    \section1 QSqlEditorFactory
+
+    The \c QSqlEditorFactory class has been renamed
+    Q3SqlEditorFactory and moved to Qt3Support.
+
+    See \l{QtSql Module} for an overview of the new SQL classes.
+
+    \section1 QSqlError
+
+    The enum \c{Type} was renamed to \c{ErrorType}, The values were renamed as well:
+
+    \list
+    \o None - use NoError instead
+    \o Connection - use ConnectionError instead
+    \o Statement - use StatementError instead
+    \o Transaction - use TransactionError instead
+    \o Unknown - use UnknownError instead
+    \endlist
+
+    \section1 QSqlFieldInfo
+
+    The QSqlFieldInfo class has been moved to Qt3Support. Its
+    functionality is now provided by the QSqlField class.
+
+    See \l{QtSql Module} for an overview of the new SQL classes.
+
+    \section1 QSqlForm
+
+    The \c QSqlForm class has been renamed Q3SqlForm and moved to the
+    Qt3Support library.
+
+    See \l{QtSql Module} for an overview of the new SQL classes.
+
+    \section1 QSqlPropertyMap
+
+    The \c QSqlPropertyMap class has been renamed Q3SqlPropertyMap
+    moved to the Qt3Support library.
+
+    See \l{QtSql Module} for an overview of the new SQL classes.
+
+    \section1 QSqlQuery
+
+    QSqlQuery::prev() was renamed to QSqlQuery::previous().
+    QSqlQuery::prev() remains, but it just calls previous().
+    QSqlQuery no longer has any virtual methods, i.e., exec(),
+    value(), seek(), next(), prev(), first(), last(), and the
+    destructor are no longer virtual.
+
+    \section1 QSqlRecord
+
+    QSqlRecord behaves like a vector now, QSqlRecord::insert() will
+    actually insert a new field instead of replacing the existing
+    one.
+
+    \section1 QSqlRecordInfo
+
+    The QSqlRecordInfo class has been moved to Qt3Support. Its
+    functionality is now provided by the QSqlRecord class.
+
+    See \l{QtSql Module} for an overview of the new SQL classes.
+
+    \section1 QSqlSelectCursor
+
+    The \c QSqlSelectCursor class has been renamed Q3SqlSelectCursor
+    and moved to the Qt3Support library.
+
+    See \l{QtSql Module} for an overview of the new SQL classes.
+
+    \section1 QStoredDrag
+
+    The \c QStoredDrag class has been renamed Q3StoredDrag and moved
+    to the Qt3Support library. In Qt 4, use QMimeData
+    instead and call QMimeData::setData() to set the data.
+
+    See \l{Porting to Qt 4 - Drag and Drop} for a comparison between
+    the drag and drop APIs in Qt 3 and Qt 4.
+
+    \section1 QStr(I)List
+
+    The QStrList and QStrIList convenience classes have been
+    deprecated since Qt 2.0. In Qt 4, they have been moved to the
+    Qt3Support library. If you used any of these, we
+    recommend that you use QStringList or QList<QByteArray> instead.
+
+    \section1 QStr(I)Vec
+
+    The QStrVec and QStrIVec convenience classes have been deprecated
+    since Qt 2.0. In Qt 4, they have been moved to Qt3Support. If you
+    used any of these, we recommend that you use QStringList or
+    QList<QByteArray> instead.
+
+    \section1 QString
+
+    Here are the main issues to be aware of when porting QString to
+    Qt 4:
+
+    \list 1
+    \o  The QString::QString(QChar) constructor performed implicit
+        conversion in Qt 3. Now, you will need a cast to convert a
+        QChar to a QString.
+
+    \o  The QString::QString(const QByteArray &) constructor used to
+        stop at the first '\\0' it encountered, for compatibility
+        with Qt 1. This quirk has now been fixed; in Qt 4, the
+        resulting QString always has the same length as the
+        QByteArray that was passed to the constructor.
+
+    \o  The QString::null static constant has been deprecated in Qt
+        4. For compatibility, Qt 4 provides a QString::null symbol
+        that behaves more or less the same as the old constant. The
+        new idiom is to write QString() instead of QString::null, or
+        to call clear().
+
+        \oldcode
+            str1 = QString::null;
+            if (str2 == QString::null)
+                do_something(QString::null);
+        \newcode
+            str1.clear();
+            if (str2.isNull())
+                do_something(QString());
+        \endcode
+
+        In new code, we recommend that you don't rely on the
+        distinction between a null string and a (non-null) empty
+        string. See \l{Distinction Between Null and Empty Strings}
+        for details.
+
+    \o  QString::latin1() and QString::ascii() have been replaced
+        with QString::toLatin1() and QString::toAscii(), which return
+        a QByteArray instead of a (non-reentrant) \c{const char *}.
+        For consistency, QString::utf8() and QString::local8Bit(),
+        which already returned a QByteArray (actually a \c QCString),
+        have been renamed QString::toUtf8() and
+        QString::toLocal8Bit().
+
+        To obtain a \c{const char *} pointer to ASCII or Latin-1 data,
+        use QString::toAscii() or QString::toLatin1() to obtain a
+        QByteArray containing the data, then call QByteArray::constData()
+        to access the character data directly. Note that the pointer
+        returned by this function is only valid for the lifetime of the
+        byte array; you should avoid taking a pointer to the data
+        contained in temporary objects.
+
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 64
+
+        In the above example, the \c goodData pointer is valid for the lifetime
+        of the \c asciiData byte array. If you need to keep a copy of the data
+        in a non-Qt data structure, use standard C memory allocation and string
+        copying functions to do so \e before destroying the byte array.
+
+    \o  QString::at() returned a non-const reference, whereas the
+        new QString::at() returns a const value. Code like
+
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 65
+
+        will no longer compile. Instead, use QString::operator[]:
+
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 66
+
+    \o  The QString::contains(\e x) function (where \e x is a
+        character or a string) has been renamed QString::count(\e x).
+        In addition, there now exists a set of QString::contains()
+        functions that returns a boolean value. Replace old calls to
+        contains() with either count() or contains(), depending on
+        whether you care about the specific number of occurrences of
+        a character in the string or only care about whether the
+        string contains that character or not.
+
+    \o  Many functions in QString had a \c bool parameter that
+        specified case sensitivity. In Qt 4, in the interest of code
+        readability and maintainability, the \c bool parameters have
+        been replaced by the Qt::CaseSensitivity enum, which can take
+        the values Qt::CaseSensitive and Qt::CaseInsensitive.
+
+        \oldcode
+            if (url.startsWith("http:", false))
+                ...
+        \newcode
+            if (url.startsWith("http:", Qt::CaseInsensitive))
+                ...
+        \endcode
+
+    \o  The QString::setExpand(uint, QChar) function, which already
+        was obsolete in Qt 3, is no longer available. Use
+        QString::operator[] instead.
+
+        \oldcode
+            str.setExpand(32, '$');
+        \newcode
+            str[32] = '$';
+        \endcode
+
+    \o  The \c QT_NO_ASCII_CAST and \c QT_NO_CAST_ASCII macros have
+        been renamed \c QT_NO_CAST_TO_ASCII and \c
+        QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII, respectively.
+
+    \o  The QString::data() used to return the same as
+        QString::ascii(). It now returns a pointer to the Unicode
+        data stored in the QString object. Call QString::ascii() if
+        you want the old behavior.
+
+    \o  QString::arg() now converts two-digit place markers, allowing
+        up to 99 place markers to be used in any given string.
+
+    \o  Comparisons between QStrings and \c NULL in order to determine
+        whether strings are empty are no longer allowed.
+        Use \l{QString::}{isEmpty()} instead.
+
+    \endlist
+
+    \section1 QStringList
+
+    QStringList now inherits from QList<QString> and can no longer be
+    converted to a QValueList<QString>. Since QValueList inherits QList a
+    cast will work as expected.
+
+    This change implies some API incompatibilities for QStringList.
+    For example, at() returns the string, not an iterator. See the
+    \l{#qvaluelist.section}{section on QValueList} for details.
+
+    The static QStringList::split() function for splitting strings into
+    lists of smaller strings has been replaced by QString::split(),
+    which returns a QStringList.
+
+    \section1 QStyle
+
+    The QStyle API has been overhauled and improved. Most of the information on
+    why this change was done is described in \l{The Qt 4 Style API}{the QStyle overview}.
+
+    Since QStyle is mostly used internally by Qt's widgets and styles and since
+    it is not essential to the good functioning of an application, there is no
+    compatibility path. This means that we have changed many enums and
+    functions and the qt3to4 porting tool will not change much in your qstyle
+    code. To ease the pain, we list some of the major changes here.
+
+    QStyleOption has taken on a more central role and is no longer an optional
+    argument, please see the QStyleOption documentation for more information.
+
+    The QStyle::StyleFlags have been renamed QStyle::StateFlags and are now prefixed State_
+    instead of Style_, in addition the Style_ButtonDefault flag has moved to
+    QStyleOptionButton.
+
+    The QStyle::PrimitiveElement enumeration has undergone extensive change.
+    Some of the enums were moved to QStyle::ControlElement, some were removed
+    and all were renamed. This renaming is not done by the qt3to4 porting tool,
+    so you must do it yourself. The table below shows how things look
+    now.
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Old name \o New name \o Remark
+    \row \o \c PE_ButtonCommand             \o QStyle::PE_PanelButtonCommand
+    \row \o \c PE_ButtonDefault             \o QStyle::PE_FrameDefaultButton
+    \row \o \c PE_ButtonBevel               \o QStyle::PE_PanelButtonBevel
+    \row \o \c PE_ButtonTool                \o QStyle::PE_PanelButtonTool
+    \row \o \c PE_ButtonDropDown            \o QStyle::PE_IndicatorButtonDropDown
+    \row \o \c PE_FocusRect                 \o QStyle::PE_FrameFocusRect
+    \row \o \c PE_ArrowUp                   \o QStyle::PE_IndicatorArrowUp
+    \row \o \c PE_ArrowDown                 \o QStyle::PE_IndicatorArrowDown
+    \row \o \c PE_ArrowRight                \o QStyle::PE_IndicatorArrowRight
+    \row \o \c PE_ArrowLeft                 \o QStyle::PE_IndicatorArrowLeft
+    \row \o \c PE_SpinBoxUp                 \o QStyle::PE_IndicatorSpinUp
+    \row \o \c PE_SpinBoxDown               \o QStyle::PE_IndicatorSpinDown
+    \row \o \c PE_SpinBoxPlus               \o QStyle::PE_IndicatorSpinPlus
+    \row \o \c PE_SpinBoxMinus              \o QStyle::PE_IndicatorSpinMinus
+    \row \o \c PE_SpinBoxSlider             \o QStyle::CE_SpinBoxSlider \o uses QStyle::drawControl()
+    \row \o \c PE_Indicator                 \o QStyle::PE_IndicatorCheckBox
+    \row \o \c PE_IndicatorMask             \o N/A \o use QStyle::styleHint() to retrieve mask
+    \row \o \c PE_ExclusiveIndicator        \o QStyle::PE_IndicatorRadioButton
+    \row \o \c PE_ExclusiveIndicatorMask    \o N/A \o use QStyle::styleHint() to retrieve mask
+    \row \o \c PE_DockWindowHandle          \o QStyle::PE_IndicatorToolBarHandle
+    \row \o \c PE_DockWindowSeparator       \o QStyle::PE_Q3DockWindowSeparator
+    \row \o \c PE_DockWindowResizeHandle    \o QStyle::PE_IndicatorDockWindowResizeHandle
+    \row \o \c PE_DockWindowTitle           \o QStyle::CE_DockWindowTitle \o uses QStyle::drawControl()
+    \row \o \c PE_Splitter                  \o QStyle::CE_Splitter \o uses QStyle::drawControl()
+    \row \o \c PE_Panel                     \o QStyle::PE_Frame
+    \row \o \c PE_PanelMenu                 \o QStyle::PE_FrameMenu
+    \row \o \c PE_PanelMenuBar              \o QStyle::PE_PanelMenuBar
+    \row \o \c PE_PanelDockWindow           \o QStyle::PE_FrameDockWindow
+    \row \o \c PE_TabBarBase                \o QStyle::PE_FrameTabBarBase
+    \row \o \c PE_HeaderSection             \o QStyle::CE_HeaderSection \o uses QStyle::drawControl()
+    \row \o \c PE_HeaderArrow               \o QStyle::PE_IndicatorHeaderArrow
+    \row \o \c PE_StatusBarSection          \o QStyle::PE_FrameStatusBar
+    \row \o \c PE_Separator                 \o QStyle::PE_Q3Separator
+    \row \o \c PE_SizeGrip                  \o QStyle::CE_SizeGrip \o uses QStyle::drawControl()
+    \row \o \c PE_CheckMark                 \o QStyle::PE_IndicatorMenuCheckMark
+    \row \o \c PE_ScrollBarAddLine          \o QStyle::CE_ScrollBarAddLine \o uses QStyle::drawControl()
+    \row \o \c PE_ScrollBarSubLine          \o QStyle::CE_ScrollBarSubLine \o uses QStyle::drawControl()
+    \row \o \c PE_ScrollBarAddPage          \o QStyle::CE_ScrollBarAddPage \o uses QStyle::drawControl()
+    \row \o \c PE_ScrollBarSubPage          \o QStyle::CE_ScrollBarSubPage \o uses QStyle::drawControl()
+    \row \o \c PE_ScrollBarSlider           \o QStyle::CE_ScrollBarSlider  \o uses QStyle::drawControl()
+    \row \o \c PE_ScrollBarFirst            \o QStyle::CE_ScrollBarFirst   \o uses QStyle::drawControl()
+    \row \o \c PE_ScrollBarLast             \o QStyle::CE_ScrollBarLast    \o uses QStyle::drawControl()
+    \row \o \c PE_ProgressBarChunk          \o QStyle::PE_IndicatorProgressChunk
+    \row \o \c PE_PanelLineEdit             \o QStyle::PE_FrameLineEdit
+    \row \o \c PE_PanelTabWidget            \o QStyle::PE_FrameTabWidget
+    \row \o \c PE_WindowFrame               \o QStyle::PE_FrameWindow
+    \row \o \c PE_CheckListController       \o QStyle::PE_Q3CheckListController
+    \row \o \c PE_CheckListIndicator        \o QStyle::PE_Q3CheckListIndicator
+    \row \o \c PE_CheckListExclusiveIndicato\o QStyle::PE_Q3CheckListExclusiveIndicator
+    \row \o \c PE_PanelGroupBox             \o QStyle::PE_FrameGroupBox
+    \row \o \c PE_TreeBranch                \o QStyle::PE_IndicatorBranch
+    \row \o \c PE_RubberBand                \o QStyle::CE_RubberBand \o uses QStyle::drawControl()
+    \row \o \c PE_PanelToolBar              \o QStyle::PE_PanelToolBar
+    \row \o \c PE_ToolBarHandle             \o QStyle::PE_IndicatorToolBarHandle
+    \row \o \c PE_ToolBarSeparator          \o QStyle::PE_IndicatorToolBarSeparator
+    \endtable
+
+    The QStyle::drawControlMask() and QStyle::drawComplexControlMask()
+    functions have been removed. They are replaced with a style hint.
+
+    The QStyle::drawItem() overloads that took both a pixmap and a string have
+    been removed. Use QStyle::drawItemText() and QStyle::drawItemPixmap() directly.
+
+    The QStyle::itemRect() overload that took both a pixmap and a string is also removed, use
+    either QStyle::itemTextRect() or QStyle::itemPixmapRect() instead.
+
+    \section1 QStyleSheet
+
+    The QStyleSheet and QStyleSheetItem classes have been renamed
+    Q3StyleSheet and Q3StyleSheetItem, and have been moved to the
+    Qt3Support library.
+
+    See \l{Rich Text Processing} for an overview of the Qt 4 rich
+    text classes, and \l{Qt Style Sheets} for a description of
+    CSS-like style sheet support in Qt 4.2 and above.
+
+    \section1 QSyntaxHighlighter
+
+    The \c QSyntaxHighlighter class from Qt 3 has been renamed
+    Q3SyntaxHighlighter and moved to the Qt3Support library. Since Qt
+    4.1, it has been replaced by a new QSyntaxHighlighter class based
+    on Qt 4's new rich text engine.
+
+    \section1 QTabBar
+
+    See \l{#properties}{Properties} for a list of QTabBar properties
+    in Qt 3 that have changed in Qt 4.
+
+    \section1 QTabDialog
+
+    The \c QTabDialog class is no longer part of the public Qt API.
+    It has been renamed Q3TabDialog and moved to Qt3Support. In Qt 4
+    applications, you can easily obtain the same result by combining
+    a QTabWidget with a QDialog and provide \l{QPushButton}s
+    yourself.
+
+    See also the \l{dialogs/tabdialog} example, which shows how to
+    implement tab dialogs in Qt 4.
+
+    \section1 QTabWidget
+
+    See \l{#properties}{Properties} for a list of QTabWidget
+    properties in Qt 3 that have changed in Qt 4.
+
+    \section1 QTable
+
+    The \c QTable, \c QTableItem, \c QComboTableItem, \c
+    QCheckTableItem, and \c QTableSelection classes have been renamed
+    Q3Table, Q3TableItem, Q3ComboTableItem, Q3CheckTableItem, and
+    Q3TableSelection and moved to the Qt3Support library.
+    New Qt applications should use the new QTableWidget or QTableView
+    class instead.
+
+    Some of these classes behave differently with respect to the way
+    they handle \c NULL pointers. For example, Q3TableItem::setPixmap()
+    no longer accepts \c NULL or 0 to indicate that the item should
+    contain a null pixmap; in this case, a null pixmap should be
+    constructed and passed explicitly to the function.
+
+    See \l{Model/View Programming} for an overview of the new item
+    view classes.
+
+    \section1 QTextCodec
+
+    The loadCharmap() and loadCharmapFromFile() functions are no longer
+    available in Qt 4. You need to create your own codec if you want to
+    create a codec based on a POSIX2 charmap definition.
+
+    \section1 QTextDrag
+
+    The \c QTextDrag class has been renamed Q3TextDrag and moved to
+    the Qt3Support library. In Qt 4, use QMimeData
+    instead and call QMimeData::setText() to set the data.
+
+    See \l{Porting to Qt 4 - Drag and Drop} for a comparison between
+    the drag and drop APIs in Qt 3 and Qt 4.
+
+    \section1 QTextEdit
+
+    The old QTextEdit and QTextBrowser classes have been renamed
+    Q3TextEdit and Q3TextBrowser, and have been moved to Qt3Support.
+    The new QTextEdit and QTextBrowser have a somewhat different API.
+
+    The \c QTextEdit::setWrapPolicy() function has been renamed to \l{QTextEdit::setWordWrapMode()}{setWordWrapMode()} and the
+    \c QTextEdit::setWrapColumnOrWidth() function has been renamed to \l{QTextEdit::setLineWrapColumnOrWidth()}
+    {setLineWrapColumnOrWidth()}. The Q3TextEdit::setWrapPolicy() and Q3TextEdit::setWrapColumnOrWidth() still provide this
+    functionality in the Q3TextEdit class.
+
+
+    See \l{Rich Text Processing} for an overview of the Qt 4 rich
+    text classes.
+
+    \section1 QTextIStream
+
+    The QTextIStream convenience class is no longer provided in Qt 4. Use
+    QTextStream directly instead.
+
+    \section1 QTextOStream
+
+    The QTextOStream convenience class is no longer provided in Qt 4. Use
+    QTextStream directly instead.
+
+    \section1 QTextOStreamIterator
+
+    The undocumented \c QTextOStreamIterator class has been removed
+    from the Qt library. If you need it in your application, feel
+    free to copy the source code from the Qt 3 \c <qtl.h> header
+    file.
+
+    \section1 QTextStream
+
+    QTextStream has undergone a number of API and implementation enhancements,
+    and some of the changes affect QTextStream's behavior:
+
+    \list
+    \o QTextStream now uses buffered writing, which means that you need to
+       call QTextStream::flush(), or use the streaming manipulators \c endl or
+       \c flush if you need QTextStream to flush its write buffer. The stream is
+       flushed automatically if QTextStream is deleted or when the device is
+       closed.
+    \o QTextStream now uses buffered reading, so if you read a line from the
+       stream, QTextStream will read as much as it can from the device to
+       fill up its internal read buffer. This speeds up reading significantly,
+       but Qt 3 code that mixed QTextStream access and direct device access
+       may need to be updated.
+    \o While QTextStream in Qt 3 always translated end-of-line characters from
+       Windows style ("\\r\\n") to Unix style ("\\n") on Windows, QTextStream in
+       Qt 4 only does this on devices opened with the \c{QIODevice::Text} mode
+       (formerly \c{IO_Translate}).
+    \endlist
+
+    Note that when using a QTextStream on a QFile in Qt 4, calling
+    QIODevice::reset() on the QFile will not have the expected result
+    because QTextStream now buffers the file. Use the
+    QTextStream::seek() function instead.
+
+    \section1 QTextView
+
+    The \c QTextView class has been renamed Q3TextView and moved to the
+    Qt3Support library.
+
+    \section1 QTimeEdit
+
+    The QTimeEdit class in Qt 4 is a convenience class based on
+    QDateTimeEdit. The old class has been renamed Q3TimeEdit and moved
+    to the Qt3Support library.
+
+    See \l{Porting to Qt 4 - Virtual Functions}{Virtual Functions} for
+    a list of \c QTimeEdit virtual member functions in Qt 3 that are no
+    longer virtual in Qt 4.
+
+    \section1 QTimer
+
+    Windows restricts the granularity of timers, but starting with Qt 4,
+    we emulate a finer time resolution. On Windows XP we use the
+    multimedia timer API, which gives us 1 millisecond resolution for
+    QTimer.
+
+    Note that other versions of Windows have a lower timer resolution,
+    and that code relying on underlying system timer restrictions
+    encounters no such limitations using Qt 4 (e.g., setting an
+    interval of 0 millisecond results in Qt occupying all of the
+    processor time when no GUI events need processing).
+
+    \section1 QToolBar
+
+    The old \c QToolBar class, which worked with the old \c
+    QMainWindow and \c QDockArea classes and inherited from \c
+    QDockWindow, has been renamed Q3ToolBar and moved to
+    Qt3Support. Note that, when using Q3ToolBar, the toolbar's actions
+    must be \l {Q3Action}s.
+
+    Use the new QToolBar class in new applications.
+
+    \note \l{Q3ToolBar}'s
+    \l{Q3DockWindow::setHorizontallyStretchable()}{horizontallyStretchable}
+    property can be achieved in QToolBar with
+    \l{QWidget#Size Hints and Size Policies}{size policies}.
+
+    \section1 QToolButton
+
+    See \l{#properties}{Properties} for a list of QToolButton properties
+    in Qt 3 that have changed in Qt 4.
+
+    Note that many of the properties that could previously be set in
+    the constructor must now be set separately.
+
+    \section1 QToolTip
+
+    The QToolTip::setGloballyEnabled() function no longer exists.
+    Tooltips can be disabled by \l{QObject::installEventFilter()}{installing
+    an event filter} on qApp (the unique QApplication object) to block events
+    of type QEvent::ToolTip.
+
+    \section1 QUriDrag
+
+    The \c QUriDrag class has been renamed Q3UriDrag and moved to the
+    Qt3Support library. In Qt 4, use QMimeData instead
+    and call QMimeData::setUrl() to set the URL.
+
+    See \l{Porting to Qt 4 - Drag and Drop} for a comparison between
+    the drag and drop APIs in Qt 3 and Qt 4.
+
+    \section1 QUrl
+
+    The QUrl class has been rewritten from scratch in Qt 4 to be more
+    standard-compliant. The old QUrl class has been renamed Q3Url and
+    moved to the Qt3Support library.
+
+    The new QUrl class provides an extensive list of compatibility
+    functions to ease porting from Q3Url to QUrl. A few functions
+    require you to change your code:
+
+    \list
+    \o Q3Url::Q3Url(const Q3Url &, const QString &, bool) can be
+       simulated by combining the URLs manually (using
+       QString::operator+(), for example).
+    \o Q3Url::setEncodedPathAndQuery(const QString &) is replaced by
+       QUrl::setPath() and QUrl::setEncodedQuery().
+    \o Q3Url::encodedPathAndQuery() is replaced by QUrl::path() and
+       QUrl::encodedQuery().
+    \o Q3Url::isLocalFile() can be simulated by checking that
+       QUrl::protocol() is "file".
+    \o Q3Url::toString(bool, bool) is replaced by
+       QUrl::toString(int), where the \c int parameter specifies a
+       combination of \l{QUrl::FormattingOptions}{formatting
+       options}.
+    \endlist
+
+    \section1 QUrlOperator
+
+    The \c QUrlOperator class is no longer part of the public Qt API.
+    It has been renamed Q3UrlOperator and moved to Qt3Support.
+
+    From Qt 4.4, the Network Access API provides a subset of the features
+    provided by \c QUrlOperator that are mostly intended for use with
+    applications that use the HTTP and FTP protocols. See the
+    QNetworkRequest, QNetworkReply, and QNetworkAccessManager documentation
+    for further details.
+
+    \target qvaluelist.section
+    \section1 QValueList<T>
+
+    The QValueList<T> class has been replaced by QList<T> and
+    QLinkedList<T> in Qt 4. As a help when porting older Qt
+    applications, the Qt3Support library contains a
+    QValueList<T> class implemented in terms of the new
+    QLinkedList<T>. Similarly, it contains QValueListIterator<T> and
+    QValueListConstIterator<T> classes implemented in terms of
+    QLinkedList<T>::iterator and QLinkedList<T>::const_iterator.
+
+    When porting to Qt 4, you have the choice of using QList<T> or
+    QLinkedList<T> as alternatives to QValueList<T>. QList<T> has an
+    index-based API and provides very fast random access
+    (QList::operator[]), whereas QLinkedList<T> has an iterator-based
+    API.
+
+    Here's a list of problem functions:
+
+    \list
+    \o  QValueList(const std::list<T> &) doesn't exist in QList or
+        QLinkedList. You can simulate it by calling
+        \l{QLinkedList::append()}{append()} in a loop.
+
+    \o  QValueList::insert(iterator, size_type, const T& x) doesn't
+        exist in QList or QLinkedList. Call
+        \l{QLinkedList::insert()}{insert()} repeatedly instead.
+
+    \o  QValueList::fromLast() doesn't exist in QList or QLinkedList. Use
+        QValueList::end() instead.
+
+        \oldcode
+        for (QValueList<T>::iterator i = list.fromLast(); i != list.begin(); --i)
+            do_something(*i);
+        \newcode
+        QLinkedList<T>::iterator i = list.end();
+        while (i != list.begin()) {
+            --i; // decrement i before using it
+            do_something(*i);
+        }
+        \endcode
+
+    \o  QValueList::append() and QValueList::prepend() return an
+        iterator to the inserted item. QList's and QLinkedList's
+        corresponding functions don't, but it's not a problem because
+        QValueList::prepend() always returns begin() and append()
+        always returns QValueList::end() - 1.
+
+    \o  QValueList::at(\e i) return an iterator to the item at index
+        \e i. This corresponds to QList::begin() + \e i.
+
+    \o  QValueList::contains(const T &) corresponds to
+        QList::count(const T &) and QLinkedList::count(const T &).
+    \endlist
+
+    \section1 QValueVector<T>
+
+    The QValueVector<T> class has been replaced by QVector<T> in Qt
+    4. As a help when porting older Qt applications, the Qt3Support
+    library contains a Q3ValueVector<T> class implemented in terms of
+    the new QVector<T>.
+
+    When porting from QValueVector<T> to QVector<T>, you might run
+    into the following incompatibilities:
+
+    \list
+    \o QValueVector(const std::vector<T> &) doesn't exist in QVector.
+       You can simulate it by calling QVector::append()} in a loop.
+    \o QValueVector::resize(int, const T &) doesn't exist in QVector.
+       If you want the new items to be initialized with a particular
+       value, use QVector::insert() instead.
+    \o QValueVector::at() on a non-const vector returns a non-const
+       reference. This corresponds to QVector::operator[]().
+    \o Both QValueVector::at() functions have an \e ok parameter of
+       type \c{bool *} that is set to true if the index is within
+       bounds. This functionality doesn't exist in QVector; instead,
+       check the index against QVector::size() yourself.
+    \endlist
+
+    See \l{Generic Containers} for an overview of the Qt 4 container
+    classes.
+
+    \section1 QVariant
+
+    Some changes to the rest of the Qt library have
+    implications on QVariant:
+
+    \list 1
+    \o The \c QVariant::ColorGroup enum value is defined only
+       if \c QT3_SUPPORT is defined.
+    \o The \c QVariant::IconSet enum value has been renamed
+       QVariant::Icon.
+    \o The \c QVariant::CString enum value is now a synonym for
+       QVariant::ByteArray.
+    \endlist
+
+    Also, the QVariant(bool, int) constructor has been replaced by QVariant(bool).
+    Old code like QVariant(true, 0) should be replaced with QVariant(true); otherwise,
+    the QVariant(int, void *) overload might accidentally be triggered.
+
+    Many of QVariant's convenience functions in Qt 3, such as toColor() and
+    toKeySequence(), have been removed to enable QVariant to be part of the
+    QtCore module. QVariant is still able to hold values of these types.
+
+    Types which are not supported by any of the QVariant constructors can be
+    stored as variants with the QVariant::fromValue() function. Types with no
+    suitable convenience function for unpacking can be retrieved with the
+    QVariant::value() function or passed directly to classes that implement
+    the QVariant() operator.
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Qt 3 function \o Qt 4 function
+    \input porting/porting4-removedvariantfunctions.qdocinc
+    \endtable
+
+    See the QVariant::Type enum for a list of types supported by QVariant.
+
+    \section1 QVBox
+
+    The \c QVBox class is now only available as Q3VBox in Qt 4. You
+    can achieve the same result as \c QVBox by creating a QWidget
+    with a vertical layout:
+
+    \oldcode
+    QVBox *vbox = new QVBox;
+    QPushButton *child1 = new QPushButton(vbox);
+    QPushButton *child2 = new QPushButton(vbox);
+    \newcode
+    QWidget *vbox = new QWidget;
+    QPushButton *child1 = new QPushButton;
+    QPushButton *child2 = new QPushButton;
+
+    QVBoxLayout *layout = new QVBoxLayout;
+    layout->addWidget(child1);
+    layout->addWidget(child2);
+    vbox->setLayout(layout);
+    \endcode
+
+    Note that child widgets are not automatically placed into the widget's
+    layout; you will need to manually add each widget to the QVBoxLayout.
+
+    \section1 QVGroupBox
+
+    The \c QVGroupBox class has been renamed Q3VGroupBox and moved to
+    the Qt3Support library.
+    Qt 4 does not provide a specific replacement class for \c QVGroupBox
+    since QGroupBox is designed to be a generic container widget. As a
+    result, you need to supply your own layout for any child widgets.
+
+    See \l{#QGroupBox} for more information about porting code that uses
+    group boxes.
+
+    \section1 QWhatsThis
+
+    The QWhatsThis class has been redesigned in Qt 4. The old \c
+    QWhatsThis class is available as Q3WhatsThis in Qt3Support.
+
+    \section1 QWidget
+
+    Widget background painting has been greatly improved, supporting
+    flicker-free updates and making it possible to have
+    semi-transparent widgets. This renders the following background
+    handling functions obsolete:
+
+    \list
+    \o QWidget::repaint(bool noErase) - the \c noErase boolean parameter is gone
+    \o QWidget::setBackgroundMode(BackgroundMode m)
+    \o QWidget::backgroundBrush() const
+    \o QWidget::setBackgroundPixmap(const QPixmap &pm)
+    \o QWidget::backgroundPixmap() const
+    \o QWidget::setBackgroundColor(const QColor &c)
+    \o QWidget::backgroundColor() const
+    \o QWidget::foregroundColor() const
+    \o QWidget::eraseColor() const
+    \o QWidget::setEraseColor(const QColor &c)
+    \o QWidget::erasePixmap() const
+    \o QWidget::setErasePixmap(const QPixmap &p)
+    \o QWidget::paletteForegroundColor()
+    \o QWidget::setPaletteForegroundColor(const QColor &c)
+    \o QWidget::paletteBackgroundColor()
+    \o QWidget::setPaletteBackgroundColor(const QColor &c)
+    \o QWidget::paletteBackgroundPixmap() const
+    \o QWidget::setPaletteBackgroundPixmap(const QPixmap &p)
+    \o QWidget::erase()
+    \o QWidget::erase(const QRect &r)
+    \o QWidget::setBackgroundOrigin( BackgroundOrigin )
+    \o QWidget::BackgroundOrigin backgroundOrigin() const
+    \o QWidget::backgroundOffset()
+    \endlist
+
+    Sample code on how to do obtain similar behavior from Qt 4, previously
+    handled by some of the above functions can be found in the
+    \l{http://qt.nokia.com/doc/qwidget-qt3.html}{Qt 3 Support Members for QWidget}
+    page.
+
+    A widget now receives change events in its QWidget::changeEvent()
+    handler. This makes the following virtual change handlers obsolete:
+
+    \list
+    \o QWidget::styleChange - use QEvent::StyleChange
+    \o QWidget::enabledChange - use QEvent::EnabledChange
+    \o QWidget::paletteChange - use QEvent::PaletteChange
+    \o QWidget::fontChange - use QEvent::FontChange
+    \o QWidget::windowActivationChange - use QEvent::ActivationChange
+    \o QWidget::languageChange - use QEvent::LanguageChange
+    \endlist
+
+    The following functions were slots, but are no more:
+    \list
+    \o QWidget::clearFocus()
+    \o QWidget::setMouseTracking()
+    \o QWidget::stackUnder(QWidget*)
+    \o QWidget::move(int x, int y)
+    \o QWidget::move(const QPoint &)
+    \o QWidget::resize(int w, int h)
+    \o QWidget::resize(const QSize &)
+    \o QWidget::setGeometry(int x, int y, int w, int h)
+    \o QWidget::setGeometry(const QRect &)
+    \o QWidget::adjustSize()
+    \o QWidget::update(int x, int y, int w, int h)
+    \o QWidget::update(const QRect&)
+    \o QWidget::repaint(bool erase)
+    \o QWidget::repaint(int x, int y, int w, int h, bool erase)
+    \o QWidget::repaint(const QRect &, bool erase)
+    \o QWidget::repaint(const QRegion &, bool erase)
+    \o QWidget::setCaption(const QString &)
+    \o QWidget::setIcon(const QPixmap &)
+    \o QWidget::setIconText(const QString &)
+    \endlist
+
+    The following functions were incorrectly marked as virtual:
+
+    \list
+    \o QWidget::close(bool alsoDelete)
+    \o QWidget::create(WId, bool, bool)
+    \o QWidget::destroy(bool)
+    \o QWidget::move(int x, int y)
+    \o QWidget::reparent(QWidget *parent, WFlags, const QPoint &, bool)
+    \o QWidget::resize(int w, int h)
+    \o QWidget::setAcceptDrops(bool on)
+    \o QWidget::setActiveWindow()
+    \o QWidget::setAutoMask(bool)
+    \o QWidget::setBackgroundColor(const QColor &)
+    \o QWidget::setBackgroundMode(BackgroundMode)
+    \o QWidget::setBackgroundOrigin(BackgroundOrigin)
+    \o QWidget::setBackgroundPixmap(const QPixmap &)
+    \o QWidget::setCaption(const QString &)
+    \o QWidget::setCursor(const QCursor &)
+    \o QWidget::setEnabled(bool)
+    \o QWidget::setEraseColor(const QColor &)
+    \o QWidget::setErasePixmap(const QPixmap &)
+    \o QWidget::setFocus()
+    \o QWidget::setFocusPolicy(FocusPolicy)
+    \o QWidget::setFocusProxy(QWidget *)
+    \o QWidget::setFont(const QFont &)
+    \o QWidget::setGeometry(const QRect &)
+    \o QWidget::setGeometry(int x, int y, int w, int h)
+    \o QWidget::setIcon(const QPixmap &)
+    \o QWidget::setIconText(const QString &)
+    \o QWidget::setKeyCompression(bool)
+    \o QWidget::setMask(const QBitmap &)
+    \o QWidget::setMask(const QRegion &)
+    \o QWidget::setMaximumSize(int maxw, int maxh)
+    \o QWidget::setMicroFocusHint(int x, int y, int w, int h, bool, QFont *f)
+    \o QWidget::setMinimumSize(int minw, int minh)
+    \o QWidget::setMouseTracking(bool enable)
+    \o QWidget::setPalette(const QPalette &)
+    \o QWidget::setPaletteBackgroundColor(const QColor &)
+    \o QWidget::setPaletteBackgroundPixmap(const QPixmap &)
+    \o QWidget::setSizeIncrement(int w, int h)
+    \o QWidget::setSizePolicy(QSizePolicy)
+    \o QWidget::setUpdatesEnabled(bool enable)
+    \o QWidget::setWState(uint)
+    \o QWidget::show()
+    \o QWidget::showFullScreen()
+    \o QWidget::showMaximized()
+    \o QWidget::showMinimized()
+    \o QWidget::showNormal()
+    \o QWidget::sizePolicy()
+    \o QWidget::unsetCursor()
+    \endlist
+
+    The internal clearWState() function was removed. Use
+    QWidget::setAttribute() instead.
+
+    setWFlags() was renamed QWidget::setWindowFlags().
+
+    clearWFlags() has no direct replacement. You can use
+    QWidget::setAttribute() instead. For example,
+    \c{setAttribute(..., false)} to clear an attribute. More information
+    is available \l{http://qt.nokia.com/doc/qwidget.html#setAttribute}{here}.
+
+    testWFlags() was renamed to \l{QWidget::testAttribute()}{testAttribute()}.
+
+    See \l{#properties}{Properties} for a list of QWidget properties
+    in Qt 3 that have changed in Qt 4.
+
+    \section1 QWidgetFactory
+
+    The \c QWidgetFactory class has been replaced by QFormBuilder in Qt 4.
+
+    \section1 QWidgetIntDict
+
+    The QWidgetIntDict class was a synonym for QIntDict<QWidget>. It
+    is no longer available in Qt 4. If you link against Qt3Support,
+    you can use Q3IntDict<QWidget> instead; otherwise, see the
+    \l{#qdict.section}{section on QDict<T>}.
+
+    \target qwidgetlist.section
+    \section1 QWidgetList
+
+    In Qt 3, the QWidgetList class was a typedef for
+    QPtrList<QWidget>. In Qt 4, it is a typedef for QList<QWidget *>.
+    See the \l{#qptrlist.section}{section on QPtrList<T>}.
+
+    \section1 QWidgetPlugin
+
+    The QWidgetPlugin class is no longer available in Qt 4. To create
+    custom widget plugins, subclass QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface to
+    provide information about the custom widget, and build a plugin in
+    the way described in the \l{designer/customwidgetplugin}{Custom
+    Widget Plugin} example.
+
+    \section1 QWidgetStack
+
+    The QWidgetStack class is no longer part of the Qt public API. It
+    has been renamed Q3WidgetStack and moved to Qt3Support. In Qt 4
+    applications, you can use QStackedWidget instead to obtain the
+    same results.
+
+    \section1 QWizard
+
+    The \c QWizard class was reintroduced in Qt 4.3. See the
+    \l{Trivial Wizard Example}, \l{License Wizard Example} and
+    \l{Class Wizard Example} for more details.
+
+    \section1 QWorkspace
+
+    The \c QWorkspace in Qt 4 class requires explicit adding of MDI
+    windows with QWorkspace::addWindow().
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page porting4-virtual-functions.html
+    \title Porting to Qt 4 - Virtual Functions
+    \contentspage {Porting Guides}{Contents}
+    \previouspage Porting to Qt 4
+    \nextpage Porting to Qt 4 - Drag and Drop
+    \ingroup porting
+    \brief An overview of changes to virtual functions in Qt 4.
+
+    \section1 Virtual Functions
+
+    Virtual functions that changed their signature in Qt 4:
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Qt 3 function signature \o Qt 4 function signature
+    \input porting/porting4-modifiedvirtual.qdocinc
+    \endtable
+
+    Virtual functions that are not virtual in Qt 4:
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Qt 3 function \o Comment
+    \input porting/porting4-removedvirtual.qdocinc
+    \endtable
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/porting/qt3to4.qdoc b/doc/src/porting/qt3to4.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d788f67
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/porting/qt3to4.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page qt3to4.html
+    \title qt3to4 - The Qt 3 to 4 Porting Tool
+
+    \ingroup porting
+    \keyword qt3to4
+
+    The \c qt3to4 tool provides help when moving a project from Qt 3
+    to Qt 4. It is designed to automate the most tedious part of the
+    porting effort.
+
+    See \l{Porting to Qt 4} and \l{Porting UI Files to Qt 4} for
+    more information about porting Qt 3 applications to Qt 4.
+
+    \section1 Usage
+
+    \c qt3to4 can be run either on individual C++ source or header
+    files, or on an entire project specified by a \c qmake \c .pro
+    file:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt3to4.qdoc 0
+
+    In project mode, \c qt3to4 reads the \c .pro file and converts
+    all files specified in it. The tool modifies the files in place.
+    You might want to make a copy of your project before you run the
+    tool.
+
+    \section1 Porting Rules
+
+    The Qt porting tool loads its porting rules from an XML file
+    called \c q3porting.xml located in Qt's \c tools/porting/src directory. 
+    By editing this file, you can add your own rules or remove some
+    rules.
+
+    The standard \c q3porting.xml file specifies the following
+    conversions:
+
+    \list
+    \o  Rename classes that are now part of the Qt 3 support
+        library (e.g., replace \c QFileDialog with \c{Q3FileDialog}).
+    \o  Prefix or rename enum values that have been moved or
+        renamed (e.g., replace \c QButton::On with \c{QCheckBox::On}) or
+        members of the Qt namespace (e.g., replace \c QWidget::red with
+        \c{Qt::red}).
+    \o  Add \c #include directives that might be needed in Qt 4.
+    \endlist
+
+    \section2 Location of the qt3porting.xml File
+
+    You can now specify the location of the \c qt3porting.xml file with the
+    \c{-f} command line option. This is useful if you want to use a modified
+    file with your own rules. 
+
+    If you you don't want to maintain a modified \c qt3porting.xml it is
+    possible to create a "patch" file that includes the original file and adds
+    or disables rules. The syntax for this file looks like this:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt3to4.qdoc 1
+
+    \section1 Logging
+
+    The porting tool logs all changes to a file called \c
+    portinglog.txt in the current directory. This file lists all
+    changes made to the source files.
+
+    \section1 Advanced Usage
+
+    When porting, \c qt3to4 parses the source files and ports the
+    contents according to the C++ language rules. This C++ parsing
+    step can be disabled with the \c -disableCppParsing option.
+
+    If C++ parsing is enabled, \c qt3to4 must be able to locate the
+    headers included from the source files. Necessary headers include
+    the public Qt headers and  any headers that declares names that
+    may conflict with names in the public Qt headers. The standard
+    C++ headers and system headers are usually not needed.
+
+    You can tell \c qt3to4 where to look for headers by using the
+    \c{-I} command-line option. Qt 3.3 header information is built
+    in, so it is normaly not necessary to specify the location of the
+    Qt headers. If you are porting from a different version of Qt 3,
+    you may want to disable the built-in headers with
+    \c{-disableBuiltInQt3Headers}, and then add the path to the
+    actual headers with the \c{-I} option.
+
+    When porting a project, \c qt3to4 will read the \c INCLUDEPATH
+    and \c DEPENDPATH variables from the \c .pro file and add the
+    paths specified here to the list of include search directories.
+
+    To see which headers that are not found, use the \c{-missingFileWarnings}
+    option.
+
+    \section1 Limitations
+
+    In some cases, you might get compiler errors because of identifiers
+    in the global namespace (e.g., \c CTRL). Adding
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt3to4.qdoc 2
+
+    at the beginning of the source file that contains
+    the indentifier solves the problem.
+
+    \section1 Legal Notices
+
+    Some source code in \c qt3to4 is licensed under specific highly
+    permissive licenses from the original authors. Nokia gratefully
+    acknowledges these contributions to \c qt3to4 and all uses of
+    \c qt3to4 should also acknowledge these contributions and quote the
+    following license statements in an appendix to the documentation.
+
+    \list
+    \o \l{Contributions to the Following qt3to4 Files: treewalker.h,
+    treedump.cpp, treedump.h, treewalker.cpp}
+    \endlist
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page qt3to4-treewalker.html
+    \title Contributions to the Following qt3to4 Files: treewalker.h, treedump.cpp, treedump.h, treewalker.cpp
+    \ingroup licensing
+    \brief License information for contributions to the qt3to4 source code.
+
+    \legalese
+    Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies). \BR
+    Copyright (C) 2005 Roberto Raggi
+
+    Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+    a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+    "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+    without limitation the rights to use, modify, market, reproduce,
+    grant sublicenses and distribute subject to the following
+    conditions:  The above copyright notice and this permission notice
+    shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+    Software.  These files are provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY
+    KIND, INCLUDING THE WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTIBILITY AND FITNESS
+    FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+    \endlegalese
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/porting/qt4-accessibility.qdoc b/doc/src/porting/qt4-accessibility.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1b985c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/porting/qt4-accessibility.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page qt4-accessibility.html
+    \title Cross-Platform Accessibility Support in Qt 4
+
+    \contentspage {What's New in Qt 4}{Home}
+    \previouspage The New Qt Designer
+    \nextpage The Qt 4 Database GUI Layer
+
+    Qt 4 allows developers to write cross-platform applications that
+    are usable by visually impaired users as well as by users with
+    other disabilities. Qt accessibility will make applications
+    accessible to more users and opens the governmental market, where
+    accessibility is often a requirement.
+
+    \section1 General Overview
+
+    The accessibility classes have been extended in
+    various ways since Qt 3. We added new functions and new enum
+    values, and revised the API to make it more consistent with the
+    rest of Qt. We also added two properties to QWidget,
+    \l{QWidget::accessibleName}{accessibleName} and
+    \l{QWidget::accessibleDescription}{accessibleDescription}, that
+    can be set in \e{Qt Designer} to provide basic help texts without
+    having to write any code.
+
+    Qt's accessibility architecture is as follows. Qt offers one
+    generic interface, QAccessibleInterface, that can be used to
+    wrap all widgets and objects (e.g., QPushButton). This single
+    interface provides all the metadata necessary for the assistive
+    technologies. Qt provides implementations of this interface for
+    its built-in widgets as plugins.
+
+    A more detailed overview of the accessibility support in Qt can
+    be found on the \l Accessibility page.
+
+    \section1 Enabling Accessibility Support
+
+    By default, Qt applications are run with accessibility support
+    enabled on Windows and Mac OS X. On Unix/X11 platforms, applications
+    must be launched in an environment with the \c QT_ACCESSIBILITY
+    variable set to 1. For example, this is set in the following way with
+    the bash shell:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-accessibility.qdoc environment
+
+    Accessibility features are built into Qt by default when the libraries
+    are configured and built.
+
+    \section1 Creating New Accessible Interfaces
+
+    When you develop custom widgets, you can create custom subclasses
+    of QAccessibleInterface and distribute them as plugins (using
+    QAccessiblePlugin) or compile them into the application.
+    Likewise, Qt's predefined accessibility support can be built as
+    plugin (the default) or directly into the Qt library. The main
+    advantage of using plugins is that the accessibility classes are
+    only loaded into memory if they are actually used; they don't
+    slow down the common case where no assistive technology is being
+    used.
+
+    In addition to QAccessibleInterface, Qt includes two convenience
+    classes, QAccessibleObject and QAccessibleWidget, that
+    provide the lowest common denominator of metadata (e.g., widget
+    geometry, window title, basic help text). You can use them as
+    base classes when wrapping your custom QObject or QWidget
+    subclasses.
+
+    Another new feature in Qt 4 is that Qt can now support other
+    backends in addition to the predefined ones. This is done by
+    subclassing QAccessibleBridge.
+
+    \omit
+    \section1 Software Layering
+
+        Qt Application
+            | links to
+        Qt Accessibility Module
+            | Plugin (in-process)
+        Qt ATK Bridge
+            | links to
+        ATK
+            | Plugin (in-process)
+        at-spi
+            | CORBA
+        assistive technologies
+
+    Windows:
+
+        Qt Application
+            | links to
+        Qt Accessibility Module
+            | COM (?)
+        MSAA
+            | ?
+        assistive technologies
+
+    Mac:
+
+        ?
+    \endomit
+
+    \section1 Example Code
+
+    The first example illustrates how to provide accessibility
+    information for a custom widget. We can use QAccessibleWidget as
+    a base class and reimplement various functions:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-accessibility.qdoc 0
+
+    Here's how we would implement the
+    \l{QAccessibleInterface::doAction()}{doAction()} function to call
+    a function named click() on the wrapped MyWidget object when the
+    user invokes the object's default action or "presses" it.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-accessibility.qdoc 1
+
+    To export the widget interface as a plugin, we must subclass
+    QAccessibleFactory:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-accessibility.qdoc 2
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/porting/qt4-arthur.qdoc b/doc/src/porting/qt4-arthur.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b253d06
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/porting/qt4-arthur.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,336 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page qt4-arthur.html
+    \title The Arthur Paint System
+
+    \contentspage {What's New in Qt 4}{Home}
+    \previouspage The Interview Framework
+    \nextpage The Scribe Classes
+
+    This document describes Qt 4's painting system, providing a
+    comparison between the approaches used by Qt when rendering
+    graphics in Qt 3 and Qt 4.
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 Architecture
+
+    The Qt 4 Paint System is primarily based on the classes
+    QPainter, QPaintDevice, and QPaintEngine. QPainter is the
+    class used to perform drawing operations, such as drawLine()
+    and drawRect(). QPaintDevice represents a device that can be
+    painted on using a QPainter; both QWidget and QPixmap are
+    QPaintDevices. QPaintEngine provides the interface that the
+    painter uses to draw onto different types of devices.
+
+    \section2 A Look Back at Qt 3
+
+    In Qt 3, QPainter could be used to draw on widgets and pixmaps.
+    (It could also be used to draw to printers on Windows and Mac OS
+    X.) When other paint devices needed to be supported, such as
+    QPrinter on X11, this was done by deriving from QPaintDevice and
+    reimplementing the virtual function QPaintDevice::cmd(). A
+    reimplemented paint device was treated as an external device.
+
+    QPainter was capable of recognizing external devices and could
+    serialize each paint operation to the reimplemented cmd()
+    function. This allowed reimplementation of arbitrary devices, but
+    the approach has some disadvantages which we have addressed in
+    Qt 4. One of these is that an external device could not reuse any
+    functionality implemented in QPainter since QPainter was tied to
+    widget/pixmap painting on that platform. Supporting multiple
+    device backends, such as OpenGL, was therefore inconvenient and
+    not very efficient.
+
+    This has led us to devise a more convenient and intuitive API for
+    Qt 4.
+
+    \section2 How Painting is Done in Qt 4
+
+    In Qt 4 we have introduced the QPaintEngine abstract class.
+    Implementations of this class provide the concrete functionality
+    needed to draw to specific device types. The QPaintEngine class
+    is only used internally by QPainter and QPaintDevice, and it is
+    hidden from application programmers unless they reimplement their own
+    device types for their own QPaintEngine subclasses. Qt currently
+    provides paint engines for the following platforms and APIs:
+
+    \list
+    \o A pixel-based engine for the Windows platform that is
+       also used to draw onto QImages on all platforms
+    \o OpenGL on all platforms
+    \o PostScript on Linux, Unix, and Mac OS X
+    \o QuickDraw and CoreGraphics on Mac OS X
+    \o X11 and the X Render Extension on Linux and Unix systems
+    \omit
+    \o QVFb, VNC, and LinuxFb for Qt for Embedded Linux
+    \endomit
+    \endlist
+
+    To implement support for a new backend, you must derive from
+    QPaintEngine and reimplement its virtual functions. You also need
+    to derive from QPaintDevice and reimplement the virtual function
+    QPaintDevice::paintEngine() to tell QPainter which paint engine
+    should be used to draw on this particular device.
+
+    The main benefit of this approach is that all painting follows the
+    same painting pipeline. This means that adding support for new features
+    and providing default implementations for unsupported ones has
+    become much simpler.
+
+    \section1 New Features in the Qt 4 Paint System
+
+    \section2 Gradient Brushes
+
+    With Qt 4 it is possible to fill shapes using gradient
+    brushes. A gradient in this case is used to describe the transition
+    from one color at a given point to different color at another point. A
+    gradient can span from one color to another or over a
+    number of colors by specifying multiple colors at positions in the
+    gradient area. Qt 4 supports linear, radial, and conical gradients.
+
+    Linear gradients are specified using two control points.
+    Setting a linear gradient brush is done by creating a QLinearGradient
+    object and setting it as a brush.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-arthur.qdoc 0
+
+    The code shown above produces a pattern as show in the following
+    pixmap:
+
+    \img diagonalGradient.png
+
+    Radial gradients are specified using a center, a radius, and a
+    focal point. Setting a radial brush is done by creating a QRadialGradient
+    object and setting it as a brush.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-arthur.qdoc 1
+
+    The code shown above produces a pattern as shown in the following
+    pixmap:
+
+    \img radialGradient.png
+
+    Conical gradients are specified using a center and a start
+    angle. Setting a conical brush is done by creating a
+    QConicalGradient object and setting it as a brush.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-arthur.qdoc 2
+
+    The code shown above produces a pattern as shown in the following
+    pixmap:
+
+    \img conicalGradient.png
+
+    \section2 Alpha-Blended Drawing
+
+    With Qt 4 we support alpha-blended outlining and filling. The
+    alpha channel of a color is defined through QColor. The alpha
+    channel specifies the transparency effect, 0 represents a fully
+    transparent color, while 255 represents a fully opaque color. For
+    example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-arthur.qdoc 3
+
+    The code shown above produces the following output:
+
+    \img alphafill.png
+
+    Alpha-blended drawing is supported on Windows, Mac OS X, and on
+    X11 systems that have the X Render extension installed.
+
+
+    \section2 QPainter and QGLWidget
+
+    It is now possible to open a QPainter on a QGLWidget as if it
+    were a normal QWidget. One huge benefit from this is that we
+    utilize the high performance of OpenGL for most drawing
+    operations, such as transformations and pixmap drawing.
+
+
+    \section2 Anti-Aliased Edges
+
+    On platforms where this is supported by the native drawing API, we
+    provide the option of turning on anti-aliased edges when drawing
+    graphics primitives.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-arthur.qdoc 4
+
+    This produces the following output:
+
+    \img antialiased.png
+
+    Anti-aliasing is supported when drawing to a QImage and on all
+    systems, except on X11 when XRender is not present.
+
+
+    \section2 Extensive Use of Native Graphics Operations
+
+    Where this makes sense, Qt uses native graphics
+    operations. The benefit we gain from this is that these operations
+    can potentially be performed in hardware, giving significant
+    speed improvements over many pure-software implementations.
+
+    Among these are native transformations (Mac OS X and OpenGL),
+    making painting with a world matrix much faster. Some pixmap
+    operations have also been moved closer to the underlying
+    hardware implementations.
+
+
+    \section2 Painter Paths
+
+    A painter path is an object composed of a number of graphical
+    building blocks, such as rectangles, ellipses, lines, and curves.
+    A painter path can be used for filling, outlining, and for clipping.
+    The main advantage of painter paths over normal drawing operations
+    is that it is possible to build up non-linear shapes which can be
+    drawn later in one go.
+
+    Building blocks can be joined in closed subpaths, such as a
+    rectangle or an ellipse, or they can exist independently as unclosed
+    subpaths, although an unclosed path will not be filled.
+
+    Below is a code example on how a path can be used. The
+    painter in this case has a pen width of 3 and a light blue brush. We
+    first add a rectangle, which becomes a closed subpath.  We then add
+    two bezier curves, and finally draw the entire path.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-arthur.qdoc 5
+
+    The code above produces the following output:
+
+    \img pathexample.png
+
+
+    \section2 Widget Double-Buffering
+
+    In Qt 4, all widgets are double-buffered by default.
+
+    In previous versions of Qt double-buffering was achieved by
+    painting to an off-screen pixmap then copying the pixmap to the
+    screen. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-arthur.qdoc 6
+
+    Since the double-buffering is handled by QWidget internally this
+    now becomes:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-arthur.qdoc 7
+
+    Double-buffering is turned on by default, but can be turned off for
+    individual widgets by setting the widget attribute
+    Qt::WA_PaintOnScreen.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-arthur.qdoc 8
+
+    \section2 Pen and Brush Transformation
+
+    In Qt 3, pens and brushes weren't affected by the painter's
+    transformation matrix. For example, if you drew a rectangle with a
+    pen width of 1 using a scaled painter, the resulting line width
+    would still be 1. This made it difficult to implement features
+    such as zooming and high-resolution printing.
+
+    In Qt 4, pens and brushes honor the painter's transformation
+    matrix.
+
+    Note that this feature is still in development and not yet
+    supported on all platforms.
+
+    \section2 Custom Filled Pens
+
+    In Qt 4, it is possible to specify how an outline should be
+    filled.  It can be a solid color or a QBrush, which makes it
+    possible to specify both texture and gradient fills for both
+    text and outlines.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-arthur.qdoc 9
+
+    The code above produces the following output:
+
+    \img gradientText.png
+
+    \section2 QImage as a Paint Device
+
+    A great improvement of Qt 4 over previous versions it that it now
+    provides a pixel-based raster paint engine which allows users to
+    open a painter on a QImage. The QImage paint engine supports the
+    full feature set of QPainter (paths, antialiasing, alphablending,
+    etc.) and can be used on all platforms.
+
+    One advantage of this is that it is possible to guarantee the
+    pixel exactness of any drawing operation in a platform-independent
+    way.
+
+    Painting on an image is as simple as drawing on any other paint device.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-arthur.qdoc 10
+
+    \section2 SVG Rendering Support
+
+    \l{Scalable Vector Graphics} (SVG) is an language for describing both static
+    and animated two-dimensional vector graphics. Qt includes support for the
+    \l{SVG 1.2 Tiny Static Features}{static features} of \l{SVG 1.2 Tiny}, taking
+    advantage of the improved paint system in Qt 4. SVG drawings can be rendered
+    onto any QPaintDevice subclass, such as QWidget, QImage, and QGLWidget, to
+    take advantage of specific advantages of each device. This approach gives
+    developers the flexibility to experiment, in order to find the best solution
+    for each application.
+
+    \image svg-image.png
+
+    Since SVG is an XML-based format, the QtXml module is required to read SVG
+    files. For this reason, classes for SVG handling are provided separately in
+    the QtSvg module.
+
+    Displaying an SVG drawing in an application is as simple as displaying a
+    bitmap image. QSvgWidget is a display widget that can be placed in an
+    appropriate place in a user interface, and new content can be loaded as
+    required. For example, a predetermined file can be loaded and displayed in
+    a widget with little effort:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qsvgwidget/main.cpp 0
+
+    For applications with more specialized requirements, the QSvgRenderer class
+    provides more control over the way SVG drawings are rendered and animated.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/porting/qt4-designer.qdoc b/doc/src/porting/qt4-designer.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0bfe034
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/porting/qt4-designer.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,298 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page qt4-designer.html
+
+    \title The New Qt Designer
+
+    \contentspage {What's New in Qt 4}{Home}
+    \previouspage The Qt 4 Main Window Classes
+    \nextpage Cross-Platform Accessibility Support in Qt 4
+
+    \QD has been completely re-written based on our experience with
+    the previous versions of the product for Qt 3. One of the main new
+    ideas behind this new version is to release the application as a
+    collection of interchangeable components that include the property
+    editor, the widget box, and other useful tools for creating
+    graphical user interfaces with Qt. These components can either be
+    used together in the \QD application, or independently integrated
+    into other systems.  As a result, certain features such as the
+    project editor and code editor have been removed from the version
+    included with this release.
+
+    The current version of \QD is near feature complete and can be used for
+    many tasks. However, it is still under continuous development. This
+    document will explain what is already in place.
+
+    See also the \l{Qt Designer Manual}.
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 The Current State of Qt Designer
+
+    When used as a standalone application, \QD includes a number of
+    components that work together to provide a flexible GUI design
+    tool. Widgets and dialog windows can be composed using a
+    form-based interface that fully supports drag and drop, clipboard
+    operations, and an undo/redo stack.
+
+    This version of \QD introduces a number of editing modes to make
+    different types of editing more natural. Each editing mode
+    displays the form in an appropriate way for that mode, and
+    provides a specialized user interface for manipulating its
+    contents. The current editing modes are Widget Editing, Signals
+    and Slots Editing, Buddy Editing, and Tab Order Editing.
+
+    \section2 User Interface Features
+
+    \table
+    \row \i \inlineimage designer-main-window.png
+    \i \bold{Widget Box}
+
+    The Widget Box displays a categorized list of widgets and other
+    objects that can be placed on a form using drag and drop.
+
+    When \QD is in multi-window mode, the window containing the Widget
+    Box also holds the main menu and the tool bar. When in workbench
+    mode, the Widget Box becomes an independent window within the \QD
+    workspace.
+
+    The contents of the Widget Box are defined in an XML file that
+    holds a collection of .ui documents for standard Qt widgets. This
+    file can be extended, making it possible to add custom widgets to
+    the Widget Box.
+    \endtable
+
+    \table
+    \row \i \bold{Property Editor}
+
+    The Property Editor allows designers to edit most properties of
+    widgets and layout objects. The property names and values are
+    presented in an editable tree view that shows the properties of
+    the currently selected object.
+
+    Certain resources, such as icons, can be configured in the
+    Property Editor.  Resources can be taken from any currently
+    installed resource files, making it easier to design
+    self-contained components.
+
+    \i \inlineimage designer-property-editor.png
+    \endtable
+
+    \section2 Editing Features
+
+    \QD allows form designers to work on different aspects of their forms by
+    switching between specialized editing modes. Tools for editing widget
+    properties, resources, and actions provide context-sensitive information
+    about the forms being edited.
+
+    \table
+    \row \i \inlineimage designer-choosing-form.png
+    \i \bold{Form Templates}
+
+    Form templates provide ready-to-use forms for various types of widgets,
+    such as QWidget, QDialog, and QMainWindow. Custom templates based on
+    these widgets can also be created.
+
+    Templates can contain child widgets and layouts. Designers can
+    save time by creating templates for the most common user interface
+    features for repeated use.
+    \endtable
+
+    \table
+    \row
+    \i \bold{Widget Editing Mode}
+
+    The new \QD allows widgets to be dropped into existing layouts on
+    the form. Previously, it was necessary to break layouts in order
+    to add new widgets to them.
+
+    \QD now supports more direct manipulation of widgets:
+    You can clone a widget by dragging it with the \key CTRL key held down, and
+    it is even possible to drag widgets between forms.
+
+    In-place widget editors provide specialized editing facilities for
+    the most-used widget properties.
+
+    \i \inlineimage designer-editing-mode.png
+    \endtable
+
+    \table
+    \row
+    \i \inlineimage designer-connection-mode.png
+    \i \bold{Signals and Slots Editing Mode}
+
+    \QD now employs a "wired" approach when representing and editing
+    connections between objects on a form. The Signal and Slots
+    Editing mode displays all the signal and slot connections on your
+    form as arrows. These arrows can be manipulated visually, and
+    provide the user with an overview of the form's connection logic.
+
+    Connections can be made between objects on a form and the form itself.
+    This is particularly useful when designing dialogs.
+    \endtable
+
+    \table
+    \row
+    \i \bold{Buddy Editing Mode}
+
+    Widgets that cannot accept keyboard input are often given buddy
+    widgets that will take the keyboard focus on their behalf.
+
+    In Buddy Editing mode, \QD provides a similar approach to that
+    used in the Signals and Slots Editing mode to show the
+    relationships between widgets and their buddies.
+
+    \i \inlineimage designer-buddy-mode.png
+    \endtable
+
+    \table
+    \row
+    \i \inlineimage designer-tab-order-mode.png
+    \i \bold{Tab Order Mode}
+
+    In this mode, users can specify the order in which input widgets accept
+    the keyboard focus.
+
+    The way that the tab order is defined follows the approach taken
+    in Qt 3's version of \QD; The default tab order is based on the
+    order in which widgets are constructed.
+
+    \endtable
+
+    \table
+    \row
+    \i \bold{The Resource Editor}
+
+    The new \QD fully supports The Qt Resource System, and provide the
+    Resource Editor to help designers and developers manage the
+    resources that are needed by their applications.
+
+    Using the Resource Editor, resources can be associated with a
+    given form, and also modified and extended throught the editor's
+    file browser style interface.
+
+    The Resource Editor uses files that are processed by various
+    components of the \l{The Qt Resource System}{Qt Resource System}
+    to ensure that all required resources are embedded in the
+    application.
+
+    \i \inlineimage designer-resources-editing.png
+    \endtable
+
+    \table
+    \row
+    \i \inlineimage designer-action-editor.png
+    \i \bold{The Action Editor}
+
+    With the release of Qt 4.1, \QD introduces the Action Editor
+    simplifying the management of actions when creating main window
+    applications.
+
+    When creating a main window, you can add a menu bar and toolbars
+    using \QD's context menu. Once you have the menu bar or a toolbar
+    in place, you can create and add actions using the Action Editor.
+
+    \endtable
+
+    \section2 Plugin Support
+
+    \table
+    \row
+    \i \inlineimage worldtimeclockplugin-example.png
+    \i \bold{Custom Widgets}
+
+    Plugins can be used to add new custom widgets, special editors, and
+    support for widgets from the Qt 3 support library.
+
+    Support for custom widget plugins allows user interface designers to
+    use application-specific widgets in their designs as early as possible
+    in the development process.
+
+    \QD handles custom widgets in the same way as standard Qt widgets,
+    and allows custom signals and slots to be connected to other objects
+    from within Signals and Slots Editing mode.
+    \endtable
+
+    \table
+    \row
+    \i \bold{The QtDesigner Module}
+
+    The new modular \QD is designed to be integrated into other environments
+    and extended with custom components.
+
+    The QtDesigner Module is a library that developers can use to
+    write extensions and plugins for \QD, and enables \QD components
+    to be embedded into Integrated Development Environments
+    (IDEs).
+
+    With the release of Qt 4.1 the QtDesigner Module is fully
+    documented. The release also provides several new examples using
+    the QtDesigner API to create task menu extensions and custom
+    multi-page widgets (i.e. container extensions).
+
+    \i \inlineimage designer-manual-taskmenuextension.png
+    \endtable
+
+    \section1 Run-Time Support for Forms
+
+    With the Qt 4.1 release, the new QtUiTools module is introduced to
+    provide classes handling forms created with \QD.
+
+    Currently the module only contains the QUiLoader class.
+
+    QUiLoader can be used by standalone applications to
+    dynamically create form-based user interfaces at run-time. This
+    library can be statically linked with applications and
+    redistributed under the same terms as Qt.
+
+    \table
+    \row
+    \i \inlineimage calculatorbuilder-example.png
+    \i \bold{Dynamic Form Creation}
+
+    The QtUiTools library lets developers dynamically construct user interfaces at
+    run-time using the same techniques as \QD. Since forms can contain custom
+    widget plugins, the loading mechanism can be customized to search for
+    third party or application-specific plugins.
+    \endtable
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/porting/qt4-interview.qdoc b/doc/src/porting/qt4-interview.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..158de87
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/porting/qt4-interview.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,293 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page qt4-interview.html
+    \title The Interview Framework
+
+    \contentspage {What's New in Qt 4}{Home}
+    \previouspage The Tulip Container Classes
+    \nextpage The Arthur Paint System
+
+    The Interview classes provide a model/view framework for Qt
+    applications based on the well known Model-View-Controller design
+    pattern. In this document, we will describe Qt's model/view
+    architecture, provide some examples, and show the improvements
+    offered over Qt 3's item view classes.
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 Overview of The Model/View Architecture
+
+    The model/view architecture is a variation of the Model-View-Controller
+    (MVC) design pattern, originating from Smalltalk, that is often used when
+    building user interfaces.
+
+    In the model/view architecture, the view and the controller objects are
+    combined. This still separates the way that data is stored from the way
+    that it is presented to the user, but provides a simpler framework based
+    on the same principles. This separation makes it possible to display the
+    same data in several different views, and to implement new types of views,
+    without changing the underlying data structures.
+
+    User input is handled by \e delegates. The advantage of this approach is
+    that it allows rendering and editing of individual items of data to be
+    customized to suit each data type in use.
+
+    \table
+    \row \i \inlineimage modelview-overview.png
+    \i \bold{The model/view architecture}
+
+    The model communicates with a source of data, providing an \e interface
+    for the other components in the architecture. The nature of the
+    communication depends on the type of data source, and the way the model
+    is implemented.
+
+    The view obtains \e{model indexes} from the model; these are references
+    to items of data. By supplying model indexes to the model, the view can
+    retrieve items of data from the data source.
+
+    In standard views, a \e delegate renders the items of data. When an item
+    is edited, the delegate communicates with the model directly using
+    model indexes.
+    \endtable
+
+    \section1 Model/View Classes
+
+    On a fundamental level, the Interview classes define the interfaces and
+    common functionality for models, views, and delegates. All implemented
+    components subclass QAbstractItemModel, QAbstractItemView, or
+    QAbstractItemDelegate. The use of a common API ensures a level of
+    interoperability between the components.
+
+    \image standard-views.png
+
+    Interview provides ready-to-use implementations of views for table,
+    tree, and list widgets: QTableView, QTreeView, and QListView.
+    These standard views are suitable for displaying the most common
+    types of data structures used in applications, and can be used with
+    the ready-made models supplied with Qt:
+
+    \list
+    \o QStandardItemModel is a minimal convenience model that developers
+       can use to manage items of data.
+    \o QDirModel provides directory information for use with QListView and
+       QTreeView.
+    \o QStringListModel is a convenience model that can be used to hold
+       strings for views such as QListView and QComboBox.
+    \endlist
+
+    Two specialized abstract models are provided that can be subclassed
+    and extended (see the
+    \l{model-view-programming.html#related-examples}{Model/View Programming}
+    examples):
+
+    \list
+    \o QAbstractTableModel is a useful starting point for providing a custom
+       model that can be used with QTableView.
+    \o QAbstractListModel can be subclassed to produce a list-based model
+       for use with QListView.
+    \endlist
+
+    Operations on items, such as filtering and sorting, are handled by \e{proxy
+    models} that allow views to display processed data without having to
+    copy or modify data obtained from a source model. Interview provides
+    the QSortFilterProxyModel class to allow items of data from a source model
+    to be sorted and filtered before they are supplied to views.
+
+    Developers who are familiar with the conventional list, tree, and table
+    widgets may find QListWidget, QTreeWidget, and QTableWidget useful.
+    These present a simplified interface to the views that does not require a
+    knowledge of the underlying model/view architecture.
+
+    For details about how to use the model/view classes, see the
+    \l{Model/View Programming} document.
+
+    See also the \l{The Qt 4 Database GUI Layer}{Database GUI Layer} document
+    for information about Qt 4's database models.
+
+    \section1 Example Code
+
+    To illustrate how the Interview classes are used, we present two
+    examples that show different aspects of the model/view architecture.
+
+    \section2 Sharing a Model Between Views
+
+    In this example, we display the contents of a model using two
+    different views, and share the user's selection between
+    them. We will use the QDirModel supplied with Qt because it
+    requires very little configuration, and provides existing data to
+    the views.
+
+    The main() function for this example demonstrates all the
+    principles involved in setting up a model and two views. We also
+    share the selection between the two views:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/shareddirmodel/main.cpp 1
+
+    In the above function, we construct a directory model to display
+    the contents of a default directory. The two views are constructed
+    and given the same model to work with. By default, each view will
+    maintain and display its own selection of items from the model,
+    so we explicitly create a new selection that is shared between the
+    tree view and the list view. As a result, changes to the selection
+    in either of these views will automatically cause the selection in
+    the other to change.
+
+    \image interview-shareddirmodel.png
+
+    The model/view architecture allows us to replace the QDirModel in
+    this example with a completely different model, one that will perhaps
+    obtain data from a remote server, or from a database.
+
+    \section2 Creating a Custom Model
+
+    In this example, we display items of data obtained from a custom list
+    model using a standard view. The custom model is a subclass of
+    QAbstractListModel and provides implementations of a core set of
+    functions.
+
+    The complete declaration of our model is as follows:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/stringlistmodel/model.h 0
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/stringlistmodel/model.h 1
+    \codeline
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/stringlistmodel/model.h 5
+
+    The model takes a list of strings when constructed, and supplies these
+    to views as required. Since this is only a simple read-only model, we
+    only need to implement a few functions.
+
+    The underlying data structure used to hold the strings is a QStringList.
+    Since the model maps each item in the list to a row in the model, the
+    rowCount() function is quite simple:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/stringlistmodel/model.cpp 0
+
+    The data() function returns an item of data for each model index
+    supplied by a view:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/stringlistmodel/model.cpp 1
+
+    The data() function returns a QVariant containing the information
+    referred to by the model index. Items of data are returned to the view,
+    but only if a number of checks are satisfied; for example, if the view
+    specifies an invalid model index, the model indicates this by returning
+    an invalid QVariant.
+
+    Vertical and horizontal headers are supplied by the headerData()
+    function. In this model, the value returned for these items is the row
+    or column number, depending on the header:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/stringlistmodel/model.cpp 2
+
+    We only include an excerpt from the main() function for this short
+    example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/stringlistmodel/main.cpp 1
+    \dots
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/stringlistmodel/main.cpp 3
+
+    We create a string list to use with the model, and we supply it to the
+    model when it is constructed. The information in the string list is
+    made available to the view via the model.
+
+    \image stringlistmodel.png
+
+    This example shows that it can be easy to populate views with data
+    from a simple model. The standard models and views planned for
+    Qt 4 will make the process even easier, and the convenience widgets
+    supplied provide support for the classic item-based approach.
+
+    \section1 What's Changed Since Qt 3?
+
+    The table and item view classes in Qt 3 implemented widgets that
+    both stored data and presented it to the user. These classes were
+    designed to be easy-to-use and consistent, but were sometimes
+    difficult to customize and extend.
+
+    The equivalent classes in Qt 4 are designed to be extensible while
+    remaining easy-to-use; the introduction of the model/view
+    architecture ensures that they will be more consistent than their
+    predecessors. The view classes provided can be summarized in the
+    following way:
+
+    \list
+    \i QListView class provides a view widget that looks similar to
+       Qt 3's QListBox widget, but displays data provided by a model.
+       It can also be used to display icons in a similar way to Qt 3's
+       QIconView.
+    \i The QTableView class is a view widget that displays tabular data
+       like Qt 3's QTable widget, but uses data provided by a model.
+    \i The QTreeView class provides a view widget that behaves like
+       Qt 3's QListView widget, except that it displays data provided
+       by a model.
+    \endlist
+
+    Since the model takes responsibility for supplying items of data,
+    and the view takes care of their presentation to the user, we do
+    not require item classes to represent individual items.
+    Delegates handle the painting and editing of data obtained from
+    the model.
+
+    Qt continues to provide a number of classic item view widgets with
+    familiar item-based interfaces that are not based on compatibility
+    classes:
+
+    \list
+    \i The QListWidget class provides a widget to display a
+       list of items, as found in Qt 3's QListBox class.
+    \i The QTreeWidget class implements the equivalent of Qt 3's
+       QListView class.
+    \i The QTableWidget class provides comparable functionality to
+       Qt 3's QTable class.
+    \endlist
+
+    Each of the convenience classes have a corresponding item class:
+    QListWidgetItem, QTreeWidgetItem, and QTableWidgetItem are the Qt 4
+    equivalents of Qt 3's QListBoxItem, QListViewItem, and QTableItem
+    respectively.
+
+    The move towards a model/view architecture presents both challenges
+    and opportunities for developers. Although the approach may appear to
+    be rather powerful for simple applications, it encourages greater
+    reuse of components within applications.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/porting/qt4-mainwindow.qdoc b/doc/src/porting/qt4-mainwindow.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7c48b95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/porting/qt4-mainwindow.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,250 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page qt4-mainwindow.html
+    \title The Qt 4 Main Window Classes
+
+    \contentspage {What's New in Qt 4}{Home}
+    \previouspage The Scribe Classes
+    \nextpage The New Qt Designer
+
+    Qt 4 introduces a new set of main window classes that supersede the
+    Qt 3 main window classes, providing a more efficient implementation
+    while remaining easy to use.
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 Overview of the Main Window Classes
+
+    The main window-related classes have been redesigned to satisfy a
+    number of requirements, addressing issues raised by our customers and
+    internal developers. The aim of this redesign is to provide a more
+    consistent and efficient framework for main window management.
+
+    \section1 The Main Window Classes
+
+    Qt 4 provides the following classes for managing main windows and
+    associated user interface components:
+
+    \list
+    \o QMainWindow remains the central class around which applications
+       can be built. The interface to this class has been simplified, and
+       much of the functionality previously included in this class is now
+       present in the companion QDockWidget and QToolBar classes.
+
+    \o QDockWidget provides a widget that can be used to create
+       detachable tool palettes or helper windows. Dock widgets keep track
+       of their own properties, and they can be moved, closed, and floated
+       as external windows.
+
+    \o QToolBar provides a generic toolbar widget that can hold a
+       number of different action-related widgets, such as buttons,
+       drop-down menus, comboboxes, and spin boxes. The emphasis on a
+       unified action model in Qt 4 means that toolbars cooperate well
+       with menus and keyboard shortcuts.
+    \endlist
+
+    \section1 Example Code
+
+    Using QMainWindow is straightforward. Generally, we subclass
+    QMainWindow and set up menus, toolbars, and dock widgets inside
+    the QMainWindow constructor.
+
+    To add a menu bar to the main window, we simply create the menus, and
+    add them to the main window's menu bar. Note that the
+    QMainWindow::menuBar() function will automatically create the menu bar
+    the first time it is called. You can also call
+    QMainWindow::setMenuBar() to use a custom menu bar in the main window.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-mainwindow.qdoc 0
+    \dots
+    \snippet examples/mainwindows/menus/mainwindow.cpp 5
+    \dots
+
+    Once actions have been created, we can add them to the main window
+    components. To begin with, we add them to the pop-up menus:
+
+    \snippet examples/mainwindows/menus/mainwindow.cpp 10
+    \dots
+    \snippet examples/mainwindows/menus/mainwindow.cpp 11
+    \dots
+
+    The QToolBar and QMenu classes use Qt's action system to provide a
+    consistent API. In the above code, some existing actions were added to
+    the file menu with the QMenu::addAction() function. QToolBar also
+    provides this function, making it easy to reuse actions in different
+    parts of the main window. This avoids unnecessary duplication of work.
+
+    We create a toolbar as a child of the main window, and add the desired
+    actions to it:
+
+    \snippet examples/mainwindows/sdi/mainwindow.cpp 0
+    \dots
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-mainwindow.qdoc 1
+
+    In this example, the toolbar is restricted to the top and bottom
+    toolbar areas of the main window, and is initially placed in the
+    top tool bar area. We can see that the actions specified by \c
+    newAct and \c openAct will be displayed both on the toolbar and in
+    the file menu.
+
+    QDockWidget is used in a similar way to QToolBar. We create a
+    dock widget as a child of the main window, and add widgets as children
+    of the dock widget:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/dockwidgets/mainwindow.cpp 0
+
+    In this example, the dock widget can only be placed in the left and
+    right dock areas, and it is initially placed in the left dock area. 
+
+    The QMainWindow API allows the programmer to customize which dock
+    widget areas occupy the four corners of the dock widget area. If
+    required, the default can be changed with the
+    QMainWindow::setCorner() function:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-mainwindow.qdoc 2
+
+    The following diagram shows the configuration produced by the above code.
+    Note that the left and right dock widgets will occupy the top and bottom
+    corners of the main window in this layout.
+
+    \image mainwindow-docks-example.png
+
+    Once all of the main window components have been set up, the central widget
+    is created and installed by using code similar to the following:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-mainwindow.qdoc 3
+
+    The central widget can be any subclass of QWidget.
+
+    \section1 What's Changed since Qt 3?
+
+    The main window classes in Qt 4 adds new functionality, mainly to
+    the dock widgets and toolbars. We have also made changes to the
+    design of the framework.
+
+    Although the QMainWindow class in Qt 3 provided support for
+    toolbars, dock widgets, and other standard user interface
+    components, its design meant that these items were managed
+    through a large number of QMainWindow member functions. In Qt 4,
+    the QMainWindow class delegates many of the management tasks to
+    QDockWidget and QToolBar (allowing more consistent behavior to be
+    defined and implemented).
+
+    The dock widget and toolbar classes are now separated into
+    independent classes. (write some more here)
+
+    (It is intended that these changes allow more consistent behavior 
+    to be defined and implemented (which? example). In
+    response to feedback from customers, we hope to improve these classes 
+    even further.)
+
+    \section2 New Functionality
+
+    Dock widgets are animated when docking or
+    detaching from a dock area. The dock areas will also adjust their
+    size to show where the dock widget will dock when it hovers over
+    it. This animation can be turned off with \c setAnimated(). 
+
+    By default, dock widgets are added to the dock areas in a single
+    row. By setting nesting enabled with \c setDockNestingEnabled(),
+    the widgets can be added both vertically and horizontally.
+
+    Two dock widgets can occupy the same space in a dock area. The user
+    can then choose which widget that is visible with a tab bar that
+    is located below the widgets. The QMainWindow::tabifyDockWidget() 
+    joins two tab widgets in such a tabbed dock area. (revise the
+    entire paragraph)
+
+    \section2 Independent QDockWidget And QToolBar Classes
+
+    Toolbar and dock window functionality is provided by two independent
+    classes: QToolBar and QDockWidget. Toolbars and dock widgets
+    reside in separate areas, with toolbars outside the dock widget
+    area. This behavior differs from the Qt 3 behavior, where
+    QToolBar inherited functionality from QDockWidget, and both types of
+    component shared the same areas. The result is a more consistent
+    and predictable experience for users. Toolbars and dock widgets
+    provide feedback while being dragged into their new positions.
+
+    \image mainwindow-docks.png
+
+    The diagram above shows the layout of a main window that contains both
+    toolbars and dock widgets. Each corner area can be used by either
+    of the adjacent dock widget areas, allowing dock widget behavior and
+    main window layout to be specified precisely.
+
+    Toolbars and dock widgets are child widgets of the main window. They
+    are no longer reparented into a dock area widget by the main window.
+    Instead, layouts are used to manage the placement of toolbars and dock
+    widgets. One consequence is that the old QDockArea class is no
+    longer required in Qt 4.
+
+    \section2 Code Change Examples
+
+    QMainWindow retains the menuBar() function, but menus are always
+    constructed using QAction objects. All kinds of menus are
+    constructed using the general QMenu class.
+
+    Qt 3:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-mainwindow.qdoc 4
+    Qt 4:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-mainwindow.qdoc 5
+
+    Toolbars follow the same pattern as menus, with the new, more
+    consistent behavior:
+
+    Qt 3:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-mainwindow.qdoc 6
+    Qt 4:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-mainwindow.qdoc 7
+
+    The behavior of dock widgets is now configured through the member
+    functions of QDockWidget. For example, compare the old and new ways
+    of creating a dock widget in the dock area on the left hand side of the
+    main window.
+
+    In Qt 3:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-mainwindow.qdoc 8
+    In Qt 4:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-mainwindow.qdoc 9
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/porting/qt4-network.qdoc b/doc/src/porting/qt4-network.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..36fd46a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/porting/qt4-network.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,243 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page qt4-network.html
+    \title The Network Module in Qt 4
+
+    \contentspage {What's New in Qt 4}{Home}
+    \previouspage The Qt 4 Database GUI Layer
+    \nextpage The Qt 4 Style API
+
+    The network module in Qt 4 provides some new features, such as
+    support for internationalized domain names, better IPv6 support,
+    and better performance. And since Qt 4 allows us to break binary
+    compatibility with previous releases, we took this opportunity to
+    improve the class names and API to make them more intuitive to
+    use.
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 General Overview
+
+    Compared to Qt 3, the network module in Qt 4 brings the following
+    benefits:
+
+    \list
+    \o  The Qt 4 network classes have more intuitive names and APIs.
+        For example, QServerSocket has been renamed QTcpServer.
+    \o  The entire network module is \l{reentrant}, making it
+        possible to use them simultaneously from multiple threads.
+    \o  It is now possible to send and receive UDP datagrams and to
+        use synchronous (i.e., blocking) sockets without having to
+        use a low-level API (QSocketDevice in Qt 3).
+    \o  QHostAddress and QHostInfo support internationalized domain names
+        (RFC 3492).
+    \o  QUrl is more lightweight and fully supports the latest URI
+        specification draft.
+    \o  UDP broadcasting is now supported.
+    \endlist
+
+    The Qt 4 network module provides fundamental classes for writing
+    TCP and UDP applications, as well as higher-level classes that
+    implement the client side of the HTTP and FTP protocols.
+
+    Here's an overview of the TCP and UDP classes:
+
+    \list
+    \o  QTcpSocket encapsulates a TCP socket. It inherits from
+        QIODevice, so you can use QTextStream and QDataStream to read
+        or write data. It is useful for writing both clients and
+        servers.
+    \o  QTcpServer allows you to listen on a certain port on a
+        server. It emits a
+        \l{QTcpServer::newConnection()}{newConnection()} signal every
+        time a client tries to connect to the server. Once the
+        connection is established, you can talk to the client using
+        QTcpSocket.
+    \o  QUdpSocket is an API for sending and receiving UDP datagrams.
+    \endlist
+
+    QTcpSocket and QUdpSocket inherit most of their functionality
+    from QAbstractSocket. You can also use QAbstractSocket directly
+    as a wrapper around a native socket descriptor.
+
+    By default, the socket classes work asynchronously (i.e., they
+    are non-blocking), emitting signals to notify when data has
+    arrived or when the peer has closed the connection. In
+    multithreaded applications and in non-GUI applications, you also
+    have the opportunity of using blocking (synchronous) functions on
+    the socket, which often results in a more straightforward style
+    of programming, with the networking logic concentrated in one or
+    two functions instead of spread across multiple slots.
+
+    QFtp and QNetworkAccessManager and its associated classes use
+    QTcpSocket internally to implement the FTP and HTTP protocols. The
+    classes work asynchronously and can schedule (i.e., queue)
+    requests.
+
+    The network module contains four helper classes: QHostAddress,
+    QHostInfo, QUrl, and QUrlInfo. QHostAddress stores an IPv4 or IPv6
+    address, QHostInfo resolves host names into addresses, QUrl stores a
+    URL, and QUrlInfo stores information about a resource pointed to
+    by a URL, such as the file size and modification date. (Because
+    QUrl is used by QTextBrowser, it is part of the QtCore library and
+    not of QtNetwork.)
+
+    See the \l QtNetwork module overview for more information.
+
+    \section1 Example Code
+
+    All the code snippets presented here are quoted from
+    self-contained, compilable examples located in Qt's \c
+    examples/network directory.
+
+    \section2 TCP Client
+
+    The first example illustrates how to write a TCP client using
+    QTcpSocket. The client talks to a fortune server that provides
+    fortune to the user. Here's how to set up the socket:
+
+    \snippet examples/network/fortuneclient/client.cpp 1
+    \codeline
+    \snippet examples/network/fortuneclient/client.cpp 2
+    \snippet examples/network/fortuneclient/client.cpp 4
+
+    When the user requests a new fortune, the client establishes a
+    connection to the server:
+
+    \snippet examples/network/fortuneclient/client.cpp 7
+
+    When the server answers, the following code is executed to read
+    the data from the socket:
+
+    \snippet examples/network/fortuneclient/client.cpp 9
+
+    The server's answer starts with a \e size field (which we store
+    in \c blockSize), followed by \e size bytes of data. If the
+    client hasn't received all the data yet, it waits for the server
+    to send more.
+
+    An alternative approach is to use a blocking socket. The code can
+    then be concentrated in one function:
+
+    \snippet examples/network/blockingfortuneclient/fortunethread.cpp 7
+
+    \section2 TCP Server
+
+    The following code snippets illustrate how to write a TCP server
+    using QTcpServer and QTcpSocket. Here's how to set up a TCP
+    server:
+
+    \snippet examples/network/fortuneserver/server.cpp 0
+    \codeline
+    \snippet examples/network/fortuneserver/server.cpp 3
+
+    When a client tries to connect to the server, the following code
+    in the sendFortune() slot is executed:
+
+    \snippet examples/network/fortuneserver/server.cpp 5
+
+    \section2 UDP Senders and Receivers
+
+    Here's how to broadcast a UDP datagram:
+
+    \snippet examples/network/broadcastsender/sender.cpp 0
+    \snippet examples/network/broadcastsender/sender.cpp 1
+
+    Here's how to receive a UDP datagram:
+
+    \snippet examples/network/broadcastreceiver/receiver.cpp 0
+    \codeline
+    \snippet examples/network/broadcastreceiver/receiver.cpp 1
+
+    Then in the processPendingDatagrams() slot:
+
+    \snippet examples/network/broadcastreceiver/receiver.cpp 2
+
+    \section1 Comparison with Qt 3
+
+    The main difference between Qt 3 and Qt 4 is that the very high
+    level QNetworkProtocol and QUrlOperator abstraction has been
+    eliminated. These classes attempted the impossible (unify FTP and
+    HTTP under one roof), and unsurprisingly failed at that. Qt 4
+    still provides QFtp, and it also proveds the QNetworkAccessManager.
+
+    The QSocket class in Qt 3 has been renamed QTcpSocket. The new
+    class is reentrant and supports blocking. It's also easier to
+    handle closing than with Qt 3, where you had to connect to both
+    the QSocket::connectionClosed() and the
+    QSocket::delayedCloseFinished() signals.
+
+    The QServerSocket class in Qt 3 has been renamed QTcpServer. The
+    API has changed quite a bit. While in Qt 3 it was necessary to
+    subclass QServerSocket and reimplement the newConnection() pure
+    virtual function, QTcpServer now emits a
+    \l{QTcpServer::newConnection()}{newConnection()} signal that you
+    can connect to a slot.
+
+    The QHostInfo class has been redesigned to use the operating system's
+    getaddrinfo() function instead of implementing the DNS protocol.
+    Internally, QHostInfo simply starts a thread and calls getaddrinfo()
+    in that thread. This wasn't possible in Qt 3 because
+    getaddrinfo() is a blocking call and Qt 3 could be configured
+    without multithreading support.
+
+    The QSocketDevice class in Qt 3 is no longer part of the public
+    Qt API. If you used QSocketDevice to send or receive UDP
+    datagrams, use QUdpSocket instead. If you used QSocketDevice
+    because it supported blocking sockets, use QTcpSocket or
+    QUdpSocket instead and use the blocking functions
+    (\l{QAbstractSocket::waitForConnected()}{waitForConnected()},
+    \l{QAbstractSocket::waitForConnected()}{waitForReadyRead()},
+    etc.). If you used QSocketDevice from a non-GUI thread because it
+    was the only reentrant networking class in Qt 3, use QTcpSocket,
+    QTcpServer, or QUdpSocket instead.
+
+    Internally, Qt 4 has a class called QSocketLayer that provides a
+    cross-platform low-level socket API. It resembles the old
+    QSocketDevice class. We might make it public in a later release
+    if users ask for it.
+
+    As an aid to porting to Qt 4, the \l{Qt3Support}
+    library includes Q3Dns, Q3ServerSocket, Q3Socket, and Q3SocketDevice
+    classes.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/porting/qt4-scribe.qdoc b/doc/src/porting/qt4-scribe.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..64037cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/porting/qt4-scribe.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,257 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page qt4-scribe.html
+    \title The Scribe Classes
+
+    \contentspage {What's New in Qt 4}{Home}
+    \previouspage The Arthur Paint System
+    \nextpage The Qt 4 Main Window Classes
+
+    \keyword Scribe
+
+    Scribe introduces a set of text layout classes to Qt 4. These classes
+    replace the old rich text engine found in Qt 3, and provide new features
+    for processing and laying out both plain and rich text.
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    For more details about how to use the Scribe classes, see the
+    \l{richtext.html}{Rich Text Processing} document.
+
+    \section1 Overview of Scribe
+
+    Support for text rendering and layout in Qt 4 has been redesigned
+    around a system that allows textual content to be represented in a more
+    flexible way than was possible with Qt 3. Qt 4 also provides a more
+    convenient programming interface for editing documents. These
+    improvements are made available through a reimplementation of the
+    existing text rendering engine, and the introduction of several new
+    classes.
+
+    The following sections provide a brief overview of the main concepts
+    behind Scribe.
+
+    \section2 The Document Interface
+
+    Text documents are represented by the QTextDocument class, rather
+    than by QString objects. Each QTextDocument object contains
+    information about the document's internal representation, its
+    structure, and keeps track of modifications to provide undo/redo
+    facilities.
+    This approach allows features such as layout management to be
+    delegated to specialized classes, but also provides a focus for the
+    framework.
+
+    Documents are either converted from external sources or created from
+    scratch using Qt. The creation process can done by an editor widget,
+    such as QTextEdit, or by explicit calls to the Scribe API.
+
+    Text documents can be accessed in two complementary ways: as a linear
+    buffer for editors to use, and as an object hierarchy that is useful to
+    layout engines. 
+    In the hierarchical document model, objects generally correspond to
+    visual elements such as frames, tables, and lists. At a lower level,
+    these elements describe properties such as the text style and alignment.
+    The linear representation of the document is used for editing and
+    manipulation of the document's contents.
+
+    \section2 Document Structure
+
+    Each document contains a root frame into which all other structural
+    elements are placed. This frame contains other structural elements,
+    including tables, text blocks, and other frames; these can be nested to
+    an arbitrary depth.
+
+    Frames provide logical separation between parts of the document, but
+    also have properties that determine how they will appear when rendered.
+    A table is a specialized type of frame that consists of a number of
+    cells, arranged into rows and columns, each of which can contain
+    further structure and text. Tables provide management and layout
+    features that allow flexible configurations of cells to be created.
+
+    Text blocks contain text fragments, each of which specifies text and
+    character format information. Textual properties are defined both at
+    the character level and at the block level. At the character level,
+    properties such as font family, text color, and font weight can be
+    specified. The block level properties control the higher level
+    appearance and behavior of the text, such as the direction of text
+    flow, alignment, and background color.
+
+    The document structure is not manipulated directly. Editing is
+    performed through a cursor-based interface.
+
+    \section2 Editing and Content Creation
+
+    Documents can be edited via the interface provided by the QTextCursor
+    class; cursors are either created using a constructor or obtained from
+    an editor widget. The cursor is used to perform editing operations that
+    correspond exactly to those the user is able to make themselves in an
+    editor. As a result, information about the document structure is also
+    available through the cursor, and this allows the structure to be
+    modified. The use of a cursor-oriented interface for editing makes the
+    process of writing a custom editor simpler for developers, since the
+    editing operations can be easily visualized.
+
+    The QTextCursor class also maintains information about any text it
+    has selected in the document, again following a model that is
+    conceptually similar to the actions made by the user to select text
+    in an editor.
+
+    \section2 Document Layout
+
+    The layout of a document is only relevant when it is to be displayed on
+    a device, or when some information is requested that requires a visual
+    representation of the document. Until this occurs, the document does
+    not need to be formatted and prepared for a device.
+
+    Each document's layout is managed by a subclass of the
+    QAbstractTextDocumentLayout class. This class provides a common
+    interface for layout and rendering engines. The default rendering
+    behavior is currently implemented in a private class. This approach
+    makes it possible to create custom layouts, and provides the
+    mechanism used when preparing pages for printing or exporting to
+    Portable Document Format (PDF) files.
+
+    \section1 Example Code
+
+    Here we present two different ways in which the Scribe classes can be
+    used: for creating and manipulating rich text, and for laying out
+    plain text.
+
+
+    \section2 Manipulating Rich Text
+
+    Rich text is stored in text documents that can either be created by
+    importing HTML from an external source, or generated using a
+    QTextCursor. The easiest way to use a rich text document is through
+    the QTextEdit class, providing an editable view onto a document. The code
+    below imports HTML into a document, and displays the document using a
+    text edit widget.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/scribe-overview/main.cpp 1
+
+    You can retrieve the document from the text edit using the
+    document() function. The document can then be edited programmatically
+    using the QTextCursor class. This class is modeled after a screen
+    cursor, and editing operations follow the same semantics. The following
+    code changes the first line of the document to a bold font, leaving all
+    other font properties untouched. The editor will be automatically
+    updated to reflect the changes made to the underlying document data.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/scribe-overview/main.cpp 0
+
+    Note that the cursor was moved from the start of the first line to the
+    end, but that it retained an anchor at the start of the line. This
+    demonstrates the cursor-based selection facilities of the
+    QTextCursor class.
+
+    Rich text can be generated very quickly using the cursor-based
+    approach. The following example shows a simple calendar in a
+    QTextEdit widget with bold headers for the days of the week:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-blocks/mainwindow.cpp 0
+    \codeline
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-blocks/mainwindow.cpp 1
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-blocks/mainwindow.cpp 2
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-blocks/mainwindow.cpp 3
+
+    The above example demonstrates how simple it is to quickly generate new
+    rich text documents using a minimum amount of code. Although we have
+    generated a crude fixed-pitch calendar to avoid quoting too much code,
+    Scribe provides much more sophisticated layout and formatting features.
+
+    \section2 Plain Text Layout
+
+    Sometimes it is important to be able to format plain text within an
+    irregularly-shaped region, perhaps when rendering a custom widget, for
+    example. Scribe provides generic features, such as those provided by
+    the QTextLayout class, to help developers perform word-wrapping and
+    layout tasks without the need to create a document first.
+
+    \img plaintext-layout.png
+
+    Formatting and drawing a paragraph of plain text is straightforward.
+    The example below will lay out a paragraph of text, using a single
+    font, around the right hand edge of a circle.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/plaintextlayout/window.cpp 0
+
+    We create a text layout, specifying the text string we want to display
+    and the font to use. We ensure that the text we supplied is formatted
+    correctly by obtaining text lines from the text format, and wrapping
+    the remaining text using the available space. The lines are positioned
+    as we move down the page.
+
+    The formatted text can be drawn onto a paint device; in the above code,
+    the text is drawn directly onto a widget.
+
+    \section2 Printing Features
+
+    The layout system used to display rich text documents also supports
+    paged layout of documents, and this is used by Qt to generate output for
+    printing. The printing process is performed by QPrinter and controlled by
+    the user via options displayed in a QPrintDialog:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-printing/mainwindow.cpp 0
+
+    Rich text documents can also be exported as PDF files using QPrinter and
+    the appropriate print engine:
+
+    \snippet demos/textedit/textedit.cpp 0
+
+    \section1 Comparison with Qt 3
+
+    The cursor-based editing features, combined with the structural document
+    model, provide a powerful set of tools for manipulating and displaying
+    rich text documents. These provide features that were unavailable in
+    Qt 3's public API. The engine used is a complete rewrite and does not
+    use the rich text engine supplied with Qt 3.
+
+    The QTextEdit class in Qt 4 has also been completely rewritten with an
+    API that is quite different from its Qt 3 counterpart. Some compatibility
+    methods have been added to allow the widget to be used, for basic cases,
+    in a way that is familiar to users of Qt 3. This class is provided as a
+    working example of an editor widget that uses the new API, showing that
+    it is possible to completely implement a document editor based on the
+    QTextCursor editing interface.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/porting/qt4-sql.qdoc b/doc/src/porting/qt4-sql.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3425e96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/porting/qt4-sql.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page qt4-sql.html
+    \title The Qt 4 Database GUI Layer
+
+    \contentspage {What's New in Qt 4}{Home}
+    \previouspage Cross-Platform Accessibility Support in Qt 4
+    \nextpage The Network Module in Qt 4
+
+    The GUI layer of the SQL module in Qt 4 has been entirely
+    redesigned to work with \l{qt4-interview.html}{Interview} (Qt's
+    new model/view classes). It consists of three model classes
+    (QSqlQueryModel, QSqlTableModel, and QSqlRelationalTableModel)
+    that can be used with Qt's view classes, notably QTableView.
+
+    \section1 General Overview
+
+    The Qt 4 SQL classes are divided into three layers:
+
+    \list
+    \o The database drivers
+    \o The core SQL classes
+    \o The GUI classes
+    \endlist
+
+    The database drivers and the core SQL classes are mostly the same
+    as in Qt 3. The database item models are new with Qt 4; they
+    inherit from QAbstractItemModel and make it easy to present data
+    from a database in a view class such as QListView, QTableView,
+    and QTreeView.
+
+    The philosophy behind the Qt 4 SQL module is that it should be
+    possible to use database models for rendering and editing data
+    just like any other item models. By changing the model at
+    run-time, you can decide whether you want to store your data in
+    an SQL database or in, say, an XML file. This generic approach
+    has the additional benefit that you don't need to know anything
+    about SQL to display and edit data.
+
+    The Qt 4 SQL module includes three item models:
+
+    \list
+    \o QSqlQueryModel is a read-only model based on an arbitrary
+       SQL query.
+    \o QSqlTableModel is a read-write model that works on a single
+       table.
+    \o QSqlRelationalTableModel is a QSqlTableModel subclass with
+       foreign key support.
+    \endlist
+
+    Combined with Qt's view classes and Qt's default delegate class
+    (QItemDelegate), the models offer a very powerful mechanism for
+    accessing databases. For finer control on the rendering of the
+    fields, you can subclass one of the predefined models, or even
+    QAbstractItemDelegate or QItemDelegate if you need finer control.
+
+    You can also perform some customizations without subclassing. For
+    example, you can sort a table using QSqlTableModel::sort(), and
+    you can initialize new rows by connecting to the
+    QSqlTableModel::primeInsert() signal.
+
+    One nice feature supported by the read-write models is the
+    possibility to perform changes to the item model without
+    affecting the database until QSqlTableModel::submitAll() is
+    called. Changes can be dropped using QSqlTableModel::revertAll().
+
+    The new classes perform advantageously compared to the SQL
+    module's GUI layer in Qt 3. Speed and memory improvements in the
+    tool classes (especially QVariant, QString, and QMap) and in the
+    SQL drivers contribute to making Qt 4 database applications more
+    snappy.
+
+    See the \l QtSql module overview for a more complete introduction
+    to Qt's SQL classes.
+
+    \section1 Example Code
+
+    The simplest way to present data from a database is to simply
+    combine a QSqlQueryModel with a QTableView:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-sql.qdoc 0
+
+    To present the contents of a single table, we can use
+    QSqlTableModel instead:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-sql.qdoc 1
+
+    In practice, it's common that we need to customize the rendering
+    of a field in the database. In that case, we can create our own
+    model based on QSqlQueryModel. The next code snippet shows a
+    custom model that prepends '#' to the value in field 0 and
+    converts the value in field 2 to uppercase:
+
+    \snippet examples/sql/querymodel/customsqlmodel.h 0
+    \codeline
+    \snippet examples/sql/querymodel/customsqlmodel.cpp 0
+
+    It is also possible to subclass QSqlQueryModel to add support for
+    editing. This is done by reimplementing
+    QAbstractItemModel::flags() to specify which database fields are
+    editable and QAbstractItemModel::setData() to modify the
+    database. Here's an example of a setData() reimplementation that
+    changes the first or last name of a person:
+
+    \snippet examples/sql/querymodel/editablesqlmodel.cpp 1
+
+    It relies on helper functions called \c setFirstName() and
+    \c setLastName(), which execute an \c{update}. Here's
+    \c setFirstName():
+
+    \snippet examples/sql/querymodel/editablesqlmodel.cpp 2
+
+    See Qt's \c examples/sql directory for more examples.
+
+    \section1 Comparison with Qt 3
+
+    The core SQL database classes haven't changed so much since Qt 3.
+    Here's a list of the main changes:
+
+    \list
+    \o QSqlDatabase is now value-based instead of pointer-based.
+    \o QSqlFieldInfo and QSqlRecordInfo has been merged into
+       QSqlField and QSqlRecord.
+    \o The SQL query generation has been moved into the drivers. This
+       makes it possible to use non-standard SQL extensions. It also
+       opens the door to non-SQL databases.
+    \endlist
+
+    The GUI-related database classes have been entirely redesigned.
+    The QSqlCursor abstraction has been replaced with QSqlQueryModel
+    and QSqlTableModel; QSqlEditorFactory is replaced by
+    QAbstractItemDelegate; QDataTable is replaced by QTableView. The
+    old classes are part of the \l{Qt3Support} library to aid
+    porting to Qt 4.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/porting/qt4-styles.qdoc b/doc/src/porting/qt4-styles.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4134962
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/porting/qt4-styles.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page qt4-styles.html
+    \title The Qt 4 Style API
+
+    \contentspage {What's New in Qt 4}{Home}
+    \previouspage The Network Module in Qt 4
+    \nextpage Thread Support in Qt 4
+
+    Qt's style API is responsible for performing the widget drawing
+    for built-in widgets. The Qt 4 style API has been revised to make
+    it possible for a style to draw widgets without calling any
+    functions on the widget.
+
+    Because Qt 4 is split across multiple libraries, Qt needed this
+    update to be able to draw widgets from other libraries than
+    QtGui. For application developers, this has other benefits, such
+    as more managable parameter lists and the possibility of drawing
+    any graphical element without having a widget of a specific
+    type.
+
+    \section1 General Overview
+
+    The QStyle class is an abstract base class that encapsulates
+    the look and feel of a GUI. Qt's built-in widgets use it to
+    perform nearly all of their drawing, ensuring that they look
+    exactly like the equivalent native widgets.  
+
+    Most draw functions now take four arguments:
+
+    \list
+    \o an enum value specifying which graphical element to draw
+    \o a QStyleOption specifying how and where to render that element
+    \o a QPainter that should be used to draw the element
+    \o a QWidget on which the drawing is performed (optional)
+    \endlist
+
+    The style gets all the information it needs to render the
+    graphical element from QStyleOption. The widget is passed as the
+    last argument in case the style needs it to perform special
+    effects (such as animated default buttons on Mac OS X), but it
+    isn't mandatory. In fact, QStyle can be used to draw on any
+    paint device, not just widgets, by setting the QPainter properly.
+
+    Thanks to QStyleOption, it is now possible to make QStyle draw
+    widgets without linking in any code for the widget. This is how
+    Qt's built-in styles can draw Qt 3 widgets such as
+    Q3ListView without necessarily linking against the Qt3Support
+    library. Another significant benefit of the new approach is that
+    it's now possible to use \l{QStyle}'s draw functions on other
+    widgets than the built-in widgets; for example, you can draw a
+    combobox on any widget, not just on a QComboBox.
+
+    QStyleOption has various subclasses for the various types of
+    graphical elements that can be drawn, and it's possible to create
+    custom subclasses. For example, the QStyle::PE_FrameFocusRect
+    element expects a QStyleOptionFocusRect argument. This is
+    documented for each enum value.
+
+    When reimplementing QStyle functions that take a
+    QStyleOption parameter, you often need to cast the
+    QStyleOption to a subclass (e.g., QStyleOptionFocusRect). For
+    safety, you can use qstyleoption_cast() to ensure that the
+    pointer type is correct. If the object isn't of the right type,
+    qstyleoption_cast() returns 0. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-styles.qdoc 0
+
+    For performance reasons, there are few member functions and the
+    access to the variables is direct. This "low-level" feel makes
+    the structures use straightforward and emphasizes that these are
+    simply parameters used by the style functions. In addition, the
+    caller of a QStyle function usually creates QStyleOption
+    objects on the stack. This combined with Qt's extensive use of
+    \l{implicit sharing} for types such as QString, QPalette, and
+    QColor ensures that no memory allocation needlessly takes place.
+    (Dynamic memory allocation can be an expensive operation,
+    especially when drawing very often in a short time.)
+
+    \section1 Example Code
+
+    The following code snippet illustrates how to use QStyle to
+    draw the focus rectangle from a custom widget's paintEvent():
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-styles.qdoc 1
+
+    The next example shows how to derive from an existing style to
+    customize the look of a graphical element:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/customstyle/customstyle.h 0
+    \codeline
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/customstyle/customstyle.cpp 2
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/customstyle/customstyle.cpp 3
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/customstyle/customstyle.cpp 4
+
+    See also the \l{Styles Example} for a more detailed description of
+    how custom styles can be created.
+
+    \section1 Comparison with Qt 3
+
+    The QStyle class has a similar API in Qt 4 as in Qt 3, with
+    more or less the same functions. What has changed is the
+    signature of the functions and the role played by QStyleOption.
+    For example, here's the signature of the QStyle::drawControl()
+    function in Qt 3:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-styles.qdoc 2
+
+    Here's the signature of the same function in Qt 4:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-styles.qdoc 3
+
+    In Qt 3, some of the information required to draw a graphical
+    element was stored in a QStyleOption parameter, while the rest
+    was deduced by querying the widget. In Qt 4, everything is stored
+    in the QStyleOption parameter.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/porting/qt4-threads.qdoc b/doc/src/porting/qt4-threads.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1800d6a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/porting/qt4-threads.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page qt4-threads.html
+    \title Thread Support in Qt 4
+
+    \contentspage {What's New in Qt 4}{Home}
+    \previouspage The Qt 4 Style API
+
+    Qt 4 makes it easier than ever to write multithreaded
+    applications. More classes have been made usable from non-GUI
+    threads, and the signals and slots mechanism can now be used to
+    communicate between threads.
+
+    \section1 General Overview
+
+    QThread now inherits QObject. It emits signals to indicate that
+    the thread started or finished executing, and provides a few
+    slots as well.
+
+    Each thread can now have its own event loop. The initial thread
+    starts its event loops using QCoreApplication::exec(); other
+    threads can start an event loop using QThread::exec(). Like
+    QCoreApplication, QThread also provides an
+    \l{QThread::exit()}{exit(int)} function and a
+    \l{QThread::quit()}{quit()} slot.
+
+    An event loop in a thread makes it possible for the thread to use
+    certain non-GUI Qt classes that require the presence of an event
+    loop (such as QTimer, QTcpSocket, and QProcess). It also makes it
+    possible to connect signals from any threads to slots of a
+    specific thread. When a signal is emitted, the slot isn't called
+    immediately; instead, it is invoked when control returns to the
+    event loop of the thread to which the object belongs. The slot is
+    executed in the thread where the receiver object lives. See
+    QObject::connect() for details.
+
+    Qt 4 also introduces a new synchronization class: QReadWriteLock.
+    It is similar to QMutex, except that it distinguishes between
+    "read" and "write" access to shared data and allows multiple
+    readers to access the data simultaneously. Using QReadWriteLock
+    instead of QMutex when it is possible can make multithreaded
+    programs more concurrent.
+
+    Since Qt 4, \l{implicitly shared} classes can safely be copied
+    across threads, like any other value classes. They are fully
+    reentrant. This is implemented using atomic reference counting
+    operations, which are implemented in assembly language for the
+    different platforms supported by Qt. Atomic reference counting is
+    very fast, much faster than using a mutex.
+
+    See \l{Thread Support in Qt} for more information.
+
+    \section1 Comparison with Qt 3
+
+    Earlier versions of Qt offered an option to build the library
+    without thread support. In Qt 4, threads are always enabled.
+
+    Qt 3 had a class called \c QDeepCopy that you could use to take a
+    deep copy of an implicitly shared object. In Qt 4, the atomic
+    reference counting makes this class superfluous.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/porting/qt4-tulip.qdoc b/doc/src/porting/qt4-tulip.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9354651
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/porting/qt4-tulip.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page qt4-tulip.html
+    \title The Tulip Container Classes
+
+    \contentspage {What's New in Qt 4}{Home}
+    \previouspage What's New in Qt 4
+    \nextpage The Interview Framework
+
+    Qt 4 introduces a new set of containers that supersede both the old
+    QCollection pointer-based containers and the newer QTL value-based
+    containers.
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 General Overview
+
+    The Tulip containers are similar to Qt 3's QTL containers
+    (QValueList, QValueVector, QMap), but have the following
+    advantages:
+
+    \list
+    \o The containers provide new iterators with a nicer, less
+       error-prone syntax than STL, inspired by Java's iterators. (The
+       STL-style iterators are still available as a lightweight,
+       STL-compatible alternative.)
+
+    \o The containers have been optimized for minimal code expansion.
+
+    \o An empty container performs no memory allocation, and only
+       requires the same space as a pointer.
+
+    \o Even though they are implicitly shared, they can safely be copied
+       across different threads without formality. There's no need to use
+       \c QDeepCopy.
+    \endlist
+
+    Tulip provides the following sequential containers: QList,
+    QLinkedList, QVector, QStack, and QQueue. For most
+    applications, QList is the best type to use. Although it is
+    implemented as an array-list, it provides very fast prepends and
+    appends. If you really need a linked-list, use QLinkedList; if you
+    want your items to occupy consecutive memory locations, use QVector.
+    QStack and QQueue are convenience classes that provide LIFO and
+    FIFO semantics.
+
+    Tulip also provides these associative containers: QMap,
+    QMultiMap, QHash, QMultiHash, and QSet. The "Multi" containers
+    conveniently support multiple values associated with a single
+    key. The "Hash" containers provide faster lookup by using a hash
+    function instead of a binary search on a sorted set.
+
+    The Tulip containers support the \l foreach keyword, a Qt-specific
+    addition to the C++ language that is implemented using the standard
+    C++ preprocessor. The syntax is:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-tulip.qdoc 0
+
+    Example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-tulip.qdoc 1
+
+    The iterator variable can also be defined outside the loop. For
+    example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-tulip.qdoc 2
+
+    Just like standard \c for loops, foreach supports braces, \c
+    break, \c continue, and nested loops. Qt makes a copy of the
+    container when it enters the loop. If you modify the container as
+    you are iterating, that won't affect the loop.
+
+    For details about the new containers, see the
+    \l{Generic Containers} and \l{Generic Algorithms} overview documents.
+
+    In addition to the new containers, considerable work has also gone into
+    QByteArray and QString. The Qt 3 QCString class has been
+    merged with QByteArray. The new QByteArray automatically provides
+    a '\0' terminator after the last character. For example, the byte array
+    of size 5 containing "abcde" has a null byte at position 5 (one past
+    the end). This solves all the typical problems that occurred in Qt 3
+    with conversions between QByteArray and QCString.
+
+    To avoid crashes, QByteArray::data() never returns a null
+    pointer. Furthermore, the distinction between null and empty
+    strings has been watered down so that \c{QByteArray() ==
+    QByteArray("")} and \c{QString() == QString("")}.
+
+    \section1 Examples
+
+    The first group of examples show how to use the new Java-style
+    iterators. The main difference between the Java-style iterators and the
+    STL-style iterators is that the Java-style ones point between items (or
+    before the first item, or after the last item), whereas the STL ones
+    point at an item (or past the last item). One advantage of the
+    Java-style iterators is that iterating forward and backward are
+    symmetric operations.
+
+    Traversing a container using a Java-style iterator:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-tulip.qdoc 3
+
+    Modifying items using a Java-style iterator:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-tulip.qdoc 4
+
+    Removing items using a Java-style iterator:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-tulip.qdoc 5
+
+    Iterating over items with a particular value using STL-style vs.
+    Java-style iterators:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-tulip.qdoc 6
+
+    Modifying and removing items using STL-style vs. Java-style
+    iterators:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-tulip.qdoc 7
+
+    The next group of examples show the API of the container classes
+    themselves. The API is similar to the QTL classes of Qt 3, but is nicer
+    in many respects.
+
+    Iterating over a QList using an index (which is fast even for large
+    lists, because QList is implemented as an array-list):
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-tulip.qdoc 8
+
+    Retrieving a value from a map, using a default value if the key
+    doesn't exist:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-tulip.qdoc 9
+
+    Getting all the values for a particular key in a QMultiMap or QMultiHash:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-tulip.qdoc 10
+
+    \section1 Comparison with Qt 3
+
+    Tulip containers are value based. If you want to store a list where
+    each item is a QWidget *, use QList<QWidget *>.
+
+    The new containers do not support auto-delete. In practice, we
+    discovered that the only case where auto-delete proved worthwhile was
+    when the data really should be stored as a value rather than as a
+    pointer (e.g., QList<int> rather than QList<int *>). If you need
+    to delete all the items in a container, use qDeleteAll().
+
+    If you use QValueList in Qt 3, you can replace it with either
+    QList or QLinkedList in Qt 4. In most cases, QList is the best
+    choice: It is typically faster, results in less code in your
+    executable, and requires less memory. However, QLinkedList's
+    iterators provide stronger guarantees, and only QLinkedList provides
+    constant-time insertions in the middle, which can make a difference for
+    lists with thousands of items.
+
+    If you use QValueVector or QMap in Qt 3, the corresponding Qt 4
+    classes (QVector, QMap) are very similar to use.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/porting4-canvas.qdoc b/doc/src/porting4-canvas.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index ce68d56..0000000
--- a/doc/src/porting4-canvas.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,703 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page graphicsview-porting.html
-    \title Porting to Graphics View
-    \contentspage {Porting Guides}{Contents}
-    \previouspage Porting UI Files to Qt 4
-    \nextpage qt3to4 - The Qt 3 to 4 Porting Tool
-    \ingroup porting
-    \ingroup multimedia
-    \brief Hints and tips to assist with porting canvas applications to the
-    Graphics View framework.
-
-    \keyword QGraphicsView GraphicsView Porting Graphics Canvas
-    \since 4.2
-
-    Graphics View provides a surface for managing and interacting with a large
-    number of custom-made 2D graphical items, and a view widget for
-    visualizing the items, with support for zooming and rotation. Graphics
-    View was introduced in Qt 4.2, replacing its predecessor, QCanvas. For
-    more on Graphics View, see \l{The Graphics View Framework}.
-
-    This document walks through the steps needed, class by class and function
-    by function, to port a QCanvas application to Graphics View.
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    Qt 4.2 provides two complete examples of Q3Canvas applications ported to
-    Graphics View:
-
-    \list
-    \o \l{Ported Canvas Example}, the canvas example from Qt 3.
-    \o \l{Ported Asteroids Example}, the Asteroids game from the Qt 3 demo.
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 Introduction
-
-        Conceptually, the Graphics View classes from Qt 4 and the Canvas
-        classes from Qt 3 provide similar functionality using a similar
-        design. Instead of "canvas", we use the term "scene". Otherwise, the
-        class names and functions are almost the same as in Qt 3. The easiest
-        classes to port will be QCanvas and QCanvasView. Experience shows that
-        most time is spent porting the item classes, depending on the
-        complexity of the QCanvasItem classes you have been using before.
-
-        This porting guide will assume you have already ported your
-        application to Qt 4, by making use of Q3Canvas. If you have not done
-        so already, as a first step, run the \l qt3to4 tool on your
-        project. This tool will automate the most tedious part of the porting
-        effort.
-
-        Some additional steps are usually required before your application
-        will compile and run. You can read more about the porting process in
-        \l{Porting to Qt 4}.
-
-    \section1 Porting from Q3Canvas
-
-        QGraphicsScene is the closest equivalent to Q3Canvas. There
-        are some noticable differences in this new API: Whereas the
-        Q3Canvas classes use integer precision, QGraphicsScene is
-        entirely based on double coordinates, with graphical
-        primitives such as QPointF instead of QPoint, QRectF instead
-        of QRect, and QPolygonF and QPainterPath. The canvas area is
-        defined by a scene rectangle, allowing negative coordinates,
-        as opposed to Q3Canvas, which only defines a size (QSize), and
-        whose top-left corner is always (0, 0).
-
-        In addition, there is no explicit support for canvas tiles
-        anymore; see \l{Porting scenes with tiles} for more
-        information.  The chunks-based indexing system has been
-        replaced with an implicitly maintained internal BSP tree.
-
-        \section2 Porting table
-
-        \table
-        \header \o Q3Canvas \o QGraphicsScene
-
-        \row \o Q3Canvas::Q3Canvas() \o There is no QPixmap based
-           constructor, and the concept of tiles is gone. You can use
-           QGraphicsScene::backgroundBrush to set a brush pattern for
-           the background, or reimplement
-           QGraphicsScene::drawBackground() in a QGraphicsScene
-           subclass (see \l{Porting scenes with tiles}). In addition,
-           the QGraphicsScene geometry is provided as a full
-           QRectF. Instead of Q3Canvas(int width, int height), you can
-           use QGraphicsScene(int top, int left, int width, int
-           height).
-
-        \row \o Q3Canvas::allItems() \o QGraphicsScene::items()
-        returns a list of all items on the scene.
-
-        \row \o Q3Canvas::backgroundColor() \o You can assign a color for the
-        background through the QGraphicsScene::backgroundBrush
-        or QGraphicsView::backgroundBrush properties.
-
-        \row \o Q3Canvas::backgroundPixmap() \o You can set a tiled
-        pixmap for the background through
-        QGraphicsScene::backgroundBrush or
-        QGraphicsView::backgroundBrush. For more control on the pixmap
-        positioning, you can reimplement
-        QGraphicsScene::drawBackground() or
-        QGraphicsView::drawBackground().
-
-        \row \o Q3Canvas::chunkSize() \o The closest equivalent to the
-        chunks size in Q3Canvas is the depth of QGraphicsScene's BSP
-        tree. QGraphicsScene assigns a depth automatically, and the
-        size of each scene segment depends on this depth, and
-        QGraphicsScene::sceneRect(). See
-        QGraphicsScene::itemIndexMethod.
-
-        \row \o Q3Canvas::collisions() \o QGraphicsScene provides
-        several means to detect item collisions. The
-        QGraphicsScene::items() overloads return items that collide
-        with a point, a rectangle, a polygon, or an arbitrary vector
-        path (QPainterPath). You can also call
-        QGraphicsScene::collidingItems() to determine collision with
-        an item.
-
-        \row \o Q3Canvas::drawArea() \o The QGraphicsScene::render()
-        function provides the original behavior
-        Q3Canvas::drawArea(). In addition, you can pass a source
-        rectangle for rendering only parts of the scene, and a
-        destination rectangle for rendering onto designated area of
-        the destination device. QGraphicsScene::render() can
-        optionally transform the source rectangle to fit into the
-        destination rectangle. See \l{Printing}
-
-        \row \o Q3Canvas::onCanvas() \o The is no equivalent to this
-        function in Graphics View. However, you can combine
-        QGraphicsScene::sceneRect() and QRectF::intersects():
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4-canvas.qdoc 0
-
-        \row \o Q3Canvas::rect() \o The equivalent,
-        QGraphicsScene::sceneRect(), returns a QRectF (double
-        precision coordinates). Its top-left corner can be an
-        arbitrary coordinate (Q3Canvas::rect().topLeft() is always (0,
-        0)).
-
-        \row \o Q3Canvas::resize() \o You can call
-        QGraphicsScene::setSceneRect(0, 0, width, height) instead.
-
-        \row \o Q3Canvas::retune() \o See
-        QGraphicsScene::itemIndexMethod. You can tune the indexing by
-        setting a suitable sceneRect(). The optimal depth of
-        QGraphicsScene's BSP tree is determined automatically.
-
-        \row \o Q3Canvas::setAdvancePeriod() \o There is no concept of
-        an advance period in the new API; instead, you can connect
-        QTimer::timeout() to the QGraphicsScene::advance() slot to
-        obtain similar functionality. This will cause all items'
-        QGraphicsItem::advance() function to be called. See also
-        QGraphicsItemAnimation.
-
-        \row \o Q3Canvas::setAllChanged() \o You can call
-        QGraphicsScene::update() with no arguments.
-
-        \row \o Q3Canvas::setChanged() \o QGraphicsScene::update()
-        will trigger a repaint of the whole scene, or parts of the
-        scene.
-
-        \row \o Q3Canvas::setDoubleBuffering() \o Q3Canvas' double
-        buffering enabled cacheing of the scene contents in device
-        (i.e., viewport) coordinates. This cache layer has been moved
-        to the view instead; you can cache QGraphicsScene's background
-        through
-        QGraphicsView::setCacheMode(). QGraphicsView::resetCachedContent()
-        will reset the areas of the cache that has changed.
-
-        \row \o Q3Canvas::tile() \o See \l{Porting scenes with tiles}.
-
-        \row \o Q3Canvas::setTiles() \o See \l{Porting scenes with tiles}.
-
-        \row \o Q3Canvas::setUnchanged() \o There is no equivalent in
-        Graphics View. This call can usually be removed with no side
-        effects.
-
-        \row \o Q3Canvas::setUpdatePeriod() \o There is no concept of an
-        update period in the new API; instead, you can connect
-        QTimer::timeout() to the QGraphicsScene::update() slot to obtain
-        similar functionality. See also QGraphicsItemAnimation.
-
-        \row \o Q3Canvas::size() \o
-        \tt{QGraphicsScene::sceneRect().size()} returns a QSizeF, with
-        double precision coordinates.
-
-        \row \o Q3Canvas::validChunk() \o To determine if an area is
-        inside the scene area or not, you can combine
-        QRectF::intersects() with QGraphicsScene::sceneRect().
-
-        \row \o Q3Canvas::resized() \o QGraphicsScene emits
-        \l{QGraphicsScene::sceneRectChanged()}{sceneRectChanged()}
-        whenever the scene rect changes.
-
-        \row \o Q3Canvas::drawBackground() \o You can reimplement
-        QGraphicsScene::drawBackground() to render the scene
-        background. You can also reimplement
-        QGraphicsView::drawBackground() to override this background if
-        you need different backgrounds for different views.
-
-        \row \o Q3Canvas::drawForeground() \o You can reimplement
-        QGraphicsScene::drawForeground() to render the scene
-        foreground. You can also reimplement
-        QGraphicsView::drawForeground() to override this foreground if
-        you need different foregrounds for different views.
-
-        \endtable
-
-        \section2 Porting scenes with tiles
-
-        QGraphicsScene does not provide an API for tiles. However, you
-        can achieve similar behavior by drawing pixmaps in a reimplementation of
-        QGraphicsScene::drawBackground().
-
-        Q3Canvas' tile support is based on providing one pixmap
-        containing tiles of a fixed width and height, and then
-        accessing them (reading and replacing tiles) by index. The
-        tiles in the pixmap are arranged from the left to right, top
-        to bottom.
-
-        \table
-        \row \i 0 \i 1 \i 2 \i 3
-        \row \i 4 \i 5 \i 6 \i 7
-        \endtable
-
-        With Graphics View, this pixmap can be stored as a member of a
-        subclass of QGraphicsScene. The three main functions that make
-        out the public tile API can then be declared as new members of
-        this class. Here is one example of how to implement tile support:
-
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4-canvas.qdoc 1
-
-        Depending on how your scene uses tiles, you may be able to
-        simplify this approach. In this example, we will try to mimic the behavior
-        of the Q3Canvas functions.
-
-        We start by creating a subclass of QGraphicsScene ("TileScene").
-        In this class, we declare two of the tile
-        functions from Q3Canvas, and we then add two helper function that returns the
-        rectangle for a certain tile in our tile pixmap. We will use a
-        two-dimensional vector of ints to keep track of what tiles should
-        be used at what parts of the scene.
-
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4-canvas.qdoc 2
-
-        In setTiles(), we store the pixmap and tile properties as
-        members of the class. Then we resize the tiles vector
-        to match the width and height of our tile grid.
-
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4-canvas.qdoc 3
-
-        The setTile() function updates the tiles index, and then
-        updates the corresponding rect in the scene by calling
-        tileRect().
-
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4-canvas.qdoc 4
-
-        The first tileRect() function returns a QRect for the tile at
-        position (x, y).
-
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4-canvas.qdoc 5
-
-        The second tileRect() function returns a QRect for a tile number.
-        With these functions in place, we can implement the drawBackground()
-        function.
-
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4-canvas.qdoc 6
-
-        In drawBackground(), we redraw all tiles that have been
-        exposed by intersecting each tile rect with the exposed background
-        area.
-
-     \section1 Porting from Q3CanvasView
-
-        The closest equivalent to Q3CanvasView in Graphics View is
-        called QGraphicsView.  In most cases, this is the easiest
-        class to port. In addition to providing all of Q3CanvasView's
-        functionality, QGraphicsView includes some useful new features. You
-        can read more about this in QGraphicsView's documentation.
-
-        \section2 Porting table
-
-        \table
-        \header \o Q3CanvasView \o QGraphicsView
-
-        \row \o Q3CanvasView::Q3CanvasView() \o QGraphicsView provides
-        the same constructors as Q3CanvasView, but without the name
-        and flags arguments. You can set the name by calling
-        \l{QWidget::setObjectName()}{setObjectName()}, and the flags by
-        calling \l{QWidget::setWindowFlags()}{setWindowFlags()}.
-
-        \row \o Q3CanvasView::canvas() \o QGraphicsView::scene()
-        returns the scene that is currently associated with the
-        view. QGraphicsScene also provides the opposite function,
-        QGraphicsScene::views(), which returns a list of views
-        observing the scene.
-
-        \row \o Q3CanvasView::inverseWorldMatrix() \o You can call
-        QGraphicsView::matrix() and QMatrix::inverted().
-        QGraphicsView::mapToScene() and QGraphicsView::mapFromScene()
-        allow transforming of viewport shapes to scene shapes, and
-        vice versa.
-
-        \row \o Q3CanvasView::setCanvas() \o QGraphicsView::setScene().
-
-        \row \o Q3CanvasView::setWorldMatrix() \o
-        QGraphicsView::setMatrix(), QGraphicsView::rotate(),
-        QGraphicsView::scale(), QGraphicsView::shear() and
-        QGraphicsView::translate().
-
-        \row \o Q3CanvasView::worldMatrix() \o QGraphicsView::matrix()
-
-        \row \o Q3CanvasView::drawContents() \o The
-        QGraphicsView::drawBackground() function draws the background,
-        QGraphicsView::drawItems() draws the items, and
-        QGraphicsView::drawForeground() draws the foreground of the
-        scene in scene coordinates. You can also reimplement these
-        functions in QGraphicsScene.
-
-        \endtable
-
-        \section2 Other differences
-
-        QGraphicsView can cache the visible contents of the scene,
-        similar to how Q3Canvas::setDoubleBuffering() could cache the
-        entire scene contents. You can call
-        QGraphicsView::setCacheMode() to configure cacheing, and
-        QGraphicsView::resetCachedContent() invalidates the cache.
-
-        For improved navigation support, you can set a resize or
-        transformation anchor through QGraphicsView::resizeAnchor and
-        QGraphicsView::transformationAnchor. This allows you to easily
-        rotate and zoom the view while keeping the center fixed, or
-        zooming towards the position under the mouse cursor. In
-        addition, if you set the QGraphicsView::dragMode of the view,
-        QGraphicsView will provide rubber band selection or
-        click-and-pull navigation using the
-        \l{Qt::OpenHandCursor}{OpenHandCursor} and
-        \l{Qt::ClosedHandCursor}{ClosedHandCursor} cursors.
-
-    \section1 Porting from Q3CanvasItem
-
-        The closest equivalent to Q3CanvasItem in Graphics View is
-        called QGraphicsItem. Deriving from this class is very common,
-        and because of that, porting from Q3CanvasItem often involves
-        more work than Q3Canvas and Q3CanvasView.
-
-        Q3CanvasItem has become easier to use, easier to subclass, and more
-        powerful with QGraphicsItem. The key difference from Q3CanvasItem lies
-        in event propagation and item groups, but you will also find several
-        convenient new features, such as support for tooltips, cursors, item
-        transformation and drag and drop. You can read all about QGraphicsItem
-        in its own class documentation.
-
-        This section starts with a table that shows how to port each function
-        from Q3CanvasItem to QGraphicsItem. Immediately after that, each of
-        Q3CanvasItem's standard subclasses have a section of their own.
-
-        \table
-        \header \o Q3CanvasItem \o QGraphicsItem
-
-        \row \o Q3CanvasItem::advance() \o QGraphicsItem::advance() is
-        provided for compatibility. QGraphicsScene::advance() calls
-        QGraphicsItem::advance() for all items. See also QTimeLine and
-        QGraphicsItemAnimation.
-
-        \row \o Q3CanvasItem::animated() \o No equivalent; all items
-        are advanced by QGraphicsScene::advance().
-
-        \row \o Q3CanvasItem::boundingRectAdvanced() \o No
-        equivalent. You can translate QGraphicsItem::boundingRect()
-        instead (see QRectF::translate()).
-
-        \row \o Q3CanvasItem::canvas() \o QGraphicsItem::scene()
-
-        \row \o Q3CanvasItem::collidesWith() \o
-        QGraphicsItem::collidesWithItem() and
-        QGraphicsItem::collidesWithPath().
-
-        \row \o Q3CanvasItem::collisions() \o
-        QGraphicsItem::collidingItems() returns a list of all items
-        that collide with an item. You can specify whether you want
-        fast, rough estimate collision between bounding rectangles, or
-        the slower, more accurate shapes.
-
-        \row \o Q3CanvasItem::draw() \o QGraphicsItem::paint(). See
-        also QStyleOptionGraphicsItem, QGraphicsScene::drawItems() and
-        QGraphicsView::drawItems().
-
-        \row \o Q3CanvasItem::hide() \o QGraphicsItem::hide() or
-        QGraphicsItem::setVisible(). \l{QGraphicsItem}s are \e visible by
-        default; \l{Q3CanvasItem}s, however, are not.
-
-        \row \o Q3CanvasItem::isActive() \o No equivalent. To achieve
-        similar behavior, you can add this property in a custom
-        subclass of QGraphicsItem.
-
-        \row \o Q3CanvasItem::isVisible() \o
-        QGraphicsItem::isVisible(). \l{QGraphicsItem}s are \e visible by
-        default; \l{Q3CanvasItem}s, however, are not.
-
-        \row \o Q3CanvasItem::move() \o You can call
-        QGraphicsItem::setPos() to change the position of the item.
-
-        \row \o Q3CanvasItem::rtti() \o QGraphicsItem::type() and qgraphicsitem_cast().
-
-        \row \o Q3CanvasItem::setActive() \o No equivalent.
-
-        \row \o Q3CanvasItem::setAnimated() \o No equivalent; all
-        items are by default "animated" (i.e.,
-        QGraphicsScene::advance() advances all items on the scene).
-
-        \row \o Q3CanvasItem::setCanvas() \o You can call
-        QGraphicsScene::addItem(), or pass a pointer to the canvas to
-        QGraphicsItem's constructor.
-
-        \row \o Q3CanvasItem::setVelocity() \o No equivalent. You can
-        add x and y velocity as member data of your class, and call
-        QGraphicsItem::moveBy(x, y) from inside
-        QGraphicsItem::advance(). See also QTimeLine and
-        QGraphicsItemAnimation.
-
-        \row \o Q3CanvasItem::setVisible() \o
-        QGraphicsItem::setVisible(). \l{QGraphicsItem}s are \e visible by
-        default; \l{Q3CanvasItem}s, however, are not.
-
-        \row \o Q3CanvasItem::setX() \o QGraphicsItem::setPos()
-        \row \o Q3CanvasItem::setY() \o QGraphicsItem::setPos()
-
-        \row \o Q3CanvasItem::setXVelocity() \o No equivalent.
-        \row \o Q3CanvasItem::setYVelocity() \o No equivalent.
-
-        \row \o Q3CanvasItem::setZ() \o QGraphicsItem::setZValue()
-
-        \row \o Q3CanvasItem::show() \o QGraphicsItem::show() or
-        QGraphicsItem::setVisible(). \l{QGraphicsItem}s are \e visible by
-        default; \l{Q3CanvasItem}s, however, are not.
-
-        \row \o Q3CanvasItem::xVelocity() \o No equivalent.
-        \row \o Q3CanvasItem::yVelocity() \o No equivalent.
-
-        \endtable
-
-        Note that some virtual functions that have passed on to
-        QGraphicsItem have lost their virtuality. An example is
-        Q3CanvasItem::moveBy(), which was often used to track movement of
-        items. In this case, the virtual QGraphicsItem::itemChange() has
-        taken over as a substitute.
-
-        \section2 Q3CanvasPolygonalItem
-
-            The closest equivalent to Q3CanvasPolygonalItem in
-            Graphics View is called QAbstractGraphicsShapeItem. Unlike
-            Q3CanvasPolygonalItem, it does not define area points
-            (Q3CanvasPolygonalItem::areaPoints()); instead, each
-            item's geometry is stored as a member of the subclasses.
-
-            The Q3CanvasPolygonalItem::drawShape() function is no longer
-            available; instead, you can set the brush and pen from inside
-            QGraphicsItem::paint().
-
-            \table
-            \header \o Q3CanvasPolygonalItem \o QAbstractGraphicsShapeItem
-
-            \row \o Q3CanvasPolygonalItem::areaPoints() \o No equivalent; each
-            item's geometry is stored in the respective subclass.
-
-            \row \o Q3CanvasPolygonalItem::areaPointsAdvanced() \o No
-            equivalent; you can use QPolygonF::translate() or
-            QPainterPath::translate() instead.
-
-            \row \o Q3CanvasPolygonalItem::drawShape() \o
-            QGraphicsItem::paint(). You can set the pen and brush from inside
-            this function.
-
-            \row \o Q3CanvasPolygonalItem::invalidate() \o Call
-            QGraphicsItem::prepareGeometryChange() before changing the
-            item's geometry.
-
-            \row \o Q3CanvasPolygonalItem::isValid() \o No equivalent;
-            items' geometry is always in a valid state.
-
-            \row \o Q3CanvasPolygonalItem::winding() \o This function is only
-            useful for polygon items and path items; see
-            QGraphicsPolygonItem::fillRule(), and QPainterPath::fillRule() for
-            QGraphicsPathItem.
-
-            \endtable
-
-        \section2 Q3CanvasEllipse
-
-            The closest equivalent to Q3CanvasEllipse in Graphics View
-            is called QGraphicsEllipseItem. The most noticable
-            difference to QGraphicsEllipseItem is that the ellipse is
-            not longer drawn centered around its position; rather, it
-            is drawn using a bounding QRectF, just like
-            QPainter::drawEllipse().
-
-            For compatibility, you may want to shift the ellipse up and to the
-            left to keep the ellipse centered. Example:
-
-            \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4-canvas.qdoc 7
-
-            Note: QGraphicsEllipseItem uses QAbstractGraphicsShapeItem::pen()
-            for outlines, whereas Q3CanvasEllipse did not use
-            Q3CanvasPolygonalItem::pen().
-
-            \table
-            \header \o Q3CanvasEllipse \o QGraphicsEllipseItem
-
-            \row \o Q3CanvasEllipse::angleLength() \o QGraphicsEllipseItem::spanAngle()
-
-            \row \o Q3CanvasEllipse::angleStart() \o QGraphicsEllipseItem::startAngle()
-
-            \row \o Q3CanvasEllipse::setAngles() \o
-            QGraphicsEllipseItem::setStartAngle() and
-            QGraphicsEllipseItem::setSpanAngle()
-
-            \row \o Q3CanvasEllipse::setSize() \o QGraphicsEllipseItem::setRect()
-
-            \endtable
-
-            \section2 Q3CanvasLine
-
-            The closest equivalent to Q3CanvasLine in Graphics View is
-            called QGraphicsLineItem.
-
-            \table
-            \header \o Q3CanvasLine \o QGraphicsLineItem
-
-            \row \o Q3CanvasLine::endPoint() \o QGraphicsLineItem::line() and QLineF::p2()
-
-            \row \o Q3CanvasLine::setPoints() \o QGraphicsLineItem::setLine()
-
-            \row \o Q3CanvasLine::startPoint() \o QGraphicsLineItem::line()
-            and QLineF::p1()
-
-            \endtable
-
-        \section2 Q3CanvasPolygon
-
-            The closest equivalent to Q3CanvasPolygon in Graphics View
-            is called QGraphicsPolygonItem.
-
-            \table
-            \header \o Q3CanvasPolygon \o QGraphicsPolygonItem
-
-            \row \o Q3CanvasPolygon::areaPoints() \o
-            QGraphicsPolygonItem::polygon() and QGraphicsItem::mapToParent()
-
-            \row \o Q3CanvasPolygon::points() \o QGraphicsPolygonItem::polygon()
-
-            \row \o Q3CanvasPolygon::setPoints() \o QGraphicsPolygonItem::setPolygon()
-
-            \endtable
-
-        \section2 Q3CanvasSpline
-
-            The closest equivalent to Q3CanvasSpline in Graphics View
-            is called QGraphicsPathItem. This item can be used to
-            describe any type of path supported by QPainter.
-
-            Q3CanvasSpline takes its control points as a Q3PointArray, but
-            QPainterPath operates on a sequence of calls to
-            QPainterPath::moveTo() and QPainterPath::cubicTo(). Here is how
-            you can convert a bezier curve Q3PointArray to a QPainterPath:
-
-            \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4-canvas.qdoc 8
-
-            Note: QGraphicsPathItem uses QAbstractGraphicsShapeItem::pen() for
-            outlines, whereas Q3CanvasSpline did not use
-            Q3CanvasPolygonalItem::pen().
-
-            \table
-            \header \o Q3CanvasSpline \o QGraphicsPathItem
-
-            \row \o Q3CanvasSpline::closed() \o No equivalent. You can call
-            QPainterPath::closeSubPath() to close a subpath explicitly.
-
-            \endtable
-
-        \section2 Q3CanvasRectangle
-
-            The closest equivalent to Q3CanvasRectangle in Graphics
-            View is called QGraphicsRectItem.
-
-            \table
-            \header \o Q3CanvasRectangle \o QGraphicsRectItem
-
-            \row \o Q3CanvasRectangle::height() \o QGraphicsRectItem::rect()
-            and QRectF::height()
-
-            \row \o Q3CanvasRectangle::setSize() \o QGraphicsRectItem::setRect()
-
-            \row \o Q3CanvasRectangle::size() \o QGraphicsRectItem::rect() and QRectF::size()
-
-            \row \o Q3CanvasRectangle::width() \o QGraphicsRectItem::rect() and QRectF::width()
-
-            \row \o Q3CanvasRectangle::chunks() \o No equivalent.
-
-            \endtable
-
-        \section2 Q3CanvasSprite
-
-            Q3CanvasSprite is the item class that differs the most from its
-            Q3Canvas predecessor. The closest resemblance of Q3CanvasSprite in
-            Graphics View is QGraphicsPixmapItem.
-
-            Q3CanvasSprite supports animated pixmaps; QGraphicsPixmapItem,
-            however, is a simple single-frame pixmap item. If all you need is
-            a pixmap item, porting is straight-forward. If you do need the
-            animation support, extra work is required; there is no direct
-            porting approach.
-
-            For the \l{Ported Asteroids Example}, a subclass of
-            QGraphicsPixmapItem is used to replace Q3CanvasSprite, storing a
-            list of pixmaps and a frame counter. The animation is advanced in
-            QGraphicsItem::advance().
-
-            \section3 Q3CanvasPixmap, Q3CanvasPixmapArray
-
-                These classes have been removed from the API. You can use
-                QPixmap instead of Q3CanvasPixmap, and QList instead of
-                Q3CanvasPixmapArray.
-
-                Q3CanvasPixmapArray included convenience for loading a
-                sequence of pixmaps or masks using a path with a wildcard (see
-                Q3CanvasPixmapArray::readPixmaps() and
-                Q3CanvasPixmapArray::readCollisionMasks()). To achieve similar
-                functionality using Graphics View, you can load the images by
-                using QDir:
-
-                \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4-canvas.qdoc 9
-
-        \section2 Q3CanvasText
-
-            Q3CanvasText has been split into two classes in Graphics View:
-            QGraphicsSimpleTextItem and QGraphicsTextItem. For porting,
-            QGraphicsSimpleTextItem should be adequate. QGraphicsTextItem
-            provides advanced document structuring features similar to that of
-            QTextEdit, and it also allows interaction (e.g., editing and
-            selection).
-
-            \table
-            \header \o Q3CanvasText \o QGraphicsSimpleTextItem
-
-            \row \o Q3CanvasText::color() \o QGraphicsSimpleTextItem::pen().
-
-            \row \o Q3CanvasText::setColor() \o QGraphicsSimpleTextItem::setPen().
-
-            \row \o Q3CanvasText::textFlags() \o Use QGraphicsTextItem instead.
-
-            \endtable
-
-
-        \section2 Q3CanvasItemList
-
-            Use QList instead.
-
-    \section1 Other Resources
-
-    The \l{Porting to Qt 4.2's Graphics View} article in Qt Quarterly 21 covered the
-    process of porting the Qt 3 canvas example to Qt 4.
-    The result of this is the \l{Ported Canvas Example}{Ported Canvas} example.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/porting4-designer.qdoc b/doc/src/porting4-designer.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index d356392..0000000
--- a/doc/src/porting4-designer.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,349 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page porting4-designer.html
-    \title Porting UI Files to Qt 4
-    \contentspage {Porting Guides}{Contents}
-    \previouspage Porting to Qt 4 - Drag and Drop
-    \nextpage Porting to Graphics View
-    \ingroup porting
-    \brief Information about changes to the UI file format in Qt 4.
-
-    Qt Designer has changed significantly in the Qt 4 release. We
-    have moved away from viewing Qt Designer as an IDE and
-    concentrated on creating a robust form builder which can be
-    extended and embedded in existing IDEs. Our efforts are ongoing
-    and include the \l{Visual Studio Integration},
-    as well as integrating Designer with KDevelop and possibly other
-    IDEs.
-
-    The most important changes in Qt Designer 4 which affect porting
-    for UI files are summarized below:
-
-    \list
-    \o  \bold{Removed project manager.}
-        Qt Designer now only reads and edits UI
-        files. It has no notion of a project file (\c .pro).
-
-    \o  \bold{Removed code editor.}
-        Qt Designer can no longer be used to edit source files.
-
-    \o  \bold{Changed format of UI files.}
-        Qt Designer 4 cannot read files created by Qt Designer 3 and
-        vice versa. However, we provide the tool \c uic3 to generate Qt
-        4 code out of Qt 3 UI files, and to convert old UI files
-        into a format readable by Qt Designer 4.
-
-    \o  \bold{Changed structure of the code generated by \c uic.}
-        The \c myform.ui file containing the form \c MyForm is now
-        converted into a single header file \c ui_myform.h, which
-        contains the declaration and inline definition of a POD class
-        \c Ui::MyForm.
-
-    \o  \bold{New resource file system.} Icon data is no longer
-        stored in the UI file. Instead, icons are put into resource
-        files (\c .qrc).
-    \endlist
-
-    The rest of this document explains how to deal with the main
-    differences between Qt Designer 3 and Qt Designer 4:
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    See \l{Porting to Qt 4} and \l{qt3to4 - The Qt 3 to 4 Porting
-    Tool} for more information about porting from Qt 3 to Qt 4. See
-    also the \l{Qt Designer Manual}.
-
-    \section1 uic Output
-
-    In Qt 3, \c uic generated a header file and an implementation for
-    a class, which inherited from one of Qt's widgets. To use the
-    form, the programmer included the generated sources into the
-    application and created an instance of the class.
-
-    In Qt 4, \c uic creates a header file containing a POD class. The
-    name of this class is the object name of the main container,
-    qualified with the \c Ui namespace (e.g., \c Ui::MyForm). The
-    class is implemented using inline functions, removing the need of
-    a separate \c .cpp file. Just as in Qt 3, this class contains
-    pointers to all the widgets inside the form as public members. In
-    addition, the generated class provides the public method \c
-    setupUi().
-
-    The class generated by \c uic is not a QWidget; in fact, it's not
-    even a QObject. Instead, it is a class which knows how to
-    populate an instance of a main container with the contents of the
-    form. The programmer creates the main container himself, then
-    passes it to \c setupUi().
-
-    For example, here's the \c uic output for a simple \c
-    helloworld.ui form (some details were removed for simplicity):
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4-designer.qdoc 0
-
-    In this case, the main container was specified to be a QWidget
-    (or any subclass of QWidget). Had we started with a QMainWindow
-    template in Qt Designer, \c setupUi()'s parameter would be of
-    type QMainWindow.
-
-    There are two ways to create an instance of our form. One
-    approach is to create an instance of the \c Ui::HelloWorld class,
-    an instance of the main container (a plain QWidget), and call \c
-    setupUi():
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4-designer.qdoc 1
-
-    The second approach is to inherit from both the \c Ui::HelloWorld
-    class and the main container, and to call \c setupUi() in the
-    constructor of the subclass. In that case, QWidget (or one of
-    its subclasses, e.g. QDialog) must appear first in the base class
-    list so that \l{moc} picks it up correctly. For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4-designer.qdoc 2
-
-    This second method is useful when porting Qt 3 forms to Qt 4. \c
-    HelloWorldWidget is a class whose instance is the actual form
-    and which contains public pointers to all the widgets in it. It
-    therefore has an interface identical to that of a class generated
-    by \c uic in Qt 3.
-
-    Creating POD classes from UI files is more flexible and
-    generic than the old approach of creating widgets. Qt Designer
-    does not need to know anything about the main container apart from
-    the base widget class it inherits. Indeed, \c Ui::HelloWorld can
-    be used to populate any container that inherits QWidget.
-    Conversely, all non-GUI aspects of the main container may be
-    implemented by the programmer in the application's sources
-    without reference to the form.
-
-    \section1 Working with uic3
-
-    Qt 4 comes with the tool \c uic3 for working with old \c .ui
-    files. It can be used in two ways:
-
-    \list 1
-    \o To generate headers and source code for a widget to implement any
-    custom signals and slots added using Qt Designer 3.
-    \o To generate a new UI file that can be used with Qt Designer 4.
-    \endlist
-
-    You can use both these methods in combination to obtain UI, header
-    and source files that you can use as a starting point when porting
-    your user interface to Qt 4.
-
-    The first method generates a Qt 3 style header and implementation
-    which uses Qt 4 widgets (this includes the Qt 3 compatibility classes
-    present in the Qt3Support library). This process should be familiar to
-    anyone used to working with Qt Designer 3:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4-designer.qdoc 3
-
-    The resulting files \c myform.h and \c myform.cpp implement the
-    form in Qt 4 using a QWidget that will include custom signals,
-    slots and connections specified in the UI file. However,
-    see below for the \l{#Limitations of uic3}{limitations} of this
-    method.
-
-    The second method is to use \c uic3 to convert a Qt Designer 3 \c .ui
-    file to the Qt Designer 4 format:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4-designer.qdoc 4
-
-    The resulting file \c myform4.ui can be edited in Qt Designer 4. The
-    header file for the form is generated by Qt 4's \c uic. See the
-    \l{Using a Designer UI File in Your Application} chapter of the
-    \l{Qt Designer Manual} for information about the preferred ways to
-    use forms created with Qt Designer 4.
-
-    \c uic3 tries very hard to map Qt 3 classes and their properties to
-    Qt 4. However, the behavior of some classes changed significantly
-    in Qt 4. To keep the form working, some Qt 3 classes are mapped
-    to classes in the Qt3Support library. Table 1 shows a list of
-    classes this applies to.
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Qt 3 class       \o Qt 4 class
-    \row    \o \c QButtonGroup  \o Q3ButtonGroup
-    \row    \o \c QDateEdit     \o Q3DateEdit
-    \row    \o \c QDateTimeEdit \o Q3DateTimeEdit
-    \row    \o \c QGroupBox     \o Q3GroupBox
-    \row    \o \c QListBox      \o Q3ListBox
-    \row    \o \c QListView     \o Q3ListView
-    \row    \o \c QMainWindow   \o Q3MainWindow
-    \row    \o \c QTextEdit     \o Q3TextEdit
-    \row    \o \c QTextView     \o Q3TextView
-    \row    \o \c QTimeEdit     \o Q3TimeEdit
-    \row    \o \c QWidgetStack  \o Q3WidgetStack
-    \row    \o \c QWizard       \o Q3Wizard
-    \endtable
-
-    \section1 Limitations of uic3
-
-    Converting Qt 3 UI files to Qt 4 has some limitations. The
-    most noticeable limitation is the fact that since \c uic no
-    longer generates a QObject, it's not possible to define custom
-    signals or slots for the form. Instead, the programmer must
-    define these signals and slots in the main container and connect
-    them to the widgets in the form after calling \c setupUi(). For
-    example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4-designer.qdoc 5
-
-    A quick and dirty way to port forms containing custom signals and
-    slots is to generate the code using \c uic3, rather than \c uic. Since
-    \c uic3 does generate a QWidget, it will populate it with custom
-    signals, slots and connections specified in the UI file.
-    However, \c uic3 can only generate code from Qt 3 UI files, which
-    implies that the UI files never get translated and need to be
-    edited using Qt Designer 3.
-
-    Note also that it is possible to create implicit connections
-    between the widgets in a form and the main container. After \c
-    setupUi() populates the main container with child widgets it
-    scans the main container's list of slots for names with the form
-    \tt{on_\e{objectName}_\e{signalName}().}
-
-    If the form contains a widget whose object name is
-    \tt{\e{objectName}}, and if that widget has a signal called
-    \tt{\e{signalName}}, then this signal will be connected to the
-    main container's slot. For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4-designer.qdoc 6
-
-    Because of the naming convention, \c setupUi() automatically
-    connects \c pushButton's \c clicked() signal to \c
-    HelloWorldWidget's \c on_pushButton_clicked() slot.
-
-    \section1 Icons
-
-    In Qt 3, the binary data for the icons used by a form was stored
-    in the UI file. In Qt 4 icons and any other external files
-    can be compiled into the application by listing them in a \l{The
-    Qt Resource System}{resource file} (\c .qrc). This file is
-    translated into a C++ source file using Qt's resource compiler
-    (\c rcc). The data in the files is then available to any Qt class
-    which takes a file name argument.
-
-    Imagine that we have two icons, \c yes.png and \c no.png. We
-    create a resource file called \c icons.qrc with the following
-    contents:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4-designer.qdoc 7
-
-    Next, we add the resource file to our \c .pro file:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4-designer.qdoc 8
-
-    When \c qmake is run, it will create the appropriate Makefile
-    rules to call \c rcc on the resource file, and compile and link
-    the result into the application. The icons may be accessed as
-    follows:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4-designer.qdoc 9
-
-    In each case, the leading colon tells Qt to look for the file in
-    the virtual file tree defined by the set of resource files
-    compiled into the application instead of the file system.
-
-    In the \c .qrc file, the \c qresource tag's \c prefix attribute
-    is used to arrange the files into categories and set a virtual
-    path where the files will be accessed.
-
-    Caveat: If the resource file was not linked directly into the
-    application, but instead into a dynamic or static library that
-    was later linked with the application, its virtual file tree will
-    not be available to QFile and friends until the Q_INIT_RESOURCE()
-    macro is called. This macro takes one argument, which is the name
-    of the \c .qrc file, without the path or the file extension. A
-    convenient place to initialize resources is at the top of the
-    application's \c main() function.
-
-    In Qt Designer 4, we can associate any number of resource files
-    with a form using the resource editor tool. The widgets in the
-    form can access all icons specified in its associated resource
-    files.
-
-    In short, porting of icons from a Qt 3 to a Qt 4 form involves
-    the following steps:
-
-    \list 1
-    \o Use \c{uic3 -convert} to obtain a UI file understood by
-       Qt Designer 4.
-
-    \o Create a \c .qrc file with a list of all the icon files.
-
-    \o Add the resource file to the \c .pro file.
-
-    \o Open the form in Qt Designer 4 and add the resource file to the
-       form's resource editor.
-
-    \o Set the icon properties for the appropriate widgets.
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 Custom Widgets
-
-    Qt Designer 3 supported defining custom widgets by specifying
-    their name, header file and methods. In Qt Designer 4, a custom
-    widget is always created by "promoting" an existing Qt widget to
-    a custom class. Qt Designer 4 assumes that the custom widget will
-    inherit from the widget that has been promoted. In the form
-    editor, the custom widget will retain the looks, behavior,
-    properties, signals and slots of the base widget. It is not
-    currently possible to tell Qt Designer 4 that the custom widget
-    will have additional signals or slots.
-
-    \c{uic3 -convert} handles the conversion of custom widgets to the
-    new \c .ui format, however all custom signals and slots are lost.
-    Furthermore, since Qt Designer 3 never knew the base widget class
-    of a custom widget, it is taken to be QWidget. This is often
-    sufficient. If not, the custom widgets have to be inserted
-    manually into the form.
-
-    Custom widget plugins, which contain custom widgets to be used in
-    Qt Designer, must themselves be ported before they can be used in
-    forms ported with \c{uic3}.
-    The \l{Porting to Qt 4} document contains information about general
-    porting issues that may apply to the custom widget code itself, and
-    the \l{Creating Custom Widgets for Qt Designer} chapter of the
-    \l{Qt Designer Manual} describes how the ported widget should be
-    built in order to work in Qt Designer 4.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/porting4-modifiedvirtual.qdocinc b/doc/src/porting4-modifiedvirtual.qdocinc
deleted file mode 100644
index 1164238..0000000
--- a/doc/src/porting4-modifiedvirtual.qdocinc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
-\row \o int QAccessibleInterface::navigate(NavDirection, int) const \o int QAccessibleInterface::navigate(RelationFlag, int, QAccessibleInterface **) const
-\row \o bool QApplication::winEventFilter(MSG *) \o bool QApplication::winEventFilter(MSG *, long *)
-\row \o Function: Offset QIODevice::at() const \o Function: Q_LONGLONG QIODevice::pos() const
-\row \o bool QIODevice::at(Offset) \o bool QIODevice::seek(Q_LONGLONG)
-\row \o bool QIODevice::open(int) \o bool QIODevice::open(OpenMode)
-\row \o Q_LONG QIODevice::readBlock(char *, Q_ULONG) \o Q_LONGLONG QIODevice::readData(char *, Q_LONGLONG)
-\row \o Q_LONG QIODevice::writeBlock(const char *, Q_ULONG) \o Q_LONGLONG QIODevice::writeData(const char *, Q_LONGLONG)
-\row \o const char * QImageFormatType::formatName() const \o QByteArray QImageFormatType::formatName() const
-\row \o QPopupMenu * QLineEdit::createPopupMenu() \o QMenu * QLineEdit::createPopupMenu()
-\row \o bool QMacMime::canConvert(const char *, int) \o bool QMacMime::canConvert(const QString &, int)
-\row \o QValueList<QByteArray> QMacMime::convertFromMime(QByteArray, const char *, int) \o QList<QByteArray> QMacMime::convertFromMime(QByteArray, const QString &, int)
-\row \o QByteArray QMacMime::convertToMime(QValueList<QByteArray> data, const char *, int) \o QByteArray QMacMime::convertToMime(QList<QByteArray> data, const QString &, int)
-\row \o const char * QMacMime::convertorName() \o QString QMacMime::convertorName()
-\row \o int QMacMime::flavorFor(const char *) \o int QMacMime::flavorFor(const QString &)
-\row \o const char * QMacMime::mimeFor(int) \o QString QMacMime::mimeFor(int)
-\row \o QMetaObject * QObject::metaObject() const \o const QMetaObject * QObject::metaObject() const
-\row \o bool QScreen::onCard(unsigned char *) const \o bool QScreen::onCard(const unsigned char *) const
-\row \o bool QScreen::onCard(unsigned char *, ulong &) const \o bool QScreen::onCard(const unsigned char *, ulong &) const
-\row \o int QSpinBox::mapTextToValue(bool *) \o int QSpinBox::mapTextToValue(QString *, QValidator::State *) const
-\row \o QString QSpinBox::mapValueToText(int) \o QString QSpinBox::mapValueToText(int) const
-\row \o bool QSqlDriver::open(const QString &, const QString &, const QString &, const QString &, int) \o bool QSqlDriver::open(const QString &, const QString &, const QString &, const QString &, int, const QString &)
-\row \o QStringList QSqlDriver::tables(const QString &) const \o QStringList QSqlDriver::tables(QSql::TableType) const
-\row \o bool QSqlQuery::prev() \o bool QSqlQuery::previous()
-\row \o bool QSqlResult::fetchPrev() \o bool QSqlResult::fetchPrevious()
-\row \o void QStyle::drawComplexControl(ComplexControl, QPainter *, const QWidget *, const QRect &, const QColorGroup &, SFlags, SCFlags, SCFlags, const QStyleOption &) const \o void QStyle::drawComplexControl(ComplexControl, const QStyleOptionComplex *, QPainter *, const QWidget *) const
-\row \o void QStyle::drawComplexControlMask(ComplexControl, QPainter *, const QWidget *, const QRect &, const QStyleOption &) const \o void QStyle::drawComplexControlMask(ComplexControl, const QStyleOptionComplex *, QPainter *, const QWidget *) const
-\row \o void QStyle::drawControl(ControlElement, QPainter *, const QWidget *, const QRect &, const QColorGroup &, SFlags, const QStyleOption &) const \o void QStyle::drawControl(ControlElement, const QStyleOption *, QPainter *, const QWidget *) const
-\row \o void QStyle::drawControlMask(ControlElement, QPainter *, const QWidget *, const QRect &, const QStyleOption &) const \o void QStyle::drawControlMask(ControlElement, const QStyleOption *, QPainter *, const QWidget *) const
-\row \o void QStyle::drawItem(QPainter *, const QRect &, int, const QColorGroup &, bool, const QPixmap *, const QString &, int, const QColor *) const \o void QStyle::drawItem(QPainter *, const QRect &, int, const QPalette &, bool, const QString &, int, const QColor *) const
-\row \o void QStyle::drawPrimitive(PrimitiveElement, QPainter *, const QRect &, const QColorGroup &, SFlags, const QStyleOption &) const \o void QStyle::drawPrimitive(PrimitiveElement, const QStyleOption *, QPainter *, const QWidget *) const
-\row \o QRect QStyle::itemRect(QPainter *, const QRect &, int, bool, const QPixmap *, const QString &, int) const \o QRect QStyle::itemTextRect(const QFontMetrics &, const QRect &, int, bool, const QString &, int) const
-\row \o int QStyle::pixelMetric(PixelMetric, const QWidget *) const \o int QStyle::pixelMetric(PixelMetric, const QStyleOption *, const QWidget *) const
-\row \o SubControl QStyle::querySubControl(ComplexControl, const QWidget *, const QPoint &, const QStyleOption &) const \o SubControl QStyle::hitTestComplexControl(ComplexControl, const QStyleOptionComplex *, const QPoint &, const QWidget *) const
-\row \o QRect QStyle::querySubControlMetrics(ComplexControl, const QWidget *, SubControl, const QStyleOption &) const \o QRect QStyle::subControlRect(ComplexControl, const QStyleOptionComplex *, SubControl, const QWidget *) const
-\row \o QSize QStyle::sizeFromContents(ContentsType, const QWidget *, const QSize &, const QStyleOption &) const \o QSize QStyle::sizeFromContents(ContentsType, const QStyleOption *, const QSize &, const QFontMetrics &, const QWidget *) const
-\row \o int QStyle::styleHint(StyleHint, const QWidget *, const QStyleOption &, QStyleHintReturn *) const \o int QStyle::styleHint(StyleHint, const QStyleOption *, const QWidget *, QStyleHintReturn *) const
-\row \o QPixmap QStyle::stylePixmap(StylePixmap, const QWidget *, const QStyleOption &) const \o QPixmap QStyle::standardPixmap(StandardPixmap, const QStyleOption *, const QWidget *) const
-\row \o QRect QStyle::subRect(SubRect, const QWidget *) const \o QRect QStyle::subRect(SubRect, const QStyleOption *, const QFontMetrics &, const QWidget *) const
-\row \o void QStyle::unPolish(QApplication *) \o void QStyle::unpolish(QApplication *)
-\row \o void QStyle::unPolish(QWidget *) \o void QStyle::unpolish(QWidget *)
-\row \o QCString QTextCodec::fromUnicode(const QString &, int &) const \o QByteArray QTextCodec::fromUnicode(const QString &, int &) const
-\row \o QValueList<int> QTextCodecPlugin::mibEnums() const \o QList<int> QTextCodecPlugin::mibEnums() const
-\row \o void QTextDrag::setSubtype(const QCString &) \o void QTextDrag::setSubtype(const QString &)
-\row \o QCString QTextEncoder::fromUnicode(const QString &, int &) \o QByteArray QTextEncoder::fromUnicode(const QString &, int &)
-\row \o void QUriDrag::setUris(QStrList) \o void QUriDrag::setUris(const QList<QByteArray> & list)
-\row \o void QUrlInfo::setSize(uint) \o void QUrlInfo::setSize(Q_LONGLONG)
-\row \o bool QWindowsMime::canConvert(const char *, int) \o bool QWindowsMime::canConvert(const QString &, int)
-\row \o int QWindowsMime::cfFor(const char *) \o int QWindowsMime::cfFor(const QString &)
-\row \o QByteArray QWindowsMime::convertFromMime(QByteArray, const char *, int) \o QByteArray QWindowsMime::convertFromMime(const QByteArray &, const QString &, int)
-\row \o QByteArray QWindowsMime::convertToMime(QByteArray, const char *, int) \o QByteArray QWindowsMime::convertToMime(const QByteArray &, const QString &, int)
-\row \o const char * QWindowsMime::convertorName() \o QString QWindowsMime::convertorName()
-\row \o void QWSMouseHandler::calibrate(QWSPointerCalibrationData *) \o void QWSMouseHandler::calibrate(const QWSPointerCalibrationData *)
-\row \o bool QWidget::macEvent(MSG *) \o bool QWidget::macEvent(EventHandlerCallRef, EventRef)
-\row \o bool QWidget::winEvent(MSG *) \o bool QWidget::winEvent(MSG *, long *)
-\row \o QString QXmlContentHandler::errorString() \o QString QXmlContentHandler::errorString() const
-\row \o QString QXmlDTDHandler::errorString() \o QString QXmlDTDHandler::errorString() const
-\row \o QString QXmlDeclHandler::errorString() \o QString QXmlDeclHandler::errorString() const
-\row \o QString QXmlEntityResolver::errorString() \o QString QXmlEntityResolver::errorString() const
-\row \o QString QXmlErrorHandler::errorString() \o QString QXmlErrorHandler::errorString() const
-\row \o QString QXmlInputSource::data() \o QString QXmlInputSource::data() const
-\row \o QString QXmlLexicalHandler::errorString() \o QString QXmlLexicalHandler::errorString() const
-\row \o int QXmlLocator::columnNumber() \o int QXmlLocator::columnNumber() const
-\row \o int QXmlLocator::lineNumber() \o int QXmlLocator::lineNumber() const
diff --git a/doc/src/porting4-obsoletedmechanism.qdocinc b/doc/src/porting4-obsoletedmechanism.qdocinc
deleted file mode 100644
index 584b910..0000000
--- a/doc/src/porting4-obsoletedmechanism.qdocinc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-If you use this mechanism in your application, please submit a
-report to the \l{Task Tracker} on the Qt website and we will
-try to find a satisfactory substitute.
diff --git a/doc/src/porting4-overview.qdoc b/doc/src/porting4-overview.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 5eff1ba..0000000
--- a/doc/src/porting4-overview.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,373 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page porting4-overview.html
-    \title Moving from Qt 3 to Qt 4
-    \ingroup porting
-    \brief Porting advice for authors of new and existing Qt 3 applications.
-
-    This document describes which parts of Qt should be used when
-    writing an application with Qt 3, so that it can be upgraded to
-    use Qt 4 later with a minimum of effort. However, the advice may
-    also be useful to developers who are porting existing applications
-    from Qt 3 to Qt 4.
-
-    For a detailed overview
-    of the porting process for existing Qt 3 applications, see the
-    \l{Porting to Qt 4} document.
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    Since Qt 4 provides important new functionality at the cost of
-    some compatibility with Qt 3, it is useful for developers of
-    Qt 3-based applications to learn how to take advantage of
-    Qt 3's API now while preparing for future changes that will be
-    needed when upgrading to Qt 4.
-
-    Certain advanced Qt 3 features were moved to the Qt 3 support
-    library (\l{Qt3Support}) in Qt 4.0, and have been gradually
-    replaced in subsequent releases of Qt 4.
-
-    Making Qt 3 applications as portable to Qt 4 as possible
-    enables a smooth transition between versions of Qt in the
-    long term, and allows for a stable development process
-    throughout.
-
-    \section1 Qt 3 Features to Avoid
-
-    Although we are proud of the level of stability we have achieved
-    with Qt, it is important to realise that, for Qt 4 to be a
-    substantial improvement over Qt 3, certain features have
-    been revised to make the framework more maintainable for us
-    and more usable for developers. It is therefore useful to
-    know which features of Qt 3 should be avoided to help save
-    time during a later porting effort to Qt 4. Note that it is
-    still possible to use many of the following classes and
-    features through the use of the \l{Qt3Support} module.
-
-    \section2 Painting Outside Paint Events
-
-    In Qt 3, under certain circumstances, it was possible to use
-    QPainter to draw on a given custom widget outside its
-    \l{QWidget::}{paintEvent()} reimplementation. In Qt 4, in most
-    situations, painting must occur within a widget's paint event
-    handler.
-
-    On X11, it is possible to set the \l{Qt::WA_PaintOutsidePaintEvent}
-    attribute on widgets to keep existing code, but we recommend
-    restricting the use of painting code to within paint event handlers
-    where possible.
-
-    More information about this change can be found in the
-    \l{Porting to Qt 4#Painting and Redrawing Widgets}{Painting and Redrawing Widgets}
-    section of the \l{Porting to Qt 4} document.
-
-    \section2 Qt Designer
-
-    The version of Qt Designer supplied with Qt 3 provided
-    extensive code editing and project management features
-    (control over \c{.ui.h} and \c{.pro} files), and encouraged
-    users to design main window applications from within the
-    Qt Designer environment.
-
-    The version of Qt Designer supplied with Qt 4 is intended
-    to be integrated with other software development tools (such
-    as integrated development environments), and does not
-    support these project-level features.
-
-    We recommend using one of the
-    \l{Using a Designer UI File in Your Application}{form subclassing approaches}
-    with forms created using Qt Designer. This avoids the need
-    to use \c{.ui.h} files and special purpose code editors.
-
-    Existing Qt 3 forms created using Qt Designer can be gradually
-    ported to Qt 4 by following the advice in the
-    \l{Porting UI Files to Qt 4} guide. However, some extra effort
-    will be required to move application logic from \c{.ui.h} files
-    into the main body of a Qt 4 application.
-
-    \section2 Menu Items (QMenuItem)
-
-    The old-style construction of menus by creating individual
-    menu items has been superseded in Qt 4 by the use of
-    generic actions which can be used in menus, toolbars, and
-    as keyboard shortcuts.
-
-    Qt 3 also supports this action-based approach, so, by using
-    QAction throughout your application, less work will be
-    required to adapt your application to Qt 4.
-
-    \section2 Pointer-Based Classes (QPtr*)
-
-    Qt 3 provides a group of pointer-based classes (\c QPtrList,
-    \c QPtrDict, \c QPtrVector, etc.) that help manage collections
-    of pointers to objects (usually QObject subclasses) in an
-    application. In addition, the value-based collection classes
-    (\c QValueList, \c QValueDict, \c QValueVector, etc.) provide
-    a way to store standard value types which cannot be easily stored
-    in pointer-based collections.
-
-    Qt 4 introduces a single set of collection classes which
-    does not require developers to pay as much attention to
-    memory allocation and object ownership issues. As a result,
-    Qt 3's pointer-based classes have no direct equivalent
-    classes in Qt 4.
-
-    To ease migration, use Qt 3's value-based classes to store
-    most objects, including pointers; for example, use
-    \c QValueVector<QWidget *> rather than
-    \c QPtrVector<QWidget *>. These can be replaced by
-    Qt 4's QVector, QLinkedList, and QList later.
-
-    \section2 Other Collection Classes (QStrList, Q*Dict)
-
-    Some collection classes in Qt 3 have been deprecated in
-    favor of easier to use, higher level alternatives. These
-    include the dictionary classes (\c QAsciiDict, \c QDict,
-    \c QIntDict, \c QPtrDict) and \c QStrList.
-
-    \c QStrList can usually replaced by the higher level QStringList
-    class in Qt 3; this is also available in Qt 4. It is
-    recommended that you use the QMap class instead of the \c QDict
-    classes. In Qt 4, QMap is also complemented by the QHash
-    class.
-
-    \section2 Memory Arrays (QMemArray)
-
-    In Qt 3, the \c QMemArray class is used as a simple array
-    container for simple data types. This class is deprecated in
-    Qt 4 in favor of the QVector and QVarLengthVector classes
-    which provide more powerful and consistent array objects.
-
-    Qt 3's closest equivalent class to Qt 4's QVector is the
-    \c QValueVector class. For many purposes, this can be used
-    instead of \c QMemArray.
-
-    \section2 URL Operations (QUrlOperator)
-
-    The URL operator in Qt 3 provides an abstract way to
-    handle files via HTTP, FTP, and on the local file system.
-    However, Qt 4 only provides this functionality through the
-    use of the Q3UrlOperator.
-
-    From Qt 4.4, the Network Access API provides a subset of the features
-    provided by \c QUrlOperator that are mostly intended for use with
-    applications that use the HTTP and FTP protocols. See the
-    QNetworkRequest, QNetworkReply, and QNetworkAccessManager documentation
-    for further details.
-
-    It is also possible to perform operations on remote files through
-    the QNetworkAccessManager and QFtp classes, and on local files
-    with the QFile class.
-
-    \section2 SQL Cursors (QSqlCursor)
-
-    In Qt 3, one of the preferred methods of working with SQL
-    is to use a cursor to manipulate the contents of a database.
-    In Qt 4, the preferred method of working with SQL is to use
-    the model/view architecture (QSqlQueryModel and QSqlTableModel)
-    and, as a result, the cursor interface is only supplied in the
-    Q3SqlCursor class.
-
-    The easiest way to ensure continuity between Qt 3 and Qt 4
-    is to use QSqlQuery rather than \c QSqlCursor,
-    and migrate to QSqlQueryModel later.
-
-    \section2 Domain Name Service (QDns)
-
-    The QDns class in Qt 4 provides a much simpler interface
-    than the QDns class in Qt 3, and is mainly used for host
-    name resolution.
-    As a result, many of the more complex features of Qt 3's
-    QDns class are only available through Qt 4's Q3Dns
-    compatibility class.
-
-    To resolve host names with Qt 3, it is recommended that you
-    use the higher level interface of QSocket rather than QDns.
-    The equivalent functionality is available in Qt 4 in the
-    QAbstractSocket and QHostInfo classes.
-
-    \section2 Wizard Dialogs (QWizard)
-
-    Qt 3 provides support for "wizard" dialogs in the form of
-    the \c QWizard class. Prior to Qt 4.3, this class was made
-    available as Q3Wizard, and provides the same interface for
-    creating relatively complex wizards.
-
-    In Qt 4.3 and later, a revised QWizard class can be used to
-    create this kind of dialog, but existing Qt 3 wizard
-    implementations may need to be redesigned to work with the
-    new QWizard API.
-
-    \section2 Abstract Grid Views (QGridView)
-
-    Before the introduction of the Qt 3 \c QTable class,
-    \c QGridView was the recommended way to create tables of
-    custom items.
-    With the introduction of \c QTable, the \c QGridView class was
-    effectively obsoleted, and the \c QTable class should now be
-    used to display tabular information in your Qt 3 application.
-    This approach allows you to use QTableWidget as a replacement
-    when later porting your application to Qt 4.
-
-    \section2 Specialized Scrolling Views
-
-    In Qt 3, the \c QScrollView class provides a viewport that can
-    be used to display part of a larger widget, and will
-    optionally provide scroll bars for navigation purposes.
-    In Qt 4, this functionality is superseded by classes such as
-    QScrollArea, which provides a more intuitive interface for
-    developers to use.
-    \c QScrollView is available in Qt 4 as the Q3ScrollView class.
-
-    In Qt 3, it is recommended that \c QScrollView should be
-    used with child widgets rather than subclassed. However, it
-    should be noted that this approach may not be appropriate if
-    you need to use extremely large scrolling areas in your
-    application, since Qt 3 widgets cannot be wider or taller
-    than 32767 pixels.
-
-    \section1 Significantly Changed Features
-
-    Some Qt 3 features have changed significantly for Qt 4. 
-    and the recommended way of using them has therefore changed
-    significantly, too. This is most notably true for the drag 
-    and drop API. 
-
-    Additionally, some of the more specialized features in Qt 3 are
-    often used to help customize widgets and add extra polish to an
-    application.
-    Although these improvements make applications more presentable to
-    users, many of them are unnecessary with Qt 4, and may create
-    additional porting work.
-
-    \section2 Drag and Drop
-
-    Qt 4 introduces a simpler and more intuitive implementation
-    of drag and drop between widgets, and with other applications.
-    As a result, there is no simple approach that can be used to
-    make drag and drop in a Qt 3 application easier to port to
-    Qt 4.
-
-    \section2 Extensive Customization of Item Views
-
-    Each of the classes that are used to display list, tree,
-    and table items in Qt 3 can be subclassed for the purposes
-    of customizing their appearance. The item view framework
-    in Qt 4 is implemented according to a different paradigm
-    (model/view) which does not allow items to be customized
-    using this method.
-
-    Although Qt 4 provides compatibility classes (Q3ListBoxItem,
-    Q3ListViewItem, and Q3TableItem) that can be used in the same
-    way as their Qt 3 counterparts, these cannot be used within
-    the standard model/view framework. It is recommended that,
-    to minimize porting effort, extensive customization of item
-    classes should be avoided in Qt 3, if at all possible.
-
-    \section2 Double Buffering
-
-    Qt 3 applications often use double buffering for reducing
-    flicker when painting custom widgets. This approach is
-    unnecessary with Qt 4 because double buffering is
-    automatically performed by the paint engine.
-
-    It still makes sense to use double buffering in
-    Qt 4 in certain contexts. For example, in
-    Chapter 5 of \l{GUI Programming with Qt 3}, double buffering
-    was presented as a speed optimization and not just as a means
-    of reducing flicker.
-
-    \section2 Data-Aware Forms
-
-    The \c QDataTable, \c QDataBrowser, and \c QDataView classes
-    in Qt 3 allow integration between widgets and SQL-based
-    databases.
-
-    In Qt 4.1 and earlier, the preferred way to create a data-aware
-    widget is to connect an generic item view (such as a table view)
-    to a SQL model. In Qt 4.2 and later, the QDataWidgetMapper class
-    can be used to map data to widgets in a form-based user interface.
-
-    New applications written with Qt 3 should use QSqlQuery in
-    preference to an approach based on the old-style data-aware
-    widgets.
-    This offers a choice of porting strategies when later migrating
-    the application to Qt 4: You can either continue to use
-    QSqlQuery or take the opportunity to use the model/view
-    classes to handle database integration.
-
-    \section2 Dock Windows and Areas
-
-    In Qt 4, the way that dock windows are constructed and used
-    in main window applications differs significantly to the
-    pattern of use provided by Qt 3. As a result, the introduction
-    of a simpler and cleaner API means that Qt 3 applications that
-    make extensive use of dock window areas will require careful
-    examination when they are ported to Qt 4.
-
-    We recommend that the QMainWindow class be used in preference
-    to the Q3MainWindow compatibility class when an existing Qt 3
-    main window application is ported to Qt 4. Therefore, we
-    recommend that specialized use of dock window areas should
-    be avoided when writing a Qt 3 application with Qt 4 in mind.
-
-    \section2 Custom Styles
-
-    The style system used to provide consistent themes for Qt's
-    standard widgets has been revised for Qt 4. As a result,
-    custom styles for Qt 3 require some porting work to be done
-    before they can be used with Qt 4. To ease the porting process,
-    we recommend that you avoid implementing custom widget styles
-    for Qt 3 applications unless it is absolutely necessary for
-    your users.
-
-    In Qt 4.2 and later, \l{Qt Style Sheets} can be used to
-    implement many common modifications to existing styles, and
-    this may be sufficient for Qt 3 applications.
-
-    \section2 Events
-    In Qt 3, QCloseEvents were not accepted by default. In Qt 4,
-    the event handler QWidget::closeEvent() receives QCloseEvents,
-    and accepts them by default closing the application. To avoid 
-    this, please reimplement QWidget::closeEvent().  
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/porting4-removedenumvalues.qdocinc b/doc/src/porting4-removedenumvalues.qdocinc
deleted file mode 100644
index fe38d0e..0000000
--- a/doc/src/porting4-removedenumvalues.qdocinc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
-\row \o QButton::SingleShot
-\row \o QButton::Toggle
-\row \o QButton::Tristate
-\row \o QEvent::AccelAvailable
-\row \o QEvent::ParentFontChange
-\row \o QEvent::ParentPaletteChange
diff --git a/doc/src/porting4-removedtypes.qdocinc b/doc/src/porting4-removedtypes.qdocinc
deleted file mode 100644
index 9d7c519..0000000
--- a/doc/src/porting4-removedtypes.qdocinc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-\row \o QAbstractButton::ToggleType
diff --git a/doc/src/porting4-removedvariantfunctions.qdocinc b/doc/src/porting4-removedvariantfunctions.qdocinc
deleted file mode 100644
index dfaa8f3..0000000
--- a/doc/src/porting4-removedvariantfunctions.qdocinc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-\row \o toBitmap ()         \o QVariant::value()
-\row \o toBrush ()          \o QVariant::value()
-\row \o toColorGroup ()     \o Use QVariant::value() with QPalette instead.
-\row \o toColor ()          \o QVariant::value()
-\row \o toCString ()        \o QVariant::toByteArray()
-\row \o toCursor ()         \o QVariant::value()
-\row \o toFont ()           \o QVariant::value()
-\row \o toIconSet ()        \o Use QVariant::value() with QIcon instead.
-\row \o toImage ()          \o QVariant::value()
-\row \o toKeySequence ()    \o QVariant::value()
-\row \o toPalette ()        \o QVariant::value()
-\row \o toPen ()            \o QVariant::value()
-\row \o toPixmap ()         \o QVariant::value()
-\row \o toPointArray ()     \o QVariant::value()
-\row \o toRegion ()         \o QVariant::value()
-\row \o toSizePolicy ()     \o QVariant::value()
diff --git a/doc/src/porting4-removedvirtual.qdocinc b/doc/src/porting4-removedvirtual.qdocinc
deleted file mode 100644
index 1af4fa6..0000000
--- a/doc/src/porting4-removedvirtual.qdocinc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,605 +0,0 @@
-\row \o void QAccessibleInterface::clearSelection() \o Port to the new QAccessibleInterface API.
-\row \o int QAccessibleInterface::controlAt(int, int) const \o Port to the new QAccessibleInterface API.
-\row \o bool QAccessibleInterface::doDefaultAction(int) \o Port to the new QAccessibleInterface API.
-\row \o QMemArray<int> QAccessibleInterface::selection() const \o Port to the new QAccessibleInterface API.
-\row \o bool QAccessibleInterface::setFocus(int) \o Port to the new QAccessibleInterface API.
-\row \o bool QAccessibleInterface::setSelected(int, bool, bool) \o Port to the new QAccessibleInterface API.
-\row \o bool QAction::addTo(QWidget *) \o Use Q3Action instead or port to the new QAction API.
-\row \o void QAction::addedTo(QWidget *, QWidget *) \o Use Q3Action instead or port to the new QAction API.
-\row \o void QAction::addedTo(int, QPopupMenu *) \o Use Q3Action instead or port to the new QAction API.
-\row \o bool QAction::removeFrom(QWidget *) \o Use Q3Action instead or port to the new QAction API.
-\row \o void QAction::setAccel(const QKeySequence &) \o Use Q3Action instead or port to the new QAction API.
-\row \o void QAction::setEnabled(bool) \o Use Q3Action instead or port to the new QAction API.
-\row \o void QAction::setIconSet(const QIcon &) \o Use Q3Action instead or port to the new QAction API.
-\row \o void QAction::setMenuText(const QString &) \o Use Q3Action instead or port to the new QAction API.
-\row \o void QAction::setOn(bool) \o Use Q3Action instead or port to the new QAction API.
-\row \o void QAction::setStatusTip(const QString &) \o Use Q3Action instead or port to the new QAction API.
-\row \o void QAction::setText(const QString &) \o Use Q3Action instead or port to the new QAction API.
-\row \o void QAction::setToggleAction(bool) \o Use Q3Action instead or port to the new QAction API.
-\row \o void QAction::setToolTip(const QString &) \o Use Q3Action instead or port to the new QAction API.
-\row \o void QAction::setWhatsThis(const QString &) \o Use Q3Action instead or port to the new QAction API.
-\row \o void QButton::drawButton(QPainter *) \o Use Q3Button instead or reimplement QButton::paintEvent().
-\row \o void QButton::drawButtonLabel(QPainter *) \o Use Q3Button instead or reimplement QButton::paintEvent().
-\row \o void QButton::setAccel(const QKeySequence &) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QButton::setAutoRepeat(bool) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QButton::setDown(bool) \o Use Q3Button instead or reimplement or port to the new QPushButton API.
-\row \o void QButton::setPixmap(const QPixmap &) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QButton::setState(ToggleState) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QButton::setText(const QString &) \o Use the QAbstractButton::setText() setter function.
-\row \o void QButton::setToggleType(ToggleType) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QButtonGroup::moveFocus(int) \o Use the QWidget::setFocus() setter function.
-\row \o void QButtonGroup::setButton(int) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QButtonGroup::setExclusive(bool) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QButtonGroup::setRadioButtonExclusive(bool) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QComboBox::setAutoCompletion(bool) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QComboBox::setAutoResize(bool) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QComboBox::setCurrentItem(int) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QComboBox::setCurrentText(const QString &) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QComboBox::setFont(const QFont &) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QComboBox::setInsertionPolicy(Policy) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QComboBox::setLineEdit(QLineEdit *) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QComboBox::setListBox(QListBox *) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QComboBox::setMaxCount(int) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QComboBox::setPalette(const QPalette &) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QComboBox::setSizeLimit(int) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QComboBox::setValidator(const QValidator *) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QDateEdit::fix() \o Port to the new QDateTimeEdit API.
-\row \o QString QDateEdit::sectionFormattedText(int) \o Port to the new QDateTimeEdit API.
-\row \o void QDateEdit::setAutoAdvance(bool) \o Port to the new QDateTimeEdit API.
-\row \o void QDateEdit::setDate(const QDate &) \o Port to the new QDateTimeEdit API.
-\row \o void QDateEdit::setDay(int) \o Port to the new QDateTimeEdit API.
-\row \o void QDateEdit::setMaxValue(const QDate &) \o Port to the new QDateTimeEdit API.
-\row \o void QDateEdit::setMinValue(const QDate &) \o Port to the new QDateTimeEdit API.
-\row \o void QDateEdit::setMonth(int) \o Port to the new QDateTimeEdit API.
-\row \o void QDateEdit::setOrder(Order) \o Port to the new QDateTimeEdit API.
-\row \o void QDateEdit::setRange(const QDate &, const QDate &) \o Port to the new QDateTimeEdit API.
-\row \o void QDateEdit::setSeparator(const QString &) \o Port to the new QDateTimeEdit API.
-\row \o void QDateEdit::setYear(int) \o Port to the new QDateTimeEdit API.
-\row \o void QDateTimeEdit::setAutoAdvance(bool) \o Port to the new QDateTimeEdit API.
-\row \o void QDateTimeEdit::setDateTime(const QDateTime &) \o Port to the new QDateTimeEdit API.
-\row \o void QDial::rangeChange() \o Reimplement QDial::sliderChange() instead.
-\row \o void QDial::repaintScreen(const QRect *) \o Reimplement QDial::paintEvent() instead.
-\row \o void QDial::setNotchTarget(double) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QDial::setNotchesVisible(bool) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QDial::setTracking(bool) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QDial::setValue(int) \o Use QDial::sliderChange() instead.
-\row \o void QDial::setWrapping(bool) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QDial::valueChange() \o Use QDial::sliderChange() instead.
-\row \o QString QDir::absFilePath(const QString &, bool) const \o Value type.
-\row \o QString QDir::absPath() const \o Value type.
-\row \o QString QDir::canonicalPath() const \o Value type.
-\row \o bool QDir::cd(const QString &, bool) \o Value type.
-\row \o bool QDir::cdUp() \o Value type.
-\row \o void QDir::convertToAbs() \o Value type.
-\row \o QString QDir::dirName() const \o Value type.
-\row \o QStrList QDir::encodedEntryList(int, int) const \o Value type.
-\row \o QStrList QDir::encodedEntryList(const QString &, int, int) const \o Value type.
-\row \o const QFileInfoList * QDir::entryInfoList(int, int) const \o Value type.
-\row \o const QFileInfoList * QDir::entryInfoList(const QString &, int, int) const \o Value type.
-\row \o QStringList QDir::entryList(const QString &, int, int) const \o Value type.
-\row \o QStringList QDir::entryList(int, int) const \o Value type.
-\row \o bool QDir::exists() const \o Value type.
-\row \o bool QDir::exists(const QString &, bool) \o Value type.
-\row \o QString QDir::filePath(const QString &, bool) const \o Value type.
-\row \o bool QDir::isReadable() const \o Value type.
-\row \o bool QDir::isRelative() const \o Value type.
-\row \o bool QDir::isRoot() const \o Value type.
-\row \o bool QDir::mkdir(const QString &, bool) const \o Value type.
-\row \o bool QDir::operator!=() const \o Value type.
-\row \o bool QDir::operator==() const \o Value type.
-\row \o QString QDir::path() const \o Value type.
-\row \o bool QDir::remove(const QString &, bool) \o Value type.
-\row \o bool QDir::rename(const QString &, const QString &, bool) \o Value type.
-\row \o bool QDir::rmdir(const QString &, bool) const \o Value type.
-\row \o void QDir::setFilter(int) \o Value type.
-\row \o void QDir::setMatchAllDirs(bool) \o Value type.
-\row \o void QDir::setNameFilter(const QString &) \o Value type.
-\row \o void QDir::setPath(const QString &) \o Value type.
-\row \o void QDir::setSorting(int) \o Value type.
-\row \o void QDns::setLabel(const QString &) \o Use Q3Dns instead.
-\row \o void QDns::setLabel(const QHostAddress &) \o Use Q3Dns instead.
-\row \o void QDns::setRecordType(RecordType) \o Use Q3Dns instead.
-\row \o void QDockWindow::dock() \o Use Q3DockWindow instead or port to the new QDockWidget API.
-\row \o void QDockWindow::setCloseMode(int) \o Use Q3DockWindow instead or port to the new QDockWidget API.
-\row \o void QDockWindow::setFixedExtentHeight(int) \o Use Q3DockWindow instead or port to the new QDockWidget API.
-\row \o void QDockWindow::setFixedExtentWidth(int) \o Use Q3DockWindow instead or port to the new QDockWidget API.
-\row \o void QDockWindow::setHorizontallyStretchable(bool) \o Use Q3DockWindow instead or port to the new QDockWidget API.
-\row \o void QDockWindow::setMovingEnabled(bool) \o Use Q3DockWindow instead or port to the new QDockWidget API.
-\row \o void QDockWindow::setNewLine(bool) \o Use Q3DockWindow instead or port to the new QDockWidget API.
-\row \o void QDockWindow::setOffset(int) \o Use Q3DockWindow instead or port to the new QDockWidget API.
-\row \o void QDockWindow::setOpaqueMoving(bool) \o Use Q3DockWindow instead or port to the new QDockWidget API.
-\row \o void QDockWindow::setOrientation(Orientation) \o Use Q3DockWindow instead or port to the new QDockWidget API.
-\row \o void QDockWindow::setResizeEnabled(bool) \o Use Q3DockWindow instead or port to the new QDockWidget API.
-\row \o void QDockWindow::setVerticallyStretchable(bool) \o Use Q3DockWindow instead or port to the new QDockWidget API.
-\row \o void QDockWindow::setWidget(QWidget *) \o Use Q3DockWindow instead or port to the new QDockWidget API.
-\row \o void QDockWindow::undock() \o Use Q3DockWindow instead or port to the new QDockWidget API.
-\row \o QString QDomAttr::name() const \o Value type.
-\row \o QDomElement QDomAttr::ownerElement() const \o Value type.
-\row \o void QDomAttr::setValue(const QString &) \o Value type.
-\row \o bool QDomAttr::specified() const \o Value type.
-\row \o QString QDomAttr::value() const \o Value type.
-\row \o void QDomCharacterData::appendData(const QString &) \o Value type.
-\row \o QString QDomCharacterData::data() const \o Value type.
-\row \o void QDomCharacterData::deleteData(unsigned, unsigned) \o Value type.
-\row \o void QDomCharacterData::insertData(unsigned, const QString &) \o Value type.
-\row \o uint QDomCharacterData::length() const \o Value type.
-\row \o void QDomCharacterData::replaceData(unsigned, unsigned, const QString &) \o Value type.
-\row \o void QDomCharacterData::setData(const QString &) \o Value type.
-\row \o QString QDomCharacterData::substringData(unsigned, unsigned) \o Value type.
-\row \o QDomNamedNodeMap QDomDocumentType::entities() const \o Value type.
-\row \o QString QDomDocumentType::internalSubset() const \o Value type.
-\row \o QString QDomDocumentType::name() const \o Value type.
-\row \o QDomNamedNodeMap QDomDocumentType::notations() const \o Value type.
-\row \o QString QDomDocumentType::publicId() const \o Value type.
-\row \o QString QDomDocumentType::systemId() const \o Value type.
-\row \o QDomNamedNodeMap QDomElement::attributes() const \o Value type.
-\row \o QDomNodeList QDomElement::elementsByTagName(const QString &) const \o Value type.
-\row \o QDomNodeList QDomElement::elementsByTagNameNS(const QString &, const QString &) const \o Value type.
-\row \o QString QDomEntity::notationName() const \o Value type.
-\row \o QString QDomEntity::publicId() const \o Value type.
-\row \o QString QDomEntity::systemId() const \o Value type.
-\row \o QDomDocument QDomImplementation::createDocument(const QString &, const QString &, const QDomDocumentType &) \o Value type.
-\row \o QDomDocumentType QDomImplementation::createDocumentType(const QString &, const QString &, const QString &) \o Value type.
-\row \o bool QDomImplementation::hasFeature(const QString &, const QString &) \o Value type.
-\row \o QDomImplementation::~QDomImplementation() \o Value type.
-\row \o QDomNode QDomNode::appendChild(const QDomNode &) \o Value type.
-\row \o QDomNamedNodeMap QDomNode::attributes() const \o Value type.
-\row \o QDomNodeList QDomNode::childNodes() const \o Value type.
-\row \o QDomNode QDomNode::cloneNode(bool) const \o Value type.
-\row \o QDomNode QDomNode::firstChild() const \o Value type.
-\row \o bool QDomNode::hasAttributes() const \o Value type.
-\row \o bool QDomNode::hasChildNodes() const \o Value type.
-\row \o QDomNode QDomNode::insertAfter(const QDomNode &, const QDomNode &) \o Value type.
-\row \o QDomNode QDomNode::insertBefore(const QDomNode &, const QDomNode &) \o Value type.
-\row \o bool QDomNode::isAttr() const \o Value type.
-\row \o bool QDomNode::isCDATASection() const \o Value type.
-\row \o bool QDomNode::isCharacterData() const \o Value type.
-\row \o bool QDomNode::isComment() const \o Value type.
-\row \o bool QDomNode::isDocument() const \o Value type.
-\row \o bool QDomNode::isDocumentFragment() const \o Value type.
-\row \o bool QDomNode::isDocumentType() const \o Value type.
-\row \o bool QDomNode::isElement() const \o Value type.
-\row \o bool QDomNode::isEntity() const \o Value type.
-\row \o bool QDomNode::isEntityReference() const \o Value type.
-\row \o bool QDomNode::isNotation() const \o Value type.
-\row \o bool QDomNode::isProcessingInstruction() const \o Value type.
-\row \o bool QDomNode::isSupported(const QString &, const QString &) const \o Value type.
-\row \o bool QDomNode::isText() const \o Value type.
-\row \o QDomNode QDomNode::lastChild() const \o Value type.
-\row \o QString QDomNode::localName() const \o Value type.
-\row \o QString QDomNode::namespaceURI() const \o Value type.
-\row \o QDomNode QDomNode::nextSibling() const \o Value type.
-\row \o QString QDomNode::nodeName() const \o Value type.
-\row \o QDomNode::NodeType QDomNode::nodeType() const \o Value type.
-\row \o QString QDomNode::nodeValue() const \o Value type.
-\row \o void QDomNode::normalize() \o Value type.
-\row \o QDomDocument QDomNode::ownerDocument() const \o Value type.
-\row \o QDomNode QDomNode::parentNode() const \o Value type.
-\row \o QString QDomNode::prefix() const \o Value type.
-\row \o QDomNode QDomNode::previousSibling() const \o Value type.
-\row \o QDomNode QDomNode::removeChild(const QDomNode &) \o Value type.
-\row \o QDomNode QDomNode::replaceChild(const QDomNode &, const QDomNode &) \o Value type.
-\row \o void QDomNode::setNodeValue(const QString &) \o Value type.
-\row \o void QDomNode::setPrefix(const QString &) \o Value type.
-\row \o QDomNode::~QDomNode() \o Value type.
-\row \o QDomNode QDomNodeList::item(int) const \o Value type.
-\row \o uint QDomNodeList::length() const \o Value type.
-\row \o QDomNodeList::~QDomNodeList() \o Value type.
-\row \o QString QDomProcessingInstruction::data() const \o Value type.
-\row \o void QDomProcessingInstruction::setData(const QString &) \o Value type.
-\row \o QString QDomProcessingInstruction::target() const \o Value type.
-\row \o int QEventLoop::enterLoop() \o Port to the new QAbstractEventDispatcher API.
-\row \o int QEventLoop::exec() \o Port to the new QAbstractEventDispatcher API.
-\row \o void QEventLoop::exit(int) \o Port to the new QAbstractEventDispatcher API.
-\row \o void QEventLoop::exitLoop() \o Port to the new QAbstractEventDispatcher API.
-\row \o bool QEventLoop::hasPendingEvents() const \o Port to the new QAbstractEventDispatcher API.
-\row \o int QEventLoop::loopLevel() const \o Port to the new QAbstractEventDispatcher API.
-\row \o bool QEventLoop::processEvents(ProcessEventsFlags) \o Port to the new QAbstractEventDispatcher API.
-\row \o void QEventLoop::registerSocketNotifier(QSocketNotifier *) \o Port to the new QAbstractEventDispatcher API.
-\row \o void QEventLoop::unregisterSocketNotifier(QSocketNotifier *) \o Port to the new QAbstractEventDispatcher API.
-\row \o void QEventLoop::wakeUp() \o Port to the new QAbstractEventDispatcher API.
-\row \o void QFrame::drawContents(QPainter *) \o Use Q3Frame or reimplement QFrame::paintEvent() instead.
-\row \o void QFrame::drawFrame(QPainter *) \o Use Q3Frame or reimplement QFrame::paintEvent() instead.
-\row \o void QFrame::frameChanged() \o Use Q3Frame or reimplement QFrame::resizeEvent() instead.
-\row \o void QFrame::setFrameRect(const QRect &) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QFrame::setFrameStyle(int) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QFrame::setLineWidth(int) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QFrame::setMargin(int) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QFrame::setMidLineWidth(int) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QGridLayout::setColStretch(int, int) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QGridLayout::setRowStretch(int, int) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QGroupBox::setAlignment(int) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QGroupBox::setColumnLayout(int, Orientation) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QGroupBox::setTitle(const QString &) \o Setter.
-\row \o QHostAddress::~QHostAddress() \o Value type.
-\row \o int QIODevice::getch() \o Port to the new QIODevice API.
-\row \o int QIODevice::putch(int) \o Port to the new QIODevice API.
-\row \o QByteArray QIODevice::readAll() \o Port to the new QIODevice API.
-\row \o Q_LONG QIODevice::readLine(char *, Q_ULONG) \o Port to the new QIODevice API.
-\row \o int QIODevice::ungetch(int) \o Port to the new QIODevice API.
-\row \o void QIcon::setPixmap(const QString &, Size, Mode, State) \o Value type.
-\row \o void QIcon::setPixmap(const QPixmap &, Size, Mode, State) \o Value type.
-\row \o QIcon::~QIcon() \o Value type.
-\row \o void QLabel::setAlignment(int) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QLabel::setAutoResize(bool) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QLabel::setBuddy(QWidget *) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QLabel::setMovie(const QMovie &) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QLabel::setNum(int) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QLabel::setNum(double) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QLabel::setPicture(const QPicture &) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QLabel::setPixmap(const QPixmap &) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QLabel::setText(const QString &) \o Setter.
-\row \o QLayoutIterator QLayout::iterator() \o Port to the new QLayout API.
-\row \o void QLayout::setAutoAdd(bool) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QLayout::setMargin(int) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QLayout::setMenuBar(QMenuBar *) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QLayout::setSpacing(int) \o Setter.
-\row \o QLayoutIterator QLayoutItem::iterator() \o Port to the new QLayoutItem API.
-\row \o void QLayoutItem::setAlignment(int) \o Setter.
-\row \o bool QLibrary::unload() \o Never used polymorphically in Qt.
-\row \o void QLineEdit::clear() \o Connect to QLineEdit::textChanged() instead.
-\row \o void QLineEdit::clearValidator() \o Never used polymorphically in Qt.
-\row \o void QLineEdit::copy() const \o Never used polymorphically in Qt.
-\row \o void QLineEdit::cut() \o Never used polymorphically in Qt.
-\row \o void QLineEdit::deselect() \o Connect to QLineEdit::selectionChanged() instead.
-\row \o void QLineEdit::insert(const QString &) \o Connect to QLineEdit::textChanged() instead.
-\row \o void QLineEdit::paste() \o Connect to QLineEdit::textChanged() instead.
-\row \o void QLineEdit::redo() \o Never used polymorphically in Qt.
-\row \o void QLineEdit::selectAll() \o Connect to QLineEdit::selectionChanged() instead.
-\row \o void QLineEdit::setAlignment(int) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QLineEdit::setCursorPosition(int) \o Connect to QLineEdit::cursorPositionChanged() instead.
-\row \o void QLineEdit::setDragEnabled(bool) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QLineEdit::setEchoMode(EchoMode) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QLineEdit::setFrame(bool) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QLineEdit::setMaxLength(int) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QLineEdit::setReadOnly(bool) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QLineEdit::setSelection(int, int) \o Connect to QLineEdit::selectionChanged() instead.
-\row \o void QLineEdit::setText(const QString &) \o Connect to QLineEdit::textChanged() instead.
-\row \o void QLineEdit::setValidator(const QValidator *) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QLineEdit::undo() \o Never used in a polymorphic way by Qt.
-\row \o void QMainWindow::addDockWindow(QDockWindow *, Dock, bool) \o Port to the new QMainWindow API.
-\row \o void QMainWindow::addDockWindow(QDockWindow *, const QString &, Dock, bool) \o Port to the new QMainWindow API.
-\row \o void QMainWindow::customize() \o Port to the new QMainWindow API.
-\row \o bool QMainWindow::isCustomizable() const \o Port to the new QMainWindow API.
-\row \o void QMainWindow::moveDockWindow(QDockWindow *, Dock) \o Port to the new QMainWindow API.
-\row \o void QMainWindow::moveDockWindow(QDockWindow *, Dock, bool, int, int) \o Port to the new QMainWindow API.
-\row \o void QMainWindow::removeDockWindow(QDockWindow *) \o Port to the new QMainWindow API.
-\row \o void QMainWindow::setAppropriate(QDockWindow *, bool) \o Port to the new QMainWindow API.
-\row \o void QMainWindow::setCentralWidget(QWidget *) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QMainWindow::setDockEnabled(QDockWindow *, Dock, bool) \o Port to the new QMainWindow API.
-\row \o void QMainWindow::setDockEnabled(Dock, bool) \o Port to the new QMainWindow API.
-\row \o void QMainWindow::setDockMenuEnabled(bool) \o Port to the new QMainWindow API.
-\row \o void QMainWindow::setDockWindowsMovable(bool) \o Port to the new QMainWindow API.
-\row \o void QMainWindow::setOpaqueMoving(bool) \o Port to the new QMainWindow API.
-\row \o void QMainWindow::setRightJustification(bool) \o Port to the new QMainWindow API.
-\row \o void QMainWindow::setUpLayout() \o Port to the new QMainWindow API.
-\row \o void QMainWindow::setUsesBigPixmaps(bool) \o Port to the new QMainWindow API.
-\row \o void QMainWindow::setUsesTextLabel(bool) \o Port to the new QMainWindow API.
-\row \o bool QMainWindow::showDockMenu(const QPoint &) \o Port to the new QMainWindow API.
-\row \o void QMenuBar::activateItemAt(int) \o Port to the new QMenuBar API.
-\row \o void QMenuBar::menuContentsChanged() \o Port to the new QMenuBar API.
-\row \o void QMenuBar::menuDelPopup(QPopupMenu *) \o Port to the new QMenuBar API.
-\row \o void QMenuBar::menuInsPopup(QPopupMenu *) \o Port to the new QMenuBar API.
-\row \o void QMenuBar::menuStateChanged() \o Port to the new QMenuBar API.
-\row \o void QMenuBar::setId(int, int) \o Port to the new QMenuBar API.
-\row \o void QMenuBar::setSeparator(Separator) \o Port to the new QMenuBar API.
-\row \o void QMenuBar::updateItem(int) \o Port to the new QMenuBar API.
-\row \o QMutex::~QMutex() \o Value type.
-\row \o bool QObject::checkConnectArgs(const char *, const QObject *, const char *) \o Reimplementing this function is no longer possible.
-\row \o const char * QObject::className() const \o Reimplementing this function is no longer supported.
-\row \o void QObject::insertChild(QObject *) \o Reimplement QObject::childEvent() instead and handle QEvent::ChildAdded events.
-\row \o QVariant QObject::property(const char *) const \o Reimplementing this function is no longer supported.
-\row \o void QObject::removeChild(QObject *) \o  Reimplement QObject::childEvent() instead and handle QEvent::ChildRemoved events.
-\row \o void QObject::setName(const char *) \o Setter.
-\row \o bool QObject::setProperty(const char *, const QVariant &) \o Setter.
-\row \o bool QPaintDevice::cmd(int , QPainter * , QPDevCmdParam *) \o Port to the new QPaintEngine API.
-\row \o Qt::HANDLE QPaintDevice::handle() const \o Port to the new QPaintDevice API.
-\row \o HDC QPaintDevice::handle() const \o Port to the new QPaintDevice API.
-\row \o void QPopupMenu::activateItemAt(int) \o Port to the new QMenu API.
-\row \o void QPopupMenu::menuContentsChanged() \o Port to the new QMenu API.
-\row \o void QPopupMenu::menuDelPopup(QPopupMenu *) \o Port to the new QMenu API.
-\row \o void QPopupMenu::menuInsPopup(QPopupMenu *) \o Port to the new QMenu API.
-\row \o void QPopupMenu::menuStateChanged() \o Port to the new QMenu API.
-\row \o void QPopupMenu::setActiveItem(int) \o Port to the new QMenu API.
-\row \o void QPopupMenu::setCheckable(bool) \o Port to the new QMenu API.
-\row \o void QPopupMenu::setId(int, int) \o Port to the new QMenu API.
-\row \o void QPopupMenu::updateItem(int) \o Port to the new QMenu API.
-\row \o int QPrinter::resolution() const \o Call QPrinter::setResolution() to change the resolution.
-\row \o void QPrinter::setColorMode(ColorMode) \o Subclass QPrintEngine instead.
-\row \o void QPrinter::setCreator(const QString &) \o Subclass QPrintEngine instead.
-\row \o void QPrinter::setDocName(const QString &) \o Subclass QPrintEngine instead.
-\row \o void QPrinter::setFromTo(int, int) \o Subclass QPrintEngine instead.
-\row \o void QPrinter::setFullPage(bool) \o Subclass QPrintEngine instead.
-\row \o void QPrinter::setMinMax(int, int) \o Subclass QPrintEngine instead.
-\row \o void QPrinter::setNumCopies(int) \o Subclass QPrintEngine instead.
-\row \o void QPrinter::setOrientation(Orientation) \o Subclass QPrintEngine instead.
-\row \o void QPrinter::setOutputFileName(const QString &) \o Subclass QPrintEngine instead.
-\row \o void QPrinter::setOutputToFile(bool) \o Subclass QPrintEngine instead.
-\row \o void QPrinter::setPageOrder(PageOrder) \o Subclass QPrintEngine instead.
-\row \o void QPrinter::setPageSize(PageSize) \o Subclass QPrintEngine instead.
-\row \o void QPrinter::setPaperSource(PaperSource) \o Subclass QPrintEngine instead.
-\row \o void QPrinter::setPrintProgram(const QString &) \o Subclass QPrintEngine instead.
-\row \o void QPrinter::setPrinterName(const QString &) \o Subclass QPrintEngine instead.
-\row \o void QPrinter::setPrinterSelectionOption(const QString &) \o Subclass QPrintEngine instead.
-\row \o void QPrinter::setResolution(int) \o Subclass QPrintEngine instead.
-\row \o void QProcess::addArgument(const QString &) \o Not used polymorphically in Qt.
-\row \o void QProcess::closeStdin() \o Not used polymorphically in Qt.
-\row \o bool QProcess::launch(const QByteArray & buf, QStringList *) \o Not used polymorphically in Qt.
-\row \o bool QProcess::launch(const QString & buf, QStringList *) \o Not used polymorphically in Qt.
-\row \o QString QProcess::readLineStderr() \o Not used polymorphically in Qt.
-\row \o QString QProcess::readLineStdout() \o Not used polymorphically in Qt.
-\row \o QByteArray QProcess::readStderr() \o Not used polymorphically in Qt.
-\row \o QByteArray QProcess::readStdout() \o Not used polymorphically in Qt.
-\row \o void QProcess::setArguments(const QStringList &) \o Not used polymorphically in Qt.
-\row \o void QProcess::setWorkingDirectory(const QDir &) \o Not used polymorphically in Qt.
-\row \o bool QProcess::start(QStringList *) \o Not used polymorphically in Qt.
-\row \o void QProcess::writeToStdin(const QByteArray &) \o Not used polymorphically in Qt.
-\row \o bool QProgressBar::setIndicator(QString &, int, int) \o Not used polymorphically in Qt.
-\row \o void QProgressBar::setProgress(int) \o Not used polymorphically in Qt.
-\row \o void QProgressBar::setTotalSteps(int) \o Not used polymorphically in Qt.
-\row \o void QPushButton::setAutoDefault(bool) \o Not used polymorphically in Qt.
-\row \o void QPushButton::setDefault(bool) \o Not used polymorphically in Qt.
-\row \o void QPushButton::setIsMenuButton(bool) \o Not used polymorphically in Qt.
-\row \o void QPushButton::setOn(bool) \o Connect to QPushButton::toggled(bool) instead.
-\row \o void QRadioButton::setChecked(bool) \o Connect to QRadioButton::toggled(bool) instead.
-\row \o uchar * QScreen::cache(int , int) \o Port to the new QScreen API.
-\row \o void QScreen::set(unsigned int , unsigned int , unsigned int , unsigned) \o Port to the new QScreen API.
-\row \o void QScreen::uncache(uchar *) \o Port to the new QScreen API.
-\row \o void QScrollBar::setOrientation(Orientation) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QScrollBar::setTracking(bool) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QSignalMapper::setMapping(const QObject *, const QString &) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QSignalMapper::setMapping(const QObject *, int) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QSlider::rangeChange() \o Reimplement QSlider::sliderChange() instead.
-\row \o void QSlider::setOrientation(Orientation) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QSlider::setPalette(const QPalette &) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QSlider::setTickInterval(int) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QSlider::setTickmarks(TickSetting) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QSlider::setTracking(bool) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QSlider::setValue(int) \o Reimplement QSlider::sliderChange() instead.
-\row \o void QSlider::valueChange() \o Reimplement QSlider::sliderChange() instead.
-\row \o QString QSpinBox::cleanText() const \o Port to the new QSpinBox API.
-\row \o void QSpinBox::interpretText() \o Port to the new QSpinBox API.
-\row \o QString QSpinBox::prefix() const \o Port to the new QSpinBox API.
-\row \o void QSpinBox::rangeChange() \o Reimplement QSpinBox::sliderChange() instead.
-\row \o void QSpinBox::selectAll() \o Port to the new QSpinBox API.
-\row \o void QSpinBox::setButtonSymbols(ButtonSymbols) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QSpinBox::setPrefix(const QString &) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QSpinBox::setSpecialValueText(const QString &) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QSpinBox::setSuffix(const QString &) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QSpinBox::setValidator(const QValidator *) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QSpinBox::setValue(int) \o Connect to QSpinBox::valueChanged().
-\row \o void QSpinBox::setWrapping(bool) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QSpinBox::stepDown() \o Reimplement QSpinBox::stepBy() instead.
-\row \o void QSpinBox::stepUp() \o Reimplement QSpinBox::stepBy() instead.
-\row \o QString QSpinBox::suffix() const \o Port to the new QSpinBox API.
-\row \o void QSpinBox::updateDisplay() \o Port to the new QSpinBox API.
-\row \o void QSpinBox::valueChange() \o Reimplement QSpinBox::sliderChange() instead.
-\row \o void QSplitter::drawSplitter(QPainter *, QCOORD, QCOORD, QCOORD, QCOORD) \o Reimplement QStyle::drawPrimitive() instead and handle QStyle::PE_Splitter.
-\row \o void QSplitter::setOpaqueResize(bool) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QSplitter::setOrientation(Orientation) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QSplitter::setResizeMode(QWidget *, ResizeMode) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QSqlDatabase::setDatabaseName(const QString &) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QSqlDatabase::setHostName(const QString &) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QSqlDatabase::setPassword(const QString &) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QSqlDatabase::setPort(int) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QSqlDatabase::setUserName(const QString &) \o Setter.
-\row \o QSqlQuery QSqlDriver::createQuery() const \o Port to the new QSqlDriver API.
-\row \o QString QSqlDriver::nullText() const \o Port to the new QSqlDriver API.
-\row \o QSqlRecord QSqlDriver::record(const QSqlQuery &) const \o Port to the new QSqlDriver API.
-\row \o QSqlRecordInfo QSqlDriver::recordInfo(const QSqlQuery &) const \o Port to the new QSqlDriver API.
-\row \o QSqlRecordInfo QSqlDriver::recordInfo(const QString &) const \o Port to the new QSqlDriver API.
-\row \o void QSqlError::setDatabaseText(const QString &) \o Value type.
-\row \o void QSqlError::setDriverText(const QString &) \o Value type.
-\row \o void QSqlError::setNumber(int) \o Value type.
-\row \o void QSqlError::setType(int) \o Value type.
-\row \o QSqlError::~QSqlError() \o Value type.
-\row \o void QSqlField::setName(const QString &) \o Value type.
-\row \o void QSqlField::setNull() \o Value type.
-\row \o void QSqlField::setReadOnly(bool) \o Value type.
-\row \o void QSqlField::setValue(const QVariant &) \o Value type.
-\row \o QVariant QSqlField::value() const \o Value type.
-\row \o QSqlField::~QSqlField() \o Value type.
-\row \o void QSqlFieldInfo::setCalculated(bool) \o Value type.
-\row \o void QSqlFieldInfo::setGenerated(bool) \o Value type.
-\row \o void QSqlFieldInfo::setTrim(bool) \o Value type.
-\row \o QSqlFieldInfo::~QSqlFieldInfo() \o Value type.
-\row \o void QSqlIndex::append(const QSqlField &) \o Value type.
-\row \o void QSqlIndex::append(const QSqlField &, bool) \o Value type.
-\row \o void QSqlIndex::setCursorName(const QString &) \o Value type.
-\row \o void QSqlIndex::setDescending(int, bool) \o Value type.
-\row \o void QSqlIndex::setName(const QString &) \o Value type.
-\row \o QVariant QSqlQuery::value(int) const \o Exists as a non-virtual function.
-\row \o void QSqlRecord::append(const QSqlField &) \o Value type.
-\row \o void QSqlRecord::clear() \o Value type.
-\row \o void QSqlRecord::clearValues(bool) \o Value type.
-\row \o void QSqlRecord::insert(int, const QSqlField &) \o Value type.
-\row \o void QSqlRecord::remove(int) \o Value type.
-\row \o void QSqlRecord::setGenerated(const QString &, bool) \o Value type.
-\row \o void QSqlRecord::setGenerated(int, bool) \o Value type.
-\row \o void QSqlRecord::setNull(int) \o Value type.
-\row \o void QSqlRecord::setNull(const QString &) \o Value type.
-\row \o void QSqlRecord::setValue(const QString &, const QVariant &) \o Value type.
-\row \o void QSqlRecord::setValue(int, const QVariant &) \o Value type.
-\row \o QString QSqlRecord::toString(const QString &, const QString &) const \o Value type.
-\row \o QStringList QSqlRecord::toStringList(const QString &) const \o Value type.
-\row \o QVariant QSqlRecord::value(int) const \o Value type.
-\row \o QVariant QSqlRecord::value(const QString &) const \o Value type.
-\row \o QSqlRecord::~QSqlRecord() \o Value type.
-\row \o void QStyle::polishPopupMenu(QPopupMenu *) \o Reimplement QStyle::polish(QWidget *) instead.
-\row \o int QTabBar::addTab(QTab *) \o Reimplement QTabBar::tabInserted() instead.
-\row \o int QTabBar::insertTab(QTab *, int) \o Reimplement QTabBar::tabInserted() instead.
-\row \o void QTabBar::layoutTabs() \o Reimplement QTabBar::tabLayoutChange() instead.
-\row \o void QTabBar::paint(QPainter *, QTab *, bool) const \o Reimplement QTabBar::paintEvent() instead.
-\row \o void QTabBar::paintLabel(QPainter *, const QRect &, QTab *, bool) const \o Reimplement QTabBar::paintEvent() instead.
-\row \o void QTabBar::removeTab(QTab *) \o Reimplement QTabBar::tabRemoved() instead.
-\row \o QTab * QTabBar::selectTab(const QPoint &) const \o Reimplement QTabBar::mousePressEvent() instead.
-\row \o void QTabBar::setCurrentTab(int) \o Connect to the QTabBar::currentChanged() signal.
-\row \o void QTabBar::setCurrentTab(QTab *) \o Connect to the QTabBar::currentChanged() signal.
-\row \o void QTabBar::setShape(Shape) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QTabBar::setTabEnabled(int, bool) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QTabWidget::addTab(QWidget *, const QString &) \o Reimplement QTabWidget::tabInserted() instead.
-\row \o void QTabWidget::addTab(QWidget *, const QIcon &, const QString &) \o Reimplement QTabWidget::tabInserted() instead.
-\row \o void QTabWidget::addTab(QWidget *, QTab *) \o Reimplement QTabWidget::tabInserted() instead.
-\row \o void QTabWidget::insertTab(QWidget *, const QIcon &, const QString &, int) \o Reimplement QTabWidget::tabInserted() instead.
-\row \o void QTabWidget::insertTab(QWidget *, const QString &, int) \o Reimplement QTabWidget::tabInserted() instead.
-\row \o void QTabWidget::insertTab(QWidget *, QTab *, int) \o Reimplement QTabWidget::tabInserted() instead.
-\row \o void QTabWidget::removePage(QWidget *) \o Reimplement QTabWidget::tabRemoved() instead.
-\row \o void QTabWidget::showPage(QWidget *) \o Connect to QTabWidget::currentChanged() instead.
-\row \o void QTextEdit::append(const QString &) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
-\row \o void QTextEdit::clear() \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
-\row \o void QTextEdit::clearParagraphBackground(int) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
-\row \o void QTextEdit::copy() \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
-\row \o QPopupMenu * QTextEdit::createPopupMenu(const QPoint &) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
-\row \o QPopupMenu * QTextEdit::createPopupMenu() \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
-\row \o void QTextEdit::cut() \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
-\row \o void QTextEdit::del() \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
-\row \o void QTextEdit::doKeyboardAction(KeyboardAction) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
-\row \o void QTextEdit::ensureCursorVisible() \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
-\row \o bool QTextEdit::find(const QString &, bool, bool, bool, int *, int *) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
-\row \o bool QTextEdit::focusNextPrevChild(bool) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
-\row \o int QTextEdit::heightForWidth(int) const \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
-\row \o void QTextEdit::insert(const QString &, bool, bool, bool) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
-\row \o void QTextEdit::insertAt(const QString &, int, int) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
-\row \o void QTextEdit::insertParagraph(const QString &, int) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
-\row \o void QTextEdit::moveCursor(CursorAction, bool) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
-\row \o void QTextEdit::paste() \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
-\row \o void QTextEdit::pasteSubType(const QCString &) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
-\row \o void QTextEdit::placeCursor(const QPoint &, QTextCursor *) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
-\row \o void QTextEdit::redo() \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
-\row \o void QTextEdit::removeParagraph(int) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
-\row \o void QTextEdit::removeSelectedText(int) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
-\row \o void QTextEdit::removeSelection(int) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
-\row \o void QTextEdit::scrollToAnchor(const QString &) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
-\row \o void QTextEdit::scrollToBottom() \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
-\row \o void QTextEdit::selectAll(bool) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
-\row \o void QTextEdit::setAlignment(int) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
-\row \o void QTextEdit::setBold(bool) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
-\row \o void QTextEdit::setColor(const QColor &) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
-\row \o void QTextEdit::setCurrentFont(const QFont &) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
-\row \o void QTextEdit::setCursorPosition(int, int) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
-\row \o void QTextEdit::setFamily(const QString &) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
-\row \o void QTextEdit::setItalic(bool) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
-\row \o void QTextEdit::setLinkUnderline(bool) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
-\row \o void QTextEdit::setMimeSourceFactory(QMimeSourceFactory *) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
-\row \o void QTextEdit::setModified(bool) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
-\row \o void QTextEdit::setOverwriteMode(bool) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
-\row \o void QTextEdit::setPaper(const QBrush &) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
-\row \o void QTextEdit::setParagraphBackgroundColor(int, const QColor &) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
-\row \o void QTextEdit::setPointSize(int) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
-\row \o void QTextEdit::setReadOnly(bool) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
-\row \o void QTextEdit::setSelection(int, int, int, int, int) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
-\row \o void QTextEdit::setSelectionAttributes(int, const QColor &, bool) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
-\row \o void QTextEdit::setStyleSheet(QStyleSheet *) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
-\row \o void QTextEdit::setTabStopWidth(int) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
-\row \o void QTextEdit::setText(const QString &, const QString &) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
-\row \o void QTextEdit::setTextFormat(TextFormat) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
-\row \o void QTextEdit::setUnderline(bool) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
-\row \o void QTextEdit::setUndoDepth(int) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
-\row \o void QTextEdit::setUndoRedoEnabled(bool) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
-\row \o void QTextEdit::setVerticalAlignment(VerticalAlignment) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
-\row \o void QTextEdit::setWordWrap(WordWrap) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
-\row \o void QTextEdit::setWrapColumnOrWidth(int) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
-\row \o void QTextEdit::setWrapPolicy(WrapPolicy) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
-\row \o void QTextEdit::sync() \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
-\row \o void QTextEdit::undo() \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
-\row \o void QTextEdit::zoomIn() \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
-\row \o void QTextEdit::zoomIn(int) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
-\row \o void QTextEdit::zoomOut(int) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
-\row \o void QTextEdit::zoomOut() \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
-\row \o void QTextEdit::zoomTo(int) \o Use Q3TextEdit or port to the new QTextEdit API.
-\row \o QString QTimeEdit::sectionFormattedText(int) \o Port to the new QDateTimeEdit API.
-\row \o void QTimeEdit::setAutoAdvance(bool) \o Port to the new QDateTimeEdit API.
-\row \o void QTimeEdit::setHour(int) \o Port to the new QDateTimeEdit API.
-\row \o void QTimeEdit::setMaxValue(const QTime &) \o Port to the new QDateTimeEdit API.
-\row \o void QTimeEdit::setMinValue(const QTime &) \o Port to the new QDateTimeEdit API.
-\row \o void QTimeEdit::setMinute(int) \o Port to the new QDateTimeEdit API.
-\row \o void QTimeEdit::setRange(const QTime &, const QTime &) \o Port to the new QDateTimeEdit API.
-\row \o void QTimeEdit::setSecond(int) \o Port to the new QDateTimeEdit API.
-\row \o void QTimeEdit::setSeparator(const QString &) \o Port to the new QDateTimeEdit API.
-\row \o void QTimeEdit::setTime(const QTime &) \o Port to the new QDateTimeEdit API.
-\row \o void QToolBar::clear() \o Setter.
-\row \o void QToolBar::setLabel(const QString &) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QToolBar::setStretchableWidget(QWidget *) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QToolButton::setIconSet(const QIcon &) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QToolButton::setOn(bool) \o Connect to QToolButton::toggled(bool) instead.
-\row \o void QToolButton::setTextLabel(const QString &, bool) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QToolButton::setToggleButton(bool) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QToolButton::setUsesBigPixmap(bool) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QToolButton::setUsesTextLabel(bool) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QToolTip::maybeTip(const QPoint &) \o Port to the new QToolTip API.
-\row \o void QUrl::addPath(const QString &) \o Value type.
-\row \o bool QUrl::cdUp() \o Value type.
-\row \o bool QUrl::parse(const QString &) \o Value type.
-\row \o void QUrl::reset() \o Value type.
-\row \o void QUrl::setEncodedPathAndQuery(const QString &) \o Value type.
-\row \o void QUrl::setFileName(const QString &) \o Value type.
-\row \o void QUrl::setHost(const QString &) \o Value type.
-\row \o void QUrl::setPassword(const QString &) \o Value type.
-\row \o void QUrl::setPath(const QString &) \o Value type.
-\row \o void QUrl::setPort(int) \o Value type.
-\row \o void QUrl::setProtocol(const QString &) \o Value type.
-\row \o void QUrl::setQuery(const QString &) \o Value type.
-\row \o void QUrl::setRef(const QString &) \o Value type.
-\row \o void QUrl::setUser(const QString &) \o Value type.
-\row \o QString QUrl::toString(bool, bool) const \o Value type.
-\row \o QUrl::~QUrl() \o Value type.
-\row \o QWaitCondition::~QWaitCondition() \o Value type.
-\row \o bool QWhatsThis::clicked(const QString &) \o Port to the new QWhatsThis API.
-\row \o QString QWhatsThis::text(const QPoint &) \o Port to the new QWhatsThis API.
-\row \o QWhatsThis::~QWhatsThis() \o Port to the new QWhatsThis API.
-\row \o void QWidget::adjustSize() \o Reimplement QWidget::sizeHint() instead.
-\row \o bool QWidget::close(bool) \o Reimplement QWidget::closeEvent().
-\row \o void QWidget::create(WId, bool, bool) \o Not supported in Qt 4.
-\row \o bool QWidget::customWhatsThis() const \o Not supported in Qt 4.
-\row \o void QWidget::destroy(bool, bool) \o Not supported in Qt 4.
-\row \o void QWidget::enabledChange(bool) \o Reimplement QWidget::changeEvent() and handle QEvent::EnabledChange.
-\row \o void QWidget::fontChange(const QFont &) \o Reimplement QWidget::changeEvent() and handle QEvent::FontChange.
-\row \o void QWidget::imComposeEvent(QIMEvent *) \o Reimplement QWidget::inputMethodEvent() instead.
-\row \o void QWidget::imEndEvent(QIMEvent *) \o Reimplement QWidget::inputMethodEvent() instead.
-\row \o void QWidget::imStartEvent(QIMEvent *) \o Reimplement QWidget::inputMethodEvent() instead.
-\row \o void QWidget::move(int, int) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QWidget::paletteChange(const QPalette &) \o Reimplement QWidget::changeEvent() and handle QEvent::PaletteChange and/or QEvent::ApplicationPaletteChange.
-\row \o void QWidget::polish() \o Reimplement event() and handle the QEvent::Polish event type.
-\row \o void QWidget::reparent(QWidget *, WFlags, const QPoint &, bool) \o Reimplement QWidget::event() and handle QEvent::Reparent.
-\row \o void QWidget::resize(int, int) \o Reimplement QWidget::resizeEvent() instead.
-\row \o void QWidget::setAcceptDrops(bool) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QWidget::setActiveWindow() \o Reimplement QWidget::changeEvent() and handle QEvent::ActivationChange.
-\row \o void QWidget::setAutoMask(bool) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QWidget::setBackgroundColor(const QColor &) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QWidget::setBackgroundMode(BackgroundMode) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QWidget::setBackgroundOrigin(BackgroundOrigin) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QWidget::setBackgroundPixmap(const QPixmap &) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QWidget::setCaption(const QString &) \o Reimplement QWidget::changeEvent() and handle QEvent::WindowTitleChange.
-\row \o void QWidget::setCursor(const QCursor &) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QWidget::setEnabled(bool) \o Reimplement QWidget::changeEvent() and handle QEvent::EnabledChange.
-\row \o void QWidget::setEraseColor(const QColor &) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QWidget::setErasePixmap(const QPixmap &) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QWidget::setFocus() \o Reimplement QWidget::focusInEvent() or QWidget::focusOutEvent().
-\row \o void QWidget::setFocusPolicy(FocusPolicy) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QWidget::setFocusProxy(QWidget *) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QWidget::setFont(const QFont &) \o Reimplement QWidget::changeEvent() and handle QEvent::FontChange and/or QEvent::ApplicationFontChange.
-\row \o void QWidget::setGeometry(int, int, int, int) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QWidget::setGeometry(const QRect &) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QWidget::setIcon(const QPixmap &) \o Reimplement QWidget::changeEvent() and handle QEvent::WindowIconChange.
-\row \o void QWidget::setIconText(const QString &) \o Reimplement QWidget::changeEvent() and handle QEvent::IconTextChange.
-\row \o void QWidget::setKeyCompression(bool) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QWidget::setMask(const QRegion &) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QWidget::setMask(const QBitmap &) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QWidget::setMaximumSize(int, int) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QWidget::setMicroFocusHint(int, int, int, int, bool, QFont *) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QWidget::setMinimumSize(int, int) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QWidget::setMouseTracking(bool) \o Reimplement QWidget::changeEvent() and handle QEvent::MouseTrackingChange.
-\row \o void QWidget::setPalette(const QPalette &) \o Reimplement QWidget::changeEvent() and handle QEvent::PaletteChange and/or QEvent::ApplicationPaletteChange.
-\row \o void QWidget::setPaletteBackgroundColor(const QColor &) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QWidget::setPaletteBackgroundPixmap(const QPixmap &) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QWidget::setSizeIncrement(int, int) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QWidget::setSizePolicy(QSizePolicy) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QWidget::setUpdatesEnabled(bool) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QWidget::setWFlags(WFlags) \o Setter.
-\row \o void QWidget::show() \o Reimplement QWidget::showEvent().
-\row \o void QWidget::showMaximized() \o Reimplement QWidget::changeEvent() and handle QEvent::WindowStateChange.
-\row \o void QWidget::showMinimized() \o Reimplement QWidget::changeEvent() and handle QEvent::WindowStateChange.
-\row \o void QWidget::showNormal() \o Reimplement QWidget::changeEvent() and handle QEvent::WindowStateChange.
-\row \o void QWidget::styleChange(QStyle &) \o Reimplement QWidget::changeEvent() and handle QEvent::StyleChange.
-\row \o void QWidget::unsetCursor() \o Setter.
-\row \o void QWidget::windowActivationChange(bool) \o Reimplement QWidget::changeEvent() and handle QEvent::ActivationChange.
diff --git a/doc/src/porting4-renamedclasses.qdocinc b/doc/src/porting4-renamedclasses.qdocinc
deleted file mode 100644
index ef315a1..0000000
--- a/doc/src/porting4-renamedclasses.qdocinc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-\row \o QIconSet \o QIcon
-\row \o QWMatrix \o QMatrix
-\row \o QGuardedPtr \o QPointer
diff --git a/doc/src/porting4-renamedenumvalues.qdocinc b/doc/src/porting4-renamedenumvalues.qdocinc
deleted file mode 100644
index 9519da1..0000000
--- a/doc/src/porting4-renamedenumvalues.qdocinc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,234 +0,0 @@
-\row \o IO_Append \o QIODevice::Append
-\row \o IO_ReadOnly \o QIODevice::ReadOnly
-\row \o IO_ReadWrite \o QIODevice::ReadWrite
-\row \o IO_Translate \o QIODevice::Text
-\row \o IO_Truncate \o QIODevice::Truncate
-\row \o IO_WriteOnly \o QIODevice::WriteOnly
-\row \o IO_Raw \o QIODevice::Unbuffered
-\row \o QAccessible::Moveable \o QAccessible::Movable
-\row \o QApplication::CustomColors \o QApplication::CustomColor
-\row \o QApplication::NormalColors \o QApplication::NormalColor
-\row \o QButton::NoChange \o QCheckBox::NoChange
-\row \o QButton::Off \o QCheckBox::Off
-\row \o QButton::On \o QCheckBox::On
-\row \o QChar::Single \o QChar::NoDecomposition
-\row \o QChar::byteOrderMark \o QChar::ByteOrderMark
-\row \o QChar::byteOrderSwapped \o QChar::ByteOrderSwapped
-\row \o QChar::nbsp \o QChar::Nbsp
-\row \o QChar::null \o QChar::Null
-\row \o QChar::replacement \o QChar::ReplacementCharacter
-\row \o QComboBox::AfterCurrent \o QComboBox::InsertAfterCurrent
-\row \o QComboBox::AtBottom \o QComboBox::InsertAtBottom
-\row \o QComboBox::AtCurrent \o QComboBox::InsertAtCurrent
-\row \o QComboBox::AtTop \o QComboBox::InsertAtTop
-\row \o QComboBox::BeforeCurrent \o QComboBox::InsertBeforeCurrent
-\row \o QComboBox::NoInsertion \o QComboBox::NoInsert
-\row \o QDir::DefaultFilter \o QDir::NoFilter
-\row \o QDir::DefaultSort \o QDir::NoSort
-\row \o QEvent::Accel \o QEvent::Shortcut
-\row \o QEvent::AccelOverride \o QEvent::ShortcutOverride
-\row \o QEvent::CaptionChange \o QEvent::WindowTitleChange
-\row \o QEvent::ChildInserted \o QEvent::ChildAdded
-\row \o QEvent::IMCompose \o QEvent::InputMethodCompose
-\row \o QEvent::IMEnd \o QEvent::InputMethodEnd
-\row \o QEvent::IMStart \o QEvent::InputMethodStart
-\row \o QEvent::IconChange \o QEvent::WindowIconChange
-\row \o QEvent::LayoutHint \o QEvent::LayoutRequest
-\row \o QEvent::Reparent \o QEvent::ParentChange
-\row \o QFileInfo::ExeGroup \o QFile::ExeGroup
-\row \o QFileInfo::ExeOther \o QFile::ExeOther
-\row \o QFileInfo::ExeOwner \o QFile::ExeOwner
-\row \o QFileInfo::ExeUser \o QFile::ExeUser
-\row \o QFileInfo::ReadGroup \o QFile::ReadGroup
-\row \o QFileInfo::ReadOther \o QFile::ReadOther
-\row \o QFileInfo::ReadOwner \o QFile::ReadOwner
-\row \o QFileInfo::ReadUser \o QFile::ReadUser
-\row \o QFileInfo::WriteGroup \o QFile::WriteGroup
-\row \o QFileInfo::WriteOther \o QFile::WriteOther
-\row \o QFileInfo::WriteOwner \o QFile::WriteOwner
-\row \o QFileInfo::WriteUser \o QFile::WriteUser
-\row \o QFrame::GroupBoxPanel \o QFrame::StyledPanel
-\row \o QFrame::LineEditPanel \o QFrame::StyledPanel
-\row \o QFrame::MenuBarPanel \o QFrame::StyledPanel
-\row \o QFrame::PopupPanel \o QFrame::StyledPanel
-\row \o QFrame::TabWidgetPanel \o QFrame::StyledPanel
-\row \o QFrame::ToolBarPanel \o QFrame::StyledPanel
-\row \o QImage::ScaleFree \o Qt::IgnoreAspectRatio
-\row \o QImage::ScaleMax \o Qt::KeepAspectRatioByExpanding
-\row \o QImage::ScaleMin \o Qt::KeepAspectRatio
-\row \o Qt::Identical \o QKeySequence::ExactMatch
-\row \o Qt::NoMatch \o QKeySequence::NoMatch
-\row \o Qt::PartialMatch \o QKeySequence::PartialMatch
-\row \o QLayout::Auto \o QLayout::SetDefaultConstraint
-\row \o QLayout::Fixed \o QLayout::SetFixedSize
-\row \o QLayout::FreeResize \o QLayout::SetNoConstraint
-\row \o QLayout::Minimum \o QLayout::SetMinimumSize
-\row \o QMacStyle::SizeNone \o QMacStyle::SizeDefault
-\row \o QSettings::Global \o QSettings::SystemScope
-\row \o QSettings::User \o QSettings::UserScope
-\row \o QSize::ScaleFree \o Qt::IgnoreAspectRatio
-\row \o QSize::ScaleMax \o Qt::KeepAspectRatioByExpanding
-\row \o QSize::ScaleMin \o Qt::KeepAspectRatio
-\row \o QSizePolicy::Horizontal \o QSizePolicy::Horizontally
-\row \o QSizePolicy::Vertical \o QSizePolicy::Vertically
-\row \o QSlider::Above \o QSlider::TicksAbove
-\row \o QSlider::Below \o QSlider::TicksBelow
-\row \o QSlider::Both \o QSlider::TicksBothSides
-\row \o QSlider::Left \o QSlider::TicksLeft
-\row \o QSlider::NoMarks \o QSlider::NoTicks
-\row \o QSlider::Right \o QSlider::TicksRight
-\row \o QSocket::Closing \o Q3Socket::Closing
-\row \o QSocket::Connected \o Q3Socket::Connected
-\row \o QSocket::Connecting \o Q3Socket::Connecting
-\row \o QSocket::Connection \o Q3Socket::Connection
-\row \o QSocket::ErrConnectionRefused \o Q3Socket::ErrConnectionRefused
-\row \o QSocket::ErrHostNotFound \o Q3Socket::ErrHostNotFound
-\row \o QSocket::ErrSocketRead \o Q3Socket::ErrSocketRead
-\row \o QSocket::HostLookup \o QAbstractSocket::HostLookupState
-\row \o QSocket::Idle \o QAbstractSocket::UnconnectedState
-\row \o QSqlError::Connection \o QSqlError::ConnectionError
-\row \o QSqlError::None \o QSqlError::NoError
-\row \o QSqlError::Statement \o QSqlError::StatementError
-\row \o QSqlError::Transaction \o QSqlError::TransactionError
-\row \o QSqlError::Unknown \o QSqlError::UnknownError
-\row \o QStyle::CC_ListView \o QStyle::CC_Q3ListView
-\row \o QStyle::SH_UnderlineAccelerator \o QStyle::SH_UnderlineShortcut
-\row \o QStyle::Style_Active \o QStyle::State_Active 
-\row \o QStyle::Style_AutoRaise \o QStyle::State_AutoRaise 
-\row \o QStyle::Style_Bottom \o QStyle::State_Bottom 
-\row \o QStyle::Style_Children \o QStyle::State_Children 
-\row \o QStyle::Style_Default \o QStyle::State_None 
-\row \o QStyle::Style_Down \o QStyle::State_DownArrow 
-\row \o QStyle::Style_Editing \o QStyle::State_Editing 
-\row \o QStyle::Style_Enabled \o QStyle::State_Enabled 
-\row \o QStyle::Style_FocusAtBorder \o QStyle::State_FocusAtBorder 
-\row \o QStyle::Style_HasFocus \o QStyle::State_HasFocus 
-\row \o QStyle::Style_Horizontal \o QStyle::State_Horizontal 
-\row \o QStyle::Style_Item \o QStyle::State_Item 
-\row \o QStyle::Style_MouseOver \o QStyle::State_MouseOver 
-\row \o QStyle::Style_NoChange \o QStyle::State_NoChange 
-\row \o QStyle::Style_None    \o QStyle::State_None    
-\row \o QStyle::Style_Off \o QStyle::State_Off 
-\row \o QStyle::Style_On \o QStyle::State_On 
-\row \o QStyle::Style_Open \o QStyle::State_Open 
-\row \o QStyle::Style_Raised \o QStyle::State_Raised 
-\row \o QStyle::Style_Rectangle \o QStyle::State_Rectangle 
-\row \o QStyle::Style_Selected \o QStyle::State_Selected 
-\row \o QStyle::Style_Sibling \o QStyle::State_Sibling 
-\row \o QStyle::Style_Sunken \o QStyle::State_Sunken 
-\row \o QStyle::Style_Top \o QStyle::State_Top 
-\row \o QStyle::Style_Up \o QStyle::State_Up 
-\row \o QTabBar::RoundedAbove \o QTabBar::RoundedNorth
-\row \o QTabBar::RoundedBelow \o QTabBar:: RoundedSouth
-\row \o QTabBar::TriangularAbove \o QTabBar:: TriangularNorth
-\row \o QTabBar::TriangularBelow \o QTabBar:: TriangularSouth
-\row \o QTextEdit::MovePgDown \o QTextEdit::MovePageDown
-\row \o QTextEdit::MovePgUp \o QTextEdit::MovePageUp
-\row \o QToolButton::Right \o QToolButton::BesideIcon
-\row \o QToolButton::Under \o QToolButton::BelowIcon
-\row \o QValidator::Valid \o QValidator::Intermediate
-\row \o QVariant::IconSet \o QCoreVariant::Icon
-\row \o QWidget::ClickFocus \o Qt::ClickFocus
-\row \o QWidget::NoFocus \o Qt::NoFocus
-\row \o QWidget::StrongFocus \o Qt::StrongFocus
-\row \o QWidget::TabFocus \o Qt::TabFocus
-\row \o QWidget::WheelFocus \o Qt::WheelFocus
-\row \o Qt::AlignAuto \o Qt::AlignLeft
-\row \o Qt::AltButton \o Qt::AltModifier
-\row \o Qt::Ascending \o Qt::AscendingOrder
-\row \o Qt::Bottom \o Qt::DockBottom
-\row \o Qt::BottomLeft \o Qt::BottomLeftCorner
-\row \o Qt::BottomRight \o Qt::BottomRightCorner
-\row \o Qt::BreakAnywhere \o Qt::TextWrapAnywhere
-\row \o Qt::ControlButton \o Qt::ControlModifier
-\row \o Qt::CustomPattern \o Qt::TexturePattern
-\row \o Qt::Descending \o Qt::DescendingOrder
-\row \o Qt::DontClip \o Qt::TextDontClip
-\row \o Qt::DontPrint \o Qt::TextDontPrint
-\row \o Qt::ExpandTabs \o Qt::TextExpandTabs
-\row \o Qt::IncludeTrailingSpaces \o Qt::TextIncludeTrailingSpaces
-\row \o Qt::KeyButtonMask \o Qt::KeyboardModifierMask
-\row \o Qt::Key_BackSpace \o Qt::Key_Backspace
-\row \o Qt::Key_BackTab \o Qt::Key_Backtab
-\row \o Qt::Key_MediaPrev \o Qt::Key_MediaPrevious
-\row \o Qt::Key_Next \o Qt::Key_PageDown
-\row \o Qt::Key_Prior \o Qt::Key_PageUp
-\row \o Qt::Key_aacute \o Qt::Key_Aacute
-\row \o Qt::Key_acircumflex \o Qt::Key_Acircumflex
-\row \o Qt::Key_adiaeresis \o Qt::Key_Adiaeresis
-\row \o Qt::Key_ae \o Qt::Key_AE
-\row \o Qt::Key_agrave \o Qt::Key_Agrave
-\row \o Qt::Key_aring \o Qt::Key_Aring
-\row \o Qt::Key_atilde \o Qt::Key_Atilde
-\row \o Qt::Key_ccedilla \o Qt::Key_Ccedilla
-\row \o Qt::Key_eacute \o Qt::Key_Eacute
-\row \o Qt::Key_ecircumflex \o Qt::Key_Ecircumflex
-\row \o Qt::Key_ediaeresis \o Qt::Key_Ediaeresis
-\row \o Qt::Key_egrave \o Qt::Key_Egrave
-\row \o Qt::Key_eth \o Qt::Key_ETH
-\row \o Qt::Key_iacute \o Qt::Key_Iacute
-\row \o Qt::Key_icircumflex \o Qt::Key_Icircumflex
-\row \o Qt::Key_idiaeresis \o Qt::Key_Idiaeresis
-\row \o Qt::Key_igrave \o Qt::Key_Igrave
-\row \o Qt::Key_ntilde \o Qt::Key_Ntilde
-\row \o Qt::Key_oacute \o Qt::Key_Oacute
-\row \o Qt::Key_ocircumflex \o Qt::Key_Ocircumflex
-\row \o Qt::Key_odiaeresis \o Qt::Key_Odiaeresis
-\row \o Qt::Key_ograve \o Qt::Key_Ograve
-\row \o Qt::Key_oslash \o Qt::Key_Ooblique
-\row \o Qt::Key_otilde \o Qt::Key_Otilde
-\row \o Qt::Key_thorn \o Qt::Key_THORN
-\row \o Qt::Key_uacute \o Qt::Key_Uacute
-\row \o Qt::Key_ucircumflex \o Qt::Key_Ucircumflex
-\row \o Qt::Key_udiaeresis \o Qt::Key_Udiaeresis
-\row \o Qt::Key_ugrave \o Qt::Key_Ugrave
-\row \o Qt::Key_yacute \o Qt::Key_Yacute
-\row \o Qt::Keypad \o Qt::KeypadModifier
-\row \o Qt::Left \o Qt::DockLeft
-\row \o Qt::MV_10_DOT_0 \o QSysInfo::MV_10_0
-\row \o Qt::MV_10_DOT_1 \o QSysInfo::MV_10_1
-\row \o Qt::MV_10_DOT_2 \o QSysInfo::MV_10_2
-\row \o Qt::MV_10_DOT_3 \o QSysInfo::MV_10_3
-\row \o Qt::MV_10_DOT_4 \o QSysInfo::MV_10_4
-\row \o Qt::MV_9 \o QSysInfo::MV_9
-\row \o Qt::MV_CHEETAH \o QSysInfo::MV_10_0
-\row \o Qt::MV_JAGUAR \o QSysInfo::MV_10_2
-\row \o Qt::MV_PANTHER \o QSysInfo::MV_10_3
-\row \o Qt::MV_PUMA \o QSysInfo::MV_10_1
-\row \o Qt::MV_TIGER \o QSysInfo::MV_10_4
-\row \o Qt::MV_Unknown \o QSysInfo::MV_Unknown
-\row \o Qt::MetaButton \o Qt::MetaModifier
-\row \o Qt::Minimized \o Qt::DockMinimized
-\row \o Qt::NoAccel \o Qt::TextHideMnemonic
-\row \o Qt::Overline \o Qt::TextOverline
-\row \o Qt::Right \o Qt::DockRight
-\row \o Qt::ShiftButton \o Qt::ShiftModifier
-\row \o Qt::ShowPrefix \o Qt::TextShowMnemonic
-\row \o Qt::SingleLine \o Qt::TextSingleLine
-\row \o Qt::StrikeOut \o Qt::TextStrikeOut
-\row \o Qt::Top \o Qt::DockTop
-\row \o Qt::TopLeft \o Qt::TopLeftCorner
-\row \o Qt::TopRight \o Qt::TopRightCorner
-\row \o Qt::TornOff \o Qt::DockTornOff
-\row \o Qt::Underline \o Qt::TextUnderline
-\row \o Qt::Unmanaged \o Qt::DockUnmanaged
-\row \o Qt::WNorthWestGravity \o Qt::WStaticContents
-\row \o Qt::WRepaintNoErase \o Qt::WNoAutoErase
-\row \o Qt::WStyle_Dialog \o Qt::WType_Dialog
-\row \o Qt::WStyle_NoBorderEx \o Qt::WStyle_NoBorder
-\row \o Qt::WType_Modal \o (Qt::WType_Dialog | Qt::WShowModal)
-\row \o Qt::WV_2000 \o QSysInfo::WV_2000
-\row \o Qt::WV_2003 \o QSysInfo::WV_2003
-\row \o Qt::WV_32s \o QSysInfo::WV_32s
-\row \o Qt::WV_95 \o QSysInfo::WV_95
-\row \o Qt::WV_98 \o QSysInfo::WV_98
-\row \o Qt::WV_CE \o QSysInfo::WV_CE
-\row \o Qt::WV_CENET \o QSysInfo::WV_CENET
-\row \o Qt::WV_CE_based \o QSysInfo::WV_CE_based
-\row \o Qt::WV_DOS_based \o QSysInfo::WV_DOS_based
-\row \o Qt::WV_Me \o QSysInfo::WV_Me
-\row \o Qt::WV_NT \o QSysInfo::WV_NT
-\row \o Qt::WV_NT_based \o QSysInfo::WV_NT_based
-\row \o Qt::WV_XP \o QSysInfo::WV_XP
-\row \o Qt::WordBreak \o Qt::TextWordWrap
-\row \o Qt::IbeamCursor \o Qt::IBeamCursor
diff --git a/doc/src/porting4-renamedfunctions.qdocinc b/doc/src/porting4-renamedfunctions.qdocinc
deleted file mode 100644
index 3e59a82..0000000
--- a/doc/src/porting4-renamedfunctions.qdocinc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
-\row \o QRegExp::search() \o QRegExp::indexIn()
-\row \o QPixmap::convertFromImage \o QPixmap::fromImage() (static function)
-\row \o QStyle::querySubControl() \o QStyle::hitTestComplexControl()
-\row \o QStyle::querySubControlMetrics() \o QStyle::subControlRect()
-\row \o QStyle::unPolish() \o QStyle::unpolish()
-\row \o QThread::currentThread() \o QThread::currentThreadId()
diff --git a/doc/src/porting4-renamedstatic.qdocinc b/doc/src/porting4-renamedstatic.qdocinc
deleted file mode 100644
index 156ab73..0000000
--- a/doc/src/porting4-renamedstatic.qdocinc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-\row \o QPixmap::fromMimeSource \o qPixmapFromMimeSource
-\row \o QImage::inputFormats \o QImageReader::supportedImageFormats
-\row \o QImage::outputFormats \o QImageWriter::supportedImageFormats
diff --git a/doc/src/porting4-renamedtypes.qdocinc b/doc/src/porting4-renamedtypes.qdocinc
deleted file mode 100644
index fc8f604..0000000
--- a/doc/src/porting4-renamedtypes.qdocinc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-\row \o QApplication::ColorMode \o QApplication::ColorSpec
-\row \o QButton::ToggleState \o QCheckBox::ToggleState
-\row \o QCursorShape \o Qt::CursorShape
-\row \o QFile::FilterSpec \o QFile::Filters
-\row \o QFile::PermissionSpec \o QFile::Permission
-\row \o QFile::SortSpec \o QFile::SortFlags
-\row \o QFile::Status \o QFile::Error
-\row \o QFileInfo::PermissionSpec \o QFile::Permission
-\row \o QGrid::Direction \o Qt::Orientation
-\row \o QGridWidget::Direction \o Qt::Orientation
-\row \o QIODevice::Offset \o qlonglong
-\row \o QImage::ScaleMode \o Qt::AspectRatioMode
-\row \o QSize::ScaleMode \o Qt::AspectRatioMode
-\row \o QSocket::Error \o Q3Socket::Error
-\row \o QSocket::State \o Q3Socket::State
-\row \o QStyle::SCFlags \o QStyle::SubControls
-\row \o QStyle::SFlags \o QStyle::State
-\row \o QTS \o QTextStream
-\row \o QUrlDrag \o QUriDrag
-\row \o QWidget::FocusPolicy \o Qt::FocusPolicy
-\row \o Q_LLONG \o qlonglong
-\row \o Q_ULLONG \o qulonglong
-\row \o Qt::Dock \o Qt::ToolBarDock
-\row \o Qt::MacintoshVersion \o QSysInfo::MacVersion
-\row \o Qt::TextFlags \o Qt::TextFlag
-\row \o Qt::WindowsVersion \o QSysInfo::WinVersion
diff --git a/doc/src/porting4.qdoc b/doc/src/porting4.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 4efb7be..0000000
--- a/doc/src/porting4.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4231 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page porting4.html
-    \title Porting to Qt 4
-    \contentspage {Porting Guides}{Contents}
-    \previouspage Porting Guides
-    \nextpage Porting to Qt 4 - Virtual Functions
-    \ingroup porting
-    \brief An overview of issues and techniques to consider when porting from Qt 3 to Qt 4.
-
-\omit
-    ### QFileInfo::PermissionSpec -> QFile::Permission(s?)
-    ### refer to porting4-renamedfunctions.qdoc
-    ### QApplication library mutex is gone
-    ### no integral conversion for containers? strings?
-    ### QVector etc. are initialized to 0 by default?
-    ### How to port from Qt 2.3 to Qt 4.
-    ### missing sort() functions?
-    ### QToolTipGroup
-    ### QServerSocket -> Q3ServerSocket
-
-    ### remove these when the classes are re-ported
-
-    ### QApplication::eventLoop()
-
-    \row \o void QCheckListItem::paintCell(QPainter *, const QColorGroup &, int, int, int)\row \o void Q3CheckListItem::paintCell(QPainter *, const QPalette &, int, int, int)
-    \row \o void QCheckListItem::paintFocus(QPainter *, const QColorGroup &, const QRect &) \o void Q3CheckListItem::paintFocus(QPainter *, const QPalette &, const QRect &)
-    \row \o QDataTable: a whole bunch of virtual functions have a different signature
-
-    <     Function: void QIconViewItem::paintFocus(QPainter *, const QColorGroup &)
-    >     Function: void QIconViewItem::paintFocus(QPainter *, const QPalette &)
-
-    <     Function: void QIconViewItem::paintItem(QPainter *, const QColorGroup &)
-    >     Function: void QIconViewItem::paintItem(QPainter *, const QPalette &)
-
-    <     Function: bool QUrlOperator::checkValid()
-
-    <     Function: void QWSInputMethod::setFont(const QFont &)
-
-    ### OpenMode or OpenMode
-
-    ### QWSDecoration
-\endomit
-
-    This document describes the process of porting applications from
-    Qt 3 to Qt 4.
-    If you haven't yet made the decision about porting, or are unsure
-    about whether it is worth it, take a look at the \l{What's New in
-    Qt 4}{key features} offered by Qt 4. See also
-    \l{Moving from Qt 3 to Qt 4} for tips on how to write Qt 3 code
-    that is easy to port to Qt 4.
-
-    \bold{Other porting guides:}
-
-    \list
-    \o \l{Moving from Qt 3 to Qt 4} \mdash covers some high level topics relevant
-       to developers porting from Qt 3 to Qt 4.
-    \o \l{Porting to Qt 4 - Drag and Drop} \mdash covers differences in the
-       way drag and drop is handled between Qt 3 and Qt 4.
-    \o \l{Porting UI Files to Qt 4} \mdash describes the new format used to
-       describe forms created with \QD.
-    \o \l{Porting to Graphics View} \mdash provides a class-by-class overview
-       of the differences between Qt 3's canvas API and Qt 4's Graphics
-       View framework.
-    \o \l{qt3to4 - The Qt 3 to 4 Porting Tool} \mdash provides an overview
-       of a tool aimed at helping developers start the process of porting an
-       application to Qt 4.
-    \endlist
-
-    The Qt 4 series is not binary compatible with the 3 series. This
-    means programs compiled for Qt 3 must be recompiled to work with
-    Qt 4. Qt 4 is also not completely \e source compatible with 3,
-    however nearly all points of incompatibility cause compiler
-    errors or run-time messages (rather than mysterious results). Qt
-    4 includes many additional features and discards obsolete
-    functionality. Porting from Qt 3 to Qt 4 requires some effort,
-    but once completed the considerable additional power and
-    flexibility of Qt 4 is available for use in your applications.
-
-    To port code from Qt 3 to Qt 4:
-
-    \list 1
-
-    \o Briefly read the porting notes below to get an idea of what to expect.
-
-    \o Be sure that your code compiles and runs well on all your target
-       platforms with Qt 3.
-
-    \o Add the line \c{QT += qt3support} to your \c .pro file if you use
-       \c qmake; otherwise, edit your makefile or project file to
-       link against the Qt3Support library and add \c -DQT3_SUPPORT to your
-       compiler flags. (You might also need to specify other
-       libraries. See \l{What's New in Qt 4} for details.)
-
-    \o Run the \l qt3to4 porting tool. The tool will go through your
-       source code and adapt it to Qt 4.
-
-    \o Follow the instructions in the \l{Porting UI Files to Qt 4}
-       page to port Qt Designer files.
-
-    \o Recompile with Qt 4. For each error, search below for related
-       identifiers (e.g., function names, class names). This document
-       mentions all relevant identifiers to help you get the information
-       you need at the cost of being a little verbose.
-
-    \endlist
-
-    The \l qt3to4 porting tool replaces occurrences of Qt 3 classes
-    that don't exist anymore in Qt 4 with the corresponding Qt 3
-    support class; for example, \c QListBox is turned into \c
-    Q3ListBox.
-
-    At some point, you might want to stop linking against the Qt 3
-    support library (\l{Qt3Support}) and take advantage of Qt 4's
-    new features. The instructions below explain how to do that for
-    each compatibility class.
-
-    In addition to the Qt3Support classes (such as \c Q3Action, \c
-    Q3ListBox, and \c Q3ValueList), Qt 4 provides compatibility
-    functions when it's possible for an old API to cohabit with the
-    new one. For example, QString provides a
-    QString::simplifyWhiteSpace() compatibility function that's
-    implemented inline and that simply calls QString::simplified().
-    \bold{The compatibility functions are not documented here; instead,
-    they are documented for each class.}
-
-    If you have the line \c{QT += qt3support} in your \c .pro file, \c
-    qmake will automatically define the \c QT3_SUPPORT symbol, turning
-    on compatibility function support. You can also define the symbol
-    manually (e.g., if you don't want to link against the \c
-    Qt3Support library), or you can define \c QT3_SUPPORT_WARNINGS
-    instead, telling the compiler to emit a warning when a
-    compatibility function is called. (This works only with GCC 3.2+
-    and MSVC 7.)
-
-    If you get stuck, ask on the
-    \l{http://qt.nokia.com/lists/qt-interest/}{qt-interest}
-    mailing list. If you are a licensed customer, you can also contact
-    Qt's technical support team.
-
-\omit
-    ### what to do with slots that aren't slots anymore
-    ### what to do with virtual functions that aren't virtual anymore
-    ### what to do with virtual functions that changed signature
-\endomit
-
-\omit
-    ### <qtl.h> -- stuff that vanished?
-    ### implicit sharing
-    ### uint -> int indexes
-\endomit
-
-    Table of contents:
-
-    \tableofcontents{4}
-
-\omit
-    \section1 Header Files
-
-    ### New style of headers
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Old header \o New header
-    \row \o \c{<qtl.h>} \o \c{<qalgorithms.h>} or \c{<QtAlgorithms>}
-    \endtable
-
-    ### Some headers don't include each other anymore...
-\endomit
-
-    \section1 Casting and Object Types
-
-    In Qt 3, it was possible to use the \c qt_cast() function to determine
-    whether instances of QObject subclasses could be safely cast to derived
-    types of those subclasses. For example, if a QFrame instance is passed
-    to a function whose signature specifies a QWidget pointer as its argument,
-    \c qt_cast() could be used to obtain a QFrame pointer so that the
-    instance's functions can be accessed.
-
-    In Qt 4, much of this functionality is provided by the qobject_cast()
-    function, and additional functions also provide similar functionality for
-    certain non-QObject types:
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Qt 3 function \o Qt 4 function
-    \row    \o T *qt_cast<T *>(QObject *) \o \l{qobject_cast()}{T *qobject_cast<T *>(QObject *)}
-    \row    \o                            \o \l{qgraphicsitem_cast()}{T qgraphicsitem_cast<T>(QGraphicsItem *)}
-    \row    \o                            \o \l{qstyleoption_cast()}{T qstyleoption_cast<T>(QStyleOption *)}
-    \row    \o                            \o \l{qvariant_cast()}{T qvariant_cast<T>(const QVariant &)}
-    \row    \o                            \o \l{qdbus_cast()}{T qdbus_cast(const QDBusArgument &)}
-    \endtable
-
-\omit
-    \section1 Global Functions
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Qt 3 function \o Qt 4 function
-    \row \o cstrcmp() \o strcmp()
-    \row \o cstrcpy() \o strcpy()
-    \row \o cstrlen() \o strlen()
-    \row \o cstrncmp() \o strncmp()
-    \row \o qmemmove() \o memmove()
-    \endtable
-
-    qGLVersion() ###
-
-    copyBlt() ###
-    bitBlt()
-
-    #ifdef compat classes:
-        * QLayoutIterator
-        * QColorGroup
-        * QMenuItem
-
-    QWidget visibleRect property compat
-    QWidget::BackgroundOrigin compat
-\endomit
-
-    \section1 Type Names
-
-    The table below lists the classes that have been renamed in Qt 4.
-    If you compile your applications with \c QT3_SUPPORT defined, the
-    old names will be available.
-
-    Whenever you see an occurrence of the name on the left, you can
-    safely replace it with the Qt 4 equivalent in your program. The
-    \l qt3to4 tool performs the conversion automatically.
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Qt 3 class name \o Qt 4 class name
-    \input porting4-renamedclasses.qdocinc
-    \endtable
-
-    The table below lists the enums and typedefs that have been
-    renamed in Qt 4. If you compile your applications with \c
-    QT3_SUPPORT defined, the old names will be available.
-
-    Whenever you see an occurrence of the name on the left, you can
-    safely replace it with the Qt 4 equivalent in your program. The
-    \l qt3to4 tool performs the conversion
-    automatically.
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Qt 3 type name \o Qt 4 type name
-    \input porting4-renamedtypes.qdocinc
-    \endtable
-
-    \omit
-    ###
-    \row \o QButton::ToggleState \o Use QCheckBox::ToggleState instead.
-    \endomit
-
-    \section1 Enum Values
-
-    The table below lists the enum values that have been renamed in
-    Qt 4. If you compile your applications with \c QT3_SUPPORT defined,
-    the old names will be available.
-
-    Whenever you see an occurrence of the name on the left, you can
-    safely replace it with the Qt 4 equivalent in your program. The
-    \l qt3to4 tool performs the conversion automatically.
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Qt 3 enum value name \o Qt 4 enum value name
-    \input porting4-renamedenumvalues.qdocinc
-    \endtable
-
-    In addition, the following \l{Qt::WindowFlags}{window flags} have
-    been either replaced with \l{Qt::WidgetAttribute}{widget
-    attributes} or have been deprecated:
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Qt 3 type \o Qt 4 equivalent
-    \row \o Qt::WDestructiveClose \o Use QWidget::setAttribute(Qt::WA_DeleteOnClose) instead.
-    \row \o Qt::WStaticContents \o{1,2} Use QWidget::setAttribute(Qt::WA_StaticContents) instead.
-    \row \o Qt::WNorthWestGravity
-    \row \o Qt::WNoAutoErase \o{1,3} Use QWidget::setAttribute(Qt::WA_NoBackground) instead.
-    \row \o Qt::WResizeNoErase
-    \row \o Qt::WRepaintNoErase
-    \row \o Qt::WPaintClever \o Unnecessary in Qt 4.
-         \omit ### Check with Matthias \endomit
-    \row \o Qt::WMacNoSheet \o Unnecessary in Qt 4.
-         \omit ### Check with Sam \endomit
-    \endtable
-
-    In Qt 4.1, the widget flags used to determine window modality were
-    replaced by a single enum that can be used to specify the modal
-    behavior of top-level widgets:
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Qt 3 type \o Qt 4 equivalent
-    \row \o Qt::WShowModal \o Use QWidget::setWindowModality(Qt::ApplicationModal) instead.
-    \row \o Qt::WGroupLeader \o Use QWidget::setWindowModality(Qt::WindowModal)
-         for each child dialog of the group leader, but do not change the modality
-         of the group leader itself.
-    \endtable
-
-    \target properties
-    \section1 Properties
-
-    Some properties have been renamed in Qt 4, to make Qt's API more
-    consistent and more intuitive. For example, QWidget's \c caption
-    property has been renamed \c windowTitle to make it clear that it
-    refers to the title shown in the window's title bar.
-
-    In addition, the property system has been extended to allow
-    properties to be redefined in subclasses with the \l Q_PROPERTY()
-    macro, removing the need for a \c Q_OVERRIDE() macro.
-
-    The table below lists the Qt properties that have been renamed in
-    Qt 4. Occurrences of these in \e{Qt Designer} UI files are
-    automatically converted to the new name by \c uic.
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Qt 3 name \o Qt 4 name
-    \row \o QButton::accel \o QButton::shortcut
-    \row \o QButton::on \o QButton::checked
-    \row \o QButton::toggleButton \o QAbstractButton::checkable
-    \row \o QDial::lineStep \o QDial::singleStep
-    \row \o QDial::maxValue \o QDial::maximum
-    \row \o QDial::minValue \o QDial::minimum
-    \row \o QDialog::modal \o QDialog::isModal
-    \row \o QLineEdit::edited \o QLineEdit::modified
-    \row \o QLineEdit::hasMarkedText \o QLineEdit::hasSelectedText
-    \row \o QLineEdit::markedText \o QLineEdit::selectedText
-    \row \o QObject::name \o QObject::objectName
-    \row \o QProgressDialog::progress \o QProgressDialog::value
-    \row \o QProgressDialog::totalSteps \o QProgressDialog::maximum
-    \row \o QProgressDialog::wasCancelled \o QProgressDialog::wasCanceled
-    \row \o QPushButton::iconSet \o QPushButton::icon
-    \row \o QScrollBar::draggingSlider \o QScrollBar::sliderDown
-    \row \o QScrollBar::lineStep \o QScrollBar::singleStep
-    \row \o QScrollBar::maxValue \o QScrollBar::maximum
-    \row \o QScrollBar::minValue \o QScrollBar::minimum
-    \row \o QSlider::lineStep \o QSlider::singleStep
-    \row \o QSlider::maxValue \o QSlider::maximum
-    \row \o QSlider::minValue \o QSlider::minimum
-    \row \o QSpinBox::lineStep \o QSpinBox::singleStep
-    \row \o QSpinBox::maxValue \o QSpinBox::maximum
-    \row \o QSpinBox::minValue \o QSpinBox::minimum
-    \row \o QTabBar::currentTab \o QTabBar::currentIndex
-    \row \o QTabWidget::currentPage \o QTabWidget::currentWidget
-    \row \o QToolButton::iconSet \o QToolButton::icon
-    \row \o QToolButton::textLabel \o QToolButton::text
-    \row \o QWidget::caption \o QWidget::windowTitle
-    \row \o QWidget::icon \o QWidget::windowIcon
-    \row \o QWidget::iconText \o QWidget::windowIconText
-    \endtable
-
-    A handful of properties in Qt 3 are no longer properties in Qt 4,
-    but the access functions still exist as part of the Qt 4 API.
-    These are not used by \e{Qt Designer}; the only case where you
-    need to worry about them is in highly dynamic applications that
-    use Qt's meta-object system to access properties. Here's the list
-    of these properties with the read and write functions that you
-    can use instead:
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Qt 3 property \o Qt 4 read function \o Qt 4 write function
-    \row \o QSqlDatabase::connectOptions \o QSqlDatabase::connectOptions() \o QSqlDatabase::setConnectOptions()
-    \row \o QSqlDatabase::databaseName \o QSqlDatabase::databaseName() \o QSqlDatabase::setDatabaseName()
-    \row \o QSqlDatabase::hostName \o QSqlDatabase::hostName() \o QSqlDatabase::setHostName()
-    \row \o QSqlDatabase::password \o QSqlDatabase::password() \o QSqlDatabase::setPassword()
-    \row \o QSqlDatabase::port \o QSqlDatabase::port() \o QSqlDatabase::setPort()
-    \row \o QSqlDatabase::userName \o QSqlDatabase::userName() \o QSqlDatabase::setUserName()
-    \endtable
-
-    Some properties have been removed from Qt 4, but the associated
-    access functions are provided if \c QT3_SUPPORT is defined to help
-    porting to Qt 4. When converting Qt 3 UI files to Qt 4, \c uic
-    generates calls to the Qt 3 compatibility functions. Note that
-    this only applies to the properties of the Qt3Support library,
-    i.e. \c QT3_SUPPORT properties of the other libraries must be
-    ported manually when converting Qt 3 UI files to Qt 4.
-
-    The table below lists these properties with the read and write
-    functions that you can use instead. The documentation for the
-    individual functions explains how to replace them with
-    non-compatibility Qt 4 functions.
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Qt 3 property \o Qt 4 read function (\c QT3_SUPPORT)\o Qt 4 write function (\c QT3_SUPPORT)
-    \row \o QMenuBar::separator \o QMenuBar::separator() \o QMenuBar::setSeparator()
-    \row \o QPushButton::menuButton \o QPushButton::isMenuButton() \o N/A
-    \row \o QTabWidget::margin \o QTabWidget::margin() \o QTabWidget::setMargin()
-    \row \o QTextEdit::textFormat \o QTextEdit::textFormat() \o QTextEdit::setTextFormat()
-    \row \o QWidget::backgroundBrush \o QWidget::backgroundBrush() \o N/A
-    \row \o QWidget::backgroundMode \o QWidget::backgroundMode() \o QWidget::setBackgroundMode()
-    \row \o QWidget::backgroundOrigin \o QWidget::backgroundOrigin() \o QWidget::setBackgroundOrigin()
-    \row \o QWidget::colorGroup \o QWidget::colorGroup() \o QWidget::setColorGroup()
-    \row \o QWidget::customWhatsThis \o QWidget::customWhatsThis() \o QWidget::setCustomWhatsThis()
-    \row \o QWidget::inputMethodEnabled \o QWidget::inputMethodEnabled() \o QWidget::setInputMethodEnabled()
-    \row \o QWidget::ownCursor \o QWidget::ownCursor() \o N/A
-    \row \o QWidget::ownFont \o QWidget::ownFont() \o N/A
-    \row \o QWidget::ownPalette \o QWidget::ownPalette() \o N/A
-    \row \o QWidget::paletteBackgroundColor \o QWidget::paletteBackgroundColor() \o QWidget::setPaletteBackgroundColor()
-    \row \o QWidget::paletteBackgroundPixmap \o QWidget::paletteBackgroundPixmap() \o QWidget::setPaletteBackgroundPixmap()
-    \row \o QWidget::paletteForegroundColor \o QWidget::paletteForegroundColor() \o QWidget::setPaletteForegroundColor()
-    \row \o QWidget::underMouse \o QWidget::underMouse() \o N/A
-    \endtable
-
-    The following Qt 3 properties and their access functions are no
-    longer available in Qt 4. In most cases, Qt 4 provides similar
-    functionality.
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Qt 3 property \o Qt 4 equivalent
-    \row \o QButton::autoRepeat \o N/A
-    \row \o QButton::autoResize \o Call QWidget:setFixedSize(QWidget::sizeHint()) whenever you change the contents.
-    \row \o QButton::exclusiveToggle \o See \l QAbstractButton::autoExclusive.
-    \row \o QButton::pixmap \o Use QAbstractButton::icon instead.
-    \row \o QButton::toggleState \o Use QCheckBox::setState() and QCheckBox::state() instead.
-    \row \o QButton::toggleType \o Use QCheckBox::setTristate() instead.
-    \row \o QComboBox::autoResize \o Call QWidget:setFixedSize(QWidget::sizeHint()) whenever you change the contents.
-    \row \o QFrame::contentsRect \o Use Q3Frame::contentsRect() instead.
-    \row \o QFrame::margin \o Use QWidget::setContentsMargins() instead.
-    \row \o QTabBar::keyboardFocusTab \o N/A
-    \row \o QToolButton::offIconSet \o Use the \l{QIcon::Off}{off component} of QAbstractButton::icon instead.
-    \row \o QToolButton::onIconSet \o Use the \l{QIcon::On}{on component} of QAbstractButton::icon instead.
-    \row \o QWidget::microFocusHint \o N/A
-    \row \o QMimeSource::serialNumber () \o N/A 
-    \endtable
-
-\omit
-    \section1 Inheritance Chain
-
-    ### QMenuBar, etc.
-
-    \section1 Null vs. Empty
-
-    ###
-\endomit
-
-    \section1 Explicit Sharing
-
-    Qt 4 is the first version of Qt that contains no \link
-    http://qt.nokia.com/doc/3.3/shclass.html explicitly shared
-    \endlink classes. All classes that were explicitly shared in Qt 3
-    are \e implicitly shared in Qt 4:
-
-    \list
-    \o QImage
-    \o QBitArray
-    \o QByteArray
-    \o Q3PointArray
-    \endlist
-
-    This means that if you took a copy of an instance of the class
-    (using operator=() or the class's copy constructor), any
-    modification to the copy would affect the original and vice
-    versa. Needless to say, this behavior is rarely desirable.
-
-    Fortunately, nearly all Qt 3 applications don't rely on explicit
-    sharing. When porting, you typically only need to remove calls to
-    detach() and/or copy(), which aren't necessary anymore.
-
-    If you deliberately rely on explicit sharing in your application,
-    you can use pointers or references to achieve the same result in
-    Qt 4.
-
-    \oldcode
-        void asciify(QByteArray array)
-        {
-            for (int i = 0; i < (int)array.size(); ++i) {
-                if ((uchar)array[i] >= 128)
-                    array[i] = '?';
-            }
-        }
-    \newcode
-        void asciify(QByteArray &array)
-        {
-            for (int i = 0; i < array.size(); ++i) {
-                if ((uchar)array[i] >= 128)
-                    array[i] = '?';
-            }
-        }
-    \endcode
-
-    (Notice the \c & in the parameter declaration.)
-
-\omit
-    \section1 Qt Designer UI Files
-
-    ###
-\endomit
-
-    \section1 Painting and Redrawing Widgets
-
-    When implementing custom widgets in Qt 3, it was possible to use
-    QPainter to draw on a widget outside paint events. This made it
-    possible to integrate Qt applications with third party libraries
-    and tools that impose their own rendering models. For example,
-    a widget might be repainted in a slot using data obtained from
-    an external source.
-
-    In Qt 4, it is only possible to paint on a widget from within its
-    \l{QWidget::}{paintEvent()} handler function. This restriction simplifies
-    Qt's interaction with native window systems, improves the performance
-    of applications by reducing the number of redraw operations, and
-    also enables features to be implemented to improve the appearance of
-    widgets, such as a backing store.
-
-    Generally, we recommend redesigning applications to perform all
-    painting operations in \l{QWidget::}{paintEvent()} functions, deferring
-    actual painting until the next time this function is called.
-    Applications can post paint events to trigger repaints, and it may be
-    possible to examine your widget's internal state to determine which
-    part of the widget needs to be repainted.
-
-    If asynchronous repaints are used extensively by your application,
-    and it is not practical to redesign the rendering model to perform
-    all painting operations from within a widget's \l{QWidget::}{paintEvent()}
-    function, it may be necessary to consider using an intermediate painting
-    step. In this approach, one or more images can be updated asynchronously
-    and painted on the widget in the paint event. To avoid excessive
-    buffering, it may be worthwhile disabling the backing store by setting
-    the widget's Qt::WA_PaintOnScreen widget attribute.
-
-    On certain platforms, the Qt::WA_PaintOutsidePaintEvent widget attribute
-    can be set to allow a widget to be painted from outside paint events.
-
-    \note Setting widget attributes to disable key features of Qt's widget
-    rendering model may also cause other features to be disabled.
-
-    \section1 Compatibility Signals and Slots
-
-    When \c QT3_SUPPORT is defined, the default connection type for signals
-    and slots is the Qt::AutoCompatConnection type. This allows so-called
-    \e compatibility signals and slots (defined in Qt 3 support mode to provide
-    Qt 3 compatibility features) to be connected to other signals and
-    slots.
-
-    However, if Qt is compiled with debugging output enabled, and the
-    developer uses other connection types to connect to compatibility
-    signals and slots (perhaps by building their application without Qt 3
-    support enabled), then Qt will output warnings to the console to
-    indicate that compatibility connections are being made. This is intended
-    to be used as an aid in the process of porting a Qt 3 application to Qt 4.
-
-    \section1 QAccel
-
-    The \c QAccel class has been renamed Q3Accel and moved to the
-    Qt3Support module. In new applications, you have three options:
-
-    \list 1
-    \o You can use QAction and set a key sequence using QAction::setShortcut().
-    \o You can use QShortcut, a class that provides similar
-       functionality to Q3Accel.
-    \o You can use QWidget::grabShortcut() and process "shortcut"
-       events by reimplementing QWidget::event().
-    \endlist
-
-    The Q3Accel class also supports multiple accelerators using the
-    same object, by calling Q3Accel::insertItem() multiple times. In
-    Qt 4, the solution is to create multiple QShortcut objects.
-
-    \section1 QAccessibleInterface
-
-    The QAccessibleInterface class has undergone some API changes in
-    Qt 4, to make it more consistent with the rest of the Qt API.
-
-    If you have classes that inherit QAccessibleInterface or one of
-    its subclasses (QAccessibleObject, QAccessibleWidget, etc.), you
-    must port them the new QAccessibleInterface API.
-
-    See \l{Porting to Qt 4 - Virtual Functions}{Virtual Functions}
-    for a list of QAccessibleInterface virtual member functions in
-    Qt 3 that are no longer virtual in Qt 4.
-
-    \section1 QAccessibleTitleBar
-
-    The \c QAccessibleTitleBar has been renamed Q3AccessibleTitleBar
-    and moved to the Qt3Support library.
-
-    \target qaction.section
-    \section1 QAction
-
-    The QAction class has been redesigned in Qt 4 to integrate better
-    with the rest of the menu system. It unifies the old \c QMenuItem
-    class and the old \c QAction class into one class, avoiding
-    unnecessary data duplication and the need to learn two different
-    APIs.
-
-    The old \c QAction and \c QActionGroup classes have been renamed
-    Q3Action and Q3ActionGroup and moved to Qt3Support. In addition,
-    the new QAction class has compatibility functions to ease
-    transition to Qt 4. Note that when using Q3ToolBar and
-    Q3PopupMenu, their actions must be \l {Q3Action}s.
-
-    See \l{Porting to Qt 4 - Virtual Functions}{Virtual Functions}
-    for a list of QAction virtual member functions in Qt 3 that are
-    no longer virtual in Qt 4.
-
-    \section1 QActionGroup
-
-    The QAction class has been completely redesigned in Qt 4 to
-    integrate better with the rest of the menu system. See the
-    \l{#qaction.section}{section on QAction} for details.
-
-    \section1 QApplication
-
-    The QApplication class has been split into two classes:
-    QCoreApplication and QApplication. The new QApplication class
-    inherits QCoreApplication and adds GUI-related functionality. In
-    practice, this has no consequences for existing Qt applications.
-
-    In addition, the following API changes were made:
-
-    \list 1
-    \o  QApplication::allWidgets() and QApplication::topLevelWidgets()
-        used to return a pointer to a QWidgetList. Now they return a
-        QWidgetList.
-
-        Also, QWidgetList has changed from being a typedef for
-        QPtrList<QWidget> to being a typedef for QList<QWidget *>.
-        See the \l{#qwidgetlist.section}{section on QWidgetList} below
-        for details.
-
-        \oldcode
-            QWidgetList *list = QApplication::topLevelWidgets();
-            QWidgetListIt it(*list);
-            QWidget *widget;
-            while ((widget = it.current())) {
-                if (widget->inherits("MainWindow"))
-                    ((MainWindow *)widget)->updateRecentFileItems();
-                ++it;
-            }
-            delete list;
-        \newcode
-            QWidgetList list = QApplication::topLevelWidgets();
-            for (int i = 0; i < list.size(); ++i) {
-                if (MainWindow *mainWin = qobject_cast<MainWindow *>(list.at(i)))
-                    mainWin->updateRecentFileItems();
-            }
-        \endcode
-    \o QApplication::setMainWidget() is no longer used. When all an application's
-       windows are closed, the application will exit normally.
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 QAquaStyle
-
-    The \c QAquaStyle class first appeared in Qt 3.0, when the Qt for
-    Mac OS X port was first released. It emulated Apple's "Aqua" theme.
-    In Qt 3.1, QAquaStyle was obsoleted by QMacStyle, which uses Appearance
-    Manager to perform its drawing.
-
-    The \c QAquaStyle class is no longer provided in Qt 4. Use
-    QMacStyle instead.
-
-    \target qasciidict.section
-    \section1 QAsciiCache<T>
-
-    \c QAsciiCache<T> has been renamed Q3AsciiCache<T> and moved to
-    the Qt3Support library. It has been replaced by
-    QCache<QByteArray, T>.
-
-    For details, read the \l{#qcache.section}{section on QCache<T>},
-    mentally substituting QByteArray for QString.
-
-    \section1 QAsciiDict<T>
-
-    QAsciiDict<T> and QAsciiDictIterator<T> have been renamed
-    Q3AsciiDict<T> and Q3AsciiDictIterator<T> and moved to the
-    Qt3Support library. They have been replaced by the
-    more modern QHash<Key, T> and QMultiHash<Key, T> classes and
-    their associated iterator classes.
-
-    When porting old code that uses Q3AsciiDict<T> to Qt 4, there are
-    four classes that you can use:
-
-    \list
-    \o QMultiHash<QByteArray, T *>
-    \o QMultiHash<QByteArray, T>
-    \o QHash<QByteArray, T *>
-    \o QHash<QByteArray, T>
-    \endlist
-
-    For details, read the \l{#qdict.section}{section on QDict<T>},
-    mentally substituting QByteArray for QString.
-
-    \section1 QAsyncIO
-
-    The \c QAsyncIO class was used internally in Qt 2.x in
-    conjunction with QImageConsumer. It was obsoleted in Qt 3.0.
-
-    \input porting4-obsoletedmechanism.qdocinc
-
-    \section1 QBackInsertIterator
-
-    The undocumented \c QBackInsertIterator class has been removed
-    from the Qt library. If you need it in your application, feel
-    free to copy the source code from the Qt 3 \c <qtl.h> header
-    file.
-
-    \section1 QBitArray
-
-    In Qt 3, QBitArray inherited from QByteArray. In Qt 4, QBitArray
-    is a totally independent class. This makes very little difference
-    to the user, except that the new QBitArray doesn't provide any of
-    QByteArray's byte-based API anymore. These calls will result in a
-    compile-time error, except calls to QBitArray::truncate(), whose
-    parameter was a number of \e bytes in Qt 3 and a number of bits
-    in Qt 4.
-
-    QBitArray was an explicitly shared class in Qt 3. See \l{Explicit
-    Sharing} for more information.
-
-    The \c QBitVal class has been renamed QBitRef.
-
-    \section1 QButton
-
-    The \c QButton class has been replaced by QAbstractButton in Qt
-    4. Classes like QPushButton and QRadioButton inherit from
-    QAbstractButton. As a help when porting older Qt applications,
-    the Qt3Support library contains a Q3Button class
-    implemented in terms of the new QAbstractButton.
-
-    If you used the \c QButton class as a base class for your own
-    button type and want to port your code to the newer
-    QAbstractButton, you need to be aware that QAbstractButton has no
-    equivalent for the Q3Button::drawButton(QPainter *) virtual
-    function. The solution is to reimplement QWidget::paintEvent() in
-    your QAbstractButton subclass as follows:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 0
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Q3Button function \o QAbstractButton equivalent
-    \row \o Q3Button::autoResize() \o Call QWidget:setFixedSize(QWidget::sizeHint()) whenever you change the contents.
-    \row \o Q3Button::isExclusiveToggle() \o Use QAbstractButton::group() or QAbstractButton::autoExclusive() instead.
-    \row \o Q3Button::pixmap() const \o QAbstractButton::icon()
-    \row \o Q3Button::setAutoResize() \o N/A
-    \row \o Q3Button::setPixmap(const QPixmap &) \o QAbstractButton::setIcon(const QIcon &)
-    \row \o Q3Button::setState(ToggleState) \o See remark below
-    \row \o Q3Button::setToggleType(ToggleType) \o See remark below
-    \row \o Q3Button::state() \o See remark below
-    \row \o Q3Button::stateChanged(int) \o See remark below
-    \row \o Q3Button::toggleType() \o See remark below
-    \endtable
-
-    Remarks:
-
-    \list 1
-    \o In Qt 3, \c QButton had a "toggle type", which could be
-       QButton::SingleShot, QButton::Toggle, or QButton::Tristate.
-       The new QAbstractButton class doesn't support "tristate"
-       directly; this feature is implemented in QCheckBox instead.
-       The two other "toggle types" (\c QButton::SingleShot and \c
-       QButton::Toggle) are replaced by a QAbstractButton::checkable
-       property.
-    \o In Qt 3, QButton had a "toggle state", which could be \c
-       QButton::Off, \c QButton::NoChange, or \c QButton::On. In Qt
-       4, this mechanism has been moved to QCheckBox.
-    \endlist
-
-    See \l{Porting to Qt 4 - Virtual Functions}{Virtual Functions} for
-    a list of \c QButton virtual member functions in Qt 3 that aren't
-    virtual in Qt 4.
-
-    See \l{#properties}{Properties} for a list of \c QButton properties
-    in Qt 3 that have changed in Qt 4.
-
-    \section1 QButtonGroup
-
-    The \c QButtonGroup class has been completely redesigned in Qt 4.
-    For compatibility, the old \c QButtonGroup class has been renamed
-    Q3ButtonGroup and has been moved to Qt3Support.
-    Likewise, the \c QHButtonGroup and \c QVButtonGroup convenience
-    subclasses have been renamed \c Q3HButtonGroup and \c Q3VButtonGroup and
-    moved to the Qt3Support library.
-
-    The old \c QButtonGroup, as well as Q3ButtonGroup, can be used in two ways:
-
-    \list 1
-    \o  The button group is the parent widget of a number of buttons,
-        i.e. the button group is the parent argument in the button
-        constructor. The buttons are assigned identifiers 0, 1, 2, etc.,
-        in the order they are created. A Q3ButtonGroup can display a frame
-        and a title because it inherits Q3GroupBox.
-    \o  The button group is an invisible widget and the contained
-        buttons have some other parent widget. In this usage, each
-        button must be manually inserted, using
-        Q3ButtonGroup::insert(), into the button group and given an
-        ID number.
-    \endlist
-
-    Unlike Q3ButtonGroup, the new QButtonGroup doesn't inherit
-    QWidget. It is very similar to a "hidden Q3ButtonGroup".
-
-    If you use a Q3ButtonGroup, Q3HButtonGroup, or Q3VButtonGroup as
-    a widget and want to port to Qt 4, you can replace it with
-    QGroupBox. In Qt 4, radio buttons with the same parent are
-    automatically part of an exclusive group, so you normally don't
-    need to do anything else. See also the
-    \l{#qgroupbox.section}{section on QGroupBox} below.
-
-    See \l{Porting to Qt 4 - Virtual Functions}{Virtual Functions} for
-    a list of QButtonGroup virtual member functions in Qt 3 that are no
-    longer virtual in Qt 4.
-
-    \target qbytearray.section
-    \section1 QByteArray
-
-    In Qt 3, QByteArray was simply a typedef for QMemArray<char>. In
-    Qt 4, QByteArray is a class in its own right, with a higher-level
-    API in the style of QString.
-
-    Here are the main issues to be aware of when porting to Qt 4:
-
-    \list 1
-    \o  The QMemArray(int size) constructor has been replaced with
-        QByteArray(int size, char ch). The second argument specifies
-        which character should be used for initializing the array;
-        pass '\\0' if you have no specific needs.
-
-        \oldcode
-        QByteArray ba(64);
-        \newcode
-        QByteArray ba(64, '\0');
-        \endcode
-
-    \o  QMemArray::at() returned a non-const reference, whereas the
-        new QByteArray::at() returns a const value. Code like
-
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 1
-
-        will no longer compile. Instead, use QByteArray::operator[]:
-
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 2
-
-    \o  The QMemArray::contains(char) function has been renamed
-        QByteArray::count(char). In addition, there now exists a
-        QByteArray::contains(char) function that returns a boolean
-        value. Replace old calls to contains() with either count() or
-        contains(), depending on whether you care about the specific
-        number of occurrences of a character in the byte array or
-        only care about whether the array contains that character or
-        not.
-
-    \o  The new QByteArray has no assign() function. Calls to
-        QMemArray::assign(const QMemArray &) can be replaced by calls
-        to QByteArray::operator=(). Calls to QMemArray::assign(const
-        T *, uint) have no equivalent in Qt 4; if you use it, the
-        solution is either to use QByteArray::fromRawData() and to
-        call free() yourself to avoid a memory leak, or to use the
-        QByteArray(const char *, int) constructor, which will take a
-        deep copy of the data.
-
-    \o  QMemArray::bsearch() and QMemArray::sort() have no equivalent
-        in the new QByteArray class. Use \l qBinaryFind() and \l qSort()
-        if you need that functionality.
-    \endlist
-
-    QByteArray was an explicitly shared class in Qt 3. See
-    \l{Explicit Sharing} for more information.
-
-    \target qcache.section
-    \section1 QCache<T>
-
-    QCache<T> has been renamed Q3Cache<T> and moved to Qt3Support.
-    The new QCache class has a different API, and takes different
-    template parameters: QCache<Key, T>.
-
-    When porting to Qt 4, QCache<QString, T> is the obvious
-    substitute for Q3Cache<T>. The following table summarizes the API
-    differences.
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Q3Cache<T> function \o QCache<QString, T> equivalent
-    \row \o Q3Cache::Q3Cache(int maxCost, int size, bool caseSensitive) \o See remark below
-    \row \o Q3Cache::autoDelete() \o N/A
-    \row \o Q3Cache::count() \o QCache::count() or QCache::size() (equivalent)
-    \row \o Q3Cache::setAutoDelete() \o See remark below
-    \row \o Q3Cache::size() \o N/A
-    \row \o Q3Cache::statistics() \o N/A
-    \row \o Q3Cache::operator=() \o See remark below
-    \endtable
-
-    Remarks:
-
-    \list 1
-    \o  Q3Cache requires the user to allocate a specific number of
-        buckets by passing a prime number (17 by default) to the
-        constructor. In contrast, the new QCache's hash table
-        automatically grows and shrinks as needed, and the
-        constructor doesn't take a prime number.
-
-    \o  Q3Cache supportes case-insensitive lookups by passing false as
-        second argument to the constructor. This feature has no
-        equivalent in QMultiHash. Instead, call QString::toLower()
-        before you insert or lookup a key in the hash.
-
-    \o  The Q3Cache::insert() function returns a \c bool value that
-        indicates whether or not the item actually was inserted in
-        the cache. If the item wasn't inserted, it was the caller's
-        responsibility to delete the item. The new QCache::insert()
-        function returns \c void and either adds it to the cache or
-        deletes it right away. Old code like
-
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 3
-
-    becomes
-
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 4
-
-    \o  The new QCache class \e always takes ownership of the items
-        it stores (i.e. auto-delete is always on). If you use Q3Cache
-        with auto-delete turned off (the rarely useful default), you
-        cannot use QCache as a direct substitute. One unelegant trick
-        that works well in practice is to use QCache<QString, T *>
-        instead of QCache<QString, T>. In that case, QCache owns the
-        pointers, not the objects that the pointers refer to. For
-        example,
-
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 5
-
-        becomes
-
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 6
-
-        An alternative is to stick to using Q3Cache.
-    \endlist
-
-    QCacheIterator<T> has been renamed Q3CacheIterator<T> and moved
-    to the Qt3Support library. The new QCache class
-    doesn't offer any iterator types.
-
-    \section1 QCanvas
-
-    The canvas module classes have been
-    renamed and moved to the Qt3Support library.
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Qt 3 class name \o Compatibility class in Qt 4
-    \row \o \c QCanvas \o Q3Canvas
-    \row \o \c QCanvasEllipse \o Q3CanvasEllipse
-    \row \o \c QCanvasItem \o Q3CanvasItem
-    \row \o \c QCanvasItemList \o Q3CanvasItemList
-    \row \o \c QCanvasLine \o Q3CanvasLine
-    \row \o \c QCanvasPixmap \o Q3CanvasPixmap
-    \row \o \c QCanvasPixmapArray \o Q3CanvasPixmapArray
-    \row \o \c QCanvasPolygon \o Q3CanvasPolygon
-    \row \o \c QCanvasPolygonalItem \o Q3CanvasPolygonalItem
-    \row \o \c QCanvasRectangle \o Q3CanvasRectangle
-    \row \o \c QCanvasSpline \o Q3CanvasSpline
-    \row \o \c QCanvasSprite \o Q3CanvasSprite
-    \row \o \c QCanvasText \o Q3CanvasText
-    \row \o \c QCanvasView \o Q3CanvasView
-    \endtable
-
-    \l{The Graphics View Framework} replaces QCanvas. For more on porting to
-    Graphics View, see \l{Porting to Graphics View}.
-
-    \section1 QColor
-
-    In Qt 4, QColor is a value type like QPoint or QRect. Graphics
-    system-specific code has been implemented in QColormap.
-
-    The \c QColor::maxColors() function has been replaced
-    by QColormap::size().
-
-    The \c QColor::numBitPlanes() function has been replaced
-    by QColormap::depth().
-
-    The \c QColor::setNamedColor() function no longer supports
-    the named color in the same way as Qt 3. Qt 4's
-    \l{QColor::}{setNamedColor()} uses the new W3C convention
-    as stated 
-    \l{http://www.w3.org/TR/SVG/types.html#ColorKeywords}{here}.
-
-    \table
-    \header \o{4,1} Predefined Qt Colors
-    \row \o Qt::color0 \o Qt::color1 \o Qt::black \o Qt::white
-    \row \o Qt::darkGray \o Qt::gray \o Qt::lightGray \o Qt::red
-    \row \o Qt::green \o Qt::blue \o Qt::cyan \o Qt::magenta
-    \row \o Qt::yellow \o Qt::darkRed \o Qt::darkGreen \o Qt::darkBlue
-    \row \o Qt::darkCyan \o Qt::darkMagenta \o Qt::darkYellow \o Qt::transparent
-    \endtable
-
-    The predefined colors listed in the table above were static
-    QColor objects in Qt 3. In Qt 4, they are enum values of type
-    Qt::GlobalColor. Thanks to the implicit QColor(Qt::GlobalColor)
-    constructor, the enum values are automatically converted to
-    \l{QColor}s in most contexts. Occasionally, you might need a
-    cast.
-
-    \oldcode
-        QColor lightCyan = Qt::cyan.light(180);
-    \newcode
-        QColor lightCyan = QColor(Qt::cyan).light(180);
-    \endcode
-
-    \section1 QColorGroup
-
-    In Qt 3, a QPalette consisted of three QColorGroup objects. In Qt
-    4, the (rarely used) QColorGroup abstraction has been eliminated.
-    For source compatibility, a QColorGroup class is available when
-    \c QT3_SUPPORT is defined.
-
-    The new QPalette still works in terms of color groups, specified
-    through enum values (QPalette::Active, QPalette::Disabled, and
-    QPalette::Inactive). It also has the concept of a \e current
-    color group, which you can set using
-    QPalette::setCurrentColorGroup().
-
-    The QPalette object returned by QWidget::palette() returns a
-    QPalette initialized with the correct current color group for the
-    widget. This means that if you had code like
-
-    \badcode
-        painter.setBrush(colorGroup().brush(QColorGroup::Text));
-    \endcode
-
-    you can simply replace colorGroup() with palette():
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 7
-
-    \section1 QColorDrag
-
-    The \c QColorDrag class has been renamed Q3ColorDrag and moved to
-    the Qt3Support library. In Qt 4, use QMimeData
-    instead and call QMimeData::setColor() to set the color.
-
-    \section1 QComboBox
-
-    In Qt 3, the list box used to display the contents of a \c QComboBox
-    widget could be accessed by using the \c listBox() function. In Qt 4,
-    the standard list box is provided by a QListView widget, and can be
-    accessed with the \l{QComboBox::view()}{view()} function.
-
-    \omit ### \endomit
-
-    See \l{Porting to Qt 4 - Virtual Functions}{Virtual Functions} for
-    a list of QComboBox virtual member functions in Qt 3 that are no longer
-    virtual in Qt 4.
-
-    \section1 QCString
-
-    In Qt 3, QCString inherited from QByteArray. The main drawback
-    of this approach is that the user had the responsibility of
-    ensuring that the string is '\\0'-terminated. Another important
-    issue was that conversions between \c QCString and QByteArray often
-    gave confusing results. (See the
-    \l{http://qt.nokia.com/doc/qq/qq05-achtung.html#qcstringisastringofchars}{Achtung!
-    Binary and Character Data} article in \e{Qt Quarterly} for an
-    overview of the pitfalls.)
-
-    Qt 4 solves that problem by merging the QByteArray and \c QCString
-    classes into one class called QByteArray. Most functions that
-    were in \c QCString previously have been moved to QByteArray. The
-    '\\0' issue is handled by having QByteArray allocate one extra
-    byte that it always sets to '\\0'. For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 8
-
-    The Qt3Support library contains a class called
-    Q3CString that inherits from the new QByteArray class and that
-    extends it to provide an API that is as close to the old \c QCString
-    class as possible. Note that the following functions aren't
-    provided by Q3CString:
-
-    \list
-    \o QCString::find(const QRegExp &, int)
-    \o QCString::findRev(const QRegExp &, int)
-    \o QCString::contains(const QRegExp &)
-    \o QCString::replace(const QRegExp &, const char *)
-    \endlist
-
-    The following functions have lost their last parameter, which
-    specified whether the search was case sensitive or not:
-
-    \list
-    \o QByteArray::find(char, int)
-    \o QByteArray::find(const char *, int)
-    \o QByteArray::findRev(char, int)
-    \o QByteArray::findRev(const char *, int)
-    \o QByteArray::contains(char)
-    \o QByteArray::contains(const char *)
-    \endlist
-
-    In both cases, the solution is to convert the \c QCString to a
-    QString and use the corresponding QString functions instead.
-
-    Also be aware that \c QCString::size() (inherited from
-    QByteArray) used to return the size of the character data \e
-    including the '\\0'-terminator, whereas the new
-    QByteArray::size() is just a synonym for QByteArray::length().
-    This brings QByteArray in line with QString.
-
-    When porting to Qt 4, occurrences of \c QCString should be
-    replaced with QByteArray or QString. The following table
-    summarizes the API differences between the Q3CString
-    class and the Qt 4 QByteArray and QString classes:
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Q3CString function \o Qt 4 equivalent
-    \row \o Q3CString::Q3CString(const char *, uint) \o See remark below
-    \row \o Q3CString::Q3CString(int) \o QByteArray::QByteArray(int, char)
-    \row \o Q3CString::leftJustify() \o QString::leftJustified()
-    \row \o Q3CString::length() \o QByteArray::length() or QByteArray::size() (equivalent)
-    \row \o Q3CString::lower() \o QByteArray::toLower()
-    \row \o Q3CString::rightJustify() \o QString::rightJustified()
-    \row \o Q3CString::setExpand() \o See remark below
-    \row \o Q3CString::simplifyWhiteSpace() \o QByteArray::simplified()
-    \row \o Q3CString::sprintf() \o QString::sprintf()
-    \row \o Q3CString::stripWhiteSpace() \o QByteArray::trimmed()
-    \row \o Q3CString::toDouble() \o QString::toDouble()
-    \row \o Q3CString::toFloat() \o QString::toFloat()
-    \row \o Q3CString::toInt() \o QString::toInt()
-    \row \o Q3CString::toLong() \o QString::toLong()
-    \row \o Q3CString::toShort() \o QString::toShort()
-    \row \o Q3CString::toUInt() \o QString::toUInt()
-    \row \o Q3CString::toULong() \o QString::toULong()
-    \row \o Q3CString::toUShort() \o QString::toUShort()
-    \row \o Q3CString::upper() \o QByteArray::toUpper()
-    \endtable
-
-    Remarks:
-
-    \list 1
-    \o  Q3CString(const char *str, uint max) constructs a string of
-        length strlen(str) or \e max - 1, whichever is shorter.
-        QByteArray(const char *data, int size) constructs a byte
-        array containing exactly \e size bytes.
-
-        \oldcode
-            QCString str1("Hello", 4);           // "Hel"
-            QCString str2("Hello world!", n);
-        \newcode
-            QByteArray str1("Hello", 3);
-            QByteArray str2("Hello world!");
-            str2.truncate(n - 1);
-        \endcode
-
-    \o  Q3CString::setExpand(uint index, char ch) has no equivalent in
-        Qt 4.
-
-        \oldcode
-            QCString str("Hello world");
-            str.setExpand(16, '\n');            // "Hello world     \n"
-        \newcode
-            QByteArray str("Hello world");
-            while (str.size() < 16)
-                str += ' ';
-            str += '\n';
-        \endcode
-    \endlist
-
-    Since the old \c QCString class inherited from QByteArray,
-    everything that is said in the \l{#qbytearray.section}{QByteArray
-    section} applies for \c QCString as well.
-
-    \section1 QCustomEvent
-
-    In Qt 3, developers could create a custom event by constructing
-    a new QCustomEvent, and send relevant data to other components in
-    the application by passing a void pointer, either on construction or
-    using the setData() function. Objects could receive custom events
-    by reimplementing the \l{QObject::customEvent()}{customEvent()}
-    function, and access the stored data using the event's data()
-    function.
-
-    In Qt 4, custom events are created by subclassing
-    QEvent. Event-specific data can be stored in a way that is
-    appropriate for your application. Custom events are still
-    delivered to each object's
-    \l{QObject::customEvent()}{customEvent()} handler function, but as
-    QEvent objects rather than as deprecated QCustomEvent objects.
-
-    \section1 QDataBrowser
-
-    The \c QDataBrowser class has been renamed Q3DataBrowser and
-    moved to the Qt3Support library. In Qt 4.2, you should use the
-    QDataWidgetMapper class to create data-aware forms.
-
-    See \l{QtSql Module} for an overview of the new SQL
-    classes.
-
-    \section1 QDataPump
-
-    The \c QDataPump class was used internally in Qt 2.x in
-    conjunction with QImageConsumer. It was obsoleted in Qt 3.0.
-
-    \input porting4-obsoletedmechanism.qdocinc
-
-    \section1 QDataSink
-
-    The \c QDataSink class was used internally in Qt 2.x in conjunction
-    with QImageConsumer. It was obsoleted in Qt 3.0.
-
-    \input porting4-obsoletedmechanism.qdocinc
-
-    \section1 QDataSource
-
-    The \c QDataSource class was used internally in Qt 2.x in
-    conjunction with QImageConsumer. It was obsoleted in Qt 3.0.
-    \input porting4-obsoletedmechanism.qdocinc
-
-    \section1 QDataTable
-
-    The \c QDataTable class has been renamed Q3DataTable and moved to
-    the Qt3Support library. In Qt 4.2, you should use the
-    QDataWidgetMapper class to create data-aware forms.
-
-    See \l{QtSql Module} for an overview of the new SQL classes.
-
-    \section1 QDataView
-
-    The \c QDataView class has been renamed Q3DataView and moved to
-    the Qt3Support library. In Qt 4.2, you should use the
-    QDataWidgetMapper class to create data-aware forms.
-
-    See \l{QtSql Module} for an overview of the new SQL classes.
-
-    \section1 QDateEdit
-
-    The QDateEdit class in Qt 4 is a convenience class based on
-    QDateTimeEdit. The old class has been renamed Q3DateEdit and moved
-    to the Qt3Support library.
-
-    See \l{Porting to Qt 4 - Virtual Functions}{Virtual Functions} for
-    a list of \c QDateEdit virtual member functions in Qt 3 that are
-    no longer virtual in Qt 4.
-
-    \section1 QDateTimeEditBase
-
-    The \c QDateTimeEditBase class has been renamed
-    Q3DateTimeEditBase and moved to Qt3Support. Use QDateTimeEdit or
-    QAbstractSpinBox instead.
-
-    \section1 QDateTimeEdit
-
-    The old \c QDateTimeEdit class has been renamed
-    Q3DateTimeEditBase and moved to Qt3Support. The new QDateTimeEdit
-    in Qt 4 has been rewritten from scratch to provide a more
-    flexible and powerful API.
-
-    See \l{Porting to Qt 4 - Virtual Functions}{Virtual Functions} for
-    a list of QDateTimeEdit virtual member functions in Qt 3 that are no
-    longer virtual in Qt 4.
-
-    \section1 QDeepCopy<T>
-
-    The \c QDeepCopy<T> class in Qt 3 provided a means of ensuring that
-    implicitly shared and explicitly shared classes referenced unique
-    data. This was necessary because the reference counting in Qt's
-    container classes was done in a thread-unsafe manner.
-
-    With Qt 4, \c QDeepCopy<T> has been renamed Q3DeepCopy<T> and
-    moved to the Qt3Support library. Removing it from
-    existing code is straightforward.
-
-    \oldcode
-        QString str1 = "I am a string";
-        QDeepCopy<QString> str2 = str1;
-        QString str3 = QDeepCopy<QString>(str2);
-    \newcode
-        QString str1 = "I am a string";
-        QString str2 = str1;
-        QString str3 = str2;
-    \endcode
-
-    \section1 QDial
-
-    See \l{Porting to Qt 4 - Virtual Functions}{Virtual Functions} for
-    a list of QDial virtual member functions in Qt 3 that are no longer
-    virtual in Qt 4.
-
-    See \l{#properties}{Properties} for a list of QDial properties in
-    Qt 3 that have changed in Qt 4.
-
-    \target qdict.section
-    \section1 QDict<T>
-
-    \c QDict<T> has been renamed Q3Dict<T> and moved to Qt3Support.
-    It has been replaced by the more modern QHash<Key, T> and
-    QMultiHash<Key, T> classes.
-
-    When porting old code that uses QDict<T> to Qt 4, there are four
-    classes that you can use:
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Qt 4 class \o When to use it
-    \row \o QMultiHash<QString, T *>
-
-         \o Since Q3Dict<T> is pointer-based and allows duplicate
-            keys, this is usually the most straightforward conversion.
-
-    \row \o QMultiHash<QString, T>
-
-         \o If type \c T is an \l{assignable data type}, you can use
-            \c T as the value type rather than \c{T *}. This often
-            leads to nicer code.
-
-    \row \o QHash<QString, T *>
-
-         \o{1,2} If you don't use duplicate keys, you can use QHash
-            instead of QMultiHash. QMultiHash inherits from QHash.
-
-    \row \o QHash<QString, T>
-    \endtable
-
-    The APIs of Q3Dict<T> and QMultiHash<QString, T *> are quite
-    similar. The main issue is that Q3Dict supports auto-delete
-    whereas QMultiHash doesn't.
-
-    \omit
-    (See \l{What's Wrong with
-    Auto-Delete} for an explanation of why the Qt 4 containers don't
-    offer that feature.)
-    \endomit
-
-    The following table summarizes the API differences between the
-    two classes:
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Q3Dict function \o QMultiHash equivalent
-    \row \o Q3Dict::Q3Dict(int size, bool caseSensitive) \o See remarks below
-    \row \o Q3Dict::autoDelete() \o N/A
-    \row \o Q3Dict::count() \o QMultiHash::count() or QMultiHash::size() (equivalent)
-    \row \o Q3Dict::find(const QString &) \o QMultiHash::value(const QString &)
-    \row \o Q3Dict::remove(const QString &) \o QMultiHash::take(const QString &)
-    \row \o Q3Dict::resize(uint) \o QMultiHash::reserve(int)
-    \row \o Q3Dict::setAutoDelete() \o See discussion below
-    \row \o Q3Dict::size() \o QMultiHash::capacity()
-    \row \o Q3Dict::statistics() \o N/A
-    \row \o Q3Dict::operator[](const QString &) \o See remark below
-    \endtable
-
-    Remarks:
-
-    \list 1
-    \o  Q3Dict requires the user to allocate a specific number of
-        buckets by passing a prime number (17 by default) to the
-        constructor and/or calling Q3Dict::resize() later on. In
-        contrast, QMultiHash's hash table automatically grows and
-        shrinks as needed, and the constructor doesn't take a prime
-        number.
-
-    \o  Q3Dict supportes case-insensitive lookups by passing false as
-        second argument to the constructor. This feature has no
-        equivalent in QMultiHash. Instead, call QString::toLower()
-        before you insert or lookup a key in the hash.
-
-    \o  Q3Dict::size() and QMultiHash::size() have different semantics.
-        The former returns the number of buckets in the container, whereas
-        the latter returns the number of \e items in the container.
-
-    \o  If there are multiple items with the same key,
-        Q3Dict::remove() removes only the most recently inserted item,
-        whereas QMultiHash::remove() removes all items that share a
-        particular key. To remove only the most recently inserted item,
-        call QMultiHash::take().
-
-    \o  Q3Dict has only one [] operator (Q3Dict::operator[]()),
-        providing const access to an item's value. QMultiHash also
-        has a non-const overload that can be used on the left side of
-        the assignment operator. If you use the [] operator on a
-        non-const QHash with an unexisting item, QHash will created
-        an element and initialize it to be a null pointer. For that
-        reason, Q3Dict::operator[] should be converted to
-        QMultiHash::value(), not QMultiHash::operator[].
-
-    \endlist
-
-    If you use Q3Dict's auto-delete feature (by calling
-    Q3Dict::setAutoDelete(true)), you need to do some more work. You
-    have two options: Either you call \c delete yourself whenever you
-    remove an item from the container, or you use
-    QMultiHash<QString, T> instead of QMultiHash<QString, T *> (i.e.
-    store values directly instead of pointers to values). Here, we'll
-    see when to call \c delete.
-
-    The following table summarizes the idioms that you need to watch
-    out for if you want to call \c delete yourself.
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Q3Dict idiom \o QMultiHash idiom
-    \row
-        \o
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 9
-        \o
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 10
-    \row
-        \o
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 11
-        \o
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 12
-    \row
-        \o
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 13
-
-        (also called from Q3Dict's destructor)
-
-        \o
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 14
-
-        In 99% of cases, the following idiom also works:
-
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 15
-
-        However, it may lead to crashes if \c hash is referenced from
-        the value type's destructor, because \c hash contains
-        dangling pointers until clear() is called.
-    \endtable
-
-    Be aware that Q3Dict's destructor automatically calls clear(). If
-    you have a Q3Dict data member in a custom class and use the
-    auto-delete feature, you will need to call \c delete on all the
-    items in the container from your class destructor to avoid a
-    memory leak.
-
-    Finally, \c QDictIterator<T> (renamed Q3DictIterator<T>) must
-    also be ported. There are no fewer than four iterator classes
-    that can be used as a replacement: QHash::const_iterator,
-    QHash::iterator, QHashIterator, and QMutableHashIterator. The
-    most straightforward class to use when porting is
-    QHashIterator<QString, T *>. The following table summarizes the
-    API differences:
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Q3DictIterator functions \o Qt 4 equivalent
-    \row \o Q3DictIterator::count() \o QHash::count() or QHash::size()
-    \row \o Q3DictIterator::current() \o QHashIterator::value()
-    \row \o Q3DictIterator::currentKey() \o QHashIterator::key()
-    \row \o Q3DictIterator::isEmpty() \o QHash::isEmpty()
-    \row \o Q3DictIterator::toFirst() \o QHashIterator::toFront()
-    \row \o Q3DictIterator::operator()() \o QHashIterator::value()
-    \row \o Q3DictIterator::operator*() \o QHashIterator::value()
-    \row \o Q3DictIterator::operator++() \o See remark below
-    \endtable
-
-    Be aware that QHashIterator has a different way of iterating than
-    Q3DictIterator. A typical loop with Q3DictIterator looks like this:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 16
-
-    Here's the equivalent QHashIterator loop:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 17
-
-    See \l{Java-style iterators} for details.
-
-    \section1 QDir
-
-    The following functions used to have a boolean \c{acceptAbsPath}
-    parameter that defaulted to true:
-
-    \list
-    \i QDir::filePath()
-    \i QDir::absFilePath()
-    \i QDir::cd()
-    \i QDir::mkdir()
-    \i QDir::rmdir()
-    \i QDir::remove()
-    \i QDir::rename()
-    \i QDir::exists()
-    \endlist
-
-    In Qt 3, if \c acceptAbsPath is true, a file name starting with
-    '/' is be returned without change; if \c acceptAbsPath is false,
-    an absolute path is prepended to the file name. For example:
-
-    \table
-    \header \i Current directory   \i File name        \i \c acceptAbsPath \i File path
-    \row    \i{1,2} /home/tsmith   \i{1,2} index.html  \i true             \i /home/tsmith/index.html
-    \row                                               \i false            \i /home/tsmith/index.html
-    \row    \i{1,2} /home/tsmith   \i{1,2} /index.html \i true             \i /index.html
-    \row                                               \i false            \i /home/tsmith/index.html
-    \endtable
-
-    In Qt 4, this parameter is no longer available. If you use it
-    in your code, you can check that QDir::isRelativePath() returns
-    false instead.
-
-    \oldcode
-        QDir dir("/home/tsmith");
-        QString path = dir.filePath(fileName, false);
-    \newcode
-        QDir dir("/home/tsmith");
-        QString path;
-        if (dir.isRelativePath(fileName))
-            path = dir.filePath(fileName);
-        else
-            path = fileName;
-    \endcode
-
-    QDir::encodedEntryList() has been removed.
-
-    fileInfoList(), entryInfoList(), and drives() now return a QList<QFileInfo>
-    and not a QPtrList<QFileInfo> *. Code using these methods will not work with
-    the Qt3Support library and must be adapted instead.
-
-    See \l{Porting to Qt 4 - Virtual Functions}{Virtual Functions} for
-    a list of QDir virtual member functions in Qt 3 that are no longer
-    virtual in Qt 4.
-
-    QDir::match() now always matches case insensitively.
-
-    QDir::homeDirPath() has been removed. Use QDir::home() instead, and
-    extract the path separately.
-
-    \section1 QDns
-
-    Qt 3 used its own implementation of the DNS protocol and provided
-    a low-level \c QDns class. Qt 4's QHostInfo class uses the system's \c
-    gethostbyname() function from a thread instead.
-
-    The old \c QDns class has been renamed Q3Dns and moved to the
-    Qt3Support library. The new QHostInfo class has a
-    radically different API: It consists mainly of two static
-    functions, one of which is blocking (QHostInfo::fromName()), the
-    other non-blocking (QHostInfo::lookupHost()). See the QHostInfo
-    class documentation for details.
-
-    \section1 QDockArea
-
-    The \c QDockArea class has been renamed Q3DockArea and moved to
-    the Qt3Support library. In Qt 4, QMainWindow handles
-    the dock and toolbar areas itself. See the QMainWindow
-    documentation for details.
-
-    \section1 QDockWindow
-
-    The old \c QDockWindow class has been renamed Q3DockWindow and
-    moved to the Qt3Support library. In Qt 4, there is a
-    new QDockWidget class with a different API. See the class
-    documentation for details.
-
-    See \l{Porting to Qt 4 - Virtual Functions}{Virtual Functions} for
-    a list of QDockWidget virtual member functions in Qt 3 that are no
-    longer virtual in Qt 4.
-
-    \note \l{Q3DockWindow}'s
-    \l{Q3DockWindow::setHorizontallyStretchable()}{horizontallyStretchable}
-    property can be achieved in QDockWidget with
-    \l{QWidget#Size Hints and Size Policies}{size policies}.
-
-    \section1 QDragObject
-
-    The \c QDragObject class has been renamed Q3DragObject and
-    moved to the Qt3Support library. In Qt 4, it has been
-    replaced by the QMimeData class. See the class documentation for
-    details.
-
-    Note that the Q3DragObject::DragCopyOrMove drag and drop mode is
-    interpreted differently to Qt 3's QDragObject::DragCopyOrMove mode.
-    In Qt 3, a move operation was performed by default, and the user had
-    to hold down the \key{Ctrl} key to perform a copy operation.
-    In Qt 4, a copy operation is performed by default; the user has to
-    hold down the \key{Shift} key to perform a move operation.
-
-    See \l{Porting to Qt 4 - Drag and Drop} for a comparison between
-    the drag and drop APIs in Qt 3 and Qt 4.
-
-    \section1 QDropSite
-
-    The \c QDropSite class has been renamed Q3DropSite and moved to
-    the Qt3Support library.
-
-    The QDropSite class has been obsolete ever since Qt 2.0. The only
-    thing it does is call QWidget::setAcceptDrops(true).
-
-    \oldcode
-    class MyWidget : public QWidget, public QDropSite
-    {
-    public:
-        MyWidget(const QWidget *parent)
-            : QWidget(parent), QDropSite(this)
-        {
-        }
-        ...
-    }
-    \newcode
-    class MyWidget : public QWidget
-    {
-    public:
-        MyWidget(const QWidget *parent)
-            : QWidget(parent)
-        {
-            setAcceptDrops(true);
-        }
-        ...
-    }
-    \endcode
-
-    See \l{Porting to Qt 4 - Drag and Drop} for a comparison between
-    the drag and drop APIs in Qt 3 and Qt 4.
-
-    \section1 QEditorFactory
-
-    The \c QEditorFactory class has been renamed Q3EditorFactory and
-    moved to the Qt3Support library.
-
-    See \l{QtSql Module} for an overview of the new SQL classes.
-
-    \section1 QEventLoop
-
-    In Qt 3, \c QEventLoop combined the Qt event loop and the event
-    dispatching. In Qt 4, these tasks are now assigned to two
-    distinct classes: QEventLoop and QAbstractEventDispatcher.
-
-    If you subclassed QEventLoop to integrate with another library's
-    event loop, you must subclass QAbstractEventDispatcher instead. See
-    the class documentation for details.
-
-    Developers using \c{QEventLoop::loopLevel()} in Qt 3 should use
-    QCoreApplication::loopLevel() instead. Note that this function is
-    marked as obsolete, but it is expected to be available for the
-    lifetime of Qt 4.
-    \omit ### mention virtual functions that aren't virtual anymore \endomit
-
-    \omit
-    \section1 QFile
-
-    The QFile::readLine(QString&, Q_ULONG) method from qt3 has been removed
-    in qt4, but this change in the QFile interface is not documented in the
-    porting documentation as of qt-4.0.0-b1.
-    \endomit
-
-    \section1 QFileDialog
-
-    The QFileDialog class in Qt 4 has been totally rewritten. It
-    provides most of the functionality of the old \c QFileDialog
-    class, but with a different API. Some functionality, such as the
-    ability to preview files, is expected to be added in a later Qt 4
-    release.
-
-    The old \c QFileDialog, \c QFileIconProvider, and \c QFilePreview
-    classes has been renamed Q3FileDialog, Q3FileIconProvider, and
-    Q3FilePreview and have been moved to Qt3Support. You can use them
-    if you need some functionality not provided yet by the new
-    QFileDialog class.
-
-    The following table lists which functions have been renamed or
-    removed in Qt 4.
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Old function \o Qt 4 equivalent
-    \row \o Q3FileDialog::addFilter(const QString &) \o See remark below
-    \row \o Q3FileDialog::addLeftWidget(QWidget *) \o N/A
-    \row \o Q3FileDialog::addRightWidget(QWidget *) \o N/A
-    \row \o Q3FileDialog::addToolButton(QAbstractButton *, bool separator) \o N/A
-    \row \o Q3FileDialog::addWidgets(QLabel *, QWidget *, QPushButton *) \o N/A
-    \row \o Q3FileDialog::dir() \o QFileDialog::directory()
-    \row \o Q3FileDialog::dirPath() \o QFileDialog::directory().path()
-    \row \o Q3FileDialog::iconProvider() \o N/A
-    \row \o Q3FileDialog::isContentsPreviewEnabled() \o N/A
-    \row \o Q3FileDialog::isInfoPreviewEnabled() \o N/A
-    \row \o Q3FileDialog::previewMode() \o N/A
-    \row \o Q3FileDialog::rereadDir() \o N/A
-    \row \o Q3FileDialog::resortDir() \o N/A
-    \row \o Q3FileDialog::selectAll(bool) \o N/A
-    \row \o Q3FileDialog::setContentsPreview(QWidget *, Q3FilePreview *) \o N/A
-    \row \o Q3FileDialog::setContentsPreviewEnabled(bool) \o N/A
-    \row \o Q3FileDialog::setDir(const QString &) \o QFileDialog::setDirectory(const QString &)
-    \row \o Q3FileDialog::setFilters(const char **) \o Q3FileDialog::setFilters(const QStringList &)
-    \row \o Q3FileDialog::setIconProvider(Q3FileIconProvider *) \o N/A
-    \row \o Q3FileDialog::setInfoPreview(QWidget *, Q3FilePreview *) \o N/A
-    \row \o Q3FileDialog::setInfoPreviewEnabled(bool) \o N/A
-    \row \o Q3FileDialog::setPreviewMode(PreviewMode) \o N/A
-    \row \o Q3FileDialog::setSelectedFilter(const QString &) \o QFileDialog::selectFilter(const QString &)
-    \row \o Q3FileDialog::setSelectedFilter(int) \o See remark below
-    \row \o Q3FileDialog::setSelection(const QString &) \o QFileDialog::selectFile(const QString &)
-    \row \o Q3FileDialog::setShowHiddenFiles(bool) \o showHidden()
-    \row \o Q3FileDialog::setUrl(const QUrlOperator &) \o N/A
-    \row \o Q3FileDialog::showHiddenFiles() \o N/A
-    \row \o Q3FileDialog::url() \o QUrl::fromLocalFile(QFileDialog::directory())
-    \header \o Old signals \o Qt 4 equivalent
-    \row \o Q3FileDialog::fileHighlighted(const QString &) \o N/A
-    \row \o Q3FileDialog::fileSelected(const QString &) \o QFileDialog::filesSelected(const QStringList &)
-    \row \o Q3FileDialog::dirEntered(const QString &) \o N/A
-    \row \o Q3FileDialog::filterSelected(const QString &) \o N/A
-    \endtable
-
-    Remarks:
-
-    \list 1
-    \o  The Q3FileDialog::addFilter(const QString &) function has no
-        direct equivalent in the new QFileDialog. Use
-        QFileDialog::setFilters() instead.
-
-        \oldcode
-        fileDialog->addFilter(tr("JPEG files (*.jpg *.jpeg)"));
-        \newcode
-        QStringList filters = fileDialog->filters();
-        filters << tr("JPEG files (*.jpg *.jpeg)");
-        fileDialog->setFilters(filters);
-        \endcode
-
-    \o  The Q3FileDialog::setSelectedFilter(int) overload has no direct
-        equivalent in the new QFileDialog. Use
-        QFileDialog::selectFilter(const QString &) instead.
-
-        \oldcode
-        fileDialog->setSelectedFilter(3);
-        \newcode
-        fileDialog->selectFilter(fileDialog->filters().at(3));
-        \endcode
-    \endlist
-
-    There are no equivalent virtual functions to the two
-    Q3FileDialog::setSelectedFilter() virtual functions in the QFileDialog
-    API. In addition, these functions have been renamed or removed, as
-    described above.
-
-    \section1 QFocusData
-
-    The QFocusData class is not available in Qt 4. Some of its
-    functionality is available via the QWidget::nextInFocusChain()
-    and QWidget::focusNextPrevChild() functions.
-
-    \section1 QFocusEvent
-
-    The setReason() function is no longer present in Qt 4. It is
-    necessary to define the reason when constructing a focus event.
-
-    \section1 QFont
-
-    \c QFont::Script has been moved to QFontDatabase::WritingSystem.
-
-    \section1 QFrame
-
-    The QFrame class has been made more lightweight in Qt 4, by
-    reducing the number of properties and virtual functions. The
-    reduction in the number of virtual functions is significant
-    because QFrame is the base class of many Qt classes.
-
-    Here's an overview of the changes:
-
-    \list
-    \o  QFrame no longer has a \c margin property (which wasn't
-        honored by Qt's layout managers anyway).
-
-    \o  QFrame no longer has a frameChanged() function, reimplement
-        QFrame::resizeEvent() instead.
-
-    \o  QFrame used to have drawFrame(QPainter *) and
-        drawContents(QPainter *) virtual functions. These are now
-        gone. In Qt 4, the frame is drawn by the QFrame::paintEvent()
-        function. If you want to change the way QFrame paints itself,
-        reimplement this function. To draw the contents of the frame,
-        reimplement QFrame:paintEvent() and call the base class
-        implementation of the function before you use the
-        \l {QWidget::}{contentsRect()} function inherited from QWidget,
-        to retrieve the rectangle to paint on.
-
-    \endlist
-
-    To help with porting, the Qt3Support library contains a Q3Frame
-    class that inherits QFrame and provides a similar API to the old
-    QFrame class. If you derived from QFrame in your application, you
-    might want to use Q3Frame as a base class as a first step in the
-    porting process, and later move on to the new QFrame class.
-
-    See \l{Porting to Qt 4 - Virtual Functions}{Virtual Functions} for
-    a list of QFrame virtual member functions in Qt 3 that are no longer
-    virtual in Qt 4.
-
-    \section1 QFtp
-
-    QFtp no longer inherits from QNetworkProtocol. See the
-    \l{#qnetworkprotocol.section}{section on QNetworkProtocol} for
-    details.
-
-    The old \c QFtp class has been renamed Q3Ftp and moved to the
-    Qt3Support library.
-
-    \target qglayoutiterator.section
-    \section1 QGLayoutIterator
-
-    The QGLayoutIterator class no longer exists in Qt 4. This makes
-    only a difference if you implemented custom layout managers
-    (i.e., QLayout subclasses).
-
-    The new approach is much simpler: It consists in reimplementing
-    QLayout::itemAt() and QLayout::takeAt(). These functions operate
-    on indexes, eliminating the need for a layout iterator class.
-
-    \section1 QGrid
-
-    The \c QGrid class is now only available as Q3Grid in Qt 4. You
-    can achieve the same result as \c QGrid by creating a QWidget
-    with a grid layout:
-
-    \oldcode
-    QGrid *grid = new QGrid(2, Qt::Horizontal);
-    QPushButton *child1 = new QPushButton(grid);
-    QPushButton *child2 = new QPushButton(grid);
-    QPushButton *child3 = new QPushButton(grid);
-    QPushButton *child4 = new QPushButton(grid);
-    \newcode
-    QWidget *grid = new QWidget;
-    QPushButton *child1 = new QPushButton(grid);
-    QPushButton *child2 = new QPushButton(grid);
-    QPushButton *child3 = new QPushButton(grid);
-    QPushButton *child4 = new QPushButton(grid);
-
-    QVBoxLayout *layout = new QVBoxLayout;
-    layout->addWidget(child1, 0, 0);
-    layout->addWidget(child2, 0, 1);
-    layout->addWidget(child3, 1, 0);
-    layout->addWidget(child4, 1, 1);
-    grid->setLayout(layout);
-    \endcode
-
-    \section1 QGridLayout
-
-    See \l{Porting to Qt 4 - Virtual Functions}{Virtual Functions} for
-    a list of QGridLayout virtual member functions in Qt 3 that are no
-    longer virtual in Qt 4.
-
-    \section1 QGridView
-
-    The \c QGridView class has been renamed Q3GridView and moved to
-    the Qt3Support library. In Qt 4, we recommend that
-    you use QTableView or QAbstractItemView for presenting tabular
-    data.
-
-    See \l{Model/View Programming} for an overview of the new item
-    view classes.
-
-    \target qgroupbox.section
-    \section1 QGroupBox
-
-    The QGroupBox class has been redesigned in Qt 4. Many of the
-    features of the old \c QGroupBox class can be obtained by using
-    the Q3GroupBox class from the Qt3Support library.
-
-    The new QGroupBox is more lightweight. It doesn't attempt to
-    duplicate functionality already provided by QGridLayout, and it
-    does not inherit from QFrame. As a result, the following members
-    have been removed:
-
-    \list
-    \o Q3GroupBox::setColumns(), Q3GroupBox::columns()
-    \o Q3GroupBox::setOrientation(), Q3GroupBox::orientation()
-    \o Q3GroupBox::setInsideMargin(), Q3GroupBox::insideMargin()
-    \o Q3GroupBox::addSpace()
-    \endlist
-
-    Naturally, the \c columns and \c orientation properties have also
-    been removed.
-
-    If you rely on some of the missing functionality in your
-    application, you can use Q3GroupBox instead of QGroupBox as a
-    help to porting.
-
-    See \l{Porting to Qt 4 - Virtual Functions}{Virtual Functions} for
-    a list of QGroupBox virtual member functions in Qt 3 that are no
-    longer virtual in Qt 4.
-
-    \section1 QHBox
-
-    The \c QHBox class is now only available as Q3HBox in Qt 4. You
-    can achieve the same result as \c QHBox by creating a QWidget
-    with an horizontal layout:
-
-    \oldcode
-    QHBox *hbox = new QHBox;
-    QPushButton *child1 = new QPushButton(hbox);
-    QPushButton *child2 = new QPushButton(hbox);
-    \newcode
-    QWidget *hbox = new QWidget;
-    QPushButton *child1 = new QPushButton;
-    QPushButton *child2 = new QPushButton;
-
-    QHBoxLayout *layout = new QHBoxLayout;
-    layout->addWidget(child1);
-    layout->addWidget(child2);
-    hbox->setLayout(layout);
-    \endcode
-
-    Note that child widgets are not automatically placed into the widget's
-    layout; you will need to manually add each widget to the QHBoxLayout.
-
-    \section1 QHeader
-
-    The \c QHeader class has been renamed Q3Header and moved to
-    the Qt3Support library. In Qt 4, it is replaced
-    by the QHeaderView class.
-
-    See \l{Model/View Programming} for an overview of the new item
-    view classes.
-
-    \section1 QHGroupBox
-
-    The \c QHGroupBox class has been renamed Q3HGroupBox and moved to
-    the Qt3Support library.
-    Qt 4 does not provide a specific replacement class for \c QHGroupBox
-    since QGroupBox is designed to be a generic container widget. As a
-    result, you need to supply your own layout for any child widgets.
-
-    See \l{#QGroupBox} for more information about porting code that uses
-    group boxes.
-
-    \section1 QHttp
-
-    QHttp no longer inherits from QNetworkProtocol. See the See the
-    \l{#qnetworkprotocol.section}{section on QNetworkProtocol} for
-    details.
-
-    The old \c QHttp, \c QHttpHeader, \c QHttpRequestHeader, and \c
-    QHttpResponseHeader classes have been renamed Q3Http,
-    Q3HttpHeader, Q3HttpRequestHeader, and Q3HttpResponseHeader  and
-    have been moved to the Qt3Support library.
-
-    \section1 QIconFactory
-
-    The QIconFactory class is no longer part of Qt. It has been replaced by
-    the QIconEngine class.
-
-    \section1 QIconSet
-
-    The QIconSet class is no longer part of Qt. It has been replaced by
-    the QIcon class.
-
-    \section1 QIconView
-
-    The \c QIconView, \c QIconViewItem, \c QIconDrag, and \c
-    QIconDragItem classes has been renamed Q3IconView,
-    Q3IconViewItem, Q3IconDrag, and Q3IconDragItem and moved to the
-    Qt3Support library. New Qt applications should use
-    QListWidget or its base class QListView instead, and call
-    QListView::setViewMode(QListView::IconMode) to obtain an "icon
-    view" look.
-
-    See \l{Model/View Programming} for an overview of the new item
-    view classes.
-
-    \omit
-    ###
-
-    \section1 QImage
-
-    QImage::fromMimeSource(const QString &) -> qImageFromMimeSource(const QString &)
-    \endomit
-
-    \section1 QImageDrag
-
-    The \c QImageDrag class has been renamed Q3ImageDrag and moved to
-    the Qt3Support library. In Qt 4, use QMimeData
-    instead and call QMimeData::setImage() to set the image.
-
-    See \l{Porting to Qt 4 - Drag and Drop} for a comparison between
-    the drag and drop APIs in Qt 3 and Qt 4.
-
-    \section1 QImageIO
-
-    The \c QImageIO class has been split into two classes:
-    QImageReader and QImageWriter. The table below shows the
-    correspondance between the two APIs:
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Qt 3 function              \o Qt 4 equivalents
-    \row    \o QImageIO::description()    \o QImageWriter::text()
-    \row    \o QImageIO::fileName()       \o QImageReader::fileName() and QImageWriter::fileName()
-    \row    \o QImageIO::format()         \o QImageReader::format() and QImageWriter::format()
-    \row    \o QImageIO::gamma()          \o QImageWriter::gamma()
-    \row    \o QImageIO::image()          \o Return value of QImageReader::read()
-    \row    \o QImageIO::inputFormats()   \o QImageReader::supportedImageFormats()
-    \row    \o QImageIO::ioDevice()       \o QImageReader::device() and QImageWriter::device()
-    \row    \o QImageIO::outputFormats()  \o QImageWriter::supportedImageFormats()
-    \row    \o QImageIO::parameters()     \o N/A
-    \row    \o QImageIO::quality()        \o QImageWriter::quality()
-    \row    \o QImageIO::read()           \o QImageReader::read()
-    \row    \o QImageIO::setDescription() \o QImageWriter::setText()
-    \row    \o QImageIO::setFileName()    \o QImageReader::setFileName() and QImageWriter::setFileName()
-    \row    \o QImageIO::setFormat()      \o QImageReader::setFormat() and QImageWriter::setFormat()
-    \row    \o QImageIO::setGamma()       \o QImageWriter::setGamma()
-    \row    \o QImageIO::setIODevice()    \o QImageReader::setDevice() and QImageWriter::setDevice()
-    \row    \o QImageIO::setImage()       \o Argument to QImageWriter::write()
-    \row    \o QImageIO::setParameters()  \o N/A
-    \row    \o QImageIO::setQuality()     \o QImageWriter::setQuality()
-    \row    \o QImageIO::setStatus()      \o N/A
-    \row    \o QImageIO::status()         \o QImageReader::error() and QImageWriter::error()
-    \row    \o QImageIO::write()          \o QImageWriter::write()
-    \endtable
-
-    \section1 QIntCache<T>
-
-    QIntCache<T> has been moved to Qt3Support. It has been replaced
-    by QCache<int, T>.
-
-    For details, read the \l{#qcache.section}{section on QCache<T>},
-    mentally substituting \c int for QString.
-
-    \section1 QIntDict<T>
-
-    QIntDict<T> and QIntDictIterator<T> have been moved to
-    Qt3Support. They have been replaced by the more modern QHash<Key,
-    T> and QMultiHash<Key, T> classes and their associated iterator
-    classes.
-
-    When porting old code that uses QIntDict<T> to Qt 4, there are
-    four classes that you can use:
-
-    \list
-    \o QMultiHash<int, T *>
-    \o QMultiHash<int, T>
-    \o QHash<int, T *>
-    \o QHash<int, T>
-    \endlist
-
-    For details, read the \l{#qdict.section}{section on QDict<T>},
-    mentally substituting \c int for QString.
-
-    \target qiodevice.section
-    \section1 QIODevice
-
-    The QIODevice class's API has been simplified to make it easier
-    to subclass and to make it work more smoothly with asynchronous
-    devices such as QTcpSocket and QProcess.
-
-    The following virtual functions have changed name or signature:
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Qt 3 function \o Comment
-    \row \o QIODevice::at() const \o Renamed QIODevice::pos().
-    \row \o QIODevice::at(Offset) \o Renamed QIODevice::seek().
-    \row \o QIODevice::open(int) \o The parameter is now of type QIODevice::OpenMode.
-    \row \o QIODevice::readBlock(char *, Q_ULONG) \o QIODevice::read(char *, qint64)
-    \row \o QIODevice::writeBlock(const char *, Q_ULONG) \o QIODevice::write(const char *, qint64)
-    \endtable
-
-    \note QIODevice::open(QIODevice::OpenMode) is no longer pure virtual.
-
-    The following functions are no longer virtual or don't exist anymore:
-
-    \table
-    \row \o QIODevice::getch() \o Renamed QIODevice::getChar() and implemented in terms of QIODevice::readData().
-    \row \o QIODevice::putch(int) \o Renamed QIODevice::putChar() and implemented in terms of QIODevice::writeData().
-    \row \o QIODevice::readAll() \o Implemented in terms of QIODevice::readData().
-    \row \o QIODevice::readLine(char *, Q_ULONG) \o Implemented in terms of QIODevice::readData()
-    \row \o QIODevice::ungetch(int) \o Renamed QIODevice::ungetChar() and simulated using an internal unget buffer.
-    \endtable
-
-    The \c IO_xxx flags have been revised, and the protected setFlags()
-    function removed. Most of the flags have been
-    eliminated because errors are best handled by implementing certain
-    functions in QIODevice subclasses rather than through the base classes.
-    The file access flags, such as \c IO_ReadOnly and \c IO_WriteOnly, have
-    been moved to the QIODevice class to avoid polluting the global
-    namespace. The table below shows the correspondence between the
-    Qt 3 \c IO_xxx flags and the Qt 4 API:
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Qt 3 constant \o Qt 4 equivalent
-    \row \o IO_Direct \o Use !QIODevice::isSequential() instead (notice the \e not).
-    \row \o IO_Sequential \o Use QIODevice::isSequential() instead.
-    \row \o IO_Combined \o N/A
-    \row \o IO_TypeMask \o N/A
-    \row \o IO_Raw \o QIODevice::Unbuffered
-    \row \o IO_Async \o N/A
-    \row \o IO_ReadOnly \o QIODevice::ReadOnly
-    \row \o IO_WriteOnly \o QIODevice::WriteOnly
-    \row \o IO_ReadWrite \o QIODevice::ReadWrite
-    \row \o IO_Append \o QIODevice::Append
-    \row \o IO_Truncate \o QIODevice::Truncate
-    \row \o IO_Translate \o QIODevice::Text
-    \row \o IO_ModeMask \o N/A
-    \row \o IO_Open \o Use QIODevice::isOpen() instead.
-    \row \o IO_StateMask \o N/A
-    \row \o IO_Ok \o N/A
-    \row \o IO_ReadError \o N/A
-    \row \o IO_WriteError \o N/A
-    \row \o IO_FatalError \o N/A
-    \row \o IO_ResourceError \o N/A
-    \row \o IO_OpenError \o N/A
-    \row \o IO_ConnectError \o N/A
-    \row \o IO_AbortError \o N/A
-    \row \o IO_TimeOutError \o N/A
-    \row \o IO_UnspecifiedError \o N/A
-    \endtable
-
-    \section1 QIODeviceSource
-
-    The QIODeviceSource class was used internally in Qt 2.x in
-    conjunction with QImageConsumer. It was obsoleted in Qt 3.0.
-    \input porting4-obsoletedmechanism.qdocinc
-
-    \section1 QLabel
-
-    QLabel doesn't enable word-wrap automatically anymore when rich
-    text is used. You can enable it by calling
-    QLabel::setWordWrap() or by setting the
-    \l{QLabel::wordWrap}{wordWrap} property. The reason for this
-    change is that the old behavior was confusing to many users.
-
-    Also, QLabel no longer offers an \c autoResize property. Instead,
-    you can call QWidget::setFixedSize() on the label, with
-    QLabel::sizeHint() as the argument, whenever you change the
-    contents of the QLabel.
-
-    See also \l{Porting to Qt 4 - Virtual Functions}{Virtual Functions}
-    for a list of QLabel virtual member functions in Qt 3 that are no
-    longer virtual in Qt 4.
-
-    \section1 QLayout
-
-    In Qt 4, margins are always handled by layouts; there is no
-    QLayout::setSupportsMargin() function anymore.
-
-    The deleteAllItems() function is now only available if
-    \c QT3_SUPPORT is defined. If you maintain a QList of layout
-    items, you can use qDeleteAll() to remove all the items in one
-    go.
-
-    In Qt 3, it was possible to change the resizing behavior for layouts
-    in top-level widgets by adjusting the layout's \c resizeMode property.
-    In Qt 4, this property has been replaced by the QLayout::sizeConstraint
-    property which provides more control over how the layout behaves when
-    resized.
-
-    See also the \l{#qlayoutiterator.section}{section on
-    QLayoutIterator} and the \l{#qglayoutiterator.section}{section on
-    QGLayoutIterator}.
-
-    \target qlayoutiterator.section
-    \section1 QLayoutIterator
-
-    The QLayoutIterator class is obsoleted in Qt 4. It is available
-    only if \c QT3_SUPPORT is defined. It can be replaced by the
-    QLayout::itemAt() and QLayout::takeAt() functions, which operate
-    on indexes.
-
-    \oldcode
-        QLayoutIterator it = layout()->iterator();
-        QLayoutItem *child;
-        while ((child = it.current()) != 0) {
-            if (child->widget() == myWidget) {
-                it.takeCurrent();
-                return;
-            ++it;
-        }
-    \newcode
-        int i = 0;
-        QLayoutItem *child;
-        while ((child = layout()->itemAt(i)) != 0) {
-            if (child->widget() == myWidget) {
-                layout()->takeAt(i);
-                return;
-            }
-            ++i;
-        }
-    \endcode
-
-    \section1 QLineEdit
-
-    See \l{#properties}{Properties} for a list of QLineEdit
-    properties in Qt 3 that have changed in Qt 4.
-
-    The default value of QLineEdit's \l{QLineEdit::dragEnabled()}{dragEnabled}
-    property was \c true in Qt 3. In Qt 4, the default value is \c false.
-
-    Note that QLineEdit in Qt 4 is no longer a subclass of QFrame.
-    If you need to visually style a line edit with a frame, we recommend
-    either using a QFrame as a container for a QLineEdit or customizing
-    the line edit with a \l{Qt Style Sheets}{style sheet}.
-
-    \section1 QListBox
-
-    The \c QListBox, \c QListBoxItem, \c QListBoxText, and \c
-    QListBoxPixmap classes have been renamed Q3ListBox,
-    Q3ListBoxItem, Q3ListBoxText, and Q3ListBoxPixmap and have been
-    moved to the Qt3Support library. New Qt applications
-    should use QListWidget or its base class QListView instead.
-
-    See \l{Model/View Programming} for an overview of the new item
-    view classes.
-
-    \section1 QListView
-
-    The \c QListView, \c QListViewItem, \c QCheckListItem, and \c
-    QListViewItemIterator classes have been renamed Q3ListView,
-    Q3ListViewItem, Q3CheckListItem, and Q3ListViewItemIterator, and
-    have been moved to the Qt3Support library. New Qt
-    applications should use one of the following four classes
-    instead: QTreeView or QTreeWidget for tree-like structures;
-    QListWidget or the new QListView class for one-dimensional lists.
-
-    See \l{Model/View Programming} for an overview of the new item
-    view classes.
-
-    \section1 QLocalFs
-
-    The \c QLocalFs class is no longer part of the public Qt API. It
-    has been renamed Q3LocalFs and moved to Qt3Support. Use QDir,
-    QFileInfo, or QFile instead.
-
-    \section1 QMainWindow
-
-    The QMainWindow class has been redesigned in Qt 4 to provide a
-    more modern look and feel and more flexibility. The API has
-    changed to reflect that. The old \c QMainWindow class has been
-    renamed Q3MainWindow and moved to Qt3Support. See the QMainWindow
-    class documentation for details.
-
-    \omit ### More detail \endomit
-
-    \target qmemarray.section
-    \section1 QMemArray<T>
-
-    QMemArray<T> has been moved to Qt3Support. It has been replaced
-    by the QVector<T> class.
-
-    The following table summarizes the API differences between the
-    two classes.
-
-    \table
-    \row \o QMemArray::assign(const QMemArray<T> &) \o QVector::operator=()
-    \row \o QMemArray::assign(const T *, uint) \o See remark below
-    \row \o QMemArray::duplicate(const QMemArray &) \o QVector::operator=()
-    \row \o QMemArray::duplicate(const T *, uint) \o See remark below
-    \row \o QMemArray::setRawData(const T *, uint) \o N/A
-    \row \o QMemArray::resetRawData(const T *, uint) \o N/A
-    \row \o QMemArray::find(const T &, uint) \o QVector::indexOf(const T &, int)
-    \row \o QMemArray::contains(const T &) \o QVector::count(const T &)
-    \row \o QMemArray::sort() \o \l qSort()
-    \row \o QMemArray::bsearch(const T &d) \o \l qBinaryFind()
-    \row \o QMemArray::at(uint) \o QVector::operator[]()
-    \row \o QMemArray::operator const T *() \o QVector::constData()
-    \endtable
-
-    Remarks:
-
-    \list 1
-    \o  QMemArray::assign(const T *, uint) and QMemArray::duplicate(const T *, uint)
-        can be replaced by QVector::resize() and qCopy().
-
-        \oldcode
-        QMemArray<QSize> array;
-        ...
-        array.assign(data, size);
-        \newcode
-        QVector<QSize> vector;
-        ...
-        vector.resize(size);
-        qCopy(data, data + size, vector.begin());
-        \endcode
-
-    \o  QMemArray is an explicitly shared class, whereas QVector is
-        implicitly shared. See \l{Explicit Sharing} for more
-        information.
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 QMenuBar
-
-    In Qt 3, QMenuBar inherited from QFrame and QMenuData; in Qt 4, it is
-    a direct subclass of QWidget. Applications that provided customized
-    menu bars will need to take advantage of the styling features described
-    in the \l{Qt Style Sheets} document.
-
-    It is not possible to add widgets to menu bars in Qt 4.
-
-    \section1 QMenuData
-
-    In Qt 4, the QMenu class provides a menu widget that can be used in all
-    the places where menus are used in an application. Unlike \c QMenuData,
-    QMenu is designed around the concept of actions, provided by the QAction
-    class, instead of the identifiers used in Qt 3.
-
-    In Qt 3, it was possible to insert widgets directly into menus by using
-    a specific \c QMenuData::insertItem() overload. In Qt 4.2 and later,
-    the QWidgetAction class can be used to wrap widgets for use in Qt 4's
-    action-based APIs.
-
-    \section1 QMessageBox
-
-    The QMessageBox::iconPixmap() function used to return a "const
-    QPixmap *". In Qt 4, it returns a QPixmap.
-
-    \section1 QMimeSourceFactory
-
-    The \c QMimeSourceFactory has been renamed Q3MimeSourceFactory
-    and moved to the Qt3Support library. New Qt applications should
-    use Qt 4's \l{Resource System} instead.
-
-    \section1 QMovie
-
-    The QMovie API has been revised in Qt 4 to make it more
-    consistent with the other Qt classes (notably QImageReader). The
-    table below summarizes the changes.
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Qt 3 function \o Qt 4 equivalent
-    \row \o QMovie::connectResize() \o Connect to QMovie::resized()
-    \row \o QMovie::connectStatus() \o Connect to QMovie::stateChanged()
-    \row \o QMovie::connectUpdate() \o Connect to QMovie::updated()
-    \row \o QMovie::disconnectResize() \o Disconnect from QMovie::resized()
-    \row \o QMovie::disconnectStatus() \o Disconnect from QMovie::stateChanged()
-    \row \o QMovie::disconnectUpdate() \o Disconnect from QMovie::updated()
-    \row \o QMovie::finished() \o Use QMovie::state() instead
-    \row \o QMovie::frameImage() \o Use QMovie::currentImage() instead
-    \row \o QMovie::frameNumber() \o Use QMovie::currentFrameNumber() instead
-    \row \o QMovie::framePixmap() \o Use QMovie::currentPixmap() instead
-    \row \o QMovie::getValidRect() \o Use frameRect() instead
-    \row \o QMovie::isNull() \o Use QMovie::isValid() instead
-    \row \o QMovie::pause() \o Use QMovie::setPaused(true) instead
-    \row \o QMovie::paused() \o Use QMovie::state() instead
-    \row \o QMovie::pushData() \o N/A
-    \row \o QMovie::pushSpace() \o N/A
-    \row \o QMovie::restart() \o Use QMovie::jumpToFrame(0) instead
-    \row \o QMovie::running() \o Use QMovie::state() instead
-    \row \o QMovie::step() \o Use QMovie::jumpToFrame() and QMovie::setPaused() instead
-    \row \o QMovie::step() \o Use QMovie::jumpToNextFrame() instead
-    \row \o QMovie::steps() \o Use QMovie::currentFrameNumber() and QMovie::frameCount() instead
-    \row \o QMovie::unpause() \o Use QMovie::setPaused(false) instead
-    \endtable
-
-    \section1 QMultiLineEdit
-
-    The \c QMultiLineEdit class in Qt 3 was a convenience QTextEdit
-    subclass that provided an interface compatible with Qt 2's
-    QMultiLineEdit class. In Qt 4, it is called Q3MultiLineEdit, it
-    inherits Q3TextEdit, and it is part of Qt3Support. Use QTextEdit
-    in new code.
-
-    \target qnetworkprotocol.section
-    \section1 QNetworkProtocol
-
-    The QNetworkProtocol, QNetworkProtocolFactoryBase,
-    QNetworkProtocolFactory<T>, and QNetworkOperation classes are no
-    longer part of the public Qt API. They have been renamed
-    Q3NetworkProtocol, Q3NetworkProtocolFactoryBase,
-    Q3NetworkProtocolFactory<T>, and Q3NetworkOperation and have been
-    moved to the Qt3Support library.
-
-    In Qt 4 applications, you can use classes like QFtp and
-    QNetworkAccessManager directly to perform file-related actions on
-    a remote host.
-
-    \section1 QObject
-
-    QObject::children() now returns a QObjectList instead of a
-    pointer to a QObjectList. See also the comments on QObjectList
-    below.
-
-    Use QObject::findChildren() (or qFindChildren() if you need MSVC 6
-    compatibility) instead of QObject::queryList(). For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 18
-
-    QObject::killTimers() has been removed because it was unsafe to
-    use in subclass. (A subclass normally doesn't know whether the
-    base class uses timers or not.)
-
-    The \c QObject::name property has been renamed
-    QObject::objectName.
-
-    \c QObject::objectTrees() has been removed. If you are primarly
-    interested in widgets, use QApplication::allWidgets() or
-    QApplication::topLevelWidgets().
-
-    \section1 QObjectDictionary
-
-    The QObjectDictionary class is a synonym for
-    QAsciiDict<QMetaObject>. See the \l{#qasciidict.section}{section
-    on QAsciiDict<T>}.
-
-    \section1 QObjectList
-
-    In Qt 3, the QObjectList class was a typedef for
-    QPtrList<QObject>. In Qt 4, it is a typedef for QList<QObject *>.
-    See the \l{#qptrlist.section}{section on QPtrList<T>}.
-
-    \section1 QPaintDevice
-
-    To reimplement painter backends one previously needed to reimplement
-    the virtual function QPaintDevice::cmd(). This function is taken out
-    and should is replaced with the function QPaintDevice::paintEngine()
-    and the abstract class QPaintEngine. QPaintEngine provides virtual
-    functions for all drawing operations that can be performed on a
-    painter backend.
-
-    bitBlt() and copyBlt() are now only compatibility functions. Use
-    QPainter::drawPixmap() instead.
-
-    \section1 QPaintDeviceMetrics
-
-    All functions that used to be provided by the \c
-    QPaintDeviceMetrics class have now been moved to QPaintDevice.
-
-    \oldcode
-        QPaintDeviceMetrics metrics(widget);
-        int deviceDepth = metrics.depth();
-    \newcode
-        int deviceDepth = widget->depth();
-    \endcode
-
-    For compatibility, the old \c QPaintDeviceMetrics class has been
-    renamed Q3PaintDeviceMetrics and moved to Qt3Support.
-
-    \section1 QPainter
-
-    The QPainter class has undergone some changes in Qt 4 because of
-    the way rectangles are drawn. In Qt 4, the result of drawing a
-    QRect with a pen width of 1 pixel is 1 pixel wider and 1 pixel
-    taller than in Qt 3.
-
-    For compatibility, we provide a Q3Painter class in Qt3Support
-    that provides the old semantics. See the Q3Painter documentation
-    for details and for the reasons why we had to make this change.
-
-    The \l{http://qt.nokia.com/doc/3.3/qpainter.html#CoordinateMode-enum}{QPainter::CoordinateMode}
-    enum has been removed in Qt 4. All clipping
-    operations are now defined using logical coordinates and are subject
-    to transformation operations.
-
-    The
-    \l{http://qt.nokia.com/doc/3.3/qpainter.html#RasterOP-enum}{QPainter::RasterOP}
-    enum has been replaced with QPainter::CompositionMode.
-
-    \section1 QPicture
-
-    In Qt 3, a QPicture could be saved in the SVG file format. In Qt
-    4, the SVG support is provided by the QtSvg module, which
-    includes classes for \e displaying the contents of SVG files.
-
-    If you would like to generate SVG files, you can use the Q3Picture
-    compatibility class or the QSvgGenerator class introduced in Qt 4.3.
-
-    \section1 QPixmap
-
-    The mask() function has been changed to return a reference to a QBitmap
-    rather than a pointer. As a result, it is no longer possible simply to
-    test for a null pointer when determining whether a pixmap has a mask.
-    Instead, you need to explicitly test whether the mask bitmap is null or
-    not.
-
-    \oldcode
-        if (pixmap.mask())
-            widget->setMask(*pixmap.mask());
-    \newcode
-        if (!pixmap.mask().isNull())
-            widget->setMask(pixmap.mask());
-    \endcode
-
-    The \c QPixmap::setOptimization() and \c QPixmap::setDefaultOptimization()
-    mechanism is no longer available in Qt 4.
-
-\omit
-    QPixmap::fromMimeSource(const QString &) -> qPixmapFromMimeSource(const QString &)
-\endomit
-
-    \section1 QPointArray
-
-    The \c QPointArray class has been renamed QPolygon in Qt 4 and
-    has undergone significant changes. In Qt 3, \c QPointArray
-    inherited from QMemArray<QPoint>. In Qt 4, QPolygon inherits from
-    QVector<QPoint>. Everything mentioned in the
-    \l{#qmemarray.section}{section on QMemArray<T>} apply for
-    QPointArray as well.
-
-    The Qt3Support library contains a Q3PointArray class
-    that inherits from QPolygon and provides a few functions that
-    existed in \c QPointArray but no longer exist in QPolygon. These
-    functions include Q3PointArray::makeArc(),
-    Q3PointArray::makeEllipse(), and Q3PointArray::cubicBezier().
-    In Qt 4, we recommend that you use QPainterPath for representing
-    arcs, ellipses, and Bezier curves, rather than QPolygon.
-
-    The QPolygon::setPoints() and QPolygon::putPoints() functions
-    return \c void in Qt 4. The corresponding Qt 3 functions returned
-    a \c bool indicating whether the array was successfully resized
-    or not. This can now be checked by checking QPolygon::size()
-    after the call.
-
-\omit
-    X11 Specific:
-
-    ::appDisplay() -> QX11Info::display()
-    QPaintDevice::x11Display() -> QX11Info::display()
-    QPaintDevice::x11AppDisplay() -> QX11Info::display()
-    QPaintDevice::x11Screen() -> QX11Info::appScreen()
-    QPaintDevice::x11AppScreen() -> ???
-    QPaintDevice::x11Depth() -> QX11Info::appDepth()
-    QPaintDevice::x11ColorMap() -> QX11Info::appColorMap()
-    QPaintDevice::x11DefaultColorMap() -> ???
-    QPaintDevice::x11Visual() -> QX11Info::appVisual()
-    QPaintDevice::x11DefaultVisual() -> ???
-
-    QPaintDevice::x11AppDpiX() -> QX11Info::appDpiX()
-    QPaintDevice::x11AppDpiY() -> QX11Info::appDpiY()
-    QPaintDevice::x11SetAppDpiX() -> QX11Info::setAppDpiX()
-    QPaintDevice::x11SetAppDpiY() -> QX11Info::setAppDpiY()
-
-    QPaintDevice::x11AppDepth() -> ???
-    QPaintDevice::x11AppCells() -> ???
-    QPaintDevice::x11AppRootWindow() -> ???
-    QPaintDevice::x11AppColorMap() -> ???
-    QPaintDevice::x11AppDefaultColorMap() -> ???
-    QPaintDevice::x11AppVisual() -> ???
-    QPaintDevice::x11AppDefaultVisual() -> ???
-
-    End of X11 Specific
-\endomit
-
-    \section1 QPopupMenu
-
-    For most purposes, QPopupMenu has been replaced by QMenu in Qt
-    4. For compatibility with older applications, Q3PopupMenu provides
-    the old API and features that are specific to pop-up menus. Note
-    that, when using Q3PopupMenu, the menu's actions must be \l
-    {Q3Action}s.
-
-    In Qt 3, it was common practice to add entries to pop-up menus using the
-    insertItem() function, maintaining identifiers for future use; for
-    example, to dynamically change menu items.
-    In Qt 4, menu entries are completely represented
-    by actions for consistency with other user interface components, such as
-    toolbar buttons. Create new menus with the QMenu class, and use the
-    overloaded QMenu::addAction() functions to insert new entries.
-    If you need to manage a set of actions created for a particular menu,
-    we suggest that you construct a QActionGroup and add them to that.
-
-    The \l{Qt Examples#Main Windows}{Main Window examples} provided
-    show how to use Qt's action system to construct menus, toolbars, and other
-    common user interface elements.
-
-    \section1 QPrinter
-
-    The QPrinter class now expects printing to be set up from a
-    QPrintDialog.
-
-    \section1 QProcess
-
-    The QProcess class has undergone major improvements in Qt 4. It
-    now inherits QIODevice, which makes it possible to combine
-    QProcess with a QTextStream or a QDataStream.
-
-    The old \c QProcess class has been renamed Q3Process and moved to
-    the Qt3Support library.
-
-    \section1 QProgressBar
-
-    The QProgressBar API has been significantly improved in Qt 4. The
-    old \c QProgressBar API is available as Q3ProgressBar in the
-    Qt3Support library.
-
-    \section1 QProgressDialog
-
-    The QProgressDialog API has been significantly improved in Qt 4.
-    The old \c QProgressDialog API is available as Q3ProgressDialog
-    in the Qt3Support library.
-
-    See \l{#properties}{Properties} for a list of QProgressDialog
-    properties in Qt 3 that have changed in Qt 4.
-
-    \section1 QPtrCollection<T>
-
-    The \c QPtrCollection<T> abstract base class has been renamed
-    Q3PtrCollection<T> moved to the Qt3Support library.
-    There is no direct equivalent in Qt 4.
-
-    \omit
-    ###
-    The QPtrCollection entry is unsatisfactory. The xref is missing
-    its list and saying "no direct equivalent" with so suggestions
-    seems feeble.
-    \endomit
-
-    See \l{Generic Containers} for a list of Qt 4 containers.
-
-    \section1 QPtrDict<T>
-
-    \c QPtrDict<T> and \c QPtrDictIterator<T> have been renamed
-    Q3PtrDict<T> and Q3PtrDictIterator<T> and have been moved to the
-    Qt3Support library. They have been replaced by the
-    more modern QHash<Key, T> and QMultiHash<Key, T> classes and
-    their associated iterator classes.
-
-    When porting old code that uses Q3PtrDict<T> to Qt 4, there are
-    four classes that you can use:
-
-    \list
-    \o QMultiHash<void *, T *>
-    \o QMultiHash<void *, T>
-    \o QHash<void *, T *>
-    \o QHash<void *, T>
-    \endlist
-
-    (You can naturally use other types than \c{void *} for the key
-    type, e.g. \c{QWidget *}.)
-
-    To port Q3PtrDict<T> to Qt 4, read the \l{#qdict.section}{section
-    on QDict<T>}, mentally substituting \c{void *} for QString.
-
-    \target qptrlist.section
-    \section1 QPtrList<T>
-
-    QPtrList<T>, QPtrListIterator<T>, and QPtrListStdIterator<T> have
-    been moved to the Qt3Support library. They have been
-    replaced by the more modern QList and QLinkedList classes and
-    their associated iterator classes.
-
-    When porting to Qt 4, you have the choice of using QList<T> or
-    QLinkedList<T> as alternatives to QValueList<T>. QList<T> has an
-    index-based API and provides very fast random access
-    (QList::operator[]), whereas QLinkedList<T> has an iterator-based
-    API.
-
-    The following table summarizes the API differences between
-    QPtrList<T> and QList<T *>:
-
-    \table
-    \header \o QPtrList function \o QList equivalent
-    \row \o QPtrList::contains(const T *) \o QList::count(T *)
-    \row \o QPtrList::containsRef(const T *) \o QList::count(T *)
-    \row \o QPtrList::find(const T *) \o See remark below
-    \row \o QPtrList::findRef(const T *) \o See remark below
-    \row \o QPtrList::getFirst() \o QList::first()
-    \row \o QPtrList::getLast() \o QList::last()
-    \row \o QPtrList::inSort(const T *) \o N/A
-    \row \o QPtrList::remove(const T *) \o QList::removeAll(T *)
-    \row \o QPtrList::remove(uint) \o QList::removeAt(int)
-    \row \o QPtrList::removeNode(QLNode *) \o N/A
-    \row \o QPtrList::removeRef(const T *) \o QList::removeAll(T *)
-    \row \o QPtrList::sort() \o See remark below
-    \row \o QPtrList::takeNode(QLNode *) \o N/A
-    \row \o QPtrList::toVector(QGVector *) \o See remark below
-    \endtable
-
-    Remarks:
-
-    \list 1
-    \o  QPtrList::toVector(QGVector *) can be replaced by
-        QVector::resize() and qCopy().
-
-        \oldcode
-        QPtrList<QWidget> list;
-        ...
-        QPtrVector<QWidget> vector;
-        list.toVector(&vector);
-        \newcode
-        QList<QWidget *> list;
-        ...
-        QVector<QWidget *> vector;
-        vector.resize(list.size());
-        qCopy(list.begin(), list.end(), vector.begin());
-        \endcode
-
-    \o  QPtrList::sort() relied on the virtual compareItems() to
-        sort items. In Qt 4, you can use \l qSort() instead and pass
-        your "compare item" function as an argument.
-
-    \o  QPtrList::find(const T *) returns an iterator, whereas
-        QList::indexOf(T *) returns an index. To convert an index
-        into an iterator, add the index to QList::begin().
-
-    \o  QPtrList::removeFirst() and QPtrList::removeLast() return a \c
-        bool that indicates whether the element was removed or not.
-        The corresponding QList functions return \c void. You can
-        achieve the same result by calling QList::isEmpty() before
-        attempting to remove an item.
-    \endlist
-
-    If you use QPtrList's auto-delete feature (by calling
-    QPtrList::setAutoDelete(true)), you need to do some more work.
-    You have two options: Either you call \c delete yourself whenever
-    you remove an item from the container, or you can use QList<T>
-    instead of QList<T *> (i.e. store values directly instead of
-    pointers to values). Here, we'll see when to call \c delete.
-
-    \omit
-    (See \l{What's Wrong with Auto-Delete} for an explanation of why
-    the Qt 4 containers don't offer that feature.)
-    \endomit
-
-    The following table summarizes the idioms that you need to watch
-    out for if you want to call \c delete yourself.
-
-    \table
-    \header \o QPtrList idiom \o QList idiom
-    \row
-        \o
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 19
-        \o
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 20
-    \row
-        \o
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 21
-        \o
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 22
-    \row
-        \o
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 23
-        \o
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 24
-    \row
-        \o
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 25
-        \o
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 26
-    \row
-        \o
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 27
-        \o
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 28
-    \row
-        \o
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 29
-        (removes the current item)
-
-        \o
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 30
-    \row
-        \o
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 31
-
-        (also called from QPtrList's destructor)
-
-        \o
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 32
-
-        In 99% of cases, the following idiom also works:
-
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 33
-
-        However, it may lead to crashes if \c list is referenced from
-        the value type's destructor, because \c list contains
-        dangling pointers until clear() is called.
-    \endtable
-
-    Be aware that QPtrList's destructor automatically calls clear().
-    If you have a QPtrList data member in a custom class and use the
-    auto-delete feature, you will need to call \c delete on all the
-    items in the container from your class destructor to avoid a
-    memory leak.
-
-    QPtrList had the concept of a "current item", which could be used
-    for traversing the list without using an iterator. When porting
-    to Qt 4, you can use the Java-style QListIterator<T *> (or
-    QMutableListIterator<T *>) class instead. The following table
-    summarizes the API differences:
-
-    \table
-    \header \o QPtrList function \o QListIterator equivalent
-    \row \o QPtrList::at() \o N/A
-    \row \o QPtrList::current() \o QMutableListIterator::value()
-    \row \o QPtrList::currentNode() \o N/A
-    \row \o QPtrList::findNext(const T *) \o QListIterator::findNext(const T *)
-    \row \o QPtrList::findNextRef(const T *) \o QListIterator::findNext(const T *)
-    \row \o QPtrList::first() \o QPtrList::toFront()
-    \row \o QPtrList::last() \o QPtrList::toBack()
-    \row \o QPtrList::next() \o QPtrList::next()
-    \row \o QPtrList::prev() \o QPtrList::previous()
-    \row \o QPtrList::remove() \o QMutableListIterator::remove()
-    \row \o QPtrList::take() \o QMutableListIterator::remove()
-    \endtable
-
-    Be aware that QListIterator has a different way of iterating than
-    QPtrList. A typical loop with QPtrList looks like this:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 34
-
-    Here's the equivalent QListIterator loop:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 35
-
-    Finally, QPtrListIterator<T> must also be ported. There are no
-    fewer than four iterator classes that can be used as a
-    replacement: QList::const_iterator, QList::iterator,
-    QListIterator, and QMutableListIterator. The most straightforward
-    class to use when porting is QMutableListIterator<T *> (if you
-    modify the list through the iterator) or QListIterator<T *> (if
-    you don't). The following table summarizes the API differences:
-
-    \table
-    \header \o QPtrListIterator function \o Qt 4 equivalent
-    \row \o QPtrListIterator::atFirst() \o !QListIterator::hasPrevious() (notice the \c{!})
-    \row \o QPtrListIterator::atLast() \o !QListIterator::hasNext() (notice the \c{!})
-    \row \o QPtrListIterator::count() \o QList::count() or QList::size()
-    \row \o QPtrListIterator::current() \o QMutableListIterator::value()
-    \row \o QPtrListIterator::isEmpty() \o QList::isEmpty()
-    \row \o QPtrListIterator::toFirst() \o QListIterator::toFront()
-    \row \o QPtrListIterator::toLast() \o QListIterator::toBack()
-    \row \o QPtrListIterator::operator() \o QMutableListIterator::value()
-    \row \o QPtrListIterator::operator*() \o QMutableListIterator::value()
-    \endtable
-
-    Again, be aware that QListIterator has a different way of
-    iterating than QPtrList. A typical loop with QPtrList looks like
-    this:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 36
-
-    Here's the equivalent QListIterator loop:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 37
-
-    Finally, QPtrListStdIterator<T> must also be ported. This is
-    easy, because QList also provides STL-style iterators
-    (QList::iterator and QList::const_iterator).
-
-    \section1 QPtrQueue<T>
-
-    QPtrQueue has been moved to the Qt3Support library.
-    It has been replaced by the more modern QQueue class.
-
-    The following table summarizes the differences between
-    QPtrQueue<T> and QQueue<T *>:
-
-    \table
-    \header \o QPtrQueue function \o QQueue equivalent
-    \row \o QPtrQueue::autoDelete() \o See discussion below
-    \row \o QPtrQueue::count() \o QQueue::count() or QQueue::size() (equivalent)
-    \row \o QPtrQueue::current() \o QQueue::head()
-    \row \o QPtrQueue::remove() \o QQueue::dequeue()
-    \row \o QPtrQueue::setAutoDelete() \o See discussion below
-    \endtable
-
-    If you use QPtrQueue's auto-delete feature (by calling
-    QPtrQueue::setAutoDelete(true)), you need to do some more work.
-    You have two options: Either you call \c delete yourself whenever
-    you remove an item from the container, or you can use QQueue<T>
-    instead of QQueue<T *> (i.e. store values directly instead of
-    pointers to values). Here, we will show when to call \c delete.
-
-    \omit
-    (See \l{What's Wrong with Auto-Delete} for an explanation of why
-    the Qt 4 containers don't offer that feature.)
-    \endomit
-
-    \table
-    \header \o QPtrQueue idiom \o QQueue idiom
-    \row
-        \o
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 38
-        \o
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 39
-    \row
-        \o
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 40
-        \o
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 41
-    \row
-        \o
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 42
-
-        (also called from QPtrQueue's destructor)
-
-        \o
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 43
-
-        In 99% of cases, the following idiom also works:
-
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 44
-
-        However, it may lead to crashes if \c queue is referenced
-        from the value type's destructor, because \c queue contains
-        dangling pointers until clear() is called.
-    \endtable
-
-    \section1 QPtrStack<T>
-
-    QPtrStack has been moved to the Qt3Support library.
-    It has been replaced by the more modern QStack class.
-
-    The following table summarizes the differences between
-    QPtrStack<T> and QStack<T *>:
-
-    \table
-    \header \o QPtrStack function \o QStack equivalent
-    \row \o QPtrStack::autoDelete() \o See discussion below
-    \row \o QPtrStack::count() \o QStack::count() or QStack::size() (equivalent)
-    \row \o QPtrStack::current() \o QStack::top()
-    \row \o QPtrStack::remove() \o QStack::pop()
-    \row \o QPtrStack::setAutoDelete() \o See discussion below
-    \endtable
-
-    If you use QPtrStack's auto-delete feature (by calling
-    QPtrStack::setAutoDelete(true)), you need to do some more work.
-    You have two options: Either you call \c delete yourself whenever
-    you remove an item from the container, or you can use QStack<T>
-    instead of QStack<T *> (i.e. store values directly instead of
-    pointers to values). Here, we will show when to call \c delete.
-
-    \omit
-    (See \l{What's Wrong with Auto-Delete} for an explanation of why
-    the Qt 4 containers don't offer that feature.)
-    \endomit
-
-    \table
-    \header \o QPtrStack idiom \o QStack idiom
-    \row
-        \o
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 45
-        \o
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 46
-    \row
-        \o
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 47
-        \o
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 48
-    \row
-        \o
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 49
-
-        (also called from QPtrStack's destructor)
-
-        \o
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 50
-
-        In 99% of cases, the following idiom also works:
-
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 51
-
-        However, it may lead to crashes if \c stack is referenced
-        from the value type's destructor, because \c stack contains
-        dangling pointers until clear() is called.
-    \endtable
-
-    \section1 QPtrVector<T>
-
-    QPtrVector<T> has been moved to Qt3Support. It has been replaced
-    by the more modern QVector class.
-
-    When porting to Qt 4, you can use QVector<T *> as an alternative
-    to QPtrVector<T>. The APIs of QPtrVector<T> and QVector<T *> are
-    somewhat similar. The main issue is that QPtrVector supports
-    auto-delete whereas QVector doesn't.
-
-    \omit
-    (See \l{What's Wrong with Auto-Delete} for an explanation of why
-    the Qt 4 containers don't offer that feature.)
-    \endomit
-
-    The following table summarizes the API differences between the
-    two classes:
-
-    \table
-    \header \o QPtrVector function \o QVector equivalent
-    \row \o QPtrVector::autoDelete() \o See discussion below
-    \row \o QPtrVector::bsearch(const T *) \o \l qBinaryFind()
-    \row \o QPtrVector::contains(const T *) \o QVector::count(T *)
-    \row \o QPtrVector::containsRef(const T *) \o QVector::count(T *)
-    \row \o QPtrVector::count() \o See remark below
-    \row \o QPtrVector::insert(uint, T *) \o See remark below
-    \row \o QPtrVector::isNull() \o N/A
-    \row \o QPtrVector::remove(uint) \o See remark below
-    \row \o QPtrVector::setAutoDelete() \o See discussion below
-    \row \o QPtrVector::sort() \o \l qSort()
-    \row \o QPtrVector::take(uint) \o See remark below
-    \row \o QPtrVector::toList(QGList *) \o QList::QList(const QVector &)
-    \endtable
-
-    Remarks:
-
-    \list 1
-    \o  QPtrVector::insert(uint, T *) sets an item to store a certain
-        pointer value. This is \e not the same as QVector::insert(int, T *),
-        which creates space for the item by moving following items by
-        one position. Use \c{vect[i] = ptr} to set a QVector item to
-        a particular value.
-    \o  QPtrVector::remove(uint) sets an item to be 0. This is \e not
-        the same as QVector::removeAt(int), which entirely erases the
-        item, reducing the size of the vector. Use \c{vect[i] = 0} to
-        set a QVector item to 0.
-    \o  Likewise, QPtrVector::take(uint) sets an item to be 0 and
-        returns the previous value of the item. Again, this is easy to
-        achieve using QVector::operator[]().
-    \o  QPtrVector::count() returns the number of non-null items in
-        the vector, whereas QVector::count() (like QVector::size())
-        returns the number of items (null or non-null) in the vector.
-        Fortunately, it's not too hard to simulate QPtrVector::count().
-
-        \oldcode
-        int numValidItems = vect.count();
-        \newcode
-        int numValidItems = vect.size() - vect.count(0);
-        \endcode
-    \endlist
-
-    If you use QVector's auto-delete feature (by calling
-    QVector::setAutoDelete(true)), you need to do some more work. You
-    have two options: Either you call \c delete yourself whenever you
-    remove an item from the container, or you use QVector<T> instead
-    of QVector<T *> (i.e. store values directly instead of pointers
-    to values). Here, we'll see when to call \c delete.
-
-    The following table summarizes the idioms that you need to watch
-    out for if you want to call \c delete yourself.
-
-    \table
-    \header \o QPtrVector idiom \o QVector idiom
-    \row
-        \o
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 52
-        \o
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 53
-    \row
-        \o
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 54
-        \o
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 55
-    \row
-        \o
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 56
-        \o
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 57
-    \row
-        \o
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 58
-        \o
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 59
-    \row
-        \o
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 60
-
-        (also called from QPtrVector's destructor)
-
-        \o
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 61
-
-        In 99% of cases, the following idiom also works:
-
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 62
-
-        However, it may lead to crashes if \c vect is referenced from
-        the value type's destructor, because \c vect contains
-        dangling pointers until clear() is called.
-    \endtable
-
-    Be aware that QPtrVector's destructor automatically calls
-    clear(). If you have a QPtrVector data member in a custom class
-    and use the auto-delete feature, you will need to call \c delete
-    on all the items in the container from your class destructor to
-    avoid a memory leak.
-
-    \section1 QPushButton
-
-    See \l{#properties}{Properties} for a list of QPushButton
-    properties in Qt 3 that have changed in Qt 4.
-
-    \section1 QRangeControl
-
-    In Qt 3, various "range control" widgets (QDial, QScrollBar,
-    QSlider, and QSpin) inherited from both QWidget and
-    \c QRangeControl.
-
-    In Qt 4, \c QRangeControl has been replaced with the new
-    QAbstractSlider and QAbstractSpinBox classes, which inherit from
-    QWidget and provides similar functionality. Apart from eliminating
-    unnecessary multiple inheritance, the new design allows
-    QAbstractSlider to provide signals, slots, and properties.
-
-    The old \c QRangeControl class has been renamed Q3RangeControl
-    and moved to the Qt3Support library, together with
-    the (undocumented) \c QSpinWidget class.
-
-    If you use \c QRangeControl as a base class in your application,
-    you can switch to use QAbstractSlider or QAbstractSpinBox instead.
-
-    \oldcode
-        class VolumeControl : public QWidget, public QRangeControl
-        {
-            ...
-        protected:
-            void valueChange() {
-                update();
-                emit valueChanged(value());
-            }
-            void rangeChange() {
-                update();
-            }
-            void stepChange() {
-                update();
-            }
-        };
-    \newcode
-        class VolumeControl : public QAbstractSlider
-        {
-            ...
-        protected:
-            void sliderChange(SliderChange change) {
-                update();
-                if (change == SliderValueChange)
-                    emit valueChanged(value());
-            }
-        };
-    \endcode
-
-    \section1 QRegExp
-
-    The search() and searchRev() functions have been renamed to indexIn()
-    and lastIndexIn() respectively.
-
-    \section1 QRegion
-
-    The following changes have been made to QRegion in Qt 4:
-
-    \list
-    \o  There is no longer any difference between a \e null region and
-        an \e empty region. Use isEmpty() in most places where you
-        would have used a null QRegion.
-    \o  QRegion::rects() used to return a QMemArray<QRect>. It now returns
-        a QVector<QRect>.
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 QScrollBar
-
-    See \l{#properties}{Properties} for a list of QScrollBar
-    properties in Qt 3 that have changed in Qt 4.
-
-    \section1 QScrollView
-
-    The \c QScrollView class has been renamed Q3ScrollView and moved
-    to the Qt3Support library. It has been replaced by
-    the QAbstractScrollArea and QScrollArea classes.
-
-    Note that Qt 4 in general uses the QScrollArea::widget() function
-    where Qt 3 used QScrollView::viewport(). The rationale for this is
-    that it is no longer possible to draw directly on a scroll
-    area. The QScrollArea::widget() function returns the widget set on
-    the scroll area.
-
-    \c QScrollView was designed to work around the 16-bit limitation
-    on widget coordinates found on most window systems. In Qt 4, this
-    is done transparently for \e all widgets, so there is no longer a
-    need for such functionality in \c QScrollView. For that reason,
-    the new QAbstractScrollArea and QScrollArea classes are much more
-    lightweight, and concentrate on handling scroll bars.
-
-    \section1 QServerSocket
-
-    The \c QServerSocket class has been renamed Q3ServerSocket and
-    moved to the Qt3Support library. In Qt 4, it has been
-    replaced by QTcpServer.
-
-    With Q3ServerSocket, connections are accepted by reimplementing a
-    virtual function (Q3ServerSocket::newConnection()). With
-    QTcpServer, on the other hand, you don't need to subclass.
-    Instead, simply connect to the QTcpServer::newConnection()
-    signal.
-
-    \section1 QSettings
-
-    The QSettings class has been rewritten to be more robust and to
-    respect existing standards (e.g., the INI file format). The API
-    has also been extensively revised. The old API is still provided
-    when Qt 3 support is enabled.
-
-    Since the format and location of settings have changed between Qt
-    3 and Qt 4, the Qt 4 version of your application won't recognize
-    settings written using Qt 3.
-
-    \section1 QShared
-
-    The \c QShared class has been obsoleted by the more powerful
-    QSharedData and QSharedDataPointer as a means of creating custom
-    implicitly shared classes. It has been renamed Q3Shared moved to
-    the Qt3Support library.
-
-    An easy way of porting to Qt 4 is to include this class into your
-    project and to use it instead of \c QShared:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 63
-
-    If possible, we recommend that you use QSharedData and
-    QSharedDataPointer instead. They provide thread-safe reference
-    counting and handle all the reference counting behind the scenes,
-    eliminating the risks of forgetting to increment or decrement the
-    reference count.
-
-    \section1 QSignal
-
-    The QSignal class has been renamed to Q3Signal and moved to the
-    Qt3Support library. The preferred approach is to create your own
-    QObject subclass with a signal that has the desired signature.
-    Alternatively, you can call QMetaObject::invokeMethod() if you
-    want to invoke a slot.
-
-    \section1 QSimpleRichText
-
-    QSimpleRichText has been obsoleted by QTextDocument. It has
-    bene renamed Q3SimpleRichText and moved to the Qt3Support
-    library.
-
-    Previously, you would do the following with Q3SimpleRichText:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 63a
-
-    However, with QTextDocument, you use the following code instead:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 63b
-
-    See \l{Rich Text Processing} for an overview of the Qt 4 rich
-    text classes.
-
-    \section1 QSlider
-
-    The QSlider::sliderStart() and QSlider::sliderRect() functions
-    have been removed.
-
-    The slider's rect can now be retrieved using the code snippet below:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 63c
-
-    In addition, the direction of a vertical QSlider has changed,
-    i.e. the bottom is now the minimum, and the top the maximum. You
-    can use the QAbstractSlider::invertedAppearance property to
-    control this behavior.
-
-    See \l{#properties}{Properties} for a list of QSlider properties
-    in Qt 3 that have changed in Qt 4.
-
-    \section1 QSocket
-
-    The \c QSocket class has been renamed Q3Socket and moved to the
-    Qt3Support library. In Qt 4, it has been replaced by
-    the QTcpSocket class, which inherits most of its functionality
-    from QAbstractSocket.
-
-    \section1 QSocketDevice
-
-    The \c QSocketDevice class has been renamed Q3SocketDevice and
-    moved to the Qt3Support library. In Qt 4, there is no
-    direct equivalent to Q3SocketDevice:
-
-    \list \o If you use Q3SocketDevice in a thread to perform blocking
-    network I/O (a technique encouraged by the \e{Qt Quarterly}
-    article \l{http://qt.nokia.com/doc/qq/qq09-networkthread.html}
-    {Unblocking Networking}), you can now use QTcpSocket, QFtp, or
-    QNetworkAccessManager, which can be used from non-GUI threads.
-
-    \o If you use Q3SocketDevice for UDP, you can now use QUdpSocket instead.
-
-    \o If you use Q3SocketDevice for other uses, Qt 4 offers no
-    alternative right now. However, there is a \c QAbstractSocketEngine
-    internal class that offers a low-level socket API similar to
-    Q3SocketDevice. Should the need for such functionality arise in
-    Qt 4 applications, we will consider making this class public in a
-    future release.
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 QSortedList
-
-    The QSortedList<T> class has been deprecated since Qt 3.0. In Qt
-    4, it has been moved to the Qt3Support library.
-
-    In new code, we recommend that you use QList<T> instead and use
-    \l qSort() to sort the items.
-
-    \section1 QSplitter
-
-    The function setResizeMode() has been moved into Qt3Support. Set
-    the stretch factor in the widget's size policy to get equivalent
-    functionality.
-
-    The obsolete function drawSplitter() has been removed. Use
-    QStyle::drawPrimitive() to acheive similar functionality.
-
-    \section1 QSpinBox
-
-    See \l{#properties}{Properties} for a list of QSpinBox properties
-    in Qt 3 that have changed in Qt 4.
-
-    \section1 QSqlCursor
-
-    The \c QSqlCursor class has been renamed Q3SqlCursor and moved to
-    the Qt3Support library. In Qt 4, you can use
-    QSqlQuery, QSqlQueryModel, or QSqlTableModel, depending on
-    whether you want a low-level or a high-level interface for
-    accessing databases.
-
-    See \l{QtSql Module} for an overview of the new SQL classes.
-
-    \section1 QSqlDatabase
-
-    QSqlDatabase is now a smart pointer that is passed around by
-    value. Simply replace all QSqlDatabase pointers by QSqlDatabase
-    objects.
-
-    \section1 QSqlEditorFactory
-
-    The \c QSqlEditorFactory class has been renamed
-    Q3SqlEditorFactory and moved to Qt3Support.
-
-    See \l{QtSql Module} for an overview of the new SQL classes.
-
-    \section1 QSqlError
-
-    The enum \c{Type} was renamed to \c{ErrorType}, The values were renamed as well:
-
-    \list
-    \o None - use NoError instead
-    \o Connection - use ConnectionError instead
-    \o Statement - use StatementError instead
-    \o Transaction - use TransactionError instead
-    \o Unknown - use UnknownError instead
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 QSqlFieldInfo
-
-    The QSqlFieldInfo class has been moved to Qt3Support. Its
-    functionality is now provided by the QSqlField class.
-
-    See \l{QtSql Module} for an overview of the new SQL classes.
-
-    \section1 QSqlForm
-
-    The \c QSqlForm class has been renamed Q3SqlForm and moved to the
-    Qt3Support library.
-
-    See \l{QtSql Module} for an overview of the new SQL classes.
-
-    \section1 QSqlPropertyMap
-
-    The \c QSqlPropertyMap class has been renamed Q3SqlPropertyMap
-    moved to the Qt3Support library.
-
-    See \l{QtSql Module} for an overview of the new SQL classes.
-
-    \section1 QSqlQuery
-
-    QSqlQuery::prev() was renamed to QSqlQuery::previous().
-    QSqlQuery::prev() remains, but it just calls previous().
-    QSqlQuery no longer has any virtual methods, i.e., exec(),
-    value(), seek(), next(), prev(), first(), last(), and the
-    destructor are no longer virtual.
-
-    \section1 QSqlRecord
-
-    QSqlRecord behaves like a vector now, QSqlRecord::insert() will
-    actually insert a new field instead of replacing the existing
-    one.
-
-    \section1 QSqlRecordInfo
-
-    The QSqlRecordInfo class has been moved to Qt3Support. Its
-    functionality is now provided by the QSqlRecord class.
-
-    See \l{QtSql Module} for an overview of the new SQL classes.
-
-    \section1 QSqlSelectCursor
-
-    The \c QSqlSelectCursor class has been renamed Q3SqlSelectCursor
-    and moved to the Qt3Support library.
-
-    See \l{QtSql Module} for an overview of the new SQL classes.
-
-    \section1 QStoredDrag
-
-    The \c QStoredDrag class has been renamed Q3StoredDrag and moved
-    to the Qt3Support library. In Qt 4, use QMimeData
-    instead and call QMimeData::setData() to set the data.
-
-    See \l{Porting to Qt 4 - Drag and Drop} for a comparison between
-    the drag and drop APIs in Qt 3 and Qt 4.
-
-    \section1 QStr(I)List
-
-    The QStrList and QStrIList convenience classes have been
-    deprecated since Qt 2.0. In Qt 4, they have been moved to the
-    Qt3Support library. If you used any of these, we
-    recommend that you use QStringList or QList<QByteArray> instead.
-
-    \section1 QStr(I)Vec
-
-    The QStrVec and QStrIVec convenience classes have been deprecated
-    since Qt 2.0. In Qt 4, they have been moved to Qt3Support. If you
-    used any of these, we recommend that you use QStringList or
-    QList<QByteArray> instead.
-
-    \section1 QString
-
-    Here are the main issues to be aware of when porting QString to
-    Qt 4:
-
-    \list 1
-    \o  The QString::QString(QChar) constructor performed implicit
-        conversion in Qt 3. Now, you will need a cast to convert a
-        QChar to a QString.
-
-    \o  The QString::QString(const QByteArray &) constructor used to
-        stop at the first '\\0' it encountered, for compatibility
-        with Qt 1. This quirk has now been fixed; in Qt 4, the
-        resulting QString always has the same length as the
-        QByteArray that was passed to the constructor.
-
-    \o  The QString::null static constant has been deprecated in Qt
-        4. For compatibility, Qt 4 provides a QString::null symbol
-        that behaves more or less the same as the old constant. The
-        new idiom is to write QString() instead of QString::null, or
-        to call clear().
-
-        \oldcode
-            str1 = QString::null;
-            if (str2 == QString::null)
-                do_something(QString::null);
-        \newcode
-            str1.clear();
-            if (str2.isNull())
-                do_something(QString());
-        \endcode
-
-        In new code, we recommend that you don't rely on the
-        distinction between a null string and a (non-null) empty
-        string. See \l{Distinction Between Null and Empty Strings}
-        for details.
-
-    \o  QString::latin1() and QString::ascii() have been replaced
-        with QString::toLatin1() and QString::toAscii(), which return
-        a QByteArray instead of a (non-reentrant) \c{const char *}.
-        For consistency, QString::utf8() and QString::local8Bit(),
-        which already returned a QByteArray (actually a \c QCString),
-        have been renamed QString::toUtf8() and
-        QString::toLocal8Bit().
-
-        To obtain a \c{const char *} pointer to ASCII or Latin-1 data,
-        use QString::toAscii() or QString::toLatin1() to obtain a
-        QByteArray containing the data, then call QByteArray::constData()
-        to access the character data directly. Note that the pointer
-        returned by this function is only valid for the lifetime of the
-        byte array; you should avoid taking a pointer to the data
-        contained in temporary objects.
-
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 64
-
-        In the above example, the \c goodData pointer is valid for the lifetime
-        of the \c asciiData byte array. If you need to keep a copy of the data
-        in a non-Qt data structure, use standard C memory allocation and string
-        copying functions to do so \e before destroying the byte array.
-
-    \o  QString::at() returned a non-const reference, whereas the
-        new QString::at() returns a const value. Code like
-
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 65
-
-        will no longer compile. Instead, use QString::operator[]:
-
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_porting4.qdoc 66
-
-    \o  The QString::contains(\e x) function (where \e x is a
-        character or a string) has been renamed QString::count(\e x).
-        In addition, there now exists a set of QString::contains()
-        functions that returns a boolean value. Replace old calls to
-        contains() with either count() or contains(), depending on
-        whether you care about the specific number of occurrences of
-        a character in the string or only care about whether the
-        string contains that character or not.
-
-    \o  Many functions in QString had a \c bool parameter that
-        specified case sensitivity. In Qt 4, in the interest of code
-        readability and maintainability, the \c bool parameters have
-        been replaced by the Qt::CaseSensitivity enum, which can take
-        the values Qt::CaseSensitive and Qt::CaseInsensitive.
-
-        \oldcode
-            if (url.startsWith("http:", false))
-                ...
-        \newcode
-            if (url.startsWith("http:", Qt::CaseInsensitive))
-                ...
-        \endcode
-
-    \o  The QString::setExpand(uint, QChar) function, which already
-        was obsolete in Qt 3, is no longer available. Use
-        QString::operator[] instead.
-
-        \oldcode
-            str.setExpand(32, '$');
-        \newcode
-            str[32] = '$';
-        \endcode
-
-    \o  The \c QT_NO_ASCII_CAST and \c QT_NO_CAST_ASCII macros have
-        been renamed \c QT_NO_CAST_TO_ASCII and \c
-        QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII, respectively.
-
-    \o  The QString::data() used to return the same as
-        QString::ascii(). It now returns a pointer to the Unicode
-        data stored in the QString object. Call QString::ascii() if
-        you want the old behavior.
-
-    \o  QString::arg() now converts two-digit place markers, allowing
-        up to 99 place markers to be used in any given string.
-
-    \o  Comparisons between QStrings and \c NULL in order to determine
-        whether strings are empty are no longer allowed.
-        Use \l{QString::}{isEmpty()} instead.
-
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 QStringList
-
-    QStringList now inherits from QList<QString> and can no longer be
-    converted to a QValueList<QString>. Since QValueList inherits QList a
-    cast will work as expected.
-
-    This change implies some API incompatibilities for QStringList.
-    For example, at() returns the string, not an iterator. See the
-    \l{#qvaluelist.section}{section on QValueList} for details.
-
-    The static QStringList::split() function for splitting strings into
-    lists of smaller strings has been replaced by QString::split(),
-    which returns a QStringList.
-
-    \section1 QStyle
-
-    The QStyle API has been overhauled and improved. Most of the information on
-    why this change was done is described in \l{The Qt 4 Style API}{the QStyle overview}.
-
-    Since QStyle is mostly used internally by Qt's widgets and styles and since
-    it is not essential to the good functioning of an application, there is no
-    compatibility path. This means that we have changed many enums and
-    functions and the qt3to4 porting tool will not change much in your qstyle
-    code. To ease the pain, we list some of the major changes here.
-
-    QStyleOption has taken on a more central role and is no longer an optional
-    argument, please see the QStyleOption documentation for more information.
-
-    The QStyle::StyleFlags have been renamed QStyle::StateFlags and are now prefixed State_
-    instead of Style_, in addition the Style_ButtonDefault flag has moved to
-    QStyleOptionButton.
-
-    The QStyle::PrimitiveElement enumeration has undergone extensive change.
-    Some of the enums were moved to QStyle::ControlElement, some were removed
-    and all were renamed. This renaming is not done by the qt3to4 porting tool,
-    so you must do it yourself. The table below shows how things look
-    now.
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Old name \o New name \o Remark
-    \row \o \c PE_ButtonCommand             \o QStyle::PE_PanelButtonCommand
-    \row \o \c PE_ButtonDefault             \o QStyle::PE_FrameDefaultButton
-    \row \o \c PE_ButtonBevel               \o QStyle::PE_PanelButtonBevel
-    \row \o \c PE_ButtonTool                \o QStyle::PE_PanelButtonTool
-    \row \o \c PE_ButtonDropDown            \o QStyle::PE_IndicatorButtonDropDown
-    \row \o \c PE_FocusRect                 \o QStyle::PE_FrameFocusRect
-    \row \o \c PE_ArrowUp                   \o QStyle::PE_IndicatorArrowUp
-    \row \o \c PE_ArrowDown                 \o QStyle::PE_IndicatorArrowDown
-    \row \o \c PE_ArrowRight                \o QStyle::PE_IndicatorArrowRight
-    \row \o \c PE_ArrowLeft                 \o QStyle::PE_IndicatorArrowLeft
-    \row \o \c PE_SpinBoxUp                 \o QStyle::PE_IndicatorSpinUp
-    \row \o \c PE_SpinBoxDown               \o QStyle::PE_IndicatorSpinDown
-    \row \o \c PE_SpinBoxPlus               \o QStyle::PE_IndicatorSpinPlus
-    \row \o \c PE_SpinBoxMinus              \o QStyle::PE_IndicatorSpinMinus
-    \row \o \c PE_SpinBoxSlider             \o QStyle::CE_SpinBoxSlider \o uses QStyle::drawControl()
-    \row \o \c PE_Indicator                 \o QStyle::PE_IndicatorCheckBox
-    \row \o \c PE_IndicatorMask             \o N/A \o use QStyle::styleHint() to retrieve mask
-    \row \o \c PE_ExclusiveIndicator        \o QStyle::PE_IndicatorRadioButton
-    \row \o \c PE_ExclusiveIndicatorMask    \o N/A \o use QStyle::styleHint() to retrieve mask
-    \row \o \c PE_DockWindowHandle          \o QStyle::PE_IndicatorToolBarHandle
-    \row \o \c PE_DockWindowSeparator       \o QStyle::PE_Q3DockWindowSeparator
-    \row \o \c PE_DockWindowResizeHandle    \o QStyle::PE_IndicatorDockWindowResizeHandle
-    \row \o \c PE_DockWindowTitle           \o QStyle::CE_DockWindowTitle \o uses QStyle::drawControl()
-    \row \o \c PE_Splitter                  \o QStyle::CE_Splitter \o uses QStyle::drawControl()
-    \row \o \c PE_Panel                     \o QStyle::PE_Frame
-    \row \o \c PE_PanelMenu                 \o QStyle::PE_FrameMenu
-    \row \o \c PE_PanelMenuBar              \o QStyle::PE_PanelMenuBar
-    \row \o \c PE_PanelDockWindow           \o QStyle::PE_FrameDockWindow
-    \row \o \c PE_TabBarBase                \o QStyle::PE_FrameTabBarBase
-    \row \o \c PE_HeaderSection             \o QStyle::CE_HeaderSection \o uses QStyle::drawControl()
-    \row \o \c PE_HeaderArrow               \o QStyle::PE_IndicatorHeaderArrow
-    \row \o \c PE_StatusBarSection          \o QStyle::PE_FrameStatusBar
-    \row \o \c PE_Separator                 \o QStyle::PE_Q3Separator
-    \row \o \c PE_SizeGrip                  \o QStyle::CE_SizeGrip \o uses QStyle::drawControl()
-    \row \o \c PE_CheckMark                 \o QStyle::PE_IndicatorMenuCheckMark
-    \row \o \c PE_ScrollBarAddLine          \o QStyle::CE_ScrollBarAddLine \o uses QStyle::drawControl()
-    \row \o \c PE_ScrollBarSubLine          \o QStyle::CE_ScrollBarSubLine \o uses QStyle::drawControl()
-    \row \o \c PE_ScrollBarAddPage          \o QStyle::CE_ScrollBarAddPage \o uses QStyle::drawControl()
-    \row \o \c PE_ScrollBarSubPage          \o QStyle::CE_ScrollBarSubPage \o uses QStyle::drawControl()
-    \row \o \c PE_ScrollBarSlider           \o QStyle::CE_ScrollBarSlider  \o uses QStyle::drawControl()
-    \row \o \c PE_ScrollBarFirst            \o QStyle::CE_ScrollBarFirst   \o uses QStyle::drawControl()
-    \row \o \c PE_ScrollBarLast             \o QStyle::CE_ScrollBarLast    \o uses QStyle::drawControl()
-    \row \o \c PE_ProgressBarChunk          \o QStyle::PE_IndicatorProgressChunk
-    \row \o \c PE_PanelLineEdit             \o QStyle::PE_FrameLineEdit
-    \row \o \c PE_PanelTabWidget            \o QStyle::PE_FrameTabWidget
-    \row \o \c PE_WindowFrame               \o QStyle::PE_FrameWindow
-    \row \o \c PE_CheckListController       \o QStyle::PE_Q3CheckListController
-    \row \o \c PE_CheckListIndicator        \o QStyle::PE_Q3CheckListIndicator
-    \row \o \c PE_CheckListExclusiveIndicato\o QStyle::PE_Q3CheckListExclusiveIndicator
-    \row \o \c PE_PanelGroupBox             \o QStyle::PE_FrameGroupBox
-    \row \o \c PE_TreeBranch                \o QStyle::PE_IndicatorBranch
-    \row \o \c PE_RubberBand                \o QStyle::CE_RubberBand \o uses QStyle::drawControl()
-    \row \o \c PE_PanelToolBar              \o QStyle::PE_PanelToolBar
-    \row \o \c PE_ToolBarHandle             \o QStyle::PE_IndicatorToolBarHandle
-    \row \o \c PE_ToolBarSeparator          \o QStyle::PE_IndicatorToolBarSeparator
-    \endtable
-
-    The QStyle::drawControlMask() and QStyle::drawComplexControlMask()
-    functions have been removed. They are replaced with a style hint.
-
-    The QStyle::drawItem() overloads that took both a pixmap and a string have
-    been removed. Use QStyle::drawItemText() and QStyle::drawItemPixmap() directly.
-
-    The QStyle::itemRect() overload that took both a pixmap and a string is also removed, use
-    either QStyle::itemTextRect() or QStyle::itemPixmapRect() instead.
-
-    \section1 QStyleSheet
-
-    The QStyleSheet and QStyleSheetItem classes have been renamed
-    Q3StyleSheet and Q3StyleSheetItem, and have been moved to the
-    Qt3Support library.
-
-    See \l{Rich Text Processing} for an overview of the Qt 4 rich
-    text classes, and \l{Qt Style Sheets} for a description of
-    CSS-like style sheet support in Qt 4.2 and above.
-
-    \section1 QSyntaxHighlighter
-
-    The \c QSyntaxHighlighter class from Qt 3 has been renamed
-    Q3SyntaxHighlighter and moved to the Qt3Support library. Since Qt
-    4.1, it has been replaced by a new QSyntaxHighlighter class based
-    on Qt 4's new rich text engine.
-
-    \section1 QTabBar
-
-    See \l{#properties}{Properties} for a list of QTabBar properties
-    in Qt 3 that have changed in Qt 4.
-
-    \section1 QTabDialog
-
-    The \c QTabDialog class is no longer part of the public Qt API.
-    It has been renamed Q3TabDialog and moved to Qt3Support. In Qt 4
-    applications, you can easily obtain the same result by combining
-    a QTabWidget with a QDialog and provide \l{QPushButton}s
-    yourself.
-
-    See also the \l{dialogs/tabdialog} example, which shows how to
-    implement tab dialogs in Qt 4.
-
-    \section1 QTabWidget
-
-    See \l{#properties}{Properties} for a list of QTabWidget
-    properties in Qt 3 that have changed in Qt 4.
-
-    \section1 QTable
-
-    The \c QTable, \c QTableItem, \c QComboTableItem, \c
-    QCheckTableItem, and \c QTableSelection classes have been renamed
-    Q3Table, Q3TableItem, Q3ComboTableItem, Q3CheckTableItem, and
-    Q3TableSelection and moved to the Qt3Support library.
-    New Qt applications should use the new QTableWidget or QTableView
-    class instead.
-
-    Some of these classes behave differently with respect to the way
-    they handle \c NULL pointers. For example, Q3TableItem::setPixmap()
-    no longer accepts \c NULL or 0 to indicate that the item should
-    contain a null pixmap; in this case, a null pixmap should be
-    constructed and passed explicitly to the function.
-
-    See \l{Model/View Programming} for an overview of the new item
-    view classes.
-
-    \section1 QTextCodec
-
-    The loadCharmap() and loadCharmapFromFile() functions are no longer
-    available in Qt 4. You need to create your own codec if you want to
-    create a codec based on a POSIX2 charmap definition.
-
-    \section1 QTextDrag
-
-    The \c QTextDrag class has been renamed Q3TextDrag and moved to
-    the Qt3Support library. In Qt 4, use QMimeData
-    instead and call QMimeData::setText() to set the data.
-
-    See \l{Porting to Qt 4 - Drag and Drop} for a comparison between
-    the drag and drop APIs in Qt 3 and Qt 4.
-
-    \section1 QTextEdit
-
-    The old QTextEdit and QTextBrowser classes have been renamed
-    Q3TextEdit and Q3TextBrowser, and have been moved to Qt3Support.
-    The new QTextEdit and QTextBrowser have a somewhat different API.
-
-    The \c QTextEdit::setWrapPolicy() function has been renamed to \l{QTextEdit::setWordWrapMode()}{setWordWrapMode()} and the
-    \c QTextEdit::setWrapColumnOrWidth() function has been renamed to \l{QTextEdit::setLineWrapColumnOrWidth()}
-    {setLineWrapColumnOrWidth()}. The Q3TextEdit::setWrapPolicy() and Q3TextEdit::setWrapColumnOrWidth() still provide this
-    functionality in the Q3TextEdit class.
-
-
-    See \l{Rich Text Processing} for an overview of the Qt 4 rich
-    text classes.
-
-    \section1 QTextIStream
-
-    The QTextIStream convenience class is no longer provided in Qt 4. Use
-    QTextStream directly instead.
-
-    \section1 QTextOStream
-
-    The QTextOStream convenience class is no longer provided in Qt 4. Use
-    QTextStream directly instead.
-
-    \section1 QTextOStreamIterator
-
-    The undocumented \c QTextOStreamIterator class has been removed
-    from the Qt library. If you need it in your application, feel
-    free to copy the source code from the Qt 3 \c <qtl.h> header
-    file.
-
-    \section1 QTextStream
-
-    QTextStream has undergone a number of API and implementation enhancements,
-    and some of the changes affect QTextStream's behavior:
-
-    \list
-    \o QTextStream now uses buffered writing, which means that you need to
-       call QTextStream::flush(), or use the streaming manipulators \c endl or
-       \c flush if you need QTextStream to flush its write buffer. The stream is
-       flushed automatically if QTextStream is deleted or when the device is
-       closed.
-    \o QTextStream now uses buffered reading, so if you read a line from the
-       stream, QTextStream will read as much as it can from the device to
-       fill up its internal read buffer. This speeds up reading significantly,
-       but Qt 3 code that mixed QTextStream access and direct device access
-       may need to be updated.
-    \o While QTextStream in Qt 3 always translated end-of-line characters from
-       Windows style ("\\r\\n") to Unix style ("\\n") on Windows, QTextStream in
-       Qt 4 only does this on devices opened with the \c{QIODevice::Text} mode
-       (formerly \c{IO_Translate}).
-    \endlist
-
-    Note that when using a QTextStream on a QFile in Qt 4, calling
-    QIODevice::reset() on the QFile will not have the expected result
-    because QTextStream now buffers the file. Use the
-    QTextStream::seek() function instead.
-
-    \section1 QTextView
-
-    The \c QTextView class has been renamed Q3TextView and moved to the
-    Qt3Support library.
-
-    \section1 QTimeEdit
-
-    The QTimeEdit class in Qt 4 is a convenience class based on
-    QDateTimeEdit. The old class has been renamed Q3TimeEdit and moved
-    to the Qt3Support library.
-
-    See \l{Porting to Qt 4 - Virtual Functions}{Virtual Functions} for
-    a list of \c QTimeEdit virtual member functions in Qt 3 that are no
-    longer virtual in Qt 4.
-
-    \section1 QTimer
-
-    Windows restricts the granularity of timers, but starting with Qt 4,
-    we emulate a finer time resolution. On Windows XP we use the
-    multimedia timer API, which gives us 1 millisecond resolution for
-    QTimer.
-
-    Note that other versions of Windows have a lower timer resolution,
-    and that code relying on underlying system timer restrictions
-    encounters no such limitations using Qt 4 (e.g., setting an
-    interval of 0 millisecond results in Qt occupying all of the
-    processor time when no GUI events need processing).
-
-    \section1 QToolBar
-
-    The old \c QToolBar class, which worked with the old \c
-    QMainWindow and \c QDockArea classes and inherited from \c
-    QDockWindow, has been renamed Q3ToolBar and moved to
-    Qt3Support. Note that, when using Q3ToolBar, the toolbar's actions
-    must be \l {Q3Action}s.
-
-    Use the new QToolBar class in new applications.
-
-    \note \l{Q3ToolBar}'s
-    \l{Q3DockWindow::setHorizontallyStretchable()}{horizontallyStretchable}
-    property can be achieved in QToolBar with
-    \l{QWidget#Size Hints and Size Policies}{size policies}.
-
-    \section1 QToolButton
-
-    See \l{#properties}{Properties} for a list of QToolButton properties
-    in Qt 3 that have changed in Qt 4.
-
-    Note that many of the properties that could previously be set in
-    the constructor must now be set separately.
-
-    \section1 QToolTip
-
-    The QToolTip::setGloballyEnabled() function no longer exists.
-    Tooltips can be disabled by \l{QObject::installEventFilter()}{installing
-    an event filter} on qApp (the unique QApplication object) to block events
-    of type QEvent::ToolTip.
-
-    \section1 QUriDrag
-
-    The \c QUriDrag class has been renamed Q3UriDrag and moved to the
-    Qt3Support library. In Qt 4, use QMimeData instead
-    and call QMimeData::setUrl() to set the URL.
-
-    See \l{Porting to Qt 4 - Drag and Drop} for a comparison between
-    the drag and drop APIs in Qt 3 and Qt 4.
-
-    \section1 QUrl
-
-    The QUrl class has been rewritten from scratch in Qt 4 to be more
-    standard-compliant. The old QUrl class has been renamed Q3Url and
-    moved to the Qt3Support library.
-
-    The new QUrl class provides an extensive list of compatibility
-    functions to ease porting from Q3Url to QUrl. A few functions
-    require you to change your code:
-
-    \list
-    \o Q3Url::Q3Url(const Q3Url &, const QString &, bool) can be
-       simulated by combining the URLs manually (using
-       QString::operator+(), for example).
-    \o Q3Url::setEncodedPathAndQuery(const QString &) is replaced by
-       QUrl::setPath() and QUrl::setEncodedQuery().
-    \o Q3Url::encodedPathAndQuery() is replaced by QUrl::path() and
-       QUrl::encodedQuery().
-    \o Q3Url::isLocalFile() can be simulated by checking that
-       QUrl::protocol() is "file".
-    \o Q3Url::toString(bool, bool) is replaced by
-       QUrl::toString(int), where the \c int parameter specifies a
-       combination of \l{QUrl::FormattingOptions}{formatting
-       options}.
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 QUrlOperator
-
-    The \c QUrlOperator class is no longer part of the public Qt API.
-    It has been renamed Q3UrlOperator and moved to Qt3Support.
-
-    From Qt 4.4, the Network Access API provides a subset of the features
-    provided by \c QUrlOperator that are mostly intended for use with
-    applications that use the HTTP and FTP protocols. See the
-    QNetworkRequest, QNetworkReply, and QNetworkAccessManager documentation
-    for further details.
-
-    \target qvaluelist.section
-    \section1 QValueList<T>
-
-    The QValueList<T> class has been replaced by QList<T> and
-    QLinkedList<T> in Qt 4. As a help when porting older Qt
-    applications, the Qt3Support library contains a
-    QValueList<T> class implemented in terms of the new
-    QLinkedList<T>. Similarly, it contains QValueListIterator<T> and
-    QValueListConstIterator<T> classes implemented in terms of
-    QLinkedList<T>::iterator and QLinkedList<T>::const_iterator.
-
-    When porting to Qt 4, you have the choice of using QList<T> or
-    QLinkedList<T> as alternatives to QValueList<T>. QList<T> has an
-    index-based API and provides very fast random access
-    (QList::operator[]), whereas QLinkedList<T> has an iterator-based
-    API.
-
-    Here's a list of problem functions:
-
-    \list
-    \o  QValueList(const std::list<T> &) doesn't exist in QList or
-        QLinkedList. You can simulate it by calling
-        \l{QLinkedList::append()}{append()} in a loop.
-
-    \o  QValueList::insert(iterator, size_type, const T& x) doesn't
-        exist in QList or QLinkedList. Call
-        \l{QLinkedList::insert()}{insert()} repeatedly instead.
-
-    \o  QValueList::fromLast() doesn't exist in QList or QLinkedList. Use
-        QValueList::end() instead.
-
-        \oldcode
-        for (QValueList<T>::iterator i = list.fromLast(); i != list.begin(); --i)
-            do_something(*i);
-        \newcode
-        QLinkedList<T>::iterator i = list.end();
-        while (i != list.begin()) {
-            --i; // decrement i before using it
-            do_something(*i);
-        }
-        \endcode
-
-    \o  QValueList::append() and QValueList::prepend() return an
-        iterator to the inserted item. QList's and QLinkedList's
-        corresponding functions don't, but it's not a problem because
-        QValueList::prepend() always returns begin() and append()
-        always returns QValueList::end() - 1.
-
-    \o  QValueList::at(\e i) return an iterator to the item at index
-        \e i. This corresponds to QList::begin() + \e i.
-
-    \o  QValueList::contains(const T &) corresponds to
-        QList::count(const T &) and QLinkedList::count(const T &).
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 QValueVector<T>
-
-    The QValueVector<T> class has been replaced by QVector<T> in Qt
-    4. As a help when porting older Qt applications, the Qt3Support
-    library contains a Q3ValueVector<T> class implemented in terms of
-    the new QVector<T>.
-
-    When porting from QValueVector<T> to QVector<T>, you might run
-    into the following incompatibilities:
-
-    \list
-    \o QValueVector(const std::vector<T> &) doesn't exist in QVector.
-       You can simulate it by calling QVector::append()} in a loop.
-    \o QValueVector::resize(int, const T &) doesn't exist in QVector.
-       If you want the new items to be initialized with a particular
-       value, use QVector::insert() instead.
-    \o QValueVector::at() on a non-const vector returns a non-const
-       reference. This corresponds to QVector::operator[]().
-    \o Both QValueVector::at() functions have an \e ok parameter of
-       type \c{bool *} that is set to true if the index is within
-       bounds. This functionality doesn't exist in QVector; instead,
-       check the index against QVector::size() yourself.
-    \endlist
-
-    See \l{Generic Containers} for an overview of the Qt 4 container
-    classes.
-
-    \section1 QVariant
-
-    Some changes to the rest of the Qt library have
-    implications on QVariant:
-
-    \list 1
-    \o The \c QVariant::ColorGroup enum value is defined only
-       if \c QT3_SUPPORT is defined.
-    \o The \c QVariant::IconSet enum value has been renamed
-       QVariant::Icon.
-    \o The \c QVariant::CString enum value is now a synonym for
-       QVariant::ByteArray.
-    \endlist
-
-    Also, the QVariant(bool, int) constructor has been replaced by QVariant(bool).
-    Old code like QVariant(true, 0) should be replaced with QVariant(true); otherwise,
-    the QVariant(int, void *) overload might accidentally be triggered.
-
-    Many of QVariant's convenience functions in Qt 3, such as toColor() and
-    toKeySequence(), have been removed to enable QVariant to be part of the
-    QtCore module. QVariant is still able to hold values of these types.
-
-    Types which are not supported by any of the QVariant constructors can be
-    stored as variants with the QVariant::fromValue() function. Types with no
-    suitable convenience function for unpacking can be retrieved with the
-    QVariant::value() function or passed directly to classes that implement
-    the QVariant() operator.
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Qt 3 function \o Qt 4 function
-    \input porting4-removedvariantfunctions.qdocinc
-    \endtable
-
-    See the QVariant::Type enum for a list of types supported by QVariant.
-
-    \section1 QVBox
-
-    The \c QVBox class is now only available as Q3VBox in Qt 4. You
-    can achieve the same result as \c QVBox by creating a QWidget
-    with a vertical layout:
-
-    \oldcode
-    QVBox *vbox = new QVBox;
-    QPushButton *child1 = new QPushButton(vbox);
-    QPushButton *child2 = new QPushButton(vbox);
-    \newcode
-    QWidget *vbox = new QWidget;
-    QPushButton *child1 = new QPushButton;
-    QPushButton *child2 = new QPushButton;
-
-    QVBoxLayout *layout = new QVBoxLayout;
-    layout->addWidget(child1);
-    layout->addWidget(child2);
-    vbox->setLayout(layout);
-    \endcode
-
-    Note that child widgets are not automatically placed into the widget's
-    layout; you will need to manually add each widget to the QVBoxLayout.
-
-    \section1 QVGroupBox
-
-    The \c QVGroupBox class has been renamed Q3VGroupBox and moved to
-    the Qt3Support library.
-    Qt 4 does not provide a specific replacement class for \c QVGroupBox
-    since QGroupBox is designed to be a generic container widget. As a
-    result, you need to supply your own layout for any child widgets.
-
-    See \l{#QGroupBox} for more information about porting code that uses
-    group boxes.
-
-    \section1 QWhatsThis
-
-    The QWhatsThis class has been redesigned in Qt 4. The old \c
-    QWhatsThis class is available as Q3WhatsThis in Qt3Support.
-
-    \section1 QWidget
-
-    Widget background painting has been greatly improved, supporting
-    flicker-free updates and making it possible to have
-    semi-transparent widgets. This renders the following background
-    handling functions obsolete:
-
-    \list
-    \o QWidget::repaint(bool noErase) - the \c noErase boolean parameter is gone
-    \o QWidget::setBackgroundMode(BackgroundMode m)
-    \o QWidget::backgroundBrush() const
-    \o QWidget::setBackgroundPixmap(const QPixmap &pm)
-    \o QWidget::backgroundPixmap() const
-    \o QWidget::setBackgroundColor(const QColor &c)
-    \o QWidget::backgroundColor() const
-    \o QWidget::foregroundColor() const
-    \o QWidget::eraseColor() const
-    \o QWidget::setEraseColor(const QColor &c)
-    \o QWidget::erasePixmap() const
-    \o QWidget::setErasePixmap(const QPixmap &p)
-    \o QWidget::paletteForegroundColor()
-    \o QWidget::setPaletteForegroundColor(const QColor &c)
-    \o QWidget::paletteBackgroundColor()
-    \o QWidget::setPaletteBackgroundColor(const QColor &c)
-    \o QWidget::paletteBackgroundPixmap() const
-    \o QWidget::setPaletteBackgroundPixmap(const QPixmap &p)
-    \o QWidget::erase()
-    \o QWidget::erase(const QRect &r)
-    \o QWidget::setBackgroundOrigin( BackgroundOrigin )
-    \o QWidget::BackgroundOrigin backgroundOrigin() const
-    \o QWidget::backgroundOffset()
-    \endlist
-
-    Sample code on how to do obtain similar behavior from Qt 4, previously
-    handled by some of the above functions can be found in the
-    \l{http://qt.nokia.com/doc/qwidget-qt3.html}{Qt 3 Support Members for QWidget}
-    page.
-
-    A widget now receives change events in its QWidget::changeEvent()
-    handler. This makes the following virtual change handlers obsolete:
-
-    \list
-    \o QWidget::styleChange - use QEvent::StyleChange
-    \o QWidget::enabledChange - use QEvent::EnabledChange
-    \o QWidget::paletteChange - use QEvent::PaletteChange
-    \o QWidget::fontChange - use QEvent::FontChange
-    \o QWidget::windowActivationChange - use QEvent::ActivationChange
-    \o QWidget::languageChange - use QEvent::LanguageChange
-    \endlist
-
-    The following functions were slots, but are no more:
-    \list
-    \o QWidget::clearFocus()
-    \o QWidget::setMouseTracking()
-    \o QWidget::stackUnder(QWidget*)
-    \o QWidget::move(int x, int y)
-    \o QWidget::move(const QPoint &)
-    \o QWidget::resize(int w, int h)
-    \o QWidget::resize(const QSize &)
-    \o QWidget::setGeometry(int x, int y, int w, int h)
-    \o QWidget::setGeometry(const QRect &)
-    \o QWidget::adjustSize()
-    \o QWidget::update(int x, int y, int w, int h)
-    \o QWidget::update(const QRect&)
-    \o QWidget::repaint(bool erase)
-    \o QWidget::repaint(int x, int y, int w, int h, bool erase)
-    \o QWidget::repaint(const QRect &, bool erase)
-    \o QWidget::repaint(const QRegion &, bool erase)
-    \o QWidget::setCaption(const QString &)
-    \o QWidget::setIcon(const QPixmap &)
-    \o QWidget::setIconText(const QString &)
-    \endlist
-
-    The following functions were incorrectly marked as virtual:
-
-    \list
-    \o QWidget::close(bool alsoDelete)
-    \o QWidget::create(WId, bool, bool)
-    \o QWidget::destroy(bool)
-    \o QWidget::move(int x, int y)
-    \o QWidget::reparent(QWidget *parent, WFlags, const QPoint &, bool)
-    \o QWidget::resize(int w, int h)
-    \o QWidget::setAcceptDrops(bool on)
-    \o QWidget::setActiveWindow()
-    \o QWidget::setAutoMask(bool)
-    \o QWidget::setBackgroundColor(const QColor &)
-    \o QWidget::setBackgroundMode(BackgroundMode)
-    \o QWidget::setBackgroundOrigin(BackgroundOrigin)
-    \o QWidget::setBackgroundPixmap(const QPixmap &)
-    \o QWidget::setCaption(const QString &)
-    \o QWidget::setCursor(const QCursor &)
-    \o QWidget::setEnabled(bool)
-    \o QWidget::setEraseColor(const QColor &)
-    \o QWidget::setErasePixmap(const QPixmap &)
-    \o QWidget::setFocus()
-    \o QWidget::setFocusPolicy(FocusPolicy)
-    \o QWidget::setFocusProxy(QWidget *)
-    \o QWidget::setFont(const QFont &)
-    \o QWidget::setGeometry(const QRect &)
-    \o QWidget::setGeometry(int x, int y, int w, int h)
-    \o QWidget::setIcon(const QPixmap &)
-    \o QWidget::setIconText(const QString &)
-    \o QWidget::setKeyCompression(bool)
-    \o QWidget::setMask(const QBitmap &)
-    \o QWidget::setMask(const QRegion &)
-    \o QWidget::setMaximumSize(int maxw, int maxh)
-    \o QWidget::setMicroFocusHint(int x, int y, int w, int h, bool, QFont *f)
-    \o QWidget::setMinimumSize(int minw, int minh)
-    \o QWidget::setMouseTracking(bool enable)
-    \o QWidget::setPalette(const QPalette &)
-    \o QWidget::setPaletteBackgroundColor(const QColor &)
-    \o QWidget::setPaletteBackgroundPixmap(const QPixmap &)
-    \o QWidget::setSizeIncrement(int w, int h)
-    \o QWidget::setSizePolicy(QSizePolicy)
-    \o QWidget::setUpdatesEnabled(bool enable)
-    \o QWidget::setWState(uint)
-    \o QWidget::show()
-    \o QWidget::showFullScreen()
-    \o QWidget::showMaximized()
-    \o QWidget::showMinimized()
-    \o QWidget::showNormal()
-    \o QWidget::sizePolicy()
-    \o QWidget::unsetCursor()
-    \endlist
-
-    The internal clearWState() function was removed. Use
-    QWidget::setAttribute() instead.
-
-    setWFlags() was renamed QWidget::setWindowFlags().
-
-    clearWFlags() has no direct replacement. You can use
-    QWidget::setAttribute() instead. For example,
-    \c{setAttribute(..., false)} to clear an attribute. More information
-    is available \l{http://qt.nokia.com/doc/qwidget.html#setAttribute}{here}.
-
-    testWFlags() was renamed to \l{QWidget::testAttribute()}{testAttribute()}.
-
-    See \l{#properties}{Properties} for a list of QWidget properties
-    in Qt 3 that have changed in Qt 4.
-
-    \section1 QWidgetFactory
-
-    The \c QWidgetFactory class has been replaced by QFormBuilder in Qt 4.
-
-    \section1 QWidgetIntDict
-
-    The QWidgetIntDict class was a synonym for QIntDict<QWidget>. It
-    is no longer available in Qt 4. If you link against Qt3Support,
-    you can use Q3IntDict<QWidget> instead; otherwise, see the
-    \l{#qdict.section}{section on QDict<T>}.
-
-    \target qwidgetlist.section
-    \section1 QWidgetList
-
-    In Qt 3, the QWidgetList class was a typedef for
-    QPtrList<QWidget>. In Qt 4, it is a typedef for QList<QWidget *>.
-    See the \l{#qptrlist.section}{section on QPtrList<T>}.
-
-    \section1 QWidgetPlugin
-
-    The QWidgetPlugin class is no longer available in Qt 4. To create
-    custom widget plugins, subclass QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface to
-    provide information about the custom widget, and build a plugin in
-    the way described in the \l{designer/customwidgetplugin}{Custom
-    Widget Plugin} example.
-
-    \section1 QWidgetStack
-
-    The QWidgetStack class is no longer part of the Qt public API. It
-    has been renamed Q3WidgetStack and moved to Qt3Support. In Qt 4
-    applications, you can use QStackedWidget instead to obtain the
-    same results.
-
-    \section1 QWizard
-
-    The \c QWizard class was reintroduced in Qt 4.3. See the
-    \l{Trivial Wizard Example}, \l{License Wizard Example} and
-    \l{Class Wizard Example} for more details.
-
-    \section1 QWorkspace
-
-    The \c QWorkspace in Qt 4 class requires explicit adding of MDI
-    windows with QWorkspace::addWindow().
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \page porting4-virtual-functions.html
-    \title Porting to Qt 4 - Virtual Functions
-    \contentspage {Porting Guides}{Contents}
-    \previouspage Porting to Qt 4
-    \nextpage Porting to Qt 4 - Drag and Drop
-    \ingroup porting
-    \brief An overview of changes to virtual functions in Qt 4.
-
-    \section1 Virtual Functions
-
-    Virtual functions that changed their signature in Qt 4:
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Qt 3 function signature \o Qt 4 function signature
-    \input porting4-modifiedvirtual.qdocinc
-    \endtable
-
-    Virtual functions that are not virtual in Qt 4:
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Qt 3 function \o Comment
-    \input porting4-removedvirtual.qdocinc
-    \endtable
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/printing.qdoc b/doc/src/printing.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 0472827..0000000
--- a/doc/src/printing.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,175 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-  \page printing.html
-  \title Printing with Qt
-  \ingroup multimedia
-  \ingroup text-processing
-  \brief A guide to producing printed output with Qt's paint system and widgets.
-
-  Qt provides extensive cross-platform support for printing. Using the printing
-  systems on each platform, Qt applications can print to attached printers and
-  across networks to remote printers. Qt's printing system also enables PostScript
-  and PDF files to be generated, providing the foundation for basic report
-  generation facilities.
-
-  \tableofcontents
-
-  \section1 Paint Devices and Printing
-
-  In Qt, printers are represented by QPrinter, a paint device that provides
-  functionality specific to printing, such as support for multiple pages and
-  double-sided output. As a result, printing involves using a QPainter to paint
-  onto a series of pages in the same way that you would paint onto a custom
-  widget or image.
-
-  \section2 Creating a QPrinter
-
-  Although QPrinter objects can be constructed and set up without requiring user
-  input, printing is often performed as a result of a request by the user;
-  for example, when the user selects the \gui{File|Print...} menu item in a GUI
-  application. In such cases, a newly-constructed QPrinter object is supplied to
-  a QPrintDialog, allowing the user to specify the printer to use, paper size, and
-  other printing properties.
-
-  \snippet examples/richtext/orderform/mainwindow.cpp 18
-
-  It is also possible to set certain default properties by modifying the QPrinter
-  before it is supplied to the print dialog. For example, applications that
-  generate batches of reports for printing may set up the QPrinter to
-  \l{QPrinter::setOutputFileName()}{write to a local file} by default rather than
-  to a printer.
-
-  \section2 Painting onto a Page
-
-  Once a QPrinter object has been constructed and set up, a QPainter can be used
-  to perform painting operations on it. We can construct and set up a painter in
-  the following way:
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/printing-qprinter/object.cpp 0
-
-  Since the QPrinter starts with a blank page, we only need to call the
-  \l{QPrinter::}{newPage()} function after drawing each page, except for the
-  last page.
-
-  The document is sent to the printer, or written to a local file, when we call
-  \l{QPainter::}{end()}.
-
-  \section2 Coordinate Systems
-
-  QPrinter provides functions that can be used to obtain information about the
-  dimensions of the paper (the paper rectangle) and the dimensions of the
-  printable area (the page rectangle). These are given in logical device
-  coordinates that may differ from the physical coordinates used by the device
-  itself, indicating that the printer is able to render text and graphics at a
-  (typically higher) resolution than the user's display.
-
-  Although we do not need to handle the conversion between logical and physical
-  coordinates ourselves, we still need to apply transformations to painting
-  operations because the pixel measurements used to draw on screen are often
-  too small for the higher resolutions of typical printers.
-
-  \table
-  \row \o \bold{Printer and Painter Coordinate Systems}
-
-  The \l{QPrinter::}{paperRect()} and \l{QPrinter::}{pageRect()} functions
-  provide information about the size of the paper used for printing and the
-  area on it that can be painted on.
-
-  The rectangle returned by \l{QPrinter::}{pageRect()} usually lies inside
-  the rectangle returned by \l{QPrinter::}{paperRect()}. You do not need to
-  take the positions and sizes of these area into account when using a QPainter
-  with a QPrinter as the underlying paint device; the origin of the painter's
-  coordinate system will coincide with the top-left corner of the page
-  rectangle, and painting operations will be clipped to the bounds of the
-  drawable part of the page.
-
-  \o \inlineimage printer-rects.png
-  \endtable
-
-  The paint system automatically uses the correct device metrics when painting
-  text but, if you need to position text using information obtained from
-  font metrics, you need to ensure that the print device is specified when
-  you construct QFontMetrics and QFontMetricsF objects, or ensure that each QFont
-  used is constructed using the form of the constructor that accepts a
-  QPaintDevice argument.
-
-  \section1 Printing from Complex Widgets
-
-  Certain widgets, such as QTextEdit and QGraphicsView, display rich content
-  that is typically managed by instances of other classes, such as QTextDocument
-  and QGraphicsScene. As a result, it is these content handling classes that
-  usually provide printing functionality, either via a function that can be used
-  to perform the complete task, or via a function that accepts an existing
-  QPainter object. Some widgets provide convenience functions to expose underlying
-  printing features, avoiding the need to obtain the content handler just to call
-  a single function.
-
-  The following table shows which class and function are responsible for
-  printing from a selection of different widgets. For widgets that do not expose
-  printing functionality directly, the content handling classes containing this
-  functionality can be obtained via a function in the corresponding widget's API.
-
-  \table
-  \header \o Widget         \o Printing function        \o Accepts
-  \row    \o QGraphicsView  \o QGraphicsView::render()  \o QPainter
-  \row    \o QSvgWidget     \o QSvgRenderer::render()   \o QPainter
-  \row    \o QTextEdit      \o QTextDocument::print()   \o QPrinter
-  \row    \o QTextLayout    \o QTextLayout::draw()      \o QPainter
-  \row    \o QTextLine      \o QTextLine::draw()        \o QPainter
-  \endtable
-
-  QTextEdit requires a QPrinter rather than a QPainter because it uses information
-  about the configured page dimensions in order to insert page breaks at the most
-  appropriate places in printed documents.
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \page pdf-licensing.html
-  \title Notes about PDF Licensing
-  \ingroup licensing
-  \brief Details of restrictions on the use of PDF-related trademarks.
-
-  Please note that Adobe\reg places restrictions on the use of its trademarks
-  (including logos) in conjunction with PDF; e.g. "Adobe PDF". Please refer
-  to \l{http://www.adobe.com}{www.adobe.com} for guidelines.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/properties.qdoc b/doc/src/properties.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index cc28497..0000000
--- a/doc/src/properties.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,279 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page properties.html
-    \title Qt's Property System
-    \ingroup architecture
-    \brief An overview of Qt's property system.
-
-    Qt provides a sophisticated property system similar to the ones
-    supplied by some compiler vendors. However, as a compiler- and
-    platform-independent library, Qt does not rely on non-standard
-    compiler features like \c __property or \c [property]. The Qt
-    solution works with \e any standard C++ compiler on every platform
-    Qt supports. It is based on the \l {Meta-Object System} that also
-    provides inter-object communication via \l{signals and slots}.
-
-    \section1 Requirements for Declaring Properties
-
-    To declare a property, use the \l {Q_PROPERTY()} {Q_PROPERTY()}
-    macro in a class that inherits QObject.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_properties.qdoc 0
-
-    Here are some typical examples of property declarations taken from
-    class QWidget.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_properties.qdoc 1
-
-    A property behaves like a class data member, but it has additional
-    features accessible through the \l {Meta-Object System}.
-
-    \list 
-
-    \o A \c READ accessor function is required. It is for reading the
-    property value. Ideally, a const function is used for this purpose,
-    and it must return either the property's type or a pointer or
-    reference to that type. e.g., QWidget::focus is a read-only property
-    with \c READ function, QWidget::hasFocus().
-
-    \o A \c WRITE accessor function is optional. It is for setting the
-    property value. It must return void and must take exactly one
-    argument, either of the property's type or a pointer or reference
-    to that type. e.g., QWidget::enabled has the \c WRITE function
-    QWidget::setEnabled().  Read-only properties do not need \c WRITE
-    functions. e.g., QWidget::focus has no \c WRITE function.
-
-    \o A \c RESET function is optional. It is for setting the property
-    back to its context specific default value. e.g., QWidget::cursor
-    has the typical \c READ and \c WRITE functions, QWidget::cursor()
-    and QWidget::setCursor(), and it also has a \c RESET function,
-    QWidget::unsetCursor(), since no call to QWidget::setCursor() can
-    mean \e {reset to the context specific cursor}. The \c RESET
-    function must return void and take no parameters.
-
-    \o A \c NOTIFY signal is optional. If defined, the signal will be
-    emitted whenever the value of the property changes. The signal must
-    take one parameter, which must be of the same type as the property; the
-    parameter will take the new value of the property.
-
-    \o The \c DESIGNABLE attribute indicates whether the property
-    should be visible in the property editor of GUI design tool (e.g.,
-    \l {Qt Designer}). Most properties are \c DESIGNABLE (default
-    true). Instead of true or false, you can specify a boolean
-    member function.
-
-    \o The \c SCRIPTABLE attribute indicates whether this property
-    should be accessible by a scripting engine (default true).
-    Instead of true or false, you can specify a boolean member
-    function.
-
-    \o The \c STORED attribute indicates whether the property should
-    be thought of as existing on its own or as depending on other
-    values. It also indicates whether the property value must be saved
-    when storing the object's state. Most properties are \c STORED
-    (default true), but e.g., QWidget::minimumWidth() has \c STORED
-    false, because its value is just taken from the width component
-    of property QWidget::minimumSize(), which is a QSize.
-
-    \o The \c USER attribute indicates whether the property is
-    designated as the user-facing or user-editable property for the
-    class. Normally, there is only one \c USER property per class
-    (default false). e.g., QAbstractButton::checked is the user
-    editable property for (checkable) buttons. Note that QItemDelegate
-    gets and sets a widget's \c USER property.
-
-    \o The presence of the \c CONSTANT attibute indicates that the property 
-    value is constant.  For a given object instance, the READ method of a 
-    constant property must return the same value every time it is called.  This
-    constant value may be different for different instances of the object.  A
-    constant property cannot have a WRITE method or a NOTIFY signal.
-
-    \o The presence of the \c FINAL attribute indicates that the property
-    will not be overridden by a derived class.  This can be used for performance
-    optimizations in some cases, but is not enforced by moc.  Care must be taken
-    never to override a \c FINAL property.
-
-    \endlist
-
-    The \c READ, \c WRITE, and \c RESET functions can be inherited.
-    They can also be virtual. When they are inherited in classes where
-    multiple inheritance is used, they must come from the first
-    inherited class.
-
-    The property type can be any type supported by QVariant, or it can
-    be a user-defined type. In this example, class QDate is considered
-    to be a user-defined type.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_properties.qdoc 2
-
-    Because QDate is user-defined, you must include the \c{<QDate>}
-    header file with the property declaration.
-
-    For QMap, QList, and QValueList properties, the property value is
-    a QVariant whose value is the entire list or map.  Note that the
-    Q_PROPERTY string cannot contain commas, because commas separate
-    macro arguments. Therefore, you must use \c QMap as the property
-    type instead of \c QMap<QString,QVariant>. For consistency, also
-    use \c QList and \c QValueList instead of \c QList<QVariant> and
-    \c QValueList<QVariant>.
-
-    \section1 Reading and Writing Properties with the Meta-Object System
-
-    A property can be read and written using the generic functions
-    QObject::property() and QObject::setProperty(), without knowing
-    anything about the owning class except the property's name.  In
-    the code snippet below, the call to QAbstractButton::setDown() and
-    the call to QObject::setProperty() both set property "down".
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_properties.qdoc 3
-
-    Accessing a property through its \c WRITE accessor is the better
-    of the two, because it is faster and gives better diagnostics at
-    compile time, but setting the property this way requires that you
-    know about the class at compile time. Accessing properties by name
-    lets you access classes you don't know about at compile time. You
-    can \e discover a class's properties at run time by querying its
-    QObject, QMetaObject, and \l {QMetaProperty} {QMetaProperties}.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_properties.qdoc 4
-
-    In the above snippet, QMetaObject::property() is used to get \l
-    {QMetaProperty} {metadata} about each property defined in some
-    unknown class. The property name is fetched from the metadata and
-    passed to QObject::property() to get the \l {QVariant} {value} of
-    the property in the current \l {QObject}{object}.
-
-    \section1 A Simple Example
-
-    Suppose we have a class MyClass, which is derived from QObject and
-    which uses the Q_OBJECT macro in its private section. We want to
-    declare a property in MyClass to keep track of a priorty
-    value. The name of the property will be \e priority, and its type
-    will be an enumeration type named \e Priority, which is defined in
-    MyClass.
-
-    We declare the property with the Q_PROPERTY() macro in the private
-    section of the class. The required \c READ function is named \c
-    priority, and we include a \c WRITE function named \c setPriority.
-    The enumeration type must be registered with the \l {Meta-Object
-    System} using the Q_ENUMS() macro. Registering an enumeration type
-    makes the enumerator names available for use in calls to
-    QObject::setProperty(). We must also provide our own declarations
-    for the \c READ and \c WRITE functions. The declaration of MyClass
-    then might look like this:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_properties.qdoc 5
-
-    The \c READ function is const and returns the property type. The
-    \c WRITE function returns void and has exactly one parameter of
-    the property type. The meta-object compiler enforces these
-    requirements.
-
-    Given a pointer to an instance of MyClass or a pointer to an
-    instance of QObject that happens to be an instance of MyClass, we
-    have two ways to set its priority property.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_properties.qdoc 6
-
-    In the example, the enumeration type used for the property type
-    was locally declared in MyClass. Had it been declared in another
-    class, its fully qualified name (i.e., OtherClass::Priority) would
-    be required.  In addition, that other class must also inherit
-    QObject and register the enum type using Q_ENUMS().
-
-    A similar macro, Q_FLAGS(), is also available. Like Q_ENUMS(), it
-    registers an enumeration type, but it marks the type as being a
-    set of \e flags, i.e. values that can be OR'd together. An I/O
-    class might have enumeration values \c Read and \c Write and then
-    QObject::setProperty() could accept \c{Read | Write}. Q_FLAGS()
-    should be used to register this enumeration type.
-
-    \section1 Dynamic Properties
-
-    QObject::setProperty() can also be used to add \e new properties
-    to an instance of a class at runtime. When it is called with a
-    name and a value, if a property with the given name exists in the
-    QObject, and if the given value is compatible with the property's
-    type, the value is stored in the property, and true is returned.
-    If the value is \e not compatible with the property's type, the
-    property is \e not changed, and false is returned. But if the
-    property with the given name doesn't exist in the QObject (i.e.,
-    if it wasn't declared with Q_PROPERTY(), a new property with the
-    given name and value is automatically added to the QObject, but
-    false is still returned. This means that a return of false can't
-    be used to determine whether a particular property was actually
-    set, unless you know in advance that the property already exists
-    in the QObject.
-
-    Note that \e dynamic properties are added on a per instance basis,
-    i.e., they are added to QObject, not QMetaObject. A property can
-    be removed from an instance by passing the property name and an
-    invalid QVariant value to QObject::setProperty(). The default
-    constructor for QVariant constructs an invalid QVariant.
-
-    Dynamic properties can be queried with QObject::property(), just
-    like properties declared at compile time with Q_PROPERTY().
-
-    \sa {Meta-Object System}, {Signals and Slots}
-
-    \section1 Properties and Custom Types
-
-    Custom types used by properties need to be registered using the
-    Q_DECLARE_METATYPE() macro so that their values can be stored in
-    QVariant objects. This makes them suitable for use with both
-    static properties declared using the Q_PROPERTY() macro in class
-    definitions and dynamic properties created at run-time. 
-
-    \sa Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(), QMetaType, QVariant
-
-    \section1 Adding Additional Information to a Class
-
-    Connected to the property system is an additional macro,
-    Q_CLASSINFO(), that can be used to attach additional
-    \e{name}--\e{value} pairs to a class's meta-object, for example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_properties.qdoc 7
-
-    Like other meta-data, class information is accessible at run-time
-    through the meta-object; see QMetaObject::classInfo() for details.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/qaxcontainer.qdoc b/doc/src/qaxcontainer.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 59f059f..0000000
--- a/doc/src/qaxcontainer.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,260 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \module QAxContainer
-    \title QAxContainer Module
-    \contentspage Qt's Modules
-    \previouspage QtTest
-    \nextpage QAxServer
-    \ingroup modules
-
-    \brief The QAxContainer module is a Windows-only extension for
-    accessing ActiveX controls and COM objects.
-
-    The QAxContainer module is part of the \l ActiveQt framework. It
-    provides a library implementing a QWidget subclass, QAxWidget,
-    that acts as a container for ActiveX controls, and a QObject
-    subclass, QAxObject, that can be used to easily access non-visual
-    COM objects. Scripting COM objects embedded using these classes
-    is possible through the QAxScript, QAxScriptManager and
-    QAxScriptEngine classes, and a set of \l{Tools for ActiveQt}{tools}
-    makes it easy to access COM objects programmatically.
-
-    The module consists of six classes
-    \list 1
-    \o QAxBase is an abstract class that provides an API to initialize 
-       and access a COM object or ActiveX control.
-    \o QAxObject provides a QObject that wraps a COM object.
-    \o QAxWidget is a QWidget that wraps an ActiveX control.
-    \o QAxScriptManager, QAxScript and QAxScriptEngine provide an 
-       interface to the Windows Script Host.
-    \endlist
-
-    Some \l{Qt Examples#ActiveQt}{example applications} that use
-    standard ActiveX controls to provide high-level user interface
-    functionality are provided.
-
-    \sa {ActiveQt Framework}
-
-    Topics:
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 Using the Library
-
-    To build Qt applications that can host COM objects and ActiveX controls
-    link the application against the QAxContainer module by adding
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qaxcontainer.qdoc 0
-
-    to your application's \c .pro file.
-
-    \section2 Distributing QAxContainer Applications
-
-    The QAxContainer library is static, so there is no need to redistribute
-    any additional files when using this module. Note however that the
-    ActiveX server binaries you are using might not be installed on the
-    target system, so you have to ship them with your package and register
-    them during the installation process of your application.
-
-    \section1 Instantiating COM Objects
-
-    To instantiate a COM object use the QAxBase::setControl() API, or pass
-    the name of the object directly into the constructor of the QAxBase 
-    subclass you are using.
-
-    The control can be specified in a variety of formats, but the fastest
-    and most powerful format is to use the class ID (CLSID) of the object
-    directly. The class ID can be prepended with information about a remote
-    machine that the object should run on, and can include a license key
-    for licensed controls.
-
-    \section2 Typical Error Messages
-
-    ActiveQt prints error messages to the debug output when it
-    encounters error situations at runtime. Usually you must run 
-    your program in the debugger to see these messages (e.g. in Visual
-    Studio's Debug output).
-
-    \section3 Requested control could not be instantiated
-
-    The control requested in QAxBase::setControl() is not installed
-    on this system, or is not accessible for the current user.
-
-    The control might require administrator rights, or a license key.
-    If the control is licensed, pass the license key to QAxBase::setControl
-    as documented.
-
-    \section1 Accessing the Object API
-
-    ActiveQt provides a Qt API to the COM object, and replaces COM
-    datatypes with Qt equivalents.
-
-    There are four ways to call APIs on the COM object:
-
-    \list
-    \o Generating a C++ namespace
-    \o Call-by-name
-    \o Through a script engine
-    \o Using the native COM interfaces
-    \endlist
-
-    \section2 Generating a C++ Namespace
-
-    To generate a C++ namespace for the type library you want to access,
-    use the \l dumpcpp tool. Run this tool manually on the type library you
-    want to use, or integrate it into the build system by adding the type
-    libraries to the \c TYPELIBS variable in your application's \c .pro file:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qaxcontainer.qdoc 1
-
-    Note that \l dumpcpp might not be able to expose all APIs in the type
-    library.
-
-    Include the resulting header file in your code to access the
-    object APIs through the generated C++ classes. See the
-    \l{activeqt/qutlook}{Qutlook} example for more information.
-
-    \section2 Call-by-Name
-
-    Use QAxBase::dynamicCall() and QAxBase::querySubObject() as well as
-    the QObject::setProperty() and QObject::property() APIs to call the
-    methods and properties of the COM object through their name. Use the 
-    \l dumpdoc tool to get the documentation of the Qt API for any COM 
-    object and its subobjects; note that not all of the COM object's APIs
-    might be available.
-
-    See the \l{activeqt/webbrowser}{Webbrowser} example for more information.
-
-    \section2 Calling Function Through a Script Engine
-
-    A Qt application can host any ActiveScript engine installed on the system.
-    The script engine can then run script code that accesses the COM objects.
-
-    To instantiate a script engine, use QAxScriptManager::addObject() to
-    register the COM objects you want to access from script, and 
-    QAxScriptManager::load() to load the script code into the engine. Then
-    call the script functions using QAxScriptManager::call() or 
-    QAxScript::call().
-
-    Which APIs of the COM object are available through scripting depends on 
-    the script language used.
-
-    The \l{testcon - An ActiveX Test Container (ActiveQt)}{ActiveX Test Container}
-    demonstrates loading of script files.
-
-    \section2 Calling a Function Using the Native COM Interfaces
-
-    To call functions of the COM object that can not be accessed via any
-    of the above methods it is possible to request the COM interface directly 
-    using QAxBase::queryInterface(). To get a C++ definition of the respective
-    interface classes use the \c #import directive with the type library
-    provided with the control; see your compiler manual for details.
-
-    \section2 Typical Error Messages
-
-    ActiveQt prints error messages to the debug output when it
-    encounters error situations at runtime. Usually you must run 
-    your program in the debugger to see these messages (e.g. in Visual
-    Studio's Debug output).
-
-    \section3 QAxBase::internalInvoke: No such method
-
-    A QAxBase::dynamicCall() failed - the function prototype did not
-    match any function available in the object's API.
-
-    \section3 Error calling IDispatch member: Non-optional parameter missing
-
-    A QAxBase::dynamicCall() failed - the function prototype was correct,
-    but too few parameters were provided.
-
-    \section3 Error calling IDispatch member: Type mismatch in parameter n
-
-    A QAxBase::dynamicCall() failed - the function prototype was correct,
-    but the paramter at index \c n was of the wrong type and could 
-    not be coerced to the correct type.
-
-    \section3 QAxScriptManager::call(): No script provides this function
-
-    You try to call a function that is provided through an engine
-    that doesn't provide introspection (ie. ActivePython or 
-    ActivePerl). You need to call the function directly on the
-    respective QAxScript object.
-
-    \section1 License Information
-
-    The QAxContainer module is not covered by the \l{GNU General Public License (GPL)},
-    the \l{GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL)}, or the
-    \l{Qt Commercial Editions}{Qt Commercial License}. Instead, it is distributed under
-    the following license.
-
-    \legalese
-    Copyright (c) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).\br
-    All rights reserved.
-
-    Contact:  Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)\br
-
-    You may use this file under the terms of the BSD license as follows:\br
-
-    "Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
-    are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-
-    * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list
-    of conditions and the following disclaimer.\br
-    * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this
-    list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other
-    materials provided with the distribution.\br
-    * Neither the name of Nokia Corporation and its Subsidiary(-ies) nor the names of
-    its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
-    software without specific prior written permission.
-
-    THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY
-    EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
-    OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
-    SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
-    INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-    TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
-    BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-    CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
-    ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE."
-    \endlegalese
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/qaxserver.qdoc b/doc/src/qaxserver.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 63c1e13..0000000
--- a/doc/src/qaxserver.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,898 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \module QAxServer
-    \title QAxServer Module
-    \contentspage Qt's Modules
-    \previouspage QAxContainer
-    \nextpage QtDBus module
-    \ingroup modules
-
-    \brief The QAxServer module is a Windows-only static library that
-    you can use to turn a standard Qt binary into a COM server. 
-
-    The QAxServer module is part of the \l ActiveQt framework. It
-    consists of three classes:
-
-    \list
-    \o QAxFactory defines a factory for the creation of COM objects.
-    \o QAxBindable provides an interface between the Qt widget and the 
-       COM object.
-    \o QAxAggregated can be subclassed to implement additional COM interfaces.
-    \endlist
-
-    Some \l{Qt Examples#ActiveQt}{example implementations} of ActiveX
-    controls and COM objects are provided.
-
-    \sa {ActiveQt Framework}
-
-    Topics:
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 Using the Library
-
-    To turn a standard Qt application into a COM server using the
-    QAxServer library you must add \c qaxserver as a CONFIG setting
-    in your \c .pro file.
-
-    An out-of-process executable server is generated from a \c .pro
-    file like this:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qaxserver.qdoc 0
-
-    To build an in-process server, use a \c .pro file like this:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qaxserver.qdoc 1
-
-    The files \c qaxserver.rc and \c qaxserver.def are part of the
-    framework and can be used from their usual location (specify a
-    path in the \c .pro file), or copied into the project directory.
-    You can modify these files as long as it includes any file as the
-    type library entry, ie. you can add version information or specify
-    a different toolbox icon.
-
-    The \c qaxserver configuration will cause the \c qmake tool to add the 
-    required build steps to the build system:
-
-    \list
-    \o Link the binary against \c qaxserver.lib instead of \c qtmain.lib
-    \o Call the \l idc tool to generate an IDL file for the COM server
-    \o Compile the IDL into a type library using the MIDL tool (part of the
-    compiler installation)
-    \o Attach the resulting type library as a binary resource to the server
-    binary (again using the \l idc tool)
-    \o Register the server
-    \endlist
-
-    Note that the QAxServer build system is not supported on Windows 98/ME
-    (attaching of resources to a binary is not possible there), but a server 
-    built on Windows NT/2000/XP will work on previous Windows versions as well.
-
-    To skip the post-processing step, also set the \c qaxserver_no_postlink
-    configuration.
-
-    Additionally you can specify a version number using the \c VERSION
-    variable, e.g.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qaxserver.qdoc 2
-
-    The version number specified will be used as the version of the type
-    library and of the server when registering.
-
-    \section2 Out-of-Process vs. In-Process
-
-    Whether your COM server should run as a stand-alone executable
-    or as a shared library in the client process depends mainly on the
-    type of COM objects you want to provide in the server. 
-
-    An executable server has the advantage of being able to run as a
-    stand-alone application, but adds considerable overhead to the
-    communication between the COM client and the COM object. If the
-    control has a programming error only the server process running
-    the control will crash, and the client application will probably
-    continue to run. Not all COM clients support executable servers.
-
-    An in-process server is usually smaller and has faster startup
-    time. The communication between client and server is done directly
-    through virtual function calls and does not introduce the overhead
-    required for remote procedure calls. However, if the server crashes the
-    client application is likely to crash as well, and not every 
-    functionality is available for in-process servers (i.e. register in
-    the COM's running-object-table).
-
-    Both server types can use Qt either as a shared library, or statically
-    linked into the server binary.
-
-    \section2 Typical Errors During the Post-Build Steps
-
-    For the ActiveQt specific post-processing steps to work the 
-    server has to meet some requirements:
-
-    \list
-    \o All controls exposed can be created with nothing but a QApplication
-    instance being present
-    \o The initial linking of the server includes a temporary type 
-    library resource
-    \o All dependencies required to run the server are in the system path 
-    (or in the path used by the calling environment; note that Visual 
-    Studio has its own set of environment variables listed in the
-    Tools|Options|Directories dialog).
-    \endlist
-
-    If those requirements are not met one ore more of the following 
-    errors are likely to occur:
-
-    \section3 The Server Executable Crashes
-
-    To generate the IDL the widgets exposed as ActiveX controls need to
-    be instantiated (the constructor is called). At this point, nothing 
-    else but a QApplication object exists. Your widget constructor must 
-    not rely on any other objects to be created, e.g. it should check for
-    null-pointers.
-
-    To debug your server run it with -dumpidl outputfile and check where
-    it crashes.
-
-    Note that no functions of the control are called.
-
-    \section3 The Server Executable Is Not a Valid Win32 Application
-
-    Attaching the type library corrupted the server binary. This is a
-    bug in Windows and happens only with release builds.
-
-    The first linking step has to link a dummy type library into the
-    executable that can later be replaced by idc. Add a resource file
-    with a type library to your project as demonstrated in the examples.
-
-    \section3 "Unable to locate DLL"
-
-    The build system needs to run the server executable to generate
-    the interface definition, and to register the server. If a dynamic
-    link library the server links against is not in the path this
-    might fail (e.g. Visual Studio calls the server using the
-    enivronment settings specified in the "Directories" option). Make
-    sure that all DLLs required by your server are located in a
-    directory that is listed in the path as printed in the error
-    message box.
-
-    \section3 "Cannot open file ..."
-
-    The ActiveX server could not shut down properly when the last
-    client stopped using it. It usually takes about two seconds for
-    the application to terminate, but you might have to use the task
-    manager to kill the process (e.g. when a client doesn't release
-    the controls properly).
-
-    \section1 Implementing Controls
-
-    To implement a COM object with Qt, create a subclass of QObject
-    or any existing QObject subclass. If the class is a subclass of QWidget,
-    the COM object will be an ActiveX control.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qaxserver.qdoc 3
-
-    The Q_OBJECT macro is required to provide the meta object information
-    about the widget to the ActiveQt framework.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qaxserver.qdoc 4
-
-    Use the Q_CLASSINFO() macro to specify the COM identifiers for the COM
-    object. \c ClassID and \c InterfaceID are required, while \c EventsID is
-    only necessary when your object has signals. To generate these identifiers,
-    use system tools like \c uuidgen or \c guidgen.
-
-    You can specify additional attributes for each of your classes; see 
-    \l{Class Information and Tuning} for details.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qaxserver.qdoc 5
-
-    Use the Q_PROPERTY() macro to declare properties for the ActiveX control.
-
-    Declare a standard constructor taking a parent object, and functions, 
-    signals and slots like for any QObject subclass.
-    \footnote
-    If a standard constructor is not present the compiler will issue
-    an error "no overloaded function takes 2 parameters" when using
-    the default factory through the QAXFACTORY_DEFAULT() macro. If you
-    cannot provide a standard constructor you must implement a
-    QAxFactory custom factory and call the constructor you have in
-    your implementation of QAxFactory::create.
-    \endfootnote
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qaxserver.qdoc 6
-
-    The ActiveQt framework will expose properties and public slots as ActiveX 
-    properties and methods, and signals as ActiveX events, and convert between
-    the Qt data types and the equivalent COM data types.
-
-    \section2 Data Types
-
-    The Qt data types that are supported for properties are:
-
-    \table
-    \header
-    \o Qt data type
-    \o COM property
-    \row
-    \o bool
-    \o VARIANT_BOOL
-    \row
-    \o QString
-    \o BSTR
-    \row
-    \o int
-    \o int
-    \row
-    \o uint
-    \o unsigned int
-    \row
-    \o double
-    \o double
-    \row
-    \o \l qlonglong
-    \o CY
-    \row
-    \o \l qulonglong
-    \o CY
-    \row
-    \o QColor
-    \o OLE_COLOR
-    \row
-    \o QDate
-    \o DATE
-    \row
-    \o QDateTime
-    \o DATE
-    \row
-    \o QTime
-    \o DATE
-    \row
-    \o QFont
-    \o IFontDisp*
-    \row
-    \o QPixmap
-    \o IPictureDisp*
-    \footnote
-    COM cannot marshal IPictureDisp accross process boundaries,
-    so QPixmap properties cannot be called for out-of-process servers. You
-    can however marshal the image data via e.g. temporary files. See the
-    Microsoft 
-    \link http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;[LN];Q150034 KB article 
-    Q150034 \endlink for more information.
-    \endfootnote
-    \row
-    \o QVariant
-    \o VARIANT
-    \row
-    \o QVariantList (same as QList\<QVariant\>)
-    \o SAFEARRAY(VARIANT)
-    \row
-    \o QStringList
-    \o SAFEARRAY(BSTR)
-    \row
-    \o QByteArray
-    \o SAFEARRAY(BYTE)
-    \row
-    \o QRect
-    \o User defined type
-    \row
-    \o QSize
-    \o User defined type
-    \row
-    \o QPoint
-    \o User defined type
-    \endtable
-
-    The Qt data types that are supported for parameters in signals and
-    slots are:
-    \table
-    \header
-    \o Qt data type
-    \o COM parameter
-    \row
-    \o bool
-    \o [in] VARIANT_BOOL
-    \row
-    \o bool&
-    \o [in, out] VARIANT_BOOL*
-    \row
-    \o QString, const QString&
-    \o [in] BSTR
-    \row
-    \o QString&
-    \o [in, out] BSTR*
-    \row
-    \o QString&
-    \o [in, out] BSTR*
-    \row
-    \o int
-    \o [in] int
-    \row
-    \o int&
-    \o [in,out] int
-    \row
-    \o uint
-    \o [in] unsigned int
-    \row
-    \o uint&
-    \o [in, out] unsigned int*
-    \row
-    \o double
-    \o [in] double
-    \row
-    \o double&
-    \o [in, out] double*
-    \row
-    \o QColor, const QColor&
-    \o [in] OLE_COLOR
-    \row
-    \o QColor&
-    \o [in, out] OLE_COLOR*
-    \row
-    \o QDate, const QDate&
-    \o [in] DATE
-    \row
-    \o QDate&
-    \o [in, out] DATE*
-    \row
-    \o QDateTime, const QDateTime&
-    \o [in] DATE
-    \row
-    \o QDateTime&
-    \o [in, out] DATE*
-    \row
-    \o QFont, const QFont&
-    \o [in] IFontDisp*
-    \row
-    \o QFont&
-    \o [in, out] IFontDisp**
-    \row
-    \o QPixmap, const QPixmap&
-    \o [in] IPictureDisp*
-    \row
-    \o QPixmap&
-    \o [in, out] IPictureDisp**
-    \row
-    \o QList\<QVariant\>, const QList\<QVariant\>&
-    \o [in] SAFEARRAY(VARIANT)
-    \row
-    \o QList\<QVariant\>&
-    \o [in, out] SAFEARRAY(VARIANT)*
-    \row
-    \o QStringList, const QStringList&
-    \o [in] SAFEARRAY(BSTR)
-    \row
-    \o QStringList&
-    \o [in, out] SAFEARRAY(BSTR)*
-    \row
-    \o QByteArray, const QByteArray&
-    \o [in] SAFEARRAY(BYTE)
-    \row
-    \o QByteArray&
-    \o [in, out] SAFEARRAY(BYTE)*
-    \row
-    \o QObject*
-    \o [in] IDispatch*
-    \row
-    \o QRect&
-    \footnote
-    OLE needs to marshal user defined types by reference (ByRef), and cannot 
-    marshal them by value (ByVal). This is why const-references and object
-    parameters are not supported for QRect, QSize and QPoint. Also note that
-    servers with this datatype require Windows 98 or DCOM 1.2 to be installed.
-    \endfootnote
-    \o [in, out] struct QRect (user defined)
-    \row
-    \o QSize&
-    \o [in, out] struct QSize (user defined)
-    \row
-    \o QPoint&
-    \o [in, out] struct QPoint (user defined)
-    \endtable
-
-    Also supported are exported enums and flags (see Q_ENUMS() and
-    Q_FLAGS()). The in-parameter types are also supported as
-    return values.
-
-    Properties and signals/slots that have parameters using any other
-    data types are ignored by the ActiveQt framework.
-
-    \section2 Sub-Objects
-
-    COM objects can have multiple sub-objects that can represent a sub element
-    of the COM object. A COM object representing a multi-document spread sheet 
-    application can for example provide one sub-object for each spread sheet.
-
-    Any QObject subclass can be used as the type for a sub object in ActiveX, as
-    long as it is known to the QAxFactory. Then the type can be used in properties,
-    or as the return type or paramter of a slot.
-
-    \section2 Property Notification
-
-    To make the properties bindable for the ActiveX client, use multiple
-    inheritance from the QAxBindable class:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qaxserver.qdoc 7
-
-    When implementing the property write functions, use the
-    QAxBindable class's requestPropertyChange() and propertyChanged()
-    functions to allow ActiveX clients to bind to the control
-    properties. 
-    \footnote 
-    This is not required, but gives the client more control over 
-    the ActiveX control.
-    \endfootnote
-
-    \section1 Serving Controls
-
-    To make a COM server available to the COM system it must be registered 
-    in the system registry using five unique identifiers. 
-    These identifiers are provided by tools like \c guidgen or \c uuidgen. 
-    The registration information allows COM to localize the binary providing 
-    a requested ActiveX control, marshall remote procedure calls to the 
-    control and read type information about the methods and properties exposed 
-    by the control.
-
-    To create the COM object when the client asks for it the server must export 
-    an implementation of a QAxFactory. The easist way to do this is to use a set
-    of macros:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qaxserver.qdoc 8
-
-    This will export \c MyWidget and \c MyWidget2 as COM objects that can be
-    created by COM clients, and will register \c MySubType as a type that can
-    be used in properties and parameters of \c MyWidget and \c MyWidget2.
-
-    The \link QAxFactory QAxFactory class documentation \endlink explains 
-    how to use this macro, and how to implement and use custom factories.
-
-    For out-of-process executable servers you can implement a main()
-    function to instantiate a QApplication object and enter the event
-    loop just like any normal Qt application. By default the
-    application will start as a standard Qt application, but if you
-    pass \c -activex on the command line it will start as an ActiveX
-    server. Use QAxFactory::isServer() to create and run a standard
-    application interface, or to prevent a stand-alone execution:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qaxserver.qdoc 9
-
-    This is however not necessary as ActiveQt provides a default implementation
-    of a main function. The default implemenation calls QAxFactory::startServer(),
-    creates a QApplication instance and calls exec().
-
-    To build the ActiveX server executable run \c qmake
-    to generate the makefile, and use your compiler's
-    make tool as for any other Qt application. The make process will
-    also register the controls in the system registry by calling the
-    resulting executable with the \c -regserver command line option.
-
-    If the ActiveX server is an executable, the following command line
-    options are supported:
-    \table
-    \header \o Option \o Result
-    \row \o \c -regserver \o Registers the server in the system registry
-    \row \o \c -unregserver \o Unregisters the server from the system registry
-    \row \o \c -activex \o Starts the application as an ActiveX server
-    \row \o \c{-dumpidl <file> -version x.y} \o Writes the server's IDL to the
-    specified file. The type library will have version x.y
-    \endtable
-
-    In-process servers can be registered using the \c regsvr32 tool available
-    on all Windows systems.
-
-    \section2 Typical Compile-Time Problems
-
-    The compiler/linker errors listed are based on those issued by the 
-    Microsoft Visual C++ 6.0 compiler.
-
-    \section3 "No overloaded function takes 2 parameters"
-
-    When the error occurs in code that uses the QAXFACTORY_DEFAULT()
-    macro, the widget class had no constructor that can be used by the
-    default factory. Either add a standard widget constructor or
-    implement a custom factory that doesn't require one.
-
-    When the error occurs in code that uses the QAXFACTORY_EXPORT()
-    macro, the QAxFactory subclass had no appropriate constructor.
-    Provide a public class constructor like
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qaxserver.qdoc 10
-
-    for your factory class.
-
-    \section3 "Syntax error: bad suffix on number"
-
-    The unique identifiers have not been passed as strings into the 
-    QAXFACTORY_EXPORT() or QAXFACTORY_DEFAULT() macro.
-
-    \section3 "Unresolved external symbol _ucm_instantiate"
-
-    The server does not export an implementation of a QAxFactory. Use
-    the QAXFACTORY_EXPORT() macro in one of the project's
-    implementation files to instantiate and export a factory, or use
-    the QAXFACTORY_DEFAULT() macro to use the default factory.
-
-    \section3 "_ucm_initialize already defined in ..."
-
-    The server exports more than one implementation of a QAxFactory,
-    or exports the same implementation twice. If you use the default
-    factory, the QAXFACTORY_DEFAULT() macro must only be used once in
-    the project. Use a custom QAxFactory implementation and the
-    QAXFACTORY_EXPORT() macro if the server provides multiple ActiveX
-    controls.
-
-    \section2 Distributing QAxServer Binaries
-
-    ActiveX servers written with Qt can use Qt either as a shared
-    library, or have Qt linked statically into the binary. Both ways
-    will produce rather large packages (either the server binary
-    itself becomes large, or you have to ship the Qt DLL).
-
-    \section3 Installing Stand-Alone Servers
-
-    When your ActiveX server can also run as a stand-alone application,
-    run the server executable with the \c -regserver command line
-    parameter after installing the executable on the target system.
-    After that the controls provided by the server will be available to
-    ActiveX clients.
-
-    \section3 Installing In-Process Servers
-
-    When your ActiveX server is part of an installation package, use the
-    \c regsvr32 tool provided by Microsoft to register the controls on
-    the target system. If this tool is not present, load the DLL into
-    your installer process, resolve the \c DllRegisterServer symbol and
-    call the function:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qaxserver.qdoc 11
-
-    \section3 Distributing Servers over the Internet
-
-    If you want to use controls in your server in web-pages you need to
-    make the server available to the browser used to view your page, and
-    you need to specify the location of the server package in your page.
-
-    To specify the location of a server, use the CODEBASE attribute in
-    the OBJECT tag of your web-site. The value can point to the server
-    file itself, to an INF file listing other files the server requires
-    (e.g. the Qt DLL), or a compressed CAB archive.
-
-    INF and CAB files are documented in almost every book available about
-    ActiveX and COM programming as well as in the MSDN library and various
-    other Online resources. The examples include INF files that can be used
-    to build CAB archives:
-
-    \snippet examples/activeqt/simple/simple.inf 0
-
-    The CABARC tool from Microsoft can easily generate CAB archives:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qaxserver.qdoc 12
-
-    The INF files assume a static build of Qt, so no dependencies to other DLLs
-    are listed in the INF files. To distribute an ActiveX server depending on
-    DLLs you must add the dependencies, and provide the library files
-    with the archive.
-
-    \section1 Using the Controls
-
-    To use the ActiveX controls, e.g. to embed them in a web page, use
-    the \c <object> HTML tag. 
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qaxserver.qdoc 13
-
-    To initialize the control's properties, use
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qaxserver.qdoc 14
-
-    If the web browser supports scripting use JavaScript, VBScript
-    and forms to script the control. The
-    \l{Qt Examples#ActiveQt}{ActiveQt examples} include demonstration
-    HTML pages for the example controls.
-
-    \section2 Supported and Unsupported ActiveX Clients
-
-    The following is largly based on our own experiements with ActiveX
-    controls and client applications, and is by no means complete.
-
-    \section3 Supported Clients
-
-    These standard applications work with ActiveX controls developed with 
-    ActiveQt. Note that some clients support only in-process controls.
-
-    \list
-    \o Internet Explorer
-    \o Microsoft ActiveX Control Test Container
-    \o Microsoft Visual Studio 6.0
-    \o Microsoft Visual Studio.NET/2003
-    \o Microsoft Visual Basic 6.0
-    \o MFC- and ATL-based containers
-    \o Sybase PowerBuilder
-    \o ActiveQt based containers
-    \endlist
-
-    Microsoft Office applications are supported, but you need to register
-    the controls as "Insertable" objects. Reimplement QAxFactory::registerClass
-    to add this attribute to the COM class, or set the "Insertable" class info
-    for your class to "yes" using the Q_CLASSINFO macro.
-
-    \section3 Unsupported Clients
-
-    We have not managed to make ActiveQt based COM objects work with the
-    following client applications.
-
-    \list
-    \o Borland C++ Builder (Versions 5 and 6)
-    \o Borland Delphi
-    \endlist
-
-    \section2 Typical Runtime Errors
-
-    \section3 The Server Does Not Respond
-
-    If the system is unable to start the server (check with the task
-    manager whether the server runs a process), make sure that no DLL
-    the server depends on is missing from the system path (e.g. the Qt 
-    DLL!). Use a dependency walker to view all dependencies of the server 
-    binary.
-
-    If the server runs (e.g. the task manager lists a process), see
-    the following section for information on debugging your server.
-
-    \section3 The Object Cannot Be Created
-
-    If the server could be built and registered correctly during the build
-    process, but the object cannot be initiliazed e.g. by the OLE/COM Object 
-    Viewer application, make sure that no DLL the server depends on is
-    missing from the system path (e.g. the Qt DLL). Use a dependency walker
-    to view all dependencies of the server binary.
-
-    If the server runs, see the following section for information on
-    debugging your server.
-
-    \section2 Debugging Runtime Errors
-
-    To debug an in-process server in Visual Studio, set the server project 
-    as the active project, and specify a client "executable for debug
-    session" in the project settings (e.g. use the ActiveX Test Container). 
-    You can set breakpoints in your code, and also step into ActiveQt and 
-    Qt code if you installed the debug version.
-
-    To debug an executable server, run the application in a debugger
-    and start with the command line parameter \c -activex. Then start
-    your client and create an instance of your ActiveX control. COM 
-    will use the existing process for the next client trying to create 
-    an ActiveX control.
-
-    \section1 Class Information and Tuning
-
-    To provide attributes for each COM class, use the Q_CLASSINFO macro, which is part of
-    Qt's meta object system.
-
-    \table
-    \header
-    \o Key
-    \o Meaning of value
-    \row
-    \o Version
-    \o The version of the class (1.0 is default)
-    \row
-    \o Description
-    \o A string describing the class.
-    \row
-    \o ClassID
-    \o The class ID.
-       You must reimplement QAxFactory::classID if not specified.
-    \row
-    \o InterfaceID
-    \o The interface ID. 
-       You must reimplement QAxFactory::interfaceID if not specified.
-    \row
-    \o EventsID
-    \o The event interface ID.
-       No signals are exposed as COM events if not specified.
-    \row
-    \o DefaultProperty
-    \o The property specified represents the default property of this class.
-       Ie. the default property of a push button would be "text".
-    \row
-    \o DefaultSignal
-    \o The signal specified respresents the default signal of this class.
-       Ie. the default signal of a push button would be "clicked".
-    \row
-    \o LicenseKey
-    \o Object creation requires the specified license key. The key can be
-       empty to require a licensed machine. By default classes are not
-       licensed. Also see the following section.
-    \row
-    \o StockEvents
-    \o Objects expose stock events if value is "yes".
-       See \l QAxFactory::hasStockEvents()
-    \row
-    \o ToSuperClass
-    \o Objects expose functionality of all super-classes up to and
-       including the class name in value.
-       See \l QAxFactory::exposeToSuperClass()
-    \row
-    \o Insertable
-    \o If the value is "yes" the class is registered to be "Insertable" 
-       and will be listed in OLE 2 containers (ie. Microsoft Office). This 
-       attribute is not be set by default.
-    \row
-    \o Aggregatable
-    \o If the value is "no" the class does not support aggregation. By 
-       default aggregation is supported.
-    \row
-    \o Creatable
-    \o If the value is "no" the class cannot be created by the client,
-       and is only available through the API of another class (ie. the
-       class is a sub-type).
-    \row
-    \o RegisterObject
-    \o If the value is "yes" objects of this class are registered with
-       OLE and accessible from the running object table (ie. clients
-       can connect to an already running instance of this class). This
-       attribute is only supported in out-of-process servers.
-    \row
-    \o MIME
-    \o The object can handle data and files of the format specified in the 
-       value. The value has the format mime:extension:description. Multiple 
-       formats are separated by a semicolon.
-    \row
-    \o CoClassAlias
-    \o The classname used in the generated IDL and in the registry. This is
-       esp. useful for C++ classes that live in a namespace - by default, 
-       ActiveQt just removes the "::" to make the IDL compile.
-    \endtable
-
-    Note that both keys and values are case sensitive.
-
-    The following declares version 2.0 of a class that exposes only its
-    own API, and is available in the "Insert Objects" dialog of Microsoft
-    Office applications.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qaxserver.qdoc 15
-
-    \section2 Developing Licensed Components
-
-    If you develop components you might want to control who is able to instantiate
-    those components. Since the server binary can be shipped to and registered on 
-    any client machine it is possible for anybody to use those components in his 
-    own software.
-
-    Licensing components can be done using a variety of techniques, e.g. the code
-    creating the control can provide a license key, or the machine on which the
-    control is supposed to run needs to be licensed.
-
-    To mark a Qt class as licensed specify a "LicenseKey" using the
-    Q_CLASSINFO() macro.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qaxserver.qdoc 16
-
-    The key is required to be able to create an instance of \c MyLicensedControl
-    on a machine that is not licensed itself. The licensed developer can now 
-    redistributes the server binary with his application, which creates the control 
-    using the value of "LicenseKey", while users of the application cannot create
-    the control without the license key.
-
-    If a single license key for the control is not sufficient (ie. you want 
-    differnet developers to receive different license keys) you can specify an 
-    empty key to indicate that the control requires a license, and reimplement 
-    \l QAxFactory::validateLicenseKey() to verify that a license exists on the 
-    system (ie. through a license file).
-
-    \section2 More Interfaces
-
-    ActiveX controls provided by ActiveQt servers support a minimal set of COM 
-    interfaces to implement the OLE specifications. When the ActiveX class inherits 
-    from the QAxBindable class it can also implement additional COM interfaces.
-
-    Create a new subclass of QAxAggregated and use multiple inheritance
-    to subclass additional COM interface classes. 
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qaxserver.qdoc 17
-
-    Reimplement the QAxAggregated::queryInterface() function to
-    support the additional COM interfaces.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qaxserver.qdoc 18
-
-    Since \c ISomeCOMInterface is a subclass of \c IUnknown you will
-    have to implement the \c QueryInterface(), \c AddRef(), and \c
-    Release() functions.  Use the QAXAGG_IUNKNOWN macro in your
-    class definition to do that. If you implement the \c IUnknown
-    functions manually, delegate the calls to the interface pointer
-    returned by the QAxAggregated::controllingUnknown() function,
-    e.g.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qaxserver.qdoc 19
-
-    Do not support the \c IUnknown interface itself in your
-    \l{QAxAggregated::queryInterface()}{queryInterface()}
-    implementation.
-
-    Implement the methods of the COM interfaces, and use QAxAggregated::object()
-    if you need to make calls to the QObject subclass implementing the control.
-
-    In your QAxBindable subclass, implement
-    QAxBindable::createAggregate() to return a new object of the
-    QAxAggregated subclass.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qaxserver.qdoc 20
-
-    \section1 License Information
-
-    The QAxContainer module is not covered by the \l{GNU General Public License (GPL)},
-    the \l{GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL)}, or the
-    \l{Qt Commercial Editions}{Qt Commercial License}. Instead, it is distributed under
-    the following license.
-
-    \legalese
-    Copyright (c) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).\br
-    All rights reserved.
-
-    Contact:  Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)\br
-
-    You may use this file under the terms of the BSD license as follows:\br
-
-    "Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
-    are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-
-    * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list
-    of conditions and the following disclaimer.\br
-    * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this
-    list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other
-    materials provided with the distribution.\br
-    * Neither the name of Nokia Corporation and its Subsidiary(-ies) nor the names of
-    its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
-    software without specific prior written permission.
-
-    THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY
-    EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
-    OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
-    SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
-    INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-    TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
-    BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-    CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
-    ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE."
-    \endlegalese
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/qdbusadaptors.qdoc b/doc/src/qdbusadaptors.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 92a618d..0000000
--- a/doc/src/qdbusadaptors.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,518 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/** -*- mode: C++ -*-
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page usingadaptors.html
-    \title Using QtDBus Adaptors
-
-    Adaptors are special classes that are attached to any QObject-derived class
-    and provide the interface to the external world using D-Bus. Adaptors are
-    intended to be lightweight classes whose main purpose is to relay calls to
-    and from the real object, possibly validating or converting the input from
-    the external world and, thus, protecting the real object.
-
-    Unlike multiple inheritance, adaptors can be added at any time to any object
-    (but not removed), which allows for greater flexibility when exporting
-    existing classes. Another advantage of adaptors is to provide similar but not
-    identical functionality in methods of the same name in different interfaces,
-    a case which can be quite common when adding a new version of a standard
-    interface to an object.
-
-    In order to use an adaptor, one must create a class which inherits
-    QDBusAbstractAdaptor. Since that is a standard QObject-derived class, the
-    Q_OBJECT macro must appear in the declaration and the source file must be
-    processed with the \l {moc} tool. The class must also contain one
-    Q_CLASSINFO entry with the \c {"D-Bus Interface"} name, declaring which
-    interface it is exporting. Only one entry per class is supported.
-
-    Any public slot in the class will be accessible through the bus over messages
-    of the MethodCall type. (See \l {Declaring Slots in D-Bus Adaptors} for more
-    information). Signals in the class will be automatically relayed over D-Bus.
-    However, not all types are allowed signals or slots' parameter lists: see
-    \l {The QtDBus Type System} for more information.
-
-    Also, any property declared with Q_PROPERTY will be automatically exposed
-    over the Properties interface on D-Bus. Since the QObject property system
-    does not allow for non-readable properties, it is not possible to declare
-    write-only properties using adaptors.
-
-    More information:
-    \list
-      \o \l{Declaring Slots in D-Bus Adaptors}
-      \o \l{Declaring Signals in D-Bus Adaptors}
-      \o \l{The QtDBus Type System}
-      \o \l{D-Bus Adaptor Example}
-    \endlist
-
-    \sa QDBusAbstractAdaptor
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \page qdbusadaptorexample.html
-    \title D-Bus Adaptor Example
-
-    The following example code shows how a D-Bus interface can be implemented
-    using an adaptor.
-
-    A sample usage of QDBusAbstractAdaptor is as follows:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qdbusadaptors.qdoc 0
-
-    The code above would create an interface that could be represented more or less in the following
-    canonical representation:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qdbusadaptors.qdoc 1
-
-    This adaptor could be used in the application's main function as follows
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qdbusadaptors.qdoc 2
-
-    Break-down analysis:
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 The header
-
-    The header of the example is:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qdbusadaptors.qdoc 3
-
-    The code does the following:
-    \list
-      \o it declares the adaptor MainApplicationAdaptor, which descends from QDBusAbstractAdaptor
-      \o it declares the Qt meta-object data using the Q_OBJECT macro
-      \o it declares the name of the D-Bus interface it implements.
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 The properties
-
-    The properties are declared as follows:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qdbusadaptors.qdoc 4
-
-    And are implemented as follows:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qdbusadaptors.qdoc 5
-
-    The code declares three properties: one of them is a read-write property called "caption" of
-    string type. The other two are read-only, also of the string type.
-
-    The properties organizationName and organizationDomain are simple relays of the app object's
-    organizationName and organizationDomain properties. However, the caption property requires
-    verifying if the application has a main window associated with it: if there isn't any, the
-    caption property is empty. Note how it is possible to access data defined in other objects
-    through the getter/setter functions.
-
-    \section1 The constructor
-
-    The constructor:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qdbusadaptors.qdoc 6
-
-    The constructor does the following:
-    \list
-    \o it initialises its base class (QDBusAbstractAdaptor) with the parent object it is related to.
-    \o it stores the app pointer in a member variable. Note that it would be possible to access the
-       same object using the QDBusAbstractAdaptor::object() function, but it would be necessary to
-       use \a static_cast<> to properly access the methods in QApplication that are not part of
-       QObject.
-    \o it connects the application's signal \a aboutToQuit to its own signal \a aboutToQuit.
-    \o it connects the application's signal \a focusChanged to a private slot to do some further
-       processing before emitting a D-Bus signal.
-    \endlist
-
-    Note that there is no destructor in the example. An eventual destructor could be used to emit
-    one last signal before the object is destroyed, for instance.
-
-    \section1 Slots/methods
-
-    The public slots in the example (which will be exported as D-Bus methods) are the following:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qdbusadaptors.qdoc 7
-
-    This snippet of code defines 4 methods with different properties each:
-    \list 1
-    \o \c quit: this method takes no parameters and is defined to be asynchronous. That is, callers
-      are expected to use "fire-and-forget" mechanism when calling this method, since it provides no
-      useful reply. This is represented in D-Bus by the use of the
-      org.freedesktop.DBus.Method.NoReply annotation. See \l Q_NOREPLY for more information on
-      asynchronous methods
-
-    \o \c reparseConfiguration: this simple method, with no input or output arguments simply relays
-      the call to the application's reparseConfiguration member function.
-
-    \o \c mainWindowObject: this method takes no input parameter, but returns one string output
-      argument, containing the path to the main window object (if the application has a main
-      window), or an empty string if it has no main window. Note that this method could have also
-      been written: void mainWindowObject(QString &path).
-
-    \o \c setSessionManagement: this method takes one input argument (a boolean) and, depending on
-      its value, it calls one function or another in the application.
-    \endlist
-
-    See also: \l Q_NOREPLY.
-
-    \section1 Signals
-
-    The signals in this example are defined as follows:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qdbusadaptors.qdoc 8
-
-    However, signal definition isn't enough: signals have to be emitted. One simple way of emitting
-    signals is to connect another signal to them, so that Qt's signal handling system chains them
-    automatically. This is what is done for the \a aboutToQuit signal.
-
-    When this is the case, one can use the QDBusAbstractAdaptor::setAutoRelaySignals to
-    automatically connect every signal from the real object to the adaptor.
-
-    When simple signal-to-signal connection isn't enough, one can use a private slot do do some
-    work. This is what was done for the mainWindowHasFocus signal:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qdbusadaptors.qdoc 9
-
-    This private slot (which will not be exported as a method via D-Bus) was connected to the
-    \c focusChanged signal in the adaptor's constructor. It is therefore able to shape the
-    application's signal into what the interface expects it to be.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \page qdbusdeclaringslots.html
-    \title Declaring Slots in D-Bus Adaptors
-
-    Slots in D-Bus adaptors are declared just like normal, public slots, but their
-    parameters must follow certain rules (see \l{The QtDBus Type System} for more
-    information). Slots whose parameters do not follow those rules or that are not
-    public will not be accessible via D-Bus.
-
-    Slots can have one parameter of type \c{const QDBusMessage &}, which must
-    appear at the end of the input parameter list, before any output parameters.
-    This parameter, if present, will be initialized with a copy of the
-    current message being processed, which allows the callee to obtain
-    information about the caller, such as its connection name.
-
-    Slots can be of three kinds:
-    \list 1
-      \o Asynchronous
-      \o Input-only
-      \o Input-and-output
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 Asynchronous Slots
-    Asynchronous slots are those that do not normally return any reply to the
-    caller. For that reason, they cannot take any output parameters. In most
-    cases, by the time the first line of the slot is run, the caller function
-    has already resumed working.
-
-    However, slots must not rely on that behavior. Scheduling and message-dispatching
-    issues could change the order in which the slot is run. Code intending to
-    synchronize with the caller should provide its own method of synchronization.
-
-    Asynchronous slots are marked by the keyword \l Q_NOREPLY in the method
-    signature, before the \c void return type and the slot name. (See the
-    \c quit() slot in the \l{D-Bus Adaptor Example}).
-
-    \section1 Input-Only Slots
-
-    Input-only slots are normal slots that take parameters passed by value or
-    by constant reference. However, unlike asynchronous slots, the caller is
-    usually waiting for completion of the callee before resuming operation.
-    Therefore, non-asynchronous slots should not block or should state it its
-    documentation that they may do so.
-
-    Input-only slots have no special marking in their signature, except that
-    they take only parameters passed by value or by constant reference.
-    Optionally, slots can take a QDBusMessage parameter as a last parameter,
-    which can be used to perform additional analysis of the method call message.
-
-    \section1 Input and Output Slots
-
-    Like input-only slots, input-and-output slots are those that the caller is
-    waiting for a reply. Unlike input-only ones, though, this reply will contain
-    data. Slots that output data may contain non-constant references and may
-    return a value as well. However, the output parameters must all appear at
-    the end of the argument list and may not have input arguments interleaved.
-    Optionally, a QDBusMessage argument may appear between the input and the
-    output arguments.
-
-    \section1 Automatic Replies
-
-    Method replies are generated automatically with the contents of the output
-    parameters (if there were any) by the QtDBus implementation. Slots need not
-    worry about constructing proper QDBusMessage objects and sending them over
-    the connection.
-
-    However, the possibility of doing so remains there. Should the slot find out
-    it needs to send a special reply or even an error, it can do so by using
-    QDBusMessage::createReply() or QDBusMessage::createErrorReply() on the
-    QDBusMessage parameter and send it with QDBusConnection::send(). The
-    QtDBus implementation will not generate any reply if the slot did so.
-
-    \warning When a caller places a method call and waits for a reply, it will
-    only wait for a limited amount of time. Slots intending to take a long time
-    to complete should make that fact clear in documentation so that callers
-    properly set higher timeouts.
-
-    \section1 Delayed Replies
-
-    In some circumstances, the called slot may not be able to process
-    the request immediately. This is frequently the case when the
-    request involves an I/O or networking operation which may block.
-
-    If this is the case, the slot should return control to the
-    application's main loop to avoid freezing the user interface, and
-    resume the process later. To accomplish this, it should make use
-    of the extra \c QDBusMessage parameter at the end of the input
-    parameter list and request a delayed reply.
-
-    We do this by writing a slot that stores the request data in a
-    persistent structure, indicating to the caller using
-    \l{QDBusMessage::setDelayedReply()}{QDBusMessage::setDelayedReply(true)}
-    that the response will be sent later.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qdbusadaptors.qdoc 10
-
-    The use of
-    \l{QDBusConnection::send()}{QDBusConnection::sessionBus().send(data->reply)}
-    is needed to explicitly inform the caller that the response will be delayed.
-    In this case, the return value is unimportant; we return an arbitrary value
-    to satisfy the compiler.
-
-    When the request is processed and a reply is available, it should be sent
-    using the \c QDBusMessage object that was obtained. In our example, the
-    reply code could be something as follows:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qdbusadaptors.qdoc 11
-
-    As can be seen in the example, when a delayed reply is in place,
-    the return value(s) from the slot will be ignored by QtDBus. They
-    are used only to determine the slot's signature when communicating
-    the adaptor's description to remote applications, or in case the
-    code in the slot decides not to use a delayed reply.
-
-    The delayed reply itself is requested from QtDBus by calling
-    QDBusMessage::reply() on the original message. It then becomes the
-    resposibility of the called code to eventually send a reply to the
-    caller.
-
-    \warning When a caller places a method call and waits for a reply, it will
-    only wait for a limited amount of time. Slots intending to take a long time
-    to complete should make that fact clear in documentation so that callers
-    properly set higher timeouts.
-
-    \sa {Using QtDBus Adaptors}, {Declaring Signals in D-Bus Adaptors},
-        {The QtDBus Type System}, QDBusConnection, QDBusMessage
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \page qdbusdeclaringsignals.html
-    \title Declaring Signals in D-Bus Adaptors
-
-    Any signal in a class derived from QDBusAbstractAdaptor will be automatically
-    relayed into D-Bus, provided that the signal's parameters conform to certain
-    rules (see \l{The QtDBus Type System} for more information). No special code
-    is necessary to make this relay.
-
-    However, signals must still be emitted. The easiest way to emit an adaptor
-    signal is to connect another signal to it, so that Qt's signals and slots
-    mechanism automatically emits the adaptor signal, too. This can be done in
-    the adaptor's constructor, as has been done in the
-    \l{D-Bus Adaptor Example}{D-Bus Adaptor example}.
-
-    The QDBusAbstractAdaptor::setAutoRelaySignals() convenience function can also
-    be used to make and break connections between signals in the real object and
-    the corresponding signals in the adaptor. It will inspect the list of signals
-    in both classes and connect those whose parameters match exactly.
-
-    \sa {Using QtDBus Adaptors},
-        {Declaring Slots in D-Bus Adaptors},
-        {The QtDBus Type System}, QDBusAbstractAdaptor
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \page qdbustypesystem.html
-    \title The QtDBus Type System
-
-    D-Bus has an extensible type system based on a few primitives and
-    composition of the primitives in arrays and structures. QtDBus
-    implements the interface to that type system through the
-    QDBusArgument class, allowing user programs to send and receive
-    practically every C++ type over the bus.
-
-    \section1 Primitive Types
-
-    The primitive types are supported natively by QDBusArgument and
-    need no special customization to be sent or received. They are
-    listed below, along with the C++ class they relate to:
-
-    \table
-      \header
-        \o Qt type
-        \o D-Bus equivalent type
-      \row
-        \o uchar
-        \o BYTE
-      \row
-        \o bool
-        \o BOOLEAN
-      \row
-        \o short
-        \o INT16
-      \row
-        \o ushort
-        \o UINT16
-      \row
-        \o int
-        \o INT32
-      \row
-        \o uint
-        \o UINT32
-      \row
-        \o qlonglong
-        \o INT64
-      \row
-        \o qulonglong
-        \o UINT64
-      \row
-        \o double
-        \o DOUBLE
-      \row
-        \o QString
-        \o STRING
-      \row
-        \o QDBusVariant
-        \o VARIANT
-      \row
-        \o QDBusObjectPath
-        \o OBJECT_PATH
-      \row
-        \o QDBusSignature
-        \o SIGNATURE
-    \endtable
-
-    Aside from the primitive types, QDBusArgument also supports two
-    non-primitive types natively, due to their widespread use in Qt
-    applications: QStringList and QByteArray.
-
-    \section1 Compound Types
-
-    D-Bus specifies three types of aggregations of primitive types
-    that allow one to create compound types. They are \c ARRAY, \c
-    STRUCT and maps/dictionaries.
-
-    Arrays are sets of zero or more elements of the same type, while
-    structures are a set of a fixed number of elements, each of any
-    type. Maps or dictionaries are implemented as arrays of a pair of
-    elements, so there can be zero or more elements in one map.
-
-    \section1 Extending the Type System
-
-    In order to use one's own type with QtDBus, the type has to be
-    declared as a Qt meta-type with the Q_DECLARE_METATYPE() macro and
-    registered with the qDBusRegisterMetaType() function. The
-    streaming operators \c{operator>>} and \c{operator<<} will be
-    automatically found by the registration system.
-
-    QtDBus provides template specializations for arrays and maps for
-    use with Qt's \l{Container classes}{container classes}, such as
-    QMap and QList, so it is not necessary to write the streaming
-    operator functions for those. For other types, and specially for
-    types implementing structures, the operators have to be explicitly
-    implemented.
-
-    See the documentation for QDBusArgument for examples for
-    structures, arrays and maps.
-
-    \section1 The Type System in Use
-
-    All of the QtDBus types (primitives and user-defined alike) can be
-    used to send and receive messages of all types over the bus.
-
-    \warning You may not use any type that is not on the list above,
-    including \a typedefs to the types listed. This also includes
-    QList<QVariant> and QMap<QString,QVariant>.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \macro Q_NOREPLY
-    \relates QDBusAbstractAdaptor
-    \since 4.2
-
-    The Q_NOREPLY macro can be used to mark a method to be called and not wait for it to finish
-    processing before returning from QDBusInterface::call(). The called method cannot return any
-    output arguments and, if it does, any such arguments will be discarded.
-
-    You can use this macro in your own adaptors by placing it before your method's return value
-    (which must be "void") in the class declaration, as shown in the example:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qdbusadaptors.qdoc 12
-
-    Its presence in the method implementation (outside the class declaration) is optional.
-
-    \sa {Using QtDBus Adaptors}
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/qmake-manual.qdoc b/doc/src/qmake-manual.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 2a0ad9a..0000000
--- a/doc/src/qmake-manual.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4323 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page qmake-manual.html
-    \title qmake Manual
-    \startpage {index.html}{Qt Reference Documentation}
-    \nextpage qmake Tutorial
-
-    \ingroup buildsystem
-    \ingroup qttools
-    \keyword qmake
-
-    \c qmake is a tool that helps simplify the build
-    process for development project across different platforms.  \c qmake
-    automates the generation of Makefiles so that only a few lines of
-    information are needed to create each Makefile. \c qmake can be used for
-    any software project, whether it is written in Qt or not.
-
-    \c qmake generates a Makefile based on the information in a project
-    file.  Project files are created by the developer, and are usually
-    simple, but more sophisticated project files can be created for
-    complex projects.
-    \c qmake contains additional features to support development with Qt,
-    automatically including build rules for \l{moc.html}{moc}
-    and \l{uic.html}{uic}.
-    \c qmake can also generate projects for Microsoft Visual studio
-    without requiring the developer to change the project file.
-
-    \section1 Getting Started
-
-    The \l{qmake Tutorial} and guide to \l{qmake Common Projects} provide overviews
-    that aim to help new users get started with \c qmake.
-
-    \list
-    \o \l{qmake Tutorial}
-      \tableofcontents{1 qmake Tutorial}
-    \endlist
-
-    \list
-    \o \l{qmake Common Projects}
-      \tableofcontents{1 qmake Common Projects}
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 Table of Contents
-
-    \list
-    \o \l{Using qmake}
-      \tableofcontents{1 Using qmake}
-    \o \l{qmake Project Files}
-      \tableofcontents{1 qmake Project Files}
-    \o \l{Running qmake}
-      \tableofcontents{1 Running qmake}
-    \o \l{qmake Platform Notes}
-      \tableofcontents{1 qmake Platform Notes}
-    \o \l{qmake Advanced Usage}
-      \tableofcontents{1 qmake Advanced Usage}
-    \o \l{Using Precompiled Headers}
-      \tableofcontents{1 Using Precompiled Headers}
-    \o \l{qmake Reference}
-      \tableofcontents{1 qmake Reference}
-    \o \l{qmake Variable Reference}
-      \tableofcontents{1 qmake Variable Reference}
-    \o \l{qmake Function Reference}
-      \tableofcontents{1 qmake Function Reference}
-    \o \l{Configuring qmake's Environment}
-      \tableofcontents{1 Configuring qmake's Environment}
-    \endlist
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \page qmake-using.html
-    \title Using qmake
-    \contentspage {qmake Manual}{Contents}
-    \previouspage qmake Manual
-    \nextpage qmake Project Files
-
-    \c qmake provides a project-oriented system for managing the build
-    process for applications, libraries, and other components. This
-    approach gives developers control over the source files used, and
-    allows each of the steps in the process to be described concisely,
-    typically within a single file. \c qmake expands the information in
-    each project file to a Makefile that executes the necessary commands
-    for compiling and linking.
-
-    In this document, we provide a basic introduction to project files,
-    describe some of the main features of \c qmake, and show how to use
-    \c qmake on the command line.
-
-    \section1 Describing a Project
-
-    Projects are described by the contents of project (\c .pro) files.
-    The information within these is used by \c qmake to generate a Makefile
-    containing all the commands that are needed to build each project.
-    Project files typically contain a list of source and header files,
-    general configuration information, and any application-specific details,
-    such as a list of extra libraries to link against, or a list of extra
-    include paths to use.
-
-    Project files can contain a number of different elements, including
-    comments, variable declarations, built-in functions, and some simple
-    control structures. In most simple projects, it is only necessary
-    to declare the source and header files that are used to build the
-    project with some basic configuration options.
-
-    Complete examples of project files can be found in the
-    \l{qmake Tutorial}.
-    An introduction to project files can be found in the
-    \l{qmake Project Files} chapter, and a more detailed description is
-    available in the \l{qmake Reference}.
-
-    \section1 Building a Project
-
-    For simple projects, you only need to run \c qmake in the top
-    level directory of your project. By default, \c qmake generates a
-    Makefile that you then use to build the project, and you can then
-    run your platform's \c make tool to build the project.
-
-    \c qmake can also be used to generate project files. A full
-    description of \c{qmake}'s command line options can be found in the
-    \l{Running qmake} chapter of this manual.
-
-    \section1 Using Precompiled Headers
-
-    In large projects, it is possible to take advantage of precompiled
-    header files to speed up the build process. This feature is described
-    in detail in the \l{Using Precompiled Headers} chapter.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \page qmake-project-files.html
-    \title qmake Project Files
-    \contentspage {qmake Manual}{Contents}
-    \previouspage Using qmake
-    \nextpage Running qmake
-
-    Project files contain all the information required by \c qmake to build
-    your application, library, or plugin. The resources used by your project
-    are generally specified using a series of declarations, but support for
-    simple programming constructs allow you to describe different build
-    processes for different platforms and environments.
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 Project File Elements
-
-    The project file format used by \c qmake can be used to support both
-    simple and fairly complex build systems. Simple project files will
-    use a straightforward declarative style, defining standard variables
-    to indicate the source and header files that are used in the project.
-    Complex projects may use the control flow structures to fine-tune the
-    build process.
-
-    The following sections describe the different types of elements used
-    in project files.
-
-    \section2 Variables
-
-    In a project file, variables are used to hold lists of strings.
-    In the simplest projects, these variables inform \c qmake about the
-    configuration options to use, or supply filenames and paths to use
-    in the build process.
-
-    \c qmake looks for certain variables in each project file, and it
-    uses the contents of these to determine what it should write to a
-    Makefile. For example, the list of values in the \c HEADERS and
-    \c SOURCES variables are used to tell \c qmake about header and
-    source files in the same directory as the project file.
-
-    Variables can also be used internally to store temporary lists of values,
-    and existing lists of values can be overwritten or extended with new
-    values.
-
-    The following lines show how lists of values are assigned to variables:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/variables.pro 0
-
-    Note that the first assignment only includes values that are specified on
-    the same line as the \c SOURCES variable. The second assignment splits
-    the items across lines by using the \c \\ character.
-
-    The list of values in a variable is extended in the following way:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/variables.pro 1
-
-    The \c CONFIG variable is another special variable that \c qmake
-    uses when generating a Makefile. It is discussed in the section on
-    \l{#GeneralConfiguration}{general configuration} later in this chapter.
-    In the above line, \c qt is added to the list of existing values
-    contained in \c CONFIG.
-
-    The following table lists the variables that \c qmake recognizes, and
-    describes what they should contain.
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Variable \o Contents
-    \row \o CONFIG    \o General project configuration options.
-    \row \o DESTDIR   \o The directory in which the executable or binary file will
-                      be placed.
-    \row \o FORMS     \o A list of UI files to be processed by \c uic.
-    \row \o HEADERS   \o A list of filenames of header (.h) files used when
-                      building the project.
-    \row \o QT        \o Qt-specific configuration options.
-    \row \o RESOURCES \o A list of resource (.rc) files to be included in the
-                      final project. See the \l{The Qt Resource System} for
-                      more information about these files.
-    \row \o SOURCES   \o A list of source code files to be used when building
-                      the project.
-    \row \o TEMPLATE  \o The template to use for the project. This determines
-                      whether the output of the build process will be an
-                      application, a library, or a plugin.
-    \endtable
-
-    The contents of a variable can be read by prepending the variable name with
-    \c $$. This can be used to assign the contents of one variable to another:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/dereferencing.pro 0
-
-    The \c $$ operator is used extensively with built-in functions that operate
-    on strings and lists of values. These are described in the chapter on
-    \l{qmake Advanced Usage}.
-
-    \section3 Whitespace
-
-    Normally, variables are used to contain whitespace-separated lists
-    of values. However, it is sometimes necessary to specify values containing
-    spaces. These must be quoted by using the
-    \l{qmake Function Reference#quote-string}{quote()} function in the following way:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/quoting.pro 0
-
-    The quoted text is treated as a single item in the list of values held by
-    the variable. A similar approach is used to deal with paths that contain
-    spaces, particularly when defining the
-    \l{qmake Variable Reference#INCLUDEPATH}{INCLUDEPATH} and
-    \l{qmake Variable Reference#LIBS}{LIBS} variables for the Windows platform.
-    In cases like these, the \l{qmake Function Reference#quote(string)}{quote()}
-    function can be used in the following way:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/spaces.pro quoting include paths with spaces
-
-    \section2 Comments
-
-    You can add comments to project files. Comments begin with the \c
-    # character and continue to the end of the same line. For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/comments.pro 0
-
-    To include the \c # character in variable assignments, it is necessary
-    to use the contents of the built-in \c LITERAL_HASH variable. See the
-    \l{qmake Variable Reference#LITERAL_HASH}{variable reference} for more
-    information.
-
-    \section2 Built-in Functions and Control Flow
-
-    \c qmake provides a number of built-in functions to allow the contents
-    of variables to be processed. The most commonly used function in simple
-    project files is the \c include function which takes a filename as an
-    argument. The contents of the given file are included in the project
-    file at the place where the \c include function is used.
-    The \c include function is most commonly used to include other project
-    files:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/include.pro 0
-
-    Support for conditional structures is made available via
-    \l{qmake Advanced Usage#scopes}{scopes} that behave like \c if
-    statements in programming languages:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/scopes.pro 0
-
-    The assignments inside the braces are only made if the condition is
-    true. In this case, the special \c win32 variable must be set; this
-    happens automatically on Windows, but this can also be specified on
-    other platforms by running \c qmake with the \c{-win32} command line
-    option (see \l{Running qmake} for more information). The opening
-    brace must stand on the same line as the condition.
-
-    Simple loops are constructed by iterating over lists of values using
-    the built-in \c for function. The following code adds directories
-    to the \l{qmake Variable Reference#SUBDIRS}{SUBDIRS} variable, but
-    only if they exist:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/functions.pro 0
-
-    More complex operations on variables that would usually require loops
-    are provided by built-in functions such as \c find, \c unique, and
-    \c count. These functions, and many others are provided to manipulate
-    strings and paths, support user input, and call external tools. A list
-    of the functions available can be found in the
-    \l{qmake Advanced Usage} chapter of this manual.
-
-    \section1 Project Templates
-
-    The \c TEMPLATE variable is used to define the type of project that will
-    be built. If this is not declared in the project file, \c qmake assumes
-    that an application should be built, and will generate an appropriate
-    Makefile (or equivalent file) for the purpose.
-
-    The types of project available are listed in the following table with
-    information about the files that \c qmake will generate for each of them:
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Template      \o Description of \c qmake output
-    \row    \o app (default) \o Creates a Makefile to build an application.
-    \row    \o lib           \o Creates a Makefile to build a library.
-    \row    \o subdirs       \o Creates a Makefile containing rules for the
-    subdirectories specified using the \l{qmake Variable Reference#SUBDIRS}{SUBDIRS}
-    variable. Each subdirectory must contain its own project file.
-    \row    \o vcapp         \o Creates a Visual Studio Project file to build
-                             an application.
-    \row    \o vclib         \o Creates a Visual Studio Project file to build a library.
-    \endtable
-
-    See the \l{qmake Tutorial} for advice on writing project files for
-    projects that use the \c app and \c lib templates.
-
-    When the \c subdirs template is used, \c qmake generates a Makefile
-    to examine each specified subdirectory, process any project file it finds
-    there, and run the platform's \c make tool on the newly-created Makefile.
-    The \l{qmake Variable Reference#SUBDIRS}{SUBDIRS} variable is used to
-    contain a list of all the subdirectories to be processed.
-
-    \target GeneralConfiguration
-    \section1 General Configuration
-
-    The \l{qmake Variable Reference#CONFIG}{CONFIG variable} specifies the
-    options and features that the compiler should use and the libraries that
-    should be linked against. Anything can be added to the \c CONFIG variable,
-    but the options covered below are recognized by \c qmake internally.
-
-    The following options control the compiler flags that are used to build the
-    project:
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Option   \o Description
-    \row    \o release  \o The project is to be built in release mode.
-            This is ignored if \c debug is also specified.
-    \row    \o debug    \o The project is to be built in debug mode.
-    \row    \o debug_and_release \o The project is built in \e both debug and
-            release modes.
-    \row    \o debug_and_release_target \o The project is built in \e both debug 
-    and release modes. TARGET is built into \e both the debug and release directories.
-    \row    \o build_all \o If \c debug_and_release is specified, the project is
-            built in both debug and release modes by default.
-    \row    \o autogen_precompile_source \o Automatically generates a \c .cpp file that includes 
-    the precompiled header file specified in the .pro file.
-    \row    \o ordered  \o When using the \c subdirs template, this option
-            specifies that the directories listed should be processed in the
-            order in which they are given.
-    \row    \o warn_on  \o The compiler should output as many warnings as possible.
-            This is ignored if \c warn_off is specified.
-    \row    \o warn_off \o The compiler should output as few warnings as possible.
-    \row    \o copy_dir_files \o Enables the install rule to also copy directories, not just files.  
-    \endtable
-
-    The \c debug_and_release option is special in that it enables \e both debug and
-    release versions of a project to be built. In such a case, the Makefile that
-    \c qmake generates includes a rule that builds both versions, and this can be
-    invoked in the following way:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 0
-
-    Adding the \c build_all option to the \c CONFIG variable makes this rule
-    the default when building the project, and installation targets will be
-    created for both debug and release builds.
-
-    Note that each of the options specified in the \c CONFIG variable can also be
-    used as a scope condition.
-    You can test for the presence of certain configuration options by using the
-    built-in \l{qmake Function Reference#CONFIG(config)}{CONFIG()} function.
-    For example, the following lines show the function as the condition in a scope
-    to test whether only the \c opengl option is in use:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/configscopes.pro 4
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/configscopes.pro 5
-
-    This enables different configurations to be defined for \c release and
-    \c debug builds, and is described in more detail in the
-    \l{qmake Advanced Usage#Scopes}{Scopes} section of the
-    \l{qmake Advanced Usage}{Advanced Usage} chapter of this manual.
-
-    The following options define the type of project to be built. Note that some
-    of these options only take effect when used on the relevant platform. On other
-    platforms, they have no effect.
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Option \o Description
-    \row    \o qt     \o The project is a Qt application and should link against the Qt
-                      library. You can use the \c QT variable to control any additional
-                      Qt modules that are required by your application.
-    \row    \o thread \o The project is a multi-threaded application.
-    \row    \o x11    \o The project is an X11 application or library.
-    \endtable
-
-    When using \l{qmake Variable Reference#TEMPLATE}{application or library project
-    templates}, more specialized configuration options can be used to fine tune the
-    build process. These are explained in details in the
-    \l{qmake-common-projects.html}{Common Projects} chapter of this manual.
-
-    For example, if your application uses the Qt library and you want to
-    build it as a multi-threaded application in \c debug mode, your project
-    file will contain the following line:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 1
-
-    Note, that you must use "+=", not "=", or \c qmake will not be able to
-    use Qt's configuration to determine the settings needed for your project.
-
-    \section1 Declaring Qt Libraries
-
-    If the \c CONFIG variable contains the \c qt value, qmake's support for Qt
-    applications is enabled. This makes it possible to fine-tune which of the
-    Qt modules are used by your application. This is achieved with the \c QT
-    variable which can be used to declare the required extension modules.
-    For example, we can enable the XML and network modules in the following way:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 2
-
-    Note that \c QT includes the \c core and \c gui modules by default, so the
-    above declaration \e adds the network and XML modules to this default list.
-    The following assignment \e omits the default modules, and will lead to
-    errors when the application's source code is being compiled:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 3
-
-    If you want to build a project \e without the \c gui module, you need to
-    exclude it with the "-=" operator. By default, \c QT contains both
-    \c core and \c gui, so the following line will result in a minimal
-    Qt project being built:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 4
-
-    The table below shows the options that can be used with the \c QT variable
-    and the features that are associated with each of them:
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Option                     \o Features
-    \row    \o core (included by default) \o QtCore module
-    \row    \o gui  (included by default) \o QtGui module
-    \row    \o network                    \o QtNetwork module
-    \row    \o opengl                     \o QtOpenGL module
-    \row    \o sql                        \o QtSql module
-    \row    \o svg                        \o QtSvg module
-    \row    \o xml                        \o QtXml module
-    \row    \o xmlpatterns                \o QtXmlPatterns module
-    \row    \o qt3support                 \o Qt3Support module
-    \endtable
-
-    Note that adding the \c opengl option to the \c QT variable automatically
-    causes the equivalent option to be added to the \c CONFIG variable.
-    Therefore, for Qt applications, it is not necessary to add the \c opengl
-    option to both \c CONFIG and \c{QT}.
-
-    \section1 Configuration Features
-
-    \c qmake can be set up with extra configuration features that are specified
-    in feature (.prf) files. These extra features often provide support for
-    custom tools that are used during the build process. To add a feature to
-    the build process, append the feature name (the stem of the feature filename)
-    to the \c CONFIG variable.
-
-    For example, \c qmake can configure the build process to take advantage
-    of external libraries that are supported by
-    \l{http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software_2fpkgconfig}{pkg-config},
-    such as the D-Bus and ogg libraries, with the following lines:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 5
-
-    More information about features can be found in the
-    \l{qmake Advanced Usage#Adding New Configuration Features}
-    {Adding New Configuration Features} section of the \l{qmake Advanced Usage}
-    chapter.
-
-    \section1 Declaring Other Libraries
-
-    If you are using other libraries in your project in addition to those
-    supplied with Qt, you need to specify them in your project file.
-
-    The paths that \c qmake searches for libraries and the specific libraries
-    to link against can be added to the list of values in the
-    \l{qmake Variable Reference#LIBS}{LIBS} variable. The paths to the libraries
-    themselves can be given, or the familiar Unix-style notation for specifying
-    libraries and paths can be used if preferred.
-
-    For example, the following lines show how a library can be specified:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 6
-
-    The paths containing header files can also be specified in a similar way
-    using the \l{qmake Variable Reference#INCLUDEPATH}{INCLUDEPATH} variable.
-
-    For example, it is possible to add several paths to be searched for header
-    files:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 7
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \page qmake-running.html
-    \title Running qmake
-    \contentspage {qmake Manual}{Contents}
-    \previouspage qmake Project Files
-    \nextpage qmake Platform Notes
-
-    The behavior of \c qmake can be customized when it is run by
-    specifying various options on the command line. These allow the
-    build process to be fine-tuned, provide useful diagnostic
-    information, and can be used to specify the target platform for
-    your project.
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \target Commands
-    \section1 Command-Line Options
-
-    \section2 Syntax
-
-    The syntax used to run \c qmake takes the following simple form:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 8
-
-    \c qmake supports two different modes of operation: In the default mode,
-    \c qmake will use the description in a project file to generate a Makefile,
-    but it is also possible to use \c qmake to generate project files.
-    If you want to explicitly set the mode, you must specify it before all
-    other options. The \c mode can be either of the following two values:
-
-    \list
-    \o \c -makefile \BR
-        \c qmake output will be a Makefile.
-    \o \c -project \BR
-        \c qmake output will be a project file. \BR
-\bold{Note:} It is likely that the created file will need to be edited for example adding the \c QT variable to suit what modules are required for the project.
-    \endlist
-
-    The following \c options are used to specify both general and mode-specific
-    settings. Options that only apply to the Makefile mode are described in the
-    \l{#MakefileMode}{Makefile Mode Options} section; options that influence the
-    creation of project files are described in the
-    \l{#ProjectMode}{Project File Options} section.
-
-    The \c files argument represents a list of one or more project files, separated
-    by spaces.
-
-    \section2 Options
-
-    A wide range of options can be specified on the command line to \c qmake in
-    order to customize the build process, and to override default settings for
-    your platform. The following basic options provide usage information, specify
-    where \c qmake writes the output file, and control the level of debugging
-    information that will be written to the console:
-
-    \list
-    \o \c -help \BR
-        \c qmake will go over these features and give some useful help.
-    \o \c -o file \BR
-        \c qmake output will be directed to \e file. If this option
-        is not specified, \c qmake will try to use a suitable file name for its
-        output, depending on the mode it is running in.\BR
-        If '-' is specified, output is directed to stdout.
-    \o \c -d \BR
-        \c qmake will output debugging information.
-    \endlist
-
-    For projects that need to be built differently on each target platform, with
-    many subdirectories, you can run \c qmake with each of the following
-    options to set the corresponding platform-specific variable in each
-    project file:
-
-    \list
-    \o \c -unix \BR
-        \c qmake will run in unix mode.  In this mode, Unix file
-        naming and path conventions will be used, additionally testing for \c unix
-        (as a scope) will succeed. This is the default mode on all Unices.
-    \o \c -macx \BR
-        \c qmake will run in Mac OS X mode.  In this mode, Unix file
-        naming and path conventions will be used, additionally testing for \c macx
-        (as a scope) will succeed. This is the default mode on Mac OS X.
-    \o \c -win32 \BR
-        \c qmake will run in win32 mode.  In this mode, Windows file naming and path
-        conventions will be used, additionally testing for \c win32 (as a scope)
-        will succeed. This is the default mode on Windows.
-    \endlist
-
-    The template used for the project is usually specified by the \c TEMPLATE
-    variable in the project file. We can override or modify this by using the
-    following options:
-
-    \list
-    \o \c -t tmpl \BR
-        \c qmake will override any set \c TEMPLATE variables with tmpl, but only
-        \e after the .pro file has been processed.
-    \o \c -tp prefix \BR
-        \c qmake will add the prefix to the \c TEMPLATE variable.
-    \endlist
-
-    The level of warning information can be fine-tuned to help you find problems in
-    your project file:
-
-    \list
-    \o \c -Wall \BR
-          \c qmake will report all known warnings.
-    \o \c -Wnone \BR
-          No warning information will be generated by \c qmake.
-    \o \c -Wparser \BR
-          \c qmake will only generate parser warnings. This will alert
-          you to common pitfalls and potential problems in the parsing of your
-          project files.
-    \o \c -Wlogic \BR
-          \c qmake will warn of common pitfalls and potential problems in your
-          project file. For example, \c qmake will report whether a file is placed
-          into a list of files multiple times, or if a file cannot be found.
-    \endlist
-
-    \target MakefileMode
-    \section2 Makefile Mode Options
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 9
-
-    In Makefile mode, \c qmake will generate a Makefile that is used to build the
-    project. Additionally, the following options may be used in this mode to
-    influence the way the project file is generated:
-
-    \list
-    \o \c -after \BR
-       \c qmake will process assignments given on the command line after
-       the specified files.
-    \o \c -nocache \BR
-       \c qmake will ignore the .qmake.cache file.
-    \o \c -nodepend \BR
-       \c qmake will not generate any dependency information.
-    \o \c -cache file \BR
-       \c qmake will use \e file as the cache file, ignoring any other
-       .qmake.cache files found.
-    \o \c -spec spec \BR
-       \c qmake will use \e spec as a path to platform and compiler information,
-       and the value of \c QMAKESPEC will be ignored.
-    \endlist
-
-    You may also pass \c qmake assignments on the command line;
-    they will be processed before all of the files specified. For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 10
-
-    This will generate a Makefile, from test.pro with Unix pathnames.  However
-    many of the specified options aren't necessary as they are the default.
-    Therefore, the line can be simplified on Unix to:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 11
-
-    If you are certain you want your variables processed after the
-    files specified, then you may pass the \c -after option. When this
-    is specified, all assignments on the command line after the \c -after
-    option will be postponed until after the specified files are parsed.
-
-    \target ProjectMode
-    \section2 Project Mode Options
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 12
-
-    In project mode, \c qmake will generate a project file. Additionally, you
-    may supply the following options in this mode:
-
-    \list
-    \o \c -r \BR
-       \c qmake will look through supplied directories recursively
-    \o \c -nopwd \BR
-       \c qmake will not look in your current working directory for
-       source code and only use the specified \c files
-    \endlist
-
-    In this mode, the \c files argument can be a list of files or directories.
-    If a directory is specified, it will be included in the \c DEPENDPATH
-    variable, and relevant code from there will be included in the generated
-    project file. If a file is given, it will be appended to the correct
-    variable, depending on its extension; for example, UI files are added
-    to \c FORMS, and C++ files are added to \c SOURCES.
-
-    You may also pass assignments on the command line in this mode. When doing
-    so, these assignments will be placed last in the generated project file.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \page qmake-platform-notes.html
-    \title qmake Platform Notes
-    \contentspage {qmake Manual}{Contents}
-    \previouspage Running qmake
-    \nextpage qmake Advanced Usage
-
-    Many cross-platform projects can be handled by the \c{qmake}'s basic
-    configuration features. On some platforms, it is sometimes useful, or even
-    necessary, to take advantage of platform-specific features. \c qmake knows
-    about many of these features, and these can be accessed via specific
-    variables that only have an effect on the platforms where they are relevant.
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 Mac OS X
-
-    Features specific to this platform include support for creating universal
-    binaries, frameworks and bundles.
-
-    \section2 Source and Binary Packages
-
-    The version of \c qmake supplied in source packages is configured slightly
-    differently to that supplied in binary packages in that it uses a different
-    feature specification. Where the source package typically uses the
-    \c macx-g++ specification, the binary package is typically configured to
-    use the \c macx-xcode specification.
-
-    Users of each package can override this configuration by invoking \c qmake
-    with the \c -spec option (see \l{Running qmake} for more information). This
-    makes it possible, for example, to use \c qmake from a binary package to
-    create a Makefile in a project directory with the following command line
-    invocation:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 13
-
-    \section2 Using Frameworks
-
-    \c qmake is able to automatically generate build rules for linking against
-    frameworks in the standard framework directory on Mac OS X, located at
-    \c{/Library/Frameworks/}.
-
-    Directories other than the standard framework directory need to be specified
-    to the build system, and this is achieved by appending linker options to the
-    \l{qmake Variable Reference#QMAKE_LFLAGS}{QMAKE_LFLAGS} variable, as shown
-    in the following example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 14
-
-    The framework itself is linked in by appending the \c{-framework} options and
-    the name of the framework to the \l{qmake Variable Reference#LIBS}{LIBS}
-    variable:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 15
-
-    \section2 Creating Frameworks
-
-    Any given library project can be configured so that the resulting library
-    file is placed in a
-    \l{http://developer.apple.com/documentation/MacOSX/Conceptual/BPFrameworks/Concepts/WhatAreFrameworks.html}
-    {framework}, ready for deployment. To do this, set up the project to use the
-    \l{qmake Variable Reference#TEMPLATE}{\c lib template} and add the
-    \c lib_bundle option to the
-    \l{qmake Variable Reference#CONFIG}{CONFIG} variable:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 16
-
-    The data associated with the library is specified using the
-    \l{qmake Variable Reference#QMAKE_BUNDLE_DATA}{QMAKE_BUNDLE_DATA}
-    variable. This holds items that will be installed with a library
-    bundle, and is often used to specify a collection of header files,
-    as in the following example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 17
-
-    Here, the \c FRAMEWORK_HEADERS variable is a user-defined variable that
-    is used to define the headers required to use a particular framework.
-    Appending it to the \c QMAKE_BUNDLE_DATA variable ensures that the
-    information about these headers are added to the collection of
-    resources that will be installed with the library bundle. Also, the
-    framework's name and version are specified by
-    \l{qmake Variable Reference#QMAKE_FRAMEWORK_BUNDLE_NAME}
-    {QMAKE_FRAMEWORK_BUNDLE_NAME}
-    and \l{qmake Variable Reference#QMAKE_FRAMEWORK_VERSION}
-    {QMAKE_FRAMEWORK_VERSION} variables. By default, the values used for
-    these are obtained from the \l{qmake Variable Reference#TARGET}{TARGET}
-    and \l{qmake Variable Reference#VERSION}{VERSION} variables.
-
-    See \l{Deploying an Application on Mac OS X} for more information about
-    deploying applications and libraries.
-
-    \section2 Creating Universal Binaries
-
-    To create a universal binary for your application, you need to be using
-    a version of Qt that has been configured with the \c{-universal} option.
-
-    The architectures to be supported in the binary are specified with the
-    \l{qmake Variable Reference#CONFIG}{CONFIG} variable. For example, the
-    following assignment causes \c qmake to generate build rules to create
-    a universal binary for both PowerPC and x86 architectures:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 18
-
-    Additionally, developers using a PowerPC-based platform need to set the
-    \l{qmake Variable Reference#QMAKE_MAC_SDK}{QMAKE_MAC_SDK} variable.
-    This process is discussed in more detail in the
-    \l{Deploying an Application on Mac OS X#Architecture Dependencies}{deployment guide for Mac OS X}.
-
-    \section2 Creating and Moving Xcode Projects
-
-    Developers on Mac OS X can take advantage of \c{qmake}'s support for Xcode
-    project files, as described in
-    \l{Qt is Mac OS X Native#Development Tools}{Qt is Mac OS X Native},
-    by running \c qmake to generate an Xcode project from an existing \c qmake
-    project files. For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 19
-
-    Note that, if a project is later moved on the disk, \c qmake must be run
-    again to process the project file and create a new Xcode project file.
-
-    \section2 On supporting two build targets simultaneously
-
-    Implementing this is currently not feasible, because the XCode
-    concept of Active Build Configurations is conceptually different
-    from the qmake idea of build targets.
-
-    The XCode Active Build Configurations settings are for modifying
-    xcode configurations, compiler flags and similar build
-    options. Unlike Visual Studio, XCode does not allow for the
-    selection of specific library files based on whether debug or
-    release build configurations are selected. The qmake debug and
-    release settings control which library files are linked to the
-    executable.
-
-    It is currently not possible to set files in XCode configuration
-    settings from the qmake generated xcode project file. The way the
-    libraries are linked in the "Frameworks & Libraries" phase in the
-    XCode build system.
-
-    Furthermore, The selected "Active Build Configuration" is stored
-    in a .pbxuser file, which is generated by xcode on first load, not
-    created by qmake.
-
-    \section1 Windows
-
-    Features specific to this platform include support for creating Visual
-    Studio project files and handling manifest files when deploying Qt
-    applications developed using Visual Studio 2005.
-
-    \section2 Creating Visual Studio Project Files
-
-    Developers using Visual Studio to write Qt applications can use the
-    Visual Studio integration facilities provided with the
-    \l{Qt Commercial Editions} and do not need to worry about how
-    project dependencies are managed.
-
-    However, some developers may need to import an existing \c qmake project
-    into Visual Studio. \c qmake is able to take a project file and create a
-    Visual Studio project that contains all the necessary information required
-    by the development environment. This is achieved by setting the \c qmake
-    \l{qmake Variable Reference#TEMPLATE}{project template} to either \c vcapp
-    (for application projects) or \c vclib (for library projects).
-
-    This can also be set using a command line option, for example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 20
-
-    It is possible to recursively generate \c{.vcproj} files in subdirectories
-    and a \c{.sln} file in the main directory, by typing:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 21
-
-    Each time you update the project file, you need to run \c qmake to generate
-    an updated Visual Studio project.
-
-    \note If you are using the Visual Studio Add-in, you can import \c .pro
-    files via the \gui{Qt->Import from .pro file} menu item.
-
-    \section2 Visual Studio 2005 Manifest Files
-
-    When deploying Qt applications built using Visual Studio 2005, it is
-    necessary to ensure that the manifest file, created when the application
-    was linked, is handled correctly. This is handled automatically for
-    projects that generate DLLs.
-
-    Removing manifest embedding for application executables can be done with
-    the following assignment to the \l{qmake Variable Reference#CONFIG}
-    {CONFIG} variable:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 22
-
-    Also, the manifest embedding for DLLs can be removed with the following
-    assignment to the \l{qmake Variable Reference#CONFIG}{CONFIG} variable:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 23
-
-    This is discussed in more detail in the
-    \l{Deploying an Application on Windows#Visual Studio 2005 Onwards}
-    {deployment guide for Windows}.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \page qmake-reference.html
-    \title qmake Reference
-    \contentspage {qmake Manual}{Contents}
-    \previouspage Using Precompiled Headers
-    \nextpage qmake Variable Reference
-
-    This reference is a detailed index of all the variables and function
-    that are available for use in \c qmake project files.
-
-    \section1 Variable Reference
-
-    The \l{qmake Variable Reference} describes the variables that are
-    recognized by \c qmake when configuring the build process for
-    projects.
-
-    \section1 Function Reference
-
-    The \l{qmake Function Reference} describes the function that can be
-    used to process the contents of variables defined in project files.
-
-    \target FrequentlyUsedVariables
-    \section1 Frequently Used Variables
-
-    The following variables are frequently used in project files to describe
-    common aspects of the build process. These are fully described in the
-    \l{qmake-variable-reference.html}{Variable Reference}.
-
-    \list
-    \o \l{qmake Variable Reference#CONFIG}{CONFIG}
-    \o \l{qmake Variable Reference#DEF_FILE}{DEF_FILE}
-    \o \l{qmake Variable Reference#DEFINES}{DEFINES}
-    \o \l{qmake Variable Reference#DESTDIR}{DESTDIR}
-    \o \l{qmake Variable Reference#DISTFILES}{DISTFILES}
-    \o \l{qmake Variable Reference#DLLDESTDIR}{DLLDESTDIR}
-    \o \l{qmake Variable Reference#FORMS}{FORMS}
-    \o \l{qmake Variable Reference#FORMS3}{FORMS3}
-    \o \l{qmake Variable Reference#GUID}{GUID}
-    \o \l{qmake Variable Reference#HEADERS}{HEADERS}
-    \o \l{qmake Variable Reference#INCLUDEPATH}{INCLUDEPATH}
-    \o \l{qmake Variable Reference#LEXSOURCES}{LEXSOURCES}
-    \o \l{qmake Variable Reference#LIBS}{LIBS}
-    \o \l{qmake Variable Reference#MOC_DIR}{MOC_DIR}
-    \o \l{qmake Variable Reference#OBJECTS_DIR}{OBJECTS_DIR}
-    \o \l{qmake Variable Reference#QT}{QT}
-    \o \l{qmake Variable Reference#RCC_DIR}{RCC_DIR}
-    \o \l{qmake Variable Reference#REQUIRES}{REQUIRES}
-    \o \l{qmake Variable Reference#RESOURCES}{RESOURCES}
-    \o \l{qmake Variable Reference#SOURCES}{SOURCES}
-    \o \l{qmake Variable Reference#SUBDIRS}{SUBDIRS}
-    \o \l{qmake Variable Reference#TARGET}{TARGET}
-    \o \l{qmake Variable Reference#TEMPLATE}{TEMPLATE}
-    \o \l{qmake Variable Reference#TRANSLATIONS}{TRANSLATIONS}
-    \o \l{qmake Variable Reference#UI_DIR}{UI_DIR}
-    \o \l{qmake Variable Reference#UI_HEADERS_DIR}{UI_HEADERS_DIR}
-    \o \l{qmake Variable Reference#UI_SOURCES_DIR}{UI_SOURCES_DIR}
-    \o \l{qmake Variable Reference#VERSION}{VERSION}
-    \o \l{qmake Variable Reference#YACCSOURCES}{YACCSOURCES}
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 Environment Variables and Configuration
-
-    The \l{Configuring qmake's Environment} chapter of this manual
-    describes the environment variables that \c qmake uses when
-    configuring the build process.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \page qmake-variable-reference.html
-    \title qmake Variable Reference
-    \contentspage {qmake Manual}{Contents}
-    \previouspage qmake Reference
-    \nextpage qmake Function Reference
-
-    \c{qmake}'s fundamental behavior is influenced by variable declarations that
-    define the build process of each project. Some of these declare resources,
-    such as headers and source files, that are common to each platform; others
-    are used to customize the behavior of compilers and linkers on specific
-    platforms.
-
-    Platform-specific variables follow the naming pattern of the
-    variables which they extend or modify, but include the name of the relevant
-    platform in their name. For example, \c QMAKE_LIBS can be used to specify a list
-    of libraries that a project needs to link against, and \c QMAKE_LIBS_X11 can be
-    used to extend or override this list.
-
-    \tableofcontents{3}
-
-    \target CONFIG
-    \section1 CONFIG
-
-    The \c CONFIG variable specifies project configuration and
-    compiler options.  The values will be recognized internally by
-    \c qmake and have special meaning.  They are as follows.
-
-    These \c CONFIG values control compilation flags:
-
-    \table 95%
-    \header \o Option   \o Description
-    \row    \o release  \o The project is to be built in release mode.
-            This is ignored if \c debug is also specified.
-    \row    \o debug    \o The project is to be built in debug mode.
-    \row    \o debug_and_release \o The project is built in \e both debug and
-            release modes. This can have some unexpected side effects (see
-            below for more information).
-    \row    \o build_all \o If \c debug_and_release is specified, the project is
-            built in both debug and release modes by default.
-    \row    \o ordered  \o When using the \c subdirs template, this option
-            specifies that the directories listed should be processed in the
-            order in which they are given.
-    \row    \o precompile_header \o Enables support for the use of
-            \l{Using Precompiled Headers}{precompiled headers} in projects.
-    \row    \o warn_on  \o The compiler should output as many warnings as possible.
-            This is ignored if \c warn_off is specified.
-    \row    \o warn_off \o The compiler should output as few warnings as possible.
-    \omit
-    \row    \o qt_debug \o Specifies that the project should be built against
-            debug versions of the Qt libraries specified using the
-            \l{#QT}{QT} variable.
-    \row    \o qt_release \o Specifies that the project should be built against
-            release versions of the Qt libraries specified using the
-            \l{#QT}{QT} variable.
-    \endomit
-    \endtable
-
-    Since the \c debug option overrides the \c release option when both are
-    defined in the \c CONFIG variable, it is necessary to use the
-    \c debug_and_release option if you want to allow both debug and release
-    versions of a project to be built. In such a case, the Makefile that
-    \c qmake generates includes a rule that builds both versions, and this can
-    be invoked in the following way:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 24
-
-    When linking a library, \c qmake relies on the underlying platform to know
-    what other libraries this library links against. However, if linking
-    statically, \c qmake will not get this information unless we use the following
-    \c CONFIG options:
-
-     \table 95%
-     \header \o Option   \o Description
-     \row    \o create_prl  \o This option enables \c qmake to track these
-        dependencies. When this option is enabled, \c qmake will create a file
-        ending in \c .prl which will save meta-information about the library
-        (see \l{LibDepend}{Library Dependencies} for more info).
-     \row    \o link_prl    \o When this is enabled, \c qmake will process all
-        libraries linked to by the application and find their meta-information
-        (see \l{LibDepend}{Library Dependencies} for more info).
-     \endtable
-
-    Please note that \c create_prl is required when \e {building} a
-    static library, while \c link_prl is required when \e {using} a
-    static library.
-
-    On Windows (or if Qt is configured with \c{-debug_and_release}, adding the
-    \c build_all option to the \c CONFIG variable makes this rule the default
-    when building the project, and installation targets will be created for
-    both debug and release builds.
-
-    Additionally, adding \c debug_and_release to the \c CONFIG variable will
-    cause both \c debug and \c release to be defined in the contents of
-    \c CONFIG. When the project file is processed, the
-    \l{qmake Advanced Usage#Scopes}{scopes} that test for each value will be
-    processed for \e both debug and release modes. The \c{build_pass} variable
-    will be set for each of these mode, and you can test for this to perform
-    build-specific tasks. For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 25
-
-    As a result, it may be useful to define mode-specific variables, such as
-    \l{#QMAKE_LFLAGS_RELEASE}{QMAKE_LFLAGS_RELEASE}, instead of general
-    variables, such as \l{#QMAKE_LFLAGS}{QMAKE_LFLAGS}, where possible.
-
-    The following options define the application/library type:
-
-    \table 95%
-    \header \o Option \o Description
-    \row \o qt \o The target is a Qt application/library and requires the Qt
-         library and header files. The proper include and library paths for the
-         Qt library will automatically be added to the project. This is defined
-         by default, and can be fine-tuned with the \c{\l{#qt}{QT}} variable.
-    \row \o thread \o The target is a multi-threaded application or library.  The
-        proper defines and compiler flags will automatically be added to
-        the project.
-    \row \o x11 \o The target is a X11 application or library. The proper
-        include paths and libraries will automatically be added to the
-        project.
-    \row \o windows \o The target is a Win32 window application (app only). The
-        proper include paths, compiler flags and libraries will
-        automatically be added to the project.
-    \row \o console \o The target is a Win32 console application (app only). The
-        proper include paths, compiler flags and libraries will
-        automatically be added to the
-        project.
-    \row \o shared \o{1,3} The target is a shared object/DLL. The proper
-        include paths, compiler flags and libraries will automatically be
-        added to the project.
-    \row \o dll \o
-    \row \o dylib \o
-    \row \o static \o{1,2} The target is a static library (lib only).  The proper
-        compiler flags will automatically be added to the project.
-    \row \o staticlib \o
-    \row \o plugin \o The target is a plugin (lib only). This enables dll as well.
-    \row \o designer \o The target is a plugin for \QD.
-    \row \o uic3 \o Configures qmake to run uic3 on the content of \c FORMS3 if
-         defined; otherwise the contents of \c FORMS will be processed instead.
-    \row \o no_lflags_merge \o Ensures that the list of libraries stored in the
-         \c LIBS variable is not reduced to a list of unique values before it is used.
-    \row \o resources \o Configures qmake to run rcc on the content of \c RESOURCES
-         if defined.
-    \endtable
-
-    These options are used to set the compiler flags:
-
-    \table 95%
-    \header \o Option \o Description
-    \row \o 3dnow \o AMD 3DNow! instruction support is enabled.
-    \row \o exceptions \o Exception support is enabled.
-    \row \o mmx \o Intel MMX instruction support is enabled.
-    \row \o rtti \o RTTI support is enabled.
-    \row \o stl \o STL support is enabled.
-    \row \o sse \o SSE support is enabled.
-    \row \o sse2 \o SSE2 support is enabled.
-    \endtable
-
-    These options define specific features on Windows only:
-
-    \table 95%
-    \header \o Option \o Description
-    \row \o flat \o When using the vcapp template this will put all the source
-         files into the source group and the header files into the header group
-         regardless of what directory they reside in.  Turning this
-         option off will group the files within the source/header group depending
-         on the directory they reside. This is turned on by default.
-    \row \o embed_manifest_dll \o Embeds a manifest file in the DLL created
-         as part of a library project.
-    \row \o embed_manifest_exe \o Embeds a manifest file in the DLL created
-         as part of an application project.
-    \row \o incremental \o Used to enable or disable incremental linking in Visual
-         C++, depending on whether this feature is enabled or disabled by default.
-    \endtable
-
-    See \l{qmake Platform Notes#Visual Studio 2005 Manifest Files}{qmake Platform Notes}
-    for more information on the options for embedding manifest files.
-
-    These options only have an effect on Mac OS X:
-
-    \table 95%
-    \header \o Option \o Description
-    \row \o ppc \o Builds a PowerPC binary.
-    \row \o x86 \o Builds an i386 compatible binary.
-    \row \o app_bundle \o Puts the executable into a bundle (this is the default).
-    \row \o lib_bundle \o Puts the library into a library bundle.
-    \endtable
-
-    The build process for bundles is also influenced by
-    the contents of the \l{#QMAKE_BUNDLE_DATA}{QMAKE_BUNDLE_DATA} variable.
-
-    These options have an effect on Linux/Unix platforms:
-
-    \table 95%
-    \header \o Option \o Description
-    \row \o largefile \o Includes support for large files.
-    \row \o separate_debug_info \o Puts debugging information for libraries in
-    separate files.
-    \endtable
-
-    The \c CONFIG variable will also be checked when resolving scopes. You may
-    assign anything to this variable.
-
-    For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 26
-
-    \target DEFINES
-    \section1 DEFINES
-
-    \c qmake adds the values of this variable as compiler C
-    preprocessor macros (-D option).
-
-    For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 27
-
-    \target DEF_FILE
-    \section1 DEF_FILE
-
-    \e {This is only used on Windows when using the \c app template}.
-
-    Specifies a \c .def file to be included in the project.
-
-    \target DEPENDPATH
-    \section1 DEPENDPATH
-
-    This variable contains the list of all directories to look in to
-    resolve dependencies. This will be used when crawling through
-    \c included files.
-
-    \target DEPLOYMENT
-    \section1 DEPLOYMENT
-
-    \e {This is only used on Windows CE.}
-
-    Specifies which additional files will be deployed. Deployment means the
-    transfer of files from the development system to the target device or
-    emulator.
-
-    Files can be deployed by either creating a Visual Studio project or using
-    the \l {Using QTestLib remotely on Windows CE}{cetest} executable.
-
-    For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 28
-
-    This will upload all PNG images in \c path to the same directory your
-    build target will be deployed to.
-
-    The default deployment target path for Windows CE is
-    \c{%CSIDL_PROGRAM_FILES%\target}, which usually gets expanded to
-    \c{\Program Files\target}.
-
-    It is also possible to specify multiple \c sources to be deployed on
-    target \c paths. In addition, different variables can be used for
-    deployment to different directories.
-
-    For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 29
-
-    \note All linked Qt libraries will be deployed to the path specified
-    by \c{myFiles.path}.
-
-    \target DEPLOYMENT_PLUGIN
-    \section1 DEPLOYMENT_PLUGIN
-
-    \e {This is only used on Windows CE.}
-
-    This variable specifies the Qt plugins that will be deployed. All plugins
-    available in Qt can be explicitly deployed to the device. See
-    \l{Static Plugins}{Static Plugins} for a complete list.
-
-    \note No plugins will be deployed automatically. If the application
-    depends on plugins, these plugins have to be specified manually.
-
-    For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 128
-
-    This will upload the jpeg imageformat plugin to the plugins directory
-    on the Windows CE device.
-
-    \target DESTDIR
-    \section1 DESTDIR
-
-    Specifies where to put the \l{#TARGET}{target} file.
-
-    For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 30
-
-    \target DESTDIR_TARGET
-    \section1 DESTDIR_TARGET
-
-    This variable is set internally by \c qmake, which is basically the
-    \c DESTDIR variable with the \c TARGET variable appened at the end.
-    The value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
-    \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \target DLLDESTDIR
-    \section1 DLLDESTDIR
-
-    Specifies where to copy the \l{#TARGET}{target} dll.
-
-    \target DISTFILES
-    \section1 DISTFILES
-
-    This variable contains a list of files to be included in the dist
-    target. This feature is supported by UnixMake specs only.
-
-    For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 31
-
-    \target DSP_TEMPLATE
-    \section1 DSP_TEMPLATE
-
-    This variable is set internally by \c qmake, which specifies where the
-    dsp template file for basing generated dsp files is stored. The value
-    of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
-    \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \target FORMS
-    \section1 FORMS
-
-    This variable specifies the UI files (see \link
-    designer-manual.html Qt Designer \endlink) to be processed through \c uic
-    before compiling.  All dependencies, headers and source files required
-    to build these UI files will automatically be added to the project.
-
-    For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 32
-
-    If FORMS3 is defined in your project, then this variable must contain
-    forms for uic, and not uic3. If CONFIG contains uic3, and FORMS3 is not
-    defined, the this variable must contain only uic3 type forms.
-
-    \target FORMS3
-    \section1 FORMS3
-
-    This variable specifies the old style UI files to be processed
-    through \c uic3 before compiling, when \c CONFIG contains uic3.
-    All dependencies, headers and source files required to build these
-    UI files will automatically be added to the project.
-
-    For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 33
-
-    \target GUID
-    \section1 GUID
-
-    Specifies the GUID that is set inside a \c{.vcproj} file. The GUID is
-    usually randomly determined. However, should you require a fixed GUID,
-    it can be set using this variable.
-
-    This variable is specific to \c{.vcproj} files only; it is ignored
-    otherwise.
-
-    \target HEADERS
-    \section1 HEADERS
-
-    Defines the header files for the project.
-
-    \c qmake will generate dependency information (unless \c -nodepend
-    is specified on the \l{Running qmake#Commands}{command line})
-    for the specified headers. \c qmake will also automatically detect if
-    \c moc is required by the classes in these headers, and add the
-    appropriate dependencies and files to the project for generating and
-    linking the moc files.
-
-    For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 34
-
-    See also \l{#SOURCES}{SOURCES}.
-
-    \target INCLUDEPATH
-    \section1 INCLUDEPATH
-
-    This variable specifies the #include directories which should be
-    searched when compiling the project. Use ';' or a space as the
-    directory separator.
-
-    For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 35
-
-    To specify a path containing spaces, quote the path using the technique
-    mentioned in the \l{qmake Project Files#Whitespace}{qmake Project Files}
-    document. For example, paths with spaces can be specified on Windows
-    and Unix platforms by using the \l{qmake Function Reference#quote-string}{quote()}
-    function in the following way:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/spaces.pro quoting include paths with spaces
-
-    \target INSTALLS
-    \section1 INSTALLS
-
-    This variable contains a list of resources that will be installed when
-    \c{make install} or a similar installation procedure is executed. Each
-    item in the list is typically defined with attributes that provide
-    information about where it will be installed.
-
-    For example, the following \c{target.path} definition describes where the
-    build target will be installed, and the \c INSTALLS assignment adds the
-    build target to the list of existing resources to be installed:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 36
-
-    \target LEXIMPLS
-    \section1 LEXIMPLS
-
-    This variable contains a list of lex implementation files.  The value
-    of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely
-    needs to be modified.
-
-    \target LEXOBJECTS
-    \section1 LEXOBJECTS
-
-    This variable contains the names of intermediate lex object
-    files.The value of this variable is typically handled by
-    \c qmake and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \target LEXSOURCES
-    \section1 LEXSOURCES
-
-    This variable contains a list of lex source files.  All
-    dependencies, headers and source files will automatically be added to
-    the project for building these lex files.
-
-    For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 37
-
-    \target LIBS
-    \section1 LIBS
-
-    This variable contains a list of libraries to be linked into the project.
-    You can use the Unix \c -l (library) and -L (library path) flags and qmake
-    will do the correct thing with these libraries on Windows (namely this
-    means passing the full path of the library to the linker). The only
-    limitation to this is the library must exist, for qmake to find which
-    directory a \c -l lib lives in.
-
-    For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 38
-
-    To specify a path containing spaces, quote the path using the technique
-    mentioned in the \l{qmake Project Files#Whitespace}{qmake Project Files}
-    document. For example, paths with spaces can be specified on Windows
-    and Unix platforms by using the \l{qmake Function Reference#quote-string}{quote()}
-    function in the following way:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/spaces.pro quoting library paths with spaces
-
-    \bold{Note:} On Windows, specifying libraries with the \c{-l} option,
-    as in the above example, will cause the library with the highest version
-    number to be used; for example, \c{libmath2.lib} could potentially be used
-    instead of \c{libmathlib}. To avoid this ambiguity, we recommend that you
-    explicitly specify the library to be used by including the \c{.lib}
-    file name suffix.
-
-    By default, the list of libraries stored in \c LIBS is reduced to a list of
-    unique names before it is used. To change this behavior, add the
-    \c no_lflags_merge option to the \c CONFIG variable:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 39
-
-    \target LITERAL_HASH
-    \section1 LITERAL_HASH
-
-    This variable is used whenever a literal hash character (\c{#}) is needed in
-    a variable declaration, perhaps as part of a file name or in a string passed
-    to some external application.
-
-    For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/comments.pro 1
-
-    By using \c LITERAL_HASH in this way, the \c # character can be used
-    to construct a URL for the \c message() function to print to the console.
-
-    \target MAKEFILE
-    \section1 MAKEFILE
-
-    This variable specifies the name of the Makefile which
-    \c qmake should use when outputting the dependency information
-    for building a project.  The value of this variable is typically
-    handled by \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \target MAKEFILE_GENERATOR
-    \section1 MAKEFILE_GENERATOR
-
-    This variable contains the name of the Makefile generator to use
-    when generating a Makefile.  The value of this variable is typically
-    handled internally by \c qmake and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \target MOC_DIR
-    \section1 MOC_DIR
-
-    This variable specifies the directory where all intermediate moc
-    files should be placed.
-
-    For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 40
-
-    \target OBJECTS
-    \section1 OBJECTS
-
-    This variable is generated from the \link #SOURCES SOURCES
-    \endlink variable.  The extension of each source file will have been
-    replaced by .o (Unix) or .obj (Win32).  The value of this variable is
-    typically handled by \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and
-    rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \target OBJECTS_DIR
-    \section1 OBJECTS_DIR
-
-    This variable specifies the directory where all intermediate
-    objects should be placed.
-
-    For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 41
-
-    \target OBJMOC
-    \section1 OBJMOC
-
-    This variable is set by \c qmake if files can be found that
-    contain the Q_OBJECT macro.  \c OBJMOC contains the
-    name of all intermediate moc object files. The value of this variable
-    is typically handled by \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be
-    modified.
-
-    \target POST_TARGETDEPS
-    \section1 POST_TARGETDEPS
-
-    All libraries that the \l{#TARGET}{target} depends on can be
-    listed in this variable. Some backends do not support this, these include
-    MSVC Dsp, and ProjectBuilder .pbproj files. Generally this is supported
-    internally by these build tools, this is useful for explicitly listing
-    dependant static libraries.
-
-    This list will go after all builtin (and \link #PRE_TARGETDEPS
-    $$PRE_TARGETDEPS \endlink) dependencies.
-
-    \target PRE_TARGETDEPS
-    \section1 PRE_TARGETDEPS
-
-    All libraries that the \l{#TARGET}{target} depends on can be
-    listed in this variable. Some backends do not support this, these include
-    MSVC Dsp, and ProjectBuilder .pbproj files. Generally this is supported
-    internally by these build tools, this is useful for explicitly listing
-    dependant static libraries.
-
-    This list will go before all builtin dependencies.
-
-    \target PRECOMPILED_HEADER
-    \section1 PRECOMPILED_HEADER
-
-    This variable indicates the header file for creating a precompiled
-    header file, to increase the compilation speed of a project.
-    Precompiled headers are currently only supported on some platforms
-    (Windows - all MSVC project types, Mac OS X - Xcode, Makefile,
-    Unix - gcc 3.3 and up).
-
-    On other platforms, this variable has different meaning, as noted
-    below.
-
-    This variable contains a list of header files that require some
-    sort of pre-compilation step (such as with moc). The value of this
-    variable is typically handled by \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be
-    modified.
-
-    \target PWD
-    \section1 PWD
-
-    This variable contains the full path leading to the directory where
-    the \c qmake project file (project.pro) is located.
-
-    \target OUT_PWD
-    \section1 OUT_PWD
-
-    This variable contains the full path leading to the directory where
-    \c qmake places the generated Makefile.
-
-    \target QMAKE_systemvariable
-    \section1 QMAKE
-
-    This variable contains the name of the \c qmake program
-    itself and is placed in generated Makefiles.  The value of this
-    variable is typically handled by \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be
-    modified.
-
-    \target QMAKESPEC_systemvariable
-    \section1 QMAKESPEC
-
-    This variable contains the name of the \c qmake
-    configuration to use when generating Makefiles.  The value of this
-    variable is typically handled by \c qmake and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    Use the \c{QMAKESPEC} environment variable to override the \c qmake configuration.
-    Note that, due to the way \c qmake reads project files, setting the \c{QMAKESPEC}
-    environment variable from within a project file will have no effect.
-
-    \target QMAKE_APP_FLAG
-    \section1 QMAKE_APP_FLAG
-
-    This variable is empty unless the \c app
-    \l{#TEMPLATE}{TEMPLATE} is specified.  The value of this
-    variable is typically handled by \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be
-    modified.  Use the following instead:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 42
-
-    \target QMAKE_APP_OR_DLL
-    \section1 QMAKE_APP_OR_DLL
-
-    This variable is empty unless the \c app or \c dll
-    \l{#TEMPLATE}{TEMPLATE} is specified.  The value of this
-    variable is typically handled by \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be
-    modified.
-
-    \target QMAKE_AR_CMD
-    \section1 QMAKE_AR_CMD
-
-    \e {This is used on Unix platforms only.}
-
-    This variable contains the command for invoking the program which
-    creates, modifies and extracts archives. The value of this variable is
-    typically handled by \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf}
-    and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \target QMAKE_BUNDLE_DATA
-    \section1 QMAKE_BUNDLE_DATA
-
-    This variable is used to hold the data that will be installed with a library
-    bundle, and is often used to specify a collection of header files.
-
-    For example, the following lines add \c path/to/header_one.h
-    and \c path/to/header_two.h to a group containing information about the
-    headers supplied with the framework:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 43
-
-    The last line adds the information about the headers to the collection of
-    resources that will be installed with the library bundle.
-
-    Library bundles are created when the \c lib_bundle option is added to the
-    \l{#CONFIG}{CONFIG} variable.
-
-    See \l{qmake Platform Notes#Creating Frameworks}{qmake Platform Notes} for
-    more information about creating library bundles.
-
-    \e{This is used on Mac OS X only.}
-
-    \section1 QMAKE_BUNDLE_EXTENSION
-
-    This variable defines the extension to be used for library bundles.
-    This allows frameworks to be created with custom extensions instead of the
-    standard \c{.framework} directory name extension.
-
-    For example, the following definition will result in a framework with the
-    \c{.myframework} extension:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 44
-
-    \e{This is used on Mac OS X only.}
-
-    \section1 QMAKE_CC
-
-    This variable specifies the C compiler that will be used when building
-    projects containing C source code. Only the file name of the compiler
-    executable needs to be specified as long as it is on a path contained
-    in the \c PATH variable when the Makefile is processed.
-
-    \target QMAKE_CFLAGS_DEBUG
-    \section1 QMAKE_CFLAGS_DEBUG
-
-    This variable contains the flags for the C compiler in debug mode.The value of this variable is
-    typically handled by \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf}
-    and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \target QMAKE_CFLAGS_MT
-    \section1 QMAKE_CFLAGS_MT
-
-    This variable contains the compiler flags for creating a
-    multi-threaded application or when the version of Qt that you link
-    against is a multi-threaded statically linked library.  The value of
-    this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
-    \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \target QMAKE_CFLAGS_MT_DBG
-    \section1 QMAKE_CFLAGS_MT_DBG
-
-    This variable contains the compiler flags for creating a debuggable
-    multi-threaded application or when the version of Qt that you link
-    against is a debuggable multi-threaded statically linked library.  The
-    value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
-    \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \target QMAKE_CFLAGS_MT_DLL
-    \section1 QMAKE_CFLAGS_MT_DLL
-
-    \e {This is used on Windows only.}
-
-    This variable contains the compiler flags for creating a
-    multi-threaded dll or when the version of Qt that you link
-    against is a multi-threaded dll.  The value of this variable is typically
-    handled by \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and
-    rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \target QMAKE_CFLAGS_MT_DLLDBG
-    \section1 QMAKE_CFLAGS_MT_DLLDBG
-
-    \e {This is used on Windows only.}
-
-    This variable contains the compiler flags for creating a debuggable
-    multi-threaded dll or when the version of Qt that you link
-    against is a debuggable multi-threaded statically linked library.
-    The value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
-    \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \target QMAKE_CFLAGS_RELEASE
-    \section1 QMAKE_CFLAGS_RELEASE
-
-    This variable contains the compiler flags for creating a non-debuggable
-    application.  The value of this variable is typically
-    handled by \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and
-    rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \target QMAKE_CFLAGS_SHLIB
-    \section1 QMAKE_CFLAGS_SHLIB
-
-    \e {This is used on Unix platforms only.}
-
-    This variable contains the compiler flags for creating a shared
-    library. The value of this variable is typically handled by
-    \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs
-    to be modified.
-
-    \target QMAKE_CFLAGS_THREAD
-    \section1 QMAKE_CFLAGS_THREAD
-
-    This variable contains the compiler flags for creating a multi-threaded
-    application. The value of this variable is typically handled by
-    \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs
-    to be modified.
-
-    \target QMAKE_CFLAGS_WARN_OFF
-    \section1 QMAKE_CFLAGS_WARN_OFF
-
-    This variable is not empty if the warn_off
-    \l{#TEMPLATE}{TEMPLATE} option is specified.  The value of this
-    variable is typically handled by \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf}
-    and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \target QMAKE_CFLAGS_WARN_ON
-    \section1 QMAKE_CFLAGS_WARN_ON
-
-    This variable is not empty if the warn_on
-    \l{#TEMPLATE}{TEMPLATE} option is specified.
-    The value of this variable is typically handled by
-    \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs
-    to be modified.
-
-    \target QMAKE_CLEAN
-    \section1 QMAKE_CLEAN
-
-    This variable contains any files which are not generated files (such as moc and uic
-    generated files) and object files that should be removed when using "make clean".
-
-    \section1 QMAKE_CXX
-
-    This variable specifies the C++ compiler that will be used when building
-    projects containing C++ source code. Only the file name of the compiler
-    executable needs to be specified as long as it is on a path contained
-    in the \c PATH variable when the Makefile is processed.
-
-    \section1 QMAKE_CXXFLAGS
-
-    This variable contains the C++ compiler flags that are used when building
-    a project. The value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
-    \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified. The flags
-    specific to debug and release modes can be adjusted by modifying
-    the \c QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_DEBUG and \c QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_RELEASE variables,
-    respectively.
-
-    \target QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_DEBUG
-    \section1 QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_DEBUG
-
-    This variable contains the C++ compiler flags for creating a debuggable
-    application. The value of this variable is typically handled by
-    \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs
-    to be modified.
-
-    \target QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_MT
-    \section1 QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_MT
-
-    This variable contains the C++ compiler flags for creating a multi-threaded
-    application. The value of this variable is typically handled by
-    \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs
-    to be modified.
-
-    \target QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_MT_DBG
-    \section1 QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_MT_DBG
-
-    This variable contains the C++ compiler flags for creating a debuggable multi-threaded
-    application. The value of this variable is typically handled by
-    \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs
-    to be modified.
-
-    \target QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_MT_DLL
-    \section1 QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_MT_DLL
-
-    \c {This is used on Windows only.}
-
-    This variable contains the C++ compiler flags for creating a multi-threaded
-    dll. The value of this variable is typically handled by
-    \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs
-    to be modified.
-
-    \target QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_MT_DLLDBG
-    \section1 QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_MT_DLLDBG
-
-    \c {This is used on Windows only.}
-
-    This variable contains the C++ compiler flags for creating a multi-threaded debuggable
-    dll. The value of this variable is typically handled by
-    \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs
-    to be modified.
-
-    \target QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_RELEASE
-    \section1 QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_RELEASE
-
-    This variable contains the C++ compiler flags for creating an
-    application. The value of this variable is typically handled by
-    \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs
-    to be modified.
-
-    \target QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_SHLIB
-    \section1 QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_SHLIB
-
-    This variable contains the C++ compiler flags for creating a
-    shared library.  The value of this variable is typically handled by
-    \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs
-    to be modified.
-
-    \target QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_THREAD
-    \section1 QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_THREAD
-
-    This variable contains the C++ compiler flags for creating a
-    multi-threaded application.  The value of this variable is typically handled by
-    \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs
-    to be modified.
-
-    \target QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_WARN_OFF
-    \section1 QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_WARN_OFF
-
-    This variable contains the C++ compiler flags for suppressing compiler warnings.
-    The value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
-    \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \target QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_WARN_ON
-    \section1 QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_WARN_ON
-
-    This variable contains C++ compiler flags for generating compiler warnings.
-    The value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
-    \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \target QMAKE_DISTCLEAN
-    \section1 QMAKE_DISTCLEAN
-
-    This variable removes extra files upon the invocation of \c{make distclean}.
-
-    \target QMAKE_EXTENSION_SHLIB
-    \section1 QMAKE_EXTENSION_SHLIB
-
-    This variable contains the extention for shared libraries.  The value of this
-    variable is typically handled by \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf}
-    and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    Note that platform-specific variables that change the extension will override
-    the contents of this variable.
-
-    \section1 QMAKE_EXT_MOC
-
-    This variable changes the extention used on included moc files.
-
-    See also \l{Configuring qmake's Environment#Extensions}{File Extensions}.
-
-    \section1 QMAKE_EXT_UI
-
-    This variable changes the extention used on /e Designer UI files.
-
-    See also \l{Configuring qmake's Environment#Extensions}{File Extensions}.
-
-    \section1 QMAKE_EXT_PRL
-
-    This variable changes the extention used on created PRL files.
-
-    See also \l{Configuring qmake's Environment#Extensions}{File Extensions},
-             \l{Configuring qmake's Environment#libdepend}{Library Dependencies}.
-
-    \section1 QMAKE_EXT_LEX
-
-    This variable changes the extention used on files given to lex.
-
-    See also \l{Configuring qmake's Environment#Extensions}{File Extensions},
-             \l{#LEXSOURCES}{LEXSOURCES}.
-
-    \section1 QMAKE_EXT_YACC
-    This variable changes the extention used on files given to yacc.
-
-    See also \l{Configuring qmake's Environment#Extensions}{File Extensions},
-             \l{#YACCSOURCES}{YACCSOURCES}.
-
-    \section1 QMAKE_EXT_OBJ
-
-    This variable changes the extention used on generated object files.
-
-    See also \l{Configuring qmake's Environment#Extensions}{File Extensions}.
-
-    \section1 QMAKE_EXT_CPP
-
-    This variable changes the interpretation of all suffixes in this
-    list of values as files of type C++ source code.
-
-    See also \l{Configuring qmake's Environment#Extensions}{File Extensions}.
-
-    \section1 QMAKE_EXT_H
-
-    This variable changes the interpretation of all suffixes in this
-    list of values as files of type C header files.
-
-    See also \l{Configuring qmake's Environment#Extensions}{File Extensions}.
-
-        \section1 QMAKE_EXTRA_COMPILERS
-
-        This variable contains the extra compilers/preprocessors that have been added
-
-        See also \l{Configuring qmake's Environment#Customizing}{Customizing Makefile Output}
-
-        \section1 QMAKE_EXTRA_TARGETS
-
-        This variable contains the extra targets that have been added
-
-        See also \l{Configuring qmake's Environment#Customizing}{Customizing Makefile Output}
-
-    \target QMAKE_FAILED_REQUIREMENTS
-    \section1 QMAKE_FAILED_REQUIREMENTS
-
-    This variable contains the list of requirements that were failed to be met when
-    \c qmake was used.  For example, the sql module is needed and wasn't compiled into Qt.  The
-    value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf}
-    and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \target QMAKE_FILETAGS
-    \section1 QMAKE_FILETAGS
-
-    This variable contains the file tags needed to be entered into the Makefile, such as SOURCES
-    and HEADERS.  The value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
-    \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \section1 QMAKE_FRAMEWORK_BUNDLE_NAME
-
-    In a framework project, this variable contains the name to be used for the
-    framework that is built.
-
-    By default, this variable contains the same value as the \l{#TARGET}{TARGET}
-    variable.
-
-    See \l{qmake Platform Notes#Creating Frameworks}{qmake Platform Notes} for
-    more information about creating frameworks and library bundles.
-
-    \e{This is used on Mac OS X only.}
-
-    \target QMAKE_FRAMEWORK_VERSION
-    \section1 QMAKE_FRAMEWORK_VERSION
-
-    For projects where the build target is a Mac OS X framework, this variable
-    is used to specify the version number that will be applied to the framework
-    that is built.
-
-    By default, this variable contains the same value as the \l{#VERSION}{VERSION}
-    variable.
-
-    See \l{qmake Platform Notes#Creating Frameworks}{qmake Platform Notes} for
-    more information about creating frameworks.
-
-    \e{This is used on Mac OS X only.}
-
-    \target QMAKE_INCDIR
-    \section1 QMAKE_INCDIR
-
-    This variable contains the location of all known header files to be added to
-    INCLUDEPATH when building an application.  The value of this variable is
-    typically handled by \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely
-    needs to be modified.
-
-    \target QMAKE_INCDIR_EGL
-    \section1 QMAKE_INCDIR_EGL
-
-    This variable contains the location of EGL header files to be added
-    to INCLUDEPATH when building an application with OpenGL/ES or
-    OpenVG support. The value of this variable is typically handled by
-    \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \target QMAKE_INCDIR_OPENGL
-    \section1 QMAKE_INCDIR_OPENGL
-
-    This variable contains the location of OpenGL header files to be added
-    to INCLUDEPATH when building an application with OpenGL support. The
-    value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
-     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    If the OpenGL implementation uses EGL (most OpenGL/ES systems),
-    then QMAKE_INCDIR_EGL may also need to be set.
-
-    \target QMAKE_INCDIR_OPENVG
-    \section1 QMAKE_INCDIR_OPENVG
-
-    This variable contains the location of OpenVG header files to be added
-    to INCLUDEPATH when building an application with OpenVG support. The
-    value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
-     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    If the OpenVG implementation uses EGL then QMAKE_INCDIR_EGL may also
-    need to be set.
-
-    \target QMAKE_INCDIR_QT
-    \section1 QMAKE_INCDIR_QT
-
-    This variable contains the location of all known header file
-    paths to be added to INCLUDEPATH when building a Qt application. The value
-    of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
-     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \target QMAKE_INCDIR_THREAD
-    \section1 QMAKE_INCDIR_THREAD
-
-    This variable contains the location of all known header file
-    paths to be added to INCLUDEPATH when building a multi-threaded application.
-    The value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
-     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \target QMAKE_INCDIR_X11
-    \section1 QMAKE_INCDIR_X11
-
-    \e {This is used on Unix platforms only.}
-
-    This variable contains the location of X11 header file paths to be
-    added to INCLUDEPATH when building a X11 application.  The
-    value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
-     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \target QMAKE_INFO_PLIST
-    \section1 QMAKE_INFO_PLIST
-
-    \e {This is used on Mac OS X platforms only.}
-
-    This variable contains the name of the property list file, \c{.plist}, you
-    would like to include in your Mac OS X application bundle.
-
-    In the \c{.plist} file, you can define some variables, e.g., @EXECUTABLE@,
-    which qmake will replace with the actual executable name. Other variables
-    include @ICON@, @TYPEINFO@, @LIBRARY@, and @SHORT_VERSION@.
-
-    \note Most of the time, the default \c{Info.plist} is good enough.
-
-    \section1 QMAKE_LFLAGS
-
-    This variable contains a general set of flags that are passed to
-    the linker. If you need to change the flags used for a particular
-    platform or type of project, use one of the specialized variables
-    for that purpose instead of this variable.
-
-    \target QMAKE_LFLAGS_CONSOLE
-    \section1 QMAKE_LFLAGS_CONSOLE
-
-    \e {This is used on Windows only.}
-
-    This variable contains link flags when building console
-    programs.  The value of this variable is typically handled by
-    \c qmake or
-     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \section1 QMAKE_LFLAGS_CONSOLE_DLL
-
-    \e {This is used on Windows only.}
-
-    This variable contains link flags when building console
-    dlls.  The value of this variable is typically handled by
-    \c qmake or
-     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \section1 QMAKE_LFLAGS_DEBUG
-
-    This variable contains link flags when building debuggable applications.  The
-    value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
-     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \section1 QMAKE_LFLAGS_PLUGIN
-
-    This variable contains link flags when building plugins. The value
-    of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
-     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \section1 QMAKE_LFLAGS_QT_DLL
-
-    This variable contains link flags when building programs that
-    use the Qt library built as a dll. The value of this variable is
-    typically handled by \c qmake or
-     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \section1 QMAKE_LFLAGS_RELEASE
-
-    This variable contains link flags when building applications for
-    release. The value of this variable is typically handled by
-    \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \section1 QMAKE_LFLAGS_SHAPP
-
-    This variable contains link flags when building applications which are using
-    the \c app template.  The value of this variable is typically handled by
-    \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \section1 QMAKE_LFLAGS_SHLIB
-
-    This variable contains link flags when building shared libraries
-    The value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
-     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \section1 QMAKE_LFLAGS_SONAME
-
-    This variable specifies the link flags to set the name of shared objects,
-    such as .so or .dll.  The value of this variable is typically handled by \c
-    qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \section1 QMAKE_LFLAGS_THREAD
-
-    This variable contains link flags when building multi-threaded projects.
-    The value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
-     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \section1 QMAKE_LFLAGS_WINDOWS
-
-    \e {This is used on Windows only.}
-
-    This variable contains link flags when building Windows GUI projects
-    (i.e. non-console applications).
-    The value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
-     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \section1 QMAKE_LFLAGS_WINDOWS_DLL
-
-    \e {This is used on Windows only.}
-
-    This variable contains link flags when building Windows DLL projects.
-    The value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
-     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \section1 QMAKE_LIBDIR
-
-    This variable contains the location of all known library
-    directories.The value of this variable is typically handled by
-    \c qmake or
-     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \section1 QMAKE_LIBDIR_FLAGS
-
-    \e {This is used on Unix platforms only.}
-
-    This variable contains the location of all library
-    directory with -L prefixed.  The value of this variable is typically handled by
-    \c qmake or
-     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \section1 QMAKE_LIBDIR_EGL
-
-    This variable contains the location of the EGL library
-    directory, when EGL is used with OpenGL/ES or OpenVG. The value
-    of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
-     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \section1 QMAKE_LIBDIR_OPENGL
-
-    This variable contains the location of the OpenGL library
-    directory.The value of this variable is typically handled by
-    \c qmake or
-     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    If the OpenGL implementation uses EGL (most OpenGL/ES systems),
-    then QMAKE_LIBDIR_EGL may also need to be set.
-
-    \section1 QMAKE_LIBDIR_OPENVG
-
-    This variable contains the location of the OpenVG library
-    directory. The value of this variable is typically handled by
-    \c qmake or
-     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    If the OpenVG implementation uses EGL, then QMAKE_LIBDIR_EGL
-    may also need to be set.
-
-    \section1 QMAKE_LIBDIR_QT
-
-    This variable contains the location of the Qt library
-    directory.The value of this variable is typically handled by
-    \c qmake or
-     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \section1 QMAKE_LIBDIR_X11
-
-    \e {This is used on Unix platforms only.}
-
-    This variable contains the location of the X11 library
-    directory.The value of this variable is typically handled by
-    \c qmake or
-     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \section1 QMAKE_LIBS
-
-    This variable contains all project libraries.  The value of this
-    variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
-     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \section1 QMAKE_LIBS_CONSOLE
-
-    \e {This Windows-specific variable is no longer used.}
-
-    Prior to Qt 4.2, this variable was used to list the libraries
-    that should be linked against when building a console application
-    project on Windows. \l{#QMAKE_LIBS_WINDOW}{QMAKE_LIBS_WINDOW}
-    should now be used instead.
-
-    \section1 QMAKE_LIBS_EGL
-
-    This variable contains all EGL libraries when building Qt with
-    OpenGL/ES or OpenVG.  The value of this variable is typically
-    handled by \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely
-    needs to be modified.  The usual value is \c{-lEGL}.
-
-    \section1 QMAKE_LIBS_OPENGL
-
-    This variable contains all OpenGL libraries.  The value of this
-    variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
-     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    If the OpenGL implementation uses EGL (most OpenGL/ES systems),
-    then QMAKE_LIBS_EGL may also need to be set.
-
-    \section1 QMAKE_LIBS_OPENGL_QT
-
-    This variable contains all OpenGL Qt libraries.The value of this
-    variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
-     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \section1 QMAKE_LIBS_OPENVG
-
-    This variable contains all OpenVG libraries.  The value of this
-    variable is typically handled by \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf}
-    and rarely needs to be modified.  The usual value is \c{-lOpenVG}.
-
-    Some OpenVG engines are implemented on top of OpenGL.  This will
-    be detected at configure time and QMAKE_LIBS_OPENGL will be implicitly
-    added to QMAKE_LIBS_OPENVG wherever the OpenVG libraries are linked.
-
-    If the OpenVG implementation uses EGL, then QMAKE_LIBS_EGL may also
-    need to be set.
-
-    \section1 QMAKE_LIBS_QT
-
-    This variable contains all Qt libraries.The value of this
-    variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
-     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \section1 QMAKE_LIBS_QT_DLL
-
-    \e {This is used on Windows only.}
-
-    This variable contains all Qt libraries when Qt is built as a dll.  The
-    value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
-     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \section1 QMAKE_LIBS_QT_OPENGL
-
-    This variable contains all the libraries needed to link against if
-    OpenGL support is turned on. The
-    value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
-     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \section1 QMAKE_LIBS_QT_THREAD
-
-    This variable contains all the libraries needed to link against if
-    thread support is turned on.  The
-    value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
-     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \section1 QMAKE_LIBS_RT
-
-    \e {This is used with Borland compilers only.}
-
-    This variable contains the runtime library needed to link against when
-    building an application.  The
-    value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
-     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \section1 QMAKE_LIBS_RTMT
-
-    \e {This is used with Borland compilers only.}
-
-    This variable contains the runtime library needed to link against when
-    building a multi-threaded application.  The
-    value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
-     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \section1 QMAKE_LIBS_THREAD
-
-    \e {This is used on Unix platforms only.}
-
-    This variable contains all libraries that need to be linked against
-    when building a multi-threaded application.  The
-    value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
-     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \section1 QMAKE_LIBS_WINDOWS
-
-    \e {This is used on Windows only.}
-
-    This variable contains all windows libraries.The value of this
-    variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
-     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \section1 QMAKE_LIBS_X11
-
-    \e {This is used on Unix platforms only.}
-
-    This variable contains all X11 libraries.The value of this
-    variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
-     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \section1 QMAKE_LIBS_X11SM
-
-    \e {This is used on Unix platforms only.}
-
-    This variable contains all X11 session management libraries.  The
-    value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
-     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \section1 QMAKE_LIB_FLAG
-
-    This variable is not empty if the \c lib template is specified.  The
-    value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
-     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \section1 QMAKE_LINK_SHLIB_CMD
-
-    This variable contains the command to execute when creating a
-    shared library. The
-    value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
-     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \section1 QMAKE_POST_LINK
-
-    This variable contains the command to execute after linking the TARGET
-    together. This variable is normally empty and therefore nothing is
-    executed, additionally some backends will not support this - mostly only
-    Makefile backends.
-
-    \section1 QMAKE_PRE_LINK
-
-    This variable contains the command to execute before linking the TARGET
-    together. This variable is normally empty and therefore nothing is
-    executed, additionally some backends will not support this - mostly only
-    Makefile backends.
-
-    \section1 QMAKE_LN_SHLIB
-
-    This variable contains the command to execute when creating a link
-    to a shared library. The
-    value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
-     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \section1 QMAKE_MAC_SDK
-
-    This variable is used on Mac OS X when building universal binaries.
-    This process is described in more detail in the
-    \l{Deploying an Application on Mac OS X#Architecture Dependencies}{Deploying
-    an Application on Mac OS X} document.
-
-    \section1 QMAKE_MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET
-    This variable only has an effect when building on Mac OS X. On that
-    platform, the variable will be forwarded to the MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET
-    environment variable, which is interpreted by the compiler or linker.
-    For more information, see the
-    \l{Deploying an Application on Mac OS X#Mac OS X Version Dependencies}{Deploying
-    an Application on Mac OS X} document.
-
-    \section1 QMAKE_MAKEFILE
-
-    This variable contains the name of the Makefile to create. The
-    value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
-     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \section1 QMAKE_MOC_SRC
-
-    This variable contains the names of all moc source files to
-    generate and include in the project. The value of this variable is
-    typically handled by \c qmake or
-     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \section1 QMAKE_QMAKE
-
-    This variable contains the location of qmake if it is not in the path.
-    The value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
-     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \section1 QMAKE_QT_DLL
-
-    This variable is not empty if Qt was built as a dll.  The
-    value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
-     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \section1 QMAKE_RESOURCE_FLAGS
-
-    This variable is used to customize the list of options passed to the
-    \l{rcc}{Resource Compiler} in each of the build rules where it is used.
-    For example, the following line ensures that the \c{-threshold} and
-    \c{-compress} options are used with particular values each time that
-    \c rcc is invoked:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 45
-
-    \section1 QMAKE_RUN_CC
-
-    This variable specifies the individual rule needed to build an object.
-    The value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
-     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \section1 QMAKE_RUN_CC_IMP
-
-    This variable specifies the individual rule needed to build an object.
-    The value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
-     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \section1 QMAKE_RUN_CXX
-
-    This variable specifies the individual rule needed to build an object.
-    The value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
-     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \section1 QMAKE_RUN_CXX_IMP
-
-    This variable specifies the individual rule needed to build an object.
-    The value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
-     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \section1 QMAKE_TARGET
-
-    This variable contains the name of the project target.  The value of
-    this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
-     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \section1 QMAKE_UIC
-
-    This variable contains the location of uic if it is not in the path.
-    The value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
-     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    It can be used to specify arguments to uic as well, such as additional plugin
-    paths.  For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 46
-
-    \section1 QT
-
-    The values stored in the \c QT variable control which of the Qt modules are
-    used by your project.
-
-    The table below shows the options that can be used with the \c QT variable
-    and the features that are associated with each of them:
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Option                     \o Features
-    \row    \o core (included by default) \o QtCore module
-    \row    \o gui  (included by default) \o QtGui module
-    \row    \o network                    \o QtNetwork module
-    \row    \o opengl                     \o QtOpenGL module
-    \row    \o phonon                     \o Phonon Multimedia Framework
-    \row    \o sql                        \o QtSql module
-    \row    \o svg                        \o QtSvg module
-    \row    \o xml                        \o QtXml module
-    \row    \o webkit                     \o WebKit integration
-    \row    \o qt3support                 \o Qt3Support module
-    \endtable
-
-    By default, \c QT contains both \c core and \c gui, ensuring that standard
-    GUI applications can be built without further configuration.
-
-    If you want to build a project \e without the QtGui module, you need to
-    exclude the \c gui value with the "-=" operator; the following line will
-    result in a minimal Qt project being built:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 47
-
-    Note that adding the \c opengl option to the \c QT variable automatically
-    causes the equivalent option to be added to the \c CONFIG variable.
-    Therefore, for Qt applications, it is not necessary to add the \c opengl
-    option to both \c CONFIG and \c{QT}.
-
-    \section1 QTPLUGIN
-
-    This variable contains a list of names of static plugins that are to be
-    compiled with an application so that they are available as built-in
-    resources.
-
-    \target QT_VERSION
-    \section1 QT_VERSION
-
-    This variable contains the current version of Qt.
-
-    \target QT_MAJOR_VERSION
-    \section1 QT_MAJOR_VERSION
-
-    This variable contains the current major version of Qt.
-
-    \target QT_MINOR_VERSION
-    \section1 QT_MINOR_VERSION
-
-    This variable contains the current minor version of Qt.
-
-    \target QT_PATCH_VERSION
-    \section1 QT_PATCH_VERSION
-
-    This variable contains the current patch version of Qt.
-
-    \section1 RC_FILE
-
-    This variable contains the name of the resource file for the application.
-    The value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
-     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \target RCC_DIR
-    \section1 RCC_DIR
-
-    This variable specifies the directory where all intermediate
-    resource files should be placed.
-
-    For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 48
-
-    \target REQUIRES
-    \section1 REQUIRES
-
-    This is a special variable processed by \c qmake.  If the
-    contents of this variable do not appear in CONFIG by the time this
-    variable is assigned, then a minimal Makefile will be generated that
-    states what dependencies (the values assigned to REQUIRES) are
-    missing.
-
-    This is mainly used in Qt's build system for building the examples.
-
-    \section1 RESOURCES
-
-    This variable contains the name of the resource collection file (qrc) 
-    for the application. Further information about the resource collection
-    file can be found at \l{The Qt Resource System}.
-
-    \section1 RES_FILE
-
-    This variable contains the name of the resource file for the application.
-    The value of this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
-     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \target SIGNATURE_FILE
-    \section1 SIGNATURE_FILE
-
-    \e {This is only used on Windows CE.}
-
-    Specifies which signature file should be used to sign the project target.
-
-    \note This variable will overwrite the setting you have specified in configure,
-    with the \c -signature option.
-
-    \target SOURCES
-    \section1 SOURCES
-
-    This variable contains the name of all source files in the project.
-
-    For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 49
-
-    See also \l{#HEADERS}{HEADERS}
-
-    \section1 SRCMOC
-
-    This variable is set by \c qmake if files can be found that
-    contain the Q_OBJECT macro.  \c SRCMOC contains the
-    name of all the generated moc files. The value of this variable
-    is typically handled by \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be
-    modified.
-
-    \target SUBDIRS
-    \section1 SUBDIRS
-
-    This variable, when used with the \l{#TEMPLATE}{\c subdirs template}
-    contains the names of all subdirectories that contain parts of the project
-    that need be built. Each subdirectory must contain its own project file.
-
-    For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 50
-
-    It is essential that the project file in each subdirectory has the same
-    name as the subdirectory itself, so that \c qmake can find it.
-    For example, if the subdirectory is called \c myapp then the project file
-    in that directory should be called \c myapp.pro.
-
-    If you need to ensure that the subdirectories are built in the order in
-    which they are specified, update the \l{#CONFIG}{CONFIG} variable to
-    include the \c ordered option:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 51
-
-    \target TARGET
-    \section1 TARGET
-
-    This specifies the name of the target file.
-
-    For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 52
-
-    The project file above would produce an executable named \c myapp on
-    unix and 'myapp.exe' on windows.
-
-    \section1 TARGET_EXT
-
-    This variable specifies the target's extension.  The value of this variable
-    is typically handled by \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be
-    modified.
-
-    \section1 TARGET_x
-
-    This variable specifies the target's extension with a major version number.  The value of this variable
-    is typically handled by \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be
-    modified.
-
-    \section1 TARGET_x.y.z
-
-    This variable specifies the target's extension with version number.  The value of this variable
-    is typically handled by \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be
-    modified.
-
-    \target TEMPLATE
-    \section1 TEMPLATE
-
-    This variable contains the name of the template to use when
-    generating the project.  The allowed values are:
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Option \o Description
-    \row    \o app    \o Creates a Makefile for building applications (the default). (See
-            \l{qmake Common Projects#Application}{qmake Common Projects} for more information.)
-    \row    \o lib    \o Creates a Makefile for building libraries. (See
-            \l{qmake Common Projects#Library}{qmake Common Projects} for more information.)
-    \row    \o subdirs \o Creates a Makefile for building targets in subdirectories.
-            The subdirectories are specified using the \l{#SUBDIRS}{SUBDIRS}
-            variable.
-    \row    \o vcapp  \o \e {Windows only} Creates an application project for Visual Studio.
-            (See \l{qmake Platform Notes#Creating Visual Studio Project Files}{qmake Platform Notes}
-            for more information.)
-    \row    \o vclib  \o \e {Windows only} Creates a library project for Visual Studio.
-            (See \l{qmake Platform Notes#Creating Visual Studio Project Files}{qmake Platform Notes}
-            for more information.)
-    \endtable
-
-    For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 53
-
-    The template can be overridden by specifying a new template type with the
-    \c -t command line option. This overrides the template type \e after the .pro
-    file has been processed. With .pro files that use the template type to
-    determine how the project is built, it is necessary to declare TEMPLATE on
-    the command line rather than use the \c -t option.
-
-    \section1 TRANSLATIONS
-
-    This variable contains a list of translation (.ts) files that contain
-    translations of the user interface text into non-native languages.
-
-    See the \l{Qt Linguist Manual} for more information about
-    internationalization (i18n) and localization (l10n) with Qt.
-
-    \section1 UICIMPLS
-
-    This variable contains a list of the generated implementation files by UIC.
-    The value of this variable
-    is typically handled by \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be
-    modified.
-
-    \section1 UICOBJECTS
-
-    This variable is generated from the UICIMPLS variable.  The extension of each
-    file will have been replaced by .o (Unix) or .obj (Win32).  The value of this variable is
-    typically handled by \c qmake or \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and
-    rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \target UI_DIR
-    \section1 UI_DIR
-
-    This variable specifies the directory where all intermediate files from uic
-    should be placed. This variable overrides both UI_SOURCES_DIR and
-    UI_HEADERS_DIR.
-
-    For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 54
-
-    \target UI_HEADERS_DIR
-    \section1 UI_HEADERS_DIR
-
-    This variable specifies the directory where all declaration files (as
-    generated by uic) should be placed.
-
-    For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 55
-
-    \target UI_SOURCES_DIR
-    \section1 UI_SOURCES_DIR
-
-    This variable specifies the directory where all implementation files (as generated
-    by uic) should be placed.
-
-    For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 56
-
-    \target VERSION
-    \section1 VERSION
-
-    This variable contains the version number of the application or library if
-    either the \c app \l{#TEMPLATE}{TEMPLATE} or the \c lib \l{#TEMPLATE}{TEMPLATE}
-    is specified.
-
-    For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 57
-
-    \section1 VER_MAJ
-
-    This variable contains the major version number of the library, if the
-    \c lib \l{#TEMPLATE}{template} is specified.
-
-    \section1 VER_MIN
-
-    This variable contains the minor version number of the library, if the
-    \c lib \l{#TEMPLATE}{template} is specified.
-
-    \section1 VER_PAT
-
-    This variable contains the patch version number of the library, if the
-    \c lib \l{#TEMPLATE}{template} is specified.
-
-    \section1 VPATH
-
-    This variable tells \c qmake where to search for files it cannot
-    open. With this you may tell \c qmake where it may look for things
-    like SOURCES, and if it finds an entry in SOURCES that cannot be
-    opened it will look through the entire VPATH list to see if it can
-    find the file on its own.
-
-    See also \l{#DEPENDPATH}{DEPENDPATH}.
-
-    \section1 YACCIMPLS
-
-    This variable contains a list of yacc source files. The value of
-    this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
-     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \section1 YACCOBJECTS
-
-    This variable contains a list of yacc object files. The value of
-    this variable is typically handled by \c qmake or
-     \l{#QMAKESPEC}{qmake.conf} and rarely needs to be modified.
-
-    \target YACCSOURCES
-    \section1 YACCSOURCES
-
-    This variable contains a list of yacc source files to be included
-    in the project.  All dependencies, headers and source files will
-    automatically be included in the project.
-
-    For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 58
-
-    \section1 _PRO_FILE_
-
-    This variable contains the path to the project file in use.
-
-    For example, the following line causes the location of the project
-    file to be written to the console:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/project_location.pro project file
-
-    \section1 _PRO_FILE_PWD_
-
-    This variable contains the path to the directory containing the project
-    file in use.
-
-    For example, the following line causes the location of the directory
-    containing the project file to be written to the console:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/project_location.pro project file directory
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \page qmake-function-reference.html
-    \title qmake Function Reference
-    \contentspage {qmake Manual}{Contents}
-    \previouspage qmake Variable Reference
-    \nextpage Configuring qmake's Environment
-
-    \c qmake provides built-in functions to allow the contents of
-    variables to be processed, and to enable tests to be performed
-    during the configuration process. Functions that process the
-    contents of variables typically return values that can be assigned
-    to other variables, and these values are obtained by prefixing
-    function with the \c $$ operator. Functions that perform tests
-    are usually used as the conditional parts of scopes; these are
-    indicated in the function descriptions below.
-
-    \tableofcontents{2}
-
-    \section1 basename(variablename)
-
-    Returns the basename of the file specified. For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 59
-
-    \section1 CONFIG(config)
-    [Conditional]
-
-    This function can be used to test for variables placed into the
-    \c CONFIG variable. This is the same as regular old style (tmake) scopes,
-    but has the added advantage a second parameter can be passed to test for
-    the active config. As the order of values is important in \c CONFIG
-    variables (i.e. the last one set will be considered the active config for
-    mutually exclusive values) a second parameter can be used to specify a set
-    of values to consider. For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 60
-
-    Because release is considered the active setting (for feature parsing)
-    it will be the CONFIG used to generate the build file. In the common
-    case a second parameter is not needed, but for specific mutual
-    exclusive tests it is invaluable.
-
-    \section1 contains(variablename, value)
-    [Conditional]
-
-    Succeeds if the variable \e variablename contains the value \e value;
-    otherwise fails. You can check the return value of this function using
-    a scope.
-
-    For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 61
-
-    The contents of the scope are only processed if the \c drivers
-    variable contains the value, \c network. If this is the case, the
-    appropriate files are added to the \c SOURCES and \c HEADERS
-    variables.
-
-    \section1 count(variablename, number)
-    [Conditional]
-
-    Succeeds if the variable \e variablename contains a list with the
-    specified \e number of value; otherwise fails.
-
-    This function is used to ensure that declarations inside a scope are
-    only processed if the variable contains the correct number of values;
-    for example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/functions.pro 2
-
-    \section1 dirname(file)
-
-    Returns the directory name part of the specified file. For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/dirname.pro 0
-
-    \section1 error(string)
-
-    This function never returns a value. \c qmake displays the given
-    \e string to the user, and exits. This function should only be used
-    for unrecoverable errors.
-
-    For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 62
-
-    \section1 eval(string)
-    [Conditional]
-
-    Evaluates the contents of the string using \c qmake's syntax rules
-    and returns true.
-    Definitions and assignments can be used in the string to modify the
-    values of existing variables or create new definitions.
-
-    For example:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/functions.pro 4
-
-    Note that quotation marks can be used to delimit the string, and that
-    the return value can be discarded if it is not needed.
-
-    \section1 exists(filename)
-    [Conditional]
-
-    Tests whether a file with the given \e filename exists.
-    If the file exists, the function succeeds; otherwise it fails.
-    If a regular expression is specified for the filename, this function
-    succeeds if any file matches the regular expression specified.
-
-    For example:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 63
-
-    Note that "/" can be used as a directory separator, regardless of the
-    platform in use.
-
-    \section1 find(variablename, substr)
-
-    Places all the values in \e variablename that match \e substr. \e
-    substr may be a regular expression, and will be matched accordingly.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 64
-
-    MY_VAR2 will contain '-Lone -Ltwo -Lthree -Lfour -Lfive', and MY_VAR3 will
-    contains 'three two three'.
-
-    \section1 for(iterate, list)
-
-    This special test function will cause a loop to be started that
-    iterates over all values in \e list, setting \e iterate to each
-    value in turn. As a convenience, if \e list is 1..10 then iterate will
-    iterate over the values 1 through 10.
-
-    The use of an else scope afer a condition line with a for() loop is
-    disallowed.
-
-    For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 65
-
-    \section1 include(filename)
-    [Conditional]
-
-    Includes the contents of the file specified by \e filename into the
-    current project at the point where it is included. This function
-    succeeds if \e filename is included; otherwise it fails. The included
-    file is processed immediately.
-
-    You can check whether the file was included by using this function as
-    the condition for a scope; for example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 66
-
-    \section1 infile(filename, var, val)
-    [Conditional]
-
-    Succeeds if the file \e filename (when parsed by \c qmake itself)
-    contains the variable \e var with a value of \e val; otherwise fails.
-    If you do not specify a third argument (\e val), the function will
-    only test whether \e var has been declared in the file.
-
-    \section1 isEmpty(variablename)
-    [Conditional]
-
-    Succeeds if the variable \e variablename is empty; otherwise fails.
-    This is the equivalent of \c{count( variablename, 0 )}.
-
-    For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 67
-
-    \section1 join(variablename, glue, before, after)
-
-    Joins the value of \e variablename with \c glue. If this value is
-    non-empty it prefixes the value with \e before and suffix it with \e
-    after. \e variablename is the only required field, the others default
-    to empty strings. If you need to encode spaces in \e glue, \e before, or \e
-    after you must quote them.
-
-    \section1 member(variablename, position)
-
-    Returns the value at the given \e position in the list of items in
-    \e variablename.
-    If an item cannot be found at the position specified, an empty string is
-    returned. \e variablename is the only required field. If not specified,
-    \c position defaults to 0, causing the first value in the list to be
-    returned.
-
-    \section1 message(string)
-
-    This function simply writes a message to the console. Unlike the
-    \c error() function, this function allows processing to continue.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 68
-
-    The above line causes "This is a message" to be written to the console.
-    The use of quotation marks is optional.
-
-    \note By default, messages are written out for each Makefile generated by
-    qmake for a given project. If you want to ensure that messages only appear
-    once for each project, test the \c build_pass variable
-    \l{qmake Advanced Usage}{in conjunction with a scope} to filter out
-    messages during builds; for example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 69
-
-    \section1 prompt(question)
-
-    Displays the specified \e question, and returns a value read from stdin.
-
-    \section1 quote(string)
-
-    Converts a whole \e string into a single entity and returns the result.
-    Newlines, carriage returns, and tabs can be specified in the string
-    with \\n \\r and \\t. The return value does not contain either single
-    or double quotation marks unless you explicitly include them yourself,
-    but will be placed into a single entry (for literal expansion).
-
-    \section1 replace(string, old_string, new_string)
-
-    Replaces each instance of \c old_string with \c new_string in the
-    contents of the variable supplied as \c string. For example, the
-    code
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/replace.pro 0
-
-    prints the message:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 70
-
-    \section1 sprintf(string, arguments...)
-
-    Replaces %1-%9 with the arguments passed in the comma-separated list
-    of function \e arguments and returns the processed string.
-
-    \section1 system(command)
-    [Conditional]
-
-    Executes the given \c command in a secondary shell, and succeeds
-    if the command returns with a zero exit status; otherwise fails.
-    You can check the return value of this function using a scope:
-
-    For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 71
-
-    Alternatively, you can use this function to obtain stdout and stderr
-    from the command, and assign it to a variable. For example, you can
-    use this to interrogate information about the platform:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 72
-
-    \target unique
-    \section1 unique(variablename)
-
-    This will return a list of values in variable that are unique (that is
-    with repetitive entries removed). For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 73
-
-    \section1 warning(string)
-
-    This function will always succeed, and will display the given
-    \e string to the user. message() is a synonym for warning().
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \page qmake-environment-reference.html
-    \contentspage {qmake Manual}{Contents}
-    \previouspage qmake Function Reference
-
-    \title Configuring qmake's Environment
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \target Properties
-    \section1 Properties
-
-    \c qmake has a system of persistant information, this allows you to
-    \c set a variable in qmake once, and each time qmake is invoked this
-    value can be queried. Use the following to set a property in qmake:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 74
-
-    The appropriate variable and value should be substituted for
-    \c VARIABLE and \c VALUE.
-
-    To retrieve this information back from qmake you can do:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 75
-
-    \note \c{qmake -query} will only list variables that you have
-    previously set with \c{qmake -set VARIABLE VALUE}.
-
-    This information will be saved into a QSettings object (meaning it
-    will be stored in different places for different platforms). As
-    \c VARIABLE is versioned as well, you can set one value in an older
-    version of \c qmake, and newer versions will retrieve this value. However,
-    if you set \c VARIABLE for a newer version of \c qmake, the older version
-    will not use this value. You can however query a specific version of a
-    variable if you prefix that version of \c qmake to \c VARIABLE, as in
-    the following example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 76
-
-    \c qmake also has the notion of \c builtin properties, for example you can
-    query the installation of Qt for this version of \c qmake with the
-    \c QT_INSTALL_PREFIX property:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 77
-
-    These built-in properties cannot have a version prefixed to them as
-    they are not versioned, and each version of \c qmake will have its own
-    built-in set of these values. The list below outlines the built-in
-    properties:
-
-    \list
-    \o \c QT_INSTALL_PREFIX - Where the version of Qt this qmake is built for resides
-    \o \c QT_INSTALL_DATA - Where data for this version of Qt resides
-    \o \c QMAKE_VERSION - The current version of qmake
-    \endlist
-
-    Finally, these values can be queried in a project file with a special
-    notation such as:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 78
-
-    \target QMAKESPEC
-    \section1 QMAKESPEC
-
-    \c qmake requires a platform and compiler description file which
-    contains many default values used to generate appropriate Makefiles.
-    The standard Qt distribution comes with many of these files, located
-    in the \c mkspecs subdirectory of the Qt installation.
-
-    The \c QMAKESPEC environment variable can contain any of the following:
-
-    \list
-    \o A complete path to a directory containing a \c{qmake.conf} file.
-       In this case \c qmake will open the \c{qmake.conf} file from within that
-       directory.  If the file does not exist, \c qmake will exit with an
-       error.
-    \o The name of a platform-compiler combination. In this case, \c qmake
-       will search in the directory specified by the \c mkspecs subdirectory
-       of the data path specified when Qt was compiled (see
-       QLibraryInfo::DataPath).
-    \endlist
-
-    \bold{Note:} The \c QMAKESPEC path will automatically be added to the
-    \l{qmake Variable Reference#INCLUDEPATH}{INCLUDEPATH} system variable.
-
-    \target INSTALLS
-    \section1 INSTALLS
-
-    It is common on Unix to also use the build tool to install applications
-    and libraries; for example, by invoking \c{make install}. For this reason,
-    \c qmake has the concept of an install set, an object which contains
-    instructions about the way part of a project is to be installed.
-    For example, a collection of documentation files can be described in the
-    following way:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 79
-
-    The \c path member informs \c qmake that the files should be installed in
-    \c /usr/local/program/doc (the path member), and the \c files member
-    specifies the files that should be copied to the installation directory.
-    In this case, everything in the \c docs directory will be coped to
-    \c /usr/local/program/doc.
-
-    Once an install set has been fully described, you can append it to the
-    install list with a line like this:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 80
-
-    \c qmake will ensure that the specified files are copied to the installation
-    directory. If you require greater control over this process, you can also
-    provide a definition for the \c extra member of the object. For example,
-    the following line tells \c qmake to execute a series of commands for this
-    install set:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 81
-
-    The \c unix scope
-    (see \l{qmake Advanced Usage#Scopes and Conditions}{Scopes and Conditions})
-    ensures that these particular commands are only executed on Unix platforms.
-    Appropriate commands for other platforms can be defined using other scope
-    rules.
-
-    Commands specified in the \c extra member are executed before the instructions
-    in the other members of the object are performed.
-
-    If you append a built-in install set to the \c INSTALLS variable and do
-    not specify \c files or \c extra members, \c qmake will decide what needs to
-    be copied for you. Currently, the only supported built-in install set is
-    \c target:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 82
-
-    In the above lines, \c qmake knows what needs to be copied, and will handle
-    the installation process automatically.
-
-    \target cache
-    \section1 Cache File
-
-    The cache file is a special file \c qmake reads to find settings not specified
-    in the \c qmake.conf file, project files, or at the command line. If
-    \c -nocache is not specified when \c qmake is run, it will try to find a file
-    called \c{.qmake.cache} in parent directories of the current directory. If
-    it fails to find this file, it will silently ignore this step of processing.
-
-    If it finds a \c{.qmake.cache} file then it will process this file first before
-    it processes the project file.
-
-    \target LibDepend
-    \section1 Library Dependencies
-
-    Often when linking against a library, \c qmake relies on the underlying
-    platform to know what other libraries this library links against, and
-    lets the platform pull them in. In many cases, however, this is not
-    sufficent. For example, when statically linking a library, no other
-    libraries are linked to, and therefore no dependencies to those
-    libraries are created. However, an application that later links
-    against this library will need to know where to find the symbols that
-    the static library will require. To help with this situation, \c qmake
-    attempts to follow a library's dependencies where appropriate, but
-    this behavior must be explicitly enabled by following two steps.
-
-    The first step is to enable dependency tracking in the library itself.
-    To do this you must tell \c qmake to save information about the library:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 83
-
-    This is only relevant to the \c lib template, and will be ignored for
-    all others. When this option is enabled, \c qmake will create a file
-    ending in .prl which will save some meta-information about the
-    library. This metafile is just like an ordinary project file, but only
-    contains internal variable declarations. You are free to view this file
-    and, if it is deleted, \c qmake will know to recreate it when necessary,
-    either when the project file is later read, or if a dependent library
-    (described below) has changed. When installing this library, by
-    specifying it as a target in an \c INSTALLS declaration, \c qmake will
-    automatically copy the .prl file to the installation path.
-
-    The second step in this process is to enable reading of this meta
-    information in the applications that use the static library:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 84
-
-    When this is enabled, \c qmake will process all libraries linked to
-    by the application and find their meta-information. \c qmake will use
-    this to determine the relevant linking information, specifically adding
-    values to the application project file's list of \c DEFINES as well as
-    \c LIBS. Once \c qmake has processed this file, it will then look through
-    the newly introduced libraries in the \c LIBS variable, and find their
-    dependent .prl files, continuing until all libraries have been resolved.
-    At this point, the Makefile is created as usual, and the libraries are
-    linked explicitlyy against the application.
-
-    The internals of the .prl file are left closed so they can easily
-    change later. They are not designed to be changed by hand, should only
-    be created by \c qmake, and should not be transferred between operating
-    systems as they may contain platform-dependent information.
-
-    \target Extensions
-    \section1 File Extensions
-
-    Under normal circumstances \c qmake will try to use appropriate file extensions
-    for your platform. However, it is sometimes necessary to override the default
-    choices for each platform and explicitly define file extensions for \c qmake to use.
-    This is achieved by redefining certain built-in variables; for example the extension
-    used for \l moc files can be redefined with the following assignment in a project
-    file:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 85
-
-    The following variables can be used to redefine common file extensions recognized
-    by \c qmake:
-
-    \list
-    \o QMAKE_EXT_MOC - This modifies the extension placed on included moc files.
-    \o QMAKE_EXT_UI - This modifies the extension used for designer UI files (usually
-                      in \c FORMS).
-    \o QMAKE_EXT_PRL - This modifies the extension placed on
-                       \l{#LibDepend}{library dependency files}.
-    \o QMAKE_EXT_LEX - This changes the suffix used in files (usually in \c LEXSOURCES).
-    \o QMAKE_EXT_YACC - This changes the suffix used in files (usually in \c YACCSOURCES).
-    \o QMAKE_EXT_OBJ - This changes the suffix used on generated object files.
-    \endlist
-
-    All of the above accept just the first value, so you must assign to it just one
-    value that will be used throughout your project file. There are two variables that
-    accept a list of values:
-
-    \list
-    \o QMAKE_EXT_CPP - Causes \c qmake to interpret all files with these suffixes as
-                       C++ source files.
-    \o QMAKE_EXT_H - Causes \c qmake to interpret all files with these suffixes as
-                     C and C++ header files.
-    \endlist
-
-    \target Customizing
-    \section1 Customizing Makefile Output
-
-    \c qmake tries to do everything expected of a cross-platform build tool.
-    This is often less than ideal when you really need to run special
-    platform-dependent commands. This can be achieved with specific instructions
-    to the different \c qmake backends.
-
-    Customization of the Makefile output is performed through an object-style
-    API as found in other places in \c qmake. Objects are defined automatically
-    by specifying their members; for example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 86
-
-    The definitions above define a \c qmake target called \c mytarget, containing
-    a Makefile target called \c{.buildfile} which in turn is generated with
-    the \c touch command. Finally, the \c{.depends} member specifies that
-    \c mytarget depends on \c mytarget2, another target that is defined afterwards.
-    \c mytarget2 is a dummy target; it is only defined to echo some text to
-    the console.
-
-    The final step is to instruct \c qmake that this object is a target to be built:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 87
-
-    This is all you need to do to actually build custom targets. Of course, you may
-    want to tie one of these targets to the
-    \l{qmake Variable Reference#TARGET}{qmake build target}. To do this, you simply need to
-    include your Makefile target in the list of
-    \l{qmake Variable Reference#PRE_TARGETDEPS}{PRE_TARGETDEPS}.
-
-    The following tables are an overview of the options available to you with the QMAKE_EXTRA_TARGETS
-    variable.
-
-    \table
-    \header
-        \o Member
-        \o Description
-    \row
-        \o commands
-        \o The commands for generating the custom build target.
-    \row
-        \o CONFIG
-        \o Specific configuration options for the custom build target.  See the CONFIG table for details.
-    \row
-        \o depends
-        \o The existing build targets that the custom build target depends on.
-    \row
-        \o recurse
-        \o Specifies which sub-targets should used when creating the rules in the Makefile to call in
-           the sub-target specific Makefile.  This is only used when \c recursive is set in the CONFIG.
-    \row
-        \o recurse_target
-        \o Specifies the target that should be built via the sub-target Makefile for the rule in the Makefile.
-           This adds something like $(MAKE) -f Makefile.[subtarget] [recurse_target].  This is only used when
-           \c recursive is set in the CONFIG.
-    \row
-        \o target
-        \o The file being created by the custom build target.
-    \endtable
-
-    List of members specific to the CONFIG option:
-
-    \table
-    \header
-        \o Member
-        \o Description
-    \row
-        \o recursive
-        \o Indicates that rules should be created in the Makefile and thus call
-           the relevant target inside the sub-target specific Makefile.  This defaults to creating
-           an entry for each of the sub-targets.
-    \endtable
-
-    For convenience, there is also a method of customizing projects
-    for new compilers or preprocessors:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 88
-
-    With the above definitions, you can use a drop-in replacement for moc if one
-    is available. The commands is executed on all arguments given to the
-    \c NEW_HEADERS variable (from the \c input member), and the result is written
-    to the file defined by the \c output member; this file is added to the
-    other source files in the project.
-    Additionally, \c qmake will execute \c depend_command to generate dependency
-    information, and place this information in the project as well.
-
-    These commands can easily be placed into a cache file, allowing subsequent
-    project files to add arguments to \c NEW_HEADERS.
-
-    The following tables are an overview of the options available to you with the QMAKE_EXTRA_COMPILERS
-    variable.
-
-    \table
-    \header
-        \o Member
-        \o Description
-    \row
-        \o commands
-        \o The commands used for for generating the output from the input.
-    \row
-        \o CONFIG
-        \o Specific configuration options for the custom compiler.  See the CONFIG table for details.
-    \row
-        \o depend_command
-        \o Specifies a command used to generate the list of dependencies for the output.
-    \row
-        \o dependency_type
-        \o Specifies the type of file the output is, if it is a known type (such as TYPE_C,
-           TYPE_UI, TYPE_QRC) then it is handled as one of those type of files.
-    \row
-        \o depends
-        \o Specifies the dependencies of the output file.
-    \row
-        \o input
-        \o The variable that contains the files that should be processed with the custom compiler.
-    \row
-        \o name
-        \o A description of what the custom compiler is doing.  This is only used in some backends.
-    \row
-        \o output
-        \o The filename that is created from the custom compiler.
-    \row
-        \o output_function
-        \o Specifies a custom qmake function that is used to specify the filename to be created.
-    \row
-        \o variable_out
-        \o The variable that the files created from the output should be added to.
-    \endtable
-
-    List of members specific to the CONFIG option:
-
-    \table
-    \header
-        \o Member
-        \o Description
-    \row
-        \o combine
-        \o Indicates that all of the input files are combined into a single output file.
-    \row
-        \o target_predeps
-        \o Indicates that the output should be added to the list of PRE_TARGETDEPS.
-    \row
-        \o explicit_dependencies
-        \o The dependencies for the output only get generated from the depends member and from
-           nowhere else.
-    \row
-        \o no_link
-        \o Indicates that the output should not be added to the list of objects to be linked in
-    \endtable
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \page qmake-advanced-usage.html
-    \title qmake Advanced Usage
-    \contentspage {qmake Manual}{Contents}
-    \previouspage qmake Platform Notes
-    \nextpage Using Precompiled Headers
-
-    Many \c qmake project files simply describe the sources and header files used
-    by the project, using a list of \c{name = value} and \c{name += value}
-    definitions. \c qmake also provides other operators, functions, and scopes
-    that can be used to process the information supplied in variable declarations.
-    These advanced features allow Makefiles to be generated for multiple platforms
-    from a single project file.
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 Operators
-
-    In many project files, the assignment (\c{=}) and append (\c{+=}) operators can
-    be used to include all the information about a project. The typical pattern of
-    use is to assign a list of values to a variable, and append more values
-    depending on the result of various tests. Since \c qmake defines certain
-    variables using default values, it is sometimes necessary to use the removal
-    (\c{-=}) operator to filter out values that are not required. The following
-    operators can be used to manipulate the contents of variables.
-
-    The \c = operator assigns a value to a variable:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 89
-
-    The above line sets the \c TARGET variable to \c myapp. This will overwrite any
-    values previously set for \c TARGET with \c myapp.
-
-    The \c += operator appends a new value to the list of values in a variable:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 90
-
-    The above line appends \c QT_DLL to the list of pre-processor defines to be put
-    in the generated Makefile.
-
-    The \c -= operator removes a value from the list of values in a variable:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 91
-
-    The above line removes \c QT_DLL from the list of pre-processor defines to be
-    put in the generated Makefile.
-
-    The \c *= operator adds a value to the list of values in a variable, but only
-    if it is not already present. This prevents values from being included many
-    times in a variable. For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 92
-
-    In the above line, \c QT_DLL will only be added to the list of pre-processor
-    defines if it is not already defined. Note that the
-    \l{qmake Function Reference#unique}{unique()}
-    function can also be used to ensure that a variables only contains one
-    instance of each value.
-
-    The \c ~= operator replaces any values that match a regular expression with
-    the specified value:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 93
-
-    In the above line, any values in the list that start with \c QT_D or \c QT_T are
-    replaced with \c QT.
-
-    The \c $$ operator is used to extract the contents of a variable, and can be
-    used to pass values between variables or supply them to functions:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 94
-
-    \target Scopes
-    \section1 Scopes
-
-    Scopes are similar to \c if statements in procedural programming languages.
-    If a certain condition is true, the declarations inside the scope are processed.
-
-    \section2 Syntax
-
-    Scopes consist of a condition followed by an opening brace on the same line,
-    a sequence of commands and definitions, and a closing brace on a new line:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/scopes.pro syntax
-
-    The opening brace \e{must be written on the same line as the condition}.
-    Scopes may be concatenated to include more than one condition; see below
-    for examples.
-
-    \section2 Scopes and Conditions
-
-    A scope is written as a condition followed by a series of declarations
-    contained within a pair of braces; for example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/scopes.pro 0
-
-    The above code will add the \c paintwidget_win.cpp file to the sources listed
-    in the generated Makefile if \c qmake is used on a Windows platform.
-    If \c qmake is used on a platform other than Windows, the define will be
-    ignored.
-
-    The conditions used in a given scope can also be negated to provide an
-    alternative set of declarations that will be processed only if the
-    original condition is false. For example, suppose we want to process
-    something on all platforms \e except for Windows. We can achieve this by
-    negating the scope like this:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/scopes.pro 1
-
-    Scopes can be nested to combine more than one condition. For instance, if
-    you want to include a particular file for a certain platform only if
-    debugging is enabled then you write the following:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/scopes.pro 2
-
-    To save writing many nested scopes, you can nest scopes using the \c :
-    operator. The nested scopes in the above example can be rewritten in
-    the following way:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/scopes.pro 3
-
-    You may also use the \c : operator to perform single line conditional
-    assignments; for example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 95
-
-    The above line adds \c QT_DLL to the \c DEFINES variable only on the
-    Windows platform.
-    Generally, the \c : operator behaves like a logical AND operator, joining
-    together a number of conditions, and requiring all of them to be true.
-
-	There is also the \c | operator to act like a logical OR operator, joining 
-	together a number of conditions, and requiring only one of them to be true.
-
-	\snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/scopes.pro 4
-
-    You can also provide alternative declarations to those within a scope by
-    using an \c else scope. Each \c else scope is processed if the conditions
-    for the preceding scopes are false.
-    This allows you to write complex tests when combined with other scopes
-    (separated by the \c : operator as above). For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 96
-
-    \section2 Configuration and Scopes
-
-    The values stored in the
-    \l{qmake-project-files.html#GeneralConfiguration}{\c CONFIG variable}
-    are treated specially by \c qmake. Each of the possible values can be
-    used as the condition for a scope. For example, the list of values
-    held by \c CONFIG can be extended with the \c opengl value:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/configscopes.pro 0
-
-    As a result of this operation, any scopes that test for \c opengl will
-    be processed. We can use this feature to give the final executable an
-    appropriate name:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/configscopes.pro 1
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/configscopes.pro 2
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/configscopes.pro 3
-
-    This feature makes it easy to change the configuration for a project
-    without losing all the custom settings that might be needed for a specific
-    configuration. In the above code, the declarations in the first scope are
-    processed, and the final executable will be called \c application-gl.
-    However, if \c opengl is not specified, the declarations in the second
-    scope are processed instead, and the final executable will be called
-    \c application.
-
-    Since it is possible to put your own values on the \c CONFIG
-    line, this provides you with a convenient way to customize project files
-    and fine-tune the generated Makefiles.
-
-    \section2 Platform Scope Values
-
-    In addition to the \c win32, \c macx, and \c unix values used in many
-    scope conditions, various other built-in platform and compiler-specific
-    values can be tested with scopes. These are based on platform
-    specifications provided in Qt's \c mkspecs directory. For example, the
-    following lines from a project file show the current specification in
-    use and test for the \c linux-g++ specification:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/specifications.pro 0
-
-    You can test for any other platform-compiler combination as long as a
-    specification exists for it in the \c mkspecs directory.
-
-    \section1 Variables
-
-    Many of the variables used in project files are special variables that
-    \c qmake uses when generating Makefiles, such as \c DEFINES, \c SOURCES,
-    and \c HEADERS. It is possible for you to create variables for your own
-    use; \c qmake creates new variables with a given name when it encounters
-    an assignment to that name. For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 97
-
-    There are no restricitions on what you do to your own variables, as \c
-    qmake will ignore them unless it needs to evaluate them when processing
-    a scope.
-
-    You can also assign the value of a current variable to another
-    variable by prefixing $$ to the variable name. For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 98
-
-    Now the MY_DEFINES variable contains what is in the DEFINES variable at
-    this point in the project file.  This is also equivalent to:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 99
-
-    The second notation allows you to append the contents of the variable to
-    another value without separating the two with a space. For example, the
-    following will ensure that the final executable will be given a name
-    that includes the project template being used:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 100
-
-    Variables can be used to store the contents of environment variables.
-    These can be evaluated at the time that \c qmake is run, or included
-    in the generated Makefile for evaluation when the project is built.
-
-    To obtain the contents of an environment value when \c qmake is run,
-    use the \c $$(...) operator:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/environment.pro 0
-
-    In the above assignment, the value of the \c PWD environment variable
-    is read when the project file is processed.
-
-    To obtain the contents of an environment value at the time when the
-    generated Makefile is processed, use the \c $(...) operator:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/environment.pro 1
-
-    In the above assignment, the value of \c PWD is read immediately
-    when the project file is processed, but \c $(PWD) is assigned to
-    \c DESTDIR in the generated Makefile. This makes the build process
-    more flexible as long as the environment variable is set correctly
-    when the Makefile is processed.
-
-    The special \c $$[...] operator can be used to access various
-    configuration options that were set when Qt was built:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/qtconfiguration.pro 0
-
-    The variables accessible with this operator are typically used to
-    enable third party plugins and components to be integrated with Qt.
-    For example, a \QD plugin can be installed alongside \QD's built-in
-    plugins if the following declaration is made in its project file:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 101
-
-    \target VariableProcessingFunctions
-    \section1 Variable Processing Functions
-
-    \c qmake provides a selection of built-in functions to allow the
-    contents of variables to be processed. These functions process the
-    arguments supplied to them and return a value, or list of values, as
-    a result. In order to assign a result to a variable, it is necessary
-    to use the \c $$ operator with this type of function in the same way
-    used to assign contents of one variable to another:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/functions.pro 1
-
-    This type of function should be used on the right-hand side of
-    assignments (i.e, as an operand).
-
-    It is possible to define your own functions for processing the
-    contents of variables. These functions can be defined in the following
-    way:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 102
-
-    The following example function takes a variable name as its only
-    argument, extracts a list of values from the variable with the
-    \l{qmake-function-reference.html}{eval()} built-in function,
-    and compiles a list of files:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/replacefunction.pro 0
-
-    \target ConditionalFunctions
-    \section1 Conditional Functions
-
-    \c qmake provides built-in functions that can be used as conditions
-    when writing scopes. These functions do not return a value, but
-    instead indicate "success" or "failure":
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/functions.pro 3
-
-    This type of function should be used in conditional expressions
-    only.
-
-    It is possible to define your own functions to provide conditions
-    for scopes. The following example tests whether each file in a list
-    exists and returns true if they all exist, or false if not:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/testfunction.pro 0
-
-    \section1 Adding New Configuration Features
-
-    \c qmake lets you create your own \e features that can be included in
-    project files by adding their names to the list of values specified by
-    the \c CONFIG variable. Features are collections of custom functions and
-    definitions in \c{.prf} files that can reside in one of many standard
-    directories. The locations of these directories are defined in a number
-    of places, and \c qmake checks each of them in the following order when
-    it looks for \c{.prf} files:
-
-    \list 1
-    \o In a directory listed in the \c QMAKEFEATURES environment variable;
-       this contains a colon-separated list of directories.
-    \o In a directory listed in the \c QMAKEFEATURES property variable; this
-       contains a colon-spearated list of directories.
-    \omit
-    \o In a features directory beneath the project's root directory (where
-       the \c{.qmake.cache} file is generated).
-    \endomit
-    \o In a features directory residing within a \c mkspecs directory.
-       \c mkspecs directories can be located beneath any of the directories
-       listed in the \c QMAKEPATH environment variable (a colon-separated list
-       of directories). (\c{$QMAKEPATH/mkspecs/<features>})
-    \o In a features directory residing beneath the directory provided by the
-       \c QMAKESPEC environment variable. (\c{$QMAKESPEC/<features>})
-    \o In a features directory residing in the \c data_install/mkspecs directory.
-       (\c{data_install/mkspecs/<features>})
-    \o In a features directory that exists as a sibling of the directory
-       specified by the \c QMAKESPEC environment variable.
-       (\c{$QMAKESPEC/../<features>})
-    \endlist
-
-    The following features directories are searched for features files:
-
-    \list 1
-    \o \c{features/unix}, \c{features/win32}, or \c{features/macx}, depending on
-       the platform in use
-    \o \c features/
-    \endlist
-
-    For example, consider the following assignment in a project file:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 103
-
-    With this addition to the \c CONFIG variable, \c qmake will search the
-    locations listed above for the \c myfeatures.prf file after it has
-    finished parsing your project file. On Unix systems, it will look for
-    the following file:
-
-    \list 1
-    \o \c $QMAKEFEATURES/myfeatures.prf (for each directory listed in the
-       \c QMAKEFEATURES environment variable)
-    \o \c $$QMAKEFEATURES/myfeatures.prf (for each directory listed in the
-       \c QMAKEFEATURES property variable)
-    \o \c myfeatures.prf (in the project's root directory)
-    \o \c $QMAKEPATH/mkspecs/features/unix/myfeatures.prf and
-       \c $QMAKEPATH/mkspecs/features/myfeatures.prf (for each directory
-       listed in the \c QMAKEPATH environment variable)
-    \o \c $QMAKESPEC/features/unix/myfeatures.prf and
-       \c $QMAKESPEC/features/myfeatures.prf
-    \o \c data_install/mkspecs/features/unix/myfeatures.prf and
-       \c data_install/mkspecs/features/myfeatures.prf
-    \o \c $QMAKESPEC/../features/unix/myfeatures.prf and
-       \c $QMAKESPEC/../features/myfeatures.prf
-    \endlist
-
-    \note The \c{.prf} files must have names in lower case.
-
-
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \page qmake-precompiledheaders.html
-    \title Using Precompiled Headers
-    \contentspage {qmake Manual}{Contents}
-    \previouspage qmake Advanced Usage
-    \nextpage qmake Reference
-    \ingroup buildsystem
-
-    \target Introduction
-
-    Precompiled headers are a performance feature supported by some
-    compilers to compile a stable body of code, and store the compiled
-    state of the code in a binary file. During subsequent compilations,
-    the compiler will load the stored state, and continue compiling the
-    specified file. Each subsequent compilation is faster because the
-    stable code does not need to be recompiled.
-
-    \c qmake supports the use of precompiled headers (PCH) on some
-    platforms and build environments, including:
-    \list
-    \o Windows
-        \list
-        \o nmake
-        \o Dsp projects (VC 6.0)
-        \o Vcproj projects (VC 7.0 \& 7.1)
-        \endlist
-    \o Mac OS X
-        \list
-        \o Makefile
-        \o Xcode
-        \endlist
-    \o Unix
-        \list
-        \o GCC 3.4 and above
-        \endlist
-    \endlist
-
-    \target ADD_PCH
-    \section1 Adding Precompiled Headers to Your Project
-
-    \target PCH_CONTENTS
-    \section2 Contents of the Precompiled Header File
-
-    The precompiled header must contain code which is \e stable
-    and \e static throughout your project. A typical PCH might look
-    like this:
-
-    \section3 Example: \c stable.h
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 104
-
-    Note that a precompiled header file needs to separate C includes from
-    C++ includes, since the precompiled header file for C files may not
-    contain C++ code.
-
-    \target PROJECT_OPTIONS
-    \section2 Project Options
-
-    To make your project use PCH, you only need to define the
-    \c PRECOMPILED_HEADER variable in your project file:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 105
-
-    \c qmake will handle the rest, to ensure the creation and use of the
-    precompiled header file. You do not need to include the precompiled
-    header file in \c HEADERS, as \c qmake will do this if the configuration
-    supports PCH.
-
-    All platforms that support precompiled headers have the configuration
-    option \c precompile_header set. Using this option, you may trigger
-    conditional blocks in your project file to add settings when using PCH.
-    For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 106
-
-    \section1 Notes on Possible Issues
-
-    On some platforms, the file name suffix for precompiled header files is
-    the same as that for other object files. For example, the following
-    declarations may cause two different object files with the same name to
-    be generated:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 107
-
-    To avoid potential conflicts like these, it is good practice to ensure
-    that header files that will be precompiled are given distinctive names.
-
-    \target EXAMPLE_PROJECT
-    \section1 Example Project
-
-    You can find the following source code in the
-    \c{examples/qmake/precompile} directory in the Qt distribution:
-
-    \section2 \c mydialog.ui
-
-    \quotefromfile examples/qmake/precompile/mydialog.ui
-    \printuntil
-
-    \section2 \c stable.h
-
-    \snippet examples/qmake/precompile/stable.h 0
-
-    \section2 \c myobject.h
-
-    \snippet examples/qmake/precompile/myobject.h 0
-
-    \section2 \c myobject.cpp
-
-    \snippet examples/qmake/precompile/myobject.cpp 0
-
-    \section2 \c util.cpp
-
-    \snippet examples/qmake/precompile/util.cpp 0
-
-    \section2 \c main.cpp
-
-    \snippet examples/qmake/precompile/main.cpp 0
-
-    \section2 \c precompile.pro
-
-    \snippet examples/qmake/precompile/precompile.pro 0
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \page qmake-tutorial.html
-    \title qmake Tutorial
-    \contentspage {qmake Manual}{Contents}
-    \previouspage qmake Manual
-    \nextpage qmake Common Projects
-
-    This tutorial teaches you how to use \c qmake.  We recommend that
-    you read the \c qmake user guide after completing this tutorial.
-
-    \section1 Starting off Simple
-
-    Let's assume that you have just finished a basic implementation of
-    your application, and you have created the following files:
-
-    \list
-    \o hello.cpp
-    \o hello.h
-    \o main.cpp
-    \endlist
-
-    You will find these files in the \c{examples/qmake/tutorial} directory
-    of the Qt distribution. The only other thing you know about the setup of
-    the application is that it's written in Qt.  First, using your favorite
-    plain text editor, create a file called \c hello.pro in
-    \c{examples/qmake/tutorial}. The first thing you need to do is add the
-    lines that tell \c qmake about the source and header files that are part
-    of your development project.
-
-    We'll add the source files to the project file first.  To do this you
-    need to use the \l{qmake Variable Reference#SOURCES}{SOURCES} variable.
-    Just start a new line with \c {SOURCES +=} and put hello.cpp after it.
-    You should have something like this:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 108
-
-    We repeat this for each source file in the project, until we end up
-    with the following:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 109
-
-    If you prefer to use a Make-like syntax, with all the files listed in
-    one go you can use the newline escaping like this:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 110
-
-    Now that the source files are listed in the project file, the header
-    files must be added. These are added in exactly the same way as source
-    files, except that the variable name we use is
-    \l{qmake Variable Reference#HEADERS}{HEADERS}.
-
-    Once you have done this, your project file should look something like
-    this:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 111
-
-    The target name is set automatically; it is the same as the project
-    file, but with the suffix appropriate to the platform. For example, if
-    the project file is called \c hello.pro, the target will be \c hello.exe
-    on Windows and \c hello on Unix. If you want to use a different name
-    you can set it in the project file:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 112
-
-    The final step is to set the \l{qmake Variable Reference#CONFIG}{CONFIG}
-    variable. Since this is a Qt application, we need to put \c qt on the
-    \c CONFIG line so that \c qmake will add the relevant libraries to be
-    linked against and ensure that build lines for \c moc and \c uic are
-    included in the generated Makefile.
-
-    The finished project file should look like this:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 113
-
-    You can now use \c qmake to generate a Makefile for your application.
-    On the command line, in your project's directory, type the following:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 114
-
-    Then type \c make or \c nmake depending on the compiler you use.
-
-    For Visual Studio users, \c qmake can also generate \c .dsp or
-    \c .vcproj files, for example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 115
-
-    \section1 Making an Application Debuggable
-
-    The release version of an application doesn't contain any debugging
-    symbols or other debugging information. During development it is useful
-    to produce a debugging version of the application that has the
-    relevant information. This is easily achieved by adding \c debug to the
-    \c CONFIG variable in the project file.
-
-    For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 116
-
-    Use \c qmake as before to generate a Makefile and you will be able to
-    obtain useful information about your application when running it in
-    a debugging environment.
-
-    \section1 Adding Platform-Specific Source Files
-
-    After a few hours of coding, you might have made a start on the
-    platform-specific part of your application, and decided to keep the
-    platform-dependent code separate.  So you now have two new files to
-    include into your project file: \c hellowin.cpp and \c
-    hellounix.cpp.  We can't just add these to the \c SOURCES
-    variable since this will put both files in the Makefile. So, what we
-    need to do here is to use a scope which will be processed depending on
-    which platform \c qmake is run on.
-
-    A simple scope that will add in the platform-dependent file for
-    Windows looks like this:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 117
-
-    So if \c qmake is run on Windows, it will add \c hellowin.cpp to the
-    list of source files.  If \c qmake is run on any other platform, it
-    will simply ignore it. Now all that is left to be done is to create a
-    scope for the Unix-specific file.
-
-    When you have done that, your project file should now look
-    something like this:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 118
-
-    Use \c qmake as before to generate a Makefile.
-
-    \section1 Stopping qmake If a File Doesn't Exist
-
-    You may not want to create a Makefile if a certain file doesn't exist.
-    We can check if a file exists by using the exists() function.  We can
-    stop \c qmake from processing by using the error() function.  This
-    works in the same way as scopes do.  Simply replace the scope condition
-    with the function. A check for a \c main.cpp file looks like this:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 119
-
-    The \c{!} symbol is used to negate the test; i.e. \c{exists( main.cpp )}
-    is true if the file exists, and \c{!exists( main.cpp )} is true if the
-    file doesn't exist.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 120
-
-    Use \c qmake as before to generate a makefile.  If you rename \c
-    main.cpp temporarily, you will see the message and \c qmake will stop
-    processing.
-
-    \section1 Checking for More than One Condition
-
-    Suppose you use Windows and you want to be able to see statement
-    output with qDebug() when you run your application on the command line.
-    Unless you build your application with the appropriate console setting,
-    you won't see the output. We can easily put \c console on the \c CONFIG
-    line so that on Windows the makefile will have this setting. However,
-    let's say that we only want to add the \c CONFIG line if we are running
-    on Windows \e and when \c debug is already on the \c CONFIG line.
-    This requires using two nested scopes; just create one scope, then create
-    the other inside it. Put the settings to be processed inside the last
-    scope, like this:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 121
-
-    Nested scopes can be joined together using colons, so the final
-    project file looks like this:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 122
-
-    That's it! You have now completed the tutorial for \c qmake, and are
-    ready to write project files for your development projects.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \page qmake-common-projects.html
-    \title qmake Common Projects
-    \contentspage {qmake Manual}{Contents}
-    \previouspage qmake Tutorial
-    \nextpage Using qmake
-
-    This chapter describes how to set up \c qmake project files for three
-    common project types that are based on Qt. Although all kinds of
-    projects use many of the same variables, each of them use project-specific
-    variables to customize output files.
-
-    Platform-specific variables are not described here; we refer the reader to
-    the \l{Deploying Qt Applications} document for information on issues such as
-    \l{Deploying an Application on Mac OS X#Architecture Dependencies}{building
-    universal binaries for Mac OS X} and
-    \l{Deploying an Application on Windows#Visual Studio 2005 Onwards}
-    {handling Visual Studio manifest files}.
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \target Application
-    \section1 Building an Application
-
-    \section2 The app Template
-
-    The \c app template tells \c qmake to generate a Makefile that will build
-    an application. With this template, the type of application can be specified
-    by adding one of the following options to the \c CONFIG variable definition:
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Option  \o Description
-    \row    \o windows \o The application is a Windows GUI application.
-    \row    \o console \o \c app template only: the application is a Windows console
-                       application.
-    \endtable
-
-    When using this template the following \c qmake system variables are recognized.
-    You should use these in your .pro file to specify information about your
-    application.
-
-    \list
-    \o HEADERS - A list of all the header files for the application.
-    \o SOURCES - A list of all the source files for the application.
-    \o FORMS - A list of all the UI files (created using \c{Qt Designer})
-    for the application.
-    \o LEXSOURCES - A list of all the lex source files for the application.
-    \o YACCSOURCES - A list of all the yacc source files for the application.
-    \o TARGET - Name of the executable for the application. This defaults
-    to the name of the project file. (The extension, if any, is added
-    automatically).
-    \o DESTDIR - The directory in which the target executable is placed.
-    \o DEFINES - A list of any additional pre-processor defines needed for the application.
-    \o INCLUDEPATH - A list of any additional include paths needed for the application.
-    \o DEPENDPATH - The dependency search path for the application.
-    \o VPATH - The search path to find supplied files.
-    \o DEF_FILE - Windows only: A .def file to be linked against for the application.
-    \o RC_FILE - Windows only: A resource file for the application.
-    \o RES_FILE - Windows only: A resource file to be linked against for the application.
-    \endlist
-
-    You only need to use the system variables that you have values for,
-    for instance, if you do not have any extra INCLUDEPATHs then you do not
-    need to specify any, \c qmake will add in the default ones needed.
-    For instance, an example project file might look like this:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 123
-
-    For items that are single valued, e.g. the template or the destination
-    directory, we use "="; but for multi-valued items we use "+=" to \e
-    add to the existing items of that type. Using "=" replaces the item's
-    value with the new value, for example if we wrote \c{DEFINES=QT_DLL},
-    all other definitions would be deleted.
-
-    \target Library
-    \section1 Building a Library
-
-    \section2 The lib Template
-
-    The \c lib template tells \c qmake to generate a Makefile that will
-    build a library.  When using this template, in addition to the system variables
-    mentioned above for the \c app template the \c VERSION variable is
-    supported.  You should use these in your .pro file to specify
-    information about the library.
-
-    When using the \c lib template, the following options can be added to the
-    \c CONFIG variable to determine the type of library that is built:
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Option    \o Description
-    \row    \o dll       \o The library is a shared library (dll).
-    \row    \o staticlib \o The library is a static library.
-    \row    \o plugin    \o The library is a plugin; this also enables the dll option.
-    \endtable
-
-    The following option can also be defined to provide additional information about
-    the library.
-
-    \list
-    \o VERSION - The version number of the target library, for example, 2.3.1.
-    \endlist
-
-    The target file name for the library is platform-dependent. For example, on
-    X11 and Mac OS X, the library name will be prefixed by \c lib; on Windows,
-    no prefix is added to the file name.
-
-    \target Plugin
-    \section1 Building a Plugin
-
-    Plugins are built using the \c lib template, as described in the previous
-    section. This tells \c qmake to generate a Makefile for the project that will
-    build a plugin in a suitable form for each platform, usually in the form of a
-    library. As with ordinary libraries, the \c VERSION variable is used to specify
-    information about the plugin.
-
-    \list
-    \o VERSION - The version number of the target library, for example, 2.3.1.
-    \endlist
-
-    \section2 Building a Qt Designer Plugin
-
-    \QD plugins are built using a specific set of configuration settings that
-    depend on the way Qt was configured for your system. For convenience, these
-    settings can be enabled by adding \c designer to the project's \c CONFIG
-    variable. For example:
-
-    \snippet examples/designer/worldtimeclockplugin/worldtimeclockplugin.pro 0
-
-    See the \l{Qt Examples#Qt Designer}{Qt Designer examples} for more
-    examples of plugin-based projects.
-
-    \section1 Building and Installing in Debug and Release Modes
-
-    Sometimes, it is necessary to build a project in both debug and release
-    modes. Although the \c CONFIG variable can hold both \c debug and \c release
-    options, the \c debug option overrides the \c release option.
-
-    \section2 Building in Both Modes
-
-    To enable a project to be built in both modes, you must add the
-    \c debug_and_release option to your project's \c CONFIG definition:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/debug_and_release.pro 0
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/debug_and_release.pro 1
-
-    The scope in the above snippet modifies the build target in each mode to
-    ensure that the resulting targets have different names. Providing different
-    names for targets ensures that one will not overwrite the other.
-
-    When \c qmake processes the project file, it will generate a Makefile rule
-    to allow the project to be built in both modes. This can be invoked in the
-    following way:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 124
-
-    The \c build_all option can be added to the \c CONFIG variable in the
-    project file to ensure that the project is built in both modes by default:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qmake/debug_and_release.pro 2
-
-    This allows the Makefile to be processed using the default rule:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 125
-
-    \section2 Installing in Both Modes
-
-    The \c build_all option also ensures that both versions of the target
-    will be installed when the installation rule is invoked:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 126
-
-    It is possible to customize the names of the build targets depending on
-    the target platform. For example, a library or plugin may be named using a
-    different convention on Windows to the one used on Unix platforms:
-
-    \omit
-    Note: This was originally used in the customwidgetplugin.pro file, but is
-    no longer needed there.
-    \endomit
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 127
-
-    The default behavior in the above snippet is to modify the name used for
-    the build target when building in debug mode. An \c else clause could be
-    added to the scope to do the same for release mode; left as it is, the
-    target name remains unmodified.
-*/
-
diff --git a/doc/src/qmsdev.qdoc b/doc/src/qmsdev.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index b6126a5..0000000
--- a/doc/src/qmsdev.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,137 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Documentation of Visual Studio Integration Plugin.
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
-** EDITIONS: FREE, PROFESSIONAL, ENTERPRISE
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/* NOT DOCUMENTED ! 
-  \page qmsdev.html
-
-  \title The QMsDev Plugin
-
-  The Visual Studio Integration Plugin is currently available only to users of
-  Visual Studio 6. It offers simple ways of doing common tasks when writing a
-  Qt application. 
-
-  \tableofcontents
-
-  \section1 How to install the Visual Studio Integration Plugin
-   
-  When you install Qt, the integration plugin should be installed for you,
-  however, sometimes this does  not happen, so to install the integration
-  plugin manually just carry out the following steps.
-
-  \list
-  \i Start up Visual Studio.
-  \i Select Tools|Customize|Add-ins and Macro Files.
-  \i Ensure that there is a tick next to QMsDev Developer Studio Add-In.
-  \i Click Close.
-  \endlist
-
-  Now the integration plugin should be installed. If this doesn't
-  work, then contact Qt technical support giving details of
-  what went wrong.
-  
-  \section1 How to uninstall the Visual Studio Integration Plugin
-
-  When you want to uninstall the integration plugin, just carry out the
-  following steps.
-
-  \list
-  \i Close down any instances of Visual Studio.
-  \i Delete the file '%MSDevDir%\\addins\\qmsdev.dll'
-  \endlist
-
-  \section1 What can the Visual Studio Integration Plugin do?
-  
-  The integration plugin adds the following options to Visual Studio:
-
-  \list
-  \i New Qt Project
-  \i New Qt Dialog
-  \i Qt Designer
-  \i Open Qt Project
-  \i Write Qt Project
-  \i Use Qt In Current Project
-  \i Add MOC
-  \endlist
-
-  \section2 Using the 'New Qt Project' button
-  
-  The 'New Qt Project' button allows you to create a simple Qt project
-  ready for development. Simply fill in the form and if you select
-  'Dialog' or 'Main Window' without MDI support then it will
-  automatically start up \e{Qt Designer}. When you have finished with
-  the form in \e{Qt Designer} just save it and it will appear in a
-  ready made Qt project.
-
-  If you select 'Main Window' with 'MDI Support' then it will simply
-  give you a code skeleton in a project ready for you to populate with
-  your own code.
-
-  \section2 Using the 'New Qt Dialog' button
-
-  The 'New Qt Dialog' button works in two ways: You can use it to create a new
-  dialog for your project; or you can  use it to insert an existing
-  dialog into your project.
-
-  If you want to create a new dialog then all you need to do is specify where
-  the dialog file should be saved and give it a name. This will start up
-  \e{Qt Designer} to allow you to design your new dialog, and will add it to
-  the existing  project.
-
-  If you want to add an existing dialog to your project, then just select the
-  relevant UI file. This will then add it to your existing project and add
-  the relevant steps to create the generated code.
-
-  \section2 Using the 'Qt Designer' button
-
-  The 'Qt Designer' button simply starts up \e{Qt Designer}, it has no ties to
-  your existing project so whatever you do with it will not affect your
-  existing projects. It can also be started up by using the Ctrl+Shift+D key
-  combination in Visual Studio.
-
-  \section2 Using the 'Open Qt Project' button
-
-  The 'Open Qt Project' button allows you to convert an existing \c
-  qmake project file into a \c .dsp file which you can insert into
-  your existing workspace. When you click the 'Open Qt Project'
-  button, just select an existing \c qmake project file (a \c .pro
-  file) and then click OK. You will get a message box at the end
-  which asks you to insert the newly created \c .dsp file into your
-  existing workspace.
-
-  \section2 Using the 'Write Qt Project' button
-
-  The 'Write Qt Project' button creates a \c qmake project (\c .pro)
-  file for your current project so that you can easily copy the files
-  onto another platform and be able to use \c qmake to create a Makefile
-  on that other platform. All you need to do is make the project you
-  want to create a \c .pro file for, and click on the button. Just
-  name your \c qmake project file and click Save.
-
-  \section2 Using the 'Use Qt In Current Project' button
-
-  The 'Use Qt In Current Project' button simply adds in the necessary
-  information for the current project so that it links against Qt and
-  sets any other settings needed to use Qt in that project.
-
-  \section2 Using the 'Add MOC' button
-
-  The 'Add MOC' button will add in the custom build step for the selected file
-  so that it creates any needed MOC files and it will add these generated
-  files to the project. All you need to do to use it is click on a file that
-  has Q_OBJECT and click the button. 
-
-  You only need to use this button if you added a file that has
-  Q_OBJECT in it by hand, you don't need to use this if you used any
-  of the previously mentioned buttons. It can also be invoked by using
-  the \key{Ctrl+Shift+M} key combination in Visual Studio.
-
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/qsql.qdoc b/doc/src/qsql.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 601a629..0000000
--- a/doc/src/qsql.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,139 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \namespace QSql
-    \inmodule QtSql
-    \brief The QSql namespace contains miscellaneous identifiers used throughout
-    the Qt SQL library.
-
-    \inheaderfile QtSql
-    \ingroup database
-    \mainclass
-
-    \sa {QtSql Module}
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum QSql::Confirm
-    \compat
-
-    This enum type describes edit confirmations.
-
-    \value Yes
-    \value No
-    \value Cancel
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum QSql::Op
-    \compat
-
-    This enum type describes edit operations.
-
-    \value None
-    \value Insert
-    \value Update
-    \value Delete
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    \enum QSql::Location
-
-    This enum type describes special SQL navigation locations:
-
-    \value BeforeFirstRow Before the first record.
-    \value AfterLastRow After the last record.
-
-    \omitvalue BeforeFirst
-    \omitvalue AfterLast
-
-    \sa QSqlQuery::at()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum QSql::ParamTypeFlag
-
-    This enum is used to specify the type of a bind parameter.
-
-    \value In  The bind parameter is used to put data into the database.
-    \value Out  The bind parameter is used to receive data from the database.
-    \value InOut  The bind parameter is used to put data into the
-        database; it will be overwritten with output data on executing
-        a query.
-    \value Binary This must be OR'd with one of the other flags if
-           you want to indicate that the data being transferred is
-           raw binary data.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum QSql::TableType
-
-    This enum type describes types of SQL tables.
-
-    \value Tables  All the tables visible to the user.
-    \value SystemTables  Internal tables used by the database.
-    \value Views  All the views visible to the user.
-    \value AllTables  All of the above.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum QSql::NumericalPrecisionPolicy
-
-    This enum type describes at which precision levels numercial values are read from
-    a database.
-
-    Some databases support numerical values with a precision that is not storable in a
-    C++ basic data type. The default behavior is to bind these values as a QString.
-    This enum can be used to override this behavior.
-
-    \value LowPrecisionInt32  Force 32bit integer values. In case of floating point numbers,
-                              the fractional part is silently discarded.
-    \value LowPrecisionInt64  Force 64bit integer values. In case of floating point numbers,
-                              the fractional part is silently discarded.
-    \value LowPrecisionDouble Force \c double values.
-    \value HighPrecision      The default behavior - try to preserve maximum precision.
-
-    Note: The actual behaviour if an overflow occurs is driver specific. The Oracle database
-    just returns an error in this case.
-*/
-
diff --git a/doc/src/qsqldatatype-table.qdoc b/doc/src/qsqldatatype-table.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 1903861..0000000
--- a/doc/src/qsqldatatype-table.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,581 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-  \page sql-types.html
-  \title QtSql Module - Recommended Use of Data Types
-
-  \section1 Recommended Use of Types in Qt Supported Databases
-
-  This table shows the recommended data types used when extracting data 
-  from the databases supported in Qt. It is important to note that the
-  types used in Qt are not necessarily valid as input to the specific
-  database. One example could be that a double would work perfectly as
-  input for floating point records in a database, but not necessarily
-  as a storage format for output from the database since it would be stored
-  with 64-bit precision in C++.
-
-  \tableofcontents
-
-  \section2 IBM DB2 Data Types
-
-  \table 90%
-    \header
-        \o IBM DB2 data type
-        \o SQL type description
-        \o Recommended input (C++ or Qt data type)
-    \row
-        \o SMALLINT
-        \o 16-bit signed integer
-        \o typedef qint16
-    \row
-        \o INTEGER
-        \o 32-bit signed integer
-        \o typedef qint32
-    \row
-        \o BIGINT
-        \o 64-bit signed integer
-        \o typedef qint64
-    \row
-        \o REAL
-        \o 32-bit Single-precision floating point
-        \o By default mapping to QString
-    \row
-        \o DOUBLE PRECISION
-        \o 64-bit Double-precision floating point
-        \o By default mapping to QString
-    \row
-        \o FLOAT
-        \o 64-bit Double-precision floating point
-        \o By default mapping to QString
-    \row
-        \o CHAR
-        \o Fixed-length, null-terminated character string
-        \o Mapped to QString
-    \row
-        \o VARCHAR
-        \o Null-terminated varying length string
-        \o Mapped to QString
-    \row
-        \o LONG VARCHAR
-        \o Not null-terminated varying length character string
-        \o Mapped to QString
-    \row
-        \o BLOB
-        \o Not null-terminated varying binary string with 4-byte string 
-        length indicator
-        \o Mapped to QByteArray
-    \row
-        \o CLOB
-        \o Character large string object
-        \o Mapped to QString
-    \row
-        \o DATE
-        \o Null-terminated character string of the following format:
-        yyyy-mm-dd
-        \o Mapped to QDate
-    \row
-        \o TIME
-        \o Null-terminated character string of the following format: hh.mm.ss
-        \o Mapped to QTime
-    \row
-        \o TIMESTAMP
-        \o Null-terminated character string of the following format: yyyy-mm-dd-hh.mm.ss.nnnnnn
-        \o Mapped to QDateTime
-  \endtable
-
-  \section2 Borland InterBase Data Types
-
-  \table 90%
-    \header
-        \o Borland InterBase data type
-        \o SQL type description
-        \o Recommended input (C++ or Qt data type)
-    \row
-        \o BOOLEAN
-        \o Boolean
-        \o bool
-    \row
-        \o TINYINT
-        \o 8 bit signed integer
-        \o typedef qint8
-    \row
-        \o SMALLINT
-        \o 16-bit signed integer
-        \o typedef qint16
-    \row
-        \o INTEGER
-        \o 32-bit signed integer
-        \o typedef qint32
-    \row
-        \o BIGINT LONG
-        \o 64-bit signed integer
-        \o typedef qint64
-    \row
-        \o REAL FLOAT
-        \o 32-bit floating point
-        \o By default mapping to QString
-    \row
-        \o FLOAT
-        \o 64-bit floating point
-        \o By default mapping to QString
-    \row
-        \o DOUBLE
-        \o 64-bit floating point
-        \o By default mapping to QString
-    \row
-        \o DOUBLE PRECISION
-        \o 64-bit Double-precision floating point
-        \o By default mapping to QString
-    \row
-        \o VARCHAR STRING
-        \o Character string, Unicode
-        \o Mapped to QString
-    \row
-        \o CLOB
-        \o Character large string object
-        \o Mapped to QString
-    \row
-        \o DATE
-        \o Displays date. Format: 'yyyy-mm-dd'
-        \o Mapped to QDate
-    \row
-        \o TIME
-        \o Displays time. Format is 'hh:mm:ss' in 24-hour format
-        \o Mapped to QTime
-    \row
-        \o TIMESTAMP
-        \o Displays a timestamp. Format is 'yyyy-mm-dd hh:mm:ss'
-        \o Mapped to QDateTime
-  \endtable
-
-  \section2 MySQL Data Types
-
-  \table 90%
-    \header
-        \o MySQL data type
-        \o SQL type description
-        \o Recommended input (C++ or Qt data type)
-    \row
-        \o TINYINT
-        \o 8 bit signed integer
-        \o typedef qint8
-    \row
-        \o TINYINT UNSIGNED
-        \o 8 bit unsigned integer
-        \o typedef quint8
-    \row
-        \o SMALLINT
-        \o 16-bit signed integer
-        \o typedef qint16
-    \row
-        \o SMALLINT UNSIGNED
-        \o 16-bit unsigned integer
-        \o typedef quint16
-    \row
-        \o INT
-        \o 32-bit signed integer
-        \o typedef qint32
-    \row
-        \o INT UNSIGNED
-        \o 32-bit unsigned integer
-        \o typedef quint32
-    \row
-        \o BIGINT
-        \o 64-bit signed integer
-        \o typedef qint64
-    \row
-        \o FLOAT
-        \o 32-bit Floating Point
-        \o By default mapping to QString
-    \row
-        \o DOUBLE
-        \o 64-bit Floating Point
-        \o By default mapping to QString
-    \row
-        \o CHAR
-        \o Character string
-        \o Mapped to QString
-    \row
-        \o VARCHAR
-        \o Character string
-        \o Mapped to QString
-    \row
-        \o TINYTEXT
-        \o Character string
-        \o Mapped to QString
-    \row
-        \o TEXT
-        \o Character string
-        \o Mapped to QString
-    \row
-        \o MEDIUMTEXT
-        \o Character string
-        \o Mapped to QString
-    \row
-        \o LONGTEXT
-        \o Character string
-        \o Mapped to QString
-    \row
-        \o CLOB
-        \o Character large string object
-        \o Mapped to QString
-    \row
-        \o all BLOB types
-        \o BLOB
-        \o Mapped to QByteArray
-    \row
-        \o DATE
-        \o Date without Time
-        \o Mapped to QDate
-    \row
-        \o DATETIME
-        \o Date and Time
-        \o Mapped to QDateTime
-    \row
-        \o TIMESTAMP
-        \o Date and Time
-        \o Mapped to QDateTime
-    \row
-        \o TIME
-        \o Time
-        \o Mapped to QTime
-    \row
-        \o YEAR
-        \o Year (int)
-        \o Mapped to QDateTime
-    \row
-        \o ENUM
-        \o Enumeration of Value Set
-        \o Mapped to QString
-  \endtable
-
-  \section2 Oracle Call Interface Data Types
-
-  \table 90%
-    \header
-        \o Oracle Call Interface data type
-        \o SQL type description
-        \o Recommended input (C++ or Qt data type)
-    \row
-        \o NUMBER
-        \o FLOAT, DOUBLE, PRECISIONc REAL
-        \o By default mapping to QString
-    \row
-        \o NUMBER(38)
-        \o INTEGER INT SMALLINT
-        \o typedef qint8/16/32/64
-    \row
-        \o NUMBER(p,s)
-        \o NUMERIC(p,s) DECIMAL(p,s)a
-        \o By default mapping to QString
-    \row
-        \o NVARCHAR2(n)
-        \o Character string (NATIONAL CHARACTER VARYING(n) NATIONAL 
-        CHAR VARYING(n) NCHAR VARYING(n))
-        \o Mapped to QString
-    \row
-        \o NCHAR(n)
-        \o Character string (NATIONAL CHARACTER(n) NATIONAL CHAR(n) 
-        NCHAR(n))
-    \o Mapped to QString
-    \row
-        \o CHAR(n)
-        \o Character string (CHARACTER(n) CHAR(n))
-        \o Mapped to QString
-    \row
-        \o CLOB
-        \o Character large string object
-        \o Mapped to QString
-    \row
-        \o BLOB
-        \o A binary large object
-        \o Mapped to QByteArray
-    \row
-        \o TIMESTAMP
-        \o Year, month, and day values of date, as well as hour, minute,
-        and second values of time
-        \o Mapped to QDateTime
-  \endtable
-
-  \section2 ODBC Data Types
-
-  \table 90%
-    \header
-        \o ODBC data type
-        \o SQL type description
-        \o Recommended input (C++ or Qt data type)
-    \row
-        \o BIT
-        \o Boolean
-        \o BOOL
-    \row
-        \o TINYINT
-        \o 8 bit integer
-        \o typedef qint8
-    \row
-        \o SMALLINT
-        \o 16-bit signed integer
-        \o typedef qint16
-    \row
-        \o INTEGER
-        \o 32-bit signed integer
-        \o typedef qint32
-    \row
-        \o BIGINT
-        \o 64-bit signed integer
-        \o typedef qint64
-    \row
-        \o REAL
-        \o 32-bit Single-precision floating point
-        \o By default mapping to QString
-    \row
-        \o FLOAT
-        \o 64-bit Double floating point
-        \o By default mapping to QString
-    \row
-        \o DOUBLE
-        \o 64-bit Double floating point
-        \o By default mapping to QString
-    \row
-        \o CHAR
-        \o Character string
-        \o Mapped to QString
-    \row
-        \o VARCHAR
-        \o Character string
-        \o Mapped to QString
-    \row
-        \o LONGVARCHAR
-        \o Character string
-        \o Mapped to QString
-    \row
-        \o CLOB
-        \o Character large string object
-        \o Mapped to QString
-    \row
-        \o DATE
-        \o Character string
-        \o Mapped to QDate
-    \row
-        \o TIME
-        \o Character Time, Character string
-        \o Mapped to QTime
-    \row
-        \o TIMESTAMP
-        \o Character Time, Character string
-        \o Mapped to QDateTime
-  \endtable
-
-  \section2 PostgreSQL Data Types
-
-  \table 90%
-    \header
-        \o PostgreSQL data type
-        \o SQL type description
-        \o Recommended input (C++ or Qt data type)
-    \row
-        \o BOOLEAN
-        \o Boolean
-        \o bool
-    \row
-        \o SMALLINT
-        \o 16-bit signed integer
-        \o typedef qint16
-    \row
-        \o INTEGER
-        \o 32-bit signed integer
-        \o typedef qint32
-    \row
-        \o BIGINT
-        \o 64-bit signed integer
-        \o typedef qint64
-    \row
-        \o REAL
-        \o 32-bit variable-precision floating point
-        \o By default mapping to QString
-    \row
-        \o DOUBLE PRECISION
-        \o 64-bit variable-precision floating point
-        \o By default mapping to QString
-    \row
-        \o DECIMAL VARIABLE
-        \o user-specified precision, exact
-        \o Mapped to QString
-    \row
-        \o NUMERIC VARIABLE
-        \o user-specified precision, exact
-        \o Mapped to QString
-    \row
-        \o VARCHAR
-        \o variable-length character string
-        \o Mapped to QString
-    \row
-        \o CHARACTER
-        \o Character string of fixed-length
-        \o Mapped to QString
-    \row
-        \o TEXT
-        \o Character string of variable-length
-        \o Mapped to QString
-    \row
-        \o CLOB
-        \o Character large string object
-        \o Mapped to QString
-    \row
-        \o TIMESTAMP
-        \o 8 bytes, both date and time
-        \o Mapped to QDateTime
-    \row
-        \o TIMESTAMP
-        \o 8 bytes, both date and time, with time zone
-        \o Mapped to QDateTime
-    \row
-        \o DATE
-        \o 4 bytes, dates only
-        \o Mapped to QDate
-    \row
-        \o TIME
-        \o 8 bytes, times of day only 00:00:00.00 - 23:59:59.99
-        \o Mapped to QTime
-    \row
-        \o TIME
-        \o 12 bytes times of day only, with time zone 00:00:00.00+12
-        \o Mapped to QDateTime
-  \endtable
-
-  \section2 QSQLITE SQLite version 3 Data Types
-
-  \table 90%
-    \header
-        \o QSQLITE SQLite version 3 data type
-        \o SQL type description
-        \o Recommended input (C++ or Qt data type)
-    \row
-        \o NULL
-        \o NULL value.
-        \o NULL
-    \row
-        \o INTEGER
-        \o Signed integer, stored in 8, 16, 24, 32, 48, or 64-bits 
-        depending on the magnitude of the value.
-        \o typedef qint8/16/32/64
-    \row
-        \o REAL
-        \o 64-bit floating point value.
-        \o By default mapping to QString
-    \row
-        \o TEXT
-        \o Character string (UTF-8, UTF-16BE or UTF-16-LE).
-        \o Mapped to QString
-    \row
-        \o CLOB
-        \o Character large string object
-        \o Mapped to QString
-    \row
-        \o BLOB
-        \o The value is a BLOB of data, stored exactly as it was input.
-        \o Mapped to QByteArray
-  \endtable
-
-  \section2 Sybase Adaptive Server Data Types
-
-  \table 90%
-    \header
-        \o Sybase Adaptive Server data type
-        \o SQL type description
-        \o Recommended input (C++ or Qt data type)
-    \row
-        \o BINARY
-        \o Describes a fixed-length binary value up to 255 bytes in size.
-        \o Mapped to QByteArray
-    \row
-        \o CHAR
-        \o Character String
-        \o Mapped to QString
-    \row
-        \o DATETIME
-        \o Date and time. Range: 1753-01-01 00:00:00 through 9999-12-31 23:59:59.
-        \o Mapped to QDateTime
-    \row
-        \o NCHAR
-        \o Character String of fixed length
-        \o Mapped to QString
-    \row
-        \o NVARACHAR
-        \o Character String of variable length
-        \o Mapped to QString
-    \row
-        \o VARCHAR
-        \o Character String of fixed length
-        \o Mapped to QString
-    \row
-        \o CLOB
-        \o Character large string object
-        \o Mapped to QString
-    \row
-        \o TIMESTAMP
-        \o A unique number within a database
-        \o Mapped to QString
-    \row
-        \o SMALLDATETIME
-        \o Date and time. Range: 1900-01-01 00:00 through 2079-12-31 23:59
-        \o Mapped to QDateTime
-    \row
-        \o UNICHAR
-        \o Character String of fixed length.(Unicode)
-        \o Mapped to QString
-    \row
-        \o UNIVARCHAR
-        \o Character String of variable length.(Unicode)
-        \o Mapped to QString
-    \row
-        \o VARBINARY
-        \o Describes a variable-length binary value up to 255 bytes in size
-        \o Mapped to QByteArray 
-  \endtable
-
-  \section2 SQLite Version 2
-
-  SQLite version 2 is "typeless". This means that you can store any kind of
-  data you want in any column of any table, regardless of the declared
-  data type of that column. We recommend that you map the data to QString.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/qt-conf.qdoc b/doc/src/qt-conf.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index ce32aa8..0000000
--- a/doc/src/qt-conf.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,136 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page qt-conf.html
-
-    \title Using qt.conf
-    \ingroup deployment
-
-    The \c qt.conf file overrides the hard-coded paths that are
-    compiled into the Qt library. These paths are accessible using the
-    QLibraryInfo class. Without \c qt.conf, the functions in
-    QLibraryInfo return these hard-coded paths; otherwise they return
-    the paths as specified in \c qt.conf.
-
-    Without \c qt.conf, the Qt libraries will use the hard-coded paths
-    to look for plugins, translations, and so on. These paths may not
-    exist on the target system, or they may not be
-    accesssible. Because of this, you need \c qt.conf to make the Qt
-    libraries look elsewhere.
-
-    QLibraryInfo will load \c qt.conf from one of the following locations:
-
-    \list 1
-
-    \o \c :/qt/etc/qt.conf using the resource system
-
-    \o on Mac OS X, in the Resource directory inside the appliction
-    bundle, for example \c assistant.app/Contents/Resources/qt.conf
-
-    \o in the directory containing the application executable, i.e.
-    QCoreApplication::applicationDirPath() + QDir::separator() + "qt.conf"
-
-    \endlist
-
-    The \c qt.conf file is an INI text file, as described in the \l
-    {QSettings::Format}{QSettings} documentation. The file should have
-    a \c Paths group which contains the entries that correspond to
-    each value of the QLibraryInfo::LibraryLocation enum. See the
-    QLibraryInfo documentation for details on the meaning of the
-    various locations.
-
-    \table
-
-    \header \o Entry            \o Default Value
-
-    \row \o Prefix              \o QCoreApplication::applicationDirPath()
-    \row \o Documentation       \o \c doc
-    \row \o Headers             \o \c include
-    \row \o Libraries           \o \c lib
-    \row \o Binaries            \o \c bin
-    \row \o Plugins             \o \c plugins
-    \row \o Data                \o \c .
-    \row \o Translations        \o \c translations
-    \row \o Settings            \o \c .
-    \row \o Examples            \o \c .
-    \row \o Demos               \o \c .
-
-    \endtable
-
-    Absolute paths are used as specified in the \c qt.conf file. All
-    paths are relative to the \c Prefix. On Windows and X11, the \c
-    Prefix is relative to the directory containing the application
-    executable (QCoreApplication::applicationDirPath()). On Mac OS X,
-    the \c Prefix is relative to the \c Contents in the application
-    bundle. For example, \c application.app/Contents/plugins/ is the
-    default location for loading Qt plugins. Note that the plugins
-    need to be placed in specific sub-directories under the
-    \c{plugins} directory (see \l{How to Create Qt Plugins} for
-    details).
-
-    For example, a \c qt.conf file could contain the following:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt-conf.qdoc 0
-
-    Subgroups of the \c Paths group may be used to specify locations
-    for specific versions of the Qt libraries. Such subgroups are of
-    the form \c Paths/x.y.z, where x is the major version of the Qt
-    libraries, y the minor, and z the patch level. The subgroup that
-    most closely matches the current Qt version is used. If no
-    subgroup matches, the \c Paths group is used as the fallback. The
-    minor and patch level values may be omitted, in which case they
-    default to zero.
-
-    For example, given the following groups:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt-conf.qdoc 1
-
-    The current version will be matched as shown:
-
-    \list
-    \o 4.0.1 matches \c Paths/4
-    \o 4.1.5 matches \c Paths/4.1
-    \o 4.6.3 matches \c Paths/4.2.5
-    \o 5.0.0 matches \c Paths
-    \o 6.0.2 matches \c Paths/6
-    \endlist
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/qt-embedded.qdoc b/doc/src/qt-embedded.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index be9a458..0000000
--- a/doc/src/qt-embedded.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \group qt-embedded
-    \ingroup topics
-    \title Qt for Embedded Platforms
-    \brief Documents related to Qt for Embedded Platforms.
-
-    Qt is available for embedded platforms and devices as well as for a number
-    of desktop platforms. The features provided for each platform depend on the
-    capabilities and architecture of the operating system.
-
-    Currently, two embedded platforms are supported by Qt:
-
-    \table 90%
-    \header
-    \raw HTML
-      <td style="width: 40%">Embedded Linux</td>
-      <td style="background: white; width: 5%"></td>
-      <td style="width: 40%">Windows CE</td>
-    \endraw
-    \row    \o \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} is designed to be used on Linux devices
-               without X11 or existing graphical environments. This flavor of
-               Qt includes a framework for creating both applications and an
-               environment for them. As a result, it includes features for
-               window management, inter-process communication and facilities
-               for handling input and display devices.
-    \raw HTML
-      <td style="background: white; width: 5%"></td>
-    \endraw
-    \o \l{Qt for Windows CE} is used to create applications running in
-               existing Windows CE and Windows Mobile environments.
-               Applications use the appropriate style for the embedded
-               environment and use native features, such as menus, to conform
-               to the native style guidelines.
-    \endtable
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/qt-webpages.qdoc b/doc/src/qt-webpages.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..20e6c66
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/qt-webpages.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,245 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/
+    \title Qt website
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/
+    \title Qt Homepage
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/bugreport-form
+    \title Bug Report Form
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/products/add-on-products/add-on-products/
+    \title Third-Party Tools
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/products/add-on-products
+    \title Qt Solutions
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/developer/books
+    \title Books about Qt Programming
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/developer/books/3
+    \title GUI Programming with Qt 3
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/about
+    \title About Qt
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/products/developer-tools
+    \title Visual Studio Integration
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/products/add-on-products/catalog/4/Widgets/qtcalendarwidget/
+    \title Calendar Widget
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/products/add-on-products/catalog/4/Widgets/qtwizard/
+    \title QtWizard
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/products/add-on-products/catalog/4/Utilities/qtcorba/
+    \title CORBA Framework
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/products/add-on-products/catalog/4/Widgets/qtwindowlistmenu/
+    \title Window Menu
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/qt-in-use
+    \title Customer Success Stories
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/developer
+    \title Developer Zone
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/downloads
+    \title Downloads
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/developer/faqs/
+    \title FAQs
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/developer/faqs/licensing/
+    \title License FAQ
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/products/licensing/
+    \title Free Software and Contributions
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/products/licensing/
+    \title Qt Licensing Overview
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/products/pricing/
+    \title Qt License Pricing
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/contact
+    \title How to Order
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/doc/supported-platforms.html
+    \title Platform Support Policy
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/products/
+    \title Product Overview
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/doc/supported-platforms.html
+    \title Qt 4 Platforms Overview
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/products/qtopia/
+    \title Qt Extended
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/doc/qq/
+    \title Qt Quarterly
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/developer/task-tracker
+    \title Task Tracker
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/lists
+    \title Qt Mailing Lists
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/products/files/pdf/
+    \title Whitepapers
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/doc/qtcanvas
+    \title QtCanvas
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \externalpage http://labs.qt.nokia.com/page/Projects/Itemview/Modeltest
+    \title ModelTest
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \externalpage http://labs.qt.nokia.com/page/Projects/Accessibility/QDBusBridge
+    \title D-Bus Accessibility Bridge
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \externalpage http://labs.qt.nokia.com/blogs/2008/12/05/qtestlib-now-with-nice-graphs-pointing-upwards/
+    \title qtestlib-tools Announcement
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \externalpage http://labs.qt.nokia.com/gitweb?p=qtestlib-tools;a=summary
+    \title qtestlib-tools
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/products/library/modular-class-library#info_scripting
+    \title Qt Script for Applications (QSA)
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/products/add-on-products/catalog/4/Utilities/qtsharedmemory/
+    \title QtSharedMemory
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/qq/qq21-portingcanvas.html
+    \title Porting to Qt 4.2's Graphics View
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/products/add-on-products/catalog/4/Windows/qtwinforms/
+    \title QtWinForms Solution
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/developer/faqs/qt/installation
+    \title Installation FAQ
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \externalpage http://qt.gitorious.org
+    \title Public Qt Repository
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/qt3support.qdoc b/doc/src/qt3support.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 59698e1..0000000
--- a/doc/src/qt3support.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \module Qt3Support
-    \title Qt3Support Module
-    \contentspage Qt's Modules
-    \previouspage Phonon Module
-    \nextpage QtDesigner
-    \ingroup modules
-
-    \keyword Qt3Support
-    \brief The Qt3Support module provides classes that ease porting
-    from Qt 3 to Qt 4.
-
-    \warning The classes in this module are intended to be used in
-    intermediate stages of a porting process and are not intended
-    to be used in production code.
-
-    To include the definitions of the module's classes, use the
-    following directive:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt3support.qdoc 0
-
-    To link against the module, add this line to your \l qmake \c
-    .pro file:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt3support.qdoc 1
-
-    \note Since this module provides compatibility classes for
-    diverse parts of the Qt 3 API, it has dependencies on the QtCore,
-    QtGui, QtNetwork, QtSql, and QtXml modules.
-
-    This module is part of the \l{Qt Full Framework Edition} and the
-    \l{Open Source Versions of Qt}. Most classes offered by this module are
-    also part of the \l{Qt GUI Framework Edition}.
-\if defined(opensourceedition) || defined(desktoplightedition)
-    Classes that are not available for \l{Qt GUI Framework Edition}
-    users are marked as such in the class documentation.
-\endif
-
-    \sa {Porting to Qt 4}
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/qt3to4.qdoc b/doc/src/qt3to4.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index d788f67..0000000
--- a/doc/src/qt3to4.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,179 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page qt3to4.html
-    \title qt3to4 - The Qt 3 to 4 Porting Tool
-
-    \ingroup porting
-    \keyword qt3to4
-
-    The \c qt3to4 tool provides help when moving a project from Qt 3
-    to Qt 4. It is designed to automate the most tedious part of the
-    porting effort.
-
-    See \l{Porting to Qt 4} and \l{Porting UI Files to Qt 4} for
-    more information about porting Qt 3 applications to Qt 4.
-
-    \section1 Usage
-
-    \c qt3to4 can be run either on individual C++ source or header
-    files, or on an entire project specified by a \c qmake \c .pro
-    file:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt3to4.qdoc 0
-
-    In project mode, \c qt3to4 reads the \c .pro file and converts
-    all files specified in it. The tool modifies the files in place.
-    You might want to make a copy of your project before you run the
-    tool.
-
-    \section1 Porting Rules
-
-    The Qt porting tool loads its porting rules from an XML file
-    called \c q3porting.xml located in Qt's \c tools/porting/src directory. 
-    By editing this file, you can add your own rules or remove some
-    rules.
-
-    The standard \c q3porting.xml file specifies the following
-    conversions:
-
-    \list
-    \o  Rename classes that are now part of the Qt 3 support
-        library (e.g., replace \c QFileDialog with \c{Q3FileDialog}).
-    \o  Prefix or rename enum values that have been moved or
-        renamed (e.g., replace \c QButton::On with \c{QCheckBox::On}) or
-        members of the Qt namespace (e.g., replace \c QWidget::red with
-        \c{Qt::red}).
-    \o  Add \c #include directives that might be needed in Qt 4.
-    \endlist
-
-    \section2 Location of the qt3porting.xml File
-
-    You can now specify the location of the \c qt3porting.xml file with the
-    \c{-f} command line option. This is useful if you want to use a modified
-    file with your own rules. 
-
-    If you you don't want to maintain a modified \c qt3porting.xml it is
-    possible to create a "patch" file that includes the original file and adds
-    or disables rules. The syntax for this file looks like this:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt3to4.qdoc 1
-
-    \section1 Logging
-
-    The porting tool logs all changes to a file called \c
-    portinglog.txt in the current directory. This file lists all
-    changes made to the source files.
-
-    \section1 Advanced Usage
-
-    When porting, \c qt3to4 parses the source files and ports the
-    contents according to the C++ language rules. This C++ parsing
-    step can be disabled with the \c -disableCppParsing option.
-
-    If C++ parsing is enabled, \c qt3to4 must be able to locate the
-    headers included from the source files. Necessary headers include
-    the public Qt headers and  any headers that declares names that
-    may conflict with names in the public Qt headers. The standard
-    C++ headers and system headers are usually not needed.
-
-    You can tell \c qt3to4 where to look for headers by using the
-    \c{-I} command-line option. Qt 3.3 header information is built
-    in, so it is normaly not necessary to specify the location of the
-    Qt headers. If you are porting from a different version of Qt 3,
-    you may want to disable the built-in headers with
-    \c{-disableBuiltInQt3Headers}, and then add the path to the
-    actual headers with the \c{-I} option.
-
-    When porting a project, \c qt3to4 will read the \c INCLUDEPATH
-    and \c DEPENDPATH variables from the \c .pro file and add the
-    paths specified here to the list of include search directories.
-
-    To see which headers that are not found, use the \c{-missingFileWarnings}
-    option.
-
-    \section1 Limitations
-
-    In some cases, you might get compiler errors because of identifiers
-    in the global namespace (e.g., \c CTRL). Adding
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt3to4.qdoc 2
-
-    at the beginning of the source file that contains
-    the indentifier solves the problem.
-
-    \section1 Legal Notices
-
-    Some source code in \c qt3to4 is licensed under specific highly
-    permissive licenses from the original authors. Nokia gratefully
-    acknowledges these contributions to \c qt3to4 and all uses of
-    \c qt3to4 should also acknowledge these contributions and quote the
-    following license statements in an appendix to the documentation.
-
-    \list
-    \o \l{Contributions to the Following qt3to4 Files: treewalker.h,
-    treedump.cpp, treedump.h, treewalker.cpp}
-    \endlist
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \page qt3to4-treewalker.html
-    \title Contributions to the Following qt3to4 Files: treewalker.h, treedump.cpp, treedump.h, treewalker.cpp
-    \ingroup licensing
-    \brief License information for contributions to the qt3to4 source code.
-
-    \legalese
-    Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies). \BR
-    Copyright (C) 2005 Roberto Raggi
-
-    Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
-    a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
-    "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
-    without limitation the rights to use, modify, market, reproduce,
-    grant sublicenses and distribute subject to the following
-    conditions:  The above copyright notice and this permission notice
-    shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
-    Software.  These files are provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY
-    KIND, INCLUDING THE WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTIBILITY AND FITNESS
-    FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-    \endlegalese
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/qt4-accessibility.qdoc b/doc/src/qt4-accessibility.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 747ca8d..0000000
--- a/doc/src/qt4-accessibility.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,163 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page qt4-accessibility.html
-    \title Cross-Platform Accessibility Support in Qt 4
-    \ingroup accessibility
-
-    \contentspage {What's New in Qt 4}{Home}
-    \previouspage The New Qt Designer
-    \nextpage The Qt 4 Database GUI Layer
-
-    Qt 4 allows developers to write cross-platform applications that
-    are usable by visually impaired users as well as by users with
-    other disabilities. Qt accessibility will make applications
-    accessible to more users and opens the governmental market, where
-    accessibility is often a requirement.
-
-    \section1 General Overview
-
-    The accessibility classes have been extended in
-    various ways since Qt 3. We added new functions and new enum
-    values, and revised the API to make it more consistent with the
-    rest of Qt. We also added two properties to QWidget,
-    \l{QWidget::accessibleName}{accessibleName} and
-    \l{QWidget::accessibleDescription}{accessibleDescription}, that
-    can be set in \e{Qt Designer} to provide basic help texts without
-    having to write any code.
-
-    Qt's accessibility architecture is as follows. Qt offers one
-    generic interface, QAccessibleInterface, that can be used to
-    wrap all widgets and objects (e.g., QPushButton). This single
-    interface provides all the metadata necessary for the assistive
-    technologies. Qt provides implementations of this interface for
-    its built-in widgets as plugins.
-
-    A more detailed overview of the accessibility support in Qt can
-    be found on the \l Accessibility page.
-
-    \section1 Enabling Accessibility Support
-
-    By default, Qt applications are run with accessibility support
-    enabled on Windows and Mac OS X. On Unix/X11 platforms, applications
-    must be launched in an environment with the \c QT_ACCESSIBILITY
-    variable set to 1. For example, this is set in the following way with
-    the bash shell:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-accessibility.qdoc environment
-
-    Accessibility features are built into Qt by default when the libraries
-    are configured and built.
-
-    \section1 Creating New Accessible Interfaces
-
-    When you develop custom widgets, you can create custom subclasses
-    of QAccessibleInterface and distribute them as plugins (using
-    QAccessiblePlugin) or compile them into the application.
-    Likewise, Qt's predefined accessibility support can be built as
-    plugin (the default) or directly into the Qt library. The main
-    advantage of using plugins is that the accessibility classes are
-    only loaded into memory if they are actually used; they don't
-    slow down the common case where no assistive technology is being
-    used.
-
-    In addition to QAccessibleInterface, Qt includes two convenience
-    classes, QAccessibleObject and QAccessibleWidget, that
-    provide the lowest common denominator of metadata (e.g., widget
-    geometry, window title, basic help text). You can use them as
-    base classes when wrapping your custom QObject or QWidget
-    subclasses.
-
-    Another new feature in Qt 4 is that Qt can now support other
-    backends in addition to the predefined ones. This is done by
-    subclassing QAccessibleBridge.
-
-    \omit
-    \section1 Software Layering
-
-        Qt Application
-            | links to
-        Qt Accessibility Module
-            | Plugin (in-process)
-        Qt ATK Bridge
-            | links to
-        ATK
-            | Plugin (in-process)
-        at-spi
-            | CORBA
-        assistive technologies
-
-    Windows:
-
-        Qt Application
-            | links to
-        Qt Accessibility Module
-            | COM (?)
-        MSAA
-            | ?
-        assistive technologies
-
-    Mac:
-
-        ?
-    \endomit
-
-    \section1 Example Code
-
-    The first example illustrates how to provide accessibility
-    information for a custom widget. We can use QAccessibleWidget as
-    a base class and reimplement various functions:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-accessibility.qdoc 0
-
-    Here's how we would implement the
-    \l{QAccessibleInterface::doAction()}{doAction()} function to call
-    a function named click() on the wrapped MyWidget object when the
-    user invokes the object's default action or "presses" it.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-accessibility.qdoc 1
-
-    To export the widget interface as a plugin, we must subclass
-    QAccessibleFactory:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-accessibility.qdoc 2
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/qt4-arthur.qdoc b/doc/src/qt4-arthur.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index b253d06..0000000
--- a/doc/src/qt4-arthur.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,336 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page qt4-arthur.html
-    \title The Arthur Paint System
-
-    \contentspage {What's New in Qt 4}{Home}
-    \previouspage The Interview Framework
-    \nextpage The Scribe Classes
-
-    This document describes Qt 4's painting system, providing a
-    comparison between the approaches used by Qt when rendering
-    graphics in Qt 3 and Qt 4.
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 Architecture
-
-    The Qt 4 Paint System is primarily based on the classes
-    QPainter, QPaintDevice, and QPaintEngine. QPainter is the
-    class used to perform drawing operations, such as drawLine()
-    and drawRect(). QPaintDevice represents a device that can be
-    painted on using a QPainter; both QWidget and QPixmap are
-    QPaintDevices. QPaintEngine provides the interface that the
-    painter uses to draw onto different types of devices.
-
-    \section2 A Look Back at Qt 3
-
-    In Qt 3, QPainter could be used to draw on widgets and pixmaps.
-    (It could also be used to draw to printers on Windows and Mac OS
-    X.) When other paint devices needed to be supported, such as
-    QPrinter on X11, this was done by deriving from QPaintDevice and
-    reimplementing the virtual function QPaintDevice::cmd(). A
-    reimplemented paint device was treated as an external device.
-
-    QPainter was capable of recognizing external devices and could
-    serialize each paint operation to the reimplemented cmd()
-    function. This allowed reimplementation of arbitrary devices, but
-    the approach has some disadvantages which we have addressed in
-    Qt 4. One of these is that an external device could not reuse any
-    functionality implemented in QPainter since QPainter was tied to
-    widget/pixmap painting on that platform. Supporting multiple
-    device backends, such as OpenGL, was therefore inconvenient and
-    not very efficient.
-
-    This has led us to devise a more convenient and intuitive API for
-    Qt 4.
-
-    \section2 How Painting is Done in Qt 4
-
-    In Qt 4 we have introduced the QPaintEngine abstract class.
-    Implementations of this class provide the concrete functionality
-    needed to draw to specific device types. The QPaintEngine class
-    is only used internally by QPainter and QPaintDevice, and it is
-    hidden from application programmers unless they reimplement their own
-    device types for their own QPaintEngine subclasses. Qt currently
-    provides paint engines for the following platforms and APIs:
-
-    \list
-    \o A pixel-based engine for the Windows platform that is
-       also used to draw onto QImages on all platforms
-    \o OpenGL on all platforms
-    \o PostScript on Linux, Unix, and Mac OS X
-    \o QuickDraw and CoreGraphics on Mac OS X
-    \o X11 and the X Render Extension on Linux and Unix systems
-    \omit
-    \o QVFb, VNC, and LinuxFb for Qt for Embedded Linux
-    \endomit
-    \endlist
-
-    To implement support for a new backend, you must derive from
-    QPaintEngine and reimplement its virtual functions. You also need
-    to derive from QPaintDevice and reimplement the virtual function
-    QPaintDevice::paintEngine() to tell QPainter which paint engine
-    should be used to draw on this particular device.
-
-    The main benefit of this approach is that all painting follows the
-    same painting pipeline. This means that adding support for new features
-    and providing default implementations for unsupported ones has
-    become much simpler.
-
-    \section1 New Features in the Qt 4 Paint System
-
-    \section2 Gradient Brushes
-
-    With Qt 4 it is possible to fill shapes using gradient
-    brushes. A gradient in this case is used to describe the transition
-    from one color at a given point to different color at another point. A
-    gradient can span from one color to another or over a
-    number of colors by specifying multiple colors at positions in the
-    gradient area. Qt 4 supports linear, radial, and conical gradients.
-
-    Linear gradients are specified using two control points.
-    Setting a linear gradient brush is done by creating a QLinearGradient
-    object and setting it as a brush.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-arthur.qdoc 0
-
-    The code shown above produces a pattern as show in the following
-    pixmap:
-
-    \img diagonalGradient.png
-
-    Radial gradients are specified using a center, a radius, and a
-    focal point. Setting a radial brush is done by creating a QRadialGradient
-    object and setting it as a brush.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-arthur.qdoc 1
-
-    The code shown above produces a pattern as shown in the following
-    pixmap:
-
-    \img radialGradient.png
-
-    Conical gradients are specified using a center and a start
-    angle. Setting a conical brush is done by creating a
-    QConicalGradient object and setting it as a brush.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-arthur.qdoc 2
-
-    The code shown above produces a pattern as shown in the following
-    pixmap:
-
-    \img conicalGradient.png
-
-    \section2 Alpha-Blended Drawing
-
-    With Qt 4 we support alpha-blended outlining and filling. The
-    alpha channel of a color is defined through QColor. The alpha
-    channel specifies the transparency effect, 0 represents a fully
-    transparent color, while 255 represents a fully opaque color. For
-    example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-arthur.qdoc 3
-
-    The code shown above produces the following output:
-
-    \img alphafill.png
-
-    Alpha-blended drawing is supported on Windows, Mac OS X, and on
-    X11 systems that have the X Render extension installed.
-
-
-    \section2 QPainter and QGLWidget
-
-    It is now possible to open a QPainter on a QGLWidget as if it
-    were a normal QWidget. One huge benefit from this is that we
-    utilize the high performance of OpenGL for most drawing
-    operations, such as transformations and pixmap drawing.
-
-
-    \section2 Anti-Aliased Edges
-
-    On platforms where this is supported by the native drawing API, we
-    provide the option of turning on anti-aliased edges when drawing
-    graphics primitives.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-arthur.qdoc 4
-
-    This produces the following output:
-
-    \img antialiased.png
-
-    Anti-aliasing is supported when drawing to a QImage and on all
-    systems, except on X11 when XRender is not present.
-
-
-    \section2 Extensive Use of Native Graphics Operations
-
-    Where this makes sense, Qt uses native graphics
-    operations. The benefit we gain from this is that these operations
-    can potentially be performed in hardware, giving significant
-    speed improvements over many pure-software implementations.
-
-    Among these are native transformations (Mac OS X and OpenGL),
-    making painting with a world matrix much faster. Some pixmap
-    operations have also been moved closer to the underlying
-    hardware implementations.
-
-
-    \section2 Painter Paths
-
-    A painter path is an object composed of a number of graphical
-    building blocks, such as rectangles, ellipses, lines, and curves.
-    A painter path can be used for filling, outlining, and for clipping.
-    The main advantage of painter paths over normal drawing operations
-    is that it is possible to build up non-linear shapes which can be
-    drawn later in one go.
-
-    Building blocks can be joined in closed subpaths, such as a
-    rectangle or an ellipse, or they can exist independently as unclosed
-    subpaths, although an unclosed path will not be filled.
-
-    Below is a code example on how a path can be used. The
-    painter in this case has a pen width of 3 and a light blue brush. We
-    first add a rectangle, which becomes a closed subpath.  We then add
-    two bezier curves, and finally draw the entire path.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-arthur.qdoc 5
-
-    The code above produces the following output:
-
-    \img pathexample.png
-
-
-    \section2 Widget Double-Buffering
-
-    In Qt 4, all widgets are double-buffered by default.
-
-    In previous versions of Qt double-buffering was achieved by
-    painting to an off-screen pixmap then copying the pixmap to the
-    screen. For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-arthur.qdoc 6
-
-    Since the double-buffering is handled by QWidget internally this
-    now becomes:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-arthur.qdoc 7
-
-    Double-buffering is turned on by default, but can be turned off for
-    individual widgets by setting the widget attribute
-    Qt::WA_PaintOnScreen.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-arthur.qdoc 8
-
-    \section2 Pen and Brush Transformation
-
-    In Qt 3, pens and brushes weren't affected by the painter's
-    transformation matrix. For example, if you drew a rectangle with a
-    pen width of 1 using a scaled painter, the resulting line width
-    would still be 1. This made it difficult to implement features
-    such as zooming and high-resolution printing.
-
-    In Qt 4, pens and brushes honor the painter's transformation
-    matrix.
-
-    Note that this feature is still in development and not yet
-    supported on all platforms.
-
-    \section2 Custom Filled Pens
-
-    In Qt 4, it is possible to specify how an outline should be
-    filled.  It can be a solid color or a QBrush, which makes it
-    possible to specify both texture and gradient fills for both
-    text and outlines.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-arthur.qdoc 9
-
-    The code above produces the following output:
-
-    \img gradientText.png
-
-    \section2 QImage as a Paint Device
-
-    A great improvement of Qt 4 over previous versions it that it now
-    provides a pixel-based raster paint engine which allows users to
-    open a painter on a QImage. The QImage paint engine supports the
-    full feature set of QPainter (paths, antialiasing, alphablending,
-    etc.) and can be used on all platforms.
-
-    One advantage of this is that it is possible to guarantee the
-    pixel exactness of any drawing operation in a platform-independent
-    way.
-
-    Painting on an image is as simple as drawing on any other paint device.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-arthur.qdoc 10
-
-    \section2 SVG Rendering Support
-
-    \l{Scalable Vector Graphics} (SVG) is an language for describing both static
-    and animated two-dimensional vector graphics. Qt includes support for the
-    \l{SVG 1.2 Tiny Static Features}{static features} of \l{SVG 1.2 Tiny}, taking
-    advantage of the improved paint system in Qt 4. SVG drawings can be rendered
-    onto any QPaintDevice subclass, such as QWidget, QImage, and QGLWidget, to
-    take advantage of specific advantages of each device. This approach gives
-    developers the flexibility to experiment, in order to find the best solution
-    for each application.
-
-    \image svg-image.png
-
-    Since SVG is an XML-based format, the QtXml module is required to read SVG
-    files. For this reason, classes for SVG handling are provided separately in
-    the QtSvg module.
-
-    Displaying an SVG drawing in an application is as simple as displaying a
-    bitmap image. QSvgWidget is a display widget that can be placed in an
-    appropriate place in a user interface, and new content can be loaded as
-    required. For example, a predetermined file can be loaded and displayed in
-    a widget with little effort:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qsvgwidget/main.cpp 0
-
-    For applications with more specialized requirements, the QSvgRenderer class
-    provides more control over the way SVG drawings are rendered and animated.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/qt4-designer.qdoc b/doc/src/qt4-designer.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 0bfe034..0000000
--- a/doc/src/qt4-designer.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,298 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page qt4-designer.html
-
-    \title The New Qt Designer
-
-    \contentspage {What's New in Qt 4}{Home}
-    \previouspage The Qt 4 Main Window Classes
-    \nextpage Cross-Platform Accessibility Support in Qt 4
-
-    \QD has been completely re-written based on our experience with
-    the previous versions of the product for Qt 3. One of the main new
-    ideas behind this new version is to release the application as a
-    collection of interchangeable components that include the property
-    editor, the widget box, and other useful tools for creating
-    graphical user interfaces with Qt. These components can either be
-    used together in the \QD application, or independently integrated
-    into other systems.  As a result, certain features such as the
-    project editor and code editor have been removed from the version
-    included with this release.
-
-    The current version of \QD is near feature complete and can be used for
-    many tasks. However, it is still under continuous development. This
-    document will explain what is already in place.
-
-    See also the \l{Qt Designer Manual}.
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 The Current State of Qt Designer
-
-    When used as a standalone application, \QD includes a number of
-    components that work together to provide a flexible GUI design
-    tool. Widgets and dialog windows can be composed using a
-    form-based interface that fully supports drag and drop, clipboard
-    operations, and an undo/redo stack.
-
-    This version of \QD introduces a number of editing modes to make
-    different types of editing more natural. Each editing mode
-    displays the form in an appropriate way for that mode, and
-    provides a specialized user interface for manipulating its
-    contents. The current editing modes are Widget Editing, Signals
-    and Slots Editing, Buddy Editing, and Tab Order Editing.
-
-    \section2 User Interface Features
-
-    \table
-    \row \i \inlineimage designer-main-window.png
-    \i \bold{Widget Box}
-
-    The Widget Box displays a categorized list of widgets and other
-    objects that can be placed on a form using drag and drop.
-
-    When \QD is in multi-window mode, the window containing the Widget
-    Box also holds the main menu and the tool bar. When in workbench
-    mode, the Widget Box becomes an independent window within the \QD
-    workspace.
-
-    The contents of the Widget Box are defined in an XML file that
-    holds a collection of .ui documents for standard Qt widgets. This
-    file can be extended, making it possible to add custom widgets to
-    the Widget Box.
-    \endtable
-
-    \table
-    \row \i \bold{Property Editor}
-
-    The Property Editor allows designers to edit most properties of
-    widgets and layout objects. The property names and values are
-    presented in an editable tree view that shows the properties of
-    the currently selected object.
-
-    Certain resources, such as icons, can be configured in the
-    Property Editor.  Resources can be taken from any currently
-    installed resource files, making it easier to design
-    self-contained components.
-
-    \i \inlineimage designer-property-editor.png
-    \endtable
-
-    \section2 Editing Features
-
-    \QD allows form designers to work on different aspects of their forms by
-    switching between specialized editing modes. Tools for editing widget
-    properties, resources, and actions provide context-sensitive information
-    about the forms being edited.
-
-    \table
-    \row \i \inlineimage designer-choosing-form.png
-    \i \bold{Form Templates}
-
-    Form templates provide ready-to-use forms for various types of widgets,
-    such as QWidget, QDialog, and QMainWindow. Custom templates based on
-    these widgets can also be created.
-
-    Templates can contain child widgets and layouts. Designers can
-    save time by creating templates for the most common user interface
-    features for repeated use.
-    \endtable
-
-    \table
-    \row
-    \i \bold{Widget Editing Mode}
-
-    The new \QD allows widgets to be dropped into existing layouts on
-    the form. Previously, it was necessary to break layouts in order
-    to add new widgets to them.
-
-    \QD now supports more direct manipulation of widgets:
-    You can clone a widget by dragging it with the \key CTRL key held down, and
-    it is even possible to drag widgets between forms.
-
-    In-place widget editors provide specialized editing facilities for
-    the most-used widget properties.
-
-    \i \inlineimage designer-editing-mode.png
-    \endtable
-
-    \table
-    \row
-    \i \inlineimage designer-connection-mode.png
-    \i \bold{Signals and Slots Editing Mode}
-
-    \QD now employs a "wired" approach when representing and editing
-    connections between objects on a form. The Signal and Slots
-    Editing mode displays all the signal and slot connections on your
-    form as arrows. These arrows can be manipulated visually, and
-    provide the user with an overview of the form's connection logic.
-
-    Connections can be made between objects on a form and the form itself.
-    This is particularly useful when designing dialogs.
-    \endtable
-
-    \table
-    \row
-    \i \bold{Buddy Editing Mode}
-
-    Widgets that cannot accept keyboard input are often given buddy
-    widgets that will take the keyboard focus on their behalf.
-
-    In Buddy Editing mode, \QD provides a similar approach to that
-    used in the Signals and Slots Editing mode to show the
-    relationships between widgets and their buddies.
-
-    \i \inlineimage designer-buddy-mode.png
-    \endtable
-
-    \table
-    \row
-    \i \inlineimage designer-tab-order-mode.png
-    \i \bold{Tab Order Mode}
-
-    In this mode, users can specify the order in which input widgets accept
-    the keyboard focus.
-
-    The way that the tab order is defined follows the approach taken
-    in Qt 3's version of \QD; The default tab order is based on the
-    order in which widgets are constructed.
-
-    \endtable
-
-    \table
-    \row
-    \i \bold{The Resource Editor}
-
-    The new \QD fully supports The Qt Resource System, and provide the
-    Resource Editor to help designers and developers manage the
-    resources that are needed by their applications.
-
-    Using the Resource Editor, resources can be associated with a
-    given form, and also modified and extended throught the editor's
-    file browser style interface.
-
-    The Resource Editor uses files that are processed by various
-    components of the \l{The Qt Resource System}{Qt Resource System}
-    to ensure that all required resources are embedded in the
-    application.
-
-    \i \inlineimage designer-resources-editing.png
-    \endtable
-
-    \table
-    \row
-    \i \inlineimage designer-action-editor.png
-    \i \bold{The Action Editor}
-
-    With the release of Qt 4.1, \QD introduces the Action Editor
-    simplifying the management of actions when creating main window
-    applications.
-
-    When creating a main window, you can add a menu bar and toolbars
-    using \QD's context menu. Once you have the menu bar or a toolbar
-    in place, you can create and add actions using the Action Editor.
-
-    \endtable
-
-    \section2 Plugin Support
-
-    \table
-    \row
-    \i \inlineimage worldtimeclockplugin-example.png
-    \i \bold{Custom Widgets}
-
-    Plugins can be used to add new custom widgets, special editors, and
-    support for widgets from the Qt 3 support library.
-
-    Support for custom widget plugins allows user interface designers to
-    use application-specific widgets in their designs as early as possible
-    in the development process.
-
-    \QD handles custom widgets in the same way as standard Qt widgets,
-    and allows custom signals and slots to be connected to other objects
-    from within Signals and Slots Editing mode.
-    \endtable
-
-    \table
-    \row
-    \i \bold{The QtDesigner Module}
-
-    The new modular \QD is designed to be integrated into other environments
-    and extended with custom components.
-
-    The QtDesigner Module is a library that developers can use to
-    write extensions and plugins for \QD, and enables \QD components
-    to be embedded into Integrated Development Environments
-    (IDEs).
-
-    With the release of Qt 4.1 the QtDesigner Module is fully
-    documented. The release also provides several new examples using
-    the QtDesigner API to create task menu extensions and custom
-    multi-page widgets (i.e. container extensions).
-
-    \i \inlineimage designer-manual-taskmenuextension.png
-    \endtable
-
-    \section1 Run-Time Support for Forms
-
-    With the Qt 4.1 release, the new QtUiTools module is introduced to
-    provide classes handling forms created with \QD.
-
-    Currently the module only contains the QUiLoader class.
-
-    QUiLoader can be used by standalone applications to
-    dynamically create form-based user interfaces at run-time. This
-    library can be statically linked with applications and
-    redistributed under the same terms as Qt.
-
-    \table
-    \row
-    \i \inlineimage calculatorbuilder-example.png
-    \i \bold{Dynamic Form Creation}
-
-    The QtUiTools library lets developers dynamically construct user interfaces at
-    run-time using the same techniques as \QD. Since forms can contain custom
-    widget plugins, the loading mechanism can be customized to search for
-    third party or application-specific plugins.
-    \endtable
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/qt4-interview.qdoc b/doc/src/qt4-interview.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 158de87..0000000
--- a/doc/src/qt4-interview.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,293 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page qt4-interview.html
-    \title The Interview Framework
-
-    \contentspage {What's New in Qt 4}{Home}
-    \previouspage The Tulip Container Classes
-    \nextpage The Arthur Paint System
-
-    The Interview classes provide a model/view framework for Qt
-    applications based on the well known Model-View-Controller design
-    pattern. In this document, we will describe Qt's model/view
-    architecture, provide some examples, and show the improvements
-    offered over Qt 3's item view classes.
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 Overview of The Model/View Architecture
-
-    The model/view architecture is a variation of the Model-View-Controller
-    (MVC) design pattern, originating from Smalltalk, that is often used when
-    building user interfaces.
-
-    In the model/view architecture, the view and the controller objects are
-    combined. This still separates the way that data is stored from the way
-    that it is presented to the user, but provides a simpler framework based
-    on the same principles. This separation makes it possible to display the
-    same data in several different views, and to implement new types of views,
-    without changing the underlying data structures.
-
-    User input is handled by \e delegates. The advantage of this approach is
-    that it allows rendering and editing of individual items of data to be
-    customized to suit each data type in use.
-
-    \table
-    \row \i \inlineimage modelview-overview.png
-    \i \bold{The model/view architecture}
-
-    The model communicates with a source of data, providing an \e interface
-    for the other components in the architecture. The nature of the
-    communication depends on the type of data source, and the way the model
-    is implemented.
-
-    The view obtains \e{model indexes} from the model; these are references
-    to items of data. By supplying model indexes to the model, the view can
-    retrieve items of data from the data source.
-
-    In standard views, a \e delegate renders the items of data. When an item
-    is edited, the delegate communicates with the model directly using
-    model indexes.
-    \endtable
-
-    \section1 Model/View Classes
-
-    On a fundamental level, the Interview classes define the interfaces and
-    common functionality for models, views, and delegates. All implemented
-    components subclass QAbstractItemModel, QAbstractItemView, or
-    QAbstractItemDelegate. The use of a common API ensures a level of
-    interoperability between the components.
-
-    \image standard-views.png
-
-    Interview provides ready-to-use implementations of views for table,
-    tree, and list widgets: QTableView, QTreeView, and QListView.
-    These standard views are suitable for displaying the most common
-    types of data structures used in applications, and can be used with
-    the ready-made models supplied with Qt:
-
-    \list
-    \o QStandardItemModel is a minimal convenience model that developers
-       can use to manage items of data.
-    \o QDirModel provides directory information for use with QListView and
-       QTreeView.
-    \o QStringListModel is a convenience model that can be used to hold
-       strings for views such as QListView and QComboBox.
-    \endlist
-
-    Two specialized abstract models are provided that can be subclassed
-    and extended (see the
-    \l{model-view-programming.html#related-examples}{Model/View Programming}
-    examples):
-
-    \list
-    \o QAbstractTableModel is a useful starting point for providing a custom
-       model that can be used with QTableView.
-    \o QAbstractListModel can be subclassed to produce a list-based model
-       for use with QListView.
-    \endlist
-
-    Operations on items, such as filtering and sorting, are handled by \e{proxy
-    models} that allow views to display processed data without having to
-    copy or modify data obtained from a source model. Interview provides
-    the QSortFilterProxyModel class to allow items of data from a source model
-    to be sorted and filtered before they are supplied to views.
-
-    Developers who are familiar with the conventional list, tree, and table
-    widgets may find QListWidget, QTreeWidget, and QTableWidget useful.
-    These present a simplified interface to the views that does not require a
-    knowledge of the underlying model/view architecture.
-
-    For details about how to use the model/view classes, see the
-    \l{Model/View Programming} document.
-
-    See also the \l{The Qt 4 Database GUI Layer}{Database GUI Layer} document
-    for information about Qt 4's database models.
-
-    \section1 Example Code
-
-    To illustrate how the Interview classes are used, we present two
-    examples that show different aspects of the model/view architecture.
-
-    \section2 Sharing a Model Between Views
-
-    In this example, we display the contents of a model using two
-    different views, and share the user's selection between
-    them. We will use the QDirModel supplied with Qt because it
-    requires very little configuration, and provides existing data to
-    the views.
-
-    The main() function for this example demonstrates all the
-    principles involved in setting up a model and two views. We also
-    share the selection between the two views:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/shareddirmodel/main.cpp 1
-
-    In the above function, we construct a directory model to display
-    the contents of a default directory. The two views are constructed
-    and given the same model to work with. By default, each view will
-    maintain and display its own selection of items from the model,
-    so we explicitly create a new selection that is shared between the
-    tree view and the list view. As a result, changes to the selection
-    in either of these views will automatically cause the selection in
-    the other to change.
-
-    \image interview-shareddirmodel.png
-
-    The model/view architecture allows us to replace the QDirModel in
-    this example with a completely different model, one that will perhaps
-    obtain data from a remote server, or from a database.
-
-    \section2 Creating a Custom Model
-
-    In this example, we display items of data obtained from a custom list
-    model using a standard view. The custom model is a subclass of
-    QAbstractListModel and provides implementations of a core set of
-    functions.
-
-    The complete declaration of our model is as follows:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/stringlistmodel/model.h 0
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/stringlistmodel/model.h 1
-    \codeline
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/stringlistmodel/model.h 5
-
-    The model takes a list of strings when constructed, and supplies these
-    to views as required. Since this is only a simple read-only model, we
-    only need to implement a few functions.
-
-    The underlying data structure used to hold the strings is a QStringList.
-    Since the model maps each item in the list to a row in the model, the
-    rowCount() function is quite simple:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/stringlistmodel/model.cpp 0
-
-    The data() function returns an item of data for each model index
-    supplied by a view:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/stringlistmodel/model.cpp 1
-
-    The data() function returns a QVariant containing the information
-    referred to by the model index. Items of data are returned to the view,
-    but only if a number of checks are satisfied; for example, if the view
-    specifies an invalid model index, the model indicates this by returning
-    an invalid QVariant.
-
-    Vertical and horizontal headers are supplied by the headerData()
-    function. In this model, the value returned for these items is the row
-    or column number, depending on the header:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/stringlistmodel/model.cpp 2
-
-    We only include an excerpt from the main() function for this short
-    example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/stringlistmodel/main.cpp 1
-    \dots
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/stringlistmodel/main.cpp 3
-
-    We create a string list to use with the model, and we supply it to the
-    model when it is constructed. The information in the string list is
-    made available to the view via the model.
-
-    \image stringlistmodel.png
-
-    This example shows that it can be easy to populate views with data
-    from a simple model. The standard models and views planned for
-    Qt 4 will make the process even easier, and the convenience widgets
-    supplied provide support for the classic item-based approach.
-
-    \section1 What's Changed Since Qt 3?
-
-    The table and item view classes in Qt 3 implemented widgets that
-    both stored data and presented it to the user. These classes were
-    designed to be easy-to-use and consistent, but were sometimes
-    difficult to customize and extend.
-
-    The equivalent classes in Qt 4 are designed to be extensible while
-    remaining easy-to-use; the introduction of the model/view
-    architecture ensures that they will be more consistent than their
-    predecessors. The view classes provided can be summarized in the
-    following way:
-
-    \list
-    \i QListView class provides a view widget that looks similar to
-       Qt 3's QListBox widget, but displays data provided by a model.
-       It can also be used to display icons in a similar way to Qt 3's
-       QIconView.
-    \i The QTableView class is a view widget that displays tabular data
-       like Qt 3's QTable widget, but uses data provided by a model.
-    \i The QTreeView class provides a view widget that behaves like
-       Qt 3's QListView widget, except that it displays data provided
-       by a model.
-    \endlist
-
-    Since the model takes responsibility for supplying items of data,
-    and the view takes care of their presentation to the user, we do
-    not require item classes to represent individual items.
-    Delegates handle the painting and editing of data obtained from
-    the model.
-
-    Qt continues to provide a number of classic item view widgets with
-    familiar item-based interfaces that are not based on compatibility
-    classes:
-
-    \list
-    \i The QListWidget class provides a widget to display a
-       list of items, as found in Qt 3's QListBox class.
-    \i The QTreeWidget class implements the equivalent of Qt 3's
-       QListView class.
-    \i The QTableWidget class provides comparable functionality to
-       Qt 3's QTable class.
-    \endlist
-
-    Each of the convenience classes have a corresponding item class:
-    QListWidgetItem, QTreeWidgetItem, and QTableWidgetItem are the Qt 4
-    equivalents of Qt 3's QListBoxItem, QListViewItem, and QTableItem
-    respectively.
-
-    The move towards a model/view architecture presents both challenges
-    and opportunities for developers. Although the approach may appear to
-    be rather powerful for simple applications, it encourages greater
-    reuse of components within applications.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/qt4-intro.qdoc b/doc/src/qt4-intro.qdoc
index 45a95b2..5c2642e 100644
--- a/doc/src/qt4-intro.qdoc
+++ b/doc/src/qt4-intro.qdoc
@@ -87,8 +87,8 @@
     \o \l{QtXmlPatterns Module}{XQuery and XPath} support, providing facilities for
     XML processing beyond that supported by the QtXml module.
     \o Support for embedded widgets in \l{Graphics View} scenes.
-    \o The \l{Threading and Concurrent Programming}{QtConcurrent framework} for
-    concurrent programming using Qt paradigms and threading features.
+    \o The \l{QtConcurrent} framework for concurrent programming using Qt paradigms and
+    threading features.
     \o An \l{QtHelp Module}{improved help system} that can be used in conjunction
     with Qt Assistant or as an independent help resource manager.
     \o Printing system improvements, including the QPrinterInfo, QPrintPreviewWidget
@@ -563,7 +563,7 @@
     \section1 Improved Network Proxy Support
 
     Qt's networking classes have been updated with
-    \l{QtNetwork Module#Support for Network Proxies}{improved proxy support}.
+    \l{Network Programming#Support for Network Proxies}{improved proxy support}.
     This includes improved integration with system proxy settings and the added
     ability to handle non-trivial proxy cases.
 
diff --git a/doc/src/qt4-mainwindow.qdoc b/doc/src/qt4-mainwindow.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 7c48b95..0000000
--- a/doc/src/qt4-mainwindow.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,250 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page qt4-mainwindow.html
-    \title The Qt 4 Main Window Classes
-
-    \contentspage {What's New in Qt 4}{Home}
-    \previouspage The Scribe Classes
-    \nextpage The New Qt Designer
-
-    Qt 4 introduces a new set of main window classes that supersede the
-    Qt 3 main window classes, providing a more efficient implementation
-    while remaining easy to use.
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 Overview of the Main Window Classes
-
-    The main window-related classes have been redesigned to satisfy a
-    number of requirements, addressing issues raised by our customers and
-    internal developers. The aim of this redesign is to provide a more
-    consistent and efficient framework for main window management.
-
-    \section1 The Main Window Classes
-
-    Qt 4 provides the following classes for managing main windows and
-    associated user interface components:
-
-    \list
-    \o QMainWindow remains the central class around which applications
-       can be built. The interface to this class has been simplified, and
-       much of the functionality previously included in this class is now
-       present in the companion QDockWidget and QToolBar classes.
-
-    \o QDockWidget provides a widget that can be used to create
-       detachable tool palettes or helper windows. Dock widgets keep track
-       of their own properties, and they can be moved, closed, and floated
-       as external windows.
-
-    \o QToolBar provides a generic toolbar widget that can hold a
-       number of different action-related widgets, such as buttons,
-       drop-down menus, comboboxes, and spin boxes. The emphasis on a
-       unified action model in Qt 4 means that toolbars cooperate well
-       with menus and keyboard shortcuts.
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 Example Code
-
-    Using QMainWindow is straightforward. Generally, we subclass
-    QMainWindow and set up menus, toolbars, and dock widgets inside
-    the QMainWindow constructor.
-
-    To add a menu bar to the main window, we simply create the menus, and
-    add them to the main window's menu bar. Note that the
-    QMainWindow::menuBar() function will automatically create the menu bar
-    the first time it is called. You can also call
-    QMainWindow::setMenuBar() to use a custom menu bar in the main window.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-mainwindow.qdoc 0
-    \dots
-    \snippet examples/mainwindows/menus/mainwindow.cpp 5
-    \dots
-
-    Once actions have been created, we can add them to the main window
-    components. To begin with, we add them to the pop-up menus:
-
-    \snippet examples/mainwindows/menus/mainwindow.cpp 10
-    \dots
-    \snippet examples/mainwindows/menus/mainwindow.cpp 11
-    \dots
-
-    The QToolBar and QMenu classes use Qt's action system to provide a
-    consistent API. In the above code, some existing actions were added to
-    the file menu with the QMenu::addAction() function. QToolBar also
-    provides this function, making it easy to reuse actions in different
-    parts of the main window. This avoids unnecessary duplication of work.
-
-    We create a toolbar as a child of the main window, and add the desired
-    actions to it:
-
-    \snippet examples/mainwindows/sdi/mainwindow.cpp 0
-    \dots
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-mainwindow.qdoc 1
-
-    In this example, the toolbar is restricted to the top and bottom
-    toolbar areas of the main window, and is initially placed in the
-    top tool bar area. We can see that the actions specified by \c
-    newAct and \c openAct will be displayed both on the toolbar and in
-    the file menu.
-
-    QDockWidget is used in a similar way to QToolBar. We create a
-    dock widget as a child of the main window, and add widgets as children
-    of the dock widget:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/dockwidgets/mainwindow.cpp 0
-
-    In this example, the dock widget can only be placed in the left and
-    right dock areas, and it is initially placed in the left dock area. 
-
-    The QMainWindow API allows the programmer to customize which dock
-    widget areas occupy the four corners of the dock widget area. If
-    required, the default can be changed with the
-    QMainWindow::setCorner() function:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-mainwindow.qdoc 2
-
-    The following diagram shows the configuration produced by the above code.
-    Note that the left and right dock widgets will occupy the top and bottom
-    corners of the main window in this layout.
-
-    \image mainwindow-docks-example.png
-
-    Once all of the main window components have been set up, the central widget
-    is created and installed by using code similar to the following:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-mainwindow.qdoc 3
-
-    The central widget can be any subclass of QWidget.
-
-    \section1 What's Changed since Qt 3?
-
-    The main window classes in Qt 4 adds new functionality, mainly to
-    the dock widgets and toolbars. We have also made changes to the
-    design of the framework.
-
-    Although the QMainWindow class in Qt 3 provided support for
-    toolbars, dock widgets, and other standard user interface
-    components, its design meant that these items were managed
-    through a large number of QMainWindow member functions. In Qt 4,
-    the QMainWindow class delegates many of the management tasks to
-    QDockWidget and QToolBar (allowing more consistent behavior to be
-    defined and implemented).
-
-    The dock widget and toolbar classes are now separated into
-    independent classes. (write some more here)
-
-    (It is intended that these changes allow more consistent behavior 
-    to be defined and implemented (which? example). In
-    response to feedback from customers, we hope to improve these classes 
-    even further.)
-
-    \section2 New Functionality
-
-    Dock widgets are animated when docking or
-    detaching from a dock area. The dock areas will also adjust their
-    size to show where the dock widget will dock when it hovers over
-    it. This animation can be turned off with \c setAnimated(). 
-
-    By default, dock widgets are added to the dock areas in a single
-    row. By setting nesting enabled with \c setDockNestingEnabled(),
-    the widgets can be added both vertically and horizontally.
-
-    Two dock widgets can occupy the same space in a dock area. The user
-    can then choose which widget that is visible with a tab bar that
-    is located below the widgets. The QMainWindow::tabifyDockWidget() 
-    joins two tab widgets in such a tabbed dock area. (revise the
-    entire paragraph)
-
-    \section2 Independent QDockWidget And QToolBar Classes
-
-    Toolbar and dock window functionality is provided by two independent
-    classes: QToolBar and QDockWidget. Toolbars and dock widgets
-    reside in separate areas, with toolbars outside the dock widget
-    area. This behavior differs from the Qt 3 behavior, where
-    QToolBar inherited functionality from QDockWidget, and both types of
-    component shared the same areas. The result is a more consistent
-    and predictable experience for users. Toolbars and dock widgets
-    provide feedback while being dragged into their new positions.
-
-    \image mainwindow-docks.png
-
-    The diagram above shows the layout of a main window that contains both
-    toolbars and dock widgets. Each corner area can be used by either
-    of the adjacent dock widget areas, allowing dock widget behavior and
-    main window layout to be specified precisely.
-
-    Toolbars and dock widgets are child widgets of the main window. They
-    are no longer reparented into a dock area widget by the main window.
-    Instead, layouts are used to manage the placement of toolbars and dock
-    widgets. One consequence is that the old QDockArea class is no
-    longer required in Qt 4.
-
-    \section2 Code Change Examples
-
-    QMainWindow retains the menuBar() function, but menus are always
-    constructed using QAction objects. All kinds of menus are
-    constructed using the general QMenu class.
-
-    Qt 3:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-mainwindow.qdoc 4
-    Qt 4:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-mainwindow.qdoc 5
-
-    Toolbars follow the same pattern as menus, with the new, more
-    consistent behavior:
-
-    Qt 3:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-mainwindow.qdoc 6
-    Qt 4:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-mainwindow.qdoc 7
-
-    The behavior of dock widgets is now configured through the member
-    functions of QDockWidget. For example, compare the old and new ways
-    of creating a dock widget in the dock area on the left hand side of the
-    main window.
-
-    In Qt 3:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-mainwindow.qdoc 8
-    In Qt 4:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-mainwindow.qdoc 9
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/qt4-network.qdoc b/doc/src/qt4-network.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 36fd46a..0000000
--- a/doc/src/qt4-network.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,243 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page qt4-network.html
-    \title The Network Module in Qt 4
-
-    \contentspage {What's New in Qt 4}{Home}
-    \previouspage The Qt 4 Database GUI Layer
-    \nextpage The Qt 4 Style API
-
-    The network module in Qt 4 provides some new features, such as
-    support for internationalized domain names, better IPv6 support,
-    and better performance. And since Qt 4 allows us to break binary
-    compatibility with previous releases, we took this opportunity to
-    improve the class names and API to make them more intuitive to
-    use.
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 General Overview
-
-    Compared to Qt 3, the network module in Qt 4 brings the following
-    benefits:
-
-    \list
-    \o  The Qt 4 network classes have more intuitive names and APIs.
-        For example, QServerSocket has been renamed QTcpServer.
-    \o  The entire network module is \l{reentrant}, making it
-        possible to use them simultaneously from multiple threads.
-    \o  It is now possible to send and receive UDP datagrams and to
-        use synchronous (i.e., blocking) sockets without having to
-        use a low-level API (QSocketDevice in Qt 3).
-    \o  QHostAddress and QHostInfo support internationalized domain names
-        (RFC 3492).
-    \o  QUrl is more lightweight and fully supports the latest URI
-        specification draft.
-    \o  UDP broadcasting is now supported.
-    \endlist
-
-    The Qt 4 network module provides fundamental classes for writing
-    TCP and UDP applications, as well as higher-level classes that
-    implement the client side of the HTTP and FTP protocols.
-
-    Here's an overview of the TCP and UDP classes:
-
-    \list
-    \o  QTcpSocket encapsulates a TCP socket. It inherits from
-        QIODevice, so you can use QTextStream and QDataStream to read
-        or write data. It is useful for writing both clients and
-        servers.
-    \o  QTcpServer allows you to listen on a certain port on a
-        server. It emits a
-        \l{QTcpServer::newConnection()}{newConnection()} signal every
-        time a client tries to connect to the server. Once the
-        connection is established, you can talk to the client using
-        QTcpSocket.
-    \o  QUdpSocket is an API for sending and receiving UDP datagrams.
-    \endlist
-
-    QTcpSocket and QUdpSocket inherit most of their functionality
-    from QAbstractSocket. You can also use QAbstractSocket directly
-    as a wrapper around a native socket descriptor.
-
-    By default, the socket classes work asynchronously (i.e., they
-    are non-blocking), emitting signals to notify when data has
-    arrived or when the peer has closed the connection. In
-    multithreaded applications and in non-GUI applications, you also
-    have the opportunity of using blocking (synchronous) functions on
-    the socket, which often results in a more straightforward style
-    of programming, with the networking logic concentrated in one or
-    two functions instead of spread across multiple slots.
-
-    QFtp and QNetworkAccessManager and its associated classes use
-    QTcpSocket internally to implement the FTP and HTTP protocols. The
-    classes work asynchronously and can schedule (i.e., queue)
-    requests.
-
-    The network module contains four helper classes: QHostAddress,
-    QHostInfo, QUrl, and QUrlInfo. QHostAddress stores an IPv4 or IPv6
-    address, QHostInfo resolves host names into addresses, QUrl stores a
-    URL, and QUrlInfo stores information about a resource pointed to
-    by a URL, such as the file size and modification date. (Because
-    QUrl is used by QTextBrowser, it is part of the QtCore library and
-    not of QtNetwork.)
-
-    See the \l QtNetwork module overview for more information.
-
-    \section1 Example Code
-
-    All the code snippets presented here are quoted from
-    self-contained, compilable examples located in Qt's \c
-    examples/network directory.
-
-    \section2 TCP Client
-
-    The first example illustrates how to write a TCP client using
-    QTcpSocket. The client talks to a fortune server that provides
-    fortune to the user. Here's how to set up the socket:
-
-    \snippet examples/network/fortuneclient/client.cpp 1
-    \codeline
-    \snippet examples/network/fortuneclient/client.cpp 2
-    \snippet examples/network/fortuneclient/client.cpp 4
-
-    When the user requests a new fortune, the client establishes a
-    connection to the server:
-
-    \snippet examples/network/fortuneclient/client.cpp 7
-
-    When the server answers, the following code is executed to read
-    the data from the socket:
-
-    \snippet examples/network/fortuneclient/client.cpp 9
-
-    The server's answer starts with a \e size field (which we store
-    in \c blockSize), followed by \e size bytes of data. If the
-    client hasn't received all the data yet, it waits for the server
-    to send more.
-
-    An alternative approach is to use a blocking socket. The code can
-    then be concentrated in one function:
-
-    \snippet examples/network/blockingfortuneclient/fortunethread.cpp 7
-
-    \section2 TCP Server
-
-    The following code snippets illustrate how to write a TCP server
-    using QTcpServer and QTcpSocket. Here's how to set up a TCP
-    server:
-
-    \snippet examples/network/fortuneserver/server.cpp 0
-    \codeline
-    \snippet examples/network/fortuneserver/server.cpp 3
-
-    When a client tries to connect to the server, the following code
-    in the sendFortune() slot is executed:
-
-    \snippet examples/network/fortuneserver/server.cpp 5
-
-    \section2 UDP Senders and Receivers
-
-    Here's how to broadcast a UDP datagram:
-
-    \snippet examples/network/broadcastsender/sender.cpp 0
-    \snippet examples/network/broadcastsender/sender.cpp 1
-
-    Here's how to receive a UDP datagram:
-
-    \snippet examples/network/broadcastreceiver/receiver.cpp 0
-    \codeline
-    \snippet examples/network/broadcastreceiver/receiver.cpp 1
-
-    Then in the processPendingDatagrams() slot:
-
-    \snippet examples/network/broadcastreceiver/receiver.cpp 2
-
-    \section1 Comparison with Qt 3
-
-    The main difference between Qt 3 and Qt 4 is that the very high
-    level QNetworkProtocol and QUrlOperator abstraction has been
-    eliminated. These classes attempted the impossible (unify FTP and
-    HTTP under one roof), and unsurprisingly failed at that. Qt 4
-    still provides QFtp, and it also proveds the QNetworkAccessManager.
-
-    The QSocket class in Qt 3 has been renamed QTcpSocket. The new
-    class is reentrant and supports blocking. It's also easier to
-    handle closing than with Qt 3, where you had to connect to both
-    the QSocket::connectionClosed() and the
-    QSocket::delayedCloseFinished() signals.
-
-    The QServerSocket class in Qt 3 has been renamed QTcpServer. The
-    API has changed quite a bit. While in Qt 3 it was necessary to
-    subclass QServerSocket and reimplement the newConnection() pure
-    virtual function, QTcpServer now emits a
-    \l{QTcpServer::newConnection()}{newConnection()} signal that you
-    can connect to a slot.
-
-    The QHostInfo class has been redesigned to use the operating system's
-    getaddrinfo() function instead of implementing the DNS protocol.
-    Internally, QHostInfo simply starts a thread and calls getaddrinfo()
-    in that thread. This wasn't possible in Qt 3 because
-    getaddrinfo() is a blocking call and Qt 3 could be configured
-    without multithreading support.
-
-    The QSocketDevice class in Qt 3 is no longer part of the public
-    Qt API. If you used QSocketDevice to send or receive UDP
-    datagrams, use QUdpSocket instead. If you used QSocketDevice
-    because it supported blocking sockets, use QTcpSocket or
-    QUdpSocket instead and use the blocking functions
-    (\l{QAbstractSocket::waitForConnected()}{waitForConnected()},
-    \l{QAbstractSocket::waitForConnected()}{waitForReadyRead()},
-    etc.). If you used QSocketDevice from a non-GUI thread because it
-    was the only reentrant networking class in Qt 3, use QTcpSocket,
-    QTcpServer, or QUdpSocket instead.
-
-    Internally, Qt 4 has a class called QSocketLayer that provides a
-    cross-platform low-level socket API. It resembles the old
-    QSocketDevice class. We might make it public in a later release
-    if users ask for it.
-
-    As an aid to porting to Qt 4, the \l{Qt3Support}
-    library includes Q3Dns, Q3ServerSocket, Q3Socket, and Q3SocketDevice
-    classes.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/qt4-scribe.qdoc b/doc/src/qt4-scribe.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 64037cf..0000000
--- a/doc/src/qt4-scribe.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,257 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page qt4-scribe.html
-    \title The Scribe Classes
-
-    \contentspage {What's New in Qt 4}{Home}
-    \previouspage The Arthur Paint System
-    \nextpage The Qt 4 Main Window Classes
-
-    \keyword Scribe
-
-    Scribe introduces a set of text layout classes to Qt 4. These classes
-    replace the old rich text engine found in Qt 3, and provide new features
-    for processing and laying out both plain and rich text.
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    For more details about how to use the Scribe classes, see the
-    \l{richtext.html}{Rich Text Processing} document.
-
-    \section1 Overview of Scribe
-
-    Support for text rendering and layout in Qt 4 has been redesigned
-    around a system that allows textual content to be represented in a more
-    flexible way than was possible with Qt 3. Qt 4 also provides a more
-    convenient programming interface for editing documents. These
-    improvements are made available through a reimplementation of the
-    existing text rendering engine, and the introduction of several new
-    classes.
-
-    The following sections provide a brief overview of the main concepts
-    behind Scribe.
-
-    \section2 The Document Interface
-
-    Text documents are represented by the QTextDocument class, rather
-    than by QString objects. Each QTextDocument object contains
-    information about the document's internal representation, its
-    structure, and keeps track of modifications to provide undo/redo
-    facilities.
-    This approach allows features such as layout management to be
-    delegated to specialized classes, but also provides a focus for the
-    framework.
-
-    Documents are either converted from external sources or created from
-    scratch using Qt. The creation process can done by an editor widget,
-    such as QTextEdit, or by explicit calls to the Scribe API.
-
-    Text documents can be accessed in two complementary ways: as a linear
-    buffer for editors to use, and as an object hierarchy that is useful to
-    layout engines. 
-    In the hierarchical document model, objects generally correspond to
-    visual elements such as frames, tables, and lists. At a lower level,
-    these elements describe properties such as the text style and alignment.
-    The linear representation of the document is used for editing and
-    manipulation of the document's contents.
-
-    \section2 Document Structure
-
-    Each document contains a root frame into which all other structural
-    elements are placed. This frame contains other structural elements,
-    including tables, text blocks, and other frames; these can be nested to
-    an arbitrary depth.
-
-    Frames provide logical separation between parts of the document, but
-    also have properties that determine how they will appear when rendered.
-    A table is a specialized type of frame that consists of a number of
-    cells, arranged into rows and columns, each of which can contain
-    further structure and text. Tables provide management and layout
-    features that allow flexible configurations of cells to be created.
-
-    Text blocks contain text fragments, each of which specifies text and
-    character format information. Textual properties are defined both at
-    the character level and at the block level. At the character level,
-    properties such as font family, text color, and font weight can be
-    specified. The block level properties control the higher level
-    appearance and behavior of the text, such as the direction of text
-    flow, alignment, and background color.
-
-    The document structure is not manipulated directly. Editing is
-    performed through a cursor-based interface.
-
-    \section2 Editing and Content Creation
-
-    Documents can be edited via the interface provided by the QTextCursor
-    class; cursors are either created using a constructor or obtained from
-    an editor widget. The cursor is used to perform editing operations that
-    correspond exactly to those the user is able to make themselves in an
-    editor. As a result, information about the document structure is also
-    available through the cursor, and this allows the structure to be
-    modified. The use of a cursor-oriented interface for editing makes the
-    process of writing a custom editor simpler for developers, since the
-    editing operations can be easily visualized.
-
-    The QTextCursor class also maintains information about any text it
-    has selected in the document, again following a model that is
-    conceptually similar to the actions made by the user to select text
-    in an editor.
-
-    \section2 Document Layout
-
-    The layout of a document is only relevant when it is to be displayed on
-    a device, or when some information is requested that requires a visual
-    representation of the document. Until this occurs, the document does
-    not need to be formatted and prepared for a device.
-
-    Each document's layout is managed by a subclass of the
-    QAbstractTextDocumentLayout class. This class provides a common
-    interface for layout and rendering engines. The default rendering
-    behavior is currently implemented in a private class. This approach
-    makes it possible to create custom layouts, and provides the
-    mechanism used when preparing pages for printing or exporting to
-    Portable Document Format (PDF) files.
-
-    \section1 Example Code
-
-    Here we present two different ways in which the Scribe classes can be
-    used: for creating and manipulating rich text, and for laying out
-    plain text.
-
-
-    \section2 Manipulating Rich Text
-
-    Rich text is stored in text documents that can either be created by
-    importing HTML from an external source, or generated using a
-    QTextCursor. The easiest way to use a rich text document is through
-    the QTextEdit class, providing an editable view onto a document. The code
-    below imports HTML into a document, and displays the document using a
-    text edit widget.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/scribe-overview/main.cpp 1
-
-    You can retrieve the document from the text edit using the
-    document() function. The document can then be edited programmatically
-    using the QTextCursor class. This class is modeled after a screen
-    cursor, and editing operations follow the same semantics. The following
-    code changes the first line of the document to a bold font, leaving all
-    other font properties untouched. The editor will be automatically
-    updated to reflect the changes made to the underlying document data.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/scribe-overview/main.cpp 0
-
-    Note that the cursor was moved from the start of the first line to the
-    end, but that it retained an anchor at the start of the line. This
-    demonstrates the cursor-based selection facilities of the
-    QTextCursor class.
-
-    Rich text can be generated very quickly using the cursor-based
-    approach. The following example shows a simple calendar in a
-    QTextEdit widget with bold headers for the days of the week:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-blocks/mainwindow.cpp 0
-    \codeline
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-blocks/mainwindow.cpp 1
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-blocks/mainwindow.cpp 2
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-blocks/mainwindow.cpp 3
-
-    The above example demonstrates how simple it is to quickly generate new
-    rich text documents using a minimum amount of code. Although we have
-    generated a crude fixed-pitch calendar to avoid quoting too much code,
-    Scribe provides much more sophisticated layout and formatting features.
-
-    \section2 Plain Text Layout
-
-    Sometimes it is important to be able to format plain text within an
-    irregularly-shaped region, perhaps when rendering a custom widget, for
-    example. Scribe provides generic features, such as those provided by
-    the QTextLayout class, to help developers perform word-wrapping and
-    layout tasks without the need to create a document first.
-
-    \img plaintext-layout.png
-
-    Formatting and drawing a paragraph of plain text is straightforward.
-    The example below will lay out a paragraph of text, using a single
-    font, around the right hand edge of a circle.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/plaintextlayout/window.cpp 0
-
-    We create a text layout, specifying the text string we want to display
-    and the font to use. We ensure that the text we supplied is formatted
-    correctly by obtaining text lines from the text format, and wrapping
-    the remaining text using the available space. The lines are positioned
-    as we move down the page.
-
-    The formatted text can be drawn onto a paint device; in the above code,
-    the text is drawn directly onto a widget.
-
-    \section2 Printing Features
-
-    The layout system used to display rich text documents also supports
-    paged layout of documents, and this is used by Qt to generate output for
-    printing. The printing process is performed by QPrinter and controlled by
-    the user via options displayed in a QPrintDialog:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-printing/mainwindow.cpp 0
-
-    Rich text documents can also be exported as PDF files using QPrinter and
-    the appropriate print engine:
-
-    \snippet demos/textedit/textedit.cpp 0
-
-    \section1 Comparison with Qt 3
-
-    The cursor-based editing features, combined with the structural document
-    model, provide a powerful set of tools for manipulating and displaying
-    rich text documents. These provide features that were unavailable in
-    Qt 3's public API. The engine used is a complete rewrite and does not
-    use the rich text engine supplied with Qt 3.
-
-    The QTextEdit class in Qt 4 has also been completely rewritten with an
-    API that is quite different from its Qt 3 counterpart. Some compatibility
-    methods have been added to allow the widget to be used, for basic cases,
-    in a way that is familiar to users of Qt 3. This class is provided as a
-    working example of an editor widget that uses the new API, showing that
-    it is possible to completely implement a document editor based on the
-    QTextCursor editing interface.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/qt4-sql.qdoc b/doc/src/qt4-sql.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 3425e96..0000000
--- a/doc/src/qt4-sql.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,175 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page qt4-sql.html
-    \title The Qt 4 Database GUI Layer
-
-    \contentspage {What's New in Qt 4}{Home}
-    \previouspage Cross-Platform Accessibility Support in Qt 4
-    \nextpage The Network Module in Qt 4
-
-    The GUI layer of the SQL module in Qt 4 has been entirely
-    redesigned to work with \l{qt4-interview.html}{Interview} (Qt's
-    new model/view classes). It consists of three model classes
-    (QSqlQueryModel, QSqlTableModel, and QSqlRelationalTableModel)
-    that can be used with Qt's view classes, notably QTableView.
-
-    \section1 General Overview
-
-    The Qt 4 SQL classes are divided into three layers:
-
-    \list
-    \o The database drivers
-    \o The core SQL classes
-    \o The GUI classes
-    \endlist
-
-    The database drivers and the core SQL classes are mostly the same
-    as in Qt 3. The database item models are new with Qt 4; they
-    inherit from QAbstractItemModel and make it easy to present data
-    from a database in a view class such as QListView, QTableView,
-    and QTreeView.
-
-    The philosophy behind the Qt 4 SQL module is that it should be
-    possible to use database models for rendering and editing data
-    just like any other item models. By changing the model at
-    run-time, you can decide whether you want to store your data in
-    an SQL database or in, say, an XML file. This generic approach
-    has the additional benefit that you don't need to know anything
-    about SQL to display and edit data.
-
-    The Qt 4 SQL module includes three item models:
-
-    \list
-    \o QSqlQueryModel is a read-only model based on an arbitrary
-       SQL query.
-    \o QSqlTableModel is a read-write model that works on a single
-       table.
-    \o QSqlRelationalTableModel is a QSqlTableModel subclass with
-       foreign key support.
-    \endlist
-
-    Combined with Qt's view classes and Qt's default delegate class
-    (QItemDelegate), the models offer a very powerful mechanism for
-    accessing databases. For finer control on the rendering of the
-    fields, you can subclass one of the predefined models, or even
-    QAbstractItemDelegate or QItemDelegate if you need finer control.
-
-    You can also perform some customizations without subclassing. For
-    example, you can sort a table using QSqlTableModel::sort(), and
-    you can initialize new rows by connecting to the
-    QSqlTableModel::primeInsert() signal.
-
-    One nice feature supported by the read-write models is the
-    possibility to perform changes to the item model without
-    affecting the database until QSqlTableModel::submitAll() is
-    called. Changes can be dropped using QSqlTableModel::revertAll().
-
-    The new classes perform advantageously compared to the SQL
-    module's GUI layer in Qt 3. Speed and memory improvements in the
-    tool classes (especially QVariant, QString, and QMap) and in the
-    SQL drivers contribute to making Qt 4 database applications more
-    snappy.
-
-    See the \l QtSql module overview for a more complete introduction
-    to Qt's SQL classes.
-
-    \section1 Example Code
-
-    The simplest way to present data from a database is to simply
-    combine a QSqlQueryModel with a QTableView:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-sql.qdoc 0
-
-    To present the contents of a single table, we can use
-    QSqlTableModel instead:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-sql.qdoc 1
-
-    In practice, it's common that we need to customize the rendering
-    of a field in the database. In that case, we can create our own
-    model based on QSqlQueryModel. The next code snippet shows a
-    custom model that prepends '#' to the value in field 0 and
-    converts the value in field 2 to uppercase:
-
-    \snippet examples/sql/querymodel/customsqlmodel.h 0
-    \codeline
-    \snippet examples/sql/querymodel/customsqlmodel.cpp 0
-
-    It is also possible to subclass QSqlQueryModel to add support for
-    editing. This is done by reimplementing
-    QAbstractItemModel::flags() to specify which database fields are
-    editable and QAbstractItemModel::setData() to modify the
-    database. Here's an example of a setData() reimplementation that
-    changes the first or last name of a person:
-
-    \snippet examples/sql/querymodel/editablesqlmodel.cpp 1
-
-    It relies on helper functions called \c setFirstName() and
-    \c setLastName(), which execute an \c{update}. Here's
-    \c setFirstName():
-
-    \snippet examples/sql/querymodel/editablesqlmodel.cpp 2
-
-    See Qt's \c examples/sql directory for more examples.
-
-    \section1 Comparison with Qt 3
-
-    The core SQL database classes haven't changed so much since Qt 3.
-    Here's a list of the main changes:
-
-    \list
-    \o QSqlDatabase is now value-based instead of pointer-based.
-    \o QSqlFieldInfo and QSqlRecordInfo has been merged into
-       QSqlField and QSqlRecord.
-    \o The SQL query generation has been moved into the drivers. This
-       makes it possible to use non-standard SQL extensions. It also
-       opens the door to non-SQL databases.
-    \endlist
-
-    The GUI-related database classes have been entirely redesigned.
-    The QSqlCursor abstraction has been replaced with QSqlQueryModel
-    and QSqlTableModel; QSqlEditorFactory is replaced by
-    QAbstractItemDelegate; QDataTable is replaced by QTableView. The
-    old classes are part of the \l{Qt3Support} library to aid
-    porting to Qt 4.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/qt4-styles.qdoc b/doc/src/qt4-styles.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 4134962..0000000
--- a/doc/src/qt4-styles.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,157 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page qt4-styles.html
-    \title The Qt 4 Style API
-
-    \contentspage {What's New in Qt 4}{Home}
-    \previouspage The Network Module in Qt 4
-    \nextpage Thread Support in Qt 4
-
-    Qt's style API is responsible for performing the widget drawing
-    for built-in widgets. The Qt 4 style API has been revised to make
-    it possible for a style to draw widgets without calling any
-    functions on the widget.
-
-    Because Qt 4 is split across multiple libraries, Qt needed this
-    update to be able to draw widgets from other libraries than
-    QtGui. For application developers, this has other benefits, such
-    as more managable parameter lists and the possibility of drawing
-    any graphical element without having a widget of a specific
-    type.
-
-    \section1 General Overview
-
-    The QStyle class is an abstract base class that encapsulates
-    the look and feel of a GUI. Qt's built-in widgets use it to
-    perform nearly all of their drawing, ensuring that they look
-    exactly like the equivalent native widgets.  
-
-    Most draw functions now take four arguments:
-
-    \list
-    \o an enum value specifying which graphical element to draw
-    \o a QStyleOption specifying how and where to render that element
-    \o a QPainter that should be used to draw the element
-    \o a QWidget on which the drawing is performed (optional)
-    \endlist
-
-    The style gets all the information it needs to render the
-    graphical element from QStyleOption. The widget is passed as the
-    last argument in case the style needs it to perform special
-    effects (such as animated default buttons on Mac OS X), but it
-    isn't mandatory. In fact, QStyle can be used to draw on any
-    paint device, not just widgets, by setting the QPainter properly.
-
-    Thanks to QStyleOption, it is now possible to make QStyle draw
-    widgets without linking in any code for the widget. This is how
-    Qt's built-in styles can draw Qt 3 widgets such as
-    Q3ListView without necessarily linking against the Qt3Support
-    library. Another significant benefit of the new approach is that
-    it's now possible to use \l{QStyle}'s draw functions on other
-    widgets than the built-in widgets; for example, you can draw a
-    combobox on any widget, not just on a QComboBox.
-
-    QStyleOption has various subclasses for the various types of
-    graphical elements that can be drawn, and it's possible to create
-    custom subclasses. For example, the QStyle::PE_FrameFocusRect
-    element expects a QStyleOptionFocusRect argument. This is
-    documented for each enum value.
-
-    When reimplementing QStyle functions that take a
-    QStyleOption parameter, you often need to cast the
-    QStyleOption to a subclass (e.g., QStyleOptionFocusRect). For
-    safety, you can use qstyleoption_cast() to ensure that the
-    pointer type is correct. If the object isn't of the right type,
-    qstyleoption_cast() returns 0. For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-styles.qdoc 0
-
-    For performance reasons, there are few member functions and the
-    access to the variables is direct. This "low-level" feel makes
-    the structures use straightforward and emphasizes that these are
-    simply parameters used by the style functions. In addition, the
-    caller of a QStyle function usually creates QStyleOption
-    objects on the stack. This combined with Qt's extensive use of
-    \l{implicit sharing} for types such as QString, QPalette, and
-    QColor ensures that no memory allocation needlessly takes place.
-    (Dynamic memory allocation can be an expensive operation,
-    especially when drawing very often in a short time.)
-
-    \section1 Example Code
-
-    The following code snippet illustrates how to use QStyle to
-    draw the focus rectangle from a custom widget's paintEvent():
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-styles.qdoc 1
-
-    The next example shows how to derive from an existing style to
-    customize the look of a graphical element:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/customstyle/customstyle.h 0
-    \codeline
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/customstyle/customstyle.cpp 2
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/customstyle/customstyle.cpp 3
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/customstyle/customstyle.cpp 4
-
-    See also the \l{Styles Example} for a more detailed description of
-    how custom styles can be created.
-
-    \section1 Comparison with Qt 3
-
-    The QStyle class has a similar API in Qt 4 as in Qt 3, with
-    more or less the same functions. What has changed is the
-    signature of the functions and the role played by QStyleOption.
-    For example, here's the signature of the QStyle::drawControl()
-    function in Qt 3:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-styles.qdoc 2
-
-    Here's the signature of the same function in Qt 4:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-styles.qdoc 3
-
-    In Qt 3, some of the information required to draw a graphical
-    element was stored in a QStyleOption parameter, while the rest
-    was deduced by querying the widget. In Qt 4, everything is stored
-    in the QStyleOption parameter.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/qt4-threads.qdoc b/doc/src/qt4-threads.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 1800d6a..0000000
--- a/doc/src/qt4-threads.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page qt4-threads.html
-    \title Thread Support in Qt 4
-
-    \contentspage {What's New in Qt 4}{Home}
-    \previouspage The Qt 4 Style API
-
-    Qt 4 makes it easier than ever to write multithreaded
-    applications. More classes have been made usable from non-GUI
-    threads, and the signals and slots mechanism can now be used to
-    communicate between threads.
-
-    \section1 General Overview
-
-    QThread now inherits QObject. It emits signals to indicate that
-    the thread started or finished executing, and provides a few
-    slots as well.
-
-    Each thread can now have its own event loop. The initial thread
-    starts its event loops using QCoreApplication::exec(); other
-    threads can start an event loop using QThread::exec(). Like
-    QCoreApplication, QThread also provides an
-    \l{QThread::exit()}{exit(int)} function and a
-    \l{QThread::quit()}{quit()} slot.
-
-    An event loop in a thread makes it possible for the thread to use
-    certain non-GUI Qt classes that require the presence of an event
-    loop (such as QTimer, QTcpSocket, and QProcess). It also makes it
-    possible to connect signals from any threads to slots of a
-    specific thread. When a signal is emitted, the slot isn't called
-    immediately; instead, it is invoked when control returns to the
-    event loop of the thread to which the object belongs. The slot is
-    executed in the thread where the receiver object lives. See
-    QObject::connect() for details.
-
-    Qt 4 also introduces a new synchronization class: QReadWriteLock.
-    It is similar to QMutex, except that it distinguishes between
-    "read" and "write" access to shared data and allows multiple
-    readers to access the data simultaneously. Using QReadWriteLock
-    instead of QMutex when it is possible can make multithreaded
-    programs more concurrent.
-
-    Since Qt 4, \l{implicitly shared} classes can safely be copied
-    across threads, like any other value classes. They are fully
-    reentrant. This is implemented using atomic reference counting
-    operations, which are implemented in assembly language for the
-    different platforms supported by Qt. Atomic reference counting is
-    very fast, much faster than using a mutex.
-
-    See \l{Thread Support in Qt} for more information.
-
-    \section1 Comparison with Qt 3
-
-    Earlier versions of Qt offered an option to build the library
-    without thread support. In Qt 4, threads are always enabled.
-
-    Qt 3 had a class called \c QDeepCopy that you could use to take a
-    deep copy of an implicitly shared object. In Qt 4, the atomic
-    reference counting makes this class superfluous.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/qt4-tulip.qdoc b/doc/src/qt4-tulip.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 9354651..0000000
--- a/doc/src/qt4-tulip.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,200 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page qt4-tulip.html
-    \title The Tulip Container Classes
-
-    \contentspage {What's New in Qt 4}{Home}
-    \previouspage What's New in Qt 4
-    \nextpage The Interview Framework
-
-    Qt 4 introduces a new set of containers that supersede both the old
-    QCollection pointer-based containers and the newer QTL value-based
-    containers.
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 General Overview
-
-    The Tulip containers are similar to Qt 3's QTL containers
-    (QValueList, QValueVector, QMap), but have the following
-    advantages:
-
-    \list
-    \o The containers provide new iterators with a nicer, less
-       error-prone syntax than STL, inspired by Java's iterators. (The
-       STL-style iterators are still available as a lightweight,
-       STL-compatible alternative.)
-
-    \o The containers have been optimized for minimal code expansion.
-
-    \o An empty container performs no memory allocation, and only
-       requires the same space as a pointer.
-
-    \o Even though they are implicitly shared, they can safely be copied
-       across different threads without formality. There's no need to use
-       \c QDeepCopy.
-    \endlist
-
-    Tulip provides the following sequential containers: QList,
-    QLinkedList, QVector, QStack, and QQueue. For most
-    applications, QList is the best type to use. Although it is
-    implemented as an array-list, it provides very fast prepends and
-    appends. If you really need a linked-list, use QLinkedList; if you
-    want your items to occupy consecutive memory locations, use QVector.
-    QStack and QQueue are convenience classes that provide LIFO and
-    FIFO semantics.
-
-    Tulip also provides these associative containers: QMap,
-    QMultiMap, QHash, QMultiHash, and QSet. The "Multi" containers
-    conveniently support multiple values associated with a single
-    key. The "Hash" containers provide faster lookup by using a hash
-    function instead of a binary search on a sorted set.
-
-    The Tulip containers support the \l foreach keyword, a Qt-specific
-    addition to the C++ language that is implemented using the standard
-    C++ preprocessor. The syntax is:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-tulip.qdoc 0
-
-    Example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-tulip.qdoc 1
-
-    The iterator variable can also be defined outside the loop. For
-    example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-tulip.qdoc 2
-
-    Just like standard \c for loops, foreach supports braces, \c
-    break, \c continue, and nested loops. Qt makes a copy of the
-    container when it enters the loop. If you modify the container as
-    you are iterating, that won't affect the loop.
-
-    For details about the new containers, see the
-    \l{Generic Containers} and \l{Generic Algorithms} overview documents.
-
-    In addition to the new containers, considerable work has also gone into
-    QByteArray and QString. The Qt 3 QCString class has been
-    merged with QByteArray. The new QByteArray automatically provides
-    a '\0' terminator after the last character. For example, the byte array
-    of size 5 containing "abcde" has a null byte at position 5 (one past
-    the end). This solves all the typical problems that occurred in Qt 3
-    with conversions between QByteArray and QCString.
-
-    To avoid crashes, QByteArray::data() never returns a null
-    pointer. Furthermore, the distinction between null and empty
-    strings has been watered down so that \c{QByteArray() ==
-    QByteArray("")} and \c{QString() == QString("")}.
-
-    \section1 Examples
-
-    The first group of examples show how to use the new Java-style
-    iterators. The main difference between the Java-style iterators and the
-    STL-style iterators is that the Java-style ones point between items (or
-    before the first item, or after the last item), whereas the STL ones
-    point at an item (or past the last item). One advantage of the
-    Java-style iterators is that iterating forward and backward are
-    symmetric operations.
-
-    Traversing a container using a Java-style iterator:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-tulip.qdoc 3
-
-    Modifying items using a Java-style iterator:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-tulip.qdoc 4
-
-    Removing items using a Java-style iterator:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-tulip.qdoc 5
-
-    Iterating over items with a particular value using STL-style vs.
-    Java-style iterators:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-tulip.qdoc 6
-
-    Modifying and removing items using STL-style vs. Java-style
-    iterators:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-tulip.qdoc 7
-
-    The next group of examples show the API of the container classes
-    themselves. The API is similar to the QTL classes of Qt 3, but is nicer
-    in many respects.
-
-    Iterating over a QList using an index (which is fast even for large
-    lists, because QList is implemented as an array-list):
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-tulip.qdoc 8
-
-    Retrieving a value from a map, using a default value if the key
-    doesn't exist:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-tulip.qdoc 9
-
-    Getting all the values for a particular key in a QMultiMap or QMultiHash:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-tulip.qdoc 10
-
-    \section1 Comparison with Qt 3
-
-    Tulip containers are value based. If you want to store a list where
-    each item is a QWidget *, use QList<QWidget *>.
-
-    The new containers do not support auto-delete. In practice, we
-    discovered that the only case where auto-delete proved worthwhile was
-    when the data really should be stored as a value rather than as a
-    pointer (e.g., QList<int> rather than QList<int *>). If you need
-    to delete all the items in a container, use qDeleteAll().
-
-    If you use QValueList in Qt 3, you can replace it with either
-    QList or QLinkedList in Qt 4. In most cases, QList is the best
-    choice: It is typically faster, results in less code in your
-    executable, and requires less memory. However, QLinkedList's
-    iterators provide stronger guarantees, and only QLinkedList provides
-    constant-time insertions in the middle, which can make a difference for
-    lists with thousands of items.
-
-    If you use QValueVector or QMap in Qt 3, the corresponding Qt 4
-    classes (QVector, QMap) are very similar to use.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/qtassistant.qdoc b/doc/src/qtassistant.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 9e52ccf..0000000
--- a/doc/src/qtassistant.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \module QtAssistant
-    \title QtAssistant Module
-    \contentspage Qt's Modules
-    \previouspage QtHelp
-    \nextpage QtTest
-    \ingroup modules
-
-    \brief The QtAssistant module provides a means of launching \QA
-    to provide online help.
-
-    \sa {Qt Assistant Manual}
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/qtconfig.qdoc b/doc/src/qtconfig.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 2e02fe6..0000000
--- a/doc/src/qtconfig.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page qtconfig.html
-    \title Configuring Qt
-    \ingroup qttools
-    \keyword qtconfig
-
-    The \c qtconfig tool allows users to customize the default settings for
-    Qt applications on a per-user basis, enabling features such as the widget
-    style to be changed without requiring applications to be recompiled.
-
-    \c qtconfig is available on X11 platforms and should be installed alongside
-    the \l{Qt's Tools}{other tools} supplied with Qt.
-
-    \image qtconfig-appearance.png
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/qtcore.qdoc b/doc/src/qtcore.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 7e23c5e..0000000
--- a/doc/src/qtcore.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \module QtCore
-    \title QtCore Module
-    \contentspage Qt's Modules
-    \previouspage Qt's Modules
-    \nextpage QtGui
-    \ingroup modules
-
-    \keyword QtCore
-
-    \brief The QtCore module contains core non-GUI functionality.
-
-    All other Qt modules rely on this module. To include the
-    definitions of the module's classes, use the following directive:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtcore.qdoc 0
-
-    The QtCore module is part of all \l{Qt editions}.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/qtdbus.qdoc b/doc/src/qtdbus.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index d4a6908..0000000
--- a/doc/src/qtdbus.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,124 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/** -*- mode: C++ -*-
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \module QtDBus
-    \title QtDBus module
-    \contentspage Qt's Modules
-    \previouspage QAxServer
-    \ingroup modules
-
-    \keyword QtDBus
-    \target The QDBus compiler
-
-    \brief The QtDBus module is a Unix-only library that you can use
-    to make Inter-Process Communication using the \l {Introduction to
-    D-Bus} {D-Bus} protocol.
-
-    Applications using the QtDBus module can provide services to
-    other, remote applications by exporting objects, as well as use
-    services exported by those applications by placing calls and
-    accessing properties.
-
-    The QtDBus module provides an interface that extends the Qt \l
-    {signalsandslots.html}{Signals and Slots} mechanism, allowing one
-    to connect to a signal emitted remotely as well as to connect a
-    local signal to remote slot.
-
-    To use this module, use the following code in your application:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtdbus.qdoc 0
-
-    If you're using qmake to build your application, you can add this
-    line to your .pro file to make it link against the QtDBus
-    libraries:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtdbus.qdoc 1
-
-    \note The source code for this module is located in the \c{src/qdbus}
-    directory. When installing Qt from source, this module is built when Qt's
-    tools are built.
-
-    See the \l {Introduction to D-Bus} page for detailed information on
-    how to use this module.
-
-    This module is part of all \l{Qt editions}.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/qtdemo.qdoc b/doc/src/qtdemo.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 60f896a..0000000
--- a/doc/src/qtdemo.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-  \page qtdemo.html
-  \title Examples and Demos Launcher
-  \ingroup qttools
-  \keyword qtdemo
-
-  The Examples and Demos Launcher (\c qtdemo) allows the user to browse the
-  examples and demonstrations included with Qt, access the documentation
-  associated with each of them, and launch them as separate applications.
-
-  \image qtdemo.png
-
-  The \c qtdemo executable should be installed alongside the
-  \l{Qt's Tools}{other tools} supplied with Qt.
-
-  \list
-  \i On Windows, click the Start button, open the \e Programs submenu, open
-  the \e{Qt 4} submenu, and click \e{Examples and Demos}.
-  \i On Unix or Linux, you may find a \c qtdemo icon on the desktop background or
-  in the desktop start menu under the \e Programming or \e Development
-  submenus. You can launch this application from this icon. Alternatively, you can
-  enter \c qtdemo in a terminal window.
-  \i On Mac OS X, navigate to the \c /Developer/Applications/Qt directory in the
-  Finder and double click on the \c qtdemo.app icon.
-  \endlist
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/qtdesigner.qdoc b/doc/src/qtdesigner.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 00af297..0000000
--- a/doc/src/qtdesigner.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,168 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \module QtDesigner
-    \title QtDesigner Module
-    \contentspage Qt's Modules
-    \previouspage Qt3Support
-    \nextpage QtUiTools
-    \ingroup modules
-
-    \brief The QtDesigner module provides classes that allow you to
-    create your own custom widget plugins for Qt Designer, and classes
-    that enable you to access Qt Designer's components.
-
-    In addition, the QFormBuilder class provides the possibility of
-    constructing user interfaces from UI files at run-time.
-
-    To include the definitions of the module's classes, use the
-    following directive:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtdesigner.qdoc 0
-
-    To link against the module, add this line to your \c qmake .pro
-    file:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtdesigner.qdoc 1
-
-    \note These classes are part of the \l{Open Source Versions of Qt} and
-    \l{Qt Commercial Editions}{Qt Full Framework Edition} for commercial
-    users.
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 Creating Custom Widget Plugins
-
-    When implementing a custom widget plugin for \QD, you must
-    subclass QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface to expose your custom
-    widget to \QD. A single custom widget plugin is built as a
-    separate library. If you want to include several custom widget
-    plugins in the same library, you must in addition subclass
-    QDesignerCustomWidgetCollectionInterface.
-
-    To provide your custom widget plugin with the expected behavior
-    and functionality within \QD's workspace you can subclass the
-    associated extension classes:
-
-    The QDesignerContainerExtension class allows you to add pages to a
-    custom multi-page container. The QDesignerTaskMenuExtension class
-    allows you to add custom menu entries to \QD's task menu. The
-    QDesignerMemberSheetExtension class allows you to manipulate a
-    widget's member functions which is displayed when configuring
-    connections using \QD's mode for editing signals and slots. And
-    finally, the QDesignerPropertySheetExtension class allows you to
-    manipulate a widget's properties which is displayed in \QD's
-    property editor.
-
-    \image qtdesignerextensions.png
-
-    In \QD the extensions are not created until they are required. For
-    that reason, when implementing extensions, you must also subclass
-    QExtensionFactory, i.e create a class that is able to make
-    instances of your extensions. In addition, you must make \QD's
-    extension manager register your factory; the extension manager
-    controls the construction of extensions as they are required, and
-    you can access it through QDesignerFormEditorInterface and
-    QExtensionManager.
-
-    For a complete example creating a custom widget plugin with an
-    extension, see the \l {designer/taskmenuextension}{Task Menu
-    Extension} or \l {designer/containerextension}{Container
-    Extension} examples.
-
-    \section1 Retrieving Access to \QD Components
-
-    The purpose of the classes mentioned in this section is to provide
-    access to \QD's components, managers and workspace, and they are
-    not intended to be instantiated directly.
-
-    \QD is composed by several components. It has an action editor, a
-    property editor, widget box and object inspector which you can
-    view in its workspace.
-
-    \image qtdesignerscreenshot.png
-
-    \QD also has an object that works behind the scene; it contains
-    the logic that integrates all of \QD's components into a coherent
-    application. You can access this object, using the
-    QDesignerFormEditorInterface, to retrieve interfaces to \QD's
-    components:
-
-    \list
-    \o QDesignerActionEditorInterface
-    \o QDesignerObjectInspectorInterface
-    \o QDesignerPropertyEditorInterface
-    \o QDesignerWidgetBoxInterface
-    \endlist
-
-    In addition, you can use QDesignerFormEditorInterface to retrieve
-    interfaces to \QD's extension manager (QExtensionManager) and form
-    window manager (QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterface). The
-    extension manager controls the construction of extensions as they
-    are required, while the form window manager controls the form
-    windows appearing in \QD's workspace.
-
-    Once you have an interface to \QD's form window manager
-    (QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterface), you also have access to all
-    the form windows currently appearing in \QD's workspace: The
-    QDesignerFormWindowInterface class allows you to query and
-    manipulate the form windows, and it provides an interface to the
-    form windows' cursors. QDesignerFormWindowCursorInterface is a
-    convenience class allowing you to query and modify a given form
-    window's widget selection, and in addition modify the properties
-    of all the form's widgets.
-
-    \section1 Creating User Interfaces at Run-Time
-
-    The \c QtDesigner module contains the QFormBuilder class that
-    provides a mechanism for dynamically creating user interfaces at
-    run-time, based on UI files created with \QD. This class is
-    typically used by custom components and applications that embed
-    \QD. Standalone applications that need to dynamically generate
-    user interfaces at run-time use the QUiLoader class, found in
-    the QtUiTools module.
-
-    For a complete example using QUiLoader, see
-    the \l {designer/calculatorbuilder}{Calculator Builder example}.
-
-    \sa {Qt Designer Manual}, {QtUiTools Module}
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/qtestlib.qdoc b/doc/src/qtestlib.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 57683e6..0000000
--- a/doc/src/qtestlib.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,779 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page qtestlib-manual.html
-    \title QTestLib Manual
-    \ingroup architecture
-    \brief An overview of Qt's unit testing framework.
-
-    \keyword qtestlib
-
-    The QTestLib framework, provided by Nokia, is a tool for unit
-    testing Qt based applications and libraries. QTestLib provides
-    all the functionality commonly found in unit testing frameworks as
-    well as extensions for testing graphical user interfaces.
-
-    Table of contents:
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 QTestLib Features
-
-    QTestLib is designed to ease the writing of unit tests for Qt
-    based applications and libraries:
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Feature \o Details
-    \row
-        \o \bold Lightweight
-        \o QTestLib consists of about 6000 lines of code and 60
-           exported symbols.
-    \row
-        \o \bold Self-contained
-        \o QTestLib requires only a few symbols from the Qt Core library
-           for non-gui testing.
-    \row
-        \o \bold {Rapid testing}
-        \o QTestLib needs no special test-runners; no special
-           registration for tests.
-    \row
-        \o \bold {Data-driven testing}
-        \o A test can be executed multiple times with different test data.
-    \row
-        \o \bold {Basic GUI testing}
-        \o QTestLib offers functionality for mouse and keyboard simulation.
-    \row
-        \o \bold {Benchmarking}
-        \o QTestLib supports benchmarking and provides several measurement back-ends.
-    \row
-         \o \bold {IDE friendly}
-         \o QTestLib outputs messages that can be interpreted by Visual
-            Studio and KDevelop.
-    \row
-         \o \bold Thread-safety
-         \o The error reporting is thread safe and atomic.
-    \row
-         \o \bold Type-safety
-         \o Extensive use of templates prevent errors introduced by
-            implicit type casting.
-    \row
-         \o \bold {Easily extendable}
-         \o Custom types can easily be added to the test data and test output.
-    \endtable
-
-    Note: For higher-level GUI and application testing needs, please
-    see the \l{Third-Party Tools}{Qt testing products provided by
-    Nokia partners}.
-
-
-    \section1 QTestLib API
-
-    All public methods are in the \l QTest namespace. In addition, the
-    \l QSignalSpy class provides easy introspection for Qt's signals and slots.
-
-
-    \section1 Using QTestLib
-
-    \section2 Creating a Test
-
-    To create a test, subclass QObject and add one or more private slots to it. Each
-    private slot is a testfunction in your test. QTest::qExec() can be used to execute
-    all testfunctions in the test object.
-
-    In addition, there are four private slots that are \e not treated as testfunctions.
-    They will be executed by the testing framework and can be used to initialize and
-    clean up either the entire test or the current test function.
-
-    \list
-    \o \c{initTestCase()} will be called before the first testfunction is executed.
-    \o \c{cleanupTestCase()} will be called after the last testfunction was executed.
-    \o \c{init()} will be called before each testfunction is executed.
-    \o \c{cleanup()} will be called after every testfunction.
-    \endlist
-
-    If \c{initTestCase()} fails, no testfunction will be executed. If \c{init()} fails,
-    the following testfunction will not be executed, the test will proceed to the next
-    testfunction.
-
-    Example:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtestlib.qdoc 0
-
-    For more examples, refer to the \l{QTestLib Tutorial}.
-
-    \section2 Building a Test
-
-    If you are using \c qmake as your build tool, just add the
-    following to your project file:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtestlib.qdoc 1
-
-    If you are using other buildtools, make sure that you add the location
-    of the QTestLib header files to your include path (usually \c{include/QtTest}
-    under your Qt installation directory). If you are using a release build
-    of Qt, link your test to the \c QtTest library. For debug builds, use
-    \c{QtTest_debug}.
-
-    See \l {Chapter 1: Writing a Unit Test}{Writing a Unit Test} for a step by
-    step explanation.
-
-    \section2 QTestLib Command Line Arguments
-
-    \section3 Syntax
-
-    The syntax to execute an autotest takes the following simple form:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtestlib.qdoc 2
-
-    Substitute \c testname with the name of your executable. \c
-    testfunctions can contain names of test functions to be
-    executed. If no \c testfunctions are passed, all tests are run. If you
-    append the name of an entry in \c testdata, the test function will be
-    run only with that test data.
-
-    For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtestlib.qdoc 3
-
-    Runs the test function called \c toUpper with all available test data.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtestlib.qdoc 4
-
-    Runs the \c toUpper test function with all available test data,
-    and the \c toInt test function with the testdata called \c
-    zero (if the specified test data doesn't exist, the associated test
-    will fail).
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtestlib.qdoc 5
-
-    Runs the testMyWidget function test, outputs every signal
-    emission and waits 500 milliseconds after each simulated
-    mouse/keyboard event.
-
-    \section3 Options
-
-    The following command line arguments are understood:
-
-    \list
-    \o \c -help \BR
-    outputs the possible command line arguments and give some useful help.
-    \o \c -functions \BR
-    outputs all test functions available in the test.
-    \o \c -o \e filename \BR
-    write output to the specified file, rather than to standard output
-    \o \c -silent \BR
-    silent output, only shows warnings, failures and minimal status messages
-    \o \c -v1 \BR
-    verbose output; outputs information on entering and exiting test functions.
-    \o \c -v2 \BR
-    extended verbose output; also outputs each \l QCOMPARE() and \l QVERIFY()
-    \o \c -vs \BR
-    outputs every signal that gets emitted
-    \o \c -xml \BR
-    outputs XML formatted results instead of plain text
-    \o \c -lightxml \BR
-    outputs results as a stream of XML tags
-    \o \c -eventdelay \e ms \BR
-    if no delay is specified for keyboard or mouse simulation
-    (\l QTest::keyClick(),
-    \l QTest::mouseClick() etc.), the value from this parameter
-    (in milliseconds) is substituted.
-    \o \c -keydelay \e ms \BR
-    like -eventdelay, but only influences keyboard simulation and not mouse
-    simulation.
-    \o \c -mousedelay \e ms \BR
-    like -eventdelay, but only influences mouse simulation and not keyboard
-    simulation.
-    \o \c -keyevent-verbose \BR
-    output more verbose output for keyboard simulation
-    \o \c -maxwarnings \e number\BR
-    sets the maximum number of warnings to output. 0 for unlimited, defaults to 2000.
-    \endlist
-
-    \section2 Creating a Benchmark
-    
-    To create a benchmark, follow the instructions for crating a test and then add a
-    QBENCHMARK macro to the test function that you want to benchmark.
-    
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtestlib.qdoc 12
-    
-    The code insde the QBENCHMARK macro will be measured, and possibly also repeated
-    several times in order to get an accurate measurement. This depends on the selected
-    measurement back-end. Several back-ends are available an can be selected on the
-    command line:
-    
-    \target testlib-benchmarking-measurement
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Name
-         \o Commmand-line Arguemnt
-         \o Availability
-    \row \o Walltime
-         \o (default)
-         \o All platforms
-    \row \o CPU tick counter
-         \o -tickcounter
-         \o Windows, Mac OS X, Linux, many UNIX-like systems.
-    \row \o Valgrind/Callgrind
-         \o -callgrind
-         \o Linux (if installed)
-    \row \o Event Counter
-         \o -eventcounter
-         \o All platforms
-    \endtable
-    
-    In short, walltime is always available but requires many repetitions to
-    get a useful result. 
-    Tick counters are usually available and can provide 
-    results with fewer repetitions, but can be susceptible to CPU frequency 
-    scaling issues. 
-    Valgrind provides exact results, but does not take
-    I/O waits into account, and is only available on a limited number of
-    platforms.
-    Event counting is available on all platforms and it provides the number of events
-    that were received by the event loop before they are sent to their corresponding
-    targets (this might include non-Qt events).
-       
-    \note Depending on the device configuration, Tick counters on the
-     Windows CE platform may not be as fine-grained, compared to other platforms.
-     Devices that do not support high-resolution timers default to
-     one-millisecond granularity.
-
-    See the chapter 5 in the \l{QTestLib Tutorial} for more benchmarking examples.
-
-    \section1 Using QTestLib remotely on Windows CE
-    \c cetest is a convenience application which helps the user to launch an 
-    application remotely on a Windows CE device or emulator.
-
-    It needs to be executed after the unit test has been successfully compiled.
-
-    Prior to launching, the following files are copied to the device:
-
-    \list
-    \o all Qt libraries the project links to
-    \o \l {QtRemote}{QtRemote.dll}
-    \o the c runtime library specified during installation
-    \o all files specified in the \c .pro file following the \l DEPLOYMENT rules.
-    \endlist
-
-    \section2 Using \c cetest
-    \section3 Syntax
-    The syntax to execute an autotest takes the following simple form:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtestlib.qdoc 6
-
-    \section3 Options
-    \c cetest provides the same options as those for unit-testing on non cross-compiled
-    platforms. See \l {QTestLib Command Line Arguments} {Command Line Arguments} for
-    more information.
-
-    The following commands are also included:
-
-    \list
-    \o \c -debug \BR
-    Test version compiled in debug mode.
-    \o \c -release \BR
-    Test version compiled in release mode.
-    \o \c -libpath \e path \BR
-    Target path to copy Qt libraries to.
-    \o \c -qt-delete \BR
-    Delete Qt libraries after execution.
-    \o \c -project-delete \BR
-    Delete project files after execution.
-    \o \c -delete \BR
-    Delete project and Qt libraries after execution.
-    \o \c -conf \BR
-    Specifies a qt.conf file to be deployed to remote directory.
-    \endlist
-
-    \note \c{debug} is the default build option.
-
-    \section2 QtRemote
-    \c QtRemote is a small library which is build after QTestLib. It allows the host
-    system to create a process on a remote device and waits until its execution has
-    been finished.
-
-    \section2 Requirements
-    \c cetest uses Microsoft ActiveSync to establish a remote connection between the
-    host computer and the device. Thus header files and libraries are needed to compile
-    cetest and QtRemote successfully.
-
-    Prior to \l{Installing Qt on Windows CE}{installation} of Qt, you need to set your
-    \c INCLUDE and \c LIB environment variables properly.
-
-    A default installation of Windows Mobile 5 for Pocket PC can be obtained by:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtestlib.qdoc 7
-
-    Note that Qt will remember the path, so you do not need to set it again
-    after switching the environments for cross-compilation.
-
-    \section1 3rd Party Code
-
-    The CPU tick counters used for benchmarking is licensed under the following
-    license: (from src/testlib/3rdparty/cycle.h)
-                    
-    \legalese
-    Copyright (c) 2003, 2006 Matteo Frigo\br
-    Copyright (c) 2003, 2006 Massachusetts Institute of Technology
-
-    Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
-    a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
-    "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
-    without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
-    distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
-    permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
-    the following conditions:
-
-    The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
-    included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-    THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
-    EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
-    MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
-    NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
-    LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
-    OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
-    WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-    \endlegalese
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \page qtestlib-tutorial.html
-    \brief A short introduction to testing with QTestLib.
-    \contentspage QTestLib Manual
-    \nextpage {Chapter 1: Writing a Unit Test}{Chapter 1}
-
-    \title QTestLib Tutorial
-    \ingroup howto
-
-    This tutorial gives a short introduction to how to use some of the
-    features of the QTestLib framework. It is divided into four
-    chapters:
-
-    \list 1
-    \o \l {Chapter 1: Writing a Unit Test}{Writing a Unit Test}
-    \o \l {Chapter 2: Data Driven Testing}{Data Driven Testing}
-    \o \l {Chapter 3: Simulating GUI Events}{Simulating GUI Events}
-    \o \l {Chapter 4: Replaying GUI Events}{Replaying GUI Events}
-    \o \l {Chapter 5: Writing a Benchmark}{Writing a Benchmark}
-    \endlist
-
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    \example qtestlib/tutorial1
-
-    \contentspage {QTestLib Tutorial}{Contents}
-    \nextpage {Chapter 2: Data Driven Testing}{Chapter 2}
-
-    \title Chapter 1: Writing a Unit Test
-
-    In this first chapter we will see how to write a simple unit test
-    for a class, and how to execute it.
-
-    \section1 Writing a Test
-
-    Let's assume you want to test the behavior of our QString class.
-    First, you need a class that contains your test functions. This class
-    has to inherit from QObject:
-
-    \snippet examples/qtestlib/tutorial1/testqstring.cpp 0
-
-    Note that you need to include the QTest header, and that the
-    test functions have to be declared as private slots so the
-    test framework finds and executes it.
-
-    Then you need to implement the test function itself. The
-    implementation could look like this:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtestlib.qdoc 8
-
-    The \l QVERIFY() macro evaluates the expression passed as its
-    argument. If the expression evaluates to true, the execution of
-    the test function continues. Otherwise, a message describing the
-    failure is appended to the test log, and the test function stops
-    executing.
-
-    But if you want a more verbose output to the test log, you should
-    use the \l QCOMPARE() macro instead:
-
-    \snippet examples/qtestlib/tutorial1/testqstring.cpp 1
-
-    If the strings are not equal, the contents of both strings is
-    appended to the test log, making it immediately visible why the
-    comparison failed.
-
-    Finally, to make our test case a stand-alone executable, the
-    following two lines are needed:
-
-    \snippet examples/qtestlib/tutorial1/testqstring.cpp 2
-
-    The \l QTEST_MAIN() macro expands to a simple \c main()
-    method that runs all the test functions. Note that if both the
-    declaration and the implementation of our test class are in a \c
-    .cpp file, we also need to include the generated moc file to make
-    Qt's introspection work.
-
-    \section1 Executing a Test
-
-    Now that we finished writing our test, we want to execute
-    it. Assuming that our test was saved as \c testqstring.cpp in an
-    empty directory: we build the test using qmake to create a project
-    and generate a makefile.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtestlib.qdoc 9
-
-    \bold {Note:}If you're using windows, replace \c make with \c
-    nmake or whatever build tool you use.
-
-    Running the resulting executable should give you the following
-    output:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtestlib.qdoc 10
-
-    Congratulations! You just wrote and executed your first unit test
-    using the QTestLib framework.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \example qtestlib/tutorial2
-
-    \previouspage {Chapter 1: Writing a Unit Test}{Chapter 1}
-    \contentspage {QTestLib Tutorial}{Contents}
-    \nextpage {Chapter 3: Simulating Gui Events}{Chapter 3}
-
-    \title Chapter 2: Data Driven Testing
-
-    In this chapter we will demonstrate how to execute a test
-    multiple times with different test data.
-
-    So far, we have hard coded the data we wanted to test into our
-    test function. If we add more test data, the function might look like
-    this:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtestlib.qdoc 11
-
-    To prevent that the function ends up being cluttered by repetitive
-    code, QTestLib supports adding test data to a test function. All
-    we need is to add another private slot to our test class:
-
-    \snippet examples/qtestlib/tutorial2/testqstring.cpp 0
-
-    \section1 Writing the Data Function
-
-    A test function's associated data function carries the same name,
-    appended by \c{_data}. Our data function looks like this:
-
-    \snippet examples/qtestlib/tutorial2/testqstring.cpp 1
-
-    First, we define the two elements of our test table using the \l
-    QTest::addColumn() function: A test string, and the
-    expected result of applying the QString::toUpper() function to
-    that string.
-
-    Then we add some data to the table using the \l
-    QTest::newRow() function. Each set of data will become a
-    separate row in the test table.
-
-    \l QTest::newRow() takes one argument: A name that will be
-    associated with the data set. If the test fails, the name will be
-    used in the test log, referencing the failed data. Then we
-    stream the data set into the new table row: First an arbitrary
-    string, and then the expected result of applying the
-    QString::toUpper() function to that string.
-
-    You can think of the test data as a two-dimensional table. In
-    our case, it has two columns called \c string and \c result and
-    three rows. In addition a name as well as an index is associated
-    with each row:
-
-    \table
-    \header
-        \o index
-        \o name
-        \o string
-        \o result
-    \row
-        \o 0
-        \o all lower
-        \o "hello"
-        \o HELLO
-    \row
-        \o 1
-        \o mixed
-        \o "Hello"
-        \o HELLO
-    \row
-        \o 2
-        \o all upper
-        \o "HELLO"
-        \o HELLO
-    \endtable
-
-    \section1 Rewriting the Test Function
-
-    Our test function can now be rewritten:
-
-    \snippet examples/qtestlib/tutorial2/testqstring.cpp 2
-
-    The TestQString::toUpper() function will be executed three times,
-    once for each entry in the test table that we created in the
-    associated TestQString::toUpper_data() function.
-
-    First, we fetch the two elements of the data set using the \l
-    QFETCH() macro. \l QFETCH() takes two arguments: The data type of
-    the element and the element name. Then we perform the test using
-    the \l QCOMPARE() macro.
-
-    This approach makes it very easy to add new data to the test
-    without modifying the test itself.
-
-    And again, to make our test case a stand-alone executable,
-    the following two lines are needed:
-
-    \snippet examples/qtestlib/tutorial2/testqstring.cpp 3
-
-    As before, the QTEST_MAIN() macro expands to a simple main()
-    method that runs all the test functions, and since both the
-    declaration and the implementation of our test class are in a .cpp
-    file, we also need to include the generated moc file to make Qt's
-    introspection work.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \example qtestlib/tutorial3
-
-    \previouspage {Chapter 2 Data Driven Testing}{Chapter 2}
-    \contentspage {QTestLib Tutorial}{Contents}
-    \nextpage {Chapter 4: Replaying GUI Events}{Chapter 4}
-
-    \title Chapter 3: Simulating GUI Events
-
-    QTestLib features some mechanisms to test graphical user
-    interfaces. Instead of simulating native window system events,
-    QTestLib sends internal Qt events. That means there are no
-    side-effects on the machine the tests are running on.
-
-    In this chapter we will se how to write a simple GUI test.
-
-    \section1 Writing a GUI test
-
-    This time, let's assume you want to test the behavior of our
-    QLineEdit class. As before, you will need a class that contains
-    your test function:
-
-    \snippet examples/qtestlib/tutorial3/testgui.cpp 0
-
-    The only difference is that you need to include the QtGui class
-    definitions in addition to the QTest namespace.
-
-    \snippet examples/qtestlib/tutorial3/testgui.cpp 1
-
-    In the implementation of the test function we first create a
-    QLineEdit. Then we simulate writing "hello world" in the line edit
-    using the \l QTest::keyClicks() function.
-
-    \note The widget must also be shown in order to correctly test keyboard
-    shortcuts.
-
-    QTest::keyClicks() simulates clicking a sequence of keys on a
-    widget. Optionally, a keyboard modifier can be specified as well
-    as a delay (in milliseconds) of the test after each key click. In
-    a similar way, you can use the QTest::keyClick(),
-    QTest::keyPress(), QTest::keyRelease(), QTest::mouseClick(),
-    QTest::mouseDClick(), QTest::mouseMove(), QTest::mousePress()
-    and QTest::mouseRelease() functions to simulate the associated
-    GUI events.
-
-    Finally, we use the \l QCOMPARE() macro to check if the line edit's
-    text is as expected.
-
-    As before, to make our test case a stand-alone executable, the
-    following two lines are needed:
-
-    \snippet examples/qtestlib/tutorial3/testgui.cpp 2
-
-    The QTEST_MAIN() macro expands to a simple main() method that
-    runs all the test functions, and since both the declaration and
-    the implementation of our test class are in a .cpp file, we also
-    need to include the generated moc file to make Qt's introspection
-    work.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \example qtestlib/tutorial4
-
-    \previouspage {Chapter 3: Simulating GUI Event}{Chapter 3}
-    \contentspage {QTestLib Tutorial}{Contents}
-    \nextpage {Chapter 5: Writing a Benchmark}{Chapter 5}
-
-    \title Chapter 4: Replaying GUI Events
-
-    In this chapter, we will show how to simulate a GUI event,
-    and how to store a series of GUI events as well as replay them on
-    a widget.
-
-    The approach to storing a series of events and replay them, is
-    quite similar to the approach explained in \l {Chapter 2:
-    Data Driven Testing}{chapter 2}; all you need is to add a data
-    function to your test class:
-
-    \snippet examples/qtestlib/tutorial4/testgui.cpp 0
-
-    \section1 Writing the Data Function
-
-    As before, a test function's associated data function carries the
-    same name, appended by \c{_data}.
-
-    \snippet examples/qtestlib/tutorial4/testgui.cpp 1
-
-    First, we define the elements of the table using the
-    QTest::addColumn() function: A list of GUI events, and the
-    expected result of applying the list of events on a QWidget. Note
-    that the type of the first element is \l QTestEventList.
-
-    A QTestEventList can be populated with GUI events that can be
-    stored as test data for later usage, or be replayed on any
-    QWidget.
-
-    In our current data function, we create two \l
-    {QTestEventList}s. The first list consists of a single click to
-    the 'a' key. We add the event to the list using the
-    QTestEventList::addKeyClick() function. Then we use the
-    QTest::newRow() function to give the data set a name, and
-    stream the event list and the expected result into the table.
-
-    The second list consists of two key clicks: an 'a' with a
-    following 'backspace'. Again we use the
-    QTestEventList::addKeyClick() to add the events to the list, and
-    QTest::newRow() to put the event list and the expected
-    result into the table with an associated name.
-
-    \section1 Rewriting the Test Function
-
-    Our test can now be rewritten:
-
-    \snippet examples/qtestlib/tutorial4/testgui.cpp 2
-
-    The TestGui::testGui() function will be executed two times,
-    once for each entry in the test data that we created in the
-    associated TestGui::testGui_data() function.
-
-    First, we fetch the two elements of the data set using the \l
-    QFETCH() macro. \l QFETCH() takes two arguments: The data type of
-    the element and the element name. Then we create a QLineEdit, and
-    apply the list of events on that widget using the
-    QTestEventList::simulate() function.
-
-    Finally, we use the QCOMPARE() macro to check if the line edit's
-    text is as expected.
-
-    As before, to make our test case a stand-alone executable,
-    the following two lines are needed:
-
-    \snippet examples/qtestlib/tutorial4/testgui.cpp 3
-
-    The QTEST_MAIN() macro expands to a simple main() method that
-    runs all the test functions, and since both the declaration and
-    the implementation of our test class are in a .cpp file, we also
-    need to include the generated moc file to make Qt's introspection
-    work.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \example qtestlib/tutorial5
-
-    \previouspage {Chapter 4: Replaying GUI Events}{Chapter 4}
-    \contentspage {QTestLib Tutorial}{Contents}
-
-    \title Chapter 5: Writing a Benchmark
-
-    In this final chapter we will demonstrate how to write benchmarks
-    using QTestLib.
-
-    \section1 Writing a Benchmark
-    To create a benchmark we extend a test function with a QBENCHMARK macro.
-    A benchmark test function will then typically consist of setup code and 
-    a QBENCHMARK macro that contains the code to be measured. This test
-    function benchmarks QString::localeAwareCompare().
-
-    \snippet examples/qtestlib/tutorial5/benchmarking.cpp 0
-
-    Setup can be done at the beginning of the function, the clock is not 
-    running at this point. The code inside the QBENCHMARK macro will be
-    measured, and possibly repeated several times in order to  get an 
-    accurate measurement.
-
-    Several \l {testlib-benchmarking-measurement}{back-ends} are available
-    and can be selected on the command line.
-
-    \section1 Data Functions
-
-    Data functions are useful for creating benchmarks that compare 
-    multiple data inputs, for example locale aware compare against standard
-    compare.
-
-    \snippet examples/qtestlib/tutorial5/benchmarking.cpp 1
-
-    The test function then uses the data to determine what to benchmark.
-
-    \snippet examples/qtestlib/tutorial5/benchmarking.cpp 2
-
-    The "if(useLocaleCompare)" switch is placed outside the QBENCHMARK 
-    macro to avoid measuring its overhead. Each benchmark test function
-    can have one active QBENCHMARK macro. 
-
-    \section1 External Tools
-
-    Tools for handling and visualizing test data are available as part of
-    the \l{qtestlib-tools} project on the Qt Labs Web site. These include
-    a tool for comparing performance data obtained from test runs and a
-    utility to generate Web-based graphs of performance data.
-
-    See the \l{qtestlib-tools Announcement} for more information on these
-    tools and a simple graphing example.
-
-*/
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/src/qtgui.qdoc b/doc/src/qtgui.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 63e544c..0000000
--- a/doc/src/qtgui.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \module QtGui
-    \title QtGui Module
-    \contentspage Qt's Modules
-    \previouspage QtCore
-    \nextpage QtNetwork
-    \ingroup modules
-
-    \brief The QtGui module extends QtCore with GUI functionality.
-
-    To include the definitions of both modules' classes, use the
-    following directive:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtgui.qdoc 0
-
-    The QtGui module is part of the \l{Qt GUI Framework Edition},
-    the \l{Qt Full Framework Edition}, and the \l{Open Source Versions of Qt}.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/qthelp.qdoc b/doc/src/qthelp.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 3cffa39..0000000
--- a/doc/src/qthelp.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,410 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \module QtHelp
-    \title QtHelp Module
-    \contentspage Qt's Modules
-    \previouspage QtUiTools
-    \nextpage QtAssistant
-    \ingroup modules
-
-    \brief The QtHelp module provides classes for integrating
-    online documentation in applications.
-
-    To include the definitions of the module's classes, use the
-    following directive:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qthelp.qdoc 0
-
-    To link against the module, add this line to your \l qmake \c
-    .pro file:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qthelp.qdoc 1
-
-    \note These classes are part of the \l{Open Source Versions of Qt} and
-    \l{Qt Commercial Editions}{Qt Full Framework Edition} for commercial
-    users.
-
-    \section1 Topics
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 Overview
-    The Qt help system includes tools for generating and viewing
-    Qt help files. In addition it provides classes for accessing
-    help contents programatically to be able to integrate online
-    help into Qt applications.
-
-    The actual help data, meaning the table of contents, index
-    keywords or html documents, is contained in Qt compressed help
-    files. So, one such a help file represents usually one manual
-    or documentation set. Since most products are more comprehensive
-    and consist of a number of tools, one manual is rarely enough.
-    Instead, more manuals which should be accessible at the same
-    time, exist. Ideally, it should also be possible to reference
-    certain points of interest of one manual to another.
-    Therefore, the Qt help system operates on help collection files
-    which include any number of compressed help files.
-
-    However, having collection files to merge many documentation
-    sets may lead to some problems. For example, one index keyword
-    may be defined in different documentations. So, when only seeing
-    it in the index and activating it, you cannot be sure that
-    the expected documentation will be shown. Therefore, the Qt
-    help system offers the possibiltiy to filter the help contents
-    after certain attributes. This requires however, that the
-    attributes have been assigned to the help contents before the
-    generation of the compressed help file.
-
-    As already mentioned, the Qt compressed help file contains all
-    data, so there is no need any longer to ship all single html
-    files. Instead, only the compressed help file and optionally the
-    collection file has to be distributed. The collection file is
-    optional since any existing collection file, e.g. from an older
-    release could be used.
-
-    So, in general, there are four files interacting with the help
-    system, two used for generating Qt help and two meant for
-    distribution:
-
-    \table
-        \header
-            \o Name
-            \o Extension
-            \o Brief Description
-        \row
-            \o \l {Qt Help Project}
-            \o .qhp
-            \o The input file for the help generator consisting of the table
-               of contents, indices and references to the actual documentation
-               files (*.html); it also defines a unique namespace for the
-               documentation.
-
-        \row
-            \o Qt Compressed Help
-            \o .qch
-            \o The output file of the help generator. This binary file contains
-               all information specified in the help project file along with all
-               compressed documentation files.
-
-        \row
-            \o \l {Qt Help Collection Project}
-            \o .qhcp
-            \o The input file for the help collection generator. It contains
-               references to compressed help files which should be included in
-               the collection; it also may contain other information for
-               customizing Qt Assistant.
-
-        \row
-            \o Qt Help Collection
-            \o .qhc
-            \o The output of the help collection generator. This is the file
-               QHelpEngine operates on. It contains references to any number of
-               compressed help files as well as additional information, such as
-               custom filters.
-    \endtable
-
-    \section1 Generating Qt Help
-
-    Building help files for the Qt help system assumes that the html
-    documentation files already exist, i.e. the Qt help system does
-    not offer the possibility to create html files like e.g. Doxygen.
-
-    Once the html documentents are in place, a \l {Qt Help Project} file
-    has to be created. After specifying all relevant information in
-    this file, it needs to be compiled by calling:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qthelp.qdoc 2
-
-    The file 'doc.qch' contains then all html files in compressed
-    form along with the table of contents and index keywords. To
-    test if the generated file is correct, open Qt Assistant and
-    install the file via the Settings|Documentation page.
-
-    \target Qt Help Collection Project
-    \section2 Creating a Qt Help Collection
-
-    The first step is to create a Qt Help Collection Project file.
-    Since a Qt help collection stores primarily references to
-    compressed help files, the project 'mycollection.qhcp' file
-    looks unsurprisingly simple:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qthelp.qdoc 3
-
-    For actually creating the collection file call:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qthelp.qdoc 4
-
-    Instead of running two tools, one for generating the compressed
-    help and one for generating the collection file, it is also
-    possible to just run the qcollectiongenerator tool with a
-    slightly modified project file instructing the generator to
-    create the compressed help first.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qthelp.qdoc 5
-
-    Of course, it is possible to specify more than one file in the
-    'generate' or 'register' section, so any number of compressed
-    help files can be generated and registered in one go.
-
-    \section1 Using Qt Help
-
-    Accessing the help contents can be done in two ways: Using Qt
-    Assistant as documentation browser or using the QHelpEngine
-    API for embedding the help contents directly in an application.
-
-    \section2 Using Qt Assistant
-
-    \QA operates on a collection file which can be specified
-    before start up. If no collection file is given, a default one
-    will be created and used. In either case, it is possible to
-    register any Qt compressed help file and access the help contents.
-
-    When using Assistant as the help browser for an application, it
-    would be desirable that it can be customized to fit better to the
-    application and doesn't look like an independent, standalone
-    help browser. To achieve this, several additional properties can
-    be set in an Qt help collection file, to change e.g. the title
-    or application icon of Qt Assistant. For more information on
-    this topic have a look at the \l{assistant-manual.html}
-    {Qt Assistant manual}.
-
-    \section2 Using QHelpEngine API
-
-    Instead of showing the help in an external application like the
-    Qt Assistant, it is also possible to embed the online help in
-    the application. The contents can then be retrieved via the
-    QHelpEngine class and can be displayed in nearly any form.
-    Showing it in a QTextBrowser is probably the most common way, but
-    embedding it in What's This help is also perfectly possible.
-
-    Retrieving help data from the file engine does not involve a
-    lot of code. The first step is to create an instance of the
-    help engine. Then we ask the engine for the links assigned to
-    the identifier, in this case "MyDialog::ChangeButton". If a link
-    was found, meaning at least one help document exists to this topic,
-    we get the actual help contents by calling fileData() and display
-    the document to the user.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qthelp.qdoc 6
-
-    For further information on how to use the API, have a look at
-    the QHelpEngine class reference.
-
-    \section1 License Information
-
-    The QtHelp module uses the CLucene indexing library to provide full-text
-    searching capabilities for Qt Assistant and applications that use the
-    features of QtHelp.
-
-    Qt Commercial Edition licensees that wish to distribute applications that
-    use these features of the QtHelp module need to be aware of their
-    obligations under the GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL).
-
-    Developers using the Open Source Edition can choose to redistribute
-    the module under the appropriate version of the GNU LGPL; version 2.1
-    for applications and libraries licensed under the GNU GPL version 2,
-    or version 3 for applications and libraries licensed under the GNU
-    GPL version 3.
-
-    \legalese
-    Copyright (C) 2003-2006 Ben van Klinken and the CLucene Team \BR
-    Changes are Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-
-    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-    modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
-    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
-    version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-    Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
-    You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
-    License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
-    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA
-    \endlegalese
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \page qthelpproject.html
-    \title Qt Help Project
-
-    A Qt help project collects all data necessary to generate a
-    compressed help file. Along with the actual help data, like
-    the table of contents, index keywords and help documents, it
-    contains some extra information like a namespace to identify
-    the help file. One help project stands for one documentation,
-    e.g. the Qt Assistant manual.
-
-    \section1 Qt Help Project File Format
-
-    The file format is XML-based. For a better understanding of
-    the format we'll discuss the following example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qthelp.qdoc 7
-
-    \section2 Namespace
-
-    To enable the QHelpEngine to retrieve the proper documentation to
-    a given link, every documentation set has to have a unique
-    identifier. A unique identifier makes is also possible for the
-    help collection to keep track of a documentation set without relying
-    on its file name. The Qt help system uses a namespace as identifier
-    which is defined by the mandatory namespace tags. In the example
-    above, the namespace is "mycompany.com.myapplication.1_0".
-
-    \target Virtual Folders
-    \section2 Virtual Folders
-
-    Having a namespace for every documentation naturally means that
-    the documentation sets are quite separated. From the help engines
-    point of view this is beneficial, but from the documentors view
-    it is often desirable to cross reference certain topic from one
-    manual to another without having to specify absolute links. To
-    solve this problem, the help system introduced the concept of
-    virtual folders.
-
-    A virtual folder will become the root directory of all files
-    referenced in a compressed help file. When two documentations
-    share the same virtual folder, they can use relative paths when
-    defining hyperlinks pointing to the other documentation. If a
-    file is contained in both documentations or manuals, the one
-    from the current manual has precedence over the other.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qthelp.qdoc 8
-
-    The above example specifies 'doc' as virtual folder. If another
-    manual, e.g. for a small helper tool for 'My Application'
-    specifies the same folder, it is sufficient to write
-    'doc.html#section1' to reference the first section in the
-    'My Application' manual.
-
-    The virtual folder tag is mandatory and the folder must not
-    contain any '/'.
-
-    \target Custom Filters
-    \section2 Custom Filters
-
-    Next in the Qt help project file are the optional definitions of
-    custom filters. A custom filter contains a list of filter
-    attributes which will be used later to display only the documentation
-    which has all those attributes assigned to. So, when setting the
-    current filter in the QHelpEngine to "My Application 1.0" only
-    the documentation which has "myapp" and "1.0" set as filter
-    attributes will be shown.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qthelp.qdoc 9
-
-    It is possible to define any number of custom filters in a help
-    project file. Important to know is, that the filter attributes have
-    not to be specified in the same project file; they can be defined
-    in any other help file. The definition of a filter attributes
-    takes place by specifying them in a filter section.
-
-    \target Filter Section
-    \section2 Filter Section
-
-    A filter section contains the actual documentation. One Qt help project
-    file may contain more than one filter sections. Every filter section
-    consists of four parts, the filter attributes section, the table of
-    contents, the keywords and the files list. In theory all parts are
-    optional but not specifying anything there will result in an empty
-    documentation.
-
-    \section3 Filter Attributes
-
-    Every filter section should have filter attributes assigned to it, to
-    enable documentation filtering. If no filter attribute is defined, the
-    documentation will only be shown if no filtering occurs, meaning the
-    current custom filter in the QHelpEngine does not contain any filter
-    attributes.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qthelp.qdoc 10
-
-    In this case, the filter attributes 'myapp' and '1.0' are assigned
-    to the filter section, i.e. all contents specified in this section
-    will only be shown if the current custom filter has 'myapp' or '1.0'
-    or both as filter attributes.
-
-    \section3 Table of contents
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qthelp.qdoc 11
-
-    One section tag represents one item in the table of contents. The
-    sections can be nested to any degree, but from a users perspective
-    it should not be more than four or five levels. A section is defined
-    by its title and reference. The reference, like all file references in a Qt
-    help project, are relative to the help project file itself.
-    \note The referenced files must be inside the same directory (or within a
-    subdirectory) as the help project file. An absolute file path is not supported
-    either.
-
-    \section3 Keywords
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qthelp.qdoc 12
-
-    The keyword section lists all keywords of this filter section. A
-    keyword consists basically of a name and a file reference. If the
-    attribute 'name' is used then the keyword specified there will appear in
-    the visible index, i.e. it will be accessible through the QHelpIndexModel.
-    If 'id' is used, the keyword does not appear in the index and is
-    only accessible via the linksForIdentifier() function of the
-    QHelpEngineCore. 'name' and 'id' can be specified at the same time.
-
-    \section3 Files
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qthelp.qdoc 13
-
-    Finally, the actual documentation files have to be listed. Make sure
-    that all files neccessary to display the help are mentioned, i.e.
-    stylesheets or similar files need to be there as well. The files, like all
-    file references in a Qt help project, are relative to the help project file
-    itself. As the example shows, files (but not directories) can also be 
-    specified as patterns using wildcards. All listed files will be compressed 
-    and written to the Qt compressed help file. So, in the end, one single Qt 
-    help file contains all documentation files along with the contents and 
-    indices. \note The referenced files must be inside the same directory 
-    (or within a subdirectory) as the help project file. An absolute file path 
-    is not supported either.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/qtmac-as-native.qdoc b/doc/src/qtmac-as-native.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 61c2143..0000000
--- a/doc/src/qtmac-as-native.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,202 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Qt for Mac OS X documentation
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-**********************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page qtmac-as-native.html
-    \title Qt is Mac OS X Native
-    \brief An explanation of Qt's native features on Mac OS X.
-    \ingroup platform-notes
-
-    This document explains what makes an application native on Mac OS X.
-    It shows the areas where Qt is compliant, and the grey areas where
-    compliance is more questionable. (See also the document 
-    \l{mac-differences.html}{Qt for Mac OS X - Specific Issues}.)
-
-    Normally when referring to a native Mac application, one really means an
-    application that talks directly to the underlying window system, rather
-    than one that uses some intermediary (for example Apple's X11 server, or a
-    web browser). Qt applications run as first class citizens, just like
-    Cocoa, and Carbon applications. In fact, we use Carbon and HIView
-    internally to communicate with OS X.
-
-    When an application is running as a first class citizen, it means that
-    it can interact with specific components of the Mac OS X experience:
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 The Global Menu Bar
-
-    Qt does this via the QMenuBar abstraction. Mac users expect to
-    have a menu bar at the top of the screen and Qt honors this.
-
-    Additionally, users expect certain conventions to be respected, for
-    example the application menu should contain About, Preferences,
-    Quit, etc. Qt handles this automatically, although it does not
-    provide a means of interacting directly with the application menu.
-    (By doing this automatically, Qt makes it easier to port Qt
-    applications to other platforms.)
-
-    \section1 Aqua
-
-    This is a critical piece of Mac OS X (documentation can be found at
-    \l{http://developer.apple.com/documentation/UserExperience/Conceptual/OSXHIGuidelines/index.html}).
-    It is a huge topic, but the most important guidelines for GUI
-    design are probably these:
-
-    \list
-    \i \e{Aqua look}
-
-      As with Cocoa/Carbon, Qt provides widgets that look like those
-      described in the Human Interface Descriptions. Qt's widgets use
-      Appearance Manager on Mac OS X 10.2 and the new HIThemes on Mac OS X 10.3
-      and higher to implement the look, in other words we use Apple's own API's
-      for doing the rendering.
-
-    \i \e{Aqua feel}
-
-      This is a bit more subjective, but certainly Qt strives to
-      provide the same feel as any Mac OS X application (and we
-      consider situations where it doesn't achieve this to be bugs).
-      Of course Qt has other concerns to bear in mind, especially
-      remaining cross-platform. Some "baggage" that Qt carries is in
-      an effort to provide a widget on a platform for which an
-      equivelant doesn't exist, or so that a single API can be used to
-      do something, even if the API doesn't make entire sense for a
-      specific widget.
-
-    \i \e{Aqua guides}
-
-      This is the most subjective, but there are many suggestions and
-      guidelines in the Aqua style guidelines. This is the area where Qt is
-      of least assistance. The decisions that must be made to conform (widget
-      sizes, widget layouts with respect to other widgets, window margins,
-      placement of OK and Cancel, etc) must be made based on the user
-      experience demanded by your application. If your user base is small or
-      mostly comes from the Windows or Unix worlds, these are minor issues much
-      less important than trying to make a mass market product. Qt for Mac OS X
-      is fully API compatible with Qt for Windows and X11, but Mac OS X is a
-      significantly different platform to Windows and some special
-      considerations must be made based on your audience.
-
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 Dock
-
-    Interaction with the dock is possible. The icon can be set by calling
-    QWidget::setWindowIcon() on the main window in your application. The
-    setWindowIcon() call can be made as often as necessary, providing an
-    icon that can be easily updated.
-    \omit
-    It is also possible to set a QMenu as the dock menu through the use of the
-    qt_mac_set_dock_menu() function.
-    \endomit
-
-    \section1 Accessiblity
-
-    Although many users never use this, some users will only interact with your
-    applications via assistive devices. With Qt the aim is to make this
-    automatic in your application so that it conforms to accepted practice on
-    its platform. Qt uses Apple's accessibility framework to provide access
-    to users with diabilities.
-
-    \section1 Development Tools
-
-    Mac OS X developers expect a certain level of interopability
-    between their development toolkit and the platform's developer
-    tools (for example Visual Studio, gmake, etc). Qt supports both Unix
-    style Makefiles, and ProjectBuilder/Xcode project files by using
-    the \l qmake tool. For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtmac-as-native.qdoc 0
-
-    will generate an Xcode project file from project.pro. With \l qmake
-    you do not have to worry about rules for Qt's preprocessors (\l moc
-    and \l uic) since \l qmake automatically handles them and ensures that
-    everything necessary is linked into your application.
-
-    Qt does not entirely interact with the development environment (for
-    example plugins to set a file to "mocable" from within the Xcode
-    user interface). Nokia is actively working on improving Qt's
-    interoperability with various IDEs.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/qtmain.qdoc b/doc/src/qtmain.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 5f1f273..0000000
--- a/doc/src/qtmain.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page qtmain.html
-    \title The qtmain Library
-    \ingroup licensing
-    \ingroup platform-notes
-    \brief Describes the use and license of the qtmain helper library.
-
-    qtmain is a helper library that enables the developer to write a
-    cross-platform main() function on Windows.
-
-    If you do not use \l qmake or the \l{Visual Studio Integration}
-    available to \l{Qt Commercial Editions}{commercial licensees}, you also
-    need to link against the \c qtmain library.
-
-    \section1 License Information
-
-    The QAxContainer module is not covered by the \l{GNU General Public License (GPL)},
-    the \l{GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL)}, or the
-    \l{Qt Commercial Editions}{Qt Commercial License}. Instead, it is distributed under
-    the following license.
-    
-    \legalese
-    Copyright (c) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).\br
-    All rights reserved.
-
-    Contact:  Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)\br
-
-    You may use this file under the terms of the BSD license as follows:\br
-
-    "Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
-    are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-
-    * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list
-    of conditions and the following disclaimer.\br
-    * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this
-    list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other
-    materials provided with the distribution.\br
-    * Neither the name of Nokia Corporation and its Subsidiary(-ies) nor the names of
-    its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
-    software without specific prior written permission.
-
-    THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY
-    EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
-    OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
-    SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
-    INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-    TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
-    BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-    CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
-    ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE."
-    \endlegalese
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/qtnetwork.qdoc b/doc/src/qtnetwork.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 7af99bf..0000000
--- a/doc/src/qtnetwork.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,344 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \module QtNetwork
-    \title QtNetwork Module
-    \contentspage Qt's Modules
-    \previouspage QtGui
-    \nextpage QtOpenGL
-    \ingroup modules
-
-    \brief The QtNetwork module offers classes that allow you to
-    write TCP/IP clients and servers.
-
-    The network module provides classes to make network programming
-    easier and portable. It offers classes such as QFtp that
-    implement specific application-level protocols, lower-level classes
-    such as QTcpSocket, QTcpServer and QUdpSocket that represent low
-    level network concepts, and high level classes such as QNetworkRequest,
-    QNetworkReply and QNetworkAccessManager to perform network operations using common protocols.
-
-    The QtNetwork module is part of the \l{Qt Full Framework Edition} and the
-    \l{Open Source Versions of Qt}.
-
-    Topics:
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 Configuring the Build Process
-
-    Applications that use Qt's networking classes need to
-    be configured to be built against the QtNetwork module.
-    The following declaration in a \c qmake project file ensures that
-    an application is compiled and linked appropriately:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtnetwork.qdoc 0
-
-    This line is necessary because only the QtCore and QtGui modules
-    are used in the default build process.
-
-    To include the definitions of the module's classes, use the
-    following directive:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtnetwork.qdoc 1
-
-    \section1 High Level Network Operations for HTTP and FTP
-
-    The Network Access API is a collection of classes for performing
-    common network operations. The API provides an abstraction layer
-    over the specific operations and protocols used (for example,
-    getting and posting data over HTTP), and only exposes classes,
-    functions, and signals for general or high level concepts.
-
-    Network requests are represented by the QNetworkRequest class,
-    which also acts as a general container for information associated
-    with a request, such as any header information and the encryption
-    used. The URL specified when a request object is constructed
-    determines the protocol used for a request.
-    Currently HTTP, FTP and local file URLs are supported for uploading
-    and downloading.
-
-    The coordination of network operations is performed by the
-    QNetworkAccessManager class. Once a request has been created,
-    this class is used to dispatch it and emit signals to report on
-    its progress. The manager also coordinates the use of
-    \l{QNetworkCookieJar}{cookies} to store data on the client,
-    authentication requests, and the use of proxies.
-
-    Replies to network requests are represented by the QNetworkReply
-    class; these are created by QNetworkAccessManager when a request
-    is dispatched. The signals provided by QNetworkReply can be used
-    to monitor each reply individually, or developers may choose to
-    use the manager's signals for this purpose instead and discard
-    references to replies. Since QNetworkReply is a subclass of
-    QIODevice, replies can be handled synchronously or asynchronously;
-    i.e., as blocking or non-blocking operations.
-
-    Each application or library can create one or more instances of
-    QNetworkAccessManager to handle network communication.
-    
-    \section1 Writing FTP Clients with QFtp
-
-    FTP (File Transfer Protocol) is a protocol used almost exclusively
-    for browsing remote directories and for transferring files.
-
-    \image httpstack.png FTP Client and Server
-
-    FTP uses two network connections, one for sending
-    commands and one for transferring data. The
-    FTP protocol has a state and requires the client to send several
-    commands before a file transfer takes place.
-    FTP clients establish a connection
-    and keeps it open throughout the session. In each session, multiple
-    transfers can occur.
-
-    The QFtp class provides client-side support for FTP. 
-    It has the following characteristics:
-    \list
-
-    \o \e{Non-blocking behavior.} QFtp is asynchronous.
-    You can schedule a series of commands which are executed later,
-    when control returns to Qt's event loop.
-
-    \o \e{Command IDs.} Each command has a unique ID number that you
-    can use to follow the execution of the command. For example, QFtp
-    emits the \l{QFtp::commandStarted()}{commandStarted()} and
-    \l{QFtp::commandFinished()}{commandFinished()} signal with the
-    command ID for each command that is executed. 
-
-    \o \e{Data transfer progress indicators.} QFtp emits signals
-    whenever data is transferred (QFtp::dataTransferProgress(),
-    QNetworkReply::downloadProgress(), and
-    QNetworkReply::uploadProgress()).  You could connect these signals
-    to QProgressBar::setProgress() or QProgressDialog::setProgress(),
-    for example.
-
-    \o \e{QIODevice support.} The class supports convenient
-    uploading from and downloading to \l{QIODevice}s, in addition to a
-    QByteArray-based API.
-
-    \endlist
-
-    There are two main ways of using QFtp. The most common
-    approach is to keep track of the command IDs and follow the
-    execution of every command by connecting to the appropriate
-    signals. The other approach is to schedule all commands at once
-    and only connect to the done() signal, which is emitted when all
-    scheduled commands have been executed. The first approach
-    requires more work, but it gives you more control over the
-    execution of individual commands and allows you to initiate new
-    commands based on the result of a previous command. It also
-    enables you to provide detailed feedback to the user.
-
-    The \l{network/ftp}{FTP} example
-    illustrates how to write an FTP client.
-    Writing your own FTP (or HTTP) server is possible using the
-    lower-level classes QTcpSocket and QTcpServer.
-
-    \section1 Using TCP with QTcpSocket and QTcpServer
-
-    TCP (Transmission Control Protocol) is a low-level network
-    protocol used by most Internet protocols, including HTTP and FTP,
-    for data transfer. It is a reliable, stream-oriented,
-    connection-oriented transport protocol. It is particularly well
-    suited to the continuous transmission of data.
-
-    \image tcpstream.png A TCP Stream
-
-    The QTcpSocket class provides an interface for TCP. You can use
-    QTcpSocket to implement standard network protocols such as POP3,
-    SMTP, and NNTP, as well as custom protocols.
-
-    A TCP connection must be established to a remote host and port
-    before any data transfer can begin. Once the connection has been
-    established, the IP address and port of the peer are available
-    through QTcpSocket::peerAddress() and QTcpSocket::peerPort(). At
-    any time, the peer can close the connection, and data transfer
-    will then stop immediately.
-
-    QTcpSocket works asynchronously and emits signals to report status
-    changes and errors, just like QNetworkAccessManager and QFtp. It
-    relies on the event loop to detect incoming data and to
-    automatically flush outgoing data. You can write data to the
-    socket using QTcpSocket::write(), and read data using
-    QTcpSocket::read(). QTcpSocket represents two independent streams
-    of data: one for reading and one for writing.
-
-    Since QTcpSocket inherits QIODevice, you can use it with
-    QTextStream and QDataStream. When reading from a QTcpSocket, you
-    must make sure that enough data is available by calling
-    QTcpSocket::bytesAvailable() beforehand.
-
-    If you need to handle incoming TCP connections (e.g., in a server
-    application), use the QTcpServer class. Call QTcpServer::listen()
-    to set up the server, and connect to the
-    QTcpServer::newConnection() signal, which is emitted once for
-    every client that connects. In your slot, call
-    QTcpServer::nextPendingConnection() to accept the connection and
-    use the returned QTcpSocket to communicate with the client.
-
-    Although most of its functions work asynchronously, it's possible
-    to use QTcpSocket synchronously (i.e., blocking). To get blocking
-    behavior, call QTcpSocket's waitFor...() functions; these suspend
-    the calling thread until a signal has been emitted. For example,
-    after calling the non-blocking QTcpSocket::connectToHost()
-    function, call QTcpSocket::waitForConnected() to block the thread
-    until the \l{QTcpSocket::connected()}{connected()} signal has
-    been emitted.
-
-    Synchronous sockets often lead to code with a simpler flow of
-    control. The main disadvantage of the waitFor...() approach is
-    that events won't be processed while a waitFor...() function is
-    blocking. If used in the GUI thread, this might freeze the
-    application's user interface. For this reason, we recommend that
-    you use synchronous sockets only in non-GUI threads. When used
-    synchronously, QTcpSocket doesn't require an event loop.
-
-    The \l{network/fortuneclient}{Fortune Client} and
-    \l{network/fortuneserver}{Fortune Server} examples show how to use
-    QTcpSocket and QTcpServer to write TCP client-server
-    applications. See also \l{network/blockingfortuneclient}{Blocking
-    Fortune Client} for an example on how to use a synchronous
-    QTcpSocket in a separate thread (without using an event loop),
-    and \l{network/threadedfortuneserver}{Threaded Fortune Server}
-    for an example of a multithreaded TCP server with one thread per
-    active client.
-
-    \section1 Using UDP with QUdpSocket
-
-    UDP (User Datagram Protocol) is a lightweight, unreliable,
-    datagram-oriented, connectionless protocol. It can be used when
-    reliability isn't important. For example, a server that reports
-    the time of day could choose UDP. If a datagram with the time of
-    day is lost, the client can simply make another request.
-
-    \image udppackets.png UDP Packets
-
-    The QUdpSocket class allows you to send and receive UDP
-    datagrams. It inherits QAbstractSocket, and it therefore shares
-    most of QTcpSocket's interface. The main difference is that
-    QUdpSocket transfers data as datagrams instead of as a continuous
-    stream of data. In short, a datagram is a data packet of limited
-    size (normally smaller than 512 bytes), containing the IP address
-    and port of the datagram's sender and receiver in addition to the
-    data being transferred.
-
-    QUdpSocket supports IPv4 broadcasting. Broadcasting is often used
-    to implement network discovery protocols, such as finding which
-    host on the network has the most free hard disk space. One host
-    broadcasts a datagram to the network that all other hosts
-    receive. Each host that receives a request then sends a reply
-    back to the sender with its current amount of free disk space.
-    The originator waits until it has received replies from all
-    hosts, and can then choose the server with most free space to
-    store data. To broadcast a datagram, simply send it to the
-    special address QHostAddress::Broadcast (255.255.255.255), or
-    to your local network's broadcast address.
-
-    QUdpSocket::bind() prepares the socket for accepting incoming
-    datagrams, much like QTcpServer::listen() for TCP servers.
-    Whenever one or more datagrams arrive, QUdpSocket emits the
-    \l{QUdpSocket::readyRead()}{readyRead()} signal. Call
-    QUdpSocket::readDatagram() to read the datagram.
-
-    The \l{network/broadcastsender}{Broadcast Sender} and
-    \l{network/broadcastreceiver}{Broadcast Receiver} examples show
-    how to write a UDP sender and a UDP receiver using Qt.
-
-    \section1 Resolving Host Names using QHostInfo
-
-    Before establishing a network connection, QTcpSocket and
-    QUdpSocket perform a name lookup, translating the host name
-    you're connecting to into an IP address. This operation is
-    usually performed using the DNS (Domain Name Service) protocol.
-
-    QHostInfo provides a static function that lets you perform such a
-    lookup yourself. By calling QHostInfo::lookupHost() with a host
-    name, a QObject pointer, and a slot signature, QHostInfo will
-    perform the name lookup and invoke the given slot when the
-    results are ready. The actual lookup is done in a separate
-    thread, making use of the operating system's own methods for
-    performing name lookups.
-
-    QHostInfo also provides a static function called
-    QHostInfo::fromName() that takes the host name as argument and
-    returns the results. In this case, the name lookup is performed
-    in the same thread as the caller. This overload is useful for
-    non-GUI applications or for doing name lookups in a separate,
-    non-GUI thread. (Calling this function in a GUI thread may cause
-    your user interface to freeze while the function blocks as
-    it performs the lookup.)
-
-    \section1 Support for Network Proxies
-
-    Network communication with Qt can be performed through proxies,
-    which direct or filter network traffic between local and remote
-    connections.
-
-    Individual proxies are represented by the QNetworkProxy class,
-    which is used to describe and configure the connection to a proxy.
-    Proxy types which operate on different levels of network communication
-    are supported, with SOCKS 5 support allowing proxying of network
-    traffic at a low level, and HTTP and FTP proxying working at the
-    protocol level. See QNetworkProxy::ProxyType for more information.
-
-    Proxying can be enabled on a per-socket basis or for all network
-    communication in an application. A newly opened socket can be
-    made to use a proxy by calling its QAbstractSocket::setProxy()
-    function before it is connected. Application-wide proxying can
-    be enabled for all subsequent socket connections through the use
-    of the QNetworkProxy::setApplicationProxy() function.
-
-    Proxy factories are used to create policies for proxy use.
-    QNetworkProxyFactory supplies proxies based on queries for specific
-    proxy types. The queries themselves are encoded in QNetworkProxyQuery
-    objects which enable proxies to be selected based on key criteria,
-    such as the purpose of the proxy (TCP, UDP, TCP server, URL request),
-    local port, remote host and port, and the protocol in use (HTTP, FTP,
-    etc.).
-
-    QNetworkProxyFactory::proxyForQuery() is used to query the factory
-    directly. An application-wide policy for proxying can be implemented
-    by passing a factory to QNetworkProxyFactory::setApplicationProxyFactory()
-    and a custom proxying policy can be created by subclassing
-    QNetworkProxyFactory; see the class documentation for details.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/qtopengl.qdoc b/doc/src/qtopengl.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index bb2f4e7..0000000
--- a/doc/src/qtopengl.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,163 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \module QtOpenGL
-    \title QtOpenGL Module
-    \contentspage Qt's Modules
-    \previouspage QtNetwork
-    \nextpage QtOpenVG
-    \ingroup modules
-
-    \brief The QtOpenGL module offers classes that make it easy to
-    use OpenGL in Qt applications.
-
-    OpenGL is a standard API for rendering 3D graphics. OpenGL only
-    deals with 3D rendering and provides little or no support for GUI
-    programming issues. The user interface for an OpenGL application
-    must be created with another toolkit, such as Motif on the X
-    platform, Microsoft Foundation Classes (MFC) under Windows, or Qt
-    on both platforms.
-
-    \bold{Note:} OpenGL is a trademark of Silicon Graphics, Inc. in
-    the United States and other countries.
-
-    The Qt OpenGL module makes it easy to use OpenGL in Qt applications.
-    It provides an OpenGL widget class that can be used just like any
-    other Qt widget, except that it opens an OpenGL display buffer where
-    you can use the OpenGL API to render the contents.
-
-    To include the definitions of the module's classes, use the
-    following directive:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtopengl.qdoc 0
-
-    To link against the module, add this line to your \l qmake \c
-    .pro file:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtopengl.qdoc 1
-
-    The Qt OpenGL module is implemented as a platform-independent Qt/C++
-    wrapper around the platform-dependent GLX (version 1.3 or later),
-    WGL, or AGL C APIs. Although the basic functionality provided is very
-    similar to Mark Kilgard's GLUT library, applications using the Qt
-    OpenGL module can take advantage of the whole Qt API for
-    non-OpenGL-specific GUI functionality.
-
-    \warning The QtOpenGL module is part of the \l{Qt Full Framework Edition}
-    and the \l{Open Source Versions of Qt}. It is available on Windows,
-    X11, and Mac OS X. \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} supports OpenGL ES (OpenGL for
-    Embedded Systems). To be able to use the OpenGL API in \l{Qt for Embedded Linux},
-    it must be integrated with the Q Window System (QWS). See the
-    \l{Qt for Embedded Linux and OpenGL} documentation for details.
-
-    \section1 Installation
-
-    When you install Qt for X11, the configure script will autodetect if
-    OpenGL headers and libraries are installed on your system, and if so,
-    it will include the QtOpenGL module in the Qt library. (If your
-    OpenGL headers or libraries are placed in a non-standard directory,
-    you may need to change the \c QMAKE_INCDIR_OPENGL and/or
-    \c QMAKE_LIBDIR_OPENGL in the config file for your system).
-
-    When you install Qt for Windows and Mac OS X, the QtOpenGL
-    module is always included. X11 users might like to read the notes
-    on overlays below.
-
-    The QGL documentation assumes that you are familiar with OpenGL
-    programming. If you're new to the subject a good starting point is
-    \l{http://www.opengl.org/}.
-
-    \section1 How to Use X11 Overlays with Qt
-
-    X11 overlays are a powerful mechanism for drawing
-    annotations etc., on top of an image without destroying it, thus saving
-    a great deal of image rendering time. For more information, see the highly
-    recommended book \e{OpenGL Programming for the X Window System} (Mark
-    Kilgard, Addison Wesley Developers Press 1996).
-
-    \warning The Qt OpenGL Extension includes direct support for the
-    use of OpenGL overlays. For many uses of overlays, this makes the
-    technique described below redundant. The following is a discussion
-    on how to use non-QGL widgets in overlay planes.
-
-    In the typical case, X11 overlays can easily be used together with the
-    current version of Qt and the Qt OpenGL Extension. The following
-    requirements apply:
-
-    \list 1
-    \i Your X server and graphics card/hardware must support overlays.
-       For many X servers, overlay support can be turned on with
-       a configuration option; consult your X server installation
-       documentation.
-
-    \i Your X server must (be configured to) use an overlay visual as the
-       default visual. Most modern X servers do this, since this has the
-       added advantage that pop-up menus, overlapping windows etc., will
-       \e not affect underlying images in the main plane, thereby
-       avoiding expensive redraws.
-
-    \i The best (deepest) visual for OpenGL rendering is in the main
-       plane. This is the normal case. Typically, X servers that support
-       overlays provide a 24-bit \c TrueColor visual in the main plane,
-       and an 8-bit \c PseudoColor (default) visual in the overlay plane.
-    \endlist
-
-    Assuming that the requirements mentioned above are met, a
-    QGLWidget will default to using the main plane visual, while all
-    other widgets will use the overlay visual. Thus, we can place a
-    normal widget on top of the QGLWidget, and do drawing on it,
-    without affecting the image in the OpenGL window. In other words,
-    we can use all the drawing capabilities of QPainter to draw
-    annotations, rubberbands, etc. For the typical use of overlays,
-    this is much easier than using OpenGL for rendering annotations.
-
-    An overlay plane has a specific color called the transparent
-    color. Pixels drawn in this color will not be visible; instead
-    the underlying OpenGL image will show through.
-
-    To use this technique, you must not use the
-    QApplication::ManyColor or QApplication::TrueColor color
-    specification for QApplication, because this will force the
-    normal Qt widgets to use a \c TrueColor visual, which will
-    typically be in the main plane, not in the overlay plane as
-    desired.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/qtopenvg.qdoc b/doc/src/qtopenvg.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 9f0df58..0000000
--- a/doc/src/qtopenvg.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,324 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \module QtOpenVG
-    \title QtOpenVG Module
-    \since 4.6
-    \contentspage Qt's Modules
-    \previouspage QtOpenGL
-    \nextpage QtScript
-    \ingroup modules
-
-    \brief The QtOpenVG module provides support classes for OpenVG painting.
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    OpenVG is a standard API from the
-    \l{http://www.khronos.org/openvg}{Khronos Group} for accelerated
-    2D vector graphics that is appearing in an increasing number of
-    embedded devices.
-
-    OpenVG is optimized for 2D vector operations, and closely matches
-    the functionality in QPainter.  It can therefore be an excellent
-    substitute for the default raster-based QPaintEngine on hardware
-    that supports OpenVG.
-
-    \section1 Building Qt with OpenVG support
-
-    OpenVG support can be enabled by passing the \c{-openvg} option
-    to configure.  It is assumed that the following qmake variables
-    are set to appropriate values in the qmake.conf file for your
-    platform:
-
-    \list
-    \o QMAKE_INCDIR_OPENVG
-    \o QMAKE_LIBDIR_OPENVG
-    \o QMAKE_LIBS_OPENVG
-    \endlist
-
-    Most OpenVG implementations are based on EGL, so the following
-    variables may also need to be set:
-
-    \list
-    \o QMAKE_INCDIR_EGL
-    \o QMAKE_LIBDIR_EGL
-    \o QMAKE_LIBS_EGL
-    \endlist
-
-    See \l{qmake Variable Reference} for more information on these variables.
-
-    Two kinds of OpenVG engines are currently supported: EGL based,
-    and engines built on top of OpenGL such as
-    \l{http://sourceforge.net/projects/shivavg}{ShivaVG}.
-    EGL based engines are preferred.
-
-    It is assumed that the EGL implementation has some way to turn a
-    QWidget::winId() into an EGL rendering surface with
-    \c{eglCreateWindowSurface()}.  If this is not the case, then
-    modifications may be needed to the code under \c{src/gui/egl} and
-    \c{src/plugins/graphicssystems/openvg} to accomodate the EGL
-    implementation.
-
-    The ShivaVG graphics system under \c{src/plugins/graphicssystems/shivavg}
-    is an example of how to integrate a non-EGL implementation of
-    OpenVG into Qt.  It is currently only supported with Qt/X11
-    and being an example only, the resulting screen output may not
-    be as good as with other OpenVG engines.
-
-    \section1 Using the OpenVG graphics system
-
-    Once the graphics system plugin has been built and installed,
-    applications can be run as follows to use the plugin:
-
-    \code
-    app -graphicssystem OpenVG
-    \endcode
-
-    If ShivaVG is being used, then substitute \c ShivaVG instead of
-    \c OpenVG in the line above.
-
-    If the plugin fails to load, try setting the \c QT_DEBUG_PLUGINS
-    environment variable to 1 and try again.  Usually the plugin
-    cannot be loaded because Qt cannot locate it in the directory
-    \c{plugins/graphicssystems} within the Qt installation, or the
-    dynamic library path does not include the directory containing
-    the system's \c libOpenVG.so library.
-
-    \section1 Supported features
-
-    \section2 Context modes
-
-    The default configuration is "single-context" mode, where a single
-    EGLContext object is used for all drawing, regardless of the surface.
-    Multiple EGLSurfaces are created, one for each window surface or pixmap.
-    eglMakeCurrent() is called with the same EGLContext every time, but a
-    different EGLSurface.
-
-    Single-context mode is necessary for QPixmapData to be implemented in
-    terms of a VGImage.  If single-context mode is not enabled, then QPixmapData
-    will use the fallback QRasterPixmapData implementation, which is less
-    efficient performance-wise.
-
-    Single-context mode can be disabled with the QVG_NO_SINGLE_CONTEXT define
-    if the OpenVG engine does not support one context with multiple surfaces.
-
-    \section2 Transformation matrices
-
-    All affine and projective transformation matrices are supported.
-
-    QVGPaintEngine will use the engine to accelerate affine transformation
-    matrices only.  When a projective transformation matrix is used,
-    QVGPaintEngine will transform the coordinates before passing them
-    to the engine.  This will probably incur a performance penalty.
-
-    Pixmaps and images are always transformed by the engine, because
-    OpenVG specifies that projective transformations must work for images.
-
-    It is recommended that client applications should avoid using projective
-    transformations for non-image elements in performance critical code.
-
-    \section2 Composition modes
-
-    The following composition modes are supported:
-
-    \list
-    \o QPainter::CompositionMode_SourceOver
-    \o QPainter::CompositionMode_DestinationOver
-    \o QPainter::CompositionMode_Source
-    \o QPainter::CompositionMode_SourceIn
-    \o QPainter::CompositionMode_DestinationIn
-    \o QPainter::CompositionMode_Plus
-    \o QPainter::CompositionMode_Multiply
-    \o QPainter::CompositionMode_Screen
-    \o QPainter::CompositionMode_Darken
-    \o QPainter::CompositionMode_Lighten
-    \endlist
-
-    The other members of QPainter::CompositionMode are not supported
-    because OpenVG 1.1 does not have an equivalent in its \c VGBlendMode
-    enumeration.  Any attempt to set an unsupported mode will result in
-    the actual mode being set to QPainter::CompositionMode_SourceOver.
-    Client applications should avoid using unsupported modes.
-
-    \section2 Pens and brushes
-
-    All pen styles are supported, including cosmetic pens.
-
-    All brush styles are supported except for conical gradients, which are
-    not supported by OpenVG 1.1.  Conical gradients will be converted into a
-    solid color brush corresponding to the first color in the gradient's
-    color ramp.
-
-    Affine matrices are supported for brush transforms, but not projective
-    matrices.
-
-    \section2 Rectangles, lines, and points
-
-    Rectangles and lines use cached VGPath objects to try to accelerate
-    drawing operations.  vgModifyPathCoords() is used to modify the
-    co-ordinates in the cached VGPath object each time fillRect(),
-    drawRects(), or drawLines() is called.
-
-    If the engine does not implement vgModifyPathCoords() properly, then the
-    QVG_NO_MODIFY_PATH define can be set to disable path caching.  This will
-    incur a performance penalty.
-
-    Points are implemented as lines from the point to itself.  The cached
-    line drawing VGPath object is used when drawing points.
-
-    \section2 Polygons and Ellipses
-
-    Polygon and ellipse drawing creates a new VGPath object every time
-    drawPolygon() or drawEllipse() is called.  If the client application is
-    making heavy use of these functions, the constant creation and destruction
-    of VGPath objects could have an impact on performance.
-
-    If a projective transformation is active, ellipses are converted into
-    cubic curves prior to transformation, which may further impact performance.
-
-    Client applications should avoid polygon and ellipse drawing in performance
-    critical code if possible.
-
-    \section2 Other Objects
-
-    Most other objects (arcs, pies, etc) use drawPath(), which takes a
-    QPainterPath argument.  The default implementation in QPainterEngineEx
-    converts the QPainterPath into a QVectorPath and then calls draw(),
-    which in turn converts the QVectorPath into a VGPath for drawing.
-
-    To reduce the overhead, we have overridden drawPath() in QVGPaintEngine
-    to convert QPainterPath's directly into VGPath's.  This should help improve
-    performance compared to the default implementation.
-
-    Client applications should try to avoid these types of objects in
-    performance critical code because of the QPainterPath to VGPath
-    conversion cost.
-
-    \section2 Clipping
-
-    Clipping with QRect, QRectF, and QRegion objects is supported on all
-    OpenVG engines with vgMask() if the transformation matrix is the identity
-    or a simple origin translation.
-
-    Clipping with an arbitrary QPainterPath, or setting the clip region when
-    the transformation matrix is simple, is supported only if the OpenVG engine
-    has the vgRenderToMask() function (OpenVG 1.1 and higher).
-
-    The QVG_NO_RENDER_TO_MASK define will disable the use of vgRenderToMask().
-
-    The QVG_SCISSOR_CLIP define will disable clipping with vgMask() or
-    vgRenderToMask() and instead use the scissor rectangle list to perform
-    clipping.  Clipping with an arbitrary QPainterPath will not be supported.
-    The QVG_SCISSOR_CLIP define should only be used if the OpenVG engine
-    does not support vgMask() or vgRenderToMask().
-
-    \section2 Opacity
-
-    Opacity is supported for all drawing operations.  Solid color pens,
-    solid color brushes, gradient brushes, and image drawing with drawPixmap()
-    and drawImage() will probably have the best performance compared to
-    other kinds of pens and brushes.
-
-    \section2 Text Drawing
-
-    If OpenVG 1.1 is used, the paint engine will use VG fonts to cache glyphs
-    while drawing.  If the engine does not support VG fonts correctly,
-    QVG_NO_DRAW_GLYPHS can be defined to disable this mode.  Text drawing
-    performance will suffer if VG fonts are not used.
-
-    By default, image-based glyphs are used.  If QVG_NO_IMAGE_GLYPHS is defined,
-    then path-based glyphs will be used instead.  QVG_NO_IMAGE_GLYPHS is ignored
-    if QVG_NO_DRAW_GLYPHS is defined.
-
-    If path-based glyphs are used, then the OpenVG engine will need to
-    support hinting to render text with good results.  Image-based glyphs
-    avoids the need for hinting and will usually give better results than
-    path-based glyphs.
-
-    \section2 Pixmaps
-
-    In single-context mode, pixmaps will be implemented using VGImage
-    unless QVG_NO_PIXMAP_DATA is defined.
-
-    QVGPixmapData will convert QImage's into VGImage's when the application
-    calls drawPixmap(), and the pixmap will be kept in VGImage form for the
-    lifetime of the QVGPixmapData object.  When the application tries to paint
-    into a QPixmap with QPainter, the data will be converted back into a
-    QImage and the raster paint engine will be used to render into the QImage.
-
-    This arrangement optimizes for the case of drawing the same static pixmap
-    over and over (e.g. for icons), but does not optimize the case of drawing
-    into pixmaps.
-
-    Bitmaps must use QRasterPixmapData.  They are not accelerated with
-    VGImage at present.
-
-    \section2 Pixmap filters
-
-    Convolution, colorize, and drop shadow filters are accelerated using
-    OpenVG operations.
-
-    \section1 Known issues
-
-    Performance of copying the contents of an OpenVG-rendered window to the
-    screen needs platform-specific work in the QVGWindowSurface class.
-
-    Clipping with arbitrary non-rectangular paths only works on engines
-    that support vgRenderToMask().  Simple rectangular paths are supported
-    on all engines that correctly implement vgMask().
-
-    The paint engine is not yet thread-safe, so it is not recommended for
-    use in threaded Qt applications that draw from multiple threads.
-    Drawing should be limited to the main GUI thread.
-
-    Performance of projective matrices for non-image drawing is not as good
-    as for affine matrices.
-
-    QPixmap's are implemented as VGImage objects so that they can be quickly
-    rendered with drawPixmap().  Rendering into a QPixmap using QPainter
-    will use the default Qt raster paint engine on a QImage copy of the
-    QPixmap, and will not be accelerated.  This issue may be addressed in
-    a future version of the engine.
-
-    ShivaVG support is highly experimental and limited to Qt/X11.  It is
-    provided as an example of how to integrate a non-EGL engine.
- */
diff --git a/doc/src/qtopiacore-architecture.qdoc b/doc/src/qtopiacore-architecture.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 06ffac6..0000000
--- a/doc/src/qtopiacore-architecture.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,338 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page qt-embedded-architecture.html
-
-    \title Qt for Embedded Linux Architecture
-    \ingroup qt-embedded-linux
-
-    A \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} application requires a server
-    application to be running, or to be the server application itself.
-    Any \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} application can act as the server.
-    When more than one application is running, the subsequent
-    applications connect to the existing server application as clients.
-
-    The server and client processes have different responsibilities:
-    The server process manages pointer handling, character input, and
-    screen output. In addition, the server controls the appearance of
-    the screen cursor and the screen saver. The client process
-    performs all application specific operations.
-
-    The server application is represented by an instance of the
-    QWSServer class, while the client applications are represented by
-    instances of the QWSClient class. On each side, there are several
-    classes performing the various operations.
-
-    \image qt-embedded-architecture2.png
-
-    All system generated events, including keyboard and mouse events,
-    are passed to the server application which then propagates the
-    event to the appropriate client.
-
-    When rendering, the default behavior is for each client to render
-    its widgets into memory while the server is responsible for
-    putting the contents of the memory onto the screen. But when the
-    hardware is known and well defined, as is often the case with
-    software for embedded devices, it may be useful for the clients to
-    manipulate and control the underlying hardware directly.
-    \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} provides two different approaches to
-    achieve this behavior, see the graphics rendering section below for
-    details.
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 Client/Server Communication
-
-    The running applications continuously alter the appearance of the
-    screen by adding and removing widgets. The server maintains
-    information about each top-level window in a corresponding
-    QWSWindow object.
-
-    Whenever the server receives an event, it queries its stack of
-    top-level windows to find the window containing the event's
-    position. Each window can identify the client application that
-    created it, and returns its ID to the server upon
-    request. Finally, the server forwards the event, encapsulated by
-    an instance of the QWSEvent class, to the appropriate client.
-
-    \image qt-embedded-clientservercommunication.png
-
-    If an input method is installed, it is used as a filter between
-    the server and the client application. Derive from the
-    QWSInputMethod class to implement custom input methods, and use
-    the server's \l {QWSServer::}{setCurrentInputMethod()} function to
-    install it. In addition, it is possible to implement global,
-    low-level filters on key events using the
-    QWSServer::KeyboardFilter class; this can be used to implement
-    things like advanced power management suspended from a button
-    without having to filter for it in all applications.
-
-    \table 100%
-    \header \o UNIX Domain Socket
-    \row
-    \o
-
-    \image qt-embedded-client.png
-
-    The server communicates with the client applications over the UNIX
-    domain socket. You can retrieve direct access to all the events a
-    client receives from the server, by reimplementing QApplication's
-    \l {QApplication::}{qwsEventFilter()} function.
-
-    \endtable
-
-    The clients (and the server) communicate with each other using the
-    QCopChannel class. QCOP is a many-to-many communication protocol
-    for transferring messages on various channels. A channel is
-    identified by a name, and anyone who wants to can listen to
-    it. The QCOP protocol allows clients to communicate both within
-    the same address space and between different processes.
-
-    \section1 Pointer Handling Layer
-
-    \list
-        \o QWSMouseHandler
-        \o QMouseDriverPlugin
-        \o QMouseDriverFactory
-    \endlist
-
-    The mouse driver (represented by an instance of the
-    QWSMouseHandler class) is loaded by the server application when it
-    starts running, using Qt's \l {How to Create Qt Plugins}{plugin
-    system}.
-
-    \image qt-embedded-pointerhandlinglayer.png
-
-    A mouse driver receives mouse events from the device and
-    encapsulates each event with an instance of the QWSEvent class
-    which it then passes to the server.
-
-    \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} provides ready-made drivers for several mouse
-    protocols, see the \l{Qt for Embedded Linux Pointer Handling}{pointer
-    handling} documentation for details. Custom mouse drivers can be
-    implemented by subclassing the QWSMouseHandler class and creating
-    a mouse driver plugin. The default implementation of the
-    QMouseDriverFactory class will automatically detect the plugin,
-    loading the driver into the server application at runtime.
-
-    In addition to the generic mouse handler, \l{Qt for Embedded Linux}
-    provides a calibrated mouse handler. Use the
-    QWSCalibratedMouseHandler class as the base class when the system
-    device does not have a fixed mapping between device and screen
-    coordinates and/or produces noisy events, e.g. a touchscreen.
-
-    See also: \l{Qt for Embedded Linux Pointer Handling} and
-    \l{How to Create Qt Plugins}.
-
-    \section1 Character Input Layer
-
-    \list
-        \o QWSKeyboardHandler
-        \o QKbdDriverPlugin
-        \o QKbdDriverFactory
-    \endlist
-
-    The keyboard driver (represented by an instance of the
-    QWSKeyboardHandler class) is loaded by the server application when
-    it starts running, using Qt's \l {How to Create Qt Plugins}{plugin
-    system}.
-
-    \image qt-embedded-characterinputlayer.png
-
-    A keyboard driver receives keyboard events from the device and
-    encapsulates each event with an instance of the QWSEvent class
-    which it then passes to the server.
-
-    \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} provides ready-made drivers for several keyboard
-    protocols, see the \l {Qt for Embedded Linux Character Input}{character
-    input} documentation for details. Custom keyboard drivers can be
-    implemented by subclassing the QWSKeyboardHandler class and
-    creating a keyboard driver plugin. The default implementation of the
-    QKbdDriverFactory class will automatically detect the plugin, loading the
-    driver into the server application at run-time.
-
-    See also: \l{Qt for Embedded Linux Character Input} and \l {How to Create
-    Qt Plugins}.
-
-    \section1  Graphics Rendering
-
-    \list
-        \o QApplication
-        \o QDecoration
-        \o QDecorationPlugin
-        \o QDecorationFactory
-    \endlist
-
-    The default behavior is for each client to render its widgets as well
-    as its decorations into memory, while the server copies the memory content
-    to the device's framebuffer.
-
-    Whenever a client receives an event that alters any of its
-    widgets, the application updates the relevant parts of its memory
-    buffer:
-
-    \image qt-embedded-clientrendering.png
-
-    The decoration is loaded by the client application when it starts
-    running (using Qt's \l {How to Create Qt Plugins}{plugin system}),
-    and can be customized by deriving from the QDecoration class and
-    creating a decoration plugin. The default implementation of
-    the QDecorationFactory class will automatically detect the plugin,
-    loading the decoration into the application at runtime. Call the
-    QApplication::qwsSetDecoration() function to actually apply the
-    given decoration to an application.
-
-    \table 100%
-    \header \o Direct Painting \target Direct Painting
-    \row
-    \o
-
-    It is possible for the clients to manipulate and control the
-    underlying hardware directly. There are two ways of achieving
-    this: The first approach is to set the Qt::WA_PaintOnScreen window
-    attribute for each widget, the other is to use the QDirectPainter
-    class to reserve a region of the framebuffer.
-
-    \image qt-embedded-setwindowattribute.png
-
-    By setting the Qt::WA_PaintOnScreen attribute, the application
-    renders the widget directly onto the screen and the affected
-    region will not be modified by the screen driver \e unless another
-    window with a higher focus requests (parts of) the same
-    region. Note that if you want to render all of an application's
-    widgets directly on screen, it might be easier to set the
-    QT_ONSCREEN_PAINT environment variable.
-
-    \image qt-embedded-reserveregion.png
-
-    Using QDirectPainter, on the other hand, provides a complete
-    control over the reserved region, i.e., the screen driver will
-    never modify the given region.
-
-    To draw on a region reserved by a QDirectPainter instance, the
-    application must get hold of a pointer to the framebuffer. In
-    general, a pointer to the framebuffer can be retrieved using the
-    QDirectPainter::frameBuffer() function. But note that if the
-    current screen has subscreens, you must query the screen driver
-    instead to identify the correct subscreen. A pointer to the
-    current screen driver can always be retrieved using the static
-    QScreen::instance() function. Then use QScreen's \l
-    {QScreen::}{subScreenIndexAt()} and \l {QScreen::}{subScreens()}
-    functions to access the correct subscreen, and the subscreen's \l
-    {QScreen::}{base()} function to retrieve a pointer to the
-    framebuffer.
-
-    Note that \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} also provides the QWSEmbedWidget class,
-    making it possible to embed the reserved region (i.e., the
-    QDirectPainter object) in a regular widget.
-
-    \endtable
-
-    \section1 Drawing on Screen
-
-    \list
-        \o QScreen
-        \o QScreenDriverPlugin
-        \o QScreenDriverFactory
-    \endlist
-
-    When a screen update is required, the server runs through all the
-    top-level windows that intersect with the region that is about to
-    be updated, and ensures that the associated clients have updated
-    their memory buffer. Then the server uses the screen driver
-    (represented by an instance of the QScreen class) to copy the
-    content of the memory to the screen.
-
-    The screen driver is loaded by the server application when it
-    starts running, using Qt's plugin system. \l{Qt for Embedded Linux}
-    provides ready-made drivers for several screen protocols, see the
-    \l{Qt for Embedded Linux Display Management}{display management}
-    documentation for details. Custom screen drivers can be
-    implemented by subclassing the QScreen class and creating a screen
-    driver plugin. The default implementation of the QScreenDriverFactory
-    class will automatically detect the plugin, loading the driver into
-    the server application at run-time.
-
-    \image qt-embedded-drawingonscreen.png
-
-    To locate the relevant parts of memory, the driver is provided
-    with the list of top-level windows that intersect with the given
-    region. Associated with each of the top-level windows there is an
-    instance of the QWSWindowSurface class representing the drawing
-    area of the window. The driver uses these objects to retrieve
-    pointers to the various memory blocks. Finally, the screen driver
-    composes the surface images before copying the updated region to
-    the framebuffer.
-
-    \table 100%
-    \header \o Accelerated Graphics
-    \row
-    \o
-
-    In \l{Qt for Embedded Linux}, painting is a pure software implementation,
-    but (starting with Qt 4.2) it is possible to add an accelerated
-    graphics driver to take advantage of available hardware resources.
-
-    \image qt-embedded-accelerateddriver.png
-
-    The clients render each window onto a corresponding window surface
-    object using Qt's paint system, and then store the surface in
-    memory. The screen driver accesses the memory and composes the
-    surface images before it copies them to the screen as explained
-    above.
-
-    To add an accelerated graphics driver you must create a custom
-    screen and implement a custom raster paint engine
-    (\l{Qt for Embedded Linux} uses a raster-based paint engine to
-    implement the painting operations). Then you must create a custom
-    paint device that is aware of your paint engine, a custom window
-    surface that knows about your paint device, and make your screen
-    able to recognize your window surface.
-
-    See the \l{Adding an Accelerated Graphics Driver to Qt for Embedded Linux}
-    {accelerated graphics driver} documentation for details.
-
-    \endtable
-
-    See also: \l{Qt for Embedded Linux Display Management} and
-    \l{How to Create Qt Plugins}.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/qtopiacore-displaymanagement.qdoc b/doc/src/qtopiacore-displaymanagement.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 8a743b1..0000000
--- a/doc/src/qtopiacore-displaymanagement.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,205 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page qt-embedded-displaymanagement.html
-
-    \title Qt for Embedded Linux Display Management
-    \ingroup qt-embedded-linux
-
-    When rendering, the default behavior for each Qt for Embedded Linux
-    client is to render its widgets into memory, while the server is
-    responsible for putting the contents of the memory onto the
-    screen. The server uses the screen driver to copy the content of
-    the memory to the display.
-
-    The screen driver is loaded by the server application when it
-    starts running, using Qt's \l {How to Create Qt Plugins}{plugin
-    system}.
-
-    Contents:
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 Available Drivers
-
-    \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} provides drivers for the Linux framebuffer, the
-    virtual framebuffer, transformed screens, VNC servers and multi
-    screens. Run the \c configure script to list the available
-    drivers:
-
-    \if defined(QTOPIA_DOCS)
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt-embedded-displaymanagement.qdoc 0
-    \else
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt-embedded-displaymanagement.qdoc 1
-    \endif
-
-    \if defined(QTOPIA_DOCS)
-    In the default Qt Extended configuration, only an unaccelerated Linux
-    framebuffer driver (\c /dev/fb0) is enabled. The various drivers
-    can be enabled and disabled using the \c configure script. For
-    example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt-embedded-displaymanagement.qdoc 2
-    \else
-    In the default Qt configuration, only an unaccelerated Linux
-    framebuffer driver (\c /dev/fb0) is enabled. The various drivers
-    can be enabled and disabled using the \c configure script. For
-    example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt-embedded-displaymanagement.qdoc 3
-    \endif
-
-    Custom screen drivers can be implemented by subclassing the
-    QScreen class and creating a screen driver plugin (derived from
-    the QScreenDriverPlugin class). The default implementation
-    of the QScreenDriverFactory class will automatically detect the
-    plugin, loading the driver into the server application at run-time.
-
-    \section1 Specifying a Driver
-
-    To specify which driver to use, set the QWS_DISPLAY environment
-    variable. For example (if the current shell is bash, ksh, zsh or
-    sh):
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt-embedded-displaymanagement.qdoc 4
-
-    The valid values for the \c <driver> argument are \c LinuxFb, \c
-    QVFb, \c VNC, \c Transformed, \c Multi and \l
-    {QScreenDriverPlugin::keys()}{keys} identifying custom drivers,
-    and the \c {<display num>} argument is used to separate screens
-    that are using the same screen driver and to enable multiple
-    displays (see the \l {Running Qt for Embedded Linux Applications}
-    documentation for more details). The driver specific options are
-    described in the table below.
-
-    \table
-    \header
-        \o Driver Specific Option \o Available For  \o Description
-    \row
-        \o \c tty=<device>
-        \o LinuxFb
-        \o Passes the device file to the console the application is
-        running on.
-    \row
-        \o \c nographicsmodeswitch
-        \o LinuxFb
-        \o Ensures that the application is not in graphics mode.
-    \row
-        \o \c littleendian
-        \o LinuxFb
-        \o Tells the driver it must handle a little-endian frame 
-        buffer in a big-endian system.
-    \row
-        \o \c mmWidth=<value> \target mmWidth
-        \o LinuxFb, QVFb
-        \o The screen's physical width (used to calculate DPI).
-    \row
-        \o \c mmHeight=<value> \target mmHeight
-        \o LinuxFb, QVFb
-        \o The screen's physical height (used to calculate DPI).
-    \row
-        \o \c <device>
-        \o LinuxFb
-        \o
-    \row
-        \o \c <subdriver>
-        \o VNC, Transformed, Multi
-        \o Specifies a subdriver.
-    \row
-        \o \c <RotX>
-        \o Transformed
-        \o Specifies the rotation of the screen. The valid values of
-        \c X are 90, 180 and 270.
-    \row
-        \o \c offset=<x,y>
-        \o Multi
-        \o Specifies the coordinates of a subscreens top-left corner
-        (by default 0,0).
-
-    \endtable
-
-    The QWS_DISPLAY environment variable can also be set using the \c
-    -display option when running an application. For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt-embedded-displaymanagement.qdoc 5
-
-    \section1 Subdrivers and Multiple Drivers
-
-    The VNC, Transformed and Multi screen drivers depend on
-    subdrivers. The general syntax for specifying a driver is as
-    follows:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt-embedded-displaymanagement.qdoc 6
-
-    In the case of subdrivers, it is important to add a space between
-    each subdriver and before the display number to separate the
-    various drivers and displays. Note that \c Multi screen drivers
-    can have several subdrivers. For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt-embedded-displaymanagement.qdoc 7
-
-    Note also that the VNC screen driver defaults to a virtual screen
-    driver if no subdriver is specified. In this case the VNC driver accepts a
-    few additional (optional) arguments specifying the size and depth
-    of the default virtual screen:
-
-    \list
-        \o \c {size=<width x height>}
-        \o \c {depth=<value>}
-        \o \c {mmHeight=<physical height in millimeters>}
-        \o \c {mmWidth=<physical width in millimeters>}
-    \endlist
-
-    Example running the VNC screen driver with a virtual screen of size 
-    720x480 with 32 bits per pixel:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt-embedded-displaymanagement.qdoc 8
-
-    Example running the VNC screen driver on top of the Linux framebuffer
-    driver:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt-embedded-displaymanagement.qdoc 9
-
-    In this last example, Qt is using two screen drivers simultaneously,
-    displaying output on both the device's screen and across a network on
-    VNC client displays.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/qtopiacore-opengl.qdoc b/doc/src/qtopiacore-opengl.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index e61ccde..0000000
--- a/doc/src/qtopiacore-opengl.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,227 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-\page qt-embedded-opengl.html
-
-\title Qt for Embedded Linux and OpenGL
-\ingroup qt-embedded-linux
-
-\section1 Introduction
-
-\l {http://www.opengl.org}{OpenGL} is an industry standard API for
-2D/3D graphics. It provides a powerful, low-level interface between
-software and acceleration hardware, and it is operating system and
-window system independent.
-
-\l {http://www.khronos.org/opengles}{OpenGL ES} is a subset
-of the \l {http://www.opengl.org}{OpenGL} standard.
-Because it is meant for use in embedded systems, it has a smaller,
-more constrained API. 
-
-For reference, Nokia provides a plugin which integrates \l
-{http://www.khronos.org/opengles}{OpenGL ES} with Qt for Embedded Linux,
-but Qt for Embedded Linux can be adapted to a wide range of OpenGL
-versions.
-
-There are three ways to use OpenGL with Qt for Embedded Linux:
-\list
-  \o Perform OpenGL 3D graphics operations in applications;
-  \o Accelerate normal 2D painting operations; 
-  \o Implement window compositing and special effects.
-\endlist
-
-Qt for Embedded Linux is shipped with a reference integration example
-that demonstrates all three uses.
-
-\section2 Using OpenGL 3D Graphics in Applications
-
-The \l {QtOpenGL module} offers classes that make it easy to draw 3D
-graphics in GUI applications. The module API is cross-platform, so it
-is also available on Windows, X11, and Mac OS X.
-
-To use OpenGL-enabled widgets in a Qt for Embedded Linux application,
-all that is required is to subclass the QGLWidget and draw into instances of
-the subclass with standard OpenGL functions. 
-
-\section2 Using OpenGL to Accelerate Normal 2D Painting
-
-Qt provides QOpenGLPaintEngine, a subclass of QPaintEngine that
-translates QPainter operations into OpenGL calls. This specialized
-paint engine can be used to improve 2D rendering performance on
-appropriate hardware. It can also overlay controls and decorations
-onto 3D scenes drawn using OpenGL.
-
-\section2 Using OpenGL to Implement Window Compositing and Effects
-
-Qt for Embedded Linux includes a complete windowing system, which implements
-real transparency. The windowing system can be accelerated using
-OpenGL to implement top level window compositing. This makes it easy
-to add 3D effects to applications, for instance when windows are
-minimized or maximized.
-
-\section1 Acceleration Architecture
-
-The diagram below shows the Qt for Embedded Linux painting architecture.
-
-\image qt-embedded-opengl3.png
-
-A client process widget uses a paint engine to draw into a window
-surface. The server then combines the window surfaces and displays the
-composition on the screen. This architecture lets you
-control the steps of the painting process by subclassing. 
-
-Subclassing QPaintEngine allows you to implement the QPainter API
-using accelerated hardware.  Subclassing QWindowSurface lets you
-decide the properties of the space your widgets will draw themselves
-into, as well as which paint engine they should use to draw themselves
-into that space.  Subclassing QScreen lets you control the creation of
-window surfaces and lets you decide how to implement window
-compositing.  Using subclassing, your implementation work is minimized
-since you can reuse base class functionality you don't need to change.
-
-The elements of an accelerated Qt for Embedded Linux system are shown in the
-diagram below.
-
-\image qt-embedded-opengl1.png
-
-The applications, using the Qt API, do not depend on the presence of
-the acceleration plugin. The plugin uses the graphics hardware to
-accelerate painting primitives. Any operations not accelerated by the
-plugin are done in software by the software paint engine.
-
-To integrate an OpenGL implementation into Qt for Embedded Linux for a
-particular platform, you use the same mechanisms you would use for
-writing any other accelerated driver. Base classes, e.g., QGLScreen
-and QWSGLWindowSurface, are provided to minimize the need for
-reimplementing common functionality.
-
-\section1 The Reference Integration
-
-The \l{OpenGL for Embedded Systems Example} is the reference implementation
-for integrating OpenGL ES and \l{http://www.khronos.org/egl/}{EGL} with
-the graphics acceleration architecture of Qt for Embedded Linux.
-(\l{http://www.khronos.org/egl/}{EGL} is a library that binds OpenGL ES to
-native windowing systems.)
-
-The diagram below shows how OpenGL ES is used within the acceleration architecture:
-
-\image qt-embedded-opengl2.png
-
-The example implements a screen driver plugin that demonstrates all
-three uses of OpenGL in Qt for Embedded Linux: 2D graphics acceleration, 3D
-graphics operations using the \l {QtOpenGL module}, and top-level
-window compositing and special effects. The applications still do
-not talk directly to the accelerated plugin. 
-
-For 2D graphics, applications use the normal Qt painting API. The example accelerates 2D
-painting by using the QOpenGLPaintEngine, which is included in the \l {QtOpenGL module}.
-
-For 3D graphics applications use the OpenGL API directly, together with the functionality
-in the Qt OpenGL support classes. The example supports this by creating a
-QWSGLWindowSurface whenever a QGLWidget is instantiated.
-
-All access to the display is done through OpenGL. The example subclasses
-QWSGLWindowSurface implementation and uses the \l
-{http://oss.sgi.com/projects/ogl-sample/registry/EXT/framebuffer_object.txt} 
-{OpenGL Framebuffer Object extension} to draw windows into an offscreen buffer. This
-lets the example use OpenGL to implement top level window compositing of opaque and
-semi-transparent windows, and to provide a 3D animated transition effect as each new
-window is shown.
-
-The specific OpenGL library being used by the example restricts all
-OpenGL operations to occur in a single process. Hence the example
-creates instances of QWSGLWindowSurface only in the server process.
-Other processes then perform 2D graphics by creating instances
-of the standard QWindowSurface classes for client processes.  The
-standard window surface performs software-based rendering into a
-shared memory segment. The server then transfers the contents of this
-shared memory into an OpenGL texture before they are drawn onto the
-screen during window compositing.
-
-\omit
-
-\section1 Future Directions
-
-\section2 API Improvements
-
-Nokia is now working on enhancing the API for integrating OpenGL
-with Qt for Embedded Linux. The current design plan includes the following
-features:
-
-\list
-
-  \o Provide convenience classes, e.g., QEGLScreen and
-  QWSEGLWindowSurface, which implement common uses of the EGL
-  API. These classes will simplify implementing an OpenGL ES 
-  integration.
-
-  \o Extend the screen driver API to provide more control over window
-  properties and animations, and provide a software-based integration
-  to enable testing on the desktop.
-
-  \o Improve performance as opportunities arise.
-
-\endlist
-
-\section2 OpenVG Support
-
-\l {http://www.khronos.org/openvg} {OpenVG} is a dedicated API for 2D
-graphics on mobile devices. It is therefore more likely to be a better
-alternative for 2D acceleration than OpenGL. Until recently, no
-OpenVG-capable hardware has been available, so Nokia has not yet
-included an OpenVG solution in Qt for Embedded Linux.
-
-However, Nokia has done a feasibility study, implementing an
-OpenVG paint engine on top of a software OpenVG implementation.
-Assuming availability of the appropriate hardware, this OpenVG paint
-engine can easily be completed and integrated using the existing
-acceleration architecture. Since OpenVG shares the same EGL layer as
-OpenGL ES, the work already done on the OpenGL integration can be
-reused.
-
-Related technologies included in the \l
-{http://www.khronos.org/openkode} {OpenKODE} API set will also be
-considered.
-
-\endomit
-
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/qtopiacore.qdoc b/doc/src/qtopiacore.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index c8fccf1..0000000
--- a/doc/src/qtopiacore.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,114 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \group qt-embedded-linux
-    \ingroup topics
-    \ingroup qt-embedded
-    \title Qt for Embedded Linux
-    \brief Documents specifically about Qt for Embedded Linux.
-
-    Qt for Embedded Linux is a C++ framework for GUI and application development
-    for embedded devices. It runs on a variety of processors, usually
-    with Embedded Linux.  Qt for Embedded Linux provides the standard Qt API for
-    embedded devices with a lightweight window system.
-
-    \image qt-embedded-architecture.png
-
-    Qt for Embedded Linux applications write directly to the framebuffer,
-    eliminating the need for the X Window System and saving memory.
-    The Linux framebuffer is enabled by default on all modern Linux
-    distributions. For information on older versions, please refer to
-    the \l{Framebuffer HOWTO} document. For development
-    and debugging purposes, Qt for Embedded Linux provides a \l {The
-    Virtual Framebuffer}{virtual framebuffer}. It is also possible to
-    run an application using the
-    \l{The VNC Protocol and Qt for Embedded Linux}{VNC protocol}.
-
-    \table 100%
-    \header \o Getting Started \o Reference \o Features
-    \row
-    \o
-     \list
-        \o \l {Qt for Embedded Linux Architecture}{Architecture Overview}
-        \o \l {Installing Qt for Embedded Linux}{Installation}
-        \o \l {Running Qt for Embedded Linux Applications}{Running Applications}
-        \o \l {Qt Examples#Qt for Embedded Linux}{Examples}
-    \endlist
-    \o
-    \list
-        \o \l {Qt for Embedded Linux Classes}{Classes}
-        \o \l {Qt for Embedded Linux Environment Variables}{Environment Variables}
-        \o \l {Licenses for Fonts Used in Qt for Embedded Linux}{Font Licenses}
-    \endlist
-    \o
-    \list
-        \o \l {Qt for Embedded Linux Pointer Handling}{Pointer Handling}
-        \o \l {Qt for Embedded Linux Character Input}{Character Input}
-        \o \l {Qt for Embedded Linux Display Management}{Display Management}
-        \o \l {Qt for Embedded Linux and OpenGL}{OpenGL}
-        \o \l {Qt for Embedded Linux Fonts}{Fonts}
-    \endlist
-
-    \header \o Development \o Porting \o Optimization
-    \row
-    \o
-     \list
-        \o \l {The Virtual Framebuffer}{Virtual Framebuffer}
-        \o \l {The VNC Protocol and Qt for Embedded Linux}{VNC Protocol}
-        \o \l {Testing the Linux Framebuffer}
-        \o \l {Cross Compiling Qt for Embedded Linux Applications}{Cross Compiling Applications}
-        \o \l {Deploying Qt for Embedded Linux Applications}{Deploying Applications}
-    \endlist
-    \o
-    \list
-        \o \l {Porting Qt Applications to Qt for Embedded Linux}
-        \o \l {Porting Qt for Embedded Linux to a New Architecture}
-        \o \l {Porting Qt for Embedded Linux to Another Operating System}
-    \endlist
-    \o
-    \list
-        \o \l {Qt Performance Tuning}
-        \o \l {Fine-Tuning Features in Qt}
-        \o \l {Adding an Accelerated Graphics Driver to Qt for Embedded Linux}{Adding an Accelerated Graphics Driver}
-    \endlist
-    \endtable
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/qtscript.qdoc b/doc/src/qtscript.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 33b5691..0000000
--- a/doc/src/qtscript.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1934 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-  \module QtScript
-  \title QtScript Module
-  \since 4.3
-  \contentspage Qt's Modules
-  \previouspage QtOpenVG
-  \nextpage QtScriptTools
-  \ingroup modules
-  \ingroup scripting
-
-  \brief The QtScript module provides classes for making Qt applications scriptable.
-
-  \tableofcontents
-
-  \section1 Configuring the Build Process
-
-  Applications that use Qt's Script classes need to
-  be configured to be built against the QtScript module.
-  To include the definitions of the module's classes, use the
-  following directive:
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 0
-
-  To link against the module, add this line to your \l qmake \c .pro file:
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 1
-
-  The QtScript module is part of the \l{Qt Full Framework Edition} and the
-  \l{Open Source Versions of Qt}.
-
-  The QtScript module only provides core scripting facilities; the
-  QtScriptTools module provides additional Qt Script-related
-  components that application developers may find useful.
-
-  \section1 Language Overview
-
-  Qt Script is based on the ECMAScript scripting language, as defined
-  in standard \l{ECMA-262}. Microsoft's JScript, and Netscape's
-  JavaScript are also based on the ECMAScript standard. For an
-  overview of ECMAScript, see the
-  \l{ECMAScript Reference}{ECMAScript reference}.
-  If you are not familiar with the ECMAScript language, there are
-  several existing tutorials and books that cover this subject, such
-  as \l{JavaScript: The Definitive Guide}.
-
-  Existing users of \l{Qt Script for Applications (QSA)} may find the
-  \l{Moving from QSA to Qt Script} document useful when porting
-  QSA scripts to Qt Script.
-
-  \section1 Basic Usage
-
-  To evaluate script code, you create a QScriptEngine and call its
-  evaluate() function, passing the script code (text) to evaluate
-  as argument.
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/qtscript/evaluation/main.cpp 0
-
-  The return value will be the result of the evaluation (represented
-  as a QScriptValue object); this can be converted to standard C++
-  and Qt types.
-
-  Custom properties can be made available to scripts by registering
-  them with the script engine. This is most easily done by setting
-  properties of the script engine's \e{Global Object}:
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/qtscript/registeringvalues/main.cpp 0
-
-  This places the properties in the script environment, thus making them
-  available to script code.
-
-  \section1 Making a QObject Available to the Script Engine
-
-  Any QObject-based instance can be made available for use with scripts.
-
-  When a QObject is passed to the QScriptEngine::newQObject() function,
-  a Qt Script wrapper object is created that can be used to make the
-  QObject's signals, slots, properties, and child objects available
-  to scripts.
-
-  Here's an example of making an instance of a QObject subclass
-  available to script code under the name \c{"myObject"}:
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/qtscript/registeringobjects/main.cpp 0
-
-  This will create a global variable called \c{myObject} in the
-  script environment. The variable serves as a proxy to the
-  underlying C++ object. Note that the name of the script variable
-  can be anything; i.e., it is not dependent upon QObject::objectName().
-
-  The \l{QScriptEngine::}{newQObject()} function accepts two additional
-  optional arguments: one is the ownership mode, and the other is a
-  collection of options that allow you to control certain aspects of how
-  the QScriptValue that wraps the QObject should behave. We will come
-  back to the usage of these arguments later.
-
-  \section2 Using Signals and Slots
-
-  Qt Script adapts Qt's central \l{Signals and Slots} feature for
-  scripting. There are three principal ways to use signals and slots
-  with Qt Script:
-
-  \list
-  \i \bold{Hybrid C++/script}: C++ application code connects a
-  signal to a script function. The script function can, for example, be
-  a function that the user has typed in, or one that you have read from a
-  file. This approach is useful if you have a QObject but don't want
-  to expose the object itself to the scripting environment; you just
-  want a script to be able to define how a signal should be reacted
-  to, and leave it up to the C++ side of your application to establish
-  the connection.
-
-  \i \bold{Hybrid script/C++}: A script can connect signals and slots
-  to establish connections between pre-defined objects that the
-  application exposes to the scripting environment. In this scenario,
-  the slots themselves are still written in C++, but the definition of
-  the connections is fully dynamic (script-defined).
-
-  \i \bold{Purely script-defined}: A script can both define signal
-  handler functions (effectively "slots written in Qt Script"),
-  \e{and} set up the connections that utilize those handlers. For
-  example, a script can define a function that will handle the
-  QLineEdit::returnPressed() signal, and then connect that signal to the
-  script function.
-  \endlist
-
-  Use the qScriptConnect() function to connect a C++ signal to a
-  script function. In the following example a script signal handler is
-  defined that will handle the QLineEdit::textChanged() signal:
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 47
-
-  The first two arguments to qScriptConnect() are the same
-  as you would pass to QObject::connect() to establish a normal C++
-  connection. The third argument is the script object that will act
-  as the \c this object when the signal handler is invoked; in the above
-  example we pass an invalid script value, so the \c this object will
-  be the Global Object. The fourth argument is the script function
-  ("slot") itself. The following example shows how the \c this argument
-  can be put to use:
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 48
-
-  We create two QLineEdit objects and define a single signal handler
-  function. The connections use the same handler function, but the
-  function will be invoked with a different \c this object depending on
-  which object's signal was triggered, so the output of the print()
-  statement will be different for each.
-
-  In script code, Qt Script uses a different syntax for connecting to
-  and disconnecting from signals than the familiar C++ syntax; i.e.,
-  QObject::connect().
-  To connect to a signal, you reference the relevant signal as a property
-  of the sender object, and invoke its \c{connect()} function. There
-  are three overloads of \c{connect()}, each with a corresponding
-  \c{disconnect()} overload. The following subsections describe these
-  three forms.
-
-  \section3 Signal to Function Connections
-
-  \c{connect(function)}
-
-  In this form of connection, the argument to \c{connect()} is the
-  function to connect to the signal.
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 2
-
-  The argument can be a Qt Script function, as in the above
-  example, or it can be a QObject slot, as in
-  the following example:
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 3
-
-  When the argument is a QObject slot, the argument types of the
-  signal and slot do not necessarily have to be compatible;
-  QtScript will, if necessary, perform conversion of the signal
-  arguments to match the argument types of the slot.
-
-  To disconnect from a signal, you invoke the signal's
-  \c{disconnect()} function, passing the function to disconnect
-  as argument:
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 4
-
-  When a script function is invoked in response to a signal, the
-  \c this object will be the Global Object.
-
-  \section3 Signal to Member Function Connections
-
-  \c{connect(thisObject, function)}
-
-  In this form of the \c{connect()} function, the first argument
-  is the object that will be bound to the variable, \c this, when
-  the function specified using the second argument is invoked.
-
-  If you have a push button in a form, you typically want to do
-  something involving the form in response to the button's
-  \c{clicked} signal; passing the form as the \c this object
-  makes sense in such a case.
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 5
-
-  To disconnect from the signal, pass the same arguments to \c{disconnect()}:
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 6
-
-  \section3 Signal to Named Member Function Connections
-
-  \c{connect(thisObject, functionName)}
-
-  In this form of the \c{connect()} function, the first argument is
-  the object that will be bound to the variable, \c this, when
-  a function is invoked in response to the signal. The second argument
-  specifies the name of a function that is connected to the signal,
-  and this refers to a member function of the object passed as the
-  first argument (\c thisObject in the above scheme).
-
-  Note that the function is resolved when the connection is made, not
-  when the signal is emitted.
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 7
-
-  To disconnect from the signal, pass the same arguments to \c{disconnect()}:
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 8
-
-  \section3 Error Handling
-
-  When \c{connect()} or \c{disconnect()} succeeds, the function will
-  return \c{undefined}; otherwise, it will throw a script exception.
-  You can obtain an error message from the resulting \c{Error} object.
-  Example:
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 9
-
-  \section3 Emitting Signals from Scripts
-
-  To emit a signal from script code, you simply invoke the signal
-  function, passing the relevant arguments:
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 10
-
-  It is currently not possible to define a new signal in a script;
-  i.e., all signals must be defined by C++ classes.
-
-  \section3 Overloaded Signals and Slots
-
-  When a signal or slot is overloaded, QtScript will attempt to
-  pick the right overload based on the actual types of the QScriptValue arguments
-  involved in the function invocation. For example, if your class has slots \c{myOverloadedSlot(int)} and \c{myOverloadedSlot(QString)}, the following script code will behave reasonably:
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 11
-
-  You can specify a particular overload by using array-style property access with the \l{QMetaObject::normalizedSignature()}{normalized signature} of the C++ function as the property name:
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 12
-
-  If the overloads have different number of arguments, QtScript will
-  pick the overload with the argument count that best matches the
-  actual number of arguments passed to the slot.
-
-  For overloaded signals, Qt Script will throw an error if you try to connect
-  to the signal by name; you have to refer to the signal with the full
-  normalized signature of the particular overload you want to connect to.
-
-  \section2 Accessing Properties
-
-  The properties of the QObject are available as properties
-  of the corresponding QtScript object. When you manipulate
-  a property in script code, the C++ get/set method for that
-  property will automatically be invoked. For example, if your
-  C++ class has a property declared as follows:
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 13
-
-  then script code can do things like the following:
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 14
-
-  \section2 Accessing Child QObjects
-
-  Every named child of the QObject (that is, for which
-  QObject::objectName() is not an empty string) is by default available as
-  a property of the QtScript wrapper object. For example,
-  if you have a QDialog with a child widget whose \c{objectName} property is
-  \c{"okButton"}, you can access this object in script code through
-  the expression
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 15
-
-  Since \c{objectName} is itself a Q_PROPERTY, you can manipulate
-  the name in script code to, for example, rename an object:
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 16
-
-  You can also use the functions \c{findChild()} and \c{findChildren()}
-  to find children. These two functions behave identically to
-  QObject::findChild() and QObject::findChildren(), respectively.
-
-  For example, we can use these functions to find objects using strings
-  and regular expressions:
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 17
-
-  You typically want to use \c{findChild()} when manipulating a form
-  that uses nested layouts; that way the script is isolated from the
-  details about which particular layout a widget is located in.
-
-  \section2 Controlling QObject Ownership
-
-  Qt Script uses garbage collection to reclaim memory used by script
-  objects when they are no longer needed; an object's memory can be
-  automatically reclaimed when it is no longer referenced anywhere in
-  the scripting environment. Qt Script lets you control what happens
-  to the underlying C++ QObject when the wrapper object is reclaimed
-  (i.e., whether the QObject is deleted or not); you do this when you
-  create an object by passing an ownership mode as the second argument
-  to QScriptEngine::newQObject().
-
-  Knowing how Qt Script deals with ownership is important, since it can
-  help you avoid situations where a C++ object isn't deleted when it
-  should be (causing memory leaks), or where a C++ object \e{is}
-  deleted when it shouldn't be (typically causing a crash if C++ code
-  later tries to access that object).
-
-  \section3 Qt Ownership
-
-  By default, the script engine does not take ownership of the
-  QObject that is passed to QScriptEngine::newQObject(); the object
-  is managed according to Qt's object ownership (see
-  \l{Object Trees and Object Ownership}). This mode is appropriate
-  when, for example, you are wrapping C++ objects that are part of
-  your application's core; that is, they should persist regardless of
-  what happens in the scripting environment. Another way of stating
-  this is that the C++ objects should outlive the script engine.
-
-  \section3 Script Ownership
-
-  Specifying QScriptEngine::ScriptOwnership as the ownership mode
-  will cause the script engine to take full ownership of the QObject
-  and delete it when it determines that it is safe to do so
-  (i.e., when there are no more references to it in script code).
-  This ownership mode is appropriate if the QObject does not have a
-  parent object, and/or the QObject is created in the context of the
-  script engine and is not intended to outlive the script engine.
-
-  For example, a constructor function that constructs QObjects
-  only to be used in the script environment is a good candidate:
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 18
-
-  \section3 Auto-Ownership
-
-  With QScriptEngine::AutoOwnership the ownership is based on whether
-  the QObject has a parent or not.
-  If the QtScript garbage collector finds that the QObject is no
-  longer referenced within the script environment, the QObject will
-  be deleted \e{only} if it does not have a parent.
-
-  \section3 What Happens When Someone Else Deletes the QObject?
-
-  It is possible that a wrapped QObject is deleted outside of
-  Qt Script's control; i.e., without regard to the ownership mode
-  specified. In this case, the wrapper object will still
-  be an object (unlike the C++ pointer it wraps, the script object
-  won't become null). Any attempt to access properties of the script
-  object will, however, result in a script exception being thrown.
-
-  Note that QScriptValue::isQObject() will still return true for a
-  deleted QObject, since it tests the type of the script object, not
-  whether the internal pointer is non-null. In other words, if
-  QScriptValue::isQObject() returns true but QScriptValue::toQObject()
-  returns a null pointer, this indicates that the QObject has been
-  deleted outside of Qt Script (perhaps accidentally).
-
-  \section2 Customizing Access to the QObject
-
-  QScriptEngine::newQObject() can take a third argument which allows
-  you to control various aspects of the access to the QObject through
-  the QtScript wrapper object it returns.
-
-  QScriptEngine::ExcludeChildObjects specifies that child objects of
-  the QObject should not appear as properties of the wrapper object.
-
-  QScriptEngine::ExcludeSuperClassProperties and
-  QScriptEngine::ExcludeSuperClassMethods can be used to avoid
-  exposing members that are inherited from the QObject's superclass.
-  This is useful for defining a "pure" interface where inherited members
-  don't make sense from a scripting perspective; e.g., you don't want
-  script authors to be able to change the \c{objectName} property of
-  the object or invoke the \c{deleteLater()} slot.
-
-  QScriptEngine::AutoCreateDynamicProperties specifies that properties
-  that don't already exist in the QObject should be created as dynamic
-  properties of the QObject, rather than as properties of the QtScript
-  wrapper object. If you want new properties to truly become persistent
-  properties of the QObject, rather than properties that are destroyed
-  along with the wrapper object (and that aren't shared if the QObject
-  is wrapped multiple times with QScriptEngine::newQObject()), you
-  should use this option.
-
-  QScriptEngine::SkipMethodsInEnumeration specifies that signals and
-  slots should be skipped when enumerating the properties of the QObject
-  wrapper in a for-in script statement. This is useful when defining
-  prototype objects, since by convention function properties of
-  prototypes should not be enumerable.
-
-  \section2 Making a QObject-based Class New-able from a Script
-
-  The QScriptEngine::newQObject() function is used to wrap an
-  existing QObject instance, so that it can be made available to
-  scripts. A different scenario is that you want scripts to be
-  able to construct new objects, not just access existing ones.
-
-  The Qt meta-type system currently does not provide dynamic
-  binding of constructors for QObject-based classes. If you want to
-  make such a class new-able from scripts, Qt Script can generate
-  a reasonable script constructor for you; see
-  QScriptEngine::scriptValueFromQMetaObject().
-
-  You can also use QScriptEngine::newFunction() to wrap your own
-  factory function, and add it to the script environment; see
-  QScriptEngine::newQMetaObject() for an example.
-
-  \section2 Enum Values
-
-  Values for enums declared with Q_ENUMS are not available as
-  properties of individual wrapper objects; rather, they are
-  properties of the QMetaObject wrapper object that can be created
-  with QScriptEngine::newQMetaObject().
-
-  \section1 Conversion Between QtScript and C++ Types
-
-  QtScript will perform type conversion when a value needs to be
-  converted from the script side to the C++ side or vice versa; for
-  instance, when a C++ signal triggers a script function, when
-  you access a QObject property in script code, or when
-  you call QScriptEngine::toScriptValue() or
-  QScriptEngine::fromScriptValue() in C++. QtScript provides default
-  conversion operations for many of the built-in Qt types. You can
-  change the conversion operation for a type (including your custom
-  C++ types) by registering your own conversion functions with
-  qScriptRegisterMetaType().
-
-  \section2 Default Conversion from Qt Script to C++
-
-  The following table describes the default conversion from a
-  QScriptValue to a C++ type.
-
-    \table 80%
-    \header \o C++ Type \o Default Conversion
-    \row    \o bool \o QScriptValue::toBool()
-    \row    \o int \o QScriptValue::toInt32()
-    \row    \o uint \o QScriptValue::toUInt32()
-    \row    \o float \o float(QScriptValue::toNumber())
-    \row    \o double \o QScriptValue::toNumber()
-    \row    \o short \o short(QScriptValue::toInt32())
-    \row    \o ushort \o QScriptValue::toUInt16()
-    \row    \o char \o char(QScriptValue::toInt32())
-    \row    \o uchar \o unsigned char(QScriptValue::toInt32())
-    \row    \o qlonglong \o qlonglong(QScriptValue::toInteger())
-    \row    \o qulonglong \o qulonglong(QScriptValue::toInteger())
-    \row    \o QString \o An empty string if the QScriptValue is null
-               or undefined; QScriptValue::toString() otherwise.
-    \row    \o QDateTime \o QScriptValue::toDateTime()
-    \row    \o QDate \o QScriptValue::toDateTime().date()
-    \row    \o QRegExp \o QScriptValue::toRegExp()
-    \row    \o QObject* \o QScriptValue::toQObject()
-    \row    \o QWidget* \o QScriptValue::toQObject()
-    \row    \o QVariant \o QScriptValue::toVariant()
-    \row    \o QChar \o If the QScriptValue is a string, the result
-               is the first character of the string, or a null QChar
-               if the string is empty; otherwise, the result is a QChar
-               constructed from the unicode obtained by converting the
-               QScriptValue to a \c{ushort}.
-    \row    \o QStringList \o If the QScriptValue is an array, the
-               result is a QStringList constructed from the result of
-               QScriptValue::toString() for each array element; otherwise,
-               the result is an empty QStringList.
-    \row    \o QVariantList \o If the QScriptValue is an array, the result
-               is a QVariantList constructed from the result of
-               QScriptValue::toVariant() for each array element; otherwise,
-               the result is an empty QVariantList.
-    \row    \o QVariantMap \o If the QScriptValue is an object, the result
-               is a QVariantMap with a (key, value) pair of the form
-               (propertyName, propertyValue.toVariant()) for each property,
-               using QScriptValueIterator to iterate over the object's
-               properties.
-    \row    \o QObjectList \o If the QScriptValue is an array, the result
-               is a QObjectList constructed from the result of
-               QScriptValue::toQObject() for each array element; otherwise,
-               the result is an empty QObjectList.
-    \row    \o QList<int> \o If the QScriptValue is an array, the result is
-               a QList<int> constructed from the result of
-               QScriptValue::toInt32() for each array element; otherwise,
-               the result is an empty QList<int>.
-    \endtable
-
-  Additionally, QtScript will handle the following cases:
-
-  \list
-  \i If the QScriptValue is a QObject and the target type name ends with
-     \c * (i.e., it is a pointer), the QObject pointer will be cast to the
-     target type with qobject_cast().
-  \i If the QScriptValue is a QVariant and the target type name ends with
-     \c * (i.e., it is a pointer), and the \l{QVariant::userType()}{userType()}
-     of the QVariant is the type that the target type points to, the result
-     is a pointer to the QVariant's data.
-  \i If the QScriptValue is a QVariant and it can be converted to the
-     target type (according to QVariant::canConvert()), the QVariant will
-     be cast to the target type with qvariant_cast().
-  \endlist
-
-  \section2 Default Conversion from C++ to Qt Script
-
-  The following table describes the default behavior when a QScriptValue is
-  constructed from a C++ type:
-
-    \table 80%
-    \header \o C++ Type \o Default Construction
-    \row    \o void \o QScriptEngine::undefinedValue()
-    \row    \o bool \o QScriptValue(engine, value)
-    \row    \o int \o QScriptValue(engine, value)
-    \row    \o uint \o QScriptValue(engine, value)
-    \row    \o float \o QScriptValue(engine, value)
-    \row    \o double \o QScriptValue(engine, value)
-    \row    \o short \o QScriptValue(engine, value)
-    \row    \o ushort \o QScriptValue(engine, value)
-    \row    \o char \o QScriptValue(engine, value)
-    \row    \o uchar \o QScriptValue(engine, value)
-    \row    \o QString \o QScriptValue(engine, value)
-    \row    \o qlonglong \o QScriptValue(engine, qsreal(value)). Note that
-               the conversion may lead to loss of precision, since not all
-               64-bit integers can be represented using the qsreal type.
-    \row    \o qulonglong \o QScriptValue(engine, qsreal(value)). Note that
-               the conversion may lead to loss of precision, since not all
-               64-bit unsigned integers can be represented using the qsreal
-               type.
-    \row    \o QChar \o QScriptValue(this, value.unicode())
-    \row    \o QDateTime \o \l{QScriptEngine::newDate()}{QScriptEngine::newDate}(value)
-    \row    \o QDate \o \l{QScriptEngine::newDate()}{QScriptEngine::newDate}(value)
-    \row    \o QRegExp \o \l{QScriptEngine::newRegExp()}{QScriptEngine::newRegExp}(value)
-    \row    \o QObject* \o \l{QScriptEngine::newQObject()}{QScriptEngine::newQObject}(value)
-    \row    \o QWidget* \o \l{QScriptEngine::newQObject()}{QScriptEngine::newQObject}(value)
-    \row    \o QVariant \o \l{QScriptEngine::newVariant()}{QScriptEngine::newVariant}(value)
-    \row    \o QStringList \o A new script array (created with
-               QScriptEngine::newArray()), whose elements are created using
-               the QScriptValue(QScriptEngine *, QString) constructor for
-               each element of the list.
-    \row    \o QVariantList \o A new script array (created with
-               QScriptEngine::newArray()), whose elements are created using
-               QScriptEngine::newVariant() for each element of the list.
-    \row    \o QVariantMap \o A new script object (created with
-               QScriptEngine::newObject()), whose properties are initialized
-               according to the (key, value) pairs of the map.
-    \row    \o QObjectList \o A new script array (created with
-               QScriptEngine::newArray()), whose elements are created using
-               QScriptEngine::newQObject() for each element of the list.
-    \row    \o QList<int> \o A new script array (created with
-               QScriptEngine::newArray()), whose elements are created using
-               the QScriptValue(QScriptEngine *, int) constructor for each
-               element of the list.
-    \endtable
-
-  Other types (including custom types) will be wrapped using
-  QScriptEngine::newVariant(). For null pointers of any type, the
-  result is QScriptEngine::nullValue().
-
-  \section1 How to Design and Implement Application Objects
-
-  This section explains how to implement application objects and
-  provides the necessary technical background material.
-
-  \section2 Making a C++ object available to Scripts Written in QtScript
-
-  Making C++ classes and objects available to a scripting language is
-  not trivial because scripting languages tend to be more dynamic than
-  C++, and it must be possible to introspect objects (query information
-  such as function names, function signatures, properties, etc., at
-  run-time). Standard C++ does not provide features for this.
-
-  We can achieve the functionality we want by extending C++, using
-  C++'s own facilities so our code is still standard C++. The Qt
-  meta-object system provides the necessary additional functionality.
-  It allows us to write using an extended C++ syntax, but converts this
-  into standard C++ using a small utility program called \l{moc}
-  (Meta-Object Compiler). Classes that wish to take advantage of the
-  meta-object facilities are either subclasses of QObject, or use the
-  \c{Q_OBJECT} macro. Qt has used this approach for many years and it has
-  proven to be solid and reliable. QtScript uses this meta-object
-  technology to provide scripters with dynamic access to C++ classes
-  and objects.
-
-  To completely understand how to make C++ objects available to Qt
-  Script, some basic knowledge of the Qt meta-object system is very
-  helpful. We recommend that you read the \l{Qt Object Model}. The
-  information in this document and the documents it links to are very
-  useful for understanding how to implement application objects.
-
-  However, this knowledge is not essential in the simplest cases.
-  To make an object available in QtScript, it must derive from
-  QObject. All classes which derive from QObject can be introspected
-  and can provide the information needed by the scripting engine at
-  run-time; e.g., class name, functions, signatures. Because we obtain
-  the information we need about classes dynamically at run-time, there
-  is no need to write wrappers for QObject derived classes.
-
-  \section2 Making C++ Class Member Functions Available in QtScript
-
-  The meta-object system also makes information about signals and slots
-  dynamically available at run-time. By default, for QObject subclasses,
-  only the signals and slots are automatically made available to scripts.
-  This is very convenient because, in practice, we normally only want to
-  make specially chosen functions available to scripters. When you create
-  a QObject subclass, make sure that the functions you want to expose to
-  QtScript are public slots.
-
-  For example, the following class definition enables scripting only for
-  certain functions:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 19
-
-  In the example above, aNonScriptableFunction() is not declared as a
-  slot, so it will not be available in QtScript. The other three
-  functions will automatically be made available in QtScript because
-  they are declared in the \c{public slots} section of the class
-  definition.
-
-  It is possible to make any function script-invokable by specifying
-  the \c{Q_INVOKABLE} modifier when declaring the function:
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 20
-
-  Once declared with \c{Q_INVOKABLE}, the method can be invoked from
-  QtScript code just as if it were a slot. Although such a method is
-  not a slot, you can still specify it as the target function in a
-  call to \c{connect()} in script code; \c{connect()} accepts both
-  native and non-native functions as targets.
-
-  \section2 Making C++ Class Properties Available in QtScript
-
-  In the previous example, if we wanted to get or set a property using
-  QtScript we would have to write code like the following:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 21
-
-  Scripting languages often provide a property syntax to modify and
-  retrieve properties (in our case the enabled state) of an
-  object. Many script programmers would want to write the above code
-  like this:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 22
-
-  To make this possible, you must define properties in the C++ QObject
-  subclass. For example, the following \c MyObject class declaration
-  declares a boolean property called \c enabled, which uses the function
-  \c{setEnabled(bool)} as its setter function and \c{isEnabled()} as its
-  getter function:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 23
-
-  The only difference from the original code is the use of the macro
-  \c{Q_PROPERTY}, which takes the type and name of the property, and
-  the names of the setter and getter functions as arguments.
-
-  If you don't want a property of your class to be accessible in
-  QtScript, you set the \c{SCRIPTABLE} attribute to \c false when
-  declaring the property; by default, the \c{SCRIPTABLE} attribute is
-  \c true. For example:
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 24
-
-  \section2 Reacting to C++ Objects Signals in Scripts
-
-  In the Qt object model, signals are used as a notification mechanism
-  between QObjects. This means one object can connect a signal to
-  another object's slot and, every time the signal is emitted, the slot
-  is called. This connection is established using the QObject::connect()
-  function.
-
-  The signals and slots mechanism is also available to QtScript
-  programmers. The code to declare a signal in C++ is the same,
-  regardless of whether the signal will be connected to a slot in C++
-  or in QtScript.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 25
-
-  The only change we have made to the code in the previous section is
-  to declare a signals section with the relevant signal. Now, the
-  script writer can define a function and connect to the object like
-  this:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 26
-
-  \section2 Design of Application Objects
-
-  The previous section described how to implement C++ objects which
-  can be used in QtScript. Application objects are the same kind of
-  objects, and they make your application's functionality available to
-  QtScript scripters.  Since the C++ application is already written
-  in Qt, many objects are already QObjects. The easiest approach would
-  be to simply add all these QObjects as application objects to the
-  scripting engine. For small applications this might be sufficient,
-  but for larger applications this is probably not the right
-  approach. The problem is that this method reveals too much of the
-  internal API and gives script programmers access to application
-  internals which should not be exposed.
-
-  Generally, the best way of making application functionality available
-  to scripters is to code some QObjects which define the applications
-  public API using signals, slots, and properties. This gives you
-  complete control of the functionality made available by the
-  application. The implementations of these objects simply call the
-  functions in the application which do the real work. So, instead of
-  making all your QObjects available to the scripting engine, just add
-  the wrapper QObjects.
-
-  \section3 Returning QObject Pointers
-
-  If you have a slot that returns a QObject pointer, you should note
-  that, by default, Qt Script only handles conversion of the types
-  QObject* and QWidget*. This means that if your slot is declared
-  with a signature like "MyObject* getMyObject()", QtScript doesn't
-  automatically know that MyObject* should be handled in the same way
-  as QObject* and QWidget*. The simplest way to solve this is to only
-  use QObject* and QWidget* in the method signatures of your scripting
-  interface.
-
-  Alternatively, you can register conversion functions for your custom
-  type with the qScriptRegisterMetaType() function. In this way, you
-  can preserve the precise typing in your C++ declarations, while
-  still allowing pointers to your custom objects to flow seamlessly
-  between C++ and scripts. Example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 43
-
-  \section1 Function Objects and Native Functions
-
-  In Qt Script, functions are first-class values; they are objects that
-  can have properties of their own, just like any other type of
-  object. They can be stored in variables and passed as arguments to
-  other functions. Knowing how function calls in Qt Script behave is
-  useful when you want to define and use your own script functions.
-  This section discusses this matter, and also explains how you can
-  implement native functions; that is, Qt Script functions written in
-  C++, as opposed to functions written in the scripting language
-  itself. Even if you will be relying mostly on the dynamic QObject
-  binding that Qt Script provides, knowing about these powerful
-  concepts and techniques is important to understand what's actually
-  going on when script functions are executed.
-
-  \section2 Calling a Qt Script Function from C++
-
-  Calling a Qt Script function from C++ is achieved with the
-  QScriptValue::call() function. A typical scenario is that you evaluate a
-  script that defines a function, and at some point you want to call that
-  function from C++, perhaps passing it some arguments, and then handle the
-  result. The following script defines a Qt Script object that has a
-  toKelvin() function:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 90
-
-  The toKelvin() function takes a temperature in Kelvin as argument, and
-  returns the temperature converted to Celsius. The following snippet shows
-  how the toKelvin() function might be obtained and called from C++:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 91
-
-  If a script defines a global function, you can access the function as a
-  property of QScriptEngine::globalObject(). For example, the following script
-  defines a global function add():
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 56
-
-  C++ code might call the add() function as follows:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 92
-
-  As already mentioned, functions are just values in Qt Script; a function by
-  itself is not "tied to" a particular object. This is why you have to specify
-  a \c{this} object (the first argument to QScriptValue::call()) that the
-  function should be applied to.
-
- If the function is supposed to act as a method (i.e. it can only be applied
-  to a certain class of objects), it is up to the function itself to check
-  that it is being called with a compatible \c{this} object.
-
- Passing an invalid QScriptValue as the \c{this} argument to
-  QScriptValue::call() indicates that the Global Object should be used as the
-  \c{this} object; in other words, that the function should be invoked as a
-  global function.
-
-  \section2 The \c this Object
-
-  When a Qt Script function is invoked from a script, the \e{way} in which it
-  is invoked determines the \c this object when the function body is executed,
-  as the following script example illustrates:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 49
-
-  An important thing to note is that in Qt Script, unlike C++ and Java, the
-  \c this object is not part of the execution scope. This means that
-  member functions (i.e., functions that operate on \c this) must always
-  use the \c this keyword to access the object's properties. For example,
-  the following script probably doesn't do what you want:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 50
-
-  You will get a reference error saying that 'a is not defined' or, worse,
-  two totally unrelated global variables \c a and \c b will be used to
-  perform the computation, if they exist. Instead, the script should look
-  like this:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 51
-
-  Accidentally omitting the \c this keyword is a typical source of
-  error for programmers who are used to the scoping rules of C++ and Java.
-
-  \section2 Wrapping a Native Function
-
-  Qt Script provides QScriptEngine::newFunction() as a way of wrapping a
-  C++ function pointer; this enables you to implement a function in
-  C++ and add it to the script environment, so that scripts can invoke
-  your function as if it were a "normal" script function. Here is how the
-  previous \c{getProperty()} function can be written in C++:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 52
-
-  Call QScriptEngine::newFunction() to wrap the function. This will
-  produce a special type of function object that carries a pointer to
-  the C++ function internally. Once the resulting wrapper has been
-  added to the scripting environment (e.g., by setting it as a property
-  of the Global Object), scripts can call the function without having
-  to know nor care that it is, in fact, a native function.
-
-  Note that the name of the C++ function doesn't matter in the
-  scripting sense; the name by which the function is invoked by
-  scripts depends only on what you call the script object property
-  in which you store the function wrapper.
-
-  It is currently not possible to wrap member functions; i.e., methods
-  of a C++ class that require a \c this object.
-
-  \section2 The QScriptContext Object
-
-  A QScriptContext holds all the state associated with a particular
-  invocation of your function. Through the QScriptContext, you can:
-  \list
-  \i Get the arguments that were passed to the function.
-  \i Get the \c this object.
-  \i Find out whether the function was called with the \c new operator
-     (the significance of this will be explained later).
-  \i Throw a script error.
-  \i Get the function object that's being invoked.
-  \i Get the activation object (the object used to hold local variables).
-  \endlist
-
-  The following sections explain how to make use of this
-  functionality.
-
-  \section2 Processing Function Arguments
-
-  Two things are worth noting about function arguments:
-
-  \list 1
-  \o Any script function \mdash including native functions \mdash can
-  be invoked with any number of arguments. This means that it is up to
-  the function itself to check the argument count if necessary, and act
-  accordingly (e.g., throw an error if the number of arguments is
-  too large, or prepare a default value if the number is too small).
-  \o A value of any type can be supplied as an argument to any
-  function. This means that it is up to you to check the type of the
-  arguments if necessary, and act accordingly (e.g., throw an error
-  if an argument is not an object of a certain type).
-  \endlist
-
-  In summary: Qt Script does not automatically enforce any constraints on the
-  number or type of arguments involved in a function call.
-
-  \section3 Formal Parameters and the Arguments Object
-
-  A native Qt Script function is analogous to a script function that defines no
-  formal parameters and only uses the built-in \c arguments variable to
-  process its arguments. To see this, let's first consider how a
-  script would normally define an \c{add()} function that takes two
-  arguments, adds them together and returns the result:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 56
-
-  When a script function is defined with formal parameters, their
-  names can be viewed as mere aliases of properties of the \c
-  arguments object; for example, in the \c{add(a, b)} definition's
-  function body, \c a and \c arguments[0] refer to the same
-  variable. This means that the \c{add()} function can equivalently be
-  written like this:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 57
-
-  This latter form closely matches what a native implementation
-  typically looks like:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 58
-
-  \section3 Checking the Number of Arguments
-
-  Again, remember that the presence (or lack) of formal parameter
-  names in a function definition does not affect how the function
-  may be invoked; \c{add(1, 2, 3)} is allowed by the engine, as is
-  \c{add(42)}. In the case of the \c {add()} function, the function
-  really needs two arguments in order to do something useful. This
-  can be expressed by the script definition as follows:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 59
-
-  This would result in an error being thrown if a script invokes
-  \c{add()} with anything other than two arguments. The native
-  function can be modified to perform the same check:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 62
-
-  \section3 Checking the Types of Arguments
-
-  In addition to expecting a certain number of arguments, a function might
-  expect that those arguments are of certain types (e.g., that the first
-  argument is a number and that the second is a string). Such a function
-  should explicitly check the type of arguments and/or perform a conversion,
-  or throw an error if the type of an argument is incompatible.
-
-  As it is, the native implementation of \c{add()} shown above doesn't
-  have the exact same semantics as the script counterpart; this is
-  because the behavior of the Qt Script \c{+} operator depends on the
-  types of its operands (for example, if one of the operands is a string,
-  string concatenation is performed). To give the script function
-  stricter semantics (namely, that it should only add numeric
-  operands), the argument types can be tested:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 60
-
-  Then an invocation like \c{add("foo", new Array())} will
-  cause an error to be thrown.
-
-  The C++ version can call QScriptValue::isNumber() to perform similar
-  tests:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 63
-
-  A less strict script implementation might settle for performing an
-  explicit to-number conversion before applying the \c{+} operator:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 61
-
-  In a native implementation, this is equivalent to calling
-  QScriptValue::toNumber() without performing any type test first,
-  since QScriptValue::toNumber() will automatically perform a type
-  conversion if necessary.
-
-  To check if an argument is of a certain object type (class),
-  scripts can use the \c instanceof operator (e.g., \c{"arguments[0]
-  instanceof Array"} evaluates to true if the first argument is an
-  Array object); native functions can call QScriptValue::instanceOf().
-
-  To check if an argument is of a custom C++ type, you typically use
-  qscriptvalue_cast() and check if the result is valid. For object types,
-  this means casting to a pointer and checking if it is non-zero; for
-  value types, the class should have an \c{isNull()}, \c{isValid()}
-  or similar method. Alternatively, since most custom types are
-  transported in \l{QVariant}s, you can check if the script value is a
-  QVariant using QScriptValue::isVariant(), and then check if the
-  QVariant can be converted to your type using QVariant::canConvert().
-
-  \section3 Functions with Variable Numbers of Arguments
-
-  Because of the presence of the built-in \c arguments object,
-  implementing functions that take a variable number of arguments
-  is simple. In fact, as we have seen, in the technical sense \e{all}
-  Qt Script functions can be seen as variable-argument functions).
-  As an example, consider a concat() function that takes an arbitrary
-  number of arguments, converts the arguments to their string
-  representation and concatenates the results; for example,
-  \c{concat("Qt", " ", "Script ", 101)} would return "Qt Script 101".
-  A script definition of \c{concat()} might look like this:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 64
-
-  Here is an equivalent native implementation:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 65
-
-  A second use case for a variable number of arguments is to implement
-  optional arguments. Here's how a script definition typically does
-  it:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 66
-
-  And here's the native equivalent:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 67
-
-  A third use case for a variable number of arguments is to simulate
-  C++ overloads. This involves checking the number of arguments and/or
-  their type at the beginning of the function body (as already shown),
-  and acting accordingly. It might be worth thinking twice before
-  doing this, and instead favor unique function names; e.g., having
-  separate \c{processNumber(number)} and \c{processString(string)}
-  functions rather than a generic \c{process(anything)} function.
-  On the caller side, this makes it harder for scripts to accidentally
-  call the wrong overload (since they don't know or don't comprehend
-  your custom sophisticated overloading resolution rules), and on the
-  callee side, you avoid the need for potentially complex (read:
-  error-prone) checks to resolve ambiguity.
-
-  \section3 Accessing the Arguments Object
-
-  Most native functions use the QScriptContext::argument() function to
-  access function arguments. However, it is also possible to access
-  the built-in \c arguments object itself (the one referred to by the
-  \c arguments variable in script code), by calling the
-  QScriptContext::argumentsObject() function. This has three principal
-  applications:
-
-  \list
-  \o The \c arguments object can be used to easily forward a function
-     call to another function. In script code, this is what it
-     typically looks like:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 68
-
-     For example, \c{foo(10, 20, 30)} would result in the \c{foo()} function
-     executing the equivalent of \c{bar(10, 20, 30)}. This is useful if
-     you want to perform some special pre- or post-processing when
-     calling a function (e.g., to log the call to \c{bar()} without having
-     to modify the \c{bar()} function itself, like the above example), or if
-     you want to call a "base implementation" from a prototype
-     function that has the exact same "signature". In C++, the forwarding
-     function might look like this:
-
-     \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 69
-
-  \o The arguments object can serve as input to a QScriptValueIterator,
-     providing a generic way to iterate over the arguments. A debugger
-     might use this to display the arguments object in a general purpose
-     "Qt Script Object Explorer", for example.
-
-  \o The arguments object can be serialized (e.g., with JSON) and transferred
-     to another entity (e.g., a script engine running in another thread),
-     where the object can be deserialized and passed as argument to
-     another script function.
-  \endlist
-
-  \section2 Constructor Functions
-
-  Some script functions are constructors; they are expected to initialize
-  new objects. The following snippet is a small example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 75
-
-  There is nothing special about constructor functions. In fact, any
-  script function can act as a constructor function (i.e., any function
-  can serve as the operand to \c{new}). Some functions behave differently
-  depending on whether they are called as part of a \c{new} expression
-  or not; for example, the expression \c{new Number(1)} will create a
-  Number object, whereas \c{Number("123")} will perform a type
-  conversion. Other functions, like \c{Array()}, will always create
-  and initialize a new object (e.g., \c{new Array()} and \c{Array()} have
-  the same effect).
-
-  A native Qt Script function can call the
-  QScriptContext::isCalledAsConstructor() function to determine if it
-  is being called as a constructor or as a regular function. When a
-  function is called as a constructor (i.e., it is the operand in a
-  \c{new} expression), this has two important implications:
-
-  \list
-  \i The \c this object, QScriptContext::thisObject(), contains
-     the new object to be initialized; the engine creates this
-     new object automatically before invoking your function. This means
-     that your native constructor function normally doesn't have to (and
-     shouldn't) create a new object when it is called as a
-     constructor, since the engine has already prepared a new
-     object. Instead your function should operate on the supplied
-     \c this object.
-  \i The constructor function should return an undefined value,
-     QScriptEngine::undefinedValue(), to tell the engine that the
-     \c this object should be the final result of the \c new
-     operator. Alternatively, the function can return the \c this
-     object itself.
-  \endlist
-
-  When QScriptContext::isCalledAsConstructor() returns false, how your
-  constructor handles this case depends on what behavior you desire.
-  If, like the built-in \c{Number()} function, a plain function call should
-  perform a type conversion of its argument, then you perform the conversion
-  and return the result. If, on the other hand, you want your constructor
-  to behave \e{as if it was called as a constructor} (with
-  \c{new}), you have to explicitly create a new object (that is,
-  ignore the \c this object), initialize that object, and return it.
-
-  The following example implements a constructor function that always
-  creates and initializes a new object:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 76
-
-  Given this constructor, scripts would be able to use either the
-  expression \c{new Person("Bob")} or \c{Person("Bob")} to create a
-  new \c{Person} object; both behave in the same way.
-
-  There is no equivalent way for a function defined in script
-  code to determine whether or not it was invoked as a constructor.
-
-  Note that, even though it is not considered good practice, there is
-  nothing that stops you from choosing to ignore the default
-  constructed (\c this) object when your function is called as a
-  constructor and creating your own object anyway; simply have the
-  constructor return that object. The object will "override" the
-  default object that the engine constructed (i.e., the default
-  object will simply be discarded internally).
-
-  \section2 Associating Data with a Function
-
-  Even if a function is global \mdash i.e., not associated with any particular
-  (type of) object \mdash you might still want to associate some data with it,
-  so that it becomes self-contained; for example, the function could have
-  a pointer to some C++ resource that it needs to access. If your application
-  only uses a single script engine, or the same C++ resource can/should be
-  shared among all script engines, you can simply use a static C++ variable
-  and access it from within the native Qt Script function.
-
-  In the case where a static C++ variable or singleton class is
-  not appropriate, you can call QScriptValue::setProperty() on the
-  function object, but be aware that those properties will also be
-  accessible to script code. The alternative is to use QScriptValue::setData();
-  this data is not script-accessible. The implementation can access this
-  internal data through the QScriptContext::callee() function, which
-  returns the function object being invoked. The following example
-  shows how this might be used:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 55
-
-  \section2 Native Functions as Arguments to Functions
-
-  As previously mentioned, a function object can be passed as argument
-  to another function; this is also true for native functions,
-  naturally. As an example, here's a native comparison function
-  that compares its two arguments numerically:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 53
-
-  The above function can be passed as argument to the standard
-  \c{Array.prototype.sort} function to sort an array numerically,
-  as the following C++ code illustrates:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 54
-
-  Note that, in this case, we are truly treating the native function
-  object as a value \mdash i.e., we don't store it as a property of the
-  scripting environment \mdash we simply pass it on as an "anonymous"
-  argument to another script function and then forget about it.
-
-  \section2 The Activation Object
-
-  Every Qt Script function invocation has an \e{activation object}
-  associated with it; this object is accessible through the
-  QScriptContext::activationObject() function. The activation object
-  is a script object whose properties are the local variables
-  associated with the invocation (including the arguments for which
-  the script function has a corresponding formal parameter name).
-  Thus, getting, modifying, creating and deleting local variables
-  from C++ is done using the regular QScriptValue::property() and
-  QScriptValue::setProperty() functions. The activation object itself
-  is not directly accessible from script code (but it is implicitly
-  accessed whenever a local variable is read from or written to).
-
-  For C++ code, there are two principal applications of the
-  activation object:
-
-  \list
-  \i The activation object provides a standard way to traverse the
-  variables associated with a function call, by using it as the input
-  to QScriptValueIterator. This is useful for debugging purposes.
-
-  \i The activation object can be used to prepare local variables
-  that should be available when a script is evaluated inline; this
-  can be viewed as a way of passing arguments to the script
-  itself. This technique is typically used in conjunction with
-  QScriptEngine::pushContext(), as in the following example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 77
-
-  We create a temporary execution context, create a local variable
-  for it, evaluate the script, and finally restore the old context.
-  \endlist
-
-  \section2 Nested Functions and the Scope Chain
-
-  This is an advanced topic; feel free to skip it.
-
-  A nested function can be used to "capture" the execution context in which a
-  nested function object is created; this is typically referred to as creating
-  a \e closure. When, at some later time, the nested function is invoked, it
-  can access the variables that were created when the enclosing function was
-  invoked. This can perhaps best be illustrated through a small example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 70
-
-  The \c{counter()} function initializes a local variable to zero,
-  and returns a nested function. The nested function increments
-  the "outer" variable and returns its new value. The variable
-  persists over function calls, as shown in the following example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 71
-
-  The \c{counter()} function can be implemented as a native function, too
-  \mdash or rather, as a pair of native functions: One for the outer and
-  one for the inner. The definition of the outer function is as follows:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 72
-
-  The function creates a local variable and initializes it to zero.
-  Then it wraps the inner native function, and sets the scope of
-  the resulting function object to be the activation object associated
-  with this (the outer) function call. The inner function accesses
-  the "outer" activation through the scope of the callee:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 73
-
-  It is also possible to have a hybrid approach, where the outer function
-  is a native function and the inner function is defined by a script:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 74
-
-  \section2 Property Getters and Setters
-
-  A script object property can be defined in terms of a getter/setter
-  function, similar to how a Qt C++ property has read and write
-  functions associated with it. This makes it possible for a script to
-  use expressions like \c{object.x} instead of \c{object.getX()}; the
-  getter/setter function for \c{x} will implicitly be invoked
-  whenever the property is accessed. To scripts, the property looks
-  and behaves just like a regular object property.
-
-  A single Qt Script function can act as both getter and setter for
-  a property. When it is called as a getter, the argument count is 0.
-  When it is called as a setter, the argument count is 1; the argument
-  is the new value of the property. In the following example, we
-  define a native combined getter/setter that transforms the value
-  slightly:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 78
-
-  The example uses the internal data of the object to store and
-  retrieve the transformed value. Alternatively, the property
-  could be stored in another, "hidden" property of the object itself
-  (e.g., \c{__x__}). A native function is free to implement whatever
-  storage scheme it wants, as long as the external behavior of the
-  property itself is consistent (e.g., that scripts should not be able
-  to distinguish it from a regular property).
-
-  The following C++ code shows how an object property can be defined
-  in terms of the native getter/setter:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 79
-
-  When the property is accessed, like in the following script, the
-  getter/setter does its job behind the scenes:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 80
-
-  \note It is important that the setter function, not just the getter,
-  returns the value of the property; i.e., the setter should \e{not}
-  return QScriptValue::UndefinedValue. This is because the result of
-  the property assignment is the value returned by the setter, and
-  not the right-hand side expression. Also note that you normally
-  should not attempt to read the same property that the getter modifies
-  within the getter itself, since this will cause the getter to be
-  called recursively.
-
-  You can remove a property getter/setter by calling
-  QScriptValue::setProperty(), passing an invalid QScriptValue
-  as the getter/setter. Remember to specify the
-  QScriptValue::PropertyGetter/QScriptValue::PropertySetter flag(s),
-  otherwise the only thing that will happen is that the setter will be
-  invoked with an invalid QScriptValue as its argument!
-
-  Property getters and setters can be defined and installed by script
-  code as well, as in the following example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 81
-
-  Getters and setters can only be used to implement "a priori
-  properties"; i.e., the technique can't be used to react to an access
-  to a property that the object doesn't already have. To gain total
-  control of property access in this way, you need to subclass
-  QScriptClass.
-
-  \section1 Making Use of Prototype-Based Inheritance
-
-  In ECMAScript, inheritance is based on the concept of \e{shared
-  prototype objects}; this is quite different from the class-based
-  inheritance familiar to C++ programmers. With QtScript, you can
-  associate a custom prototype object with a C++ type using
-  QScriptEngine::setDefaultPrototype(); this is the key to providing
-  a script interface to that type. Since the QtScript module is built
-  on top of Qt's meta-type system, this can be done for any C++ type.
-
-  You might be wondering when exactly you would need to use this
-  functionality in your application; isn't the automatic binding
-  provided by QScriptEngine::newQObject() enough? No, not under all
-  circumstances.
-  Firstly, not every C++ type is derived from QObject; types that
-  are not QObjects cannot be introspected through Qt's meta-object
-  system (they do not have properties, signals and slots). Secondly,
-  even if a type is QObject-derived, the functionality you want to
-  expose to scripts might not all be available, since it is unusual to
-  define every function to be a slot (and it's not always
-  possible/desirable to change the C++ API to make it so).
-
-  It is perfectly possible to solve this problem by using "conventional"
-  C++ techniques. For instance, the QRect class could effectively be
-  made scriptable by creating a QObject-based C++ wrapper class with
-  \c{x}, \c{y}, \c{width} properties and so on, which forwarded property
-  access and function calls to the wrapped value. However, as we shall
-  see, by taking advantage of the ECMAScript object model and combining
-  it with Qt's meta-object system, we can arrive at a solution that is
-  more elegant, consistent and lightweight, supported by a small API.
-
-  This section explains the underlying concepts of prototype-based
-  inheritance. Once these concepts are understood, the associated
-  practices can be applied throughout the QtScript API in order to
-  create well-behaved, consistent bindings to C++ that will fit nicely
-  into the ECMAScript universe.
-
-  When experimenting with QtScript objects and inheritance, it can be
-  helpful to use the interactive interpreter included with the
-  \l{Qt Examples#Qt Script}{Qt Script examples}, located in
-  \c{examples/script/qscript}.
-
-  \section2 Prototype Objects and Shared Properties
-
-  The purpose of a QtScript \e{prototype object} is to define
-  behavior that should be shared by a set of other QtScript
-  objects. We say that objects which share the same prototype object
-  belong to the same \e{class} (again, on the technical side this
-  should not to be confused with the class constructs of languages
-  like C++ and Java; ECMAScript has no such construct).
-
-  The basic prototype-based inheritance mechanism works as follows: Each
-  QtScript object has an internal link to another object, its
-  \e{prototype}. When a property is looked up in an object, and the
-  object itself does not have the property, the property is looked up
-  in the prototype object instead; if the prototype has the property,
-  then that property is returned. Otherwise, the property is looked up
-  in the prototype of the prototype object, and so on; this chain of
-  objects constitutes a \e{prototype chain}. The chain of prototype
-  objects is followed until the property is found or the end of the
-  chain is reached.
-
-  For example, when you create a new object by the expression \c{new
-  Object()}, the resulting object will have as its prototype the
-  standard \c{Object} prototype, \c{Object.prototype}; through this
-  prototype relation, the new object inherits a set of properties,
-  including the \c{hasOwnProperty()} function and \c{toString()}
-  function:
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 27
-
-  The \c{toString()} function itself is not defined in \c{o} (since we
-  did not assign anything to \c{o.toString}), so instead the
-  \c{toString()} function in the standard \c{Object} prototype is
-  called, which returns a highly generic string representation of
-  \c{o} ("[object Object]").
-
-  Note that the properties of the prototype object are not \e{copied} to
-  the new object; only a \e{link} from the new object to the prototype
-  object is maintained. This means that changes done to the prototype
-  object will immediately be reflected in the behavior of all objects
-  that have the modified object as their prototype.
-
-  \section2 Defining Classes in a Prototype-Based Universe
-
-  In QtScript, a class is not defined explicitly; there is no
-  \c{class} keyword. Instead, you define a new class in two steps:
-
-  \list 1
-  \i Define a \e{constructor function} that will initialize new objects.
-  \i Set up a \e{prototype object} that defines the class interface, and
-     assign this object to the public \c{prototype} property of the
-     constructor function.
-  \endlist
-
-  With this arrangement, the constructor's public \c{prototype}
-  property will automatically be set as the prototype of objects created
-  by applying the \c{new} operator to your constructor function;
-  e.g., the prototype of an object created by \c{new Foo()} will be the
-  value of \c{Foo.prototype}.
-
-  Functions that don't operate on the \c this object ("static" methods)
-  are typically stored as properties of the constructor function, not
-  as properties of the prototype object. The same is true for
-  constants, such as enum values.
-
-  The following code defines a simple constructor function for a class
-  called \c{Person}:
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 28
-
-  Next, you want to set up \c{Person.prototype} as your prototype
-  object; i.e., define the interface that should be common to all
-  \c{Person} objects. QtScript automatically creates a default
-  prototype object (by the expression \c{new Object()}) for every
-  script function; you can add properties to this object, or you can
-  assign your own custom object. (Generally speaking, any QtScript
-  object can act as prototype for any other object.)
-
-  Here's an example of how you might want to override the
-  \c{toString()} function that \c{Person.prototype} inherits from
-  \c{Object.prototype}, to give your \c{Person} objects a more
-  appropriate string representation:
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 29
-
-  This resembles the process of reimplementing a virtual function
-  in C++. Henceforth, when the property named \c{toString} is
-  looked up in a \c{Person} object, it will be resolved in
-  \c{Person.prototype}, not in \c{Object.prototype} as before:
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 30
-
-  There are also some other interesting things we can learn about a
-  \c{Person} object:
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 31
-
-  The \c{hasOwnProperty()} function is not inherited from
-  \c{Person.prototype}, but rather from \c{Object.prototype}, which is
-  the prototype of \c{Person.prototype} itself; i.e., the prototype
-  chain of \c{Person} objects is \c{Person.prototype} followed by
-  \c{Object.prototype}. This prototype chain establishes a \e{class
-  hierarchy}, as demonstrated by applying the \c{instanceof} operator;
-  \c{instanceof} checks if the value of the public \c{prototype}
-  property of the constructor function on the right-hand side is
-  reached by following the prototype chain of the object on the
-  left-hand side.
-
-  When defining subclasses, there's a general pattern you can use. The
-  following example shows how one can create a subclass of \c{Person}
-  called \c{Employee}:
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 32
-
-  Again, you can use the \c{instanceof} to verify that the
-  class relationship between \c{Employee} and \c{Person} has been
-  correctly established:
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 33
-
-  This shows that the prototype chain of \c{Employee} objects is the
-  same as that of \c{Person} objects, but with \c{Employee.prototype}
-  added to the front of the chain.
-
-  \section2 Prototype-Based Programming with the QtScript C++ API
-
-  You can use QScriptEngine::newFunction() to wrap
-  native functions. When implementing a constructor function,
-  you also pass the prototype object as an argument to
-  QScriptEngine::newFunction().
-  You can call QScriptValue::construct() to call a constructor
-  function, and you can use QScriptValue::call() from within a
-  native constructor function if you need to call a base class
-  constructor.
-
-  The QScriptable class provides a convenient way to implement a
-  prototype object in terms of C++ slots and properties. Take a look
-  at the \l{Default Prototypes Example} to see how this is done.
-  Alternatively, the prototype functionality can be implemented in
-  terms of standalone native functions that you wrap with
-  QScriptEngine::newFunction() and set as properties of your prototype
-  object by calling QScriptValue::setProperty().
-
-  In the implementation of your prototype functions, you use
-  QScriptable::thisObject() (or QScriptContext::thisObject()) to
-  obtain a reference to the QScriptValue being operated upon; then you
-  call qscriptvalue_cast() to cast it to your C++ type, and perform
-  the relevant operations using the usual C++ API for the type.
-
-  You associate a prototype object with a C++ type by calling
-  QScriptEngine::setDefaultPrototype(). Once this mapping is
-  established, QtScript will automatically assign the correct
-  prototype when a value of such a type is wrapped in a QScriptValue;
-  either when you explicitly call QScriptEngine::toScriptValue(), or
-  when a value of such a type is returned from a C++ slot and
-  internally passed back to script code by the engine. This means you
-  \e{don't} have to implement wrapper classes if you use this
-  approach.
-
-  As an example, let's consider how the \c{Person} class from the
-  preceding section can be implemented in terms of the Qt Script API.
-  We begin with the native constructor function:
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 34
-
-  Here's the native equivalent of the \c{Person.prototype.toString}
-  function we saw before:
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 35
-
-  The \c{Person} class can then be initialized as follows:
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 36
-
-  The implementation of the \c{Employee} subclass is similar. We
-  use QScriptValue::call() to call the super-class (Person) constructor:
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 37
-
-  The \c{Employee} class can then be initialized as follows:
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 38
-
-  When implementing the prototype object of a class, you may want to use
-  the QScriptable class, as it enables you to define the API of your
-  script class in terms of Qt properties, signals and slots, and
-  automatically handles value conversion between the Qt Script and C++
-  side.
-
-  \section2 Implementing Prototype Objects for Value-based Types
-
-  When implementing a prototype object for a value-based type --
-  e.g. QPointF -- the same general technique applies; you populate
-  a prototype object with functionality that should be shared
-  among instances. You then associate the prototype object with
-  the type by calling QScriptEngine::setDefaultPrototype(). This
-  ensures that when e.g. a value of the relevant type is returned
-  from a slot back to the script, the prototype link of the script
-  value will be initialized correctly.
-
-  When values of the custom type are stored in QVariants -- which Qt
-  Script does by default --, qscriptvalue_cast() enables you to safely
-  cast the script value to a pointer to the C++ type. This makes it
-  easy to do type-checking, and, for prototype functions that should
-  modify the underlying C++ value, lets you modify the actual value
-  contained in the script value (and not a copy of it).
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 39
-
-  \section2 Implementing Constructors for Value-based Types
-
-  You can implement a constructor function for a value-based type
-  by wrapping a native factory function. For example, the following
-  function implements a simple constructor for QPoint:
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 44
-
-  In the above code we simplified things a bit, e.g. we didn't check
-  the argument count to decide which QPoint C++ constructor to use.
-  In your own constructors you have to do this type of resolution
-  yourself, i.e. by checking the number of arguments passed to the
-  native function, and/or by checking the type of the arguments and
-  converting the arguments to the desired type. If you detect a problem
-  with the arguments you may want to signal this by throwing a script
-  exception; see QScriptContext::throwError().
-
-  \section2 Managing Non-QObject-based Objects
-
-  For value-based types (e.g. QPoint), the C++ object will be destroyed when
-  the Qt Script object is garbage-collected, so managing the memory of the C++
-  object is not an issue. For QObjects, Qt Script provides several
-  alternatives for managing the underlying C++ object's lifetime; see the
-  \l{Controlling QObject Ownership} section. However, for polymorphic types
-  that don't inherit from QObject, and when you can't (or won't) wrap the type
-  in a QObject, you have to manage the lifetime of the C++ object yourself.
-
-  A behavior that's often reasonable when a Qt Script object wraps a C++
-  object, is that the C++ object is deleted when the Qt Script object is
-  garbage-collected; this is typically the case when the objects can be
-  constructed by scripts, as opposed to the application providing the scripts
-  with pre-made "environment" objects. A way of making the lifetime of the C++
-  object follow the lifetime of the Qt Script object is by using a shared
-  pointer class, such as QSharedPointer, to hold a pointer to your object;
-  when the Qt Script object containing the QSharedPointer is
-  garbage-collected, the underlying C++ object will be deleted if there are no
-  other references to the object.
-
-  The following snippet shows a constructor function that constructs
-  QXmlStreamReader objects that are stored using QSharedPointer:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 93
-
-  Prototype functions can use qscriptvalue_cast() to cast the \c this object
-  to the proper type:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 94
-
-  The prototype and constructor objects are set up in the usual way:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 95
-
-  Scripts can now construct QXmlStreamReader objects by calling the \c
-  XmlStreamReader constructor, and when the Qt Script object is
-  garbage-collected (or the script engine is destroyed), the QXmlStreamReader
-  object is destroyed as well.
-
-  \section1 Defining Custom Script Classes with QScriptClass
-
-  There are cases where neither the dynamic QObject binding provided
-  by QScriptEngine::newQObject() or the manual binding provided by
-  QScriptEngine::newFunction() is sufficient. For example, you might
-  want to implement a dynamic script proxy to an underlying object;
-  or you might want to implement an array-like class (i.e. that gives
-  special treatment to properties that are valid array indexes, and
-  to the property "length"). In such cases, you can subclass
-  QScriptClass to achieve the desired behavior.
-
-  QScriptClass allows you to handle all property access for a
-  (class of) script object through virtual get/set property functions.
-  Iteration of custom properties is also supported through the
-  QScriptClassPropertyIterator class; this means you can advertise
-  properties to be reported by for-in script statements and
-  QScriptValueIterator.
-
-  \section1 Error Handling and Debugging Facilities
-
-  Syntax errors in scripts will be reported as soon as a script is
-  evaluated; QScriptEngine::evaluate() will return a SyntaxError object
-  that you can convert to a string to get a description of the error.
-
-  The QScriptEngine::uncaughtExceptionBacktrace() function gives you
-  a human-readable backtrace of the last uncaught exception. In order
-  to get useful filename information in backtraces, you should pass
-  proper filenames to QScriptEngine::evaluate() when evaluating your
-  scripts.
-
-  Often an exception doesn't happen at the time the script is evaluated,
-  but at a later time when a function defined by the script is actually
-  executed. For C++ signal handlers, this is tricky; consider the case
-  where the clicked() signal of a button is connected to a script function,
-  and that script function causes a script exception when it is handling
-  the signal. Where is that script exception propagated to?
-
-  The solution is to connect to the QScriptEngine::signalHandlerException()
-  signal; this will give you notification when a signal handler causes
-  an exception, so that you can find out what happened and/or recover
-  from it.
-
-  In Qt 4.4 the QScriptEngineAgent class was introduced. QScriptEngineAgent
-  provides an interface for reporting low-level "events" in a script engine,
-  such as when a function is entered or when a new script statement is
-  reached. By subclassing QScriptEngineAgent you can be notified of these
-  events and perform some action, if you want. QScriptEngineAgent itself
-  doesn't provide any debugging-specific functionality (e.g. setting
-  breakpoints), but it is the basis of tools that do.
-
-  The QScriptEngineDebugger class introduced in Qt 4.5 provides a Qt Script
-  debugger that can be embedded into your application.
-
-  \section2 Redefining print()
-
-  Qt Script provides a built-in print() function that can be useful for
-  simple debugging purposes. The built-in print() function writes to
-  standard output. You can redefine the print() function (or add your
-  own function, e.g. debug() or log()) that redirects the text to
-  somewhere else. The following code shows a custom print() that adds
-  text to a QPlainTextEdit.
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 45
-
-  The following code shows how the custom print() function may be
-  initialized and used.
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 46
-
-  A pointer to the QPlainTextEdit is stored as an internal property
-  of the script function itself, so that it can be retrieved when
-  the function is called.
-
-  \section1 Using QtScript Extensions
-
-  The QScriptEngine::importExtension() function can be used to load plugins
-  into a script engine. Plugins typically add some extra functionality to
-  the engine; for example, a plugin might add full bindings for the Qt
-  Arthur painting API, so that those classes may be used from Qt Script
-  scripts. There are currently no script plugins shipped with Qt.
-
-  If you are implementing some Qt Script functionality that you want other
-  Qt application developers to be able to use, developing an extension (e.g.
-  by subclassing QScriptExtensionPlugin) is worth looking into.
-
-  \section1 Internationalization
-
-  Since Qt 4.5, Qt Script supports internationalization of scripts by building
-  on the C++ internationalization functionality (see \l{Internationalization
-  with Qt}).
-
-  \section2 Use qsTr() for All Literal Text
-
-  Wherever your script uses "quoted text" for text that will be presented to
-  the user, ensure that it is processed by the QCoreApplication::translate()
-  function. Essentially all that is necessary to achieve this is to use
-  the qsTr() script function. Example:
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 82
-
-  This accounts for 99% of the user-visible strings you're likely to write.
-
-  The qsTr() function uses the basename of the script's filename (see
-  QFileInfo::baseName()) as the translation context; if the filename is not
-  unique in your project, you should use the qsTranslate() function and pass a
-  suitable context as the first argument. Example:
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 83
-
-  If you need to have translatable text completely outside a function, there
-  are two functions to help: QT_TR_NOOP() and QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP(). They merely
-  mark the text for extraction by the \c lupdate utility described below.  At
-  runtime, these functions simply return the text to translate unmodified.
-
-  Example of QT_TR_NOOP():
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 84
-
-  Example of QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP():
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 85
-
-  \section2 Use String.prototype.arg() for Dynamic Text
-
-  The String.prototype.arg() function (which is modeled after QString::arg())
-  offers a simple means for substituting arguments:
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 86
-
-    \section2 Produce Translations
-
-    Once you are using qsTr() and/or qsTranslate() throughout your scripts, you
-    can start producing translations of the user-visible text in your program.
-
-    The \l{Qt Linguist manual} provides further information about
-    Qt's translation tools, \e{Qt Linguist}, \c lupdate and \c
-    lrelease.
-
-    Translation of Qt Script scripts is a three-step process:
-
-    \list 1
-
-    \o Run \c lupdate to extract translatable text from the script source code
-    of the Qt application, resulting in a message file for translators (a TS
-    file). The utility recognizes qsTr(), qsTranslate() and the
-    \c{QT_TR*_NOOP()} functions described above and produces TS files
-    (usually one per language).
-
-    \o Provide translations for the source texts in the TS file, using
-    \e{Qt Linguist}. Since TS files are in XML format, you can also
-    edit them by hand.
-
-    \o Run \c lrelease to obtain a light-weight message file (a QM
-    file) from the TS file, suitable only for end use. Think of the TS
-     files as "source files", and QM files as "object files". The
-    translator edits the TS files, but the users of your application
-    only need the QM files. Both kinds of files are platform and
-    locale independent.
-
-    \endlist
-
-    Typically, you will repeat these steps for every release of your
-    application. The \c lupdate utility does its best to reuse the
-    translations from previous releases.
-
-    When running \c lupdate, you must specify the location of the script(s),
-    and the name of the TS file to produce. Examples:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 87
-
-    will extract translatable text from \c myscript.qs and create the
-    translation file \c myscript_la.qs.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 88
-
-    will extract translatable text from all files ending with \c{.qs} in the
-    \c scripts folder and create the translation file \c scripts_la.qs.
-
-    Alternatively, you can create a separate qmake project file that sets up
-    the \c SOURCES and \c TRANSLATIONS variables appropriately; then run
-    \c lupdate with the project file as input.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 89
-
-    When running \c lrelease, you must specify the name of the TS input
-    file; or, if you are using a qmake project file to manage script
-    translations, you specify the name of that file. \c lrelease will create
-    \c myscript_la.qm, the binary representation of the translation.
-
-    \section2 Apply Translations
-
-    In your application, you must use QTranslator::load() to load the
-    translation files appropriate for the user's language, and install them
-    using QCoreApplication::installTranslator(). Finally, you must call
-    QScriptEngine::installTranslatorFunctions() to make the script translation
-    functions (qsTr(), qsTranslate() and \c{QT_TR*_NOOP()}) available to scripts
-    that are subsequently evaluated by QScriptEngine::evaluate(). For scripts
-    that are using the qsTr() function, the proper filename must be passed as
-    second argument to QScriptEngine::evaluate().
-
-    \c linguist, \c lupdate and \c lrelease are installed in the \c bin
-    subdirectory of the base directory Qt is installed into. Click Help|Manual
-    in \e{Qt Linguist} to access the user's manual; it contains a tutorial
-    to get you started.
-
-    See also the \l{Hello Script Example}.
-
-  \section1 ECMAScript Compatibility
-
-  QtScript implements all the built-in classes and functions defined
-  in ECMA-262.
-
-  The Date parsing and string conversion functions are implemented using
-  QDateTime::fromString() and QDateTime::toString(), respectively.
-
-  The RegExp class is a wrapper around QRegExp. The QRegExp semantics
-  do not precisely match the semantics for regular expressions defined
-  in ECMA-262.
-
-  \section1 QtScript Extensions to ECMAScript
-
-  \list
-  \i \c{__proto__} \br
-    The prototype of an object (QScriptValue::prototype())
-    can be accessed through its \c{__proto__} property in script code.
-    This property has the QScriptValue::Undeletable flag set.
-    For example:
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 40
-
-  \i \c{Object.prototype.__defineGetter__} \br
-    This function installs a
-    getter function for a property of an object. The first argument is
-    the property name, and the second is the function to call to get
-    the value of that property. When the function is invoked, the
-    \c this object will be the object whose property is accessed.
-    For example:
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 41
-
-  \i \c{Object.prototype.__defineSetter__} \br
-    This function installs a
-    setter function for a property of an object. The first argument is
-    the property name, and the second is the function to call to set
-    the value of that property.  When the function is invoked, the
-    \c this object will be the object whose property is accessed.
-    For example:
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 42
-
-  \i \c{Function.prototype.connect} \br
-    This function connects
-    a signal to a slot. Usage of this function is described in
-    the section \l{Using Signals and Slots}.
-
-  \i \c{Function.prototype.disconnect} \br
-    This function disconnects
-    a signal from a slot. Usage of this function is described in
-    the section \l{Using Signals and Slots}.
-
-  \i \c{QObject.prototype.findChild} \br
-    This function is semantically equivalent to QObject::findChild().
-
-  \i \c{QObject.prototype.findChildren} \br
-    This function is semantically equivalent to QObject::findChildren().
-
-  \i \c{QObject.prototype.toString} \br
-    This function returns a default string representation of a QObject.
-
-  \i \c{gc} \br
-    This function invokes the garbage collector.
-
-  \i \c{Error.prototype.backtrace} \br
-    This function returns a human-readable backtrace, in the form of
-    an array of strings.
-
-  \i Error objects have the following additional properties:
-    \list
-    \i \c{lineNumber}: The line number where the error occurred.
-    \i \c{fileName}: The file name where the error occurred (if a file name
-    was passed to QScriptEngine::evaluate()).
-    \i \c{stack}: An array of objects describing the stack. Each object has
-      the following properties:
-      \list
-      \i \c{functionName}: The function name, if available.
-      \i \c{fileName}: The file name, if available.
-      \i \c{lineNumber}: The line number, if available.
-      \endlist
-    \endlist
-
-  \endlist
-
- */
diff --git a/doc/src/qtscriptdebugger-manual.qdoc b/doc/src/qtscriptdebugger-manual.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 5c80a7e..0000000
--- a/doc/src/qtscriptdebugger-manual.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,437 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page qtscriptdebugger-manual.html
-    \title Qt Script Debugger Manual
-    \ingroup scripting
-    \brief A manual describing how to use the Qt Script debugger.
-
-  The Qt Script debugger is a tool for debugging script execution in
-  Qt applications that use Qt Script. Application developers can embed
-  the debugger into their application through the
-  QScriptEngineDebugger class. This manual describes how to use the
-  debugger. We assume that the reader is somewhat familiar with
-  general debugging concepts and existing debugging tools.
-
-  We assume that the debugger has been integrated into the application
-  through the QScriptEngineDebugger::standardWindow()
-  function, which provides the standard debugger configuration.
-
-  \tableofcontents
-
-  \section1 Getting Started
-
-  The following image shows the debugger as created with
-  \l{QScriptEngineDebugger::}{standardWindow()}:
-
-  \image qtscript-debugger.png Running a script under the Qt Script debugger.
-
-  The debugger will start, i.e., take control over the script's
-  execution when any of these conditions are met:
-
-  \list
-    \o The \c{debugger} statement is encountered in the script.
-    \o Clicking the \gui Interrupt menu item from the \gui Debug
-        menu in the main window.
-    \o A breakpoint is reached.
-    \o An uncaught script exception is thrown.
-  \endlist
-
-  Once the debugger is started, the execution state can be inspected,
-  e.g., the value of variables can be queried and the current program
-  stack shown. New breakpoints can be set.
-
-  The debugger will resume, i.e., give the control back to the script
-  engine, when the user clicks \gui Continue menu item from the \gui
-  Debug menu. It will be invoked again if one of the conditions
-  described in the list above is met.
-
-  \section1 Overview of Debugger Components
-
-  The debugger's functionality is divided into a series of components,
-  each being a widget that can be shown in the main window of the
-  debugger. The following table describes each component and how they
-  relate to each other.
-
-  \table
-    \header
-      \o Component
-      \o Description
-  \row
-  \o Console Widget 
-  \o The console widget provides a command-line interface to the
-  debugger's functionality, and also serves as an interactive script
-  interpreter. The set of commands and their syntax is inspired by
-  GDB, the GNU Debugger. Commands and script variables are
-  auto-completed through the TAB key.
-
-  Any console command that causes a change in the debugger or debugger
-  target's state will immediately be reflected in the other debugger
-  components (e.g. breakpoints or local variables changed).
-
-  The console provides a simple and powerful way of manipulating the
-  script environment. For example, typing "x" and hitting enter will
-  evaluate "x" in the current stack frame and display the result.
-  Typing "x = 123" will assign the value 123 to the variable \c{x} in
-  the current scope (or create a global variable \c{x} if there isn't
-  one -- scripts evaluated through the console can have arbitrary side
-  effects, so be careful).
-
-  \row
-  \o Stack Widget
-  \o The stack widget shows a backtrace of the script execution state.
-  Each row represents one frame in the stack. A row contains the
-  frame index (0 being the inner-most frame), the name of the script function,
-  and the location (file name and line number). To select a particular
-  stack frame to inspect, click on its row.
-
-  \row
-  \o Locals Widget
-  \o The locals widget shows the variables that are local to the
-  currently selected stack frame; that is, the properties of the
-  objects in the scope chain and the \c{this}-object. Objects can be
-  expanded, so that their properties can be examined, recursively.
-  Properties whose value has changed are shown in bold font.
-
-  Properties that are not read-only can be edited. Double-click on the
-  value and type in the new value; the value can be an arbitrary
-  expression. The expression will be evaluated in the associated stack
-  frame. While typing, you can press the TAB key to get possible
-  completions for the expression.
-
-  \row
-  \o Code Widget
-  \o The code widget shows the code of the currently selected script.
-    The widget displays an arrow in the left margin, marking the
-    code line that is being executed.
-    Clicking in the margin of a line will cause a breakpoint to be
-    toggled at that line. A breakpoint has to be set on a line that
-    contains an actual statement in order to be useful.When an uncaught script exception occurs, the
-    offending line will be shown with a red background.
-
-    The code widget is read-only; it cannot currently be used to edit
-    and (re)evaluate scripts. This is however possible from the
-    command-line interface, see \l{Console Command Reference}.
-
-  \row
-  \o Scripts Widget
-
-  \o The scripts widget shows the scripts that are currently loaded in
-  the script engine. Clicking on a script will cause its code to be
-  shown in the code widget. When a script is no longer referenced by
-  the debugger target it is removed from the scripts widget. Code
-  evaluated through QScriptEngine::evaluate() without a name specified, will be
-  displayed in the widget as Anonymous.
-
-  \row
-    \o Breakpoints Widget
-
-  \o The breakpoints widget shows all the breakpoints that are set.  A
-  breakpoint can be disabled or enabled by clicking the checkbox next
-  to the breakpoint's ID (the ID is provided so that the breakpoint
-  can be manipulated through the console widget as well).
-
-  A condition can be associated with the breakpoint; the condition can
-  be an arbitrary expression that should evaluate to true or
-  false. The breakpoint will only be triggered when its location is
-  reached \bold{and} the condition evaluates to true.
-
-  Similarly, if the breakpoint's ignore-count is set to N, the
-  breakpoint will be ignored the next N times it is hit.
-
-  A new breakpoint can be set by clicking the New Breakpoint button
-  and typing in a location of the form <filename>\bold{:}<linenumber>.
-  The breakpoint location can refer to an already loaded script, or
-  one that has not been loaded yet.
-
-  \row
-  \o Debug Output Widget
-  \o The debug output widget shows messages generated by the print()
-  script function. Scripts can use the special variables \c{__FILE__}
-  and \c{__LINE__} to include the current location information in the
-  messages.
-
-  \row
-  \o Error Log Widget
-  \o The error log widget shows error messages that have been generated.
-     All uncaught exceptions that occur in the engine will appear here.
-
-  \endtable
-
-  \section2 Resuming Script Evaluation
-
-  Script evaluation can be resumed in one of the following ways:
-
-  \list
-  \o \bold{Continue}: Evaluation will resume normally.
-  \o \bold{Step Into}: Evaluation will resume until the next statement is reached.
-  \o \bold{Step Over}: Evaluation will resume until the next statement is reached;
-                but if the current statement is a function call, the debugger
-                will treat it as a single statement.
-  \o \bold{Step Out}: Evaluation will resume until the current function exits and
-               the next statement is reached.
-  \o \bold{Run to Cursor}: Run until the statement at the cursor is reached.
-  \o \bold{Run to New Script}: Run until the first statement of a new script is reached.
-  \endlist
-
-  In any case, script evaluation can also be stopped due to either of the
-  following reasons:
-
-  \list
-  \o A \c{debugger} statement is encountered.
-  \o A breakpoint is hit.
-  \o An uncaught script exception occurs.
-  \endlist
-
-  \section2 Resuming After an Uncaught Exception
-
-  When an uncaught script exception occurs, it is not possible to
-  continue evaluating the current function normally. However, you can
-  use the console command \bold{return} to catch the exception and
-  return a value to the calling function.
-
-  \section1 Console Command Reference
-
-  Note that you can also get help on the available commands by typing
-  ".help" in the console.
-
-  \section2 Breakpoint-related Commands
-
-  Break points is set
-
-  \section3 break <location>
-
-  Sets a breakpoint at a given code line.
-
-  \code
-  .break foo.qs:123
-  \endcode
-
-  This command sets a breakpoint at \c{foo.qs}, line 123.
-
-  \code
-  .break 123
-  \endcode
-
-  This command sets a breakpoint at line 123 in the current script; the current script
-  is the script associated with the current stack frame.
-
-  Each breakpoint has a unique identifier (an integer) associated with it.
-  This identifier is needed by other breakpoint-related commands.
-
-  \section3 clear <location>
-
-  \code
-  .clear foo.qs:123
-  \endcode
-
-  clears (deletes) the breakpoint at \c{foo.qs}, line 123.
-
-  \code
-  clear 123
-  \endcode
-
-  clears (deletes) the breakpoint at line 123 in the current script;
-  the current script is the script associated with the current stack
-  frame.
-
-  \section3 condition <breakpoint-id> <expression>
-
-  Sets a condition for a breakpoint.
-
-  \code
-  .condition 1 i > 42
-  \endcode
-
-  specifies that breakpoint 1 should only be triggered if the variable \c{i}
-  is greater than 42.
-
-  The expression can be an arbitrary one, i.e. it can have
-  side-effects. It can be any valid QScript conditional
-  expression.
-
-  \section3 delete <breakpoint-id>
-
-  Deletes a breakpoint, i.e., removes it from the current debugging
-  session.
-
-  \section3 disable <breakpoint-id>
-
-  Disables a breakpoint. The breakpoint will continue to exist, but
-  will not stop program execution.
-
-  \section3 enable <breakpoint-id>
-
-  Enables a breakpoint. Breakpoints are enabled by default, so you
-  only need to use this command if you have disabled to breakpoint
-  previously.
-
-  \section3 ignore <breakpoint-id> <count>
-  
-  Sets the ignore-count of a breakpoint, i.e., the breakpoint will not
-  stop the program execution unless it have been reached \c count
-  times. This can, for instance, be useful in loops to stop at a
-  specific iteration.
-
-  \code
-  .ignore 1 5
-  \endcode
-
-  Specifies that breakpoint 1 should be ignored the next 5 times it is
-  hit.
-
-  \section3 info breakpoints
-
-  Lists the breakpoints that are set.
-
-  \code
-    .info breakpoints
-  \endcode
-
-  \section3 tbreak <location>
-
-  Sets a temporary breakpoint. This command is identical to the
-  \c{break} command, only the breakpoint will be automatically deleted
-  the first time it is hit.
-
-  \section2 File-related Commands
-
-  \section3 list <location>
-
-  Lists the contents of a script around a given location, where the
-  location is given as a line number and, optionally, the name of the
-  file from which you will print. If only a line number is given, \c
-  {.list} will use the file of the current stack frame.
-
-  \code
-    .list foo.qs:125
-  \endcode
-
-  When no arguments are given, \c{list} will incrementally list
-  sections of the current script.
-
-  \section3 info scripts
-
-  Lists the scripts that are currently loaded.
-
-  \section2 Execution-related Commands
-
-  \section3 advance <location>
-
-  Advances execution to a given location. The syntax of the location
-  is the same as for setting breakpoints. For example:
-
-  \code
-    .advance foo.qs:125
-  \endcode
-
-  \section3 continue
-
-  Continues execution normally, i.e, gives the execution control over
-  the script back to the QScriptEngine.
-
-  \section3 eval <program>
-
-  Evaluates a program. 
-
-  \section3 finish
-
-  Continues execution until the current function exits and the next
-  statement is reached (i.e., the statement after the call to the
-  function).
-
-  \section3 interrupt
-
-  Requests that execution should be interrupted. Interruption will
-  occur as soon as a new script statement is reached.
-
-  \section3 next <count = 1>
-
-  Continues execution until a new statement is reached; but if the
-  current statement is a function call, the function call will be
-  treated as a single statement. This will be done \c count times
-  before execution is stopped; the default is one.
-
-  \section3 return <expression>
-
-  Makes the current frame return to its caller. If \c expression is
-  given, it will sent as the result of the function (i.e., replacing
-  the functions return value). \c expression can be any valid QScript
-  expression.
-
-  \section3 step <count = 1>
-
-  Continues execution until a new statement is reached. If the number
-  \c count is given as argument, this will be done \c count times
-  before execution is stopped. As opposed to \l{next <count = 1>},  \c
-  step will enter functions when encountering a function call
-  statement.
-
-  \section2 Stack-related Commands
-
-  \section3 backtrace
-
-  Shows a backtrace of the current execution. The trace will list the
-  function name and its position in the script for each stack frame.
-
-  \section3 down
-
-  Selects the previous (inner) stack frame. The execution will not
-  return to this frame, but you will get access to its local
-  variables. 
-
-  \section3 frame <index>
-
-  This command moves to the stack frame with the given \c index. The
-  index of the frame on the top of the stack is 0. Previous frames are
-  numbered from 1 and upwards (the bottom frame in the stack has the
-  largest index).
-
-  \section3 info locals
-
-  Lists the variables that are in the scope of the current frame.
-
-  \section3 up
-
-  Selects the next (outer) stack frame.
-
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/qtscriptextensions.qdoc b/doc/src/qtscriptextensions.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index ed09862..0000000
--- a/doc/src/qtscriptextensions.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,126 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
-** EDITIONS: FREE, PROFESSIONAL, ENTERPRISE
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page qtscriptextensions.html
-    \title Creating QtScript Extensions
-    \ingroup scripting
-    \brief A guide to creating and using QtScript extensions.
-
-    QtScript extensions can make additional functionality available to scripts
-    evaluated by a QScriptEngine. Extensions are imported by calling
-    the QScriptEngine::importExtension() function.
-
-    There are three ways to create an extension:
-
-    \list
-    \o Subclass QScriptExtensionPlugin and implement the desired functionality.
-    \o Implement the functionality in a script file.
-    \o Use a hybrid approach, where part of the functionality is implemented in a
-       QScriptExtensionPlugin, and part is implemented in a script file.
-    \endlist
-
-    The (dot-qualified) extension name is used to determine the path (relative to
-    the application's plugin path) where QScriptEngine will look for the script
-    file that will initialize the extension; if a file called \c{__init__.js}
-    (usually located in \c{[application plugin path]/script/foo/}) is
-    found in the corresponding folder, its contents will be evaluated by the engine
-    when the extension is imported.
-    As an example, if the extension is called \c{"foo.bar.baz"}, the engine will look
-    for \c{__init__.js} in \c{foo/bar/baz}. Additionally, before importing
-    \c{"foo.bar.baz"}, the engine will ensure that the extensions \c{"foo"} and \c{"foo.bar"}
-    are imported, locating and evaluating the corresponding \c{__init__.js}
-    in the same manner (in folders \c{foo} and \c{foo/bar}, respectively).
-
-    The contents of \c{__init__.js} are evaluated in a new QScriptContext,
-    as if it were the body of a function. The engine's Global Object acts as
-    the \c{this} object. The following local variables are initially available
-    to the script:
-
-    \list
-    \o \bold{__extension__}: The name of the extension (e.g. \c{"foo.bar.baz"}).
-    \o \bold{__setupPackage__}: A convenience function for setting up a "namespace" in the script environment. A typical application is to call \c{__setupPackage__()} with \c{__extension__} as argument; e.g. \c{__setupPackage__("foo.bar.baz")} would ensure that the object chain represented by the expression \c{foo.bar.baz} exists in the script environment. (This function is semantically equivalent to QScriptExtensionPlugin::setupPackage().)
-    \o \bold{__postInit__}: By default, this variable is undefined. If you assign a function to it, that function will be called \bold{after} the C++ plugin's initialize() function has been called. You can use this to perform further initialization that depends on e.g. native functions that the C++ plugin registers.
-    \endlist
-
-    An example of a simple \c{__init__.js}:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscriptextensions.qdoc 0
-
-    QScriptEngine will look for a QScriptExtensionPlugin that provides
-    the relevant extension by querying each plugin for its keys()
-    until a match is found. The plugin's initialize() function will be
-    called \bold{after} the relevant \c{__init__.js} (if any) has been
-    evaluated.
-
-    Continuining with the example of our imaginary extension \c{"foo.bar.baz"},
-    the following steps will be performed by QScriptEngine::importExtension():
-
-    \list
-    \o If it exists, \c{foo/__init__.js} is evaluated.
-    \o If a plugin with \c{"foo"} in its list of keys is found, its initialize() function is called with \c{"foo"} as key.
-    \o If it exists, \c{foo/bar/__init__.js} is evaluated.
-    \o If a plugin with \c{"foo.bar"} in its list of keys is found, its initialize() function is called with \c{"foo.bar"} as key.
-    \o If it exists, \c{foo/bar/baz/__init__.js} is evaluated.
-    \o If a plugin with "foo.bar.baz" in its list of keys is found, its initialize() function is called with \c{"foo.bar.baz"} as key.
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 Static Extensions
-
-    When an extension is compiled and linked into your application as a
-    static plugin, Qt Script will look for the optional \c{__init__.js}
-    script in a resource, prefixed by \c{:/qtscriptextension}. For example,
-    if the extension key is "foo.bar", Qt Script will evaluate the contents
-    of the file \c{:/qtscriptextension/foo/bar/__init__.js}, if it
-    exists. Note that if the resource is built into the plugin, you may
-    need to use the Q_INIT_RESOURCE() macro to initialize the resource
-    before importing the extension.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/qtscripttools.qdoc b/doc/src/qtscripttools.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 7a5ffe6..0000000
--- a/doc/src/qtscripttools.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-  \module QtScriptTools
-  \title QtScriptTools Module
-  \since 4.5
-  \contentspage Qt's Modules
-  \previouspage QtScript
-  \nextpage QtSql
-  \ingroup modules
-  \ingroup scripting
-
-  \brief The QtScriptTools module provides additional components for applications that use Qt Script.
-
-  \tableofcontents
-
-  \section1 Configuring the Build Process
-
-  Applications that use the Qt Script Tools classes need to
-  be configured to be built against the QtScriptTools module.
-  To include the definitions of the module's classes, use the
-  following directive:
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc.src.qtscripttools.qdoc 0
-
-  To link against the module, add this line to your \l qmake \c .pro file:
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc.src.qtscripttools.qdoc 1
-
-  The QtScriptTools module is part of the \l{Qt Full Framework Edition} and
-  the \l{Open Source Versions of Qt}.
-
- */
diff --git a/doc/src/qtsql.qdoc b/doc/src/qtsql.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 0540ff5..0000000
--- a/doc/src/qtsql.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,571 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \module QtSql
-    \title QtSql Module
-    \contentspage Qt's Modules
-    \previouspage QtScript
-    \nextpage QtSvg
-    \ingroup modules
-
-    \brief The QtSql module helps you provide seamless database
-    integration to your Qt applications.
-
-    The SQL classes are divided into three layers:
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Layer     \o Description
-    \row    \o \bold{Driver Layer}
-            \o This comprises the classes QSqlDriver,
-               QSqlDriverCreator<T>, QSqlDriverCreatorBase,
-               QSqlDriverPlugin, and QSqlResult. This layer provides the
-               low-level bridge between the specific databases and the
-               SQL API layer. See \l{SQL Database Drivers} for more
-               information.
-    \row    \o \bold{SQL API Layer}
-            \o These classes provide access to databases. Connections
-               are made using the QSqlDatabase class. Database
-               interaction is achieved by using the QSqlQuery class.
-               In addition to QSqlDatabase and QSqlQuery, the SQL API
-               layer is supported by QSqlError, QSqlField, QSqlIndex,
-               and QSqlRecord.
-
-    \row    \o \bold{User Interface Layer}
-            \o These classes link the data from a database to
-               data-aware widgets. They include QSqlQueryModel,
-               QSqlTableModel, and QSqlRelationalTableModel. These
-               classes are designed to work with Qt's model/view
-               framework.
-    \endtable
-
-    Note that to use any of these classes, a QCoreApplication object
-    must have been instantiated first. To include the definitions of
-    the module's classes, use the following directive:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtsql.qdoc 0
-
-    To link against the module, add this line to your \l qmake \c
-    .pro file:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtsql.qdoc 1
-
-    The QtSql module is part of the \l{Qt Full Framework Edition} and the
-    \l{Open Source Versions of Qt}.
-
-    This overview assumes that you have at least a basic knowledge of
-    SQL. You should be able to understand simple \c SELECT, \c
-    INSERT, \c UPDATE, and \c DELETE statements. Although the \l
-    QSqlTableModel class provides an interface to database browsing
-    and editing that does not require a knowledge of SQL, a basic
-    understanding of SQL is highly recommended. A standard text
-    covering SQL databases is \e {An Introduction to Database Systems}
-    (7th Ed.) by C. J. Date, ISBN 0201385902.
-
-    Topics:
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 Connecting to Databases
-
-    To access a database with QSqlQuery or QSqlQueryModel, create and
-    open one or more database connections. Database connections are
-    normally identified by connection name, \e{not} by database name.
-    You can have multiple connections to the same database.
-    QSqlDatabase also supports the concept of a \e{default}
-    connection, which is an unnamed connection. When calling QSqlQuery
-    or QSqlQueryModel member functions that take a connection name
-    argument, if you don't pass a connection name, the default
-    connection will be used. Creating a default connection is
-    convenient when your application only requires one database
-    connection.
-
-    Note the difference between creating a connection and opening it.
-    Creating a connection involves creating an instance of class
-    QSqlDatabase. The connection is not usable until it is opened. The
-    following snippet shows how to create a \e{default} connection
-    and then open it:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sqldatabase/sqldatabase.cpp 26
-
-    The first line creates the connection object, and the last line
-    opens it for use. In between, we initialize some connection
-    information, including the \l{QSqlDatabase::setDatabaseName()}
-    {database name}, the \l{QSqlDatabase::setHostName()} {host name},
-    the \l{QSqlDatabase::setUserName()} {user name}, and the
-    \l{QSqlDatabase::setPassword()} {password}. In this case, we are
-    connecting to the MySQL database \c{flightdb} on the host
-    \c{bigblue}. The \c{"QMYSQL"} argument to
-    \l{QSqlDatabase::addDatabase()} {addDatabase()} specifies the type
-    of database driver to use for the connection. The set of database
-    drivers included with Qt are shown in the table of \l{SQL Database
-    Drivers#Supported Databases} {supported database drivers}. 
-
-    The connection in the snippet will be the \e{default} connection,
-    because we don't pass the second argument to
-    \l{QSqlDatabase::addDatabase()} {addDatabase()}, which is the
-    connection name. For example, here we establish two MySQL database
-    connections named \c{"first"} and \c{"second"}:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sqldatabase/sqldatabase.cpp 27
-
-    After these connections have been initialized, \l{QSqlDatabase::}
-    {open()} for each one to establish the live connections. If the
-    \l{QSqlDatabase::} {open()} fails, it returns false. In that case,
-    call QSqlDatabase::lastError() to get error information.
-
-    Once a connection is established, we can call the static function
-    QSqlDatabase::database() from anywhere with a connection name to
-    get a pointer to that database connection. If we don't pass a
-    connection name, it will return the default connection. For
-    example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sqldatabase/sqldatabase.cpp 28
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sqldatabase/sqldatabase.cpp 29
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sqldatabase/sqldatabase.cpp 30
-
-    To remove a database connection, first close the database using
-    QSqlDatabase::close(), then remove it using the static method
-    QSqlDatabase::removeDatabase().
-
-    \section1 Executing SQL Statements
-
-    The QSqlQuery class provides an interface for executing SQL
-    statements and navigating through the result set of a query.
-
-    The QSqlQueryModel and QSqlTableModel classes described in the
-    next section provide a higher-level interface for accessing
-    databases. If you are unfamiliar with SQL, you might want to skip
-    directly to the next section (\l{Using the SQL Model Classes}).
-
-    \section2 Executing a Query
-
-    To execute an SQL statement, simply create a QSqlQuery object and
-    call QSqlQuery::exec() like this:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sqldatabase/sqldatabase.cpp 31
-
-    The QSqlQuery constructor accepts an optional QSqlDatabase object
-    that specifies which database connection to use. In the example
-    above, we don't specify any connection, so the default connection
-    is used.
-
-    If an error occurs, \l{QSqlQuery::exec()}{exec()} returns false.
-    The error is then available as QSqlQuery::lastError().
-
-    \section2 Navigating the Result Set
-
-    QSqlQuery provides access to the result set one record at a time.
-    After the call to \l{QSqlQuery::exec()}{exec()}, QSqlQuery's
-    internal pointer is located one position \e{before} the first
-    record. We must call QSqlQuery::next() once to advance to the
-    first record, then \l{QSqlQuery::next()}{next()} again repeatedly
-    to access the other records, until it returns false. Here's a
-    typical loop that iterates over all the records in order:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sqldatabase/sqldatabase.cpp 32
-
-    The QSqlQuery::value() function returns the value of a field in
-    the current record. Fields are specified as zero-based indexes.
-    QSqlQuery::value() returns a QVariant, a type that can hold
-    various C++ and core Qt data types such as \c int, QString, and
-    QByteArray. The different database types are automatically mapped
-    into the closest Qt equivalent. In the code snippet, we call
-    QVariant::toString() and QVariant::toInt() to convert
-    variants to QString and \c int.
-
-    For an overview of the recommended types used with Qt supported
-    Databases, please refer to \l {QtSql Module - Recommended use of data types}{this table}.
-
-    You can iterate back and forth using QSqlQuery::next(),
-    QSqlQuery::previous(), QSqlQuery::first(), QSqlQuery::last(), and
-    QSqlQuery::seek(). The current row index is returned by
-    QSqlQuery::at(), and the total number of rows in the result set
-    is avaliable as QSqlQuery::size() for databases that support it.
-
-    To determine whether a database driver supports a given feature,
-    use QSqlDriver::hasFeature(). In the following example, we call
-    QSqlQuery::size() to determine the size of a result set of
-    the underlying database supports that feature; otherwise, we
-    navigate to the last record and use the query's position to tell
-    us how many records there are.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sqldatabase/sqldatabase.cpp 33
-
-    If you iterate through a result set only using next() and seek()
-    with positive values, you can call
-    QSqlQuery::setForwardOnly(true) before calling exec(). This is an
-    easy optimization that will speed up the query significantly when
-    operating on large result sets.
-
-    \section2 Inserting, Updating, and Deleting Records
-
-    QSqlQuery can execute arbitrary SQL statements, not just
-    \c{SELECT}s. The following example inserts a record into a table
-    using \c{INSERT}:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sqldatabase/sqldatabase.cpp 34
-
-    If you want to insert many records at the same time, it is often
-    more efficient to separate the query from the actual values being
-    inserted. This can be done using placeholders. Qt supports two
-    placeholder syntaxes: named binding and positional binding.
-    Here's an example of named binding:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sqldatabase/sqldatabase.cpp 35
-
-    Here's an example of positional binding:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sqldatabase/sqldatabase.cpp 36
-
-    Both syntaxes work with all database drivers provided by Qt. If
-    the database supports the syntax natively, Qt simply forwards the
-    query to the DBMS; otherwise, Qt simulates the placeholder syntax
-    by preprocessing the query. The actual query that ends up being
-    executed by the DBMS is available as QSqlQuery::executedQuery().
-
-    When inserting multiple records, you only need to call
-    QSqlQuery::prepare() once. Then you call
-    \l{QSqlQuery::bindValue()}{bindValue()} or
-    \l{QSqlQuery::addBindValue()}{addBindValue()} followed by
-    \l{QSqlQuery::exec()}{exec()} as many times as necessary.
-
-    Besides performance, one advantage of placeholders is that you
-    can easily specify arbitrary values without having to worry about
-    escaping special characters.
-
-    Updating a record is similar to inserting it into a table:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sqldatabase/sqldatabase.cpp 37
-
-    You can also use named or positional binding to associate
-    parameters to actual values.
-
-    Finally, here's an example of a \c DELETE statement:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sqldatabase/sqldatabase.cpp 38
-
-    \section2 Transactions
-
-    If the underlying database engine supports transactions,
-    QSqlDriver::hasFeature(QSqlDriver::Transactions) will return
-    true. You can use QSqlDatabase::transaction() to initiate a
-    transaction, followed by the SQL commands you want to execute
-    within the context of the transaction, and then either
-    QSqlDatabase::commit() or QSqlDatabase::rollback(). When
-    using transactions you must start the transaction before you
-    create your query.
-
-    Example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sqldatabase/sqldatabase.cpp 39
-
-    Transactions can be used to ensure that a complex operation is
-    atomic (for example, looking up a foreign key and creating a
-    record), or to provide a means of canceling a complex change in
-    the middle.
-
-    \omit
-    It would be useful to mention transactions, and the fact that
-    some databases don't support them.
-    \endomit
-
-    \section1 Using the SQL Model Classes
-
-    In addition to QSqlQuery, Qt offers three higher-level classes
-    for accessing databases. These classes are QSqlQueryModel,
-    QSqlTableModel, and QSqlRelationalTableModel.
-
-    \table
-    \row \o QSqlQueryModel
-         \o A read-only model based on an arbitrary SQL query.
-    \row \o QSqlTableModel
-         \o A read-write model that works on a single table.
-    \row \o QSqlRelationalTableModel
-         \o A QSqlTableModel subclass with foreign key support.
-    \endtable
-
-    These classes derive from QAbstractTableModel (which in turn
-    inherits from QAbstractItemModel) and make it easy to present
-    data from a database in an item view class such as QListView and
-    QTableView. This is explained in detail in the \l{Presenting Data
-    in a Table View} section.
-
-    Another advantage of using these classes is that it can make your
-    code easier to adapt to other data sources. For example, if you
-    use QSqlTableModel and later decide to use XML files to store
-    data instead of a database, it is essentially just a matter of
-    replacing one data model with another.
-
-    \section2 The SQL Query Model
-
-    QSqlQueryModel offers a read-only model based on an SQL query.
-
-    Example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sqldatabase/sqldatabase.cpp 40
-
-    After setting the query using QSqlQueryModel::setQuery(), you can
-    use QSqlQueryModel::record(int) to access the individual records.
-    You can also use QSqlQueryModel::data() and any of the other
-    functions inherited from QAbstractItemModel.
-
-    There's also a \l{QSqlQueryModel::setQuery()}{setQuery()}
-    overload that takes a QSqlQuery object and operates on its result
-    set. This enables you to use any features of QSqlQuery to set up
-    the query (e.g., prepared queries).
-
-    \section2 The SQL Table Model
-
-    QSqlTableModel offers a read-write model that works on a single
-    SQL table at a time.
-
-    Example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sqldatabase/sqldatabase.cpp 41
-
-    QSqlTableModel is a high-level alternative to QSqlQuery for
-    navigating and modifying individual SQL tables. It typically
-    results in less code and requires no knowledge of SQL syntax.
-
-    Use QSqlTableModel::record() to retrieve a row in the table, and
-    QSqlTableModel::setRecord() to modify the row. For example, the
-    following code will increase every employee's salary by 10 per
-    cent:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sqldatabase/sqldatabase.cpp 42
-
-    You can also use QSqlTableModel::data() and
-    QSqlTableModel::setData(), which are inherited from
-    QAbstractItemModel, to access the data. For example, here's how
-    to update a record using
-    \l{QSqlTableModel::setData()}{setData()}:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sqldatabase/sqldatabase.cpp 43
-
-    Here's how to insert a row and populate it:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sqldatabase/sqldatabase.cpp 44
-
-    Here's how to delete five consecutive rows:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sqldatabase/sqldatabase.cpp 45
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sqldatabase/sqldatabase.cpp 46
-
-    The first argument to QSqlTableModel::removeRows() is the index
-    of the first row to delete.
-
-    When you're finished changing a record, you should always call
-    QSqlTableModel::submitAll() to ensure that the changes are
-    written to the database.
-
-    When and whether you actually \e need to call submitAll() depends
-    on the table's \l{QSqlTableModel::editStrategy()}{edit strategy}.
-    The default strategy is QSqlTableModel::OnRowChange, which
-    specifies that pending changes are applied to the database when
-    the user selects a different row. Other strategies are
-    QSqlTableModel::OnManualSubmit (where all changes are cached in
-    the model until you call submitAll()) and
-    QSqlTableModel::OnFieldChange (where no changes are cached).
-    These are mostly useful when QSqlTableModel is used with a view.
-
-    QSqlTableModel::OnFieldChange seems to deliver the promise that
-    you never need to call submitAll() explicitly. There are two
-    pitfalls, though:
-
-    \list
-    \o Without any caching, performance may drop significantly.
-    \o If you modify a primary key, the record might slip through
-       your fingers while you are trying to populate it.
-    \endlist
-
-    \section2 The SQL Relational Table Model
-
-    QSqlRelationalTableModel extends QSqlTableModel to provide
-    support for foreign keys. A foreign key is a 1-to-1 mapping
-    between a field in one table and the primary key field of another
-    table. For example, if a \c book table has a field called \c
-    authorid that refers to the author table's \c id field, we say
-    that \c authorid is a foreign key.
-
-    \table
-    \row \o \inlineimage noforeignkeys.png
-         \o \inlineimage foreignkeys.png
-    \endtable
-
-    The screenshot on the left shows a plain QSqlTableModel in a
-    QTableView. Foreign keys (\c city and \c country) aren't resolved
-    to human-readable values. The screenshot on the right shows a
-    QSqlRelationalTableModel, with foreign keys resolved into
-    human-readable text strings.
-
-    The following code snippet shows how the QSqlRelationalTableModel
-    was set up:
-
-    \snippet examples/sql/relationaltablemodel/relationaltablemodel.cpp 0
-    \codeline
-    \snippet examples/sql/relationaltablemodel/relationaltablemodel.cpp 1
-    \snippet examples/sql/relationaltablemodel/relationaltablemodel.cpp 2
-
-    See the QSqlRelationalTableModel documentation for details.
-
-    \section1 Presenting Data in a Table View
-
-    The QSqlQueryModel, QSqlTableModel, and QSqlRelationalTableModel
-    classes can be used as a data source for Qt's view classes such
-    as QListView, QTableView, and QTreeView. In practice, QTableView
-    is by far the most common choice, because an SQL result set is
-    essentially a two-dimensional data structure.
-
-    \image relationaltable.png A table view displaying a QSqlTableModel
-
-    The following example creates a view based on an SQL data model:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sqldatabase/sqldatabase.cpp 17
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sqldatabase/sqldatabase.cpp 18
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sqldatabase/sqldatabase.cpp 19
-
-    If the model is a read-write model (e.g., QSqlTableModel), the
-    view lets the user edit the fields. You can disable this by
-    calling
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sqldatabase/sqldatabase.cpp 20
-
-    You can use the same model as a data source for multiple views.
-    If the user edits the model through one of the views, the other
-    views will reflect the changes immediately. The
-    \l{sql/tablemodel}{Table Model} example shows how it works.
-
-    View classes display a header at the top to label the columns. To
-    change the header texts, call
-    \l{QAbstractItemModel::setHeaderData()}{setHeaderData()} on the
-    model. The header's labels default to the table's field names.
-    For example:
-
-    \snippet examples/sql/relationaltablemodel/relationaltablemodel.cpp 3
-
-    QTableView also has a vertical header on the left with numbers
-    identifying the rows. If you insert rows programmatically using
-    QSqlTableModel::insertRows(), the new rows will be marked with an
-    asterisk (*) until they are submitted using
-    \l{QSqlTableModel::submitAll()}{submitAll()} or automatically
-    when the user moves to another record (assuming the
-    \l{QSqlTableModel::EditStrategy}{edit strategy} is
-    QSqlTableModel::OnRowChange).
-
-    \image insertrowinmodelview.png Inserting a row in a model
-
-    Likewise, if you remove rows using
-    \l{QSqlTableModel::removeRows()}{removeRows()}, the rows will be
-    marked with an exclamation mark (!) until the change is
-    submitted.
-
-    The items in the view are rendered using a delegate. The default
-    delegate, QItemDelegate, handles the most common data types (\c
-    int, QString, QImage, etc.). The delegate is also responsible for
-    providing editor widgets (e.g., a combobox) when the user starts
-    editing an item in the view. You can create your own delegates by
-    subclassing QAbstractItemDelegate or QItemDelegate. See
-    \l{Model/View Programming} for more information.
-
-    QSqlTableModel is optimized to operate on a single table at a
-    time. If you need a read-write model that operates on an
-    arbitrary result set, you can subclass QSqlQueryModel and
-    reimplement \l{QAbstractItemModel::flags()}{flags()} and
-    \l{QAbstractItemModel::setData()}{setData()} to make it
-    read-write. The following two functions make fields 1 and 2 of a
-    query model editable:
-
-    \snippet examples/sql/querymodel/editablesqlmodel.cpp 0
-    \codeline
-    \snippet examples/sql/querymodel/editablesqlmodel.cpp 1
-
-    The setFirstName() helper function is defined as follows:
-
-    \snippet examples/sql/querymodel/editablesqlmodel.cpp 2
-
-    The setLastName() function is similar. See the
-    \l{sql/querymodel}{Query Model} example for the complete source code.
-
-    Subclassing a model makes it possible to customize it in many
-    ways: You can provide tooltips for the items, change the
-    background color, provide calculated values, provide different
-    values for viewing and editing, handle null values specially, and
-    more. See \l{Model/View Programming} as well as the \l
-    QAbstractItemView reference documentation for details.
-
-    If all you need is to resolve a foreign key to a more
-    human-friendly string, you can use QSqlRelationalTableModel. For
-    best results, you should also use QSqlRelationalDelegate, a
-    delegate that provides combobox editors for editing foreign keys.
-
-    \image relationaltable.png Editing a foreign key in a relational table
-
-    The \l{sql/relationaltablemodel}{Relational Table Model} example
-    illustrates how to use QSqlRelationalTableModel in conjunction with
-    QSqlRelationalDelegate to provide tables with foreign key
-    support.
-
-    \section1 Creating Data-Aware Forms
-
-    Using the SQL models described above, the contents of a database can
-    be presented to other model/view components. For some applications,
-    it is sufficient to present this data using a standard item view,
-    such as QTableView. However, users of record-based applications often
-    require a form-based user interface in which data from a specific
-    row or column in a database table is used to populate editor widgets
-    on a form.
-
-    Such data-aware forms can be created with the QDataWidgetMapper class,
-    a generic model/view component that is used to map data from a model
-    to specific widgets in a user interface.
-
-    QDataWidgetMapper operates on a specific database table, mapping items
-    in the table on a row-by-row or column-by-column basis. As a result,
-    using QDataWidgetMapper with a SQL model is as simple as using it with
-    any other table model.
-
-    \image qdatawidgetmapper-simple.png
-
-    The \l{demos/books}{Books} demonstration shows how information can
-    be presented for easy access by using QDataWidgetMapper and a set of
-    simple input widgets.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/qtsvg.qdoc b/doc/src/qtsvg.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 18db387..0000000
--- a/doc/src/qtsvg.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,135 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-  \module QtSvg
-  \title QtSvg Module
-  \since 4.1
-  \contentspage Qt's Modules
-  \previouspage QtSql
-  \nextpage QtWebKit
-  \ingroup modules
-
-  \brief The QtSvg module provides classes for displaying the contents of SVG
-  files.
-
-  Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) is a language for describing two-dimensional
-  graphics and graphical applications in XML. SVG 1.1 is a W3C Recommendation
-  and forms the core of the current SVG developments in Qt. SVG 1.2 is the
-  specification currently being developed by the \l{SVG Working Group}, and it
-  is \l{http://www.w3.org/TR/SVG12/}{available in draft form}.
-  The \l{Mobile SVG Profiles} (SVG Basic and SVG Tiny) are aimed at
-  resource-limited devices and are part of the 3GPP platform for third generation
-  mobile phones. You can read more about SVG at \l{About SVG}.
-
-  \tableofcontents
-
-  \section1 SVG Support
-  Qt supports the \l{SVG 1.2 Tiny Static Features}{static features} of
-  \l{SVG 1.2 Tiny}. ECMA scripts and DOM manipulation are currently not
-  supported.
-
-  \section1 Configuring the Build Process
-
-  Applications that use Qt's SVG classes need to
-  be configured to be built against the QtSvg module.
-  To include the definitions of the module's classes, use the
-  following directive:
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtsvg.qdoc 0
-
-  To link against the module, add this line to your \l qmake \c
-  .pro file:
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtsvg.qdoc 1
-
-  The QtSvg module is part of the \l{Qt Full Framework Edition} and the
-  \l{Open Source Versions of Qt}.
-
-  \section1 Rendering SVG files
-
-  The easiest way to render SVG files is to construct a QSvgWidget and
-  load an SVG file using one of the QSvgWidget::load() functions.
-
-  QSvgRenderer is the class responsible for rendering SVG files for
-  QSvgWidget, and it can be used directly to provide SVG support for
-  custom widgets.
-  To load an SVG file, construct a QSvgRenderer with a file name or the
-  contents of a file, or call QSvgRenderer::load() on an existing
-  renderer. If the SVG file has been loaded successfully the
-  QSvgRenderer::isValid() will return true.
-
-  Once you have loaded the SVG file successfully, you can render it
-  with the QSvgRenderer::render() function. Note that this scheme allows
-  you to render SVG files on all paint devices supported by Qt, including
-  QWidget, QGLWidget, and QImage. See the \l{SVG Viewer Example}{SVG Viewer}
-  example for more details.
-
-  \section1 Additional Information
-
-  Some code for arc handling in this module is derived from code with
-  the following license:
-
-  \legalese
-  Copyright  2002 USC/Information Sciences Institute
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software
-  and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without
-  fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies
-  and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice
-  appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of
-  Information Sciences Institute not be used in advertising or
-  publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without
-  specific, written prior permission.  Information Sciences Institute
-  makes no representations about the suitability of this software for
-  any purpose.  It is provided "as is" without express or implied
-  warranty.
-
-  INFORMATION SCIENCES INSTITUTE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD
-  TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
-  MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL INFORMATION SCIENCES
-  INSTITUTE BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-  DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA
-  OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
-  TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
-  PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
-  \endlegalese
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/qttest.qdoc b/doc/src/qttest.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 5bb2626..0000000
--- a/doc/src/qttest.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \module QtTest
-    \title QtTest Module
-    \contentspage Qt's Modules
-    \previouspage QtAssistant
-    \nextpage QAxContainer
-    \ingroup modules
-
-    \keyword QtTest
-
-    \brief The QtTest module provides classes for unit testing Qt applications and libraries.
-
-    Applications that use Qt's unit testing classes need to
-    be configured to be built against the QtTest module.
-    To include the definitions of the module's classes, use the
-    following directive:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qttest.qdoc 0
-
-    To link against the module, add this line to your \l qmake \c
-    .pro file:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qttest.qdoc 1
-
-    See the \l{QTestLib Manual} for a detailed introduction on how to use
-    Qt's unit testing features with your applications.
-
-    The QtTest module is part of all \l{Qt editions}.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/qtuiloader.qdoc b/doc/src/qtuiloader.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index ba621a8..0000000
--- a/doc/src/qtuiloader.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \module QtUiTools
-    \title QtUiTools Module
-    \since 4.1
-    \contentspage Qt's Modules
-    \previouspage QtDesigner
-    \nextpage QtHelp
-    \ingroup modules
-
-    \brief The QtUiTools module provides classes to handle forms created 
-    with Qt Designer.
-
-    These forms are processed at run-time to produce dynamically-generated
-    user interfaces. In order to generate a form at run-time, a resource
-    file containing a UI file is needed. Applications that use the
-    form handling classes need to be configured to be built against the
-    QtUiTools module. This is done by including the following declaration
-    in a \c qmake project file to ensure that the application is compiled
-    and linked appropriately.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtuiloader.qdoc 0
-
-    A form loader object, provided by the QUiLoader class, is used to
-    construct the user interface. This user interface can
-    be retrieved from any QIODevice; for example, a QFile object can be
-    used to obtain a form stored in a project's resources. The
-    QUiLoader::load() function takes the user interface description
-    contained in the file and constructs the form widget.
-
-    To include the definitions of the module's classes, use the following
-    directive:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtuiloader.qdoc 1
-
-    \note These classes are part of the \l{Open Source Versions of Qt} and
-    \l{Qt Commercial Editions}{Qt Full Framework Edition} for commercial
-    users.
-
-    \sa{Calculator Builder Example}, {World Time Clock Builder Example}
-*/
-
diff --git a/doc/src/qtxml.qdoc b/doc/src/qtxml.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 4df2589..0000000
--- a/doc/src/qtxml.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,615 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \module QtXml
-    \title QtXml Module
-    \contentspage Qt's Modules
-    \previouspage QtSvg
-    \nextpage QtXmlPatterns
-    \ingroup modules
-
-    \brief The QtXml module provides a stream reader and writer for
-    XML documents, and C++ implementations of SAX and DOM.
-
-    SAX is an event-based standard interface for XML parsers.
-    The Qt interface follows the design of the SAX2 Java implementation.
-    Its naming scheme was adapted to fit the Qt naming conventions.
-    Details on SAX2 can be found at \l{http://www.saxproject.org}.
-
-    Support for SAX2 filters and the reader factory are under
-    development. The Qt implementation does not include the SAX1
-    compatibility classes present in the Java interface.
-    For an introduction to Qt's SAX2 classes, see \l{The Qt SAX2 Classes}.
-
-    DOM Level 2 is a W3C Recommendation for XML interfaces that maps the
-    constituents of an XML document to a tree structure. The specification
-    of DOM Level 2 can be found at \l{http://www.w3.org/DOM/}.
-    For more information about the DOM classes in Qt is provided, see
-    \l{The Qt DOM Classes}.
-
-    Since version 4.3, Qt provides two new classes for reading and
-    writing XML: QXmlStreamReader and QXmlStreamWriter.
-
-    In addition to core XML support, classes for higher level querying
-    and manipulation of XML data, are provided by the QtXmlPatterns
-    module. In the QtSvg module, the QSvgRenderer and QSvgGenerator
-    classes can read and write a subset of SVG, an XML-based file
-    format. Qt also provides helper functions that may be useful to
-    those working with XML and XHTML: see Qt::escape() and
-    Qt::convertFromPlainText().
-
-    Further XML support is provided by the \l{Qt Solutions} group who
-    provide, for example, classes that support SOAP and MML with the
-    Qt XML classes. 
-
-    This module is part of the \l{Qt Full Framework Edition} and the
-    \l{Open Source Versions of Qt}.
-
-    Topics:
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 Configuring the Build Process
-
-    Applications that use Qt's XML classes need to be configured to
-    be built against the QtXml module. The following declaration in a
-    \c qmake project file ensures that an application is compiled and
-    linked appropriately:
-
-    To include the definitions of the module's classes, use the
-    following directive:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtxml.qdoc 0
-
-    To link against the module, add this line to your \l qmake \c
-    .pro file:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtxml.qdoc 1
-
-    This line is necessary because only the QtCore and QtGui modules
-    are used in the default build process.
-
-    \section1 The QtXml Stream Classes
-
-    The QXmlStreamReader and QXmlStreamWriter are two new classes provided
-    in Qt 4.3 and later. A stream reader reports an XML document as a stream
-    of tokens. This differs from SAX as SAX applications provide handlers to
-    receive XML events from the parser whereas the QXmlStreamReader drives the
-    loop, pulling tokens from the reader when they are needed.
-    This pulling approach makes it possible to build recursive descent parsers,
-    allowing XML parsing code to be split into different methods or classes.
-
-    QXmlStreamReader is a well-formed XML 1.0 parser that excludes external
-    parsed entities. Hence, data provided by the stream reader adheres to the
-    W3C's criteria for well-formed XML, as long as no error occurs. Otherwise,
-    functions such as \l{QXmlStreamReader::atEnd()}{atEnd()},
-    \l{QXmlStreamReader::error()}{error()} and \l{QXmlStreamReader::hasError()}
-    {hasError()} can be used to check and view the errors.
-
-    An example of QXmlStreamReader implementation would be the \c XbelReader in
-    \l{QXmlStream Bookmarks Example}, which is a subclass of QXmlStreamReader.
-    The constructor takes \a treeWidget as a parameter and the class has Xbel
-    specific functions:
-
-    \snippet examples/xml/streambookmarks/xbelreader.h 1
-
-    \dots
-    \snippet examples/xml/streambookmarks/xbelreader.h 2
-    \dots
-
-    The \c read() function accepts a QIODevice and sets it with
-    \l{QXmlStreamReader::setDevice()}{setDevice()}. The
-    \l{QXmlStreamReader::raiseError()}{raiseError()} function is used to
-    display a custom error message, inidicating that the file's version
-    is incorrect.
-
-    \snippet examples/xml/streambookmarks/xbelreader.cpp 1
-
-    The pendent to QXmlStreamReader is QXmlStreamWriter, which provides an XML
-    writer with a simple streaming API. QXmlStreamWriter operates on a
-    QIODevice and has specialised functions for all XML tokens or events you
-    want to write, such as \l{QXmlStreamWriter::writeDTD()}{writeDTD()},
-    \l{QXmlStreamWriter::writeCharacters()}{writeCharacters()},
-    \l{QXmlStreamWriter::writeComment()}{writeComment()} and so on.
-
-    To write XML document with QXmlStreamWriter, you start a document with the
-    \l{QXmlStreamWriter::writeStartDocument()}{writeStartDocument()} function
-    and end it with \l{QXmlStreamWriter::writeEndDocument()}
-    {writeEndDocument()}, which implicitly closes all remaining open tags.
-    Element tags are opened with \l{QXmlStreamWriter::writeStartDocument()}
-    {writeStartDocument()} and followed by 
-    \l{QXmlStreamWriter::writeAttribute()}{writeAttribute()} or
-    \l{QXmlStreamWriter::writeAttributes()}{writeAttributes()},
-    element content, and then \l{QXmlStreamWriter::writeEndDocument()}
-    {writeEndDocument()}. Also, \l{QXmlStreamWriter::writeEmptyElement()}
-    {writeEmptyElement()} can be used to write empty elements.
-
-    Element content comprises characters, entity references or nested elements.
-    Content can be written with \l{QXmlStreamWriter::writeCharacters()}
-    {writeCharacters()}, a function that also takes care of escaping all
-    forbidden characters and character sequences,
-    \l{QXmlStreamWriter::writeEntityReference()}{writeEntityReference()},
-    or subsequent calls to \l{QXmlStreamWriter::writeStartElement()}
-    {writeStartElement()}.
-
-    The \c XbelWriter class from \l{QXmlStream Bookmarks Example} is a subclass
-    of QXmlStreamWriter. Its \c writeFile() function illustrates the core
-    functions of QXmlStreamWriter mentioned above:
-
-    \snippet examples/xml/streambookmarks/xbelwriter.cpp 1
-
-    \section1 The Qt SAX2 Classes
-
-    \section2 Introduction to SAX2
-
-    The SAX2 interface is an event-driven mechanism to provide the user with
-    document information. An "event" in this context means something
-    reported by the parser, for example, it has encountered a start tag,
-    or an end tag, etc.
-
-    To make it less abstract consider the following example:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtxml.qdoc 3
-
-    Whilst reading (a SAX2 parser is usually referred to as "reader") 
-    the above document three events would be triggered:
-    \list 1
-    \o A start tag occurs (\c{<quote>}).
-    \o Character data (i.e. text) is found, "A quotation.".
-    \o An end tag is parsed (\c{</quote>}).
-    \endlist
-
-    Each time such an event occurs the parser reports it; you can set up
-    event handlers to respond to these events.
-
-    Whilst this is a fast and simple approach to read XML documents,
-    manipulation is difficult because data is not stored, simply handled
-    and discarded serially. The \link #dom DOM interface 
-    \endlink reads in and stores the whole document in a tree structure;
-    this takes more memory, but makes it easier to manipulate the
-    document's structure..
-
-    The Qt XML module provides an abstract class, \l QXmlReader, that
-    defines the interface for potential SAX2 readers. Qt includes a reader
-    implementation, \l QXmlSimpleReader, that is easy to adapt through
-    subclassing.
-
-    The reader reports parsing events through special handler classes:
-    \table
-    \header \o Handler class \o Description
-    \row \o \l QXmlContentHandler
-         \o Reports events related to the content of a document (e.g. the start tag
-            or characters).
-    \row \o \l QXmlDTDHandler
-         \o Reports events related to the DTD (e.g. notation declarations).
-    \row \o \l QXmlErrorHandler
-         \o Reports errors or warnings that occurred during parsing.
-    \row \o \l QXmlEntityResolver
-         \o Reports external entities during parsing and allows users to resolve
-            external entities themselves instead of leaving it to the reader.
-    \row \o \l QXmlDeclHandler
-         \o Reports further DTD related events (e.g. attribute declarations).
-    \row \o \l QXmlLexicalHandler
-         \o Reports events related to the lexical structure of the
-            document (the beginning of the DTD, comments etc.).
-    \endtable
-
-    These classes are abstract classes describing the interface. The \l
-    QXmlDefaultHandler class provides a "do nothing" default
-    implementation for all of them. Therefore users only need to overload
-    the QXmlDefaultHandler functions they are interested in. 
-
-    To read input XML data a special class \l QXmlInputSource is used.
-
-    Apart from those already mentioned, the following SAX2 support classes 
-    provide additional useful functionality:
-    \table
-    \header \o Class \o Description
-    \row \o \l QXmlAttributes
-         \o Used to pass attributes in a start element event.
-    \row \o \l QXmlLocator
-         \o Used to obtain the actual parsing position of an event.
-    \row \o \l QXmlNamespaceSupport
-         \o Used to implement namespace support for a reader. Note that
-            namespaces do not change the parsing behavior. They are only
-            reported through the handler.
-    \endtable
-
-    The \l{SAX Bookmarks example} illustrates how to subclass
-    QXmlDefaultHandler to read an XML bookmark file (XBEL) and
-    how to generate XML by hand.
-
-    \section2 SAX2 Features
-
-    The behavior of an XML reader depends on its support for certain
-    optional features. For example, a reader may have the feature "report
-    attributes used for namespace declarations and prefixes along with
-    the local name of a tag". Like every other feature this has a unique
-    name represented by a URI: it is called
-    \e http://xml.org/sax/features/namespace-prefixes.
-
-    The Qt SAX2 implementation can report whether the reader has
-    particular functionality using the QXmlReader::hasFeature()
-    function. Available features can be tested with QXmlReader::feature(),
-    and switched on or off using QXmlReader::setFeature(). 
-
-    Consider the example 
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtxml.qdoc 4
-    A reader that does not support the \e
-    http://xml.org/sax/features/namespace-prefixes feature would report
-    the element name \e document but not its attributes \e xmlns:book and
-    \e xmlns with their values. A reader with the feature \e
-    http://xml.org/sax/features/namespace-prefixes reports the namespace
-    attributes if the \link QXmlReader::feature() feature\endlink is
-    switched on.
-
-    Other features include \e http://xml.org/sax/features/namespace
-    (namespace processing, implies \e
-    http://xml.org/sax/features/namespace-prefixes) and \e
-    http://xml.org/sax/features/validation (the ability to report
-    validation errors). 
-
-    Whilst SAX2 leaves it to the user to define and implement whatever
-    features are required, support for \e
-    http://xml.org/sax/features/namespace (and thus \e
-    http://xml.org/sax/features/namespace-prefixes) is mandantory.
-    The \l QXmlSimpleReader implementation of \l QXmlReader,
-    supports them, and can do namespace processing.
-
-    \l QXmlSimpleReader is not validating, so it
-    does not support \e http://xml.org/sax/features/validation.
-
-    \section2 Namespace Support via Features
-
-    As we have seen in the previous section, we can configure the
-    behavior of the reader when it comes to namespace
-    processing. This is done by setting and unsetting the 
-    \e http://xml.org/sax/features/namespaces and
-    \e http://xml.org/sax/features/namespace-prefixes features.
-
-    They influence the reporting behavior in the following way:
-    \list 1
-    \o Namespace prefixes and local parts of elements and attributes can
-    be reported.
-    \o The qualified names of elements and attributes are reported.
-    \o \l QXmlContentHandler::startPrefixMapping() and \l
-    QXmlContentHandler::endPrefixMapping() are called by the reader.
-    \o Attributes that declare namespaces (i.e. the attribute \e xmlns and
-    attributes starting with \e{xmlns:}) are reported.
-    \endlist
-
-    Consider the following element:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtxml.qdoc 5
-    With \e http://xml.org/sax/features/namespace-prefixes set to true 
-    the reader will report four attributes; but with the \e
-    namespace-prefixes feature set to false only three, with the \e
-    xmlns:fnord attribute defining a namespace being "invisible" to the
-    reader.
-
-    The \e http://xml.org/sax/features/namespaces feature is responsible
-    for reporting local names, namespace prefixes and URIs. With \e
-    http://xml.org/sax/features/namespaces set to true the parser will
-    report \e title as the local name of the \e fnord:title attribute, \e
-    fnord being the namespace prefix and \e http://example.com/fnord/ as
-    the namespace URI. When \e http://xml.org/sax/features/namespaces is
-    false none of them are reported.
-
-    In the current implementation the Qt XML classes follow the definition
-    that the prefix \e xmlns itself isn't associated with any namespace at all
-    (see \link http://www.w3.org/TR/1999/REC-xml-names-19990114/#ns-using 
-    http://www.w3.org/TR/1999/REC-xml-names-19990114/#ns-using \endlink).
-    Therefore even with \e http://xml.org/sax/features/namespaces and
-    \e http://xml.org/sax/features/namespace-prefixes both set to true
-    the reader won't return either a local name, a namespace prefix or
-    a namespace URI for \e xmlns:fnord.
-
-    This might be changed in the future following the W3C suggestion
-    \link http://www.w3.org/2000/xmlns/ http://www.w3.org/2000/xmlns/ \endlink
-    to associate \e xmlns with the namespace \e http://www.w3.org/2000/xmlns. 
-
-    As the SAX2 standard suggests, \l QXmlSimpleReader defaults to having
-    \e http://xml.org/sax/features/namespaces set to true and
-    \e http://xml.org/sax/features/namespace-prefixes set to false.
-    When changing this behavior using \l QXmlSimpleReader::setFeature() 
-    note that the combination of both features set to
-    false is illegal.
-
-    \section3 Summary
-
-    \l QXmlSimpleReader implements the following behavior:
-
-    \table
-    \header \o (namespaces, namespace-prefixes)
-            \o Namespace prefix and local part
-            \o Qualified names
-            \o Prefix mapping
-            \o xmlns attributes
-    \row \o (true, false) \o Yes \o Yes* \o Yes \o No
-    \row \o (true, true) \o Yes \o Yes \o Yes \o Yes
-    \row \o (false, true) \o No* \o Yes \o No* \o Yes
-    \row \o (false, false) \i41 Illegal
-    \endtable
-
-    The behavior of the entries marked with an asterisk (*) is not specified by SAX.
-
-    \section2 Properties
-
-    Properties are a more general concept. They have a unique name,
-    represented as an URI, but their value is \c void*. Thus nearly
-    anything can be used as a property value. This concept involves some
-    danger, though: there is no means of ensuring type-safety; the user
-    must take care that they pass the right type. Properties are
-    useful if a reader supports special handler classes.
-
-    The URIs used for features and properties often look like URLs, e.g.
-    \c http://xml.org/sax/features/namespace. This does not mean that the
-    data required is at this address. It is simply a way of defining
-    unique names.
-
-    Anyone can define and use new SAX2 properties for their readers.
-    Property support is not mandatory.
-
-    To set or query properties the following functions are provided: \l
-    QXmlReader::setProperty(), \l QXmlReader::property() and \l
-    QXmlReader::hasProperty().                     
-
-
-    \target dom
-    \section1 The Qt DOM Classes
-
-    \target domIntro
-    \section2 Introduction to DOM
-
-    DOM provides an interface to access and change the content and
-    structure of an XML file. It makes a hierarchical view of the document
-    (a tree view). Thus -- in contrast to the SAX2 interface -- an object
-    model of the document is resident in memory after parsing which makes
-    manipulation easy. 
-
-    All DOM nodes in the document tree are subclasses of \l QDomNode. The
-    document itself is represented as a \l QDomDocument object.
-
-    Here are the available node classes and their potential child classes:
-
-    \list
-    \o \l QDomDocument: Possible children are
-            \list
-            \o \l QDomElement (at most one)
-            \o \l QDomProcessingInstruction
-            \o \l QDomComment
-            \o \l QDomDocumentType
-            \endlist
-    \o \l QDomDocumentFragment: Possible children are
-            \list
-            \o \l QDomElement
-            \o \l QDomProcessingInstruction
-            \o \l QDomComment
-            \o \l QDomText
-            \o \l QDomCDATASection
-            \o \l QDomEntityReference
-            \endlist
-    \o \l QDomDocumentType: No children
-    \o \l QDomEntityReference: Possible children are
-            \list
-            \o \l QDomElement
-            \o \l QDomProcessingInstruction
-            \o \l QDomComment
-            \o \l QDomText
-            \o \l QDomCDATASection
-            \o \l QDomEntityReference
-            \endlist
-    \o \l QDomElement: Possible children are
-            \list
-            \o \l QDomElement
-            \o \l QDomText
-            \o \l QDomComment
-            \o \l QDomProcessingInstruction
-            \o \l QDomCDATASection
-            \o \l QDomEntityReference
-            \endlist
-    \o \l QDomAttr: Possible children are
-            \list
-            \o \l QDomText
-            \o \l QDomEntityReference
-            \endlist
-    \o \l QDomProcessingInstruction: No children
-    \o \l QDomComment: No children
-    \o \l QDomText: No children
-    \o \l QDomCDATASection: No children
-    \o \l QDomEntity: Possible children are
-            \list
-            \o \l QDomElement
-            \o \l QDomProcessingInstruction
-            \o \l QDomComment
-            \o \l QDomText
-            \o \l QDomCDATASection
-            \o \l QDomEntityReference
-            \endlist
-    \o \l QDomNotation: No children
-    \endlist
-
-    With \l QDomNodeList and \l QDomNamedNodeMap two collection classes 
-    are provided: \l QDomNodeList is a list of nodes,
-    and \l QDomNamedNodeMap is used to handle unordered sets of nodes
-    (often used for attributes).
-
-    The \l QDomImplementation class allows the user to query features of the
-    DOM implementation.
-
-    To get started please refer to the \l QDomDocument documentation.
-    You might also want to take a look at the \l{DOM Bookmarks example},
-    which illustrates how to read and write an XML bookmark file (XBEL)
-    using DOM.
-
-    \target namespaces
-    \section1 An Introduction to Namespaces
-
-    Parts of the Qt XML module documentation assume that you are familiar
-    with XML namespaces. Here we present a brief introduction; skip to
-    \link #namespacesConventions Qt XML documentation conventions \endlink
-    if you already know this material.
-
-    Namespaces are a concept introduced into XML to allow a more modular
-    design. With their help data processing software can easily resolve
-    naming conflicts in XML documents.
-
-    Consider the following example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtxml.qdoc 6
-
-    Here we find three different uses of the name \e title. If you wish to
-    process this document you will encounter problems because each of the
-    \e titles should be displayed in a different manner -- even though
-    they have the same name.
-
-    The solution would be to have some means of identifying the first
-    occurrence of \e title as the title of a book, i.e. to use the \e
-    title element of a book namespace to distinguish it from, for example,
-    the chapter title, e.g.:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtxml.qdoc 7
-
-    \e book in this case is a \e prefix denoting the namespace.
-
-    Before we can apply a namespace to element or attribute names we must
-    declare it.
-
-    Namespaces are URIs like \e http://example.com/fnord/book/. This
-    does not mean that data must be available at this address; the URI is
-    simply used to provide a unique name.
-
-    We declare namespaces in the same way as attributes; strictly speaking
-    they \e are attributes. To make for example \e
-    http://example.com/fnord/ the document's default XML namespace \e
-    xmlns we write
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtxml.qdoc 8
-
-    To distinguish the \e http://example.com/fnord/book/ namespace from
-    the default, we must supply it with a prefix:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtxml.qdoc 9
-
-    A namespace that is declared like this can be applied to element and
-    attribute names by prepending the appropriate prefix and a ":"
-    delimiter. We have already seen this with the \e book:title element.
-
-    Element names without a prefix belong to the default namespace. This
-    rule does not apply to attributes: an attribute without a prefix does
-    not belong to any of the declared XML namespaces at all. Attributes
-    always belong to the "traditional" namespace of the element in which
-    they appear. A "traditional" namespace is not an XML namespace, it
-    simply means that all attribute names belonging to one element must be
-    different. Later we will see how to assign an XML namespace to an
-    attribute.
-
-    Due to the fact that attributes without prefixes are not in any XML
-    namespace there is no collision between the attribute \e title (that
-    belongs to the \e author element) and for example the \e title element
-    within a \e chapter.
-
-    Let's clarify this with an example:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtxml.qdoc 10
-
-    Within the \e document element we have two namespaces declared. The
-    default namespace \e http://example.com/fnord/ applies to the \e
-    book element, the \e chapter element, the appropriate \e title element
-    and of course to \e document itself.
-
-    The \e book:author and \e book:title elements belong to the namespace
-    with the URI \e http://example.com/fnord/book/.
-
-    The two \e book:author attributes \e title and \e name have no XML
-    namespace assigned. They are only members of the "traditional"
-    namespace of the element \e book:author, meaning that for example two
-    \e title attributes in \e book:author are forbidden.
-
-    In the above example we circumvent the last rule by adding a \e title
-    attribute from the \e http://example.com/fnord/ namespace to \e
-    book:author: the \e fnord:title comes from the namespace with the
-    prefix \e fnord that is declared in the \e book:author element.
-
-    Clearly the \e fnord namespace has the same namespace URI as the
-    default namespace. So why didn't we simply use the default namespace
-    we'd already declared? The answer is quite complex:
-    \list
-    \o attributes without a prefix don't belong to any XML namespace at
-    all, not even to the default namespace;
-    \o additionally omitting the prefix would lead to a \e title-title clash;
-    \o writing it as \e xmlns:title would declare a new namespace with the
-    prefix \e title instead of applying the default \e xmlns namespace.
-    \endlist
-
-    With the Qt XML classes elements and attributes can be accessed in two
-    ways: either by refering to their qualified names consisting of the
-    namespace prefix and the "real" name (or \e local name) or by the
-    combination of local name and namespace URI.
-
-    More information on XML namespaces can be found at
-    \l http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-xml-names/.
-
-
-    \target namespacesConventions
-    \section2 Conventions Used in the Qt XML Documentation
-
-    The following terms are used to distinguish the parts of names within
-    the context of namespaces:
-    \list
-    \o  The \e {qualified name}
-        is the name as it appears in the document. (In the above example \e
-        book:title is a qualified name.)
-    \o  A \e {namespace prefix} in a qualified name
-        is the part to the left of the ":". (\e book is the namespace prefix in
-        \e book:title.)
-    \o  The \e {local part} of a name (also refered to as the \e {local
-        name}) appears to the right of the ":". (Thus \e title is the
-        local part of \e book:title.)
-    \o  The \e {namespace URI} ("Uniform Resource Identifier") is a unique
-        identifier for a namespace. It looks like a URL
-        (e.g. \e http://example.com/fnord/ ) but does not require
-        data to be accessible by the given protocol at the named address.
-    \endlist
-
-    Elements without a ":" (like \e chapter in the example) do not have a
-    namespace prefix. In this case the local part and the qualified name
-    are identical (i.e. \e chapter).
-
-    \sa {DOM Bookmarks Example}, {SAX Bookmarks Example}
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/qtxmlpatterns.qdoc b/doc/src/qtxmlpatterns.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 38a230e..0000000
--- a/doc/src/qtxmlpatterns.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,968 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \module QtXmlPatterns
-    \title QtXmlPatterns Module
-    \since 4.4
-    \contentspage Qt's Modules
-    \previouspage QtXml
-    \nextpage Phonon Module
-    \ingroup modules
-    \ingroup scripting
-
-    \keyword Patternist
-
-    \brief An overview of Qt's support for using XQuery and XPath in
-    Qt programs.
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 Introduction
-
-    XQuery is a language for traversing XML documents to select and
-    aggregate items of interest and to transform them for output as
-    XML or some other format. XPath is the \e{element selection} part
-    of XQuery.
-
-    The QtXmlPatterns module supports using
-    \l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xquery} {XQuery 1.0} and
-    \l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xpath20} {XPath 2.0} in Qt applications,
-    for querying XML data \e{and} for querying
-    \l{QAbstractXmlNodeModel} {non-XML data that can be modeled to
-    look like XML}. The QtXmlPatterns module is included in the \l{Qt
-    Full Framework Edition}, and the \l{Open Source Versions of Qt}.
-    Readers who are not familiar with the XQuery/XPath language can read
-    \l {A Short Path to XQuery} for a brief introduction.
-
-    \section1 Advantages of using QtXmlPatterns and XQuery
-
-    The XQuery/XPath language simplifies data searching and
-    transformation tasks by eliminating the need for doing a lot of
-    C++ or Java procedural programming for each new query task. Here
-    is an XQuery that constructs a bibliography of the contents of a
-    library:
-
-    \target qtxmlpatterns_example_query
-    \quotefile snippets/patternist/introductionExample.xq
-
-    First, the query opens a \c{<bibliography>} element in the
-    output. The
-    \l{xquery-introduction.html#using-path-expressions-to-match-select-items}
-    {embedded path expression} then loads the XML document describing
-    the contents of the library (\c{library.xml}) and begins the
-    search. For each \c{<book>} element it finds, where the publisher
-    was Addison-Wesley and the publication year was after 1991, it
-    creates a new \c{<book>} element in the output as a child of the
-    open \c{<bibliography>} element. Each new \c{<book>} element gets
-    the book's title as its contents and the book's publication year
-    as an attribute. Finally, the \c{<bibliography>} element is
-    closed.
-
-    The advantages of using QtXmlPatterns and XQuery in your Qt
-    programs are summarized as follows:
-
-    \list
-
-    \o \bold{Ease of development}: All the C++ programming required to
-       perform data query tasks can be replaced by a simple XQuery
-       like the example above.
-
-    \o \bold{Comprehensive functionality}: The
-       \l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xquery/#id-expressions} {expression
-       syntax} and rich set of
-       \l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xpath-functions} {functions and
-       operators} provided by XQuery are sufficient for performing any
-       data searching, selecting, and sorting tasks.
-
-    \o \bold{Conformance to standards}: Conformance to all applicable
-       XML and XQuery standards ensures that QtXmlPatterns can always
-       process XML documents generated by other conformant
-       applications, and that XML documents created with QtXmlPatterns
-       can be processed by other conformant applications.
-
-    \o \bold{Maximal flexibility} The QtXmlPatterns module can be used
-       to query XML data \e{and} non-XML data that can be
-       \l{QAbstractXmlNodeModel} {modeled to look like XML}.
-
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 Using the QtXmlPatterns module
-
-    There are two ways QtXmlPatterns can be used to evaluate queries.
-    You can run the query engine in your Qt application using the
-    QtXmlPatterns C++ API, or you can run the query engine from the
-    command line using Qt's \c{xmlpatterns} command line utility.
-
-    \section2 Running the query engine from your Qt application
-
-    To access the QtXmlPatterns C++ API from your Qt application,
-    include the QtXmlPatterns classes at compile time:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 0
-
-    Link the compiled application with the QtXmlPatterns module by
-    adding the following line to the
-    \l{qmake-project-files.html#declaring-qt-libraries} {QT line} in
-    your qmake \c{.pro} file:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 1
-
-    If we save the example XQuery shown above in a text file (e.g.
-    \c{myquery.xq}), we can run it from a Qt application using a
-    standard QtXmlPatterns code sequence:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_xmlpatterns_api_qxmlquery.cpp 3
-
-    First construct a QFile for the text file containing the XQuery
-    (\c{myquery.xq}). Then create an instance of QXmlQuery and call
-    its \l{QXmlQuery::}{setQuery()} function to load and parse the
-    XQuery file. Then create an \l{QXmlSerializer} {XML serializer} to
-    output the query's result set as unformatted XML. Finally, call
-    the \l{QXmlQuery::}{evaluateTo()} function to evaluate the query
-    and serialize the results as XML.
-
-    \note If you compile Qt yourself, the QtXmlPatterns module will
-    \e{not} be built if exceptions are disabled, or if you compile Qt
-    with a compiler that doesn't support member templates, e.g., MSVC
-    6.
-
-    See the QXmlQuery documentation for more information about the
-    QtXmlPatterns C++ API.
-
-    \section2 Running the query engine from the command line utility
-
-    \e xmlpatterns is a command line utility for running XQueries.  It
-    expects the name of a file containing the XQuery text.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 2
-
-    The XQuery in \c{myQuery.xq} will be evaluated and its output
-    written to \c stdout. Pass the \c -help switch to get the list of
-    input flags and their meanings.
-
-    xmlpatterns can be used in scripting. However, the descriptions
-    and messages it outputs were not meant to be parsed and may be
-    changed in future releases of Qt.
-
-    \target QtXDM
-    \section1 The XQuery Data Model
-
-    XQuery represents data items as \e{atomic values} or \e{nodes}. An
-    atomic value is a value in the domain of one of the
-    \l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xmlschema-2/#built-in-datatypes} {built-in
-    datatypes} defined in \l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xmlschema-2} {Part
-    2} of the W3C XML Schema. A node is normally an XML element or
-    attribute, but when non-XML data is \l{QAbstractXmlNodeModel}
-    {modeled to look like XML}, a node can also represent a non-XML
-    data items.
-
-    When you run an XQuery using the C++ API in a Qt application, you
-    will often want to bind program variables to $variables in the
-    XQuery. After the query is evaluated, you will want to interpret
-    the sequence of data items in the result set.
-
-    \section2 Binding program variables to XQuery variables
-
-    When you want to run a parameterized XQuery from your Qt
-    application, you will need to \l{QXmlQuery::bindVariable()} {bind
-    variables} in your program to $name variables in your XQuery.
-
-    Suppose you want to parameterize the bibliography XQuery in the
-    example above. You could define variables for the catalog that
-    contains the library (\c{$file}), the publisher name
-    (\c{$publisher}), and the year of publication (\c{$year}):
-
-    \target qtxmlpatterns_example_query2
-    \quotefile snippets/patternist/introExample2.xq
-
-    Modify the QtXmlPatterns code to use one of the \l{QXmlQuery::}
-    {bindVariable()} functions to bind a program variable to each
-    XQuery $variable:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_xmlpatterns_api_qxmlquery.cpp 4
-
-    Each program variable is passed to QtXmlPatterns as a QVariant of
-    the type of the C++ variable or constant from which it is
-    constructed. Note that QtXmlPatterns assumes that the type of the
-    QVariant in the bindVariable() call is the correct type, so the
-    $variable it is bound to must be used in the XQuery accordingly.
-    The following table shows how QVariant types are mapped to XQuery
-    $variable types:
-
-    \table
-
-    \header
-        \o QVariant type
-        \o XQuery $variable type
-
-    \row
-        \o QVariant::LongLong
-        \o \c xs:integer
-
-    \row
-        \o QVariant::Int
-        \o \c xs:integer
-
-    \row
-        \o QVariant::UInt
-        \o \c xs:nonNegativeInteger
-
-    \row
-        \o QVariant::ULongLong
-        \o \c xs:unsignedLong
-
-    \row
-        \o QVariant::String
-        \o \c xs:string
-
-    \row
-        \o QVariant::Double
-        \o \c xs:double
-
-    \row
-        \o QVariant::Bool
-        \o \c xs:boolean
-
-    \row
-        \o QVariant::Double
-        \o \c xs:decimal
-
-    \row
-        \o QVariant::ByteArray
-        \o \c xs:base64Binary
-
-    \row
-        \o QVariant::StringList
-        \o \c xs:string*
-
-    \row
-        \o QVariant::Url
-        \o \c xs:string
-
-    \row
-        \o QVariant::Date
-        \o \c xs:date.
-
-    \row
-        \o QVariant::DateTime
-        \o \c xs:dateTime
-
-    \row
-        \o QVariant::Time.
-        \o \c xs:time. (see \l{Binding To Time}{Binding To
-        QVariant::Time} below)
-
-    \row
-        \o QVariantList
-        \o (see \l{Binding To QVariantList}{Binding To QVariantList}
-           below)
-
-    \endtable
-
-    A type not shown in the table is not supported and will cause
-    undefined XQuery behavior or a $variable binding error, depending
-    on the context in the XQuery where the variable is used.
-
-    \target Binding To Time
-    \section3 Binding To QVariant::Time
-
-    Because the instance of QTime used in QVariant::Time does not
-    include a zone offset, an instance of QVariant::Time should not be
-    bound to an XQuery variable of type \c xs:time, unless the QTime is
-    UTC. When binding a non-UTC QTime to an XQuery variable, it should
-    first be passed as a string, or converted to a QDateTime with an arbitrary
-    date, and then bound to an XQuery variable of type \c xs:dateTime.
-
-    \target Binding To QVariantList
-    \section3 Binding To QVariantList
-
-    A QVariantList can be bound to an XQuery $variable. All the
-    \l{QVariant}s in the list must be of the same atomic type, and the
-    $variable the variant list is bound to must be of that same atomic
-    type. If the QVariants in the list are not all of the same atomic
-    type, the XQuery behavior is undefined.
-
-    \section2 Interpreting XQuery results
-
-    When the results of an XQuery are returned in a sequence of \l
-    {QXmlResultItems} {result items}, atomic values in the sequence
-    are treated as instances of QVariant. Suppose that instead of
-    serializing the results of the XQuery as XML, we process the
-    results programatically. Modify the standard QtXmlPatterns code
-    sequence to call the overload of QXmlQuery::evaluateTo() that
-    populates a sequence of \l {QXmlResultItems} {result items} with
-    the XQuery results:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_xmlpatterns_api_qxmlquery.cpp 5
-
-    Iterate through the \l {QXmlResultItems} {result items} and test
-    each QXmlItem to see if it is an atomic value or a node. If it is
-    an atomic value, convert it to a QVariant with \l {QXmlItem::}
-    {toAtomicValue()} and switch on its \l {QVariant::type()} {variant
-    type} to handle all the atomic values your XQuery might return.
-    The following table shows the QVariant type to expect for each
-    atomic value type (or QXmlName):
-
-    \table
-
-    \header
-        \o XQuery result item type
-        \o QVariant type returned
-
-    \row
-        \o \c xs:QName
-        \o QXmlName (see \l{Handling QXmlNames}{Handling QXmlNames}
-        below)
-
-    \row
-        \o \c xs:integer
-        \o QVariant::LongLong
-
-    \row
-        \o \c xs:string
-        \o QVariant::String
-
-    \row
-        \o \c xs:string*
-        \o QVariant::StringList
-
-    \row
-        \o \c xs:double
-        \o QVariant::Double
-
-    \row
-        \o \c xs:float
-        \o QVariant::Double
-
-    \row
-        \o \c xs:boolean
-        \o QVariant::Bool
-
-    \row
-        \o \c xs:decimal
-        \o QVariant::Double
-
-    \row
-        \o \c xs:hexBinary
-        \o QVariant::ByteArray
-
-    \row
-        \o \c xs:base64Binary
-        \o QVariant::ByteArray
-
-    \row
-        \o \c xs:gYear
-        \o QVariant::DateTime
-
-    \row
-        \o \c xs:gYearMonth
-        \o QVariant::DateTime
-
-    \row
-        \o \c xs:gMonthDay
-        \o QVariant::DateTime
-
-    \row
-        \o \c xs:gDay
-        \o QVariant::DateTime
-
-    \row
-        \o \c xs:gMonth
-        \o QVariant::DateTime
-
-    \row
-        \o \c xs:anyURI
-        \o QVariant::Url
-
-    \row
-        \o \c xs:untypedAtomic
-        \o QVariant::String
-
-    \row
-        \o \c xs:ENTITY
-        \o QVariant::String
-
-    \row
-        \o \c xs:date
-        \o QVariant::DateTime
-
-    \row
-        \o \c xs:dateTime
-        \o QVariant::DateTime
-
-    \row
-        \o \c xs:time
-        \o (see \l{xstime-not-mapped}{No mapping for xs:time} below)
-
-    \endtable
-
-    \target Handling QXmlNames
-    \section3 Handling QXmlNames
-
-    If your XQuery can return atomic value items of type \c{xs:QName},
-    they will appear in your QXmlResultItems as instances of QXmlName.
-    Since the QVariant class does not support the QXmlName class
-    directly, extracting them from QXmlResultItems requires a bit of
-    slight-of-hand using the \l{QMetaType} {Qt metatype system}. We
-    must modify our example to use a couple of template functions, a
-    friend of QMetaType (qMetaTypeId<T>()) and a friend of QVariant
-    (qVariantValue<T>()):
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_xmlpatterns_api_qxmlquery.cpp 6
-
-    To access the strings in a QXmlName returned by an
-    \l{QXmlQuery::evaluateTo()} {XQuery evaluation}, the QXmlName must
-    be accessed with the \l{QXmlNamePool} {name pool} from the
-    instance of QXmlQuery that was used for the evaluation.
-
-    \target xstime-not-mapped
-    \section3 No mapping for xs:time
-
-    An instance of \c xs:time can't be represented correctly as an
-    instance of QVariant::Time, unless the \c xs:time is a UTC time.
-    This is because xs:time has a zone offset (0 for UTC) in addition
-    to the time value, which the QTime in QVariant::Time does not
-    have. This means that if an XQuery tries to return an atomic value
-    of type \c xs:time, an invalid QVariant will be returned. A query
-    can return an atomic value of type xs:time by either converting it
-    to an \c xs:dateTime with an arbitrary date, or to an \c xs:string.
-
-    \section1 Using XQuery with Non-XML Data
-
-    Although the XQuery language was designed for querying XML, with
-    QtXmlPatterns one can use XQuery for querying any data that can
-    be modeled to look like XML. Non-XML data is modeled to look like
-    XML by loading it into a custom subclass of QAbstractXmlNodeModel,
-    where it is then presented to the QtXmlPatterns XQuery engine via
-    the same API the XQuery engine uses for querying XML.
-
-    When QtXmlPatterns loads and queries XML files and produces XML
-    output, it can always load the XML data into its default XML node
-    model, where it can be traversed efficiently. The XQuery below
-    traverses the product orders found in the XML file \e myOrders.xml
-    to find all the skin care product orders and output them ordered
-    by shipping date.
-
-    \quotefile snippets/patternist/introAcneRemover.xq
-
-    QtXmlPatterns can be used out of the box to perform this
-    query, provided \e myOrders.xml actually contains well-formed XML. It
-    can be loaded directly into the default XML node model and
-    traversed. But suppose we want QtXmlPatterns to perform queries on
-    the hierarchical structure of the local file system. The default
-    XML node model in QtXmlPatterns is not suitable for navigating the
-    file system, because there is no XML file to load that contains a
-    description of it. Such an XML file, if it existed, might look
-    something like this:
-
-    \quotefile snippets/patternist/introFileHierarchy.xml
-
-    The \l{File System Example}{File System Example} does exactly this.
-
-    There is no such file to load into the default XML node model, but
-    one can write a subclass of QAbstractXmlNodeModel to represent the
-    file system. This custom XML node model, once populated with all
-    the directory and file descriptors obtained directly from the
-    system, presents the complete file system hierarchy to the query
-    engine via the same API used by the default XML node model to
-    present the contents of an XML file. In other words, once the
-    custom XML node model is populated, it presents the file system to
-    the query engine as if a description of it had been loaded into
-    the default XML node model from an XML file like the one shown
-    above.
-
-    Now we can write an XQuery to find all the XML files and parse
-    them to find the ones that don't contain well-formed XML.
-
-    \quotefromfile snippets/patternist/introNavigateFS.xq
-    \skipto <html>
-    \printuntil
-
-    Without QtXmlPatterns, there is no simple way to solve this kind
-    of problem. You might do it by writing a C++ program to traverse
-    the file system, sniff out all the XML files, and submit each one
-    to an XML parser to test that it contains valid XML. The C++ code
-    required to write that program will probably be more complex than
-    the C++ code required to subclass QAbstractXmlNodeModel, but even
-    if the two are comparable, your custom C++ program can be used
-    only for that one task, while your custom XML node model can be
-    used by any XQuery that must navigate the file system.
-
-    The general approach to using XQuery to perform queries on non-XML
-    data has been a three step process. In the first step, the data is
-    loaded into a non-XML data model. In the second step, the non-XML
-    data model is serialized as XML and output to XML (text) files. In
-    the final step, an XML tool loads the XML files into a second, XML
-    data model, where the XQueries can be performed.  The development
-    cost of implementing this process is often high, and the three
-    step system that results is inefficient because the two data
-    models must be built and maintained separately.
-
-    With QtXmlPatterns, subclassing QAbstractXmlNodeModel eliminates
-    the transformation required to convert the non-XML data model to
-    the XML data model, because there is only ever one data model
-    required. The non-XML data model presents the non-XML data to the
-    query engine via the XML data model API. Also, since the query
-    engine uses the API to access the QAbstractXmlNodeModel, the data
-    model subclass can construct the elements, attributes and other
-    data on demand, responding to the query's specific requests.  This
-    can greatly improve efficiency, because it means the entire model
-    might not have to be built. For example, in the file system model
-    above, it is not necessary to build an instance for a whole
-    XML file representing the whole file system. Instead nodes are
-    created on demand, which also likely is a small subset of the file
-    system.
-
-    Examples of other places where XQuery could be used in
-    QtXmlPatterns to query non-XML data:
-
-    \list
-
-        \o The internal representation for word processor documents
-
-        \o The set of dependencies for a software build system
-
-        \o The hierarchy (or graph) that links a set of HTML documents
-        from a web crawler
-
-        \o The images and meta-data in an image collection
-
-        \o The set of D-Bus interfaces available in a system
-
-        \o A QObject hierarchy, as seen in the \l{QObject XML Model
-        Example} {QObject XML Model example}.
-
-    \endlist
-
-    See the QAbstractXmlNodeModel documentation for information about
-    how to implement custom XML node models.
-
-    \section1 More on using QtXmlPatterns with non-XML Data
-
-    Subclassing QAbstractXmlNodeModel to let the query engine access
-    non-XML data by the same API it uses for XML is the feature that
-    enables QtXmlPatterns to query non-XML data with XQuery. It allows
-    XQuery to be used as a mapping layer between different non-XML
-    node models or between a non-XML node model and the built-in XML
-    node model. Once the subclass(es) of QAbstractXmlNodeModel have
-    been written, XQuery can be used to select a set of elements from
-    one node model, transform the selected elements, and then write
-    them out, either as XML using QXmlQuery::evaluateTo() and QXmlSerializer,
-    or as some other format using a subclass of QAbstractXmlReceiver.
-
-    Consider a word processor application that must import and export
-    data in several different formats. Rather than writing a lot of
-    C++ code to convert each input format to an intermediate form, and
-    more C++ code to convert the intermediate form back to each
-    output format, one can implement a solution based on QtXmlPatterns
-    that uses simple XQueries to transform each XML or non-XML format
-    (e.g. MathFormula.xml below) to the intermediate form (e.g. the
-    DocumentRepresentation node model class below), and more simple
-    XQueries to transform the intermediate form back to each XML or
-    non-XML format.
-
-    \image patternist-wordProcessor.png
-
-    Because CSV files are not XML, a subclass of QAbstractXmlNodeModel
-    is used to present the CSV data to the XQuery engine as if it were
-    XML. What are not shown are the subclasses of QAbstractXmlReceiver
-    that would then send the selected elements into the
-    DocumentRepresentation node model, and the subclasses of
-    QAbstractXmlNodeModel that would ultimately write the output files
-    in each format.
-
-    \section1 Security Considerations
-
-    \section2 Code Injection
-
-    XQuery is vulnerable to
-    \l{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Code_injection} {code injection
-    attacks} in the same way as the SQL language. If an XQuery is
-    constructed by concatenating strings, and the strings come from
-    user input, the constructed XQuery could be malevolent. The best
-    way to prevent code injection attacks is to not construct XQueries
-    from user-written strings, but only accept user data input using
-    QVariant and variable bindings. See QXmlQuery::bindVariable().
-
-    The articles
-    \l{http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/xml/library/x-xpathinjection.html}
-    {Avoid the dangers of XPath injection}, by Robi Sen and
-    \l{http://www.packetstormsecurity.org/papers/bypass/Blind_XPath_Injection_20040518.pdf}
-    {Blind XPath Injection}, by Amit Klein, discuss the XQuery code
-    injection problem in more detail.
-
-    \section2 Denial of Service Attacks
-
-    Applications using QtXmlPatterns are subject to the same
-    limitations of software as other systems. Generally, these can not
-    be checked. This means QtXmlPatterns does not prevent rogue
-    queries from consuming too many resources. For example, a query
-    could take too much time to execute or try to transfer too much
-    data. A query could also do too much recursion, which could crash
-    the system.  XQueries can do these things accidentally, but they
-    can also be done as deliberate denial of service attacks.
-
-    \section1 Features and Conformance
-
-    \section2 XQuery 1.0
-
-    QtXmlPatterns aims at being a
-    \l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xquery/#id-xquery-conformance} {conformant
-    XQuery processor}. It adheres to
-    \l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xquery/#id-minimal-conformance} {Minimal
-    Conformance} and supports the
-    \l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xquery/#id-serialization-feature}
-    {Serialization Feature} and the
-    \l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xquery/#id-full-axis-feature} {Full Axis
-    Feature}. QtXmlPatterns currently passes 97% of the tests in the
-    \l{http://www.w3.org/XML/Query/test-suite} {XML Query Test Suite}.
-    Areas where conformance may be questionable and where behavior may
-    be changed in future releases include:
-
-    \list
-
-    \o Some corner cases involving namespaces and element constructors
-       are incorrect.
-
-    \o XPath is a subset of XQuery and the implementation of
-       QtXmlPatterns uses XPath 2.0 with XQuery 1.0.
-
-    \endlist
-
-    The specifications discusses conformance further:
-    \l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xquery/}{XQuery 1.0: An XML Query
-    Language}.  W3C's XQuery testing effort can be of interest as
-    well, \l{http://www.w3.org/XML/Query/test-suite/}{XML Query Test
-    Suite}.
-
-    Currently \c fn:collection() does not access any data set, and
-    there is no API for providing data through the collection. As a
-    result, evaluating \c fn:collection() returns the empty
-    sequence. We intend to provide functionality for this in a future
-    release of Qt.
-
-    Only queries encoded in UTF-8 are supported.
-
-    \section2 XSLT 2.0
-
-    Partial support for XSLT was introduced in Qt 4.5. Future
-    releases of QtXmlPatterns will aim to support these XSLT
-    features:
-
-    \list
-        \o Basic XSLT 2.0 processor
-        \o Serialization feature
-        \o Backwards Compatibility feature
-    \endlist
-
-    For details, see \l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xslt20/#conformance}{XSL
-    Transformations (XSLT) Version 2.0, 21 Conformance}.
-
-    \note In this release, XSLT support is considered experimental.
-
-    Unsupported or partially supported XSLT features are documented
-    in the following table. The implementation of XSLT in Qt 4.5 can
-    be seen as XSLT 1.0 but with the data model of XPath 2.0 and
-    XSLT 2.0, and using the using the functionality of XPath 2.0 and
-    its accompanying function library. When QtXmlPatterns encounters
-    an unsupported or partially support feature, it will either report
-    a syntax error or silently continue, unless otherwise noted in the
-    table.
-
-    The implementation currently passes 42% of W3C's XSLT test suite,
-    which focus on features introduced in XSLT 2.0.
-
-    \table
-    \header
-        \o XSL Feature
-        \o Support Status
-    \row
-        \o \c xsl:key and \c fn:key()
-        \o not supported
-    \row
-        \o \c xsl:include
-        \o not supported
-    \row
-        \o \c xsl:import
-        \o not supported
-    \row
-        \o \c xsl:copy
-
-        \o The \c copy-namespaces and \c inherit-namespaces attributes
-           have no effect. For copied comments, attributes and
-           processing instructions, the copy has the same node
-           identity as the original.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c xsl:copy-of
-        \o The \c copy-namespaces attribute has no effect.
-    \row
-        \o \c fn:format-number()
-        \o not supported
-    \row
-        \o \c xsl:message
-        \o not supported
-    \row
-        \o \c xsl:use-when
-        \o not supported
-    \row
-        \o \c Tunnel Parameters
-        \o not supported
-    \row
-        \o \c xsl:attribute-set
-        \o not supported
-    \row
-        \o \c xsl:decimal-format
-        \o not supported
-    \row
-        \o \c xsl:fallback
-        \o not supported
-    \row
-        \o \c xsl:apply-imports
-        \o not supported
-    \row
-        \o \c xsl:character-map
-        \o not supported
-    \row
-        \o \c xsl:number
-        \o not supported
-    \row
-        \o \c xsl:namespace-alias
-        \o not supported
-    \row
-        \o \c xsl:output
-        \o not supported
-    \row
-        \o \c xsl:output-character
-        \o not supported
-    \row
-        \o \c xsl:preserve-space
-        \o not supported
-    \row
-        \o \c xsl:result-document
-        \o not supported
-    \row
-        \o Patterns
-        \o Complex patterns or patterns with predicates have issues.
-    \row
-        \o \c 2.0 Compatibility Mode
-
-        \o Stylesheets are interpreted as XSLT 2.0 stylesheets, even
-           if the \c version attribute is in the XSLT source is
-           1.0. In other words, the version attribute is ignored.
-
-    \row
-        \o Grouping
-
-        \o \c fn:current-group(), \c fn:grouping-key() and \c
-           xsl:for-each-group.
-
-    \row
-        \o Regexp elements
-        \o \c xsl:analyze-string, \c xsl:matching-substring,
-           \c xsl:non-matching-substring, and \c fn:regex-group()
-    \row
-        \o Date & Time formatting
-        \o \c fn:format-dateTime(), \c fn:format-date() and fn:format-time().
-
-    \row
-        \o XPath Conformance
-        \o Since XPath is a subset of XSLT, its issues are in affect too.
-    \endtable
-
-    The QtXmlPatterns implementation of the XPath Data Model does not
-    include entities (due to QXmlStreamReader not reporting them).
-    This means that functions \c unparsed-entity-uri() and \c
-    unparsed-entity-public-id() always return negatively.
-
-    \section2 XPath 2.0
-
-    Since XPath 2.0 is a subset of XQuery 1.0, XPath 2.0 is
-    supported. Areas where conformance may be questionable and,
-    consequently, where behavior may be changed in future releases
-    include:
-
-    \list
-    \o Regular expression support is currently not conformant
-       but follows Qt's QRegExp standard syntax.
-
-    \o Operators for \c xs:time, \c xs:date, and \c xs:dateTime
-       are incomplete.
-
-    \o Formatting of very large or very small \c xs:double, \c
-       xs:float, and \c xs:decimal values may be incorrect.
-    \endlist
-
-    \section2 xml:id
-
-    Processing of XML files supports \c xml:id. This allows elements
-    that have an attribute named \c xml:id to be looked up efficiently
-    with the \c fn:id() function. See
-    \l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xml-id/}{xml:id Version 1.0} for details.
-
-    \section2 XML Schema 1.0
-
-    There are two ways QtXmlPatterns can be used to validate schemas:
-    You can use the C++ API in your Qt application using the classes
-    QXmlSchema and QXmlSchemaValidator, or you can use the command line
-    utility named xmlpatternsvalidator (located in the "bin" directory
-    of your Qt build).
-
-    The QtXmlPatterns implementation of XML Schema validation supports
-    the schema specification version 1.0 in large parts. Known problems
-    of the implementation and areas where conformancy may be questionable
-    are:
-
-    \list
-    \o Large \c minOccurs or \c maxOccurs values or deeply nested ones
-       require huge amount of memory which might cause the system to freeze.
-       Such a schema should be rewritten to use \c unbounded as value instead
-       of large numbers. This restriction will hopefully be fixed in a later release.
-    \o Comparison of really small or large floating point values might lead to
-       wrong results in some cases. However such numbers should not be relevant
-       for day-to-day usage.
-    \o Regular expression support is currently not conformant but follows
-       Qt's QRegExp standard syntax.
-    \o Identity constraint checks can not use the values of default or fixed
-       attribute definitions.
-    \endlist
-
-    \section2 Resource Loading
-
-    When QtXmlPatterns loads an XML resource, e.g., using the
-    \c fn:doc() function, the following schemes are supported:
-
-    \table
-    \header
-        \o Scheme Name
-        \o Description
-    \row
-        \o \c file
-        \o Local files.
-    \row
-        \o \c data
-
-        \o The bytes are encoded in the URI itself. e.g., \c
-           data:application/xml,%3Ce%2F%3E is \c <e/>.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c ftp
-        \o Resources retrieved via FTP.
-    \row
-        \o \c http
-        \o Resources retrieved via HTTP.
-    \row
-        \o \c https
-        \o Resources retrieved via HTTPS. This will succeed if no SSL
-           errors are encountered.
-    \row
-        \o \c qrc
-        \o Qt Resource files. Expressing it as an empty scheme, :/...,
-           is not supported.
-
-    \endtable
-
-    \section2 XML
-
-    XML 1.0 and XML Namespaces 1.0 are supported, as opposed to the
-    1.1 versions. When a strings is passed to a query as a QString,
-    the characters must be XML 1.0 characters. Otherwise, the behavior
-    is undefined. This is not checked.
-
-    URIs are first passed to QAbstractUriResolver. Check
-    QXmlQuery::setUriResolver() for possible rewrites.
-
-    \section1 License Information
-
-    The XML Schema implementation provided by this module contains the \c xml.xsd file
-    (located in \c{src/xmlpatterns/schema/schemas}) which is licensed under the terms
-    given below. This module is always built with XML Schema support enabled.
-
-    \legalese
-    W3C\copyright SOFTWARE NOTICE AND LICENSE
-
-    This license came from: http://www.w3.org/Consortium/Legal/2002/copyright-software-20021231
-
-    This work (and included software, documentation such as READMEs, or other
-    related items) is being provided by the copyright holders under the following
-    license. By obtaining, using and/or copying this work, you (the licensee)
-    agree that you have read, understood, and will comply with the following
-    terms and conditions.
-
-    Permission to copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
-    documentation, with or without modification, for any purpose and without
-    fee or royalty is hereby granted, provided that you include the following on
-    ALL copies of the software and documentation or portions thereof, including
-    modifications:
-
-      1. The full text of this NOTICE in a location viewable to users of the
-         redistributed or derivative work.\br
-      2. Any pre-existing intellectual property disclaimers, notices, or terms
-         and conditions. If none exist, the W3C Software Short Notice should be
-         included (hypertext is preferred, text is permitted)
-         within the body of any redistributed or derivative code.\br
-      3. Notice of any changes or modifications to the files, including the date
-         changes were made. (We recommend you provide URIs to the location from
-         which the code is derived.)
-
-    THIS SOFTWARE AND DOCUMENTATION IS PROVIDED "AS IS," AND COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
-    MAKE NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-    LIMITED TO, WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR
-    PURPOSE OR THAT THE USE OF THE SOFTWARE OR DOCUMENTATION WILL NOT INFRINGE
-    ANY THIRD PARTY PATENTS, COPYRIGHTS, TRADEMARKS OR OTHER RIGHTS.
-
-    COPYRIGHT HOLDERS WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL OR
-    CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF ANY USE OF THE SOFTWARE OR
-    DOCUMENTATION.
-
-    The name and trademarks of copyright holders may NOT be used in
-    advertising or publicity pertaining to the software without specific, written
-    prior permission. Title to copyright in this software and any associated
-    documentation will at all times remain with copyright holders.
-    \endlegalese
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \namespace QPatternist
-    \brief The QPatternist namespace contains classes and functions required by the QtXmlPatterns module.
-    \internal
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/qundo.qdoc b/doc/src/qundo.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 9de2aa9..0000000
--- a/doc/src/qundo.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,113 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-\page qundo.html
-\title Overview of Qt's Undo Framework
-\keyword Undo framework
-\ingroup architecture
-
-\section1 Introduction
-
-Qt's Undo Framework is an implementation of the Command pattern, for
-implementing undo/redo functionality in applications.
-
-The Command pattern is based on the idea that all editing in
-an application is done by creating instances of command objects.
-Command objects apply changes to the document and are stored
-on a command stack. Furthermore, each command knows how to undo its
-changes to bring the document back to its previous state. As long
-as the application only uses command objects to change the state of
-the document, it is possible to undo a sequence of commands by
-traversing the stack downwards and calling undo
-on each command in turn. It is also possible to redo a sequence of
-commands by traversing the stack upwards and calling
-redo on each command.
-
-\section1 Classes
-
-The framework consists of four classes:
-
-\list
-\i \l QUndoCommand is the base class of all commands stored on an
-        undo stack. It can apply (redo) or undo a single change in the document.
-\i \l QUndoStack is a list of QUndoCommand objects. It contains all the
-        commands executed on the document and can roll the document's state
-        backwards or forwards by undoing or redoing them.
-\i \l QUndoGroup is a group of undo stacks. It is useful when an application
-        contains more than one undo stack, typically one for each opened
-        document. QUndoGroup provides a single pair of undo/redo slots for all
-        the stacks in the group. It forwards undo and redo requests to
-        the active stack, which is the stack associated with the document that
-        is currently being edited by the user.
-\i \l QUndoView is a widget which shows the contents of an undo stack. Clicking
-        on a command in the view rolls the document's state backwards or
-        forwards to that command.
-\endlist
-
-\section1 Concepts
-
-The following concepts are supported by the framework:
-
-\list
-\i \bold{Clean state:} Used to signal when the document enters and leaves a
-    state that has been saved to disk. This is typically used to disable or
-    enable the save actions, and to update the document's title bar.
-\i \bold{Command compression:} Used to compress sequences of commands into a
-    single command.
-    For example: In a text editor, the commands that insert individual
-    characters into the document can be compressed into a single command that
-    inserts whole sections of text. These bigger changes are more convenient
-    for the user to undo and redo.
-\i \bold{Command macros:} A sequence of commands, all of which are undone or
-    redone in one step.
-    These simplify the task of writing an application, since a set of simpler
-    commands can be composed into more complex commands. For example, a command
-    that moves a set of selected objects in a document can be created by
-    combining a set of commands, each of which moves a single object.
-\endlist
-
-QUndoStack provides convenient undo and redo QAction objects that
-can be inserted into a menu or a toolbar. The text properties of these
-actions always reflect what command will be undone or redone when
-they are triggered. Similarly, QUndoGroup provides undo and redo actions
-that always behave like the undo and redo actions of the active stack.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/rcc.qdoc b/doc/src/rcc.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 5eb5547..0000000
--- a/doc/src/rcc.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page rcc.html
-    \title Resource Compiler (rcc)
-    \ingroup buildsystem
-    \ingroup qttools
-    \keyword rcc
-
-    The \c rcc tool is used to embed resources into a Qt application during
-    the build process. It works by generating a C++ source file containing
-    data specified in a Qt resource (.qrc) file.
-
-    Usage:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_rcc.qdoc 0
-
-    RCC accepts the following command line options:
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Option         \o Argument \o Description
-
-    \row    \o \c{-o}         \o          \o Writes output to file rather than
-                                             stdout.
-
-    \row    \o \c{-name}      \o \c name  \o Creates an external initialization
-                                             function with name.
-
-    \row    \o \c{-threshold} \o \c level \o Specifies a threshold (in bytes)
-                                             to use when compressing files. If
-                                             the file is smaller than the
-                                             threshold, it will not be
-                                             compressed, independent of what
-                                             the compression level is.
-                                             
-    \row    \o \c{-compress}  \o \c level \o Compresses input files with the
-                                             given level. Level is an integer
-                                             from 1 to 9 - 1 being the fastest,
-                                             producing the least compression;
-                                             9 being the slowest, producing
-                                             the most compression.
-
-    \row    \o \c{-root}      \o \c path  \o Prefixes the resource access path
-                                             with root path.
-
-    \row    \o \c{-no-compress} \o        \o Disables all compression.
-
-    \row    \o \c{-binary}    \o          \o Outputs a binary file for use as
-                                             a dynamic resource.
-
-    \row    \o \c{-version}   \o          \o Displays version information.
-
-    \row    \o \c{-help}      \o          \o Displays usage information.
-    \endtable
-
-    See also \l{The Qt Resource System} for more information about embedding
-    resources in Qt applications.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/resources.qdoc b/doc/src/resources.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index f8e9124..0000000
--- a/doc/src/resources.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,192 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page resources.html
-    \title The Qt Resource System
-    \ingroup buildsystem
-
-    \keyword resource system
-
-    The Qt resource system is a platform-independent mechanism for
-    storing binary files in the application's executable. This is
-    useful if your application always needs a certain set of files
-    (icons, translation files, etc.) and you don't want to run the
-    risk of losing the files.
-
-    The resource system is based on tight cooperation between \l qmake,
-    \l rcc (Qt's resource compiler), and QFile. It obsoletes Qt 3's
-    \c qembed tool and the
-    \l{http://qt.nokia.com/doc/qq/qq05-iconography.html#imagestorage}{image
-    collection} mechanism.
-
-    \section1 Resource Collection Files (\c{.qrc})
-
-    The resources associated with an application are specified in a
-    \c .qrc file, an XML-based file format that lists files on the
-    disk and optionally assigns them a resource name that the
-    application must use to access the resource.
-
-    Here's an example \c .qrc file:
-
-    \quotefile mainwindows/application/application.qrc
-
-    The resource files listed in the \c .qrc file are files that are
-    part of the application's source tree. The specified paths are
-    relative to the directory containing the \c .qrc file. Note that
-    the listed resource files must be located in the same directory as
-    the \c .qrc file, or one of its subdirectories.
-
-    Resource data can either be compiled into the binary and thus accessed
-    immediately in application code, or a binary resource can be created
-    and at a later point in application code registered with the resource
-    system.
-
-    By default, resources are accessible in the application under the
-    same name as they have in the source tree, with a \c :/ prefix.
-    For example, the path \c :/images/cut.png would give access to the
-    \c cut.png file, whose location in the application's source tree
-    is \c images/cut.png. This can be changed using the \c file tag's
-    \c alias attribute:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_resources.qdoc 0
-
-    The file is then accessible as \c :/cut-img.png from the
-    application. It is also possible to specify a path prefix for all
-    files in the \c .qrc file using the \c qresource tag's \c prefix
-    attribute:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_resources.qdoc 1
-
-    In this case, the file is accessible as \c
-    :/myresources/cut-img.png.
-
-    Some resources, such as translation files and icons, many need to
-    change based on the user's locale. This is done by adding a \c lang
-    attribute to the \c qresource tag, specifying a suitable locale
-    string. For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_resources.qdoc 2
-
-    If the user's locale is French (i.e., QLocale::system().name() returns
-    "fr_FR"), \c :/cut.jpg becomes a reference to the \c cut_fr.jpg
-    image. For other locales, \c cut.jpg is used.
-
-    See the QLocale documentation for a description of the format to use
-    for locale strings.
-
-
-    \section2 External Binary Resources
-
-    For an external binary resource to be created you must create the resource
-    data (commonly given the \c .rcc extension) by passing the -binary switch to
-    \l rcc. Once the binary resource is created you can register the resource
-    with the QResource API.
-
-    For example, a set of resource data specified in a \c .qrc file can be
-    compiled in the following way:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_resources.qdoc 3
-
-    In the application, this resource would be registered with code like this:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_resources.qdoc 4
-
-    \section2 Compiled-In Resources
-
-    For a resource to be compiled into the binary the \c .qrc file must be
-    mentioned in the application's \c .pro file so that \c qmake knows
-    about it. For example:
-
-    \snippet examples/mainwindows/application/application.pro 0
-
-    \c qmake will produce make rules to generate a file called \c
-    qrc_application.cpp that is linked into the application. This
-    file contains all the data for the images and other resources as
-    static C++ arrays of compressed binary data. The \c
-    qrc_application.cpp file is automatically regenerated whenever
-    the \c .qrc file changes or one of the files that it refers to
-    changes. If you don't use \c .pro files, you can either invoke
-    \c rcc manually or add build rules to your build system.
-
-    \image resources.png Building resources into an application
-
-    Currently, Qt always stores the data directly in the executable,
-    even on Windows and Mac OS X, where the operating system provides
-    native support for resources. This might change in a future Qt
-    release.
-
-    \section1 Using Resources in the Application
-
-    In the application, resource paths can be used in most places
-    instead of ordinary file system paths. In particular, you can
-    pass a resource path instead of a file name to the QIcon, QImage,
-    or QPixmap constructor:
-
-    \snippet examples/mainwindows/application/mainwindow.cpp 21
-
-    See the \l{mainwindows/application}{Application} example for an
-    actual application that uses Qt's resource system to store its
-    icons.
-
-    In memory, resources are represented by a tree of resource
-    objects. The tree is automatically built at startup and used by
-    QFile for resolving paths to resources. You can use a QDir initialized
-    with ":/" to navigate through the resource tree from the root.
-
-    Qt's resources support the concept of a search path list. If you then
-    refer to a resource with \c : instead of \c :/ as the prefix, the
-    resource will be looked up using the search path list. The search
-    path list is empty at startup; call QDir::addSearchPath() to
-    add paths to it.
-
-    If you have resources in a static library, you might need to
-    force initialization of your resources by calling \l
-    Q_INIT_RESOURCE() with the base name of the \c .qrc file. For
-    example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_resources.qdoc 5
-
-    Similarly, if you must unload a set of resources explicitly
-    (because a plugin is being unloaded or the resources are not valid
-    any longer), you can force removal of your resources by calling
-    Q_CLEANUP_RESOURCE() with the same base name as above.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/richtext.qdoc b/doc/src/richtext.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 405afd1..0000000
--- a/doc/src/richtext.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1076 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-\page richtext.html
-\nextpage Rich Text Document Structure
-
-\title Rich Text Processing
-\ingroup architecture
-\ingroup text-processing
-\brief An overview of Qt's rich text processing, editing and display features.
-
-The Scribe framework provides a set of classes for reading and manipulating
-structured rich text documents. Unlike previous rich text support in Qt, the
-new classes are centered around the QTextDocument class rather than raw
-textual information. This enables the developer to create and modify
-structured rich text documents without having to prepare content in an
-intermediate markup format.
-
-The information within a document can be accessed via two complementary
-interfaces: A cursor-based interface is used for editing, and a read-only
-hierarchical interface provides a high level overview of the document
-structure. The main advantage of the cursor-based interface is that the
-text can be edited using operations that mimic a user's interaction with
-an editor, without losing the underlying structure of the document. The
-read-only hierarchical interface is most useful when performing operations
-such as searching and document export.
-
-This document is divided up into chapters for convenient reference:
-
-\list
-\i \l{Rich Text Document Structure} outlines
-   the different kinds of elements in a QTextDocument, and describes how
-   they are arranged in a document structure.
-\i \l{The QTextCursor Interface} explains how rich
-   text documents can be edited using the cursor-based interface.
-\i \l{Common Rich Text Editing Tasks} examines some
-   common tasks that involve reading or manipulating rich text documents.
-\i \l{Advanced Rich Text Processing} examines advanced rich text editing tasks.
-\i \l{Supported HTML Subset} lists the HTML tags supported by QTextDocument.
-\endlist
-
-See also the list of \l{Text Processing Classes}.
-
-*/
-
-/*!
-\page richtext-structure.html
-\contentspage richtext.html Contents
-\previouspage Rich Text Processing
-\nextpage The QTextCursor Interface
-
-\title Rich Text Document Structure
-
-\tableofcontents
-
-The structured representation of a text document presents its contents as
-a hierarchy of text blocks, frames, tables, and other objects. These provide
-a logical structure to the document and describe how their contents will be
-displayed. Generally, frames and tables are used to group other
-structures while text blocks contain the actual textual information.
-
-New elements are created and inserted into the document programmatically
-\l{richtext-cursor.html}{with a QTextCursor} or by using an editor
-widget, such as QTextEdit. Elements can be given a particular format when
-they are created; otherwise they take the cursor's current format for the
-element.
-
-\table
-\row
-\i \inlineimage richtext-document.png
-\i \bold{Basic structure}
-
-The "top level" of a document might be populated in the way shown.
-Each document always contains a root frame, and this always contains
-at least one text block.
-
-For documents with some textual content, the root
-frame usually contains a sequence of blocks and other elements.
-
-Sequences of frames and tables are always separated by text blocks in a
-document, even if the text blocks contain no information. This ensures that
-new elements can always be inserted between existing structures.
-\endtable
-
-In this chapter, we look at each of the structural elements
-used in a rich text document, outline their features and uses, and show
-how to examine their contents. Document editing is described in
-\l{richtext-cursor.html}{The QTextCursor Interface}.
-
-\section1 Rich Text Documents
-
-QTextDocument objects contain all the information required to construct
-rich text documents for use with a QTextEdit widget or in a custom editor.
-Although QTextEdit makes it easy to display and edit rich text, documents
-can also be used independently of any editor widget, for example:
-
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_richtext.qdoc 0
-
-Alternatively, they can be extracted from an existing editor:
-
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_richtext.qdoc 1
-
-This flexibility enables applications to handle multiple rich text
-documents without the overhead of multiple editor widgets, or requiring
-documents to be stored in some intermediate format.
-
-An empty document contains a root frame which itself contains a single
-empty text block. The \l{richtext-cursor.html}{text cursor interface}
-automatically inserts new document elements into the root frame, and
-ensures that it is padded with empty blocks where necessary.
-
-We obtain the root frame in the following manner:
-
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-frames/xmlwriter.h 0
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-frames/xmlwriter.cpp 0
-
-When navigating the document structure, it is useful to begin at the
-root frame because it provides access to the entire document structure.
-
-\section1 Document Elements
-
-Rich text documents usually consist of common elements such as paragraphs,
-frames, tables, and lists. These are represented in a QTextDocument
-by the QTextBlock, QTextFrame, QTextTable, and QTextList classes.
-Unlike the other elements in a document, images are represented by
-specially formatted text fragments. This enables them to be placed
-formatted inline with the surrounding text.
-
-The basic structural building blocks in documents are QTextBlock and
-QTextFrame. Blocks themselves contain fragments of rich text
-(QTextFragment), but these do not directly influence the high level
-structure of a document.
-
-Elements which can group together other document elements are typically
-subclasses of QTextObject, and fall into two categories: Elements that
-group together text blocks are subclasses of QTextBlockGroup, and those
-that group together frames and other elements are subclasses of QTextFrame.
-
-\section2 Text Blocks
-
-Text blocks are provided by the QTextBlock class.
-
-Text blocks group together fragments of text with different character formats,
-and are used to represent paragraphs in the document. Each block
-typically contains a number of text fragments with different styles.
-Fragments are created when text is inserted into the document, and more
-of them are added when the document is edited. The document splits, merges,
-and removes fragments to efficiently represent the different styles
-of text in the block.
-
-The fragments within a given block can be examined by using a
-QTextBlock::iterator to traverse the block's internal structure:
-
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/textblock-fragments/xmlwriter.cpp 3
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/textblock-fragments/xmlwriter.cpp 5
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/textblock-fragments/xmlwriter.cpp 6
-
-Blocks are also used to represent list items. As a result, blocks can
-define their own character formats which contain information about
-block-level decoration, such as the type of bullet points used for
-list items. The formatting for the block itself is described by the
-QTextBlockFormat class, and describes properties such as text alignment,
-indentation, and background color.
-
-Although a given document may contain complex structures, once we have a
-reference to a valid block in the document, we can navigate between each
-of the text blocks in the order in which they were written:
-
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/textblock-fragments/xmlwriter.cpp 0
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/textblock-fragments/xmlwriter.cpp 1
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/textblock-fragments/xmlwriter.cpp 2
-
-This method is useful for when you want to extract just the rich text from a
-document because it ignores frames, tables, and other types of structure.
-
-QTextBlock provides comparison operators that make it easier to manipulate
-blocks: \l{QTextBlock::operator==()}{operator==()} and
-\l{QTextBlock::operator!=()}{operator!=()} are used to test whether two
-blocks are the same, and \l{QTextBlock::operator<()}{operator<()} is used
-to determine which one occurs first in a document.
-
-\section2 Frames
-
-Frames are provided by the QTextFrame class.
-
-Text frames group together blocks of text and child frames, creating
-document structures that are larger than paragraphs. The format of a frame
-specifies how it is rendered and positioned on the page. Frames are
-either inserted into the text flow, or they float on the left or right
-hand side of the page.
-Each document contains a root frame that contains all the other document
-elements. As a result, all frames except the root frame have a parent
-frame.
-
-Since text blocks are used to separate other document elements, each
-frame will always contain at least one text block, and zero or more
-child frames. We can inspect the contents of a frame by using a
-QTextFrame::iterator to traverse the frame's child elements:
-
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-frames/xmlwriter.cpp 1
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-frames/xmlwriter.cpp 2
-
-Note that the iterator selects both frames and blocks, so it is necessary
-to check which it is referring to. This allows us to navigate the document
-structure on a frame-by-frame basis yet still access text blocks if
-required. Both the QTextBlock::iterator and QTextFrame::iterator classes
-can be used in complementary ways to extract the required structure from
-a document.
-
-\section2 Tables
-
-Tables are provided by the QTextTable class.
-
-Tables are collections of cells that are arranged in rows and columns.
-Each table cell is a document element with its own character format, but it
-can also contain other elements, such as frames and text blocks. Table cells
-are automatically created when the table is constructed, or when extra rows
-or columns are added. They can also be moved between tables.
-
-QTextTable is a subclass of QTextFrame, so tables are treated like frames
-in the document structure. For each frame that we encounter in the
-document, we can test whether it represents a table, and deal with it in a
-different way:
-
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-tables/xmlwriter.cpp 0
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-tables/xmlwriter.cpp 1
-
-The cells within an existing table can be examined by iterating through
-the rows and columns.
-
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-tables/mainwindow.cpp 9
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-tables/mainwindow.cpp 10
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-tables/mainwindow.cpp 11
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-tables/mainwindow.cpp 12
-
-
-\section2 Lists
-
-Lists are provided by the QTextList class.
-
-Lists are sequences of text blocks that are formatted in the usual way, but
-which also provide the standard list decorations such as bullet points and
-enumerated items. Lists can be nested, and will be indented if the list's
-format specifies a non-zero indentation.
-
-We can refer to each list item by its index in the list:
-
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-listitems/mainwindow.cpp 0
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-listitems/mainwindow.cpp 1
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-listitems/mainwindow.cpp 2
-
-Since QTextList is a subclass of QTextBlockGroup, it does not group the
-list items as child elements, but instead provides various functions for
-managing them. This means that any text block we find when traversing a
-document may actually be a list item. We can ensure that list items are
-correctly identified by using the following code:
-
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-listitems/mainwindow.cpp 3
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-listitems/mainwindow.cpp 4
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-listitems/mainwindow.cpp 5
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-listitems/mainwindow.cpp 6
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-listitems/mainwindow.cpp 7
-
-
-\section2 Images
-
-Images in QTextDocument are represented by text fragments that reference
-external images via the resource mechanism. Images are created using the
-cursor interface, and can be modified later by changing the character
-format of the image's text fragment:
-
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-imageformat/main.cpp 0
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-imageformat/main.cpp 1
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-imageformat/main.cpp 2
-
-The fragment that represents the image can be found by iterating over
-the fragments in the text block that contains the image.
-*/
-
-/*!
-\page richtext-cursor.html
-\contentspage richtext.html Contents
-\previouspage Rich Text Document Structure
-\nextpage Common Rich Text Editing Tasks
-
-\title The QTextCursor Interface
-
-\tableofcontents
-
-The QTextCursor interface allows documents and their structure to be
-edited in a way that should be familiar to most users of text editors and
-document editing software. Rich text documents can have multiple cursors
-associated with them, and each of these contains information about their
-position in the document and any selections that they may hold. This
-cursor-based paradigm makes common operations, such as cutting and pasting
-text, simple to implement programmatically, yet it also allows more complex
-editing operations to be performed on the document.
-
-This chapter describes most of the common editing operations that you
-will need to perform using a cursor, from basic insertion of text and
-document elements to more complex manipulation of document structures.
-
-\section1 Cursor-Based Editing
-
-At the simplest level, text documents are made up of a string of characters,
-marked up in some way to represent the block structure of the text within the
-document. QTextCursor provides a cursor-based interface that allows the
-contents of a QTextDocument to be manipulated at the character level. Since
-the elements (blocks, frames, tables, etc.) are also encoded in the character
-stream, the document structure can itself be changed by the cursor.
-
-The cursor keeps track of its location within its parent document, and can
-report information about the surrounding structure, such as the enclosing
-text block, frame, table, or list. The formats of the enclosing structures
-can also be directly obtained through the cursor.
-
-\section2 Using a Cursor
-
-The main use of a cursor is to insert or modify text within a block.
-We can use a text editor's cursor to do this:
-
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/textblock-formats/main.cpp 0
-
-Alternatively, we can obtain a cursor directly from a document:
-
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-images/main.cpp 0
-
-The cursor is positioned at the start of the document so that we can write
-into the first (empty) block in the document.
-
-\section2 Grouping Cursor Operations
-
-A series of editing operations can be packaged together so that they can
-be replayed, or undone together in a single action. This is achieved by
-using the \c beginEditBlock() and \c endEditBlock() functions in the
-following way, as in the following example where we select the word that
-contains the cursor:
-
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-selections/mainwindow.cpp 0
-
-If editing operations are not grouped, the document automatically records
-the individual operations so that they can be undone later. Grouping
-operations into larger packages can make editing more efficient both for
-the user and for the application, but care has to be taken not to group too
-many operations together as the user may want find-grained control over the
-undo process.
-
-\section2 Multiple Cursors
-
-Multiple cursors can be used to simultaneously edit the same document,
-although only one will be visible to the user in a QTextEdit widget.
-The QTextDocument ensures that each cursor writes text correctly and
-does not interfere with any of the others.
-
-\omit
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-cursors/main.cpp 0
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-cursors/main.cpp 1
-\endomit
-
-\section1 Inserting Document Elements
-
-QTextCursor provides several functions that can be used to change the
-structure of a rich text document. Generally, these functions allow
-document elements to be created with relevant formatting information,
-and they are inserted into the document at the cursor's position.
-
-The first group of functions insert block-level elements, and update the
-cursor position, but they do not return the element that was inserted:
-
-\list
-\i \l{QTextCursor::insertBlock()}{insertBlock()} inserts a new text block
-   (paragraph) into a document at the cursor's position, and moves the
-   cursor to the start of the new block.
-\i \l{QTextCursor::insertFragment()}{insertFragment()} inserts an existing
-   text fragment into a document at the cursor's position.
-\i \l{QTextCursor::insertImage()}{insertImage()} inserts an image into a
-   document at the cursor's position.
-\i \l{QTextCursor::insertText()}{insertText()} inserts text into the
-   document at the cursor's position.
-\endlist
-
-You can examine the contents of the element that was inserted through the
-cursor interface.
-
-The second group of functions insert elements that provide structure to
-the document, and return the structure that was inserted:
-
-\list
-\i \l{QTextCursor::insertFrame()}{insertFrame()} inserts a frame into the
-   document \e after the cursor's current block, and moves the cursor to
-   the start of the empty block in the new frame.
-\i \l{QTextCursor::insertList()}{insertList()} inserts a list into the
-   document at the cursor's position, and moves the cursor to the start
-   of the first item in the list.
-\i \l{QTextCursor::insertTable()}{insertTable()} inserts a table into
-   the document \e after the cursor's current block, and moves the cursor
-   to the start of the block following the table.
-\endlist
-
-These elements either contain or group together other elements in the
-document.
-
-\section2 Text and Text Fragments
-
-Text can be inserted into the current block in the current character
-format, or in a custom format that is specified with the text:
-
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-charformats/main.cpp 0
-
-Once the character format has been used with a cursor, that format becomes
-the default format for any text inserted with that cursor until another
-character format is specified.
-
-If a cursor is used to insert text without specifying a character format,
-the text will be given the character format used at that position in the
-document.
-
-\section2 Blocks
-
-Text blocks are inserted into the document with the
-\l{QTextCursor::insertBlock()}{insertBlock()} function.
-
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/textblock-formats/main.cpp 1
-
-The cursor is positioned at the start of the new block.
-
-\section2 Frames
-
-Frames are inserted into a document using the cursor, and will be placed
-within the cursor's current frame \e after the current block.
-The following code shows how a frame can be inserted between two text
-blocks in a document's root frame. We begin by finding the cursor's
-current frame:
-
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-frames/mainwindow.cpp 0
-
-We insert some text in this frame then set up a frame format for the
-child frame:
-
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-frames/mainwindow.cpp 1
-
-The frame format will give the frame an external margin of 32 pixels,
-internal padding of 8 pixels, and a border that is 4 pixels wide.
-See the QTextFrameFormat documentation for more information about
-frame formats.
-
-The frame is inserted into the document after the preceding text:
-
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-frames/mainwindow.cpp 2
-
-We add some text to the document immediately after we insert the frame.
-Since the text cursor is positioned \e{inside the frame} when it is inserted
-into the document, this text will also be inserted inside the frame.
-
-Finally, we position the cursor outside the frame by taking the last
-available cursor position inside the frame we recorded earlier:
-
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-frames/mainwindow.cpp 3
-
-The text that we add last is inserted after the child frame in the
-document. Since each frame is padded with text blocks, this ensures that
-more elements can always be inserted with a cursor.
-
-\section2 Tables
-
-Tables are inserted into the document using the cursor, and will be
-placed within the cursor's current frame \e after the current block:
-
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-tables/mainwindow.cpp 0
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-tables/mainwindow.cpp 3
-
-Tables can be created with a specific format that defines the overall
-properties of the table, such as its alignment, background color, and
-the cell spacing used. It can also determine the constraints on each
-column, allowing each of them to have a fixed width, or resize according
-to the available space.
-
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-tables/mainwindow.cpp 2
-
-The columns in the table created above will each take up a certain
-percentage of the available width. Note that the table format is
-optional; if you insert a table without a format, some sensible
-default values will be used for the table's properties.
-
-Since cells can contain other document elements, they too can be
-formatted and styled as necessary.
-
-Text can be added to the table by navigating to each cell with the cursor
-and inserting text.
-
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-tables/mainwindow.cpp 4
-
-We can create a simple timetable by following this approach:
-
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-tables/mainwindow.cpp 5
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-tables/mainwindow.cpp 6
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-tables/mainwindow.cpp 7
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-tables/mainwindow.cpp 8
-
-\section2 Lists
-
-Lists of block elements can be automatically created and inserted into the
-document at the current cursor position. Each list that is created in this
-way requires a list format to be specified:
-
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-lists/mainwindow.cpp 0
-
-The above code first checks whether the cursor is within an existing list
-and, if so, gives the list format for the new list a suitable level of
-indentation. This allows nested lists to be created with increasing
-levels of indentation. A more sophisticated implementation would also use
-different kinds of symbol for the bullet points in each level of the list.
-
-\section2 Images
-
-Inline images are added to documents through the cursor in the usual manner.
-Unlike many other elements, all of the image properties are specified by the
-image's format. This means that a QTextImageFormat object has to be
-created before an image can be inserted:
-
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-images/main.cpp 1
-
-The image name refers to an entry in the application's resource file.
-The method used to derive this name is described in
-\l{resources.html}{The Qt Resource System}.
-
-*/
-
-/*!
-\page richtext-common-tasks.html
-\contentspage richtext.html Contents
-\previouspage The QTextCursor Interface
-\nextpage Advanced Rich Text Processing
-
-\title Common Rich Text Editing Tasks
-
-\tableofcontents
-
-There are a number of tasks that are often performed by developers
-when editing and processing text documents using Qt. These include the use
-of display widgets such as QTextBrowser and QTextEdit, creation of
-documents with QTextDocument, editing using a QTextCursor, and
-exporting the document structure.
-This document outlines some of the more common ways of using the rich
-text classes to perform these tasks, showing convenient patterns that can
-be reused in your own applications.
-
-\section1 Using QTextEdit
-
-A text editor widget can be constructed and used to display HTML in the
-following way:
-
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_richtext.qdoc 2
-
-By default, the text editor contains a document with a root frame, inside
-which is an empty text block. This document can be obtained so that it can
-be modified directly by the application:
-
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_richtext.qdoc 3
-
-The text editor's cursor may also be used to edit a document:
-
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_richtext.qdoc 4
-
-Although a document can be edited using many cursors at once, a QTextEdit
-only displays a single cursor at a time. Therefore, if we want to update the
-editor to display a particular cursor or its selection, we need to set the
-editor's cursor after we have modified the document:
-
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_richtext.qdoc 5
-
-\section1 Selecting Text
-
-Text is selected by moving the cursor using operations that are similar to
-those performed by a user in a text editor. To select text between two
-points in the document, we need to position the cursor at the first point
-then move it using a special mode (\l{QTextCursor::MoveMode}) with a
-move operation (\l{QTextCursor::MoveOperation}).
-When we select the text, we leave the selection anchor at the old cursor
-position just as the user might do by holding down the Shift key when
-selecting text:
-
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-selections/mainwindow.cpp 1
-
-In the above code, a whole word is selected using this method. QTextCursor
-provides a number of common move operations for selecting individual
-characters, words, lines, and whole blocks.
-
-\section1 Finding Text
-
-QTextDocument provides a cursor-based interface for searching, making
-it easy to find and modify text in the style of a text editor. The following
-code finds all the instances of a particular word in a document, and changes
-the color of each:
-
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-find/main.cpp 0
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-find/main.cpp 1
-
-Note that the cursor does not have to be moved after each search and replace
-operation; it is always positioned at the end of the word that was just
-replaced.
-
-\section1 Printing Documents
-
-QTextEdit is designed for the display of large rich text documents that are
-read on screen, rendering them in the same way as a web browser. As a result,
-it does not automatically break the contents of the document into page-sized
-pieces that are suitable for printing.
-
-QTextDocument provides a \l{QTextDocument::print()}{print()} function to
-allow documents to be printed using the QPrinter class. The following code
-shows how to prepare a document in a QTextEdit for printing with a QPrinter:
-
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/textdocument-printing/mainwindow.cpp 0
-
-The document is obtained from the text editor, and a QPrinter is constructed
-then configured using a QPrintDialog. If the user accepts the printer's
-configuration then the document is formatted and printed using the
-\l{QTextDocument::print()}{print()} function.
-
-*/
-
-/*!
-\page richtext-advanced-processing.html
-\contentspage richtext.html Contents
-\previouspage Common Rich Text Editing Tasks
-\nextpage Supported HTML Subset
-
-\title Advanced Rich Text Processing
-
-\section1 Handling Large Files
-
-Qt does not limit the size of files that are used for text
-processing.  In most cases, this will not present a problem. For
-especially large files, however, you might experience that your
-application will become unresponsive or that you will run out of
-memory. The size of the files you can load depends on your
-hardware and on Qt's and your own application's implementation.
-
-If you are faced with this problem, we recommend that you address the
-following issues:
-
-\list
-    \o You should consider breaking up large paragraphs into smaller 
-       ones as Qt handles small paragraphs better. You could also 
-       insert line breaks at regular intervals, which will look the
-       same as one large paragraph in a QTextEdit.
-    \o You can reduce the amount of blocks in a QTextDocument with 
-       \l{QTextDocument::}{maximumBlockCount()}. The document is only
-       as large as the number of blocks as far as QTextEdit is concerned.
-    \o When adding text to a text edit, it is an advantage to add it 
-       in an edit block (see example below). The result is that the
-       text edit does not need to build the entire document structure at once.
-\endlist
-
-We give an example of the latter technique from the list. We assume that
-the text edit is visible.
-
-\snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_richtext.qdoc 6
-
-\omit
-Ideas for other sections:
-
- * Hiding QTextBlock elements.
- * Changing the word wrapping mode in QTextEdit. Custom word wrapping?
-\endomit
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \page richtext-html-subset.html
-    \title Supported HTML Subset
-    \brief Describes the support for HTML markup in text widgets.
-
-    \contentspage richtext.html Contents
-    \previouspage Common Rich Text Editing Tasks
-
-    Qt's text widgets are able to display rich text, specified using a subset of \l{HTML 4}
-    markup. Widgets that use QTextDocument, such as QLabel and QTextEdit, are able to display
-    rich text specified in this way.
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 Using HTML Markup in Text Widgets
-
-    Widgets automatically detect HTML markup and display rich text accordingly. For example,
-    setting a label's \l{QLabel::}{text} property with the string \c{"<b>Hello</b> <i>Qt!</i>"}
-    will result in the label displaying text like this: \bold{Hello} \e{Qt!}
-
-    When HTML markup is used for text, Qt follows the rules defined by the \l{HTML 4}
-    specification. This includes default properties for text layout, such as the
-    direction of the text flow (left-to-right) which can be changed by applying the
-    \l{#Block Attributes}{\c dir} attribute to blocks of text.
-
-    \section1 Supported Tags
-
-    The following table lists the HTML tags supported by Qt's
-    \l{Rich Text Processing}{rich text} engine:
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Tag
-            \o Description
-            \o Comment
-    \row    \o \c a
-            \o Anchor or link
-            \o Supports the \c href and \c name attributes.
-    \row    \o \c address
-            \o Address
-            \o
-    \row    \o \c b
-            \o Bold
-            \o
-    \row    \o \c big
-            \o Larger font
-            \o
-    \row    \o \c blockquote
-            \o Indented paragraph
-            \o
-    \row    \o \c body
-            \o Document body
-            \o Supports the \c bgcolor attribute, which
-               can be a Qt \l{QColor::setNamedColor()}{color name}
-               or a \c #RRGGBB color specification.
-    \row    \o \c br
-            \o Line break
-            \o
-    \row    \o \c center
-            \o Centered paragraph
-            \o
-    \row    \o \c cite
-            \o Inline citation
-            \o Same as \c i.
-    \row    \o \c code
-            \o Code
-            \o Same as \c tt.
-    \row    \o \c dd
-            \o Definition data
-            \o
-    \row    \o \c dfn
-            \o Definition
-            \o Same as \c i.
-    \row    \o \c div
-            \o Document division
-            \o Supports the standard \l{block attributes}.
-    \row    \o \c dl
-            \o Definition list
-            \o Supports the standard \l{block attributes}.
-    \row    \o \c dt
-            \o Definition term
-            \o Supports the standard \l{block attributes}.
-    \row    \o \c em
-            \o Emphasized
-            \o Same as \c i.
-    \row    \o \c font
-            \o Font size, family, and/or color
-            \o Supports the following attributes:
-               \c size, \c face, and \c color (Qt
-               \l{QColor::setNamedColor()}{color names} or
-               \c #RRGGBB).
-    \row    \o \c h1
-            \o Level 1 heading
-            \o Supports the standard \l{block attributes}.
-    \row    \o \c h2
-            \o Level 2 heading
-            \o Supports the standard \l{block attributes}.
-    \row    \o \c h3
-            \o Level 3 heading
-            \o Supports the standard \l{block attributes}.
-    \row    \o \c h4
-            \o Level 4 heading
-            \o Supports the standard \l{block attributes}.
-    \row    \o \c h5
-            \o Level 5 heading
-            \o Supports the standard \l{block attributes}.
-    \row    \o \c h6
-            \o Level 6 heading
-            \o Supports the standard \l{block attributes}.
-    \row    \o \c head
-            \o Document header
-            \o
-    \row    \o \c hr
-            \o Horizontal line
-            \o Supports the \c width attribute, which can
-               be specified as an absolute or relative (\c %) value.
-    \row    \o \c html
-            \o HTML document
-            \o
-    \row    \o \c i
-            \o Italic
-            \o
-    \row    \o \c img
-            \o Image
-            \o Supports the \c src, \c source
-               (for Qt 3 compatibility), \c width, and \c height
-               attributes.
-    \row    \o \c kbd
-            \o User-entered text
-            \o
-    \row    \o \c meta
-            \o Meta-information
-            \o If a text encoding is specified using the \c{meta} tag,
-               it is picked up by Qt::codecForHtml().
-               Likewise, if an encoding is specified to
-               QTextDocument::toHtml(), the encoding is stored using
-               a \c meta tag, for example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_richtext.qdoc 7
-
-    \row    \o \c li
-            \o List item
-            \o
-    \row    \o \c nobr
-            \o Non-breakable text
-            \o
-    \row    \o \c ol
-            \o Ordered list
-            \o Supports the standard \l{list attributes}.
-    \row    \o \c p
-            \o Paragraph
-            \o Left-aligned by default. Supports the standard
-               \l{block attributes}.
-    \row    \o \c pre
-            \o Preformated text
-            \o
-    \row    \o \c qt
-            \o Qt rich-text document
-            \o Synonym for \c html. Provided for compatibility with
-               earlier versions of Qt.
-    \row    \o \c s
-            \o Strikethrough
-            \o
-    \row    \o \c samp
-            \o Sample code
-            \o Same as \c tt.
-    \row    \o \c small
-            \o Small font
-            \o
-    \row    \o \c span
-            \o Grouped elements
-            \o
-    \row    \o \c strong
-            \o Strong
-            \o Same as \c b.
-    \row    \o \c sub
-            \o Subscript
-            \o
-    \row    \o \c sup
-            \o Superscript
-            \o
-    \row    \o \c table
-            \o Table
-            \o Supports the following attributes: \c border,
-               \c bgcolor (Qt \l{QColor::setNamedColor()}{color names}
-               or \c #RRGGBB), \c cellspacing, \c cellpadding,
-               \c width (absolute or relative), and \c height.
-    \row    \o \c tbody
-            \o Table body
-            \o Does nothing.
-    \row    \o \c td
-            \o Table data cell
-            \o Supports the standard \l{table cell attributes}.
-    \row    \o \c tfoot
-            \o Table footer
-            \o Does nothing.
-    \row    \o \c th
-            \o Table header cell
-            \o Supports the standard \l{table cell attributes}.
-    \row    \o \c thead
-            \o Table header
-            \o If the \c thead tag is specified, it is used when printing tables
-               that span multiple pages.
-    \row    \o \c title
-            \o Document title
-            \o The value specified using the \c
-               title tag is available through
-               QTextDocument::metaInformation().
-    \row    \o \c tr
-            \o Table row
-            \o Supports the \c bgcolor attribute, which
-               can be a Qt \l{QColor::setNamedColor()}{color name}
-               or a \c #RRGGBB color specification.
-    \row    \o \c tt
-            \o Typewrite font
-            \o
-    \row    \o \c u
-            \o Underlined
-            \o
-    \row    \o \c ul
-            \o Unordered list
-            \o Supports the standard \l{list attributes}.
-    \row    \o \c var
-            \o Variable
-            \o Same as \c i.
-    \endtable
-
-    \section1 Block Attributes
-
-    The following attributes are supported by the \c div, \c dl, \c
-    dt, \c h1, \c h2, \c h3, \c h4, \c h5, \c h6, \c p tags:
-
-    \list
-    \o \c align (\c left, \c right, \c center, \c justify)
-    \o \c dir (\c ltr, \c rtl)
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 List Attributes
-
-    The following attribute is supported by the \c ol and \c ul tags:
-
-    \list
-    \o \c type (\c 1, \c a, \c A, \c square, \c disc, \c circle)
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 Table Cell Attributes
-
-    The following attributes are supported by the \c td and \c th
-    tags:
-
-    \list
-    \o \c width (absolute, relative, or no-value)
-    \o \c bgcolor (Qt \l{QColor::setNamedColor()}{color names} or \c #RRGGBB)
-    \o \c colspan
-    \o \c rowspan
-    \o \c align (\c left, \c right, \c center, \c justify)
-    \o \c valign (\c top, \c middle, \c bottom)
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 CSS Properties
-    The following table lists the CSS properties supported by Qt's
-    \l{Rich Text Processing}{rich text} engine:
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Property
-            \o Values
-            \o Description
-    \row
-            \o \c background-color
-            \o <color>
-            \o Background color for elements
-    \row
-            \o \c background-image
-            \o <uri>
-            \o Background image for elements
-    \row    \o \c color
-            \o <color>
-            \o Text foreground color
-    \row    \o \c font-family
-            \o <family name>
-            \o Font family name
-    \row    \o \c font-size
-            \o [ small | medium | large | x-large | xx-large ] | <size>pt | <size>px
-            \o Font size relative to the document font, or specified in points or pixels
-    \row    \o \c font-style
-            \o [ normal | italic | oblique ]
-            \o
-    \row    \o \c font-weight
-            \o [ normal | bold | 100 | 200 | 300 | 400 | 500 | 600 | 700 | 800 | 900 ]
-            \o Specifies the font weight used for text, where \c normal and \c bold
-               are mapped to the corresponding QFont weights. Numeric values are
-               8 times the equivalent QFont weight values.
-    \row    \o \c text-decoration
-            \o none | [ underline || overline || line-through ]
-            \o Additional text effects
-    \row    \o \c font
-            \o [ [ <'font-style'> || <'font-weight'> ]? <'font-size'> <'font-family'> ]
-            \o Font shorthand property
-    \row    \o \c text-indent
-            \o <length>px
-            \o First line text indentation in pixels
-    \row    \o \c white-space
-            \o normal | pre | nowrap | pre-wrap
-            \o Declares how whitespace in HTML is handled.
-    \row    \o \c margin-top
-            \o <length>px
-            \o Top paragraph margin in pixels
-    \row    \o \c margin-bottom
-            \o <length>px
-            \o Bottom paragraph margin in pixels
-    \row    \o \c margin-left
-            \o <length>px
-            \o Left paragraph margin in pixels
-    \row    \o \c margin-right
-            \o <length>px
-            \o Right paragraph margin in pixels
-    \row    \o \c padding-top
-            \o <length>px
-            \o Top table cell padding in pixels
-    \row    \o \c padding-bottom
-            \o <length>px
-            \o Bottom table cell padding in pixels
-    \row    \o \c padding-left
-            \o <length>px
-            \o Left table cell padding in pixels
-    \row    \o \c padding-right
-            \o <length>px
-            \o Right table cell padding in pixels
-    \row    \o \c padding
-            \o <length>px
-            \o Shorthand for setting all the padding properties at once.
-    \row    \o \c vertical-align
-            \o baseline | sub | super | middle | top | bottom
-            \o Vertical text alignment. For vertical alignment in text table cells only middle, top, and bottom apply.
-    \row    \o \c border-color
-            \o <color>
-            \o Border color for text tables.
-    \row    \o \c border-style
-            \o none | dotted | dashed | dot-dash | dot-dot-dash | solid | double | groove | ridge | inset | outset
-            \o Border style for text tables.
-    \row    \o \c background
-            \o [ <'background-color'> || <'background-image'> ]
-            \o Background shorthand property
-    \row    \o \c page-break-before
-            \o [ auto | always ]
-            \o Make it possible to enforce a page break before the paragraph/table
-    \row    \o \c page-break-after
-            \o [ auto | always ]
-            \o Make it possible to enforce a page break after the paragraph/table
-    \row    \o float
-            \o [ left | right | none ]
-            \o Specifies where an image or a text will be placed in another element. Note that the \c float property is
-               only supported for tables and images.
-    \row    \o \c text-transform
-            \o [ uppercase | lowercase ]
-            \o Select the transformation that will be performed on the text prior to displaying it.
-    \row    \o \c font-variant
-            \o small-caps
-            \o Perform the smallcaps transformation on the text prior to displaying it.
-    \row    \o \c word-spacing
-            \o <width>px
-            \o Specifies an alternate spacing between each word.
-    \endtable
-
-    \section1 Supported CSS Selectors
-
-    All CSS 2.1 selector classes are supported except pseudo-class selectors such
-    as \c{:first-child}, \c{:visited} and \c{:hover}.
-
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/scripting/ecmascript.qdoc b/doc/src/scripting/ecmascript.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e6c36d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/scripting/ecmascript.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,312 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page ecmascript.html
+    \title ECMAScript Reference
+    \brief A list of objects, functions and properties supported by QtScript.
+
+    This reference contains a list of objects, functions and
+    properties supported by QtScript.
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 The Global Object
+
+    \section2 Value Properties
+
+    \list
+    \o NaN
+    \o Infinity
+    \o undefined
+    \o Math
+    \endlist
+
+    \section2 Function Properties
+
+    \list
+    \o eval(x)
+    \o parseInt(string, radix)
+    \o parseFloat(string)
+    \o isNaN(number)
+    \o isFinite(number)
+    \o decodeURI(encodedURI)
+    \o decodeURIComponent(encodedURIComponent)
+    \o encodeURI(uri)
+    \o encodeURIComponent(uriComponent)
+    \endlist
+
+    \section2 Constructor Properties
+
+    \list
+    \o Object
+    \o Function
+    \o Array
+    \o String
+    \o Boolean
+    \o Number
+    \o Date
+    \o RegExp
+    \o Error
+    \o EvalError
+    \o RangeError
+    \o ReferenceError
+    \o SyntaxError
+    \o TypeError
+    \o URIError
+    \endlist
+
+    \section1 Object Objects
+
+    \section2 Object Prototype Object
+
+    \list
+    \o toString()
+    \o toLocaleString()
+    \o valueOf()
+    \o hasOwnProperty(V)
+    \o isPrototypeOf(V)
+    \o propertyIsEnumerable(V)
+    \endlist
+
+    \section1 Function Objects
+
+    \section2 Function Prototype Object
+
+    \section3 Function Properties
+
+    \list
+    \o toString()
+    \o apply(thisArg, argArray)
+    \o call(thisArg [, arg1 [, arg2, ...]])
+    \endlist
+
+    \section1 Array Objects
+
+    \section2 Array Prototype Object
+
+    \section3 Function Properties
+
+    \list
+    \o toString()
+    \o toLocaleString()
+    \o concat([item1 [, item2 [, ...]]])
+    \o join(separator)
+    \o pop()
+    \o push([item1 [, item2 [, ...]]])
+    \o reverse()
+    \o shift()
+    \o slice(start, end)
+    \o sort(comparefn)
+    \o splice(start, deleteCount[, item1 [, item2 [, ...]]])
+    \o unshift([item1 [, item2 [, ...]]])
+    \endlist
+
+    \section1 String Objects
+
+    \section2 String Prototype Object
+
+    \section3 Function Properties
+
+    \list
+    \o toString()
+    \o valueOf()
+    \o charAt(pos)
+    \o charCodeAt(pos)
+    \o concat([string1 [, string2 [, ...]]])
+    \o indexOf(searchString ,position)
+    \o lastIndexOf(searchString, position)
+    \o localeCompare(that)
+    \o match(regexp)
+    \o replace(searchValue, replaceValue)
+    \o search(regexp)
+    \o slice(start, end)
+    \o split(separator, limit)
+    \o substring(start, end)
+    \o toLowerCase()
+    \o toLocaleLowerCase()
+    \o toUpperCase()
+    \o toLocaleUpperCase()
+    \endlist
+
+    \section1 Boolean Objects
+
+    \section2 Boolean Prototype Object
+
+    \section3 Function Properties
+
+    \list
+    \o toString()
+    \o valueOf()
+    \endlist
+
+    \section1 Number Objects
+
+    \section2 Number Prototype Object
+
+    \section3 Function Properties
+
+    \list
+    \o toString(radix)
+    \o toLocaleString()
+    \o toFixed(fractionDigits)
+    \o toExponential(fractionDigits)
+    \o toPrecision(precision)
+    \endlist
+
+    \section1 The Math Object
+
+    \section2 Value Properties
+
+    \list
+    \o E
+    \o LN10
+    \o LN2
+    \o LOG2E
+    \o LOG10E
+    \o PI
+    \o SQRT1_2
+    \o SQRT2
+    \endlist
+
+    \section2 Function Properties
+
+    \list
+    \o abs(x)
+    \o acos(x)
+    \o asin(x)
+    \o atan(x)
+    \o atan2(y, x)
+    \o ceil(x)
+    \o cos(x)
+    \o exp(x)
+    \o floor(x)
+    \o log(x)
+    \o max([value1 [, value2 [, ...]]])
+    \o min([value1 [, value2 [, ...]]])
+    \o pow(x, y)
+    \o random()
+    \o round(x)
+    \o sin(x)
+    \o sqrt(x)
+    \o tan(x)
+    \endlist
+
+    \section1 Date Objects
+
+    \section2 Date Prototype Object
+
+    \section3 Function Properties
+
+    \list
+    \o toString()
+    \o toDateString()
+    \o toTimeString()
+    \o toLocaleString()
+    \o toLocaleDateString()
+    \o toLocaleTimeString()
+    \o valueOf()
+    \o getTime()
+    \o getFullYear()
+    \o getUTCFullYear()
+    \o getMonth()
+    \o getUTCMonth()
+    \o getDate()
+    \o getUTCDate()
+    \o getDay()
+    \o getUTCDay()
+    \o getHours()
+    \o getUTCHours()
+    \o getMinutes()
+    \o getUTCMinutes()
+    \o getSeconds()
+    \o getUTCSeconds()
+    \o getMilliseconds()
+    \o getUTCMilliseconds()
+    \o getTimeZoneOffset()
+    \o setTime(time)
+    \o setMilliseconds(ms)
+    \o setUTCMilliseconds(ms)
+    \o setSeconds(sec [, ms])
+    \o setUTCSeconds(sec [, ms])
+    \o setMinutes(min [, sec [, ms]])
+    \o setUTCMinutes(min [, sec [, ms]])
+    \o setHours(hour [, min [, sec [, ms]]])
+    \o setUTCHours(hour [, min [, sec [, ms]]])
+    \o setDate(date)
+    \o setUTCDate(date)
+    \o setMonth(month [, date])
+    \o setUTCMonth(month [, date])
+    \o setFullYear(year [, month [, date]])
+    \o setUTCFullYear(year [, month [, date]])
+    \o toUTCString()
+    \endlist
+
+    \section1 RegExp Objects
+
+    \section2 RegExp Prototype Object
+
+    \section3 Function Properties
+
+    \list
+    \o exec(string)
+    \o test(string)
+    \o toString()
+    \endlist
+
+    \section1 Error Objects
+
+    \section2 Error Prototype Object
+
+    \section3 Value Properties
+
+    \list
+    \o name
+    \o message
+    \endlist
+
+    \section3 Function Properties
+
+    \list
+    \o toString()
+    \endlist
+
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/scripting/qtscriptdebugger-manual.qdoc b/doc/src/scripting/qtscriptdebugger-manual.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1dada93
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/scripting/qtscriptdebugger-manual.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,436 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page qtscriptdebugger-manual.html
+    \title Qt Script Debugger Manual
+    \brief A manual describing how to use the Qt Script debugger.
+
+  The Qt Script debugger is a tool for debugging script execution in
+  Qt applications that use Qt Script. Application developers can embed
+  the debugger into their application through the
+  QScriptEngineDebugger class. This manual describes how to use the
+  debugger. We assume that the reader is somewhat familiar with
+  general debugging concepts and existing debugging tools.
+
+  We assume that the debugger has been integrated into the application
+  through the QScriptEngineDebugger::standardWindow()
+  function, which provides the standard debugger configuration.
+
+  \tableofcontents
+
+  \section1 Getting Started
+
+  The following image shows the debugger as created with
+  \l{QScriptEngineDebugger::}{standardWindow()}:
+
+  \image qtscript-debugger.png Running a script under the Qt Script debugger.
+
+  The debugger will start, i.e., take control over the script's
+  execution when any of these conditions are met:
+
+  \list
+    \o The \c{debugger} statement is encountered in the script.
+    \o Clicking the \gui Interrupt menu item from the \gui Debug
+        menu in the main window.
+    \o A breakpoint is reached.
+    \o An uncaught script exception is thrown.
+  \endlist
+
+  Once the debugger is started, the execution state can be inspected,
+  e.g., the value of variables can be queried and the current program
+  stack shown. New breakpoints can be set.
+
+  The debugger will resume, i.e., give the control back to the script
+  engine, when the user clicks \gui Continue menu item from the \gui
+  Debug menu. It will be invoked again if one of the conditions
+  described in the list above is met.
+
+  \section1 Overview of Debugger Components
+
+  The debugger's functionality is divided into a series of components,
+  each being a widget that can be shown in the main window of the
+  debugger. The following table describes each component and how they
+  relate to each other.
+
+  \table
+    \header
+      \o Component
+      \o Description
+  \row
+  \o Console Widget 
+  \o The console widget provides a command-line interface to the
+  debugger's functionality, and also serves as an interactive script
+  interpreter. The set of commands and their syntax is inspired by
+  GDB, the GNU Debugger. Commands and script variables are
+  auto-completed through the TAB key.
+
+  Any console command that causes a change in the debugger or debugger
+  target's state will immediately be reflected in the other debugger
+  components (e.g. breakpoints or local variables changed).
+
+  The console provides a simple and powerful way of manipulating the
+  script environment. For example, typing "x" and hitting enter will
+  evaluate "x" in the current stack frame and display the result.
+  Typing "x = 123" will assign the value 123 to the variable \c{x} in
+  the current scope (or create a global variable \c{x} if there isn't
+  one -- scripts evaluated through the console can have arbitrary side
+  effects, so be careful).
+
+  \row
+  \o Stack Widget
+  \o The stack widget shows a backtrace of the script execution state.
+  Each row represents one frame in the stack. A row contains the
+  frame index (0 being the inner-most frame), the name of the script function,
+  and the location (file name and line number). To select a particular
+  stack frame to inspect, click on its row.
+
+  \row
+  \o Locals Widget
+  \o The locals widget shows the variables that are local to the
+  currently selected stack frame; that is, the properties of the
+  objects in the scope chain and the \c{this}-object. Objects can be
+  expanded, so that their properties can be examined, recursively.
+  Properties whose value has changed are shown in bold font.
+
+  Properties that are not read-only can be edited. Double-click on the
+  value and type in the new value; the value can be an arbitrary
+  expression. The expression will be evaluated in the associated stack
+  frame. While typing, you can press the TAB key to get possible
+  completions for the expression.
+
+  \row
+  \o Code Widget
+  \o The code widget shows the code of the currently selected script.
+    The widget displays an arrow in the left margin, marking the
+    code line that is being executed.
+    Clicking in the margin of a line will cause a breakpoint to be
+    toggled at that line. A breakpoint has to be set on a line that
+    contains an actual statement in order to be useful.When an uncaught script exception occurs, the
+    offending line will be shown with a red background.
+
+    The code widget is read-only; it cannot currently be used to edit
+    and (re)evaluate scripts. This is however possible from the
+    command-line interface, see \l{Console Command Reference}.
+
+  \row
+  \o Scripts Widget
+
+  \o The scripts widget shows the scripts that are currently loaded in
+  the script engine. Clicking on a script will cause its code to be
+  shown in the code widget. When a script is no longer referenced by
+  the debugger target it is removed from the scripts widget. Code
+  evaluated through QScriptEngine::evaluate() without a name specified, will be
+  displayed in the widget as Anonymous.
+
+  \row
+    \o Breakpoints Widget
+
+  \o The breakpoints widget shows all the breakpoints that are set.  A
+  breakpoint can be disabled or enabled by clicking the checkbox next
+  to the breakpoint's ID (the ID is provided so that the breakpoint
+  can be manipulated through the console widget as well).
+
+  A condition can be associated with the breakpoint; the condition can
+  be an arbitrary expression that should evaluate to true or
+  false. The breakpoint will only be triggered when its location is
+  reached \bold{and} the condition evaluates to true.
+
+  Similarly, if the breakpoint's ignore-count is set to N, the
+  breakpoint will be ignored the next N times it is hit.
+
+  A new breakpoint can be set by clicking the New Breakpoint button
+  and typing in a location of the form <filename>\bold{:}<linenumber>.
+  The breakpoint location can refer to an already loaded script, or
+  one that has not been loaded yet.
+
+  \row
+  \o Debug Output Widget
+  \o The debug output widget shows messages generated by the print()
+  script function. Scripts can use the special variables \c{__FILE__}
+  and \c{__LINE__} to include the current location information in the
+  messages.
+
+  \row
+  \o Error Log Widget
+  \o The error log widget shows error messages that have been generated.
+     All uncaught exceptions that occur in the engine will appear here.
+
+  \endtable
+
+  \section2 Resuming Script Evaluation
+
+  Script evaluation can be resumed in one of the following ways:
+
+  \list
+  \o \bold{Continue}: Evaluation will resume normally.
+  \o \bold{Step Into}: Evaluation will resume until the next statement is reached.
+  \o \bold{Step Over}: Evaluation will resume until the next statement is reached;
+                but if the current statement is a function call, the debugger
+                will treat it as a single statement.
+  \o \bold{Step Out}: Evaluation will resume until the current function exits and
+               the next statement is reached.
+  \o \bold{Run to Cursor}: Run until the statement at the cursor is reached.
+  \o \bold{Run to New Script}: Run until the first statement of a new script is reached.
+  \endlist
+
+  In any case, script evaluation can also be stopped due to either of the
+  following reasons:
+
+  \list
+  \o A \c{debugger} statement is encountered.
+  \o A breakpoint is hit.
+  \o An uncaught script exception occurs.
+  \endlist
+
+  \section2 Resuming After an Uncaught Exception
+
+  When an uncaught script exception occurs, it is not possible to
+  continue evaluating the current function normally. However, you can
+  use the console command \bold{return} to catch the exception and
+  return a value to the calling function.
+
+  \section1 Console Command Reference
+
+  Note that you can also get help on the available commands by typing
+  ".help" in the console.
+
+  \section2 Breakpoint-related Commands
+
+  Break points is set
+
+  \section3 break <location>
+
+  Sets a breakpoint at a given code line.
+
+  \code
+  .break foo.qs:123
+  \endcode
+
+  This command sets a breakpoint at \c{foo.qs}, line 123.
+
+  \code
+  .break 123
+  \endcode
+
+  This command sets a breakpoint at line 123 in the current script; the current script
+  is the script associated with the current stack frame.
+
+  Each breakpoint has a unique identifier (an integer) associated with it.
+  This identifier is needed by other breakpoint-related commands.
+
+  \section3 clear <location>
+
+  \code
+  .clear foo.qs:123
+  \endcode
+
+  clears (deletes) the breakpoint at \c{foo.qs}, line 123.
+
+  \code
+  clear 123
+  \endcode
+
+  clears (deletes) the breakpoint at line 123 in the current script;
+  the current script is the script associated with the current stack
+  frame.
+
+  \section3 condition <breakpoint-id> <expression>
+
+  Sets a condition for a breakpoint.
+
+  \code
+  .condition 1 i > 42
+  \endcode
+
+  specifies that breakpoint 1 should only be triggered if the variable \c{i}
+  is greater than 42.
+
+  The expression can be an arbitrary one, i.e. it can have
+  side-effects. It can be any valid QScript conditional
+  expression.
+
+  \section3 delete <breakpoint-id>
+
+  Deletes a breakpoint, i.e., removes it from the current debugging
+  session.
+
+  \section3 disable <breakpoint-id>
+
+  Disables a breakpoint. The breakpoint will continue to exist, but
+  will not stop program execution.
+
+  \section3 enable <breakpoint-id>
+
+  Enables a breakpoint. Breakpoints are enabled by default, so you
+  only need to use this command if you have disabled to breakpoint
+  previously.
+
+  \section3 ignore <breakpoint-id> <count>
+  
+  Sets the ignore-count of a breakpoint, i.e., the breakpoint will not
+  stop the program execution unless it have been reached \c count
+  times. This can, for instance, be useful in loops to stop at a
+  specific iteration.
+
+  \code
+  .ignore 1 5
+  \endcode
+
+  Specifies that breakpoint 1 should be ignored the next 5 times it is
+  hit.
+
+  \section3 info breakpoints
+
+  Lists the breakpoints that are set.
+
+  \code
+    .info breakpoints
+  \endcode
+
+  \section3 tbreak <location>
+
+  Sets a temporary breakpoint. This command is identical to the
+  \c{break} command, only the breakpoint will be automatically deleted
+  the first time it is hit.
+
+  \section2 File-related Commands
+
+  \section3 list <location>
+
+  Lists the contents of a script around a given location, where the
+  location is given as a line number and, optionally, the name of the
+  file from which you will print. If only a line number is given, \c
+  {.list} will use the file of the current stack frame.
+
+  \code
+    .list foo.qs:125
+  \endcode
+
+  When no arguments are given, \c{list} will incrementally list
+  sections of the current script.
+
+  \section3 info scripts
+
+  Lists the scripts that are currently loaded.
+
+  \section2 Execution-related Commands
+
+  \section3 advance <location>
+
+  Advances execution to a given location. The syntax of the location
+  is the same as for setting breakpoints. For example:
+
+  \code
+    .advance foo.qs:125
+  \endcode
+
+  \section3 continue
+
+  Continues execution normally, i.e, gives the execution control over
+  the script back to the QScriptEngine.
+
+  \section3 eval <program>
+
+  Evaluates a program. 
+
+  \section3 finish
+
+  Continues execution until the current function exits and the next
+  statement is reached (i.e., the statement after the call to the
+  function).
+
+  \section3 interrupt
+
+  Requests that execution should be interrupted. Interruption will
+  occur as soon as a new script statement is reached.
+
+  \section3 next <count = 1>
+
+  Continues execution until a new statement is reached; but if the
+  current statement is a function call, the function call will be
+  treated as a single statement. This will be done \c count times
+  before execution is stopped; the default is one.
+
+  \section3 return <expression>
+
+  Makes the current frame return to its caller. If \c expression is
+  given, it will sent as the result of the function (i.e., replacing
+  the functions return value). \c expression can be any valid QScript
+  expression.
+
+  \section3 step <count = 1>
+
+  Continues execution until a new statement is reached. If the number
+  \c count is given as argument, this will be done \c count times
+  before execution is stopped. As opposed to \l{next <count = 1>},  \c
+  step will enter functions when encountering a function call
+  statement.
+
+  \section2 Stack-related Commands
+
+  \section3 backtrace
+
+  Shows a backtrace of the current execution. The trace will list the
+  function name and its position in the script for each stack frame.
+
+  \section3 down
+
+  Selects the previous (inner) stack frame. The execution will not
+  return to this frame, but you will get access to its local
+  variables. 
+
+  \section3 frame <index>
+
+  This command moves to the stack frame with the given \c index. The
+  index of the frame on the top of the stack is 0. Previous frames are
+  numbered from 1 and upwards (the bottom frame in the stack has the
+  largest index).
+
+  \section3 info locals
+
+  Lists the variables that are in the scope of the current frame.
+
+  \section3 up
+
+  Selects the next (outer) stack frame.
+
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/scripting/qtscriptextensions.qdoc b/doc/src/scripting/qtscriptextensions.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d0317ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/scripting/qtscriptextensions.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page qtscriptextensions.html
+    \title Creating QtScript Extensions
+    \brief A guide to creating and using QtScript extensions.
+
+    QtScript extensions can make additional functionality available to scripts
+    evaluated by a QScriptEngine. Extensions are imported by calling
+    the QScriptEngine::importExtension() function.
+
+    There are three ways to create an extension:
+
+    \list
+    \o Subclass QScriptExtensionPlugin and implement the desired functionality.
+    \o Implement the functionality in a script file.
+    \o Use a hybrid approach, where part of the functionality is implemented in a
+       QScriptExtensionPlugin, and part is implemented in a script file.
+    \endlist
+
+    The (dot-qualified) extension name is used to determine the path (relative to
+    the application's plugin path) where QScriptEngine will look for the script
+    file that will initialize the extension; if a file called \c{__init__.js}
+    (usually located in \c{[application plugin path]/script/foo/}) is
+    found in the corresponding folder, its contents will be evaluated by the engine
+    when the extension is imported.
+    As an example, if the extension is called \c{"foo.bar.baz"}, the engine will look
+    for \c{__init__.js} in \c{foo/bar/baz}. Additionally, before importing
+    \c{"foo.bar.baz"}, the engine will ensure that the extensions \c{"foo"} and \c{"foo.bar"}
+    are imported, locating and evaluating the corresponding \c{__init__.js}
+    in the same manner (in folders \c{foo} and \c{foo/bar}, respectively).
+
+    The contents of \c{__init__.js} are evaluated in a new QScriptContext,
+    as if it were the body of a function. The engine's Global Object acts as
+    the \c{this} object. The following local variables are initially available
+    to the script:
+
+    \list
+    \o \bold{__extension__}: The name of the extension (e.g. \c{"foo.bar.baz"}).
+    \o \bold{__setupPackage__}: A convenience function for setting up a "namespace" in the script environment. A typical application is to call \c{__setupPackage__()} with \c{__extension__} as argument; e.g. \c{__setupPackage__("foo.bar.baz")} would ensure that the object chain represented by the expression \c{foo.bar.baz} exists in the script environment. (This function is semantically equivalent to QScriptExtensionPlugin::setupPackage().)
+    \o \bold{__postInit__}: By default, this variable is undefined. If you assign a function to it, that function will be called \bold{after} the C++ plugin's initialize() function has been called. You can use this to perform further initialization that depends on e.g. native functions that the C++ plugin registers.
+    \endlist
+
+    An example of a simple \c{__init__.js}:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscriptextensions.qdoc 0
+
+    QScriptEngine will look for a QScriptExtensionPlugin that provides
+    the relevant extension by querying each plugin for its keys()
+    until a match is found. The plugin's initialize() function will be
+    called \bold{after} the relevant \c{__init__.js} (if any) has been
+    evaluated.
+
+    Continuining with the example of our imaginary extension \c{"foo.bar.baz"},
+    the following steps will be performed by QScriptEngine::importExtension():
+
+    \list
+    \o If it exists, \c{foo/__init__.js} is evaluated.
+    \o If a plugin with \c{"foo"} in its list of keys is found, its initialize() function is called with \c{"foo"} as key.
+    \o If it exists, \c{foo/bar/__init__.js} is evaluated.
+    \o If a plugin with \c{"foo.bar"} in its list of keys is found, its initialize() function is called with \c{"foo.bar"} as key.
+    \o If it exists, \c{foo/bar/baz/__init__.js} is evaluated.
+    \o If a plugin with "foo.bar.baz" in its list of keys is found, its initialize() function is called with \c{"foo.bar.baz"} as key.
+    \endlist
+
+    \section1 Static Extensions
+
+    When an extension is compiled and linked into your application as a
+    static plugin, Qt Script will look for the optional \c{__init__.js}
+    script in a resource, prefixed by \c{:/qtscriptextension}. For example,
+    if the extension key is "foo.bar", Qt Script will evaluate the contents
+    of the file \c{:/qtscriptextension/foo/bar/__init__.js}, if it
+    exists. Note that if the resource is built into the plugin, you may
+    need to use the Q_INIT_RESOURCE() macro to initialize the resource
+    before importing the extension.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/scripting/scripting.qdoc b/doc/src/scripting/scripting.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5fcf8b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/scripting/scripting.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,1929 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \group script
+    \title Scripting Classes and Overviews
+
+    \brief Classes that add scripting capabilities to Qt applications.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \page scripting.html
+  \title Making Applications Scriptable
+  \ingroup frameworks-technologies
+
+  Qt 4.3 and later provides support for application scripting with ECMAScript.
+  The following guides and references cover aspects of programming with
+  ECMAScript and Qt.
+
+  \tableofcontents
+
+  \section1 Scripting Classes
+
+  The following classes add scripting capabilities to Qt applications.
+
+  \annotatedlist script
+
+  \section1 Language Overview
+
+  Qt Script is based on the ECMAScript scripting language, as defined
+  in standard \l{ECMA-262}. Microsoft's JScript, and Netscape's
+  JavaScript are also based on the ECMAScript standard. For an
+  overview of ECMAScript, see the
+  \l{ECMAScript Reference}{ECMAScript reference}.
+  If you are not familiar with the ECMAScript language, there are
+  several existing tutorials and books that cover this subject, such
+  as \l{JavaScript: The Definitive Guide}.
+
+  Existing users of \l{Qt Script for Applications (QSA)} may find the
+  \l{Moving from QSA to Qt Script} document useful when porting
+  QSA scripts to Qt Script.
+
+  \section1 Basic Usage
+
+  To evaluate script code, you create a QScriptEngine and call its
+  evaluate() function, passing the script code (text) to evaluate
+  as argument.
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/qtscript/evaluation/main.cpp 0
+
+  The return value will be the result of the evaluation (represented
+  as a QScriptValue object); this can be converted to standard C++
+  and Qt types.
+
+  Custom properties can be made available to scripts by registering
+  them with the script engine. This is most easily done by setting
+  properties of the script engine's \e{Global Object}:
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/qtscript/registeringvalues/main.cpp 0
+
+  This places the properties in the script environment, thus making them
+  available to script code.
+
+  \section1 Making a QObject Available to the Script Engine
+
+  Any QObject-based instance can be made available for use with scripts.
+
+  When a QObject is passed to the QScriptEngine::newQObject() function,
+  a Qt Script wrapper object is created that can be used to make the
+  QObject's signals, slots, properties, and child objects available
+  to scripts.
+
+  Here's an example of making an instance of a QObject subclass
+  available to script code under the name \c{"myObject"}:
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/qtscript/registeringobjects/main.cpp 0
+
+  This will create a global variable called \c{myObject} in the
+  script environment. The variable serves as a proxy to the
+  underlying C++ object. Note that the name of the script variable
+  can be anything; i.e., it is not dependent upon QObject::objectName().
+
+  The \l{QScriptEngine::}{newQObject()} function accepts two additional
+  optional arguments: one is the ownership mode, and the other is a
+  collection of options that allow you to control certain aspects of how
+  the QScriptValue that wraps the QObject should behave. We will come
+  back to the usage of these arguments later.
+
+  \section2 Using Signals and Slots
+
+  Qt Script adapts Qt's central \l{Signals and Slots} feature for
+  scripting. There are three principal ways to use signals and slots
+  with Qt Script:
+
+  \list
+  \i \bold{Hybrid C++/script}: C++ application code connects a
+  signal to a script function. The script function can, for example, be
+  a function that the user has typed in, or one that you have read from a
+  file. This approach is useful if you have a QObject but don't want
+  to expose the object itself to the scripting environment; you just
+  want a script to be able to define how a signal should be reacted
+  to, and leave it up to the C++ side of your application to establish
+  the connection.
+
+  \i \bold{Hybrid script/C++}: A script can connect signals and slots
+  to establish connections between pre-defined objects that the
+  application exposes to the scripting environment. In this scenario,
+  the slots themselves are still written in C++, but the definition of
+  the connections is fully dynamic (script-defined).
+
+  \i \bold{Purely script-defined}: A script can both define signal
+  handler functions (effectively "slots written in Qt Script"),
+  \e{and} set up the connections that utilize those handlers. For
+  example, a script can define a function that will handle the
+  QLineEdit::returnPressed() signal, and then connect that signal to the
+  script function.
+  \endlist
+
+  Use the qScriptConnect() function to connect a C++ signal to a
+  script function. In the following example a script signal handler is
+  defined that will handle the QLineEdit::textChanged() signal:
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 47
+
+  The first two arguments to qScriptConnect() are the same
+  as you would pass to QObject::connect() to establish a normal C++
+  connection. The third argument is the script object that will act
+  as the \c this object when the signal handler is invoked; in the above
+  example we pass an invalid script value, so the \c this object will
+  be the Global Object. The fourth argument is the script function
+  ("slot") itself. The following example shows how the \c this argument
+  can be put to use:
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 48
+
+  We create two QLineEdit objects and define a single signal handler
+  function. The connections use the same handler function, but the
+  function will be invoked with a different \c this object depending on
+  which object's signal was triggered, so the output of the print()
+  statement will be different for each.
+
+  In script code, Qt Script uses a different syntax for connecting to
+  and disconnecting from signals than the familiar C++ syntax; i.e.,
+  QObject::connect().
+  To connect to a signal, you reference the relevant signal as a property
+  of the sender object, and invoke its \c{connect()} function. There
+  are three overloads of \c{connect()}, each with a corresponding
+  \c{disconnect()} overload. The following subsections describe these
+  three forms.
+
+  \section3 Signal to Function Connections
+
+  \c{connect(function)}
+
+  In this form of connection, the argument to \c{connect()} is the
+  function to connect to the signal.
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 2
+
+  The argument can be a Qt Script function, as in the above
+  example, or it can be a QObject slot, as in
+  the following example:
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 3
+
+  When the argument is a QObject slot, the argument types of the
+  signal and slot do not necessarily have to be compatible;
+  QtScript will, if necessary, perform conversion of the signal
+  arguments to match the argument types of the slot.
+
+  To disconnect from a signal, you invoke the signal's
+  \c{disconnect()} function, passing the function to disconnect
+  as argument:
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 4
+
+  When a script function is invoked in response to a signal, the
+  \c this object will be the Global Object.
+
+  \section3 Signal to Member Function Connections
+
+  \c{connect(thisObject, function)}
+
+  In this form of the \c{connect()} function, the first argument
+  is the object that will be bound to the variable, \c this, when
+  the function specified using the second argument is invoked.
+
+  If you have a push button in a form, you typically want to do
+  something involving the form in response to the button's
+  \c{clicked} signal; passing the form as the \c this object
+  makes sense in such a case.
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 5
+
+  To disconnect from the signal, pass the same arguments to \c{disconnect()}:
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 6
+
+  \section3 Signal to Named Member Function Connections
+
+  \c{connect(thisObject, functionName)}
+
+  In this form of the \c{connect()} function, the first argument is
+  the object that will be bound to the variable, \c this, when
+  a function is invoked in response to the signal. The second argument
+  specifies the name of a function that is connected to the signal,
+  and this refers to a member function of the object passed as the
+  first argument (\c thisObject in the above scheme).
+
+  Note that the function is resolved when the connection is made, not
+  when the signal is emitted.
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 7
+
+  To disconnect from the signal, pass the same arguments to \c{disconnect()}:
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 8
+
+  \section3 Error Handling
+
+  When \c{connect()} or \c{disconnect()} succeeds, the function will
+  return \c{undefined}; otherwise, it will throw a script exception.
+  You can obtain an error message from the resulting \c{Error} object.
+  Example:
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 9
+
+  \section3 Emitting Signals from Scripts
+
+  To emit a signal from script code, you simply invoke the signal
+  function, passing the relevant arguments:
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 10
+
+  It is currently not possible to define a new signal in a script;
+  i.e., all signals must be defined by C++ classes.
+
+  \section3 Overloaded Signals and Slots
+
+  When a signal or slot is overloaded, QtScript will attempt to
+  pick the right overload based on the actual types of the QScriptValue arguments
+  involved in the function invocation. For example, if your class has slots
+  \c{myOverloadedSlot(int)} and \c{myOverloadedSlot(QString)}, the following
+  script code will behave reasonably:
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 11
+
+  You can specify a particular overload by using array-style property access
+  with the \l{QMetaObject::normalizedSignature()}{normalized signature} of
+  the C++ function as the property name:
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 12
+
+  If the overloads have different number of arguments, QtScript will
+  pick the overload with the argument count that best matches the
+  actual number of arguments passed to the slot.
+
+  For overloaded signals, Qt Script will throw an error if you try to connect
+  to the signal by name; you have to refer to the signal with the full
+  normalized signature of the particular overload you want to connect to.
+
+  \section2 Accessing Properties
+
+  The properties of the QObject are available as properties
+  of the corresponding QtScript object. When you manipulate
+  a property in script code, the C++ get/set method for that
+  property will automatically be invoked. For example, if your
+  C++ class has a property declared as follows:
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 13
+
+  then script code can do things like the following:
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 14
+
+  \section2 Accessing Child QObjects
+
+  Every named child of the QObject (that is, for which
+  QObject::objectName() is not an empty string) is by default available as
+  a property of the QtScript wrapper object. For example,
+  if you have a QDialog with a child widget whose \c{objectName} property is
+  \c{"okButton"}, you can access this object in script code through
+  the expression
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 15
+
+  Since \c{objectName} is itself a Q_PROPERTY, you can manipulate
+  the name in script code to, for example, rename an object:
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 16
+
+  You can also use the functions \c{findChild()} and \c{findChildren()}
+  to find children. These two functions behave identically to
+  QObject::findChild() and QObject::findChildren(), respectively.
+
+  For example, we can use these functions to find objects using strings
+  and regular expressions:
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 17
+
+  You typically want to use \c{findChild()} when manipulating a form
+  that uses nested layouts; that way the script is isolated from the
+  details about which particular layout a widget is located in.
+
+  \section2 Controlling QObject Ownership
+
+  Qt Script uses garbage collection to reclaim memory used by script
+  objects when they are no longer needed; an object's memory can be
+  automatically reclaimed when it is no longer referenced anywhere in
+  the scripting environment. Qt Script lets you control what happens
+  to the underlying C++ QObject when the wrapper object is reclaimed
+  (i.e., whether the QObject is deleted or not); you do this when you
+  create an object by passing an ownership mode as the second argument
+  to QScriptEngine::newQObject().
+
+  Knowing how Qt Script deals with ownership is important, since it can
+  help you avoid situations where a C++ object isn't deleted when it
+  should be (causing memory leaks), or where a C++ object \e{is}
+  deleted when it shouldn't be (typically causing a crash if C++ code
+  later tries to access that object).
+
+  \section3 Qt Ownership
+
+  By default, the script engine does not take ownership of the
+  QObject that is passed to QScriptEngine::newQObject(); the object
+  is managed according to Qt's object ownership (see
+  \l{Object Trees and Object Ownership}). This mode is appropriate
+  when, for example, you are wrapping C++ objects that are part of
+  your application's core; that is, they should persist regardless of
+  what happens in the scripting environment. Another way of stating
+  this is that the C++ objects should outlive the script engine.
+
+  \section3 Script Ownership
+
+  Specifying QScriptEngine::ScriptOwnership as the ownership mode
+  will cause the script engine to take full ownership of the QObject
+  and delete it when it determines that it is safe to do so
+  (i.e., when there are no more references to it in script code).
+  This ownership mode is appropriate if the QObject does not have a
+  parent object, and/or the QObject is created in the context of the
+  script engine and is not intended to outlive the script engine.
+
+  For example, a constructor function that constructs QObjects
+  only to be used in the script environment is a good candidate:
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 18
+
+  \section3 Auto-Ownership
+
+  With QScriptEngine::AutoOwnership the ownership is based on whether
+  the QObject has a parent or not.
+  If the QtScript garbage collector finds that the QObject is no
+  longer referenced within the script environment, the QObject will
+  be deleted \e{only} if it does not have a parent.
+
+  \section3 What Happens When Someone Else Deletes the QObject?
+
+  It is possible that a wrapped QObject is deleted outside of
+  Qt Script's control; i.e., without regard to the ownership mode
+  specified. In this case, the wrapper object will still
+  be an object (unlike the C++ pointer it wraps, the script object
+  won't become null). Any attempt to access properties of the script
+  object will, however, result in a script exception being thrown.
+
+  Note that QScriptValue::isQObject() will still return true for a
+  deleted QObject, since it tests the type of the script object, not
+  whether the internal pointer is non-null. In other words, if
+  QScriptValue::isQObject() returns true but QScriptValue::toQObject()
+  returns a null pointer, this indicates that the QObject has been
+  deleted outside of Qt Script (perhaps accidentally).
+
+  \section2 Customizing Access to the QObject
+
+  QScriptEngine::newQObject() can take a third argument which allows
+  you to control various aspects of the access to the QObject through
+  the QtScript wrapper object it returns.
+
+  QScriptEngine::ExcludeChildObjects specifies that child objects of
+  the QObject should not appear as properties of the wrapper object.
+
+  QScriptEngine::ExcludeSuperClassProperties and
+  QScriptEngine::ExcludeSuperClassMethods can be used to avoid
+  exposing members that are inherited from the QObject's superclass.
+  This is useful for defining a "pure" interface where inherited members
+  don't make sense from a scripting perspective; e.g., you don't want
+  script authors to be able to change the \c{objectName} property of
+  the object or invoke the \c{deleteLater()} slot.
+
+  QScriptEngine::AutoCreateDynamicProperties specifies that properties
+  that don't already exist in the QObject should be created as dynamic
+  properties of the QObject, rather than as properties of the QtScript
+  wrapper object. If you want new properties to truly become persistent
+  properties of the QObject, rather than properties that are destroyed
+  along with the wrapper object (and that aren't shared if the QObject
+  is wrapped multiple times with QScriptEngine::newQObject()), you
+  should use this option.
+
+  QScriptEngine::SkipMethodsInEnumeration specifies that signals and
+  slots should be skipped when enumerating the properties of the QObject
+  wrapper in a for-in script statement. This is useful when defining
+  prototype objects, since by convention function properties of
+  prototypes should not be enumerable.
+
+  \section2 Making a QObject-based Class New-able from a Script
+
+  The QScriptEngine::newQObject() function is used to wrap an
+  existing QObject instance, so that it can be made available to
+  scripts. A different scenario is that you want scripts to be
+  able to construct new objects, not just access existing ones.
+
+  The Qt meta-type system currently does not provide dynamic
+  binding of constructors for QObject-based classes. If you want to
+  make such a class new-able from scripts, Qt Script can generate
+  a reasonable script constructor for you; see
+  QScriptEngine::scriptValueFromQMetaObject().
+
+  You can also use QScriptEngine::newFunction() to wrap your own
+  factory function, and add it to the script environment; see
+  QScriptEngine::newQMetaObject() for an example.
+
+  \section2 Enum Values
+
+  Values for enums declared with Q_ENUMS are not available as
+  properties of individual wrapper objects; rather, they are
+  properties of the QMetaObject wrapper object that can be created
+  with QScriptEngine::newQMetaObject().
+
+  \section1 Conversion Between QtScript and C++ Types
+
+  QtScript will perform type conversion when a value needs to be
+  converted from the script side to the C++ side or vice versa; for
+  instance, when a C++ signal triggers a script function, when
+  you access a QObject property in script code, or when
+  you call QScriptEngine::toScriptValue() or
+  QScriptEngine::fromScriptValue() in C++. QtScript provides default
+  conversion operations for many of the built-in Qt types. You can
+  change the conversion operation for a type (including your custom
+  C++ types) by registering your own conversion functions with
+  qScriptRegisterMetaType().
+
+  \section2 Default Conversion from Qt Script to C++
+
+  The following table describes the default conversion from a
+  QScriptValue to a C++ type.
+
+    \table 80%
+    \header \o C++ Type \o Default Conversion
+    \row    \o bool \o QScriptValue::toBool()
+    \row    \o int \o QScriptValue::toInt32()
+    \row    \o uint \o QScriptValue::toUInt32()
+    \row    \o float \o float(QScriptValue::toNumber())
+    \row    \o double \o QScriptValue::toNumber()
+    \row    \o short \o short(QScriptValue::toInt32())
+    \row    \o ushort \o QScriptValue::toUInt16()
+    \row    \o char \o char(QScriptValue::toInt32())
+    \row    \o uchar \o unsigned char(QScriptValue::toInt32())
+    \row    \o qlonglong \o qlonglong(QScriptValue::toInteger())
+    \row    \o qulonglong \o qulonglong(QScriptValue::toInteger())
+    \row    \o QString \o An empty string if the QScriptValue is null
+               or undefined; QScriptValue::toString() otherwise.
+    \row    \o QDateTime \o QScriptValue::toDateTime()
+    \row    \o QDate \o QScriptValue::toDateTime().date()
+    \row    \o QRegExp \o QScriptValue::toRegExp()
+    \row    \o QObject* \o QScriptValue::toQObject()
+    \row    \o QWidget* \o QScriptValue::toQObject()
+    \row    \o QVariant \o QScriptValue::toVariant()
+    \row    \o QChar \o If the QScriptValue is a string, the result
+               is the first character of the string, or a null QChar
+               if the string is empty; otherwise, the result is a QChar
+               constructed from the unicode obtained by converting the
+               QScriptValue to a \c{ushort}.
+    \row    \o QStringList \o If the QScriptValue is an array, the
+               result is a QStringList constructed from the result of
+               QScriptValue::toString() for each array element; otherwise,
+               the result is an empty QStringList.
+    \row    \o QVariantList \o If the QScriptValue is an array, the result
+               is a QVariantList constructed from the result of
+               QScriptValue::toVariant() for each array element; otherwise,
+               the result is an empty QVariantList.
+    \row    \o QVariantMap \o If the QScriptValue is an object, the result
+               is a QVariantMap with a (key, value) pair of the form
+               (propertyName, propertyValue.toVariant()) for each property,
+               using QScriptValueIterator to iterate over the object's
+               properties.
+    \row    \o QObjectList \o If the QScriptValue is an array, the result
+               is a QObjectList constructed from the result of
+               QScriptValue::toQObject() for each array element; otherwise,
+               the result is an empty QObjectList.
+    \row    \o QList<int> \o If the QScriptValue is an array, the result is
+               a QList<int> constructed from the result of
+               QScriptValue::toInt32() for each array element; otherwise,
+               the result is an empty QList<int>.
+    \endtable
+
+  Additionally, QtScript will handle the following cases:
+
+  \list
+  \i If the QScriptValue is a QObject and the target type name ends with
+     \c * (i.e., it is a pointer), the QObject pointer will be cast to the
+     target type with qobject_cast().
+  \i If the QScriptValue is a QVariant and the target type name ends with
+     \c * (i.e., it is a pointer), and the \l{QVariant::userType()}{userType()}
+     of the QVariant is the type that the target type points to, the result
+     is a pointer to the QVariant's data.
+  \i If the QScriptValue is a QVariant and it can be converted to the
+     target type (according to QVariant::canConvert()), the QVariant will
+     be cast to the target type with qvariant_cast().
+  \endlist
+
+  \section2 Default Conversion from C++ to Qt Script
+
+  The following table describes the default behavior when a QScriptValue is
+  constructed from a C++ type:
+
+    \table 80%
+    \header \o C++ Type \o Default Construction
+    \row    \o void \o QScriptEngine::undefinedValue()
+    \row    \o bool \o QScriptValue(engine, value)
+    \row    \o int \o QScriptValue(engine, value)
+    \row    \o uint \o QScriptValue(engine, value)
+    \row    \o float \o QScriptValue(engine, value)
+    \row    \o double \o QScriptValue(engine, value)
+    \row    \o short \o QScriptValue(engine, value)
+    \row    \o ushort \o QScriptValue(engine, value)
+    \row    \o char \o QScriptValue(engine, value)
+    \row    \o uchar \o QScriptValue(engine, value)
+    \row    \o QString \o QScriptValue(engine, value)
+    \row    \o qlonglong \o QScriptValue(engine, qsreal(value)). Note that
+               the conversion may lead to loss of precision, since not all
+               64-bit integers can be represented using the qsreal type.
+    \row    \o qulonglong \o QScriptValue(engine, qsreal(value)). Note that
+               the conversion may lead to loss of precision, since not all
+               64-bit unsigned integers can be represented using the qsreal
+               type.
+    \row    \o QChar \o QScriptValue(this, value.unicode())
+    \row    \o QDateTime \o \l{QScriptEngine::newDate()}{QScriptEngine::newDate}(value)
+    \row    \o QDate \o \l{QScriptEngine::newDate()}{QScriptEngine::newDate}(value)
+    \row    \o QRegExp \o \l{QScriptEngine::newRegExp()}{QScriptEngine::newRegExp}(value)
+    \row    \o QObject* \o \l{QScriptEngine::newQObject()}{QScriptEngine::newQObject}(value)
+    \row    \o QWidget* \o \l{QScriptEngine::newQObject()}{QScriptEngine::newQObject}(value)
+    \row    \o QVariant \o \l{QScriptEngine::newVariant()}{QScriptEngine::newVariant}(value)
+    \row    \o QStringList \o A new script array (created with
+               QScriptEngine::newArray()), whose elements are created using
+               the QScriptValue(QScriptEngine *, QString) constructor for
+               each element of the list.
+    \row    \o QVariantList \o A new script array (created with
+               QScriptEngine::newArray()), whose elements are created using
+               QScriptEngine::newVariant() for each element of the list.
+    \row    \o QVariantMap \o A new script object (created with
+               QScriptEngine::newObject()), whose properties are initialized
+               according to the (key, value) pairs of the map.
+    \row    \o QObjectList \o A new script array (created with
+               QScriptEngine::newArray()), whose elements are created using
+               QScriptEngine::newQObject() for each element of the list.
+    \row    \o QList<int> \o A new script array (created with
+               QScriptEngine::newArray()), whose elements are created using
+               the QScriptValue(QScriptEngine *, int) constructor for each
+               element of the list.
+    \endtable
+
+  Other types (including custom types) will be wrapped using
+  QScriptEngine::newVariant(). For null pointers of any type, the
+  result is QScriptEngine::nullValue().
+
+  \section1 How to Design and Implement Application Objects
+
+  This section explains how to implement application objects and
+  provides the necessary technical background material.
+
+  \section2 Making a C++ object available to Scripts Written in QtScript
+
+  Making C++ classes and objects available to a scripting language is
+  not trivial because scripting languages tend to be more dynamic than
+  C++, and it must be possible to introspect objects (query information
+  such as function names, function signatures, properties, etc., at
+  run-time). Standard C++ does not provide features for this.
+
+  We can achieve the functionality we want by extending C++, using
+  C++'s own facilities so our code is still standard C++. The Qt
+  meta-object system provides the necessary additional functionality.
+  It allows us to write using an extended C++ syntax, but converts this
+  into standard C++ using a small utility program called \l{moc}
+  (Meta-Object Compiler). Classes that wish to take advantage of the
+  meta-object facilities are either subclasses of QObject, or use the
+  \c{Q_OBJECT} macro. Qt has used this approach for many years and it has
+  proven to be solid and reliable. QtScript uses this meta-object
+  technology to provide scripters with dynamic access to C++ classes
+  and objects.
+
+  To completely understand how to make C++ objects available to Qt
+  Script, some basic knowledge of the Qt meta-object system is very
+  helpful. We recommend that you read the \l{Qt Object Model}. The
+  information in this document and the documents it links to are very
+  useful for understanding how to implement application objects.
+
+  However, this knowledge is not essential in the simplest cases.
+  To make an object available in QtScript, it must derive from
+  QObject. All classes which derive from QObject can be introspected
+  and can provide the information needed by the scripting engine at
+  run-time; e.g., class name, functions, signatures. Because we obtain
+  the information we need about classes dynamically at run-time, there
+  is no need to write wrappers for QObject derived classes.
+
+  \section2 Making C++ Class Member Functions Available in QtScript
+
+  The meta-object system also makes information about signals and slots
+  dynamically available at run-time. By default, for QObject subclasses,
+  only the signals and slots are automatically made available to scripts.
+  This is very convenient because, in practice, we normally only want to
+  make specially chosen functions available to scripters. When you create
+  a QObject subclass, make sure that the functions you want to expose to
+  QtScript are public slots.
+
+  For example, the following class definition enables scripting only for
+  certain functions:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 19
+
+  In the example above, aNonScriptableFunction() is not declared as a
+  slot, so it will not be available in QtScript. The other three
+  functions will automatically be made available in QtScript because
+  they are declared in the \c{public slots} section of the class
+  definition.
+
+  It is possible to make any function script-invokable by specifying
+  the \c{Q_INVOKABLE} modifier when declaring the function:
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 20
+
+  Once declared with \c{Q_INVOKABLE}, the method can be invoked from
+  QtScript code just as if it were a slot. Although such a method is
+  not a slot, you can still specify it as the target function in a
+  call to \c{connect()} in script code; \c{connect()} accepts both
+  native and non-native functions as targets.
+
+  \section2 Making C++ Class Properties Available in QtScript
+
+  In the previous example, if we wanted to get or set a property using
+  QtScript we would have to write code like the following:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 21
+
+  Scripting languages often provide a property syntax to modify and
+  retrieve properties (in our case the enabled state) of an
+  object. Many script programmers would want to write the above code
+  like this:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 22
+
+  To make this possible, you must define properties in the C++ QObject
+  subclass. For example, the following \c MyObject class declaration
+  declares a boolean property called \c enabled, which uses the function
+  \c{setEnabled(bool)} as its setter function and \c{isEnabled()} as its
+  getter function:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 23
+
+  The only difference from the original code is the use of the macro
+  \c{Q_PROPERTY}, which takes the type and name of the property, and
+  the names of the setter and getter functions as arguments.
+
+  If you don't want a property of your class to be accessible in
+  QtScript, you set the \c{SCRIPTABLE} attribute to \c false when
+  declaring the property; by default, the \c{SCRIPTABLE} attribute is
+  \c true. For example:
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 24
+
+  \section2 Reacting to C++ Objects Signals in Scripts
+
+  In the Qt object model, signals are used as a notification mechanism
+  between QObjects. This means one object can connect a signal to
+  another object's slot and, every time the signal is emitted, the slot
+  is called. This connection is established using the QObject::connect()
+  function.
+
+  The signals and slots mechanism is also available to QtScript
+  programmers. The code to declare a signal in C++ is the same,
+  regardless of whether the signal will be connected to a slot in C++
+  or in QtScript.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 25
+
+  The only change we have made to the code in the previous section is
+  to declare a signals section with the relevant signal. Now, the
+  script writer can define a function and connect to the object like
+  this:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 26
+
+  \section2 Design of Application Objects
+
+  The previous section described how to implement C++ objects which
+  can be used in QtScript. Application objects are the same kind of
+  objects, and they make your application's functionality available to
+  QtScript scripters.  Since the C++ application is already written
+  in Qt, many objects are already QObjects. The easiest approach would
+  be to simply add all these QObjects as application objects to the
+  scripting engine. For small applications this might be sufficient,
+  but for larger applications this is probably not the right
+  approach. The problem is that this method reveals too much of the
+  internal API and gives script programmers access to application
+  internals which should not be exposed.
+
+  Generally, the best way of making application functionality available
+  to scripters is to code some QObjects which define the applications
+  public API using signals, slots, and properties. This gives you
+  complete control of the functionality made available by the
+  application. The implementations of these objects simply call the
+  functions in the application which do the real work. So, instead of
+  making all your QObjects available to the scripting engine, just add
+  the wrapper QObjects.
+
+  \section3 Returning QObject Pointers
+
+  If you have a slot that returns a QObject pointer, you should note
+  that, by default, Qt Script only handles conversion of the types
+  QObject* and QWidget*. This means that if your slot is declared
+  with a signature like "MyObject* getMyObject()", QtScript doesn't
+  automatically know that MyObject* should be handled in the same way
+  as QObject* and QWidget*. The simplest way to solve this is to only
+  use QObject* and QWidget* in the method signatures of your scripting
+  interface.
+
+  Alternatively, you can register conversion functions for your custom
+  type with the qScriptRegisterMetaType() function. In this way, you
+  can preserve the precise typing in your C++ declarations, while
+  still allowing pointers to your custom objects to flow seamlessly
+  between C++ and scripts. Example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 43
+
+  \section1 Function Objects and Native Functions
+
+  In Qt Script, functions are first-class values; they are objects that
+  can have properties of their own, just like any other type of
+  object. They can be stored in variables and passed as arguments to
+  other functions. Knowing how function calls in Qt Script behave is
+  useful when you want to define and use your own script functions.
+  This section discusses this matter, and also explains how you can
+  implement native functions; that is, Qt Script functions written in
+  C++, as opposed to functions written in the scripting language
+  itself. Even if you will be relying mostly on the dynamic QObject
+  binding that Qt Script provides, knowing about these powerful
+  concepts and techniques is important to understand what's actually
+  going on when script functions are executed.
+
+  \section2 Calling a Qt Script Function from C++
+
+  Calling a Qt Script function from C++ is achieved with the
+  QScriptValue::call() function. A typical scenario is that you evaluate a
+  script that defines a function, and at some point you want to call that
+  function from C++, perhaps passing it some arguments, and then handle the
+  result. The following script defines a Qt Script object that has a
+  toKelvin() function:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 90
+
+  The toKelvin() function takes a temperature in Kelvin as argument, and
+  returns the temperature converted to Celsius. The following snippet shows
+  how the toKelvin() function might be obtained and called from C++:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 91
+
+  If a script defines a global function, you can access the function as a
+  property of QScriptEngine::globalObject(). For example, the following script
+  defines a global function add():
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 56
+
+  C++ code might call the add() function as follows:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 92
+
+  As already mentioned, functions are just values in Qt Script; a function by
+  itself is not "tied to" a particular object. This is why you have to specify
+  a \c{this} object (the first argument to QScriptValue::call()) that the
+  function should be applied to.
+
+ If the function is supposed to act as a method (i.e. it can only be applied
+  to a certain class of objects), it is up to the function itself to check
+  that it is being called with a compatible \c{this} object.
+
+ Passing an invalid QScriptValue as the \c{this} argument to
+  QScriptValue::call() indicates that the Global Object should be used as the
+  \c{this} object; in other words, that the function should be invoked as a
+  global function.
+
+  \section2 The \c this Object
+
+  When a Qt Script function is invoked from a script, the \e{way} in which it
+  is invoked determines the \c this object when the function body is executed,
+  as the following script example illustrates:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 49
+
+  An important thing to note is that in Qt Script, unlike C++ and Java, the
+  \c this object is not part of the execution scope. This means that
+  member functions (i.e., functions that operate on \c this) must always
+  use the \c this keyword to access the object's properties. For example,
+  the following script probably doesn't do what you want:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 50
+
+  You will get a reference error saying that 'a is not defined' or, worse,
+  two totally unrelated global variables \c a and \c b will be used to
+  perform the computation, if they exist. Instead, the script should look
+  like this:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 51
+
+  Accidentally omitting the \c this keyword is a typical source of
+  error for programmers who are used to the scoping rules of C++ and Java.
+
+  \section2 Wrapping a Native Function
+
+  Qt Script provides QScriptEngine::newFunction() as a way of wrapping a
+  C++ function pointer; this enables you to implement a function in
+  C++ and add it to the script environment, so that scripts can invoke
+  your function as if it were a "normal" script function. Here is how the
+  previous \c{getProperty()} function can be written in C++:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 52
+
+  Call QScriptEngine::newFunction() to wrap the function. This will
+  produce a special type of function object that carries a pointer to
+  the C++ function internally. Once the resulting wrapper has been
+  added to the scripting environment (e.g., by setting it as a property
+  of the Global Object), scripts can call the function without having
+  to know nor care that it is, in fact, a native function.
+
+  Note that the name of the C++ function doesn't matter in the
+  scripting sense; the name by which the function is invoked by
+  scripts depends only on what you call the script object property
+  in which you store the function wrapper.
+
+  It is currently not possible to wrap member functions; i.e., methods
+  of a C++ class that require a \c this object.
+
+  \section2 The QScriptContext Object
+
+  A QScriptContext holds all the state associated with a particular
+  invocation of your function. Through the QScriptContext, you can:
+  \list
+  \i Get the arguments that were passed to the function.
+  \i Get the \c this object.
+  \i Find out whether the function was called with the \c new operator
+     (the significance of this will be explained later).
+  \i Throw a script error.
+  \i Get the function object that's being invoked.
+  \i Get the activation object (the object used to hold local variables).
+  \endlist
+
+  The following sections explain how to make use of this
+  functionality.
+
+  \section2 Processing Function Arguments
+
+  Two things are worth noting about function arguments:
+
+  \list 1
+  \o Any script function \mdash including native functions \mdash can
+  be invoked with any number of arguments. This means that it is up to
+  the function itself to check the argument count if necessary, and act
+  accordingly (e.g., throw an error if the number of arguments is
+  too large, or prepare a default value if the number is too small).
+  \o A value of any type can be supplied as an argument to any
+  function. This means that it is up to you to check the type of the
+  arguments if necessary, and act accordingly (e.g., throw an error
+  if an argument is not an object of a certain type).
+  \endlist
+
+  In summary: Qt Script does not automatically enforce any constraints on the
+  number or type of arguments involved in a function call.
+
+  \section3 Formal Parameters and the Arguments Object
+
+  A native Qt Script function is analogous to a script function that defines no
+  formal parameters and only uses the built-in \c arguments variable to
+  process its arguments. To see this, let's first consider how a
+  script would normally define an \c{add()} function that takes two
+  arguments, adds them together and returns the result:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 56
+
+  When a script function is defined with formal parameters, their
+  names can be viewed as mere aliases of properties of the \c
+  arguments object; for example, in the \c{add(a, b)} definition's
+  function body, \c a and \c arguments[0] refer to the same
+  variable. This means that the \c{add()} function can equivalently be
+  written like this:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 57
+
+  This latter form closely matches what a native implementation
+  typically looks like:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 58
+
+  \section3 Checking the Number of Arguments
+
+  Again, remember that the presence (or lack) of formal parameter
+  names in a function definition does not affect how the function
+  may be invoked; \c{add(1, 2, 3)} is allowed by the engine, as is
+  \c{add(42)}. In the case of the \c {add()} function, the function
+  really needs two arguments in order to do something useful. This
+  can be expressed by the script definition as follows:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 59
+
+  This would result in an error being thrown if a script invokes
+  \c{add()} with anything other than two arguments. The native
+  function can be modified to perform the same check:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 62
+
+  \section3 Checking the Types of Arguments
+
+  In addition to expecting a certain number of arguments, a function might
+  expect that those arguments are of certain types (e.g., that the first
+  argument is a number and that the second is a string). Such a function
+  should explicitly check the type of arguments and/or perform a conversion,
+  or throw an error if the type of an argument is incompatible.
+
+  As it is, the native implementation of \c{add()} shown above doesn't
+  have the exact same semantics as the script counterpart; this is
+  because the behavior of the Qt Script \c{+} operator depends on the
+  types of its operands (for example, if one of the operands is a string,
+  string concatenation is performed). To give the script function
+  stricter semantics (namely, that it should only add numeric
+  operands), the argument types can be tested:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 60
+
+  Then an invocation like \c{add("foo", new Array())} will
+  cause an error to be thrown.
+
+  The C++ version can call QScriptValue::isNumber() to perform similar
+  tests:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 63
+
+  A less strict script implementation might settle for performing an
+  explicit to-number conversion before applying the \c{+} operator:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 61
+
+  In a native implementation, this is equivalent to calling
+  QScriptValue::toNumber() without performing any type test first,
+  since QScriptValue::toNumber() will automatically perform a type
+  conversion if necessary.
+
+  To check if an argument is of a certain object type (class),
+  scripts can use the \c instanceof operator (e.g., \c{"arguments[0]
+  instanceof Array"} evaluates to true if the first argument is an
+  Array object); native functions can call QScriptValue::instanceOf().
+
+  To check if an argument is of a custom C++ type, you typically use
+  qscriptvalue_cast() and check if the result is valid. For object types,
+  this means casting to a pointer and checking if it is non-zero; for
+  value types, the class should have an \c{isNull()}, \c{isValid()}
+  or similar method. Alternatively, since most custom types are
+  transported in \l{QVariant}s, you can check if the script value is a
+  QVariant using QScriptValue::isVariant(), and then check if the
+  QVariant can be converted to your type using QVariant::canConvert().
+
+  \section3 Functions with Variable Numbers of Arguments
+
+  Because of the presence of the built-in \c arguments object,
+  implementing functions that take a variable number of arguments
+  is simple. In fact, as we have seen, in the technical sense \e{all}
+  Qt Script functions can be seen as variable-argument functions).
+  As an example, consider a concat() function that takes an arbitrary
+  number of arguments, converts the arguments to their string
+  representation and concatenates the results; for example,
+  \c{concat("Qt", " ", "Script ", 101)} would return "Qt Script 101".
+  A script definition of \c{concat()} might look like this:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 64
+
+  Here is an equivalent native implementation:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 65
+
+  A second use case for a variable number of arguments is to implement
+  optional arguments. Here's how a script definition typically does
+  it:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 66
+
+  And here's the native equivalent:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 67
+
+  A third use case for a variable number of arguments is to simulate
+  C++ overloads. This involves checking the number of arguments and/or
+  their type at the beginning of the function body (as already shown),
+  and acting accordingly. It might be worth thinking twice before
+  doing this, and instead favor unique function names; e.g., having
+  separate \c{processNumber(number)} and \c{processString(string)}
+  functions rather than a generic \c{process(anything)} function.
+  On the caller side, this makes it harder for scripts to accidentally
+  call the wrong overload (since they don't know or don't comprehend
+  your custom sophisticated overloading resolution rules), and on the
+  callee side, you avoid the need for potentially complex (read:
+  error-prone) checks to resolve ambiguity.
+
+  \section3 Accessing the Arguments Object
+
+  Most native functions use the QScriptContext::argument() function to
+  access function arguments. However, it is also possible to access
+  the built-in \c arguments object itself (the one referred to by the
+  \c arguments variable in script code), by calling the
+  QScriptContext::argumentsObject() function. This has three principal
+  applications:
+
+  \list
+  \o The \c arguments object can be used to easily forward a function
+     call to another function. In script code, this is what it
+     typically looks like:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 68
+
+     For example, \c{foo(10, 20, 30)} would result in the \c{foo()} function
+     executing the equivalent of \c{bar(10, 20, 30)}. This is useful if
+     you want to perform some special pre- or post-processing when
+     calling a function (e.g., to log the call to \c{bar()} without having
+     to modify the \c{bar()} function itself, like the above example), or if
+     you want to call a "base implementation" from a prototype
+     function that has the exact same "signature". In C++, the forwarding
+     function might look like this:
+
+     \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 69
+
+  \o The arguments object can serve as input to a QScriptValueIterator,
+     providing a generic way to iterate over the arguments. A debugger
+     might use this to display the arguments object in a general purpose
+     "Qt Script Object Explorer", for example.
+
+  \o The arguments object can be serialized (e.g., with JSON) and transferred
+     to another entity (e.g., a script engine running in another thread),
+     where the object can be deserialized and passed as argument to
+     another script function.
+  \endlist
+
+  \section2 Constructor Functions
+
+  Some script functions are constructors; they are expected to initialize
+  new objects. The following snippet is a small example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 75
+
+  There is nothing special about constructor functions. In fact, any
+  script function can act as a constructor function (i.e., any function
+  can serve as the operand to \c{new}). Some functions behave differently
+  depending on whether they are called as part of a \c{new} expression
+  or not; for example, the expression \c{new Number(1)} will create a
+  Number object, whereas \c{Number("123")} will perform a type
+  conversion. Other functions, like \c{Array()}, will always create
+  and initialize a new object (e.g., \c{new Array()} and \c{Array()} have
+  the same effect).
+
+  A native Qt Script function can call the
+  QScriptContext::isCalledAsConstructor() function to determine if it
+  is being called as a constructor or as a regular function. When a
+  function is called as a constructor (i.e., it is the operand in a
+  \c{new} expression), this has two important implications:
+
+  \list
+  \i The \c this object, QScriptContext::thisObject(), contains
+     the new object to be initialized; the engine creates this
+     new object automatically before invoking your function. This means
+     that your native constructor function normally doesn't have to (and
+     shouldn't) create a new object when it is called as a
+     constructor, since the engine has already prepared a new
+     object. Instead your function should operate on the supplied
+     \c this object.
+  \i The constructor function should return an undefined value,
+     QScriptEngine::undefinedValue(), to tell the engine that the
+     \c this object should be the final result of the \c new
+     operator. Alternatively, the function can return the \c this
+     object itself.
+  \endlist
+
+  When QScriptContext::isCalledAsConstructor() returns false, how your
+  constructor handles this case depends on what behavior you desire.
+  If, like the built-in \c{Number()} function, a plain function call should
+  perform a type conversion of its argument, then you perform the conversion
+  and return the result. If, on the other hand, you want your constructor
+  to behave \e{as if it was called as a constructor} (with
+  \c{new}), you have to explicitly create a new object (that is,
+  ignore the \c this object), initialize that object, and return it.
+
+  The following example implements a constructor function that always
+  creates and initializes a new object:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 76
+
+  Given this constructor, scripts would be able to use either the
+  expression \c{new Person("Bob")} or \c{Person("Bob")} to create a
+  new \c{Person} object; both behave in the same way.
+
+  There is no equivalent way for a function defined in script
+  code to determine whether or not it was invoked as a constructor.
+
+  Note that, even though it is not considered good practice, there is
+  nothing that stops you from choosing to ignore the default
+  constructed (\c this) object when your function is called as a
+  constructor and creating your own object anyway; simply have the
+  constructor return that object. The object will "override" the
+  default object that the engine constructed (i.e., the default
+  object will simply be discarded internally).
+
+  \section2 Associating Data with a Function
+
+  Even if a function is global \mdash i.e., not associated with any particular
+  (type of) object \mdash you might still want to associate some data with it,
+  so that it becomes self-contained; for example, the function could have
+  a pointer to some C++ resource that it needs to access. If your application
+  only uses a single script engine, or the same C++ resource can/should be
+  shared among all script engines, you can simply use a static C++ variable
+  and access it from within the native Qt Script function.
+
+  In the case where a static C++ variable or singleton class is
+  not appropriate, you can call QScriptValue::setProperty() on the
+  function object, but be aware that those properties will also be
+  accessible to script code. The alternative is to use QScriptValue::setData();
+  this data is not script-accessible. The implementation can access this
+  internal data through the QScriptContext::callee() function, which
+  returns the function object being invoked. The following example
+  shows how this might be used:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 55
+
+  \section2 Native Functions as Arguments to Functions
+
+  As previously mentioned, a function object can be passed as argument
+  to another function; this is also true for native functions,
+  naturally. As an example, here's a native comparison function
+  that compares its two arguments numerically:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 53
+
+  The above function can be passed as argument to the standard
+  \c{Array.prototype.sort} function to sort an array numerically,
+  as the following C++ code illustrates:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 54
+
+  Note that, in this case, we are truly treating the native function
+  object as a value \mdash i.e., we don't store it as a property of the
+  scripting environment \mdash we simply pass it on as an "anonymous"
+  argument to another script function and then forget about it.
+
+  \section2 The Activation Object
+
+  Every Qt Script function invocation has an \e{activation object}
+  associated with it; this object is accessible through the
+  QScriptContext::activationObject() function. The activation object
+  is a script object whose properties are the local variables
+  associated with the invocation (including the arguments for which
+  the script function has a corresponding formal parameter name).
+  Thus, getting, modifying, creating and deleting local variables
+  from C++ is done using the regular QScriptValue::property() and
+  QScriptValue::setProperty() functions. The activation object itself
+  is not directly accessible from script code (but it is implicitly
+  accessed whenever a local variable is read from or written to).
+
+  For C++ code, there are two principal applications of the
+  activation object:
+
+  \list
+  \i The activation object provides a standard way to traverse the
+  variables associated with a function call, by using it as the input
+  to QScriptValueIterator. This is useful for debugging purposes.
+
+  \i The activation object can be used to prepare local variables
+  that should be available when a script is evaluated inline; this
+  can be viewed as a way of passing arguments to the script
+  itself. This technique is typically used in conjunction with
+  QScriptEngine::pushContext(), as in the following example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 77
+
+  We create a temporary execution context, create a local variable
+  for it, evaluate the script, and finally restore the old context.
+  \endlist
+
+  \section2 Nested Functions and the Scope Chain
+
+  This is an advanced topic; feel free to skip it.
+
+  A nested function can be used to "capture" the execution context in which a
+  nested function object is created; this is typically referred to as creating
+  a \e closure. When, at some later time, the nested function is invoked, it
+  can access the variables that were created when the enclosing function was
+  invoked. This can perhaps best be illustrated through a small example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 70
+
+  The \c{counter()} function initializes a local variable to zero,
+  and returns a nested function. The nested function increments
+  the "outer" variable and returns its new value. The variable
+  persists over function calls, as shown in the following example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 71
+
+  The \c{counter()} function can be implemented as a native function, too
+  \mdash or rather, as a pair of native functions: One for the outer and
+  one for the inner. The definition of the outer function is as follows:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 72
+
+  The function creates a local variable and initializes it to zero.
+  Then it wraps the inner native function, and sets the scope of
+  the resulting function object to be the activation object associated
+  with this (the outer) function call. The inner function accesses
+  the "outer" activation through the scope of the callee:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 73
+
+  It is also possible to have a hybrid approach, where the outer function
+  is a native function and the inner function is defined by a script:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 74
+
+  \section2 Property Getters and Setters
+
+  A script object property can be defined in terms of a getter/setter
+  function, similar to how a Qt C++ property has read and write
+  functions associated with it. This makes it possible for a script to
+  use expressions like \c{object.x} instead of \c{object.getX()}; the
+  getter/setter function for \c{x} will implicitly be invoked
+  whenever the property is accessed. To scripts, the property looks
+  and behaves just like a regular object property.
+
+  A single Qt Script function can act as both getter and setter for
+  a property. When it is called as a getter, the argument count is 0.
+  When it is called as a setter, the argument count is 1; the argument
+  is the new value of the property. In the following example, we
+  define a native combined getter/setter that transforms the value
+  slightly:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 78
+
+  The example uses the internal data of the object to store and
+  retrieve the transformed value. Alternatively, the property
+  could be stored in another, "hidden" property of the object itself
+  (e.g., \c{__x__}). A native function is free to implement whatever
+  storage scheme it wants, as long as the external behavior of the
+  property itself is consistent (e.g., that scripts should not be able
+  to distinguish it from a regular property).
+
+  The following C++ code shows how an object property can be defined
+  in terms of the native getter/setter:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 79
+
+  When the property is accessed, like in the following script, the
+  getter/setter does its job behind the scenes:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 80
+
+  \note It is important that the setter function, not just the getter,
+  returns the value of the property; i.e., the setter should \e{not}
+  return QScriptValue::UndefinedValue. This is because the result of
+  the property assignment is the value returned by the setter, and
+  not the right-hand side expression. Also note that you normally
+  should not attempt to read the same property that the getter modifies
+  within the getter itself, since this will cause the getter to be
+  called recursively.
+
+  You can remove a property getter/setter by calling
+  QScriptValue::setProperty(), passing an invalid QScriptValue
+  as the getter/setter. Remember to specify the
+  QScriptValue::PropertyGetter/QScriptValue::PropertySetter flag(s),
+  otherwise the only thing that will happen is that the setter will be
+  invoked with an invalid QScriptValue as its argument!
+
+  Property getters and setters can be defined and installed by script
+  code as well, as in the following example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 81
+
+  Getters and setters can only be used to implement "a priori
+  properties"; i.e., the technique can't be used to react to an access
+  to a property that the object doesn't already have. To gain total
+  control of property access in this way, you need to subclass
+  QScriptClass.
+
+  \section1 Making Use of Prototype-Based Inheritance
+
+  In ECMAScript, inheritance is based on the concept of \e{shared
+  prototype objects}; this is quite different from the class-based
+  inheritance familiar to C++ programmers. With QtScript, you can
+  associate a custom prototype object with a C++ type using
+  QScriptEngine::setDefaultPrototype(); this is the key to providing
+  a script interface to that type. Since the QtScript module is built
+  on top of Qt's meta-type system, this can be done for any C++ type.
+
+  You might be wondering when exactly you would need to use this
+  functionality in your application; isn't the automatic binding
+  provided by QScriptEngine::newQObject() enough? No, not under all
+  circumstances.
+  Firstly, not every C++ type is derived from QObject; types that
+  are not QObjects cannot be introspected through Qt's meta-object
+  system (they do not have properties, signals and slots). Secondly,
+  even if a type is QObject-derived, the functionality you want to
+  expose to scripts might not all be available, since it is unusual to
+  define every function to be a slot (and it's not always
+  possible/desirable to change the C++ API to make it so).
+
+  It is perfectly possible to solve this problem by using "conventional"
+  C++ techniques. For instance, the QRect class could effectively be
+  made scriptable by creating a QObject-based C++ wrapper class with
+  \c{x}, \c{y}, \c{width} properties and so on, which forwarded property
+  access and function calls to the wrapped value. However, as we shall
+  see, by taking advantage of the ECMAScript object model and combining
+  it with Qt's meta-object system, we can arrive at a solution that is
+  more elegant, consistent and lightweight, supported by a small API.
+
+  This section explains the underlying concepts of prototype-based
+  inheritance. Once these concepts are understood, the associated
+  practices can be applied throughout the QtScript API in order to
+  create well-behaved, consistent bindings to C++ that will fit nicely
+  into the ECMAScript universe.
+
+  When experimenting with QtScript objects and inheritance, it can be
+  helpful to use the interactive interpreter included with the
+  \l{Qt Script Examples}, located in \c{examples/script/qscript}.
+
+  \section2 Prototype Objects and Shared Properties
+
+  The purpose of a QtScript \e{prototype object} is to define
+  behavior that should be shared by a set of other QtScript
+  objects. We say that objects which share the same prototype object
+  belong to the same \e{class} (again, on the technical side this
+  should not to be confused with the class constructs of languages
+  like C++ and Java; ECMAScript has no such construct).
+
+  The basic prototype-based inheritance mechanism works as follows: Each
+  QtScript object has an internal link to another object, its
+  \e{prototype}. When a property is looked up in an object, and the
+  object itself does not have the property, the property is looked up
+  in the prototype object instead; if the prototype has the property,
+  then that property is returned. Otherwise, the property is looked up
+  in the prototype of the prototype object, and so on; this chain of
+  objects constitutes a \e{prototype chain}. The chain of prototype
+  objects is followed until the property is found or the end of the
+  chain is reached.
+
+  For example, when you create a new object by the expression \c{new
+  Object()}, the resulting object will have as its prototype the
+  standard \c{Object} prototype, \c{Object.prototype}; through this
+  prototype relation, the new object inherits a set of properties,
+  including the \c{hasOwnProperty()} function and \c{toString()}
+  function:
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 27
+
+  The \c{toString()} function itself is not defined in \c{o} (since we
+  did not assign anything to \c{o.toString}), so instead the
+  \c{toString()} function in the standard \c{Object} prototype is
+  called, which returns a highly generic string representation of
+  \c{o} ("[object Object]").
+
+  Note that the properties of the prototype object are not \e{copied} to
+  the new object; only a \e{link} from the new object to the prototype
+  object is maintained. This means that changes done to the prototype
+  object will immediately be reflected in the behavior of all objects
+  that have the modified object as their prototype.
+
+  \section2 Defining Classes in a Prototype-Based Universe
+
+  In QtScript, a class is not defined explicitly; there is no
+  \c{class} keyword. Instead, you define a new class in two steps:
+
+  \list 1
+  \i Define a \e{constructor function} that will initialize new objects.
+  \i Set up a \e{prototype object} that defines the class interface, and
+     assign this object to the public \c{prototype} property of the
+     constructor function.
+  \endlist
+
+  With this arrangement, the constructor's public \c{prototype}
+  property will automatically be set as the prototype of objects created
+  by applying the \c{new} operator to your constructor function;
+  e.g., the prototype of an object created by \c{new Foo()} will be the
+  value of \c{Foo.prototype}.
+
+  Functions that don't operate on the \c this object ("static" methods)
+  are typically stored as properties of the constructor function, not
+  as properties of the prototype object. The same is true for
+  constants, such as enum values.
+
+  The following code defines a simple constructor function for a class
+  called \c{Person}:
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 28
+
+  Next, you want to set up \c{Person.prototype} as your prototype
+  object; i.e., define the interface that should be common to all
+  \c{Person} objects. QtScript automatically creates a default
+  prototype object (by the expression \c{new Object()}) for every
+  script function; you can add properties to this object, or you can
+  assign your own custom object. (Generally speaking, any QtScript
+  object can act as prototype for any other object.)
+
+  Here's an example of how you might want to override the
+  \c{toString()} function that \c{Person.prototype} inherits from
+  \c{Object.prototype}, to give your \c{Person} objects a more
+  appropriate string representation:
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 29
+
+  This resembles the process of reimplementing a virtual function
+  in C++. Henceforth, when the property named \c{toString} is
+  looked up in a \c{Person} object, it will be resolved in
+  \c{Person.prototype}, not in \c{Object.prototype} as before:
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 30
+
+  There are also some other interesting things we can learn about a
+  \c{Person} object:
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 31
+
+  The \c{hasOwnProperty()} function is not inherited from
+  \c{Person.prototype}, but rather from \c{Object.prototype}, which is
+  the prototype of \c{Person.prototype} itself; i.e., the prototype
+  chain of \c{Person} objects is \c{Person.prototype} followed by
+  \c{Object.prototype}. This prototype chain establishes a \e{class
+  hierarchy}, as demonstrated by applying the \c{instanceof} operator;
+  \c{instanceof} checks if the value of the public \c{prototype}
+  property of the constructor function on the right-hand side is
+  reached by following the prototype chain of the object on the
+  left-hand side.
+
+  When defining subclasses, there's a general pattern you can use. The
+  following example shows how one can create a subclass of \c{Person}
+  called \c{Employee}:
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 32
+
+  Again, you can use the \c{instanceof} to verify that the
+  class relationship between \c{Employee} and \c{Person} has been
+  correctly established:
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 33
+
+  This shows that the prototype chain of \c{Employee} objects is the
+  same as that of \c{Person} objects, but with \c{Employee.prototype}
+  added to the front of the chain.
+
+  \section2 Prototype-Based Programming with the QtScript C++ API
+
+  You can use QScriptEngine::newFunction() to wrap
+  native functions. When implementing a constructor function,
+  you also pass the prototype object as an argument to
+  QScriptEngine::newFunction().
+  You can call QScriptValue::construct() to call a constructor
+  function, and you can use QScriptValue::call() from within a
+  native constructor function if you need to call a base class
+  constructor.
+
+  The QScriptable class provides a convenient way to implement a
+  prototype object in terms of C++ slots and properties. Take a look
+  at the \l{Default Prototypes Example} to see how this is done.
+  Alternatively, the prototype functionality can be implemented in
+  terms of standalone native functions that you wrap with
+  QScriptEngine::newFunction() and set as properties of your prototype
+  object by calling QScriptValue::setProperty().
+
+  In the implementation of your prototype functions, you use
+  QScriptable::thisObject() (or QScriptContext::thisObject()) to
+  obtain a reference to the QScriptValue being operated upon; then you
+  call qscriptvalue_cast() to cast it to your C++ type, and perform
+  the relevant operations using the usual C++ API for the type.
+
+  You associate a prototype object with a C++ type by calling
+  QScriptEngine::setDefaultPrototype(). Once this mapping is
+  established, QtScript will automatically assign the correct
+  prototype when a value of such a type is wrapped in a QScriptValue;
+  either when you explicitly call QScriptEngine::toScriptValue(), or
+  when a value of such a type is returned from a C++ slot and
+  internally passed back to script code by the engine. This means you
+  \e{don't} have to implement wrapper classes if you use this
+  approach.
+
+  As an example, let's consider how the \c{Person} class from the
+  preceding section can be implemented in terms of the Qt Script API.
+  We begin with the native constructor function:
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 34
+
+  Here's the native equivalent of the \c{Person.prototype.toString}
+  function we saw before:
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 35
+
+  The \c{Person} class can then be initialized as follows:
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 36
+
+  The implementation of the \c{Employee} subclass is similar. We
+  use QScriptValue::call() to call the super-class (Person) constructor:
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 37
+
+  The \c{Employee} class can then be initialized as follows:
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 38
+
+  When implementing the prototype object of a class, you may want to use
+  the QScriptable class, as it enables you to define the API of your
+  script class in terms of Qt properties, signals and slots, and
+  automatically handles value conversion between the Qt Script and C++
+  side.
+
+  \section2 Implementing Prototype Objects for Value-based Types
+
+  When implementing a prototype object for a value-based type --
+  e.g. QPointF -- the same general technique applies; you populate
+  a prototype object with functionality that should be shared
+  among instances. You then associate the prototype object with
+  the type by calling QScriptEngine::setDefaultPrototype(). This
+  ensures that when e.g. a value of the relevant type is returned
+  from a slot back to the script, the prototype link of the script
+  value will be initialized correctly.
+
+  When values of the custom type are stored in QVariants -- which Qt
+  Script does by default --, qscriptvalue_cast() enables you to safely
+  cast the script value to a pointer to the C++ type. This makes it
+  easy to do type-checking, and, for prototype functions that should
+  modify the underlying C++ value, lets you modify the actual value
+  contained in the script value (and not a copy of it).
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 39
+
+  \section2 Implementing Constructors for Value-based Types
+
+  You can implement a constructor function for a value-based type
+  by wrapping a native factory function. For example, the following
+  function implements a simple constructor for QPoint:
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 44
+
+  In the above code we simplified things a bit, e.g. we didn't check
+  the argument count to decide which QPoint C++ constructor to use.
+  In your own constructors you have to do this type of resolution
+  yourself, i.e. by checking the number of arguments passed to the
+  native function, and/or by checking the type of the arguments and
+  converting the arguments to the desired type. If you detect a problem
+  with the arguments you may want to signal this by throwing a script
+  exception; see QScriptContext::throwError().
+
+  \section2 Managing Non-QObject-based Objects
+
+  For value-based types (e.g. QPoint), the C++ object will be destroyed when
+  the Qt Script object is garbage-collected, so managing the memory of the C++
+  object is not an issue. For QObjects, Qt Script provides several
+  alternatives for managing the underlying C++ object's lifetime; see the
+  \l{Controlling QObject Ownership} section. However, for polymorphic types
+  that don't inherit from QObject, and when you can't (or won't) wrap the type
+  in a QObject, you have to manage the lifetime of the C++ object yourself.
+
+  A behavior that's often reasonable when a Qt Script object wraps a C++
+  object, is that the C++ object is deleted when the Qt Script object is
+  garbage-collected; this is typically the case when the objects can be
+  constructed by scripts, as opposed to the application providing the scripts
+  with pre-made "environment" objects. A way of making the lifetime of the C++
+  object follow the lifetime of the Qt Script object is by using a shared
+  pointer class, such as QSharedPointer, to hold a pointer to your object;
+  when the Qt Script object containing the QSharedPointer is
+  garbage-collected, the underlying C++ object will be deleted if there are no
+  other references to the object.
+
+  The following snippet shows a constructor function that constructs
+  QXmlStreamReader objects that are stored using QSharedPointer:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 93
+
+  Prototype functions can use qscriptvalue_cast() to cast the \c this object
+  to the proper type:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 94
+
+  The prototype and constructor objects are set up in the usual way:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 95
+
+  Scripts can now construct QXmlStreamReader objects by calling the \c
+  XmlStreamReader constructor, and when the Qt Script object is
+  garbage-collected (or the script engine is destroyed), the QXmlStreamReader
+  object is destroyed as well.
+
+  \section1 Defining Custom Script Classes with QScriptClass
+
+  There are cases where neither the dynamic QObject binding provided
+  by QScriptEngine::newQObject() or the manual binding provided by
+  QScriptEngine::newFunction() is sufficient. For example, you might
+  want to implement a dynamic script proxy to an underlying object;
+  or you might want to implement an array-like class (i.e. that gives
+  special treatment to properties that are valid array indexes, and
+  to the property "length"). In such cases, you can subclass
+  QScriptClass to achieve the desired behavior.
+
+  QScriptClass allows you to handle all property access for a
+  (class of) script object through virtual get/set property functions.
+  Iteration of custom properties is also supported through the
+  QScriptClassPropertyIterator class; this means you can advertise
+  properties to be reported by for-in script statements and
+  QScriptValueIterator.
+
+  \section1 Error Handling and Debugging Facilities
+
+  Syntax errors in scripts will be reported as soon as a script is
+  evaluated; QScriptEngine::evaluate() will return a SyntaxError object
+  that you can convert to a string to get a description of the error.
+
+  The QScriptEngine::uncaughtExceptionBacktrace() function gives you
+  a human-readable backtrace of the last uncaught exception. In order
+  to get useful filename information in backtraces, you should pass
+  proper filenames to QScriptEngine::evaluate() when evaluating your
+  scripts.
+
+  Often an exception doesn't happen at the time the script is evaluated,
+  but at a later time when a function defined by the script is actually
+  executed. For C++ signal handlers, this is tricky; consider the case
+  where the clicked() signal of a button is connected to a script function,
+  and that script function causes a script exception when it is handling
+  the signal. Where is that script exception propagated to?
+
+  The solution is to connect to the QScriptEngine::signalHandlerException()
+  signal; this will give you notification when a signal handler causes
+  an exception, so that you can find out what happened and/or recover
+  from it.
+
+  In Qt 4.4 the QScriptEngineAgent class was introduced. QScriptEngineAgent
+  provides an interface for reporting low-level "events" in a script engine,
+  such as when a function is entered or when a new script statement is
+  reached. By subclassing QScriptEngineAgent you can be notified of these
+  events and perform some action, if you want. QScriptEngineAgent itself
+  doesn't provide any debugging-specific functionality (e.g. setting
+  breakpoints), but it is the basis of tools that do.
+
+  The QScriptEngineDebugger class introduced in Qt 4.5 provides a 
+  \l{Qt Script Debugger Manual}{Qt Script debugger} that can be embedded
+  into your application.
+
+  \section2 Redefining print()
+
+  Qt Script provides a built-in print() function that can be useful for
+  simple debugging purposes. The built-in print() function writes to
+  standard output. You can redefine the print() function (or add your
+  own function, e.g. debug() or log()) that redirects the text to
+  somewhere else. The following code shows a custom print() that adds
+  text to a QPlainTextEdit.
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 45
+
+  The following code shows how the custom print() function may be
+  initialized and used.
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 46
+
+  A pointer to the QPlainTextEdit is stored as an internal property
+  of the script function itself, so that it can be retrieved when
+  the function is called.
+
+  \section1 Using QtScript Extensions
+
+  The QScriptEngine::importExtension() function can be used to load plugins
+  into a script engine. Plugins typically add some extra functionality to
+  the engine; for example, a plugin might add full bindings for the Qt
+  Arthur painting API, so that those classes may be used from Qt Script
+  scripts. There are currently no script plugins shipped with Qt.
+
+  If you are implementing some Qt Script functionality that you want other
+  Qt application developers to be able to use, \l{Creating QtScript Extensions}
+  {developing an extension} (e.g. by subclassing QScriptExtensionPlugin) is
+  worth looking into.
+
+  \section1 Internationalization
+
+  Since Qt 4.5, Qt Script supports internationalization of scripts by building
+  on the C++ internationalization functionality (see \l{Internationalization
+  with Qt}).
+
+  \section2 Use qsTr() for All Literal Text
+
+  Wherever your script uses "quoted text" for text that will be presented to
+  the user, ensure that it is processed by the QCoreApplication::translate()
+  function. Essentially all that is necessary to achieve this is to use
+  the qsTr() script function. Example:
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 82
+
+  This accounts for 99% of the user-visible strings you're likely to write.
+
+  The qsTr() function uses the basename of the script's filename (see
+  QFileInfo::baseName()) as the translation context; if the filename is not
+  unique in your project, you should use the qsTranslate() function and pass a
+  suitable context as the first argument. Example:
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 83
+
+  If you need to have translatable text completely outside a function, there
+  are two functions to help: QT_TR_NOOP() and QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP(). They merely
+  mark the text for extraction by the \c lupdate utility described below.  At
+  runtime, these functions simply return the text to translate unmodified.
+
+  Example of QT_TR_NOOP():
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 84
+
+  Example of QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP():
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 85
+
+  \section2 Use String.prototype.arg() for Dynamic Text
+
+  The String.prototype.arg() function (which is modeled after QString::arg())
+  offers a simple means for substituting arguments:
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 86
+
+    \section2 Produce Translations
+
+    Once you are using qsTr() and/or qsTranslate() throughout your scripts, you
+    can start producing translations of the user-visible text in your program.
+
+    The \l{Qt Linguist manual} provides further information about
+    Qt's translation tools, \e{Qt Linguist}, \c lupdate and \c
+    lrelease.
+
+    Translation of Qt Script scripts is a three-step process:
+
+    \list 1
+
+    \o Run \c lupdate to extract translatable text from the script source code
+    of the Qt application, resulting in a message file for translators (a TS
+    file). The utility recognizes qsTr(), qsTranslate() and the
+    \c{QT_TR*_NOOP()} functions described above and produces TS files
+    (usually one per language).
+
+    \o Provide translations for the source texts in the TS file, using
+    \e{Qt Linguist}. Since TS files are in XML format, you can also
+    edit them by hand.
+
+    \o Run \c lrelease to obtain a light-weight message file (a QM
+    file) from the TS file, suitable only for end use. Think of the TS
+     files as "source files", and QM files as "object files". The
+    translator edits the TS files, but the users of your application
+    only need the QM files. Both kinds of files are platform and
+    locale independent.
+
+    \endlist
+
+    Typically, you will repeat these steps for every release of your
+    application. The \c lupdate utility does its best to reuse the
+    translations from previous releases.
+
+    When running \c lupdate, you must specify the location of the script(s),
+    and the name of the TS file to produce. Examples:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 87
+
+    will extract translatable text from \c myscript.qs and create the
+    translation file \c myscript_la.qs.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 88
+
+    will extract translatable text from all files ending with \c{.qs} in the
+    \c scripts folder and create the translation file \c scripts_la.qs.
+
+    Alternatively, you can create a separate qmake project file that sets up
+    the \c SOURCES and \c TRANSLATIONS variables appropriately; then run
+    \c lupdate with the project file as input.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 89
+
+    When running \c lrelease, you must specify the name of the TS input
+    file; or, if you are using a qmake project file to manage script
+    translations, you specify the name of that file. \c lrelease will create
+    \c myscript_la.qm, the binary representation of the translation.
+
+    \section2 Apply Translations
+
+    In your application, you must use QTranslator::load() to load the
+    translation files appropriate for the user's language, and install them
+    using QCoreApplication::installTranslator(). Finally, you must call
+    QScriptEngine::installTranslatorFunctions() to make the script translation
+    functions (qsTr(), qsTranslate() and \c{QT_TR*_NOOP()}) available to scripts
+    that are subsequently evaluated by QScriptEngine::evaluate(). For scripts
+    that are using the qsTr() function, the proper filename must be passed as
+    second argument to QScriptEngine::evaluate().
+
+    \c linguist, \c lupdate and \c lrelease are installed in the \c bin
+    subdirectory of the base directory Qt is installed into. Click Help|Manual
+    in \e{Qt Linguist} to access the user's manual; it contains a tutorial
+    to get you started.
+
+    See also the \l{Hello Script Example}.
+
+  \section1 ECMAScript Compatibility
+
+  QtScript implements all the built-in classes and functions defined
+  in ECMA-262.
+
+  The Date parsing and string conversion functions are implemented using
+  QDateTime::fromString() and QDateTime::toString(), respectively.
+
+  The RegExp class is a wrapper around QRegExp. The QRegExp semantics
+  do not precisely match the semantics for regular expressions defined
+  in ECMA-262.
+
+  \section1 QtScript Extensions to ECMAScript
+
+  \list
+  \i \c{__proto__} \br
+    The prototype of an object (QScriptValue::prototype())
+    can be accessed through its \c{__proto__} property in script code.
+    This property has the QScriptValue::Undeletable flag set.
+    For example:
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 40
+
+  \i \c{Object.prototype.__defineGetter__} \br
+    This function installs a
+    getter function for a property of an object. The first argument is
+    the property name, and the second is the function to call to get
+    the value of that property. When the function is invoked, the
+    \c this object will be the object whose property is accessed.
+    For example:
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 41
+
+  \i \c{Object.prototype.__defineSetter__} \br
+    This function installs a
+    setter function for a property of an object. The first argument is
+    the property name, and the second is the function to call to set
+    the value of that property.  When the function is invoked, the
+    \c this object will be the object whose property is accessed.
+    For example:
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtscript.qdoc 42
+
+  \i \c{Function.prototype.connect} \br
+    This function connects
+    a signal to a slot. Usage of this function is described in
+    the section \l{Using Signals and Slots}.
+
+  \i \c{Function.prototype.disconnect} \br
+    This function disconnects
+    a signal from a slot. Usage of this function is described in
+    the section \l{Using Signals and Slots}.
+
+  \i \c{QObject.prototype.findChild} \br
+    This function is semantically equivalent to QObject::findChild().
+
+  \i \c{QObject.prototype.findChildren} \br
+    This function is semantically equivalent to QObject::findChildren().
+
+  \i \c{QObject.prototype.toString} \br
+    This function returns a default string representation of a QObject.
+
+  \i \c{gc} \br
+    This function invokes the garbage collector.
+
+  \i \c{Error.prototype.backtrace} \br
+    This function returns a human-readable backtrace, in the form of
+    an array of strings.
+
+  \i Error objects have the following additional properties:
+    \list
+    \i \c{lineNumber}: The line number where the error occurred.
+    \i \c{fileName}: The file name where the error occurred (if a file name
+    was passed to QScriptEngine::evaluate()).
+    \i \c{stack}: An array of objects describing the stack. Each object has
+      the following properties:
+      \list
+      \i \c{functionName}: The function name, if available.
+      \i \c{fileName}: The file name, if available.
+      \i \c{lineNumber}: The line number, if available.
+      \endlist
+    \endlist
+
+  \endlist
+
+ */
diff --git a/doc/src/session.qdoc b/doc/src/session.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 3e4bff3..0000000
--- a/doc/src/session.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,177 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page session.html
-    \title Session Management
-    \ingroup gui-programming
-
-    A \e session is a group of running applications, each of which has a
-    particular state. The session is controlled by a service called the \e
-    session \e manager. The applications participating in the session are
-    called \e{session clients}.
-
-    The session manager issues commands to its clients on behalf of the
-    user. These commands may cause clients to commit unsaved changes (for
-    example by saving open files), to preserve their state for future
-    sessions, or to terminate gracefully. The set of these operations is
-    called \e session \e management.
-
-    In the common case, a session consists of all applications that a
-    user runs on their desktop at a time. Under Unix/X11, however, a
-    session may include applications running on different computers and
-    may span multiple displays.
-
-    \section1 Shutting a Session Down 
-
-    A session is shut down by the session manager, usually on behalf of
-    the user when they want to log out. A system might also perform an
-    automatic shutdown in an emergency situation, for example, if power is
-    about to be lost. Clearly there is a significant difference between
-    these types of shutdown. During the first, the user may want to
-    interact with the application, specifying exactly which files should
-    be saved and which should be discarded. In the latter case, there's no
-    time for interaction. There may not even be a user sitting in front of
-    the machine!
-
-
-    \section1 Protocols and Support on Different Platforms
-
-    On Mac OS X, and Microsoft Windows versions prior to Windows 2000,
-    there is nothing like complete session management for applications
-    yet, i.e. no restoring of previous sessions. (Windows 2000 and XP
-    provide "hibernation" where the entire memory is saved to disk and
-    restored when the machine is restarted.) They do support graceful
-    logouts where applications have the opportunity to cancel the process
-    after getting confirmation from the user. This is the functionality
-    that corresponds to the QApplication::commitData() method.
-
-    X11 has supported complete session management since X11R6.
-
-    \section1 Getting Session Management to Work with Qt 
-
-    Start by reimplementing QApplication::commitData() to
-    enable your application to take part in the graceful logout process. If
-    you are only targeting the Microsoft Windows platform, this is all you can
-    and must provide. Ideally, your application should provide a shutdown
-    dialog similar to the following:
-
-    \img session.png A typical dialog on shutdown
-
-    Example code for this dialog can be found in the documentation of
-    QSessionManager::allowsInteraction().
-
-    For complete session management (only supported on X11R6 at present),
-    you must also take care of saving the application's state, and
-    potentially of restoring the state in the next life cycle of the
-    session. This saving is done by reimplementing
-    QApplication::saveState(). All state data you are saving in this
-    function, should be marked with the session identifier
-    QApplication::sessionId(). This application specific identifier is
-    globally unique, so no clashes will occur. (See QSessionManager for
-    information on saving/restoring the state of a particular Qt
-    application.)
-
-    Restoration is usually done in the application's main()
-    function. Check if QApplication::isSessionRestored() is \c true. If
-    that's the case, use the session identifier
-    QApplication::sessionId() again to access your state data and restore
-    the state of the application.
-
-    \bold{Important:} In order to allow the window manager to
-    restore window attributes such as stacking order or geometry
-    information, you must identify your top level widgets with 
-    unique application-wide object names (see QObject::setObjectName()). When
-    restoring the application, you must ensure that all restored
-    top level widgets are given the same unique names they had before.
-
-    \section1 Testing and Debugging Session Management 
-
-    Session management support on Mac OS X and Windows is fairly limited
-    due to the lack of this functionality in the operating system
-    itself. Simply shut the session down and verify that your application
-    behaves as expected. It may be useful to launch another application,
-    usually the integrated development environment, before starting your
-    application. This other application will get the shutdown message
-    afterwards, thus permitting you to cancel the shutdown. Otherwise you
-    would have to log in again after each test run, which is not a problem
-    per se, but is time consuming.
-
-    On Unix you can either use a desktop environment that supports
-    standard X11R6 session management or, the recommended method, use the
-    session manager reference implementation provided by the X Consortium.
-    This sample manager is called \c xsm and is part of a standard X11R6
-    installation. As always with X11, a useful and informative manual page
-    is provided. Using \c xsm is straightforward (apart from the clumsy
-    Athena-based user interface). Here's a simple approach:
-
-    \list
-    \i Run X11R6.
-    \i Create a dot file \c .xsmstartup in your home directory which
-    contains the single line
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_session.qdoc 0
-    This tells \c xsm that the default/failsafe session is just an xterm
-    and nothing else. Otherwise \c xsm would try to invoke lots of
-    clients including the windowmanager \c twm, which isn't very helpful.
-    \i Now launch \c xsm from another terminal window. Both a session
-    manager window and the xterm will appear. The xterm has a nice
-    property that sets it apart from all the other shells you are
-    currently running: within its shell, the \c SESSION_MANAGER
-    environment variable points to the session manager you just started.
-    \i Launch your application from the new xterm window. It will connect
-    itself automatically to the session manager. You can check with the \e
-    ClientList push button whether the connect was successful.
-
-    \bold{Note:} Never keep the \e ClientList open when you
-    start or end session managed clients! Otherwise \c xsm is likely to
-    crash.
-    \i Use the session manager's \e Checkpoint and \e Shutdown buttons
-    with different settings and see how your application behaves. The save
-    type \e local means that the clients should save their state. It
-    corresponds to the QApplication::saveState() function. The \e
-    global save type asks applications to save their unsaved changes in
-    permanent, globally accessible storage. It invokes
-    QApplication::commitData().
-    \i Whenever something crashes, blame \c xsm and not Qt. \c xsm is far
-    from being a usable session manager on a user's desktop. It is,
-    however, stable and useful enough to serve as testing environment.
-    \endlist
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/sharedlibrary.qdoc b/doc/src/sharedlibrary.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index de27c43..0000000
--- a/doc/src/sharedlibrary.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,186 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
-** EDITIONS: FREE, PROFESSIONAL, ENTERPRISE
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \group deployment
-    \page sharedlibrary.html
-    \ingroup buildsystem
-
-    \title Creating Shared Libraries
-    The following sections list certain things that should be taken into
-    account when creating shared libraries.
-
-    \section1 Using Symbols from Shared Libraries
-
-    Symbols - functions, variables or classes - contained in shared libraries
-    intended to be used by \e{clients}, such as applications or other
-    libraries, must be marked in a special way. These symbols are called
-    \e{public symbols} that are \e{exported} or made publicly visible.
-
-    The remaining symbols should not be visible from the outside. On most
-    platforms, compilers will hide them by default. On some platforms, a
-    special compiler option is required to hide these symbols.
-
-    When compiling a shared library, it must be marked for \e{export}. To use
-    the shared library from a client, some platforms may require a special
-    \e{import} declaration as well.
-
-    Depending on your target platform, Qt provides special macros that contain
-    the necessary definitions:
-    \list
-        \o  \c{Q_DECL_EXPORT} must be added to the declarations of symbols used
-            when compiling a shared library.
-        \o  \c{Q_DECL_IMPORT} must be added to the declarations of symbols used
-            when compiling a client that uses the shared library.
-    \endlist
-
-    Now, we need to ensure that the right macro is invoked -- whether we
-    compile a share library itself, or just the client using the shared
-    library.
-    Typically, this can be solved by adding a special header.
-
-    Let us assume we want to create a shared library called \e{mysharedlib}.
-    A special header for this library, \c{mysharedlib_global.h}, looks like
-    this:
-
-    \code
-        #include <QtCore/QtGlobal>
-
-        #if defined(MYSHAREDLIB_LIBRARY)
-        #  define MYSHAREDLIB_EXPORT Q_DECL_EXPORT
-        #else
-        #  define MYSHAREDLIB_EXPORT Q_DECL_IMPORT
-        #endif
-    \endcode
-
-    In the \c{.pro} file of the shared library, we add:
-
-    \code
-        DEFINES += MYSHAREDLIB_LIBRARY
-    \endcode
-
-    In each header of the library, we specify the following:
-
-    \code
-        #include "mysharedlib_global.h"
-
-        MYSHAREDLIB_EXPORT void foo();
-        class MYSHAREDLIB_EXPORT MyClass...
-    \endcode
-    This ensures that the right macro is seen by both library and clients. We
-    also use this technique in Qt's sources.
-
-
-    \section1 Header File Considerations
-
-    Typically, clients will include only the public header files of shared
-    libraries. These libraries might be installed in a different location, when
-    deployed. Therefore, it is important to exclude other internal header files
-    that were used when building the shared library.
-
-    For example, the library might provide a class that wraps a hardware device
-    and contains a handle to that device, provided by some 3rd-party library:
-
-    \code
-        #include <footronics/device.h>
-
-        class MyDevice {
-        private:
-	    FOOTRONICS_DEVICE_HANDLE handle;
-        };
-    \endcode  
-
-    A similar situation arises with forms created by Qt Designer when using
-    aggregation or multiple inheritance:
-
-    \code
-        #include "ui_widget.h"
-
-        class MyWidget : public QWidget {
-        private:
-	    Ui::MyWidget m_ui;
-        };
-    \endcode  
-
-    When deploying the library, there should be no dependency to the internal
-    headers \c{footronics/device.h} or \c{ui_widget.h}.
-
-    This can be avoided by making use of the \e{Pointer to implementation}
-    idiom described in various C++ programming books. For classes with
-    \e{value semantics}, consider using QSharedDataPointer.
-
-
-    \section1  Binary compatibility
-
-    For clients loading a shared library, to work correctly, the memory
-    layout of the classes being used must match exactly the memory layout of
-    the library version that was used to compile the client. In other words,
-    the library found by the client at runtime must be \e{binary compatible}
-    with the version used at compile time.
-
-    This is usually not a problem if the client is a self-contained software
-    package that ships all the libraries it needs.
-
-    However, if the client application relies on a shared library that belongs
-    to a different installation package or to the operating system, then we
-    need to think of a versioning scheme for shared libraries and decide at
-    which level \e{Binary compatibility} is to be maintained. For example, Qt
-    libraries of the same \e{major version number} are guaranteed to be binary
-    compatible.
-
-    Maintaining \e{Binary compatibility} places some restrictions on the changes
-    you can make to the classes. A good explanation can be found at
-    \l{http://techbase.kde.org/Policies/Binary_Compatibility_Issues_With_C++}
-    {KDE - Policies/Binary Compatibility Issues With C++}. These issues should
-    be considered right from the start of library design.
-    We recommend that the principle of \e{Information hiding} and the
-    \e{Pointer to implementation} technique be used wherever possible.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/signalsandslots.qdoc b/doc/src/signalsandslots.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 07e0ef8..0000000
--- a/doc/src/signalsandslots.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,422 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page signalsandslots.html
-    \title Signals and Slots
-    \ingroup architecture
-    \brief An overview of Qt's signals and slots inter-object
-    communication mechanism.
-
-    Signals and slots are used for communication between objects. The
-    signals and slots mechanism is a central feature of Qt and
-    probably the part that differs most from the features provided by
-    other frameworks.
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 Introduction
-
-    In GUI programming, when we change one widget, we often want
-    another widget to be notified. More generally, we want objects of
-    any kind to be able to communicate with one another. For example,
-    if a user clicks a \gui{Close} button, we probably want the
-    window's \l{QWidget::close()}{close()} function to be called.
-
-    Older toolkits achieve this kind of communication using
-    callbacks. A callback is a pointer to a function, so if you want
-    a processing function to notify you about some event you pass a
-    pointer to another function (the callback) to the processing
-    function. The processing function then calls the callback when
-    appropriate. Callbacks have two fundamental flaws: Firstly, they
-    are not type-safe. We can never be certain that the processing
-    function will call the callback with the correct arguments.
-    Secondly, the callback is strongly coupled to the processing
-    function since the processing function must know which callback
-    to call.
-
-    \section1 Signals and Slots
-
-    In Qt, we have an alternative to the callback technique: We use
-    signals and slots. A signal is emitted when a particular event
-    occurs. Qt's widgets have many predefined signals, but we can
-    always subclass widgets to add our own signals to them. A slot
-    is a function that is called in response to a particular signal.
-    Qt's widgets have many pre-defined slots, but it is common
-    practice to subclass widgets and add your own slots so that you
-    can handle the signals that you are interested in.
-
-    \img abstract-connections.png
-    \omit
-    \caption An abstract view of some signals and slots connections
-    \endomit
-
-    The signals and slots mechanism is type safe: The signature of a
-    signal must match the signature of the receiving slot. (In fact a
-    slot may have a shorter signature than the signal it receives
-    because it can ignore extra arguments.) Since the signatures are
-    compatible, the compiler can help us detect type mismatches.
-    Signals and slots are loosely coupled: A class which emits a
-    signal neither knows nor cares which slots receive the signal.
-    Qt's signals and slots mechanism ensures that if you connect a
-    signal to a slot, the slot will be called with the signal's
-    parameters at the right time. Signals and slots can take any
-    number of arguments of any type. They are completely type safe.
-
-    All classes that inherit from QObject or one of its subclasses
-    (e.g., QWidget) can contain signals and slots. Signals are emitted by
-    objects when they change their state in a way that may be interesting
-    to other objects. This is all the object does to communicate. It
-    does not know or care whether anything is receiving the signals it
-    emits. This is true information encapsulation, and ensures that the
-    object can be used as a software component.
-
-    Slots can be used for receiving signals, but they are also normal
-    member functions. Just as an object does not know if anything receives
-    its signals, a slot does not know if it has any signals connected to
-    it. This ensures that truly independent components can be created with
-    Qt.
-
-    You can connect as many signals as you want to a single slot, and a
-    signal can be connected to as many slots as you need. It is even
-    possible to connect a signal directly to another signal. (This will
-    emit the second signal immediately whenever the first is emitted.)
-
-    Together, signals and slots make up a powerful component programming
-    mechanism.
-
-    \section1 A Small Example
-
-    A minimal C++ class declaration might read:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/signalsandslots/signalsandslots.h 0
-
-    A small QObject-based class might read:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/signalsandslots/signalsandslots.h 1
-    \codeline
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/signalsandslots/signalsandslots.h 2
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/signalsandslots/signalsandslots.h 3
-
-    The QObject-based version has the same internal state, and provides
-    public methods to access the state, but in addition it has support
-    for component programming using signals and slots. This class can
-    tell the outside world that its state has changed by emitting a
-    signal, \c{valueChanged()}, and it has a slot which other objects
-    can send signals to.
-
-    All classes that contain signals or slots must mention
-    Q_OBJECT at the top of their declaration. They must also derive
-    (directly or indirectly) from QObject.
-
-    Slots are implemented by the application programmer.
-    Here is a possible implementation of the \c{Counter::setValue()}
-    slot:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/signalsandslots/signalsandslots.cpp 0
-
-    The \c{emit} line emits the signal \c valueChanged() from the
-    object, with the new value as argument.
-
-    In the following code snippet, we create two \c Counter objects
-    and connect the first object's \c valueChanged() signal to the
-    second object's \c setValue() slot using QObject::connect():
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/signalsandslots/signalsandslots.cpp 1
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/signalsandslots/signalsandslots.cpp 2
-    \codeline
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/signalsandslots/signalsandslots.cpp 3
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/signalsandslots/signalsandslots.cpp 4
-
-    Calling \c{a.setValue(12)} makes \c{a} emit a
-    \c{valueChanged(12)} signal, which \c{b} will receive in its
-    \c{setValue()} slot, i.e. \c{b.setValue(12)} is called. Then
-    \c{b} emits the same \c{valueChanged()} signal, but since no slot
-    has been connected to \c{b}'s \c{valueChanged()} signal, the
-    signal is ignored.
-
-    Note that the \c{setValue()} function sets the value and emits
-    the signal only if \c{value != m_value}. This prevents infinite
-    looping in the case of cyclic connections (e.g., if
-    \c{b.valueChanged()} were connected to \c{a.setValue()}).
-
-    By default, for every connection you make, a signal is emitted;
-    two signals are emitted for duplicate connections. You can break
-    all of these connections with a single disconnect() call.
-    If you pass the Qt::UniqueConnection \a type, the connection will only
-    be made if it is not a duplicate. If there is already a duplicate
-    (exact same signal to the exact same slot on the same objects),
-    the connection will fail and connect will return false
-
-    This example illustrates that objects can work together without needing to
-    know any information about each other. To enable this, the objects only
-    need to be connected together, and this can be achieved with some simple
-    QObject::connect() function calls, or with \c{uic}'s
-    \l{Using a Designer UI File in Your Application#Automatic Connections}
-    {automatic connections} feature.
-
-    \section1 Building the Example
-
-    The C++ preprocessor changes or removes the \c{signals},
-    \c{slots}, and \c{emit} keywords so that the compiler is
-    presented with standard C++.
-
-    By running the \l moc on class definitions that contain signals
-    or slots, a C++ source file is produced which should be compiled
-    and linked with the other object files for the application. If
-    you use \l qmake, the makefile rules to automatically invoke \c
-    moc will be added to your project's makefile.
-
-    \section1 Signals
-
-    Signals are emitted by an object when its internal state has changed
-    in some way that might be interesting to the object's client or owner.
-    Only the class that defines a signal and its subclasses can emit the
-    signal.
-
-    When a signal is emitted, the slots connected to it are usually
-    executed immediately, just like a normal function call. When this
-    happens, the signals and slots mechanism is totally independent of
-    any GUI event loop. Execution of the code following the \c emit
-    statement will occur once all slots have returned. The situation is
-    slightly different when using \l{Qt::ConnectionType}{queued
-    connections}; in such a case, the code following the \c emit keyword
-    will continue immediately, and the slots will be executed later.
-
-    If several slots are connected to one signal, the slots will be
-    executed one after the other, in the order they have been connected,
-    when the signal is emitted.
-
-    Signals are automatically generated by the \l moc and must not be
-    implemented in the \c .cpp file. They can never have return types
-    (i.e. use \c void).
-
-    A note about arguments: Our experience shows that signals and slots
-    are more reusable if they do not use special types. If
-    QScrollBar::valueChanged() were to use a special type such as the
-    hypothetical QScrollBar::Range, it could only be connected to
-    slots designed specifically for QScrollBar. Connecting different
-    input widgets together would be impossible.
-
-    \section1 Slots
-
-    A slot is called when a signal connected to it is emitted. Slots are
-    normal C++ functions and can be called normally; their only special
-    feature is that signals can be connected to them.
-
-    Since slots are normal member functions, they follow the normal C++
-    rules when called directly. However, as slots, they can be invoked
-    by any component, regardless of its access level, via a signal-slot
-    connection. This means that a signal emitted from an instance of an
-    arbitrary class can cause a private slot to be invoked in an instance
-    of an unrelated class.
-
-    You can also define slots to be virtual, which we have found quite
-    useful in practice.
-
-    Compared to callbacks, signals and slots are slightly slower
-    because of the increased flexibility they provide, although the
-    difference for real applications is insignificant. In general,
-    emitting a signal that is connected to some slots, is
-    approximately ten times slower than calling the receivers
-    directly, with non-virtual function calls. This is the overhead
-    required to locate the connection object, to safely iterate over
-    all connections (i.e. checking that subsequent receivers have not
-    been destroyed during the emission), and to marshall any
-    parameters in a generic fashion. While ten non-virtual function
-    calls may sound like a lot, it's much less overhead than any \c
-    new or \c delete operation, for example. As soon as you perform a
-    string, vector or list operation that behind the scene requires
-    \c new or \c delete, the signals and slots overhead is only
-    responsible for a very small proportion of the complete function
-    call costs.
-
-    The same is true whenever you do a system call in a slot; or
-    indirectly call more than ten functions. On an i586-500, you can
-    emit around 2,000,000 signals per second connected to one
-    receiver, or around 1,200,000 per second connected to two
-    receivers. The simplicity and flexibility of the signals and
-    slots mechanism is well worth the overhead, which your users
-    won't even notice.
-
-    Note that other libraries that define variables called \c signals
-    or \c slots may cause compiler warnings and errors when compiled
-    alongside a Qt-based application. To solve this problem, \c
-    #undef the offending preprocessor symbol.
-
-    \section1 Meta-Object Information
-
-    The meta-object compiler (\l moc) parses the class declaration in
-    a C++ file and generates C++ code that initializes the
-    meta-object. The meta-object contains the names of all the signal
-    and slot members, as well as pointers to these functions.
-
-    The meta-object contains additional information such as the
-    object's \link QObject::className() class name\endlink. You can
-    also check if an object \link QObject::inherits()
-    inherits\endlink a specific class, for example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/signalsandslots/signalsandslots.cpp 5
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/signalsandslots/signalsandslots.cpp 6
-
-    The meta-object information is also used by qobject_cast<T>(), which
-    is similar to QObject::inherits() but is less error-prone:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/signalsandslots/signalsandslots.cpp 7
-
-    See \l{Meta-Object System} for more information.
-
-    \section1 A Real Example
-
-    Here is a simple commented example of a widget.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/signalsandslots/lcdnumber.h 0
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/signalsandslots/lcdnumber.h 1
-    \codeline
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/signalsandslots/lcdnumber.h 2
-    \codeline
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/signalsandslots/lcdnumber.h 3
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/signalsandslots/lcdnumber.h 4
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/signalsandslots/lcdnumber.h 5
-
-    \c LcdNumber inherits QObject, which has most of the signal-slot
-    knowledge, via QFrame and QWidget. It is somewhat similar to the
-    built-in QLCDNumber widget.
-
-    The Q_OBJECT macro is expanded by the preprocessor to declare
-    several member functions that are implemented by the \c{moc}; if
-    you get compiler errors along the lines of "undefined reference
-    to vtable for \c{LcdNumber}", you have probably forgotten to
-    \l{moc}{run the moc} or to include the moc output in the link
-    command.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/signalsandslots/lcdnumber.h 6
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/signalsandslots/lcdnumber.h 7
-
-    It's not obviously relevant to the moc, but if you inherit
-    QWidget you almost certainly want to have the \c parent argument
-    in your constructor and pass it to the base class's constructor.
-
-    Some destructors and member functions are omitted here; the \c
-    moc ignores member functions.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/signalsandslots/lcdnumber.h 8
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/signalsandslots/lcdnumber.h 9
-
-    \c LcdNumber emits a signal when it is asked to show an impossible
-    value.
-
-    If you don't care about overflow, or you know that overflow
-    cannot occur, you can ignore the \c overflow() signal, i.e. don't
-    connect it to any slot.
-
-    If on the other hand you want to call two different error
-    functions when the number overflows, simply connect the signal to
-    two different slots. Qt will call both (in arbitrary order).
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/signalsandslots/lcdnumber.h 10
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/signalsandslots/lcdnumber.h 11
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/signalsandslots/lcdnumber.h 12
-    \codeline
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/signalsandslots/lcdnumber.h 13
-
-    A slot is a receiving function used to get information about
-    state changes in other widgets. \c LcdNumber uses it, as the code
-    above indicates, to set the displayed number. Since \c{display()}
-    is part of the class's interface with the rest of the program,
-    the slot is public.
-
-    Several of the example programs connect the
-    \l{QScrollBar::valueChanged()}{valueChanged()} signal of a
-    QScrollBar to the \c display() slot, so the LCD number
-    continuously shows the value of the scroll bar.
-
-    Note that \c display() is overloaded; Qt will select the
-    appropriate version when you connect a signal to the slot. With
-    callbacks, you'd have to find five different names and keep track
-    of the types yourself.
-
-    Some irrelevant member functions have been omitted from this
-    example.
-
-    \section1 Advanced Signals and Slots Usage
-
-    For cases where you may require information on the sender of the
-    signal, Qt provides the QObject::sender() function, which returns
-    a pointer to the object that sent the signal.
-
-    The QSignalMapper class is provided for situations where many
-    signals are connected to the same slot and the slot needs to
-    handle each signal differently.
-
-    Suppose you have three push buttons that determine which file you
-    will open: "Tax File", "Accounts File", or "Report File". 
-
-    In order to open the correct file, you use QSignalMapper::setMapping() to
-    map all the clicked() signals to a QSignalMapper object. Then you connect
-    the file's QPushButton::clicked() signal to the QSignalMapper::map() slot.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/signalmapper/filereader.cpp 0
-
-    Then, you connect the \l{QSignalMapper::}{mapped()} signal to
-    \c{readFile()} where a different file will be opened, depending on
-    which push button is pressed.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/signalmapper/filereader.cpp 1
-
-    \sa {Meta-Object System}, {Qt's Property System}
-
-    \target 3rd Party Signals and Slots
-    \section2 Using Qt with 3rd Party Signals and Slots
-
-    It is possible to use Qt with a 3rd party signal/slot mechanism.
-    You can even use both mechanisms in the same project. Just add the
-    following line to your qmake project (.pro) file.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_containers.qdoc 22
-
-    It tells Qt not to define the moc keywords \c{signals}, \c{slots},
-    and \c{emit}, because these names will be used by a 3rd party
-    library, e.g. Boost. Then to continue using Qt signals and slots
-    with the \c{no_keywords} flag, simply replace all uses of the Qt
-    moc keywords in your sources with the corresponding Qt macros
-    Q_SIGNALS (or Q_SIGNAL), Q_SLOTS (or Q_SLOT), and Q_EMIT.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtmultimedia.qdoc b/doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtmultimedia.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..87a03a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtmultimedia.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+//! [0]
+QT += multimedia
+//! [0]
+
+
+//! [1]
+#include <QtMultimedia>
+//! [1]
diff --git a/doc/src/sql-driver.qdoc b/doc/src/sql-driver.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index ef5812e..0000000
--- a/doc/src/sql-driver.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,762 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page sql-driver.html
-    \title SQL Database Drivers
-    \ingroup architecture
-    \brief How to configure and install QtSql drivers for supported databases.
-
-    The QtSql module uses driver \l{How to Create Qt
-    Plugins}{plugins} to communicate with the different database
-    APIs. Since Qt's SQL Module API is database-independent, all
-    database-specific code is contained within these drivers. Several
-    drivers are supplied with Qt and other drivers can be added. The
-    driver source code is supplied and can be used as a model for
-    \l{#development}{writing your own drivers}.
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 Supported Databases
-
-    The table below lists the drivers included with Qt. Due to
-    license incompatibilities with the GPL, not all of the plugins
-    are provided with Open Source Versions of Qt.
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Driver name \o DBMS
-    \row \o \link #QDB2 QDB2\endlink \o IBM DB2 (version 7.1 and above)
-    \row \o \link #QIBASE QIBASE\endlink \o Borland InterBase
-    \row \o \link #QMYSQL QMYSQL\endlink \o MySQL
-    \row \o \link #QOCI QOCI\endlink \o Oracle Call Interface Driver
-    \row \o \link #QODBC QODBC\endlink
-         \o Open Database Connectivity (ODBC) - Microsoft SQL Server and other
-            ODBC-compliant databases
-    \row \o \link #QPSQL QPSQL\endlink \o PostgreSQL (versions 7.3 and above)
-    \row \o \link #QSQLITE2 QSQLITE2\endlink \o SQLite version 2
-    \row \o \link #QSQLITE QSQLITE\endlink \o SQLite version 3
-    \row \o \link #QTDS QTDS\endlink \o Sybase Adaptive Server
-    \endtable
-
-    \bold{Note:} To build a driver plugin you need to have the appropriate
-    client library for your Database Management System (DBMS). This provides
-    access to the API exposed by the DBMS, and is typically shipped with it.
-    Most installation programs also allow you to install "development
-    libraries", and these are what you need. These libraries are responsible
-    for the low-level communication with the DBMS.
-
-    \target building
-    \section1 Building the Drivers Using Configure
-
-    On Unix and Mac OS X, the Qt \c configure script tries to
-    automatically detect the available client libraries on your
-    machine. Run \c{configure -help} to see what drivers can be
-    built. You should get an output similar to this:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 0
-
-    The \c configure script cannot detect the neccessary libraries
-    and include files if they are not in the standard paths, so it
-    may be necessary to specify these paths using the \c -I and \c -L
-    command-line options. For example, if your MySQL include files
-    are installed in \c /usr/local/mysql (or in \c{C:\mysql\include}
-    on Windows), then pass the following parameter to configure: \c
-    -I/usr/local/mysql (or \c{-I C:\mysql\include} for Windows).
-
-    On Windows the \c -I parameter doesn't accept spaces in
-    filenames, so use the 8.3 name instead; for example, use
-    \c{C:\progra~1\mysql} instead of \c{C:\Program Files\mysql}.
-
-    Use the \c{-qt-sql-<driver>} parameter to build the database driver
-    statically into your Qt library or \c{-plugin-sql-<driver>} to build
-    the driver as a plugin. Look at the sections that follow for
-    additional information about required libraries.
-
-    \target buildingmanually
-    \section1 Building the Plugins Manually
-
-    \target QMYSQL
-    \section2 QMYSQL for MySQL 4 and higher
-
-    \section3 QMYSQL Stored Procedure Support
-
-    MySQL 5 introduces stored procedure support at the SQL level, but no
-    API to control IN, OUT and INOUT parameters. Therefore, parameters
-    have to be set and read using SQL commands instead of QSqlQuery::bindValue().
-
-    Example stored procedure:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 1
-
-    Source code to access the OUT values:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 2
-
-    \bold{Note:} \c{@outval1} and \c{@outval2} are variables local to the current
-    connection and will not be affected by queries sent from another host
-    or connection.
-
-    \section3 Embedded MySQL Server
-
-    The MySQL embedded server is a drop-in replacement for the normal
-    client library. With the embedded MySQL server, a MySQL server is
-    not required to use MySQL functionality.
-
-    To use the embedded MySQL server, simply link the Qt plugin to \c
-    libmysqld instead of libmysqlclient. This can be done by replacing
-    \c -lmysqlclient_r by \c -lmysqld in the \c qmake command in the
-    section below.
-
-    Please refer to the MySQL documentation, chapter "libmysqld, the Embedded
-    MySQL Server Library" for more information about the MySQL embedded server.
-
-    \section3 How to Build the QMYSQL Plugin on Unix and Mac OS X
-
-    You need the MySQL header files and as well as the shared library
-    \c{libmysqlclient.so}. Depending on your Linux distribution you may
-    need to install a package which is usually called "mysql-devel".
-
-    Tell \l qmake where to find the MySQL header files and shared
-    libraries (here it is assumed that MySQL is installed in
-    \c{/usr/local}) and run \c{make}:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 3
-
-    After installing Qt, as described in the \l{Installing Qt on X11
-    Platforms} document, you also need to install the plugin in the
-    standard location:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 4
-
-    \section3 How to Build the QMYSQL Plugin on Windows
-
-    You need to get the MySQL installation files. Run \c SETUP.EXE and
-    choose "Custom Install". Install the "Libs & Include Files" Module.
-    Build the plugin as follows (here it is assumed that MySQL is
-    installed in \c{C:\MySQL}):
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 5
-
-    If you are not using a Microsoft compiler, replace \c nmake with \c
-    make in the line above.
-
-    \note This database plugin is not supported for Windows CE.
-
-    \note Including \c{"-o Makefile"} as an argument to \l qmake to
-    tell it where to build the makefile can cause the plugin to be
-    built in release mode only. If you are expecting a debug version
-    to be built as well, don't use the \c{"-o Makefile"} option.
-
-    \target QOCI
-    \section2 QOCI for the Oracle Call Interface (OCI)
-
-    \section3 General Information about the OCI plugin
-
-    The Qt OCI plugin supports Oracle 9i, 10g and higher. After
-    connecting to the Oracle server, the plugin will auto-detect the
-    database version and enable features accordingly.
-
-    It's possible to connect to a Oracle database without a tnsnames.ora file.
-    This requires that the database SID is passed to the driver as the database
-    name and that a hostname is given.
-
-    \section3 OCI User Authentication
-
-    The Qt OCI plugin supports authentication using
-    external credentials (OCI_CRED_EXT). Usually, this means that the database
-    server will use the user authentication provided by the operating system
-    instead of its own authentication mechanism.
-
-    Leave the username and password empty when opening a connection with
-    QSqlDatabase to use the external credentials authentication.
-
-    \section3 OCI BLOB/LOB Support
-
-    Binary Large Objects (BLOBs) can be read and written, but be aware
-    that this process may require a lot of memory. You should use a forward
-    only query to select LOB fields (see QSqlQuery::setForwardOnly()).
-
-    Inserting BLOBs should be done using either a prepared query where the
-    BLOBs are bound to placeholders or QSqlTableModel, which uses a prepared
-    query to do this internally.
-
-    \section3 How to Build the OCI Plugin on Unix and Mac OS X
-
-    For Oracle 10g, all you need is the "Instant Client Package - Basic" and
-    "Instant Client Package - SDK". For Oracle prior to 10g, you require
-    the standard Oracle client and the SDK packages.
-
-    Oracle library files required to build the driver:
-
-    \list
-    \i \c libclntsh.so (all versions)
-    \i \c libwtc9.so (only Oracle 9)
-    \endlist
-
-    Tell \c qmake where to find the Oracle header files and shared
-    libraries and run make:
-
-    For Oracle version 9:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 6
-
-    For Oracle version 10, we assume that you installed the RPM packages of the
-    Instant Client Package SDK (you need to adjust the version number accordingly):
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 7
-
-    \bold{Note:} If you are using the Oracle Instant Client package,
-    you will need to set LD_LIBRARY_PATH when building the OCI SQL plugin
-    and when running an applicaiton that uses the OCI SQL plugin. You can
-    avoid this requirement by setting and RPATH and listing all of the
-    libraries to link to. Here is an example:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 32
-
-    If you wish to build the OCI plugin manually with this method the procedure looks like this:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 33
-
-    \section3 How to Build the OCI Plugin on Windows
-
-    Choosing the option "Programmer" in the Oracle Client Installer from
-    the Oracle Client Installation CD is sufficient to build the plugin.
-
-    Build the plugin as follows (here it is assumed that Oracle Client is
-    installed in \c{C:\oracle}):
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 8
-
-    If you are not using a Microsoft compiler, replace \c nmake with \c
-    make in the line above.
-
-    When you run your application you will also need to add the \c oci.dll
-    path to your \c PATH environment variable:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 9
-
-    \bold{Note:} This database plugin is not supported for Windows CE.
-
-    \target QODBC
-    \section2 QODBC for Open Database Connectivity (ODBC)
-
-    \section3 General Information about the ODBC plugin
-
-    ODBC is a general interface that allows you to connect to multiple
-    DBMSs using a common interface. The QODBC driver allows you to connect
-    to an ODBC driver manager and access the available data sources. Note
-    that you also need to install and configure ODBC drivers for the ODBC
-    driver manager that is installed on your system. The QODBC plugin
-    then allows you to use these data sources in your Qt applications.
-
-    \bold{Note:} You should use native drivers in preference to the ODBC
-    driver where they are available. ODBC support can be used as a fallback
-    for compliant databases if no native drivers are available.
-
-    On Windows an ODBC driver manager should be installed by default.
-    For Unix systems there are some implementations which must be
-    installed first. Note that every client that uses your application is
-    required to have an ODBC driver manager installed, otherwise the
-    QODBC plugin will not work.
-
-    Be aware that when connecting to an ODBC datasource you must pass in
-    the name of the ODBC datasource to the QSqlDatabase::setDatabaseName()
-    function rather than the actual database name.
-
-    The QODBC Plugin needs an ODBC compliant driver manager version 2.0 or
-    later to work. Some ODBC drivers claim to be version 2.0 compliant,
-    but do not offer all the necessary functionality. The QODBC plugin
-    therefore checks whether the data source can be used after a
-    connection has been established and refuses to work if the check
-    fails. If you don't like this behavior, you can remove the \c{#define
-    ODBC_CHECK_DRIVER} line from the file \c{qsql_odbc.cpp}. Do this at
-    your own risk!
-
-    By default, Qt instructs the ODBC driver to behave as an ODBC 2.x
-    driver. However, for some \e{driver-manager/ODBC 3.x-driver}
-    combinations (e.g., \e{unixODBC/MaxDB ODBC}), telling the ODBC
-    driver to behave as a 2.x driver can cause the driver plugin to
-    have unexpected behavior. To avoid this problem, instruct the ODBC
-    driver to behave as a 3.x driver by
-    \l{QSqlDatabase::setConnectOptions()} {setting the connect option}
-    \c{"SQL_ATTR_ODBC_VERSION=SQL_OV_ODBC3"} before you
-    \l{QSqlDatabase::open()} {open your database connection}. Note
-    that this will affect multiple aspects of ODBC driver behavior,
-    e.g., the SQLSTATEs.  Before setting this connect option, consult
-    your ODBC documentation about behavior differences you can expect.
-
-    If you experience very slow access of the ODBC datasource, make sure
-    that ODBC call tracing is turned off in the ODBC datasource manager.
-
-    Some drivers don't support scrollable cursors. In that case case only
-    queries in forwardOnly mode can be used successfully.
-
-    \section3 ODBC Stored Procedure Support
-
-    With Microsoft SQL Server the result set returned by a stored
-    procedure that uses the return statement, or returns multiple result
-    sets, will be accessible only if you set the query's forward only
-    mode to \e forward using \l QSqlQuery::setForwardOnly().
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 10
-
-    \bold{Note:} The value returned by the stored procedure's return statement
-    is discarded.
-
-    \section3 ODBC Unicode Support
-
-    The QODBC Plugin will use the Unicode API if UNICODE is defined. On
-    Windows NT based systems, this is the default. Note that the ODBC
-    driver and the DBMS must also support Unicode.
-
-    Some driver managers and drivers don't support UNICODE. To use the
-    QODBC plugin with such drivers it has to be compiled with the
-    Q_ODBC_VERSION_2 defined.
-
-    For the Oracle 9 ODBC driver (Windows), it is neccessary to check
-    "SQL_WCHAR support" in the ODBC driver manager otherwise Oracle
-    will convert all Unicode strings to local 8-bit.
-
-    \section3 How to Build the ODBC Plugin on Unix and Mac OS X
-
-    It is recommended that you use unixODBC. You can find the latest
-    version and ODBC drivers at \l http://www.unixodbc.org.
-    You need the unixODBC header files and shared libraries.
-
-    Tell \c qmake where to find the unixODBC header files and shared
-    libraries (here it is assumed that unixODBC is installed in
-    \c{/usr/local/unixODBC}) and run \c{make}:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 11
-
-    \section3 How to Build the ODBC Plugin on Windows
-
-    The ODBC header and include files should already be installed in the
-    right directories. You just have to build the plugin as follows:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 12
-
-    If you are not using a Microsoft compiler, replace \c nmake with \c
-    make in the line above.
-
-    \bold{Note:} This database plugin is not officially supported for Windows CE.
-
-    \target QPSQL
-    \section2 QPSQL for PostgreSQL (Version 7.3 and Above)
-
-    \section3 General Information about the QPSQL driver
-
-    The QPSQL driver supports version 7.3 and higher of the PostgreSQL server.
-    We recommend that you use a client library from version 7.3.15, 7.4.13,
-    8.0.8, 8.1.4 or more recent as these versions contain security fixes, and
-    as the QPSQL driver might not build with older versions of the client
-    library depending on your platform.
-
-    For more information about PostgreSQL visit \l http://www.postgresql.org.
-
-    \section3 QPSQL Unicode Support
-
-    The QPSQL driver automatically detects whether the PostgreSQL
-    database you are connecting to supports Unicode or not. Unicode is
-    automatically used if the server supports it. Note that the driver
-    only supports the UTF-8 encoding. If your database uses any other
-    encoding, the server must be compiled with Unicode conversion
-    support.
-
-    Unicode support was introduced in PostgreSQL version 7.1 and it will
-    only work if both the server and the client library have been compiled
-    with multibyte support. More information about how to set up a
-    multibyte enabled PostgreSQL server can be found in the PostgreSQL
-    Administrator Guide, Chapter 5.
-
-    \section3 QPSQL BLOB Support
-
-    Binary Large Objects are supported through the \c BYTEA field type in
-    PostgreSQL server versions >= 7.1.
-
-    \section3 How to Build the QPSQL Plugin on Unix and Mac OS X
-
-    You need the PostgreSQL client library and headers installed.
-
-    To make \c qmake find the PostgreSQL header files and shared
-    libraries, run \c qmake the following way (assuming that the
-    PostgreSQL client is installed in \c{/usr}):
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 13
-
-    After installing Qt, as described in the \l{Installing Qt on X11 Platforms} document,
-    you also need to install the plugin in the standard location:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 14
-
-    \section3 How to Build the QPSQL Plugin on Windows
-
-    Install the appropriate PostgreSQL developer libraries for your
-    compiler. Assuming that PostgreSQL was installed in \c{C:\psql},
-    build the plugin as follows:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 15
-
-    Users of MinGW may wish to consult the following online document:
-    \l{Compiling PostgreSQL On Native Win32 FAQ}.
-
-    \bold{Note:} This database plugin is not supported for Windows CE.
-
-    \target QTDS
-    \section2 QTDS for Sybase Adaptive Server
-    \section3 General Information about QTDS
-
-    It is not possible to set the port with QSqlDatabase::setPort() due to limitations in the
-    Sybase client library. Refer to the Sybase documentation for information on how to set up
-    a Sybase client configuration file to enable connections to databases on non-default ports.
-
-    \section3 How to Build the QDTS Plugin on Unix and Mac OS X
-
-    Under Unix, two libraries are available which support the TDS protocol:
-
-    \list
-    \i FreeTDS, a free implementation of the TDS protocol
-      (\l{http://www.freetds.org}). Note that FreeTDS is not yet stable,
-      so some functionality may not work as expected.
-
-    \i Sybase Open Client, available from \l{http://www.sybase.com}.
-      Note for Linux users: Get the Open Client RPM from
-      \l{http://linux.sybase.com}.
-    \endlist
-
-    Regardless of which library you use, the shared object file
-    \c{libsybdb.so} is needed. Set the \c SYBASE environment variable to
-    point to the directory where you installed the client library and
-    execute \c{qmake}:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 16
-
-    \section3 How to Build the QDTS Plugin on Windows
-
-    You can either use the DB-Library supplied by Microsoft or the Sybase
-    Open Client (\l{http://www.sybase.com}). You must include \c
-    NTWDBLIB.LIB to build the plugin:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 17
-
-    By default the Microsoft library is used on Windows, if you want to
-    force the use of the Sybase Open Client, you must define \c
-    Q_USE_SYBASE in \c{%QTDIR%\src\sql\drivers\tds\qsql_tds.cpp}. If you
-    are not using a Microsoft compiler, replace \c nmake with \c make in
-    the line above.
-
-    \bold{Note:} This database plugin is not supported for Windows CE.
-
-    \target QDB2
-    \section2 QDB2 for IBM DB2 (Version 7.1 and Above)
-
-    \section3 General Information about QDB2
-
-    The Qt DB2 plugin makes it possible to access IBM DB2 databases. It
-    has been tested with IBM DB2 v7.1 and 7.2. You must install the IBM
-    DB2 development client library, which contains the header and library
-    files necessary for compiling the QDB2 plugin.
-
-    The QDB2 driver supports prepared queries, reading/writing of Unicode
-    strings and reading/writing of BLOBs.
-
-    We suggest using a forward-only query when calling stored procedures
-    in DB2 (see QSqlQuery::setForwardOnly()).
-
-    \section3 How to Build the QDB2 Plugin on Unix and Mac OS X
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 18
-
-    After installing Qt, as described in the \l{Installing Qt on X11 Platforms} document,
-    you also need to install the plugin in the standard location:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 19
-
-    \section3 How to Build the QDB2 Plugin on Windows
-
-    The DB2 header and include files should already be installed in the
-    right directories. You just have to build the plugin as follows:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 20
-
-    If you are not using a Microsoft compiler, replace \c nmake
-    with \c make in the line above.
-
-    \bold{Note:} This database plugin is not supported for Windows CE.
-
-    \target QSQLITE2
-    \section2 QSQLITE2 for SQLite Version 2
-
-    The Qt SQLite 2 plugin is offered for compatibility. Whenever
-    possible, use the \l{#QSQLITE}{version 3 plugin} instead. The
-    build instructions for version 3 apply to version 2 as well.
-
-    \target QSQLITE
-    \section2 QSQLITE for SQLite (Version 3 and Above)
-
-    \section3 General Information about QSQLITE
-
-    The Qt SQLite plugin makes it possible to access SQLite
-    databases. SQLite is an in-process database, which means that it
-    is not necessary to have a database server. SQLite operates on a
-    single file, which must be set as the database name when opening
-    a connection. If the file does not exist, SQLite will try to
-    create it. SQLite also supports in-memory databases, simply pass
-    ":memory:" as the database name.
-
-    SQLite has some restrictions regarding multiple users and
-    multiple transactions. If you try to read/write on a resource from different
-    transactions, your application might freeze until one transaction commits
-    or rolls back. The Qt SQLite driver will retry to write to a locked resource
-    until it runs into a timeout (see \c{QSQLITE_BUSY_TIMEOUT}
-    at QSqlDatabase::setConnectOptions()).
-
-    In SQLite any column, with the exception of an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column,
-    may be used to store any type of value. For instance, a column declared as
-    INTEGER may contain an integer value in one row and a text value in the
-    next. This is due to SQLite associating the type of a value with the value
-    itself rather than with the column it is stored in. A consequence of this
-    is that the type returned by QSqlField::type() only indicates the field's
-    recommended type. No assumption of the actual type should be made from
-    this and the type of the individual values should be checked.
-
-    The driver is locked for updates while a select is executed. This
-    may cause problems when using QSqlTableModel because Qt's item views
-    fetch data as needed (with QSqlQuery::fetchMore() in the case of
-    QSqlTableModel).
-
-    You can find information about SQLite on \l{http://www.sqlite.org}.
-
-    \section3 How to Build the QSQLITE Plugin
-
-    SQLite version 3 is included as a third-party library within Qt.
-    It can be built by passing the following parameters to the
-    configure script: \c{-plugin-sql-sqlite} (build as a plugin) or
-    \c{-qt-sql-sqlite} (linked directly into the Qt library).
-
-    If you don't want to use the SQLite library included with Qt, you
-    can build it manually (replace \c $SQLITE by the directory where
-    SQLite resides):
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 21
-
-    After installing Qt, as described in the \l{Installing Qt on X11 Platforms} document,
-    you also need to install the plugin in the standard location:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 22
-
-    On Windows:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 23
-
-    \section3 QSQLITE File Format Compatibility
-
-    SQLite minor releases sometimes break file format forward compatibility.
-    For example, SQLite 3.3 can read database files created with SQLite 3.2,
-    but databases created with SQLite 3.3 cannot be read by SQLite 3.2.
-    Please refer to the SQLite documentation and change logs for information about
-    file format compatibility between versions.
-
-    Qt minor releases usually follow the SQLite minor releases, while Qt patch releases
-    follow SQLite patch releases. Patch releases are therefore both backward and forward
-    compatible.
-
-    To force SQLite to use a specific file format, it is neccessary to build and
-    ship your own database plugin with your own SQLite library as illustrated above.
-    Some versions of SQLite can be forced to write a specific file format by setting
-    the \c{SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT} define when building SQLite.
-
-    \target QIBASE
-    \section2 QIBASE for Borland InterBase
-
-    \section3 General Information about QIBASE
-
-    The Qt InterBase plugin makes it possible to access the InterBase and
-    Firebird databases. InterBase can either be used as a client/server or
-    without a server in which case it operates on local files. The
-    database file must exist before a connection can be established.
-
-    Note that InterBase requires you to specify the full path to the
-    database file, no matter whether it is stored locally or on another
-    server.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 24
-
-    You need the InterBase/Firebird development headers and libraries
-    to build this plugin.
-
-    Due to license incompatibilities with the GPL, users of the Qt Open Source
-    Edition are not allowed to link this plugin to the commercial editions of
-    InterBase. Please use Firebird or the free edition of InterBase.
-
-    \section3 QIBASE Unicode Support and Text Encoding
-
-    By default the driver connects to the database using UNICODE_FSS. This can
-    be overridden by setting the ISC_DPB_LC_CTYPE parameter with
-    QSqlDatabase::setConnectOptions() before opening the connection.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 25
-
-    If Qt doesn't support the given text encoding the driver will issue a
-    warning message and connect to the database using UNICODE_FSS.
-
-    Note that if the text encoding set when connecting to the database is
-    not the same as in the database, problems with transliteration might arise.
-
-    \section3 QIBASE Stored procedures
-
-    InterBase/Firebird return OUT values as result set, so when calling stored
-    procedure, only IN values need to be bound via QSqlQuery::bindValue(). The
-    RETURN/OUT values can be retrieved via QSqlQuery::value(). Example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 26
-
-    \section3 How to Build the QIBASE Plugin on Unix and Mac OS X
-
-    The following assumes InterBase or Firebird is installed in
-    \c{/opt/interbase}:
-
-    If you are using InterBase:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 27
-
-    If you are using Firebird, the Firebird library has to be set explicitly:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 28
-
-    \section3 How to Build the QIBASE Plugin on Windows
-
-    The following assumes InterBase or Firebird is installed in
-    \c{C:\interbase}:
-
-    If you are using InterBase:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 29
-
-    If you are using Firebird, the Firebird library has to be set explicitely:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 30
-
-    If you are not using a Microsoft compiler, replace \c nmake
-    with \c make in the line above.
-
-    Note that \c{C:\interbase\bin} must be in the \c PATH.
-
-    \bold{Note:} This database plugin is not supported for Windows CE.
-
-    \target troubleshooting
-    \section1 Troubleshooting
-
-    You should always use client libraries that have been compiled with
-    the same compiler as you are using for your project. If you cannot get
-    a source distibution to compile the client libraries yourself, you
-    must make sure that the pre-compiled library is compatible with
-    your compiler, otherwise you will get a lot of "undefined symbols"
-    errors. Some compilers have tools to convert libraries, e.g. Borland
-    ships the tool \c{COFF2OMF.EXE} to convert libraries that have been
-    generated with Microsoft Visual C++.
-
-    If the compilation of a plugin succeeds but it cannot be loaded,
-    make sure that the following requirements are met:
-
-    \list
-    \i Ensure that you are using a shared Qt library; you cannot use the
-        plugins with a static build.
-    \i Ensure that the plugin is in the correct directory. You can use
-        QApplication::libraryPaths() to determine where Qt looks for plugins.
-    \i Ensure that the client libraries of the DBMS are available on the
-        system. On Unix, run the command \c{ldd} and pass the name of the
-        plugin as parameter, for example \c{ldd libqsqlmysql.so}. You will
-        get a warning if any of the client libraries couldn't be found.
-        On Windows, you can use Visual Studio's dependency walker.
-    \i Compile Qt with \c{QT_DEBUG_COMPONENT} defined to get very verbose
-        debug output when loading plugins.
-    \endlist
-
-    If you experience plugin load problems and see output like this:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 31
-
-    The problem is usually that the plugin had the wrong \l{How to
-    Create Qt Plugins#The Build Key}{build key}. This might require
-    removing an entry from the \l{How to Create Qt Plugins#The Plugin
-    Cache} {plugin cache}. Here is some more \l{How to Create Qt
-    Plugins#Debugging Plugins} {plugin debugging info}.
-
-    \target development
-    \section1 How to Write Your Own Database Driver
-
-    QSqlDatabase is responsible for loading and managing database driver
-    plugins. When a database is added (see QSqlDatabase::addDatabase()),
-    the appropriate driver plugin is loaded (using QSqlDriverPlugin).
-    QSqlDatabase relies on the driver plugin to provide interfaces for
-    QSqlDriver and QSqlResult.
-
-    QSqlDriver is an abstract base class which defines the functionality
-    of a SQL database driver. This includes functions such as
-    QSqlDriver::open() and QSqlDriver::close(). QSqlDriver is responsible
-    for connecting to a database, establish the proper environment, etc.
-    In addition, QSqlDriver can create QSqlQuery objects appropriate for
-    the particular database API. QSqlDatabase forwards many of its
-    function calls directly to QSqlDriver which provides the concrete
-    implementation.
-
-    QSqlResult is an abstract base class which defines the functionality
-    of a SQL database query. This includes statements such as \c{SELECT},
-    \c{UPDATE}, and \c{ALTER} \c{TABLE}. QSqlResult contains functions
-    such as QSqlResult::next() and QSqlResult::value(). QSqlResult is
-    responsible for sending queries to the database, returning result
-    data, etc. QSqlQuery forwards many of its function calls directly to
-    QSqlResult which provides the concrete implementation.
-
-    QSqlDriver and QSqlResult are closely connected. When implementing a
-    Qt SQL driver, both of these classes must to be subclassed and the
-    abstract virtual methods in each class must be implemented.
-
-    To implement a Qt SQL driver as a plugin (so that it is
-    recognized and loaded by the Qt library at runtime), the driver
-    must use the Q_EXPORT_PLUGIN2() macro. Read \l{How to Create Qt
-    Plugins} for more information on this. You can also check out how
-    this is done in the SQL plugins that are provided with Qt in
-    \c{QTDIR/src/plugins/sqldrivers} and \c{QTDIR/src/sql/drivers}.
-
-    The following code can be used as a skeleton for a SQL driver:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sqldatabase/sqldatabase.cpp 47
-    \codeline
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sqldatabase/sqldatabase.cpp 48
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/sql-programming/qsqldatatype-table.qdoc b/doc/src/sql-programming/qsqldatatype-table.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e8c2351
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/sql-programming/qsqldatatype-table.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,583 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+  \page sql-types.html
+  \title Recommended Use of Data Types in Databases
+  
+  \ingroup best-practices
+
+  \section1 Recommended Use of Types in Qt Supported Databases
+
+  This table shows the recommended data types used when extracting data 
+  from the databases supported in Qt. It is important to note that the
+  types used in Qt are not necessarily valid as input to the specific
+  database. One example could be that a double would work perfectly as
+  input for floating point records in a database, but not necessarily
+  as a storage format for output from the database since it would be stored
+  with 64-bit precision in C++.
+
+  \tableofcontents
+
+  \section2 IBM DB2 Data Types
+
+  \table 90%
+    \header
+        \o IBM DB2 data type
+        \o SQL type description
+        \o Recommended input (C++ or Qt data type)
+    \row
+        \o SMALLINT
+        \o 16-bit signed integer
+        \o typedef qint16
+    \row
+        \o INTEGER
+        \o 32-bit signed integer
+        \o typedef qint32
+    \row
+        \o BIGINT
+        \o 64-bit signed integer
+        \o typedef qint64
+    \row
+        \o REAL
+        \o 32-bit Single-precision floating point
+        \o By default mapping to QString
+    \row
+        \o DOUBLE PRECISION
+        \o 64-bit Double-precision floating point
+        \o By default mapping to QString
+    \row
+        \o FLOAT
+        \o 64-bit Double-precision floating point
+        \o By default mapping to QString
+    \row
+        \o CHAR
+        \o Fixed-length, null-terminated character string
+        \o Mapped to QString
+    \row
+        \o VARCHAR
+        \o Null-terminated varying length string
+        \o Mapped to QString
+    \row
+        \o LONG VARCHAR
+        \o Not null-terminated varying length character string
+        \o Mapped to QString
+    \row
+        \o BLOB
+        \o Not null-terminated varying binary string with 4-byte string 
+        length indicator
+        \o Mapped to QByteArray
+    \row
+        \o CLOB
+        \o Character large string object
+        \o Mapped to QString
+    \row
+        \o DATE
+        \o Null-terminated character string of the following format:
+        yyyy-mm-dd
+        \o Mapped to QDate
+    \row
+        \o TIME
+        \o Null-terminated character string of the following format: hh.mm.ss
+        \o Mapped to QTime
+    \row
+        \o TIMESTAMP
+        \o Null-terminated character string of the following format: yyyy-mm-dd-hh.mm.ss.nnnnnn
+        \o Mapped to QDateTime
+  \endtable
+
+  \section2 Borland InterBase Data Types
+
+  \table 90%
+    \header
+        \o Borland InterBase data type
+        \o SQL type description
+        \o Recommended input (C++ or Qt data type)
+    \row
+        \o BOOLEAN
+        \o Boolean
+        \o bool
+    \row
+        \o TINYINT
+        \o 8 bit signed integer
+        \o typedef qint8
+    \row
+        \o SMALLINT
+        \o 16-bit signed integer
+        \o typedef qint16
+    \row
+        \o INTEGER
+        \o 32-bit signed integer
+        \o typedef qint32
+    \row
+        \o BIGINT LONG
+        \o 64-bit signed integer
+        \o typedef qint64
+    \row
+        \o REAL FLOAT
+        \o 32-bit floating point
+        \o By default mapping to QString
+    \row
+        \o FLOAT
+        \o 64-bit floating point
+        \o By default mapping to QString
+    \row
+        \o DOUBLE
+        \o 64-bit floating point
+        \o By default mapping to QString
+    \row
+        \o DOUBLE PRECISION
+        \o 64-bit Double-precision floating point
+        \o By default mapping to QString
+    \row
+        \o VARCHAR STRING
+        \o Character string, Unicode
+        \o Mapped to QString
+    \row
+        \o CLOB
+        \o Character large string object
+        \o Mapped to QString
+    \row
+        \o DATE
+        \o Displays date. Format: 'yyyy-mm-dd'
+        \o Mapped to QDate
+    \row
+        \o TIME
+        \o Displays time. Format is 'hh:mm:ss' in 24-hour format
+        \o Mapped to QTime
+    \row
+        \o TIMESTAMP
+        \o Displays a timestamp. Format is 'yyyy-mm-dd hh:mm:ss'
+        \o Mapped to QDateTime
+  \endtable
+
+  \section2 MySQL Data Types
+
+  \table 90%
+    \header
+        \o MySQL data type
+        \o SQL type description
+        \o Recommended input (C++ or Qt data type)
+    \row
+        \o TINYINT
+        \o 8 bit signed integer
+        \o typedef qint8
+    \row
+        \o TINYINT UNSIGNED
+        \o 8 bit unsigned integer
+        \o typedef quint8
+    \row
+        \o SMALLINT
+        \o 16-bit signed integer
+        \o typedef qint16
+    \row
+        \o SMALLINT UNSIGNED
+        \o 16-bit unsigned integer
+        \o typedef quint16
+    \row
+        \o INT
+        \o 32-bit signed integer
+        \o typedef qint32
+    \row
+        \o INT UNSIGNED
+        \o 32-bit unsigned integer
+        \o typedef quint32
+    \row
+        \o BIGINT
+        \o 64-bit signed integer
+        \o typedef qint64
+    \row
+        \o FLOAT
+        \o 32-bit Floating Point
+        \o By default mapping to QString
+    \row
+        \o DOUBLE
+        \o 64-bit Floating Point
+        \o By default mapping to QString
+    \row
+        \o CHAR
+        \o Character string
+        \o Mapped to QString
+    \row
+        \o VARCHAR
+        \o Character string
+        \o Mapped to QString
+    \row
+        \o TINYTEXT
+        \o Character string
+        \o Mapped to QString
+    \row
+        \o TEXT
+        \o Character string
+        \o Mapped to QString
+    \row
+        \o MEDIUMTEXT
+        \o Character string
+        \o Mapped to QString
+    \row
+        \o LONGTEXT
+        \o Character string
+        \o Mapped to QString
+    \row
+        \o CLOB
+        \o Character large string object
+        \o Mapped to QString
+    \row
+        \o all BLOB types
+        \o BLOB
+        \o Mapped to QByteArray
+    \row
+        \o DATE
+        \o Date without Time
+        \o Mapped to QDate
+    \row
+        \o DATETIME
+        \o Date and Time
+        \o Mapped to QDateTime
+    \row
+        \o TIMESTAMP
+        \o Date and Time
+        \o Mapped to QDateTime
+    \row
+        \o TIME
+        \o Time
+        \o Mapped to QTime
+    \row
+        \o YEAR
+        \o Year (int)
+        \o Mapped to QDateTime
+    \row
+        \o ENUM
+        \o Enumeration of Value Set
+        \o Mapped to QString
+  \endtable
+
+  \section2 Oracle Call Interface Data Types
+
+  \table 90%
+    \header
+        \o Oracle Call Interface data type
+        \o SQL type description
+        \o Recommended input (C++ or Qt data type)
+    \row
+        \o NUMBER
+        \o FLOAT, DOUBLE, PRECISIONc REAL
+        \o By default mapping to QString
+    \row
+        \o NUMBER(38)
+        \o INTEGER INT SMALLINT
+        \o typedef qint8/16/32/64
+    \row
+        \o NUMBER(p,s)
+        \o NUMERIC(p,s) DECIMAL(p,s)a
+        \o By default mapping to QString
+    \row
+        \o NVARCHAR2(n)
+        \o Character string (NATIONAL CHARACTER VARYING(n) NATIONAL 
+        CHAR VARYING(n) NCHAR VARYING(n))
+        \o Mapped to QString
+    \row
+        \o NCHAR(n)
+        \o Character string (NATIONAL CHARACTER(n) NATIONAL CHAR(n) 
+        NCHAR(n))
+    \o Mapped to QString
+    \row
+        \o CHAR(n)
+        \o Character string (CHARACTER(n) CHAR(n))
+        \o Mapped to QString
+    \row
+        \o CLOB
+        \o Character large string object
+        \o Mapped to QString
+    \row
+        \o BLOB
+        \o A binary large object
+        \o Mapped to QByteArray
+    \row
+        \o TIMESTAMP
+        \o Year, month, and day values of date, as well as hour, minute,
+        and second values of time
+        \o Mapped to QDateTime
+  \endtable
+
+  \section2 ODBC Data Types
+
+  \table 90%
+    \header
+        \o ODBC data type
+        \o SQL type description
+        \o Recommended input (C++ or Qt data type)
+    \row
+        \o BIT
+        \o Boolean
+        \o BOOL
+    \row
+        \o TINYINT
+        \o 8 bit integer
+        \o typedef qint8
+    \row
+        \o SMALLINT
+        \o 16-bit signed integer
+        \o typedef qint16
+    \row
+        \o INTEGER
+        \o 32-bit signed integer
+        \o typedef qint32
+    \row
+        \o BIGINT
+        \o 64-bit signed integer
+        \o typedef qint64
+    \row
+        \o REAL
+        \o 32-bit Single-precision floating point
+        \o By default mapping to QString
+    \row
+        \o FLOAT
+        \o 64-bit Double floating point
+        \o By default mapping to QString
+    \row
+        \o DOUBLE
+        \o 64-bit Double floating point
+        \o By default mapping to QString
+    \row
+        \o CHAR
+        \o Character string
+        \o Mapped to QString
+    \row
+        \o VARCHAR
+        \o Character string
+        \o Mapped to QString
+    \row
+        \o LONGVARCHAR
+        \o Character string
+        \o Mapped to QString
+    \row
+        \o CLOB
+        \o Character large string object
+        \o Mapped to QString
+    \row
+        \o DATE
+        \o Character string
+        \o Mapped to QDate
+    \row
+        \o TIME
+        \o Character Time, Character string
+        \o Mapped to QTime
+    \row
+        \o TIMESTAMP
+        \o Character Time, Character string
+        \o Mapped to QDateTime
+  \endtable
+
+  \section2 PostgreSQL Data Types
+
+  \table 90%
+    \header
+        \o PostgreSQL data type
+        \o SQL type description
+        \o Recommended input (C++ or Qt data type)
+    \row
+        \o BOOLEAN
+        \o Boolean
+        \o bool
+    \row
+        \o SMALLINT
+        \o 16-bit signed integer
+        \o typedef qint16
+    \row
+        \o INTEGER
+        \o 32-bit signed integer
+        \o typedef qint32
+    \row
+        \o BIGINT
+        \o 64-bit signed integer
+        \o typedef qint64
+    \row
+        \o REAL
+        \o 32-bit variable-precision floating point
+        \o By default mapping to QString
+    \row
+        \o DOUBLE PRECISION
+        \o 64-bit variable-precision floating point
+        \o By default mapping to QString
+    \row
+        \o DECIMAL VARIABLE
+        \o user-specified precision, exact
+        \o Mapped to QString
+    \row
+        \o NUMERIC VARIABLE
+        \o user-specified precision, exact
+        \o Mapped to QString
+    \row
+        \o VARCHAR
+        \o variable-length character string
+        \o Mapped to QString
+    \row
+        \o CHARACTER
+        \o Character string of fixed-length
+        \o Mapped to QString
+    \row
+        \o TEXT
+        \o Character string of variable-length
+        \o Mapped to QString
+    \row
+        \o CLOB
+        \o Character large string object
+        \o Mapped to QString
+    \row
+        \o TIMESTAMP
+        \o 8 bytes, both date and time
+        \o Mapped to QDateTime
+    \row
+        \o TIMESTAMP
+        \o 8 bytes, both date and time, with time zone
+        \o Mapped to QDateTime
+    \row
+        \o DATE
+        \o 4 bytes, dates only
+        \o Mapped to QDate
+    \row
+        \o TIME
+        \o 8 bytes, times of day only 00:00:00.00 - 23:59:59.99
+        \o Mapped to QTime
+    \row
+        \o TIME
+        \o 12 bytes times of day only, with time zone 00:00:00.00+12
+        \o Mapped to QDateTime
+  \endtable
+
+  \section2 QSQLITE SQLite version 3 Data Types
+
+  \table 90%
+    \header
+        \o QSQLITE SQLite version 3 data type
+        \o SQL type description
+        \o Recommended input (C++ or Qt data type)
+    \row
+        \o NULL
+        \o NULL value.
+        \o NULL
+    \row
+        \o INTEGER
+        \o Signed integer, stored in 8, 16, 24, 32, 48, or 64-bits 
+        depending on the magnitude of the value.
+        \o typedef qint8/16/32/64
+    \row
+        \o REAL
+        \o 64-bit floating point value.
+        \o By default mapping to QString
+    \row
+        \o TEXT
+        \o Character string (UTF-8, UTF-16BE or UTF-16-LE).
+        \o Mapped to QString
+    \row
+        \o CLOB
+        \o Character large string object
+        \o Mapped to QString
+    \row
+        \o BLOB
+        \o The value is a BLOB of data, stored exactly as it was input.
+        \o Mapped to QByteArray
+  \endtable
+
+  \section2 Sybase Adaptive Server Data Types
+
+  \table 90%
+    \header
+        \o Sybase Adaptive Server data type
+        \o SQL type description
+        \o Recommended input (C++ or Qt data type)
+    \row
+        \o BINARY
+        \o Describes a fixed-length binary value up to 255 bytes in size.
+        \o Mapped to QByteArray
+    \row
+        \o CHAR
+        \o Character String
+        \o Mapped to QString
+    \row
+        \o DATETIME
+        \o Date and time. Range: 1753-01-01 00:00:00 through 9999-12-31 23:59:59.
+        \o Mapped to QDateTime
+    \row
+        \o NCHAR
+        \o Character String of fixed length
+        \o Mapped to QString
+    \row
+        \o NVARACHAR
+        \o Character String of variable length
+        \o Mapped to QString
+    \row
+        \o VARCHAR
+        \o Character String of fixed length
+        \o Mapped to QString
+    \row
+        \o CLOB
+        \o Character large string object
+        \o Mapped to QString
+    \row
+        \o TIMESTAMP
+        \o A unique number within a database
+        \o Mapped to QString
+    \row
+        \o SMALLDATETIME
+        \o Date and time. Range: 1900-01-01 00:00 through 2079-12-31 23:59
+        \o Mapped to QDateTime
+    \row
+        \o UNICHAR
+        \o Character String of fixed length.(Unicode)
+        \o Mapped to QString
+    \row
+        \o UNIVARCHAR
+        \o Character String of variable length.(Unicode)
+        \o Mapped to QString
+    \row
+        \o VARBINARY
+        \o Describes a variable-length binary value up to 255 bytes in size
+        \o Mapped to QByteArray 
+  \endtable
+
+  \section2 SQLite Version 2
+
+  SQLite version 2 is "typeless". This means that you can store any kind of
+  data you want in any column of any table, regardless of the declared
+  data type of that column. We recommend that you map the data to QString.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/sql-programming/sql-driver.qdoc b/doc/src/sql-programming/sql-driver.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..832fd0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/sql-programming/sql-driver.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,762 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page sql-driver.html
+    \title SQL Database Drivers
+    \brief How to configure and install QtSql drivers for supported databases.
+
+    \ingroup best-practices
+
+    The QtSql module uses driver \l{How to Create Qt
+    Plugins}{plugins} to communicate with the different database
+    APIs. Since Qt's SQL Module API is database-independent, all
+    database-specific code is contained within these drivers. Several
+    drivers are supplied with Qt and other drivers can be added. The
+    driver source code is supplied and can be used as a model for
+    \l{#development}{writing your own drivers}.
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 Supported Databases
+
+    The table below lists the drivers included with Qt. Due to
+    license incompatibilities with the GPL, not all of the plugins
+    are provided with Open Source Versions of Qt.
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Driver name \o DBMS
+    \row \o \link #QDB2 QDB2\endlink \o IBM DB2 (version 7.1 and above)
+    \row \o \link #QIBASE QIBASE\endlink \o Borland InterBase
+    \row \o \link #QMYSQL QMYSQL\endlink \o MySQL
+    \row \o \link #QOCI QOCI\endlink \o Oracle Call Interface Driver
+    \row \o \link #QODBC QODBC\endlink
+         \o Open Database Connectivity (ODBC) - Microsoft SQL Server and other
+            ODBC-compliant databases
+    \row \o \link #QPSQL QPSQL\endlink \o PostgreSQL (versions 7.3 and above)
+    \row \o \link #QSQLITE2 QSQLITE2\endlink \o SQLite version 2
+    \row \o \link #QSQLITE QSQLITE\endlink \o SQLite version 3
+    \row \o \link #QTDS QTDS\endlink \o Sybase Adaptive Server
+    \endtable
+
+    \bold{Note:} To build a driver plugin you need to have the appropriate
+    client library for your Database Management System (DBMS). This provides
+    access to the API exposed by the DBMS, and is typically shipped with it.
+    Most installation programs also allow you to install "development
+    libraries", and these are what you need. These libraries are responsible
+    for the low-level communication with the DBMS.
+
+    \target building
+    \section1 Building the Drivers Using Configure
+
+    On Unix and Mac OS X, the Qt \c configure script tries to
+    automatically detect the available client libraries on your
+    machine. Run \c{configure -help} to see what drivers can be
+    built. You should get an output similar to this:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 0
+
+    The \c configure script cannot detect the neccessary libraries
+    and include files if they are not in the standard paths, so it
+    may be necessary to specify these paths using the \c -I and \c -L
+    command-line options. For example, if your MySQL include files
+    are installed in \c /usr/local/mysql (or in \c{C:\mysql\include}
+    on Windows), then pass the following parameter to configure: \c
+    -I/usr/local/mysql (or \c{-I C:\mysql\include} for Windows).
+
+    On Windows the \c -I parameter doesn't accept spaces in
+    filenames, so use the 8.3 name instead; for example, use
+    \c{C:\progra~1\mysql} instead of \c{C:\Program Files\mysql}.
+
+    Use the \c{-qt-sql-<driver>} parameter to build the database driver
+    statically into your Qt library or \c{-plugin-sql-<driver>} to build
+    the driver as a plugin. Look at the sections that follow for
+    additional information about required libraries.
+
+    \target buildingmanually
+    \section1 Building the Plugins Manually
+
+    \target QMYSQL
+    \section2 QMYSQL for MySQL 4 and higher
+
+    \section3 QMYSQL Stored Procedure Support
+
+    MySQL 5 introduces stored procedure support at the SQL level, but no
+    API to control IN, OUT and INOUT parameters. Therefore, parameters
+    have to be set and read using SQL commands instead of QSqlQuery::bindValue().
+
+    Example stored procedure:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 1
+
+    Source code to access the OUT values:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 2
+
+    \bold{Note:} \c{@outval1} and \c{@outval2} are variables local to the current
+    connection and will not be affected by queries sent from another host
+    or connection.
+
+    \section3 Embedded MySQL Server
+
+    The MySQL embedded server is a drop-in replacement for the normal
+    client library. With the embedded MySQL server, a MySQL server is
+    not required to use MySQL functionality.
+
+    To use the embedded MySQL server, simply link the Qt plugin to \c
+    libmysqld instead of libmysqlclient. This can be done by replacing
+    \c -lmysqlclient_r by \c -lmysqld in the \c qmake command in the
+    section below.
+
+    Please refer to the MySQL documentation, chapter "libmysqld, the Embedded
+    MySQL Server Library" for more information about the MySQL embedded server.
+
+    \section3 How to Build the QMYSQL Plugin on Unix and Mac OS X
+
+    You need the MySQL header files and as well as the shared library
+    \c{libmysqlclient.so}. Depending on your Linux distribution you may
+    need to install a package which is usually called "mysql-devel".
+
+    Tell \l qmake where to find the MySQL header files and shared
+    libraries (here it is assumed that MySQL is installed in
+    \c{/usr/local}) and run \c{make}:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 3
+
+    After installing Qt, as described in the \l{Installing Qt on X11
+    Platforms} document, you also need to install the plugin in the
+    standard location:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 4
+
+    \section3 How to Build the QMYSQL Plugin on Windows
+
+    You need to get the MySQL installation files. Run \c SETUP.EXE and
+    choose "Custom Install". Install the "Libs & Include Files" Module.
+    Build the plugin as follows (here it is assumed that MySQL is
+    installed in \c{C:\MySQL}):
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 5
+
+    If you are not using a Microsoft compiler, replace \c nmake with \c
+    make in the line above.
+
+    \note This database plugin is not supported for Windows CE.
+
+    \note Including \c{"-o Makefile"} as an argument to \l qmake to
+    tell it where to build the makefile can cause the plugin to be
+    built in release mode only. If you are expecting a debug version
+    to be built as well, don't use the \c{"-o Makefile"} option.
+
+    \target QOCI
+    \section2 QOCI for the Oracle Call Interface (OCI)
+
+    \section3 General Information about the OCI plugin
+
+    The Qt OCI plugin supports Oracle 9i, 10g and higher. After
+    connecting to the Oracle server, the plugin will auto-detect the
+    database version and enable features accordingly.
+
+    It's possible to connect to a Oracle database without a tnsnames.ora file.
+    This requires that the database SID is passed to the driver as the database
+    name and that a hostname is given.
+
+    \section3 OCI User Authentication
+
+    The Qt OCI plugin supports authentication using
+    external credentials (OCI_CRED_EXT). Usually, this means that the database
+    server will use the user authentication provided by the operating system
+    instead of its own authentication mechanism.
+
+    Leave the username and password empty when opening a connection with
+    QSqlDatabase to use the external credentials authentication.
+
+    \section3 OCI BLOB/LOB Support
+
+    Binary Large Objects (BLOBs) can be read and written, but be aware
+    that this process may require a lot of memory. You should use a forward
+    only query to select LOB fields (see QSqlQuery::setForwardOnly()).
+
+    Inserting BLOBs should be done using either a prepared query where the
+    BLOBs are bound to placeholders or QSqlTableModel, which uses a prepared
+    query to do this internally.
+
+    \section3 How to Build the OCI Plugin on Unix and Mac OS X
+
+    For Oracle 10g, all you need is the "Instant Client Package - Basic" and
+    "Instant Client Package - SDK". For Oracle prior to 10g, you require
+    the standard Oracle client and the SDK packages.
+
+    Oracle library files required to build the driver:
+
+    \list
+    \i \c libclntsh.so (all versions)
+    \i \c libwtc9.so (only Oracle 9)
+    \endlist
+
+    Tell \c qmake where to find the Oracle header files and shared
+    libraries and run make:
+
+    For Oracle version 9:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 6
+
+    For Oracle version 10, we assume that you installed the RPM packages of the
+    Instant Client Package SDK (you need to adjust the version number accordingly):
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 7
+
+    \bold{Note:} If you are using the Oracle Instant Client package,
+    you will need to set LD_LIBRARY_PATH when building the OCI SQL plugin
+    and when running an applicaiton that uses the OCI SQL plugin. You can
+    avoid this requirement by setting and RPATH and listing all of the
+    libraries to link to. Here is an example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 32
+
+    If you wish to build the OCI plugin manually with this method the procedure looks like this:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 33
+
+    \section3 How to Build the OCI Plugin on Windows
+
+    Choosing the option "Programmer" in the Oracle Client Installer from
+    the Oracle Client Installation CD is sufficient to build the plugin.
+
+    Build the plugin as follows (here it is assumed that Oracle Client is
+    installed in \c{C:\oracle}):
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 8
+
+    If you are not using a Microsoft compiler, replace \c nmake with \c
+    make in the line above.
+
+    When you run your application you will also need to add the \c oci.dll
+    path to your \c PATH environment variable:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 9
+
+    \bold{Note:} This database plugin is not supported for Windows CE.
+
+    \target QODBC
+    \section2 QODBC for Open Database Connectivity (ODBC)
+
+    \section3 General Information about the ODBC plugin
+
+    ODBC is a general interface that allows you to connect to multiple
+    DBMSs using a common interface. The QODBC driver allows you to connect
+    to an ODBC driver manager and access the available data sources. Note
+    that you also need to install and configure ODBC drivers for the ODBC
+    driver manager that is installed on your system. The QODBC plugin
+    then allows you to use these data sources in your Qt applications.
+
+    \bold{Note:} You should use native drivers in preference to the ODBC
+    driver where they are available. ODBC support can be used as a fallback
+    for compliant databases if no native drivers are available.
+
+    On Windows an ODBC driver manager should be installed by default.
+    For Unix systems there are some implementations which must be
+    installed first. Note that every client that uses your application is
+    required to have an ODBC driver manager installed, otherwise the
+    QODBC plugin will not work.
+
+    Be aware that when connecting to an ODBC datasource you must pass in
+    the name of the ODBC datasource to the QSqlDatabase::setDatabaseName()
+    function rather than the actual database name.
+
+    The QODBC Plugin needs an ODBC compliant driver manager version 2.0 or
+    later to work. Some ODBC drivers claim to be version 2.0 compliant,
+    but do not offer all the necessary functionality. The QODBC plugin
+    therefore checks whether the data source can be used after a
+    connection has been established and refuses to work if the check
+    fails. If you don't like this behavior, you can remove the \c{#define
+    ODBC_CHECK_DRIVER} line from the file \c{qsql_odbc.cpp}. Do this at
+    your own risk!
+
+    By default, Qt instructs the ODBC driver to behave as an ODBC 2.x
+    driver. However, for some \e{driver-manager/ODBC 3.x-driver}
+    combinations (e.g., \e{unixODBC/MaxDB ODBC}), telling the ODBC
+    driver to behave as a 2.x driver can cause the driver plugin to
+    have unexpected behavior. To avoid this problem, instruct the ODBC
+    driver to behave as a 3.x driver by
+    \l{QSqlDatabase::setConnectOptions()} {setting the connect option}
+    \c{"SQL_ATTR_ODBC_VERSION=SQL_OV_ODBC3"} before you
+    \l{QSqlDatabase::open()} {open your database connection}. Note
+    that this will affect multiple aspects of ODBC driver behavior,
+    e.g., the SQLSTATEs.  Before setting this connect option, consult
+    your ODBC documentation about behavior differences you can expect.
+
+    If you experience very slow access of the ODBC datasource, make sure
+    that ODBC call tracing is turned off in the ODBC datasource manager.
+
+    Some drivers don't support scrollable cursors. In that case case only
+    queries in forwardOnly mode can be used successfully.
+
+    \section3 ODBC Stored Procedure Support
+
+    With Microsoft SQL Server the result set returned by a stored
+    procedure that uses the return statement, or returns multiple result
+    sets, will be accessible only if you set the query's forward only
+    mode to \e forward using \l QSqlQuery::setForwardOnly().
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 10
+
+    \bold{Note:} The value returned by the stored procedure's return statement
+    is discarded.
+
+    \section3 ODBC Unicode Support
+
+    The QODBC Plugin will use the Unicode API if UNICODE is defined. On
+    Windows NT based systems, this is the default. Note that the ODBC
+    driver and the DBMS must also support Unicode.
+
+    Some driver managers and drivers don't support UNICODE. To use the
+    QODBC plugin with such drivers it has to be compiled with the
+    Q_ODBC_VERSION_2 defined.
+
+    For the Oracle 9 ODBC driver (Windows), it is neccessary to check
+    "SQL_WCHAR support" in the ODBC driver manager otherwise Oracle
+    will convert all Unicode strings to local 8-bit.
+
+    \section3 How to Build the ODBC Plugin on Unix and Mac OS X
+
+    It is recommended that you use unixODBC. You can find the latest
+    version and ODBC drivers at \l http://www.unixodbc.org.
+    You need the unixODBC header files and shared libraries.
+
+    Tell \c qmake where to find the unixODBC header files and shared
+    libraries (here it is assumed that unixODBC is installed in
+    \c{/usr/local/unixODBC}) and run \c{make}:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 11
+
+    \section3 How to Build the ODBC Plugin on Windows
+
+    The ODBC header and include files should already be installed in the
+    right directories. You just have to build the plugin as follows:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 12
+
+    If you are not using a Microsoft compiler, replace \c nmake with \c
+    make in the line above.
+
+    \bold{Note:} This database plugin is not officially supported for Windows CE.
+
+    \target QPSQL
+    \section2 QPSQL for PostgreSQL (Version 7.3 and Above)
+
+    \section3 General Information about the QPSQL driver
+
+    The QPSQL driver supports version 7.3 and higher of the PostgreSQL server.
+    We recommend that you use a client library from version 7.3.15, 7.4.13,
+    8.0.8, 8.1.4 or more recent as these versions contain security fixes, and
+    as the QPSQL driver might not build with older versions of the client
+    library depending on your platform.
+
+    For more information about PostgreSQL visit \l http://www.postgresql.org.
+
+    \section3 QPSQL Unicode Support
+
+    The QPSQL driver automatically detects whether the PostgreSQL
+    database you are connecting to supports Unicode or not. Unicode is
+    automatically used if the server supports it. Note that the driver
+    only supports the UTF-8 encoding. If your database uses any other
+    encoding, the server must be compiled with Unicode conversion
+    support.
+
+    Unicode support was introduced in PostgreSQL version 7.1 and it will
+    only work if both the server and the client library have been compiled
+    with multibyte support. More information about how to set up a
+    multibyte enabled PostgreSQL server can be found in the PostgreSQL
+    Administrator Guide, Chapter 5.
+
+    \section3 QPSQL BLOB Support
+
+    Binary Large Objects are supported through the \c BYTEA field type in
+    PostgreSQL server versions >= 7.1.
+
+    \section3 How to Build the QPSQL Plugin on Unix and Mac OS X
+
+    You need the PostgreSQL client library and headers installed.
+
+    To make \c qmake find the PostgreSQL header files and shared
+    libraries, run \c qmake the following way (assuming that the
+    PostgreSQL client is installed in \c{/usr}):
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 13
+
+    After installing Qt, as described in the \l{Installing Qt on X11 Platforms} document,
+    you also need to install the plugin in the standard location:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 14
+
+    \section3 How to Build the QPSQL Plugin on Windows
+
+    Install the appropriate PostgreSQL developer libraries for your
+    compiler. Assuming that PostgreSQL was installed in \c{C:\psql},
+    build the plugin as follows:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 15
+
+    Users of MinGW may wish to consult the following online document:
+    \l{Compiling PostgreSQL On Native Win32 FAQ}.
+
+    \bold{Note:} This database plugin is not supported for Windows CE.
+
+    \target QTDS
+    \section2 QTDS for Sybase Adaptive Server
+    \section3 General Information about QTDS
+
+    It is not possible to set the port with QSqlDatabase::setPort() due to limitations in the
+    Sybase client library. Refer to the Sybase documentation for information on how to set up
+    a Sybase client configuration file to enable connections to databases on non-default ports.
+
+    \section3 How to Build the QDTS Plugin on Unix and Mac OS X
+
+    Under Unix, two libraries are available which support the TDS protocol:
+
+    \list
+    \i FreeTDS, a free implementation of the TDS protocol
+      (\l{http://www.freetds.org}). Note that FreeTDS is not yet stable,
+      so some functionality may not work as expected.
+
+    \i Sybase Open Client, available from \l{http://www.sybase.com}.
+      Note for Linux users: Get the Open Client RPM from
+      \l{http://linux.sybase.com}.
+    \endlist
+
+    Regardless of which library you use, the shared object file
+    \c{libsybdb.so} is needed. Set the \c SYBASE environment variable to
+    point to the directory where you installed the client library and
+    execute \c{qmake}:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 16
+
+    \section3 How to Build the QDTS Plugin on Windows
+
+    You can either use the DB-Library supplied by Microsoft or the Sybase
+    Open Client (\l{http://www.sybase.com}). You must include \c
+    NTWDBLIB.LIB to build the plugin:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 17
+
+    By default the Microsoft library is used on Windows, if you want to
+    force the use of the Sybase Open Client, you must define \c
+    Q_USE_SYBASE in \c{%QTDIR%\src\sql\drivers\tds\qsql_tds.cpp}. If you
+    are not using a Microsoft compiler, replace \c nmake with \c make in
+    the line above.
+
+    \bold{Note:} This database plugin is not supported for Windows CE.
+
+    \target QDB2
+    \section2 QDB2 for IBM DB2 (Version 7.1 and Above)
+
+    \section3 General Information about QDB2
+
+    The Qt DB2 plugin makes it possible to access IBM DB2 databases. It
+    has been tested with IBM DB2 v7.1 and 7.2. You must install the IBM
+    DB2 development client library, which contains the header and library
+    files necessary for compiling the QDB2 plugin.
+
+    The QDB2 driver supports prepared queries, reading/writing of Unicode
+    strings and reading/writing of BLOBs.
+
+    We suggest using a forward-only query when calling stored procedures
+    in DB2 (see QSqlQuery::setForwardOnly()).
+
+    \section3 How to Build the QDB2 Plugin on Unix and Mac OS X
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 18
+
+    After installing Qt, as described in the \l{Installing Qt on X11 Platforms} document,
+    you also need to install the plugin in the standard location:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 19
+
+    \section3 How to Build the QDB2 Plugin on Windows
+
+    The DB2 header and include files should already be installed in the
+    right directories. You just have to build the plugin as follows:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 20
+
+    If you are not using a Microsoft compiler, replace \c nmake
+    with \c make in the line above.
+
+    \bold{Note:} This database plugin is not supported for Windows CE.
+
+    \target QSQLITE2
+    \section2 QSQLITE2 for SQLite Version 2
+
+    The Qt SQLite 2 plugin is offered for compatibility. Whenever
+    possible, use the \l{#QSQLITE}{version 3 plugin} instead. The
+    build instructions for version 3 apply to version 2 as well.
+
+    \target QSQLITE
+    \section2 QSQLITE for SQLite (Version 3 and Above)
+
+    \section3 General Information about QSQLITE
+
+    The Qt SQLite plugin makes it possible to access SQLite
+    databases. SQLite is an in-process database, which means that it
+    is not necessary to have a database server. SQLite operates on a
+    single file, which must be set as the database name when opening
+    a connection. If the file does not exist, SQLite will try to
+    create it. SQLite also supports in-memory databases, simply pass
+    ":memory:" as the database name.
+
+    SQLite has some restrictions regarding multiple users and
+    multiple transactions. If you try to read/write on a resource from different
+    transactions, your application might freeze until one transaction commits
+    or rolls back. The Qt SQLite driver will retry to write to a locked resource
+    until it runs into a timeout (see \c{QSQLITE_BUSY_TIMEOUT}
+    at QSqlDatabase::setConnectOptions()).
+
+    In SQLite any column, with the exception of an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column,
+    may be used to store any type of value. For instance, a column declared as
+    INTEGER may contain an integer value in one row and a text value in the
+    next. This is due to SQLite associating the type of a value with the value
+    itself rather than with the column it is stored in. A consequence of this
+    is that the type returned by QSqlField::type() only indicates the field's
+    recommended type. No assumption of the actual type should be made from
+    this and the type of the individual values should be checked.
+
+    The driver is locked for updates while a select is executed. This
+    may cause problems when using QSqlTableModel because Qt's item views
+    fetch data as needed (with QSqlQuery::fetchMore() in the case of
+    QSqlTableModel).
+
+    You can find information about SQLite on \l{http://www.sqlite.org}.
+
+    \section3 How to Build the QSQLITE Plugin
+
+    SQLite version 3 is included as a third-party library within Qt.
+    It can be built by passing the following parameters to the
+    configure script: \c{-plugin-sql-sqlite} (build as a plugin) or
+    \c{-qt-sql-sqlite} (linked directly into the Qt library).
+
+    If you don't want to use the SQLite library included with Qt, you
+    can build it manually (replace \c $SQLITE by the directory where
+    SQLite resides):
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 21
+
+    After installing Qt, as described in the \l{Installing Qt on X11 Platforms} document,
+    you also need to install the plugin in the standard location:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 22
+
+    On Windows:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 23
+
+    \section3 QSQLITE File Format Compatibility
+
+    SQLite minor releases sometimes break file format forward compatibility.
+    For example, SQLite 3.3 can read database files created with SQLite 3.2,
+    but databases created with SQLite 3.3 cannot be read by SQLite 3.2.
+    Please refer to the SQLite documentation and change logs for information about
+    file format compatibility between versions.
+
+    Qt minor releases usually follow the SQLite minor releases, while Qt patch releases
+    follow SQLite patch releases. Patch releases are therefore both backward and forward
+    compatible.
+
+    To force SQLite to use a specific file format, it is neccessary to build and
+    ship your own database plugin with your own SQLite library as illustrated above.
+    Some versions of SQLite can be forced to write a specific file format by setting
+    the \c{SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT} define when building SQLite.
+
+    \target QIBASE
+    \section2 QIBASE for Borland InterBase
+
+    \section3 General Information about QIBASE
+
+    The Qt InterBase plugin makes it possible to access the InterBase and
+    Firebird databases. InterBase can either be used as a client/server or
+    without a server in which case it operates on local files. The
+    database file must exist before a connection can be established.
+
+    Note that InterBase requires you to specify the full path to the
+    database file, no matter whether it is stored locally or on another
+    server.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 24
+
+    You need the InterBase/Firebird development headers and libraries
+    to build this plugin.
+
+    Due to license incompatibilities with the GPL, users of the Qt Open Source
+    Edition are not allowed to link this plugin to the commercial editions of
+    InterBase. Please use Firebird or the free edition of InterBase.
+
+    \section3 QIBASE Unicode Support and Text Encoding
+
+    By default the driver connects to the database using UNICODE_FSS. This can
+    be overridden by setting the ISC_DPB_LC_CTYPE parameter with
+    QSqlDatabase::setConnectOptions() before opening the connection.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 25
+
+    If Qt doesn't support the given text encoding the driver will issue a
+    warning message and connect to the database using UNICODE_FSS.
+
+    Note that if the text encoding set when connecting to the database is
+    not the same as in the database, problems with transliteration might arise.
+
+    \section3 QIBASE Stored procedures
+
+    InterBase/Firebird return OUT values as result set, so when calling stored
+    procedure, only IN values need to be bound via QSqlQuery::bindValue(). The
+    RETURN/OUT values can be retrieved via QSqlQuery::value(). Example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 26
+
+    \section3 How to Build the QIBASE Plugin on Unix and Mac OS X
+
+    The following assumes InterBase or Firebird is installed in
+    \c{/opt/interbase}:
+
+    If you are using InterBase:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 27
+
+    If you are using Firebird, the Firebird library has to be set explicitly:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 28
+
+    \section3 How to Build the QIBASE Plugin on Windows
+
+    The following assumes InterBase or Firebird is installed in
+    \c{C:\interbase}:
+
+    If you are using InterBase:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 29
+
+    If you are using Firebird, the Firebird library has to be set explicitely:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 30
+
+    If you are not using a Microsoft compiler, replace \c nmake
+    with \c make in the line above.
+
+    Note that \c{C:\interbase\bin} must be in the \c PATH.
+
+    \bold{Note:} This database plugin is not supported for Windows CE.
+
+    \target troubleshooting
+    \section1 Troubleshooting
+
+    You should always use client libraries that have been compiled with
+    the same compiler as you are using for your project. If you cannot get
+    a source distibution to compile the client libraries yourself, you
+    must make sure that the pre-compiled library is compatible with
+    your compiler, otherwise you will get a lot of "undefined symbols"
+    errors. Some compilers have tools to convert libraries, e.g. Borland
+    ships the tool \c{COFF2OMF.EXE} to convert libraries that have been
+    generated with Microsoft Visual C++.
+
+    If the compilation of a plugin succeeds but it cannot be loaded,
+    make sure that the following requirements are met:
+
+    \list
+    \i Ensure that you are using a shared Qt library; you cannot use the
+        plugins with a static build.
+    \i Ensure that the plugin is in the correct directory. You can use
+        QApplication::libraryPaths() to determine where Qt looks for plugins.
+    \i Ensure that the client libraries of the DBMS are available on the
+        system. On Unix, run the command \c{ldd} and pass the name of the
+        plugin as parameter, for example \c{ldd libqsqlmysql.so}. You will
+        get a warning if any of the client libraries couldn't be found.
+        On Windows, you can use Visual Studio's dependency walker.
+    \i Compile Qt with \c{QT_DEBUG_COMPONENT} defined to get very verbose
+        debug output when loading plugins.
+    \endlist
+
+    Make sure you have followed the guide to \l{Deploying Plugins}.
+    If you experience plugin load problems and see output like this:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.qdoc 31
+
+    the problem is usually that the plugin had the wrong \l{Deploying
+    Plugins#The Build Key}{build key}. This might require removing an
+    entry from the \l{Deploying Plugins#The Plugin Cache} {plugin cache}.
+
+    \target development
+    \section1 How to Write Your Own Database Driver
+
+    QSqlDatabase is responsible for loading and managing database driver
+    plugins. When a database is added (see QSqlDatabase::addDatabase()),
+    the appropriate driver plugin is loaded (using QSqlDriverPlugin).
+    QSqlDatabase relies on the driver plugin to provide interfaces for
+    QSqlDriver and QSqlResult.
+
+    QSqlDriver is an abstract base class which defines the functionality
+    of a SQL database driver. This includes functions such as
+    QSqlDriver::open() and QSqlDriver::close(). QSqlDriver is responsible
+    for connecting to a database, establish the proper environment, etc.
+    In addition, QSqlDriver can create QSqlQuery objects appropriate for
+    the particular database API. QSqlDatabase forwards many of its
+    function calls directly to QSqlDriver which provides the concrete
+    implementation.
+
+    QSqlResult is an abstract base class which defines the functionality
+    of a SQL database query. This includes statements such as \c{SELECT},
+    \c{UPDATE}, and \c{ALTER} \c{TABLE}. QSqlResult contains functions
+    such as QSqlResult::next() and QSqlResult::value(). QSqlResult is
+    responsible for sending queries to the database, returning result
+    data, etc. QSqlQuery forwards many of its function calls directly to
+    QSqlResult which provides the concrete implementation.
+
+    QSqlDriver and QSqlResult are closely connected. When implementing a
+    Qt SQL driver, both of these classes must to be subclassed and the
+    abstract virtual methods in each class must be implemented.
+
+    To implement a Qt SQL driver as a plugin (so that it is
+    recognized and loaded by the Qt library at runtime), the driver
+    must use the Q_EXPORT_PLUGIN2() macro. Read \l{How to Create Qt
+    Plugins} for more information on this. You can also check out how
+    this is done in the SQL plugins that are provided with Qt in
+    \c{QTDIR/src/plugins/sqldrivers} and \c{QTDIR/src/sql/drivers}.
+
+    The following code can be used as a skeleton for a SQL driver:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sqldatabase/sqldatabase.cpp 47
+    \codeline
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sqldatabase/sqldatabase.cpp 48
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/sql-programming/sql-programming.qdoc b/doc/src/sql-programming/sql-programming.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7700a3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/sql-programming/sql-programming.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,614 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \group database
+    \title Database Classes
+
+    \brief Database related classes, e.g. for SQL databases.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page sql-programming.html
+    \title SQL Programming
+
+    \brief Database integration for Qt applications.
+
+    This overview assumes that you have at least a basic knowledge of
+    SQL. You should be able to understand simple \c SELECT, \c
+    INSERT, \c UPDATE, and \c DELETE statements. Although the \l
+    QSqlTableModel class provides an interface to database browsing
+    and editing that does not require a knowledge of SQL, a basic
+    understanding of SQL is highly recommended. A standard text
+    covering SQL databases is \e {An Introduction to Database Systems}
+    (7th Ed.) by C. J. Date, ISBN 0201385902.
+
+    \section1 Topics:
+
+    \list
+    \o \l{Database Classes}
+    \o \l{Connecting to Databases}
+        \list
+        \o \l{SQL Database Drivers}
+        \endlist
+    \o \l{Executing SQL Statements}
+        \list
+        \o \l{Recommended Use of Data Types in Databases}
+        \endlist
+    \o \l{Using the SQL Model Classes}
+    \o \l{Presenting Data in a Table View}
+    \o \l{Creating Data-Aware Forms}
+    \endlist    
+
+    \section1 Database Classes
+
+    These classes provide access to SQL databases.
+
+    \annotatedlist database
+
+    The SQL classes are divided into three layers:
+
+    \section2 Driver Layer
+
+    This comprises the classes QSqlDriver, QSqlDriverCreator<T>,
+    QSqlDriverCreatorBase, QSqlDriverPlugin, and QSqlResult.
+
+    This layer provides the low-level bridge between the specific databases
+    and the SQL API layer. See \l{SQL Database Drivers} for more information.
+
+    \section2 SQL API Layer
+    
+    These classes provide access to databases. Connections
+    are made using the QSqlDatabase class. Database
+    interaction is achieved by using the QSqlQuery class.
+    In addition to QSqlDatabase and QSqlQuery, the SQL API
+    layer is supported by QSqlError, QSqlField, QSqlIndex,
+    and QSqlRecord.
+
+    \section2 User Interface Layer
+
+    These classes link the data from a database to data-aware widgets.
+    They include QSqlQueryModel, QSqlTableModel, and QSqlRelationalTableModel.
+    These classes are designed to work with Qt's
+    \l{Model/View Programming}{model/view framework}.
+
+    Note that to use any of these classes, a QCoreApplication object
+    must have been instantiated first.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page sql-connecting.html
+    \title Connecting to Databases
+
+    \contentspage SQL Programming
+    \nextpage Executing SQL Statements
+
+    To access a database with QSqlQuery or QSqlQueryModel, create and
+    open one or more database connections. Database connections are
+    normally identified by connection name, \e{not} by database name.
+    You can have multiple connections to the same database.
+    QSqlDatabase also supports the concept of a \e{default}
+    connection, which is an unnamed connection. When calling QSqlQuery
+    or QSqlQueryModel member functions that take a connection name
+    argument, if you don't pass a connection name, the default
+    connection will be used. Creating a default connection is
+    convenient when your application only requires one database
+    connection.
+
+    Note the difference between creating a connection and opening it.
+    Creating a connection involves creating an instance of class
+    QSqlDatabase. The connection is not usable until it is opened. The
+    following snippet shows how to create a \e{default} connection
+    and then open it:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sqldatabase/sqldatabase.cpp 26
+
+    The first line creates the connection object, and the last line
+    opens it for use. In between, we initialize some connection
+    information, including the \l{QSqlDatabase::setDatabaseName()}
+    {database name}, the \l{QSqlDatabase::setHostName()} {host name},
+    the \l{QSqlDatabase::setUserName()} {user name}, and the
+    \l{QSqlDatabase::setPassword()} {password}. In this case, we are
+    connecting to the MySQL database \c{flightdb} on the host
+    \c{bigblue}. The \c{"QMYSQL"} argument to
+    \l{QSqlDatabase::addDatabase()} {addDatabase()} specifies the type
+    of database driver to use for the connection. The set of database
+    drivers included with Qt are shown in the table of \l{SQL Database
+    Drivers#Supported Databases} {supported database drivers}. 
+
+    The connection in the snippet will be the \e{default} connection,
+    because we don't pass the second argument to
+    \l{QSqlDatabase::addDatabase()} {addDatabase()}, which is the
+    connection name. For example, here we establish two MySQL database
+    connections named \c{"first"} and \c{"second"}:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sqldatabase/sqldatabase.cpp 27
+
+    After these connections have been initialized, \l{QSqlDatabase::}
+    {open()} for each one to establish the live connections. If the
+    \l{QSqlDatabase::} {open()} fails, it returns false. In that case,
+    call QSqlDatabase::lastError() to get error information.
+
+    Once a connection is established, we can call the static function
+    QSqlDatabase::database() from anywhere with a connection name to
+    get a pointer to that database connection. If we don't pass a
+    connection name, it will return the default connection. For
+    example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sqldatabase/sqldatabase.cpp 28
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sqldatabase/sqldatabase.cpp 29
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sqldatabase/sqldatabase.cpp 30
+
+    To remove a database connection, first close the database using
+    QSqlDatabase::close(), then remove it using the static method
+    QSqlDatabase::removeDatabase().
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page sql-sqlstatements.html
+    \title Executing SQL Statements
+    
+    \previouspage Connecting to Databases
+    \contentspage SQL Programming
+    \nextpage Using the SQL Model Classes
+    
+
+    The QSqlQuery class provides an interface for executing SQL
+    statements and navigating through the result set of a query.
+
+    The QSqlQueryModel and QSqlTableModel classes described in the
+    next section provide a higher-level interface for accessing
+    databases. If you are unfamiliar with SQL, you might want to skip
+    directly to the next section (\l{Using the SQL Model Classes}).
+
+    \section2 Executing a Query
+
+    To execute an SQL statement, simply create a QSqlQuery object and
+    call QSqlQuery::exec() like this:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sqldatabase/sqldatabase.cpp 31
+
+    The QSqlQuery constructor accepts an optional QSqlDatabase object
+    that specifies which database connection to use. In the example
+    above, we don't specify any connection, so the default connection
+    is used.
+
+    If an error occurs, \l{QSqlQuery::exec()}{exec()} returns false.
+    The error is then available as QSqlQuery::lastError().
+
+    \section2 Navigating the Result Set
+
+    QSqlQuery provides access to the result set one record at a time.
+    After the call to \l{QSqlQuery::exec()}{exec()}, QSqlQuery's
+    internal pointer is located one position \e{before} the first
+    record. We must call QSqlQuery::next() once to advance to the
+    first record, then \l{QSqlQuery::next()}{next()} again repeatedly
+    to access the other records, until it returns false. Here's a
+    typical loop that iterates over all the records in order:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sqldatabase/sqldatabase.cpp 32
+
+    The QSqlQuery::value() function returns the value of a field in
+    the current record. Fields are specified as zero-based indexes.
+    QSqlQuery::value() returns a QVariant, a type that can hold
+    various C++ and core Qt data types such as \c int, QString, and
+    QByteArray. The different database types are automatically mapped
+    into the closest Qt equivalent. In the code snippet, we call
+    QVariant::toString() and QVariant::toInt() to convert
+    variants to QString and \c int.
+
+    For an overview of the recommended types used with Qt supported
+    Databases, please refer to \l{Recommended Use of Data Types in Databases}{this table}.
+
+    You can iterate back and forth using QSqlQuery::next(),
+    QSqlQuery::previous(), QSqlQuery::first(), QSqlQuery::last(), and
+    QSqlQuery::seek(). The current row index is returned by
+    QSqlQuery::at(), and the total number of rows in the result set
+    is avaliable as QSqlQuery::size() for databases that support it.
+
+    To determine whether a database driver supports a given feature,
+    use QSqlDriver::hasFeature(). In the following example, we call
+    QSqlQuery::size() to determine the size of a result set of
+    the underlying database supports that feature; otherwise, we
+    navigate to the last record and use the query's position to tell
+    us how many records there are.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sqldatabase/sqldatabase.cpp 33
+
+    If you iterate through a result set only using next() and seek()
+    with positive values, you can call
+    QSqlQuery::setForwardOnly(true) before calling exec(). This is an
+    easy optimization that will speed up the query significantly when
+    operating on large result sets.
+
+    \section2 Inserting, Updating, and Deleting Records
+
+    QSqlQuery can execute arbitrary SQL statements, not just
+    \c{SELECT}s. The following example inserts a record into a table
+    using \c{INSERT}:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sqldatabase/sqldatabase.cpp 34
+
+    If you want to insert many records at the same time, it is often
+    more efficient to separate the query from the actual values being
+    inserted. This can be done using placeholders. Qt supports two
+    placeholder syntaxes: named binding and positional binding.
+    Here's an example of named binding:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sqldatabase/sqldatabase.cpp 35
+
+    Here's an example of positional binding:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sqldatabase/sqldatabase.cpp 36
+
+    Both syntaxes work with all database drivers provided by Qt. If
+    the database supports the syntax natively, Qt simply forwards the
+    query to the DBMS; otherwise, Qt simulates the placeholder syntax
+    by preprocessing the query. The actual query that ends up being
+    executed by the DBMS is available as QSqlQuery::executedQuery().
+
+    When inserting multiple records, you only need to call
+    QSqlQuery::prepare() once. Then you call
+    \l{QSqlQuery::bindValue()}{bindValue()} or
+    \l{QSqlQuery::addBindValue()}{addBindValue()} followed by
+    \l{QSqlQuery::exec()}{exec()} as many times as necessary.
+
+    Besides performance, one advantage of placeholders is that you
+    can easily specify arbitrary values without having to worry about
+    escaping special characters.
+
+    Updating a record is similar to inserting it into a table:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sqldatabase/sqldatabase.cpp 37
+
+    You can also use named or positional binding to associate
+    parameters to actual values.
+
+    Finally, here's an example of a \c DELETE statement:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sqldatabase/sqldatabase.cpp 38
+
+    \section2 Transactions
+
+    If the underlying database engine supports transactions,
+    QSqlDriver::hasFeature(QSqlDriver::Transactions) will return
+    true. You can use QSqlDatabase::transaction() to initiate a
+    transaction, followed by the SQL commands you want to execute
+    within the context of the transaction, and then either
+    QSqlDatabase::commit() or QSqlDatabase::rollback(). When
+    using transactions you must start the transaction before you
+    create your query.
+
+    Example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sqldatabase/sqldatabase.cpp 39
+
+    Transactions can be used to ensure that a complex operation is
+    atomic (for example, looking up a foreign key and creating a
+    record), or to provide a means of canceling a complex change in
+    the middle.
+
+    \omit
+    It would be useful to mention transactions, and the fact that
+    some databases don't support them.
+    \endomit
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page sql-model.html
+    \title Using the SQL Model Classes
+    
+    \previouspage Executing SQL Statements
+    \contentspage SQL Programming
+    \nextpage Presenting Data in a Table View
+
+    In addition to QSqlQuery, Qt offers three higher-level classes
+    for accessing databases. These classes are QSqlQueryModel,
+    QSqlTableModel, and QSqlRelationalTableModel.
+
+    \table
+    \row \o QSqlQueryModel
+         \o A read-only model based on an arbitrary SQL query.
+    \row \o QSqlTableModel
+         \o A read-write model that works on a single table.
+    \row \o QSqlRelationalTableModel
+         \o A QSqlTableModel subclass with foreign key support.
+    \endtable
+
+    These classes derive from QAbstractTableModel (which in turn
+    inherits from QAbstractItemModel) and make it easy to present
+    data from a database in an item view class such as QListView and
+    QTableView. This is explained in detail in the \l{Presenting Data
+    in a Table View} section.
+
+    Another advantage of using these classes is that it can make your
+    code easier to adapt to other data sources. For example, if you
+    use QSqlTableModel and later decide to use XML files to store
+    data instead of a database, it is essentially just a matter of
+    replacing one data model with another.
+
+    \section2 The SQL Query Model
+
+    QSqlQueryModel offers a read-only model based on an SQL query.
+
+    Example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sqldatabase/sqldatabase.cpp 40
+
+    After setting the query using QSqlQueryModel::setQuery(), you can
+    use QSqlQueryModel::record(int) to access the individual records.
+    You can also use QSqlQueryModel::data() and any of the other
+    functions inherited from QAbstractItemModel.
+
+    There's also a \l{QSqlQueryModel::setQuery()}{setQuery()}
+    overload that takes a QSqlQuery object and operates on its result
+    set. This enables you to use any features of QSqlQuery to set up
+    the query (e.g., prepared queries).
+
+    \section2 The SQL Table Model
+
+    QSqlTableModel offers a read-write model that works on a single
+    SQL table at a time.
+
+    Example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sqldatabase/sqldatabase.cpp 41
+
+    QSqlTableModel is a high-level alternative to QSqlQuery for
+    navigating and modifying individual SQL tables. It typically
+    results in less code and requires no knowledge of SQL syntax.
+
+    Use QSqlTableModel::record() to retrieve a row in the table, and
+    QSqlTableModel::setRecord() to modify the row. For example, the
+    following code will increase every employee's salary by 10 per
+    cent:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sqldatabase/sqldatabase.cpp 42
+
+    You can also use QSqlTableModel::data() and
+    QSqlTableModel::setData(), which are inherited from
+    QAbstractItemModel, to access the data. For example, here's how
+    to update a record using
+    \l{QSqlTableModel::setData()}{setData()}:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sqldatabase/sqldatabase.cpp 43
+
+    Here's how to insert a row and populate it:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sqldatabase/sqldatabase.cpp 44
+
+    Here's how to delete five consecutive rows:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sqldatabase/sqldatabase.cpp 45
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sqldatabase/sqldatabase.cpp 46
+
+    The first argument to QSqlTableModel::removeRows() is the index
+    of the first row to delete.
+
+    When you're finished changing a record, you should always call
+    QSqlTableModel::submitAll() to ensure that the changes are
+    written to the database.
+
+    When and whether you actually \e need to call submitAll() depends
+    on the table's \l{QSqlTableModel::editStrategy()}{edit strategy}.
+    The default strategy is QSqlTableModel::OnRowChange, which
+    specifies that pending changes are applied to the database when
+    the user selects a different row. Other strategies are
+    QSqlTableModel::OnManualSubmit (where all changes are cached in
+    the model until you call submitAll()) and
+    QSqlTableModel::OnFieldChange (where no changes are cached).
+    These are mostly useful when QSqlTableModel is used with a view.
+
+    QSqlTableModel::OnFieldChange seems to deliver the promise that
+    you never need to call submitAll() explicitly. There are two
+    pitfalls, though:
+
+    \list
+    \o Without any caching, performance may drop significantly.
+    \o If you modify a primary key, the record might slip through
+       your fingers while you are trying to populate it.
+    \endlist
+
+    \section2 The SQL Relational Table Model
+
+    QSqlRelationalTableModel extends QSqlTableModel to provide
+    support for foreign keys. A foreign key is a 1-to-1 mapping
+    between a field in one table and the primary key field of another
+    table. For example, if a \c book table has a field called \c
+    authorid that refers to the author table's \c id field, we say
+    that \c authorid is a foreign key.
+
+    \table
+    \row \o \inlineimage noforeignkeys.png
+         \o \inlineimage foreignkeys.png
+    \endtable
+
+    The screenshot on the left shows a plain QSqlTableModel in a
+    QTableView. Foreign keys (\c city and \c country) aren't resolved
+    to human-readable values. The screenshot on the right shows a
+    QSqlRelationalTableModel, with foreign keys resolved into
+    human-readable text strings.
+
+    The following code snippet shows how the QSqlRelationalTableModel
+    was set up:
+
+    \snippet examples/sql/relationaltablemodel/relationaltablemodel.cpp 0
+    \codeline
+    \snippet examples/sql/relationaltablemodel/relationaltablemodel.cpp 1
+    \snippet examples/sql/relationaltablemodel/relationaltablemodel.cpp 2
+
+    See the QSqlRelationalTableModel documentation for details.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page sql-presenting.html
+    \title Presenting Data in a Table View
+    
+    \previouspage Using the SQL Model Classes
+    \contentspage SQL Programming
+    \nextpage Creating Data-Aware Forms
+
+    The QSqlQueryModel, QSqlTableModel, and QSqlRelationalTableModel
+    classes can be used as a data source for Qt's view classes such
+    as QListView, QTableView, and QTreeView. In practice, QTableView
+    is by far the most common choice, because an SQL result set is
+    essentially a two-dimensional data structure.
+
+    \image relationaltable.png A table view displaying a QSqlTableModel
+
+    The following example creates a view based on an SQL data model:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sqldatabase/sqldatabase.cpp 17
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sqldatabase/sqldatabase.cpp 18
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sqldatabase/sqldatabase.cpp 19
+
+    If the model is a read-write model (e.g., QSqlTableModel), the
+    view lets the user edit the fields. You can disable this by
+    calling
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sqldatabase/sqldatabase.cpp 20
+
+    You can use the same model as a data source for multiple views.
+    If the user edits the model through one of the views, the other
+    views will reflect the changes immediately. The
+    \l{sql/tablemodel}{Table Model} example shows how it works.
+
+    View classes display a header at the top to label the columns. To
+    change the header texts, call
+    \l{QAbstractItemModel::setHeaderData()}{setHeaderData()} on the
+    model. The header's labels default to the table's field names.
+    For example:
+
+    \snippet examples/sql/relationaltablemodel/relationaltablemodel.cpp 3
+
+    QTableView also has a vertical header on the left with numbers
+    identifying the rows. If you insert rows programmatically using
+    QSqlTableModel::insertRows(), the new rows will be marked with an
+    asterisk (*) until they are submitted using
+    \l{QSqlTableModel::submitAll()}{submitAll()} or automatically
+    when the user moves to another record (assuming the
+    \l{QSqlTableModel::EditStrategy}{edit strategy} is
+    QSqlTableModel::OnRowChange).
+
+    \image insertrowinmodelview.png Inserting a row in a model
+
+    Likewise, if you remove rows using
+    \l{QSqlTableModel::removeRows()}{removeRows()}, the rows will be
+    marked with an exclamation mark (!) until the change is
+    submitted.
+
+    The items in the view are rendered using a delegate. The default
+    delegate, QItemDelegate, handles the most common data types (\c
+    int, QString, QImage, etc.). The delegate is also responsible for
+    providing editor widgets (e.g., a combobox) when the user starts
+    editing an item in the view. You can create your own delegates by
+    subclassing QAbstractItemDelegate or QItemDelegate. See
+    \l{Model/View Programming} for more information.
+
+    QSqlTableModel is optimized to operate on a single table at a
+    time. If you need a read-write model that operates on an
+    arbitrary result set, you can subclass QSqlQueryModel and
+    reimplement \l{QAbstractItemModel::flags()}{flags()} and
+    \l{QAbstractItemModel::setData()}{setData()} to make it
+    read-write. The following two functions make fields 1 and 2 of a
+    query model editable:
+
+    \snippet examples/sql/querymodel/editablesqlmodel.cpp 0
+    \codeline
+    \snippet examples/sql/querymodel/editablesqlmodel.cpp 1
+
+    The setFirstName() helper function is defined as follows:
+
+    \snippet examples/sql/querymodel/editablesqlmodel.cpp 2
+
+    The setLastName() function is similar. See the
+    \l{sql/querymodel}{Query Model} example for the complete source code.
+
+    Subclassing a model makes it possible to customize it in many
+    ways: You can provide tooltips for the items, change the
+    background color, provide calculated values, provide different
+    values for viewing and editing, handle null values specially, and
+    more. See \l{Model/View Programming} as well as the \l
+    QAbstractItemView reference documentation for details.
+
+    If all you need is to resolve a foreign key to a more
+    human-friendly string, you can use QSqlRelationalTableModel. For
+    best results, you should also use QSqlRelationalDelegate, a
+    delegate that provides combobox editors for editing foreign keys.
+
+    \image relationaltable.png Editing a foreign key in a relational table
+
+    The \l{sql/relationaltablemodel}{Relational Table Model} example
+    illustrates how to use QSqlRelationalTableModel in conjunction with
+    QSqlRelationalDelegate to provide tables with foreign key
+    support.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page sql-forms.html
+    \title Creating Data-Aware Forms
+    
+    \previouspage Presenting Data in a Table View
+    \contentspage SQL Programming
+
+    Using the SQL models described above, the contents of a database can
+    be presented to other model/view components. For some applications,
+    it is sufficient to present this data using a standard item view,
+    such as QTableView. However, users of record-based applications often
+    require a form-based user interface in which data from a specific
+    row or column in a database table is used to populate editor widgets
+    on a form.
+
+    Such data-aware forms can be created with the QDataWidgetMapper class,
+    a generic model/view component that is used to map data from a model
+    to specific widgets in a user interface.
+
+    QDataWidgetMapper operates on a specific database table, mapping items
+    in the table on a row-by-row or column-by-column basis. As a result,
+    using QDataWidgetMapper with a SQL model is as simple as using it with
+    any other table model.
+
+    \image qdatawidgetmapper-simple.png
+
+    The \l{demos/books}{Books} demonstration shows how information can
+    be presented for easy access by using QDataWidgetMapper and a set of
+    simple input widgets.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/statemachine.qdoc b/doc/src/statemachine.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index f479c77..0000000
--- a/doc/src/statemachine.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,536 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-  \page statemachine-api.html
-  \title The State Machine Framework
-  \brief An overview of the State Machine framework for constructing and executing state graphs.
-  \ingroup architecture
-
-  \tableofcontents
-
-  The State Machine framework provides classes for creating and executing
-  state graphs. The concepts and notation are based on those from Harel's
-  \l{Statecharts: A visual formalism for complex systems}{Statecharts}, which
-  is also the basis of UML state diagrams. The semantics of state machine
-  execution are based on \l{State Chart XML: State Machine Notation for
-  Control Abstraction}{State Chart XML (SCXML)}.
-
-  Statecharts provide a graphical way of modeling how a system reacts to
-  stimuli. This is done by defining the possible \e states that the system can
-  be in, and how the system can move from one state to another (\e transitions
-  between states). A key characteristic of event-driven systems (such as Qt
-  applications) is that behavior often depends not only on the last or current
-  event, but also the events that preceded it. With statecharts, this
-  information is easy to express.
-
-  The State Machine framework provides an API and execution model that can be
-  used to effectively embed the elements and semantics of statecharts in Qt
-  applications. The framework integrates tightly with Qt's meta-object system;
-  for example, transitions between states can be triggered by signals, and
-  states can be configured to set properties and invoke methods on QObjects.
-  Qt's event system is used to drive the state machines.
-
-  \section1 A Simple State Machine
-
-  To demonstrate the core functionality of the State Machine API, let's look
-  at a small example: A state machine with three states, \c s1, \c s2 and \c
-  s3. The state machine is controlled by a single QPushButton; when the button
-  is clicked, the machine transitions to another state. Initially, the state
-  machine is in state \c s1. The statechart for this machine is as follows:
-
-    \img statemachine-button.png
-    \omit
-    \caption This is a caption
-    \endomit
-
-  The following snippet shows the code needed to create such a state machine.
-  First, we create the state machine and states:
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/statemachine/main.cpp 0
-
-  Then, we create the transitions by using the QState::addTransition()
-  function:
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/statemachine/main.cpp 1
-
-  Next, we add the states to the machine and set the machine's initial state:
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/statemachine/main.cpp 2
-
-  Finally, we start the state machine:
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/statemachine/main.cpp 3
-
-  The state machine executes asynchronously, i.e. it becomes part of your
-  application's event loop.
-
-  \section1 Doing Useful Work on State Entry and Exit
-
-  The above state machine merely transitions from one state to another, it
-  doesn't perform any operations. The QState::assignProperty() function can be
-  used to have a state set a property of a QObject when the state is
-  entered. In the following snippet, the value that should be assigned to a
-  QLabel's text property is specified for each state:
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/statemachine/main.cpp 4
-
-  When any of the states is entered, the label's text will be changed
-  accordingly.
-
-  The QState::entered() signal is emitted when the state is entered, and the
-  QState::exited() signal is emitted when the state is exited. In the
-  following snippet, the button's showMaximized() slot will be called when
-  state \c s3 is entered, and the button's showMinimized() slot will be called
-  when \c s3 is exited:
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/statemachine/main.cpp 5
-
-  Custom states can reimplement QAbstractState::onEntry() and
-  QAbstractState::onExit().
-
-  \section1 State Machines That Finish
-
-  The state machine defined in the previous section never finishes. In order
-  for a state machine to be able to finish, it needs to have a top-level \e
-  final state (QFinalState object). When the state machine enters a top-level
-  final state, the machine will emit the QStateMachine::finished() signal and
-  halt.
-
-  All you need to do to introduce a final state in the graph is create a
-  QFinalState object and use it as the target of one or more transitions.
-
-  \section1 Sharing Transitions By Grouping States
-
-  Assume we wanted the user to be able to quit the application at any time by
-  clicking a Quit button. In order to achieve this, we need to create a final
-  state and make it the target of a transition associated with the Quit
-  button's clicked() signal. We could add a transition from each of \c s1, \c
-  s2 and \c s3; however, this seems redundant, and one would also have to
-  remember to add such a transition from every new state that is added in the
-  future.
-
-  We can achieve the same behavior (namely that clicking the Quit button quits
-  the state machine, regardless of which state the state machine is in) by
-  grouping states \c s1, \c s2 and \c s3. This is done by creating a new
-  top-level state and making the three original states children of the new
-  state. The following diagram shows the new state machine.
-
-    \img statemachine-button-nested.png
-    \omit
-    \caption This is a caption
-    \endomit
-
-  The three original states have been renamed \c s11, \c s12 and \c s13 to
-  reflect that they are now children of the new top-level state, \c s1.  Child
-  states implicitly inherit the transitions of their parent state. This means
-  it is now sufficient to add a single transition from \c s1 to the final
-  state \c s2. New states added to \c s1 will also automatically inherit this
-  transition.
-
-  All that's needed to group states is to specify the proper parent when the
-  state is created. You also need to specify which of the child states is the
-  initial one (i.e. which child state the state machine should enter when the
-  parent state is the target of a transition).
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/statemachine/main2.cpp 0
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/statemachine/main2.cpp 1
-
-  In this case we want the application to quit when the state machine is
-  finished, so the machine's finished() signal is connected to the
-  application's quit() slot.
-
-  A child state can override an inherited transition. For example, the
-  following code adds a transition that effectively causes the Quit button to
-  be ignored when the state machine is in state \c s12.
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/statemachine/main2.cpp 2
-
-  A transition can have any state as its target, i.e. the target state does
-  not have to be on the same level in the state hierarchy as the source state.
-
-  \section1 Using History States to Save and Restore the Current State
-
-  Imagine that we wanted to add an "interrupt" mechanism to the example
-  discussed in the previous section; the user should be able to click a button
-  to have the state machine perform some non-related task, after which the
-  state machine should resume whatever it was doing before (i.e. return to the
-  old state, which is one of \c s11, \c s12 and \c s13 in this case).
-
-  Such behavior can easily be modeled using \e{history states}. A history
-  state (QHistoryState object) is a pseudo-state that represents the child
-  state that the parent state was in the last time the parent state was
-  exited.
-
-  A history state is created as a child of the state for which we wish to
-  record the current child state; when the state machine detects the presence
-  of such a state at runtime, it automatically records the current (real)
-  child state when the parent state is exited. A transition to the history
-  state is in fact a transition to the child state that the state machine had
-  previously saved; the state machine automatically "forwards" the transition
-  to the real child state.
-
-  The following diagram shows the state machine after the interrupt mechanism
-  has been added.
-
-    \img statemachine-button-history.png
-    \omit
-    \caption This is a caption
-    \endomit
-
-  The following code shows how it can be implemented; in this example we
-  simply display a message box when \c s3 is entered, then immediately return
-  to the previous child state of \c s1 via the history state.
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/statemachine/main2.cpp 3
-
-  \section1 Using Parallel States to Avoid a Combinatorial Explosion of States
-
-  Assume that you wanted to model a set of mutually exclusive properties of a
-  car in a single state machine. Let's say the properties we are interested in
-  are Clean vs Dirty, and Moving vs Not moving. It would take four mutually
-  exclusive states and eight transitions to be able to represent and freely
-  move between all possible combinations.
-
-    \img statemachine-nonparallel.png
-    \omit
-    \caption This is a caption
-    \endomit
-
-  If we added a third property (say, Red vs Blue), the total number of states
-  would double, to eight; and if we added a fourth property (say, Enclosed vs
-  Convertible), the total number of states would double again, to 16.
-
-  Using parallel states, the total number of states and transitions grows
-  linearly as we add more properties, instead of exponentially. Furthermore,
-  states can be added to or removed from the parallel state without affecting
-  any of their sibling states.
-
-    \img statemachine-parallel.png
-    \omit
-    \caption This is a caption
-    \endomit
-
-  To create a parallel state group, pass QState::ParallelStates to the QState
-  constructor.
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/statemachine/main3.cpp 0
-
-  When a parallel state group is entered, all its child states will be
-  simultaneously entered. Transitions within the individual child states
-  operate normally. However, any of the child states may take a transition
-  outside the parent state. When this happens, the parent state and all of its
-  child states are exited.
-
-  \section1 Detecting that a Composite State has Finished
-
-  A child state can be final (a QFinalState object); when a final child state
-  is entered, the parent state emits the QState::finished() signal. The
-  following diagram shows a composite state \c s1 which does some processing
-  before entering a final state:
-
-    \img statemachine-finished.png
-    \omit
-    \caption This is a caption
-    \endomit
-
-  When \c s1 's final state is entered, \c s1 will automatically emit
-  finished(). We use a signal transition to cause this event to trigger a
-  state change:
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/statemachine/main3.cpp 1
-
-  Using final states in composite states is useful when you want to hide the
-  internal details of a composite state; i.e. the only thing the outside world
-  should be able to do is enter the state, and get a notification when the
-  state has completed its work. This is a very powerful abstraction and
-  encapsulation mechanism when building complex (deeply nested) state
-  machines. (In the above example, you could of course create a transition
-  directly from \c s1 's \c done state rather than relying on \c s1 's
-  finished() signal, but with the consequence that implementation details of
-  \c s1 are exposed and depended on).
-
-  For parallel state groups, the QState::finished() signal is emitted when \e
-  all the child states have entered final states.
-
-  \section1 Events, Transitions and Guards
-
-  A QStateMachine runs its own event loop. For signal transitions
-  (QSignalTransition objects), QStateMachine automatically posts a
-  QSignalEvent to itself when it intercepts the corresponding signal;
-  similarly, for QObject event transitions (QEventTransition objects) a
-  QWrappedEvent is posted.
-
-  You can post your own events to the state machine using
-  QStateMachine::postEvent().
-
-  When posting a custom event to the state machine, you typically also have
-  one or more custom transitions that can be triggered from events of that
-  type. To create such a transition, you subclass QAbstractTransition and
-  reimplement QAbstractTransition::eventTest(), where you check if an event
-  matches your event type (and optionally other criteria, e.g. attributes of
-  the event object).
-
-  Here we define our own custom event type, \c StringEvent, for posting
-  strings to the state machine:
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/statemachine/main4.cpp 0
-
-  Next, we define a transition that only triggers when the event's string
-  matches a particular string (a \e guarded transition):
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/statemachine/main4.cpp 1
-
-  In the eventTest() reimplementation, we first check if the event type is the
-  desired one; if so, we cast the event to a StringEvent and perform the
-  string comparison.
-
-  The following is a statechart that uses the custom event and transition:
-
-    \img statemachine-customevents.png
-    \omit
-    \caption This is a caption
-    \endomit
-
-  Here's what the implementation of the statechart looks like:
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/statemachine/main4.cpp 2
-
-  Once the machine is started, we can post events to it.
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/statemachine/main4.cpp 3
-
-  An event that is not handled by any relevant transition will be silently
-  consumed by the state machine. It can be useful to group states and provide
-  a default handling of such events; for example, as illustrated in the
-  following statechart:
-
-    \img statemachine-customevents2.png
-    \omit
-    \caption This is a caption
-    \endomit
-
-  For deeply nested statecharts, you can add such "fallback" transitions at
-  the level of granularity that's most appropriate.
-
-  \section1 Using Restore Policy To Automatically Restore Properties
-
-  In some state machines it can be useful to focus the attention on assigning properties in states,
-  not on restoring them when the state is no longer active. If you know that a property should
-  always be restored to its initial value when the machine enters a state that does not explicitly
-  give the property a value, you can set the global restore policy to
-  QStateMachine::RestoreProperties.
-
-  \code
-    QStateMachine machine;
-    machine.setGlobalRestorePolicy(QStateMachine::RestoreProperties);
-  \endcode
-
-  When this restore policy is set, the machine will automatically restore all properties. If it
-  enters a state where a given property is not set, it will first search the hierarchy of ancestors
-  to see if the property is defined there. If it is, the property will be restored to the value
-  defined by the closest ancestor. If not, it will be restored to its initial value (i.e. the
-  value of the property before any property assignments in states were executed.)
-
-  Take the following code:
-  \code
-    QStateMachine machine;
-    machine.setGlobalRestorePolicy(QStateMachine::RestoreProperties);
-
-    QState *s1 = new QState();
-    s1->assignProperty(object, "fooBar", 1.0);
-    machine.addState(s1);
-    machine.setInitialState(s1);
-
-    QState *s2 = new QState();
-    machine.addState(s2);
-  \endcode
-
-  Lets say the property \c fooBar is 0.0 when the machine starts. When the machine is in state
-  \c s1, the property will be 1.0, since the state explicitly assigns this value to it. When the
-  machine is in state \c s2, no value is explicitly defined for the property, so it will implicitly
-  be restored to 0.0.
-
-  If we are using nested states, the parent defines a value for the property which is inherited by
-  all descendants that do not explicitly assign a value to the property.
-  \code
-    QStateMachine machine;
-    machine.setGlobalRestorePolicy(QStateMachine::RestoreProperties);
-
-    QState *s1 = new QState();
-    s1->assignProperty(object, "fooBar", 1.0);
-    machine.addState(s1);
-    machine.setInitialState(s1);
-
-    QState *s2 = new QState(s1);
-    s2->assignProperty(object, "fooBar", 2.0);
-    s1->setInitialState(s2);
-
-    QState *s3 = new QState(s1);
-  \endcode
-
-  Here \c s1 has two children: \c s2 and \c s3. When \c s2 is entered, the property \c fooBar
-  will have the value 2.0, since this is explicitly defined for the state. When the machine is in
-  state \c s3, no value is defined for the state, but \c s1 defines the property to be 1.0, so this
-  is the value that will be assigned to \c fooBar.
-
-  \section1 Animating Property Assignments
-
-  The State Machine API connects with the Animation API in Qt to allow automatically animating
-  properties as they are assigned in states.
-
-  Say we have the following code:
-  \code
-    QState *s1 = new QState();
-    QState *s2 = new QState();
-
-    s1->assignProperty(button, "geometry", QRectF(0, 0, 50, 50));
-    s2->assignProperty(button, "geometry", QRectF(0, 0, 100, 100));
-
-    s1->addTransition(button, SIGNAL(clicked()), s2);
-  \endcode
-
-  Here we define two states of a user interface. In \c s1 the \c button is small, and in \c s2
-  it is bigger. If we click the button to transition from \c s1 to \c s2, the geometry of the button
-  will be set immediately when a given state has been entered. If we want the transition to be
-  smooth, however, all we need to do is make a QPropertyAnimation and add this to the transition
-  object.
-
-  \code
-    QState *s1 = new QState();
-    QState *s2 = new QState();
-
-    s1->assignProperty(button, "geometry", QRectF(0, 0, 50, 50));
-    s2->assignProperty(button, "geometry", QRectF(0, 0, 100, 100));
-
-    QSignalTransition *transition = s1->addTransition(button, SIGNAL(clicked()), s2);
-    transition->addAnimation(new QPropertyAnimation(button, "geometry"));
-  \endcode
-
-  Adding an animation for the property in question means that the property assignment will no
-  longer take immediate effect when the state has been entered. Instead, the animation will start
-  playing when the state has been entered and smoothly animate the property assignment. Since we
-  do not set the start value or end value of the animation, these will be set implicitly. The
-  start value of the animation will be the property's current value when the animation starts, and
-  the end value will be set based on the property assignments defined for the state.
-
-  If the global restore policy of the state machine is set to QStateMachine::RestoreProperties,
-  it is possible to also add animations for the property restorations.
-
-  \section1 Detecting That All Properties Have Been Set In A State
-
-  When animations are used to assign properties, a state no longer defines the exact values that a
-  property will have when the machine is in the given state. While the animation is running, the
-  property can potentially have any value, depending on the animation.
-
-  In some cases, it can be useful to be able to detect when the property has actually been assigned
-  the value defined by a state. For this, we can use the state's polished() signal.
-  \code
-    QState *s1 = new QState();
-    s1->assignProperty(button, "geometry", QRectF(0, 0, 50, 50));
-
-    QState *s2 = new QState();
-
-    s1->addTransition(s1, SIGNAL(polished()), s2);
-  \endcode
-
-  The machine will be in state \c s1 until the \c geometry property has been set. Then it will
-  immediately transition into \c s2. If the transition into \c s1 has an animation for the \c
-  geometry property, then the machine will stay in \c s1 until the animation has finished. If there
-  is no animation, it will simply set the property and immediately enter state \c s2.
-
-  Either way, when the machine is in state \c s2, the property \c geometry has been assigned the
-  defined value.
-
-  If the global restore policy is set to QStateMachine::RestoreProperties, the state will not emit
-  the polished() signal until these have been executed as well.
-
-  \section1 What happens if a state is exited before the animation has finished
-
-  If a state has property assignments, and the transition into the state has animations for the
-  properties, the state can potentially be exited before the properties have been assigned to the
-  values defines by the state. This is true in particular when there are transitions out from the
-  state that do not depend on the state being polished, as described in the previous section.
-
-  The State Machine API guarantees that a property assigned by the state machine either:
-  \list
-  \o Has a value explicitly assigned to the property.
-  \o Is currently being animated into a value explicitly assigned to the property.
-  \endlist
-
-  When a state is exited prior to the animation finishing, the behavior of the state machine depends
-  on the target state of the transition. If the target state explicitly assigns a value to the
-  property, no additional action will be taken. The property will be assigned the value defined by
-  the target state.
-
-  If the target state does not assign any value to the property, there are two
-  options: By default, the property will be assigned the value defined by the state it is leaving
-  (the value it would have been assigned if the animation had been permitted to finish playing.) If
-  a global restore policy is set, however, this will take precedence, and the property will be
-  restored as usual.
-
-  \section1 Default Animations
-
-  As described earlier, you can add animations to transitions to make sure property assignments
-  in the target state are animated. If you want a specific animation to be used for a given property
-  regardless of which transition is taken, you can add it as a default animation to the state
-  machine. This is in particular useful when the properties assigned (or restored) by specific
-  states is not known when the machine is constructed.
-
-  \code
-    QState *s1 = new QState();
-    QState *s2 = new QState();
-
-    s2->assignProperty(object, "fooBar", 2.0);
-    s1->addTransition(s2);
-
-    QStateMachine machine;
-    machine.setInitialState(s1);
-    machine.addDefaultAnimation(new QPropertyAnimation(object, "fooBar"));
-  \endcode
-
-  When the machine is in state \c s2, the machine will play the default animation for the
-  property \c fooBar since this property is assigned by \c s2.
-
-  Note that animations explicitly set on transitions will take precedence over any default
-  animation for the given property.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/styles.qdoc b/doc/src/styles.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index e6c6e8c..0000000
--- a/doc/src/styles.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2059 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page style-reference.html
-
-    \title Implementing Styles and Style Aware Widgets
-    \ingroup architecture
-    \brief An overview of styles and the styling of widgets.
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 Introduction
-
-    Styles (classes that inherit QStyle) draw on behalf of widgets
-    and encapsulate the look and feel of a GUI. Several styles are
-    built into Qt (e.g., windows style and motif style). Other styles are
-    only available on specific platforms (such as the windows XP style).
-    Custom styles are made available as plugins or by creating an
-    instance of the style class in an application and setting it with
-    QApplication::setStyle().
-
-    To implement a new style, you inherit one of Qt's existing styles
-    - the one most resembling the style you want to create - and
-    reimplement a few virtual functions. This process is somewhat
-    involved, and we therefore provide this overview. We give a
-    step-by-step walkthrough of how to style individual Qt widgets.
-    We will examine the QStyle virtual functions, member variables,
-    and enumerations.
-
-    The part of this document that does not concern the styling of
-    individual widgets is meant to be read sequentially because later
-    sections tend to depend on earlier ones. The description of the
-    widgets can be used for reference while implementing a style.
-    However, you may need to consult the Qt source code in some cases.
-    The sequence in the styling process should become clear after
-    reading this document, which will aid you in locating relevant code.
-
-    To develop style aware widgets (i.e., widgets that conform to
-    the style in which they are drawn), you need to draw them using the
-    current style. This document shows how widgets draw themselves
-    and which possibilities the style gives them.
-
-    \section1 The QStyle implementation
-
-    The API of QStyle contains functions that draw the widgets, static
-    helper functions to do common and difficult tasks (e.g.,
-    calculating the position of slider handles) and functions to do
-    the various calculations necessary while drawing (e.g., for the
-    widgets to calculate their size hints). The style also help some
-    widgets with the layout of their contents. In addition, it creates
-    a QPalette that contains \l{QBrush}es to draw with.
-
-    QStyle draws graphical elements; an element is a widget or a
-    widget part like a push button bevel, a window frame, or a scroll
-    bar. When a widget asks a style to draw an element, it provides the
-    style with a style option, which is a class that contains the
-    information necessary for drawing.
-
-    We will in the course of this section look at the style elements,
-    the style options, and the functions of QStyle. Finally, we describe
-    how the palette is used.
-
-    Items in item views is drawn by \l{Delegate Classes}{delegates} in
-    Qt. The item view headers are still drawn by the style. Qt's
-    default delegate, QStyledItemDelegate, draws its items partially
-    through the current style; it draws the check box indicators and
-    calculate bounding rectangles for the elements of which the item
-    consists. In this document, we only describe how to implement a
-    QStyle subclass. If you wish to add support for other datatypes
-    than those supported by the QStyledItemDelegate, you need to
-    implement a custom delegate. Note that delegates must be set
-    programmatically for each individual widget (i.e., default
-    delegates cannot be provided as plugins).
-
-    \section2 The Style Elements
-
-    A style element is a graphical part of a GUI. A widget consists
-    of a hierarchy (or tree) of style elements. For instance, when a
-    style receives a request to draw a push button (from QPushButton,
-    for example), it draws a label (text and icon), a button bevel,
-    and a focus frame. The button bevel, in turn, consists of a frame
-    around the bevel and two other elements, which we will look at
-    later. Below is a conceptual illustration of the push button
-    element tree. We will see the actual tree for QPushButton when we
-    go through the individual widgets.
-
-    \image javastyle/conceptualpushbuttontree.png
-
-    Widgets are not necessarily drawn by asking the style to draw
-    only one element. Widgets can make several calls to the style to
-    draw different elements. An example is QTabWidget, which draws its
-    tabs and frame individually.
-
-    There are three element types: primitive elements, control
-    elements, and complex control elements. The elements are defined
-    by the \l{QStyle::}{ComplexControl}, \l{QStyle::}{ControlElement},
-    and \l{QStyle::}{PrimitiveElement} enums. The values of
-    each element enum has a prefix to identify their type: \c{CC_} for
-    complex elements, \c{CE_} for control elements, and \c{PE_} for
-    primitive elements. We will in the following three sections see what
-    defines the different elements and see examples of widgets that use
-    them.
-
-    The QStyle class description contains a list of these elements and
-    their roles in styling widgets. We will see how they are used when
-    we style individual widgets.
-
-    \section3 Primitive Elements
-
-    Primitive elements are GUI elements that are common and often used
-    by several widgets. Examples of these are frames, button bevels,
-    and arrows for spin boxes, scroll bars, and combo boxes.
-    Primitive elements cannot exist on their own: they are always part
-    of a larger construct. They take no part in the interaction with
-    the user, but are passive decorations in the GUI.
-
-    \section3 Control Elements
-
-    A control element performs an action or displays information
-    to the user. Examples of control elements are push buttons, check
-    boxes, and header sections in tables and tree views. Control
-    elements are not necessarily complete widgets such as push
-    buttons, but can also be widget parts such as tab bar tabs and
-    scroll bar sliders. They differ from primitive elements in that
-    they are not passive, but fill a function in the interaction with
-    the user. Controls that consist of several elements often use the
-    style to calculate the bounding rectangles of the elements. The
-    available sub elements are defined by the \l{QStyle::}{SubElement}
-    enum. This enum is only used for calculating bounding rectangles,
-    and sub elements are as such not graphical elements to be drawn
-    like primitive, control, and complex elements.
-
-    \section3 Complex Control Elements
-
-    Complex control elements contain sub controls. Complex controls
-    behave differently depending on where the user handles them with
-    the mouse and which keyboard keys are pressed. This is dependent
-    on which sub control (if any) that the mouse is over or received a
-    mouse press. Examples of complex controls are scroll bars and
-    combo boxes. With a scroll bar, you can use the mouse to move the
-    slider and press the line up and line down buttons. The available
-    sub controls are defined by the \l{QStyle}{SubControl} enum.
-
-    In addition to drawing, the style needs to provide the widgets
-    with information on which sub control (if any) a mouse press was
-    made on. For instance, a QScrollBar needs to know if the user
-    pressed the slider, the slider groove, or one of the buttons.
-
-    Note that sub controls are not the same as the control elements
-    described in the previous section. You cannot use the style to
-    draw a sub control; the style will only calculate the bounding
-    rectangle in which the sub control should be drawn. It is common,
-    though, that complex elements use control and primitive elements
-    to draw their sub controls, which is an approach that is
-    frequently used by the built-in styles in Qt and also the Java
-    style. For instance, the Java style uses PE_IndicatorCheckBox to
-    draw the check box in group boxes (which is a sub control of
-    CC_GroupBox). Some sub controls have an equivalent control element,
-    e.g., the scroll bar slider (SC_SCrollBarSlider and
-    CE_ScrollBarSlider).
-
-    \section3 Other QStyle Tasks
-
-    The style elements and widgets, as mentioned, use the style to
-    calculate bounding rectangles of sub elements and sub controls,
-    and pixel metrics, which is a style dependent size in screen
-    pixels, for measures when drawing. The available rectangles and
-    pixel metrics are represented by three enums in QStyle:
-    \l{QStyle::}{SubElement}, \l{QStyle::}{SubControl}, and
-    \l{QStyle::}{PixelMetric}. Values of the enums can easily by
-    identified as they start with SE_, SC_ and PM_.
-
-    The style also contain a set of style hints, which is
-    represented as values in the \l{QStyle::}{StyleHint} enum. All
-    widgets do not have the same functionality and look in the
-    different styles. For instance, when the menu items in a menu do not
-    fit in a single column on the screen, some styles support
-    scrolling while others draw more than one column to fit all items.
-
-    A style usually has a set of standard images (such as a warning, a
-    question, and an error image) for message boxes, file dialogs,
-    etc. QStyle provides the \l{QStyle::}{StandardPixmap} enum. Its
-    values represent the standard images. Qt's widgets use these, so
-    when you implement a custom style you should supply the images
-    used by the style that is being implemented.
-
-    The style calculates the spacing between widgets in layouts. There
-    are two ways the style can handle these calculations. You can set
-    the PM_LayoutHorizontalSpacing and PM_LayoutVerticalSpacing, which
-    is the way the java style does it (through QCommonStyle).
-    Alternatively, you can implement QStyle::layoutSpacing() and
-    QStyle::layoutSpacingImplementation() if you need more control over 
-    this part of the layout. In these functions you can calculate the
-    spacing based on control types (QSizePolicy::ControlType) for
-    different size policies (QSizePolicy::Policy) and also the style
-    option for the widget in question.
-
-    \section2 Style Options
-
-    A style option (a class that inherit QStyleOption) stores
-    parameters used by QStyle functions. The sub-classes of
-    QStyleOption contain all information necessary to style the
-    individual widgets. The style options keep public variables for
-    performance reasons. Style options are filled out by the widgets.
-
-    The widgets can be in a number of different states, which are
-    defined by the \l{QStyle::}{State} enum. Some of the state flags have
-    different meanings depending on the widget, but others are common
-    for all widgets like State_Disabled. It is QStyleOption that sets
-    the common states with QStyleOption::initFrom(); the rest of the
-    states are set by the individual widgets.
-
-    Most notably, the style options contain the palette and bounding
-    rectangles of the widgets to be drawn. Most widgets have
-    specialized style options. QPushButton and QCheckBox, for
-    instance, use QStyleOptionButton as style option, which contain
-    the text, icon, and the size of their icon. The exact contents of
-    all options are described when we go through individual widgets.
-
-    \section2 QStyle Functions
-
-    The QStyle class defines three functions for drawing the primitive,
-    control, and complex elements:
-    \l{QStyle::}{drawPrimitive()},
-    \l{QStyle::}{drawControl()}, and
-    \l{QStyle::}{drawComplexControl()}. The functions takes the
-    following parameters:
-
-    \list
-        \o the enum value of the element to draw
-        \o a QStyleOption which contains the information needed to
-           draw the element.
-        \o a QPainter with which to draw the element.
-        \o a pointer to a QWidget, typically the widget
-           that the element is painted on.
-    \endlist
-
-    Not all widgets send a pointer to themselves. If the style
-    option sent to the function does not contain the information you
-    need, you should check the widget implementation to see if it
-    sends a pointer to itself.
-
-    The QStyle class also provides helper functions that are used
-    when drawing the elements. The \l{QStyle::}{drawItemText()}
-    function draws text within a specified rectangle and taking a
-    QPalette as a parameter. The \l{QStyle::}{drawItemPixmap()}
-    function helps to align a pixmap within a specified bounding
-    rectangle.
-
-    Other QStyle functions do various calculations for the
-    functions that draw. The widgets also use these functions for
-    calculating size hints and also for bounding rectangle
-    calculations if they draw several style elements themselves.
-    As with the functions that draw elements the helper functions
-    typically takes the same arguments.
-
-    \list
-        \o The \l{QStyle::}{subElementRect()} function takes a
-        \l{QStyle::}{SubElement} enum value, and calculates a bounding
-        rectangle for a sub element. The style uses this function to
-        know where to draw the different parts of an element. This is
-        mainly done for reuse. If you create a new style, you can use
-        the same location of sub elements as the super class.
-
-        \o The \l{QStyle::}{subControlRect()} function is used to
-        calculate bounding rectangles for sub controls in complex
-        controls. When you implement a new style, you reimplement \c
-        subControlRect() and calculate the rectangles that are different
-        from the super class.
-
-        \o The \l{QStyle::}{pixelMetric()} function returns a pixel
-        metric, which is a style dependent size given in screen
-        pixels. It takes a value of the \l{QStyle::}{PixelMetric} enum
-        and returns the correct measure. Note that pixel metrics do
-        not necessarily have to be static measures, but can be
-        calculated with, for example, the style option.
-
-        \o The \l{QStyle::}{hitTestComplexControl()} function returns the
-        sub control that the mouse pointer is over in a complex control.
-        Usually, this is simply a matter of using
-        \l{QStyle::}{subControlRect()} to get the bounding rectangles of
-        the sub controls, and see which rectangle contains the position of
-        the cursor.
-    \endlist
-
-    QStyle also have the functions \l{QStyle::}{polish()} and
-    \l{QStyle::}{unpolish()}. All widgets are sent to the \c polish()
-    function before being shown and to \c unpolish() when they
-    are hidden. You can use these functions to set attributes on the
-    widgets or do other work that is required by your style. For
-    instance, if you need to know when the mouse is hovering over the
-    widget, you need to set the \l{Qt::}{WA_Hover} widget attribute.
-    The State_MouseOver state flag will then be set in the widget's
-    style options.
-
-    QStyle has a few static helper functions that do some common and
-    difficult tasks. They can calculate the position of a slider
-    handle from the value of the slider and transform rectangles
-    and draw text considering reverse layouts; see the QStyle
-    class documentation for more details.
-
-    The usual approach when one reimplements QStyle virtual
-    functions is to do work on elements that are different from the
-    super class; for all other elements, you can simply use the super
-    class implementation.
-
-    \section2 The Palette
-
-    Each style provides a color - that is, QBrush - palette that
-    should be used for drawing the widgets. There is one set of colors
-    for the different widget states (QPalette::ColorGroup): active
-    (widgets in the window that has keyboard focus), inactive (widgets
-    used for other windows), and disabled (widgets that are set
-    disabled). The states can be found by querying the State_Active
-    and State_Enabled state flags. Each set contains color certain
-    roles given by the QPalette::ColorRole enum. The roles describe in
-    which situations the colors should be used (e.g., for painting
-    widget backgrounds, text, or buttons).
-
-    How the color roles are used is up to the style. For instance, if
-    the style uses gradients, one can use a palette color and make it
-    darker or lighter with QColor::darker() and QColor::lighter() to
-    create the gradient. In general, if you need a brush that is not
-    provided by the palette, you should try to derive it from one.
-
-    QPalette, which provides the palette, stores colors for
-    different widget states and color roles. The palette for a style
-    is returned by \l{QStyle::}{standardPalette()}. The standard
-    palette is not installed automatically when a new style is set
-    on the application (QApplication::setStyle()) or widget
-    (QWidget::setStyle()), so you must set the palette yourself
-    with (QApplication::setPalette()) or (QWidget::setPalette()).
-
-    It is not recommended to hard code colors as applications and
-    individual widgets can set their own palette and also use the
-    styles palette for drawing. Note that none of Qt's widgets set
-    their own palette. The java style does hard code some colors, but
-    its author looks past this in silence. Of course, it is not
-    intended that the style should look good with any palette.
-
-    \section2 Implementation Issues
-
-    When you implement styles, there are several issues to
-    consider. We will give some hints and advice on implementation
-    here.
-
-    When implementing styles, it is necessary to look through the
-    code of the widgets and code of the base class and its ancestors.
-    This is because the widgets use the style differently, because the
-    implementation in the different styles virtual functions can
-    affect the state of the drawing (e.g., by altering the QPainter
-    state without restoring it and drawing some elements without using
-    the appropriate pixel metrics and sub elements).
-
-    It is recommended that the styles do not alter the proposed size
-    of widgets with the QStyle::sizeFromContents() function but let
-    the QCommonStyle implementation handle it. If changes need to be
-    made, you should try to keep them small; application development
-    may be difficult if the layout of widgets looks considerably
-    different in the various styles.
-
-    We recommend using the QPainter directly for drawing, i.e., not
-    use pixmaps or images. This makes it easier for the style conform
-    to the palette (although you can set your own color table on a
-    QImage with \l{QImage::}{setColorTable()}).
-
-    It is, naturally, possible to draw elements without using the
-    style to draw the sub elements as intended by Qt. This is
-    discouraged as custom widgets may depend on these sub elements to
-    be implemented correctly. The widget walkthrough shows how Qt
-    uses the sub elements.
-
-    \section1 Java Style
-
-    We have implemented a style that resembles the Java default look
-    and feel (previously known as Metal). We have done this as it is
-    relatively simple to implement and we wanted to build a style for
-    this overview document. To keep it simple and not to extensive, we
-    have simplified the style somewhat, but Qt is perfectly able to
-    make an exact copy of the style. However, there are no concrete
-    plans to implement the style as a part of Qt.
-
-    In this section we will have a look at some implementation
-    issues. Finally, we will see a complete example on the styling of
-    a Java widget. We will continue to use the java style
-    throughout the document for examples and widget images. The
-    implementation itself is somewhat involved, and it is not
-    intended that you should read through it.
-
-    \section2 Design and Implementation
-
-    The first step in designing the style was to select the base
-    class. We chose to subclass QWindowsStyle. This class implements
-    most of the functionality we need other than performing the actual
-    drawing. Also, windows and java share layout of sub controls for
-    several of the complex controls (which reduces the amount of code
-    required considerably).
-
-    The style is implemented in one class. We have done this
-    because we find it convenient to keep all code in one file. Also,
-    it is an advantage with regards to optimization as we instantiate
-    less objects. We also keep the number of functions at a minimum by
-    using switches to identify which element to draw in the functions.
-    This results in large functions, but since we divide the code for
-    each element in the switches, the code should still be easy to
-    read.
-
-    \section2 Limitations and Differences from Java
-
-    We have not fully implemented every element in the Java style.
-    This way, we have reduced the amount and complexity of the code.
-    In general, the style was intended as a practical example for
-    this style overview document, and not to be a part of Qt
-    itself.
-
-    Not all widgets have every state implemented. This goes for
-    states that are common, e.g., State_Disabled. Each state is,
-    however, implemented for at least one widget.
-
-    We have only implemented ticks below the slider. Flat push
-    buttons are also left out. We do not handle the case where the
-    title bars and dock window titles grows to small for their
-    contents, but simply draw sub controls over each other.
-
-    We have not tried to emulate the Java fonts. Java and Qt use very
-    different font engines, so we don't consider it worth the effort
-    as we only use the style as an example for this overview.
-
-    We have hardcoded the colors (we don't use the QPalette) for
-    the linear gradients, which are used, for example, for button
-    bevels, tool bars, and check boxes. This is because the Java
-    palette cannot produce these colors. Java does not change these
-    colors based on widget color group or role anyway (they are not
-    dependent on the palette), so it does not present a problem in any
-    case.
-
-    It is Qt's widgets that are styled. Some widgets do not exist
-    at all in Java, e.g., QToolBox. Others contain elements that the
-    Java widgets don't. The tree widget is an example of the latter in
-    which Java's JTree does not have a header.
-
-    The style does not handle reverse layouts. We assume that the
-    layout direction is left to right. QWindowsStyle handles reverse
-    widgets; if we implemented reverse layouts, widgets that we change
-    the position of sub elements, or handle text alignment in labels
-    our selves would need to be updated.
-
-    \section2 Styling Java Check Boxes
-
-    As an example, we will examine the styling of check boxes in the
-    java style. We describe the complete process and print all code in
-    both the java style and Qt classes involved. In the rest of this
-    document, we will not examine the source code of the individual
-    widgets. Hopefully, this will give you an idea on how to search
-    through the code if you need to check specific implementation
-    details; most widgets follow the same structure as the check
-    boxes. We have edited the QCommonStyle code somewhat to remove
-    code that is not directly relevant for check box styling.
- 
-    We start with a look at how QCheckBox builds it style option,
-    which is QStyleOptionButton for checkboxes:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_styles.qdoc 0
-
-    First we let QStyleOption set up the option with the information
-    that is common for all widgets with \c initFrom().  We will look at
-    this shortly.
-
-    The down boolean is true when the user press the box down; this is
-    true whether the box is checked or not of the checkbox.  The
-    State_NoChange state is set when we have a tristate checkbox and
-    it is partially checked. It has State_On if the box is checked and
-    State_Off if it is unchecked. State_MouseOver is set if the mouse
-    hovers over the checkbox and the widget has attribute Qt::WA_Hover
-    set - you set this in QStyle::polish(). In addition, the style
-    option also contains the text, icon, and icon size of the button.
-
-    \l{QStyleOption::}{initFrom()} sets up the style option with the
-    attributes that are common for all widgets. We print its
-    implementation here:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_styles.qdoc 1
-
-    The State_Enabled is set when the widget is enabled. When the
-    widget has focus the State_HasFocus flag is set. Equally, the
-    State_Active flag is set when the widget is a child of the active
-    window. The State_MouseOver will only be set if the widget has
-    the WA_HoverEnabled windows flag set. Notice that keypad
-    navigation must be enabled in Qt for the State_HasEditFocus to
-    be included; it is not included by default.
-
-    In addition to setting state flags the QStyleOption contains
-    other information about the widget: \c direction is the layout
-    direction of the layout, \c rect is the bounding rectangle of the
-    widget (the area in which to draw), \c palette is the QPalette
-    that should be used for drawing the widget, and \c fontMetrics is
-    the metrics of the font that is used by the widget.
-
-    We give an image of a checkbox and the style option to match
-    it.
-
-    \image javastyle/checkboxexample.png A java style checkbox
-
-    The above checkbox will have the following state flags in its
-    style option:
-
-    \table 90%
-    \header
-        \o State flag
-        \o Set
-    \row
-        \o State_Sunken
-        \o Yes
-    \row
-        \o State_NoChange
-        \o No
-    \row
-        \o State_On
-        \o Yes
-    \row
-        \o State_Off
-        \o No
-    \row
-        \o State_MouseOver
-        \o Yes
-    \row
-        \o State_Enabled
-        \o Yes
-    \row
-        \o State_HasFocus
-        \o Yes
-    \row
-        \o State_KeyboardFocusChange
-        \o No
-    \row
-        \o State_Active
-        \o Yes
-    \endtable
-
-    The QCheckBox paints itself in QWidget::paintEvent() with
-    style option \c opt and QStylePainter \c p. The QStylePainter
-    class is a convenience class to draw style elements. Most
-    notably, it wraps the methods in QStyle used for painting. The
-    QCheckBox draws itself as follows:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_styles.qdoc 2
-
-    QCommonStyle handles the CE_CheckBox element. The QCheckBox
-    has two sub elements: SE_CheckBoxIndicator (the checked indicator)
-    and SE_CheckBoxContents (the contents, which is used for the
-    checkbox label). QCommonStyle also implements these sub element
-    bounding rectangles. We have a look at the QCommonStyle code:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_styles.qdoc 3
-
-    As can be seen from the code extract, the common style gets
-    the bounding rectangles of the two sub elements of
-    CE_CheckBox, and then draws them. If the checkbox has focus,
-    the focus frame is also drawn.
-
-    The java style draws CE_CheckBoxIndicator, while QCommonStyle
-    handles CE_CheckboxLabel. We will examine each implementation and
-    start with CE_CheckBoxLabel:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_styles.qdoc 4
-
-    \l{QStyle::}{visualAlignment()} adjusts the alignment of text
-    according to the layout direction. We then draw an icon if it
-    exists, and adjust the space left for the text.
-    \l{QStyle::}{drawItemText()} draws the text taking alignment,
-    layout direction, and the mnemonic into account. It also uses the
-    palette to draw the text in the right color.
-
-    The drawing of labels often get somewhat involved. Luckily, it
-    can usually be handled by the base class. The java style
-    implements its own push button label since Java-contrary to
-    windows-center button contents also when the button has an icon.
-    You can examine that implementation if you need an example of
-    reimplementing label drawing.
-
-    We take a look at the java implementation
-    of CE_CheckBoxIndicator in \c drawControl():
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/javastyle.cpp 0
-
-    We first save the state of the painter. This is not always
-    necessary but in this case the QWindowsStyle needs the painter in
-    the same state as it was when PE_IndicatorCheckBox was called (We
-    could also set the state with function calls, of course). We then
-    use \c drawButtonBackground() to draw the background of the check
-    box indicator. This is a helper function that draws the background
-    and also the frame of push buttons and check boxes. We take a look
-    at that function below. We then check if the mouse is hovering
-    over the checkbox. If it is, we draw the frame java checkboxes
-    have when the box is not pressed down and the mouse is over it.
-    You may note that java does not handle tristate boxes, so we have
-    not implemented it.
-
-    Here we use a png image for our indicator. We could also check
-    here if the widget is disabled. We would then have to use
-    another image with the indicator in the disabled color.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/javastyle.cpp 1
-
-    We have seen how check boxes are styled in the java style from the
-    widget gets a paint request to the style is finished painting. To
-    learn in detail how each widget is painted, you need to go through
-    the code step-by-step as we have done here.  However, it is
-    usually enough to know which style elements the widgets draw. The
-    widget builds a style option and calls on the style one or more
-    times to draw the style elements of which it consists. Usually,
-    it is also sufficient to know the states a widget can be in and the
-    other contents of the style option, i.e., what we list in the next
-    section.
-
-    \section1 Widget Walkthrough
-
-    In this section, we will examine how most of Qt's widgets are
-    styled.  Hopefully, this will save you some time and effort while
-    developing your own styles and widgets. You will not find
-    information here that is not attainable elsewhere (i.e., by
-    examining the source code or the class descriptions for the style
-    related classes).
-
-    We mostly use java style widgets as examples. The java style does not
-    draw every element in the element trees. This is because they are
-    not visible for that widget in the java style. We still make sure
-    that all elements are implemented in a way that conforms with the
-    java style as custom widgets might need them (this does not
-    exclude leaving implementations to QWindowsStyle though).
-
-    The following is given for each widget:
-
-    \list
-        \o A table with the members (variables, etc.) of its style option.
-        \o A table over the state flags (QStyle::StateFlag) that
-           can be set on the widget and when the states are set.
-        \o Its element tree (see section \l{The Style Elements}).
-        \o An image of the widget in which the elements are outlined.
-        \omit This is not written yet - probably never will be
-              either
-        \o List of style hints that should be checked for the
-           widget.
-        \o List of standard pixmaps that could be used by the
-           elements.
-        \endomit
-    \endlist
-
-    The element tree contains the primitive, control, and complex
-    style elements. By doing a top-down traversal of the element tree,
-    you get the sequence in which the elements should be drawn. In the
-    nodes, we have written the sub element rectangles, sub control
-    elements, and pixel metrics that should be considered when drawing
-    the element of the node.
-
-    Our approach on styling center on the drawing of the widgets. The
-    calculations of sub elements rectangles, sub controls, and pixel
-    metrics used \bold during drawing is only listed as contents in
-    the element trees. Note that there are rectangles and pixel
-    metrics that are only used by widgets. This leaves these
-    calculations untreated in the walkthrough. For instance, the
-    \l{QStyle::}{subControlRect()} and
-    \l{QStyle::}{sizeFromContents()} functions often call
-    \l{QStyle::}{subElementRect()} to calculate their bounding
-    rectangles. We could draw trees for this as well. However, how
-    these calculations are done is completely up to the individual
-    styles, and they do not have to follow a specific structure (Qt
-    does not impose a specific structure). You should still make sure
-    that you use the appropriate pixel metrics, though. To limit the
-    size of the document, we have therefore chosen not to include
-    trees or describe the calculations made by the Java (or any other)
-    style.
-
-    You may be confused about how the different pixel metrics, sub
-    element rectangles, and sub control rectangles should be used when
-    examining the trees. If you are in doubt after reading the QStyle
-    enum descriptions, we suggest that you examine the QCommonStyle
-    and QWindowsStyle implementations.
-
-    Some of the bounding rectangles that we outline in the widget
-    images are equal. Reasons for this are that some elements draw
-    backgrounds while others draw frames and labels. If in doubt,
-    check the description of each element in QStyle. Also, some
-    elements are there to layout, i.e., decide where to draw, other
-    elements.
-
-    \section2 Common Widget Properties
-
-    Some states and variables are common for all widgets. These are
-    set with QStyleOption::initFrom(). Not all elements use this function;
-    it is the widgets that create the style options, and for some
-    elements the information from \l{QStyleOption::}{initFrom()} is not
-    necessary.
-
-    A table with the common states follows:
-
-    \table 90%
-        \header
-            \o State
-            \o State Set When
-        \row
-            \o State_Enabled
-            \o Set if the widget is not disabled (see
-               QWidget::setEnabled())
-        \row
-            \o State_Focus
-            \o Set if the widget has focus (see
-               QWidget::hasFocus())
-        \row
-            \o State_KeyobordFocusChange
-            \o Set when the user changes focus with the keyboard
-               (see Qt::WA_KeyboardFocusChange)
-        \row
-            \o State_MouseOver
-            \o Set if the mouse cursor is over the widget
-        \row
-            \o State_Active
-            \o Set if the widget is a child of the active window.
-        \row
-            \o State_HasEditFocus
-            \o Set if the widget has the edit focus
-    \endtable
-
-    The other common members for widgets are:
-
-    \table 90%
-        \header
-            \o Member
-            \o Content
-        \row
-            \o rect
-            \o The bounding rectangle of the element to draw. This
-               is set to the widget bounding rectangle
-               (QWidget::rect()).
-        \row
-            \o direction
-            \o The layout direction; a value of the
-               Qt::LayoutDirection enum.
-        \row
-            \o palette
-            \o The QPalette to use when drawing the element. This
-               is set to the widgets palette (QWidget::palette()).
-        \row
-            \o fontMetrics
-            \o The QFontMetrics to use when drawing text on the
-               widget.
-    \endtable
-
-    The complex style options (classes that inherit
-    QStyleOptionComplex) used for complex style elements share two
-    variables: \l{QStyleOptionComplex::}{subControls} and
-    \l{QStyleOptionComplex::}{activeSubControls}. Both variables are
-    an OR'ed combination of QStyle::SubControl enum values. They
-    indicate which sub controls the complex control consists of and
-    which of these controls are currently active.
-
-    As mentioned, the style calculates the size of the widgets
-    contents, which the widgets calculate their size hints from. In
-    addition, complex controls also use the style to test which
-    sub-controls the mouse is over. 
-
-    \section2 Widget Reference
-
-    Without further delay, we present the widget walkthrough; each
-    widget has its own sub-section.
-
-    \section3 Push Buttons
-
-    The style structure for push buttons is shown below. By doing a
-    top-down traversal of the tree, you get the sequence in which the
-    elements should be drawn.
-
-    \image javastyle/pushbutton.png The style structure for push buttons
-
-    The layout of the buttons, with regard element bounds, varies from
-    style to style. This makes it difficult to show conceptual images
-    of this. Also, elements may - even be intended to - have the same
-    bounds; the PE_PushButtonBevel, for instance, is used in
-    QCommonStyle to draw the elements that contains it:
-    PE_FrameDefaultButton, PE_FrameButtonBevel, and
-    PE_PanelButtonCommand, all of which have the same bounds in common
-    and windows style.  PE_PushButtonBevel is also responsible for
-    drawing the menu indicator (QCommonStyle draws
-    PE_IndicatorArrowDown).
-
-    An image of a push button in the java style that show the bounding
-    rectangles of the elements is given below. Colors are used to
-    separate the bounding rectangles in the image; they do not fill
-    any other purpose. This is also true for similar images for the
-    other widgets.
-
-    \image javastyle/button.png
-
-    The java style, as well as all other styles implemented in Qt,
-    does not use PE_FrameButtonBevel. It is usual that a button
-    with a PE_DefaultFrame adjusts the PE_PanelButtonCommand's
-    rectangle by PM_ButtonDefaultIndicator. The CE_PushButtonLabel
-    is found by adjusting the rect by PM_DefaultFrameWidth.
-
-    We will now examine the style option for push
-    buttons - QStyleOptionButton. A table for the states that
-    QPushButton can set on the style option follows:
-
-    \table 90%
-        \header
-            \o State
-            \o State Set When
-        \row
-            \o State_Sunken
-            \o Button is down or menu is pressed shown
-        \row
-            \o State_On
-            \o Button is checked
-        \row
-            \o State_Raised
-            \o Button is not flat and not pressed down
-    \endtable
-
-    Other members of QStyleOptionButton is:
-
-    \table 90%
-        \header
-            \o Member
-            \o Content
-        \row
-            \o features
-            \o Flags of the QStyleOptionButton::ButtonFeatures enum,
-               which describes various button properties (see enum)
-        \row
-            \o icon
-            \o The buttons QIcon (if any)
-        \row
-            \o iconSize
-            \o The QSize of the icon
-        \row
-            \o text
-            \o a QString with the buttons text
-    \endtable
-
-    \section3 Check and Radio Buttons
-
-    The structures for radio and check buttons are identical.
-    We show the structure using QCheckBox element and pixel
-    metric names:
-
-    \image javastyle/checkbox.png
-
-    QStyleOptionButton is used as the style option for both check
-    and radio buttons. We first give a table of the states that
-    can be set in the option:
-
-    \table 90%
-        \header
-            \o State
-            \o State Set When
-        \row
-            \o State_sunken
-            \o The box is pressed down
-        \row
-            \o State_NoChange
-            \o The box is partially checked (for tristate
-               checkboxes.)
-        \row
-            \o State_On
-            \o The box is checked
-        \row
-            \o State_Off
-            \o The box is unchecked
-    \endtable
-
-    See \l{Push Buttons} for a table over other members in the
-    QStyleOptionButtonClass.
-
-    \section3 Tabs
-
-    In Qt, QTabBar uses the style to draw its tabs. Tabs exist either
-    in a QTabWidget, which contains a QTabBar, or as a separate bar.
-    If the bar is not part of a tab widget, it draws its own base.
-
-    QTabBar lays out the tabs, so the style does not have control over
-    tab placement. However, while laying out its tabs, the bar asks
-    the style for PM_TabBarTabHSpace and PM_TabBarTabVSpace, which is
-    extra width and height over the minimum size of the tab bar tab
-    label (icon and text). The style can also further influence the
-    tab size before it is laid out, as the tab bar asks for
-    CT_TabBarTab. The bounding rectangle of the bar is decided by the
-    tab widget when it is part of the widget (still considering
-    CT_TabBarTab).
-
-    The tab bar is responsible for drawing the buttons that appear on
-    the tab bar when all tabs do not fit. Their placement is not
-    controlled by the style, but the buttons are \l{QToolButton}s
-    and are therefore drawn by the style.
-
-    Here is the style structure for QTabWidget and QTabBar:
-
-    \image javastyle/tab.png
-
-    The dotted lines indicate that the QTabWidget contains a tab bar,
-    but does not draw it itself, that QTabBar only draws its base line
-    when not part of a tab widget, and that the tab bar keeps two tool
-    buttons that scroll the bar when all tabs do not fit; see \l{Tool
-    Buttons} for their element tree. Also note that since the buttons
-    are children of the tab bar, they are drawn after the bar. The
-    tabs bounding rectangles overlap the base by PM_TabBarBaseOverlap.
-
-    Here is a tab widget in the java style:
-
-    \image javastyle/tabwidget.png
-
-    In the java style (and also windows), the tab bar shape and label
-    have the same bounding rectangle as CE_TabBarTab. Notice that the
-    tabs overlap with the tab widget frame. The base of the tab bar
-    (if drawn) is the area where the tabs and frame overlap.
-
-    The style option for tabs (QStyleOptionTab) contains the necessary
-    information for drawing tabs. The option contains the position of
-    the tab in the tab bar, the position of the selected tab, the
-    shape of the tab, the text, and icon. After Qt 4.1 the option
-    should be cast to a QStyleOptionTabV2, which also contains the
-    icons size.
-
-    As the java style tabs don't overlap, we also present an image of
-    a tab widget in the windows style. Note that if you want the tabs
-    to overlap horizontally, you do that when drawing the tabs in
-    CE_TabBarTabShape; the tabs bounding rectangles will not be
-    altered by the tab bar. The tabs are drawn from left to right in a
-    north tab bar shape, top to bottom in an east tab bar shape, etc.
-    The selected tab is drawn last, so that it is easy to draw it over
-    the other tabs (if it is to be bigger).
-
-    \image javastyle/windowstabimage.png
-
-    A table of the states a tab bar can set on its tabs follows:
-
-    \table 90%
-        \header
-            \o State
-            \o State Set When
-        \row
-            \o State_Sunken
-            \o The tab is pressed on with the mouse.
-        \row
-            \o State_Selected
-            \o If it is the current tab.
-        \row
-            \o State_HasFocus
-            \o The tab bar has focus and the tab is selected
-    \endtable
-
-    Note that individual tabs may be disabled even if the tab bar
-    is not. The tab will be active if the tab bar is active.
-
-    Here follows a table of QStyleOptionTabV2's members:
-
-    \table 90%
-        \header
-            \o Member
-            \o Content
-        \row
-            \o cornerWidgets
-            \o Is flags of the CornerWidget enum, which indicate
-               if and which corner widgets the tab bar has.
-        \row
-            \o icon
-            \o The QIcon of the tab
-        \row
-            \o iconSize
-            \o The QSize of the icon
-        \row
-            \o position
-            \o A TabPosition enum value that indicates the tabs
-               position on the bar relative to the other tabs.
-        \row
-            \o row
-            \o holds which row the tab is in
-        \row
-            \o selectedPosition
-            \o A value of the SelectedPosition enum that indicates
-               whether the selected tab is adjacent to or is the
-               tab.
-        \row
-            \o shape
-            \o A value of the QTabBar::Shape enum indication
-               whether the tab has rounded or triangular corners
-               and the orientation of the tab.
-        \row
-            \o text
-            \o The tab text
-    \endtable
-
-    The frame for tab widgets use QStyleOptionTabWidgetFrame as
-    style option. We list its members here. It does not have
-    states set besides the common flags.
-
-    \table 90%
-        \header
-            \o Member
-            \o content
-        \row
-            \o leftCornerWidgetSize
-            \o The QSize of the left corner widget (if any).
-        \row
-            \o rightCornerWidgetSize
-            \o The QSize of the right corner widget (if any).
-        \row
-            \o lineWidth
-            \o holds the line with for drawing the panel.
-        \row
-            \o midLineWith
-            \o this value is currently always 0.
-        \row
-            \o shape
-            \o The shape of the tabs on the tab bar.
-        \row
-            \o tabBarSize
-            \o The QSize of the tab bar.
-    \endtable
-
-    \section3 Scroll Bars
-
-    Here is the style structure for scrollBars:
-
-    \image javastyle/scrollbar.png
-
-    QScrollBar simply creates its style option and then draws
-    CC_ScrollBar. Some styles draw the background of add page and sub
-    page with PE_PanelButtonBevel and also use indicator arrows to
-    draw the arrows in the nest and previous line indicators; we have
-    not included these in the tree as their use is up to the
-    individual style. The style's PM_MaximumDragDistance is the
-    maximum distance in pixels the mouse can move from the bounds
-    of the scroll bar and still move the handle.
-
-    Here is an image of a scrollbar in the java style:
-
-    \image javastyle/scrollbarimage.png
-
-    You may notice that the scrollbar is slightly different from
-    Java's as it has two line up indicators. We have done this to show
-    how that you can have two separate bounding rectangles for a
-    single sub control. The scroll bar is an example of a widget that
-    is entirely implemented by the java style - neither QWindowsStyle
-    nor QCommonStyle are involved in the drawing.
-
-    We have a look at the different states a scroll bar can set on
-    the style option:
-
-    \table 90%
-        \header
-            \o State
-            \o State Set When
-        \row
-            \o State_Horizontal
-            \o The scroll bar is horizontal
-    \endtable
-
-    The style option of QScrollBar is QStyleOptionSlider. Its
-    members are listed in the following table. The option is used
-    by all \l{QAbstractSlider}s; we only describe the members
-    relevant for scroll bars here.
-
-    \table 90%
-        \header
-            \o Member
-            \o Content
-        \row
-            \o maximum
-            \o the maximum value of the scroll bar
-        \row
-            \o minimum
-            \o the minimum value of the scroll bar
-        \row
-            \o notchTarget
-            \o the number of pixels between notches
-        \row
-            \o orientation
-            \o a value of the Qt::Orientation enum that specifies
-               whether the scroll bar is vertical or horizontal
-        \row
-            \o pageStep
-            \o the number to increase or decrease the sliders
-               value (relative to the size of the slider and its value
-               range) on page steps.
-        \row
-            \o singleStep
-            \o the number to increase or decrease the sliders
-               value on single (or line) steps
-        \row
-            \o sliderValue
-            \o The value of the slider
-        \row
-            \o sliderPosition
-            \o the position of the slider handle. This is the same
-               as \c sliderValue if the scroll bar is
-               QAbstractSlider::tracking. If not, the scroll
-               bar does not update its value before the mouse
-               releases the handle.
-        \row
-            \o upsideDown
-            \o holds the direction in which the scroll bar
-               increases its value. This is used instead of
-               QStyleOption::direction for all abstract sliders.
-    \endtable
-
-    \section3 Sliders
-
-    When calculating the sliders size hint, PM_SliderTickness and
-    PM_SliderLength is queried from the style. As with scroll bars,
-    the QSlider only lets the user move the handle if the mouse is
-    within PM_MaximumDragDistance from the slider bounds. When it
-    draws itself it creates the style option and calls \c
-    drawComplexControl() with CC_Slider:
-
-    \image javastyle/slider.png
-
-    We also show a picture of a slider in the java style. We show
-    the bounding rectangles of the sub elements as all drawing is done
-    in CC_Slider.
-
-    \image javastyle/sliderimage.png
-
-    QSlider uses QStyleOptionSlider as all \l{QAbstractSlider}s do. We
-    present a table with the members that affect QSlider:
-
-    \table 90%
-        \header
-            \o Member
-            \o Content
-        \row
-            \o maximum
-            \o the maximum value of the slider
-        \row
-            \o minimum
-            \o the minimum value of the slider
-        \row
-            \o notchTarget
-            \o this is the number of pixels between each notch
-        \row
-            \o orientation
-            \o a Qt::Orientation enum value that gives whether the
-               slider is vertical or horizontal.
-        \row
-            \o pageStep
-            \o a number in slider value to increase or decrease
-               for page steps
-        \row
-            \o singleStep
-            \o the number to increase or decrease the sliders
-               value on single (or line) steps.
-        \row
-            \o sliderValue
-            \o the value of the slider.
-        \row
-            \o sliderPosition
-            \o the position of the slider given as a slider value.
-               This  will be equal to the \c sliderValue if the
-               slider is \l{QAbstractSlider::}{tracking}; if
-               not, the sliders value will not change until the handle is
-               released with the mouse.
-        \row
-            \o  upsideDown
-            \o  this member is used instead of QStyleOption::direction
-                for all abstract sliders.
-    \endtable
-
-    You should note that the slider does not use direction for
-    reverse layouts; it uses \c upsideDown.
-
-    \section3 Spin Boxes
-
-    When QSpinBox paints itself it creates a QStyleOptionSpinBox and
-    asks the style to draw CC_SpinBox. The edit field is a line
-    edit that is a child of the spin box. The dimensions of the
-    field is calculated by the style with SC_SpinBoxEditField.
-
-    Here follows the style tree for spin boxes. It is not
-    required that a style uses the button panel primitive to paint
-    the indicator backgrounds. You can see an image below the tree
-    showing the sub elements in QSpinBox in the java style.
-
-    \image javastyle/spinbox.png
-
-    \image javastyle/spinboximage.png
-
-    The QStyleOptionSpinBox, which is the style option for spin
-    boxes. It can set the following states on the spin box.:
-
-    \table 90%
-        \header
-            \o State
-            \o State Set When
-        \row
-            \o State_Sunken
-            \o Is set if one of the sub controls CC_SpinUp or
-               CC_SpinDown is pressed on with the mouse.
-    \endtable
-
-    The rest of the members in the spin boxes style options are:
-
-    \table 90%
-        \header
-            \o Property
-            \o Function
-        \row
-            \o frame
-            \o boolean that is true if the spin box is to draw a
-               frame.
-        \row
-            \o buttonSymbols
-            \o Value of the ButtonSymbols enum that decides the
-               symbol on the up/down buttons.
-        \row
-            \o stepEnabled
-            \o A value of the StepEnabled indication which of the
-               spin box buttons are pressed down.
-    \endtable
-
-    \section3 Title Bar
-
-    The title bar complex control, CC_TitleBar, is used to draw
-    the title bars of internal windows in QMdiArea. It typically
-    consists of a window title and close, minimize, system menu, and
-    maximize buttons. Some styles also provide buttons for shading
-    the window, and a button for context sensitive help.
-
-    The bar is drawn in CC_TitleBar without using any sub elements.
-    How the individual styles draw their buttons is individual, but
-    there are standard pixmaps for the buttons that the style should
-    provide.
-
-    \image javastyle/titlebar.png
-
-    In an image over a title bar in the java style, we show the
-    bounding rectangles of the sub elements supported by the java style
-    (all of which are drawn with standard pixmaps). It is usual to
-    draw the button backgrounds using PE_PanelButtonTool, but it's no
-    rule.
-
-    \image javastyle/titlebarimage.png
-
-    The style option for title bars is QStyleOptionTitleBar. It's
-    members are:
-
-    \table 90%
-        \header
-            \o Member
-            \o Content
-        \row
-            \o icon
-            \o The title bars icon
-        \row
-            \o text
-            \o the text for the title bar's label
-        \row
-            \o windowFlags
-            \o flags of the Qt::WindowFlag enum. The window flags
-               used by QMdiArea for window management.
-        \row
-            \o titleBarState
-            \o this is the QWidget::windowState() of the window
-               that contains the title bar.
-    \endtable
-
-    \section3 Combo Box
-
-    A QComboBox uses the style to draw the button and label of
-    non-editable boxes with CC_ComboBox and CE_ComboBoxLabel.
-
-    The list that pops up when the user clicks on the combo box is
-    drawn by a \l{Delegate Classes}{delegate}, which we do not cover
-    in this overview. You can, however, use the style to control the
-    list's size and position with the sub element
-    SC_ComboBoxListBoxPopup. The style also decides where the edit
-    field for editable boxes should be with SC_ComboBoxEditField; the
-    field itself is a QLineEdit that is a child of the combo box.
-
-    \image javastyle/combobox.png
-
-    We show an image over a java style combo box in which we have
-    outlined its sub elements and sub element rectangles:
-
-    \image javastyle/comboboximage.png
-
-    Java combo boxes do not use the focus rect; it changes its
-    background color when it has focus. The SC_ComboBoxEdit field is
-    used both by QComboBox to calculate the size of the edit field and
-    the style for calculating the size of the combo box label.
-
-    The style option for combo boxes is QStyleOptionComboBox. It
-    can set the following states:
-
-    \table 90%
-        \header
-            \o State
-            \o Set When
-        \row
-            \o State_Selected
-            \o The box is not editable and has focus
-        \row
-            \o State_Sunken
-            \o SC_ComboBoxArrow is active
-        \row
-            \o State_on
-            \o The container (list) of the box is visible
-    \endtable
-
-    The style options other members are:
-
-    \table
-        \header
-            \o Member
-            \o Content
-        \row
-            \o currentIcon
-            \o the icon of the current (selected) item of the
-               combo box.
-        \row
-            \o currentText
-            \o the text of the current item in the box.
-        \row
-            \o editable
-            \o holds whether the combo box is editable or not
-        \row
-            \o frame
-            \o holds whether the combo box has a frame or not
-        \row
-            \o iconSize
-            \o the size of the current items icon.
-        \row
-            \o popupRect
-            \o the bounding rectangle of the combo box's popup
-               list.
-    \endtable
-
-    \section3 Group Boxes
-
-    When calculating the size hint, QGroupBox fetches three pixel
-    metrics from the style: PM_IndicatorWidth,
-    PM_CheckBoxLabelSpacing, and PM_IndicatorHeight.  QGroupBox has
-    the following style element tree:
-
-    \image javastyle/groupbox.png
-
-    Qt does not impose restrictions on how the check box is drawn; the
-    java style draws it with CE_IndicatorCheckBox. See \l{Check and
-    Radio Buttons} for the complete tree.
-
-    We also give an image of the widget with the sub controls and
-    sub control rectangles drawn:
-
-    \image javastyle/groupboximage.png
-
-    The style option for group boxes are QStyleOptionGroupBox. The
-    following states can be set on it:
-
-    \table 90%
-        \header
-            \o State
-            \o Set When
-        \row
-            \o State_On
-            \o The check box is checked
-        \row
-            \o State_Sunken
-            \o The checkbox is pressed down
-        \row
-            \o State_Off
-            \o The check box is unchecked (or there is no check box)
-    \endtable
-
-    The remaining members of QStyleOptionGroupBox are:
-
-    \table
-        \header
-            \o Member
-            \o Content
-        \row
-            \o features
-            \o flags of the QStyleOptionFrameV2::FrameFeatures
-               enum describing the frame of the group box.
-        \row
-            \o lineWidth
-            \o the line width with which to draw the panel. This
-               is always 1.
-        \row
-            \o text
-            \o the text of the group box.
-        \row
-            \o textAlignment
-            \o the alignment of the group box title
-        \row
-            \o textColor
-            \o the QColor of the text
-    \endtable
-
-    \section3 Splitters
-
-    As the structure of splitters are simple and do not contain any
-    sub elements, we do not include image of splitters. CE_Splitter
-    does not use any other elements or metrics.
-
-    For its style option, Splitters uses the base class QStyleOption.
-    It can set the following state flags on it:
-
-    \table 90%
-        \header
-            \o State
-            \o Set When
-        \row
-            \o State_Horizontal
-            \o Set if it is a horizontal splitter
-    \endtable
-
-    QSplitter does not use \l{QStyleOption::}{initFrom()} to set up its
-    option; it sets the State_MouseOver and State_Disabled flags
-    itself.
-
-    \section3 Progress Bar
-
-    The CE_ProgressBar element is used by QProgressBar, and it is the
-    only element used by this widget. We start with looking at the
-    style structure:
-
-    \image javastyle/progressbar.png
-
-    Here is a progress bar in the windows style (the java style
-    bounding rectangles are equal):
-
-    \image javastyle/progressbarimage.png
-
-    The style option for QProgressBar is QStyleOptionProgressBarV2.
-    The bar does not set any state flags, but the other members of the
-    option are:
-
-    \table 90%
-        \header
-            \o Member
-            \o Content
-        \row
-            \o minimum
-            \o The minimum value of the bar
-        \row
-            \o maximum
-            \o The maximum value of the bar
-        \row
-            \o progress
-            \o The current value of the bar
-        \row
-            \o textAlignment
-            \o How the text is aligned in the label
-        \row
-            \o textVisible
-            \o Whether the label is drawn
-        \row
-            \o text
-            \o The label text
-        \row
-            \o orientation
-            \o Progress bars can be vertical or horizontal
-        \row
-            \o invertedAppearance
-            \o The progress is inverted (i.e., right to left in a
-               horizontal bar)
-        \row
-            \o bottomToTop
-            \o Boolean that if true, turns the label of vertical
-               progress bars 90 degrees.
-    \endtable
-
-    \section3 Tool Buttons
-
-    Tool buttons exist either independently or as part of tool bars.
-    They are drawn equally either way. The QToolButton draws only one
-    style element: CC_ToolButton.
-
-    As you must be used to by now (at least if you have read this
-    document sequentially), we have a tree of the widget's style
-    structure:
-
-    \image javastyle/toolbutton.png
-
-    Note that PE_FrameButtonTool and PE_IndicatorArrowDown are
-    included in the tree as the java style draws them, but they can
-    safely be omitted if you prefer it. The structure may also be
-    different. QWindowsStyle, for instance, draws both
-    PE_IndicatorButtonDropDown and PE_IndicatorArrowDown in
-    CE_ToolButton.
-
-    We also have an image of a tool button where we have outlined
-    the sub element bounding rectangles and sub controls.
-
-    \image javastyle/toolbuttonimage.png
-
-    Here is the states table for tool buttons:
-
-    \table 90%
-        \header
-            \o State
-            \o Set When
-        \row
-            \o State_AutoRise
-            \o the tool button has the autoRise property set
-        \row
-            \o State_raised
-            \o the button is not sunken (i.e., by being checked or
-               pressed on with the mouse).
-        \row
-            \o State_Sunken
-            \o the button is down
-        \row
-            \o State_On
-            \o the button is checkable and checked.
-    \endtable
-
-    QStyleOptionToolButton also contains the following members:
-
-    \table
-        \header
-            \o Member
-            \o Content
-        \row
-            \o arrowType
-            \o a Qt::ArrowType enum value, which contains the
-                 direction of the buttons arrow (if an arrow is to
-                 be used in place of an icon)
-        \row
-            \o features
-            \o flags of the QStyleOptionToolButton::ButtonFeature
-               enum describing if the button has an arrow, a menu,
-               and/or has a popup-delay.
-        \row
-            \o font
-            \o the QFont of the buttons label
-        \row
-            \o icon
-            \o the QIcon of the tool button
-        \row
-            \o iconSize
-            \o the icon size of the button's icon
-        \row
-            \o pos
-            \o the position of the button, as given by
-               QWidget::pos()
-        \row
-            \o text
-            \o the text of the button
-        \row
-            \o toolButtonStyle
-            \o a Qt::ToolButtonStyle enum value which decides
-               whether the button shows the icon, the text, or both.
-    \endtable
-
-    \section3 Toolbars
-
-    Toolbars are part of the \l{QMainWindow}{main window framework}
-    and cooperates with the QMainWindow to which it belongs while it
-    builds its style option. A main window has 4 areas that toolbars
-    can be placed in. They are positioned next to the four sides of
-    the window (i.e., north, south, west, and east). Within each area
-    there can be more than one line of toolbars; a line consists of
-    toolbars with equal orientation (vertical or horizontal) placed
-    next to each other.
-
-    \l{QToolbar}{QToolbar}s in Qt consists of three elements
-    CE_ToolBar, PE_IndicatorToolBarHandle, and
-    PE_IndicatorToolBarSeparator. It is QMainWindowLayout that
-    calculates the bounding rectangles (i.e., position and size of the
-    toolbars and their contents. The main window also uses the \c
-    sizeHint() of the items in the toolbars when calculating the size
-    of the bars.
-
-    Here is the element tree for QToolBar:
-
-    \image javastyle/toolbar.png
-
-    The dotted lines indicate that the QToolBar keeps an instance of
-    QToolBarLayout and that QToolBarSeparators are kept by
-    QToolBarLayout. When the toolbar is floating (i.e., has its own
-    window) the PE_FrameMenu element is drawn, else QToolbar draws
-    CE_ToolBar.
-
-    Here is an image of a toolbar in the java style:
-
-    \image javastyle/toolbarimage.png
-
-    QToolBarSaparator uses QStyleOption for their style option. It
-    sets the State_horizontal flag if the toolbar they live in is
-    horizontal. Other than that, they use \l{QStyleOption::}{initFrom()}.
-
-    The style option for QToolBar is QStyleOptionToolBar. The only
-    state flag set (besides the common flags) is State_Horizontal
-    if the bar is horizontal (i.e., in the north or south toolbar area).
-    The member variables of the style option are:
-
-    \table 90%
-        \header
-            \o Member
-            \o Content
-        \row
-            \o features
-            \o Holds whether the bar is movable in a value of the
-               ToolBarFeature, which is either Movable or None.
-        \row
-            \o lineWidth
-            \o The width of the tool bar frame.
-        \row
-            \o midLineWidth
-            \o This variable is currently not used and is always
-               0.
-        \row
-            \o positionOfLine
-            \o The position of the toolbar line within the toolbar
-               area to which it belongs.
-        \row
-            \o positionWithinLine
-            \o The position of the toolbar within the toolbar line.
-        \row
-            \o toolBarArea
-            \o The toolbar area in which the toolbar lives.
-    \endtable
-
-    \section3 Menus
-
-    Menus in Qt are implemented in QMenu. The QMenu keeps a list of
-    action, which it draws as menu items. When QMenu receives paint
-    events ,it calculates the size of each menu item and draws them
-    individually with CE_MenuItem. (Menu items do not have a separate
-    element for their label (contents), so all drawing is done in
-    CE_MenuItem. The menu also draws the frame of the menu with
-    PE_FrameMenu. It also draws CE_MenuScroller if the style supports
-    scrolling. CE_MenuTearOff is drawn if the menu is to large for its
-    bounding rectangle.
-
-    In the style structure tree, we also include QMenu as it also does
-    styling related work. The bounding rectangles of menu items are
-    calculated for the menus size hint and when the menu is displayed
-    or resized.
-
-    \image javastyle/menu.png
-
-    The CE_MenuScroller and CE_MenuTearOff elements are handled by
-    QCommonStyle and are not shown unless the menu is to large to fit
-    on the screen. PE_FrameMenu is only drawn for pop-up menus.
-
-    QMenu calculates rectangles based on its actions and calls
-    CE_MenuItem and CE_MenuScroller if the style supports that.
-
-    It is also usual to use PE_IndicatorCheckBox (instead of using
-    PE_IndicatorMenuCheckMark) and PE_IndicatorRadioButton for drawing
-    checkable menu items; we have not included them in the style tree
-    as this is optional and varies from style to style.
-
-    \image javastyle/menuimage.png
-
-    The style option for menu items is QStyleOptionMenuItem. The
-    following tables describe its state flags and other members.
-
-    \table 90%
-        \header
-            \o State
-            \o Set When
-        \row
-            \o State_Selected
-            \o The mouse is over the action and the action is not
-               a separator.
-        \row
-            \o State_Sunken
-            \o The mouse is pressed down on the menu item.
-        \row
-            \o State_DownArrow
-            \o Set if the menu item is a menu scroller and it scrolls
-               the menu downwards.
-    \endtable
-
-    \table 90%
-        \header
-            \o Member
-            \o Content
-        \row
-            \o checkType
-            \o A value of the \l{QStyleOptionMenuItem::}{CheckType} enum,
-               which is either NotCheckable, Exclusive, or
-               NonExclusive.
-        \row
-            \o checked
-            \o Boolean that is true if the menu item is checked.
-        \row
-            \o font
-            \o The QFont to use for the menu item's text.
-        \row
-            \o icon
-            \o the QIcon of the menu item.
-        \row
-            \o maxIconWidth
-            \o The maximum width allowed for the icon
-        \row
-            \o menuHasChecableItem
-            \o Boolean which is true if at least one item in the
-               menu is checkable.
-        \row
-            \o menuItemType
-            \o The type of the menu item. This a value of the
-               \l{QStyleOptionMenuItem::}{MenuItemType}.
-        \row
-            \o menuRect
-            \o The bounding rectangle for the QMenu that the menu
-               item lives in.
-        \row
-            \o tabWidth
-            \o This is the distance between the text of the menu
-               item and the shortcut.
-        \row
-            \o text
-            \o The text of the menu item.
-    \endtable
-
-    The setup of the style option for CE_MenuTearOff and
-    CE_MenuScroller also uses QStyleOptionMenuItem; they only set the
-    \c menuRect variable in addition to the common settings with
-    QStyleOption's \l{QStyleOption::}{initFrom()}. 
-
-    \section3 Menu Bar
-
-    QMenuBar uses the style to draw each menu bar item and the empty
-    area of the menu bar. The pull-down menus themselves are
-    \l{QMenu}s (see \l{Menus}). The style element tree for the menu
-    bar follows:
-
-    \image javastyle/menubar.png
-
-    The panel and empty area is drawn after the menu items. The
-    QPainter that the QMenuBar sends to the style has the bounding
-    rectangles of the items clipped out (i.e., clip region), so you
-    don't need to worry about drawing over the items. The pixel
-    metrics in QMenuBar is used when the bounding rectangles of the
-    menu bar items are calculated.
-
-    \image javastyle/menubarimage.png
-
-    QStyleOptionMenuItem is used for menu bar items. The members that
-    are used by QMenuBar is described in the following table:
-
-    \table
-        \header
-            \o Member
-            \o Content
-        \row
-            \o menuRect
-            \o the bounding rectangle of the entire menu bar to
-               which the item belongs.
-        \row
-            \o text
-            \o the text of the item
-        \row
-            \o icon
-            \o the icon of the menu item (it is not common that
-               styles draw this icon)
-    \endtable
-
-    QStyleOptionMenuItem is also used for drawing CE_EmptyMenuBarArea.
-
-    QStyleOptionFrame is used for drawing the panel frame The
-    \l{QStyleOptionFrame::}{lineWidth} is set to PM_MenuBarPanelWidth.
-    The \l{QStyleOptionFrame::}{midLineWidth} is currently always set
-    to 0. 
-
-    \section3 Item View Headers
-
-    It is the style that draws the headers of Qt's item views. The
-    item views keeps the dimensions on individual sections. Also
-    note that the delegates may use the style to paint decorations
-    and frames around items. QItemDelegate, for instance, draws
-    PE_FrameFocusRect and PE_IndicatorViewItemCheck.
-
-    \image javastyle/header.png
-
-    Here is a QTableWidget showing the bounding rects of a Java
-    header:
-
-    \image javastyle/headerimage.png
-
-    The QHeaderView uses CT_HeaderSection, PM_HeaderMargin and
-    PM_HeaderGripMargin for size and hit test calculations. The
-    PM_HeaderMarkSize is currently not used by Qt. QTableView draws
-    the button in the top-left corner (i.e., the area where the
-    vertical and horizontal headers intersect) as a CE_Header.
-
-    The style option for header views is QStyleOptionHeader. The view
-    paints one header section at a time, so the data is for the
-    section being drawn. Its contents are:
-
-    \table 90%
-        \header
-            \o Member
-            \o Content
-        \row
-            \o icon
-            \o the icon of the header (for section that is being
-               drawn).
-        \row
-            \o iconAlignment
-            \o the alignment (Qt::Alignment) of the icon in the header.
-        \row
-            \o orientation
-            \o a Qt::Orientation value deciding whether the header
-               is the horizontal header above the view or the
-               vertical header on the left.
-        \row
-            \o position
-            \o a QStyleOptionHeader::SectionPosition value
-               giving the header section's position relative to
-               the other sections.
-        \row
-            \o section
-            \o holds the section that is being drawn.
-        \row
-            \o selectedPosition
-            \o a QStyleOptionHeader::SelectedPosition value giving
-               the selected section's position relative to the
-               section that is being painted.
-        \row
-            \o sortIndicator
-            \o a QStyleOptionHeader::SortIndicator value that
-               describes the direction in which the section's sort
-               indicator should be drawn.
-        \row
-            \o text
-            \o the text of the currently drawn section.
-        \row
-            \o textAlignment
-            \o the Qt::Alignment of the text within the
-               headersection.
-    \endtable
-
-    \section3 Tree Branch Indicators
-
-    The branch indicators in a tree view is drawn by the style with
-    PE_IndicatorBranch. We think of indicators here as the indicators
-    that describe the relationship of the nodes in the tree. The
-    generic QStyleOption is sent to the style for drawing this
-    elements. The various branch types are described by states. Since
-    there are no specific style option, we simply present the states
-    table:
-
-    \table 90%
-        \header
-            \o State
-            \o Set When
-        \row
-            \o State_Sibling
-            \o the node in the tree has a sibling (i.e., there is
-               another node in the same column).
-        \row
-            \o State_Item
-            \o this branch indicator has an item.
-        \row
-            \o State_Children
-            \o the branch has children (i.e., a new sub-tree can
-               be opened at the branch).
-        \row
-            \o State_Open
-            \o the branch indicator has an opened sub-tree.
-    \endtable
-
-    The tree view (and tree widget) use the style to draw the branches
-    (or nodes if you will) of the tree.
-
-    QStyleOption is used as the style for PE_IndicatorBranch has state
-    flags set depending on what type of branch it is.
-
-    Since there is no tree structure for branch indicators, we only
-    present an image of a tree in the java style. Each state is marked
-    in the image with a rectangle in a specific color (i.e., these
-    rectangles are not bounding rectangles). All combinations of
-    states you must be aware of are represented in the image.
-
-    \image javastyle/branchindicatorimage.png
-
-    \section3 Tool Boxes
-
-    PM_SmallIconSize for sizeHints.
-
-    QToolBox is a container that keeps a collection of widgets. It has
-    one tab for each widget and display one of them at a time. The
-    tool box lays the components it displays (the tool box buttons
-    and selected widget) in a QVBoxLayout. The style tree for tool
-    boxes looks like this:
-
-    \image javastyle/toolbox.png
-
-    We show an image of a tool box in the Plastique style:
-
-    \image javastyle/toolboximage.png
-
-    All elements have the same bounding rectangles in the
-    Plastique as well as the other Qt built-in styles.
-
-    The style option for tool boxes is QStyleOptionToolBox. It
-    contains the text and icon of the tool box contents. The only
-    state set by QToolBox is State_Sunken, which is set when the user
-    presses a tab down with the mouse. The rest of the
-    QStyleOptionToolBox members are:
-
-    \table 90%
-        \header
-            \o Member
-            \o Content
-        \row
-            \o icon
-            \o the icon on the toolbox tab
-        \row
-            \o text
-            \o the text on the toolbox tab
-    \endtable
-
-    \section3 Size Grip
-
-    The size grip calculates its size hint with CT_SizeGrip. The pixel
-    metric PM_SizeGripSize is currently unused by Qt. The element tree
-    for and an image in the Plastique style of QSizeGrip follows:
-
-    \image javastyle/sizegrip.png
-
-    \image javastyle/sizegripimage.png
-
-    We show the size grip in a \l{QMainWindow}'s bottom right
-    corner.
-
-    The size grip style option, QStyleOptionSizeGrip, have one
-    member except the common members from QStyleOption:
-
-    \table 90%
-        \header
-            \o Member
-            \o Content
-        \row
-            \o corner
-            \o a Qt::Corner value that describe which corner in a
-               window (or equivalent) the grip is located.
-    \endtable
-
-    \section3 Rubber Band
-
-    The \l{QRubberBand}'s style tree consists of two nodes.
-
-    \image javastyle/rubberband.png
-
-    We present an image of a Java style window being moved in a
-    QMdiArea with a rubber band:
-
-    \image javastyle/rubberbandimage.png
-
-    The style option for rubber bands is QStyleOptionRubberBand.
-    Its members are:
-
-    \table
-        \header
-            \o Member
-            \o Content
-        \row
-            \o opaque
-            \o boolean that is true if the rubber band must be
-               drawn in an opaque style (i.e., color)
-        \row
-            \o shape
-            \o a QRubberBand::Shape enum value that holds the
-               shape of the band (which is either a rectangle or a
-               line) 
-    \endtable
-
-    \section3 Dock Widgets
-
-    When the dock widget lays out its contents it asks the style for
-    these pixel metrics: PM_DockWidgetSeparatorExtent,
-    PM_DockWidgetTitleBarButtonMargin, PM_DockWidgetFrameWidth, and
-    PM_DockWidgetTitleMargin. It also calculates the bounding
-    rectangles of the float and close buttons with
-    SE_DockWidgetCloseButton and SE_DockWidgetFloatButton.
-
-    \image javastyle/dockwidget.png
-
-    The dotted lines indicate that the sender keeps instances of the
-    recipient of the arrow (i.e., it is not a style element to draw).
-    The dock widget only draws PE_frameDockWidget when it is detached
-    from its main window (i.e., it is a top level window). If it is
-    docked it draws the indicator dock widget resize handle. We show a
-    dock widget in both docked and floating state in the plastique
-    style: 
-
-    \image javastyle/dockwidgetimage.png
-
-    The style option is QStyleOptionDockWidget:
-
-    \table 90%
-        \header
-            \o Member
-            \o Content
-        \row
-            \o closeable
-            \o boolean that holds whether the dock window can be
-               closed
-        \row
-            \o floatable
-            \o boolean that holds whether the dock window can
-               float (i.e., detach from the main window in which
-               it lives)
-        \row
-            \o movable
-            \o boolean that holds whether the window is movable
-               (i.e., can move to other dock widget areas)
-        \row
-            \o title
-            \o the title text of the dock window
-    \endtable
-
-    For the buttons, QStyleOptionButton is used (see \l{Tool Buttons}
-    for content description). The dock widget resize handle has a
-    plain QStyleOption.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/stylesheet.qdoc b/doc/src/stylesheet.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 2afe924..0000000
--- a/doc/src/stylesheet.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3960 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page stylesheet.html
-    \startpage index.html QtReference Documentation
-    \nextpage The Style Sheet Syntax
-    \title Qt Style Sheets
-    \ingroup architecture
-    \brief How to use style sheets to customize the appearance of widgets.
-
-    \keyword style sheet
-    \keyword stylesheet
-
-    Qt Style Sheets are a powerful mechanism that allows you to
-    customize the appearance of widgets, in addition to what is
-    already possible by subclassing QStyle. The concepts,
-    terminology, and syntax of Qt Style Sheets are heavily inspired
-    by HTML \l{http://www.w3.org/Style/CSS/}{Cascading Style Sheets
-    (CSS)} but adapted to the world of widgets.
-
-    Topics:
-
-    \list
-    \i \l{Overview}
-    \i \l{The Style Sheet Syntax}
-    \tableofcontents{1 The Style Sheet Syntax}
-    \i \l{Qt Designer Integration}
-    \tableofcontents{1 Qt Designer Integration}
-    \i \l{Customizing Qt Widgets Using Style Sheets}
-    \tableofcontents{1 Customizing Qt Widgets Using Style Sheets}
-    \i \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference}
-    \tableofcontents{1 Qt Style Sheets Reference}
-    \i \l{Qt Style Sheets Examples}
-    \tableofcontents{1 Qt Style Sheets Examples}
-    \endlist
-
-    \target overview
-    \section1 Overview
-
-    Styles sheets are textual specifications that can be set on the
-    whole application using QApplication::setStyleSheet() or on a
-    specific widget (and its children) using
-    QWidget::setStyleSheet(). If several style sheets are set at
-    different levels, Qt derives the effective style sheet from all
-    of those that are set. This is called cascading.
-
-    For example, the following style sheet specifies that all
-    \l{QLineEdit}s should use yellow as their background color, and
-    all \l{QCheckBox}es should use red as the text color:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 0
-
-    For this kind of customization, style sheets are much more
-    powerful than QPalette. For example, it might be tempting to set
-    the QPalette::Button role to red for a QPushButton to obtain a
-    red push button. However, this wasn't guaranteed to work for all
-    styles, because style authors are restricted by the different
-    platforms' guidelines and (on Windows XP and Mac OS X) by the
-    native theme engine.
-
-    Style sheets let you perform all kinds of customizations that are
-    difficult or impossible to perform using QPalette alone. If you
-    want yellow backgrounds for mandatory fields, red text for
-    potentially destructive push buttons, or fancy check boxes, style
-    sheets are the answer.
-
-    Style sheets are applied on top of the current \l{QStyle}{widget
-    style}, meaning that your applications will look as native as
-    possible, but any style sheet constraints will be taken into
-    consideration. Unlike palette fiddling, style sheets offer
-    guarantees: If you set the background color of a QPushButton to be
-    red, you can be assured that the button will have a red background
-    in all styles, on all platforms. In addition, \l{Qt Designer}
-    provides style sheet integration, making it easy to view the effects
-    of a style sheet in different \l{QStyle}{widget styles}.
-
-    In addition, style sheets can be used to provide a distinctive
-    look and feel for your application, without having to subclass
-    QStyle. For example, you can specify arbitrary images for radio
-    buttons and check boxes to make them stand out. Using this
-    technique, you can also achieve minor customizations that would
-    normally require subclassing several style classes, such as
-    specifying a \l{QStyle::styleHint()}{style hint}. The
-    \l{widgets/stylesheet}{Style Sheet} example depicted below defines
-    two distinctive style sheets that you can try out and modify at
-    will.
-
-    \table
-    \row \o \inlineimage stylesheet-coffee-xp.png
-         \o \inlineimage stylesheet-pagefold.png
-    \row \o Coffee theme running on Windows XP
-         \o Pagefold theme running on Windows XP
-    \endtable
-
-    \table
-    \row \o \inlineimage stylesheet-coffee-cleanlooks.png
-         \o \inlineimage stylesheet-pagefold-mac.png
-    \row \o Coffee theme running on Ubuntu Linux
-         \o Pagefold theme running on Mac OS X
-    \endtable
-
-    When a style sheet is active, the QStyle returned by QWidget::style()
-    is a wrapper "style sheet" style, \e not the platform-specific style. The
-    wrapper style ensures that any active style sheet is respected and
-    otherwise forwards the drawing operations to the underlying,
-    platform-specific style (e.g., QWindowsXPStyle on Windows XP).
-
-    Since Qt 4.5, Qt style sheets fully supports Mac OS X.
-
-    \warning Qt style sheets are currently not supported for custom QStyle
-    subclasses. We plan to address this in some future release.
-*/
-
-    /*!
-    \page stylesheet-syntax.html
-    \contentspage {Qt Style Sheet}{Contents}
-    \previouspage Qt Style Sheet
-    \nextpage Qt Designer Integration
-    \title The Style Sheet Syntax
-
-    Qt Style Sheet terminology and syntactic rules are almost
-    identical to those of HTML CSS. If you already know CSS, you can
-    probably skim quickly through this section.
-
-    \section1 Style Rules
-
-    Style sheets consist of a sequence of style rules. A \e{style
-    rule} is made up of a selector and a declaration. The
-    \e{selector} specifies which widgets are affected by the rule;
-    the \e{declaration} specifies which properties should be set on
-    the widget. For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 1
-
-    In the above style rule, \c QPushButton is the selector and \c{{
-    color: red }} is the declaration. The rule specifies that
-    QPushButton and its subclasses (e.g., \c MyPushButton) should use
-    red as their foreground color.
-
-    Qt Style Sheet is generally case insensitive (i.e., \c color, 
-    \c Color, \c COLOR, and \c cOloR refer to the same property). 
-    The only exceptions are class names,
-    \l{QObject::setObjectName()}{object names}, and Qt property
-    names, which are case sensitive.
-
-    Several selectors can be specified for the same declaration,
-    using commas (\c{,}) to separate the selectors. For example,
-    the rule
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 2
-
-    is equivalent to this sequence of three rules:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 3
-
-    The declaration part of a style rule is a list of
-    \tt{\e{property}: \e{value}} pairs, enclosed in braces (\c{{}})
-    and separated with semicolons. For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 4
-
-    See the \l{List of Properties} section below for the list of
-    properties provided by Qt widgets.
-
-    \section1 Selector Types
-
-    All the examples so far used the simplest type of selector, the
-    Type Selector. Qt Style Sheets support all the
-    \l{http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-CSS2/selector.html#q1}{selectors
-    defined in CSS2}. The table below summarizes the most useful
-    types of selectors.
-
-    \table 100%
-    \header
-        \o Selector
-        \o Example
-        \o Explanation
-
-    \row
-        \o Universal Selector
-        \o \c *
-        \o Matches all widgets.
-
-    \row
-        \o Type Selector
-        \o \c QPushButton
-        \o Matches instances of QPushButton and of its subclasses.
-
-    \row
-        \o Property Selector
-        \o \c{QPushButton[flat="false"]}
-        \o Matches instances of QPushButton that are not
-           \l{QPushButton::}{flat}. You may use this selector to test
-           for any Qt property specified using Q_PROPERTY(). In
-           addition, the special \c class property is supported, for
-           the name of the class.
-            
-           This selector may also be used to test dynamic properties.
-           For more information on customization using dynamic properties,
-           refer to \l{Customizing Using Dynamic Properties}.
-
-           Instead of \c =, you can also use \c ~= to test whether a
-           Qt property of type QStringList contains a given QString.
-
-           \warning If the value of the Qt property changes after the
-           style sheet has been set, it might be necessary to force a
-           style sheet recomputation. One way to achieve this is to
-           unset the style sheet and set it again.
-
-    \row
-        \o Class Selector
-        \o \c .QPushButton
-        \o Matches instances of QPushButton, but not of its subclasses.
-
-           This is equivalent to \c{*[class~="QPushButton"]}.
-
-    \row
-        \o ID \target ID Selector
-           Selector
-        \o \c{QPushButton#okButton}
-        \o Matches all QPushButton instances whose
-           \l{QObject::objectName}{object name} is \c okButton.
-
-    \row
-        \o Descendant Selector
-        \o \c{QDialog QPushButton}
-        \o Matches all instances of QPushButton that are descendants
-           (children, grandchildren, etc.) of a QDialog.
-
-    \row
-        \o Child Selector
-        \o \c{QDialog > QPushButton}
-        \o Matches all instances of QPushButton that are direct
-           children of a QDialog.
-    \endtable
-
-    \section1 Sub-Controls
-
-    For styling complex widgets, it is necessary to access subcontrols of the
-    widget, such as the drop-down button of a QComboBox or the up and down
-    arrows of a QSpinBox. Selectors may contain \e{subcontrols} that make it
-    possible to restrict the application of a rule to specific widget
-    subcontrols. For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 5
-
-    The above rule styles the drop-down button of all \l{QComboBox}es.
-    Although the double-colon (\c{::}) syntax is reminiscent of CSS3
-    Pseudo-Elements, Qt Sub-Controls differ conceptually from these and have
-    different cascading semantics.
-   
-    Sub-controls are always positioned with respect to another element - a
-    reference element. This reference element could be the widget or another
-    Sub-control. For example, the \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#drop-down-sub}
-    {::drop-down} of a QComboBox is placed, by default, in the top right corner
-    of the Padding rectangle of the QComboBox. The
-    \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#drop-down-sub}{::drop-down} is placed,
-    by default, in the Center of the Contents rectangle of the
-    \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#drop-down-sub}{::drop-down} Sub-control. See
-    the \l{List of Stylable Widgets} below for the Sub-controls to use to
-    style a widget and their default positions.
-
-    The origin rectangle to be used can be changed using the
-    \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#subcontrol-origin-prop}{subcontrol-origin}
-    property. For example, if we want to place the drop-down in the margin
-    rectangle of the QComboBox instead of the default Padding rectangle, we
-    can specify:
-    
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 6
-    
-    The alignment of the drop-down within the Margin rectangle is changed 
-    using \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#subcontrol-position-prop}
-    {subcontrol-position} property.
-
-    The \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#width-prop}{width} and
-    \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#height-prop}{height} properties can be used
-    to control the size of the Sub-control. Note that setting a
-    \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#image-prop}{image} implicitly sets the size
-    of a Sub-control.
-
-    The relative positioning scheme
-    (\l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#position-prop}{position} : relative),
-    allows the position of the Sub-Control to be offset from its initial
-    position. For example, when the QComboBox's drop-down button is
-    pressed, we might like the arrow inside to be offset to give a
-    "pressed" effect. To achieve this, we can specify:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 7
-
-    The absolute positioning scheme
-    (\l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#position-prop}{position} : absolute),
-    allows the position and size of the Sub-control to be changed with
-    respect to the reference element.
-
-    Once positioned, they are treated the same as widgets and can be styled
-    using the \l{box model}.
-
-    See the \l{List of Sub-Controls} below for a list of supported
-    sub-controls, and \l{Customizing the QPushButton's Menu Indicator
-    Sub-Control} for a realistic example.
-
-    \note With complex widgets such as QComboBox and QScrollBar, if one
-    property or sub-control is customized, \bold{all} the other properties or
-    sub-controls must be customized as well.
-
-    \section1 Pseudo-States
-
-    Selectors may contain \e{pseudo-states} that denote that restrict
-    the application of the rule based on the widget's state.
-    Pseudo-states appear at the end of the selector, with a colon
-    (\c{:}) in between. For example, the following rule applies when
-    the mouse hovers over a QPushButton:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 8
-
-    Pseudo-states can be negated using the exclamation operator. For
-    example, the following rule applies when the mouse does not hover
-    over a QRadioButton:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 9
-
-    Pseudo-states can be chained, in which case a logical AND is
-    implied. For example, the following rule applies to when the
-    mouse hovers over a checked QCheckBox:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 10
-
-    Negated Pseudo-states may appear in Pseudo-state chains. For example,
-    the following rule applies when the mouse hovers over a QPushButton
-    that is not pressed:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 11
-
-    If needed, logical OR can be expressed using the comma operator:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 12
-
-    Pseudo-states can appear in combination with subcontrols. For
-    example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 13
-
-    See the \l{List of Pseudo-States} section below for the list of
-    pseudo-states provided by Qt widgets.
-
-    \section1 Conflict Resolution
-
-    Conflicts arise when several style rules specify the same
-    properties with different values. Consider the following style
-    sheet:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 14
-
-    Both rules match QPushButton instances called \c okButton and
-    there is a conflict for the \c color property. To resolve this
-    conflict, we must take into account the \e specificity of the
-    selectors. In the above example, \c{QPushButton#okButton} is
-    considered more specific than \c QPushButton, because it
-    (usually) refers to a single object, not to all instances of a
-    class.
-
-    Similarly, selectors with pseudo-states are more specific than
-    ones that do not specify pseudo-states. Thus, the following style
-    sheet specifies that a \l{QPushButton} should have white text
-    when the mouse is hovering over it, otherwise red text:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 15
-
-    Here's a tricky one:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 16
-
-    Here, both selectors have the same specificity, so if the mouse
-    hovers over the button while it is enabled, the second rule takes
-    precedence. If we want the text to be white in that case, we can
-    reorder the rules like this:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 17
-
-    Alternatively, we can make the first rule more specific:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 18
-
-    A similar issue arises in conjunction with Type Selectors.
-    Consider the following example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 19
-
-    Both rules apply to QPushButton instances (since QPushButton
-    inherits QAbstractButton) and there is a conflict for the
-    \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#color-prop}{color} property. Because QPushButton
-    inherits QAbstractButton, it might be tempting to assume that
-    \c QPushButton is more specific than \c QAbstractButton. However,
-    for style sheet computations, all Type Selectors have the same
-    specificity, and the rule that appears last takes precedence. In
-    other words, \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#color-prop}{color} is set to \c gray
-    for all \l{QAbstractButton}s, including \l{QPushButton}s. If we really
-    want \l{QPushButton}s to have red text, we can always reorder the
-    rules.
-
-    For determining the specificity of a rule, Qt Style Sheets follow
-    the
-    \l{http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-CSS2/cascade.html#specificity}{CSS2
-    Specification}:
-
-    \quotation
-    \e{A selector's specificity is calculated as follows:}
-
-    \list
-    \o \e{count the number of ID attributes in the selector (= a)}
-    \o \e{count the number of other attributes and pseudo-classes in the selector (= b)}
-    \o \e{count the number of element names in the selector (= c)}
-    \o \e{ignore pseudo-elements [i.e., \l{subcontrols}].}
-    \endlist
-
-    \e{Concatenating the three numbers a-b-c (in a number system with a
-    large base) gives the specificity.}
-
-    \e{Some examples:}
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 20
-    \endquotation
-
-    \section1 Cascading
-
-    Style sheets can be set on the QApplication, on parent widgets,
-    and on child widgets. An arbitrary widget's effective style sheet
-    is obtained by merging the style sheets set on the widget's
-    ancestors (parent, grandparent, etc.), as well as any style sheet
-    set on the QApplication.
-
-    When conflicts arise, the widget's own style sheet is always
-    preferred to any inherited style sheet, irrespective of the
-    specificity of the conflicting rules. Likewise, the parent
-    widget's style sheet is preferred to the grandparent's, etc.
-
-    One consequence of this is that setting a style rule on a widget
-    automatically gives it precedence over other rules specified in
-    the ancestor widgets' style sheets or the QApplication style
-    sheet. Consider the following example. First, we set a style
-    sheet on the QApplication:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 21
-
-    Then we set a style sheet on a QPushButton object:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 22
-
-    The style sheet on the QPushButton forces the QPushButton (and
-    any child widget) to have blue text, in spite of the more
-    specific rule set provided by the application-wide style sheet.
-
-    The result would have been the same if we had written
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 23
-
-    except that if the QPushButton had children (which is unlikely),
-    the style sheet would have no impact on them.
-
-    Style sheet cascading is a complex topic. Refer to the
-    \l{http://www.w3.org/TR/CSS2/cascade.html#cascade}{CSS2
-    Specification} for the gory details. Be aware that Qt currently
-    doesn't implement \c{!important}.
-
-    \section1 Inheritance
-
-    In classic CSS, when font and color of an item is not explicitly set,
-    it gets automatically inherited from the parent. When using Qt Style Sheets,
-    a widget does \bold{not} automatically inherit its font and color setting
-    from its parent widget.
-
-    For example, consider a QPushButton inside a QGroupBox:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 24
-
-    The QPushButton does not have an explicit color set. Hence, instead
-    of inheriting color of its parent QGroupBox, it has the system color.
-    If we want to set the color on a QGroupBox and its children, 
-    we can write:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 25
-
-    In contrast, setting a font and propagate using QWidget::setFont() and
-    QWidget::setPalette() propagates to child widgets.
-
-    \section1 Widgets inside C++ namespaces
-    
-    The Type Selector can be used to style widgets of a particular type. For
-    example,
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 26
-
-    Qt Style Sheet uses QObject::className() of the widget to determine
-    when to apply the Type Selector. When custom widgets are inside namespaces, 
-    the QObject::className() returns <namespace>::<classname>. This conflicts
-    with the syntax for \l{Sub-Controls}. To overcome this problem, 
-    when using the Type Selector for widgets inside namespaces, we must
-    replace the "::" with "--". For example,
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 27
-
-    \section1 Setting QObject properties
-    
-    From 4.3 and above, any designable Q_PROPERTY 
-    can be set using the qproperty-<property name> syntax.
-    
-    For example,
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 28
-
-    If the property references an enum declared with Q_ENUMS, you should
-    reference its constants by name, i.e., not their numeric value.
-
-    */
-
-    /*!
-    \page stylesheet-designer.html
-    \contentspage {Qt Style Sheet}{Contents}
-    \previouspage The Style Sheet Syntax
-    \nextpage Customizing Qt Widgets Using Style Sheets
-    \title Qt Designer Integration
-
-    \l{Qt Designer}{Qt Designer} is an excellent tool
-    to preview style sheets. You can right-click on any widget in Designer
-    and select \gui{Change styleSheet...} to set the style sheet.
-
-    \image designer-stylesheet-options.png
-
-    In Qt 4.2 and later, \l{Qt Designer}{Qt Designer} also includes a
-    style sheet syntax highlighter and validator. The validator indicates
-    if the syntax is valid or invalid, at the bottom left of the \gui{Edit
-    Style Sheet} dialog.
-
-    \image designer-validator-highlighter.png
-
-    When you click \gui{OK} or \gui{Apply}, \QD will automatically display
-    the widget with its new stylesheet.
-
-    \image designer-stylesheet-usage.png
-    */
-
-    /*!
-    \page stylesheet-customizing.html
-    \contentspage {Qt Style Sheet}{Contents}
-    \previouspage Qt Designer Integration
-    \nextpage Qt Style Sheets Reference
-    \title Customizing Qt Widgets Using Style Sheets
-
-    When using style sheets, every widget is treated as a box with four
-    concentric rectangles: the margin rectangle, the border rectangle, the
-    padding rectangle, and the content rectangle. The box model describes
-    this in further detail.
-
-    \target box model
-    \section1 The Box Model
-
-    The four concentric rectangles appear conceptually as below:
-
-    \image stylesheet-boxmodel.png
-
-    \list
-    \o The margin falls outside the border.
-    \o The border is drawn between the margin and the padding.
-    \o The padding falls inside the border, between the border and
-       the actual contents.
-    \o The content is what is left from the original widget or
-       subcontrol once we have removed the margin, the border, and
-       the padding.
-    \endlist
-
-    The \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#margin-prop}{margin},
-    \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#border-width-prop}
-    {border-width}, and
-    \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#padding-prop}{padding}
-    properties all default to zero. In that case, all four rectangles
-    (\c margin, \c border, \c padding, and \c content) coincide exactly.
-
-    You can specify a background for the widget using the 
-    \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#background-image-prop}{background-image} 
-    property. By default, the background-image is drawn only for the area 
-    inside the border. This can be changed using the 
-    \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#background-clip-prop}{background-clip}
-    property. You can use 
-    \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#background-repeat-prop}{background-repeat}
-    and
-    \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#background-origin-prop}{background-origin}
-    to control the repetition and origin of the background image.
-
-    A background-image does not scale with the size of the widget. To provide
-    a "skin" or background that scales along with the widget size, one must
-    use
-    \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#border-image-prop}{border-image}. Since the
-    border-image property provides an alternate background, it is not required
-    to specify a background-image when border-image is specified. In the case,
-    when both of them are specified, the border-image draws over the 
-    background-image.
-
-    In addition, the \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#image-prop}{image} property
-    may be used to draw an image over the border-image. The image specified does
-    not tile or stretch and when its size does not match the size of the widget,
-    its alignment is specified using the
-    \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#image-position-prop}{image-position} 
-    property. Unlike background-image and border-image, one may specify a
-    SVG in the image property, in which case the image is scaled automatically
-    according to the widget size.
-
-    The steps to render a rule are as follows:
-        \list
-        \o Set clip for entire rendering operation (border-radius)
-        \o Draw the background (background-image)
-        \o Draw the border (border-image, border)
-        \o Draw overlay image (image)
-        \endlist
-
-    \target sub controls
-    \section1 Sub-controls
-
-    A widget is considered as a hierarchy (tree) of subcontrols drawn on top
-    of each other. For example, the QComboBox draws the drop-down sub-control
-    followed by the down-arrow sub-control. A QComboBox is thus rendered as
-    follows:
-        \list
-        \o Render the QComboBox { } rule
-        \o Render the QComboBox::drop-down { } rule
-        \o Render the QComboBox::down-arrow { } rule
-        \endlist
-
-    Sub-controls share a parent-child relationship. In the case of QComboBox,
-    the parent of down-arrow is the drop-down and the parent of drop-down is
-    the widget itself. Sub-controls are positioned within their parent using
-    the \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#subcontrol-position-prop}
-    {subcontrol-position} and
-    \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#subcontrol-origin-prop}{subcontrol-origin}
-    properties.
-    
-    Once positioned, sub-controls can be styled using the \l{box model}.
-
-    \note With complex widgets such as QComboBox and QScrollBar, if one
-    property or sub-control is customized, \bold{all} the other properties or
-    sub-controls must be customized as well.
-
-    */
-
-    /*!
-    \page stylesheet-reference.html
-    \contentspage {Qt Style Sheet}{Contents}
-    \previouspage Customizing Qt Widgets Using Style Sheets
-    \nextpage Qt Style Sheets Examples
-    \title Qt Style Sheets Reference
-
-    Qt Style Sheets support various properties, pseudo-states, and
-    subcontrols that make it possible to customize the look of
-    widgets.
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 List of Stylable Widgets
-
-    The following table lists the Qt widgets that can be customized
-    using style sheets:
-
-    \table 100%
-    \header
-        \o Widget
-        \o How to Style
-
-    \row
-        \o QAbstractScrollArea \target qabstractscrollarea-widget
-        \o Supports the \l{box model}.
-
-           All derivatives of QAbstractScrollArea, including QTextEdit,
-           and QAbstractItemView (all item view classes), support
-           scrollable backgrounds using 
-           \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#background-attachment-prop}
-           {background-attachment}. Setting the background-attachment to
-           \c{fixed} provides a background-image that does not scroll with the
-           viewport. Setting the background-attachment to \c{scroll}, scrolls
-           the background-image when the scroll bars move.
-
-           See \l{Qt Style Sheets Examples#Customizing QAbstractScrollArea}
-           {Customizing QAbstractScrollArea} for an example.
-
-    \row
-        \o QCheckBox \target qcheckbox-widget
-        \o Supports the \l{box model}. The check indicator can be
-           styled using the \l{#indicator-sub}{::indicator}
-           subcontrol. By default, the indicator is placed in the Top
-           Left corner of the Contents rectangle of the widget.
-
-           The \l{#spacing-prop}{spacing} property
-           specifies the spacing between the check indicator and
-           the text.
-
-           See \l{Qt Style Sheets Examples#Customizing QCheckBox}
-           {Customizing QCheckBox} for an example.
-
-    \row
-        \o QColumnView \target qcolumnview-widget
-        \o The grip can be styled be using the \l{image-prop}{image} property.
-           The arrow indicators can by styled using the 
-           \l{left-arrow-sub}{::left-arrow} subcontrol and the 
-           \l{right-arrow-sub}{::right-arrow} subcontrol.
-
-    \row
-        \o QComboBox \target qcombobox-widget
-        \o The frame around the combobox can be styled using the 
-           \l{box model}. The drop-down button can be styled using
-           the \l{#drop-down-sub}{::drop-down} subcontrol. By default, the
-           drop-down button is placed in the top right corner of the padding
-           rectangle of the widget. The arrow mark inside the drop-down button 
-           can be styled using the \l{#down-arrow-sub}{::down-arrow} 
-           subcontrol. By default, the arrow is placed in the center of the 
-           contents rectangle of the drop-down subcontrol.
-
-           See \l{Qt Style Sheets Examples#Customizing QComboBox}{Customizing QComboBox} 
-           for an example.
-
-    \row
-        \o QDateEdit \target qdateedit-widget
-        \o See \l{#qspinbox-widget}{QSpinBox}.
-
-    \row
-        \o QDateTimeEdit \target qdatetimeedit-widget
-        \o See \l{#qspinbox-widget}{QSpinBox}.
-
-    \row
-        \o QDialog \target qdialog-widget
-        \o Supports only the \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#background-prop}{background},
-           \l{#background-clip-prop}{background-clip} and
-           \l{#background-origin-prop}{background-origin} properties.
-
-           \warning Make sure you define the Q_OBJECT macro for your custom
-           widget.
-
-    \row
-        \o QDialogButtonBox \target qdialogbuttonbox-widget
-        \o The layout of buttons can be altered using the
-           \l{#button-layout-prop}{button-layout} property.
-
-    \row
-        \o QDockWidget \target qdockwidget-widget
-        \o Supports styling of the title bar and the title bar buttons when docked.
-
-        The dock widget border can be styled using the \l{#border-prop}{border}
-        property. The \l{#title-sub}{::title} subcontrol can be used to customize
-        the title bar. The close and float buttons are positioned with respect
-        to the \l{title-sub}{::title} subcontrol using the 
-        \l{#close-button-sub}{::close-button} and
-        \l{#float-button-sub}{::float-button} respectively.
-
-        When the title bar is vertical, the \l{#vertical-ps}{:vertical} pseudo 
-        class is set. In addition, depending on QDockWidget::DockWidgetFeature,
-        the \l{#closable-ps}{:closable}, \l{#floatable-ps}{:floatable} and
-        \l{#movable-ps}{:movable} pseudo states are set.
-
-        \note Use QMainWindow::separator to style the resize handle.
-
-        \warning The style sheet has no effect when the QDockWidget is undocked
-        as Qt uses native top level windows when undocked.
-
-        See \l{Qt Style Sheets Examples#Customizing QDockWidget}
-        {Customizing QDockWidget} for an example.
-
-    \row
-        \o QDoubleSpinBox \target qdoublespinbox-widget
-        \o See \l{#qspinbox-widget}{QSpinBox}.
-
-    \row
-        \o QFrame \target qframe-widget
-        \o Supports the \l{box model}.
-
-           Since 4.3, setting a stylesheet on a QLabel automatically
-           sets the QFrame::frameStyle property to QFrame::StyledPanel.
-
-           See \l{Qt Style Sheets Examples#Customizing QFrame}{Customizing QFrame}
-           for an example.
-
-    \row
-        \o QGroupBox \target qgroupbox-widget
-        \o Supports the \l{box model}. The title can be styled using the
-           \l{#title-sub}{::title} subcontrol. By default, the title is placed
-           depending on QGroupBox::textAlignment.
-
-           In the case of a checkable QGroupBox, the title includes the
-           check indicator. The indicator is styled using the 
-           the \l{#indicator-sub}{::indicator} subcontrol. The 
-           \l{#spacing-prop}{spacing} property can be used to control
-           the spacing between the text and indicator.
-
-           See \l{Qt Style Sheets Examples#Customizing QGroupBox}{Customizing QGroupBox}
-           for an example.
-
-    \row
-        \o QHeaderView \target qheaderview-widget
-        \o Supports the \l{box model}. The sections of the header view are
-           styled using the \l{#section-sub}{::section} sub control. The
-           \c{section} Sub-control supports the \l{#middle-ps}{:middle},
-           \l{#first-ps}{:first}, \l{#last-ps}{:last}, 
-           \l{#only-one-ps}{:only-one}, \l{#next-selected-ps}{:next-selected},
-           \l{#previous-selected-ps}{:previous-selected}, 
-           \l{#selected-ps}{:selected} pseudo states.
-
-           Sort indicator in can be styled using the 
-           \l{#up-arrow-sub}{::up-arrow} and the 
-           \l{#down-arrow-sub}{::down-arrow} Sub-control.
-
-           See \l{Qt Style Sheets Examples#Customizing QHeaderView}{Customizing QHeaderView}
-           for an example.
-
-    \row
-        \o QLabel \target qlabel-widget
-        \o Supports the \l{box model}. Does not support the
-           \l{#hover-ps}{:hover} pseudo-state. 
-
-           Since 4.3, setting a stylesheet on a QLabel automatically
-           sets the QFrame::frameStyle property to QFrame::StyledPanel.
-
-           See \l{Qt Style Sheets Examples#Customizing QFrame}{Customizing QFrame} for an
-           example (a QLabel derives from QFrame).
-
-    \row
-        \o QLineEdit \target qlineedit-widget
-        \o Support the \l{box model}.
-
-           The color and background of the selected item is styled using
-           \l{#selection-color-prop}{selection-color} and
-           \l{#selection-background-color-prop}{selection-background-color}
-           respectively.
-
-           The password character can be styled using the
-           \l{#lineedit-password-character-prop}{lineedit-password-character}
-           property.
-
-           See \l{Qt Style Sheets Examples#Customizing QLineEdit}{Customizing QLineEdit}
-           for an example.
-
-    \row
-        \o QListView \target qlistview-widget
-        \o Supports the \l{box model}. When 
-           \l{QAbstractItemView::alternatingRowColors}{alternating row colors} 
-           is enabled, the alternating colors can be styled using the 
-           \l{#alternate-background-color-prop}{alternate-background-color}
-           property.
-
-           The color and background of the selected item is styled using
-           \l{#selection-color-prop}{selection-color} and
-           \l{#selection-background-color-prop}{selection-background-color}
-           respectively.
-
-           The selection behavior is controlled by the
-           \l{#show-decoration-selected-prop}{show-decoration-selected} property.
-
-           Use the \l{#item-sub}{::item} subcontrol for more fine grained
-           control over the items in the QListView.
-
-           See \l{qabstractscrollarea-widget}{QAbsractScrollArea} to
-           style scrollable backgrounds.
-
-           See \l{Qt Style Sheets Examples#Customizing QListView}
-           {Customzing QListView} for an example.
-
-    \row
-        \o QListWidget \target qlistwidget-widget
-        \o See \l{#qlistview-widget}{QListView}.
-
-    \row
-        \o QMainWindow \target qmainwindow-widget
-        \o Supports styling of the separator
-
-           The separator in a QMainWindow when using QDockWidget is styled
-           using the \l{#separator-sub}{::separator} subcontrol.
-
-           See \l{Qt Style Sheets Examples#Customizing QMainWindow}{Customizing QMainWindow}
-           for an example.
-
-    \row
-        \o QMenu \target qmenu-widget
-        \o Supports the \l{box model}. 
-
-           Individual items are styled using the \l{#item-sub}{::item} 
-           subcontrol. In addition to the usually supported pseudo states,
-           \c{item} subcontrol supports the 
-           \l{#selected-ps}{:selected}, \l{#default-ps}{:default},
-           \l{#exclusive-ps}{:exclusive} and the 
-           \l{#non-exclusive-ps}{non-exclusive} pseudo states. 
-
-           The indicator of checkable menu items is styled using the
-           \l{#indicator-sub}{::indicator} subcontrol.
-
-           The separator is styled using the \l{#separator-sub}{::separator}
-           subcontrol.
-
-           For items with a sub menu, the arrow marks are styled using the
-           \l{::right-arrow-sub}{right-arrow} and 
-           \l{::left-arrow-sub}{left-arrow}.
-
-            The scroller is styled using the \l{#scroller-sub}{::scroller}.
-
-            The tear-off is styled using the \l{#tear-off-sub}{::tear-off}.
-
-           See \l{Qt Style Sheets Examples#Customizing QMenu}{Customizing QMenu}
-           for an example.
-
-    \row
-        \o QMenuBar \target qmenubar-widget
-        \o Supports the \l{box model}. The \l{#spacing-prop}{spacing}
-           property specifies the spacing between menu items.
-           Individual items are styled using the \l{#item-sub}{::item}
-           subcontrol.
-
-           \warning When running on Qt/Mac, the menu bar is usually embedded into the
-           system-wide menu bar. In this case, the style sheet will have no effect.
-
-           See \l{Qt Style Sheets Examples#Customizing QMenuBar}{Customizing QMenuBar}
-           for an example.
-
-    \row
-        \o QMessageBox \target qmessagebox-widget
-        \o The \l{#messagebox-text-interaction-flags-prop}
-           {messagebox-text-interaction-flags} property can be used to alter
-           the interaction with text in the message box.
-
-    \row
-        \o QProgressBar \target qprogressbar-widget
-        \o Supports the \l{box model}. The chunks of the progress bar
-           can be styled using the \l{#chunk-sub}{::chunk} subcontrol.
-           The chunk is displayed on the Contents rectangle of the widget.
-
-           If the progress bar displays text, use the \l{text-align-prop}{text-align}
-           property to position the text.
-
-           Indeterminate progress bars have the 
-           \l{#indeterminate-ps}{:indeterminate} pseudo state set.
-
-           See \l{Qt Style Sheets Examples#Customizing QProgressBar}{Customizing QProgressBar}
-           for an example.
-
-    \row
-        \o QPushButton \target qpushbutton-widget
-        \o Supports the \l{box model}. Supports the \l{#default-ps}{:default},
-           \l{#flat-ps}{:flat}, \l{#checked-ps}{:checked} pseudo states.
-
-           For QPushButton with a menu, the menu indicator is styled
-           using the \l{#menu-indicator-sub}{::menu-indicator}
-           subcontrol. Appearance of checkable push buttons can be
-           customized using the \l{#open-ps}{:open} and 
-           \l{#closed-ps}{:closed} pseudo-states.
-
-           \warning If you only set a background-color on a QPushButton, the background
-           may not appear unless you set the border property to some value. This is
-           because, by default, the QPushButton draws a native border which completely
-           overlaps the background-color. For example,
-
-           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 30
-
-           See \l{Qt Style Sheets Examples#Customizing QPushButton}{Customizing QPushButton}
-           for an example.
-
-    \row
-        \o QRadioButton \target qradiobutton-widget
-        \o Supports the \l{box model}. The check indicator can be
-           styled using the \l{#indicator-sub}{::indicator}
-           subcontrol. By default, the indicator is placed in the Top
-           Left corner of the Contents rectangle of the widget.
-
-           The \l{#spacing-prop}{spacing} property
-           specifies the spacing between the check indicator and
-           the text.
-
-           See \l{Qt Style Sheets Examples#Customizing QRadioButton}
-           {Customizing QRadioButton} for an example.
-
-    \row
-        \o QScrollBar \target qscrollbar-widget
-        \o Supports the \l{box model}. The Contents rectangle of the widget
-           is considered to be the groove over which the slider moves. The extent
-           of the QScrollBar (i.e the width or the height depending on the orientation)
-           is set using the \l{#width-prop}{width} or \l{#height-prop}{height} property
-           respectively. To determine the orientation, use the 
-           \l{#horizontal-ps}{:horizontal} and the \l{vertical-ps}{:vertical}
-           pseudo states.
-
-           The slider can be styled using the \l{#handle-sub}{::handle} subcontrol.
-           Setting the \l{#min-width-prop}{min-width} or \l{#min-height-prop}{min-height}
-           provides size contraints for the slider depending on the orientation.
-
-           The \l{add-line-sub}{::add-line} subcontrol can be used to style the
-           button to add a line. By default, the add-line subcontrol is placed in 
-           top right corner of the Border rectangle of the widget. Depending on the
-           orientation the \l{#right-arrow-sub}{::right-arrow} or 
-           \l{#down-arrow-sub}{::down-arrow}. By default, the arrows are placed in 
-           the center of the Contents rectangle of the add-line subcontrol. 
-
-           The \l{sub-line-sub}{::sub-line} subcontrol can be used to style the
-           button to subtract a line. By default, the sub-line subcontrol is placed in 
-           bottom right corner of the Border rectangle of the widget. Depending on the
-           orientation the \l{#left-arrow-sub}{::left-arrow} or 
-           \l{#up-arrow-sub}{::up-arrow}. By default, the arrows are placed in 
-           the center of the Contents rectangle of the sub-line subcontrol. 
-
-           The \l{sub-page-sub}{::sub-page} subcontrol can be used to style the
-           region of the slider that subtracts a page. The \l{add-page-sub}{::add-page}
-           subcontrol can be used to style the region of the slider that adds a page.
-
-           See \l{Qt Style Sheets Examples#Customizing QScrollBar}{Customizing QScrollBar} 
-           for an example.
-
-    \row
-        \o QSizeGrip \target qsizegrip-widget
-        \o Supports the \l{#width-prop}{width},
-           \l{#height-prop}{height}, and \l{#image-prop}{image}
-           properties.
-
-           See \l{Qt Style Sheets Examples#Customizing QSizeGrip}{Customizing QSizeGrip}
-           for an example.
-
-    \row
-        \o QSlider \target qslider-widget
-        \o Supports the \l{box model}. For horizontal slides, the 
-           \l{min-width-prop}{min-width} and \l{height-prop}{height}
-           properties must be provided. For vertical sliders, the 
-           \l{min-height-prop}{min-height} and \l{width-prop}{width}
-           properties must be provided.
-
-           The groove of the slider is styled 
-           using the \l{#groove-sub}{::groove}. The groove is 
-           positioned by default in the Contents rectangle of the widget. 
-           The thumb of the slider is styled using \l{#handle-sub}{::handle}
-           subcontrol. The subcontrol moves in the Contents rectangle of
-           the groove subcontrol.
-
-           See \l{Qt Style Sheets Examples#Customizing QSlider}{Customizing QSlider}
-           for an example.
-
-    \row
-        \o QSpinBox \target qspinbox-widget
-        \o The frame of the spin box can be styled using the \l{box
-           model}. 
-
-           The up button and arrow can be styled using the 
-           \l{#up-button-sub}{::up-button} and
-           \l{#up-arrow-sub}{::up-arrow} subcontrols. By default,
-           the up-button is placed in the top right corner in the 
-           Padding rectangle of the widget. Without an explicit size,
-           it occupies half the height of its reference rectangle.
-           The up-arrow is placed in the center of the Contents
-           rectangle of the up-button.
-
-           The down button and arrow can be styled using the 
-           \l{#down-button-sub}{::down-button} and
-           \l{#down-arrow-sub}{::down-arrow} subcontrols. By default,
-           the down-button is placed in the bottom right corner in the 
-           Padding rectangle of the widget. Without an explicit size,
-           it occupies half the height of its reference rectangle.
-           The bottom-arrow is placed in the center of the Contents
-           rectangle of the bottom-button.
-
-           See \l{Qt Style Sheets Examples#Customizing QSpinBox}{Customizing QSpinBox}
-           for an example.
-
-    \row
-        \o QSplitter \target qsplitter-widget
-        \o Supports the \l{box model}. The handle of the splitter 
-           is styled using the \l{#handle-sub}{::handle} subcontrol.
-
-           See \l{Qt Style Sheets Examples#Customizing QSplitter}{Customizing QSplitter}
-           for an example.
-
-    \row
-        \o QStatusBar \target qstatusbar-widget
-        \o Supports only the \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#background-prop}
-           {background} property.
-           The frame for individual items can be style using the
-           \l{#item-sub}{::item} subcontrol.
-
-           See \l{Qt Style Sheets Examples#Customizing QStatusBar}{Customizing QStatusBar}
-           for an example.
-
-    \row
-        \o QTabBar \target qtabbar-widget
-        \o Individual tabs may be styled using the \l{#tab-sub}{::tab}
-           subcontrol. The tabs support the
-           \l{#only-one-ps}{:only-one}, \l{#first-ps}{:first},
-           \l{#last-ps}{:last}, \l{#middle-ps}{:middle},
-           \l{#previous-selected-ps}{:previous--selected},
-           \l{#next-selected-ps}{:next-selected},
-           \l{#selected-ps}{:selected} pseudo states.
-
-            The \l{#top-ps}{:top}, \l{#left-ps}{:left}, \l{#right-ps}{:right},
-            \l{#bottom-ps}{:bottom} pseudo states depending on the orientation
-            of the tabs.
-
-            Overlapping tabs for the selected state are created by using
-            negative margins or using the \c{absolute} position scheme.
-
-            The tear indicator of the QTabBar is styled using the 
-            \l{#tear-sub}{::tear} subcontrol.
-
-            QTabBar used two QToolButtons for its scrollers that can be styled
-            using the \c{QTabBar QToolButton} selector. To specify the width
-            of the scroll button use the \l{#scroller-sub}{::scroller} 
-            subcontrol.
-
-            The alignment of the tabs within the QTabBar is styled
-            using the \l{#Alignment}{alignment} property. \warning 
-
-            To change the position of the QTabBar within a QTabWidget, use the
-            \l{#tab-bar-sub}{tab-bar} subcontrol (and set subcontrol-position).
-
-           See \l{Qt Style Sheets Examples#Customizing QTabWidget and QTabBar}{Customizing QTabBar}
-           for an example.
-
-    \row
-        \o QTabWidget \target qtabwidget-widget
-        \o The frame of the tab widget is styled using the 
-           \l{#pane-sub}{::pane} subcontrol. The left and right
-           corners are styled using the \l{#left-corner-sub}{::left-corner}
-           and \l{#right-corner-sub}{::right-corner} respectively.
-           The position of the tab bar is controlled using the
-           \l{#tab-bar-sub}{::tab-bar} subcontrol.
-
-           By default, the subcontrols have positions of a QTabWidget in 
-           the QWindowsStyle. To place the QTabBar in the center, set the
-           subcontrol-position of the tab-bar subcontrol.
-
-            The \l{#top-ps}{:top}, \l{#left-ps}{:left}, \l{#right-ps}{:right},
-            \l{#bottom-ps}{:bottom} pseudo states depending on the orientation
-            of the tabs.
-
-           See \l{Qt Style Sheets Examples#Customizing QTabWidget and QTabBar}
-           {Customizing QTabWidget} for an example.
-
-    \row
-        \o QTableView \target qtableview-widget
-        \o Supports the \l{box model}. When
-           \l{QAbstractItemView::alternatingRowColors}{alternating row colors} 
-           is enabled, the alternating colors can be styled using the 
-           \l{#alternate-background-color-prop}{alternate-background-color}
-           property.
-
-           The color and background of the selected item is styled using
-           \l{#selection-color-prop}{selection-color} and
-           \l{#selection-background-color-prop}{selection-background-color}
-           respectively.
-
-           The corner widget in a QTableView is implemented as a QAbstractButton
-           and can be styled using the "QTableView QTableCornerButton::section"
-           selector.
-
-           \warning If you only set a background-color on a QTableCornerButton, 
-           the background may not appear unless you set the border property to 
-           some value. This is because, by default, the QTableCornerButton draws a 
-           native border which completely overlaps the background-color. 
-
-           The color of the grid can be specified using the
-           \l{#gridline-color-prop}{gridline-color} property.
-
-           See \l{qabstractscrollarea-widget}{QAbsractScrollArea} to
-           style scrollable backgrounds.
-
-           See \l{Qt Style Sheets Examples#Customizing QTableView}
-           {Customzing QTableView} for an example.
-
-    \row
-        \o QTableWidget \target qtablewidget-widget
-        \o See \l{#qtableview-widget}{QTableView}.
-
-    \row
-        \o QTextEdit \target qtextedit-widget
-        \o Supports the \l{box model}.
-
-           The color and background of selected text is styled using
-           \l{#selection-color-prop}{selection-color} and
-           \l{#selection-background-color-prop}{selection-background-color}
-           respectively.
-
-           See \l{qabstractscrollarea-widget}{QAbsractScrollArea} to
-           style scrollable backgrounds.
-
-    \row
-        \o QTimeEdit \target qtimeedit-widget
-        \o See \l{#qspinbox-widget}{QSpinBox}.
-
-    \row
-        \o QToolBar \target qtoolbar-widget
-        \o Supports the \l{box model}. 
-
-           The \l{#top-ps}{:top}, \l{#left-ps}{:left}, \l{#right-ps}{:right},
-           \l{#bottom-ps}{:bottom} pseudo states depending on the area in
-           which the tool bar is grouped.
-
-           The \l{#first-ps}{:first}, \l{#last-ps}{:last}, \l{#middle-ps}{:middle},
-           \l{#only-one-ps}{:only-one} pseudo states indicator the position
-           of the tool bar within a line group (See 
-           QStyleOptionToolBar::positionWithinLine).
-
-           The separator of a QToolBar is styled using the 
-           \l{#separator-sub}{::separator} subcontrol.
-
-           The handle (to move the toolbar) is styled using the
-           \l{#handle-sub}{::handle} subcontrol.
-
-           See \l{Qt Style Sheets Examples#Customizing QToolBar}{Customizing QToolBar} 
-           for an example.
-
-    \row
-        \o QToolButton \target qtoolbutton-widget
-        \o Supports the \l{box model}.
-
-           If the QToolButton has a menu, is 
-           \l{#menu-indicator-sub}{::menu-indicator} subcontrol can be used to
-           style the indicator. By default, the menu-indicator is positioned
-           at the bottom right of the Padding rectangle of the widget.
-
-           If the QToolButton is in QToolButton::MenuButtonPopup mode,
-           the \l{#menu-button-sub}{::menu-button} subcontrol is used to draw the
-           menu button. \l{#menu-arrow-sub}{::menu-arrow} subcontrol is used to
-           draw the menu arrow inside the menu-button. By default, it is
-           positioned in the center of the Contents rectangle of the
-           menu-button subcontrol.
-
-           When the QToolButton displays arrows, the \l{#up-arrow-sub}{::up-arrow},
-           \l{#down-arrow-sub}{::down-arrow}, \l{#left-arrow-sub}{::left-arrow}
-           and \l{#right-arrow-sub}{::right-arrow} subcontrols are used.
-
-           \warning If you only set a background-color on a QToolButton, the background
-           will not appear unless you set the border property to some value. This is
-           because, by default, the QToolButton draws a native border which completely
-           overlaps the background-color. For example,
-
-           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 31
-
-           See \l{Qt Style Sheets Examples#Customizing QToolButton}{Customizing QToolButton}
-           for an example.
-
-    \row
-        \o QToolBox \target qtoolbox-widget
-        \o Supports the \l{box model}. 
-
-          The individual tabs can by styled using the 
-          \l{#tab-sub}{::tab} subcontrol. The tabs support the
-          \l{#only-one-ps}{:only-one}, \l{#first-ps}{:first},
-          \l{#last-ps}{:last}, \l{#middle-ps}{:middle},
-         \l{#previous-selected-ps}{:previous-selected},
-          \l{#next-selected-ps}{:next-selected},
-          \l{#selected-ps}{:selected} pseudo states.
-
-    \row
-        \o QToolTip \target qtooltip-widget
-        \o Supports the \l{box model}. The \l{#opacity-prop}{opacity}
-           property controls the opacity of the tooltip.
-
-           See \l{Qt Style Sheets Examples#Customizing QFrame}{Customizing QFrame}
-           for an example (a QToolTip is a QFrame).
-
-    \row
-        \o QTreeView \target qtreeview-widget
-        \o Supports the \l{box model}. When 
-           \l{QAbstractItemView::alternatingRowColors}{alternating row colors} 
-           is enabled, the alternating colors can be styled using the 
-           \l{#alternate-background-color-prop}{alternate-background-color}
-           property.
-
-           The color and background of the selected item is styled using
-           \l{#selection-color-prop}{selection-color} and
-           \l{#selection-background-color-prop}{selection-background-color}
-           respectively.
-
-           The selection behavior is controlled by the
-           \l{#show-decoration-selected-prop}{show-decoration-selected} property.
-
-           The branches of the tree view can be styled using the 
-           \l{#branch-sub}{::branch} subcontrol. The
-           ::branch Sub-control supports the \l{open-ps}{:open},
-           \l{closed-ps}{:closed}, \l{has-siblings-ps}{:has-sibling} and
-           \l{has-children-ps}{:has-children} pseudo states. 
-
-           Use the \l{#item-sub}{::item} subcontrol for more fine grained
-           control over the items in the QTreeView.
-
-           See \l{qabstractscrollarea-widget}{QAbsractScrollArea} to
-           style scrollable backgrounds.
-
-           See \l{Qt Style Sheets Examples#Customizing QTreeView}{Customizing QTreeView}
-           for an example to style the branches.
-
-    \row
-        \o QTreeWidget \target qtreewidget-widget
-        \o See \l{#qtreeview-widget}{QTreeView}.
-
-    \row
-        \o QWidget \target qwidget-widget
-        \o Supports only the \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#background-prop}{background},
-           \l{#background-clip-prop}{background-clip} and
-           \l{#background-origin-prop}{background-origin} properties.
-
-           If you subclass from QWidget, you need to provide a paintEvent for your
-           custom QWidget as below:
-           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 32
-
-           The above code is a no-operation if there is no stylesheet set.
-
-           \warning Make sure you define the Q_OBJECT macro for your custom 
-           widget.
-
-    \endtable
-
-    \section1 List of Properties
-
-    The table below lists all the properties supported by Qt Style
-    Sheets. Which values can be given to an property depend on the
-    \l{List of Property Types}{property's type}. Unless otherwise
-    specified, properties below apply to all widgets. Properties
-    marked with an asterisk * are specific to Qt and have no equivalent
-    in CSS2 or CSS3.
-
-    \table 100%
-    \header
-        \o Property
-        \o Type
-        \o Description
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold{\c alternate-background-color} \target alternate-background-color-prop
-        \o \l{#Brush}{Brush} \BR
-        \o The \l{QAbstractItemView::alternatingRowColors}
-           {alternate background color} used in QAbstractItemView subclasses.
-
-           If this property is not set, the default value is
-           whatever is set for the palette's
-           \l{QPalette::}{AlternateBase} role.
-
-           Example:
-
-           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 33
-
-           See also \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#background-prop}{background} and
-           \l{#selection-background-color-prop}{selection-background-color}.
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold{\c background} \target background-prop
-        \o \l{#Background}{Background}
-        \o Shorthand notation for setting the background. Equivalent
-           to specifying \c background-color, \c background-image, \c
-           background-repeat, and/or \c background-position.
-
-           This property is supported by QAbstractItemView
-           subclasses, QAbstractSpinBox subclasses, QCheckBox,
-           QComboBox, QDialog, QFrame, QGroupBox, QLabel, QLineEdit,
-           QMenu, QMenuBar, QPushButton, QRadioButton, QSplitter,
-           QTextEdit, QToolTip, and plain \l{QWidget}s.
-
-           Example:
-
-           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 34
-
-
-           Often, it is required to set a fill pattern similar to the styles
-           in Qt::BrushStyle. You can use the background-color property for
-           Qt::SolidPattern, Qt::RadialGradientPattern, Qt::LinearGradientPattern
-           and Qt::ConicalGradientPattern.  The other patterns are easily achieved 
-           by creating a background image that contains the pattern.
-
-           Example:
-
-           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 35
-
-           See also \l{#background-origin-prop}{background-origin},
-           \l{#selection-background-color-prop}{selection-background-color},
-           \l{#background-clip-prop}{background-clip},
-           \l{#background-attachment-prop}{background-attachment}
-           and \l{#alternate-background-color-prop}{alternate-background-color}.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c background-color \target background-color-prop
-        \o \l{#Brush}{Brush} \BR
-        \o The background color used for the widget.
-
-           Examples:
-
-           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 36
-
-    \row
-        \o \c background-image \target background-image-prop
-        \o \l{#Url}{Url}
-        \o The background image used for the widget. Semi-transparent
-           parts of the image let the \c background-color shine
-           through.
-
-           Example:
-
-           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 37
-
-    \row
-        \o \c background-repeat \target background-repeat-prop
-        \o \l{#Repeat}{Repeat}
-        \o Whether and how the background image is repeated to fill
-           the \c background-origin rectangle.
-
-           If this property is not specified, the background image
-           is repeated in both directions (\c repeat).
-
-           Example:
-
-           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 38
-
-    \row
-        \o \c background-position
-        \o \l{#Alignment}{Alignment}
-        \o The alignment of the background image within the \c
-           background-origin rectangle.
-
-           If this property is not specified, the alignment is \c
-           top \c left.
-
-           Example:
-
-           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 39
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold{\c background-attachment} \target background-attachment-prop
-        \o \l{#Attachment}{Attachment}
-        \o Determines whether the background-image in a QAbstractScrollArea
-           is scrolled or fixed with respect to the viewport.
-           By default, the background-image scrolls with the viewport.
-
-           Example:
-
-           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 40
-
-        See also \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#background-prop}{background}
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold{\c background-clip} \target background-clip-prop
-        \o \l{#Origin}{Origin}
-        \o The widget's rectangle, in which the \c background is drawn.
-
-           This property specifies the rectangle to which the \c background-color
-           and \c background-image are clipped.
-
-           This property is supported by QAbstractItemView
-           subclasses, QAbstractSpinBox subclasses, QCheckBox,
-           QComboBox, QDialog, QFrame, QGroupBox, QLabel,
-           QPushButton, QRadioButton, QSplitter, QTextEdit, QToolTip,
-           and plain \l{QWidget}s.
-
-           If this property is not specified, the default is \c
-           border.
-
-           Example:
-
-           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 41
-
-           See also \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#background-prop}{background}, 
-           \l{#background-origin-prop}{background-origin} and \l{The Box Model}.
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold{\c background-origin} \target background-origin-prop
-        \o \l{#Origin}{Origin}
-        \o The widget's background rectangle, to use in conjunction
-           with \c background-position and \c background-image.
-
-           This property is supported by QAbstractItemView
-           subclasses, QAbstractSpinBox subclasses, QCheckBox,
-           QComboBox, QDialog, QFrame, QGroupBox, QLabel,
-           QPushButton, QRadioButton, QSplitter, QTextEdit, QToolTip,
-           and plain \l{QWidget}s.
-
-           If this property is not specified, the default is \c
-           padding.
-
-           Example:
-
-           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 42
-
-           See also \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#background-prop}{background} and
-           \l{The Box Model}.
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold{\c border} \target border-prop
-        \o \l{#Border}{Border}
-        \o Shorthand notation for setting the widget's border. Equivalent
-           to specifying \c border-color, \c border-style, and/or
-           \c border-width.
-
-           This property is supported by QAbstractItemView
-           subclasses, QAbstractSpinBox subclasses, QCheckBox,
-           QComboBox, QFrame, QGroupBox, QLabel, QLineEdit,
-           QMenu, QMenuBar, QPushButton, QRadioButton, QSplitter,
-           QTextEdit, QToolTip, and plain \l{QWidget}s.
-
-           Example:
-
-           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 43
-
-    \row
-        \o \c border-top
-        \o \l{#Border}{Border}
-        \o Shorthand notation for setting the widget's top border.
-           Equivalent to specifying \c border-top-color, \c
-           border-top-style, and/or \c border-top-width.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c border-right
-        \o \l{#Border}{Border}
-        \o Shorthand notation for setting the widget's right border.
-           Equivalent to specifying \c border-right-color, \c
-           border-right-style, and/or \c border-right-width.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c border-bottom
-        \o \l{#Border}{Border}
-        \o Shorthand notation for setting the widget's bottom border.
-           Equivalent to specifying \c border-bottom-color, \c
-           border-bottom-style, and/or \c border-bottom-width.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c border-left
-        \o \l{#Border}{Border}
-        \o Shorthand notation for setting the widget's left border.
-           Equivalent to specifying \c border-left-color, \c
-           border-left-style, and/or \c border-left-width.
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold{\c border-color} \target border-attrs
-           \target border-color-prop
-        \o \l{#Box Colors}{Box Colors}
-        \o The color of all the border's edges. Equivalent to
-           specifying \c border-top-color, \c border-right-color, \c
-           border-bottom-color, and \c border-left-color.
-
-           This property is supported by QAbstractItemView
-           subclasses, QAbstractSpinBox subclasses, QCheckBox,
-           QComboBox, QFrame, QGroupBox, QLabel, QLineEdit,
-           QMenu, QMenuBar, QPushButton, QRadioButton, QSplitter,
-           QTextEdit, QToolTip, and plain \l{QWidget}s.
-
-           If this property is not specified, it defaults to
-           \l{#color-prop}{color} (i.e., the widget's foreground
-           color).
-
-           Example:
-
-           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 44
-
-           See also \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#border-style-prop}{border-style},
-           \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#border-width-prop}{border-width},
-           \l{#border-image-prop}{border-image}, and \l{The Box Model}.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c border-top-color
-        \o \l{#Brush}{Brush} \BR
-        \o The color of the border's top edge.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c border-right-color
-        \o \l{#Brush}{Brush} \BR
-        \o The color of the border's right edge.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c border-bottom-color
-        \o \l{#Brush}{Brush} \BR
-        \o The color of the border's bottom edge.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c border-left-color
-        \o \l{#Brush}{Brush} \BR
-        \o The color of the border's left edge.
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold{\c border-image} \target border-image-prop
-        \o \l{#Border Image}{Border Image}
-        \o The image used to fill the border. The image is cut into
-           nine parts and stretched appropriately if necessary. See
-           \l{#Border Image}{Border Image} for details.
-
-           This property is supported by QAbstractItemView
-           subclasses, QAbstractSpinBox subclasses, QCheckBox,
-           QComboBox, QFrame, QGroupBox, QLabel, QLineEdit,
-           QMenu, QMenuBar, QPushButton, QRadioButton, QSplitter,
-           QTextEdit and QToolTip.
-
-           See also \l{#border-color-prop}{border-color},
-           \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#border-style-prop}{border-style},
-           \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#border-width-prop}{border-width}, and
-           \l{The Box Model}.
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold{\c border-radius} \target border-radius-prop
-        \o \l{#Radius}{Radius}
-        \o The radius of the border's corners. Equivalent to
-           specifying \c border-top-left-radius, \c
-           border-top-right-radius, \c border-bottom-right-radius,
-           and \c border-bottom-left-radius.
-
-           The border-radius clips the element's 
-           \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#background-prop}{background}.
-
-           This property is supported by QAbstractItemView
-           subclasses, QAbstractSpinBox subclasses, QCheckBox,
-           QComboBox, QFrame, QGroupBox, QLabel, QLineEdit, QMenu,
-           QMenuBar, QPushButton, QRadioButton, QSplitter, QTextEdit,
-           and QToolTip.
-
-           If this property is not specified, it defaults to 0.
-
-           Example:
-
-           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 45
-
-           See also \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#border-width-prop}{border-width} and
-           \l{The Box Model}.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c border-top-left-radius
-        \o \l{#Radius}{Radius}
-        \o The radius of the border's top-left corner.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c border-top-right-radius
-        \o \l{#Radius}{Radius}
-        \o The radius of the border's top-right corner.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c border-bottom-right-radius
-        \o \l{#Radius}{Radius}
-        \o The radius of the border's bottom-right corner. Setting
-           this property to a positive value results in a rounded
-           corner.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c border-bottom-left-radius
-        \o \l{#Radius}{Radius}
-        \o The radius of the border's bottom-left corner. Setting this
-           property to a positive value results in a rounded corner.
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold{\c border-style} \target border-style-prop
-        \o \l {Border Style}
-        \o The style of all the border's edges.
-
-           This property is supported by QAbstractItemView
-           subclasses, QAbstractSpinBox subclasses, QCheckBox,
-           QComboBox, QFrame, QGroupBox, QLabel, QLineEdit, QMenu,
-           QMenuBar, QPushButton, QRadioButton, QSplitter, QTextEdit,
-           and QToolTip.
-
-           If this property is not specified, it defaults to \c none.
-
-           Example:
-
-           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 46
-
-           See also \l{#border-color-prop}{border-color},
-           \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#border-style-prop}{border-style},
-           \l{#border-image-prop}{border-image}, and \l{The Box Model}.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c border-top-style
-        \o \l{#Border Style}{Border Style}
-        \o The style of the border's top edge.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c border-right-style
-        \o \l{#Border Style}{Border Style}
-        \o The style of the border's right edge/
-
-    \row
-        \o \c border-bottom-style
-        \o \l{#Border Style}{Border Style}
-        \o The style of the border's bottom edge.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c border-left-style
-        \o \l{#Border Style}{Border Style}
-        \o The style of the border's left edge.
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold{\c border-width} \target border-width-prop
-        \o \l{#Box Lengths}{Box Lengths}
-        \o The width of the border. Equivalent to setting \c
-           border-top-width, \c border-right-width, \c
-           border-bottom-width, and \c border-left-width.
-
-           This property is supported by QAbstractItemView
-           subclasses, QAbstractSpinBox subclasses, QCheckBox,
-           QComboBox, QFrame, QGroupBox, QLabel, QLineEdit, QMenu,
-           QMenuBar, QPushButton, QRadioButton, QSplitter, QTextEdit,
-           and QToolTip.
-
-           Example:
-
-           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 47
-
-           See also \l{#border-color-prop}{border-color},
-           \l{#border-radius-prop}{border-radius},
-           \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#border-style-prop}{border-style},
-           \l{#border-image-prop}{border-image}, and
-           \l{The Box Model}.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c border-top-width
-        \o \l{#Length}{Length}
-        \o The width of the border's top edge.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c border-right-width
-        \o \l{#Length}{Length}
-        \o The width of the border's right edge.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c border-bottom-width
-        \o \l{#Length}{Length}
-        \o The width of the border's bottom edge.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c border-left-width
-        \o \l{#Length}{Length}
-        \o The width of the border's left edge.
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold{\c bottom} \target bottom-prop
-        \o \l{#Length}{Length}
-        \o If \l{#position-prop}{position} is \c relative (the
-           default), moves a \l{subcontrol} by a certain offset up;
-           specifying \tt{bottom: \e{y}} is then equivalent to
-           specifying \tt{\l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#top-prop}{top}: -\e{y}}.
-
-           If \l{#position-prop}{position} is \c absolute, the \c
-           bottom property specifies the subcontrol's bottom edge
-           in relation to the parent's bottom edge (see also
-           \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#subcontrol-origin-prop}
-           {subcontrol-origin}).
-
-           Example:
-
-           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 48
-
-           See also \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#left-prop}{left}, \l{#right-prop}{right}, and
-           \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#top-prop}{top}.
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold{\c button-layout} \target button-layout-prop
-        \o \l{#Number}{Number}
-        \o The layout of buttons in a QDialogButtonBox or
-           a QMessageBox. The possible values are 0
-           (\l{QDialogButtonBox::}{WinLayout}), 1
-           (\l{QDialogButtonBox::}{MacLayout}), 2
-           (\l{QDialogButtonBox::}{KdeLayout}), and 3
-           (\l{QDialogButtonBox::}{GnomeLayout}).
-
-           If this property is not specified, it defaults to the
-           value specified by the current style for the
-           \l{QStyle::}{SH_DialogButtonLayout} style hint.
-
-           Example:
-
-           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 49
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold{\c color} \target color-prop
-        \o \l{#Brush}{Brush} \BR 
-        \o The color used to render text.
-
-           This property is supported by all widgets that respect
-           the \l QWidget::palette.
-
-           If this property is not set, the default is whatever is
-           set for in the widget's palette for the
-           QWidget::foregroundRole (typically black).
-
-           Example:
-
-           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 50
-
-           See also \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#background-prop}{background} and
-           \l{#selection-color-prop}{selection-color}.
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold{\c dialogbuttonbox-buttons-have-icons}
-        \o \l{#Boolean}{Boolean}
-        \o Whether the buttons in a QDialogButtonBox show icons
-
-        If this property is set to 1, the buttons of a QDialogButtonBox
-        show icons; if it is set to 0, the icons are not shown.
-
-        See the \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#list of icons}{List of Icons}
-        section for information on how to set icons.
-
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 51
-
-        \note Styles defining this property must be applied before the
-        QDialogButtonBox is created; this means that you must apply the
-        style to the parent widget or to the application itself.
-
-    \omit
-    \row
-        \o \bold{\c etch-disabled-text}*
-        \o \l{#Boolean}{Boolean}
-        \o Whether disabled text is drawn etched.
-
-           If this property is not specified, it defaults to the
-           value specified by the current style for the
-           \l{QStyle::}{SH_EtchDisabledText} style hint.
-
-           Example:
-
-           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 52
-    \endomit
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold{\c font} \target font-prop
-        \o \l{#Font}{Font}
-        \o Shorthand notation for setting the text's font. Equivalent
-           to specifying \c font-family, \c font-size, \c font-style,
-           and/or \c font-weight.
-
-           This property is supported by all widgets that respect
-           the \l QWidget::font.
-
-           If this property is not set, the default is the
-           QWidget::font.
-
-           Example:
-
-           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 53
-
-    \row
-        \o \c font-family
-        \o String
-        \o The font family.
-
-           Example:
-
-           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 54
-
-    \row
-        \o \c font-size
-        \o \l{#Font Size}{Font Size}
-        \o The font size. In this version of Qt, only pt and px metrics are 
-           supported.
-
-           Example:
-
-           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 55
-
-    \row
-        \o \c font-style
-        \o \l {Font Style}
-        \o The font style.
-
-           Example:
-
-           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 56
-
-    \row
-        \o \c font-weight
-        \o \l{#Font Weight}{Font Weight}
-        \o The weight of the font.
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold{\c gridline-color}* \target gridline-color-prop
-        \o \l{#Color}{Color} \BR
-        \o The color of the grid line in a QTableView.
-
-           If this property is not specified, it defaults to the
-           value specified by the current style for the
-           \l{QStyle::}{SH_Table_GridLineColor} style hint.
-
-           Example:
-
-           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 57
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold{\c height} \target height-prop
-        \o \l{#Length}{Length}
-        \o The height of a \l{subcontrol} (or in some case, a widget).
-
-           If this property is not specified, it defaults to a value
-           that depends on the subcontrol/widget and on the current style.
-
-           \warning Unless otherwise specified, this property has no effect 
-           when set on widgets. If you want a widget with a fixed height, set
-           the \l{#min-width-prop}{min-height} and 
-           \l{#max-width-prop}{max-height} to the same value.
-
-           Example:
-
-           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 58
-
-           See also \l{#width-prop}{width}.
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold{\c icon-size} \target icon-size-prop
-        \o \l{#Length}{Length}
-        \o The width and height of the icon in a widget.
-
-           The icon size of the following widgets can be set using this 
-           property.
-               \list
-               \i QCheckBox
-               \i QListView
-               \i QPushButton
-               \i QRadioButton
-               \i QTabBar
-               \i QToolBar
-               \i QToolBox
-               \i QTreeView
-               \endlist
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold{\c image}* \target image-prop
-        \o \l{#Url}{Url}+
-        \o The image that is drawn in the contents rectangle of a 
-           \l{subcontrol}. 
-
-           The image property accepts a list of \l{#Url}{Url}s or 
-           an \c{svg}. The actual image that is drawn is determined
-           using the same algorithm as QIcon (i.e) the image is never scaled
-           up but always scaled down if necessary. If a \c{svg} is specified,
-           the image is scaled to the size of the contents rectangle.
-
-           Setting the image property on sub controls implicitly sets the 
-           width and height of the sub-control (unless the image in a SVG).
-
-           In Qt 4.3 and later, the alignment of the
-           image within the rectangle can be specified using 
-           \l{image-position-prop}{image-position}.
-
-           \warning The QIcon SVG plugin is needed to render SVG images.
-
-           Example:
-
-           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 59
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold{\c image-position} \target image-position-prop
-        \o \l{#Alignment}{alignment}
-        \o In Qt 4.3 and later, the alignment of the image image's position can be specified
-           using relative or absolute position.
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold{\c left} \target left-prop
-        \o \l{#Length}{Length}
-        \o If \l{#position-prop}{position} is \c relative (the
-           default), moves a \l{subcontrol} by a certain offset to
-           the right.
-
-           If \l{#position-prop}{position} is \c absolute, the \c
-           left property specifies the subcontrol's left edge in
-           relation to the parent's left edge (see also
-           \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#subcontrol-origin-prop}{subcontrol-origin}).
-
-           If this property is not specified, it defaults to \c 0.
-
-           Example:
-
-           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 60
-
-           See also \l{#right-prop}{right}, \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#top-prop}{top}, and
-           \l{#bottom-prop}{bottom}.
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold{\c lineedit-password- \BR \c character}* \target lineedit-password-character-prop
-        \o \l{#Number}{Number}
-        \o The QLineEdit password character as a Unicode number.
-
-           If this property is not specified, it defaults to the
-           value specified by the current style for the
-           \l{QStyle::}{SH_LineEdit_PasswordCharacter} style hint.
-
-           Example:
-
-           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 61
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold{\c margin} \target margin-prop
-        \o \l {Box Lengths}
-        \o The widget's margins. Equivalent to specifying \c
-           margin-top, \c margin-right, \c margin-bottom, and \c
-           margin-left.
-
-           This property is supported by QAbstractItemView
-           subclasses, QAbstractSpinBox subclasses, QCheckBox,
-           QComboBox, QFrame, QGroupBox, QLabel, QLineEdit, QMenu,
-           QMenuBar, QPushButton, QRadioButton, QSplitter, QTextEdit,
-           and QToolTip.
-
-           If this property is not specified, it defaults to \c 0.
-
-           Example:
-
-           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 62
-
-           See also \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#padding-prop}{padding},
-           \l{#spacing-prop}{spacing}, and \l{The Box Model}.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c margin-top
-        \o \l{#Length}{Length}
-        \o The widget's top margin.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c margin-right
-        \o \l{#Length}{Length}
-        \o The widget's right margin.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c margin-bottom
-        \o \l{#Length}{Length}
-        \o The widget's bottom margin.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c margin-left
-        \o \l{#Length}{Length}
-        \o The widget's left margin.
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold{\c max-height} \target max-height-prop
-        \o \l{#Length}{Length}
-        \o The widget's or a subcontrol's maximum height.
-
-           This property is supported by QAbstractItemView
-           subclasses, QAbstractSpinBox subclasses, QCheckBox,
-           QComboBox, QFrame, QGroupBox, QLabel, QLineEdit, QMenu,
-           QMenuBar, QPushButton, QRadioButton, QSizeGrip, QSpinBox,
-           QSplitter, QStatusBar, QTextEdit, and QToolTip.
-
-           Example:
-
-           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 63
-
-           See also \l{#max-width-prop}{max-width}.
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold{\c max-width} \target max-width-prop
-        \o \l{#Length}{Length}
-        \o The widget's or a subcontrol's maximum width.
-
-           This property is supported by QAbstractItemView
-           subclasses, QAbstractSpinBox subclasses, QCheckBox,
-           QComboBox, QFrame, QGroupBox, QLabel, QLineEdit, QMenu,
-           QMenuBar, QPushButton, QRadioButton, QSizeGrip, QSpinBox,
-           QSplitter, QStatusBar, QTextEdit, and QToolTip.
-
-           Example:
-
-           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 64
-
-           See also \l{#max-height-prop}{max-height}.
-
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold{\c messagebox-text- \target messagebox-text-interaction-flags-prop
-           \BR \c interaction-flags}*
-        \o \l{#Number}{Number}
-        \o The interaction behavior for text in a message box.
-           Possible values are based on Qt::TextInteractionFlags.
-
-           If this property is not specified, it defaults to the
-           value specified by the current style for the
-           \l{QStyle::}{SH_MessageBox_TextInteractionFlags} style
-           hint.
-
-           Example:
-
-           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 65
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold{\c min-height} \target min-height-prop
-        \o \l{#Length}{Length}
-        \o The widget's or a subcontrol's minimum height.
-
-           This property is supported by QAbstractItemView
-           subclasses, QAbstractSpinBox subclasses, QCheckBox,
-           QComboBox, QFrame, QGroupBox, QLabel, QLineEdit, QMenu,
-           QMenuBar, QPushButton, QRadioButton, QSizeGrip, QSpinBox,
-           QSplitter, QStatusBar, QTextEdit, and QToolTip.
-
-           If this property is not specified, the minimum height is
-           derived based on the widget's contents and the style.
-
-           Example:
-
-           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 66
-
-           See also \l{#min-width-prop}{min-width}.
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold{\c min-width} \target min-width-prop
-        \o \l{#Length}{Length}
-        \o The widget's or a subcontrol's minimum width.
-
-           This property is supported by QAbstractItemView
-           subclasses, QAbstractSpinBox subclasses, QCheckBox,
-           QComboBox, QFrame, QGroupBox, QLabel, QLineEdit, QMenu,
-           QMenuBar, QPushButton, QRadioButton, QSizeGrip, QSpinBox,
-           QSplitter, QStatusBar, QTextEdit, and QToolTip.
-
-           If this property is not specified, the minimum width is
-           derived based on the widget's contents and the style.
-
-           Example:
-
-           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 67
-
-           See also \l{#min-height-prop}{min-height}.
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold{\c opacity}* \target opacity-prop
-        \o \l{#Number}{Number}
-        \o The opacity for a widget. Possible values are from 0
-           (transparent) to 255 (opaque). For the moment, this is
-           only supported for \l{QToolTip}{tooltips}.
-
-           If this property is not specified, it defaults to the
-           value specified by the current style for the
-           \l{QStyle::}{SH_ToolTipLabel_Opacity} style hint.
-
-           Example:
-
-           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 68
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold{\c padding} \target padding-prop
-        \o \l{#Box Lengths}{Box Lengths}
-        \o The widget's padding. Equivalent to specifying \c
-           padding-top, \c padding-right, \c padding-bottom, and \c
-           padding-left.
-
-           This property is supported by QAbstractItemView
-           subclasses, QAbstractSpinBox subclasses, QCheckBox,
-           QComboBox, QFrame, QGroupBox, QLabel, QLineEdit, QMenu,
-           QMenuBar, QPushButton, QRadioButton, QSplitter, QTextEdit,
-           and QToolTip.
-
-           If this property is not specified, it defaults to \c 0.
-
-           Example:
-
-           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 69
-
-           See also \l{#margin-prop}{margin},
-           \l{#spacing-prop}{spacing}, and \l{The Box Model}.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c padding-top
-        \o \l{#Length}{Length}
-        \o The widget's top padding.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c padding-right
-        \o \l{#Length}{Length}
-        \o The widget's right padding.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c padding-bottom
-        \o \l{#Length}{Length}
-        \o The widget's bottom padding.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c padding-left
-        \o \l{#Length}{Length}
-        \o The widget's left padding.
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold{\c paint-alternating-row-colors-for-empty-area} 
-            \target paint-alternating-row-colors-for-empty-area-prop
-        \o \c bool
-        \o Whether the QTreeView paints alternating row colors for the empty 
-           area (i.e the area where there are no items)
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold{\c position} \target position-prop
-        \o \c relative \BR
-           | \c absolute
-        \o Whether offsets specified using \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#left-prop}{left},
-           \l{#right-prop}{right}, \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#top-prop}{top}, and
-           \l{#bottom-prop}{bottom} are relative or absolute
-           coordinates.
-
-           If this property is not specified, it defaults to \c
-           relative.
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold{\c right} \target right-prop
-        \o \l{#Length}{Length}
-        \o If \l{#position-prop}{position} is \c relative (the
-           default), moves a \l{subcontrol} by a certain offset to
-           the left; specifying \tt{right: \e{x}} is then equivalent
-           to specifying \tt{\l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#left-prop}{left}: -\e{x}}.
-
-           If \l{#position-prop}{position} is \c absolute, the \c
-           right property specifies the subcontrol's right edge in
-           relation to the parent's right edge (see also
-           \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#subcontrol-origin-prop}{subcontrol-origin}).
-
-           Example:
-
-           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 70
-
-           See also \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#left-prop}{left}, \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#top-prop}{top}, and
-           \l{#bottom-prop}{bottom}.
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold{\c selection-background-color}* \target selection-background-color-prop
-        \o \l{#Brush}{Brush} \BR
-        \o The background of selected text or items.
-
-           This property is supported by all widgets that respect
-           the \l QWidget::palette and that show selection text.
-
-           If this property is not set, the default value is
-           whatever is set for the palette's
-           \l{QPalette::}{Highlight} role.
-
-           Example:
-
-           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 71
-
-           See also \l{#selection-color-prop}{selection-color} and
-           \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#background-prop}{background}.
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold{\c selection-color}* \target selection-color-prop
-        \o \l{#Brush}{Brush} \BR
-        \o The foreground of selected text or items.
-
-           This property is supported by all widgets that respect
-           the \l QWidget::palette and that show selection text.
-
-           If this property is not set, the default value is
-           whatever is set for the palette's
-           \l{QPalette::}{HighlightedText} role.
-
-           Example:
-
-           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 72
-
-           See also
-           \l{#selection-background-color-prop}{selection-background-color}
-           and \l{#color-prop}{color}.
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold{\c show-decoration- \target show-decoration-selected-prop
-           \BR \c selected}*
-        \o \l{#Boolean}{Boolean}
-        \o Controls whether selections in a QListView cover the
-           entire row or just the extent of the text.
-
-           If this property is not specified, it defaults to the
-           value specified by the current style for the
-           \l{QStyle::}{SH_ItemView_ShowDecorationSelected} style
-           hint.
-
-           Example:
-
-           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 73
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold{\c spacing}* \target spacing-prop
-        \o \l{#Length}{Length}
-        \o Internal spacing in the widget.
-
-           This property is supported by QCheckBox, checkable
-           \l{QGroupBox}es, QMenuBar, and QRadioButton.
-
-           If this property is not specified, the default value
-           depends on the widget and on the current style.
-
-           Example:
-
-           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 74
-
-           See also \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#padding-prop}{padding} and
-           \l{#margin-prop}{margin}.
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold{\c subcontrol-origin}* \target subcontrol-origin-prop
-        \o \l{#Origin}{Origin}
-        \o The origin rectangle of the \l subcontrol within the
-           parent element.
-
-           If this property is not specified, the default is \c
-           padding.
-
-           Example:
-
-           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 75
-
-           See also
-           \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#subcontrol-position-prop}{subcontrol-position}.
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold{\c subcontrol-position}* \target subcontrol-position-prop
-        \o \l{#Alignment}{Alignment}
-        \o The alignment of the \l subcontrol within the origin
-           rectangle specified by \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#subcontrol-origin-prop}
-           {subcontrol-origin}.
-
-           If this property is not specified, it defaults to a value
-           that depends on the subcontrol.
-
-           Example:
-
-           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 76
-
-           See also
-           \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#subcontrol-origin-prop}{subcontrol-origin}.
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold{\c text-align} \target text-align-prop
-        \o \l{#Alignment}{Alignment}
-        \o The alignment of text and icon within the contents of the widget.
-
-           If this value is not specified, it defaults to the value
-           that depends on the native style.
-
-           Example:
-
-           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 77
-
-            This property is currently supported only by QPushButton 
-            and QProgressBar.
-
-    \row    
-        \o \bold{\c text-decoration}
-        \o \c none \BR
-           \c underline \BR
-           \c overline \BR
-           \c line-through
-        \o Additional text effects
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold{\c top} \target top-prop
-        \o \l{#Length}{Length}
-        \o If \l{#position-prop}{position} is \c relative (the
-           default), moves a \l{subcontrol} by a certain offset
-           down.
-
-           If \l{#position-prop}{position} is \c absolute, the \c top
-           property specifies the subcontrol's top edge in relation
-           to the parent's top edge (see also
-           \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#subcontrol-origin-prop}{subcontrol-origin}).
-
-           If this property is not specified, it defaults to \c 0.
-
-           Example:
-
-           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 78
-
-           See also \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#left-prop}{left}, \l{#right-prop}{right}, and
-           \l{#bottom-prop}{bottom}.
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold{\c width} \target width-prop
-        \o \l{#Length}{Length}
-        \o The width of a \l{subcontrol} (or a widget in some cases).
-
-           If this property is not specified, it defaults to a value
-           that depends on the subcontrol/widget and on the current style.
-
-           \warning Unless otherwise specified, this property has no effect 
-           when set on widgets. If you want a widget with a fixed width, set
-           the \l{#min-width-prop}{min-width} and 
-           \l{#max-width-prop}{max-width} to the same value.
-
-           Example:
-
-           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 79
-
-           See also \l{#height-prop}{height}.
-
-    \endtable
-
-    \target list of icons
-    \section1 List of Icons
-
-    Icons used in Qt can be customized using the following properties. Each of
-    the properties listed in this section have the type \l{#Icon}{Icon}.
-
-    Note that for icons to appear in buttons in a QDialogButtonBox, you need to
-    set the dialogbuttonbox-buttons-have-icons property to true. Also, to
-    customize the size of the icons, use the icon-size property.
-
-    \table 100%
-    \header
-        \o Name
-        \o QStyle::StandardPixmap
-
-    \row
-        \o backward-icon
-        \o QStyle::SP_ArrowBack
-
-    \row
-        \o cd-icon
-        \o QStyle::SP_DriveCDIcon
-
-    \row
-        \o computer-icon
-        \o QStyle::SP_ComputerIcon
-
-    \row
-        \o desktop-icon
-        \o QStyle::SP_DesktopIcon
-
-    \row
-        \o dialog-apply-icon
-        \o QStyle::SP_DialogApplyButton
-
-    \row
-        \o dialog-cancel-icon
-        \o QStyle::SP_DialogCancelButton
-
-    \row
-        \o dialog-close-icon
-        \o QStyle::SP_DialogCloseButton
-
-    \row
-        \o dialog-discard-icon
-        \o QStyle::SP_DialogDiscardButton
-
-    \row
-        \o dialog-help-icon
-        \o QStyle::SP_DialogHelpButton
-
-    \row
-        \o dialog-no-icon
-        \o QStyle::SP_DialogNoButton
-
-    \row
-        \o dialog-ok-icon
-        \o QStyle::SP_DialogOkButton
-
-    \row
-        \o dialog-open-icon
-        \o QStyle::SP_DialogOpenButton
-
-    \row
-        \o dialog-reset-icon
-        \o QStyle::SP_DialogResetButton
-
-    \row
-        \o dialog-save-icon
-        \o QStyle::SP_DialogSaveButton
-
-    \row
-        \o dialog-yes-icon
-        \o QStyle::SP_DialogYesButton
-
-    \row
-        \o directory-closed-icon
-        \o QStyle::SP_DirClosedIcon
-
-    \row
-        \o directory-icon
-        \o QStyle::SP_DirIcon
-
-    \row
-        \o directory-link-icon
-        \o QStyle::SP_DirLinkIcon
-
-    \row
-        \o directory-open-icon
-        \o QStyle::SP_DirOpenIcon
-
-    \row
-        \o dockwidget-close-icon
-        \o QStyle::SP_DockWidgetCloseButton
-
-    \row
-        \o downarrow-icon
-        \o QStyle::SP_ArrowDown
-
-    \row
-        \o dvd-icon
-        \o QStyle::SP_DriveDVDIcon
-
-    \row
-        \o file-icon
-        \o QStyle::SP_FileIcon
-
-    \row
-        \o file-link-icon
-        \o QStyle::SP_FileLinkIcon
-
-    \omit
-    \row
-        \o filedialog-backward-icon
-        \o QStyle::SP_FileDialogBack
-    \endomit
-
-    \row
-        \o filedialog-contentsview-icon
-        \o QStyle::SP_FileDialogContentsView
-
-    \row
-        \o filedialog-detailedview-icon
-        \o QStyle::SP_FileDialogDetailedView
-
-    \row
-        \o filedialog-end-icon
-        \o QStyle::SP_FileDialogEnd
-
-    \row
-        \o filedialog-infoview-icon
-        \o QStyle::SP_FileDialogInfoView
-
-    \row
-        \o filedialog-listview-icon
-        \o QStyle::SP_FileDialogListView
-
-    \row
-        \o filedialog-new-directory-icon
-        \o QStyle::SP_FileDialogNewFolder
-
-    \row
-        \o filedialog-parent-directory-icon
-        \o QStyle::SP_FileDialogToParent
-
-    \row
-        \o filedialog-start-icon
-        \o  QStyle::SP_FileDialogStart
-
-    \row
-        \o floppy-icon
-        \o QStyle::SP_DriveFDIcon
-
-    \row
-        \o forward-icon
-        \o QStyle::SP_ArrowForward
-
-    \row
-        \o harddisk-icon
-        \o QStyle::SP_DriveHDIcon
-
-    \row
-        \o home-icon
-        \o QStyle::SP_DirHomeIcon
-
-    \row
-        \o leftarrow-icon
-        \o QStyle::SP_ArrowLeft
-
-    \row
-        \o messagebox-critical-icon
-        \o QStyle::SP_MessageBoxCritical
-
-    \row
-        \o messagebox-information-icon
-        \o QStyle::SP_MessageBoxInformation
-
-    \row
-        \o messagebox-question-icon
-        \o QStyle::SP_MessageBoxQuestion
-
-    \row
-        \o messagebox-warning-icon
-        \o QStyle::SP_MessageBoxWarning
-
-    \row
-        \o network-icon
-        \o QStyle::SP_DriveNetIcon
-
-    \row
-        \o rightarrow-icon
-        \o QStyle::SP_ArrowRight
-
-    \row
-        \o titlebar-contexthelp-icon
-        \o QStyle::SP_TitleBarContextHelpButton
-
-    \row
-        \o titlebar-maximize-icon
-        \o QStyle::SP_TitleBarMaxButton
-
-    \row
-        \o titlebar-menu-icon
-        \o QStyle::SP_TitleBarMenuButton
-
-    \row
-        \o titlebar-minimize-icon
-        \o QStyle::SP_TitleBarMinButton
-
-    \row
-        \o titlebar-normal-icon
-        \o QStyle::SP_TitleBarNormalButton
-
-    \row
-        \o titlebar-shade-icon
-        \o QStyle::SP_TitleBarShadeButton
-
-    \row
-        \o titlebar-unshade-icon
-        \o QStyle::SP_TitleBarUnshadeButton
-
-    \row
-        \o trash-icon
-        \o QStyle::SP_TrashIcon
-
-    \row
-        \o uparrow-icon
-        \o QStyle::SP_ArrowUp
-
-    \endtable
-
-    \section1 List of Property Types
-
-    The following table summarizes the syntax and meaning of the
-    different property types.
-
-    \table 100%
-    \header
-        \o Type
-        \o Syntax
-        \o Description
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold Alignment \target Alignment
-        \o \{ \c top \BR
-           | \c bottom \BR
-           | \c left \BR
-           | \c right \BR
-           | \c center \}*
-        \o Horizontal and/or vertical alignment.
-
-           Example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 80
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold Attachment \target Attachment
-        \o \{ \c scroll \BR
-           | \c fixed \}*
-        \o Scroll or fixed attachment.
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold Background \target Background
-        \o \{ \l{#Brush}{Brush} \BR
-           | \l{#Url}{Url} \BR
-           | \l{#Repeat}{Repeat} \BR
-           | \l{#Alignment}{Alignment} \}*
-        \o A sequence of \l{#Brush}{Brush}, \l{#Url}{Url},
-           \l{#Repeat}{Repeat}, and \l{#Alignment}{Alignment}.
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold Boolean \target Boolean
-        \o 0 | 1
-        \o True (\c 1) or false (\c 0).
-
-           Example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 81
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold Border \target Border
-        \o \{ \l{#Border Style}{Border Style} \BR
-           | \l{#Length}{Length} \BR
-           | \l{#Brush}{Brush} \}*
-        \o Shorthand border property.
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold{Border \target Border Image
-           Image}
-        \o \c none \BR
-           | \l{Url} \l{Number}\{4\} \BR (\c stretch | \c repeat){0,2}
-        \o A border image is an image that is composed of nine parts
-           (top left, top center, top right, center left, center,
-           center right, bottom left, bottom center, and bottom
-           right). When a border of a certain size is required, the
-           corner parts are used as is, and the top, right, bottom,
-           and left parts are stretched or repeated to produce a
-           border with the desired size.
-
-           See the
-           \l{http://www.w3.org/TR/css3-background/#the-border-image}
-           {CSS3 Draft Specification} for details.
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold{Border \target Border Style
-           Style}
-        \o \c dashed \BR
-           | \c dot-dash \BR
-           | \c dot-dot-dash \BR
-           | \c dotted \BR
-           | \c double \BR
-           | \c groove \BR
-           | \c inset \BR
-           | \c outset \BR
-           | \c ridge \BR
-           | \c solid \BR
-           | \c none
-        \o Specifies the pattern used to draw a border.
-           See the \l{http://www.w3.org/TR/css3-background/#border-style}
-           {CSS3 Draft Specification} for details.
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold{Box \target Box Colors 
-        Colors}
-        \o \l{#Brush}{Brush}\{1,4\}
-        \o One to four occurrences of \l{#Brush}{Brush}, specifying the top,
-           right, bottom, and left edges of a box, respectively. If
-           the left color is not specified, it is taken to be the
-           same as the right color. If the bottom color is not
-           specified, it is taken to be the same as the top color. If
-           the right color is not specified, it is taken to be the
-           same as the top color.
-
-           Example:
-
-           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 82
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold{Box \target Box Lengths
-           Lengths}
-        \o \l{#Length}{Length}\{1,4\}
-        \o One to four occurrences of \l{#Length}{Length}, specifying the
-           top, right, bottom, and left edges of a box,
-           respectively. If the left length is not specified, it is
-           taken to be the same as the right length. If the bottom
-           length is not specified, is it taken to be the same as the
-           top length. If the right length is not specified, it is
-           taken to be the same as the top length.
-
-           Examples:
-
-           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 83
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold Brush \target Brush
-        \o \l{#Color}{Color} \BR
-           | \l{Gradient} \BR
-           | \l{PaletteRole}
-        \o Specifies a Color or a Gradient or an entry in the Palette.
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold Color \target Color
-        \o \tt{rgb(\e{r}, \e{g}, \e{b})} \BR
-           | \tt{rgba(\e{r}, \e{g}, \e{b}, \e{a})} \BR
-           | \tt{hsv(\e{h}, \e{s}, \e{v})} \BR
-           | \tt{hsva(\e{h}, \e{s}, \e{v}, \e{a})} \BR
-           | \tt{#\e{rrggbb}} \BR
-           | \l{QColor::setNamedColor()}{Color Name} \BR
-        \o Specifies a color as RGB (red, green, blue) or RGBA
-           (red, green, blue, alpha) or HSV (hue, saturation, value) or HSVA 
-           (hue, saturation, value, alpha) or a named color. The \c rgb() or \c rgba()
-           syntax can be used with integer values between 0 and 255, or with
-           percentages. The value of s, v, and a in \c hsv() or \c hsva() must all 
-           be in the range 0-255; the value of h must be in the range 0-359.
-
-           Examples:
-
-            \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 84
-
-            \note The RGB colors allowed are the same as those allowed with
-            CSS 2.1, as listed
-            \l{http://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/syndata.html#color-units}{here}. 
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold Font \target Font
-        \o (\l{#Font Style}{Font Style} | \l{#Font Weight}{Font Weight}){0,2} \l{#Font Size}{Font Size} String
-        \o Shorthand font property.
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold{Font \target Font Size
-           Size}
-        \o \l{Length}
-        \o The size of a font.
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold{Font \target Font Style
-           Style}
-        \o \c normal \BR
-           | \c italic \BR
-           | \c oblique
-        \o The style of a font.
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold{Font \target Font Weight
-           Weight}
-        \o \c normal \BR
-           | \c bold \BR
-           | \c 100 \BR
-           | \c 200 \BR
-           ... \BR
-           | \c 900
-        \o The weight of a font.
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold Gradient \target Gradient
-        \o \c qlineargradient \BR
-           | \c qradialgradient \BR
-           | \c qconicalgradient
-        \o Specifies gradient fills. There are three types of gradient fills:
-
-           \list
-           \o \e{Linear} gradients interpolate colors between start and
-              end points.
-           \o \e{Radial} gradients interpolate colors between a focal
-              point and end points on a circle surrounding it.
-           \o \e{Conical} gradients interpolate colors around a center
-              point.
-           \endlist
-
-        Gradients are specified in Object Bounding Mode. Imagine the box 
-        in which the gradient is rendered, to have its top left corner at (0, 0)
-        and its bottom right corner at (1, 1). Gradient parameters are
-        then specified as percentages from 0 to 1. These values are 
-        extrapolated to actual box coordinates at runtime. It is possible
-        specify values that lie outside the bounding box (-0.6 or 1.8, for
-        instance).
-
-        \warning The stops have to appear sorted in ascending order.
-
-        Examples:
-
-        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 85
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold Icon \target Icon
-        \o (\l{#Url}{Url} (\c disabled | \c active | \c normal | \c selected)?
-            (\c on | \c off)? )*
-        \o A list of url, QIcon::Mode and QIcon::State.
-
-            Example:
-            \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 86
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold Length \target Length
-        \o \l{#Number}{Number} (\c px | \c pt | \c em | \c ex)?
-        \o A number followed by a measurement unit. The CSS standard recommends
-           that user agents must 
-           \l{http://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/syndata.html#illegalvalues}{ignore}
-           a declaration with an illegal value. In Qt, it is mandatory to 
-           specify measurement units. For compatibility with earlier versions 
-           of Qt, numbers without measurement units are treated as pixels 
-           in most contexts. The supported units are:
-
-           \list
-           \o \c px: pixels
-           \o \c pt: the size of one point (i.e., 1/72 of an inch)
-           \o \c em: the em width of the font (i.e., the width of 'M')
-           \o \c ex: the ex width of the font (i.e., the height of 'x')
-           \endlist
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold Number \target Number
-        \o A decimal integer or a real number
-        \o Examples: \c 0, \c 18, \c +127, \c -255, \c 12.34, \c -.5,
-           \c 0009.
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold Origin \target Origin
-        \o \c margin \BR
-           | \c border \BR
-           | \c padding \BR
-           | \c content
-        \o Indicates which of four rectangles to use.
-
-           \list
-           \o \c margin: The margin rectangle. The margin falls outside the border.
-           \o \c border: The border rectangle. This is where any border is drawn.
-           \o \c padding: The padding rectangle. Unlike the margins,
-                          padding is located inside the border.
-           \o \c content: The content rectangle. This specifies where
-                          the actual contents go, excluding any
-                          padding, border, or margin.
-           \endlist
-
-           See also \l{The Box Model}.
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold PaletteRole \target PaletteRole
-        \o \c alternate-base \BR
-              | \c base \BR
-              | \c bright-text \BR
-              | \c button \BR
-              | \c button-text \BR
-              | \c dark \BR
-              | \c highlight \BR
-              | \c highlighted-text \BR
-              | \c light \BR
-              | \c link \BR
-              | \c link-visited \BR
-              | \c mid \BR
-              | \c midlight \BR
-              | \c shadow \BR
-              | \c text \BR
-              | \c window \BR
-              | \c window-text \BR
-        \o These values correspond the \l{QPalette::ColorRole}{Color roles} 
-           in the widget's QPalette.
-
-            For example,
-            \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 87
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold Radius \target Radius
-        \o \l{#Length}{Length}\{1, 2\}
-        \o One or two occurrences of \l{#Length}{Length}. If only one length is
-           specified, it is used as the radius of the quarter circle
-           defining the corner. If two lengths are specified, the
-           first length is the horizontal radius of a quarter
-           ellipse, whereas the second length is the vertical radius.
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold Repeat \target Repeat
-        \o \c repeat-x \BR
-           | \c repeat-y \BR
-           | \c repeat \BR
-           | \c no-repeat
-        \o A value indicating the nature of repetition.
-
-           \list
-           \o \c repeat-x: Repeat horizontally.
-           \o \c repeat-y: Repeat vertically.
-           \o \c repeat: Repeat horizontally and vertically.
-           \o \c no-repeat: Don't repeat.
-           \endlist
-
-    \row
-        \o \bold Url \target Url
-        \o \tt{url(\e{filename})}
-        \o \tt{\e{filename}} is the name of a file on the local disk
-           or stored using \l{the Qt Resource System}. Setting an
-           image implicitly sets the width and height of the element.
-
-    \endtable
-
-    \section1 List of Pseudo-States
-
-    The following pseudo-states are supported:
-
-    \table 100%
-    \header
-        \o Pseudo-State
-        \o Description
-
-    \row \o \c :active \target active
-          \o This state is set when the widget resides in an active window.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c :adjoins-item \target adjoins-item-ps
-        \o This state is set when the \l{#branch-sub}{::branch} of a QTreeView
-           is adjacent to an item.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c :alternate \target alternate-ps
-        \o This state is set for every alternate row whe painting the row of
-           a QAbstractItemView when QAbstractItemView::alternatingRowColors()
-           is  set to true.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c :bottom \target bottom-ps
-        \o The item is positioned at the bottom. For example, a QTabBar
-           that has its tabs positioned at the bottom.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c :checked \target checked-ps
-        \o The item is checked. For example, the 
-            \l{QAbstractButton::checked}{checked} state of QAbstractButton.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c :closable \target closable-ps
-        \o The items can be closed. For example, the QDockWidget has the
-           QDockWidget::DockWidgetClosable feature turned on.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c :closed \target closed-ps
-        \o The item is in the closed state. For example, an non-expanded 
-           item in a QTreeView
-
-    \row
-        \o \c :default \target default-ps
-        \o The item is the default. For example, a 
-           \l{QPushButton::default}{default} QPushButton or a default action
-           in a QMenu.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c :disabled \target disabled-ps
-        \o The item is \l{QWidget::enabled}{disabled}.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c :editable \target editable-ps
-        \o The QComboBox is editable.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c :edit-focus \target edit-focus-ps
-        \o The item has edit focus (See QStyle::State_HasEditFocus). This state 
-           is available only for Qt Extended applications.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c :enabled \target enabled-ps
-        \o The item is \l{QWidget::enabled}{enabled}.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c :exclusive \target exclusive-ps
-        \o The item is part of an exclusive item group. For example, a menu
-           item in a exclusive QActionGroup.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c :first \target first-ps
-        \o The item is the first (in a list). For example, the first
-           tab in a QTabBar.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c :flat \target flat-ps
-        \o The item is flat. For example, a
-           \l{QPushButton::flat}{flat} QPushButton.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c :floatable \target floatable-ps
-        \o The items can be floated. For example, the QDockWidget has the
-           QDockWidget::DockWidgetFloatable feature turned on.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c :focus \target focus-ps
-        \o The item has \l{QWidget::hasFocus()}{input focus}.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c :has-children \target has-children-ps
-        \o The item has children. For example, an item in a
-           QTreeView that has child items.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c :has-siblings \target has-siblings-ps
-        \o The item has siblings. For example, an item in a
-           QTreeView that siblings.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c :horizontal \target horizontal-ps
-        \o The item has horizontal orientation
-
-    \row
-        \o \c :hover \target hover-ps
-        \o The mouse is hovering over the item.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c :indeterminate \target indeterminate-ps
-        \o The item has indeterminate state. For example, a QCheckBox 
-           or QRadioButton is \l{Qt::PartiallyChecked}{partially checked}.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c :last \target last-ps
-        \o The item is the last (in a list). For example, the last
-           tab in a QTabBar.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c :left \target left-ps
-        \o The item is positioned at the left. For example, a QTabBar
-           that has its tabs positioned at the left.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c :maximized \target maximized-ps
-        \o The item is maximized. For example, a maximized QMdiSubWindow.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c :middle \target middle-ps
-        \o The item is in the middle (in a list). For example, a tab
-           that is not in the beginning or the end in a QTabBar.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c :minimized \target minimized-ps
-        \o The item is minimized. For example, a minimized QMdiSubWindow.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c :movable \target movable-ps
-        \o The item can be moved around. For example, the QDockWidget has the
-           QDockWidget::DockWidgetMovable feature turned on.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c :no-frame \target no-frame-ps
-        \o The item has no frame. For example, a frameless QSpinBox
-           or QLineEdit.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c :non-exclusive \target non-exclusive-ps
-        \o The item is part of a non-exclusive item group. For example, a menu
-           item in a non-exclusive QActionGroup.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c :off \target off-ps
-        \o For items that can be toggled, this applies to items
-           in the "off" state.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c :on \target on-ps
-        \o For items that can be toggled, this applies to widgets
-           in the "on" state. 
-
-    \row
-        \o \c :only-one \target only-one-ps
-        \o The item is the only one (in a list). For example, a lone tab
-           in a QTabBar.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c :open \target open-ps
-        \o The item is in the open state. For example, an expanded 
-           item in a QTreeView, or a QComboBox or QPushButton with
-           an open menu.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c :next-selected \target next-selected-ps
-        \o The next item (in a list) is selected. For example, the
-           selected tab of a QTabBar is next to this item.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c :pressed \target pressed-ps
-        \o The item is being pressed using the mouse.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c :previous-selected \target previous-selected-ps
-        \o The previous item (in a list) is selected. For example, a
-           tab in a QTabBar that is next to the selected tab.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c :read-only \target read-only-ps
-        \o The item is marked read only or non-editable. For example,
-           a read only QLineEdit or a non-editable QComboBox.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c :right \target right-ps
-        \o The item is positioned at the right. For example, a QTabBar
-           that has its tabs positioned at the right.
-
-    \row 
-        \o \c :selected \target selected-ps
-        \o The item is selected. For example, the selected tab in
-           a QTabBar or the selected item in a QMenu.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c :top \target top-ps
-        \o The item is positioned at the top. For example, a QTabBar
-           that has its tabs positioned at the top.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c :unchecked \target unchecked-ps
-        \o The item is
-           \l{QAbstractButton::checked}{unchecked}.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c :vertical \target vertical-ps
-        \o The item has vertical orientation.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c :window \target window-ps
-        \o The widget is a window (i.e top level widget)
-
-    \endtable
-
-    \target subcontrols
-    \section1 List of Sub-Controls
-
-    The following subcontrols are available:
-
-    \table 100%
-    \header
-        \o Sub-Control
-        \o Description
-
-    \row
-        \o \c ::add-line \target add-line-sub
-        \o The button to add a line of a QScrollBar.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c ::add-page \target add-page-sub
-        \o The region between the handle (slider) and the \l{#add-line-sub}{add-line}
-           of a QScrollBar.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c ::branch \target branch-sub
-        \o The branch indicator of a QTreeView.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c ::chunk \target chunk-sub
-        \o The progress chunk of a QProgressBar.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c ::close-button \target close-button-sub
-        \o The close button of a QDockWidget.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c ::corner \target corner-sub
-        \o The corner between two scrollbars in a QAbstractScrollArea
-
-    \row
-        \o \c ::down-arrow \target down-arrow-sub
-        \o The down arrow of a QComboBox, QHeaderView (sort indicator),
-           QScrollBar or QSpinBox.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c ::down-button \target down-button-sub
-        \o  The down button of a QScrollBar or a QSpinBox.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c ::drop-down \target drop-down-sub
-        \o The drop-down button of a QComboBox.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c ::float-button \target float-button-sub
-        \o The float button of a QDockWidget
-
-    \row
-        \o \c ::groove \target groove-sub
-        \o The groove of a QSlider.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c ::indicator \target indicator-sub
-        \o The indicator of a QAbstractItemView, a QCheckBox, a QRadioButton, 
-           a checkable QMenu item or a checkable QGroupBox.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c ::handle \target handle-sub
-        \o The handle (slider) of a QScrollBar, a QSplitter, or a QSlider.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c ::icon \target icon-sub
-        \o The icon of a QAbstractItemView or a QMenu.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c ::item \target item-sub
-        \o An item of a QAbstractItemView, a QMenuBar, a QMenu, or 
-        a QStatusBar.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c ::left-arrow \target left-arrow-sub
-        \o The left arrow of a QScrollBar.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c ::left-corner \target left-corner-sub
-        \o The left corner of a QTabWidget. For example, this control can be
-           used to control position the left corner widget in a QTabWidget.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c ::menu-arrow \target menu-arrow-sub
-        \o The arrow of a QToolButton with a menu.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c ::menu-button \target menu-button-sub
-        \o The menu button of a QToolButton.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c ::menu-indicator \target menu-indicator-sub
-        \o The menu indicator of a QPushButton.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c ::right-arrow \target right-arrow-sub
-        \o The right arrow of a QMenu or a QScrollBar.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c ::pane \target pane-sub
-        \o The pane (frame) of a QTabWidget.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c ::right-corner \target right-corner-sub
-        \o The right corner of a QTabWidget. For example, this control can be
-           used to control the position the right corner widget in a QTabWidget.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c ::scroller \target scroller-sub
-        \o The scroller of a QMenu or QTabBar.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c ::section \target section-sub
-        \o The section of a QHeaderView.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c ::separator \target separator-sub
-        \o The separator of a QMenu or in a QMainWindow.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c ::sub-line \target sub-line-sub
-        \o The button to subtract a line of a QScrollBar.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c ::sub-page \target sub-page-sub
-        \o The region between the handle (slider) and the \l{#sub-line-sub}{sub-line}
-           of a QScrollBar.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c ::tab \target tab-sub
-        \o The tab of a QTabBar or QToolBox.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c ::tab-bar \target tab-bar-sub
-        \o The tab bar of a QTabWidget. This subcontrol exists only to
-           control the position of the QTabBar inside the QTabWidget. To
-           style the tabs using the \l{#tab-sub}{::tab} subcontrol.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c ::tear \target tear-sub
-        \o The tear indicator of a QTabBar.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c ::tear-off \target tear-off-sub
-        \o The tear-off indicator of a QMenu.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c ::text \target text-ps
-        \o The text of a QAbstractItemView.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c ::title \target title-sub
-        \o The title of a QGroupBox or a QDockWidget.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c ::up-arrow \target up-arrow-sub
-        \o The up arrow of a QHeaderView (sort indicator), QScrollBar 
-           or a QSpinBox.
-
-    \row
-        \o \c ::up-button \target up-button-sub
-        \o The up button of a QSpinBox.
-
-    \endtable
-
-    See \l{Customizing the QPushButton's Menu Indicator Sub-Control}
-    for an example of how to customize a subcontrol.
-    */
-
-    /*!
-    \page stylesheet-examples.html
-    \contentspage {Qt Style Sheet}{Contents}
-    \previouspage Qt Style Sheets Reference
-    \title Qt Style Sheets Examples
-
-    \tableofcontents
-    \section1 Style Sheet Usage
-
-    We will now see a few examples to get started with using Qt Style Sheets.
-
-    \section2 Customizing the Foreground and Background Colors
-
-    Let's start by setting yellow as the background color of all
-    \l{QLineEdit}s in an application. This could be achieved like
-    this:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 88
-
-    If we want the property to apply only to the \l{QLineEdit}s that are
-    children (or grandchildren or grand-grandchildren) of a specific dialog,
-    we would rather do this:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 89
-
-    If we want the property to apply only to one specific QLineEdit,
-    we can give it a name using QObject::setObjectName() and use an
-    ID Selector to refer to it:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 90
-
-    Alternatively, we can set the
-    \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#background-prop}{background-color} property directly on the
-    QLineEdit, omitting the selector:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 91
-
-    To ensure a good contrast, we should also specify a suitable
-    color for the text:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 92
-
-    It might be a good idea to change the colors used for selected
-    text as well:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 93
-
-
-    \section2 Customizing Using Dynamic Properties
-
-    There are many situations where we need to present a form that
-    has mandatory fields. To indicate to the user that the field is
-    mandatory, one effective (albeit esthetically dubious) solution
-    is to use yellow as the background color for those fields. It
-    turns out this is very easy to implement using Qt Style Sheets.
-    First, we would use the following application-wide style sheet:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 94
-
-    This means that every widget whose \c mandatoryField Qt property
-    is set to true would have a yellow background.
-
-    Then, for each mandatory field widget, we would simply create a
-    \c mandatoryField property on the fly and set it to true. For
-    example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 95
-
-    \section2 Customizing a QPushButton Using the Box Model
-
-    This time, we will show how to create a red QPushButton. This
-    QPushButton would presumably be connected to a very destructive
-    piece of code.
-
-    First, we are tempted to use this style sheet:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 96
-
-    However, the result is a boring, flat button with no borders:
-
-    \image stylesheet-redbutton1.png A flat red button
-
-    What happened is this:
-
-    \list
-    \o We have made a request that cannot be satisfied using the
-       native styles alone (e.g., the Windows XP theme engine doesn't
-       let us specify the background color of a button).
-    \o Therefore, the button is rendered using style sheets.
-    \o We haven't specified any values for
-       \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#border-width-prop}{border-width} and
-       \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#border-style-prop}{border-style}, so by default we obtain
-       a 0-pixel wide border of style \c none.
-    \endlist
-
-    Let's improve the situation by specifying a border:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 97
-
-    \image stylesheet-redbutton2.png A red button with a beige border
-
-    Things look already a lot better. But the button looks a bit
-    cramped. Let's specify some spacing between the border and the
-    text using the \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#padding-prop}{padding}. Additionally, we will
-    enforce a minimum width, round the corners, and specify a larger
-    font to make the button look nicer:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 98
-
-    \image stylesheet-redbutton3.png A red button with a round beige border and big, bold text
-
-    The only issue remaining is that the button doesn't react when we
-    press it. We can fix this by specifying a slightly different
-    background color and use a different border style.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 99
-
-    \section2 Customizing the QPushButton's Menu Indicator Sub-Control
-
-    Subcontrols give access to the sub-elements of a widget. For
-    example, a QPushButton associated with a menu (using
-    QPushButton::setMenu()) has a menu indicator. Let's customize
-    the menu indicator for the red push button:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 100
-
-    By default, the menu indicator is located at the bottom-right
-    corner of the padding rectangle. We can change this by specifying
-    \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#subcontrol-position-prop}{subcontrol-position} and
-    \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#subcontrol-origin-prop}{subcontrol-origin} to anchor the
-    indicator differently. We can also use \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#top-prop}{top} and
-    \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#left-prop}{left} to move the indicator by a few pixels. For
-    example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 101
-
-    This positions the \c myindicator.png to the center right of the
-    QPushButton's \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#padding-prop}{padding} rectangle (see
-    \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#subcontrol-origin-prop}{subcontrol-origin} for more
-    information).
-
-    \section2 Complex Selector Example
-
-    Since red seems to be our favorite color, let's make the text in
-    QLineEdit red by setting the following application-wide
-    stylesheet:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 102
-
-    However, we would like to give a visual indication that a
-    QLineEdit is read-only by making it appear gray:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 103
-
-    At some point, our design team comes with the requirement that
-    all \l{QLineEdit}s in the registration form (with the
-    \l{QObject::objectName}{object name} \c registrationDialog) to be
-    brown:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 104
-
-    A few UI design meetings later, we decide that all our
-    \l{QDialog}s should have brown colored \l{QLineEdit}s:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 105
-
-    Quiz: What happens if we have a read-only QLineEdit in a QDialog?
-    [Hint: The \l{The Style Sheet Syntax#Conflict Resolution}{Conflict Resolution} section above explains
-    what happens in cases like this.]
-
-    \section1 Customizing specific widgets
-
-    This section provides examples to customize specific widgets using Style Sheets.
-
-    \section2 Customizing QAbstractScrollArea
-
-    The background of any QAbstractScrollArea (Item views, QTextEdit 
-    and QTextBrowser) can be set using the background properties. For example,
-    to set a background-image that scrolls with the scroll bar:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 106
-
-    If the background-image is to be fixed with the viewport:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 107
-
-    \section2 Customizing QCheckBox
-
-    Styling of a QCheckBox is almost indentical to styling a QRadioButton. The
-    main difference is that a tristate QCheckBox has an indeterminate state.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 108
-
-    \section2 Customizing QComboBox
-
-    We will look at an example where the drop down button of a QComboBox
-    appears "merged" with the combo box frame.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 109
-
-    The pop-up of the QComboBox is a QAbstractItemView and is styled using 
-    the descendant selector:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 110
-
-    \section2 Customizing QDockWidget
-
-    The title bar and the buttons of a QDockWidget can be customized as 
-    follows:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 111
-
-    If one desires to move the dock widget buttons to the left, the following
-    style sheet can be used:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 112
-
-    \note To customize the separator (resize handle) of a QDockWidget,
-    use QMainWindow::separator.
-
-    \section2 Customizing QFrame
-
-    A QFrame is styled using the \l{The Box Model}.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 113
-
-    \section2 Customizing QGroupBox
-    
-    Let us look at an example that moves the QGroupBox's title to
-    the center.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 114
-
-    For a checkable QGroupBox, use the \{#indicator-sub}{::indicator} subcontrol
-    and style it exactly like a QCheckBox (i.e)
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 115
-
-    \section2 Customizing QHeaderView
-
-    QHeaderView is customized as follows:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 116
-
-    \section2 Customizing QLineEdit
-
-    The frame of a QLineEdit is styled using the \l{The Box Model}. To
-    create a line edit with rounded corners, we can set:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 117
-
-    The password character of line edits that have QLineEdit::Password
-    echo mode can be set using:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 118
-
-    The background of a read only QLineEdit can be modified as below:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 119
-
-    \section2 Customizing QListView
-
-    The background color of alternating rows can be customized using the following
-    style sheet:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 120
-
-    To provide a special background when you hover over items, we can use the
-    \l{item-sub}{::item} subcontrol. For example,
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 121
-
-    \section2 Customizing QMainWindow
-
-    The separator of a QMainWindow can be styled as follows:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 122
-
-    \section2 Customizing QMenu
-    
-    Individual items of a QMenu are styled using the 'item' subcontrol as 
-    follows:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 123
-
-    For a more advanced customization, use a style sheet as follows:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 124
-
-    \section2 Customizing QMenuBar
-
-    QMenuBar is styled as follows:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 125
-
-    \section2 Customizing QProgressBar
-
-    The QProgressBar's \l{stylesheet-reference.html#border-prop}{border},
-    \l{stylesheet-reference.html#chunk-sub}{chunk}, and
-    \l{stylesheet-reference.html#text-align-prop}{text-align} can be customized using
-    style sheets. However, if one property or sub-control is customized,
-    all the other properties or sub-controls must be customized as well.
-
-    \image progressBar-stylesheet.png
-
-    For example, we change the \l{stylesheet-reference.html#border-prop}
-    {border} to grey and the \l{stylesheet-reference.html#chunk-sub}{chunk}
-    to cerulean.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 126
-
-    This leaves the \l{stylesheet-reference.html#text-align-prop}
-    {text-align}, which we customize by positioning the text in the center of
-    the progress bar.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 127
-
-    A \l{stylesheet-reference.html#margin-prop}{margin} can be included to
-    obtain more visible chunks.
-
-    \image progressBar2-stylesheet.png
-
-    In the screenshot above, we use a
-    \l{stylesheet-reference.html#margin-prop}{margin} of 0.5 pixels.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 128
-
-    \section2 Customizing QPushButton
-
-    A QPushButton is styled as follows:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 129
-
-    For a QPushButton with a menu, use the 
-    \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#menu-indicator-sub}{::menu-indicator} 
-    subcontrol.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 130
-
-    Checkable QPushButton have the \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#checked-ps}
-    {:checked} pseudo state set.
-
-    \section2 Customizing QRadioButton
-
-    The indicator of a QRadioButton can be changed using:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 131
-
-    \section2 Customizing QScrollBar
-
-    The QScrollBar can be styled using its subcontrols like
-    \l{stylesheet-reference.html#handle-sub}{handle},
-    \l{stylesheet-reference.html#add-line-sub}{add-line},
-    \l{stylesheet-reference.html#sub-line-sub}{sub-line}, and so on. Note that
-    if one property or sub-control is customized, all the other properties or
-    sub-controls must be customized as well.
-
-    \image stylesheet-scrollbar1.png
-
-    The scroll bar above has been styled in aquamarine with a solid grey
-    border.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 132
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 133
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 134
-
-    The \l{stylesheet-reference.html#left-arrow-sub}{left-arrow} and
-    \l{stylesheet-reference.html#right-arrow-sub}{right-arrow} have a solid grey
-    border with a white background. As an alternative, you could also embed the
-    image of an arrow.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 135
-
-    If you want the scroll buttons of the scroll bar to be placed together
-    (instead of the edges) like on Mac OS X, you can use the following
-    stylesheet:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 136
-    
-    The scroll bar using the above stylesheet looks like this:
-        \image stylesheet-scrollbar2.png
-
-
-    To customize a vertical scroll bar use a style sheet similar to the following:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 137
-
-    \section2 Customizing QSizeGrip
-
-    QSizeGrip is usually styled by just setting an image.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 138
-
-    \section2 Customizing QSlider
-
-    You can style horizontal slider as below:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 139
-
-    If you want to change the color of the slider parts before and after the handle, you can use the add-page
-    and sub-page subcontrols. For example, for a vertical slider:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 140
-
-    \section2 Customizing QSpinBox
-
-    QSpinBox can be completely customized as below (the style sheet has commentary inline):
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 141
-
-
-    \section2 Customizing QSplitter
-
-    A QSplitter derives from a QFrame and hence can be styled like a QFrame. 
-    The grip or the handle is customized using the 
-    \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#handle-sub}{::handle} subcontrol.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 142
-
-    \section2 Customizing QStatusBar
-
-    We can provide a background for the status bar and a border for items
-    inside the status bar as follows:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 143
-
-    Note that widgets that have been added to the QStatusBar can be styled
-    using the descendant declaration (i.e)
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 144
-
-    \section2 Customizing QTabWidget and QTabBar
-
-    \image tabWidget-stylesheet1.png
-
-    For the screenshot above, we need a stylesheet as follows:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 145
-
-    Often we require the tabs to overlap to look like below:
-    \image tabWidget-stylesheet2.png
-
-    For a tab widget that looks like above, we make use of 
-    \l{http://www.communitymx.com/content/article.cfm?cid=B0029}
-    {negative margins}. The resulting stylesheet looks like this:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 146
-
-    To move the tab bar to the center (as below), we require the following stylesheet:
-    \image tabWidget-stylesheet3.png
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 147
-
-    The tear indicator and the scroll buttons can be further customized as follows:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 148
-
-    \section2 Customizing QTableView
-
-    Suppose we'd like our selected item in QTableView to have bubblegum pink
-    fade to white as its background.
-
-    \image tableWidget-stylesheet.png
-
-    This is possible with the
-    \l{stylesheet-reference.html#selection-background-color-prop}
-    {selection-background-color} property and the syntax required is:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 149
-
-    The corner widget can be customized using the following style sheet
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 150
-
-    \section2 Customizing QToolBar
-    
-    The background and the handle of a QToolBar is customized as below:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 151
-
-    \section2 Customizing QToolBox
-
-    The tabs of the QToolBox are customized using the 'tab' subcontrol.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 152
-
-    \section2 Customizing QToolButton
-
-    There are three types of QToolButtons.
-    \list
-       \i The QToolButton has no menu. In this case, the QToolButton is styled
-          exactly like QPushButton.  See 
-          \l{#Customizing QPushButton}{Customizing QPushButton} for an
-          example.
-
-       \i The QToolButton has a menu and has the QToolButton::popupMode set to
-          QToolButton::DelayedPopup or QToolButton::InstantPopup. In this case,
-          the QToolButton is styled exactly like a QPushButton with a menu.
-          See \l{#Customizing QPushButton}{Customizing QPushButton} for an
-          example of the usage of the menu-indicator pseudo state.
-
-        \i The QToolButton has its QToolButton::popupMode set to
-           QToolButton::MenuButtonPopup. In this case, we style it as follows:
-    \endlist
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 153
-
-
-    \section2 Customizing QToolTip
-
-    QToolTip is customized exactly like a QLabel. In addition, for platforms
-    that support it, the opacity property may be set to adjust the opacity.
-
-    For example,
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 154
-
-    \section2 Customizing QTreeView
-
-    The background color of alternating rows can be customized using the following
-    style sheet:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 155
-
-    To provide a special background when you hover over items, we can use the
-    \l{item-sub}{::item} subcontrol. For example,
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 156
-
-    The branches of a QTreeView are styled using the 
-    \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#branch-sub}{::branch} subcontrol. The
-    following stylesheet color codes the various states when drawing
-    a branch.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 157
-    
-    Colorful, though it is, a more useful example can be made using the
-    following images:
-
-    \table
-    \row
-    \o \inlineimage stylesheet-vline.png
-    \o \inlineimage stylesheet-branch-more.png
-    \o \inlineimage stylesheet-branch-end.png
-    \o \inlineimage stylesheet-branch-closed.png
-    \o \inlineimage stylesheet-branch-open.png
-    \row
-    \o vline.png
-    \o branch-more.png
-    \o branch-end.png
-    \o branch-closed.png
-    \o branch-open.png
-    \endtable
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 158
-
-    The resulting tree view looks like this:
-
-    \image stylesheet-treeview.png
-
-    \sa {Style Sheet Example}, {Supported HTML Subset}, QStyle
-
-
-    \section1 Common mistakes
-
-    This section lists some common mistakes when using stylesheets.
-
-    \section2 QPushButton and images
-
-    When styling a QPushButton, it is often desirable to use an image as the
-    button graphic. It is common to try the
-    \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#background-image-prop}{background-image}
-    property,
-    but this has a number of drawbacks: For instance, the background will
-    often appear hidden behind the button decoration, because it is not
-    considered a background. In addition, if the button is resized, the
-    entire background will be stretched or tiled, which does not
-    always look good.
-
-    It is better to use the
-    \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#border-image-prop}{border-image}
-    property, as it will always display the image,
-    regardless of the background (you can combine it with a background if it
-    has alpha values in it), and it has special settings to deal with button
-    resizing.
-
-    Consider the following snippet:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/stylesheet/common-mistakes.cpp 1
-
-    This will produce a button looking like this:
-
-    \image stylesheet-border-image-normal.png
-
-    The numbers after the url gives the top, right, bottom and left number of
-    pixels, respectively. These numbers correspond to the border and should not
-    stretch when the size changes.
-    Whenever you resize the button, the middle part of the image will stretch
-    in both directions, while the pixels specified in the stylesheet
-    will not. This makes the borders of the button look more natural, like
-    this:
-
-    \table
-    \row
-    \o \inlineimage stylesheet-border-image-stretched.png
-    \row
-    \o With borders
-    \endtable
-
-    \table
-    \row
-    \o \inlineimage stylesheet-border-image-wrong.png
-    \row
-    \o Without borders
-    \endtable
-
-    */
diff --git a/doc/src/supported-platforms.qdoc b/doc/src/supported-platforms.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 6f63c87..0000000
--- a/doc/src/supported-platforms.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,141 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page supported-platforms.html
-    \title Supported Platforms
-    \brief The platforms supported by Nokia for Qt.
-    \ingroup platform-notes
-
-    The Qt team strives to provide support for the platforms most
-    frequently used by Qt users. We have designed our internal testing procedure to
-    divide platforms into three test categories (Tier 1, Tier 2 and Tier 3) in order
-    to prioritize internal testing and development resources so that the most
-    frequently used platforms are subjected to our most rigorous testing processes.
-
-    Qt is supported on a variety of 32-bit and 64-bit platforms, and can
-    usually be built on each platform with GCC, a vendor-supplied compiler, or
-    a third party compiler. Although Qt may be built on a range of platform-compiler
-    combinations, only a subset of these are actively supported by Nokia.
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    Information about the specific platforms Qt runs on can be found on the
-    \l{Platform Notes} page. Information about the compilers used on each platform
-    can be found on the \l{Compiler Notes} page.
-
-    \section1 Tier 1 Platforms
-
-    All Tier 1 platforms are subjected to our unit test suite and other internal
-    testing tools on a frequent basis (prior to new version releases, source tree
-    branching, and at other significant period points in the development process).
-    Errors or bugs discovered in these platforms are prioritized for correction
-    by the development team. Significant errors discovered in Tier 1 platforms can
-    impact release dates and Qt Development Frameworks strives to resolve all known
-    high priority errors in Tier 1 platforms prior to new version releases.
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Platform
-                                     \o Compilers
-    \row    \o Linux (32 and 64-bit)
-                                     \o gcc 4.2
-    \row    \o Microsoft Windows XP
-                                     \o gcc 3.4.2 (MinGW) (32-bit), MSVC 2003, 2005 (32 and 64-bit)
-    \row    \o Microsoft Windows Vista
-                                     \o MSVC 2005, 2008
-    \row    \o Microsoft Windows Vista 64bit
-                                     \o MSVC 2008
-    \row    \o Apple Mac OS X 10.5 "Leopard" x86_64 (Carbon, Cocoa 32 and 64bit)
-                                     \o As provided by Apple
-    \row    \o Embedded Linux QWS (ARM)
-                                     \o gcc (\l{http:\\www.codesourcery.com}{Codesourcery version)}
-    \row    \o Windows CE 5.0 (ARMv4i, x86, MIPS)
-                                     \o MSVC 2005 WinCE 5.0 Standard (x86, pocket, smart, mipsii)
-    \endtable
-
-    \section1 Tier 2 Platforms
-
-    Tier 2 platforms are subjected to our unit test suite and other internal testing
-    tools prior to release of new product versions.  Qt users should note, however,
-    that errors may be present in released product versions for Tier 2 platforms and,
-    subject to resource availability, known errors in Tier 2 platforms may or may not
-    be corrected prior to new version releases.
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Platform
-                                     \o Compilers
-    \row    \o Apple Mac OS X 10.4 "Tiger"
-                                     \o As provided by Apple
-    \row    \o HPUXi 11.11
-                                     \o aCC 3.57, gcc 3.4
-    \row    \o HPUXi 11.23
-                                     \o aCC 6.10
-    \row    \o Solaris 10 UltraSparc
-                                     \o Sun Studio 12
-    \row    \o AIX 6
-                                     \o Power5 xlC 7
-    \row    \o Microsoft Windows XP
-                                     \o Intel Compiler
-    \row    \o Linux
-                                     \o Intel Compiler
-    \row    \o Embedded Linux QWS (Mips, PowerPC)
-                                     \o gcc (\l{http:\\www.codesourcery.com}{Codesourcery version)}
-    \row    \o Windows CE 6.0 (ARMv4i, x86, MIPS)
-                                     \o MSVC 2008 WinCE 6.0 Professional
-    \endtable
-
-    \section1 Tier 3 Platforms (Not supported by Nokia)
-
-    All platforms not specifically listed above are not supported by Nokia. Nokia does
-    not run its unit test suite or perform any other internal tests on platforms not
-    listed above.  Qt users should note, however, that there may be various open source
-    projects, community users and/or Qt partners who are able to provide assistance with
-    platforms not supported by Nokia.
-
-    \section1 General Legal Disclaimer
-
-    Please note that Qt is offered on an "as is" basis without warranty
-    of any kind and that our products are not error or bug free. To the maximum extent
-    permitted by applicable law, Nokia on behalf of itself and its suppliers, disclaims all
-    warranties and conditions, either express or implied, including, but not limited to,
-    implied warranties of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, title and
-    non-infringement with regard to the Licensed Software.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/templates.qdoc b/doc/src/templates.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 4705d09..0000000
--- a/doc/src/templates.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,230 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page templates.html
-    \title Why Doesn't Qt Use Templates for Signals and Slots?
-    \ingroup architecture
-    \brief The reasoning behind Qt's implementation of signals and slots.
-
-    Templates are a builtin mechanism in C++ that allows the compiler to
-    generate code on the fly, depending on the type of the arguments
-    passed. As such, templates are highly interesting to framework
-    creators, and we do use advanced templates in many places
-    in Qt. However, there are limitations: There are things that you can
-    easily express with templates, and there are things that are
-    impossible to express with templates. A generic vector container class
-    is easily expressible, even with partial specialisation for pointer
-    types, while a function that sets up a graphical user interface based
-    on a XML description given as a string is not expressible as
-    template. And then there is gray area in between. Things that you can
-    hack with templates at the cost of code size, readability,
-    portability, usability, extensability, robustness and ultimately
-    design beauty. Both templates and the C preprocessor can be stretched
-    to do incredibility smart and mind boggling things. But just because
-    those things can be done, does not necessarily mean doing them is the
-    right design choice.
-
-    There is an important practical challenge we have to mention: due to
-    the inadequacies of various compilers it is still not possible to
-    fully exploit the template mechanism in cross-platform
-    applications. Code unfortunately is not meant to be published in
-    books, but compiled with real-world compilers on real-world operating
-    system. Even today, many widely used C++ compilers have problems with
-    advanced templates. For example, you cannot safely rely on partial
-    template specialisation, which is essential for some non-trivial
-    problem domains. Some compilers also have limitations with regards to
-    template member functions, which make it hard to combine generic
-    programming with object orientated programming. However, we do not
-    perceive these problems as a serious limitation in our work. Even if
-    all our users had access to a fully standards compliant modern C++
-    compiler with excellent template support, we would not abandon the
-    string-based approach used by our meta object compiler for a template
-    based signals and slots system. Here are five reasons why:
-
-    \section1 Syntax matters
-
-    Syntax isn't just sugar: the syntax we use to express our algorithms can
-    significantly affect the readability and maintainability of our code.
-    The syntax used for Qt's signals and slots has proved very successful in
-    practice. The syntax is intuitive, simple to use and easy to read.
-    People learning Qt find the syntax helps them understand and utilize the
-    signals and slots concept -- despite its highly abstract and generic
-    nature. Furthermore, declaring signals in class definitions ensures that
-    the signals are protected in the sense of protected C++ member
-    functions. This helps programmers get their design right from the very
-    beginning, without even having to think about design patterns.
-
-    \section1 Code Generators are Good
-
-    Qt's \c{moc} (Meta Object Compiler) provides a clean way to go
-    beyond the compiled language's facilities. It does so by generating
-    additional C++ code which can be compiled by any standard C++ compiler.
-    The \c{moc} reads C++ source files. If it finds one or more class
-    declarations that contain the Q_OBJECT macro, it produces another C++
-    source file which contains the meta object code for those classes. The
-    C++ source file generated by the \c{moc} must be compiled and
-    linked with the implementation of the class (or it can be
-    \c{#included} into the class's source file). Typically \c{moc}
-    is not called manually, but automatically by the build system, so it
-    requires no additional effort by the programmer.
-
-    The \c{moc} is not the only code generator Qt is using. Another
-    prominent example is the \c{uic} (User Interface Compiler). It
-    takes a user interface description in XML and creates C++ code that
-    sets up the form. Outside Qt, code generators are common as well. Take
-    for example \c{rpc} and \c{idl}, that enable programs or
-    objects to communicate over process or machine boundaries. Or the vast
-    variety of scanner and parser generators, with \c{lex} and
-    \c{yacc} being the most well-known ones. They take a grammar
-    specification as input and generate code that implements a state
-    machine. The alternatives to code generators are hacked compilers,
-    proprietary languages or graphical programming tools with one-way
-    dialogs or wizards that generate obscure code during design time
-    rather than compile time. Rather than locking our customers into a
-    proprietary C++ compiler or into a particular Integrated Development
-    Environment, we enable them to use whatever tools they prefer. Instead
-    of forcing programmers to add generated code into source repositories,
-    we encourage them to add our tools to their build system: cleaner,
-    safer and more in the spirit of UNIX.
-
-
-    \section1 GUIs are Dynamic
-
-    C++ is a standarized, powerful and elaborate general-purpose language.
-    It's the only language that is exploited on such a wide range of
-    software projects, spanning every kind of application from entire
-    operating systems, database servers and high end graphics
-    applications to common desktop applications. One of the keys to C++'s
-    success is its scalable language design that focuses on maximum
-    performance and minimal memory consumption whilst still maintaining
-    ANSI C compatibility.
-
-    For all these advantages, there are some downsides. For C++, the static
-    object model is a clear disadvantage over the dynamic messaging approach
-    of Objective C when it comes to component-based graphical user interface
-    programming. What's good for a high end database server or an operating
-    system isn't necessarily the right design choice for a GUI frontend.
-    With \c{moc}, we have turned this disadvantage into an advantage,
-    and added the flexibility required to meet the challenge of safe and
-    efficient graphical user interface programming.
-
-    Our approach goes far beyond anything you can do with templates. For
-    example, we can have object properties. And we can have overloaded
-    signals and slots, which feels natural when programming in a language
-    where overloads are a key concept. Our signals add zero bytes to the
-    size of a class instance, which means we can add new signals without
-    breaking binary compatibility. Because we do not rely on excessive
-    inlining as done with templates, we can keep the code size smaller.
-    Adding new connections just expands to a simple function call rather
-    than a complex template function. 
-
-    Another benefit is that we can explore an object's signals and slots at
-    runtime. We can establish connections using type-safe call-by-name,
-    without having to know the exact types of the objects we are connecting.
-    This is impossible with a template based solution. This kind of runtime
-    introspection opens up new possibilities, for example GUIs that are
-    generated and connected from Qt Designer's XML UI files.
-
-    \section1 Calling Performance is Not Everything
-
-    Qt's signals and slots implementation is not as fast as a
-    template-based solution. While emitting a signal is approximately the
-    cost of four ordinary function calls with common template
-    implementations, Qt requires effort comparable to about ten function
-    calls. This is not surprising since the Qt mechanism includes a
-    generic marshaller, introspection, queued calls between different
-    threads, and ultimately scriptability. It does not rely on excessive
-    inlining and code expansion and it provides unmatched runtime
-    safety. Qt's iterators are safe while those of faster template-based
-    systems are not. Even during the process of emitting a signal to
-    several receivers, those receivers can be deleted safely without your
-    program crashing. Without this safety, your application would
-    eventually crash with a difficult to debug free'd memory read or write
-    error.
-
-    Nonetheless, couldn't a template-based solution improve the performance
-    of an application using signals and slots? While it is true that Qt adds
-    a small overhead to the cost of calling a slot through a signal, the
-    cost of the call is only a small proportion of the entire cost of a
-    slot. Benchmarking against Qt's signals and slots system is typically
-    done with empty slots. As soon as you do anything useful in your slots,
-    for example a few simple string operations, the calling overhead becomes
-    negligible. Qt's system is so optimized that anything that requires
-    operator new or delete (for example, string operations or
-    inserting/removing something from a template container) is significantly
-    more expensive than emitting a signal.
-
-    Aside: If you have a signals and slots connection in a tight inner loop
-    of a performance critical task and you identify this connection as the
-    bottleneck, think about using the standard listener-interface pattern
-    rather than signals and slots. In cases where this occurs, you probably
-    only require a 1:1 connection anyway. For example, if you have an object
-    that downloads data from the network, it's a perfectly sensible design
-    to use a signal to indicate that the requested data arrived. But if you
-    need to send out every single byte one by one to a consumer, use a
-    listener interface rather than signals and slots.
-
-    \section1 No Limits
-
-    Because we had the \c{moc} for signals and slots, we could add
-    other useful things to it that could not be done with templates.
-    Among these are scoped translations via a generated \c{tr()}
-    function, and an advanced property system with introspection and
-    extended runtime type information. The property system alone is a
-    great advantage: a powerful and generic user interface design tool
-    like Qt Designer would be a lot harder to write - if not impossible -
-    without a powerful and introspective property system. But it does not
-    end here. We also provide a dynamic qobject_cast<T>() mechanism
-    that does not rely on the system's RTTI and thus does not share its
-    limitations. We use it to safely query interfaces from dynamically
-    loaded components. Another application domain are dynamic meta
-    objects. We can e.g. take ActiveX components and at runtime create a
-    meta object around it. Or we can export Qt components as ActiveX
-    components by exporting its meta object. You cannot do either of these
-    things with templates.
-
-    C++ with the \c{moc} essentially gives us the flexibility of
-    Objective-C or of a Java Runtime Environment, while maintaining C++'s
-    unique performance and scalability advantages. It is what makes Qt the
-    flexible and comfortable tool we have today.
-
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/threads.qdoc b/doc/src/threads.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 351113a..0000000
--- a/doc/src/threads.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,616 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page threads.html
-    \title Thread Support in Qt
-    \ingroup architecture
-    \brief A detailed discussion of thread handling in Qt.
-
-    Qt provides thread support in the form of platform-independent
-    threading classes, a thread-safe way of posting events, and
-    signal-slot connections across threads. This makes it easy to
-    develop portable multithreaded Qt applications and take advantage
-    of multiprocessor machines. Multithreaded programming is also a
-    useful paradigm for performing time-consuming operations without
-    freezing the user interface of an application.
-
-    Earlier versions of Qt offered an option to build the library
-    without thread support. Since Qt 4.0, threads are always enabled.
-
-    This document is intended for an audience that has knowledge of,
-    and experience with, multithreaded applications. If you are new
-    to threading see our \l{#reading}{Recommended Reading} list.
-
-    Topics:
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 The Threading Classes
-
-    Qt includes the following thread classes:
-
-    \list
-    \o QThread provides the means to start a new thread.
-    \o QThreadStorage provides per-thread data storage.
-    \o QThreadPool manages a pool of threads that run QRunnable objects.
-    \o QRunnable is an abstract class representing a runnable object.
-    \o QMutex provides a mutual exclusion lock, or mutex.
-    \o QMutexLocker is a convenience class that automatically locks
-       and unlocks a QMutex.
-    \o QReadWriteLock provides a lock that allows simultaneous read access.
-    \o QReadLocker and QWriteLocker are convenience classes that automatically
-       lock and unlock a QReadWriteLock.
-    \o QSemaphore provides an integer semaphore (a generalization of a mutex).
-    \o QWaitCondition provides a way for threads to go to sleep until
-       woken up by another thread.
-    \o QAtomicInt provides atomic operations on integers.
-    \o QAtomicPointer provides atomic operations on pointers.
-    \endlist
-
-    \note Qt's threading classes are implemented with native threading APIs;
-    e.g., Win32 and pthreads. Therefore, they can be used with threads of the
-    same native API.
-
-    \section2 Creating a Thread
-
-    To create a thread, subclass QThread and reimplement its
-    \l{QThread::run()}{run()} function. For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/threads/threads.h 0
-    \codeline
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/threads/threads.cpp 0
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/threads/threads.cpp 1
-    \dots
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/threads/threads.cpp 2
-
-    Then, create an instance of the thread object and call
-    QThread::start(). The code that appears in the
-    \l{QThread::run()}{run()} reimplementation will then be executed
-    in a separate thread. Creating threads is explained in more
-    detail in the QThread documentation.
-
-    Note that QCoreApplication::exec() must always be called from the
-    main thread (the thread that executes \c{main()}), not from a
-    QThread. In GUI applications, the main thread is also called the
-    GUI thread because it's the only thread that is allowed to
-    perform GUI-related operations.
-
-    In addition, you must create the QApplication (or
-    QCoreApplication) object before you can create a QThread.
-
-    \section2 Synchronizing Threads
-
-    The QMutex, QReadWriteLock, QSemaphore, and QWaitCondition
-    classes provide means to synchronize threads. While the main idea
-    with threads is that they should be as concurrent as possible,
-    there are points where threads must stop and wait for other
-    threads. For example, if two threads try to access the same
-    global variable simultaneously, the results are usually
-    undefined.
-
-    QMutex provides a mutually exclusive lock, or mutex. At most one
-    thread can hold the mutex at any time. If a thread tries to
-    acquire the mutex while the mutex is already locked, the thread will
-    be put to sleep until the thread that currently holds the mutex
-    unlocks it. Mutexes are often used to protect accesses to shared
-    data (i.e., data that can be accessed from multiple threads
-    simultaneously). In the \l{Reentrancy and Thread-Safety} section
-    below, we will use it to make a class thread-safe.
-
-    QReadWriteLock is similar to QMutex, except that it distinguishes
-    between "read" and "write" access to shared data and allows
-    multiple readers to access the data simultaneously. Using
-    QReadWriteLock instead of QMutex when it is possible can make
-    multithreaded programs more concurrent.
-
-    QSemaphore is a generalization of QMutex that protects a certain
-    number of identical resources. In contrast, a mutex protects
-    exactly one resource. The \l{threads/semaphores}{Semaphores}
-    example shows a typical application of semaphores: synchronizing
-    access to a circular buffer between a producer and a consumer.
-
-    QWaitCondition allows a thread to wake up other threads when some
-    condition has been met. One or many threads can block waiting for
-    a QWaitCondition to set a condition with
-    \l{QWaitCondition::wakeOne()}{wakeOne()} or
-    \l{QWaitCondition::wakeAll()}{wakeAll()}. Use
-    \l{QWaitCondition::wakeOne()}{wakeOne()} to wake one randomly
-    selected event or \l{QWaitCondition::wakeAll()}{wakeAll()} to
-    wake them all. The \l{threads/waitconditions}{Wait Conditions}
-    example shows how to solve the producer-consumer problem using
-    QWaitCondition instead of QSemaphore.
-
-    Note that Qt's synchronization classes rely on the use of properly
-    aligned pointers. For instance, you cannot use packed classes with
-    MSVC.
-
-    \target qtconcurrent intro
-    \section1 QtConcurrent
-
-    The QtConcurrent namespace provides high-level APIs that make it
-    possible to write multi-threaded programs without using low-level
-    threading primitives such as mutexes, read-write locks, wait
-    conditions, or semaphores. Programs written with QtConcurrent
-    automatically adjust the number of threads used according to the
-    number of processor cores available. This means that applications
-    written today will continue to scale when deployed on multi-core
-    systems in the future.
-
-    QtConcurrent includes functional programming style APIs for
-    parallel list processing, including a MapReduce and FilterReduce
-    implementation for shared-memory (non-distributed) systems, and
-    classes for managing asynchronous computations in GUI
-    applications:
-
-    \list
-
-    \o QtConcurrent::map() applies a function to every item in a container,
-    modifying the items in-place.
-
-    \o QtConcurrent::mapped() is like map(), except that it returns a new
-    container with the modifications.
-
-    \o QtConcurrent::mappedReduced() is like mapped(), except that the
-    modified results are reduced or folded into a single result.
-
-    \o QtConcurrent::filter() removes all items from a container based on the
-    result of a filter function.
-
-    \o QtConcurrent::filtered() is like filter(), except that it returns a new
-    container with the filtered results.
-
-    \o QtConcurrent::filteredReduced() is like filtered(), except that the
-    filtered results are reduced or folded into a single result.
-
-    \o QtConcurrent::run() runs a function in another thread.
-
-    \o QFuture represents the result of an asynchronous computation.
-
-    \o QFutureIterator allows iterating through results available via QFuture.
-
-    \o QFutureWatcher allows monitoring a QFuture using signals-and-slots.
-
-    \o QFutureSynchronizer is a convenience class that automatically
-    synchronizes several QFutures.
-
-    \endlist
-
-    Qt Concurrent supports several STL-compatible container and iterator types, 
-    but works best with Qt containers that have random-access iterators, such as 
-    QList or QVector. The map and filter functions accept both containers and begin/end iterators.
-
-    STL Iterator support overview:
-
-    \table
-    \header
-        \o Iterator Type
-        \o Example classes
-        \o Support status
-    \row
-        \o Input Iterator
-        \o 
-        \o Not Supported
-    \row
-        \o Output Iterator
-        \o 
-        \o Not Supported
-    \row
-        \o Forward Iterator
-        \o std::slist
-        \o Supported
-    \row
-        \o Bidirectional Iterator
-        \o QLinkedList, std::list
-        \o Supported
-    \row
-        \o Random Access Iterator
-        \o QList, QVector, std::vector
-        \o Supported and Recommended
-    \endtable
-    
-    Random access iterators can be faster in cases where Qt Concurrent is iterating
-    over a large number of lightweight items, since they allow skipping to any point
-    in the container. In addition, using random access iterators allows Qt Concurrent
-    to provide progress information trough QFuture::progressValue() and QFutureWatcher::
-    progressValueChanged().
-
-    The non in-place modifying functions such as mapped() and filtered() makes a 
-    copy of the container when called. If you are using STL containers this copy operation
-    might take some time, in this case we recommend specifying the begin and end iterators
-    for the container instead.
-
-    \keyword reentrant
-    \keyword thread-safe
-    \section1 Reentrancy and Thread-Safety
-
-    Throughout the documentation, the terms \e{reentrant} and
-    \e{thread-safe} are used to mark classes and functions to indicate
-    how they can be used in multithread applications:
-
-    \list
-    \o A \e thread-safe function can be called simultaneously from
-       multiple threads, even when the invocations use shared data, 
-       because all references to the shared data are serialized.
-    \o A \e reentrant function can also be called simultaneously from
-       multiple threads, but only if each invocation uses its own data.
-    \endlist
-
-    Hence, a \e{thread-safe} function is always \e{reentrant}, but a
-    \e{reentrant} function is not always \e{thread-safe}.
-
-    By extension, a class is said to be \e{reentrant} if its member
-    functions can be called safely from multiple threads, as long as
-    each thread uses a \e{different} instance of the class. The class
-    is \e{thread-safe} if its member functions can be called safely
-    from multiple threads, even if all the threads use the \e{same}
-    instance of the class.
-
-    C++ classes are often reentrant, simply because they only access
-    their own member data. Any thread can call a member function on an
-    instance of a reentrant class, as long as no other thread can call
-    a member function on the \e{same} instance of the class at the
-    same time. For example, the \c Counter class below is reentrant:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/threads/threads.cpp 3
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/threads/threads.cpp 4
-
-    The class isn't thread-safe, because if multiple threads try to
-    modify the data member \c n, the result is undefined. This is
-    because the \c ++ and \c -- operators aren't always atomic.
-    Indeed, they usually expand to three machine instructions:
-
-    \list 1
-    \o Load the variable's value in a register.
-    \o Increment or decrement the register's value.
-    \o Store the register's value back into main memory.
-    \endlist
-
-    If thread A and thread B load the variable's old value
-    simultaneously, increment their register, and store it back, they
-    end up overwriting each other, and the variable is incremented
-    only once!
-
-    Clearly, the access must be serialized: Thread A must perform
-    steps 1, 2, 3 without interruption (atomically) before thread B
-    can perform the same steps; or vice versa. An easy way to make
-    the class thread-safe is to protect all access to the data
-    members with a QMutex:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/threads/threads.cpp 5
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/threads/threads.cpp 6
-
-    The QMutexLocker class automatically locks the mutex in its
-    constructor and unlocks it when the destructor is invoked, at the
-    end of the function. Locking the mutex ensures that access from
-    different threads will be serialized. The \c mutex data member is
-    declared with the \c mutable qualifier because we need to lock
-    and unlock the mutex in \c value(), which is a const function.
-
-    Many Qt classes are \e{reentrant}, but they are not made
-    \e{thread-safe}, because making them thread-safe would incur the
-    extra overhead of repeatedly locking and unlocking a QMutex. For
-    example, QString is reentrant but not thread-safe. You can safely
-    access \e{different} instances of QString from multiple threads
-    simultaneously, but you can't safely access the \e{same} instance
-    of QString from multiple threads simultaneously (unless you
-    protect the accesses yourself with a QMutex).
-
-    Some Qt classes and functions are thread-safe. These are mainly
-    the thread-related classes (e.g. QMutex) and fundamental functions
-    (e.g. QCoreApplication::postEvent()).
-
-    \note Qt Classes are only documented as \e{thread-safe} if they
-    are intended to be used by multiple threads.
-
-    \note Terminology in the multithreading domain isn't entirely
-    standardized. POSIX uses definitions of reentrant and thread-safe
-    that are somewhat different for its C APIs. When using other
-    object-oriented C++ class libraries with Qt, be sure the
-    definitions are understood.
-
-    \section1 Threads and QObjects
-
-    QThread inherits QObject. It emits signals to indicate that the
-    thread started or finished executing, and provides a few slots as
-    well.
-
-    More interesting is that \l{QObject}s can be used in multiple
-    threads, emit signals that invoke slots in other threads, and
-    post events to objects that "live" in other threads. This is
-    possible because each thread is allowed to have its own event
-    loop.
-
-    \section2 QObject Reentrancy
-
-    QObject is reentrant. Most of its non-GUI subclasses, such as
-    QTimer, QTcpSocket, QUdpSocket, QFtp, and QProcess, are also
-    reentrant, making it possible to use these classes from multiple
-    threads simultaneously. Note that these classes are designed to be
-    created and used from within a single thread; creating an object
-    in one thread and calling its functions from another thread is not
-    guaranteed to work. There are three constraints to be aware of:
-
-    \list
-    \o \e{The child of a QObject must always be created in the thread
-       where the parent was created.} This implies, among other
-       things, that you should never pass the QThread object (\c
-       this) as the parent of an object created in the thread (since
-       the QThread object itself was created in another thread).
-
-    \o \e{Event driven objects may only be used in a single thread.}
-       Specifically, this applies to the \l{timers.html}{timer
-       mechanism} and the \l{QtNetwork}{network module}. For example,
-       you cannot start a timer or connect a socket in a thread that
-       is not the \l{QObject::thread()}{object's thread}.
-
-    \o \e{You must ensure that all objects created in a thread are
-       deleted before you delete the QThread.} This can be done
-       easily by creating the objects on the stack in your
-       \l{QThread::run()}{run()} implementation.
-    \endlist
-
-    Although QObject is reentrant, the GUI classes, notably QWidget
-    and all its subclasses, are not reentrant. They can only be used
-    from the main thread. As noted earlier, QCoreApplication::exec()
-    must also be called from that thread.
-
-    In practice, the impossibility of using GUI classes in other
-    threads than the main thread can easily be worked around by
-    putting time-consuming operations in a separate worker thread and
-    displaying the results on screen in the main thread when the
-    worker thread is finished. This is the approach used for
-    implementing the \l{threads/mandelbrot}{Mandelbrot} and
-    the \l{network/blockingfortuneclient}{Blocking Fortune Client}
-    example.
-
-    \section2 Per-Thread Event Loop
-
-    Each thread can have its own event loop. The initial thread
-    starts its event loops using QCoreApplication::exec(); other
-    threads can start an event loop using QThread::exec(). Like
-    QCoreApplication, QThread provides an
-    \l{QThread::exit()}{exit(int)} function and a
-    \l{QThread::quit()}{quit()} slot.
-
-    An event loop in a thread makes it possible for the thread to use
-    certain non-GUI Qt classes that require the presence of an event
-    loop (such as QTimer, QTcpSocket, and QProcess). It also makes it
-    possible to connect signals from any threads to slots of a
-    specific thread. This is explained in more detail in the
-    \l{Signals and Slots Across Threads} section below.
-
-    \image threadsandobjects.png Threads, objects, and event loops
-
-    A QObject instance is said to \e live in the thread in which it
-    is created. Events to that object are dispatched by that thread's
-    event loop. The thread in which a QObject lives is available using
-    QObject::thread().
-
-    Note that for QObjects that are created before QApplication,
-    QObject::thread() returns zero. This means that the main thread
-    will only handle posted events for these objects; other event
-    processing is not done at all for objects with no thread. Use the
-    QObject::moveToThread() function to change the thread affinity for
-    an object and its children (the object cannot be moved if it has a
-    parent).
-
-    Calling \c delete on a QObject from a thread other than the one
-    that \e owns the object (or accessing the object in other ways) is
-    unsafe, unless you guarantee that the object isn't processing
-    events at that moment. Use QObject::deleteLater() instead, and a
-    \l{QEvent::DeferredDelete}{DeferredDelete} event will be posted,
-    which the event loop of the object's thread will eventually pick
-    up. By default, the thread that \e owns a QObject is the thread
-    that \e creates the QObject, but not after QObject::moveToThread()
-    has been called.
-
-    If no event loop is running, events won't be delivered to the
-    object. For example, if you create a QTimer object in a thread but
-    never call \l{QThread::exec()}{exec()}, the QTimer will never emit
-    its \l{QTimer::timeout()}{timeout()} signal. Calling
-    \l{QObject::deleteLater()}{deleteLater()} won't work
-    either. (These restrictions apply to the main thread as well.)
-
-    You can manually post events to any object in any thread at any
-    time using the thread-safe function
-    QCoreApplication::postEvent(). The events will automatically be
-    dispatched by the event loop of the thread where the object was
-    created.
-
-    Event filters are supported in all threads, with the restriction
-    that the monitoring object must live in the same thread as the
-    monitored object. Similarly, QCoreApplication::sendEvent()
-    (unlike \l{QCoreApplication::postEvent()}{postEvent()}) can only
-    be used to dispatch events to objects living in the thread from
-    which the function is called.
-
-    \section2 Accessing QObject Subclasses from Other Threads
-
-    QObject and all of its subclasses are not thread-safe. This
-    includes the entire event delivery system. It is important to keep
-    in mind that the event loop may be delivering events to your
-    QObject subclass while you are accessing the object from another
-    thread.
-
-    If you are calling a function on an QObject subclass that doesn't
-    live in the current thread and the object might receive events,
-    you must protect all access to your QObject subclass's internal
-    data with a mutex; otherwise, you may experience crashes or other
-    undesired behavior.
-
-    Like other objects, QThread objects live in the thread where the
-    object was created -- \e not in the thread that is created when
-    QThread::run() is called. It is generally unsafe to provide slots
-    in your QThread subclass, unless you protect the member variables
-    with a mutex.
-
-    On the other hand, you can safely emit signals from your
-    QThread::run() implementation, because signal emission is
-    thread-safe.
-
-    \section2 Signals and Slots Across Threads
-
-    Qt supports three types of signal-slot connections:
-
-    \list
-    \o With \l{Qt::DirectConnection}{direct connections}, the
-       slot gets called immediately when the signal is emitted. The
-       slot is executed in the thread that emitted the signal (which
-       is not necessarily the thread where the receiver object
-       lives).
-
-    \o With \l{Qt::QueuedConnection}{queued connections}, the
-       slot is invoked when control returns to the event loop of the
-       thread to which the object belongs. The slot is executed in
-       the thread where the receiver object lives.
-
-    \o With \l{Qt::AutoConnection}{auto connections} (the default),
-       the behavior is the same as with direct connections if
-       the signal is emitted in the thread where the receiver lives;
-       otherwise, the behavior is that of a queued connection.
-    \endlist
-
-    The connection type can be specified by passing an additional
-    argument to \l{QObject::connect()}{connect()}. Be aware that
-    using direct connections when the sender and receiver live in
-    different threads is unsafe if an event loop is running in the
-    receiver's thread, for the same reason that calling any function
-    on an object living in another thread is unsafe.
-
-    QObject::connect() itself is thread-safe.
-
-    The \l{threads/mandelbrot}{Mandelbrot} example uses a queued
-    connection to communicate between a worker thread and the main
-    thread. To avoid freezing the main thread's event loop (and, as a
-    consequence, the application's user interface), all the
-    Mandelbrot fractal computation is done in a separate worker
-    thread. The thread emits a signal when it is done rendering the
-    fractal.
-
-    Similarly, the \l{network/blockingfortuneclient}{Blocking Fortune
-    Client} example uses a separate thread for communicating with
-    a TCP server asynchronously.
-
-    \section1 Threads and Implicit Sharing
-
-    Qt uses an optimization called \l{implicit sharing} for many of
-    its value class, notably QImage and QString. Beginning with Qt 4,
-    implicit shared classes can safely be copied across threads, like
-    any other value classes. They are fully
-    \l{#reentrant}{reentrant}. The implicit sharing is really
-    \e implicit.
-
-    In many people's minds, implicit sharing and multithreading are
-    incompatible concepts, because of the way the reference counting
-    is typically done. Qt, however, uses atomic reference counting to
-    ensure the integrity of the shared data, avoiding potential
-    corruption of the reference counter.
-
-    Note that atomic reference counting does not guarantee
-    \l{#thread-safe}{thread-safety}. Proper locking should be used
-    when sharing an instance of an implicitly shared class between
-    threads. This is the same requirement placed on all
-    \l{#reentrant}{reentrant} classes, shared or not. Atomic reference
-    counting does, however, guarantee that a thread working on its
-    own, local instance of an implicitly shared class is safe. We
-    recommend using \l{Signals and Slots Across Threads}{signals and
-    slots} to pass data between threads, as this can be done without
-    the need for any explicit locking.
-
-    To sum it up, implicitly shared classes in Qt 4 are really \e
-    implicitly shared. Even in multithreaded applications, you can
-    safely use them as if they were plain, non-shared, reentrant
-    value-based classes.
-
-    \section1 Threads and the SQL Module
-
-    A connection can only be used from within the thread that created it.
-    Moving connections between threads or creating queries from a different
-    thread is not supported.
-
-    In addition, the third party libraries used by the QSqlDrivers can impose
-    further restrictions on using the SQL Module in a multithreaded program.
-    Consult the manual of your database client for more information
-
-    \section1 Painting in Threads
-
-    QPainter can be used to paint onto QImage, QPrinter, and QPicture
-    paint devices. Painting onto QPixmaps and QWidgets is \e not
-    supported. On Mac OS X the automatic progress dialog will not be 
-    displayed if you are printing from outside the GUI thread.
-
-    Any number of threads can paint at any given time, however only
-    one thread at a time can paint on a given paint device. In other
-    words, two threads can paint at the same time if each paints onto
-    separate QImages, but the two threads cannot paint onto the same
-    QImage at the same time.
-
-    Note that on X11 systems without FontConfig support, Qt cannot
-    render text outside of the GUI thread. You can use the
-    QFontDatabase::supportsThreadedFontRendering() function to detect
-    whether or not font rendering can be used outside the GUI thread.
-
-    \section1 Threads and Rich Text Processing
-
-    The QTextDocument, QTextCursor, and \link richtext.html all
-    related classes\endlink are reentrant.
-
-    Note that a QTextDocument instance created in the GUI thread may
-    contain QPixmap image resources. Use QTextDocument::clone() to
-    create a copy of the document, and pass the copy to another thread for
-    further processing (such as printing).
-
-    \section1 Threads and the SVG module
-
-     The QSvgGenerator and QSvgRenderer classes in the QtSvg module
-     are reentrant.
-
-    \target reading
-    \section1 Recommended Reading
-
-    \list
-    \o \l{Threads Primer: A Guide to Multithreaded Programming}
-    \o \l{Thread Time: The Multithreaded Programming Guide}
-    \o \l{Pthreads Programming: A POSIX Standard for Better Multiprocessing}
-    \o \l{Win32 Multithreaded Programming}
-    \endlist
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/timers.qdoc b/doc/src/timers.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index c1e0023..0000000
--- a/doc/src/timers.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,136 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page timers.html
-    \title Timers
-    \ingroup architecture
-    \brief How to use timers in your application.
-
-    QObject, the base class of all Qt objects, provides the basic
-    timer support in Qt. With QObject::startTimer(), you start a
-    timer with an interval in milliseconds as argument. The function
-    returns a unique integer timer ID. The timer will now fire at
-    regular intervals until you explicitly call QObject::killTimer()
-    with the timer ID.
-
-    For this mechanism to work, the application must run in an event
-    loop. You start an event loop with QApplication::exec(). When a
-    timer fires, the application sends a QTimerEvent, and the flow of
-    control leaves the event loop until the timer event is processed.
-    This implies that a timer cannot fire while your application is
-    busy doing something else. In other words: the accuracy of timers
-    depends on the granularity of your application.
-
-    In multithreaded applications, you can use the timer mechanism in
-    any thread that has an event loop. To start an event loop from a
-    non-GUI thread, use QThread::exec(). Qt uses the object's
-    \l{QObject::thread()}{thread affinity} to determine which thread
-    will deliver the QTimerEvent. Because of this, you must start and
-    stop all timers in the object's thread; it is not possible to
-    start timers for objects in another thread.
-
-    The upper limit for the interval value is determined by the number
-    of milliseconds that can be specified in a signed integer
-    (in practice, this is a period of just over 24 days). The accuracy
-    depends on the underlying operating system. Windows 98 has 55
-    millisecond accuracy; other systems that we have tested can handle
-    1 millisecond intervals.
-
-    The main API for the timer functionality is QTimer. That class
-    provides regular timers that emit a signal when the timer fires, and
-    inherits QObject so that it fits well into the ownership structure
-    of most GUI programs. The normal way of using it is like this:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/timers/timers.cpp 0
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/timers/timers.cpp 1
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/timers/timers.cpp 2
-
-    The QTimer object is made into a child of this widget so that,
-    when this widget is deleted, the timer is deleted too.
-    Next, its \l{QTimer::}{timeout()} signal is connected to the slot
-    that will do the work, it is started with a value of 1000
-    milliseconds, indicating that it will time out every second.
-
-    QTimer also provides a static function for single-shot timers.
-    For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/timers/timers.cpp 3
-
-    200 milliseconds (0.2 seconds) after this line of code is
-    executed, the \c updateCaption() slot will be called.
-
-    For QTimer to work, you must have an event loop in your
-    application; that is, you must call QCoreApplication::exec()
-    somewhere. Timer events will be delivered only while the event
-    loop is running.
-
-    In multithreaded applications, you can use QTimer in any thread
-    that has an event loop. To start an event loop from a non-GUI
-    thread, use QThread::exec(). Qt uses the timer's
-    \l{QObject::thread()}{thread affinity} to determine which thread
-    will emit the \l{QTimer::}{timeout()} signal. Because of this, you
-    must start and stop the timer in its thread; it is not possible to
-    start a timer from another thread.
-
-    The \l{widgets/analogclock}{Analog Clock} example shows how to use
-    QTimer to redraw a widget at regular intervals. From \c{AnalogClock}'s
-    implementation:
-
-    \snippet examples/widgets/analogclock/analogclock.cpp 0
-    \snippet examples/widgets/analogclock/analogclock.cpp 2
-    \snippet examples/widgets/analogclock/analogclock.cpp 3
-    \snippet examples/widgets/analogclock/analogclock.cpp 4
-    \snippet examples/widgets/analogclock/analogclock.cpp 5
-    \snippet examples/widgets/analogclock/analogclock.cpp 6
-    \dots
-    \snippet examples/widgets/analogclock/analogclock.cpp 7
-
-    Every second, QTimer will call the QWidget::update() slot to
-    refresh the clock's display.
-
-    If you already have a QObject subclass and want an easy
-    optimization, you can use QBasicTimer instead of QTimer. With
-    QBasicTimer, you must reimplement
-    \l{QObject::timerEvent()}{timerEvent()} in your QObject subclass
-    and handle the timeout there. The \l{widgets/wiggly}{Wiggly}
-    example shows how to use QBasicTimer.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/tools-list.qdoc b/doc/src/tools-list.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 509a1e7..0000000
--- a/doc/src/tools-list.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \group qttools
-    \title Qt's Tools
-    \ingroup buildsystem
-
-    Qt is supplied with several command line and graphical tools to
-    ease and speed the development process. Each tool is listed here
-    with a link to its documentation.
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Tool \o Description
-    \row \o \l{Qt Designer Manual}{Qt Designer}
-         \o Create forms visually.
-    \row \o \l{Qt Assistant Manual}{Qt Assistant}
-         \o Quickly find the help you need.
-    \row \o \l{Qt Linguist Manual}{Qt Linguist, lupdate, lrelease, lconvert}
-         \o Translate applications to reach international markets.
-    \row \o \l{qmake Manual}{qmake}
-         \o Create makefiles from simple platform-independent project files (\c .pro files).
-    \row \o \l{The Virtual Framebuffer}{qvfb}
-         \o Run and test embedded applications on the desktop.
-    \row \o \l{makeqpf}
-         \o Create pre-rendered fonts for embedded devices.
-    \row \o \l{moc}{Meta-Object Compiler (moc)}
-         \o Generate meta-object information for QObject subclasses.
-    \row \o \l{User Interface Compiler (uic)}
-         \o Generate C++ code from user interface files.
-    \row \o \l{Resource Compiler (rcc)}
-         \o Embed resources into Qt applications during the build process.
-    \row \o \l{Configuring Qt}{Configuring Qt (qtconfig)}
-         \o X11-based Qt configuration tool with online help.
-    \row \o \l{Fine-Tuning Features in Qt}{Configuring Qt Embedded (qconfig)}
-         \o Qt Embedded (Linux and Windows CE) configuration tool.
-    \row \o \l{Examples and Demos Launcher}
-         \o A launcher for Qt's Examples and Demonstration programs.
-    \row \o \l{qt3to4 - The Qt 3 to 4 Porting Tool}
-         \o A tool to assist in porting applications from Qt 3 to Qt 4.
-    \row \o \l{QtDBus XML compiler (qdbusxml2cpp)}
-         \o A tool to convert D-Bus interface descriptions to C++ source code.
-    \row \o \l{D-Bus Viewer}
-         \o A tool to introspect D-Bus objects and messages.
-    \endtable
-
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/topics.qdoc b/doc/src/topics.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index df63d92..0000000
--- a/doc/src/topics.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,290 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-\group topics
-\title Topics
-
-This page provides a collection of documents grouped by topic.
-
-The \l{Grouped Classes} page contains a similar list of groups for
-Qt's class documentation.
-
-\generatelist{related}
-*/
-
-/*!
-\group architecture
-\title Architecture
-\ingroup topics
-\brief Documents about Qt's architecture and design.
-
-These documents describe aspects of Qt's architecture and design,
-including overviews of core Qt features and technologies.
-
-\generatelist{related}
-*/
-
-/*!
-\group buildsystem
-\title Build System
-\ingroup topics
-\brief Tools to help automate building and installation of Qt applications.
-
-Qt is provided with a set of build tools to help developers automate
-the process of building and installing Qt applications.
-
-\table 100%
-\header \o Development \o Cross-Platform Issues \o Specific Tools
-\row
-\o
- \list
-    \o \l {Debugging Techniques}
-    \o \l {Qt's Tools}
-    \o \l {The Qt Resource System}
-    \o \l {Using Precompiled Headers}
-\endlist
-\o
-\list
-    \o \l {Cross Compiling Qt for Embedded Linux Applications}
-    \o \l {Deploying Qt Applications}
-    \o \l {Installation}{Installing Qt}
-    \o \l {Window System Specific Notes}
-\endlist
-\o
-\list
-    \o \l lupdate and \l lrelease
-    \o \l {moc}{Meta-Object Compiler (moc)}
-    \o \l {User Interface Compiler (uic)}
-    \o \l {Resource Compiler (rcc)}
-\endlist
-\endtable
-
-
-*/
-
-/*!
-\group classlists
-\title Class and Function Indexes
-\ingroup topics
-\brief Collections of classes and functions grouped together into lists.
-
-The following documents contain collections of classes, grouped by
-subject area or related to particular functionality, or comprehensive
-lists of classes and functions.
-
-\generatelist{related}
-*/
-
-/*!
-\group codecs
-\title Codecs
-\ingroup topics
-\brief Codec support in Qt.
-
-These codecs provide facilities for conversion between Unicode and
-specific text encodings.
-
-\generatelist{related}
-*/
-
-/*!
-\group gui-programming
-\title GUI Programming
-\ingroup topics
-\brief Resources for developers of GUI applications.
-
-The following list contains links to guides and other resources for
-developers of graphical user interface (GUI) applications.
-
-\generatelist{related}
-*/
-
-/*!
-\group howto
-\title How To Guides and Learning Resources
-\ingroup topics
-\brief Guides providing help on aspects of using Qt.
-
-These guides provide specific help about specific Qt-related topics.
-
-\generatelist{related}
-*/
-
-/*!
-\group platform-notes
-\title Platform-Specific Notes
-\ingroup topics
-\brief Documents describing platform-specific features of Qt.
-
-These documents describe platform-specific features provided by Qt, and
-discuss issues related to particular platforms and environments.
-
-\generatelist{related}
-*/
-
-/*!
-\group porting
-\title Porting Guides
-\ingroup topics
-\brief Guides related to porting Qt applications and libraries.
-
-A number of guides and documents are available that cover porting issues,
-from detailed coverage of API differences between Qt 3 and Qt 4 to
-platform and tool-specific documentation.
-
-\generatelist{related}
-*/
-
-/*!
-\group text-processing
-\title Text Processing
-\ingroup topics
-\brief Text processing guides and classes.
-
-Qt provides an extensive collection of classes for text handling.
-The following guides and references describe basic text handling, support
-for internationalization and character encodings, and Qt's rich text
-system.
-
-\generatelist{related}
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \group tutorials
-    \title Tutorials
-    \ingroup topics
-    \brief Tutorials, guides and overviews to help you learn Qt.
-
-    A collection of tutorials and "walkthrough" guides are provided with Qt to
-    help new users get started with Qt development. These documents cover a
-    range of topics, from basic use of widgets to step-by-step tutorials that
-    show how an application is put together.
-
-    \section1 \l{Widgets Tutorial}
-
-    \inlineimage widget-examples.png
-
-    A beginner's guide to getting started with widgets and layouts to create
-    GUI applications.
-
-    \section1 \l{Address Book Tutorial}
-
-    \inlineimage addressbook-tutorial.png
-
-    A seven part guide to creating a fully-functioning address book
-    application. This tutorial is also available with
-    \l{Tutoriel "Carnet d'adresses"}{French explanation}.
-
-*/
-
-/*!
-\group activeqt-tools
-\title Tools for ActiveQt
-\ingroup topics
-\brief Tools to help integrate Qt applications with ActiveX components.
-
-These tools provide support for integrating Qt with ActiveX components.
-
-\generatelist{related}
-
-\sa {ActiveQt Framework}
-*/
-
-/*!
-\group scripting
-\title Scripting with ECMAScript
-\ingroup topics
-\brief Guides and references covering application scripting with ECMAScript.
-
-Qt 4.3 and later provides support for application scripting with ECMAScript.
-The following guides and references cover aspects of programming with
-ECMAScript and Qt.
-
-\generatelist{related}
-*/
-
-/*!
-\group threading
-\title Threading and Concurrent Programming
-\ingroup topics
-\brief Guides and references covering threading and concurrent programming.
-
-Qt provides a number of classes to handle the primitives used for multithreaded
-programming. From Qt 4.4, the QtConcurrent namespace also provides a set of higher
-level classes for concurrent programming.
-
-\generatelist{related}
-*/
-
-/*!
-\group qtce
-\title Qt for Windows CE
-\ingroup topics
-\ingroup qt-embedded
-\brief Documents related to Qt on Windows CE
-
-Qt for Windows CE is a C++ framework for GUI and application development
-for embedded devices running Windows CE. It runs on a variety of processors,
-including ARM, Intel x86, MIPS and SH-4.
-
-\table 100%
-\header \o Getting Started \o Reference \o Performance and Optimization
-\row
-\o
- \list
-    \o \l {Qt for Windows CE Requirements}
-    \o \l {Installing Qt on Windows CE}
-    \o \l {Windows CE - Introduction to using Qt}{Introduction to using Qt}
-\endlist
-\o
-\list
-    \o \l {Windows CE - Using shadow builds}{Using shadow builds}
-    \o \l {Windows CE - Working with Custom SDKs}{Working with Custom SDKs}
-\endlist
-\o
-\list
-    \o \l {Windows CE OpenGL ES}{OpenGL ES}
-    \o \l {Qt Performance Tuning}
-    \o \l {Fine-Tuning Features in Qt}
-\endlist
-\endtable
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/trolltech-webpages.qdoc b/doc/src/trolltech-webpages.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 20e6c66..0000000
--- a/doc/src/trolltech-webpages.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,245 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/
-    \title Qt website
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/
-    \title Qt Homepage
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/bugreport-form
-    \title Bug Report Form
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/products/add-on-products/add-on-products/
-    \title Third-Party Tools
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/products/add-on-products
-    \title Qt Solutions
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/developer/books
-    \title Books about Qt Programming
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/developer/books/3
-    \title GUI Programming with Qt 3
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/about
-    \title About Qt
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/products/developer-tools
-    \title Visual Studio Integration
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/products/add-on-products/catalog/4/Widgets/qtcalendarwidget/
-    \title Calendar Widget
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/products/add-on-products/catalog/4/Widgets/qtwizard/
-    \title QtWizard
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/products/add-on-products/catalog/4/Utilities/qtcorba/
-    \title CORBA Framework
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/products/add-on-products/catalog/4/Widgets/qtwindowlistmenu/
-    \title Window Menu
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/qt-in-use
-    \title Customer Success Stories
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/developer
-    \title Developer Zone
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/downloads
-    \title Downloads
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/developer/faqs/
-    \title FAQs
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/developer/faqs/licensing/
-    \title License FAQ
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/products/licensing/
-    \title Free Software and Contributions
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/products/licensing/
-    \title Qt Licensing Overview
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/products/pricing/
-    \title Qt License Pricing
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/contact
-    \title How to Order
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/doc/supported-platforms.html
-    \title Platform Support Policy
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/products/
-    \title Product Overview
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/doc/supported-platforms.html
-    \title Qt 4 Platforms Overview
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/products/qtopia/
-    \title Qt Extended
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/doc/qq/
-    \title Qt Quarterly
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/developer/task-tracker
-    \title Task Tracker
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/lists
-    \title Qt Mailing Lists
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/products/files/pdf/
-    \title Whitepapers
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/doc/qtcanvas
-    \title QtCanvas
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \externalpage http://labs.qt.nokia.com/page/Projects/Itemview/Modeltest
-    \title ModelTest
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \externalpage http://labs.qt.nokia.com/page/Projects/Accessibility/QDBusBridge
-    \title D-Bus Accessibility Bridge
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \externalpage http://labs.qt.nokia.com/blogs/2008/12/05/qtestlib-now-with-nice-graphs-pointing-upwards/
-    \title qtestlib-tools Announcement
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \externalpage http://labs.qt.nokia.com/gitweb?p=qtestlib-tools;a=summary
-    \title qtestlib-tools
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/products/library/modular-class-library#info_scripting
-    \title Qt Script for Applications (QSA)
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/products/add-on-products/catalog/4/Utilities/qtsharedmemory/
-    \title QtSharedMemory
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/qq/qq21-portingcanvas.html
-    \title Porting to Qt 4.2's Graphics View
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/products/add-on-products/catalog/4/Windows/qtwinforms/
-    \title QtWinForms Solution
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/developer/faqs/qt/installation
-    \title Installation FAQ
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \externalpage http://qt.gitorious.org
-    \title Public Qt Repository
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/tutorials/addressbook-fr.qdoc b/doc/src/tutorials/addressbook-fr.qdoc
index 3ce2987..990e06e 100644
--- a/doc/src/tutorials/addressbook-fr.qdoc
+++ b/doc/src/tutorials/addressbook-fr.qdoc
@@ -43,11 +43,10 @@
     \page tutorials-addressbook-fr.html
 
     \startpage {index.html}{Qt Reference Documentation}
+    \contentspage Tutorials
     \nextpage {tutorials/addressbook-fr/part1}{Chapitre 1}
 
     \title Tutoriel "Carnet d'adresses"
-    \ingroup howto
-    \ingroup tutorials
     \brief Une introduction à la programation d'interface graphique montrant comment construire une application simple avec Qt.
 
     Ce tutoriel est une introduction à la programmation de GUI (interface utilisateur)
diff --git a/doc/src/tutorials/addressbook.qdoc b/doc/src/tutorials/addressbook.qdoc
index d27b95c..4623aaa 100644
--- a/doc/src/tutorials/addressbook.qdoc
+++ b/doc/src/tutorials/addressbook.qdoc
@@ -43,11 +43,10 @@
     \page tutorials-addressbook.html
 
     \startpage {index.html}{Qt Reference Documentation}
+    \contentspage Tutorials
     \nextpage {tutorials/addressbook/part1}{Chapter 1}
 
     \title Address Book Tutorial
-    \ingroup howto
-    \ingroup tutorials
     \brief An introduction to GUI programming, showing how to put together a
     simple yet fully-functioning application.
 
diff --git a/doc/src/tutorials/widgets-tutorial.qdoc b/doc/src/tutorials/widgets-tutorial.qdoc
index 39f6b00..3c0220e 100644
--- a/doc/src/tutorials/widgets-tutorial.qdoc
+++ b/doc/src/tutorials/widgets-tutorial.qdoc
@@ -41,15 +41,15 @@
 
 /*!
     \page widgets-tutorial.html
-    \startpage {index.html}{Qt Reference Documentation}
-    \nextpage {tutorials/widgets/toplevel}{Creating a Window}
-
     \title Widgets Tutorial
-    \ingroup tutorials
-
     \brief This tutorial covers basic usage of widgets and layouts, showing how
     they are used to build GUI applications.
 
+    \startpage {index.html}{Qt Reference Documentation}
+    \contentspage Tutorials
+    \nextpage {tutorials/widgets/toplevel}{Creating a Window}
+
+
     \section1 Introduction
 
     Widgets are the basic building blocks of graphical user interface (GUI)
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
     example. For example, the GUI for a main window may be set up in the
     constructor of a QMainWindow subclass.
 
-    The \l{Qt Examples#Widgets}{Widgets examples} are a good place to look for
+    The \l{Widgets examples} are a good place to look for
     more complex and complete examples and applications.
 
     \section1 Building Examples and Tutorials
@@ -279,6 +279,5 @@
     \snippet tutorials/widgets/nestedlayouts/main.cpp set up the model
 
     The use of models and views is covered in the
-    \l{Qt Examples#Item Views}{item view examples} and in the
-    \l{Model/View Programming} overview.
+    \l{Item Views Examples} and in the \l{Model/View Programming} overview.
 */
diff --git a/doc/src/uic.qdoc b/doc/src/uic.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index f774fa8..0000000
--- a/doc/src/uic.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page uic.html
-    \title User Interface Compiler (uic)
-    \ingroup buildsystem
-    \ingroup qttools
-    \keyword uic
-
-    \omit KEEP THIS FILE SYNCHRONIZED WITH uic.1 \endomit
-
-    This page documents the \e{User Interface Compiler} for the Qt GUI
-    toolkit. The \c uic reads an XML format user interface definition
-    (\c .ui) file as generated by \l{designer-manual.html}{Qt
-    Designer} and creates a corresponding C++ header file.
-
-    Usage:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_uic.qdoc 0
-
-    \section1 Options
-
-    The following table lists the command-line options recognized by
-    \c uic.
-
-    \table
-    \header \o Option \o Description
-    \row \o \c{-o <file>} \o Write output to \c <file> instead of to standard output.
-    \row \o \c{-tr <func>} \o Use \c <func> for translating strings instead of \c tr().
-    \row \o \c{-p} \o Don't generate guards against multiple inclusion (\c #ifndef FOO_H ...).
-    \row \o \c{-h} \o Display the usage and the list of options.
-    \row \o \c{-v} \o Display \c{uic}'s version number.
-    \endtable
-
-    \section1 Examples
-
-    If you use \c qmake, \c uic will be invoked automatically for
-    header files.
-
-    Here are useful makefile rules if you only use GNU make:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_uic.qdoc 1
-
-    If you want to write portably, you can use individual rules of the
-    following form:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_uic.qdoc 2
-
-    You must also remember to add \c{ui_foo.h} to your \c HEADERS
-    (substitute your favorite name).
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/unicode.qdoc b/doc/src/unicode.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index b4ba26a..0000000
--- a/doc/src/unicode.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,161 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*! 
-    \page unicode.html
-    \title Unicode
-    \ingroup architecture
-    \ingroup text-processing
-    \brief Information about support for Unicode in Qt.
-
-    Unicode is a multi-byte character set, portable across all major
-    computing platforms and with decent coverage over most of the world.
-    It is also single-locale; it includes no code pages or other
-    complexities that make software harder to write and test. There is no
-    competing character set that's reasonably cross-platform. For these
-    reasons, Unicode 4.0 is used as the native character set for Qt.
-
-
-    \section1 Information about Unicode on the Web
-
-    The \l{http://www.unicode.org/}{Unicode Consortium} has a number
-    of documents available, including
-
-    \list
-
-    \i \l{http://www.unicode.org/unicode/standard/principles.html}{A
-    technical introduction to Unicode}
-    \i \l{http://www.unicode.org/unicode/standard/standard.html}{The
-    home page for the standard}
-
-    \endlist
-
-
-    \section1 The Standard
-
-    The current version of the standard is \l{http://www.unicode.org/versions/Unicode5.1.0/}{Unicode 5.1.0}.
-
-    Previous printed versions of the specification:
-
-    \list
-    \o \l{http://www.amazon.com/Unicode-Standard-Version-5-0-5th/dp/0321480910/trolltech/t}{The Unicode Standard, Version 5.0}
-    \o \l{http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0321185781/trolltech/t}{The Unicode Standard, version 4.0}  
-    \o \l{http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0201616335/trolltech/t}{The Unicode Standard, version 3.2}
-    \o \l{http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0201473459/trolltech/t}{The Unicode Standard, version 2.0} \mdash
-    see also the \l{http://www.unicode.org/unicode/reports/tr8.html}{2.1 update} and
-    \l{http://www.unicode.org/unicode/standard/versions/enumeratedversions.html#Unicode 2.1.9}{the 2.1.9 data files} at
-    \l{http://www.unicode.org}.
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 Unicode in Qt
-
-    In Qt, and in most applications that use Qt, most or all user-visible
-    strings are stored using Unicode. Qt provides:
-
-    \list
-
-    \i Translation to/from legacy encodings for file I/O: see
-    QTextCodec and QTextStream.
-    \i Translation from Input Methods and 8-bit keyboard input.
-    \i Translation to legacy character sets for on-screen display.
-    \i A string class, QString, that stores Unicode characters, with
-    support for migrating from C strings including fast (cached)
-    translation to and from US-ASCII, and all the usual string
-    operations.
-    \i Unicode-aware widgets where appropriate.
-    \i Unicode support detection on Windows, so that Qt provides Unicode
-    even on Windows platforms that do not support it natively.
-
-    \endlist
-
-    To fully benefit from Unicode, we recommend using QString for storing
-    all user-visible strings, and performing all text file I/O using
-    QTextStream. Use QKeyEvent::text() for keyboard input in any custom
-    widgets you write; it does not make much difference for slow typists
-    in Western Europe or North America, but for fast typists or people
-    using special input methods using text() is beneficial.
-
-    All the function arguments in Qt that may be user-visible strings,
-    QLabel::setText() and a many others, take \c{const QString &}s.
-    QString provides implicit casting from \c{const char *}
-    so that things like
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_unicode.qdoc 0
-
-    will work. There is also a function, QObject::tr(), that provides
-    translation support, like this:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_unicode.qdoc 1
-
-    QObject::tr() maps from \c{const char *} to a Unicode string, and
-    uses installable QTranslator objects to do the mapping.
-
-    Qt provides a number of built-in QTextCodec classes, that is,
-    classes that know how to translate between Unicode and legacy
-    encodings to support programs that must talk to other programs or
-    read/write files in legacy file formats.
-
-    By default, conversion to/from \c{const char *} uses a
-    locale-dependent codec. However, applications can easily find codecs
-    for other locales, and set any open file or network connection to use
-    a special codec. It is also possible to install new codecs, for
-    encodings that the built-in ones do not support. (At the time of
-    writing, Vietnamese/VISCII is one such example.)
-
-    Since US-ASCII and ISO-8859-1 are so common, there are also especially
-    fast functions for mapping to and from them. For example, to open an
-    application's icon one might do this:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_unicode.qdoc 2
-
-    or
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_unicode.qdoc 3
-
-    Regarding output, Qt will do a best-effort conversion from
-    Unicode to whatever encoding the system and fonts provide.
-    Depending on operating system, locale, font availability, and Qt's
-    support for the characters used, this conversion may be good or bad.
-    We will extend this in upcoming versions, with emphasis on the most
-    common locales first.
-
-    \sa {Internationalization with Qt}
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/unix-signal-handlers.qdoc b/doc/src/unix-signal-handlers.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index cecd3f9..0000000
--- a/doc/src/unix-signal-handlers.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page unix-signals.html
-    \title Calling Qt Functions From Unix Signal Handlers
-    \ingroup platform-notes
-    \brief You can't. But don't despair, there is a way...
-
-    You \e can't call Qt functions from Unix signal handlers. The
-    standard POSIX rule applies: You can only call async-signal-safe
-    functions from signal handlers. See \l
-    {http://www.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/000095399/functions/xsh_chap02_04.html#tag_02_04_01}
-    {Signal Actions} for the complete list of functions you can call
-    from Unix signal handlers.
-
-    But don't despair, there is a way to use Unix signal handlers with
-    Qt. The strategy is to have your Unix signal handler do something
-    that will eventually cause a Qt signal to be emitted, and then you
-    simply return from your Unix signal handler. Back in your Qt
-    program, that Qt signal gets emitted and then received by your Qt
-    slot function, where you can safely do whatever Qt stuff you
-    weren't allowed to do in the Unix signal handler.
-
-    One simple way to make this happen is to declare a socket pair in
-    your class for each Unix signal you want to handle. The socket
-    pairs are declared as static data members. You also create a
-    QSocketNotifier to monitor the \e read end of each socket pair,
-    declare your Unix signal handlers to be static class methods, and
-    declare a slot function corresponding to each of your Unix signal
-    handlers. In this example, we intend to handle both the SIGHUP and
-    SIGTERM signals. Note: You should read the socketpair(2) and the
-    sigaction(2) man pages before plowing through the following code
-    snippets.
-    
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_unix-signal-handlers.qdoc 0
-
-    In the MyDaemon constructor, use the socketpair(2) function to
-    initialize each file descriptor pair, and then create the
-    QSocketNotifier to monitor the \e read end of each pair. The
-    activated() signal of each QSocketNotifier is connected to the
-    appropriate slot function, which effectively converts the Unix
-    signal to the QSocketNotifier::activated() signal.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_unix-signal-handlers.qdoc 1
-
-    Somewhere else in your startup code, you install your Unix signal
-    handlers with sigaction(2).
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_unix-signal-handlers.qdoc 2
-
-    In your Unix signal handlers, you write a byte to the \e write end
-    of a socket pair and return. This will cause the corresponding
-    QSocketNotifier to emit its activated() signal, which will in turn
-    cause the appropriate Qt slott function to run.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_unix-signal-handlers.qdoc 3
-
-    In the slot functions connected to the
-    QSocketNotifier::activated() signals, you \e read the byte. Now
-    you are safely back in Qt with your signal, and you can do all the
-    Qt stuff you weren'tr allowed to do in the Unix signal handler.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_unix-signal-handlers.qdoc 4
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/focus.qdoc b/doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/focus.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1cbc71b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/focus.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page focus.html
+    \title Keyboard Focus
+    \brief Keyboard focus management and handling.
+    \ingroup frameworks-technologies
+
+    \keyword keyboard focus
+
+    Qt's widgets handle keyboard focus in the ways that have become
+    customary in GUIs. 
+
+    The basic issue is that the user's key strokes can be directed at any
+    of several windows on the screen, and any of several widgets inside
+    the intended window. When the user presses a key, they expect it to go
+    to the right place, and the software must try to meet this
+    expectation. The system must determine which application the key stroke
+    is directed at, which window within that application, and which widget
+    within that window.
+
+    \section1 Focus Motion
+
+    The customs which have evolved for directing keyboard focus to a
+    particular widget are these: 
+
+    \list 1
+
+    \o The user presses \key Tab (or \key Shift+Tab).
+    \o The user clicks a widget.
+    \o The user presses a keyboard shortcut.
+    \o The user uses the mouse wheel.
+    \o The user moves the focus to a window, and the application must
+       determine which widget within the window should get the focus.
+    \endlist
+
+    Each of these motion mechanisms is different, and different types of
+    widgets receive focus in only some of them. We'll cover each of them
+    in turn.
+
+    \section2 Tab or Shift+Tab
+
+    Pressing \key Tab is by far the most common way to move focus
+    using the keyboard. (Sometimes in data-entry applications Enter
+    does the same as \key{Tab}; this can easily be achieved in Qt by
+    implementing an \l{Events and Event Filters}{event filter}.)
+
+    Pressing \key Tab, in all window systems in common use today,
+    moves the keyboard focus to the next widget in a circular
+    per-window list. \key Tab moves focus along the circular list in
+    one direction, \key Shift+Tab in the other. The order in which
+    \key Tab presses move from widget to widget is called the tab order.
+
+    You can customize the tab order using QWidget::setTabOrder(). (If
+    you don't, \key Tab generally moves focus in the order of widget
+    construction.) \l{Qt Designer} provides a means of visually
+    changing the tab order.
+
+    Since pressing \key Tab is so common, most widgets that can have focus
+    should support tab focus. The major exception is widgets that are
+    rarely used, and where there is some keyboard accelerator or error
+    handler that moves the focus.
+
+    For example, in a data entry dialog, there might be a field that
+    is only necessary in one per cent of all cases. In such a dialog,
+    \key Tab could skip this field, and the dialog could use one of
+    these mechanisms: 
+
+    \list 1
+
+    \o If the program can determine whether the field is needed, it can
+    move focus there when the user finishes entry and presses \gui OK, or when
+    the user presses Enter after finishing the other fields. Alternately,
+    include the field in the tab order but disable it. Enable it if it
+    becomes appropriate in view of what the user has set in the other
+    fields.
+
+    \o The label for the field can include a keyboard shortcut that moves
+    focus to this field.
+
+    \endlist
+
+    Another exception to \key Tab support is text-entry widgets that
+    must support the insertion of tabs; almost all text editors fall
+    into this class. Qt treats \key Ctrl+Tab as \key Tab and \key
+    Ctrl+Shift+Tab as \key Shift+Tab, and such widgets can
+    reimplement QWidget::event() and handle Tab before calling
+    QWidget::event() to get normal processing of all other keys.
+    However, since some systems use \key Ctrl+Tab for other purposes,
+    and many users aren't aware of \key Ctrl+Tab anyway, this isn't a
+    complete solution.
+
+    \section2 The User Clicks a Widget
+
+    This is perhaps even more common than pressing \key Tab on
+    computers with a mouse or other pointing device.
+
+    Clicking to move the focus is slightly more powerful than \key
+    Tab. While it moves the focus \e to a widget, for editor widgets
+    it also moves the text cursor (the widget's internal focus) to
+    the spot where the mouse is clicked.
+
+    Since it is so common and people are used to it, it's a good idea to
+    support it for most widgets. However, there is also an important
+    reason to avoid it: you may not want to remove focus from the widget
+    where it was.
+
+    For example, in a word processor, when the user clicks the 'B' (bold)
+    tool button, what should happen to the keyboard focus? Should it
+    remain where it was, almost certainly in the editing widget, or should
+    it move to the 'B' button?
+
+    We advise supporting click-to-focus for widgets that support text
+    entry, and to avoid it for most widgets where a mouse click has a
+    different effect. (For buttons, we also recommend adding a keyboard
+    shortcut: QAbstractButton and its subclasses make this very easy.)
+
+    In Qt, only the QWidget::setFocusPolicy() function affects
+    click-to-focus.
+
+    \section2 The User Presses a Keyboard Shortcut
+
+    It's not unusual for keyboard shortcuts to move the focus. This
+    can happen implicitly by opening modal dialogs, but also
+    explicitly using focus accelerators such as those provided by
+    QLabel::setBuddy(), QGroupBox, and QTabBar.
+
+    We advise supporting shortcut focus for all widgets that the user
+    may want to jump to. For example, a tab dialog can have keyboard
+    shortcuts for each of its pages, so the user can press e.g. \key
+    Alt+P to step to the \underline{P}rinting page. It is easy to
+    overdo this: there are only a few keys, and it's also important
+    to provide keyboard shortcuts for commands. \key Alt+P is also
+    used for Paste, Play, Print, and Print Here in the \l{Standard
+    Accelerator Keys} list, for example.
+
+    \section2 The User Rotates the Mouse Wheel
+
+    On Microsoft Windows, mouse wheel usage is always handled by the
+    widget that has keyboard focus. On Mac OS X and X11, it's handled by
+    the widget that gets other mouse events.
+
+    The way Qt handles this platform difference is by letting widgets move
+    the keyboard focus when the wheel is used. With the right focus policy
+    on each widget, applications can work idiomatically correctly on
+    Windows, Mac OS X, and X11.
+
+    \section2 The User Moves the Focus to This Window
+
+    In this situation the application must determine which widget within
+    the window should receive the focus.
+
+    This can be simple: If the focus has been in this window before,
+    then the last widget to have focus should regain it. Qt does this
+    automatically.
+
+    If focus has never been in this window before and you know where
+    focus should start out, call QWidget::setFocus() on the widget
+    which should receive focus before you call QWidget::show() it. If
+    you don't, Qt will pick a suitable widget.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-cde.qdoc b/doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-cde.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..02dabb1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-cde.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,392 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+  \page gallery-cde.html
+
+  \title CDE Style Widget Gallery
+  \ingroup gallery
+
+  This page shows some of the widgets available in Qt
+  when configured to use the "cde" style.
+
+\raw HTML
+<h2 align="center">Buttons</h2>
+
+<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
+<colgroup span="2">
+  <col width="40%" />
+  <col width="40%" />
+</colgroup>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage cde-pushbutton.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage cde-toolbutton.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QPushButton widget provides a command button.
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage cde-checkbox.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage cde-radiobutton.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QCheckBox widget provides a checkbox with a text label.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QRadioButton widget provides a radio button with a text or pixmap label.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+\endraw
+\raw HTML
+<h2 align="center">Containers</h2>
+
+<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
+<colgroup span="2">
+  <col width="40%" />
+  <col width="40%" />
+</colgroup>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage cde-groupbox.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage cde-tabwidget.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QGroupBox widget provides a group box frame with a title.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QTabWidget class provides a stack of tabbed widgets.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage cde-frame.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage cde-toolbox.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QFrame widget provides a simple decorated container for other widgets.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QToolBox class provides a column of tabbed widget items.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+\endraw
+\raw HTML
+<h2 align="center">Item Views</h2>
+
+<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
+<colgroup span="2">
+  <col width="40%" />
+  <col width="40%" />
+</colgroup>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage cde-listview.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage cde-treeview.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QListView class provides a default model/view implementation of a list/icon view. The QListWidget class provides a classic item-based list/icon view.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QTreeView class provides a default model/view implementation of a tree view. The QTreeWidget class provides a classic item-based tree view.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage cde-tableview.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QTableView class provides a default model/view implementation of a table view. The QTableWidget class provides a classic item-based table view.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+\endraw
+\raw HTML
+<h2 align="center">Display Widgets</h2>
+
+<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
+<colgroup span="2">
+  <col width="40%" />
+  <col width="40%" />
+</colgroup>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage cde-progressbar.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage cde-lcdnumber.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QProgressBar widget provides a horizontal progress bar.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QLCDNumber widget displays a number with LCD-like digits.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage cde-label.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QLabel widget provides a text or image display.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+\endraw
+\raw HTML
+<h2 align="center">Input Widgets</h2>
+
+<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
+<colgroup span="2">
+  <col width="40%" />
+  <col width="40%" />
+</colgroup>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage cde-slider.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage cde-lineedit.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QSlider widget provides a vertical or horizontal slider.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QLineEdit widget is a one-line text editor.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage cde-combobox.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage cde-doublespinbox.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QComboBox widget is a combined button and pop-up list.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QDoubleSpinBox class provides a spin box widget that allows double precision floating point numbers to be entered.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage cde-spinbox.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage cde-timeedit.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QSpinBox class provides a spin box widget.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QTimeEdit class provides a widget for editing times.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage cde-dateedit.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage cde-datetimeedit.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QDateEdit class provides a widget for editing dates.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QDateTimeEdit class provides a widget for editing dates and times.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage cde-textedit.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage cde-horizontalscrollbar.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QTextEdit class provides a widget that is used to edit and
+     display both plain and rich text.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QScrollBar widget provides a vertical or horizontal scroll bar. Here, we show a scroll bar with horizontal orientation.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage cde-dial.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage cde-calendarwidget.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QDial class provides a rounded range control (like a
+       speedometer or potentiometer).\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QCalendarWidget class provides a monthly calendar widget that can be used to select dates.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage cde-fontcombobox.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QFontComboBox widget is a specialized combobox that enables fonts to be selected from a pop-up list containing previews of available fonts.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+\endraw
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-cleanlooks.qdoc b/doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-cleanlooks.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..13c0f8f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-cleanlooks.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,392 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+  \page gallery-cleanlooks.html
+
+  \title Cleanlooks Style Widget Gallery
+  \ingroup gallery
+
+  This page shows some of the widgets available in Qt
+  when configured to use the "cleanlooks" style.
+
+\raw HTML
+<h2 align="center">Buttons</h2>
+
+<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
+<colgroup span="2">
+  <col width="40%" />
+  <col width="40%" />
+</colgroup>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage cleanlooks-pushbutton.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage cleanlooks-toolbutton.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QPushButton widget provides a command button.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QToolButton class provides a quick-access button to commands
+       or options, usually used inside a QToolBar.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage cleanlooks-checkbox.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage cleanlooks-radiobutton.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QCheckBox widget provides a checkbox with a text label.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QRadioButton widget provides a radio button with a text or pixmap label.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+\endraw
+\raw HTML
+<h2 align="center">Containers</h2>
+
+<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
+<colgroup span="2">
+  <col width="40%" />
+  <col width="40%" />
+</colgroup>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage cleanlooks-groupbox.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage cleanlooks-tabwidget.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QGroupBox widget provides a group box frame with a title.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QTabWidget class provides a stack of tabbed widgets.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage cleanlooks-frame.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage cleanlooks-toolbox.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QFrame widget provides a simple decorated container for other widgets.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QToolBox class provides a column of tabbed widget items.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+\endraw
+\raw HTML
+<h2 align="center">Item Views</h2>
+
+<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
+<colgroup span="2">
+  <col width="40%" />
+  <col width="40%" />
+</colgroup>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage cleanlooks-listview.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage cleanlooks-treeview.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QListView class provides a default model/view implementation of a list/icon view. The QListWidget class provides a classic item-based list/icon view.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QTreeView class provides a default model/view implementation of a tree view. The QTreeWidget class provides a classic item-based tree view.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage cleanlooks-tableview.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QTableView class provides a default model/view implementation of a table view. The QTableWidget class provides a classic item-based table view.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+\endraw
+\raw HTML
+<h2 align="center">Display Widgets</h2>
+
+<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
+<colgroup span="2">
+  <col width="40%" />
+  <col width="40%" />
+</colgroup>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage cleanlooks-progressbar.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage cleanlooks-lcdnumber.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QProgressBar widget provides a horizontal progress bar.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QLCDNumber widget displays a number with LCD-like digits.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage cleanlooks-label.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QLabel widget provides a text or image display.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+\endraw
+\raw HTML
+<h2 align="center">Input Widgets</h2>
+
+<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
+<colgroup span="2">
+  <col width="40%" />
+  <col width="40%" />
+</colgroup>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage cleanlooks-slider.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage cleanlooks-lineedit.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QSlider widget provides a vertical or horizontal slider.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QLineEdit widget is a one-line text editor.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage cleanlooks-combobox.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage cleanlooks-doublespinbox.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QComboBox widget is a combined button and pop-up list.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QDoubleSpinBox class provides a spin box widget that allows double precision floating point numbers to be entered.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage cleanlooks-spinbox.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage cleanlooks-timeedit.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QSpinBox class provides a spin box widget.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QTimeEdit class provides a widget for editing times.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage cleanlooks-dateedit.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage cleanlooks-datetimeedit.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QDateEdit class provides a widget for editing dates.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QDateTimeEdit class provides a widget for editing dates and times.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage cleanlooks-textedit.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage cleanlooks-horizontalscrollbar.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QTextEdit class provides a widget that is used to edit and
+     display both plain and rich text.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QScrollBar widget provides a vertical or horizontal scroll bar. Here, we show a scroll bar with horizontal orientation.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage cleanlooks-dial.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage cleanlooks-calendarwidget.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QDial class provides a rounded range control (like a
+       speedometer or potentiometer).\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QCalendarWidget class provides a monthly calendar widget that can be used to select dates.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage cleanlooks-fontcombobox.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QFontComboBox widget is a specialized combobox that enables fonts to be selected from a pop-up list containing previews of available fonts.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+\endraw
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-gtk.qdoc b/doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-gtk.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8251f04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-gtk.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,358 @@
+/*!
+  \page gallery-gtk.html
+
+  \title GTK Style Widget Gallery
+  \ingroup gallery
+
+  This page shows some of the widgets available in Qt
+  when configured to use the "gtk" style.
+
+  Take a look at the \l{Qt Widget Gallery} to see how Qt
+  applications appear in other styles.
+
+\raw HTML
+<h2 align="center">Buttons</h2>
+
+<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
+<colgroup span="2">
+  <col width="40%" />
+  <col width="40%" />
+</colgroup>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage gtk-pushbutton.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage gtk-toolbutton.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td align="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QPushButton widget provides a command button.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QToolButton class provides a quick-access button to commands
+       or options, usually used inside a QToolBar.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage gtk-checkbox.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage gtk-radiobutton.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td align="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QCheckBox widget provides a checkbox with a text label.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QRadioButton widget provides a radio button with a text or pixmap label.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+\endraw
+\raw HTML
+<h2 align="center">Containers</h2>
+
+<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
+<colgroup span="2">
+  <col width="40%" />
+  <col width="40%" />
+</colgroup>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage gtk-groupbox.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage gtk-tabwidget.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td align="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QGroupBox widget provides a group box frame with a title.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QTabWidget class provides a stack of tabbed widgets.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage gtk-toolbox.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage gtk-frame.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td align="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QToolBox class provides a column of tabbed widget items.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QFrame widget provides a simple decorated container for other widgets.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+\endraw
+\raw HTML
+<h2 align="center">Item Views</h2>
+
+<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
+<colgroup span="2">
+  <col width="40%" />
+  <col width="40%" />
+</colgroup>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage gtk-listview.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage gtk-treeview.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td align="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QListView class provides a default model/view implementation of a list/icon view. The QListWidget class provides a classic item-based list/icon view.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QTreeView class provides a default model/view implementation of a tree view. The QTreeWidget class provides a classic item-based tree view.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage gtk-tableview.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td align="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QTableView class provides a default model/view implementation of a table view. The QTableWidget class provides a classic item-based table view.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+\endraw
+\raw HTML
+<h2 align="center">Display Widgets</h2>
+
+<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
+<colgroup span="2">
+  <col width="40%" />
+  <col width="40%" />
+</colgroup>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage gtk-progressbar.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage gtk-lcdnumber.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td align="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QProgressBar widget provides a horizontal progress bar.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QLCDNumber widget displays a number with LCD-like digits.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage gtk-label.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QLabel widget provides a text or image display.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+\endraw
+\raw HTML
+<h2 align="center">Input Widgets</h2>
+
+<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
+<colgroup span="2">
+  <col width="40%" />
+  <col width="40%" />
+</colgroup>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage gtk-slider.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage gtk-lineedit.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td align="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QSlider widget provides a vertical or horizontal slider.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QLineEdit widget is a one-line text editor.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage gtk-combobox.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage gtk-doublespinbox.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td align="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QComboBox widget is a combined button and pop-up list.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QDoubleSpinBox class provides a spin box widget that allows double precision floating point numbers to be entered.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage gtk-spinbox.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage gtk-timeedit.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td align="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QSpinBox class provides a spin box widget.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QTimeEdit class provides a widget for editing times.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage gtk-dateedit.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage gtk-datetimeedit.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td align="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QDateEdit class provides a widget for editing dates.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QDateTimeEdit class provides a widget for editing dates and times.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage gtk-textedit.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage gtk-horizontalscrollbar.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td align="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QTextEdit class provides a widget that is used to edit and
+     display both plain and rich text.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QScrollBar widget provides a vertical or horizontal scroll bar. Here, we show a scroll bar with horizontal orientation.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage gtk-dial.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage gtk-calendarwidget.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td align="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QDial class provides a rounded range control (like a
+       speedometer or potentiometer).\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QCalendarWidget class provides a monthly calendar widget that can be used to select dates.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage gtk-fontcombobox.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QFontComboBox widget is a specialized combobox that enables fonts to be selected from a pop-up list containing previews of available fonts.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+\endraw
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-macintosh.qdoc b/doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-macintosh.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c7efabe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-macintosh.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,392 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+  \page gallery-macintosh.html
+
+  \title Macintosh Style Widget Gallery
+  \ingroup gallery
+
+  This page shows some of the widgets available in Qt
+  when configured to use the "macintosh" style.
+
+\raw HTML
+<h2 align="center">Buttons</h2>
+
+<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
+<colgroup span="2">
+  <col width="40%" />
+  <col width="40%" />
+</colgroup>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage macintosh-pushbutton.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage macintosh-toolbutton.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QPushButton widget provides a command button.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QToolButton class provides a quick-access button to commands
+       or options, usually used inside a QToolBar.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage macintosh-checkbox.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage macintosh-radiobutton.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QCheckBox widget provides a checkbox with a text label.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QRadioButton widget provides a radio button with a text or pixmap label.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+\endraw
+\raw HTML
+<h2 align="center">Containers</h2>
+
+<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
+<colgroup span="2">
+  <col width="40%" />
+  <col width="40%" />
+</colgroup>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage macintosh-groupbox.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage macintosh-tabwidget.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QGroupBox widget provides a group box frame with a title.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QTabWidget class provides a stack of tabbed widgets.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage macintosh-frame.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage macintosh-toolbox.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QFrame widget provides a simple decorated container for other widgets.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QToolBox class provides a column of tabbed widget items.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+\endraw
+\raw HTML
+<h2 align="center">Item Views</h2>
+
+<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
+<colgroup span="2">
+  <col width="40%" />
+  <col width="40%" />
+</colgroup>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage macintosh-listview.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage macintosh-treeview.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QListView class provides a default model/view implementation of a list/icon view. The QListWidget class provides a classic item-based list/icon view.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QTreeView class provides a default model/view implementation of a tree view. The QTreeWidget class provides a classic item-based tree view.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage macintosh-tableview.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QTableView class provides a default model/view implementation of a table view. The QTableWidget class provides a classic item-based table view.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+\endraw
+\raw HTML
+<h2 align="center">Display Widgets</h2>
+
+<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
+<colgroup span="2">
+  <col width="40%" />
+  <col width="40%" />
+</colgroup>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage macintosh-progressbar.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage macintosh-lcdnumber.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QProgressBar widget provides a horizontal progress bar.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QLCDNumber widget displays a number with LCD-like digits.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage macintosh-label.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QLabel widget provides a text or image display.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+\endraw
+\raw HTML
+<h2 align="center">Input Widgets</h2>
+
+<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
+<colgroup span="2">
+  <col width="40%" />
+  <col width="40%" />
+</colgroup>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage macintosh-slider.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage macintosh-lineedit.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QSlider widget provides a vertical or horizontal slider.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QLineEdit widget is a one-line text editor.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage macintosh-combobox.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage macintosh-doublespinbox.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QComboBox widget is a combined button and pop-up list.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QDoubleSpinBox class provides a spin box widget that allows double precision floating point numbers to be entered.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage macintosh-spinbox.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage macintosh-timeedit.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QSpinBox class provides a spin box widget.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QTimeEdit class provides a widget for editing times.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage macintosh-dateedit.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage macintosh-datetimeedit.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QDateEdit class provides a widget for editing dates.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QDateTimeEdit class provides a widget for editing dates and times.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage macintosh-textedit.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage macintosh-horizontalscrollbar.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QTextEdit class provides a widget that is used to edit and
+     display both plain and rich text.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QScrollBar widget provides a vertical or horizontal scroll bar. Here, we show a scroll bar with horizontal orientation.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage macintosh-dial.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage macintosh-calendarwidget.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QDial class provides a rounded range control (like a
+       speedometer or potentiometer).\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QCalendarWidget class provides a monthly calendar widget that can be used to select dates.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage macintosh-fontcombobox.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QFontComboBox widget is a specialized combobox that enables fonts to be selected from a pop-up list containing previews of available fonts.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+\endraw
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-motif.qdoc b/doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-motif.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1539753
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-motif.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,392 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+  \page gallery-motif.html
+
+  \title Motif Style Widget Gallery
+  \ingroup gallery
+
+  This page shows some of the widgets available in Qt
+  when configured to use the "motif" style.
+
+\raw HTML
+<h2 align="center">Buttons</h2>
+
+<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
+<colgroup span="2">
+  <col width="40%" />
+  <col width="40%" />
+</colgroup>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage motif-pushbutton.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage motif-toolbutton.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QPushButton widget provides a command button.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QToolButton class provides a quick-access button to commands
+       or options, usually used inside a QToolBar.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage motif-checkbox.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage motif-radiobutton.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QCheckBox widget provides a checkbox with a text label.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QRadioButton widget provides a radio button with a text or pixmap label.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+\endraw
+\raw HTML
+<h2 align="center">Containers</h2>
+
+<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
+<colgroup span="2">
+  <col width="40%" />
+  <col width="40%" />
+</colgroup>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage motif-groupbox.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage motif-tabwidget.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QGroupBox widget provides a group box frame with a title.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QTabWidget class provides a stack of tabbed widgets.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage motif-frame.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage motif-toolbox.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QFrame widget provides a simple decorated container for other widgets.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QToolBox class provides a column of tabbed widget items.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+\endraw
+\raw HTML
+<h2 align="center">Item Views</h2>
+
+<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
+<colgroup span="2">
+  <col width="40%" />
+  <col width="40%" />
+</colgroup>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage motif-listview.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage motif-treeview.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QListView class provides a default model/view implementation of a list/icon view. The QListWidget class provides a classic item-based list/icon view.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QTreeView class provides a default model/view implementation of a tree view. The QTreeWidget class provides a classic item-based tree view.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage motif-tableview.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QTableView class provides a default model/view implementation of a table view. The QTableWidget class provides a classic item-based table view.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+\endraw
+\raw HTML
+<h2 align="center">Display Widgets</h2>
+
+<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
+<colgroup span="2">
+  <col width="40%" />
+  <col width="40%" />
+</colgroup>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage motif-progressbar.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage motif-lcdnumber.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QProgressBar widget provides a horizontal progress bar.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QLCDNumber widget displays a number with LCD-like digits.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage motif-label.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QLabel widget provides a text or image display.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+\endraw
+\raw HTML
+<h2 align="center">Input Widgets</h2>
+
+<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
+<colgroup span="2">
+  <col width="40%" />
+  <col width="40%" />
+</colgroup>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage motif-slider.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage motif-lineedit.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QSlider widget provides a vertical or horizontal slider.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QLineEdit widget is a one-line text editor.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage motif-combobox.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage motif-doublespinbox.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QComboBox widget is a combined button and pop-up list.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QDoubleSpinBox class provides a spin box widget that allows double precision floating point numbers to be entered.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage motif-spinbox.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage motif-timeedit.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QSpinBox class provides a spin box widget.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QTimeEdit class provides a widget for editing times.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage motif-dateedit.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage motif-datetimeedit.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QDateEdit class provides a widget for editing dates.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QDateTimeEdit class provides a widget for editing dates and times.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage motif-textedit.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage motif-horizontalscrollbar.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QTextEdit class provides a widget that is used to edit and
+     display both plain and rich text.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QScrollBar widget provides a vertical or horizontal scroll bar. Here, we show a scroll bar with horizontal orientation.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage motif-dial.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage motif-calendarwidget.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QDial class provides a rounded range control (like a
+       speedometer or potentiometer).\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QCalendarWidget class provides a monthly calendar widget that can be used to select dates.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage motif-fontcombobox.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QFontComboBox widget is a specialized combobox that enables fonts to be selected from a pop-up list containing previews of available fonts.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+\endraw
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-plastique.qdoc b/doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-plastique.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..49bd13e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-plastique.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,392 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+  \page gallery-plastique.html
+
+  \title Plastique Style Widget Gallery
+  \ingroup gallery
+
+  This page shows some of the widgets available in Qt
+  when configured to use the "plastique" style.
+
+\raw HTML
+<h2 align="center">Buttons</h2>
+
+<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
+<colgroup span="2">
+  <col width="40%" />
+  <col width="40%" />
+</colgroup>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage plastique-pushbutton.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage plastique-toolbutton.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QPushButton widget provides a command button.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QToolButton class provides a quick-access button to commands
+       or options, usually used inside a QToolBar.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage plastique-checkbox.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage plastique-radiobutton.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QCheckBox widget provides a checkbox with a text label.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QRadioButton widget provides a radio button with a text or pixmap label.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+\endraw
+\raw HTML
+<h2 align="center">Containers</h2>
+
+<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
+<colgroup span="2">
+  <col width="40%" />
+  <col width="40%" />
+</colgroup>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage plastique-groupbox.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage plastique-tabwidget.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QGroupBox widget provides a group box frame with a title.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QTabWidget class provides a stack of tabbed widgets.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage plastique-frame.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage plastique-toolbox.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QFrame widget provides a simple decorated container for other widgets.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QToolBox class provides a column of tabbed widget items.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+\endraw
+\raw HTML
+<h2 align="center">Item Views</h2>
+
+<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
+<colgroup span="2">
+  <col width="40%" />
+  <col width="40%" />
+</colgroup>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage plastique-listview.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage plastique-treeview.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QListView class provides a default model/view implementation of a list/icon view. The QListWidget class provides a classic item-based list/icon view.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QTreeView class provides a default model/view implementation of a tree view. The QTreeWidget class provides a classic item-based tree view.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage plastique-tableview.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QTableView class provides a default model/view implementation of a table view. The QTableWidget class provides a classic item-based table view.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+\endraw
+\raw HTML
+<h2 align="center">Display Widgets</h2>
+
+<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
+<colgroup span="2">
+  <col width="40%" />
+  <col width="40%" />
+</colgroup>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage plastique-progressbar.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage plastique-lcdnumber.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QProgressBar widget provides a horizontal progress bar.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QLCDNumber widget displays a number with LCD-like digits.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage plastique-label.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QLabel widget provides a text or image display.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+\endraw
+\raw HTML
+<h2 align="center">Input Widgets</h2>
+
+<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
+<colgroup span="2">
+  <col width="40%" />
+  <col width="40%" />
+</colgroup>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage plastique-slider.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage plastique-lineedit.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QSlider widget provides a vertical or horizontal slider.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QLineEdit widget is a one-line text editor.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage plastique-combobox.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage plastique-doublespinbox.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QComboBox widget is a combined button and pop-up list.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QDoubleSpinBox class provides a spin box widget that allows double precision floating point numbers to be entered.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage plastique-spinbox.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage plastique-timeedit.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QSpinBox class provides a spin box widget.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QTimeEdit class provides a widget for editing times.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage plastique-dateedit.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage plastique-datetimeedit.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QDateEdit class provides a widget for editing dates.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QDateTimeEdit class provides a widget for editing dates and times.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage plastique-textedit.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage plastique-horizontalscrollbar.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QTextEdit class provides a widget that is used to edit and
+     display both plain and rich text.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QScrollBar widget provides a vertical or horizontal scroll bar. Here, we show a scroll bar with horizontal orientation.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage plastique-dial.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage plastique-calendarwidget.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QDial class provides a rounded range control (like a
+       speedometer or potentiometer).\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QCalendarWidget class provides a monthly calendar widget that can be used to select dates.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage plastique-fontcombobox.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QFontComboBox widget is a specialized combobox that enables fonts to be selected from a pop-up list containing previews of available fonts.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+\endraw
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-windows.qdoc b/doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-windows.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2fa971c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-windows.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,392 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+  \page gallery-windows.html
+
+  \title Windows Style Widget Gallery
+  \ingroup gallery
+
+  This page shows some of the widgets available in Qt
+  when configured to use the "windows" style.
+
+\raw HTML
+<h2 align="center">Buttons</h2>
+
+<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
+<colgroup span="2">
+  <col width="40%" />
+  <col width="40%" />
+</colgroup>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windows-pushbutton.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windows-toolbutton.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QPushButton widget provides a command button.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QToolButton class provides a quick-access button to commands
+       or options, usually used inside a QToolBar.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windows-checkbox.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windows-radiobutton.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QCheckBox widget provides a checkbox with a text label.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QRadioButton widget provides a radio button with a text or pixmap label.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+\endraw
+\raw HTML
+<h2 align="center">Containers</h2>
+
+<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
+<colgroup span="2">
+  <col width="40%" />
+  <col width="40%" />
+</colgroup>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windows-groupbox.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windows-tabwidget.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QGroupBox widget provides a group box frame with a title.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QTabWidget class provides a stack of tabbed widgets.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windows-frame.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windows-toolbox.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QFrame widget provides a simple decorated container for other widgets.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QToolBox class provides a column of tabbed widget items.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+\endraw
+\raw HTML
+<h2 align="center">Item Views</h2>
+
+<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
+<colgroup span="2">
+  <col width="40%" />
+  <col width="40%" />
+</colgroup>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windows-listview.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windows-treeview.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QListView class provides a default model/view implementation of a list/icon view. The QListWidget class provides a classic item-based list/icon view.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QTreeView class provides a default model/view implementation of a tree view. The QTreeWidget class provides a classic item-based tree view.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windows-tableview.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QTableView class provides a default model/view implementation of a table view. The QTableWidget class provides a classic item-based table view.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+\endraw
+\raw HTML
+<h2 align="center">Display Widgets</h2>
+
+<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
+<colgroup span="2">
+  <col width="40%" />
+  <col width="40%" />
+</colgroup>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windows-progressbar.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windows-lcdnumber.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QProgressBar widget provides a horizontal progress bar.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QLCDNumber widget displays a number with LCD-like digits.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windows-label.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QLabel widget provides a text or image display.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+\endraw
+\raw HTML
+<h2 align="center">Input Widgets</h2>
+
+<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
+<colgroup span="2">
+  <col width="40%" />
+  <col width="40%" />
+</colgroup>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windows-slider.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windows-lineedit.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QSlider widget provides a vertical or horizontal slider.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QLineEdit widget is a one-line text editor.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windows-combobox.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windows-doublespinbox.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QComboBox widget is a combined button and pop-up list.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QDoubleSpinBox class provides a spin box widget that allows double precision floating point numbers to be entered.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windows-spinbox.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windows-timeedit.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QSpinBox class provides a spin box widget.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QTimeEdit class provides a widget for editing times.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windows-dateedit.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windows-datetimeedit.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QDateEdit class provides a widget for editing dates.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QDateTimeEdit class provides a widget for editing dates and times.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windows-textedit.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windows-horizontalscrollbar.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QTextEdit class provides a widget that is used to edit and
+     display both plain and rich text.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QScrollBar widget provides a vertical or horizontal scroll bar. Here, we show a scroll bar with horizontal orientation.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windows-dial.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windows-calendarwidget.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QDial class provides a rounded range control (like a
+       speedometer or potentiometer).\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QCalendarWidget class provides a monthly calendar widget that can be used to select dates.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windows-fontcombobox.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QFontComboBox widget is a specialized combobox that enables fonts to be selected from a pop-up list containing previews of available fonts.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+\endraw
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-windowsvista.qdoc b/doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-windowsvista.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9ab3a2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-windowsvista.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,392 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+  \page gallery-windowsvista.html
+
+  \title Windows Vista Style Widget Gallery
+  \ingroup gallery
+
+  This page shows some of the widgets available in Qt
+  when configured to use the "windowsvista" style.
+
+\raw HTML
+<h2 align="center">Buttons</h2>
+
+<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
+<colgroup span="2">
+  <col width="40%" />
+  <col width="40%" />
+</colgroup>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windowsvista-pushbutton.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windowsvista-toolbutton.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QPushButton widget provides a command button.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QToolButton class provides a quick-access button to commands
+       or options, usually used inside a QToolBar.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windowsvista-checkbox.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windowsvista-radiobutton.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QCheckBox widget provides a checkbox with a text label.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QRadioButton widget provides a radio button with a text or pixmap label.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+\endraw
+\raw HTML
+<h2 align="center">Containers</h2>
+
+<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
+<colgroup span="2">
+  <col width="40%" />
+  <col width="40%" />
+</colgroup>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windowsvista-groupbox.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windowsvista-tabwidget.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QGroupBox widget provides a group box frame with a title.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QTabWidget class provides a stack of tabbed widgets.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windowsvista-frame.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windowsvista-toolbox.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QFrame widget provides a simple decorated container for other widgets.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QToolBox class provides a column of tabbed widget items.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+\endraw
+\raw HTML
+<h2 align="center">Item Views</h2>
+
+<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
+<colgroup span="2">
+  <col width="40%" />
+  <col width="40%" />
+</colgroup>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windowsvista-listview.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windowsvista-treeview.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QListView class provides a default model/view implementation of a list/icon view. The QListWidget class provides a classic item-based list/icon view.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QTreeView class provides a default model/view implementation of a tree view. The QTreeWidget class provides a classic item-based tree view.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windowsvista-tableview.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QTableView class provides a default model/view implementation of a table view. The QTableWidget class provides a classic item-based table view.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+\endraw
+\raw HTML
+<h2 align="center">Display Widgets</h2>
+
+<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
+<colgroup span="2">
+  <col width="40%" />
+  <col width="40%" />
+</colgroup>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windowsvista-progressbar.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windowsvista-lcdnumber.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QProgressBar widget provides a horizontal progress bar.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QLCDNumber widget displays a number with LCD-like digits.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windowsvista-label.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QLabel widget provides a text or image display.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+\endraw
+\raw HTML
+<h2 align="center">Input Widgets</h2>
+
+<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
+<colgroup span="2">
+  <col width="40%" />
+  <col width="40%" />
+</colgroup>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windowsvista-slider.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windowsvista-lineedit.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QSlider widget provides a vertical or horizontal slider.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QLineEdit widget is a one-line text editor.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windowsvista-combobox.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windowsvista-doublespinbox.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QComboBox widget is a combined button and pop-up list.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QDoubleSpinBox class provides a spin box widget that allows double precision floating point numbers to be entered.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windowsvista-spinbox.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windowsvista-timeedit.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QSpinBox class provides a spin box widget.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QTimeEdit class provides a widget for editing times.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windowsvista-dateedit.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windowsvista-datetimeedit.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QDateEdit class provides a widget for editing dates.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QDateTimeEdit class provides a widget for editing dates and times.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windowsvista-textedit.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windowsvista-horizontalscrollbar.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QTextEdit class provides a widget that is used to edit and
+     display both plain and rich text.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QScrollBar widget provides a vertical or horizontal scroll bar. Here, we show a scroll bar with horizontal orientation.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windowsvista-dial.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windowsvista-calendarwidget.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QDial class provides a rounded range control (like a
+       speedometer or potentiometer).\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QCalendarWidget class provides a monthly calendar widget that can be used to select dates.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windowsvista-fontcombobox.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QFontComboBox widget is a specialized combobox that enables fonts to be selected from a pop-up list containing previews of available fonts.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+\endraw
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-windowsxp.qdoc b/doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-windowsxp.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aefff65
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/gallery-windowsxp.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,392 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+  \page gallery-windowsxp.html
+
+  \title Windows XP Style Widget Gallery
+  \ingroup gallery
+
+  This page shows some of the widgets available in Qt
+  when configured to use the "windowsxp" style.
+
+\raw HTML
+<h2 align="center">Buttons</h2>
+
+<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
+<colgroup span="2">
+  <col width="40%" />
+  <col width="40%" />
+</colgroup>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windowsxp-pushbutton.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windowsxp-toolbutton.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QPushButton widget provides a command button.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QToolButton class provides a quick-access button to commands
+       or options, usually used inside a QToolBar.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windowsxp-checkbox.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windowsxp-radiobutton.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QCheckBox widget provides a checkbox with a text label.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QRadioButton widget provides a radio button with a text or pixmap label.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+\endraw
+\raw HTML
+<h2 align="center">Containers</h2>
+
+<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
+<colgroup span="2">
+  <col width="40%" />
+  <col width="40%" />
+</colgroup>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windowsxp-groupbox.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windowsxp-tabwidget.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QGroupBox widget provides a group box frame with a title.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QTabWidget class provides a stack of tabbed widgets.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windowsxp-frame.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windowsxp-toolbox.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QFrame widget provides a simple decorated container for other widgets.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QToolBox class provides a column of tabbed widget items.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+\endraw
+\raw HTML
+<h2 align="center">Item Views</h2>
+
+<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
+<colgroup span="2">
+  <col width="40%" />
+  <col width="40%" />
+</colgroup>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windowsxp-listview.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windowsxp-treeview.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QListView class provides a default model/view implementation of a list/icon view. The QListWidget class provides a classic item-based list/icon view.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QTreeView class provides a default model/view implementation of a tree view. The QTreeWidget class provides a classic item-based tree view.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windowsxp-tableview.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QTableView class provides a default model/view implementation of a table view. The QTableWidget class provides a classic item-based table view.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+\endraw
+\raw HTML
+<h2 align="center">Display Widgets</h2>
+
+<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
+<colgroup span="2">
+  <col width="40%" />
+  <col width="40%" />
+</colgroup>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windowsxp-progressbar.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windowsxp-lcdnumber.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QProgressBar widget provides a horizontal progress bar.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QLCDNumber widget displays a number with LCD-like digits.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windowsxp-label.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QLabel widget provides a text or image display.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+\endraw
+\raw HTML
+<h2 align="center">Input Widgets</h2>
+
+<table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
+<colgroup span="2">
+  <col width="40%" />
+  <col width="40%" />
+</colgroup>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windowsxp-slider.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windowsxp-lineedit.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QSlider widget provides a vertical or horizontal slider.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QLineEdit widget is a one-line text editor.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windowsxp-combobox.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windowsxp-doublespinbox.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QComboBox widget is a combined button and pop-up list.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QDoubleSpinBox class provides a spin box widget that allows double precision floating point numbers to be entered.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windowsxp-spinbox.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windowsxp-timeedit.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QSpinBox class provides a spin box widget.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QTimeEdit class provides a widget for editing times.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windowsxp-dateedit.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windowsxp-datetimeedit.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QDateEdit class provides a widget for editing dates.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QDateTimeEdit class provides a widget for editing dates and times.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windowsxp-textedit.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windowsxp-horizontalscrollbar.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QTextEdit class provides a widget that is used to edit and
+     display both plain and rich text.\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QScrollBar widget provides a vertical or horizontal scroll bar. Here, we show a scroll bar with horizontal orientation.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windowsxp-dial.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windowsxp-calendarwidget.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QDial class provides a rounded range control (like a
+       speedometer or potentiometer).\raw HTML
+</td>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QCalendarWidget class provides a monthly calendar widget that can be used to select dates.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="center">
+\endraw
+\inlineimage windowsxp-fontcombobox.png
+\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr><tr>
+<td halign="justify" valign="top">
+\endraw
+The QFontComboBox widget is a specialized combobox that enables fonts to be selected from a pop-up list containing previews of available fonts.\raw HTML
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+\endraw
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/gallery.qdoc b/doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/gallery.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cb92cb4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/gallery.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+  \group gallery
+  \title Qt Widget Gallery
+  \brief Qt widgets shown in different styles on various platforms.
+
+  Qt's support for widget styles and themes enables your application to fit in
+  with the native desktop enviroment. Below, you can find links to the various
+  widget styles that are supplied with Qt 4.
+
+  \raw HTML
+  <table align="center" cellspacing="20%" width="100%">
+  <colgroup span="2">
+    <col width="40%" />
+    <col width="40%" />
+  </colgroup>
+  <tr>
+  <td align="center">
+  \endraw
+  \image plastique-tabwidget.png Plastique Style Widget Gallery
+
+  \bold{\l{Plastique Style Widget Gallery}}
+
+  The Plastique style is provided by QPlastiqueStyle.
+  \raw HTML
+  </td>
+  <td align="center">
+  \endraw
+  \image windowsxp-tabwidget.png Windows XP Style Widget Gallery
+
+  \bold{\l{Windows XP Style Widget Gallery}}
+
+  The Windows XP style is provided by QWindowsXPStyle.
+  \raw HTML
+  </td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+  <td align="center">
+  \endraw
+  \image gtk-tabwidget.png GTK Style Widget Gallery
+
+  \bold{\l{GTK Style Widget Gallery}}
+
+  The GTK style is provided by QGtkStyle.
+  \raw HTML
+  </td>
+  <td align="center">
+  \endraw
+  \image macintosh-tabwidget.png Macintosh Style Widget Gallery
+
+  \bold{\l{Macintosh Style Widget Gallery}}
+
+  The Macintosh style is provided by QMacStyle.
+  \raw HTML
+  </td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+  <td align="center">
+  \endraw
+  \image cleanlooks-tabwidget.png Cleanlooks Style Widget Gallery
+
+  \bold{\l{Cleanlooks Style Widget Gallery}}
+
+  The Cleanlooks style is provided by QCleanlooksStyle.
+  \raw HTML
+  </td>
+  <td align="center">
+  \endraw
+  \image windowsvista-tabwidget.png Windows Vista Style Widget Gallery
+
+  \bold{\l{Windows Vista Style Widget Gallery}}
+
+  The Windows Vista style is provided by QWindowsVistaStyle.
+  \raw HTML
+  </td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+  <td align="center">
+  \endraw
+  \image motif-tabwidget.png Motif Style Widget Gallery
+
+  \bold{\l{Motif Style Widget Gallery}}
+
+  The Motif style is provided by QMotifStyle.
+  \raw HTML
+  </td>
+  <td align="center">
+  \endraw
+  \image windows-tabwidget.png Windows Style Widget Gallery
+
+  \bold{\l{Windows Style Widget Gallery}}
+
+  The Windows style is provided by QWindowsStyle.
+  \raw HTML
+  </td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+  <td align="center">
+  \endraw
+  \image cde-tabwidget.png CDE Style Widget Gallery
+
+  \bold{\l{CDE Style Widget Gallery}}
+
+  The Common Desktop Environment style is provided by QCDEStyle.
+  \raw HTML
+  </td>
+  </tr>
+  </table>
+  \endraw
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/layout.qdoc b/doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/layout.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4622301
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/layout.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,396 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \group geomanagement
+    \title Layout Classes
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page layout.html
+    \title Layout Management
+    \brief A tour of the standard layout managers and an introduction to custom
+    layouts.
+    
+    \previouspage Widget Classes
+    \contentspage Widgets and Layouts
+    \nextpage {Implementing Styles and Style Aware Widgets}{Styles}
+
+    \ingroup frameworks-technologies
+
+    The Qt layout system provides a simple and powerful way of automatically
+    arranging child widgets within a widget to ensure that they make good use
+    of the available space.
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 Introduction
+
+    Qt includes a set of layout management classes that are used to describe
+    how widgets are laid out in an application's user interface. These layouts
+    automatically position and resize widgets when the amount of space
+    available for them changes, ensuring that they are consistently arranged
+    and that the user interface as a whole remains usable.
+
+    All QWidget subclasses can use layouts to manage their children. The
+    QWidget::setLayout() function applies a layout to a widget. When a layout
+    is set on a widget in this way, it takes charge of the following tasks:
+
+    \list
+    \o Positioning of child widgets.
+    \o Sensible default sizes for windows.
+    \o Sensible minimum sizes for windows.
+    \o Resize handling.
+    \o Automatic updates when contents change:
+        \list
+        \o Font size, text or other contents of child widgets.
+        \o Hiding or showing a child widget.
+        \o Removal of child widgets.
+        \endlist
+    \endlist
+
+    \section1 Qt's Layout Classes
+    
+    Qt's layout classes were designed for hand-written C++ code, allowing
+    measurements to be specified in pixels for simplicity, so they are easy to
+    understand and use. The code generated for forms created using \QD also
+    uses the layout classes. \QD is useful to use when experimenting with the
+    design of a form since it avoids the compile, link and run cycle usually
+    involved in user interface development.
+
+    \annotatedlist geomanagement
+
+    \section1 Horizontal, Vertical, Grid, and Form Layouts
+
+    The easiest way to give your widgets a good layout is to use the built-in
+    layout managers: QHBoxLayout, QVBoxLayout, QGridLayout, and QFormLayout.
+    These classes inherit from QLayout, which in turn derives from QObject (not
+    QWidget). They take care of geometry  management for a set of widgets. To
+    create more complex layouts, you can nest layout managers inside each other.
+
+    \list
+        \o  A QHBoxLayout lays out widgets in a horizontal row, from left to
+            right (or right to left for right-to-left languages).
+            \image qhboxlayout-with-5-children.png
+
+        \o  A QVBoxLayout lays out widgets in a vertical column, from top to
+            bottom.
+            \image qvboxlayout-with-5-children.png
+
+        \o  A QGridLayout lays out widgets in a two-dimensional grid. Widgets
+            can occupy multiple cells.
+            \image qgridlayout-with-5-children.png
+
+        \o  A QFormLayout lays out widgets in a 2-column descriptive label-
+            field style.
+            \image qformlayout-with-6-children.png
+    \endlist
+
+
+    \section2 Laying Out Widgets in Code
+
+    The following code creates a QHBoxLayout that manages the geometry of five
+    \l{QPushButton}s, as shown on the first screenshot above:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/layouts/layouts.cpp 0
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/layouts/layouts.cpp 1
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/layouts/layouts.cpp 2
+    \codeline
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/layouts/layouts.cpp 3
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/layouts/layouts.cpp 4
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/layouts/layouts.cpp 5
+
+    The code for QVBoxLayout is identical, except the line where the layout is
+    created. The code for QGridLayout is a bit different, because we need to
+    specify the row and column position of the child widget:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/layouts/layouts.cpp 12
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/layouts/layouts.cpp 13
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/layouts/layouts.cpp 14
+    \codeline
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/layouts/layouts.cpp 15
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/layouts/layouts.cpp 16
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/layouts/layouts.cpp 17
+
+    The third QPushButton spans 2 columns. This is possible by specifying 2 as
+    the fifth argument to QGridLayout::addWidget().
+
+    Finally, the code for QFormLayout is ..
+
+
+    \section2 Tips for Using Layouts
+
+    When you use a layout, you do not need to pass a parent when constructing
+    the child widgets. The layout will automatically reparent the widgets
+    (using QWidget::setParent()) so that they are children of the widget on
+    which the layout is installed.
+
+    \note Widgets in a layout are children of the widget on which the layout
+    is installed, \e not of the layout itself. Widgets can only have other
+    widgets as parent, not layouts.
+
+    You can nest layouts using \c addLayout() on a layout; the inner layout
+    then becomes a child of the layout it is inserted into.
+
+
+    \section1 Adding Widgets to a Layout
+
+    When you add widgets to a layout, the layout process works as follows:
+
+    \list 1
+        \o  All the widgets will initially be allocated an amount of space in
+            accordance with their QWidget::sizePolicy() and
+            QWidget::sizeHint().
+
+        \o  If any of the widgets have stretch factors set, with a value
+            greater than zero, then they are allocated space in proportion to
+            their stretch factor (explained below).
+
+        \o  If any of the widgets have stretch factors set to zero they will
+            only get more space if no other widgets want the space. Of these,
+            space is allocated to widgets with an
+            \l{QSizePolicy::Expanding}{Expanding} size policy first.
+
+        \o  Any widgets that are allocated less space than their minimum size
+            (or minimum size hint if no minimum size is specified) are
+            allocated this minimum size they require. (Widgets don't have to
+            have a minimum size or minimum size hint in which case the strech
+            factor is their determining factor.)
+
+        \o  Any widgets that are allocated more space than their maximum size
+            are allocated the maximum size space they require. (Widgets do not
+            have to have a maximum size in which case the strech factor is
+            their determining factor.)
+    \endlist
+
+
+    \section2 Stretch Factors
+    \keyword stretch factor
+
+    Widgets are normally created without any stretch factor set. When they are
+    laid out in a layout the widgets are given a share of space in accordance
+    with their QWidget::sizePolicy() or their minimum size hint whichever is
+    the greater. Stretch factors are used to change how much space widgets are
+    given in proportion to one another.
+
+    If we have three widgets laid out using a QHBoxLayout with no stretch
+    factors set we will get a layout like this:
+
+    \img layout1.png Three widgets in a row
+
+    If we apply stretch factors to each widget, they will be laid out in
+    proportion (but never less than their minimum size hint), e.g.
+
+    \img layout2.png Three widgets with different stretch factors in a row
+
+
+    \section1 Custom Widgets in Layouts
+
+    When you make your own widget class, you should also communicate its layout
+    properties. If the widget has a one of Qt's layouts, this is already taken
+    care of. If the widget does not have any child widgets, or uses manual
+    layout, you can change the behavior of the widget using any or all of the
+    following mechanisms:
+
+    \list
+        \o  Reimplement QWidget::sizeHint() to return the preferred size of the
+            widget.
+        \o  Reimplement QWidget::minimumSizeHint() to return the smallest size
+            the widget can have.
+        \o  Call QWidget::setSizePolicy() to specify the space requirements of
+            the widget.
+    \endlist
+
+    Call QWidget::updateGeometry() whenever the size hint, minimum size hint or
+    size policy changes. This will cause a layout recalculation. Multiple
+    consecutive calls to QWidget::updateGeometry() will only cause one layout
+    recalculation.
+
+    If the preferred height of your widget depends on its actual width (e.g.,
+    a label with automatic word-breaking), set the
+    \l{QSizePolicy::hasHeightForWidth()}{height-for-width} flag in the
+    widget's \l{QWidget::sizePolicy}{size policy} and reimplement
+    QWidget::heightForWidth().
+
+    Even if you implement QWidget::heightForWidth(), it is still a good idea to
+    provide a reasonable sizeHint().
+
+    For further guidance when implementing these functions, see the
+    \e{Qt Quarterly} article
+    \l{http://qt.nokia.com/doc/qq/qq04-height-for-width.html}
+    {Trading Height for Width}.
+
+
+    \section1 Layout Issues
+
+    The use of rich text in a label widget can introduce some problems to the
+    layout of its parent widget. Problems occur due to the way rich text is
+    handled by Qt's layout managers when the label is word wrapped.
+
+    In certain cases the parent layout is put into QLayout::FreeResize mode,
+    meaning that it will not adapt the layout of its contents to fit inside
+    small sized windows, or even prevent the user from making the window too
+    small to be usable. This can be overcome by subclassing the problematic
+    widgets, and implementing suitable \l{QWidget::}{sizeHint()} and
+    \l{QWidget::}{minimumSizeHint()} functions.
+
+    In some cases, it is relevant when a layout is added to a widget. When
+    you set the widget of a QDockWidget or a QScrollArea (with
+    QDockWidget::setWidget() and QScrollArea::setWidget()), the layout must
+    already have been set on the widget. If not, the widget will not be
+    visible.
+
+
+    \section1 Manual Layout
+
+    If you are making a one-of-a-kind special layout, you can also make a
+    custom widget as described above. Reimplement QWidget::resizeEvent() to
+    calculate the required distribution of sizes and call
+    \l{QWidget::}{setGeometry()} on each child.
+
+    The widget will get an event of type QEvent::LayoutRequest when the
+    layout needs to be recalculated. Reimplement QWidget::event() to handle
+    QEvent::LayoutRequest events.
+
+
+    \section1 How to Write A Custom Layout Manager
+
+    An alternative to manual layout is to write your own layout manager by
+    subclassing QLayout. The \l{layouts/borderlayout}{Border Layout} and
+    \l{layouts/flowlayout}{Flow Layout} examples show how to do this.
+
+    Here we present an example in detail. The \c CardLayout class is inspired
+    by the Java layout manager of the same name. It lays out the items (widgets
+    or nested layouts) on top of each other, each item offset by
+    QLayout::spacing().
+
+    To write your own layout class, you must define the following:
+    \list
+        \o  A data structure to store the items handled by the layout. Each
+            item is a \link QLayoutItem QLayoutItem\endlink. We will use a
+            QList in this example.
+        \o  \l{QLayout::}{addItem()}, how to add items to the layout.
+        \o  \l{QLayout::}{setGeometry()}, how to perform the layout.
+        \o  \l{QLayout::}{sizeHint()}, the preferred size of the layout.
+        \o  \l{QLayout::}{itemAt()}, how to iterate over the layout.
+        \o  \l{QLayout::}{takeAt()}, how to remove items from the layout.
+    \endlist
+
+    In most cases, you will also implement \l{QLayout::}{minimumSize()}.
+
+
+    \section2 The Header File (\c card.h)
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_layout.qdoc 0
+
+
+    \section2 The Implementation File (\c card.cpp)
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_layout.qdoc 1
+
+    First we define \c{count()} to fetch the number of items in the list.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_layout.qdoc 2
+
+    Then we define two functions that iterate over the layout: \c{itemAt()}
+    and \c{takeAt()}. These functions are used internally by the layout system
+    to handle deletion of widgets. They are also available for application
+    programmers. 
+
+    \c{itemAt()} returns the item at the given index. \c{takeAt()} removes the
+    item at the given index, and returns it. In this case we use the list index
+    as the layout index. In other cases where we have a more complex data
+    structure, we may have to spend more effort defining a linear order for the
+    items.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_layout.qdoc 3
+
+    \c{addItem()} implements the default placement strategy for layout items.
+    This function must be implemented. It is used by QLayout::add(), by the
+    QLayout constructor that takes a layout as parent. If your layout has
+    advanced placement options that require parameters, you must provide extra
+    access functions such as the row and column spanning overloads of
+    QGridLayout::addItem(), QGridLayout::addWidget(), and
+    QGridLayout::addLayout().
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_layout.qdoc 4
+
+    The layout takes over responsibility of the items added. Since QLayoutItem
+    does not inherit QObject, we must delete the items manually. In the 
+    destructor, we remove each item from the list using \c{takeAt()}, and
+    then delete it.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_layout.qdoc 5
+
+    The \c{setGeometry()} function actually performs the layout. The rectangle
+    supplied as an argument does not include \c{margin()}. If relevant, use
+    \c{spacing()} as the distance between items.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_layout.qdoc 6
+
+    \c{sizeHint()} and \c{minimumSize()} are normally very similar in
+    implementation. The sizes returned by both functions should include
+    \c{spacing()}, but not \c{margin()}.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_layout.qdoc 7
+
+
+    \section2 Further Notes
+
+    \list
+        \o  This custom layout does not handle height for width.
+        \o  We ignore QLayoutItem::isEmpty(); this means that the layout will
+            treat hidden widgets as visible.
+        \o  For complex layouts, speed can be greatly increased by caching
+            calculated values. In that case, implement
+            QLayoutItem::invalidate() to mark the cached data is dirty.
+        \o  Calling QLayoutItem::sizeHint(), etc. may be expensive. So, you
+            should store the value in a local variable if you need it again
+            later within in the same function.
+        \o  You should not call QLayoutItem::setGeometry() twice on the same
+            item in the same function. This call can be very expensive if the
+            item has several child widgets, because the layout manager must do
+            a complete layout every time. Instead, calculate the geometry and
+            then set it. (This does not only apply to layouts, you should do
+            the same if you implement your own resizeEvent(), for example.)
+    \endlist
+*/
+
diff --git a/doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/styles.qdoc b/doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/styles.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aa51838
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/styles.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,2123 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \group appearance
+    \title Widget Appearance and Style
+    \brief Classes used for customizing UI appearance and style.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page style-reference.html
+    \title Implementing Styles and Style Aware Widgets
+    \brief An overview of styles and the styling of widgets.
+
+    \ingroup frameworks-technologies
+
+    \previouspage Widget Classes
+    \contentspage Widgets and Layouts
+    \nextpage {Qt Style Sheets}{Style sheets}
+
+    Styles (classes that inherit QStyle) draw on behalf of widgets
+    and encapsulate the look and feel of a GUI. The QStyle class is
+    an abstract base class that encapsulates the look and feel of a
+    GUI. Qt's built-in widgets use it to perform nearly all of their
+    drawing, ensuring that they look exactly like the equivalent
+    native widgets.
+
+    Several styles are built into Qt (e.g., windows style and motif style).
+    Other styles are only available on specific platforms (such as
+    the windows XP style). Custom styles are made available as plugins
+    or by creating an instance of the style class in an application and
+    setting it with QApplication::setStyle().
+
+    To implement a new style, you inherit one of Qt's existing styles
+    - the one most resembling the style you want to create - and
+    reimplement a few virtual functions. This process is somewhat
+    involved, and we therefore provide this overview. We give a
+    step-by-step walkthrough of how to style individual Qt widgets.
+    We will examine the QStyle virtual functions, member variables,
+    and enumerations.
+
+    The part of this document that does not concern the styling of
+    individual widgets is meant to be read sequentially because later
+    sections tend to depend on earlier ones. The description of the
+    widgets can be used for reference while implementing a style.
+    However, you may need to consult the Qt source code in some cases.
+    The sequence in the styling process should become clear after
+    reading this document, which will aid you in locating relevant code.
+
+    To develop style aware widgets (i.e., widgets that conform to
+    the style in which they are drawn), you need to draw them using the
+    current style. This document shows how widgets draw themselves
+    and which possibilities the style gives them.
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 Classes for Widget Styling
+
+    These classes are used to customize an application's appearance and
+    style.
+
+    \annotatedlist appearance
+
+    \section1 The QStyle implementation
+
+    The API of QStyle contains functions that draw the widgets, static
+    helper functions to do common and difficult tasks (e.g.,
+    calculating the position of slider handles) and functions to do
+    the various calculations necessary while drawing (e.g., for the
+    widgets to calculate their size hints). The style also help some
+    widgets with the layout of their contents. In addition, it creates
+    a QPalette that contains \l{QBrush}es to draw with.
+
+    QStyle draws graphical elements; an element is a widget or a
+    widget part like a push button bevel, a window frame, or a scroll
+    bar. Most draw functions now take four arguments:
+
+    \list
+    \o an enum value specifying which graphical element to draw
+    \o a QStyleOption specifying how and where to render that element
+    \o a QPainter that should be used to draw the element
+    \o a QWidget on which the drawing is performed (optional)
+    \endlist
+
+    When a widget asks a style to draw an element, it provides the style
+    with a QStyleOption, which is a class that contains the information
+    necessary for drawing. Thanks to QStyleOption, it is possible to make
+    QStyle draw widgets without linking in any code for the widget. This
+    makes it possible to use \l{QStyle}'s draw functions on any paint
+    device. Ie you can draw a combobox on any widget, not just on a
+    QComboBox.
+
+    The widget is passed as the last argument in case the style needs
+    it to perform special effects (such as animated default buttons on
+    Mac OS X), but it isn't mandatory.
+
+    We will in the course of this section look at the style elements,
+    the style options, and the functions of QStyle. Finally, we describe
+    how the palette is used.
+
+    Items in item views is drawn by \l{Delegate Classes}{delegates} in
+    Qt. The item view headers are still drawn by the style. Qt's
+    default delegate, QStyledItemDelegate, draws its items partially
+    through the current style; it draws the check box indicators and
+    calculate bounding rectangles for the elements of which the item
+    consists. In this document, we only describe how to implement a
+    QStyle subclass. If you wish to add support for other datatypes
+    than those supported by the QStyledItemDelegate, you need to
+    implement a custom delegate. Note that delegates must be set
+    programmatically for each individual widget (i.e., default
+    delegates cannot be provided as plugins).
+
+    \section2 The Style Elements
+
+    A style element is a graphical part of a GUI. A widget consists
+    of a hierarchy (or tree) of style elements. For instance, when a
+    style receives a request to draw a push button (from QPushButton,
+    for example), it draws a label (text and icon), a button bevel,
+    and a focus frame. The button bevel, in turn, consists of a frame
+    around the bevel and two other elements, which we will look at
+    later. Below is a conceptual illustration of the push button
+    element tree. We will see the actual tree for QPushButton when we
+    go through the individual widgets.
+
+    \image javastyle/conceptualpushbuttontree.png
+
+    Widgets are not necessarily drawn by asking the style to draw
+    only one element. Widgets can make several calls to the style to
+    draw different elements. An example is QTabWidget, which draws its
+    tabs and frame individually.
+
+    There are three element types: primitive elements, control
+    elements, and complex control elements. The elements are defined
+    by the \l{QStyle::}{ComplexControl}, \l{QStyle::}{ControlElement},
+    and \l{QStyle::}{PrimitiveElement} enums. The values of
+    each element enum has a prefix to identify their type: \c{CC_} for
+    complex elements, \c{CE_} for control elements, and \c{PE_} for
+    primitive elements. We will in the following three sections see what
+    defines the different elements and see examples of widgets that use
+    them.
+
+    The QStyle class description contains a list of these elements and
+    their roles in styling widgets. We will see how they are used when
+    we style individual widgets.
+
+    \section3 Primitive Elements
+
+    Primitive elements are GUI elements that are common and often used
+    by several widgets. Examples of these are frames, button bevels,
+    and arrows for spin boxes, scroll bars, and combo boxes.
+    Primitive elements cannot exist on their own: they are always part
+    of a larger construct. They take no part in the interaction with
+    the user, but are passive decorations in the GUI.
+
+    \section3 Control Elements
+
+    A control element performs an action or displays information
+    to the user. Examples of control elements are push buttons, check
+    boxes, and header sections in tables and tree views. Control
+    elements are not necessarily complete widgets such as push
+    buttons, but can also be widget parts such as tab bar tabs and
+    scroll bar sliders. They differ from primitive elements in that
+    they are not passive, but fill a function in the interaction with
+    the user. Controls that consist of several elements often use the
+    style to calculate the bounding rectangles of the elements. The
+    available sub elements are defined by the \l{QStyle::}{SubElement}
+    enum. This enum is only used for calculating bounding rectangles,
+    and sub elements are as such not graphical elements to be drawn
+    like primitive, control, and complex elements.
+
+    \section3 Complex Control Elements
+
+    Complex control elements contain sub controls. Complex controls
+    behave differently depending on where the user handles them with
+    the mouse and which keyboard keys are pressed. This is dependent
+    on which sub control (if any) that the mouse is over or received a
+    mouse press. Examples of complex controls are scroll bars and
+    combo boxes. With a scroll bar, you can use the mouse to move the
+    slider and press the line up and line down buttons. The available
+    sub controls are defined by the \l{QStyle}{SubControl} enum.
+
+    In addition to drawing, the style needs to provide the widgets
+    with information on which sub control (if any) a mouse press was
+    made on. For instance, a QScrollBar needs to know if the user
+    pressed the slider, the slider groove, or one of the buttons.
+
+    Note that sub controls are not the same as the control elements
+    described in the previous section. You cannot use the style to
+    draw a sub control; the style will only calculate the bounding
+    rectangle in which the sub control should be drawn. It is common,
+    though, that complex elements use control and primitive elements
+    to draw their sub controls, which is an approach that is
+    frequently used by the built-in styles in Qt and also the Java
+    style. For instance, the Java style uses PE_IndicatorCheckBox to
+    draw the check box in group boxes (which is a sub control of
+    CC_GroupBox). Some sub controls have an equivalent control element,
+    e.g., the scroll bar slider (SC_SCrollBarSlider and
+    CE_ScrollBarSlider).
+
+    \section3 Other QStyle Tasks
+
+    The style elements and widgets, as mentioned, use the style to
+    calculate bounding rectangles of sub elements and sub controls,
+    and pixel metrics, which is a style dependent size in screen
+    pixels, for measures when drawing. The available rectangles and
+    pixel metrics are represented by three enums in QStyle:
+    \l{QStyle::}{SubElement}, \l{QStyle::}{SubControl}, and
+    \l{QStyle::}{PixelMetric}. Values of the enums can easily by
+    identified as they start with SE_, SC_ and PM_.
+
+    The style also contain a set of style hints, which is
+    represented as values in the \l{QStyle::}{StyleHint} enum. All
+    widgets do not have the same functionality and look in the
+    different styles. For instance, when the menu items in a menu do not
+    fit in a single column on the screen, some styles support
+    scrolling while others draw more than one column to fit all items.
+
+    A style usually has a set of standard images (such as a warning, a
+    question, and an error image) for message boxes, file dialogs,
+    etc. QStyle provides the \l{QStyle::}{StandardPixmap} enum. Its
+    values represent the standard images. Qt's widgets use these, so
+    when you implement a custom style you should supply the images
+    used by the style that is being implemented.
+
+    The style calculates the spacing between widgets in layouts. There
+    are two ways the style can handle these calculations. You can set
+    the PM_LayoutHorizontalSpacing and PM_LayoutVerticalSpacing, which
+    is the way the java style does it (through QCommonStyle).
+    Alternatively, you can implement QStyle::layoutSpacing() and
+    QStyle::layoutSpacingImplementation() if you need more control over 
+    this part of the layout. In these functions you can calculate the
+    spacing based on control types (QSizePolicy::ControlType) for
+    different size policies (QSizePolicy::Policy) and also the style
+    option for the widget in question.
+
+    \section2 Style Options
+
+    The sub-classes of QStyleOption contain all information necessary
+    to style the individual elements. Style options are instantiated - 
+    usually on the stack - and filled out by the caller of the QStyle
+    function. Depending on what is drawn the style will expect
+    different a different style option class. For example, the
+    QStyle::PE_FrameFocusRect element expects a QStyleOptionFocusRect
+    argument, and it's possible to create custom subclasses that a
+    custom style can use. The style options keep public variables
+    for performance reasons.
+
+    The widgets can be in a number of different states, which are
+    defined by the \l{QStyle::}{State} enum. Some of the state flags have
+    different meanings depending on the widget, but others are common
+    for all widgets like State_Disabled. It is QStyleOption that sets
+    the common states with QStyleOption::initFrom(); the rest of the
+    states are set by the individual widgets.
+
+    Most notably, the style options contain the palette and bounding
+    rectangles of the widgets to be drawn. Most widgets have
+    specialized style options. QPushButton and QCheckBox, for
+    instance, use QStyleOptionButton as style option, which contain
+    the text, icon, and the size of their icon. The exact contents of
+    all options are described when we go through individual widgets.
+
+    When reimplementing QStyle functions that take a
+    QStyleOption parameter, you often need to cast the
+    QStyleOption to a subclass (e.g., QStyleOptionFocusRect). For
+    safety, you can use qstyleoption_cast() to ensure that the
+    pointer type is correct. If the object isn't of the right type,
+    qstyleoption_cast() returns 0. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-styles.qdoc 0
+
+    The following code snippet illustrates how to use QStyle to
+    draw the focus rectangle from a custom widget's paintEvent():
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-styles.qdoc 1
+
+    The next example shows how to derive from an existing style to
+    customize the look of a graphical element:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/customstyle/customstyle.h 0
+    \codeline
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/customstyle/customstyle.cpp 2
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/customstyle/customstyle.cpp 3
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/customstyle/customstyle.cpp 4
+
+    \section2 QStyle Functions
+
+    The QStyle class defines three functions for drawing the primitive,
+    control, and complex elements:
+    \l{QStyle::}{drawPrimitive()},
+    \l{QStyle::}{drawControl()}, and
+    \l{QStyle::}{drawComplexControl()}. The functions takes the
+    following parameters:
+
+    \list
+        \o the enum value of the element to draw
+        \o a QStyleOption which contains the information needed to
+           draw the element.
+        \o a QPainter with which to draw the element.
+        \o a pointer to a QWidget, typically the widget
+           that the element is painted on.
+    \endlist
+
+    Not all widgets send a pointer to themselves. If the style
+    option sent to the function does not contain the information you
+    need, you should check the widget implementation to see if it
+    sends a pointer to itself.
+
+    The QStyle class also provides helper functions that are used
+    when drawing the elements. The \l{QStyle::}{drawItemText()}
+    function draws text within a specified rectangle and taking a
+    QPalette as a parameter. The \l{QStyle::}{drawItemPixmap()}
+    function helps to align a pixmap within a specified bounding
+    rectangle.
+
+    Other QStyle functions do various calculations for the
+    functions that draw. The widgets also use these functions for
+    calculating size hints and also for bounding rectangle
+    calculations if they draw several style elements themselves.
+    As with the functions that draw elements the helper functions
+    typically takes the same arguments.
+
+    \list
+        \o The \l{QStyle::}{subElementRect()} function takes a
+        \l{QStyle::}{SubElement} enum value, and calculates a bounding
+        rectangle for a sub element. The style uses this function to
+        know where to draw the different parts of an element. This is
+        mainly done for reuse. If you create a new style, you can use
+        the same location of sub elements as the super class.
+
+        \o The \l{QStyle::}{subControlRect()} function is used to
+        calculate bounding rectangles for sub controls in complex
+        controls. When you implement a new style, you reimplement \c
+        subControlRect() and calculate the rectangles that are different
+        from the super class.
+
+        \o The \l{QStyle::}{pixelMetric()} function returns a pixel
+        metric, which is a style dependent size given in screen
+        pixels. It takes a value of the \l{QStyle::}{PixelMetric} enum
+        and returns the correct measure. Note that pixel metrics do
+        not necessarily have to be static measures, but can be
+        calculated with, for example, the style option.
+
+        \o The \l{QStyle::}{hitTestComplexControl()} function returns the
+        sub control that the mouse pointer is over in a complex control.
+        Usually, this is simply a matter of using
+        \l{QStyle::}{subControlRect()} to get the bounding rectangles of
+        the sub controls, and see which rectangle contains the position of
+        the cursor.
+    \endlist
+
+    QStyle also have the functions \l{QStyle::}{polish()} and
+    \l{QStyle::}{unpolish()}. All widgets are sent to the \c polish()
+    function before being shown and to \c unpolish() when they
+    are hidden. You can use these functions to set attributes on the
+    widgets or do other work that is required by your style. For
+    instance, if you need to know when the mouse is hovering over the
+    widget, you need to set the \l{Qt::}{WA_Hover} widget attribute.
+    The State_MouseOver state flag will then be set in the widget's
+    style options.
+
+    QStyle has a few static helper functions that do some common and
+    difficult tasks. They can calculate the position of a slider
+    handle from the value of the slider and transform rectangles
+    and draw text considering reverse layouts; see the QStyle
+    class documentation for more details.
+
+    The usual approach when one reimplements QStyle virtual
+    functions is to do work on elements that are different from the
+    super class; for all other elements, you can simply use the super
+    class implementation.
+
+    \section2 The Palette
+
+    Each style provides a color - that is, QBrush - palette that
+    should be used for drawing the widgets. There is one set of colors
+    for the different widget states (QPalette::ColorGroup): active
+    (widgets in the window that has keyboard focus), inactive (widgets
+    used for other windows), and disabled (widgets that are set
+    disabled). The states can be found by querying the State_Active
+    and State_Enabled state flags. Each set contains color certain
+    roles given by the QPalette::ColorRole enum. The roles describe in
+    which situations the colors should be used (e.g., for painting
+    widget backgrounds, text, or buttons).
+
+    How the color roles are used is up to the style. For instance, if
+    the style uses gradients, one can use a palette color and make it
+    darker or lighter with QColor::darker() and QColor::lighter() to
+    create the gradient. In general, if you need a brush that is not
+    provided by the palette, you should try to derive it from one.
+
+    QPalette, which provides the palette, stores colors for
+    different widget states and color roles. The palette for a style
+    is returned by \l{QStyle::}{standardPalette()}. The standard
+    palette is not installed automatically when a new style is set
+    on the application (QApplication::setStyle()) or widget
+    (QWidget::setStyle()), so you must set the palette yourself
+    with (QApplication::setPalette()) or (QWidget::setPalette()).
+
+    It is not recommended to hard code colors as applications and
+    individual widgets can set their own palette and also use the
+    styles palette for drawing. Note that none of Qt's widgets set
+    their own palette. The java style does hard code some colors, but
+    its author looks past this in silence. Of course, it is not
+    intended that the style should look good with any palette.
+
+    \section2 Implementation Issues
+
+    When you implement styles, there are several issues to
+    consider. We will give some hints and advice on implementation
+    here.
+
+    When implementing styles, it is necessary to look through the
+    code of the widgets and code of the base class and its ancestors.
+    This is because the widgets use the style differently, because the
+    implementation in the different styles virtual functions can
+    affect the state of the drawing (e.g., by altering the QPainter
+    state without restoring it and drawing some elements without using
+    the appropriate pixel metrics and sub elements).
+
+    It is recommended that the styles do not alter the proposed size
+    of widgets with the QStyle::sizeFromContents() function but let
+    the QCommonStyle implementation handle it. If changes need to be
+    made, you should try to keep them small; application development
+    may be difficult if the layout of widgets looks considerably
+    different in the various styles.
+
+    We recommend using the QPainter directly for drawing, i.e., not
+    use pixmaps or images. This makes it easier for the style conform
+    to the palette (although you can set your own color table on a
+    QImage with \l{QImage::}{setColorTable()}).
+
+    It is, naturally, possible to draw elements without using the
+    style to draw the sub elements as intended by Qt. This is
+    discouraged as custom widgets may depend on these sub elements to
+    be implemented correctly. The widget walkthrough shows how Qt
+    uses the sub elements.
+
+    \section1 Java Style
+
+    We have implemented a style that resembles the Java default look
+    and feel (previously known as Metal). We have done this as it is
+    relatively simple to implement and we wanted to build a style for
+    this overview document. To keep it simple and not to extensive, we
+    have simplified the style somewhat, but Qt is perfectly able to
+    make an exact copy of the style. However, there are no concrete
+    plans to implement the style as a part of Qt.
+
+    In this section we will have a look at some implementation
+    issues. Finally, we will see a complete example on the styling of
+    a Java widget. We will continue to use the java style
+    throughout the document for examples and widget images. The
+    implementation itself is somewhat involved, and it is not
+    intended that you should read through it.
+
+    \section2 Design and Implementation
+
+    The first step in designing the style was to select the base
+    class. We chose to subclass QWindowsStyle. This class implements
+    most of the functionality we need other than performing the actual
+    drawing. Also, windows and java share layout of sub controls for
+    several of the complex controls (which reduces the amount of code
+    required considerably).
+
+    The style is implemented in one class. We have done this
+    because we find it convenient to keep all code in one file. Also,
+    it is an advantage with regards to optimization as we instantiate
+    less objects. We also keep the number of functions at a minimum by
+    using switches to identify which element to draw in the functions.
+    This results in large functions, but since we divide the code for
+    each element in the switches, the code should still be easy to
+    read.
+
+    \section2 Limitations and Differences from Java
+
+    We have not fully implemented every element in the Java style.
+    This way, we have reduced the amount and complexity of the code.
+    In general, the style was intended as a practical example for
+    this style overview document, and not to be a part of Qt
+    itself.
+
+    Not all widgets have every state implemented. This goes for
+    states that are common, e.g., State_Disabled. Each state is,
+    however, implemented for at least one widget.
+
+    We have only implemented ticks below the slider. Flat push
+    buttons are also left out. We do not handle the case where the
+    title bars and dock window titles grows to small for their
+    contents, but simply draw sub controls over each other.
+
+    We have not tried to emulate the Java fonts. Java and Qt use very
+    different font engines, so we don't consider it worth the effort
+    as we only use the style as an example for this overview.
+
+    We have hardcoded the colors (we don't use the QPalette) for
+    the linear gradients, which are used, for example, for button
+    bevels, tool bars, and check boxes. This is because the Java
+    palette cannot produce these colors. Java does not change these
+    colors based on widget color group or role anyway (they are not
+    dependent on the palette), so it does not present a problem in any
+    case.
+
+    It is Qt's widgets that are styled. Some widgets do not exist
+    at all in Java, e.g., QToolBox. Others contain elements that the
+    Java widgets don't. The tree widget is an example of the latter in
+    which Java's JTree does not have a header.
+
+    The style does not handle reverse layouts. We assume that the
+    layout direction is left to right. QWindowsStyle handles reverse
+    widgets; if we implemented reverse layouts, widgets that we change
+    the position of sub elements, or handle text alignment in labels
+    our selves would need to be updated.
+
+    \section2 Styling Java Check Boxes
+
+    As an example, we will examine the styling of check boxes in the
+    java style. We describe the complete process and print all code in
+    both the java style and Qt classes involved. In the rest of this
+    document, we will not examine the source code of the individual
+    widgets. Hopefully, this will give you an idea on how to search
+    through the code if you need to check specific implementation
+    details; most widgets follow the same structure as the check
+    boxes. We have edited the QCommonStyle code somewhat to remove
+    code that is not directly relevant for check box styling.
+ 
+    We start with a look at how QCheckBox builds it style option,
+    which is QStyleOptionButton for checkboxes:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_styles.qdoc 0
+
+    First we let QStyleOption set up the option with the information
+    that is common for all widgets with \c initFrom().  We will look at
+    this shortly.
+
+    The down boolean is true when the user press the box down; this is
+    true whether the box is checked or not of the checkbox.  The
+    State_NoChange state is set when we have a tristate checkbox and
+    it is partially checked. It has State_On if the box is checked and
+    State_Off if it is unchecked. State_MouseOver is set if the mouse
+    hovers over the checkbox and the widget has attribute Qt::WA_Hover
+    set - you set this in QStyle::polish(). In addition, the style
+    option also contains the text, icon, and icon size of the button.
+
+    \l{QStyleOption::}{initFrom()} sets up the style option with the
+    attributes that are common for all widgets. We print its
+    implementation here:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_styles.qdoc 1
+
+    The State_Enabled is set when the widget is enabled. When the
+    widget has focus the State_HasFocus flag is set. Equally, the
+    State_Active flag is set when the widget is a child of the active
+    window. The State_MouseOver will only be set if the widget has
+    the WA_HoverEnabled windows flag set. Notice that keypad
+    navigation must be enabled in Qt for the State_HasEditFocus to
+    be included; it is not included by default.
+
+    In addition to setting state flags the QStyleOption contains
+    other information about the widget: \c direction is the layout
+    direction of the layout, \c rect is the bounding rectangle of the
+    widget (the area in which to draw), \c palette is the QPalette
+    that should be used for drawing the widget, and \c fontMetrics is
+    the metrics of the font that is used by the widget.
+
+    We give an image of a checkbox and the style option to match
+    it.
+
+    \image javastyle/checkboxexample.png A java style checkbox
+
+    The above checkbox will have the following state flags in its
+    style option:
+
+    \table 90%
+    \header
+        \o State flag
+        \o Set
+    \row
+        \o State_Sunken
+        \o Yes
+    \row
+        \o State_NoChange
+        \o No
+    \row
+        \o State_On
+        \o Yes
+    \row
+        \o State_Off
+        \o No
+    \row
+        \o State_MouseOver
+        \o Yes
+    \row
+        \o State_Enabled
+        \o Yes
+    \row
+        \o State_HasFocus
+        \o Yes
+    \row
+        \o State_KeyboardFocusChange
+        \o No
+    \row
+        \o State_Active
+        \o Yes
+    \endtable
+
+    The QCheckBox paints itself in QWidget::paintEvent() with
+    style option \c opt and QStylePainter \c p. The QStylePainter
+    class is a convenience class to draw style elements. Most
+    notably, it wraps the methods in QStyle used for painting. The
+    QCheckBox draws itself as follows:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_styles.qdoc 2
+
+    QCommonStyle handles the CE_CheckBox element. The QCheckBox
+    has two sub elements: SE_CheckBoxIndicator (the checked indicator)
+    and SE_CheckBoxContents (the contents, which is used for the
+    checkbox label). QCommonStyle also implements these sub element
+    bounding rectangles. We have a look at the QCommonStyle code:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_styles.qdoc 3
+
+    As can be seen from the code extract, the common style gets
+    the bounding rectangles of the two sub elements of
+    CE_CheckBox, and then draws them. If the checkbox has focus,
+    the focus frame is also drawn.
+
+    The java style draws CE_CheckBoxIndicator, while QCommonStyle
+    handles CE_CheckboxLabel. We will examine each implementation and
+    start with CE_CheckBoxLabel:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_styles.qdoc 4
+
+    \l{QStyle::}{visualAlignment()} adjusts the alignment of text
+    according to the layout direction. We then draw an icon if it
+    exists, and adjust the space left for the text.
+    \l{QStyle::}{drawItemText()} draws the text taking alignment,
+    layout direction, and the mnemonic into account. It also uses the
+    palette to draw the text in the right color.
+
+    The drawing of labels often get somewhat involved. Luckily, it
+    can usually be handled by the base class. The java style
+    implements its own push button label since Java-contrary to
+    windows-center button contents also when the button has an icon.
+    You can examine that implementation if you need an example of
+    reimplementing label drawing.
+
+    We take a look at the java implementation
+    of CE_CheckBoxIndicator in \c drawControl():
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/javastyle.cpp 0
+
+    We first save the state of the painter. This is not always
+    necessary but in this case the QWindowsStyle needs the painter in
+    the same state as it was when PE_IndicatorCheckBox was called (We
+    could also set the state with function calls, of course). We then
+    use \c drawButtonBackground() to draw the background of the check
+    box indicator. This is a helper function that draws the background
+    and also the frame of push buttons and check boxes. We take a look
+    at that function below. We then check if the mouse is hovering
+    over the checkbox. If it is, we draw the frame java checkboxes
+    have when the box is not pressed down and the mouse is over it.
+    You may note that java does not handle tristate boxes, so we have
+    not implemented it.
+
+    Here we use a png image for our indicator. We could also check
+    here if the widget is disabled. We would then have to use
+    another image with the indicator in the disabled color.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/javastyle.cpp 1
+
+    We have seen how check boxes are styled in the java style from the
+    widget gets a paint request to the style is finished painting. To
+    learn in detail how each widget is painted, you need to go through
+    the code step-by-step as we have done here.  However, it is
+    usually enough to know which style elements the widgets draw. The
+    widget builds a style option and calls on the style one or more
+    times to draw the style elements of which it consists. Usually,
+    it is also sufficient to know the states a widget can be in and the
+    other contents of the style option, i.e., what we list in the next
+    section.
+
+    \section1 Widget Walkthrough
+
+    In this section, we will examine how most of Qt's widgets are
+    styled.  Hopefully, this will save you some time and effort while
+    developing your own styles and widgets. You will not find
+    information here that is not attainable elsewhere (i.e., by
+    examining the source code or the class descriptions for the style
+    related classes).
+
+    We mostly use java style widgets as examples. The java style does not
+    draw every element in the element trees. This is because they are
+    not visible for that widget in the java style. We still make sure
+    that all elements are implemented in a way that conforms with the
+    java style as custom widgets might need them (this does not
+    exclude leaving implementations to QWindowsStyle though).
+
+    The following is given for each widget:
+
+    \list
+        \o A table with the members (variables, etc.) of its style option.
+        \o A table over the state flags (QStyle::StateFlag) that
+           can be set on the widget and when the states are set.
+        \o Its element tree (see section \l{The Style Elements}).
+        \o An image of the widget in which the elements are outlined.
+        \omit This is not written yet - probably never will be
+              either
+        \o List of style hints that should be checked for the
+           widget.
+        \o List of standard pixmaps that could be used by the
+           elements.
+        \endomit
+    \endlist
+
+    The element tree contains the primitive, control, and complex
+    style elements. By doing a top-down traversal of the element tree,
+    you get the sequence in which the elements should be drawn. In the
+    nodes, we have written the sub element rectangles, sub control
+    elements, and pixel metrics that should be considered when drawing
+    the element of the node.
+
+    Our approach on styling center on the drawing of the widgets. The
+    calculations of sub elements rectangles, sub controls, and pixel
+    metrics used \bold during drawing is only listed as contents in
+    the element trees. Note that there are rectangles and pixel
+    metrics that are only used by widgets. This leaves these
+    calculations untreated in the walkthrough. For instance, the
+    \l{QStyle::}{subControlRect()} and
+    \l{QStyle::}{sizeFromContents()} functions often call
+    \l{QStyle::}{subElementRect()} to calculate their bounding
+    rectangles. We could draw trees for this as well. However, how
+    these calculations are done is completely up to the individual
+    styles, and they do not have to follow a specific structure (Qt
+    does not impose a specific structure). You should still make sure
+    that you use the appropriate pixel metrics, though. To limit the
+    size of the document, we have therefore chosen not to include
+    trees or describe the calculations made by the Java (or any other)
+    style.
+
+    You may be confused about how the different pixel metrics, sub
+    element rectangles, and sub control rectangles should be used when
+    examining the trees. If you are in doubt after reading the QStyle
+    enum descriptions, we suggest that you examine the QCommonStyle
+    and QWindowsStyle implementations.
+
+    Some of the bounding rectangles that we outline in the widget
+    images are equal. Reasons for this are that some elements draw
+    backgrounds while others draw frames and labels. If in doubt,
+    check the description of each element in QStyle. Also, some
+    elements are there to layout, i.e., decide where to draw, other
+    elements.
+
+    \section2 Common Widget Properties
+
+    Some states and variables are common for all widgets. These are
+    set with QStyleOption::initFrom(). Not all elements use this function;
+    it is the widgets that create the style options, and for some
+    elements the information from \l{QStyleOption::}{initFrom()} is not
+    necessary.
+
+    A table with the common states follows:
+
+    \table 90%
+        \header
+            \o State
+            \o State Set When
+        \row
+            \o State_Enabled
+            \o Set if the widget is not disabled (see
+               QWidget::setEnabled())
+        \row
+            \o State_Focus
+            \o Set if the widget has focus (see
+               QWidget::hasFocus())
+        \row
+            \o State_KeyobordFocusChange
+            \o Set when the user changes focus with the keyboard
+               (see Qt::WA_KeyboardFocusChange)
+        \row
+            \o State_MouseOver
+            \o Set if the mouse cursor is over the widget
+        \row
+            \o State_Active
+            \o Set if the widget is a child of the active window.
+        \row
+            \o State_HasEditFocus
+            \o Set if the widget has the edit focus
+    \endtable
+
+    The other common members for widgets are:
+
+    \table 90%
+        \header
+            \o Member
+            \o Content
+        \row
+            \o rect
+            \o The bounding rectangle of the element to draw. This
+               is set to the widget bounding rectangle
+               (QWidget::rect()).
+        \row
+            \o direction
+            \o The layout direction; a value of the
+               Qt::LayoutDirection enum.
+        \row
+            \o palette
+            \o The QPalette to use when drawing the element. This
+               is set to the widgets palette (QWidget::palette()).
+        \row
+            \o fontMetrics
+            \o The QFontMetrics to use when drawing text on the
+               widget.
+    \endtable
+
+    The complex style options (classes that inherit
+    QStyleOptionComplex) used for complex style elements share two
+    variables: \l{QStyleOptionComplex::}{subControls} and
+    \l{QStyleOptionComplex::}{activeSubControls}. Both variables are
+    an OR'ed combination of QStyle::SubControl enum values. They
+    indicate which sub controls the complex control consists of and
+    which of these controls are currently active.
+
+    As mentioned, the style calculates the size of the widgets
+    contents, which the widgets calculate their size hints from. In
+    addition, complex controls also use the style to test which
+    sub-controls the mouse is over. 
+
+    \section2 Widget Reference
+
+    Without further delay, we present the widget walkthrough; each
+    widget has its own sub-section.
+
+    \section3 Push Buttons
+
+    The style structure for push buttons is shown below. By doing a
+    top-down traversal of the tree, you get the sequence in which the
+    elements should be drawn.
+
+    \image javastyle/pushbutton.png The style structure for push buttons
+
+    The layout of the buttons, with regard element bounds, varies from
+    style to style. This makes it difficult to show conceptual images
+    of this. Also, elements may - even be intended to - have the same
+    bounds; the PE_PushButtonBevel, for instance, is used in
+    QCommonStyle to draw the elements that contains it:
+    PE_FrameDefaultButton, PE_FrameButtonBevel, and
+    PE_PanelButtonCommand, all of which have the same bounds in common
+    and windows style.  PE_PushButtonBevel is also responsible for
+    drawing the menu indicator (QCommonStyle draws
+    PE_IndicatorArrowDown).
+
+    An image of a push button in the java style that show the bounding
+    rectangles of the elements is given below. Colors are used to
+    separate the bounding rectangles in the image; they do not fill
+    any other purpose. This is also true for similar images for the
+    other widgets.
+
+    \image javastyle/button.png
+
+    The java style, as well as all other styles implemented in Qt,
+    does not use PE_FrameButtonBevel. It is usual that a button
+    with a PE_DefaultFrame adjusts the PE_PanelButtonCommand's
+    rectangle by PM_ButtonDefaultIndicator. The CE_PushButtonLabel
+    is found by adjusting the rect by PM_DefaultFrameWidth.
+
+    We will now examine the style option for push
+    buttons - QStyleOptionButton. A table for the states that
+    QPushButton can set on the style option follows:
+
+    \table 90%
+        \header
+            \o State
+            \o State Set When
+        \row
+            \o State_Sunken
+            \o Button is down or menu is pressed shown
+        \row
+            \o State_On
+            \o Button is checked
+        \row
+            \o State_Raised
+            \o Button is not flat and not pressed down
+    \endtable
+
+    Other members of QStyleOptionButton is:
+
+    \table 90%
+        \header
+            \o Member
+            \o Content
+        \row
+            \o features
+            \o Flags of the QStyleOptionButton::ButtonFeatures enum,
+               which describes various button properties (see enum)
+        \row
+            \o icon
+            \o The buttons QIcon (if any)
+        \row
+            \o iconSize
+            \o The QSize of the icon
+        \row
+            \o text
+            \o a QString with the buttons text
+    \endtable
+
+    \section3 Check and Radio Buttons
+
+    The structures for radio and check buttons are identical.
+    We show the structure using QCheckBox element and pixel
+    metric names:
+
+    \image javastyle/checkbox.png
+
+    QStyleOptionButton is used as the style option for both check
+    and radio buttons. We first give a table of the states that
+    can be set in the option:
+
+    \table 90%
+        \header
+            \o State
+            \o State Set When
+        \row
+            \o State_sunken
+            \o The box is pressed down
+        \row
+            \o State_NoChange
+            \o The box is partially checked (for tristate
+               checkboxes.)
+        \row
+            \o State_On
+            \o The box is checked
+        \row
+            \o State_Off
+            \o The box is unchecked
+    \endtable
+
+    See \l{Push Buttons} for a table over other members in the
+    QStyleOptionButtonClass.
+
+    \section3 Tabs
+
+    In Qt, QTabBar uses the style to draw its tabs. Tabs exist either
+    in a QTabWidget, which contains a QTabBar, or as a separate bar.
+    If the bar is not part of a tab widget, it draws its own base.
+
+    QTabBar lays out the tabs, so the style does not have control over
+    tab placement. However, while laying out its tabs, the bar asks
+    the style for PM_TabBarTabHSpace and PM_TabBarTabVSpace, which is
+    extra width and height over the minimum size of the tab bar tab
+    label (icon and text). The style can also further influence the
+    tab size before it is laid out, as the tab bar asks for
+    CT_TabBarTab. The bounding rectangle of the bar is decided by the
+    tab widget when it is part of the widget (still considering
+    CT_TabBarTab).
+
+    The tab bar is responsible for drawing the buttons that appear on
+    the tab bar when all tabs do not fit. Their placement is not
+    controlled by the style, but the buttons are \l{QToolButton}s
+    and are therefore drawn by the style.
+
+    Here is the style structure for QTabWidget and QTabBar:
+
+    \image javastyle/tab.png
+
+    The dotted lines indicate that the QTabWidget contains a tab bar,
+    but does not draw it itself, that QTabBar only draws its base line
+    when not part of a tab widget, and that the tab bar keeps two tool
+    buttons that scroll the bar when all tabs do not fit; see \l{Tool
+    Buttons} for their element tree. Also note that since the buttons
+    are children of the tab bar, they are drawn after the bar. The
+    tabs bounding rectangles overlap the base by PM_TabBarBaseOverlap.
+
+    Here is a tab widget in the java style:
+
+    \image javastyle/tabwidget.png
+
+    In the java style (and also windows), the tab bar shape and label
+    have the same bounding rectangle as CE_TabBarTab. Notice that the
+    tabs overlap with the tab widget frame. The base of the tab bar
+    (if drawn) is the area where the tabs and frame overlap.
+
+    The style option for tabs (QStyleOptionTab) contains the necessary
+    information for drawing tabs. The option contains the position of
+    the tab in the tab bar, the position of the selected tab, the
+    shape of the tab, the text, and icon. After Qt 4.1 the option
+    should be cast to a QStyleOptionTabV2, which also contains the
+    icons size.
+
+    As the java style tabs don't overlap, we also present an image of
+    a tab widget in the windows style. Note that if you want the tabs
+    to overlap horizontally, you do that when drawing the tabs in
+    CE_TabBarTabShape; the tabs bounding rectangles will not be
+    altered by the tab bar. The tabs are drawn from left to right in a
+    north tab bar shape, top to bottom in an east tab bar shape, etc.
+    The selected tab is drawn last, so that it is easy to draw it over
+    the other tabs (if it is to be bigger).
+
+    \image javastyle/windowstabimage.png
+
+    A table of the states a tab bar can set on its tabs follows:
+
+    \table 90%
+        \header
+            \o State
+            \o State Set When
+        \row
+            \o State_Sunken
+            \o The tab is pressed on with the mouse.
+        \row
+            \o State_Selected
+            \o If it is the current tab.
+        \row
+            \o State_HasFocus
+            \o The tab bar has focus and the tab is selected
+    \endtable
+
+    Note that individual tabs may be disabled even if the tab bar
+    is not. The tab will be active if the tab bar is active.
+
+    Here follows a table of QStyleOptionTabV2's members:
+
+    \table 90%
+        \header
+            \o Member
+            \o Content
+        \row
+            \o cornerWidgets
+            \o Is flags of the CornerWidget enum, which indicate
+               if and which corner widgets the tab bar has.
+        \row
+            \o icon
+            \o The QIcon of the tab
+        \row
+            \o iconSize
+            \o The QSize of the icon
+        \row
+            \o position
+            \o A TabPosition enum value that indicates the tabs
+               position on the bar relative to the other tabs.
+        \row
+            \o row
+            \o holds which row the tab is in
+        \row
+            \o selectedPosition
+            \o A value of the SelectedPosition enum that indicates
+               whether the selected tab is adjacent to or is the
+               tab.
+        \row
+            \o shape
+            \o A value of the QTabBar::Shape enum indication
+               whether the tab has rounded or triangular corners
+               and the orientation of the tab.
+        \row
+            \o text
+            \o The tab text
+    \endtable
+
+    The frame for tab widgets use QStyleOptionTabWidgetFrame as
+    style option. We list its members here. It does not have
+    states set besides the common flags.
+
+    \table 90%
+        \header
+            \o Member
+            \o content
+        \row
+            \o leftCornerWidgetSize
+            \o The QSize of the left corner widget (if any).
+        \row
+            \o rightCornerWidgetSize
+            \o The QSize of the right corner widget (if any).
+        \row
+            \o lineWidth
+            \o holds the line with for drawing the panel.
+        \row
+            \o midLineWith
+            \o this value is currently always 0.
+        \row
+            \o shape
+            \o The shape of the tabs on the tab bar.
+        \row
+            \o tabBarSize
+            \o The QSize of the tab bar.
+    \endtable
+
+    \section3 Scroll Bars
+
+    Here is the style structure for scrollBars:
+
+    \image javastyle/scrollbar.png
+
+    QScrollBar simply creates its style option and then draws
+    CC_ScrollBar. Some styles draw the background of add page and sub
+    page with PE_PanelButtonBevel and also use indicator arrows to
+    draw the arrows in the nest and previous line indicators; we have
+    not included these in the tree as their use is up to the
+    individual style. The style's PM_MaximumDragDistance is the
+    maximum distance in pixels the mouse can move from the bounds
+    of the scroll bar and still move the handle.
+
+    Here is an image of a scrollbar in the java style:
+
+    \image javastyle/scrollbarimage.png
+
+    You may notice that the scrollbar is slightly different from
+    Java's as it has two line up indicators. We have done this to show
+    how that you can have two separate bounding rectangles for a
+    single sub control. The scroll bar is an example of a widget that
+    is entirely implemented by the java style - neither QWindowsStyle
+    nor QCommonStyle are involved in the drawing.
+
+    We have a look at the different states a scroll bar can set on
+    the style option:
+
+    \table 90%
+        \header
+            \o State
+            \o State Set When
+        \row
+            \o State_Horizontal
+            \o The scroll bar is horizontal
+    \endtable
+
+    The style option of QScrollBar is QStyleOptionSlider. Its
+    members are listed in the following table. The option is used
+    by all \l{QAbstractSlider}s; we only describe the members
+    relevant for scroll bars here.
+
+    \table 90%
+        \header
+            \o Member
+            \o Content
+        \row
+            \o maximum
+            \o the maximum value of the scroll bar
+        \row
+            \o minimum
+            \o the minimum value of the scroll bar
+        \row
+            \o notchTarget
+            \o the number of pixels between notches
+        \row
+            \o orientation
+            \o a value of the Qt::Orientation enum that specifies
+               whether the scroll bar is vertical or horizontal
+        \row
+            \o pageStep
+            \o the number to increase or decrease the sliders
+               value (relative to the size of the slider and its value
+               range) on page steps.
+        \row
+            \o singleStep
+            \o the number to increase or decrease the sliders
+               value on single (or line) steps
+        \row
+            \o sliderValue
+            \o The value of the slider
+        \row
+            \o sliderPosition
+            \o the position of the slider handle. This is the same
+               as \c sliderValue if the scroll bar is
+               QAbstractSlider::tracking. If not, the scroll
+               bar does not update its value before the mouse
+               releases the handle.
+        \row
+            \o upsideDown
+            \o holds the direction in which the scroll bar
+               increases its value. This is used instead of
+               QStyleOption::direction for all abstract sliders.
+    \endtable
+
+    \section3 Sliders
+
+    When calculating the sliders size hint, PM_SliderTickness and
+    PM_SliderLength is queried from the style. As with scroll bars,
+    the QSlider only lets the user move the handle if the mouse is
+    within PM_MaximumDragDistance from the slider bounds. When it
+    draws itself it creates the style option and calls \c
+    drawComplexControl() with CC_Slider:
+
+    \image javastyle/slider.png
+
+    We also show a picture of a slider in the java style. We show
+    the bounding rectangles of the sub elements as all drawing is done
+    in CC_Slider.
+
+    \image javastyle/sliderimage.png
+
+    QSlider uses QStyleOptionSlider as all \l{QAbstractSlider}s do. We
+    present a table with the members that affect QSlider:
+
+    \table 90%
+        \header
+            \o Member
+            \o Content
+        \row
+            \o maximum
+            \o the maximum value of the slider
+        \row
+            \o minimum
+            \o the minimum value of the slider
+        \row
+            \o notchTarget
+            \o this is the number of pixels between each notch
+        \row
+            \o orientation
+            \o a Qt::Orientation enum value that gives whether the
+               slider is vertical or horizontal.
+        \row
+            \o pageStep
+            \o a number in slider value to increase or decrease
+               for page steps
+        \row
+            \o singleStep
+            \o the number to increase or decrease the sliders
+               value on single (or line) steps.
+        \row
+            \o sliderValue
+            \o the value of the slider.
+        \row
+            \o sliderPosition
+            \o the position of the slider given as a slider value.
+               This  will be equal to the \c sliderValue if the
+               slider is \l{QAbstractSlider::}{tracking}; if
+               not, the sliders value will not change until the handle is
+               released with the mouse.
+        \row
+            \o  upsideDown
+            \o  this member is used instead of QStyleOption::direction
+                for all abstract sliders.
+    \endtable
+
+    You should note that the slider does not use direction for
+    reverse layouts; it uses \c upsideDown.
+
+    \section3 Spin Boxes
+
+    When QSpinBox paints itself it creates a QStyleOptionSpinBox and
+    asks the style to draw CC_SpinBox. The edit field is a line
+    edit that is a child of the spin box. The dimensions of the
+    field is calculated by the style with SC_SpinBoxEditField.
+
+    Here follows the style tree for spin boxes. It is not
+    required that a style uses the button panel primitive to paint
+    the indicator backgrounds. You can see an image below the tree
+    showing the sub elements in QSpinBox in the java style.
+
+    \image javastyle/spinbox.png
+
+    \image javastyle/spinboximage.png
+
+    The QStyleOptionSpinBox, which is the style option for spin
+    boxes. It can set the following states on the spin box.:
+
+    \table 90%
+        \header
+            \o State
+            \o State Set When
+        \row
+            \o State_Sunken
+            \o Is set if one of the sub controls CC_SpinUp or
+               CC_SpinDown is pressed on with the mouse.
+    \endtable
+
+    The rest of the members in the spin boxes style options are:
+
+    \table 90%
+        \header
+            \o Property
+            \o Function
+        \row
+            \o frame
+            \o boolean that is true if the spin box is to draw a
+               frame.
+        \row
+            \o buttonSymbols
+            \o Value of the ButtonSymbols enum that decides the
+               symbol on the up/down buttons.
+        \row
+            \o stepEnabled
+            \o A value of the StepEnabled indication which of the
+               spin box buttons are pressed down.
+    \endtable
+
+    \section3 Title Bar
+
+    The title bar complex control, CC_TitleBar, is used to draw
+    the title bars of internal windows in QMdiArea. It typically
+    consists of a window title and close, minimize, system menu, and
+    maximize buttons. Some styles also provide buttons for shading
+    the window, and a button for context sensitive help.
+
+    The bar is drawn in CC_TitleBar without using any sub elements.
+    How the individual styles draw their buttons is individual, but
+    there are standard pixmaps for the buttons that the style should
+    provide.
+
+    \image javastyle/titlebar.png
+
+    In an image over a title bar in the java style, we show the
+    bounding rectangles of the sub elements supported by the java style
+    (all of which are drawn with standard pixmaps). It is usual to
+    draw the button backgrounds using PE_PanelButtonTool, but it's no
+    rule.
+
+    \image javastyle/titlebarimage.png
+
+    The style option for title bars is QStyleOptionTitleBar. It's
+    members are:
+
+    \table 90%
+        \header
+            \o Member
+            \o Content
+        \row
+            \o icon
+            \o The title bars icon
+        \row
+            \o text
+            \o the text for the title bar's label
+        \row
+            \o windowFlags
+            \o flags of the Qt::WindowFlag enum. The window flags
+               used by QMdiArea for window management.
+        \row
+            \o titleBarState
+            \o this is the QWidget::windowState() of the window
+               that contains the title bar.
+    \endtable
+
+    \section3 Combo Box
+
+    A QComboBox uses the style to draw the button and label of
+    non-editable boxes with CC_ComboBox and CE_ComboBoxLabel.
+
+    The list that pops up when the user clicks on the combo box is
+    drawn by a \l{Delegate Classes}{delegate}, which we do not cover
+    in this overview. You can, however, use the style to control the
+    list's size and position with the sub element
+    SC_ComboBoxListBoxPopup. The style also decides where the edit
+    field for editable boxes should be with SC_ComboBoxEditField; the
+    field itself is a QLineEdit that is a child of the combo box.
+
+    \image javastyle/combobox.png
+
+    We show an image over a java style combo box in which we have
+    outlined its sub elements and sub element rectangles:
+
+    \image javastyle/comboboximage.png
+
+    Java combo boxes do not use the focus rect; it changes its
+    background color when it has focus. The SC_ComboBoxEdit field is
+    used both by QComboBox to calculate the size of the edit field and
+    the style for calculating the size of the combo box label.
+
+    The style option for combo boxes is QStyleOptionComboBox. It
+    can set the following states:
+
+    \table 90%
+        \header
+            \o State
+            \o Set When
+        \row
+            \o State_Selected
+            \o The box is not editable and has focus
+        \row
+            \o State_Sunken
+            \o SC_ComboBoxArrow is active
+        \row
+            \o State_on
+            \o The container (list) of the box is visible
+    \endtable
+
+    The style options other members are:
+
+    \table
+        \header
+            \o Member
+            \o Content
+        \row
+            \o currentIcon
+            \o the icon of the current (selected) item of the
+               combo box.
+        \row
+            \o currentText
+            \o the text of the current item in the box.
+        \row
+            \o editable
+            \o holds whether the combo box is editable or not
+        \row
+            \o frame
+            \o holds whether the combo box has a frame or not
+        \row
+            \o iconSize
+            \o the size of the current items icon.
+        \row
+            \o popupRect
+            \o the bounding rectangle of the combo box's popup
+               list.
+    \endtable
+
+    \section3 Group Boxes
+
+    When calculating the size hint, QGroupBox fetches three pixel
+    metrics from the style: PM_IndicatorWidth,
+    PM_CheckBoxLabelSpacing, and PM_IndicatorHeight.  QGroupBox has
+    the following style element tree:
+
+    \image javastyle/groupbox.png
+
+    Qt does not impose restrictions on how the check box is drawn; the
+    java style draws it with CE_IndicatorCheckBox. See \l{Check and
+    Radio Buttons} for the complete tree.
+
+    We also give an image of the widget with the sub controls and
+    sub control rectangles drawn:
+
+    \image javastyle/groupboximage.png
+
+    The style option for group boxes are QStyleOptionGroupBox. The
+    following states can be set on it:
+
+    \table 90%
+        \header
+            \o State
+            \o Set When
+        \row
+            \o State_On
+            \o The check box is checked
+        \row
+            \o State_Sunken
+            \o The checkbox is pressed down
+        \row
+            \o State_Off
+            \o The check box is unchecked (or there is no check box)
+    \endtable
+
+    The remaining members of QStyleOptionGroupBox are:
+
+    \table
+        \header
+            \o Member
+            \o Content
+        \row
+            \o features
+            \o flags of the QStyleOptionFrameV2::FrameFeatures
+               enum describing the frame of the group box.
+        \row
+            \o lineWidth
+            \o the line width with which to draw the panel. This
+               is always 1.
+        \row
+            \o text
+            \o the text of the group box.
+        \row
+            \o textAlignment
+            \o the alignment of the group box title
+        \row
+            \o textColor
+            \o the QColor of the text
+    \endtable
+
+    \section3 Splitters
+
+    As the structure of splitters are simple and do not contain any
+    sub elements, we do not include image of splitters. CE_Splitter
+    does not use any other elements or metrics.
+
+    For its style option, Splitters uses the base class QStyleOption.
+    It can set the following state flags on it:
+
+    \table 90%
+        \header
+            \o State
+            \o Set When
+        \row
+            \o State_Horizontal
+            \o Set if it is a horizontal splitter
+    \endtable
+
+    QSplitter does not use \l{QStyleOption::}{initFrom()} to set up its
+    option; it sets the State_MouseOver and State_Disabled flags
+    itself.
+
+    \section3 Progress Bar
+
+    The CE_ProgressBar element is used by QProgressBar, and it is the
+    only element used by this widget. We start with looking at the
+    style structure:
+
+    \image javastyle/progressbar.png
+
+    Here is a progress bar in the windows style (the java style
+    bounding rectangles are equal):
+
+    \image javastyle/progressbarimage.png
+
+    The style option for QProgressBar is QStyleOptionProgressBarV2.
+    The bar does not set any state flags, but the other members of the
+    option are:
+
+    \table 90%
+        \header
+            \o Member
+            \o Content
+        \row
+            \o minimum
+            \o The minimum value of the bar
+        \row
+            \o maximum
+            \o The maximum value of the bar
+        \row
+            \o progress
+            \o The current value of the bar
+        \row
+            \o textAlignment
+            \o How the text is aligned in the label
+        \row
+            \o textVisible
+            \o Whether the label is drawn
+        \row
+            \o text
+            \o The label text
+        \row
+            \o orientation
+            \o Progress bars can be vertical or horizontal
+        \row
+            \o invertedAppearance
+            \o The progress is inverted (i.e., right to left in a
+               horizontal bar)
+        \row
+            \o bottomToTop
+            \o Boolean that if true, turns the label of vertical
+               progress bars 90 degrees.
+    \endtable
+
+    \section3 Tool Buttons
+
+    Tool buttons exist either independently or as part of tool bars.
+    They are drawn equally either way. The QToolButton draws only one
+    style element: CC_ToolButton.
+
+    As you must be used to by now (at least if you have read this
+    document sequentially), we have a tree of the widget's style
+    structure:
+
+    \image javastyle/toolbutton.png
+
+    Note that PE_FrameButtonTool and PE_IndicatorArrowDown are
+    included in the tree as the java style draws them, but they can
+    safely be omitted if you prefer it. The structure may also be
+    different. QWindowsStyle, for instance, draws both
+    PE_IndicatorButtonDropDown and PE_IndicatorArrowDown in
+    CE_ToolButton.
+
+    We also have an image of a tool button where we have outlined
+    the sub element bounding rectangles and sub controls.
+
+    \image javastyle/toolbuttonimage.png
+
+    Here is the states table for tool buttons:
+
+    \table 90%
+        \header
+            \o State
+            \o Set When
+        \row
+            \o State_AutoRise
+            \o the tool button has the autoRise property set
+        \row
+            \o State_raised
+            \o the button is not sunken (i.e., by being checked or
+               pressed on with the mouse).
+        \row
+            \o State_Sunken
+            \o the button is down
+        \row
+            \o State_On
+            \o the button is checkable and checked.
+    \endtable
+
+    QStyleOptionToolButton also contains the following members:
+
+    \table
+        \header
+            \o Member
+            \o Content
+        \row
+            \o arrowType
+            \o a Qt::ArrowType enum value, which contains the
+                 direction of the buttons arrow (if an arrow is to
+                 be used in place of an icon)
+        \row
+            \o features
+            \o flags of the QStyleOptionToolButton::ButtonFeature
+               enum describing if the button has an arrow, a menu,
+               and/or has a popup-delay.
+        \row
+            \o font
+            \o the QFont of the buttons label
+        \row
+            \o icon
+            \o the QIcon of the tool button
+        \row
+            \o iconSize
+            \o the icon size of the button's icon
+        \row
+            \o pos
+            \o the position of the button, as given by
+               QWidget::pos()
+        \row
+            \o text
+            \o the text of the button
+        \row
+            \o toolButtonStyle
+            \o a Qt::ToolButtonStyle enum value which decides
+               whether the button shows the icon, the text, or both.
+    \endtable
+
+    \section3 Toolbars
+
+    Toolbars are part of the \l{QMainWindow}{main window framework}
+    and cooperates with the QMainWindow to which it belongs while it
+    builds its style option. A main window has 4 areas that toolbars
+    can be placed in. They are positioned next to the four sides of
+    the window (i.e., north, south, west, and east). Within each area
+    there can be more than one line of toolbars; a line consists of
+    toolbars with equal orientation (vertical or horizontal) placed
+    next to each other.
+
+    \l{QToolbar}{QToolbar}s in Qt consists of three elements
+    CE_ToolBar, PE_IndicatorToolBarHandle, and
+    PE_IndicatorToolBarSeparator. It is QMainWindowLayout that
+    calculates the bounding rectangles (i.e., position and size of the
+    toolbars and their contents. The main window also uses the \c
+    sizeHint() of the items in the toolbars when calculating the size
+    of the bars.
+
+    Here is the element tree for QToolBar:
+
+    \image javastyle/toolbar.png
+
+    The dotted lines indicate that the QToolBar keeps an instance of
+    QToolBarLayout and that QToolBarSeparators are kept by
+    QToolBarLayout. When the toolbar is floating (i.e., has its own
+    window) the PE_FrameMenu element is drawn, else QToolbar draws
+    CE_ToolBar.
+
+    Here is an image of a toolbar in the java style:
+
+    \image javastyle/toolbarimage.png
+
+    QToolBarSaparator uses QStyleOption for their style option. It
+    sets the State_horizontal flag if the toolbar they live in is
+    horizontal. Other than that, they use \l{QStyleOption::}{initFrom()}.
+
+    The style option for QToolBar is QStyleOptionToolBar. The only
+    state flag set (besides the common flags) is State_Horizontal
+    if the bar is horizontal (i.e., in the north or south toolbar area).
+    The member variables of the style option are:
+
+    \table 90%
+        \header
+            \o Member
+            \o Content
+        \row
+            \o features
+            \o Holds whether the bar is movable in a value of the
+               ToolBarFeature, which is either Movable or None.
+        \row
+            \o lineWidth
+            \o The width of the tool bar frame.
+        \row
+            \o midLineWidth
+            \o This variable is currently not used and is always
+               0.
+        \row
+            \o positionOfLine
+            \o The position of the toolbar line within the toolbar
+               area to which it belongs.
+        \row
+            \o positionWithinLine
+            \o The position of the toolbar within the toolbar line.
+        \row
+            \o toolBarArea
+            \o The toolbar area in which the toolbar lives.
+    \endtable
+
+    \section3 Menus
+
+    Menus in Qt are implemented in QMenu. The QMenu keeps a list of
+    action, which it draws as menu items. When QMenu receives paint
+    events ,it calculates the size of each menu item and draws them
+    individually with CE_MenuItem. (Menu items do not have a separate
+    element for their label (contents), so all drawing is done in
+    CE_MenuItem. The menu also draws the frame of the menu with
+    PE_FrameMenu. It also draws CE_MenuScroller if the style supports
+    scrolling. CE_MenuTearOff is drawn if the menu is to large for its
+    bounding rectangle.
+
+    In the style structure tree, we also include QMenu as it also does
+    styling related work. The bounding rectangles of menu items are
+    calculated for the menus size hint and when the menu is displayed
+    or resized.
+
+    \image javastyle/menu.png
+
+    The CE_MenuScroller and CE_MenuTearOff elements are handled by
+    QCommonStyle and are not shown unless the menu is to large to fit
+    on the screen. PE_FrameMenu is only drawn for pop-up menus.
+
+    QMenu calculates rectangles based on its actions and calls
+    CE_MenuItem and CE_MenuScroller if the style supports that.
+
+    It is also usual to use PE_IndicatorCheckBox (instead of using
+    PE_IndicatorMenuCheckMark) and PE_IndicatorRadioButton for drawing
+    checkable menu items; we have not included them in the style tree
+    as this is optional and varies from style to style.
+
+    \image javastyle/menuimage.png
+
+    The style option for menu items is QStyleOptionMenuItem. The
+    following tables describe its state flags and other members.
+
+    \table 90%
+        \header
+            \o State
+            \o Set When
+        \row
+            \o State_Selected
+            \o The mouse is over the action and the action is not
+               a separator.
+        \row
+            \o State_Sunken
+            \o The mouse is pressed down on the menu item.
+        \row
+            \o State_DownArrow
+            \o Set if the menu item is a menu scroller and it scrolls
+               the menu downwards.
+    \endtable
+
+    \table 90%
+        \header
+            \o Member
+            \o Content
+        \row
+            \o checkType
+            \o A value of the \l{QStyleOptionMenuItem::}{CheckType} enum,
+               which is either NotCheckable, Exclusive, or
+               NonExclusive.
+        \row
+            \o checked
+            \o Boolean that is true if the menu item is checked.
+        \row
+            \o font
+            \o The QFont to use for the menu item's text.
+        \row
+            \o icon
+            \o the QIcon of the menu item.
+        \row
+            \o maxIconWidth
+            \o The maximum width allowed for the icon
+        \row
+            \o menuHasChecableItem
+            \o Boolean which is true if at least one item in the
+               menu is checkable.
+        \row
+            \o menuItemType
+            \o The type of the menu item. This a value of the
+               \l{QStyleOptionMenuItem::}{MenuItemType}.
+        \row
+            \o menuRect
+            \o The bounding rectangle for the QMenu that the menu
+               item lives in.
+        \row
+            \o tabWidth
+            \o This is the distance between the text of the menu
+               item and the shortcut.
+        \row
+            \o text
+            \o The text of the menu item.
+    \endtable
+
+    The setup of the style option for CE_MenuTearOff and
+    CE_MenuScroller also uses QStyleOptionMenuItem; they only set the
+    \c menuRect variable in addition to the common settings with
+    QStyleOption's \l{QStyleOption::}{initFrom()}. 
+
+    \section3 Menu Bar
+
+    QMenuBar uses the style to draw each menu bar item and the empty
+    area of the menu bar. The pull-down menus themselves are
+    \l{QMenu}s (see \l{Menus}). The style element tree for the menu
+    bar follows:
+
+    \image javastyle/menubar.png
+
+    The panel and empty area is drawn after the menu items. The
+    QPainter that the QMenuBar sends to the style has the bounding
+    rectangles of the items clipped out (i.e., clip region), so you
+    don't need to worry about drawing over the items. The pixel
+    metrics in QMenuBar is used when the bounding rectangles of the
+    menu bar items are calculated.
+
+    \image javastyle/menubarimage.png
+
+    QStyleOptionMenuItem is used for menu bar items. The members that
+    are used by QMenuBar is described in the following table:
+
+    \table
+        \header
+            \o Member
+            \o Content
+        \row
+            \o menuRect
+            \o the bounding rectangle of the entire menu bar to
+               which the item belongs.
+        \row
+            \o text
+            \o the text of the item
+        \row
+            \o icon
+            \o the icon of the menu item (it is not common that
+               styles draw this icon)
+    \endtable
+
+    QStyleOptionMenuItem is also used for drawing CE_EmptyMenuBarArea.
+
+    QStyleOptionFrame is used for drawing the panel frame The
+    \l{QStyleOptionFrame::}{lineWidth} is set to PM_MenuBarPanelWidth.
+    The \l{QStyleOptionFrame::}{midLineWidth} is currently always set
+    to 0. 
+
+    \section3 Item View Headers
+
+    It is the style that draws the headers of Qt's item views. The
+    item views keeps the dimensions on individual sections. Also
+    note that the delegates may use the style to paint decorations
+    and frames around items. QItemDelegate, for instance, draws
+    PE_FrameFocusRect and PE_IndicatorViewItemCheck.
+
+    \image javastyle/header.png
+
+    Here is a QTableWidget showing the bounding rects of a Java
+    header:
+
+    \image javastyle/headerimage.png
+
+    The QHeaderView uses CT_HeaderSection, PM_HeaderMargin and
+    PM_HeaderGripMargin for size and hit test calculations. The
+    PM_HeaderMarkSize is currently not used by Qt. QTableView draws
+    the button in the top-left corner (i.e., the area where the
+    vertical and horizontal headers intersect) as a CE_Header.
+
+    The style option for header views is QStyleOptionHeader. The view
+    paints one header section at a time, so the data is for the
+    section being drawn. Its contents are:
+
+    \table 90%
+        \header
+            \o Member
+            \o Content
+        \row
+            \o icon
+            \o the icon of the header (for section that is being
+               drawn).
+        \row
+            \o iconAlignment
+            \o the alignment (Qt::Alignment) of the icon in the header.
+        \row
+            \o orientation
+            \o a Qt::Orientation value deciding whether the header
+               is the horizontal header above the view or the
+               vertical header on the left.
+        \row
+            \o position
+            \o a QStyleOptionHeader::SectionPosition value
+               giving the header section's position relative to
+               the other sections.
+        \row
+            \o section
+            \o holds the section that is being drawn.
+        \row
+            \o selectedPosition
+            \o a QStyleOptionHeader::SelectedPosition value giving
+               the selected section's position relative to the
+               section that is being painted.
+        \row
+            \o sortIndicator
+            \o a QStyleOptionHeader::SortIndicator value that
+               describes the direction in which the section's sort
+               indicator should be drawn.
+        \row
+            \o text
+            \o the text of the currently drawn section.
+        \row
+            \o textAlignment
+            \o the Qt::Alignment of the text within the
+               headersection.
+    \endtable
+
+    \section3 Tree Branch Indicators
+
+    The branch indicators in a tree view is drawn by the style with
+    PE_IndicatorBranch. We think of indicators here as the indicators
+    that describe the relationship of the nodes in the tree. The
+    generic QStyleOption is sent to the style for drawing this
+    elements. The various branch types are described by states. Since
+    there are no specific style option, we simply present the states
+    table:
+
+    \table 90%
+        \header
+            \o State
+            \o Set When
+        \row
+            \o State_Sibling
+            \o the node in the tree has a sibling (i.e., there is
+               another node in the same column).
+        \row
+            \o State_Item
+            \o this branch indicator has an item.
+        \row
+            \o State_Children
+            \o the branch has children (i.e., a new sub-tree can
+               be opened at the branch).
+        \row
+            \o State_Open
+            \o the branch indicator has an opened sub-tree.
+    \endtable
+
+    The tree view (and tree widget) use the style to draw the branches
+    (or nodes if you will) of the tree.
+
+    QStyleOption is used as the style for PE_IndicatorBranch has state
+    flags set depending on what type of branch it is.
+
+    Since there is no tree structure for branch indicators, we only
+    present an image of a tree in the java style. Each state is marked
+    in the image with a rectangle in a specific color (i.e., these
+    rectangles are not bounding rectangles). All combinations of
+    states you must be aware of are represented in the image.
+
+    \image javastyle/branchindicatorimage.png
+
+    \section3 Tool Boxes
+
+    PM_SmallIconSize for sizeHints.
+
+    QToolBox is a container that keeps a collection of widgets. It has
+    one tab for each widget and display one of them at a time. The
+    tool box lays the components it displays (the tool box buttons
+    and selected widget) in a QVBoxLayout. The style tree for tool
+    boxes looks like this:
+
+    \image javastyle/toolbox.png
+
+    We show an image of a tool box in the Plastique style:
+
+    \image javastyle/toolboximage.png
+
+    All elements have the same bounding rectangles in the
+    Plastique as well as the other Qt built-in styles.
+
+    The style option for tool boxes is QStyleOptionToolBox. It
+    contains the text and icon of the tool box contents. The only
+    state set by QToolBox is State_Sunken, which is set when the user
+    presses a tab down with the mouse. The rest of the
+    QStyleOptionToolBox members are:
+
+    \table 90%
+        \header
+            \o Member
+            \o Content
+        \row
+            \o icon
+            \o the icon on the toolbox tab
+        \row
+            \o text
+            \o the text on the toolbox tab
+    \endtable
+
+    \section3 Size Grip
+
+    The size grip calculates its size hint with CT_SizeGrip. The pixel
+    metric PM_SizeGripSize is currently unused by Qt. The element tree
+    for and an image in the Plastique style of QSizeGrip follows:
+
+    \image javastyle/sizegrip.png
+
+    \image javastyle/sizegripimage.png
+
+    We show the size grip in a \l{QMainWindow}'s bottom right
+    corner.
+
+    The size grip style option, QStyleOptionSizeGrip, have one
+    member except the common members from QStyleOption:
+
+    \table 90%
+        \header
+            \o Member
+            \o Content
+        \row
+            \o corner
+            \o a Qt::Corner value that describe which corner in a
+               window (or equivalent) the grip is located.
+    \endtable
+
+    \section3 Rubber Band
+
+    The \l{QRubberBand}'s style tree consists of two nodes.
+
+    \image javastyle/rubberband.png
+
+    We present an image of a Java style window being moved in a
+    QMdiArea with a rubber band:
+
+    \image javastyle/rubberbandimage.png
+
+    The style option for rubber bands is QStyleOptionRubberBand.
+    Its members are:
+
+    \table
+        \header
+            \o Member
+            \o Content
+        \row
+            \o opaque
+            \o boolean that is true if the rubber band must be
+               drawn in an opaque style (i.e., color)
+        \row
+            \o shape
+            \o a QRubberBand::Shape enum value that holds the
+               shape of the band (which is either a rectangle or a
+               line) 
+    \endtable
+
+    \section3 Dock Widgets
+
+    When the dock widget lays out its contents it asks the style for
+    these pixel metrics: PM_DockWidgetSeparatorExtent,
+    PM_DockWidgetTitleBarButtonMargin, PM_DockWidgetFrameWidth, and
+    PM_DockWidgetTitleMargin. It also calculates the bounding
+    rectangles of the float and close buttons with
+    SE_DockWidgetCloseButton and SE_DockWidgetFloatButton.
+
+    \image javastyle/dockwidget.png
+
+    The dotted lines indicate that the sender keeps instances of the
+    recipient of the arrow (i.e., it is not a style element to draw).
+    The dock widget only draws PE_frameDockWidget when it is detached
+    from its main window (i.e., it is a top level window). If it is
+    docked it draws the indicator dock widget resize handle. We show a
+    dock widget in both docked and floating state in the plastique
+    style: 
+
+    \image javastyle/dockwidgetimage.png
+
+    The style option is QStyleOptionDockWidget:
+
+    \table 90%
+        \header
+            \o Member
+            \o Content
+        \row
+            \o closeable
+            \o boolean that holds whether the dock window can be
+               closed
+        \row
+            \o floatable
+            \o boolean that holds whether the dock window can
+               float (i.e., detach from the main window in which
+               it lives)
+        \row
+            \o movable
+            \o boolean that holds whether the window is movable
+               (i.e., can move to other dock widget areas)
+        \row
+            \o title
+            \o the title text of the dock window
+    \endtable
+
+    For the buttons, QStyleOptionButton is used (see \l{Tool Buttons}
+    for content description). The dock widget resize handle has a
+    plain QStyleOption.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/stylesheet.qdoc b/doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/stylesheet.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6a3fcb2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/stylesheet.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,3962 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page stylesheet.html
+    \title Qt Style Sheets
+    \brief How to use style sheets to customize the appearance of widgets.
+
+    \ingroup frameworks-technologies
+
+    \previouspage {Implementing Styles and Style Aware Widgets}{Styles}
+    \contentspage Widgets and Layouts
+    \nextpage The Style Sheet Syntax
+
+    \keyword style sheet
+    \keyword stylesheet
+
+    Qt Style Sheets are a powerful mechanism that allows you to
+    customize the appearance of widgets, in addition to what is
+    already possible by subclassing QStyle. The concepts,
+    terminology, and syntax of Qt Style Sheets are heavily inspired
+    by HTML \l{http://www.w3.org/Style/CSS/}{Cascading Style Sheets
+    (CSS)} but adapted to the world of widgets.
+
+    Topics:
+
+    \list
+    \i \l{Overview}
+    \i \l{The Style Sheet Syntax}
+    \i \l{Qt Designer Integration}
+    \i \l{Customizing Qt Widgets Using Style Sheets}
+    \i \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference}
+    \i \l{Qt Style Sheets Examples}
+    \endlist
+
+    \target overview
+    \section1 Overview
+
+    Styles sheets are textual specifications that can be set on the
+    whole application using QApplication::setStyleSheet() or on a
+    specific widget (and its children) using
+    QWidget::setStyleSheet(). If several style sheets are set at
+    different levels, Qt derives the effective style sheet from all
+    of those that are set. This is called cascading.
+
+    For example, the following style sheet specifies that all
+    \l{QLineEdit}s should use yellow as their background color, and
+    all \l{QCheckBox}es should use red as the text color:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 0
+
+    For this kind of customization, style sheets are much more
+    powerful than QPalette. For example, it might be tempting to set
+    the QPalette::Button role to red for a QPushButton to obtain a
+    red push button. However, this wasn't guaranteed to work for all
+    styles, because style authors are restricted by the different
+    platforms' guidelines and (on Windows XP and Mac OS X) by the
+    native theme engine.
+
+    Style sheets let you perform all kinds of customizations that are
+    difficult or impossible to perform using QPalette alone. If you
+    want yellow backgrounds for mandatory fields, red text for
+    potentially destructive push buttons, or fancy check boxes, style
+    sheets are the answer.
+
+    Style sheets are applied on top of the current \l{QStyle}{widget
+    style}, meaning that your applications will look as native as
+    possible, but any style sheet constraints will be taken into
+    consideration. Unlike palette fiddling, style sheets offer
+    guarantees: If you set the background color of a QPushButton to be
+    red, you can be assured that the button will have a red background
+    in all styles, on all platforms. In addition, \l{Qt Designer}
+    provides style sheet integration, making it easy to view the effects
+    of a style sheet in different \l{QStyle}{widget styles}.
+
+    In addition, style sheets can be used to provide a distinctive
+    look and feel for your application, without having to subclass
+    QStyle. For example, you can specify arbitrary images for radio
+    buttons and check boxes to make them stand out. Using this
+    technique, you can also achieve minor customizations that would
+    normally require subclassing several style classes, such as
+    specifying a \l{QStyle::styleHint()}{style hint}. The
+    \l{widgets/stylesheet}{Style Sheet} example depicted below defines
+    two distinctive style sheets that you can try out and modify at
+    will.
+
+    \table
+    \row \o \inlineimage stylesheet-coffee-xp.png
+         \o \inlineimage stylesheet-pagefold.png
+    \row \o Coffee theme running on Windows XP
+         \o Pagefold theme running on Windows XP
+    \endtable
+
+    \table
+    \row \o \inlineimage stylesheet-coffee-cleanlooks.png
+         \o \inlineimage stylesheet-pagefold-mac.png
+    \row \o Coffee theme running on Ubuntu Linux
+         \o Pagefold theme running on Mac OS X
+    \endtable
+
+    When a style sheet is active, the QStyle returned by QWidget::style()
+    is a wrapper "style sheet" style, \e not the platform-specific style. The
+    wrapper style ensures that any active style sheet is respected and
+    otherwise forwards the drawing operations to the underlying,
+    platform-specific style (e.g., QWindowsXPStyle on Windows XP).
+
+    Since Qt 4.5, Qt style sheets fully supports Mac OS X.
+
+    \warning Qt style sheets are currently not supported for custom QStyle
+    subclasses. We plan to address this in some future release.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page stylesheet-syntax.html
+    \contentspage {Qt Style Sheet}{Contents}
+    \previouspage Qt Style Sheet
+    \nextpage Qt Designer Integration
+    \title The Style Sheet Syntax
+
+    Qt Style Sheet terminology and syntactic rules are almost
+    identical to those of HTML CSS. If you already know CSS, you can
+    probably skim quickly through this section.
+    
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 Style Rules
+
+    Style sheets consist of a sequence of style rules. A \e{style
+    rule} is made up of a selector and a declaration. The
+    \e{selector} specifies which widgets are affected by the rule;
+    the \e{declaration} specifies which properties should be set on
+    the widget. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 1
+
+    In the above style rule, \c QPushButton is the selector and \c{{
+    color: red }} is the declaration. The rule specifies that
+    QPushButton and its subclasses (e.g., \c MyPushButton) should use
+    red as their foreground color.
+
+    Qt Style Sheet is generally case insensitive (i.e., \c color, 
+    \c Color, \c COLOR, and \c cOloR refer to the same property). 
+    The only exceptions are class names,
+    \l{QObject::setObjectName()}{object names}, and Qt property
+    names, which are case sensitive.
+
+    Several selectors can be specified for the same declaration,
+    using commas (\c{,}) to separate the selectors. For example,
+    the rule
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 2
+
+    is equivalent to this sequence of three rules:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 3
+
+    The declaration part of a style rule is a list of
+    \tt{\e{property}: \e{value}} pairs, enclosed in braces (\c{{}})
+    and separated with semicolons. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 4
+
+    See the \l{List of Properties} section below for the list of
+    properties provided by Qt widgets.
+
+    \section1 Selector Types
+
+    All the examples so far used the simplest type of selector, the
+    Type Selector. Qt Style Sheets support all the
+    \l{http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-CSS2/selector.html#q1}{selectors
+    defined in CSS2}. The table below summarizes the most useful
+    types of selectors.
+
+    \table 100%
+    \header
+        \o Selector
+        \o Example
+        \o Explanation
+
+    \row
+        \o Universal Selector
+        \o \c *
+        \o Matches all widgets.
+
+    \row
+        \o Type Selector
+        \o \c QPushButton
+        \o Matches instances of QPushButton and of its subclasses.
+
+    \row
+        \o Property Selector
+        \o \c{QPushButton[flat="false"]}
+        \o Matches instances of QPushButton that are not
+           \l{QPushButton::}{flat}. You may use this selector to test
+           for any Qt property specified using Q_PROPERTY(). In
+           addition, the special \c class property is supported, for
+           the name of the class.
+            
+           This selector may also be used to test dynamic properties.
+           For more information on customization using dynamic properties,
+           refer to \l{Customizing Using Dynamic Properties}.
+
+           Instead of \c =, you can also use \c ~= to test whether a
+           Qt property of type QStringList contains a given QString.
+
+           \warning If the value of the Qt property changes after the
+           style sheet has been set, it might be necessary to force a
+           style sheet recomputation. One way to achieve this is to
+           unset the style sheet and set it again.
+
+    \row
+        \o Class Selector
+        \o \c .QPushButton
+        \o Matches instances of QPushButton, but not of its subclasses.
+
+           This is equivalent to \c{*[class~="QPushButton"]}.
+
+    \row
+        \o ID \target ID Selector
+           Selector
+        \o \c{QPushButton#okButton}
+        \o Matches all QPushButton instances whose
+           \l{QObject::objectName}{object name} is \c okButton.
+
+    \row
+        \o Descendant Selector
+        \o \c{QDialog QPushButton}
+        \o Matches all instances of QPushButton that are descendants
+           (children, grandchildren, etc.) of a QDialog.
+
+    \row
+        \o Child Selector
+        \o \c{QDialog > QPushButton}
+        \o Matches all instances of QPushButton that are direct
+           children of a QDialog.
+    \endtable
+
+    \section1 Sub-Controls
+
+    For styling complex widgets, it is necessary to access subcontrols of the
+    widget, such as the drop-down button of a QComboBox or the up and down
+    arrows of a QSpinBox. Selectors may contain \e{subcontrols} that make it
+    possible to restrict the application of a rule to specific widget
+    subcontrols. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 5
+
+    The above rule styles the drop-down button of all \l{QComboBox}es.
+    Although the double-colon (\c{::}) syntax is reminiscent of CSS3
+    Pseudo-Elements, Qt Sub-Controls differ conceptually from these and have
+    different cascading semantics.
+   
+    Sub-controls are always positioned with respect to another element - a
+    reference element. This reference element could be the widget or another
+    Sub-control. For example, the \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#drop-down-sub}
+    {::drop-down} of a QComboBox is placed, by default, in the top right corner
+    of the Padding rectangle of the QComboBox. The
+    \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#drop-down-sub}{::drop-down} is placed,
+    by default, in the Center of the Contents rectangle of the
+    \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#drop-down-sub}{::drop-down} Sub-control. See
+    the \l{List of Stylable Widgets} below for the Sub-controls to use to
+    style a widget and their default positions.
+
+    The origin rectangle to be used can be changed using the
+    \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#subcontrol-origin-prop}{subcontrol-origin}
+    property. For example, if we want to place the drop-down in the margin
+    rectangle of the QComboBox instead of the default Padding rectangle, we
+    can specify:
+    
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 6
+    
+    The alignment of the drop-down within the Margin rectangle is changed 
+    using \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#subcontrol-position-prop}
+    {subcontrol-position} property.
+
+    The \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#width-prop}{width} and
+    \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#height-prop}{height} properties can be used
+    to control the size of the Sub-control. Note that setting a
+    \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#image-prop}{image} implicitly sets the size
+    of a Sub-control.
+
+    The relative positioning scheme
+    (\l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#position-prop}{position} : relative),
+    allows the position of the Sub-Control to be offset from its initial
+    position. For example, when the QComboBox's drop-down button is
+    pressed, we might like the arrow inside to be offset to give a
+    "pressed" effect. To achieve this, we can specify:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 7
+
+    The absolute positioning scheme
+    (\l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#position-prop}{position} : absolute),
+    allows the position and size of the Sub-control to be changed with
+    respect to the reference element.
+
+    Once positioned, they are treated the same as widgets and can be styled
+    using the \l{box model}.
+
+    See the \l{List of Sub-Controls} below for a list of supported
+    sub-controls, and \l{Customizing the QPushButton's Menu Indicator
+    Sub-Control} for a realistic example.
+
+    \note With complex widgets such as QComboBox and QScrollBar, if one
+    property or sub-control is customized, \bold{all} the other properties or
+    sub-controls must be customized as well.
+
+    \section1 Pseudo-States
+
+    Selectors may contain \e{pseudo-states} that denote that restrict
+    the application of the rule based on the widget's state.
+    Pseudo-states appear at the end of the selector, with a colon
+    (\c{:}) in between. For example, the following rule applies when
+    the mouse hovers over a QPushButton:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 8
+
+    Pseudo-states can be negated using the exclamation operator. For
+    example, the following rule applies when the mouse does not hover
+    over a QRadioButton:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 9
+
+    Pseudo-states can be chained, in which case a logical AND is
+    implied. For example, the following rule applies to when the
+    mouse hovers over a checked QCheckBox:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 10
+
+    Negated Pseudo-states may appear in Pseudo-state chains. For example,
+    the following rule applies when the mouse hovers over a QPushButton
+    that is not pressed:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 11
+
+    If needed, logical OR can be expressed using the comma operator:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 12
+
+    Pseudo-states can appear in combination with subcontrols. For
+    example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 13
+
+    See the \l{List of Pseudo-States} section below for the list of
+    pseudo-states provided by Qt widgets.
+
+    \section1 Conflict Resolution
+
+    Conflicts arise when several style rules specify the same
+    properties with different values. Consider the following style
+    sheet:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 14
+
+    Both rules match QPushButton instances called \c okButton and
+    there is a conflict for the \c color property. To resolve this
+    conflict, we must take into account the \e specificity of the
+    selectors. In the above example, \c{QPushButton#okButton} is
+    considered more specific than \c QPushButton, because it
+    (usually) refers to a single object, not to all instances of a
+    class.
+
+    Similarly, selectors with pseudo-states are more specific than
+    ones that do not specify pseudo-states. Thus, the following style
+    sheet specifies that a \l{QPushButton} should have white text
+    when the mouse is hovering over it, otherwise red text:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 15
+
+    Here's a tricky one:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 16
+
+    Here, both selectors have the same specificity, so if the mouse
+    hovers over the button while it is enabled, the second rule takes
+    precedence. If we want the text to be white in that case, we can
+    reorder the rules like this:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 17
+
+    Alternatively, we can make the first rule more specific:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 18
+
+    A similar issue arises in conjunction with Type Selectors.
+    Consider the following example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 19
+
+    Both rules apply to QPushButton instances (since QPushButton
+    inherits QAbstractButton) and there is a conflict for the
+    \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#color-prop}{color} property. Because QPushButton
+    inherits QAbstractButton, it might be tempting to assume that
+    \c QPushButton is more specific than \c QAbstractButton. However,
+    for style sheet computations, all Type Selectors have the same
+    specificity, and the rule that appears last takes precedence. In
+    other words, \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#color-prop}{color} is set to \c gray
+    for all \l{QAbstractButton}s, including \l{QPushButton}s. If we really
+    want \l{QPushButton}s to have red text, we can always reorder the
+    rules.
+
+    For determining the specificity of a rule, Qt Style Sheets follow
+    the
+    \l{http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-CSS2/cascade.html#specificity}{CSS2
+    Specification}:
+
+    \quotation
+    \e{A selector's specificity is calculated as follows:}
+
+    \list
+    \o \e{count the number of ID attributes in the selector (= a)}
+    \o \e{count the number of other attributes and pseudo-classes in the selector (= b)}
+    \o \e{count the number of element names in the selector (= c)}
+    \o \e{ignore pseudo-elements [i.e., \l{subcontrols}].}
+    \endlist
+
+    \e{Concatenating the three numbers a-b-c (in a number system with a
+    large base) gives the specificity.}
+
+    \e{Some examples:}
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 20
+    \endquotation
+
+    \section1 Cascading
+
+    Style sheets can be set on the QApplication, on parent widgets,
+    and on child widgets. An arbitrary widget's effective style sheet
+    is obtained by merging the style sheets set on the widget's
+    ancestors (parent, grandparent, etc.), as well as any style sheet
+    set on the QApplication.
+
+    When conflicts arise, the widget's own style sheet is always
+    preferred to any inherited style sheet, irrespective of the
+    specificity of the conflicting rules. Likewise, the parent
+    widget's style sheet is preferred to the grandparent's, etc.
+
+    One consequence of this is that setting a style rule on a widget
+    automatically gives it precedence over other rules specified in
+    the ancestor widgets' style sheets or the QApplication style
+    sheet. Consider the following example. First, we set a style
+    sheet on the QApplication:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 21
+
+    Then we set a style sheet on a QPushButton object:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 22
+
+    The style sheet on the QPushButton forces the QPushButton (and
+    any child widget) to have blue text, in spite of the more
+    specific rule set provided by the application-wide style sheet.
+
+    The result would have been the same if we had written
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 23
+
+    except that if the QPushButton had children (which is unlikely),
+    the style sheet would have no impact on them.
+
+    Style sheet cascading is a complex topic. Refer to the
+    \l{http://www.w3.org/TR/CSS2/cascade.html#cascade}{CSS2
+    Specification} for the gory details. Be aware that Qt currently
+    doesn't implement \c{!important}.
+
+    \section1 Inheritance
+
+    In classic CSS, when font and color of an item is not explicitly set,
+    it gets automatically inherited from the parent. When using Qt Style Sheets,
+    a widget does \bold{not} automatically inherit its font and color setting
+    from its parent widget.
+
+    For example, consider a QPushButton inside a QGroupBox:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 24
+
+    The QPushButton does not have an explicit color set. Hence, instead
+    of inheriting color of its parent QGroupBox, it has the system color.
+    If we want to set the color on a QGroupBox and its children, 
+    we can write:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 25
+
+    In contrast, setting a font and propagate using QWidget::setFont() and
+    QWidget::setPalette() propagates to child widgets.
+
+    \section1 Widgets inside C++ namespaces
+    
+    The Type Selector can be used to style widgets of a particular type. For
+    example,
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 26
+
+    Qt Style Sheet uses QObject::className() of the widget to determine
+    when to apply the Type Selector. When custom widgets are inside namespaces, 
+    the QObject::className() returns <namespace>::<classname>. This conflicts
+    with the syntax for \l{Sub-Controls}. To overcome this problem, 
+    when using the Type Selector for widgets inside namespaces, we must
+    replace the "::" with "--". For example,
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 27
+
+    \section1 Setting QObject properties
+    
+    From 4.3 and above, any designable Q_PROPERTY 
+    can be set using the qproperty-<property name> syntax.
+    
+    For example,
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 28
+
+    If the property references an enum declared with Q_ENUMS, you should
+    reference its constants by name, i.e., not their numeric value.
+
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page stylesheet-designer.html
+    \contentspage {Qt Style Sheet}{Contents}
+    \previouspage The Style Sheet Syntax
+    \nextpage Customizing Qt Widgets Using Style Sheets
+    \title Qt Designer Integration
+
+    \l{Qt Designer}{Qt Designer} is an excellent tool
+    to preview style sheets. You can right-click on any widget in Designer
+    and select \gui{Change styleSheet...} to set the style sheet.
+
+    \image designer-stylesheet-options.png
+
+    In Qt 4.2 and later, \l{Qt Designer}{Qt Designer} also includes a
+    style sheet syntax highlighter and validator. The validator indicates
+    if the syntax is valid or invalid, at the bottom left of the \gui{Edit
+    Style Sheet} dialog.
+
+    \image designer-validator-highlighter.png
+
+    When you click \gui{OK} or \gui{Apply}, \QD will automatically display
+    the widget with its new stylesheet.
+
+    \image designer-stylesheet-usage.png
+    */
+
+/*!
+    \page stylesheet-customizing.html
+    \contentspage {Qt Style Sheet}{Contents}
+    \previouspage Qt Designer Integration
+    \nextpage Qt Style Sheets Reference
+    \title Customizing Qt Widgets Using Style Sheets
+
+    When using style sheets, every widget is treated as a box with four
+    concentric rectangles: the margin rectangle, the border rectangle, the
+    padding rectangle, and the content rectangle. The box model describes
+    this in further detail.
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \target box model
+    \section1 The Box Model
+
+    The four concentric rectangles appear conceptually as below:
+
+    \image stylesheet-boxmodel.png
+
+    \list
+    \o The margin falls outside the border.
+    \o The border is drawn between the margin and the padding.
+    \o The padding falls inside the border, between the border and
+       the actual contents.
+    \o The content is what is left from the original widget or
+       subcontrol once we have removed the margin, the border, and
+       the padding.
+    \endlist
+
+    The \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#margin-prop}{margin},
+    \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#border-width-prop}
+    {border-width}, and
+    \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#padding-prop}{padding}
+    properties all default to zero. In that case, all four rectangles
+    (\c margin, \c border, \c padding, and \c content) coincide exactly.
+
+    You can specify a background for the widget using the 
+    \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#background-image-prop}{background-image} 
+    property. By default, the background-image is drawn only for the area 
+    inside the border. This can be changed using the 
+    \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#background-clip-prop}{background-clip}
+    property. You can use 
+    \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#background-repeat-prop}{background-repeat}
+    and
+    \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#background-origin-prop}{background-origin}
+    to control the repetition and origin of the background image.
+
+    A background-image does not scale with the size of the widget. To provide
+    a "skin" or background that scales along with the widget size, one must
+    use
+    \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#border-image-prop}{border-image}. Since the
+    border-image property provides an alternate background, it is not required
+    to specify a background-image when border-image is specified. In the case,
+    when both of them are specified, the border-image draws over the 
+    background-image.
+
+    In addition, the \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#image-prop}{image} property
+    may be used to draw an image over the border-image. The image specified does
+    not tile or stretch and when its size does not match the size of the widget,
+    its alignment is specified using the
+    \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#image-position-prop}{image-position} 
+    property. Unlike background-image and border-image, one may specify a
+    SVG in the image property, in which case the image is scaled automatically
+    according to the widget size.
+
+    The steps to render a rule are as follows:
+        \list
+        \o Set clip for entire rendering operation (border-radius)
+        \o Draw the background (background-image)
+        \o Draw the border (border-image, border)
+        \o Draw overlay image (image)
+        \endlist
+
+    \target sub controls
+    \section1 Sub-controls
+
+    A widget is considered as a hierarchy (tree) of subcontrols drawn on top
+    of each other. For example, the QComboBox draws the drop-down sub-control
+    followed by the down-arrow sub-control. A QComboBox is thus rendered as
+    follows:
+        \list
+        \o Render the QComboBox { } rule
+        \o Render the QComboBox::drop-down { } rule
+        \o Render the QComboBox::down-arrow { } rule
+        \endlist
+
+    Sub-controls share a parent-child relationship. In the case of QComboBox,
+    the parent of down-arrow is the drop-down and the parent of drop-down is
+    the widget itself. Sub-controls are positioned within their parent using
+    the \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#subcontrol-position-prop}
+    {subcontrol-position} and
+    \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#subcontrol-origin-prop}{subcontrol-origin}
+    properties.
+    
+    Once positioned, sub-controls can be styled using the \l{box model}.
+
+    \note With complex widgets such as QComboBox and QScrollBar, if one
+    property or sub-control is customized, \bold{all} the other properties or
+    sub-controls must be customized as well.
+
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page stylesheet-reference.html
+    \contentspage {Qt Style Sheet}{Contents}
+    \previouspage Customizing Qt Widgets Using Style Sheets
+    \nextpage Qt Style Sheets Examples
+    \title Qt Style Sheets Reference
+
+    Qt Style Sheets support various properties, pseudo-states, and
+    subcontrols that make it possible to customize the look of
+    widgets.
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 List of Stylable Widgets
+
+    The following table lists the Qt widgets that can be customized
+    using style sheets:
+
+    \table 100%
+    \header
+        \o Widget
+        \o How to Style
+
+    \row
+        \o QAbstractScrollArea \target qabstractscrollarea-widget
+        \o Supports the \l{box model}.
+
+           All derivatives of QAbstractScrollArea, including QTextEdit,
+           and QAbstractItemView (all item view classes), support
+           scrollable backgrounds using 
+           \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#background-attachment-prop}
+           {background-attachment}. Setting the background-attachment to
+           \c{fixed} provides a background-image that does not scroll with the
+           viewport. Setting the background-attachment to \c{scroll}, scrolls
+           the background-image when the scroll bars move.
+
+           See \l{Qt Style Sheets Examples#Customizing QAbstractScrollArea}
+           {Customizing QAbstractScrollArea} for an example.
+
+    \row
+        \o QCheckBox \target qcheckbox-widget
+        \o Supports the \l{box model}. The check indicator can be
+           styled using the \l{#indicator-sub}{::indicator}
+           subcontrol. By default, the indicator is placed in the Top
+           Left corner of the Contents rectangle of the widget.
+
+           The \l{#spacing-prop}{spacing} property
+           specifies the spacing between the check indicator and
+           the text.
+
+           See \l{Qt Style Sheets Examples#Customizing QCheckBox}
+           {Customizing QCheckBox} for an example.
+
+    \row
+        \o QColumnView \target qcolumnview-widget
+        \o The grip can be styled be using the \l{image-prop}{image} property.
+           The arrow indicators can by styled using the 
+           \l{left-arrow-sub}{::left-arrow} subcontrol and the 
+           \l{right-arrow-sub}{::right-arrow} subcontrol.
+
+    \row
+        \o QComboBox \target qcombobox-widget
+        \o The frame around the combobox can be styled using the 
+           \l{box model}. The drop-down button can be styled using
+           the \l{#drop-down-sub}{::drop-down} subcontrol. By default, the
+           drop-down button is placed in the top right corner of the padding
+           rectangle of the widget. The arrow mark inside the drop-down button 
+           can be styled using the \l{#down-arrow-sub}{::down-arrow} 
+           subcontrol. By default, the arrow is placed in the center of the 
+           contents rectangle of the drop-down subcontrol.
+
+           See \l{Qt Style Sheets Examples#Customizing QComboBox}{Customizing QComboBox} 
+           for an example.
+
+    \row
+        \o QDateEdit \target qdateedit-widget
+        \o See \l{#qspinbox-widget}{QSpinBox}.
+
+    \row
+        \o QDateTimeEdit \target qdatetimeedit-widget
+        \o See \l{#qspinbox-widget}{QSpinBox}.
+
+    \row
+        \o QDialog \target qdialog-widget
+        \o Supports only the \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#background-prop}{background},
+           \l{#background-clip-prop}{background-clip} and
+           \l{#background-origin-prop}{background-origin} properties.
+
+           \warning Make sure you define the Q_OBJECT macro for your custom
+           widget.
+
+    \row
+        \o QDialogButtonBox \target qdialogbuttonbox-widget
+        \o The layout of buttons can be altered using the
+           \l{#button-layout-prop}{button-layout} property.
+
+    \row
+        \o QDockWidget \target qdockwidget-widget
+        \o Supports styling of the title bar and the title bar buttons when docked.
+
+        The dock widget border can be styled using the \l{#border-prop}{border}
+        property. The \l{#title-sub}{::title} subcontrol can be used to customize
+        the title bar. The close and float buttons are positioned with respect
+        to the \l{title-sub}{::title} subcontrol using the 
+        \l{#close-button-sub}{::close-button} and
+        \l{#float-button-sub}{::float-button} respectively.
+
+        When the title bar is vertical, the \l{#vertical-ps}{:vertical} pseudo 
+        class is set. In addition, depending on QDockWidget::DockWidgetFeature,
+        the \l{#closable-ps}{:closable}, \l{#floatable-ps}{:floatable} and
+        \l{#movable-ps}{:movable} pseudo states are set.
+
+        \note Use QMainWindow::separator to style the resize handle.
+
+        \warning The style sheet has no effect when the QDockWidget is undocked
+        as Qt uses native top level windows when undocked.
+
+        See \l{Qt Style Sheets Examples#Customizing QDockWidget}
+        {Customizing QDockWidget} for an example.
+
+    \row
+        \o QDoubleSpinBox \target qdoublespinbox-widget
+        \o See \l{#qspinbox-widget}{QSpinBox}.
+
+    \row
+        \o QFrame \target qframe-widget
+        \o Supports the \l{box model}.
+
+           Since 4.3, setting a stylesheet on a QLabel automatically
+           sets the QFrame::frameStyle property to QFrame::StyledPanel.
+
+           See \l{Qt Style Sheets Examples#Customizing QFrame}{Customizing QFrame}
+           for an example.
+
+    \row
+        \o QGroupBox \target qgroupbox-widget
+        \o Supports the \l{box model}. The title can be styled using the
+           \l{#title-sub}{::title} subcontrol. By default, the title is placed
+           depending on QGroupBox::textAlignment.
+
+           In the case of a checkable QGroupBox, the title includes the
+           check indicator. The indicator is styled using the 
+           the \l{#indicator-sub}{::indicator} subcontrol. The 
+           \l{#spacing-prop}{spacing} property can be used to control
+           the spacing between the text and indicator.
+
+           See \l{Qt Style Sheets Examples#Customizing QGroupBox}{Customizing QGroupBox}
+           for an example.
+
+    \row
+        \o QHeaderView \target qheaderview-widget
+        \o Supports the \l{box model}. The sections of the header view are
+           styled using the \l{#section-sub}{::section} sub control. The
+           \c{section} Sub-control supports the \l{#middle-ps}{:middle},
+           \l{#first-ps}{:first}, \l{#last-ps}{:last}, 
+           \l{#only-one-ps}{:only-one}, \l{#next-selected-ps}{:next-selected},
+           \l{#previous-selected-ps}{:previous-selected}, 
+           \l{#selected-ps}{:selected} pseudo states.
+
+           Sort indicator in can be styled using the 
+           \l{#up-arrow-sub}{::up-arrow} and the 
+           \l{#down-arrow-sub}{::down-arrow} Sub-control.
+
+           See \l{Qt Style Sheets Examples#Customizing QHeaderView}{Customizing QHeaderView}
+           for an example.
+
+    \row
+        \o QLabel \target qlabel-widget
+        \o Supports the \l{box model}. Does not support the
+           \l{#hover-ps}{:hover} pseudo-state. 
+
+           Since 4.3, setting a stylesheet on a QLabel automatically
+           sets the QFrame::frameStyle property to QFrame::StyledPanel.
+
+           See \l{Qt Style Sheets Examples#Customizing QFrame}{Customizing QFrame} for an
+           example (a QLabel derives from QFrame).
+
+    \row
+        \o QLineEdit \target qlineedit-widget
+        \o Support the \l{box model}.
+
+           The color and background of the selected item is styled using
+           \l{#selection-color-prop}{selection-color} and
+           \l{#selection-background-color-prop}{selection-background-color}
+           respectively.
+
+           The password character can be styled using the
+           \l{#lineedit-password-character-prop}{lineedit-password-character}
+           property.
+
+           See \l{Qt Style Sheets Examples#Customizing QLineEdit}{Customizing QLineEdit}
+           for an example.
+
+    \row
+        \o QListView \target qlistview-widget
+        \o Supports the \l{box model}. When 
+           \l{QAbstractItemView::alternatingRowColors}{alternating row colors} 
+           is enabled, the alternating colors can be styled using the 
+           \l{#alternate-background-color-prop}{alternate-background-color}
+           property.
+
+           The color and background of the selected item is styled using
+           \l{#selection-color-prop}{selection-color} and
+           \l{#selection-background-color-prop}{selection-background-color}
+           respectively.
+
+           The selection behavior is controlled by the
+           \l{#show-decoration-selected-prop}{show-decoration-selected} property.
+
+           Use the \l{#item-sub}{::item} subcontrol for more fine grained
+           control over the items in the QListView.
+
+           See \l{qabstractscrollarea-widget}{QAbsractScrollArea} to
+           style scrollable backgrounds.
+
+           See \l{Qt Style Sheets Examples#Customizing QListView}
+           {Customzing QListView} for an example.
+
+    \row
+        \o QListWidget \target qlistwidget-widget
+        \o See \l{#qlistview-widget}{QListView}.
+
+    \row
+        \o QMainWindow \target qmainwindow-widget
+        \o Supports styling of the separator
+
+           The separator in a QMainWindow when using QDockWidget is styled
+           using the \l{#separator-sub}{::separator} subcontrol.
+
+           See \l{Qt Style Sheets Examples#Customizing QMainWindow}{Customizing QMainWindow}
+           for an example.
+
+    \row
+        \o QMenu \target qmenu-widget
+        \o Supports the \l{box model}. 
+
+           Individual items are styled using the \l{#item-sub}{::item} 
+           subcontrol. In addition to the usually supported pseudo states,
+           \c{item} subcontrol supports the 
+           \l{#selected-ps}{:selected}, \l{#default-ps}{:default},
+           \l{#exclusive-ps}{:exclusive} and the 
+           \l{#non-exclusive-ps}{non-exclusive} pseudo states. 
+
+           The indicator of checkable menu items is styled using the
+           \l{#indicator-sub}{::indicator} subcontrol.
+
+           The separator is styled using the \l{#separator-sub}{::separator}
+           subcontrol.
+
+           For items with a sub menu, the arrow marks are styled using the
+           \l{::right-arrow-sub}{right-arrow} and 
+           \l{::left-arrow-sub}{left-arrow}.
+
+            The scroller is styled using the \l{#scroller-sub}{::scroller}.
+
+            The tear-off is styled using the \l{#tear-off-sub}{::tear-off}.
+
+           See \l{Qt Style Sheets Examples#Customizing QMenu}{Customizing QMenu}
+           for an example.
+
+    \row
+        \o QMenuBar \target qmenubar-widget
+        \o Supports the \l{box model}. The \l{#spacing-prop}{spacing}
+           property specifies the spacing between menu items.
+           Individual items are styled using the \l{#item-sub}{::item}
+           subcontrol.
+
+           \warning When running on Qt/Mac, the menu bar is usually embedded into the
+           system-wide menu bar. In this case, the style sheet will have no effect.
+
+           See \l{Qt Style Sheets Examples#Customizing QMenuBar}{Customizing QMenuBar}
+           for an example.
+
+    \row
+        \o QMessageBox \target qmessagebox-widget
+        \o The \l{#messagebox-text-interaction-flags-prop}
+           {messagebox-text-interaction-flags} property can be used to alter
+           the interaction with text in the message box.
+
+    \row
+        \o QProgressBar \target qprogressbar-widget
+        \o Supports the \l{box model}. The chunks of the progress bar
+           can be styled using the \l{#chunk-sub}{::chunk} subcontrol.
+           The chunk is displayed on the Contents rectangle of the widget.
+
+           If the progress bar displays text, use the \l{text-align-prop}{text-align}
+           property to position the text.
+
+           Indeterminate progress bars have the 
+           \l{#indeterminate-ps}{:indeterminate} pseudo state set.
+
+           See \l{Qt Style Sheets Examples#Customizing QProgressBar}{Customizing QProgressBar}
+           for an example.
+
+    \row
+        \o QPushButton \target qpushbutton-widget
+        \o Supports the \l{box model}. Supports the \l{#default-ps}{:default},
+           \l{#flat-ps}{:flat}, \l{#checked-ps}{:checked} pseudo states.
+
+           For QPushButton with a menu, the menu indicator is styled
+           using the \l{#menu-indicator-sub}{::menu-indicator}
+           subcontrol. Appearance of checkable push buttons can be
+           customized using the \l{#open-ps}{:open} and 
+           \l{#closed-ps}{:closed} pseudo-states.
+
+           \warning If you only set a background-color on a QPushButton, the background
+           may not appear unless you set the border property to some value. This is
+           because, by default, the QPushButton draws a native border which completely
+           overlaps the background-color. For example,
+
+           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 30
+
+           See \l{Qt Style Sheets Examples#Customizing QPushButton}{Customizing QPushButton}
+           for an example.
+
+    \row
+        \o QRadioButton \target qradiobutton-widget
+        \o Supports the \l{box model}. The check indicator can be
+           styled using the \l{#indicator-sub}{::indicator}
+           subcontrol. By default, the indicator is placed in the Top
+           Left corner of the Contents rectangle of the widget.
+
+           The \l{#spacing-prop}{spacing} property
+           specifies the spacing between the check indicator and
+           the text.
+
+           See \l{Qt Style Sheets Examples#Customizing QRadioButton}
+           {Customizing QRadioButton} for an example.
+
+    \row
+        \o QScrollBar \target qscrollbar-widget
+        \o Supports the \l{box model}. The Contents rectangle of the widget
+           is considered to be the groove over which the slider moves. The extent
+           of the QScrollBar (i.e the width or the height depending on the orientation)
+           is set using the \l{#width-prop}{width} or \l{#height-prop}{height} property
+           respectively. To determine the orientation, use the 
+           \l{#horizontal-ps}{:horizontal} and the \l{vertical-ps}{:vertical}
+           pseudo states.
+
+           The slider can be styled using the \l{#handle-sub}{::handle} subcontrol.
+           Setting the \l{#min-width-prop}{min-width} or \l{#min-height-prop}{min-height}
+           provides size contraints for the slider depending on the orientation.
+
+           The \l{add-line-sub}{::add-line} subcontrol can be used to style the
+           button to add a line. By default, the add-line subcontrol is placed in 
+           top right corner of the Border rectangle of the widget. Depending on the
+           orientation the \l{#right-arrow-sub}{::right-arrow} or 
+           \l{#down-arrow-sub}{::down-arrow}. By default, the arrows are placed in 
+           the center of the Contents rectangle of the add-line subcontrol. 
+
+           The \l{sub-line-sub}{::sub-line} subcontrol can be used to style the
+           button to subtract a line. By default, the sub-line subcontrol is placed in 
+           bottom right corner of the Border rectangle of the widget. Depending on the
+           orientation the \l{#left-arrow-sub}{::left-arrow} or 
+           \l{#up-arrow-sub}{::up-arrow}. By default, the arrows are placed in 
+           the center of the Contents rectangle of the sub-line subcontrol. 
+
+           The \l{sub-page-sub}{::sub-page} subcontrol can be used to style the
+           region of the slider that subtracts a page. The \l{add-page-sub}{::add-page}
+           subcontrol can be used to style the region of the slider that adds a page.
+
+           See \l{Qt Style Sheets Examples#Customizing QScrollBar}{Customizing QScrollBar} 
+           for an example.
+
+    \row
+        \o QSizeGrip \target qsizegrip-widget
+        \o Supports the \l{#width-prop}{width},
+           \l{#height-prop}{height}, and \l{#image-prop}{image}
+           properties.
+
+           See \l{Qt Style Sheets Examples#Customizing QSizeGrip}{Customizing QSizeGrip}
+           for an example.
+
+    \row
+        \o QSlider \target qslider-widget
+        \o Supports the \l{box model}. For horizontal slides, the 
+           \l{min-width-prop}{min-width} and \l{height-prop}{height}
+           properties must be provided. For vertical sliders, the 
+           \l{min-height-prop}{min-height} and \l{width-prop}{width}
+           properties must be provided.
+
+           The groove of the slider is styled 
+           using the \l{#groove-sub}{::groove}. The groove is 
+           positioned by default in the Contents rectangle of the widget. 
+           The thumb of the slider is styled using \l{#handle-sub}{::handle}
+           subcontrol. The subcontrol moves in the Contents rectangle of
+           the groove subcontrol.
+
+           See \l{Qt Style Sheets Examples#Customizing QSlider}{Customizing QSlider}
+           for an example.
+
+    \row
+        \o QSpinBox \target qspinbox-widget
+        \o The frame of the spin box can be styled using the \l{box
+           model}. 
+
+           The up button and arrow can be styled using the 
+           \l{#up-button-sub}{::up-button} and
+           \l{#up-arrow-sub}{::up-arrow} subcontrols. By default,
+           the up-button is placed in the top right corner in the 
+           Padding rectangle of the widget. Without an explicit size,
+           it occupies half the height of its reference rectangle.
+           The up-arrow is placed in the center of the Contents
+           rectangle of the up-button.
+
+           The down button and arrow can be styled using the 
+           \l{#down-button-sub}{::down-button} and
+           \l{#down-arrow-sub}{::down-arrow} subcontrols. By default,
+           the down-button is placed in the bottom right corner in the 
+           Padding rectangle of the widget. Without an explicit size,
+           it occupies half the height of its reference rectangle.
+           The bottom-arrow is placed in the center of the Contents
+           rectangle of the bottom-button.
+
+           See \l{Qt Style Sheets Examples#Customizing QSpinBox}{Customizing QSpinBox}
+           for an example.
+
+    \row
+        \o QSplitter \target qsplitter-widget
+        \o Supports the \l{box model}. The handle of the splitter 
+           is styled using the \l{#handle-sub}{::handle} subcontrol.
+
+           See \l{Qt Style Sheets Examples#Customizing QSplitter}{Customizing QSplitter}
+           for an example.
+
+    \row
+        \o QStatusBar \target qstatusbar-widget
+        \o Supports only the \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#background-prop}
+           {background} property.
+           The frame for individual items can be style using the
+           \l{#item-sub}{::item} subcontrol.
+
+           See \l{Qt Style Sheets Examples#Customizing QStatusBar}{Customizing QStatusBar}
+           for an example.
+
+    \row
+        \o QTabBar \target qtabbar-widget
+        \o Individual tabs may be styled using the \l{#tab-sub}{::tab}
+           subcontrol. The tabs support the
+           \l{#only-one-ps}{:only-one}, \l{#first-ps}{:first},
+           \l{#last-ps}{:last}, \l{#middle-ps}{:middle},
+           \l{#previous-selected-ps}{:previous--selected},
+           \l{#next-selected-ps}{:next-selected},
+           \l{#selected-ps}{:selected} pseudo states.
+
+            The \l{#top-ps}{:top}, \l{#left-ps}{:left}, \l{#right-ps}{:right},
+            \l{#bottom-ps}{:bottom} pseudo states depending on the orientation
+            of the tabs.
+
+            Overlapping tabs for the selected state are created by using
+            negative margins or using the \c{absolute} position scheme.
+
+            The tear indicator of the QTabBar is styled using the 
+            \l{#tear-sub}{::tear} subcontrol.
+
+            QTabBar used two QToolButtons for its scrollers that can be styled
+            using the \c{QTabBar QToolButton} selector. To specify the width
+            of the scroll button use the \l{#scroller-sub}{::scroller} 
+            subcontrol.
+
+            The alignment of the tabs within the QTabBar is styled
+            using the \l{#Alignment}{alignment} property. \warning 
+
+            To change the position of the QTabBar within a QTabWidget, use the
+            \l{#tab-bar-sub}{tab-bar} subcontrol (and set subcontrol-position).
+
+           See \l{Qt Style Sheets Examples#Customizing QTabWidget and QTabBar}{Customizing QTabBar}
+           for an example.
+
+    \row
+        \o QTabWidget \target qtabwidget-widget
+        \o The frame of the tab widget is styled using the 
+           \l{#pane-sub}{::pane} subcontrol. The left and right
+           corners are styled using the \l{#left-corner-sub}{::left-corner}
+           and \l{#right-corner-sub}{::right-corner} respectively.
+           The position of the tab bar is controlled using the
+           \l{#tab-bar-sub}{::tab-bar} subcontrol.
+
+           By default, the subcontrols have positions of a QTabWidget in 
+           the QWindowsStyle. To place the QTabBar in the center, set the
+           subcontrol-position of the tab-bar subcontrol.
+
+            The \l{#top-ps}{:top}, \l{#left-ps}{:left}, \l{#right-ps}{:right},
+            \l{#bottom-ps}{:bottom} pseudo states depending on the orientation
+            of the tabs.
+
+           See \l{Qt Style Sheets Examples#Customizing QTabWidget and QTabBar}
+           {Customizing QTabWidget} for an example.
+
+    \row
+        \o QTableView \target qtableview-widget
+        \o Supports the \l{box model}. When
+           \l{QAbstractItemView::alternatingRowColors}{alternating row colors} 
+           is enabled, the alternating colors can be styled using the 
+           \l{#alternate-background-color-prop}{alternate-background-color}
+           property.
+
+           The color and background of the selected item is styled using
+           \l{#selection-color-prop}{selection-color} and
+           \l{#selection-background-color-prop}{selection-background-color}
+           respectively.
+
+           The corner widget in a QTableView is implemented as a QAbstractButton
+           and can be styled using the "QTableView QTableCornerButton::section"
+           selector.
+
+           \warning If you only set a background-color on a QTableCornerButton, 
+           the background may not appear unless you set the border property to 
+           some value. This is because, by default, the QTableCornerButton draws a 
+           native border which completely overlaps the background-color. 
+
+           The color of the grid can be specified using the
+           \l{#gridline-color-prop}{gridline-color} property.
+
+           See \l{qabstractscrollarea-widget}{QAbsractScrollArea} to
+           style scrollable backgrounds.
+
+           See \l{Qt Style Sheets Examples#Customizing QTableView}
+           {Customzing QTableView} for an example.
+
+    \row
+        \o QTableWidget \target qtablewidget-widget
+        \o See \l{#qtableview-widget}{QTableView}.
+
+    \row
+        \o QTextEdit \target qtextedit-widget
+        \o Supports the \l{box model}.
+
+           The color and background of selected text is styled using
+           \l{#selection-color-prop}{selection-color} and
+           \l{#selection-background-color-prop}{selection-background-color}
+           respectively.
+
+           See \l{qabstractscrollarea-widget}{QAbsractScrollArea} to
+           style scrollable backgrounds.
+
+    \row
+        \o QTimeEdit \target qtimeedit-widget
+        \o See \l{#qspinbox-widget}{QSpinBox}.
+
+    \row
+        \o QToolBar \target qtoolbar-widget
+        \o Supports the \l{box model}. 
+
+           The \l{#top-ps}{:top}, \l{#left-ps}{:left}, \l{#right-ps}{:right},
+           \l{#bottom-ps}{:bottom} pseudo states depending on the area in
+           which the tool bar is grouped.
+
+           The \l{#first-ps}{:first}, \l{#last-ps}{:last}, \l{#middle-ps}{:middle},
+           \l{#only-one-ps}{:only-one} pseudo states indicator the position
+           of the tool bar within a line group (See 
+           QStyleOptionToolBar::positionWithinLine).
+
+           The separator of a QToolBar is styled using the 
+           \l{#separator-sub}{::separator} subcontrol.
+
+           The handle (to move the toolbar) is styled using the
+           \l{#handle-sub}{::handle} subcontrol.
+
+           See \l{Qt Style Sheets Examples#Customizing QToolBar}{Customizing QToolBar} 
+           for an example.
+
+    \row
+        \o QToolButton \target qtoolbutton-widget
+        \o Supports the \l{box model}.
+
+           If the QToolButton has a menu, is 
+           \l{#menu-indicator-sub}{::menu-indicator} subcontrol can be used to
+           style the indicator. By default, the menu-indicator is positioned
+           at the bottom right of the Padding rectangle of the widget.
+
+           If the QToolButton is in QToolButton::MenuButtonPopup mode,
+           the \l{#menu-button-sub}{::menu-button} subcontrol is used to draw the
+           menu button. \l{#menu-arrow-sub}{::menu-arrow} subcontrol is used to
+           draw the menu arrow inside the menu-button. By default, it is
+           positioned in the center of the Contents rectangle of the
+           menu-button subcontrol.
+
+           When the QToolButton displays arrows, the \l{#up-arrow-sub}{::up-arrow},
+           \l{#down-arrow-sub}{::down-arrow}, \l{#left-arrow-sub}{::left-arrow}
+           and \l{#right-arrow-sub}{::right-arrow} subcontrols are used.
+
+           \warning If you only set a background-color on a QToolButton, the background
+           will not appear unless you set the border property to some value. This is
+           because, by default, the QToolButton draws a native border which completely
+           overlaps the background-color. For example,
+
+           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 31
+
+           See \l{Qt Style Sheets Examples#Customizing QToolButton}{Customizing QToolButton}
+           for an example.
+
+    \row
+        \o QToolBox \target qtoolbox-widget
+        \o Supports the \l{box model}. 
+
+          The individual tabs can by styled using the 
+          \l{#tab-sub}{::tab} subcontrol. The tabs support the
+          \l{#only-one-ps}{:only-one}, \l{#first-ps}{:first},
+          \l{#last-ps}{:last}, \l{#middle-ps}{:middle},
+         \l{#previous-selected-ps}{:previous-selected},
+          \l{#next-selected-ps}{:next-selected},
+          \l{#selected-ps}{:selected} pseudo states.
+
+    \row
+        \o QToolTip \target qtooltip-widget
+        \o Supports the \l{box model}. The \l{#opacity-prop}{opacity}
+           property controls the opacity of the tooltip.
+
+           See \l{Qt Style Sheets Examples#Customizing QFrame}{Customizing QFrame}
+           for an example (a QToolTip is a QFrame).
+
+    \row
+        \o QTreeView \target qtreeview-widget
+        \o Supports the \l{box model}. When 
+           \l{QAbstractItemView::alternatingRowColors}{alternating row colors} 
+           is enabled, the alternating colors can be styled using the 
+           \l{#alternate-background-color-prop}{alternate-background-color}
+           property.
+
+           The color and background of the selected item is styled using
+           \l{#selection-color-prop}{selection-color} and
+           \l{#selection-background-color-prop}{selection-background-color}
+           respectively.
+
+           The selection behavior is controlled by the
+           \l{#show-decoration-selected-prop}{show-decoration-selected} property.
+
+           The branches of the tree view can be styled using the 
+           \l{#branch-sub}{::branch} subcontrol. The
+           ::branch Sub-control supports the \l{open-ps}{:open},
+           \l{closed-ps}{:closed}, \l{has-siblings-ps}{:has-sibling} and
+           \l{has-children-ps}{:has-children} pseudo states. 
+
+           Use the \l{#item-sub}{::item} subcontrol for more fine grained
+           control over the items in the QTreeView.
+
+           See \l{qabstractscrollarea-widget}{QAbsractScrollArea} to
+           style scrollable backgrounds.
+
+           See \l{Qt Style Sheets Examples#Customizing QTreeView}{Customizing QTreeView}
+           for an example to style the branches.
+
+    \row
+        \o QTreeWidget \target qtreewidget-widget
+        \o See \l{#qtreeview-widget}{QTreeView}.
+
+    \row
+        \o QWidget \target qwidget-widget
+        \o Supports only the \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#background-prop}{background},
+           \l{#background-clip-prop}{background-clip} and
+           \l{#background-origin-prop}{background-origin} properties.
+
+           If you subclass from QWidget, you need to provide a paintEvent for your
+           custom QWidget as below:
+           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 32
+
+           The above code is a no-operation if there is no stylesheet set.
+
+           \warning Make sure you define the Q_OBJECT macro for your custom 
+           widget.
+
+    \endtable
+
+    \section1 List of Properties
+
+    The table below lists all the properties supported by Qt Style
+    Sheets. Which values can be given to an property depend on the
+    \l{List of Property Types}{property's type}. Unless otherwise
+    specified, properties below apply to all widgets. Properties
+    marked with an asterisk * are specific to Qt and have no equivalent
+    in CSS2 or CSS3.
+
+    \table 100%
+    \header
+        \o Property
+        \o Type
+        \o Description
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold{\c alternate-background-color} \target alternate-background-color-prop
+        \o \l{#Brush}{Brush} \BR
+        \o The \l{QAbstractItemView::alternatingRowColors}
+           {alternate background color} used in QAbstractItemView subclasses.
+
+           If this property is not set, the default value is
+           whatever is set for the palette's
+           \l{QPalette::}{AlternateBase} role.
+
+           Example:
+
+           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 33
+
+           See also \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#background-prop}{background} and
+           \l{#selection-background-color-prop}{selection-background-color}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold{\c background} \target background-prop
+        \o \l{#Background}{Background}
+        \o Shorthand notation for setting the background. Equivalent
+           to specifying \c background-color, \c background-image, \c
+           background-repeat, and/or \c background-position.
+
+           This property is supported by QAbstractItemView
+           subclasses, QAbstractSpinBox subclasses, QCheckBox,
+           QComboBox, QDialog, QFrame, QGroupBox, QLabel, QLineEdit,
+           QMenu, QMenuBar, QPushButton, QRadioButton, QSplitter,
+           QTextEdit, QToolTip, and plain \l{QWidget}s.
+
+           Example:
+
+           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 34
+
+
+           Often, it is required to set a fill pattern similar to the styles
+           in Qt::BrushStyle. You can use the background-color property for
+           Qt::SolidPattern, Qt::RadialGradientPattern, Qt::LinearGradientPattern
+           and Qt::ConicalGradientPattern.  The other patterns are easily achieved 
+           by creating a background image that contains the pattern.
+
+           Example:
+
+           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 35
+
+           See also \l{#background-origin-prop}{background-origin},
+           \l{#selection-background-color-prop}{selection-background-color},
+           \l{#background-clip-prop}{background-clip},
+           \l{#background-attachment-prop}{background-attachment}
+           and \l{#alternate-background-color-prop}{alternate-background-color}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c background-color \target background-color-prop
+        \o \l{#Brush}{Brush} \BR
+        \o The background color used for the widget.
+
+           Examples:
+
+           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 36
+
+    \row
+        \o \c background-image \target background-image-prop
+        \o \l{#Url}{Url}
+        \o The background image used for the widget. Semi-transparent
+           parts of the image let the \c background-color shine
+           through.
+
+           Example:
+
+           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 37
+
+    \row
+        \o \c background-repeat \target background-repeat-prop
+        \o \l{#Repeat}{Repeat}
+        \o Whether and how the background image is repeated to fill
+           the \c background-origin rectangle.
+
+           If this property is not specified, the background image
+           is repeated in both directions (\c repeat).
+
+           Example:
+
+           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 38
+
+    \row
+        \o \c background-position
+        \o \l{#Alignment}{Alignment}
+        \o The alignment of the background image within the \c
+           background-origin rectangle.
+
+           If this property is not specified, the alignment is \c
+           top \c left.
+
+           Example:
+
+           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 39
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold{\c background-attachment} \target background-attachment-prop
+        \o \l{#Attachment}{Attachment}
+        \o Determines whether the background-image in a QAbstractScrollArea
+           is scrolled or fixed with respect to the viewport.
+           By default, the background-image scrolls with the viewport.
+
+           Example:
+
+           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 40
+
+        See also \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#background-prop}{background}
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold{\c background-clip} \target background-clip-prop
+        \o \l{#Origin}{Origin}
+        \o The widget's rectangle, in which the \c background is drawn.
+
+           This property specifies the rectangle to which the \c background-color
+           and \c background-image are clipped.
+
+           This property is supported by QAbstractItemView
+           subclasses, QAbstractSpinBox subclasses, QCheckBox,
+           QComboBox, QDialog, QFrame, QGroupBox, QLabel,
+           QPushButton, QRadioButton, QSplitter, QTextEdit, QToolTip,
+           and plain \l{QWidget}s.
+
+           If this property is not specified, the default is \c
+           border.
+
+           Example:
+
+           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 41
+
+           See also \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#background-prop}{background}, 
+           \l{#background-origin-prop}{background-origin} and \l{The Box Model}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold{\c background-origin} \target background-origin-prop
+        \o \l{#Origin}{Origin}
+        \o The widget's background rectangle, to use in conjunction
+           with \c background-position and \c background-image.
+
+           This property is supported by QAbstractItemView
+           subclasses, QAbstractSpinBox subclasses, QCheckBox,
+           QComboBox, QDialog, QFrame, QGroupBox, QLabel,
+           QPushButton, QRadioButton, QSplitter, QTextEdit, QToolTip,
+           and plain \l{QWidget}s.
+
+           If this property is not specified, the default is \c
+           padding.
+
+           Example:
+
+           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 42
+
+           See also \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#background-prop}{background} and
+           \l{The Box Model}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold{\c border} \target border-prop
+        \o \l{#Border}{Border}
+        \o Shorthand notation for setting the widget's border. Equivalent
+           to specifying \c border-color, \c border-style, and/or
+           \c border-width.
+
+           This property is supported by QAbstractItemView
+           subclasses, QAbstractSpinBox subclasses, QCheckBox,
+           QComboBox, QFrame, QGroupBox, QLabel, QLineEdit,
+           QMenu, QMenuBar, QPushButton, QRadioButton, QSplitter,
+           QTextEdit, QToolTip, and plain \l{QWidget}s.
+
+           Example:
+
+           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 43
+
+    \row
+        \o \c border-top
+        \o \l{#Border}{Border}
+        \o Shorthand notation for setting the widget's top border.
+           Equivalent to specifying \c border-top-color, \c
+           border-top-style, and/or \c border-top-width.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c border-right
+        \o \l{#Border}{Border}
+        \o Shorthand notation for setting the widget's right border.
+           Equivalent to specifying \c border-right-color, \c
+           border-right-style, and/or \c border-right-width.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c border-bottom
+        \o \l{#Border}{Border}
+        \o Shorthand notation for setting the widget's bottom border.
+           Equivalent to specifying \c border-bottom-color, \c
+           border-bottom-style, and/or \c border-bottom-width.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c border-left
+        \o \l{#Border}{Border}
+        \o Shorthand notation for setting the widget's left border.
+           Equivalent to specifying \c border-left-color, \c
+           border-left-style, and/or \c border-left-width.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold{\c border-color} \target border-attrs
+           \target border-color-prop
+        \o \l{#Box Colors}{Box Colors}
+        \o The color of all the border's edges. Equivalent to
+           specifying \c border-top-color, \c border-right-color, \c
+           border-bottom-color, and \c border-left-color.
+
+           This property is supported by QAbstractItemView
+           subclasses, QAbstractSpinBox subclasses, QCheckBox,
+           QComboBox, QFrame, QGroupBox, QLabel, QLineEdit,
+           QMenu, QMenuBar, QPushButton, QRadioButton, QSplitter,
+           QTextEdit, QToolTip, and plain \l{QWidget}s.
+
+           If this property is not specified, it defaults to
+           \l{#color-prop}{color} (i.e., the widget's foreground
+           color).
+
+           Example:
+
+           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 44
+
+           See also \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#border-style-prop}{border-style},
+           \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#border-width-prop}{border-width},
+           \l{#border-image-prop}{border-image}, and \l{The Box Model}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c border-top-color
+        \o \l{#Brush}{Brush} \BR
+        \o The color of the border's top edge.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c border-right-color
+        \o \l{#Brush}{Brush} \BR
+        \o The color of the border's right edge.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c border-bottom-color
+        \o \l{#Brush}{Brush} \BR
+        \o The color of the border's bottom edge.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c border-left-color
+        \o \l{#Brush}{Brush} \BR
+        \o The color of the border's left edge.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold{\c border-image} \target border-image-prop
+        \o \l{#Border Image}{Border Image}
+        \o The image used to fill the border. The image is cut into
+           nine parts and stretched appropriately if necessary. See
+           \l{#Border Image}{Border Image} for details.
+
+           This property is supported by QAbstractItemView
+           subclasses, QAbstractSpinBox subclasses, QCheckBox,
+           QComboBox, QFrame, QGroupBox, QLabel, QLineEdit,
+           QMenu, QMenuBar, QPushButton, QRadioButton, QSplitter,
+           QTextEdit and QToolTip.
+
+           See also \l{#border-color-prop}{border-color},
+           \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#border-style-prop}{border-style},
+           \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#border-width-prop}{border-width}, and
+           \l{The Box Model}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold{\c border-radius} \target border-radius-prop
+        \o \l{#Radius}{Radius}
+        \o The radius of the border's corners. Equivalent to
+           specifying \c border-top-left-radius, \c
+           border-top-right-radius, \c border-bottom-right-radius,
+           and \c border-bottom-left-radius.
+
+           The border-radius clips the element's 
+           \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#background-prop}{background}.
+
+           This property is supported by QAbstractItemView
+           subclasses, QAbstractSpinBox subclasses, QCheckBox,
+           QComboBox, QFrame, QGroupBox, QLabel, QLineEdit, QMenu,
+           QMenuBar, QPushButton, QRadioButton, QSplitter, QTextEdit,
+           and QToolTip.
+
+           If this property is not specified, it defaults to 0.
+
+           Example:
+
+           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 45
+
+           See also \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#border-width-prop}{border-width} and
+           \l{The Box Model}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c border-top-left-radius
+        \o \l{#Radius}{Radius}
+        \o The radius of the border's top-left corner.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c border-top-right-radius
+        \o \l{#Radius}{Radius}
+        \o The radius of the border's top-right corner.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c border-bottom-right-radius
+        \o \l{#Radius}{Radius}
+        \o The radius of the border's bottom-right corner. Setting
+           this property to a positive value results in a rounded
+           corner.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c border-bottom-left-radius
+        \o \l{#Radius}{Radius}
+        \o The radius of the border's bottom-left corner. Setting this
+           property to a positive value results in a rounded corner.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold{\c border-style} \target border-style-prop
+        \o \l {Border Style}
+        \o The style of all the border's edges.
+
+           This property is supported by QAbstractItemView
+           subclasses, QAbstractSpinBox subclasses, QCheckBox,
+           QComboBox, QFrame, QGroupBox, QLabel, QLineEdit, QMenu,
+           QMenuBar, QPushButton, QRadioButton, QSplitter, QTextEdit,
+           and QToolTip.
+
+           If this property is not specified, it defaults to \c none.
+
+           Example:
+
+           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 46
+
+           See also \l{#border-color-prop}{border-color},
+           \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#border-style-prop}{border-style},
+           \l{#border-image-prop}{border-image}, and \l{The Box Model}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c border-top-style
+        \o \l{#Border Style}{Border Style}
+        \o The style of the border's top edge.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c border-right-style
+        \o \l{#Border Style}{Border Style}
+        \o The style of the border's right edge/
+
+    \row
+        \o \c border-bottom-style
+        \o \l{#Border Style}{Border Style}
+        \o The style of the border's bottom edge.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c border-left-style
+        \o \l{#Border Style}{Border Style}
+        \o The style of the border's left edge.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold{\c border-width} \target border-width-prop
+        \o \l{#Box Lengths}{Box Lengths}
+        \o The width of the border. Equivalent to setting \c
+           border-top-width, \c border-right-width, \c
+           border-bottom-width, and \c border-left-width.
+
+           This property is supported by QAbstractItemView
+           subclasses, QAbstractSpinBox subclasses, QCheckBox,
+           QComboBox, QFrame, QGroupBox, QLabel, QLineEdit, QMenu,
+           QMenuBar, QPushButton, QRadioButton, QSplitter, QTextEdit,
+           and QToolTip.
+
+           Example:
+
+           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 47
+
+           See also \l{#border-color-prop}{border-color},
+           \l{#border-radius-prop}{border-radius},
+           \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#border-style-prop}{border-style},
+           \l{#border-image-prop}{border-image}, and
+           \l{The Box Model}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c border-top-width
+        \o \l{#Length}{Length}
+        \o The width of the border's top edge.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c border-right-width
+        \o \l{#Length}{Length}
+        \o The width of the border's right edge.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c border-bottom-width
+        \o \l{#Length}{Length}
+        \o The width of the border's bottom edge.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c border-left-width
+        \o \l{#Length}{Length}
+        \o The width of the border's left edge.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold{\c bottom} \target bottom-prop
+        \o \l{#Length}{Length}
+        \o If \l{#position-prop}{position} is \c relative (the
+           default), moves a \l{subcontrol} by a certain offset up;
+           specifying \tt{bottom: \e{y}} is then equivalent to
+           specifying \tt{\l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#top-prop}{top}: -\e{y}}.
+
+           If \l{#position-prop}{position} is \c absolute, the \c
+           bottom property specifies the subcontrol's bottom edge
+           in relation to the parent's bottom edge (see also
+           \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#subcontrol-origin-prop}
+           {subcontrol-origin}).
+
+           Example:
+
+           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 48
+
+           See also \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#left-prop}{left}, \l{#right-prop}{right}, and
+           \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#top-prop}{top}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold{\c button-layout} \target button-layout-prop
+        \o \l{#Number}{Number}
+        \o The layout of buttons in a QDialogButtonBox or
+           a QMessageBox. The possible values are 0
+           (\l{QDialogButtonBox::}{WinLayout}), 1
+           (\l{QDialogButtonBox::}{MacLayout}), 2
+           (\l{QDialogButtonBox::}{KdeLayout}), and 3
+           (\l{QDialogButtonBox::}{GnomeLayout}).
+
+           If this property is not specified, it defaults to the
+           value specified by the current style for the
+           \l{QStyle::}{SH_DialogButtonLayout} style hint.
+
+           Example:
+
+           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 49
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold{\c color} \target color-prop
+        \o \l{#Brush}{Brush} \BR 
+        \o The color used to render text.
+
+           This property is supported by all widgets that respect
+           the \l QWidget::palette.
+
+           If this property is not set, the default is whatever is
+           set for in the widget's palette for the
+           QWidget::foregroundRole (typically black).
+
+           Example:
+
+           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 50
+
+           See also \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#background-prop}{background} and
+           \l{#selection-color-prop}{selection-color}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold{\c dialogbuttonbox-buttons-have-icons}
+        \o \l{#Boolean}{Boolean}
+        \o Whether the buttons in a QDialogButtonBox show icons
+
+        If this property is set to 1, the buttons of a QDialogButtonBox
+        show icons; if it is set to 0, the icons are not shown.
+
+        See the \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#list of icons}{List of Icons}
+        section for information on how to set icons.
+
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 51
+
+        \note Styles defining this property must be applied before the
+        QDialogButtonBox is created; this means that you must apply the
+        style to the parent widget or to the application itself.
+
+    \omit
+    \row
+        \o \bold{\c etch-disabled-text}*
+        \o \l{#Boolean}{Boolean}
+        \o Whether disabled text is drawn etched.
+
+           If this property is not specified, it defaults to the
+           value specified by the current style for the
+           \l{QStyle::}{SH_EtchDisabledText} style hint.
+
+           Example:
+
+           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 52
+    \endomit
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold{\c font} \target font-prop
+        \o \l{#Font}{Font}
+        \o Shorthand notation for setting the text's font. Equivalent
+           to specifying \c font-family, \c font-size, \c font-style,
+           and/or \c font-weight.
+
+           This property is supported by all widgets that respect
+           the \l QWidget::font.
+
+           If this property is not set, the default is the
+           QWidget::font.
+
+           Example:
+
+           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 53
+
+    \row
+        \o \c font-family
+        \o String
+        \o The font family.
+
+           Example:
+
+           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 54
+
+    \row
+        \o \c font-size
+        \o \l{#Font Size}{Font Size}
+        \o The font size. In this version of Qt, only pt and px metrics are 
+           supported.
+
+           Example:
+
+           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 55
+
+    \row
+        \o \c font-style
+        \o \l {Font Style}
+        \o The font style.
+
+           Example:
+
+           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 56
+
+    \row
+        \o \c font-weight
+        \o \l{#Font Weight}{Font Weight}
+        \o The weight of the font.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold{\c gridline-color}* \target gridline-color-prop
+        \o \l{#Color}{Color} \BR
+        \o The color of the grid line in a QTableView.
+
+           If this property is not specified, it defaults to the
+           value specified by the current style for the
+           \l{QStyle::}{SH_Table_GridLineColor} style hint.
+
+           Example:
+
+           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 57
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold{\c height} \target height-prop
+        \o \l{#Length}{Length}
+        \o The height of a \l{subcontrol} (or in some case, a widget).
+
+           If this property is not specified, it defaults to a value
+           that depends on the subcontrol/widget and on the current style.
+
+           \warning Unless otherwise specified, this property has no effect 
+           when set on widgets. If you want a widget with a fixed height, set
+           the \l{#min-width-prop}{min-height} and 
+           \l{#max-width-prop}{max-height} to the same value.
+
+           Example:
+
+           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 58
+
+           See also \l{#width-prop}{width}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold{\c icon-size} \target icon-size-prop
+        \o \l{#Length}{Length}
+        \o The width and height of the icon in a widget.
+
+           The icon size of the following widgets can be set using this 
+           property.
+               \list
+               \i QCheckBox
+               \i QListView
+               \i QPushButton
+               \i QRadioButton
+               \i QTabBar
+               \i QToolBar
+               \i QToolBox
+               \i QTreeView
+               \endlist
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold{\c image}* \target image-prop
+        \o \l{#Url}{Url}+
+        \o The image that is drawn in the contents rectangle of a 
+           \l{subcontrol}. 
+
+           The image property accepts a list of \l{#Url}{Url}s or 
+           an \c{svg}. The actual image that is drawn is determined
+           using the same algorithm as QIcon (i.e) the image is never scaled
+           up but always scaled down if necessary. If a \c{svg} is specified,
+           the image is scaled to the size of the contents rectangle.
+
+           Setting the image property on sub controls implicitly sets the 
+           width and height of the sub-control (unless the image in a SVG).
+
+           In Qt 4.3 and later, the alignment of the
+           image within the rectangle can be specified using 
+           \l{image-position-prop}{image-position}.
+
+           \warning The QIcon SVG plugin is needed to render SVG images.
+
+           Example:
+
+           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 59
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold{\c image-position} \target image-position-prop
+        \o \l{#Alignment}{alignment}
+        \o In Qt 4.3 and later, the alignment of the image image's position can be specified
+           using relative or absolute position.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold{\c left} \target left-prop
+        \o \l{#Length}{Length}
+        \o If \l{#position-prop}{position} is \c relative (the
+           default), moves a \l{subcontrol} by a certain offset to
+           the right.
+
+           If \l{#position-prop}{position} is \c absolute, the \c
+           left property specifies the subcontrol's left edge in
+           relation to the parent's left edge (see also
+           \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#subcontrol-origin-prop}{subcontrol-origin}).
+
+           If this property is not specified, it defaults to \c 0.
+
+           Example:
+
+           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 60
+
+           See also \l{#right-prop}{right}, \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#top-prop}{top}, and
+           \l{#bottom-prop}{bottom}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold{\c lineedit-password- \BR \c character}* \target lineedit-password-character-prop
+        \o \l{#Number}{Number}
+        \o The QLineEdit password character as a Unicode number.
+
+           If this property is not specified, it defaults to the
+           value specified by the current style for the
+           \l{QStyle::}{SH_LineEdit_PasswordCharacter} style hint.
+
+           Example:
+
+           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 61
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold{\c margin} \target margin-prop
+        \o \l {Box Lengths}
+        \o The widget's margins. Equivalent to specifying \c
+           margin-top, \c margin-right, \c margin-bottom, and \c
+           margin-left.
+
+           This property is supported by QAbstractItemView
+           subclasses, QAbstractSpinBox subclasses, QCheckBox,
+           QComboBox, QFrame, QGroupBox, QLabel, QLineEdit, QMenu,
+           QMenuBar, QPushButton, QRadioButton, QSplitter, QTextEdit,
+           and QToolTip.
+
+           If this property is not specified, it defaults to \c 0.
+
+           Example:
+
+           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 62
+
+           See also \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#padding-prop}{padding},
+           \l{#spacing-prop}{spacing}, and \l{The Box Model}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c margin-top
+        \o \l{#Length}{Length}
+        \o The widget's top margin.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c margin-right
+        \o \l{#Length}{Length}
+        \o The widget's right margin.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c margin-bottom
+        \o \l{#Length}{Length}
+        \o The widget's bottom margin.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c margin-left
+        \o \l{#Length}{Length}
+        \o The widget's left margin.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold{\c max-height} \target max-height-prop
+        \o \l{#Length}{Length}
+        \o The widget's or a subcontrol's maximum height.
+
+           This property is supported by QAbstractItemView
+           subclasses, QAbstractSpinBox subclasses, QCheckBox,
+           QComboBox, QFrame, QGroupBox, QLabel, QLineEdit, QMenu,
+           QMenuBar, QPushButton, QRadioButton, QSizeGrip, QSpinBox,
+           QSplitter, QStatusBar, QTextEdit, and QToolTip.
+
+           Example:
+
+           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 63
+
+           See also \l{#max-width-prop}{max-width}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold{\c max-width} \target max-width-prop
+        \o \l{#Length}{Length}
+        \o The widget's or a subcontrol's maximum width.
+
+           This property is supported by QAbstractItemView
+           subclasses, QAbstractSpinBox subclasses, QCheckBox,
+           QComboBox, QFrame, QGroupBox, QLabel, QLineEdit, QMenu,
+           QMenuBar, QPushButton, QRadioButton, QSizeGrip, QSpinBox,
+           QSplitter, QStatusBar, QTextEdit, and QToolTip.
+
+           Example:
+
+           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 64
+
+           See also \l{#max-height-prop}{max-height}.
+
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold{\c messagebox-text- \target messagebox-text-interaction-flags-prop
+           \BR \c interaction-flags}*
+        \o \l{#Number}{Number}
+        \o The interaction behavior for text in a message box.
+           Possible values are based on Qt::TextInteractionFlags.
+
+           If this property is not specified, it defaults to the
+           value specified by the current style for the
+           \l{QStyle::}{SH_MessageBox_TextInteractionFlags} style
+           hint.
+
+           Example:
+
+           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 65
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold{\c min-height} \target min-height-prop
+        \o \l{#Length}{Length}
+        \o The widget's or a subcontrol's minimum height.
+
+           This property is supported by QAbstractItemView
+           subclasses, QAbstractSpinBox subclasses, QCheckBox,
+           QComboBox, QFrame, QGroupBox, QLabel, QLineEdit, QMenu,
+           QMenuBar, QPushButton, QRadioButton, QSizeGrip, QSpinBox,
+           QSplitter, QStatusBar, QTextEdit, and QToolTip.
+
+           If this property is not specified, the minimum height is
+           derived based on the widget's contents and the style.
+
+           Example:
+
+           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 66
+
+           See also \l{#min-width-prop}{min-width}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold{\c min-width} \target min-width-prop
+        \o \l{#Length}{Length}
+        \o The widget's or a subcontrol's minimum width.
+
+           This property is supported by QAbstractItemView
+           subclasses, QAbstractSpinBox subclasses, QCheckBox,
+           QComboBox, QFrame, QGroupBox, QLabel, QLineEdit, QMenu,
+           QMenuBar, QPushButton, QRadioButton, QSizeGrip, QSpinBox,
+           QSplitter, QStatusBar, QTextEdit, and QToolTip.
+
+           If this property is not specified, the minimum width is
+           derived based on the widget's contents and the style.
+
+           Example:
+
+           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 67
+
+           See also \l{#min-height-prop}{min-height}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold{\c opacity}* \target opacity-prop
+        \o \l{#Number}{Number}
+        \o The opacity for a widget. Possible values are from 0
+           (transparent) to 255 (opaque). For the moment, this is
+           only supported for \l{QToolTip}{tooltips}.
+
+           If this property is not specified, it defaults to the
+           value specified by the current style for the
+           \l{QStyle::}{SH_ToolTipLabel_Opacity} style hint.
+
+           Example:
+
+           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 68
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold{\c padding} \target padding-prop
+        \o \l{#Box Lengths}{Box Lengths}
+        \o The widget's padding. Equivalent to specifying \c
+           padding-top, \c padding-right, \c padding-bottom, and \c
+           padding-left.
+
+           This property is supported by QAbstractItemView
+           subclasses, QAbstractSpinBox subclasses, QCheckBox,
+           QComboBox, QFrame, QGroupBox, QLabel, QLineEdit, QMenu,
+           QMenuBar, QPushButton, QRadioButton, QSplitter, QTextEdit,
+           and QToolTip.
+
+           If this property is not specified, it defaults to \c 0.
+
+           Example:
+
+           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 69
+
+           See also \l{#margin-prop}{margin},
+           \l{#spacing-prop}{spacing}, and \l{The Box Model}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c padding-top
+        \o \l{#Length}{Length}
+        \o The widget's top padding.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c padding-right
+        \o \l{#Length}{Length}
+        \o The widget's right padding.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c padding-bottom
+        \o \l{#Length}{Length}
+        \o The widget's bottom padding.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c padding-left
+        \o \l{#Length}{Length}
+        \o The widget's left padding.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold{\c paint-alternating-row-colors-for-empty-area} 
+            \target paint-alternating-row-colors-for-empty-area-prop
+        \o \c bool
+        \o Whether the QTreeView paints alternating row colors for the empty 
+           area (i.e the area where there are no items)
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold{\c position} \target position-prop
+        \o \c relative \BR
+           | \c absolute
+        \o Whether offsets specified using \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#left-prop}{left},
+           \l{#right-prop}{right}, \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#top-prop}{top}, and
+           \l{#bottom-prop}{bottom} are relative or absolute
+           coordinates.
+
+           If this property is not specified, it defaults to \c
+           relative.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold{\c right} \target right-prop
+        \o \l{#Length}{Length}
+        \o If \l{#position-prop}{position} is \c relative (the
+           default), moves a \l{subcontrol} by a certain offset to
+           the left; specifying \tt{right: \e{x}} is then equivalent
+           to specifying \tt{\l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#left-prop}{left}: -\e{x}}.
+
+           If \l{#position-prop}{position} is \c absolute, the \c
+           right property specifies the subcontrol's right edge in
+           relation to the parent's right edge (see also
+           \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#subcontrol-origin-prop}{subcontrol-origin}).
+
+           Example:
+
+           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 70
+
+           See also \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#left-prop}{left}, \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#top-prop}{top}, and
+           \l{#bottom-prop}{bottom}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold{\c selection-background-color}* \target selection-background-color-prop
+        \o \l{#Brush}{Brush} \BR
+        \o The background of selected text or items.
+
+           This property is supported by all widgets that respect
+           the \l QWidget::palette and that show selection text.
+
+           If this property is not set, the default value is
+           whatever is set for the palette's
+           \l{QPalette::}{Highlight} role.
+
+           Example:
+
+           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 71
+
+           See also \l{#selection-color-prop}{selection-color} and
+           \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#background-prop}{background}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold{\c selection-color}* \target selection-color-prop
+        \o \l{#Brush}{Brush} \BR
+        \o The foreground of selected text or items.
+
+           This property is supported by all widgets that respect
+           the \l QWidget::palette and that show selection text.
+
+           If this property is not set, the default value is
+           whatever is set for the palette's
+           \l{QPalette::}{HighlightedText} role.
+
+           Example:
+
+           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 72
+
+           See also
+           \l{#selection-background-color-prop}{selection-background-color}
+           and \l{#color-prop}{color}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold{\c show-decoration- \target show-decoration-selected-prop
+           \BR \c selected}*
+        \o \l{#Boolean}{Boolean}
+        \o Controls whether selections in a QListView cover the
+           entire row or just the extent of the text.
+
+           If this property is not specified, it defaults to the
+           value specified by the current style for the
+           \l{QStyle::}{SH_ItemView_ShowDecorationSelected} style
+           hint.
+
+           Example:
+
+           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 73
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold{\c spacing}* \target spacing-prop
+        \o \l{#Length}{Length}
+        \o Internal spacing in the widget.
+
+           This property is supported by QCheckBox, checkable
+           \l{QGroupBox}es, QMenuBar, and QRadioButton.
+
+           If this property is not specified, the default value
+           depends on the widget and on the current style.
+
+           Example:
+
+           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 74
+
+           See also \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#padding-prop}{padding} and
+           \l{#margin-prop}{margin}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold{\c subcontrol-origin}* \target subcontrol-origin-prop
+        \o \l{#Origin}{Origin}
+        \o The origin rectangle of the \l subcontrol within the
+           parent element.
+
+           If this property is not specified, the default is \c
+           padding.
+
+           Example:
+
+           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 75
+
+           See also
+           \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#subcontrol-position-prop}{subcontrol-position}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold{\c subcontrol-position}* \target subcontrol-position-prop
+        \o \l{#Alignment}{Alignment}
+        \o The alignment of the \l subcontrol within the origin
+           rectangle specified by \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#subcontrol-origin-prop}
+           {subcontrol-origin}.
+
+           If this property is not specified, it defaults to a value
+           that depends on the subcontrol.
+
+           Example:
+
+           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 76
+
+           See also
+           \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#subcontrol-origin-prop}{subcontrol-origin}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold{\c text-align} \target text-align-prop
+        \o \l{#Alignment}{Alignment}
+        \o The alignment of text and icon within the contents of the widget.
+
+           If this value is not specified, it defaults to the value
+           that depends on the native style.
+
+           Example:
+
+           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 77
+
+            This property is currently supported only by QPushButton 
+            and QProgressBar.
+
+    \row    
+        \o \bold{\c text-decoration}
+        \o \c none \BR
+           \c underline \BR
+           \c overline \BR
+           \c line-through
+        \o Additional text effects
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold{\c top} \target top-prop
+        \o \l{#Length}{Length}
+        \o If \l{#position-prop}{position} is \c relative (the
+           default), moves a \l{subcontrol} by a certain offset
+           down.
+
+           If \l{#position-prop}{position} is \c absolute, the \c top
+           property specifies the subcontrol's top edge in relation
+           to the parent's top edge (see also
+           \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#subcontrol-origin-prop}{subcontrol-origin}).
+
+           If this property is not specified, it defaults to \c 0.
+
+           Example:
+
+           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 78
+
+           See also \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#left-prop}{left}, \l{#right-prop}{right}, and
+           \l{#bottom-prop}{bottom}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold{\c width} \target width-prop
+        \o \l{#Length}{Length}
+        \o The width of a \l{subcontrol} (or a widget in some cases).
+
+           If this property is not specified, it defaults to a value
+           that depends on the subcontrol/widget and on the current style.
+
+           \warning Unless otherwise specified, this property has no effect 
+           when set on widgets. If you want a widget with a fixed width, set
+           the \l{#min-width-prop}{min-width} and 
+           \l{#max-width-prop}{max-width} to the same value.
+
+           Example:
+
+           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 79
+
+           See also \l{#height-prop}{height}.
+
+    \endtable
+
+    \target list of icons
+    \section1 List of Icons
+
+    Icons used in Qt can be customized using the following properties. Each of
+    the properties listed in this section have the type \l{#Icon}{Icon}.
+
+    Note that for icons to appear in buttons in a QDialogButtonBox, you need to
+    set the dialogbuttonbox-buttons-have-icons property to true. Also, to
+    customize the size of the icons, use the icon-size property.
+
+    \table 100%
+    \header
+        \o Name
+        \o QStyle::StandardPixmap
+
+    \row
+        \o backward-icon
+        \o QStyle::SP_ArrowBack
+
+    \row
+        \o cd-icon
+        \o QStyle::SP_DriveCDIcon
+
+    \row
+        \o computer-icon
+        \o QStyle::SP_ComputerIcon
+
+    \row
+        \o desktop-icon
+        \o QStyle::SP_DesktopIcon
+
+    \row
+        \o dialog-apply-icon
+        \o QStyle::SP_DialogApplyButton
+
+    \row
+        \o dialog-cancel-icon
+        \o QStyle::SP_DialogCancelButton
+
+    \row
+        \o dialog-close-icon
+        \o QStyle::SP_DialogCloseButton
+
+    \row
+        \o dialog-discard-icon
+        \o QStyle::SP_DialogDiscardButton
+
+    \row
+        \o dialog-help-icon
+        \o QStyle::SP_DialogHelpButton
+
+    \row
+        \o dialog-no-icon
+        \o QStyle::SP_DialogNoButton
+
+    \row
+        \o dialog-ok-icon
+        \o QStyle::SP_DialogOkButton
+
+    \row
+        \o dialog-open-icon
+        \o QStyle::SP_DialogOpenButton
+
+    \row
+        \o dialog-reset-icon
+        \o QStyle::SP_DialogResetButton
+
+    \row
+        \o dialog-save-icon
+        \o QStyle::SP_DialogSaveButton
+
+    \row
+        \o dialog-yes-icon
+        \o QStyle::SP_DialogYesButton
+
+    \row
+        \o directory-closed-icon
+        \o QStyle::SP_DirClosedIcon
+
+    \row
+        \o directory-icon
+        \o QStyle::SP_DirIcon
+
+    \row
+        \o directory-link-icon
+        \o QStyle::SP_DirLinkIcon
+
+    \row
+        \o directory-open-icon
+        \o QStyle::SP_DirOpenIcon
+
+    \row
+        \o dockwidget-close-icon
+        \o QStyle::SP_DockWidgetCloseButton
+
+    \row
+        \o downarrow-icon
+        \o QStyle::SP_ArrowDown
+
+    \row
+        \o dvd-icon
+        \o QStyle::SP_DriveDVDIcon
+
+    \row
+        \o file-icon
+        \o QStyle::SP_FileIcon
+
+    \row
+        \o file-link-icon
+        \o QStyle::SP_FileLinkIcon
+
+    \omit
+    \row
+        \o filedialog-backward-icon
+        \o QStyle::SP_FileDialogBack
+    \endomit
+
+    \row
+        \o filedialog-contentsview-icon
+        \o QStyle::SP_FileDialogContentsView
+
+    \row
+        \o filedialog-detailedview-icon
+        \o QStyle::SP_FileDialogDetailedView
+
+    \row
+        \o filedialog-end-icon
+        \o QStyle::SP_FileDialogEnd
+
+    \row
+        \o filedialog-infoview-icon
+        \o QStyle::SP_FileDialogInfoView
+
+    \row
+        \o filedialog-listview-icon
+        \o QStyle::SP_FileDialogListView
+
+    \row
+        \o filedialog-new-directory-icon
+        \o QStyle::SP_FileDialogNewFolder
+
+    \row
+        \o filedialog-parent-directory-icon
+        \o QStyle::SP_FileDialogToParent
+
+    \row
+        \o filedialog-start-icon
+        \o  QStyle::SP_FileDialogStart
+
+    \row
+        \o floppy-icon
+        \o QStyle::SP_DriveFDIcon
+
+    \row
+        \o forward-icon
+        \o QStyle::SP_ArrowForward
+
+    \row
+        \o harddisk-icon
+        \o QStyle::SP_DriveHDIcon
+
+    \row
+        \o home-icon
+        \o QStyle::SP_DirHomeIcon
+
+    \row
+        \o leftarrow-icon
+        \o QStyle::SP_ArrowLeft
+
+    \row
+        \o messagebox-critical-icon
+        \o QStyle::SP_MessageBoxCritical
+
+    \row
+        \o messagebox-information-icon
+        \o QStyle::SP_MessageBoxInformation
+
+    \row
+        \o messagebox-question-icon
+        \o QStyle::SP_MessageBoxQuestion
+
+    \row
+        \o messagebox-warning-icon
+        \o QStyle::SP_MessageBoxWarning
+
+    \row
+        \o network-icon
+        \o QStyle::SP_DriveNetIcon
+
+    \row
+        \o rightarrow-icon
+        \o QStyle::SP_ArrowRight
+
+    \row
+        \o titlebar-contexthelp-icon
+        \o QStyle::SP_TitleBarContextHelpButton
+
+    \row
+        \o titlebar-maximize-icon
+        \o QStyle::SP_TitleBarMaxButton
+
+    \row
+        \o titlebar-menu-icon
+        \o QStyle::SP_TitleBarMenuButton
+
+    \row
+        \o titlebar-minimize-icon
+        \o QStyle::SP_TitleBarMinButton
+
+    \row
+        \o titlebar-normal-icon
+        \o QStyle::SP_TitleBarNormalButton
+
+    \row
+        \o titlebar-shade-icon
+        \o QStyle::SP_TitleBarShadeButton
+
+    \row
+        \o titlebar-unshade-icon
+        \o QStyle::SP_TitleBarUnshadeButton
+
+    \row
+        \o trash-icon
+        \o QStyle::SP_TrashIcon
+
+    \row
+        \o uparrow-icon
+        \o QStyle::SP_ArrowUp
+
+    \endtable
+
+    \section1 List of Property Types
+
+    The following table summarizes the syntax and meaning of the
+    different property types.
+
+    \table 100%
+    \header
+        \o Type
+        \o Syntax
+        \o Description
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold Alignment \target Alignment
+        \o \{ \c top \BR
+           | \c bottom \BR
+           | \c left \BR
+           | \c right \BR
+           | \c center \}*
+        \o Horizontal and/or vertical alignment.
+
+           Example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 80
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold Attachment \target Attachment
+        \o \{ \c scroll \BR
+           | \c fixed \}*
+        \o Scroll or fixed attachment.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold Background \target Background
+        \o \{ \l{#Brush}{Brush} \BR
+           | \l{#Url}{Url} \BR
+           | \l{#Repeat}{Repeat} \BR
+           | \l{#Alignment}{Alignment} \}*
+        \o A sequence of \l{#Brush}{Brush}, \l{#Url}{Url},
+           \l{#Repeat}{Repeat}, and \l{#Alignment}{Alignment}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold Boolean \target Boolean
+        \o 0 | 1
+        \o True (\c 1) or false (\c 0).
+
+           Example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 81
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold Border \target Border
+        \o \{ \l{#Border Style}{Border Style} \BR
+           | \l{#Length}{Length} \BR
+           | \l{#Brush}{Brush} \}*
+        \o Shorthand border property.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold{Border \target Border Image
+           Image}
+        \o \c none \BR
+           | \l{Url} \l{Number}\{4\} \BR (\c stretch | \c repeat){0,2}
+        \o A border image is an image that is composed of nine parts
+           (top left, top center, top right, center left, center,
+           center right, bottom left, bottom center, and bottom
+           right). When a border of a certain size is required, the
+           corner parts are used as is, and the top, right, bottom,
+           and left parts are stretched or repeated to produce a
+           border with the desired size.
+
+           See the
+           \l{http://www.w3.org/TR/css3-background/#the-border-image}
+           {CSS3 Draft Specification} for details.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold{Border \target Border Style
+           Style}
+        \o \c dashed \BR
+           | \c dot-dash \BR
+           | \c dot-dot-dash \BR
+           | \c dotted \BR
+           | \c double \BR
+           | \c groove \BR
+           | \c inset \BR
+           | \c outset \BR
+           | \c ridge \BR
+           | \c solid \BR
+           | \c none
+        \o Specifies the pattern used to draw a border.
+           See the \l{http://www.w3.org/TR/css3-background/#border-style}
+           {CSS3 Draft Specification} for details.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold{Box \target Box Colors 
+        Colors}
+        \o \l{#Brush}{Brush}\{1,4\}
+        \o One to four occurrences of \l{#Brush}{Brush}, specifying the top,
+           right, bottom, and left edges of a box, respectively. If
+           the left color is not specified, it is taken to be the
+           same as the right color. If the bottom color is not
+           specified, it is taken to be the same as the top color. If
+           the right color is not specified, it is taken to be the
+           same as the top color.
+
+           Example:
+
+           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 82
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold{Box \target Box Lengths
+           Lengths}
+        \o \l{#Length}{Length}\{1,4\}
+        \o One to four occurrences of \l{#Length}{Length}, specifying the
+           top, right, bottom, and left edges of a box,
+           respectively. If the left length is not specified, it is
+           taken to be the same as the right length. If the bottom
+           length is not specified, is it taken to be the same as the
+           top length. If the right length is not specified, it is
+           taken to be the same as the top length.
+
+           Examples:
+
+           \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 83
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold Brush \target Brush
+        \o \l{#Color}{Color} \BR
+           | \l{Gradient} \BR
+           | \l{PaletteRole}
+        \o Specifies a Color or a Gradient or an entry in the Palette.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold Color \target Color
+        \o \tt{rgb(\e{r}, \e{g}, \e{b})} \BR
+           | \tt{rgba(\e{r}, \e{g}, \e{b}, \e{a})} \BR
+           | \tt{hsv(\e{h}, \e{s}, \e{v})} \BR
+           | \tt{hsva(\e{h}, \e{s}, \e{v}, \e{a})} \BR
+           | \tt{#\e{rrggbb}} \BR
+           | \l{QColor::setNamedColor()}{Color Name} \BR
+        \o Specifies a color as RGB (red, green, blue) or RGBA
+           (red, green, blue, alpha) or HSV (hue, saturation, value) or HSVA 
+           (hue, saturation, value, alpha) or a named color. The \c rgb() or \c rgba()
+           syntax can be used with integer values between 0 and 255, or with
+           percentages. The value of s, v, and a in \c hsv() or \c hsva() must all 
+           be in the range 0-255; the value of h must be in the range 0-359.
+
+           Examples:
+
+            \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 84
+
+            \note The RGB colors allowed are the same as those allowed with
+            CSS 2.1, as listed
+            \l{http://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/syndata.html#color-units}{here}. 
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold Font \target Font
+        \o (\l{#Font Style}{Font Style} | \l{#Font Weight}{Font Weight}){0,2} \l{#Font Size}{Font Size} String
+        \o Shorthand font property.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold{Font \target Font Size
+           Size}
+        \o \l{Length}
+        \o The size of a font.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold{Font \target Font Style
+           Style}
+        \o \c normal \BR
+           | \c italic \BR
+           | \c oblique
+        \o The style of a font.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold{Font \target Font Weight
+           Weight}
+        \o \c normal \BR
+           | \c bold \BR
+           | \c 100 \BR
+           | \c 200 \BR
+           ... \BR
+           | \c 900
+        \o The weight of a font.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold Gradient \target Gradient
+        \o \c qlineargradient \BR
+           | \c qradialgradient \BR
+           | \c qconicalgradient
+        \o Specifies gradient fills. There are three types of gradient fills:
+
+           \list
+           \o \e{Linear} gradients interpolate colors between start and
+              end points.
+           \o \e{Radial} gradients interpolate colors between a focal
+              point and end points on a circle surrounding it.
+           \o \e{Conical} gradients interpolate colors around a center
+              point.
+           \endlist
+
+        Gradients are specified in Object Bounding Mode. Imagine the box 
+        in which the gradient is rendered, to have its top left corner at (0, 0)
+        and its bottom right corner at (1, 1). Gradient parameters are
+        then specified as percentages from 0 to 1. These values are 
+        extrapolated to actual box coordinates at runtime. It is possible
+        specify values that lie outside the bounding box (-0.6 or 1.8, for
+        instance).
+
+        \warning The stops have to appear sorted in ascending order.
+
+        Examples:
+
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 85
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold Icon \target Icon
+        \o (\l{#Url}{Url} (\c disabled | \c active | \c normal | \c selected)?
+            (\c on | \c off)? )*
+        \o A list of url, QIcon::Mode and QIcon::State.
+
+            Example:
+            \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 86
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold Length \target Length
+        \o \l{#Number}{Number} (\c px | \c pt | \c em | \c ex)?
+        \o A number followed by a measurement unit. The CSS standard recommends
+           that user agents must 
+           \l{http://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/syndata.html#illegalvalues}{ignore}
+           a declaration with an illegal value. In Qt, it is mandatory to 
+           specify measurement units. For compatibility with earlier versions 
+           of Qt, numbers without measurement units are treated as pixels 
+           in most contexts. The supported units are:
+
+           \list
+           \o \c px: pixels
+           \o \c pt: the size of one point (i.e., 1/72 of an inch)
+           \o \c em: the em width of the font (i.e., the width of 'M')
+           \o \c ex: the ex width of the font (i.e., the height of 'x')
+           \endlist
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold Number \target Number
+        \o A decimal integer or a real number
+        \o Examples: \c 0, \c 18, \c +127, \c -255, \c 12.34, \c -.5,
+           \c 0009.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold Origin \target Origin
+        \o \c margin \BR
+           | \c border \BR
+           | \c padding \BR
+           | \c content
+        \o Indicates which of four rectangles to use.
+
+           \list
+           \o \c margin: The margin rectangle. The margin falls outside the border.
+           \o \c border: The border rectangle. This is where any border is drawn.
+           \o \c padding: The padding rectangle. Unlike the margins,
+                          padding is located inside the border.
+           \o \c content: The content rectangle. This specifies where
+                          the actual contents go, excluding any
+                          padding, border, or margin.
+           \endlist
+
+           See also \l{The Box Model}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold PaletteRole \target PaletteRole
+        \o \c alternate-base \BR
+              | \c base \BR
+              | \c bright-text \BR
+              | \c button \BR
+              | \c button-text \BR
+              | \c dark \BR
+              | \c highlight \BR
+              | \c highlighted-text \BR
+              | \c light \BR
+              | \c link \BR
+              | \c link-visited \BR
+              | \c mid \BR
+              | \c midlight \BR
+              | \c shadow \BR
+              | \c text \BR
+              | \c window \BR
+              | \c window-text \BR
+        \o These values correspond the \l{QPalette::ColorRole}{Color roles} 
+           in the widget's QPalette.
+
+            For example,
+            \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 87
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold Radius \target Radius
+        \o \l{#Length}{Length}\{1, 2\}
+        \o One or two occurrences of \l{#Length}{Length}. If only one length is
+           specified, it is used as the radius of the quarter circle
+           defining the corner. If two lengths are specified, the
+           first length is the horizontal radius of a quarter
+           ellipse, whereas the second length is the vertical radius.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold Repeat \target Repeat
+        \o \c repeat-x \BR
+           | \c repeat-y \BR
+           | \c repeat \BR
+           | \c no-repeat
+        \o A value indicating the nature of repetition.
+
+           \list
+           \o \c repeat-x: Repeat horizontally.
+           \o \c repeat-y: Repeat vertically.
+           \o \c repeat: Repeat horizontally and vertically.
+           \o \c no-repeat: Don't repeat.
+           \endlist
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold Url \target Url
+        \o \tt{url(\e{filename})}
+        \o \tt{\e{filename}} is the name of a file on the local disk
+           or stored using \l{the Qt Resource System}. Setting an
+           image implicitly sets the width and height of the element.
+
+    \endtable
+
+    \section1 List of Pseudo-States
+
+    The following pseudo-states are supported:
+
+    \table 100%
+    \header
+        \o Pseudo-State
+        \o Description
+
+    \row \o \c :active \target active
+          \o This state is set when the widget resides in an active window.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c :adjoins-item \target adjoins-item-ps
+        \o This state is set when the \l{#branch-sub}{::branch} of a QTreeView
+           is adjacent to an item.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c :alternate \target alternate-ps
+        \o This state is set for every alternate row whe painting the row of
+           a QAbstractItemView when QAbstractItemView::alternatingRowColors()
+           is  set to true.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c :bottom \target bottom-ps
+        \o The item is positioned at the bottom. For example, a QTabBar
+           that has its tabs positioned at the bottom.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c :checked \target checked-ps
+        \o The item is checked. For example, the 
+            \l{QAbstractButton::checked}{checked} state of QAbstractButton.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c :closable \target closable-ps
+        \o The items can be closed. For example, the QDockWidget has the
+           QDockWidget::DockWidgetClosable feature turned on.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c :closed \target closed-ps
+        \o The item is in the closed state. For example, an non-expanded 
+           item in a QTreeView
+
+    \row
+        \o \c :default \target default-ps
+        \o The item is the default. For example, a 
+           \l{QPushButton::default}{default} QPushButton or a default action
+           in a QMenu.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c :disabled \target disabled-ps
+        \o The item is \l{QWidget::enabled}{disabled}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c :editable \target editable-ps
+        \o The QComboBox is editable.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c :edit-focus \target edit-focus-ps
+        \o The item has edit focus (See QStyle::State_HasEditFocus). This state 
+           is available only for Qt Extended applications.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c :enabled \target enabled-ps
+        \o The item is \l{QWidget::enabled}{enabled}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c :exclusive \target exclusive-ps
+        \o The item is part of an exclusive item group. For example, a menu
+           item in a exclusive QActionGroup.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c :first \target first-ps
+        \o The item is the first (in a list). For example, the first
+           tab in a QTabBar.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c :flat \target flat-ps
+        \o The item is flat. For example, a
+           \l{QPushButton::flat}{flat} QPushButton.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c :floatable \target floatable-ps
+        \o The items can be floated. For example, the QDockWidget has the
+           QDockWidget::DockWidgetFloatable feature turned on.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c :focus \target focus-ps
+        \o The item has \l{QWidget::hasFocus()}{input focus}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c :has-children \target has-children-ps
+        \o The item has children. For example, an item in a
+           QTreeView that has child items.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c :has-siblings \target has-siblings-ps
+        \o The item has siblings. For example, an item in a
+           QTreeView that siblings.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c :horizontal \target horizontal-ps
+        \o The item has horizontal orientation
+
+    \row
+        \o \c :hover \target hover-ps
+        \o The mouse is hovering over the item.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c :indeterminate \target indeterminate-ps
+        \o The item has indeterminate state. For example, a QCheckBox 
+           or QRadioButton is \l{Qt::PartiallyChecked}{partially checked}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c :last \target last-ps
+        \o The item is the last (in a list). For example, the last
+           tab in a QTabBar.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c :left \target left-ps
+        \o The item is positioned at the left. For example, a QTabBar
+           that has its tabs positioned at the left.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c :maximized \target maximized-ps
+        \o The item is maximized. For example, a maximized QMdiSubWindow.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c :middle \target middle-ps
+        \o The item is in the middle (in a list). For example, a tab
+           that is not in the beginning or the end in a QTabBar.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c :minimized \target minimized-ps
+        \o The item is minimized. For example, a minimized QMdiSubWindow.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c :movable \target movable-ps
+        \o The item can be moved around. For example, the QDockWidget has the
+           QDockWidget::DockWidgetMovable feature turned on.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c :no-frame \target no-frame-ps
+        \o The item has no frame. For example, a frameless QSpinBox
+           or QLineEdit.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c :non-exclusive \target non-exclusive-ps
+        \o The item is part of a non-exclusive item group. For example, a menu
+           item in a non-exclusive QActionGroup.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c :off \target off-ps
+        \o For items that can be toggled, this applies to items
+           in the "off" state.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c :on \target on-ps
+        \o For items that can be toggled, this applies to widgets
+           in the "on" state. 
+
+    \row
+        \o \c :only-one \target only-one-ps
+        \o The item is the only one (in a list). For example, a lone tab
+           in a QTabBar.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c :open \target open-ps
+        \o The item is in the open state. For example, an expanded 
+           item in a QTreeView, or a QComboBox or QPushButton with
+           an open menu.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c :next-selected \target next-selected-ps
+        \o The next item (in a list) is selected. For example, the
+           selected tab of a QTabBar is next to this item.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c :pressed \target pressed-ps
+        \o The item is being pressed using the mouse.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c :previous-selected \target previous-selected-ps
+        \o The previous item (in a list) is selected. For example, a
+           tab in a QTabBar that is next to the selected tab.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c :read-only \target read-only-ps
+        \o The item is marked read only or non-editable. For example,
+           a read only QLineEdit or a non-editable QComboBox.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c :right \target right-ps
+        \o The item is positioned at the right. For example, a QTabBar
+           that has its tabs positioned at the right.
+
+    \row 
+        \o \c :selected \target selected-ps
+        \o The item is selected. For example, the selected tab in
+           a QTabBar or the selected item in a QMenu.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c :top \target top-ps
+        \o The item is positioned at the top. For example, a QTabBar
+           that has its tabs positioned at the top.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c :unchecked \target unchecked-ps
+        \o The item is
+           \l{QAbstractButton::checked}{unchecked}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c :vertical \target vertical-ps
+        \o The item has vertical orientation.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c :window \target window-ps
+        \o The widget is a window (i.e top level widget)
+
+    \endtable
+
+    \target subcontrols
+    \section1 List of Sub-Controls
+
+    The following subcontrols are available:
+
+    \table 100%
+    \header
+        \o Sub-Control
+        \o Description
+
+    \row
+        \o \c ::add-line \target add-line-sub
+        \o The button to add a line of a QScrollBar.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c ::add-page \target add-page-sub
+        \o The region between the handle (slider) and the \l{#add-line-sub}{add-line}
+           of a QScrollBar.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c ::branch \target branch-sub
+        \o The branch indicator of a QTreeView.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c ::chunk \target chunk-sub
+        \o The progress chunk of a QProgressBar.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c ::close-button \target close-button-sub
+        \o The close button of a QDockWidget.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c ::corner \target corner-sub
+        \o The corner between two scrollbars in a QAbstractScrollArea
+
+    \row
+        \o \c ::down-arrow \target down-arrow-sub
+        \o The down arrow of a QComboBox, QHeaderView (sort indicator),
+           QScrollBar or QSpinBox.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c ::down-button \target down-button-sub
+        \o  The down button of a QScrollBar or a QSpinBox.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c ::drop-down \target drop-down-sub
+        \o The drop-down button of a QComboBox.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c ::float-button \target float-button-sub
+        \o The float button of a QDockWidget
+
+    \row
+        \o \c ::groove \target groove-sub
+        \o The groove of a QSlider.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c ::indicator \target indicator-sub
+        \o The indicator of a QAbstractItemView, a QCheckBox, a QRadioButton, 
+           a checkable QMenu item or a checkable QGroupBox.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c ::handle \target handle-sub
+        \o The handle (slider) of a QScrollBar, a QSplitter, or a QSlider.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c ::icon \target icon-sub
+        \o The icon of a QAbstractItemView or a QMenu.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c ::item \target item-sub
+        \o An item of a QAbstractItemView, a QMenuBar, a QMenu, or 
+        a QStatusBar.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c ::left-arrow \target left-arrow-sub
+        \o The left arrow of a QScrollBar.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c ::left-corner \target left-corner-sub
+        \o The left corner of a QTabWidget. For example, this control can be
+           used to control position the left corner widget in a QTabWidget.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c ::menu-arrow \target menu-arrow-sub
+        \o The arrow of a QToolButton with a menu.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c ::menu-button \target menu-button-sub
+        \o The menu button of a QToolButton.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c ::menu-indicator \target menu-indicator-sub
+        \o The menu indicator of a QPushButton.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c ::right-arrow \target right-arrow-sub
+        \o The right arrow of a QMenu or a QScrollBar.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c ::pane \target pane-sub
+        \o The pane (frame) of a QTabWidget.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c ::right-corner \target right-corner-sub
+        \o The right corner of a QTabWidget. For example, this control can be
+           used to control the position the right corner widget in a QTabWidget.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c ::scroller \target scroller-sub
+        \o The scroller of a QMenu or QTabBar.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c ::section \target section-sub
+        \o The section of a QHeaderView.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c ::separator \target separator-sub
+        \o The separator of a QMenu or in a QMainWindow.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c ::sub-line \target sub-line-sub
+        \o The button to subtract a line of a QScrollBar.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c ::sub-page \target sub-page-sub
+        \o The region between the handle (slider) and the \l{#sub-line-sub}{sub-line}
+           of a QScrollBar.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c ::tab \target tab-sub
+        \o The tab of a QTabBar or QToolBox.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c ::tab-bar \target tab-bar-sub
+        \o The tab bar of a QTabWidget. This subcontrol exists only to
+           control the position of the QTabBar inside the QTabWidget. To
+           style the tabs using the \l{#tab-sub}{::tab} subcontrol.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c ::tear \target tear-sub
+        \o The tear indicator of a QTabBar.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c ::tear-off \target tear-off-sub
+        \o The tear-off indicator of a QMenu.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c ::text \target text-ps
+        \o The text of a QAbstractItemView.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c ::title \target title-sub
+        \o The title of a QGroupBox or a QDockWidget.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c ::up-arrow \target up-arrow-sub
+        \o The up arrow of a QHeaderView (sort indicator), QScrollBar 
+           or a QSpinBox.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c ::up-button \target up-button-sub
+        \o The up button of a QSpinBox.
+
+    \endtable
+
+    See \l{Customizing the QPushButton's Menu Indicator Sub-Control}
+    for an example of how to customize a subcontrol.
+    */
+
+/*!
+    \page stylesheet-examples.html
+    \contentspage {Qt Style Sheet}{Contents}
+    \previouspage Qt Style Sheets Reference
+    \title Qt Style Sheets Examples
+
+    We will now see a few examples to get started with using Qt Style Sheets.
+
+    \tableofcontents
+    \section1 Style Sheet Usage
+
+    \section2 Customizing the Foreground and Background Colors
+
+    Let's start by setting yellow as the background color of all
+    \l{QLineEdit}s in an application. This could be achieved like
+    this:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 88
+
+    If we want the property to apply only to the \l{QLineEdit}s that are
+    children (or grandchildren or grand-grandchildren) of a specific dialog,
+    we would rather do this:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 89
+
+    If we want the property to apply only to one specific QLineEdit,
+    we can give it a name using QObject::setObjectName() and use an
+    ID Selector to refer to it:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 90
+
+    Alternatively, we can set the
+    \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#background-prop}{background-color} property directly on the
+    QLineEdit, omitting the selector:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 91
+
+    To ensure a good contrast, we should also specify a suitable
+    color for the text:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 92
+
+    It might be a good idea to change the colors used for selected
+    text as well:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 93
+
+
+    \section2 Customizing Using Dynamic Properties
+
+    There are many situations where we need to present a form that
+    has mandatory fields. To indicate to the user that the field is
+    mandatory, one effective (albeit esthetically dubious) solution
+    is to use yellow as the background color for those fields. It
+    turns out this is very easy to implement using Qt Style Sheets.
+    First, we would use the following application-wide style sheet:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 94
+
+    This means that every widget whose \c mandatoryField Qt property
+    is set to true would have a yellow background.
+
+    Then, for each mandatory field widget, we would simply create a
+    \c mandatoryField property on the fly and set it to true. For
+    example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 95
+
+    \section2 Customizing a QPushButton Using the Box Model
+
+    This time, we will show how to create a red QPushButton. This
+    QPushButton would presumably be connected to a very destructive
+    piece of code.
+
+    First, we are tempted to use this style sheet:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 96
+
+    However, the result is a boring, flat button with no borders:
+
+    \image stylesheet-redbutton1.png A flat red button
+
+    What happened is this:
+
+    \list
+    \o We have made a request that cannot be satisfied using the
+       native styles alone (e.g., the Windows XP theme engine doesn't
+       let us specify the background color of a button).
+    \o Therefore, the button is rendered using style sheets.
+    \o We haven't specified any values for
+       \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#border-width-prop}{border-width} and
+       \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#border-style-prop}{border-style}, so by default we obtain
+       a 0-pixel wide border of style \c none.
+    \endlist
+
+    Let's improve the situation by specifying a border:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 97
+
+    \image stylesheet-redbutton2.png A red button with a beige border
+
+    Things look already a lot better. But the button looks a bit
+    cramped. Let's specify some spacing between the border and the
+    text using the \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#padding-prop}{padding}. Additionally, we will
+    enforce a minimum width, round the corners, and specify a larger
+    font to make the button look nicer:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 98
+
+    \image stylesheet-redbutton3.png A red button with a round beige border and big, bold text
+
+    The only issue remaining is that the button doesn't react when we
+    press it. We can fix this by specifying a slightly different
+    background color and use a different border style.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 99
+
+    \section2 Customizing the QPushButton's Menu Indicator Sub-Control
+
+    Subcontrols give access to the sub-elements of a widget. For
+    example, a QPushButton associated with a menu (using
+    QPushButton::setMenu()) has a menu indicator. Let's customize
+    the menu indicator for the red push button:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 100
+
+    By default, the menu indicator is located at the bottom-right
+    corner of the padding rectangle. We can change this by specifying
+    \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#subcontrol-position-prop}{subcontrol-position} and
+    \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#subcontrol-origin-prop}{subcontrol-origin} to anchor the
+    indicator differently. We can also use \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#top-prop}{top} and
+    \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#left-prop}{left} to move the indicator by a few pixels. For
+    example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 101
+
+    This positions the \c myindicator.png to the center right of the
+    QPushButton's \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#padding-prop}{padding} rectangle (see
+    \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#subcontrol-origin-prop}{subcontrol-origin} for more
+    information).
+
+    \section2 Complex Selector Example
+
+    Since red seems to be our favorite color, let's make the text in
+    QLineEdit red by setting the following application-wide
+    stylesheet:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 102
+
+    However, we would like to give a visual indication that a
+    QLineEdit is read-only by making it appear gray:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 103
+
+    At some point, our design team comes with the requirement that
+    all \l{QLineEdit}s in the registration form (with the
+    \l{QObject::objectName}{object name} \c registrationDialog) to be
+    brown:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 104
+
+    A few UI design meetings later, we decide that all our
+    \l{QDialog}s should have brown colored \l{QLineEdit}s:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 105
+
+    Quiz: What happens if we have a read-only QLineEdit in a QDialog?
+    [Hint: The \l{The Style Sheet Syntax#Conflict Resolution}{Conflict Resolution} section above explains
+    what happens in cases like this.]
+
+    \section1 Customizing specific widgets
+
+    This section provides examples to customize specific widgets using Style Sheets.
+
+    \section2 Customizing QAbstractScrollArea
+
+    The background of any QAbstractScrollArea (Item views, QTextEdit 
+    and QTextBrowser) can be set using the background properties. For example,
+    to set a background-image that scrolls with the scroll bar:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 106
+
+    If the background-image is to be fixed with the viewport:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 107
+
+    \section2 Customizing QCheckBox
+
+    Styling of a QCheckBox is almost indentical to styling a QRadioButton. The
+    main difference is that a tristate QCheckBox has an indeterminate state.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 108
+
+    \section2 Customizing QComboBox
+
+    We will look at an example where the drop down button of a QComboBox
+    appears "merged" with the combo box frame.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 109
+
+    The pop-up of the QComboBox is a QAbstractItemView and is styled using 
+    the descendant selector:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 110
+
+    \section2 Customizing QDockWidget
+
+    The title bar and the buttons of a QDockWidget can be customized as 
+    follows:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 111
+
+    If one desires to move the dock widget buttons to the left, the following
+    style sheet can be used:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 112
+
+    \note To customize the separator (resize handle) of a QDockWidget,
+    use QMainWindow::separator.
+
+    \section2 Customizing QFrame
+
+    A QFrame is styled using the \l{The Box Model}.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 113
+
+    \section2 Customizing QGroupBox
+    
+    Let us look at an example that moves the QGroupBox's title to
+    the center.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 114
+
+    For a checkable QGroupBox, use the \{#indicator-sub}{::indicator} subcontrol
+    and style it exactly like a QCheckBox (i.e)
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 115
+
+    \section2 Customizing QHeaderView
+
+    QHeaderView is customized as follows:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 116
+
+    \section2 Customizing QLineEdit
+
+    The frame of a QLineEdit is styled using the \l{The Box Model}. To
+    create a line edit with rounded corners, we can set:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 117
+
+    The password character of line edits that have QLineEdit::Password
+    echo mode can be set using:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 118
+
+    The background of a read only QLineEdit can be modified as below:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 119
+
+    \section2 Customizing QListView
+
+    The background color of alternating rows can be customized using the following
+    style sheet:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 120
+
+    To provide a special background when you hover over items, we can use the
+    \l{item-sub}{::item} subcontrol. For example,
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 121
+
+    \section2 Customizing QMainWindow
+
+    The separator of a QMainWindow can be styled as follows:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 122
+
+    \section2 Customizing QMenu
+    
+    Individual items of a QMenu are styled using the 'item' subcontrol as 
+    follows:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 123
+
+    For a more advanced customization, use a style sheet as follows:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 124
+
+    \section2 Customizing QMenuBar
+
+    QMenuBar is styled as follows:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 125
+
+    \section2 Customizing QProgressBar
+
+    The QProgressBar's \l{stylesheet-reference.html#border-prop}{border},
+    \l{stylesheet-reference.html#chunk-sub}{chunk}, and
+    \l{stylesheet-reference.html#text-align-prop}{text-align} can be customized using
+    style sheets. However, if one property or sub-control is customized,
+    all the other properties or sub-controls must be customized as well.
+
+    \image progressBar-stylesheet.png
+
+    For example, we change the \l{stylesheet-reference.html#border-prop}
+    {border} to grey and the \l{stylesheet-reference.html#chunk-sub}{chunk}
+    to cerulean.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 126
+
+    This leaves the \l{stylesheet-reference.html#text-align-prop}
+    {text-align}, which we customize by positioning the text in the center of
+    the progress bar.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 127
+
+    A \l{stylesheet-reference.html#margin-prop}{margin} can be included to
+    obtain more visible chunks.
+
+    \image progressBar2-stylesheet.png
+
+    In the screenshot above, we use a
+    \l{stylesheet-reference.html#margin-prop}{margin} of 0.5 pixels.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 128
+
+    \section2 Customizing QPushButton
+
+    A QPushButton is styled as follows:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 129
+
+    For a QPushButton with a menu, use the 
+    \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#menu-indicator-sub}{::menu-indicator} 
+    subcontrol.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 130
+
+    Checkable QPushButton have the \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#checked-ps}
+    {:checked} pseudo state set.
+
+    \section2 Customizing QRadioButton
+
+    The indicator of a QRadioButton can be changed using:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 131
+
+    \section2 Customizing QScrollBar
+
+    The QScrollBar can be styled using its subcontrols like
+    \l{stylesheet-reference.html#handle-sub}{handle},
+    \l{stylesheet-reference.html#add-line-sub}{add-line},
+    \l{stylesheet-reference.html#sub-line-sub}{sub-line}, and so on. Note that
+    if one property or sub-control is customized, all the other properties or
+    sub-controls must be customized as well.
+
+    \image stylesheet-scrollbar1.png
+
+    The scroll bar above has been styled in aquamarine with a solid grey
+    border.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 132
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 133
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 134
+
+    The \l{stylesheet-reference.html#left-arrow-sub}{left-arrow} and
+    \l{stylesheet-reference.html#right-arrow-sub}{right-arrow} have a solid grey
+    border with a white background. As an alternative, you could also embed the
+    image of an arrow.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 135
+
+    If you want the scroll buttons of the scroll bar to be placed together
+    (instead of the edges) like on Mac OS X, you can use the following
+    stylesheet:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 136
+    
+    The scroll bar using the above stylesheet looks like this:
+        \image stylesheet-scrollbar2.png
+
+
+    To customize a vertical scroll bar use a style sheet similar to the following:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 137
+
+    \section2 Customizing QSizeGrip
+
+    QSizeGrip is usually styled by just setting an image.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 138
+
+    \section2 Customizing QSlider
+
+    You can style horizontal slider as below:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 139
+
+    If you want to change the color of the slider parts before and after the handle, you can use the add-page
+    and sub-page subcontrols. For example, for a vertical slider:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 140
+
+    \section2 Customizing QSpinBox
+
+    QSpinBox can be completely customized as below (the style sheet has commentary inline):
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 141
+
+
+    \section2 Customizing QSplitter
+
+    A QSplitter derives from a QFrame and hence can be styled like a QFrame. 
+    The grip or the handle is customized using the 
+    \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#handle-sub}{::handle} subcontrol.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 142
+
+    \section2 Customizing QStatusBar
+
+    We can provide a background for the status bar and a border for items
+    inside the status bar as follows:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 143
+
+    Note that widgets that have been added to the QStatusBar can be styled
+    using the descendant declaration (i.e)
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 144
+
+    \section2 Customizing QTabWidget and QTabBar
+
+    \image tabWidget-stylesheet1.png
+
+    For the screenshot above, we need a stylesheet as follows:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 145
+
+    Often we require the tabs to overlap to look like below:
+    \image tabWidget-stylesheet2.png
+
+    For a tab widget that looks like above, we make use of 
+    \l{http://www.communitymx.com/content/article.cfm?cid=B0029}
+    {negative margins}. The resulting stylesheet looks like this:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 146
+
+    To move the tab bar to the center (as below), we require the following stylesheet:
+    \image tabWidget-stylesheet3.png
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 147
+
+    The tear indicator and the scroll buttons can be further customized as follows:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 148
+
+    \section2 Customizing QTableView
+
+    Suppose we'd like our selected item in QTableView to have bubblegum pink
+    fade to white as its background.
+
+    \image tableWidget-stylesheet.png
+
+    This is possible with the
+    \l{stylesheet-reference.html#selection-background-color-prop}
+    {selection-background-color} property and the syntax required is:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 149
+
+    The corner widget can be customized using the following style sheet
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 150
+
+    \section2 Customizing QToolBar
+    
+    The background and the handle of a QToolBar is customized as below:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 151
+
+    \section2 Customizing QToolBox
+
+    The tabs of the QToolBox are customized using the 'tab' subcontrol.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 152
+
+    \section2 Customizing QToolButton
+
+    There are three types of QToolButtons.
+    \list
+       \i The QToolButton has no menu. In this case, the QToolButton is styled
+          exactly like QPushButton.  See 
+          \l{#Customizing QPushButton}{Customizing QPushButton} for an
+          example.
+
+       \i The QToolButton has a menu and has the QToolButton::popupMode set to
+          QToolButton::DelayedPopup or QToolButton::InstantPopup. In this case,
+          the QToolButton is styled exactly like a QPushButton with a menu.
+          See \l{#Customizing QPushButton}{Customizing QPushButton} for an
+          example of the usage of the menu-indicator pseudo state.
+
+        \i The QToolButton has its QToolButton::popupMode set to
+           QToolButton::MenuButtonPopup. In this case, we style it as follows:
+    \endlist
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 153
+
+
+    \section2 Customizing QToolTip
+
+    QToolTip is customized exactly like a QLabel. In addition, for platforms
+    that support it, the opacity property may be set to adjust the opacity.
+
+    For example,
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 154
+
+    \section2 Customizing QTreeView
+
+    The background color of alternating rows can be customized using the following
+    style sheet:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 155
+
+    To provide a special background when you hover over items, we can use the
+    \l{item-sub}{::item} subcontrol. For example,
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 156
+
+    The branches of a QTreeView are styled using the 
+    \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#branch-sub}{::branch} subcontrol. The
+    following stylesheet color codes the various states when drawing
+    a branch.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 157
+    
+    Colorful, though it is, a more useful example can be made using the
+    following images:
+
+    \table
+    \row
+    \o \inlineimage stylesheet-vline.png
+    \o \inlineimage stylesheet-branch-more.png
+    \o \inlineimage stylesheet-branch-end.png
+    \o \inlineimage stylesheet-branch-closed.png
+    \o \inlineimage stylesheet-branch-open.png
+    \row
+    \o vline.png
+    \o branch-more.png
+    \o branch-end.png
+    \o branch-closed.png
+    \o branch-open.png
+    \endtable
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_stylesheet.qdoc 158
+
+    The resulting tree view looks like this:
+
+    \image stylesheet-treeview.png
+
+    \sa {Style Sheet Example}, {Supported HTML Subset}, QStyle
+
+
+    \section1 Common mistakes
+
+    This section lists some common mistakes when using stylesheets.
+
+    \section2 QPushButton and images
+
+    When styling a QPushButton, it is often desirable to use an image as the
+    button graphic. It is common to try the
+    \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#background-image-prop}{background-image}
+    property,
+    but this has a number of drawbacks: For instance, the background will
+    often appear hidden behind the button decoration, because it is not
+    considered a background. In addition, if the button is resized, the
+    entire background will be stretched or tiled, which does not
+    always look good.
+
+    It is better to use the
+    \l{Qt Style Sheets Reference#border-image-prop}{border-image}
+    property, as it will always display the image,
+    regardless of the background (you can combine it with a background if it
+    has alpha values in it), and it has special settings to deal with button
+    resizing.
+
+    Consider the following snippet:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/stylesheet/common-mistakes.cpp 1
+
+    This will produce a button looking like this:
+
+    \image stylesheet-border-image-normal.png
+
+    The numbers after the url gives the top, right, bottom and left number of
+    pixels, respectively. These numbers correspond to the border and should not
+    stretch when the size changes.
+    Whenever you resize the button, the middle part of the image will stretch
+    in both directions, while the pixels specified in the stylesheet
+    will not. This makes the borders of the button look more natural, like
+    this:
+
+    \table
+    \row
+    \o \inlineimage stylesheet-border-image-stretched.png
+    \row
+    \o With borders
+    \endtable
+
+    \table
+    \row
+    \o \inlineimage stylesheet-border-image-wrong.png
+    \row
+    \o Without borders
+    \endtable
+
+    */
diff --git a/doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/widgets.qdoc b/doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/widgets.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0697b94
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/widgets-and-layouts/widgets.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page widgets-and-layouts.html
+    \title Widgets and Layouts
+
+    \ingroup frameworks-technologies
+
+    \nextpage Widget Classes
+
+    The primary elements for designing user interfaces in Qt are widgets and layouts.
+    
+    \section1 Widgets
+
+    \l{Widget Classes}{Widgets} can display data and status information, receive
+    user input, and provide a container for other widgets that should be grouped
+    together. A widget that is not embedded in a parent widget is called a
+    \l{Application Windows and Dialogs}{window}.
+
+    \image parent-child-widgets.png A parent widget containing various child widgets.
+
+    The QWidget class provides the basic capability to render to the screen, and to
+    handle user input events. All UI elements that Qt provides are either subclasses
+    of QWidget, or are used in connection with a QWidget subclass. Creating custom
+    widgets is done by subclassing QWidget or a suitable subclass and reimplementing
+    the virtual event handlers.
+
+    \section1 Layouts
+
+    \l{Layout Management}{Layouts} are an elegant and flexible way to automatically
+    arrange child widgets within their container. Each widget reports its size requirements
+    to the layout through the \l{QWidget::}{sizeHint} and \l{QWidget::}{sizePolicy}
+    properties, and the layout distributes the available space accordingly.
+
+    \table
+    \row    
+    \o \image qgridlayout-with-5-children.png
+    \o \image qformlayout-with-6-children.png
+    \endtable
+
+    \l{Qt Designer Manual}{\QD} is a powerful tool for interactively creating and
+    arranging widgets in layouts.
+
+    \section1 Widget Styles
+
+    \l{Implementing Styles and Style Aware Widgets}{Styles} draw on behalf of widgets
+    and encapsulate the look and feel of a GUI. Qt's built-in widgets use the QStyle
+    class to perform nearly all of their drawing, ensuring that they look exactly like
+    the equivalent native widgets.
+    
+    \table
+    \row
+    \o \image windowsxp-tabwidget.png
+    \o \image plastique-tabwidget.png
+    \o \image macintosh-tabwidget.png
+    \endtable
+
+    \l{Qt Style Sheets} are a powerful mechanism that allows you to customize the
+    appearance of widgets, in addition to what is already possible by subclassing QStyle.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page widget-classes.html
+    \title Widget Classes
+
+    \contentspage Widgets and Layouts
+    \nextpage Layout Management
+
+    Below you find a list of all widget classes in Qt. You can also browse the
+    widget classes Qt provides in the various supported styles in the
+    \l{Qt Widget Gallery}.
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 Basic Widgets
+
+    These basic widgets (controls), such as buttons, comboboxes and scroll bars, are
+    designed for direct use.
+
+    \table
+    \row
+    \o \image windows-label.png
+    \o \image windowsvista-pushbutton.png
+    \o \image gtk-progressbar.png
+    \row
+    \o \image plastique-combobox.png
+    \o \image macintosh-radiobutton.png
+    \o \image cde-lineedit.png
+    \endtable
+
+    \annotatedlist basicwidgets
+
+    \section1 Advanced Widgets
+
+    Advanced GUI widgets such as tab widgets and progress bars provide more
+    complex user interface controls.
+
+    \table
+    \row
+    \o \image windowsxp-treeview.png
+    \o \image gtk-calendarwidget.png
+    \o \image qundoview.png
+    \endtable
+
+    \annotatedlist advanced
+
+    \table
+    \row
+    \o \image windowsvista-tabwidget.png 
+    \o \image macintosh-groupbox.png
+    \endtable
+
+    \section1 Organizer Widgets
+
+    Classes like splitters, tab bars, button groups, etc are used to
+    organize and group GUI primitives into more complex applications or
+    dialogs.
+
+    \annotatedlist organizers
+
+    \section1 Abstract Widget Classes
+
+    Abstract widget classes usable through subclassing. They are generally
+    not usable in themselves, but provide functionality that can be used
+    by inheriting these classes.
+
+    \annotatedlist abstractwidgets
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \group advanced
+    \title Advanced Widgets
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \group abstractwidgets
+    \title Abstract Widget Classes
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \group basicwidgets
+    \title Basic Widgets
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \group organizers
+    \title Organizers
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/wince-customization.qdoc b/doc/src/wince-customization.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 06de1c8..0000000
--- a/doc/src/wince-customization.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,264 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page windowsce-customization.html
-    \ingroup qtce
-    \title Windows CE - Working with Custom SDKs
-    \brief How to set up Qt for use with custom Windows CE SDKs.
-
-    When working with a custom SDK for Windows CE, Qt provides an easy way
-    to add support for it to your development environment. The following is
-    a tutorial that covers how to create a specification for Qt on Windows
-    CE platforms.
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 Creating a Custom Build Specification
-
-    Create a subdirectory in the \c mkspecs folder of the Qt directory.
-    New specifications for Qt for Windows CE following this naming convention:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_wince-customization.qdoc 0
-
-    Using this convention makes it possible for \l{qmake} to identify that
-    you are building Qt for Windows CE, and will customize the compilation
-    process accordingly.
-
-    Create the files \c qmake.conf and \c qplatformdefs.h inside the new
-    specification directory. Take a look at the implementation of the other
-    Windows CE specifications included in the \c mkspecs directory to see
-    what is required to build Qt for Windows CE successfully.
-
-
-    \section1 Fine-Tuning Options
-
-    Compared to the desktop versions, Qt for Windows CE needs two additional
-    options:
-
-    \list
-    \o \bold{CE_SDK} specifies the name of the SDK.
-    \o \bold{CE_ARCH} specifies information about the target architecture.
-    \endlist
-
-    Following is an example configuration for the Windows Mobile 5 for 
-    Pocket PC SDK:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_wince-customization.qdoc 1
-
-    \note \l{qmake} uses this information to build a valid Visual Studio
-    project file. You need to ensure that they are identical to the
-    configuration of the custom SDK, otherwise you might not be able to compile
-    or debug your project with Visual Studio.
-
-    Additionally, most Windows CE SDKs use extra compiler options. These
-    can be specified by expanding the \c DEFINES value.
-
-    For example, with Windows Mobile 5 for Pocket PC, the \c DEFINES variable
-    is expanded in the following way:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_wince-customization.qdoc 2
-
-    The mkspec may require additional configuration to be used inside of Visual
-    Studio, depending on the Windows CE SDK. The above example defines
-    \c _M_ARM. This definition is available internally in Visual Studio. Hence,
-    the compiler will warn you about redefinition during the build step. These
-    warnings can be disabled by adding a \c default_post.prf file containing
-    the following lines, within the subdirectory.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_wince-customization.qdoc 8
-
-
-    \section1 Cross-compilation Environment for a Custom SDK
-
-    Qt for Windows CE supports a convenience script, \c{setcepaths.bat}, that
-    prepares the environment in a command prompt for cross-compilation.
-    However, on custom SDKs, the \c checksdk tool is provided to identify the
-    environment, so Qt compiles successfully.
-
-    \c checksdk is generated during the \c configure step and allows for the
-    following options:
-
-    \list
-        \o  \c list: Returns a list of available Windows CE SDKs. (This list
-            may contain one or more SDKs not supported on Qt for Windows CE,
-            e.g., Pocket PC 2003.)
-        \o  \c sdk: The parameter to specify an SDK. Returns a setup of
-            environment variables that must be set to cross-compile Qt.
-        \o  \c script: Stores your setup in a \c{.bat} file. This simplifies
-            the process of switching environments when you load a command
-            prompt in future.
-    \endlist
-
-
-    \section1 Compiling Qt for a Custom SDK
-
-    Windows CE is highly customizable, hence it is possible that some SDKs have
-    feature-stripped setups. Depending on the SDK's configuration, Qt may not
-    compile in its standard configuration, as Qt for Windows CE is designed to
-    be compatible with the Standard SDK setup.
-
-    However, it is possible to exclude features of Qt and create a version that
-    compiles for the desired SDK.
-
-    Further information on stripping features can be found in the
-    \l{Fine-Tuning Features in Qt}{QFeatures} documentation.
-
-
-    \section1 Making Qt Applications Start on a Custom Device
-
-    Sometimes, a Windows CE device has been created with a configuration
-    different from the corresponding SDK's configuration. In this case, symbols
-    that were available at linking stage will be missing from the run-time
-    libraries.
-    
-    Unfortunately, the operating system will not provide an error message that
-    mentions which symbols are absent. Instead, a message box with the following
-    message will appear:
-
-    \c{app.exe is not a valid CE application!}
-
-    To identify the missing symbols, you need to create a temporary
-    application that attempts to dynamically load the Qt for Windows CE
-    libraries using \c LoadLibrary. The following code can be used for this:
-    
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_wince-customization.qdoc 9
-
-    Once you have compiled and deployed the application as well as the Qt
-    libraries, start a remote debugger. The debugger will then print the
-    ordinal number of the unresolved symbol.
-
-    Search for parts of Qt that rely on these functions and disable them using
-    the \l{Fine-Tuning Features in Qt}{QFeatures} functionality.
-
-    In our experience, when Qt applications do not start on Windows CE, it is
-    usually the result of missing symbols for the following classes or
-    features:
-    \list
-    \o \l{Drag and Drop}
-    \o \l{QClipboard}
-    \o \l{QCursor}
-    \endlist
-
-    Please refer to the Microsoft documentation
-    \l{http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/e7tsx612.aspx}{here} for
-    information on what ordinals are and how you can create them. Information
-    on accessing the corresponding symbol name to a given ordinal value can
-    also be found in the Microsoft documentation.
-
-*/
-
-/*! 
-    \page shadow builds-wince.html
-    \ingroup qtce
-    \title Windows CE - Using shadow builds
-    \brief How to create a shadow build for Qt for Windows CE.
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    While developing for Windows CE you might want to compile a
-    version of Qt for several different platforms and SDKs. In order
-    to create those different builds of Qt you do not have to copy the
-    whole Qt package or the Qt source. You are able to create multiple
-    Qt builds from a single source tree. Such builds are called shadow
-    builds.
-
-    Basically a shadow build is created by calling configure.exe from a
-    different directory.
-
-    To make sure that the shadow build compiles correctly it is important
-    that you following these guidelines:
-
-    \list
-    \o The original Qt source package must be left untouched - configure must
-    never have been run in the source tree directory.
-
-    \o The shadow build directory must be on the same level as the Qt source
-        package.\br
-    If the Qt package is in \c{C:\Qt\%VERSION%} the shadow build directory
-    could be \c{C:\Qt\shadowbuild}. A shadow build from a directory like
-    \c{C:\shadowbuild} will not compile.
-    \o Avoid using "release" and "debug" in the path to the shadow build
-    directory. (This is an internal limitation of the build system.)
-    \o The \c{\bin} directory of the shadow build directory must be added to the
-    \c PATH environment variable.
-    \o Perl has been installed on your system. (\l{ActivePerl} is a popular
-    distribution of Perl on Windows.)
-    \endlist
-
-    So lets assume you have installed Qt in \c{C:\Qt\%VERSION%} and you want
-    to create a shadow build in \c{C:\Qt\mobile5-shadow}:
-
-    \list
-    \o First add \c{C:\Qt\mobile5-shadow\bin} to the \c PATH variable.
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_wince-customization.qdoc 3
-
-    \o Make sure the enviroment variables for your compiler are set.
-
-    Visual Studio includes \c{vcvars32.bat} for that purpose - or simply use
-    the "Visual Studio Command Prompt" from the Start menu.
-
-    \o Now navigate to your shadow build directory and run configure:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_wince-customization.qdoc 4
-
-    \o To build Qt, you have to update your \c{PATH, INCLUDE} and \c LIB paths
-    to point to your target platforms.
-
-    For a default installation of the Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK, you
-    can do the following:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_wince-customization.qdoc 5
-
-    We have provided a convenience script for this called \c{setcepaths}. Simply
-    type:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_wince-customization.qdoc 6
-
-    \o Finally, to build the shadow build type:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_wince-customization.qdoc 7
-
-    \o That's all. You have successfully created a shadow build of Qt in
-    \c{C:\Qt\mobile5-shadow}.
-    \endlist
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/wince-introduction.qdoc b/doc/src/wince-introduction.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 9a2c672..0000000
--- a/doc/src/wince-introduction.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,110 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page wince-with-qt-introduction.html
-
-    \title Windows CE - Introduction to using Qt
-    \brief An introduction to Qt for Windows CE developers.
-    \ingroup howto
-    \ingroup qtce
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 Required tools
-
-    In order to use Qt for Windows CE you need to have Visual Studio
-    2005 and at least one of the supported Windows CE/Mobile SDKs
-    installed.
-
-    We recommend the \e{Windows Mobile 5.0 SDK for Pocket PC} SDK available
-    \l{http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?FamilyID=83a52af2-f524-4ec5-9155-717cbe5d25ed&DisplayLang=en}{here}.
-
-    \section1 Installing Qt
-
-    Follow the instructions found in \l{Installing Qt on Windows CE}.
-
-    \section1 Building your own applications
-
-    If you are new to Qt development, have a look at \l{How to Learn Qt}
-    and \l{Tutorials}. In general there is little or no difference in
-    developing Qt applications for Windows CE compared to any of the
-    other platforms supported by Qt.
-
-    Once you have a \c .pro file, there are two ways of building your
-    application. You can either do it on the command line or inside of
-    VS2005. To do it on the command line, simply write:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_wince-introduction.qdoc 0
-
-    To build the project inside of VS2005, on the command line write:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_wince-introduction.qdoc 1
-
-    then start VS2005 with the generated \c .vcproj or \c .sln file and
-    select \e{Build project}.
-
-    For more information on how to use qmake have a look at the \l
-    {qmake Tutorial}.
-
-    \section1 Running the application
-
-    In order to run the application, it needs to be deployed on the
-    Windows CE/Mobile device you want to test it for. This can either
-    be done manually or automated using VS2005.
-
-    To do it manually, simply copy the executable, the Qt \c{.dll}
-    files needed for the application to run, and the C-runtime library
-    into a folder on the device, and then click on the executable to
-    start the program. You can either use the \e Explorer found in
-    ActiveSync or the \e{Remote File Viewer} found in VS2005 to do
-    this.
-
-    VS2005 can do this step automatically for you as well. If you have
-    built the project inside VS2005, simply select \e Deploy and then
-    \e Debug to deploy and then run the application. You can change the
-    device type by changing the \e{Target Device} specified in the
-    VS2005 toolbar.
-
-    Further information on deploying Qt applications for Windows can
-    be found in the \l{Deploying an Application on Windows}
-    {deployment document}.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/wince-opengl.qdoc b/doc/src/wince-opengl.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 3c7e22f..0000000
--- a/doc/src/wince-opengl.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,98 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page windowsce-opengl.html
-    \title Windows CE OpenGL ES
-    \ingroup qtce
-    \brief Information about support for OpenGL ES with Qt for Windows CE.
-
-    \section1 Introduction
-
-    \l {http://www.opengl.org}{OpenGL} is an industry standard API for 2D/3D
-    graphics. It provides a powerful, low-level interface between software
-    and acceleration hardware, and it is operating system and window system
-    independent.
-
-    \l {http://www.khronos.org/opengles}{OpenGL ES} is a subset of the
-    \l {http://www.opengl.org}{OpenGL} standard. It is meant for use in
-    embedded systems. Hence, it has a smaller, more constrained API.
-
-    Qt for Windows CE uses EGL 1.1 to embed OpenGL ES windows within the
-    Windows CE window manager.
-
-    To use OpenGL ES enabled widgets in a Qt for Windows CE application, you
-    only need to subclass QGLWidget and draw on instances of the subclass with
-    OpenGL ES functions.
-
-    OpenGL ES includes profiles for floating-point and fixed-point arithmetic.
-    The floating point profile is called OpenGL ES CM (Common) and the
-    fixed-point profile is called OpenGL ES CL (Common Lite).
-
-    You can run \c{configure} with the \c{-opengl-es-cm} option for the Common
-    profile or \c{-opengl-es-cl} for the Common Lite profile. In both cases,
-    ensure that the \c{lib} and \c{includes} paths include the OpenGL ES
-    headers and libararies from your SDK. The OpenGL ES lib should be called
-    either \c{libGLES_CM.lib} for the Common profile or \c{libGLES_CL.lib}
-    for the Common Lite profile.
-
-    To configure Qt for Windows Mobile 5.0 and OpenGL ES Common Lite support
-    you can run \c{configure} like this:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_wince-opengl.qdoc 0
-
-    The distinction between the Common and Common Lite profiles is important,
-    because the Common Lite profile has less functionality and only supports a
-    fixed-point vertex format.
-
-    To start programming with Qt and OpenGL ES on Windows CE, you can start
-    with the \l{Hello GL ES Example}. This example shows how to use QGLWidget
-    and QGLPainter with OpenGL ES. It also provides some hints on how to port
-    OpenGL code to OpenGL ES.
-
-    \section2 Using OpenGL to Accelerate Normal 2D Painting
-
-    Qt provides QOpenGLPaintEngine, a subclass of QPaintEngine that translates
-    QPainter operations into OpenGL calls. This is especially convenient for
-    drawing text or QImage objects in an OpenGL ES context. For further
-    details, refer to the \l{Hello GL ES Example}.
-
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/windows-and-dialogs/dialogs.qdoc b/doc/src/windows-and-dialogs/dialogs.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1c039d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/windows-and-dialogs/dialogs.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \group standard-dialogs
+    \title Standard Dialog Classes
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \group dialog-classes
+    \title Classes for Building Dialogs
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page dialogs.html
+    \title Dialog Windows
+    \brief An overview over dialog windows.
+    
+    \previouspage The Application Main Window
+    \contentspage Application Windows and Dialogs
+    \nextpage Desktop Integration
+
+    Dialogs can be \e{modal}, in which case the user is required to provide
+    necessary information before work in the main window
+    can continue, or \e{modeless}. Modeless dialogs do not prevent the user from
+    interacting with any of the other windows in the application.
+
+    Qt provides a set of ready-made dialogs for file, font, color-selection
+    and more.
+
+    \annotatedlist standard-dialogs
+
+    Custom dialogs can be easily created by composing regular widgets into
+    a QDialog. These classes are specifically designed for building custom
+    dialogs:
+
+    \annotatedlist dialog-classes
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/windows-and-dialogs/mainwindow.qdoc b/doc/src/windows-and-dialogs/mainwindow.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e0134a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/windows-and-dialogs/mainwindow.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,279 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \group mainwindow-classes
+    \title Main Window and Related Classes
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page application-windows.html
+    \title Application Windows and Dialogs
+    \ingroup frameworks-technologies
+
+    \nextpage The Application Main Window
+
+    A \l{Widgets}{widget} that is not embedded in a parent widget is called a window.
+    Usually, windows have a frame and a title bar, although it is also possible to create
+    windows without such decoration using suitable window flags). In Qt, QMainWindow
+    and the various subclasses of QDialog are the most common window types.
+
+    In applications, windows provide the screen space upon which the user
+    interface is built. Windows separate applications visually from each other
+    and usually provide a window decoration that allows the user to resize and
+    position the applications according to his preferences. Windows are typically
+    integrated into the desktop environment and to some degree managed by the
+    window management system that the desktop environment provides. For instance,
+    selected windows of an application are represented in the task bar.
+
+    \section1 Primary and Secondary Windows
+
+    Any QWidget that has no parent will become a window, and will on most platforms
+    be listed in the desktop's task bar. This is usually only wanted for one
+    window in the application, the \e{primary window}.
+
+    In addition, a QWidget that has a parent can become a window by setting the 
+    \l{Qt::WindowType}{Qt::WA_Window} flag. Depending on the window management system
+    such \e{secondary windows} are usually stacked on top of their respective parent
+    window, and not have a task bar entry of their own.
+
+    The QMainWindow and the QDialog classes set the Qt::WA_Window flag in their
+    constructor, as they are designed to be used as windows and provide facilities
+    that are not wanted for child widgets.
+
+    \section1 Main Windows and Dialogs
+
+    \l{The Application Main Window} provides the framework for building the
+    application's main user interface, and are created by subclassing QMainWindow.
+    QMainWindow has its own layout to which you can add a \l{QMenuBar}{menu bar},
+    \l{QToolBar}{tool bars}, \l{QDockWidget}{dockable widgets} and a
+    \l{QStatusBar}{status bar}. The center area can be occupied by any kind of
+    QWidget.
+
+    \l{Dialog Windows} are used as secondary windows that present the user with
+    options and choices. Dialogs are created by subclassing QDialog and using
+    \l{Widgets and Layouts}{widgets and layouts} to implement the user interface.
+    In addition, Qt provides a number of ready-made standard dialogs that can be
+    used for standard tasks like file or font selection.
+
+    Both main windows and dialogs can be created with \QD, Qt's visual design tool.
+    Using \QD is a lot faster than hand-coding, and makes it easy to test different
+    design ideas. Creating designs visually and reading the code generated by
+    \l{uic} is a great way to learn Qt!
+
+    \keyword window geometry
+    \section1 Window Geometry
+
+    QWidget provides several functions that deal with a widget's
+    geometry. Some of these functions operate on the pure client area
+    (i.e. the window excluding the window frame), others include the
+    window frame. The differentiation is done in a way that covers the
+    most common usage transparently.
+
+    \list
+    \o \bold{Including the window frame:}
+        \l{QWidget::x()}{x()},
+        \l{QWidget::y()}{y()},
+        \l{QWidget::frameGeometry()}{frameGeometry()},
+        \l{QWidget::pos()}{pos()}, and
+        \l{QWidget::move()}{move()}.
+    \o \bold{Excluding the window frame:}
+        \l{QWidget::geometry()}{geometry()},
+        \l{QWidget::width()}{width()},
+        \l{QWidget::height()}{height()},
+        \l{QWidget::rect()}{rect()}, and
+        \l{QWidget::size()}{size()}.
+    \endlist
+
+    Note that the distinction only matters for decorated top-level
+    widgets. For all child widgets, the frame geometry is equal to the
+    widget's client geometry.
+
+    This diagram shows most of the functions in use:
+    \img geometry.png Geometry diagram
+
+    \section2 X11 Peculiarities
+
+    On X11, a window does not have a frame until the window manager
+    decorates it. This happens asynchronously at some point in time
+    after calling QWidget::show() and the first paint event the
+    window receives, or it does not happen at all. Bear in mind that
+    X11 is policy-free (others call it flexible). Thus you cannot
+    make any safe assumption about the decoration frame your window
+    will get. Basic rule: There's always one user who uses a window
+    manager that breaks your assumption, and who will complain to
+    you.
+
+    Furthermore, a toolkit cannot simply place windows on the screen. All
+    Qt can do is to send certain hints to the window manager. The window
+    manager, a separate process, may either obey, ignore or misunderstand
+    them. Due to the partially unclear Inter-Client Communication
+    Conventions Manual (ICCCM), window placement is handled quite
+    differently in existing window managers.
+
+    X11 provides no standard or easy way to get the frame geometry
+    once the window is decorated. Qt solves this problem with nifty
+    heuristics and clever code that works on a wide range of window
+    managers that exist today. Don't be surprised if you find one
+    where QWidget::frameGeometry() returns wrong results though.
+
+    Nor does X11 provide a way to maximize a window.
+    QWidget::showMaximized() has to emulate the feature. Its result
+    depends on the result of QWidget::frameGeometry() and the
+    capability of the window manager to do proper window placement,
+    neither of which can be guaranteed.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page mainwindow.html
+    \title The Application Main Window
+    \brief Everything you need for a typical modern main application window,
+    including menus, toolbars, workspace, etc.
+
+    \contentspage Application Windows and Dialogs
+    \nextpage Dialog Windows
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 Overview of the Main Window Classes
+
+    These classes provide everything you need for a typical modern main
+    application window, like the main window itself, menu and tool bars,
+    a status bar, etc.
+    
+    \annotatedlist mainwindow-classes
+
+    \section1 The Main Window Classes
+
+    Qt 4 provides the following classes for managing main windows and
+    associated user interface components:
+
+    \list
+    \o QMainWindow remains the central class around which applications
+       can be built. The interface to this class has been simplified, and
+       much of the functionality previously included in this class is now
+       present in the companion QDockWidget and QToolBar classes.
+
+    \o QDockWidget provides a widget that can be used to create
+       detachable tool palettes or helper windows. Dock widgets keep track
+       of their own properties, and they can be moved, closed, and floated
+       as external windows.
+
+    \o QToolBar provides a generic toolbar widget that can hold a
+       number of different action-related widgets, such as buttons,
+       drop-down menus, comboboxes, and spin boxes. The emphasis on a
+       unified action model in Qt 4 means that toolbars cooperate well
+       with menus and keyboard shortcuts.
+    \endlist
+
+    \section1 Example Code
+
+    Using QMainWindow is straightforward. Generally, we subclass
+    QMainWindow and set up menus, toolbars, and dock widgets inside
+    the QMainWindow constructor.
+
+    To add a menu bar to the main window, we simply create the menus, and
+    add them to the main window's menu bar. Note that the
+    QMainWindow::menuBar() function will automatically create the menu bar
+    the first time it is called. You can also call
+    QMainWindow::setMenuBar() to use a custom menu bar in the main window.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-mainwindow.qdoc 0
+    \dots
+    \snippet examples/mainwindows/menus/mainwindow.cpp 5
+    \dots
+
+    Once actions have been created, we can add them to the main window
+    components. To begin with, we add them to the pop-up menus:
+
+    \snippet examples/mainwindows/menus/mainwindow.cpp 10
+    \dots
+    \snippet examples/mainwindows/menus/mainwindow.cpp 11
+    \dots
+
+    The QToolBar and QMenu classes use Qt's action system to provide a
+    consistent API. In the above code, some existing actions were added to
+    the file menu with the QMenu::addAction() function. QToolBar also
+    provides this function, making it easy to reuse actions in different
+    parts of the main window. This avoids unnecessary duplication of work.
+
+    We create a toolbar as a child of the main window, and add the desired
+    actions to it:
+
+    \snippet examples/mainwindows/sdi/mainwindow.cpp 0
+    \dots
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-mainwindow.qdoc 1
+
+    In this example, the toolbar is restricted to the top and bottom
+    toolbar areas of the main window, and is initially placed in the
+    top tool bar area. We can see that the actions specified by \c
+    newAct and \c openAct will be displayed both on the toolbar and in
+    the file menu.
+
+    QDockWidget is used in a similar way to QToolBar. We create a
+    dock widget as a child of the main window, and add widgets as children
+    of the dock widget:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/dockwidgets/mainwindow.cpp 0
+
+    In this example, the dock widget can only be placed in the left and
+    right dock areas, and it is initially placed in the left dock area. 
+
+    The QMainWindow API allows the programmer to customize which dock
+    widget areas occupy the four corners of the dock widget area. If
+    required, the default can be changed with the
+    QMainWindow::setCorner() function:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-mainwindow.qdoc 2
+
+    The following diagram shows the configuration produced by the above code.
+    Note that the left and right dock widgets will occupy the top and bottom
+    corners of the main window in this layout.
+
+    \image mainwindow-docks-example.png
+
+    Once all of the main window components have been set up, the central widget
+    is created and installed by using code similar to the following:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qt4-mainwindow.qdoc 3
+
+    The central widget can be any subclass of QWidget.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/winsystem.qdoc b/doc/src/winsystem.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 8bb295d..0000000
--- a/doc/src/winsystem.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,99 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page winsystem.html
-    \title Window System Specific Notes
-    \ingroup buildsystem
-    \ingroup deployment
-
-    Qt is a cross-platform GUI toolkit, so almost the entire API is the
-    same on all platforms and window systems. If you wish to use
-    platform-specific features, and still maintain a platform-independent
-    source tree, you should protect the platform-specific code using the
-    appropriate \c{#ifdef} directives (see below).
-
-    Qt provides a few low-level global functions for fine-tuning
-    applications on specific platforms. See \l{Special-Purpose Global
-    Functions Exported by Qt} for details.
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    For information about which platforms are supported by Qt, see the
-    \l{Platform Notes}. For information on distributing Qt applications, see
-    \l{Deploying Qt Applications}.
-
-    \target x11
-    \section1 Qt for X11
-
-    When compiling for this platform, the macro \c{Q_WS_X11} is defined.
-
-    \e{Not documented here. Please contact Qt's technical support team
-    if you have queries.}
-
-    See the \l{Qt for X11 Requirements} page for more information about the
-    libraries required to build Qt with as many features as possible.
-
-    \target win
-    \section1 Qt for Windows
-
-    When compiling for this platform, the macro \c{Q_WS_WIN} is defined.
-
-    \e{Not documented here. Please contact Qt's technical support team
-    if you have queries.}
-
-    \target macosx
-    \section1 Qt for Mac OS X
-
-    When compiling for this platform, the macro \c{Q_WS_MAC} is defined.
-
-    \list
-    \i \l{Qt for Mac OS X - Specific Issues}
-    \i \l{Qt is Mac OS X Native}
-    \endlist
-
-    \target qws
-    \section1 Qt for Embedded Linux
-
-    When compiling for this platform, the macro \c{Q_WS_QWS} is
-    defined (the window system is literally the Qt Window System). See
-    the \l{Qt for Embedded Linux} documentation for more information.
-*/
diff --git a/doc/src/xml-processing/xml-patterns.qdoc b/doc/src/xml-processing/xml-patterns.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f951712
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/xml-processing/xml-patterns.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,904 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page xmlprocessing.html
+    \title Using XML Technologies
+    
+    \previouspage Working with the DOM Tree
+    \contentspage XML Processing
+
+    \keyword Patternist
+
+    \brief An overview of Qt's support for using XML technologies in
+    Qt programs.
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 Introduction
+
+    XQuery is a language for traversing XML documents to select and
+    aggregate items of interest and to transform them for output as
+    XML or some other format. XPath is the \e{element selection} part
+    of XQuery.
+
+    The QtXmlPatterns module supports using
+    \l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xquery} {XQuery 1.0} and
+    \l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xpath20} {XPath 2.0} in Qt applications,
+    for querying XML data \e{and} for querying
+    \l{QAbstractXmlNodeModel} {non-XML data that can be modeled to
+    look like XML}. The QtXmlPatterns module is included in the \l{Qt
+    Full Framework Edition}, and the \l{Open Source Versions of Qt}.
+    Readers who are not familiar with the XQuery/XPath language can read
+    \l {A Short Path to XQuery} for a brief introduction.
+
+    \section1 Advantages of using QtXmlPatterns and XQuery
+
+    The XQuery/XPath language simplifies data searching and
+    transformation tasks by eliminating the need for doing a lot of
+    C++ or Java procedural programming for each new query task. Here
+    is an XQuery that constructs a bibliography of the contents of a
+    library:
+
+    \target qtxmlpatterns_example_query
+    \quotefile snippets/patternist/introductionExample.xq
+
+    First, the query opens a \c{<bibliography>} element in the
+    output. The
+    \l{xquery-introduction.html#using-path-expressions-to-match-select-items}
+    {embedded path expression} then loads the XML document describing
+    the contents of the library (\c{library.xml}) and begins the
+    search. For each \c{<book>} element it finds, where the publisher
+    was Addison-Wesley and the publication year was after 1991, it
+    creates a new \c{<book>} element in the output as a child of the
+    open \c{<bibliography>} element. Each new \c{<book>} element gets
+    the book's title as its contents and the book's publication year
+    as an attribute. Finally, the \c{<bibliography>} element is
+    closed.
+
+    The advantages of using QtXmlPatterns and XQuery in your Qt
+    programs are summarized as follows:
+
+    \list
+
+    \o \bold{Ease of development}: All the C++ programming required to
+       perform data query tasks can be replaced by a simple XQuery
+       like the example above.
+
+    \o \bold{Comprehensive functionality}: The
+       \l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xquery/#id-expressions} {expression
+       syntax} and rich set of
+       \l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xpath-functions} {functions and
+       operators} provided by XQuery are sufficient for performing any
+       data searching, selecting, and sorting tasks.
+
+    \o \bold{Conformance to standards}: Conformance to all applicable
+       XML and XQuery standards ensures that QtXmlPatterns can always
+       process XML documents generated by other conformant
+       applications, and that XML documents created with QtXmlPatterns
+       can be processed by other conformant applications.
+
+    \o \bold{Maximal flexibility} The QtXmlPatterns module can be used
+       to query XML data \e{and} non-XML data that can be
+       \l{QAbstractXmlNodeModel} {modeled to look like XML}.
+
+    \endlist
+
+    \section1 Using the QtXmlPatterns module
+
+    There are two ways QtXmlPatterns can be used to evaluate queries.
+    You can run the query engine in your Qt application using the
+    QtXmlPatterns C++ API, or you can run the query engine from the
+    command line using Qt's \c{xmlpatterns} command line utility.
+
+    \section2 Running the query engine from your Qt application
+
+    If we save the example XQuery shown above in a text file (e.g.
+    \c{myquery.xq}), we can run it from a Qt application using a
+    standard QtXmlPatterns code sequence:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_xmlpatterns_api_qxmlquery.cpp 3
+
+    First construct a QFile for the text file containing the XQuery
+    (\c{myquery.xq}). Then create an instance of QXmlQuery and call
+    its \l{QXmlQuery::}{setQuery()} function to load and parse the
+    XQuery file. Then create an \l{QXmlSerializer} {XML serializer} to
+    output the query's result set as unformatted XML. Finally, call
+    the \l{QXmlQuery::}{evaluateTo()} function to evaluate the query
+    and serialize the results as XML.
+
+    \note If you compile Qt yourself, the QtXmlPatterns module will
+    \e{not} be built if exceptions are disabled, or if you compile Qt
+    with a compiler that doesn't support member templates, e.g., MSVC
+    6.
+
+    See the QXmlQuery documentation for more information about the
+    QtXmlPatterns C++ API.
+
+    \section2 Running the query engine from the command line utility
+
+    \e xmlpatterns is a command line utility for running XQueries.  It
+    expects the name of a file containing the XQuery text.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 2
+
+    The XQuery in \c{myQuery.xq} will be evaluated and its output
+    written to \c stdout. Pass the \c -help switch to get the list of
+    input flags and their meanings.
+
+    xmlpatterns can be used in scripting. However, the descriptions
+    and messages it outputs were not meant to be parsed and may be
+    changed in future releases of Qt.
+
+    \target QtXDM
+    \section1 The XQuery Data Model
+
+    XQuery represents data items as \e{atomic values} or \e{nodes}. An
+    atomic value is a value in the domain of one of the
+    \l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xmlschema-2/#built-in-datatypes} {built-in
+    datatypes} defined in \l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xmlschema-2} {Part
+    2} of the W3C XML Schema. A node is normally an XML element or
+    attribute, but when non-XML data is \l{QAbstractXmlNodeModel}
+    {modeled to look like XML}, a node can also represent a non-XML
+    data items.
+
+    When you run an XQuery using the C++ API in a Qt application, you
+    will often want to bind program variables to $variables in the
+    XQuery. After the query is evaluated, you will want to interpret
+    the sequence of data items in the result set.
+
+    \section2 Binding program variables to XQuery variables
+
+    When you want to run a parameterized XQuery from your Qt
+    application, you will need to \l{QXmlQuery::bindVariable()} {bind
+    variables} in your program to $name variables in your XQuery.
+
+    Suppose you want to parameterize the bibliography XQuery in the
+    example above. You could define variables for the catalog that
+    contains the library (\c{$file}), the publisher name
+    (\c{$publisher}), and the year of publication (\c{$year}):
+
+    \target qtxmlpatterns_example_query2
+    \quotefile snippets/patternist/introExample2.xq
+
+    Modify the QtXmlPatterns code to use one of the \l{QXmlQuery::}
+    {bindVariable()} functions to bind a program variable to each
+    XQuery $variable:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_xmlpatterns_api_qxmlquery.cpp 4
+
+    Each program variable is passed to QtXmlPatterns as a QVariant of
+    the type of the C++ variable or constant from which it is
+    constructed. Note that QtXmlPatterns assumes that the type of the
+    QVariant in the bindVariable() call is the correct type, so the
+    $variable it is bound to must be used in the XQuery accordingly.
+    The following table shows how QVariant types are mapped to XQuery
+    $variable types:
+
+    \table
+
+    \header
+        \o QVariant type
+        \o XQuery $variable type
+
+    \row
+        \o QVariant::LongLong
+        \o \c xs:integer
+
+    \row
+        \o QVariant::Int
+        \o \c xs:integer
+
+    \row
+        \o QVariant::UInt
+        \o \c xs:nonNegativeInteger
+
+    \row
+        \o QVariant::ULongLong
+        \o \c xs:unsignedLong
+
+    \row
+        \o QVariant::String
+        \o \c xs:string
+
+    \row
+        \o QVariant::Double
+        \o \c xs:double
+
+    \row
+        \o QVariant::Bool
+        \o \c xs:boolean
+
+    \row
+        \o QVariant::Double
+        \o \c xs:decimal
+
+    \row
+        \o QVariant::ByteArray
+        \o \c xs:base64Binary
+
+    \row
+        \o QVariant::StringList
+        \o \c xs:string*
+
+    \row
+        \o QVariant::Url
+        \o \c xs:string
+
+    \row
+        \o QVariant::Date
+        \o \c xs:date.
+
+    \row
+        \o QVariant::DateTime
+        \o \c xs:dateTime
+
+    \row
+        \o QVariant::Time.
+        \o \c xs:time. (see \l{Binding To Time}{Binding To
+        QVariant::Time} below)
+
+    \row
+        \o QVariantList
+        \o (see \l{Binding To QVariantList}{Binding To QVariantList}
+           below)
+
+    \endtable
+
+    A type not shown in the table is not supported and will cause
+    undefined XQuery behavior or a $variable binding error, depending
+    on the context in the XQuery where the variable is used.
+
+    \target Binding To Time
+    \section3 Binding To QVariant::Time
+
+    Because the instance of QTime used in QVariant::Time does not
+    include a zone offset, an instance of QVariant::Time should not be
+    bound to an XQuery variable of type \c xs:time, unless the QTime is
+    UTC. When binding a non-UTC QTime to an XQuery variable, it should
+    first be passed as a string, or converted to a QDateTime with an arbitrary
+    date, and then bound to an XQuery variable of type \c xs:dateTime.
+
+    \target Binding To QVariantList
+    \section3 Binding To QVariantList
+
+    A QVariantList can be bound to an XQuery $variable. All the
+    \l{QVariant}s in the list must be of the same atomic type, and the
+    $variable the variant list is bound to must be of that same atomic
+    type. If the QVariants in the list are not all of the same atomic
+    type, the XQuery behavior is undefined.
+
+    \section2 Interpreting XQuery results
+
+    When the results of an XQuery are returned in a sequence of \l
+    {QXmlResultItems} {result items}, atomic values in the sequence
+    are treated as instances of QVariant. Suppose that instead of
+    serializing the results of the XQuery as XML, we process the
+    results programatically. Modify the standard QtXmlPatterns code
+    sequence to call the overload of QXmlQuery::evaluateTo() that
+    populates a sequence of \l {QXmlResultItems} {result items} with
+    the XQuery results:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_xmlpatterns_api_qxmlquery.cpp 5
+
+    Iterate through the \l {QXmlResultItems} {result items} and test
+    each QXmlItem to see if it is an atomic value or a node. If it is
+    an atomic value, convert it to a QVariant with \l {QXmlItem::}
+    {toAtomicValue()} and switch on its \l {QVariant::type()} {variant
+    type} to handle all the atomic values your XQuery might return.
+    The following table shows the QVariant type to expect for each
+    atomic value type (or QXmlName):
+
+    \table
+
+    \header
+        \o XQuery result item type
+        \o QVariant type returned
+
+    \row
+        \o \c xs:QName
+        \o QXmlName (see \l{Handling QXmlNames}{Handling QXmlNames}
+        below)
+
+    \row
+        \o \c xs:integer
+        \o QVariant::LongLong
+
+    \row
+        \o \c xs:string
+        \o QVariant::String
+
+    \row
+        \o \c xs:string*
+        \o QVariant::StringList
+
+    \row
+        \o \c xs:double
+        \o QVariant::Double
+
+    \row
+        \o \c xs:float
+        \o QVariant::Double
+
+    \row
+        \o \c xs:boolean
+        \o QVariant::Bool
+
+    \row
+        \o \c xs:decimal
+        \o QVariant::Double
+
+    \row
+        \o \c xs:hexBinary
+        \o QVariant::ByteArray
+
+    \row
+        \o \c xs:base64Binary
+        \o QVariant::ByteArray
+
+    \row
+        \o \c xs:gYear
+        \o QVariant::DateTime
+
+    \row
+        \o \c xs:gYearMonth
+        \o QVariant::DateTime
+
+    \row
+        \o \c xs:gMonthDay
+        \o QVariant::DateTime
+
+    \row
+        \o \c xs:gDay
+        \o QVariant::DateTime
+
+    \row
+        \o \c xs:gMonth
+        \o QVariant::DateTime
+
+    \row
+        \o \c xs:anyURI
+        \o QVariant::Url
+
+    \row
+        \o \c xs:untypedAtomic
+        \o QVariant::String
+
+    \row
+        \o \c xs:ENTITY
+        \o QVariant::String
+
+    \row
+        \o \c xs:date
+        \o QVariant::DateTime
+
+    \row
+        \o \c xs:dateTime
+        \o QVariant::DateTime
+
+    \row
+        \o \c xs:time
+        \o (see \l{xstime-not-mapped}{No mapping for xs:time} below)
+
+    \endtable
+
+    \target Handling QXmlNames
+    \section3 Handling QXmlNames
+
+    If your XQuery can return atomic value items of type \c{xs:QName},
+    they will appear in your QXmlResultItems as instances of QXmlName.
+    Since the QVariant class does not support the QXmlName class
+    directly, extracting them from QXmlResultItems requires a bit of
+    slight-of-hand using the \l{QMetaType} {Qt metatype system}. We
+    must modify our example to use a couple of template functions, a
+    friend of QMetaType (qMetaTypeId<T>()) and a friend of QVariant
+    (qVariantValue<T>()):
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_xmlpatterns_api_qxmlquery.cpp 6
+
+    To access the strings in a QXmlName returned by an
+    \l{QXmlQuery::evaluateTo()} {XQuery evaluation}, the QXmlName must
+    be accessed with the \l{QXmlNamePool} {name pool} from the
+    instance of QXmlQuery that was used for the evaluation.
+
+    \target xstime-not-mapped
+    \section3 No mapping for xs:time
+
+    An instance of \c xs:time can't be represented correctly as an
+    instance of QVariant::Time, unless the \c xs:time is a UTC time.
+    This is because xs:time has a zone offset (0 for UTC) in addition
+    to the time value, which the QTime in QVariant::Time does not
+    have. This means that if an XQuery tries to return an atomic value
+    of type \c xs:time, an invalid QVariant will be returned. A query
+    can return an atomic value of type xs:time by either converting it
+    to an \c xs:dateTime with an arbitrary date, or to an \c xs:string.
+
+    \section1 Using XQuery with Non-XML Data
+
+    Although the XQuery language was designed for querying XML, with
+    QtXmlPatterns one can use XQuery for querying any data that can
+    be modeled to look like XML. Non-XML data is modeled to look like
+    XML by loading it into a custom subclass of QAbstractXmlNodeModel,
+    where it is then presented to the QtXmlPatterns XQuery engine via
+    the same API the XQuery engine uses for querying XML.
+
+    When QtXmlPatterns loads and queries XML files and produces XML
+    output, it can always load the XML data into its default XML node
+    model, where it can be traversed efficiently. The XQuery below
+    traverses the product orders found in the XML file \e myOrders.xml
+    to find all the skin care product orders and output them ordered
+    by shipping date.
+
+    \quotefile snippets/patternist/introAcneRemover.xq
+
+    QtXmlPatterns can be used out of the box to perform this
+    query, provided \e myOrders.xml actually contains well-formed XML. It
+    can be loaded directly into the default XML node model and
+    traversed. But suppose we want QtXmlPatterns to perform queries on
+    the hierarchical structure of the local file system. The default
+    XML node model in QtXmlPatterns is not suitable for navigating the
+    file system, because there is no XML file to load that contains a
+    description of it. Such an XML file, if it existed, might look
+    something like this:
+
+    \quotefile snippets/patternist/introFileHierarchy.xml
+
+    The \l{File System Example}{File System Example} does exactly this.
+
+    There is no such file to load into the default XML node model, but
+    one can write a subclass of QAbstractXmlNodeModel to represent the
+    file system. This custom XML node model, once populated with all
+    the directory and file descriptors obtained directly from the
+    system, presents the complete file system hierarchy to the query
+    engine via the same API used by the default XML node model to
+    present the contents of an XML file. In other words, once the
+    custom XML node model is populated, it presents the file system to
+    the query engine as if a description of it had been loaded into
+    the default XML node model from an XML file like the one shown
+    above.
+
+    Now we can write an XQuery to find all the XML files and parse
+    them to find the ones that don't contain well-formed XML.
+
+    \quotefromfile snippets/patternist/introNavigateFS.xq
+    \skipto <html>
+    \printuntil
+
+    Without QtXmlPatterns, there is no simple way to solve this kind
+    of problem. You might do it by writing a C++ program to traverse
+    the file system, sniff out all the XML files, and submit each one
+    to an XML parser to test that it contains valid XML. The C++ code
+    required to write that program will probably be more complex than
+    the C++ code required to subclass QAbstractXmlNodeModel, but even
+    if the two are comparable, your custom C++ program can be used
+    only for that one task, while your custom XML node model can be
+    used by any XQuery that must navigate the file system.
+
+    The general approach to using XQuery to perform queries on non-XML
+    data has been a three step process. In the first step, the data is
+    loaded into a non-XML data model. In the second step, the non-XML
+    data model is serialized as XML and output to XML (text) files. In
+    the final step, an XML tool loads the XML files into a second, XML
+    data model, where the XQueries can be performed.  The development
+    cost of implementing this process is often high, and the three
+    step system that results is inefficient because the two data
+    models must be built and maintained separately.
+
+    With QtXmlPatterns, subclassing QAbstractXmlNodeModel eliminates
+    the transformation required to convert the non-XML data model to
+    the XML data model, because there is only ever one data model
+    required. The non-XML data model presents the non-XML data to the
+    query engine via the XML data model API. Also, since the query
+    engine uses the API to access the QAbstractXmlNodeModel, the data
+    model subclass can construct the elements, attributes and other
+    data on demand, responding to the query's specific requests.  This
+    can greatly improve efficiency, because it means the entire model
+    might not have to be built. For example, in the file system model
+    above, it is not necessary to build an instance for a whole
+    XML file representing the whole file system. Instead nodes are
+    created on demand, which also likely is a small subset of the file
+    system.
+
+    Examples of other places where XQuery could be used in
+    QtXmlPatterns to query non-XML data:
+
+    \list
+
+        \o The internal representation for word processor documents
+
+        \o The set of dependencies for a software build system
+
+        \o The hierarchy (or graph) that links a set of HTML documents
+        from a web crawler
+
+        \o The images and meta-data in an image collection
+
+        \o The set of D-Bus interfaces available in a system
+
+        \o A QObject hierarchy, as seen in the \l{QObject XML Model
+        Example} {QObject XML Model example}.
+
+    \endlist
+
+    See the QAbstractXmlNodeModel documentation for information about
+    how to implement custom XML node models.
+
+    \section1 More on using QtXmlPatterns with non-XML Data
+
+    Subclassing QAbstractXmlNodeModel to let the query engine access
+    non-XML data by the same API it uses for XML is the feature that
+    enables QtXmlPatterns to query non-XML data with XQuery. It allows
+    XQuery to be used as a mapping layer between different non-XML
+    node models or between a non-XML node model and the built-in XML
+    node model. Once the subclass(es) of QAbstractXmlNodeModel have
+    been written, XQuery can be used to select a set of elements from
+    one node model, transform the selected elements, and then write
+    them out, either as XML using QXmlQuery::evaluateTo() and QXmlSerializer,
+    or as some other format using a subclass of QAbstractXmlReceiver.
+
+    Consider a word processor application that must import and export
+    data in several different formats. Rather than writing a lot of
+    C++ code to convert each input format to an intermediate form, and
+    more C++ code to convert the intermediate form back to each
+    output format, one can implement a solution based on QtXmlPatterns
+    that uses simple XQueries to transform each XML or non-XML format
+    (e.g. MathFormula.xml below) to the intermediate form (e.g. the
+    DocumentRepresentation node model class below), and more simple
+    XQueries to transform the intermediate form back to each XML or
+    non-XML format.
+
+    \image patternist-wordProcessor.png
+
+    Because CSV files are not XML, a subclass of QAbstractXmlNodeModel
+    is used to present the CSV data to the XQuery engine as if it were
+    XML. What are not shown are the subclasses of QAbstractXmlReceiver
+    that would then send the selected elements into the
+    DocumentRepresentation node model, and the subclasses of
+    QAbstractXmlNodeModel that would ultimately write the output files
+    in each format.
+
+    \section1 Security Considerations
+
+    \section2 Code Injection
+
+    XQuery is vulnerable to
+    \l{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Code_injection} {code injection
+    attacks} in the same way as the SQL language. If an XQuery is
+    constructed by concatenating strings, and the strings come from
+    user input, the constructed XQuery could be malevolent. The best
+    way to prevent code injection attacks is to not construct XQueries
+    from user-written strings, but only accept user data input using
+    QVariant and variable bindings. See QXmlQuery::bindVariable().
+
+    The articles
+    \l{http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/xml/library/x-xpathinjection.html}
+    {Avoid the dangers of XPath injection}, by Robi Sen and
+    \l{http://www.packetstormsecurity.org/papers/bypass/Blind_XPath_Injection_20040518.pdf}
+    {Blind XPath Injection}, by Amit Klein, discuss the XQuery code
+    injection problem in more detail.
+
+    \section2 Denial of Service Attacks
+
+    Applications using QtXmlPatterns are subject to the same
+    limitations of software as other systems. Generally, these can not
+    be checked. This means QtXmlPatterns does not prevent rogue
+    queries from consuming too many resources. For example, a query
+    could take too much time to execute or try to transfer too much
+    data. A query could also do too much recursion, which could crash
+    the system.  XQueries can do these things accidentally, but they
+    can also be done as deliberate denial of service attacks.
+
+    \section1 Features and Conformance
+
+    \section2 XQuery 1.0
+
+    QtXmlPatterns aims at being a
+    \l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xquery/#id-xquery-conformance} {conformant
+    XQuery processor}. It adheres to
+    \l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xquery/#id-minimal-conformance} {Minimal
+    Conformance} and supports the
+    \l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xquery/#id-serialization-feature}
+    {Serialization Feature} and the
+    \l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xquery/#id-full-axis-feature} {Full Axis
+    Feature}. QtXmlPatterns currently passes 97% of the tests in the
+    \l{http://www.w3.org/XML/Query/test-suite} {XML Query Test Suite}.
+    Areas where conformance may be questionable and where behavior may
+    be changed in future releases include:
+
+    \list
+
+    \o Some corner cases involving namespaces and element constructors
+       are incorrect.
+
+    \o XPath is a subset of XQuery and the implementation of
+       QtXmlPatterns uses XPath 2.0 with XQuery 1.0.
+
+    \endlist
+
+    The specifications discusses conformance further:
+    \l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xquery/}{XQuery 1.0: An XML Query
+    Language}.  W3C's XQuery testing effort can be of interest as
+    well, \l{http://www.w3.org/XML/Query/test-suite/}{XML Query Test
+    Suite}.
+
+    Currently \c fn:collection() does not access any data set, and
+    there is no API for providing data through the collection. As a
+    result, evaluating \c fn:collection() returns the empty
+    sequence. We intend to provide functionality for this in a future
+    release of Qt.
+
+    Only queries encoded in UTF-8 are supported.
+
+    \section2 XSLT 2.0
+
+    Partial support for XSLT was introduced in Qt 4.5. Future
+    releases of QtXmlPatterns will aim to support these XSLT
+    features:
+
+    \list
+        \o Basic XSLT 2.0 processor
+        \o Serialization feature
+        \o Backwards Compatibility feature
+    \endlist
+
+    For details, see \l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xslt20/#conformance}{XSL
+    Transformations (XSLT) Version 2.0, 21 Conformance}.
+
+    \note In this release, XSLT support is considered experimental.
+
+    Unsupported or partially supported XSLT features are documented
+    in the following table. The implementation of XSLT in Qt 4.5 can
+    be seen as XSLT 1.0 but with the data model of XPath 2.0 and
+    XSLT 2.0, and using the using the functionality of XPath 2.0 and
+    its accompanying function library. When QtXmlPatterns encounters
+    an unsupported or partially support feature, it will either report
+    a syntax error or silently continue, unless otherwise noted in the
+    table.
+
+    The implementation currently passes 42% of W3C's XSLT test suite,
+    which focus on features introduced in XSLT 2.0.
+
+    \table
+    \header
+        \o XSL Feature
+        \o Support Status
+    \row
+        \o \c xsl:key and \c fn:key()
+        \o not supported
+    \row
+        \o \c xsl:include
+        \o not supported
+    \row
+        \o \c xsl:import
+        \o not supported
+    \row
+        \o \c xsl:copy
+
+        \o The \c copy-namespaces and \c inherit-namespaces attributes
+           have no effect. For copied comments, attributes and
+           processing instructions, the copy has the same node
+           identity as the original.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c xsl:copy-of
+        \o The \c copy-namespaces attribute has no effect.
+    \row
+        \o \c fn:format-number()
+        \o not supported
+    \row
+        \o \c xsl:message
+        \o not supported
+    \row
+        \o \c xsl:use-when
+        \o not supported
+    \row
+        \o \c Tunnel Parameters
+        \o not supported
+    \row
+        \o \c xsl:attribute-set
+        \o not supported
+    \row
+        \o \c xsl:decimal-format
+        \o not supported
+    \row
+        \o \c xsl:fallback
+        \o not supported
+    \row
+        \o \c xsl:apply-imports
+        \o not supported
+    \row
+        \o \c xsl:character-map
+        \o not supported
+    \row
+        \o \c xsl:number
+        \o not supported
+    \row
+        \o \c xsl:namespace-alias
+        \o not supported
+    \row
+        \o \c xsl:output
+        \o not supported
+    \row
+        \o \c xsl:output-character
+        \o not supported
+    \row
+        \o \c xsl:preserve-space
+        \o not supported
+    \row
+        \o \c xsl:result-document
+        \o not supported
+    \row
+        \o Patterns
+        \o Complex patterns or patterns with predicates have issues.
+    \row
+        \o \c 2.0 Compatibility Mode
+
+        \o Stylesheets are interpreted as XSLT 2.0 stylesheets, even
+           if the \c version attribute is in the XSLT source is
+           1.0. In other words, the version attribute is ignored.
+
+    \row
+        \o Grouping
+
+        \o \c fn:current-group(), \c fn:grouping-key() and \c
+           xsl:for-each-group.
+
+    \row
+        \o Regexp elements
+        \o \c xsl:analyze-string, \c xsl:matching-substring,
+           \c xsl:non-matching-substring, and \c fn:regex-group()
+    \row
+        \o Date & Time formatting
+        \o \c fn:format-dateTime(), \c fn:format-date() and fn:format-time().
+
+    \row
+        \o XPath Conformance
+        \o Since XPath is a subset of XSLT, its issues are in affect too.
+    \endtable
+
+    The QtXmlPatterns implementation of the XPath Data Model does not
+    include entities (due to QXmlStreamReader not reporting them).
+    This means that functions \c unparsed-entity-uri() and \c
+    unparsed-entity-public-id() always return negatively.
+
+    \section2 XPath 2.0
+
+    Since XPath 2.0 is a subset of XQuery 1.0, XPath 2.0 is
+    supported. Areas where conformance may be questionable and,
+    consequently, where behavior may be changed in future releases
+    include:
+
+    \list
+    \o Regular expression support is currently not conformant
+       but follows Qt's QRegExp standard syntax.
+
+    \o Operators for \c xs:time, \c xs:date, and \c xs:dateTime
+       are incomplete.
+
+    \o Formatting of very large or very small \c xs:double, \c
+       xs:float, and \c xs:decimal values may be incorrect.
+    \endlist
+
+    \section2 xml:id
+
+    Processing of XML files supports \c xml:id. This allows elements
+    that have an attribute named \c xml:id to be looked up efficiently
+    with the \c fn:id() function. See
+    \l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xml-id/}{xml:id Version 1.0} for details.
+
+    \section2 XML Schema 1.0
+
+    There are two ways QtXmlPatterns can be used to validate schemas:
+    You can use the C++ API in your Qt application using the classes
+    QXmlSchema and QXmlSchemaValidator, or you can use the command line
+    utility named xmlpatternsvalidator (located in the "bin" directory
+    of your Qt build).
+
+    The QtXmlPatterns implementation of XML Schema validation supports
+    the schema specification version 1.0 in large parts. Known problems
+    of the implementation and areas where conformancy may be questionable
+    are:
+
+    \list
+    \o Large \c minOccurs or \c maxOccurs values or deeply nested ones
+       require huge amount of memory which might cause the system to freeze.
+       Such a schema should be rewritten to use \c unbounded as value instead
+       of large numbers. This restriction will hopefully be fixed in a later release.
+    \o Comparison of really small or large floating point values might lead to
+       wrong results in some cases. However such numbers should not be relevant
+       for day-to-day usage.
+    \o Regular expression support is currently not conformant but follows
+       Qt's QRegExp standard syntax.
+    \o Identity constraint checks can not use the values of default or fixed
+       attribute definitions.
+    \endlist
+
+    \section2 Resource Loading
+
+    When QtXmlPatterns loads an XML resource, e.g., using the
+    \c fn:doc() function, the following schemes are supported:
+
+    \table
+    \header
+        \o Scheme Name
+        \o Description
+    \row
+        \o \c file
+        \o Local files.
+    \row
+        \o \c data
+
+        \o The bytes are encoded in the URI itself. e.g., \c
+           data:application/xml,%3Ce%2F%3E is \c <e/>.
+
+    \row
+        \o \c ftp
+        \o Resources retrieved via FTP.
+    \row
+        \o \c http
+        \o Resources retrieved via HTTP.
+    \row
+        \o \c https
+        \o Resources retrieved via HTTPS. This will succeed if no SSL
+           errors are encountered.
+    \row
+        \o \c qrc
+        \o Qt Resource files. Expressing it as an empty scheme, :/...,
+           is not supported.
+
+    \endtable
+
+    \section2 XML
+
+    XML 1.0 and XML Namespaces 1.0 are supported, as opposed to the
+    1.1 versions. When a strings is passed to a query as a QString,
+    the characters must be XML 1.0 characters. Otherwise, the behavior
+    is undefined. This is not checked.
+
+    URIs are first passed to QAbstractUriResolver. Check
+    QXmlQuery::setUriResolver() for possible rewrites.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \namespace QPatternist
+    \brief The QPatternist namespace contains classes and functions required by the QtXmlPatterns module.
+    \internal
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/xml-processing/xml-processing.qdoc b/doc/src/xml-processing/xml-processing.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..44c5450
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/xml-processing/xml-processing.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,631 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \group xml-tools
+    \title XML Classes
+
+    \brief Classes that support XML, via, for example DOM and SAX.
+
+    These classes are relevant to XML users.
+    
+    \generatelist{related}
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page xml-processing.html
+    \title XML Processing
+    \brief An Overview of the XML processing facilities in Qt.
+
+    In addition to core XML support, classes for higher level querying
+    and manipulation of XML data are provided by the QtXmlPatterns
+    module. In the QtSvg module, the QSvgRenderer and QSvgGenerator
+    classes can read and write a subset of SVG, an XML-based file
+    format. Qt also provides helper functions that may be useful to
+    those working with XML and XHTML: see Qt::escape() and
+    Qt::convertFromPlainText().
+
+    \section1 Topics:
+
+    \list
+    \o \l {Classes for XML Processing}
+    \o \l {An Introduction to Namespaces}
+    \o \l {XML Streaming}
+    \o \l {The SAX Interface}
+    \o \l {Working with the DOM Tree}
+    \o \l {Using XML Technologies}{XQuery/XPath and XML Schema}
+        \list
+        \o \l{A Short Path to XQuery}
+        \endlist
+    \endlist
+    
+    \section1 Classes for XML Processing
+
+    These classes are relevant to XML users.
+
+    \annotatedlist xml-tools
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page xml-namespaces.html
+    \title An Introduction to Namespaces
+    \target namespaces
+
+    \contentspage XML Processing
+    \nextpage XML Streaming
+
+    Parts of the Qt XML module documentation assume that you are familiar
+    with XML namespaces. Here we present a brief introduction; skip to
+    \link #namespacesConventions Qt XML documentation conventions \endlink
+    if you already know this material.
+
+    Namespaces are a concept introduced into XML to allow a more modular
+    design. With their help data processing software can easily resolve
+    naming conflicts in XML documents.
+
+    Consider the following example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtxml.qdoc 6
+
+    Here we find three different uses of the name \e title. If you wish to
+    process this document you will encounter problems because each of the
+    \e titles should be displayed in a different manner -- even though
+    they have the same name.
+
+    The solution would be to have some means of identifying the first
+    occurrence of \e title as the title of a book, i.e. to use the \e
+    title element of a book namespace to distinguish it from, for example,
+    the chapter title, e.g.:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtxml.qdoc 7
+
+    \e book in this case is a \e prefix denoting the namespace.
+
+    Before we can apply a namespace to element or attribute names we must
+    declare it.
+
+    Namespaces are URIs like \e http://www.qtsoftware.com/fnord/book/. This
+    does not mean that data must be available at this address; the URI is
+    simply used to provide a unique name.
+
+    We declare namespaces in the same way as attributes; strictly speaking
+    they \e are attributes. To make for example \e
+    http://www.qtsoftware.com/fnord/ the document's default XML namespace \e
+    xmlns we write
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtxml.qdoc 8
+
+    To distinguish the \e http://www.qtsoftware.com/fnord/book/ namespace from
+    the default, we must supply it with a prefix:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtxml.qdoc 9
+
+    A namespace that is declared like this can be applied to element and
+    attribute names by prepending the appropriate prefix and a ":"
+    delimiter. We have already seen this with the \e book:title element.
+
+    Element names without a prefix belong to the default namespace. This
+    rule does not apply to attributes: an attribute without a prefix does
+    not belong to any of the declared XML namespaces at all. Attributes
+    always belong to the "traditional" namespace of the element in which
+    they appear. A "traditional" namespace is not an XML namespace, it
+    simply means that all attribute names belonging to one element must be
+    different. Later we will see how to assign an XML namespace to an
+    attribute.
+
+    Due to the fact that attributes without prefixes are not in any XML
+    namespace there is no collision between the attribute \e title (that
+    belongs to the \e author element) and for example the \e title element
+    within a \e chapter.
+
+    Let's clarify this with an example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtxml.qdoc 10
+
+    Within the \e document element we have two namespaces declared. The
+    default namespace \e http://www.qtsoftware.com/fnord/ applies to the \e
+    book element, the \e chapter element, the appropriate \e title element
+    and of course to \e document itself.
+
+    The \e book:author and \e book:title elements belong to the namespace
+    with the URI \e http://www.qtsoftware.com/fnord/book/.
+
+    The two \e book:author attributes \e title and \e name have no XML
+    namespace assigned. They are only members of the "traditional"
+    namespace of the element \e book:author, meaning that for example two
+    \e title attributes in \e book:author are forbidden.
+
+    In the above example we circumvent the last rule by adding a \e title
+    attribute from the \e http://www.qtsoftware.com/fnord/ namespace to \e
+    book:author: the \e fnord:title comes from the namespace with the
+    prefix \e fnord that is declared in the \e book:author element.
+
+    Clearly the \e fnord namespace has the same namespace URI as the
+    default namespace. So why didn't we simply use the default namespace
+    we'd already declared? The answer is quite complex:
+    \list
+    \o attributes without a prefix don't belong to any XML namespace at
+    all, not even to the default namespace;
+    \o additionally omitting the prefix would lead to a \e title-title clash;
+    \o writing it as \e xmlns:title would declare a new namespace with the
+    prefix \e title instead of applying the default \e xmlns namespace.
+    \endlist
+
+    With the Qt XML classes elements and attributes can be accessed in two
+    ways: either by refering to their qualified names consisting of the
+    namespace prefix and the "real" name (or \e local name) or by the
+    combination of local name and namespace URI.
+
+    More information on XML namespaces can be found at
+    \l http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-xml-names/.
+
+    \target namespacesConventions
+    \section1 Conventions Used in the Qt XML Documentation
+
+    The following terms are used to distinguish the parts of names within
+    the context of namespaces:
+    \list
+    \o  The \e {qualified name}
+        is the name as it appears in the document. (In the above example \e
+        book:title is a qualified name.)
+    \o  A \e {namespace prefix} in a qualified name
+        is the part to the left of the ":". (\e book is the namespace prefix in
+        \e book:title.)
+    \o  The \e {local part} of a name (also refered to as the \e {local
+        name}) appears to the right of the ":". (Thus \e title is the
+        local part of \e book:title.)
+    \o  The \e {namespace URI} ("Uniform Resource Identifier") is a unique
+        identifier for a namespace. It looks like a URL
+        (e.g. \e http://www.qtsoftware.com/fnord/ ) but does not require
+        data to be accessible by the given protocol at the named address.
+    \endlist
+
+    Elements without a ":" (like \e chapter in the example) do not have a
+    namespace prefix. In this case the local part and the qualified name
+    are identical (i.e. \e chapter).
+
+    \sa {DOM Bookmarks Example}, {SAX Bookmarks Example}
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page xml-streaming.html
+    \title XML Streaming
+
+    \previouspage An Introduction to Namespaces
+    \contentspage XML Processing
+    \nextpage The SAX Interface
+
+    Since version 4.3, Qt provides two new classes for reading and
+    writing XML: QXmlStreamReader and QXmlStreamWriter.
+
+    The QXmlStreamReader and QXmlStreamWriter are two new classes provided
+    in Qt 4.3 and later. A stream reader reports an XML document as a stream
+    of tokens. This differs from SAX as SAX applications provide handlers to
+    receive XML events from the parser whereas the QXmlStreamReader drives the
+    loop, pulling tokens from the reader when they are needed.
+    This pulling approach makes it possible to build recursive descent parsers,
+    allowing XML parsing code to be split into different methods or classes.
+
+    QXmlStreamReader is a well-formed XML 1.0 parser that excludes external
+    parsed entities. Hence, data provided by the stream reader adheres to the
+    W3C's criteria for well-formed XML, as long as no error occurs. Otherwise,
+    functions such as \l{QXmlStreamReader::atEnd()}{atEnd()},
+    \l{QXmlStreamReader::error()}{error()} and \l{QXmlStreamReader::hasError()}
+    {hasError()} can be used to check and view the errors.
+
+    An example of QXmlStreamReader implementation would be the \c XbelReader in
+    \l{QXmlStream Bookmarks Example}, which is a subclass of QXmlStreamReader.
+    The constructor takes \a treeWidget as a parameter and the class has Xbel
+    specific functions:
+
+    \snippet examples/xml/streambookmarks/xbelreader.h 1
+
+    \dots
+    \snippet examples/xml/streambookmarks/xbelreader.h 2
+    \dots
+
+    The \c read() function accepts a QIODevice and sets it with
+    \l{QXmlStreamReader::setDevice()}{setDevice()}. The
+    \l{QXmlStreamReader::raiseError()}{raiseError()} function is used to
+    display a custom error message, inidicating that the file's version
+    is incorrect.
+
+    \snippet examples/xml/streambookmarks/xbelreader.cpp 1
+
+    The pendent to QXmlStreamReader is QXmlStreamWriter, which provides an XML
+    writer with a simple streaming API. QXmlStreamWriter operates on a
+    QIODevice and has specialised functions for all XML tokens or events you
+    want to write, such as \l{QXmlStreamWriter::writeDTD()}{writeDTD()},
+    \l{QXmlStreamWriter::writeCharacters()}{writeCharacters()},
+    \l{QXmlStreamWriter::writeComment()}{writeComment()} and so on.
+
+    To write XML document with QXmlStreamWriter, you start a document with the
+    \l{QXmlStreamWriter::writeStartDocument()}{writeStartDocument()} function
+    and end it with \l{QXmlStreamWriter::writeEndDocument()}
+    {writeEndDocument()}, which implicitly closes all remaining open tags.
+    Element tags are opened with \l{QXmlStreamWriter::writeStartDocument()}
+    {writeStartDocument()} and followed by 
+    \l{QXmlStreamWriter::writeAttribute()}{writeAttribute()} or
+    \l{QXmlStreamWriter::writeAttributes()}{writeAttributes()},
+    element content, and then \l{QXmlStreamWriter::writeEndDocument()}
+    {writeEndDocument()}. Also, \l{QXmlStreamWriter::writeEmptyElement()}
+    {writeEmptyElement()} can be used to write empty elements.
+
+    Element content comprises characters, entity references or nested elements.
+    Content can be written with \l{QXmlStreamWriter::writeCharacters()}
+    {writeCharacters()}, a function that also takes care of escaping all
+    forbidden characters and character sequences,
+    \l{QXmlStreamWriter::writeEntityReference()}{writeEntityReference()},
+    or subsequent calls to \l{QXmlStreamWriter::writeStartElement()}
+    {writeStartElement()}.
+
+    The \c XbelWriter class from \l{QXmlStream Bookmarks Example} is a subclass
+    of QXmlStreamWriter. Its \c writeFile() function illustrates the core
+    functions of QXmlStreamWriter mentioned above:
+
+    \snippet examples/xml/streambookmarks/xbelwriter.cpp 1
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page xml-sax.html
+    \title The SAX interface
+
+    \previouspage XML Streaming
+    \contentspage XML Processing
+    \nextpage Working with the DOM Tree
+
+    SAX is an event-based standard interface for XML parsers.
+    The Qt interface follows the design of the SAX2 Java implementation.
+    Its naming scheme was adapted to fit the Qt naming conventions.
+    Details on SAX2 can be found at \l{http://www.saxproject.org}.
+
+    Support for SAX2 filters and the reader factory are under
+    development. The Qt implementation does not include the SAX1
+    compatibility classes present in the Java interface.
+
+    \section1 Introduction to SAX2
+
+    The SAX2 interface is an event-driven mechanism to provide the user with
+    document information. An "event" in this context means something
+    reported by the parser, for example, it has encountered a start tag,
+    or an end tag, etc.
+
+    To make it less abstract consider the following example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtxml.qdoc 3
+
+    Whilst reading (a SAX2 parser is usually referred to as "reader") 
+    the above document three events would be triggered:
+    \list 1
+    \o A start tag occurs (\c{<quote>}).
+    \o Character data (i.e. text) is found, "A quotation.".
+    \o An end tag is parsed (\c{</quote>}).
+    \endlist
+
+    Each time such an event occurs the parser reports it; you can set up
+    event handlers to respond to these events.
+
+    Whilst this is a fast and simple approach to read XML documents,
+    manipulation is difficult because data is not stored, simply handled
+    and discarded serially. The \l{Working with the DOM Tree}{DOM interface}
+    reads in and stores the whole document in a tree structure;
+    this takes more memory, but makes it easier to manipulate the
+    document's structure.
+
+    The Qt XML module provides an abstract class, \l QXmlReader, that
+    defines the interface for potential SAX2 readers. Qt includes a reader
+    implementation, \l QXmlSimpleReader, that is easy to adapt through
+    subclassing.
+
+    The reader reports parsing events through special handler classes:
+    \table
+    \header \o Handler class \o Description
+    \row \o \l QXmlContentHandler
+         \o Reports events related to the content of a document (e.g. the start tag
+            or characters).
+    \row \o \l QXmlDTDHandler
+         \o Reports events related to the DTD (e.g. notation declarations).
+    \row \o \l QXmlErrorHandler
+         \o Reports errors or warnings that occurred during parsing.
+    \row \o \l QXmlEntityResolver
+         \o Reports external entities during parsing and allows users to resolve
+            external entities themselves instead of leaving it to the reader.
+    \row \o \l QXmlDeclHandler
+         \o Reports further DTD related events (e.g. attribute declarations).
+    \row \o \l QXmlLexicalHandler
+         \o Reports events related to the lexical structure of the
+            document (the beginning of the DTD, comments etc.).
+    \endtable
+
+    These classes are abstract classes describing the interface. The \l
+    QXmlDefaultHandler class provides a "do nothing" default
+    implementation for all of them. Therefore users only need to overload
+    the QXmlDefaultHandler functions they are interested in. 
+
+    To read input XML data a special class \l QXmlInputSource is used.
+
+    Apart from those already mentioned, the following SAX2 support classes 
+    provide additional useful functionality:
+    \table
+    \header \o Class \o Description
+    \row \o \l QXmlAttributes
+         \o Used to pass attributes in a start element event.
+    \row \o \l QXmlLocator
+         \o Used to obtain the actual parsing position of an event.
+    \row \o \l QXmlNamespaceSupport
+         \o Used to implement namespace support for a reader. Note that
+            namespaces do not change the parsing behavior. They are only
+            reported through the handler.
+    \endtable
+
+    The \l{SAX Bookmarks example} illustrates how to subclass
+    QXmlDefaultHandler to read an XML bookmark file (XBEL) and
+    how to generate XML by hand.
+
+    \section1 SAX2 Features
+
+    The behavior of an XML reader depends on its support for certain
+    optional features. For example, a reader may have the feature "report
+    attributes used for namespace declarations and prefixes along with
+    the local name of a tag". Like every other feature this has a unique
+    name represented by a URI: it is called
+    \e http://xml.org/sax/features/namespace-prefixes.
+
+    The Qt SAX2 implementation can report whether the reader has
+    particular functionality using the QXmlReader::hasFeature()
+    function. Available features can be tested with QXmlReader::feature(),
+    and switched on or off using QXmlReader::setFeature(). 
+
+    Consider the example 
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtxml.qdoc 4
+    A reader that does not support the \e
+    http://xml.org/sax/features/namespace-prefixes feature would report
+    the element name \e document but not its attributes \e xmlns:book and
+    \e xmlns with their values. A reader with the feature \e
+    http://xml.org/sax/features/namespace-prefixes reports the namespace
+    attributes if the \link QXmlReader::feature() feature\endlink is
+    switched on.
+
+    Other features include \e http://xml.org/sax/features/namespace
+    (namespace processing, implies \e
+    http://xml.org/sax/features/namespace-prefixes) and \e
+    http://xml.org/sax/features/validation (the ability to report
+    validation errors). 
+
+    Whilst SAX2 leaves it to the user to define and implement whatever
+    features are required, support for \e
+    http://xml.org/sax/features/namespace (and thus \e
+    http://xml.org/sax/features/namespace-prefixes) is mandantory.
+    The \l QXmlSimpleReader implementation of \l QXmlReader,
+    supports them, and can do namespace processing.
+
+    \l QXmlSimpleReader is not validating, so it
+    does not support \e http://xml.org/sax/features/validation.
+
+    \section1 Namespace Support via Features
+
+    As we have seen in the previous section, we can configure the
+    behavior of the reader when it comes to namespace
+    processing. This is done by setting and unsetting the 
+    \e http://xml.org/sax/features/namespaces and
+    \e http://xml.org/sax/features/namespace-prefixes features.
+
+    They influence the reporting behavior in the following way:
+    \list 1
+    \o Namespace prefixes and local parts of elements and attributes can
+    be reported.
+    \o The qualified names of elements and attributes are reported.
+    \o \l QXmlContentHandler::startPrefixMapping() and \l
+    QXmlContentHandler::endPrefixMapping() are called by the reader.
+    \o Attributes that declare namespaces (i.e. the attribute \e xmlns and
+    attributes starting with \e{xmlns:}) are reported.
+    \endlist
+
+    Consider the following element:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtxml.qdoc 5
+    With \e http://xml.org/sax/features/namespace-prefixes set to true 
+    the reader will report four attributes; but with the \e
+    namespace-prefixes feature set to false only three, with the \e
+    xmlns:fnord attribute defining a namespace being "invisible" to the
+    reader.
+
+    The \e http://xml.org/sax/features/namespaces feature is responsible
+    for reporting local names, namespace prefixes and URIs. With \e
+    http://xml.org/sax/features/namespaces set to true the parser will
+    report \e title as the local name of the \e fnord:title attribute, \e
+    fnord being the namespace prefix and \e http://example.com/fnord/ as
+    the namespace URI. When \e http://xml.org/sax/features/namespaces is
+    false none of them are reported.
+
+    In the current implementation the Qt XML classes follow the definition
+    that the prefix \e xmlns itself isn't associated with any namespace at all
+    (see \link http://www.w3.org/TR/1999/REC-xml-names-19990114/#ns-using 
+    http://www.w3.org/TR/1999/REC-xml-names-19990114/#ns-using \endlink).
+    Therefore even with \e http://xml.org/sax/features/namespaces and
+    \e http://xml.org/sax/features/namespace-prefixes both set to true
+    the reader won't return either a local name, a namespace prefix or
+    a namespace URI for \e xmlns:fnord.
+
+    This might be changed in the future following the W3C suggestion
+    \link http://www.w3.org/2000/xmlns/ http://www.w3.org/2000/xmlns/ \endlink
+    to associate \e xmlns with the namespace \e http://www.w3.org/2000/xmlns. 
+
+    As the SAX2 standard suggests, \l QXmlSimpleReader defaults to having
+    \e http://xml.org/sax/features/namespaces set to true and
+    \e http://xml.org/sax/features/namespace-prefixes set to false.
+    When changing this behavior using \l QXmlSimpleReader::setFeature() 
+    note that the combination of both features set to
+    false is illegal.
+
+    \section2 Summary
+
+    \l QXmlSimpleReader implements the following behavior:
+
+    \table
+    \header \o (namespaces, namespace-prefixes)
+            \o Namespace prefix and local part
+            \o Qualified names
+            \o Prefix mapping
+            \o xmlns attributes
+    \row \o (true, false) \o Yes \o Yes* \o Yes \o No
+    \row \o (true, true) \o Yes \o Yes \o Yes \o Yes
+    \row \o (false, true) \o No* \o Yes \o No* \o Yes
+    \row \o (false, false) \i41 Illegal
+    \endtable
+
+    The behavior of the entries marked with an asterisk (*) is not specified by SAX.
+
+    \section1 Properties
+
+    Properties are a more general concept. They have a unique name,
+    represented as an URI, but their value is \c void*. Thus nearly
+    anything can be used as a property value. This concept involves some
+    danger, though: there is no means of ensuring type-safety; the user
+    must take care that they pass the right type. Properties are
+    useful if a reader supports special handler classes.
+
+    The URIs used for features and properties often look like URLs, e.g.
+    \c http://xml.org/sax/features/namespace. This does not mean that the
+    data required is at this address. It is simply a way of defining
+    unique names.
+
+    Anyone can define and use new SAX2 properties for their readers.
+    Property support is not mandatory.
+
+    To set or query properties the following functions are provided: \l
+    QXmlReader::setProperty(), \l QXmlReader::property() and \l
+    QXmlReader::hasProperty().                     
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page xml-dom.tml
+    \title Working with the DOM Tree
+    \target dom
+
+    \previouspage The SAX Interface
+    \contentspage XML Processing
+    \nextpage {Using XML Technologies}{XQuery/XPath and XML Schema}
+
+    DOM Level 2 is a W3C Recommendation for XML interfaces that maps the
+    constituents of an XML document to a tree structure. The specification
+    of DOM Level 2 can be found at \l{http://www.w3.org/DOM/}.
+
+    \target domIntro
+    \section1 Introduction to DOM
+
+    DOM provides an interface to access and change the content and
+    structure of an XML file. It makes a hierarchical view of the document
+    (a tree view). Thus -- in contrast to the SAX2 interface -- an object
+    model of the document is resident in memory after parsing which makes
+    manipulation easy. 
+
+    All DOM nodes in the document tree are subclasses of \l QDomNode. The
+    document itself is represented as a \l QDomDocument object.
+
+    Here are the available node classes and their potential child classes:
+
+    \list
+    \o \l QDomDocument: Possible children are
+            \list
+            \o \l QDomElement (at most one)
+            \o \l QDomProcessingInstruction
+            \o \l QDomComment
+            \o \l QDomDocumentType
+            \endlist
+    \o \l QDomDocumentFragment: Possible children are
+            \list
+            \o \l QDomElement
+            \o \l QDomProcessingInstruction
+            \o \l QDomComment
+            \o \l QDomText
+            \o \l QDomCDATASection
+            \o \l QDomEntityReference
+            \endlist
+    \o \l QDomDocumentType: No children
+    \o \l QDomEntityReference: Possible children are
+            \list
+            \o \l QDomElement
+            \o \l QDomProcessingInstruction
+            \o \l QDomComment
+            \o \l QDomText
+            \o \l QDomCDATASection
+            \o \l QDomEntityReference
+            \endlist
+    \o \l QDomElement: Possible children are
+            \list
+            \o \l QDomElement
+            \o \l QDomText
+            \o \l QDomComment
+            \o \l QDomProcessingInstruction
+            \o \l QDomCDATASection
+            \o \l QDomEntityReference
+            \endlist
+    \o \l QDomAttr: Possible children are
+            \list
+            \o \l QDomText
+            \o \l QDomEntityReference
+            \endlist
+    \o \l QDomProcessingInstruction: No children
+    \o \l QDomComment: No children
+    \o \l QDomText: No children
+    \o \l QDomCDATASection: No children
+    \o \l QDomEntity: Possible children are
+            \list
+            \o \l QDomElement
+            \o \l QDomProcessingInstruction
+            \o \l QDomComment
+            \o \l QDomText
+            \o \l QDomCDATASection
+            \o \l QDomEntityReference
+            \endlist
+    \o \l QDomNotation: No children
+    \endlist
+
+    With \l QDomNodeList and \l QDomNamedNodeMap two collection classes 
+    are provided: \l QDomNodeList is a list of nodes,
+    and \l QDomNamedNodeMap is used to handle unordered sets of nodes
+    (often used for attributes).
+
+    The \l QDomImplementation class allows the user to query features of the
+    DOM implementation.
+
+    To get started please refer to the \l QDomDocument documentation.
+    You might also want to take a look at the \l{DOM Bookmarks example},
+    which illustrates how to read and write an XML bookmark file (XBEL)
+    using DOM.
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/xml-processing/xquery-introduction.qdoc b/doc/src/xml-processing/xquery-introduction.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d944b09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/src/xml-processing/xquery-introduction.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,1023 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page xquery-introduction.html
+    \title A Short Path to XQuery
+
+    \startpage Using XML Technologies
+    \target XQuery-introduction
+
+XQuery is a language for querying XML data or non-XML data that can be
+modeled as XML. XQuery is specified by the \l{http://www.w3.org}{W3C}.
+
+\tableofcontents
+
+\section1 Introduction
+
+Where Java and C++ are \e{statement-based} languages, the XQuery
+language is \e{expression-based}. The simplest XQuery expression is an
+XML element constructor:
+
+\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 20
+
+This \c{<recipe/>} element is an XQuery expression that forms a
+complete XQuery. In fact, this XQuery doesn't actually query
+anything. It just creates an empty \c{<recipe/>} element in the
+output. But \l{Constructing Elements} {constructing new elements in an
+XQuery} is often necessary.
+
+An XQuery expression can also be enclosed in curly braces and embedded
+in another XQuery expression. This XQuery has a document expression
+embedded in a node expression:
+
+\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 21
+
+It creates a new \c{<html>} element in the output and sets its \c{id}
+attribute to be the \c{id} attribute from an \c{<html>} element in the
+\c{other.html} file.
+
+\section1 Using Path Expressions To Match & Select Items
+
+In C++ and Java, we write nested \c{for} loops and recursive functions
+to traverse XML trees in search of elements of interest. In XQuery, we
+write these iterative and recursive algorithms with \e{path
+expressions}.
+
+A path expression looks somewhat like a typical \e{file pathname} for
+locating a file in a hierarchical file system. It is a sequence of one
+or more \e{steps} separated by slash '/' or double slash '//'.
+Although path expressions are used for traversing XML trees, not file
+systems, in QtXmlPatterms we can model a file system to look like an
+XML tree, so in QtXmlPatterns we can use XQuery to traverse a file
+system. See the \l {File System Example} {file system example}.
+
+Think of a path expression as an algorithm for traversing an XML tree
+to find and collect items of interest. This algorithm is evaluated by
+evaluating each step moving from left to right through the sequence. A
+step is evaluated with a set of input items (nodes and atomic values),
+sometimes called the \e focus.  The step is evaluated for each item in
+the focus. These evaluations produce a new set of items, called the \e
+result, which then becomes the focus that is passed to the next step.
+Evaluation of the final step produces the final result, which is the
+result of the XQuery.  The items in the result set are presented in
+\l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xquery/#id-document-order} {document order}
+and without duplicates.
+
+With QtXmlPatterns, a standard way to present the initial focus to a
+query is to call QXmlQuery::setFocus(). Another common way is to let
+the XQuery itself create the initial focus by using the first step of
+the path expression to call the XQuery \c{doc()} function. The
+\c{doc()} function loads an XML document and returns the \e {document
+node}. Note that the document node is \e{not} the same as the
+\e{document element}. The \e{document node} is a node constructed in
+memory, when the document is loaded. It represents the entire XML
+document, not the document element. The \e{document element} is the
+single, top-level XML element in the file. The \c{doc()} function
+returns the document node, which becomes the singleton node in the
+initial focus set. The document node will have one child node, and
+that child node will represent the document element.  Consider the
+following XQuery:
+
+\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 18
+
+The \c{doc()} function loads the file \l{cookbook.xml} and returns the
+document node. The document node then becomes the focus for the next
+step \c{//recipe}. Here the double slash means select all \c{<recipe>}
+elements found below the document node, regardless of where they
+appear in the document tree.  The query selects all \c{<recipe>}
+elements in the cookbook. See \l{Running The Cookbook Examples} for
+instructions on how to run this query (and most of the ones that
+follow) from the command line.
+
+Conceptually, evaluation of the steps of a path expression is similar
+to iterating through the same number of nested \e{for} loops. Consider
+the following XQuery, which builds on the previous one:
+
+\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 19
+
+This XQuery is a single path expression composed of three steps. The
+first step creates the initial focus by calling the \c{doc()}
+function. We can paraphrase what the query engine does at each step:
+
+\list 1
+    \o for each node in the initial focus (the document node)...
+    \o for each descendant node that is a \c{<recipe>} element...
+    \o collect the child nodes that are \c{<title>} elements.
+\endlist
+
+Again the double slash means select all the \c{<recipe>} elements in the
+document. The single slash before the \c{<title>} element means select
+only those \c{<title>} elements that are \e{child} elements of a
+\c{<recipe>} element (i.e. not grandchildren, etc). The XQuery evaluates
+to a final result set containing the \c{<title>} element of each
+\c{<recipe>} element in the cookbook.
+
+\section2 Axis Steps
+
+The most common kind of path step is called an \e{axis step}, which
+tells the query engine which way to navigate from the context node,
+and which test to perform when it encounters nodes along the way. An
+axis step has two parts, an \e{axis specifier}, and a \e{node test}.
+Conceptually, evaluation of an axis step proceeds as follows: For each
+node in the focus set, the query engine navigates out from the node
+along the specified axis and applies the node test to each node it
+encounters. The nodes selected by the node test are collected in the
+result set, which becomes the focus set for the next step.
+
+In the example XQuery above, the second and third steps are both axis
+steps. Both apply the \c{element(name)} node test to nodes encountered
+while traversing along some axis. But in this example, the two axis
+steps are written in a \l{Shorthand Form} {shorthand form}, where the
+axis specifier and the node test are not written explicitly but are
+implied. XQueries are normally written in this shorthand form, but
+they can also be written in the longhand form. If we rewrite the
+XQuery in the longhand form, it looks like this:
+
+\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 22
+
+The two axis steps have been expanded. The first step (\c{//recipe})
+has been rewritten as \c{/descendant-or-self::element(recipe)}, where
+\c{descendant-or-self::} is the axis specifier and \c{element(recipe)}
+is the node test. The second step (\c{title}) has been rewritten as
+\c{/child::element(title)}, where \c{child::} is the axis specifier
+and \c{element(title)} is the node test. The output of the expanded
+XQuery will be exactly the same as the output of the shorthand form.
+
+To create an axis step, concatenate an axis specifier and a node
+test. The following sections list the axis specifiers and node tests
+that are available.
+
+\section2 Axis Specifiers
+
+An axis specifier defines the direction you want the query engine to
+take, when it navigates away from the context node. QtXmlPatterns
+supports the following axes.
+
+\table
+\header
+  \o Axis Specifier
+  \o refers to the axis containing...
+  \row
+    \o \c{self::}
+    \o the context node itself
+  \row
+    \o \c{attribute::}
+    \o all attribute nodes of the context node
+  \row
+    \o \c{child::}
+    \o all child nodes of the context node (not attributes)
+  \row
+    \o \c{descendant::}
+    \o all descendants of the context node (children, grandchildren, etc)
+  \row
+    \o \c{descendant-or-self::}
+    \o all nodes in \c{descendant} + \c{self}
+  \row
+    \o \c{parent::}
+    \o the parent node of the context node, or empty if there is no parent
+  \row
+    \o \c{ancestor::}
+    \o all ancestors of the context node (parent, grandparent, etc)
+  \row
+    \o \c{ancestor-or-self::}
+    \o all nodes in \c{ancestor} + \c{self}
+  \row
+    \o \c{following::}
+    \o all nodes in the tree containing the context node, \e not
+    including \c{descendant}, \e and that follow the context node
+    in the document
+  \row
+    \o \c{preceding::}
+    \o all nodes in the tree contianing the context node, \e not
+    including \c{ancestor}, \e and that precede the context node in
+    the document
+  \row
+    \o \c{following-sibling::}
+    \o all children of the context node's \c{parent} that follow the
+    context node in the document
+  \row
+    \o \c{preceding-sibling::}
+    \o all children of the context node's \c{parent} that precede the
+    context node in the document
+\endtable
+
+\section2 Node Tests
+
+A node test is a conditional expression that must be true for a node
+if the node is to be selected by the axis step. The conditional
+expression can test just the \e kind of node, or it can test the \e
+kind of node and the \e name of the node. The XQuery specification for
+\l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xquery/#node-tests} {node tests} also defines
+a third condition, the node's \e {Schema Type}, but schema type tests
+are not supported in QtXmlPatterns.
+
+QtXmlPatterns supports the following node tests. The tests that have a
+\c{name} parameter test the node's name in addition to its \e{kind}
+and are often called the \l{Name Tests}.
+
+\table
+\header
+  \o Node Test
+  \o matches all...
+  \row
+    \o \c{node()}
+    \o nodes of any kind
+  \row
+    \o \c{text()}
+    \o text nodes
+  \row
+    \o \c{comment()}
+    \o comment nodes
+  \row
+    \o \c{element()}
+    \o element nodes (same as star: *)
+  \row
+    \o \c{element(name)}
+    \o element nodes named \c{name}
+  \row
+    \o \c{attribute()}
+    \o attribute nodes
+  \row
+    \o \c{attribute(name)}
+    \o attribute nodes named \c{name}
+   \row
+    \o \c{processing-instruction()}
+    \o processing-instructions
+  \row
+    \o \c{processing-instruction(name)}
+    \o processing-instructions named \c{name}
+  \row
+    \o \c{document-node()}
+    \o document nodes (there is only one)
+  \row
+    \o \c{document-node(element(name))}
+    \o document node with document element \c{name}
+\endtable
+
+\target Shorthand Form
+\section2 Shorthand Form
+
+Writing axis steps using the longhand form with axis specifiers and
+node tests is semantically clear but syntactically verbose. The
+shorthand form is easy to learn and, once you learn it, just as easy
+to read. In the shorthand form, the axis specifier and node test are
+implied by the syntax. XQueries are normally written in the shorthand
+form. Here is a table of some frequently used shorthand forms:
+
+\table
+\header
+  \o Shorthand syntax
+  \o Short for...
+  \o matches all...
+  \row
+    \o \c{name}
+    \o \c{child::element(name)}
+    \o child nodes that are \c{name} elements
+
+  \row
+    \o \c{*}
+    \o \c{child::element()}
+    \o child nodes that are elements (\c{node()} matches
+    \e all child nodes)
+
+  \row
+    \o \c{..}
+    \o \c{parent::node()}
+    \o parent nodes (there is only one)
+
+  \row
+    \o \c{@*}
+    \o \c{attribute::attribute()}
+    \o attribute nodes
+
+  \row
+    \o \c{@name}
+    \o \c{attribute::attribute(name)}
+    \o \c{name} attributes
+
+  \row
+    \o \c{//}
+    \o \c{descendant-or-self::node()}
+    \o descendent nodes (when used instead of '/')
+
+\endtable
+
+The \l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xquery/}{XQuery language specification}
+has a more detailed section on the shorthand form, which it calls the
+\l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xquery/#abbrev} {abbreviated syntax}. More
+examples of path expressions written in the shorthand form are found
+there. There is also a section listing examples of path expressions
+written in the \l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xquery/#unabbrev} {longhand
+form}.
+
+\target Name Tests
+\section2 Name Tests
+
+The name tests are the \l{Node Tests} that have the \c{name}
+parameter. A name test must match the node \e name in addition to the
+node \e kind. We have already seen name tests used:
+
+\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 19
+
+In this path expression, both \c{recipe} and \c{title} are name tests
+written in the shorthand form. XQuery resolves these names
+(\l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xquery/#id-basics}{QNames}) to their expanded
+form using whatever
+\l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xquery/#dt-namespace-declaration} {namespace
+declarations} it knows about. Resolving a name to its expanded form
+means replacing its namespace prefix, if one is present (there aren't
+any present in the example), with a namespace URI. The expanded name
+then consists of the namespace URI and the local name.
+
+But the names in the example above don't have namespace prefixes,
+because we didn't include a namespace declaration in our
+\c{cookbook.xml} file. However, we will often use XQuery to query XML
+documents that use namespaces. Forgetting to declare the correct
+namespace(s) in an XQuery is a common cause of XQuery failures. Let's
+add a \e{default} namespace to \c{cookbook.xml} now. Change the
+\e{document element} in \c{cookbook.xml} from:
+
+\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 23
+
+to...
+
+\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 24
+
+This is called a \e{default namespace} declaration because it doesn't
+include a namespace prefix. By including this default namespace
+declaration in the document element, we mean that all unprefixed
+\e{element} names in the document, including the document element
+itself (\c{cookbook}), are automatically in the default namespace
+\c{http://cookbook/namespace}. Note that unprefixed \e{attribute}
+names are not affected by the default namespace declaration. They are
+always considered to be in \e{no namespace}.  Note also that the URL
+we choose as our namespace URI need not refer to an actual location,
+and doesn't refer to one in this case. But click on
+\l{http://www.w3.org/XML/1998/namespace}, for example, which is the
+namespace URI for elements and attributes prefixed with \c{xml:}.
+
+Now when we try to run the previous XQuery example, no output is
+produced! The path expression no longer matches anything in the
+cookbook file because our XQuery doesn't yet know about the namespace
+declaration we added to the cookbook document. There are two ways we
+can declare the namespace in the XQuery. We can give it a \e{namespace
+prefix} (e.g. \c{c} for cookbook) and prefix each name test with the
+namespace prefix:
+
+\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 3
+
+Or we can declare the namespace to be the \e{default element
+namespace}, and then we can still run the original XQuery:
+
+\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 4
+
+Both methods will work and produce the same output, all the
+\c{<title>} elements:
+
+\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 5
+
+But note how the output is slightly different from the output we saw
+before we added the default namespace declaration to the cookbook file.
+QtXmlPatterns automatically includes the correct namespace attribute
+in each \c{<title>} element in the output. When QtXmlPatterns loads a
+document and expands a QName, it creates an instance of QXmlName,
+which retains the namespace prefix along with the namespace URI and
+the local name. See QXmlName for further details.
+
+One thing to keep in mind from this namespace discussion, whether you
+run XQueries in a Qt program using QtXmlPatterns, or you run them from
+the command line using xmlpatterns, is that if you don't get the
+output you expect, it might be because the data you are querying uses
+namespaces, but you didn't declare those namespaces in your XQuery.
+
+\section3 Wildcards in Name Tests
+
+The wildcard \c{'*'} can be used in a name test. To find all the
+attributes in the cookbook but select only the ones in the \c{xml}
+namespace, use the \c{xml:} namespace prefix but replace the
+\e{local name} (the attribute name) with the wildcard:
+
+\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 7
+
+Oops! If you save this XQuery in \c{file.xq} and run it through
+\c{xmlpatterns}, it doesn't work. You get an error message instead,
+something like this: \e{Error SENR0001 in file:///...file.xq, at line
+1, column 1: Attribute xml:id can't be serialized because it appears
+at the top level.} The XQuery actually ran correctly. It selected a
+bunch of \c{xml:id} attributes and put them in the result set. But
+then \c{xmlpatterns} sent the result set to a \l{QXmlSerializer}
+{serializer}, which tried to output it as well-formed XML. Since the
+result set contains only attributes and attributes alone are not
+well-formed XML, the \l{QXmlSerializer} {serializer} reports a
+\l{http://www.w3.org/TR/2005/WD-xslt-xquery-serialization-20050915/#id-errors}
+{serialization error}.
+
+Fear not. XQuery can do more than just find and select elements and
+attributes. It can \l{Constructing Elements} {construct new ones on
+the fly} as well, which is what we need to do here if we want
+\c{xmlpatterns} to let us see the attributes we selected. The example
+above and the ones below are revisited in the \l{Constructing
+Elements} section. You can jump ahead to see the modified examples
+now, and then come back, or you can press on from here.
+
+To find all the \c{name} attributes in the cookbook and select them
+all regardless of their namespace, replace the namespace prefix with
+the wildcard and write \c{name} (the attribute name) as the local
+name:
+
+\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 8
+
+To find and select all the attributes of the \e{document element} in
+the cookbook, replace the entire name test with the wildcard:
+
+\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 9
+
+\section1 Using Predicates In Path Expressions
+
+Predicates can be used to further filter the nodes selected by a path
+expression. A predicate is an expression in square brackets ('[' and
+']') that either returns a boolean value or a number. A predicate can
+appear at the end of any path step in a path expression. The predicate
+is applied to each node in the focus set.  If a node passes the
+filter, the node is included in the result set.  The query below
+selects the recipe element that has the \c{<title>} element
+\c{"Hard-Boiled Eggs"}.
+
+\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 10
+
+The dot expression ('.') can be used in predicates and path
+expressions to refer to the current context node. The following query
+uses the dot expression to refer to the current \c{<method>} element.
+The query selects the empty \c{<method>} elements from the cookbook.
+
+\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 11
+
+Note that passing the dot expression to the
+\l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xpath-functions/#func-string-length}
+{string-length()} function is optional. When
+\l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xpath-functions/#func-string-length}
+{string-length()} is called with no parameter, the context node is
+assumed:
+
+\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 12
+
+Actually, selecting an empty \c{<method>} element might not be very
+useful by itself. It doesn't tell you which recipe has the empty
+method:
+
+\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 31
+
+\target Empty Method Not Robust
+What you probably want to see instead are the \c{<recipe>} elements that
+have empty \c{<method>} elements:
+
+\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 32
+
+The predicate uses the
+\l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xpath-functions/#func-string-length}
+{string-length()} function to test the length of each \c{<method>}
+element in each \c{<recipe>} element found by the node test. If a
+\c{<method>} contains no text, the predicate evaluates to \c{true} and
+the \c{<recipe>} element is selected. If the method contains some
+text, the predicate evaluates to \c{false}, and the \c{<recipe>}
+element is discarded.  The output is the entire recipe that has no
+instructions for preparation:
+
+\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 33
+
+The astute reader will have noticed that this use of
+\c{string-length()} to find an empty element is unreliable. It works
+in this case, because the method element is written as \c{<method/>},
+guaranteeing that its string length will be 0. It will still work if
+the method element is written as \c{<method></method>}, but it will
+fail if there is any whitespace between the opening and ending
+\c{<method>} tags. A more robust way to find the recipes with empty
+methods is presented in the section on \l{Boolean Predicates}.
+
+There are many more functions and operators defined for XQuery and
+XPath. They are all \l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xpath-functions}
+{documented here}.
+
+\section2 Positional Predicates
+
+Predicates are often used to filter items based on their position in
+a sequence. For path expressions processing items loaded from XML
+documents, the normal sequence is
+\l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xquery/#id-document-order} {document order}.
+This query returns the second \c{<recipe>} element in the
+\c{cookbook.xml} file:
+
+\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 13
+
+The other frequently used positional function is
+\l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xpath-functions/#func-last} {last()}, which
+returns the numeric position of the last item in the focus set. Stated
+another way, \l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xpath-functions/#func-last}
+{last()} returns the size of the focus set. This query returns the
+last recipe in the cookbook:
+
+\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 16
+
+And this query returns the next to last \c{<recipe>}:
+
+\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 17
+
+\section2 Boolean Predicates
+
+The other kind of predicate evaluates to \e true or \e false. A
+boolean predicate takes the value of its expression and determines its
+\e{effective boolean value} according to the following rules:
+
+\list
+    \o An expression that evaluates to a single node is \c{true}.
+
+    \o An expression that evaluates to a string is \c{false} if the
+       string is empty and \c{true} if the string is not empty.
+
+    \o An expression that evaluates to a boolean value (i.e. type
+    \c{xs:boolean}) is that value.
+
+    \o If the expression evaluates to anything else, it's an error
+    (e.g. type \c{xs:date}).
+
+\endlist
+
+We have already seen some boolean predicates in use.  Earlier, we saw
+a \e{not so robust} way to find the \l{Empty Method Not Robust}
+{recipes that have no instructions}. \c{[string-length(method) = 0]}
+is a boolean predicate that would fail in the example if the empty
+method element was written with both opening and closing tags and
+there was whitespace between the tags. Here is a more robust way that
+uses a different boolean predicate.
+
+\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 34
+
+This one uses the
+\l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xpath-functions/#func-empty} {empty()} and
+function to test whether the method contains any steps. If the method
+contains no steps, then \c{empty(step)} will return \c{true}, and
+hence the predicate will evaluate to \c{true}.
+
+But even that version isn't foolproof. Suppose the method does contain
+steps, but all the steps themselves are empty. That's still a case of
+a recipe with no instructions that won't be detected. There is a
+better way:
+
+\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 35
+
+This version uses the
+\l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xpath-functions/#func-not} {not} and
+\l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xpath-functions/#func-normalize-space}
+{normalize-space()} functions. \c{normalize-space(method))} returns
+the contents of the method element as a string, but with all the
+whitespace normalized, i.e., the string value of each \c{<step>}
+element will have its whitespace normalized, and then all the
+normalized step values will be concatenated. If that string is empty,
+then \c{not()} returns \c{true} and the predicate is \c{true}.
+
+We can also use the
+\l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xpath-functions/#func-position} {position()}
+function in a comparison to inspect positions with conditional logic. The
+\l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xpath-functions/#func-position} {position()}
+function returns the position index of the current context item in the
+sequence of items:
+
+\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 14
+
+Note that the first position in the sequence is position 1, not 0. We
+can also select \e{all} the recipes after the first one:
+
+\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 15
+
+\target Constructing Elements
+\section1 Constructing Elements
+
+In the section about \l{Wildcards in Name Tests} {using wildcards in
+name tests}, we saw three simple example XQueries, each of which
+selected a different list of XML attributes from the cookbook.  We
+couldn't use \c{xmlpatterns} to run these queries, however, because
+\c{xmlpatterns} sends the XQuery results to a \l{QXmlSerializer}
+{serializer}, which expects to serialize the results as well-formed
+XML. Since a list of XML attributes by itself is not well-formed XML,
+the serializer reported an error for each XQuery.
+
+Since an attribute must appear in an element, for each attribute in
+the result set, we must create an XML element. We can do that using a
+\l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xquery/#id-for-let} {\e{for} clause} with a
+\l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xquery/#id-variables} {bound variable}, and a
+\l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xquery/#id-orderby-return} {\e{return}
+clause} with an element constructor:
+
+\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 25
+
+The \e{for} clause produces a sequence of attribute nodes from the result
+of the path expression. Each attribute node in the sequence is bound
+to the variable \c{$i}. The \e{return} clause then constructs a \c{<p>}
+element around the attribute node. Here is the output:
+
+\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 28
+
+The output contains one \c{<p>} element for each \c{xml:id} attribute
+in the cookbook. Note that XQuery puts each attribute in the right
+place in its \c{<p>} element, despite the fact that in the \e{return}
+clause, the \c{$i} variable is positioned as if it is meant to become
+\c{<p>} element content.
+
+The other two examples from the \l{Wildcards in Name Tests} {wildcard}
+section can be rewritten the same way. Here is the XQuery that selects
+all the \c{name} attributes, regardless of namespace:
+
+\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 26
+
+And here is its output:
+
+\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 29
+
+And here is the XQuery that selects all the attributes from the
+\e{document element}:
+
+\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 27
+
+And here is its output:
+
+\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 30
+
+\section2 Element Constructors are Expressions
+
+Because node constructors are expressions, they can be used in
+XQueries wherever expressions are allowed.
+
+\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 40
+
+If \c{cookbook.xml} is loaded without error, a \c{<resept>} element
+(Norweigian word for recipe) is constructed for each \c{<recipe>}
+element in the cookbook, and the child nodes of the \c{<recipe>} are
+copied into the \c{<resept>} element. But if the cookbook document
+doesn't exist or does not contain well-formed XML, a single
+\c{<resept>} element is constructed containing an error message.
+
+\section1 Constructing Atomic Values
+
+XQuery also has atomic values. An atomic value is a value in the value
+space of one of the built-in datatypes in the \l
+{http://www.w3.org/TR/xmlschema-2} {XML Schema language}. These
+\e{atomic types} have built-in operators for doing arithmetic,
+comparisons, and for converting values to other atomic types. See the
+\l {http://www.w3.org/TR/xmlschema-2/#built-in-datatypes} {Built-in
+Datatype Hierarchy} for the entire tree of built-in, primitive and
+derived atomic types. \note Click on a data type in the tree for its
+detailed specification.
+
+To construct an atomic value as element content, enclose an expression
+in curly braces and embed it in the element constructor:
+
+\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 36
+
+Sending this XQuery through xmlpatterns produces:
+
+\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 37
+
+To compute the value of an attribute, enclose the expression in
+curly braces and embed it in the attribute value:
+
+\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 38
+
+Sending this XQuery through xmlpatterns produces:
+
+\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 39
+
+\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 40
+
+If \c{cookbook.xml} is loaded without error, a \c{<resept>} element
+(Norweigian word for recipe) is constructed for each \c{<recipe>}
+element in the cookbook, and the child nodes of the \c{<recipe>} are
+copied into the \c{<resept>} element. But if the cookbook document
+doesn't exist or does not contain well-formed XML, a single
+\c{<resept>} element is constructed containing an error message.
+
+\section1 Running The Cookbook Examples
+
+Most of the XQuery examples in this document refer to the cookbook
+written in XML shown below. Save it as \c{cookbook.xml}. In the same
+directory, save one of the cookbook XQuery examples in a \c{.xq} file
+(e.g. \c{file.xq}). Run the XQuery using Qt's command line utility:
+
+\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 6
+
+\section2 cookbook.xml
+
+\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 100
+
+\section1 Further Reading
+
+There is much more to the XQuery language than we have presented in
+this short introduction. We will be adding more here in later
+releases. In the meantime, playing with the \c{xmlpatterns} utility
+and making modifications to the XQuery examples provided here will be
+quite informative. An XQuery textbook will be a good investment.
+
+You can also ask questions on XQuery mail lists:
+
+\list
+\o
+\l{http://qt.nokia.com/lists/qt-interest/}{qt-interest}
+\o
+\l{http://www.x-query.com/mailman/listinfo/talk}{talk at x-query.com}.
+\endlist
+
+\l{http://www.functx.com/functx/}{FunctX} has a collection of XQuery
+functions that can be both useful and educational.
+
+This introduction contains many links to the specifications, which, of course,
+are the ultimate source of information about XQuery. They can be a bit
+difficult, though, so consider investing in a textbook:
+
+\list
+
+    \o \l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xquery/}{XQuery 1.0: An XML Query
+    Language} - the main source for syntax and semantics.
+
+    \o \l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xpath-functions/}{XQuery 1.0 and XPath
+       2.0 Functions and Operators} - the builtin functions and operators.
+
+\endlist
+
+\section1 FAQ
+
+The answers to these frequently asked questions explain the causes of
+several common mistakes that most beginners make.  Reading through the
+answers ahead of time might save you a lot of head scratching.
+
+\section2 Why didn't my path expression match anything?
+
+The most common cause of this bug is failure to declare one or more
+namespaces in your XQuery. Consider the following query for selecting
+all the examples in an XHTML document:
+
+\quotefile snippets/patternist/simpleHTML.xq
+
+It won't match anything because \c{index.html} is an XHTML file, and
+all XHTML files declare the default namespace
+\c{"http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"} in their top (\c{<html>}) element.
+But the query doesn't declare this namespace, so the path expression
+expands \c{html} to \c{{}html} and tries to match that expanded name.
+But the actual expanded name is
+\c{{http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml}html}. One possible fix is to declare the
+correct default namespace in the XQuery:
+
+\quotefile snippets/patternist/simpleXHTML.xq
+
+Another common cause of this bug is to confuse the \e{document node}
+with the top element node. They are different. This query won't match
+anything:
+
+\quotefile snippets/patternist/docPlainHTML.xq
+
+The \c{doc()} function returns the \e{document node}, not the top
+element node (\c{<html>}). Don't forget to match the top element node
+in the path expression:
+
+\quotefile snippets/patternist/docPlainHTML2.xq
+
+\section2 What if my input namespace is different from my output namespace?
+
+Just remember to declare both namespaces in your XQuery and use them
+properly. Consider the following query, which is meant to generate
+XHTML output from XML input:
+
+\quotefile snippets/patternist/embedDataInXHTML.xq
+
+We want the \c{<html>}, \c{<body>}, and \c{<p>} nodes we create in the
+output to be in the standard XHTML namespace, so we declare the
+default namespace to be \c{http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml}. That's
+correct for the output, but that same default namespace will also be
+applied to the node names in the path expression we're trying to match
+in the input (\c{/tests/test[@status = "failure"]}), which is wrong,
+because the namespace used in \c{testResult.xml} is perhaps in the
+empty namespace. So we must declare that namespace too, with a
+namespace prefix, and then use the prefix with the node names in
+the path expression. This one will probably work better:
+
+\quotefile snippets/patternist/embedDataInXHTML2.xq
+
+\section2 Why doesn't my return clause work?
+
+Recall that XQuery is an \e{expression-based} language, not
+\e{statement-based}. Because an XQuery is a lot of expressions,
+understanding XQuery expression precedence is very important.
+Consider the following query:
+
+\quotefile snippets/patternist/forClause2.xq
+
+It looks ok, but it isn't. It is supposed to be a FLWOR expression
+comprising a \e{for} clause and a \e{return} clause, but it isn't just
+that. It \e{has} a FLWOR expression, certainly (with the \e{for} and
+\e{return} clauses), but it \e{also} has an arithmetic expression
+(\e{+ $d}) dangling at the end because we didn't enclose the return
+expression in parentheses.
+
+Using parentheses to establish precedence is more important in XQuery
+than in other languages, because XQuery is \e{expression-based}. In
+In this case, without parantheses enclosing \c{$i + $d}, the return
+clause only returns \c{$i}. The \c{+$d} will have the result of the
+FLWOR expression as its left operand. And, since the scope of variable
+\c{$d} ends at the end of the \e{return} clause, a variable out of
+scope error will be reported. Correct these problems by using
+parentheses.
+
+\quotefile snippets/patternist/forClause.xq
+
+\section2 Why didn't my expression get evaluated?
+
+You probably misplaced some curly braces. When you want an expression
+evaluated inside an element constructor, enclose the expression in
+curly braces. Without the curly braces, the expression will be
+interpreted as text. Here is a \c{sum()} expression used in an \c{<e>}
+element. The table shows cases where the curly braces are missing,
+misplaced, and placed correctly:
+
+\table
+\header
+  \o element constructor with expression...
+  \o evaluates to...
+  \row
+    \o <e>sum((1, 2, 3))</e>
+    \o <e>sum((1, 2, 3))</e>
+  \row
+    \o <e>sum({(1, 2, 3)})</e>
+    \o <e>sum(1 2 3)</e>
+  \row
+    \o <e>{sum((1, 2, 3))}</e>
+    \o <e>6</e>
+\endtable
+
+\section2 My predicate is correct, so why doesn't it select the right stuff?
+
+Either you put your predicate in the wrong place in your path
+expression, or you forgot to add some parentheses.  Consider this
+input file \c{doc.txt}:
+
+\quotefile snippets/patternist/doc.txt
+
+Suppose you want the first \c{<span>} element of every \c{<p>}
+element. Apply a position filter (\c{[1]}) to the \c{/span} path step:
+
+\quotefile snippets/patternist/filterOnStep.xq
+
+Applying the \c{[1]} filter to the \c{/span} step returns the first
+\c{<span>} element of each \c{<p>} element:
+
+\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 41
+
+\note: You can write the same query this way:
+
+\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 44
+
+Or you can reduce it right down to this:
+
+\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 45
+
+On the other hand, suppose you really want only one \c{<span>}
+element, the first one in the document (i.e., you only want the first
+\c{<span>} element in the first \c{<p>} element). Then you have to do
+more filtering. There are two ways you can do it. You can apply the
+\c{[1]} filter in the same place as above but enclose the path
+expression in parentheses:
+
+\quotefile snippets/patternist/filterOnPath.xq
+
+Or you can apply a second position filter (\c{[1]} again) to the
+\c{/p} path step:
+
+\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 43
+
+Either way the query will return only the first \c{<span>} element in
+the document:
+
+\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 42
+
+\section2 Why doesn't my FLWOR behave as expected?
+
+The quick answer is you probably expected your XQuery FLWOR to behave
+just like a C++ \e{for} loop. But they aren't the same. Consider a
+simple example:
+
+\quotefile snippets/patternist/letOrderBy.xq
+
+This query evaluates to \e{4 -4 -2 2 -8 8}. The \e{for} clause does
+set up a \e{for} loop style iteration, which does evaluate the rest of
+the FLWOR multiple times, one time for each value returned by the
+\e{in} expression. That much is similar to the C++ \e{for} loop.
+
+But consider the \e{return} clause. In C++ if you hit a \e{return}
+statement, you break out of the \e{for} loop and return from the
+function with one value. Not so in XQuery. The \e{return} clause is
+the last clause of the FLWOR, and it means: \e{Append the return value
+to the result list and then begin the next iteration of the FLWOR}.
+When the \e{for} clause's \e{in} expression no longer returns a value,
+the entire result list is returned.
+
+Next, consider the \e{order by} clause. It doesn't do any sorting on
+each iteration of the FLWOR. It just evaluates its expression on each
+iteration (\c{$a} in this case) to get an ordering value to map to the
+result item from each iteration. These ordering values are kept in a
+parallel list. The result list is sorted at the end using the parallel
+list of ordering values.
+
+The last difference to note here is that the \e{let} clause does
+\e{not} set up an iteration through a sequence of values like the
+\e{for} clause does. The \e{let} clause isn't a sort of nested loop.
+It isn't a loop at all. It is just a variable binding.  On each
+iteration, it binds the \e{entire} sequence of values on the right to
+the variable on the left. In the example above, it binds (4 -4) to
+\c{$b} on the first iteration, (-2 2) on the second iteration, and (-8
+8) on the third iteration. So the following query doesn't iterate
+through anything, and doesn't do any ordering:
+
+\quotefile snippets/patternist/invalidLetOrderBy.xq
+
+It binds the entire sequence (2, 3, 1) to \c{$i} one time only; the
+\e{order by} clause only has one thing to order and hence does
+nothing, and the query evaluates to 2 3 1, the sequence assigned to
+\c{$i}.
+
+\note We didn't include a \e{where} clause in the example. The
+\e{where} clause is for filtering results.
+
+\section2 Why are my elements created in the wrong order?
+
+The short answer is your elements are \e{not} created in the wrong
+order, because when appearing as operands to a path expression,
+there is no correct order. Consider the following query,
+which again uses the input file \c{doc.txt}:
+
+\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 46
+
+The query finds all the \c{<p>} elements in the file. For each \c{<p>}
+element, it builds a \c{<p>} element in the output containing the
+concatenated contents of all the \c{<p>} element's child \c{<span>}
+elements. Running the query through \c{xmlpatterns} might produce the
+following output, which is not sorted in the expected order.
+
+\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 47
+
+You can use a \e{for} loop to ensure that the order of
+the result set corresponds to the order of the input sequence:
+
+\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 48
+
+This version produces the same result set but in the expected order:
+
+\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 49
+
+\section2 Why can't I use \c{true} and \c{false} in my XQuery?
+
+You can, but not by just using the names \c{true} and \c{false}
+directly, because they are \l{Name Tests} {name tests} although they look
+like boolean constants. The simple way to create the boolean values is
+to use the builtin functions \c{true()} and \c{false()} wherever
+you want to use \c{true} and \c{false}. The other way is to invoke the
+boolean constructor:
+
+\quotefile snippets/patternist/xsBooleanTrue.xq
+
+*/
diff --git a/doc/src/xquery-introduction.qdoc b/doc/src/xquery-introduction.qdoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 02e4f47..0000000
--- a/doc/src/xquery-introduction.qdoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1024 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*!
-    \page xquery-introduction.html
-    \title A Short Path to XQuery
-    \ingroup scripting
-
-    \startpage index.html QtReference Documentation
-    \target XQuery-introduction
-
-XQuery is a language for querying XML data or non-XML data that can be
-modeled as XML. XQuery is specified by the \l{http://www.w3.org}{W3C}.
-
-\tableofcontents
-
-\section1 Introduction
-
-Where Java and C++ are \e{statement-based} languages, the XQuery
-language is \e{expression-based}. The simplest XQuery expression is an
-XML element constructor:
-
-\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 20
-
-This \c{<recipe/>} element is an XQuery expression that forms a
-complete XQuery. In fact, this XQuery doesn't actually query
-anything. It just creates an empty \c{<recipe/>} element in the
-output. But \l{Constructing Elements} {constructing new elements in an
-XQuery} is often necessary.
-
-An XQuery expression can also be enclosed in curly braces and embedded
-in another XQuery expression. This XQuery has a document expression
-embedded in a node expression:
-
-\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 21
-
-It creates a new \c{<html>} element in the output and sets its \c{id}
-attribute to be the \c{id} attribute from an \c{<html>} element in the
-\c{other.html} file.
-
-\section1 Using Path Expressions To Match & Select Items
-
-In C++ and Java, we write nested \c{for} loops and recursive functions
-to traverse XML trees in search of elements of interest. In XQuery, we
-write these iterative and recursive algorithms with \e{path
-expressions}.
-
-A path expression looks somewhat like a typical \e{file pathname} for
-locating a file in a hierarchical file system. It is a sequence of one
-or more \e{steps} separated by slash '/' or double slash '//'.
-Although path expressions are used for traversing XML trees, not file
-systems, in QtXmlPatterms we can model a file system to look like an
-XML tree, so in QtXmlPatterns we can use XQuery to traverse a file
-system. See the \l {File System Example} {file system example}.
-
-Think of a path expression as an algorithm for traversing an XML tree
-to find and collect items of interest. This algorithm is evaluated by
-evaluating each step moving from left to right through the sequence. A
-step is evaluated with a set of input items (nodes and atomic values),
-sometimes called the \e focus.  The step is evaluated for each item in
-the focus. These evaluations produce a new set of items, called the \e
-result, which then becomes the focus that is passed to the next step.
-Evaluation of the final step produces the final result, which is the
-result of the XQuery.  The items in the result set are presented in
-\l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xquery/#id-document-order} {document order}
-and without duplicates.
-
-With QtXmlPatterns, a standard way to present the initial focus to a
-query is to call QXmlQuery::setFocus(). Another common way is to let
-the XQuery itself create the initial focus by using the first step of
-the path expression to call the XQuery \c{doc()} function. The
-\c{doc()} function loads an XML document and returns the \e {document
-node}. Note that the document node is \e{not} the same as the
-\e{document element}. The \e{document node} is a node constructed in
-memory, when the document is loaded. It represents the entire XML
-document, not the document element. The \e{document element} is the
-single, top-level XML element in the file. The \c{doc()} function
-returns the document node, which becomes the singleton node in the
-initial focus set. The document node will have one child node, and
-that child node will represent the document element.  Consider the
-following XQuery:
-
-\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 18
-
-The \c{doc()} function loads the file \l{cookbook.xml} and returns the
-document node. The document node then becomes the focus for the next
-step \c{//recipe}. Here the double slash means select all \c{<recipe>}
-elements found below the document node, regardless of where they
-appear in the document tree.  The query selects all \c{<recipe>}
-elements in the cookbook. See \l{Running The Cookbook Examples} for
-instructions on how to run this query (and most of the ones that
-follow) from the command line.
-
-Conceptually, evaluation of the steps of a path expression is similar
-to iterating through the same number of nested \e{for} loops. Consider
-the following XQuery, which builds on the previous one:
-
-\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 19
-
-This XQuery is a single path expression composed of three steps. The
-first step creates the initial focus by calling the \c{doc()}
-function. We can paraphrase what the query engine does at each step:
-
-\list 1
-    \o for each node in the initial focus (the document node)...
-    \o for each descendant node that is a \c{<recipe>} element...
-    \o collect the child nodes that are \c{<title>} elements.
-\endlist
-
-Again the double slash means select all the \c{<recipe>} elements in the
-document. The single slash before the \c{<title>} element means select
-only those \c{<title>} elements that are \e{child} elements of a
-\c{<recipe>} element (i.e. not grandchildren, etc). The XQuery evaluates
-to a final result set containing the \c{<title>} element of each
-\c{<recipe>} element in the cookbook.
-
-\section2 Axis Steps
-
-The most common kind of path step is called an \e{axis step}, which
-tells the query engine which way to navigate from the context node,
-and which test to perform when it encounters nodes along the way. An
-axis step has two parts, an \e{axis specifier}, and a \e{node test}.
-Conceptually, evaluation of an axis step proceeds as follows: For each
-node in the focus set, the query engine navigates out from the node
-along the specified axis and applies the node test to each node it
-encounters. The nodes selected by the node test are collected in the
-result set, which becomes the focus set for the next step.
-
-In the example XQuery above, the second and third steps are both axis
-steps. Both apply the \c{element(name)} node test to nodes encountered
-while traversing along some axis. But in this example, the two axis
-steps are written in a \l{Shorthand Form} {shorthand form}, where the
-axis specifier and the node test are not written explicitly but are
-implied. XQueries are normally written in this shorthand form, but
-they can also be written in the longhand form. If we rewrite the
-XQuery in the longhand form, it looks like this:
-
-\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 22
-
-The two axis steps have been expanded. The first step (\c{//recipe})
-has been rewritten as \c{/descendant-or-self::element(recipe)}, where
-\c{descendant-or-self::} is the axis specifier and \c{element(recipe)}
-is the node test. The second step (\c{title}) has been rewritten as
-\c{/child::element(title)}, where \c{child::} is the axis specifier
-and \c{element(title)} is the node test. The output of the expanded
-XQuery will be exactly the same as the output of the shorthand form.
-
-To create an axis step, concatenate an axis specifier and a node
-test. The following sections list the axis specifiers and node tests
-that are available.
-
-\section2 Axis Specifiers
-
-An axis specifier defines the direction you want the query engine to
-take, when it navigates away from the context node. QtXmlPatterns
-supports the following axes.
-
-\table
-\header
-  \o Axis Specifier
-  \o refers to the axis containing...
-  \row
-    \o \c{self::}
-    \o the context node itself
-  \row
-    \o \c{attribute::}
-    \o all attribute nodes of the context node
-  \row
-    \o \c{child::}
-    \o all child nodes of the context node (not attributes)
-  \row
-    \o \c{descendant::}
-    \o all descendants of the context node (children, grandchildren, etc)
-  \row
-    \o \c{descendant-or-self::}
-    \o all nodes in \c{descendant} + \c{self}
-  \row
-    \o \c{parent::}
-    \o the parent node of the context node, or empty if there is no parent
-  \row
-    \o \c{ancestor::}
-    \o all ancestors of the context node (parent, grandparent, etc)
-  \row
-    \o \c{ancestor-or-self::}
-    \o all nodes in \c{ancestor} + \c{self}
-  \row
-    \o \c{following::}
-    \o all nodes in the tree containing the context node, \e not
-    including \c{descendant}, \e and that follow the context node
-    in the document
-  \row
-    \o \c{preceding::}
-    \o all nodes in the tree contianing the context node, \e not
-    including \c{ancestor}, \e and that precede the context node in
-    the document
-  \row
-    \o \c{following-sibling::}
-    \o all children of the context node's \c{parent} that follow the
-    context node in the document
-  \row
-    \o \c{preceding-sibling::}
-    \o all children of the context node's \c{parent} that precede the
-    context node in the document
-\endtable
-
-\section2 Node Tests
-
-A node test is a conditional expression that must be true for a node
-if the node is to be selected by the axis step. The conditional
-expression can test just the \e kind of node, or it can test the \e
-kind of node and the \e name of the node. The XQuery specification for
-\l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xquery/#node-tests} {node tests} also defines
-a third condition, the node's \e {Schema Type}, but schema type tests
-are not supported in QtXmlPatterns.
-
-QtXmlPatterns supports the following node tests. The tests that have a
-\c{name} parameter test the node's name in addition to its \e{kind}
-and are often called the \l{Name Tests}.
-
-\table
-\header
-  \o Node Test
-  \o matches all...
-  \row
-    \o \c{node()}
-    \o nodes of any kind
-  \row
-    \o \c{text()}
-    \o text nodes
-  \row
-    \o \c{comment()}
-    \o comment nodes
-  \row
-    \o \c{element()}
-    \o element nodes (same as star: *)
-  \row
-    \o \c{element(name)}
-    \o element nodes named \c{name}
-  \row
-    \o \c{attribute()}
-    \o attribute nodes
-  \row
-    \o \c{attribute(name)}
-    \o attribute nodes named \c{name}
-   \row
-    \o \c{processing-instruction()}
-    \o processing-instructions
-  \row
-    \o \c{processing-instruction(name)}
-    \o processing-instructions named \c{name}
-  \row
-    \o \c{document-node()}
-    \o document nodes (there is only one)
-  \row
-    \o \c{document-node(element(name))}
-    \o document node with document element \c{name}
-\endtable
-
-\target Shorthand Form
-\section2 Shorthand Form
-
-Writing axis steps using the longhand form with axis specifiers and
-node tests is semantically clear but syntactically verbose. The
-shorthand form is easy to learn and, once you learn it, just as easy
-to read. In the shorthand form, the axis specifier and node test are
-implied by the syntax. XQueries are normally written in the shorthand
-form. Here is a table of some frequently used shorthand forms:
-
-\table
-\header
-  \o Shorthand syntax
-  \o Short for...
-  \o matches all...
-  \row
-    \o \c{name}
-    \o \c{child::element(name)}
-    \o child nodes that are \c{name} elements
-
-  \row
-    \o \c{*}
-    \o \c{child::element()}
-    \o child nodes that are elements (\c{node()} matches
-    \e all child nodes)
-
-  \row
-    \o \c{..}
-    \o \c{parent::node()}
-    \o parent nodes (there is only one)
-
-  \row
-    \o \c{@*}
-    \o \c{attribute::attribute()}
-    \o attribute nodes
-
-  \row
-    \o \c{@name}
-    \o \c{attribute::attribute(name)}
-    \o \c{name} attributes
-
-  \row
-    \o \c{//}
-    \o \c{descendant-or-self::node()}
-    \o descendent nodes (when used instead of '/')
-
-\endtable
-
-The \l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xquery/}{XQuery language specification}
-has a more detailed section on the shorthand form, which it calls the
-\l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xquery/#abbrev} {abbreviated syntax}. More
-examples of path expressions written in the shorthand form are found
-there. There is also a section listing examples of path expressions
-written in the \l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xquery/#unabbrev} {longhand
-form}.
-
-\target Name Tests
-\section2 Name Tests
-
-The name tests are the \l{Node Tests} that have the \c{name}
-parameter. A name test must match the node \e name in addition to the
-node \e kind. We have already seen name tests used:
-
-\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 19
-
-In this path expression, both \c{recipe} and \c{title} are name tests
-written in the shorthand form. XQuery resolves these names
-(\l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xquery/#id-basics}{QNames}) to their expanded
-form using whatever
-\l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xquery/#dt-namespace-declaration} {namespace
-declarations} it knows about. Resolving a name to its expanded form
-means replacing its namespace prefix, if one is present (there aren't
-any present in the example), with a namespace URI. The expanded name
-then consists of the namespace URI and the local name.
-
-But the names in the example above don't have namespace prefixes,
-because we didn't include a namespace declaration in our
-\c{cookbook.xml} file. However, we will often use XQuery to query XML
-documents that use namespaces. Forgetting to declare the correct
-namespace(s) in an XQuery is a common cause of XQuery failures. Let's
-add a \e{default} namespace to \c{cookbook.xml} now. Change the
-\e{document element} in \c{cookbook.xml} from:
-
-\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 23
-
-to...
-
-\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 24
-
-This is called a \e{default namespace} declaration because it doesn't
-include a namespace prefix. By including this default namespace
-declaration in the document element, we mean that all unprefixed
-\e{element} names in the document, including the document element
-itself (\c{cookbook}), are automatically in the default namespace
-\c{http://cookbook/namespace}. Note that unprefixed \e{attribute}
-names are not affected by the default namespace declaration. They are
-always considered to be in \e{no namespace}.  Note also that the URL
-we choose as our namespace URI need not refer to an actual location,
-and doesn't refer to one in this case. But click on
-\l{http://www.w3.org/XML/1998/namespace}, for example, which is the
-namespace URI for elements and attributes prefixed with \c{xml:}.
-
-Now when we try to run the previous XQuery example, no output is
-produced! The path expression no longer matches anything in the
-cookbook file because our XQuery doesn't yet know about the namespace
-declaration we added to the cookbook document. There are two ways we
-can declare the namespace in the XQuery. We can give it a \e{namespace
-prefix} (e.g. \c{c} for cookbook) and prefix each name test with the
-namespace prefix:
-
-\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 3
-
-Or we can declare the namespace to be the \e{default element
-namespace}, and then we can still run the original XQuery:
-
-\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 4
-
-Both methods will work and produce the same output, all the
-\c{<title>} elements:
-
-\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 5
-
-But note how the output is slightly different from the output we saw
-before we added the default namespace declaration to the cookbook file.
-QtXmlPatterns automatically includes the correct namespace attribute
-in each \c{<title>} element in the output. When QtXmlPatterns loads a
-document and expands a QName, it creates an instance of QXmlName,
-which retains the namespace prefix along with the namespace URI and
-the local name. See QXmlName for further details.
-
-One thing to keep in mind from this namespace discussion, whether you
-run XQueries in a Qt program using QtXmlPatterns, or you run them from
-the command line using xmlpatterns, is that if you don't get the
-output you expect, it might be because the data you are querying uses
-namespaces, but you didn't declare those namespaces in your XQuery.
-
-\section3 Wildcards in Name Tests
-
-The wildcard \c{'*'} can be used in a name test. To find all the
-attributes in the cookbook but select only the ones in the \c{xml}
-namespace, use the \c{xml:} namespace prefix but replace the
-\e{local name} (the attribute name) with the wildcard:
-
-\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 7
-
-Oops! If you save this XQuery in \c{file.xq} and run it through
-\c{xmlpatterns}, it doesn't work. You get an error message instead,
-something like this: \e{Error SENR0001 in file:///...file.xq, at line
-1, column 1: Attribute xml:id can't be serialized because it appears
-at the top level.} The XQuery actually ran correctly. It selected a
-bunch of \c{xml:id} attributes and put them in the result set. But
-then \c{xmlpatterns} sent the result set to a \l{QXmlSerializer}
-{serializer}, which tried to output it as well-formed XML. Since the
-result set contains only attributes and attributes alone are not
-well-formed XML, the \l{QXmlSerializer} {serializer} reports a
-\l{http://www.w3.org/TR/2005/WD-xslt-xquery-serialization-20050915/#id-errors}
-{serialization error}.
-
-Fear not. XQuery can do more than just find and select elements and
-attributes. It can \l{Constructing Elements} {construct new ones on
-the fly} as well, which is what we need to do here if we want
-\c{xmlpatterns} to let us see the attributes we selected. The example
-above and the ones below are revisited in the \l{Constructing
-Elements} section. You can jump ahead to see the modified examples
-now, and then come back, or you can press on from here.
-
-To find all the \c{name} attributes in the cookbook and select them
-all regardless of their namespace, replace the namespace prefix with
-the wildcard and write \c{name} (the attribute name) as the local
-name:
-
-\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 8
-
-To find and select all the attributes of the \e{document element} in
-the cookbook, replace the entire name test with the wildcard:
-
-\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 9
-
-\section1 Using Predicates In Path Expressions
-
-Predicates can be used to further filter the nodes selected by a path
-expression. A predicate is an expression in square brackets ('[' and
-']') that either returns a boolean value or a number. A predicate can
-appear at the end of any path step in a path expression. The predicate
-is applied to each node in the focus set.  If a node passes the
-filter, the node is included in the result set.  The query below
-selects the recipe element that has the \c{<title>} element
-\c{"Hard-Boiled Eggs"}.
-
-\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 10
-
-The dot expression ('.') can be used in predicates and path
-expressions to refer to the current context node. The following query
-uses the dot expression to refer to the current \c{<method>} element.
-The query selects the empty \c{<method>} elements from the cookbook.
-
-\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 11
-
-Note that passing the dot expression to the
-\l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xpath-functions/#func-string-length}
-{string-length()} function is optional. When
-\l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xpath-functions/#func-string-length}
-{string-length()} is called with no parameter, the context node is
-assumed:
-
-\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 12
-
-Actually, selecting an empty \c{<method>} element might not be very
-useful by itself. It doesn't tell you which recipe has the empty
-method:
-
-\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 31
-
-\target Empty Method Not Robust
-What you probably want to see instead are the \c{<recipe>} elements that
-have empty \c{<method>} elements:
-
-\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 32
-
-The predicate uses the
-\l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xpath-functions/#func-string-length}
-{string-length()} function to test the length of each \c{<method>}
-element in each \c{<recipe>} element found by the node test. If a
-\c{<method>} contains no text, the predicate evaluates to \c{true} and
-the \c{<recipe>} element is selected. If the method contains some
-text, the predicate evaluates to \c{false}, and the \c{<recipe>}
-element is discarded.  The output is the entire recipe that has no
-instructions for preparation:
-
-\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 33
-
-The astute reader will have noticed that this use of
-\c{string-length()} to find an empty element is unreliable. It works
-in this case, because the method element is written as \c{<method/>},
-guaranteeing that its string length will be 0. It will still work if
-the method element is written as \c{<method></method>}, but it will
-fail if there is any whitespace between the opening and ending
-\c{<method>} tags. A more robust way to find the recipes with empty
-methods is presented in the section on \l{Boolean Predicates}.
-
-There are many more functions and operators defined for XQuery and
-XPath. They are all \l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xpath-functions}
-{documented here}.
-
-\section2 Positional Predicates
-
-Predicates are often used to filter items based on their position in
-a sequence. For path expressions processing items loaded from XML
-documents, the normal sequence is
-\l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xquery/#id-document-order} {document order}.
-This query returns the second \c{<recipe>} element in the
-\c{cookbook.xml} file:
-
-\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 13
-
-The other frequently used positional function is
-\l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xpath-functions/#func-last} {last()}, which
-returns the numeric position of the last item in the focus set. Stated
-another way, \l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xpath-functions/#func-last}
-{last()} returns the size of the focus set. This query returns the
-last recipe in the cookbook:
-
-\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 16
-
-And this query returns the next to last \c{<recipe>}:
-
-\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 17
-
-\section2 Boolean Predicates
-
-The other kind of predicate evaluates to \e true or \e false. A
-boolean predicate takes the value of its expression and determines its
-\e{effective boolean value} according to the following rules:
-
-\list
-    \o An expression that evaluates to a single node is \c{true}.
-
-    \o An expression that evaluates to a string is \c{false} if the
-       string is empty and \c{true} if the string is not empty.
-
-    \o An expression that evaluates to a boolean value (i.e. type
-    \c{xs:boolean}) is that value.
-
-    \o If the expression evaluates to anything else, it's an error
-    (e.g. type \c{xs:date}).
-
-\endlist
-
-We have already seen some boolean predicates in use.  Earlier, we saw
-a \e{not so robust} way to find the \l{Empty Method Not Robust}
-{recipes that have no instructions}. \c{[string-length(method) = 0]}
-is a boolean predicate that would fail in the example if the empty
-method element was written with both opening and closing tags and
-there was whitespace between the tags. Here is a more robust way that
-uses a different boolean predicate.
-
-\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 34
-
-This one uses the
-\l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xpath-functions/#func-empty} {empty()} and
-function to test whether the method contains any steps. If the method
-contains no steps, then \c{empty(step)} will return \c{true}, and
-hence the predicate will evaluate to \c{true}.
-
-But even that version isn't foolproof. Suppose the method does contain
-steps, but all the steps themselves are empty. That's still a case of
-a recipe with no instructions that won't be detected. There is a
-better way:
-
-\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 35
-
-This version uses the
-\l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xpath-functions/#func-not} {not} and
-\l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xpath-functions/#func-normalize-space}
-{normalize-space()} functions. \c{normalize-space(method))} returns
-the contents of the method element as a string, but with all the
-whitespace normalized, i.e., the string value of each \c{<step>}
-element will have its whitespace normalized, and then all the
-normalized step values will be concatenated. If that string is empty,
-then \c{not()} returns \c{true} and the predicate is \c{true}.
-
-We can also use the
-\l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xpath-functions/#func-position} {position()}
-function in a comparison to inspect positions with conditional logic. The
-\l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xpath-functions/#func-position} {position()}
-function returns the position index of the current context item in the
-sequence of items:
-
-\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 14
-
-Note that the first position in the sequence is position 1, not 0. We
-can also select \e{all} the recipes after the first one:
-
-\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 15
-
-\target Constructing Elements
-\section1 Constructing Elements
-
-In the section about \l{Wildcards in Name Tests} {using wildcards in
-name tests}, we saw three simple example XQueries, each of which
-selected a different list of XML attributes from the cookbook.  We
-couldn't use \c{xmlpatterns} to run these queries, however, because
-\c{xmlpatterns} sends the XQuery results to a \l{QXmlSerializer}
-{serializer}, which expects to serialize the results as well-formed
-XML. Since a list of XML attributes by itself is not well-formed XML,
-the serializer reported an error for each XQuery.
-
-Since an attribute must appear in an element, for each attribute in
-the result set, we must create an XML element. We can do that using a
-\l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xquery/#id-for-let} {\e{for} clause} with a
-\l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xquery/#id-variables} {bound variable}, and a
-\l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xquery/#id-orderby-return} {\e{return}
-clause} with an element constructor:
-
-\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 25
-
-The \e{for} clause produces a sequence of attribute nodes from the result
-of the path expression. Each attribute node in the sequence is bound
-to the variable \c{$i}. The \e{return} clause then constructs a \c{<p>}
-element around the attribute node. Here is the output:
-
-\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 28
-
-The output contains one \c{<p>} element for each \c{xml:id} attribute
-in the cookbook. Note that XQuery puts each attribute in the right
-place in its \c{<p>} element, despite the fact that in the \e{return}
-clause, the \c{$i} variable is positioned as if it is meant to become
-\c{<p>} element content.
-
-The other two examples from the \l{Wildcards in Name Tests} {wildcard}
-section can be rewritten the same way. Here is the XQuery that selects
-all the \c{name} attributes, regardless of namespace:
-
-\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 26
-
-And here is its output:
-
-\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 29
-
-And here is the XQuery that selects all the attributes from the
-\e{document element}:
-
-\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 27
-
-And here is its output:
-
-\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 30
-
-\section2 Element Constructors are Expressions
-
-Because node constructors are expressions, they can be used in
-XQueries wherever expressions are allowed.
-
-\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 40
-
-If \c{cookbook.xml} is loaded without error, a \c{<resept>} element
-(Norweigian word for recipe) is constructed for each \c{<recipe>}
-element in the cookbook, and the child nodes of the \c{<recipe>} are
-copied into the \c{<resept>} element. But if the cookbook document
-doesn't exist or does not contain well-formed XML, a single
-\c{<resept>} element is constructed containing an error message.
-
-\section1 Constructing Atomic Values
-
-XQuery also has atomic values. An atomic value is a value in the value
-space of one of the built-in datatypes in the \l
-{http://www.w3.org/TR/xmlschema-2} {XML Schema language}. These
-\e{atomic types} have built-in operators for doing arithmetic,
-comparisons, and for converting values to other atomic types. See the
-\l {http://www.w3.org/TR/xmlschema-2/#built-in-datatypes} {Built-in
-Datatype Hierarchy} for the entire tree of built-in, primitive and
-derived atomic types. \note Click on a data type in the tree for its
-detailed specification.
-
-To construct an atomic value as element content, enclose an expression
-in curly braces and embed it in the element constructor:
-
-\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 36
-
-Sending this XQuery through xmlpatterns produces:
-
-\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 37
-
-To compute the value of an attribute, enclose the expression in
-curly braces and embed it in the attribute value:
-
-\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 38
-
-Sending this XQuery through xmlpatterns produces:
-
-\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 39
-
-\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 40
-
-If \c{cookbook.xml} is loaded without error, a \c{<resept>} element
-(Norweigian word for recipe) is constructed for each \c{<recipe>}
-element in the cookbook, and the child nodes of the \c{<recipe>} are
-copied into the \c{<resept>} element. But if the cookbook document
-doesn't exist or does not contain well-formed XML, a single
-\c{<resept>} element is constructed containing an error message.
-
-\section1 Running The Cookbook Examples
-
-Most of the XQuery examples in this document refer to the cookbook
-written in XML shown below. Save it as \c{cookbook.xml}. In the same
-directory, save one of the cookbook XQuery examples in a \c{.xq} file
-(e.g. \c{file.xq}). Run the XQuery using Qt's command line utility:
-
-\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 6
-
-\section2 cookbook.xml
-
-\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 100
-
-\section1 Further Reading
-
-There is much more to the XQuery language than we have presented in
-this short introduction. We will be adding more here in later
-releases. In the meantime, playing with the \c{xmlpatterns} utility
-and making modifications to the XQuery examples provided here will be
-quite informative. An XQuery textbook will be a good investment.
-
-You can also ask questions on XQuery mail lists:
-
-\list
-\o
-\l{http://qt.nokia.com/lists/qt-interest/}{qt-interest}
-\o
-\l{http://www.x-query.com/mailman/listinfo/talk}{talk at x-query.com}.
-\endlist
-
-\l{http://www.functx.com/functx/}{FunctX} has a collection of XQuery
-functions that can be both useful and educational.
-
-This introduction contains many links to the specifications, which, of course,
-are the ultimate source of information about XQuery. They can be a bit
-difficult, though, so consider investing in a textbook:
-
-\list
-
-    \o \l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xquery/}{XQuery 1.0: An XML Query
-    Language} - the main source for syntax and semantics.
-
-    \o \l{http://www.w3.org/TR/xpath-functions/}{XQuery 1.0 and XPath
-       2.0 Functions and Operators} - the builtin functions and operators.
-
-\endlist
-
-\section1 FAQ
-
-The answers to these frequently asked questions explain the causes of
-several common mistakes that most beginners make.  Reading through the
-answers ahead of time might save you a lot of head scratching.
-
-\section2 Why didn't my path expression match anything?
-
-The most common cause of this bug is failure to declare one or more
-namespaces in your XQuery. Consider the following query for selecting
-all the examples in an XHTML document:
-
-\quotefile snippets/patternist/simpleHTML.xq
-
-It won't match anything because \c{index.html} is an XHTML file, and
-all XHTML files declare the default namespace
-\c{"http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"} in their top (\c{<html>}) element.
-But the query doesn't declare this namespace, so the path expression
-expands \c{html} to \c{{}html} and tries to match that expanded name.
-But the actual expanded name is
-\c{{http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml}html}. One possible fix is to declare the
-correct default namespace in the XQuery:
-
-\quotefile snippets/patternist/simpleXHTML.xq
-
-Another common cause of this bug is to confuse the \e{document node}
-with the top element node. They are different. This query won't match
-anything:
-
-\quotefile snippets/patternist/docPlainHTML.xq
-
-The \c{doc()} function returns the \e{document node}, not the top
-element node (\c{<html>}). Don't forget to match the top element node
-in the path expression:
-
-\quotefile snippets/patternist/docPlainHTML2.xq
-
-\section2 What if my input namespace is different from my output namespace?
-
-Just remember to declare both namespaces in your XQuery and use them
-properly. Consider the following query, which is meant to generate
-XHTML output from XML input:
-
-\quotefile snippets/patternist/embedDataInXHTML.xq
-
-We want the \c{<html>}, \c{<body>}, and \c{<p>} nodes we create in the
-output to be in the standard XHTML namespace, so we declare the
-default namespace to be \c{http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml}. That's
-correct for the output, but that same default namespace will also be
-applied to the node names in the path expression we're trying to match
-in the input (\c{/tests/test[@status = "failure"]}), which is wrong,
-because the namespace used in \c{testResult.xml} is perhaps in the
-empty namespace. So we must declare that namespace too, with a
-namespace prefix, and then use the prefix with the node names in
-the path expression. This one will probably work better:
-
-\quotefile snippets/patternist/embedDataInXHTML2.xq
-
-\section2 Why doesn't my return clause work?
-
-Recall that XQuery is an \e{expression-based} language, not
-\e{statement-based}. Because an XQuery is a lot of expressions,
-understanding XQuery expression precedence is very important.
-Consider the following query:
-
-\quotefile snippets/patternist/forClause2.xq
-
-It looks ok, but it isn't. It is supposed to be a FLWOR expression
-comprising a \e{for} clause and a \e{return} clause, but it isn't just
-that. It \e{has} a FLWOR expression, certainly (with the \e{for} and
-\e{return} clauses), but it \e{also} has an arithmetic expression
-(\e{+ $d}) dangling at the end because we didn't enclose the return
-expression in parentheses.
-
-Using parentheses to establish precedence is more important in XQuery
-than in other languages, because XQuery is \e{expression-based}. In
-In this case, without parantheses enclosing \c{$i + $d}, the return
-clause only returns \c{$i}. The \c{+$d} will have the result of the
-FLWOR expression as its left operand. And, since the scope of variable
-\c{$d} ends at the end of the \e{return} clause, a variable out of
-scope error will be reported. Correct these problems by using
-parentheses.
-
-\quotefile snippets/patternist/forClause.xq
-
-\section2 Why didn't my expression get evaluated?
-
-You probably misplaced some curly braces. When you want an expression
-evaluated inside an element constructor, enclose the expression in
-curly braces. Without the curly braces, the expression will be
-interpreted as text. Here is a \c{sum()} expression used in an \c{<e>}
-element. The table shows cases where the curly braces are missing,
-misplaced, and placed correctly:
-
-\table
-\header
-  \o element constructor with expression...
-  \o evaluates to...
-  \row
-    \o <e>sum((1, 2, 3))</e>
-    \o <e>sum((1, 2, 3))</e>
-  \row
-    \o <e>sum({(1, 2, 3)})</e>
-    \o <e>sum(1 2 3)</e>
-  \row
-    \o <e>{sum((1, 2, 3))}</e>
-    \o <e>6</e>
-\endtable
-
-\section2 My predicate is correct, so why doesn't it select the right stuff?
-
-Either you put your predicate in the wrong place in your path
-expression, or you forgot to add some parentheses.  Consider this
-input file \c{doc.txt}:
-
-\quotefile snippets/patternist/doc.txt
-
-Suppose you want the first \c{<span>} element of every \c{<p>}
-element. Apply a position filter (\c{[1]}) to the \c{/span} path step:
-
-\quotefile snippets/patternist/filterOnStep.xq
-
-Applying the \c{[1]} filter to the \c{/span} step returns the first
-\c{<span>} element of each \c{<p>} element:
-
-\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 41
-
-\note: You can write the same query this way:
-
-\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 44
-
-Or you can reduce it right down to this:
-
-\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 45
-
-On the other hand, suppose you really want only one \c{<span>}
-element, the first one in the document (i.e., you only want the first
-\c{<span>} element in the first \c{<p>} element). Then you have to do
-more filtering. There are two ways you can do it. You can apply the
-\c{[1]} filter in the same place as above but enclose the path
-expression in parentheses:
-
-\quotefile snippets/patternist/filterOnPath.xq
-
-Or you can apply a second position filter (\c{[1]} again) to the
-\c{/p} path step:
-
-\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 43
-
-Either way the query will return only the first \c{<span>} element in
-the document:
-
-\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 42
-
-\section2 Why doesn't my FLWOR behave as expected?
-
-The quick answer is you probably expected your XQuery FLWOR to behave
-just like a C++ \e{for} loop. But they aren't the same. Consider a
-simple example:
-
-\quotefile snippets/patternist/letOrderBy.xq
-
-This query evaluates to \e{4 -4 -2 2 -8 8}. The \e{for} clause does
-set up a \e{for} loop style iteration, which does evaluate the rest of
-the FLWOR multiple times, one time for each value returned by the
-\e{in} expression. That much is similar to the C++ \e{for} loop.
-
-But consider the \e{return} clause. In C++ if you hit a \e{return}
-statement, you break out of the \e{for} loop and return from the
-function with one value. Not so in XQuery. The \e{return} clause is
-the last clause of the FLWOR, and it means: \e{Append the return value
-to the result list and then begin the next iteration of the FLWOR}.
-When the \e{for} clause's \e{in} expression no longer returns a value,
-the entire result list is returned.
-
-Next, consider the \e{order by} clause. It doesn't do any sorting on
-each iteration of the FLWOR. It just evaluates its expression on each
-iteration (\c{$a} in this case) to get an ordering value to map to the
-result item from each iteration. These ordering values are kept in a
-parallel list. The result list is sorted at the end using the parallel
-list of ordering values.
-
-The last difference to note here is that the \e{let} clause does
-\e{not} set up an iteration through a sequence of values like the
-\e{for} clause does. The \e{let} clause isn't a sort of nested loop.
-It isn't a loop at all. It is just a variable binding.  On each
-iteration, it binds the \e{entire} sequence of values on the right to
-the variable on the left. In the example above, it binds (4 -4) to
-\c{$b} on the first iteration, (-2 2) on the second iteration, and (-8
-8) on the third iteration. So the following query doesn't iterate
-through anything, and doesn't do any ordering:
-
-\quotefile snippets/patternist/invalidLetOrderBy.xq
-
-It binds the entire sequence (2, 3, 1) to \c{$i} one time only; the
-\e{order by} clause only has one thing to order and hence does
-nothing, and the query evaluates to 2 3 1, the sequence assigned to
-\c{$i}.
-
-\note We didn't include a \e{where} clause in the example. The
-\e{where} clause is for filtering results.
-
-\section2 Why are my elements created in the wrong order?
-
-The short answer is your elements are \e{not} created in the wrong
-order, because when appearing as operands to a path expression,
-there is no correct order. Consider the following query,
-which again uses the input file \c{doc.txt}:
-
-\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 46
-
-The query finds all the \c{<p>} elements in the file. For each \c{<p>}
-element, it builds a \c{<p>} element in the output containing the
-concatenated contents of all the \c{<p>} element's child \c{<span>}
-elements. Running the query through \c{xmlpatterns} might produce the
-following output, which is not sorted in the expected order.
-
-\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 47
-
-You can use a \e{for} loop to ensure that the order of
-the result set corresponds to the order of the input sequence:
-
-\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 48
-
-This version produces the same result set but in the expected order:
-
-\snippet snippets/code/doc_src_qtxmlpatterns.qdoc 49
-
-\section2 Why can't I use \c{true} and \c{false} in my XQuery?
-
-You can, but not by just using the names \c{true} and \c{false}
-directly, because they are \l{Name Tests} {name tests} although they look
-like boolean constants. The simple way to create the boolean values is
-to use the builtin functions \c{true()} and \c{false()} wherever
-you want to use \c{true} and \c{false}. The other way is to invoke the
-boolean constructor:
-
-\quotefile snippets/patternist/xsBooleanTrue.xq
-
-*/
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/easing/legal.qdoc b/src/3rdparty/easing/legal.qdoc
index 25f67e1..466ff15 100644
--- a/src/3rdparty/easing/legal.qdoc
+++ b/src/3rdparty/easing/legal.qdoc
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*!
 \page legal-easing.html
 \title Easing Equations by Robert Penner
-\ingroup animation
+\ingroup licensing
 
 \legalese
 \code
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/Api/qwebdatabase.cpp b/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/Api/qwebdatabase.cpp
index d51e4e6..4e8fd30 100644
--- a/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/Api/qwebdatabase.cpp
+++ b/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/Api/qwebdatabase.cpp
@@ -33,6 +33,8 @@ using namespace WebCore;
     \since 4.5
     \brief The QWebDatabase class provides access to HTML 5 databases created with JavaScript.
 
+    \inmodule QtWebKit
+
     The upcoming HTML 5 standard includes support for SQL databases that web sites can create and
     access on a local computer through JavaScript. QWebDatabase is the C++ interface to these
     databases.
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/Api/qwebelement.cpp b/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/Api/qwebelement.cpp
index 3ef969e..57c8b0d 100644
--- a/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/Api/qwebelement.cpp
+++ b/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/Api/qwebelement.cpp
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ public:
     \since 4.6
     \brief The QWebElement class provides convenient access to DOM elements in
     a QWebFrame.
-
+    \inmodule QtWebKit
 
     A QWebElement object allows easy access to the document model, represented
     by a tree-like structure of DOM elements. The root of the tree is called
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/Api/qwebframe.cpp b/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/Api/qwebframe.cpp
index 23cb473..f2fe108 100644
--- a/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/Api/qwebframe.cpp
+++ b/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/Api/qwebframe.cpp
@@ -268,6 +268,8 @@ void QWebFramePrivate::renderPrivate(QPainter *painter, const QRegion &clip)
     \since 4.4
     \brief The QWebFrame class represents a frame in a web page.
 
+    \inmodule QtWebKit
+
     QWebFrame represents a frame inside a web page. Each QWebPage
     object contains at least one frame, the main frame, obtained using
     QWebPage::mainFrame(). Additional frames will be created for HTML
@@ -1360,6 +1362,8 @@ QWebFrame* QWebFramePrivate::kit(WebCore::Frame* coreFrame)
     \brief The QWebHitTestResult class provides information about the web
     page content after a hit test.
 
+    \inmodule QtWebKit
+
     QWebHitTestResult is returned by QWebFrame::hitTestContent() to provide
     information about the content of the web page at the specified position.
 */
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/Api/qwebhistory.cpp b/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/Api/qwebhistory.cpp
index 1c1c72a..b11ae56 100644
--- a/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/Api/qwebhistory.cpp
+++ b/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/Api/qwebhistory.cpp
@@ -35,6 +35,8 @@
   \since 4.4
   \brief The QWebHistoryItem class represents one item in the history of a QWebPage
 
+  \inmodule QtWebKit
+
   Each QWebHistoryItem instance represents an entry in the history stack of a Web page,
   containing information about the page, its location, and when it was last visited.
 
@@ -201,6 +203,8 @@ bool QWebHistoryItem::isValid() const
   \since 4.4
   \brief The QWebHistory class represents the history of a QWebPage
 
+  \inmodule QtWebKit
+
   Each QWebPage instance contains a history of visited pages that can be accessed
   by QWebPage::history(). QWebHistory represents this history and makes it possible
   to navigate it.
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/Api/qwebhistoryinterface.cpp b/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/Api/qwebhistoryinterface.cpp
index 87d52ce..80567d1 100644
--- a/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/Api/qwebhistoryinterface.cpp
+++ b/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/Api/qwebhistoryinterface.cpp
@@ -81,6 +81,8 @@ QWebHistoryInterface* QWebHistoryInterface::defaultInterface()
   \since 4.4
   \brief The QWebHistoryInterface class provides an interface to implement link history.
 
+  \inmodule QtWebKit
+
   The QWebHistoryInterface is an interface that can be used to
   implement link history. It contains two pure virtual methods that
   are called by the WebKit engine.  addHistoryEntry() is used to add
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/Api/qwebpage.cpp b/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/Api/qwebpage.cpp
index 613a72f..7860cec 100644
--- a/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/Api/qwebpage.cpp
+++ b/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/Api/qwebpage.cpp
@@ -1224,6 +1224,8 @@ QVariant QWebPage::inputMethodQuery(Qt::InputMethodQuery property) const
     \since 4.4
     \brief The QWebPage class provides an object to view and edit web documents.
 
+    \inmodule QtWebKit
+
     QWebPage holds a main frame responsible for web content, settings, the history
     of navigated links and actions. This class can be used, together with QWebFrame,
     to provide functionality like QWebView in a widget-less environment.
@@ -2307,6 +2309,8 @@ void QWebPage::updatePositionDependentActions(const QPoint &pos)
     \since 4.4
     \brief The ExtensionOption class provides an extended input argument to QWebPage's extension support.
 
+    \inmodule QtWebKit
+
     \sa QWebPage::extension()
 */
 
@@ -2316,6 +2320,8 @@ void QWebPage::updatePositionDependentActions(const QPoint &pos)
     \brief The ChooseMultipleFilesExtensionOption class describes the option
     for the multiple files selection extension.
 
+    \inmodule QtWebKit
+
     The ChooseMultipleFilesExtensionOption class holds the frame originating the request
     and the suggested filenames which might be provided.
 
@@ -2328,6 +2334,8 @@ void QWebPage::updatePositionDependentActions(const QPoint &pos)
     \brief The ChooseMultipleFilesExtensionReturn describes the return value
     for the multiple files selection extension.
 
+    \inmodule QtWebKit
+
     The ChooseMultipleFilesExtensionReturn class holds the filenames selected by the user
     when the extension is invoked.
 
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/Api/qwebpluginfactory.cpp b/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/Api/qwebpluginfactory.cpp
index d2bb124..e3b7efe 100644
--- a/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/Api/qwebpluginfactory.cpp
+++ b/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/Api/qwebpluginfactory.cpp
@@ -26,6 +26,8 @@
     \brief The QWebPluginFactory class creates plugins to be embedded into web
     pages.
 
+    \inmodule QtWebKit
+
     QWebPluginFactory is a factory for creating plugins for QWebPage. A plugin
     factory can be installed on a QWebPage using QWebPage::setPluginFactory().
 
@@ -47,6 +49,8 @@
     \class QWebPluginFactory::Plugin
     \since 4.4
     \brief the QWebPluginFactory::Plugin structure describes the properties of a plugin a QWebPluginFactory can create.
+
+    \inmodule QtWebKit
 */
 
 /*!
@@ -68,6 +72,8 @@
     \class QWebPluginFactory::MimeType
     \since 4.4
     \brief The QWebPluginFactory::MimeType structure describes a mime type supported by a plugin.
+
+    \inmodule QtWebKit
 */
 
 /*!
@@ -173,6 +179,8 @@ void QWebPluginFactory::refreshPlugins()
     \since 4.4
     \brief The ExtensionOption class provides an extended input argument to QWebPluginFactory's extension support.
 
+    \inmodule QtWebKit
+
     \sa QWebPluginFactory::extension()
 */
 
@@ -181,6 +189,8 @@ void QWebPluginFactory::refreshPlugins()
     \since 4.4
     \brief The ExtensionOption class provides an extended output argument to QWebPluginFactory's extension support.
 
+    \inmodule QtWebKit
+
     \sa QWebPluginFactory::extension()
 */
 
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/Api/qwebsecurityorigin.cpp b/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/Api/qwebsecurityorigin.cpp
index d2eaf10..ed2e959 100644
--- a/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/Api/qwebsecurityorigin.cpp
+++ b/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/Api/qwebsecurityorigin.cpp
@@ -35,6 +35,8 @@ using namespace WebCore;
     \since 4.5
     \brief The QWebSecurityOrigin class defines a security boundary for web sites.
 
+    \inmodule QtWebKit
+
     QWebSecurityOrigin provides access to the security domains defined by web sites.
     An origin consists of a host name, a scheme, and a port number. Web sites
     with the same security origin can access each other's resources for client-side
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/Api/qwebsettings.cpp b/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/Api/qwebsettings.cpp
index fb94d55..89595c3 100644
--- a/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/Api/qwebsettings.cpp
+++ b/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/Api/qwebsettings.cpp
@@ -219,6 +219,8 @@ QWebSettings* QWebSettings::globalSettings()
     \brief The QWebSettings class provides an object to store the settings used
     by QWebPage and QWebFrame.
 
+    \inmodule QtWebKit
+
     Each QWebPage object has its own QWebSettings object, which configures the
     settings for that page. If a setting is not configured, then it is looked
     up in the global settings object, which can be accessed using
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/Api/qwebview.cpp b/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/Api/qwebview.cpp
index e1a0c98..422b5e6 100644
--- a/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/Api/qwebview.cpp
+++ b/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/Api/qwebview.cpp
@@ -77,6 +77,8 @@ public:
     web documents.
     \ingroup advanced
 
+    \inmodule QtWebKit
+
     QWebView is the main widget component of the QtWebKit web browsing module.
     It can be used in various applications to display web content live from the
     Internet.
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/docs/qtwebkit.qdoc b/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/docs/qtwebkit.qdoc
index f3681ee..144feb5 100644
--- a/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/docs/qtwebkit.qdoc
+++ b/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/docs/qtwebkit.qdoc
@@ -4,15 +4,67 @@
     \contentspage Qt's Modules
     \previouspage QtSvg
     \nextpage QtXml
-    \ingroup architecture
     \ingroup modules
-    \brief An introduction to the QtWebKit module.
+    \brief The QtWebKit module provides a web browser engine as well as
+    classes to render and interact with web content.
 
-    \keyword Browser
-    \keyword Web Browser
+    To include the definitions of the module's classes, use the
+    following directive:
+
+    \snippet webkitsnippets/qtwebkit_build_snippet.qdoc 1
+
+    To link against the module, add this line to your \l qmake \c
+    .pro file:
+
+    \snippet webkitsnippets/qtwebkit_build_snippet.qdoc 0
+
+    \section1 License Information
+
+    This is a snapshot of the Qt port of WebKit. The exact version information
+    can be found in the \c{src/3rdparty/webkit/VERSION} file supplied with Qt.
+
+    Qt Commercial Edition licensees that wish to distribute applications that
+    use the QtWebKit module need to be aware of their obligations under the
+    GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL). 
+
+    Developers using the Open Source Edition can choose to redistribute
+    the module under the appropriate version of the GNU LGPL; version 2.1
+    for applications and libraries licensed under the GNU GPL version 2,
+    or version 3 for applications and libraries licensed under the GNU
+    GPL version 2.
+
+    \legalese
+    WebKit is licensed under the GNU Library General Public License.
+    Individual contributor names and copyright dates can be found
+    inline in the code.
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+    Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+    \endlegalese
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page webintegration.html
+    \title Integrating Web Content with QtWebKit
     \since 4.4
 
+    \ingroup frameworks-technologies
+
+    \keyword Browser
+    \keyword Web Browser
+
     QtWebKit provides a Web browser engine that makes it easy to embed content
     from the World Wide Web into your Qt application. At the same time Web
     content can be enhanced with native controls.
@@ -55,20 +107,6 @@
 
     \tableofcontents
 
-    \section1 Configuring the Build Process
-
-    Applications using QtWebKit's classes need to be configured to be built
-    against the QtWebKit module. The following declaration in a \c qmake
-    project file ensures that an application is compiled and linked
-    appropriately:
-
-    \snippet webkitsnippets/qtwebkit_build_snippet.qdoc 0
-
-    To include the definitions of the module's classes, use the following
-    directive:
-
-    \snippet webkitsnippets/qtwebkit_build_snippet.qdoc 1
-
     \section1 Architecture
 
     The easiest way to render content is through the QWebView class. As a
@@ -158,40 +196,4 @@
     \o The system \c{/Library/Internet Plug-Ins} directory
     \endlist
     \endtable
-
-    \section1 License Information
-
-    This is a snapshot of the Qt port of WebKit. The exact version information
-    can be found in the \c{src/3rdparty/webkit/VERSION} file supplied with Qt.
-
-    Qt Commercial Edition licensees that wish to distribute applications that
-    use the QtWebKit module need to be aware of their obligations under the
-    GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL). 
-
-    Developers using the Open Source Edition can choose to redistribute
-    the module under the appropriate version of the GNU LGPL; version 2.1
-    for applications and libraries licensed under the GNU GPL version 2,
-    or version 3 for applications and libraries licensed under the GNU
-    GPL version 2.
-
-    \legalese
-    WebKit is licensed under the GNU Library General Public License.
-    Individual contributor names and copyright dates can be found
-    inline in the code.
-
-    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
-    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
-    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-    Library General Public License for more details.
-
-    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
-    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
-    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
-    Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
-    \endlegalese
 */
diff --git a/src/corelib/animation/qpropertyanimation.cpp b/src/corelib/animation/qpropertyanimation.cpp
index 0c1feee..35d65d0 100644
--- a/src/corelib/animation/qpropertyanimation.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/animation/qpropertyanimation.cpp
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
     \class QPropertyAnimation
     \brief The QPropertyAnimation class animates Qt properties
     \since 4.6
-    \mainclass
+
     \ingroup animation
 
     QPropertyAnimation interpolates over \l{Qt's Property System}{Qt
diff --git a/src/corelib/codecs/codecs.qdoc b/src/corelib/codecs/codecs.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9cffa85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/codecs/codecs.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,546 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \group codecs
+    \title Codecs
+    \ingroup groups
+    \brief Codec support in Qt.
+
+    These codecs provide facilities for conversion between Unicode and
+    specific text encodings.
+
+    \generatelist{related}
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page codec-big5.html
+    \title Big5 Text Codec
+    \ingroup codecs
+
+    The Big5 codec provides conversion to and from the Big5 encoding.
+    The code was originally contributed by Ming-Che Chuang
+    \<mingche@cobra.ee.ntu.edu.tw\> for the Big-5+ encoding, and was
+    included in Qt with the author's permission, and the grateful
+    thanks of the Qt team. (Note: Ming-Che's code is QPL'd, as
+    per an mail to qt-info@nokia.com.)
+
+    However, since Big-5+ was never formally approved, and was never
+    used by anyone, the Taiwan Free Software community and the Li18nux
+    Big5 Standard Subgroup agree that the de-facto standard Big5-ETen
+    (zh_TW.Big5 or zh_TW.TW-Big5) be used instead.
+
+    The Big5 is currently implemented as a pure subset of the
+    Big5-HKSCS codec, so more fine-tuning is needed to make it
+    identical to the standard Big5 mapping as determined by
+    Li18nux-Big5.  See \l{http://www.autrijus.org/xml/} for the draft
+    Big5 (2002) standard.
+
+    James Su \<suzhe@turbolinux.com.cn\> \<suzhe@gnuchina.org\>
+    generated the Big5-HKSCS-to-Unicode tables with a very
+    space-efficient algorithm. He generously donated his code to glibc
+    in May 2002.  Subsequently, James has kindly allowed Anthony Fok
+    \<anthony@thizlinux.com\> \<foka@debian.org\> to adapt the code
+    for Qt.
+
+    \legalese
+    Copyright (C) 2000  Ming-Che Chuang \BR
+    Copyright (C) 2002  James Su, Turbolinux Inc. \BR
+    Copyright (C) 2002  Anthony Fok, ThizLinux Laboratory Ltd.
+
+    Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+    modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+    are met:
+
+    \list 1
+    \o Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+    \o Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+       documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+    \endlist
+
+    THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
+    ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+    IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+    ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+    FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+    DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+    OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+    HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+    LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+    OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+    SUCH DAMAGE.
+    \endlegalese
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page codec-big5hkscs.html
+    \title Big5-HKSCS Text Codec
+    \ingroup codecs
+
+    The Big5-HKSCS codec provides conversion to and from the
+    Big5-HKSCS encoding.
+
+    The codec grew out of the QBig5Codec originally contributed by
+    Ming-Che Chuang \<mingche@cobra.ee.ntu.edu.tw\>.  James Su
+    \<suzhe@turbolinux.com.cn\> \<suzhe@gnuchina.org\> and Anthony Fok
+    \<anthony@thizlinux.com\> \<foka@debian.org\> implemented HKSCS-1999
+    QBig5hkscsCodec for Qt-2.3.x, but it was too late in Qt development
+    schedule to be officially included in the Qt-2.3.x series.
+
+    Wu Yi \<wuyi@hancom.com\> ported the HKSCS-1999 QBig5hkscsCodec to
+    Qt-3.0.1 in March 2002.
+
+    With the advent of the new HKSCS-2001 standard, James Su
+    \<suzhe@turbolinux.com.cn\> \<suzhe@gnuchina.org\> generated the
+    Big5-HKSCS<->Unicode tables with a very space-efficient algorithm.
+    He generously donated his code to glibc in May 2002.  Subsequently,
+    James has generously allowed Anthony Fok to adapt the code for
+    Qt-3.0.5.
+
+    Currently, the Big5-HKSCS tables are generated from the following
+    sources, and with the Euro character added:
+    \list 1
+    \o \l{http://www.microsoft.com/typography/unicode/950.txt}
+    \o \l{http://www.info.gov.hk/digital21/chi/hkscs/download/big5-iso.txt}
+    \o \l{http://www.info.gov.hk/digital21/chi/hkscs/download/big5cmp.txt}
+    \endlist
+
+    There may be more fine-tuning to the QBig5hkscsCodec to maximize its
+    compatibility with the standard Big5 (2002) mapping as determined by
+    Li18nux Big5 Standard Subgroup.  See \l{http://www.autrijus.org/xml/}
+    for the various Big5 CharMapML tables.
+
+    \legalese
+    Copyright (C) 2000  Ming-Che Chuang \BR
+    Copyright (C) 2001, 2002  James Su, Turbolinux Inc. \BR
+    Copyright (C) 2002  WU Yi, HancomLinux Inc. \BR
+    Copyright (C) 2001, 2002  Anthony Fok, ThizLinux Laboratory Ltd.
+
+    Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+    modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+    are met:
+
+    \list 1
+    \o Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+    \o Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+       documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+    \endlist
+
+    THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
+    ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+    IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+    ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+    FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+    DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+    OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+    HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+    LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+    OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+    SUCH DAMAGE.
+    \endlegalese
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page codec-eucjp.html
+    \title EUC-JP Text Codec
+    \ingroup codecs
+
+    The EUC-JP codec provides conversion to and from EUC-JP, the main
+    legacy encoding for Unix machines in Japan.
+
+    The environment variable \c UNICODEMAP_JP can be used to
+    fine-tune the JIS, Shift-JIS, and EUC-JP codecs. The \l{ISO
+    2022-JP (JIS) Text Codec} documentation describes how to use this
+    variable.
+
+    Most of the code here was written by Serika Kurusugawa,
+    a.k.a. Junji Takagi, and is included in Qt with the author's
+    permission and the grateful thanks of the Qt team. Here is
+    the copyright statement for that code:
+
+    \legalese
+
+    Copyright (C) 1999 Serika Kurusugawa. All rights reserved.
+
+    Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+    modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+    are met:
+
+    \list 1
+    \o Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+    \o Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+       documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+    \endlist
+
+    THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS".
+    ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+    IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+    ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+    FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+    DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+    OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+    HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+    LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+    OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+    SUCH DAMAGE.
+    \endlegalese
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page codec-euckr.html
+    \title EUC-KR Text Codec
+    \ingroup codecs
+
+    The EUC-KR codec provides conversion to and from EUC-KR, KR, the
+    main legacy encoding for Unix machines in Korea.
+
+    It was largely written by Mizi Research Inc. Here is the
+    copyright statement for the code as it was at the point of
+    contribution. The subsequent modifications are covered by
+    the usual copyright for Qt.
+
+    \legalese
+
+    Copyright (C) 1999-2000 Mizi Research Inc. All rights reserved.
+
+    Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+    modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+    are met:
+
+    \list 1
+    \o Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+    \o Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+       documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+    \endlist
+
+    THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
+    ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+    IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+    ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+    FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+    DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+    OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+    HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+    LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+    OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+    SUCH DAMAGE.
+    \endlegalese
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page codec-gbk.html
+    \title GBK Text Codec
+    \ingroup codecs
+
+    The GBK codec provides conversion to and from the Chinese
+    GB18030/GBK/GB2312 encoding.
+
+    GBK, formally the Chinese Internal Code Specification, is a commonly
+    used extension of GB 2312-80.  Microsoft Windows uses it under the
+    name codepage 936.
+
+    GBK has been superseded by the new Chinese national standard
+    GB 18030-2000, which added a 4-byte encoding while remaining
+    compatible with GB2312 and GBK.  The new GB 18030-2000 may be described
+    as a special encoding of Unicode 3.x and ISO-10646-1.
+
+    Special thanks to charset gurus Markus Scherer (IBM),
+    Dirk Meyer (Adobe Systems) and Ken Lunde (Adobe Systems) for publishing
+    an excellent GB 18030-2000 summary and specification on the Internet.
+    Some must-read documents are:
+
+    \list
+    \o \l{ftp://ftp.oreilly.com/pub/examples/nutshell/cjkv/pdf/GB18030_Summary.pdf}
+    \o \l{http://oss.software.ibm.com/cvs/icu/~checkout~/charset/source/gb18030/gb18030.html}
+    \o \l{http://oss.software.ibm.com/cvs/icu/~checkout~/charset/data/xml/gb-18030-2000.xml}
+    \endlist
+
+    The GBK codec was contributed to Qt by
+    Justin Yu \<justiny@turbolinux.com.cn\> and
+    Sean Chen \<seanc@turbolinux.com.cn\>.  They may also be reached at
+    Yu Mingjian \<yumj@sun.ihep.ac.cn\>, \<yumingjian@china.com\>
+    Chen Xiangyang \<chenxy@sun.ihep.ac.cn\>
+
+    The GB18030 codec Qt functions were contributed to Qt by
+    James Su \<suzhe@gnuchina.org\>, \<suzhe@turbolinux.com.cn\>
+    who pioneered much of GB18030 development on GNU/Linux systems.
+
+    The GB18030 codec was contributed to Qt by
+    Anthony Fok \<anthony@thizlinux.com\>, \<foka@debian.org\>
+    using a Perl script to generate C++ tables from gb-18030-2000.xml
+    while merging contributions from James Su, Justin Yu and Sean Chen.
+    A copy of the source Perl script is available at
+    \l{http://people.debian.org/~foka/gb18030/gen-qgb18030codec.pl}
+
+    The copyright notice for their code follows:
+
+    \legalese
+    Copyright (C) 2000 TurboLinux, Inc.  Written by Justin Yu and Sean Chen. \BR
+    Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Turbolinux, Inc.  Written by James Su. \BR
+    Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 ThizLinux Laboratory Ltd.  Written by Anthony Fok.
+
+    Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+    modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+    are met:
+
+    \list 1
+    \o Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+    \o Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+       documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+    \endlist
+
+    THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
+    ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+    IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+    ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+    FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+    DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+    OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+    HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+    LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+    OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+    SUCH DAMAGE.
+    \endlegalese
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page codecs-jis.html
+    \title ISO 2022-JP (JIS) Text Codec
+    \ingroup codecs
+
+    The JIS codec provides conversion to and from ISO 2022-JP.
+
+    The environment variable \c UNICODEMAP_JP can be used to
+    fine-tune the JIS, Shift-JIS, and EUC-JP codecs. The mapping
+    names are as for the Japanese XML working group's \link
+    http://www.y-adagio.com/public/standards/tr_xml_jpf/toc.htm XML
+    Japanese Profile\endlink, because it names and explains all the
+    widely used mappings. Here are brief descriptions, written by
+    Serika Kurusugawa:
+
+    \list
+
+    \o "unicode-0.9" or "unicode-0201" for Unicode style. This assumes
+    JISX0201 for 0x00-0x7f. (0.9 is a table version of jisx02xx mapping
+    used for Unicode 1.1.)
+
+    \o "unicode-ascii" This assumes US-ASCII for 0x00-0x7f; some
+    chars (JISX0208 0x2140 and JISX0212 0x2237) are different from
+    Unicode 1.1 to avoid conflict.
+
+    \o "open-19970715-0201" ("open-0201" for convenience) or
+    "jisx0221-1995" for JISX0221-JISX0201 style. JIS X 0221 is JIS
+    version of Unicode, but a few chars (0x5c, 0x7e, 0x2140, 0x216f,
+    0x2131) are different from Unicode 1.1. This is used when 0x5c is
+    treated as YEN SIGN.
+
+    \o "open-19970715-ascii" ("open-ascii" for convenience) for
+    JISX0221-ASCII style. This is used when 0x5c is treated as REVERSE
+    SOLIDUS.
+
+    \o "open-19970715-ms" ("open-ms" for convenience) or "cp932" for
+    Microsoft Windows style. Windows Code Page 932. Some chars (0x2140,
+    0x2141, 0x2142, 0x215d, 0x2171, 0x2172) are different from Unicode
+    1.1.
+
+    \o "jdk1.1.7" for Sun's JDK style. Same as Unicode 1.1, except that
+    JIS 0x2140 is mapped to UFF3C. Either ASCII or JISX0201 can be used
+    for 0x00-0x7f.
+
+    \endlist
+
+    In addition, the extensions "nec-vdc", "ibm-vdc" and "udc" are
+    supported.
+
+    For example, if you want to use Unicode style conversion but with
+    NEC's extension, set \c UNICODEMAP_JP to \c {unicode-0.9,
+    nec-vdc}. (You will probably need to quote that in a shell
+    command.)
+
+    Most of the code here was written by Serika Kurusugawa,
+    a.k.a. Junji Takagi, and is included in Qt with the author's
+    permission and the grateful thanks of the Qt team. Here is
+    the copyright statement for that code:
+
+    \legalese
+
+    Copyright (C) 1999 Serika Kurusugawa. All rights reserved.
+
+    Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+    modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+    are met:
+
+    \list 1
+    \o Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+    \o Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+       documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+    \endlist
+
+    THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS".
+    ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+    IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+    ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+    FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+    DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+    OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+    HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+    LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+    OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+    SUCH DAMAGE.
+    \endlegalese
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page codec-sjis.html
+    \title Shift-JIS Text Codec
+    \ingroup codecs
+
+    The Shift-JIS codec provides conversion to and from Shift-JIS, an
+    encoding of JIS X 0201 Latin, JIS X 0201 Kana and JIS X 0208.
+
+    The environment variable \c UNICODEMAP_JP can be used to
+    fine-tune the codec. The \l{ISO 2022-JP (JIS) Text Codec}
+    documentation describes how to use this variable.
+
+    Most of the code here was written by Serika Kurusugawa, a.k.a.
+    Junji Takagi, and is included in Qt with the author's permission
+    and the grateful thanks of the Qt team. Here is the
+    copyright statement for the code as it was at the point of
+    contribution. The subsequent modifications are covered by
+    the usual copyright for Qt.
+
+    \legalese
+
+    Copyright (C) 1999 Serika Kurusugawa. All rights reserved.
+
+    Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+    modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+    are met:
+
+    \list 1
+    \o Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+    \o Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+       documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+    \endlist
+
+    THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS".
+    ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+    IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+    ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+    FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+    DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+    OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+    HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+    LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+    OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+    SUCH DAMAGE.
+    \endlegalese
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page codec-tscii.html
+    \title TSCII Text Codec
+    \ingroup codecs
+
+    The TSCII codec provides conversion to and from the Tamil TSCII
+    encoding.
+
+    TSCII, formally the Tamil Standard Code Information Interchange
+    specification, is a commonly used charset for Tamils. The
+    official page for the standard is at
+    \link http://www.tamil.net/tscii/ http://www.tamil.net/tscii/\endlink
+
+    This codec uses the mapping table found at
+    \link http://www.geocities.com/Athens/5180/tsciiset.html
+    http://www.geocities.com/Athens/5180/tsciiset.html\endlink.
+    Tamil uses composed Unicode which might cause some
+    problems if you are using Unicode fonts instead of TSCII fonts.
+
+    Most of the code was written by Hans Petter Bieker and is
+    included in Qt with the author's permission and the grateful
+    thanks of the Qt team. Here is the copyright statement for
+    the code as it was at the point of contribution. The
+    subsequent modifications are covered by the usual copyright for
+    Qt:
+
+    \legalese
+
+    Copyright (c) 2000 Hans Petter Bieker.  All rights reserved.
+
+    Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+    modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+    are met:
+
+    \list 1
+    \o Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+    \o Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+       documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+    \endlist
+
+    THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
+    ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+    IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+    ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+    FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+    DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+    OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+    HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+    LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+    OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+    SUCH DAMAGE.
+    \endlegalese
+*/
diff --git a/src/corelib/concurrent/qfuture.cpp b/src/corelib/concurrent/qfuture.cpp
index a366a4b..f0c1e34 100644
--- a/src/corelib/concurrent/qfuture.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/concurrent/qfuture.cpp
@@ -44,8 +44,10 @@
     \brief The QFuture class represents the result of an asynchronous computation.
     \since 4.4
 
+    \ingroup thread
+
     To start a computation, use one of the APIs in the
-    \l {threads.html#qtconcurrent-intro}{Qt Concurrent} framework.
+    \l {Concurrent Programming}{Qt Concurrent} framework.
 
     QFuture allows threads to be synchronized against one or more results
     which will be ready at a later point in time. The result can be of any type
@@ -90,7 +92,7 @@
 
     To interact with running tasks using signals and slots, use QFutureWatcher.
 
-    \sa QFutureWatcher, {threads.html#qtconcurrent-intro}{Qt Concurrent}
+    \sa QFutureWatcher, {Concurrent Programming}{Qt Concurrent}
 */
 
 /*! \fn QFuture::QFuture()
diff --git a/src/corelib/concurrent/qfuturesynchronizer.cpp b/src/corelib/concurrent/qfuturesynchronizer.cpp
index 1fd7198..dfb693e 100644
--- a/src/corelib/concurrent/qfuturesynchronizer.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/concurrent/qfuturesynchronizer.cpp
@@ -44,7 +44,9 @@
 
     \brief The QFutureSynchronizer class is a convenience class that simplifies
     QFuture synchronization.
-    
+
+    \ingroup thread
+
     QFutureSynchronizer is a template class that simplifies synchronization of
     one or more QFuture objects. Futures are added using the addFuture() or
     setFuture() functions. The futures() function returns a list of futures.
@@ -63,7 +65,7 @@
     You can query the status of the cancel-on-wait feature using the
     cancelOnWait() function.
     
-    \sa QFuture, QFutureWatcher, {threads.html#qtconcurrent-intro}{Qt Concurrent}
+    \sa QFuture, QFutureWatcher, {Concurrent Programming}{Qt Concurrent}
 */
 
 /*!
diff --git a/src/corelib/concurrent/qfuturewatcher.cpp b/src/corelib/concurrent/qfuturewatcher.cpp
index f0f06f9..4e9e723 100644
--- a/src/corelib/concurrent/qfuturewatcher.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/concurrent/qfuturewatcher.cpp
@@ -55,6 +55,8 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \reentrant
     \since 4.4
 
+    \ingroup thread
+
     \brief The QFutureWatcher class allows monitoring a QFuture using signals
     and slots.
 
@@ -94,7 +96,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     QFutureWatcher<void> as well. This is useful if only status or progress
     information is needed; not the actual result data.
 
-    \sa QFuture, {threads.html#qtconcurrent-intro}{Qt Concurrent}
+    \sa QFuture, {Concurrent Programming}{Qt Concurrent}
 */
 
 /*! \fn QFutureWatcher::QFutureWatcher(QObject *parent)
diff --git a/src/corelib/concurrent/qrunnable.cpp b/src/corelib/concurrent/qrunnable.cpp
index 86a099b..db33803 100644
--- a/src/corelib/concurrent/qrunnable.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/concurrent/qrunnable.cpp
@@ -44,6 +44,8 @@
     \since 4.4
     \brief The QRunnable class is the base class for all runnable objects.
 
+    \ingroup thread
+
     The QRunnable class is an interface for representing a task or
     piece of code that needs to be executed, represented by your
     reimplementation of the run() function.
diff --git a/src/corelib/concurrent/qtconcurrentfilter.cpp b/src/corelib/concurrent/qtconcurrentfilter.cpp
index f4572b8..4ab0723 100644
--- a/src/corelib/concurrent/qtconcurrentfilter.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/concurrent/qtconcurrentfilter.cpp
@@ -42,12 +42,12 @@
 /*!
     \headerfile <QtConcurrentFilter>
     \title Concurrent Filter and Filter-Reduce
-    \ingroup threading
+    \ingroup thread
 
     \brief The <QtConcurrentFilter> header provides concurrent Filter and
     Filter-Reduce.
 
-    These functions are a part of the \l {threads.html#qtconcurrent-intro}{Qt Concurrent} framework.
+    These functions are a part of the \l {Concurrent Programming}{Qt Concurrent} framework.
 
     The QtConcurrent::filter(), QtConcurrent::filtered() and
     QtConcurrent::filteredReduced() functions filter items in a sequence such
diff --git a/src/corelib/concurrent/qtconcurrentmap.cpp b/src/corelib/concurrent/qtconcurrentmap.cpp
index 80baa8f..3fd044d 100644
--- a/src/corelib/concurrent/qtconcurrentmap.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/concurrent/qtconcurrentmap.cpp
@@ -47,7 +47,9 @@
     possible to write multi-threaded programs without using low-level
     threading primitives.
 
-    See the \l {threads.html#qtconcurrent-intro}{Qt Concurrent} section in the \l{threads.html}{threading} documentation.
+    See the \l {Concurrent Programming}{Qt Concurrent} chapter in
+    the \l{threads.html}{threading} documentation.
+
     \inheaderfile QtCore
     \ingroup thread
 */
@@ -58,8 +60,6 @@
 
     \brief The QtConcurrent::internal namespace contains QtConcurrent
     implementation details.
-
-    \ingroup thread
 */
 
 /*!
@@ -78,11 +78,11 @@
 /*!
     \headerfile <QtConcurrentMap>
     \title Concurrent Map and Map-Reduce
-    \ingroup threading
+    \ingroup thread
 
     \brief The <QtConcurrentMap> header provides concurrent Map and MapReduce.
 
-    These functions are a part of the \l {threads.html#qtconcurrent-intro}{Qt Concurrent} framework.
+    These functions are a part of the \l {Concurrent Programming}{Qt Concurrent} framework.
 
     The QtConcurrent::map(), QtConcurrent::mapped() and
     QtConcurrent::mappedReduced() functions run computations in parallel on
diff --git a/src/corelib/concurrent/qtconcurrentrun.cpp b/src/corelib/concurrent/qtconcurrentrun.cpp
index 5803abb..989f54d 100644
--- a/src/corelib/concurrent/qtconcurrentrun.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/concurrent/qtconcurrentrun.cpp
@@ -42,11 +42,13 @@
 /*!
     \headerfile <QtConcurrentRun>
     \title Asynchronous Run
-    
+
     \brief The <QtConcurrentRun> header provides a way to run a function in a
     separate thread.
+
+    \ingroup thread
     
-    This function is a part of the \l {threads.html#qtconcurrent-intro}{Qt Concurrent} framework.
+    This function is a part of the \l {Concurrent Programming}{Qt Concurrent} framework.
 
     The QtConcurrent::run() function runs a function in a separate thread.
     The return value of the function is made available through the QFuture API.
diff --git a/src/corelib/concurrent/qthreadpool.cpp b/src/corelib/concurrent/qthreadpool.cpp
index 2dfac31..9b2ac46 100644
--- a/src/corelib/concurrent/qthreadpool.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/concurrent/qthreadpool.cpp
@@ -364,6 +364,8 @@ void QThreadPoolPrivate::stealRunnable(QRunnable *runnable)
     \since 4.4
     \threadsafe
 
+    \ingroup thread
+
     QThreadPool manages and recyles individual QThread objects to help reduce
     thread creation costs in programs that use threads. Each Qt application
     has one global QThreadPool object, which can be accessed by calling
@@ -404,7 +406,7 @@ void QThreadPoolPrivate::stealRunnable(QRunnable *runnable)
 
     Note that QThreadPool is a low-level class for managing threads, see
     QtConcurrent::run() or the other
-    \l {threads.html#qtconcurrent-intro}{Qt Concurrent} APIs for higher
+    \l {Concurrent Programming}{Qt Concurrent} APIs for higher
     level alternatives.
 
     \sa QRunnable
diff --git a/src/corelib/global/qendian.qdoc b/src/corelib/global/qendian.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e0ef662
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/global/qendian.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \headerfile <QtEndian>
+    \title Endian Conversion Functions
+    \ingroup classlists
+    \brief The <QtEndian> header provides functions to convert between
+    little and big endian representations of numbers.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn T qFromBigEndian(const uchar *src)
+    \since 4.3
+    \relates <QtEndian>
+
+    Reads a big-endian number from memory location \a src and returns the number in the
+    host byte order representation.
+    On CPU architectures where the host byte order is little-endian (such as x86) this
+    will swap the byte order; otherwise it will just read from \a src.
+
+    \note Template type \c{T} can either be a qint16, qint32 or qint64. Other types of
+    integers, e.g., qlong, are not applicable.
+
+    There are no data alignment constraints for \a src.
+
+    \sa qFromLittleEndian()
+    \sa qToBigEndian()
+    \sa qToLittleEndian()
+*/
+/*!
+    \fn T qFromBigEndian(T src)
+    \since 4.3
+    \relates <QtEndian>
+    \overload
+
+    Converts \a src from big-endian byte order and returns the number in host byte order
+    representation of that number.
+    On CPU architectures where the host byte order is little-endian (such as x86) this
+    will return \a src with the byte order swapped; otherwise it will return \a src
+    unmodified.
+*/
+/*!
+    \fn T qFromLittleEndian(const uchar *src)
+    \since 4.3
+    \relates <QtEndian>
+
+    Reads a little-endian number from memory location \a src and returns the number in
+    the host byte order representation.
+    On CPU architectures where the host byte order is big-endian (such as PowerPC) this
+    will swap the byte order; otherwise it will just read from \a src.
+
+    \note Template type \c{T} can either be a qint16, qint32 or qint64. Other types of
+    integers, e.g., qlong, are not applicable.
+
+    There are no data alignment constraints for \a src.
+
+    \sa qFromBigEndian()
+    \sa qToBigEndian()
+    \sa qToLittleEndian()
+*/
+/*!
+    \fn T qFromLittleEndian(T src)
+    \since 4.3
+    \relates <QtEndian>
+    \overload
+
+    Converts \a src from little-endian byte order and returns the number in host byte
+    order representation of that number.
+    On CPU architectures where the host byte order is big-endian (such as PowerPC) this
+    will return \a src with the byte order swapped; otherwise it will return \a src
+    unmodified.
+*/
+/*!
+    \fn void qToBigEndian(T src, uchar *dest)
+    \since 4.3
+    \relates <QtEndian>
+
+    Writes the number \a src with template type \c{T} to the memory location at \a dest
+    in big-endian byte order.
+
+    Note that template type \c{T} can only be an integer data type (signed or unsigned).
+
+    There are no data alignment constraints for \a dest.
+
+    \sa qFromBigEndian()
+    \sa qFromLittleEndian()
+    \sa qToLittleEndian()
+*/
+/*!
+    \fn T qToBigEndian(T src)
+    \since 4.3
+    \relates <QtEndian>
+    \overload
+
+    Converts \a src from host byte order and returns the number in big-endian byte order
+    representation of that number.
+    On CPU architectures where the host byte order is little-endian (such as x86) this
+    will return \a src with the byte order swapped; otherwise it will return \a src
+    unmodified.
+*/
+/*!
+    \fn void qToLittleEndian(T src, uchar *dest)
+    \since 4.3
+    \relates <QtEndian>
+
+    Writes the number \a src with template type \c{T} to the memory location at \a dest
+    in little-endian byte order.
+
+    Note that template type \c{T} can only be an integer data type (signed or unsigned).
+
+    There are no data alignment constraints for \a dest.
+
+    \sa qFromBigEndian()
+    \sa qFromLittleEndian()
+    \sa qToBigEndian()
+*/
+/*!
+    \fn T qToLittleEndian(T src)
+    \since 4.3
+    \relates <QtEndian>
+    \overload
+
+    Converts \a src from host byte order and returns the number in little-endian byte
+    order representation of that number.
+    On CPU architectures where the host byte order is big-endian (such as PowerPC) this
+    will return \a src with the byte order swapped; otherwise it will return \a src
+    unmodified.
+*/
+
diff --git a/src/corelib/global/qglobal.cpp b/src/corelib/global/qglobal.cpp
index b2046c9..81a5ae5 100644
--- a/src/corelib/global/qglobal.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/global/qglobal.cpp
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \brief The QFlags class provides a type-safe way of storing
     OR-combinations of enum values.
 
-    \mainclass
+
     \ingroup tools
 
     The QFlags<Enum> class is a template class, where Enum is an enum
@@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 /*!
     \headerfile <QtGlobal>
     \title Global Qt Declarations
-    \ingroup architecture
+    \ingroup classlists
 
     \brief The <QtGlobal> header provides basic declarations and
     is included by all other Qt headers.
diff --git a/src/corelib/global/qlibraryinfo.cpp b/src/corelib/global/qlibraryinfo.cpp
index 51c7988..f42a2ff 100644
--- a/src/corelib/global/qlibraryinfo.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/global/qlibraryinfo.cpp
@@ -147,9 +147,6 @@ QSettings *QLibraryInfoPrivate::findConfiguration()
     \class QLibraryInfo
     \brief The QLibraryInfo class provides information about the Qt library.
 
-    \ingroup misc
-    \mainclass
-
     Many pieces of information are established when Qt is configured.
     Installation paths, license information, and even a unique build
     key. This class provides an abstraction for accessing this
diff --git a/src/corelib/global/qnamespace.qdoc b/src/corelib/global/qnamespace.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d1c16e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/global/qnamespace.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,2754 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \namespace Qt
+    \inmodule QtCore
+
+    \brief The Qt namespace contains miscellaneous identifiers
+    used throughout the Qt library.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::Orientation
+
+    This type is used to signify an object's orientation.
+
+    \value Horizontal
+    \value Vertical
+
+    Orientation is used with QScrollBar for example.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::AlignmentFlag
+
+    This enum type is used to describe alignment. It contains
+    horizontal and vertical flags that can be combined to produce
+    the required effect.
+
+    The \l{TextElideMode} enum can also be used in many situations
+    to fine-tune the appearance of aligned text.
+
+    The horizontal flags are:
+
+    \value AlignLeft Aligns with the left edge.
+    \value AlignRight Aligns with the right edge.
+    \value AlignHCenter Centers horizontally in the available space.
+    \value AlignJustify Justifies the text in the available space.
+    \omitvalue AlignAuto
+
+    The vertical flags are:
+
+    \value AlignTop Aligns with the top.
+    \value AlignBottom Aligns with the bottom.
+    \value AlignVCenter Centers vertically in the available space.
+
+    You can use only one of the horizontal flags at a time. There is
+    one two-dimensional flag:
+
+    \value AlignCenter Centers in both dimensions.
+
+    You can use at most one horizontal and one vertical flag at a
+    time. Qt::AlignCenter counts as both horizontal and vertical.
+
+    Three enum values are useful in applications that can be run in
+    right-to-left mode:
+
+    \value AlignAbsolute  If the widget's layout direction is
+        Qt::RightToLeft (instead of Qt::LeftToRight, the default),
+        Qt::AlignLeft refers to the \e right edge and Qt::AlignRight
+        to the \e left edge. This is normally the desired behavior.
+        If you want Qt::AlignLeft to always mean "left" and
+        Qt::AlignRight to always mean "right", combine the flag with
+        Qt::AlignAbsolute.
+    \value AlignLeading  Synonym for Qt::AlignLeft.
+    \value AlignTrailing  Synonym for Qt::AlignRight.
+
+    Masks:
+
+    \value AlignHorizontal_Mask
+    \value AlignVertical_Mask
+
+    Conflicting combinations of flags have undefined meanings.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::ApplicationAttribute
+
+    This enum describes attributes that change the behavior of
+    application-wide features. These are enabled and disabled using
+    QCoreApplication::setAttribute(), and can be tested for with
+    QCoreApplication::testAttribute().
+
+    \value AA_ImmediateWidgetCreation Ensures that widgets are created
+           as soon as they are constructed. By default, resources for
+           widgets are allocated on demand to improve efficiency and
+           minimize resource usage. Setting or clearing this attribute
+           affects widgets constructed after the change. Setting it
+           tells Qt to create toplevel windows immediately.
+           Therefore, if it is important to minimize resource
+           consumption, do not set this attribute.
+
+    \value AA_MSWindowsUseDirect3DByDefault This value is obsolete and
+           has no effect.
+
+    \value AA_DontShowIconsInMenus Actions with the Icon property won't be
+           shown in any menus unless specifically set by the
+           QAction::iconVisibleInMenu property.
+
+           Menus that are currently open or menus already created in the native
+           Mac OS X menubar \e{may not} pick up a change in this attribute. Changes
+           in the QAction::iconVisibleInMenu property will always be picked up.
+
+    \value AA_NativeWindows Ensures that widgets have native windows.
+
+    \value AA_DontCreateNativeWidgetSiblings Ensures that siblings of native
+           widgets stay non-native unless specifically set by the
+           Qt::WA_NativeWindow attribute.
+
+    \value AA_MacPluginApplication Stops the Qt mac application from doing
+           specific initializations that do not necessarily make sense when using Qt
+           to author a plugin. This includes avoiding loading our nib for the main
+           menu and not taking possession of the native menu bar. When setting this
+           attribute to true will also set the AA_DontUseNativeMenuBar attribute
+           to true.
+
+    \value AA_DontUseNativeMenuBar All menubars created while this attribute is
+           set to true won't be used as a native menubar (e.g, the menubar at
+           the top of the main screen on Mac OS X or at the bottom in Windows CE).
+
+    \value AA_MacDontSwapCtrlAndMeta On Mac OS X by default, Qt swaps the
+           Control and Meta (Command) keys (i.e., whenever Control is pressed, Qt
+           sends Meta and whenever Meta is pressed Control is sent. When this
+           attribute is true, Qt will not do the flip. QKeySequence::StandardShortcuts
+           will also flip accordingly (i.e., QKeySequence::Copy will be
+           Command+C on the keyboard regardless of the value set, though what is output for
+           QKeySequence::toString(QKeySequence::PortableText) will be different).
+
+    \omitvalue AA_AttributeCount
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::MouseButton
+
+    This enum type describes the different mouse buttons.
+
+    \value NoButton        The button state does not refer to any
+    button (see QMouseEvent::button()).
+    \value LeftButton      The left button is pressed, or an event refers
+    to the left button. (The left button may be the right button on
+    left-handed mice.)
+    \value RightButton     The right button.
+    \value MidButton       The middle button.
+    \value XButton1        The first X button.
+    \value XButton2        The second X button.
+
+    \omitvalue MouseButtonMask
+
+    \sa KeyboardModifier Modifier
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::KeyboardModifier
+
+    This enum describes the modifier keys.
+
+    \value NoModifier       No modifier key is pressed.
+    \value ShiftModifier    A Shift key on the keyboard is pressed.
+    \value ControlModifier  A Ctrl key on the keyboard is pressed.
+    \value AltModifier      An Alt key on the keyboard is pressed.
+    \value MetaModifier     A Meta key on the keyboard is pressed.
+    \value KeypadModifier   A keypad button is pressed.
+    \value GroupSwitchModifier X11 only. A Mode_switch key on the keyboard is pressed.
+
+    \omitvalue KeyboardModifierMask
+
+    \note On Mac OS X, the \c ControlModifier value corresponds to
+    the Command keys on the Macintosh keyboard, and the \c MetaModifier value
+    corresponds to the Control keys. The \c KeypadModifier value will also be set
+    when an arrow key is pressed as the arrow keys are considered part of the
+    keypad.
+
+    \note On Windows Keyboards, Qt::MetaModifier and Qt::Key_Meta are mapped
+    to the Windows key.
+
+    \sa MouseButton Modifier
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::Modifier
+
+    This enum provides shorter names for the keyboard modifier keys
+    supported by Qt.
+
+    \bold{Note:} On Mac OS X, the \c CTRL value corresponds to
+    the Command keys on the Macintosh keyboard, and the \c META value
+    corresponds to the Control keys.
+
+    \value SHIFT The Shift keys provided on all standard keyboards.
+    \value META The Meta keys.
+    \value CTRL The Ctrl keys.
+    \value ALT The normal Alt keys, but not keys like AltGr.
+    \value UNICODE_ACCEL The shortcut is specified as a Unicode code
+    point, not as a Qt Key.
+    \omitvalue MODIFIER_MASK
+
+    \sa KeyboardModifier MouseButton
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::GlobalColor
+
+    \raw HTML
+    <style type="text/css" id="colorstyles">
+     #white { background-color: #ffffff; color: #000000 }
+     #black { background-color: #000000; color: #ffffff }
+     #red { background-color: #ff0000; color: #000000 }
+     #darkRed { background-color: #800000; color: #ffffff }
+     #green { background-color: #00ff00; color: #000000 }
+     #darkGreen { background-color: #008000; color: #ffffff }
+     #blue { background-color: #0000ff; color: #ffffff }
+     #darkBlue { background-color: #000080; color: #ffffff }
+     #cyan { background-color: #00ffff; color: #000000 }
+     #darkCyan { background-color: #008080; color: #ffffff }
+     #magenta { background-color: #ff00ff; color: #000000 }
+     #darkMagenta { background-color: #800080; color: #ffffff }
+     #yellow { background-color: #ffff00; color: #000000 }
+     #darkYellow { background-color: #808000; color: #ffffff }
+     #gray { background-color: #a0a0a4; color: #000000 }
+     #darkGray { background-color: #808080; color: #ffffff }
+     #lightGray { background-color: #c0c0c0; color: #000000 }
+    </style>
+    \endraw
+
+    Qt's predefined QColor objects:
+
+    \value white       \raw HTML
+    White <tt id="white">(#ffffff)</tt>
+    \endraw
+    \value black       \raw HTML
+    Black <tt id="black">(#000000)</tt>
+    \endraw
+    \value red         \raw HTML
+    Red <tt id="red">(#ff0000)</tt>
+    \endraw
+    \value darkRed     \raw HTML
+    Dark red <tt id="darkRed">(#800000)</tt>
+    \endraw
+    \value green       \raw HTML
+    Green <tt id="green">(#00ff00)</tt>
+    \endraw
+    \value darkGreen   \raw HTML
+    Dark green <tt id="darkGreen">(#008000)</tt>
+    \endraw
+    \value blue        \raw HTML
+    Blue <tt id="blue">(#0000ff)</tt>
+    \endraw
+    \value darkBlue    \raw HTML
+    Dark blue <tt id="darkBlue">(#000080)</tt>
+    \endraw
+    \value cyan        \raw HTML
+    Cyan <tt id="cyan">(#00ffff)</tt>
+    \endraw
+    \value darkCyan    \raw HTML
+    Dark cyan <tt id="darkCyan">(#008080)</tt>
+    \endraw
+    \value magenta     \raw HTML
+    Magenta <tt id="magenta">(#ff00ff)</tt>
+    \endraw
+    \value darkMagenta \raw HTML
+    Dark magenta <tt id="darkMagenta">(#800080)</tt>
+    \endraw
+    \value yellow      \raw HTML
+    Yellow <tt id="yellow">(#ffff00)</tt>
+    \endraw
+    \value darkYellow  \raw HTML
+    Dark yellow <tt id="darkYellow">(#808000)</tt>
+    \endraw
+    \value gray        \raw HTML
+    Gray <tt id="gray">(#a0a0a4)</tt>
+    \endraw
+    \value darkGray    \raw HTML
+    Dark gray <tt id="darkGray">(#808080)</tt>
+    \endraw
+    \value lightGray   \raw HTML
+    Light gray <tt id="lightGray">(#c0c0c0)</tt>
+    \endraw
+    \value transparent a transparent black value (i.e., QColor(0, 0, 0, 0))
+    \value color0 0 pixel value (for bitmaps)
+    \value color1 1 pixel value (for bitmaps)
+
+    \sa QColor
+
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::PenStyle
+
+    This enum type defines the pen styles that can be drawn using
+    QPainter. The styles are:
+
+    \table
+    \row
+    \o \inlineimage qpen-solid.png
+    \o \inlineimage qpen-dash.png
+    \o \inlineimage qpen-dot.png
+    \row
+    \o Qt::SolidLine
+    \o Qt::DashLine
+    \o Qt::DotLine
+    \row
+    \o \inlineimage qpen-dashdot.png
+    \o \inlineimage qpen-dashdotdot.png
+    \o \inlineimage qpen-custom.png
+    \row
+    \o Qt::DashDotLine
+    \o Qt::DashDotDotLine
+    \o Qt::CustomDashLine
+    \endtable
+
+    \value NoPen  no line at all. For example, QPainter::drawRect()
+    fills but does not draw any boundary line.
+
+    \value SolidLine  A plain line.
+    \value DashLine  Dashes separated by a few pixels.
+    \value DotLine  Dots separated by a few pixels.
+    \value DashDotLine  Alternate dots and dashes.
+    \value DashDotDotLine  One dash, two dots, one dash, two dots.
+    \value CustomDashLine  A custom pattern defined using
+                           QPainterPathStroker::setDashPattern().
+
+    \omitvalue MPenStyle
+
+    \sa QPen
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::PenCapStyle
+
+    This enum type defines the pen cap styles supported by Qt, i.e.
+    the line end caps that can be drawn using QPainter.
+
+    \table
+    \row
+    \o \inlineimage qpen-square.png
+    \o \inlineimage qpen-flat.png
+    \o \inlineimage qpen-roundcap.png
+    \row
+    \o Qt::SquareCap
+    \o Qt::FlatCap
+    \o Qt::RoundCap
+    \endtable
+
+    \value FlatCap  a square line end that does not cover the end
+        point of the line.
+    \value SquareCap  a square line end that covers the end point and
+        extends beyond it by half the line width.
+    \value RoundCap  a rounded line end.
+    \omitvalue MPenCapStyle
+
+    \sa QPen
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::PenJoinStyle
+
+    This enum type defines the pen join styles supported by Qt, i.e.
+    which joins between two connected lines can be drawn using
+    QPainter.
+
+    \table
+    \row
+    \o \inlineimage qpen-bevel.png
+    \o \inlineimage qpen-miter.png
+    \o \inlineimage qpen-roundjoin.png
+    \row
+    \o Qt::BevelJoin
+    \o Qt::MiterJoin
+    \o Qt::RoundJoin
+    \endtable
+
+    \value MiterJoin  The outer edges of the lines are extended to
+           meet at an angle, and this area is filled.
+    \value BevelJoin  The triangular notch between the two lines is filled.
+    \value RoundJoin  A circular arc between the two lines is filled.
+    \value SvgMiterJoin A miter join corresponding to the definition of
+           a miter join in the \l{SVG 1.2 Tiny} specification.
+    \omitvalue MPenJoinStyle
+
+    \sa QPen
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::BrushStyle
+
+    This enum type defines the brush styles supported by Qt, i.e. the
+    fill pattern of shapes drawn using QPainter.
+
+    \image brush-styles.png Brush Styles
+
+    \value NoBrush  No brush pattern.
+    \value SolidPattern  Uniform color.
+    \value Dense1Pattern  Extremely dense brush pattern.
+    \value Dense2Pattern  Very dense brush pattern.
+    \value Dense3Pattern  Somewhat dense brush pattern.
+    \value Dense4Pattern  Half dense brush pattern.
+    \value Dense5Pattern  Somewhat sparse brush pattern.
+    \value Dense6Pattern  Very sparse brush pattern.
+    \value Dense7Pattern  Extremely sparse brush pattern.
+    \value HorPattern  Horizontal lines.
+    \value VerPattern  Vertical lines.
+    \value CrossPattern  Crossing horizontal and vertical lines.
+    \value BDiagPattern  Backward diagonal lines.
+    \value FDiagPattern  Forward diagonal lines.
+    \value DiagCrossPattern  Crossing diagonal lines.
+    \value LinearGradientPattern  Linear gradient (set using a dedicated QBrush constructor).
+    \value ConicalGradientPattern  Conical gradient (set using a dedicated QBrush constructor).
+    \value RadialGradientPattern  Radial gradient (set using a dedicated QBrush constructor).
+    \value TexturePattern  Custom pattern (see QBrush::setTexture()).
+
+    \omitvalue CustomPattern
+
+    \sa QBrush
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::TextFlag
+
+    This enum type is used to define some modifier flags. Some of
+    these flags only make sense in the context of printing:
+
+    \value TextSingleLine Treats all whitespace as spaces and prints just
+           one line.
+    \value TextDontClip If it's impossible to stay within the given bounds,
+           it prints outside.
+    \value TextExpandTabs Makes the U+0009 (ASCII tab) character move to
+           the next tab stop.
+    \value TextShowMnemonic Displays the string "\&P" as \underline{P}
+           (see QButton for an example). For an ampersand, use "\&\&".
+    \value TextWordWrap Breaks lines at appropriate points, e.g. at word
+           boundaries.
+    \value TextWrapAnywhere Breaks lines anywhere, even within words.
+    \value TextHideMnemonic Same as Qt::TextShowMnemonic but doesn't draw the underlines.
+    \value TextDontPrint Treat this text as "hidden" and don't print
+    it.
+    \value IncludeTrailingSpaces When this option is set, QTextLine::naturalTextWidth() and naturalTextRect() will
+                                 return a value that includes the width of trailing spaces in the text; otherwise
+                                 this width is excluded.
+    \value TextIncludeTrailingSpaces Same as IncludeTrailingSpaces
+    \value TextJustificationForced Ensures that text lines are justified.
+
+    \omitvalue BreakAnywhere
+    \omitvalue DontClip
+    \omitvalue DontPrint
+    \omitvalue ExpandTabs
+    \omitvalue IncludeTrailingSpaces
+    \omitvalue NoAccel
+    \omitvalue ShowPrefix
+    \omitvalue SingleLine
+    \omitvalue WordBreak
+    \omitvalue TextForceLeftToRight
+    \omitvalue TextForceRightToLeft
+    \omitvalue TextLongestVariant Always use the longest variant when computing the size of a multi-variant string
+
+    You can use as many modifier flags as you want, except that
+    Qt::TextSingleLine and Qt::TextWordWrap cannot be combined.
+
+    Flags that are inappropriate for a given use are generally
+    ignored.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::BGMode
+
+    Background mode:
+
+    \value TransparentMode
+    \value OpaqueMode
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::ConnectionType
+
+    This enum describes the types of connection that can be used between signals and
+    slots. In particular, it determines whether a particular signal is delivered to a
+    slot immediately or queued for delivery at a later time.
+
+    \value DirectConnection  When emitted, the signal is immediately delivered to the slot.
+    \value QueuedConnection  When emitted, the signal is queued until the event loop is
+                             able to deliver it to the slot.
+    \value BlockingQueuedConnection
+                             Same as QueuedConnection, except that the current thread blocks
+                             until the slot has been delivered. This connection type should
+                             only be used for receivers in a different thread. Note that misuse
+                             of this type can lead to deadlocks in your application.
+    \value AutoConnection    If the signal is emitted from the thread
+                             in which the receiving object lives, the
+                             slot is invoked directly, as with
+                             Qt::DirectConnection; otherwise the
+                             signal is queued, as with
+                             Qt::QueuedConnection.
+    \value UniqueConnection  Same as AutoConnection, but there will be a check that the signal is
+                             not already connected to the same slot before connecting, otherwise,
+                             the connection will fail.
+                             This value was introduced in Qt 4.6.
+    \value AutoCompatConnection
+           The default connection type for signals and slots when Qt 3 support
+           is enabled. Equivalent to AutoConnection for connections but will cause warnings
+           to be output under certain circumstances. See
+           \l{Porting to Qt 4#Compatibility Signals and Slots}{Compatibility Signals and Slots}
+           for further information.
+
+    With queued connections, the parameters must be of types that are known to
+    Qt's meta-object system, because Qt needs to copy the arguments to store them
+    in an event behind the scenes. If you try to use a queued connection and
+    get the error message
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qnamespace.qdoc 0
+
+    call qRegisterMetaType() to register the data type before you
+    establish the connection.
+
+    \sa {Thread Support in Qt}, QObject::connect(), qRegisterMetaType()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::DateFormat
+
+    \value TextDate The default Qt format, which includes the day and month name,
+    the day number in the month, and the year in full. The day and month names will
+    be short, localized names. This is basically equivalent to using the date format
+    string, "ddd MMM d yyyy". See QDate::toString() for more information.
+
+    \value ISODate ISO 8601 extended format: either \c{YYYY-MM-DD} for dates or
+    \c{YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS} for combined dates and times.
+
+    \value SystemLocaleShortDate The \l{QLocale::ShortFormat}{short format} used
+    by the \l{QLocale::system()}{operating system}.
+
+    \value SystemLocaleLongDate The \l{QLocale::LongFormat}{long format} used
+    by the \l{QLocale::system()}{operating system}.
+
+    \value DefaultLocaleShortDate The \l{QLocale::ShortFormat}{short format} specified
+    by the \l{QLocale::setDefault()}{application's locale}.
+
+    \value DefaultLocaleLongDate The \l{QLocale::LongFormat}{long format} used
+    by the \l{QLocale::setDefault()}{application's locale}.
+
+    \value SystemLocaleDate \e{This enum value is deprecated.} Use Qt::SystemLocaleShortDate
+    instead (or Qt::SystemLocaleLongDate if you want long dates).
+
+    \value LocaleDate \e{This enum value is deprecated.} Use Qt::DefaultLocaleShortDate
+    instead (or Qt::DefaultLocaleLongDate if you want long dates).
+
+    \value LocalDate \e{This enum value is deprecated.} Use Qt::SystemLocaleShortDate
+    instead (or Qt::SystemLocaleLongDate if you want long dates).
+
+    \note For \c ISODate formats, each \c Y, \c M and \c D represents a single digit
+    of the year, month and day used to specify the date. Each \c H, \c M and \c S
+    represents a single digit of the hour, minute and second used to specify the time.
+    The presence of a literal \c T character is used to separate the date and time when
+    both are specified.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::TimeSpec
+
+    \value LocalTime Locale dependent time (Timezones and Daylight Savings Time).
+    \value UTC Coordinated Universal Time, replaces Greenwich Mean Time.
+    \value OffsetFromUTC An offset in seconds from Coordinated Universal Time.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::DayOfWeek
+
+    \value Monday
+    \value Tuesday
+    \value Wednesday
+    \value Thursday
+    \value Friday
+    \value Saturday
+    \value Sunday
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::CaseSensitivity
+
+    \value CaseInsensitive
+    \value CaseSensitive
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::ToolBarArea
+
+    \value LeftToolBarArea
+    \value RightToolBarArea
+    \value TopToolBarArea
+    \value BottomToolBarArea
+    \value AllToolBarAreas
+    \value NoToolBarArea
+
+    \omitvalue ToolBarArea_Mask
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::DockWidgetArea
+
+    \value LeftDockWidgetArea
+    \value RightDockWidgetArea
+    \value TopDockWidgetArea
+    \value BottomDockWidgetArea
+    \value AllDockWidgetAreas
+    \value NoDockWidgetArea
+
+    \omitvalue DockWidgetArea_Mask
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::BackgroundMode
+
+    \compat
+
+    \value FixedColor
+    \value FixedPixmap
+    \value NoBackground
+    \value PaletteForeground
+    \value PaletteButton
+    \value PaletteLight
+    \value PaletteMidlight
+    \value PaletteDark
+    \value PaletteMid
+    \value PaletteText
+    \value PaletteBrightText
+    \value PaletteBase
+    \value PaletteBackground
+    \value PaletteShadow
+    \value PaletteHighlight
+    \value PaletteHighlightedText
+    \value PaletteButtonText
+    \value PaletteLink
+    \value PaletteLinkVisited
+    \value X11ParentRelative
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::ImageConversionFlag
+
+    The options marked "(default)" are set if no other values from
+    the list are included (since the defaults are zero):
+
+    Color/Mono preference (ignored for QBitmap):
+
+    \value AutoColor (default) - If the image has \link
+           QImage::depth() depth\endlink 1 and contains only
+           black and white pixels, the pixmap becomes monochrome.
+    \value ColorOnly The pixmap is dithered/converted to the
+           \link QPixmap::defaultDepth() native display depth\endlink.
+    \value MonoOnly The pixmap becomes monochrome. If necessary,
+           it is dithered using the chosen dithering algorithm.
+
+    Dithering mode preference for RGB channels:
+
+    \value DiffuseDither (default) - A high-quality dither.
+    \value OrderedDither A faster, more ordered dither.
+    \value ThresholdDither No dithering; closest color is used.
+
+    Dithering mode preference for alpha channel:
+
+    \value ThresholdAlphaDither (default) - No dithering.
+    \value OrderedAlphaDither A faster, more ordered dither.
+    \value DiffuseAlphaDither A high-quality dither.
+    \omitvalue NoAlpha
+
+    Color matching versus dithering preference:
+
+    \value PreferDither (default when converting to a pixmap) - Always dither
+           32-bit images when the image is converted to 8 bits.
+    \value AvoidDither (default when converting for the purpose of saving to
+           file) - Dither 32-bit images only if the image has more than 256
+           colors and it is being converted to 8 bits.
+    \omitvalue AutoDither
+
+    \omitvalue ColorMode_Mask
+    \omitvalue Dither_Mask
+    \omitvalue AlphaDither_Mask
+    \omitvalue DitherMode_Mask
+    \omitvalue NoOpaqueDetection
+*/
+
+/*! \enum Qt::GUIStyle
+
+    \compat
+
+    \value WindowsStyle
+    \value MotifStyle
+    \value MacStyle
+    \value Win3Style
+    \value PMStyle
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::UIEffect
+
+    This enum describes the available UI effects.
+
+    By default, Qt will try to use the platform specific desktop
+    settings for each effect. Use the
+    QApplication::setDesktopSettingsAware() function (passing \c false
+    as argument) to prevent this, and the
+    QApplication::setEffectEnabled() to enable or disable a particular
+    effect.
+
+    Note that all effects are disabled on screens running at less than
+    16-bit color depth.
+
+    \omitvalue UI_General
+
+    \value UI_AnimateMenu Show animated menus.
+    \value UI_FadeMenu Show faded menus.
+    \value UI_AnimateCombo Show animated comboboxes.
+    \value UI_AnimateTooltip Show tooltip animations.
+    \value UI_FadeTooltip Show tooltip fading effects.
+    \value UI_AnimateToolBox Reserved
+
+    \sa QApplication::setEffectEnabled(), QApplication::setDesktopSettingsAware()
+*/
+
+/*! \enum Qt::AspectRatioMode
+
+    This enum type defines what happens to the aspect ratio when
+    scaling an rectangle.
+
+    \image qimage-scaling.png
+
+    \value IgnoreAspectRatio  The size is scaled freely. The aspect
+                              ratio is not preserved.
+    \value KeepAspectRatio  The size is scaled to a rectangle as
+                            large as possible inside a given
+                            rectangle, preserving the aspect ratio.
+    \value KeepAspectRatioByExpanding  The size is scaled to a
+                                       rectangle as small as possible
+                                       outside a given rectangle,
+                                       preserving the aspect ratio.
+
+    \omitvalue ScaleFree
+    \omitvalue ScaleMin
+    \omitvalue ScaleMax
+
+    \sa QSize::scale(), QImage::scaled()
+*/
+
+/*! \typedef Qt::ScaleMode
+    \compat
+
+    Use Qt::AspectRatioMode instead.
+
+    The enum values have been renamed as follows:
+
+    \table
+    \row \i Old enum value \i New enum value
+    \row \i Qt::ScaleFree  \i Qt::IgnoreAspectRatio
+    \row \i Qt::ScaleMin   \i Qt::KeepAspectRatio
+    \row \i Qt::ScaleMax   \i Qt::KeepAspectRatioByExpanding
+    \endtable
+*/
+
+/*! \enum Qt::TransformationMode
+
+    This enum type defines whether image transformations (e.g.,
+    scaling) should be smooth or not.
+
+    \value FastTransformation  The transformation is performed
+                               quickly, with no smoothing.
+    \value SmoothTransformation  The resulting image is transformed
+                                 using bilinear filtering.
+
+    \sa QImage::scaled()
+*/
+
+/*! \enum Qt::Axis
+
+    This enum type defines three values to represent the three
+    axes in the cartesian coordinate system.
+
+    \value XAxis  The X axis.
+    \value YAxis  The Y axis.
+    \value ZAxis  The Z axis.
+
+    \sa QTransform::rotate(), QTransform::rotateRadians()
+ */
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::WidgetAttribute
+
+    \keyword widget attributes
+
+    This enum type is used to specify various widget attributes.
+    Attributes are set and cleared with QWidget::setAttribute(), and
+    queried with QWidget::testAttribute(), although some have special
+    convenience functions which are mentioned below.
+
+    \value WA_AcceptDrops Allows data from drag and drop operations
+    to be dropped onto the widget (see QWidget::setAcceptDrops()).
+
+    \value WA_AlwaysShowToolTips Enables tooltips for inactive windows.
+
+    \value WA_ContentsPropagated This flag is superfluous and
+    obsolete; it no longer has any effect. Since Qt 4.1, all widgets
+    that do not set WA_PaintOnScreen propagate their contents.
+
+    \value WA_CustomWhatsThis Indicates that the widget wants to
+    continue operating normally in "What's This?" mode. This is set by the
+    widget's author.
+
+    \value WA_DeleteOnClose Makes Qt delete this widget when the
+    widget has accepted the close event (see QWidget::closeEvent()).
+
+    \value WA_Disabled Indicates that the widget is disabled, i.e.
+    it does not receive any mouse or keyboard events. There is also a
+    getter functions QWidget::isEnabled().  This is set/cleared by the
+    Qt kernel.
+
+    \omitvalue WA_DropSiteRegistered
+    \omitvalue WA_ForceAcceptDrops
+
+    \value WA_ForceDisabled Indicates that the widget is
+    explicitly disabled, i.e. it will remain disabled even when all
+    its ancestors are set to the enabled state. This implies
+    WA_Disabled. This is set/cleared by QWidget::setEnabled() and
+    QWidget::setDisabled().
+
+    \value WA_ForceUpdatesDisabled Indicates that updates are
+    explicitly disabled for the widget; i.e. it will remain disabled
+    even when all its ancestors are set to the updates-enabled state.
+    This implies WA_UpdatesDisabled. This is set/cleared by
+    QWidget::setUpdatesEnabled().
+
+    \value WA_GroupLeader
+        \e{This attribute has been deprecated.} Use QWidget::windowModality
+        instead.
+
+    \value WA_Hover Forces Qt to generate paint events when the mouse
+    enters or leaves the widget. This feature is typically used when
+    implementing custom styles; see the \l{widgets/styles}{Styles}
+    example for details.
+
+    \value WA_InputMethodEnabled Enables input methods for Asian languages.
+    Must be set when creating custom text editing widgets.
+    On Windows CE this flag can be used in addition to
+    QApplication::autoSipEnabled to automatically display the SIP when
+    entering a widget.
+
+    \value WA_KeyboardFocusChange Set on a toplevel window when
+    the users changes focus with the keyboard (tab, backtab, or shortcut).
+
+    \value WA_KeyCompression Enables key event compression if set,
+    and disables it if not set. By default key compression is off, so
+    widgets receive one key press event for each key press (or more,
+    since autorepeat is usually on). If you turn it on and your
+    program doesn't keep up with key input, Qt may try to compress key
+    events so that more than one character can be processed in each
+    event.
+    For example, a word processor widget might receive 2, 3 or more
+    characters in each QKeyEvent::text(), if the layout recalculation
+    takes too long for the CPU.
+    If a widget supports multiple character unicode input, it is
+    always safe to turn the compression on.
+    Qt performs key event compression only for printable characters.
+    Qt::Modifier keys, cursor movement keys, function keys and
+    miscellaneous action keys (e.g. Escape, Enter, Backspace,
+    PrintScreen) will stop key event compression, even if there are
+    more compressible key events available.
+    Platforms other than Mac and X11 do not support this compression,
+    in which case turning it on will have no effect.
+    This is set/cleared by the widget's author.
+
+    \value WA_LayoutOnEntireRect Indicates that the widget
+    wants QLayout to operate on the entire QWidget::rect(), not only
+    on QWidget::contentsRect(). This is set by the widget's author.
+
+    \value WA_LayoutUsesWidgetRect Ignore the layout item rect from the style
+    when laying out this widget with QLayout. This makes a difference in
+    QMacStyle and QPlastiqueStyle for some widgets.
+
+    \value WA_MacNoClickThrough When a widget that has this attribute set
+    is clicked, and its window is inactive, the click will make the window
+    active but won't be seen by the widget. Typical use of this attribute
+    is on widgets with "destructive" actions, such as a "Delete" button.
+    WA_MacNoClickThrough also applies to all child widgets of the widget
+    that has it set.
+
+    \value WA_MacOpaqueSizeGrip Indicates that the native Carbon size grip
+    should be opaque instead of transparent (the default). This attribute
+    is only applicable to Mac OS X and is set by the widget's author.
+
+    \value WA_MacShowFocusRect Indicates that this widget should get a
+    QFocusFrame around it. Some widgets draw their own focus halo
+    regardless of this attribute. Not that the QWidget::focusPolicy
+    also plays the main role in whether something is given focus or
+    not, this only controls whether or not this gets the focus
+    frame. This attribute is only applicable to Mac OS X.
+
+    \value WA_MacNormalSize Indicates the widget should have the
+    normal size for widgets in Mac OS X. This attribute is only
+    applicable to Mac OS X.
+
+    \value WA_MacSmallSize Indicates the widget should have the small
+    size for widgets in Mac OS X. This attribute is only applicable to
+    Mac OS X.
+
+    \value WA_MacMiniSize Indicates the widget should have the mini
+    size for widgets in Mac OS X. This attribute is only applicable to
+    Mac OS X.
+
+    \value WA_MacVariableSize Indicates the widget can choose between
+    alternative sizes for widgets to avoid clipping.
+    This attribute is only applicable to Mac OS X.
+
+    \value WA_MacBrushedMetal Indicates the widget should be drawn in
+    the brushed metal style as supported by the windowing system. This
+    attribute is only applicable to Mac OS X.
+
+    \omitvalue WA_MacMetalStyle
+
+    \value WA_Mapped Indicates that the widget is mapped on screen.
+    This is set/cleared by the Qt kernel.
+
+    \value WA_MouseNoMask Makes the widget receive mouse events for
+    the entire widget regardless of the currently set mask,
+    overriding QWidget::setMask(). This is not applicable for
+    top-level windows.
+
+    \value WA_MouseTracking Indicates that the widget has mouse
+    tracking enabled. See QWidget::mouseTracking.
+
+    \value WA_Moved Indicates that the widget has an explicit
+    position. This is set/cleared by QWidget::move() and
+    by QWidget::setGeometry().
+
+    \value WA_MSWindowsUseDirect3D This value is obsolete and has no
+    effect.
+
+    \value WA_NoBackground This value is obsolete. Use
+    WA_OpaquePaintEvent instead.
+
+    \value WA_NoChildEventsForParent Indicates that the widget does
+    not want ChildAdded or ChildRemoved events sent to its
+    parent. This is rarely necessary but can help to avoid automatic
+    insertion widgets like splitters and layouts. This is set by a
+    widget's author.
+
+    \value WA_NoChildEventsFromChildren Indicates that the widget does
+    not want to receive ChildAdded or ChildRemoved events sent from its
+    children. This is set by a widget's author.
+
+    \value WA_NoMouseReplay Used for pop-up widgets. Indicates that the most
+    recent mouse press event should not be replayed when the pop-up widget
+    closes. The flag is set by the widget's author and cleared by the Qt kernel
+    every time the widget receives a new mouse event.
+
+    \value WA_NoMousePropagation Prohibits mouse events from being propagated
+    to the widget's parent. This attribute is disabled by default.
+
+    \value WA_TransparentForMouseEvents When enabled, this attribute disables
+    the delivery of mouse events to the widget and its children. Mouse events
+    are delivered to other widgets as if the widget and its children were not
+    present in the widget hierarchy; mouse clicks and other events effectively
+    "pass through" them. This attribute is disabled by default.
+
+    \value WA_NoSystemBackground Indicates that the widget has no background,
+    i.e. when the widget receives paint events, the background is not
+    automatically repainted. \note Unlike WA_OpaquePaintEvent, newly exposed
+    areas are \bold never filled with the background (e.g., after showing a
+    window for the first time the user can see "through" it until the
+    application processes the paint events). This flag is set or cleared by the
+    widget's author.
+
+    \value WA_OpaquePaintEvent Indicates that the widget paints all its pixels
+    when it receives a paint event. Thus, it is not required for operations
+    like updating, resizing, scrolling and focus changes to erase the widget
+    before generating paint events. The use of WA_OpaquePaintEvent provides a
+    small optimization by helping to reduce flicker on systems that do not
+    support double buffering and avoiding computational cycles necessary to
+    erase the background prior to painting. \note Unlike
+    WA_NoSystemBackground, WA_OpaquePaintEvent makes an effort to avoid
+    transparent window backgrounds. This flag is set or cleared by the widget's
+    author.
+
+    \value WA_OutsideWSRange Indicates that the widget is outside
+    the valid range of the window system's coordinate system. A widget
+    outside the valid range cannot be mapped on screen. This is
+    set/cleared by the Qt kernel.
+
+    \value WA_PaintOnScreen Indicates that the widget wants to draw directly
+    onto the screen. Widgets with this attribute set do not participate in
+    composition management, i.e. they cannot be semi-transparent or shine
+    through semi-transparent overlapping widgets. \note This flag is only
+    supported on X11 and it disables double buffering. On Qt for Embedded
+    Linux, the flag only works when set on a top-level widget and it relies on
+    support from the active screen driver. This flag is set or cleared by the
+    widget's author. To render outside of Qt's paint system, e.g., if you
+    require native painting primitives, you need to reimplement
+    QWidget::paintEngine() to return 0 and set this flag.
+
+    \value WA_PaintOutsidePaintEvent Makes it possible to use QPainter to
+    paint on the widget outside \l{QWidget::paintEvent()}{paintEvent()}. This
+    flag is not supported on Windows, Mac OS X or Embedded Linux. We recommend
+    that you use it only when porting Qt 3 code to Qt 4.
+
+    \value WA_PaintUnclipped Makes all painters operating on this widget
+    unclipped. Children of this widget or other widgets in front of it do not
+    clip the area the painter can paint on. This flag is only supported for
+    widgets with the WA_PaintOnScreen flag set. The preferred way to do this in
+    a cross platform way is to create a transparent widget that lies in front
+    of the other widgets.
+
+    \value WA_PendingMoveEvent Indicates that a move event is pending, e.g.,
+    when a hidden widget was moved. This flag is set or cleared by the Qt
+    kernel.
+
+    \value WA_PendingResizeEvent Indicates that a resize event is pending,
+    e.g., when a hidden widget was resized. This flag is set or cleared by the
+    Qt kernel.
+
+    \value WA_QuitOnClose Makes Qt quit the application when the last widget
+    with the attribute set has accepted closeEvent(). This behavior can be
+    modified with the QApplication::quitOnLastWindowClosed property. By default
+    this attribute is set for all widgets of type Qt::Window.
+
+    \value WA_Resized Indicates that the widget has an explicit size. This flag
+    is set or cleared by QWidget::resize() and QWidget::setGeometry().
+
+    \value WA_RightToLeft Indicates that the layout direction for the widget
+    is right to left.
+
+    \value WA_SetCursor Indicates that the widget has a cursor of its own. This
+    flag is set or cleared by QWidget::setCursor() and QWidget::unsetCursor().
+
+    \value WA_SetFont Indicates that the widget has a font of its own. This
+    flag is set or cleared by QWidget::setFont().
+
+    \value WA_SetPalette Indicates that the widget has a palette of its own.
+    This flag is set or cleared by QWidget::setPalette().
+
+    \value WA_SetStyle Indicates that the widget has a style of its own. This
+    flag is set or cleared by QWidget::setStyle().
+
+    \value WA_ShowModal \e{This attribute has been deprecated.} Use
+    QWidget::windowModality instead.
+
+    \value WA_StaticContents Indicates that the widget contents are north-west
+    aligned and static. On resize, such a widget will receive paint events only
+    for parts of itself that are newly visible. This flag is set or cleared by
+    the widget's author.
+
+    \value WA_StyleSheet Indicates that the widget is styled using a
+    \l{Qt Style Sheets}{style sheet}.
+
+    \value WA_TranslucentBackground Indicates that the widget should have a
+    translucent background, i.e., any non-opaque regions of the widgets will be
+    translucent because the widget will have an alpha channel. Setting this
+    flag causes WA_NoSystemBackground to be set. On Windows the
+    widget also needs the Qt::FramelessWindowHint window flag to be set.
+    This flag is set or cleared by the widget's author.
+
+    \value WA_UnderMouse Indicates that the widget is under the mouse cursor.
+    The value is not updated correctly during drag and drop operations. There
+    is also a getter function, QWidget::underMouse(). This flag is set or
+    cleared by the Qt kernel.
+
+    \value WA_UpdatesDisabled Indicates that updates are blocked (including the
+    system background). This flag is set or cleared by the Qt kernel.
+    \warning This flag must \e never be set or cleared by the widget's author.
+
+    \value WA_WindowModified Indicates that the window is marked as modified.
+    On some platforms this flag will do nothing, on others (including Mac OS X
+    and Windows) the window will take a modified appearance. This flag is set
+    or cleared by QWidget::setWindowModified().
+
+    \value WA_WindowPropagation Makes a toplevel window inherit font and
+    palette from its parent.
+
+    \value WA_MacAlwaysShowToolWindow On Mac OS X, show the tool window even
+    when the application is not active.  By default, all tool windows are
+    hidden when the application is inactive.
+
+    \value WA_SetLocale Indicates the locale should be taken into consideration
+    in the widget.
+
+    \value WA_StyledBackground Indicates the widget should be drawn using a
+    styled background.
+
+    \value WA_ShowWithoutActivating Show the widget without making it active.
+
+    \value WA_NativeWindow Indicates that a native window is created for the
+    widget. Enabling this flag will also force a native window for the widget's
+    ancestors unless Qt::WA_DontCreateNativeAncestors is set.
+
+    \value WA_DontCreateNativeAncestors Indicates that the widget's ancestors
+    are kept non-native even though the widget itself is native.
+
+    \value WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeDesktop Adds _NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_DESKTOP to the
+    window's _NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE X11 window property. See
+    http://standards.freedesktop.org/wm-spec/ for more details. This attribute
+    has no effect on non-X11 platforms.
+
+    \value WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeDock Adds _NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_DOCK to the
+    window's _NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE X11 window property. See
+    http://standards.freedesktop.org/wm-spec/ for more details. This attribute
+    has no effect on non-X11 platforms.
+
+    \value WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeToolBar Adds _NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_TOOLBAR to the
+    window's _NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE X11 window property. See
+    http://standards.freedesktop.org/wm-spec/ for more details. This attribute
+    has no effect on non-X11 platforms. \note Qt automaticaly sets this
+    attribute for QToolBar.
+
+    \value WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeMenu Adds _NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_MENU to the
+    window's _NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE X11 window property. See
+    http://standards.freedesktop.org/wm-spec/ for more details. This attribute
+    has no effect on non-X11 platforms. \note Qt automatically sets this
+    attribute for QMenu when torn-off.
+
+    \value WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeUtility Adds _NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_UTILITY to the
+    window's _NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE X11 window property. See
+    http://standards.freedesktop.org/wm-spec/ for more details. This attribute
+    has no effect on non-X11 platforms. \note Qt automatically sets this
+    attribute for the Qt::Tool window type.
+
+    \value WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeSplash Adds _NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_SPLASH to the
+    window's _NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE X11 window property. See
+    http://standards.freedesktop.org/wm-spec/ for more details. This attribute
+    has no effect on non-X11 platforms. \note Qt automatically sets this
+    attribute for the Qt::SplashScreen window type.
+
+    \value WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeDialog Adds _NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_DIALOG
+    to the window's _NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE X11 window property. See
+    http://standards.freedesktop.org/wm-spec/ for more details. This
+    attribute has no effect on non-X11 platforms. \note Qt automatically sets
+    this attribute for the Qt::Dialog and Qt::Sheet window types.
+
+    \value WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeDropDownMenu Adds
+    _NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_DROPDOWN_MENU to the window's
+    _NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE X11 window property. See
+    http://standards.freedesktop.org/wm-spec/ for more details. This
+    attribute has no effect on non-X11 platforms. \note Qt
+    automatically sets this attribute for QMenus added to a QMenuBar.
+
+    \value WA_X11NetWmWindowTypePopupMenu Adds _NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_POPUP_MENU
+    to the window's _NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE X11 window property. See
+    http://standards.freedesktop.org/wm-spec/ for more details. This attribute
+    has no effect on non-X11 platforms. \note Qt automatically sets this
+    attribute for QMenu.
+
+    \value WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeToolTip Adds _NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_TOOLTIP to the
+    window's _NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE X11 window property. See
+    http://standards.freedesktop.org/wm-spec/ for more details. This attribute
+    has no effect on non-X11 platforms. \note Qt automatically sets this
+    attribute for the Qt::ToolTip window type.
+
+    \value WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeNotification Adds
+    _NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_NOTIFICATION to the window's _NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE X11
+    window property. See http://standards.freedesktop.org/wm-spec/ for more
+    details. This attribute has no effect on non-X11 platforms.
+
+    \value WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeCombo Adds _NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_COMBO
+    to the window's _NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE X11 window property. See
+    http://standards.freedesktop.org/wm-spec/ for more details. This attribute
+    has no effect on non-X11 platforms. \note Qt automatically sets this
+    attribute for the QComboBox pop-up.
+
+    \value WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeDND Adds _NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_DND to
+    the window's _NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE X11 window property. See
+    http://standards.freedesktop.org/wm-spec/ for more details. This attribute
+    has no effect on non-X11 platforms. \note Qt automatically sets this
+    attribute on the feedback widget used during a drag.
+
+    \value WA_MacFrameworkScaled Enables resolution independence aware mode
+    on Mac when using Carbon. This attribute has no effect on Cocoa.
+    The attribute is off by default and can be enabled on a per-window basis.
+
+    \value WA_AcceptTouchEvents Allows touch events (see QTouchEvent)
+    to be sent to the widget. Must be set on all widgets that can
+    handle touch events. Without this attribute set, events from a
+    touch device will be sent as mouse events.
+
+    \value WA_TouchPadAcceptSingleTouchEvents Allows touchpad single
+    touch events to be sent to the widget. 
+
+    \omitvalue WA_SetLayoutDirection
+    \omitvalue WA_InputMethodTransparent
+    \omitvalue WA_WState_CompressKeys
+    \omitvalue WA_WState_ConfigPending
+    \omitvalue WA_WState_Created
+    \omitvalue WA_WState_DND
+    \omitvalue WA_WState_ExplicitShowHide
+    \omitvalue WA_WState_Hidden
+    \omitvalue WA_WState_InPaintEvent
+    \omitvalue WA_WState_OwnSizePolicy
+    \omitvalue WA_WState_Polished
+    \omitvalue WA_WState_Reparented
+    \omitvalue WA_WState_Visible
+    \omitvalue WA_SetWindowIcon
+    \omitvalue WA_PendingUpdate
+    \omitvalue WA_LaidOut
+    \omitvalue WA_GrabbedShortcut
+    \omitvalue WA_DontShowOnScreen 
+    \omitvalue WA_InvalidSize
+    \omitvalue WA_ForceUpdatesDisabled
+    \omitvalue WA_NoX11EventCompression
+    \omitvalue WA_TintedBackground
+    \omitvalue WA_X11OpenGLOverlay
+    \omitvalue WA_CanHostQMdiSubWindowTitleBar
+    \omitvalue WA_AttributeCount
+    \omitvalue WA_StyleSheet
+    \omitvalue WA_X11BypassTransientForHint
+    \omitvalue WA_SetWindowModality
+    \omitvalue WA_WState_WindowOpacitySet
+    \omitvalue WA_WState_AcceptedTouchBeginEvent
+*/
+
+/*! \typedef Qt::HANDLE
+
+    Platform-specific handle type for system objects. This is
+    equivalent to \c{void *} on Mac OS X and embedded Linux, 
+    and to \c{unsigned long} on X11. On Windows it is the
+    DWORD returned by the Win32 function getCurrentThreadId().
+
+    \warning Using this type is not portable.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::Key
+
+    The key names used by Qt.
+
+    \value Key_Escape
+    \value Key_Tab
+    \value Key_Backtab
+    \omitvalue Key_BackTab
+    \value Key_Backspace
+    \omitvalue Key_BackSpace
+    \value Key_Return
+    \value Key_Enter     Typically located on the keypad.
+    \value Key_Insert
+    \value Key_Delete
+    \value Key_Pause
+    \value Key_Print
+    \value Key_SysReq
+    \value Key_Clear
+    \value Key_Home
+    \value Key_End
+    \value Key_Left
+    \value Key_Up
+    \value Key_Right
+    \value Key_Down
+    \value Key_PageUp
+    \omitvalue Key_Prior
+    \value Key_PageDown
+    \omitvalue Key_Next
+    \value Key_Shift
+    \value Key_Control    On Mac OS X, this corresponds to the Command keys.
+    \value Key_Meta       On Mac OS X, this corresponds to the Control keys.
+                          On Windows keyboards, this key is mapped to the
+                          Windows key.
+    \value Key_Alt
+    \value Key_AltGr      On Windows, when the KeyDown event for this key is
+                          sent, the Ctrl+Alt modifiers are also set.
+    \value Key_CapsLock
+    \value Key_NumLock
+    \value Key_ScrollLock
+    \value Key_F1
+    \value Key_F2
+    \value Key_F3
+    \value Key_F4
+    \value Key_F5
+    \value Key_F6
+    \value Key_F7
+    \value Key_F8
+    \value Key_F9
+    \value Key_F10
+    \value Key_F11
+    \value Key_F12
+    \value Key_F13
+    \value Key_F14
+    \value Key_F15
+    \value Key_F16
+    \value Key_F17
+    \value Key_F18
+    \value Key_F19
+    \value Key_F20
+    \value Key_F21
+    \value Key_F22
+    \value Key_F23
+    \value Key_F24
+    \value Key_F25
+    \value Key_F26
+    \value Key_F27
+    \value Key_F28
+    \value Key_F29
+    \value Key_F30
+    \value Key_F31
+    \value Key_F32
+    \value Key_F33
+    \value Key_F34
+    \value Key_F35
+    \value Key_Super_L
+    \value Key_Super_R
+    \value Key_Menu
+    \value Key_Hyper_L
+    \value Key_Hyper_R
+    \value Key_Help
+    \value Key_Direction_L
+    \value Key_Direction_R
+    \value Key_Space
+    \value Key_Any
+    \value Key_Exclam
+    \value Key_QuoteDbl
+    \value Key_NumberSign
+    \value Key_Dollar
+    \value Key_Percent
+    \value Key_Ampersand
+    \value Key_Apostrophe
+    \value Key_ParenLeft
+    \value Key_ParenRight
+    \value Key_Asterisk
+    \value Key_Plus
+    \value Key_Comma
+    \value Key_Minus
+    \value Key_Period
+    \value Key_Slash
+    \value Key_0
+    \value Key_1
+    \value Key_2
+    \value Key_3
+    \value Key_4
+    \value Key_5
+    \value Key_6
+    \value Key_7
+    \value Key_8
+    \value Key_9
+    \value Key_Colon
+    \value Key_Semicolon
+    \value Key_Less
+    \value Key_Equal
+    \value Key_Greater
+    \value Key_Question
+    \value Key_At
+    \value Key_A
+    \value Key_B
+    \value Key_C
+    \value Key_D
+    \value Key_E
+    \value Key_F
+    \value Key_G
+    \value Key_H
+    \value Key_I
+    \value Key_J
+    \value Key_K
+    \value Key_L
+    \value Key_M
+    \value Key_N
+    \value Key_O
+    \value Key_P
+    \value Key_Q
+    \value Key_R
+    \value Key_S
+    \value Key_T
+    \value Key_U
+    \value Key_V
+    \value Key_W
+    \value Key_X
+    \value Key_Y
+    \value Key_Z
+    \value Key_BracketLeft
+    \value Key_Backslash
+    \value Key_BracketRight
+    \value Key_AsciiCircum
+    \value Key_Underscore
+    \value Key_QuoteLeft
+    \value Key_BraceLeft
+    \value Key_Bar
+    \value Key_BraceRight
+    \value Key_AsciiTilde
+    \value Key_nobreakspace
+    \value Key_exclamdown
+    \value Key_cent
+    \value Key_sterling
+    \value Key_currency
+    \value Key_yen
+    \value Key_brokenbar
+    \value Key_section
+    \value Key_diaeresis
+    \value Key_copyright
+    \value Key_ordfeminine
+    \value Key_guillemotleft
+    \value Key_notsign
+    \value Key_hyphen
+    \value Key_registered
+    \value Key_macron
+    \value Key_degree
+    \value Key_plusminus
+    \value Key_twosuperior
+    \value Key_threesuperior
+    \value Key_acute
+    \value Key_mu
+    \value Key_paragraph
+    \value Key_periodcentered
+    \value Key_cedilla
+    \value Key_onesuperior
+    \value Key_masculine
+    \value Key_guillemotright
+    \value Key_onequarter
+    \value Key_onehalf
+    \value Key_threequarters
+    \value Key_questiondown
+    \value Key_Agrave
+    \value Key_Aacute
+    \value Key_Acircumflex
+    \value Key_Atilde
+    \value Key_Adiaeresis
+    \value Key_Aring
+    \value Key_AE
+    \value Key_Ccedilla
+    \value Key_Egrave
+    \value Key_Eacute
+    \value Key_Ecircumflex
+    \value Key_Ediaeresis
+    \value Key_Igrave
+    \value Key_Iacute
+    \value Key_Icircumflex
+    \value Key_Idiaeresis
+    \value Key_ETH
+    \value Key_Ntilde
+    \value Key_Ograve
+    \value Key_Oacute
+    \value Key_Ocircumflex
+    \value Key_Otilde
+    \value Key_Odiaeresis
+    \value Key_multiply
+    \value Key_Ooblique
+    \value Key_Ugrave
+    \value Key_Uacute
+    \value Key_Ucircumflex
+    \value Key_Udiaeresis
+    \value Key_Yacute
+    \value Key_THORN
+    \value Key_ssharp
+    \omitvalue Key_agrave
+    \omitvalue Key_aacute
+    \omitvalue Key_acircumflex
+    \omitvalue Key_atilde
+    \omitvalue Key_adiaeresis
+    \omitvalue Key_aring
+    \omitvalue Key_ae
+    \omitvalue Key_ccedilla
+    \omitvalue Key_egrave
+    \omitvalue Key_eacute
+    \omitvalue Key_ecircumflex
+    \omitvalue Key_ediaeresis
+    \omitvalue Key_igrave
+    \omitvalue Key_iacute
+    \omitvalue Key_icircumflex
+    \omitvalue Key_idiaeresis
+    \omitvalue Key_eth
+    \omitvalue Key_ntilde
+    \omitvalue Key_ograve
+    \omitvalue Key_oacute
+    \omitvalue Key_ocircumflex
+    \omitvalue Key_otilde
+    \omitvalue Key_odiaeresis
+    \value Key_division
+    \omitvalue Key_oslash
+    \omitvalue Key_ugrave
+    \omitvalue Key_uacute
+    \omitvalue Key_ucircumflex
+    \omitvalue Key_udiaeresis
+    \omitvalue Key_yacute
+    \omitvalue Key_thorn
+    \value Key_ydiaeresis
+    \value Key_Multi_key
+    \value Key_Codeinput
+    \value Key_SingleCandidate
+    \value Key_MultipleCandidate
+    \value Key_PreviousCandidate
+    \value Key_Mode_switch
+    \value Key_Kanji
+    \value Key_Muhenkan
+    \value Key_Henkan
+    \value Key_Romaji
+    \value Key_Hiragana
+    \value Key_Katakana
+    \value Key_Hiragana_Katakana
+    \value Key_Zenkaku
+    \value Key_Hankaku
+    \value Key_Zenkaku_Hankaku
+    \value Key_Touroku
+    \value Key_Massyo
+    \value Key_Kana_Lock
+    \value Key_Kana_Shift
+    \value Key_Eisu_Shift
+    \value Key_Eisu_toggle
+    \value Key_Hangul
+    \value Key_Hangul_Start
+    \value Key_Hangul_End
+    \value Key_Hangul_Hanja
+    \value Key_Hangul_Jamo
+    \value Key_Hangul_Romaja
+    \value Key_Hangul_Jeonja
+    \value Key_Hangul_Banja
+    \value Key_Hangul_PreHanja
+    \value Key_Hangul_PostHanja
+    \value Key_Hangul_Special
+    \value Key_Dead_Grave
+    \value Key_Dead_Acute
+    \value Key_Dead_Circumflex
+    \value Key_Dead_Tilde
+    \value Key_Dead_Macron
+    \value Key_Dead_Breve
+    \value Key_Dead_Abovedot
+    \value Key_Dead_Diaeresis
+    \value Key_Dead_Abovering
+    \value Key_Dead_Doubleacute
+    \value Key_Dead_Caron
+    \value Key_Dead_Cedilla
+    \value Key_Dead_Ogonek
+    \value Key_Dead_Iota
+    \value Key_Dead_Voiced_Sound
+    \value Key_Dead_Semivoiced_Sound
+    \value Key_Dead_Belowdot
+    \value Key_Dead_Hook
+    \value Key_Dead_Horn
+    \value Key_Back
+    \value Key_Forward
+    \value Key_Stop
+    \value Key_Refresh
+    \value Key_VolumeDown
+    \value Key_VolumeMute
+    \value Key_VolumeUp
+    \value Key_BassBoost
+    \value Key_BassUp
+    \value Key_BassDown
+    \value Key_TrebleUp
+    \value Key_TrebleDown
+    \value Key_MediaPlay
+    \value Key_MediaStop
+    \value Key_MediaPrevious
+    \omitvalue Key_MediaPrev
+    \value Key_MediaNext
+    \value Key_MediaRecord
+    \value Key_HomePage
+    \value Key_Favorites
+    \value Key_Search
+    \value Key_Standby
+    \value Key_OpenUrl
+    \value Key_LaunchMail
+    \value Key_LaunchMedia
+    \value Key_Launch0
+    \value Key_Launch1
+    \value Key_Launch2
+    \value Key_Launch3
+    \value Key_Launch4
+    \value Key_Launch5
+    \value Key_Launch6
+    \value Key_Launch7
+    \value Key_Launch8
+    \value Key_Launch9
+    \value Key_LaunchA
+    \value Key_LaunchB
+    \value Key_LaunchC
+    \value Key_LaunchD
+    \value Key_LaunchE
+    \value Key_LaunchF
+    \value Key_MediaLast
+    \value Key_unknown
+
+    \value Key_Call
+    \value Key_Context1
+    \value Key_Context2
+    \value Key_Context3
+    \value Key_Context4
+    \value Key_Flip
+    \value Key_Hangup
+    \value Key_No
+    \value Key_Select
+    \value Key_Yes
+
+    \value Key_Execute
+    \value Key_Printer
+    \value Key_Play
+    \value Key_Sleep
+    \value Key_Zoom
+    \value Key_Cancel
+
+    \sa QKeyEvent::key()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::HitTestAccuracy
+
+    This enum contains the types of accuracy that can be used by the
+    QTextDocument class when testing for mouse clicks on text documents.
+
+    \value ExactHit The point at which input occurred must coincide
+                    exactly with input-sensitive parts of the document.
+    \value FuzzyHit The point at which input occurred can lie close to
+                    input-sensitive parts of the document.
+
+    This enum is defined in the \c <QTextDocument> header file.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::WhiteSpaceMode
+
+    This enum describes the types of whitespace mode that are used by
+    the QTextDocument class to meet the requirements of different kinds
+    of textual information.
+
+    \value WhiteSpaceNormal         The whitespace mode used to display
+                                    normal word wrapped text in paragraphs.
+    \value WhiteSpacePre            A preformatted text mode in which
+                                    whitespace is reproduced exactly.
+    \value WhiteSpaceNoWrap
+
+    \omitvalue WhiteSpaceModeUndefined
+
+    This enum is defined in the \c <QTextDocument> header file.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::ButtonState_enum
+    \compat
+    \value ShiftButton
+    \value ControlButton
+    \value AltButton
+    \value MetaButton
+    \value Keypad
+    \value KeyButtonMask
+
+    Use Qt::KeyboardModifier instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \typedef Qt::ButtonState
+    \compat
+
+    Use Qt::KeyboardModifier instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::CheckState
+
+    This enum describes the state of checkable items, controls, and widgets.
+
+    \value Unchecked        The item is unchecked.
+    \value PartiallyChecked The item is partially checked. Items in hierarchical models
+                            may be partially checked if some, but not all, of their
+                            children are checked.
+    \value Checked          The item is checked.
+
+    \sa QCheckBox, Qt::ItemFlags, Qt::ItemDataRole
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::ToolButtonStyle
+
+    The style of the tool button, describing how the button's text and
+    icon should be displayed.
+
+    \value ToolButtonIconOnly Only display the icon.
+    \value ToolButtonTextOnly Only display the text.
+    \value ToolButtonTextBesideIcon The text appears beside the icon.
+    \value ToolButtonTextUnderIcon The text appears under the icon.
+    \value ToolButtonFollowStyle Follow the \l{QStyle::SH_ToolButtonStyle}{style}.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::Corner
+
+    This enum type specifies a corner in a rectangle:
+
+    \value TopLeftCorner     The top-left corner of the rectangle.
+    \value TopRightCorner    The top-right corner of the rectangle.
+    \value BottomLeftCorner  The bottom-left corner of the rectangle.
+    \value BottomRightCorner The bottom-right corner of the rectangle.
+
+    \omitvalue TopLeft
+    \omitvalue TopRight
+    \omitvalue BottomLeft
+    \omitvalue BottomRight
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::ScrollBarPolicy
+
+    This enum type describes the various modes of QAbstractScrollArea's scroll
+    bars.
+
+    \value ScrollBarAsNeeded QAbstractScrollArea shows a scroll bar when the
+    content is too large to fit and not otherwise. This is the
+    default.
+
+    \value ScrollBarAlwaysOff QAbstractScrollArea never shows a scroll bar.
+
+    \value ScrollBarAlwaysOn  QAbstractScrollArea always shows a scroll bar.
+
+    (The modes for the horizontal and vertical scroll bars are
+    independent.)
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::ArrowType
+
+    \value NoArrow
+    \value UpArrow
+    \value DownArrow
+    \value LeftArrow
+    \value RightArrow
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::FocusReason
+
+    This enum specifies why the focus changed. It will be passed
+    through QWidget::setFocus and can be retrieved in the QFocusEvent
+    sent to the widget upon focus change.
+
+    \value MouseFocusReason        A mouse action occurred.
+    \value TabFocusReason          The Tab key was pressed.
+    \value BacktabFocusReason      A Backtab occurred. The input for this may
+                                   include the Shift or Control keys;
+                                   e.g. Shift+Tab.
+    \value ActiveWindowFocusReason The window system made this window either
+                                   active or inactive.
+    \value PopupFocusReason        The application opened/closed a pop-up that
+                                   grabbed/released the keyboard focus.
+    \value ShortcutFocusReason     The user typed a label's buddy shortcut
+    \value MenuBarFocusReason      The menu bar took focus.
+    \value OtherFocusReason        Another reason, usually application-specific.
+
+    \omitvalue NoFocusReason
+
+    \sa {Keyboard Focus}
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::WindowState
+
+    \keyword window state
+
+    This enum type is used to specify the current state of a top-level
+    window.
+
+    The states are
+
+    \value WindowNoState   The window has no state set (in normal state).
+    \value WindowMinimized The window is minimized (i.e. iconified).
+    \value WindowMaximized The window is maximized with a frame around it.
+    \value WindowFullScreen The window fills the entire screen without any frame around it.
+    \value WindowActive The window is the active window, i.e. it has keyboard focus.
+
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::ContextMenuPolicy
+
+    This enum type defines the various policies a widget can have with
+    respect to showing a context menu.
+
+    \value NoContextMenu the widget does not feature a context menu,
+    context menu handling is deferred to the widget's parent.
+    \value PreventContextMenu the widget does not feature a context
+    menu, and in contrast to \c NoContextMenu, the handling is \e not
+    deferred to the widget's parent. This means that all right mouse
+    button events are guaranteed to be delivered to the widget itself
+    through mousePressEvent(), and mouseReleaseEvent().
+    \value DefaultContextMenu  the widget's QWidget::contextMenuEvent() handler is called.
+    \value ActionsContextMenu  the widget displays its QWidget::actions() as context menu.
+    \value CustomContextMenu  the widget emits the QWidget::customContextMenuRequested() signal.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::FocusPolicy
+
+    This enum type defines the various policies a widget can have with
+    respect to acquiring keyboard focus.
+
+    \value TabFocus  the widget accepts focus by tabbing.
+    \value ClickFocus  the widget accepts focus by clicking.
+    \value StrongFocus  the widget accepts focus by both tabbing
+                    and clicking. On Mac OS X this will also
+                    be indicate that the widget accepts tab focus
+                    when in 'Text/List focus mode'.
+    \value WheelFocus  like Qt::StrongFocus plus the widget accepts
+                    focus by using the mouse wheel.
+    \value NoFocus  the widget does not accept focus.
+
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::ShortcutContext
+
+    For a QEvent::Shortcut event to occur, the shortcut's key sequence
+    must be entered by the user in a context where the shortcut is
+    active. The possible contexts are these:
+
+    \value WidgetShortcut The shortcut is active when its
+    parent widget has focus.
+    \value WidgetWithChildrenShortcut The shortcut is active
+    when its parent widget, or any of its children has focus.
+    Children which are top-level widgets, except pop-ups, are
+    not affected by this shortcut context.
+    \value WindowShortcut The shortcut is active when its
+    parent widget is a logical subwidget of the
+    active top-level window.
+    \value ApplicationShortcut The shortcut is active when one of
+    the applications windows are active.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \typedef Qt::WFlags
+
+    Synonym for Qt::WindowFlags.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::WindowType
+
+    \keyword window flag
+
+    This enum type is used to specify various window-system properties
+    for the widget. They are fairly unusual but necessary in a few
+    cases. Some of these flags depend on whether the underlying window
+    manager supports them.
+
+    The main types are
+
+    \value Widget  This is the default type for QWidget. Widgets of
+                   this type are child widgets if they have a parent,
+                   and independent windows if they have no parent.
+                   See also Qt::Window and Qt::SubWindow.
+
+    \value Window  Indicates that the widget is a window, usually
+                   with a window system frame and a title bar,
+                   irrespective of whether the widget has a parent or
+                   not. Note that it is not possible to unset this
+                   flag if the widget does not have a parent.
+
+    \value Dialog  Indicates that the widget is a window that should
+                   be decorated as a dialog (i.e., typically no
+                   maximize or minimize buttons in the title bar).
+                   This is the default type for QDialog. If you want
+                   to use it as a modal dialog, it should be launched
+                   from another window, or have a parent and used
+                   with the QWidget::windowModality property. If you make
+                   it modal, the dialog will prevent other top-level
+                   windows in the application from getting any input.
+                   We refer to a top-level window that has a parent
+                   as a \e secondary window.
+
+    \value Sheet   Indicates that the window is a Macintosh sheet. Since
+                   using a sheet implies window modality, the recommended
+                   way is to use QWidget::setWindowModality(), or
+                   QDialog::open(), instead.
+
+    \value Drawer  Indicates that the widget is a Macintosh drawer.
+
+    \value Popup   Indicates that the widget is a pop-up top-level
+                   window, i.e. that it is modal, but has a window
+                   system frame appropriate for pop-up menus.
+
+    \value Tool    Indicates that the widget is a tool window. A tool
+                   window is often a small window with a smaller than
+                   usual title bar and decoration, typically used for
+                   collections of tool buttons. It there is a parent,
+                   the tool window will always be kept on top of it.
+                   If there isn't a parent, you may consider using
+                   Qt::WindowStaysOnTopHint as well. If the window
+                   system supports it, a tool window can be decorated
+                   with a somewhat lighter frame. It can also be
+                   combined with Qt::FramelessWindowHint.
+                   \br
+                   \br
+                   On Mac OS X, tool windows correspond to the
+                   \l{http://developer.apple.com/documentation/Carbon/Conceptual/HandlingWindowsControls/hitb-wind_cont_concept/chapter_2_section_2.html}{Floating}
+                   class of windows. This means that the window lives on a
+                   level above normal windows; it impossible to put a normal
+                   window on top of it. By default, tool windows will disappear
+                   when the application is inactive.  This can be controlled by
+                   the Qt::WA_MacAlwaysShowToolWindow attribute.
+
+    \value ToolTip Indicates that the widget is a tooltip. This is
+                   used internally to implement
+                   \l{QWidget::toolTip}{tooltips}.
+
+    \value SplashScreen Indicates that the window is a splash screen.
+                        This is the default type for QSplashScreen.
+
+    \value Desktop  Indicates that this widget is the desktop. This
+                    is the type for QDesktopWidget.
+
+    \value SubWindow  Indicates that this widget is a sub-window, such
+                      as a QMdiSubWindow widget.
+
+    There are also a number of flags which you can use to customize
+    the appearance of top-level windows. These have no effect on other
+    windows:
+
+    \value MSWindowsFixedSizeDialogHint  Gives the window a thin dialog border on Windows.
+           This style is traditionally used for fixed-size dialogs.
+
+    \value MSWindowsOwnDC  Gives the window its own display
+           context on Windows.
+
+    \value X11BypassWindowManagerHint  Bypass the window
+           manager completely. This results in a borderless window
+           that is not managed at all (i.e., no keyboard input unless
+           you call QWidget::activateWindow() manually).
+
+    \value FramelessWindowHint  Produces a borderless window.
+           The user cannot move or resize a borderless window via the window
+           system. On X11, the result of the flag is dependent on the window manager and its
+           ability to understand Motif and/or NETWM hints. Most existing
+           modern window managers can handle this.
+
+    The \c CustomizeWindowHint flag is used to enable customization of
+    the window controls. This flag must be set to allow the \c
+    WindowTitleHint, \c WindowSystemMenuHint, \c
+    WindowMinimizeButtonHint, \c WindowMaximizeButtonHint and \c
+    WindowCloseButtonHint flags to be changed.
+
+    \value CustomizeWindowHint  Turns off the default window title hints.
+
+    \value WindowTitleHint  Gives the window a title bar.
+
+    \value WindowSystemMenuHint Adds a window system menu, and
+    possibly a close button (for example on Mac). If you need to hide
+    or show a close button, it is more portable to use \c
+    WindowCloseButtonHint.
+
+    \value WindowMinimizeButtonHint  Adds a minimize button. On
+           some platforms this implies Qt::WindowSystemMenuHint for it to work.
+
+    \value WindowMaximizeButtonHint  Adds a maximize button. On
+           some platforms this implies Qt::WindowSystemMenuHint for it to work.
+
+    \value WindowMinMaxButtonsHint  Adds a minimize and a maximize
+           button. On some platforms this implies Qt::WindowSystemMenuHint for it to work.
+
+    \value WindowCloseButtonHint  Adds a close button. On
+           some platforms this implies Qt::WindowSystemMenuHint for it
+           to work.
+
+    \value WindowContextHelpButtonHint  Adds a context help button to dialogs.
+           On some platforms this implies Qt::WindowSystemMenuHint for it to work.
+
+    \value MacWindowToolBarButtonHint On Mac OS X adds a tool bar button (i.e.,
+           the oblong button that is on the top right of windows that have toolbars.
+
+    \value BypassGraphicsProxyWidget Prevents the window and its children from
+           automatically embedding themselves into a QGraphicsProxyWidget if the
+           parent widget is already embedded. You can set this flag if you
+           want your widget to always be a toplevel widget on the desktop,
+           regardless of whether the parent widget is embedded in a scene or
+           not.
+
+    \value WindowShadeButtonHint
+
+    \value WindowStaysOnTopHint  Informs the window system that the
+           window should stay on top of all other windows. Note that
+           on some window managers on X11 you also have to pass
+           Qt::X11BypassWindowManagerHint for this flag to work
+           correctly.
+
+    \value WindowStaysOnBottomHint Informs the window system that the
+           window should stay on bottom of all other windows. Note
+           that on X11 this hint will work only in window managers
+           that support _NET_WM_STATE_BELOW atom. If a window always
+           on the bottom has a parent, the parent will also be left on
+           the bottom.  This window hint is currently not implemented
+           for Mac OS X.
+
+    \value WindowOkButtonHint Adds an OK button to the window decoration of a dialog.
+           Only supported for Windows CE.
+
+    \value WindowCancelButtonHint Adds a Cancel button to the window decoration of a dialog.
+           Only supported for Windows CE.
+
+    \value WindowType_Mask  A mask for extracting the window type
+                            part of the window flags.
+
+    Obsolete flags:
+
+    \value WMouseNoMask         Use Qt::WA_MouseNoMask instead.
+    \value WDestructiveClose    Use Qt::WA_DeleteOnClose instead.
+    \value WStaticContents      Use Qt::WA_StaticContents instead.
+    \value WGroupLeader         No longer needed.
+    \value WShowModal           Use QWidget::windowModality instead.
+    \value WNoMousePropagation  Use Qt::WA_NoMousePropagation instead.
+    \value WType_TopLevel       Use Qt::Window instead.
+    \value WType_Dialog         Use Qt::Dialog instead.
+    \value WType_Popup          Use Qt::Popup instead.
+    \value WType_Desktop        Use Qt::Desktop instead.
+    \value WType_Mask           Use Qt::WindowType_Mask instead.
+
+    \value WStyle_Customize     No longer needed.
+    \value WStyle_NormalBorder  No longer needed.
+    \value WStyle_DialogBorder  Use Qt::MSWindowsFixedSizeDialogHint instead.
+    \value WStyle_NoBorder      Use Qt::FramelessWindowHint instead.
+    \value WStyle_Title         Use Qt::WindowTitleHint instead.
+    \value WStyle_SysMenu       Use Qt::WindowSystemMenuHint instead.
+    \value WStyle_Minimize      Use Qt::WindowMinimizeButtonHint instead.
+    \value WStyle_Maximize      Use Qt::WindowMaximizeButtonHint instead.
+    \value WStyle_MinMax        Use Qt::WindowMinMaxButtonsHint instead.
+    \value WStyle_Tool          Use Qt::Tool instead.
+    \value WStyle_StaysOnTop    Use Qt::WindowStaysOnTopHint instead.
+    \value WStyle_ContextHelp   Use Qt::WindowContextHelpButtonHint instead.
+
+    \value WPaintDesktop        No longer needed.
+    \value WPaintClever         No longer needed.
+
+    \value WX11BypassWM         Use Qt::X11BypassWindowManagerHint instead.
+    \value WWinOwnDC            Use Qt::MSWindowsOwnDC instead.
+    \value WMacSheet            Use Qt::Sheet instead.
+    \value WMacDrawer           Use Qt::Drawer instead.
+
+    \value WStyle_Splash        Use Qt::SplashScreen instead.
+
+    \value WNoAutoErase         No longer needed.
+    \value WRepaintNoErase      No longer needed.
+    \value WNorthWestGravity    Use Qt::WA_StaticContents instead.
+    \value WType_Modal          Use Qt::Dialog and QWidget::windowModality instead.
+    \value WStyle_Dialog        Use Qt::Dialog instead.
+    \value WStyle_NoBorderEx    Use Qt::FramelessWindowHint instead.
+    \value WResizeNoErase       No longer needed.
+    \value WMacNoSheet          No longer needed.
+
+    \sa QWidget::windowFlags, {Window Flags Example}
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::DropAction
+
+    \value CopyAction       Copy the data to the target.
+    \value MoveAction       Move the data from the source to the target.
+    \value LinkAction       Create a link from the source to the target.
+    \value ActionMask
+    \value IgnoreAction     Ignore the action (do nothing with the data).
+    \value TargetMoveAction On Windows, this value is used when the ownership of the D&D data
+                            should be taken over by the target application,
+                            i.e., the source application should not delete
+                            the data.
+			    \br
+			    On X11 this value is used to do a move.
+			    \br
+                            TargetMoveAction is not used on the Mac.
+*/
+
+#if defined(Q_OS_WIN) && defined(QT3_SUPPORT)
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::WindowsVersion
+    \compat
+
+    \value WV_32s
+    \value WV_95
+    \value WV_98
+    \value WV_Me
+    \value WV_DOS_based
+    \value WV_NT
+    \value WV_2000
+    \value WV_XP
+    \value WV_2003
+    \value WV_NT_based
+    \value WV_CE
+    \value WV_CENET
+    \value WV_CE_based
+    \value WV_CE_5
+    \value WV_CE_6
+*/
+#endif
+
+#if defined(Q_OS_MAC) && defined(QT3_SUPPORT)
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::MacintoshVersion
+    \compat
+
+    \value MV_Unknown  Use QSysInfo::MV_Unknown instead.
+    \value MV_9        Use QSysInfo::MV_9 instead.
+    \value MV_10_DOT_0 Use QSysInfo::MV_10_0 instead.
+    \value MV_10_DOT_1 Use QSysInfo::MV_10_1 instead.
+    \value MV_10_DOT_2 Use QSysInfo::MV_10_2 instead.
+    \value MV_10_DOT_3 Use QSysInfo::MV_10_3 instead.
+    \value MV_10_DOT_4 Use QSysInfo::MV_10_4 instead.
+
+    \value MV_CHEETAH  Use QSysInfo::MV_10_0 instead.
+    \value MV_PUMA     Use QSysInfo::MV_10_1 instead.
+    \value MV_JAGUAR   Use QSysInfo::MV_10_2 instead.
+    \value MV_PANTHER  Use QSysInfo::MV_10_3 instead.
+    \value MV_TIGER    Use QSysInfo::MV_10_4 instead.
+
+    \sa QSysInfo::MacVersion
+*/
+#endif
+
+/*! \typedef Qt::ToolBarDock
+    \compat
+
+    Use Qt::Dock instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::Dock
+    \compat
+
+    Each dock window can be in one of the following positions:
+
+    \value DockUnmanaged not managed by a Q3MainWindow.
+
+    \value DockTornOff the dock window floats as its own top level
+    window which always stays on top of the main window.
+
+    \value DockTop  above the central widget, below the menu bar.
+
+    \value DockBottom  below the central widget, above the status bar.
+
+    \value DockRight to the right of the central widget.
+
+    \value DockLeft  to the left of the central widget.
+
+    \value DockMinimized the dock window is not shown (this is
+    effectively a 'hidden' dock area); the handles of all minimized
+    dock windows are drawn in one row below the menu bar.
+
+    \omitvalue Bottom
+    \omitvalue Left
+    \omitvalue Minimized
+    \omitvalue Right
+    \omitvalue Top
+    \omitvalue TornOff
+    \omitvalue Unmanaged
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \enum Qt::AnchorAttribute
+
+  An anchor has one or more of the following attributes:
+
+  \value AnchorName the name attribute of the anchor. This attribute is
+  used when scrolling to an anchor in the document.
+
+  \value AnchorHref the href attribute of the anchor. This attribute is
+  used when a link is clicked to determine what content to load.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::SortOrder
+
+    This enum describes how the items in a widget are sorted.
+
+    \value AscendingOrder The items are sorted ascending e.g. starts with
+    'AAA' ends with 'ZZZ' in Latin-1 locales
+
+    \value DescendingOrder The items are sorted descending e.g. starts with
+    'ZZZ' ends with 'AAA' in Latin-1 locales
+
+    \omitvalue Ascending
+    \omitvalue Descending
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::ClipOperation
+
+    \value NoClip This operation turns clipping off.
+
+    \value ReplaceClip Replaces the current clip path/rect/region with
+    the one supplied in the function call.
+
+    \value IntersectClip Intersects the current clip path/rect/region
+    with the one supplied in the function call.
+
+    \value UniteClip Unites the current clip path/rect/region with the
+    one supplied in the function call.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::ItemSelectionMode
+
+    This enum is used in QGraphicsItem, QGraphicsScene and QGraphicsView to
+    specify how items are selected, or how to determine if a shapes and items
+    collide.
+
+    \value ContainsItemShape The output list contains only items whose
+           \l{QGraphicsItem::shape()}{shape} is fully contained inside the
+           selection area. Items that intersect with the area's outline are
+           not included.
+
+    \value IntersectsItemShape The output list contains both items whose
+           \l{QGraphicsItem::shape()}{shape} is fully contained inside the
+           selection area, and items that intersect with the area's
+           outline. This is a common mode for rubber band selection.
+
+    \value ContainsItemBoundingRect The output list contains only items whose
+           \l{QGraphicsItem::boundingRect()}{bounding rectangle} is fully
+           contained inside the selection area. Items that intersect with the
+           area's outline are not included.
+
+    \value IntersectsItemBoundingRect The output list contains both items
+           whose \l{QGraphicsItem::boundingRect()}{bounding rectangle} is
+           fully contained inside the selection area, and items that intersect
+           with the area's outline. This method is commonly used for
+           determining areas that need redrawing.
+
+    \sa QGraphicsScene::items(), QGraphicsScene::collidingItems(),
+        QGraphicsView::items(), QGraphicsItem::collidesWithItem(),
+        QGraphicsItem::collidesWithPath()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::FillRule
+
+    Specifies which method should be used to fill the paths and polygons.
+
+    \value OddEvenFill Specifies that the region is filled using the
+    odd even fill rule. With this rule, we determine whether a point
+    is inside the shape by using the following method.
+    Draw a horizontal line from the point to a location outside the shape,
+    and count the number of intersections. If the number of intersections
+    is an odd number, the point is inside the shape. This mode is the
+    default.
+
+    \value WindingFill Specifies that the region is filled using the
+    non zero winding rule. With this rule, we determine whether a
+    point is inside the shape by using the following method.
+    Draw a horizontal line from the point to a location outside the shape.
+    Determine whether the direction of the line at each intersection point
+    is up or down. The winding number is determined by summing the
+    direction of each intersection. If the number is non zero, the point
+    is inside the shape. This fill mode can also in most cases be considered
+    as the intersection of closed shapes.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::PaintUnit
+
+    \compat
+
+    \value PixelUnit
+    \value LoMetricUnit Obsolete
+    \value HiMetricUnit Obsolete
+    \value LoEnglishUnit Obsolete
+    \value HiEnglishUnit Obsolete
+    \value TwipsUnit Obsolete
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::TextFormat
+
+    This enum is used in widgets that can display both plain text and
+    rich text, e.g. QLabel. It is used for deciding whether a text
+    string should be interpreted as one or the other. This is normally
+    done by passing one of the enum values to a setTextFormat()
+    function.
+
+    \value PlainText  The text string is interpreted as a plain text
+        string.
+
+    \value RichText The text string is interpreted as a rich text
+        string.
+
+    \value AutoText The text string is interpreted as for
+        Qt::RichText if Qt::mightBeRichText() returns true, otherwise
+        as Qt::PlainText.
+
+    \value LogText A special, limited text format which is only used
+    by Q3TextEdit in an optimized mode.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::CursorShape
+
+    This enum type defines the various cursors that can be used.
+
+    The standard arrow cursor is the default for widgets in a normal state.
+
+    \value ArrowCursor    \inlineimage cursor-arrow.png
+                          The standard arrow cursor.
+    \value UpArrowCursor  \inlineimage cursor-uparrow.png
+                          An arrow pointing upwards toward the top of the screen.
+    \value CrossCursor    \inlineimage cursor-cross.png
+                          A crosshair cursor, typically used to help the
+                          user accurately select a point on the screen.
+    \value WaitCursor     \inlineimage cursor-wait.png
+                          An hourglass or watch cursor, usually shown during
+                          operations that prevent the user from interacting with
+                          the application.
+    \value IBeamCursor    \inlineimage cursor-ibeam.png
+                          A caret or ibeam cursor, indicating that a widget can
+                          accept and display text input.
+    \value SizeVerCursor  \inlineimage cursor-sizev.png
+                          A cursor used for elements that are used to vertically
+                          resize top-level windows.
+    \value SizeHorCursor  \inlineimage cursor-sizeh.png
+                          A cursor used for elements that are used to horizontally
+                          resize top-level windows.
+    \value SizeBDiagCursor  \inlineimage cursor-sizeb.png
+                          A cursor used for elements that are used to diagonally
+                          resize top-level windows at their top-right and
+                          bottom-left corners.
+    \value SizeFDiagCursor  \inlineimage cursor-sizef.png
+                          A cursor used for elements that are used to diagonally
+                          resize top-level windows at their top-left and
+                          bottom-right corners.
+    \value SizeAllCursor  \inlineimage cursor-sizeall.png
+                          A cursor used for elements that are used to resize
+                          top-level windows in any direction.
+    \value BlankCursor    A blank/invisible cursor, typically used when the cursor
+                          shape needs to be hidden.
+    \value SplitVCursor   \inlineimage cursor-vsplit.png
+                          A cursor used for vertical splitters, indicating that
+                          a handle can be dragged horizontally to adjust the use
+                          of available space.
+    \value SplitHCursor   \inlineimage cursor-hsplit.png
+                          A cursor used for horizontal splitters, indicating that
+                          a handle can be dragged vertically to adjust the use
+                          of available space.
+    \value PointingHandCursor  \inlineimage cursor-hand.png
+                          A pointing hand cursor that is typically used for
+                          clickable elements such as hyperlinks.
+    \value ForbiddenCursor  \inlineimage cursor-forbidden.png
+                          A slashed circle cursor, typically used during drag
+                          and drop operations to indicate that dragged content
+                          cannot be dropped on particular widgets or inside
+                          certain regions.
+    \value OpenHandCursor \inlineimage cursor-openhand.png
+                          A cursor representing an open hand, typically used to
+                          indicate that the area under the cursor is the visible
+                          part of a canvas that the user can click and drag in
+                          order to scroll around.
+    \value ClosedHandCursor \inlineimage cursor-closedhand.png
+                          A cursor representing a closed hand, typically used to
+                          indicate that a dragging operation is in progress that
+                          involves scrolling.
+    \value WhatsThisCursor  \inlineimage cursor-whatsthis.png
+                          An arrow with a question mark, typically used to indicate
+                          the presence of What's This? help for a widget.
+    \value BusyCursor     \inlineimage cursor-wait.png
+                          An hourglass or watch cursor, usually shown during
+                          operations that allow the user to interact with
+                          the application while they are performed in the
+                          background.
+    \value BitmapCursor
+    \omitvalue LastCursor
+    \omitvalue CustomCursor
+
+    \omitvalue arrowCursor
+    \omitvalue upArrowCursor
+    \omitvalue crossCursor
+    \omitvalue waitCursor
+    \omitvalue ibeamCursor
+    \omitvalue sizeVerCursor
+    \omitvalue sizeHorCursor
+    \omitvalue sizeBDiagCursor
+    \omitvalue sizeFDiagCursor
+    \omitvalue sizeAllCursor
+    \omitvalue blankCursor
+    \omitvalue splitVCursor
+    \omitvalue splitHCursor
+    \omitvalue pointingHandCursor
+    \omitvalue forbiddenCursor
+    \omitvalue whatsThisCursor
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \typedef Qt::TextFlags
+    \compat
+
+    Use Qt::TextFlag instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::LayoutDirection
+
+    Specifies the direction of Qt's layouts:
+
+    \value LeftToRight  Left-to-right layout.
+    \value RightToLeft  Right-to-left layout.
+
+    Right-to-left layouts are necessary for certain languages,
+    notably Arabic and Hebrew.
+
+    \sa QApplication::setLayoutDirection(), QWidget::setLayoutDirection()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::InputMethodHint
+
+    \value ImhNone                   No hints.
+    \value ImhHiddenText             Characters should be hidden, as is typically used when entering passwords.
+                                     This is automatically set when setting QLineEdit::echoMode to \c Password.
+    \value ImhNumbersOnly            Only number input is allowed.
+    \value ImhUppercaseOnly          Only upper case letter input is allowed.
+    \value ImhLowercaseOnly          Only lower case letter input is allowed.
+    \value ImhNoAutoUppercase        The input method should not try to automatically switch to upper case
+                                     when a sentence ends.
+    \value ImhPreferNumbers          Numbers are preferred (but not required).
+    \value ImhPreferUppercase        Upper case letters are preferred (but not required).
+    \value ImhPreferLowercase        Lower case letters are preferred (but not required).
+    \value ImhNoPredictiveText       Do not use predictive text (i.e. dictionary lookup) while typing.
+    \value ImhDialableCharactersOnly Only characters suitable for phone dialling are allowed.
+
+    \note If several flags ending with \c Only are ORed together, the resulting character set will
+          consist of the union of the specified sets. For instance specifying \c ImhNumbersOnly and
+          \c ImhUppercaseOnly would yield a set consisting of numbers and uppercase letters.
+
+    \sa QGraphicsItem::inputMethodHints()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::InputMethodQuery
+
+    \value ImMicroFocus       The rectangle covering the area of the input cursor in widget coordinates.
+    \value ImFont             The currently used font for text input.
+    \value ImCursorPosition   The logical position of the cursor within the text surrounding the input area (see ImSurroundingText).
+                              If any text is selected, the position returned will be at the logical end of the
+                              selection, even if the real cursor is located at the logical start.
+    \value ImSurroundingText  The plain text around the input area, for example the current paragraph.
+    \value ImCurrentSelection The currently selected text.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::ItemDataRole
+
+    Each item in the model has a set of data elements associated with
+    it, each with its own role. The roles are used by the view to indicate
+    to the model which type of data it needs. Custom models should return
+    data in these types.
+
+    The general purpose roles (and the associated types) are:
+
+    \value DisplayRole    The key data to be rendered in the form of text. (QString)
+    \value DecorationRole The data to be rendered as a decoration in the form
+                          of an icon. (QColor)
+    \value EditRole       The data in a form suitable for editing in an
+                          editor. (QString)
+    \value ToolTipRole    The data displayed in the item's tooltip. (QString)
+    \value StatusTipRole  The data displayed in the status bar. (QString)
+    \value WhatsThisRole  The data displayed for the item in "What's This?"
+                          mode. (QString)
+    \value SizeHintRole   The size hint for the item that will be supplied
+                          to views. (QSize)
+
+    Roles describing appearance and meta data (with associated types):
+
+    \value FontRole            The font used for items rendered with the default
+                               delegate. (QFont)
+    \value TextAlignmentRole   The alignment of the text for items rendered with the
+                               default delegate. (Qt::AlignmentFlag)
+    \value BackgroundRole      The background brush used for items rendered with
+                               the default delegate. (QBrush)
+    \value BackgroundColorRole This role is obsolete. Use BackgroundRole instead.
+    \value ForegroundRole      The foreground brush (text color, typically)
+                               used for items rendered with the default delegate.
+                               (QBrush)
+    \value TextColorRole       This role is obsolete. Use ForegroundRole instead.
+    \value CheckStateRole      This role is used to obtain the checked state of
+                               an item. (Qt::CheckState)
+
+    Accessibility roles (with associated types):
+
+    \value AccessibleTextRole        The text to be used by accessibility
+                                     extensions and plugins, such as screen
+                                     readers. (QString)
+    \value AccessibleDescriptionRole A description of the item for accessibility
+                                     purposes. (QString)
+
+    User roles:
+
+    \value UserRole       The first role that can be used for application-specific purposes.
+
+    \omitvalue DisplayPropertyRole
+    \omitvalue DecorationPropertyRole
+    \omitvalue ToolTipPropertyRole
+    \omitvalue StatusTipPropertyRole
+    \omitvalue WhatsThisPropertyRole
+
+    For user roles, it is up to the developer to decide which types to use and ensure that
+    components use the correct types when accessing and setting data.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::ItemFlag
+
+    This enum describes the properties of an item:
+
+    \value NoItemFlags It does not have any properties set.
+    \value ItemIsSelectable It can be selected.
+    \value ItemIsEditable It can be edited.
+    \value ItemIsDragEnabled It can be dragged.
+    \value ItemIsDropEnabled It can be used as a drop target.
+    \value ItemIsUserCheckable It can be checked or unchecked by the user.
+    \value ItemIsEnabled The user can interact with the item.
+    \value ItemIsTristate The item is checkable with three separate states.
+
+    Note that checkable items need to be given both a suitable set of flags
+    and an initial state, indicating whether the item is checked or not.
+    This is handled automatically for model/view components, but needs
+    to be explicitly set for instances of QListWidgetItem, QTableWidgetItem,
+    and QTreeWidgetItem.
+
+    \sa QAbstractItemModel
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::MatchFlag
+
+    This enum describes the type of matches that can be used when searching
+    for items in a model.
+
+    \value MatchExactly     Performs QVariant-based matching.
+    \value MatchFixedString Performs string-based matching.
+           String-based comparisons are case-insensitive unless the
+           \c MatchCaseSensitive flag is also specified.
+    \value MatchContains    The search term is contained in the item.
+    \value MatchStartsWith  The search term matches the start of the item.
+    \value MatchEndsWith    The search term matches the end of the item.
+    \value MatchCaseSensitive  The search is case sensitive.
+    \value MatchRegExp      Performs string-based matching using a regular
+           expression as the search term.
+    \value MatchWildcard    Performs string-based matching using a string with
+           wildcards as the search term.
+    \value MatchWrap        Perform a search that wraps around, so that when
+           the search reaches the last item in the model, it begins again at
+           the first item and continues until all items have been examined.
+    \value MatchRecursive   Searches the entire hierarchy.
+
+    \sa QString::compare(), QRegExp
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::TextElideMode
+
+    This enum specifies where the ellipsis should appear when
+    displaying texts that don't fit:
+
+    \value ElideLeft    The ellipsis should appear at the beginning of the text.
+    \value ElideRight   The ellipsis should appear at the end of the text.
+    \value ElideMiddle  The ellipsis should appear in the middle of the text.
+    \value ElideNone    Ellipsis should NOT appear in the text.
+
+    Qt::ElideMiddle is normally the most appropriate choice for URLs (e.g.,
+    "\l{http://qt.nokia.com/careers/movingto/brisbane/}{http://qt.nok...ovingto/brisbane/}"),
+    whereas Qt::ElideRight is appropriate
+    for other strings (e.g.,
+    "\l{http://qt.nokia.com/doc/qq/qq09-mac-deployment.html}{Deploying Applications on Ma...}").
+
+    \sa QAbstractItemView::textElideMode, QFontMetrics::elidedText(), AlignmentFlag QTabBar::elideMode
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::WindowModality
+
+    \keyword modal
+
+    This enum specifies the behavior of a modal window. A modal window
+    is one that blocks input to other windows. Note that windows that
+    are children of a modal window are not blocked.
+
+    The values are:
+    \value NonModal         The window is not modal and does not block input to other windows.
+    \value WindowModal      The window is modal to a single window hierarchy and blocks input to its parent window, all grandparent windows, and all siblings of its parent and grandparent windows.
+    \value ApplicationModal The window is modal to the application and blocks input to all windows.
+
+    \sa QWidget::windowModality, QDialog
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::TextInteractionFlag
+
+    This enum specifies how a text displaying widget reacts to user input.
+
+    \value NoTextInteraction          No interaction with the text is possible.
+    \value TextSelectableByMouse      Text can be selected with the mouse and copied to the clipboard using
+                                      a context menu or standard keyboard shortcuts.
+    \value TextSelectableByKeyboard   Text can be selected with the cursor keys on the keyboard. A text cursor is shown.
+    \value LinksAccessibleByMouse     Links can be highlighted and activated with the mouse.
+    \value LinksAccessibleByKeyboard  Links can be focused using tab and activated with enter.
+    \value TextEditable               The text is fully editable.
+
+    \value TextEditorInteraction      The default for a text editor.
+    \value TextBrowserInteraction     The default for QTextBrowser.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::MaskMode
+
+    This enum specifies the behavior of the
+    QPixmap::createMaskFromColor() and QImage::createMaskFromColor()
+    functions.
+
+    \value MaskInColor   Creates a mask where all pixels matching the given color are opaque.
+    \value MaskOutColor  Creates a mask where all pixels matching the given color are transparent.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::DockWidgetAreaSizes
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::ToolBarAreaSizes
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::EventPriority
+
+    This enum can be used to specify event priorities.
+
+    \value HighEventPriority Events with this priority are sent before
+    events with NormalEventPriority or LowEventPriority.
+
+    \value NormalEventPriority Events with this priority are sent
+    after events with HighEventPriority, but before events with
+    LowEventPriority.
+
+    \value LowEventPriority Events with this priority are sent after
+    events with HighEventPriority or NormalEventPriority.
+
+    Note that these values are provided purely for convenience, since
+    event priorities can be any value between \c INT_MAX and \c
+    INT_MIN, inclusive. For example, you can define custom priorities
+    as being relative to each other:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qnamespace.qdoc 1
+
+    \sa QCoreApplication::postEvent()
+*/
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::SizeHint
+    \since 4.4
+
+    This enum is used by QGraphicsLayoutItem::sizeHint()
+
+    \value MinimumSize is used to specify the minimum size of a graphics layout item.
+    \value PreferredSize is used to specify the preferred size of a graphics layout item.
+    \value MaximumSize is used to specify the maximum size of a graphics layout item.
+    \value MinimumDescent is used to specify the minimum descent of a text string in a graphics layout item.
+    \omitvalue NSizeHints
+
+    \sa QGraphicsLayoutItem::sizeHint()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::SizeMode
+    \since 4.4
+
+    This enum is used by QPainter::drawRoundedRect() and QPainterPath::addRoundedRect()
+    functions to specify the radii of rectangle corners with respect to the dimensions
+    of the bounding rectangles specified.
+
+    \value AbsoluteSize Specifies the size using absolute measurements.
+    \value RelativeSize Specifies the size relative to the bounding rectangle,
+                        typically using percentage measurements.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::WindowFrameSection
+    \since 4.4
+
+    This enum is used to describe parts of a window frame. It is returned by
+    QGraphicsWidget::windowFrameSectionAt() to describe what section of the window
+    frame is under the mouse.
+
+    \value NoSection
+    \value LeftSection
+    \value TopLeftSection
+    \value TopSection
+    \value TopRightSection
+    \value RightSection
+    \value BottomRightSection
+    \value BottomSection
+    \value BottomLeftSection
+    \value TitleBarArea
+
+    \sa QGraphicsWidget::windowFrameEvent()
+    \sa QGraphicsWidget::paintWindowFrame()
+    \sa QGraphicsWidget::windowFrameSectionAt()
+
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \enum Qt::TileRule
+  \since 4.6
+
+  This enum describes how to repeat or stretch the parts of an image
+  when drawing.
+
+  \value Stretch   Scale the image to fit to the available area.
+
+  \value Repeat    Tile the image until there is no more space. May crop
+  the last image.
+
+  \value Round 	   Like Repeat, but scales the images down to ensure that
+  the last image is not cropped.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::Initialization
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum Qt::GestureState
+    \since 4.6
+
+    This enum type describes the state of a gesture.
+
+    \value NoGesture        Initial state
+    \value GestureStarted   A continuous gesture has started.
+    \value GestureUpdated   A gesture continues.
+    \value GestureFinished  A gesture has finished.
+
+    \sa QGesture
+*/
diff --git a/src/corelib/io/qdatastream.cpp b/src/corelib/io/qdatastream.cpp
index 572b8a1..52902d0 100644
--- a/src/corelib/io/qdatastream.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/io/qdatastream.cpp
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     to a QIODevice.
 
     \ingroup io
-    \mainclass
+
 
     A data stream is a binary stream of encoded information which is
     100% independent of the host computer's operating system, CPU or
diff --git a/src/corelib/io/qdebug.cpp b/src/corelib/io/qdebug.cpp
index 6dd2640..1545082 100644
--- a/src/corelib/io/qdebug.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/io/qdebug.cpp
@@ -52,8 +52,7 @@
 
 /*!
     \class QDebug
-    \ingroup io
-    \mainclass
+
     \brief The QDebug class provides an output stream for debugging information.
 
     QDebug is used whenever the developer needs to write out debugging or tracing
diff --git a/src/corelib/io/qdir.cpp b/src/corelib/io/qdir.cpp
index 92aef3c..d08cb2f 100644
--- a/src/corelib/io/qdir.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/io/qdir.cpp
@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ void QDirPrivate::detach(bool createFileEngine)
     \ingroup io
     \ingroup shared
     \reentrant
-    \mainclass
+
 
     A QDir is used to manipulate path names, access information
     regarding paths and files, and manipulate the underlying file
diff --git a/src/corelib/io/qfile.cpp b/src/corelib/io/qfile.cpp
index 1718f3b..aa704d3 100644
--- a/src/corelib/io/qfile.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/io/qfile.cpp
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ QFilePrivate::setError(QFile::FileError err, int errNum)
     \brief The QFile class provides an interface for reading from and writing to files.
 
     \ingroup io
-    \mainclass
+
     \reentrant
 
     QFile is an I/O device for reading and writing text and binary
diff --git a/src/corelib/io/qprocess.cpp b/src/corelib/io/qprocess.cpp
index 4715eb7..ccc16b2 100644
--- a/src/corelib/io/qprocess.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/io/qprocess.cpp
@@ -151,8 +151,7 @@ void QProcessPrivate::Channel::clear()
     to communicate with them.
 
     \ingroup io
-    \ingroup misc
-    \mainclass
+
     \reentrant
 
     \section1 Running a Process
diff --git a/src/corelib/io/qresource.cpp b/src/corelib/io/qresource.cpp
index 958c7fc..212f153 100644
--- a/src/corelib/io/qresource.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/io/qresource.cpp
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ Q_GLOBAL_STATIC(QStringList, resourceSearchPaths)
     \brief The QResource class provides an interface for reading directly from resources.
 
     \ingroup io
-    \mainclass
+
     \reentrant
     \since 4.2
 
diff --git a/src/corelib/io/qsettings.cpp b/src/corelib/io/qsettings.cpp
index 81bd25a..af38b5a 100644
--- a/src/corelib/io/qsettings.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/io/qsettings.cpp
@@ -2004,8 +2004,7 @@ void QConfFileSettingsPrivate::ensureSectionParsed(QConfFile *confFile,
     \brief The QSettings class provides persistent platform-independent application settings.
 
     \ingroup io
-    \ingroup misc
-    \mainclass
+
     \reentrant
 
     Users normally expect an application to remember its settings
diff --git a/src/corelib/io/qtemporaryfile.cpp b/src/corelib/io/qtemporaryfile.cpp
index 2fbf93f..adfcf5e 100644
--- a/src/corelib/io/qtemporaryfile.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/io/qtemporaryfile.cpp
@@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ QTemporaryFilePrivate::~QTemporaryFilePrivate()
     \brief The QTemporaryFile class is an I/O device that operates on temporary files.
 
     \ingroup io
-    \mainclass
+
 
     QTemporaryFile is used to create unique temporary files safely.
     The file itself is created by calling open(). The name of the
diff --git a/src/corelib/io/qtextstream.cpp b/src/corelib/io/qtextstream.cpp
index 151a4a2..9c82976 100644
--- a/src/corelib/io/qtextstream.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/io/qtextstream.cpp
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ static const int QTEXTSTREAM_BUFFERSIZE = 16384;
     reading and writing text.
 
     \ingroup io
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup string-processing
     \reentrant
 
     QTextStream can operate on a QIODevice, a QByteArray or a
@@ -3088,8 +3088,6 @@ QLocale QTextStream::locale() const
 
     \compat
     \reentrant
-    \ingroup io
-    \ingroup text
 
     Use QTextStream instead.
 */
@@ -3116,8 +3114,6 @@ QLocale QTextStream::locale() const
 
     \compat
     \reentrant
-    \ingroup io
-    \ingroup text
 
     Use QTextStream instead.
 */
diff --git a/src/corelib/io/qurl.cpp b/src/corelib/io/qurl.cpp
index 423f5e2..acbac36 100644
--- a/src/corelib/io/qurl.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/io/qurl.cpp
@@ -47,9 +47,9 @@
 
     \reentrant
     \ingroup io
-    \ingroup misc
+    \ingroup network
     \ingroup shared
-    \mainclass
+
 
     It can parse and construct URLs in both encoded and unencoded
     form. QUrl also has support for internationalized domain names
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qabstracteventdispatcher.cpp b/src/corelib/kernel/qabstracteventdispatcher.cpp
index a414862..4fa0cd2 100644
--- a/src/corelib/kernel/qabstracteventdispatcher.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qabstracteventdispatcher.cpp
@@ -168,7 +168,6 @@ void QAbstractEventDispatcherPrivate::releaseTimerId(int timerId)
     \class QAbstractEventDispatcher
     \brief The QAbstractEventDispatcher class provides an interface to manage Qt's event queue.
 
-    \ingroup application
     \ingroup events
 
     An event dispatcher receives events from the window system and other
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qabstractitemmodel.cpp b/src/corelib/kernel/qabstractitemmodel.cpp
index 61b19a2..d6d1bcf 100644
--- a/src/corelib/kernel/qabstractitemmodel.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qabstractitemmodel.cpp
@@ -753,7 +753,7 @@ void QAbstractItemModelPrivate::columnsRemoved(const QModelIndex &parent,
     \brief The QModelIndex class is used to locate data in a data model.
 
     \ingroup model-view
-    \mainclass
+
 
     This class is used as an index into item models derived from
     QAbstractItemModel. The index is used by item views, delegates, and
@@ -941,7 +941,7 @@ void QAbstractItemModelPrivate::columnsRemoved(const QModelIndex &parent,
     item model classes.
 
     \ingroup model-view
-    \mainclass
+
 
     The QAbstractItemModel class defines the standard interface that item
     models must use to be able to interoperate with other components in the
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qbasictimer.cpp b/src/corelib/kernel/qbasictimer.cpp
index df5941f..7fd975d 100644
--- a/src/corelib/kernel/qbasictimer.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qbasictimer.cpp
@@ -49,7 +49,6 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \class QBasicTimer
     \brief The QBasicTimer class provides timer events for objects.
 
-    \ingroup time
     \ingroup events
 
     This is a fast, lightweight, and low-level class used by Qt
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qcoreapplication.cpp b/src/corelib/kernel/qcoreapplication.cpp
index 86221a1..a2c9de9 100644
--- a/src/corelib/kernel/qcoreapplication.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qcoreapplication.cpp
@@ -339,9 +339,6 @@ QString qAppName()
     \brief The QCoreApplication class provides an event loop for console Qt
     applications.
 
-    \ingroup application
-    \mainclass
-
     This class is used by non-GUI applications to provide their event
     loop. For non-GUI application that uses Qt, there should be exactly
     one QCoreApplication object. For GUI applications, see
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qcoreevent.cpp b/src/corelib/kernel/qcoreevent.cpp
index f661d47..9771284 100644
--- a/src/corelib/kernel/qcoreevent.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qcoreevent.cpp
@@ -54,7 +54,6 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     event classes. Event objects contain event parameters.
 
     \ingroup events
-    \ingroup environment
 
     Qt's main event loop (QCoreApplication::exec()) fetches native
     window system events from the event queue, translates them into
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qobject.cpp b/src/corelib/kernel/qobject.cpp
index 2afab1a..0e75867 100644
--- a/src/corelib/kernel/qobject.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qobject.cpp
@@ -524,7 +524,7 @@ int QMetaCallEvent::placeMetaCall(QObject *object)
     \brief The QObject class is the base class of all Qt objects.
 
     \ingroup objectmodel
-    \mainclass
+
     \reentrant
 
     QObject is the heart of the \l{Qt object model}. The central
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qpointer.cpp b/src/corelib/kernel/qpointer.cpp
index fb7a81e..624336f 100644
--- a/src/corelib/kernel/qpointer.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qpointer.cpp
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
     \brief The QPointer class is a template class that provides guarded pointers to QObjects.
 
     \ingroup objectmodel
-    \mainclass
+
 
     A guarded pointer, QPointer<T>, behaves like a normal C++
     pointer \c{T *}, except that it is automatically set to 0 when the
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qsharedmemory.cpp b/src/corelib/kernel/qsharedmemory.cpp
index 168bf29..5dbd7c8 100644
--- a/src/corelib/kernel/qsharedmemory.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qsharedmemory.cpp
@@ -86,7 +86,6 @@ QSharedMemoryPrivate::makePlatformSafeKey(const QString &key,
 
 /*!
   \class QSharedMemory
-  \ingroup ipc
   \since 4.4
 
   \brief The QSharedMemory class provides access to a shared memory segment.
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qsignalmapper.cpp b/src/corelib/kernel/qsignalmapper.cpp
index 5e89da2..7b2097d 100644
--- a/src/corelib/kernel/qsignalmapper.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qsignalmapper.cpp
@@ -66,8 +66,8 @@ public:
     \class QSignalMapper
     \brief The QSignalMapper class bundles signals from identifiable senders.
 
-    \ingroup io
-    \mainclass
+    \ingroup objectmodel
+
 
     This class collects a set of parameterless signals, and re-emits
     them with integer, string or widget parameters corresponding to
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qsocketnotifier.cpp b/src/corelib/kernel/qsocketnotifier.cpp
index 4ac1cbb..85a3ea3 100644
--- a/src/corelib/kernel/qsocketnotifier.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qsocketnotifier.cpp
@@ -56,6 +56,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \brief The QSocketNotifier class provides support for monitoring
     activity on a file descriptor.
 
+    \ingroup network
     \ingroup io
 
     The QSocketNotifier makes it possible to integrate Qt's event
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qsystemsemaphore.cpp b/src/corelib/kernel/qsystemsemaphore.cpp
index 95dc8a0..94548f7 100644
--- a/src/corelib/kernel/qsystemsemaphore.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qsystemsemaphore.cpp
@@ -49,7 +49,6 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
 /*!
   \class QSystemSemaphore
-  \ingroup ipc
   \since 4.4
 
   \brief The QSystemSemaphore class provides a general counting system semaphore.
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qtimer.cpp b/src/corelib/kernel/qtimer.cpp
index f40f491..b7454ca 100644
--- a/src/corelib/kernel/qtimer.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qtimer.cpp
@@ -50,9 +50,8 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \class QTimer
     \brief The QTimer class provides repetitive and single-shot timers.
 
-    \ingroup time
     \ingroup events
-    \mainclass
+
 
     The QTimer class provides a high-level programming interface for
     timers. To use it, create a QTimer, connect its timeout() signal
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qtranslator.cpp b/src/corelib/kernel/qtranslator.cpp
index de1157c..b9e6e14 100644
--- a/src/corelib/kernel/qtranslator.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qtranslator.cpp
@@ -249,8 +249,6 @@ public:
     output.
 
     \ingroup i18n
-    \ingroup environment
-    \mainclass
 
     An object of this class contains a set of translations from a
     source language to a target language. QTranslator provides
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qvariant.cpp b/src/corelib/kernel/qvariant.cpp
index 66c4176..54d6073 100644
--- a/src/corelib/kernel/qvariant.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qvariant.cpp
@@ -1164,9 +1164,8 @@ const QVariant::Handler *QVariant::handler = &qt_kernel_variant_handler;
     \brief The QVariant class acts like a union for the most common Qt data types.
 
     \ingroup objectmodel
-    \ingroup misc
     \ingroup shared
-    \mainclass
+
 
     Because C++ forbids unions from including types that have
     non-default constructors or destructors, most interesting Qt
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qwineventnotifier_p.cpp b/src/corelib/kernel/qwineventnotifier_p.cpp
index f54d564..e5ce02c 100644
--- a/src/corelib/kernel/qwineventnotifier_p.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qwineventnotifier_p.cpp
@@ -52,8 +52,6 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \class QWinEventNotifier
     \brief The QWinEventNotifier class provides support for the Windows Wait functions.
 
-    \ingroup io
-
     The QWinEventNotifier class makes it possible to use the wait
     functions on windows in a asynchronous manner. With this class
     you can register a HANDLE to an event and get notification when
diff --git a/src/corelib/plugin/qlibrary.cpp b/src/corelib/plugin/qlibrary.cpp
index 116d617..ea8882f 100644
--- a/src/corelib/plugin/qlibrary.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/plugin/qlibrary.cpp
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ Q_GLOBAL_STATIC(QMutex, qt_library_mutex)
     \reentrant
     \brief The QLibrary class loads shared libraries at runtime.
 
-    \mainclass
+
     \ingroup plugins
 
     An instance of a QLibrary object operates on a single shared
diff --git a/src/corelib/plugin/qplugin.qdoc b/src/corelib/plugin/qplugin.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3b8f1b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/plugin/qplugin.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \headerfile <QtPlugin>
+    \title Macros for Defining Plugins
+
+    \brief The <QtPlugin> header files defines macros for defining plugins.
+
+    \sa {How to Create Qt Plugins}
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \macro Q_DECLARE_INTERFACE(ClassName, Identifier)
+    \relates <QtPlugin>
+
+    This macro associates the given \a Identifier (a string literal)
+    to the interface class called \a ClassName. The \a Identifier must
+    be unique. For example:
+
+    \snippet examples/tools/plugandpaint/interfaces.h 3
+
+    This macro is normally used right after the class definition for
+    \a ClassName, in a header file. See the
+    \l{tools/plugandpaint}{Plug & Paint} example for details.
+
+    If you want to use Q_DECLARE_INTERFACE with interface classes
+    declared in a namespace then you have to make sure the Q_DECLARE_INTERFACE
+    is not inside a namespace though. For example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qplugin.qdoc 0
+
+    \sa Q_INTERFACES(), Q_EXPORT_PLUGIN2(), {How to Create Qt Plugins}
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \macro Q_EXPORT_PLUGIN(ClassName)
+    \relates <QtPlugin>
+    \obsolete
+
+    Use Q_EXPORT_PLUGIN2() instead. This macro is equivalent to
+    Q_EXPORT_PLUGIN2(\a ClassName, \a ClassName).
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \macro Q_EXPORT_PLUGIN2(PluginName, ClassName)
+    \relates <QtPlugin>
+    \since 4.1
+    \keyword Q_EXPORT_PLUGIN2
+
+    This macro exports the plugin class \a ClassName for the plugin specified
+    by \a PluginName. The value of \a PluginName should correspond to the
+    \l{qmake Variable Reference#TARGET}{TARGET} specified in the plugin's
+    project file.
+
+    There should be exactly one occurrence of this macro in the source code
+    for a Qt plugin, and it should be used where the implementation is written
+    rather than in a header file.
+
+    Example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qplugin.qdoc 1
+
+    See the \l{tools/plugandpaint}{Plug & Paint} example for details.
+
+    \sa Q_DECLARE_INTERFACE(), {How to Create Qt Plugins}
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \macro Q_IMPORT_PLUGIN(PluginName)
+    \relates <QtPlugin>
+
+    This macro imports the plugin named \a PluginName, corresponding
+    to the \l{qmake Variable Reference#TARGET}{TARGET} specified in the
+    plugin's project file.
+
+    Inserting this macro into your application's source code will allow
+    you to make use of a static plugin.
+
+    Example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qplugin.qdoc 2
+
+    Static plugins must also be included by the linker when your
+    application is built. For Qt's predefined plugins,
+    you can use the \c QTPLUGIN to add
+    the required plugins to your build. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qplugin.qdoc 3
+
+    \sa {Static Plugins}, {How to Create Qt Plugins}, {Using qmake}
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \macro Q_EXPORT_STATIC_PLUGIN(ClassName)
+    \relates <QtPlugin>
+    \internal
+*/
diff --git a/src/corelib/plugin/qpluginloader.cpp b/src/corelib/plugin/qpluginloader.cpp
index 2d9e20e..521063c 100644
--- a/src/corelib/plugin/qpluginloader.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/plugin/qpluginloader.cpp
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \reentrant
     \brief The QPluginLoader class loads a plugin at run-time.
 
-    \mainclass
+
     \ingroup plugins
 
     QPluginLoader provides access to a \l{How to Create Qt
diff --git a/src/corelib/plugin/quuid.cpp b/src/corelib/plugin/quuid.cpp
index fd5bc63..400f42d 100644
--- a/src/corelib/plugin/quuid.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/plugin/quuid.cpp
@@ -50,7 +50,6 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \brief The QUuid class stores a Universally Unique Identifier (UUID).
 
     \reentrant
-    \ingroup misc
 
     Using \e{U}niversally \e{U}nique \e{ID}entifiers (UUID) is a
     standard way to uniquely identify entities in a distributed
diff --git a/src/corelib/thread/qmutex.cpp b/src/corelib/thread/qmutex.cpp
index eaa7308..db9a415 100644
--- a/src/corelib/thread/qmutex.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/thread/qmutex.cpp
@@ -56,8 +56,6 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \threadsafe
 
     \ingroup thread
-    \ingroup environment
-    \mainclass
 
     The purpose of a QMutex is to protect an object, data structure or
     section of code so that only one thread can access it at a time
@@ -416,7 +414,6 @@ void QMutex::unlock()
     \threadsafe
 
     \ingroup thread
-    \ingroup environment
 
     Locking and unlocking a QMutex in complex functions and
     statements or in exception handling code is error-prone and
diff --git a/src/corelib/thread/qreadwritelock.cpp b/src/corelib/thread/qreadwritelock.cpp
index 6db10a0..8ce58e9 100644
--- a/src/corelib/thread/qreadwritelock.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/thread/qreadwritelock.cpp
@@ -57,7 +57,6 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \threadsafe
 
     \ingroup thread
-    \ingroup environment
 
     A read-write lock is a synchronization tool for protecting
     resources that can be accessed for reading and writing. This type
@@ -441,7 +440,6 @@ void QReadWriteLock::unlock()
     \threadsafe
 
     \ingroup thread
-    \ingroup environment
 
     The purpose of QReadLocker (and QWriteLocker) is to simplify
     QReadWriteLock locking and unlocking. Locking and unlocking
@@ -514,7 +512,6 @@ void QReadWriteLock::unlock()
     \threadsafe
 
     \ingroup thread
-    \ingroup environment
 
     The purpose of QWriteLocker (and QReadLocker is to simplify
     QReadWriteLock locking and unlocking. Locking and unlocking
diff --git a/src/corelib/thread/qsemaphore.cpp b/src/corelib/thread/qsemaphore.cpp
index 38e800d..df8036f 100644
--- a/src/corelib/thread/qsemaphore.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/thread/qsemaphore.cpp
@@ -54,7 +54,6 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \threadsafe
 
     \ingroup thread
-    \ingroup environment
 
     A semaphore is a generalization of a mutex. While a mutex can
     only be locked once, it's possible to acquire a semaphore
diff --git a/src/corelib/thread/qthread.cpp b/src/corelib/thread/qthread.cpp
index 53ac3c7..b3575d4 100644
--- a/src/corelib/thread/qthread.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/thread/qthread.cpp
@@ -199,8 +199,6 @@ void QAdoptedThread::run()
     \brief The QThread class provides platform-independent threads.
 
     \ingroup thread
-    \ingroup environment
-    \mainclass
 
     A QThread represents a separate thread of control within the
     program; it shares data with all the other threads within the
diff --git a/src/corelib/thread/qthreadstorage.cpp b/src/corelib/thread/qthreadstorage.cpp
index 25194f4..ebdcab7 100644
--- a/src/corelib/thread/qthreadstorage.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/thread/qthreadstorage.cpp
@@ -189,8 +189,6 @@ void QThreadStorageData::finish(void **p)
     \threadsafe
 
     \ingroup thread
-    \ingroup environment
-    \mainclass
 
     QThreadStorage is a template class that provides per-thread data
     storage.
diff --git a/src/corelib/thread/qwaitcondition.qdoc b/src/corelib/thread/qwaitcondition.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ae2de6c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/thread/qwaitcondition.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \class QWaitCondition
+    \brief The QWaitCondition class provides a condition variable for
+    synchronizing threads.
+
+    \threadsafe
+
+    \ingroup thread
+
+    QWaitCondition allows a thread to tell other threads that some
+    sort of condition has been met. One or many threads can block
+    waiting for a QWaitCondition to set a condition with wakeOne() or
+    wakeAll(). Use wakeOne() to wake one randomly selected condition or
+    wakeAll() to wake them all.
+
+    For example, let's suppose that we have three tasks that should
+    be performed whenever the user presses a key. Each task could be
+    split into a thread, each of which would have a
+    \l{QThread::run()}{run()} body like this:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_thread_qwaitcondition_unix.cpp 0
+
+    Here, the \c keyPressed variable is a global variable of type
+    QWaitCondition.
+
+    A fourth thread would read key presses and wake the other three
+    threads up every time it receives one, like this:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_thread_qwaitcondition_unix.cpp 1
+
+    The order in which the three threads are woken up is undefined.
+    Also, if some of the threads are still in \c do_something() when
+    the key is pressed, they won't be woken up (since they're not
+    waiting on the condition variable) and so the task will not be
+    performed for that key press. This issue can be solved using a
+    counter and a QMutex to guard it. For example, here's the new
+    code for the worker threads:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_thread_qwaitcondition_unix.cpp 2
+
+    Here's the code for the fourth thread:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_thread_qwaitcondition_unix.cpp 3
+
+    The mutex is necessary because the results of two threads
+    attempting to change the value of the same variable
+    simultaneously are unpredictable.
+
+    Wait conditions are a powerful thread synchronization primitive.
+    The \l{threads/waitconditions}{Wait Conditions} example shows how
+    to use QWaitCondition as an alternative to QSemaphore for
+    controlling access to a circular buffer shared by a producer
+    thread and a consumer thread.
+
+    \sa QMutex, QSemaphore, QThread, {Wait Conditions Example}
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QWaitCondition::QWaitCondition()
+
+    Constructs a new wait condition object.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QWaitCondition::~QWaitCondition()
+
+    Destroys the wait condition object.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QWaitCondition::wakeOne()
+
+    Wakes one thread waiting on the wait condition. The thread that
+    is woken up depends on the operating system's scheduling
+    policies, and cannot be controlled or predicted.
+
+    If you want to wake up a specific thread, the solution is
+    typically to use different wait conditions and have different
+    threads wait on different conditions.
+
+    \sa wakeAll()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QWaitCondition::wakeAll()
+
+    Wakes all threads waiting on the wait condition. The order in
+    which the threads are woken up depends on the operating system's
+    scheduling policies and cannot be controlled or predicted.
+
+    \sa wakeOne()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QWaitCondition::wait(QMutex *mutex, unsigned long time)
+
+    Releases the locked \a mutex and waits on the wait condition.  The
+    \a mutex must be initially locked by the calling thread. If \a
+    mutex is not in a locked state, this function returns
+    immediately. If \a mutex is a recursive mutex, this function
+    returns immediately. The \a mutex will be unlocked, and the
+    calling thread will block until either of these conditions is met:
+
+    \list
+    \o Another thread signals it using wakeOne() or wakeAll(). This
+       function will return true in this case.
+    \o \a time milliseconds has elapsed. If \a time is \c ULONG_MAX
+       (the default), then the wait will never timeout (the event
+       must be signalled). This function will return false if the
+       wait timed out.
+    \endlist
+
+    The mutex will be returned to the same locked state. This
+    function is provided to allow the atomic transition from the
+    locked state to the wait state.
+
+    \sa wakeOne(), wakeAll()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QWaitCondition::wait(QReadWriteLock *readWriteLock, unsigned long time)
+    \since 4.4
+
+    Releases the locked \a readWriteLock and waits on the wait
+    condition.  The \a readWriteLock must be initially locked by the
+    calling thread. If \a readWriteLock is not in a locked state, this
+    function returns immediately. The \a readWriteLock must not be
+    locked recursively, otherwise this function will not release the
+    lock properly. The \a readWriteLock will be unlocked, and the
+    calling thread will block until either of these conditions is met:
+
+    \list
+    \o Another thread signals it using wakeOne() or wakeAll(). This
+       function will return true in this case.
+    \o \a time milliseconds has elapsed. If \a time is \c ULONG_MAX
+       (the default), then the wait will never timeout (the event
+       must be signalled). This function will return false if the
+       wait timed out.
+    \endlist
+
+    The \a readWriteLock will be returned to the same locked
+    state. This function is provided to allow the atomic transition
+    from the locked state to the wait state.
+
+    \sa wakeOne(), wakeAll()
+*/
diff --git a/src/corelib/tools/qalgorithms.qdoc b/src/corelib/tools/qalgorithms.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f7b7798
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/tools/qalgorithms.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,651 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \headerfile <QtAlgorithms>
+    \title Generic Algorithms
+    \ingroup classlists
+
+    \brief The <QtAlgorithms> header provides generic template-based algorithms.
+
+    Qt provides a number of global template functions in \c
+    <QtAlgorithms> that work on containers and perform well-know
+    algorithms. You can use these algorithms with any \l {container
+    class} that provides STL-style iterators, including Qt's QList,
+    QLinkedList, QVector, QMap, and QHash classes.
+
+    These functions have taken their inspiration from similar
+    functions available in the STL \c <algorithm> header. Most of them
+    have a direct STL equivalent; for example, qCopyBackward() is the
+    same as STL's copy_backward() algorithm.
+
+    If STL is available on all your target platforms, you can use the
+    STL algorithms instead of their Qt counterparts. One reason why
+    you might want to use the STL algorithms is that STL provides
+    dozens and dozens of algorithms, whereas Qt only provides the most
+    important ones, making no attempt to duplicate functionality that
+    is already provided by the C++ standard.
+
+    Most algorithms take \l {STL-style iterators} as parameters. The
+    algorithms are generic in the sense that they aren't bound to a
+    specific iterator class; you can use them with any iterators that
+    meet a certain set of requirements.
+
+    Let's take the qFill() algorithm as an example. Unlike QVector,
+    QList has no fill() function that can be used to fill a list with
+    a particular value. If you need that functionality, you can use
+    qFill():
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qalgorithms.qdoc 0
+
+    qFill() takes a begin iterator, an end iterator, and a value.
+    In the example above, we pass \c list.begin() and \c list.end()
+    as the begin and end iterators, but this doesn't have to be
+    the case:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qalgorithms.qdoc 1
+
+    Different algorithms can have different requirements for the
+    iterators they accept. For example, qFill() accepts two 
+    \l {forward iterators}. The iterator types required are specified
+    for each algorithm. If an iterator of the wrong type is passed (for
+    example, if QList::ConstIterator is passed as an \l {output
+    iterator}), you will always get a compiler error, although not
+    necessarily a very informative one.
+
+    Some algorithms have special requirements on the value type
+    stored in the containers. For example, qEqual() requires that the
+    value type supports operator==(), which it uses to compare items.
+    Similarly, qDeleteAll() requires that the value type is a
+    non-const pointer type (for example, QWidget *). The value type
+    requirements are specified for each algorithm, and the compiler
+    will produce an error if a requirement isn't met.
+
+    \target binaryFind example
+
+    The generic algorithms can be used on other container classes
+    than those provided by Qt and STL. The syntax of STL-style
+    iterators is modeled after C++ pointers, so it's possible to use
+    plain arrays as containers and plain pointers as iterators. A
+    common idiom is to use qBinaryFind() together with two static
+    arrays: one that contains a list of keys, and another that
+    contains a list of associated values. For example, the following
+    code will look up an HTML entity (e.g., \c &) in the \c
+    name_table array and return the corresponding Unicode value from
+    the \c value_table if the entity is recognized:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qalgorithms.qdoc 2
+
+    This kind of code is for advanced users only; for most
+    applications, a QMap- or QHash-based approach would work just as
+    well:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qalgorithms.qdoc 3
+
+    \section1 Types of Iterators
+
+    The algorithms have certain requirements on the iterator types
+    they accept, and these are specified individually for each
+    function. The compiler will produce an error if a requirement
+    isn't met.
+
+    \section2 Input Iterators
+
+    An \e{input iterator} is an iterator that can be used for reading
+    data sequentially from a container. It must provide the following
+    operators: \c{==} and \c{!=} for comparing two iterators, unary
+    \c{*} for retrieving the value stored in the item, and prefix
+    \c{++} for advancing to the next item.
+
+    The Qt containers' iterator types (const and non-const) are all
+    input iterators.
+
+    \section2 Output Iterators
+
+    An \e{output iterator} is an iterator that can be used for
+    writing data sequentially to a container or to some output
+    stream. It must provide the following operators: unary \c{*} for
+    writing a value (i.e., \c{*it = val}) and prefix \c{++} for
+    advancing to the next item.
+
+    The Qt containers' non-const iterator types are all output
+    iterators.
+
+    \section2 Forward Iterators
+
+    A \e{forward iterator} is an iterator that meets the requirements
+    of both input iterators and output iterators.
+
+    The Qt containers' non-const iterator types are all forward
+    iterators.
+
+    \section2 Bidirectional Iterators
+
+    A \e{bidirectional iterator} is an iterator that meets the
+    requirements of forward iterators but that in addition supports
+    prefix \c{--} for iterating backward.
+
+    The Qt containers' non-const iterator types are all bidirectional
+    iterators.
+
+    \section2 Random Access Iterators
+
+    The last category, \e{random access iterators}, is the most
+    powerful type of iterator. It supports all the requirements of a
+    bidirectional iterator, and supports the following operations:
+
+    \table
+    \row \i \c{i += n} \i advances iterator \c i by \c n positions
+    \row \i \c{i -= n} \i moves iterator \c i back by \c n positions
+    \row \i \c{i + n} or \c{n + i} \i returns the iterator for the item \c
+       n positions ahead of iterator \c i
+    \row \i \c{i - n} \i returns the iterator for the item \c n positions behind of iterator \c i
+    \row \i \c{i - j} \i returns the number of items between iterators \c i and \c j
+    \row \i \c{i[n]} \i same as \c{*(i + n)}
+    \row \i \c{i < j} \i returns true if iterator \c j comes after iterator \c i
+    \endtable
+
+    QList and QVector's non-const iterator types are random access iterators.
+
+    \sa {container classes}, <QtGlobal>
+*/
+
+/*! \fn OutputIterator qCopy(InputIterator begin1, InputIterator end1, OutputIterator begin2)
+    \relates <QtAlgorithms>
+
+    Copies the items from range [\a begin1, \a end1) to range [\a
+    begin2, ...), in the order in which they appear.
+
+    The item at position \a begin1 is assigned to that at position \a
+    begin2; the item at position \a begin1 + 1 is assigned to that at
+    position \a begin2 + 1; and so on.
+
+    Example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qalgorithms.qdoc 4
+
+    \sa qCopyBackward(), {input iterators}, {output iterators}
+*/
+
+/*! \fn BiIterator2 qCopyBackward(BiIterator1 begin1, BiIterator1 end1, BiIterator2 end2)
+    \relates <QtAlgorithms>
+
+    Copies the items from range [\a begin1, \a end1) to range [...,
+    \a end2).
+
+    The item at position \a end1 - 1 is assigned to that at position
+    \a end2 - 1; the item at position \a end1 - 2 is assigned to that
+    at position \a end2 - 2; and so on.
+
+    Example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qalgorithms.qdoc 5
+
+    \sa qCopy(), {bidirectional iterators}
+*/
+
+/*! \fn bool qEqual(InputIterator1 begin1, InputIterator1 end1, InputIterator2 begin2)
+    \relates <QtAlgorithms>
+
+    Compares the items in the range [\a begin1, \a end1) with the
+    items in the range [\a begin2, ...). Returns true if all the
+    items compare equal; otherwise returns false.
+
+    Example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qalgorithms.qdoc 6
+
+    This function requires the item type (in the example above,
+    QString) to implement \c operator==().
+
+    \sa {input iterators}
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void qFill(ForwardIterator begin, ForwardIterator end, const T &value)
+    \relates <QtAlgorithms>
+
+    Fills the range [\a begin, \a end) with \a value.
+
+    Example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qalgorithms.qdoc 7
+
+    \sa qCopy(), {forward iterators}
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void qFill(Container &container, const T &value)
+    \relates <QtAlgorithms>
+
+    \overload
+
+    This is the same as qFill(\a{container}.begin(), \a{container}.end(), \a value);
+*/
+
+/*! \fn InputIterator qFind(InputIterator begin, InputIterator end, const T &value)
+    \relates <QtAlgorithms>
+
+    Returns an iterator to the first occurrence of \a value in a
+    container in the range [\a begin, \a end). Returns \a end if \a
+    value isn't found.
+
+    Example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qalgorithms.qdoc 8
+
+    This function requires the item type (in the example above,
+    QString) to implement \c operator==().
+
+    If the items in the range are in ascending order, you can get
+    faster results by using qLowerBound() or qBinaryFind() instead of
+    qFind().
+
+    \sa qBinaryFind(), {input iterators}
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void qFind(const Container &container, const T &value)
+    \relates <QtAlgorithms>
+
+    \overload
+
+    This is the same as qFind(\a{container}.begin(), \a{container}.end(), value);
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void qCount(InputIterator begin, InputIterator end, const T &value, Size &n)
+    \relates <QtAlgorithms>
+
+    Returns the number of occurrences of \a value in the range [\a begin, \a end),
+    which is returned in \a n. \a n is never initialized, the count is added to \a n.
+    It is the caller's responsibility to initialize \a n.
+
+    Example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qalgorithms.qdoc 9
+
+    This function requires the item type (in the example above,
+    \c int) to implement \c operator==().
+
+    \sa {input iterators}
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void qCount(const Container &container, const T &value, Size &n)
+\relates <QtAlgorithms>
+
+\overload
+
+Instead of operating on iterators, as in the other overload, this function
+operates on the specified \a container to obtain the number of instances
+of \a value in the variable passed as a reference in argument \a n.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void qSwap(T &var1, T &var2)
+    \relates <QtAlgorithms>
+
+    Exchanges the values of variables \a var1 and \a var2.
+
+    Example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qalgorithms.qdoc 10
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void qSort(RandomAccessIterator begin, RandomAccessIterator end)
+    \relates <QtAlgorithms>
+
+    Sorts the items in range [\a begin, \a end) in ascending order
+    using the quicksort algorithm.
+
+    Example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qalgorithms.qdoc 11
+
+    The sort algorithm is efficient on large data sets. It operates
+    in \l {linear-logarithmic time}, O(\e{n} log \e{n}).
+
+    This function requires the item type (in the example above,
+    \c{int}) to implement \c operator<().
+
+    If neither of the two items is "less than" the other, the items are
+    taken to be equal. It is then undefined which one of the two
+    items will appear before the other after the sort.
+
+    \sa qStableSort(), {random access iterators}
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void qSort(RandomAccessIterator begin, RandomAccessIterator end, LessThan lessThan)
+    \relates <QtAlgorithms>
+
+    \overload
+
+    Uses the \a lessThan function instead of \c operator<() to
+    compare the items.
+
+    For example, here's how to sort the strings in a QStringList
+    in case-insensitive alphabetical order:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qalgorithms.qdoc 12
+
+    To sort values in reverse order, pass
+    \l{qGreater()}{qGreater<T>()} as the \a lessThan parameter. For
+    example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qalgorithms.qdoc 13
+
+    If neither of the two items is "less than" the other, the items are
+    taken to be equal. It is then undefined which one of the two
+    items will appear before the other after the sort.
+
+    An alternative to using qSort() is to put the items to sort in a
+    QMap, using the sort key as the QMap key. This is often more
+    convenient than defining a \a lessThan function. For example, the
+    following code shows how to sort a list of strings case
+    insensitively using QMap:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qalgorithms.qdoc 14
+
+    \sa QMap
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void qSort(Container &container)
+    \relates <QtAlgorithms>
+
+    \overload
+
+    This is the same as qSort(\a{container}.begin(), \a{container}.end());
+*/
+
+/*! 
+    \fn void qStableSort(RandomAccessIterator begin, RandomAccessIterator end)
+    \relates <QtAlgorithms>
+
+    Sorts the items in range [\a begin, \a end) in ascending order
+    using a stable sorting algorithm.
+
+    If neither of the two items is "less than" the other, the items are
+    taken to be equal. The item that appeared before the other in the
+    original container will still appear first after the sort. This
+    property is often useful when sorting user-visible data.
+
+    Example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qalgorithms.qdoc 15
+
+    The sort algorithm is efficient on large data sets. It operates
+    in \l {linear-logarithmic time}, O(\e{n} log \e{n}).
+
+    This function requires the item type (in the example above,
+    \c{int}) to implement \c operator<().
+
+    \sa qSort(), {random access iterators}
+*/
+
+/*! 
+    \fn void qStableSort(RandomAccessIterator begin, RandomAccessIterator end, LessThan lessThan)
+    \relates <QtAlgorithms>
+
+    \overload
+
+    Uses the \a lessThan function instead of \c operator<() to
+    compare the items.
+
+    For example, here's how to sort the strings in a QStringList
+    in case-insensitive alphabetical order:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qalgorithms.qdoc 16
+    
+    Note that earlier versions of Qt allowed using a lessThan function that took its
+    arguments by non-const reference. From 4.3 and on this is no longer possible,
+    the arguments has to be passed by const reference or value.
+
+    To sort values in reverse order, pass
+    \l{qGreater()}{qGreater<T>()} as the \a lessThan parameter. For
+    example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qalgorithms.qdoc 17
+
+    If neither of the two items is "less than" the other, the items are
+    taken to be equal. The item that appeared before the other in the
+    original container will still appear first after the sort. This
+    property is often useful when sorting user-visible data.
+*/
+
+/*! 
+    \fn void qStableSort(Container &container)
+    \relates <QtAlgorithms>
+
+    \overload
+
+    This is the same as qStableSort(\a{container}.begin(), \a{container}.end());
+*/
+
+/*! \fn RandomAccessIterator qLowerBound(RandomAccessIterator begin, RandomAccessIterator end, const T &value)
+    \relates <QtAlgorithms>
+
+    Performs a binary search of the range [\a begin, \a end) and
+    returns the position of the first ocurrence of \a value. If no
+    such item is found, returns the position where it should be
+    inserted.
+
+    The items in the range [\a begin, \e end) must be sorted in
+    ascending order; see qSort().
+
+    Example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qalgorithms.qdoc 18
+
+    This function requires the item type (in the example above,
+    \c{int}) to implement \c operator<().
+
+    qLowerBound() can be used in conjunction with qUpperBound() to
+    iterate over all occurrences of the same value:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qalgorithms.qdoc 19
+
+    \sa qUpperBound(), qBinaryFind()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn RandomAccessIterator qLowerBound(RandomAccessIterator begin, RandomAccessIterator end, const T &value, LessThan lessThan)
+    \relates <QtAlgorithms>
+
+    \overload
+
+    Uses the \a lessThan function instead of \c operator<() to
+    compare the items.
+
+    Note that the items in the range must be sorted according to the order
+    specified by the \a lessThan object.
+*/
+
+/*! 
+    \fn void qLowerBound(const Container &container, const T &value)
+    \relates <QtAlgorithms>
+
+    \overload
+
+    For read-only iteration over containers, this function is broadly equivalent to
+    qLowerBound(\a{container}.begin(), \a{container}.end(), value). However, since it
+    returns a const iterator, you cannot use it to modify the container; for example,
+    to insert items.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn RandomAccessIterator qUpperBound(RandomAccessIterator begin, RandomAccessIterator end, const T &value)
+    \relates <QtAlgorithms>
+
+    Performs a binary search of the range [\a begin, \a end) and
+    returns the position of the one-past-the-last occurrence of \a
+    value. If no such item is found, returns the position where the
+    item should be inserted.
+
+    The items in the range [\a begin, \e end) must be sorted in
+    ascending order; see qSort().
+
+    Example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qalgorithms.qdoc 20
+
+    This function requires the item type (in the example above,
+    \c{int}) to implement \c operator<().
+
+    qUpperBound() can be used in conjunction with qLowerBound() to
+    iterate over all occurrences of the same value:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qalgorithms.qdoc 21
+
+    \sa qLowerBound(), qBinaryFind()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn RandomAccessIterator qUpperBound(RandomAccessIterator begin, RandomAccessIterator end, const T &value, LessThan lessThan)
+    \relates <QtAlgorithms>
+
+    \overload
+
+    Uses the \a lessThan function instead of \c operator<() to
+    compare the items.
+
+    Note that the items in the range must be sorted according to the order
+    specified by the \a lessThan object.
+*/
+
+/*! 
+    \fn void qUpperBound(const Container &container, const T &value)
+    \relates <QtAlgorithms>
+
+    \overload
+
+    This is the same as qUpperBound(\a{container}.begin(), \a{container}.end(), value);
+*/
+
+
+/*! \fn RandomAccessIterator qBinaryFind(RandomAccessIterator begin, RandomAccessIterator end, const T &value)
+    \relates <QtAlgorithms>
+
+    Performs a binary search of the range [\a begin, \a end) and
+    returns the position of an occurrence of \a value. If there are
+    no occurrences of \a value, returns \a end.
+
+    The items in the range [\a begin, \a end) must be sorted in
+    ascending order; see qSort().
+
+    If there are many occurrences of the same value, any one of them
+    could be returned. Use qLowerBound() or qUpperBound() if you need
+    finer control.
+
+    Example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qalgorithms.qdoc 22
+
+    This function requires the item type (in the example above,
+    QString) to implement \c operator<().
+
+    See the \l{<QtAlgorithms>#binaryFind example}{detailed
+    description} for an example usage.
+
+    \sa qLowerBound(), qUpperBound(), {random access iterators}
+*/
+
+/*! \fn RandomAccessIterator qBinaryFind(RandomAccessIterator begin, RandomAccessIterator end, const T &value, LessThan lessThan)
+    \relates <QtAlgorithms>
+
+    \overload
+
+    Uses the \a lessThan function instead of \c operator<() to
+    compare the items.
+
+    Note that the items in the range must be sorted according to the order
+    specified by the \a lessThan object.
+*/
+
+/*! 
+    \fn void qBinaryFind(const Container &container, const T &value)
+    \relates <QtAlgorithms>
+
+    \overload
+
+    This is the same as qBinaryFind(\a{container}.begin(), \a{container}.end(), value);
+*/
+
+
+/*! 
+    \fn void qDeleteAll(ForwardIterator begin, ForwardIterator end)
+    \relates <QtAlgorithms>
+
+    Deletes all the items in the range [\a begin, \a end) using the
+    C++ \c delete operator. The item type must be a pointer type (for
+    example, \c{QWidget *}).
+
+    Example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qalgorithms.qdoc 23
+
+    Notice that qDeleteAll() doesn't remove the items from the
+    container; it merely calls \c delete on them. In the example
+    above, we call clear() on the container to remove the items.
+
+    This function can also be used to delete items stored in
+    associative containers, such as QMap and QHash. Only the objects
+    stored in each container will be deleted by this function; objects
+    used as keys will not be deleted.
+
+    \sa {forward iterators}
+*/
+
+/*! 
+    \fn void qDeleteAll(const Container &c)
+    \relates <QtAlgorithms>
+
+    \overload
+
+    This is the same as qDeleteAll(\a{c}.begin(), \a{c}.end()).
+*/
+
+/*! \fn LessThan qLess()
+    \relates <QtAlgorithms>
+
+    Returns a functional object, or functor, that can be passed to qSort()
+    or qStableSort().
+
+    Example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qalgorithms.qdoc 24
+
+    \sa {qGreater()}{qGreater<T>()}
+*/
+
+/*! \fn LessThan qGreater()
+    \relates <QtAlgorithms>
+
+    Returns a functional object, or functor, that can be passed to qSort()
+    or qStableSort().
+
+    Example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qalgorithms.qdoc 25
+
+    \sa {qLess()}{qLess<T>()}
+*/
diff --git a/src/corelib/tools/qbytearray.cpp b/src/corelib/tools/qbytearray.cpp
index 5197d9a..3cfc88e 100644
--- a/src/corelib/tools/qbytearray.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/tools/qbytearray.cpp
@@ -590,8 +590,8 @@ QByteArray::Data QByteArray::shared_empty = { Q_BASIC_ATOMIC_INITIALIZER(1),
 
     \ingroup tools
     \ingroup shared
-    \ingroup text
-    \mainclass
+    \ingroup string-processing
+
     \reentrant
 
     QByteArray can be used to store both raw bytes (including '\\0's)
diff --git a/src/corelib/tools/qbytearraymatcher.cpp b/src/corelib/tools/qbytearraymatcher.cpp
index 1c10a4f..37cb9bb 100644
--- a/src/corelib/tools/qbytearraymatcher.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/tools/qbytearraymatcher.cpp
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ static inline int bm_find(const uchar *cc, int l, int index, const uchar *puc, u
     can be quickly matched in a byte array.
 
     \ingroup tools
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup string-processing
 
     This class is useful when you have a sequence of bytes that you
     want to repeatedly match against some byte arrays (perhaps in a
diff --git a/src/corelib/tools/qcache.qdoc b/src/corelib/tools/qcache.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4c008fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/tools/qcache.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,244 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \class QCache
+    \brief The QCache class is a template class that provides a cache.
+
+    \ingroup tools
+    \ingroup shared
+
+    \reentrant
+
+    QCache\<Key, T\> defines a cache that stores objects of type T
+    associated with keys of type Key. For example, here's the
+    definition of a cache that stores objects of type Employee
+    associated with an integer key:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qcache.qdoc 0
+
+    Here's how to insert an object in the cache:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qcache.qdoc 1
+
+    The advantage of using QCache over some other key-based data
+    structure (such as QMap or QHash) is that QCache automatically
+    takes ownership of the objects that are inserted into the cache and
+    deletes them to make room for new objects, if necessary. When
+    inserting an object into the cache, you can specify a \e{cost},
+    which should bear some approximate relationship to the amount of
+    memory taken by the object. When the sum of all objects' costs
+    (totalCost()) exceeds the cache's limit (maxCost()), QCache starts
+    deleting objects in the cache to keep under the limit, starting with
+    less recently accessed objects.
+
+    By default, QCache's maxCost() is 100. You can specify a
+    different value in the QCache constructor:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qcache.qdoc 2
+
+    Each time you call insert(), you can specify a cost as third
+    argument (after the key and a pointer to the object to insert).
+    After the call, the inserted object is owned by the QCache, which
+    may delete it at any time to make room for other objects.
+
+    To look up objects in the cache, use object() or
+    operator[](). This function looks up an object by its key, and
+    returns either a pointer to the cached object (which is owned by
+    the cache) or 0.
+
+    If you want to remove an object from the cache for a particular key,
+    call remove(). This will also delete the object. If you want to
+    remove an object from the cache without the QCache deleting it, use
+    take().
+
+    \sa QPixmapCache, QHash, QMap
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QCache::QCache(int maxCost = 100)
+
+    Constructs a cache whose contents will never have a total cost
+    greater than \a maxCost.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QCache::~QCache()
+
+    Destroys the cache. Deletes all the objects in the cache.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn int QCache::maxCost() const
+
+    Returns the maximum allowed total cost of the cache.
+
+    \sa setMaxCost(), totalCost()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QCache::setMaxCost(int cost)
+
+    Sets the maximum allowed total cost of the cache to \a cost. If
+    the current total cost is greater than \a cost, some objects are
+    deleted immediately.
+
+    \sa maxCost(), totalCost()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn int QCache::totalCost() const
+
+    Returns the total cost of the objects in the cache.
+
+    This value is normally below maxCost(), but QCache makes an
+    exception for Qt's \l{implicitly shared} classes. If a cached
+    object shares its internal data with another instance, QCache may
+    keep the object lying around, possibly contributing to making
+    totalCost() larger than maxCost().
+
+    \sa setMaxCost()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn int QCache::size() const
+
+    Returns the number of objects in the cache.
+
+    \sa isEmpty()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn int QCache::count() const
+
+    Same as size().
+*/
+
+/*! \fn bool QCache::isEmpty() const
+
+    Returns true if the cache contains no objects; otherwise
+    returns false.
+
+    \sa size()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QList<Key> QCache::keys() const
+
+    Returns a list of the keys in the cache.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QCache::clear();
+
+    Deletes all the objects in the cache.
+
+    \sa remove(), take()
+*/
+
+
+/*! \fn bool QCache::insert(const Key &key, T *object, int cost = 1)
+
+    Inserts \a object into the cache with key \a key and
+    associated cost \a cost. Any object with the same key already in
+    the cache will be removed.
+
+    After this call, \a object is owned by the QCache and may be
+    deleted at any time. In particular, if \a cost is greater than
+    maxCost(), the object will be deleted immediately.
+
+    The function returns true if the object was inserted into the
+    cache; otherwise it returns false.
+
+    \sa take(), remove()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn T *QCache::object(const Key &key) const
+
+    Returns the object associated with key \a key, or 0 if the key does
+    not exist in the cache.
+
+    \warning The returned object is owned by QCache and may be
+    deleted at any time.
+
+    \sa take(), remove()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn bool QCache::contains(const Key &key) const
+
+    Returns true if the cache contains an object associated with key \a
+    key; otherwise returns false.
+
+    \sa take(), remove()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn T *QCache::operator[](const Key &key) const
+
+    Returns the object associated with key \a key, or 0 if the key does
+    not exist in the cache.
+
+    This is the same as object().
+
+    \warning The returned object is owned by QCache and may be
+    deleted at any time.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn bool QCache::remove(const Key &key)
+
+    Deletes the object associated with key \a key. Returns true if the
+    object was found in the cache; otherwise returns false.
+
+    \sa take(), clear()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn T *QCache::take(const Key &key)
+
+    Takes the object associated with key \a key out of the cache
+    without deleting it. Returns a pointer to the object taken out, or
+    0 if the key does not exist in the cache.
+
+    The ownership of the returned object is passed to the caller.
+
+    \sa remove()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QCache::QCache(int maxCost, int dummy)
+
+    Use QCache(int) instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn T *QCache::find(const Key &key) const
+
+    Use object() instead.
+*/
diff --git a/src/corelib/tools/qchar.cpp b/src/corelib/tools/qchar.cpp
index ab84603..e9f9552 100644
--- a/src/corelib/tools/qchar.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/tools/qchar.cpp
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 /*! \class QLatin1Char
     \brief The QLatin1Char class provides an 8-bit ASCII/Latin-1 character.
 
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup string-processing
 
     This class is only useful to avoid the codec for C strings business
     in the QChar(ch) constructor. You can avoid it by writing
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \class QChar
     \brief The QChar class provides a 16-bit Unicode character.
 
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup string-processing
     \reentrant
 
     In Qt, Unicode characters are 16-bit entities without any markup
diff --git a/src/corelib/tools/qdatetime.cpp b/src/corelib/tools/qdatetime.cpp
index 08a8385..54384e4 100644
--- a/src/corelib/tools/qdatetime.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/tools/qdatetime.cpp
@@ -193,8 +193,6 @@ static QString fmtDateTime(const QString& f, const QTime* dt = 0, const QDate* d
     \reentrant
     \brief The QDate class provides date functions.
 
-    \ingroup time
-    \mainclass
 
     A QDate object contains a calendar date, i.e. year, month, and day
     numbers, in the Gregorian calendar. (see \l{QDate G and J} {Use of
@@ -1411,8 +1409,6 @@ void QDate::julianToGregorian(uint jd, int &y, int &m, int &d)
 
     \brief The QTime class provides clock time functions.
 
-    \ingroup time
-    \mainclass
 
     A QTime object contains a clock time, i.e. the number of hours,
     minutes, seconds, and milliseconds since midnight. It can read the
@@ -2074,8 +2070,6 @@ int QTime::elapsed() const
     \reentrant
     \brief The QDateTime class provides date and time functions.
 
-    \ingroup time
-    \mainclass
 
     A QDateTime object contains a calendar date and a clock time (a
     "datetime"). It is a combination of the QDate and QTime classes.
diff --git a/src/corelib/tools/qhash.cpp b/src/corelib/tools/qhash.cpp
index 5e13794..21b73e4 100644
--- a/src/corelib/tools/qhash.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/tools/qhash.cpp
@@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ void QHashData::checkSanity()
 
     \ingroup tools
     \ingroup shared
-    \mainclass
+
     \reentrant
 
     QHash\<Key, T\> is one of Qt's generic \l{container classes}. It
@@ -1618,7 +1618,7 @@ void QHashData::checkSanity()
 
     \ingroup tools
     \ingroup shared
-    \mainclass
+
     \reentrant
 
     QMultiHash\<Key, T\> is one of Qt's generic \l{container classes}.
diff --git a/src/corelib/tools/qiterator.qdoc b/src/corelib/tools/qiterator.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c767be3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/tools/qiterator.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,1431 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*! 
+    \class QListIterator
+    \inmodule QtCore
+
+    \brief The QListIterator class provides a Java-style const iterator for QList and QQueue.
+
+    QList has both \l{Java-style iterators} and \l{STL-style
+    iterators}. The Java-style iterators are more high-level and
+    easier to use than the STL-style iterators; on the other hand,
+    they are slightly less efficient.
+
+    An alternative to using iterators is to use index positions. Most
+    QList member functions take an index as their first parameter,
+    making it possible to access, modify, and remove items without
+    using iterators.
+
+    QListIterator\<T\> allows you to iterate over a QList\<T\> (or a
+    QQueue\<T\>). If you want to modify the list as you iterate over
+    it, use QMutableListIterator\<T\> instead.
+
+    The QListIterator constructor takes a QList as argument. After
+    construction, the iterator is located at the very beginning of
+    the list (before the first item). Here's how to iterate over all
+    the elements sequentially:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 0
+
+    The next() function returns the next item in the list and
+    advances the iterator. Unlike STL-style iterators, Java-style
+    iterators point \e between items rather than directly \e at
+    items. The first call to next() advances the iterator to the
+    position between the first and second item, and returns the first
+    item; the second call to next() advances the iterator to the
+    position between the second and third item, and returns the second
+    item; and so on.
+
+    \img javaiterators1.png
+
+    Here's how to iterate over the elements in reverse order:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 1
+
+    If you want to find all occurrences of a particular value, use
+    findNext() or findPrevious() in a loop.
+
+    Multiple iterators can be used on the same list. If the list is
+    modified while a QListIterator is active, the QListIterator will
+    continue iterating over the original list, ignoring the modified
+    copy.
+
+    \sa QMutableListIterator, QList::const_iterator
+*/
+
+/*! 
+    \class QLinkedListIterator
+    \inmodule QtCore
+
+    \brief The QLinkedListIterator class provides a Java-style const iterator for QLinkedList.
+
+    QLinkedList has both \l{Java-style iterators} and
+    \l{STL-style iterators}. The Java-style iterators are more
+    high-level and easier to use than the STL-style iterators; on the
+    other hand, they are slightly less efficient.
+
+    QLinkedListIterator\<T\> allows you to iterate over a
+    QLinkedList\<T\>. If you want to modify the list as you iterate
+    over it, use QMutableLinkedListIterator\<T\> instead.
+
+    The QLinkedListIterator constructor takes a QLinkedList as
+    argument. After construction, the iterator is located at the very
+    beginning of the list (before the first item). Here's how to
+    iterate over all the elements sequentially:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 2
+
+    The next() function returns the next item in the list and
+    advances the iterator. Unlike STL-style iterators, Java-style
+    iterators point \e between items rather than directly \e at
+    items. The first call to next() advances the iterator to the
+    position between the first and second item, and returns the first
+    item; the second call to next() advances the iterator to the
+    position between the second and third item, and returns the second
+    item; and so on.
+
+    \img javaiterators1.png
+
+    Here's how to iterate over the elements in reverse order:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 3
+
+    If you want to find all occurrences of a particular value, use
+    findNext() or findPrevious() in a loop.
+
+    Multiple iterators can be used on the same list. If the list is
+    modified while a QLinkedListIterator is active, the
+    QLinkedListIterator will continue iterating over the original
+    list, ignoring the modified copy.
+
+    \sa QMutableLinkedListIterator, QLinkedList::const_iterator
+*/
+
+/*! 
+    \class QVectorIterator
+    \inmodule QtCore
+    \brief The QVectorIterator class provides a Java-style const iterator for QVector and QStack.
+
+    QVector has both \l{Java-style iterators} and \l{STL-style
+    iterators}. The Java-style iterators are more high-level and
+    easier to use than the STL-style iterators; on the other hand,
+    they are slightly less efficient.
+
+    An alternative to using iterators is to use index positions. Most
+    QVector member functions take an index as their first parameter,
+    making it possible to access, insert, and remove items without
+    using iterators.
+
+    QVectorIterator\<T\> allows you to iterate over a QVector\<T\>
+    (or a QStack\<T\>). If you want to modify the vector as you
+    iterate over it, use QMutableVectorIterator\<T\> instead.
+
+    The QVectorIterator constructor takes a QVector as argument.
+    After construction, the iterator is located at the very beginning
+    of the vector (before the first item). Here's how to iterate over
+    all the elements sequentially:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 4
+
+    The next() function returns the next item in the vector and
+    advances the iterator. Unlike STL-style iterators, Java-style
+    iterators point \e between items rather than directly \e at
+    items. The first call to next() advances the iterator to the
+    position between the first and second item, and returns the first
+    item; the second call to next() advances the iterator to the
+    position between the second and third item, returning the second
+    item; and so on.
+
+    \img javaiterators1.png
+
+    Here's how to iterate over the elements in reverse order:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 5
+
+    If you want to find all occurrences of a particular value, use
+    findNext() or findPrevious() in a loop.
+
+    Multiple iterators can be used on the same vector. If the vector
+    is modified while a QVectorIterator is active, the QVectorIterator
+    will continue iterating over the original vector, ignoring the
+    modified copy.
+
+    \sa QMutableVectorIterator, QVector::const_iterator
+*/
+
+/*! 
+    \class QSetIterator
+    \inmodule QtCore
+    \brief The QSetIterator class provides a Java-style const iterator for QSet.
+
+    QSet supports both \l{Java-style iterators} and \l{STL-style
+    iterators}. The Java-style iterators are more high-level and
+    easier to use than the STL-style iterators; on the other hand,
+    they are slightly less efficient.
+
+    QSetIterator\<T\> allows you to iterate over a QSet\<T\>. If you
+    want to modify the set as you iterate over it, use
+    QMutableSetIterator\<T\> instead.
+
+    The constructor takes a QSet as argument. After construction, the
+    iterator is located at the very beginning of the set (before
+    the first item). Here's how to iterate over all the elements
+    sequentially:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 6
+
+    The next() function returns the next item in the set and
+    advances the iterator. Unlike STL-style iterators, Java-style
+    iterators point \e between items rather than directly \e at
+    items. The first call to next() advances the iterator to the
+    position between the first and second item, and returns the first
+    item; the second call to next() advances the iterator to the
+    position between the second and third item, returning the second
+    item; and so on.
+
+    \img javaiterators1.png
+
+    Here's how to iterate over the elements in reverse order:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 7
+
+    If you want to find all occurrences of a particular value, use
+    findNext() or findPrevious() in a loop.
+
+    Multiple iterators can be used on the same set. If the set
+    is modified while a QSetIterator is active, the QSetIterator
+    will continue iterating over the original set, ignoring the
+    modified copy.
+
+    \sa QMutableSetIterator, QSet::const_iterator
+*/
+
+/*! 
+    \class QMutableListIterator
+    \inmodule QtCore
+
+    \brief The QMutableListIterator class provides a Java-style non-const iterator for QList and QQueue.
+
+    QList has both \l{Java-style iterators} and \l{STL-style
+    iterators}. The Java-style iterators are more high-level and
+    easier to use than the STL-style iterators; on the other hand,
+    they are slightly less efficient.
+
+    An alternative to using iterators is to use index positions. Most
+    QList member functions take an index as their first parameter,
+    making it possible to access, insert, and remove items without
+    using iterators.
+
+    QMutableListIterator\<T\> allows you to iterate over a QList\<T\>
+    (or a QQueue\<T\>) and modify the list. If you don't want to
+    modify the list (or have a const QList), use the slightly faster
+    QListIterator\<T\> instead.
+
+    The QMutableListIterator constructor takes a QList as argument.
+    After construction, the iterator is located at the very beginning
+    of the list (before the first item). Here's how to iterate over
+    all the elements sequentially:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 8
+
+    The next() function returns the next item in the list and
+    advances the iterator. Unlike STL-style iterators, Java-style
+    iterators point \e between items rather than directly \e at
+    items. The first call to next() advances the iterator to the
+    position between the first and second item, and returns the first
+    item; the second call to next() advances the iterator to the
+    position between the second and third item, returning the second
+    item; and so on.
+
+    \img javaiterators1.png
+
+    Here's how to iterate over the elements in reverse order:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 9
+
+    If you want to find all occurrences of a particular value, use
+    findNext() or findPrevious() in a loop.
+
+    If you want to remove items as you iterate over the list, use
+    remove(). If you want to modify the value of an item, use
+    setValue(). If you want to insert a new item in the list, use
+    insert().
+
+    Example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 10
+
+    The example traverses a list, replacing negative numbers with
+    their absolute values, and eliminating zeroes.
+
+    Only one mutable iterator can be active on a given list at any
+    time. Furthermore, no changes should be done directly to the list
+    while the iterator is active (as opposed to through the
+    iterator), since this could invalidate the iterator and lead to
+    undefined behavior.
+
+    \sa QListIterator, QList::iterator
+*/
+
+/*! 
+    \class QMutableLinkedListIterator
+    \inmodule QtCore
+
+    \brief The QMutableLinkedListIterator class provides a Java-style non-const iterator for QLinkedList.
+
+    QLinkedList has both \l{Java-style iterators} and
+    \l{STL-style iterators}. The Java-style iterators are more
+    high-level and easier to use than the STL-style iterators; on the
+    other hand, they are slightly less efficient.
+
+    QMutableLinkedListIterator\<T\> allows you to iterate over a
+    QLinkedList\<T\> and modify the list. If you don't want to modify
+    the list (or have a const QLinkedList), use the slightly faster
+    QLinkedListIterator\<T\> instead.
+
+    The QMutableLinkedListIterator constructor takes a QLinkedList as
+    argument. After construction, the iterator is located at the very
+    beginning of the list (before the first item). Here's how to
+    iterate over all the elements sequentially:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 11
+
+    The next() function returns the next item in the list and
+    advances the iterator. Unlike STL-style iterators, Java-style
+    iterators point \e between items rather than directly \e at
+    items. The first call to next() advances the iterator to the
+    position between the first and second item, and returns the first
+    item; the second call to next() advances the iterator to the
+    position between the second and third item, returning the second
+    item; and so on.
+
+    \img javaiterators1.png
+
+    Here's how to iterate over the elements in reverse order:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 12
+
+    If you want to find all occurrences of a particular value, use
+    findNext() or findPrevious() in a loop.
+
+    If you want to remove items as you iterate over the list, use
+    remove(). If you want to modify the value of an item, use
+    setValue(). If you want to insert a new item in the list, use
+    insert().
+
+    Example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 13
+
+    The example traverses a list, replacing negative numbers with
+    their absolute values, and eliminating zeroes.
+
+    Only one mutable iterator can be active on a given list at any
+    time. Furthermore, no changes should be done directly to the list
+    while the iterator is active (as opposed to through the
+    iterator), since this could invalidate the iterator and lead to
+    undefined behavior.
+
+    \sa QLinkedListIterator, QLinkedList::iterator
+*/
+
+/*! 
+    \class QMutableVectorIterator
+    \inmodule QtCore
+
+    \brief The QMutableVectorIterator class provides a Java-style non-const iterator for QVector and QStack.
+
+    QVector has both \l{Java-style iterators} and \l{STL-style
+    iterators}. The Java-style iterators are more high-level and
+    easier to use than the STL-style iterators; on the other hand,
+    they are slightly less efficient.
+
+    An alternative to using iterators is to use index positions. Most
+    QVector member functions take an index as their first parameter,
+    making it possible to access, insert, and remove items without
+    using iterators.
+
+    QMutableVectorIterator\<T\> allows you to iterate over a
+    QVector\<T\> and modify the vector. If you don't want to modify
+    the vector (or have a const QVector), use the slightly faster
+    QVectorIterator\<T\> instead.
+
+    The QMutableVectorIterator constructor takes a QVector as
+    argument. After construction, the iterator is located at the very
+    beginning of the list (before the first item). Here's how to
+    iterate over all the elements sequentially:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 14
+
+    The next() function returns the next item in the vector and
+    advances the iterator. Unlike STL-style iterators, Java-style
+    iterators point \e between items rather than directly \e at
+    items. The first call to next() advances the iterator to the
+    position between the first and second item, and returns the first
+    item; the second call to next() advances the iterator to the
+    position between the second and third item, returning the second
+    item; and so on.
+
+    \img javaiterators1.png
+
+    Here's how to iterate over the elements in reverse order:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 15
+
+    If you want to find all occurrences of a particular value, use
+    findNext() or findPrevious() in a loop.
+
+    If you want to remove items as you iterate over the vector, use
+    remove(). If you want to modify the value of an item, use
+    setValue(). If you want to insert a new item in the vector, use
+    insert().
+
+    Example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 16
+
+    The example traverses a vector, replacing negative numbers with
+    their absolute values, and eliminating zeroes.
+
+    Only one mutable iterator can be active on a given vector at any
+    time. Furthermore, no changes should be done directly to the
+    vector while the iterator is active (as opposed to through the
+    iterator), since this could invalidate the iterator and lead to
+    undefined behavior.
+
+    \sa QVectorIterator, QVector::iterator
+*/
+
+/*! 
+    \class QMutableSetIterator
+    \inmodule QtCore
+    \since 4.2
+
+    \brief The QMutableSetIterator class provides a Java-style non-const iterator for QSet.
+
+    QSet has both \l{Java-style iterators} and \l{STL-style
+    iterators}. The Java-style iterators are more high-level and
+    easier to use than the STL-style iterators; on the other hand,
+    they are slightly less efficient.
+
+    QMutableSetIterator\<T\> allows you to iterate over a QSet\<T\>
+    and remove items from the set as you iterate. If you don't want
+    to modify the set (or have a const QSet), use the slightly faster
+    QSetIterator\<T\> instead.
+
+    The QMutableSetIterator constructor takes a QSet as argument.
+    After construction, the iterator is located at the very beginning
+    of the set (before the first item). Here's how to iterate over
+    all the elements sequentially:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 17
+
+    The next() function returns the next item in the set and
+    advances the iterator. Unlike STL-style iterators, Java-style
+    iterators point \e between items rather than directly \e at
+    items. The first call to next() advances the iterator to the
+    position between the first and second item, and returns the first
+    item; the second call to next() advances the iterator to the
+    position between the second and third item, returning the second
+    item; and so on.
+
+    \img javaiterators1.png
+
+    Here's how to iterate over the elements in reverse order:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 18
+
+    If you want to remove items as you iterate over the set, use
+    remove().
+
+    Only one mutable iterator can be active on a given set at any
+    time. Furthermore, no changes should be done directly to the set
+    while the iterator is active (as opposed to through the
+    iterator), since this could invalidate the iterator and lead to
+    undefined behavior.
+
+    \sa QSetIterator, QSet::iterator
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QListIterator::QListIterator(const QList<T> &list)
+    \fn QLinkedListIterator::QLinkedListIterator(const QLinkedList<T> &list)
+    \fn QMutableListIterator::QMutableListIterator(QList<T> &list)
+    \fn QMutableLinkedListIterator::QMutableLinkedListIterator(QLinkedList<T> &list)
+
+    Constructs an iterator for traversing \a list. The iterator is
+    set to be at the front of the list (before the first item).
+
+    \sa operator=()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QVectorIterator::QVectorIterator(const QVector<T> &vector)
+    \fn QMutableVectorIterator::QMutableVectorIterator(QVector<T> &vector)
+
+    Constructs an iterator for traversing \a vector. The iterator is
+    set to be at the front of the vector (before the first item).
+
+    \sa operator=()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSetIterator::QSetIterator(const QSet<T> &set)
+    \fn QMutableSetIterator::QMutableSetIterator(QSet<T> &set)
+
+    Constructs an iterator for traversing \a set. The iterator is
+    set to be at the front of the set (before the first item).
+
+    \sa operator=()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QMutableListIterator::~QMutableListIterator()
+    \fn QMutableLinkedListIterator::~QMutableLinkedListIterator()
+    \fn QMutableVectorIterator::~QMutableVectorIterator()
+    \fn QMutableSetIterator::~QMutableSetIterator()
+
+    Destroys the iterator.
+
+    \sa operator=()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QMutableListIterator &QMutableListIterator::operator=(QList<T> &list)
+    \fn QMutableLinkedListIterator &QMutableLinkedListIterator::operator=(QLinkedList<T> &list)
+    \fn QListIterator &QListIterator::operator=(const QList<T> &list)
+    \fn QLinkedListIterator &QLinkedListIterator::operator=(const QLinkedList<T> &list)
+
+    Makes the iterator operate on \a list. The iterator is set to be
+    at the front of the list (before the first item).
+
+    \sa toFront(), toBack()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QVectorIterator &QVectorIterator::operator=(const QVector<T> &vector)
+    \fn QMutableVectorIterator &QMutableVectorIterator::operator=(QVector<T> &vector)
+
+    Makes the iterator operate on \a vector. The iterator is set to be
+    at the front of the vector (before the first item).
+
+    \sa toFront(), toBack()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QSetIterator &QSetIterator::operator=(const QSet<T> &set)
+    \fn QMutableSetIterator &QMutableSetIterator::operator=(QSet<T> &set)
+
+    Makes the iterator operate on \a set. The iterator is set to be
+    at the front of the set (before the first item).
+
+    \sa toFront(), toBack()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QListIterator::toFront()
+    \fn void QLinkedListIterator::toFront()
+    \fn void QVectorIterator::toFront()
+    \fn void QSetIterator::toFront()
+    \fn void QMutableListIterator::toFront()
+    \fn void QMutableLinkedListIterator::toFront()
+    \fn void QMutableVectorIterator::toFront()
+    \fn void QMutableSetIterator::toFront()
+
+    Moves the iterator to the front of the container (before the
+    first item).
+
+    \sa toBack(), next()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QListIterator::toBack()
+    \fn void QLinkedListIterator::toBack()
+    \fn void QVectorIterator::toBack()
+    \fn void QSetIterator::toBack()
+    \fn void QMutableListIterator::toBack()
+    \fn void QMutableLinkedListIterator::toBack()
+    \fn void QMutableVectorIterator::toBack()
+    \fn void QMutableSetIterator::toBack()
+
+    Moves the iterator to the back of the container (after the last
+    item).
+
+    \sa toFront(), previous()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn bool QListIterator::hasNext() const
+    \fn bool QLinkedListIterator::hasNext() const
+    \fn bool QVectorIterator::hasNext() const
+    \fn bool QSetIterator::hasNext() const
+    \fn bool QMutableListIterator::hasNext() const
+    \fn bool QMutableLinkedListIterator::hasNext() const
+    \fn bool QMutableVectorIterator::hasNext() const
+    \fn bool QMutableSetIterator::hasNext() const
+
+    Returns true if there is at least one item ahead of the iterator,
+    i.e. the iterator is \e not at the back of the container;
+    otherwise returns false.
+
+    \sa hasPrevious(), next()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn const T &QListIterator::next()
+    \fn const T &QLinkedListIterator::next()
+    \fn const T &QVectorIterator::next()
+    \fn const T &QSetIterator::next()
+    \fn const T &QMutableSetIterator::next()
+
+    Returns the next item and advances the iterator by one position.
+
+    Calling this function on an iterator located at the back of the
+    container leads to undefined results.
+
+    \sa hasNext(), peekNext(), previous()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn T &QMutableListIterator::next()
+    \fn T &QMutableLinkedListIterator::next()
+    \fn T &QMutableVectorIterator::next()
+
+    Returns a reference to the next item, and advances the iterator
+    by one position.
+
+    Calling this function on an iterator located at the back of the
+    container leads to undefined results.
+
+    \sa hasNext(), peekNext(), previous()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn const T &QListIterator::peekNext() const
+    \fn const T &QLinkedListIterator::peekNext() const
+    \fn const T &QVectorIterator::peekNext() const
+    \fn const T &QSetIterator::peekNext() const
+    \fn const T &QMutableSetIterator::peekNext() const
+
+    Returns the next item without moving the iterator.
+
+    Calling this function on an iterator located at the back of the
+    container leads to undefined results.
+
+    \sa hasNext(), next(), peekPrevious()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn T &QMutableListIterator::peekNext() const
+    \fn T &QMutableLinkedListIterator::peekNext() const
+    \fn T &QMutableVectorIterator::peekNext() const
+
+    Returns a reference to the next item, without moving the iterator.
+
+    Calling this function on an iterator located at the back of the
+    container leads to undefined results.
+
+    \sa hasNext(), next(), peekPrevious()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn bool QListIterator::hasPrevious() const
+    \fn bool QLinkedListIterator::hasPrevious() const
+    \fn bool QVectorIterator::hasPrevious() const
+    \fn bool QSetIterator::hasPrevious() const
+    \fn bool QMutableListIterator::hasPrevious() const
+    \fn bool QMutableLinkedListIterator::hasPrevious() const
+    \fn bool QMutableVectorIterator::hasPrevious() const
+    \fn bool QMutableSetIterator::hasPrevious() const
+
+    Returns true if there is at least one item behind the iterator,
+    i.e. the iterator is \e not at the front of the container;
+    otherwise returns false.
+
+    \sa hasNext(), previous()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn const T &QListIterator::previous()
+    \fn const T &QLinkedListIterator::previous()
+    \fn const T &QVectorIterator::previous()
+    \fn const T &QSetIterator::previous()
+    \fn const T &QMutableSetIterator::previous()
+
+    Returns the previous item and moves the iterator back by one
+    position.
+
+    Calling this function on an iterator located at the front of the
+    container leads to undefined results.
+
+    \sa hasPrevious(), peekPrevious(), next()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn T &QMutableListIterator::previous()
+    \fn T &QMutableLinkedListIterator::previous()
+    \fn T &QMutableVectorIterator::previous()
+
+    Returns a reference to the previous item and moves the iterator
+    back by one position.
+
+    Calling this function on an iterator located at the front of the
+    container leads to undefined results.
+
+    \sa hasPrevious(), peekPrevious(), next()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn const T &QListIterator::peekPrevious() const
+    \fn const T &QLinkedListIterator::peekPrevious() const
+    \fn const T &QVectorIterator::peekPrevious() const
+    \fn const T &QSetIterator::peekPrevious() const
+    \fn const T &QMutableSetIterator::peekPrevious() const
+
+    Returns the previous item without moving the iterator.
+
+    Calling this function on an iterator located at the front of the
+    container leads to undefined results.
+
+    \sa hasPrevious(), previous(), peekNext()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn T &QMutableListIterator::peekPrevious() const
+    \fn T &QMutableLinkedListIterator::peekPrevious() const
+    \fn T &QMutableVectorIterator::peekPrevious() const
+
+    Returns a reference to the previous item, without moving the iterator.
+
+    Calling this function on an iterator located at the front of the
+    container leads to undefined results.
+
+    \sa hasPrevious(), previous(), peekNext()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn bool QListIterator::findNext(const T &value)
+    \fn bool QLinkedListIterator::findNext(const T &value)
+    \fn bool QVectorIterator::findNext(const T &value)
+    \fn bool QSetIterator::findNext(const T &value)
+    \fn bool QMutableListIterator::findNext(const T &value)
+    \fn bool QMutableLinkedListIterator::findNext(const T &value)
+    \fn bool QMutableVectorIterator::findNext(const T &value)
+    \fn bool QMutableSetIterator::findNext(const T &value)
+
+    Searches for \a value starting from the current iterator position
+    forward. Returns true if \a value is found; otherwise returns false.
+
+    After the call, if \a value was found, the iterator is positioned
+    just after the matching item; otherwise, the iterator is
+    positioned at the back of the container.
+
+    \sa findPrevious()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn bool QListIterator::findPrevious(const T &value)
+    \fn bool QLinkedListIterator::findPrevious(const T &value)
+    \fn bool QVectorIterator::findPrevious(const T &value)
+    \fn bool QSetIterator::findPrevious(const T &value)
+    \fn bool QMutableListIterator::findPrevious(const T &value)
+    \fn bool QMutableLinkedListIterator::findPrevious(const T &value)
+    \fn bool QMutableVectorIterator::findPrevious(const T &value)
+    \fn bool QMutableSetIterator::findPrevious(const T &value)
+
+    Searches for \a value starting from the current iterator position
+    backward. Returns true if \a value is found; otherwise returns
+    false.
+
+    After the call, if \a value was found, the iterator is positioned
+    just before the matching item; otherwise, the iterator is
+    positioned at the front of the container.
+
+    \sa findNext()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QMutableListIterator::remove()
+
+    Removes the last item that was jumped over using one of the
+    traversal functions (next(), previous(), findNext(), findPrevious()).
+
+    Example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 19
+
+    \sa insert(), setValue()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QMutableLinkedListIterator::remove()
+
+    Removes the last item that was jumped over using one of the
+    traversal functions (next(), previous(), findNext(), findPrevious()).
+
+    Example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 20
+
+    \sa insert(), setValue()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QMutableVectorIterator::remove()
+
+    Removes the last item that was jumped over using one of the
+    traversal functions (next(), previous(), findNext(), findPrevious()).
+
+    Example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 21
+
+    \sa insert(), setValue()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QMutableSetIterator::remove()
+
+    Removes the last item that was jumped over using one of the
+    traversal functions (next(), previous(), findNext(), findPrevious()).
+
+    Example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 22
+
+    \sa value()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QMutableListIterator::setValue(const T &value) const
+
+    Replaces the value of the last item that was jumped over using
+    one of the traversal functions with \a value.
+
+    The traversal functions are next(), previous(), findNext(), and
+    findPrevious().
+
+    Example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 23
+
+    \sa value(), remove(), insert()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QMutableLinkedListIterator::setValue(const T &value) const
+
+    Replaces the value of the last item that was jumped over using
+    one of the traversal functions with \a value.
+
+    The traversal functions are next(), previous(), findNext(), and
+    findPrevious().
+
+    Example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 24
+
+    \sa value(), remove(), insert()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QMutableVectorIterator::setValue(const T &value) const
+
+    Replaces the value of the last item that was jumped over using
+    one of the traversal functions with \a value.
+
+    The traversal functions are next(), previous(), findNext(), and
+    findPrevious().
+
+    Example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 25
+
+    \sa value(), remove(), insert()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn const T &QMutableListIterator::value() const
+    \fn const T &QMutableLinkedListIterator::value() const
+    \fn const T &QMutableVectorIterator::value() const
+    \fn const T &QMutableSetIterator::value() const
+
+    Returns the value of the last item that was jumped over using one
+    of the traversal functions (next(), previous(), findNext(),
+    findPrevious()).
+
+    After a call to next() or findNext(), value() is equivalent to
+    peekPrevious(). After a call to previous() or findPrevious(), value() is
+    equivalent to peekNext().
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn T &QMutableListIterator::value()
+    \fn T &QMutableLinkedListIterator::value()
+    \fn T &QMutableVectorIterator::value()
+    \overload
+
+    Returns a non-const reference to the value of the last item that
+    was jumped over using one of the traversal functions.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QMutableListIterator::insert(const T &value)
+    \fn void QMutableLinkedListIterator::insert(const T &value)
+    \fn void QMutableVectorIterator::insert(const T &value)
+
+    Inserts \a value at the current iterator position. After the
+    call, the iterator is located just after the inserted item.
+
+    \sa remove(), setValue()
+*/
+
+/*! 
+    \class QMapIterator
+    \inmodule QtCore
+
+    \brief The QMapIterator class provides a Java-style const iterator for QMap and QMultiMap.
+
+    QMap has both \l{Java-style iterators} and \l{STL-style
+    iterators}. The Java-style iterators are more high-level and
+    easier to use than the STL-style iterators; on the other hand,
+    they are slightly less efficient.
+
+    QMapIterator\<Key, T\> allows you to iterate over a QMap (or a
+    QMultiMap). If you want to modify the map as you iterate over
+    it, use QMutableMapIterator instead.
+
+    The QMapIterator constructor takes a QMap as argument. After
+    construction, the iterator is located at the very beginning of
+    the map (before the first item). Here's how to iterate over all
+    the elements sequentially:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 26
+
+    The next() function returns the next item in the map and
+    advances the iterator. The key() and value() functions return the
+    key and value of the last item that was jumped over.
+
+    Unlike STL-style iterators, Java-style iterators point \e between
+    items rather than directly \e at items. The first call to next()
+    advances the iterator to the position between the first and
+    second item, and returns the first item; the second call to
+    next() advances the iterator to the position between the second
+    and third item; and so on.
+
+    \img javaiterators1.png
+
+    Here's how to iterate over the elements in reverse order:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 27
+
+    If you want to find all occurrences of a particular value, use
+    findNext() or findPrevious() in a loop. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 28
+
+    Multiple iterators can be used on the same map. If the map is
+    modified while a QMapIterator is active, the QMapIterator will
+    continue iterating over the original map, ignoring the modified
+    copy.
+
+    \sa QMutableMapIterator, QMap::const_iterator
+*/
+
+/*! 
+    \class QHashIterator
+    \inmodule QtCore
+
+    \brief The QHashIterator class provides a Java-style const iterator for QHash and QMultiHash.
+
+    QHash has both \l{Java-style iterators} and \l{STL-style
+    iterators}. The Java-style iterators are more high-level and
+    easier to use than the STL-style iterators; on the other hand,
+    they are slightly less efficient.
+
+    QHashIterator\<Key, T\> allows you to iterate over a QHash (or a
+    QMultiHash). If you want to modify the hash as you iterate over
+    it, use QMutableHashIterator instead.
+
+    The QHashIterator constructor takes a QHash as argument. After
+    construction, the iterator is located at the very beginning of
+    the hash (before the first item). Here's how to iterate over all
+    the elements sequentially:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 29
+
+    The next() function returns the next item in the hash and
+    advances the iterator. The key() and value() functions return the
+    key and value of the last item that was jumped over.
+
+    Unlike STL-style iterators, Java-style iterators point \e between
+    items rather than directly \e at items. The first call to next()
+    advances the iterator to the position between the first and
+    second item, and returns the first item; the second call to
+    next() advances the iterator to the position between the second
+    and third item; and so on.
+
+    \img javaiterators1.png
+
+    Here's how to iterate over the elements in reverse order:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 30
+
+    If you want to find all occurrences of a particular value, use
+    findNext() or findPrevious() in a loop. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 31
+
+    Multiple iterators can be used on the same hash. If the hash is
+    modified while a QHashIterator is active, the QHashIterator will
+    continue iterating over the original hash, ignoring the modified
+    copy.
+
+    \sa QMutableHashIterator, QHash::const_iterator
+*/
+
+/*! 
+    \class QMutableMapIterator
+    \inmodule QtCore
+
+    \brief The QMutableMapIterator class provides a Java-style non-const iterator for QMap and QMultiMap.
+
+    QMap has both \l{Java-style iterators} and \l{STL-style
+    iterators}. The Java-style iterators are more high-level and
+    easier to use than the STL-style iterators; on the other hand,
+    they are slightly less efficient.
+
+    QMutableMapIterator\<Key, T\> allows you to iterate over a QMap
+    (or a QMultiMap) and modify the map. If you don't want to modify
+    the map (or have a const QMap), use the slightly faster
+    QMapIterator instead.
+
+    The QMutableMapIterator constructor takes a QMap as argument.
+    After construction, the iterator is located at the very beginning
+    of the map (before the first item). Here's how to iterate over
+    all the elements sequentially:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 32
+
+    The next() function returns the next item in the map and
+    advances the iterator. The key() and value() functions return the
+    key and value of the last item that was jumped over.
+
+    Unlike STL-style iterators, Java-style iterators point \e between
+    items rather than directly \e at items. The first call to next()
+    advances the iterator to the position between the first and
+    second item, and returns the first item; the second call to
+    next() advances the iterator to the position between the second
+    and third item; and so on.
+
+    \img javaiterators1.png
+
+    Here's how to iterate over the elements in reverse order:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 33
+
+    If you want to find all occurrences of a particular value, use
+    findNext() or findPrevious() in a loop. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 34
+
+    If you want to remove items as you iterate over the map, use
+    remove(). If you want to modify the value of an item, use
+    setValue().
+
+    Example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 35
+
+    The example removes all (key, value) pairs where the key and the
+    value are the same.
+
+    Only one mutable iterator can be active on a given map at any
+    time. Furthermore, no changes should be done directly to the map
+    while the iterator is active (as opposed to through the
+    iterator), since this could invalidate the iterator and lead to
+    undefined behavior.
+
+    \sa QMapIterator, QMap::iterator
+*/
+
+/*! 
+    \class QMutableHashIterator
+    \inmodule QtCore
+
+    \brief The QMutableHashIterator class provides a Java-style non-const iterator for QHash and QMultiHash.
+
+    QHash has both \l{Java-style iterators} and \l{STL-style
+    iterators}. The Java-style iterators are more high-level and
+    easier to use than the STL-style iterators; on the other hand,
+    they are slightly less efficient.
+
+    QMutableHashIterator\<Key, T\> allows you to iterate over a QHash
+    (or a QMultiHash) and modify the hash. If you don't want to modify
+    the hash (or have a const QHash), use the slightly faster
+    QHashIterator instead.
+
+    The QMutableHashIterator constructor takes a QHash as argument.
+    After construction, the iterator is located at the very beginning
+    of the hash (before the first item). Here's how to iterate over
+    all the elements sequentially:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 36
+
+    The next() function returns the next item in the hash and
+    advances the iterator. The key() and value() functions return the
+    key and value of the last item that was jumped over.
+
+    Unlike STL-style iterators, Java-style iterators point \e between
+    items rather than directly \e at items. The first call to next()
+    advances the iterator to the position between the first and
+    second item, and returns the first item; the second call to
+    next() advances the iterator to the position between the second
+    and third item; and so on.
+
+    \img javaiterators1.png
+
+    Here's how to iterate over the elements in reverse order:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 37
+
+    If you want to find all occurrences of a particular value, use
+    findNext() or findPrevious() in a loop. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 38
+
+    If you want to remove items as you iterate over the hash, use
+    remove(). If you want to modify the value of an item, use
+    setValue().
+
+    Example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qiterator.qdoc 39
+
+    The example removes all (key, value) pairs where the key and the
+    value are the same.
+
+    Only one mutable iterator can be active on a given hash at any
+    time. Furthermore, no changes should be done directly to the hash
+    while the iterator is active (as opposed to through the
+    iterator), since this could invalidate the iterator and lead to
+    undefined behavior.
+
+    \sa QHashIterator, QHash::iterator
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QMapIterator::QMapIterator(const QMap<Key, T> &map)
+    \fn QMutableMapIterator::QMutableMapIterator(QMap<Key, T> &map)
+
+    Constructs an iterator for traversing \a map. The iterator is set
+    to be at the front of the map (before the first item).
+
+    \sa operator=()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QHashIterator::QHashIterator(const QHash<Key, T> &hash)
+    \fn QMutableHashIterator::QMutableHashIterator(QHash<Key, T> &hash)
+
+    Constructs an iterator for traversing \a hash. The iterator is
+    set to be at the front of the hash (before the first item).
+
+    \sa operator=()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QMutableMapIterator::~QMutableMapIterator()
+    \fn QMutableHashIterator::~QMutableHashIterator()
+
+    Destroys the iterator.
+
+    \sa operator=()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QMapIterator &QMapIterator::operator=(const QMap<Key, T> &map)
+    \fn QMutableMapIterator &QMutableMapIterator::operator=(QMap<Key, T> &map)
+
+    Makes the iterator operate on \a map. The iterator is set to be
+    at the front of the map (before the first item).
+
+    \sa toFront(), toBack()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QHashIterator &QHashIterator::operator=(const QHash<Key, T> &hash)
+    \fn QMutableHashIterator &QMutableHashIterator::operator=(QHash<Key, T> &hash)
+
+    Makes the iterator operate on \a hash. The iterator is set to be
+    at the front of the hash (before the first item).
+
+    \sa toFront(), toBack()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QMapIterator::toFront()
+    \fn void QHashIterator::toFront()
+    \fn void QMutableMapIterator::toFront()
+    \fn void QMutableHashIterator::toFront()
+
+    Moves the iterator to the front of the container (before the
+    first item).
+
+    \sa toBack(), next()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QMapIterator::toBack()
+    \fn void QHashIterator::toBack()
+    \fn void QMutableMapIterator::toBack()
+    \fn void QMutableHashIterator::toBack()
+
+    Moves the iterator to the back of the container (after the last
+    item).
+
+    \sa toFront(), previous()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn bool QMapIterator::hasNext() const
+    \fn bool QHashIterator::hasNext() const
+    \fn bool QMutableMapIterator::hasNext() const
+    \fn bool QMutableHashIterator::hasNext() const
+
+    Returns true if there is at least one item ahead of the iterator,
+    i.e. the iterator is \e not at the back of the container;
+    otherwise returns false.
+
+    \sa hasPrevious(), next()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QMapIterator::Item QMapIterator::next()
+    \fn QHashIterator::Item QHashIterator::next()
+
+    Returns the next item and advances the iterator by one position.
+
+    Call key() on the return value to obtain the item's key, and
+    value() to obtain the value.
+
+    Calling this function on an iterator located at the back of the
+    container leads to undefined results.
+
+    \sa hasNext(), peekNext(), previous()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QMutableMapIterator::Item QMutableMapIterator::next()
+    \fn QMutableHashIterator::Item QMutableHashIterator::next()
+
+    Returns the next item and advances the iterator by one position.
+
+    Call key() on the return value to obtain the item's key, and
+    value() to obtain the value.
+
+    Calling this function on an iterator located at the back of the
+    container leads to undefined results.
+
+    \sa hasNext(), peekNext(), previous()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QMapIterator::Item QMapIterator::peekNext() const
+    \fn QHashIterator::Item QHashIterator::peekNext() const
+
+    Returns the next item without moving the iterator.
+
+    Call key() on the return value to obtain the item's key, and
+    value() to obtain the value.
+
+    Calling this function on an iterator located at the back of the
+    container leads to undefined results.
+
+    \sa hasNext(), next(), peekPrevious()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QMutableMapIterator::Item QMutableMapIterator::peekNext() const
+    \fn QMutableHashIterator::Item QMutableHashIterator::peekNext() const
+
+    Returns a reference to the next item without moving the iterator.
+
+    Call key() on the return value to obtain the item's key, and
+    value() to obtain the value.
+
+    Calling this function on an iterator located at the back of the
+    container leads to undefined results.
+
+    \sa hasNext(), next(), peekPrevious()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn bool QMapIterator::hasPrevious() const
+    \fn bool QHashIterator::hasPrevious() const
+    \fn bool QMutableMapIterator::hasPrevious() const
+    \fn bool QMutableHashIterator::hasPrevious() const
+
+    Returns true if there is at least one item behind the iterator,
+    i.e. the iterator is \e not at the front of the container;
+    otherwise returns false.
+
+    \sa hasNext(), previous()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QMapIterator::Item QMapIterator::previous()
+    \fn QHashIterator::Item QHashIterator::previous()
+
+    Returns the previous item and moves the iterator back by one
+    position.
+
+    Call key() on the return value to obtain the item's key, and
+    value() to obtain the value.
+
+    Calling this function on an iterator located at the front of the
+    container leads to undefined results.
+
+    \sa hasPrevious(), peekPrevious(), next()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QMutableMapIterator::Item QMutableMapIterator::previous()
+    \fn QMutableHashIterator::Item QMutableHashIterator::previous()
+
+    Returns the previous item and moves the iterator back by one
+    position.
+
+    Call key() on the return value to obtain the item's key, and
+    value() to obtain the value.
+
+    Calling this function on an iterator located at the front of the
+    container leads to undefined results.
+
+    \sa hasPrevious(), peekPrevious(), next()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QMapIterator::Item QMapIterator::peekPrevious() const
+    \fn QHashIterator::Item QHashIterator::peekPrevious() const
+
+    Returns the previous item without moving the iterator.
+
+    Call key() on the return value to obtain the item's key, and
+    value() to obtain the value.
+
+    Calling this function on an iterator located at the front of the
+    container leads to undefined results.
+
+    \sa hasPrevious(), previous(), peekNext()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QMutableMapIterator::Item QMutableMapIterator::peekPrevious() const
+    \fn QMutableHashIterator::Item QMutableHashIterator::peekPrevious() const
+
+    Returns the previous item without moving the iterator.
+
+    Call key() on the return value to obtain the item's key, and
+    value() to obtain the value.
+
+    Calling this function on an iterator located at the front of the
+    container leads to undefined results.
+
+    \sa hasPrevious(), previous(), peekNext()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn const T &QMapIterator::value() const
+    \fn const T &QHashIterator::value() const
+
+    Returns the value of the last item that was jumped over using one
+    of the traversal functions (next(), previous(), findNext(),
+    findPrevious()).
+
+    After a call to next() or findNext(), value() is
+    equivalent to peekPrevious().value(). After a call to previous()
+    or findPrevious(), value() is equivalent to peekNext().value().
+
+    \sa key()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const T &QMutableMapIterator::value() const
+    \fn const T &QMutableHashIterator::value() const
+
+    Returns the value of the last item that was jumped over using one
+    of the traversal functions (next(), previous(), findNext(),
+    findPrevious()).
+
+    After a call to next() or findNext(), value() is
+    equivalent to peekPrevious().value(). After a call to previous()
+    or findPrevious(), value() is equivalent to peekNext().value().
+
+    \sa key(), setValue()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn T &QMutableMapIterator::value()
+    \fn T &QMutableHashIterator::value()
+    \overload
+
+    Returns a non-const reference to the value of
+    the last item that was jumped over using one
+    of the traversal functions.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn const Key &QMapIterator::key() const
+    \fn const Key &QHashIterator::key() const
+    \fn const Key &QMutableMapIterator::key() const
+    \fn const Key &QMutableHashIterator::key() const
+
+    Returns the key of the last item that was jumped over using one
+    of the traversal functions (next(), previous(), findNext(),
+    findPrevious()).
+
+    After a call to next() or findNext(), key() is
+    equivalent to peekPrevious().key(). After a call to previous() or
+    findPrevious(), key() is equivalent to peekNext().key().
+
+    \sa value()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn bool QMapIterator::findNext(const T &value)
+    \fn bool QHashIterator::findNext(const T &value)
+    \fn bool QMutableMapIterator::findNext(const T &value)
+    \fn bool QMutableHashIterator::findNext(const T &value)
+
+    Searches for \a value starting from the current iterator position
+    forward. Returns true if a (key, value) pair with value \a value
+    is found; otherwise returns false.
+
+    After the call, if \a value was found, the iterator is positioned
+    just after the matching item; otherwise, the iterator is
+    positioned at the back of the container.
+
+    \sa findPrevious()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn bool QMapIterator::findPrevious(const T &value)
+    \fn bool QHashIterator::findPrevious(const T &value)
+    \fn bool QMutableMapIterator::findPrevious(const T &value)
+    \fn bool QMutableHashIterator::findPrevious(const T &value)
+
+    Searches for \a value starting from the current iterator position
+    backward. Returns true if a (key, value) pair with value \a value
+    is found; otherwise returns false.
+
+    After the call, if \a value was found, the iterator is positioned
+    just before the matching item; otherwise, the iterator is
+    positioned at the front of the container.
+
+    \sa findNext()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QMutableMapIterator::remove()
+    \fn void QMutableHashIterator::remove()
+
+    Removes the last item that was jumped over using one of the
+    traversal functions (next(), previous(), findNext(), findPrevious()).
+
+    \sa setValue()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QMutableMapIterator::setValue(const T &value)
+    \fn void QMutableHashIterator::setValue(const T &value)
+
+    Replaces the value of the last item that was jumped over using
+    one of the traversal functions with \a value.
+
+    The traversal functions are next(), previous(), findNext(), and
+    findPrevious().
+
+    \sa key(), value(), remove()
+*/
diff --git a/src/corelib/tools/qline.cpp b/src/corelib/tools/qline.cpp
index e6ad9d1..02c1128 100644
--- a/src/corelib/tools/qline.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/tools/qline.cpp
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
 /*!
     \class QLine
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
 
     \brief The QLine class provides a two-dimensional vector using
     integer precision.
@@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ QDataStream &operator>>(QDataStream &stream, QLine &line)
 
 /*!
     \class QLineF
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
 
     \brief The QLineF class provides a two-dimensional vector using
     floating point precision.
diff --git a/src/corelib/tools/qlinkedlist.cpp b/src/corelib/tools/qlinkedlist.cpp
index e5c0145..39758ed 100644
--- a/src/corelib/tools/qlinkedlist.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/tools/qlinkedlist.cpp
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ QLinkedListData QLinkedListData::shared_null = {
 
     \ingroup tools
     \ingroup shared
-    \mainclass
+
     \reentrant
 
     QLinkedList\<T\> is one of Qt's generic \l{container classes}. It
diff --git a/src/corelib/tools/qlistdata.cpp b/src/corelib/tools/qlistdata.cpp
index 4885b43..0993681 100644
--- a/src/corelib/tools/qlistdata.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/tools/qlistdata.cpp
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ void **QListData::erase(void **xi)
 
     \ingroup tools
     \ingroup shared
-    \mainclass
+
     \reentrant
 
     QList\<T\> is one of Qt's generic \l{container classes}. It
diff --git a/src/corelib/tools/qlocale.cpp b/src/corelib/tools/qlocale.cpp
index 6913141..c767c7e 100644
--- a/src/corelib/tools/qlocale.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/tools/qlocale.cpp
@@ -1472,9 +1472,9 @@ QDataStream &operator>>(QDataStream &ds, QLocale &l)
 
     \reentrant
     \ingroup i18n
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup string-processing
     \ingroup shared
-    \mainclass
+
 
     QLocale is initialized with a language/country pair in its
     constructor and offers number-to-string and string-to-number
diff --git a/src/corelib/tools/qmap.cpp b/src/corelib/tools/qmap.cpp
index f212f62..6b27e97 100644
--- a/src/corelib/tools/qmap.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/tools/qmap.cpp
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ void QMapData::dump()
 
     \ingroup tools
     \ingroup shared
-    \mainclass
+
     \reentrant
 
     QMap\<Key, T\> is one of Qt's generic \l{container classes}. It
@@ -1317,7 +1317,7 @@ void QMapData::dump()
 
     \ingroup tools
     \ingroup shared
-    \mainclass
+
     \reentrant
 
     QMultiMap\<Key, T\> is one of Qt's generic \l{container classes}.
diff --git a/src/corelib/tools/qpair.qdoc b/src/corelib/tools/qpair.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9c8ac89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/tools/qpair.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,229 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \class QPair
+    \brief The QPair class is a template class that stores a pair of items.
+
+    \ingroup tools
+    
+    QPair\<T1, T2\> can be used in your application if the STL \c
+    pair type is not available. It stores one value of type T1 and
+    one value of type T2. It can be used as a return value for a
+    function that needs to return two values, or as the value type of
+    a \l{generic container}.
+
+    Here's an example of a QPair that stores one QString and one \c
+    double value:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qpair.qdoc 0
+
+    The components are accessible as public data members called \l
+    first and \l second. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qpair.qdoc 1
+
+    QPair's template data types (T1 and T2) must be \l{assignable
+    data types}. You cannot, for example, store a QWidget as a value;
+    instead, store a QWidget *. A few functions have additional
+    requirements; these requirements are documented on a per-function
+    basis.
+
+    \sa {Generic Containers}
+*/
+
+/*! \typedef QPair::first_type
+
+    The type of the first element in the pair (T1).
+
+    \sa first
+*/
+
+/*! \typedef QPair::second_type
+
+    The type of the second element in the pair (T2).
+
+    \sa second
+*/
+
+/*! \variable QPair::first
+
+    The first element in the pair.
+*/
+
+/*! \variable QPair::second
+
+    The second element in the pair.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QPair::QPair()
+
+    Constructs an empty pair. The \c first and \c second elements are
+    initialized with \l{default-constructed values}.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPair::QPair(const T1 &value1, const T2 &value2)
+
+    Constructs a pair and initializes the \c first element with \a
+    value1 and the \c second element with \a value2.
+
+    \sa qMakePair()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPair<T1, T2> &QPair::operator=(const QPair<T1, T2> &other)
+
+    Assigns \a other to this pair.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn bool operator==(const QPair<T1, T2> &p1, const QPair<T1, T2> &p2)
+
+    \relates QPair
+
+    Returns true if \a p1 is equal to \a p2; otherwise returns false.
+    Two pairs compare equal if their \c first data members compare
+    equal and if their \c second data members compare equal.
+
+    This function requires the T1 and T2 types to have an
+    implementation of \c operator==().
+*/
+
+/*! \fn bool operator!=(const QPair<T1, T2> &p1, const QPair<T1, T2> &p2)
+
+    \relates QPair
+
+    Returns true if \a p1 is not equal to \a p2; otherwise returns
+    false. Two pairs compare as not equal if their \c first data
+    members are not equal or if their \c second data members are not
+    equal.
+
+    This function requires the T1 and T2 types to have an
+    implementation of \c operator==().
+*/
+
+/*! \fn bool operator<(const QPair<T1, T2> &p1, const QPair<T1, T2> &p2)
+
+    \relates QPair
+
+    Returns true if \a p1 is less than \a p2; otherwise returns
+    false. The comparison is done on the \c first members of \a p1
+    and \a p2; if they compare equal, the \c second members are
+    compared to break the tie.
+
+    This function requires the T1 and T2 types to have an
+    implementation of \c operator<().
+*/
+
+/*! \fn bool operator>(const QPair<T1, T2> &p1, const QPair<T1, T2> &p2)
+
+    \relates QPair
+
+    Returns true if \a p1 is greater than \a p2; otherwise returns
+    false. The comparison is done on the \c first members of \a p1
+    and \a p2; if they compare equal, the \c second members are
+    compared to break the tie.
+
+    This function requires the T1 and T2 types to have an
+    implementation of \c operator<().
+*/
+
+/*! \fn bool operator<=(const QPair<T1, T2> &p1, const QPair<T1, T2> &p2)
+
+    \relates QPair
+
+    Returns true if \a p1 is less than or equal to \a p2; otherwise
+    returns false. The comparison is done on the \c first members of
+    \a p1 and \a p2; if they compare equal, the \c second members are
+    compared to break the tie.
+
+    This function requires the T1 and T2 types to have an
+    implementation of \c operator<().
+*/
+
+/*! \fn bool operator>=(const QPair<T1, T2> &p1, const QPair<T1, T2> &p2)
+
+    \relates QPair
+
+    Returns true if \a p1 is greater than or equal to \a p2;
+    otherwise returns false. The comparison is done on the \c first
+    members of \a p1 and \a p2; if they compare equal, the \c second
+    members are compared to break the tie.
+
+    This function requires the T1 and T2 types to have an
+    implementation of \c operator<().
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPair<T1, T2> qMakePair(const T1 &value1, const T2 &value2)
+
+    \relates QPair
+
+    Returns a QPair\<T1, T2\> that contains \a value1 and \a value2.
+    Example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qpair.qdoc 2
+
+    This is equivalent to QPair<T1, T2>(\a value1, \a value2), but
+    usually requires less typing.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QDataStream &operator>>(QDataStream &in, QPair<T1, T2> &pair)
+
+    \relates QPair
+
+    Reads a pair from stream \a in into \a pair.
+
+    This function requires the T1 and T2 types to implement \c operator>>().
+
+    \sa {Format of the QDataStream operators}
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QDataStream &operator<<(QDataStream &out, const QPair<T1, T2> &pair)
+
+    \relates QPair
+
+    Writes the pair \a pair to stream \a out.
+
+    This function requires the T1 and T2 types to implement \c operator<<().
+
+    \sa {Format of the QDataStream operators}
+*/
diff --git a/src/corelib/tools/qpoint.cpp b/src/corelib/tools/qpoint.cpp
index cba7fef..7c05eaa 100644
--- a/src/corelib/tools/qpoint.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/tools/qpoint.cpp
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
 /*!
     \class QPoint
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
 
     \brief The QPoint class defines a point in the plane using integer
     precision.
@@ -380,7 +380,7 @@ QDebug operator<<(QDebug d, const QPointF &p)
 
 /*!
     \class QPointF
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
 
     \brief The QPointF class defines a point in the plane using
     floating point precision.
diff --git a/src/corelib/tools/qqueue.cpp b/src/corelib/tools/qqueue.cpp
index 108f103..1c1e6d2 100644
--- a/src/corelib/tools/qqueue.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/tools/qqueue.cpp
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
 
     \ingroup tools
     \ingroup shared
-    \mainclass
+
     \reentrant
 
     QQueue\<T\> is one of Qt's generic \l{container classes}. It
diff --git a/src/corelib/tools/qrect.cpp b/src/corelib/tools/qrect.cpp
index eb493f0..bdd09a2 100644
--- a/src/corelib/tools/qrect.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/tools/qrect.cpp
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
 /*!
     \class QRect
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
 
     \brief The QRect class defines a rectangle in the plane using
     integer precision.
@@ -1324,7 +1324,7 @@ QDebug operator<<(QDebug dbg, const QRect &r) {
 
 /*!
     \class QRectF
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
 
     \brief The QRectF class defines a rectangle in the plane using floating
     point precision.
diff --git a/src/corelib/tools/qregexp.cpp b/src/corelib/tools/qregexp.cpp
index 8c3662a..bebf141 100644
--- a/src/corelib/tools/qregexp.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/tools/qregexp.cpp
@@ -83,9 +83,8 @@ int qFindString(const QChar *haystack, int haystackLen, int from,
     \brief The QRegExp class provides pattern matching using regular expressions.
 
     \ingroup tools
-    \ingroup misc
     \ingroup shared
-    \mainclass
+
     \keyword regular expression
 
     A regular expression, or "regexp", is a pattern for matching
diff --git a/src/corelib/tools/qset.qdoc b/src/corelib/tools/qset.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..55baa18
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/tools/qset.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,953 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \class QSet
+    \brief The QSet class is a template class that provides a hash-table-based set.
+
+    \ingroup tools
+    \ingroup shared
+    \reentrant
+
+
+    QSet<T> is one of Qt's generic \l{container classes}. It stores
+    values in an unspecified order and provides very fast lookup of
+    the values. Internally, QSet<T> is implemented as a QHash.
+
+    Here's an example QSet with QString values:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qset.qdoc 0
+
+    To insert a value into the set, use insert():
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qset.qdoc 1
+
+    Another way to insert items into the set is to use operator<<():
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qset.qdoc 2
+
+    To test whether an item belongs to the set or not, use contains():
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qset.qdoc 3
+
+    If you want to navigate through all the values stored in a QSet,
+    you can use an iterator. QSet supports both \l{Java-style
+    iterators} (QSetIterator and QMutableSetIterator) and \l{STL-style
+    iterators} (QSet::iterator and QSet::const_iterator). Here's how
+    to iterate over a QSet<QWidget *> using a Java-style iterator:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qset.qdoc 4
+
+    Here's the same code, but using an STL-style iterator:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qset.qdoc 5
+
+    QSet is unordered, so an iterator's sequence cannot be assumed to
+    be predictable. If ordering by key is required, use a QMap.
+
+    To navigate through a QSet, you can also use \l{foreach}:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qset.qdoc 6
+
+    Items can be removed from the set using remove(). There is also a
+    clear() function that removes all items.
+
+    QSet's value data type must be an \l{assignable data type}. You
+    cannot, for example, store a QWidget as a value; instead, store a
+    QWidget *. In addition, the type must provide \c operator==(), and
+    there must also be a global qHash() function that returns a hash
+    value for an argument of the key's type. See the QHash
+    documentation for a list of types supported by qHash().
+
+    Internally, QSet uses a hash table to perform lookups. The hash
+    table automatically grows and shrinks to provide fast lookups
+    without wasting memory. You can still control the size of the hash
+    table by calling reserve(), if you already know approximately how
+    many elements the QSet will contain, but this isn't necessary to
+    obtain good performance. You can also call capacity() to retrieve
+    the hash table's size.
+
+    \sa QSetIterator, QMutableSetIterator, QHash, QMap
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSet::QSet()
+
+    Constructs an empty set.
+
+    \sa clear()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSet::QSet(const QSet<T> &other)
+
+    Constructs a copy of \a other.
+
+    This operation occurs in \l{constant time}, because QSet is
+    \l{implicitly shared}. This makes returning a QSet from a
+    function very fast. If a shared instance is modified, it will be
+    copied (copy-on-write), and this takes \l{linear time}.
+
+    \sa operator=()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSet<T> &QSet::operator=(const QSet<T> &other)
+
+    Assigns the \a other set to this set and returns a reference to
+    this set.  
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QSet::operator==(const QSet<T> &other) const
+
+    Returns true if the \a other set is equal to this set; otherwise
+    returns false.
+
+    Two sets are considered equal if they contain the same elements.
+
+    This function requires the value type to implement \c operator==().
+
+    \sa operator!=()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QSet::operator!=(const QSet<T> &other) const
+
+    Returns true if the \a other set is not equal to this set; otherwise
+    returns false.
+
+    Two sets are considered equal if they contain the same elements.
+
+    This function requires the value type to implement \c operator==().
+
+    \sa operator==()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QSet::size() const
+
+    Returns the number of items in the set.
+
+    \sa isEmpty(), count()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QSet::isEmpty() const
+
+    Returns true if the set contains no elements; otherwise returns
+    false.
+
+    \sa size()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QSet::capacity() const
+
+    Returns the number of buckets in the set's internal hash
+    table.
+
+    The sole purpose of this function is to provide a means of fine
+    tuning QSet's memory usage. In general, you will rarely ever need
+    to call this function. If you want to know how many items are in
+    the set, call size().
+
+    \sa reserve(), squeeze()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QSet::reserve(int size)
+
+    Ensures that the set's internal hash table consists of at
+    least \a size buckets.
+
+    This function is useful for code that needs to build a huge set
+    and wants to avoid repeated reallocation. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qset.qdoc 7
+
+    Ideally, \a size should be slightly more than the maximum number
+    of elements expected in the set. \a size doesn't have to be prime,
+    because QSet will use a prime number internally anyway. If \a size
+    is an underestimate, the worst that will happen is that the QSet
+    will be a bit slower.
+
+    In general, you will rarely ever need to call this function.
+    QSet's internal hash table automatically shrinks or grows to
+    provide good performance without wasting too much memory.
+
+    \sa squeeze(), capacity()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QSet::squeeze()
+
+    Reduces the size of the set's internal hash table to save
+    memory.
+
+    The sole purpose of this function is to provide a means of fine
+    tuning QSet's memory usage. In general, you will rarely ever
+    need to call this function.
+
+    \sa reserve(), capacity()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QSet::detach()
+
+    \internal
+
+    Detaches this set from any other sets with which it may share
+    data.
+
+    \sa isDetached()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn bool QSet::isDetached() const
+
+    \internal
+
+    Returns true if the set's internal data isn't shared with any
+    other set object; otherwise returns false.
+
+    \sa detach()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QSet::setSharable(bool sharable)
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QSet::clear()
+
+    Removes all elements from the set.
+
+    \sa remove()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QSet::remove(const T &value)
+
+    Removes any occurrence of item \a value from the set. Returns
+    true if an item was actually removed; otherwise returns false.
+
+    \sa contains(), insert()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSet::iterator QSet::erase(iterator pos)
+    \since 4.2
+
+    Removes the item at the iterator position \a pos from the set, and
+    returns an iterator positioned at the next item in the set.
+
+    Unlike remove(), this function never causes QSet to rehash its
+    internal data structure. This means that it can safely be called
+    while iterating, and won't affect the order of items in the set.
+
+    \sa remove(), find()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QSet::const_iterator QSet::find(const T &value) const
+    \since 4.2
+
+    Returns a const iterator positioned at the item \a value in the
+    set. If the set contains no item \a value, the function returns
+    constEnd().
+
+    \sa constFind(), contains()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QSet::iterator QSet::find(const T &value)
+    \since 4.2
+    \overload
+
+    Returns a non-const iterator positioned at the item \a value in
+    the set. If the set contains no item \a value, the function
+    returns end(). 
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QSet::const_iterator QSet::constFind(const T &value) const
+    \since 4.2
+
+    Returns a const iterator positioned at the item \a value in the
+    set. If the set contains no item \a value, the function returns
+    constEnd().
+
+    \sa find(), contains()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QSet::contains(const T &value) const
+
+    Returns true if the set contains item \a value; otherwise returns
+    false.
+
+    \sa insert(), remove(), find()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QSet::contains(const QSet<T> &other) const
+    \since 4.6
+
+    Returns true if the set contains all items from the \a other set;
+    otherwise returns false.
+
+    \sa insert(), remove(), find()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QSet::const_iterator QSet::begin() const
+
+    Returns a const \l{STL-style iterator} positioned at the first
+    item in the set.
+
+    \sa constBegin(), end()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QSet::iterator QSet::begin()
+    \since 4.2
+    \overload
+
+    Returns a non-const \l{STL-style iterator} positioned at the first
+    item in the set.  
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QSet::const_iterator QSet::constBegin() const
+
+    Returns a const \l{STL-style iterator} positioned at the first
+    item in the set.
+
+    \sa begin(), constEnd()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QSet::const_iterator QSet::end() const
+
+    Returns a const \l{STL-style iterator} positioned at the imaginary
+    item after the last item in the set.
+
+    \sa constEnd(), begin()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QSet::iterator QSet::end()
+    \since 4.2
+    \overload
+
+    Returns a non-const \l{STL-style iterator} pointing to the
+    imaginary item after the last item in the set.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QSet::const_iterator QSet::constEnd() const
+
+    Returns a const \l{STL-style iterator} pointing to the imaginary
+    item after the last item in the set.
+
+    \sa constBegin(), end()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \typedef QSet::Iterator
+    \since 4.2
+
+    Qt-style synonym for QSet::iterator.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \typedef QSet::ConstIterator
+
+    Qt-style synonym for QSet::const_iterator.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \typedef QSet::const_pointer
+
+    Typedef for const T *. Provided for STL compatibility.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \typedef QSet::const_reference
+
+    Typedef for const T &. Provided for STL compatibility.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \typedef QSet::difference_type
+
+    Typedef for const ptrdiff_t. Provided for STL compatibility.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \typedef QSet::key_type
+
+    Typedef for T. Provided for STL compatibility.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \typedef QSet::pointer
+
+    Typedef for T *. Provided for STL compatibility.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \typedef QSet::reference
+
+    Typedef for T &. Provided for STL compatibility.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \typedef QSet::size_type
+
+    Typedef for int. Provided for STL compatibility.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \typedef QSet::value_type
+
+    Typedef for T. Provided for STL compatibility.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSet::const_iterator QSet::insert(const T &value)
+
+    Inserts item \a value into the set, if \a value isn't already
+    in the set, and returns an iterator pointing at the inserted
+    item.
+
+    \sa operator<<(), remove(), contains()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSet<T> &QSet::unite(const QSet<T> &other)
+
+    Each item in the \a other set that isn't already in this set is
+    inserted into this set. A reference to this set is returned.
+
+    \sa operator|=(), intersect(), subtract()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSet<T> &QSet::intersect(const QSet<T> &other)
+
+    Removes all items from this set that are not contained in the
+    \a other set. A reference to this set is returned.
+
+    \sa operator&=(), unite(), subtract()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSet<T> &QSet::subtract(const QSet<T> &other)
+
+    Removes all items from  this set that are contained in the 
+    \a other set. Returns a reference to this set.
+
+    \sa operator-=(), unite(), intersect()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QSet::empty() const
+
+    Returns true if the set is empty. This function is provided
+    for STL compatibility. It is equivalent to isEmpty().  
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QSet::count() const
+
+    Same as size().
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSet<T> &QSet::operator<<(const T &value)
+    \fn QSet<T> &QSet::operator+=(const T &value)
+    \fn QSet<T> &QSet::operator|=(const T &value)
+
+    Inserts a new item \a value and returns a reference to the set.
+    If \a value already exists in the set, the set is left unchanged.
+
+    \sa insert()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSet<T> &QSet::operator-=(const T &value)
+
+    Removes the occurrence of item \a value from the set, if 
+    it is found, and returns a reference to the set. If the
+    \a value is not contained the set, nothing is removed.
+
+    \sa remove()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSet<T> &QSet::operator|=(const QSet<T> &other)
+    \fn QSet<T> &QSet::operator+=(const QSet<T> &other)
+
+    Same as unite(\a other).
+
+    \sa operator|(), operator&=(), operator-=()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSet<T> &QSet::operator&=(const QSet<T> &other)
+
+    Same as intersect(\a other).
+
+    \sa operator&(), operator|=(), operator-=()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSet<T> &QSet::operator&=(const T &value)
+
+    \overload
+
+    Same as intersect(\e{other}), if we consider \e{other} to be a set
+    that contains the singleton \a value.  
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSet<T> &QSet::operator-=(const QSet<T> &other)
+
+    Same as subtract(\a{other}).
+
+    \sa operator-(), operator|=(), operator&=()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSet<T> QSet::operator|(const QSet<T> &other) const
+    \fn QSet<T> QSet::operator+(const QSet<T> &other) const
+
+    Returns a new QSet that is the union of this set and the 
+    \a other set.
+
+    \sa unite(), operator|=(), operator&(), operator-()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSet<T> QSet::operator&(const QSet<T> &other) const
+
+    Returns a new QSet that is the intersection of this set and the
+    \a other set.
+
+    \sa intersect(), operator&=(), operator|(), operator-()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSet<T> QSet::operator-(const QSet<T> &other) const
+
+    Returns a new QSet that is the set difference of this set and
+    the \a other set, i.e., this set - \a other set.
+
+    \sa subtract(), operator-=(), operator|(), operator&()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSet<T> QSet::operator-(const QSet<T> &other)
+    \fn QSet<T> QSet::operator|(const QSet<T> &other)
+    \fn QSet<T> QSet::operator+(const QSet<T> &other)
+    \fn QSet<T> QSet::operator&(const QSet<T> &other)
+    \internal
+
+    These will go away in Qt 5.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \class QSet::iterator
+    \since 4.2
+    \brief The QSet::iterator class provides an STL-style non-const iterator for QSet.
+
+    QSet features both \l{STL-style iterators} and
+    \l{Java-style iterators}. The STL-style iterators are more
+    low-level and more cumbersome to use; on the other hand, they are
+    slightly faster and, for developers who already know STL, have
+    the advantage of familiarity.
+
+    QSet<T>::iterator allows you to iterate over a QSet and to remove
+    items (using QSet::erase()) while you iterate. (QSet doesn't let
+    you \e modify a value through an iterator, because that
+    would potentially require moving the value in the internal hash
+    table used by QSet.) If you want to iterate over a const QSet,
+    you should use QSet::const_iterator. It is generally good
+    practice to use QSet::const_iterator on a non-const QSet as well,
+    unless you need to change the QSet through the iterator. Const
+    iterators are slightly faster, and can improve code readability.
+
+    QSet\<T\>::iterator allows you to iterate over a QSet\<T\> and
+    modify it as you go (using QSet::erase()). However, 
+
+    The default QSet::iterator constructor creates an uninitialized
+    iterator. You must initialize it using a function like
+    QSet::begin(), QSet::end(), or QSet::insert() before you can
+    start iterating. Here's a typical loop that prints all the items
+    stored in a set:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qset.qdoc 8
+
+    Here's a loop that removes certain items (all those that start
+    with 'J') from a set while iterating:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qset.qdoc 9
+
+    STL-style iterators can be used as arguments to \l{generic
+    algorithms}. For example, here's how to find an item in the set
+    using the qFind() algorithm:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qset.qdoc 10
+
+    Multiple iterators can be used on the same set. However, you may
+    not attempt to modify the container while iterating on it.
+
+    \sa QSet::const_iterator, QMutableSetIterator
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \class QSet::const_iterator
+    \brief The QSet::const_iterator class provides an STL-style const iterator for QSet.
+    \since 4.2
+
+    QSet features both \l{STL-style iterators} and
+    \l{Java-style iterators}. The STL-style iterators are more
+    low-level and more cumbersome to use; on the other hand, they are
+    slightly faster and, for developers who already know STL, have
+    the advantage of familiarity.
+
+    QSet\<Key, T\>::const_iterator allows you to iterate over a QSet.
+    If you want to modify the QSet as you iterate over it, you must
+    use QSet::iterator instead. It is generally good practice to use
+    QSet::const_iterator on a non-const QSet as well, unless you need
+    to change the QSet through the iterator. Const iterators are
+    slightly faster, and can improve code readability.
+
+    The default QSet::const_iterator constructor creates an
+    uninitialized iterator. You must initialize it using a function
+    like QSet::begin(), QSet::end(), or QSet::insert() before you can
+    start iterating. Here's a typical loop that prints all the items
+    stored in a set:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qset.qdoc 11
+
+    STL-style iterators can be used as arguments to \l{generic
+    algorithms}. For example, here's how to find an item in the set
+    using the qFind() algorithm:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qset.qdoc 12
+
+    Multiple iterators can be used on the same set. However, you may
+    not attempt to modify the container while iterating on it.
+
+    \sa QSet::iterator, QSetIterator
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSet::iterator::iterator()
+    \fn QSet::const_iterator::const_iterator()
+
+    Constructs an uninitialized iterator.
+
+    Functions like operator*() and operator++() should not be called
+    on an uninitialized iterator. Use operator=() to assign a value
+    to it before using it.
+
+    \sa QSet::begin(), QSet::end()
+*/
+
+/*! 
+    \fn QSet::iterator::iterator(typename Hash::iterator i)
+    \fn QSet::const_iterator::const_iterator(typename Hash::const_iterator i)
+
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \typedef QSet::iterator::iterator_category
+  \typedef QSet::const_iterator::iterator_category
+
+  Synonyms for \e {std::bidirectional_iterator_tag} indicating
+  these iterators are bidirectional iterators.
+ */
+
+/*!
+    \typedef QSet::iterator::difference_type
+    \typedef QSet::const_iterator::difference_type
+
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \typedef QSet::iterator::value_type
+    \typedef QSet::const_iterator::value_type
+
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \typedef QSet::iterator::pointer
+    \typedef QSet::const_iterator::pointer
+
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \typedef QSet::iterator::reference
+    \typedef QSet::const_iterator::reference
+
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSet::iterator::iterator(const iterator &other)
+    \fn QSet::const_iterator::const_iterator(const const_iterator &other)
+
+    Constructs a copy of \a other.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSet::const_iterator::const_iterator(const iterator &other)
+    \since 4.2
+    \overload
+
+    Constructs a copy of \a other.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSet::iterator &QSet::iterator::operator=(const iterator &other)
+    \fn QSet::const_iterator &QSet::const_iterator::operator=(const const_iterator &other)
+
+    Assigns \a other to this iterator.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const T &QSet::iterator::operator*() const
+    \fn const T &QSet::const_iterator::operator*() const
+
+    Returns a reference to the current item.
+
+    \sa operator->()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const T *QSet::iterator::operator->() const
+    \fn const T *QSet::const_iterator::operator->() const
+
+    Returns a pointer to the current item.
+
+    \sa operator*()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QSet::iterator::operator==(const iterator &other) const
+    \fn bool QSet::const_iterator::operator==(const const_iterator &other) const
+
+    Returns true if \a other points to the same item as this
+    iterator; otherwise returns false.
+
+    \sa operator!=()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QSet::iterator::operator==(const const_iterator &other) const
+    \fn bool QSet::iterator::operator!=(const const_iterator &other) const
+
+    \overload
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QSet::iterator::operator!=(const iterator &other) const
+    \fn bool QSet::const_iterator::operator!=(const const_iterator &other) const
+
+    Returns true if \a other points to a different item than this
+    iterator; otherwise returns false.
+
+    \sa operator==()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSet::iterator &QSet::iterator::operator++()
+    \fn QSet::const_iterator &QSet::const_iterator::operator++()
+
+    The prefix ++ operator (\c{++it}) advances the iterator to the
+    next item in the set and returns an iterator to the new current
+    item.
+
+    Calling this function on QSet::constEnd() leads to
+    undefined results.
+
+    \sa operator--()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSet::iterator QSet::iterator::operator++(int)
+    \fn QSet::const_iterator QSet::const_iterator::operator++(int)
+
+    \overload
+
+    The postfix ++ operator (\c{it++}) advances the iterator to the
+    next item in the set and returns an iterator to the previously
+    current item.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSet::iterator &QSet::iterator::operator--()
+    \fn QSet::const_iterator &QSet::const_iterator::operator--()
+
+    The prefix -- operator (\c{--it}) makes the preceding item
+    current and returns an iterator to the new current item.
+
+    Calling this function on QSet::begin() leads to undefined
+    results.
+
+    \sa operator++()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSet::iterator QSet::iterator::operator--(int)
+    \fn QSet::const_iterator QSet::const_iterator::operator--(int)
+
+    \overload
+
+    The postfix -- operator (\c{it--}) makes the preceding item
+    current and returns an iterator to the previously current item.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSet::iterator QSet::iterator::operator+(int j) const
+    \fn QSet::const_iterator QSet::const_iterator::operator+(int j) const
+
+    Returns an iterator to the item at \a j positions forward from
+    this iterator. (If \a j is negative, the iterator goes backward.)
+
+    This operation can be slow for large \a j values.
+
+    \sa operator-()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSet::iterator QSet::iterator::operator-(int j) const
+    \fn QSet::const_iterator QSet::const_iterator::operator-(int j) const
+
+    Returns an iterator to the item at \a j positions backward from
+    this iterator. (If \a j is negative, the iterator goes forward.)
+
+    This operation can be slow for large \a j values.
+
+    \sa operator+()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSet::iterator &QSet::iterator::operator+=(int j)
+    \fn QSet::const_iterator &QSet::const_iterator::operator+=(int j)
+
+    Advances the iterator by \a j items. (If \a j is negative, the
+    iterator goes backward.)
+
+    This operation can be slow for large \a j values.
+
+    \sa operator-=(), operator+()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSet::iterator &QSet::iterator::operator-=(int j)
+    \fn QSet::const_iterator &QSet::const_iterator::operator-=(int j)
+
+    Makes the iterator go back by \a j items. (If \a j is negative,
+    the iterator goes forward.)
+
+    This operation can be slow for large \a j values.
+
+    \sa operator+=(), operator-()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QList<T> QSet<T>::toList() const
+
+    Returns a new QList containing the elements in the set. The
+    order of the elements in the QList is undefined.
+
+    Example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qset.qdoc 13
+
+    \sa fromList(), QList::fromSet(), qSort()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QList<T> QSet<T>::values() const
+
+    Returns a new QList containing the elements in the set. The
+    order of the elements in the QList is undefined.
+
+    This is the same as toList().
+
+    \sa fromList(), QList::fromSet(), qSort()
+*/
+
+
+/*! \fn QSet<T> QSet<T>::fromList(const QList<T> &list)
+
+    Returns a new QSet object containing the data contained in \a
+    list. Since QSet doesn't allow duplicates, the resulting QSet
+    might be smaller than the \a list, because QList can contain
+    duplicates.
+
+    Example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qset.qdoc 14
+
+    \sa toList(), QList::toSet()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QDataStream &operator<<(QDataStream &out, const QSet<T> &set)
+    \relates QSet
+
+    Writes the \a set to stream \a out.
+
+    This function requires the value type to implement \c operator<<().
+
+    \sa \link datastreamformat.html Format of the QDataStream operators \endlink
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QDataStream &operator>>(QDataStream &in, QSet<T> &set)
+    \relates QSet
+
+    Reads a set from stream \a in into \a set.
+
+    This function requires the value type to implement \c operator>>().
+
+    \sa \link datastreamformat.html Format of the QDataStream operators \endlink
+*/
diff --git a/src/corelib/tools/qshareddata.cpp b/src/corelib/tools/qshareddata.cpp
index 9f49898..70290d8 100644
--- a/src/corelib/tools/qshareddata.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/tools/qshareddata.cpp
@@ -44,245 +44,242 @@
 QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
 /*! 
-  \class QSharedData
-  \brief The QSharedData class is a base class for shared data objects.
-  \reentrant
-  \ingroup misc
+    \class QSharedData
+    \brief The QSharedData class is a base class for shared data objects.
+    \reentrant
 
-  QSharedData is designed to be used with QSharedDataPointer or
-  QExplicitlySharedDataPointer to implement custom \l{implicitly
-  shared} or explicitly shared classes. QSharedData provides
-  \l{thread-safe} reference counting.
+    QSharedData is designed to be used with QSharedDataPointer or
+    QExplicitlySharedDataPointer to implement custom \l{implicitly
+    shared} or explicitly shared classes. QSharedData provides
+    \l{thread-safe} reference counting.
 
- See QSharedDataPointer and QExplicitlySharedDataPointer for details.
+    See QSharedDataPointer and QExplicitlySharedDataPointer for details.
 */
 
 /*! \fn QSharedData::QSharedData()
-  Constructs a QSharedData object with a reference count of 0.
+    Constructs a QSharedData object with a reference count of 0.
 */
 
 /*! \fn QSharedData::QSharedData(const QSharedData& other)
-  Constructs a QSharedData object with reference count 0.
-  \a other is ignored.
+    Constructs a QSharedData object with reference count 0.
+    \a other is ignored.
 */
 
 /*! 
-  \class QSharedDataPointer
-  \brief The QSharedDataPointer class represents a pointer to an implicitly shared object.
-  \since 4.0
-  \reentrant
-  \ingroup misc
-  \mainclass
+    \class QSharedDataPointer
+    \brief The QSharedDataPointer class represents a pointer to an implicitly shared object.
+    \since 4.0
+    \reentrant
 
-  QSharedDataPointer\<T\> makes writing your own \l {implicitly
-  shared} classes easy. QSharedDataPointer implements \l {thread-safe}
-  reference counting, ensuring that adding QSharedDataPointers to your
-  \l {reentrant} classes won't make them non-reentrant.
+    QSharedDataPointer\<T\> makes writing your own \l {implicitly
+    shared} classes easy. QSharedDataPointer implements \l {thread-safe}
+    reference counting, ensuring that adding QSharedDataPointers to your
+    \l {reentrant} classes won't make them non-reentrant.
 
-  \l {Implicit sharing} is used by many Qt classes to combine the
-  speed and memory efficiency of pointers with the ease of use of
-  classes. See the \l{Shared Classes} page for more information.
+    \l {Implicit sharing} is used by many Qt classes to combine the
+    speed and memory efficiency of pointers with the ease of use of
+    classes. See the \l{Shared Classes} page for more information.
 
-  \target Employee example
-  Suppose you want to make an \c Employee class implicitly shared. The
-  procedure is:
+    \target Employee example
+    Suppose you want to make an \c Employee class implicitly shared. The
+    procedure is:
 
-  \list
+    \list
 
-  \o Define the class \c Employee to have a single data member of
+    \o Define the class \c Employee to have a single data member of
      type \c {QSharedDataPointer<EmployeeData>}.
 
-  \o Define the \c EmployeeData class derived from \l QSharedData to
+    \o Define the \c EmployeeData class derived from \l QSharedData to
      contain all the data members you would normally have put in the
      \c Employee class.
 
-  \endlist
-
-  To show this in practice, we review the source code for the
-  implicitly shared \c Employee class. In the header file we define the
-  two classes \c Employee and \c EmployeeData.
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/sharedemployee/employee.h 0
-
-  In class \c Employee, note the single data member, a \e {d pointer}
-  of type \c {QSharedDataPointer<EmployeeData>}. All accesses of
-  employee data must go through the \e {d pointer's} \c
-  {operator->()}.  For write accesses, \c {operator->()} will
-  automatically call detach(), which creates a copy of the shared data
-  object if the shared data object's reference count is greater than
-  1. This ensures that writes to one \c Employee object don't affect
-  any other \c Employee objects that share the same \c EmployeeData
-  object.
-
-  Class \c EmployeeData inherits QSharedData, which provides the
-  \e{behind the scenes} reference counter. \c EmployeeData has a default
-  constructor, a copy constructor, and a destructor. Normally, trivial
-  implementations of these are all that is needed in the \e {data}
-  class for an implicitly shared class.
-
-  Implementing the two constructors for class \c Employee is also
-  straightforward. Both create a new instance of \c EmployeeData
-  and assign it to the \e{d pointer} .
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/sharedemployee/employee.h 1
-  \codeline
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/sharedemployee/employee.h 2
-
-  Note that class \c Employee also has a trivial copy constructor
-  defined, which is not strictly required in this case.
-  
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/sharedemployee/employee.h 7
-
-  The copy constructor is not strictly required here, because class \c
-  EmployeeData is included in the same file as class \c Employee
-  (\c{employee.h}). However, including the private subclass of
-  QSharedData in the same file as the public class containing the
-  QSharedDataPointer is not typical. Normally, the idea is to hide the
-  private subclass of QSharedData from the user by putting it in a
-  separate file which would not be included in the public file. In
-  this case, we would normally put class \c EmployeeData in a separate
-  file, which would \e{not} be included in \c{employee.h}. Instead, we
-  would just predeclare the private subclass \c EmployeeData in \c
-  {employee.h} this way:
-
-  \code
-  class EmployeeData;
-  \endcode
-
-  If we had done it that way here, the copy constructor shown would be
-  required. Since the copy constructor is trivial, you might as well
-  just always include it.
-
-  Behind the scenes, QSharedDataPointer automatically increments the
-  reference count whenever an \c Employee object is copied, assigned,
-  or passed as a parameter. It decrements the reference count whenever
-  an \c Employee object is deleted or goes out of scope.  The shared
-  \c EmployeeData object is deleted automatically if and when the
-  reference count reaches 0.
-
-  In a non-const member function of \c Employee, whenever the \e {d
-  pointer} is dereferenced, QSharedDataPointer automatically calls
-  detach() to ensure that the function operates on its own copy of the
-  data.
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/sharedemployee/employee.h 3
-  \codeline
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/sharedemployee/employee.h 4
-
-  Note that if detach() is called more than once in a member function
-  due to multiple dereferences of the \e {d pointer}, detach() will
-  only create a copy of the shared data the first time it is called,
-  if at all, because on the second and subsequent calls of detach(),
-  the reference count will be 1 again.
-
-  But note that in the second \c Employee constructor, which takes an
-  employee ID and a name, both setId() and setName() are called, but
-  they don't cause \e{copy on write}, because the reference count for
-  the newly constructed \c EmployeeData object has just been set to 1.
-
-  In \c Employee's \e const member functions, dereferencing the \e {d
-  pointer} does \e not cause detach() to be called.
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/sharedemployee/employee.h 5
-  \codeline
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/sharedemployee/employee.h 6
-
-  Notice that there is no need to implement a copy constructor or an
-  assignment operator for the \c Employee class, because the copy
-  constructor and assignment operator provided by the C++ compiler
-  will do the \e{member by member} shallow copy required. The only
-  member to copy is the \e {d pointer}, which is a QSharedDataPointer,
-  whose \c {operator=()} just increments the reference count of the
-  shared \c EmployeeData object.
-
-  \target Implicit vs Explicit Sharing
-  \section1 Implicit vs Explicit Sharing
-
-  Implicit sharing might not be right for the \c Employee class.
-  Consider a simple example that creates two instances of the
-  implicitly shared \c Employee class.
-
-  \snippet doc/src/snippets/sharedemployee/main.cpp 0
-
-  After the second employee e2 is created and e1 is assigned to it,
-  both \c e1 and \c e2 refer to Albrecht Durer, employee 1001. Both \c
-  Employee objects point to the same instance of \c EmployeeData,
-  which has reference count 2. Then \c {e1.setName("Hans Holbein")} is
-  called to change the employee name, but because the reference count
-  is greater than 1, a \e{copy on write} is performed before the name
-  is changed. Now \c e1 and \c e2 point to different \c EmployeeData
-  objects. They have different names, but both have ID 1001, which is
-  probably not what you want. You can, of course, just continue with
-  \c {e1.setId(1002)}, if you really mean to create a second, unique
-  employee, but if you only want to change the employee's name
-  everywhere, consider using \l {QExplicitlySharedDataPointer}
-  {explicit sharing} in the \c Employee class instead of implicit
-  sharing.
-
-  If you declare the \e {d pointer} in the \c Employee class to be
-  \c {QExplicitlySharedDataPointer<EmployeeData>}, then explicit
-  sharing is used and \e{copy on write} operations are not performed
-  automatically (i.e. detach() is not called in non-const
-  functions). In that case, after \c {e1.setName("Hans Holbein")}, the
-  employee's name has been changed, but both e1 and e2 still refer to
-  the same instance of \c EmployeeData, so there is only one employee
-  with ID 1001.
-
-  In the member function documentation, \e{d pointer} always refers
-  to the internal pointer to the shared data object.
-
-  \sa QSharedData, QExplicitlySharedDataPointer
+    \endlist
+
+    To show this in practice, we review the source code for the
+    implicitly shared \c Employee class. In the header file we define the
+    two classes \c Employee and \c EmployeeData.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sharedemployee/employee.h 0
+
+    In class \c Employee, note the single data member, a \e {d pointer}
+    of type \c {QSharedDataPointer<EmployeeData>}. All accesses of
+    employee data must go through the \e {d pointer's} \c
+    {operator->()}.  For write accesses, \c {operator->()} will
+    automatically call detach(), which creates a copy of the shared data
+    object if the shared data object's reference count is greater than
+    1. This ensures that writes to one \c Employee object don't affect
+    any other \c Employee objects that share the same \c EmployeeData
+    object.
+
+    Class \c EmployeeData inherits QSharedData, which provides the
+    \e{behind the scenes} reference counter. \c EmployeeData has a default
+    constructor, a copy constructor, and a destructor. Normally, trivial
+    implementations of these are all that is needed in the \e {data}
+    class for an implicitly shared class.
+
+    Implementing the two constructors for class \c Employee is also
+    straightforward. Both create a new instance of \c EmployeeData
+    and assign it to the \e{d pointer} .
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sharedemployee/employee.h 1
+    \codeline
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sharedemployee/employee.h 2
+
+    Note that class \c Employee also has a trivial copy constructor
+    defined, which is not strictly required in this case.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sharedemployee/employee.h 7
+
+    The copy constructor is not strictly required here, because class \c
+    EmployeeData is included in the same file as class \c Employee
+    (\c{employee.h}). However, including the private subclass of
+    QSharedData in the same file as the public class containing the
+    QSharedDataPointer is not typical. Normally, the idea is to hide the
+    private subclass of QSharedData from the user by putting it in a
+    separate file which would not be included in the public file. In
+    this case, we would normally put class \c EmployeeData in a separate
+    file, which would \e{not} be included in \c{employee.h}. Instead, we
+    would just predeclare the private subclass \c EmployeeData in \c
+    {employee.h} this way:
+
+    \code
+    class EmployeeData;
+    \endcode
+
+    If we had done it that way here, the copy constructor shown would be
+    required. Since the copy constructor is trivial, you might as well
+    just always include it.
+
+    Behind the scenes, QSharedDataPointer automatically increments the
+    reference count whenever an \c Employee object is copied, assigned,
+    or passed as a parameter. It decrements the reference count whenever
+    an \c Employee object is deleted or goes out of scope.  The shared
+    \c EmployeeData object is deleted automatically if and when the
+    reference count reaches 0.
+
+    In a non-const member function of \c Employee, whenever the \e {d
+    pointer} is dereferenced, QSharedDataPointer automatically calls
+    detach() to ensure that the function operates on its own copy of the
+    data.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sharedemployee/employee.h 3
+    \codeline
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sharedemployee/employee.h 4
+
+    Note that if detach() is called more than once in a member function
+    due to multiple dereferences of the \e {d pointer}, detach() will
+    only create a copy of the shared data the first time it is called,
+    if at all, because on the second and subsequent calls of detach(),
+    the reference count will be 1 again.
+
+    But note that in the second \c Employee constructor, which takes an
+    employee ID and a name, both setId() and setName() are called, but
+    they don't cause \e{copy on write}, because the reference count for
+    the newly constructed \c EmployeeData object has just been set to 1.
+
+    In \c Employee's \e const member functions, dereferencing the \e {d
+    pointer} does \e not cause detach() to be called.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sharedemployee/employee.h 5
+    \codeline
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sharedemployee/employee.h 6
+
+    Notice that there is no need to implement a copy constructor or an
+    assignment operator for the \c Employee class, because the copy
+    constructor and assignment operator provided by the C++ compiler
+    will do the \e{member by member} shallow copy required. The only
+    member to copy is the \e {d pointer}, which is a QSharedDataPointer,
+    whose \c {operator=()} just increments the reference count of the
+    shared \c EmployeeData object.
+
+    \target Implicit vs Explicit Sharing
+    \section1 Implicit vs Explicit Sharing
+
+    Implicit sharing might not be right for the \c Employee class.
+    Consider a simple example that creates two instances of the
+    implicitly shared \c Employee class.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/sharedemployee/main.cpp 0
+
+    After the second employee e2 is created and e1 is assigned to it,
+    both \c e1 and \c e2 refer to Albrecht Durer, employee 1001. Both \c
+    Employee objects point to the same instance of \c EmployeeData,
+    which has reference count 2. Then \c {e1.setName("Hans Holbein")} is
+    called to change the employee name, but because the reference count
+    is greater than 1, a \e{copy on write} is performed before the name
+    is changed. Now \c e1 and \c e2 point to different \c EmployeeData
+    objects. They have different names, but both have ID 1001, which is
+    probably not what you want. You can, of course, just continue with
+    \c {e1.setId(1002)}, if you really mean to create a second, unique
+    employee, but if you only want to change the employee's name
+    everywhere, consider using \l {QExplicitlySharedDataPointer}
+    {explicit sharing} in the \c Employee class instead of implicit
+    sharing.
+
+    If you declare the \e {d pointer} in the \c Employee class to be
+    \c {QExplicitlySharedDataPointer<EmployeeData>}, then explicit
+    sharing is used and \e{copy on write} operations are not performed
+    automatically (i.e. detach() is not called in non-const
+    functions). In that case, after \c {e1.setName("Hans Holbein")}, the
+    employee's name has been changed, but both e1 and e2 still refer to
+    the same instance of \c EmployeeData, so there is only one employee
+    with ID 1001.
+
+    In the member function documentation, \e{d pointer} always refers
+    to the internal pointer to the shared data object.
+
+    \sa QSharedData, QExplicitlySharedDataPointer
 */
 
 /*! \fn T& QSharedDataPointer::operator*()
-  Provides access to the shared data object's members.
-  This function calls detach().
+    Provides access to the shared data object's members.
+    This function calls detach().
 */
 
 /*! \fn const T& QSharedDataPointer::operator*() const
-  Provides const access to the shared data object's members.
-  This function does \e not call detach().
+    Provides const access to the shared data object's members.
+    This function does \e not call detach().
 */
 
 /*! \fn T* QSharedDataPointer::operator->()
-  Provides access to the shared data object's members.
-  This function calls detach().
+    Provides access to the shared data object's members.
+    This function calls detach().
 */
 
 /*! \fn const T* QSharedDataPointer::operator->() const
-  Provides const access to the shared data object's members.
-  This function does \e not call detach().
+    Provides const access to the shared data object's members.
+    This function does \e not call detach().
 */
 
 /*! \fn QSharedDataPointer::operator T*()
-  Returns a pointer to the shared data object.
-  This function calls detach().
+    Returns a pointer to the shared data object.
+    This function calls detach().
 
-  \sa data(), constData()
+    \sa data(), constData()
 */
 
 /*! \fn QSharedDataPointer::operator const T*() const
-  Returns a pointer to the shared data object.
-  This function does \e not call detach().
+    Returns a pointer to the shared data object.
+    This function does \e not call detach().
 */
 
 /*! \fn T* QSharedDataPointer::data()
-  Returns a pointer to the shared data object.
-  This function calls detach().
+    Returns a pointer to the shared data object.
+    This function calls detach().
 
-  \sa constData()
+    \sa constData()
 */
 
 /*! \fn const T* QSharedDataPointer::data() const
-  Returns a pointer to the shared data object.
-  This function does \e not call detach().
+    Returns a pointer to the shared data object.
+    This function does \e not call detach().
 */
 
 /*! \fn const T* QSharedDataPointer::constData() const
-  Returns a const pointer to the shared data object.
-  This function does \e not call detach().
+    Returns a const pointer to the shared data object.
+    This function does \e not call detach().
 
-  \sa data()
+    \sa data()
 */
 
 /*! \fn void QSharedDataPointer::swap(QSharedDataPointer &other)
@@ -291,154 +288,152 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
  */
 
 /*! \fn bool QSharedDataPointer::operator==(const QSharedDataPointer<T>& other) const
-  Returns true if \a other and \e this have the same \e{d pointer}.
-  This function does \e not call detach().
+    Returns true if \a other and \e this have the same \e{d pointer}.
+    This function does \e not call detach().
 */
 
 /*! \fn bool QSharedDataPointer::operator!=(const QSharedDataPointer<T>& other) const
-  Returns true if \a other and \e this do \e not have the same
-  \e{d pointer}. This function does \e not call detach().
+    Returns true if \a other and \e this do \e not have the same
+    \e{d pointer}. This function does \e not call detach().
 */
 
 /*! \fn QSharedDataPointer::QSharedDataPointer()
-  Constructs a QSharedDataPointer initialized with a null \e{d pointer}.
+    Constructs a QSharedDataPointer initialized with a null \e{d pointer}.
 */
 
 /*! \fn QSharedDataPointer::~QSharedDataPointer()
-  Decrements the reference count of the shared data object.
-  If the reference count becomes 0, the shared data object
-  is deleted. \e This is then destroyed.
+    Decrements the reference count of the shared data object.
+    If the reference count becomes 0, the shared data object
+    is deleted. \e This is then destroyed.
 */
 
 /*! \fn QSharedDataPointer::QSharedDataPointer(T* sharedData)
-  Constructs a QSharedDataPointer with \e{d pointer} set to
-  \a sharedData and increments \a{sharedData}'s reference count.
+    Constructs a QSharedDataPointer with \e{d pointer} set to
+    \a sharedData and increments \a{sharedData}'s reference count.
 */
 
 /*! \fn QSharedDataPointer::QSharedDataPointer(const QSharedDataPointer<T>& other)
-  Sets the \e{d pointer} of \e this to the \e{d pointer} in
-  \a other and increments the reference count of the shared
-  data object.
+    Sets the \e{d pointer} of \e this to the \e{d pointer} in
+    \a other and increments the reference count of the shared
+    data object.
 */
 
 /*! \fn QSharedDataPointer<T>& QSharedDataPointer::operator=(const QSharedDataPointer<T>& other)
-  Sets the \e{d pointer} of \e this to the \e{d pointer} of
-  \a other and increments the reference count of the shared
-  data object. The reference count of the old shared data
-  object of \e this is decremented.  If the reference count
-  of the old shared data object becomes 0, the old shared
-  data object is deleted.
+    Sets the \e{d pointer} of \e this to the \e{d pointer} of
+    \a other and increments the reference count of the shared
+    data object. The reference count of the old shared data
+    object of \e this is decremented.  If the reference count
+    of the old shared data object becomes 0, the old shared
+    data object is deleted.
 */
 
 /*! \fn QSharedDataPointer& QSharedDataPointer::operator=(T* sharedData)
-  Sets the \e{d pointer} og \e this to \a sharedData and increments
-  \a{sharedData}'s reference count. The reference count of the old
-  shared data object of \e this is decremented.  If the reference
-  count of the old shared data object becomes 0, the old shared data
-  object is deleted.
+    Sets the \e{d pointer} og \e this to \a sharedData and increments
+    \a{sharedData}'s reference count. The reference count of the old
+    shared data object of \e this is decremented.  If the reference
+    count of the old shared data object becomes 0, the old shared data
+    object is deleted.
 */
 
 /*! \fn bool QSharedDataPointer::operator!() const
-  Returns true if the \e{d pointer} of \e this is null.
+    Returns true if the \e{d pointer} of \e this is null.
 */
 
 /*! \fn void QSharedDataPointer::detach()
-  If the shared data object's reference count is greater than 1, this
-  function creates a deep copy of the shared data object and sets the
-  \e{d pointer} of \e this to the copy.
-  
-  This function is called automatically by non-const member
-  functions of QSharedDataPointer if \e{copy on write} is
-  required. You don't need to call it yourself.
+    If the shared data object's reference count is greater than 1, this
+    function creates a deep copy of the shared data object and sets the
+    \e{d pointer} of \e this to the copy.
+
+    This function is called automatically by non-const member
+    functions of QSharedDataPointer if \e{copy on write} is
+    required. You don't need to call it yourself.
 */
 
 /*! \fn T *QSharedDataPointer::clone()
     \since 4.5
 
-  Creates and returns a deep copy of the current data. This function
-  is called by detach() when the reference count is greater than 1 in
-  order to create the new copy. This function uses the \e {operator
-  new} and calls the copy constructor of the type T.
+    Creates and returns a deep copy of the current data. This function
+    is called by detach() when the reference count is greater than 1 in
+    order to create the new copy. This function uses the \e {operator
+    new} and calls the copy constructor of the type T.
 
-  This function is provided so that you may support "virtual copy
-  constructors" for your own types. In order to so, you should declare
-  a template-specialization of this function for your own type, like
-  the example below:
+    This function is provided so that you may support "virtual copy
+    constructors" for your own types. In order to so, you should declare
+    a template-specialization of this function for your own type, like
+    the example below:
 
-  \code
+    \code
       template<>
       EmployeeData *QSharedDataPointer<EmployeeData>::clone()
       {
           return d->clone();
       }
-  \endcode
+    \endcode
 
-  In the example above, the template specialization for the clone()
-  function calls the \e {EmployeeData::clone()} virtual function. A
-  class derived from EmployeeData could override that function and
-  return the proper polymorphic type.
+    In the example above, the template specialization for the clone()
+    function calls the \e {EmployeeData::clone()} virtual function. A
+    class derived from EmployeeData could override that function and
+    return the proper polymorphic type.
 */
 
 /*! 
-  \class QExplicitlySharedDataPointer
-  \brief The QExplicitlySharedDataPointer class represents a pointer to an explicitly shared object.
-  \since 4.4
-  \reentrant
-  \ingroup misc
-  \mainclass
-
-  QExplicitlySharedDataPointer\<T\> makes writing your own explicitly
-  shared classes easy. QExplicitlySharedDataPointer implements
-  \l {thread-safe} reference counting, ensuring that adding
-  QExplicitlySharedDataPointers to your \l {reentrant} classes won't
-  make them non-reentrant.
-
-  Except for one big difference, QExplicitlySharedDataPointer is just
-  like QSharedDataPointer. The big difference is that member functions
-  of QExplicitlySharedDataPointer \e{do not} do the automatic
-  \e{copy on write} operation (detach()) that non-const members of
-  QSharedDataPointer do before allowing the shared data object to be
-  modified. There is a detach() function available, but if you really
-  want to detach(), you have to call it yourself. This means that
-  QExplicitlySharedDataPointers behave like regular C++ pointers,
-  except that by doing reference counting and not deleting the shared
-  data object until the reference count is 0, they avoid the dangling
-  pointer problem.
-
-  It is instructive to compare QExplicitlySharedDataPointer with
-  QSharedDataPointer by way of an example. Consider the \l {Employee
-  example} in QSharedDataPointer, modified to use explicit sharing as
-  explained in the discussion \l {Implicit vs Explicit Sharing}.
-
-  Note that if you use this class but find you are calling detach() a
-  lot, you probably should be using QSharedDataPointer instead.
-
-  In the member function documentation, \e{d pointer} always refers
-  to the internal pointer to the shared data object.
-
-  \sa QSharedData, QSharedDataPointer
+    \class QExplicitlySharedDataPointer
+    \brief The QExplicitlySharedDataPointer class represents a pointer to an explicitly shared object.
+    \since 4.4
+    \reentrant
+
+    QExplicitlySharedDataPointer\<T\> makes writing your own explicitly
+    shared classes easy. QExplicitlySharedDataPointer implements
+    \l {thread-safe} reference counting, ensuring that adding
+    QExplicitlySharedDataPointers to your \l {reentrant} classes won't
+    make them non-reentrant.
+
+    Except for one big difference, QExplicitlySharedDataPointer is just
+    like QSharedDataPointer. The big difference is that member functions
+    of QExplicitlySharedDataPointer \e{do not} do the automatic
+    \e{copy on write} operation (detach()) that non-const members of
+    QSharedDataPointer do before allowing the shared data object to be
+    modified. There is a detach() function available, but if you really
+    want to detach(), you have to call it yourself. This means that
+    QExplicitlySharedDataPointers behave like regular C++ pointers,
+    except that by doing reference counting and not deleting the shared
+    data object until the reference count is 0, they avoid the dangling
+    pointer problem.
+
+    It is instructive to compare QExplicitlySharedDataPointer with
+    QSharedDataPointer by way of an example. Consider the \l {Employee
+    example} in QSharedDataPointer, modified to use explicit sharing as
+    explained in the discussion \l {Implicit vs Explicit Sharing}.
+
+    Note that if you use this class but find you are calling detach() a
+    lot, you probably should be using QSharedDataPointer instead.
+
+    In the member function documentation, \e{d pointer} always refers
+    to the internal pointer to the shared data object.
+
+    \sa QSharedData, QSharedDataPointer
 */
 
 /*! \fn T& QExplicitlySharedDataPointer::operator*() const
-  Provides access to the shared data object's members.
+    Provides access to the shared data object's members.
 */
 
 /*! \fn T* QExplicitlySharedDataPointer::operator->()
-  Provides access to the shared data object's members.
+    Provides access to the shared data object's members.
 */
 
 /*! \fn const T* QExplicitlySharedDataPointer::operator->() const
-  Provides const access to the shared data object's members.
+    Provides const access to the shared data object's members.
 */
 
 /*! \fn T* QExplicitlySharedDataPointer::data() const
-  Returns a pointer to the shared data object.
+    Returns a pointer to the shared data object.
 */
 
 /*! \fn const T* QExplicitlySharedDataPointer::constData() const
-  Returns a const pointer to the shared data object.
+    Returns a const pointer to the shared data object.
 
-  \sa data()
+    \sa data()
 */
 
 /*! \fn void QExplicitlySharedDataPointer::swap(QExplicitlySharedDataPointer &other)
@@ -447,114 +442,114 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
  */
 
 /*! \fn bool QExplicitlySharedDataPointer::operator==(const QExplicitlySharedDataPointer<T>& other) const
-  Returns true if \a other and \e this have the same \e{d pointer}.
+    Returns true if \a other and \e this have the same \e{d pointer}.
 */
 
 /*! \fn bool QExplicitlySharedDataPointer::operator==(const T* ptr) const
-  Returns true if the \e{d pointer} of \e this is \a ptr.
+    Returns true if the \e{d pointer} of \e this is \a ptr.
  */
 
 /*! \fn bool QExplicitlySharedDataPointer::operator!=(const QExplicitlySharedDataPointer<T>& other) const
-  Returns true if \a other and \e this do \e not have the same
-  \e{d pointer}.
+    Returns true if \a other and \e this do \e not have the same
+    \e{d pointer}.
 */
 
 /*! \fn bool QExplicitlySharedDataPointer::operator!=(const T* ptr) const
-  Returns true if the \e{d pointer} of \e this is \e not \a ptr.
+    Returns true if the \e{d pointer} of \e this is \e not \a ptr.
  */
 
 /*! \fn QExplicitlySharedDataPointer::QExplicitlySharedDataPointer()
-  Constructs a QExplicitlySharedDataPointer initialized with a null
-  \e{d pointer}.
+    Constructs a QExplicitlySharedDataPointer initialized with a null
+    \e{d pointer}.
 */
 
 /*! \fn QExplicitlySharedDataPointer::~QExplicitlySharedDataPointer()
-  Decrements the reference count of the shared data object.
-  If the reference count becomes 0, the shared data object
-  is deleted. \e This is then destroyed.
+    Decrements the reference count of the shared data object.
+    If the reference count becomes 0, the shared data object
+    is deleted. \e This is then destroyed.
 */
 
 /*! \fn QExplicitlySharedDataPointer::QExplicitlySharedDataPointer(T* sharedData)
-  Constructs a QExplicitlySharedDataPointer with \e{d pointer}
-  set to \a sharedData and increments \a{sharedData}'s reference
-  count.
+    Constructs a QExplicitlySharedDataPointer with \e{d pointer}
+    set to \a sharedData and increments \a{sharedData}'s reference
+    count.
 */
 
 /*! \fn QExplicitlySharedDataPointer::QExplicitlySharedDataPointer(const QExplicitlySharedDataPointer<T>& other)
-  This standard copy constructor sets the \e {d pointer} of \e this to
-  the \e {d pointer} in \a other and increments the reference count of
-  the shared data object.
+    This standard copy constructor sets the \e {d pointer} of \e this to
+    the \e {d pointer} in \a other and increments the reference count of
+    the shared data object.
 */
 
 /*! \fn QExplicitlySharedDataPointer::QExplicitlySharedDataPointer(const QExplicitlySharedDataPointer<X>& other)
-  This copy constructor is different in that it allows \a other to be
-  a different type of explicitly shared data pointer but one that has
-  a compatible shared data object. It performs a static cast of the
-  \e{d pointer} in \a other and sets the \e {d pointer} of \e this to
-  the converted \e{d pointer}. It increments the reference count of
-  the shared data object.
- */
+    This copy constructor is different in that it allows \a other to be
+    a different type of explicitly shared data pointer but one that has
+    a compatible shared data object. It performs a static cast of the
+    \e{d pointer} in \a other and sets the \e {d pointer} of \e this to
+    the converted \e{d pointer}. It increments the reference count of
+    the shared data object.
+*/
 
 /*! \fn QExplicitlySharedDataPointer<T>& QExplicitlySharedDataPointer::operator=(const QExplicitlySharedDataPointer<T>& other)
-  Sets the \e{d pointer} of \e this to the \e{d pointer} of
-  \a other and increments the reference count of the shared
-  data object. The reference count of the old shared data
-  object of \e this is decremented.  If the reference count
-  of the old shared data object becomes 0, the old shared
-  data object is deleted.
+    Sets the \e{d pointer} of \e this to the \e{d pointer} of
+    \a other and increments the reference count of the shared
+    data object. The reference count of the old shared data
+    object of \e this is decremented.  If the reference count
+    of the old shared data object becomes 0, the old shared
+    data object is deleted.
 */
 
 /*! \fn QExplicitlySharedDataPointer& QExplicitlySharedDataPointer::operator=(T* sharedData)
-  Sets the \e{d pointer} of \e this to \a sharedData and
-  increments \a{sharedData}'s reference count. The reference
-  count of the old shared data object of \e this is decremented.
-  If the reference count of the old shared data object becomes
-  0, the old shared data object is deleted.
+    Sets the \e{d pointer} of \e this to \a sharedData and
+    increments \a{sharedData}'s reference count. The reference
+    count of the old shared data object of \e this is decremented.
+    If the reference count of the old shared data object becomes
+    0, the old shared data object is deleted.
 */
 
 /*! \fn void QExplicitlySharedDataPointer::reset()
-  Resets \e this to be null. i.e., this function sets the
-  \e{d pointer} of \e this to 0, but first it decrements
-  the reference count of the shared data object and deletes
-  the shared data object if the reference count became 0.
+    Resets \e this to be null. i.e., this function sets the
+    \e{d pointer} of \e this to 0, but first it decrements
+    the reference count of the shared data object and deletes
+    the shared data object if the reference count became 0.
  */
 
 /*! \fn QExplicitlySharedDataPointer::operator bool () const
-  Returns true if the \e{d pointer} of \e this is \e not null.
+    Returns true if the \e{d pointer} of \e this is \e not null.
  */
 
 /*! \fn bool QExplicitlySharedDataPointer::operator!() const
-  Returns true if the \e{d pointer} of \e this is null.
+    Returns true if the \e{d pointer} of \e this is null.
 */
 
 /*! \fn void QExplicitlySharedDataPointer::detach()
-  If the shared data object's reference count is greater than 1, this
-  function creates a deep copy of the shared data object and sets the
-  \e{d pointer} of \e this to the copy.
+    If the shared data object's reference count is greater than 1, this
+    function creates a deep copy of the shared data object and sets the
+    \e{d pointer} of \e this to the copy.
 
-  Because QExplicitlySharedDataPointer does not do the automatic
-  \e{copy on write} operations that members of QSharedDataPointer do,
-  detach() is \e not called automatically anywhere in the member
-  functions of this class. If you find that you are calling detach()
-  everywhere in your code, consider using QSharedDataPointer instead.
+    Because QExplicitlySharedDataPointer does not do the automatic
+    \e{copy on write} operations that members of QSharedDataPointer do,
+    detach() is \e not called automatically anywhere in the member
+    functions of this class. If you find that you are calling detach()
+    everywhere in your code, consider using QSharedDataPointer instead.
 */
 
 /*! \fn T *QExplicitlySharedDataPointer::clone()
     \since 4.5
 
-  Creates and returns a deep copy of the current data. This function
-  is called by detach() when the reference count is greater than 1 in
-  order to create the new copy. This function uses the \e {operator
-  new} and calls the copy constructor of the type T.
+    Creates and returns a deep copy of the current data. This function
+    is called by detach() when the reference count is greater than 1 in
+    order to create the new copy. This function uses the \e {operator
+    new} and calls the copy constructor of the type T.
 
-  See QSharedDataPointer::clone() for an explanation of how to use it.
+    See QSharedDataPointer::clone() for an explanation of how to use it.
 */
 
 /*!
- \typedef QExplicitlySharedDataPointer::Type
+    \typedef QExplicitlySharedDataPointer::Type
 
- This is the type of the shared data object. The \e{d pointer}
- points to an object of this type.
- */
+    This is the type of the shared data object. The \e{d pointer}
+    points to an object of this type.
+*/
 
 QT_END_NAMESPACE
diff --git a/src/corelib/tools/qsharedpointer.cpp b/src/corelib/tools/qsharedpointer.cpp
index 60c7db4..834531e 100644
--- a/src/corelib/tools/qsharedpointer.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/tools/qsharedpointer.cpp
@@ -50,7 +50,6 @@
     \since 4.5
 
     \reentrant
-    \ingroup misc
 
     The QSharedPointer is an automatic, shared pointer in C++. It
     behaves exactly like a normal pointer for normal purposes,
@@ -358,7 +357,6 @@
     \brief The QWeakPointer class holds a weak reference to a shared pointer
     \since 4.5
     \reentrant
-    \ingroup misc
 
     The QWeakPointer is an automatic weak reference to a
     pointer in C++. It cannot be used to dereference the pointer
diff --git a/src/corelib/tools/qsize.cpp b/src/corelib/tools/qsize.cpp
index 6168fe9..a165917 100644
--- a/src/corelib/tools/qsize.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/tools/qsize.cpp
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
 /*!
     \class QSize
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
 
     \brief The QSize class defines the size of a two-dimensional
     object using integer point precision.
@@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ QDebug operator<<(QDebug dbg, const QSize &s) {
     \brief The QSizeF class defines the size of a two-dimensional object
     using floating point precision.
 
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
 
     A size is specified by a width() and a height().  It can be set in
     the constructor and changed using the setWidth(), setHeight(), or
diff --git a/src/corelib/tools/qstack.cpp b/src/corelib/tools/qstack.cpp
index f89149a..f97e546 100644
--- a/src/corelib/tools/qstack.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/tools/qstack.cpp
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
 
     \ingroup tools
     \ingroup shared
-    \mainclass
+
     \reentrant
 
     QStack\<T\> is one of Qt's generic \l{container classes}. It implements
diff --git a/src/corelib/tools/qstring.cpp b/src/corelib/tools/qstring.cpp
index dc23142..1c513c3 100644
--- a/src/corelib/tools/qstring.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/tools/qstring.cpp
@@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ const QString::Null QString::null = { };
 
     \internal
 
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup string-processing
 
     When you get an object of type QCharRef, if you can assign to it,
     the assignment will apply to the character in the string from
@@ -381,8 +381,8 @@ const QString::Null QString::null = { };
 
     \ingroup tools
     \ingroup shared
-    \ingroup text
-    \mainclass
+    \ingroup string-processing
+
 
     QString stores a string of 16-bit \l{QChar}s, where each QChar
     corresponds one Unicode 4.0 character. (Unicode characters
@@ -6939,7 +6939,7 @@ QString QString::fromRawData(const QChar *unicode, int size)
 /*! \class QLatin1String
     \brief The QLatin1String class provides a thin wrapper around an ASCII/Latin-1 encoded string literal.
 
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup string-processing
     \reentrant
 
     Many of QString's member functions are overloaded to accept
@@ -7561,7 +7561,7 @@ QDataStream &operator>>(QDataStream &in, QString &str)
     \brief The QStringRef class provides a thin wrapper around QString substrings.
     \reentrant
     \ingroup tools
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup string-processing
 
     QStringRef provides a read-only subset of the QString API.
 
diff --git a/src/corelib/tools/qstringbuilder.cpp b/src/corelib/tools/qstringbuilder.cpp
index 344e95b..04fbb93 100644
--- a/src/corelib/tools/qstringbuilder.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/tools/qstringbuilder.cpp
@@ -52,8 +52,8 @@
 
     \ingroup tools
     \ingroup shared
-    \ingroup text
-    \mainclass
+    \ingroup string-processing
+
 
     Unlike \c QLatin1String, a \c QLatin1Literal can retrieve its size
     without iterating over the literal.
@@ -92,8 +92,8 @@
 
     \ingroup tools
     \ingroup shared
-    \ingroup text
-    \mainclass
+    \ingroup string-processing
+
 
     To build a QString by multiple concatenations, QString::operator+()
     is typically used. This causes \e{n - 1} reallocations when building
diff --git a/src/corelib/tools/qstringlist.cpp b/src/corelib/tools/qstringlist.cpp
index 952609e..231f74e 100644
--- a/src/corelib/tools/qstringlist.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/tools/qstringlist.cpp
@@ -77,8 +77,8 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
     \ingroup tools
     \ingroup shared
-    \ingroup text
-    \mainclass
+    \ingroup string-processing
+
     \reentrant
 
     QStringList inherits from QList<QString>. Like QList, QStringList is
diff --git a/src/corelib/tools/qstringmatcher.cpp b/src/corelib/tools/qstringmatcher.cpp
index 75e1d45..8eb8238 100644
--- a/src/corelib/tools/qstringmatcher.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/tools/qstringmatcher.cpp
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ static inline int bm_find(const ushort *uc, uint l, int index, const ushort *puc
     can be quickly matched in a Unicode string.
 
     \ingroup tools
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup string-processing
 
     This class is useful when you have a sequence of \l{QChar}s that
     you want to repeatedly match against some strings (perhaps in a
diff --git a/src/corelib/tools/qtextboundaryfinder.cpp b/src/corelib/tools/qtextboundaryfinder.cpp
index 956a963..0cc3218 100644
--- a/src/corelib/tools/qtextboundaryfinder.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/tools/qtextboundaryfinder.cpp
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ static void init(QTextBoundaryFinder::BoundaryType type, const QChar *chars, int
     \since 4.4
     \ingroup tools
     \ingroup shared
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup string-processing
     \reentrant
 
     QTextBoundaryFinder allows to find Unicode text boundaries in a
diff --git a/src/corelib/tools/qtimeline.cpp b/src/corelib/tools/qtimeline.cpp
index 11d4c43..c0ca931 100644
--- a/src/corelib/tools/qtimeline.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/tools/qtimeline.cpp
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ void QTimeLinePrivate::setCurrentTime(int msecs)
     \class QTimeLine
     \brief The QTimeLine class provides a timeline for controlling animations.
     \since 4.2
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup animation
 
     It's most commonly used to animate a GUI control by calling a slot
     periodically. You can construct a timeline by passing its duration in
diff --git a/src/corelib/tools/qvarlengtharray.qdoc b/src/corelib/tools/qvarlengtharray.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9cc7bef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/tools/qvarlengtharray.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,274 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \class QVarLengthArray
+    \brief The QVarLengthArray class provides a low-level variable-length array.
+
+    \ingroup tools
+    \reentrant
+
+    The C++ language doesn't support variable-length arrays on the stack.
+    For example, the following code won't compile:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qvarlengtharray.qdoc 0
+
+    The alternative is to allocate the array on the heap (with
+    \c{new}):
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qvarlengtharray.qdoc 1
+
+    However, if myfunc() is called very frequently from the
+    application's inner loop, heap allocation can be a major source
+    of slowdown.
+
+    QVarLengthArray is an attempt to work around this gap in the C++
+    language. It allocates a certain number of elements on the stack,
+    and if you resize the array to a larger size, it automatically
+    uses the heap instead. Stack allocation has the advantage that
+    it is much faster than heap allocation.
+
+    Example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qvarlengtharray.qdoc 2
+
+    In the example above, QVarLengthArray will preallocate 1024
+    elements on the stack and use them unless \c{n + 1} is greater
+    than 1024. If you omit the second template argument,
+    QVarLengthArray's default of 256 is used.
+
+    QVarLengthArray's value type must be an \l{assignable data type}.
+    This covers most data types that are commonly used, but the
+    compiler won't let you, for example, store a QWidget as a value;
+    instead, store a QWidget *.
+
+    QVarLengthArray, like QVector, provides a resizable array data
+    structure. The main differences between the two classes are:
+
+    \list
+    \o QVarLengthArray's API is much more low-level. It provides no
+       iterators and lacks much of QVector's functionality.
+
+    \o QVarLengthArray doesn't initialize the memory if the value is
+       a basic type. (QVector always does.)
+
+    \o QVector uses \l{implicit sharing} as a memory optimization.
+       QVarLengthArray doesn't provide that feature; however, it
+       usually produces slightly better performance due to reduced
+       overhead, especially in tight loops.
+    \endlist
+
+    In summary, QVarLengthArray is a low-level optimization class
+    that only makes sense in very specific cases. It is used a few
+    places inside Qt and was added to Qt's public API for the
+    convenience of advanced users.
+
+    \sa QVector, QList, QLinkedList
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QVarLengthArray::QVarLengthArray(int size)
+
+    Constructs an array with an initial size of \a size elements.
+
+    If the value type is a primitive type (e.g., char, int, float) or
+    a pointer type (e.g., QWidget *), the elements are not
+    initialized. For other types, the elements are initialized with a
+    \l{default-constructed value}.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QVarLengthArray::~QVarLengthArray()
+
+    Destroys the array.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn int QVarLengthArray::size() const
+
+    Returns the number of elements in the array.
+
+    \sa isEmpty(), resize()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn int QVarLengthArray::count() const
+
+    Same as size().
+
+    \sa isEmpty(), resize()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn bool QVarLengthArray::isEmpty() const
+
+    Returns true if the array has size 0; otherwise returns false.
+
+    \sa size(), resize()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QVarLengthArray::clear()
+
+    Removes all the elements from the array.
+
+    Same as resize(0).
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QVarLengthArray::resize(int size)
+
+    Sets the size of the array to \a size. If \a size is greater than
+    the current size, elements are added to the end. If \a size is
+    less than the current size, elements are removed from the end.
+
+    If the value type is a primitive type (e.g., char, int, float) or
+    a pointer type (e.g., QWidget *), new elements are not
+    initialized. For other types, the elements are initialized with a
+    \l{default-constructed value}.
+
+    \sa size()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn int QVarLengthArray::capacity() const
+
+    Returns the maximum number of elements that can be stored in the
+    array without forcing a reallocation.
+
+    The sole purpose of this function is to provide a means of fine
+    tuning QVarLengthArray's memory usage. In general, you will rarely ever
+    need to call this function. If you want to know how many items are
+    in the array, call size().
+
+    \sa reserve()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QVarLengthArray::reserve(int size)
+
+    Attempts to allocate memory for at least \a size elements. If you
+    know in advance how large the array can get, you can call this
+    function and if you call resize() often, you are likely to get
+    better performance. If \a size is an underestimate, the worst
+    that will happen is that the QVarLengthArray will be a bit
+    slower.
+
+    The sole purpose of this function is to provide a means of fine
+    tuning QVarLengthArray's memory usage. In general, you will
+    rarely ever need to call this function. If you want to change the
+    size of the array, call resize().
+
+    \sa capacity()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn T &QVarLengthArray::operator[](int i)
+
+    Returns a reference to the item at index position \a i.
+
+    \a i must be a valid index position in the array (i.e., 0 <= \a i
+    < size()).
+
+    \sa data()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn const T &QVarLengthArray::operator[](int i) const
+
+    \overload
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QVarLengthArray::append(const T &t)
+
+    Appends item \a t to the array, extending the array if necessary.
+
+    \sa removeLast()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn inline void QVarLengthArray::removeLast()
+    \since 4.5
+
+    Decreases the size of the array by one.  The allocated size is not changed.
+
+    \sa append()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QVarLengthArray::append(const T *buf, int size)
+
+    Appends \a size amount of items referenced by \a buf to this array.
+*/
+
+
+/*! \fn T *QVarLengthArray::data()
+
+    Returns a pointer to the data stored in the array. The pointer can
+    be used to access and modify the items in the array.
+
+    Example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qvarlengtharray.qdoc 3
+
+    The pointer remains valid as long as the array isn't reallocated.
+
+    This function is mostly useful to pass an array to a function
+    that accepts a plain C++ array.
+
+    \sa constData(), operator[]()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn const T *QVarLengthArray::data() const
+
+    \overload
+*/
+
+/*! \fn const T *QVarLengthArray::constData() const
+
+    Returns a const pointer to the data stored in the array. The
+    pointer can be used to access the items in the array. The
+    pointer remains valid as long as the array isn't reallocated.
+
+    This function is mostly useful to pass an array to a function
+    that accepts a plain C++ array.
+
+    \sa data(), operator[]()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QVarLengthArray<T, Prealloc> &QVarLengthArray::operator=(const QVarLengthArray<T, Prealloc> &other)
+    Assigns \a other to this array and returns a reference to this array.
+ */
+
+/*! \fn QVarLengthArray::QVarLengthArray(const QVarLengthArray<T, Prealloc> &other)
+    Constructs a copy of \a other.
+ */
+
diff --git a/src/corelib/tools/qvector.cpp b/src/corelib/tools/qvector.cpp
index 8e454ed..64ef368 100644
--- a/src/corelib/tools/qvector.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/tools/qvector.cpp
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ int QVectorData::grow(int sizeofTypedData, int size, int sizeofT, bool excessive
 
     \ingroup tools
     \ingroup shared
-    \mainclass
+
     \reentrant
 
     QVector\<T\> is one of Qt's generic \l{container classes}. It
diff --git a/src/corelib/xml/qxmlstream.cpp b/src/corelib/xml/qxmlstream.cpp
index fa396f1..7924bd0 100644
--- a/src/corelib/xml/qxmlstream.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/xml/qxmlstream.cpp
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ QXmlStreamEntityResolver *QXmlStreamReader::entityResolver() const
   \brief The QXmlStreamReader class provides a fast parser for reading
   well-formed XML via a simple streaming API.
 
-  \mainclass
+
   \ingroup xml-tools
 
   QXmlStreamReader is a faster and more convenient replacement for
@@ -2792,7 +2792,7 @@ QStringRef QXmlStreamReader::documentEncoding() const
   \brief The QXmlStreamWriter class provides an XML writer with a
   simple streaming API.
 
-  \mainclass
+
   \inmodule QtXml
   \ingroup xml-tools
 
diff --git a/src/gui/accessible/qaccessible.cpp b/src/gui/accessible/qaccessible.cpp
index abeca0d..9084817 100644
--- a/src/gui/accessible/qaccessible.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/accessible/qaccessible.cpp
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     relating to accessibility.
 
     \ingroup accessibility
-    \mainclass
+
 
     Accessible applications can be used by people who are not able to
     use applications by conventional means.
diff --git a/src/gui/dialogs/qabstractprintdialog.cpp b/src/gui/dialogs/qabstractprintdialog.cpp
index ac4c9e8..9e91382 100644
--- a/src/gui/dialogs/qabstractprintdialog.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/dialogs/qabstractprintdialog.cpp
@@ -59,6 +59,8 @@ class QPrintDialogPrivate : public QAbstractPrintDialogPrivate
     \brief The QAbstractPrintDialog class provides a base implementation for
     print dialogs used to configure printers.
 
+    \ingroup printing
+
     This class implements getter and setter functions that are used to
     customize settings shown in print dialogs, but it is not used directly.
     Use QPrintDialog to display a print dialog in your application.
@@ -357,7 +359,8 @@ void QAbstractPrintDialogPrivate::setPrinter(QPrinter *newPrinter)
     \brief The QPrintDialog class provides a dialog for specifying
     the printer's configuration.
 
-    \ingroup dialogs
+    \ingroup standard-dialogs
+    \ingroup printing
 
     The dialog allows users to change document-related settings, such
     as the paper size and orientation, type of print (color or
diff --git a/src/gui/dialogs/qcolordialog.cpp b/src/gui/dialogs/qcolordialog.cpp
index 4a40b48..766dcb4 100644
--- a/src/gui/dialogs/qcolordialog.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/dialogs/qcolordialog.cpp
@@ -1510,9 +1510,7 @@ static const Qt::WindowFlags DefaultWindowFlags =
     \class QColorDialog
     \brief The QColorDialog class provides a dialog widget for specifying colors.
 
-    \mainclass
-    \ingroup dialogs
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup standard-dialogs
 
     The color dialog's function is to allow users to choose colors.
     For example, you might use this in a drawing program to allow the
diff --git a/src/gui/dialogs/qdialog.cpp b/src/gui/dialogs/qdialog.cpp
index cd808b3..5b53637 100644
--- a/src/gui/dialogs/qdialog.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/dialogs/qdialog.cpp
@@ -76,9 +76,9 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \class QDialog
     \brief The QDialog class is the base class of dialog windows.
 
-    \ingroup dialogs
+    \ingroup dialog-classes
     \ingroup abstractwidgets
-    \mainclass
+
 
     A dialog window is a top-level window mostly used for short-term
     tasks and brief communications with the user. QDialogs may be
diff --git a/src/gui/dialogs/qerrormessage.cpp b/src/gui/dialogs/qerrormessage.cpp
index bc9972c..c83f33c 100644
--- a/src/gui/dialogs/qerrormessage.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/dialogs/qerrormessage.cpp
@@ -133,8 +133,7 @@ QSize QErrorMessageTextView::sizeHint() const
 
     \brief The QErrorMessage class provides an error message display dialog.
 
-    \ingroup dialogs
-    \ingroup misc
+    \ingroup standard-dialog
 
     An error message widget consists of a text label and a checkbox. The
     checkbox lets the user control whether the same error message will be
diff --git a/src/gui/dialogs/qfiledialog.cpp b/src/gui/dialogs/qfiledialog.cpp
index f548912..015ee59 100644
--- a/src/gui/dialogs/qfiledialog.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/dialogs/qfiledialog.cpp
@@ -89,8 +89,8 @@ Q_GUI_EXPORT _qt_filedialog_save_filename_hook qt_filedialog_save_filename_hook
 /*!
   \class QFileDialog
   \brief The QFileDialog class provides a dialog that allow users to select files or directories.
-  \ingroup dialogs
-  \mainclass
+  \ingroup standard-dialogs
+
 
   The QFileDialog class enables a user to traverse the file system in
   order to select one or many files or a directory.
diff --git a/src/gui/dialogs/qfontdialog.cpp b/src/gui/dialogs/qfontdialog.cpp
index 3e57585..512dc65 100644
--- a/src/gui/dialogs/qfontdialog.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/dialogs/qfontdialog.cpp
@@ -112,9 +112,8 @@ static const Qt::WindowFlags DefaultWindowFlags =
 
 /*!
   \class QFontDialog
-  \ingroup dialogs
-  \ingroup text
-  \mainclass
+  \ingroup standard-dialogs
+
   \brief The QFontDialog class provides a dialog widget for selecting a font.
 
     A font dialog is created through one of the static getFont()
diff --git a/src/gui/dialogs/qinputdialog.cpp b/src/gui/dialogs/qinputdialog.cpp
index a2b8304..39a6b07 100644
--- a/src/gui/dialogs/qinputdialog.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/dialogs/qinputdialog.cpp
@@ -425,8 +425,8 @@ void QInputDialogPrivate::_q_currentRowChanged(const QModelIndex &newIndex,
     \class QInputDialog
     \brief The QInputDialog class provides a simple convenience dialog to get a
     single value from the user.
-    \ingroup dialogs
-    \mainclass
+    \ingroup standard-dialogs
+
 
     The input value can be a string, a number or an item from a list. A label
     must be set to tell the user what they should enter.
diff --git a/src/gui/dialogs/qmessagebox.cpp b/src/gui/dialogs/qmessagebox.cpp
index 7a81ea5..e8a4f0d 100644
--- a/src/gui/dialogs/qmessagebox.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/dialogs/qmessagebox.cpp
@@ -434,8 +434,8 @@ void QMessageBoxPrivate::_q_buttonClicked(QAbstractButton *button)
     \brief The QMessageBox class provides a modal dialog for informing
     the user or for asking the user a question and receiving an answer.
 
-    \ingroup dialogs
-    \mainclass
+    \ingroup standard-dialogs
+
 
     A message box displays a primary \l{QMessageBox::text}{text} to
     alert the user to a situation, an \l{QMessageBox::informativeText}
diff --git a/src/gui/dialogs/qpagesetupdialog.cpp b/src/gui/dialogs/qpagesetupdialog.cpp
index 5ca4935..a91eaea 100644
--- a/src/gui/dialogs/qpagesetupdialog.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/dialogs/qpagesetupdialog.cpp
@@ -45,6 +45,52 @@
 
 QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
+/*!
+    \class QPageSetupDialog
+
+    \brief The QPageSetupDialog class provides a configuration dialog
+    for the page-related options on a printer.
+
+    \ingroup standard-dialogs
+    \ingroup printing
+
+    On Windows and Mac OS X the page setup dialog is implemented using
+    the native page setup dialogs.
+
+    Note that on Windows and Mac OS X custom paper sizes won't be
+    reflected in the native page setup dialogs. Additionally, custom
+    page margins set on a QPrinter won't show in the native Mac OS X
+    page setup dialog.
+
+    \sa QPrinter, QPrintDialog
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPageSetupDialog::QPageSetupDialog(QPrinter *printer, QWidget *parent)
+
+    Constructs a page setup dialog that configures \a printer with \a
+    parent as the parent widget.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \since 4.5
+
+    \fn QPageSetupDialog::QPageSetupDialog(QWidget *parent)
+
+    Constructs a page setup dialog that configures a default-constructed
+    QPrinter with \a parent as the parent widget.
+
+    \sa printer()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPrinter *QPageSetupDialog::printer()
+
+    Returns the printer that was passed to the QPageSetupDialog
+    constructor.
+*/
+
 // hack
 class QPageSetupDialogPrivate : public QAbstractPageSetupDialogPrivate
 {
diff --git a/src/gui/dialogs/qprintdialog.qdoc b/src/gui/dialogs/qprintdialog.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b52edff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/gui/dialogs/qprintdialog.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+/*!
+    \fn QPrinter *QPrintDialog::printer() const
+
+    Returns a pointer to the printer this dialog configures, or 0 if
+    this dialog does not operate on any printer.
+
+    This function is available for Unix platforms only.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QPrintDialog::setPrinter(QPrinter *printer, bool pickupSettings)
+
+    Sets this dialog to configure printer \a printer, or no printer if \a printer
+    is null. If \a pickupSettings is true, the dialog reads most of
+    its settings from \a printer. If \a pickupSettings is false (the
+    default) the dialog keeps its old settings.
+
+    This function is available for Unix platforms only.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QPrintDialog::addButton(QPushButton *button)
+
+    Adds the \a button to the layout of the print dialog. The added
+    buttons are arranged from the left to the right below the
+    last groupbox of the printdialog.
+
+    This function is available for Unix platforms only.
+*/
+#endif
diff --git a/src/gui/dialogs/qprintpreviewdialog.cpp b/src/gui/dialogs/qprintpreviewdialog.cpp
index ee16fe5..c053b81 100644
--- a/src/gui/dialogs/qprintpreviewdialog.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/dialogs/qprintpreviewdialog.cpp
@@ -625,6 +625,9 @@ void QPrintPreviewDialogPrivate::_q_zoomFactorChanged()
     \brief The QPrintPreviewDialog class provides a dialog for
     previewing and configuring page layouts for printer output.
 
+    \ingroup standard-dialogs
+    \ingroup printing
+
     Using QPrintPreviewDialog in your existing application is
     straightforward:
 
diff --git a/src/gui/dialogs/qprogressdialog.cpp b/src/gui/dialogs/qprogressdialog.cpp
index 1ca1515..d55eadb 100644
--- a/src/gui/dialogs/qprogressdialog.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/dialogs/qprogressdialog.cpp
@@ -196,8 +196,8 @@ void QProgressDialogPrivate::_q_disconnectOnClose()
 /*!
   \class QProgressDialog
   \brief The QProgressDialog class provides feedback on the progress of a slow operation.
-  \ingroup dialogs
-  \mainclass
+  \ingroup standard-dialogs
+
 
   A progress dialog is used to give the user an indication of how long
   an operation is going to take, and to demonstrate that the
diff --git a/src/gui/embedded/qdirectpainter_qws.cpp b/src/gui/embedded/qdirectpainter_qws.cpp
index bae6ed9..bba862b 100644
--- a/src/gui/embedded/qdirectpainter_qws.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/embedded/qdirectpainter_qws.cpp
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
 /*!
     \class QDirectPainter
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
     \ingroup qws
 
     \brief The QDirectPainter class provides direct access to the
diff --git a/src/gui/embedded/qlock.cpp b/src/gui/embedded/qlock.cpp
index 0f88832..c32e9b5 100644
--- a/src/gui/embedded/qlock.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/embedded/qlock.cpp
@@ -128,7 +128,6 @@ public:
     \brief The QLock class is a wrapper for a System V shared semaphore.
 
     \ingroup qws
-    \ingroup io
 
     \internal
 
diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsgridlayout.cpp b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsgridlayout.cpp
index ee7048f..0fb284f 100644
--- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsgridlayout.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsgridlayout.cpp
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
     \brief The QGraphicsGridLayout class provides a grid layout for managing
     widgets in Graphics View.
     \since 4.4
-    \ingroup multimedia
+
     \ingroup graphicsview-api
 
     The most common way to use QGraphicsGridLayout is to construct an object
diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem.cpp b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem.cpp
index 37d969b..675fc0d 100644
--- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem.cpp
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
     \brief The QGraphicsItem class is the base class for all graphical
     items in a QGraphicsScene.
     \since 4.2
-    \ingroup multimedia
+
     \ingroup graphicsview-api
 
     It provides a light-weight foundation for writing your own custom items.
@@ -6900,7 +6900,7 @@ QGraphicsObject::QGraphicsObject(QGraphicsItemPrivate &dd, QGraphicsItem *parent
     \brief The QAbstractGraphicsShapeItem class provides a common base for
     all path items.
     \since 4.2
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup graphicsview-api
 
     This class does not fully implement an item by itself; in particular, it
     does not implement boundingRect() and paint(), which are inherited by
@@ -7035,7 +7035,6 @@ QPainterPath QAbstractGraphicsShapeItem::opaqueArea() const
     \brief The QGraphicsPathItem class provides a path item that you
     can add to a QGraphicsScene.
     \since 4.2
-    \ingroup multimedia
     \ingroup graphicsview-api
 
     To set the item's path, pass a QPainterPath to QGraphicsPathItem's
@@ -7238,7 +7237,6 @@ QVariant QGraphicsPathItem::extension(const QVariant &variant) const
     \brief The QGraphicsRectItem class provides a rectangle item that you
     can add to a QGraphicsScene.
     \since 4.2
-    \ingroup multimedia
     \ingroup graphicsview-api
 
     To set the item's rectangle, pass a QRectF to QGraphicsRectItem's
@@ -7483,7 +7481,6 @@ QVariant QGraphicsRectItem::extension(const QVariant &variant) const
     \brief The QGraphicsEllipseItem class provides an ellipse item that you
     can add to a QGraphicsScene.
     \since 4.2
-    \ingroup multimedia
     \ingroup graphicsview-api
 
     QGraphicsEllipseItem respresents an ellipse with a fill and an outline,
@@ -7800,7 +7797,6 @@ QVariant QGraphicsEllipseItem::extension(const QVariant &variant) const
     \brief The QGraphicsPolygonItem class provides a polygon item that you
     can add to a QGraphicsScene.
     \since 4.2
-    \ingroup multimedia
     \ingroup graphicsview-api
 
     To set the item's polygon, pass a QPolygonF to
@@ -8034,7 +8030,6 @@ QVariant QGraphicsPolygonItem::extension(const QVariant &variant) const
     \brief The QGraphicsLineItem class provides a line item that you can add to a
     QGraphicsScene.
     \since 4.2
-    \ingroup multimedia
     \ingroup graphicsview-api
 
     To set the item's line, pass a QLineF to QGraphicsLineItem's
@@ -8296,7 +8291,6 @@ QVariant QGraphicsLineItem::extension(const QVariant &variant) const
     \brief The QGraphicsPixmapItem class provides a pixmap item that you can add to
     a QGraphicsScene.
     \since 4.2
-    \ingroup multimedia
     \ingroup graphicsview-api
 
     To set the item's pixmap, pass a QPixmap to QGraphicsPixmapItem's
@@ -8660,7 +8654,6 @@ QVariant QGraphicsPixmapItem::extension(const QVariant &variant) const
     \brief The QGraphicsTextItem class provides a text item that you can add to
     a QGraphicsScene to display formatted text.
     \since 4.2
-    \ingroup multimedia
     \ingroup graphicsview-api
 
     If you only need to show plain text in an item, consider using QGraphicsSimpleTextItem
@@ -9525,7 +9518,6 @@ void QGraphicsSimpleTextItemPrivate::updateBoundingRect()
     \brief The QGraphicsSimpleTextItem class provides a simple text path item
     that you can add to a QGraphicsScene.
     \since 4.2
-    \ingroup multimedia
     \ingroup graphicsview-api
 
     To set the item's text, you can either pass a QString to
@@ -9761,7 +9753,6 @@ QVariant QGraphicsSimpleTextItem::extension(const QVariant &variant) const
     \brief The QGraphicsItemGroup class provides treating a group of items as
     one.
     \since 4.2
-    \ingroup multimedia
     \ingroup graphicsview-api
 
     A QGraphicsItemGroup is a special type of compound item that
diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitemanimation.cpp b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitemanimation.cpp
index 0d7a3c6..c9b95ad 100644
--- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitemanimation.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitemanimation.cpp
@@ -44,7 +44,6 @@
     \brief The QGraphicsItemAnimation class provides simple animation
     support for QGraphicsItem.
     \since 4.2
-    \ingroup multimedia
     \ingroup graphicsview-api
 
     The QGraphicsItemAnimation class animates a QGraphicsItem. You can
diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicslayout.cpp b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicslayout.cpp
index 3f039c6..58c174c 100644
--- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicslayout.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicslayout.cpp
@@ -57,7 +57,6 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \brief The QGraphicsLayout class provides the base class for all layouts
     in Graphics View.
     \since 4.4
-    \ingroup multimedia
     \ingroup graphicsview-api
 
     QGraphicsLayout is an abstract class that defines a virtual API for
diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicslayoutitem.cpp b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicslayoutitem.cpp
index 83e4888..6a25ade 100644
--- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicslayoutitem.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicslayoutitem.cpp
@@ -264,7 +264,6 @@ void QGraphicsLayoutItemPrivate::setSizeComponent(
     \brief The QGraphicsLayoutItem class can be inherited to allow your custom
     items to be managed by layouts.
     \since 4.4
-    \ingroup multimedia
     \ingroup graphicsview-api
 
     QGraphicsLayoutItem is an abstract class that defines a set of virtual
diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicslinearlayout.cpp b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicslinearlayout.cpp
index c0ff00e..185780a 100644
--- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicslinearlayout.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicslinearlayout.cpp
@@ -44,7 +44,6 @@
     \brief The QGraphicsLinearLayout class provides a horizontal or vertical
     layout for managing widgets in Graphics View.
     \since 4.4
-    \ingroup multimedia
     \ingroup graphicsview-api
 
     The default orientation for a linear layout is Qt::Horizontal. You can
diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsproxywidget.cpp b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsproxywidget.cpp
index 784ee0e..4f626a2 100644
--- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsproxywidget.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsproxywidget.cpp
@@ -67,7 +67,6 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \brief The QGraphicsProxyWidget class provides a proxy layer for embedding
     a QWidget in a QGraphicsScene.
     \since 4.4
-    \ingroup multimedia
     \ingroup graphicsview-api
 
     QGraphicsProxyWidget embeds QWidget-based widgets, for example, a
diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsscene.cpp b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsscene.cpp
index 21ea72f..3f13a86 100644
--- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsscene.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsscene.cpp
@@ -44,9 +44,8 @@
     \brief The QGraphicsScene class provides a surface for managing a large
     number of 2D graphical items.
     \since 4.2
-    \ingroup multimedia
     \ingroup graphicsview-api
-    \mainclass
+
 
     The class serves as a container for QGraphicsItems. It is used together
     with QGraphicsView for visualizing graphical items, such as lines,
diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsscenebsptreeindex.cpp b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsscenebsptreeindex.cpp
index 2ebf944..d68183c 100644
--- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsscenebsptreeindex.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsscenebsptreeindex.cpp
@@ -44,9 +44,8 @@
     \brief The QGraphicsSceneBspTreeIndex class provides an implementation of
     a BSP indexing algorithm for discovering items in QGraphicsScene.
     \since 4.6
-    \ingroup multimedia
     \ingroup graphicsview-api
-    \mainclass
+
     \internal
 
     QGraphicsSceneBspTreeIndex index use a BSP(Binary Space Partitioning)
diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicssceneevent.cpp b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicssceneevent.cpp
index b89d6ba..90f1531 100644
--- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicssceneevent.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicssceneevent.cpp
@@ -44,7 +44,6 @@
     \brief The QGraphicsSceneEvent class provides a base class for all
     graphics view related events.
     \since 4.2
-    \ingroup multimedia
     \ingroup graphicsview-api
 
     When a QGraphicsView receives Qt mouse, keyboard, and drag and
@@ -86,7 +85,6 @@
     \brief The QGraphicsSceneMouseEvent class provides mouse events
            in the graphics view framework.
     \since 4.2
-    \ingroup multimedia
     \ingroup graphicsview-api
 
     When a QGraphicsView receives a QMouseEvent, it translates it to
@@ -111,7 +109,6 @@
     \brief The QGraphicsSceneWheelEvent class provides wheel events in the
     graphics view framework.
     \since 4.2
-    \ingroup multimedia
     \ingroup graphicsview-api
 
     \l{QWheelEvent}{QWheelEvent}s received by a QGraphicsView are translated
@@ -128,7 +125,6 @@
     \brief The QGraphicsSceneContextMenuEvent class provides context
            menu events in the graphics view framework.
     \since 4.2
-    \ingroup multimedia
     \ingroup graphicsview-api
 
     A QContextMenuEvent received by a QGraphicsView is translated
@@ -160,7 +156,6 @@
     \brief The QGraphicsSceneHoverEvent class provides hover events
            in the graphics view framework.
     \since 4.2
-    \ingroup multimedia
     \ingroup graphicsview-api
 
     When a QGraphicsView receives a QHoverEvent event, it translates
@@ -176,7 +171,6 @@
     \brief The QGraphicsSceneHelpEvent class provides events when a
            tooltip is requested.
     \since 4.2
-    \ingroup multimedia
     \ingroup graphicsview-api
 
     When a QGraphicsView receives a QEvent of type
@@ -201,7 +195,6 @@
     \brief The QGraphicsSceneDragDropEvent class provides events for
            drag and drop in the graphics view framework.
     \since 4.2
-    \ingroup multimedia
     \ingroup graphicsview-api
 
     QGraphicsView inherits the drag and drop functionality provided
@@ -226,7 +219,6 @@
     \brief The QGraphicsSceneResizeEvent class provides events for widget
     resizing in the graphics view framework.
     \since 4.4
-    \ingroup multimedia
     \ingroup graphicsview-api
 
     A QGraphicsWidget sends itself a QGraphicsSceneResizeEvent immediately
@@ -243,7 +235,6 @@
     \brief The QGraphicsSceneMoveEvent class provides events for widget
     moving in the graphics view framework.
     \since 4.4
-    \ingroup multimedia
     \ingroup graphicsview-api
 
     A QGraphicsWidget sends itself a QGraphicsSceneMoveEvent immediately when
diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicssceneindex.cpp b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicssceneindex.cpp
index 37a2fc3..feb44bb 100644
--- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicssceneindex.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicssceneindex.cpp
@@ -43,9 +43,8 @@
     \brief The QGraphicsSceneIndex class provides a base class to implement
     a custom indexing algorithm for discovering items in QGraphicsScene.
     \since 4.6
-    \ingroup multimedia
     \ingroup graphicsview-api
-    \mainclass
+
     \internal
 
     The QGraphicsSceneIndex class provides a base class to implement
diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicstransform.cpp b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicstransform.cpp
index 95f137d..86f5b08 100644
--- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicstransform.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicstransform.cpp
@@ -44,6 +44,7 @@
     \brief The QGraphicsTransform class is an abstract base class for building
     advanced transformations on QGraphicsItems.
     \since 4.6
+    \ingroup graphicsview-api
 
     As an alternative to QGraphicsItem::transform, QGraphicsTransform lets you
     create and control advanced transformations that can be configured
diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsview.cpp b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsview.cpp
index 91e654c..e9029c3 100644
--- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsview.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsview.cpp
@@ -48,9 +48,8 @@ static const int QGRAPHICSVIEW_PREALLOC_STYLE_OPTIONS = 503; // largest prime <
     \brief The QGraphicsView class provides a widget for displaying the
     contents of a QGraphicsScene.
     \since 4.2
-    \ingroup multimedia
     \ingroup graphicsview-api
-    \mainclass
+
 
     QGraphicsView visualizes the contents of a QGraphicsScene in a scrollable
     viewport. To create a scene with geometrical items, see QGraphicsScene's
diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicswidget.cpp b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicswidget.cpp
index 4b41f1f..a833d4b 100644
--- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicswidget.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicswidget.cpp
@@ -74,7 +74,6 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \brief The QGraphicsWidget class is the base class for all widget
     items in a QGraphicsScene.
     \since 4.4
-    \ingroup multimedia
     \ingroup graphicsview-api
 
     QGraphicsWidget is an extended base item that provides extra functionality
diff --git a/src/gui/image/qbitmap.cpp b/src/gui/image/qbitmap.cpp
index a1497bc..bef1738 100644
--- a/src/gui/image/qbitmap.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/image/qbitmap.cpp
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \class QBitmap
     \brief The QBitmap class provides monochrome (1-bit depth) pixmaps.
 
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
     \ingroup shared
 
     The QBitmap class is a monochrome off-screen paint device used
diff --git a/src/gui/image/qicon.cpp b/src/gui/image/qicon.cpp
index 677cc44..5a88e29 100644
--- a/src/gui/image/qicon.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/image/qicon.cpp
@@ -445,9 +445,9 @@ Q_GLOBAL_STATIC_WITH_ARGS(QFactoryLoader, loaderV2,
   \brief The QIcon class provides scalable icons in different modes
   and states.
 
-  \ingroup multimedia
+  \ingroup painting
   \ingroup shared
-  \mainclass
+
 
   A QIcon can generate smaller, larger, active, and disabled pixmaps
   from the set of pixmaps it is given. Such pixmaps are used by Qt
diff --git a/src/gui/image/qiconengine.cpp b/src/gui/image/qiconengine.cpp
index 8e39607..930834d 100644
--- a/src/gui/image/qiconengine.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/image/qiconengine.cpp
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
   \brief The QIconEngine class provides an abstract base class for QIcon renderers.
 
-  \ingroup multimedia
+  \ingroup painting
 
   \bold {Use QIconEngineV2 instead.}
 
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ void QIconEngine::addFile(const QString &/*fileName*/, const QSize &/*size*/, QI
 
     \brief The QIconEngineV2 class provides an abstract base class for QIcon renderers.
 
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
     \since 4.3
 
     An icon engine renders \l{QIcon}s. With icon engines, you can
diff --git a/src/gui/image/qimage.cpp b/src/gui/image/qimage.cpp
index 09bc8c8..3faca46 100644
--- a/src/gui/image/qimage.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/image/qimage.cpp
@@ -333,9 +333,9 @@ bool QImageData::checkForAlphaPixels() const
 /*!
     \class QImage
 
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
     \ingroup shared
-    \mainclass
+
     \reentrant
 
     \brief The QImage class provides a hardware-independent image
diff --git a/src/gui/image/qimagereader.cpp b/src/gui/image/qimagereader.cpp
index 06c8f21..b127de7 100644
--- a/src/gui/image/qimagereader.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/image/qimagereader.cpp
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
     for reading images from files or other devices.
 
     \reentrant
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
     \ingroup io
 
     The most common way to read images is through QImage and QPixmap's
diff --git a/src/gui/image/qimagewriter.cpp b/src/gui/image/qimagewriter.cpp
index c734169..1f06493 100644
--- a/src/gui/image/qimagewriter.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/image/qimagewriter.cpp
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
     for writing images to files or other devices.
 
     \reentrant
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
     \ingroup io
 
     QImageWriter supports setting format specific options, such as the
diff --git a/src/gui/image/qmovie.cpp b/src/gui/image/qmovie.cpp
index c341e5e..179e6bb 100644
--- a/src/gui/image/qmovie.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/image/qmovie.cpp
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
     \brief The QMovie class is a convenience class for playing movies
     with QImageReader.
 
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
 
     First, create a QMovie object by passing either the name of a file or a
     pointer to a QIODevice containing an animated image format to QMovie's
diff --git a/src/gui/image/qpicture.cpp b/src/gui/image/qpicture.cpp
index fbc2a5d..7b02dca 100644
--- a/src/gui/image/qpicture.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/image/qpicture.cpp
@@ -69,9 +69,9 @@ void qt_format_text(const QFont &fnt, const QRectF &_r,
     \brief The QPicture class is a paint device that records and
     replays QPainter commands.
 
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
     \ingroup shared
-    \mainclass
+
 
     A picture serializes painter commands to an IO device in a
     platform-independent format. They are sometimes referred to as meta-files.
@@ -1298,7 +1298,7 @@ QList<QByteArray> QPicture::outputFormats()
     \brief The QPictureIO class contains parameters for loading and
     saving pictures.
 
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
     \ingroup io
 
     QPictureIO contains a QIODevice object that is used for picture data
diff --git a/src/gui/image/qpixmap.cpp b/src/gui/image/qpixmap.cpp
index 81440b3..0fad1c7 100644
--- a/src/gui/image/qpixmap.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/image/qpixmap.cpp
@@ -1550,9 +1550,9 @@ QPixmap QPixmap::transformed(const QMatrix &matrix, Qt::TransformationMode mode)
     \brief The QPixmap class is an off-screen image representation
     that can be used as a paint device.
 
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
     \ingroup shared
-    \mainclass
+
 
     Qt provides four classes for handling image data: QImage, QPixmap,
     QBitmap and QPicture. QImage is designed and optimized for I/O,
diff --git a/src/gui/image/qpixmapcache.cpp b/src/gui/image/qpixmapcache.cpp
index 762c98f..cef5c49 100644
--- a/src/gui/image/qpixmapcache.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/image/qpixmapcache.cpp
@@ -51,8 +51,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
     \brief The QPixmapCache class provides an application-wide cache for pixmaps.
 
-    \ingroup environment
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
 
     This class is a tool for optimized drawing with QPixmap. You can
     use it to store temporary pixmaps that are expensive to generate
diff --git a/src/gui/image/qpixmapfilter.cpp b/src/gui/image/qpixmapfilter.cpp
index cd80b10..968ecd7 100644
--- a/src/gui/image/qpixmapfilter.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/image/qpixmapfilter.cpp
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public:
 /*!
     \class QPixmapFilter
     \since 4.5
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
 
     \brief The QPixmapFilter class provides the basic functionality for
     pixmap filter classes. Pixmap filter can be for example colorize or blur.
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ QRectF QPixmapFilter::boundingRectFor(const QRectF &rect) const
 /*!
     \class QPixmapConvolutionFilter
     \since 4.5
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
 
     \brief The QPixmapConvolutionFilter class provides convolution
     filtering for pixmaps.
@@ -517,7 +517,7 @@ static void grayscale(const QImage &image, QImage &dest, const QRect& rect = QRe
 /*!
     \class QPixmapColorizeFilter
     \since 4.5
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
 
     \brief The QPixmapColorizeFilter class provides colorizing
     filtering for pixmaps.
@@ -641,7 +641,7 @@ public:
 /*!
     \class QPixmapDropShadowFilter
     \since 4.5
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
 
     \brief The QPixmapDropShadowFilter class is a convenience class
     for drawing pixmaps with drop shadows.
diff --git a/src/gui/inputmethod/qinputcontextfactory.cpp b/src/gui/inputmethod/qinputcontextfactory.cpp
index 39b9b03..9010edf 100644
--- a/src/gui/inputmethod/qinputcontextfactory.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/inputmethod/qinputcontextfactory.cpp
@@ -86,7 +86,6 @@ Q_GLOBAL_STATIC_WITH_ARGS(QFactoryLoader, loader,
     \class QInputContextFactory
     \brief The QInputContextFactory class creates QInputContext objects.
 
-    \ingroup appearance
 
     The input context factory creates a QInputContext object for a
     given key with QInputContextFactory::create().
diff --git a/src/gui/itemviews/qabstractitemdelegate.cpp b/src/gui/itemviews/qabstractitemdelegate.cpp
index 22b96fc..447538a 100644
--- a/src/gui/itemviews/qabstractitemdelegate.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/itemviews/qabstractitemdelegate.cpp
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     data items from a model.
 
     \ingroup model-view
-    \mainclass
+
 
     A QAbstractItemDelegate provides the interface and common functionality
     for delegates in the model/view architecture. Delegates display
diff --git a/src/gui/itemviews/qabstractitemview.cpp b/src/gui/itemviews/qabstractitemview.cpp
index 7b51483..9eb71b7 100644
--- a/src/gui/itemviews/qabstractitemview.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/itemviews/qabstractitemview.cpp
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ void QAbstractItemViewPrivate::checkMouseMove(const QPersistentModelIndex &index
     item view classes.
 
     \ingroup model-view
-    \mainclass
+
 
     QAbstractItemView class is the base class for every standard view
     that uses a QAbstractItemModel. QAbstractItemView is an abstract
diff --git a/src/gui/itemviews/qcolumnview.cpp b/src/gui/itemviews/qcolumnview.cpp
index fd8106f..9597656 100644
--- a/src/gui/itemviews/qcolumnview.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/itemviews/qcolumnview.cpp
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \brief The QColumnView class provides a model/view implementation of a column view.
     \ingroup model-view
     \ingroup advanced
-    \mainclass
+
 
     QColumnView displays a model in a number of QListViews, one for each
     hierarchy in the tree.  This is sometimes referred to as a cascading list.
diff --git a/src/gui/itemviews/qheaderview.cpp b/src/gui/itemviews/qheaderview.cpp
index 96df758..f7b5b6f 100644
--- a/src/gui/itemviews/qheaderview.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/itemviews/qheaderview.cpp
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ QDataStream &operator>>(QDataStream &in, QHeaderViewPrivate::SectionSpan &span)
     item views.
 
     \ingroup model-view
-    \mainclass
+
 
     A QHeaderView displays the headers used in item views such as the
     QTableView and QTreeView classes. It takes the place of Qt3's \c QHeader
diff --git a/src/gui/itemviews/qitemdelegate.cpp b/src/gui/itemviews/qitemdelegate.cpp
index 1e36f72..56af0f4 100644
--- a/src/gui/itemviews/qitemdelegate.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/itemviews/qitemdelegate.cpp
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ QSizeF QItemDelegatePrivate::doTextLayout(int lineWidth) const
     data items from a model.
 
     \ingroup model-view
-    \mainclass
+
 
     QItemDelegate can be used to provide custom display features and editor
     widgets for item views based on QAbstractItemView subclasses. Using a
diff --git a/src/gui/itemviews/qlistview.cpp b/src/gui/itemviews/qlistview.cpp
index b055d32..ea38f5f 100644
--- a/src/gui/itemviews/qlistview.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/itemviews/qlistview.cpp
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
     \ingroup model-view
     \ingroup advanced
-    \mainclass
+
 
     A QListView presents items stored in a model, either as a simple
     non-hierarchical list, or as a collection of icons. This class is used
diff --git a/src/gui/itemviews/qlistwidget.cpp b/src/gui/itemviews/qlistwidget.cpp
index a1f8288..232b4d2 100644
--- a/src/gui/itemviews/qlistwidget.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/itemviews/qlistwidget.cpp
@@ -1125,7 +1125,7 @@ void QListWidgetPrivate::_q_dataChanged(const QModelIndex &topLeft,
     \brief The QListWidget class provides an item-based list widget.
 
     \ingroup model-view
-    \mainclass
+
 
     QListWidget is a convenience class that provides a list view similar to the
     one supplied by QListView, but with a classic item-based interface for
diff --git a/src/gui/itemviews/qstringlistmodel.cpp b/src/gui/itemviews/qstringlistmodel.cpp
index d57de1a..9462dfe 100644
--- a/src/gui/itemviews/qstringlistmodel.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/itemviews/qstringlistmodel.cpp
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \brief The QStringListModel class provides a model that supplies strings to views.
 
     \ingroup model-view
-    \mainclass
+
 
     QStringListModel is an editable model that can be used for simple
     cases where you need to display a number of strings in a view
diff --git a/src/gui/itemviews/qstyleditemdelegate.cpp b/src/gui/itemviews/qstyleditemdelegate.cpp
index a8ea218..ae7c86d 100644
--- a/src/gui/itemviews/qstyleditemdelegate.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/itemviews/qstyleditemdelegate.cpp
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ public:
     data items from a model.
 
     \ingroup model-view
-    \mainclass
+
     \since 4.4
 
     When displaying data from models in Qt item views, e.g., a
diff --git a/src/gui/itemviews/qtableview.cpp b/src/gui/itemviews/qtableview.cpp
index 61c2b60..a9db9f5 100644
--- a/src/gui/itemviews/qtableview.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/itemviews/qtableview.cpp
@@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ void QTableViewPrivate::drawCell(QPainter *painter, const QStyleOptionViewItemV4
 
     \ingroup model-view
     \ingroup advanced
-    \mainclass
+
 
     A QTableView implements a table view that displays items from a
     model. This class is used to provide standard tables that were
diff --git a/src/gui/itemviews/qtablewidget.cpp b/src/gui/itemviews/qtablewidget.cpp
index de8ebde..b04aea2 100644
--- a/src/gui/itemviews/qtablewidget.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/itemviews/qtablewidget.cpp
@@ -1486,7 +1486,7 @@ QTableWidgetItem &QTableWidgetItem::operator=(const QTableWidgetItem &other)
     \brief The QTableWidget class provides an item-based table view with a default model.
 
     \ingroup model-view
-    \mainclass
+
 
     Table widgets provide standard table display facilities for applications.
     The items in a QTableWidget are provided by QTableWidgetItem.
diff --git a/src/gui/itemviews/qtreeview.cpp b/src/gui/itemviews/qtreeview.cpp
index 539a642..7dad192 100644
--- a/src/gui/itemviews/qtreeview.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/itemviews/qtreeview.cpp
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
     \ingroup model-view
     \ingroup advanced
-    \mainclass
+
 
     A QTreeView implements a tree representation of items from a
     model. This class is used to provide standard hierarchical lists that
diff --git a/src/gui/itemviews/qtreewidget.cpp b/src/gui/itemviews/qtreewidget.cpp
index f48e393..0bc2bee 100644
--- a/src/gui/itemviews/qtreewidget.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/itemviews/qtreewidget.cpp
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ public:
     \brief The QTreeModel class manages the items stored in a tree view.
 
     \ingroup model-view
-    \mainclass
+
 */
 
 /*!
@@ -2329,7 +2329,7 @@ void QTreeWidgetPrivate::_q_dataChanged(const QModelIndex &topLeft,
   tree model.
 
   \ingroup model-view
-  \mainclass
+
 
   The QTreeWidget class is a convenience class that provides a standard
   tree widget with a classic item-based interface similar to that used by
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qaction.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qaction.cpp
index 7c343fc..4b44452 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qaction.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qaction.cpp
@@ -182,8 +182,8 @@ void QActionPrivate::setShortcutEnabled(bool enable, QShortcutMap &map)
     \brief The QAction class provides an abstract user interface
     action that can be inserted into widgets.
 
-    \ingroup application
-    \mainclass
+    \ingroup mainwindow-classes
+
 
     \omit
         * parent and widget are different
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qactiongroup.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qactiongroup.cpp
index 5d429e4..9a12dea 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qactiongroup.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qactiongroup.cpp
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ void QActionGroupPrivate::_q_actionHovered()
     \class QActionGroup
     \brief The QActionGroup class groups actions together.
 
-    \ingroup application
+    \ingroup mainwindow-classes
 
     In some situations it is useful to group actions together. For
     example, if you have a \gui{Left Align} action, a \gui{Right
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qapplication.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qapplication.cpp
index df85809..574d845 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qapplication.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qapplication.cpp
@@ -174,9 +174,6 @@ QApplicationPrivate::~QApplicationPrivate()
     \brief The QApplication class manages the GUI application's control
     flow and main settings.
 
-    \ingroup application
-    \mainclass
-
     QApplication contains the main event loop, where all events from the window
     system and other sources are processed and dispatched. It also handles the
     application's initialization, finalization, and provides session
@@ -4107,9 +4104,6 @@ bool QApplicationPrivate::notify_helper(QObject *receiver, QEvent * e)
     \class QSessionManager
     \brief The QSessionManager class provides access to the session manager.
 
-    \ingroup application
-    \ingroup environment
-
     A session manager in a desktop environment (in which Qt GUI applications
     live) keeps track of a session, which is a group of running applications,
     each of which has a particular state. The state of an application contains
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qboxlayout.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qboxlayout.cpp
index 5dd77e8..ce86c36 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qboxlayout.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qboxlayout.cpp
@@ -452,7 +452,6 @@ void QBoxLayoutPrivate::calcHfw(int w)
     vertically.
 
     \ingroup geomanagement
-    \ingroup appearance
 
     QBoxLayout takes the space it gets (from its parent layout or from
     the parentWidget()), divides it up into a row of boxes, and makes
@@ -1271,8 +1270,6 @@ QBoxLayout::Direction QBoxLayout::direction() const
     \brief The QHBoxLayout class lines up widgets horizontally.
 
     \ingroup geomanagement
-    \ingroup appearance
-    \mainclass
 
     This class is used to construct horizontal box layout objects. See
     QBoxLayout for details.
@@ -1389,8 +1386,6 @@ QHBoxLayout::~QHBoxLayout()
     \brief The QVBoxLayout class lines up widgets vertically.
 
     \ingroup geomanagement
-    \ingroup appearance
-    \mainclass
 
     This class is used to construct vertical box layout objects. See
     QBoxLayout for details.
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qclipboard.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qclipboard.cpp
index 2779717..fce4f65 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qclipboard.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qclipboard.cpp
@@ -58,10 +58,6 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \class QClipboard
     \brief The QClipboard class provides access to the window system clipboard.
 
-    \ingroup io
-    \ingroup environment
-    \mainclass
-
     The clipboard offers a simple mechanism to copy and paste data
     between applications.
 
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qcursor.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qcursor.cpp
index b83843b..16749b7 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qcursor.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qcursor.cpp
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
     \ingroup appearance
     \ingroup shared
-    \mainclass
+
 
     This class is mainly used to create mouse cursors that are
     associated with particular widgets and to get and set the position
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qdesktopwidget.qdoc b/src/gui/kernel/qdesktopwidget.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8e6673a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qdesktopwidget.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,264 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \class QDesktopWidget
+    \brief The QDesktopWidget class provides access to screen information on multi-head systems.
+
+    \ingroup advanced
+    \ingroup desktop
+
+    QApplication::desktop() function should be used to get an instance
+    of the QDesktopWidget.
+
+    Systems with more than one graphics card and monitor can manage the
+    physical screen space available either as multiple desktops, or as a
+    large virtual desktop, which usually has the size of the bounding
+    rectangle of all the screens (see virtualDesktop). For an
+    application, one of the available screens is the primary screen, i.e.
+    the screen where the main widget resides (see primaryScreen). All
+    windows opened in the context of the application should be
+    constrained to the boundaries of the primary screen; for example,
+    it would be inconvenient if a dialog box popped up on a different
+    screen, or split over two screens.
+
+    The QDesktopWidget provides information about the geometry of the
+    available screens with screenGeometry(). The number of screens
+    available is returned by screenCount, and the screenCountChanged
+    signal is emitted when screens are added or removed during runtime.
+    The screen number that a particular point or widget is located in
+    is returned by screenNumber().
+
+    Widgets provided by Qt use this class, for example, to place
+    tooltips, menus and dialog boxes according to the parent or
+    application widget. Applications can use this class to save window
+    positions, or to place child widgets and dialogs on one particular
+    screen.
+
+    \img qdesktopwidget.png Managing Multiple Screens
+
+    In the illustration above, Application One's primary screen is
+    screen 0, and App Two's primary screen is screen 1.
+
+    \target multiple screens note
+    \note QDesktopWidget inherits the QWidget properties, width() and
+    height(), which specify the size of the desktop. However, for
+    desktops with multiple screens, the size of the desktop is the union
+    of all the screen sizes, so width() and height() should \e not be
+    used for computing the size of a widget to be placed on one of the
+    screens. The correct width and height values are obtained using
+    availableGeometry() or screenGeometry() for a particular screen.
+
+    \sa QApplication, QApplication::desktop(), QX11Info::appRootWindow()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QDesktopWidget::QDesktopWidget()
+
+    \internal
+
+    Creates the desktop widget.
+
+    If the system supports a virtual desktop, this widget will have
+    the size of the virtual desktop; otherwise this widget will have
+    the size of the primary screen.
+
+    Instead of using QDesktopWidget directly, use QApplication::desktop().
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QDesktopWidget::~QDesktopWidget()
+
+    \internal
+
+    Destroys the desktop widget and frees any allocated resources.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QDesktopWidget::numScreens() const
+    
+    Returns the number of available screens.
+    
+    \obsolete
+
+    This function is deprecated. Use screenCount instead.
+
+    \sa primaryScreen
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QWidget *QDesktopWidget::screen(int screen)
+
+    Returns a widget that represents the screen with index \a screen
+    (a value of -1 means the default screen).
+
+    If the system uses a virtual desktop, the returned widget will
+    have the geometry of the entire virtual desktop; i.e., bounding
+    every \a screen.
+
+    \sa primaryScreen, screenCount, virtualDesktop
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QRect QDesktopWidget::availableGeometry(int screen) const
+
+     Returns the available geometry of the screen with index \a screen. What
+     is available will be subrect of screenGeometry() based on what the
+     platform decides is available (for example excludes the dock and menu bar
+     on Mac OS X, or the task bar on Windows). The default screen is used if
+     \a screen is -1.
+
+     \sa screenNumber(), screenGeometry()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QRect QDesktopWidget::availableGeometry(const QWidget *widget) const
+    \overload
+
+    Returns the available geometry of the screen which contains \a widget.
+
+    \sa screenGeometry()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QRect QDesktopWidget::availableGeometry(const QPoint &p) const
+    \overload
+
+    Returns the available geometry of the screen which contains \a p.
+
+    \sa screenGeometry()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QRect QDesktopWidget::screenGeometry(int screen) const
+
+    Returns the geometry of the screen with index \a screen. The default
+    screen is used if \a screen is -1.
+
+    \sa screenNumber()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QRect QDesktopWidget::screenGeometry(const QWidget *widget) const
+    \overload
+
+    Returns the geometry of the screen which contains \a widget.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QRect QDesktopWidget::screenGeometry(const QPoint &p) const
+    \overload
+
+    Returns the geometry of the screen which contains \a p.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QDesktopWidget::screenNumber(const QWidget *widget) const
+
+    Returns the index of the screen that contains the largest
+    part of \a widget, or -1 if the widget not on a screen.
+
+    \sa primaryScreen
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QDesktopWidget::screenNumber(const QPoint &point) const
+
+    \overload
+    Returns the index of the screen that contains the \a point, or the
+    screen which is the shortest distance from the \a point.
+
+    \sa primaryScreen
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesktopWidget::resizeEvent(QResizeEvent *event)
+    \reimp
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesktopWidget::resized(int screen)
+
+    This signal is emitted when the size of \a screen changes.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesktopWidget::workAreaResized(int screen)
+
+    This signal is emitted when the work area available on \a screen changes.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \property QDesktopWidget::screenCount
+    \brief the number of screens currently available on the system.
+
+    \since 4.6
+    
+    \sa screenCountChanged()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \property QDesktopWidget::primaryScreen
+    \brief the index of the screen that is configured to be the primary screen
+    on the system.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \property QDesktopWidget::virtualDesktop
+
+    \brief if the system manages the available screens in a virtual desktop.
+
+    For virtual desktops, screen() will always return the same widget.
+    The size of the virtual desktop is the size of this desktop
+    widget.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesktopWidget::screenCountChanged(int newCount)
+
+    \since 4.6
+
+    This signal is emitted when the number of screens changes to \a newCount.
+    
+    \sa screenCount
+*/
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qformlayout.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qformlayout.cpp
index 4e632de..b3ecc35 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qformlayout.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qformlayout.cpp
@@ -1006,10 +1006,8 @@ QStyle* QFormLayoutPrivate::getStyle() const
     \since 4.4
     \brief The QFormLayout class manages forms of input widgets and their associated labels.
 
-    \ingroup appearance
     \ingroup geomanagement
 
-    \mainclass
 
     QFormLayout is a convenience layout class that lays out its
     children in a two-column form. The left column consists of labels
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qgridlayout.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qgridlayout.cpp
index 6624b77..1f25c63 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qgridlayout.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qgridlayout.cpp
@@ -980,8 +980,7 @@ QRect QGridLayoutPrivate::cellRect(int row, int col) const
     \brief The QGridLayout class lays out widgets in a grid.
 
     \ingroup geomanagement
-    \ingroup appearance
-    \mainclass
+
 
     QGridLayout takes the space made available to it (by its parent
     layout or by the parentWidget()), divides it up into rows and
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qkeymapper.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qkeymapper.cpp
index 0730ef6..7143358 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qkeymapper.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qkeymapper.cpp
@@ -51,7 +51,6 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 /*!
     \class QKeyMapper
     \since 4.2
-    \ingroup application
     \internal
 
     \sa QObject
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qkeysequence.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qkeysequence.cpp
index 99e2632..50fe849 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qkeysequence.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qkeysequence.cpp
@@ -152,9 +152,8 @@ void Q_AUTOTEST_EXPORT qt_set_sequence_auto_mnemonic(bool b) { qt_sequence_no_mn
     \brief The QKeySequence class encapsulates a key sequence as used
     by shortcuts.
 
-    \ingroup misc
     \ingroup shared
-    \mainclass
+
 
     In its most common form, a key sequence describes a combination of
     keys that must be used together to perform some action. Key sequences
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qlayout.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qlayout.cpp
index e3cde49..07c017d 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qlayout.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qlayout.cpp
@@ -75,7 +75,6 @@ static int menuBarHeightForWidth(QWidget *menubar, int w)
     \class QLayout
     \brief The QLayout class is the base class of geometry managers.
 
-    \ingroup appearance
     \ingroup geomanagement
 
     This is an abstract base class inherited by the concrete classes
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qlayoutitem.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qlayoutitem.cpp
index 47fe5e6..54f37bf 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qlayoutitem.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qlayoutitem.cpp
@@ -87,7 +87,6 @@ QSizePolicy::operator QVariant() const
     \brief The QLayoutItem class provides an abstract item that a
     QLayout manipulates.
 
-    \ingroup appearance
     \ingroup geomanagement
 
     This is used by custom layouts.
@@ -116,7 +115,6 @@ QSizePolicy::operator QVariant() const
 
 /*!
     \class QSpacerItem
-    \ingroup appearance
     \ingroup geomanagement
     \brief The QSpacerItem class provides blank space in a layout.
 
@@ -144,7 +142,6 @@ QSizePolicy::operator QVariant() const
 
 /*!
     \class QWidgetItem
-    \ingroup appearance
     \ingroup geomanagement
     \brief The QWidgetItem class is a layout item that represents a widget.
 
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qmime_mac.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qmime_mac.cpp
index f4d4707..9e8de67 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qmime_mac.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qmime_mac.cpp
@@ -126,9 +126,8 @@ CFStringRef qt_mac_mime_typeUTI = CFSTR("com.pasteboard.trolltech.marker");
   \l{http://developer.apple.com/macosx/uniformtypeidentifiers.html}{Uniform
   Type Identifier (UTI)} format.
   \since 4.2
-  \ingroup io
+
   \ingroup draganddrop
-  \ingroup misc
 
   Qt's drag and drop and clipboard facilities use the MIME
   standard. On X11, this maps trivially to the Xdnd protocol. On
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qmime_win.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qmime_win.cpp
index 63f37af..7f82f53 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qmime_win.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qmime_win.cpp
@@ -219,9 +219,7 @@ Q_GLOBAL_STATIC(QWindowsMimeList, theMimeList);
 /*!
     \class QWindowsMime
     \brief The QWindowsMime class maps open-standard MIME to Window Clipboard formats.
-    \ingroup io
     \ingroup draganddrop
-    \ingroup misc
 
     Qt's drag-and-drop and clipboard facilities use the MIME standard.
     On X11, this maps trivially to the Xdnd protocol, but on Windows
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qpalette.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qpalette.cpp
index 24e735c..c5ae66b 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qpalette.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qpalette.cpp
@@ -399,8 +399,8 @@ void QPalette::setColorGroup(ColorGroup cg, const QColorGroup &g)
 
     \ingroup appearance
     \ingroup shared
-    \ingroup multimedia
-    \mainclass
+    \ingroup painting
+
 
     A palette consists of three color groups: \e Active, \e Disabled,
     and \e Inactive. All widgets in Qt contain a palette and
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qshortcut.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qshortcut.cpp
index 194f648..1c5917c 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qshortcut.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qshortcut.cpp
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \brief The QShortcut class is used to create keyboard shortcuts.
 
     \ingroup events
-    \mainclass
+
 
     The QShortcut class provides a way of connecting keyboard
     shortcuts to Qt's \l{signals and slots} mechanism, so that
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qsizepolicy.qdoc b/src/gui/kernel/qsizepolicy.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..200deb5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qsizepolicy.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,521 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \class QSizePolicy
+    \brief The QSizePolicy class is a layout attribute describing horizontal
+    and vertical resizing policy.
+
+    \ingroup geomanagement
+
+    The size policy of a widget is an expression of its willingness to
+    be resized in various ways, and affects how the widget is treated
+    by the \l{Layout Management}{layout engine}. Each widget returns a
+    QSizePolicy that describes the horizontal and vertical resizing
+    policy it prefers when being laid out. You can change this for
+    a specific widget by changing its QWidget::sizePolicy property.
+
+    QSizePolicy contains two independent QSizePolicy::Policy values
+    and two stretch factors; one describes the widgets's horizontal
+    size policy, and the other describes its vertical size policy. It
+    also contains a flag to indicate whether the height and width of
+    its preferred size are related.
+
+    The horizontal and vertical policies can be set in the
+    constructor, and altered using the setHorizontalPolicy() and
+    setVerticalPolicy() functions. The stretch factors can be set
+    using the setHorizontalStretch() and setVerticalStretch()
+    functions. The flag indicating whether the widget's
+    \l{QWidget::sizeHint()}{sizeHint()} is width-dependent (such as a
+    menu bar or a word-wrapping label) can be set using the
+    setHeightForWidth() function.
+
+    The current size policies and stretch factors be retrieved using
+    the horizontalPolicy(), verticalPolicy(), horizontalStretch() and
+    verticalStretch() functions. Alternatively, use the transpose()
+    function to swap the horizontal and vertical policies and
+    stretches. The hasHeightForWidth() function returns the current
+    status of the flag indicating the size hint dependencies.
+
+    Use the expandingDirections() function to determine whether the
+    associated widget can make use of more space than its
+    \l{QWidget::sizeHint()}{sizeHint()} function indicates, as well as
+    find out in which directions it can expand.
+
+    Finally, the QSizePolicy class provides operators comparing this
+    size policy to a given policy, as well as a QVariant operator
+    storing this QSizePolicy as a QVariant object.
+
+    \sa QSize, QWidget::sizeHint(), QWidget::sizePolicy,
+    QLayoutItem::sizeHint()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QSizePolicy::PolicyFlag
+
+    These flags are combined together to form the various \l{Policy}
+    values:
+
+    \value GrowFlag  The widget can grow beyond its size hint if necessary.
+    \value ExpandFlag  The widget should get as much space as possible.
+    \value ShrinkFlag  The widget can shrink below its size hint if necessary.
+    \value IgnoreFlag  The widget's size hint is ignored. The widget will get
+        as much space as possible.
+
+    \sa Policy
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QSizePolicy::Policy
+
+    This enum describes the various per-dimension sizing types used
+    when constructing a QSizePolicy.
+
+    \value Fixed  The QWidget::sizeHint() is the only acceptable
+        alternative, so the widget can never grow or shrink (e.g. the
+        vertical direction of a push button).
+
+    \value Minimum  The sizeHint() is minimal, and sufficient. The
+        widget can be expanded, but there is no advantage to it being
+        larger (e.g. the horizontal direction of a push button).
+        It cannot be smaller than the size provided by sizeHint().
+
+    \value Maximum  The sizeHint() is a maximum. The widget can be
+        shrunk any amount without detriment if other widgets need the
+        space (e.g. a separator line).
+        It cannot be larger than the size provided by sizeHint().
+
+    \value Preferred  The sizeHint() is best, but the widget can be
+        shrunk and still be useful. The widget can be expanded, but there
+        is no advantage to it being larger than sizeHint() (the default
+        QWidget policy).
+
+    \value Expanding  The sizeHint() is a sensible size, but the
+        widget can be shrunk and still be useful. The widget can make use
+        of extra space, so it should get as much space as possible (e.g.
+        the horizontal direction of a horizontal slider).
+
+    \value MinimumExpanding  The sizeHint() is minimal, and sufficient.
+        The widget can make use of extra space, so it should get as much
+        space as possible (e.g. the horizontal direction of a horizontal
+        slider).
+
+    \value Ignored  The sizeHint() is ignored. The widget will get as
+        much space as possible.
+
+    \sa PolicyFlag, setHorizontalPolicy(), setVerticalPolicy()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSizePolicy::QSizePolicy()
+
+    Constructs a QSizePolicy object with \l Fixed as its horizontal
+    and vertical policies.
+
+    The policies can be altered using the setHorizontalPolicy() and
+    setVerticalPolicy() functions. Use the setHeightForWidth()
+    function if the preferred height of the widget is dependent on the
+    width of the widget (for example, a QLabel with line wrapping).
+
+    \sa setHorizontalStretch(), setVerticalStretch()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSizePolicy::QSizePolicy(Policy horizontal, Policy vertical)
+
+    Constructs a QSizePolicy object with the given \a horizontal and
+    \a vertical policies, and DefaultType as the control type.
+
+    Use setHeightForWidth() if the preferred height of the widget is
+    dependent on the width of the widget (for example, a QLabel with
+    line wrapping).
+
+    \sa setHorizontalStretch(), setVerticalStretch()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSizePolicy::QSizePolicy(Policy horizontal, Policy vertical, ControlType type)
+    \since 4.3
+
+    Constructs a QSizePolicy object with the given \a horizontal and
+    \a vertical policies, and the specified control \a type.
+
+    Use setHeightForWidth() if the preferred height of the widget is
+    dependent on the width of the widget (for example, a QLabel with
+    line wrapping).
+
+    \sa setHorizontalStretch(), setVerticalStretch(), controlType()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSizePolicy::Policy QSizePolicy::horizontalPolicy() const
+
+    Returns the horizontal component of the size policy.
+
+    \sa setHorizontalPolicy(), verticalPolicy(), horizontalStretch()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSizePolicy::Policy QSizePolicy::verticalPolicy() const
+
+    Returns the vertical component of the size policy.
+
+    \sa setVerticalPolicy(), horizontalPolicy(), verticalStretch()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QSizePolicy::setHorizontalPolicy(Policy policy)
+
+    Sets the horizontal component to the given \a policy.
+
+    \sa horizontalPolicy(), setVerticalPolicy(), setHorizontalStretch()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QSizePolicy::setVerticalPolicy(Policy policy)
+
+    Sets the vertical component to the given \a policy.
+
+    \sa verticalPolicy(), setHorizontalPolicy(), setVerticalStretch()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Qt::Orientations QSizePolicy::expandingDirections() const
+
+    Returns whether a widget can make use of more space than the
+    QWidget::sizeHint() function indicates.
+
+    A value of Qt::Horizontal or Qt::Vertical means that the widget
+    can grow horizontally or vertically (i.e., the horizontal or
+    vertical policy is \l Expanding or \l MinimumExpanding), whereas
+    Qt::Horizontal | Qt::Vertical means that it can grow in both
+    dimensions.
+
+    \sa horizontalPolicy(), verticalPolicy()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn ControlType QSizePolicy::controlType() const
+    \since 4.3
+
+    Returns the control type associated with the widget for which
+    this size policy applies.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QSizePolicy::setControlType(ControlType type)
+    \since 4.3
+
+    Sets the control type associated with the widget for which this
+    size policy applies to \a type.
+
+    The control type specifies the type of the widget for which this
+    size policy applies. It is used by some styles, notably
+    QMacStyle, to insert proper spacing between widgets. For example,
+    the Mac OS X Aqua guidelines specify that push buttons should be
+    separated by 12 pixels, whereas vertically stacked radio buttons
+    only require 6 pixels.
+
+    \sa QStyle::layoutSpacing()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QSizePolicy::setHeightForWidth(bool dependent)
+
+    Sets the flag determining whether the widget's preferred height
+    depends on its width, to \a dependent.
+
+    \sa hasHeightForWidth()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QSizePolicy::hasHeightForWidth() const
+
+    Returns true if the widget's preferred height depends on its
+    width; otherwise returns false.
+
+    \sa setHeightForWidth()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QSizePolicy::operator==(const QSizePolicy &other) const
+
+    Returns true if this policy is equal to \a other; otherwise
+    returns false.
+
+    \sa operator!=()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QSizePolicy::operator!=(const QSizePolicy &other) const
+
+    Returns true if this policy is different from \a other; otherwise
+    returns false.
+
+    \sa operator==()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QSizePolicy::horizontalStretch() const
+
+    Returns the horizontal stretch factor of the size policy.
+
+    \sa setHorizontalStretch(), verticalStretch(), horizontalPolicy()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QSizePolicy::verticalStretch() const
+
+    Returns the vertical stretch factor of the size policy.
+
+    \sa setVerticalStretch(), horizontalStretch(), verticalPolicy()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QSizePolicy::setHorizontalStretch(uchar stretchFactor)
+
+    Sets the horizontal stretch factor of the size policy to the given \a
+    stretchFactor.
+
+    \sa horizontalStretch(), setVerticalStretch(), setHorizontalPolicy()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QSizePolicy::setVerticalStretch(uchar stretchFactor)
+
+    Sets the vertical stretch factor of the size policy to the given
+    \a stretchFactor.
+
+    \sa verticalStretch(), setHorizontalStretch(), setVerticalPolicy()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QSizePolicy::transpose()
+
+    Swaps the horizontal and vertical policies and stretches.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QSizePolicy::ControlType
+    \since 4.3
+
+    This enum specifies the different types of widgets in terms of
+    layout interaction:
+
+    \value DefaultType  The default type, when none is specified.
+    \value ButtonBox  A QDialogButtonBox instance.
+    \value CheckBox  A QCheckBox instance.
+    \value ComboBox  A QComboBox instance.
+    \value Frame  A QFrame instance.
+    \value GroupBox  A QGroupBox instance.
+    \value Label  A QLabel instance.
+    \value Line  A QFrame instance with QFrame::HLine or QFrame::VLine.
+    \value LineEdit  A QLineEdit instance.
+    \value PushButton  A QPushButton instance.
+    \value RadioButton  A QRadioButton instance.
+    \value Slider  A QAbstractSlider instance.
+    \value SpinBox  A QAbstractSpinBox instance.
+    \value TabWidget  A QTabWidget instance.
+    \value ToolButton  A QToolButton instance.
+
+    \sa setControlType(), controlType()
+*/
+
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+/*!
+    \typedef QSizePolicy::SizeType
+    \compat
+
+    Use the QSizePolicy::Policy enum instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QSizePolicy::ExpandData
+    \compat
+
+    Use the Qt::Orientations enum instead.
+
+    \value NoDirection  Use 0 instead.
+    \value Horizontally  Use Qt::Horizontal instead.
+    \value Vertically  Use Qt::Vertical instead.
+    \value BothDirections  Use Qt::Horizontal | Qt::Vertical instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QSizePolicy::mayShrinkHorizontally() const
+
+    Use the horizontalPolicy() function combined with the
+    QSizePolicy::PolicyFlag enum instead.
+
+    \oldcode
+        bool policy = mayShrinkHorizontally();
+    \newcode
+        bool policy = horizontalPolicy() & QSizePolicy::ShrinkFlag;
+    \endcode
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QSizePolicy::mayShrinkVertically() const
+
+    Use the verticalPolicy() function combined with the
+    QSizePolicy::PolicyFlag enum instead.
+
+    \oldcode
+        bool policy = mayShrinkVertically();
+    \newcode
+        bool policy = verticalPolicy() & QSizePolicy::ShrinkFlag;
+    \endcode
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QSizePolicy::mayGrowHorizontally() const
+
+    Use the horizontalPolicy() function combined with the
+    QSizePolicy::PolicyFlag enum instead.
+
+    \oldcode
+        bool policy = mayGrowHorizontally();
+    \newcode
+        bool policy = horizontalPolicy() & QSizePolicy::GrowFlag;
+    \endcode
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QSizePolicy::mayGrowVertically() const
+
+    Use the verticalPolicy() function combined with the
+    QSizePolicy::PolicyFlag enum instead.
+
+    \oldcode
+        bool policy = mayGrowVertically();
+    \newcode
+        bool policy = verticalPolicy() & QSizePolicy::GrowFlag;
+    \endcode
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Qt::QSizePolicy::Orientations QSizePolicy::expanding() const
+
+    Use expandingDirections() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSizePolicy::QSizePolicy(Policy horizontal, Policy vertical, bool dependent)
+
+    Use the QSizePolicy() constructor and the setHeightForWidth()
+    function instead.
+
+    \oldcode
+        QSizePolicy *policy = new QSizePolicy(horizontal, vertical, dependent);
+    \newcode
+        QSizePolicy *policy = new QSizePolicy(horizontal, vertical);
+        policy->setHeightForWidth(dependent);
+    \endcode
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSizePolicy::QSizePolicy(Policy horizontal, Policy vertical, uchar horizontalStretch,
+                                 uchar verticalStretch, bool dependent)
+
+    Use the QSizePolicy() constructor and call the
+    setHorizontalStretch(), setVerticalStretch(), and
+    setHeightForWidth() functions instead.
+
+    \oldcode
+        QSizePolicy *policy = new QSizePolicy(horizontal, vertical,
+                                                                 horizontalStretch, verticalStretch,
+                                                                 dependent);
+    \newcode
+        QSizePolicy *policy = new QSizePolicy(horizontal, vertical);
+        policy->setHorizontalStretch(horizontalStretch);
+        policy->setVerticalStretch(verticalStretch);
+        policy->setHeightForWidth(dependent);
+    \endcode
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSizePolicy::Policy QSizePolicy::horData() const
+
+    Use horizontalPolicy() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSizePolicy::Policy QSizePolicy::verData() const
+
+    Use verticalPolicy() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QSizePolicy::setHorData(Policy policy)
+
+    Use setHorizontalPolicy() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QSizePolicy::setVerData(Policy policy)
+
+    Use setVerticalPolicy() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn uint QSizePolicy::horStretch() const
+
+    Use horizontalStretch() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn uint QSizePolicy::verStretch() const
+
+    Use verticalStretch() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QSizePolicy::setHorStretch(uchar stretch)
+
+    Use setHorizontalStretch() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QSizePolicy::setVerStretch(uchar stretch)
+
+    Use setVerticalStretch() instead.
+*/
+#endif
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qsound.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qsound.cpp
index 3fb750e..e5c263b 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qsound.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qsound.cpp
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ public:
     \brief The QSound class provides access to the platform audio facilities.
 
     \ingroup multimedia
-    \mainclass
+
 
     Qt provides the most commonly required audio operation in GUI
     applications: asynchronously playing a sound file. This is most
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qstackedlayout.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qstackedlayout.cpp
index 4025b73..c7e25b0 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qstackedlayout.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qstackedlayout.cpp
@@ -65,8 +65,6 @@ public:
     only one widget is visible at a time.
 
     \ingroup geomanagement
-    \ingroup appearance
-    \mainclass
 
     QStackedLayout can be used to create a user interface similar to
     the one provided by QTabWidget. There is also a convenience
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qtooltip.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qtooltip.cpp
index 3ea9cb4..8193c55 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qtooltip.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qtooltip.cpp
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     widget.
 
     \ingroup helpsystem
-    \mainclass
+
 
     The tip is a short piece of text reminding the user of the
     widget's function. It is drawn immediately below the given
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qwhatsthis.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qwhatsthis.cpp
index 5a37801..6d0bc33 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qwhatsthis.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qwhatsthis.cpp
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     widget, i.e. answering the question "What's This?".
 
     \ingroup helpsystem
-    \mainclass
+
 
     "What's This?" help is part of an application's online help
     system, and provides users with information about the
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qwidget.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qwidget.cpp
index c00f953..515eed9 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qwidget.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qwidget.cpp
@@ -454,7 +454,7 @@ void QWidget::setAutoFillBackground(bool enabled)
     \brief The QWidget class is the base class of all user interface objects.
 
     \ingroup basicwidgets
-    \mainclass
+
 
     The widget is the atom of the user interface: it receives mouse, keyboard
     and other events from the window system, and paints a representation of
@@ -2692,7 +2692,7 @@ void QWidget::showFullScreen()
     Calling this function only affects \l{isWindow()}{windows}.
 
     On X11, this function may not work properly with certain window
-    managers. See \l{geometry.html}{Window Geometry} for an explanation.
+    managers. See the \l{Window Geometry} documentation for an explanation.
 
     \sa setWindowState(), showNormal(), showMinimized(), show(), hide(), isVisible()
 */
@@ -3041,8 +3041,8 @@ void QWidget::setDisabled(bool disable)
     \brief geometry of the widget relative to its parent including any
     window frame
 
-    See the \link geometry.html Window Geometry documentation\endlink
-    for an overview of geometry issues with windows.
+    See the \l{Window Geometry} documentation for an overview of geometry
+    issues with windows.
 
     By default, this property contains a value that depends on the user's
     platform and screen geometry.
@@ -3068,8 +3068,8 @@ QRect QWidget::frameGeometry() const
     \brief the x coordinate of the widget relative to its parent including
     any window frame
 
-    See the \link geometry.html Window Geometry documentation\endlink
-    for an overview of window geometry.
+    See the \l{Window Geometry} documentation for an overview of geometry
+    issues with windows.
 
     By default, this property has a value of 0.
 
@@ -3088,8 +3088,8 @@ int QWidget::x() const
     \brief the y coordinate of the widget relative to its parent and
     including any window frame
 
-    See the \link geometry.html Window Geometry documentation\endlink
-    for an overview of window geometry.
+    See the \l{Window Geometry} documentation for an overview of geometry
+    issues with windows.
 
     By default, this property has a value of 0.
 
@@ -3121,8 +3121,8 @@ int QWidget::y() const
     \warning Calling move() or setGeometry() inside moveEvent() can
     lead to infinite recursion.
 
-    See the \link geometry.html Window Geometry documentation\endlink
-    for an overview of window geometry.
+    See the \l{Window Geometry} documentation for an overview of geometry
+    issues with windows.
 
     \sa frameGeometry, size x(), y()
 */
@@ -3152,8 +3152,8 @@ QPoint QWidget::pos() const
     \warning Calling setGeometry() inside resizeEvent() or moveEvent()
     can lead to infinite recursion.
 
-    See the \link geometry.html Window Geometry documentation\endlink
-    for an overview of window geometry.
+    See the \l{Window Geometry} documentation for an overview of geometry
+    issues with windows.
 
     By default, this property contains a value that depends on the user's
     platform and screen geometry.
@@ -3202,8 +3202,8 @@ QPoint QWidget::pos() const
     \property QWidget::width
     \brief the width of the widget excluding any window frame
 
-    See the \link geometry.html Window Geometry documentation\endlink
-    for an overview of window geometry.
+    See the \l{Window Geometry} documentation for an overview of geometry
+    issues with windows.
 
     \note Do not use this function to find the width of a screen on
     a \l{QDesktopWidget}{multiple screen desktop}. Read
@@ -3219,8 +3219,8 @@ QPoint QWidget::pos() const
     \property QWidget::height
     \brief the height of the widget excluding any window frame
 
-    See the \link geometry.html Window Geometry documentation\endlink
-    for an overview of window geometry.
+    See the \l{Window Geometry} documentation for an overview of geometry
+    issues with windows.
 
     \note Do not use this function to find the height of a screen
     on a \l {QDesktopWidget} {multiple screen desktop}. Read
@@ -3239,8 +3239,8 @@ QPoint QWidget::pos() const
 
     The rect property equals QRect(0, 0, width(), height()).
 
-    See the \link geometry.html Window Geometry documentation\endlink
-    for an overview of window geometry.
+    See the \l{Window Geometry} documentation for an overview of geometry
+    issues with windows.
 
     By default, this property contains a value that depends on the user's
     platform and screen geometry.
@@ -6228,8 +6228,8 @@ void QWidget::setGeometry(const QRect &r)
 
     \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qwidget.cpp 11
 
-    See the \link geometry.html Window Geometry documentation\endlink
-    for an overview of geometry issues with windows.
+    See the \l{Window Geometry} documentation for an overview of geometry
+    issues with windows.
 
     Use QMainWindow::saveState() to save the geometry and the state of
     toolbars and dock widgets.
@@ -6270,8 +6270,8 @@ QByteArray QWidget::saveGeometry() const
 
     \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qwidget.cpp 12
 
-    See the \link geometry.html Window Geometry documentation\endlink
-    for an overview of geometry issues with windows.
+    See the \l{Window Geometry} documentation for an overview of geometry
+    issues with windows.
 
     Use QMainWindow::restoreState() to restore the geometry and the
     state of toolbars and dock widgets.
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qwidgetaction.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qwidgetaction.cpp
index 911d332..a397e39 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qwidgetaction.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qwidgetaction.cpp
@@ -54,6 +54,8 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     for inserting custom widgets into action based containers, such
     as toolbars.
 
+    \ingroup mainwindow-classes
+
     Most actions in an application are represented as items in menus or
     buttons in toolbars. However sometimes more complex widgets are
     necessary. For example a zoom action in a word processor may be
@@ -100,9 +102,6 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
             DirectConnection.
     \endlist
 
-    \ingroup application
-    \mainclass
-
     \sa QAction, QActionGroup, QWidget
 */
 
diff --git a/src/gui/math3d/qgenericmatrix.cpp b/src/gui/math3d/qgenericmatrix.cpp
index 271571c..1c924c7 100644
--- a/src/gui/math3d/qgenericmatrix.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/math3d/qgenericmatrix.cpp
@@ -47,6 +47,8 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \class QGenericMatrix
     \brief The QGenericMatrix class is a template class that represents a NxM transformation matrix with N columns and M rows.
     \since 4.6
+    \ingroup painting
+    \ingroup painting-3D
 
     The QGenericMatrix template has four parameters:
 
diff --git a/src/gui/math3d/qmatrix4x4.cpp b/src/gui/math3d/qmatrix4x4.cpp
index a67a832..dc17eda 100644
--- a/src/gui/math3d/qmatrix4x4.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/math3d/qmatrix4x4.cpp
@@ -52,6 +52,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \class QMatrix4x4
     \brief The QMatrix4x4 class represents a 4x4 transformation matrix in 3D space.
     \since 4.6
+    \ingroup painting-3D
 
     \sa QVector3D, QGenericMatrix
 */
diff --git a/src/gui/math3d/qquaternion.cpp b/src/gui/math3d/qquaternion.cpp
index 9e56966..b2c598f 100644
--- a/src/gui/math3d/qquaternion.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/math3d/qquaternion.cpp
@@ -51,6 +51,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \class QQuaternion
     \brief The QQuaternion class represents a quaternion consisting of a vector and scalar.
     \since 4.6
+    \ingroup painting-3D
 
     Quaternions are used to represent rotations in 3D space, and
     consist of a 3D rotation axis specified by the x, y, and z
diff --git a/src/gui/math3d/qvector2d.cpp b/src/gui/math3d/qvector2d.cpp
index f7fef6c..1662020 100644
--- a/src/gui/math3d/qvector2d.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/math3d/qvector2d.cpp
@@ -53,6 +53,8 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \class QVector2D
     \brief The QVector2D class represents a vector or vertex in 2D space.
     \since 4.6
+    \ingroup painting
+    \ingroup painting-3D
 
     The QVector2D class can also be used to represent vertices in 2D space.
     We therefore do not need to provide a separate vertex class.
diff --git a/src/gui/math3d/qvector3d.cpp b/src/gui/math3d/qvector3d.cpp
index 2915d3a..0e3f4e1 100644
--- a/src/gui/math3d/qvector3d.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/math3d/qvector3d.cpp
@@ -53,6 +53,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \class QVector3D
     \brief The QVector3D class represents a vector or vertex in 3D space.
     \since 4.6
+    \ingroup painting-3D
 
     Vectors are one of the main building blocks of 3D representation and
     drawing.  They consist of three coordinates, traditionally called
diff --git a/src/gui/math3d/qvector4d.cpp b/src/gui/math3d/qvector4d.cpp
index dd64103..a2efff7 100644
--- a/src/gui/math3d/qvector4d.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/math3d/qvector4d.cpp
@@ -53,6 +53,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \class QVector4D
     \brief The QVector4D class represents a vector or vertex in 4D space.
     \since 4.6
+    \ingroup painting-3D
 
     The QVector4D class can also be used to represent vertices in 4D space.
     We therefore do not need to provide a separate vertex class.
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qbrush.cpp b/src/gui/painting/qbrush.cpp
index be5db6b..931d7ff 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qbrush.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qbrush.cpp
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ struct QGradientBrushData : public QBrushData
 
 /*!
     \class QBrush
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
     \ingroup shared
 
     \brief The QBrush class defines the fill pattern of shapes drawn
@@ -1153,7 +1153,7 @@ QDataStream &operator>>(QDataStream &s, QBrush &b)
 
 /*!
     \class QGradient
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
     \ingroup shared
 
     \brief The QGradient class is used in combination with QBrush to
@@ -1517,7 +1517,7 @@ bool QGradient::operator==(const QGradient &gradient)
 
 /*!
     \class QLinearGradient
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
 
     \brief The QLinearGradient class is used in combination with QBrush to
     specify a linear gradient brush.
@@ -1696,7 +1696,7 @@ void QLinearGradient::setFinalStop(const QPointF &stop)
 
 /*!
     \class QRadialGradient
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
 
     \brief The QRadialGradient class is used in combination with QBrush to
     specify a radial gradient brush.
@@ -1953,7 +1953,7 @@ void QRadialGradient::setFocalPoint(const QPointF &focalPoint)
 
 /*!
     \class QConicalGradient
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
 
     \brief The QConicalGradient class is used in combination with QBrush to
     specify a conical gradient brush.
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qcolor.cpp b/src/gui/painting/qcolor.cpp
index 11a9ae7..4e93f04 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qcolor.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qcolor.cpp
@@ -66,9 +66,9 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \class QColor
     \brief The QColor class provides colors based on RGB, HSV or CMYK values.
 
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
     \ingroup appearance
-    \mainclass
+
 
     A color is normally specified in terms of RGB (red, green, and
     blue) components, but it is also possible to specify it in terms
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qcolormap.qdoc b/src/gui/painting/qcolormap.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e4a88f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qcolormap.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \class QColormap
+    \ingroup painting
+
+    \brief The QColormap class maps device independent QColors to device
+    dependent pixel values.
+*/
+
+/*! \enum QColormap::Mode
+
+    This enum describes how QColormap maps device independent RGB
+    values to device dependent pixel values.
+
+    \value Direct Pixel values are derived directly from the RGB
+    values, also known as "True Color."
+
+    \value Indexed Pixel values represent indexes into a vector of
+    available colors, i.e. QColormap uses the index of the color that
+    most closely matches an RGB value.
+
+    \value Gray Similar to \c Indexed, pixel values represent a vector
+    of available gray tones.  QColormap uses the index of the gray
+    tone that most closely matches the computed gray tone of an RGB
+    value.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QColormap QColormap::instance(int screen)
+
+    Returns the colormap for the specified \a screen.  If \a screen is
+    -1, this function returns the colormap for the default screen.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QColormap::QColormap(const QColormap &colormap)
+
+    Constructs a copy of another \a colormap.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QColormap::~QColormap()
+    
+    Destroys the colormap.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QColormap::size() const
+
+    Returns the size of the colormap for \c Indexed and \c Gray modes;
+    Returns -1 for \c Direct mode.
+
+    \sa colormap()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn uint QColormap::pixel(const QColor &color) const
+
+    Returns a device dependent pixel value for the \a color.
+
+    \sa colorAt()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QColormap::depth() const
+
+    Returns the depth of the device.
+
+    \sa size()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QColormap::Mode QColormap::mode() const
+
+    Returns the mode of this colormap.
+
+    \sa QColormap::Mode
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QColor QColormap::colorAt(uint pixel) const
+
+    Returns a QColor for the \a pixel.
+
+    \sa pixel()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QVector<QColor> QColormap::colormap() const
+
+    Returns a vector of colors which represents the devices colormap
+    for \c Indexed and \c Gray modes.  This function returns an empty
+    vector for \c Direct mode.
+
+    \sa size()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn HPALETTE QColormap::hPal()
+
+    This function is only available on Windows.
+
+    Returns an handle to the HPALETTE used by this colormap.  If no
+    HPALETTE is being used, this function returns zero.
+*/
+
+/*! \since 4.2
+
+    \fn QColormap &QColormap::operator=(const QColormap &colormap)
+
+    Assigns the given \a colormap to \e this color map and returns
+    a reference to \e this color map.
+*/
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qmatrix.cpp b/src/gui/painting/qmatrix.cpp
index ce71a84..abff9bf 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qmatrix.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qmatrix.cpp
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     coordinate system.
     \obsolete
 
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
 
     A matrix specifies how to translate, scale, shear or rotate the
     coordinate system, and is typically used when rendering graphics.
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qpaintdevice.qdoc b/src/gui/painting/qpaintdevice.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5933484
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qpaintdevice.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,289 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \class QPaintDevice
+    \brief The QPaintDevice class is the base class of objects that
+    can be painted.
+
+    \ingroup painting
+
+    A paint device is an abstraction of a two-dimensional space that
+    can be drawn using a QPainter.  Its default coordinate system has
+    its origin located at the top-left position. X increases to the
+    right and Y increases downwards. The unit is one pixel.
+
+    The drawing capabilities of QPaintDevice are currently implemented
+    by the QWidget, QImage, QPixmap, QGLPixelBuffer, QPicture, and
+    QPrinter subclasses.
+
+    To implement support for a new backend, you must derive from
+    QPaintDevice and reimplement the virtual paintEngine() function to
+    tell QPainter which paint engine should be used to draw on this
+    particular device. Note that you also must create a corresponding
+    paint engine to be able to draw on the device, i.e derive from
+    QPaintEngine and reimplement its virtual functions.
+
+    \warning Qt requires that a QApplication object exists before
+    any paint devices can be created. Paint devices access window
+    system resources, and these resources are not initialized before
+    an application object is created.
+
+    The QPaintDevice class provides several functions returning the
+    various device metrics: The depth() function returns its bit depth
+    (number of bit planes). The height() function returns its height
+    in default coordinate system units (e.g. pixels for QPixmap and
+    QWidget) while heightMM() returns the height of the device in
+    millimeters. Similiarily, the width() and widthMM() functions
+    return the width of the device in default coordinate system units
+    and in millimeters, respectively. Alternatively, the protected
+    metric() function can be used to retrieve the metric information
+    by specifying the desired PaintDeviceMetric as argument.
+
+    The logicalDpiX() and logicalDpiY() functions return the
+    horizontal and vertical resolution of the device in dots per
+    inch. The physicalDpiX() and physicalDpiY() functions also return
+    the resolution of the device in dots per inch, but note that if
+    the logical and vertical resolution differ, the corresponding
+    QPaintEngine must handle the mapping. Finally, the numColors()
+    function returns the number of different colors available for the
+    paint device.
+
+    \sa QPaintEngine, QPainter, {The Coordinate System}, {The Paint
+    System}
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QPaintDevice::PaintDeviceMetric
+
+    Describes the various metrics of a paint device.
+
+    \value PdmWidth The width of the paint device in default
+    coordinate system units (e.g. pixels for QPixmap and QWidget). See
+    also width().
+
+    \value PdmHeight The height of the paint device in default
+    coordinate system units (e.g. pixels for QPixmap and QWidget). See
+    also height().
+
+    \value PdmWidthMM The width of the paint device in millimeters. See
+    also widthMM().
+
+    \value PdmHeightMM  The height of the paint device in millimeters. See
+    also heightMM().
+
+    \value PdmNumColors The number of different colors available for
+    the paint device. See also numColors().
+
+    \value PdmDepth The bit depth (number of bit planes) of the paint
+    device. See also depth().
+
+    \value PdmDpiX The horizontal resolution of the device in dots per
+    inch. See also logicalDpiX().
+
+    \value PdmDpiY  The vertical resolution of the device in dots per inch. See
+    also logicalDpiY().
+
+    \value PdmPhysicalDpiX The horizontal resolution of the device in
+    dots per inch. See also physicalDpiX().
+
+    \value PdmPhysicalDpiY The vertical resolution of the device in
+    dots per inch. See also physicalDpiY().
+
+    \sa metric()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPaintDevice::QPaintDevice()
+
+    Constructs a paint device. This constructor can be invoked only from
+    subclasses of QPaintDevice.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPaintDevice::~QPaintDevice()
+
+    Destroys the paint device and frees window system resources.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QPaintDevice::devType() const
+
+    \internal
+
+    Returns the device type identifier, which is QInternal::Widget
+    if the device is a QWidget, QInternal::Pixmap if it's a
+    QPixmap, QInternal::Printer if it's a QPrinter,
+    QInternal::Picture if it's a QPicture, or
+    QInternal::UnknownDevice in other cases.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QPaintDevice::paintingActive() const
+
+    Returns true if the device is currently being painted on, i.e. someone has
+    called QPainter::begin() but not yet called QPainter::end() for
+    this device; otherwise returns false.
+
+    \sa QPainter::isActive()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPaintEngine *QPaintDevice::paintEngine() const
+
+    Returns a pointer to the paint engine used for drawing on the
+    device.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QPaintDevice::metric(PaintDeviceMetric metric) const
+
+    Returns the metric information for  the given paint device \a metric.
+
+    \sa PaintDeviceMetric
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QPaintDevice::width() const
+
+    Returns the width of the paint device in default coordinate system
+    units (e.g. pixels for QPixmap and QWidget).
+
+    \sa widthMM()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QPaintDevice::height() const
+
+    Returns the height of the paint device in default coordinate
+    system units (e.g. pixels for QPixmap and QWidget).
+
+    \sa heightMM()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QPaintDevice::widthMM() const
+
+    Returns the width of the paint device in millimeters. Due to platform
+    limitations it may not be possible to use this function to determine
+    the actual physical size of a widget on the screen.
+
+    \sa width()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QPaintDevice::heightMM() const
+
+    Returns the height of the paint device in millimeters. Due to platform
+    limitations it may not be possible to use this function to determine
+    the actual physical size of a widget on the screen.
+
+    \sa height()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QPaintDevice::numColors() const
+
+    Returns the number of different colors available for the paint
+    device. Since this value is an int, it will not be sufficient to represent
+    the number of colors on 32 bit displays, in this case INT_MAX is
+    returned instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QPaintDevice::depth() const
+
+    Returns the bit depth (number of bit planes) of the paint device.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QPaintDevice::logicalDpiX() const
+
+    Returns the horizontal resolution of the device in dots per inch,
+    which is used when computing font sizes. For X11, this is usually
+    the same as could be computed from widthMM().
+
+    Note that if the logicalDpiX() doesn't equal the physicalDpiX(),
+    the corresponding QPaintEngine must handle the resolution mapping.
+
+    \sa logicalDpiY(), physicalDpiX()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QPaintDevice::logicalDpiY() const
+
+    Returns the vertical resolution of the device in dots per inch,
+    which is used when computing font sizes. For X11, this is usually
+    the same as could be computed from heightMM().
+
+    Note that if the logicalDpiY() doesn't equal the physicalDpiY(),
+    the corresponding QPaintEngine must handle the resolution mapping.
+
+    \sa  logicalDpiX(), physicalDpiY()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QPaintDevice::physicalDpiX() const
+
+    Returns the horizontal resolution of the device in dots per inch.
+    For example, when printing, this resolution refers to the physical
+    printer's resolution. The logical DPI on the other hand, refers to
+    the resolution used by the actual paint engine.
+
+    Note that if the physicalDpiX() doesn't equal the logicalDpiX(),
+    the corresponding QPaintEngine must handle the resolution mapping.
+
+    \sa  physicalDpiY(),  logicalDpiX()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QPaintDevice::physicalDpiY() const
+
+    Returns the horizontal resolution of the device in dots per inch.
+    For example, when printing, this resolution refers to the physical
+    printer's resolution. The logical DPI on the other hand, refers to
+    the resolution used by the actual paint engine.
+
+    Note that if the physicalDpiY() doesn't equal the logicalDpiY(),
+    the corresponding QPaintEngine must handle the resolution mapping.
+
+    \sa  physicalDpiX(),  logicalDpiY()
+*/
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qpaintengine.cpp b/src/gui/painting/qpaintengine.cpp
index a8518ea..07fec96 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qpaintengine.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qpaintengine.cpp
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ QFont QTextItem::font() const
 
 /*!
   \class QPaintEngine
-  \ingroup multimedia
+  \ingroup painting
 
   \brief The QPaintEngine class provides an abstract definition of how
   QPainter draws to a given device on a given platform.
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qpainter.cpp b/src/gui/painting/qpainter.cpp
index 0762138..ab35ead 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qpainter.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qpainter.cpp
@@ -924,8 +924,8 @@ void QPainterPrivate::updateState(QPainterState *newState)
     \brief The QPainter class performs low-level painting on widgets and
     other paint devices.
 
-    \ingroup multimedia
-    \mainclass
+    \ingroup painting
+
     \reentrant
 
     QPainter provides highly optimized functions to do most of the
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qpainterpath.cpp b/src/gui/painting/qpainterpath.cpp
index ed57e63..5bc4bdb 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qpainterpath.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qpainterpath.cpp
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ static void qt_debug_path(const QPainterPath &path)
 
 /*!
     \class QPainterPath
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
     \ingroup shared
 
     \brief The QPainterPath class provides a container for painting operations,
@@ -2396,7 +2396,7 @@ void qt_path_stroke_cubic_to(qfixed c1x, qfixed c1y,
 /*!
     \since 4.1
     \class QPainterPathStroker
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
 
     \brief The QPainterPathStroker class is used to generate fillable
     outlines for a given painter path.
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qpen.cpp b/src/gui/painting/qpen.cpp
index 047fd9b..51929a2 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qpen.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qpen.cpp
@@ -52,9 +52,9 @@ typedef QPenPrivate QPenData;
 
 /*!
     \class QPen
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
     \ingroup shared
-    \mainclass
+
 
     \brief The QPen class defines how a QPainter should draw lines and outlines
     of shapes.
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qpolygon.cpp b/src/gui/painting/qpolygon.cpp
index 87a9848..044b2c5 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qpolygon.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qpolygon.cpp
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ static void qt_polygon_isect_line(const QPointF &p1, const QPointF &p2, const QP
 
     \reentrant
 
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
     \ingroup shared
 
     A QPolygon object is a QVector<QPoint>.  The easiest way to add
@@ -489,7 +489,7 @@ QDebug operator<<(QDebug dbg, const QPolygon &a)
     floating point precision.
 
     \reentrant
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
     \ingroup shared
 
     A QPolygonF is a QVector<QPointF>. The easiest way to add points
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qprinter.cpp b/src/gui/painting/qprinter.cpp
index f8399af..666719f 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qprinter.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qprinter.cpp
@@ -268,8 +268,8 @@ void QPrinterPrivate::addToManualSetList(QPrintEngine::PrintEnginePropertyKey ke
 
   \brief The QPrinter class is a paint device that paints on a printer.
 
-  \ingroup multimedia
-  \mainclass
+  \ingroup printing
+
 
   This device represents a series of pages of printed output, and is
   used in almost exactly the same way as other paint devices such as
@@ -2204,7 +2204,7 @@ bool QPrinter::isOptionEnabled( PrinterOption option ) const
     \class QPrintEngine
     \reentrant
 
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup printing
 
     \brief The QPrintEngine class defines an interface for how QPrinter
     interacts with a given printing subsystem.
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qprinterinfo.qdoc b/src/gui/painting/qprinterinfo.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e3cbe96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qprinterinfo.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \class QPrinterInfo
+
+    \brief The QPrinterInfo class gives access to information about
+    existing printers.
+    
+    \ingroup printing
+
+    Use the static functions to generate a list of QPrinterInfo
+    objects. Each QPrinterInfo object in the list represents a single
+    printer and can be queried for name, supported paper sizes, and
+    whether or not it is the default printer.
+
+    \since 4.4
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QList<QPrinterInfo> QPrinterInfo::availablePrinters()
+
+    Returns a list of available printers on the system.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPrinterInfo QPrinterInfo::defaultPrinter()
+
+    Returns the default printer on the system.
+
+    The return value should be checked using isNull() before being
+    used, in case there is no default printer.
+
+    \sa isNull()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPrinterInfo::QPrinterInfo()
+
+    Constructs an empty QPrinterInfo object.
+
+    \sa isNull()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPrinterInfo::QPrinterInfo(const QPrinterInfo& src)
+
+    Constructs a copy of \a src.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPrinterInfo::QPrinterInfo(const QPrinter& printer)
+
+    Constructs a QPrinterInfo object from \a printer.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPrinterInfo::~QPrinterInfo()
+
+    Destroys the QPrinterInfo object. References to the values in the
+    object become invalid.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPrinterInfo& QPrinterInfo::operator=(const QPrinterInfo& src)
+
+    Sets the QPrinterInfo object to be equal to \a src.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QPrinterInfo::printerName() const
+
+    Returns the name of the printer.
+
+    \sa QPrinter::setPrinterName()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QPrinterInfo::isNull() const
+
+    Returns whether this QPrinterInfo object holds a printer definition.
+
+    An empty QPrinterInfo object could result for example from calling
+    defaultPrinter() when there are no printers on the system.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QPrinterInfo::isDefault() const
+
+    Returns whether this printer is the default printer.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QList< QPrinter::PaperSize> QPrinterInfo::supportedPaperSizes() const
+    \since 4.4
+
+    Returns a list of supported paper sizes by the printer.
+
+    Not all printer drivers support this query, so the list may be empty.
+    On Mac OS X 10.3, this function always returns an empty list.
+*/
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qregion.cpp b/src/gui/painting/qregion.cpp
index 4e75911..4ddc8f3 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qregion.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qregion.cpp
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \class QRegion
     \brief The QRegion class specifies a clip region for a painter.
 
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
     \ingroup shared
 
     QRegion is used with QPainter::setClipRegion() to limit the paint
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qstylepainter.cpp b/src/gui/painting/qstylepainter.cpp
index 959caa9..93512d0 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qstylepainter.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qstylepainter.cpp
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     elements inside a widget.
 
     \ingroup appearance
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
 
     QStylePainter extends QPainter with a set of high-level \c
     draw...() functions implemented on top of QStyle's API. The
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qtransform.cpp b/src/gui/painting/qtransform.cpp
index 8832a3d..859767b 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qtransform.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qtransform.cpp
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \class QTransform
     \brief The QTransform class specifies 2D transformations of a coordinate system.
     \since 4.3
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
 
     A transformation specifies how to translate, scale, shear, rotate
     or project the coordinate system, and is typically used when
diff --git a/src/gui/styles/qmacstyle.qdoc b/src/gui/styles/qmacstyle.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..171ddb0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/gui/styles/qmacstyle.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,261 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+
+/*!
+    \class QMacStyle
+    \brief The QMacStyle class provides a Mac OS X style using the Apple Appearance Manager.
+
+    \ingroup appearance
+
+    This class is implemented as a wrapper to the HITheme
+    APIs, allowing applications to be styled according to the current
+    theme in use on Mac OS X. This is done by having primitives
+    in QStyle implemented in terms of what Mac OS X would normally theme.
+
+    \warning This style is only available on Mac OS X because it relies on the
+    HITheme APIs.
+
+    There are additional issues that should be taken
+    into consideration to make an application compatible with the
+    \link http://developer.apple.com/documentation/UserExperience/Conceptual/OSXHIGuidelines/index.html
+    Apple Human Interface Guidelines \endlink. Some of these issues are outlined
+    below.
+
+    \list
+
+    \i Layout - The restrictions on window layout are such that some
+    aspects of layout that are style-dependent cannot be achieved
+    using QLayout. Changes are being considered (and feedback would be
+    appreciated) to make layouts QStyle-able. Some of the restrictions
+    involve horizontal and vertical widget alignment and widget size
+    (covered below).
+
+    \i Widget size - Mac OS X allows widgets to have specific fixed sizes.  Qt
+    does not fully implement this behavior so as to maintain cross-platform
+    compatibility. As a result some widgets sizes may be inappropriate (and
+    subsequently not rendered correctly by the HITheme APIs).The
+    QWidget::sizeHint() will return the appropriate size for many
+    managed widgets (widgets enumerated in \l QStyle::ContentsType).
+
+    \i Effects - QMacStyle uses HITheme for performing most of the drawing, but
+    also uses emulation in a few cases where HITheme does not provide the
+    required functionality (for example, tab bars on Panther, the toolbar
+    separator, etc). We tried to make the emulation as close to the original as
+    possible. Please report any issues you see in effects or non-standard
+    widgets.
+
+    \endlist
+
+    There are other issues that need to be considered in the feel of
+    your application (including the general color scheme to match the
+    Aqua colors). The Guidelines mentioned above will remain current
+    with new advances and design suggestions for Mac OS X.
+
+    Note that the functions provided by QMacStyle are
+    reimplementations of QStyle functions; see QStyle for their
+    documentation.
+
+    \img qmacstyle.png
+    \sa QWindowsXPStyle, QWindowsStyle, QPlastiqueStyle, QCDEStyle, QMotifStyle
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \enum QMacStyle::WidgetSizePolicy
+
+    \value SizeSmall
+    \value SizeLarge
+    \value SizeMini
+    \value SizeDefault
+    \omitvalue SizeNone
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QMacStyle::QMacStyle()
+    Constructs a QMacStyle object.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QMacStyle::~QMacStyle()
+    Destructs a QMacStyle object.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QMacStyle::polish(QPalette &pal)
+    \reimp 
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QMacStyle::polish(QApplication *)
+    \reimp 
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QMacStyle::unpolish(QApplication *)
+    \reimp 
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QMacStyle::polish(QWidget* w)
+    \reimp 
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QMacStyle::unpolish(QWidget* w)
+    \reimp 
+*/
+
+/*! \fn int QMacStyle::pixelMetric(PixelMetric metric, const QStyleOption *opt, const QWidget *widget) const
+    \reimp 
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QPalette QMacStyle::standardPalette() const
+    \reimp 
+*/
+
+/*! \fn int QMacStyle::styleHint(StyleHint sh, const QStyleOption *opt, const QWidget *w, QStyleHintReturn *hret) const
+    \reimp 
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QPixmap QMacStyle::generatedIconPixmap(QIcon::Mode iconMode, const QPixmap &pixmap, const QStyleOption *opt) const
+    \reimp 
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QPixmap QMacStyle::standardPixmap(StandardPixmap standardPixmap, const QStyleOption *opt, const QWidget *widget) const
+    \reimp 
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QMacStyle::FocusRectPolicy
+
+    This type is used to signify a widget's focus rectangle policy.
+
+    \value FocusEnabled  show a focus rectangle when the widget has focus.
+    \value FocusDisabled  never show a focus rectangle for the widget.
+    \value FocusDefault  show a focus rectangle when the widget has
+    focus and the widget is a QSpinWidget, QDateTimeEdit, QLineEdit,
+    QListBox, QListView, editable QTextEdit, or one of their
+    subclasses.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QMacStyle::setFocusRectPolicy(QWidget *w, FocusRectPolicy policy)
+    \obsolete
+    Sets the focus rectangle policy of \a w. The \a policy can be one of
+    \l{QMacStyle::FocusRectPolicy}.
+
+    This is now simply an interface to the Qt::WA_MacShowFocusRect attribute and the
+    FocusDefault value does nothing anymore. If you want to set a widget back
+    to its default value, you must save the old value of the attribute before
+    you change it.
+
+    \sa focusRectPolicy() QWidget::setAttribute()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QMacStyle::FocusRectPolicy QMacStyle::focusRectPolicy(const QWidget *w)
+    \obsolete
+    Returns the focus rectangle policy for the widget \a w.
+
+    The focus rectangle policy can be one of \l{QMacStyle::FocusRectPolicy}.
+
+    In 4.3 and up this function will simply test for the
+    Qt::WA_MacShowFocusRect attribute and will never return
+    QMacStyle::FocusDefault.
+
+    \sa setFocusRectPolicy(), QWidget::testAttribute()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QMacStyle::setWidgetSizePolicy(const QWidget *widget, WidgetSizePolicy policy)
+
+    \obsolete
+
+    Call QWidget::setAttribute() with Qt::WA_MacMiniSize, Qt::WA_MacSmallSize,
+    or Qt::WA_MacNormalSize instead.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QMacStyle::WidgetSizePolicy QMacStyle::widgetSizePolicy(const QWidget *widget)
+    \obsolete
+
+    Call QWidget::testAttribute() with Qt::WA_MacMiniSize, Qt::WA_MacSmallSize,
+    or Qt::WA_MacNormalSize instead.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QMacStyle::drawPrimitive(PrimitiveElement pe, const QStyleOption *opt, QPainter *p, const QWidget *w) const
+
+    \reimp 
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QMacStyle::drawControl(ControlElement ce, const QStyleOption *opt, QPainter *p, const QWidget *w) const
+
+    \reimp 
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QRect QMacStyle::subElementRect(SubElement sr, const QStyleOption *opt, const QWidget *widget) const
+
+    \reimp 
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QMacStyle::drawComplexControl(ComplexControl cc, const QStyleOptionComplex *opt, QPainter *p, const QWidget *widget) const
+    \reimp 
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QStyle::SubControl QMacStyle::hitTestComplexControl(ComplexControl cc, const QStyleOptionComplex *opt, const QPoint &pt, const QWidget *widget) const
+    \reimp 
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QRect QMacStyle::subControlRect(ComplexControl cc, const QStyleOptionComplex *opt, SubControl sc, const QWidget *widget) const
+    \reimp 
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QSize QMacStyle::sizeFromContents(ContentsType ct, const QStyleOption *opt, const QSize &csz, const QWidget *widget) const
+    \reimp 
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QMacStyle::drawItemText(QPainter *p, const QRect &r, int flags, const QPalette &pal, bool enabled, const QString &text, QPalette::ColorRole textRole) const
+    \reimp 
+*/
+
+/*! \fn bool QMacStyle::event(QEvent *e)
+    \reimp 
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QIcon QMacStyle::standardIconImplementation(StandardPixmap standardIcon, const QStyleOption *opt, const QWidget *widget) const
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*! \fn int QMacStyle::layoutSpacingImplementation(QSizePolicy::ControlType control1, QSizePolicy::ControlType control2, Qt::Orientation orientation, const QStyleOption *option, const QWidget *widget) const
+
+  \internal
+*/
+
diff --git a/src/gui/styles/qstyleoption.cpp b/src/gui/styles/qstyleoption.cpp
index eabbb8d..04ecbc4 100644
--- a/src/gui/styles/qstyleoption.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/styles/qstyleoption.cpp
@@ -4937,7 +4937,7 @@ QStyleOptionSizeGrip::QStyleOptionSizeGrip(int version)
     \brief The QStyleOptionGraphicsItem class is used to describe
     the parameters needed to draw a QGraphicsItem.
     \since 4.2
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup graphicsview-api
 
     For performance reasons, the access to the member variables is
     direct (i.e., using the \c . or \c -> operator). This low-level feel
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qabstracttextdocumentlayout.cpp b/src/gui/text/qabstracttextdocumentlayout.cpp
index 8b21c8f..f2ddeb6 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qabstracttextdocumentlayout.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/text/qabstracttextdocumentlayout.cpp
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \brief The QAbstractTextDocumentLayout class is an abstract base
     class used to implement custom layouts for QTextDocuments.
 
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
 
     The standard layout provided by Qt can handle simple word processing
     including inline images, lists and tables.
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qfont.cpp b/src/gui/text/qfont.cpp
index d838f45..21277c5 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qfont.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/text/qfont.cpp
@@ -408,11 +408,11 @@ QFontEngineData::~QFontEngineData()
 
     \brief The QFont class specifies a font used for drawing text.
 
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
     \ingroup appearance
     \ingroup shared
-    \ingroup text
-    \mainclass
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
+
 
     When you create a QFont object you specify various attributes that
     you want the font to have. Qt will use the font with the specified
@@ -2270,9 +2270,8 @@ QDataStream &operator>>(QDataStream &s, QFont &font)
 
     \brief The QFontInfo class provides general information about fonts.
 
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup appearance
     \ingroup shared
-    \ingroup text
 
     The QFontInfo class provides the same access functions as QFont,
     e.g. family(), pointSize(), italic(), weight(), fixedPitch(),
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qfontdatabase.cpp b/src/gui/text/qfontdatabase.cpp
index 03ecc84..7f0a7aa 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qfontdatabase.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/text/qfontdatabase.cpp
@@ -1295,9 +1295,7 @@ QString QFontDatabase::styleString(const QFontInfo &fontInfo)
 
     \brief The QFontDatabase class provides information about the fonts available in the underlying window system.
 
-    \ingroup environment
-    \ingroup multimedia
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup appearance
 
     The most common uses of this class are to query the database for
     the list of font families() and for the pointSizes() and styles()
@@ -2427,7 +2425,7 @@ QStringList QFontDatabase::applicationFontFamilies(int id)
     means that all QPainter::drawText() calls outside the GUI thread
     will not produce readable output.
 
-    \sa threads.html#painting-in-threads
+    \sa {Thread-Support in Qt Modules#Painting In Threads}{Painting In Threads}
 */
 
 
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qfontmetrics.cpp b/src/gui/text/qfontmetrics.cpp
index b3d1a5f..c017f8b 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qfontmetrics.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/text/qfontmetrics.cpp
@@ -75,9 +75,8 @@ extern int qt_defaultDpi();
 
     \brief The QFontMetrics class provides font metrics information.
 
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
     \ingroup shared
-    \ingroup text
 
     QFontMetrics functions calculate the size of characters and
     strings for a given font. There are three ways you can create a
@@ -941,9 +940,8 @@ int QFontMetrics::lineWidth() const
 
     \brief The QFontMetricsF class provides font metrics information.
 
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
     \ingroup shared
-    \ingroup text
 
     QFontMetricsF functions calculate the size of characters and
     strings for a given font. You can construct a QFontMetricsF object
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qsyntaxhighlighter.cpp b/src/gui/text/qsyntaxhighlighter.cpp
index 5c54500..cdb30ef 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qsyntaxhighlighter.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/text/qsyntaxhighlighter.cpp
@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ void QSyntaxHighlighterPrivate::reformatBlock(QTextBlock block)
 
     \since 4.1
 
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
 
     The QSyntaxHighlighter class is a base class for implementing
     QTextEdit syntax highlighters.  A syntax highligher automatically
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qtextcursor.cpp b/src/gui/text/qtextcursor.cpp
index f97146d..88ab9d0 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qtextcursor.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/text/qtextcursor.cpp
@@ -854,9 +854,9 @@ QTextLayout *QTextCursorPrivate::blockLayout(QTextBlock &block) const{
 
     \brief The QTextCursor class offers an API to access and modify QTextDocuments.
 
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
     \ingroup shared
-    \mainclass
+
 
     Text cursors are objects that are used to access and modify the contents
     and underlying structure of text documents via a programming interface
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qtextdocument.cpp b/src/gui/text/qtextdocument.cpp
index 6fa3e90..bfed368 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qtextdocument.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/text/qtextdocument.cpp
@@ -247,8 +247,8 @@ QTextCodec *Qt::codecForHtml(const QByteArray &ba)
     \brief The QTextDocument class holds formatted text that can be
     viewed and edited using a QTextEdit.
 
-    \ingroup text
-    \mainclass
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
+
 
     QTextDocument is a container for structured rich text documents, providing
     support for styled text and various types of document elements, such as
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qtextdocumentfragment.cpp b/src/gui/text/qtextdocumentfragment.cpp
index da7025c..953e965 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qtextdocumentfragment.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/text/qtextdocumentfragment.cpp
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ void QTextDocumentFragmentPrivate::insert(QTextCursor &_cursor) const
     \brief The QTextDocumentFragment class represents a piece of formatted text
     from a QTextDocument.
 
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
     \ingroup shared
 
     A QTextDocumentFragment is a fragment of rich text, that can be inserted into
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qtextdocumentwriter.cpp b/src/gui/text/qtextdocumentwriter.cpp
index 33a5018..bdb5247 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qtextdocumentwriter.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/text/qtextdocumentwriter.cpp
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ public:
 
     \brief The QTextDocumentWriter class provides a format-independent interface for writing a QTextDocument to files or other devices.
 
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
     \ingroup io
 
     To write a document, construct a QTextDocumentWriter object with either a
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qtextformat.cpp b/src/gui/text/qtextformat.cpp
index 075f2ff..950e45c 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qtextformat.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/text/qtextformat.cpp
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \brief The QTextLength class encapsulates the different types of length
     used in a QTextDocument.
 
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
 
     When we specify a value for the length of an element in a text document,
     we often need to provide some other information so that the length is
@@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ Q_GUI_EXPORT QDataStream &operator>>(QDataStream &stream, QTextFormat &fmt)
     \brief The QTextFormat class provides formatting information for a
     QTextDocument.
 
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
     \ingroup shared
 
     A QTextFormat is a generic class used for describing the format of
@@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ Q_GUI_EXPORT QDataStream &operator>>(QDataStream &stream, QTextFormat &fmt)
     associate the format with a QTextObject. It is used to represent
     lists, frames, and tables inside the document.
 
-    \sa {Text Processing Classes}
+    \sa {Rich Text Processing}
 */
 
 /*!
@@ -1184,7 +1184,7 @@ bool QTextFormat::operator==(const QTextFormat &rhs) const
     \brief The QTextCharFormat class provides formatting information for
     characters in a QTextDocument.
 
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
 
     The character format of text in a document specifies the visual properties
     of the text, as well as information about its role in a hypertext document.
@@ -1797,7 +1797,7 @@ QFont QTextCharFormat::font() const
     \brief The QTextBlockFormat class provides formatting information for
     blocks of text in a QTextDocument.
 
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
 
     A document is composed of a list of blocks, represented by QTextBlock
     objects. Each block can contain an item of some kind, such as a
@@ -2088,7 +2088,7 @@ QList<QTextOption::Tab> QTextBlockFormat::tabPositions() const
     \brief The QTextListFormat class provides formatting information for
     lists in a QTextDocument.
 
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
 
     A list is composed of one or more items, represented as text blocks.
     The list's format specifies the appearance of items in the list.
@@ -2198,7 +2198,7 @@ QTextListFormat::QTextListFormat(const QTextFormat &fmt)
     \brief The QTextFrameFormat class provides formatting information for
     frames in a QTextDocument.
 
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
 
     A text frame groups together one or more blocks of text, providing a layer
     of structure larger than the paragraph. The format of a frame specifies
@@ -2524,7 +2524,7 @@ qreal QTextFrameFormat::rightMargin() const
     \brief The QTextTableFormat class provides formatting information for
     tables in a QTextDocument.
 
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
 
     A table is a group of cells ordered into rows and columns. Each table
     contains at least one row and one column. Each cell contains a block.
@@ -2730,7 +2730,7 @@ QTextTableFormat::QTextTableFormat(const QTextFormat &fmt)
     \brief The QTextImageFormat class provides formatting information for
     images in a QTextDocument.
 
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
 
     Inline images are represented by an object replacement character
     (0xFFFC in Unicode) which has an associated QTextImageFormat. The
@@ -2999,7 +2999,7 @@ QTextTableCellFormat::QTextTableCellFormat(const QTextFormat &fmt)
     \brief The QTextTableCellFormat class provides formatting information for
     table cells in a QTextDocument.
 
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
 
     The table cell format of a table cell in a document specifies the visual
     properties of the table cell.
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qtextlayout.cpp b/src/gui/text/qtextlayout.cpp
index 242dbbf..cde5b5f 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qtextlayout.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/text/qtextlayout.cpp
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ static QFixed alignLine(QTextEngine *eng, const QScriptLine &line)
     \brief The QTextInlineObject class represents an inline object in
     a QTextLayout.
 
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
 
     This class is only used if the text layout is used to lay out
     parts of a QTextDocument.
@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ Qt::LayoutDirection QTextInlineObject::textDirection() const
     \brief The QTextLayout class is used to lay out and paint a single
     paragraph of text.
 
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
 
     It offers most features expected from a modern text layout
     engine, including Unicode compliant rendering, line breaking and
@@ -1368,7 +1368,7 @@ void QTextLayout::drawCursor(QPainter *p, const QPointF &pos, int cursorPosition
 
     \brief The QTextLine class represents a line of text inside a QTextLayout.
 
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
 
     A text line is usually created by QTextLayout::createLine().
 
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qtextlist.cpp b/src/gui/text/qtextlist.cpp
index 8348c92..3e5d7b0 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qtextlist.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/text/qtextlist.cpp
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ public:
 
     \brief The QTextList class provides a decorated list of items in a QTextDocument.
 
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
 
     A list contains a sequence of text blocks, each of which is marked with a
     bullet point or other symbol. Multiple levels of lists can be used, and
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qtextobject.cpp b/src/gui/text/qtextobject.cpp
index 5dc0c48..4ac0276 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qtextobject.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/text/qtextobject.cpp
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \brief The QTextObject class is a base class for different kinds
     of objects that can group parts of a QTextDocument together.
 
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
 
     The common grouping text objects are lists (QTextList), frames
     (QTextFrame), and tables (QTextTable). A text object has an
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ QTextDocumentPrivate *QTextObject::docHandle() const
     \brief The QTextBlockGroup class provides a container for text blocks within
     a QTextDocument.
 
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
 
     Block groups can be used to organize blocks of text within a document.
     They maintain an up-to-date list of the text blocks that belong to
@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ QTextFrameLayoutData::~QTextFrameLayoutData()
 
     \brief The QTextFrame class represents a frame in a QTextDocument.
 
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
 
     Text frames provide structure for the text in a document. They are used
     as generic containers for other document elements.
@@ -599,7 +599,7 @@ void QTextFramePrivate::remove_me()
     \brief The iterator class provides an iterator for reading
     the contents of a QTextFrame.
 
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
 
     A frame consists of an arbitrary sequence of \l{QTextBlock}s and
     child \l{QTextFrame}s. This class provides a way to iterate over the
@@ -799,7 +799,7 @@ QTextFrame::iterator &QTextFrame::iterator::operator--()
     \brief The QTextBlockUserData class is used to associate custom data with blocks of text.
     \since 4.1
 
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
 
     QTextBlockUserData provides an abstract interface for container classes that are used
     to associate application-specific user data with text blocks in a QTextDocument.
@@ -829,7 +829,7 @@ QTextBlockUserData::~QTextBlockUserData()
     \brief The QTextBlock class provides a container for text fragments in a
     QTextDocument.
 
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
 
     A text block encapsulates a block or paragraph of text in a QTextDocument.
     QTextBlock provides read-only access to the block/paragraph structure of
@@ -924,7 +924,7 @@ QTextBlockUserData::~QTextBlockUserData()
     \brief The QTextBlock::iterator class provides an iterator for reading
     the contents of a QTextBlock.
 
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
 
     A block consists of a sequence of text fragments. This class provides
     a way to iterate over these, and read their contents. It does not provide
@@ -1525,7 +1525,7 @@ QTextBlock::iterator &QTextBlock::iterator::operator--()
     \brief The QTextFragment class holds a piece of text in a
     QTextDocument with a single QTextCharFormat.
 
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
 
     A text fragment describes a piece of text that is stored with a single
     character format. Text in which the character format changes can be
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qtextoption.cpp b/src/gui/text/qtextoption.cpp
index ca30ed4..20ba9bf 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qtextoption.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/text/qtextoption.cpp
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ QList<QTextOption::Tab> QTextOption::tabs() const
     \brief The QTextOption class provides a description of general rich text
     properties.
 
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
 
     QTextOption is used to encapsulate common rich text properties in a single
     object. It contains information about text alignment, layout direction,
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qtexttable.cpp b/src/gui/text/qtexttable.cpp
index 9097b4e..576758e 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qtexttable.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/text/qtexttable.cpp
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \brief The QTextTableCell class represents the properties of a
     cell in a QTextTable.
 
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
 
     Table cells are pieces of document structure that belong to a table.
     The table orders cells into particular rows and columns; cells can
@@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ void QTextTablePrivate::update() const
 
     \brief The QTextTable class represents a table in a QTextDocument.
 
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
 
     A table is a group of cells ordered into rows and columns. Each table
     contains at least one row and one column. Each cell contains a block, and
diff --git a/src/gui/util/qsystemtrayicon.cpp b/src/gui/util/qsystemtrayicon.cpp
index f4d2f7f..64591c7 100644
--- a/src/gui/util/qsystemtrayicon.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/util/qsystemtrayicon.cpp
@@ -65,7 +65,6 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \class QSystemTrayIcon
     \brief The QSystemTrayIcon class provides an icon for an application in the system tray.
     \since 4.2
-    \ingroup application
     \ingroup desktop
 
     Modern operating systems usually provide a special area on the desktop,
diff --git a/src/gui/util/qundogroup.cpp b/src/gui/util/qundogroup.cpp
index 9fcfe95..07a3a3d 100644
--- a/src/gui/util/qundogroup.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/util/qundogroup.cpp
@@ -61,7 +61,6 @@ public:
     \class QUndoGroup
     \brief The QUndoGroup class is a group of QUndoStack objects.
     \since 4.2
-    \ingroup misc
 
     For an overview of the Qt's undo framework, see the
     \link qundo.html overview\endlink.
diff --git a/src/gui/util/qundostack.cpp b/src/gui/util/qundostack.cpp
index a5e8004..065cc24 100644
--- a/src/gui/util/qundostack.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/util/qundostack.cpp
@@ -52,7 +52,6 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \class QUndoCommand
     \brief The QUndoCommand class is the base class of all commands stored on a QUndoStack.
     \since 4.2
-    \ingroup misc
 
     For an overview of Qt's Undo Framework, see the
     \l{Overview of Qt's Undo Framework}{overview document}.
@@ -292,7 +291,6 @@ const QUndoCommand *QUndoCommand::child(int index) const
     \class QUndoStack
     \brief The QUndoStack class is a stack of QUndoCommand objects.
     \since 4.2
-    \ingroup misc
 
     For an overview of Qt's Undo Framework, see the
     \l{Overview of Qt's Undo Framework}{overview document}.
diff --git a/src/gui/util/qundoview.cpp b/src/gui/util/qundoview.cpp
index 0241500..079a62f 100644
--- a/src/gui/util/qundoview.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/util/qundoview.cpp
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ QIcon QUndoModel::cleanIcon() const
     \class QUndoView
     \brief The QUndoView class displays the contents of a QUndoStack.
     \since 4.2
-    \ingroup misc
+
     \ingroup advanced
 
     QUndoView is a QListView which displays the list of commands pushed on an undo stack.
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qbuttongroup.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qbuttongroup.cpp
index 8b89a86..26a9d51 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qbuttongroup.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qbuttongroup.cpp
@@ -48,8 +48,6 @@
 
     \ingroup organizers
     \ingroup geomanagement
-    \ingroup appearance
-    \mainclass
 
     QButtonGroup provides an abstract container into which button widgets can
     be placed. It does not provide a visual representation of this container
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qcalendarwidget.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qcalendarwidget.cpp
index 8d5d0c7..377b4bb 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qcalendarwidget.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qcalendarwidget.cpp
@@ -1960,7 +1960,7 @@ void QCalendarWidgetPrivate::_q_editingFinished()
     \brief The QCalendarWidget class provides a monthly based
     calendar widget allowing the user to select a date.
     \since 4.2
-    \mainclass
+
     \ingroup advanced
 
     \image cleanlooks-calendarwidget.png
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qcheckbox.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qcheckbox.cpp
index 8cdf3b9..faec9d0 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qcheckbox.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qcheckbox.cpp
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ public:
     \brief The QCheckBox widget provides a checkbox with a text label.
 
     \ingroup basicwidgets
-    \mainclass
+
 
     A QCheckBox is an option button that can be switched on (checked) or off
     (unchecked). Checkboxes are typically used to represent features in an
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qcombobox.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qcombobox.cpp
index f3027be..0f54bac 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qcombobox.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qcombobox.cpp
@@ -863,7 +863,7 @@ QComboBox::QComboBox(bool rw, QWidget *parent, const char *name)
     \brief The QComboBox widget is a combined button and popup list.
 
     \ingroup basicwidgets
-    \mainclass
+
 
     A QComboBox provides a means of presenting a list of options to the user
     in a way that takes up the minimum amount of screen space.
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qcommandlinkbutton.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qcommandlinkbutton.cpp
index 3d12ce9..206221f 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qcommandlinkbutton.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qcommandlinkbutton.cpp
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \brief The QCommandLinkButton widget provides a Vista style command link button.
 
     \ingroup basicwidgets
-    \mainclass
+
 
     The command link is a new control that was introduced by Windows Vista. It's
     intended use is similar to that of a radio button in that it is used to choose
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qdatetimeedit.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qdatetimeedit.cpp
index 2900d39..0fca0b7 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qdatetimeedit.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qdatetimeedit.cpp
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
   \brief The QDateTimeEdit class provides a widget for editing dates and times.
 
   \ingroup basicwidgets
-  \mainclass
+
 
   QDateTimeEdit allows the user to edit dates by using the keyboard or
   the arrow keys to increase and decrease date and time values. The
@@ -1505,7 +1505,7 @@ void QDateTimeEdit::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event)
   the QDateTimeEdit widget.
 
   \ingroup basicwidgets
-  \mainclass
+
 
   Many of the properties and functions provided by QTimeEdit are implemented in
   QDateTimeEdit. The following properties are most relevant to users of this
@@ -1567,7 +1567,7 @@ QTimeEdit::QTimeEdit(const QTime &time, QWidget *parent)
   the QDateTimeEdit widget.
 
   \ingroup basicwidgets
-  \mainclass
+
 
   Many of the properties and functions provided by QDateEdit are implemented in
   QDateTimeEdit. The following properties are most relevant to users of this
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qdial.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qdial.cpp
index 3fe7c68..90f1c85 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qdial.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qdial.cpp
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ int QDialPrivate::valueFromPoint(const QPoint &p) const
     \brief The QDial class provides a rounded range control (like a speedometer or potentiometer).
 
     \ingroup basicwidgets
-    \mainclass
+
 
     QDial is used when the user needs to control a value within a
     program-definable range, and the range either wraps around
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qdialogbuttonbox.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qdialogbuttonbox.cpp
index 5560367..515efc4 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qdialogbuttonbox.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qdialogbuttonbox.cpp
@@ -57,8 +57,8 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \brief The QDialogButtonBox class is a widget that presents buttons in a
     layout that is appropriate to the current widget style.
 
-    \ingroup application
-    \mainclass
+    \ingroup dialog-classes
+
 
     Dialogs and message boxes typically present buttons in a layout that
     conforms to the interface guidelines for that platform. Invariably,
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qdockwidget.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qdockwidget.cpp
index a521921..1193b3e 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qdockwidget.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qdockwidget.cpp
@@ -1069,7 +1069,7 @@ void QDockWidgetPrivate::setWindowState(bool floating, bool unplug, const QRect
     inside a QMainWindow or floated as a top-level window on the
     desktop.
 
-    \ingroup application
+    \ingroup mainwindow-classes
 
     QDockWidget provides the concept of dock widgets, also know as
     tool palettes or utility windows.  Dock windows are secondary
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qfocusframe.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qfocusframe.cpp
index 2c88a2e..65dc7d0 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qfocusframe.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qfocusframe.cpp
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ void QFocusFrame::initStyleOption(QStyleOption *option) const
     outside of a widget's normal paintable area.
 
     \ingroup basicwidgets
-    \mainclass
+
 
     Normally an application will not need to create its own
     QFocusFrame as QStyle will handle this detail for
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qfontcombobox.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qfontcombobox.cpp
index 24af989..d3f5bf9 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qfontcombobox.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qfontcombobox.cpp
@@ -276,7 +276,6 @@ void QFontComboBoxPrivate::_q_currentChanged(const QString &text)
 
     \since 4.2
     \ingroup basicwidgets
-    \ingroup text
 
     The combobox is populated with an alphabetized list of font
     family names, such as Arial, Helvetica, and Times New Roman.
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qframe.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qframe.cpp
index a7861ad..62f2ddf 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qframe.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qframe.cpp
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ inline void QFramePrivate::init()
     \brief The QFrame class is the base class of widgets that can have a frame.
 
     \ingroup abstractwidgets
-    \mainclass
+
 
     QMenu uses this to "raise" the menu above the surrounding
     screen. QProgressBar has a "sunken" look. QLabel has a flat look.
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qgroupbox.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qgroupbox.cpp
index 03a08e8..daf92c0 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qgroupbox.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qgroupbox.cpp
@@ -147,8 +147,6 @@ void QGroupBoxPrivate::click()
 
     \ingroup organizers
     \ingroup geomanagement
-    \ingroup appearance
-    \mainclass
 
     A group box provides a frame, a title and a keyboard shortcut, and
     displays various other widgets inside itself. The title is on top,
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qlabel.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qlabel.cpp
index fd97c8f..a9c7e12 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qlabel.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qlabel.cpp
@@ -61,8 +61,6 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \brief The QLabel widget provides a text or image display.
 
     \ingroup basicwidgets
-    \ingroup text
-    \mainclass
 
     QLabel is used for displaying text or an image. No user
     interaction functionality is provided. The visual appearance of
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qlcdnumber.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qlcdnumber.cpp
index c4c97ab..d6f5e61 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qlcdnumber.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qlcdnumber.cpp
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ public:
     \brief The QLCDNumber widget displays a number with LCD-like digits.
 
     \ingroup basicwidgets
-    \mainclass
+
 
     It can display a number in just about any size. It can display
     decimal, hexadecimal, octal or binary numbers. It is easy to
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qlineedit.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qlineedit.cpp
index 3f44bc8..b88cd9ae 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qlineedit.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qlineedit.cpp
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ void QLineEdit::initStyleOption(QStyleOptionFrame *option) const
     \brief The QLineEdit widget is a one-line text editor.
 
     \ingroup basicwidgets
-    \mainclass
+
 
     A line edit allows the user to enter and edit a single line of
     plain text with a useful collection of editing functions,
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qmainwindow.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qmainwindow.cpp
index 88059a0..e19961f 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qmainwindow.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qmainwindow.cpp
@@ -146,8 +146,8 @@ void QMainWindowPrivate::init()
     \class QMainWindow
     \brief The QMainWindow class provides a main application
            window.
-    \ingroup application
-    \mainclass
+    \ingroup mainwindow-classes
+
 
     \tableofcontents
 
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qmdiarea.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qmdiarea.cpp
index 2390c25..e206bcf 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qmdiarea.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qmdiarea.cpp
@@ -43,8 +43,8 @@
     \class QMdiArea
     \brief The QMdiArea widget provides an area in which MDI windows are displayed.
     \since 4.3
-    \ingroup application
-    \mainclass
+    \ingroup mainwindow-classes
+
 
     QMdiArea functions, essentially, like a window manager for MDI
     windows. For instance, it draws the windows it manages on itself
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qmdisubwindow.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qmdisubwindow.cpp
index c645429..d51bd99 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qmdisubwindow.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qmdisubwindow.cpp
@@ -44,8 +44,8 @@
     \brief The QMdiSubWindow class provides a subwindow class for
     QMdiArea.
     \since 4.3
-    \ingroup application
-    \mainclass
+    \ingroup mainwindow-classes
+
 
     QMdiSubWindow represents a top-level window in a QMdiArea, and consists
     of a title bar with window decorations, an internal widget, and
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qmenu.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qmenu.cpp
index eb3b6b1..da63b0d 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qmenu.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qmenu.cpp
@@ -1200,9 +1200,9 @@ void QMenu::initStyleOption(QStyleOptionMenuItem *option, const QAction *action)
     \brief The QMenu class provides a menu widget for use in menu
     bars, context menus, and other popup menus.
 
-    \ingroup application
+    \ingroup mainwindow-classes
     \ingroup basicwidgets
-    \mainclass
+
 
     A menu widget is a selection menu. It can be either a pull-down
     menu in a menu bar or a standalone context menu. Pull-down menus
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qmenubar.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qmenubar.cpp
index 640ac5b..2989f94 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qmenubar.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qmenubar.cpp
@@ -590,8 +590,7 @@ void QMenuBar::initStyleOption(QStyleOptionMenuItem *option, const QAction *acti
     \class QMenuBar
     \brief The QMenuBar class provides a horizontal menu bar.
 
-    \ingroup application
-    \mainclass
+    \ingroup mainwindow-classes
 
     A menu bar consists of a list of pull-down menu items. You add
     menu items with addMenu(). For example, asuming that \c menubar
@@ -715,7 +714,7 @@ void QMenuBar::initStyleOption(QStyleOptionMenuItem *option, const QAction *acti
     \section1 Examples
 
     The \l{mainwindows/menus}{Menus} example shows how to use QMenuBar
-    and QMenu.  The other \l{Qt Examples#Main Windows}{main window
+    and QMenu.  The other \l{Main Window Examples}{main window
     application examples} also provide menus using these classes.
 
     \sa QMenu, QShortcut, QAction,
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qplaintextedit.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qplaintextedit.cpp
index e489f3b..16b7c1e 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qplaintextedit.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qplaintextedit.cpp
@@ -111,8 +111,7 @@ public:
     \since 4.4
     \brief The QPlainTextDocumentLayout class implements a plain text layout for QTextDocument
 
-    \ingroup text
-
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
 
    A QPlainTextDocumentLayout is required for text documents that can
    be display or edited in a QPlainTextEdit. See
@@ -1007,8 +1006,8 @@ void QPlainTextEditPrivate::ensureViewportLayouted()
     \brief The QPlainTextEdit class provides a widget that is used to edit and display
     plain text.
 
-    \ingroup text
-    \mainclass
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
+
 
     \tableofcontents
 
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qprintpreviewwidget.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qprintpreviewwidget.cpp
index ade6223..40ea5a1 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qprintpreviewwidget.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qprintpreviewwidget.cpp
@@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ void QPrintPreviewWidgetPrivate::setZoomFactor(qreal _zoomFactor)
     \brief The QPrintPreviewWidget class provides a widget for
     previewing page layouts for printer output.
 
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup printing
 
     QPrintPreviewDialog uses a QPrintPreviewWidget internally, and the
     purpose of QPrintPreviewWidget is to make it possible to embed the
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qprogressbar.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qprogressbar.cpp
index b35b9d3..9f91cf7 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qprogressbar.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qprogressbar.cpp
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ bool QProgressBarPrivate::repaintRequired() const
     \brief The QProgressBar widget provides a horizontal or vertical progress bar.
 
     \ingroup basicwidgets
-    \mainclass
+
 
     A progress bar is used to give the user an indication of the
     progress of an operation and to reassure them that the application
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qpushbutton.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qpushbutton.cpp
index 94b39e0..f991620 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qpushbutton.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qpushbutton.cpp
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \brief The QPushButton widget provides a command button.
 
     \ingroup basicwidgets
-    \mainclass
+
 
     The push button, or command button, is perhaps the most commonly
     used widget in any graphical user interface. Push (click) a button
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qradiobutton.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qradiobutton.cpp
index feada97..4b5cead 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qradiobutton.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qradiobutton.cpp
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ void QRadioButtonPrivate::init()
     \brief The QRadioButton widget provides a radio button with a text label.
 
     \ingroup basicwidgets
-    \mainclass
+
 
     A QRadioButton is an option button that can be switched on (checked) or
     off (unchecked). Radio buttons typically present the user with a "one
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qrubberband.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qrubberband.cpp
index 5b61bd4..a04bc55 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qrubberband.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qrubberband.cpp
@@ -98,9 +98,6 @@ void QRubberBand::initStyleOption(QStyleOptionRubberBand *option) const
     \brief The QRubberBand class provides a rectangle or line that can
     indicate a selection or a boundary.
 
-    \ingroup misc
-    \mainclass
-
     A rubber band is often used to show a new bounding area (as in a
     QSplitter or a QDockWidget that is undocking). Historically this has
     been implemented using a QPainter and XOR, but this approach
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qscrollarea.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qscrollarea.cpp
index 32d3c2b..31e558b 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qscrollarea.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qscrollarea.cpp
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     another widget.
 
     \ingroup basicwidgets
-    \mainclass
+
 
     A scroll area is used to display the contents of a child widget
     within a frame. If the widget exceeds the size of the frame, the
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qsizegrip.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qsizegrip.cpp
index 080e328..8a1a0e6 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qsizegrip.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qsizegrip.cpp
@@ -165,9 +165,8 @@ Qt::Corner QSizeGripPrivate::corner() const
 
     \brief The QSizeGrip class provides a resize handle for resizing top-level windows.
 
-    \ingroup application
+    \ingroup mainwindow-classes
     \ingroup basicwidgets
-    \ingroup appearance
 
     This widget works like the standard Windows resize handle. In the
     X11 version this resize handle generally works differently from
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qslider.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qslider.cpp
index 0b7e7c1..d9c98e1 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qslider.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qslider.cpp
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ QStyle::SubControl QSliderPrivate::newHoverControl(const QPoint &pos)
     \brief The QSlider widget provides a vertical or horizontal slider.
 
     \ingroup basicwidgets
-    \mainclass
+
 
     The slider is the classic widget for controlling a bounded value.
     It lets the user move a slider handle along a horizontal or vertical
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qspinbox.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qspinbox.cpp
index c903610..f17c15f 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qspinbox.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qspinbox.cpp
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ public:
     \brief The QSpinBox class provides a spin box widget.
 
     \ingroup basicwidgets
-    \mainclass
+
 
     QSpinBox is designed to handle integers and discrete sets of
     values (e.g., month names); use QDoubleSpinBox for floating point
@@ -527,7 +527,7 @@ void QSpinBox::fixup(QString &input) const
     takes doubles.
 
     \ingroup basicwidgets
-    \mainclass
+
 
     QDoubleSpinBox allows the user to choose a value by clicking the
     up and down buttons or by pressing Up or Down on the keyboard to
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qsplashscreen.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qsplashscreen.cpp
index e4f7307..2357164 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qsplashscreen.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qsplashscreen.cpp
@@ -72,9 +72,6 @@ public:
    \brief The QSplashScreen widget provides a splash screen that can
    be shown during application startup.
 
-   \ingroup misc
-   \mainclass
-
    A splash screen is a widget that is usually displayed when an
    application is being started. Splash screens are often used for
    applications that have long start up times (e.g. database or
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qsplitter.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qsplitter.cpp
index 98cf2a8..0aa89f4 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qsplitter.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qsplitter.cpp
@@ -931,7 +931,7 @@ QSplitterLayoutStruct *QSplitterPrivate::insertWidget(int index, QWidget *w)
     \brief The QSplitter class implements a splitter widget.
 
     \ingroup organizers
-    \mainclass
+
 
     A splitter lets the user control the size of child widgets by dragging the
     boundary between the children. Any number of widgets may be controlled by a
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qstackedwidget.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qstackedwidget.cpp
index da942d1..7dedf4a 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qstackedwidget.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qstackedwidget.cpp
@@ -65,8 +65,7 @@ public:
 
     \ingroup organizers
     \ingroup geomanagement
-    \ingroup appearance
-    \mainclass
+
 
     QStackedWidget can be used to create a user interface similar to
     the one provided by QTabWidget. It is a convenience layout widget
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qstatusbar.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qstatusbar.cpp
index ed2d5d8..eb58c61 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qstatusbar.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qstatusbar.cpp
@@ -158,9 +158,9 @@ QRect QStatusBarPrivate::messageRect() const
     \brief The QStatusBar class provides a horizontal bar suitable for
     presenting status information.
 
-    \ingroup application
+    \ingroup mainwindow-classes
     \ingroup helpsystem
-    \mainclass
+
 
     Each status indicator falls into one of three categories:
 
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qtabbar.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qtabbar.cpp
index 410c26f..5166390 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qtabbar.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qtabbar.cpp
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ void QTabBar::initStyleOption(QStyleOptionTab *option, int tabIndex) const
     \brief The QTabBar class provides a tab bar, e.g. for use in tabbed dialogs.
 
     \ingroup basicwidgets
-    \mainclass
+
 
     QTabBar is straightforward to use; it draws the tabs using one of
     the predefined \link QTabBar::Shape shapes\endlink, and emits a
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qtabwidget.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qtabwidget.cpp
index 6828c50..14a554a 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qtabwidget.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qtabwidget.cpp
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
     \ingroup organizers
     \ingroup basicwidgets
-    \mainclass
+
 
     A tab widget provides a tab bar (see QTabBar) and a "page area"
     that is used to display pages related to each tab. By default, the
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qtextbrowser.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qtextbrowser.cpp
index 803b6fb..7a67a8d 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qtextbrowser.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qtextbrowser.cpp
@@ -580,7 +580,7 @@ void QTextBrowserPrivate::restoreHistoryEntry(const HistoryEntry entry)
     \class QTextBrowser
     \brief The QTextBrowser class provides a rich text browser with hypertext navigation.
 
-    \ingroup text
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
 
     This class extends QTextEdit (in read-only mode), adding some navigation
     functionality so that users can follow links in hypertext documents.
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qtextedit.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qtextedit.cpp
index a82adf7..a6e3c83 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qtextedit.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qtextedit.cpp
@@ -333,8 +333,8 @@ void QTextEditPrivate::_q_ensureVisible(const QRectF &_rect)
     \brief The QTextEdit class provides a widget that is used to edit and display
     both plain and rich text.
 
-    \ingroup text
-    \mainclass
+    \ingroup richtext-processing
+
 
     \tableofcontents
 
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbar.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbar.cpp
index 37c7998..ef0847b 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbar.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbar.cpp
@@ -412,8 +412,8 @@ void QToolBarPrivate::plug(const QRect &r)
     \brief The QToolBar class provides a movable panel that contains a
     set of controls.
 
-    \ingroup application
-    \mainclass
+    \ingroup mainwindow-classes
+
 
     Toolbar buttons are added by adding \e actions, using addAction()
     or insertAction(). Groups of buttons can be separated using
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbox.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbox.cpp
index 803c6ab..378ed17 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbox.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbox.cpp
@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ void QToolBoxButton::paintEvent(QPaintEvent *)
 
     \brief The QToolBox class provides a column of tabbed widget items.
 
-    \mainclass
+
     \ingroup basicwidgets
 
     A toolbox is a widget that displays a column of tabs one above the
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbutton.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbutton.cpp
index bb8c32f..4ca3d62 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbutton.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbutton.cpp
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ bool QToolButtonPrivate::hasMenu() const
     commands or options, usually used inside a QToolBar.
 
     \ingroup basicwidgets
-    \mainclass
+
 
     A tool button is a special button that provides quick-access to
     specific commands or options. As opposed to a normal command
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qvalidator.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qvalidator.cpp
index 7db0247..8f43097 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qvalidator.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qvalidator.cpp
@@ -55,9 +55,6 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \class QValidator
     \brief The QValidator class provides validation of input text.
 
-    \ingroup misc
-    \mainclass
-
     The class itself is abstract. Two subclasses, \l QIntValidator and
     \l QDoubleValidator, provide basic numeric-range checking, and \l
     QRegExpValidator provides general checking using a custom regular
@@ -246,8 +243,6 @@ void QValidator::fixup(QString &) const
     \brief The QIntValidator class provides a validator that ensures
     a string contains a valid integer within a specified range.
 
-    \ingroup misc
-
     Example of use:
 
     \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_widgets_qvalidator.cpp 0
@@ -497,8 +492,6 @@ public:
     \brief The QDoubleValidator class provides range checking of
     floating-point numbers.
 
-    \ingroup misc
-
     QDoubleValidator provides an upper bound, a lower bound, and a
     limit on the number of digits after the decimal point. It does not
     provide a fixup() function.
@@ -767,8 +760,6 @@ QDoubleValidator::Notation QDoubleValidator::notation() const
     \brief The QRegExpValidator class is used to check a string
     against a regular expression.
 
-    \ingroup misc
-
     QRegExpValidator uses a regular expression (regexp) to
     determine whether an input string is \l Acceptable, \l
     Intermediate, or \l Invalid. The regexp can either be supplied
diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qworkspace.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qworkspace.cpp
index d8bcf9b..cd98671 100644
--- a/src/gui/widgets/qworkspace.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/widgets/qworkspace.cpp
@@ -834,7 +834,6 @@ QSize QWorkspaceTitleBar::sizeHint() const
     \obsolete
     \brief The QWorkspace widget provides a workspace window that can be
     used in an MDI application.
-    \ingroup application
 
     This class is deprecated. Use QMdiArea instead.
 
diff --git a/src/network/access/qftp.cpp b/src/network/access/qftp.cpp
index 5d5c978..308037a 100644
--- a/src/network/access/qftp.cpp
+++ b/src/network/access/qftp.cpp
@@ -1294,9 +1294,9 @@ int QFtpPrivate::addCommand(QFtpCommand *cmd)
     \class QFtp
     \brief The QFtp class provides an implementation of the client side of FTP protocol.
 
-    \ingroup io
+    \ingroup network
     \inmodule QtNetwork
-    \mainclass
+
 
     This class provides a direct interface to FTP that allows you to
     have more control over the requests. However, for new
diff --git a/src/network/access/qhttp.cpp b/src/network/access/qhttp.cpp
index 9d0b413..e789a9c 100644
--- a/src/network/access/qhttp.cpp
+++ b/src/network/access/qhttp.cpp
@@ -516,7 +516,7 @@ public:
     \obsolete
     \brief The QHttpHeader class contains header information for HTTP.
 
-    \ingroup io
+    \ingroup network
     \inmodule QtNetwork
 
     In most cases you should use the more specialized derivatives of
@@ -1011,7 +1011,7 @@ public:
     \obsolete
     \brief The QHttpResponseHeader class contains response header information for HTTP.
 
-    \ingroup io
+    \ingroup network
     \inmodule QtNetwork
 
     This class is used by the QHttp class to report the header
@@ -1216,7 +1216,7 @@ public:
     \obsolete
     \brief The QHttpRequestHeader class contains request header information for HTTP.
 
-    \ingroup io
+    \ingroup network
     \inmodule QtNetwork
 
     This class is used in the QHttp class to report the header
@@ -1421,9 +1421,9 @@ QString QHttpRequestHeader::toString() const
 
     \brief The QHttp class provides an implementation of the HTTP protocol.
 
-    \ingroup io
+    \ingroup network
     \inmodule QtNetwork
-    \mainclass
+
 
     This class provides a direct interface to HTTP that allows you to
     download and upload data with the HTTP protocol.
diff --git a/src/network/access/qnetworkrequest.cpp b/src/network/access/qnetworkrequest.cpp
index cc83e40..721f8c4 100644
--- a/src/network/access/qnetworkrequest.cpp
+++ b/src/network/access/qnetworkrequest.cpp
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \brief The QNetworkRequest class holds one request to be sent with the Network Access API.
     \since 4.4
 
-    \ingroup io
+    \ingroup network
     \inmodule QtNetwork
 
     QNetworkRequest is part of the Network Access API and is the class
diff --git a/src/network/kernel/qauthenticator.cpp b/src/network/kernel/qauthenticator.cpp
index d0e60f7..fc9ff8b 100644
--- a/src/network/kernel/qauthenticator.cpp
+++ b/src/network/kernel/qauthenticator.cpp
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ static QByteArray qNtlmPhase3(QAuthenticatorPrivate *ctx, const QByteArray& phas
   \since 4.3
 
   \reentrant
-  \ingroup io
+  \ingroup network
   \inmodule QtNetwork
 
   The QAuthenticator class is usually used in the
diff --git a/src/network/kernel/qhostaddress.cpp b/src/network/kernel/qhostaddress.cpp
index 2391732..84bfee5 100644
--- a/src/network/kernel/qhostaddress.cpp
+++ b/src/network/kernel/qhostaddress.cpp
@@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ void QNetmaskAddress::setPrefixLength(QAbstractSocket::NetworkLayerProtocol prot
 /*!
     \class QHostAddress
     \brief The QHostAddress class provides an IP address.
-    \ingroup io
+    \ingroup network
     \inmodule QtNetwork
 
     This class holds an IPv4 or IPv6 address in a platform- and
diff --git a/src/network/kernel/qhostinfo.cpp b/src/network/kernel/qhostinfo.cpp
index 0b8e15c..ee1369d 100644
--- a/src/network/kernel/qhostinfo.cpp
+++ b/src/network/kernel/qhostinfo.cpp
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ void QHostInfoAgent::staticCleanup()
 
     \reentrant
     \inmodule QtNetwork
-    \ingroup io
+    \ingroup network
 
     QHostInfo uses the lookup mechanisms provided by the operating
     system to find the IP address(es) associated with a host name,
diff --git a/src/network/kernel/qnetworkinterface.cpp b/src/network/kernel/qnetworkinterface.cpp
index f4088f8..d6ce745 100644
--- a/src/network/kernel/qnetworkinterface.cpp
+++ b/src/network/kernel/qnetworkinterface.cpp
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ QString QNetworkInterfacePrivate::makeHwAddress(int len, uchar *data)
 
     \since 4.2
     \reentrant
-    \ingroup io
+    \ingroup network
 
     Each network interface can contain zero or more IP addresses, which
     in turn can be associated with a netmask and/or a broadcast
@@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ void QNetworkAddressEntry::setBroadcast(const QHostAddress &newBroadcast)
 
     \since 4.2
     \reentrant
-    \ingroup io
+    \ingroup network
 
     QNetworkInterface represents one network interface attached to the
     host where the program is being run. Each network interface may
diff --git a/src/network/kernel/qnetworkproxy.cpp b/src/network/kernel/qnetworkproxy.cpp
index 4a8d997..0fa54ed 100644
--- a/src/network/kernel/qnetworkproxy.cpp
+++ b/src/network/kernel/qnetworkproxy.cpp
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@
     \brief The QNetworkProxy class provides a network layer proxy.
 
     \reentrant
-    \ingroup io
+    \ingroup network
     \inmodule QtNetwork
 
     QNetworkProxy provides the method for configuring network layer
@@ -1118,7 +1118,7 @@ void QNetworkProxyQuery::setUrl(const QUrl &url)
     \brief The QNetworkProxyFactory class provides fine-grained proxy selection.
     \since 4.5
 
-    \ingroup io
+    \ingroup network
     \inmodule QtNetwork
 
     QNetworkProxyFactory is an extension to QNetworkProxy, allowing
diff --git a/src/network/kernel/qurlinfo.cpp b/src/network/kernel/qurlinfo.cpp
index 626bce2..5ab200c 100644
--- a/src/network/kernel/qurlinfo.cpp
+++ b/src/network/kernel/qurlinfo.cpp
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ public:
     \brief The QUrlInfo class stores information about URLs.
 
     \ingroup io
-    \ingroup misc
+    \ingroup network
 
     The information about a URL that can be retrieved includes name(),
     permissions(), owner(), group(), size(), lastModified(),
diff --git a/src/network/socket/qabstractsocket.cpp b/src/network/socket/qabstractsocket.cpp
index 49ffe3d..1ebe213 100644
--- a/src/network/socket/qabstractsocket.cpp
+++ b/src/network/socket/qabstractsocket.cpp
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@
     common to all socket types.
 
     \reentrant
-    \ingroup io
+    \ingroup network
     \inmodule QtNetwork
 
     QAbstractSocket is the base class for QTcpSocket and QUdpSocket
diff --git a/src/network/socket/qnativesocketengine.cpp b/src/network/socket/qnativesocketengine.cpp
index a1643fe..45b06cb 100644
--- a/src/network/socket/qnativesocketengine.cpp
+++ b/src/network/socket/qnativesocketengine.cpp
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
     \brief The QNativeSocketEngine class provides low level access to a socket.
 
     \reentrant
-    \ingroup io
+    \ingroup network
     \inmodule QtNetwork
 
     QtSocketLayer provides basic socket functionality provided by the
diff --git a/src/network/socket/qtcpserver.cpp b/src/network/socket/qtcpserver.cpp
index 11d5c3a..a73c2ac 100644
--- a/src/network/socket/qtcpserver.cpp
+++ b/src/network/socket/qtcpserver.cpp
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
     \brief The QTcpServer class provides a TCP-based server.
 
     \reentrant
-    \ingroup io
+    \ingroup network
     \inmodule QtNetwork
 
     This class makes it possible to accept incoming TCP connections.
diff --git a/src/network/socket/qtcpsocket.cpp b/src/network/socket/qtcpsocket.cpp
index af1cee7..604143a 100644
--- a/src/network/socket/qtcpsocket.cpp
+++ b/src/network/socket/qtcpsocket.cpp
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
     \brief The QTcpSocket class provides a TCP socket.
 
     \reentrant
-    \ingroup io
+    \ingroup network
     \inmodule QtNetwork
 
     TCP (Transmission Control Protocol) is a reliable,
diff --git a/src/network/socket/qudpsocket.cpp b/src/network/socket/qudpsocket.cpp
index 3883ff5..0d055f7 100644
--- a/src/network/socket/qudpsocket.cpp
+++ b/src/network/socket/qudpsocket.cpp
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
     \reentrant
     \brief The QUdpSocket class provides a UDP socket.
 
-    \ingroup io
+    \ingroup network
     \inmodule QtNetwork
 
     UDP (User Datagram Protocol) is a lightweight, unreliable,
diff --git a/src/network/ssl/qssl.cpp b/src/network/ssl/qssl.cpp
index c4f792e..1913b49 100644
--- a/src/network/ssl/qssl.cpp
+++ b/src/network/ssl/qssl.cpp
@@ -49,7 +49,8 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \brief The QSsl namespace declares enums common to all SSL classes in QtNetwork.
     \since 4.3
 
-    \ingroup io
+    \ingroup network
+    \ingroup ssl
     \inmodule QtNetwork
 */
 
diff --git a/src/network/ssl/qsslcertificate.cpp b/src/network/ssl/qsslcertificate.cpp
index 7e4bd7f..2782e1b 100644
--- a/src/network/ssl/qsslcertificate.cpp
+++ b/src/network/ssl/qsslcertificate.cpp
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
     \since 4.3
 
     \reentrant
-    \ingroup io
+    \ingroup network
     \ingroup ssl
     \inmodule QtNetwork
 
diff --git a/src/network/ssl/qsslcipher.cpp b/src/network/ssl/qsslcipher.cpp
index e13733a..d8ad88b 100644
--- a/src/network/ssl/qsslcipher.cpp
+++ b/src/network/ssl/qsslcipher.cpp
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
     \since 4.3
 
     \reentrant
-    \ingroup io
+    \ingroup network
     \ingroup ssl
     \inmodule QtNetwork
 
diff --git a/src/network/ssl/qsslconfiguration.cpp b/src/network/ssl/qsslconfiguration.cpp
index f207e99..87db324 100644
--- a/src/network/ssl/qsslconfiguration.cpp
+++ b/src/network/ssl/qsslconfiguration.cpp
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ template<> void QSharedDataPointer<QSslConfigurationPrivate>::detach()
 
     \reentrant
     \inmodule QtNetwork
-    \ingroup io
+    \ingroup network
     \ingroup ssl
 
     QSslConfiguration is used by Qt networking classes to relay
diff --git a/src/network/ssl/qsslerror.cpp b/src/network/ssl/qsslerror.cpp
index 3536bc4..8fbd61f 100644
--- a/src/network/ssl/qsslerror.cpp
+++ b/src/network/ssl/qsslerror.cpp
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
     \since 4.3
 
     \reentrant
-    \ingroup io
+    \ingroup network
     \ingroup ssl
     \inmodule QtNetwork
 
diff --git a/src/network/ssl/qsslkey.cpp b/src/network/ssl/qsslkey.cpp
index 185d1e5..c5c7277 100644
--- a/src/network/ssl/qsslkey.cpp
+++ b/src/network/ssl/qsslkey.cpp
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
     \since 4.3
 
     \reentrant
-    \ingroup io
+    \ingroup network
     \ingroup ssl
     \inmodule QtNetwork
 
diff --git a/src/network/ssl/qsslsocket.cpp b/src/network/ssl/qsslsocket.cpp
index 390b1fc..cdbcb86 100644
--- a/src/network/ssl/qsslsocket.cpp
+++ b/src/network/ssl/qsslsocket.cpp
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
     \since 4.3
 
     \reentrant
-    \ingroup io
+    \ingroup network
     \ingroup ssl
     \inmodule QtNetwork
 
diff --git a/src/opengl/qgl.cpp b/src/opengl/qgl.cpp
index 67c02f2..e031fb5 100644
--- a/src/opengl/qgl.cpp
+++ b/src/opengl/qgl.cpp
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ QGLSignalProxy *QGLSignalProxy::instance()
     \brief The QGL namespace specifies miscellaneous identifiers used
     in the Qt OpenGL module.
 
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting-3D
 */
 
 /*!
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ QGLSignalProxy *QGLSignalProxy::instance()
     \brief The QGLFormat class specifies the display format of an OpenGL
     rendering context.
 
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting-3D
 
     A display format has several characteristics:
     \list
@@ -1554,7 +1554,7 @@ Q_OPENGL_EXPORT QGLShareRegister* qgl_share_reg()
     \class QGLContext
     \brief The QGLContext class encapsulates an OpenGL rendering context.
 
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting-3D
 
     An OpenGL rendering context is a complete set of OpenGL state
     variables. The rendering context's \l {QGL::FormatOption} {format}
@@ -2775,8 +2775,8 @@ const QGLContext* QGLContext::currentContext()
     \class QGLWidget
     \brief The QGLWidget class is a widget for rendering OpenGL graphics.
 
-    \ingroup multimedia
-    \mainclass
+    \ingroup painting-3D
+
 
     QGLWidget provides functionality for displaying OpenGL graphics
     integrated into a Qt application. It is very simple to use. You
diff --git a/src/opengl/qglcolormap.cpp b/src/opengl/qglcolormap.cpp
index 0d38ce7..cdbf1c8 100644
--- a/src/opengl/qglcolormap.cpp
+++ b/src/opengl/qglcolormap.cpp
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
     QGLWidgets.
 
     \module OpenGL
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting-3D
     \ingroup shared
 
     QGLColormap provides a platform independent way of specifying and
diff --git a/src/opengl/qglframebufferobject.cpp b/src/opengl/qglframebufferobject.cpp
index b93cee8..db33297 100644
--- a/src/opengl/qglframebufferobject.cpp
+++ b/src/opengl/qglframebufferobject.cpp
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ public:
 
     \since 4.6
 
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting-3D
 
     A framebuffer object has several characteristics:
     \list
@@ -476,7 +476,7 @@ void QGLFramebufferObjectPrivate::init(const QSize &sz, QGLFramebufferObject::At
     \brief The QGLFramebufferObject class encapsulates an OpenGL framebuffer object.
     \since 4.2
 
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting-3D
 
     The QGLFramebufferObject class encapsulates an OpenGL framebuffer
     object, defined by the \c{GL_EXT_framebuffer_object} extension. In
diff --git a/src/opengl/qglpixelbuffer.cpp b/src/opengl/qglpixelbuffer.cpp
index 884bb36..4140bdf 100644
--- a/src/opengl/qglpixelbuffer.cpp
+++ b/src/opengl/qglpixelbuffer.cpp
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
     \brief The QGLPixelBuffer class encapsulates an OpenGL pbuffer.
     \since 4.1
 
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting-3D
 
     Rendering into a pbuffer is normally done using full hardware
     acceleration. This can be significantly faster than rendering
diff --git a/src/opengl/qglshaderprogram.cpp b/src/opengl/qglshaderprogram.cpp
index e3627ff..f8bffd3 100644
--- a/src/opengl/qglshaderprogram.cpp
+++ b/src/opengl/qglshaderprogram.cpp
@@ -55,6 +55,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \class QGLShaderProgram
     \brief The QGLShaderProgram class allows OpenGL shader programs to be linked and used.
     \since 4.6
+    \ingroup painting-3D
 
     \section1 Introduction
 
@@ -181,6 +182,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \class QGLShader
     \brief The QGLShader class allows OpenGL shaders to be compiled.
     \since 4.6
+    \ingroup painting-3D
 
     This class supports shaders written in the OpenGL Shading Language (GLSL)
     and in the OpenGL/ES Shading Language (GLSL/ES).
diff --git a/src/qt3support/sql/q3sqlfieldinfo.qdoc b/src/qt3support/sql/q3sqlfieldinfo.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6f6f359
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/qt3support/sql/q3sqlfieldinfo.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,234 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \class Q3SqlFieldInfo
+    \brief The Q3SqlFieldInfo class stores meta data associated with a SQL field.
+
+    \compat
+
+    Q3SqlFieldInfo objects only store meta data; field values are
+    stored in QSqlField objects.
+
+    All values must be set in the constructor, and may be retrieved
+    using isRequired(), type(), length(), precision(), defaultValue(),
+    name(), isGenerated() and typeID().
+
+    \sa Q3SqlRecordInfo
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3SqlFieldInfo::Q3SqlFieldInfo(const QString& name,
+                                       QVariant::Type typ,
+                                       int required,
+                                       int len,
+                                       int prec,
+                                       const QVariant& defValue,
+                                       int typeID,
+                                       bool generated,
+                                       bool trim,
+                                       bool calculated)
+
+    Constructs a Q3SqlFieldInfo with the following parameters:
+    \table
+    \row \i \a name  \i the name of the field.
+    \row \i \a typ   \i the field's type in a QVariant.
+    \row \i \a required  \i greater than 0 if the field is required, 0
+    if its value can be NULL and less than 0 if it cannot be
+    determined whether the field is required or not.
+    \row \i \a len  \i the length of the field. Note that for
+    non-character types some databases return either the length in
+    bytes or the number of digits. -1 signifies that the length cannot
+    be determined.
+    \row \i \a prec  \i the precision of the field, or -1 if the field
+    has no precision or it cannot be determined.
+    \row \i \a defValue  \i the default value that is inserted into
+    the table if none is specified by the user. QVariant() if there is
+    no default value or it cannot be determined.
+    \row \i \a typeID  \i the internal typeID of the database system
+    (only useful for low-level programming). 0 if unknown.
+    \row \i \a generated  \i TRUE indicates that this field should be
+    included in auto-generated SQL statments, e.g. in Q3SqlCursor.
+    \row \i \a trim  \i TRUE indicates that widgets should remove
+    trailing whitespace from character fields. This does not affect
+    the field value but only its representation inside widgets.
+    \row \i \a calculated  \i TRUE indicates that the value of this
+    field is calculated. The value of calculated fields can by
+    modified by subclassing Q3SqlCursor and overriding
+    Q3SqlCursor::calculateField().
+    \endtable
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3SqlFieldInfo::~Q3SqlFieldInfo()
+
+    Destroys the object and frees any allocated resources.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3SqlFieldInfo::Q3SqlFieldInfo(const QSqlField & other)
+
+    Creates a Q3SqlFieldInfo object with the type and the name of the
+    QSqlField \a other.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool Q3SqlFieldInfo::operator==(const Q3SqlFieldInfo& other) const
+
+    Assigns \a other to this field info and returns a reference to it.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSqlField Q3SqlFieldInfo::toField() const
+
+    Returns an empty QSqlField based on the information in this
+    Q3SqlFieldInfo.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int Q3SqlFieldInfo::isRequired() const
+
+    Returns a value greater than 0 if the field is required (NULL
+    values are not allowed), 0 if it isn't required (NULL values are
+    allowed) or less than 0 if it cannot be determined whether the
+    field is required or not.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QVariant::Type Q3SqlFieldInfo::type() const
+
+    Returns the field's type or QVariant::Invalid if the type is
+    unknown.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int Q3SqlFieldInfo::length() const
+
+    Returns the field's length. For fields storing text the return
+    value is the maximum number of characters the field can hold. For
+    non-character fields some database systems return the number of
+    bytes needed or the number of digits allowed. If the length cannot
+    be determined -1 is returned.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int Q3SqlFieldInfo::precision() const
+
+    Returns the field's precision or -1 if the field has no precision
+    or it cannot be determined.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QVariant Q3SqlFieldInfo::defaultValue() const
+
+    Returns the field's default value or an empty QVariant if the
+    field has no default value or the value couldn't be determined.
+    The default value is the value inserted in the database when it
+    is not explicitly specified by the user.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString Q3SqlFieldInfo::name() const
+
+    Returns the name of the field in the SQL table.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int Q3SqlFieldInfo::typeID() const
+
+    Returns the internal type identifier as returned from the database
+    system. The return value is 0 if the type is unknown.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool Q3SqlFieldInfo::isGenerated() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the field should be included in auto-generated
+    SQL statments, e.g. in Q3SqlCursor; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa setGenerated()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool Q3SqlFieldInfo::isTrim() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if trailing whitespace should be removed from
+    character fields; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa setTrim()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool Q3SqlFieldInfo::isCalculated() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the field is calculated; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa setCalculated()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void Q3SqlFieldInfo::setTrim(bool trim)
+
+    If \a trim is TRUE widgets should remove trailing whitespace from
+    character fields. This does not affect the field value but only
+    its representation inside widgets.
+
+    \sa isTrim()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void Q3SqlFieldInfo::setGenerated(bool generated)
+
+    \a generated set to FALSE indicates that this field should not appear
+    in auto-generated SQL statements (for example in Q3SqlCursor).
+
+    \sa isGenerated()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void Q3SqlFieldInfo::setCalculated(bool calculated)
+
+    \a calculated set to TRUE indicates that this field is a calculated
+    field. The value of calculated fields can by modified by subclassing
+    Q3SqlCursor and overriding Q3SqlCursor::calculateField().
+
+    \sa isCalculated()
+*/
diff --git a/src/qt3support/sql/q3sqlrecordinfo.qdoc b/src/qt3support/sql/q3sqlrecordinfo.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ce60f6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/qt3support/sql/q3sqlrecordinfo.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \class Q3SqlRecordInfo
+    \brief The Q3SqlRecordInfo class encapsulates a set of database field meta data.
+
+    \compat
+
+    This class is a list that holds a set of database field meta
+    data. Use contains() to see if a given field name exists in the
+    record, and use find() to get a QSqlFieldInfo record for a named
+    field.
+
+    \sa Q3SqlFieldInfo
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3SqlRecordInfo::Q3SqlRecordInfo()
+
+    Constructs an empty record info object.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3SqlRecordInfo::Q3SqlRecordInfo(const Q3SqlFieldInfoList& other)
+    \fn Q3SqlRecordInfo::Q3SqlRecordInfo(const QSqlRecord& other)
+
+    Constructs a copy of \a other.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn size_type Q3SqlRecordInfo::contains(const QString& fieldName) const
+
+    Returns the number of times a field called \a fieldName occurs in
+    the record. Returns 0 if no field by that name could be found.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3SqlFieldInfo Q3SqlRecordInfo::find(const QString& fieldName) const
+
+    Returns a QSqlFieldInfo object for the first field in the record
+    which has the field name \a fieldName. If no matching field is
+    found then an empty QSqlFieldInfo object is returned.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSqlRecord Q3SqlRecordInfo::toRecord() const
+
+    Returns an empty QSqlRecord based on the field information
+    in this Q3SqlRecordInfo.
+*/
diff --git a/src/qt3support/tools/q3asciicache.qdoc b/src/qt3support/tools/q3asciicache.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b86113f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/qt3support/tools/q3asciicache.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,465 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \class Q3AsciiCache
+    \brief The Q3AsciiCache class is a template class that provides a cache based on char* keys.
+    \compat
+
+    Q3AsciiCache is implemented as a template class. Define a template
+    instance Q3AsciiCache\<X\> to create a cache that operates on
+    pointers to X (X*).
+
+    A cache is a least recently used (LRU) list of cache items. The
+    cache items are accessed via \c char* keys. For Unicode keys use
+    the Q3Cache template instead, which uses QString keys. A Q3Cache
+    has the same performace as a Q3AsciiCache.
+
+    Each cache item has a cost. The sum of item costs, totalCost(),
+    will not exceed the maximum cache cost, maxCost(). If inserting a
+    new item would cause the total cost to exceed the maximum cost,
+    the least recently used items in the cache are removed.
+
+    Apart from insert(), by far the most important function is find()
+    (which also exists as operator[]()). This function looks up an
+    item, returns it, and by default marks it as being the most
+    recently used item.
+
+    There are also methods to remove() or take() an object from the
+    cache. Calling \link Q3PtrCollection::setAutoDelete()
+    setAutoDelete(TRUE)\endlink tells the cache to delete items that
+    are removed. The default is to not delete items when then are
+    removed (i.e., remove() and take() are equivalent).
+
+    When inserting an item into the cache, only the pointer is copied,
+    not the item itself. This is called a shallow copy. It is possible
+    to make the cache copy all of the item's data (known as a deep
+    copy) when an item is inserted. insert() calls the virtual
+    function Q3PtrCollection::newItem() for the item to be inserted.
+    Inherit a cache and reimplement newItem() if you want deep copies.
+
+    When removing a cache item the virtual function
+    Q3PtrCollection::deleteItem() is called. Its default implementation
+    in Q3AsciiCache is to delete the item if \link
+    Q3PtrCollection::setAutoDelete() auto-deletion\endlink is enabled.
+
+    There is a Q3AsciiCacheIterator which may be used to traverse the
+    items in the cache in arbitrary order.
+
+    \sa Q3AsciiCacheIterator, Q3Cache, Q3IntCache
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn Q3AsciiCache::Q3AsciiCache( const Q3AsciiCache<type> &c )
+
+  \internal
+
+  Do not use. A Q3AsciiCache cannot be copied. Calls qFatal() in debug version.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3AsciiCache::Q3AsciiCache( int maxCost, int size, bool caseSensitive, bool copyKeys )
+
+    Constructs a cache whose contents will never have a total cost
+    greater than \a maxCost and which is expected to contain less than
+    \a size items.
+
+    \a size is actually the size of an internal hash array; it's
+    usually best to make it prime and at least 50% bigger than the
+    largest expected number of items in the cache.
+
+    Each inserted item has an associated cost. When inserting a new
+    item, if the total cost of all items in the cache will exceed \a
+    maxCost, the cache will start throwing out the older (least
+    recently used) items until there is enough room for the new item
+    to be inserted.
+
+    If \a caseSensitive is TRUE (the default), the cache keys are case
+    sensitive; if it is FALSE, they are case-insensitive.
+    Case-insensitive comparison only affects the 26 letters in
+    US-ASCII. If \a copyKeys is TRUE (the default), Q3AsciiCache makes
+    a copy of the cache keys, otherwise it copies just the const char
+    * pointer - slightly faster if you can guarantee that the keys
+    will never change, but very risky.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3AsciiCache::~Q3AsciiCache()
+
+    Removes all items from the cache and destroys it.
+    All iterators that access this cache will be reset.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn Q3AsciiCache<type>& Q3AsciiCache::operator=( const Q3AsciiCache<type> &c )
+
+  \internal
+
+  Do not use. A Q3AsciiCache cannot be copied. Calls qFatal() in debug version.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int Q3AsciiCache::maxCost() const
+
+    Returns the maximum allowed total cost of the cache.
+
+    \sa setMaxCost() totalCost()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int Q3AsciiCache::totalCost() const
+
+    Returns the total cost of the items in the cache. This is an
+    integer in the range 0 to maxCost().
+
+    \sa setMaxCost()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void Q3AsciiCache::setMaxCost( int m )
+
+    Sets the maximum allowed total cost of the cache to \a m. If the
+    current total cost is greater than \a m, some items are removed
+    immediately.
+
+    \sa maxCost() totalCost()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn uint Q3AsciiCache::count() const
+
+    Returns the number of items in the cache.
+
+    \sa totalCost() size()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn uint Q3AsciiCache::size() const
+
+    Returns the size of the hash array used to implement the cache.
+    This should be a bit bigger than count() is likely to be.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool Q3AsciiCache::isEmpty() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the cache is empty; otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool Q3AsciiCache::insert( const char *k, const type *d, int c, int p )
+
+    Inserts the item \a d into the cache using key \a k, and with an
+    associated cost of \a c. Returns TRUE if the item is successfully
+    inserted. Returns FALSE if the item is not inserted, for example,
+    if the cost of the item exceeds maxCost().
+
+    The cache's size is limited, and if the total cost is too high,
+    Q3AsciiCache will remove old, least recently used items until there
+    is room for this new item.
+
+    Items with duplicate keys can be inserted.
+
+    The parameter \a p is internal and should be left at the default
+    value (0).
+
+    \warning If this function returns FALSE, you must delete \a d
+    yourself. Additionally, be very careful about using \a d after
+    calling this function, because any other insertions into the
+    cache, from anywhere in the application or within Qt itself, could
+    cause the object to be discarded from the cache and the pointer to
+    become invalid.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool Q3AsciiCache::remove( const char *k )
+
+    Removes the item with key \a k and returns TRUE if the item was
+    present in the cache; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    The item is deleted if auto-deletion has been enabled, i.e., if
+    you have called \link Q3PtrCollection::setAutoDelete()
+    setAutoDelete(TRUE)\endlink.
+
+    If there are two or more items with equal keys, the one that was
+    inserted last is removed.
+
+    All iterators that refer to the removed item are set to point to
+    the next item in the cache's traversal order.
+
+    \sa take(), clear()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3AsciiCache::take( const char *k )
+
+    Takes the item associated with \a k out of the cache without
+    deleting it and returns a pointer to the item taken out, or 0
+    if the key does not exist in the cache.
+
+    If there are two or more items with equal keys, the one that was
+    inserted last is taken.
+
+    All iterators that refer to the taken item are set to point to the
+    next item in the cache's traversal order.
+
+    \sa remove(), clear()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void Q3AsciiCache::clear()
+
+    Removes all items from the cache, and deletes them if \link
+    Q3PtrCollection::setAutoDelete() auto-deletion\endlink has been
+    enabled.
+
+    All cache iterators that operate on this cache are reset.
+
+    \sa remove() take()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3AsciiCache::find( const char *k, bool ref ) const
+
+    Returns the item with key \a k, or 0 if the key does not exist
+    in the cache. If \a ref is TRUE (the default), the item is moved
+    to the front of the least recently used list.
+
+    If there are two or more items with equal keys, the one that was
+    inserted last is returned.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3AsciiCache::operator[]( const char *k ) const
+
+    Returns the item with key \a k, or 0 if \a k does not exist in
+    the cache, and moves the item to the front of the least recently
+    used list.
+
+    If there are two or more items with equal keys, the one that was
+    inserted last is returned.
+
+    This is the same as find( k, TRUE ).
+
+    \sa find()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void Q3AsciiCache::statistics() const
+
+    A debug-only utility function. Prints out cache usage, hit/miss,
+    and distribution information using qDebug(). This function does
+    nothing in the release library.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \class Q3AsciiCacheIterator
+    \brief The Q3AsciiCacheIterator class provides an iterator for Q3AsciiCache collections.
+    \compat
+
+    Note that the traversal order is arbitrary; you are not guaranteed
+    any particular order. If new objects are inserted into the cache
+    while the iterator is active, the iterator may or may not see
+    them.
+
+    Multiple iterators are completely independent, even when they
+    operate on the same Q3AsciiCache. Q3AsciiCache updates all iterators
+    that refer an item when that item is removed.
+
+    Q3AsciiCacheIterator provides an operator++() and an operator+=()
+    to traverse the cache; current() and currentKey() to access the
+    current cache item and its key. It also provides atFirst() and
+    atLast(), which return TRUE if the iterator points to the first or
+    last item in the cache respectively. The isEmpty() function
+    returns TRUE if the cache is empty; and count() returns the number
+    of items in the cache.
+
+    Note that atFirst() and atLast() refer to the iterator's arbitrary
+    ordering, not to the cache's internal least recently used list.
+
+    \sa Q3AsciiCache
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3AsciiCacheIterator::Q3AsciiCacheIterator( const Q3AsciiCache<type> &cache )
+
+    Constructs an iterator for \a cache. The current iterator item is
+    set to point to the first item in the \a cache.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3AsciiCacheIterator::Q3AsciiCacheIterator (const Q3AsciiCacheIterator<type> & ci)
+
+    Constructs an iterator for the same cache as \a ci. The new
+    iterator starts at the same item as ci.current() but moves
+    independently from there on.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3AsciiCacheIterator<type>& Q3AsciiCacheIterator::operator=( const Q3AsciiCacheIterator<type> &ci )
+
+    Makes this an iterator for the same cache as \a ci. The new
+    iterator starts at the same item as ci.current(), but moves
+    independently thereafter.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn uint Q3AsciiCacheIterator::count() const
+
+    Returns the number of items in the cache over which this iterator
+    operates.
+
+    \sa isEmpty()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool Q3AsciiCacheIterator::isEmpty() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the cache is empty, i.e. count() == 0; otherwise
+    returns FALSE.
+    
+    \sa count()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool Q3AsciiCacheIterator::atFirst() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the iterator points to the first item in the
+    cache; otherwise returns FALSE. Note that this refers to the
+    iterator's arbitrary ordering, not to the cache's internal least
+    recently used list.
+
+    \sa toFirst(), atLast()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool Q3AsciiCacheIterator::atLast() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the iterator points to the last item in the cache;
+    otherwise returns FALSE. Note that this refers to the iterator's
+    arbitrary ordering, not to the cache's internal least recently
+    used list.
+
+    \sa toLast(), atFirst()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3AsciiCacheIterator::toFirst()
+
+    Sets the iterator to point to the first item in the cache and
+    returns a pointer to the item.
+
+    Sets the iterator to 0 and returns 0 if the cache is empty.
+
+    \sa toLast() isEmpty()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3AsciiCacheIterator::toLast()
+
+    Sets the iterator to point to the last item in the cache and
+    returns a pointer to the item.
+
+    Sets the iterator to 0 and returns 0 if the cache is empty.
+
+    \sa toFirst() isEmpty()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3AsciiCacheIterator::operator type *() const
+
+    Cast operator. Returns a pointer to the current iterator item.
+    Same as current().
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3AsciiCacheIterator::current() const
+
+    Returns a pointer to the current iterator item.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const char *Q3AsciiCacheIterator::currentKey() const
+
+    Returns the key for the current iterator item.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3AsciiCacheIterator::operator()()
+
+    Makes the succeeding item current and returns the original current
+    item.
+
+    If the current iterator item was the last item in the cache or if
+    it was 0, 0 is returned.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3AsciiCacheIterator::operator+=( uint jump )
+
+    Returns the item \a jump positions after the current item, or 0
+    if it is beyond the last item. Makes this the current item.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3AsciiCacheIterator::operator-=( uint jump )
+
+    Returns the item \a jump positions before the current item, or 0
+    if it is before the first item. Makes this the current item.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3AsciiCacheIterator::operator++()
+
+    Prefix ++ makes the iterator point to the item just after
+    current(), and makes that the new current item for the iterator. If
+    current() was the last item, operator++() returns 0.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3AsciiCacheIterator::operator--()
+
+    Prefix -- makes the iterator point to the item just before
+    current(), and makes that the new current item for the iterator. If
+    current() was the first item, operator--() returns 0.
+*/
+
diff --git a/src/qt3support/tools/q3asciidict.qdoc b/src/qt3support/tools/q3asciidict.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1262a37
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/qt3support/tools/q3asciidict.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,416 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \class Q3AsciiDict
+    \brief The Q3AsciiDict class is a template class that provides a dictionary based on char* keys.
+    \compat
+
+    Q3AsciiDict is implemented as a template class. Define a template
+    instance Q3AsciiDict\<X\> to create a dictionary that operates on
+    pointers to X (X*).
+
+    A dictionary is a collection of key-value pairs. The key is a
+    char* used for insertion, removal and lookup. The value is a
+    pointer. Dictionaries provide very fast insertion and lookup.
+
+    Q3AsciiDict cannot handle Unicode keys; use the Q3Dict template
+    instead, which uses QString keys. A Q3Dict has the same
+    performace as a Q3AsciiDict.
+
+    Example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_q3asciidict.qdoc 0
+    In this example we use a dictionary to keep track of the line
+    edits we're using. We insert each line edit into the dictionary
+    with a unique name and then access the line edits via the
+    dictionary. See Q3PtrDict, Q3IntDict and Q3Dict.
+
+    See Q3Dict for full details, including the choice of dictionary
+    size, and how deletions are handled. 
+
+    \sa Q3AsciiDictIterator, Q3Dict, Q3IntDict, Q3PtrDict
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3AsciiDict::Q3AsciiDict( int size, bool caseSensitive, bool copyKeys )
+
+    Constructs a dictionary optimized for less than \a size entries.
+
+    We recommend setting \a size to a suitably large prime number (a
+    bit larger than the expected number of entries). This makes the
+    hash distribution better and will improve lookup performance.
+
+    When \a caseSensitive is TRUE (the default) Q3AsciiDict treats
+    "abc" and "Abc" as different keys; when it is FALSE "abc" and
+    "Abc" are the same. Case-insensitive comparison only considers the
+    26 letters in US-ASCII.
+
+    If \a copyKeys is TRUE (the default), the dictionary copies keys
+    using strcpy(); if it is FALSE, the dictionary just copies the
+    pointers.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3AsciiDict::Q3AsciiDict( const Q3AsciiDict<type> &dict )
+
+    Constructs a copy of \a dict.
+
+    Each item in \a dict is inserted into this dictionary. Only the
+    pointers are copied (shallow copy).
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3AsciiDict::~Q3AsciiDict()
+
+    Removes all items from the dictionary and destroys it.
+
+    The items are deleted if auto-delete is enabled.
+
+    All iterators that access this dictionary will be reset.
+
+    \sa setAutoDelete()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3AsciiDict<type> &Q3AsciiDict::operator=(const Q3AsciiDict<type> &dict)
+
+    Assigns \a dict to this dictionary and returns a reference to this
+    dictionary.
+
+    This dictionary is first cleared and then each item in \a dict is
+    inserted into this dictionary. Only the pointers are copied
+    (shallow copy) unless newItem() has been reimplemented().
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn uint Q3AsciiDict::count() const
+
+    Returns the number of items in the dictionary.
+
+    \sa isEmpty()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn uint Q3AsciiDict::size() const
+
+    Returns the size of the internal hash array (as specified in the
+    constructor).
+
+    \sa count()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void Q3AsciiDict::resize( uint newsize )
+
+    Changes the size of the hashtable to \a newsize. The contents of
+    the dictionary are preserved but all iterators on the dictionary
+    become invalid.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool Q3AsciiDict::isEmpty() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the dictionary is empty, i.e. count() == 0;
+    otherwise it returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa count()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void Q3AsciiDict::insert( const char *key, const type *item )
+
+    Inserts the \a key with the \a item into the dictionary.
+
+    Multiple items can have the same key, in which case only the last
+    item will be accessible using \l operator[]().
+
+    \a item may not be 0.
+
+    \sa replace()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void Q3AsciiDict::replace( const char *key, const type *item )
+
+    Replaces an item that has a key equal to \a key with \a item.
+
+    If the item does not already exist, it will be inserted.
+
+    \a item may not be 0.
+
+    Equivalent to:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_q3asciidict.qdoc 1
+
+    If there are two or more items with equal keys, then the most
+    recently inserted item will be replaced.
+
+    \sa insert()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool Q3AsciiDict::remove( const char *key )
+
+    Removes the item associated with \a key from the dictionary.
+    Returns TRUE if successful, i.e. if the key existed in the
+    dictionary; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    If there are two or more items with equal keys, then the most
+    recently inserted item will be removed.
+
+    The removed item is deleted if \link
+    Q3PtrCollection::setAutoDelete() auto-deletion\endlink is enabled.
+
+    All dictionary iterators that refer to the removed item will be
+    set to point to the next item in the dictionary traversal order.
+
+    \sa take(), clear(), setAutoDelete()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3AsciiDict::take( const char *key )
+
+    Takes the item associated with \a key out of the dictionary
+    without deleting it (even if \link Q3PtrCollection::setAutoDelete()
+    auto-deletion\endlink is enabled).
+
+    If there are two or more items with equal keys, then the most
+    recently inserted item will be taken.
+
+    Returns a pointer to the item taken out, or 0 if the key does not
+    exist in the dictionary.
+
+    All dictionary iterators that refer to the taken item will be set
+    to point to the next item in the dictionary traversal order.
+
+    \sa remove(), clear(), setAutoDelete()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void Q3AsciiDict::clear()
+
+    Removes all items from the dictionary.
+
+    The removed items are deleted if \link
+    Q3PtrCollection::setAutoDelete() auto-deletion\endlink is enabled.
+
+    All dictionary iterators that operate on dictionary are reset.
+
+    \sa remove(), take(), setAutoDelete()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3AsciiDict::find( const char *key ) const
+
+    Returns the item associated with \a key, or 0 if the key does not
+    exist in the dictionary.
+
+    This function uses an internal hashing algorithm to optimize
+    lookup.
+
+    If there are two or more items with equal keys, then the item that
+    was most recently inserted will be found.
+
+    Equivalent to the [] operator.
+
+    \sa operator[]()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3AsciiDict::operator[]( const char *key ) const
+
+    Returns the item associated with \a key, or 0 if the key does
+    not exist in the dictionary.
+
+    This function uses an internal hashing algorithm to optimize
+    lookup.
+
+    If there are two or more items with equal keys, then the item that
+    was most recently inserted will be found.
+
+    Equivalent to the find() function.
+
+    \sa find()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void Q3AsciiDict::statistics() const
+
+    Debugging-only function that prints out the dictionary
+    distribution using qDebug().
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QDataStream& Q3AsciiDict::read( QDataStream &s,
+					Q3PtrCollection::Item &item )
+
+    Reads a dictionary item from the stream \a s and returns a
+    reference to the stream.
+
+    The default implementation sets \a item to 0.
+
+    \sa write()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QDataStream& Q3AsciiDict::write(QDataStream &s, Q3PtrCollection::Item item) const
+
+    Writes a dictionary \a item to the stream \a s and returns a
+    reference to the stream.
+
+    \sa read()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \class Q3AsciiDictIterator
+    \brief The Q3AsciiDictIterator class provides an iterator for Q3AsciiDict collections.
+    \compat
+
+    Q3AsciiDictIterator is implemented as a template class. Define a
+    template instance Q3AsciiDictIterator\<X\> to create a dictionary
+    iterator that operates on Q3AsciiDict\<X\> (dictionary of X*).
+
+    Example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_q3asciidict.qdoc 2
+    In the example we insert some line edits into a dictionary, then
+    iterate over the dictionary printing the strings associated with
+    those line edits.
+
+    Note that the traversal order is arbitrary; you are not guaranteed
+    any particular order.
+
+    Multiple iterators may independently traverse the same dictionary.
+    A Q3AsciiDict knows about all the iterators that are operating on
+    the dictionary. When an item is removed from the dictionary,
+    Q3AsciiDict updates all the iterators that are referring to the
+    removed item to point to the next item in the (arbitrary)
+    traversal order.
+
+    \sa Q3AsciiDict
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3AsciiDictIterator::Q3AsciiDictIterator( const Q3AsciiDict<type> &dict )
+
+    Constructs an iterator for \a dict. The current iterator item is
+    set to point on the first item in the \a dict.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3AsciiDictIterator::~Q3AsciiDictIterator()
+
+    Destroys the iterator.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn uint Q3AsciiDictIterator::count() const
+
+    Returns the number of items in the dictionary this iterator
+    operates over.
+
+    \sa isEmpty()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool Q3AsciiDictIterator::isEmpty() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the dictionary is empty, i.e. count() == 0,
+    otherwise returns FALSE.
+    
+    \sa count()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3AsciiDictIterator::toFirst()
+
+    Sets the current iterator item to point to the first item in the
+    dictionary and returns a pointer to the item. If the dictionary is
+    empty it sets the current item to 0 and returns 0.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3AsciiDictIterator::operator type *() const
+
+    Cast operator. Returns a pointer to the current iterator item.
+    Same as current().
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3AsciiDictIterator::current() const
+
+    Returns a pointer to the current iterator item.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const char *Q3AsciiDictIterator::currentKey() const
+
+    Returns a pointer to the key for the current iterator item.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3AsciiDictIterator::operator()()
+
+    Makes the succeeding item current and returns the original current
+    item.
+
+    If the current iterator item was the last item in the dictionary
+    or if it was 0, 0 is returned.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3AsciiDictIterator::operator++()
+
+    Prefix ++ makes the succeeding item current and returns the new
+    current item.
+
+    If the current iterator item was the last item in the dictionary
+    or if it was 0, 0 is returned.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3AsciiDictIterator::operator+=( uint jump )
+
+    Sets the current item to the item \a jump positions after the
+    current item, and returns a pointer to that item.
+
+    If that item is beyond the last item or if the dictionary is
+    empty, it sets the current item to 0 and returns 0.
+*/
diff --git a/src/qt3support/tools/q3cache.qdoc b/src/qt3support/tools/q3cache.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..20b777f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/qt3support/tools/q3cache.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,461 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \class Q3Cache
+    \brief The Q3Cache class is a template class that provides a cache based on QString keys.
+    \compat
+
+    A cache is a least recently used (LRU) list of cache items. Each
+    cache item has a key and a certain cost. The sum of item costs,
+    totalCost(), never exceeds the maximum cache cost, maxCost(). If
+    inserting a new item would cause the total cost to exceed the
+    maximum cost, the least recently used items in the cache are
+    removed.
+
+    Q3Cache is a template class. Q3Cache\<X\> defines a cache that
+    operates on pointers to X, or X*.
+
+    Apart from insert(), by far the most important function is find()
+    (which also exists as operator[]()). This function looks up an
+    item, returns it, and by default marks it as being the most
+    recently used item.
+
+    There are also methods to remove() or take() an object from the
+    cache. Calling setAutoDelete(TRUE) for a cache tells it to delete
+    items that are removed. The default is to not delete items when
+    they are removed (i.e., remove() and take() are equivalent).
+
+    When inserting an item into the cache, only the pointer is copied,
+    not the item itself. This is called a shallow copy. It is possible
+    to make the cache copy all of the item's data (known as a deep
+    copy) when an item is inserted. insert() calls the virtual
+    function Q3PtrCollection::newItem() for the item to be inserted.
+    Inherit a cache and reimplement newItem() if you want deep copies.
+
+    When removing a cache item, the virtual function
+    Q3PtrCollection::deleteItem() is called. The default
+    implementation deletes the item if auto-deletion is enabled, and
+    does nothing otherwise.
+
+    There is a Q3CacheIterator that can be used to traverse the items
+    in the cache in arbitrary order.
+
+    In Q3Cache, the cache items are accessed via QString keys, which
+    are Unicode strings. If you want to use non-Unicode, plain 8-bit
+    \c char* keys, use the Q3AsciiCache template. A Q3Cache has the
+    same performance as a Q3AsciiCache.
+
+    \sa Q3CacheIterator, Q3AsciiCache, Q3IntCache
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn Q3Cache::Q3Cache( const Q3Cache<type> &c )
+
+  \internal
+
+  Do not use. A Q3Cache cannot be copied. Calls qFatal() in debug version.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3Cache::Q3Cache( int maxCost, int size, bool caseSensitive )
+
+    Constructs a cache whose contents will never have a total cost
+    greater than \a maxCost and which is expected to contain less than
+    \a size items.
+
+    \a size is actually the size of an internal hash array; it's
+    usually best to make it a prime number and at least 50% bigger
+    than the largest expected number of items in the cache.
+
+    Each inserted item has an associated cost. When inserting a new
+    item, if the total cost of all items in the cache will exceed \a
+    maxCost, the cache will start throwing out the older (least
+    recently used) items until there is enough room for the new item
+    to be inserted.
+
+    If \a caseSensitive is TRUE (the default), the cache keys are case
+    sensitive; if it is FALSE, they are case-insensitive.
+    Case-insensitive comparison considers all Unicode letters.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3Cache::~Q3Cache()
+
+    Removes all items from the cache and destroys it. All iterators
+    that access this cache will be reset.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn Q3Cache<type>& Q3Cache::operator=( const Q3Cache<type> &c )
+
+  \internal
+
+  Do not use. A Q3Cache cannot be copied. Calls qFatal() in debug version.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int Q3Cache::maxCost() const
+
+    Returns the maximum allowed total cost of the cache.
+
+    \sa setMaxCost() totalCost()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int Q3Cache::totalCost() const
+
+    Returns the total cost of the items in the cache. This is an
+    integer in the range 0 to maxCost().
+
+    \sa setMaxCost()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void Q3Cache::setMaxCost( int m )
+
+    Sets the maximum allowed total cost of the cache to \a m. If the
+    current total cost is greater than \a m, some items are deleted
+    immediately.
+
+    \sa maxCost() totalCost()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn uint Q3Cache::count() const
+
+    Returns the number of items in the cache.
+
+    \sa totalCost()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn uint Q3Cache::size() const
+
+    Returns the size of the hash array used to implement the cache.
+    This should be a bit bigger than count() is likely to be.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool Q3Cache::isEmpty() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the cache is empty; otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool Q3Cache::insert( const QString &k, const type *d, int c, int p )
+
+    Inserts the item \a d into the cache with key \a k and associated
+    cost, \a c. Returns TRUE if it is successfully inserted; otherwise
+    returns FALSE.
+
+    The cache's size is limited, and if the total cost is too high,
+    Q3Cache will remove old, least recently used items until there is
+    room for this new item.
+
+    The parameter \a p is internal and should be left at the default
+    value (0).
+
+    \warning If this function returns FALSE (which could happen, e.g.
+    if the cost of this item alone exceeds maxCost()) you must delete
+    \a d yourself. Additionally, be very careful about using \a d
+    after calling this function because any other insertions into the
+    cache, from anywhere in the application or within Qt itself, could
+    cause the object to be discarded from the cache and the pointer to
+    become invalid.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool Q3Cache::remove( const QString &k )
+
+    Removes the item associated with \a k, and returns TRUE if the
+    item was present in the cache; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    The item is deleted if auto-deletion has been enabled, i.e., if
+    you have called setAutoDelete(TRUE).
+
+    If there are two or more items with equal keys, the one that was
+    inserted last is removed.
+
+    All iterators that refer to the removed item are set to point to
+    the next item in the cache's traversal order.
+
+    \sa take(), clear()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3Cache::take( const QString &k )
+
+    Takes the item associated with \a k out of the cache without
+    deleting it, and returns a pointer to the item taken out, or 0
+    if the key does not exist in the cache.
+
+    If there are two or more items with equal keys, the one that was
+    inserted last is taken.
+
+    All iterators that refer to the taken item are set to point to the
+    next item in the cache's traversal order.
+
+    \sa remove(), clear()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void Q3Cache::clear()
+
+    Removes all items from the cache and deletes them if auto-deletion
+    has been enabled.
+
+    All cache iterators that operate this on cache are reset.
+
+    \sa remove() take()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3Cache::find( const QString &k, bool ref ) const
+
+    Returns the item associated with key \a k, or 0 if the key does
+    not exist in the cache. If \a ref is TRUE (the default), the item
+    is moved to the front of the least recently used list.
+
+    If there are two or more items with equal keys, the one that was
+    inserted last is returned.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3Cache::operator[]( const QString &k ) const
+
+    Returns the item associated with key \a k, or 0 if \a k does not
+    exist in the cache, and moves the item to the front of the least
+    recently used list.
+
+    If there are two or more items with equal keys, the one that was
+    inserted last is returned.
+
+    This is the same as find( k, TRUE ).
+
+    \sa find()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void Q3Cache::statistics() const
+
+    A debug-only utility function. Prints out cache usage, hit/miss,
+    and distribution information using qDebug(). This function does
+    nothing in the release library.
+*/
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  Q3CacheIterator documentation
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \class Q3CacheIterator qcache.h
+    \brief The Q3CacheIterator class provides an iterator for Q3Cache collections.
+    \compat
+
+    Note that the traversal order is arbitrary; you are not guaranteed
+    any particular order. If new objects are inserted into the cache
+    while the iterator is active, the iterator may or may not see
+    them.
+
+    Multiple iterators are completely independent, even when they
+    operate on the same Q3Cache. Q3Cache updates all iterators that
+    refer an item when that item is removed.
+
+    Q3CacheIterator provides an operator++(), and an operator+=() to
+    traverse the cache. The current() and currentKey() functions are
+    used to access the current cache item and its key. The atFirst()
+    and atLast() return TRUE if the iterator points to the first or
+    last item in the cache respectively. The isEmpty() function
+    returns TRUE if the cache is empty, and count() returns the number
+    of items in the cache.
+
+    Note that atFirst() and atLast() refer to the iterator's arbitrary
+    ordering, not to the cache's internal least recently used list.
+
+    \sa Q3Cache
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3CacheIterator::Q3CacheIterator( const Q3Cache<type> &cache )
+
+    Constructs an iterator for \a cache. The current iterator item is
+    set to point to the first item in the \a cache.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3CacheIterator::Q3CacheIterator (const Q3CacheIterator<type> & ci)
+
+    Constructs an iterator for the same cache as \a ci. The new
+    iterator starts at the same item as ci.current(), but moves
+    independently from there on.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3CacheIterator<type>& Q3CacheIterator::operator=( const Q3CacheIterator<type> &ci )
+
+    Makes this an iterator for the same cache as \a ci. The new
+    iterator starts at the same item as ci.current(), but moves
+    independently thereafter.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn uint Q3CacheIterator::count() const
+
+    Returns the number of items in the cache on which this iterator
+    operates.
+
+    \sa isEmpty()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool Q3CacheIterator::isEmpty() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the cache is empty, i.e. count() == 0; otherwise
+    it returns FALSE.
+    
+    \sa count()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool Q3CacheIterator::atFirst() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the iterator points to the first item in the
+    cache; otherwise returns FALSE. Note that this refers to the
+    iterator's arbitrary ordering, not to the cache's internal least
+    recently used list.
+
+    \sa toFirst(), atLast()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool Q3CacheIterator::atLast() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the iterator points to the last item in the cache;
+    otherwise returns FALSE. Note that this refers to the iterator's
+    arbitrary ordering, not to the cache's internal least recently
+    used list.
+
+    \sa toLast(), atFirst()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3CacheIterator::toFirst()
+
+    Sets the iterator to point to the first item in the cache and
+    returns a pointer to the item.
+
+    Sets the iterator to 0 and returns 0 if the cache is empty.
+
+    \sa toLast() isEmpty()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3CacheIterator::toLast()
+
+    Sets the iterator to point to the last item in the cache and
+    returns a pointer to the item.
+
+    Sets the iterator to 0 and returns 0 if the cache is empty.
+
+    \sa toFirst() isEmpty()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3CacheIterator::operator type *() const
+
+    Cast operator. Returns a pointer to the current iterator item.
+    Same as current().
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3CacheIterator::current() const
+
+    Returns a pointer to the current iterator item.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString Q3CacheIterator::currentKey() const
+
+    Returns the key for the current iterator item.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3CacheIterator::operator()()
+
+    Makes the succeeding item current and returns the original current
+    item.
+
+    If the current iterator item was the last item in the cache or if
+    it was 0, 0 is returned.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3CacheIterator::operator+=( uint jump )
+
+    Returns the item \a jump positions after the current item, or 0 if
+    it is beyond the last item. Makes this the current item.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3CacheIterator::operator-=( uint jump )
+
+    Returns the item \a jump positions before the current item, or 0
+    if it is before the first item. Makes this the current item.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3CacheIterator::operator++()
+
+    Prefix++ makes the iterator point to the item just after current()
+    and makes that the new current item for the iterator. If current()
+    was the last item, operator++() returns 0.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3CacheIterator::operator--()
+
+    Prefix-- makes the iterator point to the item just before
+    current() and makes that the new current item for the iterator. If
+    current() was the first item, operator--() returns 0.
+*/
+
diff --git a/src/qt3support/tools/q3dict.qdoc b/src/qt3support/tools/q3dict.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2234c2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/qt3support/tools/q3dict.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,446 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \class Q3Dict
+    \brief The Q3Dict class is a template class that provides a
+    dictionary based on QString keys.
+    \compat
+
+    Q3Dict is implemented as a template class. Define a template
+    instance Q3Dict\<X\> to create a dictionary that operates on
+    pointers to X (X *).
+
+    A dictionary is a collection of key-value pairs. The key is a
+    QString used for insertion, removal and lookup. The value is a
+    pointer. Dictionaries provide very fast insertion and lookup.
+
+    If you want to use non-Unicode, plain 8-bit \c char* keys, use the
+    Q3AsciiDict template. A Q3Dict has the same performance as a
+    Q3AsciiDict. If you want to have a dictionary that maps QStrings to
+    QStrings use QMap.
+
+    The size() of the dictionary is very important. In order to get
+    good performance, you should use a suitably large prime number.
+    Suitable means equal to or larger than the maximum expected number
+    of dictionary items. Size is set in the constructor but may be
+    changed with resize().
+
+    Items are inserted with insert(); 0 pointers cannot be inserted.
+    Items are removed with remove(). All the items in a dictionary can
+    be removed with clear(). The number of items in the dictionary is
+    returned by count(). If the dictionary contains no items isEmpty()
+    returns TRUE. You can change an item's value with replace(). Items
+    are looked up with operator[](), or with find() which return a
+    pointer to the value or 0 if the given key does not exist. You can
+    take an item out of the dictionary with take().
+
+    Calling setAutoDelete(TRUE) for a dictionary tells it to delete
+    items that are removed. The default behavior is not to delete
+    items when they are removed.
+   
+    When an item is inserted, the key is converted (hashed) to an
+    integer index into an internal hash array. This makes lookup very
+    fast.
+
+    Items with equal keys are allowed. When inserting two items with
+    the same key, only the last inserted item will be accessible (last
+    in, first out) until it is removed.
+
+    The Q3DictIterator class can traverse the dictionary, but only in
+    an arbitrary order. Multiple iterators may independently traverse
+    the same dictionary.
+
+    When inserting an item into a dictionary, only the pointer is
+    copied, not the item itself, i.e. a shallow copy is made. It is
+    possible to make the dictionary copy all of the item's data (a
+    deep copy) when an item is inserted. insert() calls the virtual
+    function Q3PtrCollection::newItem() for the item to be inserted.
+    Inherit a dictionary and reimplement newItem() if you want deep
+    copies.
+
+    When removing a dictionary item, the virtual function
+    Q3PtrCollection::deleteItem() is called. Q3Dict's default
+    implementation is to delete the item if auto-deletion is enabled.
+
+    \sa Q3DictIterator, Q3AsciiDict, Q3IntDict, Q3PtrDict
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3Dict::Q3Dict( int size, bool caseSensitive )
+
+    Constructs a dictionary optimized for less than \a size entries.
+
+    We recommend setting \a size to a suitably large prime number
+    (e.g. a prime that's slightly larger than the expected number of
+    entries). This makes the hash distribution better which will lead
+    to faster lookup.
+
+    If \a caseSensitive is TRUE (the default), keys which differ only
+    by case are considered different.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3Dict::Q3Dict( const Q3Dict<type> &dict )
+
+    Constructs a copy of \a dict.
+
+    Each item in \a dict is inserted into this dictionary. Only the
+    pointers are copied (shallow copy).
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3Dict::~Q3Dict()
+
+    Removes all items from the dictionary and destroys it. If
+    setAutoDelete() is TRUE, each value is deleted. All iterators that
+    access this dictionary will be reset.
+
+    \sa setAutoDelete()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3Dict<type> &Q3Dict::operator=(const Q3Dict<type> &dict)
+
+    Assigns \a dict to this dictionary and returns a reference to this
+    dictionary.
+
+    This dictionary is first cleared, then each item in \a dict is
+    inserted into this dictionary. Only the pointers are copied
+    (shallow copy), unless newItem() has been reimplemented.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn uint Q3Dict::count() const
+
+    Returns the number of items in the dictionary.
+
+    \sa isEmpty()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn uint Q3Dict::size() const
+
+    Returns the size of the internal hash array (as specified in the
+    constructor).
+
+    \sa count()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void Q3Dict::resize( uint newsize )
+
+    Changes the size of the hash table to \a newsize. The contents of
+    the dictionary are preserved, but all iterators on the dictionary
+    become invalid.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool Q3Dict::isEmpty() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the dictionary is empty, i.e. count() == 0;
+    otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa count()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void Q3Dict::insert( const QString &key, const type *item )
+
+    Inserts the key \a key with value \a item into the dictionary.
+
+    Multiple items can have the same key, in which case only the last
+    item will be accessible using \l operator[]().
+
+    \a item may not be 0.
+
+    \sa replace()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void Q3Dict::replace( const QString &key, const type *item )
+
+    Replaces the value of the key, \a key with \a item.
+
+    If the item does not already exist, it will be inserted.
+
+    \a item may not be 0.
+
+    Equivalent to:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_q3dict.qdoc 0
+
+    If there are two or more items with equal keys, then the last item
+    that was inserted will be replaced.
+
+    \sa insert()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool Q3Dict::remove( const QString &key )
+
+    Removes the item with \a key from the dictionary. Returns TRUE if
+    successful, i.e. if the item is in the dictionary; otherwise
+    returns FALSE.
+
+    If there are two or more items with equal keys, then the last item
+    that was inserted will be removed.
+
+    The removed item is deleted if \link
+    Q3PtrCollection::setAutoDelete() auto-deletion\endlink is enabled.
+
+    All dictionary iterators that refer to the removed item will be
+    set to point to the next item in the dictionary's traversal order.
+
+    \sa take(), clear(), setAutoDelete()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3Dict::take( const QString &key )
+
+    Takes the item with \a key out of the dictionary without deleting
+    it (even if \link Q3PtrCollection::setAutoDelete()
+    auto-deletion\endlink is enabled).
+
+    If there are two or more items with equal keys, then the last item
+    that was inserted will be taken.
+
+    Returns a pointer to the item taken out, or 0 if the key does not
+    exist in the dictionary.
+
+    All dictionary iterators that refer to the taken item will be set
+    to point to the next item in the dictionary traversal order.
+
+    \sa remove(), clear(), setAutoDelete()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void Q3Dict::clear()
+
+    Removes all items from the dictionary.
+
+    The removed items are deleted if \link
+    Q3PtrCollection::setAutoDelete() auto-deletion\endlink is enabled.
+
+    All dictionary iterators that operate on the dictionary are reset.
+
+    \sa remove(), take(), setAutoDelete()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3Dict::find( const QString &key ) const
+
+    Returns the item with key \a key, or 0 if the key does not exist
+    in the dictionary.
+
+    If there are two or more items with equal keys, then the most
+    recently inserted item will be found.
+
+    Equivalent to the [] operator.
+
+    \sa operator[]()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3Dict::operator[]( const QString &key ) const
+
+    Returns the item with key \a key, or 0 if the key does not
+    exist in the dictionary.
+
+    If there are two or more items with equal keys, then the most
+    recently inserted item will be found.
+
+    Equivalent to the find() function.
+
+    \sa find()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void Q3Dict::statistics() const
+
+    Debugging-only function that prints out the dictionary
+    distribution using qDebug().
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QDataStream& Q3Dict::read( QDataStream &s, Q3PtrCollection::Item &item )
+
+    Reads a dictionary item from the stream \a s and returns a
+    reference to the stream.
+
+    The default implementation sets \a item to 0.
+
+    \sa write()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QDataStream& Q3Dict::write( QDataStream &s, Q3PtrCollection::Item item ) const
+
+    Writes a dictionary \a item to the stream \a s and returns a
+    reference to the stream.
+
+    \sa read()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \class Q3DictIterator
+    \brief The Q3DictIterator class provides an iterator for Q3Dict collections.
+    \compat
+
+    Q3DictIterator is implemented as a template class. Define a
+    template instance Q3DictIterator\<X\> to create a dictionary
+    iterator that operates on Q3Dict\<X\> (dictionary of X*).
+
+    The traversal order is arbitrary; when we speak of the "first",
+    "last" and "next" item we are talking in terms of this arbitrary
+    order.
+
+    Multiple iterators may independently traverse the same dictionary.
+    A Q3Dict knows about all the iterators that are operating on the
+    dictionary. When an item is removed from the dictionary, Q3Dict
+    updates all iterators that are referring to the removed item to
+    point to the next item in the (arbitrary) traversal order.
+
+    Example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_q3dict.qdoc 1
+    In the example we insert some pointers to line edits into a
+    dictionary, then iterate over the dictionary printing the strings
+    associated with the line edits.
+
+    \sa Q3Dict
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3DictIterator::Q3DictIterator( const Q3Dict<type> &dict )
+
+    Constructs an iterator for \a dict. The current iterator item is
+    set to point to the first item in the dictionary, \a dict. First
+    in this context means first in the arbitrary traversal order.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3DictIterator::~Q3DictIterator()
+
+    Destroys the iterator.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn uint Q3DictIterator::count() const
+
+    Returns the number of items in the dictionary over which the
+    iterator is operating.
+
+    \sa isEmpty()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool Q3DictIterator::isEmpty() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the dictionary is empty, i.e. count() == 0;
+    otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa count()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3DictIterator::toFirst()
+
+    Resets the iterator, making the first item the first current item.
+    First in this context means first in the arbitrary traversal
+    order. Returns a pointer to this item.
+
+    If the dictionary is empty it sets the current item to 0 and
+    returns 0.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn type *Q3DictIterator::operator*()
+  \internal
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3DictIterator::operator type*() const
+
+    Cast operator. Returns a pointer to the current iterator item.
+    Same as current().
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3DictIterator::current() const
+
+    Returns a pointer to the current iterator item's value.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString Q3DictIterator::currentKey() const
+
+    Returns the current iterator item's key.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3DictIterator::operator()()
+
+    Makes the next item current and returns the original current item.
+
+    If the current iterator item was the last item in the dictionary
+    or if it was 0, 0 is returned.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3DictIterator::operator++()
+
+    Prefix ++ makes the next item current and returns the new current
+    item.
+
+    If the current iterator item was the last item in the dictionary
+    or if it was 0, 0 is returned.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn type *Q3DictIterator::operator+=( uint jump )
+  \internal
+  Sets the current item to the item \a jump positions after the current item,
+  and returns a pointer to that item.
+
+  If that item is beyond the last item or if the dictionary is empty,
+  it sets the current item to 0 and returns 0.
+*/
diff --git a/src/qt3support/tools/q3intcache.qdoc b/src/qt3support/tools/q3intcache.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..770532e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/qt3support/tools/q3intcache.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,446 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \class Q3IntCache
+    \brief The Q3IntCache class is a template class that provides a cache based on long keys.
+    \compat
+
+    Q3IntCache is implemented as a template class. Define a template
+    instance Q3IntCache\<X\> to create a cache that operates on
+    pointers to X, or X*.
+
+    A cache is a least recently used (LRU) list of cache items,
+    accessed via \c long keys. Each cache item has a cost. The sum
+    of item costs, totalCost(), will not exceed the maximum cache
+    cost, maxCost(). If inserting a new item would cause the total
+    cost to exceed the maximum cost, the least recently used items in
+    the cache are removed.
+
+    Apart from insert(), by far the most important function is find()
+    (which also exists as operator[]). This function looks up an
+    item, returns it, and by default marks it as being the most
+    recently used item.
+
+    There are also methods to remove() or take() an object from the
+    cache. Calling setAutoDelete(TRUE) for a cache tells it to delete
+    items that are removed. The default is to not delete items when
+    they are removed (i.e. remove() and take() are equivalent).
+
+    When inserting an item into the cache, only the pointer is copied,
+    not the item itself. This is called a shallow copy. It is possible
+    to make the cache copy all of the item's data (known as a deep
+    copy) when an item is inserted. insert() calls the virtual
+    function Q3PtrCollection::newItem() for the item to be inserted.
+    Inherit a dictionary and reimplement newItem() if you want deep
+    copies.
+
+    When removing a cache item, the item will be automatically
+    deleted if auto-deletion is enabled.
+
+    There is a Q3IntCacheIterator which may be used to traverse the
+    items in the cache in arbitrary order.
+
+    \sa Q3IntCacheIterator, Q3Cache, Q3AsciiCache
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn Q3IntCache::Q3IntCache( const Q3IntCache<type> &c )
+
+  \internal
+
+  Do not use. A Q3IntCache cannot be copied. Calls qFatal() in debug version.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3IntCache::Q3IntCache( int maxCost, int size  )
+
+    Constructs a cache whose contents will never have a total cost
+    greater than \a maxCost and which is expected to contain less than
+    \a size items.
+
+    \a size is actually the size of an internal hash array; it's
+    usually best to make it prime and at least 50% bigger than the
+    largest expected number of items in the cache.
+
+    Each inserted item is associated with a cost. When inserting a new
+    item, if the total cost of all items in the cache will exceed \a
+    maxCost, the cache will start throwing out the older (least
+    recently used) items until there is enough room for the new item
+    to be inserted.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3IntCache::~Q3IntCache()
+
+    Removes all items from the cache and then destroys the int cache.
+    If auto-deletion is enabled the cache's items are deleted. All
+    iterators that access this cache will be reset.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn Q3IntCache<type>& Q3IntCache::operator=( const Q3IntCache<type> &c )
+
+  \internal
+
+  Do not use. A Q3IntCache cannot be copied. Calls qFatal() in debug version.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int Q3IntCache::maxCost() const
+
+    Returns the maximum allowed total cost of the cache.
+
+    \sa setMaxCost() totalCost()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int Q3IntCache::totalCost() const
+
+    Returns the total cost of the items in the cache. This is an
+    integer in the range 0 to maxCost().
+
+    \sa setMaxCost()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void Q3IntCache::setMaxCost( int m )
+
+    Sets the maximum allowed total cost of the cache to \a m. If the
+    current total cost is greater than \a m, some items are removed
+    immediately.
+
+    \sa maxCost() totalCost()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn uint Q3IntCache::count() const
+
+    Returns the number of items in the cache.
+
+    \sa totalCost()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn uint Q3IntCache::size() const
+
+    Returns the size of the hash array used to implement the cache.
+    This should be a bit larger than count() is likely to be.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool Q3IntCache::isEmpty() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the cache is empty; otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool Q3IntCache::insert( long k, const type *d, int c, int p )
+
+    Inserts the item \a d into the cache with key \a k and assigns it
+    a cost of \a c (default 1). Returns TRUE if it succeeds; otherwise
+    returns FALSE.
+
+    The cache's size is limited, and if the total cost is too high,
+    Q3IntCache will remove old, least-used items until there is room
+    for this new item.
+
+    The parameter \a p is internal and should be left at the default
+    value (0).
+
+    \warning If this function returns FALSE (for example, the cost \c,
+    exceeds maxCost()), you must delete \a d yourself. Additionally,
+    be very careful about using \a d after calling this function. Any
+    other insertions into the cache, from anywhere in the application
+    or within Qt itself, could cause the object to be discarded from
+    the cache and the pointer to become invalid.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool Q3IntCache::remove( long k )
+
+    Removes the item associated with \a k, and returns TRUE if the
+    item was present in the cache; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    The item is deleted if auto-deletion has been enabled, i.e. if you
+    have called setAutoDelete(TRUE).
+
+    If there are two or more items with equal keys, the one that was
+    inserted most recently is removed.
+
+    All iterators that refer to the removed item are set to point to
+    the next item in the cache's traversal order.
+
+    \sa take(), clear()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type * Q3IntCache::take( long k )
+
+    Takes the item associated with \a k out of the cache without
+    deleting it, and returns a pointer to the item taken out or 0 if
+    the key does not exist in the cache.
+
+    If there are two or more items with equal keys, the one that was
+    inserted most recently is taken.
+
+    All iterators that refer to the taken item are set to point to the
+    next item in the cache's traversal order.
+
+    \sa remove(), clear()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void Q3IntCache::clear()
+
+    Removes all items from the cache, and deletes them if
+    auto-deletion has been enabled.
+
+    All cache iterators that operate this on cache are reset.
+
+    \sa remove() take()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type * Q3IntCache::find( long k, bool ref ) const
+
+    Returns the item associated with \a k, or 0 if the key does not
+    exist in the cache. If \a ref is TRUE (the default), the item is
+    moved to the front of the least recently used list.
+
+    If there are two or more items with equal keys, the one that was
+    inserted most recently is returned.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type * Q3IntCache::operator[]( long k ) const
+
+    Returns the item associated with \a k, or 0 if \a k does not exist
+    in the cache, and moves the item to the front of the least
+    recently used list.
+
+    If there are two or more items with equal keys, the one that was
+    inserted most recently is returned.
+
+    This is the same as find( k, TRUE ).
+
+    \sa find()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void Q3IntCache::statistics() const
+
+    A debug-only utility function. Prints out cache usage, hit/miss,
+    and distribution information using qDebug(). This function does
+    nothing in the release library.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \class Q3IntCacheIterator
+    \brief The Q3IntCacheIterator class provides an iterator for Q3IntCache collections.
+    \compat
+
+    Note that the traversal order is arbitrary; you are not guaranteed
+    any particular order. If new objects are inserted into the cache
+    while the iterator is active, the iterator may or may not see
+    them.
+
+    Multiple iterators are completely independent, even when they
+    operate on the same Q3IntCache. Q3IntCache updates all iterators
+    that refer an item when that item is removed.
+
+    Q3IntCacheIterator provides an operator++(), and an operator+=() to
+    traverse the cache; current() and currentKey() to access the
+    current cache item and its key; atFirst() atLast(), which return
+    TRUE if the iterator points to the first/last item in the cache;
+    isEmpty(), which returns TRUE if the cache is empty; and count(),
+    which returns the number of items in the cache.
+
+    Note that atFirst() and atLast() refer to the iterator's arbitrary
+    ordering, not to the cache's internal least recently used list.
+
+    \sa Q3IntCache
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3IntCacheIterator::Q3IntCacheIterator( const Q3IntCache<type> &cache )
+
+    Constructs an iterator for \a cache. The current iterator item is
+    set to point to the first item in the \a cache (or rather, the
+    first item is defined to be the item at which this constructor
+    sets the iterator to point).
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3IntCacheIterator::Q3IntCacheIterator (const Q3IntCacheIterator<type> & ci)
+
+    Constructs an iterator for the same cache as \a ci. The new
+    iterator starts at the same item as ci.current(), but moves
+    independently from there on.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3IntCacheIterator<type>& Q3IntCacheIterator::operator=( const Q3IntCacheIterator<type> &ci )
+
+    Makes this an iterator for the same cache as \a ci. The new
+    iterator starts at the same item as ci.current(), but moves
+    independently thereafter.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn uint Q3IntCacheIterator::count() const
+
+    Returns the number of items in the cache on which this iterator
+    operates.
+
+    \sa isEmpty()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool Q3IntCacheIterator::isEmpty() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the cache is empty; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa count()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool Q3IntCacheIterator::atFirst() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the iterator points to the first item in the
+    cache; otherwise returns FALSE. Note that this refers to the
+    iterator's arbitrary ordering, not to the cache's internal least
+    recently used list.
+
+    \sa toFirst(), atLast()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool Q3IntCacheIterator::atLast() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the iterator points to the last item in the cache;
+    otherwise returns FALSE. Note that this refers to the iterator's
+    arbitrary ordering, not to the cache's internal least recently
+    used list.
+
+    \sa toLast(), atFirst()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3IntCacheIterator::toFirst()
+
+    Sets the iterator to point to the first item in the cache and
+    returns a pointer to the item.
+
+    Sets the iterator to 0, and returns 0, if the cache is empty.
+
+    \sa toLast() isEmpty()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3IntCacheIterator::toLast()
+
+    Sets the iterator to point to the last item in the cache and
+    returns a pointer to the item.
+
+    Sets the iterator to 0, and returns 0, if the cache is empty.
+
+    \sa toFirst() isEmpty()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3IntCacheIterator::operator type *() const
+
+    Cast operator. Returns a pointer to the current iterator item.
+    Same as current().
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3IntCacheIterator::current() const
+
+    Returns a pointer to the current iterator item.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn long Q3IntCacheIterator::currentKey() const
+
+    Returns the key for the current iterator item.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3IntCacheIterator::operator()()
+
+    Makes the succeeding item current and returns the original current
+    item.
+
+    If the current iterator item was the last item in the cache or if
+    it was 0, 0 is returned.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3IntCacheIterator::operator+=( uint jump )
+
+    Returns the item \a jump positions after the current item, or 0 if
+    it is beyond the last item. Makes this the current item.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3IntCacheIterator::operator-=( uint jump )
+
+    Returns the item \a jump positions before the current item, or 0
+    if it is beyond the first item. Makes this the current item.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3IntCacheIterator::operator++()
+
+    Prefix ++ makes the iterator point to the item just after
+    current(), and makes it the new current item for the iterator. If
+    current() was the last item, operator--() returns 0.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3IntCacheIterator::operator--()
+
+    Prefix -- makes the iterator point to the item just before
+    current(), and makes it the new current item for the iterator. If
+    current() was the first item, operator--() returns 0.
+*/
diff --git a/src/qt3support/tools/q3intdict.qdoc b/src/qt3support/tools/q3intdict.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..731050d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/qt3support/tools/q3intdict.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,390 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \class Q3IntDict
+    \brief The Q3IntDict class is a template class that provides a dictionary based on long keys.\
+    \compat
+
+    Q3IntDict is implemented as a template class. Define a template
+    instance Q3IntDict\<X\> to create a dictionary that operates on
+    pointers to X (X*).
+
+    A dictionary is a collection of key-value pairs. The key is an \c
+    long used for insertion, removal and lookup. The value is a
+    pointer. Dictionaries provide very fast insertion and lookup.
+
+    Example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_q3intdict.qdoc 0
+
+    See Q3Dict for full details, including the choice of dictionary
+    size, and how deletions are handled. 
+
+    \sa Q3IntDictIterator, Q3Dict, Q3AsciiDict, Q3PtrDict
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3IntDict::Q3IntDict( int size )
+
+    Constructs a dictionary using an internal hash array of size \a
+    size.
+
+    Setting \a size to a suitably large prime number (equal to or
+    greater than the expected number of entries) makes the hash
+    distribution better which leads to faster lookup.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3IntDict::Q3IntDict( const Q3IntDict<type> &dict )
+
+    Constructs a copy of \a dict.
+
+    Each item in \a dict is inserted into this dictionary. Only the
+    pointers are copied (shallow copy).
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3IntDict::~Q3IntDict()
+
+    Removes all items from the dictionary and destroys it.
+
+    All iterators that access this dictionary will be reset.
+
+    \sa setAutoDelete()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3IntDict<type> &Q3IntDict::operator=(const Q3IntDict<type> &dict)
+
+    Assigns \a dict to this dictionary and returns a reference to this
+    dictionary.
+
+    This dictionary is first cleared and then each item in \a dict is
+    inserted into this dictionary. Only the pointers are copied
+    (shallow copy), unless newItem() has been reimplemented.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn uint Q3IntDict::count() const
+
+    Returns the number of items in the dictionary.
+
+    \sa isEmpty()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn uint Q3IntDict::size() const
+
+    Returns the size of the internal hash array (as specified in the
+    constructor).
+
+    \sa count()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void Q3IntDict::resize( uint newsize )
+
+    Changes the size of the hashtable to \a newsize. The contents of
+    the dictionary are preserved, but all iterators on the dictionary
+    become invalid.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool Q3IntDict::isEmpty() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the dictionary is empty; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa count()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void Q3IntDict::insert( long key, const type *item )
+
+    Insert item \a item into the dictionary using key \a key.
+
+    Multiple items can have the same key, in which case only the last
+    item will be accessible using \l operator[]().
+
+    \a item may not be 0.
+
+    \sa replace()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void Q3IntDict::replace( long key, const type *item )
+
+    If the dictionary has key \a key, this key's item is replaced with
+    \a item. If the dictionary doesn't contain key \a key, \a item is
+    inserted into the dictionary using key \a key. 
+
+    \a item may not be 0.
+
+    Equivalent to:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_q3intdict.qdoc 1
+
+    If there are two or more items with equal keys, then the most
+    recently inserted item will be replaced.
+
+    \sa insert()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool Q3IntDict::remove( long key )
+
+    Removes the item associated with \a key from the dictionary.
+    Returns TRUE if successful, i.e. if the \a key is in the
+    dictionary; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    If there are two or more items with equal keys, then the most
+    recently inserted item will be removed.
+
+    The removed item is deleted if \link
+    Q3PtrCollection::setAutoDelete() auto-deletion\endlink is enabled.
+
+    All dictionary iterators that refer to the removed item will be
+    set to point to the next item in the dictionary's traversal
+    order.
+
+    \sa take(), clear(), setAutoDelete()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3IntDict::take( long key )
+
+    Takes the item associated with \a key out of the dictionary
+    without deleting it (even if \link Q3PtrCollection::setAutoDelete()
+    auto-deletion\endlink is enabled).
+
+    If there are two or more items with equal keys, then the most
+    recently inserted item will be taken.
+
+    Returns a pointer to the item taken out, or 0 if the key does not
+    exist in the dictionary.
+
+    All dictionary iterators that refer to the taken item will be set
+    to point to the next item in the dictionary's traversing order.
+
+    \sa remove(), clear(), setAutoDelete()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void Q3IntDict::clear()
+
+    Removes all items from the dictionary.
+
+    The removed items are deleted if \link
+    Q3PtrCollection::setAutoDelete() auto-deletion\endlink is enabled.
+
+    All dictionary iterators that access this dictionary will be reset.
+
+    \sa remove(), take(), setAutoDelete()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3IntDict::find( long key ) const
+
+    Returns the item associated with \a key, or 0 if the key does not
+    exist in the dictionary.
+
+    If there are two or more items with equal keys, then the most
+    recently inserted item will be found.
+
+    Equivalent to operator[].
+
+    \sa operator[]()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3IntDict::operator[]( long key ) const
+
+    Returns the item associated with \a key, or 0 if the key does not
+    exist in the dictionary.
+
+    If there are two or more items with equal keys, then the most
+    recently inserted item will be found.
+
+    Equivalent to the find() function.
+
+    \sa find()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void Q3IntDict::statistics() const
+
+    Debugging-only function that prints out the dictionary
+    distribution using qDebug().
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QDataStream& Q3IntDict::read( QDataStream &s, Q3PtrCollection::Item &item )
+
+    Reads a dictionary item from the stream \a s and returns a
+    reference to the stream.
+
+    The default implementation sets \a item to 0.
+
+    \sa write()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QDataStream& Q3IntDict::write( QDataStream &s, Q3PtrCollection::Item item ) const
+
+    Writes a dictionary \a item to the stream \a s and returns a
+    reference to the stream.
+
+    \sa read()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \class Q3IntDictIterator
+    \brief The Q3IntDictIterator class provides an iterator for Q3IntDict collections.
+    \compat
+
+    Q3IntDictIterator is implemented as a template class. Define a
+    template instance Q3IntDictIterator\<X\> to create a dictionary
+    iterator that operates on Q3IntDict\<X\> (dictionary of X*).
+
+    Example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_q3intdict.qdoc 2
+
+    Note that the traversal order is arbitrary; you are not guaranteed the
+    order shown above.
+
+    Multiple iterators may independently traverse the same dictionary.
+    A Q3IntDict knows about all the iterators that are operating on the
+    dictionary. When an item is removed from the dictionary, Q3IntDict
+    updates all iterators that refer the removed item to point to the
+    next item in the traversal order.
+
+    \sa Q3IntDict
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3IntDictIterator::Q3IntDictIterator( const Q3IntDict<type> &dict )
+
+    Constructs an iterator for \a dict. The current iterator item is
+    set to point to the 'first' item in the \a dict. The first item
+    refers to the first item in the dictionary's arbitrary internal
+    ordering.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3IntDictIterator::~Q3IntDictIterator()
+
+    Destroys the iterator.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn uint Q3IntDictIterator::count() const
+
+    Returns the number of items in the dictionary this iterator
+    operates over.
+
+    \sa isEmpty()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool Q3IntDictIterator::isEmpty() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the dictionary is empty; otherwise eturns FALSE.
+
+    \sa count()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3IntDictIterator::toFirst()
+
+    Sets the current iterator item to point to the first item in the
+    dictionary and returns a pointer to the item. The first item
+    refers to the first item in the dictionary's arbitrary internal
+    ordering. If the dictionary is  empty it sets the current item to
+    0 and returns 0.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3IntDictIterator::operator type *() const
+
+    Cast operator. Returns a pointer to the current iterator item.
+    Same as current().
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3IntDictIterator::current() const
+
+    Returns a pointer to the current iterator item.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn long Q3IntDictIterator::currentKey() const
+
+    Returns the key for the current iterator item.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3IntDictIterator::operator()()
+
+    Makes the succeeding item current and returns the original current
+    item.
+
+    If the current iterator item was the last item in the dictionary
+    or if it was 0, 0 is returned.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn type *Q3IntDictIterator::operator++()
+
+    Prefix ++ makes the succeeding item current and returns the new
+    current item.
+
+    If the current iterator item was the last item in the dictionary
+    or if it was 0, 0 is returned.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3IntDictIterator::operator+=( uint jump )
+
+    Sets the current item to the item \a jump positions after the
+    current item, and returns a pointer to that item.
+
+    If that item is beyond the last item or if the dictionary is
+    empty, it sets the current item to 0 and returns 0.
+*/
diff --git a/src/qt3support/tools/q3memarray.qdoc b/src/qt3support/tools/q3memarray.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eb0648c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/qt3support/tools/q3memarray.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,523 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \class Q3MemArray
+    \brief The Q3MemArray class is a template class that provides arrays of simple types.
+    \compat
+
+    Q3MemArray is implemented as a template class. Define a template
+    instance Q3MemArray\<X\> to create an array that contains X items.
+
+    Q3MemArray stores the array elements directly in the array. It can
+    only deal with simple types (i.e. C++ types, structs, and classes
+    that have no constructors, destructors, or virtual functions).
+    Q3MemArray uses bitwise operations to copy and compare array
+    elements. 
+
+    The Q3PtrVector collection class is also a kind of array. Like most
+    old Qt collection classes, it uses pointers to the contained items.
+
+    Q3MemArray uses explicit sharing with a
+    reference count. If more than one array shares common data and one
+    of the arrays is modified, all the arrays are modified.
+
+    The benefit of sharing is that a program does not need to duplicate
+    data when it is not required, which results in lower memory use
+    and less copying of data.
+
+    Example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_q3memarray.qdoc 0
+
+    Program output:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_q3memarray.qdoc 1
+
+    Note concerning the use of Q3MemArray for manipulating structs or
+    classes: Compilers will often pad the size of structs of odd sizes
+    up to the nearest word boundary. This will then be the size
+    Q3MemArray will use for its bitwise element comparisons. Because
+    the remaining bytes will typically be uninitialized, this can
+    cause find() etc. to fail to find the element. Example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_q3memarray.qdoc 2
+
+    To work around this, make sure that you use a struct where
+    sizeof() returns the same as the sum of the sizes of the members
+    either by changing the types of the struct members or by adding
+    dummy members.
+
+    Q3MemArray data can be traversed by iterators (see begin() and
+    end()). The number of items is returned by count(). The array can
+    be resized with resize() and filled using fill().
+
+    You can make a shallow copy of the array with assign() (or
+    operator=()) and a deep copy with duplicate().
+
+    Search for values in the array with find() and contains(). For
+    sorted arrays (see sort()) you can search using bsearch().
+
+    You can set the data directly using setRawData() and
+    resetRawData(), although this requires care.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn Q3MemArray::operator QVector<type>() const
+
+    Automatically converts the Q3MemArray<type> into a QVector<type>.
+*/
+
+/*! \typedef Q3MemArray::Iterator
+    A Q3MemArray iterator.
+    \sa begin() end()
+*/
+/*! \typedef Q3MemArray::ConstIterator
+    A const Q3MemArray iterator.
+    \sa begin() end()
+*/
+/*! \typedef Q3MemArray::ValueType
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3MemArray::Q3MemArray()
+
+    Constructs a null array.
+
+    \sa isNull()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3MemArray::Q3MemArray( int size )
+
+    Constructs an array with room for \a size elements. Makes a null
+    array if \a size == 0.
+
+    The elements are left uninitialized.
+
+    \sa resize(), isNull()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3MemArray::Q3MemArray( const Q3MemArray<type> &a )
+
+    Constructs a shallow copy of \a a.
+
+    \sa assign()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3MemArray::Q3MemArray(const QVector<type> &vector)
+
+    Constructs a copy of \a vector.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3MemArray::Q3MemArray(int arg1, int arg2)
+
+    Constructs an array \e{without allocating} array space. The
+    arguments \a arg1 and \a arg2 should be zero. Use at your own
+    risk.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3MemArray::~Q3MemArray()
+
+    Dereferences the array data and deletes it if this was the last
+    reference.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3MemArray<type> &Q3MemArray::operator=( const Q3MemArray<type> &a )
+
+    Assigns a shallow copy of \a a to this array and returns a
+    reference to this array.
+
+    Equivalent to assign( a ).
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3MemArray::data() const
+
+    Returns a pointer to the actual array data.
+
+    The array is a null array if data() == 0 (null pointer).
+
+    \sa isNull()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn uint Q3MemArray::nrefs() const
+
+    Returns the reference count for the shared array data. This
+    reference count is always greater than zero.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn uint Q3MemArray::size() const
+
+    Returns the size of the array (maximum number of elements).
+
+    The array is a null array if size() == 0.
+
+    \sa isNull(), resize()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn uint Q3MemArray::count() const
+
+    Returns the same as size().
+
+    \sa size()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool Q3MemArray::isEmpty() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the array is empty; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    isEmpty() is equivalent to isNull() for Q3MemArray (unlike
+    QString).
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool Q3MemArray::isNull() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the array is null; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    A null array has size() == 0 and data() == 0.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool Q3MemArray::resize( uint size, Optimization optim )
+
+    Resizes (expands or shrinks) the array to \a size elements. The
+    array becomes a null array if \a size == 0.
+
+    Returns TRUE if successful, or FALSE if the memory cannot be
+    allocated.
+
+    New elements are not initialized.
+
+    \a optim is either Q3GArray::MemOptim (the default) or
+    Q3GArray::SpeedOptim. When optimizing for speed rather than memory
+    consumption, the array uses a smart grow and shrink algorithm that
+    might allocate more memory than is actually needed for \a size
+    elements. This speeds up subsequent resize operations, for example
+    when appending many elements to an array, since the space has
+    already been allocated.
+
+    \sa size()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool Q3MemArray::resize( uint size )
+
+    \overload
+
+    Resizes (expands or shrinks) the array to \a size elements. The
+    array becomes a null array if \a size == 0.
+
+    Returns TRUE if successful, i.e. if the memory can be allocated;
+    otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    New elements are not initialized.
+
+    \sa size()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool Q3MemArray::truncate( uint pos )
+
+    Truncates the array at position \a pos.
+
+    Returns TRUE if successful, i.e. if the memory can be allocated;
+    otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    Equivalent to resize(\a pos).
+
+    \sa resize()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool Q3MemArray::fill( const type &v, int size )
+
+    Fills the array with the value \a v. If \a size is specified as
+    different from -1, then the array will be resized before being
+    filled.
+
+    Returns TRUE if successful, i.e. if \a size is -1, or \a size is
+    != -1 and the memory can be allocated; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa resize()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void Q3MemArray::detach()
+
+    Detaches this array from shared array data; i.e. it makes a
+    private, deep copy of the data.
+
+    Copying will be performed only if the \link nrefs() reference
+    count\endlink is greater than one.
+
+    \sa copy()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3MemArray<type> Q3MemArray::copy() const
+
+    Returns a deep copy of this array.
+
+    \sa detach(), duplicate()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3MemArray<type> &Q3MemArray::assign( const Q3MemArray<type> &a )
+
+    Shallow copy. Dereferences the current array and references the
+    data contained in \a a instead. Returns a reference to this array.
+
+    \sa operator=()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3MemArray<type> &Q3MemArray::assign( const type *data, uint size )
+
+    \overload
+
+    Shallow copy. Dereferences the current array and references the
+    array data \a data, which contains \a size elements. Returns a
+    reference to this array.
+
+    Do not delete \a data later; Q3MemArray will call free() on it
+    at the right time.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3MemArray<type> &Q3MemArray::duplicate( const Q3MemArray<type> &a )
+
+    Deep copy. Dereferences the current array and obtains a copy of
+    the data contained in \a a instead. Returns a reference to this
+    array.
+
+    \sa copy()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3MemArray<type> &Q3MemArray::duplicate( const type *data, uint size )
+
+    \overload
+
+    Deep copy. Dereferences the current array and obtains a copy of
+    the array data \a data instead. Returns a reference to this array.
+    The size of the array is given by \a size.
+
+    \sa copy()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3MemArray<type> &Q3MemArray::setRawData( const type *data, uint size )
+
+    Sets raw data and returns a reference to the array.
+
+    Dereferences the current array and sets the new array data to \a
+    data and the new array size to \a size. Do not attempt to resize
+    or re-assign the array data when raw data has been set. Call
+    resetRawData(\a data, \a size) to reset the array.
+
+    Setting raw data is useful because it sets Q3MemArray data without
+    allocating memory or copying data.
+
+    Example I (intended use):
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_q3memarray.qdoc 3
+
+    Example II (you don't want to do this):
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_q3memarray.qdoc 4
+
+    \warning If you do not call resetRawData(), Q3MemArray will attempt
+    to deallocate or reallocate the raw data, which might not be too
+    good. Be careful.
+
+    \sa resetRawData()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void Q3MemArray::resetRawData( const type *data, uint size )
+
+    Removes internal references to the raw data that was set using
+    setRawData(). This means that Q3MemArray no longer has access to
+    the \a data, so you are free to manipulate \a data as you wish.
+    You can now use the Q3MemArray without affecting the original \a
+    data, for example by calling setRawData() with a pointer to some
+    other data.
+
+    The arguments must be the \a data and length, \a size, that were
+    passed to setRawData(). This is for consistency checking.
+
+    \sa setRawData()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int Q3MemArray::find( const type &v, uint index ) const
+
+    Finds the first occurrence of \a v, starting at position \a index.
+
+    Returns the position of \a v, or -1 if \a v could not be found.
+
+    \sa contains()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int Q3MemArray::contains( const type &v ) const
+
+    Returns the number of times \a v occurs in the array.
+
+    \sa find()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void Q3MemArray::sort()
+
+    Sorts the array elements in ascending order, using bitwise
+    comparison (memcmp()).
+
+    \sa bsearch()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int Q3MemArray::bsearch( const type &v ) const
+
+    In a sorted array (as sorted by sort()), finds the first
+    occurrence of \a v by using a binary search. For a sorted
+    array this is generally much faster than find(), which does
+    a linear search.
+
+    Returns the position of \a v, or -1 if \a v could not be found.
+
+    \sa sort(), find()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type &Q3MemArray::operator[]( int index ) const
+
+    Returns a reference to the element at position \a index in the
+    array.
+
+    This can be used to both read and set an element. Equivalent to
+    at().
+
+    \sa at()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type &Q3MemArray::at( uint index ) const
+
+    Returns a reference to the element at position \a index in the array.
+
+    This can be used to both read and set an element.
+
+    \sa operator[]()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3MemArray::operator const type *() const
+
+    Cast operator. Returns a pointer to the array.
+
+    \sa data()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool Q3MemArray::operator==( const Q3MemArray<type> &a ) const
+
+    Returns TRUE if this array is equal to \a a; otherwise returns
+    FALSE.
+
+    The two arrays are compared bitwise.
+
+    \sa operator!=()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool Q3MemArray::operator!=( const Q3MemArray<type> &a ) const
+
+    Returns TRUE if this array is different from \a a; otherwise
+    returns FALSE.
+
+    The two arrays are compared bitwise.
+
+    \sa operator==()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Iterator Q3MemArray::begin()
+
+    Returns an iterator pointing at the beginning of this array. This
+    iterator can be used in the same way as the iterators of
+    Q3ValueList and QMap, for example.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Iterator Q3MemArray::end()
+
+    Returns an iterator pointing behind the last element of this
+    array. This iterator can be used in the same way as the iterators
+    of Q3ValueList and QMap, for example.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn ConstIterator Q3MemArray::begin() const
+
+    \overload
+
+    Returns a const iterator pointing at the beginning of this array.
+    This iterator can be used in the same way as the iterators of
+    Q3ValueList and QMap, for example.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn ConstIterator Q3MemArray::end() const
+
+    \overload
+
+    Returns a const iterator pointing behind the last element of this
+    array. This iterator can be used in the same way as the iterators
+    of Q3ValueList and QMap, for example. 
+*/
diff --git a/src/qt3support/tools/q3ptrdict.qdoc b/src/qt3support/tools/q3ptrdict.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..531b085
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/qt3support/tools/q3ptrdict.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,388 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \class Q3PtrDict
+    \brief The Q3PtrDict class is a template class that provides a dictionary based on void* keys.
+    \compat
+
+    Q3PtrDict is implemented as a template class. Define a template
+    instance Q3PtrDict\<X\> to create a dictionary that operates on
+    pointers to X (X*).
+
+    A dictionary is a collection of key-value pairs. The key is a
+    void* used for insertion, removal and lookup. The value is a
+    pointer. Dictionaries provide very fast insertion and lookup.
+
+    Example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_q3ptrdict.qdoc 0
+    In this example we use a dictionary to add an extra property (a
+    char*) to the line edits we're using. 
+
+    See Q3Dict for full details, including the choice of dictionary
+    size, and how deletions are handled. 
+
+    \sa Q3PtrDictIterator, Q3Dict, Q3AsciiDict, Q3IntDict
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3PtrDict::Q3PtrDict( int size )
+
+    Constructs a dictionary using an internal hash array with the size
+    \a size.
+
+    Setting \a size to a suitably large prime number (equal to or
+    greater than the expected number of entries) makes the hash
+    distribution better and improves lookup performance.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3PtrDict::Q3PtrDict( const Q3PtrDict<type> &dict )
+
+    Constructs a copy of \a dict.
+
+    Each item in \a dict is inserted into this dictionary. Only the
+    pointers are copied (shallow copy).
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3PtrDict::~Q3PtrDict()
+
+    Removes all items from the dictionary and destroys it.
+
+    All iterators that access this dictionary will be reset.
+
+    \sa setAutoDelete()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3PtrDict<type> &Q3PtrDict::operator=(const Q3PtrDict<type> &dict)
+
+    Assigns \a dict to this dictionary and returns a reference to this
+    dictionary.
+
+    This dictionary is first cleared and then each item in \a dict is
+    inserted into the dictionary. Only the pointers are copied
+    (shallow copy), unless newItem() has been reimplemented.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn uint Q3PtrDict::count() const
+
+    Returns the number of items in the dictionary.
+
+    \sa isEmpty()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn uint Q3PtrDict::size() const
+
+    Returns the size of the internal hash table (as specified in the
+    constructor).
+
+    \sa count()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void Q3PtrDict::resize( uint newsize )
+
+    Changes the size of the hash table to \a newsize. The contents of
+    the dictionary are preserved, but all iterators on the dictionary
+    become invalid.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool Q3PtrDict::isEmpty() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the dictionary is empty; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa count()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void Q3PtrDict::insert( void *key, const type *item )
+
+    Inserts the \a key with the \a item into the dictionary.
+
+    Multiple items can have the same key, in which case only the last
+    item will be accessible using \l operator[]().
+
+    \a item may not be 0.
+
+    \sa replace()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void Q3PtrDict::replace( void *key, const type *item )
+
+    If the dictionary has key \a key, this key's item is replaced with
+    \a item. If the dictionary doesn't contain key \a key, \a item is
+    inserted into the dictionary using key \a key. 
+
+    \a item may not be 0.
+
+    Equivalent to
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_q3ptrdict.qdoc 1
+
+    If there are two or more items with equal keys, then the most
+    recently inserted item will be replaced.
+
+    \sa insert()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool Q3PtrDict::remove( void *key ) 
+    
+    Removes the item associated with \a key from the dictionary.
+    Returns TRUE if successful, i.e. if \a key is in the dictionary;
+    otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    If there are two or more items with equal keys, then the most
+    recently inserted item will be removed.
+
+    The removed item is deleted if \link
+    Q3PtrCollection::setAutoDelete() auto-deletion\endlink is enabled.
+
+    All dictionary iterators that refer to the removed item will be
+    set to point to the next item in the dictionary traversal order.
+
+    \sa take(), clear(), setAutoDelete()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3PtrDict::take( void *key )
+
+    Takes the item associated with \a key out of the dictionary
+    without deleting it (even if \link Q3PtrCollection::setAutoDelete()
+    auto-deletion\endlink is enabled).
+
+    If there are two or more items with equal keys, then the most
+    recently inserted item will be removed.
+
+    Returns a pointer to the item taken out, or 0 if the key does not
+    exist in the dictionary.
+
+    All dictionary iterators that refer to the taken item will be set
+    to point to the next item in the dictionary traversal order.
+
+    \sa remove(), clear(), setAutoDelete()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void Q3PtrDict::clear()
+
+    Removes all items from the dictionary.
+
+    The removed items are deleted if \link
+    Q3PtrCollection::setAutoDelete() auto-deletion\endlink is enabled.
+
+    All dictionary iterators that access this dictionary will be
+    reset.
+
+    \sa remove(), take(), setAutoDelete()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3PtrDict::find( void *key ) const
+
+    Returns the item associated with \a key, or 0 if the key does not
+    exist in the dictionary.
+
+    If there are two or more items with equal keys, then the most
+    recently inserted item will be found.
+
+    Equivalent to operator[].
+
+    \sa operator[]()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3PtrDict::operator[]( void *key ) const
+
+    Returns the item associated with \a key, or 0 if the key does not
+    exist in the dictionary.
+
+    If there are two or more items with equal keys, then the most
+    recently inserted item will be found.
+
+    Equivalent to the find() function.
+
+    \sa find()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void Q3PtrDict::statistics() const
+
+    Debugging-only function that prints out the dictionary
+    distribution using qDebug().
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QDataStream& Q3PtrDict::read( QDataStream &s, Q3PtrCollection::Item &item )
+
+    Reads a dictionary item from the stream \a s and returns a
+    reference to the stream.
+
+    The default implementation sets \a item to 0.
+
+    \sa write()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QDataStream& Q3PtrDict::write( QDataStream &s, Q3PtrCollection::Item item) const
+
+    Writes a dictionary \a item to the stream \a s and returns a
+    reference to the stream.
+
+    \sa read()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \class Q3PtrDictIterator
+    \brief The Q3PtrDictIterator class provides an iterator for Q3PtrDict collections.
+    \compat
+
+    Q3PtrDictIterator is implemented as a template class. Define a
+    template instance Q3PtrDictIterator\<X\> to create a dictionary
+    iterator that operates on Q3PtrDict\<X\> (dictionary of X*).
+
+    Example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_q3ptrdict.qdoc 2
+    In the example we insert some line edits into a dictionary,
+    associating a string with each. We then iterate over the
+    dictionary printing the associated strings.
+
+    Multiple iterators may independently traverse the same dictionary.
+    A Q3PtrDict knows about all the iterators that are operating on the
+    dictionary. When an item is removed from the dictionary, Q3PtrDict
+    updates all iterators that refer the removed item to point to the
+    next item in the traversing order.
+
+    \sa Q3PtrDict
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3PtrDictIterator::Q3PtrDictIterator( const Q3PtrDict<type> &dict )
+
+    Constructs an iterator for \a dict. The current iterator item is
+    set to point on the first item in the \a dict.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3PtrDictIterator::~Q3PtrDictIterator()
+
+    Destroys the iterator.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn uint Q3PtrDictIterator::count() const
+
+    Returns the number of items in the dictionary this iterator
+    operates on.
+
+    \sa isEmpty()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool Q3PtrDictIterator::isEmpty() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the dictionary is empty; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa count()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3PtrDictIterator::toFirst()
+
+    Sets the current iterator item to point to the first item in the
+    dictionary and returns a pointer to the item. If the dictionary is
+    empty, it sets the current item to 0 and returns 0.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3PtrDictIterator::operator type *() const
+
+    Cast operator. Returns a pointer to the current iterator item.
+    Same as current().
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3PtrDictIterator::current() const
+
+    Returns a pointer to the current iterator item's value.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void *Q3PtrDictIterator::currentKey() const
+
+    Returns the current iterator item's key.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3PtrDictIterator::operator()()
+
+    Makes the succeeding item current and returns the original current
+    item.
+
+    If the current iterator item was the last item in the dictionary
+    or if it was 0, 0 is returned.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3PtrDictIterator::operator++()
+
+    Prefix ++ makes the succeeding item current and returns the new
+    current item.
+
+    If the current iterator item was the last item in the dictionary
+    or if it was 0, 0 is returned.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3PtrDictIterator::operator+=( uint jump )
+
+    Sets the current item to the item \a jump positions after the
+    current item and returns a pointer to that item.
+
+    If that item is beyond the last item or if the dictionary is
+    empty, it sets the current item to 0 and returns 0.
+*/
diff --git a/src/qt3support/tools/q3ptrlist.qdoc b/src/qt3support/tools/q3ptrlist.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b2b9c3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/qt3support/tools/q3ptrlist.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,1157 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \class Q3PtrList
+    \brief The Q3PtrList class is a template class that provides a list.
+    \compat
+
+    Q3ValueList is an STL-compatible alternative to this class.
+
+    Define a template instance Q3PtrList\<X\> to create a list that
+    operates on pointers to X (X*).
+
+    The list class is indexable and has a \link at() current
+    index\endlink and a \link current() current item\endlink. The
+    first item corresponds to index position 0. The current index is
+    -1 if the current item is 0.
+
+    Items are inserted with prepend(), insert() or append(). Items are
+    removed with remove(), removeRef(), removeFirst() and
+    removeLast(). You can search for an item using find(), findNext(),
+    findRef() or findNextRef(). The list can be sorted with sort().
+    You can count the number of occurrences of an item with contains()
+    or containsRef(). You can get a pointer to the current item with
+    current(), to an item at a particular index position in the list
+    with at() or to the first or last item with getFirst() and
+    getLast(). You can also iterate over the list with first(),
+    last(), next() and prev() (which all update current()). The list's
+    deletion property is set with setAutoDelete().
+
+    \target example
+    Example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_q3ptrlist.qdoc 0
+
+    The output is
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_q3ptrlist.qdoc 1
+
+    Q3PtrList has several member functions for traversing the list, but
+    using a Q3PtrListIterator can be more practical. Multiple list
+    iterators may traverse the same list, independently of each other
+    and of the current list item.
+
+    In the example above we make the call setAutoDelete(true).
+    Enabling auto-deletion tells the list to delete items that are
+    removed. The default is to not delete items when they are removed
+    but this would cause a memory leak in the example because there
+    are no other references to the list items.
+
+    When inserting an item into a list only the pointer is copied, not
+    the item itself, i.e. a shallow copy. It is possible to make the
+    list copy all of the item's data (deep copy) when an item is
+    inserted. insert(), inSort() and append() call the virtual
+    function Q3PtrCollection::newItem() for the item to be inserted.
+    Inherit a list and reimplement newItem() to have deep copies.
+
+    When removing an item from a list, the virtual function
+    Q3PtrCollection::deleteItem() is called. Q3PtrList's default
+    implementation is to delete the item if auto-deletion is enabled.
+
+    The virtual function compareItems() can be reimplemented to
+    compare two list items. This function is called from all list
+    functions that need to compare list items, for instance
+    remove(const type*). If you only want to deal with pointers, there
+    are functions that compare pointers instead, for instance
+    removeRef(const type*). These functions are somewhat faster than
+    those that call compareItems().
+
+    List items are stored as \c void* in an internal Q3LNode, which
+    also holds pointers to the next and previous list items. The
+    functions currentNode(), removeNode(), and takeNode() operate
+    directly on the Q3LNode, but they should be used with care. The
+    data component of the node is available through Q3LNode::getData().
+
+    The Q3StrList class is a list of \c char*.
+    It reimplements newItem(), deleteItem() and compareItems(). (But
+    see QStringList for a list of Unicode QStrings.)
+
+    \sa Q3PtrListIterator
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3PtrList::Q3PtrList()
+
+    Constructs an empty list.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3PtrList::Q3PtrList( const Q3PtrList<type> &list )
+
+    Constructs a copy of \a list.
+
+    Each item in \a list is \link append() appended\endlink to this
+    list. Only the pointers are copied (shallow copy).
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3PtrList::~Q3PtrList()
+
+    Removes all items from the list and destroys the list.
+
+    All list iterators that access this list will be reset.
+
+    \sa setAutoDelete()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3PtrList<type> &Q3PtrList::operator=(const Q3PtrList<type> &list)
+
+    Assigns \a list to this list and returns a reference to this list.
+
+    This list is first cleared and then each item in \a list is \link
+    append() appended\endlink to this list. Only the pointers are
+    copied (shallow copy) unless newItem() has been reimplemented.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool Q3PtrList::operator==(const Q3PtrList<type> &list ) const
+
+    Compares this list with \a list. Returns TRUE if the lists contain
+    the same data; otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn uint Q3PtrList::count() const
+
+    Returns the number of items in the list.
+
+    \sa isEmpty()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool Q3PtrList::operator!=(const Q3PtrList<type> &list ) const
+
+    Compares this list with \a list. Returns TRUE if the lists contain
+    different data; otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn void Q3PtrList::sort()
+
+    Sorts the list by the result of the virtual compareItems()
+    function.
+
+    The heap sort algorithm is used for sorting. It sorts n items with
+    O(n*log n) comparisons. This is the asymptotic optimal solution of
+    the sorting problem.
+
+    If the items in your list support operator<() and operator==(),
+    you might be better off with Q3SortedList because it implements the
+    compareItems() function for you using these two operators.
+
+    \sa inSort()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool Q3PtrList::isEmpty() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the list is empty; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa count()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool Q3PtrList::insert( uint index, const type *item )
+
+    Inserts the \a item at position \a index in the list.
+
+    Returns TRUE if successful, i.e. if \a index is in range;
+    otherwise returns FALSE. The valid range is 0 to count()
+    (inclusively). The item is appended if \a index == count().
+
+    The inserted item becomes the current list item.
+
+    \a item must not be 0.
+
+    \sa append(), current(), replace()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool Q3PtrList::replace( uint index, const type *item )
+
+    Replaces the item at position \a index with the new \a item. 
+
+    Returns TRUE if successful, i.e. \a index is in the range 0 to
+    count()-1.
+
+    \sa append(), current(), insert()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void Q3PtrList::inSort( const type *item )
+
+    Inserts the \a item at its sorted position in the list.
+
+    The sort order depends on the virtual compareItems() function. All
+    items must be inserted with inSort() to maintain the sorting
+    order.
+
+    The inserted item becomes the current list item.
+
+    \a item must not be 0.
+
+    \warning Using inSort() is slow. An alternative, especially if you
+    have lots of items, is to simply append() or insert() them and
+    then use sort(). inSort() takes up to O(n) compares. That means
+    inserting n items in your list will need O(n^2) compares whereas
+    sort() only needs O(n*log n) for the same task. So use inSort()
+    only if you already have a presorted list and want to insert just
+    a few additional items.
+
+    \sa insert(), compareItems(), current(), sort()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void Q3PtrList::append( const type *item )
+
+    Inserts the \a item at the end of the list.
+
+    The inserted item becomes the current list item. This is
+    equivalent to \c{insert( count(), item )}.
+
+    \a item must not be 0.
+
+    \sa insert(), current(), prepend()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void Q3PtrList::prepend( const type *item )
+
+    Inserts the \a item at the start of the list.
+
+    The inserted item becomes the current list item. This is
+    equivalent to \c{insert( 0, item )}.
+
+    \a item must not be 0.
+
+    \sa append(), insert(), current()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool Q3PtrList::remove( uint index )
+
+    Removes the item at position \a index in the list.
+
+    Returns TRUE if successful, i.e. if \a index is in range;
+    otherwise returns FALSE. The valid range is \c{0..(count() - 1)}
+    inclusive.
+
+    The removed item is deleted if \link setAutoDelete()
+    auto-deletion\endlink is enabled.
+
+    The item after the removed item becomes the new current list item
+    if the removed item is not the last item in the list. If the last
+    item is removed, the new last item becomes the current item.
+
+    All list iterators that refer to the removed item will be set to
+    point to the new current item.
+
+    \sa take(), clear(), setAutoDelete(), current() removeRef()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool Q3PtrList::remove()
+
+    \overload
+
+    Removes the current list item.
+
+    Returns TRUE if successful, i.e. if the current item isn't 0;
+    otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    The removed item is deleted if \link setAutoDelete()
+    auto-deletion\endlink is enabled.
+
+    The item after the removed item becomes the new current list item
+    if the removed item is not the last item in the list. If the last
+    item is removed, the new last item becomes the current item. The
+    current item is set to 0 if the list becomes empty.
+
+    All list iterators that refer to the removed item will be set to
+    point to the new current item.
+
+    \sa take(), clear(), setAutoDelete(), current() removeRef()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool Q3PtrList::remove( const type *item )
+
+    \overload
+
+    Removes the first occurrence of \a item from the list.
+
+    Returns TRUE if successful, i.e. if \a item is in the list;
+    otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    The removed item is deleted if \link setAutoDelete()
+    auto-deletion\endlink is enabled.
+
+    The compareItems() function is called when searching for the item
+    in the list. If compareItems() is not reimplemented, it is more
+    efficient to call removeRef().
+
+    If \a item is NULL then the current item is removed from the list.
+
+    The item after the removed item becomes the new current list item
+    if the removed item is not the last item in the list. If the last
+    item is removed, the new last item becomes the current item. The
+    current item is set to 0 if the list becomes empty.
+
+    All list iterators that refer to the removed item will be set to
+    point to the new current item.
+
+    \sa removeRef(), take(), clear(), setAutoDelete(), compareItems(),
+    current()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool Q3PtrList::removeRef( const type *item )
+
+    Removes the first occurrence of \a item from the list.
+
+    Returns TRUE if successful, i.e. if \a item is in the list;
+    otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    The removed item is deleted if \link setAutoDelete()
+    auto-deletion\endlink is enabled.
+
+    Equivalent to:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_q3ptrlist.qdoc 2
+
+    The item after the removed item becomes the new current list item
+    if the removed item is not the last item in the list. If the last
+    item is removed, the new last item becomes the current item. The
+    current item is set to 0 if the list becomes empty.
+
+    All list iterators that refer to the removed item will be set to
+    point to the new current item.
+
+    \sa remove(), clear(), setAutoDelete(), current()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void Q3PtrList::removeNode( Q3LNode *node )
+
+    Removes the \a node from the list.
+
+    This node must exist in the list, otherwise the program may crash.
+
+    The removed item is deleted if \link setAutoDelete()
+    auto-deletion\endlink is enabled.
+
+    The first item in the list will become the new current list item.
+    The current item is set to 0 if the list becomes empty.
+
+    All list iterators that refer to the removed item will be set to
+    point to the item succeeding this item or to the preceding item if
+    the removed item was the last item.
+
+    \warning Do not call this function unless you are an expert.
+
+    \sa takeNode(), currentNode() remove() removeRef()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool Q3PtrList::removeFirst()
+
+    Removes the first item from the list. Returns TRUE if successful,
+    i.e. if the list isn't empty; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    The removed item is deleted if \link setAutoDelete()
+    auto-deletion\endlink is enabled.
+
+    The first item in the list becomes the new current list item. The
+    current item is set to 0 if the list becomes empty.
+
+    All list iterators that refer to the removed item will be set to
+    point to the new current item.
+
+    \sa removeLast(), setAutoDelete(), current() remove()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool Q3PtrList::removeLast()
+
+    Removes the last item from the list. Returns TRUE if successful,
+    i.e. if the list isn't empty; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    The removed item is deleted if \link setAutoDelete()
+    auto-deletion\endlink is enabled.
+
+    The last item in the list becomes the new current list item. The
+    current item is set to 0 if the list becomes empty.
+
+    All list iterators that refer to the removed item will be set to
+    point to the new current item.
+
+    \sa removeFirst(), setAutoDelete(), current()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3PtrList::take( uint index )
+
+    Takes the item at position \a index out of the list without
+    deleting it (even if \link setAutoDelete() auto-deletion\endlink
+    is enabled).
+
+    Returns a pointer to the item taken out of the list, or 0 if the
+    index is out of range. The valid range is \c{0..(count() - 1)}
+    inclusive.
+
+    The item after the removed item becomes the new current list item
+    if the removed item is not the last item in the list. If the last
+    item is removed, the new last item becomes the current item. The
+    current item is set to 0 if the list becomes empty.
+
+    All list iterators that refer to the taken item will be set to
+    point to the new current item.
+
+    \sa remove(), clear(), current()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3PtrList::take()
+
+    \overload
+
+    Takes the current item out of the list without deleting it (even
+    if \link setAutoDelete() auto-deletion\endlink is enabled).
+
+    Returns a pointer to the item taken out of the list, or 0 if
+    the current item is 0.
+
+    The item after the removed item becomes the new current list item
+    if the removed item is not the last item in the list. If the last
+    item is removed, the new last item becomes the current item. The
+    current item is set to 0 if the list becomes empty.
+
+    All list iterators that refer to the taken item will be set to
+    point to the new current item.
+
+    \sa remove(), clear(), current()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3PtrList::takeNode( Q3LNode *node )
+
+    Takes the \a node out of the list without deleting its item (even
+    if \link setAutoDelete() auto-deletion\endlink is enabled).
+    Returns a pointer to the item taken out of the list.
+
+    This node must exist in the list, otherwise the program may crash.
+
+    The first item in the list becomes the new current list item.
+
+    All list iterators that refer to the taken item will be set to
+    point to the item succeeding this item or to the preceding item if
+    the taken item was the last item.
+
+    \warning Do not call this function unless you are an expert.
+
+    \sa removeNode(), currentNode()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void Q3PtrList::clear()
+
+    Removes all items from the list.
+
+    The removed items are deleted if \link setAutoDelete()
+    auto-deletion\endlink is enabled.
+
+    All list iterators that access this list will be reset.
+
+    \sa remove(), take(), setAutoDelete()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int Q3PtrList::find( const type *item )
+
+    Finds the first occurrence of \a item in the list.
+
+    If the item is found, the list sets the current item to point to
+    the found item and returns the index of this item. If the item is
+    not found, the list sets the current item to 0, the current
+    index to -1, and returns -1.
+
+    The compareItems() function is called when searching for the item
+    in the list. If compareItems() is not reimplemented, it is more
+    efficient to call findRef().
+
+    \sa findNext(), findRef(), compareItems(), current()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int Q3PtrList::findNext( const type *item )
+
+    Finds the next occurrence of \a item in the list, starting from
+    the current list item.
+
+    If the item is found, the list sets the current item to point to
+    the found item and returns the index of this item. If the item is
+    not found, the list sets the current item to 0, the current
+    index to -1, and returns -1.
+
+    The compareItems() function is called when searching for the item
+    in the list. If compareItems() is not reimplemented, it is more
+    efficient to call findNextRef().
+
+    \sa find(), findNextRef(), compareItems(), current()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int Q3PtrList::findRef( const type *item )
+
+    Finds the first occurrence of \a item in the list.
+
+    If the item is found, the list sets the current item to point to
+    the found item and returns the index of this item. If the item is
+    not found, the list sets the current item to 0, the current
+    index to -1, and returns -1.
+
+    Calling this function is much faster than find() because find()
+    compares \a item with each list item using compareItems(), whereas
+    this function only compares the pointers.
+
+    \sa findNextRef(), find(), current()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int Q3PtrList::findNextRef( const type *item )
+
+    Finds the next occurrence of \a item in the list, starting from
+    the current list item.
+
+    If the item is found, the list sets the current item to point to
+    the found item and returns the index of this item. If the item is
+    not found, the list sets the current item to 0, the current
+    index to -1, and returns -1.
+
+    Calling this function is much faster than findNext() because
+    findNext() compares \a item with each list item using
+    compareItems(), whereas this function only compares the pointers.
+
+    \sa findRef(), findNext(), current()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn uint Q3PtrList::contains( const type *item ) const
+
+    Returns the number of occurrences of \a item in the list.
+
+    The compareItems() function is called when looking for the \a item
+    in the list. If compareItems() is not reimplemented, it is more
+    efficient to call containsRef().
+
+    This function does not affect the current list item.
+
+    \sa containsRef(), compareItems()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn uint Q3PtrList::containsRef( const type *item ) const
+
+    Returns the number of occurrences of \a item in the list.
+
+    Calling this function is much faster than contains() because
+    contains() compares \a item with each list item using
+    compareItems(), whereas his function only compares the pointers.
+
+    This function does not affect the current list item.
+
+    \sa contains()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3PtrList::at( uint index )
+
+    Returns a pointer to the item at position \a index in the list, or
+    0 if the index is out of range.
+
+    Sets the current list item to this item if \a index is valid. The
+    valid range is \c{0..(count() - 1)} inclusive.
+
+    This function is very efficient. It starts scanning from the first
+    item, last item, or current item, whichever is closest to \a
+    index.
+
+    \sa current()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int Q3PtrList::at() const
+
+    \overload
+
+    Returns the index of the current list item. The returned value is
+    -1 if the current item is 0.
+
+    \sa current()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3PtrList::current() const
+
+    Returns a pointer to the current list item. The current item may
+    be 0 (implies that the current index is -1). 
+
+    \sa at()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3LNode *Q3PtrList::currentNode() const
+
+    Returns a pointer to the current list node.
+
+    The node can be kept and removed later using removeNode(). The
+    advantage is that the item can be removed directly without
+    searching the list.
+
+    \warning Do not call this function unless you are an expert.
+
+    \sa removeNode(), takeNode(), current()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3PtrList::getFirst() const
+
+    Returns a pointer to the first item in the list, or 0 if the list
+    is empty.
+
+    This function does not affect the current list item.
+
+    \sa first(), getLast()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3PtrList::getLast() const
+
+    Returns a pointer to the last item in the list, or 0 if the list
+    is empty.
+
+    This function does not affect the current list item.
+
+    \sa last(), getFirst()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3PtrList::first()
+
+    Returns a pointer to the first item in the list and makes this the
+    current list item; returns 0 if the list is empty.
+
+    \sa getFirst(), last(), next(), prev(), current()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3PtrList::last()
+
+    Returns a pointer to the last item in the list and makes this the
+    current list item; returns 0 if the list is empty.
+
+    \sa getLast(), first(), next(), prev(), current()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3PtrList::next()
+
+    Returns a pointer to the item succeeding the current item. Returns
+    0 if the current item is 0 or equal to the last item.
+
+    Makes the succeeding item current. If the current item before this
+    function call was the last item, the current item will be set to
+    0. If the current item was 0, this function does nothing.
+
+    \sa first(), last(), prev(), current()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3PtrList::prev()
+
+    Returns a pointer to the item preceding the current item. Returns
+    0 if the current item is 0 or equal to the first item.
+
+    Makes the preceding item current. If the current item before this
+    function call was the first item, the current item will be set to
+    0. If the current item was 0, this function does nothing.
+
+    \sa first(), last(), next(), current()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void Q3PtrList::toVector( Q3GVector *vec ) const
+
+    Stores all list items in the vector \a vec.
+
+    The vector must be of the same item type, otherwise the result
+    will be undefined.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \typedef Q3PtrList::iterator
+
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \typedef Q3PtrList::Iterator
+
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \typedef Q3PtrList::ConstIterator
+
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \typedef Q3PtrList::const_iterator
+
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3PtrList::constBegin() const
+
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3PtrList::constEnd() const
+
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3PtrList::erase(Iterator)
+
+    \internal
+*/
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  Q3PtrListIterator documentation
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \class Q3PtrListIterator
+    \brief The Q3PtrListIterator class provides an iterator for
+    Q3PtrList collections.
+    \compat
+
+    Define a template instance Q3PtrListIterator\<X\> to create a list
+    iterator that operates on Q3PtrList\<X\> (list of X*).
+
+    The following example is similar to the
+    example in the Q3PtrList class documentation,
+    but it uses Q3PtrListIterator. The class Employee is
+    defined there.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_q3ptrlist.qdoc 3
+
+    The output is
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_q3ptrlist.qdoc 4
+
+    Using a list iterator is a more robust way of traversing the list
+    than using the Q3PtrList member functions \link Q3PtrList::first()
+    first\endlink(), \link Q3PtrList::next() next\endlink(), \link
+    Q3PtrList::current() current\endlink(), etc., as many iterators can
+    traverse the same list independently.
+
+    An iterator has its own current list item and can get the next and
+    previous list items. It doesn't modify the list in any way.
+
+    When an item is removed from the list, all iterators that point to
+    that item are updated to point to Q3PtrList::current() instead to
+    avoid dangling references.
+
+    \sa Q3PtrList
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3PtrListIterator::Q3PtrListIterator( const Q3PtrList<type> &list )
+
+    Constructs an iterator for \a list. The current iterator item is
+    set to point on the first item in the \a list.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3PtrListIterator::~Q3PtrListIterator()
+
+    Destroys the iterator.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn uint Q3PtrListIterator::count() const
+
+    Returns the number of items in the list this iterator operates on.
+
+    \sa isEmpty()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool Q3PtrListIterator::isEmpty() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the list is empty; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa count()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool Q3PtrListIterator::atFirst() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the current iterator item is the first list item;
+    otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa toFirst(), atLast()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool Q3PtrListIterator::atLast() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the current iterator item is the last list item;
+    otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa toLast(), atFirst()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3PtrListIterator::toFirst()
+
+    Sets the current iterator item to point to the first list item and
+    returns a pointer to the item. Sets the current item to 0 and
+    returns 0 if the list is empty.
+
+    \sa toLast(), atFirst()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3PtrListIterator::toLast()
+
+    Sets the current iterator item to point to the last list item and
+    returns a pointer to the item. Sets the current item to 0 and
+    returns 0 if the list is empty.
+
+    \sa toFirst(), atLast()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3PtrListIterator::operator type *() const
+
+    Cast operator. Returns a pointer to the current iterator item.
+    Same as current().
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3PtrListIterator::operator*()
+
+    Asterisk operator. Returns a pointer to the current iterator item.
+    Same as current().
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3PtrListIterator::current() const
+
+    Returns a pointer to the current iterator item. If the iterator is
+    positioned before the first item in the list or after the last
+    item in the list, 0 is returned.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3PtrListIterator::operator()()
+
+    Makes the succeeding item current and returns the original current
+    item.
+
+    If the current iterator item was the last item in the list or if
+    it was 0, 0 is returned.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3PtrListIterator::operator++()
+
+    Prefix ++ makes the succeeding item current and returns the new
+    current item.
+
+    If the current iterator item was the last item in the list or if
+    it was 0, 0 is returned.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3PtrListIterator::operator+=( uint jump )
+
+    Sets the current item to the item \a jump positions after the
+    current item and returns a pointer to that item.
+
+    If that item is beyond the last item or if the list is empty, it
+    sets the current item to 0 and returns 0
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3PtrListIterator::operator--()
+
+    Prefix - makes the preceding item current and returns the new
+    current item.
+
+    If the current iterator item was the first item in the list or if
+    it was 0, 0 is returned.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type *Q3PtrListIterator::operator-=( uint jump )
+
+    Returns the item \a jump positions before the current item or 0
+    if it is beyond the first item. Makes this the current item.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3PtrListIterator<type>& Q3PtrListIterator::operator=( const Q3PtrListIterator<type> &it )
+
+    Assignment. Makes a copy of the iterator \a it and returns a
+    reference to this iterator.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \class Q3StrList
+    \brief The Q3StrList class provides a doubly-linked list of char*.
+    \compat
+
+    If you want a string list of \l{QString}s use QStringList.
+
+    This class is a Q3PtrList\<char\> instance (a list of char*).
+
+    Q3StrList can make deep or shallow copies of the strings that are
+    inserted.
+
+    A deep copy means that memory is allocated for the string and then
+    the string data is copied into that memory. A shallow copy is just
+    a copy of the pointer value and not of the string data itself.
+
+    The disadvantage of shallow copies is that because a pointer can
+    be deleted only once, the program must put all strings in a
+    central place and know when it is safe to delete them (i.e. when
+    the strings are no longer referenced by other parts of the
+    program). This can make the program more complex. The advantage of
+    shallow copies is that they consume far less memory than deep
+    copies. It is also much faster to copy a pointer (typically 4 or 8
+    bytes) than to copy string data.
+
+    A Q3StrList that operates on deep copies will, by default, turn on
+    auto-deletion (see setAutoDelete()). Thus, by default Q3StrList
+    will deallocate any string copies it allocates.
+
+    The virtual compareItems() function is reimplemented and does a
+    case-sensitive string comparison. The inSort() function will
+    insert strings in sorted order. In general it is fastest to insert
+    the strings as they come and sort() at the end; inSort() is useful
+    when you just have to add a few extra strings to an already sorted
+    list.
+
+    The Q3StrListIterator class is an iterator for Q3StrList.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3StrList::operator QList<QByteArray>() const
+
+    Automatically converts a Q3StrList into a QList<QByteArray>.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3StrList::Q3StrList( bool deepCopies )
+
+    Constructs an empty list of strings. Will make deep copies of all
+    inserted strings if \a deepCopies is TRUE, or use shallow copies
+    if \a deepCopies is FALSE.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3StrList::Q3StrList(const Q3StrList &list)
+    \fn Q3StrList::Q3StrList(const QList<QByteArray> &list)
+
+    Constructs a copy of \a list.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3StrList::~Q3StrList()
+
+    Destroys the list. All strings are removed.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3StrList& Q3StrList::operator=(const Q3StrList& list)
+    \fn Q3StrList &Q3StrList::operator=(const QList<QByteArray> &list)
+
+    Assigns \a list to this list and returns a reference to this list.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \class Q3StrIList
+    \brief The Q3StrIList class provides a doubly-linked list of char*
+    with case-insensitive comparison.
+    \compat
+
+    This class is a Q3PtrList\<char\> instance (a list of char*).
+
+    Q3StrIList is identical to Q3StrList except that the virtual
+    compareItems() function is reimplemented to compare strings
+    case-insensitively. The inSort() function inserts strings in a
+    sorted order. In general it is fastest to insert the strings as
+    they come and sort() at the end; inSort() is useful when you just
+    have to add a few extra strings to an already sorted list.
+
+    The Q3StrListIterator class works for Q3StrIList.
+
+    \sa QStringList
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3StrIList::Q3StrIList( bool deepCopies )
+
+    Constructs a list of strings. Will make deep copies of all
+    inserted strings if \a deepCopies is TRUE, or use shallow copies
+    if \a deepCopies is FALSE.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3StrIList::~Q3StrIList()
+
+    Destroys the list. All strings are removed.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int Q3PtrList::compareItems( Q3PtrCollection::Item item1,
+				    Q3PtrCollection::Item item2 )
+
+    This virtual function compares two list items.
+
+    Returns:
+    \list
+    \i zero if \a item1 == \a item2
+    \i nonzero if \a item1 != \a item2
+    \endlist
+
+    This function returns \e int rather than \e bool so that
+    reimplementations can return three values and use it to sort by:
+
+    \list
+    \i 0 if \a item1 == \a item2
+    \i \> 0 (positive integer) if \a item1 \> \a item2
+    \i \< 0 (negative integer) if \a item1 \< \a item2
+    \endlist
+
+    inSort() requires that compareItems() is implemented as described
+    here.
+
+    This function should not modify the list because some const
+    functions call compareItems().
+
+    The default implementation compares the pointers.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QDataStream& Q3PtrList::read( QDataStream& s,
+				    Q3PtrCollection::Item& item )
+
+    Reads a list item from the stream \a s and returns a reference to
+    the stream.
+
+    The default implementation sets \a item to 0.
+
+    \sa write()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QDataStream& Q3PtrList::write( QDataStream& s,
+					Q3PtrCollection::Item item ) const
+
+    Writes a list item, \a item to the stream \a s and returns a
+    reference to the stream.
+
+    The default implementation does nothing.
+
+    \sa read()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn iterator Q3PtrList::begin() 
+\internal
+*/
+/*! \fn const_iterator Q3PtrList::begin() const
+\internal
+*/
+/*! \fn iterator Q3PtrList::end() 
+\internal
+*/
+/*! \fn const_iterator Q3PtrList::end() const
+\internal
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \class Q3StrListIterator
+    \brief The Q3StrListIterator class is an iterator for the Q3StrList
+    and Q3StrIList classes.
+    \compat
+
+    This class is a Q3PtrListIterator\<char\> instance. It can traverse
+    the strings in the Q3StrList and Q3StrIList classes.
+*/
+
+
+/*
+    \class Q3PtrListAutoDelete
+    \brief The Q3PtrListAutoDelete class is a template class that provides a list that auto-deletes its data.
+    \compat
+
+    A Q3PtrListAutoDelete is identical to a Q3PtrList with
+    setAutoDelete(TRUE).
+*/
diff --git a/src/qt3support/tools/q3ptrqueue.qdoc b/src/qt3support/tools/q3ptrqueue.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c60193c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/qt3support/tools/q3ptrqueue.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,230 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \class Q3PtrQueue
+    \brief The Q3PtrQueue class is a template class that provides a queue.
+    \compat
+
+    Q3ValueVector can be used as an STL-compatible alternative to this
+    class.
+
+    A template instance Q3PtrQueue\<X\> is a queue that operates on
+    pointers to X (X*).
+
+    A queue is a first in, first out structure. Items are added to the
+    tail of the queue with enqueue() and retrieved from the head with
+    dequeue(). You can peek at the head item without dequeing it using
+    head().
+
+    You can control the queue's deletion policy with setAutoDelete().
+
+    For compatibility with the Q3PtrCollection classes, current() and
+    remove() are provided; both operate on the head().
+
+    \sa Q3PtrList Q3PtrStack
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3PtrQueue::Q3PtrQueue ()
+
+    Creates an empty queue with autoDelete() set to FALSE.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3PtrQueue::Q3PtrQueue( const Q3PtrQueue<type>& queue )
+
+    Creates a queue from \a queue.
+
+    Only the pointers are copied; the items are not. The autoDelete()
+    flag is set to FALSE.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3PtrQueue::~Q3PtrQueue()
+
+    Destroys the queue. Items in the queue are deleted if autoDelete()
+    is TRUE.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3PtrQueue<type>& Q3PtrQueue::operator= (const Q3PtrQueue<type>& queue)
+
+    Assigns \a queue to this queue and returns a reference to this
+    queue.
+
+    This queue is first cleared and then each item in \a queue is
+    enqueued to this queue. Only the pointers are copied.
+
+    \warning The autoDelete() flag is not modified. If it is TRUE for
+    both \a queue and this queue, deleting the two lists will cause \e
+    double-deletion of the items.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool Q3PtrQueue::isEmpty() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the queue is empty; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa count() dequeue() head()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void Q3PtrQueue::enqueue (const type* d)
+
+    Adds item \a d to the tail of the queue.
+
+    \sa count() dequeue()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type* Q3PtrQueue::dequeue ()
+
+    Takes the head item from the queue and returns a pointer to it.
+    Returns 0 if the queue is empty.
+
+    \sa enqueue() count()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool Q3PtrQueue::remove()
+
+    Removes the head item from the queue, and returns TRUE if there
+    was an item, i.e. the queue wasn't empty; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    The item is deleted if autoDelete() is TRUE.
+
+    \sa head() isEmpty() dequeue()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void Q3PtrQueue::clear()
+
+    Removes all items from the queue, and deletes them if autoDelete()
+    is TRUE.
+
+    \sa remove()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn uint Q3PtrQueue::count() const
+
+    Returns the number of items in the queue.
+
+    \sa isEmpty()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type* Q3PtrQueue::head() const
+
+    Returns a pointer to the head item in the queue. The queue is not
+    changed. Returns 0 if the queue is empty.
+
+    \sa dequeue() isEmpty()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3PtrQueue::operator type*() const
+
+    Returns a pointer to the head item in the queue. The queue is not
+    changed. Returns 0 if the queue is empty.
+
+    \sa dequeue() isEmpty()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn type* Q3PtrQueue::current() const
+
+    Returns a pointer to the head item in the queue. The queue is not
+    changed. Returns 0 if the queue is empty.
+
+    \sa dequeue() isEmpty()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool Q3PtrQueue::autoDelete() const
+    
+    Returns the setting of the auto-delete option. The default is
+    FALSE.
+
+    \sa setAutoDelete()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void Q3PtrQueue::setAutoDelete( bool enable )
+
+    Sets the queue to auto-delete its contents if \a enable is TRUE
+    and not to delete them if \a enable is FALSE.
+
+    If auto-deleting is turned on, all the items in a queue are
+    deleted when the queue itself is deleted. This can be quite
+    convenient if the queue has the only pointer to the items.
+    
+    The default setting is FALSE, for safety. If you turn it on, be
+    careful about copying the queue: you might find yourself with two
+    queues deleting the same items.
+
+    \sa autoDelete()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QDataStream& Q3PtrQueue::read( QDataStream& s,
+					Q3PtrCollection::Item& item )
+
+    Reads a queue item, \a item, from the stream \a s and returns a
+    reference to the stream.
+
+    The default implementation sets \a item to 0.
+
+    \sa write()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QDataStream& Q3PtrQueue::write( QDataStream& s,
+					Q3PtrCollection::Item item ) const
+
+    Writes a queue item, \a item, to the stream \a s and returns a
+    reference to the stream.
+
+    The default implementation does nothing.
+
+    \sa read()
+*/
diff --git a/src/qt3support/tools/q3ptrstack.qdoc b/src/qt3support/tools/q3ptrstack.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..071fcd0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/qt3support/tools/q3ptrstack.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,217 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+  \class Q3PtrStack
+  \brief The Q3PtrStack class is a template class that provides a stack.
+  \compat
+
+  Q3ValueStack is an STL-compatible alternative to this class.
+
+  Define a template instance Q3PtrStack\<X\> to create a stack that
+  operates on pointers to X, (X*). 
+
+  A stack is a last in, first out (LIFO) structure. Items are added
+  to the top of the stack with push() and retrieved from the top
+  with pop(). Use top() to get a reference to the top element
+  without changing the stack.
+
+  You can control the stack's deletion policy with setAutoDelete().
+
+  For compatibility with the Q3PtrCollection classes current() and
+  remove() are provided; they both operate on the top().
+
+  \sa Q3PtrList Q3PtrQueue
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn Q3PtrStack::Q3PtrStack () 
+
+  Creates an empty stack.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn Q3PtrStack::Q3PtrStack (const Q3PtrStack<type>& s) 
+
+  Creates a stack by making a shallow copy of another stack \a s.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn Q3PtrStack::~Q3PtrStack () 
+
+  Destroys the stack. All items will be deleted if autoDelete() is
+  true.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn Q3PtrStack<type>& Q3PtrStack::operator= (const Q3PtrStack<type>& s) 
+
+  Sets the contents of this stack by making a shallow copy of
+  another stack \a s. Elements currently in this stack will be
+  deleted if autoDelete() is true.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn bool Q3PtrStack::isEmpty () const 
+
+  Returns true if the stack contains no elements; otherwise returns
+  false.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn void Q3PtrStack::push (const type* d) 
+
+  Adds an element \a d to the top of the stack. Last in, first out.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn type* Q3PtrStack::pop () 
+
+  Removes the top item from the stack and returns it. The stack must
+  not be empty.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn bool Q3PtrStack::remove () 
+
+  Removes the top item from the stack and deletes it if autoDelete()
+  is true. Returns true if there was an item to pop; otherwise
+  returns false.
+
+  \sa clear()
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn void Q3PtrStack::clear()
+
+  Removes all items from the stack, deleting them if autoDelete() is
+  true.
+
+  \sa remove()
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn uint Q3PtrStack::count() const
+
+  Returns the number of items in the stack.
+
+  \sa isEmpty()
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn type* Q3PtrStack::top () const 
+
+  Returns a pointer to the top item on the stack (most recently
+  pushed). The stack is not changed. Returns 0 if the stack is
+  empty.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn Q3PtrStack::operator type* ()const 
+
+  Returns a pointer to the top item on the stack (most recently
+  pushed). The stack is not changed. Returns 0 if the stack is
+  empty.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn type* Q3PtrStack::current () const 
+
+  Returns a pointer to the top item on the stack (most recently
+  pushed). The stack is not changed. Returns 0 if the stack is
+  empty.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn bool Q3PtrStack::autoDelete() const
+
+  The same as Q3PtrCollection::autoDelete(). Returns true if 
+  the auto-delete option is set. If the option is set, the 
+  stack auto-deletes its contents. 
+
+  \sa setAutoDelete()
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn void Q3PtrStack::setAutoDelete(bool enable) 
+
+  Defines whether this stack auto-deletes its contents. The same as
+  Q3PtrCollection::setAutoDelete(). If \a enable is true, auto-delete
+  is turned on.
+
+  If auto-deleting is turned on, all the items in the stack are
+  deleted when the stack itself is deleted. This is convenient if
+  the stack has the only pointers to the items.
+
+  The default setting is false, for safety. If you turn it on, be
+  careful about copying the stack, or you might find yourself with
+  two stacks deleting the same items.
+
+  Note that the auto-delete setting may also affect other functions in
+  subclasses. For example, a subclass that has a remove() function
+  will remove the item from its data structure, and if auto-delete is
+  enabled, will also delete the item.
+  
+  \sa autoDelete()
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn QDataStream& Q3PtrStack::read(QDataStream& s, Q3PtrCollection::Item& item)
+
+  Reads a stack item, \a item, from the stream \a s and returns a
+  reference to the stream.
+
+  The default implementation sets \a item to 0.
+
+  \sa write()
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn QDataStream& Q3PtrStack::write(QDataStream& s,
+				     Q3PtrCollection::Item item) const
+
+  Writes a stack item, \a item, to the stream \a s and returns a
+  reference to the stream.
+
+  The default implementation does nothing.
+
+  \sa read()
+*/
diff --git a/src/qt3support/tools/q3ptrvector.qdoc b/src/qt3support/tools/q3ptrvector.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c734064
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/qt3support/tools/q3ptrvector.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,427 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+  \class Q3PtrVector
+  \brief The Q3PtrVector class is a template collection class that
+  provides a vector (array).
+  \compat
+
+  Q3ValueVector is an STL-compatible alternative to this class.
+
+  Q3PtrVector is implemented as a template class. Defines a template
+  instance Q3PtrVector\<X\> to create a vector that contains pointers
+  to X (X*).
+
+  A vector is the same as an array. The main difference between
+  Q3PtrVector and Q3MemArray is that Q3PtrVector stores pointers to the
+  elements, whereas Q3MemArray stores the elements themselves (i.e.
+  Q3MemArray is value-based and Q3PtrVector is pointer-based).
+
+  Items are added to the vector using insert() or fill(). Items are
+  removed with remove(). You can get a pointer to an item at a
+  particular index position using at().
+
+  Unless otherwise stated, all functions that remove items from the
+  vector will also delete the element pointed to if \link
+  setAutoDelete() auto-deletion\endlink is enabled. By default,
+  auto-deletion is disabled; see setAutoDelete(). This behavior can
+  be changed in a subclass by reimplementing the virtual function
+  deleteItem().
+
+  Functions that compare items (find() and sort() for example) will
+  do so using the virtual function compareItems(). The default
+  implementation of this function only compares the pointer values.
+  Reimplement compareItems() in a subclass to get searching and
+  sorting based on the item contents. You can perform a linear
+  search for a pointer in the vector using findRef(), or a binary
+  search (of a sorted vector) using bsearch(). You can count the
+  number of times an item appears in the vector with contains() or
+  containsRef().
+
+  \sa Q3MemArray
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn Q3PtrVector::Q3PtrVector()
+
+  Constructs a null vector.
+
+  \sa isNull()
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn Q3PtrVector::Q3PtrVector(uint size)
+
+  Constructs an vector with room for \a size items. Makes a null
+  vector if \a size == 0.
+
+  All \a size positions in the vector are initialized to 0.
+
+  \sa size(), resize(), isNull()
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn Q3PtrVector::Q3PtrVector(const Q3PtrVector<type> &v)
+
+  Constructs a copy of \a v. Only the pointers are copied (i.e.
+  shallow copy).
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn Q3PtrVector::~Q3PtrVector()
+
+  Removes all items from the vector, and destroys the vector itself.
+
+  \sa clear()
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn Q3PtrVector<type> &Q3PtrVector::operator=(const Q3PtrVector<type> &v)
+
+  Assigns \a v to this vector and returns a reference to this
+  vector.
+
+  This vector is first cleared and then all the items from \a v are
+  copied into the vector. Only the pointers are copied (i.e. shallow
+  copy).
+
+  \sa clear()
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn type **Q3PtrVector::data() const
+
+  Returns a pointer to the actual vector data, which is an array of
+  type*.
+
+  The vector is a null vector if data() == 0 (null pointer).
+
+  \sa isNull()
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn uint Q3PtrVector::size() const
+
+  Returns the size of the vector, i.e. the number of vector
+  positions. This is also the maximum number of items the vector can
+  hold.
+
+  The vector is a null vector if size() == 0.
+
+  \sa isNull(), resize(), count()
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn uint Q3PtrVector::count() const 
+
+  Returns the number of items in the vector. The vector is empty if
+  count() == 0.
+
+  \sa isEmpty(), size(), isNull()
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn bool Q3PtrVector::isEmpty() const
+
+  Returns true if the vector is empty; otherwise returns false.
+
+  \sa count()
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn bool Q3PtrVector::isNull() const
+
+  Returns true if the vector is null; otherwise returns false.
+
+  A null vector has size() == 0 and data() == 0.
+
+  \sa size()
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn bool Q3PtrVector::resize(uint size)
+
+  Resizes (expands or shrinks) the vector to \a size elements. The
+  vector becomes a null vector if \a size == 0.
+
+  Any items at position \a size or beyond in the vector are removed.
+  New positions are initialized to 0.
+
+  Returns true if successful, i.e. if the memory was successfully
+  allocated; otherwise returns false.
+
+  \sa size(), isNull()
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn bool Q3PtrVector::insert(uint i, const type *d)
+
+  Sets position \a i in the vector to contain the item \a d. \a i
+  must be less than size(). Any previous element in position \a i is
+  removed.
+
+  Returns true if \a i is within range; otherwise returns false.
+
+  \sa at()
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn bool Q3PtrVector::remove(uint i)
+
+  Removes the item at position \a i in the vector, if there is one.
+  \a i must be less than size().
+
+  Returns true if \a i is within range; otherwise returns false.
+
+  \sa take(), at()
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn type* Q3PtrVector::take(uint i)
+
+  Returns the item at position \a i in the vector, and removes that
+  item from the vector. \a i must be less than size(). If there is
+  no item at position \a i, 0 is returned.
+
+  Unlike remove(), this function does \e not call deleteItem() for
+  the removed item.
+
+  \sa remove(), at()
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn void Q3PtrVector::clear()
+
+  Removes all items from the vector, and destroys the vector itself.
+
+  The vector becomes a null vector.
+
+  \sa isNull()
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn bool Q3PtrVector::fill(const type *d, int size)
+
+  Inserts item \a d in all positions in the vector. Any existing
+  items are removed. If \a d is 0, the vector becomes empty.
+
+  If \a size >= 0, the vector is first resized to \a size. By
+  default, \a size is -1.
+
+  Returns true if successful, i.e. \a size is the same as the
+  current size, or \a size is larger and the memory has successfully
+  been allocated; otherwise returns false.
+
+  \sa resize(), insert(), isEmpty()
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn void Q3PtrVector::sort()
+
+  Sorts the items in ascending order. Any empty positions will be
+  put last.
+
+  Compares items using the virtual function compareItems().
+
+  \sa bsearch()
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn int Q3PtrVector::bsearch(const type* d) const
+
+  In a sorted array, finds the first occurrence of \a d using a
+  binary search. For a sorted array, this is generally much faster
+  than find(), which performs a linear search.
+
+  Returns the position of \a d, or -1 if \a d could not be found. \a
+  d must not be 0.
+
+  Compares items using the virtual function compareItems().
+
+  \sa sort(), find()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+  \fn int Q3PtrVector::findRef(const type *d, uint i) const
+
+  Finds the first occurrence of the item pointer \a d in the vector
+  using a linear search. The search starts at position \a i, which
+  must be less than size(). \a i is by default 0; i.e. the search
+  starts at the start of the vector.
+
+  Returns the position of \a d, or -1 if \a d could not be found.
+
+  This function does \e not use compareItems() to compare items.
+
+  Use the much faster bsearch() to search a sorted vector.
+
+  \sa find(), bsearch()
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn int Q3PtrVector::find(const type *d, uint i) const
+
+  Finds the first occurrence of item \a d in the vector using a
+  linear search. The search starts at position \a i, which must be
+  less than size(). \a i is by default 0; i.e. the search starts at
+  the start of the vector.
+
+  Returns the position of \a d, or -1 if \a d could not be found.
+
+  Compares items using the virtual function compareItems().
+
+  Use the much faster bsearch() to search a sorted vector.
+
+  \sa findRef(), bsearch()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+  \fn uint Q3PtrVector::containsRef(const type *d) const
+
+  Returns the number of occurrences of the item pointer \a d in the
+  vector.
+
+  This function does \e not use compareItems() to compare items.
+
+  \sa findRef()
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn uint Q3PtrVector::contains(const type *d) const
+
+  Returns the number of occurrences of item \a d in the vector.
+
+  Compares items using the virtual function compareItems().
+
+  \sa containsRef()
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn type *Q3PtrVector::operator[](int i) const
+
+  Returns the item at position \a i, or 0 if there is no item at
+  that position. \a i must be less than size().
+
+  Equivalent to at(\a i).
+
+  \sa at()
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn type *Q3PtrVector::at(uint i) const
+
+  Returns the item at position \a i, or 0 if there is no item at
+  that position. \a i must be less than size().
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+  \fn void Q3PtrVector::toList(Q3GList *list) const
+
+  \internal
+
+  Copies all items in this vector to the list \a list. \a list is
+  first cleared and then all items are appended to \a list.
+
+  \sa Q3PtrList, Q3PtrStack, Q3PtrQueue
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn int Q3PtrVector::compareItems(Q3PtrCollection::Item d1,
+				    Q3PtrCollection::Item d2)
+
+  This virtual function compares two list items.
+
+  Returns:
+  \list
+  \i zero if \a d1 == \a d2
+  \i nonzero if \a d1 != \a d2
+  \endlist
+
+  This function returns \e int rather than \e bool so that
+  reimplementations can return one of three values and use it to
+  sort by:
+  \list
+  \i 0 if \a d1 == \a d2
+  \i \> 0 (positive integer) if \a d1 \> \a d2
+  \i \< 0 (negative integer) if \a d1 \< \a d2
+  \endlist
+
+  The sort() and bsearch() functions require compareItems() to be
+  implemented as described here.
+
+  This function should not modify the vector because some const
+  functions call compareItems().
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn QDataStream& Q3PtrVector::read(QDataStream &s,
+				     Q3PtrCollection::Item &item)
+
+  Reads a vector item, \a item, from the stream \a s and returns a
+  reference to the stream.
+
+  The default implementation sets \a item to 0.
+
+  \sa write()
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn QDataStream& Q3PtrVector::write(QDataStream &s,
+			 	      Q3PtrCollection::Item item) const
+
+  Writes a vector item, \a item, to the stream \a s and returns a
+  reference to the stream.
+
+  The default implementation does nothing.
+
+  \sa read()
+*/
+  
+/*!
+  \fn bool Q3PtrVector::operator==(const Q3PtrVector<type> &v) const
+
+  Returns true if this vector and \a v are equal; otherwise returns
+  false.
+*/
diff --git a/src/qt3support/tools/q3valuelist.qdoc b/src/qt3support/tools/q3valuelist.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..062a9da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/qt3support/tools/q3valuelist.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,569 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \class Q3ValueList
+    \brief The Q3ValueList class is a value-based template class that
+    provides lists.
+    \compat
+
+    Q3ValueList is a Qt implementation of an STL-like list container.
+    It can be used in your application if the standard \c list is not
+    available for your target platforms.
+
+    Q3ValueList\<T\> defines a template instance to create a list of
+    values that all have the class T. Note that Q3ValueList does not
+    store pointers to the members of the list; it holds a copy of
+    every member. This is why these kinds of classes are called "value
+    based"; Q3PtrList and Q3Dict are "pointer based".
+
+    Q3ValueList contains and manages a collection of objects of type T
+    and provides iterators that allow the contained objects to be
+    addressed. Q3ValueList owns the contained items. For more relaxed
+    ownership semantics, see Q3PtrCollection and friends which are
+    pointer-based containers.
+
+    Some classes cannot be used within a Q3ValueList, for example, all
+    classes derived from QObject and thus all classes that implement
+    widgets. Only values can be used in a Q3ValueList. To qualify as a
+    value the class must provide:
+    \list
+    \i a copy constructor;
+    \i an assignment operator;
+    \i a default constructor, i.e. a constructor that does not take any arguments.
+    \endlist
+
+    Note that C++ defaults to field-by-field assignment operators and
+    copy constructors if no explicit version is supplied. In many
+    cases this is sufficient.
+
+    In addition, some compilers (e.g. Sun CC) might require that the
+    class provides an equality operator (operator==()).
+
+    Q3ValueList's function naming is consistent with the other Qt
+    classes (e.g. count(), isEmpty()). Q3ValueList also provides extra
+    functions for compatibility with STL algorithms, such as size()
+    and empty(). Programmers already familiar with the STL \c list may
+    prefer to use the STL-compatible functions.
+
+    Example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_q3valuelist.qdoc 0
+
+
+    Notice that the latest changes to Mary's salary did not affect the
+    value in the list because the list created a copy of Mary's entry.
+
+    There are several ways to find items in the list. The begin() and
+    end() functions return iterators to the beginning and end of the
+    list. The advantage of getting an iterator is that you can move
+    forward or backward from this position by
+    incrementing/decrementing the iterator. The iterator returned by
+    end() points to the item which is one \e past the last item in the
+    container. The past-the-end iterator is still associated with the
+    list it belongs to, however it is \e not dereferenceable;
+    operator*() will not return a well-defined value. If the list is
+    empty(), the iterator returned by begin() will equal the iterator
+    returned by end().
+
+    It is safe to have multiple iterators a the list at the same
+    time. If some member of the list is removed, only iterators
+    pointing to the removed member become invalid. Inserting into the
+    list does not invalidate any iterator. For convenience, the
+    function last() returns a reference to the last item in the list,
+    and first() returns a reference to the first item. If the
+    list is empty(), both last() and first() have undefined behavior
+    (your application will crash or do unpredictable things). Use
+    last() and first() with caution, for example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_q3valuelist.qdoc 1
+
+    Because Q3ValueList is value-based there is no need to be careful
+    about deleting items in the list. The list holds its own copies
+    and will free them if the corresponding member or the list itself
+    is deleted. You can force the list to free all of its items with
+    clear().
+
+    Q3ValueList is shared implicitly, which means it can be copied in
+    constant time, i.e. O(1). If multiple Q3ValueList instances share
+    the same data and one needs to modify its contents, this modifying
+    instance makes a copy and modifies its private copy; therefore it
+    does not affect the other instances; this takes O(n) time. This is
+    often called "copy on write". If a Q3ValueList is being used in a
+    multi-threaded program, you must protect all access to the list.
+    See \l QMutex.
+
+    There are several ways to insert items into the list. The
+    prepend() and append() functions insert items at the beginning and
+    the end of the list respectively. The insert() function comes in
+    several flavors and can be used to add one or more items at
+    specific positions within the list.
+
+    Items can also be removed from the list in several ways. There
+    are several variants of the remove() function, which removes a
+    specific item from the list. The remove() function will find and
+    remove items according to a specific item value.
+
+    \sa Q3ValueListIterator
+*/
+
+/*! \typedef Q3ValueList::iterator
+	The list's iterator type, Q3ValueListIterator. */
+/*! \typedef Q3ValueList::const_iterator
+	The list's const iterator type, Q3ValueListConstIterator. */
+/*! \typedef Q3ValueList::value_type
+	The type of the object stored in the list, T. */
+/*! \typedef Q3ValueList::pointer
+	The pointer to T type. */
+/*! \typedef Q3ValueList::const_pointer
+	The const pointer to T type. */
+/*! \typedef Q3ValueList::reference
+	The reference to T type. */
+/*! \typedef Q3ValueList::const_reference
+	The const reference to T type. */
+/*! \typedef Q3ValueList::size_type
+	An unsigned integral type, used to represent various sizes. */
+/*! \typedef Q3ValueList::difference_type
+    \internal
+*/
+/*!
+    \fn Q3ValueList::Q3ValueList()
+
+    Constructs an empty list.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3ValueList::Q3ValueList( const Q3ValueList<T>& l )
+    \fn Q3ValueList::Q3ValueList( const QList<T>& l )
+    \fn Q3ValueList::Q3ValueList( const QLinkedList<T>& l )
+
+    Constructs a copy of \a l.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3ValueList::Q3ValueList( const std::list<T>& l )
+
+    Contructs a copy of \a l.
+
+    This constructor is provided for compatibility with STL
+    containers.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3ValueList::~Q3ValueList()
+
+    Destroys the list. References to the values in the list and all
+    iterators of this list become invalidated. Note that it is
+    impossible for an iterator to check whether or not it is valid:
+    Q3ValueList is highly tuned for performance, not for error
+    checking.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool Q3ValueList::operator== ( const Q3ValueList<T>& l ) const
+
+    Compares both lists.
+
+    Returns TRUE if this list and \a l are equal; otherwise returns
+    FALSE.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool Q3ValueList::operator== ( const std::list<T>& l ) const
+
+    \overload
+
+    Returns TRUE if this list and \a l are equal; otherwise returns
+    FALSE.
+
+    This operator is provided for compatibility with STL containers.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3ValueList<T>& Q3ValueList::operator= ( const Q3ValueList<T>& l )
+
+    Assigns \a l to this list and returns a reference to this list.
+
+    All iterators of the current list become invalidated by this
+    operation. The cost of such an assignment is O(1) since Q3ValueList
+    is implicitly shared.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3ValueList<T>& Q3ValueList::operator= ( const QList<T>& l )
+
+    Assigns \a l to this list and returns a reference to this list.
+
+    All iterators of the current list become invalidated by this
+    operation.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3ValueList<T>& Q3ValueList::operator= ( const std::list<T>& l )
+
+    \overload
+
+    Assigns the contents of \a l to the list.
+
+    All iterators of the current list become invalidated by this
+    operation.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool Q3ValueList::operator!= ( const Q3ValueList<T>& l ) const
+
+    Compares both lists.
+
+    Returns TRUE if this list and \a l are unequal; otherwise returns
+    FALSE.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn iterator Q3ValueList::insert( typename Q3ValueList<T>::Iterator it, const T& x )
+
+    Inserts the value \a x in front of the item pointed to by the
+    iterator, \a it.
+
+    Returns an iterator pointing at the inserted item.
+
+    \sa append(), prepend()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn uint Q3ValueList::remove( const T& x )
+
+    \overload
+
+    Removes all items that have value \a x and returns the number of
+    removed items.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QDataStream& operator>>( QDataStream& s, Q3ValueList<T>& l )
+
+    \relates Q3ValueList
+
+    Reads a list, \a l, from the stream \a s. The type T stored in the
+    list must implement the streaming operator.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QDataStream& operator<<( QDataStream& s, const Q3ValueList<T>& l )
+
+    \overload
+    \relates Q3ValueList
+
+    Writes a list, \a l, to the stream \a s. The type T stored in the
+    list must implement the streaming operator.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void Q3ValueList::insert( typename Q3ValueList<T>::Iterator pos,
+                                  typename Q3ValueList<T>::size_type n, const T& x )
+
+    \overload
+
+    Inserts \a n copies of \a x before position \a pos.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3ValueList<T>& Q3ValueList::operator<< ( const T& x )
+
+    Adds the value \a x to the end of the list.
+
+    Returns a reference to the list.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const T& Q3ValueList::operator[] ( typename Q3ValueList<T>::size_type i ) const
+
+    Returns a const reference to the item with index \a i in the list.
+    It is up to you to check whether this item really exists. You can
+    do that easily with the count() function. However this operator
+    does not check whether \a i is in range and will deliver undefined
+    results if it does not exist.
+
+    \warning This function uses a linear search and can be extremely
+    slow for large lists. Q3ValueList is not optimized for random item
+    access. If you need random access use a different container, such
+    as Q3ValueVector.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn T& Q3ValueList::operator[] ( typename Q3ValueList<T>::size_type i )
+
+    \overload
+
+    Returns a non-const reference to the item with index \a i.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const_iterator Q3ValueList::at( typename Q3ValueList<T>::size_type i ) const
+
+    Returns an iterator pointing to the item at position \a i in the
+    list, or an undefined value if the index is out of range.
+
+    \warning This function uses a linear search and can be extremely
+    slow for large lists. Q3ValueList is not optimized for random item
+    access. If you need random access use a different container, such
+    as Q3ValueVector.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn iterator Q3ValueList::at( typename Q3ValueList<T>::size_type i )
+
+    \overload
+
+    Returns an iterator pointing to the item at position \a i in the
+    list, or an undefined value if the index is out of range.
+
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn iterator Q3ValueList::fromLast()
+
+    \overload
+
+    Returns an iterator to the last item in the list, or end() if
+    there is no last item.
+
+    Use the end() function instead. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_q3valuelist.qdoc 2
+
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const_iterator Q3ValueList::fromLast() const
+
+    Returns an iterator to the last item in the list, or end() if
+    there is no last item.
+
+    Use the end() function instead. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_q3valuelist.qdoc 3
+
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3ValueList<T> Q3ValueList::operator+( const Q3ValueList<T>& l ) const
+
+    Creates a new list and fills it with the items of this list. Then
+    the items of \a l are appended. Returns the new list.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3ValueList<T>& Q3ValueList::operator+= ( const Q3ValueList<T>& l )
+
+    Appends the items of \a l to this list. Returns a reference to
+    this list.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3ValueList<T>& Q3ValueList::operator+= ( const T& x )
+
+    \overload
+
+    Appends the value \a x to the list. Returns a reference to the
+    list.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn iterator Q3ValueList::append( const T& x )
+
+    Inserts \a x at the end of the list.
+
+    \sa insert(), prepend()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn iterator Q3ValueList::prepend( const T& x )
+
+    Inserts \a x at the beginning of the list.
+
+    \sa insert(), append()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn iterator Q3ValueList::remove( typename Q3ValueList<T>::Iterator it )
+
+    Removes the item pointed to by \a it from the list. No iterators
+    other than \a it or other iterators pointing at the same item as
+    \a it are invalidated. Returns an iterator to the next item after
+    \a it, or end() if there is no such item.
+
+    \sa clear()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn uint Q3ValueList::contains( const T& x ) const
+
+    Returns the number of occurrences of the value \a x in the list.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \class Q3ValueListIterator
+    \brief The Q3ValueListIterator class provides an iterator for Q3ValueList.
+    \compat
+
+    An iterator is a class for accessing the items of a container
+    class: a generalization of the index in an array. A pointer
+    into a "const char *" and an index into an "int[]" are both
+    iterators, and the general idea is to provide that functionality
+    for any data structure.
+
+    The Q3ValueListIterator class is an iterator for Q3ValueList
+    instantiations. You can create the appropriate iterator type by
+    using the \c iterator typedef provided by Q3ValueList.
+
+    The only way to access the items in a Q3ValueList is to use an
+    iterator.
+
+    Example (see Q3ValueList for the complete code):
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_q3valuelist.qdoc 4
+
+    Q3ValueList is highly optimized for performance and memory usage.
+    This means that you must be careful: Q3ValueList does not know
+    about all its iterators and the iterators don't know to which list
+    they belong. This makes things very fast, but if you're not
+    careful, you can get spectacular bugs. Always make sure iterators
+    are valid before dereferencing them or using them as parameters to
+    generic algorithms in the STL.
+
+    Using an invalid iterator is undefined (your application will
+    probably crash). Many Qt functions return const value lists; to
+    iterate over these you should make a copy and iterate over the
+    copy.
+
+    For every Iterator there is a ConstIterator. When accessing a
+    Q3ValueList in a const environment or if the reference or pointer
+    to the list is itself const, then you must use the ConstIterator.
+    Its semantics are the same as the Iterator, but it only returns
+    const references.
+
+    \sa Q3ValueList, Q3ValueListConstIterator
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3ValueListIterator::Q3ValueListIterator()
+
+    Constructs an unitialized iterator.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3ValueListIterator::Q3ValueListIterator(const Q3ValueListIterator &o)
+    \fn Q3ValueListIterator::Q3ValueListIterator(const typename QLinkedList<T>::iterator &o)
+
+    Constucts a copy of iterator \a o.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \class Q3ValueListConstIterator
+    \brief The Q3ValueListConstIterator class provides a const iterator
+    for Q3ValueList.
+    \compat
+
+    In contrast to Q3ValueListIterator, this class is used to iterate
+    over a const list. It does not allow modification of the values of
+    the list since that would break const semantics.
+
+    You can create the appropriate const iterator type by using the \c
+    const_iterator typedef provided by Q3ValueList.
+
+    For more information on Q3ValueList iterators, see
+    Q3ValueListIterator.
+
+    \sa Q3ValueListIterator, Q3ValueList
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3ValueListConstIterator::Q3ValueListConstIterator()
+
+    Constructs an unitialized iterator.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3ValueListConstIterator::Q3ValueListConstIterator(const Q3ValueListConstIterator &o)
+    \fn Q3ValueListConstIterator::Q3ValueListConstIterator(const typename QLinkedList<T>::const_iterator &o)
+    \fn Q3ValueListConstIterator::Q3ValueListConstIterator(const typename QLinkedList<T>::iterator &o)
+
+    Constructs a copy of iterator \a o.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \typedef Q3ValueList::Iterator
+
+    This iterator is an instantiation of Q3ValueListIterator for the
+    same type as this Q3ValueList. In other words, if you instantiate
+    Q3ValueList<int>, Iterator is a Q3ValueListIterator<int>. Several
+    member function use it, such as Q3ValueList::begin(), which returns
+    an iterator pointing to the first item in the list.
+
+    Functionally, this is almost the same as ConstIterator. The only
+    difference is that you cannot use ConstIterator for non-const
+    operations, and that the compiler can often generate better code
+    if you use ConstIterator.
+
+    \sa Q3ValueListIterator ConstIterator
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \typedef Q3ValueList::ConstIterator
+
+    This iterator is an instantiation of Q3ValueListConstIterator for
+    the same type as this Q3ValueList. In other words, if you
+    instantiate Q3ValueList<int>, ConstIterator is a
+    Q3ValueListConstIterator<int>. Several member function use it, such
+    as Q3ValueList::begin(), which returns an iterator pointing to the
+    first item in the list.
+
+    Functionally, this is almost the same as Iterator. The only
+    difference is you cannot use ConstIterator for non-const
+    operations, and that the compiler can often generate better code
+    if you use ConstIterator.
+
+    \sa Q3ValueListIterator Iterator
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3ValueList::operator QList<T>() const
+
+    Automatically converts a Q3ValueList<T> into a QList<T>.
+*/
diff --git a/src/qt3support/tools/q3valuestack.qdoc b/src/qt3support/tools/q3valuestack.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bc44235
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/qt3support/tools/q3valuestack.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \class Q3ValueStack
+    \brief The Q3ValueStack class is a value-based template class that provides a stack.
+    \compat
+
+    Define a template instance Q3ValueStack\<X\> to create a stack of
+    values that all have the class X.
+
+    Note that Q3ValueStack does not store pointers to the members of
+    the stack; it holds a copy of every member. That is why these
+    kinds of classes are called "value based"; Q3PtrStack, Q3PtrList,
+    Q3Dict, etc., are "pointer based".
+
+    A stack is a last in, first out (LIFO) structure. Items are added
+    to the top of the stack with push() and retrieved from the top
+    with pop(). The top() function provides access to the topmost item
+    without removing it.
+
+    Example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_q3valuestack.qdoc 0
+
+    Q3ValueStack is a specialized Q3ValueList provided for convenience.
+    All of Q3ValueList's functionality also applies to Q3PtrStack, for
+    example the facility to iterate over all elements using
+    Q3ValueStack<T>::Iterator. See Q3ValueListIterator for further
+    details.
+
+    Some classes cannot be used within a Q3ValueStack, for example
+    everything derived from QObject and thus all classes that
+    implement widgets. Only values can be used in a Q3ValueStack. To
+    qualify as a value, the class must provide
+    \list
+    \i a copy constructor;
+    \i an assignment operator;
+    \i a default constructor, i.e. a constructor that does not take any arguments.
+    \endlist
+
+    Note that C++ defaults to field-by-field assignment operators and
+    copy constructors if no explicit version is supplied. In many
+    cases this is sufficient.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3ValueStack::Q3ValueStack()
+
+    Constructs an empty stack.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3ValueStack::~Q3ValueStack()
+
+    Destroys the stack. References to the values in the stack and all
+    iterators of this stack become invalidated. Because Q3ValueStack is
+    highly tuned for performance, you won't see warnings if you use
+    invalid iterators because it is impossible for an iterator to
+    check whether or not it is valid.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn void  Q3ValueStack::push( const T& d )
+
+    Adds element, \a d, to the top of the stack. Last in, first out.
+
+    This function is equivalent to append().
+
+    \sa pop(), top()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn T& Q3ValueStack::top()
+
+    Returns a reference to the top item of the stack or the item
+    referenced by end() if no such item exists. Note that you must not
+    change the value the end() iterator points to.
+
+    This function is equivalent to last().
+
+    \sa pop(), push(), Q3ValueList::fromLast()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn const T& Q3ValueStack::top() const
+
+    \overload
+
+    Returns a reference to the top item of the stack or the item
+    referenced by end() if no such item exists.
+
+    This function is equivalent to last().
+
+    \sa pop(), push(), Q3ValueList::fromLast()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn T Q3ValueStack::pop()
+
+    Removes the top item from the stack and returns it.
+
+    \sa top() push()
+*/
+
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/src/qt3support/tools/q3valuevector.qdoc b/src/qt3support/tools/q3valuevector.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4ab8896
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/qt3support/tools/q3valuevector.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,274 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \class Q3ValueVector
+    \brief The Q3ValueVector class is a value-based template class that provides a dynamic array.
+    \compat
+
+    Q3ValueVector is a Qt implementation of an STL-like vector
+    container. It can be used in your application if the standard \c
+    vector is not available for your target platforms.
+
+    Q3ValueVector\<T\> defines a template instance to create a vector
+    of values that all have the class T. Q3ValueVector does not store
+    pointers to the members of the vector; it holds a copy of every
+    member. Q3ValueVector is said to be value based; in contrast,
+    Q3PtrList and Q3Dict are pointer based.
+
+    Q3ValueVector contains and manages a collection of objects of type
+    T and provides random access iterators that allow the contained
+    objects to be addressed. Q3ValueVector owns the contained
+    elements. For more relaxed ownership semantics, see Q3PtrCollection
+    and friends, which are pointer-based containers.
+
+    Q3ValueVector provides good performance if you append or remove
+    elements from the end of the vector. If you insert or remove
+    elements from anywhere but the end, performance is very bad. The
+    reason for this is that elements must to be copied into new
+    positions.
+
+    Some classes cannot be used within a Q3ValueVector: for example,
+    all classes derived from QObject and thus all classes that
+    implement widgets. Only values can be used in a Q3ValueVector. To
+    qualify as a value the class must provide:
+    \list
+    \i a copy constructor;
+    \i an assignment operator;
+    \i a default constructor, i.e., a constructor that does not take any arguments.
+    \endlist
+
+    Note that C++ defaults to field-by-field assignment operators and
+    copy constructors if no explicit version is supplied. In many
+    cases this is sufficient.
+
+    Q3ValueVector uses an STL-like syntax to manipulate and address the
+    objects it contains.
+
+    Example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_q3valuevector.qdoc 0
+
+    Program output:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_q3valuevector.qdoc 1
+
+    As you can see, the most recent change to Joe's salary did not
+    affect the value in the vector because the vector created a copy
+    of Joe's entry.
+
+    Many Qt functions return const value vectors; to iterate over
+    these you should make a copy and iterate over the copy.
+
+    There are several ways to find items in the vector. The begin()
+    and end() functions return iterators to the beginning and end of
+    the vector. The advantage of getting an iterator is that you can
+    move forward or backward from this position by
+    incrementing/decrementing the iterator. The iterator returned by
+    end() points to the element which is one past the last element in
+    the container. The past-the-end iterator is still associated with
+    the vector it belongs to, however it is \e not dereferenceable;
+    operator*() will not return a well-defined value. If the vector is
+    empty(), the iterator returned by begin() will equal the iterator
+    returned by end().
+
+    The fastest way to access an element of a vector is by using
+    operator[]. This function provides random access and will return
+    a reference to the element located at the specified index. Thus,
+    you can access every element directly, in constant time, providing
+    you know the location of the element. It is undefined to access
+    an element that does not exist (your application will probably
+    crash). For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_q3valuevector.qdoc 2
+
+    Whenever inserting, removing or referencing elements in a vector,
+    always make sure you are referring to valid positions. For
+    example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_q3valuevector.qdoc 3
+
+    The iterators provided by vector are random access iterators,
+    therefore you can use them with many generic algorithms, for
+    example, algorithms provided by the STL.
+
+    It is safe to have multiple iterators on the vector at the same
+    time. Since Q3ValueVector manages memory dynamically, all iterators
+    can become invalid if a memory reallocation occurs. For example,
+    if some member of the vector is removed, iterators that point to
+    the removed element and to all following elements become
+    invalidated. Inserting into the middle of the vector will
+    invalidate all iterators. For convenience, the function back()
+    returns a reference to the last element in the vector, and front()
+    returns a reference to the first element. If the vector is
+    empty(), both back() and front() have undefined behavior (your
+    application will crash or do unpredictable things). Use back() and
+    front() with caution, for example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_q3valuevector.qdoc 4
+
+    Because Q3ValueVector manages memory dynamically, it is recommended
+    that you contruct a vector with an initial size. Inserting and
+    removing elements happens fastest when:
+    \list
+    \i Inserting or removing elements happens at the end() of the
+    vector;
+    \i The vector does not need to allocate additional memory.
+    \endlist
+
+    By creating a Q3ValueVector with a sufficiently large initial size,
+    there will be less memory allocations. Do not use an initial size
+    that is too big, since it will still take time to construct all
+    the empty entries, and the extra space will be wasted if it is
+    never used.
+
+    Because Q3ValueVector is value-based there is no need to be careful
+    about deleting elements in the vector. The vector holds its own
+    copies and will free them if the corresponding member or the
+    vector itself is deleted. You can force the vector to free all of
+    its items with clear().
+
+    Q3ValueVector is shared implicitly, which means it can be copied in
+    constant time. If multiple Q3ValueVector instances share the same
+    data and one needs to modify its contents, this modifying instance
+    makes a copy and modifies its private copy; it thus does not
+    affect the other instances. This is often called "copy on write".
+    If a Q3ValueVector is being used in a multi-threaded program, you
+    must protect all access to the vector. See QMutex.
+
+    There are several ways to insert elements into the vector. The
+    push_back() function insert elements into the end of the vector,
+    and is usually fastest. The insert() function can be used to add
+    elements at specific positions within the vector.
+
+    Items can be also be removed from the vector in several ways.
+    There are several variants of the erase() function which removes a
+    specific element, or range of elements, from the vector.
+
+    Q3ValueVector stores its elements in contiguous memory. This means
+    that you can use a Q3ValueVector in any situation that requires an
+    array. 
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3ValueVector::Q3ValueVector()
+
+    Constructs an empty vector without any elements. To create a
+    vector which reserves an initial amount of space for elements, use
+    \c Q3ValueVector(size_type n). 
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3ValueVector::Q3ValueVector( const Q3ValueVector<T>& v )
+
+    Constructs a copy of \a v.
+
+    This operation costs O(1) time because Q3ValueVector is implicitly
+    shared.
+
+    The first modification to the vector does takes O(n) time, because
+    the elements must be copied.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3ValueVector::Q3ValueVector( const std::vector<T>& v )
+
+    This operation costs O(n) time because \a v is copied.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3ValueVector::Q3ValueVector( QVector<T>::size_type n, const T& val )
+
+    Constructs a vector with an initial size of \a n elements. Each
+    element is initialized with the value of \a val.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3ValueVector<T>& Q3ValueVector::operator=( const Q3ValueVector<T>& v )
+
+    Assigns \a v to this vector and returns a reference to this vector.
+
+    All iterators of the current vector become invalidated by this
+    operation. The cost of such an assignment is O(1) since
+    Q3ValueVector is implicitly shared.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3ValueVector<T>& Q3ValueVector::operator=( const std::vector<T>& v )
+
+    \overload
+
+    Assigns \a v to this vector and returns a reference to this vector.
+
+    All iterators of the current vector become invalidated by this
+    operation. The cost of this assignment is O(n) since \a v is
+    copied.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn T &Q3ValueVector::at( int i , bool* ok )
+
+    Returns a reference to the element with index \a i. If \a ok is
+    non-null, and the index \a i is out of range, *\a ok is set to
+    FALSE and the returned reference is undefined. If the index \a i
+    is within the range of the vector, and \a ok is non-null, *\a ok
+    is set to TRUE and the returned reference is well defined.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const T &Q3ValueVector::at( int i , bool* ok ) const
+
+    \overload
+
+    Returns a const reference to the element with index \a i. If \a ok
+    is non-null, and the index \a i is out of range, *\a ok is set to
+    FALSE and the returned reference is undefined. If the index \a i
+    is within the range of the vector, and \a ok is non-null, *\a ok
+    is set to TRUE and the returned reference is well defined.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void Q3ValueVector::resize( int n, const T& val = T() )
+
+    Changes the size of the vector to \a n. If \a n is greater than
+    the current size(), elements are added to the end and initialized
+    with the value of \a val. If \a n is less than size(), elements
+    are removed from the end. If \a n is equal to size() nothing
+    happens.
+*/
diff --git a/src/qt3support/widgets/q3popupmenu.cpp b/src/qt3support/widgets/q3popupmenu.cpp
index d2eaaa9..8912748 100644
--- a/src/qt3support/widgets/q3popupmenu.cpp
+++ b/src/qt3support/widgets/q3popupmenu.cpp
@@ -43,6 +43,43 @@
 QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
 /*!
+    \class Q3PopupMenu
+    \brief The Q3PopupMenu class is a thin compatibility wrapper around QMenu.
+    \compat
+
+    Use QMenu in new applications. Note that the menu's actions must
+    be \l {Q3Action}s.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Q3PopupMenu::Q3PopupMenu(QWidget *parent, const char *name)
+
+    Constructs a menu with the given \a parent and \a name.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int Q3PopupMenu::exec()
+
+    Pops up the menu and returns the ID of the action that was
+    selected.
+
+    \sa QMenu::exec()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int Q3PopupMenu::exec(const QPoint & pos, int indexAtPoint)
+
+    Pops up the menu at coordinate \a pos and returns the ID of the
+    action that was selected.
+
+    If \a indexAtPoint is specified, the menu will pop up with the
+    item at index \a indexAtPoint under the mouse cursor.
+
+    \sa QMenu::exec()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
     \fn void Q3PopupMenu::setFrameRect(QRect)
     \internal
 */
diff --git a/src/script/qscriptable.cpp b/src/script/qscriptable.cpp
index a84f839..97c0173 100644
--- a/src/script/qscriptable.cpp
+++ b/src/script/qscriptable.cpp
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
   \brief The QScriptable class provides access to the Qt Script environment from Qt C++ member functions.
 
   \ingroup script
-  \mainclass
+
 
   With QScriptEngine::newQObject(), you can expose the signals and
   slots and properties of any QObject (or subclass) to script
diff --git a/src/script/qscriptclass.cpp b/src/script/qscriptclass.cpp
index 41e5649..1df57d0 100644
--- a/src/script/qscriptclass.cpp
+++ b/src/script/qscriptclass.cpp
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
   \brief The QScriptClass class provides an interface for defining custom behavior of (a class of) Qt Script objects.
 
   \ingroup script
-  \mainclass
+
 
   The QScriptClass class defines an interface for handling various
   aspects of interaction with the Qt Script objects associated with
diff --git a/src/script/qscriptcontext.cpp b/src/script/qscriptcontext.cpp
index fcaa960..aed69d3 100644
--- a/src/script/qscriptcontext.cpp
+++ b/src/script/qscriptcontext.cpp
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
   \brief The QScriptContext class represents a Qt Script function invocation.
 
   \ingroup script
-  \mainclass
+
 
   A QScriptContext provides access to the `this' object and arguments
   passed to a script function. You typically want to access this
diff --git a/src/script/qscriptcontextinfo.cpp b/src/script/qscriptcontextinfo.cpp
index 30b87ce..dd3dbab 100644
--- a/src/script/qscriptcontextinfo.cpp
+++ b/src/script/qscriptcontextinfo.cpp
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
   \brief The QScriptContextInfo class provides additional information about a QScriptContext.
 
   \ingroup script
-  \mainclass
+
 
   QScriptContextInfo is typically used for debugging purposes. It can
   provide information about the code being executed, such as the type
diff --git a/src/script/qscriptengine.cpp b/src/script/qscriptengine.cpp
index cadad5e..59ce460 100644
--- a/src/script/qscriptengine.cpp
+++ b/src/script/qscriptengine.cpp
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
   \brief The QScriptEngine class provides an environment for evaluating Qt Script code.
 
   \ingroup script
-  \mainclass
+
 
   See the \l{QtScript} documentation for information about the Qt Script language,
   and how to get started with scripting your C++ application.
@@ -1342,7 +1342,7 @@ QStringList QScriptEngine::importedExtensions() const
 
     Additionally, the type of each element in the sequence should be suitable
     for conversion to a QScriptValue.
-    See \l{QtScript Module#Conversion Between QtScript and C++ Types}
+    See \l{Making Applications Scriptable#Conversion Between QtScript and C++ Types}
     {Conversion Between QtScript and C++ Types} for more information about the
     restrictions on types that can be used with QScriptValue.
 
@@ -1363,7 +1363,7 @@ QStringList QScriptEngine::importedExtensions() const
 
     Additionally, the type of each element in the sequence must be suitable
     for conversion to a C++ type from a QScriptValue.
-    See \l{QtScript Module#Conversion Between QtScript and C++ Types}
+    See \l{Making Applications Scriptable#Conversion Between QtScript and C++ Types}
     {Conversion Between QtScript and C++ Types} for more information about the
     restrictions on types that can be used with QScriptValue.
 
@@ -1758,7 +1758,7 @@ QScriptValue QScriptEngine::objectById(qint64 id) const
   \brief The QScriptSyntaxCheckResult class provides the result of a script syntax check.
 
   \ingroup script
-  \mainclass
+
 
   QScriptSyntaxCheckResult is returned by QScriptEngine::checkSyntax() to
   provide information about the syntactical (in)correctness of a script.
diff --git a/src/script/qscriptengineagent.cpp b/src/script/qscriptengineagent.cpp
index e71c97a..b4793ab 100644
--- a/src/script/qscriptengineagent.cpp
+++ b/src/script/qscriptengineagent.cpp
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
   \brief The QScriptEngineAgent class provides an interface to report events pertaining to QScriptEngine execution.
 
   \ingroup script
-  \mainclass
+
 
   The QScriptEngineAgent class is the basis of tools that monitor and/or control the execution of a
   QScriptEngine, such as debuggers and profilers.
diff --git a/src/script/qscriptstring.cpp b/src/script/qscriptstring.cpp
index f8e1c82..7d8d4e9 100644
--- a/src/script/qscriptstring.cpp
+++ b/src/script/qscriptstring.cpp
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
   \brief The QScriptString class acts as a handle to "interned" strings in a QScriptEngine.
 
   \ingroup script
-  \mainclass
+
 
   QScriptString can be used to achieve faster (repeated)
   property getting/setting, and comparison of property names, of
diff --git a/src/script/qscriptvalue.cpp b/src/script/qscriptvalue.cpp
index da43fc2..b70afe5 100644
--- a/src/script/qscriptvalue.cpp
+++ b/src/script/qscriptvalue.cpp
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
   \brief The QScriptValue class acts as a container for the Qt Script data types.
 
   \ingroup script
-  \mainclass
+
 
   QScriptValue supports the types defined in the \l{ECMA-262}
   standard: The primitive types, which are Undefined, Null, Boolean,
diff --git a/src/script/qscriptvalueiterator.cpp b/src/script/qscriptvalueiterator.cpp
index 8bc668f..885f9c9 100644
--- a/src/script/qscriptvalueiterator.cpp
+++ b/src/script/qscriptvalueiterator.cpp
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
   \brief The QScriptValueIterator class provides a Java-style iterator for QScriptValue.
 
   \ingroup script
-  \mainclass
+
 
   The QScriptValueIterator constructor takes a QScriptValue as
   argument.  After construction, the iterator is located at the very
diff --git a/src/scripttools/debugging/qscriptdebugger.cpp b/src/scripttools/debugging/qscriptdebugger.cpp
index 1ce9ab6..40f4d6c 100644
--- a/src/scripttools/debugging/qscriptdebugger.cpp
+++ b/src/scripttools/debugging/qscriptdebugger.cpp
@@ -136,8 +136,8 @@ static bool scriptDebuggerEventCallback(void **data)
 
   \brief The QScriptDebugger class provides a Qt Script debugger.
 
-  \ingroup scripttools
-  \mainclass
+  \ingroup script
+
 */
 
 class QScriptDebuggerPrivate
diff --git a/src/scripttools/debugging/qscriptenginedebugger.cpp b/src/scripttools/debugging/qscriptenginedebugger.cpp
index b8ed4ea..0588109 100644
--- a/src/scripttools/debugging/qscriptenginedebugger.cpp
+++ b/src/scripttools/debugging/qscriptenginedebugger.cpp
@@ -75,8 +75,8 @@ public:
 
   \brief The QScriptEngineDebugger class provides a QScriptEngine debugger.
 
-  \ingroup scripttools
-  \mainclass
+  \ingroup script
+
 
   The QScriptEngineDebugger class provides a debugger that can be
   embedded into Qt applications that use Qt Script. The debugger
diff --git a/src/sql/kernel/qsql.qdoc b/src/sql/kernel/qsql.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8e6e321
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/sql/kernel/qsql.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \namespace QSql
+    \inmodule QtSql
+    \brief The QSql namespace contains miscellaneous identifiers used throughout
+    the Qt SQL library.
+
+    \inheaderfile QtSql
+    \ingroup database
+
+
+    \sa {QtSql Module}
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QSql::Confirm
+    \compat
+
+    This enum type describes edit confirmations.
+
+    \value Yes
+    \value No
+    \value Cancel
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QSql::Op
+    \compat
+
+    This enum type describes edit operations.
+
+    \value None
+    \value Insert
+    \value Update
+    \value Delete
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \enum QSql::Location
+
+    This enum type describes special SQL navigation locations:
+
+    \value BeforeFirstRow Before the first record.
+    \value AfterLastRow After the last record.
+
+    \omitvalue BeforeFirst
+    \omitvalue AfterLast
+
+    \sa QSqlQuery::at()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QSql::ParamTypeFlag
+
+    This enum is used to specify the type of a bind parameter.
+
+    \value In  The bind parameter is used to put data into the database.
+    \value Out  The bind parameter is used to receive data from the database.
+    \value InOut  The bind parameter is used to put data into the
+        database; it will be overwritten with output data on executing
+        a query.
+    \value Binary This must be OR'd with one of the other flags if
+           you want to indicate that the data being transferred is
+           raw binary data.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QSql::TableType
+
+    This enum type describes types of SQL tables.
+
+    \value Tables  All the tables visible to the user.
+    \value SystemTables  Internal tables used by the database.
+    \value Views  All the views visible to the user.
+    \value AllTables  All of the above.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QSql::NumericalPrecisionPolicy
+
+    This enum type describes at which precision levels numercial values are read from
+    a database.
+
+    Some databases support numerical values with a precision that is not storable in a
+    C++ basic data type. The default behavior is to bind these values as a QString.
+    This enum can be used to override this behavior.
+
+    \value LowPrecisionInt32  Force 32bit integer values. In case of floating point numbers,
+                              the fractional part is silently discarded.
+    \value LowPrecisionInt64  Force 64bit integer values. In case of floating point numbers,
+                              the fractional part is silently discarded.
+    \value LowPrecisionDouble Force \c double values.
+    \value HighPrecision      The default behavior - try to preserve maximum precision.
+
+    Note: The actual behaviour if an overflow occurs is driver specific. The Oracle database
+    just returns an error in this case.
+*/
+
diff --git a/src/sql/kernel/qsqldatabase.cpp b/src/sql/kernel/qsqldatabase.cpp
index e94c247..d155c03 100644
--- a/src/sql/kernel/qsqldatabase.cpp
+++ b/src/sql/kernel/qsqldatabase.cpp
@@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ void QSqlDatabasePrivate::disable()
     a database.
 
     \ingroup database
-    \mainclass
+
     \inmodule QtSql
 
     The QSqlDatabase class provides an interface for accessing a
diff --git a/src/sql/kernel/qsqlquery.cpp b/src/sql/kernel/qsqlquery.cpp
index 48ada28..e3944ac 100644
--- a/src/sql/kernel/qsqlquery.cpp
+++ b/src/sql/kernel/qsqlquery.cpp
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ QSqlQueryPrivate::~QSqlQueryPrivate()
 
     \ingroup database
     \ingroup shared
-    \mainclass
+
     \inmodule QtSql
 
     QSqlQuery encapsulates the functionality involved in creating,
diff --git a/src/svg/qgraphicssvgitem.cpp b/src/svg/qgraphicssvgitem.cpp
index 3a01a41..a287baa 100644
--- a/src/svg/qgraphicssvgitem.cpp
+++ b/src/svg/qgraphicssvgitem.cpp
@@ -99,7 +99,6 @@ public:
 
 /*!
     \class QGraphicsSvgItem
-    \ingroup multimedia
     \ingroup graphicsview-api
     \brief The QGraphicsSvgItem class is a QGraphicsItem that can be used to render
            the contents of SVG files.
diff --git a/src/svg/qsvggenerator.cpp b/src/svg/qsvggenerator.cpp
index 3d9c444..ace4cb8 100644
--- a/src/svg/qsvggenerator.cpp
+++ b/src/svg/qsvggenerator.cpp
@@ -511,7 +511,7 @@ public:
 
 /*!
     \class QSvgGenerator
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
     \since 4.3
     \brief The QSvgGenerator class provides a paint device that is used to create SVG drawings.
     \reentrant
diff --git a/src/svg/qsvgrenderer.cpp b/src/svg/qsvgrenderer.cpp
index bb1f946..573b4a4 100644
--- a/src/svg/qsvgrenderer.cpp
+++ b/src/svg/qsvgrenderer.cpp
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
 /*!
     \class QSvgRenderer
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
 
     \brief The QSvgRenderer class is used to draw the contents of SVG files onto paint devices.
     \since 4.1
diff --git a/src/svg/qsvgwidget.cpp b/src/svg/qsvgwidget.cpp
index f8e672a..b7b0ab0 100644
--- a/src/svg/qsvgwidget.cpp
+++ b/src/svg/qsvgwidget.cpp
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
 /*!
     \class QSvgWidget
-    \ingroup multimedia
+    \ingroup painting
 
     \brief The QSvgWidget class provides a widget that is used to display the contents of
     Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) files.
diff --git a/src/testlib/qsignalspy.qdoc b/src/testlib/qsignalspy.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..02cb771
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/testlib/qsignalspy.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*! 
+    \class QSignalSpy
+    \inmodule QtTest
+
+    \brief The QSignalSpy class enables introspection of signal emission.
+
+    QSignalSpy can connect to any signal of any object and records its emission.
+    QSignalSpy itself is a list of QVariant lists. Each emission of the signal
+    will append one item to the list, containing the arguments of the signal.
+
+    The following example records all signal emissions for the \c clicked() signal
+    of a QCheckBox:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qsignalspy.qdoc 0
+
+    \c{spy.takeFirst()} returns the arguments for the first emitted signal, as a
+    list of QVariant objects. The \c clicked() signal has a single bool argument,
+    which is stored as the first entry in the list of arguments.
+
+    The example below catches a signal from a custom object:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qsignalspy.qdoc 1
+
+    \bold {Note:} Non-standard data types need to be registered, using
+    the qRegisterMetaType() function, before you can create a
+    QSignalSpy. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qsignalspy.qdoc 2
+
+    To retrieve the \c QModelIndex, you can use qvariant_cast:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qsignalspy.qdoc 3
+ */
+
+/*! \fn QSignalSpy::QSignalSpy(QObject *object, const char *signal)
+
+    Constructs a new QSignalSpy that listens for emissions of the \a signal
+    from the QObject \a object. Neither \a signal nor \a object can be null.
+
+    Example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qsignalspy.qdoc 4
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QSignalSpy::isValid() const
+
+    Returns true if the signal spy listens to a valid signal, otherwise false.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QSignalSpy::signal() const
+
+    Returns the normalized signal the spy is currently listening to.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn int QSignalSpy::qt_metacall(QMetaObject::Call call, int id, void **a)
+    \internal
+*/
+
diff --git a/src/testlib/qtestevent.qdoc b/src/testlib/qtestevent.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7c67d95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/testlib/qtestevent.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*! 
+    \class QTestEventList
+    \inmodule QtTest
+
+    \brief The QTestEventList class provides a list of GUI events.
+
+    QTestEventList inherits from QList<QTestEvent *>, and provides
+    convenience functions for populating the list.
+
+    A QTestEventList can be populated with GUI events that can be
+    stored as test data for later usage, or be replayed on any
+    QWidget.
+
+    Example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtestevent.qdoc 0
+
+    The example above simulates the user entering the character \c a
+    followed by a backspace, waiting for 200 milliseconds and
+    repeating it.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QTestEventList::QTestEventList()
+
+    Constructs an empty QTestEventList.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QTestEventList::QTestEventList(const QTestEventList &other)
+
+    Constructs a new QTestEventList as a copy of \a other.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QTestEventList::~QTestEventList()
+
+    Empties the list and destroys all stored events.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QTestEventList::clear()
+
+    Removes all events from the list.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QTestEventList::addKeyClick(Qt::Key qtKey, Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers = Qt::NoModifier, int msecs = -1)
+
+    Adds a new key click to the list. The event will simulate the key \a qtKey with the modifier \a modifiers and then wait for \a msecs milliseconds.
+
+    \sa QTest::keyClick()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QTestEventList::addKeyPress(Qt::Key qtKey, Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers = Qt::NoModifier, int msecs = -1)
+
+    Adds a new key press to the list. The event will press the key \a qtKey with the modifier \a modifiers and then wait for \a msecs milliseconds.
+
+    \sa QTest::keyPress()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QTestEventList::addKeyRelease(Qt::Key qtKey, Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers = Qt::NoModifier, int msecs = -1)
+
+    Adds a new key release to the list. The event will release the key \a qtKey with the modifier \a modifiers and then wait for \a msecs milliseconds.
+
+    \sa QTest::keyRelease()
+
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QTestEventList::addKeyEvent(QTest::KeyAction action, Qt::Key qtKey, Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers = Qt::NoModifier, int msecs = -1)
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QTestEventList::addKeyClick(char ascii, Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers = Qt::NoModifier, int msecs = -1)
+
+    \overload
+
+    Adds a new key click to the list. The event will simulate the key \a ascii with the modifier \a modifiers and then wait for \a msecs milliseconds.
+
+    \sa QTest::keyClick()
+
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QTestEventList::addKeyPress(char ascii, Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers = Qt::NoModifier, int msecs = -1)
+
+    \overload
+
+    Adds a new key press to the list. The event will press the key \a ascii with the modifier \a modifiers and then wait for \a msecs milliseconds.
+
+    \sa QTest::keyPress()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QTestEventList::addKeyRelease(char ascii, Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers = Qt::NoModifier, int msecs = -1)
+
+    \overload
+
+    Adds a new key release to the list. The event will release the key \a ascii with the modifier \a modifiers and then wait for \a msecs milliseconds.
+
+    \sa QTest::keyRelease()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QTestEventList::addKeyClicks(const QString &keys, Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers = Qt::NoModifier, int msecs = -1)
+
+    Adds new keyboard entries to the list. The event will press the \a keys with the \a modifiers and wait \a msecs milliseconds between each key.
+
+    \sa QTest::keyClicks()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QTestEventList::addKeyEvent(QTest::KeyAction action, char ascii, Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers = Qt::NoModifier, int msecs = -1)
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QTestEventList::addDelay(int msecs)
+
+    Adds a \a msecs milliseconds delay.
+
+    \sa QTest::qWait()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QTestEventList::simulate(QWidget *w)
+
+    Simulates the events from the list one by one on the widget \a w.
+    For an example, please read the \l QTestEventList class documentation.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QTestEventList::addMousePress(Qt::MouseButton button, Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers = 0, QPoint pos = QPoint(), int delay=-1)
+
+    Add a mouse press to the list. The event will press the \a button with optional \a modifiers at the position \a pos with an optional \a delay. The default position is the center of the widget.
+
+    \sa QTest::mousePress()
+*/
+/*! \fn void QTestEventList::addMouseRelease(Qt::MouseButton button, Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers = 0, QPoint pos = QPoint(), int delay=-1)
+
+    Add a mouse release to the list. The event will release the \a button with optional \a modifiers at the position \a pos with an optional \a delay. The default position is the center of the widget.
+
+    \sa QTest::mouseRelease()
+*/
+/*! \fn void QTestEventList::addMouseClick(Qt::MouseButton button, Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers = 0, QPoint pos = QPoint(), int delay=-1)
+
+    Add a mouse click to the list. The event will click the \a button with optional \a modifiers at the position \a pos with an optional \a delay. The default position is the center of the widget.
+
+    \sa QTest::mouseClick()
+*/
+/*! \fn void QTestEventList::addMouseDClick(Qt::MouseButton button, Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers = 0, QPoint pos = QPoint(), int delay=-1)
+
+    Add a double mouse click to the list. The event will double click the \a button with optional \a modifiers at the position \a pos with an optional \a delay. The default position is the center of the widget.
+
+    \sa QTest::mousePress()
+*/
+/*! \fn void QTestEventList::addMouseMove(QPoint pos = QPoint(), int delay=-1)
+
+    Adds a mouse move to the list. The event will move the mouse to the position \a pos. If a \a delay (in milliseconds) is set, the test will wait after moving the mouse. The default position is the center of the widget.
+
+    \sa QTest::mousePress()
+*/
+
diff --git a/src/xml/dom/qdom.cpp b/src/xml/dom/qdom.cpp
index 85a31c7..f079851 100644
--- a/src/xml/dom/qdom.cpp
+++ b/src/xml/dom/qdom.cpp
@@ -1938,7 +1938,7 @@ void QDomNodePrivate::setLocation(int lineNumber, int columnNumber)
 
     \inmodule QtXml
     \ingroup xml-tools
-    \mainclass
+
 
     Many functions in the DOM return a QDomNode.
 
@@ -6522,7 +6522,7 @@ void QDomDocumentPrivate::saveDocument(QTextStream& s, const int indent, QDomNod
     \brief The QDomDocument class represents an XML document.
 
     \inmodule QtXml
-    \mainclass
+
     \ingroup xml-tools
 
     The QDomDocument class represents the entire XML document.
diff --git a/src/xml/sax/qxml.cpp b/src/xml/sax/qxml.cpp
index 0f17231..b8af8d1 100644
--- a/src/xml/sax/qxml.cpp
+++ b/src/xml/sax/qxml.cpp
@@ -2986,7 +2986,7 @@ void QXmlSimpleReaderPrivate::initIncrementalParsing()
 
     \inmodule QtXml
     \ingroup xml-tools
-    \mainclass
+
 
     This XML reader is suitable for a wide range of applications. It
     is able to parse well-formed XML and can report the namespaces of
diff --git a/src/xmlpatterns/api/qabstractxmlnodemodel.cpp b/src/xmlpatterns/api/qabstractxmlnodemodel.cpp
index 307174e..489774e 100644
--- a/src/xmlpatterns/api/qabstractxmlnodemodel.cpp
+++ b/src/xmlpatterns/api/qabstractxmlnodemodel.cpp
@@ -190,8 +190,7 @@ bool QAbstractXmlNodeModel::isIgnorableInDeepEqual(const QXmlNodeModelIndex &n)
 
   Because the node model can be accessed concurrently by threads in
   the QtXmlPatterns module, subclasses of QAbstractXmlNodeModel must
-  be written to be \l{Thread Support in Qt#Reentrancy and Thread-Safety}
-  {thread-safe}.
+  be written to be \l{Reentrancy and Thread-Safety}{thread-safe}.
   Classes that simplify implementing thread-safety include QReadLocker
   and QWriteLocker.
 
diff --git a/src/xmlpatterns/api/qxmlquery.cpp b/src/xmlpatterns/api/qxmlquery.cpp
index b5b5244..9f9b136 100644
--- a/src/xmlpatterns/api/qxmlquery.cpp
+++ b/src/xmlpatterns/api/qxmlquery.cpp
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
   \endcode
 
   \note For the current release, XSLT support should be considered
-        experimental. See section \l{QtXmlPatterns Module#XSLT
+        experimental. See section \l{Using XML technologies#XSLT
         2.0}{XSLT conformance} for details.
 
   Stylesheet parameters are bound using bindVariable().
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ QXmlQuery::QXmlQuery(const QXmlNamePool &np) : d(new QXmlQueryPrivate(np))
   create instances of QXmlQuery for running XQueries.
 
   \note The XSL-T support in this release is considered experimental.
-  See the \l{QtXmlPatterns Module#XSLT 2.0}{XSLT conformance} for
+  See the \l{Using XML technologies#XSLT 2.0}{XSLT conformance} for
   details.
 
  \since 4.5
diff --git a/src/xmlpatterns/utils/qautoptr.cpp b/src/xmlpatterns/utils/qautoptr.cpp
index 619423b..5ab691d 100644
--- a/src/xmlpatterns/utils/qautoptr.cpp
+++ b/src/xmlpatterns/utils/qautoptr.cpp
@@ -44,7 +44,5 @@
   \brief A smart pointer very similar to std::auto_ptr.
   \internal
   \since 4.4
-  \ingroup misc
-
  */
 
diff --git a/tools/assistant/compat/lib/qassistantclient.cpp b/tools/assistant/compat/lib/qassistantclient.cpp
index 7aa9b1a..50e8597 100644
--- a/tools/assistant/compat/lib/qassistantclient.cpp
+++ b/tools/assistant/compat/lib/qassistantclient.cpp
@@ -75,7 +75,6 @@ static QAssistantClientPrivate *data( const QAssistantClient *client, bool creat
     \brief The QAssistantClient class provides a means of using Qt
     Assistant as an application's help tool.
 
-    \inmodule QtAssistant
     \ingroup helpsystem
 
     \bold{Note:} \e{This class is obsolete and only required when using
diff --git a/tools/designer/src/lib/sdk/abstractdnditem.qdoc b/tools/designer/src/lib/sdk/abstractdnditem.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ee7dee3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tools/designer/src/lib/sdk/abstractdnditem.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \class QDesignerDnDItemInterface
+    \brief The QDesignerDnDItemInterface class provides an interface that is used to manage items
+    during a drag and drop operation.
+    \inmodule QtDesigner
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QDesignerDnDItemInterface::DropType
+
+    This enum describes the result of a drag and drop operation.
+
+    \value MoveDrop The item was moved.
+    \value CopyDrop The item was copied.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QDesignerDnDItemInterface::QDesignerDnDItemInterface()
+
+    Constructs a new interface to a drag and drop item.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QDesignerDnDItemInterface::~QDesignerDnDItemInterface()
+
+    Destroys the interface to the item.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn DomUI *QDesignerDnDItemInterface::domUi() const
+
+    Returns a user interface object for the item.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QWidget *QDesignerDnDItemInterface::widget() const
+
+    Returns the widget being copied or moved in the drag and drop operation.
+
+    \sa source()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QWidget *QDesignerDnDItemInterface::decoration() const
+
+    Returns the widget used to represent the item.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPoint QDesignerDnDItemInterface::hotSpot() const
+
+    Returns the cursor's hotspot.
+
+    \sa QDrag::hotSpot()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn DropType QDesignerDnDItemInterface::type() const
+
+    Returns the type of drag and drop operation in progress.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QWidget *QDesignerDnDItemInterface::source() const
+
+    Returns the widget that is the source of the drag and drop operation; i.e. the original
+    container of the widget being dragged.
+
+    \sa widget()
+*/
diff --git a/tools/designer/src/lib/sdk/abstracticoncache.qdoc b/tools/designer/src/lib/sdk/abstracticoncache.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..64b3926
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tools/designer/src/lib/sdk/abstracticoncache.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \class QDesignerIconCacheInterface
+    \brief The QDesignerIconCacheInterface class provides an interface to \QD's icon cache.
+    \inmodule QtDesigner
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QDesignerIconCacheInterface::QDesignerIconCacheInterface(QObject *parent)
+
+    Constructs a new interface with the given \a parent.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QIcon QDesignerIconCacheInterface::nameToIcon(const QString &filePath, const QString &qrcPath)
+
+    Returns the icon associated with the name specified by \a filePath in the resource
+    file specified by \a qrcPath.
+
+    If \a qrcPath refers to a valid resource file, the name used for the file path is a path
+    within those resources; otherwise the file path refers to a local file.
+
+    \sa {The Qt Resource System}, nameToPixmap()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPixmap QDesignerIconCacheInterface::nameToPixmap(const QString &filePath, const QString &qrcPath)
+
+    Returns the pixmap associated with the name specified by \a filePath in the resource
+    file specified by \a qrcPath.
+
+    If \a qrcPath refers to a valid resource file, the name used for the file path is a path
+    within those resources; otherwise the file path refers to a local file.
+
+    \sa {The Qt Resource System}, nameToIcon()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QDesignerIconCacheInterface::iconToFilePath(const QIcon &icon) const
+
+    Returns the file path associated with the given \a icon. The file path is a path within
+    an application resources.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QDesignerIconCacheInterface::iconToQrcPath(const QIcon &icon) const
+
+    Returns the path to the resource file that refers to the specified \a icon. The resource
+    path refers to a local file.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QDesignerIconCacheInterface::pixmapToFilePath(const QPixmap &pixmap) const
+
+    Returns the file path associated with the given \a pixmap. The file path is a path within
+    an application resources.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QDesignerIconCacheInterface::pixmapToQrcPath(const QPixmap &pixmap) const
+
+    Returns the path to the resource file that refers to the specified \a pixmap. The resource
+    path refers to a local file.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QList<QPixmap> QDesignerIconCacheInterface::pixmapList() const
+
+    Returns a list of pixmaps for the icons provided by the icon cache.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QList<QIcon> QDesignerIconCacheInterface::iconList() const
+
+    Returns a list of icons provided by the icon cache.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QDesignerIconCacheInterface::resolveQrcPath(const QString &filePath, const QString &qrcPath, const QString &workingDirectory) const
+
+    Returns a path to a resource specified by the \a filePath within
+    the resource file located at \a qrcPath. If \a workingDirectory is
+    a valid path to a directory, the path returned will be relative to
+    that directory; otherwise an absolute path is returned.
+
+    \omit
+    ### Needs checking
+    \endomit
+*/
diff --git a/tools/designer/src/lib/sdk/dynamicpropertysheet.qdoc b/tools/designer/src/lib/sdk/dynamicpropertysheet.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8a40254
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tools/designer/src/lib/sdk/dynamicpropertysheet.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \class QDesignerDynamicPropertySheetExtension
+
+    \brief The QDesignerDynamicPropertySheetExtension class allows you to
+    manipulate a widget's dynamic properties in Qt Designer's property editor.
+
+    \sa QDesignerPropertySheetExtension, {QObject#Dynamic Properties}{Dynamic Properties}
+
+    \inmodule QtDesigner
+    \since 4.3
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QDesignerDynamicPropertySheetExtension::~QDesignerDynamicPropertySheetExtension()
+
+    Destroys the dynamic property sheet extension.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QDesignerDynamicPropertySheetExtension::dynamicPropertiesAllowed() const
+
+    Returns true if the widget supports dynamic properties; otherwise returns false.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QDesignerDynamicPropertySheetExtension::addDynamicProperty(const QString &propertyName, const QVariant &value)
+
+    Adds a dynamic property named \a propertyName and sets its value to \a value.
+    Returns the index of the property if it was added successfully; otherwise returns -1 to
+    indicate failure.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QDesignerDynamicPropertySheetExtension::removeDynamicProperty(int index)
+
+    Removes the dynamic property at the given \a index.
+    Returns true if the operation succeeds; otherwise returns false.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QDesignerDynamicPropertySheetExtension::isDynamicProperty(int index) const
+
+    Returns true if the property at the given \a index is a dynamic property; otherwise
+    returns false.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QDesignerDynamicPropertySheetExtension::canAddDynamicProperty(const QString &propertyName) const
+
+    Returns true if \a propertyName is a valid, unique name for a dynamic
+    property; otherwise returns false.
+
+*/
diff --git a/tools/designer/src/lib/sdk/layoutdecoration.qdoc b/tools/designer/src/lib/sdk/layoutdecoration.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9fe87d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tools/designer/src/lib/sdk/layoutdecoration.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \class QDesignerLayoutDecorationExtension
+    \brief The QDesignerLayoutDecorationExtension class provides an extension to a layout in \QD.
+    \inmodule QtDesigner
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QDesignerLayoutDecorationExtension::InsertMode
+
+    This enum describes the modes that are used to insert items into a layout.
+
+    \value InsertWidgetMode Widgets are inserted into empty cells in a layout.
+    \value InsertRowMode    Whole rows are inserted into a vertical or grid layout.
+    \value InsertColumnMode Whole columns are inserted into a horizontal or grid layout.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual QDesignerLayoutDecorationExtension::~QDesignerLayoutDecorationExtension()
+
+    Destroys the extension.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual QList<QWidget*> QDesignerLayoutDecorationExtension::widgets(QLayout *layout) const
+
+    Returns the widgets that are managed by the given \a layout.
+
+    \sa insertWidget(), removeWidget()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QRect QDesignerLayoutDecorationExtension::itemInfo(int index) const
+
+    Returns the rectangle covered by the item at the given \a index in the layout.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QDesignerLayoutDecorationExtension::indexOf(QWidget *widget) const
+
+    Returns the index of the specified \a widget in the layout.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QDesignerLayoutDecorationExtension::indexOf(QLayoutItem *item) const
+
+    Returns the index of the specified layout \a item.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QDesignerLayoutDecorationExtension::InsertMode QDesignerLayoutDecorationExtension::currentInsertMode() const
+
+    Returns the current insertion mode.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QDesignerLayoutDecorationExtension::currentIndex() const
+
+    Returns the current index in the layout.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPair<int, int> QDesignerLayoutDecorationExtension::currentCell() const
+
+    Returns a pair containing the row and column of the current cell in the layout.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerLayoutDecorationExtension::insertWidget(QWidget *widget, const QPair<int, int> &cell)
+
+    Inserts the given \a widget into the specified \a cell in the layout.
+
+    \sa removeWidget()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerLayoutDecorationExtension::removeWidget(QWidget *widget)
+
+    Removes the specified \a widget from the layout.
+
+    \sa insertWidget()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerLayoutDecorationExtension::insertRow(int row)
+
+    Inserts a new row into the form at the position specified by \a row.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerLayoutDecorationExtension::insertColumn(int column)
+
+    Inserts a new column into the form at the position specified by \a column.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerLayoutDecorationExtension::simplify()
+
+    Simplifies the layout by removing unnecessary empty rows and columns, and by changing the
+    number of rows or columns spanned by widgets.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QDesignerLayoutDecorationExtension::findItemAt(const QPoint &position) const
+
+    Returns the index of the item in the layout that covers the given \a position.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QDesignerLayoutDecorationExtension::findItemAt(int row, int column) const
+
+    Returns the item in the layout that occupies the specified \a row and \a column in the layout.
+
+    Currently, this only applies to grid layouts.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerLayoutDecorationExtension::adjustIndicator(const QPoint &position, int index)
+
+    Adjusts the indicator for the item specified by \a index so that
+    it lies at the given \a position on the form.
+*/
diff --git a/tools/designer/src/lib/sdk/membersheet.qdoc b/tools/designer/src/lib/sdk/membersheet.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..441a503
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tools/designer/src/lib/sdk/membersheet.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,263 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \class QDesignerMemberSheetExtension
+
+    \brief The QDesignerMemberSheetExtension class allows you to
+    manipulate a widget's member functions which is displayed when
+    configuring connections using Qt Designer's mode for editing
+    signals and slots.
+
+    \inmodule QtDesigner
+
+    QDesignerMemberSheetExtension is a collection of functions that is
+    typically used to query a widget's member functions, and to
+    manipulate the member functions' appearance in \QD's signals and
+    slots editing mode. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtdesigner.qdoc 2
+
+    When implementing a custom widget plugin, a pointer to \QD's
+    current QDesignerFormEditorInterface object (\c formEditor in the
+    example above) is provided by the
+    QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface::initialize() function's parameter.
+
+    The member sheet (and any other extension), can be retrieved by
+    querying \QD's extension manager using the qt_extension()
+    function. When you want to release the extension, you only need to
+    delete the pointer.
+
+    All widgets have a default member sheet used in \QD's signals and
+    slots editing mode with the widget's member functions. But
+    QDesignerMemberSheetExtension also provides an interface for
+    creating custom member sheet extensions.
+
+    \warning \QD uses the QDesignerMemberSheetExtension to facilitate
+    the signal and slot editing mode. Whenever a connection between
+    two widgets is requested, \QD will query for the widgets' member
+    sheet extensions. If a widget has an implemented member sheet
+    extension, this extension will override the default member sheet.
+
+    To create a member sheet extension, your extension class must
+    inherit from both QObject and QDesignerMemberSheetExtension. Then,
+    since we are implementing an interface, we must ensure that it's
+    made known to the meta object system using the Q_INTERFACES()
+    macro:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtdesigner.qdoc 3
+
+    This enables \QD to use qobject_cast() to query for
+    supported interfaces using nothing but a QObject pointer.
+
+    In \QD the extensions are not created until they are
+    required. For that reason, when implementing a member sheet
+    extension, you must also create a QExtensionFactory, i.e a class
+    that is able to make an instance of your extension, and register
+    it using \QD's \l {QExtensionManager}{extension manager}.
+
+    When a widget's member sheet extension is required, \QD's \l
+    {QExtensionManager}{extension manager} will run through all its
+    registered factories calling QExtensionFactory::createExtension()
+    for each until the first one that is able to create a member sheet
+    extension for that widget, is found. This factory will then make
+    an instance of the extension. If no such factory is found, \QD
+    will use the default member sheet.
+
+    There are four available types of extensions in \QD:
+    QDesignerContainerExtension, QDesignerMemberSheetExtension,
+    QDesignerPropertySheetExtension and
+    QDesignerTaskMenuExtension. \QD's behavior is the same whether the
+    requested extension is associated with a multi page container, a
+    member sheet, a property sheet or a task menu.
+
+    The QExtensionFactory class provides a standard extension
+    factory, and can also be used as an interface for custom
+    extension factories. You can either create a new
+    QExtensionFactory and reimplement the
+    QExtensionFactory::createExtension() function. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtdesigner.qdoc 4
+
+    Or you can use an existing factory, expanding the
+    QExtensionFactory::createExtension() function to make the factory
+    able to create a member sheet extension as well. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtdesigner.qdoc 5
+
+    For a complete example using an extension class, see \l
+    {designer/taskmenuextension}{Task Menu Extension example}. The
+    example shows how to create a custom widget plugin for Qt
+    Designer, and how to to use the QDesignerTaskMenuExtension class
+    to add custom items to \QD's task menu.
+
+    \sa QExtensionFactory, QExtensionManager, {Creating Custom Widget
+    Extensions}
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QDesignerMemberSheetExtension::~QDesignerMemberSheetExtension()
+
+    Destroys the member sheet extension.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QDesignerMemberSheetExtension::count() const
+
+    Returns the extension's number of member functions.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QDesignerMemberSheetExtension::indexOf(const QString &name) const
+
+    Returns the index of the member function specified by the given \a
+    name.
+
+    \sa memberName()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QDesignerMemberSheetExtension::memberName(int index) const
+
+    Returns the name of the member function with the given \a index.
+
+    \sa indexOf()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QDesignerMemberSheetExtension::memberGroup(int index) const
+
+    Returns the name of the member group specified for the function
+    with the given \a index.
+
+    \sa indexOf(), setMemberGroup()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerMemberSheetExtension::setMemberGroup(int index, const QString &group)
+
+    Sets the member group of the member function with the given \a
+    index, to \a group.
+
+    \sa indexOf(), memberGroup()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QDesignerMemberSheetExtension::isVisible(int index) const
+
+    Returns true if the member function with the given \a index is
+    visible in \QD's signal and slot editor, otherwise false.
+
+    \sa indexOf(), setVisible()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerMemberSheetExtension::setVisible(int index, bool visible)
+
+    If \a visible is true, the member function with the given \a index
+    is visible in \QD's signals and slots editing mode; otherwise the
+    member function is hidden.
+
+    \sa indexOf(), isVisible()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual bool QDesignerMemberSheetExtension::isSignal(int index) const
+
+    Returns true if the member function with the given \a index is a
+    signal, otherwise false.
+
+    \sa indexOf()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QDesignerMemberSheetExtension::isSlot(int index) const
+
+    Returns true if the member function with the given \a index is a
+    slot, otherwise false.
+
+    \sa indexOf()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QDesignerMemberSheetExtension::inheritedFromWidget(int index) const
+
+    Returns true if the member function with the given \a index is
+    inherited from QWidget, otherwise false.
+
+    \sa indexOf()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QDesignerMemberSheetExtension::declaredInClass(int index) const
+
+    Returns the name of the class in which the member function with
+    the given \a index is declared.
+
+    \sa indexOf()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QDesignerMemberSheetExtension::signature(int index) const
+
+    Returns the signature of the member function with the given \a
+    index.
+
+    \sa indexOf()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QList<QByteArray> QDesignerMemberSheetExtension::parameterTypes(int index) const
+
+    Returns the parameter types of the member function with the given
+    \a index, as a QByteArray list.
+
+    \sa indexOf(), parameterNames()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QList<QByteArray> QDesignerMemberSheetExtension::parameterNames(int index) const
+
+    Returns the parameter names of the member function with the given
+    \a index, as a QByteArray list.
+
+    \sa indexOf(), parameterTypes()
+*/
diff --git a/tools/designer/src/lib/sdk/propertysheet.qdoc b/tools/designer/src/lib/sdk/propertysheet.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d0389db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tools/designer/src/lib/sdk/propertysheet.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,302 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \class QDesignerPropertySheetExtension
+
+    \brief The QDesignerPropertySheetExtension class allows you to
+    manipulate a widget's properties which is displayed in Qt
+    Designer's property editor.
+
+    \sa QDesignerDynamicPropertySheetExtension
+
+    \inmodule QtDesigner
+
+    QDesignerPropertySheetExtension provides a collection of functions that
+    are typically used to query a widget's properties, and to
+    manipulate the properties' appearance in the property editor. For
+    example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtdesigner.qdoc 15
+
+    Note that if you change the value of a property using the
+    QDesignerPropertySheetExtension::setProperty() function, the undo
+    stack is not updated. To ensure that a property's value can be
+    reverted using the undo stack, you must use the
+    QDesignerFormWindowCursorInterface::setProperty() function, or its
+    buddy \l
+    {QDesignerFormWindowCursorInterface::setWidgetProperty()}{setWidgetProperty()},
+    instead.
+
+    When implementing a custom widget plugin, a pointer to \QD's
+    current QDesignerFormEditorInterface object (\c formEditor in the
+    example above) is provided by the
+    QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface::initialize() function's parameter.
+
+    The property sheet, or any other extension, can be retrieved by
+    querying \QD's extension manager using the qt_extension()
+    function. When you want to release the extension, you only need to
+    delete the pointer.
+
+    All widgets have a default property sheet which populates \QD's
+    property editor with the widget's properties (i.e the ones defined
+    with the Q_PROPERTY() macro). But QDesignerPropertySheetExtension
+    also provides an interface for creating custom property sheet
+    extensions.
+
+    \warning \QD uses the QDesignerPropertySheetExtension to feed its
+    property editor. Whenever a widget is selected in its workspace,
+    \QD will query for the widget's property sheet extension. If the
+    selected widget has an implemented property sheet extension, this
+    extension will override the default property sheet.
+
+    To create a property sheet extension, your extension class must
+    inherit from both QObject and
+    QDesignerPropertySheetExtension. Then, since we are implementing
+    an interface, we must ensure that it's made known to the meta
+    object system using the Q_INTERFACES() macro:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtdesigner.qdoc 16
+
+    This enables \QD to use qobject_cast() to query for supported
+    interfaces using nothing but a QObject pointer.
+
+    In \QD the extensions are not created until they are
+    required. For that reason, when implementing a property sheet
+    extension, you must also create a QExtensionFactory, i.e a class
+    that is able to make an instance of your extension, and register
+    it using \QD's \l {QExtensionManager}{extension manager}.
+
+    When a property sheet extension is required, \QD's \l
+    {QExtensionManager}{extension manager} will run through all its
+    registered factories calling QExtensionFactory::createExtension()
+    for each until the first one that is able to create a property
+    sheet extension for the selected widget, is found. This factory
+    will then make an instance of the extension. If no such factory
+    can be found, \QD will use the default property sheet.
+
+    There are four available types of extensions in \QD:
+    QDesignerContainerExtension, QDesignerMemberSheetExtension,
+    QDesignerPropertySheetExtension and QDesignerTaskMenuExtension. Qt
+    Designer's behavior is the same whether the requested extension is
+    associated with a multi page container, a member sheet, a property
+    sheet or a task menu.
+
+    The QExtensionFactory class provides a standard extension factory,
+    and can also be used as an interface for custom extension
+    factories. You can either create a new QExtensionFactory and
+    reimplement the QExtensionFactory::createExtension() function. For
+    example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtdesigner.qdoc 17
+
+    Or you can use an existing factory, expanding the
+    QExtensionFactory::createExtension() function to make the factory
+    able to create a property sheet extension extension as well. For
+    example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtdesigner.qdoc 18
+
+    For a complete example using an extension class, see the \l
+    {designer/taskmenuextension}{Task Menu Extension example}. The
+    example shows how to create a custom widget plugin for Qt
+    Designer, and how to to use the QDesignerTaskMenuExtension class
+    to add custom items to \QD's task menu.
+
+    \sa QExtensionFactory, QExtensionManager, {Creating Custom Widget
+    Extensions}
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QDesignerPropertySheetExtension::~QDesignerPropertySheetExtension()
+
+    Destroys the property sheet extension.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QDesignerPropertySheetExtension::count() const
+
+    Returns the selected widget's number of properties.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QDesignerPropertySheetExtension::indexOf(const QString &name) const
+
+    Returns the index for a given property \a name.
+
+    \sa propertyName()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QDesignerPropertySheetExtension::propertyName(int index) const
+
+    Returns the name of the property at the given \a index.
+
+    \sa indexOf()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QDesignerPropertySheetExtension::propertyGroup(int index) const
+
+    Returns the property group for the property at the given \a index.
+
+    \QD's property editor supports property groups, i.e. sections of
+    related properties. A property can be related to a group using the
+    setPropertyGroup() function. The default group of any property is
+    the name of the class that defines it. For example, the
+    QObject::objectName property appears within the QObject property
+    group.
+
+    \sa indexOf(), setPropertyGroup()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerPropertySheetExtension::setPropertyGroup(int index, const QString &group)
+
+    Sets the property group for the property at the given \a index to
+    \a group.
+
+    Relating a property to a group makes it appear within that group's
+    section in the property editor. The default property group of any
+    property is the name of the class that defines it. For example,
+    the QObject::objectName property appears within the QObject
+    property group.
+
+    \sa indexOf(), property(), propertyGroup()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QDesignerPropertySheetExtension::hasReset(int index) const
+
+    Returns true if the property at the given \a index has a reset
+    button in \QD's property editor, otherwise false.
+
+    \sa indexOf(), reset()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QDesignerPropertySheetExtension::reset(int index)
+
+    Resets the value of the property at the given \a index, to the
+    default value. Returns true if a default value could be found, otherwise false.
+
+    \sa indexOf(), hasReset(), isChanged()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QDesignerPropertySheetExtension::isVisible(int index) const
+
+    Returns true if the property at the given \a index is visible in
+    \QD's property editor, otherwise false.
+
+    \sa indexOf(), setVisible()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerPropertySheetExtension::setVisible(int index, bool visible)
+
+    If \a visible is true, the property at the given \a index is
+    visible in \QD's property editor; otherwise the property is
+    hidden.
+
+    \sa indexOf(), isVisible()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QDesignerPropertySheetExtension::isAttribute(int index) const
+
+    Returns true if the property at the given \a index is an attribute,
+    which will be \e excluded from the UI file, otherwise false.
+
+    \sa indexOf(), setAttribute()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerPropertySheetExtension::setAttribute(int index, bool attribute)
+
+    If \a attribute is true, the property at the given \a index is
+    made an attribute which will be \e excluded from the UI file;
+    otherwise it will be included.
+
+    \sa indexOf(), isAttribute()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QVariant QDesignerPropertySheetExtension::property(int index) const
+
+    Returns the value of the property at the given \a index.
+
+    \sa indexOf(), setProperty(), propertyGroup()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerPropertySheetExtension::setProperty(int index, const QVariant &value)
+
+    Sets the \a value of the property at the given \a index.
+
+    \warning If you change the value of a property using this
+    function, the undo stack is not updated. To ensure that a
+    property's value can be reverted using the undo stack, you must
+    use the QDesignerFormWindowCursorInterface::setProperty()
+    function, or its buddy \l
+    {QDesignerFormWindowCursorInterface::setWidgetProperty()}{setWidgetProperty()},
+    instead.
+
+    \sa indexOf(), property(), propertyGroup()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QDesignerPropertySheetExtension::isChanged(int index) const
+
+    Returns true if the value of the property at the given \a index
+    differs from the property's default value, otherwise false.
+
+    \sa indexOf(), setChanged(), reset()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerPropertySheetExtension::setChanged(int index, bool changed)
+
+    Sets whether the property at the given \a index is different from
+    its default value, or not, depending on the \a changed parameter.
+
+    \sa indexOf(), isChanged()
+*/
diff --git a/tools/designer/src/lib/sdk/taskmenu.qdoc b/tools/designer/src/lib/sdk/taskmenu.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..698b339
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tools/designer/src/lib/sdk/taskmenu.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \class QDesignerTaskMenuExtension
+    \brief The QDesignerTaskMenuExtension class allows you to add custom
+    menu entries to Qt Designer's task menu.
+    \inmodule QtDesigner
+
+    QDesignerTaskMenuExtension provides an interface for creating
+    custom task menu extensions. It is typically used to create task
+    menu entries that are specific to a plugin in \QD.
+
+    \QD uses the QDesignerTaskMenuExtension to feed its task
+    menu. Whenever a task menu is requested, \QD will query
+    for the selected widget's task menu extension.
+
+    \image taskmenuextension-example-faded.png
+
+    A task menu extension is a collection of QActions. The actions
+    appear as entries in the task menu when the plugin with the
+    specified extension is selected. The image above shows the custom
+    \gui {Edit State...} action which appears in addition to \QD's
+    default task menu entries: \gui Cut, \gui Copy, \gui Paste etc.
+
+    To create a custom task menu extension, your extension class must
+    inherit from both QObject and QDesignerTaskMenuExtension. For
+    example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtdesigner.qdoc 9
+
+    Since we are implementing an interface, we must ensure that it
+    is made known to the meta-object system using the Q_INTERFACES()
+    macro. This enables \QD to use the qobject_cast() function to
+    query for supported interfaces using nothing but a QObject
+    pointer.
+
+    You must reimplement the taskActions() function to return a list
+    of actions that will be included in \QD task menu. Optionally, you
+    can reimplement the preferredEditAction() function to set the
+    action that is invoked when selecting your plugin and pressing
+    \key F2. The preferred edit action must be one of the actions
+    returned by taskActions() and, if it's not defined, pressing the
+    \key F2 key will simply be ignored.
+
+    In \QD, extensions are not created until they are required. A
+    task menu extension, for example, is created when you click the
+    right mouse button over a widget in \QD's workspace. For that
+    reason you must also construct an extension factory, using either
+    QExtensionFactory or a subclass, and register it using \QD's
+    \l {QExtensionManager}{extension manager}.
+
+    When a task menu extension is required, \QD's \l
+    {QExtensionManager}{extension manager} will run through all its
+    registered factories calling QExtensionFactory::createExtension()
+    for each until it finds one that is able to create a task menu
+    extension for the selected widget. This factory will then make an
+    instance of the extension.
+
+    There are four available types of extensions in \QD:
+    QDesignerContainerExtension, QDesignerMemberSheetExtension,
+    QDesignerPropertySheetExtension, and QDesignerTaskMenuExtension.
+    \QD's behavior is the same whether the requested extension is
+    associated with a container, a member sheet, a property sheet or a
+    task menu.
+
+    The QExtensionFactory class provides a standard extension factory,
+    and can also be used as an interface for custom extension
+    factories. You can either create a new QExtensionFactory and
+    reimplement the QExtensionFactory::createExtension() function. For
+    example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtdesigner.qdoc 10
+
+    Or you can use an existing factory, expanding the
+    QExtensionFactory::createExtension() function to make the factory
+    able to create a task menu extension as well. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtdesigner.qdoc 11
+
+    For a complete example using the QDesignerTaskMenuExtension class,
+    see the \l {designer/taskmenuextension}{Task Menu Extension
+    example}. The example shows how to create a custom widget plugin
+    for \QD, and how to to use the QDesignerTaskMenuExtension
+    class to add custom items to \QD's task menu.
+
+    \sa QExtensionFactory, QExtensionManager, {Creating Custom Widget
+    Extensions}
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QDesignerTaskMenuExtension::~QDesignerTaskMenuExtension()
+
+    Destroys the task menu extension.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QAction *QDesignerTaskMenuExtension::preferredEditAction() const
+
+    Returns the action that is invoked when selecting a plugin with
+    the specified extension and pressing \key F2.
+
+    The action must be one of the actions returned by taskActions().
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QList<QAction*> QDesignerTaskMenuExtension::taskActions() const
+
+    Returns the task menu extension as a list of actions which will be
+    included in \QD's task menu when a plugin with the specified
+    extension is selected.
+
+    The function must be reimplemented to add actions to the list.
+*/
diff --git a/tools/designer/src/lib/uilib/container.qdoc b/tools/designer/src/lib/uilib/container.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..93c51ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tools/designer/src/lib/uilib/container.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \class QDesignerContainerExtension
+    \brief The QDesignerContainerExtension class allows you to add pages to
+    a custom multi-page container in Qt Designer's workspace.
+    \inmodule QtDesigner
+
+    QDesignerContainerExtension provide an interface for creating
+    custom container extensions. A container extension consists of a
+    collection of functions that \QD needs to manage a multi-page
+    container plugin, and a list of the container's pages.
+
+    \image containerextension-example.png
+
+    \warning This is \e not an extension for container plugins in
+    general, only custom \e multi-page containers.
+
+    To create a container extension, your extension class must inherit
+    from both QObject and QDesignerContainerExtension. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtdesigner.qdoc 6
+
+    Since we are implementing an interface, we must ensure that it's
+    made known to the meta object system using the Q_INTERFACES()
+    macro. This enables \QD to use the qobject_cast() function to
+    query for supported interfaces using nothing but a QObject
+    pointer.
+
+    You must reimplement several functions to enable \QD to manage a
+    custom multi-page container widget: \QD uses count() to keep track
+    of the number pages in your container, widget() to return the page
+    at a given index in the list of the container's pages, and
+    currentIndex() to return the list index of the selected page. \QD
+    uses the addWidget() function to add a given page to the
+    container, expecting it to be appended to the list of pages, while
+    it expects the insertWidget() function to add a given page to the
+    container by inserting it at a given index.
+
+    In \QD the extensions are not created until they are
+    required. For that reason you must also create a
+    QExtensionFactory, i.e a class that is able to make an instance of
+    your extension, and register it using \QD's \l
+    {QExtensionManager}{extension manager}.
+
+    When a container extension is required, \QD's \l
+    {QExtensionManager}{extension manager} will run through all its
+    registered factories calling QExtensionFactory::createExtension()
+    for each until the first one that is able to create a container
+    extension, is found. This factory will then create the extension
+    for the plugin.
+
+    There are four available types of extensions in \QD:
+    QDesignerContainerExtension , QDesignerMemberSheetExtension,
+    QDesignerPropertySheetExtension and QDesignerTaskMenuExtension.
+    \QD's behavior is the same whether the requested extension is
+    associated with a multi page container, a member sheet, a property
+    sheet or a task menu.
+
+    The QExtensionFactory class provides a standard extension factory,
+    and can also be used as an interface for custom extension
+    factories. You can either create a new QExtensionFactory and
+    reimplement the QExtensionFactory::createExtension() function. For
+    example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtdesigner.qdoc 7
+
+    Or you can use an existing factory, expanding the
+    QExtensionFactory::createExtension() function to make the factory
+    able to create a container extension as well. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtdesigner.qdoc 8
+
+    For a complete example using the QDesignerContainerExtension
+    class, see the \l {designer/containerextension}{Container
+    Extension example}. The example shows how to create a custom
+    multi-page plugin for \QD.
+
+    \sa QExtensionFactory, QExtensionManager, {Creating Custom Widget
+    Extensions}
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QDesignerContainerExtension::~QDesignerContainerExtension()
+
+    Destroys the extension.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QDesignerContainerExtension::count() const
+
+    Returns the number of pages in the container.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QWidget *QDesignerContainerExtension::widget(int index) const
+
+    Returns the page at the given \a index in the extension's list of
+    pages.
+
+    \sa addWidget(), insertWidget()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QDesignerContainerExtension::currentIndex() const
+
+    Returns the index of the currently selected page in the
+    container.
+
+    \sa setCurrentIndex()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerContainerExtension::setCurrentIndex(int index)
+
+    Sets the currently selected page in the container to be the
+    page at the given \a index in the extension's list of pages.
+
+    \sa currentIndex()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerContainerExtension::addWidget(QWidget *page)
+
+    Adds the given \a page to the container by appending it to the
+    extension's list of pages.
+
+    \sa insertWidget(), remove(), widget()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerContainerExtension::insertWidget(int index, QWidget *page)
+
+    Adds the given \a page to the container by inserting it at the
+    given \a index in the extension's list of pages.
+
+    \sa addWidget(), remove(), widget()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerContainerExtension::remove(int index)
+
+    Removes the page at the given \a index from the extension's list
+    of pages.
+
+    \sa addWidget(), insertWidget()
+*/
diff --git a/tools/designer/src/lib/uilib/customwidget.qdoc b/tools/designer/src/lib/uilib/customwidget.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..41fbf21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tools/designer/src/lib/uilib/customwidget.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,309 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \class QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface
+
+    \brief The QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface class enables Qt Designer
+    to access and construct custom widgets.
+
+    \inmodule QtDesigner
+
+    QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface provides a custom widget with an
+    interface. The class contains a set of functions that must be subclassed
+    to return basic information about the widget, such as its class name and
+    the name of its header file. Other functions must be implemented to
+    initialize the plugin when it is loaded, and to construct instances of
+    the custom widget for \QD to use.
+
+    When implementing a custom widget you must subclass
+    QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface to expose your widget to \QD. For
+    example, this is the declaration for the plugin used in the
+    \l{Custom Widget Plugin Example}{Custom Widget Plugin example} that
+    enables an analog clock custom widget to be used by \QD:
+
+    \snippet examples/designer/customwidgetplugin/customwidgetplugin.h 0
+
+    Note that the only part of the class definition that is specific
+    to this particular custom widget is the class name. In addition,
+    since we are implementing an interface, we must ensure that it's
+    made known to the meta object system using the Q_INTERFACES()
+    macro. This enables \QD to use the qobject_cast() function to
+    query for supported interfaces using nothing but a QObject
+    pointer.
+
+    After \QD loads a custom widget plugin, it calls the interface's
+    initialize() function to enable it to set up any resources that it
+    may need. This function is called with a QDesignerFormEditorInterface
+    parameter that provides the plugin with a gateway to all of \QD's API.
+
+    \QD constructs instances of the custom widget by calling the plugin's
+    createWidget() function with a suitable parent widget. Plugins must
+    construct and return an instance of a custom widget with the specified
+    parent widget. 
+
+    In the implementation of the class you must remember to export
+    your custom widget plugin to \QD using the Q_EXPORT_PLUGIN2()
+    macro. For example, if a library called \c libcustomwidgetplugin.so
+    (on Unix) or \c libcustomwidget.dll (on Windows) contains a widget
+    class called \c MyCustomWidget, we can export it by adding the
+    following line to the file containing the plugin implementation:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtdesigner.qdoc 14
+
+    This macro ensures that \QD can access and construct the custom widget.
+    Without this macro, there is no way for \QD to use it.
+
+    When implementing a custom widget plugin, you build it as a
+    separate library. If you want to include several custom widget
+    plugins in the same library, you must in addition subclass
+    QDesignerCustomWidgetCollectionInterface.
+
+    \warning If your custom widget plugin contains QVariant
+    properties, be aware that only the following \l
+    {QVariant::Type}{types} are supported:
+
+    \list
+    \o QVariant::ByteArray
+    \o QVariant::Bool
+    \o QVariant::Color
+    \o QVariant::Cursor
+    \o QVariant::Date
+    \o QVariant::DateTime
+    \o QVariant::Double
+    \o QVariant::Int
+    \o QVariant::Point
+    \o QVariant::Rect
+    \o QVariant::Size
+    \o QVariant::SizePolicy
+    \o QVariant::String
+    \o QVariant::Time
+    \o QVariant::UInt
+    \endlist
+
+    For a complete example using the QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface
+    class, see the \l {designer/customwidgetplugin}{Custom Widget
+    Example}. The example shows how to create a custom widget plugin
+    for \QD.
+
+    \sa QDesignerCustomWidgetCollectionInterface {Creating Custom
+    Widgets for Qt Designer}
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface::~QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface()
+
+    Destroys the custom widget interface.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface::name() const
+
+    Returns the class name of the custom widget supplied by the interface.
+
+    The name returned \e must be identical to the class name used for the
+    custom widget.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface::group() const
+
+    Returns the name of the group to which the custom widget belongs.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface::toolTip() const
+
+    Returns a short description of the widget that can be used by \QD
+    in a tool tip.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface::whatsThis() const
+
+    Returns a description of the widget that can be used by \QD in
+    "What's This?" help for the widget.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface::includeFile() const
+
+    Returns the path to the include file that \l uic uses when
+    creating code for the custom widget.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QIcon QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface::icon() const
+
+    Returns the icon used to represent the custom widget in \QD's
+    widget box.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface::isContainer() const
+
+    Returns true if the custom widget is intended to be used as a
+    container; otherwise returns false.
+
+    Most custom widgets are not used to hold other widgets, so their
+    implementations of this function will return false, but custom
+    containers will return true to ensure that they behave correctly
+    in \QD.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QWidget *QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface::createWidget(QWidget *parent)
+
+    Returns a new instance of the custom widget, with the given \a
+    parent.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface::isInitialized() const
+
+    Returns true if the widget has been initialized; otherwise returns
+    false.
+
+    \sa initialize()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface::initialize(QDesignerFormEditorInterface *formEditor)
+
+    Initializes the widget for use with the specified \a formEditor
+    interface.
+
+    \sa isInitialized()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface::domXml() const
+
+    Returns the XML that is used to describe the custom widget's
+    properties to \QD.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface::codeTemplate() const
+
+    This function is reserved for future use by \QD.
+
+    \omit
+    Returns the code template that \QD includes in forms that contain
+    the custom widget when they are saved.
+    \endomit
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \macro QDESIGNER_WIDGET_EXPORT
+    \relates QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface
+    \since 4.1
+
+    This macro is used when defining custom widgets to ensure that they are
+    correctly exported from plugins for use with \QD.
+
+    On some platforms, the symbols required by \QD to create new widgets
+    are removed from plugins by the build system, making them unusable.
+    Using this macro ensures that the symbols are retained on those platforms,
+    and has no side effects on other platforms.
+
+    For example, the \l{designer/worldtimeclockplugin}{World Time Clock Plugin}
+    example exports a custom widget class with the following declaration:
+
+    \snippet examples/designer/worldtimeclockplugin/worldtimeclock.h 0
+    \dots
+    \snippet examples/designer/worldtimeclockplugin/worldtimeclock.h 2
+
+    \sa {Creating Custom Widgets for Qt Designer}
+*/
+
+
+
+
+
+/*!
+    \class QDesignerCustomWidgetCollectionInterface
+
+    \brief The QDesignerCustomWidgetCollectionInterface class allows
+    you to include several custom widgets in one single library.
+
+    \inmodule QtDesigner
+
+    When implementing a custom widget plugin, you build it as a
+    separate library. If you want to include several custom widget
+    plugins in the same library, you must in addition subclass
+    QDesignerCustomWidgetCollectionInterface.
+
+    QDesignerCustomWidgetCollectionInterface contains one single
+    function returning a list of the collection's
+    QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface objects. For example, if you have
+    several custom widgets \c CustomWidgetOne, \c CustomWidgetTwo and
+    \c CustomWidgetThree, the class definition may look like this:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtdesigner.qdoc 12
+
+    In the class constructor you add the interfaces to your custom
+    widgets to the list which you return in the customWidgets()
+    function:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtdesigner.qdoc 13
+
+    Note that instead of exporting each custom widget plugin using the
+    Q_EXPORT_PLUGIN2() macro, you export the entire collection. The
+    Q_EXPORT_PLUGIN2() macro ensures that \QD can access and construct
+    the custom widgets. Without this macro, there is no way for \QD to
+    use them.
+
+    \sa QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface, {Creating Custom Widgets for
+    Qt Designer}
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QDesignerCustomWidgetCollectionInterface::~QDesignerCustomWidgetCollectionInterface() {
+
+    Destroys the custom widget collection interface.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QList<QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface*> QDesignerCustomWidgetCollectionInterface::customWidgets() const
+
+    Returns a list of interfaces to the collection's custom widgets.
+*/
diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/test/classic.css b/tools/qdoc3/test/classic.css
index 4225a1b..f97bdbe 100644
--- a/tools/qdoc3/test/classic.css
+++ b/tools/qdoc3/test/classic.css
@@ -45,9 +45,17 @@ table.indextable {
 	border-width: 1px 1px 1px 1px;
 	border-collapse: collapse;
 	background-color: #f0f0f0;
-    border-color:#555;    
+    border-color:#555;
+    font-size: 110%;
 }
 
+table td.largeindex {
+	border-width: 1px 1px 1px 1px;
+	border-collapse: collapse;
+	background-color: #f0f0f0;
+    border-color:#555;
+    font-size: 120%;
+}
 
 table.valuelist th {
 	border-width: 1px 1px 1px 2px;
@@ -65,6 +73,17 @@ th.titleheader  {
 	border-color: #444;
     color:white;
     background-color:#555555;
+    font-size: 110%;
+}
+
+th.largeheader {
+	border-width: 1px 0px 1px 0px;
+	padding: 4px;
+	border-style: solid;
+	border-color: #444;
+    color:white;
+    background-color:#555555;
+    font-size: 120%;
 }
 
 p {
diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/test/qt-html-templates.qdocconf b/tools/qdoc3/test/qt-html-templates.qdocconf
index 8c5bec5..f31e657 100644
--- a/tools/qdoc3/test/qt-html-templates.qdocconf
+++ b/tools/qdoc3/test/qt-html-templates.qdocconf
@@ -8,36 +8,32 @@ HTML.postheader         = "<table border=\"0\" cellpadding=\"0\" cellspacing=\"0
                           "<td class=\"postheader\" valign=\"center\">" \
                           "<a href=\"index.html\">" \
                           "<font color=\"#004faf\">Home</font></a> ·" \
-                          " <a href=\"modules.html\">" \
-                          "<font color=\"#004faf\">Modules</font></a> ·" \
                           " <a href=\"classes.html\">" \
-                          "<font color=\"#004faf\">Classes</font></a> ·" \
-                          " <a href=\"functions.html\">" \
-                          "<font color=\"#004faf\">Functions</font></a> ·" \
-                          " <a href=\"namespaces.html\">" \
-                          "<font color=\"#004faf\">Namespaces</font></a>" \
+                          "<font color=\"#004faf\">All Classes</font></a> ·" \
+                          " <a href=\"overviews.html\">" \
+                          "<font color=\"#004faf\">Overviews</font></a>" \
                           "</td>" \
-			  "<td class=\"searchBar\" align=\"right\" valign=\"center\">" \
-			  "<form action=\"http://www.google.com/cse\" id=\"cse-search-box\">" \
-			  "<div>" \
-			  "<input type=\"hidden\" name=\"cx\" value=\"000136343326384750312:dhbxnqlakyu\" />" \
-			  "<input type=\"hidden\" name=\"ie\" value=\"UTF-8\" />" \
-			  "<input type=\"text\" name=\"q\" size=\"31\" />" \
-			  "<input type=\"submit\" name=\"sa\" value=\"Search\" />" \
-			  "</div>" \
-			  "</form>" \
-			  \
-			  "<script type=\"text/javascript\" src=\"http://www.google.com/jsapi\"></script>" \
-			  "<script type=\"text/javascript\">google.load(\"elements\", \"1\", {packages: \"transliteration\"});</script>" \
-			  "<script type=\"text/javascript\" src=\"http://www.google.com/coop/cse/t13n?form=cse-search-box&t13n_langs=en\"></script>" \
-			  \
-			  "<script type=\"text/javascript\" src=\"http://www.google.com/coop/cse/brand?form=cse-search-box&lang=en\"></script>"\
-			  "</td>\n" \
+                          "<td class=\"searchBar\" align=\"right\" valign=\"center\">" \
+                          "<form action=\"http://www.google.com/cse\" id=\"cse-search-box\">" \
+                          "<div>" \
+                          "<input type=\"hidden\" name=\"cx\" value=\"000136343326384750312:dhbxnqlakyu\" />" \
+                          "<input type=\"hidden\" name=\"ie\" value=\"UTF-8\" />" \
+                          "<input type=\"text\" name=\"q\" size=\"31\" />" \
+                          "<input type=\"submit\" name=\"sa\" value=\"Search\" />" \
+                          "</div>" \
+                          "</form>" \
+                          \
+                          "<script type=\"text/javascript\" src=\"http://www.google.com/jsapi\"></script>" \
+                          "<script type=\"text/javascript\">google.load(\"elements\", \"1\", {packages: \"transliteration\"});</script>" \
+                          "<script type=\"text/javascript\" src=\"http://www.google.com/coop/cse/t13n?form=cse-search-box&t13n_langs=en\"></script>" \
+                          \
+                          "<script type=\"text/javascript\" src=\"http://www.google.com/coop/cse/brand?form=cse-search-box&lang=en\"></script>"\
+                          "</td>\n" \
                           "</tr></table>"
 
 HTML.footer             = "<p /><address><hr /><div align=\"center\">\n" \
                           "<table width=\"100%\" cellspacing=\"0\" border=\"0\"><tr class=\"address\">\n" \
-                          "<td width=\"30%\" align=\"left\">Copyright © 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies)</td>\n" \
-                          "<td width=\"40%\" align=\"center\"><a href=\"trademarks.html\">Trademarks</a></td>\n" \
-                          "<td width=\"30%\" align=\"right\"><div align=\"right\">Qt \\version</div></td>\n" \
+                          "<td width=\"40%\" align=\"left\">Copyright © 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies)</td>\n" \
+                          "<td width=\"20%\" align=\"center\"><a href=\"trademarks.html\">Trademarks</a></td>\n" \
+                          "<td width=\"40%\" align=\"right\"><div align=\"right\">Qt \\version</div></td>\n" \
                           "</tr></table></div></address>"
-- 
cgit v0.12


From f37c1ea90b4265f1e2b2e7de9bbb0a021ca230d6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Markus Goetz <Markus.Goetz@nokia.com>
Date: Mon, 17 Aug 2009 18:43:37 +0200
Subject: Add qtbynokia Twitter account into demo browser bookmarks

Reviewed-by: TrustMe
---
 demos/browser/data/defaultbookmarks.xbel | 3 +++
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+)

diff --git a/demos/browser/data/defaultbookmarks.xbel b/demos/browser/data/defaultbookmarks.xbel
index 1d20ac0..dce5297 100644
--- a/demos/browser/data/defaultbookmarks.xbel
+++ b/demos/browser/data/defaultbookmarks.xbel
@@ -30,6 +30,9 @@
        <bookmark href="http://xkcd.com/">
             <title>xkcd
         
+       
+            Twitter
+        
     
     
         Bookmarks Menu
-- 
cgit v0.12


From 7332e42363eb93f1de032319439a7250e16b3b12 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: David Boddie 
Date: Mon, 17 Aug 2009 20:15:26 +0200
Subject: Doc: Clarified the difference between timer resolution and accuracy.

Task-number: 222555
Reviewed-by: Trust Me
---
 src/corelib/kernel/qtimer.cpp | 20 ++++++++++++++++----
 1 file changed, 16 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)

diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qtimer.cpp b/src/corelib/kernel/qtimer.cpp
index f40f491..2e34592 100644
--- a/src/corelib/kernel/qtimer.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qtimer.cpp
@@ -101,10 +101,22 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     more and more platforms, and we expect that zero-millisecond
     QTimers will gradually be replaced by \l{QThread}s.
 
-    Note that QTimer's accuracy depends on the underlying operating
-    system and hardware. Most platforms support an accuracy of
-    1 millisecond. If Qt is unable to deliver the requested number of
-    timer clicks, it will silently discard some.
+    \section1 Accuracy and Timer Resolution
+
+    Timers will never time out earlier than the specified timeout value
+    and they are not guaranteed to time out at the exact value specified.
+    In many situations, they may time out late by a period of time that
+    depends on the accuracy of the system timers.
+
+    The accuracy of timers depends on the underlying operating system
+    and hardware. Most platforms support a resolution of 1 millisecond,
+    though the accuracy of the timer will not equal this resolution
+    in many real-world situations.
+
+    If Qt is unable to deliver the requested number of timer clicks,
+    it will silently discard some.
+
+    \section1 Alternatives to QTimer
 
     An alternative to using QTimer is to call QObject::startTimer()
     for your object and reimplement the QObject::timerEvent() event
-- 
cgit v0.12


From f330818d5e9dda6af7407f08935e1d66c9b04d12 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Anders Bakken 
Date: Mon, 17 Aug 2009 11:27:45 -0700
Subject: Make QWS compile again

025a7395153c3708e2964cfd93957532b19ae04f broke the build on QWS because
of duplicate symbols.

Reviewed-by: Donald 
---
 src/gui/painting/qpaintdevice_qws.cpp | 33 ---------------------------------
 1 file changed, 33 deletions(-)

diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qpaintdevice_qws.cpp b/src/gui/painting/qpaintdevice_qws.cpp
index 9a6a3d3..b161cb8 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qpaintdevice_qws.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qpaintdevice_qws.cpp
@@ -48,39 +48,6 @@
 
 QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
-QPaintDevice::QPaintDevice()
-{
-    painters = 0;
-}
-
-extern void qt_painter_removePaintDevice(QPaintDevice *); //qpainter.cpp
-
-
-QPaintDevice::~QPaintDevice()
-{
-    if (paintingActive())
-        qWarning("QPaintDevice: Cannot destroy paint device that is being "
-                  "painted");
-    qt_painter_removePaintDevice(this);
-}
-
-
-int QPaintDevice::metric(PaintDeviceMetric m) const
-{
-    qWarning("QPaintDevice::metrics: Device has no metric information");
-    if (m == PdmDpiX) {
-        return 72;
-    } else if (m == PdmDpiY) {
-        return 72;
-    } else if (m == PdmNumColors) {
-        // FIXME: does this need to be a real value?
-        return 256;
-    } else {
-        qDebug("Unrecognised metric %d!",m);
-        return 0;
-    }
-}
-
 QWSDisplay *QPaintDevice::qwsDisplay()
 {
     return qt_fbdpy;
-- 
cgit v0.12


From 843d2eed0ac10589a01d40bfdf88cb44c6a00b17 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Volker Hilsheimer 
Date: Mon, 17 Aug 2009 20:41:38 +0200
Subject: Rename qlistdata.cpp (back) to qlist.cpp.

In the old days, some compilers would implicitly include the *.cpp
file if the *.h file contained templates. That's why we had qlistdata.cpp
not qlist.cpp. Those compilers are no longer supported.

Rev-by: Harald Fernengel
---
 qmake/qmake.pri                              |    2 +-
 src/corelib/tools/qlist.cpp                  | 1752 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++
 src/corelib/tools/qlistdata.cpp              | 1752 --------------------------
 src/corelib/tools/tools.pri                  |    2 +-
 src/tools/bootstrap/bootstrap.pro            |    2 +-
 tools/configure/configure.pro                |    2 +-
 tools/qtestlib/wince/cetest/bootstrapped.pri |    2 +-
 7 files changed, 1757 insertions(+), 1757 deletions(-)
 create mode 100644 src/corelib/tools/qlist.cpp
 delete mode 100644 src/corelib/tools/qlistdata.cpp

diff --git a/qmake/qmake.pri b/qmake/qmake.pri
index 1f9243b..67fc8f2 100644
--- a/qmake/qmake.pri
+++ b/qmake/qmake.pri
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ bootstrap { #Qt code
         qnumeric.cpp \
         qhash.cpp \
         qiodevice.cpp \
-        qlistdata.cpp \
+        qlist.cpp \
         qlinkedlist.cpp \
         qlocale.cpp \
         qmalloc.cpp \
diff --git a/src/corelib/tools/qlist.cpp b/src/corelib/tools/qlist.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0993681
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/tools/qlist.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1752 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "qlist.h"
+#include "qtools_p.h"
+#include 
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+/*
+    QList as an array-list combines the easy-of-use of a random
+    access interface with fast list operations and the low memory
+    management overhead of an array. Accessing elements by index,
+    appending, prepending, and removing elements from both the front
+    and the back all happen in constant time O(1). Inserting or
+    removing elements at random index positions \ai happens in linear
+    time, or more precisly in O(min{i,n-i}) <= O(n/2), with n being
+    the number of elements in the list.
+*/
+
+QListData::Data QListData::shared_null = { Q_BASIC_ATOMIC_INITIALIZER(1), 0, 0, 0, true, { 0 } };
+
+static int grow(int size)
+{
+    // dear compiler: don't optimize me out.
+    volatile int x = qAllocMore(size * sizeof(void *), QListData::DataHeaderSize) / sizeof(void *);
+    return x;
+}
+
+#if QT_VERSION >= 0x050000
+#  error "Remove QListData::detach(), it is only required for binary compatibility for 4.0.x to 4.2.x"
+#endif
+QListData::Data *QListData::detach()
+{
+    Data *x = static_cast(qMalloc(DataHeaderSize + d->alloc * sizeof(void *)));
+    if (!x)
+        qFatal("QList: Out of memory");
+
+    ::memcpy(x, d, DataHeaderSize + d->alloc * sizeof(void *));
+    x->alloc = d->alloc;
+    x->ref = 1;
+    x->sharable = true;
+    if (!x->alloc)
+        x->begin = x->end = 0;
+
+    qSwap(d, x);
+    if (!x->ref.deref())
+        return x;
+    return 0;
+}
+
+// Returns the old (shared) data, it is up to the caller to deref() and free()
+QListData::Data *QListData::detach2()
+{
+    Data *x = d;
+    d = static_cast(qMalloc(DataHeaderSize + x->alloc * sizeof(void *)));
+    if (!d)
+        qFatal("QList: Out of memory");
+
+    ::memcpy(d, x, DataHeaderSize + x->alloc * sizeof(void *));
+    d->alloc = x->alloc;
+    d->ref = 1;
+    d->sharable = true;
+    if (!d->alloc)
+        d->begin = d->end = 0;
+
+    return x;
+}
+
+void QListData::realloc(int alloc)
+{
+    Q_ASSERT(d->ref == 1);
+    Data *x = static_cast(qRealloc(d, DataHeaderSize + alloc * sizeof(void *)));
+    if (!x)
+        qFatal("QList: Out of memory");
+
+    d = x;
+    d->alloc = alloc;
+    if (!alloc)
+        d->begin = d->end = 0;
+}
+
+void **QListData::append()
+{
+    Q_ASSERT(d->ref == 1);
+    if (d->end == d->alloc) {
+        int n = d->end - d->begin;
+        if (d->begin > 2 * d->alloc / 3) {
+            ::memcpy(d->array + n, d->array + d->begin, n * sizeof(void *));
+            d->begin = n;
+            d->end = n * 2;
+        } else {
+            realloc(grow(d->alloc + 1));
+        }
+    }
+    return d->array + d->end++;
+}
+
+void **QListData::append(const QListData& l)
+{
+    Q_ASSERT(d->ref == 1);
+    int e = d->end;
+    int n = l.d->end - l.d->begin;
+    if (n) {
+        if (e + n > d->alloc)
+            realloc(grow(e + l.d->end - l.d->begin));
+        ::memcpy(d->array + d->end, l.d->array + l.d->begin, n * sizeof(void*));
+        d->end += n;
+    }
+    return d->array + e;
+}
+
+void **QListData::prepend()
+{
+    Q_ASSERT(d->ref == 1);
+    if (d->begin == 0) {
+        if (d->end >= d->alloc / 3)
+            realloc(grow(d->alloc + 1));
+
+        if (d->end < d->alloc / 3)
+            d->begin = d->alloc - 2 * d->end;
+        else
+            d->begin = d->alloc - d->end;
+
+        ::memmove(d->array + d->begin, d->array, d->end * sizeof(void *));
+        d->end += d->begin;
+    }
+    return d->array + --d->begin;
+}
+
+void **QListData::insert(int i)
+{
+    Q_ASSERT(d->ref == 1);
+    if (i <= 0)
+        return prepend();
+    if (i >= d->end - d->begin)
+        return append();
+
+    bool leftward = false;
+    int size = d->end - d->begin;
+
+    if (d->begin == 0) {
+        if (d->end == d->alloc) {
+            // If the array is full, we expand it and move some items rightward
+            realloc(grow(d->alloc + 1));
+        } else {
+            // If there is free space at the end of the array, we move some items rightward
+        }
+    } else {
+        if (d->end == d->alloc) {
+            // If there is free space at the beginning of the array, we move some items leftward
+            leftward = true;
+        } else {
+            // If there is free space at both ends, we move as few items as possible
+            leftward = (i < size - i);
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (leftward) {
+        --d->begin;
+        ::memmove(d->array + d->begin, d->array + d->begin + 1, i * sizeof(void *));
+    } else {
+        ::memmove(d->array + d->begin + i + 1, d->array + d->begin + i,
+                  (size - i) * sizeof(void *));
+        ++d->end;
+    }
+    return d->array + d->begin + i;
+}
+
+void QListData::remove(int i)
+{
+    Q_ASSERT(d->ref == 1);
+    i += d->begin;
+    if (i - d->begin < d->end - i) {
+        if (int offset = i - d->begin)
+            ::memmove(d->array + d->begin + 1, d->array + d->begin, offset * sizeof(void *));
+        d->begin++;
+    } else {
+        if (int offset = d->end - i - 1)
+            ::memmove(d->array + i, d->array + i + 1, offset * sizeof(void *));
+        d->end--;
+    }
+}
+
+void QListData::remove(int i, int n)
+{
+    Q_ASSERT(d->ref == 1);
+    i += d->begin;
+    int middle = i + n/2;
+    if (middle - d->begin < d->end - middle) {
+        ::memmove(d->array + d->begin + n, d->array + d->begin,
+                   (i - d->begin) * sizeof(void*));
+        d->begin += n;
+    } else {
+        ::memmove(d->array + i, d->array + i + n,
+                   (d->end - i - n) * sizeof(void*));
+        d->end -= n;
+    }
+}
+
+void QListData::move(int from, int to)
+{
+    Q_ASSERT(d->ref == 1);
+    if (from == to)
+        return;
+
+    from += d->begin;
+    to += d->begin;
+    void *t = d->array[from];
+
+    if (from < to) {
+        if (d->end == d->alloc || 3 * (to - from) < 2 * (d->end - d->begin)) {
+            ::memmove(d->array + from, d->array + from + 1, (to - from) * sizeof(void *));
+        } else {
+            // optimization
+            if (int offset = from - d->begin)
+                ::memmove(d->array + d->begin + 1, d->array + d->begin, offset * sizeof(void *));
+            if (int offset = d->end - (to + 1))
+                ::memmove(d->array + to + 2, d->array + to + 1, offset * sizeof(void *));
+            ++d->begin;
+            ++d->end;
+            ++to;
+        }
+    } else {
+        if (d->begin == 0 || 3 * (from - to) < 2 * (d->end - d->begin)) {
+            ::memmove(d->array + to + 1, d->array + to, (from - to) * sizeof(void *));
+        } else {
+            // optimization
+            if (int offset = to - d->begin)
+                ::memmove(d->array + d->begin - 1, d->array + d->begin, offset * sizeof(void *));
+            if (int offset = d->end - (from + 1))
+                ::memmove(d->array + from, d->array + from + 1, offset * sizeof(void *));
+            --d->begin;
+            --d->end;
+            --to;
+        }
+    }
+    d->array[to] = t;
+}
+
+void **QListData::erase(void **xi)
+{
+    Q_ASSERT(d->ref == 1);
+    int i = xi - (d->array + d->begin);
+    remove(i);
+    return d->array + d->begin + i;
+}
+
+/*! \class QList
+    \brief The QList class is a template class that provides lists.
+
+    \ingroup tools
+    \ingroup shared
+
+    \reentrant
+
+    QList\ is one of Qt's generic \l{container classes}. It
+    stores a list of values and provides fast index-based access as
+    well as fast insertions and removals.
+
+    QList\, QLinkedList\, and QVector\ provide similar
+    functionality. Here's an overview:
+
+    \list
+    \i For most purposes, QList is the right class to use. Its
+       index-based API is more convenient than QLinkedList's
+       iterator-based API, and it is usually faster than
+       QVector because of the way it stores its items in
+       memory. It also expands to less code in your executable.
+    \i If you need a real linked list, with guarantees of \l{constant
+       time} insertions in the middle of the list and iterators to
+       items rather than indexes, use QLinkedList.
+    \i If you want the items to occupy adjacent memory positions,
+       use QVector.
+    \endlist
+
+
+    Internally, QList\ is represented as an array of pointers to
+    items of type T. If T is itself a pointer type or a basic type
+    that is no larger than a pointer, or if T is one of Qt's \l{shared
+    classes}, then QList\ stores the items directly in the pointer
+    array. For lists under a thousand items, this array representation
+    allows for very fast insertions in the middle, and it allows
+    index-based access. Furthermore, operations like prepend() and
+    append() are very fast, because QList preallocates memory at both
+    ends of its internal array. (See \l{Algorithmic Complexity} for
+    details.) Note, however, that for unshared list items that are
+    larger than a pointer, each append or insert of a new item
+    requires allocating the new item on the heap, and this per item
+    allocation might make QVector a better choice in cases that do
+    lots of appending or inserting, since QVector allocates memory for
+    its items in a single heap allocation.
+
+    Note that the internal array only ever gets bigger over the life
+    of the list. It never shrinks. The internal array is deallocated
+    by the destructor and by the assignment operator, when one list
+    is assigned to another.
+
+    Here's an example of a QList that stores integers and
+    a QList that stores QDate values:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qlistdata.cpp 0
+
+    Qt includes a QStringList class that inherits QList\
+    and adds a few convenience functions, such as QStringList::join()
+    and QStringList::find(). (QString::split() creates QStringLists
+    from strings.)
+
+    QList stores a list of items. The default constructor creates an
+    empty list. To insert items into the list, you can use
+    operator<<():
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qlistdata.cpp 1
+
+    QList provides these basic functions to add, move, and remove
+    items: insert(), replace(), removeAt(), move(), and swap(). In
+    addition, it provides the following convenience functions:
+    append(), prepend(), removeFirst(), and removeLast().
+
+    QList uses 0-based indexes, just like C++ arrays. To access the
+    item at a particular index position, you can use operator[](). On
+    non-const lists, operator[]() returns a reference to the item and
+    can be used on the left side of an assignment:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qlistdata.cpp 2
+
+    Because QList is implemented as an array of pointers, this
+    operation is very fast (\l{constant time}). For read-only access,
+    an alternative syntax is to use at():
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qlistdata.cpp 3
+
+    at() can be faster than operator[](), because it never causes a
+    \l{deep copy} to occur.
+
+    A common requirement is to remove an item from a list and do
+    something with it. For this, QList provides takeAt(), takeFirst(),
+    and takeLast(). Here's a loop that removes the items from a list
+    one at a time and calls \c delete on them:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qlistdata.cpp 4
+
+    Inserting and removing items at either ends of the list is very
+    fast (\l{constant time} in most cases), because QList
+    preallocates extra space on both sides of its internal buffer to
+    allow for fast growth at both ends of the list.
+
+    If you want to find all occurrences of a particular value in a
+    list, use indexOf() or lastIndexOf(). The former searches forward
+    starting from a given index position, the latter searches
+    backward. Both return the index of a matching item if they find
+    it; otherwise, they return -1. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qlistdata.cpp 5
+
+    If you simply want to check whether a list contains a particular
+    value, use contains(). If you want to find out how many times a
+    particular value occurs in the list, use count(). If you want to
+    replace all occurrences of a particular value with another, use
+    replace().
+
+    QList's value type must be an \l{assignable data type}. This
+    covers most data types that are commonly used, but the compiler
+    won't let you, for example, store a QWidget as a value; instead,
+    store a QWidget *. A few functions have additional requirements;
+    for example, indexOf() and lastIndexOf() expect the value type to
+    support \c operator==().  These requirements are documented on a
+    per-function basis.
+
+    Like the other container classes, QList provides \l{Java-style
+    iterators} (QListIterator and QMutableListIterator) and
+    \l{STL-style iterators} (QList::const_iterator and
+    QList::iterator). In practice, these are rarely used, because you
+    can use indexes into the QList. QList is implemented in such a way
+    that direct index-based access is just as fast as using iterators.
+
+    QList does \e not support inserting, prepending, appending or
+    replacing with references to its own values. Doing so will cause
+    your application to abort with an error message.
+
+    To make QList as efficient as possible, its member functions don't
+    validate their input before using it. Except for isEmpty(), member
+    functions always assume the list is \e not empty. Member functions
+    that take index values as parameters always assume their index
+    value parameters are in the valid range. This means QList member
+    functions can fail. If you define QT_NO_DEBUG when you compile,
+    failures will not be detected. If you \e don't define QT_NO_DEBUG,
+    failures will be detected using Q_ASSERT() or Q_ASSERT_X() with an
+    appropriate message.
+
+    To avoid failures when your list can be empty, call isEmpty()
+    before calling other member functions. If you must pass an index
+    value that might not be in the valid range, check that it is less
+    than the value returned by size() but \e not less than 0.
+
+    \sa QListIterator, QMutableListIterator, QLinkedList, QVector
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QList QList::mid(int pos, int length) const
+
+    Returns a list whose elements are copied from this list,
+    starting at position \a pos. If \a length is -1 (the default), all
+    elements from \a pos are copied; otherwise \a length elements (or
+    all remaining elements if there are less than \a length elements)
+    are copied.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QList::QList()
+
+    Constructs an empty list.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QList::QList(const QList &other)
+
+    Constructs a copy of \a other.
+
+    This operation takes \l{constant time}, because QList is
+    \l{implicitly shared}. This makes returning a QList from a
+    function very fast. If a shared instance is modified, it will be
+    copied (copy-on-write), and that takes \l{linear time}.
+
+    \sa operator=()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QList::~QList()
+
+    Destroys the list. References to the values in the list and all
+    iterators of this list become invalid.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QList &QList::operator=(const QList &other)
+
+    Assigns \a other to this list and returns a reference to this
+    list.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn bool QList::operator==(const QList &other) const
+
+    Returns true if \a other is equal to this list; otherwise returns
+    false.
+
+    Two lists are considered equal if they contain the same values in
+    the same order.
+
+    This function requires the value type to have an implementation of
+    \c operator==().
+
+    \sa operator!=()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn bool QList::operator!=(const QList &other) const
+
+    Returns true if \a other is not equal to this list; otherwise
+    returns false.
+
+    Two lists are considered equal if they contain the same values in
+    the same order.
+
+    This function requires the value type to have an implementation of
+    \c operator==().
+
+    \sa operator==()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QList::size() const
+
+    Returns the number of items in the list.
+
+    \sa isEmpty(), count()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QList::detach()
+
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*! \fn bool QList::isDetached() const
+
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QList::setSharable(bool sharable)
+
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*! \fn bool QList::isEmpty() const
+
+    Returns true if the list contains no items; otherwise returns
+    false.
+
+    \sa size()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QList::clear()
+
+    Removes all items from the list.
+
+    \sa removeAll()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn const T &QList::at(int i) const
+
+    Returns the item at index position \a i in the list. \a i must be
+    a valid index position in the list (i.e., 0 <= \a i < size()).
+
+    This function is very fast (\l{constant time}).
+
+    \sa value(), operator[]()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn T &QList::operator[](int i)
+
+    Returns the item at index position \a i as a modifiable reference.
+    \a i must be a valid index position in the list (i.e., 0 <= \a i <
+    size()).
+
+    This function is very fast (\l{constant time}).
+
+    \sa at(), value()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn const T &QList::operator[](int i) const
+
+    \overload
+
+    Same as at().
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QList::append(const T &value)
+
+    Inserts \a value at the end of the list.
+
+    Example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qlistdata.cpp 6
+
+    This is the same as list.insert(size(), \a value).
+
+    This operation is typically very fast (\l{constant time}),
+    because QList preallocates extra space on both sides of its
+    internal buffer to allow for fast growth at both ends of the
+    list.
+
+    \sa operator<<(), prepend(), insert()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QList::append(const QList &value)
+
+    \overload
+
+    \since 4.5
+
+    Appends the items of the \a value list to this list.
+
+    \sa operator<<(), operator+=()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QList::prepend(const T &value)
+
+    Inserts \a value at the beginning of the list.
+
+    Example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qlistdata.cpp 7
+
+    This is the same as list.insert(0, \a value).
+
+    This operation is usually very fast (\l{constant time}), because
+    QList preallocates extra space on both sides of its internal
+    buffer to allow for fast growth at both ends of the list.
+
+    \sa append(), insert()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QList::insert(int i, const T &value)
+
+    Inserts \a value at index position \a i in the list. If \a i
+    is 0, the value is prepended to the list. If \a i is size(), the
+    value is appended to the list.
+
+    Example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qlistdata.cpp 8
+
+    \sa append(), prepend(), replace(), removeAt()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QList::iterator QList::insert(iterator before, const T &value)
+
+    \overload
+
+    Inserts \a value in front of the item pointed to by the
+    iterator \a before. Returns an iterator pointing at the inserted
+    item. Note that the iterator passed to the function will be
+    invalid after the call; the returned iterator should be used
+    instead.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QList::replace(int i, const T &value)
+
+    Replaces the item at index position \a i with \a value. \a i must
+    be a valid index position in the list (i.e., 0 <= \a i < size()).
+
+    \sa operator[](), removeAt()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QList::removeAll(const T &value)
+
+    Removes all occurrences of \a value in the list and returns the
+    number of entries removed.
+
+    Example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qlistdata.cpp 9
+
+    This function requires the value type to have an implementation of
+    \c operator==().
+
+    \sa removeOne(), removeAt(), takeAt(), replace()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QList::removeOne(const T &value)
+    \since 4.4
+
+    Removes the first occurrence of \a value in the list and returns
+    true on success; otherwise returns false.
+
+    Example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qlistdata.cpp 10
+
+    This function requires the value type to have an implementation of
+    \c operator==().
+
+    \sa removeAll(), removeAt(), takeAt(), replace()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QList::removeAt(int i)
+
+    Removes the item at index position \a i. \a i must be a valid
+    index position in the list (i.e., 0 <= \a i < size()).
+
+    \sa takeAt(), removeFirst(), removeLast(), removeOne()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn T QList::takeAt(int i)
+
+    Removes the item at index position \a i and returns it. \a i must
+    be a valid index position in the list (i.e., 0 <= \a i < size()).
+
+    If you don't use the return value, removeAt() is more efficient.
+
+    \sa removeAt(), takeFirst(), takeLast()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn T QList::takeFirst()
+
+    Removes the first item in the list and returns it. This is the
+    same as takeAt(0). This function assumes the list is not empty. To
+    avoid failure, call isEmpty() before calling this function.
+
+    This operation is very fast (\l{constant time}), because QList
+    preallocates extra space on both sides of its internal buffer to
+    allow for fast growth at both ends of the list.
+
+    If you don't use the return value, removeFirst() is more
+    efficient.
+
+    \sa takeLast(), takeAt(), removeFirst()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn T QList::takeLast()
+
+    Removes the last item in the list and returns it. This is the
+    same as takeAt(size() - 1). This function assumes the list is
+    not empty. To avoid failure, call isEmpty() before calling this
+    function.
+
+    This operation is very fast (\l{constant time}), because QList
+    preallocates extra space on both sides of its internal buffer to
+    allow for fast growth at both ends of the list.
+
+    If you don't use the return value, removeLast() is more
+    efficient.
+
+    \sa takeFirst(), takeAt(), removeLast()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QList::move(int from, int to)
+
+    Moves the item at index position \a from to index position \a to.
+
+    Example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qlistdata.cpp 11
+
+    This is the same as insert(\a{to}, takeAt(\a{from})).This function
+    assumes that both \a from and \a to are at least 0 but less than
+    size(). To avoid failure, test that both \a from and \a to are at
+    least 0 and less than size().
+
+    \sa swap(), insert(), takeAt()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QList::swap(int i, int j)
+
+    Exchange the item at index position \a i with the item at index
+    position \a j. This function assumes that both \a i and \a j are
+    at least 0 but less than size(). To avoid failure, test that both
+    \a i and \a j are at least 0 and less than size().
+
+    Example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qlistdata.cpp 12
+
+    \sa move()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn int QList::indexOf(const T &value, int from = 0) const
+
+    Returns the index position of the first occurrence of \a value in
+    the list, searching forward from index position \a from. Returns
+    -1 if no item matched.
+
+    Example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qlistdata.cpp 13
+
+    This function requires the value type to have an implementation of
+    \c operator==().
+
+    Note that QList uses 0-based indexes, just like C++ arrays. Negative
+    indexes are not supported with the exception of the value mentioned
+    above.
+
+    \sa lastIndexOf(), contains()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn int QList::lastIndexOf(const T &value, int from = -1) const
+
+    Returns the index position of the last occurrence of \a value in
+    the list, searching backward from index position \a from. If \a
+    from is -1 (the default), the search starts at the last item.
+    Returns -1 if no item matched.
+
+    Example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qlistdata.cpp 14
+
+    This function requires the value type to have an implementation of
+    \c operator==().
+
+    Note that QList uses 0-based indexes, just like C++ arrays. Negative 
+    indexes are not supported with the exception of the value mentioned
+    above.
+
+    \sa indexOf()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QBool QList::contains(const T &value) const
+
+    Returns true if the list contains an occurrence of \a value;
+    otherwise returns false.
+
+    This function requires the value type to have an implementation of
+    \c operator==().
+
+    \sa indexOf(), count()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn int QList::count(const T &value) const
+
+    Returns the number of occurrences of \a value in the list.
+
+    This function requires the value type to have an implementation of
+    \c operator==().
+
+    \sa contains(), indexOf()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn bool QList::startsWith(const T &value) const
+    \since 4.5
+
+    Returns true if this list is not empty and its first
+    item is equal to \a value; otherwise returns false.
+
+    \sa isEmpty(), contains()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn bool QList::endsWith(const T &value) const
+    \since 4.5
+
+    Returns true if this list is not empty and its last
+    item is equal to \a value; otherwise returns false.
+
+    \sa isEmpty(), contains()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QList::iterator QList::begin()
+
+    Returns an \l{STL-style iterator} pointing to the first item in
+    the list.
+
+    \sa constBegin(), end()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QList::const_iterator QList::begin() const
+
+    \overload
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QList::const_iterator QList::constBegin() const
+
+    Returns a const \l{STL-style iterator} pointing to the first item
+    in the list.
+
+    \sa begin(), constEnd()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QList::iterator QList::end()
+
+    Returns an \l{STL-style iterator} pointing to the imaginary item
+    after the last item in the list.
+
+    \sa begin(), constEnd()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn const_iterator QList::end() const
+
+    \overload
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QList::const_iterator QList::constEnd() const
+
+    Returns a const \l{STL-style iterator} pointing to the imaginary
+    item after the last item in the list.
+
+    \sa constBegin(), end()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QList::iterator QList::erase(iterator pos)
+
+    Removes the item associated with the iterator \a pos from the
+    list, and returns an iterator to the next item in the list (which
+    may be end()).
+
+    \sa insert(), removeAt()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QList::iterator QList::erase(iterator begin, iterator end)
+
+    \overload
+
+    Removes all the items from \a begin up to (but not including) \a
+    end. Returns an iterator to the same item that \a end referred to
+    before the call.
+*/
+
+/*! \typedef QList::Iterator
+
+    Qt-style synonym for QList::iterator.
+*/
+
+/*! \typedef QList::ConstIterator
+
+    Qt-style synonym for QList::const_iterator.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \typedef QList::size_type
+
+    Typedef for int. Provided for STL compatibility.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \typedef QList::value_type
+
+    Typedef for T. Provided for STL compatibility.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \typedef QList::difference_type
+
+    Typedef for ptrdiff_t. Provided for STL compatibility.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \typedef QList::pointer
+
+    Typedef for T *. Provided for STL compatibility.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \typedef QList::const_pointer
+
+    Typedef for const T *. Provided for STL compatibility.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \typedef QList::reference
+
+    Typedef for T &. Provided for STL compatibility.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \typedef QList::const_reference
+
+    Typedef for const T &. Provided for STL compatibility.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn int QList::count() const
+
+    Returns the number of items in the list. This is effectively the
+    same as size().
+*/
+
+/*! \fn int QList::length() const
+    \since 4.5
+
+    This function is identical to count().
+
+    \sa count()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn T& QList::first()
+
+    Returns a reference to the first item in the list. The list must
+    not be empty. If the list can be empty, call isEmpty() before
+    calling this function.
+
+    \sa last(), isEmpty()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn const T& QList::first() const
+
+    \overload
+*/
+
+/*! \fn T& QList::last()
+
+    Returns a reference to the last item in the list.  The list must
+    not be empty. If the list can be empty, call isEmpty() before
+    calling this function.
+
+    \sa first(), isEmpty()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn const T& QList::last() const
+
+    \overload
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QList::removeFirst()
+
+    Removes the first item in the list. Calling this function is
+    equivalent to calling removeAt(0). The list must not be empty. If
+    the list can be empty, call isEmpty() before calling this
+    function.
+
+    \sa removeAt(), takeFirst()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QList::removeLast()
+
+    Removes the last item in the list. Calling this function is
+    equivalent to calling removeAt(size() - 1). The list must not be
+    empty. If the list can be empty, call isEmpty() before calling
+    this function.
+
+    \sa removeAt(), takeLast()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn T QList::value(int i) const
+
+    Returns the value at index position \a i in the list.
+
+    If the index \a i is out of bounds, the function returns a
+    \l{default-constructed value}. If you are certain that the index
+    is going to be within bounds, you can use at() instead, which is
+    slightly faster.
+
+    \sa at(), operator[]()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn T QList::value(int i, const T &defaultValue) const
+
+    \overload
+
+    If the index \a i is out of bounds, the function returns
+    \a defaultValue.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QList::push_back(const T &value)
+
+    This function is provided for STL compatibility. It is equivalent
+    to \l{QList::append()}{append(\a value)}.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QList::push_front(const T &value)
+
+    This function is provided for STL compatibility. It is equivalent
+    to \l{QList::prepend()}{prepend(\a value)}.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn T& QList::front()
+
+    This function is provided for STL compatibility. It is equivalent
+    to first(). The list must not be empty. If the list can be empty,
+    call isEmpty() before calling this function.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn const T& QList::front() const
+
+    \overload
+*/
+
+/*! \fn T& QList::back()
+
+    This function is provided for STL compatibility. It is equivalent
+    to last(). The list must not be empty. If the list can be empty,
+    call isEmpty() before calling this function.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn const T& QList::back() const
+
+    \overload
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QList::pop_front()
+
+    This function is provided for STL compatibility. It is equivalent
+    to removeFirst(). The list must not be empty. If the list can be
+    empty, call isEmpty() before calling this function.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QList::pop_back()
+
+    This function is provided for STL compatibility. It is equivalent
+    to removeLast(). The list must not be empty. If the list can be
+    empty, call isEmpty() before calling this function.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn bool QList::empty() const
+
+    This function is provided for STL compatibility. It is equivalent
+    to isEmpty() and returns true if the list is empty.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QList &QList::operator+=(const QList &other)
+
+    Appends the items of the \a other list to this list and returns a
+    reference to this list.
+
+    \sa operator+(), append()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QList::operator+=(const T &value)
+
+    \overload
+
+    Appends \a value to the list.
+
+    \sa append(), operator<<()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QList QList::operator+(const QList &other) const
+
+    Returns a list that contains all the items in this list followed
+    by all the items in the \a other list.
+
+    \sa operator+=()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QList &QList::operator<<(const QList &other)
+
+    Appends the items of the \a other list to this list and returns a
+    reference to this list.
+
+    \sa operator+=(), append()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QList::operator<<(const T &value)
+
+    \overload
+
+    Appends \a value to the list.
+*/
+
+/*! \class QList::iterator
+    \brief The QList::iterator class provides an STL-style non-const iterator for QList and QQueue.
+
+    QList features both \l{STL-style iterators} and \l{Java-style
+    iterators}. The STL-style iterators are more low-level and more
+    cumbersome to use; on the other hand, they are slightly faster
+    and, for developers who already know STL, have the advantage of
+    familiarity.
+
+    QList\::iterator allows you to iterate over a QList\ (or
+    QQueue\) and to modify the list item associated with the
+    iterator. If you want to iterate over a const QList, use
+    QList::const_iterator instead. It is generally good practice to
+    use QList::const_iterator on a non-const QList as well, unless
+    you need to change the QList through the iterator. Const
+    iterators are slightly faster, and can improve code readability.
+
+    The default QList::iterator constructor creates an uninitialized
+    iterator. You must initialize it using a QList function like
+    QList::begin(), QList::end(), or QList::insert() before you can
+    start iterating. Here's a typical loop that prints all the items
+    stored in a list:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qlistdata.cpp 15
+
+    Let's see a few examples of things we can do with a
+    QList::iterator that we cannot do with a QList::const_iterator.
+    Here's an example that increments every value stored in a
+    QList\ by 2:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qlistdata.cpp 16
+
+    Most QList functions accept an integer index rather than an
+    iterator. For that reason, iterators are rarely useful in
+    connection with QList. One place where STL-style iterators do
+    make sense is as arguments to \l{generic algorithms}.
+
+    For example, here's how to delete all the widgets stored in a
+    QList\:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qlistdata.cpp 17
+
+    Multiple iterators can be used on the same list. However, be
+    aware that any non-const function call performed on the QList
+    will render all existing iterators undefined. If you need to keep
+    iterators over a long period of time, we recommend that you use
+    QLinkedList rather than QList.
+
+    \sa QList::const_iterator, QMutableListIterator
+*/
+
+/*! \typedef QList::iterator::iterator_category
+
+  A synonym for \e {std::random_access_iterator_tag} indicating
+  this iterator is a random access iterator.
+*/
+
+/*! \typedef QList::iterator::difference_type
+
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*! \typedef QList::iterator::value_type
+
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*! \typedef QList::iterator::pointer
+
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*! \typedef QList::iterator::reference
+
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QList::iterator::iterator()
+
+    Constructs an uninitialized iterator.
+
+    Functions like operator*() and operator++() should not be called
+    on an uninitialized iterator. Use operator=() to assign a value
+    to it before using it.
+
+    \sa QList::begin() QList::end()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QList::iterator::iterator(Node *node)
+
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QList::iterator::iterator(const iterator &other)
+
+    Constructs a copy of \a other.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn T &QList::iterator::operator*() const
+
+    Returns a modifiable reference to the current item.
+
+    You can change the value of an item by using operator*() on the
+    left side of an assignment, for example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qlistdata.cpp 18
+
+    \sa operator->()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn T *QList::iterator::operator->() const
+
+    Returns a pointer to the current item.
+
+    \sa operator*()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn T &QList::iterator::operator[](int j) const
+
+    Returns a modifiable reference to the item at position *this +
+    \a{j}.
+
+    This function is provided to make QList iterators behave like C++
+    pointers.
+
+    \sa operator+()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QList::iterator::operator==(const iterator &other) const
+    \fn bool QList::iterator::operator==(const const_iterator &other) const
+
+    Returns true if \a other points to the same item as this
+    iterator; otherwise returns false.
+
+    \sa operator!=()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QList::iterator::operator!=(const iterator &other) const
+    \fn bool QList::iterator::operator!=(const const_iterator &other) const
+
+    Returns true if \a other points to a different item than this
+    iterator; otherwise returns false.
+
+    \sa operator==()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QList::iterator::operator<(const iterator& other) const
+    \fn bool QList::iterator::operator<(const const_iterator& other) const
+
+    Returns true if the item pointed to by this iterator is less than
+    the item pointed to by the \a other iterator.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QList::iterator::operator<=(const iterator& other) const
+    \fn bool QList::iterator::operator<=(const const_iterator& other) const
+
+    Returns true if the item pointed to by this iterator is less than
+    or equal to the item pointed to by the \a other iterator.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QList::iterator::operator>(const iterator& other) const
+    \fn bool QList::iterator::operator>(const const_iterator& other) const
+
+    Returns true if the item pointed to by this iterator is greater
+    than the item pointed to by the \a other iterator.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QList::iterator::operator>=(const iterator& other) const
+    \fn bool QList::iterator::operator>=(const const_iterator& other) const
+
+    Returns true if the item pointed to by this iterator is greater
+    than or equal to the item pointed to by the \a other iterator.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QList::iterator &QList::iterator::operator++()
+
+    The prefix ++ operator (\c{++it}) advances the iterator to the
+    next item in the list and returns an iterator to the new current
+    item.
+
+    Calling this function on QList::end() leads to undefined results.
+
+    \sa operator--()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QList::iterator QList::iterator::operator++(int)
+
+    \overload
+
+    The postfix ++ operator (\c{it++}) advances the iterator to the
+    next item in the list and returns an iterator to the previously
+    current item.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QList::iterator &QList::iterator::operator--()
+
+    The prefix -- operator (\c{--it}) makes the preceding item
+    current and returns an iterator to the new current item.
+
+    Calling this function on QList::begin() leads to undefined results.
+
+    \sa operator++()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QList::iterator QList::iterator::operator--(int)
+
+    \overload
+
+    The postfix -- operator (\c{it--}) makes the preceding item
+    current and returns an iterator to the previously current item.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QList::iterator &QList::iterator::operator+=(int j)
+
+    Advances the iterator by \a j items. (If \a j is negative, the
+    iterator goes backward.)
+
+    \sa operator-=(), operator+()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QList::iterator &QList::iterator::operator-=(int j)
+
+    Makes the iterator go back by \a j items. (If \a j is negative,
+    the iterator goes forward.)
+
+    \sa operator+=(), operator-()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QList::iterator QList::iterator::operator+(int j) const
+
+    Returns an iterator to the item at \a j positions forward from
+    this iterator. (If \a j is negative, the iterator goes backward.)
+
+    \sa operator-(), operator+=()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QList::iterator QList::iterator::operator-(int j) const
+
+    Returns an iterator to the item at \a j positions backward from
+    this iterator. (If \a j is negative, the iterator goes forward.)
+
+    \sa operator+(), operator-=()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn int QList::iterator::operator-(iterator other) const
+
+    Returns the number of items between the item pointed to by \a
+    other and the item pointed to by this iterator.
+*/
+
+/*! \class QList::const_iterator
+    \brief The QList::const_iterator class provides an STL-style const iterator for QList and QQueue.
+
+    QList provides both \l{STL-style iterators} and \l{Java-style
+    iterators}. The STL-style iterators are more low-level and more
+    cumbersome to use; on the other hand, they are slightly faster
+    and, for developers who already know STL, have the advantage of
+    familiarity.
+
+    QList\::const_iterator allows you to iterate over a
+    QList\ (or a QQueue\). If you want to modify the QList as
+    you iterate over it, use QList::iterator instead. It is generally
+    good practice to use QList::const_iterator on a non-const QList
+    as well, unless you need to change the QList through the
+    iterator. Const iterators are slightly faster, and can improve
+    code readability.
+
+    The default QList::const_iterator constructor creates an
+    uninitialized iterator. You must initialize it using a QList
+    function like QList::constBegin(), QList::constEnd(), or
+    QList::insert() before you can start iterating. Here's a typical
+    loop that prints all the items stored in a list:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qlistdata.cpp 19
+
+    Most QList functions accept an integer index rather than an
+    iterator. For that reason, iterators are rarely useful in
+    connection with QList. One place where STL-style iterators do
+    make sense is as arguments to \l{generic algorithms}.
+
+    For example, here's how to delete all the widgets stored in a
+    QList\:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qlistdata.cpp 20
+
+    Multiple iterators can be used on the same list. However, be
+    aware that any non-const function call performed on the QList
+    will render all existing iterators undefined. If you need to keep
+    iterators over a long period of time, we recommend that you use
+    QLinkedList rather than QList.
+
+    \sa QList::iterator, QListIterator
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QList::const_iterator::const_iterator()
+
+    Constructs an uninitialized iterator.
+
+    Functions like operator*() and operator++() should not be called
+    on an uninitialized iterator. Use operator=() to assign a value
+    to it before using it.
+
+    \sa QList::constBegin() QList::constEnd()
+*/
+
+/*! \typedef QList::const_iterator::iterator_category
+
+  A synonym for \e {std::random_access_iterator_tag} indicating
+  this iterator is a random access iterator.
+*/
+
+/*! \typedef QList::const_iterator::difference_type
+
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*! \typedef QList::const_iterator::value_type
+
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*! \typedef QList::const_iterator::pointer
+
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*! \typedef QList::const_iterator::reference
+
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QList::const_iterator::const_iterator(Node *node)
+
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QList::const_iterator::const_iterator(const const_iterator &other)
+
+    Constructs a copy of \a other.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QList::const_iterator::const_iterator(const iterator &other)
+
+    Constructs a copy of \a other.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn const T &QList::const_iterator::operator*() const
+
+    Returns the current item.
+
+    \sa operator->()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn const T *QList::const_iterator::operator->() const
+
+    Returns a pointer to the current item.
+
+    \sa operator*()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn const T &QList::const_iterator::operator[](int j) const
+
+    Returns the item at position *this + \a{j}.
+
+    This function is provided to make QList iterators behave like C++
+    pointers.
+
+    \sa operator+()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn bool QList::const_iterator::operator==(const const_iterator &other) const
+
+    Returns true if \a other points to the same item as this
+    iterator; otherwise returns false.
+
+    \sa operator!=()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn bool QList::const_iterator::operator!=(const const_iterator &other) const
+
+    Returns true if \a other points to a different item than this
+    iterator; otherwise returns false.
+
+    \sa operator==()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QList::const_iterator::operator<(const const_iterator& other) const
+
+    Returns true if the item pointed to by this iterator is less than
+    the item pointed to by the \a other iterator.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QList::const_iterator::operator<=(const const_iterator& other) const
+
+    Returns true if the item pointed to by this iterator is less than
+    or equal to the item pointed to by the \a other iterator.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QList::const_iterator::operator>(const const_iterator& other) const
+
+    Returns true if the item pointed to by this iterator is greater
+    than the item pointed to by the \a other iterator.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QList::const_iterator::operator>=(const const_iterator& other) const
+
+    Returns true if the item pointed to by this iterator is greater
+    than or equal to the item pointed to by the \a other iterator.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QList::const_iterator &QList::const_iterator::operator++()
+
+    The prefix ++ operator (\c{++it}) advances the iterator to the
+    next item in the list and returns an iterator to the new current
+    item.
+
+    Calling this function on QList::end() leads to undefined results.
+
+    \sa operator--()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QList::const_iterator QList::const_iterator::operator++(int)
+
+    \overload
+
+    The postfix ++ operator (\c{it++}) advances the iterator to the
+    next item in the list and returns an iterator to the previously
+    current item.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QList::const_iterator &QList::const_iterator::operator--()
+
+    The prefix -- operator (\c{--it}) makes the preceding item
+    current and returns an iterator to the new current item.
+
+    Calling this function on QList::begin() leads to undefined results.
+
+    \sa operator++()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QList::const_iterator QList::const_iterator::operator--(int)
+
+    \overload
+
+    The postfix -- operator (\c{it--}) makes the preceding item
+    current and returns an iterator to the previously current item.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QList::const_iterator &QList::const_iterator::operator+=(int j)
+
+    Advances the iterator by \a j items. (If \a j is negative, the
+    iterator goes backward.)
+
+    \sa operator-=(), operator+()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QList::const_iterator &QList::const_iterator::operator-=(int j)
+
+    Makes the iterator go back by \a j items. (If \a j is negative,
+    the iterator goes forward.)
+
+    \sa operator+=(), operator-()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QList::const_iterator QList::const_iterator::operator+(int j) const
+
+    Returns an iterator to the item at \a j positions forward from
+    this iterator. (If \a j is negative, the iterator goes backward.)
+
+    \sa operator-(), operator+=()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QList::const_iterator QList::const_iterator::operator-(int j) const
+
+    Returns an iterator to the item at \a j positions backward from
+    this iterator. (If \a j is negative, the iterator goes forward.)
+
+    \sa operator+(), operator-=()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn int QList::const_iterator::operator-(const_iterator other) const
+
+    Returns the number of items between the item pointed to by \a
+    other and the item pointed to by this iterator.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QDataStream &operator<<(QDataStream &out, const QList &list)
+    \relates QList
+
+    Writes the list \a list to stream \a out.
+
+    This function requires the value type to implement \c
+    operator<<().
+
+    \sa \link datastreamformat.html Format of the QDataStream operators \endlink
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QDataStream &operator>>(QDataStream &in, QList &list)
+    \relates QList
+
+    Reads a list from stream \a in into \a list.
+
+    This function requires the value type to implement \c
+    operator>>().
+
+    \sa \link datastreamformat.html Format of the QDataStream operators \endlink
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn iterator QList::remove(iterator pos)
+
+    Use erase() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QList::remove(const T &t)
+
+    Use removeAll() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QList::findIndex(const T& t) const
+
+    Use indexOf() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn iterator QList::find(const T& t)
+
+    Use indexOf() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const_iterator QList::find (const T& t) const
+
+    Use indexOf() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn iterator QList::find(iterator from, const T& t)
+
+    Use indexOf() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const_iterator QList::find(const_iterator from, const T& t) const
+
+    Use indexOf() instead.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QList QList::fromVector(const QVector &vector)
+
+    Returns a QList object with the data contained in \a vector.
+
+    Example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qlistdata.cpp 21
+
+    \sa fromSet(), toVector(), QVector::toList()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QVector QList::toVector() const
+
+    Returns a QVector object with the data contained in this QList.
+
+    Example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qlistdata.cpp 22
+
+    \sa toSet(), fromVector(), QVector::fromList()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QList QList::fromSet(const QSet &set)
+
+    Returns a QList object with the data contained in \a set. The
+    order of the elements in the QList is undefined.
+
+    Example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qlistdata.cpp 23
+
+    \sa fromVector(), toSet(), QSet::toList(), qSort()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QSet QList::toSet() const
+
+    Returns a QSet object with the data contained in this QList.
+    Since QSet doesn't allow duplicates, the resulting QSet might be
+    smaller than the original list was.
+
+    Example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qlistdata.cpp 24
+
+    \sa toVector(), fromSet(), QSet::fromList()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QList QList::fromStdList(const std::list &list)
+
+    Returns a QList object with the data contained in \a list. The
+    order of the elements in the QList is the same as in \a list.
+
+    Example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qlistdata.cpp 25
+
+    \sa toStdList(), QVector::fromStdVector()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn std::list QList::toStdList() const
+
+    Returns a std::list object with the data contained in this QList.
+    Example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qlistdata.cpp 26
+
+    \sa fromStdList(), QVector::toStdVector()
+*/
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
diff --git a/src/corelib/tools/qlistdata.cpp b/src/corelib/tools/qlistdata.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index 0993681..0000000
--- a/src/corelib/tools/qlistdata.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1752 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
-#include "qlist.h"
-#include "qtools_p.h"
-#include 
-
-QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
-
-/*
-    QList as an array-list combines the easy-of-use of a random
-    access interface with fast list operations and the low memory
-    management overhead of an array. Accessing elements by index,
-    appending, prepending, and removing elements from both the front
-    and the back all happen in constant time O(1). Inserting or
-    removing elements at random index positions \ai happens in linear
-    time, or more precisly in O(min{i,n-i}) <= O(n/2), with n being
-    the number of elements in the list.
-*/
-
-QListData::Data QListData::shared_null = { Q_BASIC_ATOMIC_INITIALIZER(1), 0, 0, 0, true, { 0 } };
-
-static int grow(int size)
-{
-    // dear compiler: don't optimize me out.
-    volatile int x = qAllocMore(size * sizeof(void *), QListData::DataHeaderSize) / sizeof(void *);
-    return x;
-}
-
-#if QT_VERSION >= 0x050000
-#  error "Remove QListData::detach(), it is only required for binary compatibility for 4.0.x to 4.2.x"
-#endif
-QListData::Data *QListData::detach()
-{
-    Data *x = static_cast(qMalloc(DataHeaderSize + d->alloc * sizeof(void *)));
-    if (!x)
-        qFatal("QList: Out of memory");
-
-    ::memcpy(x, d, DataHeaderSize + d->alloc * sizeof(void *));
-    x->alloc = d->alloc;
-    x->ref = 1;
-    x->sharable = true;
-    if (!x->alloc)
-        x->begin = x->end = 0;
-
-    qSwap(d, x);
-    if (!x->ref.deref())
-        return x;
-    return 0;
-}
-
-// Returns the old (shared) data, it is up to the caller to deref() and free()
-QListData::Data *QListData::detach2()
-{
-    Data *x = d;
-    d = static_cast(qMalloc(DataHeaderSize + x->alloc * sizeof(void *)));
-    if (!d)
-        qFatal("QList: Out of memory");
-
-    ::memcpy(d, x, DataHeaderSize + x->alloc * sizeof(void *));
-    d->alloc = x->alloc;
-    d->ref = 1;
-    d->sharable = true;
-    if (!d->alloc)
-        d->begin = d->end = 0;
-
-    return x;
-}
-
-void QListData::realloc(int alloc)
-{
-    Q_ASSERT(d->ref == 1);
-    Data *x = static_cast(qRealloc(d, DataHeaderSize + alloc * sizeof(void *)));
-    if (!x)
-        qFatal("QList: Out of memory");
-
-    d = x;
-    d->alloc = alloc;
-    if (!alloc)
-        d->begin = d->end = 0;
-}
-
-void **QListData::append()
-{
-    Q_ASSERT(d->ref == 1);
-    if (d->end == d->alloc) {
-        int n = d->end - d->begin;
-        if (d->begin > 2 * d->alloc / 3) {
-            ::memcpy(d->array + n, d->array + d->begin, n * sizeof(void *));
-            d->begin = n;
-            d->end = n * 2;
-        } else {
-            realloc(grow(d->alloc + 1));
-        }
-    }
-    return d->array + d->end++;
-}
-
-void **QListData::append(const QListData& l)
-{
-    Q_ASSERT(d->ref == 1);
-    int e = d->end;
-    int n = l.d->end - l.d->begin;
-    if (n) {
-        if (e + n > d->alloc)
-            realloc(grow(e + l.d->end - l.d->begin));
-        ::memcpy(d->array + d->end, l.d->array + l.d->begin, n * sizeof(void*));
-        d->end += n;
-    }
-    return d->array + e;
-}
-
-void **QListData::prepend()
-{
-    Q_ASSERT(d->ref == 1);
-    if (d->begin == 0) {
-        if (d->end >= d->alloc / 3)
-            realloc(grow(d->alloc + 1));
-
-        if (d->end < d->alloc / 3)
-            d->begin = d->alloc - 2 * d->end;
-        else
-            d->begin = d->alloc - d->end;
-
-        ::memmove(d->array + d->begin, d->array, d->end * sizeof(void *));
-        d->end += d->begin;
-    }
-    return d->array + --d->begin;
-}
-
-void **QListData::insert(int i)
-{
-    Q_ASSERT(d->ref == 1);
-    if (i <= 0)
-        return prepend();
-    if (i >= d->end - d->begin)
-        return append();
-
-    bool leftward = false;
-    int size = d->end - d->begin;
-
-    if (d->begin == 0) {
-        if (d->end == d->alloc) {
-            // If the array is full, we expand it and move some items rightward
-            realloc(grow(d->alloc + 1));
-        } else {
-            // If there is free space at the end of the array, we move some items rightward
-        }
-    } else {
-        if (d->end == d->alloc) {
-            // If there is free space at the beginning of the array, we move some items leftward
-            leftward = true;
-        } else {
-            // If there is free space at both ends, we move as few items as possible
-            leftward = (i < size - i);
-        }
-    }
-
-    if (leftward) {
-        --d->begin;
-        ::memmove(d->array + d->begin, d->array + d->begin + 1, i * sizeof(void *));
-    } else {
-        ::memmove(d->array + d->begin + i + 1, d->array + d->begin + i,
-                  (size - i) * sizeof(void *));
-        ++d->end;
-    }
-    return d->array + d->begin + i;
-}
-
-void QListData::remove(int i)
-{
-    Q_ASSERT(d->ref == 1);
-    i += d->begin;
-    if (i - d->begin < d->end - i) {
-        if (int offset = i - d->begin)
-            ::memmove(d->array + d->begin + 1, d->array + d->begin, offset * sizeof(void *));
-        d->begin++;
-    } else {
-        if (int offset = d->end - i - 1)
-            ::memmove(d->array + i, d->array + i + 1, offset * sizeof(void *));
-        d->end--;
-    }
-}
-
-void QListData::remove(int i, int n)
-{
-    Q_ASSERT(d->ref == 1);
-    i += d->begin;
-    int middle = i + n/2;
-    if (middle - d->begin < d->end - middle) {
-        ::memmove(d->array + d->begin + n, d->array + d->begin,
-                   (i - d->begin) * sizeof(void*));
-        d->begin += n;
-    } else {
-        ::memmove(d->array + i, d->array + i + n,
-                   (d->end - i - n) * sizeof(void*));
-        d->end -= n;
-    }
-}
-
-void QListData::move(int from, int to)
-{
-    Q_ASSERT(d->ref == 1);
-    if (from == to)
-        return;
-
-    from += d->begin;
-    to += d->begin;
-    void *t = d->array[from];
-
-    if (from < to) {
-        if (d->end == d->alloc || 3 * (to - from) < 2 * (d->end - d->begin)) {
-            ::memmove(d->array + from, d->array + from + 1, (to - from) * sizeof(void *));
-        } else {
-            // optimization
-            if (int offset = from - d->begin)
-                ::memmove(d->array + d->begin + 1, d->array + d->begin, offset * sizeof(void *));
-            if (int offset = d->end - (to + 1))
-                ::memmove(d->array + to + 2, d->array + to + 1, offset * sizeof(void *));
-            ++d->begin;
-            ++d->end;
-            ++to;
-        }
-    } else {
-        if (d->begin == 0 || 3 * (from - to) < 2 * (d->end - d->begin)) {
-            ::memmove(d->array + to + 1, d->array + to, (from - to) * sizeof(void *));
-        } else {
-            // optimization
-            if (int offset = to - d->begin)
-                ::memmove(d->array + d->begin - 1, d->array + d->begin, offset * sizeof(void *));
-            if (int offset = d->end - (from + 1))
-                ::memmove(d->array + from, d->array + from + 1, offset * sizeof(void *));
-            --d->begin;
-            --d->end;
-            --to;
-        }
-    }
-    d->array[to] = t;
-}
-
-void **QListData::erase(void **xi)
-{
-    Q_ASSERT(d->ref == 1);
-    int i = xi - (d->array + d->begin);
-    remove(i);
-    return d->array + d->begin + i;
-}
-
-/*! \class QList
-    \brief The QList class is a template class that provides lists.
-
-    \ingroup tools
-    \ingroup shared
-
-    \reentrant
-
-    QList\ is one of Qt's generic \l{container classes}. It
-    stores a list of values and provides fast index-based access as
-    well as fast insertions and removals.
-
-    QList\, QLinkedList\, and QVector\ provide similar
-    functionality. Here's an overview:
-
-    \list
-    \i For most purposes, QList is the right class to use. Its
-       index-based API is more convenient than QLinkedList's
-       iterator-based API, and it is usually faster than
-       QVector because of the way it stores its items in
-       memory. It also expands to less code in your executable.
-    \i If you need a real linked list, with guarantees of \l{constant
-       time} insertions in the middle of the list and iterators to
-       items rather than indexes, use QLinkedList.
-    \i If you want the items to occupy adjacent memory positions,
-       use QVector.
-    \endlist
-
-
-    Internally, QList\ is represented as an array of pointers to
-    items of type T. If T is itself a pointer type or a basic type
-    that is no larger than a pointer, or if T is one of Qt's \l{shared
-    classes}, then QList\ stores the items directly in the pointer
-    array. For lists under a thousand items, this array representation
-    allows for very fast insertions in the middle, and it allows
-    index-based access. Furthermore, operations like prepend() and
-    append() are very fast, because QList preallocates memory at both
-    ends of its internal array. (See \l{Algorithmic Complexity} for
-    details.) Note, however, that for unshared list items that are
-    larger than a pointer, each append or insert of a new item
-    requires allocating the new item on the heap, and this per item
-    allocation might make QVector a better choice in cases that do
-    lots of appending or inserting, since QVector allocates memory for
-    its items in a single heap allocation.
-
-    Note that the internal array only ever gets bigger over the life
-    of the list. It never shrinks. The internal array is deallocated
-    by the destructor and by the assignment operator, when one list
-    is assigned to another.
-
-    Here's an example of a QList that stores integers and
-    a QList that stores QDate values:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qlistdata.cpp 0
-
-    Qt includes a QStringList class that inherits QList\
-    and adds a few convenience functions, such as QStringList::join()
-    and QStringList::find(). (QString::split() creates QStringLists
-    from strings.)
-
-    QList stores a list of items. The default constructor creates an
-    empty list. To insert items into the list, you can use
-    operator<<():
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qlistdata.cpp 1
-
-    QList provides these basic functions to add, move, and remove
-    items: insert(), replace(), removeAt(), move(), and swap(). In
-    addition, it provides the following convenience functions:
-    append(), prepend(), removeFirst(), and removeLast().
-
-    QList uses 0-based indexes, just like C++ arrays. To access the
-    item at a particular index position, you can use operator[](). On
-    non-const lists, operator[]() returns a reference to the item and
-    can be used on the left side of an assignment:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qlistdata.cpp 2
-
-    Because QList is implemented as an array of pointers, this
-    operation is very fast (\l{constant time}). For read-only access,
-    an alternative syntax is to use at():
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qlistdata.cpp 3
-
-    at() can be faster than operator[](), because it never causes a
-    \l{deep copy} to occur.
-
-    A common requirement is to remove an item from a list and do
-    something with it. For this, QList provides takeAt(), takeFirst(),
-    and takeLast(). Here's a loop that removes the items from a list
-    one at a time and calls \c delete on them:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qlistdata.cpp 4
-
-    Inserting and removing items at either ends of the list is very
-    fast (\l{constant time} in most cases), because QList
-    preallocates extra space on both sides of its internal buffer to
-    allow for fast growth at both ends of the list.
-
-    If you want to find all occurrences of a particular value in a
-    list, use indexOf() or lastIndexOf(). The former searches forward
-    starting from a given index position, the latter searches
-    backward. Both return the index of a matching item if they find
-    it; otherwise, they return -1. For example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qlistdata.cpp 5
-
-    If you simply want to check whether a list contains a particular
-    value, use contains(). If you want to find out how many times a
-    particular value occurs in the list, use count(). If you want to
-    replace all occurrences of a particular value with another, use
-    replace().
-
-    QList's value type must be an \l{assignable data type}. This
-    covers most data types that are commonly used, but the compiler
-    won't let you, for example, store a QWidget as a value; instead,
-    store a QWidget *. A few functions have additional requirements;
-    for example, indexOf() and lastIndexOf() expect the value type to
-    support \c operator==().  These requirements are documented on a
-    per-function basis.
-
-    Like the other container classes, QList provides \l{Java-style
-    iterators} (QListIterator and QMutableListIterator) and
-    \l{STL-style iterators} (QList::const_iterator and
-    QList::iterator). In practice, these are rarely used, because you
-    can use indexes into the QList. QList is implemented in such a way
-    that direct index-based access is just as fast as using iterators.
-
-    QList does \e not support inserting, prepending, appending or
-    replacing with references to its own values. Doing so will cause
-    your application to abort with an error message.
-
-    To make QList as efficient as possible, its member functions don't
-    validate their input before using it. Except for isEmpty(), member
-    functions always assume the list is \e not empty. Member functions
-    that take index values as parameters always assume their index
-    value parameters are in the valid range. This means QList member
-    functions can fail. If you define QT_NO_DEBUG when you compile,
-    failures will not be detected. If you \e don't define QT_NO_DEBUG,
-    failures will be detected using Q_ASSERT() or Q_ASSERT_X() with an
-    appropriate message.
-
-    To avoid failures when your list can be empty, call isEmpty()
-    before calling other member functions. If you must pass an index
-    value that might not be in the valid range, check that it is less
-    than the value returned by size() but \e not less than 0.
-
-    \sa QListIterator, QMutableListIterator, QLinkedList, QVector
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn QList QList::mid(int pos, int length) const
-
-    Returns a list whose elements are copied from this list,
-    starting at position \a pos. If \a length is -1 (the default), all
-    elements from \a pos are copied; otherwise \a length elements (or
-    all remaining elements if there are less than \a length elements)
-    are copied.
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QList::QList()
-
-    Constructs an empty list.
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QList::QList(const QList &other)
-
-    Constructs a copy of \a other.
-
-    This operation takes \l{constant time}, because QList is
-    \l{implicitly shared}. This makes returning a QList from a
-    function very fast. If a shared instance is modified, it will be
-    copied (copy-on-write), and that takes \l{linear time}.
-
-    \sa operator=()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QList::~QList()
-
-    Destroys the list. References to the values in the list and all
-    iterators of this list become invalid.
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QList &QList::operator=(const QList &other)
-
-    Assigns \a other to this list and returns a reference to this
-    list.
-*/
-
-/*! \fn bool QList::operator==(const QList &other) const
-
-    Returns true if \a other is equal to this list; otherwise returns
-    false.
-
-    Two lists are considered equal if they contain the same values in
-    the same order.
-
-    This function requires the value type to have an implementation of
-    \c operator==().
-
-    \sa operator!=()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn bool QList::operator!=(const QList &other) const
-
-    Returns true if \a other is not equal to this list; otherwise
-    returns false.
-
-    Two lists are considered equal if they contain the same values in
-    the same order.
-
-    This function requires the value type to have an implementation of
-    \c operator==().
-
-    \sa operator==()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn int QList::size() const
-
-    Returns the number of items in the list.
-
-    \sa isEmpty(), count()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void QList::detach()
-
-    \internal
-*/
-
-/*! \fn bool QList::isDetached() const
-
-    \internal
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void QList::setSharable(bool sharable)
-
-    \internal
-*/
-
-/*! \fn bool QList::isEmpty() const
-
-    Returns true if the list contains no items; otherwise returns
-    false.
-
-    \sa size()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void QList::clear()
-
-    Removes all items from the list.
-
-    \sa removeAll()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn const T &QList::at(int i) const
-
-    Returns the item at index position \a i in the list. \a i must be
-    a valid index position in the list (i.e., 0 <= \a i < size()).
-
-    This function is very fast (\l{constant time}).
-
-    \sa value(), operator[]()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn T &QList::operator[](int i)
-
-    Returns the item at index position \a i as a modifiable reference.
-    \a i must be a valid index position in the list (i.e., 0 <= \a i <
-    size()).
-
-    This function is very fast (\l{constant time}).
-
-    \sa at(), value()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn const T &QList::operator[](int i) const
-
-    \overload
-
-    Same as at().
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void QList::append(const T &value)
-
-    Inserts \a value at the end of the list.
-
-    Example:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qlistdata.cpp 6
-
-    This is the same as list.insert(size(), \a value).
-
-    This operation is typically very fast (\l{constant time}),
-    because QList preallocates extra space on both sides of its
-    internal buffer to allow for fast growth at both ends of the
-    list.
-
-    \sa operator<<(), prepend(), insert()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void QList::append(const QList &value)
-
-    \overload
-
-    \since 4.5
-
-    Appends the items of the \a value list to this list.
-
-    \sa operator<<(), operator+=()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void QList::prepend(const T &value)
-
-    Inserts \a value at the beginning of the list.
-
-    Example:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qlistdata.cpp 7
-
-    This is the same as list.insert(0, \a value).
-
-    This operation is usually very fast (\l{constant time}), because
-    QList preallocates extra space on both sides of its internal
-    buffer to allow for fast growth at both ends of the list.
-
-    \sa append(), insert()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void QList::insert(int i, const T &value)
-
-    Inserts \a value at index position \a i in the list. If \a i
-    is 0, the value is prepended to the list. If \a i is size(), the
-    value is appended to the list.
-
-    Example:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qlistdata.cpp 8
-
-    \sa append(), prepend(), replace(), removeAt()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QList::iterator QList::insert(iterator before, const T &value)
-
-    \overload
-
-    Inserts \a value in front of the item pointed to by the
-    iterator \a before. Returns an iterator pointing at the inserted
-    item. Note that the iterator passed to the function will be
-    invalid after the call; the returned iterator should be used
-    instead.
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void QList::replace(int i, const T &value)
-
-    Replaces the item at index position \a i with \a value. \a i must
-    be a valid index position in the list (i.e., 0 <= \a i < size()).
-
-    \sa operator[](), removeAt()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn int QList::removeAll(const T &value)
-
-    Removes all occurrences of \a value in the list and returns the
-    number of entries removed.
-
-    Example:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qlistdata.cpp 9
-
-    This function requires the value type to have an implementation of
-    \c operator==().
-
-    \sa removeOne(), removeAt(), takeAt(), replace()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool QList::removeOne(const T &value)
-    \since 4.4
-
-    Removes the first occurrence of \a value in the list and returns
-    true on success; otherwise returns false.
-
-    Example:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qlistdata.cpp 10
-
-    This function requires the value type to have an implementation of
-    \c operator==().
-
-    \sa removeAll(), removeAt(), takeAt(), replace()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void QList::removeAt(int i)
-
-    Removes the item at index position \a i. \a i must be a valid
-    index position in the list (i.e., 0 <= \a i < size()).
-
-    \sa takeAt(), removeFirst(), removeLast(), removeOne()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn T QList::takeAt(int i)
-
-    Removes the item at index position \a i and returns it. \a i must
-    be a valid index position in the list (i.e., 0 <= \a i < size()).
-
-    If you don't use the return value, removeAt() is more efficient.
-
-    \sa removeAt(), takeFirst(), takeLast()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn T QList::takeFirst()
-
-    Removes the first item in the list and returns it. This is the
-    same as takeAt(0). This function assumes the list is not empty. To
-    avoid failure, call isEmpty() before calling this function.
-
-    This operation is very fast (\l{constant time}), because QList
-    preallocates extra space on both sides of its internal buffer to
-    allow for fast growth at both ends of the list.
-
-    If you don't use the return value, removeFirst() is more
-    efficient.
-
-    \sa takeLast(), takeAt(), removeFirst()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn T QList::takeLast()
-
-    Removes the last item in the list and returns it. This is the
-    same as takeAt(size() - 1). This function assumes the list is
-    not empty. To avoid failure, call isEmpty() before calling this
-    function.
-
-    This operation is very fast (\l{constant time}), because QList
-    preallocates extra space on both sides of its internal buffer to
-    allow for fast growth at both ends of the list.
-
-    If you don't use the return value, removeLast() is more
-    efficient.
-
-    \sa takeFirst(), takeAt(), removeLast()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void QList::move(int from, int to)
-
-    Moves the item at index position \a from to index position \a to.
-
-    Example:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qlistdata.cpp 11
-
-    This is the same as insert(\a{to}, takeAt(\a{from})).This function
-    assumes that both \a from and \a to are at least 0 but less than
-    size(). To avoid failure, test that both \a from and \a to are at
-    least 0 and less than size().
-
-    \sa swap(), insert(), takeAt()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void QList::swap(int i, int j)
-
-    Exchange the item at index position \a i with the item at index
-    position \a j. This function assumes that both \a i and \a j are
-    at least 0 but less than size(). To avoid failure, test that both
-    \a i and \a j are at least 0 and less than size().
-
-    Example:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qlistdata.cpp 12
-
-    \sa move()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn int QList::indexOf(const T &value, int from = 0) const
-
-    Returns the index position of the first occurrence of \a value in
-    the list, searching forward from index position \a from. Returns
-    -1 if no item matched.
-
-    Example:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qlistdata.cpp 13
-
-    This function requires the value type to have an implementation of
-    \c operator==().
-
-    Note that QList uses 0-based indexes, just like C++ arrays. Negative
-    indexes are not supported with the exception of the value mentioned
-    above.
-
-    \sa lastIndexOf(), contains()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn int QList::lastIndexOf(const T &value, int from = -1) const
-
-    Returns the index position of the last occurrence of \a value in
-    the list, searching backward from index position \a from. If \a
-    from is -1 (the default), the search starts at the last item.
-    Returns -1 if no item matched.
-
-    Example:
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qlistdata.cpp 14
-
-    This function requires the value type to have an implementation of
-    \c operator==().
-
-    Note that QList uses 0-based indexes, just like C++ arrays. Negative 
-    indexes are not supported with the exception of the value mentioned
-    above.
-
-    \sa indexOf()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QBool QList::contains(const T &value) const
-
-    Returns true if the list contains an occurrence of \a value;
-    otherwise returns false.
-
-    This function requires the value type to have an implementation of
-    \c operator==().
-
-    \sa indexOf(), count()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn int QList::count(const T &value) const
-
-    Returns the number of occurrences of \a value in the list.
-
-    This function requires the value type to have an implementation of
-    \c operator==().
-
-    \sa contains(), indexOf()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn bool QList::startsWith(const T &value) const
-    \since 4.5
-
-    Returns true if this list is not empty and its first
-    item is equal to \a value; otherwise returns false.
-
-    \sa isEmpty(), contains()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn bool QList::endsWith(const T &value) const
-    \since 4.5
-
-    Returns true if this list is not empty and its last
-    item is equal to \a value; otherwise returns false.
-
-    \sa isEmpty(), contains()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QList::iterator QList::begin()
-
-    Returns an \l{STL-style iterator} pointing to the first item in
-    the list.
-
-    \sa constBegin(), end()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QList::const_iterator QList::begin() const
-
-    \overload
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QList::const_iterator QList::constBegin() const
-
-    Returns a const \l{STL-style iterator} pointing to the first item
-    in the list.
-
-    \sa begin(), constEnd()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QList::iterator QList::end()
-
-    Returns an \l{STL-style iterator} pointing to the imaginary item
-    after the last item in the list.
-
-    \sa begin(), constEnd()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn const_iterator QList::end() const
-
-    \overload
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QList::const_iterator QList::constEnd() const
-
-    Returns a const \l{STL-style iterator} pointing to the imaginary
-    item after the last item in the list.
-
-    \sa constBegin(), end()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QList::iterator QList::erase(iterator pos)
-
-    Removes the item associated with the iterator \a pos from the
-    list, and returns an iterator to the next item in the list (which
-    may be end()).
-
-    \sa insert(), removeAt()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QList::iterator QList::erase(iterator begin, iterator end)
-
-    \overload
-
-    Removes all the items from \a begin up to (but not including) \a
-    end. Returns an iterator to the same item that \a end referred to
-    before the call.
-*/
-
-/*! \typedef QList::Iterator
-
-    Qt-style synonym for QList::iterator.
-*/
-
-/*! \typedef QList::ConstIterator
-
-    Qt-style synonym for QList::const_iterator.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \typedef QList::size_type
-
-    Typedef for int. Provided for STL compatibility.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \typedef QList::value_type
-
-    Typedef for T. Provided for STL compatibility.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \typedef QList::difference_type
-
-    Typedef for ptrdiff_t. Provided for STL compatibility.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \typedef QList::pointer
-
-    Typedef for T *. Provided for STL compatibility.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \typedef QList::const_pointer
-
-    Typedef for const T *. Provided for STL compatibility.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \typedef QList::reference
-
-    Typedef for T &. Provided for STL compatibility.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \typedef QList::const_reference
-
-    Typedef for const T &. Provided for STL compatibility.
-*/
-
-/*! \fn int QList::count() const
-
-    Returns the number of items in the list. This is effectively the
-    same as size().
-*/
-
-/*! \fn int QList::length() const
-    \since 4.5
-
-    This function is identical to count().
-
-    \sa count()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn T& QList::first()
-
-    Returns a reference to the first item in the list. The list must
-    not be empty. If the list can be empty, call isEmpty() before
-    calling this function.
-
-    \sa last(), isEmpty()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn const T& QList::first() const
-
-    \overload
-*/
-
-/*! \fn T& QList::last()
-
-    Returns a reference to the last item in the list.  The list must
-    not be empty. If the list can be empty, call isEmpty() before
-    calling this function.
-
-    \sa first(), isEmpty()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn const T& QList::last() const
-
-    \overload
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void QList::removeFirst()
-
-    Removes the first item in the list. Calling this function is
-    equivalent to calling removeAt(0). The list must not be empty. If
-    the list can be empty, call isEmpty() before calling this
-    function.
-
-    \sa removeAt(), takeFirst()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void QList::removeLast()
-
-    Removes the last item in the list. Calling this function is
-    equivalent to calling removeAt(size() - 1). The list must not be
-    empty. If the list can be empty, call isEmpty() before calling
-    this function.
-
-    \sa removeAt(), takeLast()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn T QList::value(int i) const
-
-    Returns the value at index position \a i in the list.
-
-    If the index \a i is out of bounds, the function returns a
-    \l{default-constructed value}. If you are certain that the index
-    is going to be within bounds, you can use at() instead, which is
-    slightly faster.
-
-    \sa at(), operator[]()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn T QList::value(int i, const T &defaultValue) const
-
-    \overload
-
-    If the index \a i is out of bounds, the function returns
-    \a defaultValue.
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void QList::push_back(const T &value)
-
-    This function is provided for STL compatibility. It is equivalent
-    to \l{QList::append()}{append(\a value)}.
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void QList::push_front(const T &value)
-
-    This function is provided for STL compatibility. It is equivalent
-    to \l{QList::prepend()}{prepend(\a value)}.
-*/
-
-/*! \fn T& QList::front()
-
-    This function is provided for STL compatibility. It is equivalent
-    to first(). The list must not be empty. If the list can be empty,
-    call isEmpty() before calling this function.
-*/
-
-/*! \fn const T& QList::front() const
-
-    \overload
-*/
-
-/*! \fn T& QList::back()
-
-    This function is provided for STL compatibility. It is equivalent
-    to last(). The list must not be empty. If the list can be empty,
-    call isEmpty() before calling this function.
-*/
-
-/*! \fn const T& QList::back() const
-
-    \overload
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void QList::pop_front()
-
-    This function is provided for STL compatibility. It is equivalent
-    to removeFirst(). The list must not be empty. If the list can be
-    empty, call isEmpty() before calling this function.
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void QList::pop_back()
-
-    This function is provided for STL compatibility. It is equivalent
-    to removeLast(). The list must not be empty. If the list can be
-    empty, call isEmpty() before calling this function.
-*/
-
-/*! \fn bool QList::empty() const
-
-    This function is provided for STL compatibility. It is equivalent
-    to isEmpty() and returns true if the list is empty.
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QList &QList::operator+=(const QList &other)
-
-    Appends the items of the \a other list to this list and returns a
-    reference to this list.
-
-    \sa operator+(), append()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void QList::operator+=(const T &value)
-
-    \overload
-
-    Appends \a value to the list.
-
-    \sa append(), operator<<()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QList QList::operator+(const QList &other) const
-
-    Returns a list that contains all the items in this list followed
-    by all the items in the \a other list.
-
-    \sa operator+=()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QList &QList::operator<<(const QList &other)
-
-    Appends the items of the \a other list to this list and returns a
-    reference to this list.
-
-    \sa operator+=(), append()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void QList::operator<<(const T &value)
-
-    \overload
-
-    Appends \a value to the list.
-*/
-
-/*! \class QList::iterator
-    \brief The QList::iterator class provides an STL-style non-const iterator for QList and QQueue.
-
-    QList features both \l{STL-style iterators} and \l{Java-style
-    iterators}. The STL-style iterators are more low-level and more
-    cumbersome to use; on the other hand, they are slightly faster
-    and, for developers who already know STL, have the advantage of
-    familiarity.
-
-    QList\::iterator allows you to iterate over a QList\ (or
-    QQueue\) and to modify the list item associated with the
-    iterator. If you want to iterate over a const QList, use
-    QList::const_iterator instead. It is generally good practice to
-    use QList::const_iterator on a non-const QList as well, unless
-    you need to change the QList through the iterator. Const
-    iterators are slightly faster, and can improve code readability.
-
-    The default QList::iterator constructor creates an uninitialized
-    iterator. You must initialize it using a QList function like
-    QList::begin(), QList::end(), or QList::insert() before you can
-    start iterating. Here's a typical loop that prints all the items
-    stored in a list:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qlistdata.cpp 15
-
-    Let's see a few examples of things we can do with a
-    QList::iterator that we cannot do with a QList::const_iterator.
-    Here's an example that increments every value stored in a
-    QList\ by 2:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qlistdata.cpp 16
-
-    Most QList functions accept an integer index rather than an
-    iterator. For that reason, iterators are rarely useful in
-    connection with QList. One place where STL-style iterators do
-    make sense is as arguments to \l{generic algorithms}.
-
-    For example, here's how to delete all the widgets stored in a
-    QList\:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qlistdata.cpp 17
-
-    Multiple iterators can be used on the same list. However, be
-    aware that any non-const function call performed on the QList
-    will render all existing iterators undefined. If you need to keep
-    iterators over a long period of time, we recommend that you use
-    QLinkedList rather than QList.
-
-    \sa QList::const_iterator, QMutableListIterator
-*/
-
-/*! \typedef QList::iterator::iterator_category
-
-  A synonym for \e {std::random_access_iterator_tag} indicating
-  this iterator is a random access iterator.
-*/
-
-/*! \typedef QList::iterator::difference_type
-
-    \internal
-*/
-
-/*! \typedef QList::iterator::value_type
-
-    \internal
-*/
-
-/*! \typedef QList::iterator::pointer
-
-    \internal
-*/
-
-/*! \typedef QList::iterator::reference
-
-    \internal
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QList::iterator::iterator()
-
-    Constructs an uninitialized iterator.
-
-    Functions like operator*() and operator++() should not be called
-    on an uninitialized iterator. Use operator=() to assign a value
-    to it before using it.
-
-    \sa QList::begin() QList::end()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QList::iterator::iterator(Node *node)
-
-    \internal
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QList::iterator::iterator(const iterator &other)
-
-    Constructs a copy of \a other.
-*/
-
-/*! \fn T &QList::iterator::operator*() const
-
-    Returns a modifiable reference to the current item.
-
-    You can change the value of an item by using operator*() on the
-    left side of an assignment, for example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qlistdata.cpp 18
-
-    \sa operator->()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn T *QList::iterator::operator->() const
-
-    Returns a pointer to the current item.
-
-    \sa operator*()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn T &QList::iterator::operator[](int j) const
-
-    Returns a modifiable reference to the item at position *this +
-    \a{j}.
-
-    This function is provided to make QList iterators behave like C++
-    pointers.
-
-    \sa operator+()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool QList::iterator::operator==(const iterator &other) const
-    \fn bool QList::iterator::operator==(const const_iterator &other) const
-
-    Returns true if \a other points to the same item as this
-    iterator; otherwise returns false.
-
-    \sa operator!=()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool QList::iterator::operator!=(const iterator &other) const
-    \fn bool QList::iterator::operator!=(const const_iterator &other) const
-
-    Returns true if \a other points to a different item than this
-    iterator; otherwise returns false.
-
-    \sa operator==()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool QList::iterator::operator<(const iterator& other) const
-    \fn bool QList::iterator::operator<(const const_iterator& other) const
-
-    Returns true if the item pointed to by this iterator is less than
-    the item pointed to by the \a other iterator.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool QList::iterator::operator<=(const iterator& other) const
-    \fn bool QList::iterator::operator<=(const const_iterator& other) const
-
-    Returns true if the item pointed to by this iterator is less than
-    or equal to the item pointed to by the \a other iterator.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool QList::iterator::operator>(const iterator& other) const
-    \fn bool QList::iterator::operator>(const const_iterator& other) const
-
-    Returns true if the item pointed to by this iterator is greater
-    than the item pointed to by the \a other iterator.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool QList::iterator::operator>=(const iterator& other) const
-    \fn bool QList::iterator::operator>=(const const_iterator& other) const
-
-    Returns true if the item pointed to by this iterator is greater
-    than or equal to the item pointed to by the \a other iterator.
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QList::iterator &QList::iterator::operator++()
-
-    The prefix ++ operator (\c{++it}) advances the iterator to the
-    next item in the list and returns an iterator to the new current
-    item.
-
-    Calling this function on QList::end() leads to undefined results.
-
-    \sa operator--()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QList::iterator QList::iterator::operator++(int)
-
-    \overload
-
-    The postfix ++ operator (\c{it++}) advances the iterator to the
-    next item in the list and returns an iterator to the previously
-    current item.
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QList::iterator &QList::iterator::operator--()
-
-    The prefix -- operator (\c{--it}) makes the preceding item
-    current and returns an iterator to the new current item.
-
-    Calling this function on QList::begin() leads to undefined results.
-
-    \sa operator++()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QList::iterator QList::iterator::operator--(int)
-
-    \overload
-
-    The postfix -- operator (\c{it--}) makes the preceding item
-    current and returns an iterator to the previously current item.
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QList::iterator &QList::iterator::operator+=(int j)
-
-    Advances the iterator by \a j items. (If \a j is negative, the
-    iterator goes backward.)
-
-    \sa operator-=(), operator+()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QList::iterator &QList::iterator::operator-=(int j)
-
-    Makes the iterator go back by \a j items. (If \a j is negative,
-    the iterator goes forward.)
-
-    \sa operator+=(), operator-()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QList::iterator QList::iterator::operator+(int j) const
-
-    Returns an iterator to the item at \a j positions forward from
-    this iterator. (If \a j is negative, the iterator goes backward.)
-
-    \sa operator-(), operator+=()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QList::iterator QList::iterator::operator-(int j) const
-
-    Returns an iterator to the item at \a j positions backward from
-    this iterator. (If \a j is negative, the iterator goes forward.)
-
-    \sa operator+(), operator-=()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn int QList::iterator::operator-(iterator other) const
-
-    Returns the number of items between the item pointed to by \a
-    other and the item pointed to by this iterator.
-*/
-
-/*! \class QList::const_iterator
-    \brief The QList::const_iterator class provides an STL-style const iterator for QList and QQueue.
-
-    QList provides both \l{STL-style iterators} and \l{Java-style
-    iterators}. The STL-style iterators are more low-level and more
-    cumbersome to use; on the other hand, they are slightly faster
-    and, for developers who already know STL, have the advantage of
-    familiarity.
-
-    QList\::const_iterator allows you to iterate over a
-    QList\ (or a QQueue\). If you want to modify the QList as
-    you iterate over it, use QList::iterator instead. It is generally
-    good practice to use QList::const_iterator on a non-const QList
-    as well, unless you need to change the QList through the
-    iterator. Const iterators are slightly faster, and can improve
-    code readability.
-
-    The default QList::const_iterator constructor creates an
-    uninitialized iterator. You must initialize it using a QList
-    function like QList::constBegin(), QList::constEnd(), or
-    QList::insert() before you can start iterating. Here's a typical
-    loop that prints all the items stored in a list:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qlistdata.cpp 19
-
-    Most QList functions accept an integer index rather than an
-    iterator. For that reason, iterators are rarely useful in
-    connection with QList. One place where STL-style iterators do
-    make sense is as arguments to \l{generic algorithms}.
-
-    For example, here's how to delete all the widgets stored in a
-    QList\:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qlistdata.cpp 20
-
-    Multiple iterators can be used on the same list. However, be
-    aware that any non-const function call performed on the QList
-    will render all existing iterators undefined. If you need to keep
-    iterators over a long period of time, we recommend that you use
-    QLinkedList rather than QList.
-
-    \sa QList::iterator, QListIterator
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QList::const_iterator::const_iterator()
-
-    Constructs an uninitialized iterator.
-
-    Functions like operator*() and operator++() should not be called
-    on an uninitialized iterator. Use operator=() to assign a value
-    to it before using it.
-
-    \sa QList::constBegin() QList::constEnd()
-*/
-
-/*! \typedef QList::const_iterator::iterator_category
-
-  A synonym for \e {std::random_access_iterator_tag} indicating
-  this iterator is a random access iterator.
-*/
-
-/*! \typedef QList::const_iterator::difference_type
-
-    \internal
-*/
-
-/*! \typedef QList::const_iterator::value_type
-
-    \internal
-*/
-
-/*! \typedef QList::const_iterator::pointer
-
-    \internal
-*/
-
-/*! \typedef QList::const_iterator::reference
-
-    \internal
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QList::const_iterator::const_iterator(Node *node)
-
-    \internal
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QList::const_iterator::const_iterator(const const_iterator &other)
-
-    Constructs a copy of \a other.
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QList::const_iterator::const_iterator(const iterator &other)
-
-    Constructs a copy of \a other.
-*/
-
-/*! \fn const T &QList::const_iterator::operator*() const
-
-    Returns the current item.
-
-    \sa operator->()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn const T *QList::const_iterator::operator->() const
-
-    Returns a pointer to the current item.
-
-    \sa operator*()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn const T &QList::const_iterator::operator[](int j) const
-
-    Returns the item at position *this + \a{j}.
-
-    This function is provided to make QList iterators behave like C++
-    pointers.
-
-    \sa operator+()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn bool QList::const_iterator::operator==(const const_iterator &other) const
-
-    Returns true if \a other points to the same item as this
-    iterator; otherwise returns false.
-
-    \sa operator!=()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn bool QList::const_iterator::operator!=(const const_iterator &other) const
-
-    Returns true if \a other points to a different item than this
-    iterator; otherwise returns false.
-
-    \sa operator==()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool QList::const_iterator::operator<(const const_iterator& other) const
-
-    Returns true if the item pointed to by this iterator is less than
-    the item pointed to by the \a other iterator.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool QList::const_iterator::operator<=(const const_iterator& other) const
-
-    Returns true if the item pointed to by this iterator is less than
-    or equal to the item pointed to by the \a other iterator.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool QList::const_iterator::operator>(const const_iterator& other) const
-
-    Returns true if the item pointed to by this iterator is greater
-    than the item pointed to by the \a other iterator.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool QList::const_iterator::operator>=(const const_iterator& other) const
-
-    Returns true if the item pointed to by this iterator is greater
-    than or equal to the item pointed to by the \a other iterator.
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QList::const_iterator &QList::const_iterator::operator++()
-
-    The prefix ++ operator (\c{++it}) advances the iterator to the
-    next item in the list and returns an iterator to the new current
-    item.
-
-    Calling this function on QList::end() leads to undefined results.
-
-    \sa operator--()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QList::const_iterator QList::const_iterator::operator++(int)
-
-    \overload
-
-    The postfix ++ operator (\c{it++}) advances the iterator to the
-    next item in the list and returns an iterator to the previously
-    current item.
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QList::const_iterator &QList::const_iterator::operator--()
-
-    The prefix -- operator (\c{--it}) makes the preceding item
-    current and returns an iterator to the new current item.
-
-    Calling this function on QList::begin() leads to undefined results.
-
-    \sa operator++()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QList::const_iterator QList::const_iterator::operator--(int)
-
-    \overload
-
-    The postfix -- operator (\c{it--}) makes the preceding item
-    current and returns an iterator to the previously current item.
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QList::const_iterator &QList::const_iterator::operator+=(int j)
-
-    Advances the iterator by \a j items. (If \a j is negative, the
-    iterator goes backward.)
-
-    \sa operator-=(), operator+()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QList::const_iterator &QList::const_iterator::operator-=(int j)
-
-    Makes the iterator go back by \a j items. (If \a j is negative,
-    the iterator goes forward.)
-
-    \sa operator+=(), operator-()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QList::const_iterator QList::const_iterator::operator+(int j) const
-
-    Returns an iterator to the item at \a j positions forward from
-    this iterator. (If \a j is negative, the iterator goes backward.)
-
-    \sa operator-(), operator+=()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QList::const_iterator QList::const_iterator::operator-(int j) const
-
-    Returns an iterator to the item at \a j positions backward from
-    this iterator. (If \a j is negative, the iterator goes forward.)
-
-    \sa operator+(), operator-=()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn int QList::const_iterator::operator-(const_iterator other) const
-
-    Returns the number of items between the item pointed to by \a
-    other and the item pointed to by this iterator.
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QDataStream &operator<<(QDataStream &out, const QList &list)
-    \relates QList
-
-    Writes the list \a list to stream \a out.
-
-    This function requires the value type to implement \c
-    operator<<().
-
-    \sa \link datastreamformat.html Format of the QDataStream operators \endlink
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QDataStream &operator>>(QDataStream &in, QList &list)
-    \relates QList
-
-    Reads a list from stream \a in into \a list.
-
-    This function requires the value type to implement \c
-    operator>>().
-
-    \sa \link datastreamformat.html Format of the QDataStream operators \endlink
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn iterator QList::remove(iterator pos)
-
-    Use erase() instead.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn int QList::remove(const T &t)
-
-    Use removeAll() instead.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn int QList::findIndex(const T& t) const
-
-    Use indexOf() instead.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn iterator QList::find(const T& t)
-
-    Use indexOf() instead.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn const_iterator QList::find (const T& t) const
-
-    Use indexOf() instead.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn iterator QList::find(iterator from, const T& t)
-
-    Use indexOf() instead.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn const_iterator QList::find(const_iterator from, const T& t) const
-
-    Use indexOf() instead.
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QList QList::fromVector(const QVector &vector)
-
-    Returns a QList object with the data contained in \a vector.
-
-    Example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qlistdata.cpp 21
-
-    \sa fromSet(), toVector(), QVector::toList()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QVector QList::toVector() const
-
-    Returns a QVector object with the data contained in this QList.
-
-    Example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qlistdata.cpp 22
-
-    \sa toSet(), fromVector(), QVector::fromList()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QList QList::fromSet(const QSet &set)
-
-    Returns a QList object with the data contained in \a set. The
-    order of the elements in the QList is undefined.
-
-    Example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qlistdata.cpp 23
-
-    \sa fromVector(), toSet(), QSet::toList(), qSort()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QSet QList::toSet() const
-
-    Returns a QSet object with the data contained in this QList.
-    Since QSet doesn't allow duplicates, the resulting QSet might be
-    smaller than the original list was.
-
-    Example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qlistdata.cpp 24
-
-    \sa toVector(), fromSet(), QSet::fromList()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn QList QList::fromStdList(const std::list &list)
-
-    Returns a QList object with the data contained in \a list. The
-    order of the elements in the QList is the same as in \a list.
-
-    Example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qlistdata.cpp 25
-
-    \sa toStdList(), QVector::fromStdVector()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn std::list QList::toStdList() const
-
-    Returns a std::list object with the data contained in this QList.
-    Example:
-
-    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qlistdata.cpp 26
-
-    \sa fromStdList(), QVector::toStdVector()
-*/
-
-QT_END_NAMESPACE
diff --git a/src/corelib/tools/tools.pri b/src/corelib/tools/tools.pri
index 1a6c1c0..05d866c 100644
--- a/src/corelib/tools/tools.pri
+++ b/src/corelib/tools/tools.pri
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ SOURCES += \
 	tools/qhash.cpp \
         tools/qline.cpp \
 	tools/qlinkedlist.cpp \
-	tools/qlistdata.cpp \
+	tools/qlist.cpp \
 	tools/qlocale.cpp \
         tools/qpoint.cpp \
 	tools/qmap.cpp \
diff --git a/src/tools/bootstrap/bootstrap.pro b/src/tools/bootstrap/bootstrap.pro
index 396e9ae..1f81a6c 100644
--- a/src/tools/bootstrap/bootstrap.pro
+++ b/src/tools/bootstrap/bootstrap.pro
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ SOURCES += \
            ../../corelib/tools/qbytearraymatcher.cpp \
            ../../corelib/tools/qdatetime.cpp \
            ../../corelib/tools/qhash.cpp \
-           ../../corelib/tools/qlistdata.cpp \
+           ../../corelib/tools/qlist.cpp \
            ../../corelib/tools/qlocale.cpp \
            ../../corelib/tools/qmap.cpp \
            ../../corelib/tools/qregexp.cpp \
diff --git a/tools/configure/configure.pro b/tools/configure/configure.pro
index eeec62a..06e9fe0 100644
--- a/tools/configure/configure.pro
+++ b/tools/configure/configure.pro
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ SOURCES  = main.cpp configureapp.cpp environment.cpp tools.cpp \
            $$QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/corelib/tools/qbytearraymatcher.cpp \
            $$QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/corelib/tools/qchar.cpp \
            $$QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/corelib/tools/qhash.cpp \
-           $$QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/corelib/tools/qlistdata.cpp \
+           $$QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/corelib/tools/qlist.cpp \
            $$QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/corelib/tools/qlocale.cpp \
            $$QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/corelib/tools/qvector.cpp \
            $$QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/corelib/codecs/qutfcodec.cpp \
diff --git a/tools/qtestlib/wince/cetest/bootstrapped.pri b/tools/qtestlib/wince/cetest/bootstrapped.pri
index a31374e..3a0ce24 100644
--- a/tools/qtestlib/wince/cetest/bootstrapped.pri
+++ b/tools/qtestlib/wince/cetest/bootstrapped.pri
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ SOURCES += \
            $$QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/corelib/tools/qbytearraymatcher.cpp \
            $$QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/corelib/tools/qvector.cpp \
            $$QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/corelib/tools/qvsnprintf.cpp \
-           $$QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/corelib/tools/qlistdata.cpp \
+           $$QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/corelib/tools/qlist.cpp \
            $$QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/corelib/tools/qhash.cpp \
            $$QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/corelib/global/qglobal.cpp \
            $$QT_BUILD_TREE/src/corelib/global/qconfig.cpp \
-- 
cgit v0.12


From 725d3a60c62468553c63a0269282ebdb821c650c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Harald Fernengel 
Date: Mon, 17 Aug 2009 20:46:45 +0200
Subject: fix includes to use lower-case

Makes sure that we can bootstrap QtCore easier on weird platforms
without having to run syncqt first
---
 src/corelib/animation/qparallelanimationgroup_p.h | 2 +-
 src/corelib/concurrent/qfuturewatcher.cpp         | 6 +++---
 src/corelib/concurrent/qfuturewatcher_p.h         | 2 +-
 src/corelib/io/qdir.cpp                           | 2 +-
 src/corelib/io/qfilesystemwatcher_fsevents_p.h    | 4 ++--
 src/corelib/io/qnoncontiguousbytedevice.cpp       | 7 +++----
 src/corelib/io/qnoncontiguousbytedevice_p.h       | 2 +-
 src/corelib/kernel/qcoreglobaldata.cpp            | 2 --
 src/corelib/tools/qeasingcurve.cpp                | 2 +-
 src/corelib/tools/qsharedpointer.cpp              | 2 +-
 src/corelib/xml/qxmlstream.cpp                    | 4 ++--
 src/corelib/xml/qxmlstream.h                      | 6 +++---
 src/corelib/xml/qxmlutils.cpp                     | 4 ++--
 src/corelib/xml/qxmlutils_p.h                     | 2 +-
 14 files changed, 22 insertions(+), 25 deletions(-)

diff --git a/src/corelib/animation/qparallelanimationgroup_p.h b/src/corelib/animation/qparallelanimationgroup_p.h
index 65bf693..db804d5 100644
--- a/src/corelib/animation/qparallelanimationgroup_p.h
+++ b/src/corelib/animation/qparallelanimationgroup_p.h
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@
 
 #include "qparallelanimationgroup.h"
 #include "private/qanimationgroup_p.h"
-#include 
+#include 
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_ANIMATION
 
diff --git a/src/corelib/concurrent/qfuturewatcher.cpp b/src/corelib/concurrent/qfuturewatcher.cpp
index 4e9e723..84715b4 100644
--- a/src/corelib/concurrent/qfuturewatcher.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/concurrent/qfuturewatcher.cpp
@@ -43,9 +43,9 @@
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_QFUTURE
 
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
 
 #include "qfuturewatcher_p.h"
 
diff --git a/src/corelib/concurrent/qfuturewatcher_p.h b/src/corelib/concurrent/qfuturewatcher_p.h
index 69a28eb..8fb0e4f 100644
--- a/src/corelib/concurrent/qfuturewatcher_p.h
+++ b/src/corelib/concurrent/qfuturewatcher_p.h
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@
 //
 
 #include "qfutureinterface_p.h"
-#include 
+#include 
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_QFUTURE
 
diff --git a/src/corelib/io/qdir.cpp b/src/corelib/io/qdir.cpp
index d08cb2f..ca178ce 100644
--- a/src/corelib/io/qdir.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/io/qdir.cpp
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 
 #include "qvarlengtharray.h"
 
-#include "../kernel/qcoreglobaldata_p.h"
+#include "private/qcoreglobaldata_p.h"
 #include 
 
 QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
diff --git a/src/corelib/io/qfilesystemwatcher_fsevents_p.h b/src/corelib/io/qfilesystemwatcher_fsevents_p.h
index b93d711..317c149 100644
--- a/src/corelib/io/qfilesystemwatcher_fsevents_p.h
+++ b/src/corelib/io/qfilesystemwatcher_fsevents_p.h
@@ -59,8 +59,8 @@
 #include 
 #include 
 #include 
-#include 
-#include 
+#include 
+#include 
 #include 
 #include 
 
diff --git a/src/corelib/io/qnoncontiguousbytedevice.cpp b/src/corelib/io/qnoncontiguousbytedevice.cpp
index 89ed041..185d961 100644
--- a/src/corelib/io/qnoncontiguousbytedevice.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/io/qnoncontiguousbytedevice.cpp
@@ -40,10 +40,9 @@
 ****************************************************************************/
 
 #include "qnoncontiguousbytedevice_p.h"
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
 
 QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
diff --git a/src/corelib/io/qnoncontiguousbytedevice_p.h b/src/corelib/io/qnoncontiguousbytedevice_p.h
index dd34c67..ecf9b9c 100644
--- a/src/corelib/io/qnoncontiguousbytedevice_p.h
+++ b/src/corelib/io/qnoncontiguousbytedevice_p.h
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
 // We mean it.
 //
 
-#include 
+#include 
 #include 
 #include 
 #include 
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qcoreglobaldata.cpp b/src/corelib/kernel/qcoreglobaldata.cpp
index c2a226d..6b90ed7 100644
--- a/src/corelib/kernel/qcoreglobaldata.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qcoreglobaldata.cpp
@@ -41,8 +41,6 @@
 
 #include "qcoreglobaldata_p.h"
 
-#include 
-
 QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
 Q_GLOBAL_STATIC(QCoreGlobalData, globalInstance)
diff --git a/src/corelib/tools/qeasingcurve.cpp b/src/corelib/tools/qeasingcurve.cpp
index 5cc8080..e84e3f0 100644
--- a/src/corelib/tools/qeasingcurve.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/tools/qeasingcurve.cpp
@@ -301,7 +301,7 @@
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_DEBUG_STREAM
 #include 
-#include 
+#include 
 #endif
 
 QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
diff --git a/src/corelib/tools/qsharedpointer.cpp b/src/corelib/tools/qsharedpointer.cpp
index 834531e..4e2c206 100644
--- a/src/corelib/tools/qsharedpointer.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/tools/qsharedpointer.cpp
@@ -1210,7 +1210,7 @@
 #include 
 
 #if !defined(QT_NO_QOBJECT)
-#include "../kernel/qobject_p.h"
+#include "private/qobject_p.h"
 
 QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
diff --git a/src/corelib/xml/qxmlstream.cpp b/src/corelib/xml/qxmlstream.cpp
index 7924bd0..a08b167 100644
--- a/src/corelib/xml/qxmlstream.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/xml/qxmlstream.cpp
@@ -52,13 +52,13 @@
 
 #include "qxmlutils_p.h"
 #include 
-#include 
+#include 
 #include 
 #include 
 #include 
 #include 
 #ifndef QT_BOOTSTRAPPED
-#include 
+#include 
 #else
 // This specialization of Q_DECLARE_TR_FUNCTIONS is not in qcoreapplication.h,
 // because that header depends on QObject being available, which is not the
diff --git a/src/corelib/xml/qxmlstream.h b/src/corelib/xml/qxmlstream.h
index 3353cd4..420a66a 100644
--- a/src/corelib/xml/qxmlstream.h
+++ b/src/corelib/xml/qxmlstream.h
@@ -42,12 +42,12 @@
 #ifndef QXMLSTREAM_H
 #define QXMLSTREAM_H
 
-#include 
+#include 
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_XMLSTREAM
 
-#include 
-#include 
+#include 
+#include 
 
 QT_BEGIN_HEADER
 
diff --git a/src/corelib/xml/qxmlutils.cpp b/src/corelib/xml/qxmlutils.cpp
index 036869b..d9219be 100644
--- a/src/corelib/xml/qxmlutils.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/xml/qxmlutils.cpp
@@ -39,8 +39,8 @@
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
 
-#include 
-#include 
+#include 
+#include 
 
 #include "qxmlutils_p.h"
 
diff --git a/src/corelib/xml/qxmlutils_p.h b/src/corelib/xml/qxmlutils_p.h
index 431c0ad..6e7ba7b 100644
--- a/src/corelib/xml/qxmlutils_p.h
+++ b/src/corelib/xml/qxmlutils_p.h
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
 // We mean it.
 //
 
-#include 
+#include 
 
 QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
-- 
cgit v0.12


From 33e1639ba798a5726d322139770dc771d03cae72 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Oswald Buddenhagen 
Date: Mon, 17 Aug 2009 19:13:58 +0200
Subject: cut down on real code

remove all c++ code which is not part of the critical test data. as a
result, remove the license headers where the remaining text cannot be
reasonably considered copyright-worthy any more.
this is a somewhat persistent solution to the ever-changing license
headers screwing up the tests.
---
 .../good/mergecpp_noobsolete/finddialog.cpp        | 108 ----------------
 .../good/mergecpp_noobsolete/project.ts.result     |   8 +-
 .../testdata/good/mergecpp_obsolete/finddialog.cpp | 137 --------------------
 .../good/mergecpp_obsolete/project.ts.result       |   8 +-
 .../testdata/good/mergeui/project.ts.before        |   6 +-
 .../testdata/good/mergeui/project.ts.result        |   6 +-
 .../lupdate/testdata/good/mergeui/project.ui       |  40 ------
 .../testdata/good/parsecpp/project.ts.result       |  22 ++--
 .../testdata/good/parseui/project.ts.result        |   4 +-
 .../lupdate/testdata/good/parseui/project.ui       |  40 ------
 .../lupdate/testdata/recursivescan/bar.ts.result   |   8 +-
 .../lupdate/testdata/recursivescan/foo.ts.result   |  12 +-
 .../lupdate/testdata/recursivescan/project.ui      |  40 ------
 .../testdata/recursivescan/sub/finddialog.cpp      | 139 ---------------------
 14 files changed, 37 insertions(+), 541 deletions(-)

diff --git a/tests/auto/linguist/lupdate/testdata/good/mergecpp_noobsolete/finddialog.cpp b/tests/auto/linguist/lupdate/testdata/good/mergecpp_noobsolete/finddialog.cpp
index 7958055..7215ebe 100644
--- a/tests/auto/linguist/lupdate/testdata/good/mergecpp_noobsolete/finddialog.cpp
+++ b/tests/auto/linguist/lupdate/testdata/good/mergecpp_noobsolete/finddialog.cpp
@@ -1,44 +1,3 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the autotests of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
 #include "finddialog.h"
 #include "mainwindow.h"
 #include "tabbedbrowser.h"
@@ -51,83 +10,18 @@
 #include 
 #include 
 
-CaseSensitiveModel::CaseSensitiveModel(int rows, int columns, QObject *parent)
-    : QStandardItemModel(rows, columns, parent)
-{}
-QModelIndexList CaseSensitiveModel::match(const QModelIndex &start, int role, const QVariant &value,
-                                          int hits, Qt::MatchFlags flags) const
-{
-    if (flags == Qt::MatchFlags(Qt::MatchStartsWith|Qt::MatchWrap))
-        flags |= Qt::MatchCaseSensitive;
-
-    return QStandardItemModel::match(start, role, value, hits, flags);
-}
-
 FindDialog::FindDialog(MainWindow *parent)
     : QDialog(parent)
 {
-    contentsWidget = new QWidget(this);
-    ui.setupUi(contentsWidget);
-    ui.comboFind->setModel(new CaseSensitiveModel(0, 1, ui.comboFind));
-
-    QVBoxLayout *l = new QVBoxLayout(this);
-    l->setMargin(0);
-    l->setSpacing(0);
-    l->addWidget(contentsWidget);
-
-    lastBrowser = 0;
-    onceFound = false;
-    findExpr.clear();
-
     sb = new QStatusBar(this);
     l->addWidget(sb);
 
     sb->showMessage(tr("Enter the text you want to find."));
 
-    connect(ui.findButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(findButtonClicked()));
-    connect(ui.closeButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(reject()));
-}
-
-FindDialog::~FindDialog()
-{
-}
-
-void FindDialog::findButtonClicked()
-{
-    doFind(ui.radioForward->isChecked());
 }
 
 void FindDialog::doFind(bool forward)
 {
-    QTextBrowser *browser = static_cast(mainWindow()->browsers()->currentBrowser());
-    sb->clearMessage();
-
-    if (ui.comboFind->currentText() != findExpr || lastBrowser != browser)
-        onceFound = false;
-    findExpr = ui.comboFind->currentText();
-
-    QTextDocument::FindFlags flags = 0;
-
-    if (ui.checkCase->isChecked())
-        flags |= QTextDocument::FindCaseSensitively;
-
-    if (ui.checkWords->isChecked())
-        flags |= QTextDocument::FindWholeWords;
-
-    QTextCursor c = browser->textCursor();
-    if (!c.hasSelection()) {
-        if (forward)
-            c.movePosition(QTextCursor::Start);
-        else
-            c.movePosition(QTextCursor::End);
-
-        browser->setTextCursor(c);
-    }
-
-    QTextDocument::FindFlags options;
-    if (forward == false)
-        flags |= QTextDocument::FindBackward;
-
     QTextCursor found = browser->document()->find(findExpr, c, flags);
     if (found.isNull()) {
         if (onceFound) {
@@ -141,8 +35,6 @@ void FindDialog::doFind(bool forward)
     } else {
         browser->setTextCursor(found);
     }
-    onceFound |= !found.isNull();
-    lastBrowser = browser;
 }
 
 bool FindDialog::hasFindExpression() const
diff --git a/tests/auto/linguist/lupdate/testdata/good/mergecpp_noobsolete/project.ts.result b/tests/auto/linguist/lupdate/testdata/good/mergecpp_noobsolete/project.ts.result
index 21d1ca0..de2c45a 100644
--- a/tests/auto/linguist/lupdate/testdata/good/mergecpp_noobsolete/project.ts.result
+++ b/tests/auto/linguist/lupdate/testdata/good/mergecpp_noobsolete/project.ts.result
@@ -4,22 +4,22 @@
 
     FindDialog
     
-        
+        
         Enter the text you want to find.
         
     
     
-        
+        
         Search reached end of the document
         
     
     
-        
+        
         Search reached start of the document
         
     
     
-        
+        
         Text not found
         
     
diff --git a/tests/auto/linguist/lupdate/testdata/good/mergecpp_obsolete/finddialog.cpp b/tests/auto/linguist/lupdate/testdata/good/mergecpp_obsolete/finddialog.cpp
index 045fab1..756c9a3 100644
--- a/tests/auto/linguist/lupdate/testdata/good/mergecpp_obsolete/finddialog.cpp
+++ b/tests/auto/linguist/lupdate/testdata/good/mergecpp_obsolete/finddialog.cpp
@@ -1,44 +1,3 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the autotests of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
 #include "finddialog.h"
 #include "mainwindow.h"
 #include "tabbedbrowser.h"
@@ -51,86 +10,17 @@
 #include 
 #include 
 
-CaseSensitiveModel::CaseSensitiveModel(int rows, int columns, QObject *parent)
-    : QStandardItemModel(rows, columns, parent)
-{}
-QModelIndexList CaseSensitiveModel::match(const QModelIndex &start, int role, const QVariant &value,
-                                          int hits, Qt::MatchFlags flags) const
-{
-    if (flags == Qt::MatchFlags(Qt::MatchStartsWith|Qt::MatchWrap))
-        flags |= Qt::MatchCaseSensitive;
-
-    return QStandardItemModel::match(start, role, value, hits, flags);
-}
-
 FindDialog::FindDialog(MainWindow *parent)
     : QDialog(parent)
 {
-    contentsWidget = new QWidget(this);
-    ui.setupUi(contentsWidget);
-    ui.comboFind->setModel(new CaseSensitiveModel(0, 1, ui.comboFind));
-
-    QVBoxLayout *l = new QVBoxLayout(this);
-    l->setMargin(0);
-    l->setSpacing(0);
-    l->addWidget(contentsWidget);
-
-    lastBrowser = 0;
-    onceFound = false;
-    findExpr.clear();
-
-    sb = new QStatusBar(this);
-    l->addWidget(sb);
-
-
     // Move it to another line and change the text,
     // then lupdate should add this one as a new one, and mark the old one as obsolete.
     sb->showMessage(tr("Enter the text you want to find."));
 
-    connect(ui.findButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(findButtonClicked()));
-    connect(ui.closeButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(reject()));
-}
-
-FindDialog::~FindDialog()
-{
-}
-
-void FindDialog::findButtonClicked()
-{
-    doFind(ui.radioForward->isChecked());
 }
 
 void FindDialog::doFind(bool forward)
 {
-    QTextBrowser *browser = static_cast(mainWindow()->browsers()->currentBrowser());
-    sb->clearMessage();
-
-    if (ui.comboFind->currentText() != findExpr || lastBrowser != browser)
-        onceFound = false;
-    findExpr = ui.comboFind->currentText();
-
-    QTextDocument::FindFlags flags = 0;
-
-    if (ui.checkCase->isChecked())
-        flags |= QTextDocument::FindCaseSensitively;
-
-    if (ui.checkWords->isChecked())
-        flags |= QTextDocument::FindWholeWords;
-
-    QTextCursor c = browser->textCursor();
-    if (!c.hasSelection()) {
-        if (forward)
-            c.movePosition(QTextCursor::Start);
-        else
-            c.movePosition(QTextCursor::End);
-
-        browser->setTextCursor(c);
-    }
-
-    QTextDocument::FindFlags options;
-    if (forward == false)
-        flags |= QTextDocument::FindBackward;
-
     QTextCursor found = browser->document()->find(findExpr, c, flags);
     if (found.isNull()) {
         if (onceFound) {
@@ -144,31 +34,4 @@ void FindDialog::doFind(bool forward)
     } else {
         browser->setTextCursor(found);
     }
-    onceFound |= !found.isNull();
-    lastBrowser = browser;
-}
-
-bool FindDialog::hasFindExpression() const
-{
-    return !findExpr.isEmpty();
-}
-
-void FindDialog::statusMessage(const QString &message)
-{
-    if (isVisible())
-        sb->showMessage(message);
-    else
-        static_cast(parent())->statusBar()->showMessage(message, 2000);
-}
-
-MainWindow *FindDialog::mainWindow() const
-{
-    return static_cast(parentWidget());
-}
-
-void FindDialog::reset()
-{
-    ui.comboFind->setFocus();
-    ui.comboFind->lineEdit()->setSelection(
-        0, ui.comboFind->lineEdit()->text().length());
 }
diff --git a/tests/auto/linguist/lupdate/testdata/good/mergecpp_obsolete/project.ts.result b/tests/auto/linguist/lupdate/testdata/good/mergecpp_obsolete/project.ts.result
index b7074fe..4012182 100644
--- a/tests/auto/linguist/lupdate/testdata/good/mergecpp_obsolete/project.ts.result
+++ b/tests/auto/linguist/lupdate/testdata/good/mergecpp_obsolete/project.ts.result
@@ -8,22 +8,22 @@
         Skriv inn teksten du soker etter
     
     
-        
+        
         Enter the text you want to find.
         
     
     
-        
+        
         Search reached end of the document
         
     
     
-        
+        
         Search reached start of the document
         
     
     
-        
+        
         Text not found
         
     
diff --git a/tests/auto/linguist/lupdate/testdata/good/mergeui/project.ts.before b/tests/auto/linguist/lupdate/testdata/good/mergeui/project.ts.before
index 076520a..1ad6ec8 100644
--- a/tests/auto/linguist/lupdate/testdata/good/mergeui/project.ts.before
+++ b/tests/auto/linguist/lupdate/testdata/good/mergeui/project.ts.before
@@ -3,18 +3,18 @@
 
     FindDialog
     
-        
+        
         Qt Assistant - Find text
         
         Qt Assistant - Finn tekst
     
     
-        
+        
         300px
         300px
     
     
-        
+        
         400px
         
     
diff --git a/tests/auto/linguist/lupdate/testdata/good/mergeui/project.ts.result b/tests/auto/linguist/lupdate/testdata/good/mergeui/project.ts.result
index b21f583..4c5f74d 100644
--- a/tests/auto/linguist/lupdate/testdata/good/mergeui/project.ts.result
+++ b/tests/auto/linguist/lupdate/testdata/good/mergeui/project.ts.result
@@ -4,18 +4,18 @@
 
     FindDialog
     
-        
+        
         Qt Assistant - Find Text
         Qt Assistant - Find text
         Qt Assistant - Finn tekst
     
     
-        
+        
         300px
         300px
     
     
-        
+        
         401 pixels
         
     
diff --git a/tests/auto/linguist/lupdate/testdata/good/mergeui/project.ui b/tests/auto/linguist/lupdate/testdata/good/mergeui/project.ui
index 2a0bb70..d332eeb 100644
--- a/tests/auto/linguist/lupdate/testdata/good/mergeui/project.ui
+++ b/tests/auto/linguist/lupdate/testdata/good/mergeui/project.ui
@@ -1,45 +1,5 @@
 
  
- *********************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the autotests of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-*********************************************************************
  
  FindDialog
  
diff --git a/tests/auto/linguist/lupdate/testdata/good/parsecpp/project.ts.result b/tests/auto/linguist/lupdate/testdata/good/parsecpp/project.ts.result
index 97d3bce..8c48245 100644
--- a/tests/auto/linguist/lupdate/testdata/good/parsecpp/project.ts.result
+++ b/tests/auto/linguist/lupdate/testdata/good/parsecpp/project.ts.result
@@ -79,27 +79,27 @@ backslashed \ stuff.
 
     FindDialog
     
-        
+        
         Enter the text you are looking for.
         
     
     
-        
+        
         Search reached end of the document
         
     
     
-        
+        
         Search reached start of the document
         
     
     
-        
+        
         Text not found
         
     
     
-        
+        
         null comment
         
     
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ backslashed \ stuff.
 
     KÃ¥ntekst
     
-        
+        
         encoding, using QApplication
         
     
@@ -151,28 +151,28 @@ backslashed \ stuff.
 
     QCoreApplication
     
-        
+        
         with comment
         comment
         
     
     
-        
+        
         empty comment
         
     
     
-        
+        
         null comment
         
     
     
-        
+        
         encoding, using QCoreApplication
         
     
     
-        
+        
         encoding, using QApplication
         
     
diff --git a/tests/auto/linguist/lupdate/testdata/good/parseui/project.ts.result b/tests/auto/linguist/lupdate/testdata/good/parseui/project.ts.result
index ddf58c3..7f665f4 100644
--- a/tests/auto/linguist/lupdate/testdata/good/parseui/project.ts.result
+++ b/tests/auto/linguist/lupdate/testdata/good/parseui/project.ts.result
@@ -4,12 +4,12 @@
 
     FindDialog
     
-        
+        
         Qt Assistant - Finn text
         
     
     
-        
+        
         Finn tekst - Der Bjørn möchte auch mal.
         
     
diff --git a/tests/auto/linguist/lupdate/testdata/good/parseui/project.ui b/tests/auto/linguist/lupdate/testdata/good/parseui/project.ui
index 9beb8d5..65a00c7 100644
--- a/tests/auto/linguist/lupdate/testdata/good/parseui/project.ui
+++ b/tests/auto/linguist/lupdate/testdata/good/parseui/project.ui
@@ -1,45 +1,5 @@
 
  
- *********************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the autotests of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-*********************************************************************
  
  FindDialog
  
diff --git a/tests/auto/linguist/lupdate/testdata/recursivescan/bar.ts.result b/tests/auto/linguist/lupdate/testdata/recursivescan/bar.ts.result
index e132342..f6415bf 100644
--- a/tests/auto/linguist/lupdate/testdata/recursivescan/bar.ts.result
+++ b/tests/auto/linguist/lupdate/testdata/recursivescan/bar.ts.result
@@ -4,22 +4,22 @@
 
     FindDialog
     
-        
+        
         Enter the text you want to find.
         
     
     
-        
+        
         Search reached end of the document
         
     
     
-        
+        
         Search reached start of the document
         
     
     
-        
+        
         Text not found
         
     
diff --git a/tests/auto/linguist/lupdate/testdata/recursivescan/foo.ts.result b/tests/auto/linguist/lupdate/testdata/recursivescan/foo.ts.result
index 6646014..581e4b6 100644
--- a/tests/auto/linguist/lupdate/testdata/recursivescan/foo.ts.result
+++ b/tests/auto/linguist/lupdate/testdata/recursivescan/foo.ts.result
@@ -4,32 +4,32 @@
 
     FindDialog
     
-        
+        
         Qt Assistant - Finn text
         
     
     
-        
+        
         Finn tekst
         
     
     
-        
+        
         Enter the text you want to find.
         
     
     
-        
+        
         Search reached end of the document
         
     
     
-        
+        
         Search reached start of the document
         
     
     
-        
+        
         Text not found
         
     
diff --git a/tests/auto/linguist/lupdate/testdata/recursivescan/project.ui b/tests/auto/linguist/lupdate/testdata/recursivescan/project.ui
index 97553db..8dea10b 100644
--- a/tests/auto/linguist/lupdate/testdata/recursivescan/project.ui
+++ b/tests/auto/linguist/lupdate/testdata/recursivescan/project.ui
@@ -1,45 +1,5 @@
 
  
- *********************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the autotests of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-*********************************************************************
  
  FindDialog
  
diff --git a/tests/auto/linguist/lupdate/testdata/recursivescan/sub/finddialog.cpp b/tests/auto/linguist/lupdate/testdata/recursivescan/sub/finddialog.cpp
index 3800ee7..3875473 100644
--- a/tests/auto/linguist/lupdate/testdata/recursivescan/sub/finddialog.cpp
+++ b/tests/auto/linguist/lupdate/testdata/recursivescan/sub/finddialog.cpp
@@ -1,44 +1,3 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the autotests of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
-** Beta Release License Agreement.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
-** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
-** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
-** package.
-**
-** GNU General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
-** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
-** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
-**
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-
 #include "finddialog.h"
 #include "mainwindow.h"
 #include "tabbedbrowser.h"
@@ -51,83 +10,14 @@
 #include 
 #include 
 
-CaseSensitiveModel::CaseSensitiveModel(int rows, int columns, QObject *parent)
-    : QStandardItemModel(rows, columns, parent)
-{}
-QModelIndexList CaseSensitiveModel::match(const QModelIndex &start, int role, const QVariant &value,
-                                          int hits, Qt::MatchFlags flags) const
-{
-    if (flags == Qt::MatchFlags(Qt::MatchStartsWith|Qt::MatchWrap))
-        flags |= Qt::MatchCaseSensitive;
-
-    return QStandardItemModel::match(start, role, value, hits, flags);
-}
-
 FindDialog::FindDialog(MainWindow *parent)
     : QDialog(parent)
 {
-    contentsWidget = new QWidget(this);
-    ui.setupUi(contentsWidget);
-    ui.comboFind->setModel(new CaseSensitiveModel(0, 1, ui.comboFind));
-
-    QVBoxLayout *l = new QVBoxLayout(this);
-    l->setMargin(0);
-    l->setSpacing(0);
-    l->addWidget(contentsWidget);
-
-    lastBrowser = 0;
-    onceFound = false;
-    findExpr.clear();
-
-    sb = new QStatusBar(this);
-    l->addWidget(sb);
-
     sb->showMessage(tr("Enter the text you want to find."));
-
-    connect(ui.findButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(findButtonClicked()));
-    connect(ui.closeButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(reject()));
-}
-
-FindDialog::~FindDialog()
-{
-}
-
-void FindDialog::findButtonClicked()
-{
-    doFind(ui.radioForward->isChecked());
 }
 
 void FindDialog::doFind(bool forward)
 {
-    QTextBrowser *browser = static_cast(mainWindow()->browsers()->currentBrowser());
-    sb->clearMessage();
-
-    if (ui.comboFind->currentText() != findExpr || lastBrowser != browser)
-        onceFound = false;
-    findExpr = ui.comboFind->currentText();
-
-    QTextDocument::FindFlags flags = 0;
-
-    if (ui.checkCase->isChecked())
-        flags |= QTextDocument::FindCaseSensitively;
-
-    if (ui.checkWords->isChecked())
-        flags |= QTextDocument::FindWholeWords;
-
-    QTextCursor c = browser->textCursor();
-    if (!c.hasSelection()) {
-        if (forward)
-            c.movePosition(QTextCursor::Start);
-        else
-            c.movePosition(QTextCursor::End);
-
-        browser->setTextCursor(c);
-    }
-
-    QTextDocument::FindFlags options;
-    if (forward == false)
-        flags |= QTextDocument::FindBackward;
-
     QTextCursor found = browser->document()->find(findExpr, c, flags);
     if (found.isNull()) {
         if (onceFound) {
@@ -138,34 +28,5 @@ void FindDialog::doFind(bool forward)
         } else {
             statusMessage(tr( "Text not found" ));
         }
-    } else {
-        browser->setTextCursor(found);
     }
-    onceFound |= !found.isNull();
-    lastBrowser = browser;
-}
-
-bool FindDialog::hasFindExpression() const
-{
-    return !findExpr.isEmpty();
-}
-
-void FindDialog::statusMessage(const QString &message)
-{
-    if (isVisible())
-        sb->showMessage(message);
-    else
-        static_cast(parent())->statusBar()->showMessage(message, 2000);
-}
-
-MainWindow *FindDialog::mainWindow() const
-{
-    return static_cast(parentWidget());
-}
-
-void FindDialog::reset()
-{
-    ui.comboFind->setFocus();
-    ui.comboFind->lineEdit()->setSelection(
-        0, ui.comboFind->lineEdit()->text().length());
 }
-- 
cgit v0.12


From 0e6fd509068e1aeeec41d0d1aae7ec2c79b479b6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Oswald Buddenhagen 
Date: Mon, 17 Aug 2009 17:10:55 +0200
Subject: optimize getChar()

work more with raw data instead of qstring functions
---
 tools/linguist/lupdate/cpp.cpp | 16 +++++++++-------
 1 file changed, 9 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-)

diff --git a/tools/linguist/lupdate/cpp.cpp b/tools/linguist/lupdate/cpp.cpp
index 581662a..70a2470 100644
--- a/tools/linguist/lupdate/cpp.cpp
+++ b/tools/linguist/lupdate/cpp.cpp
@@ -312,26 +312,28 @@ void CppParser::setInput(QTextStream &ts, const QString &fileName)
 
 uint CppParser::getChar()
 {
+    int len = yyInStr.size();
+    const ushort *uc = (const ushort *)yyInStr.unicode();
     forever {
-        if (yyInPos >= yyInStr.size())
+        if (yyInPos >= len)
             return EOF;
-        uint c = yyInStr[yyInPos++].unicode();
-        if (c == '\\' && yyInPos < yyInStr.size()) {
-            if (yyInStr[yyInPos].unicode() == '\n') {
+        uint c = uc[yyInPos++];
+        if (c == '\\' && yyInPos < len) {
+            if (uc[yyInPos] == '\n') {
                 ++yyCurLineNo;
                 ++yyInPos;
                 continue;
             }
-            if (yyInStr[yyInPos].unicode() == '\r') {
+            if (uc[yyInPos] == '\r') {
                 ++yyCurLineNo;
                 ++yyInPos;
-                if (yyInPos < yyInStr.size() && yyInStr[yyInPos].unicode() == '\n')
+                if (yyInPos < len && uc[yyInPos] == '\n')
                     ++yyInPos;
                 continue;
             }
         }
         if (c == '\r') {
-            if (yyInPos < yyInStr.size() && yyInStr[yyInPos].unicode() == '\n')
+            if (yyInPos < len && uc[yyInPos] == '\n')
                 ++yyInPos;
             c = '\n';
             ++yyCurLineNo;
-- 
cgit v0.12


From 913e9652f3c1f964545877424a06658ef724c83f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Oswald Buddenhagen 
Date: Mon, 17 Aug 2009 17:13:43 +0200
Subject: optimize getToken(), part 1

compare with pre-initialized qstrings instead of qlatin1strings. that
way the length is known in advance.
---
 tools/linguist/lupdate/cpp.cpp | 76 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++----------------
 1 file changed, 47 insertions(+), 29 deletions(-)

diff --git a/tools/linguist/lupdate/cpp.cpp b/tools/linguist/lupdate/cpp.cpp
index 70a2470..5bd1b44 100644
--- a/tools/linguist/lupdate/cpp.cpp
+++ b/tools/linguist/lupdate/cpp.cpp
@@ -58,9 +58,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
 static const char MagicComment[] = "TRANSLATOR ";
 
-#define STRINGIFY_INTERNAL(x) #x
-#define STRINGIFY(x) STRINGIFY_INTERNAL(x)
-#define STRING(s) static QString str##s(QLatin1String(STRINGIFY(s)))
+#define STRING(s) static QString str##s(QLatin1String(#s))
 
 //#define DIAGNOSE_RETRANSLATABILITY // FIXME: should make a runtime option of this
 
@@ -348,6 +346,30 @@ uint CppParser::getChar()
     }
 }
 
+STRING(Q_OBJECT);
+STRING(Q_DECLARE_TR_FUNCTIONS);
+STRING(QT_TR_NOOP);
+STRING(QT_TRID_NOOP);
+STRING(QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP);
+STRING(QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP3);
+STRING(QT_TR_NOOP_UTF8);
+STRING(QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP_UTF8);
+STRING(QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP3_UTF8);
+STRING(class);
+// QTranslator::findMessage() has the same parameters as QApplication::translate()
+STRING(findMessage);
+STRING(friend);
+STRING(namespace);
+STRING(qtTrId);
+STRING(return);
+STRING(struct);
+STRING(TR);
+STRING(Tr);
+STRING(tr);
+STRING(trUtf8);
+STRING(translate);
+STRING(using);
+
 uint CppParser::getToken()
 {
   restart:
@@ -547,35 +569,34 @@ uint CppParser::getToken()
 
             //qDebug() << "IDENT: " << yyIdent;
 
-            switch (yyIdent.at(0).unicode()) {
+            switch (yyIdent.unicode()[0].unicode()) {
             case 'Q':
-                if (yyIdent == QLatin1String("Q_OBJECT"))
+                if (yyIdent == strQ_OBJECT)
                     return Tok_Q_OBJECT;
-                if (yyIdent == QLatin1String("Q_DECLARE_TR_FUNCTIONS"))
+                if (yyIdent == strQ_DECLARE_TR_FUNCTIONS)
                     return Tok_Q_DECLARE_TR_FUNCTIONS;
-                if (yyIdent == QLatin1String("QT_TR_NOOP"))
+                if (yyIdent == strQT_TR_NOOP)
                     return Tok_tr;
-                if (yyIdent == QLatin1String("QT_TRID_NOOP"))
+                if (yyIdent == strQT_TRID_NOOP)
                     return Tok_trid;
-                if (yyIdent == QLatin1String("QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP"))
+                if (yyIdent == strQT_TRANSLATE_NOOP)
                     return Tok_translate;
-                if (yyIdent == QLatin1String("QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP3"))
+                if (yyIdent == strQT_TRANSLATE_NOOP3)
                     return Tok_translate;
-                if (yyIdent == QLatin1String("QT_TR_NOOP_UTF8"))
+                if (yyIdent == strQT_TR_NOOP_UTF8)
                     return Tok_trUtf8;
-                if (yyIdent == QLatin1String("QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP_UTF8"))
+                if (yyIdent == strQT_TRANSLATE_NOOP_UTF8)
                     return Tok_translateUtf8;
-                if (yyIdent == QLatin1String("QT_TRANSLATE_NOOP3_UTF8"))
+                if (yyIdent == strQT_TRANSLATE_NOOP3_UTF8)
                     return Tok_translateUtf8;
                 break;
             case 'T':
                 // TR() for when all else fails
-                if (yyIdent.compare(QLatin1String("TR"), Qt::CaseInsensitive) == 0) {
+                if (yyIdent == strTR || yyIdent == strTr)
                     return Tok_tr;
-                }
                 break;
             case 'c':
-                if (yyIdent == QLatin1String("class"))
+                if (yyIdent == strclass)
                     return Tok_class;
                 break;
             case 'f':
@@ -583,40 +604,37 @@ uint CppParser::getToken()
                   QTranslator::findMessage() has the same parameters as
                   QApplication::translate().
                 */
-                if (yyIdent == QLatin1String("findMessage"))
+                if (yyIdent == strfindMessage)
                     return Tok_translate;
-                if (yyIdent == QLatin1String("friend"))
+                if (yyIdent == strfriend)
                     return Tok_friend;
                 break;
             case 'n':
-                if (yyIdent == QLatin1String("namespace"))
+                if (yyIdent == strnamespace)
                     return Tok_namespace;
                 break;
             case 'q':
-                if (yyIdent == QLatin1String("qtTrId"))
+                if (yyIdent == strqtTrId)
                     return Tok_trid;
                 break;
             case 'r':
-                if (yyIdent == QLatin1String("return"))
+                if (yyIdent == strreturn)
                     return Tok_return;
                 break;
             case 's':
-                if (yyIdent == QLatin1String("struct"))
+                if (yyIdent == strstruct)
                     return Tok_class;
                 break;
             case 't':
-                if (yyIdent == QLatin1String("tr")) {
+                if (yyIdent == strtr)
                     return Tok_tr;
-                }
-                if (yyIdent == QLatin1String("trUtf8")) {
+                if (yyIdent == strtrUtf8)
                     return Tok_trUtf8;
-                }
-                if (yyIdent == QLatin1String("translate")) {
+                if (yyIdent == strtranslate)
                     return Tok_translate;
-                }
                 break;
             case 'u':
-                if (yyIdent == QLatin1String("using"))
+                if (yyIdent == strusing)
                     return Tok_using;
                 break;
             }
-- 
cgit v0.12


From a6c18d32e117d9ffd358fa3a23cc0f38a43dfe47 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Oswald Buddenhagen 
Date: Mon, 17 Aug 2009 18:16:03 +0200
Subject: consolidate some variables

only one of yyIdent, yyComment and yyString is used at a time, so use a
common yyWord instead
---
 tools/linguist/lupdate/cpp.cpp | 136 ++++++++++++++++++++---------------------
 1 file changed, 66 insertions(+), 70 deletions(-)

diff --git a/tools/linguist/lupdate/cpp.cpp b/tools/linguist/lupdate/cpp.cpp
index 5bd1b44..0191393 100644
--- a/tools/linguist/lupdate/cpp.cpp
+++ b/tools/linguist/lupdate/cpp.cpp
@@ -213,9 +213,7 @@ private:
     bool yyAtNewline;
     bool yyCodecIsUtf8;
     bool yyForceUtf8;
-    QString yyIdent;
-    QString yyComment;
-    QString yyString;
+    QString yyWord;
     qlonglong yyInteger;
     QStack yyIfdefStack;
     int yyBraceDepth;
@@ -373,9 +371,7 @@ STRING(using);
 uint CppParser::getToken()
 {
   restart:
-    yyIdent.clear();
-    yyComment.clear();
-    yyString.clear();
+    yyWord.clear();
 
     while (yyCh != EOF) {
         yyLineNo = yyCurLineNo;
@@ -482,7 +478,7 @@ uint CppParser::getToken()
                             yyCh = getChar();
                             break;
                         }
-                        yyString += yyCh;
+                        yyWord += yyCh;
                     }
                     return (tChar == '"') ? Tok_QuotedInclude : Tok_AngledInclude;
                 }
@@ -563,40 +559,40 @@ uint CppParser::getToken()
             yyCh = getChar();
         } else if (isalpha(yyCh) || yyCh == '_') {
             do {
-                yyIdent += yyCh;
+                yyWord += yyCh;
                 yyCh = getChar();
             } while (isalnum(yyCh) || yyCh == '_');
 
-            //qDebug() << "IDENT: " << yyIdent;
+            //qDebug() << "IDENT: " << yyWord;
 
-            switch (yyIdent.unicode()[0].unicode()) {
+            switch (yyWord.unicode()[0].unicode()) {
             case 'Q':
-                if (yyIdent == strQ_OBJECT)
+                if (yyWord == strQ_OBJECT)
                     return Tok_Q_OBJECT;
-                if (yyIdent == strQ_DECLARE_TR_FUNCTIONS)
+                if (yyWord == strQ_DECLARE_TR_FUNCTIONS)
                     return Tok_Q_DECLARE_TR_FUNCTIONS;
-                if (yyIdent == strQT_TR_NOOP)
+                if (yyWord == strQT_TR_NOOP)
                     return Tok_tr;
-                if (yyIdent == strQT_TRID_NOOP)
+                if (yyWord == strQT_TRID_NOOP)
                     return Tok_trid;
-                if (yyIdent == strQT_TRANSLATE_NOOP)
+                if (yyWord == strQT_TRANSLATE_NOOP)
                     return Tok_translate;
-                if (yyIdent == strQT_TRANSLATE_NOOP3)
+                if (yyWord == strQT_TRANSLATE_NOOP3)
                     return Tok_translate;
-                if (yyIdent == strQT_TR_NOOP_UTF8)
+                if (yyWord == strQT_TR_NOOP_UTF8)
                     return Tok_trUtf8;
-                if (yyIdent == strQT_TRANSLATE_NOOP_UTF8)
+                if (yyWord == strQT_TRANSLATE_NOOP_UTF8)
                     return Tok_translateUtf8;
-                if (yyIdent == strQT_TRANSLATE_NOOP3_UTF8)
+                if (yyWord == strQT_TRANSLATE_NOOP3_UTF8)
                     return Tok_translateUtf8;
                 break;
             case 'T':
                 // TR() for when all else fails
-                if (yyIdent == strTR || yyIdent == strTr)
+                if (yyWord == strTR || yyWord == strTr)
                     return Tok_tr;
                 break;
             case 'c':
-                if (yyIdent == strclass)
+                if (yyWord == strclass)
                     return Tok_class;
                 break;
             case 'f':
@@ -604,37 +600,37 @@ uint CppParser::getToken()
                   QTranslator::findMessage() has the same parameters as
                   QApplication::translate().
                 */
-                if (yyIdent == strfindMessage)
+                if (yyWord == strfindMessage)
                     return Tok_translate;
-                if (yyIdent == strfriend)
+                if (yyWord == strfriend)
                     return Tok_friend;
                 break;
             case 'n':
-                if (yyIdent == strnamespace)
+                if (yyWord == strnamespace)
                     return Tok_namespace;
                 break;
             case 'q':
-                if (yyIdent == strqtTrId)
+                if (yyWord == strqtTrId)
                     return Tok_trid;
                 break;
             case 'r':
-                if (yyIdent == strreturn)
+                if (yyWord == strreturn)
                     return Tok_return;
                 break;
             case 's':
-                if (yyIdent == strstruct)
+                if (yyWord == strstruct)
                     return Tok_class;
                 break;
             case 't':
-                if (yyIdent == strtr)
+                if (yyWord == strtr)
                     return Tok_tr;
-                if (yyIdent == strtrUtf8)
+                if (yyWord == strtrUtf8)
                     return Tok_trUtf8;
-                if (yyIdent == strtranslate)
+                if (yyWord == strtranslate)
                     return Tok_translate;
                 break;
             case 'u':
-                if (yyIdent == strusing)
+                if (yyWord == strusing)
                     return Tok_using;
                 break;
             }
@@ -658,7 +654,7 @@ uint CppParser::getToken()
                         yyCh = getChar();
                         if (yyCh == EOF)
                             break;
-                        yyComment.append(yyCh);
+                        yyWord.append(yyCh);
                     } while (yyCh != '\n');
                 } else if (yyCh == '*') {
                     bool metAster = false;
@@ -670,7 +666,7 @@ uint CppParser::getToken()
                                      qPrintable(yyFileName), yyLineNo);
                             return Tok_Comment;
                         }
-                        yyComment.append(yyCh);
+                        yyWord.append(yyCh);
 
                         if (yyCh == '*')
                             metAster = true;
@@ -680,7 +676,7 @@ uint CppParser::getToken()
                             metAster = false;
                     }
                     yyCh = getChar();
-                    yyComment.chop(2);
+                    yyWord.chop(2);
                 }
                 return Tok_Comment;
             case '"':
@@ -690,9 +686,9 @@ uint CppParser::getToken()
                         yyCh = getChar();
                         if (yyCh == EOF || yyCh == '\n')
                             break;
-                        yyString.append(QLatin1Char('\\'));
+                        yyWord.append(QLatin1Char('\\'));
                     }
-                    yyString.append(yyCh);
+                    yyWord.append(yyCh);
                     yyCh = getChar();
                 }
 
@@ -1170,7 +1166,7 @@ bool CppParser::matchString(QString *s)
     bool matches = (yyTok == Tok_String);
     s->clear();
     while (yyTok == Tok_String) {
-        *s += yyString;
+        *s += yyWord;
         do {
             yyTok = getToken();
         } while (yyTok == Tok_Comment);
@@ -1188,17 +1184,17 @@ bool CppParser::matchEncoding(bool *utf8)
 
     if (yyTok != Tok_Ident)
         return false;
-    if (yyIdent == strQApplication || yyIdent == strQCoreApplication) {
+    if (yyWord == strQApplication || yyWord == strQCoreApplication) {
         yyTok = getToken();
         if (yyTok == Tok_ColonColon)
             yyTok = getToken();
     }
-    if (yyIdent == strUnicodeUTF8) {
+    if (yyWord == strUnicodeUTF8) {
         *utf8 = true;
         yyTok = getToken();
         return true;
     }
-    if (yyIdent == strDefaultCodec || yyIdent == strCodecForTr) {
+    if (yyWord == strDefaultCodec || yyWord == strCodecForTr) {
         *utf8 = false;
         yyTok = getToken();
     return true;
@@ -1370,7 +1366,7 @@ void CppParser::parseInternal(ConversionData &cd, QSet &inclusions)
         //qDebug() << "TOKEN: " << yyTok;
         switch (yyTok) {
         case Tok_QuotedInclude: {
-            text = QDir(QFileInfo(yyFileName).absolutePath()).absoluteFilePath(yyString);
+            text = QDir(QFileInfo(yyFileName).absolutePath()).absoluteFilePath(yyWord);
             if (QFileInfo(text).isFile()) {
                 processInclude(text, cd, inclusions);
                 yyTok = getToken();
@@ -1379,14 +1375,14 @@ void CppParser::parseInternal(ConversionData &cd, QSet &inclusions)
         }
         /* fall through */
         case Tok_AngledInclude: {
-            QStringList cSources = cd.m_allCSources.values(yyString);
+            QStringList cSources = cd.m_allCSources.values(yyWord);
             if (!cSources.isEmpty()) {
                 foreach (const QString &cSource, cSources)
                     processInclude(cSource, cd, inclusions);
                 goto incOk;
             }
             foreach (const QString &incPath, cd.m_includePath) {
-                text = QDir(incPath).absoluteFilePath(yyString);
+                text = QDir(incPath).absoluteFilePath(yyWord);
                 if (QFileInfo(text).isFile()) {
                     processInclude(text, cd, inclusions);
                     goto incOk;
@@ -1418,14 +1414,14 @@ void CppParser::parseInternal(ConversionData &cd, QSet &inclusions)
                       'class Q_EXPORT QMessageBox', in which case
                       'QMessageBox' is the class name, not 'Q_EXPORT'.
                     */
-                    fct = QStringList(yyIdent);
+                    fct = QStringList(yyWord);
                     yyTok = getToken();
                 } while (yyTok == Tok_Ident);
                 while (yyTok == Tok_ColonColon) {
                     yyTok = getToken();
                     if (yyTok != Tok_Ident)
                         break; // Oops ...
-                    fct += yyIdent;
+                    fct += yyWord;
                     yyTok = getToken();
                 }
                 if (fct.count() > 1) {
@@ -1470,7 +1466,7 @@ void CppParser::parseInternal(ConversionData &cd, QSet &inclusions)
             yyTokColonSeen = false;
             yyTok = getToken();
             if (yyTok == Tok_Ident) {
-                QString ns = yyIdent;
+                QString ns = yyWord;
                 yyTok = getToken();
                 if (yyTok == Tok_LeftBrace) {
                     namespaceDepths.push(namespaces.count());
@@ -1484,7 +1480,7 @@ void CppParser::parseInternal(ConversionData &cd, QSet &inclusions)
                         fullName.append(QString());
                     while (yyTok == Tok_ColonColon || yyTok == Tok_Ident) {
                         if (yyTok == Tok_Ident)
-                            fullName.append(yyIdent);
+                            fullName.append(yyWord);
                         yyTok = getToken();
                     }
                     if (fullName.isEmpty())
@@ -1510,7 +1506,7 @@ void CppParser::parseInternal(ConversionData &cd, QSet &inclusions)
                     fullName.append(QString());
                 while (yyTok == Tok_ColonColon || yyTok == Tok_Ident) {
                     if (yyTok == Tok_Ident)
-                        fullName.append(yyIdent);
+                        fullName.append(yyWord);
                     yyTok = getToken();
                 }
                 NamespaceList nsl;
@@ -1525,7 +1521,7 @@ void CppParser::parseInternal(ConversionData &cd, QSet &inclusions)
                     fullName.append(QString());
                 while (yyTok == Tok_ColonColon || yyTok == Tok_Ident) {
                     if (yyTok == Tok_Ident)
-                        fullName.append(yyIdent);
+                        fullName.append(yyWord);
                     yyTok = getToken();
                 }
                 if (fullName.isEmpty())
@@ -1722,7 +1718,7 @@ void CppParser::parseInternal(ConversionData &cd, QSet &inclusions)
             yyTok = getToken();
             break;
         case Tok_Ident:
-            prefix += yyIdent;
+            prefix += yyWord;
             yyTok = getToken();
             if (yyTok != Tok_ColonColon) {
                 prefix.clear();
@@ -1733,24 +1729,24 @@ void CppParser::parseInternal(ConversionData &cd, QSet &inclusions)
         case Tok_Comment:
             if (!results->tor)
                 goto case_default;
-            if (yyComment.startsWith(QLatin1Char(':'))) {
-                yyComment.remove(0, 1);
-                extracomment.append(yyComment);
-            } else if (yyComment.startsWith(QLatin1Char('='))) {
-                yyComment.remove(0, 1);
-                msgid = yyComment.simplified();
-            } else if (yyComment.startsWith(QLatin1Char('~'))) {
-                yyComment.remove(0, 1);
-                yyComment = yyComment.trimmed();
-                int k = yyComment.indexOf(QLatin1Char(' '));
+            if (yyWord.startsWith(QLatin1Char(':'))) {
+                yyWord.remove(0, 1);
+                extracomment.append(yyWord);
+            } else if (yyWord.startsWith(QLatin1Char('='))) {
+                yyWord.remove(0, 1);
+                msgid = yyWord.simplified();
+            } else if (yyWord.startsWith(QLatin1Char('~'))) {
+                yyWord.remove(0, 1);
+                yyWord = yyWord.trimmed();
+                int k = yyWord.indexOf(QLatin1Char(' '));
                 if (k > -1)
-                    extra.insert(yyComment.left(k), yyComment.mid(k + 1).trimmed());
-            } else if (yyComment.startsWith(QLatin1Char('%'))) {
+                    extra.insert(yyWord.left(k), yyWord.mid(k + 1).trimmed());
+            } else if (yyWord.startsWith(QLatin1Char('%'))) {
                 int p = 1, c;
                 forever {
-                    if (p >= yyComment.length())
+                    if (p >= yyWord.length())
                         break;
-                    c = yyComment.unicode()[p++].unicode();
+                    c = yyWord.unicode()[p++].unicode();
                     if (isspace(c))
                         continue;
                     if (c != '"') {
@@ -1759,19 +1755,19 @@ void CppParser::parseInternal(ConversionData &cd, QSet &inclusions)
                         break;
                     }
                     forever {
-                        if (p >= yyComment.length()) {
+                        if (p >= yyWord.length()) {
                           whoops:
                             qWarning("%s:%d: Unterminated meta string\n",
                                      qPrintable(yyFileName), yyLineNo);
                             break;
                         }
-                        c = yyComment.unicode()[p++].unicode();
+                        c = yyWord.unicode()[p++].unicode();
                         if (c == '"')
                             break;
                         if (c == '\\') {
-                            if (p >= yyComment.length())
+                            if (p >= yyWord.length())
                                 goto whoops;
-                            c = yyComment.unicode()[p++].unicode();
+                            c = yyWord.unicode()[p++].unicode();
                             if (c == '\n')
                                 goto whoops;
                             sourcetext.append(QLatin1Char('\\'));
@@ -1780,7 +1776,7 @@ void CppParser::parseInternal(ConversionData &cd, QSet &inclusions)
                     }
                 }
             } else {
-                comment = yyComment.simplified();
+                comment = yyWord.simplified();
                 if (comment.startsWith(QLatin1String(MagicComment))) {
                     comment.remove(0, sizeof(MagicComment) - 1);
                     int k = comment.indexOf(QLatin1Char(' '));
@@ -1812,7 +1808,7 @@ void CppParser::parseInternal(ConversionData &cd, QSet &inclusions)
             yyTok = getToken();
 #ifdef DIAGNOSE_RETRANSLATABILITY
             if (yyTok == Tok_Ident && yyBraceDepth == namespaceDepths.count() && yyParenDepth == 0)
-                functionName = yyIdent;
+                functionName = yyWord;
 #endif
             break;
         case Tok_RightBrace:
-- 
cgit v0.12


From 5f2c869e787160f94bd08faf8b625458e2ceb3a7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Oswald Buddenhagen 
Date: Mon, 17 Aug 2009 21:05:54 +0200
Subject: optimize getToken(), part 2: avoid QString::append()

---
 tools/linguist/lupdate/cpp.cpp | 90 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++-----------
 1 file changed, 66 insertions(+), 24 deletions(-)

diff --git a/tools/linguist/lupdate/cpp.cpp b/tools/linguist/lupdate/cpp.cpp
index 0191393..e929c0d 100644
--- a/tools/linguist/lupdate/cpp.cpp
+++ b/tools/linguist/lupdate/cpp.cpp
@@ -371,7 +371,9 @@ STRING(using);
 uint CppParser::getToken()
 {
   restart:
-    yyWord.clear();
+    // Failing this assertion would mean losing the preallocated buffer.
+    Q_ASSERT(yyWord.isDetached());
+    yyWord.resize(0);
 
     while (yyCh != EOF) {
         yyLineNo = yyCurLineNo;
@@ -470,6 +472,7 @@ uint CppParser::getToken()
                         tChar = '>';
                     else
                         break;
+                    ushort *ptr = (ushort *)yyWord.unicode();
                     forever {
                         yyCh = getChar();
                         if (yyCh == EOF || yyCh == '\n')
@@ -478,8 +481,9 @@ uint CppParser::getToken()
                             yyCh = getChar();
                             break;
                         }
-                        yyWord += yyCh;
+                        *ptr++ = yyCh;
                     }
+                    yyWord.resize(ptr - (ushort *)yyWord.unicode());
                     return (tChar == '"') ? Tok_QuotedInclude : Tok_AngledInclude;
                 }
                 break;
@@ -558,10 +562,12 @@ uint CppParser::getToken()
             } while (yyCh != '\n' && yyCh != EOF);
             yyCh = getChar();
         } else if (isalpha(yyCh) || yyCh == '_') {
+            ushort *ptr = (ushort *)yyWord.unicode();
             do {
-                yyWord += yyCh;
+                *ptr++ = yyCh;
                 yyCh = getChar();
             } while (isalnum(yyCh) || yyCh == '_');
+            yyWord.resize(ptr - (ushort *)yyWord.unicode());
 
             //qDebug() << "IDENT: " << yyWord;
 
@@ -650,14 +656,17 @@ uint CppParser::getToken()
             case '/':
                 yyCh = getChar();
                 if (yyCh == '/') {
+                    ushort *ptr = (ushort *)yyWord.unicode() + yyWord.length();
                     do {
                         yyCh = getChar();
                         if (yyCh == EOF)
                             break;
-                        yyWord.append(yyCh);
+                        *ptr++ = yyCh;
                     } while (yyCh != '\n');
+                    yyWord.resize(ptr - (ushort *)yyWord.unicode());
                 } else if (yyCh == '*') {
                     bool metAster = false;
+                    ushort *ptr = (ushort *)yyWord.unicode() + yyWord.length();
 
                     forever {
                         yyCh = getChar();
@@ -666,7 +675,7 @@ uint CppParser::getToken()
                                      qPrintable(yyFileName), yyLineNo);
                             return Tok_Comment;
                         }
-                        yyWord.append(yyCh);
+                        *ptr++ = yyCh;
 
                         if (yyCh == '*')
                             metAster = true;
@@ -675,22 +684,25 @@ uint CppParser::getToken()
                         else
                             metAster = false;
                     }
+                    yyWord.resize(ptr - (ushort *)yyWord.unicode() - 2);
+
                     yyCh = getChar();
-                    yyWord.chop(2);
                 }
                 return Tok_Comment;
-            case '"':
+            case '"': {
+                ushort *ptr = (ushort *)yyWord.unicode() + yyWord.length();
                 yyCh = getChar();
                 while (yyCh != EOF && yyCh != '\n' && yyCh != '"') {
                     if (yyCh == '\\') {
                         yyCh = getChar();
                         if (yyCh == EOF || yyCh == '\n')
                             break;
-                        yyWord.append(QLatin1Char('\\'));
+                        *ptr++ = '\\';
                     }
-                    yyWord.append(yyCh);
+                    *ptr++ = yyCh;
                     yyCh = getChar();
                 }
+                yyWord.resize(ptr - (ushort *)yyWord.unicode());
 
                 if (yyCh != '"')
                     qWarning("%s:%d: Unterminated C++ string\n",
@@ -698,6 +710,7 @@ uint CppParser::getToken()
                 else
                     yyCh = getChar();
                 return Tok_String;
+            }
             case '-':
                 yyCh = getChar();
                 if (yyCh == '>') {
@@ -1167,6 +1180,7 @@ bool CppParser::matchString(QString *s)
     s->clear();
     while (yyTok == Tok_String) {
         *s += yyWord;
+        s->detach();
         do {
             yyTok = getToken();
         } while (yyTok == Tok_Comment);
@@ -1360,6 +1374,7 @@ void CppParser::parseInternal(ConversionData &cd, QSet &inclusions)
     bool utf8;
     bool yyTokColonSeen = false; // Start of c'tor's initializer list
 
+    yyWord.reserve(yyInStr.size()); // Rather insane. That's because we do no length checking.
     yyCh = getChar();
     yyTok = getToken();
     while (yyTok != Tok_Eof) {
@@ -1367,6 +1382,7 @@ void CppParser::parseInternal(ConversionData &cd, QSet &inclusions)
         switch (yyTok) {
         case Tok_QuotedInclude: {
             text = QDir(QFileInfo(yyFileName).absolutePath()).absoluteFilePath(yyWord);
+            text.detach();
             if (QFileInfo(text).isFile()) {
                 processInclude(text, cd, inclusions);
                 yyTok = getToken();
@@ -1383,6 +1399,7 @@ void CppParser::parseInternal(ConversionData &cd, QSet &inclusions)
             }
             foreach (const QString &incPath, cd.m_includePath) {
                 text = QDir(incPath).absoluteFilePath(yyWord);
+                text.detach();
                 if (QFileInfo(text).isFile()) {
                     processInclude(text, cd, inclusions);
                     goto incOk;
@@ -1414,14 +1431,18 @@ void CppParser::parseInternal(ConversionData &cd, QSet &inclusions)
                       'class Q_EXPORT QMessageBox', in which case
                       'QMessageBox' is the class name, not 'Q_EXPORT'.
                     */
-                    fct = QStringList(yyWord);
+                    text = yyWord;
+                    text.detach();
+                    fct = QStringList(text);
                     yyTok = getToken();
                 } while (yyTok == Tok_Ident);
                 while (yyTok == Tok_ColonColon) {
                     yyTok = getToken();
                     if (yyTok != Tok_Ident)
                         break; // Oops ...
-                    fct += yyWord;
+                    text = yyWord;
+                    text.detach();
+                    fct += text;
                     yyTok = getToken();
                 }
                 if (fct.count() > 1) {
@@ -1467,6 +1488,7 @@ void CppParser::parseInternal(ConversionData &cd, QSet &inclusions)
             yyTok = getToken();
             if (yyTok == Tok_Ident) {
                 QString ns = yyWord;
+                ns.detach();
                 yyTok = getToken();
                 if (yyTok == Tok_LeftBrace) {
                     namespaceDepths.push(namespaces.count());
@@ -1479,8 +1501,11 @@ void CppParser::parseInternal(ConversionData &cd, QSet &inclusions)
                     if (yyTok == Tok_ColonColon)
                         fullName.append(QString());
                     while (yyTok == Tok_ColonColon || yyTok == Tok_Ident) {
-                        if (yyTok == Tok_Ident)
-                            fullName.append(yyWord);
+                        if (yyTok == Tok_Ident) {
+                            text = yyWord;
+                            text.detach();
+                            fullName.append(text);
+                        }
                         yyTok = getToken();
                     }
                     if (fullName.isEmpty())
@@ -1505,8 +1530,11 @@ void CppParser::parseInternal(ConversionData &cd, QSet &inclusions)
                 if (yyTok == Tok_ColonColon)
                     fullName.append(QString());
                 while (yyTok == Tok_ColonColon || yyTok == Tok_Ident) {
-                    if (yyTok == Tok_Ident)
-                        fullName.append(yyWord);
+                    if (yyTok == Tok_Ident) {
+                        text = yyWord;
+                        text.detach();
+                        fullName.append(text);
+                    }
                     yyTok = getToken();
                 }
                 NamespaceList nsl;
@@ -1520,8 +1548,11 @@ void CppParser::parseInternal(ConversionData &cd, QSet &inclusions)
                 if (yyTok == Tok_ColonColon)
                     fullName.append(QString());
                 while (yyTok == Tok_ColonColon || yyTok == Tok_Ident) {
-                    if (yyTok == Tok_Ident)
-                        fullName.append(yyWord);
+                    if (yyTok == Tok_Ident) {
+                        text = yyWord;
+                        text.detach();
+                        fullName.append(text);
+                    }
                     yyTok = getToken();
                 }
                 if (fullName.isEmpty())
@@ -1719,6 +1750,7 @@ void CppParser::parseInternal(ConversionData &cd, QSet &inclusions)
             break;
         case Tok_Ident:
             prefix += yyWord;
+            prefix.detach();
             yyTok = getToken();
             if (yyTok != Tok_ColonColon) {
                 prefix.clear();
@@ -1731,17 +1763,22 @@ void CppParser::parseInternal(ConversionData &cd, QSet &inclusions)
                 goto case_default;
             if (yyWord.startsWith(QLatin1Char(':'))) {
                 yyWord.remove(0, 1);
-                extracomment.append(yyWord);
+                extracomment += yyWord;
+                extracomment.detach();
             } else if (yyWord.startsWith(QLatin1Char('='))) {
                 yyWord.remove(0, 1);
                 msgid = yyWord.simplified();
+                msgid.detach();
             } else if (yyWord.startsWith(QLatin1Char('~'))) {
                 yyWord.remove(0, 1);
-                yyWord = yyWord.trimmed();
-                int k = yyWord.indexOf(QLatin1Char(' '));
+                text = yyWord.trimmed();
+                int k = text.indexOf(QLatin1Char(' '));
                 if (k > -1)
-                    extra.insert(yyWord.left(k), yyWord.mid(k + 1).trimmed());
+                    extra.insert(text.left(k), text.mid(k + 1).trimmed());
+                text.clear();
             } else if (yyWord.startsWith(QLatin1Char('%'))) {
+                sourcetext.reserve(sourcetext.length() + yyWord.length());
+                ushort *ptr = (ushort *)sourcetext.data() + sourcetext.length();
                 int p = 1, c;
                 forever {
                     if (p >= yyWord.length())
@@ -1770,11 +1807,12 @@ void CppParser::parseInternal(ConversionData &cd, QSet &inclusions)
                             c = yyWord.unicode()[p++].unicode();
                             if (c == '\n')
                                 goto whoops;
-                            sourcetext.append(QLatin1Char('\\'));
+                            *ptr++ = '\\';
                         }
-                        sourcetext.append(c);
+                        *ptr++ = c;
                     }
                 }
+                sourcetext.resize(ptr - (ushort *)sourcetext.data());
             } else {
                 comment = yyWord.simplified();
                 if (comment.startsWith(QLatin1String(MagicComment))) {
@@ -1791,6 +1829,8 @@ void CppParser::parseInternal(ConversionData &cd, QSet &inclusions)
                         results->tor->setExtras(extra);
                         extra.clear();
                     }
+                } else {
+                    comment.detach();
                 }
             }
             yyTok = getToken();
@@ -1807,8 +1847,10 @@ void CppParser::parseInternal(ConversionData &cd, QSet &inclusions)
             prefix += strColons;
             yyTok = getToken();
 #ifdef DIAGNOSE_RETRANSLATABILITY
-            if (yyTok == Tok_Ident && yyBraceDepth == namespaceDepths.count() && yyParenDepth == 0)
+            if (yyTok == Tok_Ident && yyBraceDepth == namespaceDepths.count() && yyParenDepth == 0) {
                 functionName = yyWord;
+                functionName.detach();
+            }
 #endif
             break;
         case Tok_RightBrace:
-- 
cgit v0.12


From bc6c569b0d5862a159394de831cd129b610715ad Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Anders Bakken 
Date: Mon, 17 Aug 2009 13:21:38 -0700
Subject: Fix a bug in wrt DFBWindowSurface's paintEngine

Make sure we recreate the paint engine if it's 0 in beginPaint. Also
don't delete the paint engine in moves, only resizes.

Reviewed-by: Donald 
---
 .../gfxdrivers/directfb/qdirectfbwindowsurface.cpp      | 17 ++++++-----------
 .../gfxdrivers/directfb/qdirectfbwindowsurface.h        |  1 -
 2 files changed, 6 insertions(+), 12 deletions(-)

diff --git a/src/plugins/gfxdrivers/directfb/qdirectfbwindowsurface.cpp b/src/plugins/gfxdrivers/directfb/qdirectfbwindowsurface.cpp
index d837509..57894d5 100644
--- a/src/plugins/gfxdrivers/directfb/qdirectfbwindowsurface.cpp
+++ b/src/plugins/gfxdrivers/directfb/qdirectfbwindowsurface.cpp
@@ -55,7 +55,6 @@ QDirectFBWindowSurface::QDirectFBWindowSurface(DFBSurfaceFlipFlags flip, QDirect
 #ifndef QT_NO_DIRECTFB_WM
     , dfbWindow(0)
 #endif
-    , engineHeight(-1)
     , flipFlags(flip)
     , boundingRectFlip(scr->directFBFlags() & QDirectFBScreen::BoundingRectFlip)
 {
@@ -76,7 +75,6 @@ QDirectFBWindowSurface::QDirectFBWindowSurface(DFBSurfaceFlipFlags flip, QDirect
 #ifndef QT_NO_DIRECTFB_WM
     , dfbWindow(0)
 #endif
-    , engineHeight(-1)
     , flipFlags(flip)
     , boundingRectFlip(scr->directFBFlags() & QDirectFBScreen::BoundingRectFlip)
 {
@@ -223,13 +221,14 @@ void QDirectFBWindowSurface::setGeometry(const QRect &rect)
             break; }
         }
 
+        if (size() != geometry().size()) {
+            delete engine;
+            engine = 0;
+        }
+
         if (result != DFB_OK)
             DirectFBErrorFatal("QDirectFBWindowSurface::setGeometry()", result);
     }
-    if (engine) {
-        delete engine;
-        engine = 0;
-    }
     QWSWindowSurface::setGeometry(rect);
 }
 
@@ -419,12 +418,8 @@ void QDirectFBWindowSurface::flush(QWidget *, const QRegion ®ion,
 
 void QDirectFBWindowSurface::beginPaint(const QRegion &)
 {
-    const int h = height();
-    if (h > engineHeight) {
-        engineHeight = h;
-        delete engine;
+    if (!engine)
         engine = new QDirectFBPaintEngine(this);
-    }
 }
 
 void QDirectFBWindowSurface::endPaint(const QRegion &)
diff --git a/src/plugins/gfxdrivers/directfb/qdirectfbwindowsurface.h b/src/plugins/gfxdrivers/directfb/qdirectfbwindowsurface.h
index 0d6ebc0..396cc32 100644
--- a/src/plugins/gfxdrivers/directfb/qdirectfbwindowsurface.h
+++ b/src/plugins/gfxdrivers/directfb/qdirectfbwindowsurface.h
@@ -91,7 +91,6 @@ private:
     void createWindow();
     IDirectFBWindow *dfbWindow;
 #endif
-    int engineHeight;
 
     enum Mode {
         Primary,
-- 
cgit v0.12


From ab4c3e1c2948c2edf078db4c1992848307b0c78e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Anders Bakken 
Date: Mon, 17 Aug 2009 12:24:56 -0700
Subject: Clean up primary surface handling in DFB

To avoid confusion rename QDirectFBScreen::dfbSurface()
primarySurface() since this is what it is.

Reviewed-by: Donald 
---
 .../gfxdrivers/directfb/qdirectfbscreen.cpp        | 48 +++++++++++-----------
 src/plugins/gfxdrivers/directfb/qdirectfbscreen.h  |  2 +-
 .../gfxdrivers/directfb/qdirectfbwindowsurface.cpp |  4 +-
 3 files changed, 26 insertions(+), 28 deletions(-)

diff --git a/src/plugins/gfxdrivers/directfb/qdirectfbscreen.cpp b/src/plugins/gfxdrivers/directfb/qdirectfbscreen.cpp
index a1edbd6..c54c1c6 100644
--- a/src/plugins/gfxdrivers/directfb/qdirectfbscreen.cpp
+++ b/src/plugins/gfxdrivers/directfb/qdirectfbscreen.cpp
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ public:
     QPixmapData *createPixmapData(QPixmapData::PixelType type) const;
 
     IDirectFB *dfb;
-    IDirectFBSurface *dfbSurface;
+    IDirectFBSurface *primarySurface;
     DFBSurfaceFlipFlags flipFlags;
 #ifndef QT_NO_DIRECTFB_LAYER
     IDirectFBDisplayLayer *dfbLayer;
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ public:
 };
 
 QDirectFBScreenPrivate::QDirectFBScreenPrivate(QDirectFBScreen *qptr)
-    : QWSGraphicsSystem(qptr), dfb(0), dfbSurface(0), flipFlags(DSFLIP_NONE)
+    : QWSGraphicsSystem(qptr), dfb(0), primarySurface(0), flipFlags(DSFLIP_NONE)
 #ifndef QT_NO_DIRECTFB_LAYER
     , dfbLayer(0)
 #endif
@@ -119,8 +119,8 @@ QDirectFBScreenPrivate::~QDirectFBScreenPrivate()
         (*it)->Release(*it);
     }
 
-    if (dfbSurface)
-        dfbSurface->Release(dfbSurface);
+    if (primarySurface)
+        primarySurface->Release(primarySurface);
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_DIRECTFB_LAYER
     if (dfbLayer)
@@ -366,9 +366,9 @@ IDirectFB *QDirectFBScreen::dfb()
     return d_ptr->dfb;
 }
 
-IDirectFBSurface *QDirectFBScreen::dfbSurface()
+IDirectFBSurface *QDirectFBScreen::primarySurface()
 {
-    return d_ptr->dfbSurface;
+    return d_ptr->primarySurface;
 }
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_DIRECTFB_LAYER
@@ -952,15 +952,15 @@ bool QDirectFBScreen::connect(const QString &displaySpec)
     }
 
     // We don't track the primary surface as it's released in disconnect
-    d_ptr->dfbSurface = createDFBSurface(description, DontTrackSurface);
-    if (!d_ptr->dfbSurface) {
+    d_ptr->primarySurface = createDFBSurface(description, DontTrackSurface);
+    if (!d_ptr->primarySurface) {
         DirectFBError("QDirectFBScreen: error creating primary surface",
                       result);
         return false;
     }
 
     // Work out what format we're going to use for surfaces with an alpha channel
-    d_ptr->alphaPixmapFormat = QDirectFBScreen::getImageFormat(d_ptr->dfbSurface);
+    d_ptr->alphaPixmapFormat = QDirectFBScreen::getImageFormat(d_ptr->primarySurface);
     setPixelFormat(d_ptr->alphaPixmapFormat);
     switch (d_ptr->alphaPixmapFormat) {
     case QImage::Format_RGB666:
@@ -994,7 +994,7 @@ bool QDirectFBScreen::connect(const QString &displaySpec)
         // works already
         break;
     }
-    d_ptr->dfbSurface->GetSize(d_ptr->dfbSurface, &w, &h);
+    d_ptr->primarySurface->GetSize(d_ptr->primarySurface, &w, &h);
 
     data = 0;
     lstep = 0;
@@ -1003,14 +1003,12 @@ bool QDirectFBScreen::connect(const QString &displaySpec)
     dh = h;
 
     DFBSurfacePixelFormat format;
-    result = d_ptr->dfbSurface->GetPixelFormat(d_ptr->dfbSurface, &format);
+    result = d_ptr->primarySurface->GetPixelFormat(d_ptr->primarySurface, &format);
     if (result == DFB_OK)
         QScreen::d = depth(format);
     else
         DirectFBError("QDirectFBScreen: error getting surface format", result);
 
-    setPixelFormat(getImageFormat(d_ptr->dfbSurface));
-
     physWidth = physHeight = -1;
     ::setIntOption(displayArgs, QLatin1String("mmWidth"), &physWidth);
     ::setIntOption(displayArgs, QLatin1String("mmHeight"), &physHeight);
@@ -1042,7 +1040,7 @@ bool QDirectFBScreen::connect(const QString &displaySpec)
 
 #if (Q_DIRECTFB_VERSION >= 0x000923)
     if (displayArgs.contains(QLatin1String("debug"), Qt::CaseInsensitive))
-        printDirectFBInfo(d_ptr->dfb, d_ptr->dfbSurface);
+        printDirectFBInfo(d_ptr->dfb, d_ptr->primarySurface);
 #endif
 
     QRegExp backgroundColorRegExp("bgcolor=?(.+)");
@@ -1058,8 +1056,8 @@ bool QDirectFBScreen::connect(const QString &displaySpec)
 
 void QDirectFBScreen::disconnect()
 {
-    d_ptr->dfbSurface->Release(d_ptr->dfbSurface);
-    d_ptr->dfbSurface = 0;
+    d_ptr->primarySurface->Release(d_ptr->primarySurface);
+    d_ptr->primarySurface = 0;
 
     foreach (IDirectFBSurface *surf, d_ptr->allocatedSurfaces)
         surf->Release(surf);
@@ -1207,7 +1205,7 @@ void QDirectFBScreen::exposeRegion(QRegion r, int changing)
                     const DFBRectangle rect = {
                         source.x(), source.y(), source.width(), source.height()
                     };
-                    d_ptr->dfbSurface->Blit(d_ptr->dfbSurface, surface, &rect,
+                    d_ptr->primarySurface->Blit(d_ptr->primarySurface, surface, &rect,
                                             windowGeometry.x() + source.x(),
                                             windowGeometry.y() + source.y());
                 } else {
@@ -1225,7 +1223,7 @@ void QDirectFBScreen::exposeRegion(QRegion r, int changing)
                         dfbPoints[i].x = (windowGeometry.x() + source.x());
                         dfbPoints[i].y = (windowGeometry.y() + source.y());
                     }
-                    d_ptr->dfbSurface->BatchBlit(d_ptr->dfbSurface, surface, dfbRectangles.constData(),
+                    d_ptr->primarySurface->BatchBlit(d_ptr->primarySurface, surface, dfbRectangles.constData(),
                                                  dfbPoints.constData(), n);
                 }
             }
@@ -1237,15 +1235,15 @@ void QDirectFBScreen::exposeRegion(QRegion r, int changing)
         if (cursor->isVisible() && !cursor->isAccelerated() && cursorRectangle.intersects(brect)) {
             const QImage image = cursor->image();
             IDirectFBSurface *surface = createDFBSurface(image, QDirectFBScreen::DontTrackSurface);
-            d_ptr->dfbSurface->SetBlittingFlags(d_ptr->dfbSurface, DSBLIT_BLEND_ALPHACHANNEL);
-            d_ptr->dfbSurface->Blit(d_ptr->dfbSurface, surface, 0, cursorRectangle.x(), cursorRectangle.y());
+            d_ptr->primarySurface->SetBlittingFlags(d_ptr->primarySurface, DSBLIT_BLEND_ALPHACHANNEL);
+            d_ptr->primarySurface->Blit(d_ptr->primarySurface, surface, 0, cursorRectangle.x(), cursorRectangle.y());
             surface->Release(surface);
 #if (Q_DIRECTFB_VERSION >= 0x010000)
-            d_ptr->dfbSurface->ReleaseSource(d_ptr->dfbSurface);
+            d_ptr->primarySurface->ReleaseSource(d_ptr->primarySurface);
 #endif
         }
     }
-    flipSurface(d_ptr->dfbSurface, d_ptr->flipFlags, r, QPoint());
+    flipSurface(d_ptr->primarySurface, d_ptr->flipFlags, r, QPoint());
 }
 
 void QDirectFBScreen::solidFill(const QColor &color, const QRegion ®ion)
@@ -1253,13 +1251,13 @@ void QDirectFBScreen::solidFill(const QColor &color, const QRegion ®ion)
     if (region.isEmpty())
         return;
 
-    d_ptr->dfbSurface->SetColor(d_ptr->dfbSurface,
+    d_ptr->primarySurface->SetColor(d_ptr->primarySurface,
                                 color.red(), color.green(), color.blue(),
                                 color.alpha());
     const int n = region.numRects();
     if (n > 1) {
         const QRect r = region.boundingRect();
-        d_ptr->dfbSurface->FillRectangle(d_ptr->dfbSurface, r.x(), r.y(), r.width(), r.height());
+        d_ptr->primarySurface->FillRectangle(d_ptr->primarySurface, r.x(), r.y(), r.width(), r.height());
     } else {
         const QVector rects = region.rects();
         QVarLengthArray rectArray(n);
@@ -1270,7 +1268,7 @@ void QDirectFBScreen::solidFill(const QColor &color, const QRegion ®ion)
             rectArray[i].w = r.width();
             rectArray[i].h = r.height();
         }
-        d_ptr->dfbSurface->FillRectangles(d_ptr->dfbSurface, rectArray.constData(), n);
+        d_ptr->primarySurface->FillRectangles(d_ptr->primarySurface, rectArray.constData(), n);
     }
 }
 
diff --git a/src/plugins/gfxdrivers/directfb/qdirectfbscreen.h b/src/plugins/gfxdrivers/directfb/qdirectfbscreen.h
index 78765ac..c7e6cca 100644
--- a/src/plugins/gfxdrivers/directfb/qdirectfbscreen.h
+++ b/src/plugins/gfxdrivers/directfb/qdirectfbscreen.h
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ public:
     }
 
     IDirectFB *dfb();
-    IDirectFBSurface *dfbSurface();
+    IDirectFBSurface *primarySurface();
 #ifndef QT_NO_DIRECTFB_LAYER
     IDirectFBDisplayLayer *dfbDisplayLayer();
 #endif
diff --git a/src/plugins/gfxdrivers/directfb/qdirectfbwindowsurface.cpp b/src/plugins/gfxdrivers/directfb/qdirectfbwindowsurface.cpp
index 57894d5..55d6466 100644
--- a/src/plugins/gfxdrivers/directfb/qdirectfbwindowsurface.cpp
+++ b/src/plugins/gfxdrivers/directfb/qdirectfbwindowsurface.cpp
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ static DFBResult setGeometry(IDirectFBWindow *dfbWindow, const QRect &old, const
 
 void QDirectFBWindowSurface::setGeometry(const QRect &rect)
 {
-    IDirectFBSurface *primarySurface = screen->dfbSurface();
+    IDirectFBSurface *primarySurface = screen->primarySurface();
     Q_ASSERT(primarySurface);
     if (rect.isNull()) {
 #ifndef QT_NO_DIRECTFB_WM
@@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ void QDirectFBWindowSurface::flush(QWidget *, const QRegion ®ion,
     }
 
     const QRect windowGeometry = QDirectFBWindowSurface::geometry();
-    IDirectFBSurface *primarySurface = screen->dfbSurface();
+    IDirectFBSurface *primarySurface = screen->primarySurface();
     if (mode == Offscreen) {
         primarySurface->SetBlittingFlags(primarySurface, DSBLIT_NOFX);
         const QRect windowRect(0, 0, windowGeometry.width(), windowGeometry.height());
-- 
cgit v0.12


From 469c79c72dcac4e2306682c8c2a650c5e6a74d3d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Anders Bakken 
Date: Mon, 17 Aug 2009 13:30:12 -0700
Subject: Clean up DirectFB defines

Make QT_DIRECTFB_WM be defined if QT_NO_DIRECTFB_WM is not. This makes
it possible to write more readable code.

Reviewed-by: Donald 
---
 src/plugins/gfxdrivers/directfb/qdirectfbscreen.h | 25 +++++++++++++++++++++++
 1 file changed, 25 insertions(+)

diff --git a/src/plugins/gfxdrivers/directfb/qdirectfbscreen.h b/src/plugins/gfxdrivers/directfb/qdirectfbscreen.h
index c7e6cca..a95708b 100644
--- a/src/plugins/gfxdrivers/directfb/qdirectfbscreen.h
+++ b/src/plugins/gfxdrivers/directfb/qdirectfbscreen.h
@@ -50,6 +50,31 @@ QT_BEGIN_HEADER
 
 QT_MODULE(Gui)
 
+#if !defined QT_NO_DIRECTFB_LAYER && !defined QT_DIRECTFB_LAYER
+#define QT_DIRECTFB_LAYER
+#endif
+#if !defined QT_NO_DIRECTFB_WM && !defined QT_DIRECTFB_WM
+#define QT_DIRECTFB_WM
+#endif
+#if !defined QT_DIRECTFB_IMAGECACHE && !defined QT_NO_DIRECTFB_IMAGECACHE
+#define QT_NO_DIRECTFB_IMAGECACHE
+#endif
+#if !defined QT_NO_DIRECTFB_PALETTE && !defined QT_DIRECTFB_PALETTE
+#define QT_DIRECTFB_PALETTE
+#endif
+#if !defined QT_NO_DIRECTFB_PREALLOCATED && !defined QT_DIRECTFB_PREALLOCATED
+#define QT_DIRECTFB_PREALLOCATED
+#endif
+#if !defined QT_NO_DIRECTFB_MOUSE && !defined QT_DIRECTFB_MOUSE
+#define QT_DIRECTFB_MOUSE
+#endif
+#if !defined QT_NO_DIRECTFB_KEYBOARD && !defined QT_DIRECTFB_KEYBOARD
+#define QT_DIRECTFB_KEYBOARD
+#endif
+#if !defined QT_NO_DIRECTFB_OPAQUE_DETECTION && !defined QT_DIRECTFB_OPAQUE_DETECTION
+#define QT_DIRECTFB_OPAQUE_DETECTION
+#endif
+
 #define Q_DIRECTFB_VERSION ((DIRECTFB_MAJOR_VERSION << 16) | (DIRECTFB_MINOR_VERION << 8) | DIRECTFB_MICRO_VERSION)
 
 #define DIRECTFB_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(F)                         \
-- 
cgit v0.12


From f844d3905e80194be7d56cbb631ae31ef36f29f8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Anders Bakken 
Date: Mon, 17 Aug 2009 13:34:36 -0700
Subject: Clean up DirectFB with WM enabled

When we have proper window manager support from DirectFB we shouldn't
create our own primary surface. This patch vastly cleans up a number of
issues in QDirectFBScreen regarding this.

Reviewed-by: Donald 
---
 .../gfxdrivers/directfb/qdirectfbscreen.cpp        | 146 ++++++++++++++-------
 src/plugins/gfxdrivers/directfb/qdirectfbscreen.h  |   2 +
 .../gfxdrivers/directfb/qdirectfbwindowsurface.cpp |  46 ++++---
 .../gfxdrivers/directfb/qdirectfbwindowsurface.h   |   5 +-
 4 files changed, 123 insertions(+), 76 deletions(-)

diff --git a/src/plugins/gfxdrivers/directfb/qdirectfbscreen.cpp b/src/plugins/gfxdrivers/directfb/qdirectfbscreen.cpp
index c54c1c6..774162c 100644
--- a/src/plugins/gfxdrivers/directfb/qdirectfbscreen.cpp
+++ b/src/plugins/gfxdrivers/directfb/qdirectfbscreen.cpp
@@ -64,13 +64,16 @@ public:
     QPixmapData *createPixmapData(QPixmapData::PixelType type) const;
 
     IDirectFB *dfb;
-    IDirectFBSurface *primarySurface;
     DFBSurfaceFlipFlags flipFlags;
+    QDirectFBScreen::DirectFBFlags directFBFlags;
+    QImage::Format alphaPixmapFormat;
+    IDirectFBScreen *dfbScreen;
+#ifdef QT_NO_DIRECTFB_WM
+    IDirectFBSurface *primarySurface;
+#endif
 #ifndef QT_NO_DIRECTFB_LAYER
     IDirectFBDisplayLayer *dfbLayer;
 #endif
-    IDirectFBScreen *dfbScreen;
-
     QSet allocatedSurfaces;
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_DIRECTFB_MOUSE
@@ -79,26 +82,26 @@ public:
 #ifndef QT_NO_DIRECTFB_KEYBOARD
     QDirectFBKeyboardHandler *keyboard;
 #endif
-    QDirectFBScreen::DirectFBFlags directFBFlags;
-    QImage::Format alphaPixmapFormat;
     QColor backgroundColor;
     QDirectFBScreen *q;
 };
 
 QDirectFBScreenPrivate::QDirectFBScreenPrivate(QDirectFBScreen *qptr)
-    : QWSGraphicsSystem(qptr), dfb(0), primarySurface(0), flipFlags(DSFLIP_NONE)
+    : QWSGraphicsSystem(qptr), dfb(0), flipFlags(DSFLIP_NONE),
+      directFBFlags(QDirectFBScreen::NoFlags), alphaPixmapFormat(QImage::Format_Invalid),
+      dfbScreen(0)
+#ifdef QT_NO_DIRECTFB_WM
+    , primarySurface(0)
+#endif
 #ifndef QT_NO_DIRECTFB_LAYER
     , dfbLayer(0)
 #endif
-    , dfbScreen(0)
 #ifndef QT_NO_DIRECTFB_MOUSE
     , mouse(0)
 #endif
 #ifndef QT_NO_DIRECTFB_KEYBOARD
     , keyboard(0)
 #endif
-    , directFBFlags(QDirectFBScreen::NoFlags)
-    , alphaPixmapFormat(QImage::Format_Invalid)
     , q(qptr)
 {
 #ifndef QT_NO_QWS_SIGNALHANDLER
@@ -119,8 +122,10 @@ QDirectFBScreenPrivate::~QDirectFBScreenPrivate()
         (*it)->Release(*it);
     }
 
+#ifdef QT_NO_DIRECTFB_WM
     if (primarySurface)
         primarySurface->Release(primarySurface);
+#endif
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_DIRECTFB_LAYER
     if (dfbLayer)
@@ -366,10 +371,12 @@ IDirectFB *QDirectFBScreen::dfb()
     return d_ptr->dfb;
 }
 
+#ifdef QT_NO_DIRECTFB_WM
 IDirectFBSurface *QDirectFBScreen::primarySurface()
 {
     return d_ptr->primarySurface;
 }
+#endif
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_DIRECTFB_LAYER
 IDirectFBDisplayLayer *QDirectFBScreen::dfbDisplayLayer()
@@ -863,6 +870,36 @@ static inline bool setIntOption(const QStringList &arguments, const QString &var
     return false;
 }
 
+static inline int depth(QImage::Format format)
+{
+    switch (format) {
+    case QImage::Format_Mono:
+    case QImage::Format_MonoLSB:
+        return 1;
+    case QImage::Format_Indexed8:
+        return 8;
+    case QImage::Format_RGB32:
+    case QImage::Format_ARGB32:
+    case QImage::Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied:
+        return 32;
+    case QImage::Format_ARGB8565_Premultiplied:
+    case QImage::Format_RGB666:
+    case QImage::Format_ARGB6666_Premultiplied:
+    case QImage::Format_ARGB8555_Premultiplied:
+    case QImage::Format_RGB888:
+        return 24;
+    case QImage::Format_RGB555:
+    case QImage::Format_RGB444:
+    case QImage::Format_RGB16:
+    case QImage::Format_ARGB4444_Premultiplied:
+        return 16;
+    case QImage::Format_Invalid:
+    case QImage::NImageFormats:
+        break;
+    }
+    return -1;
+}
+
 bool QDirectFBScreen::connect(const QString &displaySpec)
 {
     DFBResult result = DFB_OK;
@@ -923,7 +960,9 @@ bool QDirectFBScreen::connect(const QString &displaySpec)
 
     DFBSurfaceDescription description;
     memset(&description, 0, sizeof(DFBSurfaceDescription));
+    IDirectFBSurface *surface;
 
+#ifdef QT_NO_DIRECTFB_WM
     description.flags = DSDESC_CAPS;
     if (::setIntOption(displayArgs, QLatin1String("width"), &description.width))
         description.flags |= DSDESC_WIDTH;
@@ -959,8 +998,15 @@ bool QDirectFBScreen::connect(const QString &displaySpec)
         return false;
     }
 
+    surface = d_ptr->primarySurface;
+#else
+    description.flags = DSDESC_WIDTH|DSDESC_HEIGHT;
+    description.width = description.height = 1;
+    surface = createDFBSurface(description, DontTrackSurface);
+#endif
     // Work out what format we're going to use for surfaces with an alpha channel
-    d_ptr->alphaPixmapFormat = QDirectFBScreen::getImageFormat(d_ptr->primarySurface);
+    d_ptr->alphaPixmapFormat = QDirectFBScreen::getImageFormat(surface);
+
     setPixelFormat(d_ptr->alphaPixmapFormat);
     switch (d_ptr->alphaPixmapFormat) {
     case QImage::Format_RGB666:
@@ -994,29 +1040,11 @@ bool QDirectFBScreen::connect(const QString &displaySpec)
         // works already
         break;
     }
-    d_ptr->primarySurface->GetSize(d_ptr->primarySurface, &w, &h);
 
+    QScreen::d = ::depth(pixelFormat());
     data = 0;
     lstep = 0;
     size = 0;
-    dw = w;
-    dh = h;
-
-    DFBSurfacePixelFormat format;
-    result = d_ptr->primarySurface->GetPixelFormat(d_ptr->primarySurface, &format);
-    if (result == DFB_OK)
-        QScreen::d = depth(format);
-    else
-        DirectFBError("QDirectFBScreen: error getting surface format", result);
-
-    physWidth = physHeight = -1;
-    ::setIntOption(displayArgs, QLatin1String("mmWidth"), &physWidth);
-    ::setIntOption(displayArgs, QLatin1String("mmHeight"), &physHeight);
-    const int dpi = 72;
-    if (physWidth < 0)
-        physWidth = qRound(dw * 25.4 / dpi);
-    if (physHeight < 0)
-        physHeight = qRound(dh * 25.4 / dpi);
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_DIRECTFB_LAYER
     result = d_ptr->dfb->GetDisplayLayer(d_ptr->dfb, DLID_PRIMARY,
@@ -1035,12 +1063,35 @@ bool QDirectFBScreen::connect(const QString &displaySpec)
                       "Unable to get screen!", result);
         return false;
     }
+    result = d_ptr->dfbScreen->GetSize(d_ptr->dfbScreen, &w, &h);
+    if (result != DFB_OK) {
+        DirectFBError("QDirectFBScreen::connect: "
+                      "Unable to get screen size!", result);
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    dw = w;
+    dh = h;
+
+    Q_ASSERT(dw != 0 && dh != 0);
+
+    physWidth = physHeight = -1;
+    ::setIntOption(displayArgs, QLatin1String("mmWidth"), &physWidth);
+    ::setIntOption(displayArgs, QLatin1String("mmHeight"), &physHeight);
+    const int dpi = 72;
+    if (physWidth < 0)
+        physWidth = qRound(dw * 25.4 / dpi);
+    if (physHeight < 0)
+        physHeight = qRound(dh * 25.4 / dpi);
 
     setGraphicsSystem(d_ptr);
 
 #if (Q_DIRECTFB_VERSION >= 0x000923)
     if (displayArgs.contains(QLatin1String("debug"), Qt::CaseInsensitive))
-        printDirectFBInfo(d_ptr->dfb, d_ptr->primarySurface);
+        printDirectFBInfo(d_ptr->dfb, surface);
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_DIRECTFB_WM
+    surface->Release(surface);
 #endif
 
     QRegExp backgroundColorRegExp("bgcolor=?(.+)");
@@ -1056,8 +1107,10 @@ bool QDirectFBScreen::connect(const QString &displaySpec)
 
 void QDirectFBScreen::disconnect()
 {
+#ifdef QT_NO_DIRECTFB_WM
     d_ptr->primarySurface->Release(d_ptr->primarySurface);
     d_ptr->primarySurface = 0;
+#endif
 
     foreach (IDirectFBSurface *surf, d_ptr->allocatedSurfaces)
         surf->Release(surf);
@@ -1153,25 +1206,9 @@ QWSWindowSurface *QDirectFBScreen::createSurface(const QString &key) const
 // QT_NO_DIRECTFB_WM isn't set), exposeRegion will simply return. If
 // QT_NO_DIRECTFB_WM is set, exposeRegion will compose only non-directFB
 // window surfaces. Normal, directFB surfaces are handled by DirectFB.
-static inline bool needExposeRegion()
-{
-#ifdef QT_NO_DIRECTFB_WM
-    return true;
-#endif
-#ifdef QT_NO_DIRECTFB_LAYER
-#ifndef QT_NO_QWS_CURSOR
-    return true;
-#endif
-#endif
-    return false;
-}
-
 void QDirectFBScreen::exposeRegion(QRegion r, int changing)
 {
-    if (!needExposeRegion()) {
-        return;
-    }
-
+#ifdef QT_NO_DIRECTFB_WM
     const QList windows = QWSServer::instance()->clientWindows();
     if (changing < 0 || changing >= windows.size())
         return;
@@ -1206,8 +1243,8 @@ void QDirectFBScreen::exposeRegion(QRegion r, int changing)
                         source.x(), source.y(), source.width(), source.height()
                     };
                     d_ptr->primarySurface->Blit(d_ptr->primarySurface, surface, &rect,
-                                            windowGeometry.x() + source.x(),
-                                            windowGeometry.y() + source.y());
+                                                windowGeometry.x() + source.x(),
+                                                windowGeometry.y() + source.y());
                 } else {
                     const QVector rects = insideWindow.rects();
                     QVarLengthArray dfbRectangles(n);
@@ -1224,7 +1261,7 @@ void QDirectFBScreen::exposeRegion(QRegion r, int changing)
                         dfbPoints[i].y = (windowGeometry.y() + source.y());
                     }
                     d_ptr->primarySurface->BatchBlit(d_ptr->primarySurface, surface, dfbRectangles.constData(),
-                                                 dfbPoints.constData(), n);
+                                                     dfbPoints.constData(), n);
                 }
             }
         }
@@ -1244,10 +1281,18 @@ void QDirectFBScreen::exposeRegion(QRegion r, int changing)
         }
     }
     flipSurface(d_ptr->primarySurface, d_ptr->flipFlags, r, QPoint());
+#else
+    Q_UNUSED(r);
+    Q_UNUSED(changing);
+#endif
 }
 
 void QDirectFBScreen::solidFill(const QColor &color, const QRegion ®ion)
 {
+#ifdef QT_DIRECTFB_WM
+    Q_UNUSED(color);
+    Q_UNUSED(region);
+#else
     if (region.isEmpty())
         return;
 
@@ -1270,6 +1315,7 @@ void QDirectFBScreen::solidFill(const QColor &color, const QRegion ®ion)
         }
         d_ptr->primarySurface->FillRectangles(d_ptr->primarySurface, rectArray.constData(), n);
     }
+#endif
 }
 
 void QDirectFBScreen::erase(const QRegion ®ion)
diff --git a/src/plugins/gfxdrivers/directfb/qdirectfbscreen.h b/src/plugins/gfxdrivers/directfb/qdirectfbscreen.h
index a95708b..3f9248e 100644
--- a/src/plugins/gfxdrivers/directfb/qdirectfbscreen.h
+++ b/src/plugins/gfxdrivers/directfb/qdirectfbscreen.h
@@ -133,7 +133,9 @@ public:
     }
 
     IDirectFB *dfb();
+#ifdef QT_NO_DIRECTFB_WM
     IDirectFBSurface *primarySurface();
+#endif
 #ifndef QT_NO_DIRECTFB_LAYER
     IDirectFBDisplayLayer *dfbDisplayLayer();
 #endif
diff --git a/src/plugins/gfxdrivers/directfb/qdirectfbwindowsurface.cpp b/src/plugins/gfxdrivers/directfb/qdirectfbwindowsurface.cpp
index 55d6466..584f334 100644
--- a/src/plugins/gfxdrivers/directfb/qdirectfbwindowsurface.cpp
+++ b/src/plugins/gfxdrivers/directfb/qdirectfbwindowsurface.cpp
@@ -60,8 +60,6 @@ QDirectFBWindowSurface::QDirectFBWindowSurface(DFBSurfaceFlipFlags flip, QDirect
 {
 #ifdef QT_NO_DIRECTFB_WM
     mode = Offscreen;
-#else
-    mode = Window;
 #endif
     setSurfaceFlags(Opaque | Buffered);
 #ifdef QT_DIRECTFB_TIMING
@@ -78,17 +76,18 @@ QDirectFBWindowSurface::QDirectFBWindowSurface(DFBSurfaceFlipFlags flip, QDirect
     , flipFlags(flip)
     , boundingRectFlip(scr->directFBFlags() & QDirectFBScreen::BoundingRectFlip)
 {
+#ifdef QT_NO_DIRECTFB_WM
     if (widget && widget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_PaintOnScreen)) {
         setSurfaceFlags(Opaque | RegionReserved);
         mode = Primary;
     } else {
-#ifdef QT_NO_DIRECTFB_WM
         mode = Offscreen;
-#else
-        mode = Window;
-#endif
         setSurfaceFlags(Opaque | Buffered);
     }
+#else
+    setSurfaceFlags(Opaque | Buffered);
+#endif
+
 #ifdef QT_DIRECTFB_TIMING
     frames = 0;
     timer.start();
@@ -170,8 +169,10 @@ static DFBResult setGeometry(IDirectFBWindow *dfbWindow, const QRect &old, const
 
 void QDirectFBWindowSurface::setGeometry(const QRect &rect)
 {
+#ifdef QT_NO_DIRECTFB_WM
     IDirectFBSurface *primarySurface = screen->primarySurface();
     Q_ASSERT(primarySurface);
+#endif
     if (rect.isNull()) {
 #ifndef QT_NO_DIRECTFB_WM
         if (dfbWindow) {
@@ -180,9 +181,10 @@ void QDirectFBWindowSurface::setGeometry(const QRect &rect)
         }
 #endif
         if (dfbSurface) {
-            if (dfbSurface != primarySurface) {
+#ifdef QT_NO_DIRECTFB_WM
+            if (dfbSurface != primarySurface)
+#endif
                 dfbSurface->Release(dfbSurface);
-            }
             dfbSurface = 0;
         }
     } else if (rect != geometry()) {
@@ -190,8 +192,12 @@ void QDirectFBWindowSurface::setGeometry(const QRect &rect)
         DFBResult result = DFB_OK;
         // If we're in a resize, the surface shouldn't be locked
         Q_ASSERT((lockedImage == 0) || (rect.size() == geometry().size()));
-        switch (mode) {
-        case Primary:
+#ifdef QT_DIRECTFB_WM
+        if (!dfbWindow)
+            createWindow();
+        ::setGeometry(dfbWindow, oldRect, rect);
+#else
+        if (mode == Primary) {
             if (dfbSurface && dfbSurface != primarySurface)
                 dfbSurface->Release(dfbSurface);
             if (rect == screen->region().boundingRect()) {
@@ -201,15 +207,7 @@ void QDirectFBWindowSurface::setGeometry(const QRect &rect)
                                          rect.width(), rect.height() };
                 result = primarySurface->GetSubSurface(primarySurface, &r, &dfbSurface);
             }
-            break;
-        case Window:
-#ifndef QT_NO_DIRECTFB_WM
-            if (!dfbWindow)
-                createWindow();
-            ::setGeometry(dfbWindow, oldRect, rect);
-#endif
-            break;
-        case Offscreen: {
+        } else {
             if (!dfbSurface || oldRect.size() != rect.size()) {
                 if (dfbSurface)
                     dfbSurface->Release(dfbSurface);
@@ -218,9 +216,8 @@ void QDirectFBWindowSurface::setGeometry(const QRect &rect)
             const QRegion region = QRegion(oldRect.isEmpty() ? screen->region() : QRegion(oldRect)).subtracted(rect);
             screen->erase(region);
             screen->flipSurface(primarySurface, flipFlags, region, QPoint());
-            break; }
         }
-
+#endif
         if (size() != geometry().size()) {
             delete engine;
             engine = 0;
@@ -348,6 +345,7 @@ void QDirectFBWindowSurface::flush(QWidget *, const QRegion ®ion,
     }
 
     const QRect windowGeometry = QDirectFBWindowSurface::geometry();
+#ifdef QT_NO_DIRECTFB_WM
     IDirectFBSurface *primarySurface = screen->primarySurface();
     if (mode == Offscreen) {
         primarySurface->SetBlittingFlags(primarySurface, DSBLIT_NOFX);
@@ -400,9 +398,9 @@ void QDirectFBWindowSurface::flush(QWidget *, const QRegion ®ion,
     }
     if (mode == Offscreen) {
         screen->flipSurface(primarySurface, flipFlags, region, offset + windowGeometry.topLeft());
-    } else {
-        screen->flipSurface(dfbSurface, flipFlags, region, offset);
-    }
+    } else
+#endif
+    screen->flipSurface(dfbSurface, flipFlags, region, offset);
 
 #ifdef QT_DIRECTFB_TIMING
     enum { Secs = 3 };
diff --git a/src/plugins/gfxdrivers/directfb/qdirectfbwindowsurface.h b/src/plugins/gfxdrivers/directfb/qdirectfbwindowsurface.h
index 396cc32..64b1920 100644
--- a/src/plugins/gfxdrivers/directfb/qdirectfbwindowsurface.h
+++ b/src/plugins/gfxdrivers/directfb/qdirectfbwindowsurface.h
@@ -92,11 +92,12 @@ private:
     IDirectFBWindow *dfbWindow;
 #endif
 
+#ifdef QT_NO_DIRECTFB_WM
     enum Mode {
         Primary,
-        Offscreen,
-        Window
+        Offscreen
     } mode;
+#endif
 
     QList bufferImages;
     DFBSurfaceFlipFlags flipFlags;
-- 
cgit v0.12


From 5bc376247a07a79be4a04bf33b44d4fd85a6ae97 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Anders Bakken 
Date: Mon, 17 Aug 2009 15:18:17 -0700
Subject: Compile

After 843d2eed0ac10589a01d40bfdf88cb44c6a00b17 qmake didn't compile
anymore.

Reviewed-by: TrustMe
---
 qmake/Makefile.unix         | 8 ++++----
 qmake/Makefile.win32        | 8 ++++----
 qmake/Makefile.win32-g++    | 6 +++---
 qmake/Makefile.win32-g++-sh | 6 +++---
 4 files changed, 14 insertions(+), 14 deletions(-)

diff --git a/qmake/Makefile.unix b/qmake/Makefile.unix
index dcdc805..57d9fb2 100644
--- a/qmake/Makefile.unix
+++ b/qmake/Makefile.unix
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ OBJS=project.o property.o main.o makefile.o unixmake2.o unixmake.o  \
 
 #qt code
 QOBJS=qtextcodec.o qutfcodec.o qstring.o qtextstream.o qiodevice.o qmalloc.o qglobal.o \
-      qbytearray.o qbytearraymatcher.o qdatastream.o qbuffer.o qlistdata.o qfile.o \
+      qbytearray.o qbytearraymatcher.o qdatastream.o qbuffer.o qlist.o qfile.o \
       qfsfileengine_unix.o qfsfileengine_iterator_unix.o qfsfileengine.o \
       qfsfileengine_iterator.o qregexp.o qvector.o qbitarray.o qdir.o qdiriterator.o quuid.o qhash.o \
       qfileinfo.o qdatetime.o qstringlist.o qabstractfileengine.o qtemporaryfile.o \
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ DEPEND_SRC=project.cpp property.cpp meta.cpp main.cpp generators/makefile.cpp ge
 	   $(SOURCE_PATH)/src/corelib/io/qdatastream.cpp $(SOURCE_PATH)/src/corelib/io/qbuffer.cpp \
 	   $(SOURCE_PATH)/src/corelib/io/qfsfileengine_unix.cpp $(SOURCE_PATH)/src/corelib/io/qabstractfileengine.cpp \
 	   $(SOURCE_PATH)/src/corelib/io/qfsfileengine_iterator_unix.cpp $(SOURCE_PATH)/src/corelib/io/qfsfileengine_iterator.cpp \
-	   $(SOURCE_PATH)/src/corelib/io/qfsfileengine.cpp $(SOURCE_PATH)/src/corelib/tools/qlistdata.cpp \
+	   $(SOURCE_PATH)/src/corelib/io/qfsfileengine.cpp $(SOURCE_PATH)/src/corelib/tools/qlist.cpp \
 	   $(SOURCE_PATH)/src/corelib/tools/qvector.cpp $(SOURCE_PATH)/src/corelib/tools/qbitarray.cpp \
 	   $(SOURCE_PATH)/src/corelib/io/qdiriterator.cpp \
 	   $(SOURCE_PATH)/src/corelib/io/qdir.cpp $(SOURCE_PATH)/src/corelib/plugin/quuid.cpp \
@@ -179,8 +179,8 @@ qdatastream.o: $(SOURCE_PATH)/src/corelib/io/qdatastream.cpp
 qbuffer.o: $(SOURCE_PATH)/src/corelib/io/qbuffer.cpp
 	$(CXX) -c -o $@ $(CXXFLAGS) $(SOURCE_PATH)/src/corelib/io/qbuffer.cpp
 
-qlistdata.o: $(SOURCE_PATH)/src/corelib/tools/qlistdata.cpp
-	$(CXX) -c -o $@ $(CXXFLAGS) $(SOURCE_PATH)/src/corelib/tools/qlistdata.cpp
+qlist.o: $(SOURCE_PATH)/src/corelib/tools/qlist.cpp
+	$(CXX) -c -o $@ $(CXXFLAGS) $(SOURCE_PATH)/src/corelib/tools/qlist.cpp
 
 qfile.o: $(SOURCE_PATH)/src/corelib/io/qfile.cpp
 	$(CXX) -c -o $@ $(CXXFLAGS) $(SOURCE_PATH)/src/corelib/io/qfile.cpp
diff --git a/qmake/Makefile.win32 b/qmake/Makefile.win32
index 6340814..5ade431 100644
--- a/qmake/Makefile.win32
+++ b/qmake/Makefile.win32
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ QTOBJS= \
 	qglobal.obj \
 	qhash.obj \
 	qiodevice.obj \
-	qlistdata.obj \
+	qlist.obj \
 	qlinkedlist.obj \
 	qlocale.obj \
         qmalloc.obj \
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ clean::
 	-del qglobal.obj
 	-del qhash.obj
 	-del qiodevice.obj
-	-del qlistdata.obj
+	-del qlist.obj
 	-del qlocale.obj
 	-del qmalloc.obj
 	-del qmap.obj
@@ -359,8 +359,8 @@ quuid.obj: $(SOURCE_PATH)\src\corelib\plugin\quuid.cpp
 qbuffer.obj: $(SOURCE_PATH)\src\corelib\io\qbuffer.cpp
 	$(CXX) $(CXXFLAGS) $(SOURCE_PATH)\src\corelib\io\qbuffer.cpp
 
-qlistdata.obj: $(SOURCE_PATH)\src\corelib\tools\qlistdata.cpp
-	$(CXX) $(CXXFLAGS) $(SOURCE_PATH)\src\corelib\tools\qlistdata.cpp
+qlist.obj: $(SOURCE_PATH)\src\corelib\tools\qlist.cpp
+	$(CXX) $(CXXFLAGS) $(SOURCE_PATH)\src\corelib\tools\qlist.cpp
 
 qlinkedlist.obj: $(SOURCE_PATH)\src\corelib\tools\qlinkedlist.cpp
 	$(CXX) $(CXXFLAGS) $(SOURCE_PATH)\src\corelib\tools\qlinkedlist.cpp
diff --git a/qmake/Makefile.win32-g++ b/qmake/Makefile.win32-g++
index 9439f40..d7ee81d 100644
--- a/qmake/Makefile.win32-g++
+++ b/qmake/Makefile.win32-g++
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ QTOBJS= \
 	qhash.o \
 	qiodevice.o \
 	qlibraryinfo.o \
-	qlistdata.o \
+	qlist.o \
 	qlinkedlist.o \
 	qlocale.o \
 	qmalloc.o \
@@ -209,8 +209,8 @@ quuid.o: $(SOURCE_PATH)/src/corelib/plugin/quuid.cpp
 qbuffer.o: $(SOURCE_PATH)/src/corelib/io/qbuffer.cpp
 	$(CXX) $(CXXFLAGS) $(SOURCE_PATH)/src/corelib/io/qbuffer.cpp
 
-qlistdata.o: $(SOURCE_PATH)/src/corelib/tools/qlistdata.cpp
-	$(CXX) $(CXXFLAGS) $(SOURCE_PATH)/src/corelib/tools/qlistdata.cpp
+qlist.o: $(SOURCE_PATH)/src/corelib/tools/qlist.cpp
+	$(CXX) $(CXXFLAGS) $(SOURCE_PATH)/src/corelib/tools/qlist.cpp
 
 qlinkedlist.o: $(SOURCE_PATH)/src/corelib/tools/qlinkedlist.cpp
 	$(CXX) $(CXXFLAGS) $(SOURCE_PATH)/src/corelib/tools/qlinkedlist.cpp
diff --git a/qmake/Makefile.win32-g++-sh b/qmake/Makefile.win32-g++-sh
index a0e981e..07302ea 100644
--- a/qmake/Makefile.win32-g++-sh
+++ b/qmake/Makefile.win32-g++-sh
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ QTOBJS= \
 	qhash.o \
 	qiodevice.o \
 	qlibraryinfo.o \
-	qlistdata.o \
+	qlist.o \
 	qlinkedlist.o \
 	qlocale.o \
 	qmalloc.o \
@@ -208,8 +208,8 @@ quuid.o: $(SOURCE_PATH)/src/corelib/plugin/quuid.cpp
 qbuffer.o: $(SOURCE_PATH)/src/corelib/io/qbuffer.cpp
 	$(CXX) $(CXXFLAGS) $(SOURCE_PATH)/src/corelib/io/qbuffer.cpp
 
-qlistdata.o: $(SOURCE_PATH)/src/corelib/tools/qlistdata.cpp
-	$(CXX) $(CXXFLAGS) $(SOURCE_PATH)/src/corelib/tools/qlistdata.cpp
+qlist.o: $(SOURCE_PATH)/src/corelib/tools/qlist.cpp
+	$(CXX) $(CXXFLAGS) $(SOURCE_PATH)/src/corelib/tools/qlist.cpp
 
 qlinkedlist.o: $(SOURCE_PATH)/src/corelib/tools/qlinkedlist.cpp
 	$(CXX) $(CXXFLAGS) $(SOURCE_PATH)/src/corelib/tools/qlinkedlist.cpp
-- 
cgit v0.12


From 4b7e40ac69cbec8fcf9a12d71c3911579247fc4b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Bill King 
Date: Tue, 18 Aug 2009 10:04:58 +1000
Subject: Fixes qmake -tp vc

qmake -tp vc (rightfully) borks when it tries to include .pros that
it shouldn't be, based upon platform.

Reviewed-by: Rohan McGovern
---
 tests/auto/auto.pro | 20 +++++++++++++-------
 1 file changed, 13 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-)

diff --git a/tests/auto/auto.pro b/tests/auto/auto.pro
index 585f461..1ae6913 100644
--- a/tests/auto/auto.pro
+++ b/tests/auto/auto.pro
@@ -11,8 +11,6 @@ SUBDIRS += \
            compilerwarnings \
            exceptionsafety \
            linguist \
-           macgui \
-           macplist \
            mediaobject \
 #           mediaobject_wince_ds9 \   This is Windows CE only (we test the second phonon backend ds9 here)
            moc \
@@ -74,7 +72,6 @@ SUBDIRS += \
            qabstractspinbox \
            qabstracttextdocumentlayout \
            qaccessibility \
-           qaccessibility_mac \
            qaction \
            qactiongroup \
            qalgorithms \
@@ -97,7 +94,6 @@ SUBDIRS += \
            qcombobox \
            qcompleter \
            qcomplextext \
-           qcopchannel \
            qcoreapplication \
            qcryptographichash \
            qcssparser \
@@ -113,7 +109,6 @@ SUBDIRS += \
            qdialog \
            qdialogbuttonbox \
            qdir \
-           qdirectpainter \
            qdirmodel \
            qdockwidget \
            qdom \
@@ -209,7 +204,6 @@ SUBDIRS += \
            qmouseevent \
            qmouseevent_modal \
            qmovie \
-           qmultiscreen \
            qmutex \
            qmutexlocker \
            qnativesocketengine \
@@ -349,7 +343,6 @@ SUBDIRS += \
            qtextlayout \
            qtextlist \
            qtextobject \
-           qtextpiecetable \
            qtextscriptengine \
            qtextstream \
            qtexttable \
@@ -404,6 +397,19 @@ SUBDIRS += \
            utf8
 
 contains(QT_CONFIG, OdfWriter):SUBDIRS += qzip qtextodfwriter
+mac: {
+    SUBDIRS += macgui \
+               macplist \
+               qaccessibility_mac
+}
+embedded: {
+    SUBDIRS += qcopchannel \
+               qdirectpainter \
+               qmultiscreen
+}
+!win32: {
+    SUBDIRS += qtextpiecetable
+}
 
 # Enable the tests specific to QtXmlPatterns. If you add a test, remember to
 # update runQtXmlPatternsTests.sh too. Remember that this file, auto.pro, is
-- 
cgit v0.12


From 9cf688e79f67e531ca9fa548911dfb32ee8c0c71 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Jason McDonald 
Date: Tue, 18 Aug 2009 12:23:08 +1000
Subject: Fix typo introduced in previous submit.

Reviewed-by: Trust Me
---
 translations/qt_ar.ts | 3 ++-
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/translations/qt_ar.ts b/translations/qt_ar.ts
index 3e7a635..9631883 100644
--- a/translations/qt_ar.ts
+++ b/translations/qt_ar.ts
@@ -3024,7 +3024,8 @@ Do you want to delete it anyway?
         
         Hide Details...
         
-    .nokiassage>
+    
+    
         
         <h3>About Qt</h3><p>This program uses Qt version %1.</p><p>Qt is a C++ toolkit for cross-platform application development.</p><p>Qt provides single-source portability across MS&nbsp;Windows, Mac&nbsp;OS&nbsp;X, Linux, and all major commercial Unix variants. Qt is also available for embedded devices as Qt for Embedded Linux and Qt for Windows CE.</p><p>Qt is available under three different licensing options designed to accommodate the needs of our various users.</p>Qt licensed under our commercial license agreement is appropriate for development of proprietary/commercial software where you do not want to share any source code with third parties or otherwise cannot comply with the terms of the GNU LGPL version 2.1 or GNU GPL version 3.0.</p><p>Qt licensed under the GNU LGPL version 2.1 is appropriate for the development of Qt applications (proprietary or open source) provided you can comply with the terms and conditions of the GNU LGPL version 2.1.</p><p>Qt licensed under the GNU General Public License version 3.0 is appropriate for the development of Qt applications where you wish to use such applications in combination with software subject to the terms of the GNU GPL version 3.0 or where you are otherwise willing to comply with the terms of the GNU GPL version 3.0.</p><p>Please see <a href="http://qt.nokia.com/products/licensing">qt.nokia.com/products/licensing</a> for an overview of Qt licensing.</p><p>Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).</p><p>Qt is a Nokia product. See <a href="http://qt.nokia.com/">qt.nokia.com</a> for more information.</p>
         
-- 
cgit v0.12


From d35265496a02db5f213a18e610ad736fe357c26d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Jason McDonald 
Date: Tue, 18 Aug 2009 12:43:58 +1000
Subject: Remove mentions of qtsoftware added by merge of doc branch.

Reviewed-by: Trust Me
---
 doc/src/frameworks-technologies/gestures.qdoc |  2 +-
 doc/src/xml-processing/xml-processing.qdoc    | 14 +++++++-------
 2 files changed, 8 insertions(+), 8 deletions(-)

diff --git a/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/gestures.qdoc b/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/gestures.qdoc
index 49a9ae3..316d74d 100644
--- a/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/gestures.qdoc
+++ b/doc/src/frameworks-technologies/gestures.qdoc
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
 **
 ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** contact the sales department at http://www.qtsoftware.com/contact.
+** contact the sales department at http://www.example.com/contact.
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/doc/src/xml-processing/xml-processing.qdoc b/doc/src/xml-processing/xml-processing.qdoc
index 44c5450..6e48515 100644
--- a/doc/src/xml-processing/xml-processing.qdoc
+++ b/doc/src/xml-processing/xml-processing.qdoc
@@ -121,18 +121,18 @@
     Before we can apply a namespace to element or attribute names we must
     declare it.
 
-    Namespaces are URIs like \e http://www.qtsoftware.com/fnord/book/. This
+    Namespaces are URIs like \e http://www.example.com/fnord/book/. This
     does not mean that data must be available at this address; the URI is
     simply used to provide a unique name.
 
     We declare namespaces in the same way as attributes; strictly speaking
     they \e are attributes. To make for example \e
-    http://www.qtsoftware.com/fnord/ the document's default XML namespace \e
+    http://www.example.com/fnord/ the document's default XML namespace \e
     xmlns we write
 
     \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtxml.qdoc 8
 
-    To distinguish the \e http://www.qtsoftware.com/fnord/book/ namespace from
+    To distinguish the \e http://www.example.com/fnord/book/ namespace from
     the default, we must supply it with a prefix:
 
     \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtxml.qdoc 9
@@ -159,12 +159,12 @@
     \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtxml.qdoc 10
 
     Within the \e document element we have two namespaces declared. The
-    default namespace \e http://www.qtsoftware.com/fnord/ applies to the \e
+    default namespace \e http://www.example.com/fnord/ applies to the \e
     book element, the \e chapter element, the appropriate \e title element
     and of course to \e document itself.
 
     The \e book:author and \e book:title elements belong to the namespace
-    with the URI \e http://www.qtsoftware.com/fnord/book/.
+    with the URI \e http://www.example.com/fnord/book/.
 
     The two \e book:author attributes \e title and \e name have no XML
     namespace assigned. They are only members of the "traditional"
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@
     \e title attributes in \e book:author are forbidden.
 
     In the above example we circumvent the last rule by adding a \e title
-    attribute from the \e http://www.qtsoftware.com/fnord/ namespace to \e
+    attribute from the \e http://www.example.com/fnord/ namespace to \e
     book:author: the \e fnord:title comes from the namespace with the
     prefix \e fnord that is declared in the \e book:author element.
 
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@
         local part of \e book:title.)
     \o  The \e {namespace URI} ("Uniform Resource Identifier") is a unique
         identifier for a namespace. It looks like a URL
-        (e.g. \e http://www.qtsoftware.com/fnord/ ) but does not require
+        (e.g. \e http://www.example.com/fnord/ ) but does not require
         data to be accessible by the given protocol at the named address.
     \endlist
 
-- 
cgit v0.12


From 8b4539770da00ec98820352fcce89bd6d843f51d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Rhys Weatherley 
Date: Tue, 18 Aug 2009 13:25:53 +1000
Subject: Optimize QMatrix4x4::rotate() for 0, 90, 180, 270 degrees.

Reviewed-by: Sarah Smith
---
 src/gui/math3d/qmatrix4x4.cpp | 21 +++++++++++++++++----
 1 file changed, 17 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)

diff --git a/src/gui/math3d/qmatrix4x4.cpp b/src/gui/math3d/qmatrix4x4.cpp
index dc17eda..8fc439b 100644
--- a/src/gui/math3d/qmatrix4x4.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/math3d/qmatrix4x4.cpp
@@ -1010,11 +1010,24 @@ QMatrix4x4& QMatrix4x4::rotate(qreal angle, const QVector3D& vector)
 */
 QMatrix4x4& QMatrix4x4::rotate(qreal angle, qreal x, qreal y, qreal z)
 {
+    if (angle == 0.0f)
+        return *this;
     QMatrix4x4 m(1); // The "1" says to not load the identity.
-    qreal a = angle * M_PI / 180.0f;
-    qreal c = qCos(a);
-    qreal s = qSin(a);
-    qreal ic;
+    qreal c, s, ic;
+    if (angle == 90.0f || angle == -270.0f) {
+        s = 1.0f;
+        c = 0.0f;
+    } else if (angle == -90.0f || angle == 270.0f) {
+        s = -1.0f;
+        c = 0.0f;
+    } else if (angle == 180.0f || angle == -180.0f) {
+        s = 0.0f;
+        c = -1.0f;
+    } else {
+        qreal a = angle * M_PI / 180.0f;
+        c = qCos(a);
+        s = qSin(a);
+    }
     bool quick = false;
     if (x == 0.0f) {
         if (y == 0.0f) {
-- 
cgit v0.12


From 1ddf4ae979e3b573f45a99ac92838e098dfc8e45 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Stian Sandvik Thomassen 
Date: Tue, 18 Aug 2009 14:59:57 +1000
Subject: Doc: sorted list correctly for qLess() documentation

---
 doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qalgorithms.qdoc | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qalgorithms.qdoc b/doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qalgorithms.qdoc
index 69d943c..e2126dd 100644
--- a/doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qalgorithms.qdoc
+++ b/doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qalgorithms.qdoc
@@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ list.clear();
 QList list;
 list << 33 << 12 << 68 << 6 << 12;
 qSort(list.begin(), list.end(), qLess());
-// list: [ 68, 33, 12, 12, 6 ]
+// list: [ 6, 12, 12, 33, 68 ]
 //! [24]
 
 
-- 
cgit v0.12


From 6d9563070a87bc6c0b014b2a40af2e4b6eb1a6f6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Jason McDonald 
Date: Tue, 18 Aug 2009 15:52:10 +1000
Subject: Fold the FAQ.txt file into the known-issues documentation.

Reviewed-by: Gareth Pethig
---
 FAQ.txt                                   | 18 ------------------
 doc/src/getting-started/known-issues.qdoc | 31 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
 2 files changed, 31 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-)
 delete mode 100644 FAQ.txt

diff --git a/FAQ.txt b/FAQ.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 1d2266d..0000000
--- a/FAQ.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
-This is a list of Frequently Asked Questions regarding this Qt release.
-
-Q: I'm using a Unix system and I downloaded the Zip package. However, when I try
-to run the configure script, I get the following error message:
-"bash: ./configure: /bin/sh^M: bad interpreter: No such file or directory"
-A: The problem here is converting files from Windows style line endings (CRLF)
-to Unix style line endings (LF). To avoid this problem, uncompress the file
-again and give the option "-a" to unzip, which will then add the correct line
-endings.
-
-Q: I'm running Windows XP and I downloaded the qt-win-eval-%VERSION%-vs2008.exe
-version of Qt. However, when I try to run the examples I get an error saying:
-"The application failed to start because the application configuration is
-incorrect. Reinstalling the application may fix this problem.". I reinstalled
-the package but the error persists. What am I doing wrong?
-A: The problem is an incorrect version of the CRT. Visual studio requires CRT90
-while Windows XP comes with CRT80. To solve this problem, please install the
-2008 CRT redistributable package from Microsoft.
diff --git a/doc/src/getting-started/known-issues.qdoc b/doc/src/getting-started/known-issues.qdoc
index 0a94d86..41bdcdf 100644
--- a/doc/src/getting-started/known-issues.qdoc
+++ b/doc/src/getting-started/known-issues.qdoc
@@ -133,6 +133,7 @@
 
     \endlist
 
+
     \section2 Mac OS X Software Support
 
     \list
@@ -140,4 +141,34 @@
         window will cause it to flash. This behavior has been reported to Apple
         (bug number 5827676).
     \endlist
+
+
+    \section2 Installing source packages on Unix systems
+
+    \list
+    \o  If you download a Zip source package, you will need to convert
+        Windows-style line endings (CR/LF) to Unix-style line-endings (LF) when
+        you uncompress the package.  To do this, give the "-a" option when you
+        run the "unzip' command.
+    
+        If you fail to supply the "-a" option when unzipping the package, you
+        will see the following error message when you attempt to execute the
+        configure command:
+        "bash: ./configure: /bin/sh^M: bad interpreter: No such file or directory"
+    \endlist
+
+
+    \section2 Running evaluation packages on Windows XP
+
+    \list
+    \o  If running the qt-win-eval-%VERSION%-vs2008.exe package on a Windows XP
+        system, you may encounter the following error message:
+        "The application failed to start because the application configuration
+        is incorrect. Reinstalling the application may fix this problem.".
+
+        This error occurs because the version of the CRT component on the
+        system is incorrect.  Visual Studio 2008 requires CRT90 while Windows
+        XP comes with CRT80. To solve this problem, please install the 2008 CRT
+        redistributable package from Microsoft.
+    \endlist
 */
-- 
cgit v0.12